الله

<mediawiki xmlns="http://www.mediawiki.org/xml/export-0.11/" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.mediawiki.org/xml/export-0.11/ http://www.mediawiki.org/xml/export-0.11.xsd" version="0.11" xml:lang="sd">
  <siteinfo>
    <sitename>وڪيپيڊيا</sitename>
    <dbname>sdwiki</dbname>
    <base>https://sd.wikipedia.org/wiki/%D9%85%D9%8F%DA%A9_%D8%B5%D9%81%D8%AD%D9%88</base>
    <generator>MediaWiki 1.47.0-wmf.13</generator>
    <case>first-letter</case>
    <namespaces>
      <namespace key="-2" case="first-letter">ذريعات</namespace>
      <namespace key="-1" case="first-letter">خاص</namespace>
      <namespace key="0" case="first-letter" />
      <namespace key="1" case="first-letter">بحث</namespace>
      <namespace key="2" case="first-letter">واپرائيندڙ</namespace>
      <namespace key="3" case="first-letter">واپرائيندڙ بحث</namespace>
      <namespace key="4" case="first-letter">وڪيپيڊيا</namespace>
      <namespace key="5" case="first-letter">وڪيپيڊيا بحث</namespace>
      <namespace key="6" case="first-letter">فائل</namespace>
      <namespace key="7" case="first-letter">فائل بحث</namespace>
      <namespace key="8" case="first-letter">ذريعات وڪي</namespace>
      <namespace key="9" case="first-letter">ذريعات وڪي بحث</namespace>
      <namespace key="10" case="first-letter">سانچو</namespace>
      <namespace key="11" case="first-letter">سانچو بحث</namespace>
      <namespace key="12" case="first-letter">مدد</namespace>
      <namespace key="13" case="first-letter">مدد بحث</namespace>
      <namespace key="14" case="first-letter">زمرو</namespace>
      <namespace key="15" case="first-letter">زمرو بحث</namespace>
      <namespace key="100" case="first-letter">باب</namespace>
      <namespace key="101" case="first-letter">باب بحث</namespace>
      <namespace key="710" case="first-letter">TimedText</namespace>
      <namespace key="711" case="first-letter">TimedText talk</namespace>
      <namespace key="828" case="first-letter">ماڊيول</namespace>
      <namespace key="829" case="first-letter">ماڊيول بحث</namespace>
      <namespace key="1728" case="first-letter">Event</namespace>
      <namespace key="1729" case="first-letter">Event talk</namespace>
    </namespaces>
  </siteinfo>
  <page>
    <title>الله</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>2926</id>
    <revision>
      <id>401154</id>
      <parentid>378032</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T11:11:05Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Memon2025</username>
        <id>21315</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* حوالا */</comment>
      <origin>401154</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="13970" sha1="4n17u53mhmkok0d38rwnrye7j345pys" xml:space="preserve">{{مبسس4}}

{{Tone}}

[[فائل:نام اللہ.svg|150px|thumb|]]

'''الله''' عربي زبان ۾ خالق لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ آهي. جيڪو انگريزي زبان جي لفظ God جو متبادل آهي. هي لفظ صرف مسلمانن تائين محدود نه آهي پر وچ اوڀر ۽ ٻين اسلامي ملڪن ۾ رهندڙ غير مسلمان به استعمال ڪندا آهن.

مسلمان الله کي سڄي ڪائنات جو خالق ۽ مالڪ سمجهن ٿا ۽ دعويٰ ڪن ٿا ته قرآن محمد جو نه پر الله جو لکيل ڪتاب آهي. قرآن جي پهرين سورت سورت الفاتحه ۾ بيان آهي ته؛

{{cquote2|'''سڀ تعريفون الله لاءِ آهن جيڪو سمورن جهانن جو رب ۽ پالڻهار آهي. جزا جي ڏينهن (قيامت جو ڏينهن) جو مالڪ آهي. اسان صرف تنهنجي ئي عبادت ڪريون ٿا ۽ تنهنجي ئي مدد گهرون ٿا.'''|}}

هڪ ٻي جاءِ تي بيان آهي ته؛{{اسلام}}

{{cquote2|'''اي انسانون! پنهنجي رب جي عبادت ڪريو جنهن کان سواءِ ڪو به عبادت جي لائق ناهي. هو هر شَي جو خالق آهي. ته توهان ان جي ئي عبادت ڪريو جيڪو هر ڪارساز آهي. |سوره انعام: آيت.102'''|}}

قرآن مجيد ۾ الله جي باري ۾ وڌيڪ آيتن ۾ آهي ته؛
{{cquote2|'''ڇا يعقوب عليه السلام جي وفات وقت توهان موجود هئا؟ جڏهن هن پنهنجي اولاد کي چيو ته توهان مون کان پوءِ ڪنهن جي عبادت ڪندا اوهان جي معبود جي اوهان جي وڏن ابراهيم عليه السلام ۽ اسماعيل ۽ اسحاق عليه السلام جي معبود جي، جيڪو هڪ ئي آهي ۽ ان جا فرمانبردار رهنداسين. |سورت البقر133  '''|}}

مسلمان الله جي عبادت ڪندا آهن ۽ پاڻ کان علاوه ٻين مذهبن وارن کي الله وحد هو لا شريڪ له جي عبادت ڪرڻ جي دعوت ڏيندا آهن.

(عربي ٻوليءَ جو لفظ) خدا تعاليٰ جو ذاتي نالو (لفظي معنيٰ = عبادت ڪرڻ). -الله- جي ذات اعليٰ ۽ بلندترين آهي. قرآن شريف ۾ ”-الله-“ جو لفظ 2697 ڀير آيو آهي. ابن العربيءَ جو قول آهي ته ”-الله-“ جو اسم علم آهي ۽ انهيءَ برحق معبود تي دلالت ڪري ٿو، جنهن ۾ سڀ حقائق وجوديہ موجود آهن. ”-الله-“ ذات -باري- تعاليٰ جو -اسم اعظم- آهي: ”-الله- لا الہ الا هو وحده“. گهڻن عارفن جو اهوئي خيال آهي. علامه بيضاويءَ جو چوڻ آهي ته ”-الله-“ جو لفظ ’-الله-‘ مان مشتق آهي. ابوالهيثم کان جڏهن ’-الله-‘ جي اسم جي لغوي -تحقيق- جي -باري- ۾ پڇيو ويو ته هن چيو ته ”حقيقت ۾ ’الاه‘ هو، ال تعريف داخل ڪيو ويو ته -الله- ٿي ويو. يعني ٻه متحرڪ لام هڪڙي هنڌ گڏجي ويا، انهيءَ ڪري هڪڙو لام ٻئي ۾ مدغم ٿي ويو ۽ ’-الله-‘ ٿي ويو.“ البيضاويءَ جو اهو چوڻ آهي ته اصل ۾ هي صفاتي نالو هو، مگر جڏهن -الله- جي ذات سان مختص ٿيو، تڏهن -الله- جي ذات کان سواءِ ٻئي ڪنهن لاءِ استعمال نٿو ٿئي. تڏهن هن کي اسم عَلَمَ جي حيثيت حاصل ٿي وئي. انهيءَ سلسلي ۾ قاضي شهاب الدين الخفاجيءَ جو هيءُ قول آهي ته ”-الله-“ جو اصل يا اشتقاق يا -ان- جي عربي غير عربي هئڻ جي -باري- ۾ ڪئين قول آهن ۽ انهن ۾ اختلاف آهي. جيتوڻيڪ چيو ويو ته جيئن انساني عقل خدا جي ذات ۽ صفات جي -باري- ۾ ٺوڪرون کائيندو رهيو آهي، اهڙيءَ طرح لفظ ’-الله-‘ بابت پڻ ششدر ٿي ويو آهي، ڇو ته هن لفظ ۾ به -ان- جي صفاتي نوراني شعاعن جو عڪس آهي، جنهن جي ڪري -اهل- بصارت ۽ بصيرت حيرت زده آهن.
ڪي عالم لفظ ’-الله-‘ کي سامي زبان جو لفظ ڄاڻائين ٿا، مگر انهيءَ -باري- ۾ يقين سان ڪجهه چئي نٿو سگهجي. دراصل سامي ٻولين ۾ ڪي اهڙا لفظ مشابهت رکندڙ هم معنيٰ هوندا آهن. الزبيدي چوي ٿو ته ’-الله-‘ جو ’الف‘ حذف ڪري نٿو سگهجي، بلڪ الف سميت سڄي لفظ مان ئي ’-الله-‘ جو مقدس نالو بنجي ٿو. ٻيو ته ’-الله-‘ انهن اسمن مان آهي، -جن- جي فعل مان اشتقاق -جائز- ڪونهي. -ان- جي برعڪس ’رحمان‘ ۽ ’رحيم‘ جي فعل مان اشتقاق ٺهي سگهندو آهي. زبيدي چوي ٿو ته صحيح قول آهي ته ’-الله-‘ -ان- ذات جو اسم علم آهي، جو واجب الوجود آهي ۽ جنهن ۾ سڀئي صفتون ڪمال انداز ۾ جمع آهن ۽ هيءُ غيرمشتق هوندو آهي.

”-الله-“ اسم ذات آهي ۽ ذات باريءَ جي نالي لاءِ اهڙو موزون لفظ دنيا جي ڪنهن به ٻوليءَ ۾ موجود ناهي. اهو لفظ ذات -باري- تعاليٰ جي سلبي مفهوم سان گڏ ايجابي مفهوم کي به جامعيت سان ادا ڪري ٿو. -ان- مان هڪ طرف سڀني باطل معبودن جي نفي ٿئي ٿي ته ٻئي طرف انهيءَ هستيءَ جي -اثبات- ٿئي ٿي، جنهن لاءِ قرآن شريف ۾ آهي ته ”-الله- هڪڙو ئي ته آهي“.
”-الله-“ جي صفتن يعني -تخليق-، ربوبيت ۽ قدرت ڪاملہ جو ادراڪ ته ٿي سگهي ٿو، پر ذات جي حقيقت -انسان- جي علم ۽ فهم کان بالا آهي. مسلمان انهيءَ پاڪ نالي سان گڏ تعظيمي لفظن (تبارڪ و تعاليٰ، جل جلالہ وغيره) جو اضافو ڪندا آهن. (وڌيڪ تفصيل لاءِ ڏسو ”خدا“).&lt;ref&gt;{{Citation |title=الله : (Sindhianaسنڌيانا)&lt;!-- Bot generated title --&gt; |url=http://encyclopediasindhiana.org/article.php?Dflt=%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%84%D9%87 |access-date=2019-12-17 |archive-date=2019-12-19 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191219151100/http://encyclopediasindhiana.org/article.php?Dflt=%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%84%D9%87 |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;

خدا جي دين جو اعلان هر دور ۾ سڀني نبين سڳورن جي ذريعي ڪيو ويو آهي. '''انجيل مقدس''' ۾ اها ئي ڳالهه '''حضرت مسيح''' جي زبان مان هنن لفظ ۾ آئي آهي:
”پوءِ توهان اهڙي ريت دعا گهرندا ڪريو ته اي اسان جا پيءُ! تون جيڪو آسمان تي آهين، تنهنجو نالو پاڪ مڃيو وڃي. تنهنجي بادشاهت اچي. تنهنجي مرضي جيئن آسمان تي پوري ٿيندي آهي، ائين زمين تي به پوري ٿئي.“ (متي ؛ باب 6)

قرآن شريف ۾ ارشاد ٿيو آهي ته:
اَللّٰہُ الَّذِیۡ رَفَعَ السَّمٰوٰتِ بِغَیۡرِ عَمَدٍ تَرَوۡنَہَا ثُمَّ اسۡتَوٰی عَلَی الۡعَرۡشِ
وَ سَخَّرَ الشَّمۡسَ وَ الۡقَمَرَ ؕ کُلٌّ یَّجۡرِیۡ لِاَجَلٍ مُّسَمًی ؕ یُدَبِّرُ الۡاَمۡرَ یُفَصِّلُ الۡاٰیٰتِ
لَعَلَّکُمۡ بِلِقَآءِ رَبِّکُمۡ تُوۡقِنُوۡنَ (الرعد: 2)
”الله اهو آهي جنهن ٿنڀن کان سواءِ آسمانن کي مٿانهون ڪيو اٿس، جنهن کي توهان ڏسو ٿا. پوءِ عرش تي قائم ٿيو ۽ سج ۽ چنڊ کي پنهنجي پنهنجي ڪم ۾ لڳايو اٿس. هو هڪ مقرر مدت تائين هلي ٿو (هو) ڪم جي تدبير ڪري ٿو ۽ نشانين کي کولي بيان ڪري ٿو ته من توهان پنهنجي پالڻهار سان ملڻ جو يقين ڪيو.“&lt;ref&gt;{{Citation |title=انسانيت جي تعمير (مولانا وحيد الدين خان / خالد ڀٽي) {{!}} سنڌ سلامت ڪتاب گهر&lt;!-- Bot generated title --&gt; |url=http://books.sindhsalamat.com/book.php?book_id=307 |accessdate=2016-09-13 |archive-date=2017-09-12 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170912090236/http://books.sindhsalamat.com/book.php?book_id=307 |dead-url=yes }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: انسانيت جي تعمير ، مولانا وحيد الدين خان&lt;/ref&gt;

== بڻ بنياد ==
لفظ الله عربي زبان ۾ ال ۽ لاه جو مرڪب آهي جنهن جي معنيٰ آهي خدا. لفظ الله عربي کان سوءِ ابراني ۽ آرمينيائي زبانن ۾ به موجود آهي.

== اللهﷻجا نوانوي نالا ==

اسلامي عقيدي موجب الله جي ذاتي نالي الله کان سواءِ الله جا نوانوي صفاتي نالا مشهور آهن. جيڪي هيٺ ڏجن ٿا.

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;

|-
|1||{{ع}}'''الرحمن'''{{ف}}||
|-
|2||{{ع}}'''الرحيم'''{{ف}}||
|-
|3||{{ع}}'''الملك'''{{ف}}||
|-
|4||{{ع}}'''القدوس'''{{ف}}||
|-
|5||{{ع}}'''السلام'''{{ف}}||
|-
|6||{{ع}}'''المؤمن'''{{ف}}||
|-
|7||{{ع}}'''المهيمن '''{{ف}}||
|-
|8||{{ع}}'''العزيز'''{{ف}}||
|-
|9||{{ع}}'''الجبار'''{{ف}}||
|-
|10||{{ع}}'''المتكبر'''{{ف}}||
|-
|11||{{ع}}'''الخالق'''{{ف}}||
|-
|12||{{ع}}'''البارئ'''{{ف}}||
|-
|13||{{ع}}'''المصور'''{{ف}}||
|-
|14||{{ع}}'''الغفار'''{{ف}}||
|-
|15||{{ع}}'''القهار'''{{ف}}||
|-
|16||{{ع}}'''الوهاب'''{{ف}}||
|-
|17||{{ع}}'''الرزاق'''{{ف}}||
|-
|18||{{ع}}'''الفتاح'''{{ف}}||
|-
|19||{{ع}}'''العليم'''{{ف}}||
|-
|20||{{ع}}'''القابض'''{{ف}}||
|-
|21||{{ع}}'''الباسط'''{{ف}}||
|-
|22||{{ع}}'''الخافض'''{{ف}}||
|-
|23||{{ع}}'''الرافع'''{{ف}}||
|-
|24||{{ع}}'''المعز'''{{ف}}||
|-
|25||{{ع}}'''المذل'''{{ف}}||
|-
|26||{{ع}}'''السميع'''{{ف}}||
|-
|27||{{ع}}'''البصير'''{{ف}}||
|-
|28||{{ع}}'''الحكم'''{{ف}}||
|-
|29||{{ع}}'''العدل'''{{ف}}||
|-
|30||{{ع}}'''اللطيف'''{{ف}}||
|-
|31||{{ع}}'''الخبير'''{{ف}}||
|-
|32||{{ع}}'''الحليم'''{{ف}}||
|-
|33||{{ع}}'''العظيم'''{{ف}}||
|-
|34||{{ع}}'''الغفور'''{{ف}}||
|-
|35||{{ع}}'''الشكور'''{{ف}}||
|-
|36||{{ع}}'''العلي'''{{ف}}||
|-
|37||{{ع}}'''الكبير'''{{ف}}||
|-
|38||{{ع}}'''الحفيظ'''{{ف}}||
|-
|39||{{ع}}'''المقيت'''{{ف}}||
|-
|40||{{ع}}'''الحسيب'''{{ف}}||
|-
|41||{{ع}}'''الجليل'''{{ف}}||
|-
|42||{{ع}}'''الكريم'''{{ف}}||
|-
|43||{{ع}}'''الرقيب'''{{ف}}||
|-
|44||{{ع}}'''المجيب'''{{ف}}||
|-
|45||{{ع}}'''الواسع'''{{ف}}||
|-
|46||{{ع}}'''الحكيم'''{{ف}}||
|-
|47||{{ع}}'''الودود'''{{ف}}||
|-
|48||{{ع}}'''المجيد'''{{ف}}||
|-
|49||{{ع}}'''الباعث'''{{ف}}||
|-
|50||{{ع}}'''الشهيد'''{{ف}}||
|-
|51||{{ع}}'''الحق'''{{ف}}||
|-
|52||{{ع}}'''الوكيل'''{{ف}}||
|-
|53||{{ع}}'''القوى'''{{ف}}||
|-
|54||{{ع}}'''المتين'''{{ف}}||
|-
|55||{{ع}}'''الولى'''{{ف}}||
|-
|56||{{ع}}'''الحميد'''{{ف}}||
|-
|57||{{ع}}'''المحصى'''{{ف}}||
|-
|58||{{ع}}'''المبدئ'''{{ف}}||
|-
|59||{{ع}}'''المعيد'''{{ف}}||
|-
|60||{{ع}}'''المحيى'''{{ف}}||
|-
|61||{{ع}}'''المميت'''{{ف}}||
|-
|62||{{ع}}'''الحي'''{{ف}}||
|-
|63||{{ع}}'''القيوم'''{{ف}}||
|-
|64||{{ع}}'''الواجد'''{{ف}}||
|-
|65||{{ع}}'''الماجد'''{{ف}}||
|-
|66||{{ع}}'''الواحد'''{{ف}}||
|-
|67||{{ع}}'''الاحد'''{{ف}}||
|-
|68||{{ع}}'''الصمد'''{{ف}}||
|-
|69||{{ع}}'''القادر'''{{ف}}||
|-
|70||{{ع}}'''المقتدر'''{{ف}}||
|-
|71||{{ع}}'''المقدم'''{{ف}}||
|-
|72||{{ع}}'''المؤخر'''{{ف}}||
|-
|73||{{ع}}'''الأول'''{{ف}}||
|-
|74||{{ع}}'''الأخر'''{{ف}}||
|-
|75||{{ع}}'''الظاهر'''{{ف}}||
|-
|76||{{ع}}'''الباطن'''{{ف}}||
|-
|77||{{ع}}'''الوالي'''{{ف}}||
|-
|78||{{ع}}'''المتعالي'''{{ف}}||
|-
|79||{{ع}}'''البر'''{{ف}}||
|-
|80||{{ع}}'''التواب'''{{ف}}||
|-
|81||{{ع}}'''المنتقم'''{{ف}}||
|-
|82||{{ع}}'''العفو'''{{ف}}||
|-
|83||{{ع}}'''الرؤوف'''{{ف}}||
|-
|84||{{ع}}'''مالك الملك'''{{ف}}||
|-
|85||{{ع}}'''ذو الجلال و الإكرام'''{{ف}}||
|-
|86||{{ع}}'''المقسط'''{{ف}}||
|-
|87||{{ع}}'''الجامع'''{{ف}}||
|-
|88||{{ع}}'''الغنى'''{{ف}}||
|-
|89||{{ع}}'''المغنى'''{{ف}}||
|-
|90||{{ع}}'''المانع'''{{ف}}||
|-
|91||{{ع}}'''الضار'''{{ف}}||
|-
|92||{{ع}}'''النافع'''{{ف}}||
|-
|93||{{ع}}'''النور'''{{ف}}||
|-
|94||{{ع}}'''الهادي'''{{ف}}||
|-
|95||{{ع}}'''البديع'''{{ف}}||
|-
|96||{{ع}}'''الباقي'''{{ف}}||
|-
|97||{{ع}}'''الوارث'''{{ف}}||
|-
|98||{{ع}}'''الرشيد'''{{ف}}||
|-
|99||{{ع}}'''الصبور'''{{ف}}||
|}

انهن نالن جي نسبت سان [[ڀڳوان شري رجنيش]] جو هڪ مشهور ڪتاب [[Ninety Nine name of nothing]] پڻ لکيل آهي.
{{اسماء الحسنى}}
==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:وجود]]
[[زمرو:مذهب]]
[[زمرو:اسلام]]
[[زمرو:اسلامي عقيدا]]
[[زمرو:اسلامي اصطلاح]]
[[زمرو:اصطلاح قرآن]]</text>
      <sha1>4n17u53mhmkok0d38rwnrye7j345pys</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>اسلام ۾ نبي ۽ رسول</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>2971</id>
    <revision>
      <id>401152</id>
      <parentid>307716</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T11:09:39Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Memon2025</username>
        <id>21315</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* حوالا */</comment>
      <origin>401152</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="7919" sha1="nu9vten1x33l8zk7xjjg5djms5xc21h" xml:space="preserve">{{اسلام}}
اسلامي عقيدي موجب، نبي الله جا چونڊيل انسان آهن، جنهن کي زمين تي الله جو پيغام پکيڙڻ لاءِ موڪليو ويو ۽ اهي مثالي انساني رويي جي نموني طور ڪم ڪن ٿا. ڪجهه نبين کي رسولن جي طور تي درجه بندي ڪيو ويو آهي، جنهن کي الله جو پيغام هڪ فرشتي جي ذريعي وحي ڪيو ويو. مسلمان يقين رکن ٿا ته ڪيترائي نبي آهن، جنهن ۾ ڪيترائي قرآن ۾ ذڪر ڪيا ويا آهن ۽ ڪيترائي قرآن ۾ ذڪر نه ڪيا ويا آهن. قرآن چوي ٿو: 

&quot;۽ هر قوم لاءِ هڪ نبي موڪليو ويو.&quot; 

اسلام ۾ نبين تي ايمان، اسلام عقيدي جي ڇه جزن مان هڪ آهي.      

مسلمان يقين رکن ٿا ته الله پاران پيدا ڪيل پهريون انسان ۽ پڻ پهريون نبي آدم عليہ السلام هو. تورات جي 48 نبين ۽ عيسيٰ عليہ السلام جو ذڪر قرآن ۾ انهن جي نالن سان ڪيو ويو آهي. مثال طور، الياس، ايوب، موسيٰ، داؤد، عيسيٰ وغيره. موسيٰ عليہ السلام کي ڏنل ڪتاب کي تورات سڏيو ويندو آهي، داؤد عليہ السلام کي ڏنل ڪتاب زبور ۽ عيسيٰ عليہ السلام کي ڏنل ڪتاب انجيل آهي.

مسلمان يقين رکن ٿا ته محمد ﷺ آخري نبي (خاتم النبيين)  آهن جنهن تي قرآن وحي جي هڪ سلسلي ذريعي نازل ٿيو ۽ سندس ساٿين پاران لکيو ويو. مسلمانن جو يقين آهي ته قرآن الله جو  ڪلام آهي تنهن ڪري اهو ناقابل تبديلي آهي ۽ تحريف ۽ فساد کان محفوظ آهي ۽ قيامت تائين ان جي حقيقي شڪل ۾ رهڻ لاءِ مقدر آهي.

اسلام ۽ قرآن جي مطابق، هر هڪ نبي ساڳئي بنيادي عقيدن جي تبليغ ڪئي، يعني خدا جي توحيد ۽ ان هڪ خدا جي عبادت ڪرڻ، بت پرستي ۽ گناهه کان بچڻ، قيامت جي ڏينهن ۽ موت کان پوء زندگي تي ايمان رکڻ. انبياءَ ۽ رسولن کي خدا طرفان تاريخ جي مختلف دورن ۾ مختلف قومن ڏانهن موڪليو ويو.

رسول الله ﷺ جي فرمان موجب الله جي طرفان مختلف قومن لاءِ سوا لک نبي موڪليا ويا، جن مان محمد ﷺ کان سواءِ 25 جو ذڪر قرآن ۾ آهي. انهن جا نالا هن ريت آهن؛
# [[آدم عليہ السلام]]
# [[شيث عليہ السلام]]
# [[نوح عليہ السلام]]
# [[ادريس عليہ السلام]]
# [[صالح عليہ السلام]]
# [[هود عليہ السلام]]
# [[ابراهيم عليه السلام]]
# [[لوط عليہ السلام]]
# [[اسحاق|اسحاق عليہ السلام]]
# [[اسماعيل عليہ السلام]]
# [[يعقوب عليہ السلام]]
# [[يوسف عليہ السلام]]
# [[ايوب عليہ السلام]]
# [[يونس عليہ السلام]]
# [[شعيب عليہ السلام]]
# [[موسيٰ عليہ السلام]]
# [[هارون عليہ السلام]]
# [[داؤد عليہ السلام]]
# [[سليمان عليہ السلام]]
# [[الياس عليہ السلام]]
# [[ذو الڪفل|ذوالڪفل عليہ السلام]]
# [[عزير عليہ السلام]]
# [[زڪريا عليه السلام|زڪريا عليہ السلام]]
# [[يحيى عليہ السلام]]
# [[عيسيٰ عليه السلام|عیسيٰ عليہ السلام]]

==اصطلاح==
==خصوصيتون== 
==فرائض ۽ فرمانبرداري== 
==ڪتابون==
==مشهور نبي== 
==ٻيا گروپ==
==پڻ ڏسو==  


'''in Islam''' ({{langx|ar| ٱلْأَنْبِيَاء فِي ٱلْإِسْلَام|translit=al-anbiyāʾ fī al-islām}}) are individuals in [[Islam]] who are believed to spread [[God in Islam|God]]'s message on Earth and serve as models of ideal human behaviour. Some prophets are categorized as '''messengers''' ({{langx|ar|رُسُل|rusul}}; sing. {{lang|ar|رَسُول}}, {{transliteration|ar|rasool}}), those who transmit [[Revelation|divine revelation]], most of them through the interaction of an [[Islamic view of angels|angel]]. Muslims believe that many prophets existed, including many not mentioned in the [[Quran]]. The Quran states: &quot;And for every community there is a messenger.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;{{qref|10|47|b=y}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;:22&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=https://rlp.hds.harvard.edu/religions/islam/quran-word-god|title=Qur'an: The Word of God {{!}} Religious Literacy Project|website=[[Harvard Divinity School]]|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20181006025647/https://rlp.hds.harvard.edu/religions/islam/quran-word-god#_ftnref1|archive-date=2018-10-06|url-status=live|access-date=2018-10-06}}&lt;/ref&gt; Belief in the Islamic prophets is one of the [[Iman (concept)#The Six Articles of Faith|six articles]] of the Islamic faith.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.bbc.co.uk/religion/religions/islam/beliefs/beliefs.shtml|title=BBC - Religions - Islam: Basic articles of faith|language=en-GB|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180813005904/http://www.bbc.co.uk/religion/religions/islam/beliefs/beliefs.shtml|archive-date=13 August 2018|url-status=live|access-date=2018-10-05}}&lt;/ref&gt;

Muslims believe that the first prophet was also the first human being [[Adam in Islam|Adam]], created by God. Many of the revelations delivered by the 48 [[prophets in Judaism]] and many [[prophets of Christianity]] are mentioned as such in the Quran with the Arabic versions of their names; for example, the Jewish [[Elisha]] is called [[Elisha in Islam|Alyasa']], [[Job (biblical figure)|Job]] is [[Job in Islam|Ayyub]], [[Jesus]] is [[Jesus in Islam|'Isa]], etc. The [[Torah]] given to [[Moses]] ([[Moses in Islam|Musa]]) is called ''[[Torah in Islam|Tawrat]]'', the [[Psalms]] given to [[David]] ([[David in Islam|Dawud]]) is the ''[[Zabur]]'', the [[The gospel|Gospel]] given to Jesus is ''[[Gospel in Islam|Injil]]''.&lt;ref name=campo-2009-559&gt;{{cite book|last1=Campo|first1=Juan Eduardo|title=Encyclopedia of Islam|date=2009|publisher=Infobase Publishing|isbn=9780816054541|pages=559–560|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=OZbyz_Hr-eIC&amp;pg=PA559|access-date=22 June 2015}}&lt;/ref&gt;

The last prophet in Islam is [[Muhammad|Muhammad ibn ʿAbdullāh]], whom Muslims believe to be the &quot;Seal of the Prophets&quot; (''[[Khatam an-Nabiyyin]]''), to whom the [[Quran]] was revealed in a series of revelations (and written down by his companions).&lt;ref name=denffer&gt;{{cite book|last=Denffer|first=Ahmad von|title=Ulum al-Qur'an : an introduction to the sciences of the Qur an|year=1985|publisher=Islamic Foundation|isbn=978-0860371328|page=37|edition=Repr.}}&lt;/ref&gt; Muslims believe the Quran is the divine word of God, thus immutable and protected from distortion and corruption,&lt;ref&gt;''Understanding the Qurán'' - Page xii, Ahmad Hussein Sakr - 2000&lt;/ref&gt; destined to remain in its true form until the [[Eschatology|Last Day]].&lt;ref name=&quot;The Qur'an Surah 15:9&quot;&gt;{{qref|15|9|b=y}}&lt;/ref&gt; 

In Islam, every prophet preached the same core beliefs: the [[Tawhid|Oneness of God]], worshipping of that one God, avoidance of [[Shirk (Islam)|idolatry]] and [[Islamic views on sin|sin]], and the belief in the [[Islamic eschatology|Day of Resurrection]] or the [[Last Judgment|Day of Judgement]] and life [[Islamic view of death|after death]]. Prophets and messengers are believed to have been sent by God to different communities during different times in [[history of Islam|history]].

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:اسلام]]
[[زمرو:نبي ۽ رسول]]
[[زمرو:اسلامي عقيدا]]</text>
      <sha1>nu9vten1x33l8zk7xjjg5djms5xc21h</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>اسلامي فقه</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>11569</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400939</id>
      <parentid>274050</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T16:11:43Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>Ibne maryam صفحي [[فقہ]] کي [[اسلامي قانون]] ڏانھن چوريو</comment>
      <origin>252929</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="2518" sha1="lt5szsx23ivn0nn69luwqnp434axlfn" xml:space="preserve">'''فقه'''{{ٻيا نالا|انگريزي= ''' Fiqh '''}}({{IPAc-en|f|iː|k}};&lt;ref&gt;[https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/fiqh &quot;fiqh&quot;]. ''[[Collins English Dictionary]]''.&lt;/ref&gt; اسلام ۾ قانون جي سائنس جو {{ٻيا نالا|انگريزي= ''' Jurisprudence '''}} نالو آهي&lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot;&gt;[http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/207723/fiqh Fiqh] Encyclopædia Britannica&lt;/ref&gt;. فقه جو استعمال اسلامي شريعت جي سمجھ طور ڪيو ويندو آهي &lt;ref name=vogel&gt;{{cite book|last=Vogel|first=Frank E.|title=Islamic Law and the Legal System of Saudí: Studies of Saudi Arabia|date=2000|publisher=Brill|pages=4–5|url=https://books.google.com/?id=-PfDuvnHMGoC&amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;dq=vogel+islamic+law#v=onepage&amp;q=vogel%20islamic%20law&amp;f=false|isbn=9004110623}}&lt;/ref&gt; اھو علم شريعت ۾ قرآن ۽ سنت جي روشنيءَ ۾ اجتھاد جي ذريعي واڌارو ڪري ٿو ۽ ان واڌاري کي فقيھن جي فتوائون ذريعي لاڳو ڪري ٿو. فقه ۾ غلطي جي گنجائش ھوندي آھي ۽ اھا تبديل پڻ ٿي سگھندي آھي. موجوده دور۾ سني اسلام ۾ چار فقھي مذھب آھن ۽ شيعه اسلام ۾ ٻہ فقھي مذھب آھن&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;.

== لغوي معنيَ == 
فقه جي لغوي معنيَ آهي ڪنهن شئي جو علم۽ فھم، ڪنھن شئي کي کولڻ۽ نکيڙڻ ۽ ان جي اونھائي ۾ وڃي حقيقت ڳولي لھڻ۽ ان کي پڌرو ڪرڻ، اصطلاحي طور فقه جي معني شريعت جي حڪمن ۾ سمجھ پيدا ڪرڻ آھي&lt;ref name =&quot; آسان فقه&quot; &gt; - ڪتاب: آسان فقه، از: مولانا محمد يوسف اصلاحي، مترجم: محمد عاشق ڌامراھا، مھراڻ اڪيڊمي شڪارپور، جنوري 2002 -- پنھنجي پاران: قمر ميمڻ صه 28  &lt;/ref&gt;. قرآن شريف ۾ سورة التوبہ ۾ آيت نمبر 122 ۾ فقه لفظ جو استعمال ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو:

{{quote| فلولا نفر من کل فرقة منهم طائفة ليتفقهوا في الدين&lt;br&gt; ترجمو:پوء ڇونہ انھن جي سڀ ڪنھن جماعت مان ھڪ ھڪ ٽولي نڪتي ته پاڻ ۾ دين جي سمجھ پيدا ڪن. |التوبة - ۱۲۲|&lt;ref name=&quot;آسان فقه&quot; /&gt;}}

== حوالا == 
{{اسلامي فقه}}
[[زمرو:اسلامي اصطلاح]]</text>
      <sha1>lt5szsx23ivn0nn69luwqnp434axlfn</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400941</id>
      <parentid>400939</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T16:16:50Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <origin>400941</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="49655" sha1="r3vud76uhtaab9kq3sutf97laikemyy" xml:space="preserve">'''فقه'''{{ٻيا نالا|انگريزي= ''' Fiqh '''}}({{IPAc-en|f|iː|k}};&lt;ref&gt;[https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/fiqh &quot;fiqh&quot;]. ''[[Collins English Dictionary]]''.&lt;/ref&gt; اسلام ۾ قانون جي سائنس جو {{ٻيا نالا|انگريزي= ''' Jurisprudence '''}} نالو آهي&lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot;&gt;[http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/207723/fiqh Fiqh] Encyclopædia Britannica&lt;/ref&gt;. فقه جو استعمال اسلامي شريعت جي سمجھ طور ڪيو ويندو آهي &lt;ref name=vogel&gt;{{cite book|last=Vogel|first=Frank E.|title=Islamic Law and the Legal System of Saudí: Studies of Saudi Arabia|date=2000|publisher=Brill|pages=4–5|url=https://books.google.com/?id=-PfDuvnHMGoC&amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;dq=vogel+islamic+law#v=onepage&amp;q=vogel%20islamic%20law&amp;f=false|isbn=9004110623}}&lt;/ref&gt; اھو علم شريعت ۾ قرآن ۽ سنت جي روشنيءَ ۾ اجتھاد جي ذريعي واڌارو ڪري ٿو ۽ ان واڌاري کي فقيھن جي فتوائون ذريعي لاڳو ڪري ٿو. فقه ۾ غلطي جي گنجائش ھوندي آھي ۽ اھا تبديل پڻ ٿي سگھندي آھي. موجوده دور۾ سني اسلام ۾ چار فقھي مذھب آھن ۽ شيعه اسلام ۾ ٻہ فقھي مذھب آھن&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;.

== لغوي معنيَ == 
فقه جي لغوي معنيَ آهي ڪنهن شئي جو علم۽ فھم، ڪنھن شئي کي کولڻ۽ نکيڙڻ ۽ ان جي اونھائي ۾ وڃي حقيقت ڳولي لھڻ۽ ان کي پڌرو ڪرڻ، اصطلاحي طور فقه جي معني شريعت جي حڪمن ۾ سمجھ پيدا ڪرڻ آھي&lt;ref name =&quot; آسان فقه&quot; &gt; - ڪتاب: آسان فقه، از: مولانا محمد يوسف اصلاحي، مترجم: محمد عاشق ڌامراھا، مھراڻ اڪيڊمي شڪارپور، جنوري 2002 -- پنھنجي پاران: قمر ميمڻ صه 28  &lt;/ref&gt;. قرآن شريف ۾ سورة التوبہ ۾ آيت نمبر 122 ۾ فقه لفظ جو استعمال ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو:

{{quote| فلولا نفر من کل فرقة منهم طائفة ليتفقهوا في الدين&lt;br&gt; ترجمو:پوء ڇونہ انھن جي سڀ ڪنھن جماعت مان ھڪ ھڪ ٽولي نڪتي ته پاڻ ۾ دين جي سمجھ پيدا ڪن. |التوبة - ۱۲۲|&lt;ref name=&quot;آسان فقه&quot; /&gt;}}

{{Short description|Islamic jurisprudence}}
{{Use dmy dates|date=April 2018}}
{{Italic title}}
{{Arabicterm
 |arabic={{large|{{Naskh|{{wikt-lang|ar|فقه}}}}}}
 |arabic_rom={{Transliteration|ar|fiqh}}
 |native pronunciation={{IPA|ar|fiqh|}}
 |literal meaning=&quot;deep understanding&quot;&lt;br/&gt;&quot;full comprehension&quot;
}}
{{Fiqh |width=19.0em}}
{{Islam |texts |width=19.75em}}

'''''Fiqh''''' ({{IPAc-en|f|iː|k}};&lt;ref&gt;[https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/fiqh &quot;fiqh&quot;]. ''[[Collins English Dictionary]]''.&lt;/ref&gt; {{langx|ar|فِقْه}} {{IPAc-ar|f|i|q|h|}}) is the term for [[Islam]]ic [[jurisprudence]].&lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot;&gt;[https://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/207723/fiqh Fiqh] Encyclopædia Britannica&lt;/ref&gt; ''Fiqh'' is often described as the style of human understanding, research and practices of the ''[[sharia]]''; that is, human understanding of the divine Islamic law as revealed in the [[Quran]] as well as the ''[[sunnah]]'' (the teachings and practices of the Islamic prophet [[Muhammad]] and his companions).&lt;ref name=vogel&gt;{{cite book|last=Vogel|first=Frank E.|title=Islamic Law and the Legal System of Saudí: Studies of Saudi Arabia|date=2000|publisher=Brill|pages=4–5|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=-PfDuvnHMGoC&amp;q=vogel+islamic+law|isbn=9004110623}}&lt;/ref&gt; ''Fiqh'' expands and develops sharia through interpretation (''[[ijtihad]]'') of the Quran and sunnah by Islamic jurists (''[[ulama]]'')&lt;ref name=vogel/&gt; and is implemented by the rulings (''[[fatwa]]'') of jurists on questions presented to them. Thus, whereas sharia is considered immutable and infallible by Muslims, ''fiqh'' is considered fallible and changeable.

''Fiqh'' deals with the observance of rituals, morals and social legislation in Islam as well as economic and political system. In the modern era, there are four prominent schools (''[[madh'hab]]'') of ''fiqh'' within [[Sunni]] practice, plus two (or three) within [[Shi'a]] practice. A person trained in ''fiqh'' is known as a ''{{transliteration|ar|ALA|[[faqīh]]}}'' ({{plural form}} {{transliteration|ar|ALA|fuqahāʾ}}).&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;

Figuratively, ''fiqh'' means knowledge about Islamic legal rulings from their sources. Deriving religious rulings from their sources requires the ''[[mujtahid]]'' (an individual who exercises ''ijtihad'') to have a deep understanding in the different discussions of jurisprudence.

The studies of ''fiqh'' are traditionally divided into ''uṣūl al-fiqh'' ([[principles of Islamic jurisprudence]], lit. &quot;the roots of fiqh&quot;), the methods of legal interpretation and analysis, and ''furūʿ al-fiqh'' (lit. &quot;the branches of fiqh&quot;), the elaboration of rulings on the basis of these principles.{{sfn|Calder|2009}}{{sfn|Schneider|2014}} ''Furūʿ al-fiqh'' is the product of the application of ''uṣūl al-fiqh'' and the total product of human efforts at understanding the divine will. A ''[[hukm]]'' (pl. ''aḥkām'') is a particular ruling in a given case.

== Etymology ==
The word ''fiqh'' is an Arabic term meaning &quot;deep understanding&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Modarresi&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|author-link=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|title=The Laws of Islam|date=26 March 2016|publisher=Enlight Press|isbn=978-0994240989|url=http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|access-date=22 December 2017|ref=Modarresi|language=en|archive-date=2 August 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190802163247/http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{rp|470}} or &quot;full comprehension&quot;. Technically it refers to the body of Islamic law extracted from detailed Islamic sources (which are studied in the [[principles of Islamic jurisprudence]]) and the process of gaining knowledge of Islam through jurisprudence. The historian [[Ibn Khaldun]] describes ''fiqh'' as &quot;knowledge of the rules of God which concern the actions of persons who own themselves connected to obey the law respecting what is required (''[[wajib]]''), sinful (''[[haraam]]''), recommended (''[[mustahab|mandūb]]''), disapproved (''[[makrūh]]''), or neutral (''[[mubah]]'')&quot;.&lt;ref&gt;Levy (1957). p. 150.&lt;/ref&gt; This definition is consistent amongst the jurists.

In [[Modern Standard Arabic]], ''fiqh'' has also come to mean Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=أنیس|first=إبراهیم|title=المعجم الوسیط|publisher=دارالفکر|year=1998|location=بیروت، لبنان|pages=731}}&lt;/ref&gt; It is not thus possible to speak of [[Chief Justice of the United States|Chief Justice]] [[John Roberts]] as an expert in the [[common law]] ''fiqh'' of the [[United States]], or of [[Egypt]]ian legal scholar [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] as an expert in the civil law ''fiqh'' of Egypt.

==History==
{{main|Sharia}}
{{further information|History of Islamic economics}}

According to Sunni Islamic history, Sunni law followed a chronological path of:
*[[God in Islam|God]] → [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] → [[Sahabah|Companions]] → [[Tabi'un|Followers]] → ''Fiqh''.&lt;ref name=&quot;Maghen-2003&quot;&gt;{{cite journal|last1=Maghen|first1=Ze'ev|title=Dead Tradition: Joseph Schacht and the Origins of &quot;Popular Practice&quot;|journal=Islamic Law and Society|date=2003|volume=10|issue=3|pages=276–347|doi=10.1163/156851903770227575|jstor=3399422}}&lt;/ref&gt;
The commands and prohibitions chosen by God were revealed through the agency of the Prophet in both the Quran and the Sunnah (words, deeds, and examples of the Prophet passed down as [[hadith]]). 
The first Muslims (the [[Sahabah]] or Companions) heard and obeyed, and passed this essence of Islam&lt;ref name=GRHJWIaM2000:513/&gt; to succeeding generations (''[[Tabi'un]]'' and ''[[Tabi' al-Tabi'in]]'' or successors/followers and successors of successors), as Muslims and Islam spread from West Arabia to the conquered lands north, east, and west,&lt;ref name=RGHIGP2015:223&gt;[[#RGHIGP2015|Hoyland, ''In God's Path'', 2015]]: p.223&lt;/ref&gt;{{#tag:ref|for example, Sunni [[Hanbali]] scholar/preacher [[Al-Hasan ibn 'Ali al-Barbahari]] (d.941) who ruled the streets of Baghdad from 921-941 CE,  insisted that &quot;whoever asserts that there is any part of Islam with which the Companions of the Prophet did not provide us has called them [the Companions of the Prophet] liars&quot;.&lt;ref name=cook-2000-109&gt;{{cite book|last1=Cook|first1=Michael|title=The Koran : A Very Short Introduction|date=2000|publisher=Oxford University Press|url=https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook |url-access=registration|isbn=0192853449|page=[https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook/page/n122 109]}}&lt;/ref&gt;|group=Note}} where it was systematized and elaborated.&lt;ref name=GRHJWIaM2000:513&gt;[[#GRHJWIaM2000|Hawting, &quot;John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism&quot;, 2000]]: p.513&lt;/ref&gt;

The history of Islamic jurisprudence is &quot;customarily divided into eight periods&quot;:&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: pp. 30–31&lt;/ref&gt;
*the first period ending with the death of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] in 11 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*second period &quot;characterized by personal interpretations&quot; of the canon by the ''[[Sahabah]]'' or companions of Muhammad, lasting until 50 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from 50 AH until the early second century AH there was competition between &quot;a traditionalist approach to jurisprudence&quot; in [[Hijaz|western Arabia]] where Islam was revealed and a &quot;rationalist approach in Iraq&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;golden age of classical Islamic jurisprudence&quot; from the &quot;early second to the mid-fourth century when the [[Madhhab#Amman Message|eight &quot;most significant&quot;]] schools of Sunni and [[Shia|Shi'i]] jurisprudence emerged.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from the mid-fourth century to mid-seventh AH Islamic jurisprudence was &quot;limited to elaborations within the main juristic schools&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;dark age&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence stretched from the [[Siege of Baghdad (1258)|fall of Baghdad]] in the mid-seventh AH (1258 CE) to 1293 AH/1876 CE.
*In 1293 AH (1876 CE) the Ottomans codified [[Hanafi]] jurisprudence in the ''[[Mecelle|Majallah el-Ahkam-i-Adliya]]''. Several &quot;juristic revival movements&quot; influenced by &quot;exposure to Western legal and technological progress&quot; followed until the mid-20th century CE. [[Muhammad Abduh]] and [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] were products of this era.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; However, Abduh and El-Sanhuri were modernists. 19th century Ottoman Shariah Code was built on the views of the Hanafi school.
*The most recent era has been that of the &quot;[[Islamic revival#Contemporary revivalism|Islamic revival]]&quot;, which has been &quot;predicated on rejection of Western social and legal advances&quot; and the development of specifically Islamic states, social sciences, economics, and finance.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
The formative period of Islamic jurisprudence stretches back to the time of the early Muslim communities. During this period, jurists were more concerned with issues of authority and teaching than with theory and methodology.&lt;ref name=&quot;Weiss (2002)&quot;&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by [[Bernard G. Weiss]], (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. pp. 3, 161.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Progress in theory and methodology happened with the coming of the early Muslim jurist [[Muhammad ibn Idris ash-Shafi`i]] (767–820), who codified the basic principles of Islamic jurisprudence in his book ''ar-Risālah''. The book details the four roots of law ([[Qur'an]], [[sunnah]], ''[[ijma]]'', and ''[[qiyas]]'') while specifying that the primary Islamic texts (the Qur'an and the hadith) be understood according to objective rules of interpretation derived from scientific study of the Arabic language.&lt;ref name=weiss-162&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by Bernard G. Weiss, (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. p. 162.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Secondary sources of law were developed and refined over the subsequent centuries, consisting primarily of juristic preference (''[[istihsan]]''), laws of the previous prophets (''[[shara man qablana]]''), continuity (''[[istishab]]''), extended analogy (''[[maslaha mursala]]''), blocking the means (''[[sadd al-dhari'ah]]''), local customs (''[[urf]]''), and sayings of a companion of the Prophet (''[[qawl al-sahabi]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Nyazee (2000)&quot;&gt;Nyazee, Imran Ahsan Khan (2000). ''Islamic Jurisprudence (UsulAI-Fiqh)''. Islamabad: Islamic Research Institute Press.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== Diagram of early scholars ===

[[File:Sunni Streams of Doctrine.png|thumb|Main schools of thought within Sunni Islam, and other prominent streams.]]
[[File:Muslim World Introduction.svg|thumb|Major schools of thought and theology in the Islamic world]]
The Quran set the rights, responsibilities, and rules for people and societies to adhere to, such as dealing in [[The Impact of Religion on International Negotiations|interest]]. Muhammad then provided an example, which is recorded in the hadith books, showing people how he practically implemented these rules in a society. After the passing of Muhammad, there was a need for jurists, to decide on new legal matters where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadith, example of Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=gMxjJqurmiAC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA30|title=Islam Vs. West|isbn=9780595501571|last1=Asadulla|first1=Abubakr|year=2009|publisher=iUniverse }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=es9Sunv_y2MC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA20|title=Islamic State Practices, International Law and the Threat from Terrorism|isbn=9781841135014|last1=Rehman|first1=Javaid|date=7 June 2005|publisher=Hart }}&lt;/ref&gt;

In the years proceeding Muhammad, the community in Madina continued to use the same rules. People were familiar with the practice of Muhammad and therefore continued to use the same rules.

The scholars appearing in the diagram below were taught by [[Muhammad's companions]], many of whom settled in Madina.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceA&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|title=ulama|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=25 February 2013|archive-date=21 October 2014|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141021231627/http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; ''[[Muwatta Imam Malik|Muwatta]]''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|title=Muwatta|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=13 October 2010|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; by [[Malik ibn Anas]] was written as a consensus of the opinion, of these scholars.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=d5Ks31qHlSYC&amp;q=coulson+history+islamic+law|title=A History of Islamic Law|isbn=9780748605149|last1=Coulson|first1=Noel James|year=1994}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Va6oSxzojzoC&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA207|title=E. J. Brill's First Encyclopaedia of Islam, 1913–1936|isbn=9004097910|last1=Houtsma|first1=M. Th|year=1993|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=0_wUAAAAIAAJ&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA264|title=Studies in Islamic History and Civilization|isbn=9789652640147|last1=Šārôn|first1=Moše|year=1986|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt; ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas quotes 13 hadiths from Imam [[Jafar al-Sadiq]].&lt;ref name=&quot;Muwatta&quot;&gt;''Al-Muwatta'' of Imam Malik Ibn Anas, translated by Aisha Bewley (Book #5, Hadith #5.9.23) (Book #16, Hadith #16.1.1) (Book #17, Hadith #17.24.43) (Book #20, Hadith #20.10.40) (Book #20, Hadith #20.11.44) (Book #20, Hadith #20.32.108) (Book #20, Hadith #20.39.127) (Book #20, Hadith #20.40.132) (Book #20, Hadith #20.49.167) (Book #20, Hadith #20.57.190) (Book #26, Hadith #26.1.2) (Book #29, Hadith #29.5.17) (Book #36, Hadith #36.4.5) [http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html Al-Muwatta'] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html |date=13 October 2010 }}&lt;/ref&gt;
Aisha also taught her nephew [[Urwah ibn Zubayr]]. He then taught his son [[Hisham ibn Urwah]], who was the main teacher of Malik ibn Anas whose views many Sunni follow and also taught by Jafar al-Sadiq. [[Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]], Hisham ibn Urwah and Muhammad al-Baqir taught [[Zayd ibn Ali]], Jafar al-Sadiq, [[Abu Hanifa]], and Malik ibn Anas.

Imam Jafar al-Sadiq, Imam Abu Hanifa and Malik ibn Anas worked together in [[Al-Masjid an-Nabawi]] in Medina, along with Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr, Muhammad al-Baqir, Zayd ibn Ali and over 70 other leading jurists and scholars.

[[Al-Shafi'i]] was taught by Malik ibn Anas. [[Ahmad ibn Hanbal]] was taught by Al-Shafi'i. [[Muhammad al-Bukhari]] travelled everywhere collecting hadith and his father [[Ismail ibn Ibrahim]] was a student of Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Islam Page 67&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=mlGgGVCp0UcC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA67|title=Understanding Women in Islam|isbn=9789793780191|last1=Hasyim|first1=Syafiq|year=2006|publisher=Equinox }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=JdjtUTYSL1UC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA37|title=Classical Islam|isbn=9780415240321|last1=Calder|first1=Norman|last2=Mojaddedi|first2=Jawid Ahmad|last3=Rippin|first3=Andrew|year=2003|publisher=Psychology Press }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=GlqeC1ZFAUEC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim&amp;pg=PT101|title=Judaism and Islam in Practice|isbn=9781134605538|last1=Brockopp|first1=Jonathan E.|last2=Neusner|first2=Jacob|last3=Sonn|first3=Tamara|date=27 September 2005|publisher=Routledge }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.oocities.org/mutmainaa7/people/jafar_al_sadiq.html|title=Jafar Al-Sadiq}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|title=IMAM JAFAR BIN MUHAMMAD AS-SADIQ (AS)|website=www.ziaraat.org|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=22 August 2023|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230822202122/http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{Islam scholars diagram}}

In the books actually written by these original jurists and scholars, there are very few theological and judicial differences between them. Imam Ahmad rejected the writing down and codifying of the religious rulings he gave. They knew that they might have fallen into error in some of their judgements and stated this clearly. They never introduced their rulings by saying, &quot;Here, this judgement is the judgement of God and His prophet.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=W4OKaz5dzdYC&amp;q=Modernist+Islam,+1840-1940:+A+Sourcebook+By+Charles+Kurzman|title=Modernist Islam, 1840–1940|isbn=9780195154689|last1=Kurzman|first1=Charles|year=2002|publisher=Oxford University Press }}&lt;/ref&gt; There is also very little text actually written down by Jafar al-Sadiq himself. They all give priority to the Qur'an and the hadith (the practice of Muhammad). They felt that the Quran and the Hadith, the example of Muhammad provided people with almost everything they needed. &quot;This day I have perfected for you your religion and completed My favor upon you and have approved for you Islam as religion&quot; (Qur'an 5:3).&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://quran.com/5/3 |title=Surat Al-Ma'idah [5:3] - The Noble Qur'an - القرآن الكريم |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130925005700/http://quran.com/5/3 |archive-date=25 September 2013 |df=dmy }} [http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ Quran Surah Al-Maaida ( Verse 3 )] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180612141107/http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ |date=12 June 2018 }}&lt;/ref&gt;

These scholars did not distinguish between each other. They were not Sunni or Shia. They felt that they were following the religion of Abraham as described in the Quran &quot;Say: Allah speaks the truth; so follow the religion of Abraham, the upright one. And he was not one of the polytheists&quot; (Qur'an 3:95).

Most of the differences are regarding Sharia laws devised through [[Ijtihad]] where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadiths of Islamic prophet Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;/&gt; As these jurists went to new areas, they were pragmatic and continued to use the same ruling as was given in that area during pre-Islamic times, if the population felt comfortable with it, it was just and they used Ijtihad to deduce that it did not conflict with the Quran or the Hadith. As explained in the ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This made it easier for the different communities to integrate into the Islamic State and assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State.

To reduce the divergence, [[ash-Shafi'i]] proposed giving priority to the Qur'an and the Hadith (the practice of Muhammad) and only then look at the consensus of the Muslim jurists (''[[ijma]]'') and analogical reasoning (''[[qiyas]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This then resulted in jurists like Muhammad al-Bukhari&lt;ref name=&quot;sahih-bukhari.com&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.sahih-bukhari.com/|title=Sahih Bukhari : Read, Study, Search Online|first=Sahih|last=Bukhari}}&lt;/ref&gt; dedicating their lives to the collection of the correct hadith, in books like [[Sahih al-Bukhari]] (Sahih translates as authentic or correct). They also felt that Muhammad's judgement was more impartial and better than their own.

These original jurists and scholars also acted as a counterbalance to the rulers. When they saw injustice, all these scholars spoke out against it. As the state expanded outside Madina, the rights of the different communities, as they were constituted in the [[Constitution of Medina]] still applied. The Quran also gave additional rights to the citizens of the state and these rights were also applied. Ali, Hassan and [[Husayn ibn Ali]] gave their allegiance to the first three caliphs because they abided by these conditions. Later [[Ali]] the fourth caliph wrote in a letter &quot;I did not approach the people to get their oath of allegiance but they came to me with their desire to make me their Amir (ruler). I did not extend my hands towards them so that they might swear the oath of allegiance to me but they themselves extended their hands towards me.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;Nahj ul Balagha Letter 54&lt;/ref&gt; But later as fate would have it ([[Predestination in Islam]]) when [[Yazid I]], an [[Umayyad Caliphate|Umayyad]] ruler took power, Husayn ibn Ali the grandson of Muhammad felt that it was a test from God for him and his duty to confront him. Then [[Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr]], Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr's cousin confronted the Umayyad rulers after Husayn ibn Ali was betrayed by the people of Kufa and killed by Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Yazid I.&lt;ref&gt;Najeebabadi, Akbar Shah (2001). The History of Islam V.2. Riyadh: Darussalam. p. 110. {{ISBN|9960-892-88-3}}.&lt;/ref&gt; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr then took on the Umayyads and expelled their forces from Hijaz and Iraq. But then his forces were depleted in Iraq, trying to stop the Khawarij. The Umayyads then moved in. After a lengthy campaign, in his last hour Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr asked his mother [[Asma' bint Abu Bakr]] the daughter of [[Abu Bakr]] the first caliph for advice. Asma' bint Abu Bakr replied to her son, she said:&lt;ref name=&quot;ummah.com&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|title=The Advice of Asmaa bint Abu Bakr (ra) to her son Abdullah Ibn Zubair (ra)|website=Ummah.com - Muslim Forum|access-date=20 September 2021|archive-date=25 February 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210225220953/https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; &quot;You know better in your own self, that if you are upon the truth and you are calling towards the truth go forth, for people more honourable than you have been killed and if you are not upon the truth, then what an evil son you are and you have destroyed yourself and those who are with you. If you say, that if you are upon the truth and you will be killed at the hands of others, then you will not truly be free.&quot; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr left and was later also killed and crucified by the Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Umayyads and led by Hajjaj. [[Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]] the son of Abu Bakr the first caliph and raised by Ali the fourth caliph was also killed by the Umayyads.&lt;ref&gt;Nahj al-Balagha Sermon 71, Letter 27, Letter 34, Letter 35&lt;/ref&gt; [[Aisha]] then raised and taught her son Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr who later taught his grandson Jafar al-Sadiq.

During the early Umayyad period, there was more community involvement. The Quran and Muhammad's example was the main source of law after which the community decided. If it worked for the community, was just and did not conflict with the Quran and the example of Muhammad, it was accepted. This made it easier for the different communities, with Roman, Persian, Central Asia and North African backgrounds to integrate into the Islamic State and that assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State. The scholars in Madina were consulted on the more complex judicial issues. The Sharia and the official more centralized schools of fiqh developed later, during the time of the Abbasids.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceB&quot;&gt;Muawiya Restorer of the Muslim Faith By Aisha Bewley p. 68&lt;/ref&gt;

==Components==
{{further|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}
[[File:Map of the Legal systems of the world (en).png|thumb|350px|[[List of national legal systems|Legal systems of the world]]]]
The sources of [[Sharia]] in order of importance are:&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;&gt;Abul Quasem, M. (1975). The ethics of al-Ghazali: A composite ethics in Islam. p. 26&lt;/ref&gt;
#[[Qur'an]]
#[[Hadith]]
#[[Ijma]], i.e. collective reasoning and consensus amongst authoritative Muslims of a particular generation, and its interpretation by Islamic scholars.
#The consensus of the [[Sahaba]]
#[[Qiyas]], analogical legal reasoning by Islamic jurists.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;&gt;{{cite book|editor1-first=Hisham M. |editor1-last=Ramadan|author1=Irshad Abdel Haqq|author-link1=Islamic law: An Overview of Its Origins and Elements|title=Understanding Islamic Law: From Classical to Contemporary|year=2006|publisher=Rowman Altamira|isbn=9780759109919|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=5ZS7EaHTQX8C&amp;q=Islamic+law%3A+An+Overview+of+Its+Origins+and+Elements&amp;pg=PA1 |access-date=17 August 2016}} p. 18&lt;/ref&gt;

Majority of [[Sunni Muslims]] view ''[[Qiyas]]'' as a central Pillar of ''[[Ijtihad]]''.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;/&gt; An example is the ruling of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]], that &quot;a judge should not sit in judgement while angry&quot;, whereas reason adds that this extends to hunger or suffering from a painful disease.&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;/&gt; [[Zahiri]]tes, rejected ''Qiyas'' unlike the Sunnis.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=B. Hallaq |first=Wael |title=THE ORIGINS AND EVOLUTION OF ISLAMIC LAW |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |year=2005 |isbn=978-0-521-80332-8 | location=Cambridge, UK |pages=124, 127}}&lt;/ref&gt; The ''[[Shia Islam|Shi'a]]'' believed that all laws are implicitly mentioned in the Quran or the sunnah and can be discovered by the jurists of their tradition.&lt;ref&gt;Mansoor Moaddel, ''Islamic Modernism, Nationalism, and Fundamentalism: Episode and Discourse'', pg. 32. [[Chicago]]: [[University of Chicago Press]], 2005.&lt;/ref&gt;

The [[Qur'an]] gives instructions on many issues, such as how to perform the ritual purification (''{{lang|ar|[[wudu]]}}'') before the obligatory daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}''). On other issues, for example, the Qur'an states one needs to engage in daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}'') and fast (''{{lang|ar|[[sawm]]}}'') during the [[Ramadan (calendar month)|month of Ramadan]] but further instructions and details on how to perform these duties can be found in the traditions of Muhammad, so [[Qur'an and Sunnah]] are in most cases the basis for (''{{lang|ar|[[Shariah]]}}'').

Some topics are without precedent in Islam's early period. In those cases, Muslim jurists (''{{lang|ar|[[Fuqaha]]}}'') try to arrive at conclusions by other means. [[Sunni]] jurists use historical consensus of the community (''{{lang|ar|[[Ijma]]}}''); a majority in the modern era also use [[analogy]] (''{{lang|ar|[[Qiyas]]}}'') and weigh the harms and benefits of new topics (''{{lang|ar|[[Istislah]]}}''), and a plurality utilizes juristic preference (''{{lang|ar|[[Istihsan]]}}''). The conclusions arrived at with the aid of these additional tools constitute a wide array of laws, and its application is called ''fiqh''. Thus, in contrast to the ''sharia'', ''fiqh'' is not regarded as [[sacred]] and the schools of thought have differing views on its details, without viewing other conclusions as [[Sacrilege|sacrilegious]]. This division of interpretation in more detailed issues has resulted in different schools of thought (''{{lang|ar|[[madh'hab]]}}'').

This wider concept of '''Islamic jurisprudence''' is the source of a range of laws in different topics that guide Muslims in everyday life.

=== Component categories ===
[[File:Actions in Fiqh.png|thumb|Actions in Islamic Fiqh]]

Islamic jurisprudence (''fiqh'') covers two main areas:
# Rules in relation to actions, and,
# Rules in relation to circumstances surrounding actions.

These types of rules can also fall into two groups:
# Worship ([[Ibadah|Ibadaat]])
# Dealings and transactions (with people) ([[Muamalat|Mu`amalaat]])

Rules in relation to actions ('''amaliyya'' — عملية) or &quot;[[Ahkam|decision types]]&quot; comprise:
# Obligation (''[[fardh]]'')
# Recommendation (''[[mustahabb]]'')
# Permissibility (''[[mubah]]'')
# Disrecommendation (''[[makrooh]]'')
# Prohibition (''[[haraam]]'')

Rules in relation to circumstances (''wadia''') comprise:
# Condition (''shart'')
# Cause (''sabab'')
# Preventor (''mani'')
# Permit / Enforced (''rukhsah, azeemah'')
# Valid / Corrupt / Invalid (''sahih, fasid, batil'')
# In time / Deferred / Repeat (''adaa, qadaa, i'ada'')

=== Methodologies of jurisprudence ===
{{main|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}

The [[modus operandi]] of the Muslim jurist is known as ''[[usul al-fiqh]]'' (&quot;principles of jurisprudence&quot;).

There are different approaches to the methodology used in jurisprudence to derive Islamic rulings from the primary sources of ''[[sharia]]'' (Islamic law). The main methodologies are those of the [[Sunni]], [[Shi'a]] and [[Ibadi]] denominations. While both Sunni and [[Shi'ite]] (Shia) are divided into smaller sub-schools, the differences among the Shi'ite schools is considerably greater. Ibadites only follow a single school without divisions.

While using court decisions as legal precedents and [[case law]] are central to Western law, the importance of the institution of fatawa (non-binding answers by Islamic legal scholars to legal questions) has been called &quot;central to the development&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:32&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: p. 32&lt;/ref&gt; This is in part because of a &quot;vacuum&quot; in the other source of Islamic law, ''qada`'' (legal rulings by state appointed Islamic judges) after the fall of the last [[caliphate]] the Ottoman Empire.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; While the practice in Islam dates back to the time of Muhammad, according to at least one source (Muhammad El-Gamal), it is &quot;modeled after the [[Roman Empire|Roman]] system of ''[[responsa]]'',&quot; and gives the questioner &quot;decisive primary-mover advantage in choosing the question and its wording.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;

Each school (''[[madhhab]]'') reflects a unique ''[[urf]]'' or culture (a cultural practice that was influenced by traditions), that the classical jurists themselves lived in, when rulings were made. Some suggest that the discipline of ''[[isnad]]'', which developed to validate ''hadith'' made it relatively easy to record and validate also the rulings of jurists. This, in turn, made them far easier to imitate (''[[taqlid]]'') than to challenge in new contexts. The argument is, the schools have been more or less frozen for centuries, and reflect a culture that simply no longer exists. Traditional scholars hold that religion is there to regulate human behavior and nurture people's moral side and since human nature has not fundamentally changed since the beginning of Islam a call to modernize the religion is essentially one to relax all laws and institutions.

Early ''[[shariah]]'' had a much more flexible character, and some modern Muslim scholars believe that it should be renewed, and that the classical jurists should lose special status. This would require formulating a new fiqh suitable for the modern world, e.g. as proposed by advocates of the [[Islamization of knowledge]], which would deal with the modern context. This modernization is opposed by most conservative ''[[ulema]]''. Traditional scholars hold that the laws are contextual and consider circumstance such as time, place and culture, the principles they are based upon are universal such as justice, equality and respect. Many Muslim scholars argue that even though technology may have advanced, the fundamentals of human life have not.

=== Fields of jurisprudence ===
{{flatlist}}
*[[Islamic criminal jurisprudence|Criminal]]
*[[Islamic economical jurisprudence|Economics]]
*[[Adab (behavior)|Etiquette]]
*[[Islamic family jurisprudence|Family]]
*[[Hygiene in Islam|Hygienical]]
*[[Islamic inheritance jurisprudence|Inheritance]]
*[[Islamic marital jurisprudence|Marital]]
*[[Rules of war in Islam|Military]]
*[[Islamic political jurisprudence|Political]]
*[[Islamic theological jurisprudence|Theological]]
{{endflatlist}}

=== Schools of jurisprudence ===
{{Main|Madhhab}}
There are several [[Madhhab|schools of fiqh thought]] ({{langx|ar|مذهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|madhhab}}''; pl. {{lang|ar|مذاهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|maḏāhib}}'')
[[File:Madhhab Map3.png|thumb|Map of the Muslim world with the main schools of thoughts&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Islamic Jurisprudence &amp; Law {{!}} ReOrienting the Veil |url=https://veil.unc.edu/religions/islam/law/ |access-date=2025-05-19 |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{Needs update|date=May 2025|reason=Our Fiqh map does need an update, for example Bahrain is mostly orange (representing Ja'fari) while its Monarchy is Maliki and a majority of its citizens Sunni. Would be very helpful to get an update to date SVG version of the map as there are some tiny island Indian Ocean countries who are not shown on the map}}]]
The schools of [[Sunni Islam|Sunni]] Islam are each named by students of the classical jurist who taught them. The Sunni schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Hanafi school|Hanafi]] ([[Turkey]], [[Balkans]], [[Levant]], [[Central Asia]], [[Islam in South Asia|South Asia]], [[Islam in China|China]], [[North Caucasus|Northwest Caucasus]], [[Lower Egypt]], and [[Tatarstan]])
*[[Maliki school|Maliki]] ([[North Africa]], [[West Africa]], [[Upper Egypt]], [[Kuwait]], [[Bahrain]], [[Emirate of Abu Dhabi|Abu Dhabi]], and [[Emirate of Dubai|Dubai]])
*[[Shafi'i school|Shafi'i]] ([[Indonesia]], [[Malaysia]], [[Brunei]], [[Kurdistan]], [[East Africa]], [[North Caucasus|Northeast Caucasus]], [[Yemen]], [[Oman]], [[Islam in Kerala|Kerala]], [[Emirate of Fujairah|Fujairah]], and the [[Sinai Peninsula]])
*[[Hanbali school|Hanbali]] ([[Saudi Arabia]], [[Qatar]], [[Emirate of Sharjah|Sharjah]], [[Emirate of Umm Al Quwain|Umm al-Quwain]], [[Emirate of Ras Al Khaimah|Ras al-Khaimah]], and [[Emirate of Ajman|Ajman]])

The schools of [[Shia]] Islam are based on the [[Ja'fari school|Ja'fari]] school of jurisprudence. The Shia schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Twelver Shi'ism|Twelver]] ([[Iran]], [[Iraq]], and [[Azerbaijan]])
*[[Ismailism|Isma'ili]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Lakhani |first=M. Ali |title=Faith and Ethics: The Vision of the Ismaili Imamat |page=4 |quote=The place of the Ismailis within the theological pluralism of the Muslim community is best summarised by their Imam's statement to the International Islamic Conference held in Amman in July 2005: &quot;Our historic adherence is to the Ja'fari madhhab and other madhahib of close affinity, and it continues, under the leadership of the hereditary Ismaili Imam of the time. This adherence is in harmony also with our acceptance of Sufi principles of personal search and balance between the zahir and the spirit or the intellect which the zahir signifies.&quot; |publisher=Bloomsbury Publishing |year=2017 |isbn=978-1786733900}}&lt;/ref&gt; (minority communities in [[Central Asia]], [[South Asia]], [[Levant]], [[Yemen]])
*[[Zaydism|Zaydi]] (minority communities in [[Yemen]])

Entirely separate from both the Sunni and Shia traditions, [[Kharijites|Khawarij]] Islam has evolved its own distinct school.
*[[Ibadism|Ibadi]] (minority communities in [[Oman]])

These schools share many of their rulings, but differ on the particular [[hadith]]s they accept as authentic and the weight they give to analogy or reason ([[qiyas]]) in deciding difficulties.

The relationship between (at least the Sunni) schools of jurisprudence and the conflict between the unity of the Shariah and the diversity of the schools, was expressed by the 12th century Hanafi scholar [[Abu Hafs Umar al-Nasafi]], who wrote: &quot;Our school is correct with the possibility of error, and another school is in error with the possibility of being correct.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1 = Brown|first1 = Jonathan A.C.|author-link = Jonathan A.C. Brown|title = Misquoting Muhammad: The Challenge and Choices of Interpreting the Prophet's Legacy|date = 2014|publisher = [[Oneworld Publications]]|isbn = 978-1780744209|url = https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50|access-date = 4 June 2018|ref = JACBMM2014|pages = [https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50 50-51]}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== Influence on Western laws ==
{{main|Sharia#Classic Islamic law|l1=Sharia: Classic Islamic law}}

A number of important legal [[institution]]s were developed by Muslim jurists during the classical period of Islam, known as the [[Islamic Golden Age]]. One such institution was the ''[[Hawala]]'', an early [[informal value transfer system]], which is mentioned in texts of Islamic jurisprudence as early as the 8th century. ''Hawala'' itself later influenced the development of the [[Agency (law)|agency]] in [[common law]] and in [[Civil law (legal system)|civil laws]] such as the ''aval'' in [[Law of France|French law]] and the ''avallo'' in [[Law of Italy|Italian law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |title=Islamic Law: Its Relation to Other Legal Systems |first=Gamal Moursi |last=Badr |journal=The American Journal of Comparative Law |volume=26 |issue=2 – Proceedings of an International Conference on Comparative Law, Salt Lake City, Utah, 24–25 February 1977 |date=Spring 1978 |pages=187–198 [196–98] |doi=10.2307/839667 |publisher=American Society of Comparative Law |jstor=839667}}&lt;/ref&gt;

The ''[[Waqf]]'' in [[Sharia|Islamic law]], which developed during the 7th–9th centuries, bears a notable resemblance to the [[Charitable trust|trusts]] in the English [[trust law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988}}&lt;/ref&gt; For example, every ''Waqf'' was required to have a ''waqif'' (settlor), ''mutawillis'' (trustee), ''[[qadi]]'' (judge) and beneficiaries.&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1237–40}}&lt;/ref&gt; The trust law developed in [[England]] at the time of the [[Crusades]], during the 12th and 13th centuries, was introduced by Crusaders who may have been influenced by the ''Waqf'' institutions they came across in the [[Middle East]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Hudson|2003|p=32}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1244–45}}&lt;/ref&gt;

In classical Islamic jurisprudence, litigants in court may obtain [[notarized]] statements from between three and twelve witnesses. When the statements of all witnesses are consistent, the notaries will certify their unanimous testimony in a legal document, which may be used to support the litigant's claim.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Justice of Islam|pages=7–9|author=Lawrence Rosen|publisher=Oxford University Press|year=2000|isbn=9780198298847}}&lt;/ref&gt; The notaries serve to free the [[qadi|judge]] from the time-consuming task of hearing the testimony of each eyewitness himself, and their documents serve to legally authenticate each oral testimony.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Expert Witness in Islamic Courts|year=2010|publisher=University of Chicago Press|author=Ron Shaham|pages=4–8|isbn=9780226749358}}&lt;/ref&gt; The [[Maliki]] school requires two notaries to collect a minimum of twelve eyewitness statements in certain legal cases, including those involving unregistered marriages and land disputes.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Positive Law from the Muslim World|author=Baudouin Dupret|year=2021|isbn=9781108960137|pages=205–210|publisher=Cambridge University Press}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Property, Social Structure, and Law in the Modern Middle East|year=1985|pages=54–64|editor=Ann Elizabeth Mayer|publisher=[[SUNY]] Press|isbn=9780873959889}}&lt;/ref&gt; John Makdisi has compared this group of twelve witness statements, known as a ''lafif'', to [[English Common Law]] jury trials under [[Henry II of England|Henry II]], surmising a link between the king's reforms and the legal system of the [[Kingdom of Sicily]]. The island had previously been ruled by various Islamic dynasties.&lt;ref name=&quot;Rodhan&quot;&gt;{{cite book |last1=Al-Rodhan |first1=Nayef R. F. |title=The Role of the Arab-Islamic World in the Rise of the West: Implications for Contemporary Trans-Cultural Relations |date=2012 |publisher=Palgrave Macmillan |isbn=978-0-230-39320-2 |page=73 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=n4OpT4ZP278C |access-date=25 May 2020 |language=en }}{{Dead link|date=November 2023 |bot=InternetArchiveBot |fix-attempted=yes }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Makdisi&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Makdisi |first1=John |title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=North Carolina Law Review |date=1 June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635 |url=https://scholarship.law.unc.edu/nclr/vol77/iss5/2/ |access-date=25 May 2020}}&lt;/ref&gt;

Several other fundamental [[common law]] institutions may have been adapted from similar legal institutions in [[Sharia|Islamic law]] and jurisprudence, and introduced to England by the [[Normans]] after the [[Norman conquest of England]] and the Emirate of Sicily, and by Crusaders during the [[Crusades]]. In particular, the &quot;royal English [[contract]] protected by the action of [[debt]] is identified with the Islamic ''Aqd'', the English [[assize of novel disseisin]] is identified with the Islamic ''Istihqaq'', and the English [[jury]] is identified with the Islamic ''lafif''.&quot; John Makdisi speculated that English legal institutions such as &quot;the [[scholastic method]], the [[licence]] to [[Education|teach]]&quot;, the &quot;[[law school]]s known as [[Inns of Court]] in England and ''[[Madrasah|Madrasas]]'' in Islam&quot; and the &quot;European [[commenda]]&quot; (Islamic ''[[Qirad]]'') may have also originated from Islamic law.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt; The methodology of [[Precedent|legal precedent]] and reasoning by [[analogy]] (''[[Qiyas]]'') are also similar in both the Islamic and common law systems.&lt;ref name=Gamal&gt;{{cite book |title=Islamic Finance: Law, Economics, and Practice |url=https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga |url-access=limited |first=Mahmoud A. |last=El-Gamal |year=2006 |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |isbn=0-521-86414-3 |page=[https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga/page/n35 16] }}&lt;/ref&gt; These influences have led some scholars to suggest that Islamic law may have laid the foundations for &quot;the common law as an integrated whole&quot;.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt;

== See also ==
{{Portal|Islam|Law}}
* [[Abdallah al-Harari]]
* [[Athari|Traditionalist theology]]
* ''[[Bahar-e-Shariat]]''
* [[Glossary of Islam]]
* [[Index of Islam-related articles]]
* [[Ja'fari jurisprudence]]
* [[Outline of Islam]]
* [[List of Islamic terms in Arabic]]
* ''[[Ma'ruf]]''
* ''[[Mizan]]'' – a comprehensive treatise on the contents of Islam written by [[Javed Ahmed Ghamidi]]
* [[Palestinian law]]
* [[Schools of Islamic theology]]
* [[Sources of Islamic law]]
* [[The four Sunni Imams]]
* ''[[Urf]]''

==References==
===Notes===
{{reflist|group=Note}}

===Citations===
{{Reflist|30em}}

=== Bibliography ===
{{refbegin|30em}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Norman |last=Calder |title=Law. Legal Thought and Jurisprudence |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of the Islamic World |editor=John L. Esposito |publisher=Oxford University Press |location=Oxford |year=2009 |url=http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20081121033722/http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|url-status=dead|archive-date=21 November 2008}}
*Doi, Abd ar-Rahman I., and Clarke, Abdassamad (2008). ''Shari'ah: Islamic Law''. Ta-Ha Publishers Ltd., {{ISBN|978-1-84200-087-8}} (hardback)
* Cilardo, Agostino, &quot;Fiqh, History of&quot;, in ''Muhammad in History, Thought, and Culture: An Encyclopedia of the Prophet of God'' (2 vols.), Edited by C. Fitzpatrick and A. Walker, Santa Barbara, ABC-CLIO, 2014, Vol I, pp.&amp;nbsp;201–206.
* {{citation|last=Dahlén|first=Ashk |title=Islamic Law, Epistemology and Modernity. Legal Philosophy in Contemporary Iran|year=2003|location=New York|publisher=Routledge |isbn=9780415945295|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=QARHBQAAQBAJ}}
*{{cite book |last1=El-Gamal |first1=Mahmoud A. |title=Islamic Finance : Law, Economics, and Practice |publisher=Cambridge University Press |date=2006 |url=http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |ref=MAEGIFLEP2006 |access-date=28 February 2017 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180403160351/http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |archive-date=3 April 2018 |url-status=dead }}
*{{Cite journal |journal=[[University of Pennsylvania Law Review]] |volume=136 |issue=4 |date=April 1988 |pages=1231–1261 |doi=10.2307/3312162 |last1=Gaudiosi |first1= Monica M. |title=The Influence of the Islamic Law of Waqf on the Development of the Trust in England_ The Case of Merton College |publisher=The University of Pennsylvania Law Review |jstor=3312162|s2cid=153149243 |url=http://scholarship.law.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=3909&amp;context=penn_law_review |url-access=subscription }}
*{{cite book |last1=Hawting |first1=G.R. |title=The Quest for the Historical Muhammad |date=2000 |publisher=Prometheus Books |location=New York |pages=489–509 |chapter=16. John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism |ref=GRHJWIaM2000}}
*{{Cite book
 |last=Hudson
 |first=A.
 |title=Equity and Trusts
 |year=2003
 |edition=3rd
 |publisher=Cavendish Publishing
 |location=London
 |isbn=978-1-85941-729-4
 }}

*{{Cite book |last=Levy |first=Reuben |title=The Social Structure of Islam |location=UK |publisher=Cambridge University Press |year=1957 |isbn=978-0-521-09182-4 |url=https://archive.org/details/socialstructureo0000levy }}
*{{Cite journal |last=Makdisi|first=John A.|title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=[[North Carolina Law Review]] |date=June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635–1739}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Irene |last=Schneider |title=Fiqh |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of Islam and Politics |publisher=Oxford University Press |editor=Emad El-Din Shahin |year=2014 |doi=10.1093/acref:oiso/9780199739356.001.0001|isbn=9780199739356 }}
{{refend}}

==Further reading==
*Potz, Richard, [http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0159-2011112127 Islamic Law and the Transfer of European Law], [[European History Online]], Mainz: [[Institute of European History]], 2011. (Retrieved 28 November 2011.)
*[Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

==External links==
*{{Commons category-inline}}
* [https://halaqa.home.blog/2021/02/12/types-of-hanafi-legal-rulings-ahkam/ Types of Hanafi Legal Rulings (Ahkam)]
* [Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

{{Islam topics |Law |state=collapsed}}
{{Authority control}}

[[Category:Islamic jurisprudence| ]]
[[Category:Sharia terminology]]
[[Category:Law schools]]
==حوالا== 
{{حوالا}}
==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
{{اسلامي فقه}}
[[زمرو:اسلامي اصطلاح]]</text>
      <sha1>r3vud76uhtaab9kq3sutf97laikemyy</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400942</id>
      <parentid>400941</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T16:17:29Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <origin>400942</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="49174" sha1="e0y5c8pcycc7hk9rb0q4peod8qcodv1" xml:space="preserve">'''فقه'''{{ٻيا نالا|انگريزي= ''' Fiqh '''}}({{IPAc-en|f|iː|k}};&lt;ref&gt;[https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/fiqh &quot;fiqh&quot;]. ''[[Collins English Dictionary]]''.&lt;/ref&gt; اسلام ۾ قانون جي سائنس جو {{ٻيا نالا|انگريزي= ''' Jurisprudence '''}} نالو آهي&lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot;&gt;[http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/207723/fiqh Fiqh] Encyclopædia Britannica&lt;/ref&gt;. فقه جو استعمال اسلامي شريعت جي سمجھ طور ڪيو ويندو آهي &lt;ref name=vogel&gt;{{cite book|last=Vogel|first=Frank E.|title=Islamic Law and the Legal System of Saudí: Studies of Saudi Arabia|date=2000|publisher=Brill|pages=4–5|url=https://books.google.com/?id=-PfDuvnHMGoC&amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;dq=vogel+islamic+law#v=onepage&amp;q=vogel%20islamic%20law&amp;f=false|isbn=9004110623}}&lt;/ref&gt; اھو علم شريعت ۾ قرآن ۽ سنت جي روشنيءَ ۾ اجتھاد جي ذريعي واڌارو ڪري ٿو ۽ ان واڌاري کي فقيھن جي فتوائون ذريعي لاڳو ڪري ٿو. فقه ۾ غلطي جي گنجائش ھوندي آھي ۽ اھا تبديل پڻ ٿي سگھندي آھي. موجوده دور۾ سني اسلام ۾ چار فقھي مذھب آھن ۽ شيعه اسلام ۾ ٻہ فقھي مذھب آھن&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;.

== لغوي معنيَ == 
فقه جي لغوي معنيَ آهي ڪنهن شئي جو علم۽ فھم، ڪنھن شئي کي کولڻ۽ نکيڙڻ ۽ ان جي اونھائي ۾ وڃي حقيقت ڳولي لھڻ۽ ان کي پڌرو ڪرڻ، اصطلاحي طور فقه جي معني شريعت جي حڪمن ۾ سمجھ پيدا ڪرڻ آھي&lt;ref name =&quot; آسان فقه&quot; &gt; - ڪتاب: آسان فقه، از: مولانا محمد يوسف اصلاحي، مترجم: محمد عاشق ڌامراھا، مھراڻ اڪيڊمي شڪارپور، جنوري 2002 -- پنھنجي پاران: قمر ميمڻ صه 28  &lt;/ref&gt;. قرآن شريف ۾ سورة التوبہ ۾ آيت نمبر 122 ۾ فقه لفظ جو استعمال ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو:

{{quote| فلولا نفر من کل فرقة منهم طائفة ليتفقهوا في الدين&lt;br&gt; ترجمو:پوء ڇونہ انھن جي سڀ ڪنھن جماعت مان ھڪ ھڪ ٽولي نڪتي ته پاڻ ۾ دين جي سمجھ پيدا ڪن. |التوبة - ۱۲۲|&lt;ref name=&quot;آسان فقه&quot; /&gt;}}

{{Short description|Islamic jurisprudence}}
{{Use dmy dates|date=April 2018}}
{{Italic title}}
{{Arabicterm
 |arabic={{large|{{Naskh|{{wikt-lang|ar|فقه}}}}}}
 |arabic_rom={{Transliteration|ar|fiqh}}
 |native pronunciation={{IPA|ar|fiqh|}}
 |literal meaning=&quot;deep understanding&quot;&lt;br/&gt;&quot;full comprehension&quot;
}}
{{Fiqh |width=19.0em}}
{{Islam |texts |width=19.75em}}

'''''Fiqh''''' ({{IPAc-en|f|iː|k}};&lt;ref&gt;[https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/fiqh &quot;fiqh&quot;]. ''[[Collins English Dictionary]]''.&lt;/ref&gt; {{langx|ar|فِقْه}} {{IPAc-ar|f|i|q|h|}}) is the term for [[Islam]]ic [[jurisprudence]].&lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot;&gt;[https://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/207723/fiqh Fiqh] Encyclopædia Britannica&lt;/ref&gt; ''Fiqh'' is often described as the style of human understanding, research and practices of the ''[[sharia]]''; that is, human understanding of the divine Islamic law as revealed in the [[Quran]] as well as the ''[[sunnah]]'' (the teachings and practices of the Islamic prophet [[Muhammad]] and his companions).&lt;ref name=vogel&gt;{{cite book|last=Vogel|first=Frank E.|title=Islamic Law and the Legal System of Saudí: Studies of Saudi Arabia|date=2000|publisher=Brill|pages=4–5|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=-PfDuvnHMGoC&amp;q=vogel+islamic+law|isbn=9004110623}}&lt;/ref&gt; ''Fiqh'' expands and develops sharia through interpretation (''[[ijtihad]]'') of the Quran and sunnah by Islamic jurists (''[[ulama]]'')&lt;ref name=vogel/&gt; and is implemented by the rulings (''[[fatwa]]'') of jurists on questions presented to them. Thus, whereas sharia is considered immutable and infallible by Muslims, ''fiqh'' is considered fallible and changeable.

''Fiqh'' deals with the observance of rituals, morals and social legislation in Islam as well as economic and political system. In the modern era, there are four prominent schools (''[[madh'hab]]'') of ''fiqh'' within [[Sunni]] practice, plus two (or three) within [[Shi'a]] practice. A person trained in ''fiqh'' is known as a ''{{transliteration|ar|ALA|[[faqīh]]}}'' ({{plural form}} {{transliteration|ar|ALA|fuqahāʾ}}).&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;

Figuratively, ''fiqh'' means knowledge about Islamic legal rulings from their sources. Deriving religious rulings from their sources requires the ''[[mujtahid]]'' (an individual who exercises ''ijtihad'') to have a deep understanding in the different discussions of jurisprudence.

The studies of ''fiqh'' are traditionally divided into ''uṣūl al-fiqh'' ([[principles of Islamic jurisprudence]], lit. &quot;the roots of fiqh&quot;), the methods of legal interpretation and analysis, and ''furūʿ al-fiqh'' (lit. &quot;the branches of fiqh&quot;), the elaboration of rulings on the basis of these principles.{{sfn|Calder|2009}}{{sfn|Schneider|2014}} ''Furūʿ al-fiqh'' is the product of the application of ''uṣūl al-fiqh'' and the total product of human efforts at understanding the divine will. A ''[[hukm]]'' (pl. ''aḥkām'') is a particular ruling in a given case.

== Etymology ==
The word ''fiqh'' is an Arabic term meaning &quot;deep understanding&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Modarresi&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|author-link=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|title=The Laws of Islam|date=26 March 2016|publisher=Enlight Press|isbn=978-0994240989|url=http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|access-date=22 December 2017|ref=Modarresi|language=en|archive-date=2 August 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190802163247/http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{rp|470}} or &quot;full comprehension&quot;. Technically it refers to the body of Islamic law extracted from detailed Islamic sources (which are studied in the [[principles of Islamic jurisprudence]]) and the process of gaining knowledge of Islam through jurisprudence. The historian [[Ibn Khaldun]] describes ''fiqh'' as &quot;knowledge of the rules of God which concern the actions of persons who own themselves connected to obey the law respecting what is required (''[[wajib]]''), sinful (''[[haraam]]''), recommended (''[[mustahab|mandūb]]''), disapproved (''[[makrūh]]''), or neutral (''[[mubah]]'')&quot;.&lt;ref&gt;Levy (1957). p. 150.&lt;/ref&gt; This definition is consistent amongst the jurists.

In [[Modern Standard Arabic]], ''fiqh'' has also come to mean Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=أنیس|first=إبراهیم|title=المعجم الوسیط|publisher=دارالفکر|year=1998|location=بیروت، لبنان|pages=731}}&lt;/ref&gt; It is not thus possible to speak of [[Chief Justice of the United States|Chief Justice]] [[John Roberts]] as an expert in the [[common law]] ''fiqh'' of the [[United States]], or of [[Egypt]]ian legal scholar [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] as an expert in the civil law ''fiqh'' of Egypt.

==History==
{{main|Sharia}}
{{further information|History of Islamic economics}}

According to Sunni Islamic history, Sunni law followed a chronological path of:
*[[God in Islam|God]] → [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] → [[Sahabah|Companions]] → [[Tabi'un|Followers]] → ''Fiqh''.&lt;ref name=&quot;Maghen-2003&quot;&gt;{{cite journal|last1=Maghen|first1=Ze'ev|title=Dead Tradition: Joseph Schacht and the Origins of &quot;Popular Practice&quot;|journal=Islamic Law and Society|date=2003|volume=10|issue=3|pages=276–347|doi=10.1163/156851903770227575|jstor=3399422}}&lt;/ref&gt;
The commands and prohibitions chosen by God were revealed through the agency of the Prophet in both the Quran and the Sunnah (words, deeds, and examples of the Prophet passed down as [[hadith]]). 
The first Muslims (the [[Sahabah]] or Companions) heard and obeyed, and passed this essence of Islam&lt;ref name=GRHJWIaM2000:513/&gt; to succeeding generations (''[[Tabi'un]]'' and ''[[Tabi' al-Tabi'in]]'' or successors/followers and successors of successors), as Muslims and Islam spread from West Arabia to the conquered lands north, east, and west,&lt;ref name=RGHIGP2015:223&gt;[[#RGHIGP2015|Hoyland, ''In God's Path'', 2015]]: p.223&lt;/ref&gt;{{#tag:ref|for example, Sunni [[Hanbali]] scholar/preacher [[Al-Hasan ibn 'Ali al-Barbahari]] (d.941) who ruled the streets of Baghdad from 921-941 CE,  insisted that &quot;whoever asserts that there is any part of Islam with which the Companions of the Prophet did not provide us has called them [the Companions of the Prophet] liars&quot;.&lt;ref name=cook-2000-109&gt;{{cite book|last1=Cook|first1=Michael|title=The Koran : A Very Short Introduction|date=2000|publisher=Oxford University Press|url=https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook |url-access=registration|isbn=0192853449|page=[https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook/page/n122 109]}}&lt;/ref&gt;|group=Note}} where it was systematized and elaborated.&lt;ref name=GRHJWIaM2000:513&gt;[[#GRHJWIaM2000|Hawting, &quot;John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism&quot;, 2000]]: p.513&lt;/ref&gt;

The history of Islamic jurisprudence is &quot;customarily divided into eight periods&quot;:&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: pp. 30–31&lt;/ref&gt;
*the first period ending with the death of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] in 11 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*second period &quot;characterized by personal interpretations&quot; of the canon by the ''[[Sahabah]]'' or companions of Muhammad, lasting until 50 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from 50 AH until the early second century AH there was competition between &quot;a traditionalist approach to jurisprudence&quot; in [[Hijaz|western Arabia]] where Islam was revealed and a &quot;rationalist approach in Iraq&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;golden age of classical Islamic jurisprudence&quot; from the &quot;early second to the mid-fourth century when the [[Madhhab#Amman Message|eight &quot;most significant&quot;]] schools of Sunni and [[Shia|Shi'i]] jurisprudence emerged.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from the mid-fourth century to mid-seventh AH Islamic jurisprudence was &quot;limited to elaborations within the main juristic schools&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;dark age&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence stretched from the [[Siege of Baghdad (1258)|fall of Baghdad]] in the mid-seventh AH (1258 CE) to 1293 AH/1876 CE.
*In 1293 AH (1876 CE) the Ottomans codified [[Hanafi]] jurisprudence in the ''[[Mecelle|Majallah el-Ahkam-i-Adliya]]''. Several &quot;juristic revival movements&quot; influenced by &quot;exposure to Western legal and technological progress&quot; followed until the mid-20th century CE. [[Muhammad Abduh]] and [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] were products of this era.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; However, Abduh and El-Sanhuri were modernists. 19th century Ottoman Shariah Code was built on the views of the Hanafi school.
*The most recent era has been that of the &quot;[[Islamic revival#Contemporary revivalism|Islamic revival]]&quot;, which has been &quot;predicated on rejection of Western social and legal advances&quot; and the development of specifically Islamic states, social sciences, economics, and finance.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
The formative period of Islamic jurisprudence stretches back to the time of the early Muslim communities. During this period, jurists were more concerned with issues of authority and teaching than with theory and methodology.&lt;ref name=&quot;Weiss (2002)&quot;&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by [[Bernard G. Weiss]], (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. pp. 3, 161.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Progress in theory and methodology happened with the coming of the early Muslim jurist [[Muhammad ibn Idris ash-Shafi`i]] (767–820), who codified the basic principles of Islamic jurisprudence in his book ''ar-Risālah''. The book details the four roots of law ([[Qur'an]], [[sunnah]], ''[[ijma]]'', and ''[[qiyas]]'') while specifying that the primary Islamic texts (the Qur'an and the hadith) be understood according to objective rules of interpretation derived from scientific study of the Arabic language.&lt;ref name=weiss-162&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by Bernard G. Weiss, (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. p. 162.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Secondary sources of law were developed and refined over the subsequent centuries, consisting primarily of juristic preference (''[[istihsan]]''), laws of the previous prophets (''[[shara man qablana]]''), continuity (''[[istishab]]''), extended analogy (''[[maslaha mursala]]''), blocking the means (''[[sadd al-dhari'ah]]''), local customs (''[[urf]]''), and sayings of a companion of the Prophet (''[[qawl al-sahabi]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Nyazee (2000)&quot;&gt;Nyazee, Imran Ahsan Khan (2000). ''Islamic Jurisprudence (UsulAI-Fiqh)''. Islamabad: Islamic Research Institute Press.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== Diagram of early scholars ===

[[File:Sunni Streams of Doctrine.png|thumb|Main schools of thought within Sunni Islam, and other prominent streams.]]
[[File:Muslim World Introduction.svg|thumb|Major schools of thought and theology in the Islamic world]]
The Quran set the rights, responsibilities, and rules for people and societies to adhere to, such as dealing in [[The Impact of Religion on International Negotiations|interest]]. Muhammad then provided an example, which is recorded in the hadith books, showing people how he practically implemented these rules in a society. After the passing of Muhammad, there was a need for jurists, to decide on new legal matters where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadith, example of Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=gMxjJqurmiAC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA30|title=Islam Vs. West|isbn=9780595501571|last1=Asadulla|first1=Abubakr|year=2009|publisher=iUniverse }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=es9Sunv_y2MC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA20|title=Islamic State Practices, International Law and the Threat from Terrorism|isbn=9781841135014|last1=Rehman|first1=Javaid|date=7 June 2005|publisher=Hart }}&lt;/ref&gt;

In the years proceeding Muhammad, the community in Madina continued to use the same rules. People were familiar with the practice of Muhammad and therefore continued to use the same rules.

The scholars appearing in the diagram below were taught by [[Muhammad's companions]], many of whom settled in Madina.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceA&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|title=ulama|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=25 February 2013|archive-date=21 October 2014|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141021231627/http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; ''[[Muwatta Imam Malik|Muwatta]]''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|title=Muwatta|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=13 October 2010|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; by [[Malik ibn Anas]] was written as a consensus of the opinion, of these scholars.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=d5Ks31qHlSYC&amp;q=coulson+history+islamic+law|title=A History of Islamic Law|isbn=9780748605149|last1=Coulson|first1=Noel James|year=1994}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Va6oSxzojzoC&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA207|title=E. J. Brill's First Encyclopaedia of Islam, 1913–1936|isbn=9004097910|last1=Houtsma|first1=M. Th|year=1993|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=0_wUAAAAIAAJ&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA264|title=Studies in Islamic History and Civilization|isbn=9789652640147|last1=Šārôn|first1=Moše|year=1986|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt; ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas quotes 13 hadiths from Imam [[Jafar al-Sadiq]].&lt;ref name=&quot;Muwatta&quot;&gt;''Al-Muwatta'' of Imam Malik Ibn Anas, translated by Aisha Bewley (Book #5, Hadith #5.9.23) (Book #16, Hadith #16.1.1) (Book #17, Hadith #17.24.43) (Book #20, Hadith #20.10.40) (Book #20, Hadith #20.11.44) (Book #20, Hadith #20.32.108) (Book #20, Hadith #20.39.127) (Book #20, Hadith #20.40.132) (Book #20, Hadith #20.49.167) (Book #20, Hadith #20.57.190) (Book #26, Hadith #26.1.2) (Book #29, Hadith #29.5.17) (Book #36, Hadith #36.4.5) [http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html Al-Muwatta'] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html |date=13 October 2010 }}&lt;/ref&gt;
Aisha also taught her nephew [[Urwah ibn Zubayr]]. He then taught his son [[Hisham ibn Urwah]], who was the main teacher of Malik ibn Anas whose views many Sunni follow and also taught by Jafar al-Sadiq. [[Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]], Hisham ibn Urwah and Muhammad al-Baqir taught [[Zayd ibn Ali]], Jafar al-Sadiq, [[Abu Hanifa]], and Malik ibn Anas.

Imam Jafar al-Sadiq, Imam Abu Hanifa and Malik ibn Anas worked together in [[Al-Masjid an-Nabawi]] in Medina, along with Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr, Muhammad al-Baqir, Zayd ibn Ali and over 70 other leading jurists and scholars.

[[Al-Shafi'i]] was taught by Malik ibn Anas. [[Ahmad ibn Hanbal]] was taught by Al-Shafi'i. [[Muhammad al-Bukhari]] travelled everywhere collecting hadith and his father [[Ismail ibn Ibrahim]] was a student of Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Islam Page 67&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=mlGgGVCp0UcC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA67|title=Understanding Women in Islam|isbn=9789793780191|last1=Hasyim|first1=Syafiq|year=2006|publisher=Equinox }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=JdjtUTYSL1UC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA37|title=Classical Islam|isbn=9780415240321|last1=Calder|first1=Norman|last2=Mojaddedi|first2=Jawid Ahmad|last3=Rippin|first3=Andrew|year=2003|publisher=Psychology Press }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=GlqeC1ZFAUEC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim&amp;pg=PT101|title=Judaism and Islam in Practice|isbn=9781134605538|last1=Brockopp|first1=Jonathan E.|last2=Neusner|first2=Jacob|last3=Sonn|first3=Tamara|date=27 September 2005|publisher=Routledge }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.oocities.org/mutmainaa7/people/jafar_al_sadiq.html|title=Jafar Al-Sadiq}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|title=IMAM JAFAR BIN MUHAMMAD AS-SADIQ (AS)|website=www.ziaraat.org|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=22 August 2023|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230822202122/http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{Islam scholars diagram}}

In the books actually written by these original jurists and scholars, there are very few theological and judicial differences between them. Imam Ahmad rejected the writing down and codifying of the religious rulings he gave. They knew that they might have fallen into error in some of their judgements and stated this clearly. They never introduced their rulings by saying, &quot;Here, this judgement is the judgement of God and His prophet.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=W4OKaz5dzdYC&amp;q=Modernist+Islam,+1840-1940:+A+Sourcebook+By+Charles+Kurzman|title=Modernist Islam, 1840–1940|isbn=9780195154689|last1=Kurzman|first1=Charles|year=2002|publisher=Oxford University Press }}&lt;/ref&gt; There is also very little text actually written down by Jafar al-Sadiq himself. They all give priority to the Qur'an and the hadith (the practice of Muhammad). They felt that the Quran and the Hadith, the example of Muhammad provided people with almost everything they needed. &quot;This day I have perfected for you your religion and completed My favor upon you and have approved for you Islam as religion&quot; (Qur'an 5:3).&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://quran.com/5/3 |title=Surat Al-Ma'idah [5:3] - The Noble Qur'an - القرآن الكريم |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130925005700/http://quran.com/5/3 |archive-date=25 September 2013 |df=dmy }} [http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ Quran Surah Al-Maaida ( Verse 3 )] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180612141107/http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ |date=12 June 2018 }}&lt;/ref&gt;

These scholars did not distinguish between each other. They were not Sunni or Shia. They felt that they were following the religion of Abraham as described in the Quran &quot;Say: Allah speaks the truth; so follow the religion of Abraham, the upright one. And he was not one of the polytheists&quot; (Qur'an 3:95).

Most of the differences are regarding Sharia laws devised through [[Ijtihad]] where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadiths of Islamic prophet Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;/&gt; As these jurists went to new areas, they were pragmatic and continued to use the same ruling as was given in that area during pre-Islamic times, if the population felt comfortable with it, it was just and they used Ijtihad to deduce that it did not conflict with the Quran or the Hadith. As explained in the ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This made it easier for the different communities to integrate into the Islamic State and assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State.

To reduce the divergence, [[ash-Shafi'i]] proposed giving priority to the Qur'an and the Hadith (the practice of Muhammad) and only then look at the consensus of the Muslim jurists (''[[ijma]]'') and analogical reasoning (''[[qiyas]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This then resulted in jurists like Muhammad al-Bukhari&lt;ref name=&quot;sahih-bukhari.com&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.sahih-bukhari.com/|title=Sahih Bukhari : Read, Study, Search Online|first=Sahih|last=Bukhari}}&lt;/ref&gt; dedicating their lives to the collection of the correct hadith, in books like [[Sahih al-Bukhari]] (Sahih translates as authentic or correct). They also felt that Muhammad's judgement was more impartial and better than their own.

These original jurists and scholars also acted as a counterbalance to the rulers. When they saw injustice, all these scholars spoke out against it. As the state expanded outside Madina, the rights of the different communities, as they were constituted in the [[Constitution of Medina]] still applied. The Quran also gave additional rights to the citizens of the state and these rights were also applied. Ali, Hassan and [[Husayn ibn Ali]] gave their allegiance to the first three caliphs because they abided by these conditions. Later [[Ali]] the fourth caliph wrote in a letter &quot;I did not approach the people to get their oath of allegiance but they came to me with their desire to make me their Amir (ruler). I did not extend my hands towards them so that they might swear the oath of allegiance to me but they themselves extended their hands towards me.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;Nahj ul Balagha Letter 54&lt;/ref&gt; But later as fate would have it ([[Predestination in Islam]]) when [[Yazid I]], an [[Umayyad Caliphate|Umayyad]] ruler took power, Husayn ibn Ali the grandson of Muhammad felt that it was a test from God for him and his duty to confront him. Then [[Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr]], Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr's cousin confronted the Umayyad rulers after Husayn ibn Ali was betrayed by the people of Kufa and killed by Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Yazid I.&lt;ref&gt;Najeebabadi, Akbar Shah (2001). The History of Islam V.2. Riyadh: Darussalam. p. 110. {{ISBN|9960-892-88-3}}.&lt;/ref&gt; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr then took on the Umayyads and expelled their forces from Hijaz and Iraq. But then his forces were depleted in Iraq, trying to stop the Khawarij. The Umayyads then moved in. After a lengthy campaign, in his last hour Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr asked his mother [[Asma' bint Abu Bakr]] the daughter of [[Abu Bakr]] the first caliph for advice. Asma' bint Abu Bakr replied to her son, she said:&lt;ref name=&quot;ummah.com&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|title=The Advice of Asmaa bint Abu Bakr (ra) to her son Abdullah Ibn Zubair (ra)|website=Ummah.com - Muslim Forum|access-date=20 September 2021|archive-date=25 February 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210225220953/https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; &quot;You know better in your own self, that if you are upon the truth and you are calling towards the truth go forth, for people more honourable than you have been killed and if you are not upon the truth, then what an evil son you are and you have destroyed yourself and those who are with you. If you say, that if you are upon the truth and you will be killed at the hands of others, then you will not truly be free.&quot; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr left and was later also killed and crucified by the Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Umayyads and led by Hajjaj. [[Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]] the son of Abu Bakr the first caliph and raised by Ali the fourth caliph was also killed by the Umayyads.&lt;ref&gt;Nahj al-Balagha Sermon 71, Letter 27, Letter 34, Letter 35&lt;/ref&gt; [[Aisha]] then raised and taught her son Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr who later taught his grandson Jafar al-Sadiq.

During the early Umayyad period, there was more community involvement. The Quran and Muhammad's example was the main source of law after which the community decided. If it worked for the community, was just and did not conflict with the Quran and the example of Muhammad, it was accepted. This made it easier for the different communities, with Roman, Persian, Central Asia and North African backgrounds to integrate into the Islamic State and that assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State. The scholars in Madina were consulted on the more complex judicial issues. The Sharia and the official more centralized schools of fiqh developed later, during the time of the Abbasids.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceB&quot;&gt;Muawiya Restorer of the Muslim Faith By Aisha Bewley p. 68&lt;/ref&gt;

==Components==
{{further|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}
[[File:Map of the Legal systems of the world (en).png|thumb|350px|[[List of national legal systems|Legal systems of the world]]]]
The sources of [[Sharia]] in order of importance are:&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;&gt;Abul Quasem, M. (1975). The ethics of al-Ghazali: A composite ethics in Islam. p. 26&lt;/ref&gt;
#[[Qur'an]]
#[[Hadith]]
#[[Ijma]], i.e. collective reasoning and consensus amongst authoritative Muslims of a particular generation, and its interpretation by Islamic scholars.
#The consensus of the [[Sahaba]]
#[[Qiyas]], analogical legal reasoning by Islamic jurists.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;&gt;{{cite book|editor1-first=Hisham M. |editor1-last=Ramadan|author1=Irshad Abdel Haqq|author-link1=Islamic law: An Overview of Its Origins and Elements|title=Understanding Islamic Law: From Classical to Contemporary|year=2006|publisher=Rowman Altamira|isbn=9780759109919|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=5ZS7EaHTQX8C&amp;q=Islamic+law%3A+An+Overview+of+Its+Origins+and+Elements&amp;pg=PA1 |access-date=17 August 2016}} p. 18&lt;/ref&gt;

Majority of [[Sunni Muslims]] view ''[[Qiyas]]'' as a central Pillar of ''[[Ijtihad]]''.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;/&gt; An example is the ruling of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]], that &quot;a judge should not sit in judgement while angry&quot;, whereas reason adds that this extends to hunger or suffering from a painful disease.&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;/&gt; [[Zahiri]]tes, rejected ''Qiyas'' unlike the Sunnis.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=B. Hallaq |first=Wael |title=THE ORIGINS AND EVOLUTION OF ISLAMIC LAW |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |year=2005 |isbn=978-0-521-80332-8 | location=Cambridge, UK |pages=124, 127}}&lt;/ref&gt; The ''[[Shia Islam|Shi'a]]'' believed that all laws are implicitly mentioned in the Quran or the sunnah and can be discovered by the jurists of their tradition.&lt;ref&gt;Mansoor Moaddel, ''Islamic Modernism, Nationalism, and Fundamentalism: Episode and Discourse'', pg. 32. [[Chicago]]: [[University of Chicago Press]], 2005.&lt;/ref&gt;

The [[Qur'an]] gives instructions on many issues, such as how to perform the ritual purification (''{{lang|ar|[[wudu]]}}'') before the obligatory daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}''). On other issues, for example, the Qur'an states one needs to engage in daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}'') and fast (''{{lang|ar|[[sawm]]}}'') during the [[Ramadan (calendar month)|month of Ramadan]] but further instructions and details on how to perform these duties can be found in the traditions of Muhammad, so [[Qur'an and Sunnah]] are in most cases the basis for (''{{lang|ar|[[Shariah]]}}'').

Some topics are without precedent in Islam's early period. In those cases, Muslim jurists (''{{lang|ar|[[Fuqaha]]}}'') try to arrive at conclusions by other means. [[Sunni]] jurists use historical consensus of the community (''{{lang|ar|[[Ijma]]}}''); a majority in the modern era also use [[analogy]] (''{{lang|ar|[[Qiyas]]}}'') and weigh the harms and benefits of new topics (''{{lang|ar|[[Istislah]]}}''), and a plurality utilizes juristic preference (''{{lang|ar|[[Istihsan]]}}''). The conclusions arrived at with the aid of these additional tools constitute a wide array of laws, and its application is called ''fiqh''. Thus, in contrast to the ''sharia'', ''fiqh'' is not regarded as [[sacred]] and the schools of thought have differing views on its details, without viewing other conclusions as [[Sacrilege|sacrilegious]]. This division of interpretation in more detailed issues has resulted in different schools of thought (''{{lang|ar|[[madh'hab]]}}'').

This wider concept of '''Islamic jurisprudence''' is the source of a range of laws in different topics that guide Muslims in everyday life.

=== Component categories ===
[[File:Actions in Fiqh.png|thumb|Actions in Islamic Fiqh]]

Islamic jurisprudence (''fiqh'') covers two main areas:
# Rules in relation to actions, and,
# Rules in relation to circumstances surrounding actions.

These types of rules can also fall into two groups:
# Worship ([[Ibadah|Ibadaat]])
# Dealings and transactions (with people) ([[Muamalat|Mu`amalaat]])

Rules in relation to actions ('''amaliyya'' — عملية) or &quot;[[Ahkam|decision types]]&quot; comprise:
# Obligation (''[[fardh]]'')
# Recommendation (''[[mustahabb]]'')
# Permissibility (''[[mubah]]'')
# Disrecommendation (''[[makrooh]]'')
# Prohibition (''[[haraam]]'')

Rules in relation to circumstances (''wadia''') comprise:
# Condition (''shart'')
# Cause (''sabab'')
# Preventor (''mani'')
# Permit / Enforced (''rukhsah, azeemah'')
# Valid / Corrupt / Invalid (''sahih, fasid, batil'')
# In time / Deferred / Repeat (''adaa, qadaa, i'ada'')

=== Methodologies of jurisprudence ===
{{main|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}

The [[modus operandi]] of the Muslim jurist is known as ''[[usul al-fiqh]]'' (&quot;principles of jurisprudence&quot;).

There are different approaches to the methodology used in jurisprudence to derive Islamic rulings from the primary sources of ''[[sharia]]'' (Islamic law). The main methodologies are those of the [[Sunni]], [[Shi'a]] and [[Ibadi]] denominations. While both Sunni and [[Shi'ite]] (Shia) are divided into smaller sub-schools, the differences among the Shi'ite schools is considerably greater. Ibadites only follow a single school without divisions.

While using court decisions as legal precedents and [[case law]] are central to Western law, the importance of the institution of fatawa (non-binding answers by Islamic legal scholars to legal questions) has been called &quot;central to the development&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:32&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: p. 32&lt;/ref&gt; This is in part because of a &quot;vacuum&quot; in the other source of Islamic law, ''qada`'' (legal rulings by state appointed Islamic judges) after the fall of the last [[caliphate]] the Ottoman Empire.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; While the practice in Islam dates back to the time of Muhammad, according to at least one source (Muhammad El-Gamal), it is &quot;modeled after the [[Roman Empire|Roman]] system of ''[[responsa]]'',&quot; and gives the questioner &quot;decisive primary-mover advantage in choosing the question and its wording.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;

Each school (''[[madhhab]]'') reflects a unique ''[[urf]]'' or culture (a cultural practice that was influenced by traditions), that the classical jurists themselves lived in, when rulings were made. Some suggest that the discipline of ''[[isnad]]'', which developed to validate ''hadith'' made it relatively easy to record and validate also the rulings of jurists. This, in turn, made them far easier to imitate (''[[taqlid]]'') than to challenge in new contexts. The argument is, the schools have been more or less frozen for centuries, and reflect a culture that simply no longer exists. Traditional scholars hold that religion is there to regulate human behavior and nurture people's moral side and since human nature has not fundamentally changed since the beginning of Islam a call to modernize the religion is essentially one to relax all laws and institutions.

Early ''[[shariah]]'' had a much more flexible character, and some modern Muslim scholars believe that it should be renewed, and that the classical jurists should lose special status. This would require formulating a new fiqh suitable for the modern world, e.g. as proposed by advocates of the [[Islamization of knowledge]], which would deal with the modern context. This modernization is opposed by most conservative ''[[ulema]]''. Traditional scholars hold that the laws are contextual and consider circumstance such as time, place and culture, the principles they are based upon are universal such as justice, equality and respect. Many Muslim scholars argue that even though technology may have advanced, the fundamentals of human life have not.

=== Fields of jurisprudence ===
{{flatlist}}
*[[Islamic criminal jurisprudence|Criminal]]
*[[Islamic economical jurisprudence|Economics]]
*[[Adab (behavior)|Etiquette]]
*[[Islamic family jurisprudence|Family]]
*[[Hygiene in Islam|Hygienical]]
*[[Islamic inheritance jurisprudence|Inheritance]]
*[[Islamic marital jurisprudence|Marital]]
*[[Rules of war in Islam|Military]]
*[[Islamic political jurisprudence|Political]]
*[[Islamic theological jurisprudence|Theological]]
{{endflatlist}}

=== Schools of jurisprudence ===
{{Main|Madhhab}}
There are several [[Madhhab|schools of fiqh thought]] ({{langx|ar|مذهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|madhhab}}''; pl. {{lang|ar|مذاهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|maḏāhib}}'')
[[File:Madhhab Map3.png|thumb|Map of the Muslim world with the main schools of thoughts&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Islamic Jurisprudence &amp; Law {{!}} ReOrienting the Veil |url=https://veil.unc.edu/religions/islam/law/ |access-date=2025-05-19 |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{Needs update|date=May 2025|reason=Our Fiqh map does need an update, for example Bahrain is mostly orange (representing Ja'fari) while its Monarchy is Maliki and a majority of its citizens Sunni. Would be very helpful to get an update to date SVG version of the map as there are some tiny island Indian Ocean countries who are not shown on the map}}]]
The schools of [[Sunni Islam|Sunni]] Islam are each named by students of the classical jurist who taught them. The Sunni schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Hanafi school|Hanafi]] ([[Turkey]], [[Balkans]], [[Levant]], [[Central Asia]], [[Islam in South Asia|South Asia]], [[Islam in China|China]], [[North Caucasus|Northwest Caucasus]], [[Lower Egypt]], and [[Tatarstan]])
*[[Maliki school|Maliki]] ([[North Africa]], [[West Africa]], [[Upper Egypt]], [[Kuwait]], [[Bahrain]], [[Emirate of Abu Dhabi|Abu Dhabi]], and [[Emirate of Dubai|Dubai]])
*[[Shafi'i school|Shafi'i]] ([[Indonesia]], [[Malaysia]], [[Brunei]], [[Kurdistan]], [[East Africa]], [[North Caucasus|Northeast Caucasus]], [[Yemen]], [[Oman]], [[Islam in Kerala|Kerala]], [[Emirate of Fujairah|Fujairah]], and the [[Sinai Peninsula]])
*[[Hanbali school|Hanbali]] ([[Saudi Arabia]], [[Qatar]], [[Emirate of Sharjah|Sharjah]], [[Emirate of Umm Al Quwain|Umm al-Quwain]], [[Emirate of Ras Al Khaimah|Ras al-Khaimah]], and [[Emirate of Ajman|Ajman]])

The schools of [[Shia]] Islam are based on the [[Ja'fari school|Ja'fari]] school of jurisprudence. The Shia schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Twelver Shi'ism|Twelver]] ([[Iran]], [[Iraq]], and [[Azerbaijan]])
*[[Ismailism|Isma'ili]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Lakhani |first=M. Ali |title=Faith and Ethics: The Vision of the Ismaili Imamat |page=4 |quote=The place of the Ismailis within the theological pluralism of the Muslim community is best summarised by their Imam's statement to the International Islamic Conference held in Amman in July 2005: &quot;Our historic adherence is to the Ja'fari madhhab and other madhahib of close affinity, and it continues, under the leadership of the hereditary Ismaili Imam of the time. This adherence is in harmony also with our acceptance of Sufi principles of personal search and balance between the zahir and the spirit or the intellect which the zahir signifies.&quot; |publisher=Bloomsbury Publishing |year=2017 |isbn=978-1786733900}}&lt;/ref&gt; (minority communities in [[Central Asia]], [[South Asia]], [[Levant]], [[Yemen]])
*[[Zaydism|Zaydi]] (minority communities in [[Yemen]])

Entirely separate from both the Sunni and Shia traditions, [[Kharijites|Khawarij]] Islam has evolved its own distinct school.
*[[Ibadism|Ibadi]] (minority communities in [[Oman]])

These schools share many of their rulings, but differ on the particular [[hadith]]s they accept as authentic and the weight they give to analogy or reason ([[qiyas]]) in deciding difficulties.

The relationship between (at least the Sunni) schools of jurisprudence and the conflict between the unity of the Shariah and the diversity of the schools, was expressed by the 12th century Hanafi scholar [[Abu Hafs Umar al-Nasafi]], who wrote: &quot;Our school is correct with the possibility of error, and another school is in error with the possibility of being correct.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1 = Brown|first1 = Jonathan A.C.|author-link = Jonathan A.C. Brown|title = Misquoting Muhammad: The Challenge and Choices of Interpreting the Prophet's Legacy|date = 2014|publisher = [[Oneworld Publications]]|isbn = 978-1780744209|url = https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50|access-date = 4 June 2018|ref = JACBMM2014|pages = [https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50 50-51]}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== Influence on Western laws ==
{{main|Sharia#Classic Islamic law|l1=Sharia: Classic Islamic law}}

A number of important legal [[institution]]s were developed by Muslim jurists during the classical period of Islam, known as the [[Islamic Golden Age]]. One such institution was the ''[[Hawala]]'', an early [[informal value transfer system]], which is mentioned in texts of Islamic jurisprudence as early as the 8th century. ''Hawala'' itself later influenced the development of the [[Agency (law)|agency]] in [[common law]] and in [[Civil law (legal system)|civil laws]] such as the ''aval'' in [[Law of France|French law]] and the ''avallo'' in [[Law of Italy|Italian law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |title=Islamic Law: Its Relation to Other Legal Systems |first=Gamal Moursi |last=Badr |journal=The American Journal of Comparative Law |volume=26 |issue=2 – Proceedings of an International Conference on Comparative Law, Salt Lake City, Utah, 24–25 February 1977 |date=Spring 1978 |pages=187–198 [196–98] |doi=10.2307/839667 |publisher=American Society of Comparative Law |jstor=839667}}&lt;/ref&gt;

The ''[[Waqf]]'' in [[Sharia|Islamic law]], which developed during the 7th–9th centuries, bears a notable resemblance to the [[Charitable trust|trusts]] in the English [[trust law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988}}&lt;/ref&gt; For example, every ''Waqf'' was required to have a ''waqif'' (settlor), ''mutawillis'' (trustee), ''[[qadi]]'' (judge) and beneficiaries.&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1237–40}}&lt;/ref&gt; The trust law developed in [[England]] at the time of the [[Crusades]], during the 12th and 13th centuries, was introduced by Crusaders who may have been influenced by the ''Waqf'' institutions they came across in the [[Middle East]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Hudson|2003|p=32}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1244–45}}&lt;/ref&gt;

In classical Islamic jurisprudence, litigants in court may obtain [[notarized]] statements from between three and twelve witnesses. When the statements of all witnesses are consistent, the notaries will certify their unanimous testimony in a legal document, which may be used to support the litigant's claim.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Justice of Islam|pages=7–9|author=Lawrence Rosen|publisher=Oxford University Press|year=2000|isbn=9780198298847}}&lt;/ref&gt; The notaries serve to free the [[qadi|judge]] from the time-consuming task of hearing the testimony of each eyewitness himself, and their documents serve to legally authenticate each oral testimony.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Expert Witness in Islamic Courts|year=2010|publisher=University of Chicago Press|author=Ron Shaham|pages=4–8|isbn=9780226749358}}&lt;/ref&gt; The [[Maliki]] school requires two notaries to collect a minimum of twelve eyewitness statements in certain legal cases, including those involving unregistered marriages and land disputes.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Positive Law from the Muslim World|author=Baudouin Dupret|year=2021|isbn=9781108960137|pages=205–210|publisher=Cambridge University Press}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Property, Social Structure, and Law in the Modern Middle East|year=1985|pages=54–64|editor=Ann Elizabeth Mayer|publisher=[[SUNY]] Press|isbn=9780873959889}}&lt;/ref&gt; John Makdisi has compared this group of twelve witness statements, known as a ''lafif'', to [[English Common Law]] jury trials under [[Henry II of England|Henry II]], surmising a link between the king's reforms and the legal system of the [[Kingdom of Sicily]]. The island had previously been ruled by various Islamic dynasties.&lt;ref name=&quot;Rodhan&quot;&gt;{{cite book |last1=Al-Rodhan |first1=Nayef R. F. |title=The Role of the Arab-Islamic World in the Rise of the West: Implications for Contemporary Trans-Cultural Relations |date=2012 |publisher=Palgrave Macmillan |isbn=978-0-230-39320-2 |page=73 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=n4OpT4ZP278C |access-date=25 May 2020 |language=en }}{{Dead link|date=November 2023 |bot=InternetArchiveBot |fix-attempted=yes }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Makdisi&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Makdisi |first1=John |title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=North Carolina Law Review |date=1 June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635 |url=https://scholarship.law.unc.edu/nclr/vol77/iss5/2/ |access-date=25 May 2020}}&lt;/ref&gt;

Several other fundamental [[common law]] institutions may have been adapted from similar legal institutions in [[Sharia|Islamic law]] and jurisprudence, and introduced to England by the [[Normans]] after the [[Norman conquest of England]] and the Emirate of Sicily, and by Crusaders during the [[Crusades]]. In particular, the &quot;royal English [[contract]] protected by the action of [[debt]] is identified with the Islamic ''Aqd'', the English [[assize of novel disseisin]] is identified with the Islamic ''Istihqaq'', and the English [[jury]] is identified with the Islamic ''lafif''.&quot; John Makdisi speculated that English legal institutions such as &quot;the [[scholastic method]], the [[licence]] to [[Education|teach]]&quot;, the &quot;[[law school]]s known as [[Inns of Court]] in England and ''[[Madrasah|Madrasas]]'' in Islam&quot; and the &quot;European [[commenda]]&quot; (Islamic ''[[Qirad]]'') may have also originated from Islamic law.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt; The methodology of [[Precedent|legal precedent]] and reasoning by [[analogy]] (''[[Qiyas]]'') are also similar in both the Islamic and common law systems.&lt;ref name=Gamal&gt;{{cite book |title=Islamic Finance: Law, Economics, and Practice |url=https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga |url-access=limited |first=Mahmoud A. |last=El-Gamal |year=2006 |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |isbn=0-521-86414-3 |page=[https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga/page/n35 16] }}&lt;/ref&gt; These influences have led some scholars to suggest that Islamic law may have laid the foundations for &quot;the common law as an integrated whole&quot;.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt;

== See also ==
{{Portal|Islam|Law}}
* [[Abdallah al-Harari]]
* [[Athari|Traditionalist theology]]
* ''[[Bahar-e-Shariat]]''
* [[Glossary of Islam]]
* [[Index of Islam-related articles]]
* [[Ja'fari jurisprudence]]
* [[Outline of Islam]]
* [[List of Islamic terms in Arabic]]
* ''[[Ma'ruf]]''
* ''[[Mizan]]'' – a comprehensive treatise on the contents of Islam written by [[Javed Ahmed Ghamidi]]
* [[Palestinian law]]
* [[Schools of Islamic theology]]
* [[Sources of Islamic law]]
* [[The four Sunni Imams]]
* ''[[Urf]]''

==References==
===Notes===
{{reflist|group=Note}}

===Citations===
{{Reflist|30em}}

=== Bibliography ===
{{refbegin|30em}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Norman |last=Calder |title=Law. Legal Thought and Jurisprudence |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of the Islamic World |editor=John L. Esposito |publisher=Oxford University Press |location=Oxford |year=2009 |url=http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20081121033722/http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|url-status=dead|archive-date=21 November 2008}}
*Doi, Abd ar-Rahman I., and Clarke, Abdassamad (2008). ''Shari'ah: Islamic Law''. Ta-Ha Publishers Ltd., {{ISBN|978-1-84200-087-8}} (hardback)
* Cilardo, Agostino, &quot;Fiqh, History of&quot;, in ''Muhammad in History, Thought, and Culture: An Encyclopedia of the Prophet of God'' (2 vols.), Edited by C. Fitzpatrick and A. Walker, Santa Barbara, ABC-CLIO, 2014, Vol I, pp.&amp;nbsp;201–206.
* {{citation|last=Dahlén|first=Ashk |title=Islamic Law, Epistemology and Modernity. Legal Philosophy in Contemporary Iran|year=2003|location=New York|publisher=Routledge |isbn=9780415945295|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=QARHBQAAQBAJ}}
*{{cite book |last1=El-Gamal |first1=Mahmoud A. |title=Islamic Finance : Law, Economics, and Practice |publisher=Cambridge University Press |date=2006 |url=http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |ref=MAEGIFLEP2006 |access-date=28 February 2017 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180403160351/http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |archive-date=3 April 2018 |url-status=dead }}
*{{Cite journal |journal=[[University of Pennsylvania Law Review]] |volume=136 |issue=4 |date=April 1988 |pages=1231–1261 |doi=10.2307/3312162 |last1=Gaudiosi |first1= Monica M. |title=The Influence of the Islamic Law of Waqf on the Development of the Trust in England_ The Case of Merton College |publisher=The University of Pennsylvania Law Review |jstor=3312162|s2cid=153149243 |url=http://scholarship.law.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=3909&amp;context=penn_law_review |url-access=subscription }}
*{{cite book |last1=Hawting |first1=G.R. |title=The Quest for the Historical Muhammad |date=2000 |publisher=Prometheus Books |location=New York |pages=489–509 |chapter=16. John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism |ref=GRHJWIaM2000}}
*{{Cite book
 |last=Hudson
 |first=A.
 |title=Equity and Trusts
 |year=2003
 |edition=3rd
 |publisher=Cavendish Publishing
 |location=London
 |isbn=978-1-85941-729-4
 }}

*{{Cite book |last=Levy |first=Reuben |title=The Social Structure of Islam |location=UK |publisher=Cambridge University Press |year=1957 |isbn=978-0-521-09182-4 |url=https://archive.org/details/socialstructureo0000levy }}
*{{Cite journal |last=Makdisi|first=John A.|title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=[[North Carolina Law Review]] |date=June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635–1739}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Irene |last=Schneider |title=Fiqh |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of Islam and Politics |publisher=Oxford University Press |editor=Emad El-Din Shahin |year=2014 |doi=10.1093/acref:oiso/9780199739356.001.0001|isbn=9780199739356 }}
{{refend}}

==Further reading==
*Potz, Richard, [http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0159-2011112127 Islamic Law and the Transfer of European Law], [[European History Online]], Mainz: [[Institute of European History]], 2011. (Retrieved 28 November 2011.)
*[Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

==حوالا== 
{{حوالا}}
==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
{{اسلامي فقه}}
[[زمرو:اسلامي اصطلاح]]</text>
      <sha1>e0y5c8pcycc7hk9rb0q4peod8qcodv1</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400943</id>
      <parentid>400942</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T16:18:15Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <origin>400943</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="49636" sha1="ryij0a6xngefm1njwgea06lwdtjgoa5" xml:space="preserve">'''فقه'''{{ٻيا نالا|انگريزي= ''' Fiqh '''}}({{IPAc-en|f|iː|k}};&lt;ref&gt;[https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/fiqh &quot;fiqh&quot;]. ''[[Collins English Dictionary]]''.&lt;/ref&gt; اسلام ۾ قانون جي سائنس جو {{ٻيا نالا|انگريزي= ''' Jurisprudence '''}} نالو آهي&lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot;&gt;[http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/207723/fiqh Fiqh] Encyclopædia Britannica&lt;/ref&gt;. فقه جو استعمال اسلامي شريعت جي سمجھ طور ڪيو ويندو آهي &lt;ref name=vogel&gt;{{cite book|last=Vogel|first=Frank E.|title=Islamic Law and the Legal System of Saudí: Studies of Saudi Arabia|date=2000|publisher=Brill|pages=4–5|url=https://books.google.com/?id=-PfDuvnHMGoC&amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;dq=vogel+islamic+law#v=onepage&amp;q=vogel%20islamic%20law&amp;f=false|isbn=9004110623}}&lt;/ref&gt; اھو علم شريعت ۾ قرآن ۽ سنت جي روشنيءَ ۾ اجتھاد جي ذريعي واڌارو ڪري ٿو ۽ ان واڌاري کي فقيھن جي فتوائون ذريعي لاڳو ڪري ٿو. فقه ۾ غلطي جي گنجائش ھوندي آھي ۽ اھا تبديل پڻ ٿي سگھندي آھي. موجوده دور۾ سني اسلام ۾ چار فقھي مذھب آھن ۽ شيعه اسلام ۾ ٻہ فقھي مذھب آھن&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;.

== لغوي معنيَ == 
فقه جي لغوي معنيَ آهي ڪنهن شئي جو علم۽ فھم، ڪنھن شئي کي کولڻ۽ نکيڙڻ ۽ ان جي اونھائي ۾ وڃي حقيقت ڳولي لھڻ۽ ان کي پڌرو ڪرڻ، اصطلاحي طور فقه جي معني شريعت جي حڪمن ۾ سمجھ پيدا ڪرڻ آھي&lt;ref name =&quot; آسان فقه&quot; &gt; - ڪتاب: آسان فقه، از: مولانا محمد يوسف اصلاحي، مترجم: محمد عاشق ڌامراھا، مھراڻ اڪيڊمي شڪارپور، جنوري 2002 -- پنھنجي پاران: قمر ميمڻ صه 28  &lt;/ref&gt;. قرآن شريف ۾ سورة التوبہ ۾ آيت نمبر 122 ۾ فقه لفظ جو استعمال ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو:

{{quote| فلولا نفر من کل فرقة منهم طائفة ليتفقهوا في الدين&lt;br&gt; ترجمو:پوء ڇونہ انھن جي سڀ ڪنھن جماعت مان ھڪ ھڪ ٽولي نڪتي ته پاڻ ۾ دين جي سمجھ پيدا ڪن. |التوبة - ۱۲۲|&lt;ref name=&quot;آسان فقه&quot; /&gt;}}

{{Short description|Islamic jurisprudence}}
{{Use dmy dates|date=April 2018}}
{{Italic title}}
{{Arabicterm
 |arabic={{large|{{Naskh|{{wikt-lang|ar|فقه}}}}}}
 |arabic_rom={{Transliteration|ar|fiqh}}
 |native pronunciation={{IPA|ar|fiqh|}}
 |literal meaning=&quot;deep understanding&quot;&lt;br/&gt;&quot;full comprehension&quot;
}}
{{Fiqh |width=19.0em}}
{{Islam |texts |width=19.75em}}

'''''Fiqh''''' ({{IPAc-en|f|iː|k}};&lt;ref&gt;[https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/fiqh &quot;fiqh&quot;]. ''[[Collins English Dictionary]]''.&lt;/ref&gt; {{langx|ar|فِقْه}} {{IPAc-ar|f|i|q|h|}}) is the term for [[Islam]]ic [[jurisprudence]].&lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot;&gt;[https://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/207723/fiqh Fiqh] Encyclopædia Britannica&lt;/ref&gt; ''Fiqh'' is often described as the style of human understanding, research and practices of the ''[[sharia]]''; that is, human understanding of the divine Islamic law as revealed in the [[Quran]] as well as the ''[[sunnah]]'' (the teachings and practices of the Islamic prophet [[Muhammad]] and his companions).&lt;ref name=vogel&gt;{{cite book|last=Vogel|first=Frank E.|title=Islamic Law and the Legal System of Saudí: Studies of Saudi Arabia|date=2000|publisher=Brill|pages=4–5|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=-PfDuvnHMGoC&amp;q=vogel+islamic+law|isbn=9004110623}}&lt;/ref&gt; ''Fiqh'' expands and develops sharia through interpretation (''[[ijtihad]]'') of the Quran and sunnah by Islamic jurists (''[[ulama]]'')&lt;ref name=vogel/&gt; and is implemented by the rulings (''[[fatwa]]'') of jurists on questions presented to them. Thus, whereas sharia is considered immutable and infallible by Muslims, ''fiqh'' is considered fallible and changeable.

''Fiqh'' deals with the observance of rituals, morals and social legislation in Islam as well as economic and political system. In the modern era, there are four prominent schools (''[[madh'hab]]'') of ''fiqh'' within [[Sunni]] practice, plus two (or three) within [[Shi'a]] practice. A person trained in ''fiqh'' is known as a ''{{transliteration|ar|ALA|[[faqīh]]}}'' ({{plural form}} {{transliteration|ar|ALA|fuqahāʾ}}).&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;

Figuratively, ''fiqh'' means knowledge about Islamic legal rulings from their sources. Deriving religious rulings from their sources requires the ''[[mujtahid]]'' (an individual who exercises ''ijtihad'') to have a deep understanding in the different discussions of jurisprudence.

The studies of ''fiqh'' are traditionally divided into ''uṣūl al-fiqh'' ([[principles of Islamic jurisprudence]], lit. &quot;the roots of fiqh&quot;), the methods of legal interpretation and analysis, and ''furūʿ al-fiqh'' (lit. &quot;the branches of fiqh&quot;), the elaboration of rulings on the basis of these principles.{{sfn|Calder|2009}}{{sfn|Schneider|2014}} ''Furūʿ al-fiqh'' is the product of the application of ''uṣūl al-fiqh'' and the total product of human efforts at understanding the divine will. A ''[[hukm]]'' (pl. ''aḥkām'') is a particular ruling in a given case.

== Etymology ==
The word ''fiqh'' is an Arabic term meaning &quot;deep understanding&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Modarresi&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|author-link=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|title=The Laws of Islam|date=26 March 2016|publisher=Enlight Press|isbn=978-0994240989|url=http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|access-date=22 December 2017|ref=Modarresi|language=en|archive-date=2 August 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190802163247/http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{rp|470}} or &quot;full comprehension&quot;. Technically it refers to the body of Islamic law extracted from detailed Islamic sources (which are studied in the [[principles of Islamic jurisprudence]]) and the process of gaining knowledge of Islam through jurisprudence. The historian [[Ibn Khaldun]] describes ''fiqh'' as &quot;knowledge of the rules of God which concern the actions of persons who own themselves connected to obey the law respecting what is required (''[[wajib]]''), sinful (''[[haraam]]''), recommended (''[[mustahab|mandūb]]''), disapproved (''[[makrūh]]''), or neutral (''[[mubah]]'')&quot;.&lt;ref&gt;Levy (1957). p. 150.&lt;/ref&gt; This definition is consistent amongst the jurists.

In [[Modern Standard Arabic]], ''fiqh'' has also come to mean Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=أنیس|first=إبراهیم|title=المعجم الوسیط|publisher=دارالفکر|year=1998|location=بیروت، لبنان|pages=731}}&lt;/ref&gt; It is not thus possible to speak of [[Chief Justice of the United States|Chief Justice]] [[John Roberts]] as an expert in the [[common law]] ''fiqh'' of the [[United States]], or of [[Egypt]]ian legal scholar [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] as an expert in the civil law ''fiqh'' of Egypt.

==History==
{{main|Sharia}}
{{further information|History of Islamic economics}}

According to Sunni Islamic history, Sunni law followed a chronological path of:
*[[God in Islam|God]] → [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] → [[Sahabah|Companions]] → [[Tabi'un|Followers]] → ''Fiqh''.&lt;ref name=&quot;Maghen-2003&quot;&gt;{{cite journal|last1=Maghen|first1=Ze'ev|title=Dead Tradition: Joseph Schacht and the Origins of &quot;Popular Practice&quot;|journal=Islamic Law and Society|date=2003|volume=10|issue=3|pages=276–347|doi=10.1163/156851903770227575|jstor=3399422}}&lt;/ref&gt;
The commands and prohibitions chosen by God were revealed through the agency of the Prophet in both the Quran and the Sunnah (words, deeds, and examples of the Prophet passed down as [[hadith]]). 
The first Muslims (the [[Sahabah]] or Companions) heard and obeyed, and passed this essence of Islam&lt;ref name=GRHJWIaM2000:513/&gt; to succeeding generations (''[[Tabi'un]]'' and ''[[Tabi' al-Tabi'in]]'' or successors/followers and successors of successors), as Muslims and Islam spread from West Arabia to the conquered lands north, east, and west,&lt;ref name=RGHIGP2015:223&gt;[[#RGHIGP2015|Hoyland, ''In God's Path'', 2015]]: p.223&lt;/ref&gt;{{#tag:ref|for example, Sunni [[Hanbali]] scholar/preacher [[Al-Hasan ibn 'Ali al-Barbahari]] (d.941) who ruled the streets of Baghdad from 921-941 CE,  insisted that &quot;whoever asserts that there is any part of Islam with which the Companions of the Prophet did not provide us has called them [the Companions of the Prophet] liars&quot;.&lt;ref name=cook-2000-109&gt;{{cite book|last1=Cook|first1=Michael|title=The Koran : A Very Short Introduction|date=2000|publisher=Oxford University Press|url=https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook |url-access=registration|isbn=0192853449|page=[https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook/page/n122 109]}}&lt;/ref&gt;|group=Note}} where it was systematized and elaborated.&lt;ref name=GRHJWIaM2000:513&gt;[[#GRHJWIaM2000|Hawting, &quot;John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism&quot;, 2000]]: p.513&lt;/ref&gt;

The history of Islamic jurisprudence is &quot;customarily divided into eight periods&quot;:&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: pp. 30–31&lt;/ref&gt;
*the first period ending with the death of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] in 11 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*second period &quot;characterized by personal interpretations&quot; of the canon by the ''[[Sahabah]]'' or companions of Muhammad, lasting until 50 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from 50 AH until the early second century AH there was competition between &quot;a traditionalist approach to jurisprudence&quot; in [[Hijaz|western Arabia]] where Islam was revealed and a &quot;rationalist approach in Iraq&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;golden age of classical Islamic jurisprudence&quot; from the &quot;early second to the mid-fourth century when the [[Madhhab#Amman Message|eight &quot;most significant&quot;]] schools of Sunni and [[Shia|Shi'i]] jurisprudence emerged.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from the mid-fourth century to mid-seventh AH Islamic jurisprudence was &quot;limited to elaborations within the main juristic schools&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;dark age&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence stretched from the [[Siege of Baghdad (1258)|fall of Baghdad]] in the mid-seventh AH (1258 CE) to 1293 AH/1876 CE.
*In 1293 AH (1876 CE) the Ottomans codified [[Hanafi]] jurisprudence in the ''[[Mecelle|Majallah el-Ahkam-i-Adliya]]''. Several &quot;juristic revival movements&quot; influenced by &quot;exposure to Western legal and technological progress&quot; followed until the mid-20th century CE. [[Muhammad Abduh]] and [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] were products of this era.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; However, Abduh and El-Sanhuri were modernists. 19th century Ottoman Shariah Code was built on the views of the Hanafi school.
*The most recent era has been that of the &quot;[[Islamic revival#Contemporary revivalism|Islamic revival]]&quot;, which has been &quot;predicated on rejection of Western social and legal advances&quot; and the development of specifically Islamic states, social sciences, economics, and finance.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
The formative period of Islamic jurisprudence stretches back to the time of the early Muslim communities. During this period, jurists were more concerned with issues of authority and teaching than with theory and methodology.&lt;ref name=&quot;Weiss (2002)&quot;&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by [[Bernard G. Weiss]], (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. pp. 3, 161.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Progress in theory and methodology happened with the coming of the early Muslim jurist [[Muhammad ibn Idris ash-Shafi`i]] (767–820), who codified the basic principles of Islamic jurisprudence in his book ''ar-Risālah''. The book details the four roots of law ([[Qur'an]], [[sunnah]], ''[[ijma]]'', and ''[[qiyas]]'') while specifying that the primary Islamic texts (the Qur'an and the hadith) be understood according to objective rules of interpretation derived from scientific study of the Arabic language.&lt;ref name=weiss-162&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by Bernard G. Weiss, (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. p. 162.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Secondary sources of law were developed and refined over the subsequent centuries, consisting primarily of juristic preference (''[[istihsan]]''), laws of the previous prophets (''[[shara man qablana]]''), continuity (''[[istishab]]''), extended analogy (''[[maslaha mursala]]''), blocking the means (''[[sadd al-dhari'ah]]''), local customs (''[[urf]]''), and sayings of a companion of the Prophet (''[[qawl al-sahabi]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Nyazee (2000)&quot;&gt;Nyazee, Imran Ahsan Khan (2000). ''Islamic Jurisprudence (UsulAI-Fiqh)''. Islamabad: Islamic Research Institute Press.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== Diagram of early scholars ===

[[File:Sunni Streams of Doctrine.png|thumb|Main schools of thought within Sunni Islam, and other prominent streams.]]
[[File:Muslim World Introduction.svg|thumb|Major schools of thought and theology in the Islamic world]]
The Quran set the rights, responsibilities, and rules for people and societies to adhere to, such as dealing in [[The Impact of Religion on International Negotiations|interest]]. Muhammad then provided an example, which is recorded in the hadith books, showing people how he practically implemented these rules in a society. After the passing of Muhammad, there was a need for jurists, to decide on new legal matters where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadith, example of Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=gMxjJqurmiAC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA30|title=Islam Vs. West|isbn=9780595501571|last1=Asadulla|first1=Abubakr|year=2009|publisher=iUniverse }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=es9Sunv_y2MC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA20|title=Islamic State Practices, International Law and the Threat from Terrorism|isbn=9781841135014|last1=Rehman|first1=Javaid|date=7 June 2005|publisher=Hart }}&lt;/ref&gt;

In the years proceeding Muhammad, the community in Madina continued to use the same rules. People were familiar with the practice of Muhammad and therefore continued to use the same rules.

The scholars appearing in the diagram below were taught by [[Muhammad's companions]], many of whom settled in Madina.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceA&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|title=ulama|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=25 February 2013|archive-date=21 October 2014|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141021231627/http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; ''[[Muwatta Imam Malik|Muwatta]]''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|title=Muwatta|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=13 October 2010|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; by [[Malik ibn Anas]] was written as a consensus of the opinion, of these scholars.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=d5Ks31qHlSYC&amp;q=coulson+history+islamic+law|title=A History of Islamic Law|isbn=9780748605149|last1=Coulson|first1=Noel James|year=1994}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Va6oSxzojzoC&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA207|title=E. J. Brill's First Encyclopaedia of Islam, 1913–1936|isbn=9004097910|last1=Houtsma|first1=M. Th|year=1993|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=0_wUAAAAIAAJ&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA264|title=Studies in Islamic History and Civilization|isbn=9789652640147|last1=Šārôn|first1=Moše|year=1986|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt; ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas quotes 13 hadiths from Imam [[Jafar al-Sadiq]].&lt;ref name=&quot;Muwatta&quot;&gt;''Al-Muwatta'' of Imam Malik Ibn Anas, translated by Aisha Bewley (Book #5, Hadith #5.9.23) (Book #16, Hadith #16.1.1) (Book #17, Hadith #17.24.43) (Book #20, Hadith #20.10.40) (Book #20, Hadith #20.11.44) (Book #20, Hadith #20.32.108) (Book #20, Hadith #20.39.127) (Book #20, Hadith #20.40.132) (Book #20, Hadith #20.49.167) (Book #20, Hadith #20.57.190) (Book #26, Hadith #26.1.2) (Book #29, Hadith #29.5.17) (Book #36, Hadith #36.4.5) [http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html Al-Muwatta'] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html |date=13 October 2010 }}&lt;/ref&gt;
Aisha also taught her nephew [[Urwah ibn Zubayr]]. He then taught his son [[Hisham ibn Urwah]], who was the main teacher of Malik ibn Anas whose views many Sunni follow and also taught by Jafar al-Sadiq. [[Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]], Hisham ibn Urwah and Muhammad al-Baqir taught [[Zayd ibn Ali]], Jafar al-Sadiq, [[Abu Hanifa]], and Malik ibn Anas.

Imam Jafar al-Sadiq, Imam Abu Hanifa and Malik ibn Anas worked together in [[Al-Masjid an-Nabawi]] in Medina, along with Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr, Muhammad al-Baqir, Zayd ibn Ali and over 70 other leading jurists and scholars.

[[Al-Shafi'i]] was taught by Malik ibn Anas. [[Ahmad ibn Hanbal]] was taught by Al-Shafi'i. [[Muhammad al-Bukhari]] travelled everywhere collecting hadith and his father [[Ismail ibn Ibrahim]] was a student of Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Islam Page 67&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=mlGgGVCp0UcC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA67|title=Understanding Women in Islam|isbn=9789793780191|last1=Hasyim|first1=Syafiq|year=2006|publisher=Equinox }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=JdjtUTYSL1UC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA37|title=Classical Islam|isbn=9780415240321|last1=Calder|first1=Norman|last2=Mojaddedi|first2=Jawid Ahmad|last3=Rippin|first3=Andrew|year=2003|publisher=Psychology Press }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=GlqeC1ZFAUEC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim&amp;pg=PT101|title=Judaism and Islam in Practice|isbn=9781134605538|last1=Brockopp|first1=Jonathan E.|last2=Neusner|first2=Jacob|last3=Sonn|first3=Tamara|date=27 September 2005|publisher=Routledge }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.oocities.org/mutmainaa7/people/jafar_al_sadiq.html|title=Jafar Al-Sadiq}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|title=IMAM JAFAR BIN MUHAMMAD AS-SADIQ (AS)|website=www.ziaraat.org|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=22 August 2023|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230822202122/http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{Islam scholars diagram}}

In the books actually written by these original jurists and scholars, there are very few theological and judicial differences between them. Imam Ahmad rejected the writing down and codifying of the religious rulings he gave. They knew that they might have fallen into error in some of their judgements and stated this clearly. They never introduced their rulings by saying, &quot;Here, this judgement is the judgement of God and His prophet.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=W4OKaz5dzdYC&amp;q=Modernist+Islam,+1840-1940:+A+Sourcebook+By+Charles+Kurzman|title=Modernist Islam, 1840–1940|isbn=9780195154689|last1=Kurzman|first1=Charles|year=2002|publisher=Oxford University Press }}&lt;/ref&gt; There is also very little text actually written down by Jafar al-Sadiq himself. They all give priority to the Qur'an and the hadith (the practice of Muhammad). They felt that the Quran and the Hadith, the example of Muhammad provided people with almost everything they needed. &quot;This day I have perfected for you your religion and completed My favor upon you and have approved for you Islam as religion&quot; (Qur'an 5:3).&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://quran.com/5/3 |title=Surat Al-Ma'idah [5:3] - The Noble Qur'an - القرآن الكريم |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130925005700/http://quran.com/5/3 |archive-date=25 September 2013 |df=dmy }} [http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ Quran Surah Al-Maaida ( Verse 3 )] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180612141107/http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ |date=12 June 2018 }}&lt;/ref&gt;

These scholars did not distinguish between each other. They were not Sunni or Shia. They felt that they were following the religion of Abraham as described in the Quran &quot;Say: Allah speaks the truth; so follow the religion of Abraham, the upright one. And he was not one of the polytheists&quot; (Qur'an 3:95).

Most of the differences are regarding Sharia laws devised through [[Ijtihad]] where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadiths of Islamic prophet Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;/&gt; As these jurists went to new areas, they were pragmatic and continued to use the same ruling as was given in that area during pre-Islamic times, if the population felt comfortable with it, it was just and they used Ijtihad to deduce that it did not conflict with the Quran or the Hadith. As explained in the ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This made it easier for the different communities to integrate into the Islamic State and assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State.

To reduce the divergence, [[ash-Shafi'i]] proposed giving priority to the Qur'an and the Hadith (the practice of Muhammad) and only then look at the consensus of the Muslim jurists (''[[ijma]]'') and analogical reasoning (''[[qiyas]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This then resulted in jurists like Muhammad al-Bukhari&lt;ref name=&quot;sahih-bukhari.com&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.sahih-bukhari.com/|title=Sahih Bukhari : Read, Study, Search Online|first=Sahih|last=Bukhari}}&lt;/ref&gt; dedicating their lives to the collection of the correct hadith, in books like [[Sahih al-Bukhari]] (Sahih translates as authentic or correct). They also felt that Muhammad's judgement was more impartial and better than their own.

These original jurists and scholars also acted as a counterbalance to the rulers. When they saw injustice, all these scholars spoke out against it. As the state expanded outside Madina, the rights of the different communities, as they were constituted in the [[Constitution of Medina]] still applied. The Quran also gave additional rights to the citizens of the state and these rights were also applied. Ali, Hassan and [[Husayn ibn Ali]] gave their allegiance to the first three caliphs because they abided by these conditions. Later [[Ali]] the fourth caliph wrote in a letter &quot;I did not approach the people to get their oath of allegiance but they came to me with their desire to make me their Amir (ruler). I did not extend my hands towards them so that they might swear the oath of allegiance to me but they themselves extended their hands towards me.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;Nahj ul Balagha Letter 54&lt;/ref&gt; But later as fate would have it ([[Predestination in Islam]]) when [[Yazid I]], an [[Umayyad Caliphate|Umayyad]] ruler took power, Husayn ibn Ali the grandson of Muhammad felt that it was a test from God for him and his duty to confront him. Then [[Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr]], Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr's cousin confronted the Umayyad rulers after Husayn ibn Ali was betrayed by the people of Kufa and killed by Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Yazid I.&lt;ref&gt;Najeebabadi, Akbar Shah (2001). The History of Islam V.2. Riyadh: Darussalam. p. 110. {{ISBN|9960-892-88-3}}.&lt;/ref&gt; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr then took on the Umayyads and expelled their forces from Hijaz and Iraq. But then his forces were depleted in Iraq, trying to stop the Khawarij. The Umayyads then moved in. After a lengthy campaign, in his last hour Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr asked his mother [[Asma' bint Abu Bakr]] the daughter of [[Abu Bakr]] the first caliph for advice. Asma' bint Abu Bakr replied to her son, she said:&lt;ref name=&quot;ummah.com&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|title=The Advice of Asmaa bint Abu Bakr (ra) to her son Abdullah Ibn Zubair (ra)|website=Ummah.com - Muslim Forum|access-date=20 September 2021|archive-date=25 February 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210225220953/https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; &quot;You know better in your own self, that if you are upon the truth and you are calling towards the truth go forth, for people more honourable than you have been killed and if you are not upon the truth, then what an evil son you are and you have destroyed yourself and those who are with you. If you say, that if you are upon the truth and you will be killed at the hands of others, then you will not truly be free.&quot; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr left and was later also killed and crucified by the Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Umayyads and led by Hajjaj. [[Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]] the son of Abu Bakr the first caliph and raised by Ali the fourth caliph was also killed by the Umayyads.&lt;ref&gt;Nahj al-Balagha Sermon 71, Letter 27, Letter 34, Letter 35&lt;/ref&gt; [[Aisha]] then raised and taught her son Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr who later taught his grandson Jafar al-Sadiq.

During the early Umayyad period, there was more community involvement. The Quran and Muhammad's example was the main source of law after which the community decided. If it worked for the community, was just and did not conflict with the Quran and the example of Muhammad, it was accepted. This made it easier for the different communities, with Roman, Persian, Central Asia and North African backgrounds to integrate into the Islamic State and that assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State. The scholars in Madina were consulted on the more complex judicial issues. The Sharia and the official more centralized schools of fiqh developed later, during the time of the Abbasids.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceB&quot;&gt;Muawiya Restorer of the Muslim Faith By Aisha Bewley p. 68&lt;/ref&gt;

==Components==
{{further|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}
[[File:Map of the Legal systems of the world (en).png|thumb|350px|[[List of national legal systems|Legal systems of the world]]]]
The sources of [[Sharia]] in order of importance are:&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;&gt;Abul Quasem, M. (1975). The ethics of al-Ghazali: A composite ethics in Islam. p. 26&lt;/ref&gt;
#[[Qur'an]]
#[[Hadith]]
#[[Ijma]], i.e. collective reasoning and consensus amongst authoritative Muslims of a particular generation, and its interpretation by Islamic scholars.
#The consensus of the [[Sahaba]]
#[[Qiyas]], analogical legal reasoning by Islamic jurists.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;&gt;{{cite book|editor1-first=Hisham M. |editor1-last=Ramadan|author1=Irshad Abdel Haqq|author-link1=Islamic law: An Overview of Its Origins and Elements|title=Understanding Islamic Law: From Classical to Contemporary|year=2006|publisher=Rowman Altamira|isbn=9780759109919|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=5ZS7EaHTQX8C&amp;q=Islamic+law%3A+An+Overview+of+Its+Origins+and+Elements&amp;pg=PA1 |access-date=17 August 2016}} p. 18&lt;/ref&gt;

Majority of [[Sunni Muslims]] view ''[[Qiyas]]'' as a central Pillar of ''[[Ijtihad]]''.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;/&gt; An example is the ruling of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]], that &quot;a judge should not sit in judgement while angry&quot;, whereas reason adds that this extends to hunger or suffering from a painful disease.&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;/&gt; [[Zahiri]]tes, rejected ''Qiyas'' unlike the Sunnis.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=B. Hallaq |first=Wael |title=THE ORIGINS AND EVOLUTION OF ISLAMIC LAW |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |year=2005 |isbn=978-0-521-80332-8 | location=Cambridge, UK |pages=124, 127}}&lt;/ref&gt; The ''[[Shia Islam|Shi'a]]'' believed that all laws are implicitly mentioned in the Quran or the sunnah and can be discovered by the jurists of their tradition.&lt;ref&gt;Mansoor Moaddel, ''Islamic Modernism, Nationalism, and Fundamentalism: Episode and Discourse'', pg. 32. [[Chicago]]: [[University of Chicago Press]], 2005.&lt;/ref&gt;

The [[Qur'an]] gives instructions on many issues, such as how to perform the ritual purification (''{{lang|ar|[[wudu]]}}'') before the obligatory daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}''). On other issues, for example, the Qur'an states one needs to engage in daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}'') and fast (''{{lang|ar|[[sawm]]}}'') during the [[Ramadan (calendar month)|month of Ramadan]] but further instructions and details on how to perform these duties can be found in the traditions of Muhammad, so [[Qur'an and Sunnah]] are in most cases the basis for (''{{lang|ar|[[Shariah]]}}'').

Some topics are without precedent in Islam's early period. In those cases, Muslim jurists (''{{lang|ar|[[Fuqaha]]}}'') try to arrive at conclusions by other means. [[Sunni]] jurists use historical consensus of the community (''{{lang|ar|[[Ijma]]}}''); a majority in the modern era also use [[analogy]] (''{{lang|ar|[[Qiyas]]}}'') and weigh the harms and benefits of new topics (''{{lang|ar|[[Istislah]]}}''), and a plurality utilizes juristic preference (''{{lang|ar|[[Istihsan]]}}''). The conclusions arrived at with the aid of these additional tools constitute a wide array of laws, and its application is called ''fiqh''. Thus, in contrast to the ''sharia'', ''fiqh'' is not regarded as [[sacred]] and the schools of thought have differing views on its details, without viewing other conclusions as [[Sacrilege|sacrilegious]]. This division of interpretation in more detailed issues has resulted in different schools of thought (''{{lang|ar|[[madh'hab]]}}'').

This wider concept of '''Islamic jurisprudence''' is the source of a range of laws in different topics that guide Muslims in everyday life.

=== Component categories ===
[[File:Actions in Fiqh.png|thumb|Actions in Islamic Fiqh]]

Islamic jurisprudence (''fiqh'') covers two main areas:
# Rules in relation to actions, and,
# Rules in relation to circumstances surrounding actions.

These types of rules can also fall into two groups:
# Worship ([[Ibadah|Ibadaat]])
# Dealings and transactions (with people) ([[Muamalat|Mu`amalaat]])

Rules in relation to actions ('''amaliyya'' — عملية) or &quot;[[Ahkam|decision types]]&quot; comprise:
# Obligation (''[[fardh]]'')
# Recommendation (''[[mustahabb]]'')
# Permissibility (''[[mubah]]'')
# Disrecommendation (''[[makrooh]]'')
# Prohibition (''[[haraam]]'')

Rules in relation to circumstances (''wadia''') comprise:
# Condition (''shart'')
# Cause (''sabab'')
# Preventor (''mani'')
# Permit / Enforced (''rukhsah, azeemah'')
# Valid / Corrupt / Invalid (''sahih, fasid, batil'')
# In time / Deferred / Repeat (''adaa, qadaa, i'ada'')

=== Methodologies of jurisprudence ===
{{main|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}

The [[modus operandi]] of the Muslim jurist is known as ''[[usul al-fiqh]]'' (&quot;principles of jurisprudence&quot;).

There are different approaches to the methodology used in jurisprudence to derive Islamic rulings from the primary sources of ''[[sharia]]'' (Islamic law). The main methodologies are those of the [[Sunni]], [[Shi'a]] and [[Ibadi]] denominations. While both Sunni and [[Shi'ite]] (Shia) are divided into smaller sub-schools, the differences among the Shi'ite schools is considerably greater. Ibadites only follow a single school without divisions.

While using court decisions as legal precedents and [[case law]] are central to Western law, the importance of the institution of fatawa (non-binding answers by Islamic legal scholars to legal questions) has been called &quot;central to the development&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:32&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: p. 32&lt;/ref&gt; This is in part because of a &quot;vacuum&quot; in the other source of Islamic law, ''qada`'' (legal rulings by state appointed Islamic judges) after the fall of the last [[caliphate]] the Ottoman Empire.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; While the practice in Islam dates back to the time of Muhammad, according to at least one source (Muhammad El-Gamal), it is &quot;modeled after the [[Roman Empire|Roman]] system of ''[[responsa]]'',&quot; and gives the questioner &quot;decisive primary-mover advantage in choosing the question and its wording.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;

Each school (''[[madhhab]]'') reflects a unique ''[[urf]]'' or culture (a cultural practice that was influenced by traditions), that the classical jurists themselves lived in, when rulings were made. Some suggest that the discipline of ''[[isnad]]'', which developed to validate ''hadith'' made it relatively easy to record and validate also the rulings of jurists. This, in turn, made them far easier to imitate (''[[taqlid]]'') than to challenge in new contexts. The argument is, the schools have been more or less frozen for centuries, and reflect a culture that simply no longer exists. Traditional scholars hold that religion is there to regulate human behavior and nurture people's moral side and since human nature has not fundamentally changed since the beginning of Islam a call to modernize the religion is essentially one to relax all laws and institutions.

Early ''[[shariah]]'' had a much more flexible character, and some modern Muslim scholars believe that it should be renewed, and that the classical jurists should lose special status. This would require formulating a new fiqh suitable for the modern world, e.g. as proposed by advocates of the [[Islamization of knowledge]], which would deal with the modern context. This modernization is opposed by most conservative ''[[ulema]]''. Traditional scholars hold that the laws are contextual and consider circumstance such as time, place and culture, the principles they are based upon are universal such as justice, equality and respect. Many Muslim scholars argue that even though technology may have advanced, the fundamentals of human life have not.

=== Fields of jurisprudence ===
{{flatlist}}
*[[Islamic criminal jurisprudence|Criminal]]
*[[Islamic economical jurisprudence|Economics]]
*[[Adab (behavior)|Etiquette]]
*[[Islamic family jurisprudence|Family]]
*[[Hygiene in Islam|Hygienical]]
*[[Islamic inheritance jurisprudence|Inheritance]]
*[[Islamic marital jurisprudence|Marital]]
*[[Rules of war in Islam|Military]]
*[[Islamic political jurisprudence|Political]]
*[[Islamic theological jurisprudence|Theological]]
{{endflatlist}}

=== Schools of jurisprudence ===
{{Main|Madhhab}}
There are several [[Madhhab|schools of fiqh thought]] ({{langx|ar|مذهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|madhhab}}''; pl. {{lang|ar|مذاهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|maḏāhib}}'')
[[File:Madhhab Map3.png|thumb|Map of the Muslim world with the main schools of thoughts&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Islamic Jurisprudence &amp; Law {{!}} ReOrienting the Veil |url=https://veil.unc.edu/religions/islam/law/ |access-date=2025-05-19 |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{Needs update|date=May 2025|reason=Our Fiqh map does need an update, for example Bahrain is mostly orange (representing Ja'fari) while its Monarchy is Maliki and a majority of its citizens Sunni. Would be very helpful to get an update to date SVG version of the map as there are some tiny island Indian Ocean countries who are not shown on the map}}]]
The schools of [[Sunni Islam|Sunni]] Islam are each named by students of the classical jurist who taught them. The Sunni schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Hanafi school|Hanafi]] ([[Turkey]], [[Balkans]], [[Levant]], [[Central Asia]], [[Islam in South Asia|South Asia]], [[Islam in China|China]], [[North Caucasus|Northwest Caucasus]], [[Lower Egypt]], and [[Tatarstan]])
*[[Maliki school|Maliki]] ([[North Africa]], [[West Africa]], [[Upper Egypt]], [[Kuwait]], [[Bahrain]], [[Emirate of Abu Dhabi|Abu Dhabi]], and [[Emirate of Dubai|Dubai]])
*[[Shafi'i school|Shafi'i]] ([[Indonesia]], [[Malaysia]], [[Brunei]], [[Kurdistan]], [[East Africa]], [[North Caucasus|Northeast Caucasus]], [[Yemen]], [[Oman]], [[Islam in Kerala|Kerala]], [[Emirate of Fujairah|Fujairah]], and the [[Sinai Peninsula]])
*[[Hanbali school|Hanbali]] ([[Saudi Arabia]], [[Qatar]], [[Emirate of Sharjah|Sharjah]], [[Emirate of Umm Al Quwain|Umm al-Quwain]], [[Emirate of Ras Al Khaimah|Ras al-Khaimah]], and [[Emirate of Ajman|Ajman]])

The schools of [[Shia]] Islam are based on the [[Ja'fari school|Ja'fari]] school of jurisprudence. The Shia schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Twelver Shi'ism|Twelver]] ([[Iran]], [[Iraq]], and [[Azerbaijan]])
*[[Ismailism|Isma'ili]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Lakhani |first=M. Ali |title=Faith and Ethics: The Vision of the Ismaili Imamat |page=4 |quote=The place of the Ismailis within the theological pluralism of the Muslim community is best summarised by their Imam's statement to the International Islamic Conference held in Amman in July 2005: &quot;Our historic adherence is to the Ja'fari madhhab and other madhahib of close affinity, and it continues, under the leadership of the hereditary Ismaili Imam of the time. This adherence is in harmony also with our acceptance of Sufi principles of personal search and balance between the zahir and the spirit or the intellect which the zahir signifies.&quot; |publisher=Bloomsbury Publishing |year=2017 |isbn=978-1786733900}}&lt;/ref&gt; (minority communities in [[Central Asia]], [[South Asia]], [[Levant]], [[Yemen]])
*[[Zaydism|Zaydi]] (minority communities in [[Yemen]])

Entirely separate from both the Sunni and Shia traditions, [[Kharijites|Khawarij]] Islam has evolved its own distinct school.
*[[Ibadism|Ibadi]] (minority communities in [[Oman]])

These schools share many of their rulings, but differ on the particular [[hadith]]s they accept as authentic and the weight they give to analogy or reason ([[qiyas]]) in deciding difficulties.

The relationship between (at least the Sunni) schools of jurisprudence and the conflict between the unity of the Shariah and the diversity of the schools, was expressed by the 12th century Hanafi scholar [[Abu Hafs Umar al-Nasafi]], who wrote: &quot;Our school is correct with the possibility of error, and another school is in error with the possibility of being correct.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1 = Brown|first1 = Jonathan A.C.|author-link = Jonathan A.C. Brown|title = Misquoting Muhammad: The Challenge and Choices of Interpreting the Prophet's Legacy|date = 2014|publisher = [[Oneworld Publications]]|isbn = 978-1780744209|url = https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50|access-date = 4 June 2018|ref = JACBMM2014|pages = [https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50 50-51]}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== Influence on Western laws ==
{{main|Sharia#Classic Islamic law|l1=Sharia: Classic Islamic law}}

A number of important legal [[institution]]s were developed by Muslim jurists during the classical period of Islam, known as the [[Islamic Golden Age]]. One such institution was the ''[[Hawala]]'', an early [[informal value transfer system]], which is mentioned in texts of Islamic jurisprudence as early as the 8th century. ''Hawala'' itself later influenced the development of the [[Agency (law)|agency]] in [[common law]] and in [[Civil law (legal system)|civil laws]] such as the ''aval'' in [[Law of France|French law]] and the ''avallo'' in [[Law of Italy|Italian law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |title=Islamic Law: Its Relation to Other Legal Systems |first=Gamal Moursi |last=Badr |journal=The American Journal of Comparative Law |volume=26 |issue=2 – Proceedings of an International Conference on Comparative Law, Salt Lake City, Utah, 24–25 February 1977 |date=Spring 1978 |pages=187–198 [196–98] |doi=10.2307/839667 |publisher=American Society of Comparative Law |jstor=839667}}&lt;/ref&gt;

The ''[[Waqf]]'' in [[Sharia|Islamic law]], which developed during the 7th–9th centuries, bears a notable resemblance to the [[Charitable trust|trusts]] in the English [[trust law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988}}&lt;/ref&gt; For example, every ''Waqf'' was required to have a ''waqif'' (settlor), ''mutawillis'' (trustee), ''[[qadi]]'' (judge) and beneficiaries.&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1237–40}}&lt;/ref&gt; The trust law developed in [[England]] at the time of the [[Crusades]], during the 12th and 13th centuries, was introduced by Crusaders who may have been influenced by the ''Waqf'' institutions they came across in the [[Middle East]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Hudson|2003|p=32}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1244–45}}&lt;/ref&gt;

In classical Islamic jurisprudence, litigants in court may obtain [[notarized]] statements from between three and twelve witnesses. When the statements of all witnesses are consistent, the notaries will certify their unanimous testimony in a legal document, which may be used to support the litigant's claim.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Justice of Islam|pages=7–9|author=Lawrence Rosen|publisher=Oxford University Press|year=2000|isbn=9780198298847}}&lt;/ref&gt; The notaries serve to free the [[qadi|judge]] from the time-consuming task of hearing the testimony of each eyewitness himself, and their documents serve to legally authenticate each oral testimony.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Expert Witness in Islamic Courts|year=2010|publisher=University of Chicago Press|author=Ron Shaham|pages=4–8|isbn=9780226749358}}&lt;/ref&gt; The [[Maliki]] school requires two notaries to collect a minimum of twelve eyewitness statements in certain legal cases, including those involving unregistered marriages and land disputes.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Positive Law from the Muslim World|author=Baudouin Dupret|year=2021|isbn=9781108960137|pages=205–210|publisher=Cambridge University Press}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Property, Social Structure, and Law in the Modern Middle East|year=1985|pages=54–64|editor=Ann Elizabeth Mayer|publisher=[[SUNY]] Press|isbn=9780873959889}}&lt;/ref&gt; John Makdisi has compared this group of twelve witness statements, known as a ''lafif'', to [[English Common Law]] jury trials under [[Henry II of England|Henry II]], surmising a link between the king's reforms and the legal system of the [[Kingdom of Sicily]]. The island had previously been ruled by various Islamic dynasties.&lt;ref name=&quot;Rodhan&quot;&gt;{{cite book |last1=Al-Rodhan |first1=Nayef R. F. |title=The Role of the Arab-Islamic World in the Rise of the West: Implications for Contemporary Trans-Cultural Relations |date=2012 |publisher=Palgrave Macmillan |isbn=978-0-230-39320-2 |page=73 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=n4OpT4ZP278C |access-date=25 May 2020 |language=en }}{{Dead link|date=November 2023 |bot=InternetArchiveBot |fix-attempted=yes }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Makdisi&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Makdisi |first1=John |title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=North Carolina Law Review |date=1 June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635 |url=https://scholarship.law.unc.edu/nclr/vol77/iss5/2/ |access-date=25 May 2020}}&lt;/ref&gt;

Several other fundamental [[common law]] institutions may have been adapted from similar legal institutions in [[Sharia|Islamic law]] and jurisprudence, and introduced to England by the [[Normans]] after the [[Norman conquest of England]] and the Emirate of Sicily, and by Crusaders during the [[Crusades]]. In particular, the &quot;royal English [[contract]] protected by the action of [[debt]] is identified with the Islamic ''Aqd'', the English [[assize of novel disseisin]] is identified with the Islamic ''Istihqaq'', and the English [[jury]] is identified with the Islamic ''lafif''.&quot; John Makdisi speculated that English legal institutions such as &quot;the [[scholastic method]], the [[licence]] to [[Education|teach]]&quot;, the &quot;[[law school]]s known as [[Inns of Court]] in England and ''[[Madrasah|Madrasas]]'' in Islam&quot; and the &quot;European [[commenda]]&quot; (Islamic ''[[Qirad]]'') may have also originated from Islamic law.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt; The methodology of [[Precedent|legal precedent]] and reasoning by [[analogy]] (''[[Qiyas]]'') are also similar in both the Islamic and common law systems.&lt;ref name=Gamal&gt;{{cite book |title=Islamic Finance: Law, Economics, and Practice |url=https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga |url-access=limited |first=Mahmoud A. |last=El-Gamal |year=2006 |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |isbn=0-521-86414-3 |page=[https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga/page/n35 16] }}&lt;/ref&gt; These influences have led some scholars to suggest that Islamic law may have laid the foundations for &quot;the common law as an integrated whole&quot;.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt;

== See also ==
{{Portal|Islam|Law}}
* [[Abdallah al-Harari]]
* [[Athari|Traditionalist theology]]
* ''[[Bahar-e-Shariat]]''
* [[Glossary of Islam]]
* [[Index of Islam-related articles]]
* [[Ja'fari jurisprudence]]
* [[Outline of Islam]]
* [[List of Islamic terms in Arabic]]
* ''[[Ma'ruf]]''
* ''[[Mizan]]'' – a comprehensive treatise on the contents of Islam written by [[Javed Ahmed Ghamidi]]
* [[Palestinian law]]
* [[Schools of Islamic theology]]
* [[Sources of Islamic law]]
* [[The four Sunni Imams]]
* ''[[Urf]]''

==References==
===Notes===
{{reflist|group=Note}}

===Citations===
{{Reflist|30em}}

=== Bibliography ===
{{refbegin|30em}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Norman |last=Calder |title=Law. Legal Thought and Jurisprudence |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of the Islamic World |editor=John L. Esposito |publisher=Oxford University Press |location=Oxford |year=2009 |url=http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20081121033722/http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|url-status=dead|archive-date=21 November 2008}}
*Doi, Abd ar-Rahman I., and Clarke, Abdassamad (2008). ''Shari'ah: Islamic Law''. Ta-Ha Publishers Ltd., {{ISBN|978-1-84200-087-8}} (hardback)
* Cilardo, Agostino, &quot;Fiqh, History of&quot;, in ''Muhammad in History, Thought, and Culture: An Encyclopedia of the Prophet of God'' (2 vols.), Edited by C. Fitzpatrick and A. Walker, Santa Barbara, ABC-CLIO, 2014, Vol I, pp.&amp;nbsp;201–206.
* {{citation|last=Dahlén|first=Ashk |title=Islamic Law, Epistemology and Modernity. Legal Philosophy in Contemporary Iran|year=2003|location=New York|publisher=Routledge |isbn=9780415945295|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=QARHBQAAQBAJ}}
*{{cite book |last1=El-Gamal |first1=Mahmoud A. |title=Islamic Finance : Law, Economics, and Practice |publisher=Cambridge University Press |date=2006 |url=http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |ref=MAEGIFLEP2006 |access-date=28 February 2017 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180403160351/http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |archive-date=3 April 2018 |url-status=dead }}
*{{Cite journal |journal=[[University of Pennsylvania Law Review]] |volume=136 |issue=4 |date=April 1988 |pages=1231–1261 |doi=10.2307/3312162 |last1=Gaudiosi |first1= Monica M. |title=The Influence of the Islamic Law of Waqf on the Development of the Trust in England_ The Case of Merton College |publisher=The University of Pennsylvania Law Review |jstor=3312162|s2cid=153149243 |url=http://scholarship.law.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=3909&amp;context=penn_law_review |url-access=subscription }}
*{{cite book |last1=Hawting |first1=G.R. |title=The Quest for the Historical Muhammad |date=2000 |publisher=Prometheus Books |location=New York |pages=489–509 |chapter=16. John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism |ref=GRHJWIaM2000}}
*{{Cite book
 |last=Hudson
 |first=A.
 |title=Equity and Trusts
 |year=2003
 |edition=3rd
 |publisher=Cavendish Publishing
 |location=London
 |isbn=978-1-85941-729-4
 }}

*{{Cite book |last=Levy |first=Reuben |title=The Social Structure of Islam |location=UK |publisher=Cambridge University Press |year=1957 |isbn=978-0-521-09182-4 |url=https://archive.org/details/socialstructureo0000levy }}
*{{Cite journal |last=Makdisi|first=John A.|title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=[[North Carolina Law Review]] |date=June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635–1739}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Irene |last=Schneider |title=Fiqh |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of Islam and Politics |publisher=Oxford University Press |editor=Emad El-Din Shahin |year=2014 |doi=10.1093/acref:oiso/9780199739356.001.0001|isbn=9780199739356 }}
{{refend}}

==Further reading==
*Potz, Richard, [http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0159-2011112127 Islamic Law and the Transfer of European Law], [[European History Online]], Mainz: [[Institute of European History]], 2011. (Retrieved 28 November 2011.)
*[Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

==حوالا== 
{{حوالا}}
==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
*{{Commons category-inline}}
* [https://halaqa.home.blog/2021/02/12/types-of-hanafi-legal-rulings-ahkam/ Types of Hanafi Legal Rulings (Ahkam)]
* [Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

{{Islam topics |Law |state=collapsed}}
{{Authority control}}

[[Category:Islamic jurisprudence| ]]
[[Category:Sharia terminology]]
[[Category:Law schools]]
{{اسلامي فقه}}
[[زمرو:اسلامي اصطلاح]]</text>
      <sha1>ryij0a6xngefm1njwgea06lwdtjgoa5</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400944</id>
      <parentid>400943</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T16:19:25Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <origin>400944</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="49605" sha1="fd9l3bn1ld8l6rrron781iht8kay9gf" xml:space="preserve">'''فقه'''{{ٻيا نالا|انگريزي= ''' Fiqh '''}}({{IPAc-en|f|iː|k}};&lt;ref&gt;[https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/fiqh &quot;fiqh&quot;]. ''[[Collins English Dictionary]]''.&lt;/ref&gt; اسلام ۾ قانون جي سائنس جو {{ٻيا نالا|انگريزي= ''' Jurisprudence '''}} نالو آهي&lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot;&gt;[http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/207723/fiqh Fiqh] Encyclopædia Britannica&lt;/ref&gt;. فقه جو استعمال اسلامي شريعت جي سمجھ طور ڪيو ويندو آهي &lt;ref name=vogel&gt;{{cite book|last=Vogel|first=Frank E.|title=Islamic Law and the Legal System of Saudí: Studies of Saudi Arabia|date=2000|publisher=Brill|pages=4–5|url=https://books.google.com/?id=-PfDuvnHMGoC&amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;dq=vogel+islamic+law#v=onepage&amp;q=vogel%20islamic%20law&amp;f=false|isbn=9004110623}}&lt;/ref&gt; اھو علم شريعت ۾ قرآن ۽ سنت جي روشنيءَ ۾ اجتھاد جي ذريعي واڌارو ڪري ٿو ۽ ان واڌاري کي فقيھن جي فتوائون ذريعي لاڳو ڪري ٿو. فقه ۾ غلطي جي گنجائش ھوندي آھي ۽ اھا تبديل پڻ ٿي سگھندي آھي. موجوده دور۾ سني اسلام ۾ چار فقھي مذھب آھن ۽ شيعه اسلام ۾ ٻہ فقھي مذھب آھن&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;.

== لغوي معنيَ == 
فقه جي لغوي معنيَ آهي ڪنهن شئي جو علم۽ فھم، ڪنھن شئي کي کولڻ۽ نکيڙڻ ۽ ان جي اونھائي ۾ وڃي حقيقت ڳولي لھڻ۽ ان کي پڌرو ڪرڻ، اصطلاحي طور فقه جي معني شريعت جي حڪمن ۾ سمجھ پيدا ڪرڻ آھي&lt;ref name =&quot; آسان فقه&quot; &gt; - ڪتاب: آسان فقه، از: مولانا محمد يوسف اصلاحي، مترجم: محمد عاشق ڌامراھا، مھراڻ اڪيڊمي شڪارپور، جنوري 2002 -- پنھنجي پاران: قمر ميمڻ صه 28  &lt;/ref&gt;. قرآن شريف ۾ سورة التوبہ ۾ آيت نمبر 122 ۾ فقه لفظ جو استعمال ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو:

{{quote| فلولا نفر من کل فرقة منهم طائفة ليتفقهوا في الدين&lt;br&gt; ترجمو:پوء ڇونہ انھن جي سڀ ڪنھن جماعت مان ھڪ ھڪ ٽولي نڪتي ته پاڻ ۾ دين جي سمجھ پيدا ڪن. |التوبة - ۱۲۲|&lt;ref name=&quot;آسان فقه&quot; /&gt;}}

{{Short description|Islamic jurisprudence}}
{{Use dmy dates|date=April 2018}}
{{Italic title}}
{{Arabicterm
 |arabic={{large|{{Naskh|{{wikt-lang|ar|فقه}}}}}}
 |arabic_rom={{Transliteration|ar|fiqh}}
 |native pronunciation={{IPA|ar|fiqh|}}
 |literal meaning=&quot;deep understanding&quot;&lt;br/&gt;&quot;full comprehension&quot;
}}
{{Fiqh |width=19.0em}}
{{Islam |texts |width=19.75em}}

'''''Fiqh''''' ({{IPAc-en|f|iː|k}};&lt;ref&gt;[https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/fiqh &quot;fiqh&quot;]. ''[[Collins English Dictionary]]''.&lt;/ref&gt; {{langx|ar|فِقْه}} {{IPAc-ar|f|i|q|h|}}) is the term for [[Islam]]ic [[jurisprudence]].&lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot;&gt;[https://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/207723/fiqh Fiqh] Encyclopædia Britannica&lt;/ref&gt; ''Fiqh'' is often described as the style of human understanding, research and practices of the ''[[sharia]]''; that is, human understanding of the divine Islamic law as revealed in the [[Quran]] as well as the ''[[sunnah]]'' (the teachings and practices of the Islamic prophet [[Muhammad]] and his companions).&lt;ref name=vogel&gt;{{cite book|last=Vogel|first=Frank E.|title=Islamic Law and the Legal System of Saudí: Studies of Saudi Arabia|date=2000|publisher=Brill|pages=4–5|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=-PfDuvnHMGoC&amp;q=vogel+islamic+law|isbn=9004110623}}&lt;/ref&gt; ''Fiqh'' expands and develops sharia through interpretation (''[[ijtihad]]'') of the Quran and sunnah by Islamic jurists (''[[ulama]]'')&lt;ref name=vogel/&gt; and is implemented by the rulings (''[[fatwa]]'') of jurists on questions presented to them. Thus, whereas sharia is considered immutable and infallible by Muslims, ''fiqh'' is considered fallible and changeable.

''Fiqh'' deals with the observance of rituals, morals and social legislation in Islam as well as economic and political system. In the modern era, there are four prominent schools (''[[madh'hab]]'') of ''fiqh'' within [[Sunni]] practice, plus two (or three) within [[Shi'a]] practice. A person trained in ''fiqh'' is known as a ''{{transliteration|ar|ALA|[[faqīh]]}}'' ({{plural form}} {{transliteration|ar|ALA|fuqahāʾ}}).&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;

Figuratively, ''fiqh'' means knowledge about Islamic legal rulings from their sources. Deriving religious rulings from their sources requires the ''[[mujtahid]]'' (an individual who exercises ''ijtihad'') to have a deep understanding in the different discussions of jurisprudence.

The studies of ''fiqh'' are traditionally divided into ''uṣūl al-fiqh'' ([[principles of Islamic jurisprudence]], lit. &quot;the roots of fiqh&quot;), the methods of legal interpretation and analysis, and ''furūʿ al-fiqh'' (lit. &quot;the branches of fiqh&quot;), the elaboration of rulings on the basis of these principles.{{sfn|Calder|2009}}{{sfn|Schneider|2014}} ''Furūʿ al-fiqh'' is the product of the application of ''uṣūl al-fiqh'' and the total product of human efforts at understanding the divine will. A ''[[hukm]]'' (pl. ''aḥkām'') is a particular ruling in a given case.

== Etymology ==
The word ''fiqh'' is an Arabic term meaning &quot;deep understanding&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Modarresi&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|author-link=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|title=The Laws of Islam|date=26 March 2016|publisher=Enlight Press|isbn=978-0994240989|url=http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|access-date=22 December 2017|ref=Modarresi|language=en|archive-date=2 August 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190802163247/http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{rp|470}} or &quot;full comprehension&quot;. Technically it refers to the body of Islamic law extracted from detailed Islamic sources (which are studied in the [[principles of Islamic jurisprudence]]) and the process of gaining knowledge of Islam through jurisprudence. The historian [[Ibn Khaldun]] describes ''fiqh'' as &quot;knowledge of the rules of God which concern the actions of persons who own themselves connected to obey the law respecting what is required (''[[wajib]]''), sinful (''[[haraam]]''), recommended (''[[mustahab|mandūb]]''), disapproved (''[[makrūh]]''), or neutral (''[[mubah]]'')&quot;.&lt;ref&gt;Levy (1957). p. 150.&lt;/ref&gt; This definition is consistent amongst the jurists.

In [[Modern Standard Arabic]], ''fiqh'' has also come to mean Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=أنیس|first=إبراهیم|title=المعجم الوسیط|publisher=دارالفکر|year=1998|location=بیروت، لبنان|pages=731}}&lt;/ref&gt; It is not thus possible to speak of [[Chief Justice of the United States|Chief Justice]] [[John Roberts]] as an expert in the [[common law]] ''fiqh'' of the [[United States]], or of [[Egypt]]ian legal scholar [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] as an expert in the civil law ''fiqh'' of Egypt.

==History==
{{main|Sharia}}
{{further information|History of Islamic economics}}

According to Sunni Islamic history, Sunni law followed a chronological path of:
*[[God in Islam|God]] → [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] → [[Sahabah|Companions]] → [[Tabi'un|Followers]] → ''Fiqh''.&lt;ref name=&quot;Maghen-2003&quot;&gt;{{cite journal|last1=Maghen|first1=Ze'ev|title=Dead Tradition: Joseph Schacht and the Origins of &quot;Popular Practice&quot;|journal=Islamic Law and Society|date=2003|volume=10|issue=3|pages=276–347|doi=10.1163/156851903770227575|jstor=3399422}}&lt;/ref&gt;
The commands and prohibitions chosen by God were revealed through the agency of the Prophet in both the Quran and the Sunnah (words, deeds, and examples of the Prophet passed down as [[hadith]]). 
The first Muslims (the [[Sahabah]] or Companions) heard and obeyed, and passed this essence of Islam&lt;ref name=GRHJWIaM2000:513/&gt; to succeeding generations (''[[Tabi'un]]'' and ''[[Tabi' al-Tabi'in]]'' or successors/followers and successors of successors), as Muslims and Islam spread from West Arabia to the conquered lands north, east, and west,&lt;ref name=RGHIGP2015:223&gt;[[#RGHIGP2015|Hoyland, ''In God's Path'', 2015]]: p.223&lt;/ref&gt;{{#tag:ref|for example, Sunni [[Hanbali]] scholar/preacher [[Al-Hasan ibn 'Ali al-Barbahari]] (d.941) who ruled the streets of Baghdad from 921-941 CE,  insisted that &quot;whoever asserts that there is any part of Islam with which the Companions of the Prophet did not provide us has called them [the Companions of the Prophet] liars&quot;.&lt;ref name=cook-2000-109&gt;{{cite book|last1=Cook|first1=Michael|title=The Koran : A Very Short Introduction|date=2000|publisher=Oxford University Press|url=https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook |url-access=registration|isbn=0192853449|page=[https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook/page/n122 109]}}&lt;/ref&gt;|group=Note}} where it was systematized and elaborated.&lt;ref name=GRHJWIaM2000:513&gt;[[#GRHJWIaM2000|Hawting, &quot;John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism&quot;, 2000]]: p.513&lt;/ref&gt;

The history of Islamic jurisprudence is &quot;customarily divided into eight periods&quot;:&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: pp. 30–31&lt;/ref&gt;
*the first period ending with the death of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] in 11 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*second period &quot;characterized by personal interpretations&quot; of the canon by the ''[[Sahabah]]'' or companions of Muhammad, lasting until 50 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from 50 AH until the early second century AH there was competition between &quot;a traditionalist approach to jurisprudence&quot; in [[Hijaz|western Arabia]] where Islam was revealed and a &quot;rationalist approach in Iraq&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;golden age of classical Islamic jurisprudence&quot; from the &quot;early second to the mid-fourth century when the [[Madhhab#Amman Message|eight &quot;most significant&quot;]] schools of Sunni and [[Shia|Shi'i]] jurisprudence emerged.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from the mid-fourth century to mid-seventh AH Islamic jurisprudence was &quot;limited to elaborations within the main juristic schools&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;dark age&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence stretched from the [[Siege of Baghdad (1258)|fall of Baghdad]] in the mid-seventh AH (1258 CE) to 1293 AH/1876 CE.
*In 1293 AH (1876 CE) the Ottomans codified [[Hanafi]] jurisprudence in the ''[[Mecelle|Majallah el-Ahkam-i-Adliya]]''. Several &quot;juristic revival movements&quot; influenced by &quot;exposure to Western legal and technological progress&quot; followed until the mid-20th century CE. [[Muhammad Abduh]] and [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] were products of this era.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; However, Abduh and El-Sanhuri were modernists. 19th century Ottoman Shariah Code was built on the views of the Hanafi school.
*The most recent era has been that of the &quot;[[Islamic revival#Contemporary revivalism|Islamic revival]]&quot;, which has been &quot;predicated on rejection of Western social and legal advances&quot; and the development of specifically Islamic states, social sciences, economics, and finance.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
The formative period of Islamic jurisprudence stretches back to the time of the early Muslim communities. During this period, jurists were more concerned with issues of authority and teaching than with theory and methodology.&lt;ref name=&quot;Weiss (2002)&quot;&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by [[Bernard G. Weiss]], (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. pp. 3, 161.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Progress in theory and methodology happened with the coming of the early Muslim jurist [[Muhammad ibn Idris ash-Shafi`i]] (767–820), who codified the basic principles of Islamic jurisprudence in his book ''ar-Risālah''. The book details the four roots of law ([[Qur'an]], [[sunnah]], ''[[ijma]]'', and ''[[qiyas]]'') while specifying that the primary Islamic texts (the Qur'an and the hadith) be understood according to objective rules of interpretation derived from scientific study of the Arabic language.&lt;ref name=weiss-162&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by Bernard G. Weiss, (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. p. 162.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Secondary sources of law were developed and refined over the subsequent centuries, consisting primarily of juristic preference (''[[istihsan]]''), laws of the previous prophets (''[[shara man qablana]]''), continuity (''[[istishab]]''), extended analogy (''[[maslaha mursala]]''), blocking the means (''[[sadd al-dhari'ah]]''), local customs (''[[urf]]''), and sayings of a companion of the Prophet (''[[qawl al-sahabi]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Nyazee (2000)&quot;&gt;Nyazee, Imran Ahsan Khan (2000). ''Islamic Jurisprudence (UsulAI-Fiqh)''. Islamabad: Islamic Research Institute Press.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== Diagram of early scholars ===

[[File:Sunni Streams of Doctrine.png|thumb|Main schools of thought within Sunni Islam, and other prominent streams.]]
[[File:Muslim World Introduction.svg|thumb|Major schools of thought and theology in the Islamic world]]
The Quran set the rights, responsibilities, and rules for people and societies to adhere to, such as dealing in [[The Impact of Religion on International Negotiations|interest]]. Muhammad then provided an example, which is recorded in the hadith books, showing people how he practically implemented these rules in a society. After the passing of Muhammad, there was a need for jurists, to decide on new legal matters where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadith, example of Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=gMxjJqurmiAC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA30|title=Islam Vs. West|isbn=9780595501571|last1=Asadulla|first1=Abubakr|year=2009|publisher=iUniverse }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=es9Sunv_y2MC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA20|title=Islamic State Practices, International Law and the Threat from Terrorism|isbn=9781841135014|last1=Rehman|first1=Javaid|date=7 June 2005|publisher=Hart }}&lt;/ref&gt;

In the years proceeding Muhammad, the community in Madina continued to use the same rules. People were familiar with the practice of Muhammad and therefore continued to use the same rules.

The scholars appearing in the diagram below were taught by [[Muhammad's companions]], many of whom settled in Madina.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceA&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|title=ulama|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=25 February 2013|archive-date=21 October 2014|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141021231627/http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; ''[[Muwatta Imam Malik|Muwatta]]''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|title=Muwatta|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=13 October 2010|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; by [[Malik ibn Anas]] was written as a consensus of the opinion, of these scholars.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=d5Ks31qHlSYC&amp;q=coulson+history+islamic+law|title=A History of Islamic Law|isbn=9780748605149|last1=Coulson|first1=Noel James|year=1994}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Va6oSxzojzoC&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA207|title=E. J. Brill's First Encyclopaedia of Islam, 1913–1936|isbn=9004097910|last1=Houtsma|first1=M. Th|year=1993|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=0_wUAAAAIAAJ&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA264|title=Studies in Islamic History and Civilization|isbn=9789652640147|last1=Šārôn|first1=Moše|year=1986|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt; ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas quotes 13 hadiths from Imam [[Jafar al-Sadiq]].&lt;ref name=&quot;Muwatta&quot;&gt;''Al-Muwatta'' of Imam Malik Ibn Anas, translated by Aisha Bewley (Book #5, Hadith #5.9.23) (Book #16, Hadith #16.1.1) (Book #17, Hadith #17.24.43) (Book #20, Hadith #20.10.40) (Book #20, Hadith #20.11.44) (Book #20, Hadith #20.32.108) (Book #20, Hadith #20.39.127) (Book #20, Hadith #20.40.132) (Book #20, Hadith #20.49.167) (Book #20, Hadith #20.57.190) (Book #26, Hadith #26.1.2) (Book #29, Hadith #29.5.17) (Book #36, Hadith #36.4.5) [http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html Al-Muwatta'] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html |date=13 October 2010 }}&lt;/ref&gt;
Aisha also taught her nephew [[Urwah ibn Zubayr]]. He then taught his son [[Hisham ibn Urwah]], who was the main teacher of Malik ibn Anas whose views many Sunni follow and also taught by Jafar al-Sadiq. [[Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]], Hisham ibn Urwah and Muhammad al-Baqir taught [[Zayd ibn Ali]], Jafar al-Sadiq, [[Abu Hanifa]], and Malik ibn Anas.

Imam Jafar al-Sadiq, Imam Abu Hanifa and Malik ibn Anas worked together in [[Al-Masjid an-Nabawi]] in Medina, along with Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr, Muhammad al-Baqir, Zayd ibn Ali and over 70 other leading jurists and scholars.

[[Al-Shafi'i]] was taught by Malik ibn Anas. [[Ahmad ibn Hanbal]] was taught by Al-Shafi'i. [[Muhammad al-Bukhari]] travelled everywhere collecting hadith and his father [[Ismail ibn Ibrahim]] was a student of Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Islam Page 67&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=mlGgGVCp0UcC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA67|title=Understanding Women in Islam|isbn=9789793780191|last1=Hasyim|first1=Syafiq|year=2006|publisher=Equinox }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=JdjtUTYSL1UC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA37|title=Classical Islam|isbn=9780415240321|last1=Calder|first1=Norman|last2=Mojaddedi|first2=Jawid Ahmad|last3=Rippin|first3=Andrew|year=2003|publisher=Psychology Press }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=GlqeC1ZFAUEC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim&amp;pg=PT101|title=Judaism and Islam in Practice|isbn=9781134605538|last1=Brockopp|first1=Jonathan E.|last2=Neusner|first2=Jacob|last3=Sonn|first3=Tamara|date=27 September 2005|publisher=Routledge }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.oocities.org/mutmainaa7/people/jafar_al_sadiq.html|title=Jafar Al-Sadiq}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|title=IMAM JAFAR BIN MUHAMMAD AS-SADIQ (AS)|website=www.ziaraat.org|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=22 August 2023|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230822202122/http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{Islam scholars diagram}}

In the books actually written by these original jurists and scholars, there are very few theological and judicial differences between them. Imam Ahmad rejected the writing down and codifying of the religious rulings he gave. They knew that they might have fallen into error in some of their judgements and stated this clearly. They never introduced their rulings by saying, &quot;Here, this judgement is the judgement of God and His prophet.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=W4OKaz5dzdYC&amp;q=Modernist+Islam,+1840-1940:+A+Sourcebook+By+Charles+Kurzman|title=Modernist Islam, 1840–1940|isbn=9780195154689|last1=Kurzman|first1=Charles|year=2002|publisher=Oxford University Press }}&lt;/ref&gt; There is also very little text actually written down by Jafar al-Sadiq himself. They all give priority to the Qur'an and the hadith (the practice of Muhammad). They felt that the Quran and the Hadith, the example of Muhammad provided people with almost everything they needed. &quot;This day I have perfected for you your religion and completed My favor upon you and have approved for you Islam as religion&quot; (Qur'an 5:3).&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://quran.com/5/3 |title=Surat Al-Ma'idah [5:3] - The Noble Qur'an - القرآن الكريم |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130925005700/http://quran.com/5/3 |archive-date=25 September 2013 |df=dmy }} [http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ Quran Surah Al-Maaida ( Verse 3 )] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180612141107/http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ |date=12 June 2018 }}&lt;/ref&gt;

These scholars did not distinguish between each other. They were not Sunni or Shia. They felt that they were following the religion of Abraham as described in the Quran &quot;Say: Allah speaks the truth; so follow the religion of Abraham, the upright one. And he was not one of the polytheists&quot; (Qur'an 3:95).

Most of the differences are regarding Sharia laws devised through [[Ijtihad]] where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadiths of Islamic prophet Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;/&gt; As these jurists went to new areas, they were pragmatic and continued to use the same ruling as was given in that area during pre-Islamic times, if the population felt comfortable with it, it was just and they used Ijtihad to deduce that it did not conflict with the Quran or the Hadith. As explained in the ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This made it easier for the different communities to integrate into the Islamic State and assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State.

To reduce the divergence, [[ash-Shafi'i]] proposed giving priority to the Qur'an and the Hadith (the practice of Muhammad) and only then look at the consensus of the Muslim jurists (''[[ijma]]'') and analogical reasoning (''[[qiyas]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This then resulted in jurists like Muhammad al-Bukhari&lt;ref name=&quot;sahih-bukhari.com&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.sahih-bukhari.com/|title=Sahih Bukhari : Read, Study, Search Online|first=Sahih|last=Bukhari}}&lt;/ref&gt; dedicating their lives to the collection of the correct hadith, in books like [[Sahih al-Bukhari]] (Sahih translates as authentic or correct). They also felt that Muhammad's judgement was more impartial and better than their own.

These original jurists and scholars also acted as a counterbalance to the rulers. When they saw injustice, all these scholars spoke out against it. As the state expanded outside Madina, the rights of the different communities, as they were constituted in the [[Constitution of Medina]] still applied. The Quran also gave additional rights to the citizens of the state and these rights were also applied. Ali, Hassan and [[Husayn ibn Ali]] gave their allegiance to the first three caliphs because they abided by these conditions. Later [[Ali]] the fourth caliph wrote in a letter &quot;I did not approach the people to get their oath of allegiance but they came to me with their desire to make me their Amir (ruler). I did not extend my hands towards them so that they might swear the oath of allegiance to me but they themselves extended their hands towards me.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;Nahj ul Balagha Letter 54&lt;/ref&gt; But later as fate would have it ([[Predestination in Islam]]) when [[Yazid I]], an [[Umayyad Caliphate|Umayyad]] ruler took power, Husayn ibn Ali the grandson of Muhammad felt that it was a test from God for him and his duty to confront him. Then [[Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr]], Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr's cousin confronted the Umayyad rulers after Husayn ibn Ali was betrayed by the people of Kufa and killed by Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Yazid I.&lt;ref&gt;Najeebabadi, Akbar Shah (2001). The History of Islam V.2. Riyadh: Darussalam. p. 110. {{ISBN|9960-892-88-3}}.&lt;/ref&gt; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr then took on the Umayyads and expelled their forces from Hijaz and Iraq. But then his forces were depleted in Iraq, trying to stop the Khawarij. The Umayyads then moved in. After a lengthy campaign, in his last hour Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr asked his mother [[Asma' bint Abu Bakr]] the daughter of [[Abu Bakr]] the first caliph for advice. Asma' bint Abu Bakr replied to her son, she said:&lt;ref name=&quot;ummah.com&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|title=The Advice of Asmaa bint Abu Bakr (ra) to her son Abdullah Ibn Zubair (ra)|website=Ummah.com - Muslim Forum|access-date=20 September 2021|archive-date=25 February 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210225220953/https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; &quot;You know better in your own self, that if you are upon the truth and you are calling towards the truth go forth, for people more honourable than you have been killed and if you are not upon the truth, then what an evil son you are and you have destroyed yourself and those who are with you. If you say, that if you are upon the truth and you will be killed at the hands of others, then you will not truly be free.&quot; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr left and was later also killed and crucified by the Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Umayyads and led by Hajjaj. [[Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]] the son of Abu Bakr the first caliph and raised by Ali the fourth caliph was also killed by the Umayyads.&lt;ref&gt;Nahj al-Balagha Sermon 71, Letter 27, Letter 34, Letter 35&lt;/ref&gt; [[Aisha]] then raised and taught her son Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr who later taught his grandson Jafar al-Sadiq.

During the early Umayyad period, there was more community involvement. The Quran and Muhammad's example was the main source of law after which the community decided. If it worked for the community, was just and did not conflict with the Quran and the example of Muhammad, it was accepted. This made it easier for the different communities, with Roman, Persian, Central Asia and North African backgrounds to integrate into the Islamic State and that assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State. The scholars in Madina were consulted on the more complex judicial issues. The Sharia and the official more centralized schools of fiqh developed later, during the time of the Abbasids.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceB&quot;&gt;Muawiya Restorer of the Muslim Faith By Aisha Bewley p. 68&lt;/ref&gt;

==Components==
{{further|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}
[[File:Map of the Legal systems of the world (en).png|thumb|350px|[[List of national legal systems|Legal systems of the world]]]]
The sources of [[Sharia]] in order of importance are:&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;&gt;Abul Quasem, M. (1975). The ethics of al-Ghazali: A composite ethics in Islam. p. 26&lt;/ref&gt;
#[[Qur'an]]
#[[Hadith]]
#[[Ijma]], i.e. collective reasoning and consensus amongst authoritative Muslims of a particular generation, and its interpretation by Islamic scholars.
#The consensus of the [[Sahaba]]
#[[Qiyas]], analogical legal reasoning by Islamic jurists.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;&gt;{{cite book|editor1-first=Hisham M. |editor1-last=Ramadan|author1=Irshad Abdel Haqq|author-link1=Islamic law: An Overview of Its Origins and Elements|title=Understanding Islamic Law: From Classical to Contemporary|year=2006|publisher=Rowman Altamira|isbn=9780759109919|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=5ZS7EaHTQX8C&amp;q=Islamic+law%3A+An+Overview+of+Its+Origins+and+Elements&amp;pg=PA1 |access-date=17 August 2016}} p. 18&lt;/ref&gt;

Majority of [[Sunni Muslims]] view ''[[Qiyas]]'' as a central Pillar of ''[[Ijtihad]]''.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;/&gt; An example is the ruling of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]], that &quot;a judge should not sit in judgement while angry&quot;, whereas reason adds that this extends to hunger or suffering from a painful disease.&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;/&gt; [[Zahiri]]tes, rejected ''Qiyas'' unlike the Sunnis.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=B. Hallaq |first=Wael |title=THE ORIGINS AND EVOLUTION OF ISLAMIC LAW |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |year=2005 |isbn=978-0-521-80332-8 | location=Cambridge, UK |pages=124, 127}}&lt;/ref&gt; The ''[[Shia Islam|Shi'a]]'' believed that all laws are implicitly mentioned in the Quran or the sunnah and can be discovered by the jurists of their tradition.&lt;ref&gt;Mansoor Moaddel, ''Islamic Modernism, Nationalism, and Fundamentalism: Episode and Discourse'', pg. 32. [[Chicago]]: [[University of Chicago Press]], 2005.&lt;/ref&gt;

The [[Qur'an]] gives instructions on many issues, such as how to perform the ritual purification (''{{lang|ar|[[wudu]]}}'') before the obligatory daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}''). On other issues, for example, the Qur'an states one needs to engage in daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}'') and fast (''{{lang|ar|[[sawm]]}}'') during the [[Ramadan (calendar month)|month of Ramadan]] but further instructions and details on how to perform these duties can be found in the traditions of Muhammad, so [[Qur'an and Sunnah]] are in most cases the basis for (''{{lang|ar|[[Shariah]]}}'').

Some topics are without precedent in Islam's early period. In those cases, Muslim jurists (''{{lang|ar|[[Fuqaha]]}}'') try to arrive at conclusions by other means. [[Sunni]] jurists use historical consensus of the community (''{{lang|ar|[[Ijma]]}}''); a majority in the modern era also use [[analogy]] (''{{lang|ar|[[Qiyas]]}}'') and weigh the harms and benefits of new topics (''{{lang|ar|[[Istislah]]}}''), and a plurality utilizes juristic preference (''{{lang|ar|[[Istihsan]]}}''). The conclusions arrived at with the aid of these additional tools constitute a wide array of laws, and its application is called ''fiqh''. Thus, in contrast to the ''sharia'', ''fiqh'' is not regarded as [[sacred]] and the schools of thought have differing views on its details, without viewing other conclusions as [[Sacrilege|sacrilegious]]. This division of interpretation in more detailed issues has resulted in different schools of thought (''{{lang|ar|[[madh'hab]]}}'').

This wider concept of '''Islamic jurisprudence''' is the source of a range of laws in different topics that guide Muslims in everyday life.

=== Component categories ===
[[File:Actions in Fiqh.png|thumb|Actions in Islamic Fiqh]]

Islamic jurisprudence (''fiqh'') covers two main areas:
# Rules in relation to actions, and,
# Rules in relation to circumstances surrounding actions.

These types of rules can also fall into two groups:
# Worship ([[Ibadah|Ibadaat]])
# Dealings and transactions (with people) ([[Muamalat|Mu`amalaat]])

Rules in relation to actions ('''amaliyya'' — عملية) or &quot;[[Ahkam|decision types]]&quot; comprise:
# Obligation (''[[fardh]]'')
# Recommendation (''[[mustahabb]]'')
# Permissibility (''[[mubah]]'')
# Disrecommendation (''[[makrooh]]'')
# Prohibition (''[[haraam]]'')

Rules in relation to circumstances (''wadia''') comprise:
# Condition (''shart'')
# Cause (''sabab'')
# Preventor (''mani'')
# Permit / Enforced (''rukhsah, azeemah'')
# Valid / Corrupt / Invalid (''sahih, fasid, batil'')
# In time / Deferred / Repeat (''adaa, qadaa, i'ada'')

=== Methodologies of jurisprudence ===
{{main|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}

The [[modus operandi]] of the Muslim jurist is known as ''[[usul al-fiqh]]'' (&quot;principles of jurisprudence&quot;).

There are different approaches to the methodology used in jurisprudence to derive Islamic rulings from the primary sources of ''[[sharia]]'' (Islamic law). The main methodologies are those of the [[Sunni]], [[Shi'a]] and [[Ibadi]] denominations. While both Sunni and [[Shi'ite]] (Shia) are divided into smaller sub-schools, the differences among the Shi'ite schools is considerably greater. Ibadites only follow a single school without divisions.

While using court decisions as legal precedents and [[case law]] are central to Western law, the importance of the institution of fatawa (non-binding answers by Islamic legal scholars to legal questions) has been called &quot;central to the development&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:32&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: p. 32&lt;/ref&gt; This is in part because of a &quot;vacuum&quot; in the other source of Islamic law, ''qada`'' (legal rulings by state appointed Islamic judges) after the fall of the last [[caliphate]] the Ottoman Empire.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; While the practice in Islam dates back to the time of Muhammad, according to at least one source (Muhammad El-Gamal), it is &quot;modeled after the [[Roman Empire|Roman]] system of ''[[responsa]]'',&quot; and gives the questioner &quot;decisive primary-mover advantage in choosing the question and its wording.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;

Each school (''[[madhhab]]'') reflects a unique ''[[urf]]'' or culture (a cultural practice that was influenced by traditions), that the classical jurists themselves lived in, when rulings were made. Some suggest that the discipline of ''[[isnad]]'', which developed to validate ''hadith'' made it relatively easy to record and validate also the rulings of jurists. This, in turn, made them far easier to imitate (''[[taqlid]]'') than to challenge in new contexts. The argument is, the schools have been more or less frozen for centuries, and reflect a culture that simply no longer exists. Traditional scholars hold that religion is there to regulate human behavior and nurture people's moral side and since human nature has not fundamentally changed since the beginning of Islam a call to modernize the religion is essentially one to relax all laws and institutions.

Early ''[[shariah]]'' had a much more flexible character, and some modern Muslim scholars believe that it should be renewed, and that the classical jurists should lose special status. This would require formulating a new fiqh suitable for the modern world, e.g. as proposed by advocates of the [[Islamization of knowledge]], which would deal with the modern context. This modernization is opposed by most conservative ''[[ulema]]''. Traditional scholars hold that the laws are contextual and consider circumstance such as time, place and culture, the principles they are based upon are universal such as justice, equality and respect. Many Muslim scholars argue that even though technology may have advanced, the fundamentals of human life have not.

=== Fields of jurisprudence ===
{{flatlist}}
*[[Islamic criminal jurisprudence|Criminal]]
*[[Islamic economical jurisprudence|Economics]]
*[[Adab (behavior)|Etiquette]]
*[[Islamic family jurisprudence|Family]]
*[[Hygiene in Islam|Hygienical]]
*[[Islamic inheritance jurisprudence|Inheritance]]
*[[Islamic marital jurisprudence|Marital]]
*[[Rules of war in Islam|Military]]
*[[Islamic political jurisprudence|Political]]
*[[Islamic theological jurisprudence|Theological]]
{{endflatlist}}

=== Schools of jurisprudence ===
{{Main|Madhhab}}
There are several [[Madhhab|schools of fiqh thought]] ({{langx|ar|مذهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|madhhab}}''; pl. {{lang|ar|مذاهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|maḏāhib}}'')
[[File:Madhhab Map3.png|thumb|Map of the Muslim world with the main schools of thoughts&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Islamic Jurisprudence &amp; Law {{!}} ReOrienting the Veil |url=https://veil.unc.edu/religions/islam/law/ |access-date=2025-05-19 |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{Needs update|date=May 2025|reason=Our Fiqh map does need an update, for example Bahrain is mostly orange (representing Ja'fari) while its Monarchy is Maliki and a majority of its citizens Sunni. Would be very helpful to get an update to date SVG version of the map as there are some tiny island Indian Ocean countries who are not shown on the map}}]]
The schools of [[Sunni Islam|Sunni]] Islam are each named by students of the classical jurist who taught them. The Sunni schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Hanafi school|Hanafi]] ([[Turkey]], [[Balkans]], [[Levant]], [[Central Asia]], [[Islam in South Asia|South Asia]], [[Islam in China|China]], [[North Caucasus|Northwest Caucasus]], [[Lower Egypt]], and [[Tatarstan]])
*[[Maliki school|Maliki]] ([[North Africa]], [[West Africa]], [[Upper Egypt]], [[Kuwait]], [[Bahrain]], [[Emirate of Abu Dhabi|Abu Dhabi]], and [[Emirate of Dubai|Dubai]])
*[[Shafi'i school|Shafi'i]] ([[Indonesia]], [[Malaysia]], [[Brunei]], [[Kurdistan]], [[East Africa]], [[North Caucasus|Northeast Caucasus]], [[Yemen]], [[Oman]], [[Islam in Kerala|Kerala]], [[Emirate of Fujairah|Fujairah]], and the [[Sinai Peninsula]])
*[[Hanbali school|Hanbali]] ([[Saudi Arabia]], [[Qatar]], [[Emirate of Sharjah|Sharjah]], [[Emirate of Umm Al Quwain|Umm al-Quwain]], [[Emirate of Ras Al Khaimah|Ras al-Khaimah]], and [[Emirate of Ajman|Ajman]])

The schools of [[Shia]] Islam are based on the [[Ja'fari school|Ja'fari]] school of jurisprudence. The Shia schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Twelver Shi'ism|Twelver]] ([[Iran]], [[Iraq]], and [[Azerbaijan]])
*[[Ismailism|Isma'ili]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Lakhani |first=M. Ali |title=Faith and Ethics: The Vision of the Ismaili Imamat |page=4 |quote=The place of the Ismailis within the theological pluralism of the Muslim community is best summarised by their Imam's statement to the International Islamic Conference held in Amman in July 2005: &quot;Our historic adherence is to the Ja'fari madhhab and other madhahib of close affinity, and it continues, under the leadership of the hereditary Ismaili Imam of the time. This adherence is in harmony also with our acceptance of Sufi principles of personal search and balance between the zahir and the spirit or the intellect which the zahir signifies.&quot; |publisher=Bloomsbury Publishing |year=2017 |isbn=978-1786733900}}&lt;/ref&gt; (minority communities in [[Central Asia]], [[South Asia]], [[Levant]], [[Yemen]])
*[[Zaydism|Zaydi]] (minority communities in [[Yemen]])

Entirely separate from both the Sunni and Shia traditions, [[Kharijites|Khawarij]] Islam has evolved its own distinct school.
*[[Ibadism|Ibadi]] (minority communities in [[Oman]])

These schools share many of their rulings, but differ on the particular [[hadith]]s they accept as authentic and the weight they give to analogy or reason ([[qiyas]]) in deciding difficulties.

The relationship between (at least the Sunni) schools of jurisprudence and the conflict between the unity of the Shariah and the diversity of the schools, was expressed by the 12th century Hanafi scholar [[Abu Hafs Umar al-Nasafi]], who wrote: &quot;Our school is correct with the possibility of error, and another school is in error with the possibility of being correct.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1 = Brown|first1 = Jonathan A.C.|author-link = Jonathan A.C. Brown|title = Misquoting Muhammad: The Challenge and Choices of Interpreting the Prophet's Legacy|date = 2014|publisher = [[Oneworld Publications]]|isbn = 978-1780744209|url = https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50|access-date = 4 June 2018|ref = JACBMM2014|pages = [https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50 50-51]}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== Influence on Western laws ==
{{main|Sharia#Classic Islamic law|l1=Sharia: Classic Islamic law}}

A number of important legal [[institution]]s were developed by Muslim jurists during the classical period of Islam, known as the [[Islamic Golden Age]]. One such institution was the ''[[Hawala]]'', an early [[informal value transfer system]], which is mentioned in texts of Islamic jurisprudence as early as the 8th century. ''Hawala'' itself later influenced the development of the [[Agency (law)|agency]] in [[common law]] and in [[Civil law (legal system)|civil laws]] such as the ''aval'' in [[Law of France|French law]] and the ''avallo'' in [[Law of Italy|Italian law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |title=Islamic Law: Its Relation to Other Legal Systems |first=Gamal Moursi |last=Badr |journal=The American Journal of Comparative Law |volume=26 |issue=2 – Proceedings of an International Conference on Comparative Law, Salt Lake City, Utah, 24–25 February 1977 |date=Spring 1978 |pages=187–198 [196–98] |doi=10.2307/839667 |publisher=American Society of Comparative Law |jstor=839667}}&lt;/ref&gt;

The ''[[Waqf]]'' in [[Sharia|Islamic law]], which developed during the 7th–9th centuries, bears a notable resemblance to the [[Charitable trust|trusts]] in the English [[trust law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988}}&lt;/ref&gt; For example, every ''Waqf'' was required to have a ''waqif'' (settlor), ''mutawillis'' (trustee), ''[[qadi]]'' (judge) and beneficiaries.&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1237–40}}&lt;/ref&gt; The trust law developed in [[England]] at the time of the [[Crusades]], during the 12th and 13th centuries, was introduced by Crusaders who may have been influenced by the ''Waqf'' institutions they came across in the [[Middle East]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Hudson|2003|p=32}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1244–45}}&lt;/ref&gt;

In classical Islamic jurisprudence, litigants in court may obtain [[notarized]] statements from between three and twelve witnesses. When the statements of all witnesses are consistent, the notaries will certify their unanimous testimony in a legal document, which may be used to support the litigant's claim.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Justice of Islam|pages=7–9|author=Lawrence Rosen|publisher=Oxford University Press|year=2000|isbn=9780198298847}}&lt;/ref&gt; The notaries serve to free the [[qadi|judge]] from the time-consuming task of hearing the testimony of each eyewitness himself, and their documents serve to legally authenticate each oral testimony.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Expert Witness in Islamic Courts|year=2010|publisher=University of Chicago Press|author=Ron Shaham|pages=4–8|isbn=9780226749358}}&lt;/ref&gt; The [[Maliki]] school requires two notaries to collect a minimum of twelve eyewitness statements in certain legal cases, including those involving unregistered marriages and land disputes.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Positive Law from the Muslim World|author=Baudouin Dupret|year=2021|isbn=9781108960137|pages=205–210|publisher=Cambridge University Press}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Property, Social Structure, and Law in the Modern Middle East|year=1985|pages=54–64|editor=Ann Elizabeth Mayer|publisher=[[SUNY]] Press|isbn=9780873959889}}&lt;/ref&gt; John Makdisi has compared this group of twelve witness statements, known as a ''lafif'', to [[English Common Law]] jury trials under [[Henry II of England|Henry II]], surmising a link between the king's reforms and the legal system of the [[Kingdom of Sicily]]. The island had previously been ruled by various Islamic dynasties.&lt;ref name=&quot;Rodhan&quot;&gt;{{cite book |last1=Al-Rodhan |first1=Nayef R. F. |title=The Role of the Arab-Islamic World in the Rise of the West: Implications for Contemporary Trans-Cultural Relations |date=2012 |publisher=Palgrave Macmillan |isbn=978-0-230-39320-2 |page=73 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=n4OpT4ZP278C |access-date=25 May 2020 |language=en }}{{Dead link|date=November 2023 |bot=InternetArchiveBot |fix-attempted=yes }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Makdisi&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Makdisi |first1=John |title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=North Carolina Law Review |date=1 June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635 |url=https://scholarship.law.unc.edu/nclr/vol77/iss5/2/ |access-date=25 May 2020}}&lt;/ref&gt;

Several other fundamental [[common law]] institutions may have been adapted from similar legal institutions in [[Sharia|Islamic law]] and jurisprudence, and introduced to England by the [[Normans]] after the [[Norman conquest of England]] and the Emirate of Sicily, and by Crusaders during the [[Crusades]]. In particular, the &quot;royal English [[contract]] protected by the action of [[debt]] is identified with the Islamic ''Aqd'', the English [[assize of novel disseisin]] is identified with the Islamic ''Istihqaq'', and the English [[jury]] is identified with the Islamic ''lafif''.&quot; John Makdisi speculated that English legal institutions such as &quot;the [[scholastic method]], the [[licence]] to [[Education|teach]]&quot;, the &quot;[[law school]]s known as [[Inns of Court]] in England and ''[[Madrasah|Madrasas]]'' in Islam&quot; and the &quot;European [[commenda]]&quot; (Islamic ''[[Qirad]]'') may have also originated from Islamic law.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt; The methodology of [[Precedent|legal precedent]] and reasoning by [[analogy]] (''[[Qiyas]]'') are also similar in both the Islamic and common law systems.&lt;ref name=Gamal&gt;{{cite book |title=Islamic Finance: Law, Economics, and Practice |url=https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga |url-access=limited |first=Mahmoud A. |last=El-Gamal |year=2006 |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |isbn=0-521-86414-3 |page=[https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga/page/n35 16] }}&lt;/ref&gt; These influences have led some scholars to suggest that Islamic law may have laid the foundations for &quot;the common law as an integrated whole&quot;.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt;

== See also ==
{{Portal|Islam|Law}}
* [[Abdallah al-Harari]]
* [[Athari|Traditionalist theology]]
* ''[[Bahar-e-Shariat]]''
* [[Glossary of Islam]]
* [[Index of Islam-related articles]]
* [[Ja'fari jurisprudence]]
* [[Outline of Islam]]
* [[List of Islamic terms in Arabic]]
* ''[[Ma'ruf]]''
* ''[[Mizan]]'' – a comprehensive treatise on the contents of Islam written by [[Javed Ahmed Ghamidi]]
* [[Palestinian law]]
* [[Schools of Islamic theology]]
* [[Sources of Islamic law]]
* [[The four Sunni Imams]]
* ''[[Urf]]''

==References==
===Notes===
{{reflist|group=Note}}

===Citations===
{{Reflist|30em}}

=== Bibliography ===
{{refbegin|30em}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Norman |last=Calder |title=Law. Legal Thought and Jurisprudence |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of the Islamic World |editor=John L. Esposito |publisher=Oxford University Press |location=Oxford |year=2009 |url=http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20081121033722/http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|url-status=dead|archive-date=21 November 2008}}
*Doi, Abd ar-Rahman I., and Clarke, Abdassamad (2008). ''Shari'ah: Islamic Law''. Ta-Ha Publishers Ltd., {{ISBN|978-1-84200-087-8}} (hardback)
* Cilardo, Agostino, &quot;Fiqh, History of&quot;, in ''Muhammad in History, Thought, and Culture: An Encyclopedia of the Prophet of God'' (2 vols.), Edited by C. Fitzpatrick and A. Walker, Santa Barbara, ABC-CLIO, 2014, Vol I, pp.&amp;nbsp;201–206.
* {{citation|last=Dahlén|first=Ashk |title=Islamic Law, Epistemology and Modernity. Legal Philosophy in Contemporary Iran|year=2003|location=New York|publisher=Routledge |isbn=9780415945295|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=QARHBQAAQBAJ}}
*{{cite book |last1=El-Gamal |first1=Mahmoud A. |title=Islamic Finance : Law, Economics, and Practice |publisher=Cambridge University Press |date=2006 |url=http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |ref=MAEGIFLEP2006 |access-date=28 February 2017 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180403160351/http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |archive-date=3 April 2018 |url-status=dead }}
*{{Cite journal |journal=[[University of Pennsylvania Law Review]] |volume=136 |issue=4 |date=April 1988 |pages=1231–1261 |doi=10.2307/3312162 |last1=Gaudiosi |first1= Monica M. |title=The Influence of the Islamic Law of Waqf on the Development of the Trust in England_ The Case of Merton College |publisher=The University of Pennsylvania Law Review |jstor=3312162|s2cid=153149243 |url=http://scholarship.law.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=3909&amp;context=penn_law_review |url-access=subscription }}
*{{cite book |last1=Hawting |first1=G.R. |title=The Quest for the Historical Muhammad |date=2000 |publisher=Prometheus Books |location=New York |pages=489–509 |chapter=16. John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism |ref=GRHJWIaM2000}}
*{{Cite book
 |last=Hudson
 |first=A.
 |title=Equity and Trusts
 |year=2003
 |edition=3rd
 |publisher=Cavendish Publishing
 |location=London
 |isbn=978-1-85941-729-4
 }}

*{{Cite book |last=Levy |first=Reuben |title=The Social Structure of Islam |location=UK |publisher=Cambridge University Press |year=1957 |isbn=978-0-521-09182-4 |url=https://archive.org/details/socialstructureo0000levy }}
*{{Cite journal |last=Makdisi|first=John A.|title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=[[North Carolina Law Review]] |date=June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635–1739}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Irene |last=Schneider |title=Fiqh |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of Islam and Politics |publisher=Oxford University Press |editor=Emad El-Din Shahin |year=2014 |doi=10.1093/acref:oiso/9780199739356.001.0001|isbn=9780199739356 }}
{{refend}}

==Further reading==
*Potz, Richard, [http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0159-2011112127 Islamic Law and the Transfer of European Law], [[European History Online]], Mainz: [[Institute of European History]], 2011. (Retrieved 28 November 2011.)
*[Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
*{{Commons category-inline}}
* [https://halaqa.home.blog/2021/02/12/types-of-hanafi-legal-rulings-ahkam/ Types of Hanafi Legal Rulings (Ahkam)]
* [Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

{{Islam topics |Law |state=collapsed}}
{{Authority control}}

[[Category:Islamic jurisprudence| ]]
[[Category:Sharia terminology]]
[[Category:Law schools]]
{{اسلامي فقه}}
[[زمرو:اسلامي اصطلاح]]</text>
      <sha1>fd9l3bn1ld8l6rrron781iht8kay9gf</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400945</id>
      <parentid>400944</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T16:21:51Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <origin>400945</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="49604" sha1="nm4xnbwdytyr8065i1d86j9c89n4bdf" xml:space="preserve">'''فقه'''{{ٻيا نالا|انگريزي= ''' Fiqh '''}}({{IPAc-en|f|iː|k}};&lt;ref&gt;[https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/fiqh &quot;fiqh&quot;]. ''[[Collins English Dictionary]]''.&lt;/ref&gt; اسلام ۾ قانون جي سائنس جو {{ٻيا نالا|انگريزي= ''' Jurisprudence '''}} نالو آهي&lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot;&gt;[http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/207723/fiqh Fiqh] Encyclopædia Britannica&lt;/ref&gt;. فقه جو استعمال اسلامي شريعت جي سمجھ طور ڪيو ويندو آهي &lt;ref name=vogel&gt;{{cite book|last=Vogel|first=Frank E.|title=Islamic Law and the Legal System of Saudí: Studies of Saudi Arabia|date=2000|publisher=Brill|pages=4–5|url=https://books.google.com/?id=-PfDuvnHMGoC&amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;dq=vogel+islamic+law#v=onepage&amp;q=vogel%20islamic%20law&amp;f=false|isbn=9004110623}}&lt;/ref&gt; اھو علم شريعت ۾ قرآن ۽ سنت جي روشنيءَ ۾ اجتھاد جي ذريعي واڌارو ڪري ٿو ۽ ان واڌاري کي فقيھن جي فتوائون ذريعي لاڳو ڪري ٿو. فقه ۾ غلطي جي گنجائش ھوندي آھي ۽ اھا تبديل پڻ ٿي سگھندي آھي. موجوده دور۾ سني اسلام ۾ چار فقھي مذھب آھن ۽ شيعه اسلام ۾ ٻہ فقھي مذھب آھن&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;.

== لغوي معنيَ == 
فقه جي لغوي معنيَ آهي ڪنهن شئي جو علم۽ فھم، ڪنھن شئي کي کولڻ۽ نکيڙڻ ۽ ان جي اونھائي ۾ وڃي حقيقت ڳولي لھڻ۽ ان کي پڌرو ڪرڻ، اصطلاحي طور فقه جي معني شريعت جي حڪمن ۾ سمجھ پيدا ڪرڻ آھي&lt;ref name =&quot; آسان فقه&quot; &gt; - ڪتاب: آسان فقه، از: مولانا محمد يوسف اصلاحي، مترجم: محمد عاشق ڌامراھا، مھراڻ اڪيڊمي شڪارپور، جنوري 2002 -- پنھنجي پاران: قمر ميمڻ صه 28  &lt;/ref&gt;. قرآن شريف ۾ سورة التوبہ ۾ آيت نمبر 122 ۾ فقه لفظ جو استعمال ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو:

{{quote| فلولا نفر من کل فرقة منهم طائفة ليتفقهوا في الدين&lt;br&gt; ترجمو:پوء ڇونہ انھن جي سڀ ڪنھن جماعت مان ھڪ ھڪ ٽولي نڪتي ته پاڻ ۾ دين جي سمجھ پيدا ڪن. |التوبة - ۱۲۲|&lt;ref name=&quot;آسان فقه&quot; /&gt;}}

{{Short description|Islamic jurisprudence}}
{{Use dmy dates|date=April 2018}}
{{Italic title}}
{{Arabicterm
 |arabic={{large|{{Naskh|{{wikt-lang|ar|فقه}}}}}}
 |arabic_rom={{Transliteration|ar|fiqh}}
 |native pronunciation={{IPA|ar|fiqh|}}
 |literal meaning=&quot;deep understanding&quot;&lt;br/&gt;&quot;full comprehension&quot;
}}
{{Fiqh |width=19.0em}}
{{Islam |texts |width=19.75em}}

'''''Fiqh''''' ({{IPAc-en|f|iː|k}};&lt;ref&gt;[https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/fiqh &quot;fiqh&quot;]. ''[[Collins English Dictionary]]''.&lt;/ref&gt; {{langx|ar|فِقْه}} {{IPAc-ar|f|i|q|h|}}) is the term for [[Islam]]ic [[jurisprudence]].&lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot;&gt;[https://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/207723/fiqh Fiqh] Encyclopædia Britannica&lt;/ref&gt; ''Fiqh'' is often described as the style of human understanding, research and practices of the ''[[sharia]]''; that is, human understanding of the divine Islamic law as revealed in the [[Quran]] as well as the ''[[sunnah]]'' (the teachings and practices of the Islamic prophet [[Muhammad]] and his companions).&lt;ref name=vogel&gt;{{cite book|last=Vogel|first=Frank E.|title=Islamic Law and the Legal System of Saudí: Studies of Saudi Arabia|date=2000|publisher=Brill|pages=4–5|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=-PfDuvnHMGoC&amp;q=vogel+islamic+law|isbn=9004110623}}&lt;/ref&gt; ''Fiqh'' expands and develops sharia through interpretation (''[[ijtihad]]'') of the Quran and sunnah by Islamic jurists (''[[ulama]]'')&lt;ref name=vogel/&gt; and is implemented by the rulings (''[[fatwa]]'') of jurists on questions presented to them. Thus, whereas sharia is considered immutable and infallible by Muslims, ''fiqh'' is considered fallible and changeable.

''Fiqh'' deals with the observance of rituals, morals and social legislation in Islam as well as economic and political system. In the modern era, there are four prominent schools (''[[madh'hab]]'') of ''fiqh'' within [[Sunni]] practice, plus two (or three) within [[Shi'a]] practice. A person trained in ''fiqh'' is known as a ''{{transliteration|ar|ALA|[[faqīh]]}}'' ({{plural form}} {{transliteration|ar|ALA|fuqahāʾ}}).&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;

Figuratively, ''fiqh'' means knowledge about Islamic legal rulings from their sources. Deriving religious rulings from their sources requires the ''[[mujtahid]]'' (an individual who exercises ''ijtihad'') to have a deep understanding in the different discussions of jurisprudence.

The studies of ''fiqh'' are traditionally divided into ''uṣūl al-fiqh'' ([[principles of Islamic jurisprudence]], lit. &quot;the roots of fiqh&quot;), the methods of legal interpretation and analysis, and ''furūʿ al-fiqh'' (lit. &quot;the branches of fiqh&quot;), the elaboration of rulings on the basis of these principles.{{sfn|Calder|2009}}{{sfn|Schneider|2014}} ''Furūʿ al-fiqh'' is the product of the application of ''uṣūl al-fiqh'' and the total product of human efforts at understanding the divine will. A ''[[hukm]]'' (pl. ''aḥkām'') is a particular ruling in a given case.

== Etymology ==
The word ''fiqh'' is an Arabic term meaning &quot;deep understanding&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Modarresi&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|author-link=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|title=The Laws of Islam|date=26 March 2016|publisher=Enlight Press|isbn=978-0994240989|url=http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|access-date=22 December 2017|ref=Modarresi|language=en|archive-date=2 August 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190802163247/http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{rp|470}} or &quot;full comprehension&quot;. Technically it refers to the body of Islamic law extracted from detailed Islamic sources (which are studied in the [[principles of Islamic jurisprudence]]) and the process of gaining knowledge of Islam through jurisprudence. The historian [[Ibn Khaldun]] describes ''fiqh'' as &quot;knowledge of the rules of God which concern the actions of persons who own themselves connected to obey the law respecting what is required (''[[wajib]]''), sinful (''[[haraam]]''), recommended (''[[mustahab|mandūb]]''), disapproved (''[[makrūh]]''), or neutral (''[[mubah]]'')&quot;.&lt;ref&gt;Levy (1957). p. 150.&lt;/ref&gt; This definition is consistent amongst the jurists.

In [[Modern Standard Arabic]], ''fiqh'' has also come to mean Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=أنیس|first=إبراهیم|title=المعجم الوسیط|publisher=دارالفکر|year=1998|location=بیروت، لبنان|pages=731}}&lt;/ref&gt; It is not thus possible to speak of [[Chief Justice of the United States|Chief Justice]] [[John Roberts]] as an expert in the [[common law]] ''fiqh'' of the [[United States]], or of [[Egypt]]ian legal scholar [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] as an expert in the civil law ''fiqh'' of Egypt.

==History==
{{main|Sharia}}
{{further information|History of Islamic economics}}

According to Sunni Islamic history, Sunni law followed a chronological path of:
*[[God in Islam|God]] → [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] → [[Sahabah|Companions]] → [[Tabi'un|Followers]] → ''Fiqh''.&lt;ref name=&quot;Maghen-2003&quot;&gt;{{cite journal|last1=Maghen|first1=Ze'ev|title=Dead Tradition: Joseph Schacht and the Origins of &quot;Popular Practice&quot;|journal=Islamic Law and Society|date=2003|volume=10|issue=3|pages=276–347|doi=10.1163/156851903770227575|jstor=3399422}}&lt;/ref&gt;
The commands and prohibitions chosen by God were revealed through the agency of the Prophet in both the Quran and the Sunnah (words, deeds, and examples of the Prophet passed down as [[hadith]]). 
The first Muslims (the [[Sahabah]] or Companions) heard and obeyed, and passed this essence of Islam&lt;ref name=GRHJWIaM2000:513/&gt; to succeeding generations (''[[Tabi'un]]'' and ''[[Tabi' al-Tabi'in]]'' or successors/followers and successors of successors), as Muslims and Islam spread from West Arabia to the conquered lands north, east, and west,&lt;ref name=RGHIGP2015:223&gt;[[#RGHIGP2015|Hoyland, ''In God's Path'', 2015]]: p.223&lt;/ref&gt;{{#tag:ref|for example, Sunni [[Hanbali]] scholar/preacher [[Al-Hasan ibn 'Ali al-Barbahari]] (d.941) who ruled the streets of Baghdad from 921-941 CE,  insisted that &quot;whoever asserts that there is any part of Islam with which the Companions of the Prophet did not provide us has called them [the Companions of the Prophet] liars&quot;.&lt;ref name=cook-2000-109&gt;{{cite book|last1=Cook|first1=Michael|title=The Koran : A Very Short Introduction|date=2000|publisher=Oxford University Press|url=https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook |url-access=registration|isbn=0192853449|page=[https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook/page/n122 109]}}&lt;/ref&gt;|group=Note}} where it was systematized and elaborated.&lt;ref name=GRHJWIaM2000:513&gt;[[#GRHJWIaM2000|Hawting, &quot;John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism&quot;, 2000]]: p.513&lt;/ref&gt;

The history of Islamic jurisprudence is &quot;customarily divided into eight periods&quot;:&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: pp. 30–31&lt;/ref&gt;
*the first period ending with the death of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] in 11 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*second period &quot;characterized by personal interpretations&quot; of the canon by the ''[[Sahabah]]'' or companions of Muhammad, lasting until 50 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from 50 AH until the early second century AH there was competition between &quot;a traditionalist approach to jurisprudence&quot; in [[Hijaz|western Arabia]] where Islam was revealed and a &quot;rationalist approach in Iraq&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;golden age of classical Islamic jurisprudence&quot; from the &quot;early second to the mid-fourth century when the [[Madhhab#Amman Message|eight &quot;most significant&quot;]] schools of Sunni and [[Shia|Shi'i]] jurisprudence emerged.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from the mid-fourth century to mid-seventh AH Islamic jurisprudence was &quot;limited to elaborations within the main juristic schools&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;dark age&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence stretched from the [[Siege of Baghdad (1258)|fall of Baghdad]] in the mid-seventh AH (1258 CE) to 1293 AH/1876 CE.
*In 1293 AH (1876 CE) the Ottomans codified [[Hanafi]] jurisprudence in the ''[[Mecelle|Majallah el-Ahkam-i-Adliya]]''. Several &quot;juristic revival movements&quot; influenced by &quot;exposure to Western legal and technological progress&quot; followed until the mid-20th century CE. [[Muhammad Abduh]] and [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] were products of this era.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; However, Abduh and El-Sanhuri were modernists. 19th century Ottoman Shariah Code was built on the views of the Hanafi school.
*The most recent era has been that of the &quot;[[Islamic revival#Contemporary revivalism|Islamic revival]]&quot;, which has been &quot;predicated on rejection of Western social and legal advances&quot; and the development of specifically Islamic states, social sciences, economics, and finance.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
The formative period of Islamic jurisprudence stretches back to the time of the early Muslim communities. During this period, jurists were more concerned with issues of authority and teaching than with theory and methodology.&lt;ref name=&quot;Weiss (2002)&quot;&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by [[Bernard G. Weiss]], (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. pp. 3, 161.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Progress in theory and methodology happened with the coming of the early Muslim jurist [[Muhammad ibn Idris ash-Shafi`i]] (767–820), who codified the basic principles of Islamic jurisprudence in his book ''ar-Risālah''. The book details the four roots of law ([[Qur'an]], [[sunnah]], ''[[ijma]]'', and ''[[qiyas]]'') while specifying that the primary Islamic texts (the Qur'an and the hadith) be understood according to objective rules of interpretation derived from scientific study of the Arabic language.&lt;ref name=weiss-162&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by Bernard G. Weiss, (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. p. 162.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Secondary sources of law were developed and refined over the subsequent centuries, consisting primarily of juristic preference (''[[istihsan]]''), laws of the previous prophets (''[[shara man qablana]]''), continuity (''[[istishab]]''), extended analogy (''[[maslaha mursala]]''), blocking the means (''[[sadd al-dhari'ah]]''), local customs (''[[urf]]''), and sayings of a companion of the Prophet (''[[qawl al-sahabi]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Nyazee (2000)&quot;&gt;Nyazee, Imran Ahsan Khan (2000). ''Islamic Jurisprudence (UsulAI-Fiqh)''. Islamabad: Islamic Research Institute Press.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== Diagram of early scholars ===

[[File:Sunni Streams of Doctrine.png|thumb|Main schools of thought within Sunni Islam, and other prominent streams.]]
[[File:Muslim World Introduction.svg|thumb|Major schools of thought and theology in the Islamic world]]
The Quran set the rights, responsibilities, and rules for people and societies to adhere to, such as dealing in [[The Impact of Religion on International Negotiations|interest]]. Muhammad then provided an example, which is recorded in the hadith books, showing people how he practically implemented these rules in a society. After the passing of Muhammad, there was a need for jurists, to decide on new legal matters where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadith, example of Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=gMxjJqurmiAC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA30|title=Islam Vs. West|isbn=9780595501571|last1=Asadulla|first1=Abubakr|year=2009|publisher=iUniverse }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=es9Sunv_y2MC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA20|title=Islamic State Practices, International Law and the Threat from Terrorism|isbn=9781841135014|last1=Rehman|first1=Javaid|date=7 June 2005|publisher=Hart }}&lt;/ref&gt;

In the years proceeding Muhammad, the community in Madina continued to use the same rules. People were familiar with the practice of Muhammad and therefore continued to use the same rules.

The scholars appearing in the diagram below were taught by [[Muhammad's companions]], many of whom settled in Madina.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceA&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|title=ulama|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=25 February 2013|archive-date=21 October 2014|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141021231627/http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; ''[[Muwatta Imam Malik|Muwatta]]''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|title=Muwatta|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=13 October 2010|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; by [[Malik ibn Anas]] was written as a consensus of the opinion, of these scholars.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=d5Ks31qHlSYC&amp;q=coulson+history+islamic+law|title=A History of Islamic Law|isbn=9780748605149|last1=Coulson|first1=Noel James|year=1994}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Va6oSxzojzoC&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA207|title=E. J. Brill's First Encyclopaedia of Islam, 1913–1936|isbn=9004097910|last1=Houtsma|first1=M. Th|year=1993|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=0_wUAAAAIAAJ&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA264|title=Studies in Islamic History and Civilization|isbn=9789652640147|last1=Šārôn|first1=Moše|year=1986|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt; ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas quotes 13 hadiths from Imam [[Jafar al-Sadiq]].&lt;ref name=&quot;Muwatta&quot;&gt;''Al-Muwatta'' of Imam Malik Ibn Anas, translated by Aisha Bewley (Book #5, Hadith #5.9.23) (Book #16, Hadith #16.1.1) (Book #17, Hadith #17.24.43) (Book #20, Hadith #20.10.40) (Book #20, Hadith #20.11.44) (Book #20, Hadith #20.32.108) (Book #20, Hadith #20.39.127) (Book #20, Hadith #20.40.132) (Book #20, Hadith #20.49.167) (Book #20, Hadith #20.57.190) (Book #26, Hadith #26.1.2) (Book #29, Hadith #29.5.17) (Book #36, Hadith #36.4.5) [http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html Al-Muwatta'] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html |date=13 October 2010 }}&lt;/ref&gt;
Aisha also taught her nephew [[Urwah ibn Zubayr]]. He then taught his son [[Hisham ibn Urwah]], who was the main teacher of Malik ibn Anas whose views many Sunni follow and also taught by Jafar al-Sadiq. [[Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]], Hisham ibn Urwah and Muhammad al-Baqir taught [[Zayd ibn Ali]], Jafar al-Sadiq, [[Abu Hanifa]], and Malik ibn Anas.

Imam Jafar al-Sadiq, Imam Abu Hanifa and Malik ibn Anas worked together in [[Al-Masjid an-Nabawi]] in Medina, along with Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr, Muhammad al-Baqir, Zayd ibn Ali and over 70 other leading jurists and scholars.

[[Al-Shafi'i]] was taught by Malik ibn Anas. [[Ahmad ibn Hanbal]] was taught by Al-Shafi'i. [[Muhammad al-Bukhari]] travelled everywhere collecting hadith and his father [[Ismail ibn Ibrahim]] was a student of Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Islam Page 67&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=mlGgGVCp0UcC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA67|title=Understanding Women in Islam|isbn=9789793780191|last1=Hasyim|first1=Syafiq|year=2006|publisher=Equinox }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=JdjtUTYSL1UC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA37|title=Classical Islam|isbn=9780415240321|last1=Calder|first1=Norman|last2=Mojaddedi|first2=Jawid Ahmad|last3=Rippin|first3=Andrew|year=2003|publisher=Psychology Press }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=GlqeC1ZFAUEC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim&amp;pg=PT101|title=Judaism and Islam in Practice|isbn=9781134605538|last1=Brockopp|first1=Jonathan E.|last2=Neusner|first2=Jacob|last3=Sonn|first3=Tamara|date=27 September 2005|publisher=Routledge }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.oocities.org/mutmainaa7/people/jafar_al_sadiq.html|title=Jafar Al-Sadiq}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|title=IMAM JAFAR BIN MUHAMMAD AS-SADIQ (AS)|website=www.ziaraat.org|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=22 August 2023|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230822202122/http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{Islam scholars diagram}}

In the books actually written by these original jurists and scholars, there are very few theological and judicial differences between them. Imam Ahmad rejected the writing down and codifying of the religious rulings he gave. They knew that they might have fallen into error in some of their judgements and stated this clearly. They never introduced their rulings by saying, &quot;Here, this judgement is the judgement of God and His prophet.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=W4OKaz5dzdYC&amp;q=Modernist+Islam,+1840-1940:+A+Sourcebook+By+Charles+Kurzman|title=Modernist Islam, 1840–1940|isbn=9780195154689|last1=Kurzman|first1=Charles|year=2002|publisher=Oxford University Press }}&lt;/ref&gt; There is also very little text actually written down by Jafar al-Sadiq himself. They all give priority to the Qur'an and the hadith (the practice of Muhammad). They felt that the Quran and the Hadith, the example of Muhammad provided people with almost everything they needed. &quot;This day I have perfected for you your religion and completed My favor upon you and have approved for you Islam as religion&quot; (Qur'an 5:3).&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://quran.com/5/3 |title=Surat Al-Ma'idah [5:3] - The Noble Qur'an - القرآن الكريم |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130925005700/http://quran.com/5/3 |archive-date=25 September 2013 |df=dmy }} [http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ Quran Surah Al-Maaida ( Verse 3 )] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180612141107/http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ |date=12 June 2018 }}&lt;/ref&gt;

These scholars did not distinguish between each other. They were not Sunni or Shia. They felt that they were following the religion of Abraham as described in the Quran &quot;Say: Allah speaks the truth; so follow the religion of Abraham, the upright one. And he was not one of the polytheists&quot; (Qur'an 3:95).

Most of the differences are regarding Sharia laws devised through [[Ijtihad]] where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadiths of Islamic prophet Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;/&gt; As these jurists went to new areas, they were pragmatic and continued to use the same ruling as was given in that area during pre-Islamic times, if the population felt comfortable with it, it was just and they used Ijtihad to deduce that it did not conflict with the Quran or the Hadith. As explained in the ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This made it easier for the different communities to integrate into the Islamic State and assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State.

To reduce the divergence, [[ash-Shafi'i]] proposed giving priority to the Qur'an and the Hadith (the practice of Muhammad) and only then look at the consensus of the Muslim jurists (''[[ijma]]'') and analogical reasoning (''[[qiyas]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This then resulted in jurists like Muhammad al-Bukhari&lt;ref name=&quot;sahih-bukhari.com&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.sahih-bukhari.com/|title=Sahih Bukhari : Read, Study, Search Online|first=Sahih|last=Bukhari}}&lt;/ref&gt; dedicating their lives to the collection of the correct hadith, in books like [[Sahih al-Bukhari]] (Sahih translates as authentic or correct). They also felt that Muhammad's judgement was more impartial and better than their own.

These original jurists and scholars also acted as a counterbalance to the rulers. When they saw injustice, all these scholars spoke out against it. As the state expanded outside Madina, the rights of the different communities, as they were constituted in the [[Constitution of Medina]] still applied. The Quran also gave additional rights to the citizens of the state and these rights were also applied. Ali, Hassan and [[Husayn ibn Ali]] gave their allegiance to the first three caliphs because they abided by these conditions. Later [[Ali]] the fourth caliph wrote in a letter &quot;I did not approach the people to get their oath of allegiance but they came to me with their desire to make me their Amir (ruler). I did not extend my hands towards them so that they might swear the oath of allegiance to me but they themselves extended their hands towards me.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;Nahj ul Balagha Letter 54&lt;/ref&gt; But later as fate would have it ([[Predestination in Islam]]) when [[Yazid I]], an [[Umayyad Caliphate|Umayyad]] ruler took power, Husayn ibn Ali the grandson of Muhammad felt that it was a test from God for him and his duty to confront him. Then [[Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr]], Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr's cousin confronted the Umayyad rulers after Husayn ibn Ali was betrayed by the people of Kufa and killed by Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Yazid I.&lt;ref&gt;Najeebabadi, Akbar Shah (2001). The History of Islam V.2. Riyadh: Darussalam. p. 110. {{ISBN|9960-892-88-3}}.&lt;/ref&gt; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr then took on the Umayyads and expelled their forces from Hijaz and Iraq. But then his forces were depleted in Iraq, trying to stop the Khawarij. The Umayyads then moved in. After a lengthy campaign, in his last hour Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr asked his mother [[Asma' bint Abu Bakr]] the daughter of [[Abu Bakr]] the first caliph for advice. Asma' bint Abu Bakr replied to her son, she said:&lt;ref name=&quot;ummah.com&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|title=The Advice of Asmaa bint Abu Bakr (ra) to her son Abdullah Ibn Zubair (ra)|website=Ummah.com - Muslim Forum|access-date=20 September 2021|archive-date=25 February 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210225220953/https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; &quot;You know better in your own self, that if you are upon the truth and you are calling towards the truth go forth, for people more honourable than you have been killed and if you are not upon the truth, then what an evil son you are and you have destroyed yourself and those who are with you. If you say, that if you are upon the truth and you will be killed at the hands of others, then you will not truly be free.&quot; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr left and was later also killed and crucified by the Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Umayyads and led by Hajjaj. [[Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]] the son of Abu Bakr the first caliph and raised by Ali the fourth caliph was also killed by the Umayyads.&lt;ref&gt;Nahj al-Balagha Sermon 71, Letter 27, Letter 34, Letter 35&lt;/ref&gt; [[Aisha]] then raised and taught her son Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr who later taught his grandson Jafar al-Sadiq.

During the early Umayyad period, there was more community involvement. The Quran and Muhammad's example was the main source of law after which the community decided. If it worked for the community, was just and did not conflict with the Quran and the example of Muhammad, it was accepted. This made it easier for the different communities, with Roman, Persian, Central Asia and North African backgrounds to integrate into the Islamic State and that assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State. The scholars in Madina were consulted on the more complex judicial issues. The Sharia and the official more centralized schools of fiqh developed later, during the time of the Abbasids.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceB&quot;&gt;Muawiya Restorer of the Muslim Faith By Aisha Bewley p. 68&lt;/ref&gt;

==Components==
{{further|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}
[[File:Map of the Legal systems of the world (en).png|thumb|350px|[[List of national legal systems|Legal systems of the world]]]]
The sources of [[Sharia]] in order of importance are:&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;&gt;Abul Quasem, M. (1975). The ethics of al-Ghazali: A composite ethics in Islam. p. 26&lt;/ref&gt;
#[[Qur'an]]
#[[Hadith]]
#[[Ijma]], i.e. collective reasoning and consensus amongst authoritative Muslims of a particular generation, and its interpretation by Islamic scholars.
#The consensus of the [[Sahaba]]
#[[Qiyas]], analogical legal reasoning by Islamic jurists.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;&gt;{{cite book|editor1-first=Hisham M. |editor1-last=Ramadan|author1=Irshad Abdel Haqq|author-link1=Islamic law: An Overview of Its Origins and Elements|title=Understanding Islamic Law: From Classical to Contemporary|year=2006|publisher=Rowman Altamira|isbn=9780759109919|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=5ZS7EaHTQX8C&amp;q=Islamic+law%3A+An+Overview+of+Its+Origins+and+Elements&amp;pg=PA1 |access-date=17 August 2016}} p. 18&lt;/ref&gt;

Majority of [[Sunni Muslims]] view ''[[Qiyas]]'' as a central Pillar of ''[[Ijtihad]]''.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;/&gt; An example is the ruling of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]], that &quot;a judge should not sit in judgement while angry&quot;, whereas reason adds that this extends to hunger or suffering from a painful disease.&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;/&gt; [[Zahiri]]tes, rejected ''Qiyas'' unlike the Sunnis.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=B. Hallaq |first=Wael |title=THE ORIGINS AND EVOLUTION OF ISLAMIC LAW |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |year=2005 |isbn=978-0-521-80332-8 | location=Cambridge, UK |pages=124, 127}}&lt;/ref&gt; The ''[[Shia Islam|Shi'a]]'' believed that all laws are implicitly mentioned in the Quran or the sunnah and can be discovered by the jurists of their tradition.&lt;ref&gt;Mansoor Moaddel, ''Islamic Modernism, Nationalism, and Fundamentalism: Episode and Discourse'', pg. 32. [[Chicago]]: [[University of Chicago Press]], 2005.&lt;/ref&gt;

The [[Qur'an]] gives instructions on many issues, such as how to perform the ritual purification (''{{lang|ar|[[wudu]]}}'') before the obligatory daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}''). On other issues, for example, the Qur'an states one needs to engage in daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}'') and fast (''{{lang|ar|[[sawm]]}}'') during the [[Ramadan (calendar month)|month of Ramadan]] but further instructions and details on how to perform these duties can be found in the traditions of Muhammad, so [[Qur'an and Sunnah]] are in most cases the basis for (''{{lang|ar|[[Shariah]]}}'').

Some topics are without precedent in Islam's early period. In those cases, Muslim jurists (''{{lang|ar|[[Fuqaha]]}}'') try to arrive at conclusions by other means. [[Sunni]] jurists use historical consensus of the community (''{{lang|ar|[[Ijma]]}}''); a majority in the modern era also use [[analogy]] (''{{lang|ar|[[Qiyas]]}}'') and weigh the harms and benefits of new topics (''{{lang|ar|[[Istislah]]}}''), and a plurality utilizes juristic preference (''{{lang|ar|[[Istihsan]]}}''). The conclusions arrived at with the aid of these additional tools constitute a wide array of laws, and its application is called ''fiqh''. Thus, in contrast to the ''sharia'', ''fiqh'' is not regarded as [[sacred]] and the schools of thought have differing views on its details, without viewing other conclusions as [[Sacrilege|sacrilegious]]. This division of interpretation in more detailed issues has resulted in different schools of thought (''{{lang|ar|[[madh'hab]]}}'').

This wider concept of '''Islamic jurisprudence''' is the source of a range of laws in different topics that guide Muslims in everyday life.

=== Component categories ===
[[File:Actions in Fiqh.png|thumb|Actions in Islamic Fiqh]]

Islamic jurisprudence (''fiqh'') covers two main areas:
# Rules in relation to actions, and,
# Rules in relation to circumstances surrounding actions.

These types of rules can also fall into two groups:
# Worship ([[Ibadah|Ibadaat]])
# Dealings and transactions (with people) ([[Muamalat|Mu`amalaat]])

Rules in relation to actions ('''amaliyya'' — عملية) or &quot;[[Ahkam|decision types]]&quot; comprise:
# Obligation (''[[fardh]]'')
# Recommendation (''[[mustahabb]]'')
# Permissibility (''[[mubah]]'')
# Disrecommendation (''[[makrooh]]'')
# Prohibition (''[[haraam]]'')

Rules in relation to circumstances (''wadia''') comprise:
# Condition (''shart'')
# Cause (''sabab'')
# Preventor (''mani'')
# Permit / Enforced (''rukhsah, azeemah'')
# Valid / Corrupt / Invalid (''sahih, fasid, batil'')
# In time / Deferred / Repeat (''adaa, qadaa, i'ada'')

=== Methodologies of jurisprudence ===
{{main|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}

The [[modus operandi]] of the Muslim jurist is known as ''[[usul al-fiqh]]'' (&quot;principles of jurisprudence&quot;).

There are different approaches to the methodology used in jurisprudence to derive Islamic rulings from the primary sources of ''[[sharia]]'' (Islamic law). The main methodologies are those of the [[Sunni]], [[Shi'a]] and [[Ibadi]] denominations. While both Sunni and [[Shi'ite]] (Shia) are divided into smaller sub-schools, the differences among the Shi'ite schools is considerably greater. Ibadites only follow a single school without divisions.

While using court decisions as legal precedents and [[case law]] are central to Western law, the importance of the institution of fatawa (non-binding answers by Islamic legal scholars to legal questions) has been called &quot;central to the development&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:32&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: p. 32&lt;/ref&gt; This is in part because of a &quot;vacuum&quot; in the other source of Islamic law, ''qada`'' (legal rulings by state appointed Islamic judges) after the fall of the last [[caliphate]] the Ottoman Empire.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; While the practice in Islam dates back to the time of Muhammad, according to at least one source (Muhammad El-Gamal), it is &quot;modeled after the [[Roman Empire|Roman]] system of ''[[responsa]]'',&quot; and gives the questioner &quot;decisive primary-mover advantage in choosing the question and its wording.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;

Each school (''[[madhhab]]'') reflects a unique ''[[urf]]'' or culture (a cultural practice that was influenced by traditions), that the classical jurists themselves lived in, when rulings were made. Some suggest that the discipline of ''[[isnad]]'', which developed to validate ''hadith'' made it relatively easy to record and validate also the rulings of jurists. This, in turn, made them far easier to imitate (''[[taqlid]]'') than to challenge in new contexts. The argument is, the schools have been more or less frozen for centuries, and reflect a culture that simply no longer exists. Traditional scholars hold that religion is there to regulate human behavior and nurture people's moral side and since human nature has not fundamentally changed since the beginning of Islam a call to modernize the religion is essentially one to relax all laws and institutions.

Early ''[[shariah]]'' had a much more flexible character, and some modern Muslim scholars believe that it should be renewed, and that the classical jurists should lose special status. This would require formulating a new fiqh suitable for the modern world, e.g. as proposed by advocates of the [[Islamization of knowledge]], which would deal with the modern context. This modernization is opposed by most conservative ''[[ulema]]''. Traditional scholars hold that the laws are contextual and consider circumstance such as time, place and culture, the principles they are based upon are universal such as justice, equality and respect. Many Muslim scholars argue that even though technology may have advanced, the fundamentals of human life have not.

=== Fields of jurisprudence ===
{{flatlist}}
*[[Islamic criminal jurisprudence|Criminal]]
*[[Islamic economical jurisprudence|Economics]]
*[[Adab (behavior)|Etiquette]]
*[[Islamic family jurisprudence|Family]]
*[[Hygiene in Islam|Hygienical]]
*[[Islamic inheritance jurisprudence|Inheritance]]
*[[Islamic marital jurisprudence|Marital]]
*[[Rules of war in Islam|Military]]
*[[Islamic political jurisprudence|Political]]
*[[Islamic theological jurisprudence|Theological]]
{{endflatlist}}

=== Schools of jurisprudence ===
{{Main|Madhhab}}
There are several [[Madhhab|schools of fiqh thought]] ({{langx|ar|مذهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|madhhab}}''; pl. {{lang|ar|مذاهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|maḏāhib}}'')
[[File:Madhhab Map3.png|thumb|Map of the Muslim world with the main schools of thoughts&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Islamic Jurisprudence &amp; Law {{!}} ReOrienting the Veil |url=https://veil.unc.edu/religions/islam/law/ |access-date=2025-05-19 |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{Needs update|date=May 2025|reason=Our Fiqh map does need an update, for example Bahrain is mostly orange (representing Ja'fari) while its Monarchy is Maliki and a majority of its citizens Sunni. Would be very helpful to get an update to date SVG version of the map as there are some tiny island Indian Ocean countries who are not shown on the map}}]]
The schools of [[Sunni Islam|Sunni]] Islam are each named by students of the classical jurist who taught them. The Sunni schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Hanafi school|Hanafi]] ([[Turkey]], [[Balkans]], [[Levant]], [[Central Asia]], [[Islam in South Asia|South Asia]], [[Islam in China|China]], [[North Caucasus|Northwest Caucasus]], [[Lower Egypt]], and [[Tatarstan]])
*[[Maliki school|Maliki]] ([[North Africa]], [[West Africa]], [[Upper Egypt]], [[Kuwait]], [[Bahrain]], [[Emirate of Abu Dhabi|Abu Dhabi]], and [[Emirate of Dubai|Dubai]])
*[[Shafi'i school|Shafi'i]] ([[Indonesia]], [[Malaysia]], [[Brunei]], [[Kurdistan]], [[East Africa]], [[North Caucasus|Northeast Caucasus]], [[Yemen]], [[Oman]], [[Islam in Kerala|Kerala]], [[Emirate of Fujairah|Fujairah]], and the [[Sinai Peninsula]])
*[[Hanbali school|Hanbali]] ([[Saudi Arabia]], [[Qatar]], [[Emirate of Sharjah|Sharjah]], [[Emirate of Umm Al Quwain|Umm al-Quwain]], [[Emirate of Ras Al Khaimah|Ras al-Khaimah]], and [[Emirate of Ajman|Ajman]])

The schools of [[Shia]] Islam are based on the [[Ja'fari school|Ja'fari]] school of jurisprudence. The Shia schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Twelver Shi'ism|Twelver]] ([[Iran]], [[Iraq]], and [[Azerbaijan]])
*[[Ismailism|Isma'ili]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Lakhani |first=M. Ali |title=Faith and Ethics: The Vision of the Ismaili Imamat |page=4 |quote=The place of the Ismailis within the theological pluralism of the Muslim community is best summarised by their Imam's statement to the International Islamic Conference held in Amman in July 2005: &quot;Our historic adherence is to the Ja'fari madhhab and other madhahib of close affinity, and it continues, under the leadership of the hereditary Ismaili Imam of the time. This adherence is in harmony also with our acceptance of Sufi principles of personal search and balance between the zahir and the spirit or the intellect which the zahir signifies.&quot; |publisher=Bloomsbury Publishing |year=2017 |isbn=978-1786733900}}&lt;/ref&gt; (minority communities in [[Central Asia]], [[South Asia]], [[Levant]], [[Yemen]])
*[[Zaydism|Zaydi]] (minority communities in [[Yemen]])

Entirely separate from both the Sunni and Shia traditions, [[Kharijites|Khawarij]] Islam has evolved its own distinct school.
*[[Ibadism|Ibadi]] (minority communities in [[Oman]])

These schools share many of their rulings, but differ on the particular [[hadith]]s they accept as authentic and the weight they give to analogy or reason ([[qiyas]]) in deciding difficulties.

The relationship between (at least the Sunni) schools of jurisprudence and the conflict between the unity of the Shariah and the diversity of the schools, was expressed by the 12th century Hanafi scholar [[Abu Hafs Umar al-Nasafi]], who wrote: &quot;Our school is correct with the possibility of error, and another school is in error with the possibility of being correct.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1 = Brown|first1 = Jonathan A.C.|author-link = Jonathan A.C. Brown|title = Misquoting Muhammad: The Challenge and Choices of Interpreting the Prophet's Legacy|date = 2014|publisher = [[Oneworld Publications]]|isbn = 978-1780744209|url = https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50|access-date = 4 June 2018|ref = JACBMM2014|pages = [https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50 50-51]}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== Influence on Western laws ==
{{main|Sharia#Classic Islamic law|l1=Sharia: Classic Islamic law}}

A number of important legal [[institution]]s were developed by Muslim jurists during the classical period of Islam, known as the [[Islamic Golden Age]]. One such institution was the ''[[Hawala]]'', an early [[informal value transfer system]], which is mentioned in texts of Islamic jurisprudence as early as the 8th century. ''Hawala'' itself later influenced the development of the [[Agency (law)|agency]] in [[common law]] and in [[Civil law (legal system)|civil laws]] such as the ''aval'' in [[Law of France|French law]] and the ''avallo'' in [[Law of Italy|Italian law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |title=Islamic Law: Its Relation to Other Legal Systems |first=Gamal Moursi |last=Badr |journal=The American Journal of Comparative Law |volume=26 |issue=2 – Proceedings of an International Conference on Comparative Law, Salt Lake City, Utah, 24–25 February 1977 |date=Spring 1978 |pages=187–198 [196–98] |doi=10.2307/839667 |publisher=American Society of Comparative Law |jstor=839667}}&lt;/ref&gt;

The ''[[Waqf]]'' in [[Sharia|Islamic law]], which developed during the 7th–9th centuries, bears a notable resemblance to the [[Charitable trust|trusts]] in the English [[trust law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988}}&lt;/ref&gt; For example, every ''Waqf'' was required to have a ''waqif'' (settlor), ''mutawillis'' (trustee), ''[[qadi]]'' (judge) and beneficiaries.&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1237–40}}&lt;/ref&gt; The trust law developed in [[England]] at the time of the [[Crusades]], during the 12th and 13th centuries, was introduced by Crusaders who may have been influenced by the ''Waqf'' institutions they came across in the [[Middle East]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Hudson|2003|p=32}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1244–45}}&lt;/ref&gt;

In classical Islamic jurisprudence, litigants in court may obtain [[notarized]] statements from between three and twelve witnesses. When the statements of all witnesses are consistent, the notaries will certify their unanimous testimony in a legal document, which may be used to support the litigant's claim.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Justice of Islam|pages=7–9|author=Lawrence Rosen|publisher=Oxford University Press|year=2000|isbn=9780198298847}}&lt;/ref&gt; The notaries serve to free the [[qadi|judge]] from the time-consuming task of hearing the testimony of each eyewitness himself, and their documents serve to legally authenticate each oral testimony.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Expert Witness in Islamic Courts|year=2010|publisher=University of Chicago Press|author=Ron Shaham|pages=4–8|isbn=9780226749358}}&lt;/ref&gt; The [[Maliki]] school requires two notaries to collect a minimum of twelve eyewitness statements in certain legal cases, including those involving unregistered marriages and land disputes.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Positive Law from the Muslim World|author=Baudouin Dupret|year=2021|isbn=9781108960137|pages=205–210|publisher=Cambridge University Press}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Property, Social Structure, and Law in the Modern Middle East|year=1985|pages=54–64|editor=Ann Elizabeth Mayer|publisher=[[SUNY]] Press|isbn=9780873959889}}&lt;/ref&gt; John Makdisi has compared this group of twelve witness statements, known as a ''lafif'', to [[English Common Law]] jury trials under [[Henry II of England|Henry II]], surmising a link between the king's reforms and the legal system of the [[Kingdom of Sicily]]. The island had previously been ruled by various Islamic dynasties.&lt;ref name=&quot;Rodhan&quot;&gt;{{cite book |last1=Al-Rodhan |first1=Nayef R. F. |title=The Role of the Arab-Islamic World in the Rise of the West: Implications for Contemporary Trans-Cultural Relations |date=2012 |publisher=Palgrave Macmillan |isbn=978-0-230-39320-2 |page=73 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=n4OpT4ZP278C |access-date=25 May 2020 |language=en }}{{Dead link|date=November 2023 |bot=InternetArchiveBot |fix-attempted=yes }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Makdisi&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Makdisi |first1=John |title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=North Carolina Law Review |date=1 June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635 |url=https://scholarship.law.unc.edu/nclr/vol77/iss5/2/ |access-date=25 May 2020}}&lt;/ref&gt;

Several other fundamental [[common law]] institutions may have been adapted from similar legal institutions in [[Sharia|Islamic law]] and jurisprudence, and introduced to England by the [[Normans]] after the [[Norman conquest of England]] and the Emirate of Sicily, and by Crusaders during the [[Crusades]]. In particular, the &quot;royal English [[contract]] protected by the action of [[debt]] is identified with the Islamic ''Aqd'', the English [[assize of novel disseisin]] is identified with the Islamic ''Istihqaq'', and the English [[jury]] is identified with the Islamic ''lafif''.&quot; John Makdisi speculated that English legal institutions such as &quot;the [[scholastic method]], the [[licence]] to [[Education|teach]]&quot;, the &quot;[[law school]]s known as [[Inns of Court]] in England and ''[[Madrasah|Madrasas]]'' in Islam&quot; and the &quot;European [[commenda]]&quot; (Islamic ''[[Qirad]]'') may have also originated from Islamic law.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt; The methodology of [[Precedent|legal precedent]] and reasoning by [[analogy]] (''[[Qiyas]]'') are also similar in both the Islamic and common law systems.&lt;ref name=Gamal&gt;{{cite book |title=Islamic Finance: Law, Economics, and Practice |url=https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga |url-access=limited |first=Mahmoud A. |last=El-Gamal |year=2006 |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |isbn=0-521-86414-3 |page=[https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga/page/n35 16] }}&lt;/ref&gt; These influences have led some scholars to suggest that Islamic law may have laid the foundations for &quot;the common law as an integrated whole&quot;.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt;

== See also ==
{{Portal|Islam|Law}}
* [[Abdallah al-Harari]]
* [[Athari|Traditionalist theology]]
* ''[[Bahar-e-Shariat]]''
* [[Glossary of Islam]]
* [[Index of Islam-related articles]]
* [[Ja'fari jurisprudence]]
* [[Outline of Islam]]
* [[List of Islamic terms in Arabic]]
* ''[[Ma'ruf]]''
* ''[[Mizan]]'' – a comprehensive treatise on the contents of Islam written by [[Javed Ahmed Ghamidi]]
* [[Palestinian law]]
* [[Schools of Islamic theology]]
* [[Sources of Islamic law]]
* [[The four Sunni Imams]]
* ''[[Urf]]''

==حوالا== 
===نوٽ===
{{reflist|group=Note}}
===حوالا===
{{حوالا}}
===ڪتابيات===
{{refbegin|30em}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Norman |last=Calder |title=Law. Legal Thought and Jurisprudence |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of the Islamic World |editor=John L. Esposito |publisher=Oxford University Press |location=Oxford |year=2009 |url=http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20081121033722/http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|url-status=dead|archive-date=21 November 2008}}
*Doi, Abd ar-Rahman I., and Clarke, Abdassamad (2008). ''Shari'ah: Islamic Law''. Ta-Ha Publishers Ltd., {{ISBN|978-1-84200-087-8}} (hardback)
* Cilardo, Agostino, &quot;Fiqh, History of&quot;, in ''Muhammad in History, Thought, and Culture: An Encyclopedia of the Prophet of God'' (2 vols.), Edited by C. Fitzpatrick and A. Walker, Santa Barbara, ABC-CLIO, 2014, Vol I, pp.&amp;nbsp;201–206.
* {{citation|last=Dahlén|first=Ashk |title=Islamic Law, Epistemology and Modernity. Legal Philosophy in Contemporary Iran|year=2003|location=New York|publisher=Routledge |isbn=9780415945295|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=QARHBQAAQBAJ}}
*{{cite book |last1=El-Gamal |first1=Mahmoud A. |title=Islamic Finance : Law, Economics, and Practice |publisher=Cambridge University Press |date=2006 |url=http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |ref=MAEGIFLEP2006 |access-date=28 February 2017 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180403160351/http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |archive-date=3 April 2018 |url-status=dead }}
*{{Cite journal |journal=[[University of Pennsylvania Law Review]] |volume=136 |issue=4 |date=April 1988 |pages=1231–1261 |doi=10.2307/3312162 |last1=Gaudiosi |first1= Monica M. |title=The Influence of the Islamic Law of Waqf on the Development of the Trust in England_ The Case of Merton College |publisher=The University of Pennsylvania Law Review |jstor=3312162|s2cid=153149243 |url=http://scholarship.law.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=3909&amp;context=penn_law_review |url-access=subscription }}
*{{cite book |last1=Hawting |first1=G.R. |title=The Quest for the Historical Muhammad |date=2000 |publisher=Prometheus Books |location=New York |pages=489–509 |chapter=16. John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism |ref=GRHJWIaM2000}}
*{{Cite book
 |last=Hudson
 |first=A.
 |title=Equity and Trusts
 |year=2003
 |edition=3rd
 |publisher=Cavendish Publishing
 |location=London
 |isbn=978-1-85941-729-4
 }}

*{{Cite book |last=Levy |first=Reuben |title=The Social Structure of Islam |location=UK |publisher=Cambridge University Press |year=1957 |isbn=978-0-521-09182-4 |url=https://archive.org/details/socialstructureo0000levy }}
*{{Cite journal |last=Makdisi|first=John A.|title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=[[North Carolina Law Review]] |date=June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635–1739}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Irene |last=Schneider |title=Fiqh |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of Islam and Politics |publisher=Oxford University Press |editor=Emad El-Din Shahin |year=2014 |doi=10.1093/acref:oiso/9780199739356.001.0001|isbn=9780199739356 }}
{{refend}}

==Further reading==
*Potz, Richard, [http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0159-2011112127 Islamic Law and the Transfer of European Law], [[European History Online]], Mainz: [[Institute of European History]], 2011. (Retrieved 28 November 2011.)
*[Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
*{{Commons category-inline}}
* [https://halaqa.home.blog/2021/02/12/types-of-hanafi-legal-rulings-ahkam/ Types of Hanafi Legal Rulings (Ahkam)]
* [Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

{{Islam topics |Law |state=collapsed}}
{{Authority control}}

[[Category:Islamic jurisprudence| ]]
[[Category:Sharia terminology]]
[[Category:Law schools]]
{{اسلامي فقه}}
[[زمرو:اسلامي اصطلاح]]</text>
      <sha1>nm4xnbwdytyr8065i1d86j9c89n4bdf</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400946</id>
      <parentid>400945</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T16:24:56Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <origin>400946</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="49610" sha1="3k1320a27t4xdpeyqrauegkm9psedi3" xml:space="preserve">'''فقه'''{{ٻيا نالا|انگريزي= ''' Fiqh '''}}({{IPAc-en|f|iː|k}};&lt;ref&gt;[https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/fiqh &quot;fiqh&quot;]. ''[[Collins English Dictionary]]''.&lt;/ref&gt; اسلام ۾ قانون جي سائنس جو {{ٻيا نالا|انگريزي= ''' Jurisprudence '''}} نالو آهي&lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot;&gt;[http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/207723/fiqh Fiqh] Encyclopædia Britannica&lt;/ref&gt;. فقه جو استعمال اسلامي شريعت جي سمجھ طور ڪيو ويندو آهي &lt;ref name=vogel&gt;{{cite book|last=Vogel|first=Frank E.|title=Islamic Law and the Legal System of Saudí: Studies of Saudi Arabia|date=2000|publisher=Brill|pages=4–5|url=https://books.google.com/?id=-PfDuvnHMGoC&amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;dq=vogel+islamic+law#v=onepage&amp;q=vogel%20islamic%20law&amp;f=false|isbn=9004110623}}&lt;/ref&gt; اھو علم شريعت ۾ قرآن ۽ سنت جي روشنيءَ ۾ اجتھاد جي ذريعي واڌارو ڪري ٿو ۽ ان واڌاري کي فقيھن جي فتوائون ذريعي لاڳو ڪري ٿو. فقه ۾ غلطي جي گنجائش ھوندي آھي ۽ اھا تبديل پڻ ٿي سگھندي آھي. موجوده دور۾ سني اسلام ۾ چار فقھي مذھب آھن ۽ شيعه اسلام ۾ ٻہ فقھي مذھب آھن&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;.

== لغوي معنيَ == 
فقه جي لغوي معنيَ آهي ڪنهن شئي جو علم۽ فھم، ڪنھن شئي کي کولڻ۽ نکيڙڻ ۽ ان جي اونھائي ۾ وڃي حقيقت ڳولي لھڻ۽ ان کي پڌرو ڪرڻ، اصطلاحي طور فقه جي معني شريعت جي حڪمن ۾ سمجھ پيدا ڪرڻ آھي&lt;ref name =&quot; آسان فقه&quot; &gt; - ڪتاب: آسان فقه، از: مولانا محمد يوسف اصلاحي، مترجم: محمد عاشق ڌامراھا، مھراڻ اڪيڊمي شڪارپور، جنوري 2002 -- پنھنجي پاران: قمر ميمڻ صه 28  &lt;/ref&gt;. قرآن شريف ۾ سورة التوبہ ۾ آيت نمبر 122 ۾ فقه لفظ جو استعمال ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو:

{{quote| فلولا نفر من کل فرقة منهم طائفة ليتفقهوا في الدين&lt;br&gt; ترجمو:پوء ڇونہ انھن جي سڀ ڪنھن جماعت مان ھڪ ھڪ ٽولي نڪتي ته پاڻ ۾ دين جي سمجھ پيدا ڪن. |التوبة - ۱۲۲|&lt;ref name=&quot;آسان فقه&quot; /&gt;}}

{{Short description|Islamic jurisprudence}}
{{Use dmy dates|date=April 2018}}
{{Italic title}}
{{Arabicterm
 |arabic={{large|{{Naskh|{{wikt-lang|ar|فقه}}}}}}
 |arabic_rom={{Transliteration|ar|fiqh}}
 |native pronunciation={{IPA|ar|fiqh|}}
 |literal meaning=&quot;deep understanding&quot;&lt;br/&gt;&quot;full comprehension&quot;
}}
{{Fiqh |width=19.0em}}
{{Islam |texts |width=19.75em}}

'''''Fiqh''''' ({{IPAc-en|f|iː|k}};&lt;ref&gt;[https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/fiqh &quot;fiqh&quot;]. ''[[Collins English Dictionary]]''.&lt;/ref&gt; {{langx|ar|فِقْه}} {{IPAc-ar|f|i|q|h|}}) is the term for [[Islam]]ic [[jurisprudence]].&lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot;&gt;[https://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/207723/fiqh Fiqh] Encyclopædia Britannica&lt;/ref&gt; ''Fiqh'' is often described as the style of human understanding, research and practices of the ''[[sharia]]''; that is, human understanding of the divine Islamic law as revealed in the [[Quran]] as well as the ''[[sunnah]]'' (the teachings and practices of the Islamic prophet [[Muhammad]] and his companions).&lt;ref name=vogel&gt;{{cite book|last=Vogel|first=Frank E.|title=Islamic Law and the Legal System of Saudí: Studies of Saudi Arabia|date=2000|publisher=Brill|pages=4–5|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=-PfDuvnHMGoC&amp;q=vogel+islamic+law|isbn=9004110623}}&lt;/ref&gt; ''Fiqh'' expands and develops sharia through interpretation (''[[ijtihad]]'') of the Quran and sunnah by Islamic jurists (''[[ulama]]'')&lt;ref name=vogel/&gt; and is implemented by the rulings (''[[fatwa]]'') of jurists on questions presented to them. Thus, whereas sharia is considered immutable and infallible by Muslims, ''fiqh'' is considered fallible and changeable.

''Fiqh'' deals with the observance of rituals, morals and social legislation in Islam as well as economic and political system. In the modern era, there are four prominent schools (''[[madh'hab]]'') of ''fiqh'' within [[Sunni]] practice, plus two (or three) within [[Shi'a]] practice. A person trained in ''fiqh'' is known as a ''{{transliteration|ar|ALA|[[faqīh]]}}'' ({{plural form}} {{transliteration|ar|ALA|fuqahāʾ}}).&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;

Figuratively, ''fiqh'' means knowledge about Islamic legal rulings from their sources. Deriving religious rulings from their sources requires the ''[[mujtahid]]'' (an individual who exercises ''ijtihad'') to have a deep understanding in the different discussions of jurisprudence.

The studies of ''fiqh'' are traditionally divided into ''uṣūl al-fiqh'' ([[principles of Islamic jurisprudence]], lit. &quot;the roots of fiqh&quot;), the methods of legal interpretation and analysis, and ''furūʿ al-fiqh'' (lit. &quot;the branches of fiqh&quot;), the elaboration of rulings on the basis of these principles.{{sfn|Calder|2009}}{{sfn|Schneider|2014}} ''Furūʿ al-fiqh'' is the product of the application of ''uṣūl al-fiqh'' and the total product of human efforts at understanding the divine will. A ''[[hukm]]'' (pl. ''aḥkām'') is a particular ruling in a given case.

== Etymology ==
The word ''fiqh'' is an Arabic term meaning &quot;deep understanding&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Modarresi&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|author-link=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|title=The Laws of Islam|date=26 March 2016|publisher=Enlight Press|isbn=978-0994240989|url=http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|access-date=22 December 2017|ref=Modarresi|language=en|archive-date=2 August 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190802163247/http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{rp|470}} or &quot;full comprehension&quot;. Technically it refers to the body of Islamic law extracted from detailed Islamic sources (which are studied in the [[principles of Islamic jurisprudence]]) and the process of gaining knowledge of Islam through jurisprudence. The historian [[Ibn Khaldun]] describes ''fiqh'' as &quot;knowledge of the rules of God which concern the actions of persons who own themselves connected to obey the law respecting what is required (''[[wajib]]''), sinful (''[[haraam]]''), recommended (''[[mustahab|mandūb]]''), disapproved (''[[makrūh]]''), or neutral (''[[mubah]]'')&quot;.&lt;ref&gt;Levy (1957). p. 150.&lt;/ref&gt; This definition is consistent amongst the jurists.

In [[Modern Standard Arabic]], ''fiqh'' has also come to mean Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=أنیس|first=إبراهیم|title=المعجم الوسیط|publisher=دارالفکر|year=1998|location=بیروت، لبنان|pages=731}}&lt;/ref&gt; It is not thus possible to speak of [[Chief Justice of the United States|Chief Justice]] [[John Roberts]] as an expert in the [[common law]] ''fiqh'' of the [[United States]], or of [[Egypt]]ian legal scholar [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] as an expert in the civil law ''fiqh'' of Egypt.

==History==
{{main|Sharia}}
{{further information|History of Islamic economics}}

According to Sunni Islamic history, Sunni law followed a chronological path of:
*[[God in Islam|God]] → [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] → [[Sahabah|Companions]] → [[Tabi'un|Followers]] → ''Fiqh''.&lt;ref name=&quot;Maghen-2003&quot;&gt;{{cite journal|last1=Maghen|first1=Ze'ev|title=Dead Tradition: Joseph Schacht and the Origins of &quot;Popular Practice&quot;|journal=Islamic Law and Society|date=2003|volume=10|issue=3|pages=276–347|doi=10.1163/156851903770227575|jstor=3399422}}&lt;/ref&gt;
The commands and prohibitions chosen by God were revealed through the agency of the Prophet in both the Quran and the Sunnah (words, deeds, and examples of the Prophet passed down as [[hadith]]). 
The first Muslims (the [[Sahabah]] or Companions) heard and obeyed, and passed this essence of Islam&lt;ref name=GRHJWIaM2000:513/&gt; to succeeding generations (''[[Tabi'un]]'' and ''[[Tabi' al-Tabi'in]]'' or successors/followers and successors of successors), as Muslims and Islam spread from West Arabia to the conquered lands north, east, and west,&lt;ref name=RGHIGP2015:223&gt;[[#RGHIGP2015|Hoyland, ''In God's Path'', 2015]]: p.223&lt;/ref&gt;{{#tag:ref|for example, Sunni [[Hanbali]] scholar/preacher [[Al-Hasan ibn 'Ali al-Barbahari]] (d.941) who ruled the streets of Baghdad from 921-941 CE,  insisted that &quot;whoever asserts that there is any part of Islam with which the Companions of the Prophet did not provide us has called them [the Companions of the Prophet] liars&quot;.&lt;ref name=cook-2000-109&gt;{{cite book|last1=Cook|first1=Michael|title=The Koran : A Very Short Introduction|date=2000|publisher=Oxford University Press|url=https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook |url-access=registration|isbn=0192853449|page=[https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook/page/n122 109]}}&lt;/ref&gt;|group=Note}} where it was systematized and elaborated.&lt;ref name=GRHJWIaM2000:513&gt;[[#GRHJWIaM2000|Hawting, &quot;John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism&quot;, 2000]]: p.513&lt;/ref&gt;

The history of Islamic jurisprudence is &quot;customarily divided into eight periods&quot;:&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: pp. 30–31&lt;/ref&gt;
*the first period ending with the death of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] in 11 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*second period &quot;characterized by personal interpretations&quot; of the canon by the ''[[Sahabah]]'' or companions of Muhammad, lasting until 50 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from 50 AH until the early second century AH there was competition between &quot;a traditionalist approach to jurisprudence&quot; in [[Hijaz|western Arabia]] where Islam was revealed and a &quot;rationalist approach in Iraq&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;golden age of classical Islamic jurisprudence&quot; from the &quot;early second to the mid-fourth century when the [[Madhhab#Amman Message|eight &quot;most significant&quot;]] schools of Sunni and [[Shia|Shi'i]] jurisprudence emerged.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from the mid-fourth century to mid-seventh AH Islamic jurisprudence was &quot;limited to elaborations within the main juristic schools&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;dark age&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence stretched from the [[Siege of Baghdad (1258)|fall of Baghdad]] in the mid-seventh AH (1258 CE) to 1293 AH/1876 CE.
*In 1293 AH (1876 CE) the Ottomans codified [[Hanafi]] jurisprudence in the ''[[Mecelle|Majallah el-Ahkam-i-Adliya]]''. Several &quot;juristic revival movements&quot; influenced by &quot;exposure to Western legal and technological progress&quot; followed until the mid-20th century CE. [[Muhammad Abduh]] and [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] were products of this era.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; However, Abduh and El-Sanhuri were modernists. 19th century Ottoman Shariah Code was built on the views of the Hanafi school.
*The most recent era has been that of the &quot;[[Islamic revival#Contemporary revivalism|Islamic revival]]&quot;, which has been &quot;predicated on rejection of Western social and legal advances&quot; and the development of specifically Islamic states, social sciences, economics, and finance.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
The formative period of Islamic jurisprudence stretches back to the time of the early Muslim communities. During this period, jurists were more concerned with issues of authority and teaching than with theory and methodology.&lt;ref name=&quot;Weiss (2002)&quot;&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by [[Bernard G. Weiss]], (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. pp. 3, 161.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Progress in theory and methodology happened with the coming of the early Muslim jurist [[Muhammad ibn Idris ash-Shafi`i]] (767–820), who codified the basic principles of Islamic jurisprudence in his book ''ar-Risālah''. The book details the four roots of law ([[Qur'an]], [[sunnah]], ''[[ijma]]'', and ''[[qiyas]]'') while specifying that the primary Islamic texts (the Qur'an and the hadith) be understood according to objective rules of interpretation derived from scientific study of the Arabic language.&lt;ref name=weiss-162&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by Bernard G. Weiss, (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. p. 162.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Secondary sources of law were developed and refined over the subsequent centuries, consisting primarily of juristic preference (''[[istihsan]]''), laws of the previous prophets (''[[shara man qablana]]''), continuity (''[[istishab]]''), extended analogy (''[[maslaha mursala]]''), blocking the means (''[[sadd al-dhari'ah]]''), local customs (''[[urf]]''), and sayings of a companion of the Prophet (''[[qawl al-sahabi]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Nyazee (2000)&quot;&gt;Nyazee, Imran Ahsan Khan (2000). ''Islamic Jurisprudence (UsulAI-Fiqh)''. Islamabad: Islamic Research Institute Press.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== Diagram of early scholars ===

[[File:Sunni Streams of Doctrine.png|thumb|Main schools of thought within Sunni Islam, and other prominent streams.]]
[[File:Muslim World Introduction.svg|thumb|Major schools of thought and theology in the Islamic world]]
The Quran set the rights, responsibilities, and rules for people and societies to adhere to, such as dealing in [[The Impact of Religion on International Negotiations|interest]]. Muhammad then provided an example, which is recorded in the hadith books, showing people how he practically implemented these rules in a society. After the passing of Muhammad, there was a need for jurists, to decide on new legal matters where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadith, example of Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=gMxjJqurmiAC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA30|title=Islam Vs. West|isbn=9780595501571|last1=Asadulla|first1=Abubakr|year=2009|publisher=iUniverse }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=es9Sunv_y2MC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA20|title=Islamic State Practices, International Law and the Threat from Terrorism|isbn=9781841135014|last1=Rehman|first1=Javaid|date=7 June 2005|publisher=Hart }}&lt;/ref&gt;

In the years proceeding Muhammad, the community in Madina continued to use the same rules. People were familiar with the practice of Muhammad and therefore continued to use the same rules.

The scholars appearing in the diagram below were taught by [[Muhammad's companions]], many of whom settled in Madina.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceA&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|title=ulama|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=25 February 2013|archive-date=21 October 2014|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141021231627/http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; ''[[Muwatta Imam Malik|Muwatta]]''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|title=Muwatta|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=13 October 2010|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; by [[Malik ibn Anas]] was written as a consensus of the opinion, of these scholars.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=d5Ks31qHlSYC&amp;q=coulson+history+islamic+law|title=A History of Islamic Law|isbn=9780748605149|last1=Coulson|first1=Noel James|year=1994}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Va6oSxzojzoC&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA207|title=E. J. Brill's First Encyclopaedia of Islam, 1913–1936|isbn=9004097910|last1=Houtsma|first1=M. Th|year=1993|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=0_wUAAAAIAAJ&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA264|title=Studies in Islamic History and Civilization|isbn=9789652640147|last1=Šārôn|first1=Moše|year=1986|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt; ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas quotes 13 hadiths from Imam [[Jafar al-Sadiq]].&lt;ref name=&quot;Muwatta&quot;&gt;''Al-Muwatta'' of Imam Malik Ibn Anas, translated by Aisha Bewley (Book #5, Hadith #5.9.23) (Book #16, Hadith #16.1.1) (Book #17, Hadith #17.24.43) (Book #20, Hadith #20.10.40) (Book #20, Hadith #20.11.44) (Book #20, Hadith #20.32.108) (Book #20, Hadith #20.39.127) (Book #20, Hadith #20.40.132) (Book #20, Hadith #20.49.167) (Book #20, Hadith #20.57.190) (Book #26, Hadith #26.1.2) (Book #29, Hadith #29.5.17) (Book #36, Hadith #36.4.5) [http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html Al-Muwatta'] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html |date=13 October 2010 }}&lt;/ref&gt;
Aisha also taught her nephew [[Urwah ibn Zubayr]]. He then taught his son [[Hisham ibn Urwah]], who was the main teacher of Malik ibn Anas whose views many Sunni follow and also taught by Jafar al-Sadiq. [[Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]], Hisham ibn Urwah and Muhammad al-Baqir taught [[Zayd ibn Ali]], Jafar al-Sadiq, [[Abu Hanifa]], and Malik ibn Anas.

Imam Jafar al-Sadiq, Imam Abu Hanifa and Malik ibn Anas worked together in [[Al-Masjid an-Nabawi]] in Medina, along with Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr, Muhammad al-Baqir, Zayd ibn Ali and over 70 other leading jurists and scholars.

[[Al-Shafi'i]] was taught by Malik ibn Anas. [[Ahmad ibn Hanbal]] was taught by Al-Shafi'i. [[Muhammad al-Bukhari]] travelled everywhere collecting hadith and his father [[Ismail ibn Ibrahim]] was a student of Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Islam Page 67&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=mlGgGVCp0UcC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA67|title=Understanding Women in Islam|isbn=9789793780191|last1=Hasyim|first1=Syafiq|year=2006|publisher=Equinox }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=JdjtUTYSL1UC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA37|title=Classical Islam|isbn=9780415240321|last1=Calder|first1=Norman|last2=Mojaddedi|first2=Jawid Ahmad|last3=Rippin|first3=Andrew|year=2003|publisher=Psychology Press }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=GlqeC1ZFAUEC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim&amp;pg=PT101|title=Judaism and Islam in Practice|isbn=9781134605538|last1=Brockopp|first1=Jonathan E.|last2=Neusner|first2=Jacob|last3=Sonn|first3=Tamara|date=27 September 2005|publisher=Routledge }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.oocities.org/mutmainaa7/people/jafar_al_sadiq.html|title=Jafar Al-Sadiq}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|title=IMAM JAFAR BIN MUHAMMAD AS-SADIQ (AS)|website=www.ziaraat.org|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=22 August 2023|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230822202122/http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{Islam scholars diagram}}

In the books actually written by these original jurists and scholars, there are very few theological and judicial differences between them. Imam Ahmad rejected the writing down and codifying of the religious rulings he gave. They knew that they might have fallen into error in some of their judgements and stated this clearly. They never introduced their rulings by saying, &quot;Here, this judgement is the judgement of God and His prophet.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=W4OKaz5dzdYC&amp;q=Modernist+Islam,+1840-1940:+A+Sourcebook+By+Charles+Kurzman|title=Modernist Islam, 1840–1940|isbn=9780195154689|last1=Kurzman|first1=Charles|year=2002|publisher=Oxford University Press }}&lt;/ref&gt; There is also very little text actually written down by Jafar al-Sadiq himself. They all give priority to the Qur'an and the hadith (the practice of Muhammad). They felt that the Quran and the Hadith, the example of Muhammad provided people with almost everything they needed. &quot;This day I have perfected for you your religion and completed My favor upon you and have approved for you Islam as religion&quot; (Qur'an 5:3).&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://quran.com/5/3 |title=Surat Al-Ma'idah [5:3] - The Noble Qur'an - القرآن الكريم |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130925005700/http://quran.com/5/3 |archive-date=25 September 2013 |df=dmy }} [http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ Quran Surah Al-Maaida ( Verse 3 )] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180612141107/http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ |date=12 June 2018 }}&lt;/ref&gt;

These scholars did not distinguish between each other. They were not Sunni or Shia. They felt that they were following the religion of Abraham as described in the Quran &quot;Say: Allah speaks the truth; so follow the religion of Abraham, the upright one. And he was not one of the polytheists&quot; (Qur'an 3:95).

Most of the differences are regarding Sharia laws devised through [[Ijtihad]] where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadiths of Islamic prophet Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;/&gt; As these jurists went to new areas, they were pragmatic and continued to use the same ruling as was given in that area during pre-Islamic times, if the population felt comfortable with it, it was just and they used Ijtihad to deduce that it did not conflict with the Quran or the Hadith. As explained in the ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This made it easier for the different communities to integrate into the Islamic State and assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State.

To reduce the divergence, [[ash-Shafi'i]] proposed giving priority to the Qur'an and the Hadith (the practice of Muhammad) and only then look at the consensus of the Muslim jurists (''[[ijma]]'') and analogical reasoning (''[[qiyas]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This then resulted in jurists like Muhammad al-Bukhari&lt;ref name=&quot;sahih-bukhari.com&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.sahih-bukhari.com/|title=Sahih Bukhari : Read, Study, Search Online|first=Sahih|last=Bukhari}}&lt;/ref&gt; dedicating their lives to the collection of the correct hadith, in books like [[Sahih al-Bukhari]] (Sahih translates as authentic or correct). They also felt that Muhammad's judgement was more impartial and better than their own.

These original jurists and scholars also acted as a counterbalance to the rulers. When they saw injustice, all these scholars spoke out against it. As the state expanded outside Madina, the rights of the different communities, as they were constituted in the [[Constitution of Medina]] still applied. The Quran also gave additional rights to the citizens of the state and these rights were also applied. Ali, Hassan and [[Husayn ibn Ali]] gave their allegiance to the first three caliphs because they abided by these conditions. Later [[Ali]] the fourth caliph wrote in a letter &quot;I did not approach the people to get their oath of allegiance but they came to me with their desire to make me their Amir (ruler). I did not extend my hands towards them so that they might swear the oath of allegiance to me but they themselves extended their hands towards me.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;Nahj ul Balagha Letter 54&lt;/ref&gt; But later as fate would have it ([[Predestination in Islam]]) when [[Yazid I]], an [[Umayyad Caliphate|Umayyad]] ruler took power, Husayn ibn Ali the grandson of Muhammad felt that it was a test from God for him and his duty to confront him. Then [[Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr]], Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr's cousin confronted the Umayyad rulers after Husayn ibn Ali was betrayed by the people of Kufa and killed by Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Yazid I.&lt;ref&gt;Najeebabadi, Akbar Shah (2001). The History of Islam V.2. Riyadh: Darussalam. p. 110. {{ISBN|9960-892-88-3}}.&lt;/ref&gt; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr then took on the Umayyads and expelled their forces from Hijaz and Iraq. But then his forces were depleted in Iraq, trying to stop the Khawarij. The Umayyads then moved in. After a lengthy campaign, in his last hour Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr asked his mother [[Asma' bint Abu Bakr]] the daughter of [[Abu Bakr]] the first caliph for advice. Asma' bint Abu Bakr replied to her son, she said:&lt;ref name=&quot;ummah.com&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|title=The Advice of Asmaa bint Abu Bakr (ra) to her son Abdullah Ibn Zubair (ra)|website=Ummah.com - Muslim Forum|access-date=20 September 2021|archive-date=25 February 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210225220953/https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; &quot;You know better in your own self, that if you are upon the truth and you are calling towards the truth go forth, for people more honourable than you have been killed and if you are not upon the truth, then what an evil son you are and you have destroyed yourself and those who are with you. If you say, that if you are upon the truth and you will be killed at the hands of others, then you will not truly be free.&quot; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr left and was later also killed and crucified by the Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Umayyads and led by Hajjaj. [[Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]] the son of Abu Bakr the first caliph and raised by Ali the fourth caliph was also killed by the Umayyads.&lt;ref&gt;Nahj al-Balagha Sermon 71, Letter 27, Letter 34, Letter 35&lt;/ref&gt; [[Aisha]] then raised and taught her son Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr who later taught his grandson Jafar al-Sadiq.

During the early Umayyad period, there was more community involvement. The Quran and Muhammad's example was the main source of law after which the community decided. If it worked for the community, was just and did not conflict with the Quran and the example of Muhammad, it was accepted. This made it easier for the different communities, with Roman, Persian, Central Asia and North African backgrounds to integrate into the Islamic State and that assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State. The scholars in Madina were consulted on the more complex judicial issues. The Sharia and the official more centralized schools of fiqh developed later, during the time of the Abbasids.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceB&quot;&gt;Muawiya Restorer of the Muslim Faith By Aisha Bewley p. 68&lt;/ref&gt;

==Components==
{{further|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}
[[File:Map of the Legal systems of the world (en).png|thumb|350px|[[List of national legal systems|Legal systems of the world]]]]
The sources of [[Sharia]] in order of importance are:&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;&gt;Abul Quasem, M. (1975). The ethics of al-Ghazali: A composite ethics in Islam. p. 26&lt;/ref&gt;
#[[Qur'an]]
#[[Hadith]]
#[[Ijma]], i.e. collective reasoning and consensus amongst authoritative Muslims of a particular generation, and its interpretation by Islamic scholars.
#The consensus of the [[Sahaba]]
#[[Qiyas]], analogical legal reasoning by Islamic jurists.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;&gt;{{cite book|editor1-first=Hisham M. |editor1-last=Ramadan|author1=Irshad Abdel Haqq|author-link1=Islamic law: An Overview of Its Origins and Elements|title=Understanding Islamic Law: From Classical to Contemporary|year=2006|publisher=Rowman Altamira|isbn=9780759109919|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=5ZS7EaHTQX8C&amp;q=Islamic+law%3A+An+Overview+of+Its+Origins+and+Elements&amp;pg=PA1 |access-date=17 August 2016}} p. 18&lt;/ref&gt;

Majority of [[Sunni Muslims]] view ''[[Qiyas]]'' as a central Pillar of ''[[Ijtihad]]''.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;/&gt; An example is the ruling of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]], that &quot;a judge should not sit in judgement while angry&quot;, whereas reason adds that this extends to hunger or suffering from a painful disease.&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;/&gt; [[Zahiri]]tes, rejected ''Qiyas'' unlike the Sunnis.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=B. Hallaq |first=Wael |title=THE ORIGINS AND EVOLUTION OF ISLAMIC LAW |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |year=2005 |isbn=978-0-521-80332-8 | location=Cambridge, UK |pages=124, 127}}&lt;/ref&gt; The ''[[Shia Islam|Shi'a]]'' believed that all laws are implicitly mentioned in the Quran or the sunnah and can be discovered by the jurists of their tradition.&lt;ref&gt;Mansoor Moaddel, ''Islamic Modernism, Nationalism, and Fundamentalism: Episode and Discourse'', pg. 32. [[Chicago]]: [[University of Chicago Press]], 2005.&lt;/ref&gt;

The [[Qur'an]] gives instructions on many issues, such as how to perform the ritual purification (''{{lang|ar|[[wudu]]}}'') before the obligatory daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}''). On other issues, for example, the Qur'an states one needs to engage in daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}'') and fast (''{{lang|ar|[[sawm]]}}'') during the [[Ramadan (calendar month)|month of Ramadan]] but further instructions and details on how to perform these duties can be found in the traditions of Muhammad, so [[Qur'an and Sunnah]] are in most cases the basis for (''{{lang|ar|[[Shariah]]}}'').

Some topics are without precedent in Islam's early period. In those cases, Muslim jurists (''{{lang|ar|[[Fuqaha]]}}'') try to arrive at conclusions by other means. [[Sunni]] jurists use historical consensus of the community (''{{lang|ar|[[Ijma]]}}''); a majority in the modern era also use [[analogy]] (''{{lang|ar|[[Qiyas]]}}'') and weigh the harms and benefits of new topics (''{{lang|ar|[[Istislah]]}}''), and a plurality utilizes juristic preference (''{{lang|ar|[[Istihsan]]}}''). The conclusions arrived at with the aid of these additional tools constitute a wide array of laws, and its application is called ''fiqh''. Thus, in contrast to the ''sharia'', ''fiqh'' is not regarded as [[sacred]] and the schools of thought have differing views on its details, without viewing other conclusions as [[Sacrilege|sacrilegious]]. This division of interpretation in more detailed issues has resulted in different schools of thought (''{{lang|ar|[[madh'hab]]}}'').

This wider concept of '''Islamic jurisprudence''' is the source of a range of laws in different topics that guide Muslims in everyday life.

=== Component categories ===
[[File:Actions in Fiqh.png|thumb|Actions in Islamic Fiqh]]

Islamic jurisprudence (''fiqh'') covers two main areas:
# Rules in relation to actions, and,
# Rules in relation to circumstances surrounding actions.

These types of rules can also fall into two groups:
# Worship ([[Ibadah|Ibadaat]])
# Dealings and transactions (with people) ([[Muamalat|Mu`amalaat]])

Rules in relation to actions ('''amaliyya'' — عملية) or &quot;[[Ahkam|decision types]]&quot; comprise:
# Obligation (''[[fardh]]'')
# Recommendation (''[[mustahabb]]'')
# Permissibility (''[[mubah]]'')
# Disrecommendation (''[[makrooh]]'')
# Prohibition (''[[haraam]]'')

Rules in relation to circumstances (''wadia''') comprise:
# Condition (''shart'')
# Cause (''sabab'')
# Preventor (''mani'')
# Permit / Enforced (''rukhsah, azeemah'')
# Valid / Corrupt / Invalid (''sahih, fasid, batil'')
# In time / Deferred / Repeat (''adaa, qadaa, i'ada'')

=== Methodologies of jurisprudence ===
{{main|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}

The [[modus operandi]] of the Muslim jurist is known as ''[[usul al-fiqh]]'' (&quot;principles of jurisprudence&quot;).

There are different approaches to the methodology used in jurisprudence to derive Islamic rulings from the primary sources of ''[[sharia]]'' (Islamic law). The main methodologies are those of the [[Sunni]], [[Shi'a]] and [[Ibadi]] denominations. While both Sunni and [[Shi'ite]] (Shia) are divided into smaller sub-schools, the differences among the Shi'ite schools is considerably greater. Ibadites only follow a single school without divisions.

While using court decisions as legal precedents and [[case law]] are central to Western law, the importance of the institution of fatawa (non-binding answers by Islamic legal scholars to legal questions) has been called &quot;central to the development&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:32&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: p. 32&lt;/ref&gt; This is in part because of a &quot;vacuum&quot; in the other source of Islamic law, ''qada`'' (legal rulings by state appointed Islamic judges) after the fall of the last [[caliphate]] the Ottoman Empire.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; While the practice in Islam dates back to the time of Muhammad, according to at least one source (Muhammad El-Gamal), it is &quot;modeled after the [[Roman Empire|Roman]] system of ''[[responsa]]'',&quot; and gives the questioner &quot;decisive primary-mover advantage in choosing the question and its wording.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;

Each school (''[[madhhab]]'') reflects a unique ''[[urf]]'' or culture (a cultural practice that was influenced by traditions), that the classical jurists themselves lived in, when rulings were made. Some suggest that the discipline of ''[[isnad]]'', which developed to validate ''hadith'' made it relatively easy to record and validate also the rulings of jurists. This, in turn, made them far easier to imitate (''[[taqlid]]'') than to challenge in new contexts. The argument is, the schools have been more or less frozen for centuries, and reflect a culture that simply no longer exists. Traditional scholars hold that religion is there to regulate human behavior and nurture people's moral side and since human nature has not fundamentally changed since the beginning of Islam a call to modernize the religion is essentially one to relax all laws and institutions.

Early ''[[shariah]]'' had a much more flexible character, and some modern Muslim scholars believe that it should be renewed, and that the classical jurists should lose special status. This would require formulating a new fiqh suitable for the modern world, e.g. as proposed by advocates of the [[Islamization of knowledge]], which would deal with the modern context. This modernization is opposed by most conservative ''[[ulema]]''. Traditional scholars hold that the laws are contextual and consider circumstance such as time, place and culture, the principles they are based upon are universal such as justice, equality and respect. Many Muslim scholars argue that even though technology may have advanced, the fundamentals of human life have not.

=== Fields of jurisprudence ===
{{flatlist}}
*[[Islamic criminal jurisprudence|Criminal]]
*[[Islamic economical jurisprudence|Economics]]
*[[Adab (behavior)|Etiquette]]
*[[Islamic family jurisprudence|Family]]
*[[Hygiene in Islam|Hygienical]]
*[[Islamic inheritance jurisprudence|Inheritance]]
*[[Islamic marital jurisprudence|Marital]]
*[[Rules of war in Islam|Military]]
*[[Islamic political jurisprudence|Political]]
*[[Islamic theological jurisprudence|Theological]]
{{endflatlist}}

=== Schools of jurisprudence ===
{{Main|Madhhab}}
There are several [[Madhhab|schools of fiqh thought]] ({{langx|ar|مذهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|madhhab}}''; pl. {{lang|ar|مذاهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|maḏāhib}}'')
[[File:Madhhab Map3.png|thumb|Map of the Muslim world with the main schools of thoughts&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Islamic Jurisprudence &amp; Law {{!}} ReOrienting the Veil |url=https://veil.unc.edu/religions/islam/law/ |access-date=2025-05-19 |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{Needs update|date=May 2025|reason=Our Fiqh map does need an update, for example Bahrain is mostly orange (representing Ja'fari) while its Monarchy is Maliki and a majority of its citizens Sunni. Would be very helpful to get an update to date SVG version of the map as there are some tiny island Indian Ocean countries who are not shown on the map}}]]
The schools of [[Sunni Islam|Sunni]] Islam are each named by students of the classical jurist who taught them. The Sunni schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Hanafi school|Hanafi]] ([[Turkey]], [[Balkans]], [[Levant]], [[Central Asia]], [[Islam in South Asia|South Asia]], [[Islam in China|China]], [[North Caucasus|Northwest Caucasus]], [[Lower Egypt]], and [[Tatarstan]])
*[[Maliki school|Maliki]] ([[North Africa]], [[West Africa]], [[Upper Egypt]], [[Kuwait]], [[Bahrain]], [[Emirate of Abu Dhabi|Abu Dhabi]], and [[Emirate of Dubai|Dubai]])
*[[Shafi'i school|Shafi'i]] ([[Indonesia]], [[Malaysia]], [[Brunei]], [[Kurdistan]], [[East Africa]], [[North Caucasus|Northeast Caucasus]], [[Yemen]], [[Oman]], [[Islam in Kerala|Kerala]], [[Emirate of Fujairah|Fujairah]], and the [[Sinai Peninsula]])
*[[Hanbali school|Hanbali]] ([[Saudi Arabia]], [[Qatar]], [[Emirate of Sharjah|Sharjah]], [[Emirate of Umm Al Quwain|Umm al-Quwain]], [[Emirate of Ras Al Khaimah|Ras al-Khaimah]], and [[Emirate of Ajman|Ajman]])

The schools of [[Shia]] Islam are based on the [[Ja'fari school|Ja'fari]] school of jurisprudence. The Shia schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Twelver Shi'ism|Twelver]] ([[Iran]], [[Iraq]], and [[Azerbaijan]])
*[[Ismailism|Isma'ili]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Lakhani |first=M. Ali |title=Faith and Ethics: The Vision of the Ismaili Imamat |page=4 |quote=The place of the Ismailis within the theological pluralism of the Muslim community is best summarised by their Imam's statement to the International Islamic Conference held in Amman in July 2005: &quot;Our historic adherence is to the Ja'fari madhhab and other madhahib of close affinity, and it continues, under the leadership of the hereditary Ismaili Imam of the time. This adherence is in harmony also with our acceptance of Sufi principles of personal search and balance between the zahir and the spirit or the intellect which the zahir signifies.&quot; |publisher=Bloomsbury Publishing |year=2017 |isbn=978-1786733900}}&lt;/ref&gt; (minority communities in [[Central Asia]], [[South Asia]], [[Levant]], [[Yemen]])
*[[Zaydism|Zaydi]] (minority communities in [[Yemen]])

Entirely separate from both the Sunni and Shia traditions, [[Kharijites|Khawarij]] Islam has evolved its own distinct school.
*[[Ibadism|Ibadi]] (minority communities in [[Oman]])

These schools share many of their rulings, but differ on the particular [[hadith]]s they accept as authentic and the weight they give to analogy or reason ([[qiyas]]) in deciding difficulties.

The relationship between (at least the Sunni) schools of jurisprudence and the conflict between the unity of the Shariah and the diversity of the schools, was expressed by the 12th century Hanafi scholar [[Abu Hafs Umar al-Nasafi]], who wrote: &quot;Our school is correct with the possibility of error, and another school is in error with the possibility of being correct.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1 = Brown|first1 = Jonathan A.C.|author-link = Jonathan A.C. Brown|title = Misquoting Muhammad: The Challenge and Choices of Interpreting the Prophet's Legacy|date = 2014|publisher = [[Oneworld Publications]]|isbn = 978-1780744209|url = https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50|access-date = 4 June 2018|ref = JACBMM2014|pages = [https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50 50-51]}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== Influence on Western laws ==
{{main|Sharia#Classic Islamic law|l1=Sharia: Classic Islamic law}}

A number of important legal [[institution]]s were developed by Muslim jurists during the classical period of Islam, known as the [[Islamic Golden Age]]. One such institution was the ''[[Hawala]]'', an early [[informal value transfer system]], which is mentioned in texts of Islamic jurisprudence as early as the 8th century. ''Hawala'' itself later influenced the development of the [[Agency (law)|agency]] in [[common law]] and in [[Civil law (legal system)|civil laws]] such as the ''aval'' in [[Law of France|French law]] and the ''avallo'' in [[Law of Italy|Italian law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |title=Islamic Law: Its Relation to Other Legal Systems |first=Gamal Moursi |last=Badr |journal=The American Journal of Comparative Law |volume=26 |issue=2 – Proceedings of an International Conference on Comparative Law, Salt Lake City, Utah, 24–25 February 1977 |date=Spring 1978 |pages=187–198 [196–98] |doi=10.2307/839667 |publisher=American Society of Comparative Law |jstor=839667}}&lt;/ref&gt;

The ''[[Waqf]]'' in [[Sharia|Islamic law]], which developed during the 7th–9th centuries, bears a notable resemblance to the [[Charitable trust|trusts]] in the English [[trust law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988}}&lt;/ref&gt; For example, every ''Waqf'' was required to have a ''waqif'' (settlor), ''mutawillis'' (trustee), ''[[qadi]]'' (judge) and beneficiaries.&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1237–40}}&lt;/ref&gt; The trust law developed in [[England]] at the time of the [[Crusades]], during the 12th and 13th centuries, was introduced by Crusaders who may have been influenced by the ''Waqf'' institutions they came across in the [[Middle East]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Hudson|2003|p=32}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1244–45}}&lt;/ref&gt;

In classical Islamic jurisprudence, litigants in court may obtain [[notarized]] statements from between three and twelve witnesses. When the statements of all witnesses are consistent, the notaries will certify their unanimous testimony in a legal document, which may be used to support the litigant's claim.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Justice of Islam|pages=7–9|author=Lawrence Rosen|publisher=Oxford University Press|year=2000|isbn=9780198298847}}&lt;/ref&gt; The notaries serve to free the [[qadi|judge]] from the time-consuming task of hearing the testimony of each eyewitness himself, and their documents serve to legally authenticate each oral testimony.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Expert Witness in Islamic Courts|year=2010|publisher=University of Chicago Press|author=Ron Shaham|pages=4–8|isbn=9780226749358}}&lt;/ref&gt; The [[Maliki]] school requires two notaries to collect a minimum of twelve eyewitness statements in certain legal cases, including those involving unregistered marriages and land disputes.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Positive Law from the Muslim World|author=Baudouin Dupret|year=2021|isbn=9781108960137|pages=205–210|publisher=Cambridge University Press}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Property, Social Structure, and Law in the Modern Middle East|year=1985|pages=54–64|editor=Ann Elizabeth Mayer|publisher=[[SUNY]] Press|isbn=9780873959889}}&lt;/ref&gt; John Makdisi has compared this group of twelve witness statements, known as a ''lafif'', to [[English Common Law]] jury trials under [[Henry II of England|Henry II]], surmising a link between the king's reforms and the legal system of the [[Kingdom of Sicily]]. The island had previously been ruled by various Islamic dynasties.&lt;ref name=&quot;Rodhan&quot;&gt;{{cite book |last1=Al-Rodhan |first1=Nayef R. F. |title=The Role of the Arab-Islamic World in the Rise of the West: Implications for Contemporary Trans-Cultural Relations |date=2012 |publisher=Palgrave Macmillan |isbn=978-0-230-39320-2 |page=73 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=n4OpT4ZP278C |access-date=25 May 2020 |language=en }}{{Dead link|date=November 2023 |bot=InternetArchiveBot |fix-attempted=yes }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Makdisi&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Makdisi |first1=John |title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=North Carolina Law Review |date=1 June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635 |url=https://scholarship.law.unc.edu/nclr/vol77/iss5/2/ |access-date=25 May 2020}}&lt;/ref&gt;

Several other fundamental [[common law]] institutions may have been adapted from similar legal institutions in [[Sharia|Islamic law]] and jurisprudence, and introduced to England by the [[Normans]] after the [[Norman conquest of England]] and the Emirate of Sicily, and by Crusaders during the [[Crusades]]. In particular, the &quot;royal English [[contract]] protected by the action of [[debt]] is identified with the Islamic ''Aqd'', the English [[assize of novel disseisin]] is identified with the Islamic ''Istihqaq'', and the English [[jury]] is identified with the Islamic ''lafif''.&quot; John Makdisi speculated that English legal institutions such as &quot;the [[scholastic method]], the [[licence]] to [[Education|teach]]&quot;, the &quot;[[law school]]s known as [[Inns of Court]] in England and ''[[Madrasah|Madrasas]]'' in Islam&quot; and the &quot;European [[commenda]]&quot; (Islamic ''[[Qirad]]'') may have also originated from Islamic law.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt; The methodology of [[Precedent|legal precedent]] and reasoning by [[analogy]] (''[[Qiyas]]'') are also similar in both the Islamic and common law systems.&lt;ref name=Gamal&gt;{{cite book |title=Islamic Finance: Law, Economics, and Practice |url=https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga |url-access=limited |first=Mahmoud A. |last=El-Gamal |year=2006 |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |isbn=0-521-86414-3 |page=[https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga/page/n35 16] }}&lt;/ref&gt; These influences have led some scholars to suggest that Islamic law may have laid the foundations for &quot;the common law as an integrated whole&quot;.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt;

== See also ==
{{Portal|Islam|Law}}
* [[Abdallah al-Harari]]
* [[Athari|Traditionalist theology]]
* ''[[Bahar-e-Shariat]]''
* [[Glossary of Islam]]
* [[Index of Islam-related articles]]
* [[Ja'fari jurisprudence]]
* [[Outline of Islam]]
* [[List of Islamic terms in Arabic]]
* ''[[Ma'ruf]]''
* ''[[Mizan]]'' – a comprehensive treatise on the contents of Islam written by [[Javed Ahmed Ghamidi]]
* [[Palestinian law]]
* [[Schools of Islamic theology]]
* [[Sources of Islamic law]]
* [[The four Sunni Imams]]
* ''[[Urf]]''

==حوالا== 
===نوٽ===
{{reflist|group=Note}}
===حوالا===
{{حوالا}}
===ڪتابيات===
{{refbegin|30em}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Norman |last=Calder |title=Law. Legal Thought and Jurisprudence |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of the Islamic World |editor=John L. Esposito |publisher=Oxford University Press |location=Oxford |year=2009 |url=http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20081121033722/http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|url-status=dead|archive-date=21 November 2008}}
*Doi, Abd ar-Rahman I., and Clarke, Abdassamad (2008). ''Shari'ah: Islamic Law''. Ta-Ha Publishers Ltd., {{ISBN|978-1-84200-087-8}} (hardback)
* Cilardo, Agostino, &quot;Fiqh, History of&quot;, in ''Muhammad in History, Thought, and Culture: An Encyclopedia of the Prophet of God'' (2 vols.), Edited by C. Fitzpatrick and A. Walker, Santa Barbara, ABC-CLIO, 2014, Vol I, pp.&amp;nbsp;201–206.
* {{citation|last=Dahlén|first=Ashk |title=Islamic Law, Epistemology and Modernity. Legal Philosophy in Contemporary Iran|year=2003|location=New York|publisher=Routledge |isbn=9780415945295|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=QARHBQAAQBAJ}}
*{{cite book |last1=El-Gamal |first1=Mahmoud A. |title=Islamic Finance : Law, Economics, and Practice |publisher=Cambridge University Press |date=2006 |url=http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |ref=MAEGIFLEP2006 |access-date=28 February 2017 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180403160351/http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |archive-date=3 April 2018 |url-status=dead }}
*{{Cite journal |journal=[[University of Pennsylvania Law Review]] |volume=136 |issue=4 |date=April 1988 |pages=1231–1261 |doi=10.2307/3312162 |last1=Gaudiosi |first1= Monica M. |title=The Influence of the Islamic Law of Waqf on the Development of the Trust in England_ The Case of Merton College |publisher=The University of Pennsylvania Law Review |jstor=3312162|s2cid=153149243 |url=http://scholarship.law.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=3909&amp;context=penn_law_review |url-access=subscription }}
*{{cite book |last1=Hawting |first1=G.R. |title=The Quest for the Historical Muhammad |date=2000 |publisher=Prometheus Books |location=New York |pages=489–509 |chapter=16. John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism |ref=GRHJWIaM2000}}
*{{Cite book
 |last=Hudson
 |first=A.
 |title=Equity and Trusts
 |year=2003
 |edition=3rd
 |publisher=Cavendish Publishing
 |location=London
 |isbn=978-1-85941-729-4
 }}

*{{Cite book |last=Levy |first=Reuben |title=The Social Structure of Islam |location=UK |publisher=Cambridge University Press |year=1957 |isbn=978-0-521-09182-4 |url=https://archive.org/details/socialstructureo0000levy }}
*{{Cite journal |last=Makdisi|first=John A.|title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=[[North Carolina Law Review]] |date=June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635–1739}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Irene |last=Schneider |title=Fiqh |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of Islam and Politics |publisher=Oxford University Press |editor=Emad El-Din Shahin |year=2014 |doi=10.1093/acref:oiso/9780199739356.001.0001|isbn=9780199739356 }}
{{refend}}

==مزيد مطالعو==
*Potz, Richard, [http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0159-2011112127 Islamic Law and the Transfer of European Law], [[European History Online]], Mainz: [[Institute of European History]], 2011. (Retrieved 28 November 2011.)
*[Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
*{{Commons category-inline}}
* [https://halaqa.home.blog/2021/02/12/types-of-hanafi-legal-rulings-ahkam/ Types of Hanafi Legal Rulings (Ahkam)]
* [Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

{{Islam topics |Law |state=collapsed}}
{{Authority control}}

[[Category:Islamic jurisprudence| ]]
[[Category:Sharia terminology]]
[[Category:Law schools]]
{{اسلامي فقه}}
[[زمرو:اسلامي اصطلاح]]</text>
      <sha1>3k1320a27t4xdpeyqrauegkm9psedi3</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400947</id>
      <parentid>400946</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T16:47:42Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>/* لغوي معنيَ */</comment>
      <origin>400947</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="49680" sha1="gi2q8s71lkt5jdbbpog0ww2d0e1u76t" xml:space="preserve">'''فقه'''{{ٻيا نالا|انگريزي= ''' Fiqh '''}}({{IPAc-en|f|iː|k}};&lt;ref&gt;[https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/fiqh &quot;fiqh&quot;]. ''[[Collins English Dictionary]]''.&lt;/ref&gt; اسلام ۾ قانون جي سائنس جو {{ٻيا نالا|انگريزي= ''' Jurisprudence '''}} نالو آهي&lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot;&gt;[http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/207723/fiqh Fiqh] Encyclopædia Britannica&lt;/ref&gt;. فقه جو استعمال اسلامي شريعت جي سمجھ طور ڪيو ويندو آهي &lt;ref name=vogel&gt;{{cite book|last=Vogel|first=Frank E.|title=Islamic Law and the Legal System of Saudí: Studies of Saudi Arabia|date=2000|publisher=Brill|pages=4–5|url=https://books.google.com/?id=-PfDuvnHMGoC&amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;dq=vogel+islamic+law#v=onepage&amp;q=vogel%20islamic%20law&amp;f=false|isbn=9004110623}}&lt;/ref&gt; اھو علم شريعت ۾ قرآن ۽ سنت جي روشنيءَ ۾ اجتھاد جي ذريعي واڌارو ڪري ٿو ۽ ان واڌاري کي فقيھن جي فتوائون ذريعي لاڳو ڪري ٿو. فقه ۾ غلطي جي گنجائش ھوندي آھي ۽ اھا تبديل پڻ ٿي سگھندي آھي. موجوده دور۾ سني اسلام ۾ چار فقھي مذھب آھن ۽ شيعه اسلام ۾ ٻہ فقھي مذھب آھن&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;.

== لغوي معنيَ == 
فقه جي لغوي معنيَ آهي ڪنهن شئي جو علم۽ فھم، ڪنھن شئي کي کولڻ۽ نکيڙڻ ۽ ان جي اونھائي ۾ وڃي حقيقت ڳولي لھڻ۽ ان کي پڌرو ڪرڻ، اصطلاحي طور فقه جي معني شريعت جي حڪمن ۾ سمجھ پيدا ڪرڻ آھي&lt;ref name =&quot; آسان فقه&quot; &gt; - ڪتاب: آسان فقه، از: مولانا محمد يوسف اصلاحي، مترجم: محمد عاشق ڌامراھا، مھراڻ اڪيڊمي شڪارپور، جنوري 2002 -- پنھنجي پاران: قمر ميمڻ صه 28  &lt;/ref&gt;. قرآن شريف ۾ سورة التوبہ ۾ آيت نمبر 122 ۾ فقه لفظ جو استعمال ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو:

{{quote| فلولا نفر من کل فرقة منهم طائفة ليتفقهوا في الدين&lt;br&gt; ترجمو:پوء ڇونہ انھن جي سڀ ڪنھن جماعت مان ھڪ ھڪ ٽولي نڪتي ته پاڻ ۾ دين جي سمجھ پيدا ڪن. |التوبة - ۱۲۲|&lt;ref name=&quot;آسان فقه&quot; /&gt;}}

== فقه ==
{{Short description|Islamic jurisprudence}}
{{Islam |texts |width=19.75em}}


'''فقه''' (عربي: فِقْه) اسلامي قانوني نظام يا اسلامي فقہي اصولن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ اصطلاح آهي. &lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot; /&gt; فقہ کي اڪثر ڪري شريعت بابت انساني سمجھ (تحقيق ۽ عمل) جي طور تي بيان ڪيو ويندو آهي؛ يعني اسلامي قانون، جيئن قرآن ۽ سنت (پيغمبر محمد ﷺ ۽ سندن ساٿين جي تعليمات ۽ عملن ۾ بيان ڪيو ويو آهي) جي انساني سمجھ آهي. &lt;ref name=&quot;vogel&quot; /&gt; فقه، اسلامي قانون دانن (علماءِ) پاران قرآن ۽ اجتهاد (سنت جي تشريح) ذريعي شريعت کي وسيع ۽ ترقي ڏياري ٿي ۽ ان تي عمل درآمد انهن قانون دانن جي فيصلن (فتويٰ) ذريعي ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا انهن آڏو پيش ڪيل مسئلن تي ڏنا ويندا آهن. &lt;ref name=&quot;vogel&quot; /&gt; ان ڪري، جتي مسلمان شريعت کي تبديليءَ کان پاڪ ۽ غلطين کان مبرّا سمجهن ٿا، اتي فقه کي غلطي جي امڪان واري ۽ تبديليءَ جي قابل سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. 

فقه جو تعلق اسلام ۾ عبادات، اخلاقيات ۽ سماجي قانون سازي، گڏوگڏ معاشي ۽ سياسي نظام جي معاملن سان آهي. جديد دور ۾، سني روايتن ۾ فقه جا چار نمايان مڪتبِ فڪر (مذھب) موجود آهن، ان کان علاوه شيعه روايتن ۾ ٻه (يا ٽي) مڪتبِ فڪر آهن. فقه جي ڄاڻ رکندڙ شخص کي ”فقيه“ (جمع: فقهاءِ) چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;

مجازي معنيٰ ۾، فقه مان مراد اسلامي قانوني فيصلن بابت انهن جي بنيادي ذريعن مان حاصل ڪيل ڄاڻ آهي. ذريعن مان مذهبي فيصلا اخذ ڪرڻ لاءِ &quot;مجتهد&quot; (اهو فرد جيڪو اجتهاد ڪري ٿو) لاءِ ضروري آهي ته هو فقه جي مختلف بحثن تي گهري ڄاڻ ۽ سمجھ رکي.  

فقه جي مطالعي کي روايتي طور تي ٻن حصن ۾ ورهايو ويو آهي: &quot;اصولِ فقه&quot; (اسلامي فقه جا اصول، لفظي معنيٰ: ”فقه جون پاڙون&quot;)، جيڪي قانوني تشريح ۽ تجزيي جا طريقا آهن؛ ۽ &quot;فروعِ فقه&quot; (لفظي معنيٰ: &quot;فقه جون شاخون&quot;)، جيڪي انهن اصولن جي بنياد تي فيصلن جي تفصيلي وضاحت آهن. فروعِ فقه، اصولِ فقه جي اطلاق جو نتيجو ۽ خدائي مرضي کي سمجهڻ لاءِ ڪيل انساني ڪوششن جو مجموعي حاصلات آهي. &quot;حڪم&quot; (جمع: احڪام) ڪنهن خاص معاملي يا صورتحال ۾ ڏنل مخصوص فيصلي کي چيو ويندو آهي

== Etymology ==
The word ''fiqh'' is an Arabic term meaning &quot;deep understanding&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Modarresi&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|author-link=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|title=The Laws of Islam|date=26 March 2016|publisher=Enlight Press|isbn=978-0994240989|url=http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|access-date=22 December 2017|ref=Modarresi|language=en|archive-date=2 August 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190802163247/http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{rp|470}} or &quot;full comprehension&quot;. Technically it refers to the body of Islamic law extracted from detailed Islamic sources (which are studied in the [[principles of Islamic jurisprudence]]) and the process of gaining knowledge of Islam through jurisprudence. The historian [[Ibn Khaldun]] describes ''fiqh'' as &quot;knowledge of the rules of God which concern the actions of persons who own themselves connected to obey the law respecting what is required (''[[wajib]]''), sinful (''[[haraam]]''), recommended (''[[mustahab|mandūb]]''), disapproved (''[[makrūh]]''), or neutral (''[[mubah]]'')&quot;.&lt;ref&gt;Levy (1957). p. 150.&lt;/ref&gt; This definition is consistent amongst the jurists.

In [[Modern Standard Arabic]], ''fiqh'' has also come to mean Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=أنیس|first=إبراهیم|title=المعجم الوسیط|publisher=دارالفکر|year=1998|location=بیروت، لبنان|pages=731}}&lt;/ref&gt; It is not thus possible to speak of [[Chief Justice of the United States|Chief Justice]] [[John Roberts]] as an expert in the [[common law]] ''fiqh'' of the [[United States]], or of [[Egypt]]ian legal scholar [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] as an expert in the civil law ''fiqh'' of Egypt.

==History==
{{main|Sharia}}
{{further information|History of Islamic economics}}

According to Sunni Islamic history, Sunni law followed a chronological path of:
*[[God in Islam|God]] → [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] → [[Sahabah|Companions]] → [[Tabi'un|Followers]] → ''Fiqh''.&lt;ref name=&quot;Maghen-2003&quot;&gt;{{cite journal|last1=Maghen|first1=Ze'ev|title=Dead Tradition: Joseph Schacht and the Origins of &quot;Popular Practice&quot;|journal=Islamic Law and Society|date=2003|volume=10|issue=3|pages=276–347|doi=10.1163/156851903770227575|jstor=3399422}}&lt;/ref&gt;
The commands and prohibitions chosen by God were revealed through the agency of the Prophet in both the Quran and the Sunnah (words, deeds, and examples of the Prophet passed down as [[hadith]]). 
The first Muslims (the [[Sahabah]] or Companions) heard and obeyed, and passed this essence of Islam&lt;ref name=GRHJWIaM2000:513/&gt; to succeeding generations (''[[Tabi'un]]'' and ''[[Tabi' al-Tabi'in]]'' or successors/followers and successors of successors), as Muslims and Islam spread from West Arabia to the conquered lands north, east, and west,&lt;ref name=RGHIGP2015:223&gt;[[#RGHIGP2015|Hoyland, ''In God's Path'', 2015]]: p.223&lt;/ref&gt;{{#tag:ref|for example, Sunni [[Hanbali]] scholar/preacher [[Al-Hasan ibn 'Ali al-Barbahari]] (d.941) who ruled the streets of Baghdad from 921-941 CE,  insisted that &quot;whoever asserts that there is any part of Islam with which the Companions of the Prophet did not provide us has called them [the Companions of the Prophet] liars&quot;.&lt;ref name=cook-2000-109&gt;{{cite book|last1=Cook|first1=Michael|title=The Koran : A Very Short Introduction|date=2000|publisher=Oxford University Press|url=https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook |url-access=registration|isbn=0192853449|page=[https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook/page/n122 109]}}&lt;/ref&gt;|group=Note}} where it was systematized and elaborated.&lt;ref name=GRHJWIaM2000:513&gt;[[#GRHJWIaM2000|Hawting, &quot;John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism&quot;, 2000]]: p.513&lt;/ref&gt;

The history of Islamic jurisprudence is &quot;customarily divided into eight periods&quot;:&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: pp. 30–31&lt;/ref&gt;
*the first period ending with the death of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] in 11 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*second period &quot;characterized by personal interpretations&quot; of the canon by the ''[[Sahabah]]'' or companions of Muhammad, lasting until 50 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from 50 AH until the early second century AH there was competition between &quot;a traditionalist approach to jurisprudence&quot; in [[Hijaz|western Arabia]] where Islam was revealed and a &quot;rationalist approach in Iraq&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;golden age of classical Islamic jurisprudence&quot; from the &quot;early second to the mid-fourth century when the [[Madhhab#Amman Message|eight &quot;most significant&quot;]] schools of Sunni and [[Shia|Shi'i]] jurisprudence emerged.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from the mid-fourth century to mid-seventh AH Islamic jurisprudence was &quot;limited to elaborations within the main juristic schools&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;dark age&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence stretched from the [[Siege of Baghdad (1258)|fall of Baghdad]] in the mid-seventh AH (1258 CE) to 1293 AH/1876 CE.
*In 1293 AH (1876 CE) the Ottomans codified [[Hanafi]] jurisprudence in the ''[[Mecelle|Majallah el-Ahkam-i-Adliya]]''. Several &quot;juristic revival movements&quot; influenced by &quot;exposure to Western legal and technological progress&quot; followed until the mid-20th century CE. [[Muhammad Abduh]] and [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] were products of this era.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; However, Abduh and El-Sanhuri were modernists. 19th century Ottoman Shariah Code was built on the views of the Hanafi school.
*The most recent era has been that of the &quot;[[Islamic revival#Contemporary revivalism|Islamic revival]]&quot;, which has been &quot;predicated on rejection of Western social and legal advances&quot; and the development of specifically Islamic states, social sciences, economics, and finance.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
The formative period of Islamic jurisprudence stretches back to the time of the early Muslim communities. During this period, jurists were more concerned with issues of authority and teaching than with theory and methodology.&lt;ref name=&quot;Weiss (2002)&quot;&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by [[Bernard G. Weiss]], (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. pp. 3, 161.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Progress in theory and methodology happened with the coming of the early Muslim jurist [[Muhammad ibn Idris ash-Shafi`i]] (767–820), who codified the basic principles of Islamic jurisprudence in his book ''ar-Risālah''. The book details the four roots of law ([[Qur'an]], [[sunnah]], ''[[ijma]]'', and ''[[qiyas]]'') while specifying that the primary Islamic texts (the Qur'an and the hadith) be understood according to objective rules of interpretation derived from scientific study of the Arabic language.&lt;ref name=weiss-162&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by Bernard G. Weiss, (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. p. 162.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Secondary sources of law were developed and refined over the subsequent centuries, consisting primarily of juristic preference (''[[istihsan]]''), laws of the previous prophets (''[[shara man qablana]]''), continuity (''[[istishab]]''), extended analogy (''[[maslaha mursala]]''), blocking the means (''[[sadd al-dhari'ah]]''), local customs (''[[urf]]''), and sayings of a companion of the Prophet (''[[qawl al-sahabi]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Nyazee (2000)&quot;&gt;Nyazee, Imran Ahsan Khan (2000). ''Islamic Jurisprudence (UsulAI-Fiqh)''. Islamabad: Islamic Research Institute Press.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== Diagram of early scholars ===

[[File:Sunni Streams of Doctrine.png|thumb|Main schools of thought within Sunni Islam, and other prominent streams.]]
[[File:Muslim World Introduction.svg|thumb|Major schools of thought and theology in the Islamic world]]
The Quran set the rights, responsibilities, and rules for people and societies to adhere to, such as dealing in [[The Impact of Religion on International Negotiations|interest]]. Muhammad then provided an example, which is recorded in the hadith books, showing people how he practically implemented these rules in a society. After the passing of Muhammad, there was a need for jurists, to decide on new legal matters where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadith, example of Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=gMxjJqurmiAC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA30|title=Islam Vs. West|isbn=9780595501571|last1=Asadulla|first1=Abubakr|year=2009|publisher=iUniverse }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=es9Sunv_y2MC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA20|title=Islamic State Practices, International Law and the Threat from Terrorism|isbn=9781841135014|last1=Rehman|first1=Javaid|date=7 June 2005|publisher=Hart }}&lt;/ref&gt;

In the years proceeding Muhammad, the community in Madina continued to use the same rules. People were familiar with the practice of Muhammad and therefore continued to use the same rules.

The scholars appearing in the diagram below were taught by [[Muhammad's companions]], many of whom settled in Madina.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceA&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|title=ulama|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=25 February 2013|archive-date=21 October 2014|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141021231627/http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; ''[[Muwatta Imam Malik|Muwatta]]''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|title=Muwatta|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=13 October 2010|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; by [[Malik ibn Anas]] was written as a consensus of the opinion, of these scholars.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=d5Ks31qHlSYC&amp;q=coulson+history+islamic+law|title=A History of Islamic Law|isbn=9780748605149|last1=Coulson|first1=Noel James|year=1994}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Va6oSxzojzoC&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA207|title=E. J. Brill's First Encyclopaedia of Islam, 1913–1936|isbn=9004097910|last1=Houtsma|first1=M. Th|year=1993|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=0_wUAAAAIAAJ&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA264|title=Studies in Islamic History and Civilization|isbn=9789652640147|last1=Šārôn|first1=Moše|year=1986|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt; ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas quotes 13 hadiths from Imam [[Jafar al-Sadiq]].&lt;ref name=&quot;Muwatta&quot;&gt;''Al-Muwatta'' of Imam Malik Ibn Anas, translated by Aisha Bewley (Book #5, Hadith #5.9.23) (Book #16, Hadith #16.1.1) (Book #17, Hadith #17.24.43) (Book #20, Hadith #20.10.40) (Book #20, Hadith #20.11.44) (Book #20, Hadith #20.32.108) (Book #20, Hadith #20.39.127) (Book #20, Hadith #20.40.132) (Book #20, Hadith #20.49.167) (Book #20, Hadith #20.57.190) (Book #26, Hadith #26.1.2) (Book #29, Hadith #29.5.17) (Book #36, Hadith #36.4.5) [http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html Al-Muwatta'] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html |date=13 October 2010 }}&lt;/ref&gt;
Aisha also taught her nephew [[Urwah ibn Zubayr]]. He then taught his son [[Hisham ibn Urwah]], who was the main teacher of Malik ibn Anas whose views many Sunni follow and also taught by Jafar al-Sadiq. [[Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]], Hisham ibn Urwah and Muhammad al-Baqir taught [[Zayd ibn Ali]], Jafar al-Sadiq, [[Abu Hanifa]], and Malik ibn Anas.

Imam Jafar al-Sadiq, Imam Abu Hanifa and Malik ibn Anas worked together in [[Al-Masjid an-Nabawi]] in Medina, along with Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr, Muhammad al-Baqir, Zayd ibn Ali and over 70 other leading jurists and scholars.

[[Al-Shafi'i]] was taught by Malik ibn Anas. [[Ahmad ibn Hanbal]] was taught by Al-Shafi'i. [[Muhammad al-Bukhari]] travelled everywhere collecting hadith and his father [[Ismail ibn Ibrahim]] was a student of Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Islam Page 67&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=mlGgGVCp0UcC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA67|title=Understanding Women in Islam|isbn=9789793780191|last1=Hasyim|first1=Syafiq|year=2006|publisher=Equinox }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=JdjtUTYSL1UC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA37|title=Classical Islam|isbn=9780415240321|last1=Calder|first1=Norman|last2=Mojaddedi|first2=Jawid Ahmad|last3=Rippin|first3=Andrew|year=2003|publisher=Psychology Press }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=GlqeC1ZFAUEC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim&amp;pg=PT101|title=Judaism and Islam in Practice|isbn=9781134605538|last1=Brockopp|first1=Jonathan E.|last2=Neusner|first2=Jacob|last3=Sonn|first3=Tamara|date=27 September 2005|publisher=Routledge }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.oocities.org/mutmainaa7/people/jafar_al_sadiq.html|title=Jafar Al-Sadiq}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|title=IMAM JAFAR BIN MUHAMMAD AS-SADIQ (AS)|website=www.ziaraat.org|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=22 August 2023|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230822202122/http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{Islam scholars diagram}}

In the books actually written by these original jurists and scholars, there are very few theological and judicial differences between them. Imam Ahmad rejected the writing down and codifying of the religious rulings he gave. They knew that they might have fallen into error in some of their judgements and stated this clearly. They never introduced their rulings by saying, &quot;Here, this judgement is the judgement of God and His prophet.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=W4OKaz5dzdYC&amp;q=Modernist+Islam,+1840-1940:+A+Sourcebook+By+Charles+Kurzman|title=Modernist Islam, 1840–1940|isbn=9780195154689|last1=Kurzman|first1=Charles|year=2002|publisher=Oxford University Press }}&lt;/ref&gt; There is also very little text actually written down by Jafar al-Sadiq himself. They all give priority to the Qur'an and the hadith (the practice of Muhammad). They felt that the Quran and the Hadith, the example of Muhammad provided people with almost everything they needed. &quot;This day I have perfected for you your religion and completed My favor upon you and have approved for you Islam as religion&quot; (Qur'an 5:3).&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://quran.com/5/3 |title=Surat Al-Ma'idah [5:3] - The Noble Qur'an - القرآن الكريم |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130925005700/http://quran.com/5/3 |archive-date=25 September 2013 |df=dmy }} [http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ Quran Surah Al-Maaida ( Verse 3 )] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180612141107/http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ |date=12 June 2018 }}&lt;/ref&gt;

These scholars did not distinguish between each other. They were not Sunni or Shia. They felt that they were following the religion of Abraham as described in the Quran &quot;Say: Allah speaks the truth; so follow the religion of Abraham, the upright one. And he was not one of the polytheists&quot; (Qur'an 3:95).

Most of the differences are regarding Sharia laws devised through [[Ijtihad]] where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadiths of Islamic prophet Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;/&gt; As these jurists went to new areas, they were pragmatic and continued to use the same ruling as was given in that area during pre-Islamic times, if the population felt comfortable with it, it was just and they used Ijtihad to deduce that it did not conflict with the Quran or the Hadith. As explained in the ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This made it easier for the different communities to integrate into the Islamic State and assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State.

To reduce the divergence, [[ash-Shafi'i]] proposed giving priority to the Qur'an and the Hadith (the practice of Muhammad) and only then look at the consensus of the Muslim jurists (''[[ijma]]'') and analogical reasoning (''[[qiyas]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This then resulted in jurists like Muhammad al-Bukhari&lt;ref name=&quot;sahih-bukhari.com&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.sahih-bukhari.com/|title=Sahih Bukhari : Read, Study, Search Online|first=Sahih|last=Bukhari}}&lt;/ref&gt; dedicating their lives to the collection of the correct hadith, in books like [[Sahih al-Bukhari]] (Sahih translates as authentic or correct). They also felt that Muhammad's judgement was more impartial and better than their own.

These original jurists and scholars also acted as a counterbalance to the rulers. When they saw injustice, all these scholars spoke out against it. As the state expanded outside Madina, the rights of the different communities, as they were constituted in the [[Constitution of Medina]] still applied. The Quran also gave additional rights to the citizens of the state and these rights were also applied. Ali, Hassan and [[Husayn ibn Ali]] gave their allegiance to the first three caliphs because they abided by these conditions. Later [[Ali]] the fourth caliph wrote in a letter &quot;I did not approach the people to get their oath of allegiance but they came to me with their desire to make me their Amir (ruler). I did not extend my hands towards them so that they might swear the oath of allegiance to me but they themselves extended their hands towards me.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;Nahj ul Balagha Letter 54&lt;/ref&gt; But later as fate would have it ([[Predestination in Islam]]) when [[Yazid I]], an [[Umayyad Caliphate|Umayyad]] ruler took power, Husayn ibn Ali the grandson of Muhammad felt that it was a test from God for him and his duty to confront him. Then [[Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr]], Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr's cousin confronted the Umayyad rulers after Husayn ibn Ali was betrayed by the people of Kufa and killed by Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Yazid I.&lt;ref&gt;Najeebabadi, Akbar Shah (2001). The History of Islam V.2. Riyadh: Darussalam. p. 110. {{ISBN|9960-892-88-3}}.&lt;/ref&gt; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr then took on the Umayyads and expelled their forces from Hijaz and Iraq. But then his forces were depleted in Iraq, trying to stop the Khawarij. The Umayyads then moved in. After a lengthy campaign, in his last hour Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr asked his mother [[Asma' bint Abu Bakr]] the daughter of [[Abu Bakr]] the first caliph for advice. Asma' bint Abu Bakr replied to her son, she said:&lt;ref name=&quot;ummah.com&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|title=The Advice of Asmaa bint Abu Bakr (ra) to her son Abdullah Ibn Zubair (ra)|website=Ummah.com - Muslim Forum|access-date=20 September 2021|archive-date=25 February 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210225220953/https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; &quot;You know better in your own self, that if you are upon the truth and you are calling towards the truth go forth, for people more honourable than you have been killed and if you are not upon the truth, then what an evil son you are and you have destroyed yourself and those who are with you. If you say, that if you are upon the truth and you will be killed at the hands of others, then you will not truly be free.&quot; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr left and was later also killed and crucified by the Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Umayyads and led by Hajjaj. [[Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]] the son of Abu Bakr the first caliph and raised by Ali the fourth caliph was also killed by the Umayyads.&lt;ref&gt;Nahj al-Balagha Sermon 71, Letter 27, Letter 34, Letter 35&lt;/ref&gt; [[Aisha]] then raised and taught her son Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr who later taught his grandson Jafar al-Sadiq.

During the early Umayyad period, there was more community involvement. The Quran and Muhammad's example was the main source of law after which the community decided. If it worked for the community, was just and did not conflict with the Quran and the example of Muhammad, it was accepted. This made it easier for the different communities, with Roman, Persian, Central Asia and North African backgrounds to integrate into the Islamic State and that assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State. The scholars in Madina were consulted on the more complex judicial issues. The Sharia and the official more centralized schools of fiqh developed later, during the time of the Abbasids.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceB&quot;&gt;Muawiya Restorer of the Muslim Faith By Aisha Bewley p. 68&lt;/ref&gt;

==Components==
{{further|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}
[[File:Map of the Legal systems of the world (en).png|thumb|350px|[[List of national legal systems|Legal systems of the world]]]]
The sources of [[Sharia]] in order of importance are:&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;&gt;Abul Quasem, M. (1975). The ethics of al-Ghazali: A composite ethics in Islam. p. 26&lt;/ref&gt;
#[[Qur'an]]
#[[Hadith]]
#[[Ijma]], i.e. collective reasoning and consensus amongst authoritative Muslims of a particular generation, and its interpretation by Islamic scholars.
#The consensus of the [[Sahaba]]
#[[Qiyas]], analogical legal reasoning by Islamic jurists.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;&gt;{{cite book|editor1-first=Hisham M. |editor1-last=Ramadan|author1=Irshad Abdel Haqq|author-link1=Islamic law: An Overview of Its Origins and Elements|title=Understanding Islamic Law: From Classical to Contemporary|year=2006|publisher=Rowman Altamira|isbn=9780759109919|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=5ZS7EaHTQX8C&amp;q=Islamic+law%3A+An+Overview+of+Its+Origins+and+Elements&amp;pg=PA1 |access-date=17 August 2016}} p. 18&lt;/ref&gt;

Majority of [[Sunni Muslims]] view ''[[Qiyas]]'' as a central Pillar of ''[[Ijtihad]]''.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;/&gt; An example is the ruling of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]], that &quot;a judge should not sit in judgement while angry&quot;, whereas reason adds that this extends to hunger or suffering from a painful disease.&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;/&gt; [[Zahiri]]tes, rejected ''Qiyas'' unlike the Sunnis.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=B. Hallaq |first=Wael |title=THE ORIGINS AND EVOLUTION OF ISLAMIC LAW |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |year=2005 |isbn=978-0-521-80332-8 | location=Cambridge, UK |pages=124, 127}}&lt;/ref&gt; The ''[[Shia Islam|Shi'a]]'' believed that all laws are implicitly mentioned in the Quran or the sunnah and can be discovered by the jurists of their tradition.&lt;ref&gt;Mansoor Moaddel, ''Islamic Modernism, Nationalism, and Fundamentalism: Episode and Discourse'', pg. 32. [[Chicago]]: [[University of Chicago Press]], 2005.&lt;/ref&gt;

The [[Qur'an]] gives instructions on many issues, such as how to perform the ritual purification (''{{lang|ar|[[wudu]]}}'') before the obligatory daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}''). On other issues, for example, the Qur'an states one needs to engage in daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}'') and fast (''{{lang|ar|[[sawm]]}}'') during the [[Ramadan (calendar month)|month of Ramadan]] but further instructions and details on how to perform these duties can be found in the traditions of Muhammad, so [[Qur'an and Sunnah]] are in most cases the basis for (''{{lang|ar|[[Shariah]]}}'').

Some topics are without precedent in Islam's early period. In those cases, Muslim jurists (''{{lang|ar|[[Fuqaha]]}}'') try to arrive at conclusions by other means. [[Sunni]] jurists use historical consensus of the community (''{{lang|ar|[[Ijma]]}}''); a majority in the modern era also use [[analogy]] (''{{lang|ar|[[Qiyas]]}}'') and weigh the harms and benefits of new topics (''{{lang|ar|[[Istislah]]}}''), and a plurality utilizes juristic preference (''{{lang|ar|[[Istihsan]]}}''). The conclusions arrived at with the aid of these additional tools constitute a wide array of laws, and its application is called ''fiqh''. Thus, in contrast to the ''sharia'', ''fiqh'' is not regarded as [[sacred]] and the schools of thought have differing views on its details, without viewing other conclusions as [[Sacrilege|sacrilegious]]. This division of interpretation in more detailed issues has resulted in different schools of thought (''{{lang|ar|[[madh'hab]]}}'').

This wider concept of '''Islamic jurisprudence''' is the source of a range of laws in different topics that guide Muslims in everyday life.

=== Component categories ===
[[File:Actions in Fiqh.png|thumb|Actions in Islamic Fiqh]]

Islamic jurisprudence (''fiqh'') covers two main areas:
# Rules in relation to actions, and,
# Rules in relation to circumstances surrounding actions.

These types of rules can also fall into two groups:
# Worship ([[Ibadah|Ibadaat]])
# Dealings and transactions (with people) ([[Muamalat|Mu`amalaat]])

Rules in relation to actions ('''amaliyya'' — عملية) or &quot;[[Ahkam|decision types]]&quot; comprise:
# Obligation (''[[fardh]]'')
# Recommendation (''[[mustahabb]]'')
# Permissibility (''[[mubah]]'')
# Disrecommendation (''[[makrooh]]'')
# Prohibition (''[[haraam]]'')

Rules in relation to circumstances (''wadia''') comprise:
# Condition (''shart'')
# Cause (''sabab'')
# Preventor (''mani'')
# Permit / Enforced (''rukhsah, azeemah'')
# Valid / Corrupt / Invalid (''sahih, fasid, batil'')
# In time / Deferred / Repeat (''adaa, qadaa, i'ada'')

=== Methodologies of jurisprudence ===
{{main|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}

The [[modus operandi]] of the Muslim jurist is known as ''[[usul al-fiqh]]'' (&quot;principles of jurisprudence&quot;).

There are different approaches to the methodology used in jurisprudence to derive Islamic rulings from the primary sources of ''[[sharia]]'' (Islamic law). The main methodologies are those of the [[Sunni]], [[Shi'a]] and [[Ibadi]] denominations. While both Sunni and [[Shi'ite]] (Shia) are divided into smaller sub-schools, the differences among the Shi'ite schools is considerably greater. Ibadites only follow a single school without divisions.

While using court decisions as legal precedents and [[case law]] are central to Western law, the importance of the institution of fatawa (non-binding answers by Islamic legal scholars to legal questions) has been called &quot;central to the development&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:32&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: p. 32&lt;/ref&gt; This is in part because of a &quot;vacuum&quot; in the other source of Islamic law, ''qada`'' (legal rulings by state appointed Islamic judges) after the fall of the last [[caliphate]] the Ottoman Empire.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; While the practice in Islam dates back to the time of Muhammad, according to at least one source (Muhammad El-Gamal), it is &quot;modeled after the [[Roman Empire|Roman]] system of ''[[responsa]]'',&quot; and gives the questioner &quot;decisive primary-mover advantage in choosing the question and its wording.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;

Each school (''[[madhhab]]'') reflects a unique ''[[urf]]'' or culture (a cultural practice that was influenced by traditions), that the classical jurists themselves lived in, when rulings were made. Some suggest that the discipline of ''[[isnad]]'', which developed to validate ''hadith'' made it relatively easy to record and validate also the rulings of jurists. This, in turn, made them far easier to imitate (''[[taqlid]]'') than to challenge in new contexts. The argument is, the schools have been more or less frozen for centuries, and reflect a culture that simply no longer exists. Traditional scholars hold that religion is there to regulate human behavior and nurture people's moral side and since human nature has not fundamentally changed since the beginning of Islam a call to modernize the religion is essentially one to relax all laws and institutions.

Early ''[[shariah]]'' had a much more flexible character, and some modern Muslim scholars believe that it should be renewed, and that the classical jurists should lose special status. This would require formulating a new fiqh suitable for the modern world, e.g. as proposed by advocates of the [[Islamization of knowledge]], which would deal with the modern context. This modernization is opposed by most conservative ''[[ulema]]''. Traditional scholars hold that the laws are contextual and consider circumstance such as time, place and culture, the principles they are based upon are universal such as justice, equality and respect. Many Muslim scholars argue that even though technology may have advanced, the fundamentals of human life have not.

=== Fields of jurisprudence ===
{{flatlist}}
*[[Islamic criminal jurisprudence|Criminal]]
*[[Islamic economical jurisprudence|Economics]]
*[[Adab (behavior)|Etiquette]]
*[[Islamic family jurisprudence|Family]]
*[[Hygiene in Islam|Hygienical]]
*[[Islamic inheritance jurisprudence|Inheritance]]
*[[Islamic marital jurisprudence|Marital]]
*[[Rules of war in Islam|Military]]
*[[Islamic political jurisprudence|Political]]
*[[Islamic theological jurisprudence|Theological]]
{{endflatlist}}

=== Schools of jurisprudence ===
{{Main|Madhhab}}
There are several [[Madhhab|schools of fiqh thought]] ({{langx|ar|مذهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|madhhab}}''; pl. {{lang|ar|مذاهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|maḏāhib}}'')
[[File:Madhhab Map3.png|thumb|Map of the Muslim world with the main schools of thoughts&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Islamic Jurisprudence &amp; Law {{!}} ReOrienting the Veil |url=https://veil.unc.edu/religions/islam/law/ |access-date=2025-05-19 |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{Needs update|date=May 2025|reason=Our Fiqh map does need an update, for example Bahrain is mostly orange (representing Ja'fari) while its Monarchy is Maliki and a majority of its citizens Sunni. Would be very helpful to get an update to date SVG version of the map as there are some tiny island Indian Ocean countries who are not shown on the map}}]]
The schools of [[Sunni Islam|Sunni]] Islam are each named by students of the classical jurist who taught them. The Sunni schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Hanafi school|Hanafi]] ([[Turkey]], [[Balkans]], [[Levant]], [[Central Asia]], [[Islam in South Asia|South Asia]], [[Islam in China|China]], [[North Caucasus|Northwest Caucasus]], [[Lower Egypt]], and [[Tatarstan]])
*[[Maliki school|Maliki]] ([[North Africa]], [[West Africa]], [[Upper Egypt]], [[Kuwait]], [[Bahrain]], [[Emirate of Abu Dhabi|Abu Dhabi]], and [[Emirate of Dubai|Dubai]])
*[[Shafi'i school|Shafi'i]] ([[Indonesia]], [[Malaysia]], [[Brunei]], [[Kurdistan]], [[East Africa]], [[North Caucasus|Northeast Caucasus]], [[Yemen]], [[Oman]], [[Islam in Kerala|Kerala]], [[Emirate of Fujairah|Fujairah]], and the [[Sinai Peninsula]])
*[[Hanbali school|Hanbali]] ([[Saudi Arabia]], [[Qatar]], [[Emirate of Sharjah|Sharjah]], [[Emirate of Umm Al Quwain|Umm al-Quwain]], [[Emirate of Ras Al Khaimah|Ras al-Khaimah]], and [[Emirate of Ajman|Ajman]])

The schools of [[Shia]] Islam are based on the [[Ja'fari school|Ja'fari]] school of jurisprudence. The Shia schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Twelver Shi'ism|Twelver]] ([[Iran]], [[Iraq]], and [[Azerbaijan]])
*[[Ismailism|Isma'ili]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Lakhani |first=M. Ali |title=Faith and Ethics: The Vision of the Ismaili Imamat |page=4 |quote=The place of the Ismailis within the theological pluralism of the Muslim community is best summarised by their Imam's statement to the International Islamic Conference held in Amman in July 2005: &quot;Our historic adherence is to the Ja'fari madhhab and other madhahib of close affinity, and it continues, under the leadership of the hereditary Ismaili Imam of the time. This adherence is in harmony also with our acceptance of Sufi principles of personal search and balance between the zahir and the spirit or the intellect which the zahir signifies.&quot; |publisher=Bloomsbury Publishing |year=2017 |isbn=978-1786733900}}&lt;/ref&gt; (minority communities in [[Central Asia]], [[South Asia]], [[Levant]], [[Yemen]])
*[[Zaydism|Zaydi]] (minority communities in [[Yemen]])

Entirely separate from both the Sunni and Shia traditions, [[Kharijites|Khawarij]] Islam has evolved its own distinct school.
*[[Ibadism|Ibadi]] (minority communities in [[Oman]])

These schools share many of their rulings, but differ on the particular [[hadith]]s they accept as authentic and the weight they give to analogy or reason ([[qiyas]]) in deciding difficulties.

The relationship between (at least the Sunni) schools of jurisprudence and the conflict between the unity of the Shariah and the diversity of the schools, was expressed by the 12th century Hanafi scholar [[Abu Hafs Umar al-Nasafi]], who wrote: &quot;Our school is correct with the possibility of error, and another school is in error with the possibility of being correct.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1 = Brown|first1 = Jonathan A.C.|author-link = Jonathan A.C. Brown|title = Misquoting Muhammad: The Challenge and Choices of Interpreting the Prophet's Legacy|date = 2014|publisher = [[Oneworld Publications]]|isbn = 978-1780744209|url = https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50|access-date = 4 June 2018|ref = JACBMM2014|pages = [https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50 50-51]}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== Influence on Western laws ==
{{main|Sharia#Classic Islamic law|l1=Sharia: Classic Islamic law}}

A number of important legal [[institution]]s were developed by Muslim jurists during the classical period of Islam, known as the [[Islamic Golden Age]]. One such institution was the ''[[Hawala]]'', an early [[informal value transfer system]], which is mentioned in texts of Islamic jurisprudence as early as the 8th century. ''Hawala'' itself later influenced the development of the [[Agency (law)|agency]] in [[common law]] and in [[Civil law (legal system)|civil laws]] such as the ''aval'' in [[Law of France|French law]] and the ''avallo'' in [[Law of Italy|Italian law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |title=Islamic Law: Its Relation to Other Legal Systems |first=Gamal Moursi |last=Badr |journal=The American Journal of Comparative Law |volume=26 |issue=2 – Proceedings of an International Conference on Comparative Law, Salt Lake City, Utah, 24–25 February 1977 |date=Spring 1978 |pages=187–198 [196–98] |doi=10.2307/839667 |publisher=American Society of Comparative Law |jstor=839667}}&lt;/ref&gt;

The ''[[Waqf]]'' in [[Sharia|Islamic law]], which developed during the 7th–9th centuries, bears a notable resemblance to the [[Charitable trust|trusts]] in the English [[trust law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988}}&lt;/ref&gt; For example, every ''Waqf'' was required to have a ''waqif'' (settlor), ''mutawillis'' (trustee), ''[[qadi]]'' (judge) and beneficiaries.&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1237–40}}&lt;/ref&gt; The trust law developed in [[England]] at the time of the [[Crusades]], during the 12th and 13th centuries, was introduced by Crusaders who may have been influenced by the ''Waqf'' institutions they came across in the [[Middle East]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Hudson|2003|p=32}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1244–45}}&lt;/ref&gt;

In classical Islamic jurisprudence, litigants in court may obtain [[notarized]] statements from between three and twelve witnesses. When the statements of all witnesses are consistent, the notaries will certify their unanimous testimony in a legal document, which may be used to support the litigant's claim.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Justice of Islam|pages=7–9|author=Lawrence Rosen|publisher=Oxford University Press|year=2000|isbn=9780198298847}}&lt;/ref&gt; The notaries serve to free the [[qadi|judge]] from the time-consuming task of hearing the testimony of each eyewitness himself, and their documents serve to legally authenticate each oral testimony.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Expert Witness in Islamic Courts|year=2010|publisher=University of Chicago Press|author=Ron Shaham|pages=4–8|isbn=9780226749358}}&lt;/ref&gt; The [[Maliki]] school requires two notaries to collect a minimum of twelve eyewitness statements in certain legal cases, including those involving unregistered marriages and land disputes.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Positive Law from the Muslim World|author=Baudouin Dupret|year=2021|isbn=9781108960137|pages=205–210|publisher=Cambridge University Press}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Property, Social Structure, and Law in the Modern Middle East|year=1985|pages=54–64|editor=Ann Elizabeth Mayer|publisher=[[SUNY]] Press|isbn=9780873959889}}&lt;/ref&gt; John Makdisi has compared this group of twelve witness statements, known as a ''lafif'', to [[English Common Law]] jury trials under [[Henry II of England|Henry II]], surmising a link between the king's reforms and the legal system of the [[Kingdom of Sicily]]. The island had previously been ruled by various Islamic dynasties.&lt;ref name=&quot;Rodhan&quot;&gt;{{cite book |last1=Al-Rodhan |first1=Nayef R. F. |title=The Role of the Arab-Islamic World in the Rise of the West: Implications for Contemporary Trans-Cultural Relations |date=2012 |publisher=Palgrave Macmillan |isbn=978-0-230-39320-2 |page=73 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=n4OpT4ZP278C |access-date=25 May 2020 |language=en }}{{Dead link|date=November 2023 |bot=InternetArchiveBot |fix-attempted=yes }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Makdisi&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Makdisi |first1=John |title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=North Carolina Law Review |date=1 June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635 |url=https://scholarship.law.unc.edu/nclr/vol77/iss5/2/ |access-date=25 May 2020}}&lt;/ref&gt;

Several other fundamental [[common law]] institutions may have been adapted from similar legal institutions in [[Sharia|Islamic law]] and jurisprudence, and introduced to England by the [[Normans]] after the [[Norman conquest of England]] and the Emirate of Sicily, and by Crusaders during the [[Crusades]]. In particular, the &quot;royal English [[contract]] protected by the action of [[debt]] is identified with the Islamic ''Aqd'', the English [[assize of novel disseisin]] is identified with the Islamic ''Istihqaq'', and the English [[jury]] is identified with the Islamic ''lafif''.&quot; John Makdisi speculated that English legal institutions such as &quot;the [[scholastic method]], the [[licence]] to [[Education|teach]]&quot;, the &quot;[[law school]]s known as [[Inns of Court]] in England and ''[[Madrasah|Madrasas]]'' in Islam&quot; and the &quot;European [[commenda]]&quot; (Islamic ''[[Qirad]]'') may have also originated from Islamic law.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt; The methodology of [[Precedent|legal precedent]] and reasoning by [[analogy]] (''[[Qiyas]]'') are also similar in both the Islamic and common law systems.&lt;ref name=Gamal&gt;{{cite book |title=Islamic Finance: Law, Economics, and Practice |url=https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga |url-access=limited |first=Mahmoud A. |last=El-Gamal |year=2006 |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |isbn=0-521-86414-3 |page=[https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga/page/n35 16] }}&lt;/ref&gt; These influences have led some scholars to suggest that Islamic law may have laid the foundations for &quot;the common law as an integrated whole&quot;.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt;

== See also ==
{{Portal|Islam|Law}}
* [[Abdallah al-Harari]]
* [[Athari|Traditionalist theology]]
* ''[[Bahar-e-Shariat]]''
* [[Glossary of Islam]]
* [[Index of Islam-related articles]]
* [[Ja'fari jurisprudence]]
* [[Outline of Islam]]
* [[List of Islamic terms in Arabic]]
* ''[[Ma'ruf]]''
* ''[[Mizan]]'' – a comprehensive treatise on the contents of Islam written by [[Javed Ahmed Ghamidi]]
* [[Palestinian law]]
* [[Schools of Islamic theology]]
* [[Sources of Islamic law]]
* [[The four Sunni Imams]]
* ''[[Urf]]''

==حوالا== 
===نوٽ===
{{reflist|group=Note}}
===حوالا===
{{حوالا}}
===ڪتابيات===
{{refbegin|30em}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Norman |last=Calder |title=Law. Legal Thought and Jurisprudence |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of the Islamic World |editor=John L. Esposito |publisher=Oxford University Press |location=Oxford |year=2009 |url=http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20081121033722/http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|url-status=dead|archive-date=21 November 2008}}
*Doi, Abd ar-Rahman I., and Clarke, Abdassamad (2008). ''Shari'ah: Islamic Law''. Ta-Ha Publishers Ltd., {{ISBN|978-1-84200-087-8}} (hardback)
* Cilardo, Agostino, &quot;Fiqh, History of&quot;, in ''Muhammad in History, Thought, and Culture: An Encyclopedia of the Prophet of God'' (2 vols.), Edited by C. Fitzpatrick and A. Walker, Santa Barbara, ABC-CLIO, 2014, Vol I, pp.&amp;nbsp;201–206.
* {{citation|last=Dahlén|first=Ashk |title=Islamic Law, Epistemology and Modernity. Legal Philosophy in Contemporary Iran|year=2003|location=New York|publisher=Routledge |isbn=9780415945295|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=QARHBQAAQBAJ}}
*{{cite book |last1=El-Gamal |first1=Mahmoud A. |title=Islamic Finance : Law, Economics, and Practice |publisher=Cambridge University Press |date=2006 |url=http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |ref=MAEGIFLEP2006 |access-date=28 February 2017 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180403160351/http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |archive-date=3 April 2018 |url-status=dead }}
*{{Cite journal |journal=[[University of Pennsylvania Law Review]] |volume=136 |issue=4 |date=April 1988 |pages=1231–1261 |doi=10.2307/3312162 |last1=Gaudiosi |first1= Monica M. |title=The Influence of the Islamic Law of Waqf on the Development of the Trust in England_ The Case of Merton College |publisher=The University of Pennsylvania Law Review |jstor=3312162|s2cid=153149243 |url=http://scholarship.law.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=3909&amp;context=penn_law_review |url-access=subscription }}
*{{cite book |last1=Hawting |first1=G.R. |title=The Quest for the Historical Muhammad |date=2000 |publisher=Prometheus Books |location=New York |pages=489–509 |chapter=16. John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism |ref=GRHJWIaM2000}}
*{{Cite book
 |last=Hudson
 |first=A.
 |title=Equity and Trusts
 |year=2003
 |edition=3rd
 |publisher=Cavendish Publishing
 |location=London
 |isbn=978-1-85941-729-4
 }}

*{{Cite book |last=Levy |first=Reuben |title=The Social Structure of Islam |location=UK |publisher=Cambridge University Press |year=1957 |isbn=978-0-521-09182-4 |url=https://archive.org/details/socialstructureo0000levy }}
*{{Cite journal |last=Makdisi|first=John A.|title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=[[North Carolina Law Review]] |date=June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635–1739}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Irene |last=Schneider |title=Fiqh |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of Islam and Politics |publisher=Oxford University Press |editor=Emad El-Din Shahin |year=2014 |doi=10.1093/acref:oiso/9780199739356.001.0001|isbn=9780199739356 }}
{{refend}}

==مزيد مطالعو==
*Potz, Richard, [http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0159-2011112127 Islamic Law and the Transfer of European Law], [[European History Online]], Mainz: [[Institute of European History]], 2011. (Retrieved 28 November 2011.)
*[Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
*{{Commons category-inline}}
* [https://halaqa.home.blog/2021/02/12/types-of-hanafi-legal-rulings-ahkam/ Types of Hanafi Legal Rulings (Ahkam)]
* [Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

{{Islam topics |Law |state=collapsed}}
{{Authority control}}

[[Category:Islamic jurisprudence| ]]
[[Category:Sharia terminology]]
[[Category:Law schools]]
{{اسلامي فقه}}
[[زمرو:اسلامي اصطلاح]]</text>
      <sha1>gi2q8s71lkt5jdbbpog0ww2d0e1u76t</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400948</id>
      <parentid>400947</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T16:48:44Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <origin>400948</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="46585" sha1="1c1e353yh2j2pm06zcneh8ki8pqopu9" xml:space="preserve">'''فقه'''{{ٻيا نالا|انگريزي= ''' Fiqh '''}}({{IPAc-en|f|iː|k}};&lt;ref&gt;[https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/fiqh &quot;fiqh&quot;]. ''[[Collins English Dictionary]]''.&lt;/ref&gt; اسلام ۾ قانون جي سائنس جو {{ٻيا نالا|انگريزي= ''' Jurisprudence '''}} نالو آهي&lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot;&gt;[http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/207723/fiqh Fiqh] Encyclopædia Britannica&lt;/ref&gt;. فقه جو استعمال اسلامي شريعت جي سمجھ طور ڪيو ويندو آهي &lt;ref name=vogel&gt;{{cite book|last=Vogel|first=Frank E.|title=Islamic Law and the Legal System of Saudí: Studies of Saudi Arabia|date=2000|publisher=Brill|pages=4–5|url=https://books.google.com/?id=-PfDuvnHMGoC&amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;dq=vogel+islamic+law#v=onepage&amp;q=vogel%20islamic%20law&amp;f=false|isbn=9004110623}}&lt;/ref&gt; اھو علم شريعت ۾ قرآن ۽ سنت جي روشنيءَ ۾ اجتھاد جي ذريعي واڌارو ڪري ٿو ۽ ان واڌاري کي فقيھن جي فتوائون ذريعي لاڳو ڪري ٿو. فقه ۾ غلطي جي گنجائش ھوندي آھي ۽ اھا تبديل پڻ ٿي سگھندي آھي. موجوده دور۾ سني اسلام ۾ چار فقھي مذھب آھن ۽ شيعه اسلام ۾ ٻہ فقھي مذھب آھن&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;.

== لغوي معنيَ == 
فقه جي لغوي معنيَ آهي ڪنهن شئي جو علم۽ فھم، ڪنھن شئي کي کولڻ۽ نکيڙڻ ۽ ان جي اونھائي ۾ وڃي حقيقت ڳولي لھڻ۽ ان کي پڌرو ڪرڻ، اصطلاحي طور فقه جي معني شريعت جي حڪمن ۾ سمجھ پيدا ڪرڻ آھي&lt;ref name =&quot; آسان فقه&quot; &gt; - ڪتاب: آسان فقه، از: مولانا محمد يوسف اصلاحي، مترجم: محمد عاشق ڌامراھا، مھراڻ اڪيڊمي شڪارپور، جنوري 2002 -- پنھنجي پاران: قمر ميمڻ صه 28  &lt;/ref&gt;. قرآن شريف ۾ سورة التوبہ ۾ آيت نمبر 122 ۾ فقه لفظ جو استعمال ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو:

{{quote| فلولا نفر من کل فرقة منهم طائفة ليتفقهوا في الدين&lt;br&gt; ترجمو:پوء ڇونہ انھن جي سڀ ڪنھن جماعت مان ھڪ ھڪ ٽولي نڪتي ته پاڻ ۾ دين جي سمجھ پيدا ڪن. |التوبة - ۱۲۲|&lt;ref name=&quot;آسان فقه&quot; /&gt;}}

== Etymology ==
The word ''fiqh'' is an Arabic term meaning &quot;deep understanding&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Modarresi&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|author-link=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|title=The Laws of Islam|date=26 March 2016|publisher=Enlight Press|isbn=978-0994240989|url=http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|access-date=22 December 2017|ref=Modarresi|language=en|archive-date=2 August 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190802163247/http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{rp|470}} or &quot;full comprehension&quot;. Technically it refers to the body of Islamic law extracted from detailed Islamic sources (which are studied in the [[principles of Islamic jurisprudence]]) and the process of gaining knowledge of Islam through jurisprudence. The historian [[Ibn Khaldun]] describes ''fiqh'' as &quot;knowledge of the rules of God which concern the actions of persons who own themselves connected to obey the law respecting what is required (''[[wajib]]''), sinful (''[[haraam]]''), recommended (''[[mustahab|mandūb]]''), disapproved (''[[makrūh]]''), or neutral (''[[mubah]]'')&quot;.&lt;ref&gt;Levy (1957). p. 150.&lt;/ref&gt; This definition is consistent amongst the jurists.

In [[Modern Standard Arabic]], ''fiqh'' has also come to mean Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=أنیس|first=إبراهیم|title=المعجم الوسیط|publisher=دارالفکر|year=1998|location=بیروت، لبنان|pages=731}}&lt;/ref&gt; It is not thus possible to speak of [[Chief Justice of the United States|Chief Justice]] [[John Roberts]] as an expert in the [[common law]] ''fiqh'' of the [[United States]], or of [[Egypt]]ian legal scholar [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] as an expert in the civil law ''fiqh'' of Egypt.

==History==
{{main|Sharia}}
{{further information|History of Islamic economics}}

According to Sunni Islamic history, Sunni law followed a chronological path of:
*[[God in Islam|God]] → [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] → [[Sahabah|Companions]] → [[Tabi'un|Followers]] → ''Fiqh''.&lt;ref name=&quot;Maghen-2003&quot;&gt;{{cite journal|last1=Maghen|first1=Ze'ev|title=Dead Tradition: Joseph Schacht and the Origins of &quot;Popular Practice&quot;|journal=Islamic Law and Society|date=2003|volume=10|issue=3|pages=276–347|doi=10.1163/156851903770227575|jstor=3399422}}&lt;/ref&gt;
The commands and prohibitions chosen by God were revealed through the agency of the Prophet in both the Quran and the Sunnah (words, deeds, and examples of the Prophet passed down as [[hadith]]). 
The first Muslims (the [[Sahabah]] or Companions) heard and obeyed, and passed this essence of Islam&lt;ref name=GRHJWIaM2000:513/&gt; to succeeding generations (''[[Tabi'un]]'' and ''[[Tabi' al-Tabi'in]]'' or successors/followers and successors of successors), as Muslims and Islam spread from West Arabia to the conquered lands north, east, and west,&lt;ref name=RGHIGP2015:223&gt;[[#RGHIGP2015|Hoyland, ''In God's Path'', 2015]]: p.223&lt;/ref&gt;{{#tag:ref|for example, Sunni [[Hanbali]] scholar/preacher [[Al-Hasan ibn 'Ali al-Barbahari]] (d.941) who ruled the streets of Baghdad from 921-941 CE,  insisted that &quot;whoever asserts that there is any part of Islam with which the Companions of the Prophet did not provide us has called them [the Companions of the Prophet] liars&quot;.&lt;ref name=cook-2000-109&gt;{{cite book|last1=Cook|first1=Michael|title=The Koran : A Very Short Introduction|date=2000|publisher=Oxford University Press|url=https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook |url-access=registration|isbn=0192853449|page=[https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook/page/n122 109]}}&lt;/ref&gt;|group=Note}} where it was systematized and elaborated.&lt;ref name=GRHJWIaM2000:513&gt;[[#GRHJWIaM2000|Hawting, &quot;John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism&quot;, 2000]]: p.513&lt;/ref&gt;

The history of Islamic jurisprudence is &quot;customarily divided into eight periods&quot;:&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: pp. 30–31&lt;/ref&gt;
*the first period ending with the death of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] in 11 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*second period &quot;characterized by personal interpretations&quot; of the canon by the ''[[Sahabah]]'' or companions of Muhammad, lasting until 50 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from 50 AH until the early second century AH there was competition between &quot;a traditionalist approach to jurisprudence&quot; in [[Hijaz|western Arabia]] where Islam was revealed and a &quot;rationalist approach in Iraq&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;golden age of classical Islamic jurisprudence&quot; from the &quot;early second to the mid-fourth century when the [[Madhhab#Amman Message|eight &quot;most significant&quot;]] schools of Sunni and [[Shia|Shi'i]] jurisprudence emerged.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from the mid-fourth century to mid-seventh AH Islamic jurisprudence was &quot;limited to elaborations within the main juristic schools&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;dark age&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence stretched from the [[Siege of Baghdad (1258)|fall of Baghdad]] in the mid-seventh AH (1258 CE) to 1293 AH/1876 CE.
*In 1293 AH (1876 CE) the Ottomans codified [[Hanafi]] jurisprudence in the ''[[Mecelle|Majallah el-Ahkam-i-Adliya]]''. Several &quot;juristic revival movements&quot; influenced by &quot;exposure to Western legal and technological progress&quot; followed until the mid-20th century CE. [[Muhammad Abduh]] and [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] were products of this era.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; However, Abduh and El-Sanhuri were modernists. 19th century Ottoman Shariah Code was built on the views of the Hanafi school.
*The most recent era has been that of the &quot;[[Islamic revival#Contemporary revivalism|Islamic revival]]&quot;, which has been &quot;predicated on rejection of Western social and legal advances&quot; and the development of specifically Islamic states, social sciences, economics, and finance.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
The formative period of Islamic jurisprudence stretches back to the time of the early Muslim communities. During this period, jurists were more concerned with issues of authority and teaching than with theory and methodology.&lt;ref name=&quot;Weiss (2002)&quot;&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by [[Bernard G. Weiss]], (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. pp. 3, 161.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Progress in theory and methodology happened with the coming of the early Muslim jurist [[Muhammad ibn Idris ash-Shafi`i]] (767–820), who codified the basic principles of Islamic jurisprudence in his book ''ar-Risālah''. The book details the four roots of law ([[Qur'an]], [[sunnah]], ''[[ijma]]'', and ''[[qiyas]]'') while specifying that the primary Islamic texts (the Qur'an and the hadith) be understood according to objective rules of interpretation derived from scientific study of the Arabic language.&lt;ref name=weiss-162&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by Bernard G. Weiss, (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. p. 162.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Secondary sources of law were developed and refined over the subsequent centuries, consisting primarily of juristic preference (''[[istihsan]]''), laws of the previous prophets (''[[shara man qablana]]''), continuity (''[[istishab]]''), extended analogy (''[[maslaha mursala]]''), blocking the means (''[[sadd al-dhari'ah]]''), local customs (''[[urf]]''), and sayings of a companion of the Prophet (''[[qawl al-sahabi]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Nyazee (2000)&quot;&gt;Nyazee, Imran Ahsan Khan (2000). ''Islamic Jurisprudence (UsulAI-Fiqh)''. Islamabad: Islamic Research Institute Press.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== Diagram of early scholars ===

[[File:Sunni Streams of Doctrine.png|thumb|Main schools of thought within Sunni Islam, and other prominent streams.]]
[[File:Muslim World Introduction.svg|thumb|Major schools of thought and theology in the Islamic world]]
The Quran set the rights, responsibilities, and rules for people and societies to adhere to, such as dealing in [[The Impact of Religion on International Negotiations|interest]]. Muhammad then provided an example, which is recorded in the hadith books, showing people how he practically implemented these rules in a society. After the passing of Muhammad, there was a need for jurists, to decide on new legal matters where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadith, example of Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=gMxjJqurmiAC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA30|title=Islam Vs. West|isbn=9780595501571|last1=Asadulla|first1=Abubakr|year=2009|publisher=iUniverse }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=es9Sunv_y2MC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA20|title=Islamic State Practices, International Law and the Threat from Terrorism|isbn=9781841135014|last1=Rehman|first1=Javaid|date=7 June 2005|publisher=Hart }}&lt;/ref&gt;

In the years proceeding Muhammad, the community in Madina continued to use the same rules. People were familiar with the practice of Muhammad and therefore continued to use the same rules.

The scholars appearing in the diagram below were taught by [[Muhammad's companions]], many of whom settled in Madina.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceA&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|title=ulama|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=25 February 2013|archive-date=21 October 2014|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141021231627/http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; ''[[Muwatta Imam Malik|Muwatta]]''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|title=Muwatta|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=13 October 2010|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; by [[Malik ibn Anas]] was written as a consensus of the opinion, of these scholars.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=d5Ks31qHlSYC&amp;q=coulson+history+islamic+law|title=A History of Islamic Law|isbn=9780748605149|last1=Coulson|first1=Noel James|year=1994}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Va6oSxzojzoC&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA207|title=E. J. Brill's First Encyclopaedia of Islam, 1913–1936|isbn=9004097910|last1=Houtsma|first1=M. Th|year=1993|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=0_wUAAAAIAAJ&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA264|title=Studies in Islamic History and Civilization|isbn=9789652640147|last1=Šārôn|first1=Moše|year=1986|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt; ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas quotes 13 hadiths from Imam [[Jafar al-Sadiq]].&lt;ref name=&quot;Muwatta&quot;&gt;''Al-Muwatta'' of Imam Malik Ibn Anas, translated by Aisha Bewley (Book #5, Hadith #5.9.23) (Book #16, Hadith #16.1.1) (Book #17, Hadith #17.24.43) (Book #20, Hadith #20.10.40) (Book #20, Hadith #20.11.44) (Book #20, Hadith #20.32.108) (Book #20, Hadith #20.39.127) (Book #20, Hadith #20.40.132) (Book #20, Hadith #20.49.167) (Book #20, Hadith #20.57.190) (Book #26, Hadith #26.1.2) (Book #29, Hadith #29.5.17) (Book #36, Hadith #36.4.5) [http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html Al-Muwatta'] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html |date=13 October 2010 }}&lt;/ref&gt;
Aisha also taught her nephew [[Urwah ibn Zubayr]]. He then taught his son [[Hisham ibn Urwah]], who was the main teacher of Malik ibn Anas whose views many Sunni follow and also taught by Jafar al-Sadiq. [[Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]], Hisham ibn Urwah and Muhammad al-Baqir taught [[Zayd ibn Ali]], Jafar al-Sadiq, [[Abu Hanifa]], and Malik ibn Anas.

Imam Jafar al-Sadiq, Imam Abu Hanifa and Malik ibn Anas worked together in [[Al-Masjid an-Nabawi]] in Medina, along with Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr, Muhammad al-Baqir, Zayd ibn Ali and over 70 other leading jurists and scholars.

[[Al-Shafi'i]] was taught by Malik ibn Anas. [[Ahmad ibn Hanbal]] was taught by Al-Shafi'i. [[Muhammad al-Bukhari]] travelled everywhere collecting hadith and his father [[Ismail ibn Ibrahim]] was a student of Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Islam Page 67&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=mlGgGVCp0UcC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA67|title=Understanding Women in Islam|isbn=9789793780191|last1=Hasyim|first1=Syafiq|year=2006|publisher=Equinox }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=JdjtUTYSL1UC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA37|title=Classical Islam|isbn=9780415240321|last1=Calder|first1=Norman|last2=Mojaddedi|first2=Jawid Ahmad|last3=Rippin|first3=Andrew|year=2003|publisher=Psychology Press }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=GlqeC1ZFAUEC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim&amp;pg=PT101|title=Judaism and Islam in Practice|isbn=9781134605538|last1=Brockopp|first1=Jonathan E.|last2=Neusner|first2=Jacob|last3=Sonn|first3=Tamara|date=27 September 2005|publisher=Routledge }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.oocities.org/mutmainaa7/people/jafar_al_sadiq.html|title=Jafar Al-Sadiq}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|title=IMAM JAFAR BIN MUHAMMAD AS-SADIQ (AS)|website=www.ziaraat.org|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=22 August 2023|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230822202122/http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{Islam scholars diagram}}

In the books actually written by these original jurists and scholars, there are very few theological and judicial differences between them. Imam Ahmad rejected the writing down and codifying of the religious rulings he gave. They knew that they might have fallen into error in some of their judgements and stated this clearly. They never introduced their rulings by saying, &quot;Here, this judgement is the judgement of God and His prophet.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=W4OKaz5dzdYC&amp;q=Modernist+Islam,+1840-1940:+A+Sourcebook+By+Charles+Kurzman|title=Modernist Islam, 1840–1940|isbn=9780195154689|last1=Kurzman|first1=Charles|year=2002|publisher=Oxford University Press }}&lt;/ref&gt; There is also very little text actually written down by Jafar al-Sadiq himself. They all give priority to the Qur'an and the hadith (the practice of Muhammad). They felt that the Quran and the Hadith, the example of Muhammad provided people with almost everything they needed. &quot;This day I have perfected for you your religion and completed My favor upon you and have approved for you Islam as religion&quot; (Qur'an 5:3).&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://quran.com/5/3 |title=Surat Al-Ma'idah [5:3] - The Noble Qur'an - القرآن الكريم |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130925005700/http://quran.com/5/3 |archive-date=25 September 2013 |df=dmy }} [http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ Quran Surah Al-Maaida ( Verse 3 )] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180612141107/http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ |date=12 June 2018 }}&lt;/ref&gt;

These scholars did not distinguish between each other. They were not Sunni or Shia. They felt that they were following the religion of Abraham as described in the Quran &quot;Say: Allah speaks the truth; so follow the religion of Abraham, the upright one. And he was not one of the polytheists&quot; (Qur'an 3:95).

Most of the differences are regarding Sharia laws devised through [[Ijtihad]] where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadiths of Islamic prophet Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;/&gt; As these jurists went to new areas, they were pragmatic and continued to use the same ruling as was given in that area during pre-Islamic times, if the population felt comfortable with it, it was just and they used Ijtihad to deduce that it did not conflict with the Quran or the Hadith. As explained in the ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This made it easier for the different communities to integrate into the Islamic State and assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State.

To reduce the divergence, [[ash-Shafi'i]] proposed giving priority to the Qur'an and the Hadith (the practice of Muhammad) and only then look at the consensus of the Muslim jurists (''[[ijma]]'') and analogical reasoning (''[[qiyas]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This then resulted in jurists like Muhammad al-Bukhari&lt;ref name=&quot;sahih-bukhari.com&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.sahih-bukhari.com/|title=Sahih Bukhari : Read, Study, Search Online|first=Sahih|last=Bukhari}}&lt;/ref&gt; dedicating their lives to the collection of the correct hadith, in books like [[Sahih al-Bukhari]] (Sahih translates as authentic or correct). They also felt that Muhammad's judgement was more impartial and better than their own.

These original jurists and scholars also acted as a counterbalance to the rulers. When they saw injustice, all these scholars spoke out against it. As the state expanded outside Madina, the rights of the different communities, as they were constituted in the [[Constitution of Medina]] still applied. The Quran also gave additional rights to the citizens of the state and these rights were also applied. Ali, Hassan and [[Husayn ibn Ali]] gave their allegiance to the first three caliphs because they abided by these conditions. Later [[Ali]] the fourth caliph wrote in a letter &quot;I did not approach the people to get their oath of allegiance but they came to me with their desire to make me their Amir (ruler). I did not extend my hands towards them so that they might swear the oath of allegiance to me but they themselves extended their hands towards me.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;Nahj ul Balagha Letter 54&lt;/ref&gt; But later as fate would have it ([[Predestination in Islam]]) when [[Yazid I]], an [[Umayyad Caliphate|Umayyad]] ruler took power, Husayn ibn Ali the grandson of Muhammad felt that it was a test from God for him and his duty to confront him. Then [[Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr]], Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr's cousin confronted the Umayyad rulers after Husayn ibn Ali was betrayed by the people of Kufa and killed by Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Yazid I.&lt;ref&gt;Najeebabadi, Akbar Shah (2001). The History of Islam V.2. Riyadh: Darussalam. p. 110. {{ISBN|9960-892-88-3}}.&lt;/ref&gt; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr then took on the Umayyads and expelled their forces from Hijaz and Iraq. But then his forces were depleted in Iraq, trying to stop the Khawarij. The Umayyads then moved in. After a lengthy campaign, in his last hour Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr asked his mother [[Asma' bint Abu Bakr]] the daughter of [[Abu Bakr]] the first caliph for advice. Asma' bint Abu Bakr replied to her son, she said:&lt;ref name=&quot;ummah.com&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|title=The Advice of Asmaa bint Abu Bakr (ra) to her son Abdullah Ibn Zubair (ra)|website=Ummah.com - Muslim Forum|access-date=20 September 2021|archive-date=25 February 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210225220953/https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; &quot;You know better in your own self, that if you are upon the truth and you are calling towards the truth go forth, for people more honourable than you have been killed and if you are not upon the truth, then what an evil son you are and you have destroyed yourself and those who are with you. If you say, that if you are upon the truth and you will be killed at the hands of others, then you will not truly be free.&quot; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr left and was later also killed and crucified by the Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Umayyads and led by Hajjaj. [[Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]] the son of Abu Bakr the first caliph and raised by Ali the fourth caliph was also killed by the Umayyads.&lt;ref&gt;Nahj al-Balagha Sermon 71, Letter 27, Letter 34, Letter 35&lt;/ref&gt; [[Aisha]] then raised and taught her son Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr who later taught his grandson Jafar al-Sadiq.

During the early Umayyad period, there was more community involvement. The Quran and Muhammad's example was the main source of law after which the community decided. If it worked for the community, was just and did not conflict with the Quran and the example of Muhammad, it was accepted. This made it easier for the different communities, with Roman, Persian, Central Asia and North African backgrounds to integrate into the Islamic State and that assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State. The scholars in Madina were consulted on the more complex judicial issues. The Sharia and the official more centralized schools of fiqh developed later, during the time of the Abbasids.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceB&quot;&gt;Muawiya Restorer of the Muslim Faith By Aisha Bewley p. 68&lt;/ref&gt;

==Components==
{{further|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}
[[File:Map of the Legal systems of the world (en).png|thumb|350px|[[List of national legal systems|Legal systems of the world]]]]
The sources of [[Sharia]] in order of importance are:&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;&gt;Abul Quasem, M. (1975). The ethics of al-Ghazali: A composite ethics in Islam. p. 26&lt;/ref&gt;
#[[Qur'an]]
#[[Hadith]]
#[[Ijma]], i.e. collective reasoning and consensus amongst authoritative Muslims of a particular generation, and its interpretation by Islamic scholars.
#The consensus of the [[Sahaba]]
#[[Qiyas]], analogical legal reasoning by Islamic jurists.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;&gt;{{cite book|editor1-first=Hisham M. |editor1-last=Ramadan|author1=Irshad Abdel Haqq|author-link1=Islamic law: An Overview of Its Origins and Elements|title=Understanding Islamic Law: From Classical to Contemporary|year=2006|publisher=Rowman Altamira|isbn=9780759109919|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=5ZS7EaHTQX8C&amp;q=Islamic+law%3A+An+Overview+of+Its+Origins+and+Elements&amp;pg=PA1 |access-date=17 August 2016}} p. 18&lt;/ref&gt;

Majority of [[Sunni Muslims]] view ''[[Qiyas]]'' as a central Pillar of ''[[Ijtihad]]''.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;/&gt; An example is the ruling of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]], that &quot;a judge should not sit in judgement while angry&quot;, whereas reason adds that this extends to hunger or suffering from a painful disease.&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;/&gt; [[Zahiri]]tes, rejected ''Qiyas'' unlike the Sunnis.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=B. Hallaq |first=Wael |title=THE ORIGINS AND EVOLUTION OF ISLAMIC LAW |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |year=2005 |isbn=978-0-521-80332-8 | location=Cambridge, UK |pages=124, 127}}&lt;/ref&gt; The ''[[Shia Islam|Shi'a]]'' believed that all laws are implicitly mentioned in the Quran or the sunnah and can be discovered by the jurists of their tradition.&lt;ref&gt;Mansoor Moaddel, ''Islamic Modernism, Nationalism, and Fundamentalism: Episode and Discourse'', pg. 32. [[Chicago]]: [[University of Chicago Press]], 2005.&lt;/ref&gt;

The [[Qur'an]] gives instructions on many issues, such as how to perform the ritual purification (''{{lang|ar|[[wudu]]}}'') before the obligatory daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}''). On other issues, for example, the Qur'an states one needs to engage in daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}'') and fast (''{{lang|ar|[[sawm]]}}'') during the [[Ramadan (calendar month)|month of Ramadan]] but further instructions and details on how to perform these duties can be found in the traditions of Muhammad, so [[Qur'an and Sunnah]] are in most cases the basis for (''{{lang|ar|[[Shariah]]}}'').

Some topics are without precedent in Islam's early period. In those cases, Muslim jurists (''{{lang|ar|[[Fuqaha]]}}'') try to arrive at conclusions by other means. [[Sunni]] jurists use historical consensus of the community (''{{lang|ar|[[Ijma]]}}''); a majority in the modern era also use [[analogy]] (''{{lang|ar|[[Qiyas]]}}'') and weigh the harms and benefits of new topics (''{{lang|ar|[[Istislah]]}}''), and a plurality utilizes juristic preference (''{{lang|ar|[[Istihsan]]}}''). The conclusions arrived at with the aid of these additional tools constitute a wide array of laws, and its application is called ''fiqh''. Thus, in contrast to the ''sharia'', ''fiqh'' is not regarded as [[sacred]] and the schools of thought have differing views on its details, without viewing other conclusions as [[Sacrilege|sacrilegious]]. This division of interpretation in more detailed issues has resulted in different schools of thought (''{{lang|ar|[[madh'hab]]}}'').

This wider concept of '''Islamic jurisprudence''' is the source of a range of laws in different topics that guide Muslims in everyday life.

=== Component categories ===
[[File:Actions in Fiqh.png|thumb|Actions in Islamic Fiqh]]

Islamic jurisprudence (''fiqh'') covers two main areas:
# Rules in relation to actions, and,
# Rules in relation to circumstances surrounding actions.

These types of rules can also fall into two groups:
# Worship ([[Ibadah|Ibadaat]])
# Dealings and transactions (with people) ([[Muamalat|Mu`amalaat]])

Rules in relation to actions ('''amaliyya'' — عملية) or &quot;[[Ahkam|decision types]]&quot; comprise:
# Obligation (''[[fardh]]'')
# Recommendation (''[[mustahabb]]'')
# Permissibility (''[[mubah]]'')
# Disrecommendation (''[[makrooh]]'')
# Prohibition (''[[haraam]]'')

Rules in relation to circumstances (''wadia''') comprise:
# Condition (''shart'')
# Cause (''sabab'')
# Preventor (''mani'')
# Permit / Enforced (''rukhsah, azeemah'')
# Valid / Corrupt / Invalid (''sahih, fasid, batil'')
# In time / Deferred / Repeat (''adaa, qadaa, i'ada'')

=== Methodologies of jurisprudence ===
{{main|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}

The [[modus operandi]] of the Muslim jurist is known as ''[[usul al-fiqh]]'' (&quot;principles of jurisprudence&quot;).

There are different approaches to the methodology used in jurisprudence to derive Islamic rulings from the primary sources of ''[[sharia]]'' (Islamic law). The main methodologies are those of the [[Sunni]], [[Shi'a]] and [[Ibadi]] denominations. While both Sunni and [[Shi'ite]] (Shia) are divided into smaller sub-schools, the differences among the Shi'ite schools is considerably greater. Ibadites only follow a single school without divisions.

While using court decisions as legal precedents and [[case law]] are central to Western law, the importance of the institution of fatawa (non-binding answers by Islamic legal scholars to legal questions) has been called &quot;central to the development&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:32&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: p. 32&lt;/ref&gt; This is in part because of a &quot;vacuum&quot; in the other source of Islamic law, ''qada`'' (legal rulings by state appointed Islamic judges) after the fall of the last [[caliphate]] the Ottoman Empire.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; While the practice in Islam dates back to the time of Muhammad, according to at least one source (Muhammad El-Gamal), it is &quot;modeled after the [[Roman Empire|Roman]] system of ''[[responsa]]'',&quot; and gives the questioner &quot;decisive primary-mover advantage in choosing the question and its wording.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;

Each school (''[[madhhab]]'') reflects a unique ''[[urf]]'' or culture (a cultural practice that was influenced by traditions), that the classical jurists themselves lived in, when rulings were made. Some suggest that the discipline of ''[[isnad]]'', which developed to validate ''hadith'' made it relatively easy to record and validate also the rulings of jurists. This, in turn, made them far easier to imitate (''[[taqlid]]'') than to challenge in new contexts. The argument is, the schools have been more or less frozen for centuries, and reflect a culture that simply no longer exists. Traditional scholars hold that religion is there to regulate human behavior and nurture people's moral side and since human nature has not fundamentally changed since the beginning of Islam a call to modernize the religion is essentially one to relax all laws and institutions.

Early ''[[shariah]]'' had a much more flexible character, and some modern Muslim scholars believe that it should be renewed, and that the classical jurists should lose special status. This would require formulating a new fiqh suitable for the modern world, e.g. as proposed by advocates of the [[Islamization of knowledge]], which would deal with the modern context. This modernization is opposed by most conservative ''[[ulema]]''. Traditional scholars hold that the laws are contextual and consider circumstance such as time, place and culture, the principles they are based upon are universal such as justice, equality and respect. Many Muslim scholars argue that even though technology may have advanced, the fundamentals of human life have not.

=== Fields of jurisprudence ===
{{flatlist}}
*[[Islamic criminal jurisprudence|Criminal]]
*[[Islamic economical jurisprudence|Economics]]
*[[Adab (behavior)|Etiquette]]
*[[Islamic family jurisprudence|Family]]
*[[Hygiene in Islam|Hygienical]]
*[[Islamic inheritance jurisprudence|Inheritance]]
*[[Islamic marital jurisprudence|Marital]]
*[[Rules of war in Islam|Military]]
*[[Islamic political jurisprudence|Political]]
*[[Islamic theological jurisprudence|Theological]]
{{endflatlist}}

=== Schools of jurisprudence ===
{{Main|Madhhab}}
There are several [[Madhhab|schools of fiqh thought]] ({{langx|ar|مذهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|madhhab}}''; pl. {{lang|ar|مذاهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|maḏāhib}}'')
[[File:Madhhab Map3.png|thumb|Map of the Muslim world with the main schools of thoughts&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Islamic Jurisprudence &amp; Law {{!}} ReOrienting the Veil |url=https://veil.unc.edu/religions/islam/law/ |access-date=2025-05-19 |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{Needs update|date=May 2025|reason=Our Fiqh map does need an update, for example Bahrain is mostly orange (representing Ja'fari) while its Monarchy is Maliki and a majority of its citizens Sunni. Would be very helpful to get an update to date SVG version of the map as there are some tiny island Indian Ocean countries who are not shown on the map}}]]
The schools of [[Sunni Islam|Sunni]] Islam are each named by students of the classical jurist who taught them. The Sunni schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Hanafi school|Hanafi]] ([[Turkey]], [[Balkans]], [[Levant]], [[Central Asia]], [[Islam in South Asia|South Asia]], [[Islam in China|China]], [[North Caucasus|Northwest Caucasus]], [[Lower Egypt]], and [[Tatarstan]])
*[[Maliki school|Maliki]] ([[North Africa]], [[West Africa]], [[Upper Egypt]], [[Kuwait]], [[Bahrain]], [[Emirate of Abu Dhabi|Abu Dhabi]], and [[Emirate of Dubai|Dubai]])
*[[Shafi'i school|Shafi'i]] ([[Indonesia]], [[Malaysia]], [[Brunei]], [[Kurdistan]], [[East Africa]], [[North Caucasus|Northeast Caucasus]], [[Yemen]], [[Oman]], [[Islam in Kerala|Kerala]], [[Emirate of Fujairah|Fujairah]], and the [[Sinai Peninsula]])
*[[Hanbali school|Hanbali]] ([[Saudi Arabia]], [[Qatar]], [[Emirate of Sharjah|Sharjah]], [[Emirate of Umm Al Quwain|Umm al-Quwain]], [[Emirate of Ras Al Khaimah|Ras al-Khaimah]], and [[Emirate of Ajman|Ajman]])

The schools of [[Shia]] Islam are based on the [[Ja'fari school|Ja'fari]] school of jurisprudence. The Shia schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Twelver Shi'ism|Twelver]] ([[Iran]], [[Iraq]], and [[Azerbaijan]])
*[[Ismailism|Isma'ili]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Lakhani |first=M. Ali |title=Faith and Ethics: The Vision of the Ismaili Imamat |page=4 |quote=The place of the Ismailis within the theological pluralism of the Muslim community is best summarised by their Imam's statement to the International Islamic Conference held in Amman in July 2005: &quot;Our historic adherence is to the Ja'fari madhhab and other madhahib of close affinity, and it continues, under the leadership of the hereditary Ismaili Imam of the time. This adherence is in harmony also with our acceptance of Sufi principles of personal search and balance between the zahir and the spirit or the intellect which the zahir signifies.&quot; |publisher=Bloomsbury Publishing |year=2017 |isbn=978-1786733900}}&lt;/ref&gt; (minority communities in [[Central Asia]], [[South Asia]], [[Levant]], [[Yemen]])
*[[Zaydism|Zaydi]] (minority communities in [[Yemen]])

Entirely separate from both the Sunni and Shia traditions, [[Kharijites|Khawarij]] Islam has evolved its own distinct school.
*[[Ibadism|Ibadi]] (minority communities in [[Oman]])

These schools share many of their rulings, but differ on the particular [[hadith]]s they accept as authentic and the weight they give to analogy or reason ([[qiyas]]) in deciding difficulties.

The relationship between (at least the Sunni) schools of jurisprudence and the conflict between the unity of the Shariah and the diversity of the schools, was expressed by the 12th century Hanafi scholar [[Abu Hafs Umar al-Nasafi]], who wrote: &quot;Our school is correct with the possibility of error, and another school is in error with the possibility of being correct.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1 = Brown|first1 = Jonathan A.C.|author-link = Jonathan A.C. Brown|title = Misquoting Muhammad: The Challenge and Choices of Interpreting the Prophet's Legacy|date = 2014|publisher = [[Oneworld Publications]]|isbn = 978-1780744209|url = https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50|access-date = 4 June 2018|ref = JACBMM2014|pages = [https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50 50-51]}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== Influence on Western laws ==
{{main|Sharia#Classic Islamic law|l1=Sharia: Classic Islamic law}}

A number of important legal [[institution]]s were developed by Muslim jurists during the classical period of Islam, known as the [[Islamic Golden Age]]. One such institution was the ''[[Hawala]]'', an early [[informal value transfer system]], which is mentioned in texts of Islamic jurisprudence as early as the 8th century. ''Hawala'' itself later influenced the development of the [[Agency (law)|agency]] in [[common law]] and in [[Civil law (legal system)|civil laws]] such as the ''aval'' in [[Law of France|French law]] and the ''avallo'' in [[Law of Italy|Italian law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |title=Islamic Law: Its Relation to Other Legal Systems |first=Gamal Moursi |last=Badr |journal=The American Journal of Comparative Law |volume=26 |issue=2 – Proceedings of an International Conference on Comparative Law, Salt Lake City, Utah, 24–25 February 1977 |date=Spring 1978 |pages=187–198 [196–98] |doi=10.2307/839667 |publisher=American Society of Comparative Law |jstor=839667}}&lt;/ref&gt;

The ''[[Waqf]]'' in [[Sharia|Islamic law]], which developed during the 7th–9th centuries, bears a notable resemblance to the [[Charitable trust|trusts]] in the English [[trust law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988}}&lt;/ref&gt; For example, every ''Waqf'' was required to have a ''waqif'' (settlor), ''mutawillis'' (trustee), ''[[qadi]]'' (judge) and beneficiaries.&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1237–40}}&lt;/ref&gt; The trust law developed in [[England]] at the time of the [[Crusades]], during the 12th and 13th centuries, was introduced by Crusaders who may have been influenced by the ''Waqf'' institutions they came across in the [[Middle East]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Hudson|2003|p=32}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1244–45}}&lt;/ref&gt;

In classical Islamic jurisprudence, litigants in court may obtain [[notarized]] statements from between three and twelve witnesses. When the statements of all witnesses are consistent, the notaries will certify their unanimous testimony in a legal document, which may be used to support the litigant's claim.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Justice of Islam|pages=7–9|author=Lawrence Rosen|publisher=Oxford University Press|year=2000|isbn=9780198298847}}&lt;/ref&gt; The notaries serve to free the [[qadi|judge]] from the time-consuming task of hearing the testimony of each eyewitness himself, and their documents serve to legally authenticate each oral testimony.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Expert Witness in Islamic Courts|year=2010|publisher=University of Chicago Press|author=Ron Shaham|pages=4–8|isbn=9780226749358}}&lt;/ref&gt; The [[Maliki]] school requires two notaries to collect a minimum of twelve eyewitness statements in certain legal cases, including those involving unregistered marriages and land disputes.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Positive Law from the Muslim World|author=Baudouin Dupret|year=2021|isbn=9781108960137|pages=205–210|publisher=Cambridge University Press}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Property, Social Structure, and Law in the Modern Middle East|year=1985|pages=54–64|editor=Ann Elizabeth Mayer|publisher=[[SUNY]] Press|isbn=9780873959889}}&lt;/ref&gt; John Makdisi has compared this group of twelve witness statements, known as a ''lafif'', to [[English Common Law]] jury trials under [[Henry II of England|Henry II]], surmising a link between the king's reforms and the legal system of the [[Kingdom of Sicily]]. The island had previously been ruled by various Islamic dynasties.&lt;ref name=&quot;Rodhan&quot;&gt;{{cite book |last1=Al-Rodhan |first1=Nayef R. F. |title=The Role of the Arab-Islamic World in the Rise of the West: Implications for Contemporary Trans-Cultural Relations |date=2012 |publisher=Palgrave Macmillan |isbn=978-0-230-39320-2 |page=73 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=n4OpT4ZP278C |access-date=25 May 2020 |language=en }}{{Dead link|date=November 2023 |bot=InternetArchiveBot |fix-attempted=yes }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Makdisi&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Makdisi |first1=John |title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=North Carolina Law Review |date=1 June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635 |url=https://scholarship.law.unc.edu/nclr/vol77/iss5/2/ |access-date=25 May 2020}}&lt;/ref&gt;

Several other fundamental [[common law]] institutions may have been adapted from similar legal institutions in [[Sharia|Islamic law]] and jurisprudence, and introduced to England by the [[Normans]] after the [[Norman conquest of England]] and the Emirate of Sicily, and by Crusaders during the [[Crusades]]. In particular, the &quot;royal English [[contract]] protected by the action of [[debt]] is identified with the Islamic ''Aqd'', the English [[assize of novel disseisin]] is identified with the Islamic ''Istihqaq'', and the English [[jury]] is identified with the Islamic ''lafif''.&quot; John Makdisi speculated that English legal institutions such as &quot;the [[scholastic method]], the [[licence]] to [[Education|teach]]&quot;, the &quot;[[law school]]s known as [[Inns of Court]] in England and ''[[Madrasah|Madrasas]]'' in Islam&quot; and the &quot;European [[commenda]]&quot; (Islamic ''[[Qirad]]'') may have also originated from Islamic law.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt; The methodology of [[Precedent|legal precedent]] and reasoning by [[analogy]] (''[[Qiyas]]'') are also similar in both the Islamic and common law systems.&lt;ref name=Gamal&gt;{{cite book |title=Islamic Finance: Law, Economics, and Practice |url=https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga |url-access=limited |first=Mahmoud A. |last=El-Gamal |year=2006 |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |isbn=0-521-86414-3 |page=[https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga/page/n35 16] }}&lt;/ref&gt; These influences have led some scholars to suggest that Islamic law may have laid the foundations for &quot;the common law as an integrated whole&quot;.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt;

== See also ==
{{Portal|Islam|Law}}
* [[Abdallah al-Harari]]
* [[Athari|Traditionalist theology]]
* ''[[Bahar-e-Shariat]]''
* [[Glossary of Islam]]
* [[Index of Islam-related articles]]
* [[Ja'fari jurisprudence]]
* [[Outline of Islam]]
* [[List of Islamic terms in Arabic]]
* ''[[Ma'ruf]]''
* ''[[Mizan]]'' – a comprehensive treatise on the contents of Islam written by [[Javed Ahmed Ghamidi]]
* [[Palestinian law]]
* [[Schools of Islamic theology]]
* [[Sources of Islamic law]]
* [[The four Sunni Imams]]
* ''[[Urf]]''

==حوالا== 
===نوٽ===
{{reflist|group=Note}}
===حوالا===
{{حوالا}}
===ڪتابيات===
{{refbegin|30em}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Norman |last=Calder |title=Law. Legal Thought and Jurisprudence |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of the Islamic World |editor=John L. Esposito |publisher=Oxford University Press |location=Oxford |year=2009 |url=http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20081121033722/http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|url-status=dead|archive-date=21 November 2008}}
*Doi, Abd ar-Rahman I., and Clarke, Abdassamad (2008). ''Shari'ah: Islamic Law''. Ta-Ha Publishers Ltd., {{ISBN|978-1-84200-087-8}} (hardback)
* Cilardo, Agostino, &quot;Fiqh, History of&quot;, in ''Muhammad in History, Thought, and Culture: An Encyclopedia of the Prophet of God'' (2 vols.), Edited by C. Fitzpatrick and A. Walker, Santa Barbara, ABC-CLIO, 2014, Vol I, pp.&amp;nbsp;201–206.
* {{citation|last=Dahlén|first=Ashk |title=Islamic Law, Epistemology and Modernity. Legal Philosophy in Contemporary Iran|year=2003|location=New York|publisher=Routledge |isbn=9780415945295|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=QARHBQAAQBAJ}}
*{{cite book |last1=El-Gamal |first1=Mahmoud A. |title=Islamic Finance : Law, Economics, and Practice |publisher=Cambridge University Press |date=2006 |url=http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |ref=MAEGIFLEP2006 |access-date=28 February 2017 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180403160351/http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |archive-date=3 April 2018 |url-status=dead }}
*{{Cite journal |journal=[[University of Pennsylvania Law Review]] |volume=136 |issue=4 |date=April 1988 |pages=1231–1261 |doi=10.2307/3312162 |last1=Gaudiosi |first1= Monica M. |title=The Influence of the Islamic Law of Waqf on the Development of the Trust in England_ The Case of Merton College |publisher=The University of Pennsylvania Law Review |jstor=3312162|s2cid=153149243 |url=http://scholarship.law.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=3909&amp;context=penn_law_review |url-access=subscription }}
*{{cite book |last1=Hawting |first1=G.R. |title=The Quest for the Historical Muhammad |date=2000 |publisher=Prometheus Books |location=New York |pages=489–509 |chapter=16. John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism |ref=GRHJWIaM2000}}
*{{Cite book
 |last=Hudson
 |first=A.
 |title=Equity and Trusts
 |year=2003
 |edition=3rd
 |publisher=Cavendish Publishing
 |location=London
 |isbn=978-1-85941-729-4
 }}

*{{Cite book |last=Levy |first=Reuben |title=The Social Structure of Islam |location=UK |publisher=Cambridge University Press |year=1957 |isbn=978-0-521-09182-4 |url=https://archive.org/details/socialstructureo0000levy }}
*{{Cite journal |last=Makdisi|first=John A.|title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=[[North Carolina Law Review]] |date=June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635–1739}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Irene |last=Schneider |title=Fiqh |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of Islam and Politics |publisher=Oxford University Press |editor=Emad El-Din Shahin |year=2014 |doi=10.1093/acref:oiso/9780199739356.001.0001|isbn=9780199739356 }}
{{refend}}

==مزيد مطالعو==
*Potz, Richard, [http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0159-2011112127 Islamic Law and the Transfer of European Law], [[European History Online]], Mainz: [[Institute of European History]], 2011. (Retrieved 28 November 2011.)
*[Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
*{{Commons category-inline}}
* [https://halaqa.home.blog/2021/02/12/types-of-hanafi-legal-rulings-ahkam/ Types of Hanafi Legal Rulings (Ahkam)]
* [Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

{{Islam topics |Law |state=collapsed}}
{{Authority control}}

[[Category:Islamic jurisprudence| ]]
[[Category:Sharia terminology]]
[[Category:Law schools]]
{{اسلامي فقه}}
[[زمرو:اسلامي اصطلاح]]</text>
      <sha1>1c1e353yh2j2pm06zcneh8ki8pqopu9</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400949</id>
      <parentid>400948</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T16:51:21Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>400949</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="49564" sha1="1y90cmlmitc8lhl69gs32lhfyxiiqpu" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|Islamic jurisprudence}}
{{Islam |texts |width=19.75em}}
'''فقه''' (عربي: فِقْه) اسلامي قانوني نظام يا اسلامي فقہي اصولن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ اصطلاح آهي. &lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot; /&gt; فقہ کي اڪثر ڪري شريعت بابت انساني سمجھ (تحقيق ۽ عمل) جي طور تي بيان ڪيو ويندو آهي؛ يعني اسلامي قانون، جيئن قرآن ۽ سنت (پيغمبر محمد ﷺ ۽ سندن ساٿين جي تعليمات ۽ عملن ۾ بيان ڪيو ويو آهي) جي انساني سمجھ آهي. &lt;ref name=&quot;vogel&quot; /&gt; فقه، اسلامي قانون دانن (علماءِ) پاران قرآن ۽ اجتهاد (سنت جي تشريح) ذريعي شريعت کي وسيع ۽ ترقي ڏياري ٿي ۽ ان تي عمل درآمد انهن قانون دانن جي فيصلن (فتويٰ) ذريعي ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا انهن آڏو پيش ڪيل مسئلن تي ڏنا ويندا آهن. &lt;ref name=&quot;vogel&quot; /&gt; ان ڪري، جتي مسلمان شريعت کي تبديليءَ کان پاڪ ۽ غلطين کان مبرّا سمجهن ٿا، اتي فقه کي غلطي جي امڪان واري ۽ تبديليءَ جي قابل سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. 

فقه جو تعلق اسلام ۾ عبادات، اخلاقيات ۽ سماجي قانون سازي، گڏوگڏ معاشي ۽ سياسي نظام جي معاملن سان آهي. جديد دور ۾، سني روايتن ۾ فقه جا چار نمايان مڪتبِ فڪر (مذھب) موجود آهن، ان کان علاوه شيعه روايتن ۾ ٻه (يا ٽي) مڪتبِ فڪر آهن. فقه جي ڄاڻ رکندڙ شخص کي ”فقيه“ (جمع: فقهاءِ) چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;

مجازي معنيٰ ۾، فقه مان مراد اسلامي قانوني فيصلن بابت انهن جي بنيادي ذريعن مان حاصل ڪيل ڄاڻ آهي. ذريعن مان مذهبي فيصلا اخذ ڪرڻ لاءِ &quot;مجتهد&quot; (اهو فرد جيڪو اجتهاد ڪري ٿو) لاءِ ضروري آهي ته هو فقه جي مختلف بحثن تي گهري ڄاڻ ۽ سمجھ رکي.  

فقه جي مطالعي کي روايتي طور تي ٻن حصن ۾ ورهايو ويو آهي: &quot;اصولِ فقه&quot; (اسلامي فقه جا اصول، لفظي معنيٰ: ”فقه جون پاڙون&quot;)، جيڪي قانوني تشريح ۽ تجزيي جا طريقا آهن؛ ۽ &quot;فروعِ فقه&quot; (لفظي معنيٰ: &quot;فقه جون شاخون&quot;)، جيڪي انهن اصولن جي بنياد تي فيصلن جي تفصيلي وضاحت آهن. فروعِ فقه، اصولِ فقه جي اطلاق جو نتيجو ۽ خدائي مرضي کي سمجهڻ لاءِ ڪيل انساني ڪوششن جو مجموعي حاصلات آهي. &quot;حڪم&quot; (جمع: احڪام) ڪنهن خاص معاملي يا صورتحال ۾ ڏنل مخصوص فيصلي کي چيو ويندو آهي.

'''فقه''' (Fiqh)؛&lt;ref&gt;[https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/fiqh &quot;fiqh&quot;]. ''[[Collins English Dictionary]]''.&lt;/ref&gt; اسلام ۾ قانون جي سائنس جو (Jurisprudence) نالو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot;&gt;[http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/207723/fiqh Fiqh] Encyclopædia Britannica&lt;/ref&gt; فقه جو استعمال اسلامي شريعت جي سمجھ طور ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=vogel&gt;{{cite book|last=Vogel|first=Frank E.|title=Islamic Law and the Legal System of Saudí: Studies of Saudi Arabia|date=2000|publisher=Brill|pages=4–5|url=https://books.google.com/?id=-PfDuvnHMGoC&amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;dq=vogel+islamic+law#v=onepage&amp;q=vogel%20islamic%20law&amp;f=false|isbn=9004110623}}&lt;/ref&gt; اھو علم شريعت ۾ قرآن ۽ سنت جي روشنيءَ ۾ اجتھاد جي ذريعي واڌارو ڪري ٿو ۽ ان واڌاري کي فقيھن جي فتوائون ذريعي لاڳو ڪري ٿو. فقه ۾ غلطي جي گنجائش ھوندي آھي ۽ اھا تبديل پڻ ٿي سگھندي آھي. موجوده دور۾ سني اسلام ۾ چار فقھي مذھب آھن ۽ شيعه اسلام ۾ ٻہ فقھي مذھب آھن.&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;

== لغوي معنيَ == 
فقه جي لغوي معنيَ آهي ڪنهن شئي جو علم۽ فھم، ڪنھن شئي کي کولڻ۽ نکيڙڻ ۽ ان جي اونھائي ۾ وڃي حقيقت ڳولي لھڻ۽ ان کي پڌرو ڪرڻ، اصطلاحي طور فقه جي معني شريعت جي حڪمن ۾ سمجھ پيدا ڪرڻ آھي&lt;ref name =&quot; آسان فقه&quot; &gt; - ڪتاب: آسان فقه، از: مولانا محمد يوسف اصلاحي، مترجم: محمد عاشق ڌامراھا، مھراڻ اڪيڊمي شڪارپور، جنوري 2002 -- پنھنجي پاران: قمر ميمڻ صه 28  &lt;/ref&gt;. قرآن شريف ۾ سورة التوبہ ۾ آيت نمبر 122 ۾ فقه لفظ جو استعمال ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو:

{{quote| فلولا نفر من کل فرقة منهم طائفة ليتفقهوا في الدين&lt;br&gt; ترجمو:پوء ڇونہ انھن جي سڀ ڪنھن جماعت مان ھڪ ھڪ ٽولي نڪتي ته پاڻ ۾ دين جي سمجھ پيدا ڪن. |التوبة - ۱۲۲|&lt;ref name=&quot;آسان فقه&quot; /&gt;}}

== Etymology ==
The word ''fiqh'' is an Arabic term meaning &quot;deep understanding&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Modarresi&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|author-link=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|title=The Laws of Islam|date=26 March 2016|publisher=Enlight Press|isbn=978-0994240989|url=http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|access-date=22 December 2017|ref=Modarresi|language=en|archive-date=2 August 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190802163247/http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{rp|470}} or &quot;full comprehension&quot;. Technically it refers to the body of Islamic law extracted from detailed Islamic sources (which are studied in the [[principles of Islamic jurisprudence]]) and the process of gaining knowledge of Islam through jurisprudence. The historian [[Ibn Khaldun]] describes ''fiqh'' as &quot;knowledge of the rules of God which concern the actions of persons who own themselves connected to obey the law respecting what is required (''[[wajib]]''), sinful (''[[haraam]]''), recommended (''[[mustahab|mandūb]]''), disapproved (''[[makrūh]]''), or neutral (''[[mubah]]'')&quot;.&lt;ref&gt;Levy (1957). p. 150.&lt;/ref&gt; This definition is consistent amongst the jurists.

In [[Modern Standard Arabic]], ''fiqh'' has also come to mean Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=أنیس|first=إبراهیم|title=المعجم الوسیط|publisher=دارالفکر|year=1998|location=بیروت، لبنان|pages=731}}&lt;/ref&gt; It is not thus possible to speak of [[Chief Justice of the United States|Chief Justice]] [[John Roberts]] as an expert in the [[common law]] ''fiqh'' of the [[United States]], or of [[Egypt]]ian legal scholar [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] as an expert in the civil law ''fiqh'' of Egypt.

==History==
{{main|Sharia}}
{{further information|History of Islamic economics}}

According to Sunni Islamic history, Sunni law followed a chronological path of:
*[[God in Islam|God]] → [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] → [[Sahabah|Companions]] → [[Tabi'un|Followers]] → ''Fiqh''.&lt;ref name=&quot;Maghen-2003&quot;&gt;{{cite journal|last1=Maghen|first1=Ze'ev|title=Dead Tradition: Joseph Schacht and the Origins of &quot;Popular Practice&quot;|journal=Islamic Law and Society|date=2003|volume=10|issue=3|pages=276–347|doi=10.1163/156851903770227575|jstor=3399422}}&lt;/ref&gt;
The commands and prohibitions chosen by God were revealed through the agency of the Prophet in both the Quran and the Sunnah (words, deeds, and examples of the Prophet passed down as [[hadith]]). 
The first Muslims (the [[Sahabah]] or Companions) heard and obeyed, and passed this essence of Islam&lt;ref name=GRHJWIaM2000:513/&gt; to succeeding generations (''[[Tabi'un]]'' and ''[[Tabi' al-Tabi'in]]'' or successors/followers and successors of successors), as Muslims and Islam spread from West Arabia to the conquered lands north, east, and west,&lt;ref name=RGHIGP2015:223&gt;[[#RGHIGP2015|Hoyland, ''In God's Path'', 2015]]: p.223&lt;/ref&gt;{{#tag:ref|for example, Sunni [[Hanbali]] scholar/preacher [[Al-Hasan ibn 'Ali al-Barbahari]] (d.941) who ruled the streets of Baghdad from 921-941 CE,  insisted that &quot;whoever asserts that there is any part of Islam with which the Companions of the Prophet did not provide us has called them [the Companions of the Prophet] liars&quot;.&lt;ref name=cook-2000-109&gt;{{cite book|last1=Cook|first1=Michael|title=The Koran : A Very Short Introduction|date=2000|publisher=Oxford University Press|url=https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook |url-access=registration|isbn=0192853449|page=[https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook/page/n122 109]}}&lt;/ref&gt;|group=Note}} where it was systematized and elaborated.&lt;ref name=GRHJWIaM2000:513&gt;[[#GRHJWIaM2000|Hawting, &quot;John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism&quot;, 2000]]: p.513&lt;/ref&gt;

The history of Islamic jurisprudence is &quot;customarily divided into eight periods&quot;:&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: pp. 30–31&lt;/ref&gt;
*the first period ending with the death of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] in 11 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*second period &quot;characterized by personal interpretations&quot; of the canon by the ''[[Sahabah]]'' or companions of Muhammad, lasting until 50 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from 50 AH until the early second century AH there was competition between &quot;a traditionalist approach to jurisprudence&quot; in [[Hijaz|western Arabia]] where Islam was revealed and a &quot;rationalist approach in Iraq&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;golden age of classical Islamic jurisprudence&quot; from the &quot;early second to the mid-fourth century when the [[Madhhab#Amman Message|eight &quot;most significant&quot;]] schools of Sunni and [[Shia|Shi'i]] jurisprudence emerged.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from the mid-fourth century to mid-seventh AH Islamic jurisprudence was &quot;limited to elaborations within the main juristic schools&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;dark age&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence stretched from the [[Siege of Baghdad (1258)|fall of Baghdad]] in the mid-seventh AH (1258 CE) to 1293 AH/1876 CE.
*In 1293 AH (1876 CE) the Ottomans codified [[Hanafi]] jurisprudence in the ''[[Mecelle|Majallah el-Ahkam-i-Adliya]]''. Several &quot;juristic revival movements&quot; influenced by &quot;exposure to Western legal and technological progress&quot; followed until the mid-20th century CE. [[Muhammad Abduh]] and [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] were products of this era.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; However, Abduh and El-Sanhuri were modernists. 19th century Ottoman Shariah Code was built on the views of the Hanafi school.
*The most recent era has been that of the &quot;[[Islamic revival#Contemporary revivalism|Islamic revival]]&quot;, which has been &quot;predicated on rejection of Western social and legal advances&quot; and the development of specifically Islamic states, social sciences, economics, and finance.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
The formative period of Islamic jurisprudence stretches back to the time of the early Muslim communities. During this period, jurists were more concerned with issues of authority and teaching than with theory and methodology.&lt;ref name=&quot;Weiss (2002)&quot;&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by [[Bernard G. Weiss]], (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. pp. 3, 161.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Progress in theory and methodology happened with the coming of the early Muslim jurist [[Muhammad ibn Idris ash-Shafi`i]] (767–820), who codified the basic principles of Islamic jurisprudence in his book ''ar-Risālah''. The book details the four roots of law ([[Qur'an]], [[sunnah]], ''[[ijma]]'', and ''[[qiyas]]'') while specifying that the primary Islamic texts (the Qur'an and the hadith) be understood according to objective rules of interpretation derived from scientific study of the Arabic language.&lt;ref name=weiss-162&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by Bernard G. Weiss, (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. p. 162.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Secondary sources of law were developed and refined over the subsequent centuries, consisting primarily of juristic preference (''[[istihsan]]''), laws of the previous prophets (''[[shara man qablana]]''), continuity (''[[istishab]]''), extended analogy (''[[maslaha mursala]]''), blocking the means (''[[sadd al-dhari'ah]]''), local customs (''[[urf]]''), and sayings of a companion of the Prophet (''[[qawl al-sahabi]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Nyazee (2000)&quot;&gt;Nyazee, Imran Ahsan Khan (2000). ''Islamic Jurisprudence (UsulAI-Fiqh)''. Islamabad: Islamic Research Institute Press.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== Diagram of early scholars ===

[[File:Sunni Streams of Doctrine.png|thumb|Main schools of thought within Sunni Islam, and other prominent streams.]]
[[File:Muslim World Introduction.svg|thumb|Major schools of thought and theology in the Islamic world]]
The Quran set the rights, responsibilities, and rules for people and societies to adhere to, such as dealing in [[The Impact of Religion on International Negotiations|interest]]. Muhammad then provided an example, which is recorded in the hadith books, showing people how he practically implemented these rules in a society. After the passing of Muhammad, there was a need for jurists, to decide on new legal matters where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadith, example of Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=gMxjJqurmiAC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA30|title=Islam Vs. West|isbn=9780595501571|last1=Asadulla|first1=Abubakr|year=2009|publisher=iUniverse }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=es9Sunv_y2MC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA20|title=Islamic State Practices, International Law and the Threat from Terrorism|isbn=9781841135014|last1=Rehman|first1=Javaid|date=7 June 2005|publisher=Hart }}&lt;/ref&gt;

In the years proceeding Muhammad, the community in Madina continued to use the same rules. People were familiar with the practice of Muhammad and therefore continued to use the same rules.

The scholars appearing in the diagram below were taught by [[Muhammad's companions]], many of whom settled in Madina.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceA&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|title=ulama|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=25 February 2013|archive-date=21 October 2014|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141021231627/http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; ''[[Muwatta Imam Malik|Muwatta]]''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|title=Muwatta|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=13 October 2010|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; by [[Malik ibn Anas]] was written as a consensus of the opinion, of these scholars.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=d5Ks31qHlSYC&amp;q=coulson+history+islamic+law|title=A History of Islamic Law|isbn=9780748605149|last1=Coulson|first1=Noel James|year=1994}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Va6oSxzojzoC&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA207|title=E. J. Brill's First Encyclopaedia of Islam, 1913–1936|isbn=9004097910|last1=Houtsma|first1=M. Th|year=1993|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=0_wUAAAAIAAJ&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA264|title=Studies in Islamic History and Civilization|isbn=9789652640147|last1=Šārôn|first1=Moše|year=1986|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt; ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas quotes 13 hadiths from Imam [[Jafar al-Sadiq]].&lt;ref name=&quot;Muwatta&quot;&gt;''Al-Muwatta'' of Imam Malik Ibn Anas, translated by Aisha Bewley (Book #5, Hadith #5.9.23) (Book #16, Hadith #16.1.1) (Book #17, Hadith #17.24.43) (Book #20, Hadith #20.10.40) (Book #20, Hadith #20.11.44) (Book #20, Hadith #20.32.108) (Book #20, Hadith #20.39.127) (Book #20, Hadith #20.40.132) (Book #20, Hadith #20.49.167) (Book #20, Hadith #20.57.190) (Book #26, Hadith #26.1.2) (Book #29, Hadith #29.5.17) (Book #36, Hadith #36.4.5) [http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html Al-Muwatta'] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html |date=13 October 2010 }}&lt;/ref&gt;
Aisha also taught her nephew [[Urwah ibn Zubayr]]. He then taught his son [[Hisham ibn Urwah]], who was the main teacher of Malik ibn Anas whose views many Sunni follow and also taught by Jafar al-Sadiq. [[Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]], Hisham ibn Urwah and Muhammad al-Baqir taught [[Zayd ibn Ali]], Jafar al-Sadiq, [[Abu Hanifa]], and Malik ibn Anas.

Imam Jafar al-Sadiq, Imam Abu Hanifa and Malik ibn Anas worked together in [[Al-Masjid an-Nabawi]] in Medina, along with Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr, Muhammad al-Baqir, Zayd ibn Ali and over 70 other leading jurists and scholars.

[[Al-Shafi'i]] was taught by Malik ibn Anas. [[Ahmad ibn Hanbal]] was taught by Al-Shafi'i. [[Muhammad al-Bukhari]] travelled everywhere collecting hadith and his father [[Ismail ibn Ibrahim]] was a student of Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Islam Page 67&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=mlGgGVCp0UcC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA67|title=Understanding Women in Islam|isbn=9789793780191|last1=Hasyim|first1=Syafiq|year=2006|publisher=Equinox }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=JdjtUTYSL1UC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA37|title=Classical Islam|isbn=9780415240321|last1=Calder|first1=Norman|last2=Mojaddedi|first2=Jawid Ahmad|last3=Rippin|first3=Andrew|year=2003|publisher=Psychology Press }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=GlqeC1ZFAUEC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim&amp;pg=PT101|title=Judaism and Islam in Practice|isbn=9781134605538|last1=Brockopp|first1=Jonathan E.|last2=Neusner|first2=Jacob|last3=Sonn|first3=Tamara|date=27 September 2005|publisher=Routledge }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.oocities.org/mutmainaa7/people/jafar_al_sadiq.html|title=Jafar Al-Sadiq}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|title=IMAM JAFAR BIN MUHAMMAD AS-SADIQ (AS)|website=www.ziaraat.org|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=22 August 2023|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230822202122/http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{Islam scholars diagram}}

In the books actually written by these original jurists and scholars, there are very few theological and judicial differences between them. Imam Ahmad rejected the writing down and codifying of the religious rulings he gave. They knew that they might have fallen into error in some of their judgements and stated this clearly. They never introduced their rulings by saying, &quot;Here, this judgement is the judgement of God and His prophet.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=W4OKaz5dzdYC&amp;q=Modernist+Islam,+1840-1940:+A+Sourcebook+By+Charles+Kurzman|title=Modernist Islam, 1840–1940|isbn=9780195154689|last1=Kurzman|first1=Charles|year=2002|publisher=Oxford University Press }}&lt;/ref&gt; There is also very little text actually written down by Jafar al-Sadiq himself. They all give priority to the Qur'an and the hadith (the practice of Muhammad). They felt that the Quran and the Hadith, the example of Muhammad provided people with almost everything they needed. &quot;This day I have perfected for you your religion and completed My favor upon you and have approved for you Islam as religion&quot; (Qur'an 5:3).&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://quran.com/5/3 |title=Surat Al-Ma'idah [5:3] - The Noble Qur'an - القرآن الكريم |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130925005700/http://quran.com/5/3 |archive-date=25 September 2013 |df=dmy }} [http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ Quran Surah Al-Maaida ( Verse 3 )] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180612141107/http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ |date=12 June 2018 }}&lt;/ref&gt;

These scholars did not distinguish between each other. They were not Sunni or Shia. They felt that they were following the religion of Abraham as described in the Quran &quot;Say: Allah speaks the truth; so follow the religion of Abraham, the upright one. And he was not one of the polytheists&quot; (Qur'an 3:95).

Most of the differences are regarding Sharia laws devised through [[Ijtihad]] where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadiths of Islamic prophet Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;/&gt; As these jurists went to new areas, they were pragmatic and continued to use the same ruling as was given in that area during pre-Islamic times, if the population felt comfortable with it, it was just and they used Ijtihad to deduce that it did not conflict with the Quran or the Hadith. As explained in the ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This made it easier for the different communities to integrate into the Islamic State and assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State.

To reduce the divergence, [[ash-Shafi'i]] proposed giving priority to the Qur'an and the Hadith (the practice of Muhammad) and only then look at the consensus of the Muslim jurists (''[[ijma]]'') and analogical reasoning (''[[qiyas]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This then resulted in jurists like Muhammad al-Bukhari&lt;ref name=&quot;sahih-bukhari.com&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.sahih-bukhari.com/|title=Sahih Bukhari : Read, Study, Search Online|first=Sahih|last=Bukhari}}&lt;/ref&gt; dedicating their lives to the collection of the correct hadith, in books like [[Sahih al-Bukhari]] (Sahih translates as authentic or correct). They also felt that Muhammad's judgement was more impartial and better than their own.

These original jurists and scholars also acted as a counterbalance to the rulers. When they saw injustice, all these scholars spoke out against it. As the state expanded outside Madina, the rights of the different communities, as they were constituted in the [[Constitution of Medina]] still applied. The Quran also gave additional rights to the citizens of the state and these rights were also applied. Ali, Hassan and [[Husayn ibn Ali]] gave their allegiance to the first three caliphs because they abided by these conditions. Later [[Ali]] the fourth caliph wrote in a letter &quot;I did not approach the people to get their oath of allegiance but they came to me with their desire to make me their Amir (ruler). I did not extend my hands towards them so that they might swear the oath of allegiance to me but they themselves extended their hands towards me.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;Nahj ul Balagha Letter 54&lt;/ref&gt; But later as fate would have it ([[Predestination in Islam]]) when [[Yazid I]], an [[Umayyad Caliphate|Umayyad]] ruler took power, Husayn ibn Ali the grandson of Muhammad felt that it was a test from God for him and his duty to confront him. Then [[Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr]], Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr's cousin confronted the Umayyad rulers after Husayn ibn Ali was betrayed by the people of Kufa and killed by Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Yazid I.&lt;ref&gt;Najeebabadi, Akbar Shah (2001). The History of Islam V.2. Riyadh: Darussalam. p. 110. {{ISBN|9960-892-88-3}}.&lt;/ref&gt; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr then took on the Umayyads and expelled their forces from Hijaz and Iraq. But then his forces were depleted in Iraq, trying to stop the Khawarij. The Umayyads then moved in. After a lengthy campaign, in his last hour Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr asked his mother [[Asma' bint Abu Bakr]] the daughter of [[Abu Bakr]] the first caliph for advice. Asma' bint Abu Bakr replied to her son, she said:&lt;ref name=&quot;ummah.com&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|title=The Advice of Asmaa bint Abu Bakr (ra) to her son Abdullah Ibn Zubair (ra)|website=Ummah.com - Muslim Forum|access-date=20 September 2021|archive-date=25 February 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210225220953/https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; &quot;You know better in your own self, that if you are upon the truth and you are calling towards the truth go forth, for people more honourable than you have been killed and if you are not upon the truth, then what an evil son you are and you have destroyed yourself and those who are with you. If you say, that if you are upon the truth and you will be killed at the hands of others, then you will not truly be free.&quot; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr left and was later also killed and crucified by the Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Umayyads and led by Hajjaj. [[Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]] the son of Abu Bakr the first caliph and raised by Ali the fourth caliph was also killed by the Umayyads.&lt;ref&gt;Nahj al-Balagha Sermon 71, Letter 27, Letter 34, Letter 35&lt;/ref&gt; [[Aisha]] then raised and taught her son Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr who later taught his grandson Jafar al-Sadiq.

During the early Umayyad period, there was more community involvement. The Quran and Muhammad's example was the main source of law after which the community decided. If it worked for the community, was just and did not conflict with the Quran and the example of Muhammad, it was accepted. This made it easier for the different communities, with Roman, Persian, Central Asia and North African backgrounds to integrate into the Islamic State and that assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State. The scholars in Madina were consulted on the more complex judicial issues. The Sharia and the official more centralized schools of fiqh developed later, during the time of the Abbasids.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceB&quot;&gt;Muawiya Restorer of the Muslim Faith By Aisha Bewley p. 68&lt;/ref&gt;

==Components==
{{further|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}
[[File:Map of the Legal systems of the world (en).png|thumb|350px|[[List of national legal systems|Legal systems of the world]]]]
The sources of [[Sharia]] in order of importance are:&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;&gt;Abul Quasem, M. (1975). The ethics of al-Ghazali: A composite ethics in Islam. p. 26&lt;/ref&gt;
#[[Qur'an]]
#[[Hadith]]
#[[Ijma]], i.e. collective reasoning and consensus amongst authoritative Muslims of a particular generation, and its interpretation by Islamic scholars.
#The consensus of the [[Sahaba]]
#[[Qiyas]], analogical legal reasoning by Islamic jurists.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;&gt;{{cite book|editor1-first=Hisham M. |editor1-last=Ramadan|author1=Irshad Abdel Haqq|author-link1=Islamic law: An Overview of Its Origins and Elements|title=Understanding Islamic Law: From Classical to Contemporary|year=2006|publisher=Rowman Altamira|isbn=9780759109919|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=5ZS7EaHTQX8C&amp;q=Islamic+law%3A+An+Overview+of+Its+Origins+and+Elements&amp;pg=PA1 |access-date=17 August 2016}} p. 18&lt;/ref&gt;

Majority of [[Sunni Muslims]] view ''[[Qiyas]]'' as a central Pillar of ''[[Ijtihad]]''.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;/&gt; An example is the ruling of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]], that &quot;a judge should not sit in judgement while angry&quot;, whereas reason adds that this extends to hunger or suffering from a painful disease.&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;/&gt; [[Zahiri]]tes, rejected ''Qiyas'' unlike the Sunnis.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=B. Hallaq |first=Wael |title=THE ORIGINS AND EVOLUTION OF ISLAMIC LAW |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |year=2005 |isbn=978-0-521-80332-8 | location=Cambridge, UK |pages=124, 127}}&lt;/ref&gt; The ''[[Shia Islam|Shi'a]]'' believed that all laws are implicitly mentioned in the Quran or the sunnah and can be discovered by the jurists of their tradition.&lt;ref&gt;Mansoor Moaddel, ''Islamic Modernism, Nationalism, and Fundamentalism: Episode and Discourse'', pg. 32. [[Chicago]]: [[University of Chicago Press]], 2005.&lt;/ref&gt;

The [[Qur'an]] gives instructions on many issues, such as how to perform the ritual purification (''{{lang|ar|[[wudu]]}}'') before the obligatory daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}''). On other issues, for example, the Qur'an states one needs to engage in daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}'') and fast (''{{lang|ar|[[sawm]]}}'') during the [[Ramadan (calendar month)|month of Ramadan]] but further instructions and details on how to perform these duties can be found in the traditions of Muhammad, so [[Qur'an and Sunnah]] are in most cases the basis for (''{{lang|ar|[[Shariah]]}}'').

Some topics are without precedent in Islam's early period. In those cases, Muslim jurists (''{{lang|ar|[[Fuqaha]]}}'') try to arrive at conclusions by other means. [[Sunni]] jurists use historical consensus of the community (''{{lang|ar|[[Ijma]]}}''); a majority in the modern era also use [[analogy]] (''{{lang|ar|[[Qiyas]]}}'') and weigh the harms and benefits of new topics (''{{lang|ar|[[Istislah]]}}''), and a plurality utilizes juristic preference (''{{lang|ar|[[Istihsan]]}}''). The conclusions arrived at with the aid of these additional tools constitute a wide array of laws, and its application is called ''fiqh''. Thus, in contrast to the ''sharia'', ''fiqh'' is not regarded as [[sacred]] and the schools of thought have differing views on its details, without viewing other conclusions as [[Sacrilege|sacrilegious]]. This division of interpretation in more detailed issues has resulted in different schools of thought (''{{lang|ar|[[madh'hab]]}}'').

This wider concept of '''Islamic jurisprudence''' is the source of a range of laws in different topics that guide Muslims in everyday life.

=== Component categories ===
[[File:Actions in Fiqh.png|thumb|Actions in Islamic Fiqh]]

Islamic jurisprudence (''fiqh'') covers two main areas:
# Rules in relation to actions, and,
# Rules in relation to circumstances surrounding actions.

These types of rules can also fall into two groups:
# Worship ([[Ibadah|Ibadaat]])
# Dealings and transactions (with people) ([[Muamalat|Mu`amalaat]])

Rules in relation to actions ('''amaliyya'' — عملية) or &quot;[[Ahkam|decision types]]&quot; comprise:
# Obligation (''[[fardh]]'')
# Recommendation (''[[mustahabb]]'')
# Permissibility (''[[mubah]]'')
# Disrecommendation (''[[makrooh]]'')
# Prohibition (''[[haraam]]'')

Rules in relation to circumstances (''wadia''') comprise:
# Condition (''shart'')
# Cause (''sabab'')
# Preventor (''mani'')
# Permit / Enforced (''rukhsah, azeemah'')
# Valid / Corrupt / Invalid (''sahih, fasid, batil'')
# In time / Deferred / Repeat (''adaa, qadaa, i'ada'')

=== Methodologies of jurisprudence ===
{{main|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}

The [[modus operandi]] of the Muslim jurist is known as ''[[usul al-fiqh]]'' (&quot;principles of jurisprudence&quot;).

There are different approaches to the methodology used in jurisprudence to derive Islamic rulings from the primary sources of ''[[sharia]]'' (Islamic law). The main methodologies are those of the [[Sunni]], [[Shi'a]] and [[Ibadi]] denominations. While both Sunni and [[Shi'ite]] (Shia) are divided into smaller sub-schools, the differences among the Shi'ite schools is considerably greater. Ibadites only follow a single school without divisions.

While using court decisions as legal precedents and [[case law]] are central to Western law, the importance of the institution of fatawa (non-binding answers by Islamic legal scholars to legal questions) has been called &quot;central to the development&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:32&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: p. 32&lt;/ref&gt; This is in part because of a &quot;vacuum&quot; in the other source of Islamic law, ''qada`'' (legal rulings by state appointed Islamic judges) after the fall of the last [[caliphate]] the Ottoman Empire.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; While the practice in Islam dates back to the time of Muhammad, according to at least one source (Muhammad El-Gamal), it is &quot;modeled after the [[Roman Empire|Roman]] system of ''[[responsa]]'',&quot; and gives the questioner &quot;decisive primary-mover advantage in choosing the question and its wording.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;

Each school (''[[madhhab]]'') reflects a unique ''[[urf]]'' or culture (a cultural practice that was influenced by traditions), that the classical jurists themselves lived in, when rulings were made. Some suggest that the discipline of ''[[isnad]]'', which developed to validate ''hadith'' made it relatively easy to record and validate also the rulings of jurists. This, in turn, made them far easier to imitate (''[[taqlid]]'') than to challenge in new contexts. The argument is, the schools have been more or less frozen for centuries, and reflect a culture that simply no longer exists. Traditional scholars hold that religion is there to regulate human behavior and nurture people's moral side and since human nature has not fundamentally changed since the beginning of Islam a call to modernize the religion is essentially one to relax all laws and institutions.

Early ''[[shariah]]'' had a much more flexible character, and some modern Muslim scholars believe that it should be renewed, and that the classical jurists should lose special status. This would require formulating a new fiqh suitable for the modern world, e.g. as proposed by advocates of the [[Islamization of knowledge]], which would deal with the modern context. This modernization is opposed by most conservative ''[[ulema]]''. Traditional scholars hold that the laws are contextual and consider circumstance such as time, place and culture, the principles they are based upon are universal such as justice, equality and respect. Many Muslim scholars argue that even though technology may have advanced, the fundamentals of human life have not.

=== Fields of jurisprudence ===
{{flatlist}}
*[[Islamic criminal jurisprudence|Criminal]]
*[[Islamic economical jurisprudence|Economics]]
*[[Adab (behavior)|Etiquette]]
*[[Islamic family jurisprudence|Family]]
*[[Hygiene in Islam|Hygienical]]
*[[Islamic inheritance jurisprudence|Inheritance]]
*[[Islamic marital jurisprudence|Marital]]
*[[Rules of war in Islam|Military]]
*[[Islamic political jurisprudence|Political]]
*[[Islamic theological jurisprudence|Theological]]
{{endflatlist}}

=== Schools of jurisprudence ===
{{Main|Madhhab}}
There are several [[Madhhab|schools of fiqh thought]] ({{langx|ar|مذهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|madhhab}}''; pl. {{lang|ar|مذاهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|maḏāhib}}'')
[[File:Madhhab Map3.png|thumb|Map of the Muslim world with the main schools of thoughts&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Islamic Jurisprudence &amp; Law {{!}} ReOrienting the Veil |url=https://veil.unc.edu/religions/islam/law/ |access-date=2025-05-19 |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{Needs update|date=May 2025|reason=Our Fiqh map does need an update, for example Bahrain is mostly orange (representing Ja'fari) while its Monarchy is Maliki and a majority of its citizens Sunni. Would be very helpful to get an update to date SVG version of the map as there are some tiny island Indian Ocean countries who are not shown on the map}}]]
The schools of [[Sunni Islam|Sunni]] Islam are each named by students of the classical jurist who taught them. The Sunni schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Hanafi school|Hanafi]] ([[Turkey]], [[Balkans]], [[Levant]], [[Central Asia]], [[Islam in South Asia|South Asia]], [[Islam in China|China]], [[North Caucasus|Northwest Caucasus]], [[Lower Egypt]], and [[Tatarstan]])
*[[Maliki school|Maliki]] ([[North Africa]], [[West Africa]], [[Upper Egypt]], [[Kuwait]], [[Bahrain]], [[Emirate of Abu Dhabi|Abu Dhabi]], and [[Emirate of Dubai|Dubai]])
*[[Shafi'i school|Shafi'i]] ([[Indonesia]], [[Malaysia]], [[Brunei]], [[Kurdistan]], [[East Africa]], [[North Caucasus|Northeast Caucasus]], [[Yemen]], [[Oman]], [[Islam in Kerala|Kerala]], [[Emirate of Fujairah|Fujairah]], and the [[Sinai Peninsula]])
*[[Hanbali school|Hanbali]] ([[Saudi Arabia]], [[Qatar]], [[Emirate of Sharjah|Sharjah]], [[Emirate of Umm Al Quwain|Umm al-Quwain]], [[Emirate of Ras Al Khaimah|Ras al-Khaimah]], and [[Emirate of Ajman|Ajman]])

The schools of [[Shia]] Islam are based on the [[Ja'fari school|Ja'fari]] school of jurisprudence. The Shia schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Twelver Shi'ism|Twelver]] ([[Iran]], [[Iraq]], and [[Azerbaijan]])
*[[Ismailism|Isma'ili]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Lakhani |first=M. Ali |title=Faith and Ethics: The Vision of the Ismaili Imamat |page=4 |quote=The place of the Ismailis within the theological pluralism of the Muslim community is best summarised by their Imam's statement to the International Islamic Conference held in Amman in July 2005: &quot;Our historic adherence is to the Ja'fari madhhab and other madhahib of close affinity, and it continues, under the leadership of the hereditary Ismaili Imam of the time. This adherence is in harmony also with our acceptance of Sufi principles of personal search and balance between the zahir and the spirit or the intellect which the zahir signifies.&quot; |publisher=Bloomsbury Publishing |year=2017 |isbn=978-1786733900}}&lt;/ref&gt; (minority communities in [[Central Asia]], [[South Asia]], [[Levant]], [[Yemen]])
*[[Zaydism|Zaydi]] (minority communities in [[Yemen]])

Entirely separate from both the Sunni and Shia traditions, [[Kharijites|Khawarij]] Islam has evolved its own distinct school.
*[[Ibadism|Ibadi]] (minority communities in [[Oman]])

These schools share many of their rulings, but differ on the particular [[hadith]]s they accept as authentic and the weight they give to analogy or reason ([[qiyas]]) in deciding difficulties.

The relationship between (at least the Sunni) schools of jurisprudence and the conflict between the unity of the Shariah and the diversity of the schools, was expressed by the 12th century Hanafi scholar [[Abu Hafs Umar al-Nasafi]], who wrote: &quot;Our school is correct with the possibility of error, and another school is in error with the possibility of being correct.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1 = Brown|first1 = Jonathan A.C.|author-link = Jonathan A.C. Brown|title = Misquoting Muhammad: The Challenge and Choices of Interpreting the Prophet's Legacy|date = 2014|publisher = [[Oneworld Publications]]|isbn = 978-1780744209|url = https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50|access-date = 4 June 2018|ref = JACBMM2014|pages = [https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50 50-51]}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== Influence on Western laws ==
{{main|Sharia#Classic Islamic law|l1=Sharia: Classic Islamic law}}

A number of important legal [[institution]]s were developed by Muslim jurists during the classical period of Islam, known as the [[Islamic Golden Age]]. One such institution was the ''[[Hawala]]'', an early [[informal value transfer system]], which is mentioned in texts of Islamic jurisprudence as early as the 8th century. ''Hawala'' itself later influenced the development of the [[Agency (law)|agency]] in [[common law]] and in [[Civil law (legal system)|civil laws]] such as the ''aval'' in [[Law of France|French law]] and the ''avallo'' in [[Law of Italy|Italian law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |title=Islamic Law: Its Relation to Other Legal Systems |first=Gamal Moursi |last=Badr |journal=The American Journal of Comparative Law |volume=26 |issue=2 – Proceedings of an International Conference on Comparative Law, Salt Lake City, Utah, 24–25 February 1977 |date=Spring 1978 |pages=187–198 [196–98] |doi=10.2307/839667 |publisher=American Society of Comparative Law |jstor=839667}}&lt;/ref&gt;

The ''[[Waqf]]'' in [[Sharia|Islamic law]], which developed during the 7th–9th centuries, bears a notable resemblance to the [[Charitable trust|trusts]] in the English [[trust law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988}}&lt;/ref&gt; For example, every ''Waqf'' was required to have a ''waqif'' (settlor), ''mutawillis'' (trustee), ''[[qadi]]'' (judge) and beneficiaries.&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1237–40}}&lt;/ref&gt; The trust law developed in [[England]] at the time of the [[Crusades]], during the 12th and 13th centuries, was introduced by Crusaders who may have been influenced by the ''Waqf'' institutions they came across in the [[Middle East]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Hudson|2003|p=32}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1244–45}}&lt;/ref&gt;

In classical Islamic jurisprudence, litigants in court may obtain [[notarized]] statements from between three and twelve witnesses. When the statements of all witnesses are consistent, the notaries will certify their unanimous testimony in a legal document, which may be used to support the litigant's claim.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Justice of Islam|pages=7–9|author=Lawrence Rosen|publisher=Oxford University Press|year=2000|isbn=9780198298847}}&lt;/ref&gt; The notaries serve to free the [[qadi|judge]] from the time-consuming task of hearing the testimony of each eyewitness himself, and their documents serve to legally authenticate each oral testimony.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Expert Witness in Islamic Courts|year=2010|publisher=University of Chicago Press|author=Ron Shaham|pages=4–8|isbn=9780226749358}}&lt;/ref&gt; The [[Maliki]] school requires two notaries to collect a minimum of twelve eyewitness statements in certain legal cases, including those involving unregistered marriages and land disputes.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Positive Law from the Muslim World|author=Baudouin Dupret|year=2021|isbn=9781108960137|pages=205–210|publisher=Cambridge University Press}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Property, Social Structure, and Law in the Modern Middle East|year=1985|pages=54–64|editor=Ann Elizabeth Mayer|publisher=[[SUNY]] Press|isbn=9780873959889}}&lt;/ref&gt; John Makdisi has compared this group of twelve witness statements, known as a ''lafif'', to [[English Common Law]] jury trials under [[Henry II of England|Henry II]], surmising a link between the king's reforms and the legal system of the [[Kingdom of Sicily]]. The island had previously been ruled by various Islamic dynasties.&lt;ref name=&quot;Rodhan&quot;&gt;{{cite book |last1=Al-Rodhan |first1=Nayef R. F. |title=The Role of the Arab-Islamic World in the Rise of the West: Implications for Contemporary Trans-Cultural Relations |date=2012 |publisher=Palgrave Macmillan |isbn=978-0-230-39320-2 |page=73 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=n4OpT4ZP278C |access-date=25 May 2020 |language=en }}{{Dead link|date=November 2023 |bot=InternetArchiveBot |fix-attempted=yes }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Makdisi&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Makdisi |first1=John |title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=North Carolina Law Review |date=1 June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635 |url=https://scholarship.law.unc.edu/nclr/vol77/iss5/2/ |access-date=25 May 2020}}&lt;/ref&gt;

Several other fundamental [[common law]] institutions may have been adapted from similar legal institutions in [[Sharia|Islamic law]] and jurisprudence, and introduced to England by the [[Normans]] after the [[Norman conquest of England]] and the Emirate of Sicily, and by Crusaders during the [[Crusades]]. In particular, the &quot;royal English [[contract]] protected by the action of [[debt]] is identified with the Islamic ''Aqd'', the English [[assize of novel disseisin]] is identified with the Islamic ''Istihqaq'', and the English [[jury]] is identified with the Islamic ''lafif''.&quot; John Makdisi speculated that English legal institutions such as &quot;the [[scholastic method]], the [[licence]] to [[Education|teach]]&quot;, the &quot;[[law school]]s known as [[Inns of Court]] in England and ''[[Madrasah|Madrasas]]'' in Islam&quot; and the &quot;European [[commenda]]&quot; (Islamic ''[[Qirad]]'') may have also originated from Islamic law.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt; The methodology of [[Precedent|legal precedent]] and reasoning by [[analogy]] (''[[Qiyas]]'') are also similar in both the Islamic and common law systems.&lt;ref name=Gamal&gt;{{cite book |title=Islamic Finance: Law, Economics, and Practice |url=https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga |url-access=limited |first=Mahmoud A. |last=El-Gamal |year=2006 |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |isbn=0-521-86414-3 |page=[https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga/page/n35 16] }}&lt;/ref&gt; These influences have led some scholars to suggest that Islamic law may have laid the foundations for &quot;the common law as an integrated whole&quot;.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt;

== See also ==
{{Portal|Islam|Law}}
* [[Abdallah al-Harari]]
* [[Athari|Traditionalist theology]]
* ''[[Bahar-e-Shariat]]''
* [[Glossary of Islam]]
* [[Index of Islam-related articles]]
* [[Ja'fari jurisprudence]]
* [[Outline of Islam]]
* [[List of Islamic terms in Arabic]]
* ''[[Ma'ruf]]''
* ''[[Mizan]]'' – a comprehensive treatise on the contents of Islam written by [[Javed Ahmed Ghamidi]]
* [[Palestinian law]]
* [[Schools of Islamic theology]]
* [[Sources of Islamic law]]
* [[The four Sunni Imams]]
* ''[[Urf]]''

==حوالا== 
===نوٽ===
{{reflist|group=Note}}
===حوالا===
{{حوالا}}
===ڪتابيات===
{{refbegin|30em}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Norman |last=Calder |title=Law. Legal Thought and Jurisprudence |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of the Islamic World |editor=John L. Esposito |publisher=Oxford University Press |location=Oxford |year=2009 |url=http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20081121033722/http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|url-status=dead|archive-date=21 November 2008}}
*Doi, Abd ar-Rahman I., and Clarke, Abdassamad (2008). ''Shari'ah: Islamic Law''. Ta-Ha Publishers Ltd., {{ISBN|978-1-84200-087-8}} (hardback)
* Cilardo, Agostino, &quot;Fiqh, History of&quot;, in ''Muhammad in History, Thought, and Culture: An Encyclopedia of the Prophet of God'' (2 vols.), Edited by C. Fitzpatrick and A. Walker, Santa Barbara, ABC-CLIO, 2014, Vol I, pp.&amp;nbsp;201–206.
* {{citation|last=Dahlén|first=Ashk |title=Islamic Law, Epistemology and Modernity. Legal Philosophy in Contemporary Iran|year=2003|location=New York|publisher=Routledge |isbn=9780415945295|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=QARHBQAAQBAJ}}
*{{cite book |last1=El-Gamal |first1=Mahmoud A. |title=Islamic Finance : Law, Economics, and Practice |publisher=Cambridge University Press |date=2006 |url=http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |ref=MAEGIFLEP2006 |access-date=28 February 2017 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180403160351/http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |archive-date=3 April 2018 |url-status=dead }}
*{{Cite journal |journal=[[University of Pennsylvania Law Review]] |volume=136 |issue=4 |date=April 1988 |pages=1231–1261 |doi=10.2307/3312162 |last1=Gaudiosi |first1= Monica M. |title=The Influence of the Islamic Law of Waqf on the Development of the Trust in England_ The Case of Merton College |publisher=The University of Pennsylvania Law Review |jstor=3312162|s2cid=153149243 |url=http://scholarship.law.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=3909&amp;context=penn_law_review |url-access=subscription }}
*{{cite book |last1=Hawting |first1=G.R. |title=The Quest for the Historical Muhammad |date=2000 |publisher=Prometheus Books |location=New York |pages=489–509 |chapter=16. John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism |ref=GRHJWIaM2000}}
*{{Cite book
 |last=Hudson
 |first=A.
 |title=Equity and Trusts
 |year=2003
 |edition=3rd
 |publisher=Cavendish Publishing
 |location=London
 |isbn=978-1-85941-729-4
 }}

*{{Cite book |last=Levy |first=Reuben |title=The Social Structure of Islam |location=UK |publisher=Cambridge University Press |year=1957 |isbn=978-0-521-09182-4 |url=https://archive.org/details/socialstructureo0000levy }}
*{{Cite journal |last=Makdisi|first=John A.|title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=[[North Carolina Law Review]] |date=June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635–1739}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Irene |last=Schneider |title=Fiqh |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of Islam and Politics |publisher=Oxford University Press |editor=Emad El-Din Shahin |year=2014 |doi=10.1093/acref:oiso/9780199739356.001.0001|isbn=9780199739356 }}
{{refend}}

==مزيد مطالعو==
*Potz, Richard, [http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0159-2011112127 Islamic Law and the Transfer of European Law], [[European History Online]], Mainz: [[Institute of European History]], 2011. (Retrieved 28 November 2011.)
*[Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
*{{Commons category-inline}}
* [https://halaqa.home.blog/2021/02/12/types-of-hanafi-legal-rulings-ahkam/ Types of Hanafi Legal Rulings (Ahkam)]
* [Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

{{Islam topics |Law |state=collapsed}}
{{Authority control}}

[[Category:Islamic jurisprudence| ]]
[[Category:Sharia terminology]]
[[Category:Law schools]]
{{اسلامي فقه}}
[[زمرو:اسلامي اصطلاح]]</text>
      <sha1>1y90cmlmitc8lhl69gs32lhfyxiiqpu</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400952</id>
      <parentid>400949</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T17:24:15Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <origin>400952</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="49549" sha1="ng8dnhhzc5t7pur448rqel80izqzzc9" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|Islamic jurisprudence}}
{{Islam |texts |width=19.75em}}
'''فقه''' (عربي: فِقْه) اسلامي قانوني نظام يا اسلامي فقہي اصولن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ اصطلاح آهي. &lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot; /&gt; فقہ کي اڪثر ڪري شريعت بابت انساني سمجھ (تحقيق ۽ عمل) جي طور تي بيان ڪيو ويندو آهي؛ يعني اسلامي قانون، جيئن قرآن ۽ سنت (پيغمبر محمد ﷺ ۽ سندن ساٿين جي تعليمات ۽ عملن ۾ بيان ڪيو ويو آهي) جي انساني سمجھ آهي. &lt;ref name=&quot;vogel&quot; /&gt; فقه، اسلامي قانون دانن (علماءِ) پاران قرآن ۽ اجتهاد (سنت جي تشريح) ذريعي شريعت کي وسيع ۽ ترقي ڏياري ٿي ۽ ان تي عمل درآمد انهن قانون دانن جي فيصلن (فتويٰ) ذريعي ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا انهن آڏو پيش ڪيل مسئلن تي ڏنا ويندا آهن. &lt;ref name=&quot;vogel&quot; /&gt; ان ڪري، جتي مسلمان شريعت کي تبديليءَ کان پاڪ ۽ غلطين کان مبرّا سمجهن ٿا، اتي فقه کي غلطي جي امڪان واري ۽ تبديليءَ جي قابل سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. 

فقه جو تعلق اسلام ۾ عبادات، اخلاقيات ۽ سماجي قانون سازي، گڏوگڏ معاشي ۽ سياسي نظام جي معاملن سان آهي. جديد دور ۾، سني روايتن ۾ فقه جا چار نمايان مڪتبِ فڪر (مذھب) موجود آهن، ان کان علاوه شيعه روايتن ۾ ٻه (يا ٽي) مڪتبِ فڪر آهن. فقه جي ڄاڻ رکندڙ شخص کي ”فقيه“ (جمع: فقهاءِ) چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;

مجازي معنيٰ ۾، فقه مان مراد اسلامي قانوني فيصلن بابت انهن جي بنيادي ذريعن مان حاصل ڪيل ڄاڻ آهي. ذريعن مان مذهبي فيصلا اخذ ڪرڻ لاءِ &quot;مجتهد&quot; (اهو فرد جيڪو اجتهاد ڪري ٿو) لاءِ ضروري آهي ته هو فقه جي مختلف بحثن تي گهري ڄاڻ ۽ سمجھ رکي.  

فقه جي مطالعي کي روايتي طور تي ٻن حصن ۾ ورهايو ويو آهي: &quot;اصولِ فقه&quot; (اسلامي فقه جا اصول، لفظي معنيٰ: ”فقه جون پاڙون&quot;)، جيڪي قانوني تشريح ۽ تجزيي جا طريقا آهن؛ ۽ &quot;فروعِ فقه&quot; (لفظي معنيٰ: &quot;فقه جون شاخون&quot;)، جيڪي انهن اصولن جي بنياد تي فيصلن جي تفصيلي وضاحت آهن. فروعِ فقه، اصولِ فقه جي اطلاق جو نتيجو ۽ خدائي مرضي کي سمجهڻ لاءِ ڪيل انساني ڪوششن جو مجموعي حاصلات آهي. &quot;حڪم&quot; (جمع: احڪام) ڪنهن خاص معاملي يا صورتحال ۾ ڏنل مخصوص فيصلي کي چيو ويندو آهي.

'''فقه''' (Fiqh)؛&lt;ref&gt;[https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/fiqh &quot;fiqh&quot;]. ''[[Collins English Dictionary]]''.&lt;/ref&gt; اسلام ۾ قانون جي سائنس جو (Jurisprudence) نالو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot;&gt;[http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/207723/fiqh Fiqh] Encyclopædia Britannica&lt;/ref&gt; فقه جو استعمال اسلامي شريعت جي سمجھ طور ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=vogel&gt;{{cite book|last=Vogel|first=Frank E.|title=Islamic Law and the Legal System of Saudí: Studies of Saudi Arabia|date=2000|publisher=Brill|pages=4–5|url=https://books.google.com/?id=-PfDuvnHMGoC&amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;dq=vogel+islamic+law#v=onepage&amp;q=vogel%20islamic%20law&amp;f=false|isbn=9004110623}}&lt;/ref&gt; اھو علم شريعت ۾ قرآن ۽ سنت جي روشنيءَ ۾ اجتھاد جي ذريعي واڌارو ڪري ٿو ۽ ان واڌاري کي فقيھن جي فتوائون ذريعي لاڳو ڪري ٿو. فقه ۾ غلطي جي گنجائش ھوندي آھي ۽ اھا تبديل پڻ ٿي سگھندي آھي. موجوده دور۾ سني اسلام ۾ چار فقھي مذھب آھن ۽ شيعه اسلام ۾ ٻہ فقھي مذھب آھن.&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;

== لغوي معنيَ == 
فقه جي لغوي معنيَ آهي ڪنهن شئي جو علم۽ فھم، ڪنھن شئي کي کولڻ۽ نکيڙڻ ۽ ان جي اونھائي ۾ وڃي حقيقت ڳولي لھڻ۽ ان کي پڌرو ڪرڻ، اصطلاحي طور فقه جي معني شريعت جي حڪمن ۾ سمجھ پيدا ڪرڻ آھي&lt;ref name =&quot; آسان فقه&quot; &gt; - ڪتاب: آسان فقه، از: مولانا محمد يوسف اصلاحي، مترجم: محمد عاشق ڌامراھا، مھراڻ اڪيڊمي شڪارپور، جنوري 2002 -- پنھنجي پاران: قمر ميمڻ صه 28  &lt;/ref&gt;. قرآن شريف ۾ سورة التوبہ ۾ آيت نمبر 122 ۾ فقه لفظ جو استعمال ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو:

{{quote| فلولا نفر من کل فرقة منهم طائفة ليتفقهوا في الدين&lt;br&gt; ترجمو:پوء ڇونہ انھن جي سڀ ڪنھن جماعت مان ھڪ ھڪ ٽولي نڪتي ته پاڻ ۾ دين جي سمجھ پيدا ڪن. |التوبة - ۱۲۲|&lt;ref name=&quot;آسان فقه&quot; /&gt;}}


The word ''fiqh'' is an Arabic term meaning &quot;deep understanding&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Modarresi&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|author-link=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|title=The Laws of Islam|date=26 March 2016|publisher=Enlight Press|isbn=978-0994240989|url=http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|access-date=22 December 2017|ref=Modarresi|language=en|archive-date=2 August 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190802163247/http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{rp|470}} or &quot;full comprehension&quot;. Technically it refers to the body of Islamic law extracted from detailed Islamic sources (which are studied in the [[principles of Islamic jurisprudence]]) and the process of gaining knowledge of Islam through jurisprudence. The historian [[Ibn Khaldun]] describes ''fiqh'' as &quot;knowledge of the rules of God which concern the actions of persons who own themselves connected to obey the law respecting what is required (''[[wajib]]''), sinful (''[[haraam]]''), recommended (''[[mustahab|mandūb]]''), disapproved (''[[makrūh]]''), or neutral (''[[mubah]]'')&quot;.&lt;ref&gt;Levy (1957). p. 150.&lt;/ref&gt; This definition is consistent amongst the jurists.

In [[Modern Standard Arabic]], ''fiqh'' has also come to mean Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=أنیس|first=إبراهیم|title=المعجم الوسیط|publisher=دارالفکر|year=1998|location=بیروت، لبنان|pages=731}}&lt;/ref&gt; It is not thus possible to speak of [[Chief Justice of the United States|Chief Justice]] [[John Roberts]] as an expert in the [[common law]] ''fiqh'' of the [[United States]], or of [[Egypt]]ian legal scholar [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] as an expert in the civil law ''fiqh'' of Egypt.

==History==
{{main|Sharia}}
{{further information|History of Islamic economics}}

According to Sunni Islamic history, Sunni law followed a chronological path of:
*[[God in Islam|God]] → [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] → [[Sahabah|Companions]] → [[Tabi'un|Followers]] → ''Fiqh''.&lt;ref name=&quot;Maghen-2003&quot;&gt;{{cite journal|last1=Maghen|first1=Ze'ev|title=Dead Tradition: Joseph Schacht and the Origins of &quot;Popular Practice&quot;|journal=Islamic Law and Society|date=2003|volume=10|issue=3|pages=276–347|doi=10.1163/156851903770227575|jstor=3399422}}&lt;/ref&gt;
The commands and prohibitions chosen by God were revealed through the agency of the Prophet in both the Quran and the Sunnah (words, deeds, and examples of the Prophet passed down as [[hadith]]). 
The first Muslims (the [[Sahabah]] or Companions) heard and obeyed, and passed this essence of Islam&lt;ref name=GRHJWIaM2000:513/&gt; to succeeding generations (''[[Tabi'un]]'' and ''[[Tabi' al-Tabi'in]]'' or successors/followers and successors of successors), as Muslims and Islam spread from West Arabia to the conquered lands north, east, and west,&lt;ref name=RGHIGP2015:223&gt;[[#RGHIGP2015|Hoyland, ''In God's Path'', 2015]]: p.223&lt;/ref&gt;{{#tag:ref|for example, Sunni [[Hanbali]] scholar/preacher [[Al-Hasan ibn 'Ali al-Barbahari]] (d.941) who ruled the streets of Baghdad from 921-941 CE,  insisted that &quot;whoever asserts that there is any part of Islam with which the Companions of the Prophet did not provide us has called them [the Companions of the Prophet] liars&quot;.&lt;ref name=cook-2000-109&gt;{{cite book|last1=Cook|first1=Michael|title=The Koran : A Very Short Introduction|date=2000|publisher=Oxford University Press|url=https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook |url-access=registration|isbn=0192853449|page=[https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook/page/n122 109]}}&lt;/ref&gt;|group=Note}} where it was systematized and elaborated.&lt;ref name=GRHJWIaM2000:513&gt;[[#GRHJWIaM2000|Hawting, &quot;John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism&quot;, 2000]]: p.513&lt;/ref&gt;

The history of Islamic jurisprudence is &quot;customarily divided into eight periods&quot;:&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: pp. 30–31&lt;/ref&gt;
*the first period ending with the death of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] in 11 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*second period &quot;characterized by personal interpretations&quot; of the canon by the ''[[Sahabah]]'' or companions of Muhammad, lasting until 50 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from 50 AH until the early second century AH there was competition between &quot;a traditionalist approach to jurisprudence&quot; in [[Hijaz|western Arabia]] where Islam was revealed and a &quot;rationalist approach in Iraq&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;golden age of classical Islamic jurisprudence&quot; from the &quot;early second to the mid-fourth century when the [[Madhhab#Amman Message|eight &quot;most significant&quot;]] schools of Sunni and [[Shia|Shi'i]] jurisprudence emerged.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from the mid-fourth century to mid-seventh AH Islamic jurisprudence was &quot;limited to elaborations within the main juristic schools&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;dark age&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence stretched from the [[Siege of Baghdad (1258)|fall of Baghdad]] in the mid-seventh AH (1258 CE) to 1293 AH/1876 CE.
*In 1293 AH (1876 CE) the Ottomans codified [[Hanafi]] jurisprudence in the ''[[Mecelle|Majallah el-Ahkam-i-Adliya]]''. Several &quot;juristic revival movements&quot; influenced by &quot;exposure to Western legal and technological progress&quot; followed until the mid-20th century CE. [[Muhammad Abduh]] and [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] were products of this era.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; However, Abduh and El-Sanhuri were modernists. 19th century Ottoman Shariah Code was built on the views of the Hanafi school.
*The most recent era has been that of the &quot;[[Islamic revival#Contemporary revivalism|Islamic revival]]&quot;, which has been &quot;predicated on rejection of Western social and legal advances&quot; and the development of specifically Islamic states, social sciences, economics, and finance.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
The formative period of Islamic jurisprudence stretches back to the time of the early Muslim communities. During this period, jurists were more concerned with issues of authority and teaching than with theory and methodology.&lt;ref name=&quot;Weiss (2002)&quot;&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by [[Bernard G. Weiss]], (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. pp. 3, 161.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Progress in theory and methodology happened with the coming of the early Muslim jurist [[Muhammad ibn Idris ash-Shafi`i]] (767–820), who codified the basic principles of Islamic jurisprudence in his book ''ar-Risālah''. The book details the four roots of law ([[Qur'an]], [[sunnah]], ''[[ijma]]'', and ''[[qiyas]]'') while specifying that the primary Islamic texts (the Qur'an and the hadith) be understood according to objective rules of interpretation derived from scientific study of the Arabic language.&lt;ref name=weiss-162&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by Bernard G. Weiss, (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. p. 162.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Secondary sources of law were developed and refined over the subsequent centuries, consisting primarily of juristic preference (''[[istihsan]]''), laws of the previous prophets (''[[shara man qablana]]''), continuity (''[[istishab]]''), extended analogy (''[[maslaha mursala]]''), blocking the means (''[[sadd al-dhari'ah]]''), local customs (''[[urf]]''), and sayings of a companion of the Prophet (''[[qawl al-sahabi]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Nyazee (2000)&quot;&gt;Nyazee, Imran Ahsan Khan (2000). ''Islamic Jurisprudence (UsulAI-Fiqh)''. Islamabad: Islamic Research Institute Press.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== Diagram of early scholars ===

[[File:Sunni Streams of Doctrine.png|thumb|Main schools of thought within Sunni Islam, and other prominent streams.]]
[[File:Muslim World Introduction.svg|thumb|Major schools of thought and theology in the Islamic world]]
The Quran set the rights, responsibilities, and rules for people and societies to adhere to, such as dealing in [[The Impact of Religion on International Negotiations|interest]]. Muhammad then provided an example, which is recorded in the hadith books, showing people how he practically implemented these rules in a society. After the passing of Muhammad, there was a need for jurists, to decide on new legal matters where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadith, example of Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=gMxjJqurmiAC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA30|title=Islam Vs. West|isbn=9780595501571|last1=Asadulla|first1=Abubakr|year=2009|publisher=iUniverse }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=es9Sunv_y2MC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA20|title=Islamic State Practices, International Law and the Threat from Terrorism|isbn=9781841135014|last1=Rehman|first1=Javaid|date=7 June 2005|publisher=Hart }}&lt;/ref&gt;

In the years proceeding Muhammad, the community in Madina continued to use the same rules. People were familiar with the practice of Muhammad and therefore continued to use the same rules.

The scholars appearing in the diagram below were taught by [[Muhammad's companions]], many of whom settled in Madina.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceA&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|title=ulama|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=25 February 2013|archive-date=21 October 2014|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141021231627/http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; ''[[Muwatta Imam Malik|Muwatta]]''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|title=Muwatta|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=13 October 2010|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; by [[Malik ibn Anas]] was written as a consensus of the opinion, of these scholars.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=d5Ks31qHlSYC&amp;q=coulson+history+islamic+law|title=A History of Islamic Law|isbn=9780748605149|last1=Coulson|first1=Noel James|year=1994}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Va6oSxzojzoC&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA207|title=E. J. Brill's First Encyclopaedia of Islam, 1913–1936|isbn=9004097910|last1=Houtsma|first1=M. Th|year=1993|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=0_wUAAAAIAAJ&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA264|title=Studies in Islamic History and Civilization|isbn=9789652640147|last1=Šārôn|first1=Moše|year=1986|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt; ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas quotes 13 hadiths from Imam [[Jafar al-Sadiq]].&lt;ref name=&quot;Muwatta&quot;&gt;''Al-Muwatta'' of Imam Malik Ibn Anas, translated by Aisha Bewley (Book #5, Hadith #5.9.23) (Book #16, Hadith #16.1.1) (Book #17, Hadith #17.24.43) (Book #20, Hadith #20.10.40) (Book #20, Hadith #20.11.44) (Book #20, Hadith #20.32.108) (Book #20, Hadith #20.39.127) (Book #20, Hadith #20.40.132) (Book #20, Hadith #20.49.167) (Book #20, Hadith #20.57.190) (Book #26, Hadith #26.1.2) (Book #29, Hadith #29.5.17) (Book #36, Hadith #36.4.5) [http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html Al-Muwatta'] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html |date=13 October 2010 }}&lt;/ref&gt;
Aisha also taught her nephew [[Urwah ibn Zubayr]]. He then taught his son [[Hisham ibn Urwah]], who was the main teacher of Malik ibn Anas whose views many Sunni follow and also taught by Jafar al-Sadiq. [[Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]], Hisham ibn Urwah and Muhammad al-Baqir taught [[Zayd ibn Ali]], Jafar al-Sadiq, [[Abu Hanifa]], and Malik ibn Anas.

Imam Jafar al-Sadiq, Imam Abu Hanifa and Malik ibn Anas worked together in [[Al-Masjid an-Nabawi]] in Medina, along with Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr, Muhammad al-Baqir, Zayd ibn Ali and over 70 other leading jurists and scholars.

[[Al-Shafi'i]] was taught by Malik ibn Anas. [[Ahmad ibn Hanbal]] was taught by Al-Shafi'i. [[Muhammad al-Bukhari]] travelled everywhere collecting hadith and his father [[Ismail ibn Ibrahim]] was a student of Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Islam Page 67&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=mlGgGVCp0UcC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA67|title=Understanding Women in Islam|isbn=9789793780191|last1=Hasyim|first1=Syafiq|year=2006|publisher=Equinox }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=JdjtUTYSL1UC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA37|title=Classical Islam|isbn=9780415240321|last1=Calder|first1=Norman|last2=Mojaddedi|first2=Jawid Ahmad|last3=Rippin|first3=Andrew|year=2003|publisher=Psychology Press }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=GlqeC1ZFAUEC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim&amp;pg=PT101|title=Judaism and Islam in Practice|isbn=9781134605538|last1=Brockopp|first1=Jonathan E.|last2=Neusner|first2=Jacob|last3=Sonn|first3=Tamara|date=27 September 2005|publisher=Routledge }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.oocities.org/mutmainaa7/people/jafar_al_sadiq.html|title=Jafar Al-Sadiq}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|title=IMAM JAFAR BIN MUHAMMAD AS-SADIQ (AS)|website=www.ziaraat.org|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=22 August 2023|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230822202122/http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{Islam scholars diagram}}

In the books actually written by these original jurists and scholars, there are very few theological and judicial differences between them. Imam Ahmad rejected the writing down and codifying of the religious rulings he gave. They knew that they might have fallen into error in some of their judgements and stated this clearly. They never introduced their rulings by saying, &quot;Here, this judgement is the judgement of God and His prophet.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=W4OKaz5dzdYC&amp;q=Modernist+Islam,+1840-1940:+A+Sourcebook+By+Charles+Kurzman|title=Modernist Islam, 1840–1940|isbn=9780195154689|last1=Kurzman|first1=Charles|year=2002|publisher=Oxford University Press }}&lt;/ref&gt; There is also very little text actually written down by Jafar al-Sadiq himself. They all give priority to the Qur'an and the hadith (the practice of Muhammad). They felt that the Quran and the Hadith, the example of Muhammad provided people with almost everything they needed. &quot;This day I have perfected for you your religion and completed My favor upon you and have approved for you Islam as religion&quot; (Qur'an 5:3).&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://quran.com/5/3 |title=Surat Al-Ma'idah [5:3] - The Noble Qur'an - القرآن الكريم |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130925005700/http://quran.com/5/3 |archive-date=25 September 2013 |df=dmy }} [http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ Quran Surah Al-Maaida ( Verse 3 )] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180612141107/http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ |date=12 June 2018 }}&lt;/ref&gt;

These scholars did not distinguish between each other. They were not Sunni or Shia. They felt that they were following the religion of Abraham as described in the Quran &quot;Say: Allah speaks the truth; so follow the religion of Abraham, the upright one. And he was not one of the polytheists&quot; (Qur'an 3:95).

Most of the differences are regarding Sharia laws devised through [[Ijtihad]] where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadiths of Islamic prophet Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;/&gt; As these jurists went to new areas, they were pragmatic and continued to use the same ruling as was given in that area during pre-Islamic times, if the population felt comfortable with it, it was just and they used Ijtihad to deduce that it did not conflict with the Quran or the Hadith. As explained in the ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This made it easier for the different communities to integrate into the Islamic State and assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State.

To reduce the divergence, [[ash-Shafi'i]] proposed giving priority to the Qur'an and the Hadith (the practice of Muhammad) and only then look at the consensus of the Muslim jurists (''[[ijma]]'') and analogical reasoning (''[[qiyas]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This then resulted in jurists like Muhammad al-Bukhari&lt;ref name=&quot;sahih-bukhari.com&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.sahih-bukhari.com/|title=Sahih Bukhari : Read, Study, Search Online|first=Sahih|last=Bukhari}}&lt;/ref&gt; dedicating their lives to the collection of the correct hadith, in books like [[Sahih al-Bukhari]] (Sahih translates as authentic or correct). They also felt that Muhammad's judgement was more impartial and better than their own.

These original jurists and scholars also acted as a counterbalance to the rulers. When they saw injustice, all these scholars spoke out against it. As the state expanded outside Madina, the rights of the different communities, as they were constituted in the [[Constitution of Medina]] still applied. The Quran also gave additional rights to the citizens of the state and these rights were also applied. Ali, Hassan and [[Husayn ibn Ali]] gave their allegiance to the first three caliphs because they abided by these conditions. Later [[Ali]] the fourth caliph wrote in a letter &quot;I did not approach the people to get their oath of allegiance but they came to me with their desire to make me their Amir (ruler). I did not extend my hands towards them so that they might swear the oath of allegiance to me but they themselves extended their hands towards me.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;Nahj ul Balagha Letter 54&lt;/ref&gt; But later as fate would have it ([[Predestination in Islam]]) when [[Yazid I]], an [[Umayyad Caliphate|Umayyad]] ruler took power, Husayn ibn Ali the grandson of Muhammad felt that it was a test from God for him and his duty to confront him. Then [[Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr]], Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr's cousin confronted the Umayyad rulers after Husayn ibn Ali was betrayed by the people of Kufa and killed by Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Yazid I.&lt;ref&gt;Najeebabadi, Akbar Shah (2001). The History of Islam V.2. Riyadh: Darussalam. p. 110. {{ISBN|9960-892-88-3}}.&lt;/ref&gt; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr then took on the Umayyads and expelled their forces from Hijaz and Iraq. But then his forces were depleted in Iraq, trying to stop the Khawarij. The Umayyads then moved in. After a lengthy campaign, in his last hour Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr asked his mother [[Asma' bint Abu Bakr]] the daughter of [[Abu Bakr]] the first caliph for advice. Asma' bint Abu Bakr replied to her son, she said:&lt;ref name=&quot;ummah.com&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|title=The Advice of Asmaa bint Abu Bakr (ra) to her son Abdullah Ibn Zubair (ra)|website=Ummah.com - Muslim Forum|access-date=20 September 2021|archive-date=25 February 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210225220953/https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; &quot;You know better in your own self, that if you are upon the truth and you are calling towards the truth go forth, for people more honourable than you have been killed and if you are not upon the truth, then what an evil son you are and you have destroyed yourself and those who are with you. If you say, that if you are upon the truth and you will be killed at the hands of others, then you will not truly be free.&quot; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr left and was later also killed and crucified by the Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Umayyads and led by Hajjaj. [[Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]] the son of Abu Bakr the first caliph and raised by Ali the fourth caliph was also killed by the Umayyads.&lt;ref&gt;Nahj al-Balagha Sermon 71, Letter 27, Letter 34, Letter 35&lt;/ref&gt; [[Aisha]] then raised and taught her son Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr who later taught his grandson Jafar al-Sadiq.

During the early Umayyad period, there was more community involvement. The Quran and Muhammad's example was the main source of law after which the community decided. If it worked for the community, was just and did not conflict with the Quran and the example of Muhammad, it was accepted. This made it easier for the different communities, with Roman, Persian, Central Asia and North African backgrounds to integrate into the Islamic State and that assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State. The scholars in Madina were consulted on the more complex judicial issues. The Sharia and the official more centralized schools of fiqh developed later, during the time of the Abbasids.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceB&quot;&gt;Muawiya Restorer of the Muslim Faith By Aisha Bewley p. 68&lt;/ref&gt;

==Components==
{{further|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}
[[File:Map of the Legal systems of the world (en).png|thumb|350px|[[List of national legal systems|Legal systems of the world]]]]
The sources of [[Sharia]] in order of importance are:&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;&gt;Abul Quasem, M. (1975). The ethics of al-Ghazali: A composite ethics in Islam. p. 26&lt;/ref&gt;
#[[Qur'an]]
#[[Hadith]]
#[[Ijma]], i.e. collective reasoning and consensus amongst authoritative Muslims of a particular generation, and its interpretation by Islamic scholars.
#The consensus of the [[Sahaba]]
#[[Qiyas]], analogical legal reasoning by Islamic jurists.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;&gt;{{cite book|editor1-first=Hisham M. |editor1-last=Ramadan|author1=Irshad Abdel Haqq|author-link1=Islamic law: An Overview of Its Origins and Elements|title=Understanding Islamic Law: From Classical to Contemporary|year=2006|publisher=Rowman Altamira|isbn=9780759109919|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=5ZS7EaHTQX8C&amp;q=Islamic+law%3A+An+Overview+of+Its+Origins+and+Elements&amp;pg=PA1 |access-date=17 August 2016}} p. 18&lt;/ref&gt;

Majority of [[Sunni Muslims]] view ''[[Qiyas]]'' as a central Pillar of ''[[Ijtihad]]''.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;/&gt; An example is the ruling of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]], that &quot;a judge should not sit in judgement while angry&quot;, whereas reason adds that this extends to hunger or suffering from a painful disease.&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;/&gt; [[Zahiri]]tes, rejected ''Qiyas'' unlike the Sunnis.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=B. Hallaq |first=Wael |title=THE ORIGINS AND EVOLUTION OF ISLAMIC LAW |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |year=2005 |isbn=978-0-521-80332-8 | location=Cambridge, UK |pages=124, 127}}&lt;/ref&gt; The ''[[Shia Islam|Shi'a]]'' believed that all laws are implicitly mentioned in the Quran or the sunnah and can be discovered by the jurists of their tradition.&lt;ref&gt;Mansoor Moaddel, ''Islamic Modernism, Nationalism, and Fundamentalism: Episode and Discourse'', pg. 32. [[Chicago]]: [[University of Chicago Press]], 2005.&lt;/ref&gt;

The [[Qur'an]] gives instructions on many issues, such as how to perform the ritual purification (''{{lang|ar|[[wudu]]}}'') before the obligatory daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}''). On other issues, for example, the Qur'an states one needs to engage in daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}'') and fast (''{{lang|ar|[[sawm]]}}'') during the [[Ramadan (calendar month)|month of Ramadan]] but further instructions and details on how to perform these duties can be found in the traditions of Muhammad, so [[Qur'an and Sunnah]] are in most cases the basis for (''{{lang|ar|[[Shariah]]}}'').

Some topics are without precedent in Islam's early period. In those cases, Muslim jurists (''{{lang|ar|[[Fuqaha]]}}'') try to arrive at conclusions by other means. [[Sunni]] jurists use historical consensus of the community (''{{lang|ar|[[Ijma]]}}''); a majority in the modern era also use [[analogy]] (''{{lang|ar|[[Qiyas]]}}'') and weigh the harms and benefits of new topics (''{{lang|ar|[[Istislah]]}}''), and a plurality utilizes juristic preference (''{{lang|ar|[[Istihsan]]}}''). The conclusions arrived at with the aid of these additional tools constitute a wide array of laws, and its application is called ''fiqh''. Thus, in contrast to the ''sharia'', ''fiqh'' is not regarded as [[sacred]] and the schools of thought have differing views on its details, without viewing other conclusions as [[Sacrilege|sacrilegious]]. This division of interpretation in more detailed issues has resulted in different schools of thought (''{{lang|ar|[[madh'hab]]}}'').

This wider concept of '''Islamic jurisprudence''' is the source of a range of laws in different topics that guide Muslims in everyday life.

=== Component categories ===
[[File:Actions in Fiqh.png|thumb|Actions in Islamic Fiqh]]

Islamic jurisprudence (''fiqh'') covers two main areas:
# Rules in relation to actions, and,
# Rules in relation to circumstances surrounding actions.

These types of rules can also fall into two groups:
# Worship ([[Ibadah|Ibadaat]])
# Dealings and transactions (with people) ([[Muamalat|Mu`amalaat]])

Rules in relation to actions ('''amaliyya'' — عملية) or &quot;[[Ahkam|decision types]]&quot; comprise:
# Obligation (''[[fardh]]'')
# Recommendation (''[[mustahabb]]'')
# Permissibility (''[[mubah]]'')
# Disrecommendation (''[[makrooh]]'')
# Prohibition (''[[haraam]]'')

Rules in relation to circumstances (''wadia''') comprise:
# Condition (''shart'')
# Cause (''sabab'')
# Preventor (''mani'')
# Permit / Enforced (''rukhsah, azeemah'')
# Valid / Corrupt / Invalid (''sahih, fasid, batil'')
# In time / Deferred / Repeat (''adaa, qadaa, i'ada'')

=== Methodologies of jurisprudence ===
{{main|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}

The [[modus operandi]] of the Muslim jurist is known as ''[[usul al-fiqh]]'' (&quot;principles of jurisprudence&quot;).

There are different approaches to the methodology used in jurisprudence to derive Islamic rulings from the primary sources of ''[[sharia]]'' (Islamic law). The main methodologies are those of the [[Sunni]], [[Shi'a]] and [[Ibadi]] denominations. While both Sunni and [[Shi'ite]] (Shia) are divided into smaller sub-schools, the differences among the Shi'ite schools is considerably greater. Ibadites only follow a single school without divisions.

While using court decisions as legal precedents and [[case law]] are central to Western law, the importance of the institution of fatawa (non-binding answers by Islamic legal scholars to legal questions) has been called &quot;central to the development&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:32&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: p. 32&lt;/ref&gt; This is in part because of a &quot;vacuum&quot; in the other source of Islamic law, ''qada`'' (legal rulings by state appointed Islamic judges) after the fall of the last [[caliphate]] the Ottoman Empire.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; While the practice in Islam dates back to the time of Muhammad, according to at least one source (Muhammad El-Gamal), it is &quot;modeled after the [[Roman Empire|Roman]] system of ''[[responsa]]'',&quot; and gives the questioner &quot;decisive primary-mover advantage in choosing the question and its wording.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;

Each school (''[[madhhab]]'') reflects a unique ''[[urf]]'' or culture (a cultural practice that was influenced by traditions), that the classical jurists themselves lived in, when rulings were made. Some suggest that the discipline of ''[[isnad]]'', which developed to validate ''hadith'' made it relatively easy to record and validate also the rulings of jurists. This, in turn, made them far easier to imitate (''[[taqlid]]'') than to challenge in new contexts. The argument is, the schools have been more or less frozen for centuries, and reflect a culture that simply no longer exists. Traditional scholars hold that religion is there to regulate human behavior and nurture people's moral side and since human nature has not fundamentally changed since the beginning of Islam a call to modernize the religion is essentially one to relax all laws and institutions.

Early ''[[shariah]]'' had a much more flexible character, and some modern Muslim scholars believe that it should be renewed, and that the classical jurists should lose special status. This would require formulating a new fiqh suitable for the modern world, e.g. as proposed by advocates of the [[Islamization of knowledge]], which would deal with the modern context. This modernization is opposed by most conservative ''[[ulema]]''. Traditional scholars hold that the laws are contextual and consider circumstance such as time, place and culture, the principles they are based upon are universal such as justice, equality and respect. Many Muslim scholars argue that even though technology may have advanced, the fundamentals of human life have not.

=== Fields of jurisprudence ===
{{flatlist}}
*[[Islamic criminal jurisprudence|Criminal]]
*[[Islamic economical jurisprudence|Economics]]
*[[Adab (behavior)|Etiquette]]
*[[Islamic family jurisprudence|Family]]
*[[Hygiene in Islam|Hygienical]]
*[[Islamic inheritance jurisprudence|Inheritance]]
*[[Islamic marital jurisprudence|Marital]]
*[[Rules of war in Islam|Military]]
*[[Islamic political jurisprudence|Political]]
*[[Islamic theological jurisprudence|Theological]]
{{endflatlist}}

=== Schools of jurisprudence ===
{{Main|Madhhab}}
There are several [[Madhhab|schools of fiqh thought]] ({{langx|ar|مذهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|madhhab}}''; pl. {{lang|ar|مذاهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|maḏāhib}}'')
[[File:Madhhab Map3.png|thumb|Map of the Muslim world with the main schools of thoughts&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Islamic Jurisprudence &amp; Law {{!}} ReOrienting the Veil |url=https://veil.unc.edu/religions/islam/law/ |access-date=2025-05-19 |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{Needs update|date=May 2025|reason=Our Fiqh map does need an update, for example Bahrain is mostly orange (representing Ja'fari) while its Monarchy is Maliki and a majority of its citizens Sunni. Would be very helpful to get an update to date SVG version of the map as there are some tiny island Indian Ocean countries who are not shown on the map}}]]
The schools of [[Sunni Islam|Sunni]] Islam are each named by students of the classical jurist who taught them. The Sunni schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Hanafi school|Hanafi]] ([[Turkey]], [[Balkans]], [[Levant]], [[Central Asia]], [[Islam in South Asia|South Asia]], [[Islam in China|China]], [[North Caucasus|Northwest Caucasus]], [[Lower Egypt]], and [[Tatarstan]])
*[[Maliki school|Maliki]] ([[North Africa]], [[West Africa]], [[Upper Egypt]], [[Kuwait]], [[Bahrain]], [[Emirate of Abu Dhabi|Abu Dhabi]], and [[Emirate of Dubai|Dubai]])
*[[Shafi'i school|Shafi'i]] ([[Indonesia]], [[Malaysia]], [[Brunei]], [[Kurdistan]], [[East Africa]], [[North Caucasus|Northeast Caucasus]], [[Yemen]], [[Oman]], [[Islam in Kerala|Kerala]], [[Emirate of Fujairah|Fujairah]], and the [[Sinai Peninsula]])
*[[Hanbali school|Hanbali]] ([[Saudi Arabia]], [[Qatar]], [[Emirate of Sharjah|Sharjah]], [[Emirate of Umm Al Quwain|Umm al-Quwain]], [[Emirate of Ras Al Khaimah|Ras al-Khaimah]], and [[Emirate of Ajman|Ajman]])

The schools of [[Shia]] Islam are based on the [[Ja'fari school|Ja'fari]] school of jurisprudence. The Shia schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Twelver Shi'ism|Twelver]] ([[Iran]], [[Iraq]], and [[Azerbaijan]])
*[[Ismailism|Isma'ili]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Lakhani |first=M. Ali |title=Faith and Ethics: The Vision of the Ismaili Imamat |page=4 |quote=The place of the Ismailis within the theological pluralism of the Muslim community is best summarised by their Imam's statement to the International Islamic Conference held in Amman in July 2005: &quot;Our historic adherence is to the Ja'fari madhhab and other madhahib of close affinity, and it continues, under the leadership of the hereditary Ismaili Imam of the time. This adherence is in harmony also with our acceptance of Sufi principles of personal search and balance between the zahir and the spirit or the intellect which the zahir signifies.&quot; |publisher=Bloomsbury Publishing |year=2017 |isbn=978-1786733900}}&lt;/ref&gt; (minority communities in [[Central Asia]], [[South Asia]], [[Levant]], [[Yemen]])
*[[Zaydism|Zaydi]] (minority communities in [[Yemen]])

Entirely separate from both the Sunni and Shia traditions, [[Kharijites|Khawarij]] Islam has evolved its own distinct school.
*[[Ibadism|Ibadi]] (minority communities in [[Oman]])

These schools share many of their rulings, but differ on the particular [[hadith]]s they accept as authentic and the weight they give to analogy or reason ([[qiyas]]) in deciding difficulties.

The relationship between (at least the Sunni) schools of jurisprudence and the conflict between the unity of the Shariah and the diversity of the schools, was expressed by the 12th century Hanafi scholar [[Abu Hafs Umar al-Nasafi]], who wrote: &quot;Our school is correct with the possibility of error, and another school is in error with the possibility of being correct.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1 = Brown|first1 = Jonathan A.C.|author-link = Jonathan A.C. Brown|title = Misquoting Muhammad: The Challenge and Choices of Interpreting the Prophet's Legacy|date = 2014|publisher = [[Oneworld Publications]]|isbn = 978-1780744209|url = https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50|access-date = 4 June 2018|ref = JACBMM2014|pages = [https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50 50-51]}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== Influence on Western laws ==
{{main|Sharia#Classic Islamic law|l1=Sharia: Classic Islamic law}}

A number of important legal [[institution]]s were developed by Muslim jurists during the classical period of Islam, known as the [[Islamic Golden Age]]. One such institution was the ''[[Hawala]]'', an early [[informal value transfer system]], which is mentioned in texts of Islamic jurisprudence as early as the 8th century. ''Hawala'' itself later influenced the development of the [[Agency (law)|agency]] in [[common law]] and in [[Civil law (legal system)|civil laws]] such as the ''aval'' in [[Law of France|French law]] and the ''avallo'' in [[Law of Italy|Italian law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |title=Islamic Law: Its Relation to Other Legal Systems |first=Gamal Moursi |last=Badr |journal=The American Journal of Comparative Law |volume=26 |issue=2 – Proceedings of an International Conference on Comparative Law, Salt Lake City, Utah, 24–25 February 1977 |date=Spring 1978 |pages=187–198 [196–98] |doi=10.2307/839667 |publisher=American Society of Comparative Law |jstor=839667}}&lt;/ref&gt;

The ''[[Waqf]]'' in [[Sharia|Islamic law]], which developed during the 7th–9th centuries, bears a notable resemblance to the [[Charitable trust|trusts]] in the English [[trust law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988}}&lt;/ref&gt; For example, every ''Waqf'' was required to have a ''waqif'' (settlor), ''mutawillis'' (trustee), ''[[qadi]]'' (judge) and beneficiaries.&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1237–40}}&lt;/ref&gt; The trust law developed in [[England]] at the time of the [[Crusades]], during the 12th and 13th centuries, was introduced by Crusaders who may have been influenced by the ''Waqf'' institutions they came across in the [[Middle East]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Hudson|2003|p=32}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1244–45}}&lt;/ref&gt;

In classical Islamic jurisprudence, litigants in court may obtain [[notarized]] statements from between three and twelve witnesses. When the statements of all witnesses are consistent, the notaries will certify their unanimous testimony in a legal document, which may be used to support the litigant's claim.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Justice of Islam|pages=7–9|author=Lawrence Rosen|publisher=Oxford University Press|year=2000|isbn=9780198298847}}&lt;/ref&gt; The notaries serve to free the [[qadi|judge]] from the time-consuming task of hearing the testimony of each eyewitness himself, and their documents serve to legally authenticate each oral testimony.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Expert Witness in Islamic Courts|year=2010|publisher=University of Chicago Press|author=Ron Shaham|pages=4–8|isbn=9780226749358}}&lt;/ref&gt; The [[Maliki]] school requires two notaries to collect a minimum of twelve eyewitness statements in certain legal cases, including those involving unregistered marriages and land disputes.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Positive Law from the Muslim World|author=Baudouin Dupret|year=2021|isbn=9781108960137|pages=205–210|publisher=Cambridge University Press}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Property, Social Structure, and Law in the Modern Middle East|year=1985|pages=54–64|editor=Ann Elizabeth Mayer|publisher=[[SUNY]] Press|isbn=9780873959889}}&lt;/ref&gt; John Makdisi has compared this group of twelve witness statements, known as a ''lafif'', to [[English Common Law]] jury trials under [[Henry II of England|Henry II]], surmising a link between the king's reforms and the legal system of the [[Kingdom of Sicily]]. The island had previously been ruled by various Islamic dynasties.&lt;ref name=&quot;Rodhan&quot;&gt;{{cite book |last1=Al-Rodhan |first1=Nayef R. F. |title=The Role of the Arab-Islamic World in the Rise of the West: Implications for Contemporary Trans-Cultural Relations |date=2012 |publisher=Palgrave Macmillan |isbn=978-0-230-39320-2 |page=73 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=n4OpT4ZP278C |access-date=25 May 2020 |language=en }}{{Dead link|date=November 2023 |bot=InternetArchiveBot |fix-attempted=yes }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Makdisi&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Makdisi |first1=John |title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=North Carolina Law Review |date=1 June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635 |url=https://scholarship.law.unc.edu/nclr/vol77/iss5/2/ |access-date=25 May 2020}}&lt;/ref&gt;

Several other fundamental [[common law]] institutions may have been adapted from similar legal institutions in [[Sharia|Islamic law]] and jurisprudence, and introduced to England by the [[Normans]] after the [[Norman conquest of England]] and the Emirate of Sicily, and by Crusaders during the [[Crusades]]. In particular, the &quot;royal English [[contract]] protected by the action of [[debt]] is identified with the Islamic ''Aqd'', the English [[assize of novel disseisin]] is identified with the Islamic ''Istihqaq'', and the English [[jury]] is identified with the Islamic ''lafif''.&quot; John Makdisi speculated that English legal institutions such as &quot;the [[scholastic method]], the [[licence]] to [[Education|teach]]&quot;, the &quot;[[law school]]s known as [[Inns of Court]] in England and ''[[Madrasah|Madrasas]]'' in Islam&quot; and the &quot;European [[commenda]]&quot; (Islamic ''[[Qirad]]'') may have also originated from Islamic law.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt; The methodology of [[Precedent|legal precedent]] and reasoning by [[analogy]] (''[[Qiyas]]'') are also similar in both the Islamic and common law systems.&lt;ref name=Gamal&gt;{{cite book |title=Islamic Finance: Law, Economics, and Practice |url=https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga |url-access=limited |first=Mahmoud A. |last=El-Gamal |year=2006 |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |isbn=0-521-86414-3 |page=[https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga/page/n35 16] }}&lt;/ref&gt; These influences have led some scholars to suggest that Islamic law may have laid the foundations for &quot;the common law as an integrated whole&quot;.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt;

== See also ==
{{Portal|Islam|Law}}
* [[Abdallah al-Harari]]
* [[Athari|Traditionalist theology]]
* ''[[Bahar-e-Shariat]]''
* [[Glossary of Islam]]
* [[Index of Islam-related articles]]
* [[Ja'fari jurisprudence]]
* [[Outline of Islam]]
* [[List of Islamic terms in Arabic]]
* ''[[Ma'ruf]]''
* ''[[Mizan]]'' – a comprehensive treatise on the contents of Islam written by [[Javed Ahmed Ghamidi]]
* [[Palestinian law]]
* [[Schools of Islamic theology]]
* [[Sources of Islamic law]]
* [[The four Sunni Imams]]
* ''[[Urf]]''

==حوالا== 
===نوٽ===
{{reflist|group=Note}}
===حوالا===
{{حوالا}}
===ڪتابيات===
{{refbegin|30em}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Norman |last=Calder |title=Law. Legal Thought and Jurisprudence |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of the Islamic World |editor=John L. Esposito |publisher=Oxford University Press |location=Oxford |year=2009 |url=http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20081121033722/http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|url-status=dead|archive-date=21 November 2008}}
*Doi, Abd ar-Rahman I., and Clarke, Abdassamad (2008). ''Shari'ah: Islamic Law''. Ta-Ha Publishers Ltd., {{ISBN|978-1-84200-087-8}} (hardback)
* Cilardo, Agostino, &quot;Fiqh, History of&quot;, in ''Muhammad in History, Thought, and Culture: An Encyclopedia of the Prophet of God'' (2 vols.), Edited by C. Fitzpatrick and A. Walker, Santa Barbara, ABC-CLIO, 2014, Vol I, pp.&amp;nbsp;201–206.
* {{citation|last=Dahlén|first=Ashk |title=Islamic Law, Epistemology and Modernity. Legal Philosophy in Contemporary Iran|year=2003|location=New York|publisher=Routledge |isbn=9780415945295|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=QARHBQAAQBAJ}}
*{{cite book |last1=El-Gamal |first1=Mahmoud A. |title=Islamic Finance : Law, Economics, and Practice |publisher=Cambridge University Press |date=2006 |url=http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |ref=MAEGIFLEP2006 |access-date=28 February 2017 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180403160351/http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |archive-date=3 April 2018 |url-status=dead }}
*{{Cite journal |journal=[[University of Pennsylvania Law Review]] |volume=136 |issue=4 |date=April 1988 |pages=1231–1261 |doi=10.2307/3312162 |last1=Gaudiosi |first1= Monica M. |title=The Influence of the Islamic Law of Waqf on the Development of the Trust in England_ The Case of Merton College |publisher=The University of Pennsylvania Law Review |jstor=3312162|s2cid=153149243 |url=http://scholarship.law.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=3909&amp;context=penn_law_review |url-access=subscription }}
*{{cite book |last1=Hawting |first1=G.R. |title=The Quest for the Historical Muhammad |date=2000 |publisher=Prometheus Books |location=New York |pages=489–509 |chapter=16. John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism |ref=GRHJWIaM2000}}
*{{Cite book
 |last=Hudson
 |first=A.
 |title=Equity and Trusts
 |year=2003
 |edition=3rd
 |publisher=Cavendish Publishing
 |location=London
 |isbn=978-1-85941-729-4
 }}

*{{Cite book |last=Levy |first=Reuben |title=The Social Structure of Islam |location=UK |publisher=Cambridge University Press |year=1957 |isbn=978-0-521-09182-4 |url=https://archive.org/details/socialstructureo0000levy }}
*{{Cite journal |last=Makdisi|first=John A.|title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=[[North Carolina Law Review]] |date=June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635–1739}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Irene |last=Schneider |title=Fiqh |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of Islam and Politics |publisher=Oxford University Press |editor=Emad El-Din Shahin |year=2014 |doi=10.1093/acref:oiso/9780199739356.001.0001|isbn=9780199739356 }}
{{refend}}

==مزيد مطالعو==
*Potz, Richard, [http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0159-2011112127 Islamic Law and the Transfer of European Law], [[European History Online]], Mainz: [[Institute of European History]], 2011. (Retrieved 28 November 2011.)
*[Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
*{{Commons category-inline}}
* [https://halaqa.home.blog/2021/02/12/types-of-hanafi-legal-rulings-ahkam/ Types of Hanafi Legal Rulings (Ahkam)]
* [Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

{{Islam topics |Law |state=collapsed}}
{{Authority control}}

[[Category:Islamic jurisprudence| ]]
[[Category:Sharia terminology]]
[[Category:Law schools]]
{{اسلامي فقه}}
[[زمرو:اسلامي اصطلاح]]</text>
      <sha1>ng8dnhhzc5t7pur448rqel80izqzzc9</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400953</id>
      <parentid>400952</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T17:25:28Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>Ibne maryam صفحي [[اسلامي قانون]] کي [[اسلامي فقه]] ڏانھن چوريو</comment>
      <origin>400952</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="49549" sha1="ng8dnhhzc5t7pur448rqel80izqzzc9" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|Islamic jurisprudence}}
{{Islam |texts |width=19.75em}}
'''فقه''' (عربي: فِقْه) اسلامي قانوني نظام يا اسلامي فقہي اصولن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ اصطلاح آهي. &lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot; /&gt; فقہ کي اڪثر ڪري شريعت بابت انساني سمجھ (تحقيق ۽ عمل) جي طور تي بيان ڪيو ويندو آهي؛ يعني اسلامي قانون، جيئن قرآن ۽ سنت (پيغمبر محمد ﷺ ۽ سندن ساٿين جي تعليمات ۽ عملن ۾ بيان ڪيو ويو آهي) جي انساني سمجھ آهي. &lt;ref name=&quot;vogel&quot; /&gt; فقه، اسلامي قانون دانن (علماءِ) پاران قرآن ۽ اجتهاد (سنت جي تشريح) ذريعي شريعت کي وسيع ۽ ترقي ڏياري ٿي ۽ ان تي عمل درآمد انهن قانون دانن جي فيصلن (فتويٰ) ذريعي ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا انهن آڏو پيش ڪيل مسئلن تي ڏنا ويندا آهن. &lt;ref name=&quot;vogel&quot; /&gt; ان ڪري، جتي مسلمان شريعت کي تبديليءَ کان پاڪ ۽ غلطين کان مبرّا سمجهن ٿا، اتي فقه کي غلطي جي امڪان واري ۽ تبديليءَ جي قابل سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. 

فقه جو تعلق اسلام ۾ عبادات، اخلاقيات ۽ سماجي قانون سازي، گڏوگڏ معاشي ۽ سياسي نظام جي معاملن سان آهي. جديد دور ۾، سني روايتن ۾ فقه جا چار نمايان مڪتبِ فڪر (مذھب) موجود آهن، ان کان علاوه شيعه روايتن ۾ ٻه (يا ٽي) مڪتبِ فڪر آهن. فقه جي ڄاڻ رکندڙ شخص کي ”فقيه“ (جمع: فقهاءِ) چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;

مجازي معنيٰ ۾، فقه مان مراد اسلامي قانوني فيصلن بابت انهن جي بنيادي ذريعن مان حاصل ڪيل ڄاڻ آهي. ذريعن مان مذهبي فيصلا اخذ ڪرڻ لاءِ &quot;مجتهد&quot; (اهو فرد جيڪو اجتهاد ڪري ٿو) لاءِ ضروري آهي ته هو فقه جي مختلف بحثن تي گهري ڄاڻ ۽ سمجھ رکي.  

فقه جي مطالعي کي روايتي طور تي ٻن حصن ۾ ورهايو ويو آهي: &quot;اصولِ فقه&quot; (اسلامي فقه جا اصول، لفظي معنيٰ: ”فقه جون پاڙون&quot;)، جيڪي قانوني تشريح ۽ تجزيي جا طريقا آهن؛ ۽ &quot;فروعِ فقه&quot; (لفظي معنيٰ: &quot;فقه جون شاخون&quot;)، جيڪي انهن اصولن جي بنياد تي فيصلن جي تفصيلي وضاحت آهن. فروعِ فقه، اصولِ فقه جي اطلاق جو نتيجو ۽ خدائي مرضي کي سمجهڻ لاءِ ڪيل انساني ڪوششن جو مجموعي حاصلات آهي. &quot;حڪم&quot; (جمع: احڪام) ڪنهن خاص معاملي يا صورتحال ۾ ڏنل مخصوص فيصلي کي چيو ويندو آهي.

'''فقه''' (Fiqh)؛&lt;ref&gt;[https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/fiqh &quot;fiqh&quot;]. ''[[Collins English Dictionary]]''.&lt;/ref&gt; اسلام ۾ قانون جي سائنس جو (Jurisprudence) نالو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot;&gt;[http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/207723/fiqh Fiqh] Encyclopædia Britannica&lt;/ref&gt; فقه جو استعمال اسلامي شريعت جي سمجھ طور ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=vogel&gt;{{cite book|last=Vogel|first=Frank E.|title=Islamic Law and the Legal System of Saudí: Studies of Saudi Arabia|date=2000|publisher=Brill|pages=4–5|url=https://books.google.com/?id=-PfDuvnHMGoC&amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;dq=vogel+islamic+law#v=onepage&amp;q=vogel%20islamic%20law&amp;f=false|isbn=9004110623}}&lt;/ref&gt; اھو علم شريعت ۾ قرآن ۽ سنت جي روشنيءَ ۾ اجتھاد جي ذريعي واڌارو ڪري ٿو ۽ ان واڌاري کي فقيھن جي فتوائون ذريعي لاڳو ڪري ٿو. فقه ۾ غلطي جي گنجائش ھوندي آھي ۽ اھا تبديل پڻ ٿي سگھندي آھي. موجوده دور۾ سني اسلام ۾ چار فقھي مذھب آھن ۽ شيعه اسلام ۾ ٻہ فقھي مذھب آھن.&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;

== لغوي معنيَ == 
فقه جي لغوي معنيَ آهي ڪنهن شئي جو علم۽ فھم، ڪنھن شئي کي کولڻ۽ نکيڙڻ ۽ ان جي اونھائي ۾ وڃي حقيقت ڳولي لھڻ۽ ان کي پڌرو ڪرڻ، اصطلاحي طور فقه جي معني شريعت جي حڪمن ۾ سمجھ پيدا ڪرڻ آھي&lt;ref name =&quot; آسان فقه&quot; &gt; - ڪتاب: آسان فقه، از: مولانا محمد يوسف اصلاحي، مترجم: محمد عاشق ڌامراھا، مھراڻ اڪيڊمي شڪارپور، جنوري 2002 -- پنھنجي پاران: قمر ميمڻ صه 28  &lt;/ref&gt;. قرآن شريف ۾ سورة التوبہ ۾ آيت نمبر 122 ۾ فقه لفظ جو استعمال ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو:

{{quote| فلولا نفر من کل فرقة منهم طائفة ليتفقهوا في الدين&lt;br&gt; ترجمو:پوء ڇونہ انھن جي سڀ ڪنھن جماعت مان ھڪ ھڪ ٽولي نڪتي ته پاڻ ۾ دين جي سمجھ پيدا ڪن. |التوبة - ۱۲۲|&lt;ref name=&quot;آسان فقه&quot; /&gt;}}


The word ''fiqh'' is an Arabic term meaning &quot;deep understanding&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Modarresi&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|author-link=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|title=The Laws of Islam|date=26 March 2016|publisher=Enlight Press|isbn=978-0994240989|url=http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|access-date=22 December 2017|ref=Modarresi|language=en|archive-date=2 August 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190802163247/http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{rp|470}} or &quot;full comprehension&quot;. Technically it refers to the body of Islamic law extracted from detailed Islamic sources (which are studied in the [[principles of Islamic jurisprudence]]) and the process of gaining knowledge of Islam through jurisprudence. The historian [[Ibn Khaldun]] describes ''fiqh'' as &quot;knowledge of the rules of God which concern the actions of persons who own themselves connected to obey the law respecting what is required (''[[wajib]]''), sinful (''[[haraam]]''), recommended (''[[mustahab|mandūb]]''), disapproved (''[[makrūh]]''), or neutral (''[[mubah]]'')&quot;.&lt;ref&gt;Levy (1957). p. 150.&lt;/ref&gt; This definition is consistent amongst the jurists.

In [[Modern Standard Arabic]], ''fiqh'' has also come to mean Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=أنیس|first=إبراهیم|title=المعجم الوسیط|publisher=دارالفکر|year=1998|location=بیروت، لبنان|pages=731}}&lt;/ref&gt; It is not thus possible to speak of [[Chief Justice of the United States|Chief Justice]] [[John Roberts]] as an expert in the [[common law]] ''fiqh'' of the [[United States]], or of [[Egypt]]ian legal scholar [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] as an expert in the civil law ''fiqh'' of Egypt.

==History==
{{main|Sharia}}
{{further information|History of Islamic economics}}

According to Sunni Islamic history, Sunni law followed a chronological path of:
*[[God in Islam|God]] → [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] → [[Sahabah|Companions]] → [[Tabi'un|Followers]] → ''Fiqh''.&lt;ref name=&quot;Maghen-2003&quot;&gt;{{cite journal|last1=Maghen|first1=Ze'ev|title=Dead Tradition: Joseph Schacht and the Origins of &quot;Popular Practice&quot;|journal=Islamic Law and Society|date=2003|volume=10|issue=3|pages=276–347|doi=10.1163/156851903770227575|jstor=3399422}}&lt;/ref&gt;
The commands and prohibitions chosen by God were revealed through the agency of the Prophet in both the Quran and the Sunnah (words, deeds, and examples of the Prophet passed down as [[hadith]]). 
The first Muslims (the [[Sahabah]] or Companions) heard and obeyed, and passed this essence of Islam&lt;ref name=GRHJWIaM2000:513/&gt; to succeeding generations (''[[Tabi'un]]'' and ''[[Tabi' al-Tabi'in]]'' or successors/followers and successors of successors), as Muslims and Islam spread from West Arabia to the conquered lands north, east, and west,&lt;ref name=RGHIGP2015:223&gt;[[#RGHIGP2015|Hoyland, ''In God's Path'', 2015]]: p.223&lt;/ref&gt;{{#tag:ref|for example, Sunni [[Hanbali]] scholar/preacher [[Al-Hasan ibn 'Ali al-Barbahari]] (d.941) who ruled the streets of Baghdad from 921-941 CE,  insisted that &quot;whoever asserts that there is any part of Islam with which the Companions of the Prophet did not provide us has called them [the Companions of the Prophet] liars&quot;.&lt;ref name=cook-2000-109&gt;{{cite book|last1=Cook|first1=Michael|title=The Koran : A Very Short Introduction|date=2000|publisher=Oxford University Press|url=https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook |url-access=registration|isbn=0192853449|page=[https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook/page/n122 109]}}&lt;/ref&gt;|group=Note}} where it was systematized and elaborated.&lt;ref name=GRHJWIaM2000:513&gt;[[#GRHJWIaM2000|Hawting, &quot;John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism&quot;, 2000]]: p.513&lt;/ref&gt;

The history of Islamic jurisprudence is &quot;customarily divided into eight periods&quot;:&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: pp. 30–31&lt;/ref&gt;
*the first period ending with the death of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] in 11 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*second period &quot;characterized by personal interpretations&quot; of the canon by the ''[[Sahabah]]'' or companions of Muhammad, lasting until 50 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from 50 AH until the early second century AH there was competition between &quot;a traditionalist approach to jurisprudence&quot; in [[Hijaz|western Arabia]] where Islam was revealed and a &quot;rationalist approach in Iraq&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;golden age of classical Islamic jurisprudence&quot; from the &quot;early second to the mid-fourth century when the [[Madhhab#Amman Message|eight &quot;most significant&quot;]] schools of Sunni and [[Shia|Shi'i]] jurisprudence emerged.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from the mid-fourth century to mid-seventh AH Islamic jurisprudence was &quot;limited to elaborations within the main juristic schools&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;dark age&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence stretched from the [[Siege of Baghdad (1258)|fall of Baghdad]] in the mid-seventh AH (1258 CE) to 1293 AH/1876 CE.
*In 1293 AH (1876 CE) the Ottomans codified [[Hanafi]] jurisprudence in the ''[[Mecelle|Majallah el-Ahkam-i-Adliya]]''. Several &quot;juristic revival movements&quot; influenced by &quot;exposure to Western legal and technological progress&quot; followed until the mid-20th century CE. [[Muhammad Abduh]] and [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] were products of this era.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; However, Abduh and El-Sanhuri were modernists. 19th century Ottoman Shariah Code was built on the views of the Hanafi school.
*The most recent era has been that of the &quot;[[Islamic revival#Contemporary revivalism|Islamic revival]]&quot;, which has been &quot;predicated on rejection of Western social and legal advances&quot; and the development of specifically Islamic states, social sciences, economics, and finance.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
The formative period of Islamic jurisprudence stretches back to the time of the early Muslim communities. During this period, jurists were more concerned with issues of authority and teaching than with theory and methodology.&lt;ref name=&quot;Weiss (2002)&quot;&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by [[Bernard G. Weiss]], (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. pp. 3, 161.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Progress in theory and methodology happened with the coming of the early Muslim jurist [[Muhammad ibn Idris ash-Shafi`i]] (767–820), who codified the basic principles of Islamic jurisprudence in his book ''ar-Risālah''. The book details the four roots of law ([[Qur'an]], [[sunnah]], ''[[ijma]]'', and ''[[qiyas]]'') while specifying that the primary Islamic texts (the Qur'an and the hadith) be understood according to objective rules of interpretation derived from scientific study of the Arabic language.&lt;ref name=weiss-162&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by Bernard G. Weiss, (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. p. 162.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Secondary sources of law were developed and refined over the subsequent centuries, consisting primarily of juristic preference (''[[istihsan]]''), laws of the previous prophets (''[[shara man qablana]]''), continuity (''[[istishab]]''), extended analogy (''[[maslaha mursala]]''), blocking the means (''[[sadd al-dhari'ah]]''), local customs (''[[urf]]''), and sayings of a companion of the Prophet (''[[qawl al-sahabi]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Nyazee (2000)&quot;&gt;Nyazee, Imran Ahsan Khan (2000). ''Islamic Jurisprudence (UsulAI-Fiqh)''. Islamabad: Islamic Research Institute Press.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== Diagram of early scholars ===

[[File:Sunni Streams of Doctrine.png|thumb|Main schools of thought within Sunni Islam, and other prominent streams.]]
[[File:Muslim World Introduction.svg|thumb|Major schools of thought and theology in the Islamic world]]
The Quran set the rights, responsibilities, and rules for people and societies to adhere to, such as dealing in [[The Impact of Religion on International Negotiations|interest]]. Muhammad then provided an example, which is recorded in the hadith books, showing people how he practically implemented these rules in a society. After the passing of Muhammad, there was a need for jurists, to decide on new legal matters where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadith, example of Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=gMxjJqurmiAC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA30|title=Islam Vs. West|isbn=9780595501571|last1=Asadulla|first1=Abubakr|year=2009|publisher=iUniverse }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=es9Sunv_y2MC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA20|title=Islamic State Practices, International Law and the Threat from Terrorism|isbn=9781841135014|last1=Rehman|first1=Javaid|date=7 June 2005|publisher=Hart }}&lt;/ref&gt;

In the years proceeding Muhammad, the community in Madina continued to use the same rules. People were familiar with the practice of Muhammad and therefore continued to use the same rules.

The scholars appearing in the diagram below were taught by [[Muhammad's companions]], many of whom settled in Madina.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceA&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|title=ulama|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=25 February 2013|archive-date=21 October 2014|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141021231627/http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; ''[[Muwatta Imam Malik|Muwatta]]''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|title=Muwatta|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=13 October 2010|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; by [[Malik ibn Anas]] was written as a consensus of the opinion, of these scholars.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=d5Ks31qHlSYC&amp;q=coulson+history+islamic+law|title=A History of Islamic Law|isbn=9780748605149|last1=Coulson|first1=Noel James|year=1994}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Va6oSxzojzoC&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA207|title=E. J. Brill's First Encyclopaedia of Islam, 1913–1936|isbn=9004097910|last1=Houtsma|first1=M. Th|year=1993|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=0_wUAAAAIAAJ&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA264|title=Studies in Islamic History and Civilization|isbn=9789652640147|last1=Šārôn|first1=Moše|year=1986|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt; ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas quotes 13 hadiths from Imam [[Jafar al-Sadiq]].&lt;ref name=&quot;Muwatta&quot;&gt;''Al-Muwatta'' of Imam Malik Ibn Anas, translated by Aisha Bewley (Book #5, Hadith #5.9.23) (Book #16, Hadith #16.1.1) (Book #17, Hadith #17.24.43) (Book #20, Hadith #20.10.40) (Book #20, Hadith #20.11.44) (Book #20, Hadith #20.32.108) (Book #20, Hadith #20.39.127) (Book #20, Hadith #20.40.132) (Book #20, Hadith #20.49.167) (Book #20, Hadith #20.57.190) (Book #26, Hadith #26.1.2) (Book #29, Hadith #29.5.17) (Book #36, Hadith #36.4.5) [http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html Al-Muwatta'] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html |date=13 October 2010 }}&lt;/ref&gt;
Aisha also taught her nephew [[Urwah ibn Zubayr]]. He then taught his son [[Hisham ibn Urwah]], who was the main teacher of Malik ibn Anas whose views many Sunni follow and also taught by Jafar al-Sadiq. [[Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]], Hisham ibn Urwah and Muhammad al-Baqir taught [[Zayd ibn Ali]], Jafar al-Sadiq, [[Abu Hanifa]], and Malik ibn Anas.

Imam Jafar al-Sadiq, Imam Abu Hanifa and Malik ibn Anas worked together in [[Al-Masjid an-Nabawi]] in Medina, along with Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr, Muhammad al-Baqir, Zayd ibn Ali and over 70 other leading jurists and scholars.

[[Al-Shafi'i]] was taught by Malik ibn Anas. [[Ahmad ibn Hanbal]] was taught by Al-Shafi'i. [[Muhammad al-Bukhari]] travelled everywhere collecting hadith and his father [[Ismail ibn Ibrahim]] was a student of Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Islam Page 67&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=mlGgGVCp0UcC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA67|title=Understanding Women in Islam|isbn=9789793780191|last1=Hasyim|first1=Syafiq|year=2006|publisher=Equinox }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=JdjtUTYSL1UC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA37|title=Classical Islam|isbn=9780415240321|last1=Calder|first1=Norman|last2=Mojaddedi|first2=Jawid Ahmad|last3=Rippin|first3=Andrew|year=2003|publisher=Psychology Press }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=GlqeC1ZFAUEC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim&amp;pg=PT101|title=Judaism and Islam in Practice|isbn=9781134605538|last1=Brockopp|first1=Jonathan E.|last2=Neusner|first2=Jacob|last3=Sonn|first3=Tamara|date=27 September 2005|publisher=Routledge }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.oocities.org/mutmainaa7/people/jafar_al_sadiq.html|title=Jafar Al-Sadiq}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|title=IMAM JAFAR BIN MUHAMMAD AS-SADIQ (AS)|website=www.ziaraat.org|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=22 August 2023|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230822202122/http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{Islam scholars diagram}}

In the books actually written by these original jurists and scholars, there are very few theological and judicial differences between them. Imam Ahmad rejected the writing down and codifying of the religious rulings he gave. They knew that they might have fallen into error in some of their judgements and stated this clearly. They never introduced their rulings by saying, &quot;Here, this judgement is the judgement of God and His prophet.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=W4OKaz5dzdYC&amp;q=Modernist+Islam,+1840-1940:+A+Sourcebook+By+Charles+Kurzman|title=Modernist Islam, 1840–1940|isbn=9780195154689|last1=Kurzman|first1=Charles|year=2002|publisher=Oxford University Press }}&lt;/ref&gt; There is also very little text actually written down by Jafar al-Sadiq himself. They all give priority to the Qur'an and the hadith (the practice of Muhammad). They felt that the Quran and the Hadith, the example of Muhammad provided people with almost everything they needed. &quot;This day I have perfected for you your religion and completed My favor upon you and have approved for you Islam as religion&quot; (Qur'an 5:3).&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://quran.com/5/3 |title=Surat Al-Ma'idah [5:3] - The Noble Qur'an - القرآن الكريم |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130925005700/http://quran.com/5/3 |archive-date=25 September 2013 |df=dmy }} [http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ Quran Surah Al-Maaida ( Verse 3 )] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180612141107/http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ |date=12 June 2018 }}&lt;/ref&gt;

These scholars did not distinguish between each other. They were not Sunni or Shia. They felt that they were following the religion of Abraham as described in the Quran &quot;Say: Allah speaks the truth; so follow the religion of Abraham, the upright one. And he was not one of the polytheists&quot; (Qur'an 3:95).

Most of the differences are regarding Sharia laws devised through [[Ijtihad]] where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadiths of Islamic prophet Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;/&gt; As these jurists went to new areas, they were pragmatic and continued to use the same ruling as was given in that area during pre-Islamic times, if the population felt comfortable with it, it was just and they used Ijtihad to deduce that it did not conflict with the Quran or the Hadith. As explained in the ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This made it easier for the different communities to integrate into the Islamic State and assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State.

To reduce the divergence, [[ash-Shafi'i]] proposed giving priority to the Qur'an and the Hadith (the practice of Muhammad) and only then look at the consensus of the Muslim jurists (''[[ijma]]'') and analogical reasoning (''[[qiyas]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This then resulted in jurists like Muhammad al-Bukhari&lt;ref name=&quot;sahih-bukhari.com&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.sahih-bukhari.com/|title=Sahih Bukhari : Read, Study, Search Online|first=Sahih|last=Bukhari}}&lt;/ref&gt; dedicating their lives to the collection of the correct hadith, in books like [[Sahih al-Bukhari]] (Sahih translates as authentic or correct). They also felt that Muhammad's judgement was more impartial and better than their own.

These original jurists and scholars also acted as a counterbalance to the rulers. When they saw injustice, all these scholars spoke out against it. As the state expanded outside Madina, the rights of the different communities, as they were constituted in the [[Constitution of Medina]] still applied. The Quran also gave additional rights to the citizens of the state and these rights were also applied. Ali, Hassan and [[Husayn ibn Ali]] gave their allegiance to the first three caliphs because they abided by these conditions. Later [[Ali]] the fourth caliph wrote in a letter &quot;I did not approach the people to get their oath of allegiance but they came to me with their desire to make me their Amir (ruler). I did not extend my hands towards them so that they might swear the oath of allegiance to me but they themselves extended their hands towards me.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;Nahj ul Balagha Letter 54&lt;/ref&gt; But later as fate would have it ([[Predestination in Islam]]) when [[Yazid I]], an [[Umayyad Caliphate|Umayyad]] ruler took power, Husayn ibn Ali the grandson of Muhammad felt that it was a test from God for him and his duty to confront him. Then [[Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr]], Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr's cousin confronted the Umayyad rulers after Husayn ibn Ali was betrayed by the people of Kufa and killed by Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Yazid I.&lt;ref&gt;Najeebabadi, Akbar Shah (2001). The History of Islam V.2. Riyadh: Darussalam. p. 110. {{ISBN|9960-892-88-3}}.&lt;/ref&gt; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr then took on the Umayyads and expelled their forces from Hijaz and Iraq. But then his forces were depleted in Iraq, trying to stop the Khawarij. The Umayyads then moved in. After a lengthy campaign, in his last hour Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr asked his mother [[Asma' bint Abu Bakr]] the daughter of [[Abu Bakr]] the first caliph for advice. Asma' bint Abu Bakr replied to her son, she said:&lt;ref name=&quot;ummah.com&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|title=The Advice of Asmaa bint Abu Bakr (ra) to her son Abdullah Ibn Zubair (ra)|website=Ummah.com - Muslim Forum|access-date=20 September 2021|archive-date=25 February 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210225220953/https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; &quot;You know better in your own self, that if you are upon the truth and you are calling towards the truth go forth, for people more honourable than you have been killed and if you are not upon the truth, then what an evil son you are and you have destroyed yourself and those who are with you. If you say, that if you are upon the truth and you will be killed at the hands of others, then you will not truly be free.&quot; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr left and was later also killed and crucified by the Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Umayyads and led by Hajjaj. [[Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]] the son of Abu Bakr the first caliph and raised by Ali the fourth caliph was also killed by the Umayyads.&lt;ref&gt;Nahj al-Balagha Sermon 71, Letter 27, Letter 34, Letter 35&lt;/ref&gt; [[Aisha]] then raised and taught her son Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr who later taught his grandson Jafar al-Sadiq.

During the early Umayyad period, there was more community involvement. The Quran and Muhammad's example was the main source of law after which the community decided. If it worked for the community, was just and did not conflict with the Quran and the example of Muhammad, it was accepted. This made it easier for the different communities, with Roman, Persian, Central Asia and North African backgrounds to integrate into the Islamic State and that assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State. The scholars in Madina were consulted on the more complex judicial issues. The Sharia and the official more centralized schools of fiqh developed later, during the time of the Abbasids.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceB&quot;&gt;Muawiya Restorer of the Muslim Faith By Aisha Bewley p. 68&lt;/ref&gt;

==Components==
{{further|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}
[[File:Map of the Legal systems of the world (en).png|thumb|350px|[[List of national legal systems|Legal systems of the world]]]]
The sources of [[Sharia]] in order of importance are:&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;&gt;Abul Quasem, M. (1975). The ethics of al-Ghazali: A composite ethics in Islam. p. 26&lt;/ref&gt;
#[[Qur'an]]
#[[Hadith]]
#[[Ijma]], i.e. collective reasoning and consensus amongst authoritative Muslims of a particular generation, and its interpretation by Islamic scholars.
#The consensus of the [[Sahaba]]
#[[Qiyas]], analogical legal reasoning by Islamic jurists.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;&gt;{{cite book|editor1-first=Hisham M. |editor1-last=Ramadan|author1=Irshad Abdel Haqq|author-link1=Islamic law: An Overview of Its Origins and Elements|title=Understanding Islamic Law: From Classical to Contemporary|year=2006|publisher=Rowman Altamira|isbn=9780759109919|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=5ZS7EaHTQX8C&amp;q=Islamic+law%3A+An+Overview+of+Its+Origins+and+Elements&amp;pg=PA1 |access-date=17 August 2016}} p. 18&lt;/ref&gt;

Majority of [[Sunni Muslims]] view ''[[Qiyas]]'' as a central Pillar of ''[[Ijtihad]]''.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;/&gt; An example is the ruling of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]], that &quot;a judge should not sit in judgement while angry&quot;, whereas reason adds that this extends to hunger or suffering from a painful disease.&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;/&gt; [[Zahiri]]tes, rejected ''Qiyas'' unlike the Sunnis.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=B. Hallaq |first=Wael |title=THE ORIGINS AND EVOLUTION OF ISLAMIC LAW |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |year=2005 |isbn=978-0-521-80332-8 | location=Cambridge, UK |pages=124, 127}}&lt;/ref&gt; The ''[[Shia Islam|Shi'a]]'' believed that all laws are implicitly mentioned in the Quran or the sunnah and can be discovered by the jurists of their tradition.&lt;ref&gt;Mansoor Moaddel, ''Islamic Modernism, Nationalism, and Fundamentalism: Episode and Discourse'', pg. 32. [[Chicago]]: [[University of Chicago Press]], 2005.&lt;/ref&gt;

The [[Qur'an]] gives instructions on many issues, such as how to perform the ritual purification (''{{lang|ar|[[wudu]]}}'') before the obligatory daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}''). On other issues, for example, the Qur'an states one needs to engage in daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}'') and fast (''{{lang|ar|[[sawm]]}}'') during the [[Ramadan (calendar month)|month of Ramadan]] but further instructions and details on how to perform these duties can be found in the traditions of Muhammad, so [[Qur'an and Sunnah]] are in most cases the basis for (''{{lang|ar|[[Shariah]]}}'').

Some topics are without precedent in Islam's early period. In those cases, Muslim jurists (''{{lang|ar|[[Fuqaha]]}}'') try to arrive at conclusions by other means. [[Sunni]] jurists use historical consensus of the community (''{{lang|ar|[[Ijma]]}}''); a majority in the modern era also use [[analogy]] (''{{lang|ar|[[Qiyas]]}}'') and weigh the harms and benefits of new topics (''{{lang|ar|[[Istislah]]}}''), and a plurality utilizes juristic preference (''{{lang|ar|[[Istihsan]]}}''). The conclusions arrived at with the aid of these additional tools constitute a wide array of laws, and its application is called ''fiqh''. Thus, in contrast to the ''sharia'', ''fiqh'' is not regarded as [[sacred]] and the schools of thought have differing views on its details, without viewing other conclusions as [[Sacrilege|sacrilegious]]. This division of interpretation in more detailed issues has resulted in different schools of thought (''{{lang|ar|[[madh'hab]]}}'').

This wider concept of '''Islamic jurisprudence''' is the source of a range of laws in different topics that guide Muslims in everyday life.

=== Component categories ===
[[File:Actions in Fiqh.png|thumb|Actions in Islamic Fiqh]]

Islamic jurisprudence (''fiqh'') covers two main areas:
# Rules in relation to actions, and,
# Rules in relation to circumstances surrounding actions.

These types of rules can also fall into two groups:
# Worship ([[Ibadah|Ibadaat]])
# Dealings and transactions (with people) ([[Muamalat|Mu`amalaat]])

Rules in relation to actions ('''amaliyya'' — عملية) or &quot;[[Ahkam|decision types]]&quot; comprise:
# Obligation (''[[fardh]]'')
# Recommendation (''[[mustahabb]]'')
# Permissibility (''[[mubah]]'')
# Disrecommendation (''[[makrooh]]'')
# Prohibition (''[[haraam]]'')

Rules in relation to circumstances (''wadia''') comprise:
# Condition (''shart'')
# Cause (''sabab'')
# Preventor (''mani'')
# Permit / Enforced (''rukhsah, azeemah'')
# Valid / Corrupt / Invalid (''sahih, fasid, batil'')
# In time / Deferred / Repeat (''adaa, qadaa, i'ada'')

=== Methodologies of jurisprudence ===
{{main|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}

The [[modus operandi]] of the Muslim jurist is known as ''[[usul al-fiqh]]'' (&quot;principles of jurisprudence&quot;).

There are different approaches to the methodology used in jurisprudence to derive Islamic rulings from the primary sources of ''[[sharia]]'' (Islamic law). The main methodologies are those of the [[Sunni]], [[Shi'a]] and [[Ibadi]] denominations. While both Sunni and [[Shi'ite]] (Shia) are divided into smaller sub-schools, the differences among the Shi'ite schools is considerably greater. Ibadites only follow a single school without divisions.

While using court decisions as legal precedents and [[case law]] are central to Western law, the importance of the institution of fatawa (non-binding answers by Islamic legal scholars to legal questions) has been called &quot;central to the development&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:32&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: p. 32&lt;/ref&gt; This is in part because of a &quot;vacuum&quot; in the other source of Islamic law, ''qada`'' (legal rulings by state appointed Islamic judges) after the fall of the last [[caliphate]] the Ottoman Empire.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; While the practice in Islam dates back to the time of Muhammad, according to at least one source (Muhammad El-Gamal), it is &quot;modeled after the [[Roman Empire|Roman]] system of ''[[responsa]]'',&quot; and gives the questioner &quot;decisive primary-mover advantage in choosing the question and its wording.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;

Each school (''[[madhhab]]'') reflects a unique ''[[urf]]'' or culture (a cultural practice that was influenced by traditions), that the classical jurists themselves lived in, when rulings were made. Some suggest that the discipline of ''[[isnad]]'', which developed to validate ''hadith'' made it relatively easy to record and validate also the rulings of jurists. This, in turn, made them far easier to imitate (''[[taqlid]]'') than to challenge in new contexts. The argument is, the schools have been more or less frozen for centuries, and reflect a culture that simply no longer exists. Traditional scholars hold that religion is there to regulate human behavior and nurture people's moral side and since human nature has not fundamentally changed since the beginning of Islam a call to modernize the religion is essentially one to relax all laws and institutions.

Early ''[[shariah]]'' had a much more flexible character, and some modern Muslim scholars believe that it should be renewed, and that the classical jurists should lose special status. This would require formulating a new fiqh suitable for the modern world, e.g. as proposed by advocates of the [[Islamization of knowledge]], which would deal with the modern context. This modernization is opposed by most conservative ''[[ulema]]''. Traditional scholars hold that the laws are contextual and consider circumstance such as time, place and culture, the principles they are based upon are universal such as justice, equality and respect. Many Muslim scholars argue that even though technology may have advanced, the fundamentals of human life have not.

=== Fields of jurisprudence ===
{{flatlist}}
*[[Islamic criminal jurisprudence|Criminal]]
*[[Islamic economical jurisprudence|Economics]]
*[[Adab (behavior)|Etiquette]]
*[[Islamic family jurisprudence|Family]]
*[[Hygiene in Islam|Hygienical]]
*[[Islamic inheritance jurisprudence|Inheritance]]
*[[Islamic marital jurisprudence|Marital]]
*[[Rules of war in Islam|Military]]
*[[Islamic political jurisprudence|Political]]
*[[Islamic theological jurisprudence|Theological]]
{{endflatlist}}

=== Schools of jurisprudence ===
{{Main|Madhhab}}
There are several [[Madhhab|schools of fiqh thought]] ({{langx|ar|مذهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|madhhab}}''; pl. {{lang|ar|مذاهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|maḏāhib}}'')
[[File:Madhhab Map3.png|thumb|Map of the Muslim world with the main schools of thoughts&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Islamic Jurisprudence &amp; Law {{!}} ReOrienting the Veil |url=https://veil.unc.edu/religions/islam/law/ |access-date=2025-05-19 |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{Needs update|date=May 2025|reason=Our Fiqh map does need an update, for example Bahrain is mostly orange (representing Ja'fari) while its Monarchy is Maliki and a majority of its citizens Sunni. Would be very helpful to get an update to date SVG version of the map as there are some tiny island Indian Ocean countries who are not shown on the map}}]]
The schools of [[Sunni Islam|Sunni]] Islam are each named by students of the classical jurist who taught them. The Sunni schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Hanafi school|Hanafi]] ([[Turkey]], [[Balkans]], [[Levant]], [[Central Asia]], [[Islam in South Asia|South Asia]], [[Islam in China|China]], [[North Caucasus|Northwest Caucasus]], [[Lower Egypt]], and [[Tatarstan]])
*[[Maliki school|Maliki]] ([[North Africa]], [[West Africa]], [[Upper Egypt]], [[Kuwait]], [[Bahrain]], [[Emirate of Abu Dhabi|Abu Dhabi]], and [[Emirate of Dubai|Dubai]])
*[[Shafi'i school|Shafi'i]] ([[Indonesia]], [[Malaysia]], [[Brunei]], [[Kurdistan]], [[East Africa]], [[North Caucasus|Northeast Caucasus]], [[Yemen]], [[Oman]], [[Islam in Kerala|Kerala]], [[Emirate of Fujairah|Fujairah]], and the [[Sinai Peninsula]])
*[[Hanbali school|Hanbali]] ([[Saudi Arabia]], [[Qatar]], [[Emirate of Sharjah|Sharjah]], [[Emirate of Umm Al Quwain|Umm al-Quwain]], [[Emirate of Ras Al Khaimah|Ras al-Khaimah]], and [[Emirate of Ajman|Ajman]])

The schools of [[Shia]] Islam are based on the [[Ja'fari school|Ja'fari]] school of jurisprudence. The Shia schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Twelver Shi'ism|Twelver]] ([[Iran]], [[Iraq]], and [[Azerbaijan]])
*[[Ismailism|Isma'ili]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Lakhani |first=M. Ali |title=Faith and Ethics: The Vision of the Ismaili Imamat |page=4 |quote=The place of the Ismailis within the theological pluralism of the Muslim community is best summarised by their Imam's statement to the International Islamic Conference held in Amman in July 2005: &quot;Our historic adherence is to the Ja'fari madhhab and other madhahib of close affinity, and it continues, under the leadership of the hereditary Ismaili Imam of the time. This adherence is in harmony also with our acceptance of Sufi principles of personal search and balance between the zahir and the spirit or the intellect which the zahir signifies.&quot; |publisher=Bloomsbury Publishing |year=2017 |isbn=978-1786733900}}&lt;/ref&gt; (minority communities in [[Central Asia]], [[South Asia]], [[Levant]], [[Yemen]])
*[[Zaydism|Zaydi]] (minority communities in [[Yemen]])

Entirely separate from both the Sunni and Shia traditions, [[Kharijites|Khawarij]] Islam has evolved its own distinct school.
*[[Ibadism|Ibadi]] (minority communities in [[Oman]])

These schools share many of their rulings, but differ on the particular [[hadith]]s they accept as authentic and the weight they give to analogy or reason ([[qiyas]]) in deciding difficulties.

The relationship between (at least the Sunni) schools of jurisprudence and the conflict between the unity of the Shariah and the diversity of the schools, was expressed by the 12th century Hanafi scholar [[Abu Hafs Umar al-Nasafi]], who wrote: &quot;Our school is correct with the possibility of error, and another school is in error with the possibility of being correct.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1 = Brown|first1 = Jonathan A.C.|author-link = Jonathan A.C. Brown|title = Misquoting Muhammad: The Challenge and Choices of Interpreting the Prophet's Legacy|date = 2014|publisher = [[Oneworld Publications]]|isbn = 978-1780744209|url = https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50|access-date = 4 June 2018|ref = JACBMM2014|pages = [https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50 50-51]}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== Influence on Western laws ==
{{main|Sharia#Classic Islamic law|l1=Sharia: Classic Islamic law}}

A number of important legal [[institution]]s were developed by Muslim jurists during the classical period of Islam, known as the [[Islamic Golden Age]]. One such institution was the ''[[Hawala]]'', an early [[informal value transfer system]], which is mentioned in texts of Islamic jurisprudence as early as the 8th century. ''Hawala'' itself later influenced the development of the [[Agency (law)|agency]] in [[common law]] and in [[Civil law (legal system)|civil laws]] such as the ''aval'' in [[Law of France|French law]] and the ''avallo'' in [[Law of Italy|Italian law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |title=Islamic Law: Its Relation to Other Legal Systems |first=Gamal Moursi |last=Badr |journal=The American Journal of Comparative Law |volume=26 |issue=2 – Proceedings of an International Conference on Comparative Law, Salt Lake City, Utah, 24–25 February 1977 |date=Spring 1978 |pages=187–198 [196–98] |doi=10.2307/839667 |publisher=American Society of Comparative Law |jstor=839667}}&lt;/ref&gt;

The ''[[Waqf]]'' in [[Sharia|Islamic law]], which developed during the 7th–9th centuries, bears a notable resemblance to the [[Charitable trust|trusts]] in the English [[trust law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988}}&lt;/ref&gt; For example, every ''Waqf'' was required to have a ''waqif'' (settlor), ''mutawillis'' (trustee), ''[[qadi]]'' (judge) and beneficiaries.&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1237–40}}&lt;/ref&gt; The trust law developed in [[England]] at the time of the [[Crusades]], during the 12th and 13th centuries, was introduced by Crusaders who may have been influenced by the ''Waqf'' institutions they came across in the [[Middle East]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Hudson|2003|p=32}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1244–45}}&lt;/ref&gt;

In classical Islamic jurisprudence, litigants in court may obtain [[notarized]] statements from between three and twelve witnesses. When the statements of all witnesses are consistent, the notaries will certify their unanimous testimony in a legal document, which may be used to support the litigant's claim.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Justice of Islam|pages=7–9|author=Lawrence Rosen|publisher=Oxford University Press|year=2000|isbn=9780198298847}}&lt;/ref&gt; The notaries serve to free the [[qadi|judge]] from the time-consuming task of hearing the testimony of each eyewitness himself, and their documents serve to legally authenticate each oral testimony.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Expert Witness in Islamic Courts|year=2010|publisher=University of Chicago Press|author=Ron Shaham|pages=4–8|isbn=9780226749358}}&lt;/ref&gt; The [[Maliki]] school requires two notaries to collect a minimum of twelve eyewitness statements in certain legal cases, including those involving unregistered marriages and land disputes.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Positive Law from the Muslim World|author=Baudouin Dupret|year=2021|isbn=9781108960137|pages=205–210|publisher=Cambridge University Press}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Property, Social Structure, and Law in the Modern Middle East|year=1985|pages=54–64|editor=Ann Elizabeth Mayer|publisher=[[SUNY]] Press|isbn=9780873959889}}&lt;/ref&gt; John Makdisi has compared this group of twelve witness statements, known as a ''lafif'', to [[English Common Law]] jury trials under [[Henry II of England|Henry II]], surmising a link between the king's reforms and the legal system of the [[Kingdom of Sicily]]. The island had previously been ruled by various Islamic dynasties.&lt;ref name=&quot;Rodhan&quot;&gt;{{cite book |last1=Al-Rodhan |first1=Nayef R. F. |title=The Role of the Arab-Islamic World in the Rise of the West: Implications for Contemporary Trans-Cultural Relations |date=2012 |publisher=Palgrave Macmillan |isbn=978-0-230-39320-2 |page=73 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=n4OpT4ZP278C |access-date=25 May 2020 |language=en }}{{Dead link|date=November 2023 |bot=InternetArchiveBot |fix-attempted=yes }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Makdisi&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Makdisi |first1=John |title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=North Carolina Law Review |date=1 June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635 |url=https://scholarship.law.unc.edu/nclr/vol77/iss5/2/ |access-date=25 May 2020}}&lt;/ref&gt;

Several other fundamental [[common law]] institutions may have been adapted from similar legal institutions in [[Sharia|Islamic law]] and jurisprudence, and introduced to England by the [[Normans]] after the [[Norman conquest of England]] and the Emirate of Sicily, and by Crusaders during the [[Crusades]]. In particular, the &quot;royal English [[contract]] protected by the action of [[debt]] is identified with the Islamic ''Aqd'', the English [[assize of novel disseisin]] is identified with the Islamic ''Istihqaq'', and the English [[jury]] is identified with the Islamic ''lafif''.&quot; John Makdisi speculated that English legal institutions such as &quot;the [[scholastic method]], the [[licence]] to [[Education|teach]]&quot;, the &quot;[[law school]]s known as [[Inns of Court]] in England and ''[[Madrasah|Madrasas]]'' in Islam&quot; and the &quot;European [[commenda]]&quot; (Islamic ''[[Qirad]]'') may have also originated from Islamic law.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt; The methodology of [[Precedent|legal precedent]] and reasoning by [[analogy]] (''[[Qiyas]]'') are also similar in both the Islamic and common law systems.&lt;ref name=Gamal&gt;{{cite book |title=Islamic Finance: Law, Economics, and Practice |url=https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga |url-access=limited |first=Mahmoud A. |last=El-Gamal |year=2006 |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |isbn=0-521-86414-3 |page=[https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga/page/n35 16] }}&lt;/ref&gt; These influences have led some scholars to suggest that Islamic law may have laid the foundations for &quot;the common law as an integrated whole&quot;.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt;

== See also ==
{{Portal|Islam|Law}}
* [[Abdallah al-Harari]]
* [[Athari|Traditionalist theology]]
* ''[[Bahar-e-Shariat]]''
* [[Glossary of Islam]]
* [[Index of Islam-related articles]]
* [[Ja'fari jurisprudence]]
* [[Outline of Islam]]
* [[List of Islamic terms in Arabic]]
* ''[[Ma'ruf]]''
* ''[[Mizan]]'' – a comprehensive treatise on the contents of Islam written by [[Javed Ahmed Ghamidi]]
* [[Palestinian law]]
* [[Schools of Islamic theology]]
* [[Sources of Islamic law]]
* [[The four Sunni Imams]]
* ''[[Urf]]''

==حوالا== 
===نوٽ===
{{reflist|group=Note}}
===حوالا===
{{حوالا}}
===ڪتابيات===
{{refbegin|30em}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Norman |last=Calder |title=Law. Legal Thought and Jurisprudence |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of the Islamic World |editor=John L. Esposito |publisher=Oxford University Press |location=Oxford |year=2009 |url=http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20081121033722/http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|url-status=dead|archive-date=21 November 2008}}
*Doi, Abd ar-Rahman I., and Clarke, Abdassamad (2008). ''Shari'ah: Islamic Law''. Ta-Ha Publishers Ltd., {{ISBN|978-1-84200-087-8}} (hardback)
* Cilardo, Agostino, &quot;Fiqh, History of&quot;, in ''Muhammad in History, Thought, and Culture: An Encyclopedia of the Prophet of God'' (2 vols.), Edited by C. Fitzpatrick and A. Walker, Santa Barbara, ABC-CLIO, 2014, Vol I, pp.&amp;nbsp;201–206.
* {{citation|last=Dahlén|first=Ashk |title=Islamic Law, Epistemology and Modernity. Legal Philosophy in Contemporary Iran|year=2003|location=New York|publisher=Routledge |isbn=9780415945295|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=QARHBQAAQBAJ}}
*{{cite book |last1=El-Gamal |first1=Mahmoud A. |title=Islamic Finance : Law, Economics, and Practice |publisher=Cambridge University Press |date=2006 |url=http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |ref=MAEGIFLEP2006 |access-date=28 February 2017 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180403160351/http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |archive-date=3 April 2018 |url-status=dead }}
*{{Cite journal |journal=[[University of Pennsylvania Law Review]] |volume=136 |issue=4 |date=April 1988 |pages=1231–1261 |doi=10.2307/3312162 |last1=Gaudiosi |first1= Monica M. |title=The Influence of the Islamic Law of Waqf on the Development of the Trust in England_ The Case of Merton College |publisher=The University of Pennsylvania Law Review |jstor=3312162|s2cid=153149243 |url=http://scholarship.law.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=3909&amp;context=penn_law_review |url-access=subscription }}
*{{cite book |last1=Hawting |first1=G.R. |title=The Quest for the Historical Muhammad |date=2000 |publisher=Prometheus Books |location=New York |pages=489–509 |chapter=16. John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism |ref=GRHJWIaM2000}}
*{{Cite book
 |last=Hudson
 |first=A.
 |title=Equity and Trusts
 |year=2003
 |edition=3rd
 |publisher=Cavendish Publishing
 |location=London
 |isbn=978-1-85941-729-4
 }}

*{{Cite book |last=Levy |first=Reuben |title=The Social Structure of Islam |location=UK |publisher=Cambridge University Press |year=1957 |isbn=978-0-521-09182-4 |url=https://archive.org/details/socialstructureo0000levy }}
*{{Cite journal |last=Makdisi|first=John A.|title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=[[North Carolina Law Review]] |date=June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635–1739}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Irene |last=Schneider |title=Fiqh |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of Islam and Politics |publisher=Oxford University Press |editor=Emad El-Din Shahin |year=2014 |doi=10.1093/acref:oiso/9780199739356.001.0001|isbn=9780199739356 }}
{{refend}}

==مزيد مطالعو==
*Potz, Richard, [http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0159-2011112127 Islamic Law and the Transfer of European Law], [[European History Online]], Mainz: [[Institute of European History]], 2011. (Retrieved 28 November 2011.)
*[Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
*{{Commons category-inline}}
* [https://halaqa.home.blog/2021/02/12/types-of-hanafi-legal-rulings-ahkam/ Types of Hanafi Legal Rulings (Ahkam)]
* [Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

{{Islam topics |Law |state=collapsed}}
{{Authority control}}

[[Category:Islamic jurisprudence| ]]
[[Category:Sharia terminology]]
[[Category:Law schools]]
{{اسلامي فقه}}
[[زمرو:اسلامي اصطلاح]]</text>
      <sha1>ng8dnhhzc5t7pur448rqel80izqzzc9</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400955</id>
      <parentid>400953</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T17:27:44Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>400955</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="49542" sha1="k7qz8x7m04p2bl94f2pe1c4o43aj64c" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|Islamic jurisprudence}}
{{Islam |texts |width=21.75em}}
'''فقه''' (عربي: فِقْه) اسلامي قانوني نظام يا اسلامي فقہي اصولن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ اصطلاح آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot; /&gt; فقه کي اڪثر ڪري شريعت بابت انساني سمجھ (تحقيق ۽ عمل) جي طور تي بيان ڪيو ويندو آهي؛ يعني اسلامي قانون، جيئن قرآن ۽ سنت (پيغمبر محمد ﷺ ۽ سندن ساٿين جي تعليمات ۽ عملن ۾ بيان ڪيو ويو آهي) جي انساني سمجھ آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;vogel&quot; /&gt; فقه، اسلامي قانون دانن (علماءِ) پاران قرآن ۽ اجتهاد (سنت جي تشريح) ذريعي شريعت کي وسيع ۽ ترقي ڏياري ٿي ۽ ان تي عمل درآمد انهن قانون دانن جي فيصلن (فتويٰ) ذريعي ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا انهن آڏو پيش ڪيل مسئلن تي ڏنا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;vogel&quot; /&gt; ان ڪري، جتي مسلمان شريعت کي تبديليءَ کان پاڪ ۽ غلطين کان مبرّا سمجهن ٿا، اتي فقه کي غلطي جي امڪان واري ۽ تبديليءَ جي قابل سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. 

فقه جو تعلق اسلام ۾ عبادات، اخلاقيات ۽ سماجي قانون سازي، گڏوگڏ معاشي ۽ سياسي نظام جي معاملن سان آهي. جديد دور ۾، سني روايتن ۾ فقه جا چار نمايان مڪتبِ فڪر (مذھب) موجود آهن، ان کان علاوه شيعه روايتن ۾ ٻه (يا ٽي) مڪتبِ فڪر آهن. فقه جي ڄاڻ رکندڙ شخص کي &quot;فقيه&quot; (جمع: فقهاءِ) چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;

مجازي معنيٰ ۾، فقه مان مراد اسلامي قانوني فيصلن بابت انهن جي بنيادي ذريعن مان حاصل ڪيل ڄاڻ آهي. ذريعن مان مذهبي فيصلا اخذ ڪرڻ لاءِ &quot;مجتهد&quot; (اهو فرد جيڪو اجتهاد ڪري ٿو) لاءِ ضروري آهي ته هو فقه جي مختلف بحثن تي گهري ڄاڻ ۽ سمجھ رکي.  

فقه جي مطالعي کي روايتي طور تي ٻن حصن ۾ ورهايو ويو آهي: &quot;اصولِ فقه&quot; (اسلامي فقه جا اصول، لفظي معنيٰ: ”فقه جون پاڙون&quot;)، جيڪي قانوني تشريح ۽ تجزيي جا طريقا آهن؛ ۽ &quot;فروعِ فقه&quot; (لفظي معنيٰ: &quot;فقه جون شاخون&quot;)، جيڪي انهن اصولن جي بنياد تي فيصلن جي تفصيلي وضاحت آهن. فروعِ فقه، اصولِ فقه جي اطلاق جو نتيجو ۽ خدائي مرضي کي سمجهڻ لاءِ ڪيل انساني ڪوششن جو مجموعي حاصلات آهي. &quot;حڪم&quot; (جمع: احڪام) ڪنهن خاص معاملي يا صورتحال ۾ ڏنل مخصوص فيصلي کي چيو ويندو آهي.

'''فقه''' (Fiqh)؛&lt;ref&gt;[https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/fiqh &quot;fiqh&quot;]. ''[[Collins English Dictionary]]''.&lt;/ref&gt; اسلام ۾ قانون جي سائنس جو (Jurisprudence) نالو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot;&gt;[http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/207723/fiqh Fiqh] Encyclopædia Britannica&lt;/ref&gt; فقه جو استعمال اسلامي شريعت جي سمجھ طور ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=vogel&gt;{{cite book|last=Vogel|first=Frank E.|title=Islamic Law and the Legal System of Saudí: Studies of Saudi Arabia|date=2000|publisher=Brill|pages=4–5|url=https://books.google.com/?id=-PfDuvnHMGoC&amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;dq=vogel+islamic+law#v=onepage&amp;q=vogel%20islamic%20law&amp;f=false|isbn=9004110623}}&lt;/ref&gt; اھو علم شريعت ۾ قرآن ۽ سنت جي روشنيءَ ۾ اجتھاد جي ذريعي واڌارو ڪري ٿو ۽ ان واڌاري کي فقيھن جي فتوائون ذريعي لاڳو ڪري ٿو. فقه ۾ غلطي جي گنجائش ھوندي آھي ۽ اھا تبديل پڻ ٿي سگھندي آھي. موجوده دور۾ سني اسلام ۾ چار فقھي مذھب آھن ۽ شيعه اسلام ۾ ٻہ فقھي مذھب آھن.&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;

== لغوي معنيَ == 
فقه جي لغوي معنيَ آهي ڪنهن شئي جو علم۽ فھم، ڪنھن شئي کي کولڻ۽ نکيڙڻ ۽ ان جي اونھائي ۾ وڃي حقيقت ڳولي لھڻ۽ ان کي پڌرو ڪرڻ، اصطلاحي طور فقه جي معني شريعت جي حڪمن ۾ سمجھ پيدا ڪرڻ آھي&lt;ref name =&quot; آسان فقه&quot; &gt; - ڪتاب: آسان فقه، از: مولانا محمد يوسف اصلاحي، مترجم: محمد عاشق ڌامراھا، مھراڻ اڪيڊمي شڪارپور، جنوري 2002 -- پنھنجي پاران: قمر ميمڻ صه 28  &lt;/ref&gt;. قرآن شريف ۾ سورة التوبہ ۾ آيت نمبر 122 ۾ فقه لفظ جو استعمال ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو:

{{quote| فلولا نفر من کل فرقة منهم طائفة ليتفقهوا في الدين&lt;br&gt; ترجمو:پوء ڇونہ انھن جي سڀ ڪنھن جماعت مان ھڪ ھڪ ٽولي نڪتي ته پاڻ ۾ دين جي سمجھ پيدا ڪن. |التوبة - ۱۲۲|&lt;ref name=&quot;آسان فقه&quot; /&gt;}}


The word ''fiqh'' is an Arabic term meaning &quot;deep understanding&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Modarresi&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|author-link=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|title=The Laws of Islam|date=26 March 2016|publisher=Enlight Press|isbn=978-0994240989|url=http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|access-date=22 December 2017|ref=Modarresi|language=en|archive-date=2 August 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190802163247/http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{rp|470}} or &quot;full comprehension&quot;. Technically it refers to the body of Islamic law extracted from detailed Islamic sources (which are studied in the [[principles of Islamic jurisprudence]]) and the process of gaining knowledge of Islam through jurisprudence. The historian [[Ibn Khaldun]] describes ''fiqh'' as &quot;knowledge of the rules of God which concern the actions of persons who own themselves connected to obey the law respecting what is required (''[[wajib]]''), sinful (''[[haraam]]''), recommended (''[[mustahab|mandūb]]''), disapproved (''[[makrūh]]''), or neutral (''[[mubah]]'')&quot;.&lt;ref&gt;Levy (1957). p. 150.&lt;/ref&gt; This definition is consistent amongst the jurists.

In [[Modern Standard Arabic]], ''fiqh'' has also come to mean Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=أنیس|first=إبراهیم|title=المعجم الوسیط|publisher=دارالفکر|year=1998|location=بیروت، لبنان|pages=731}}&lt;/ref&gt; It is not thus possible to speak of [[Chief Justice of the United States|Chief Justice]] [[John Roberts]] as an expert in the [[common law]] ''fiqh'' of the [[United States]], or of [[Egypt]]ian legal scholar [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] as an expert in the civil law ''fiqh'' of Egypt.

==History==
{{main|Sharia}}
{{further information|History of Islamic economics}}

According to Sunni Islamic history, Sunni law followed a chronological path of:
*[[God in Islam|God]] → [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] → [[Sahabah|Companions]] → [[Tabi'un|Followers]] → ''Fiqh''.&lt;ref name=&quot;Maghen-2003&quot;&gt;{{cite journal|last1=Maghen|first1=Ze'ev|title=Dead Tradition: Joseph Schacht and the Origins of &quot;Popular Practice&quot;|journal=Islamic Law and Society|date=2003|volume=10|issue=3|pages=276–347|doi=10.1163/156851903770227575|jstor=3399422}}&lt;/ref&gt;
The commands and prohibitions chosen by God were revealed through the agency of the Prophet in both the Quran and the Sunnah (words, deeds, and examples of the Prophet passed down as [[hadith]]). 
The first Muslims (the [[Sahabah]] or Companions) heard and obeyed, and passed this essence of Islam&lt;ref name=GRHJWIaM2000:513/&gt; to succeeding generations (''[[Tabi'un]]'' and ''[[Tabi' al-Tabi'in]]'' or successors/followers and successors of successors), as Muslims and Islam spread from West Arabia to the conquered lands north, east, and west,&lt;ref name=RGHIGP2015:223&gt;[[#RGHIGP2015|Hoyland, ''In God's Path'', 2015]]: p.223&lt;/ref&gt;{{#tag:ref|for example, Sunni [[Hanbali]] scholar/preacher [[Al-Hasan ibn 'Ali al-Barbahari]] (d.941) who ruled the streets of Baghdad from 921-941 CE,  insisted that &quot;whoever asserts that there is any part of Islam with which the Companions of the Prophet did not provide us has called them [the Companions of the Prophet] liars&quot;.&lt;ref name=cook-2000-109&gt;{{cite book|last1=Cook|first1=Michael|title=The Koran : A Very Short Introduction|date=2000|publisher=Oxford University Press|url=https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook |url-access=registration|isbn=0192853449|page=[https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook/page/n122 109]}}&lt;/ref&gt;|group=Note}} where it was systematized and elaborated.&lt;ref name=GRHJWIaM2000:513&gt;[[#GRHJWIaM2000|Hawting, &quot;John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism&quot;, 2000]]: p.513&lt;/ref&gt;

The history of Islamic jurisprudence is &quot;customarily divided into eight periods&quot;:&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: pp. 30–31&lt;/ref&gt;
*the first period ending with the death of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] in 11 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*second period &quot;characterized by personal interpretations&quot; of the canon by the ''[[Sahabah]]'' or companions of Muhammad, lasting until 50 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from 50 AH until the early second century AH there was competition between &quot;a traditionalist approach to jurisprudence&quot; in [[Hijaz|western Arabia]] where Islam was revealed and a &quot;rationalist approach in Iraq&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;golden age of classical Islamic jurisprudence&quot; from the &quot;early second to the mid-fourth century when the [[Madhhab#Amman Message|eight &quot;most significant&quot;]] schools of Sunni and [[Shia|Shi'i]] jurisprudence emerged.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from the mid-fourth century to mid-seventh AH Islamic jurisprudence was &quot;limited to elaborations within the main juristic schools&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;dark age&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence stretched from the [[Siege of Baghdad (1258)|fall of Baghdad]] in the mid-seventh AH (1258 CE) to 1293 AH/1876 CE.
*In 1293 AH (1876 CE) the Ottomans codified [[Hanafi]] jurisprudence in the ''[[Mecelle|Majallah el-Ahkam-i-Adliya]]''. Several &quot;juristic revival movements&quot; influenced by &quot;exposure to Western legal and technological progress&quot; followed until the mid-20th century CE. [[Muhammad Abduh]] and [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] were products of this era.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; However, Abduh and El-Sanhuri were modernists. 19th century Ottoman Shariah Code was built on the views of the Hanafi school.
*The most recent era has been that of the &quot;[[Islamic revival#Contemporary revivalism|Islamic revival]]&quot;, which has been &quot;predicated on rejection of Western social and legal advances&quot; and the development of specifically Islamic states, social sciences, economics, and finance.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
The formative period of Islamic jurisprudence stretches back to the time of the early Muslim communities. During this period, jurists were more concerned with issues of authority and teaching than with theory and methodology.&lt;ref name=&quot;Weiss (2002)&quot;&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by [[Bernard G. Weiss]], (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. pp. 3, 161.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Progress in theory and methodology happened with the coming of the early Muslim jurist [[Muhammad ibn Idris ash-Shafi`i]] (767–820), who codified the basic principles of Islamic jurisprudence in his book ''ar-Risālah''. The book details the four roots of law ([[Qur'an]], [[sunnah]], ''[[ijma]]'', and ''[[qiyas]]'') while specifying that the primary Islamic texts (the Qur'an and the hadith) be understood according to objective rules of interpretation derived from scientific study of the Arabic language.&lt;ref name=weiss-162&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by Bernard G. Weiss, (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. p. 162.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Secondary sources of law were developed and refined over the subsequent centuries, consisting primarily of juristic preference (''[[istihsan]]''), laws of the previous prophets (''[[shara man qablana]]''), continuity (''[[istishab]]''), extended analogy (''[[maslaha mursala]]''), blocking the means (''[[sadd al-dhari'ah]]''), local customs (''[[urf]]''), and sayings of a companion of the Prophet (''[[qawl al-sahabi]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Nyazee (2000)&quot;&gt;Nyazee, Imran Ahsan Khan (2000). ''Islamic Jurisprudence (UsulAI-Fiqh)''. Islamabad: Islamic Research Institute Press.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== Diagram of early scholars ===

[[File:Sunni Streams of Doctrine.png|thumb|Main schools of thought within Sunni Islam, and other prominent streams.]]
[[File:Muslim World Introduction.svg|thumb|Major schools of thought and theology in the Islamic world]]
The Quran set the rights, responsibilities, and rules for people and societies to adhere to, such as dealing in [[The Impact of Religion on International Negotiations|interest]]. Muhammad then provided an example, which is recorded in the hadith books, showing people how he practically implemented these rules in a society. After the passing of Muhammad, there was a need for jurists, to decide on new legal matters where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadith, example of Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=gMxjJqurmiAC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA30|title=Islam Vs. West|isbn=9780595501571|last1=Asadulla|first1=Abubakr|year=2009|publisher=iUniverse }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=es9Sunv_y2MC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA20|title=Islamic State Practices, International Law and the Threat from Terrorism|isbn=9781841135014|last1=Rehman|first1=Javaid|date=7 June 2005|publisher=Hart }}&lt;/ref&gt;

In the years proceeding Muhammad, the community in Madina continued to use the same rules. People were familiar with the practice of Muhammad and therefore continued to use the same rules.

The scholars appearing in the diagram below were taught by [[Muhammad's companions]], many of whom settled in Madina.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceA&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|title=ulama|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=25 February 2013|archive-date=21 October 2014|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141021231627/http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; ''[[Muwatta Imam Malik|Muwatta]]''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|title=Muwatta|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=13 October 2010|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; by [[Malik ibn Anas]] was written as a consensus of the opinion, of these scholars.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=d5Ks31qHlSYC&amp;q=coulson+history+islamic+law|title=A History of Islamic Law|isbn=9780748605149|last1=Coulson|first1=Noel James|year=1994}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Va6oSxzojzoC&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA207|title=E. J. Brill's First Encyclopaedia of Islam, 1913–1936|isbn=9004097910|last1=Houtsma|first1=M. Th|year=1993|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=0_wUAAAAIAAJ&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA264|title=Studies in Islamic History and Civilization|isbn=9789652640147|last1=Šārôn|first1=Moše|year=1986|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt; ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas quotes 13 hadiths from Imam [[Jafar al-Sadiq]].&lt;ref name=&quot;Muwatta&quot;&gt;''Al-Muwatta'' of Imam Malik Ibn Anas, translated by Aisha Bewley (Book #5, Hadith #5.9.23) (Book #16, Hadith #16.1.1) (Book #17, Hadith #17.24.43) (Book #20, Hadith #20.10.40) (Book #20, Hadith #20.11.44) (Book #20, Hadith #20.32.108) (Book #20, Hadith #20.39.127) (Book #20, Hadith #20.40.132) (Book #20, Hadith #20.49.167) (Book #20, Hadith #20.57.190) (Book #26, Hadith #26.1.2) (Book #29, Hadith #29.5.17) (Book #36, Hadith #36.4.5) [http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html Al-Muwatta'] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html |date=13 October 2010 }}&lt;/ref&gt;
Aisha also taught her nephew [[Urwah ibn Zubayr]]. He then taught his son [[Hisham ibn Urwah]], who was the main teacher of Malik ibn Anas whose views many Sunni follow and also taught by Jafar al-Sadiq. [[Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]], Hisham ibn Urwah and Muhammad al-Baqir taught [[Zayd ibn Ali]], Jafar al-Sadiq, [[Abu Hanifa]], and Malik ibn Anas.

Imam Jafar al-Sadiq, Imam Abu Hanifa and Malik ibn Anas worked together in [[Al-Masjid an-Nabawi]] in Medina, along with Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr, Muhammad al-Baqir, Zayd ibn Ali and over 70 other leading jurists and scholars.

[[Al-Shafi'i]] was taught by Malik ibn Anas. [[Ahmad ibn Hanbal]] was taught by Al-Shafi'i. [[Muhammad al-Bukhari]] travelled everywhere collecting hadith and his father [[Ismail ibn Ibrahim]] was a student of Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Islam Page 67&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=mlGgGVCp0UcC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA67|title=Understanding Women in Islam|isbn=9789793780191|last1=Hasyim|first1=Syafiq|year=2006|publisher=Equinox }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=JdjtUTYSL1UC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA37|title=Classical Islam|isbn=9780415240321|last1=Calder|first1=Norman|last2=Mojaddedi|first2=Jawid Ahmad|last3=Rippin|first3=Andrew|year=2003|publisher=Psychology Press }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=GlqeC1ZFAUEC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim&amp;pg=PT101|title=Judaism and Islam in Practice|isbn=9781134605538|last1=Brockopp|first1=Jonathan E.|last2=Neusner|first2=Jacob|last3=Sonn|first3=Tamara|date=27 September 2005|publisher=Routledge }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.oocities.org/mutmainaa7/people/jafar_al_sadiq.html|title=Jafar Al-Sadiq}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|title=IMAM JAFAR BIN MUHAMMAD AS-SADIQ (AS)|website=www.ziaraat.org|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=22 August 2023|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230822202122/http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{Islam scholars diagram}}

In the books actually written by these original jurists and scholars, there are very few theological and judicial differences between them. Imam Ahmad rejected the writing down and codifying of the religious rulings he gave. They knew that they might have fallen into error in some of their judgements and stated this clearly. They never introduced their rulings by saying, &quot;Here, this judgement is the judgement of God and His prophet.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=W4OKaz5dzdYC&amp;q=Modernist+Islam,+1840-1940:+A+Sourcebook+By+Charles+Kurzman|title=Modernist Islam, 1840–1940|isbn=9780195154689|last1=Kurzman|first1=Charles|year=2002|publisher=Oxford University Press }}&lt;/ref&gt; There is also very little text actually written down by Jafar al-Sadiq himself. They all give priority to the Qur'an and the hadith (the practice of Muhammad). They felt that the Quran and the Hadith, the example of Muhammad provided people with almost everything they needed. &quot;This day I have perfected for you your religion and completed My favor upon you and have approved for you Islam as religion&quot; (Qur'an 5:3).&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://quran.com/5/3 |title=Surat Al-Ma'idah [5:3] - The Noble Qur'an - القرآن الكريم |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130925005700/http://quran.com/5/3 |archive-date=25 September 2013 |df=dmy }} [http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ Quran Surah Al-Maaida ( Verse 3 )] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180612141107/http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ |date=12 June 2018 }}&lt;/ref&gt;

These scholars did not distinguish between each other. They were not Sunni or Shia. They felt that they were following the religion of Abraham as described in the Quran &quot;Say: Allah speaks the truth; so follow the religion of Abraham, the upright one. And he was not one of the polytheists&quot; (Qur'an 3:95).

Most of the differences are regarding Sharia laws devised through [[Ijtihad]] where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadiths of Islamic prophet Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;/&gt; As these jurists went to new areas, they were pragmatic and continued to use the same ruling as was given in that area during pre-Islamic times, if the population felt comfortable with it, it was just and they used Ijtihad to deduce that it did not conflict with the Quran or the Hadith. As explained in the ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This made it easier for the different communities to integrate into the Islamic State and assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State.

To reduce the divergence, [[ash-Shafi'i]] proposed giving priority to the Qur'an and the Hadith (the practice of Muhammad) and only then look at the consensus of the Muslim jurists (''[[ijma]]'') and analogical reasoning (''[[qiyas]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This then resulted in jurists like Muhammad al-Bukhari&lt;ref name=&quot;sahih-bukhari.com&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.sahih-bukhari.com/|title=Sahih Bukhari : Read, Study, Search Online|first=Sahih|last=Bukhari}}&lt;/ref&gt; dedicating their lives to the collection of the correct hadith, in books like [[Sahih al-Bukhari]] (Sahih translates as authentic or correct). They also felt that Muhammad's judgement was more impartial and better than their own.

These original jurists and scholars also acted as a counterbalance to the rulers. When they saw injustice, all these scholars spoke out against it. As the state expanded outside Madina, the rights of the different communities, as they were constituted in the [[Constitution of Medina]] still applied. The Quran also gave additional rights to the citizens of the state and these rights were also applied. Ali, Hassan and [[Husayn ibn Ali]] gave their allegiance to the first three caliphs because they abided by these conditions. Later [[Ali]] the fourth caliph wrote in a letter &quot;I did not approach the people to get their oath of allegiance but they came to me with their desire to make me their Amir (ruler). I did not extend my hands towards them so that they might swear the oath of allegiance to me but they themselves extended their hands towards me.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;Nahj ul Balagha Letter 54&lt;/ref&gt; But later as fate would have it ([[Predestination in Islam]]) when [[Yazid I]], an [[Umayyad Caliphate|Umayyad]] ruler took power, Husayn ibn Ali the grandson of Muhammad felt that it was a test from God for him and his duty to confront him. Then [[Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr]], Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr's cousin confronted the Umayyad rulers after Husayn ibn Ali was betrayed by the people of Kufa and killed by Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Yazid I.&lt;ref&gt;Najeebabadi, Akbar Shah (2001). The History of Islam V.2. Riyadh: Darussalam. p. 110. {{ISBN|9960-892-88-3}}.&lt;/ref&gt; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr then took on the Umayyads and expelled their forces from Hijaz and Iraq. But then his forces were depleted in Iraq, trying to stop the Khawarij. The Umayyads then moved in. After a lengthy campaign, in his last hour Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr asked his mother [[Asma' bint Abu Bakr]] the daughter of [[Abu Bakr]] the first caliph for advice. Asma' bint Abu Bakr replied to her son, she said:&lt;ref name=&quot;ummah.com&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|title=The Advice of Asmaa bint Abu Bakr (ra) to her son Abdullah Ibn Zubair (ra)|website=Ummah.com - Muslim Forum|access-date=20 September 2021|archive-date=25 February 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210225220953/https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; &quot;You know better in your own self, that if you are upon the truth and you are calling towards the truth go forth, for people more honourable than you have been killed and if you are not upon the truth, then what an evil son you are and you have destroyed yourself and those who are with you. If you say, that if you are upon the truth and you will be killed at the hands of others, then you will not truly be free.&quot; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr left and was later also killed and crucified by the Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Umayyads and led by Hajjaj. [[Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]] the son of Abu Bakr the first caliph and raised by Ali the fourth caliph was also killed by the Umayyads.&lt;ref&gt;Nahj al-Balagha Sermon 71, Letter 27, Letter 34, Letter 35&lt;/ref&gt; [[Aisha]] then raised and taught her son Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr who later taught his grandson Jafar al-Sadiq.

During the early Umayyad period, there was more community involvement. The Quran and Muhammad's example was the main source of law after which the community decided. If it worked for the community, was just and did not conflict with the Quran and the example of Muhammad, it was accepted. This made it easier for the different communities, with Roman, Persian, Central Asia and North African backgrounds to integrate into the Islamic State and that assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State. The scholars in Madina were consulted on the more complex judicial issues. The Sharia and the official more centralized schools of fiqh developed later, during the time of the Abbasids.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceB&quot;&gt;Muawiya Restorer of the Muslim Faith By Aisha Bewley p. 68&lt;/ref&gt;

==Components==
{{further|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}
[[File:Map of the Legal systems of the world (en).png|thumb|350px|[[List of national legal systems|Legal systems of the world]]]]
The sources of [[Sharia]] in order of importance are:&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;&gt;Abul Quasem, M. (1975). The ethics of al-Ghazali: A composite ethics in Islam. p. 26&lt;/ref&gt;
#[[Qur'an]]
#[[Hadith]]
#[[Ijma]], i.e. collective reasoning and consensus amongst authoritative Muslims of a particular generation, and its interpretation by Islamic scholars.
#The consensus of the [[Sahaba]]
#[[Qiyas]], analogical legal reasoning by Islamic jurists.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;&gt;{{cite book|editor1-first=Hisham M. |editor1-last=Ramadan|author1=Irshad Abdel Haqq|author-link1=Islamic law: An Overview of Its Origins and Elements|title=Understanding Islamic Law: From Classical to Contemporary|year=2006|publisher=Rowman Altamira|isbn=9780759109919|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=5ZS7EaHTQX8C&amp;q=Islamic+law%3A+An+Overview+of+Its+Origins+and+Elements&amp;pg=PA1 |access-date=17 August 2016}} p. 18&lt;/ref&gt;

Majority of [[Sunni Muslims]] view ''[[Qiyas]]'' as a central Pillar of ''[[Ijtihad]]''.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;/&gt; An example is the ruling of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]], that &quot;a judge should not sit in judgement while angry&quot;, whereas reason adds that this extends to hunger or suffering from a painful disease.&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;/&gt; [[Zahiri]]tes, rejected ''Qiyas'' unlike the Sunnis.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=B. Hallaq |first=Wael |title=THE ORIGINS AND EVOLUTION OF ISLAMIC LAW |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |year=2005 |isbn=978-0-521-80332-8 | location=Cambridge, UK |pages=124, 127}}&lt;/ref&gt; The ''[[Shia Islam|Shi'a]]'' believed that all laws are implicitly mentioned in the Quran or the sunnah and can be discovered by the jurists of their tradition.&lt;ref&gt;Mansoor Moaddel, ''Islamic Modernism, Nationalism, and Fundamentalism: Episode and Discourse'', pg. 32. [[Chicago]]: [[University of Chicago Press]], 2005.&lt;/ref&gt;

The [[Qur'an]] gives instructions on many issues, such as how to perform the ritual purification (''{{lang|ar|[[wudu]]}}'') before the obligatory daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}''). On other issues, for example, the Qur'an states one needs to engage in daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}'') and fast (''{{lang|ar|[[sawm]]}}'') during the [[Ramadan (calendar month)|month of Ramadan]] but further instructions and details on how to perform these duties can be found in the traditions of Muhammad, so [[Qur'an and Sunnah]] are in most cases the basis for (''{{lang|ar|[[Shariah]]}}'').

Some topics are without precedent in Islam's early period. In those cases, Muslim jurists (''{{lang|ar|[[Fuqaha]]}}'') try to arrive at conclusions by other means. [[Sunni]] jurists use historical consensus of the community (''{{lang|ar|[[Ijma]]}}''); a majority in the modern era also use [[analogy]] (''{{lang|ar|[[Qiyas]]}}'') and weigh the harms and benefits of new topics (''{{lang|ar|[[Istislah]]}}''), and a plurality utilizes juristic preference (''{{lang|ar|[[Istihsan]]}}''). The conclusions arrived at with the aid of these additional tools constitute a wide array of laws, and its application is called ''fiqh''. Thus, in contrast to the ''sharia'', ''fiqh'' is not regarded as [[sacred]] and the schools of thought have differing views on its details, without viewing other conclusions as [[Sacrilege|sacrilegious]]. This division of interpretation in more detailed issues has resulted in different schools of thought (''{{lang|ar|[[madh'hab]]}}'').

This wider concept of '''Islamic jurisprudence''' is the source of a range of laws in different topics that guide Muslims in everyday life.

=== Component categories ===
[[File:Actions in Fiqh.png|thumb|Actions in Islamic Fiqh]]

Islamic jurisprudence (''fiqh'') covers two main areas:
# Rules in relation to actions, and,
# Rules in relation to circumstances surrounding actions.

These types of rules can also fall into two groups:
# Worship ([[Ibadah|Ibadaat]])
# Dealings and transactions (with people) ([[Muamalat|Mu`amalaat]])

Rules in relation to actions ('''amaliyya'' — عملية) or &quot;[[Ahkam|decision types]]&quot; comprise:
# Obligation (''[[fardh]]'')
# Recommendation (''[[mustahabb]]'')
# Permissibility (''[[mubah]]'')
# Disrecommendation (''[[makrooh]]'')
# Prohibition (''[[haraam]]'')

Rules in relation to circumstances (''wadia''') comprise:
# Condition (''shart'')
# Cause (''sabab'')
# Preventor (''mani'')
# Permit / Enforced (''rukhsah, azeemah'')
# Valid / Corrupt / Invalid (''sahih, fasid, batil'')
# In time / Deferred / Repeat (''adaa, qadaa, i'ada'')

=== Methodologies of jurisprudence ===
{{main|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}

The [[modus operandi]] of the Muslim jurist is known as ''[[usul al-fiqh]]'' (&quot;principles of jurisprudence&quot;).

There are different approaches to the methodology used in jurisprudence to derive Islamic rulings from the primary sources of ''[[sharia]]'' (Islamic law). The main methodologies are those of the [[Sunni]], [[Shi'a]] and [[Ibadi]] denominations. While both Sunni and [[Shi'ite]] (Shia) are divided into smaller sub-schools, the differences among the Shi'ite schools is considerably greater. Ibadites only follow a single school without divisions.

While using court decisions as legal precedents and [[case law]] are central to Western law, the importance of the institution of fatawa (non-binding answers by Islamic legal scholars to legal questions) has been called &quot;central to the development&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:32&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: p. 32&lt;/ref&gt; This is in part because of a &quot;vacuum&quot; in the other source of Islamic law, ''qada`'' (legal rulings by state appointed Islamic judges) after the fall of the last [[caliphate]] the Ottoman Empire.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; While the practice in Islam dates back to the time of Muhammad, according to at least one source (Muhammad El-Gamal), it is &quot;modeled after the [[Roman Empire|Roman]] system of ''[[responsa]]'',&quot; and gives the questioner &quot;decisive primary-mover advantage in choosing the question and its wording.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;

Each school (''[[madhhab]]'') reflects a unique ''[[urf]]'' or culture (a cultural practice that was influenced by traditions), that the classical jurists themselves lived in, when rulings were made. Some suggest that the discipline of ''[[isnad]]'', which developed to validate ''hadith'' made it relatively easy to record and validate also the rulings of jurists. This, in turn, made them far easier to imitate (''[[taqlid]]'') than to challenge in new contexts. The argument is, the schools have been more or less frozen for centuries, and reflect a culture that simply no longer exists. Traditional scholars hold that religion is there to regulate human behavior and nurture people's moral side and since human nature has not fundamentally changed since the beginning of Islam a call to modernize the religion is essentially one to relax all laws and institutions.

Early ''[[shariah]]'' had a much more flexible character, and some modern Muslim scholars believe that it should be renewed, and that the classical jurists should lose special status. This would require formulating a new fiqh suitable for the modern world, e.g. as proposed by advocates of the [[Islamization of knowledge]], which would deal with the modern context. This modernization is opposed by most conservative ''[[ulema]]''. Traditional scholars hold that the laws are contextual and consider circumstance such as time, place and culture, the principles they are based upon are universal such as justice, equality and respect. Many Muslim scholars argue that even though technology may have advanced, the fundamentals of human life have not.

=== Fields of jurisprudence ===
{{flatlist}}
*[[Islamic criminal jurisprudence|Criminal]]
*[[Islamic economical jurisprudence|Economics]]
*[[Adab (behavior)|Etiquette]]
*[[Islamic family jurisprudence|Family]]
*[[Hygiene in Islam|Hygienical]]
*[[Islamic inheritance jurisprudence|Inheritance]]
*[[Islamic marital jurisprudence|Marital]]
*[[Rules of war in Islam|Military]]
*[[Islamic political jurisprudence|Political]]
*[[Islamic theological jurisprudence|Theological]]
{{endflatlist}}

=== Schools of jurisprudence ===
{{Main|Madhhab}}
There are several [[Madhhab|schools of fiqh thought]] ({{langx|ar|مذهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|madhhab}}''; pl. {{lang|ar|مذاهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|maḏāhib}}'')
[[File:Madhhab Map3.png|thumb|Map of the Muslim world with the main schools of thoughts&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Islamic Jurisprudence &amp; Law {{!}} ReOrienting the Veil |url=https://veil.unc.edu/religions/islam/law/ |access-date=2025-05-19 |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{Needs update|date=May 2025|reason=Our Fiqh map does need an update, for example Bahrain is mostly orange (representing Ja'fari) while its Monarchy is Maliki and a majority of its citizens Sunni. Would be very helpful to get an update to date SVG version of the map as there are some tiny island Indian Ocean countries who are not shown on the map}}]]
The schools of [[Sunni Islam|Sunni]] Islam are each named by students of the classical jurist who taught them. The Sunni schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Hanafi school|Hanafi]] ([[Turkey]], [[Balkans]], [[Levant]], [[Central Asia]], [[Islam in South Asia|South Asia]], [[Islam in China|China]], [[North Caucasus|Northwest Caucasus]], [[Lower Egypt]], and [[Tatarstan]])
*[[Maliki school|Maliki]] ([[North Africa]], [[West Africa]], [[Upper Egypt]], [[Kuwait]], [[Bahrain]], [[Emirate of Abu Dhabi|Abu Dhabi]], and [[Emirate of Dubai|Dubai]])
*[[Shafi'i school|Shafi'i]] ([[Indonesia]], [[Malaysia]], [[Brunei]], [[Kurdistan]], [[East Africa]], [[North Caucasus|Northeast Caucasus]], [[Yemen]], [[Oman]], [[Islam in Kerala|Kerala]], [[Emirate of Fujairah|Fujairah]], and the [[Sinai Peninsula]])
*[[Hanbali school|Hanbali]] ([[Saudi Arabia]], [[Qatar]], [[Emirate of Sharjah|Sharjah]], [[Emirate of Umm Al Quwain|Umm al-Quwain]], [[Emirate of Ras Al Khaimah|Ras al-Khaimah]], and [[Emirate of Ajman|Ajman]])

The schools of [[Shia]] Islam are based on the [[Ja'fari school|Ja'fari]] school of jurisprudence. The Shia schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Twelver Shi'ism|Twelver]] ([[Iran]], [[Iraq]], and [[Azerbaijan]])
*[[Ismailism|Isma'ili]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Lakhani |first=M. Ali |title=Faith and Ethics: The Vision of the Ismaili Imamat |page=4 |quote=The place of the Ismailis within the theological pluralism of the Muslim community is best summarised by their Imam's statement to the International Islamic Conference held in Amman in July 2005: &quot;Our historic adherence is to the Ja'fari madhhab and other madhahib of close affinity, and it continues, under the leadership of the hereditary Ismaili Imam of the time. This adherence is in harmony also with our acceptance of Sufi principles of personal search and balance between the zahir and the spirit or the intellect which the zahir signifies.&quot; |publisher=Bloomsbury Publishing |year=2017 |isbn=978-1786733900}}&lt;/ref&gt; (minority communities in [[Central Asia]], [[South Asia]], [[Levant]], [[Yemen]])
*[[Zaydism|Zaydi]] (minority communities in [[Yemen]])

Entirely separate from both the Sunni and Shia traditions, [[Kharijites|Khawarij]] Islam has evolved its own distinct school.
*[[Ibadism|Ibadi]] (minority communities in [[Oman]])

These schools share many of their rulings, but differ on the particular [[hadith]]s they accept as authentic and the weight they give to analogy or reason ([[qiyas]]) in deciding difficulties.

The relationship between (at least the Sunni) schools of jurisprudence and the conflict between the unity of the Shariah and the diversity of the schools, was expressed by the 12th century Hanafi scholar [[Abu Hafs Umar al-Nasafi]], who wrote: &quot;Our school is correct with the possibility of error, and another school is in error with the possibility of being correct.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1 = Brown|first1 = Jonathan A.C.|author-link = Jonathan A.C. Brown|title = Misquoting Muhammad: The Challenge and Choices of Interpreting the Prophet's Legacy|date = 2014|publisher = [[Oneworld Publications]]|isbn = 978-1780744209|url = https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50|access-date = 4 June 2018|ref = JACBMM2014|pages = [https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50 50-51]}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== Influence on Western laws ==
{{main|Sharia#Classic Islamic law|l1=Sharia: Classic Islamic law}}

A number of important legal [[institution]]s were developed by Muslim jurists during the classical period of Islam, known as the [[Islamic Golden Age]]. One such institution was the ''[[Hawala]]'', an early [[informal value transfer system]], which is mentioned in texts of Islamic jurisprudence as early as the 8th century. ''Hawala'' itself later influenced the development of the [[Agency (law)|agency]] in [[common law]] and in [[Civil law (legal system)|civil laws]] such as the ''aval'' in [[Law of France|French law]] and the ''avallo'' in [[Law of Italy|Italian law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |title=Islamic Law: Its Relation to Other Legal Systems |first=Gamal Moursi |last=Badr |journal=The American Journal of Comparative Law |volume=26 |issue=2 – Proceedings of an International Conference on Comparative Law, Salt Lake City, Utah, 24–25 February 1977 |date=Spring 1978 |pages=187–198 [196–98] |doi=10.2307/839667 |publisher=American Society of Comparative Law |jstor=839667}}&lt;/ref&gt;

The ''[[Waqf]]'' in [[Sharia|Islamic law]], which developed during the 7th–9th centuries, bears a notable resemblance to the [[Charitable trust|trusts]] in the English [[trust law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988}}&lt;/ref&gt; For example, every ''Waqf'' was required to have a ''waqif'' (settlor), ''mutawillis'' (trustee), ''[[qadi]]'' (judge) and beneficiaries.&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1237–40}}&lt;/ref&gt; The trust law developed in [[England]] at the time of the [[Crusades]], during the 12th and 13th centuries, was introduced by Crusaders who may have been influenced by the ''Waqf'' institutions they came across in the [[Middle East]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Hudson|2003|p=32}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1244–45}}&lt;/ref&gt;

In classical Islamic jurisprudence, litigants in court may obtain [[notarized]] statements from between three and twelve witnesses. When the statements of all witnesses are consistent, the notaries will certify their unanimous testimony in a legal document, which may be used to support the litigant's claim.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Justice of Islam|pages=7–9|author=Lawrence Rosen|publisher=Oxford University Press|year=2000|isbn=9780198298847}}&lt;/ref&gt; The notaries serve to free the [[qadi|judge]] from the time-consuming task of hearing the testimony of each eyewitness himself, and their documents serve to legally authenticate each oral testimony.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Expert Witness in Islamic Courts|year=2010|publisher=University of Chicago Press|author=Ron Shaham|pages=4–8|isbn=9780226749358}}&lt;/ref&gt; The [[Maliki]] school requires two notaries to collect a minimum of twelve eyewitness statements in certain legal cases, including those involving unregistered marriages and land disputes.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Positive Law from the Muslim World|author=Baudouin Dupret|year=2021|isbn=9781108960137|pages=205–210|publisher=Cambridge University Press}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Property, Social Structure, and Law in the Modern Middle East|year=1985|pages=54–64|editor=Ann Elizabeth Mayer|publisher=[[SUNY]] Press|isbn=9780873959889}}&lt;/ref&gt; John Makdisi has compared this group of twelve witness statements, known as a ''lafif'', to [[English Common Law]] jury trials under [[Henry II of England|Henry II]], surmising a link between the king's reforms and the legal system of the [[Kingdom of Sicily]]. The island had previously been ruled by various Islamic dynasties.&lt;ref name=&quot;Rodhan&quot;&gt;{{cite book |last1=Al-Rodhan |first1=Nayef R. F. |title=The Role of the Arab-Islamic World in the Rise of the West: Implications for Contemporary Trans-Cultural Relations |date=2012 |publisher=Palgrave Macmillan |isbn=978-0-230-39320-2 |page=73 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=n4OpT4ZP278C |access-date=25 May 2020 |language=en }}{{Dead link|date=November 2023 |bot=InternetArchiveBot |fix-attempted=yes }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Makdisi&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Makdisi |first1=John |title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=North Carolina Law Review |date=1 June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635 |url=https://scholarship.law.unc.edu/nclr/vol77/iss5/2/ |access-date=25 May 2020}}&lt;/ref&gt;

Several other fundamental [[common law]] institutions may have been adapted from similar legal institutions in [[Sharia|Islamic law]] and jurisprudence, and introduced to England by the [[Normans]] after the [[Norman conquest of England]] and the Emirate of Sicily, and by Crusaders during the [[Crusades]]. In particular, the &quot;royal English [[contract]] protected by the action of [[debt]] is identified with the Islamic ''Aqd'', the English [[assize of novel disseisin]] is identified with the Islamic ''Istihqaq'', and the English [[jury]] is identified with the Islamic ''lafif''.&quot; John Makdisi speculated that English legal institutions such as &quot;the [[scholastic method]], the [[licence]] to [[Education|teach]]&quot;, the &quot;[[law school]]s known as [[Inns of Court]] in England and ''[[Madrasah|Madrasas]]'' in Islam&quot; and the &quot;European [[commenda]]&quot; (Islamic ''[[Qirad]]'') may have also originated from Islamic law.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt; The methodology of [[Precedent|legal precedent]] and reasoning by [[analogy]] (''[[Qiyas]]'') are also similar in both the Islamic and common law systems.&lt;ref name=Gamal&gt;{{cite book |title=Islamic Finance: Law, Economics, and Practice |url=https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga |url-access=limited |first=Mahmoud A. |last=El-Gamal |year=2006 |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |isbn=0-521-86414-3 |page=[https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga/page/n35 16] }}&lt;/ref&gt; These influences have led some scholars to suggest that Islamic law may have laid the foundations for &quot;the common law as an integrated whole&quot;.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt;

== See also ==
{{Portal|Islam|Law}}
* [[Abdallah al-Harari]]
* [[Athari|Traditionalist theology]]
* ''[[Bahar-e-Shariat]]''
* [[Glossary of Islam]]
* [[Index of Islam-related articles]]
* [[Ja'fari jurisprudence]]
* [[Outline of Islam]]
* [[List of Islamic terms in Arabic]]
* ''[[Ma'ruf]]''
* ''[[Mizan]]'' – a comprehensive treatise on the contents of Islam written by [[Javed Ahmed Ghamidi]]
* [[Palestinian law]]
* [[Schools of Islamic theology]]
* [[Sources of Islamic law]]
* [[The four Sunni Imams]]
* ''[[Urf]]''

==حوالا== 
===نوٽ===
{{reflist|group=Note}}
===حوالا===
{{حوالا}}
===ڪتابيات===
{{refbegin|30em}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Norman |last=Calder |title=Law. Legal Thought and Jurisprudence |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of the Islamic World |editor=John L. Esposito |publisher=Oxford University Press |location=Oxford |year=2009 |url=http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20081121033722/http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|url-status=dead|archive-date=21 November 2008}}
*Doi, Abd ar-Rahman I., and Clarke, Abdassamad (2008). ''Shari'ah: Islamic Law''. Ta-Ha Publishers Ltd., {{ISBN|978-1-84200-087-8}} (hardback)
* Cilardo, Agostino, &quot;Fiqh, History of&quot;, in ''Muhammad in History, Thought, and Culture: An Encyclopedia of the Prophet of God'' (2 vols.), Edited by C. Fitzpatrick and A. Walker, Santa Barbara, ABC-CLIO, 2014, Vol I, pp.&amp;nbsp;201–206.
* {{citation|last=Dahlén|first=Ashk |title=Islamic Law, Epistemology and Modernity. Legal Philosophy in Contemporary Iran|year=2003|location=New York|publisher=Routledge |isbn=9780415945295|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=QARHBQAAQBAJ}}
*{{cite book |last1=El-Gamal |first1=Mahmoud A. |title=Islamic Finance : Law, Economics, and Practice |publisher=Cambridge University Press |date=2006 |url=http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |ref=MAEGIFLEP2006 |access-date=28 February 2017 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180403160351/http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |archive-date=3 April 2018 |url-status=dead }}
*{{Cite journal |journal=[[University of Pennsylvania Law Review]] |volume=136 |issue=4 |date=April 1988 |pages=1231–1261 |doi=10.2307/3312162 |last1=Gaudiosi |first1= Monica M. |title=The Influence of the Islamic Law of Waqf on the Development of the Trust in England_ The Case of Merton College |publisher=The University of Pennsylvania Law Review |jstor=3312162|s2cid=153149243 |url=http://scholarship.law.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=3909&amp;context=penn_law_review |url-access=subscription }}
*{{cite book |last1=Hawting |first1=G.R. |title=The Quest for the Historical Muhammad |date=2000 |publisher=Prometheus Books |location=New York |pages=489–509 |chapter=16. John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism |ref=GRHJWIaM2000}}
*{{Cite book
 |last=Hudson
 |first=A.
 |title=Equity and Trusts
 |year=2003
 |edition=3rd
 |publisher=Cavendish Publishing
 |location=London
 |isbn=978-1-85941-729-4
 }}

*{{Cite book |last=Levy |first=Reuben |title=The Social Structure of Islam |location=UK |publisher=Cambridge University Press |year=1957 |isbn=978-0-521-09182-4 |url=https://archive.org/details/socialstructureo0000levy }}
*{{Cite journal |last=Makdisi|first=John A.|title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=[[North Carolina Law Review]] |date=June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635–1739}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Irene |last=Schneider |title=Fiqh |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of Islam and Politics |publisher=Oxford University Press |editor=Emad El-Din Shahin |year=2014 |doi=10.1093/acref:oiso/9780199739356.001.0001|isbn=9780199739356 }}
{{refend}}

==مزيد مطالعو==
*Potz, Richard, [http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0159-2011112127 Islamic Law and the Transfer of European Law], [[European History Online]], Mainz: [[Institute of European History]], 2011. (Retrieved 28 November 2011.)
*[Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
*{{Commons category-inline}}
* [https://halaqa.home.blog/2021/02/12/types-of-hanafi-legal-rulings-ahkam/ Types of Hanafi Legal Rulings (Ahkam)]
* [Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

{{Islam topics |Law |state=collapsed}}
{{Authority control}}

[[Category:Islamic jurisprudence| ]]
[[Category:Sharia terminology]]
[[Category:Law schools]]
{{اسلامي فقه}}
[[زمرو:اسلامي اصطلاح]]</text>
      <sha1>k7qz8x7m04p2bl94f2pe1c4o43aj64c</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400956</id>
      <parentid>400955</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T17:29:31Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>400956</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="49535" sha1="eo0o5qwp1yolbss94s19r32i6a2i27p" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|Islamic jurisprudence}}
{{Islam |texts |width=21.75em}}
'''فقه''' (عربي: فِقْه) اسلامي قانوني نظام يا اسلامي فقہي اصولن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ اصطلاح آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot; /&gt; فقه کي اڪثر شريعت بابت انساني سمجھ (تحقيق ۽ عمل) جي طور تي بيان ڪيو ويندو آهي؛ يعني اسلامي قانون، جيئن قرآن ۽ سنت (پيغمبر محمد ﷺ ۽ سندن ساٿين جي تعليمات ۽ عملن ۾ بيان ڪيو ويو آهي) جي انساني سمجھ آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;vogel&quot; /&gt; فقه، اسلامي قانون دانن (علماءِ) پاران قرآن ۽ اجتهاد (سنت جي تشريح) ذريعي شريعت کي وسيع ۽ ترقي ڏياري ٿي ۽ ان تي عمل درآمد انهن قانون دانن جي فيصلن (فتويٰ) ذريعي ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا انهن آڏو پيش ڪيل مسئلن تي ڏنا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;vogel&quot; /&gt; ان ڪري، جتي مسلمان شريعت کي تبديليءَ کان پاڪ ۽ غلطين کان مبرّا سمجهن ٿا، اتي فقه کي غلطي جي امڪان واري ۽ تبديليءَ جي قابل سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. 

فقه جو تعلق اسلام ۾ عبادات، اخلاقيات ۽ سماجي قانون سازي، گڏوگڏ معاشي ۽ سياسي نظام جي معاملن سان آهي. جديد دور ۾، سني روايتن ۾ فقه جا چار نمايان مڪتبِ فڪر (مذھب) موجود آهن، ان کان علاوه شيعه روايتن ۾ ٻه (يا ٽي) مڪتبِ فڪر آهن. فقه جي ڄاڻ رکندڙ شخص کي &quot;فقيه&quot; (جمع: فقهاءِ) چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;

مجازي معنيٰ ۾، فقه مان مراد اسلامي قانوني فيصلن بابت انهن جي بنيادي ذريعن مان حاصل ڪيل ڄاڻ آهي. ذريعن مان مذهبي فيصلا اخذ ڪرڻ لاءِ &quot;مجتهد&quot; (اهو فرد جيڪو اجتهاد ڪري ٿو) لاءِ ضروري آهي ته هو فقه جي مختلف بحثن تي گهري ڄاڻ ۽ سمجھ رکي.  

فقه جي مطالعي کي روايتي طور تي ٻن حصن ۾ ورهايو ويو آهي: &quot;اصولِ فقه&quot; (اسلامي فقه جا اصول، لفظي معنيٰ: ”فقه جون پاڙون&quot;)، جيڪي قانوني تشريح ۽ تجزيي جا طريقا آهن؛ ۽ &quot;فروعِ فقه&quot; (لفظي معنيٰ: &quot;فقه جون شاخون&quot;)، جيڪي انهن اصولن جي بنياد تي فيصلن جي تفصيلي وضاحت آهن. فروعِ فقه، اصولِ فقه جي اطلاق جو نتيجو ۽ خدائي مرضي کي سمجهڻ لاءِ ڪيل انساني ڪوششن جو مجموعي حاصلات آهي. &quot;حڪم&quot; (جمع: احڪام) ڪنهن خاص معاملي يا صورتحال ۾ ڏنل مخصوص فيصلي کي چيو ويندو آهي.

'''فقه''' (Fiqh)؛&lt;ref&gt;[https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/fiqh &quot;fiqh&quot;]. ''[[Collins English Dictionary]]''.&lt;/ref&gt; اسلام ۾ قانون جي سائنس جو (Jurisprudence) نالو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot;&gt;[http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/207723/fiqh Fiqh] Encyclopædia Britannica&lt;/ref&gt; فقه جو استعمال اسلامي شريعت جي سمجھ طور ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=vogel&gt;{{cite book|last=Vogel|first=Frank E.|title=Islamic Law and the Legal System of Saudí: Studies of Saudi Arabia|date=2000|publisher=Brill|pages=4–5|url=https://books.google.com/?id=-PfDuvnHMGoC&amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;dq=vogel+islamic+law#v=onepage&amp;q=vogel%20islamic%20law&amp;f=false|isbn=9004110623}}&lt;/ref&gt; اھو علم شريعت ۾ قرآن ۽ سنت جي روشنيءَ ۾ اجتھاد جي ذريعي واڌارو ڪري ٿو ۽ ان واڌاري کي فقيھن جي فتوائون ذريعي لاڳو ڪري ٿو. فقه ۾ غلطي جي گنجائش ھوندي آھي ۽ اھا تبديل پڻ ٿي سگھندي آھي. موجوده دور۾ سني اسلام ۾ چار فقھي مذھب آھن ۽ شيعه اسلام ۾ ٻہ فقھي مذھب آھن.&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;

== لغوي معنيَ == 
فقه جي لغوي معنيَ آهي ڪنهن شئي جو علم۽ فھم، ڪنھن شئي کي کولڻ۽ نکيڙڻ ۽ ان جي اونھائي ۾ وڃي حقيقت ڳولي لھڻ۽ ان کي پڌرو ڪرڻ، اصطلاحي طور فقه جي معني شريعت جي حڪمن ۾ سمجھ پيدا ڪرڻ آھي&lt;ref name =&quot; آسان فقه&quot; &gt; - ڪتاب: آسان فقه، از: مولانا محمد يوسف اصلاحي، مترجم: محمد عاشق ڌامراھا، مھراڻ اڪيڊمي شڪارپور، جنوري 2002 -- پنھنجي پاران: قمر ميمڻ صه 28  &lt;/ref&gt;. قرآن شريف ۾ سورة التوبہ ۾ آيت نمبر 122 ۾ فقه لفظ جو استعمال ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو:

{{quote| فلولا نفر من کل فرقة منهم طائفة ليتفقهوا في الدين&lt;br&gt; ترجمو:پوء ڇونہ انھن جي سڀ ڪنھن جماعت مان ھڪ ھڪ ٽولي نڪتي ته پاڻ ۾ دين جي سمجھ پيدا ڪن. |التوبة - ۱۲۲|&lt;ref name=&quot;آسان فقه&quot; /&gt;}}


The word ''fiqh'' is an Arabic term meaning &quot;deep understanding&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Modarresi&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|author-link=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|title=The Laws of Islam|date=26 March 2016|publisher=Enlight Press|isbn=978-0994240989|url=http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|access-date=22 December 2017|ref=Modarresi|language=en|archive-date=2 August 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190802163247/http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{rp|470}} or &quot;full comprehension&quot;. Technically it refers to the body of Islamic law extracted from detailed Islamic sources (which are studied in the [[principles of Islamic jurisprudence]]) and the process of gaining knowledge of Islam through jurisprudence. The historian [[Ibn Khaldun]] describes ''fiqh'' as &quot;knowledge of the rules of God which concern the actions of persons who own themselves connected to obey the law respecting what is required (''[[wajib]]''), sinful (''[[haraam]]''), recommended (''[[mustahab|mandūb]]''), disapproved (''[[makrūh]]''), or neutral (''[[mubah]]'')&quot;.&lt;ref&gt;Levy (1957). p. 150.&lt;/ref&gt; This definition is consistent amongst the jurists.

In [[Modern Standard Arabic]], ''fiqh'' has also come to mean Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=أنیس|first=إبراهیم|title=المعجم الوسیط|publisher=دارالفکر|year=1998|location=بیروت، لبنان|pages=731}}&lt;/ref&gt; It is not thus possible to speak of [[Chief Justice of the United States|Chief Justice]] [[John Roberts]] as an expert in the [[common law]] ''fiqh'' of the [[United States]], or of [[Egypt]]ian legal scholar [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] as an expert in the civil law ''fiqh'' of Egypt.

==History==
{{main|Sharia}}
{{further information|History of Islamic economics}}

According to Sunni Islamic history, Sunni law followed a chronological path of:
*[[God in Islam|God]] → [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] → [[Sahabah|Companions]] → [[Tabi'un|Followers]] → ''Fiqh''.&lt;ref name=&quot;Maghen-2003&quot;&gt;{{cite journal|last1=Maghen|first1=Ze'ev|title=Dead Tradition: Joseph Schacht and the Origins of &quot;Popular Practice&quot;|journal=Islamic Law and Society|date=2003|volume=10|issue=3|pages=276–347|doi=10.1163/156851903770227575|jstor=3399422}}&lt;/ref&gt;
The commands and prohibitions chosen by God were revealed through the agency of the Prophet in both the Quran and the Sunnah (words, deeds, and examples of the Prophet passed down as [[hadith]]). 
The first Muslims (the [[Sahabah]] or Companions) heard and obeyed, and passed this essence of Islam&lt;ref name=GRHJWIaM2000:513/&gt; to succeeding generations (''[[Tabi'un]]'' and ''[[Tabi' al-Tabi'in]]'' or successors/followers and successors of successors), as Muslims and Islam spread from West Arabia to the conquered lands north, east, and west,&lt;ref name=RGHIGP2015:223&gt;[[#RGHIGP2015|Hoyland, ''In God's Path'', 2015]]: p.223&lt;/ref&gt;{{#tag:ref|for example, Sunni [[Hanbali]] scholar/preacher [[Al-Hasan ibn 'Ali al-Barbahari]] (d.941) who ruled the streets of Baghdad from 921-941 CE,  insisted that &quot;whoever asserts that there is any part of Islam with which the Companions of the Prophet did not provide us has called them [the Companions of the Prophet] liars&quot;.&lt;ref name=cook-2000-109&gt;{{cite book|last1=Cook|first1=Michael|title=The Koran : A Very Short Introduction|date=2000|publisher=Oxford University Press|url=https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook |url-access=registration|isbn=0192853449|page=[https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook/page/n122 109]}}&lt;/ref&gt;|group=Note}} where it was systematized and elaborated.&lt;ref name=GRHJWIaM2000:513&gt;[[#GRHJWIaM2000|Hawting, &quot;John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism&quot;, 2000]]: p.513&lt;/ref&gt;

The history of Islamic jurisprudence is &quot;customarily divided into eight periods&quot;:&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: pp. 30–31&lt;/ref&gt;
*the first period ending with the death of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] in 11 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*second period &quot;characterized by personal interpretations&quot; of the canon by the ''[[Sahabah]]'' or companions of Muhammad, lasting until 50 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from 50 AH until the early second century AH there was competition between &quot;a traditionalist approach to jurisprudence&quot; in [[Hijaz|western Arabia]] where Islam was revealed and a &quot;rationalist approach in Iraq&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;golden age of classical Islamic jurisprudence&quot; from the &quot;early second to the mid-fourth century when the [[Madhhab#Amman Message|eight &quot;most significant&quot;]] schools of Sunni and [[Shia|Shi'i]] jurisprudence emerged.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from the mid-fourth century to mid-seventh AH Islamic jurisprudence was &quot;limited to elaborations within the main juristic schools&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;dark age&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence stretched from the [[Siege of Baghdad (1258)|fall of Baghdad]] in the mid-seventh AH (1258 CE) to 1293 AH/1876 CE.
*In 1293 AH (1876 CE) the Ottomans codified [[Hanafi]] jurisprudence in the ''[[Mecelle|Majallah el-Ahkam-i-Adliya]]''. Several &quot;juristic revival movements&quot; influenced by &quot;exposure to Western legal and technological progress&quot; followed until the mid-20th century CE. [[Muhammad Abduh]] and [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] were products of this era.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; However, Abduh and El-Sanhuri were modernists. 19th century Ottoman Shariah Code was built on the views of the Hanafi school.
*The most recent era has been that of the &quot;[[Islamic revival#Contemporary revivalism|Islamic revival]]&quot;, which has been &quot;predicated on rejection of Western social and legal advances&quot; and the development of specifically Islamic states, social sciences, economics, and finance.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
The formative period of Islamic jurisprudence stretches back to the time of the early Muslim communities. During this period, jurists were more concerned with issues of authority and teaching than with theory and methodology.&lt;ref name=&quot;Weiss (2002)&quot;&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by [[Bernard G. Weiss]], (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. pp. 3, 161.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Progress in theory and methodology happened with the coming of the early Muslim jurist [[Muhammad ibn Idris ash-Shafi`i]] (767–820), who codified the basic principles of Islamic jurisprudence in his book ''ar-Risālah''. The book details the four roots of law ([[Qur'an]], [[sunnah]], ''[[ijma]]'', and ''[[qiyas]]'') while specifying that the primary Islamic texts (the Qur'an and the hadith) be understood according to objective rules of interpretation derived from scientific study of the Arabic language.&lt;ref name=weiss-162&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by Bernard G. Weiss, (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. p. 162.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Secondary sources of law were developed and refined over the subsequent centuries, consisting primarily of juristic preference (''[[istihsan]]''), laws of the previous prophets (''[[shara man qablana]]''), continuity (''[[istishab]]''), extended analogy (''[[maslaha mursala]]''), blocking the means (''[[sadd al-dhari'ah]]''), local customs (''[[urf]]''), and sayings of a companion of the Prophet (''[[qawl al-sahabi]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Nyazee (2000)&quot;&gt;Nyazee, Imran Ahsan Khan (2000). ''Islamic Jurisprudence (UsulAI-Fiqh)''. Islamabad: Islamic Research Institute Press.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== Diagram of early scholars ===

[[File:Sunni Streams of Doctrine.png|thumb|Main schools of thought within Sunni Islam, and other prominent streams.]]
[[File:Muslim World Introduction.svg|thumb|Major schools of thought and theology in the Islamic world]]
The Quran set the rights, responsibilities, and rules for people and societies to adhere to, such as dealing in [[The Impact of Religion on International Negotiations|interest]]. Muhammad then provided an example, which is recorded in the hadith books, showing people how he practically implemented these rules in a society. After the passing of Muhammad, there was a need for jurists, to decide on new legal matters where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadith, example of Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=gMxjJqurmiAC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA30|title=Islam Vs. West|isbn=9780595501571|last1=Asadulla|first1=Abubakr|year=2009|publisher=iUniverse }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=es9Sunv_y2MC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA20|title=Islamic State Practices, International Law and the Threat from Terrorism|isbn=9781841135014|last1=Rehman|first1=Javaid|date=7 June 2005|publisher=Hart }}&lt;/ref&gt;

In the years proceeding Muhammad, the community in Madina continued to use the same rules. People were familiar with the practice of Muhammad and therefore continued to use the same rules.

The scholars appearing in the diagram below were taught by [[Muhammad's companions]], many of whom settled in Madina.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceA&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|title=ulama|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=25 February 2013|archive-date=21 October 2014|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141021231627/http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; ''[[Muwatta Imam Malik|Muwatta]]''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|title=Muwatta|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=13 October 2010|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; by [[Malik ibn Anas]] was written as a consensus of the opinion, of these scholars.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=d5Ks31qHlSYC&amp;q=coulson+history+islamic+law|title=A History of Islamic Law|isbn=9780748605149|last1=Coulson|first1=Noel James|year=1994}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Va6oSxzojzoC&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA207|title=E. J. Brill's First Encyclopaedia of Islam, 1913–1936|isbn=9004097910|last1=Houtsma|first1=M. Th|year=1993|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=0_wUAAAAIAAJ&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA264|title=Studies in Islamic History and Civilization|isbn=9789652640147|last1=Šārôn|first1=Moše|year=1986|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt; ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas quotes 13 hadiths from Imam [[Jafar al-Sadiq]].&lt;ref name=&quot;Muwatta&quot;&gt;''Al-Muwatta'' of Imam Malik Ibn Anas, translated by Aisha Bewley (Book #5, Hadith #5.9.23) (Book #16, Hadith #16.1.1) (Book #17, Hadith #17.24.43) (Book #20, Hadith #20.10.40) (Book #20, Hadith #20.11.44) (Book #20, Hadith #20.32.108) (Book #20, Hadith #20.39.127) (Book #20, Hadith #20.40.132) (Book #20, Hadith #20.49.167) (Book #20, Hadith #20.57.190) (Book #26, Hadith #26.1.2) (Book #29, Hadith #29.5.17) (Book #36, Hadith #36.4.5) [http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html Al-Muwatta'] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html |date=13 October 2010 }}&lt;/ref&gt;
Aisha also taught her nephew [[Urwah ibn Zubayr]]. He then taught his son [[Hisham ibn Urwah]], who was the main teacher of Malik ibn Anas whose views many Sunni follow and also taught by Jafar al-Sadiq. [[Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]], Hisham ibn Urwah and Muhammad al-Baqir taught [[Zayd ibn Ali]], Jafar al-Sadiq, [[Abu Hanifa]], and Malik ibn Anas.

Imam Jafar al-Sadiq, Imam Abu Hanifa and Malik ibn Anas worked together in [[Al-Masjid an-Nabawi]] in Medina, along with Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr, Muhammad al-Baqir, Zayd ibn Ali and over 70 other leading jurists and scholars.

[[Al-Shafi'i]] was taught by Malik ibn Anas. [[Ahmad ibn Hanbal]] was taught by Al-Shafi'i. [[Muhammad al-Bukhari]] travelled everywhere collecting hadith and his father [[Ismail ibn Ibrahim]] was a student of Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Islam Page 67&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=mlGgGVCp0UcC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA67|title=Understanding Women in Islam|isbn=9789793780191|last1=Hasyim|first1=Syafiq|year=2006|publisher=Equinox }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=JdjtUTYSL1UC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA37|title=Classical Islam|isbn=9780415240321|last1=Calder|first1=Norman|last2=Mojaddedi|first2=Jawid Ahmad|last3=Rippin|first3=Andrew|year=2003|publisher=Psychology Press }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=GlqeC1ZFAUEC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim&amp;pg=PT101|title=Judaism and Islam in Practice|isbn=9781134605538|last1=Brockopp|first1=Jonathan E.|last2=Neusner|first2=Jacob|last3=Sonn|first3=Tamara|date=27 September 2005|publisher=Routledge }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.oocities.org/mutmainaa7/people/jafar_al_sadiq.html|title=Jafar Al-Sadiq}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|title=IMAM JAFAR BIN MUHAMMAD AS-SADIQ (AS)|website=www.ziaraat.org|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=22 August 2023|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230822202122/http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{Islam scholars diagram}}

In the books actually written by these original jurists and scholars, there are very few theological and judicial differences between them. Imam Ahmad rejected the writing down and codifying of the religious rulings he gave. They knew that they might have fallen into error in some of their judgements and stated this clearly. They never introduced their rulings by saying, &quot;Here, this judgement is the judgement of God and His prophet.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=W4OKaz5dzdYC&amp;q=Modernist+Islam,+1840-1940:+A+Sourcebook+By+Charles+Kurzman|title=Modernist Islam, 1840–1940|isbn=9780195154689|last1=Kurzman|first1=Charles|year=2002|publisher=Oxford University Press }}&lt;/ref&gt; There is also very little text actually written down by Jafar al-Sadiq himself. They all give priority to the Qur'an and the hadith (the practice of Muhammad). They felt that the Quran and the Hadith, the example of Muhammad provided people with almost everything they needed. &quot;This day I have perfected for you your religion and completed My favor upon you and have approved for you Islam as religion&quot; (Qur'an 5:3).&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://quran.com/5/3 |title=Surat Al-Ma'idah [5:3] - The Noble Qur'an - القرآن الكريم |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130925005700/http://quran.com/5/3 |archive-date=25 September 2013 |df=dmy }} [http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ Quran Surah Al-Maaida ( Verse 3 )] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180612141107/http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ |date=12 June 2018 }}&lt;/ref&gt;

These scholars did not distinguish between each other. They were not Sunni or Shia. They felt that they were following the religion of Abraham as described in the Quran &quot;Say: Allah speaks the truth; so follow the religion of Abraham, the upright one. And he was not one of the polytheists&quot; (Qur'an 3:95).

Most of the differences are regarding Sharia laws devised through [[Ijtihad]] where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadiths of Islamic prophet Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;/&gt; As these jurists went to new areas, they were pragmatic and continued to use the same ruling as was given in that area during pre-Islamic times, if the population felt comfortable with it, it was just and they used Ijtihad to deduce that it did not conflict with the Quran or the Hadith. As explained in the ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This made it easier for the different communities to integrate into the Islamic State and assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State.

To reduce the divergence, [[ash-Shafi'i]] proposed giving priority to the Qur'an and the Hadith (the practice of Muhammad) and only then look at the consensus of the Muslim jurists (''[[ijma]]'') and analogical reasoning (''[[qiyas]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This then resulted in jurists like Muhammad al-Bukhari&lt;ref name=&quot;sahih-bukhari.com&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.sahih-bukhari.com/|title=Sahih Bukhari : Read, Study, Search Online|first=Sahih|last=Bukhari}}&lt;/ref&gt; dedicating their lives to the collection of the correct hadith, in books like [[Sahih al-Bukhari]] (Sahih translates as authentic or correct). They also felt that Muhammad's judgement was more impartial and better than their own.

These original jurists and scholars also acted as a counterbalance to the rulers. When they saw injustice, all these scholars spoke out against it. As the state expanded outside Madina, the rights of the different communities, as they were constituted in the [[Constitution of Medina]] still applied. The Quran also gave additional rights to the citizens of the state and these rights were also applied. Ali, Hassan and [[Husayn ibn Ali]] gave their allegiance to the first three caliphs because they abided by these conditions. Later [[Ali]] the fourth caliph wrote in a letter &quot;I did not approach the people to get their oath of allegiance but they came to me with their desire to make me their Amir (ruler). I did not extend my hands towards them so that they might swear the oath of allegiance to me but they themselves extended their hands towards me.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;Nahj ul Balagha Letter 54&lt;/ref&gt; But later as fate would have it ([[Predestination in Islam]]) when [[Yazid I]], an [[Umayyad Caliphate|Umayyad]] ruler took power, Husayn ibn Ali the grandson of Muhammad felt that it was a test from God for him and his duty to confront him. Then [[Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr]], Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr's cousin confronted the Umayyad rulers after Husayn ibn Ali was betrayed by the people of Kufa and killed by Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Yazid I.&lt;ref&gt;Najeebabadi, Akbar Shah (2001). The History of Islam V.2. Riyadh: Darussalam. p. 110. {{ISBN|9960-892-88-3}}.&lt;/ref&gt; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr then took on the Umayyads and expelled their forces from Hijaz and Iraq. But then his forces were depleted in Iraq, trying to stop the Khawarij. The Umayyads then moved in. After a lengthy campaign, in his last hour Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr asked his mother [[Asma' bint Abu Bakr]] the daughter of [[Abu Bakr]] the first caliph for advice. Asma' bint Abu Bakr replied to her son, she said:&lt;ref name=&quot;ummah.com&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|title=The Advice of Asmaa bint Abu Bakr (ra) to her son Abdullah Ibn Zubair (ra)|website=Ummah.com - Muslim Forum|access-date=20 September 2021|archive-date=25 February 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210225220953/https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; &quot;You know better in your own self, that if you are upon the truth and you are calling towards the truth go forth, for people more honourable than you have been killed and if you are not upon the truth, then what an evil son you are and you have destroyed yourself and those who are with you. If you say, that if you are upon the truth and you will be killed at the hands of others, then you will not truly be free.&quot; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr left and was later also killed and crucified by the Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Umayyads and led by Hajjaj. [[Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]] the son of Abu Bakr the first caliph and raised by Ali the fourth caliph was also killed by the Umayyads.&lt;ref&gt;Nahj al-Balagha Sermon 71, Letter 27, Letter 34, Letter 35&lt;/ref&gt; [[Aisha]] then raised and taught her son Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr who later taught his grandson Jafar al-Sadiq.

During the early Umayyad period, there was more community involvement. The Quran and Muhammad's example was the main source of law after which the community decided. If it worked for the community, was just and did not conflict with the Quran and the example of Muhammad, it was accepted. This made it easier for the different communities, with Roman, Persian, Central Asia and North African backgrounds to integrate into the Islamic State and that assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State. The scholars in Madina were consulted on the more complex judicial issues. The Sharia and the official more centralized schools of fiqh developed later, during the time of the Abbasids.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceB&quot;&gt;Muawiya Restorer of the Muslim Faith By Aisha Bewley p. 68&lt;/ref&gt;

==Components==
{{further|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}
[[File:Map of the Legal systems of the world (en).png|thumb|350px|[[List of national legal systems|Legal systems of the world]]]]
The sources of [[Sharia]] in order of importance are:&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;&gt;Abul Quasem, M. (1975). The ethics of al-Ghazali: A composite ethics in Islam. p. 26&lt;/ref&gt;
#[[Qur'an]]
#[[Hadith]]
#[[Ijma]], i.e. collective reasoning and consensus amongst authoritative Muslims of a particular generation, and its interpretation by Islamic scholars.
#The consensus of the [[Sahaba]]
#[[Qiyas]], analogical legal reasoning by Islamic jurists.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;&gt;{{cite book|editor1-first=Hisham M. |editor1-last=Ramadan|author1=Irshad Abdel Haqq|author-link1=Islamic law: An Overview of Its Origins and Elements|title=Understanding Islamic Law: From Classical to Contemporary|year=2006|publisher=Rowman Altamira|isbn=9780759109919|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=5ZS7EaHTQX8C&amp;q=Islamic+law%3A+An+Overview+of+Its+Origins+and+Elements&amp;pg=PA1 |access-date=17 August 2016}} p. 18&lt;/ref&gt;

Majority of [[Sunni Muslims]] view ''[[Qiyas]]'' as a central Pillar of ''[[Ijtihad]]''.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;/&gt; An example is the ruling of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]], that &quot;a judge should not sit in judgement while angry&quot;, whereas reason adds that this extends to hunger or suffering from a painful disease.&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;/&gt; [[Zahiri]]tes, rejected ''Qiyas'' unlike the Sunnis.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=B. Hallaq |first=Wael |title=THE ORIGINS AND EVOLUTION OF ISLAMIC LAW |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |year=2005 |isbn=978-0-521-80332-8 | location=Cambridge, UK |pages=124, 127}}&lt;/ref&gt; The ''[[Shia Islam|Shi'a]]'' believed that all laws are implicitly mentioned in the Quran or the sunnah and can be discovered by the jurists of their tradition.&lt;ref&gt;Mansoor Moaddel, ''Islamic Modernism, Nationalism, and Fundamentalism: Episode and Discourse'', pg. 32. [[Chicago]]: [[University of Chicago Press]], 2005.&lt;/ref&gt;

The [[Qur'an]] gives instructions on many issues, such as how to perform the ritual purification (''{{lang|ar|[[wudu]]}}'') before the obligatory daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}''). On other issues, for example, the Qur'an states one needs to engage in daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}'') and fast (''{{lang|ar|[[sawm]]}}'') during the [[Ramadan (calendar month)|month of Ramadan]] but further instructions and details on how to perform these duties can be found in the traditions of Muhammad, so [[Qur'an and Sunnah]] are in most cases the basis for (''{{lang|ar|[[Shariah]]}}'').

Some topics are without precedent in Islam's early period. In those cases, Muslim jurists (''{{lang|ar|[[Fuqaha]]}}'') try to arrive at conclusions by other means. [[Sunni]] jurists use historical consensus of the community (''{{lang|ar|[[Ijma]]}}''); a majority in the modern era also use [[analogy]] (''{{lang|ar|[[Qiyas]]}}'') and weigh the harms and benefits of new topics (''{{lang|ar|[[Istislah]]}}''), and a plurality utilizes juristic preference (''{{lang|ar|[[Istihsan]]}}''). The conclusions arrived at with the aid of these additional tools constitute a wide array of laws, and its application is called ''fiqh''. Thus, in contrast to the ''sharia'', ''fiqh'' is not regarded as [[sacred]] and the schools of thought have differing views on its details, without viewing other conclusions as [[Sacrilege|sacrilegious]]. This division of interpretation in more detailed issues has resulted in different schools of thought (''{{lang|ar|[[madh'hab]]}}'').

This wider concept of '''Islamic jurisprudence''' is the source of a range of laws in different topics that guide Muslims in everyday life.

=== Component categories ===
[[File:Actions in Fiqh.png|thumb|Actions in Islamic Fiqh]]

Islamic jurisprudence (''fiqh'') covers two main areas:
# Rules in relation to actions, and,
# Rules in relation to circumstances surrounding actions.

These types of rules can also fall into two groups:
# Worship ([[Ibadah|Ibadaat]])
# Dealings and transactions (with people) ([[Muamalat|Mu`amalaat]])

Rules in relation to actions ('''amaliyya'' — عملية) or &quot;[[Ahkam|decision types]]&quot; comprise:
# Obligation (''[[fardh]]'')
# Recommendation (''[[mustahabb]]'')
# Permissibility (''[[mubah]]'')
# Disrecommendation (''[[makrooh]]'')
# Prohibition (''[[haraam]]'')

Rules in relation to circumstances (''wadia''') comprise:
# Condition (''shart'')
# Cause (''sabab'')
# Preventor (''mani'')
# Permit / Enforced (''rukhsah, azeemah'')
# Valid / Corrupt / Invalid (''sahih, fasid, batil'')
# In time / Deferred / Repeat (''adaa, qadaa, i'ada'')

=== Methodologies of jurisprudence ===
{{main|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}

The [[modus operandi]] of the Muslim jurist is known as ''[[usul al-fiqh]]'' (&quot;principles of jurisprudence&quot;).

There are different approaches to the methodology used in jurisprudence to derive Islamic rulings from the primary sources of ''[[sharia]]'' (Islamic law). The main methodologies are those of the [[Sunni]], [[Shi'a]] and [[Ibadi]] denominations. While both Sunni and [[Shi'ite]] (Shia) are divided into smaller sub-schools, the differences among the Shi'ite schools is considerably greater. Ibadites only follow a single school without divisions.

While using court decisions as legal precedents and [[case law]] are central to Western law, the importance of the institution of fatawa (non-binding answers by Islamic legal scholars to legal questions) has been called &quot;central to the development&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:32&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: p. 32&lt;/ref&gt; This is in part because of a &quot;vacuum&quot; in the other source of Islamic law, ''qada`'' (legal rulings by state appointed Islamic judges) after the fall of the last [[caliphate]] the Ottoman Empire.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; While the practice in Islam dates back to the time of Muhammad, according to at least one source (Muhammad El-Gamal), it is &quot;modeled after the [[Roman Empire|Roman]] system of ''[[responsa]]'',&quot; and gives the questioner &quot;decisive primary-mover advantage in choosing the question and its wording.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;

Each school (''[[madhhab]]'') reflects a unique ''[[urf]]'' or culture (a cultural practice that was influenced by traditions), that the classical jurists themselves lived in, when rulings were made. Some suggest that the discipline of ''[[isnad]]'', which developed to validate ''hadith'' made it relatively easy to record and validate also the rulings of jurists. This, in turn, made them far easier to imitate (''[[taqlid]]'') than to challenge in new contexts. The argument is, the schools have been more or less frozen for centuries, and reflect a culture that simply no longer exists. Traditional scholars hold that religion is there to regulate human behavior and nurture people's moral side and since human nature has not fundamentally changed since the beginning of Islam a call to modernize the religion is essentially one to relax all laws and institutions.

Early ''[[shariah]]'' had a much more flexible character, and some modern Muslim scholars believe that it should be renewed, and that the classical jurists should lose special status. This would require formulating a new fiqh suitable for the modern world, e.g. as proposed by advocates of the [[Islamization of knowledge]], which would deal with the modern context. This modernization is opposed by most conservative ''[[ulema]]''. Traditional scholars hold that the laws are contextual and consider circumstance such as time, place and culture, the principles they are based upon are universal such as justice, equality and respect. Many Muslim scholars argue that even though technology may have advanced, the fundamentals of human life have not.

=== Fields of jurisprudence ===
{{flatlist}}
*[[Islamic criminal jurisprudence|Criminal]]
*[[Islamic economical jurisprudence|Economics]]
*[[Adab (behavior)|Etiquette]]
*[[Islamic family jurisprudence|Family]]
*[[Hygiene in Islam|Hygienical]]
*[[Islamic inheritance jurisprudence|Inheritance]]
*[[Islamic marital jurisprudence|Marital]]
*[[Rules of war in Islam|Military]]
*[[Islamic political jurisprudence|Political]]
*[[Islamic theological jurisprudence|Theological]]
{{endflatlist}}

=== Schools of jurisprudence ===
{{Main|Madhhab}}
There are several [[Madhhab|schools of fiqh thought]] ({{langx|ar|مذهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|madhhab}}''; pl. {{lang|ar|مذاهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|maḏāhib}}'')
[[File:Madhhab Map3.png|thumb|Map of the Muslim world with the main schools of thoughts&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Islamic Jurisprudence &amp; Law {{!}} ReOrienting the Veil |url=https://veil.unc.edu/religions/islam/law/ |access-date=2025-05-19 |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{Needs update|date=May 2025|reason=Our Fiqh map does need an update, for example Bahrain is mostly orange (representing Ja'fari) while its Monarchy is Maliki and a majority of its citizens Sunni. Would be very helpful to get an update to date SVG version of the map as there are some tiny island Indian Ocean countries who are not shown on the map}}]]
The schools of [[Sunni Islam|Sunni]] Islam are each named by students of the classical jurist who taught them. The Sunni schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Hanafi school|Hanafi]] ([[Turkey]], [[Balkans]], [[Levant]], [[Central Asia]], [[Islam in South Asia|South Asia]], [[Islam in China|China]], [[North Caucasus|Northwest Caucasus]], [[Lower Egypt]], and [[Tatarstan]])
*[[Maliki school|Maliki]] ([[North Africa]], [[West Africa]], [[Upper Egypt]], [[Kuwait]], [[Bahrain]], [[Emirate of Abu Dhabi|Abu Dhabi]], and [[Emirate of Dubai|Dubai]])
*[[Shafi'i school|Shafi'i]] ([[Indonesia]], [[Malaysia]], [[Brunei]], [[Kurdistan]], [[East Africa]], [[North Caucasus|Northeast Caucasus]], [[Yemen]], [[Oman]], [[Islam in Kerala|Kerala]], [[Emirate of Fujairah|Fujairah]], and the [[Sinai Peninsula]])
*[[Hanbali school|Hanbali]] ([[Saudi Arabia]], [[Qatar]], [[Emirate of Sharjah|Sharjah]], [[Emirate of Umm Al Quwain|Umm al-Quwain]], [[Emirate of Ras Al Khaimah|Ras al-Khaimah]], and [[Emirate of Ajman|Ajman]])

The schools of [[Shia]] Islam are based on the [[Ja'fari school|Ja'fari]] school of jurisprudence. The Shia schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Twelver Shi'ism|Twelver]] ([[Iran]], [[Iraq]], and [[Azerbaijan]])
*[[Ismailism|Isma'ili]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Lakhani |first=M. Ali |title=Faith and Ethics: The Vision of the Ismaili Imamat |page=4 |quote=The place of the Ismailis within the theological pluralism of the Muslim community is best summarised by their Imam's statement to the International Islamic Conference held in Amman in July 2005: &quot;Our historic adherence is to the Ja'fari madhhab and other madhahib of close affinity, and it continues, under the leadership of the hereditary Ismaili Imam of the time. This adherence is in harmony also with our acceptance of Sufi principles of personal search and balance between the zahir and the spirit or the intellect which the zahir signifies.&quot; |publisher=Bloomsbury Publishing |year=2017 |isbn=978-1786733900}}&lt;/ref&gt; (minority communities in [[Central Asia]], [[South Asia]], [[Levant]], [[Yemen]])
*[[Zaydism|Zaydi]] (minority communities in [[Yemen]])

Entirely separate from both the Sunni and Shia traditions, [[Kharijites|Khawarij]] Islam has evolved its own distinct school.
*[[Ibadism|Ibadi]] (minority communities in [[Oman]])

These schools share many of their rulings, but differ on the particular [[hadith]]s they accept as authentic and the weight they give to analogy or reason ([[qiyas]]) in deciding difficulties.

The relationship between (at least the Sunni) schools of jurisprudence and the conflict between the unity of the Shariah and the diversity of the schools, was expressed by the 12th century Hanafi scholar [[Abu Hafs Umar al-Nasafi]], who wrote: &quot;Our school is correct with the possibility of error, and another school is in error with the possibility of being correct.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1 = Brown|first1 = Jonathan A.C.|author-link = Jonathan A.C. Brown|title = Misquoting Muhammad: The Challenge and Choices of Interpreting the Prophet's Legacy|date = 2014|publisher = [[Oneworld Publications]]|isbn = 978-1780744209|url = https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50|access-date = 4 June 2018|ref = JACBMM2014|pages = [https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50 50-51]}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== Influence on Western laws ==
{{main|Sharia#Classic Islamic law|l1=Sharia: Classic Islamic law}}

A number of important legal [[institution]]s were developed by Muslim jurists during the classical period of Islam, known as the [[Islamic Golden Age]]. One such institution was the ''[[Hawala]]'', an early [[informal value transfer system]], which is mentioned in texts of Islamic jurisprudence as early as the 8th century. ''Hawala'' itself later influenced the development of the [[Agency (law)|agency]] in [[common law]] and in [[Civil law (legal system)|civil laws]] such as the ''aval'' in [[Law of France|French law]] and the ''avallo'' in [[Law of Italy|Italian law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |title=Islamic Law: Its Relation to Other Legal Systems |first=Gamal Moursi |last=Badr |journal=The American Journal of Comparative Law |volume=26 |issue=2 – Proceedings of an International Conference on Comparative Law, Salt Lake City, Utah, 24–25 February 1977 |date=Spring 1978 |pages=187–198 [196–98] |doi=10.2307/839667 |publisher=American Society of Comparative Law |jstor=839667}}&lt;/ref&gt;

The ''[[Waqf]]'' in [[Sharia|Islamic law]], which developed during the 7th–9th centuries, bears a notable resemblance to the [[Charitable trust|trusts]] in the English [[trust law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988}}&lt;/ref&gt; For example, every ''Waqf'' was required to have a ''waqif'' (settlor), ''mutawillis'' (trustee), ''[[qadi]]'' (judge) and beneficiaries.&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1237–40}}&lt;/ref&gt; The trust law developed in [[England]] at the time of the [[Crusades]], during the 12th and 13th centuries, was introduced by Crusaders who may have been influenced by the ''Waqf'' institutions they came across in the [[Middle East]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Hudson|2003|p=32}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1244–45}}&lt;/ref&gt;

In classical Islamic jurisprudence, litigants in court may obtain [[notarized]] statements from between three and twelve witnesses. When the statements of all witnesses are consistent, the notaries will certify their unanimous testimony in a legal document, which may be used to support the litigant's claim.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Justice of Islam|pages=7–9|author=Lawrence Rosen|publisher=Oxford University Press|year=2000|isbn=9780198298847}}&lt;/ref&gt; The notaries serve to free the [[qadi|judge]] from the time-consuming task of hearing the testimony of each eyewitness himself, and their documents serve to legally authenticate each oral testimony.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Expert Witness in Islamic Courts|year=2010|publisher=University of Chicago Press|author=Ron Shaham|pages=4–8|isbn=9780226749358}}&lt;/ref&gt; The [[Maliki]] school requires two notaries to collect a minimum of twelve eyewitness statements in certain legal cases, including those involving unregistered marriages and land disputes.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Positive Law from the Muslim World|author=Baudouin Dupret|year=2021|isbn=9781108960137|pages=205–210|publisher=Cambridge University Press}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Property, Social Structure, and Law in the Modern Middle East|year=1985|pages=54–64|editor=Ann Elizabeth Mayer|publisher=[[SUNY]] Press|isbn=9780873959889}}&lt;/ref&gt; John Makdisi has compared this group of twelve witness statements, known as a ''lafif'', to [[English Common Law]] jury trials under [[Henry II of England|Henry II]], surmising a link between the king's reforms and the legal system of the [[Kingdom of Sicily]]. The island had previously been ruled by various Islamic dynasties.&lt;ref name=&quot;Rodhan&quot;&gt;{{cite book |last1=Al-Rodhan |first1=Nayef R. F. |title=The Role of the Arab-Islamic World in the Rise of the West: Implications for Contemporary Trans-Cultural Relations |date=2012 |publisher=Palgrave Macmillan |isbn=978-0-230-39320-2 |page=73 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=n4OpT4ZP278C |access-date=25 May 2020 |language=en }}{{Dead link|date=November 2023 |bot=InternetArchiveBot |fix-attempted=yes }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Makdisi&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Makdisi |first1=John |title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=North Carolina Law Review |date=1 June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635 |url=https://scholarship.law.unc.edu/nclr/vol77/iss5/2/ |access-date=25 May 2020}}&lt;/ref&gt;

Several other fundamental [[common law]] institutions may have been adapted from similar legal institutions in [[Sharia|Islamic law]] and jurisprudence, and introduced to England by the [[Normans]] after the [[Norman conquest of England]] and the Emirate of Sicily, and by Crusaders during the [[Crusades]]. In particular, the &quot;royal English [[contract]] protected by the action of [[debt]] is identified with the Islamic ''Aqd'', the English [[assize of novel disseisin]] is identified with the Islamic ''Istihqaq'', and the English [[jury]] is identified with the Islamic ''lafif''.&quot; John Makdisi speculated that English legal institutions such as &quot;the [[scholastic method]], the [[licence]] to [[Education|teach]]&quot;, the &quot;[[law school]]s known as [[Inns of Court]] in England and ''[[Madrasah|Madrasas]]'' in Islam&quot; and the &quot;European [[commenda]]&quot; (Islamic ''[[Qirad]]'') may have also originated from Islamic law.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt; The methodology of [[Precedent|legal precedent]] and reasoning by [[analogy]] (''[[Qiyas]]'') are also similar in both the Islamic and common law systems.&lt;ref name=Gamal&gt;{{cite book |title=Islamic Finance: Law, Economics, and Practice |url=https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga |url-access=limited |first=Mahmoud A. |last=El-Gamal |year=2006 |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |isbn=0-521-86414-3 |page=[https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga/page/n35 16] }}&lt;/ref&gt; These influences have led some scholars to suggest that Islamic law may have laid the foundations for &quot;the common law as an integrated whole&quot;.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt;

== See also ==
{{Portal|Islam|Law}}
* [[Abdallah al-Harari]]
* [[Athari|Traditionalist theology]]
* ''[[Bahar-e-Shariat]]''
* [[Glossary of Islam]]
* [[Index of Islam-related articles]]
* [[Ja'fari jurisprudence]]
* [[Outline of Islam]]
* [[List of Islamic terms in Arabic]]
* ''[[Ma'ruf]]''
* ''[[Mizan]]'' – a comprehensive treatise on the contents of Islam written by [[Javed Ahmed Ghamidi]]
* [[Palestinian law]]
* [[Schools of Islamic theology]]
* [[Sources of Islamic law]]
* [[The four Sunni Imams]]
* ''[[Urf]]''

==حوالا== 
===نوٽ===
{{reflist|group=Note}}
===حوالا===
{{حوالا}}
===ڪتابيات===
{{refbegin|30em}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Norman |last=Calder |title=Law. Legal Thought and Jurisprudence |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of the Islamic World |editor=John L. Esposito |publisher=Oxford University Press |location=Oxford |year=2009 |url=http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20081121033722/http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|url-status=dead|archive-date=21 November 2008}}
*Doi, Abd ar-Rahman I., and Clarke, Abdassamad (2008). ''Shari'ah: Islamic Law''. Ta-Ha Publishers Ltd., {{ISBN|978-1-84200-087-8}} (hardback)
* Cilardo, Agostino, &quot;Fiqh, History of&quot;, in ''Muhammad in History, Thought, and Culture: An Encyclopedia of the Prophet of God'' (2 vols.), Edited by C. Fitzpatrick and A. Walker, Santa Barbara, ABC-CLIO, 2014, Vol I, pp.&amp;nbsp;201–206.
* {{citation|last=Dahlén|first=Ashk |title=Islamic Law, Epistemology and Modernity. Legal Philosophy in Contemporary Iran|year=2003|location=New York|publisher=Routledge |isbn=9780415945295|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=QARHBQAAQBAJ}}
*{{cite book |last1=El-Gamal |first1=Mahmoud A. |title=Islamic Finance : Law, Economics, and Practice |publisher=Cambridge University Press |date=2006 |url=http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |ref=MAEGIFLEP2006 |access-date=28 February 2017 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180403160351/http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |archive-date=3 April 2018 |url-status=dead }}
*{{Cite journal |journal=[[University of Pennsylvania Law Review]] |volume=136 |issue=4 |date=April 1988 |pages=1231–1261 |doi=10.2307/3312162 |last1=Gaudiosi |first1= Monica M. |title=The Influence of the Islamic Law of Waqf on the Development of the Trust in England_ The Case of Merton College |publisher=The University of Pennsylvania Law Review |jstor=3312162|s2cid=153149243 |url=http://scholarship.law.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=3909&amp;context=penn_law_review |url-access=subscription }}
*{{cite book |last1=Hawting |first1=G.R. |title=The Quest for the Historical Muhammad |date=2000 |publisher=Prometheus Books |location=New York |pages=489–509 |chapter=16. John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism |ref=GRHJWIaM2000}}
*{{Cite book
 |last=Hudson
 |first=A.
 |title=Equity and Trusts
 |year=2003
 |edition=3rd
 |publisher=Cavendish Publishing
 |location=London
 |isbn=978-1-85941-729-4
 }}

*{{Cite book |last=Levy |first=Reuben |title=The Social Structure of Islam |location=UK |publisher=Cambridge University Press |year=1957 |isbn=978-0-521-09182-4 |url=https://archive.org/details/socialstructureo0000levy }}
*{{Cite journal |last=Makdisi|first=John A.|title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=[[North Carolina Law Review]] |date=June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635–1739}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Irene |last=Schneider |title=Fiqh |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of Islam and Politics |publisher=Oxford University Press |editor=Emad El-Din Shahin |year=2014 |doi=10.1093/acref:oiso/9780199739356.001.0001|isbn=9780199739356 }}
{{refend}}

==مزيد مطالعو==
*Potz, Richard, [http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0159-2011112127 Islamic Law and the Transfer of European Law], [[European History Online]], Mainz: [[Institute of European History]], 2011. (Retrieved 28 November 2011.)
*[Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
*{{Commons category-inline}}
* [https://halaqa.home.blog/2021/02/12/types-of-hanafi-legal-rulings-ahkam/ Types of Hanafi Legal Rulings (Ahkam)]
* [Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

{{Islam topics |Law |state=collapsed}}
{{Authority control}}

[[Category:Islamic jurisprudence| ]]
[[Category:Sharia terminology]]
[[Category:Law schools]]
{{اسلامي فقه}}
[[زمرو:اسلامي اصطلاح]]</text>
      <sha1>eo0o5qwp1yolbss94s19r32i6a2i27p</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400957</id>
      <parentid>400956</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T17:33:47Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>400957</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="49644" sha1="8ngn6mrwv7nprd30ywfexbzs8apmb6e" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|Islamic jurisprudence}}
{{Islam |texts |width=21.75em}}
'''فقه''' (عربي: فِقْه) اسلامي قانوني نظام يا اسلامي فقہي اصولن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ اصطلاح آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot; /&gt; فقه کي اڪثر شريعت بابت انساني سمجھ (تحقيق ۽ عمل) جي طور تي بيان ڪيو ويندو آهي؛ يعني اسلامي قانون، جيئن قرآن ۽ سنت ([[محمد ﷺ|پيغمبر محمد ﷺ]] ۽ سندن [[صحابي|ساٿين]] جي تعليمات ۽ عملن ۾ بيان ڪيو ويو آهي) جي انساني سمجھ آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;vogel&quot; /&gt; فقه، اسلامي قانون دانن (علماءِ) پاران [[قرآن]] ۽ اجتهاد (سنت جي تشريح) ذريعي [[شريعت]] کي وسيع ۽ ترقي ڏياري ٿي ۽ ان تي عمل درآمد انهن قانون دانن جي فيصلن (فتويٰ) ذريعي ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا انهن آڏو پيش ڪيل مسئلن تي ڏنا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;vogel&quot; /&gt; ان ڪري، جتي مسلمان شريعت کي تبديليءَ کان پاڪ ۽ غلطين کان مبرّا سمجهن ٿا، اتي فقه کي غلطي جي امڪان واري ۽ تبديليءَ جي قابل سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. 

فقه جو تعلق اسلام ۾ عبادات، اخلاقيات ۽ سماجي قانون سازي، گڏوگڏ معاشي ۽ سياسي نظام جي معاملن سان آهي. جديد دور ۾، [[سني اسلام|سني روايتن]] ۾ فقه جا چار نمايان مڪتبِ فڪر (مذھب) موجود آهن، ان کان علاوه [[شيعه اسلام|شيعه روايتن]] ۾ ٻه (يا ٽي) مڪتبِ فڪر آهن. فقه جي ڄاڻ رکندڙ شخص کي &quot;فقيه&quot; (جمع: فقهاءِ) چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;

مجازي معنيٰ ۾، فقه مان مراد اسلامي قانوني فيصلن بابت انهن جي بنيادي ذريعن مان حاصل ڪيل ڄاڻ آهي. ذريعن مان مذهبي فيصلا اخذ ڪرڻ لاءِ &quot;مجتهد&quot; (اهو فرد جيڪو اجتهاد ڪري ٿو) لاءِ ضروري آهي ته هو فقه جي مختلف بحثن تي گهري ڄاڻ ۽ سمجھ رکي.  

فقه جي مطالعي کي روايتي طور تي ٻن حصن ۾ ورهايو ويو آهي: &quot;اصولِ فقه&quot; (اسلامي فقه جا اصول، لفظي معنيٰ: ”فقه جون پاڙون&quot;)، جيڪي قانوني تشريح ۽ تجزيي جا طريقا آهن؛ ۽ &quot;فروعِ فقه&quot; (لفظي معنيٰ: &quot;فقه جون شاخون&quot;)، جيڪي انهن اصولن جي بنياد تي فيصلن جي تفصيلي وضاحت آهن. فروعِ فقه، اصولِ فقه جي اطلاق جو نتيجو ۽ خدائي مرضي کي سمجهڻ لاءِ ڪيل انساني ڪوششن جو مجموعي حاصلات آهي. &quot;حڪم&quot; (جمع: احڪام) ڪنهن خاص معاملي يا صورتحال ۾ ڏنل مخصوص فيصلي کي چيو ويندو آهي.

'''فقه''' (&lt;small&gt;Fiqh&lt;/small&gt;)؛&lt;ref&gt;[https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/fiqh &quot;fiqh&quot;]. ''[[Collins English Dictionary]]''.&lt;/ref&gt; اسلام ۾ قانون جي سائنس جو (&lt;small&gt;Jurisprudence&lt;/small&gt;) نالو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot;&gt;[http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/207723/fiqh Fiqh] Encyclopædia Britannica&lt;/ref&gt; فقه جو استعمال اسلامي شريعت جي سمجھ طور ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=vogel&gt;{{cite book|last=Vogel|first=Frank E.|title=Islamic Law and the Legal System of Saudí: Studies of Saudi Arabia|date=2000|publisher=Brill|pages=4–5|url=https://books.google.com/?id=-PfDuvnHMGoC&amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;dq=vogel+islamic+law#v=onepage&amp;q=vogel%20islamic%20law&amp;f=false|isbn=9004110623}}&lt;/ref&gt; اھو علم شريعت ۾ قرآن ۽ سنت جي روشنيءَ ۾ اجتھاد جي ذريعي واڌارو ڪري ٿو ۽ ان واڌاري کي فقيھن جي فتوائون ذريعي لاڳو ڪري ٿو. فقه ۾ غلطي جي گنجائش ھوندي آھي ۽ اھا تبديل پڻ ٿي سگھندي آھي. موجوده دور۾ سني اسلام ۾ چار فقھي مذھب ۽ شيعه اسلام ۾ ٻہ فقھي مذھب آھن.&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;

== لغوي معنيَ == 
فقه جي لغوي معنيَ آهي ڪنهن شئي جو علم۽ فھم، ڪنھن شئي کي کولڻ۽ نکيڙڻ ۽ ان جي اونھائي ۾ وڃي حقيقت ڳولي لھڻ۽ ان کي پڌرو ڪرڻ، اصطلاحي طور فقه جي معني شريعت جي حڪمن ۾ سمجھ پيدا ڪرڻ آھي&lt;ref name =&quot; آسان فقه&quot; &gt; - ڪتاب: آسان فقه، از: مولانا محمد يوسف اصلاحي، مترجم: محمد عاشق ڌامراھا، مھراڻ اڪيڊمي شڪارپور، جنوري 2002 -- پنھنجي پاران: قمر ميمڻ صه 28  &lt;/ref&gt;. قرآن شريف ۾ سورة التوبہ ۾ آيت نمبر 122 ۾ فقه لفظ جو استعمال ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو:

{{quote| فلولا نفر من کل فرقة منهم طائفة ليتفقهوا في الدين&lt;br&gt; ترجمو:پوء ڇونہ انھن جي سڀ ڪنھن جماعت مان ھڪ ھڪ ٽولي نڪتي ته پاڻ ۾ دين جي سمجھ پيدا ڪن. |التوبة - ۱۲۲|&lt;ref name=&quot;آسان فقه&quot; /&gt;}}


The word ''fiqh'' is an Arabic term meaning &quot;deep understanding&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Modarresi&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|author-link=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|title=The Laws of Islam|date=26 March 2016|publisher=Enlight Press|isbn=978-0994240989|url=http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|access-date=22 December 2017|ref=Modarresi|language=en|archive-date=2 August 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190802163247/http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{rp|470}} or &quot;full comprehension&quot;. Technically it refers to the body of Islamic law extracted from detailed Islamic sources (which are studied in the [[principles of Islamic jurisprudence]]) and the process of gaining knowledge of Islam through jurisprudence. The historian [[Ibn Khaldun]] describes ''fiqh'' as &quot;knowledge of the rules of God which concern the actions of persons who own themselves connected to obey the law respecting what is required (''[[wajib]]''), sinful (''[[haraam]]''), recommended (''[[mustahab|mandūb]]''), disapproved (''[[makrūh]]''), or neutral (''[[mubah]]'')&quot;.&lt;ref&gt;Levy (1957). p. 150.&lt;/ref&gt; This definition is consistent amongst the jurists.

In [[Modern Standard Arabic]], ''fiqh'' has also come to mean Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=أنیس|first=إبراهیم|title=المعجم الوسیط|publisher=دارالفکر|year=1998|location=بیروت، لبنان|pages=731}}&lt;/ref&gt; It is not thus possible to speak of [[Chief Justice of the United States|Chief Justice]] [[John Roberts]] as an expert in the [[common law]] ''fiqh'' of the [[United States]], or of [[Egypt]]ian legal scholar [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] as an expert in the civil law ''fiqh'' of Egypt.

==History==
{{main|Sharia}}
{{further information|History of Islamic economics}}

According to Sunni Islamic history, Sunni law followed a chronological path of:
*[[God in Islam|God]] → [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] → [[Sahabah|Companions]] → [[Tabi'un|Followers]] → ''Fiqh''.&lt;ref name=&quot;Maghen-2003&quot;&gt;{{cite journal|last1=Maghen|first1=Ze'ev|title=Dead Tradition: Joseph Schacht and the Origins of &quot;Popular Practice&quot;|journal=Islamic Law and Society|date=2003|volume=10|issue=3|pages=276–347|doi=10.1163/156851903770227575|jstor=3399422}}&lt;/ref&gt;
The commands and prohibitions chosen by God were revealed through the agency of the Prophet in both the Quran and the Sunnah (words, deeds, and examples of the Prophet passed down as [[hadith]]). 
The first Muslims (the [[Sahabah]] or Companions) heard and obeyed, and passed this essence of Islam&lt;ref name=GRHJWIaM2000:513/&gt; to succeeding generations (''[[Tabi'un]]'' and ''[[Tabi' al-Tabi'in]]'' or successors/followers and successors of successors), as Muslims and Islam spread from West Arabia to the conquered lands north, east, and west,&lt;ref name=RGHIGP2015:223&gt;[[#RGHIGP2015|Hoyland, ''In God's Path'', 2015]]: p.223&lt;/ref&gt;{{#tag:ref|for example, Sunni [[Hanbali]] scholar/preacher [[Al-Hasan ibn 'Ali al-Barbahari]] (d.941) who ruled the streets of Baghdad from 921-941 CE,  insisted that &quot;whoever asserts that there is any part of Islam with which the Companions of the Prophet did not provide us has called them [the Companions of the Prophet] liars&quot;.&lt;ref name=cook-2000-109&gt;{{cite book|last1=Cook|first1=Michael|title=The Koran : A Very Short Introduction|date=2000|publisher=Oxford University Press|url=https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook |url-access=registration|isbn=0192853449|page=[https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook/page/n122 109]}}&lt;/ref&gt;|group=Note}} where it was systematized and elaborated.&lt;ref name=GRHJWIaM2000:513&gt;[[#GRHJWIaM2000|Hawting, &quot;John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism&quot;, 2000]]: p.513&lt;/ref&gt;

The history of Islamic jurisprudence is &quot;customarily divided into eight periods&quot;:&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: pp. 30–31&lt;/ref&gt;
*the first period ending with the death of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] in 11 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*second period &quot;characterized by personal interpretations&quot; of the canon by the ''[[Sahabah]]'' or companions of Muhammad, lasting until 50 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from 50 AH until the early second century AH there was competition between &quot;a traditionalist approach to jurisprudence&quot; in [[Hijaz|western Arabia]] where Islam was revealed and a &quot;rationalist approach in Iraq&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;golden age of classical Islamic jurisprudence&quot; from the &quot;early second to the mid-fourth century when the [[Madhhab#Amman Message|eight &quot;most significant&quot;]] schools of Sunni and [[Shia|Shi'i]] jurisprudence emerged.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from the mid-fourth century to mid-seventh AH Islamic jurisprudence was &quot;limited to elaborations within the main juristic schools&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;dark age&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence stretched from the [[Siege of Baghdad (1258)|fall of Baghdad]] in the mid-seventh AH (1258 CE) to 1293 AH/1876 CE.
*In 1293 AH (1876 CE) the Ottomans codified [[Hanafi]] jurisprudence in the ''[[Mecelle|Majallah el-Ahkam-i-Adliya]]''. Several &quot;juristic revival movements&quot; influenced by &quot;exposure to Western legal and technological progress&quot; followed until the mid-20th century CE. [[Muhammad Abduh]] and [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] were products of this era.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; However, Abduh and El-Sanhuri were modernists. 19th century Ottoman Shariah Code was built on the views of the Hanafi school.
*The most recent era has been that of the &quot;[[Islamic revival#Contemporary revivalism|Islamic revival]]&quot;, which has been &quot;predicated on rejection of Western social and legal advances&quot; and the development of specifically Islamic states, social sciences, economics, and finance.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
The formative period of Islamic jurisprudence stretches back to the time of the early Muslim communities. During this period, jurists were more concerned with issues of authority and teaching than with theory and methodology.&lt;ref name=&quot;Weiss (2002)&quot;&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by [[Bernard G. Weiss]], (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. pp. 3, 161.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Progress in theory and methodology happened with the coming of the early Muslim jurist [[Muhammad ibn Idris ash-Shafi`i]] (767–820), who codified the basic principles of Islamic jurisprudence in his book ''ar-Risālah''. The book details the four roots of law ([[Qur'an]], [[sunnah]], ''[[ijma]]'', and ''[[qiyas]]'') while specifying that the primary Islamic texts (the Qur'an and the hadith) be understood according to objective rules of interpretation derived from scientific study of the Arabic language.&lt;ref name=weiss-162&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by Bernard G. Weiss, (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. p. 162.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Secondary sources of law were developed and refined over the subsequent centuries, consisting primarily of juristic preference (''[[istihsan]]''), laws of the previous prophets (''[[shara man qablana]]''), continuity (''[[istishab]]''), extended analogy (''[[maslaha mursala]]''), blocking the means (''[[sadd al-dhari'ah]]''), local customs (''[[urf]]''), and sayings of a companion of the Prophet (''[[qawl al-sahabi]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Nyazee (2000)&quot;&gt;Nyazee, Imran Ahsan Khan (2000). ''Islamic Jurisprudence (UsulAI-Fiqh)''. Islamabad: Islamic Research Institute Press.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== Diagram of early scholars ===

[[File:Sunni Streams of Doctrine.png|thumb|Main schools of thought within Sunni Islam, and other prominent streams.]]
[[File:Muslim World Introduction.svg|thumb|Major schools of thought and theology in the Islamic world]]
The Quran set the rights, responsibilities, and rules for people and societies to adhere to, such as dealing in [[The Impact of Religion on International Negotiations|interest]]. Muhammad then provided an example, which is recorded in the hadith books, showing people how he practically implemented these rules in a society. After the passing of Muhammad, there was a need for jurists, to decide on new legal matters where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadith, example of Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=gMxjJqurmiAC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA30|title=Islam Vs. West|isbn=9780595501571|last1=Asadulla|first1=Abubakr|year=2009|publisher=iUniverse }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=es9Sunv_y2MC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA20|title=Islamic State Practices, International Law and the Threat from Terrorism|isbn=9781841135014|last1=Rehman|first1=Javaid|date=7 June 2005|publisher=Hart }}&lt;/ref&gt;

In the years proceeding Muhammad, the community in Madina continued to use the same rules. People were familiar with the practice of Muhammad and therefore continued to use the same rules.

The scholars appearing in the diagram below were taught by [[Muhammad's companions]], many of whom settled in Madina.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceA&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|title=ulama|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=25 February 2013|archive-date=21 October 2014|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141021231627/http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; ''[[Muwatta Imam Malik|Muwatta]]''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|title=Muwatta|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=13 October 2010|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; by [[Malik ibn Anas]] was written as a consensus of the opinion, of these scholars.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=d5Ks31qHlSYC&amp;q=coulson+history+islamic+law|title=A History of Islamic Law|isbn=9780748605149|last1=Coulson|first1=Noel James|year=1994}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Va6oSxzojzoC&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA207|title=E. J. Brill's First Encyclopaedia of Islam, 1913–1936|isbn=9004097910|last1=Houtsma|first1=M. Th|year=1993|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=0_wUAAAAIAAJ&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA264|title=Studies in Islamic History and Civilization|isbn=9789652640147|last1=Šārôn|first1=Moše|year=1986|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt; ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas quotes 13 hadiths from Imam [[Jafar al-Sadiq]].&lt;ref name=&quot;Muwatta&quot;&gt;''Al-Muwatta'' of Imam Malik Ibn Anas, translated by Aisha Bewley (Book #5, Hadith #5.9.23) (Book #16, Hadith #16.1.1) (Book #17, Hadith #17.24.43) (Book #20, Hadith #20.10.40) (Book #20, Hadith #20.11.44) (Book #20, Hadith #20.32.108) (Book #20, Hadith #20.39.127) (Book #20, Hadith #20.40.132) (Book #20, Hadith #20.49.167) (Book #20, Hadith #20.57.190) (Book #26, Hadith #26.1.2) (Book #29, Hadith #29.5.17) (Book #36, Hadith #36.4.5) [http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html Al-Muwatta'] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html |date=13 October 2010 }}&lt;/ref&gt;
Aisha also taught her nephew [[Urwah ibn Zubayr]]. He then taught his son [[Hisham ibn Urwah]], who was the main teacher of Malik ibn Anas whose views many Sunni follow and also taught by Jafar al-Sadiq. [[Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]], Hisham ibn Urwah and Muhammad al-Baqir taught [[Zayd ibn Ali]], Jafar al-Sadiq, [[Abu Hanifa]], and Malik ibn Anas.

Imam Jafar al-Sadiq, Imam Abu Hanifa and Malik ibn Anas worked together in [[Al-Masjid an-Nabawi]] in Medina, along with Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr, Muhammad al-Baqir, Zayd ibn Ali and over 70 other leading jurists and scholars.

[[Al-Shafi'i]] was taught by Malik ibn Anas. [[Ahmad ibn Hanbal]] was taught by Al-Shafi'i. [[Muhammad al-Bukhari]] travelled everywhere collecting hadith and his father [[Ismail ibn Ibrahim]] was a student of Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Islam Page 67&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=mlGgGVCp0UcC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA67|title=Understanding Women in Islam|isbn=9789793780191|last1=Hasyim|first1=Syafiq|year=2006|publisher=Equinox }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=JdjtUTYSL1UC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA37|title=Classical Islam|isbn=9780415240321|last1=Calder|first1=Norman|last2=Mojaddedi|first2=Jawid Ahmad|last3=Rippin|first3=Andrew|year=2003|publisher=Psychology Press }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=GlqeC1ZFAUEC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim&amp;pg=PT101|title=Judaism and Islam in Practice|isbn=9781134605538|last1=Brockopp|first1=Jonathan E.|last2=Neusner|first2=Jacob|last3=Sonn|first3=Tamara|date=27 September 2005|publisher=Routledge }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.oocities.org/mutmainaa7/people/jafar_al_sadiq.html|title=Jafar Al-Sadiq}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|title=IMAM JAFAR BIN MUHAMMAD AS-SADIQ (AS)|website=www.ziaraat.org|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=22 August 2023|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230822202122/http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{Islam scholars diagram}}

In the books actually written by these original jurists and scholars, there are very few theological and judicial differences between them. Imam Ahmad rejected the writing down and codifying of the religious rulings he gave. They knew that they might have fallen into error in some of their judgements and stated this clearly. They never introduced their rulings by saying, &quot;Here, this judgement is the judgement of God and His prophet.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=W4OKaz5dzdYC&amp;q=Modernist+Islam,+1840-1940:+A+Sourcebook+By+Charles+Kurzman|title=Modernist Islam, 1840–1940|isbn=9780195154689|last1=Kurzman|first1=Charles|year=2002|publisher=Oxford University Press }}&lt;/ref&gt; There is also very little text actually written down by Jafar al-Sadiq himself. They all give priority to the Qur'an and the hadith (the practice of Muhammad). They felt that the Quran and the Hadith, the example of Muhammad provided people with almost everything they needed. &quot;This day I have perfected for you your religion and completed My favor upon you and have approved for you Islam as religion&quot; (Qur'an 5:3).&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://quran.com/5/3 |title=Surat Al-Ma'idah [5:3] - The Noble Qur'an - القرآن الكريم |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130925005700/http://quran.com/5/3 |archive-date=25 September 2013 |df=dmy }} [http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ Quran Surah Al-Maaida ( Verse 3 )] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180612141107/http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ |date=12 June 2018 }}&lt;/ref&gt;

These scholars did not distinguish between each other. They were not Sunni or Shia. They felt that they were following the religion of Abraham as described in the Quran &quot;Say: Allah speaks the truth; so follow the religion of Abraham, the upright one. And he was not one of the polytheists&quot; (Qur'an 3:95).

Most of the differences are regarding Sharia laws devised through [[Ijtihad]] where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadiths of Islamic prophet Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;/&gt; As these jurists went to new areas, they were pragmatic and continued to use the same ruling as was given in that area during pre-Islamic times, if the population felt comfortable with it, it was just and they used Ijtihad to deduce that it did not conflict with the Quran or the Hadith. As explained in the ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This made it easier for the different communities to integrate into the Islamic State and assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State.

To reduce the divergence, [[ash-Shafi'i]] proposed giving priority to the Qur'an and the Hadith (the practice of Muhammad) and only then look at the consensus of the Muslim jurists (''[[ijma]]'') and analogical reasoning (''[[qiyas]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This then resulted in jurists like Muhammad al-Bukhari&lt;ref name=&quot;sahih-bukhari.com&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.sahih-bukhari.com/|title=Sahih Bukhari : Read, Study, Search Online|first=Sahih|last=Bukhari}}&lt;/ref&gt; dedicating their lives to the collection of the correct hadith, in books like [[Sahih al-Bukhari]] (Sahih translates as authentic or correct). They also felt that Muhammad's judgement was more impartial and better than their own.

These original jurists and scholars also acted as a counterbalance to the rulers. When they saw injustice, all these scholars spoke out against it. As the state expanded outside Madina, the rights of the different communities, as they were constituted in the [[Constitution of Medina]] still applied. The Quran also gave additional rights to the citizens of the state and these rights were also applied. Ali, Hassan and [[Husayn ibn Ali]] gave their allegiance to the first three caliphs because they abided by these conditions. Later [[Ali]] the fourth caliph wrote in a letter &quot;I did not approach the people to get their oath of allegiance but they came to me with their desire to make me their Amir (ruler). I did not extend my hands towards them so that they might swear the oath of allegiance to me but they themselves extended their hands towards me.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;Nahj ul Balagha Letter 54&lt;/ref&gt; But later as fate would have it ([[Predestination in Islam]]) when [[Yazid I]], an [[Umayyad Caliphate|Umayyad]] ruler took power, Husayn ibn Ali the grandson of Muhammad felt that it was a test from God for him and his duty to confront him. Then [[Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr]], Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr's cousin confronted the Umayyad rulers after Husayn ibn Ali was betrayed by the people of Kufa and killed by Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Yazid I.&lt;ref&gt;Najeebabadi, Akbar Shah (2001). The History of Islam V.2. Riyadh: Darussalam. p. 110. {{ISBN|9960-892-88-3}}.&lt;/ref&gt; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr then took on the Umayyads and expelled their forces from Hijaz and Iraq. But then his forces were depleted in Iraq, trying to stop the Khawarij. The Umayyads then moved in. After a lengthy campaign, in his last hour Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr asked his mother [[Asma' bint Abu Bakr]] the daughter of [[Abu Bakr]] the first caliph for advice. Asma' bint Abu Bakr replied to her son, she said:&lt;ref name=&quot;ummah.com&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|title=The Advice of Asmaa bint Abu Bakr (ra) to her son Abdullah Ibn Zubair (ra)|website=Ummah.com - Muslim Forum|access-date=20 September 2021|archive-date=25 February 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210225220953/https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; &quot;You know better in your own self, that if you are upon the truth and you are calling towards the truth go forth, for people more honourable than you have been killed and if you are not upon the truth, then what an evil son you are and you have destroyed yourself and those who are with you. If you say, that if you are upon the truth and you will be killed at the hands of others, then you will not truly be free.&quot; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr left and was later also killed and crucified by the Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Umayyads and led by Hajjaj. [[Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]] the son of Abu Bakr the first caliph and raised by Ali the fourth caliph was also killed by the Umayyads.&lt;ref&gt;Nahj al-Balagha Sermon 71, Letter 27, Letter 34, Letter 35&lt;/ref&gt; [[Aisha]] then raised and taught her son Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr who later taught his grandson Jafar al-Sadiq.

During the early Umayyad period, there was more community involvement. The Quran and Muhammad's example was the main source of law after which the community decided. If it worked for the community, was just and did not conflict with the Quran and the example of Muhammad, it was accepted. This made it easier for the different communities, with Roman, Persian, Central Asia and North African backgrounds to integrate into the Islamic State and that assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State. The scholars in Madina were consulted on the more complex judicial issues. The Sharia and the official more centralized schools of fiqh developed later, during the time of the Abbasids.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceB&quot;&gt;Muawiya Restorer of the Muslim Faith By Aisha Bewley p. 68&lt;/ref&gt;

==Components==
{{further|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}
[[File:Map of the Legal systems of the world (en).png|thumb|350px|[[List of national legal systems|Legal systems of the world]]]]
The sources of [[Sharia]] in order of importance are:&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;&gt;Abul Quasem, M. (1975). The ethics of al-Ghazali: A composite ethics in Islam. p. 26&lt;/ref&gt;
#[[Qur'an]]
#[[Hadith]]
#[[Ijma]], i.e. collective reasoning and consensus amongst authoritative Muslims of a particular generation, and its interpretation by Islamic scholars.
#The consensus of the [[Sahaba]]
#[[Qiyas]], analogical legal reasoning by Islamic jurists.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;&gt;{{cite book|editor1-first=Hisham M. |editor1-last=Ramadan|author1=Irshad Abdel Haqq|author-link1=Islamic law: An Overview of Its Origins and Elements|title=Understanding Islamic Law: From Classical to Contemporary|year=2006|publisher=Rowman Altamira|isbn=9780759109919|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=5ZS7EaHTQX8C&amp;q=Islamic+law%3A+An+Overview+of+Its+Origins+and+Elements&amp;pg=PA1 |access-date=17 August 2016}} p. 18&lt;/ref&gt;

Majority of [[Sunni Muslims]] view ''[[Qiyas]]'' as a central Pillar of ''[[Ijtihad]]''.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;/&gt; An example is the ruling of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]], that &quot;a judge should not sit in judgement while angry&quot;, whereas reason adds that this extends to hunger or suffering from a painful disease.&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;/&gt; [[Zahiri]]tes, rejected ''Qiyas'' unlike the Sunnis.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=B. Hallaq |first=Wael |title=THE ORIGINS AND EVOLUTION OF ISLAMIC LAW |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |year=2005 |isbn=978-0-521-80332-8 | location=Cambridge, UK |pages=124, 127}}&lt;/ref&gt; The ''[[Shia Islam|Shi'a]]'' believed that all laws are implicitly mentioned in the Quran or the sunnah and can be discovered by the jurists of their tradition.&lt;ref&gt;Mansoor Moaddel, ''Islamic Modernism, Nationalism, and Fundamentalism: Episode and Discourse'', pg. 32. [[Chicago]]: [[University of Chicago Press]], 2005.&lt;/ref&gt;

The [[Qur'an]] gives instructions on many issues, such as how to perform the ritual purification (''{{lang|ar|[[wudu]]}}'') before the obligatory daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}''). On other issues, for example, the Qur'an states one needs to engage in daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}'') and fast (''{{lang|ar|[[sawm]]}}'') during the [[Ramadan (calendar month)|month of Ramadan]] but further instructions and details on how to perform these duties can be found in the traditions of Muhammad, so [[Qur'an and Sunnah]] are in most cases the basis for (''{{lang|ar|[[Shariah]]}}'').

Some topics are without precedent in Islam's early period. In those cases, Muslim jurists (''{{lang|ar|[[Fuqaha]]}}'') try to arrive at conclusions by other means. [[Sunni]] jurists use historical consensus of the community (''{{lang|ar|[[Ijma]]}}''); a majority in the modern era also use [[analogy]] (''{{lang|ar|[[Qiyas]]}}'') and weigh the harms and benefits of new topics (''{{lang|ar|[[Istislah]]}}''), and a plurality utilizes juristic preference (''{{lang|ar|[[Istihsan]]}}''). The conclusions arrived at with the aid of these additional tools constitute a wide array of laws, and its application is called ''fiqh''. Thus, in contrast to the ''sharia'', ''fiqh'' is not regarded as [[sacred]] and the schools of thought have differing views on its details, without viewing other conclusions as [[Sacrilege|sacrilegious]]. This division of interpretation in more detailed issues has resulted in different schools of thought (''{{lang|ar|[[madh'hab]]}}'').

This wider concept of '''Islamic jurisprudence''' is the source of a range of laws in different topics that guide Muslims in everyday life.

=== Component categories ===
[[File:Actions in Fiqh.png|thumb|Actions in Islamic Fiqh]]

Islamic jurisprudence (''fiqh'') covers two main areas:
# Rules in relation to actions, and,
# Rules in relation to circumstances surrounding actions.

These types of rules can also fall into two groups:
# Worship ([[Ibadah|Ibadaat]])
# Dealings and transactions (with people) ([[Muamalat|Mu`amalaat]])

Rules in relation to actions ('''amaliyya'' — عملية) or &quot;[[Ahkam|decision types]]&quot; comprise:
# Obligation (''[[fardh]]'')
# Recommendation (''[[mustahabb]]'')
# Permissibility (''[[mubah]]'')
# Disrecommendation (''[[makrooh]]'')
# Prohibition (''[[haraam]]'')

Rules in relation to circumstances (''wadia''') comprise:
# Condition (''shart'')
# Cause (''sabab'')
# Preventor (''mani'')
# Permit / Enforced (''rukhsah, azeemah'')
# Valid / Corrupt / Invalid (''sahih, fasid, batil'')
# In time / Deferred / Repeat (''adaa, qadaa, i'ada'')

=== Methodologies of jurisprudence ===
{{main|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}

The [[modus operandi]] of the Muslim jurist is known as ''[[usul al-fiqh]]'' (&quot;principles of jurisprudence&quot;).

There are different approaches to the methodology used in jurisprudence to derive Islamic rulings from the primary sources of ''[[sharia]]'' (Islamic law). The main methodologies are those of the [[Sunni]], [[Shi'a]] and [[Ibadi]] denominations. While both Sunni and [[Shi'ite]] (Shia) are divided into smaller sub-schools, the differences among the Shi'ite schools is considerably greater. Ibadites only follow a single school without divisions.

While using court decisions as legal precedents and [[case law]] are central to Western law, the importance of the institution of fatawa (non-binding answers by Islamic legal scholars to legal questions) has been called &quot;central to the development&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:32&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: p. 32&lt;/ref&gt; This is in part because of a &quot;vacuum&quot; in the other source of Islamic law, ''qada`'' (legal rulings by state appointed Islamic judges) after the fall of the last [[caliphate]] the Ottoman Empire.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; While the practice in Islam dates back to the time of Muhammad, according to at least one source (Muhammad El-Gamal), it is &quot;modeled after the [[Roman Empire|Roman]] system of ''[[responsa]]'',&quot; and gives the questioner &quot;decisive primary-mover advantage in choosing the question and its wording.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;

Each school (''[[madhhab]]'') reflects a unique ''[[urf]]'' or culture (a cultural practice that was influenced by traditions), that the classical jurists themselves lived in, when rulings were made. Some suggest that the discipline of ''[[isnad]]'', which developed to validate ''hadith'' made it relatively easy to record and validate also the rulings of jurists. This, in turn, made them far easier to imitate (''[[taqlid]]'') than to challenge in new contexts. The argument is, the schools have been more or less frozen for centuries, and reflect a culture that simply no longer exists. Traditional scholars hold that religion is there to regulate human behavior and nurture people's moral side and since human nature has not fundamentally changed since the beginning of Islam a call to modernize the religion is essentially one to relax all laws and institutions.

Early ''[[shariah]]'' had a much more flexible character, and some modern Muslim scholars believe that it should be renewed, and that the classical jurists should lose special status. This would require formulating a new fiqh suitable for the modern world, e.g. as proposed by advocates of the [[Islamization of knowledge]], which would deal with the modern context. This modernization is opposed by most conservative ''[[ulema]]''. Traditional scholars hold that the laws are contextual and consider circumstance such as time, place and culture, the principles they are based upon are universal such as justice, equality and respect. Many Muslim scholars argue that even though technology may have advanced, the fundamentals of human life have not.

=== Fields of jurisprudence ===
{{flatlist}}
*[[Islamic criminal jurisprudence|Criminal]]
*[[Islamic economical jurisprudence|Economics]]
*[[Adab (behavior)|Etiquette]]
*[[Islamic family jurisprudence|Family]]
*[[Hygiene in Islam|Hygienical]]
*[[Islamic inheritance jurisprudence|Inheritance]]
*[[Islamic marital jurisprudence|Marital]]
*[[Rules of war in Islam|Military]]
*[[Islamic political jurisprudence|Political]]
*[[Islamic theological jurisprudence|Theological]]
{{endflatlist}}

=== Schools of jurisprudence ===
{{Main|Madhhab}}
There are several [[Madhhab|schools of fiqh thought]] ({{langx|ar|مذهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|madhhab}}''; pl. {{lang|ar|مذاهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|maḏāhib}}'')
[[File:Madhhab Map3.png|thumb|Map of the Muslim world with the main schools of thoughts&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Islamic Jurisprudence &amp; Law {{!}} ReOrienting the Veil |url=https://veil.unc.edu/religions/islam/law/ |access-date=2025-05-19 |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{Needs update|date=May 2025|reason=Our Fiqh map does need an update, for example Bahrain is mostly orange (representing Ja'fari) while its Monarchy is Maliki and a majority of its citizens Sunni. Would be very helpful to get an update to date SVG version of the map as there are some tiny island Indian Ocean countries who are not shown on the map}}]]
The schools of [[Sunni Islam|Sunni]] Islam are each named by students of the classical jurist who taught them. The Sunni schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Hanafi school|Hanafi]] ([[Turkey]], [[Balkans]], [[Levant]], [[Central Asia]], [[Islam in South Asia|South Asia]], [[Islam in China|China]], [[North Caucasus|Northwest Caucasus]], [[Lower Egypt]], and [[Tatarstan]])
*[[Maliki school|Maliki]] ([[North Africa]], [[West Africa]], [[Upper Egypt]], [[Kuwait]], [[Bahrain]], [[Emirate of Abu Dhabi|Abu Dhabi]], and [[Emirate of Dubai|Dubai]])
*[[Shafi'i school|Shafi'i]] ([[Indonesia]], [[Malaysia]], [[Brunei]], [[Kurdistan]], [[East Africa]], [[North Caucasus|Northeast Caucasus]], [[Yemen]], [[Oman]], [[Islam in Kerala|Kerala]], [[Emirate of Fujairah|Fujairah]], and the [[Sinai Peninsula]])
*[[Hanbali school|Hanbali]] ([[Saudi Arabia]], [[Qatar]], [[Emirate of Sharjah|Sharjah]], [[Emirate of Umm Al Quwain|Umm al-Quwain]], [[Emirate of Ras Al Khaimah|Ras al-Khaimah]], and [[Emirate of Ajman|Ajman]])

The schools of [[Shia]] Islam are based on the [[Ja'fari school|Ja'fari]] school of jurisprudence. The Shia schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Twelver Shi'ism|Twelver]] ([[Iran]], [[Iraq]], and [[Azerbaijan]])
*[[Ismailism|Isma'ili]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Lakhani |first=M. Ali |title=Faith and Ethics: The Vision of the Ismaili Imamat |page=4 |quote=The place of the Ismailis within the theological pluralism of the Muslim community is best summarised by their Imam's statement to the International Islamic Conference held in Amman in July 2005: &quot;Our historic adherence is to the Ja'fari madhhab and other madhahib of close affinity, and it continues, under the leadership of the hereditary Ismaili Imam of the time. This adherence is in harmony also with our acceptance of Sufi principles of personal search and balance between the zahir and the spirit or the intellect which the zahir signifies.&quot; |publisher=Bloomsbury Publishing |year=2017 |isbn=978-1786733900}}&lt;/ref&gt; (minority communities in [[Central Asia]], [[South Asia]], [[Levant]], [[Yemen]])
*[[Zaydism|Zaydi]] (minority communities in [[Yemen]])

Entirely separate from both the Sunni and Shia traditions, [[Kharijites|Khawarij]] Islam has evolved its own distinct school.
*[[Ibadism|Ibadi]] (minority communities in [[Oman]])

These schools share many of their rulings, but differ on the particular [[hadith]]s they accept as authentic and the weight they give to analogy or reason ([[qiyas]]) in deciding difficulties.

The relationship between (at least the Sunni) schools of jurisprudence and the conflict between the unity of the Shariah and the diversity of the schools, was expressed by the 12th century Hanafi scholar [[Abu Hafs Umar al-Nasafi]], who wrote: &quot;Our school is correct with the possibility of error, and another school is in error with the possibility of being correct.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1 = Brown|first1 = Jonathan A.C.|author-link = Jonathan A.C. Brown|title = Misquoting Muhammad: The Challenge and Choices of Interpreting the Prophet's Legacy|date = 2014|publisher = [[Oneworld Publications]]|isbn = 978-1780744209|url = https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50|access-date = 4 June 2018|ref = JACBMM2014|pages = [https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50 50-51]}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== Influence on Western laws ==
{{main|Sharia#Classic Islamic law|l1=Sharia: Classic Islamic law}}

A number of important legal [[institution]]s were developed by Muslim jurists during the classical period of Islam, known as the [[Islamic Golden Age]]. One such institution was the ''[[Hawala]]'', an early [[informal value transfer system]], which is mentioned in texts of Islamic jurisprudence as early as the 8th century. ''Hawala'' itself later influenced the development of the [[Agency (law)|agency]] in [[common law]] and in [[Civil law (legal system)|civil laws]] such as the ''aval'' in [[Law of France|French law]] and the ''avallo'' in [[Law of Italy|Italian law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |title=Islamic Law: Its Relation to Other Legal Systems |first=Gamal Moursi |last=Badr |journal=The American Journal of Comparative Law |volume=26 |issue=2 – Proceedings of an International Conference on Comparative Law, Salt Lake City, Utah, 24–25 February 1977 |date=Spring 1978 |pages=187–198 [196–98] |doi=10.2307/839667 |publisher=American Society of Comparative Law |jstor=839667}}&lt;/ref&gt;

The ''[[Waqf]]'' in [[Sharia|Islamic law]], which developed during the 7th–9th centuries, bears a notable resemblance to the [[Charitable trust|trusts]] in the English [[trust law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988}}&lt;/ref&gt; For example, every ''Waqf'' was required to have a ''waqif'' (settlor), ''mutawillis'' (trustee), ''[[qadi]]'' (judge) and beneficiaries.&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1237–40}}&lt;/ref&gt; The trust law developed in [[England]] at the time of the [[Crusades]], during the 12th and 13th centuries, was introduced by Crusaders who may have been influenced by the ''Waqf'' institutions they came across in the [[Middle East]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Hudson|2003|p=32}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1244–45}}&lt;/ref&gt;

In classical Islamic jurisprudence, litigants in court may obtain [[notarized]] statements from between three and twelve witnesses. When the statements of all witnesses are consistent, the notaries will certify their unanimous testimony in a legal document, which may be used to support the litigant's claim.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Justice of Islam|pages=7–9|author=Lawrence Rosen|publisher=Oxford University Press|year=2000|isbn=9780198298847}}&lt;/ref&gt; The notaries serve to free the [[qadi|judge]] from the time-consuming task of hearing the testimony of each eyewitness himself, and their documents serve to legally authenticate each oral testimony.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Expert Witness in Islamic Courts|year=2010|publisher=University of Chicago Press|author=Ron Shaham|pages=4–8|isbn=9780226749358}}&lt;/ref&gt; The [[Maliki]] school requires two notaries to collect a minimum of twelve eyewitness statements in certain legal cases, including those involving unregistered marriages and land disputes.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Positive Law from the Muslim World|author=Baudouin Dupret|year=2021|isbn=9781108960137|pages=205–210|publisher=Cambridge University Press}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Property, Social Structure, and Law in the Modern Middle East|year=1985|pages=54–64|editor=Ann Elizabeth Mayer|publisher=[[SUNY]] Press|isbn=9780873959889}}&lt;/ref&gt; John Makdisi has compared this group of twelve witness statements, known as a ''lafif'', to [[English Common Law]] jury trials under [[Henry II of England|Henry II]], surmising a link between the king's reforms and the legal system of the [[Kingdom of Sicily]]. The island had previously been ruled by various Islamic dynasties.&lt;ref name=&quot;Rodhan&quot;&gt;{{cite book |last1=Al-Rodhan |first1=Nayef R. F. |title=The Role of the Arab-Islamic World in the Rise of the West: Implications for Contemporary Trans-Cultural Relations |date=2012 |publisher=Palgrave Macmillan |isbn=978-0-230-39320-2 |page=73 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=n4OpT4ZP278C |access-date=25 May 2020 |language=en }}{{Dead link|date=November 2023 |bot=InternetArchiveBot |fix-attempted=yes }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Makdisi&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Makdisi |first1=John |title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=North Carolina Law Review |date=1 June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635 |url=https://scholarship.law.unc.edu/nclr/vol77/iss5/2/ |access-date=25 May 2020}}&lt;/ref&gt;

Several other fundamental [[common law]] institutions may have been adapted from similar legal institutions in [[Sharia|Islamic law]] and jurisprudence, and introduced to England by the [[Normans]] after the [[Norman conquest of England]] and the Emirate of Sicily, and by Crusaders during the [[Crusades]]. In particular, the &quot;royal English [[contract]] protected by the action of [[debt]] is identified with the Islamic ''Aqd'', the English [[assize of novel disseisin]] is identified with the Islamic ''Istihqaq'', and the English [[jury]] is identified with the Islamic ''lafif''.&quot; John Makdisi speculated that English legal institutions such as &quot;the [[scholastic method]], the [[licence]] to [[Education|teach]]&quot;, the &quot;[[law school]]s known as [[Inns of Court]] in England and ''[[Madrasah|Madrasas]]'' in Islam&quot; and the &quot;European [[commenda]]&quot; (Islamic ''[[Qirad]]'') may have also originated from Islamic law.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt; The methodology of [[Precedent|legal precedent]] and reasoning by [[analogy]] (''[[Qiyas]]'') are also similar in both the Islamic and common law systems.&lt;ref name=Gamal&gt;{{cite book |title=Islamic Finance: Law, Economics, and Practice |url=https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga |url-access=limited |first=Mahmoud A. |last=El-Gamal |year=2006 |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |isbn=0-521-86414-3 |page=[https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga/page/n35 16] }}&lt;/ref&gt; These influences have led some scholars to suggest that Islamic law may have laid the foundations for &quot;the common law as an integrated whole&quot;.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt;

== See also ==
{{Portal|Islam|Law}}
* [[Abdallah al-Harari]]
* [[Athari|Traditionalist theology]]
* ''[[Bahar-e-Shariat]]''
* [[Glossary of Islam]]
* [[Index of Islam-related articles]]
* [[Ja'fari jurisprudence]]
* [[Outline of Islam]]
* [[List of Islamic terms in Arabic]]
* ''[[Ma'ruf]]''
* ''[[Mizan]]'' – a comprehensive treatise on the contents of Islam written by [[Javed Ahmed Ghamidi]]
* [[Palestinian law]]
* [[Schools of Islamic theology]]
* [[Sources of Islamic law]]
* [[The four Sunni Imams]]
* ''[[Urf]]''

==حوالا== 
===نوٽ===
{{reflist|group=Note}}
===حوالا===
{{حوالا}}
===ڪتابيات===
{{refbegin|30em}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Norman |last=Calder |title=Law. Legal Thought and Jurisprudence |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of the Islamic World |editor=John L. Esposito |publisher=Oxford University Press |location=Oxford |year=2009 |url=http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20081121033722/http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|url-status=dead|archive-date=21 November 2008}}
*Doi, Abd ar-Rahman I., and Clarke, Abdassamad (2008). ''Shari'ah: Islamic Law''. Ta-Ha Publishers Ltd., {{ISBN|978-1-84200-087-8}} (hardback)
* Cilardo, Agostino, &quot;Fiqh, History of&quot;, in ''Muhammad in History, Thought, and Culture: An Encyclopedia of the Prophet of God'' (2 vols.), Edited by C. Fitzpatrick and A. Walker, Santa Barbara, ABC-CLIO, 2014, Vol I, pp.&amp;nbsp;201–206.
* {{citation|last=Dahlén|first=Ashk |title=Islamic Law, Epistemology and Modernity. Legal Philosophy in Contemporary Iran|year=2003|location=New York|publisher=Routledge |isbn=9780415945295|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=QARHBQAAQBAJ}}
*{{cite book |last1=El-Gamal |first1=Mahmoud A. |title=Islamic Finance : Law, Economics, and Practice |publisher=Cambridge University Press |date=2006 |url=http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |ref=MAEGIFLEP2006 |access-date=28 February 2017 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180403160351/http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |archive-date=3 April 2018 |url-status=dead }}
*{{Cite journal |journal=[[University of Pennsylvania Law Review]] |volume=136 |issue=4 |date=April 1988 |pages=1231–1261 |doi=10.2307/3312162 |last1=Gaudiosi |first1= Monica M. |title=The Influence of the Islamic Law of Waqf on the Development of the Trust in England_ The Case of Merton College |publisher=The University of Pennsylvania Law Review |jstor=3312162|s2cid=153149243 |url=http://scholarship.law.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=3909&amp;context=penn_law_review |url-access=subscription }}
*{{cite book |last1=Hawting |first1=G.R. |title=The Quest for the Historical Muhammad |date=2000 |publisher=Prometheus Books |location=New York |pages=489–509 |chapter=16. John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism |ref=GRHJWIaM2000}}
*{{Cite book
 |last=Hudson
 |first=A.
 |title=Equity and Trusts
 |year=2003
 |edition=3rd
 |publisher=Cavendish Publishing
 |location=London
 |isbn=978-1-85941-729-4
 }}

*{{Cite book |last=Levy |first=Reuben |title=The Social Structure of Islam |location=UK |publisher=Cambridge University Press |year=1957 |isbn=978-0-521-09182-4 |url=https://archive.org/details/socialstructureo0000levy }}
*{{Cite journal |last=Makdisi|first=John A.|title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=[[North Carolina Law Review]] |date=June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635–1739}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Irene |last=Schneider |title=Fiqh |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of Islam and Politics |publisher=Oxford University Press |editor=Emad El-Din Shahin |year=2014 |doi=10.1093/acref:oiso/9780199739356.001.0001|isbn=9780199739356 }}
{{refend}}

==مزيد مطالعو==
*Potz, Richard, [http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0159-2011112127 Islamic Law and the Transfer of European Law], [[European History Online]], Mainz: [[Institute of European History]], 2011. (Retrieved 28 November 2011.)
*[Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
*{{Commons category-inline}}
* [https://halaqa.home.blog/2021/02/12/types-of-hanafi-legal-rulings-ahkam/ Types of Hanafi Legal Rulings (Ahkam)]
* [Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

{{Islam topics |Law |state=collapsed}}
{{Authority control}}

[[Category:Islamic jurisprudence| ]]
[[Category:Sharia terminology]]
[[Category:Law schools]]
{{اسلامي فقه}}
[[زمرو:اسلامي اصطلاح]]</text>
      <sha1>8ngn6mrwv7nprd30ywfexbzs8apmb6e</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400958</id>
      <parentid>400957</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T17:46:13Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>/* Influence on Western laws */</comment>
      <origin>400958</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="53489" sha1="6l4h0cp59wr2bvypqbyvfcbscd4183w" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|Islamic jurisprudence}}
{{Islam |texts |width=21.75em}}
'''فقه''' (عربي: فِقْه) اسلامي قانوني نظام يا اسلامي فقہي اصولن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ اصطلاح آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot; /&gt; فقه کي اڪثر شريعت بابت انساني سمجھ (تحقيق ۽ عمل) جي طور تي بيان ڪيو ويندو آهي؛ يعني اسلامي قانون، جيئن قرآن ۽ سنت ([[محمد ﷺ|پيغمبر محمد ﷺ]] ۽ سندن [[صحابي|ساٿين]] جي تعليمات ۽ عملن ۾ بيان ڪيو ويو آهي) جي انساني سمجھ آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;vogel&quot; /&gt; فقه، اسلامي قانون دانن (علماءِ) پاران [[قرآن]] ۽ اجتهاد (سنت جي تشريح) ذريعي [[شريعت]] کي وسيع ۽ ترقي ڏياري ٿي ۽ ان تي عمل درآمد انهن قانون دانن جي فيصلن (فتويٰ) ذريعي ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا انهن آڏو پيش ڪيل مسئلن تي ڏنا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;vogel&quot; /&gt; ان ڪري، جتي مسلمان شريعت کي تبديليءَ کان پاڪ ۽ غلطين کان مبرّا سمجهن ٿا، اتي فقه کي غلطي جي امڪان واري ۽ تبديليءَ جي قابل سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. 

فقه جو تعلق اسلام ۾ عبادات، اخلاقيات ۽ سماجي قانون سازي، گڏوگڏ معاشي ۽ سياسي نظام جي معاملن سان آهي. جديد دور ۾، [[سني اسلام|سني روايتن]] ۾ فقه جا چار نمايان مڪتبِ فڪر (مذھب) موجود آهن، ان کان علاوه [[شيعه اسلام|شيعه روايتن]] ۾ ٻه (يا ٽي) مڪتبِ فڪر آهن. فقه جي ڄاڻ رکندڙ شخص کي &quot;فقيه&quot; (جمع: فقهاءِ) چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;

مجازي معنيٰ ۾، فقه مان مراد اسلامي قانوني فيصلن بابت انهن جي بنيادي ذريعن مان حاصل ڪيل ڄاڻ آهي. ذريعن مان مذهبي فيصلا اخذ ڪرڻ لاءِ &quot;مجتهد&quot; (اهو فرد جيڪو اجتهاد ڪري ٿو) لاءِ ضروري آهي ته هو فقه جي مختلف بحثن تي گهري ڄاڻ ۽ سمجھ رکي.  

فقه جي مطالعي کي روايتي طور تي ٻن حصن ۾ ورهايو ويو آهي: &quot;اصولِ فقه&quot; (اسلامي فقه جا اصول، لفظي معنيٰ: ”فقه جون پاڙون&quot;)، جيڪي قانوني تشريح ۽ تجزيي جا طريقا آهن؛ ۽ &quot;فروعِ فقه&quot; (لفظي معنيٰ: &quot;فقه جون شاخون&quot;)، جيڪي انهن اصولن جي بنياد تي فيصلن جي تفصيلي وضاحت آهن. فروعِ فقه، اصولِ فقه جي اطلاق جو نتيجو ۽ خدائي مرضي کي سمجهڻ لاءِ ڪيل انساني ڪوششن جو مجموعي حاصلات آهي. &quot;حڪم&quot; (جمع: احڪام) ڪنهن خاص معاملي يا صورتحال ۾ ڏنل مخصوص فيصلي کي چيو ويندو آهي.

'''فقه''' (&lt;small&gt;Fiqh&lt;/small&gt;)؛&lt;ref&gt;[https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/fiqh &quot;fiqh&quot;]. ''[[Collins English Dictionary]]''.&lt;/ref&gt; اسلام ۾ قانون جي سائنس جو (&lt;small&gt;Jurisprudence&lt;/small&gt;) نالو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot;&gt;[http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/207723/fiqh Fiqh] Encyclopædia Britannica&lt;/ref&gt; فقه جو استعمال اسلامي شريعت جي سمجھ طور ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=vogel&gt;{{cite book|last=Vogel|first=Frank E.|title=Islamic Law and the Legal System of Saudí: Studies of Saudi Arabia|date=2000|publisher=Brill|pages=4–5|url=https://books.google.com/?id=-PfDuvnHMGoC&amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;dq=vogel+islamic+law#v=onepage&amp;q=vogel%20islamic%20law&amp;f=false|isbn=9004110623}}&lt;/ref&gt; اھو علم شريعت ۾ قرآن ۽ سنت جي روشنيءَ ۾ اجتھاد جي ذريعي واڌارو ڪري ٿو ۽ ان واڌاري کي فقيھن جي فتوائون ذريعي لاڳو ڪري ٿو. فقه ۾ غلطي جي گنجائش ھوندي آھي ۽ اھا تبديل پڻ ٿي سگھندي آھي. موجوده دور۾ سني اسلام ۾ چار فقھي مذھب ۽ شيعه اسلام ۾ ٻہ فقھي مذھب آھن.&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;

== لغوي معنيَ == 
فقه جي لغوي معنيَ آهي ڪنهن شئي جو علم۽ فھم، ڪنھن شئي کي کولڻ۽ نکيڙڻ ۽ ان جي اونھائي ۾ وڃي حقيقت ڳولي لھڻ۽ ان کي پڌرو ڪرڻ، اصطلاحي طور فقه جي معني شريعت جي حڪمن ۾ سمجھ پيدا ڪرڻ آھي&lt;ref name =&quot; آسان فقه&quot; &gt; - ڪتاب: آسان فقه، از: مولانا محمد يوسف اصلاحي، مترجم: محمد عاشق ڌامراھا، مھراڻ اڪيڊمي شڪارپور، جنوري 2002 -- پنھنجي پاران: قمر ميمڻ صه 28  &lt;/ref&gt;. قرآن شريف ۾ سورة التوبہ ۾ آيت نمبر 122 ۾ فقه لفظ جو استعمال ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو:

{{quote| فلولا نفر من کل فرقة منهم طائفة ليتفقهوا في الدين&lt;br&gt; ترجمو:پوء ڇونہ انھن جي سڀ ڪنھن جماعت مان ھڪ ھڪ ٽولي نڪتي ته پاڻ ۾ دين جي سمجھ پيدا ڪن. |التوبة - ۱۲۲|&lt;ref name=&quot;آسان فقه&quot; /&gt;}}


The word ''fiqh'' is an Arabic term meaning &quot;deep understanding&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Modarresi&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|author-link=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|title=The Laws of Islam|date=26 March 2016|publisher=Enlight Press|isbn=978-0994240989|url=http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|access-date=22 December 2017|ref=Modarresi|language=en|archive-date=2 August 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190802163247/http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{rp|470}} or &quot;full comprehension&quot;. Technically it refers to the body of Islamic law extracted from detailed Islamic sources (which are studied in the [[principles of Islamic jurisprudence]]) and the process of gaining knowledge of Islam through jurisprudence. The historian [[Ibn Khaldun]] describes ''fiqh'' as &quot;knowledge of the rules of God which concern the actions of persons who own themselves connected to obey the law respecting what is required (''[[wajib]]''), sinful (''[[haraam]]''), recommended (''[[mustahab|mandūb]]''), disapproved (''[[makrūh]]''), or neutral (''[[mubah]]'')&quot;.&lt;ref&gt;Levy (1957). p. 150.&lt;/ref&gt; This definition is consistent amongst the jurists.

In [[Modern Standard Arabic]], ''fiqh'' has also come to mean Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=أنیس|first=إبراهیم|title=المعجم الوسیط|publisher=دارالفکر|year=1998|location=بیروت، لبنان|pages=731}}&lt;/ref&gt; It is not thus possible to speak of [[Chief Justice of the United States|Chief Justice]] [[John Roberts]] as an expert in the [[common law]] ''fiqh'' of the [[United States]], or of [[Egypt]]ian legal scholar [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] as an expert in the civil law ''fiqh'' of Egypt.

==History==
{{main|Sharia}}
{{further information|History of Islamic economics}}

According to Sunni Islamic history, Sunni law followed a chronological path of:
*[[God in Islam|God]] → [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] → [[Sahabah|Companions]] → [[Tabi'un|Followers]] → ''Fiqh''.&lt;ref name=&quot;Maghen-2003&quot;&gt;{{cite journal|last1=Maghen|first1=Ze'ev|title=Dead Tradition: Joseph Schacht and the Origins of &quot;Popular Practice&quot;|journal=Islamic Law and Society|date=2003|volume=10|issue=3|pages=276–347|doi=10.1163/156851903770227575|jstor=3399422}}&lt;/ref&gt;
The commands and prohibitions chosen by God were revealed through the agency of the Prophet in both the Quran and the Sunnah (words, deeds, and examples of the Prophet passed down as [[hadith]]). 
The first Muslims (the [[Sahabah]] or Companions) heard and obeyed, and passed this essence of Islam&lt;ref name=GRHJWIaM2000:513/&gt; to succeeding generations (''[[Tabi'un]]'' and ''[[Tabi' al-Tabi'in]]'' or successors/followers and successors of successors), as Muslims and Islam spread from West Arabia to the conquered lands north, east, and west,&lt;ref name=RGHIGP2015:223&gt;[[#RGHIGP2015|Hoyland, ''In God's Path'', 2015]]: p.223&lt;/ref&gt;{{#tag:ref|for example, Sunni [[Hanbali]] scholar/preacher [[Al-Hasan ibn 'Ali al-Barbahari]] (d.941) who ruled the streets of Baghdad from 921-941 CE,  insisted that &quot;whoever asserts that there is any part of Islam with which the Companions of the Prophet did not provide us has called them [the Companions of the Prophet] liars&quot;.&lt;ref name=cook-2000-109&gt;{{cite book|last1=Cook|first1=Michael|title=The Koran : A Very Short Introduction|date=2000|publisher=Oxford University Press|url=https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook |url-access=registration|isbn=0192853449|page=[https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook/page/n122 109]}}&lt;/ref&gt;|group=Note}} where it was systematized and elaborated.&lt;ref name=GRHJWIaM2000:513&gt;[[#GRHJWIaM2000|Hawting, &quot;John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism&quot;, 2000]]: p.513&lt;/ref&gt;

The history of Islamic jurisprudence is &quot;customarily divided into eight periods&quot;:&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: pp. 30–31&lt;/ref&gt;
*the first period ending with the death of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] in 11 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*second period &quot;characterized by personal interpretations&quot; of the canon by the ''[[Sahabah]]'' or companions of Muhammad, lasting until 50 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from 50 AH until the early second century AH there was competition between &quot;a traditionalist approach to jurisprudence&quot; in [[Hijaz|western Arabia]] where Islam was revealed and a &quot;rationalist approach in Iraq&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;golden age of classical Islamic jurisprudence&quot; from the &quot;early second to the mid-fourth century when the [[Madhhab#Amman Message|eight &quot;most significant&quot;]] schools of Sunni and [[Shia|Shi'i]] jurisprudence emerged.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from the mid-fourth century to mid-seventh AH Islamic jurisprudence was &quot;limited to elaborations within the main juristic schools&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;dark age&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence stretched from the [[Siege of Baghdad (1258)|fall of Baghdad]] in the mid-seventh AH (1258 CE) to 1293 AH/1876 CE.
*In 1293 AH (1876 CE) the Ottomans codified [[Hanafi]] jurisprudence in the ''[[Mecelle|Majallah el-Ahkam-i-Adliya]]''. Several &quot;juristic revival movements&quot; influenced by &quot;exposure to Western legal and technological progress&quot; followed until the mid-20th century CE. [[Muhammad Abduh]] and [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] were products of this era.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; However, Abduh and El-Sanhuri were modernists. 19th century Ottoman Shariah Code was built on the views of the Hanafi school.
*The most recent era has been that of the &quot;[[Islamic revival#Contemporary revivalism|Islamic revival]]&quot;, which has been &quot;predicated on rejection of Western social and legal advances&quot; and the development of specifically Islamic states, social sciences, economics, and finance.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
The formative period of Islamic jurisprudence stretches back to the time of the early Muslim communities. During this period, jurists were more concerned with issues of authority and teaching than with theory and methodology.&lt;ref name=&quot;Weiss (2002)&quot;&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by [[Bernard G. Weiss]], (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. pp. 3, 161.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Progress in theory and methodology happened with the coming of the early Muslim jurist [[Muhammad ibn Idris ash-Shafi`i]] (767–820), who codified the basic principles of Islamic jurisprudence in his book ''ar-Risālah''. The book details the four roots of law ([[Qur'an]], [[sunnah]], ''[[ijma]]'', and ''[[qiyas]]'') while specifying that the primary Islamic texts (the Qur'an and the hadith) be understood according to objective rules of interpretation derived from scientific study of the Arabic language.&lt;ref name=weiss-162&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by Bernard G. Weiss, (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. p. 162.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Secondary sources of law were developed and refined over the subsequent centuries, consisting primarily of juristic preference (''[[istihsan]]''), laws of the previous prophets (''[[shara man qablana]]''), continuity (''[[istishab]]''), extended analogy (''[[maslaha mursala]]''), blocking the means (''[[sadd al-dhari'ah]]''), local customs (''[[urf]]''), and sayings of a companion of the Prophet (''[[qawl al-sahabi]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Nyazee (2000)&quot;&gt;Nyazee, Imran Ahsan Khan (2000). ''Islamic Jurisprudence (UsulAI-Fiqh)''. Islamabad: Islamic Research Institute Press.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== Diagram of early scholars ===

[[File:Sunni Streams of Doctrine.png|thumb|Main schools of thought within Sunni Islam, and other prominent streams.]]
[[File:Muslim World Introduction.svg|thumb|Major schools of thought and theology in the Islamic world]]
The Quran set the rights, responsibilities, and rules for people and societies to adhere to, such as dealing in [[The Impact of Religion on International Negotiations|interest]]. Muhammad then provided an example, which is recorded in the hadith books, showing people how he practically implemented these rules in a society. After the passing of Muhammad, there was a need for jurists, to decide on new legal matters where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadith, example of Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=gMxjJqurmiAC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA30|title=Islam Vs. West|isbn=9780595501571|last1=Asadulla|first1=Abubakr|year=2009|publisher=iUniverse }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=es9Sunv_y2MC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA20|title=Islamic State Practices, International Law and the Threat from Terrorism|isbn=9781841135014|last1=Rehman|first1=Javaid|date=7 June 2005|publisher=Hart }}&lt;/ref&gt;

In the years proceeding Muhammad, the community in Madina continued to use the same rules. People were familiar with the practice of Muhammad and therefore continued to use the same rules.

The scholars appearing in the diagram below were taught by [[Muhammad's companions]], many of whom settled in Madina.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceA&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|title=ulama|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=25 February 2013|archive-date=21 October 2014|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141021231627/http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; ''[[Muwatta Imam Malik|Muwatta]]''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|title=Muwatta|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=13 October 2010|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; by [[Malik ibn Anas]] was written as a consensus of the opinion, of these scholars.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=d5Ks31qHlSYC&amp;q=coulson+history+islamic+law|title=A History of Islamic Law|isbn=9780748605149|last1=Coulson|first1=Noel James|year=1994}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Va6oSxzojzoC&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA207|title=E. J. Brill's First Encyclopaedia of Islam, 1913–1936|isbn=9004097910|last1=Houtsma|first1=M. Th|year=1993|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=0_wUAAAAIAAJ&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA264|title=Studies in Islamic History and Civilization|isbn=9789652640147|last1=Šārôn|first1=Moše|year=1986|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt; ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas quotes 13 hadiths from Imam [[Jafar al-Sadiq]].&lt;ref name=&quot;Muwatta&quot;&gt;''Al-Muwatta'' of Imam Malik Ibn Anas, translated by Aisha Bewley (Book #5, Hadith #5.9.23) (Book #16, Hadith #16.1.1) (Book #17, Hadith #17.24.43) (Book #20, Hadith #20.10.40) (Book #20, Hadith #20.11.44) (Book #20, Hadith #20.32.108) (Book #20, Hadith #20.39.127) (Book #20, Hadith #20.40.132) (Book #20, Hadith #20.49.167) (Book #20, Hadith #20.57.190) (Book #26, Hadith #26.1.2) (Book #29, Hadith #29.5.17) (Book #36, Hadith #36.4.5) [http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html Al-Muwatta'] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html |date=13 October 2010 }}&lt;/ref&gt;
Aisha also taught her nephew [[Urwah ibn Zubayr]]. He then taught his son [[Hisham ibn Urwah]], who was the main teacher of Malik ibn Anas whose views many Sunni follow and also taught by Jafar al-Sadiq. [[Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]], Hisham ibn Urwah and Muhammad al-Baqir taught [[Zayd ibn Ali]], Jafar al-Sadiq, [[Abu Hanifa]], and Malik ibn Anas.

Imam Jafar al-Sadiq, Imam Abu Hanifa and Malik ibn Anas worked together in [[Al-Masjid an-Nabawi]] in Medina, along with Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr, Muhammad al-Baqir, Zayd ibn Ali and over 70 other leading jurists and scholars.

[[Al-Shafi'i]] was taught by Malik ibn Anas. [[Ahmad ibn Hanbal]] was taught by Al-Shafi'i. [[Muhammad al-Bukhari]] travelled everywhere collecting hadith and his father [[Ismail ibn Ibrahim]] was a student of Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Islam Page 67&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=mlGgGVCp0UcC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA67|title=Understanding Women in Islam|isbn=9789793780191|last1=Hasyim|first1=Syafiq|year=2006|publisher=Equinox }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=JdjtUTYSL1UC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA37|title=Classical Islam|isbn=9780415240321|last1=Calder|first1=Norman|last2=Mojaddedi|first2=Jawid Ahmad|last3=Rippin|first3=Andrew|year=2003|publisher=Psychology Press }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=GlqeC1ZFAUEC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim&amp;pg=PT101|title=Judaism and Islam in Practice|isbn=9781134605538|last1=Brockopp|first1=Jonathan E.|last2=Neusner|first2=Jacob|last3=Sonn|first3=Tamara|date=27 September 2005|publisher=Routledge }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.oocities.org/mutmainaa7/people/jafar_al_sadiq.html|title=Jafar Al-Sadiq}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|title=IMAM JAFAR BIN MUHAMMAD AS-SADIQ (AS)|website=www.ziaraat.org|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=22 August 2023|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230822202122/http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{Islam scholars diagram}}

In the books actually written by these original jurists and scholars, there are very few theological and judicial differences between them. Imam Ahmad rejected the writing down and codifying of the religious rulings he gave. They knew that they might have fallen into error in some of their judgements and stated this clearly. They never introduced their rulings by saying, &quot;Here, this judgement is the judgement of God and His prophet.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=W4OKaz5dzdYC&amp;q=Modernist+Islam,+1840-1940:+A+Sourcebook+By+Charles+Kurzman|title=Modernist Islam, 1840–1940|isbn=9780195154689|last1=Kurzman|first1=Charles|year=2002|publisher=Oxford University Press }}&lt;/ref&gt; There is also very little text actually written down by Jafar al-Sadiq himself. They all give priority to the Qur'an and the hadith (the practice of Muhammad). They felt that the Quran and the Hadith, the example of Muhammad provided people with almost everything they needed. &quot;This day I have perfected for you your religion and completed My favor upon you and have approved for you Islam as religion&quot; (Qur'an 5:3).&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://quran.com/5/3 |title=Surat Al-Ma'idah [5:3] - The Noble Qur'an - القرآن الكريم |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130925005700/http://quran.com/5/3 |archive-date=25 September 2013 |df=dmy }} [http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ Quran Surah Al-Maaida ( Verse 3 )] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180612141107/http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ |date=12 June 2018 }}&lt;/ref&gt;

These scholars did not distinguish between each other. They were not Sunni or Shia. They felt that they were following the religion of Abraham as described in the Quran &quot;Say: Allah speaks the truth; so follow the religion of Abraham, the upright one. And he was not one of the polytheists&quot; (Qur'an 3:95).

Most of the differences are regarding Sharia laws devised through [[Ijtihad]] where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadiths of Islamic prophet Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;/&gt; As these jurists went to new areas, they were pragmatic and continued to use the same ruling as was given in that area during pre-Islamic times, if the population felt comfortable with it, it was just and they used Ijtihad to deduce that it did not conflict with the Quran or the Hadith. As explained in the ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This made it easier for the different communities to integrate into the Islamic State and assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State.

To reduce the divergence, [[ash-Shafi'i]] proposed giving priority to the Qur'an and the Hadith (the practice of Muhammad) and only then look at the consensus of the Muslim jurists (''[[ijma]]'') and analogical reasoning (''[[qiyas]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This then resulted in jurists like Muhammad al-Bukhari&lt;ref name=&quot;sahih-bukhari.com&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.sahih-bukhari.com/|title=Sahih Bukhari : Read, Study, Search Online|first=Sahih|last=Bukhari}}&lt;/ref&gt; dedicating their lives to the collection of the correct hadith, in books like [[Sahih al-Bukhari]] (Sahih translates as authentic or correct). They also felt that Muhammad's judgement was more impartial and better than their own.

These original jurists and scholars also acted as a counterbalance to the rulers. When they saw injustice, all these scholars spoke out against it. As the state expanded outside Madina, the rights of the different communities, as they were constituted in the [[Constitution of Medina]] still applied. The Quran also gave additional rights to the citizens of the state and these rights were also applied. Ali, Hassan and [[Husayn ibn Ali]] gave their allegiance to the first three caliphs because they abided by these conditions. Later [[Ali]] the fourth caliph wrote in a letter &quot;I did not approach the people to get their oath of allegiance but they came to me with their desire to make me their Amir (ruler). I did not extend my hands towards them so that they might swear the oath of allegiance to me but they themselves extended their hands towards me.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;Nahj ul Balagha Letter 54&lt;/ref&gt; But later as fate would have it ([[Predestination in Islam]]) when [[Yazid I]], an [[Umayyad Caliphate|Umayyad]] ruler took power, Husayn ibn Ali the grandson of Muhammad felt that it was a test from God for him and his duty to confront him. Then [[Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr]], Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr's cousin confronted the Umayyad rulers after Husayn ibn Ali was betrayed by the people of Kufa and killed by Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Yazid I.&lt;ref&gt;Najeebabadi, Akbar Shah (2001). The History of Islam V.2. Riyadh: Darussalam. p. 110. {{ISBN|9960-892-88-3}}.&lt;/ref&gt; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr then took on the Umayyads and expelled their forces from Hijaz and Iraq. But then his forces were depleted in Iraq, trying to stop the Khawarij. The Umayyads then moved in. After a lengthy campaign, in his last hour Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr asked his mother [[Asma' bint Abu Bakr]] the daughter of [[Abu Bakr]] the first caliph for advice. Asma' bint Abu Bakr replied to her son, she said:&lt;ref name=&quot;ummah.com&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|title=The Advice of Asmaa bint Abu Bakr (ra) to her son Abdullah Ibn Zubair (ra)|website=Ummah.com - Muslim Forum|access-date=20 September 2021|archive-date=25 February 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210225220953/https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; &quot;You know better in your own self, that if you are upon the truth and you are calling towards the truth go forth, for people more honourable than you have been killed and if you are not upon the truth, then what an evil son you are and you have destroyed yourself and those who are with you. If you say, that if you are upon the truth and you will be killed at the hands of others, then you will not truly be free.&quot; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr left and was later also killed and crucified by the Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Umayyads and led by Hajjaj. [[Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]] the son of Abu Bakr the first caliph and raised by Ali the fourth caliph was also killed by the Umayyads.&lt;ref&gt;Nahj al-Balagha Sermon 71, Letter 27, Letter 34, Letter 35&lt;/ref&gt; [[Aisha]] then raised and taught her son Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr who later taught his grandson Jafar al-Sadiq.

During the early Umayyad period, there was more community involvement. The Quran and Muhammad's example was the main source of law after which the community decided. If it worked for the community, was just and did not conflict with the Quran and the example of Muhammad, it was accepted. This made it easier for the different communities, with Roman, Persian, Central Asia and North African backgrounds to integrate into the Islamic State and that assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State. The scholars in Madina were consulted on the more complex judicial issues. The Sharia and the official more centralized schools of fiqh developed later, during the time of the Abbasids.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceB&quot;&gt;Muawiya Restorer of the Muslim Faith By Aisha Bewley p. 68&lt;/ref&gt;

==Components==
{{further|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}
[[File:Map of the Legal systems of the world (en).png|thumb|350px|[[List of national legal systems|Legal systems of the world]]]]
The sources of [[Sharia]] in order of importance are:&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;&gt;Abul Quasem, M. (1975). The ethics of al-Ghazali: A composite ethics in Islam. p. 26&lt;/ref&gt;
#[[Qur'an]]
#[[Hadith]]
#[[Ijma]], i.e. collective reasoning and consensus amongst authoritative Muslims of a particular generation, and its interpretation by Islamic scholars.
#The consensus of the [[Sahaba]]
#[[Qiyas]], analogical legal reasoning by Islamic jurists.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;&gt;{{cite book|editor1-first=Hisham M. |editor1-last=Ramadan|author1=Irshad Abdel Haqq|author-link1=Islamic law: An Overview of Its Origins and Elements|title=Understanding Islamic Law: From Classical to Contemporary|year=2006|publisher=Rowman Altamira|isbn=9780759109919|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=5ZS7EaHTQX8C&amp;q=Islamic+law%3A+An+Overview+of+Its+Origins+and+Elements&amp;pg=PA1 |access-date=17 August 2016}} p. 18&lt;/ref&gt;

Majority of [[Sunni Muslims]] view ''[[Qiyas]]'' as a central Pillar of ''[[Ijtihad]]''.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;/&gt; An example is the ruling of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]], that &quot;a judge should not sit in judgement while angry&quot;, whereas reason adds that this extends to hunger or suffering from a painful disease.&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;/&gt; [[Zahiri]]tes, rejected ''Qiyas'' unlike the Sunnis.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=B. Hallaq |first=Wael |title=THE ORIGINS AND EVOLUTION OF ISLAMIC LAW |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |year=2005 |isbn=978-0-521-80332-8 | location=Cambridge, UK |pages=124, 127}}&lt;/ref&gt; The ''[[Shia Islam|Shi'a]]'' believed that all laws are implicitly mentioned in the Quran or the sunnah and can be discovered by the jurists of their tradition.&lt;ref&gt;Mansoor Moaddel, ''Islamic Modernism, Nationalism, and Fundamentalism: Episode and Discourse'', pg. 32. [[Chicago]]: [[University of Chicago Press]], 2005.&lt;/ref&gt;

The [[Qur'an]] gives instructions on many issues, such as how to perform the ritual purification (''{{lang|ar|[[wudu]]}}'') before the obligatory daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}''). On other issues, for example, the Qur'an states one needs to engage in daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}'') and fast (''{{lang|ar|[[sawm]]}}'') during the [[Ramadan (calendar month)|month of Ramadan]] but further instructions and details on how to perform these duties can be found in the traditions of Muhammad, so [[Qur'an and Sunnah]] are in most cases the basis for (''{{lang|ar|[[Shariah]]}}'').

Some topics are without precedent in Islam's early period. In those cases, Muslim jurists (''{{lang|ar|[[Fuqaha]]}}'') try to arrive at conclusions by other means. [[Sunni]] jurists use historical consensus of the community (''{{lang|ar|[[Ijma]]}}''); a majority in the modern era also use [[analogy]] (''{{lang|ar|[[Qiyas]]}}'') and weigh the harms and benefits of new topics (''{{lang|ar|[[Istislah]]}}''), and a plurality utilizes juristic preference (''{{lang|ar|[[Istihsan]]}}''). The conclusions arrived at with the aid of these additional tools constitute a wide array of laws, and its application is called ''fiqh''. Thus, in contrast to the ''sharia'', ''fiqh'' is not regarded as [[sacred]] and the schools of thought have differing views on its details, without viewing other conclusions as [[Sacrilege|sacrilegious]]. This division of interpretation in more detailed issues has resulted in different schools of thought (''{{lang|ar|[[madh'hab]]}}'').

This wider concept of '''Islamic jurisprudence''' is the source of a range of laws in different topics that guide Muslims in everyday life.

=== Component categories ===
[[File:Actions in Fiqh.png|thumb|Actions in Islamic Fiqh]]

Islamic jurisprudence (''fiqh'') covers two main areas:
# Rules in relation to actions, and,
# Rules in relation to circumstances surrounding actions.

These types of rules can also fall into two groups:
# Worship ([[Ibadah|Ibadaat]])
# Dealings and transactions (with people) ([[Muamalat|Mu`amalaat]])

Rules in relation to actions ('''amaliyya'' — عملية) or &quot;[[Ahkam|decision types]]&quot; comprise:
# Obligation (''[[fardh]]'')
# Recommendation (''[[mustahabb]]'')
# Permissibility (''[[mubah]]'')
# Disrecommendation (''[[makrooh]]'')
# Prohibition (''[[haraam]]'')

Rules in relation to circumstances (''wadia''') comprise:
# Condition (''shart'')
# Cause (''sabab'')
# Preventor (''mani'')
# Permit / Enforced (''rukhsah, azeemah'')
# Valid / Corrupt / Invalid (''sahih, fasid, batil'')
# In time / Deferred / Repeat (''adaa, qadaa, i'ada'')

=== Methodologies of jurisprudence ===
{{main|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}

The [[modus operandi]] of the Muslim jurist is known as ''[[usul al-fiqh]]'' (&quot;principles of jurisprudence&quot;).

There are different approaches to the methodology used in jurisprudence to derive Islamic rulings from the primary sources of ''[[sharia]]'' (Islamic law). The main methodologies are those of the [[Sunni]], [[Shi'a]] and [[Ibadi]] denominations. While both Sunni and [[Shi'ite]] (Shia) are divided into smaller sub-schools, the differences among the Shi'ite schools is considerably greater. Ibadites only follow a single school without divisions.

While using court decisions as legal precedents and [[case law]] are central to Western law, the importance of the institution of fatawa (non-binding answers by Islamic legal scholars to legal questions) has been called &quot;central to the development&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:32&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: p. 32&lt;/ref&gt; This is in part because of a &quot;vacuum&quot; in the other source of Islamic law, ''qada`'' (legal rulings by state appointed Islamic judges) after the fall of the last [[caliphate]] the Ottoman Empire.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; While the practice in Islam dates back to the time of Muhammad, according to at least one source (Muhammad El-Gamal), it is &quot;modeled after the [[Roman Empire|Roman]] system of ''[[responsa]]'',&quot; and gives the questioner &quot;decisive primary-mover advantage in choosing the question and its wording.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;

Each school (''[[madhhab]]'') reflects a unique ''[[urf]]'' or culture (a cultural practice that was influenced by traditions), that the classical jurists themselves lived in, when rulings were made. Some suggest that the discipline of ''[[isnad]]'', which developed to validate ''hadith'' made it relatively easy to record and validate also the rulings of jurists. This, in turn, made them far easier to imitate (''[[taqlid]]'') than to challenge in new contexts. The argument is, the schools have been more or less frozen for centuries, and reflect a culture that simply no longer exists. Traditional scholars hold that religion is there to regulate human behavior and nurture people's moral side and since human nature has not fundamentally changed since the beginning of Islam a call to modernize the religion is essentially one to relax all laws and institutions.

Early ''[[shariah]]'' had a much more flexible character, and some modern Muslim scholars believe that it should be renewed, and that the classical jurists should lose special status. This would require formulating a new fiqh suitable for the modern world, e.g. as proposed by advocates of the [[Islamization of knowledge]], which would deal with the modern context. This modernization is opposed by most conservative ''[[ulema]]''. Traditional scholars hold that the laws are contextual and consider circumstance such as time, place and culture, the principles they are based upon are universal such as justice, equality and respect. Many Muslim scholars argue that even though technology may have advanced, the fundamentals of human life have not.

=== Fields of jurisprudence ===
{{flatlist}}
*[[Islamic criminal jurisprudence|Criminal]]
*[[Islamic economical jurisprudence|Economics]]
*[[Adab (behavior)|Etiquette]]
*[[Islamic family jurisprudence|Family]]
*[[Hygiene in Islam|Hygienical]]
*[[Islamic inheritance jurisprudence|Inheritance]]
*[[Islamic marital jurisprudence|Marital]]
*[[Rules of war in Islam|Military]]
*[[Islamic political jurisprudence|Political]]
*[[Islamic theological jurisprudence|Theological]]
{{endflatlist}}

=== Schools of jurisprudence ===
{{Main|Madhhab}}
There are several [[Madhhab|schools of fiqh thought]] ({{langx|ar|مذهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|madhhab}}''; pl. {{lang|ar|مذاهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|maḏāhib}}'')
[[File:Madhhab Map3.png|thumb|Map of the Muslim world with the main schools of thoughts&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Islamic Jurisprudence &amp; Law {{!}} ReOrienting the Veil |url=https://veil.unc.edu/religions/islam/law/ |access-date=2025-05-19 |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{Needs update|date=May 2025|reason=Our Fiqh map does need an update, for example Bahrain is mostly orange (representing Ja'fari) while its Monarchy is Maliki and a majority of its citizens Sunni. Would be very helpful to get an update to date SVG version of the map as there are some tiny island Indian Ocean countries who are not shown on the map}}]]
The schools of [[Sunni Islam|Sunni]] Islam are each named by students of the classical jurist who taught them. The Sunni schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Hanafi school|Hanafi]] ([[Turkey]], [[Balkans]], [[Levant]], [[Central Asia]], [[Islam in South Asia|South Asia]], [[Islam in China|China]], [[North Caucasus|Northwest Caucasus]], [[Lower Egypt]], and [[Tatarstan]])
*[[Maliki school|Maliki]] ([[North Africa]], [[West Africa]], [[Upper Egypt]], [[Kuwait]], [[Bahrain]], [[Emirate of Abu Dhabi|Abu Dhabi]], and [[Emirate of Dubai|Dubai]])
*[[Shafi'i school|Shafi'i]] ([[Indonesia]], [[Malaysia]], [[Brunei]], [[Kurdistan]], [[East Africa]], [[North Caucasus|Northeast Caucasus]], [[Yemen]], [[Oman]], [[Islam in Kerala|Kerala]], [[Emirate of Fujairah|Fujairah]], and the [[Sinai Peninsula]])
*[[Hanbali school|Hanbali]] ([[Saudi Arabia]], [[Qatar]], [[Emirate of Sharjah|Sharjah]], [[Emirate of Umm Al Quwain|Umm al-Quwain]], [[Emirate of Ras Al Khaimah|Ras al-Khaimah]], and [[Emirate of Ajman|Ajman]])

The schools of [[Shia]] Islam are based on the [[Ja'fari school|Ja'fari]] school of jurisprudence. The Shia schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Twelver Shi'ism|Twelver]] ([[Iran]], [[Iraq]], and [[Azerbaijan]])
*[[Ismailism|Isma'ili]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Lakhani |first=M. Ali |title=Faith and Ethics: The Vision of the Ismaili Imamat |page=4 |quote=The place of the Ismailis within the theological pluralism of the Muslim community is best summarised by their Imam's statement to the International Islamic Conference held in Amman in July 2005: &quot;Our historic adherence is to the Ja'fari madhhab and other madhahib of close affinity, and it continues, under the leadership of the hereditary Ismaili Imam of the time. This adherence is in harmony also with our acceptance of Sufi principles of personal search and balance between the zahir and the spirit or the intellect which the zahir signifies.&quot; |publisher=Bloomsbury Publishing |year=2017 |isbn=978-1786733900}}&lt;/ref&gt; (minority communities in [[Central Asia]], [[South Asia]], [[Levant]], [[Yemen]])
*[[Zaydism|Zaydi]] (minority communities in [[Yemen]])

Entirely separate from both the Sunni and Shia traditions, [[Kharijites|Khawarij]] Islam has evolved its own distinct school.
*[[Ibadism|Ibadi]] (minority communities in [[Oman]])

These schools share many of their rulings, but differ on the particular [[hadith]]s they accept as authentic and the weight they give to analogy or reason ([[qiyas]]) in deciding difficulties.

The relationship between (at least the Sunni) schools of jurisprudence and the conflict between the unity of the Shariah and the diversity of the schools, was expressed by the 12th century Hanafi scholar [[Abu Hafs Umar al-Nasafi]], who wrote: &quot;Our school is correct with the possibility of error, and another school is in error with the possibility of being correct.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1 = Brown|first1 = Jonathan A.C.|author-link = Jonathan A.C. Brown|title = Misquoting Muhammad: The Challenge and Choices of Interpreting the Prophet's Legacy|date = 2014|publisher = [[Oneworld Publications]]|isbn = 978-1780744209|url = https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50|access-date = 4 June 2018|ref = JACBMM2014|pages = [https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50 50-51]}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== جديد قانون تي اٿرات ==
{{main|شريعت#ڪلاسيڪي اسلامي قانون|l1=شريعت: ڪلاسيڪي اسلامي قانون}}

A number of important legal [[institution]]s were developed by Muslim jurists during the classical period of Islam, known as the [[Islamic Golden Age]]. One such institution was the ''[[Hawala]]'', an early [[informal value transfer system]], which is mentioned in texts of Islamic jurisprudence as early as the 8th century. ''Hawala'' itself later influenced the development of the [[Agency (law)|agency]] in [[common law]] and in [[Civil law (legal system)|civil laws]] such as the ''aval'' in [[Law of France|French law]] and the ''avallo'' in [[Law of Italy|Italian law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |title=Islamic Law: Its Relation to Other Legal Systems |first=Gamal Moursi |last=Badr |journal=The American Journal of Comparative Law |volume=26 |issue=2 – Proceedings of an International Conference on Comparative Law, Salt Lake City, Utah, 24–25 February 1977 |date=Spring 1978 |pages=187–198 [196–98] |doi=10.2307/839667 |publisher=American Society of Comparative Law |jstor=839667}}&lt;/ref&gt;

The ''[[Waqf]]'' in [[Sharia|Islamic law]], which developed during the 7th–9th centuries, bears a notable resemblance to the [[Charitable trust|trusts]] in the English [[trust law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988}}&lt;/ref&gt; For example, every ''Waqf'' was required to have a ''waqif'' (settlor), ''mutawillis'' (trustee), ''[[qadi]]'' (judge) and beneficiaries.&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1237–40}}&lt;/ref&gt; The trust law developed in [[England]] at the time of the [[Crusades]], during the 12th and 13th centuries, was introduced by Crusaders who may have been influenced by the ''Waqf'' institutions they came across in the [[Middle East]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Hudson|2003|p=32}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1244–45}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪلاسيڪي اسلامي فقه (قانون) ۾، عدالت ۾ ڌرين کي ٽن کان ٻارهن شاهدن کان تصديق ٿيل بيان حاصل ڪرڻ جي اجازت هوندي آهي. جڏهن سڀني شاهدن جا بيان هڪجهڙا يا متفق هوندا آهن، ته نوٽري (قانوني دستاويز تيار ڪندڙ) انهن جي متفقه شاهدي جي تصديق هڪ قانوني دستاويز ذريعي ڪندا آهن، جنهن کي لاڳاپيل ڌر جي دعويٰ جي حمايت ۾ استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو. نوٽرين جو ڪم جج کي هر اکين ڏٺي شاهد جي شاهدي پاڻ ٻڌڻ جي وقت طلب ڪم کان آجو ڪرڻ آهي، ۽ انهن جا دستاويز هر زباني شاهدي جي قانوني تصديق جو ڪم ڏين ٿا. مالڪي مڪتبِ فڪر ڪجهه خاص قانوني معاملن ۾ - جن ۾ غير رجسٽرڊ شاديون ۽ زميني تڪرار شامل آهن - گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ٻارهن اکين ڏٺن شاهدن جا بيان گڏ ڪرڻ لاءِ ٻن نوٽرين جي موجودگي لازمي قرار ڏئي ٿو. جان مڪديسي (John Makdisi) ٻارهن شاهدن جي بيانن جي هن گروهه، جنهن کي ”لفيف“ (lafif) چيو ويندو آهي، جو موازنو هينري ٻئي (Henry II) جي دور ۾ انگريزي ”ڪامن لا“ (Common Law) تحت ٿيندڙ جيوري جي مقدمي جي طريقيڪار سان ڪيو آهي؛ هن بادشاهه جي سڌارن ۽ سسلي جي بادشاهت جي قانوني نظام جي وچ ۾ تعلق جو اندازو لڳايو آهي. ان ٻيٽ تي اڳ ۾ مختلف اسلامي حڪمران خاندانن جي حڪومت رهي چڪي هئي. * ڪامن لا جا ٻيا ڪيترائي بنيادي ادارا شايد اسلامي قانون ۽ فقھ جي ساڳين قانوني ادارن مان ورتا ويا هجن ۽ نارمن پاران انگلينڊ ۽ سسلي جي امارت (Emirate of Sicily) کي فتح ڪرڻ کان پوءِ، توڙي صليبي جنگين دوران صليبين ذريعي انگلينڊ ۾ متعارف ڪرايا ويا هجن. خاص طور تي، ”شاهي انگريزي معاهدو جنهن کي ’قرض جي ادائگي جي دعويٰ‘ (action of debt) ذريعي تحفظ حاصل هوندو هو، ان کي اسلامي ’عقد‘ (Aqd) سان ڀيٽيو وڃي ٿو؛ انگريزي قانوني عمل ’novel disseisin‘ (جنهن جو تعلق ملڪيت جي غير قانوني قبضي يا بي دخليءَ سان آهي) کي اسلامي ’استحقاق‘ (Istihqaq) سان ڀيٽيو وڃي ٿو؛ ۽ انگريزي جيوري (jury) کي اسلامي ’لفيف‘ (lafif) سان ڀيٽيو وڃي ٿو.“ جان مڪديسي اهو اندازو پڻ لڳايو ته انگريزي قانوني ادارا جهڙوڪ ”اسڪالسٽڪ طريقو“ (scholastic method) ۽ ”پڙهائڻ جو لائسنس“، ”قانون جا اسڪول (جن کي انگلينڊ ۾ ’انز آف ڪورٽ‘ (Inns of Court) ۽ اسلام ۾ ’مدرسا‘ چيو ويندو آهي)“ ۽ ”يورپي ڪمينڊا“ (European commenda - جيڪو اسلامي ’قراض‘ (Qirad) آهي) شايد اسلامي قانون مان ئي وجود ۾ آيا هجن. قانوني نظير (legal precedent) ۽ قياس (reasoning by analogy) ذريعي دليل ڏيڻ جو طريقو پڻ اسلامي ۽ ڪامن لا وارن نظامن ۾ هڪجهڙو آهي. انهن اثرن جي ڪري ڪجهه عالمن اهو خيال ظاهر ڪيو آهي ته اسلامي قانون شايد ”ڪامن لا“ جي هڪ مربوط نظام طور بنياد رکيو هجي. 


classical Islamic jurisprudence, litigants in court may obtain [[notarized]] statements from between three and twelve witnesses. When the statements of all witnesses are consistent, the notaries will certify their unanimous testimony in a legal document, which may be used to support the litigant's claim.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Justice of Islam|pages=7–9|author=Lawrence Rosen|publisher=Oxford University Press|year=2000|isbn=9780198298847}}&lt;/ref&gt; The notaries serve to free the [[qadi|judge]] from the time-consuming task of hearing the testimony of each eyewitness himself, and their documents serve to legally authenticate each oral testimony.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Expert Witness in Islamic Courts|year=2010|publisher=University of Chicago Press|author=Ron Shaham|pages=4–8|isbn=9780226749358}}&lt;/ref&gt; The [[Maliki]] school requires two notaries to collect a minimum of twelve eyewitness statements in certain legal cases, including those involving unregistered marriages and land disputes.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Positive Law from the Muslim World|author=Baudouin Dupret|year=2021|isbn=9781108960137|pages=205–210|publisher=Cambridge University Press}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Property, Social Structure, and Law in the Modern Middle East|year=1985|pages=54–64|editor=Ann Elizabeth Mayer|publisher=[[SUNY]] Press|isbn=9780873959889}}&lt;/ref&gt; John Makdisi has compared this group of twelve witness statements, known as a ''lafif'', to [[English Common Law]] jury trials under [[Henry II of England|Henry II]], surmising a link between the king's reforms and the legal system of the [[Kingdom of Sicily]]. The island had previously been ruled by various Islamic dynasties.&lt;ref name=&quot;Rodhan&quot;&gt;{{cite book |last1=Al-Rodhan |first1=Nayef R. F. |title=The Role of the Arab-Islamic World in the Rise of the West: Implications for Contemporary Trans-Cultural Relations |date=2012 |publisher=Palgrave Macmillan |isbn=978-0-230-39320-2 |page=73 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=n4OpT4ZP278C |access-date=25 May 2020 |language=en }}{{Dead link|date=November 2023 |bot=InternetArchiveBot |fix-attempted=yes }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Makdisi&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Makdisi |first1=John |title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=North Carolina Law Review |date=1 June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635 |url=https://scholarship.law.unc.edu/nclr/vol77/iss5/2/ |access-date=25 May 2020}}&lt;/ref&gt;

Several other fundamental [[common law]] institutions may have been adapted from similar legal institutions in [[Sharia|Islamic law]] and jurisprudence, and introduced to England by the [[Normans]] after the [[Norman conquest of England]] and the Emirate of Sicily, and by Crusaders during the [[Crusades]]. In particular, the &quot;royal English [[contract]] protected by the action of [[debt]] is identified with the Islamic ''Aqd'', the English [[assize of novel disseisin]] is identified with the Islamic ''Istihqaq'', and the English [[jury]] is identified with the Islamic ''lafif''.&quot; John Makdisi speculated that English legal institutions such as &quot;the [[scholastic method]], the [[licence]] to [[Education|teach]]&quot;, the &quot;[[law school]]s known as [[Inns of Court]] in England and ''[[Madrasah|Madrasas]]'' in Islam&quot; and the &quot;European [[commenda]]&quot; (Islamic ''[[Qirad]]'') may have also originated from Islamic law.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt; The methodology of [[Precedent|legal precedent]] and reasoning by [[analogy]] (''[[Qiyas]]'') are also similar in both the Islamic and common law systems.&lt;ref name=Gamal&gt;{{cite book |title=Islamic Finance: Law, Economics, and Practice |url=https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga |url-access=limited |first=Mahmoud A. |last=El-Gamal |year=2006 |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |isbn=0-521-86414-3 |page=[https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga/page/n35 16] }}&lt;/ref&gt; These influences have led some scholars to suggest that Islamic law may have laid the foundations for &quot;the common law as an integrated whole&quot;.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt;

== See also ==
{{Portal|Islam|Law}}
* [[Abdallah al-Harari]]
* [[Athari|Traditionalist theology]]
* ''[[Bahar-e-Shariat]]''
* [[Glossary of Islam]]
* [[Index of Islam-related articles]]
* [[Ja'fari jurisprudence]]
* [[Outline of Islam]]
* [[List of Islamic terms in Arabic]]
* ''[[Ma'ruf]]''
* ''[[Mizan]]'' – a comprehensive treatise on the contents of Islam written by [[Javed Ahmed Ghamidi]]
* [[Palestinian law]]
* [[Schools of Islamic theology]]
* [[Sources of Islamic law]]
* [[The four Sunni Imams]]
* ''[[Urf]]''

==حوالا== 
===نوٽ===
{{reflist|group=Note}}
===حوالا===
{{حوالا}}
===ڪتابيات===
{{refbegin|30em}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Norman |last=Calder |title=Law. Legal Thought and Jurisprudence |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of the Islamic World |editor=John L. Esposito |publisher=Oxford University Press |location=Oxford |year=2009 |url=http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20081121033722/http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|url-status=dead|archive-date=21 November 2008}}
*Doi, Abd ar-Rahman I., and Clarke, Abdassamad (2008). ''Shari'ah: Islamic Law''. Ta-Ha Publishers Ltd., {{ISBN|978-1-84200-087-8}} (hardback)
* Cilardo, Agostino, &quot;Fiqh, History of&quot;, in ''Muhammad in History, Thought, and Culture: An Encyclopedia of the Prophet of God'' (2 vols.), Edited by C. Fitzpatrick and A. Walker, Santa Barbara, ABC-CLIO, 2014, Vol I, pp.&amp;nbsp;201–206.
* {{citation|last=Dahlén|first=Ashk |title=Islamic Law, Epistemology and Modernity. Legal Philosophy in Contemporary Iran|year=2003|location=New York|publisher=Routledge |isbn=9780415945295|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=QARHBQAAQBAJ}}
*{{cite book |last1=El-Gamal |first1=Mahmoud A. |title=Islamic Finance : Law, Economics, and Practice |publisher=Cambridge University Press |date=2006 |url=http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |ref=MAEGIFLEP2006 |access-date=28 February 2017 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180403160351/http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |archive-date=3 April 2018 |url-status=dead }}
*{{Cite journal |journal=[[University of Pennsylvania Law Review]] |volume=136 |issue=4 |date=April 1988 |pages=1231–1261 |doi=10.2307/3312162 |last1=Gaudiosi |first1= Monica M. |title=The Influence of the Islamic Law of Waqf on the Development of the Trust in England_ The Case of Merton College |publisher=The University of Pennsylvania Law Review |jstor=3312162|s2cid=153149243 |url=http://scholarship.law.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=3909&amp;context=penn_law_review |url-access=subscription }}
*{{cite book |last1=Hawting |first1=G.R. |title=The Quest for the Historical Muhammad |date=2000 |publisher=Prometheus Books |location=New York |pages=489–509 |chapter=16. John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism |ref=GRHJWIaM2000}}
*{{Cite book
 |last=Hudson
 |first=A.
 |title=Equity and Trusts
 |year=2003
 |edition=3rd
 |publisher=Cavendish Publishing
 |location=London
 |isbn=978-1-85941-729-4
 }}

*{{Cite book |last=Levy |first=Reuben |title=The Social Structure of Islam |location=UK |publisher=Cambridge University Press |year=1957 |isbn=978-0-521-09182-4 |url=https://archive.org/details/socialstructureo0000levy }}
*{{Cite journal |last=Makdisi|first=John A.|title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=[[North Carolina Law Review]] |date=June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635–1739}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Irene |last=Schneider |title=Fiqh |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of Islam and Politics |publisher=Oxford University Press |editor=Emad El-Din Shahin |year=2014 |doi=10.1093/acref:oiso/9780199739356.001.0001|isbn=9780199739356 }}
{{refend}}

==مزيد مطالعو==
*Potz, Richard, [http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0159-2011112127 Islamic Law and the Transfer of European Law], [[European History Online]], Mainz: [[Institute of European History]], 2011. (Retrieved 28 November 2011.)
*[Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
*{{Commons category-inline}}
* [https://halaqa.home.blog/2021/02/12/types-of-hanafi-legal-rulings-ahkam/ Types of Hanafi Legal Rulings (Ahkam)]
* [Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

{{Islam topics |Law |state=collapsed}}
{{Authority control}}

[[Category:Islamic jurisprudence| ]]
[[Category:Sharia terminology]]
[[Category:Law schools]]
{{اسلامي فقه}}
[[زمرو:اسلامي اصطلاح]]</text>
      <sha1>6l4h0cp59wr2bvypqbyvfcbscd4183w</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400960</id>
      <parentid>400958</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T17:59:51Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>/* See also */</comment>
      <origin>400960</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="53336" sha1="rt1ujof0o47jbmvozgb02188wbqqq0u" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|Islamic jurisprudence}}
{{Islam |texts |width=21.75em}}
'''فقه''' (عربي: فِقْه) اسلامي قانوني نظام يا اسلامي فقہي اصولن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ اصطلاح آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot; /&gt; فقه کي اڪثر شريعت بابت انساني سمجھ (تحقيق ۽ عمل) جي طور تي بيان ڪيو ويندو آهي؛ يعني اسلامي قانون، جيئن قرآن ۽ سنت ([[محمد ﷺ|پيغمبر محمد ﷺ]] ۽ سندن [[صحابي|ساٿين]] جي تعليمات ۽ عملن ۾ بيان ڪيو ويو آهي) جي انساني سمجھ آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;vogel&quot; /&gt; فقه، اسلامي قانون دانن (علماءِ) پاران [[قرآن]] ۽ اجتهاد (سنت جي تشريح) ذريعي [[شريعت]] کي وسيع ۽ ترقي ڏياري ٿي ۽ ان تي عمل درآمد انهن قانون دانن جي فيصلن (فتويٰ) ذريعي ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا انهن آڏو پيش ڪيل مسئلن تي ڏنا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;vogel&quot; /&gt; ان ڪري، جتي مسلمان شريعت کي تبديليءَ کان پاڪ ۽ غلطين کان مبرّا سمجهن ٿا، اتي فقه کي غلطي جي امڪان واري ۽ تبديليءَ جي قابل سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. 

فقه جو تعلق اسلام ۾ عبادات، اخلاقيات ۽ سماجي قانون سازي، گڏوگڏ معاشي ۽ سياسي نظام جي معاملن سان آهي. جديد دور ۾، [[سني اسلام|سني روايتن]] ۾ فقه جا چار نمايان مڪتبِ فڪر (مذھب) موجود آهن، ان کان علاوه [[شيعه اسلام|شيعه روايتن]] ۾ ٻه (يا ٽي) مڪتبِ فڪر آهن. فقه جي ڄاڻ رکندڙ شخص کي &quot;فقيه&quot; (جمع: فقهاءِ) چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;

مجازي معنيٰ ۾، فقه مان مراد اسلامي قانوني فيصلن بابت انهن جي بنيادي ذريعن مان حاصل ڪيل ڄاڻ آهي. ذريعن مان مذهبي فيصلا اخذ ڪرڻ لاءِ &quot;مجتهد&quot; (اهو فرد جيڪو اجتهاد ڪري ٿو) لاءِ ضروري آهي ته هو فقه جي مختلف بحثن تي گهري ڄاڻ ۽ سمجھ رکي.  

فقه جي مطالعي کي روايتي طور تي ٻن حصن ۾ ورهايو ويو آهي: &quot;اصولِ فقه&quot; (اسلامي فقه جا اصول، لفظي معنيٰ: ”فقه جون پاڙون&quot;)، جيڪي قانوني تشريح ۽ تجزيي جا طريقا آهن؛ ۽ &quot;فروعِ فقه&quot; (لفظي معنيٰ: &quot;فقه جون شاخون&quot;)، جيڪي انهن اصولن جي بنياد تي فيصلن جي تفصيلي وضاحت آهن. فروعِ فقه، اصولِ فقه جي اطلاق جو نتيجو ۽ خدائي مرضي کي سمجهڻ لاءِ ڪيل انساني ڪوششن جو مجموعي حاصلات آهي. &quot;حڪم&quot; (جمع: احڪام) ڪنهن خاص معاملي يا صورتحال ۾ ڏنل مخصوص فيصلي کي چيو ويندو آهي.

'''فقه''' (&lt;small&gt;Fiqh&lt;/small&gt;)؛&lt;ref&gt;[https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/fiqh &quot;fiqh&quot;]. ''[[Collins English Dictionary]]''.&lt;/ref&gt; اسلام ۾ قانون جي سائنس جو (&lt;small&gt;Jurisprudence&lt;/small&gt;) نالو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot;&gt;[http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/207723/fiqh Fiqh] Encyclopædia Britannica&lt;/ref&gt; فقه جو استعمال اسلامي شريعت جي سمجھ طور ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=vogel&gt;{{cite book|last=Vogel|first=Frank E.|title=Islamic Law and the Legal System of Saudí: Studies of Saudi Arabia|date=2000|publisher=Brill|pages=4–5|url=https://books.google.com/?id=-PfDuvnHMGoC&amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;dq=vogel+islamic+law#v=onepage&amp;q=vogel%20islamic%20law&amp;f=false|isbn=9004110623}}&lt;/ref&gt; اھو علم شريعت ۾ قرآن ۽ سنت جي روشنيءَ ۾ اجتھاد جي ذريعي واڌارو ڪري ٿو ۽ ان واڌاري کي فقيھن جي فتوائون ذريعي لاڳو ڪري ٿو. فقه ۾ غلطي جي گنجائش ھوندي آھي ۽ اھا تبديل پڻ ٿي سگھندي آھي. موجوده دور۾ سني اسلام ۾ چار فقھي مذھب ۽ شيعه اسلام ۾ ٻہ فقھي مذھب آھن.&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;

== لغوي معنيَ == 
فقه جي لغوي معنيَ آهي ڪنهن شئي جو علم۽ فھم، ڪنھن شئي کي کولڻ۽ نکيڙڻ ۽ ان جي اونھائي ۾ وڃي حقيقت ڳولي لھڻ۽ ان کي پڌرو ڪرڻ، اصطلاحي طور فقه جي معني شريعت جي حڪمن ۾ سمجھ پيدا ڪرڻ آھي&lt;ref name =&quot; آسان فقه&quot; &gt; - ڪتاب: آسان فقه، از: مولانا محمد يوسف اصلاحي، مترجم: محمد عاشق ڌامراھا، مھراڻ اڪيڊمي شڪارپور، جنوري 2002 -- پنھنجي پاران: قمر ميمڻ صه 28  &lt;/ref&gt;. قرآن شريف ۾ سورة التوبہ ۾ آيت نمبر 122 ۾ فقه لفظ جو استعمال ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو:

{{quote| فلولا نفر من کل فرقة منهم طائفة ليتفقهوا في الدين&lt;br&gt; ترجمو:پوء ڇونہ انھن جي سڀ ڪنھن جماعت مان ھڪ ھڪ ٽولي نڪتي ته پاڻ ۾ دين جي سمجھ پيدا ڪن. |التوبة - ۱۲۲|&lt;ref name=&quot;آسان فقه&quot; /&gt;}}


The word ''fiqh'' is an Arabic term meaning &quot;deep understanding&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Modarresi&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|author-link=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|title=The Laws of Islam|date=26 March 2016|publisher=Enlight Press|isbn=978-0994240989|url=http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|access-date=22 December 2017|ref=Modarresi|language=en|archive-date=2 August 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190802163247/http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{rp|470}} or &quot;full comprehension&quot;. Technically it refers to the body of Islamic law extracted from detailed Islamic sources (which are studied in the [[principles of Islamic jurisprudence]]) and the process of gaining knowledge of Islam through jurisprudence. The historian [[Ibn Khaldun]] describes ''fiqh'' as &quot;knowledge of the rules of God which concern the actions of persons who own themselves connected to obey the law respecting what is required (''[[wajib]]''), sinful (''[[haraam]]''), recommended (''[[mustahab|mandūb]]''), disapproved (''[[makrūh]]''), or neutral (''[[mubah]]'')&quot;.&lt;ref&gt;Levy (1957). p. 150.&lt;/ref&gt; This definition is consistent amongst the jurists.

In [[Modern Standard Arabic]], ''fiqh'' has also come to mean Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=أنیس|first=إبراهیم|title=المعجم الوسیط|publisher=دارالفکر|year=1998|location=بیروت، لبنان|pages=731}}&lt;/ref&gt; It is not thus possible to speak of [[Chief Justice of the United States|Chief Justice]] [[John Roberts]] as an expert in the [[common law]] ''fiqh'' of the [[United States]], or of [[Egypt]]ian legal scholar [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] as an expert in the civil law ''fiqh'' of Egypt.

==History==
{{main|Sharia}}
{{further information|History of Islamic economics}}

According to Sunni Islamic history, Sunni law followed a chronological path of:
*[[God in Islam|God]] → [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] → [[Sahabah|Companions]] → [[Tabi'un|Followers]] → ''Fiqh''.&lt;ref name=&quot;Maghen-2003&quot;&gt;{{cite journal|last1=Maghen|first1=Ze'ev|title=Dead Tradition: Joseph Schacht and the Origins of &quot;Popular Practice&quot;|journal=Islamic Law and Society|date=2003|volume=10|issue=3|pages=276–347|doi=10.1163/156851903770227575|jstor=3399422}}&lt;/ref&gt;
The commands and prohibitions chosen by God were revealed through the agency of the Prophet in both the Quran and the Sunnah (words, deeds, and examples of the Prophet passed down as [[hadith]]). 
The first Muslims (the [[Sahabah]] or Companions) heard and obeyed, and passed this essence of Islam&lt;ref name=GRHJWIaM2000:513/&gt; to succeeding generations (''[[Tabi'un]]'' and ''[[Tabi' al-Tabi'in]]'' or successors/followers and successors of successors), as Muslims and Islam spread from West Arabia to the conquered lands north, east, and west,&lt;ref name=RGHIGP2015:223&gt;[[#RGHIGP2015|Hoyland, ''In God's Path'', 2015]]: p.223&lt;/ref&gt;{{#tag:ref|for example, Sunni [[Hanbali]] scholar/preacher [[Al-Hasan ibn 'Ali al-Barbahari]] (d.941) who ruled the streets of Baghdad from 921-941 CE,  insisted that &quot;whoever asserts that there is any part of Islam with which the Companions of the Prophet did not provide us has called them [the Companions of the Prophet] liars&quot;.&lt;ref name=cook-2000-109&gt;{{cite book|last1=Cook|first1=Michael|title=The Koran : A Very Short Introduction|date=2000|publisher=Oxford University Press|url=https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook |url-access=registration|isbn=0192853449|page=[https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook/page/n122 109]}}&lt;/ref&gt;|group=Note}} where it was systematized and elaborated.&lt;ref name=GRHJWIaM2000:513&gt;[[#GRHJWIaM2000|Hawting, &quot;John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism&quot;, 2000]]: p.513&lt;/ref&gt;

The history of Islamic jurisprudence is &quot;customarily divided into eight periods&quot;:&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: pp. 30–31&lt;/ref&gt;
*the first period ending with the death of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] in 11 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*second period &quot;characterized by personal interpretations&quot; of the canon by the ''[[Sahabah]]'' or companions of Muhammad, lasting until 50 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from 50 AH until the early second century AH there was competition between &quot;a traditionalist approach to jurisprudence&quot; in [[Hijaz|western Arabia]] where Islam was revealed and a &quot;rationalist approach in Iraq&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;golden age of classical Islamic jurisprudence&quot; from the &quot;early second to the mid-fourth century when the [[Madhhab#Amman Message|eight &quot;most significant&quot;]] schools of Sunni and [[Shia|Shi'i]] jurisprudence emerged.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from the mid-fourth century to mid-seventh AH Islamic jurisprudence was &quot;limited to elaborations within the main juristic schools&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;dark age&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence stretched from the [[Siege of Baghdad (1258)|fall of Baghdad]] in the mid-seventh AH (1258 CE) to 1293 AH/1876 CE.
*In 1293 AH (1876 CE) the Ottomans codified [[Hanafi]] jurisprudence in the ''[[Mecelle|Majallah el-Ahkam-i-Adliya]]''. Several &quot;juristic revival movements&quot; influenced by &quot;exposure to Western legal and technological progress&quot; followed until the mid-20th century CE. [[Muhammad Abduh]] and [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] were products of this era.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; However, Abduh and El-Sanhuri were modernists. 19th century Ottoman Shariah Code was built on the views of the Hanafi school.
*The most recent era has been that of the &quot;[[Islamic revival#Contemporary revivalism|Islamic revival]]&quot;, which has been &quot;predicated on rejection of Western social and legal advances&quot; and the development of specifically Islamic states, social sciences, economics, and finance.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
The formative period of Islamic jurisprudence stretches back to the time of the early Muslim communities. During this period, jurists were more concerned with issues of authority and teaching than with theory and methodology.&lt;ref name=&quot;Weiss (2002)&quot;&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by [[Bernard G. Weiss]], (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. pp. 3, 161.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Progress in theory and methodology happened with the coming of the early Muslim jurist [[Muhammad ibn Idris ash-Shafi`i]] (767–820), who codified the basic principles of Islamic jurisprudence in his book ''ar-Risālah''. The book details the four roots of law ([[Qur'an]], [[sunnah]], ''[[ijma]]'', and ''[[qiyas]]'') while specifying that the primary Islamic texts (the Qur'an and the hadith) be understood according to objective rules of interpretation derived from scientific study of the Arabic language.&lt;ref name=weiss-162&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by Bernard G. Weiss, (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. p. 162.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Secondary sources of law were developed and refined over the subsequent centuries, consisting primarily of juristic preference (''[[istihsan]]''), laws of the previous prophets (''[[shara man qablana]]''), continuity (''[[istishab]]''), extended analogy (''[[maslaha mursala]]''), blocking the means (''[[sadd al-dhari'ah]]''), local customs (''[[urf]]''), and sayings of a companion of the Prophet (''[[qawl al-sahabi]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Nyazee (2000)&quot;&gt;Nyazee, Imran Ahsan Khan (2000). ''Islamic Jurisprudence (UsulAI-Fiqh)''. Islamabad: Islamic Research Institute Press.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== Diagram of early scholars ===

[[File:Sunni Streams of Doctrine.png|thumb|Main schools of thought within Sunni Islam, and other prominent streams.]]
[[File:Muslim World Introduction.svg|thumb|Major schools of thought and theology in the Islamic world]]
The Quran set the rights, responsibilities, and rules for people and societies to adhere to, such as dealing in [[The Impact of Religion on International Negotiations|interest]]. Muhammad then provided an example, which is recorded in the hadith books, showing people how he practically implemented these rules in a society. After the passing of Muhammad, there was a need for jurists, to decide on new legal matters where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadith, example of Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=gMxjJqurmiAC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA30|title=Islam Vs. West|isbn=9780595501571|last1=Asadulla|first1=Abubakr|year=2009|publisher=iUniverse }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=es9Sunv_y2MC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA20|title=Islamic State Practices, International Law and the Threat from Terrorism|isbn=9781841135014|last1=Rehman|first1=Javaid|date=7 June 2005|publisher=Hart }}&lt;/ref&gt;

In the years proceeding Muhammad, the community in Madina continued to use the same rules. People were familiar with the practice of Muhammad and therefore continued to use the same rules.

The scholars appearing in the diagram below were taught by [[Muhammad's companions]], many of whom settled in Madina.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceA&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|title=ulama|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=25 February 2013|archive-date=21 October 2014|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141021231627/http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; ''[[Muwatta Imam Malik|Muwatta]]''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|title=Muwatta|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=13 October 2010|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; by [[Malik ibn Anas]] was written as a consensus of the opinion, of these scholars.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=d5Ks31qHlSYC&amp;q=coulson+history+islamic+law|title=A History of Islamic Law|isbn=9780748605149|last1=Coulson|first1=Noel James|year=1994}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Va6oSxzojzoC&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA207|title=E. J. Brill's First Encyclopaedia of Islam, 1913–1936|isbn=9004097910|last1=Houtsma|first1=M. Th|year=1993|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=0_wUAAAAIAAJ&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA264|title=Studies in Islamic History and Civilization|isbn=9789652640147|last1=Šārôn|first1=Moše|year=1986|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt; ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas quotes 13 hadiths from Imam [[Jafar al-Sadiq]].&lt;ref name=&quot;Muwatta&quot;&gt;''Al-Muwatta'' of Imam Malik Ibn Anas, translated by Aisha Bewley (Book #5, Hadith #5.9.23) (Book #16, Hadith #16.1.1) (Book #17, Hadith #17.24.43) (Book #20, Hadith #20.10.40) (Book #20, Hadith #20.11.44) (Book #20, Hadith #20.32.108) (Book #20, Hadith #20.39.127) (Book #20, Hadith #20.40.132) (Book #20, Hadith #20.49.167) (Book #20, Hadith #20.57.190) (Book #26, Hadith #26.1.2) (Book #29, Hadith #29.5.17) (Book #36, Hadith #36.4.5) [http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html Al-Muwatta'] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html |date=13 October 2010 }}&lt;/ref&gt;
Aisha also taught her nephew [[Urwah ibn Zubayr]]. He then taught his son [[Hisham ibn Urwah]], who was the main teacher of Malik ibn Anas whose views many Sunni follow and also taught by Jafar al-Sadiq. [[Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]], Hisham ibn Urwah and Muhammad al-Baqir taught [[Zayd ibn Ali]], Jafar al-Sadiq, [[Abu Hanifa]], and Malik ibn Anas.

Imam Jafar al-Sadiq, Imam Abu Hanifa and Malik ibn Anas worked together in [[Al-Masjid an-Nabawi]] in Medina, along with Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr, Muhammad al-Baqir, Zayd ibn Ali and over 70 other leading jurists and scholars.

[[Al-Shafi'i]] was taught by Malik ibn Anas. [[Ahmad ibn Hanbal]] was taught by Al-Shafi'i. [[Muhammad al-Bukhari]] travelled everywhere collecting hadith and his father [[Ismail ibn Ibrahim]] was a student of Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Islam Page 67&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=mlGgGVCp0UcC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA67|title=Understanding Women in Islam|isbn=9789793780191|last1=Hasyim|first1=Syafiq|year=2006|publisher=Equinox }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=JdjtUTYSL1UC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA37|title=Classical Islam|isbn=9780415240321|last1=Calder|first1=Norman|last2=Mojaddedi|first2=Jawid Ahmad|last3=Rippin|first3=Andrew|year=2003|publisher=Psychology Press }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=GlqeC1ZFAUEC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim&amp;pg=PT101|title=Judaism and Islam in Practice|isbn=9781134605538|last1=Brockopp|first1=Jonathan E.|last2=Neusner|first2=Jacob|last3=Sonn|first3=Tamara|date=27 September 2005|publisher=Routledge }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.oocities.org/mutmainaa7/people/jafar_al_sadiq.html|title=Jafar Al-Sadiq}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|title=IMAM JAFAR BIN MUHAMMAD AS-SADIQ (AS)|website=www.ziaraat.org|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=22 August 2023|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230822202122/http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{Islam scholars diagram}}

In the books actually written by these original jurists and scholars, there are very few theological and judicial differences between them. Imam Ahmad rejected the writing down and codifying of the religious rulings he gave. They knew that they might have fallen into error in some of their judgements and stated this clearly. They never introduced their rulings by saying, &quot;Here, this judgement is the judgement of God and His prophet.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=W4OKaz5dzdYC&amp;q=Modernist+Islam,+1840-1940:+A+Sourcebook+By+Charles+Kurzman|title=Modernist Islam, 1840–1940|isbn=9780195154689|last1=Kurzman|first1=Charles|year=2002|publisher=Oxford University Press }}&lt;/ref&gt; There is also very little text actually written down by Jafar al-Sadiq himself. They all give priority to the Qur'an and the hadith (the practice of Muhammad). They felt that the Quran and the Hadith, the example of Muhammad provided people with almost everything they needed. &quot;This day I have perfected for you your religion and completed My favor upon you and have approved for you Islam as religion&quot; (Qur'an 5:3).&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://quran.com/5/3 |title=Surat Al-Ma'idah [5:3] - The Noble Qur'an - القرآن الكريم |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130925005700/http://quran.com/5/3 |archive-date=25 September 2013 |df=dmy }} [http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ Quran Surah Al-Maaida ( Verse 3 )] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180612141107/http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ |date=12 June 2018 }}&lt;/ref&gt;

These scholars did not distinguish between each other. They were not Sunni or Shia. They felt that they were following the religion of Abraham as described in the Quran &quot;Say: Allah speaks the truth; so follow the religion of Abraham, the upright one. And he was not one of the polytheists&quot; (Qur'an 3:95).

Most of the differences are regarding Sharia laws devised through [[Ijtihad]] where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadiths of Islamic prophet Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;/&gt; As these jurists went to new areas, they were pragmatic and continued to use the same ruling as was given in that area during pre-Islamic times, if the population felt comfortable with it, it was just and they used Ijtihad to deduce that it did not conflict with the Quran or the Hadith. As explained in the ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This made it easier for the different communities to integrate into the Islamic State and assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State.

To reduce the divergence, [[ash-Shafi'i]] proposed giving priority to the Qur'an and the Hadith (the practice of Muhammad) and only then look at the consensus of the Muslim jurists (''[[ijma]]'') and analogical reasoning (''[[qiyas]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This then resulted in jurists like Muhammad al-Bukhari&lt;ref name=&quot;sahih-bukhari.com&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.sahih-bukhari.com/|title=Sahih Bukhari : Read, Study, Search Online|first=Sahih|last=Bukhari}}&lt;/ref&gt; dedicating their lives to the collection of the correct hadith, in books like [[Sahih al-Bukhari]] (Sahih translates as authentic or correct). They also felt that Muhammad's judgement was more impartial and better than their own.

These original jurists and scholars also acted as a counterbalance to the rulers. When they saw injustice, all these scholars spoke out against it. As the state expanded outside Madina, the rights of the different communities, as they were constituted in the [[Constitution of Medina]] still applied. The Quran also gave additional rights to the citizens of the state and these rights were also applied. Ali, Hassan and [[Husayn ibn Ali]] gave their allegiance to the first three caliphs because they abided by these conditions. Later [[Ali]] the fourth caliph wrote in a letter &quot;I did not approach the people to get their oath of allegiance but they came to me with their desire to make me their Amir (ruler). I did not extend my hands towards them so that they might swear the oath of allegiance to me but they themselves extended their hands towards me.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;Nahj ul Balagha Letter 54&lt;/ref&gt; But later as fate would have it ([[Predestination in Islam]]) when [[Yazid I]], an [[Umayyad Caliphate|Umayyad]] ruler took power, Husayn ibn Ali the grandson of Muhammad felt that it was a test from God for him and his duty to confront him. Then [[Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr]], Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr's cousin confronted the Umayyad rulers after Husayn ibn Ali was betrayed by the people of Kufa and killed by Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Yazid I.&lt;ref&gt;Najeebabadi, Akbar Shah (2001). The History of Islam V.2. Riyadh: Darussalam. p. 110. {{ISBN|9960-892-88-3}}.&lt;/ref&gt; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr then took on the Umayyads and expelled their forces from Hijaz and Iraq. But then his forces were depleted in Iraq, trying to stop the Khawarij. The Umayyads then moved in. After a lengthy campaign, in his last hour Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr asked his mother [[Asma' bint Abu Bakr]] the daughter of [[Abu Bakr]] the first caliph for advice. Asma' bint Abu Bakr replied to her son, she said:&lt;ref name=&quot;ummah.com&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|title=The Advice of Asmaa bint Abu Bakr (ra) to her son Abdullah Ibn Zubair (ra)|website=Ummah.com - Muslim Forum|access-date=20 September 2021|archive-date=25 February 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210225220953/https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; &quot;You know better in your own self, that if you are upon the truth and you are calling towards the truth go forth, for people more honourable than you have been killed and if you are not upon the truth, then what an evil son you are and you have destroyed yourself and those who are with you. If you say, that if you are upon the truth and you will be killed at the hands of others, then you will not truly be free.&quot; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr left and was later also killed and crucified by the Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Umayyads and led by Hajjaj. [[Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]] the son of Abu Bakr the first caliph and raised by Ali the fourth caliph was also killed by the Umayyads.&lt;ref&gt;Nahj al-Balagha Sermon 71, Letter 27, Letter 34, Letter 35&lt;/ref&gt; [[Aisha]] then raised and taught her son Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr who later taught his grandson Jafar al-Sadiq.

During the early Umayyad period, there was more community involvement. The Quran and Muhammad's example was the main source of law after which the community decided. If it worked for the community, was just and did not conflict with the Quran and the example of Muhammad, it was accepted. This made it easier for the different communities, with Roman, Persian, Central Asia and North African backgrounds to integrate into the Islamic State and that assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State. The scholars in Madina were consulted on the more complex judicial issues. The Sharia and the official more centralized schools of fiqh developed later, during the time of the Abbasids.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceB&quot;&gt;Muawiya Restorer of the Muslim Faith By Aisha Bewley p. 68&lt;/ref&gt;

==Components==
{{further|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}
[[File:Map of the Legal systems of the world (en).png|thumb|350px|[[List of national legal systems|Legal systems of the world]]]]
The sources of [[Sharia]] in order of importance are:&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;&gt;Abul Quasem, M. (1975). The ethics of al-Ghazali: A composite ethics in Islam. p. 26&lt;/ref&gt;
#[[Qur'an]]
#[[Hadith]]
#[[Ijma]], i.e. collective reasoning and consensus amongst authoritative Muslims of a particular generation, and its interpretation by Islamic scholars.
#The consensus of the [[Sahaba]]
#[[Qiyas]], analogical legal reasoning by Islamic jurists.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;&gt;{{cite book|editor1-first=Hisham M. |editor1-last=Ramadan|author1=Irshad Abdel Haqq|author-link1=Islamic law: An Overview of Its Origins and Elements|title=Understanding Islamic Law: From Classical to Contemporary|year=2006|publisher=Rowman Altamira|isbn=9780759109919|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=5ZS7EaHTQX8C&amp;q=Islamic+law%3A+An+Overview+of+Its+Origins+and+Elements&amp;pg=PA1 |access-date=17 August 2016}} p. 18&lt;/ref&gt;

Majority of [[Sunni Muslims]] view ''[[Qiyas]]'' as a central Pillar of ''[[Ijtihad]]''.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;/&gt; An example is the ruling of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]], that &quot;a judge should not sit in judgement while angry&quot;, whereas reason adds that this extends to hunger or suffering from a painful disease.&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;/&gt; [[Zahiri]]tes, rejected ''Qiyas'' unlike the Sunnis.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=B. Hallaq |first=Wael |title=THE ORIGINS AND EVOLUTION OF ISLAMIC LAW |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |year=2005 |isbn=978-0-521-80332-8 | location=Cambridge, UK |pages=124, 127}}&lt;/ref&gt; The ''[[Shia Islam|Shi'a]]'' believed that all laws are implicitly mentioned in the Quran or the sunnah and can be discovered by the jurists of their tradition.&lt;ref&gt;Mansoor Moaddel, ''Islamic Modernism, Nationalism, and Fundamentalism: Episode and Discourse'', pg. 32. [[Chicago]]: [[University of Chicago Press]], 2005.&lt;/ref&gt;

The [[Qur'an]] gives instructions on many issues, such as how to perform the ritual purification (''{{lang|ar|[[wudu]]}}'') before the obligatory daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}''). On other issues, for example, the Qur'an states one needs to engage in daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}'') and fast (''{{lang|ar|[[sawm]]}}'') during the [[Ramadan (calendar month)|month of Ramadan]] but further instructions and details on how to perform these duties can be found in the traditions of Muhammad, so [[Qur'an and Sunnah]] are in most cases the basis for (''{{lang|ar|[[Shariah]]}}'').

Some topics are without precedent in Islam's early period. In those cases, Muslim jurists (''{{lang|ar|[[Fuqaha]]}}'') try to arrive at conclusions by other means. [[Sunni]] jurists use historical consensus of the community (''{{lang|ar|[[Ijma]]}}''); a majority in the modern era also use [[analogy]] (''{{lang|ar|[[Qiyas]]}}'') and weigh the harms and benefits of new topics (''{{lang|ar|[[Istislah]]}}''), and a plurality utilizes juristic preference (''{{lang|ar|[[Istihsan]]}}''). The conclusions arrived at with the aid of these additional tools constitute a wide array of laws, and its application is called ''fiqh''. Thus, in contrast to the ''sharia'', ''fiqh'' is not regarded as [[sacred]] and the schools of thought have differing views on its details, without viewing other conclusions as [[Sacrilege|sacrilegious]]. This division of interpretation in more detailed issues has resulted in different schools of thought (''{{lang|ar|[[madh'hab]]}}'').

This wider concept of '''Islamic jurisprudence''' is the source of a range of laws in different topics that guide Muslims in everyday life.

=== Component categories ===
[[File:Actions in Fiqh.png|thumb|Actions in Islamic Fiqh]]

Islamic jurisprudence (''fiqh'') covers two main areas:
# Rules in relation to actions, and,
# Rules in relation to circumstances surrounding actions.

These types of rules can also fall into two groups:
# Worship ([[Ibadah|Ibadaat]])
# Dealings and transactions (with people) ([[Muamalat|Mu`amalaat]])

Rules in relation to actions ('''amaliyya'' — عملية) or &quot;[[Ahkam|decision types]]&quot; comprise:
# Obligation (''[[fardh]]'')
# Recommendation (''[[mustahabb]]'')
# Permissibility (''[[mubah]]'')
# Disrecommendation (''[[makrooh]]'')
# Prohibition (''[[haraam]]'')

Rules in relation to circumstances (''wadia''') comprise:
# Condition (''shart'')
# Cause (''sabab'')
# Preventor (''mani'')
# Permit / Enforced (''rukhsah, azeemah'')
# Valid / Corrupt / Invalid (''sahih, fasid, batil'')
# In time / Deferred / Repeat (''adaa, qadaa, i'ada'')

=== Methodologies of jurisprudence ===
{{main|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}

The [[modus operandi]] of the Muslim jurist is known as ''[[usul al-fiqh]]'' (&quot;principles of jurisprudence&quot;).

There are different approaches to the methodology used in jurisprudence to derive Islamic rulings from the primary sources of ''[[sharia]]'' (Islamic law). The main methodologies are those of the [[Sunni]], [[Shi'a]] and [[Ibadi]] denominations. While both Sunni and [[Shi'ite]] (Shia) are divided into smaller sub-schools, the differences among the Shi'ite schools is considerably greater. Ibadites only follow a single school without divisions.

While using court decisions as legal precedents and [[case law]] are central to Western law, the importance of the institution of fatawa (non-binding answers by Islamic legal scholars to legal questions) has been called &quot;central to the development&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:32&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: p. 32&lt;/ref&gt; This is in part because of a &quot;vacuum&quot; in the other source of Islamic law, ''qada`'' (legal rulings by state appointed Islamic judges) after the fall of the last [[caliphate]] the Ottoman Empire.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; While the practice in Islam dates back to the time of Muhammad, according to at least one source (Muhammad El-Gamal), it is &quot;modeled after the [[Roman Empire|Roman]] system of ''[[responsa]]'',&quot; and gives the questioner &quot;decisive primary-mover advantage in choosing the question and its wording.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;

Each school (''[[madhhab]]'') reflects a unique ''[[urf]]'' or culture (a cultural practice that was influenced by traditions), that the classical jurists themselves lived in, when rulings were made. Some suggest that the discipline of ''[[isnad]]'', which developed to validate ''hadith'' made it relatively easy to record and validate also the rulings of jurists. This, in turn, made them far easier to imitate (''[[taqlid]]'') than to challenge in new contexts. The argument is, the schools have been more or less frozen for centuries, and reflect a culture that simply no longer exists. Traditional scholars hold that religion is there to regulate human behavior and nurture people's moral side and since human nature has not fundamentally changed since the beginning of Islam a call to modernize the religion is essentially one to relax all laws and institutions.

Early ''[[shariah]]'' had a much more flexible character, and some modern Muslim scholars believe that it should be renewed, and that the classical jurists should lose special status. This would require formulating a new fiqh suitable for the modern world, e.g. as proposed by advocates of the [[Islamization of knowledge]], which would deal with the modern context. This modernization is opposed by most conservative ''[[ulema]]''. Traditional scholars hold that the laws are contextual and consider circumstance such as time, place and culture, the principles they are based upon are universal such as justice, equality and respect. Many Muslim scholars argue that even though technology may have advanced, the fundamentals of human life have not.

=== Fields of jurisprudence ===
{{flatlist}}
*[[Islamic criminal jurisprudence|Criminal]]
*[[Islamic economical jurisprudence|Economics]]
*[[Adab (behavior)|Etiquette]]
*[[Islamic family jurisprudence|Family]]
*[[Hygiene in Islam|Hygienical]]
*[[Islamic inheritance jurisprudence|Inheritance]]
*[[Islamic marital jurisprudence|Marital]]
*[[Rules of war in Islam|Military]]
*[[Islamic political jurisprudence|Political]]
*[[Islamic theological jurisprudence|Theological]]
{{endflatlist}}

=== Schools of jurisprudence ===
{{Main|Madhhab}}
There are several [[Madhhab|schools of fiqh thought]] ({{langx|ar|مذهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|madhhab}}''; pl. {{lang|ar|مذاهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|maḏāhib}}'')
[[File:Madhhab Map3.png|thumb|Map of the Muslim world with the main schools of thoughts&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Islamic Jurisprudence &amp; Law {{!}} ReOrienting the Veil |url=https://veil.unc.edu/religions/islam/law/ |access-date=2025-05-19 |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{Needs update|date=May 2025|reason=Our Fiqh map does need an update, for example Bahrain is mostly orange (representing Ja'fari) while its Monarchy is Maliki and a majority of its citizens Sunni. Would be very helpful to get an update to date SVG version of the map as there are some tiny island Indian Ocean countries who are not shown on the map}}]]
The schools of [[Sunni Islam|Sunni]] Islam are each named by students of the classical jurist who taught them. The Sunni schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Hanafi school|Hanafi]] ([[Turkey]], [[Balkans]], [[Levant]], [[Central Asia]], [[Islam in South Asia|South Asia]], [[Islam in China|China]], [[North Caucasus|Northwest Caucasus]], [[Lower Egypt]], and [[Tatarstan]])
*[[Maliki school|Maliki]] ([[North Africa]], [[West Africa]], [[Upper Egypt]], [[Kuwait]], [[Bahrain]], [[Emirate of Abu Dhabi|Abu Dhabi]], and [[Emirate of Dubai|Dubai]])
*[[Shafi'i school|Shafi'i]] ([[Indonesia]], [[Malaysia]], [[Brunei]], [[Kurdistan]], [[East Africa]], [[North Caucasus|Northeast Caucasus]], [[Yemen]], [[Oman]], [[Islam in Kerala|Kerala]], [[Emirate of Fujairah|Fujairah]], and the [[Sinai Peninsula]])
*[[Hanbali school|Hanbali]] ([[Saudi Arabia]], [[Qatar]], [[Emirate of Sharjah|Sharjah]], [[Emirate of Umm Al Quwain|Umm al-Quwain]], [[Emirate of Ras Al Khaimah|Ras al-Khaimah]], and [[Emirate of Ajman|Ajman]])

The schools of [[Shia]] Islam are based on the [[Ja'fari school|Ja'fari]] school of jurisprudence. The Shia schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Twelver Shi'ism|Twelver]] ([[Iran]], [[Iraq]], and [[Azerbaijan]])
*[[Ismailism|Isma'ili]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Lakhani |first=M. Ali |title=Faith and Ethics: The Vision of the Ismaili Imamat |page=4 |quote=The place of the Ismailis within the theological pluralism of the Muslim community is best summarised by their Imam's statement to the International Islamic Conference held in Amman in July 2005: &quot;Our historic adherence is to the Ja'fari madhhab and other madhahib of close affinity, and it continues, under the leadership of the hereditary Ismaili Imam of the time. This adherence is in harmony also with our acceptance of Sufi principles of personal search and balance between the zahir and the spirit or the intellect which the zahir signifies.&quot; |publisher=Bloomsbury Publishing |year=2017 |isbn=978-1786733900}}&lt;/ref&gt; (minority communities in [[Central Asia]], [[South Asia]], [[Levant]], [[Yemen]])
*[[Zaydism|Zaydi]] (minority communities in [[Yemen]])

Entirely separate from both the Sunni and Shia traditions, [[Kharijites|Khawarij]] Islam has evolved its own distinct school.
*[[Ibadism|Ibadi]] (minority communities in [[Oman]])

These schools share many of their rulings, but differ on the particular [[hadith]]s they accept as authentic and the weight they give to analogy or reason ([[qiyas]]) in deciding difficulties.

The relationship between (at least the Sunni) schools of jurisprudence and the conflict between the unity of the Shariah and the diversity of the schools, was expressed by the 12th century Hanafi scholar [[Abu Hafs Umar al-Nasafi]], who wrote: &quot;Our school is correct with the possibility of error, and another school is in error with the possibility of being correct.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1 = Brown|first1 = Jonathan A.C.|author-link = Jonathan A.C. Brown|title = Misquoting Muhammad: The Challenge and Choices of Interpreting the Prophet's Legacy|date = 2014|publisher = [[Oneworld Publications]]|isbn = 978-1780744209|url = https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50|access-date = 4 June 2018|ref = JACBMM2014|pages = [https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50 50-51]}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== جديد قانون تي اٿرات ==
{{main|شريعت#ڪلاسيڪي اسلامي قانون|l1=شريعت: ڪلاسيڪي اسلامي قانون}}

A number of important legal [[institution]]s were developed by Muslim jurists during the classical period of Islam, known as the [[Islamic Golden Age]]. One such institution was the ''[[Hawala]]'', an early [[informal value transfer system]], which is mentioned in texts of Islamic jurisprudence as early as the 8th century. ''Hawala'' itself later influenced the development of the [[Agency (law)|agency]] in [[common law]] and in [[Civil law (legal system)|civil laws]] such as the ''aval'' in [[Law of France|French law]] and the ''avallo'' in [[Law of Italy|Italian law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |title=Islamic Law: Its Relation to Other Legal Systems |first=Gamal Moursi |last=Badr |journal=The American Journal of Comparative Law |volume=26 |issue=2 – Proceedings of an International Conference on Comparative Law, Salt Lake City, Utah, 24–25 February 1977 |date=Spring 1978 |pages=187–198 [196–98] |doi=10.2307/839667 |publisher=American Society of Comparative Law |jstor=839667}}&lt;/ref&gt;

The ''[[Waqf]]'' in [[Sharia|Islamic law]], which developed during the 7th–9th centuries, bears a notable resemblance to the [[Charitable trust|trusts]] in the English [[trust law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988}}&lt;/ref&gt; For example, every ''Waqf'' was required to have a ''waqif'' (settlor), ''mutawillis'' (trustee), ''[[qadi]]'' (judge) and beneficiaries.&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1237–40}}&lt;/ref&gt; The trust law developed in [[England]] at the time of the [[Crusades]], during the 12th and 13th centuries, was introduced by Crusaders who may have been influenced by the ''Waqf'' institutions they came across in the [[Middle East]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Hudson|2003|p=32}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1244–45}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪلاسيڪي اسلامي فقه (قانون) ۾، عدالت ۾ ڌرين کي ٽن کان ٻارهن شاهدن کان تصديق ٿيل بيان حاصل ڪرڻ جي اجازت هوندي آهي. جڏهن سڀني شاهدن جا بيان هڪجهڙا يا متفق هوندا آهن، ته نوٽري (قانوني دستاويز تيار ڪندڙ) انهن جي متفقه شاهدي جي تصديق هڪ قانوني دستاويز ذريعي ڪندا آهن، جنهن کي لاڳاپيل ڌر جي دعويٰ جي حمايت ۾ استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو. نوٽرين جو ڪم جج کي هر اکين ڏٺي شاهد جي شاهدي پاڻ ٻڌڻ جي وقت طلب ڪم کان آجو ڪرڻ آهي، ۽ انهن جا دستاويز هر زباني شاهدي جي قانوني تصديق جو ڪم ڏين ٿا. مالڪي مڪتبِ فڪر ڪجهه خاص قانوني معاملن ۾ - جن ۾ غير رجسٽرڊ شاديون ۽ زميني تڪرار شامل آهن - گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ٻارهن اکين ڏٺن شاهدن جا بيان گڏ ڪرڻ لاءِ ٻن نوٽرين جي موجودگي لازمي قرار ڏئي ٿو. جان مڪديسي (John Makdisi) ٻارهن شاهدن جي بيانن جي هن گروهه، جنهن کي ”لفيف“ (lafif) چيو ويندو آهي، جو موازنو هينري ٻئي (Henry II) جي دور ۾ انگريزي ”ڪامن لا“ (Common Law) تحت ٿيندڙ جيوري جي مقدمي جي طريقيڪار سان ڪيو آهي؛ هن بادشاهه جي سڌارن ۽ سسلي جي بادشاهت جي قانوني نظام جي وچ ۾ تعلق جو اندازو لڳايو آهي. ان ٻيٽ تي اڳ ۾ مختلف اسلامي حڪمران خاندانن جي حڪومت رهي چڪي هئي. * ڪامن لا جا ٻيا ڪيترائي بنيادي ادارا شايد اسلامي قانون ۽ فقھ جي ساڳين قانوني ادارن مان ورتا ويا هجن ۽ نارمن پاران انگلينڊ ۽ سسلي جي امارت (Emirate of Sicily) کي فتح ڪرڻ کان پوءِ، توڙي صليبي جنگين دوران صليبين ذريعي انگلينڊ ۾ متعارف ڪرايا ويا هجن. خاص طور تي، ”شاهي انگريزي معاهدو جنهن کي ’قرض جي ادائگي جي دعويٰ‘ (action of debt) ذريعي تحفظ حاصل هوندو هو، ان کي اسلامي ’عقد‘ (Aqd) سان ڀيٽيو وڃي ٿو؛ انگريزي قانوني عمل ’novel disseisin‘ (جنهن جو تعلق ملڪيت جي غير قانوني قبضي يا بي دخليءَ سان آهي) کي اسلامي ’استحقاق‘ (Istihqaq) سان ڀيٽيو وڃي ٿو؛ ۽ انگريزي جيوري (jury) کي اسلامي ’لفيف‘ (lafif) سان ڀيٽيو وڃي ٿو.“ جان مڪديسي اهو اندازو پڻ لڳايو ته انگريزي قانوني ادارا جهڙوڪ ”اسڪالسٽڪ طريقو“ (scholastic method) ۽ ”پڙهائڻ جو لائسنس“، ”قانون جا اسڪول (جن کي انگلينڊ ۾ ’انز آف ڪورٽ‘ (Inns of Court) ۽ اسلام ۾ ’مدرسا‘ چيو ويندو آهي)“ ۽ ”يورپي ڪمينڊا“ (European commenda - جيڪو اسلامي ’قراض‘ (Qirad) آهي) شايد اسلامي قانون مان ئي وجود ۾ آيا هجن. قانوني نظير (legal precedent) ۽ قياس (reasoning by analogy) ذريعي دليل ڏيڻ جو طريقو پڻ اسلامي ۽ ڪامن لا وارن نظامن ۾ هڪجهڙو آهي. انهن اثرن جي ڪري ڪجهه عالمن اهو خيال ظاهر ڪيو آهي ته اسلامي قانون شايد ”ڪامن لا“ جي هڪ مربوط نظام طور بنياد رکيو هجي. 


classical Islamic jurisprudence, litigants in court may obtain [[notarized]] statements from between three and twelve witnesses. When the statements of all witnesses are consistent, the notaries will certify their unanimous testimony in a legal document, which may be used to support the litigant's claim.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Justice of Islam|pages=7–9|author=Lawrence Rosen|publisher=Oxford University Press|year=2000|isbn=9780198298847}}&lt;/ref&gt; The notaries serve to free the [[qadi|judge]] from the time-consuming task of hearing the testimony of each eyewitness himself, and their documents serve to legally authenticate each oral testimony.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Expert Witness in Islamic Courts|year=2010|publisher=University of Chicago Press|author=Ron Shaham|pages=4–8|isbn=9780226749358}}&lt;/ref&gt; The [[Maliki]] school requires two notaries to collect a minimum of twelve eyewitness statements in certain legal cases, including those involving unregistered marriages and land disputes.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Positive Law from the Muslim World|author=Baudouin Dupret|year=2021|isbn=9781108960137|pages=205–210|publisher=Cambridge University Press}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Property, Social Structure, and Law in the Modern Middle East|year=1985|pages=54–64|editor=Ann Elizabeth Mayer|publisher=[[SUNY]] Press|isbn=9780873959889}}&lt;/ref&gt; John Makdisi has compared this group of twelve witness statements, known as a ''lafif'', to [[English Common Law]] jury trials under [[Henry II of England|Henry II]], surmising a link between the king's reforms and the legal system of the [[Kingdom of Sicily]]. The island had previously been ruled by various Islamic dynasties.&lt;ref name=&quot;Rodhan&quot;&gt;{{cite book |last1=Al-Rodhan |first1=Nayef R. F. |title=The Role of the Arab-Islamic World in the Rise of the West: Implications for Contemporary Trans-Cultural Relations |date=2012 |publisher=Palgrave Macmillan |isbn=978-0-230-39320-2 |page=73 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=n4OpT4ZP278C |access-date=25 May 2020 |language=en }}{{Dead link|date=November 2023 |bot=InternetArchiveBot |fix-attempted=yes }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Makdisi&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Makdisi |first1=John |title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=North Carolina Law Review |date=1 June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635 |url=https://scholarship.law.unc.edu/nclr/vol77/iss5/2/ |access-date=25 May 2020}}&lt;/ref&gt;

Several other fundamental [[common law]] institutions may have been adapted from similar legal institutions in [[Sharia|Islamic law]] and jurisprudence, and introduced to England by the [[Normans]] after the [[Norman conquest of England]] and the Emirate of Sicily, and by Crusaders during the [[Crusades]]. In particular, the &quot;royal English [[contract]] protected by the action of [[debt]] is identified with the Islamic ''Aqd'', the English [[assize of novel disseisin]] is identified with the Islamic ''Istihqaq'', and the English [[jury]] is identified with the Islamic ''lafif''.&quot; John Makdisi speculated that English legal institutions such as &quot;the [[scholastic method]], the [[licence]] to [[Education|teach]]&quot;, the &quot;[[law school]]s known as [[Inns of Court]] in England and ''[[Madrasah|Madrasas]]'' in Islam&quot; and the &quot;European [[commenda]]&quot; (Islamic ''[[Qirad]]'') may have also originated from Islamic law.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt; The methodology of [[Precedent|legal precedent]] and reasoning by [[analogy]] (''[[Qiyas]]'') are also similar in both the Islamic and common law systems.&lt;ref name=Gamal&gt;{{cite book |title=Islamic Finance: Law, Economics, and Practice |url=https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga |url-access=limited |first=Mahmoud A. |last=El-Gamal |year=2006 |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |isbn=0-521-86414-3 |page=[https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga/page/n35 16] }}&lt;/ref&gt; These influences have led some scholars to suggest that Islamic law may have laid the foundations for &quot;the common law as an integrated whole&quot;.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt;

== پڻ ڏسو ==
{{Portal|Islam|Law}}
*
* [[سنت]] 
* [[حديث]] 
* [[شريعت]] 
* [[شيعه اسلام]] 
* [[اسلام جا فرقا ۽ مسلڪ]] 
* [[امام ابو حنيفه|امام ابو حنيفه رحمت الله عليه]]
* [[امام بخاري]] 
* [[اسلاميات]] 
* [[اسلامي تاريخ جو خاڪو]] 
* [[امام غزالي]] 

==حوالا== 
===نوٽ===
{{reflist|group=Note}}
===حوالا===
{{حوالا}}
===ڪتابيات===
{{refbegin|30em}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Norman |last=Calder |title=Law. Legal Thought and Jurisprudence |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of the Islamic World |editor=John L. Esposito |publisher=Oxford University Press |location=Oxford |year=2009 |url=http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20081121033722/http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|url-status=dead|archive-date=21 November 2008}}
*Doi, Abd ar-Rahman I., and Clarke, Abdassamad (2008). ''Shari'ah: Islamic Law''. Ta-Ha Publishers Ltd., {{ISBN|978-1-84200-087-8}} (hardback)
* Cilardo, Agostino, &quot;Fiqh, History of&quot;, in ''Muhammad in History, Thought, and Culture: An Encyclopedia of the Prophet of God'' (2 vols.), Edited by C. Fitzpatrick and A. Walker, Santa Barbara, ABC-CLIO, 2014, Vol I, pp.&amp;nbsp;201–206.
* {{citation|last=Dahlén|first=Ashk |title=Islamic Law, Epistemology and Modernity. Legal Philosophy in Contemporary Iran|year=2003|location=New York|publisher=Routledge |isbn=9780415945295|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=QARHBQAAQBAJ}}
*{{cite book |last1=El-Gamal |first1=Mahmoud A. |title=Islamic Finance : Law, Economics, and Practice |publisher=Cambridge University Press |date=2006 |url=http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |ref=MAEGIFLEP2006 |access-date=28 February 2017 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180403160351/http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |archive-date=3 April 2018 |url-status=dead }}
*{{Cite journal |journal=[[University of Pennsylvania Law Review]] |volume=136 |issue=4 |date=April 1988 |pages=1231–1261 |doi=10.2307/3312162 |last1=Gaudiosi |first1= Monica M. |title=The Influence of the Islamic Law of Waqf on the Development of the Trust in England_ The Case of Merton College |publisher=The University of Pennsylvania Law Review |jstor=3312162|s2cid=153149243 |url=http://scholarship.law.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=3909&amp;context=penn_law_review |url-access=subscription }}
*{{cite book |last1=Hawting |first1=G.R. |title=The Quest for the Historical Muhammad |date=2000 |publisher=Prometheus Books |location=New York |pages=489–509 |chapter=16. John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism |ref=GRHJWIaM2000}}
*{{Cite book
 |last=Hudson
 |first=A.
 |title=Equity and Trusts
 |year=2003
 |edition=3rd
 |publisher=Cavendish Publishing
 |location=London
 |isbn=978-1-85941-729-4
 }}

*{{Cite book |last=Levy |first=Reuben |title=The Social Structure of Islam |location=UK |publisher=Cambridge University Press |year=1957 |isbn=978-0-521-09182-4 |url=https://archive.org/details/socialstructureo0000levy }}
*{{Cite journal |last=Makdisi|first=John A.|title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=[[North Carolina Law Review]] |date=June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635–1739}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Irene |last=Schneider |title=Fiqh |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of Islam and Politics |publisher=Oxford University Press |editor=Emad El-Din Shahin |year=2014 |doi=10.1093/acref:oiso/9780199739356.001.0001|isbn=9780199739356 }}
{{refend}}

==مزيد مطالعو==
*Potz, Richard, [http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0159-2011112127 Islamic Law and the Transfer of European Law], [[European History Online]], Mainz: [[Institute of European History]], 2011. (Retrieved 28 November 2011.)
*[Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
*{{Commons category-inline}}
* [https://halaqa.home.blog/2021/02/12/types-of-hanafi-legal-rulings-ahkam/ Types of Hanafi Legal Rulings (Ahkam)]
* [Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

{{Islam topics |Law |state=collapsed}}
{{Authority control}}

[[Category:Islamic jurisprudence| ]]
[[Category:Sharia terminology]]
[[Category:Law schools]]
{{اسلامي فقه}}
[[زمرو:اسلامي اصطلاح]]</text>
      <sha1>rt1ujof0o47jbmvozgb02188wbqqq0u</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400961</id>
      <parentid>400960</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T18:03:28Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>/* History */</comment>
      <origin>400961</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="53364" sha1="70ridhls13kvmnhhomi3xoifaticcf0" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|Islamic jurisprudence}}
{{Islam |texts |width=21.75em}}
'''فقه''' (عربي: فِقْه) اسلامي قانوني نظام يا اسلامي فقہي اصولن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ اصطلاح آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot; /&gt; فقه کي اڪثر شريعت بابت انساني سمجھ (تحقيق ۽ عمل) جي طور تي بيان ڪيو ويندو آهي؛ يعني اسلامي قانون، جيئن قرآن ۽ سنت ([[محمد ﷺ|پيغمبر محمد ﷺ]] ۽ سندن [[صحابي|ساٿين]] جي تعليمات ۽ عملن ۾ بيان ڪيو ويو آهي) جي انساني سمجھ آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;vogel&quot; /&gt; فقه، اسلامي قانون دانن (علماءِ) پاران [[قرآن]] ۽ اجتهاد (سنت جي تشريح) ذريعي [[شريعت]] کي وسيع ۽ ترقي ڏياري ٿي ۽ ان تي عمل درآمد انهن قانون دانن جي فيصلن (فتويٰ) ذريعي ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا انهن آڏو پيش ڪيل مسئلن تي ڏنا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;vogel&quot; /&gt; ان ڪري، جتي مسلمان شريعت کي تبديليءَ کان پاڪ ۽ غلطين کان مبرّا سمجهن ٿا، اتي فقه کي غلطي جي امڪان واري ۽ تبديليءَ جي قابل سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. 

فقه جو تعلق اسلام ۾ عبادات، اخلاقيات ۽ سماجي قانون سازي، گڏوگڏ معاشي ۽ سياسي نظام جي معاملن سان آهي. جديد دور ۾، [[سني اسلام|سني روايتن]] ۾ فقه جا چار نمايان مڪتبِ فڪر (مذھب) موجود آهن، ان کان علاوه [[شيعه اسلام|شيعه روايتن]] ۾ ٻه (يا ٽي) مڪتبِ فڪر آهن. فقه جي ڄاڻ رکندڙ شخص کي &quot;فقيه&quot; (جمع: فقهاءِ) چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;

مجازي معنيٰ ۾، فقه مان مراد اسلامي قانوني فيصلن بابت انهن جي بنيادي ذريعن مان حاصل ڪيل ڄاڻ آهي. ذريعن مان مذهبي فيصلا اخذ ڪرڻ لاءِ &quot;مجتهد&quot; (اهو فرد جيڪو اجتهاد ڪري ٿو) لاءِ ضروري آهي ته هو فقه جي مختلف بحثن تي گهري ڄاڻ ۽ سمجھ رکي.  

فقه جي مطالعي کي روايتي طور تي ٻن حصن ۾ ورهايو ويو آهي: &quot;اصولِ فقه&quot; (اسلامي فقه جا اصول، لفظي معنيٰ: ”فقه جون پاڙون&quot;)، جيڪي قانوني تشريح ۽ تجزيي جا طريقا آهن؛ ۽ &quot;فروعِ فقه&quot; (لفظي معنيٰ: &quot;فقه جون شاخون&quot;)، جيڪي انهن اصولن جي بنياد تي فيصلن جي تفصيلي وضاحت آهن. فروعِ فقه، اصولِ فقه جي اطلاق جو نتيجو ۽ خدائي مرضي کي سمجهڻ لاءِ ڪيل انساني ڪوششن جو مجموعي حاصلات آهي. &quot;حڪم&quot; (جمع: احڪام) ڪنهن خاص معاملي يا صورتحال ۾ ڏنل مخصوص فيصلي کي چيو ويندو آهي.

'''فقه''' (&lt;small&gt;Fiqh&lt;/small&gt;)؛&lt;ref&gt;[https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/fiqh &quot;fiqh&quot;]. ''[[Collins English Dictionary]]''.&lt;/ref&gt; اسلام ۾ قانون جي سائنس جو (&lt;small&gt;Jurisprudence&lt;/small&gt;) نالو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot;&gt;[http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/207723/fiqh Fiqh] Encyclopædia Britannica&lt;/ref&gt; فقه جو استعمال اسلامي شريعت جي سمجھ طور ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=vogel&gt;{{cite book|last=Vogel|first=Frank E.|title=Islamic Law and the Legal System of Saudí: Studies of Saudi Arabia|date=2000|publisher=Brill|pages=4–5|url=https://books.google.com/?id=-PfDuvnHMGoC&amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;dq=vogel+islamic+law#v=onepage&amp;q=vogel%20islamic%20law&amp;f=false|isbn=9004110623}}&lt;/ref&gt; اھو علم شريعت ۾ قرآن ۽ سنت جي روشنيءَ ۾ اجتھاد جي ذريعي واڌارو ڪري ٿو ۽ ان واڌاري کي فقيھن جي فتوائون ذريعي لاڳو ڪري ٿو. فقه ۾ غلطي جي گنجائش ھوندي آھي ۽ اھا تبديل پڻ ٿي سگھندي آھي. موجوده دور۾ سني اسلام ۾ چار فقھي مذھب ۽ شيعه اسلام ۾ ٻہ فقھي مذھب آھن.&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;

== لغوي معنيَ == 
فقه جي لغوي معنيَ آهي ڪنهن شئي جو علم۽ فھم، ڪنھن شئي کي کولڻ۽ نکيڙڻ ۽ ان جي اونھائي ۾ وڃي حقيقت ڳولي لھڻ۽ ان کي پڌرو ڪرڻ، اصطلاحي طور فقه جي معني شريعت جي حڪمن ۾ سمجھ پيدا ڪرڻ آھي&lt;ref name =&quot; آسان فقه&quot; &gt; - ڪتاب: آسان فقه، از: مولانا محمد يوسف اصلاحي، مترجم: محمد عاشق ڌامراھا، مھراڻ اڪيڊمي شڪارپور، جنوري 2002 -- پنھنجي پاران: قمر ميمڻ صه 28  &lt;/ref&gt;. قرآن شريف ۾ سورة التوبہ ۾ آيت نمبر 122 ۾ فقه لفظ جو استعمال ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو:

{{quote| فلولا نفر من کل فرقة منهم طائفة ليتفقهوا في الدين&lt;br&gt; ترجمو:پوء ڇونہ انھن جي سڀ ڪنھن جماعت مان ھڪ ھڪ ٽولي نڪتي ته پاڻ ۾ دين جي سمجھ پيدا ڪن. |التوبة - ۱۲۲|&lt;ref name=&quot;آسان فقه&quot; /&gt;}}


The word ''fiqh'' is an Arabic term meaning &quot;deep understanding&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Modarresi&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|author-link=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|title=The Laws of Islam|date=26 March 2016|publisher=Enlight Press|isbn=978-0994240989|url=http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|access-date=22 December 2017|ref=Modarresi|language=en|archive-date=2 August 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190802163247/http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{rp|470}} or &quot;full comprehension&quot;. Technically it refers to the body of Islamic law extracted from detailed Islamic sources (which are studied in the [[principles of Islamic jurisprudence]]) and the process of gaining knowledge of Islam through jurisprudence. The historian [[Ibn Khaldun]] describes ''fiqh'' as &quot;knowledge of the rules of God which concern the actions of persons who own themselves connected to obey the law respecting what is required (''[[wajib]]''), sinful (''[[haraam]]''), recommended (''[[mustahab|mandūb]]''), disapproved (''[[makrūh]]''), or neutral (''[[mubah]]'')&quot;.&lt;ref&gt;Levy (1957). p. 150.&lt;/ref&gt; This definition is consistent amongst the jurists.

In [[Modern Standard Arabic]], ''fiqh'' has also come to mean Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=أنیس|first=إبراهیم|title=المعجم الوسیط|publisher=دارالفکر|year=1998|location=بیروت، لبنان|pages=731}}&lt;/ref&gt; It is not thus possible to speak of [[Chief Justice of the United States|Chief Justice]] [[John Roberts]] as an expert in the [[common law]] ''fiqh'' of the [[United States]], or of [[Egypt]]ian legal scholar [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] as an expert in the civil law ''fiqh'' of Egypt.

==تاريخ ==
{{main|شريعت}}
{{further information|اسلامي اقتصاديات جي تاريخ }}

According to Sunni Islamic history, Sunni law followed a chronological path of:
*[[God in Islam|God]] → [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] → [[Sahabah|Companions]] → [[Tabi'un|Followers]] → ''Fiqh''.&lt;ref name=&quot;Maghen-2003&quot;&gt;{{cite journal|last1=Maghen|first1=Ze'ev|title=Dead Tradition: Joseph Schacht and the Origins of &quot;Popular Practice&quot;|journal=Islamic Law and Society|date=2003|volume=10|issue=3|pages=276–347|doi=10.1163/156851903770227575|jstor=3399422}}&lt;/ref&gt;
The commands and prohibitions chosen by God were revealed through the agency of the Prophet in both the Quran and the Sunnah (words, deeds, and examples of the Prophet passed down as [[hadith]]). 
The first Muslims (the [[Sahabah]] or Companions) heard and obeyed, and passed this essence of Islam&lt;ref name=GRHJWIaM2000:513/&gt; to succeeding generations (''[[Tabi'un]]'' and ''[[Tabi' al-Tabi'in]]'' or successors/followers and successors of successors), as Muslims and Islam spread from West Arabia to the conquered lands north, east, and west,&lt;ref name=RGHIGP2015:223&gt;[[#RGHIGP2015|Hoyland, ''In God's Path'', 2015]]: p.223&lt;/ref&gt;{{#tag:ref|for example, Sunni [[Hanbali]] scholar/preacher [[Al-Hasan ibn 'Ali al-Barbahari]] (d.941) who ruled the streets of Baghdad from 921-941 CE,  insisted that &quot;whoever asserts that there is any part of Islam with which the Companions of the Prophet did not provide us has called them [the Companions of the Prophet] liars&quot;.&lt;ref name=cook-2000-109&gt;{{cite book|last1=Cook|first1=Michael|title=The Koran : A Very Short Introduction|date=2000|publisher=Oxford University Press|url=https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook |url-access=registration|isbn=0192853449|page=[https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook/page/n122 109]}}&lt;/ref&gt;|group=Note}} where it was systematized and elaborated.&lt;ref name=GRHJWIaM2000:513&gt;[[#GRHJWIaM2000|Hawting, &quot;John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism&quot;, 2000]]: p.513&lt;/ref&gt;

The history of Islamic jurisprudence is &quot;customarily divided into eight periods&quot;:&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: pp. 30–31&lt;/ref&gt;
*the first period ending with the death of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] in 11 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*second period &quot;characterized by personal interpretations&quot; of the canon by the ''[[Sahabah]]'' or companions of Muhammad, lasting until 50 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from 50 AH until the early second century AH there was competition between &quot;a traditionalist approach to jurisprudence&quot; in [[Hijaz|western Arabia]] where Islam was revealed and a &quot;rationalist approach in Iraq&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;golden age of classical Islamic jurisprudence&quot; from the &quot;early second to the mid-fourth century when the [[Madhhab#Amman Message|eight &quot;most significant&quot;]] schools of Sunni and [[Shia|Shi'i]] jurisprudence emerged.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from the mid-fourth century to mid-seventh AH Islamic jurisprudence was &quot;limited to elaborations within the main juristic schools&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;dark age&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence stretched from the [[Siege of Baghdad (1258)|fall of Baghdad]] in the mid-seventh AH (1258 CE) to 1293 AH/1876 CE.
*In 1293 AH (1876 CE) the Ottomans codified [[Hanafi]] jurisprudence in the ''[[Mecelle|Majallah el-Ahkam-i-Adliya]]''. Several &quot;juristic revival movements&quot; influenced by &quot;exposure to Western legal and technological progress&quot; followed until the mid-20th century CE. [[Muhammad Abduh]] and [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] were products of this era.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; However, Abduh and El-Sanhuri were modernists. 19th century Ottoman Shariah Code was built on the views of the Hanafi school.
*The most recent era has been that of the &quot;[[Islamic revival#Contemporary revivalism|Islamic revival]]&quot;, which has been &quot;predicated on rejection of Western social and legal advances&quot; and the development of specifically Islamic states, social sciences, economics, and finance.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
The formative period of Islamic jurisprudence stretches back to the time of the early Muslim communities. During this period, jurists were more concerned with issues of authority and teaching than with theory and methodology.&lt;ref name=&quot;Weiss (2002)&quot;&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by [[Bernard G. Weiss]], (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. pp. 3, 161.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Progress in theory and methodology happened with the coming of the early Muslim jurist [[Muhammad ibn Idris ash-Shafi`i]] (767–820), who codified the basic principles of Islamic jurisprudence in his book ''ar-Risālah''. The book details the four roots of law ([[Qur'an]], [[sunnah]], ''[[ijma]]'', and ''[[qiyas]]'') while specifying that the primary Islamic texts (the Qur'an and the hadith) be understood according to objective rules of interpretation derived from scientific study of the Arabic language.&lt;ref name=weiss-162&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by Bernard G. Weiss, (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. p. 162.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Secondary sources of law were developed and refined over the subsequent centuries, consisting primarily of juristic preference (''[[istihsan]]''), laws of the previous prophets (''[[shara man qablana]]''), continuity (''[[istishab]]''), extended analogy (''[[maslaha mursala]]''), blocking the means (''[[sadd al-dhari'ah]]''), local customs (''[[urf]]''), and sayings of a companion of the Prophet (''[[qawl al-sahabi]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Nyazee (2000)&quot;&gt;Nyazee, Imran Ahsan Khan (2000). ''Islamic Jurisprudence (UsulAI-Fiqh)''. Islamabad: Islamic Research Institute Press.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== Diagram of early scholars ===

[[File:Sunni Streams of Doctrine.png|thumb|Main schools of thought within Sunni Islam, and other prominent streams.]]
[[File:Muslim World Introduction.svg|thumb|Major schools of thought and theology in the Islamic world]]
The Quran set the rights, responsibilities, and rules for people and societies to adhere to, such as dealing in [[The Impact of Religion on International Negotiations|interest]]. Muhammad then provided an example, which is recorded in the hadith books, showing people how he practically implemented these rules in a society. After the passing of Muhammad, there was a need for jurists, to decide on new legal matters where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadith, example of Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=gMxjJqurmiAC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA30|title=Islam Vs. West|isbn=9780595501571|last1=Asadulla|first1=Abubakr|year=2009|publisher=iUniverse }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=es9Sunv_y2MC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA20|title=Islamic State Practices, International Law and the Threat from Terrorism|isbn=9781841135014|last1=Rehman|first1=Javaid|date=7 June 2005|publisher=Hart }}&lt;/ref&gt;

In the years proceeding Muhammad, the community in Madina continued to use the same rules. People were familiar with the practice of Muhammad and therefore continued to use the same rules.

The scholars appearing in the diagram below were taught by [[Muhammad's companions]], many of whom settled in Madina.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceA&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|title=ulama|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=25 February 2013|archive-date=21 October 2014|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141021231627/http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; ''[[Muwatta Imam Malik|Muwatta]]''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|title=Muwatta|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=13 October 2010|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; by [[Malik ibn Anas]] was written as a consensus of the opinion, of these scholars.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=d5Ks31qHlSYC&amp;q=coulson+history+islamic+law|title=A History of Islamic Law|isbn=9780748605149|last1=Coulson|first1=Noel James|year=1994}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Va6oSxzojzoC&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA207|title=E. J. Brill's First Encyclopaedia of Islam, 1913–1936|isbn=9004097910|last1=Houtsma|first1=M. Th|year=1993|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=0_wUAAAAIAAJ&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA264|title=Studies in Islamic History and Civilization|isbn=9789652640147|last1=Šārôn|first1=Moše|year=1986|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt; ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas quotes 13 hadiths from Imam [[Jafar al-Sadiq]].&lt;ref name=&quot;Muwatta&quot;&gt;''Al-Muwatta'' of Imam Malik Ibn Anas, translated by Aisha Bewley (Book #5, Hadith #5.9.23) (Book #16, Hadith #16.1.1) (Book #17, Hadith #17.24.43) (Book #20, Hadith #20.10.40) (Book #20, Hadith #20.11.44) (Book #20, Hadith #20.32.108) (Book #20, Hadith #20.39.127) (Book #20, Hadith #20.40.132) (Book #20, Hadith #20.49.167) (Book #20, Hadith #20.57.190) (Book #26, Hadith #26.1.2) (Book #29, Hadith #29.5.17) (Book #36, Hadith #36.4.5) [http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html Al-Muwatta'] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html |date=13 October 2010 }}&lt;/ref&gt;
Aisha also taught her nephew [[Urwah ibn Zubayr]]. He then taught his son [[Hisham ibn Urwah]], who was the main teacher of Malik ibn Anas whose views many Sunni follow and also taught by Jafar al-Sadiq. [[Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]], Hisham ibn Urwah and Muhammad al-Baqir taught [[Zayd ibn Ali]], Jafar al-Sadiq, [[Abu Hanifa]], and Malik ibn Anas.

Imam Jafar al-Sadiq, Imam Abu Hanifa and Malik ibn Anas worked together in [[Al-Masjid an-Nabawi]] in Medina, along with Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr, Muhammad al-Baqir, Zayd ibn Ali and over 70 other leading jurists and scholars.

[[Al-Shafi'i]] was taught by Malik ibn Anas. [[Ahmad ibn Hanbal]] was taught by Al-Shafi'i. [[Muhammad al-Bukhari]] travelled everywhere collecting hadith and his father [[Ismail ibn Ibrahim]] was a student of Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Islam Page 67&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=mlGgGVCp0UcC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA67|title=Understanding Women in Islam|isbn=9789793780191|last1=Hasyim|first1=Syafiq|year=2006|publisher=Equinox }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=JdjtUTYSL1UC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA37|title=Classical Islam|isbn=9780415240321|last1=Calder|first1=Norman|last2=Mojaddedi|first2=Jawid Ahmad|last3=Rippin|first3=Andrew|year=2003|publisher=Psychology Press }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=GlqeC1ZFAUEC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim&amp;pg=PT101|title=Judaism and Islam in Practice|isbn=9781134605538|last1=Brockopp|first1=Jonathan E.|last2=Neusner|first2=Jacob|last3=Sonn|first3=Tamara|date=27 September 2005|publisher=Routledge }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.oocities.org/mutmainaa7/people/jafar_al_sadiq.html|title=Jafar Al-Sadiq}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|title=IMAM JAFAR BIN MUHAMMAD AS-SADIQ (AS)|website=www.ziaraat.org|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=22 August 2023|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230822202122/http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{Islam scholars diagram}}

In the books actually written by these original jurists and scholars, there are very few theological and judicial differences between them. Imam Ahmad rejected the writing down and codifying of the religious rulings he gave. They knew that they might have fallen into error in some of their judgements and stated this clearly. They never introduced their rulings by saying, &quot;Here, this judgement is the judgement of God and His prophet.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=W4OKaz5dzdYC&amp;q=Modernist+Islam,+1840-1940:+A+Sourcebook+By+Charles+Kurzman|title=Modernist Islam, 1840–1940|isbn=9780195154689|last1=Kurzman|first1=Charles|year=2002|publisher=Oxford University Press }}&lt;/ref&gt; There is also very little text actually written down by Jafar al-Sadiq himself. They all give priority to the Qur'an and the hadith (the practice of Muhammad). They felt that the Quran and the Hadith, the example of Muhammad provided people with almost everything they needed. &quot;This day I have perfected for you your religion and completed My favor upon you and have approved for you Islam as religion&quot; (Qur'an 5:3).&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://quran.com/5/3 |title=Surat Al-Ma'idah [5:3] - The Noble Qur'an - القرآن الكريم |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130925005700/http://quran.com/5/3 |archive-date=25 September 2013 |df=dmy }} [http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ Quran Surah Al-Maaida ( Verse 3 )] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180612141107/http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ |date=12 June 2018 }}&lt;/ref&gt;

These scholars did not distinguish between each other. They were not Sunni or Shia. They felt that they were following the religion of Abraham as described in the Quran &quot;Say: Allah speaks the truth; so follow the religion of Abraham, the upright one. And he was not one of the polytheists&quot; (Qur'an 3:95).

Most of the differences are regarding Sharia laws devised through [[Ijtihad]] where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadiths of Islamic prophet Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;/&gt; As these jurists went to new areas, they were pragmatic and continued to use the same ruling as was given in that area during pre-Islamic times, if the population felt comfortable with it, it was just and they used Ijtihad to deduce that it did not conflict with the Quran or the Hadith. As explained in the ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This made it easier for the different communities to integrate into the Islamic State and assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State.

To reduce the divergence, [[ash-Shafi'i]] proposed giving priority to the Qur'an and the Hadith (the practice of Muhammad) and only then look at the consensus of the Muslim jurists (''[[ijma]]'') and analogical reasoning (''[[qiyas]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This then resulted in jurists like Muhammad al-Bukhari&lt;ref name=&quot;sahih-bukhari.com&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.sahih-bukhari.com/|title=Sahih Bukhari : Read, Study, Search Online|first=Sahih|last=Bukhari}}&lt;/ref&gt; dedicating their lives to the collection of the correct hadith, in books like [[Sahih al-Bukhari]] (Sahih translates as authentic or correct). They also felt that Muhammad's judgement was more impartial and better than their own.

These original jurists and scholars also acted as a counterbalance to the rulers. When they saw injustice, all these scholars spoke out against it. As the state expanded outside Madina, the rights of the different communities, as they were constituted in the [[Constitution of Medina]] still applied. The Quran also gave additional rights to the citizens of the state and these rights were also applied. Ali, Hassan and [[Husayn ibn Ali]] gave their allegiance to the first three caliphs because they abided by these conditions. Later [[Ali]] the fourth caliph wrote in a letter &quot;I did not approach the people to get their oath of allegiance but they came to me with their desire to make me their Amir (ruler). I did not extend my hands towards them so that they might swear the oath of allegiance to me but they themselves extended their hands towards me.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;Nahj ul Balagha Letter 54&lt;/ref&gt; But later as fate would have it ([[Predestination in Islam]]) when [[Yazid I]], an [[Umayyad Caliphate|Umayyad]] ruler took power, Husayn ibn Ali the grandson of Muhammad felt that it was a test from God for him and his duty to confront him. Then [[Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr]], Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr's cousin confronted the Umayyad rulers after Husayn ibn Ali was betrayed by the people of Kufa and killed by Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Yazid I.&lt;ref&gt;Najeebabadi, Akbar Shah (2001). The History of Islam V.2. Riyadh: Darussalam. p. 110. {{ISBN|9960-892-88-3}}.&lt;/ref&gt; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr then took on the Umayyads and expelled their forces from Hijaz and Iraq. But then his forces were depleted in Iraq, trying to stop the Khawarij. The Umayyads then moved in. After a lengthy campaign, in his last hour Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr asked his mother [[Asma' bint Abu Bakr]] the daughter of [[Abu Bakr]] the first caliph for advice. Asma' bint Abu Bakr replied to her son, she said:&lt;ref name=&quot;ummah.com&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|title=The Advice of Asmaa bint Abu Bakr (ra) to her son Abdullah Ibn Zubair (ra)|website=Ummah.com - Muslim Forum|access-date=20 September 2021|archive-date=25 February 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210225220953/https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; &quot;You know better in your own self, that if you are upon the truth and you are calling towards the truth go forth, for people more honourable than you have been killed and if you are not upon the truth, then what an evil son you are and you have destroyed yourself and those who are with you. If you say, that if you are upon the truth and you will be killed at the hands of others, then you will not truly be free.&quot; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr left and was later also killed and crucified by the Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Umayyads and led by Hajjaj. [[Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]] the son of Abu Bakr the first caliph and raised by Ali the fourth caliph was also killed by the Umayyads.&lt;ref&gt;Nahj al-Balagha Sermon 71, Letter 27, Letter 34, Letter 35&lt;/ref&gt; [[Aisha]] then raised and taught her son Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr who later taught his grandson Jafar al-Sadiq.

During the early Umayyad period, there was more community involvement. The Quran and Muhammad's example was the main source of law after which the community decided. If it worked for the community, was just and did not conflict with the Quran and the example of Muhammad, it was accepted. This made it easier for the different communities, with Roman, Persian, Central Asia and North African backgrounds to integrate into the Islamic State and that assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State. The scholars in Madina were consulted on the more complex judicial issues. The Sharia and the official more centralized schools of fiqh developed later, during the time of the Abbasids.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceB&quot;&gt;Muawiya Restorer of the Muslim Faith By Aisha Bewley p. 68&lt;/ref&gt;

==Components==
{{further|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}
[[File:Map of the Legal systems of the world (en).png|thumb|350px|[[List of national legal systems|Legal systems of the world]]]]
The sources of [[Sharia]] in order of importance are:&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;&gt;Abul Quasem, M. (1975). The ethics of al-Ghazali: A composite ethics in Islam. p. 26&lt;/ref&gt;
#[[Qur'an]]
#[[Hadith]]
#[[Ijma]], i.e. collective reasoning and consensus amongst authoritative Muslims of a particular generation, and its interpretation by Islamic scholars.
#The consensus of the [[Sahaba]]
#[[Qiyas]], analogical legal reasoning by Islamic jurists.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;&gt;{{cite book|editor1-first=Hisham M. |editor1-last=Ramadan|author1=Irshad Abdel Haqq|author-link1=Islamic law: An Overview of Its Origins and Elements|title=Understanding Islamic Law: From Classical to Contemporary|year=2006|publisher=Rowman Altamira|isbn=9780759109919|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=5ZS7EaHTQX8C&amp;q=Islamic+law%3A+An+Overview+of+Its+Origins+and+Elements&amp;pg=PA1 |access-date=17 August 2016}} p. 18&lt;/ref&gt;

Majority of [[Sunni Muslims]] view ''[[Qiyas]]'' as a central Pillar of ''[[Ijtihad]]''.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;/&gt; An example is the ruling of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]], that &quot;a judge should not sit in judgement while angry&quot;, whereas reason adds that this extends to hunger or suffering from a painful disease.&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;/&gt; [[Zahiri]]tes, rejected ''Qiyas'' unlike the Sunnis.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=B. Hallaq |first=Wael |title=THE ORIGINS AND EVOLUTION OF ISLAMIC LAW |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |year=2005 |isbn=978-0-521-80332-8 | location=Cambridge, UK |pages=124, 127}}&lt;/ref&gt; The ''[[Shia Islam|Shi'a]]'' believed that all laws are implicitly mentioned in the Quran or the sunnah and can be discovered by the jurists of their tradition.&lt;ref&gt;Mansoor Moaddel, ''Islamic Modernism, Nationalism, and Fundamentalism: Episode and Discourse'', pg. 32. [[Chicago]]: [[University of Chicago Press]], 2005.&lt;/ref&gt;

The [[Qur'an]] gives instructions on many issues, such as how to perform the ritual purification (''{{lang|ar|[[wudu]]}}'') before the obligatory daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}''). On other issues, for example, the Qur'an states one needs to engage in daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}'') and fast (''{{lang|ar|[[sawm]]}}'') during the [[Ramadan (calendar month)|month of Ramadan]] but further instructions and details on how to perform these duties can be found in the traditions of Muhammad, so [[Qur'an and Sunnah]] are in most cases the basis for (''{{lang|ar|[[Shariah]]}}'').

Some topics are without precedent in Islam's early period. In those cases, Muslim jurists (''{{lang|ar|[[Fuqaha]]}}'') try to arrive at conclusions by other means. [[Sunni]] jurists use historical consensus of the community (''{{lang|ar|[[Ijma]]}}''); a majority in the modern era also use [[analogy]] (''{{lang|ar|[[Qiyas]]}}'') and weigh the harms and benefits of new topics (''{{lang|ar|[[Istislah]]}}''), and a plurality utilizes juristic preference (''{{lang|ar|[[Istihsan]]}}''). The conclusions arrived at with the aid of these additional tools constitute a wide array of laws, and its application is called ''fiqh''. Thus, in contrast to the ''sharia'', ''fiqh'' is not regarded as [[sacred]] and the schools of thought have differing views on its details, without viewing other conclusions as [[Sacrilege|sacrilegious]]. This division of interpretation in more detailed issues has resulted in different schools of thought (''{{lang|ar|[[madh'hab]]}}'').

This wider concept of '''Islamic jurisprudence''' is the source of a range of laws in different topics that guide Muslims in everyday life.

=== Component categories ===
[[File:Actions in Fiqh.png|thumb|Actions in Islamic Fiqh]]

Islamic jurisprudence (''fiqh'') covers two main areas:
# Rules in relation to actions, and,
# Rules in relation to circumstances surrounding actions.

These types of rules can also fall into two groups:
# Worship ([[Ibadah|Ibadaat]])
# Dealings and transactions (with people) ([[Muamalat|Mu`amalaat]])

Rules in relation to actions ('''amaliyya'' — عملية) or &quot;[[Ahkam|decision types]]&quot; comprise:
# Obligation (''[[fardh]]'')
# Recommendation (''[[mustahabb]]'')
# Permissibility (''[[mubah]]'')
# Disrecommendation (''[[makrooh]]'')
# Prohibition (''[[haraam]]'')

Rules in relation to circumstances (''wadia''') comprise:
# Condition (''shart'')
# Cause (''sabab'')
# Preventor (''mani'')
# Permit / Enforced (''rukhsah, azeemah'')
# Valid / Corrupt / Invalid (''sahih, fasid, batil'')
# In time / Deferred / Repeat (''adaa, qadaa, i'ada'')

=== Methodologies of jurisprudence ===
{{main|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}

The [[modus operandi]] of the Muslim jurist is known as ''[[usul al-fiqh]]'' (&quot;principles of jurisprudence&quot;).

There are different approaches to the methodology used in jurisprudence to derive Islamic rulings from the primary sources of ''[[sharia]]'' (Islamic law). The main methodologies are those of the [[Sunni]], [[Shi'a]] and [[Ibadi]] denominations. While both Sunni and [[Shi'ite]] (Shia) are divided into smaller sub-schools, the differences among the Shi'ite schools is considerably greater. Ibadites only follow a single school without divisions.

While using court decisions as legal precedents and [[case law]] are central to Western law, the importance of the institution of fatawa (non-binding answers by Islamic legal scholars to legal questions) has been called &quot;central to the development&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:32&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: p. 32&lt;/ref&gt; This is in part because of a &quot;vacuum&quot; in the other source of Islamic law, ''qada`'' (legal rulings by state appointed Islamic judges) after the fall of the last [[caliphate]] the Ottoman Empire.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; While the practice in Islam dates back to the time of Muhammad, according to at least one source (Muhammad El-Gamal), it is &quot;modeled after the [[Roman Empire|Roman]] system of ''[[responsa]]'',&quot; and gives the questioner &quot;decisive primary-mover advantage in choosing the question and its wording.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;

Each school (''[[madhhab]]'') reflects a unique ''[[urf]]'' or culture (a cultural practice that was influenced by traditions), that the classical jurists themselves lived in, when rulings were made. Some suggest that the discipline of ''[[isnad]]'', which developed to validate ''hadith'' made it relatively easy to record and validate also the rulings of jurists. This, in turn, made them far easier to imitate (''[[taqlid]]'') than to challenge in new contexts. The argument is, the schools have been more or less frozen for centuries, and reflect a culture that simply no longer exists. Traditional scholars hold that religion is there to regulate human behavior and nurture people's moral side and since human nature has not fundamentally changed since the beginning of Islam a call to modernize the religion is essentially one to relax all laws and institutions.

Early ''[[shariah]]'' had a much more flexible character, and some modern Muslim scholars believe that it should be renewed, and that the classical jurists should lose special status. This would require formulating a new fiqh suitable for the modern world, e.g. as proposed by advocates of the [[Islamization of knowledge]], which would deal with the modern context. This modernization is opposed by most conservative ''[[ulema]]''. Traditional scholars hold that the laws are contextual and consider circumstance such as time, place and culture, the principles they are based upon are universal such as justice, equality and respect. Many Muslim scholars argue that even though technology may have advanced, the fundamentals of human life have not.

=== Fields of jurisprudence ===
{{flatlist}}
*[[Islamic criminal jurisprudence|Criminal]]
*[[Islamic economical jurisprudence|Economics]]
*[[Adab (behavior)|Etiquette]]
*[[Islamic family jurisprudence|Family]]
*[[Hygiene in Islam|Hygienical]]
*[[Islamic inheritance jurisprudence|Inheritance]]
*[[Islamic marital jurisprudence|Marital]]
*[[Rules of war in Islam|Military]]
*[[Islamic political jurisprudence|Political]]
*[[Islamic theological jurisprudence|Theological]]
{{endflatlist}}

=== Schools of jurisprudence ===
{{Main|Madhhab}}
There are several [[Madhhab|schools of fiqh thought]] ({{langx|ar|مذهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|madhhab}}''; pl. {{lang|ar|مذاهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|maḏāhib}}'')
[[File:Madhhab Map3.png|thumb|Map of the Muslim world with the main schools of thoughts&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Islamic Jurisprudence &amp; Law {{!}} ReOrienting the Veil |url=https://veil.unc.edu/religions/islam/law/ |access-date=2025-05-19 |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{Needs update|date=May 2025|reason=Our Fiqh map does need an update, for example Bahrain is mostly orange (representing Ja'fari) while its Monarchy is Maliki and a majority of its citizens Sunni. Would be very helpful to get an update to date SVG version of the map as there are some tiny island Indian Ocean countries who are not shown on the map}}]]
The schools of [[Sunni Islam|Sunni]] Islam are each named by students of the classical jurist who taught them. The Sunni schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Hanafi school|Hanafi]] ([[Turkey]], [[Balkans]], [[Levant]], [[Central Asia]], [[Islam in South Asia|South Asia]], [[Islam in China|China]], [[North Caucasus|Northwest Caucasus]], [[Lower Egypt]], and [[Tatarstan]])
*[[Maliki school|Maliki]] ([[North Africa]], [[West Africa]], [[Upper Egypt]], [[Kuwait]], [[Bahrain]], [[Emirate of Abu Dhabi|Abu Dhabi]], and [[Emirate of Dubai|Dubai]])
*[[Shafi'i school|Shafi'i]] ([[Indonesia]], [[Malaysia]], [[Brunei]], [[Kurdistan]], [[East Africa]], [[North Caucasus|Northeast Caucasus]], [[Yemen]], [[Oman]], [[Islam in Kerala|Kerala]], [[Emirate of Fujairah|Fujairah]], and the [[Sinai Peninsula]])
*[[Hanbali school|Hanbali]] ([[Saudi Arabia]], [[Qatar]], [[Emirate of Sharjah|Sharjah]], [[Emirate of Umm Al Quwain|Umm al-Quwain]], [[Emirate of Ras Al Khaimah|Ras al-Khaimah]], and [[Emirate of Ajman|Ajman]])

The schools of [[Shia]] Islam are based on the [[Ja'fari school|Ja'fari]] school of jurisprudence. The Shia schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Twelver Shi'ism|Twelver]] ([[Iran]], [[Iraq]], and [[Azerbaijan]])
*[[Ismailism|Isma'ili]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Lakhani |first=M. Ali |title=Faith and Ethics: The Vision of the Ismaili Imamat |page=4 |quote=The place of the Ismailis within the theological pluralism of the Muslim community is best summarised by their Imam's statement to the International Islamic Conference held in Amman in July 2005: &quot;Our historic adherence is to the Ja'fari madhhab and other madhahib of close affinity, and it continues, under the leadership of the hereditary Ismaili Imam of the time. This adherence is in harmony also with our acceptance of Sufi principles of personal search and balance between the zahir and the spirit or the intellect which the zahir signifies.&quot; |publisher=Bloomsbury Publishing |year=2017 |isbn=978-1786733900}}&lt;/ref&gt; (minority communities in [[Central Asia]], [[South Asia]], [[Levant]], [[Yemen]])
*[[Zaydism|Zaydi]] (minority communities in [[Yemen]])

Entirely separate from both the Sunni and Shia traditions, [[Kharijites|Khawarij]] Islam has evolved its own distinct school.
*[[Ibadism|Ibadi]] (minority communities in [[Oman]])

These schools share many of their rulings, but differ on the particular [[hadith]]s they accept as authentic and the weight they give to analogy or reason ([[qiyas]]) in deciding difficulties.

The relationship between (at least the Sunni) schools of jurisprudence and the conflict between the unity of the Shariah and the diversity of the schools, was expressed by the 12th century Hanafi scholar [[Abu Hafs Umar al-Nasafi]], who wrote: &quot;Our school is correct with the possibility of error, and another school is in error with the possibility of being correct.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1 = Brown|first1 = Jonathan A.C.|author-link = Jonathan A.C. Brown|title = Misquoting Muhammad: The Challenge and Choices of Interpreting the Prophet's Legacy|date = 2014|publisher = [[Oneworld Publications]]|isbn = 978-1780744209|url = https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50|access-date = 4 June 2018|ref = JACBMM2014|pages = [https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50 50-51]}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== جديد قانون تي اٿرات ==
{{main|شريعت#ڪلاسيڪي اسلامي قانون|l1=شريعت: ڪلاسيڪي اسلامي قانون}}

A number of important legal [[institution]]s were developed by Muslim jurists during the classical period of Islam, known as the [[Islamic Golden Age]]. One such institution was the ''[[Hawala]]'', an early [[informal value transfer system]], which is mentioned in texts of Islamic jurisprudence as early as the 8th century. ''Hawala'' itself later influenced the development of the [[Agency (law)|agency]] in [[common law]] and in [[Civil law (legal system)|civil laws]] such as the ''aval'' in [[Law of France|French law]] and the ''avallo'' in [[Law of Italy|Italian law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |title=Islamic Law: Its Relation to Other Legal Systems |first=Gamal Moursi |last=Badr |journal=The American Journal of Comparative Law |volume=26 |issue=2 – Proceedings of an International Conference on Comparative Law, Salt Lake City, Utah, 24–25 February 1977 |date=Spring 1978 |pages=187–198 [196–98] |doi=10.2307/839667 |publisher=American Society of Comparative Law |jstor=839667}}&lt;/ref&gt;

The ''[[Waqf]]'' in [[Sharia|Islamic law]], which developed during the 7th–9th centuries, bears a notable resemblance to the [[Charitable trust|trusts]] in the English [[trust law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988}}&lt;/ref&gt; For example, every ''Waqf'' was required to have a ''waqif'' (settlor), ''mutawillis'' (trustee), ''[[qadi]]'' (judge) and beneficiaries.&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1237–40}}&lt;/ref&gt; The trust law developed in [[England]] at the time of the [[Crusades]], during the 12th and 13th centuries, was introduced by Crusaders who may have been influenced by the ''Waqf'' institutions they came across in the [[Middle East]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Hudson|2003|p=32}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1244–45}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪلاسيڪي اسلامي فقه (قانون) ۾، عدالت ۾ ڌرين کي ٽن کان ٻارهن شاهدن کان تصديق ٿيل بيان حاصل ڪرڻ جي اجازت هوندي آهي. جڏهن سڀني شاهدن جا بيان هڪجهڙا يا متفق هوندا آهن، ته نوٽري (قانوني دستاويز تيار ڪندڙ) انهن جي متفقه شاهدي جي تصديق هڪ قانوني دستاويز ذريعي ڪندا آهن، جنهن کي لاڳاپيل ڌر جي دعويٰ جي حمايت ۾ استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو. نوٽرين جو ڪم جج کي هر اکين ڏٺي شاهد جي شاهدي پاڻ ٻڌڻ جي وقت طلب ڪم کان آجو ڪرڻ آهي، ۽ انهن جا دستاويز هر زباني شاهدي جي قانوني تصديق جو ڪم ڏين ٿا. مالڪي مڪتبِ فڪر ڪجهه خاص قانوني معاملن ۾ - جن ۾ غير رجسٽرڊ شاديون ۽ زميني تڪرار شامل آهن - گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ٻارهن اکين ڏٺن شاهدن جا بيان گڏ ڪرڻ لاءِ ٻن نوٽرين جي موجودگي لازمي قرار ڏئي ٿو. جان مڪديسي (John Makdisi) ٻارهن شاهدن جي بيانن جي هن گروهه، جنهن کي ”لفيف“ (lafif) چيو ويندو آهي، جو موازنو هينري ٻئي (Henry II) جي دور ۾ انگريزي ”ڪامن لا“ (Common Law) تحت ٿيندڙ جيوري جي مقدمي جي طريقيڪار سان ڪيو آهي؛ هن بادشاهه جي سڌارن ۽ سسلي جي بادشاهت جي قانوني نظام جي وچ ۾ تعلق جو اندازو لڳايو آهي. ان ٻيٽ تي اڳ ۾ مختلف اسلامي حڪمران خاندانن جي حڪومت رهي چڪي هئي. * ڪامن لا جا ٻيا ڪيترائي بنيادي ادارا شايد اسلامي قانون ۽ فقھ جي ساڳين قانوني ادارن مان ورتا ويا هجن ۽ نارمن پاران انگلينڊ ۽ سسلي جي امارت (Emirate of Sicily) کي فتح ڪرڻ کان پوءِ، توڙي صليبي جنگين دوران صليبين ذريعي انگلينڊ ۾ متعارف ڪرايا ويا هجن. خاص طور تي، ”شاهي انگريزي معاهدو جنهن کي ’قرض جي ادائگي جي دعويٰ‘ (action of debt) ذريعي تحفظ حاصل هوندو هو، ان کي اسلامي ’عقد‘ (Aqd) سان ڀيٽيو وڃي ٿو؛ انگريزي قانوني عمل ’novel disseisin‘ (جنهن جو تعلق ملڪيت جي غير قانوني قبضي يا بي دخليءَ سان آهي) کي اسلامي ’استحقاق‘ (Istihqaq) سان ڀيٽيو وڃي ٿو؛ ۽ انگريزي جيوري (jury) کي اسلامي ’لفيف‘ (lafif) سان ڀيٽيو وڃي ٿو.“ جان مڪديسي اهو اندازو پڻ لڳايو ته انگريزي قانوني ادارا جهڙوڪ ”اسڪالسٽڪ طريقو“ (scholastic method) ۽ ”پڙهائڻ جو لائسنس“، ”قانون جا اسڪول (جن کي انگلينڊ ۾ ’انز آف ڪورٽ‘ (Inns of Court) ۽ اسلام ۾ ’مدرسا‘ چيو ويندو آهي)“ ۽ ”يورپي ڪمينڊا“ (European commenda - جيڪو اسلامي ’قراض‘ (Qirad) آهي) شايد اسلامي قانون مان ئي وجود ۾ آيا هجن. قانوني نظير (legal precedent) ۽ قياس (reasoning by analogy) ذريعي دليل ڏيڻ جو طريقو پڻ اسلامي ۽ ڪامن لا وارن نظامن ۾ هڪجهڙو آهي. انهن اثرن جي ڪري ڪجهه عالمن اهو خيال ظاهر ڪيو آهي ته اسلامي قانون شايد ”ڪامن لا“ جي هڪ مربوط نظام طور بنياد رکيو هجي. 


classical Islamic jurisprudence, litigants in court may obtain [[notarized]] statements from between three and twelve witnesses. When the statements of all witnesses are consistent, the notaries will certify their unanimous testimony in a legal document, which may be used to support the litigant's claim.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Justice of Islam|pages=7–9|author=Lawrence Rosen|publisher=Oxford University Press|year=2000|isbn=9780198298847}}&lt;/ref&gt; The notaries serve to free the [[qadi|judge]] from the time-consuming task of hearing the testimony of each eyewitness himself, and their documents serve to legally authenticate each oral testimony.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Expert Witness in Islamic Courts|year=2010|publisher=University of Chicago Press|author=Ron Shaham|pages=4–8|isbn=9780226749358}}&lt;/ref&gt; The [[Maliki]] school requires two notaries to collect a minimum of twelve eyewitness statements in certain legal cases, including those involving unregistered marriages and land disputes.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Positive Law from the Muslim World|author=Baudouin Dupret|year=2021|isbn=9781108960137|pages=205–210|publisher=Cambridge University Press}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Property, Social Structure, and Law in the Modern Middle East|year=1985|pages=54–64|editor=Ann Elizabeth Mayer|publisher=[[SUNY]] Press|isbn=9780873959889}}&lt;/ref&gt; John Makdisi has compared this group of twelve witness statements, known as a ''lafif'', to [[English Common Law]] jury trials under [[Henry II of England|Henry II]], surmising a link between the king's reforms and the legal system of the [[Kingdom of Sicily]]. The island had previously been ruled by various Islamic dynasties.&lt;ref name=&quot;Rodhan&quot;&gt;{{cite book |last1=Al-Rodhan |first1=Nayef R. F. |title=The Role of the Arab-Islamic World in the Rise of the West: Implications for Contemporary Trans-Cultural Relations |date=2012 |publisher=Palgrave Macmillan |isbn=978-0-230-39320-2 |page=73 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=n4OpT4ZP278C |access-date=25 May 2020 |language=en }}{{Dead link|date=November 2023 |bot=InternetArchiveBot |fix-attempted=yes }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Makdisi&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Makdisi |first1=John |title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=North Carolina Law Review |date=1 June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635 |url=https://scholarship.law.unc.edu/nclr/vol77/iss5/2/ |access-date=25 May 2020}}&lt;/ref&gt;

Several other fundamental [[common law]] institutions may have been adapted from similar legal institutions in [[Sharia|Islamic law]] and jurisprudence, and introduced to England by the [[Normans]] after the [[Norman conquest of England]] and the Emirate of Sicily, and by Crusaders during the [[Crusades]]. In particular, the &quot;royal English [[contract]] protected by the action of [[debt]] is identified with the Islamic ''Aqd'', the English [[assize of novel disseisin]] is identified with the Islamic ''Istihqaq'', and the English [[jury]] is identified with the Islamic ''lafif''.&quot; John Makdisi speculated that English legal institutions such as &quot;the [[scholastic method]], the [[licence]] to [[Education|teach]]&quot;, the &quot;[[law school]]s known as [[Inns of Court]] in England and ''[[Madrasah|Madrasas]]'' in Islam&quot; and the &quot;European [[commenda]]&quot; (Islamic ''[[Qirad]]'') may have also originated from Islamic law.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt; The methodology of [[Precedent|legal precedent]] and reasoning by [[analogy]] (''[[Qiyas]]'') are also similar in both the Islamic and common law systems.&lt;ref name=Gamal&gt;{{cite book |title=Islamic Finance: Law, Economics, and Practice |url=https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga |url-access=limited |first=Mahmoud A. |last=El-Gamal |year=2006 |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |isbn=0-521-86414-3 |page=[https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga/page/n35 16] }}&lt;/ref&gt; These influences have led some scholars to suggest that Islamic law may have laid the foundations for &quot;the common law as an integrated whole&quot;.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt;

== پڻ ڏسو ==
{{Portal|Islam|Law}}
*
* [[سنت]] 
* [[حديث]] 
* [[شريعت]] 
* [[شيعه اسلام]] 
* [[اسلام جا فرقا ۽ مسلڪ]] 
* [[امام ابو حنيفه|امام ابو حنيفه رحمت الله عليه]]
* [[امام بخاري]] 
* [[اسلاميات]] 
* [[اسلامي تاريخ جو خاڪو]] 
* [[امام غزالي]] 

==حوالا== 
===نوٽ===
{{reflist|group=Note}}
===حوالا===
{{حوالا}}
===ڪتابيات===
{{refbegin|30em}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Norman |last=Calder |title=Law. Legal Thought and Jurisprudence |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of the Islamic World |editor=John L. Esposito |publisher=Oxford University Press |location=Oxford |year=2009 |url=http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20081121033722/http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|url-status=dead|archive-date=21 November 2008}}
*Doi, Abd ar-Rahman I., and Clarke, Abdassamad (2008). ''Shari'ah: Islamic Law''. Ta-Ha Publishers Ltd., {{ISBN|978-1-84200-087-8}} (hardback)
* Cilardo, Agostino, &quot;Fiqh, History of&quot;, in ''Muhammad in History, Thought, and Culture: An Encyclopedia of the Prophet of God'' (2 vols.), Edited by C. Fitzpatrick and A. Walker, Santa Barbara, ABC-CLIO, 2014, Vol I, pp.&amp;nbsp;201–206.
* {{citation|last=Dahlén|first=Ashk |title=Islamic Law, Epistemology and Modernity. Legal Philosophy in Contemporary Iran|year=2003|location=New York|publisher=Routledge |isbn=9780415945295|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=QARHBQAAQBAJ}}
*{{cite book |last1=El-Gamal |first1=Mahmoud A. |title=Islamic Finance : Law, Economics, and Practice |publisher=Cambridge University Press |date=2006 |url=http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |ref=MAEGIFLEP2006 |access-date=28 February 2017 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180403160351/http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |archive-date=3 April 2018 |url-status=dead }}
*{{Cite journal |journal=[[University of Pennsylvania Law Review]] |volume=136 |issue=4 |date=April 1988 |pages=1231–1261 |doi=10.2307/3312162 |last1=Gaudiosi |first1= Monica M. |title=The Influence of the Islamic Law of Waqf on the Development of the Trust in England_ The Case of Merton College |publisher=The University of Pennsylvania Law Review |jstor=3312162|s2cid=153149243 |url=http://scholarship.law.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=3909&amp;context=penn_law_review |url-access=subscription }}
*{{cite book |last1=Hawting |first1=G.R. |title=The Quest for the Historical Muhammad |date=2000 |publisher=Prometheus Books |location=New York |pages=489–509 |chapter=16. John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism |ref=GRHJWIaM2000}}
*{{Cite book
 |last=Hudson
 |first=A.
 |title=Equity and Trusts
 |year=2003
 |edition=3rd
 |publisher=Cavendish Publishing
 |location=London
 |isbn=978-1-85941-729-4
 }}

*{{Cite book |last=Levy |first=Reuben |title=The Social Structure of Islam |location=UK |publisher=Cambridge University Press |year=1957 |isbn=978-0-521-09182-4 |url=https://archive.org/details/socialstructureo0000levy }}
*{{Cite journal |last=Makdisi|first=John A.|title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=[[North Carolina Law Review]] |date=June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635–1739}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Irene |last=Schneider |title=Fiqh |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of Islam and Politics |publisher=Oxford University Press |editor=Emad El-Din Shahin |year=2014 |doi=10.1093/acref:oiso/9780199739356.001.0001|isbn=9780199739356 }}
{{refend}}

==مزيد مطالعو==
*Potz, Richard, [http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0159-2011112127 Islamic Law and the Transfer of European Law], [[European History Online]], Mainz: [[Institute of European History]], 2011. (Retrieved 28 November 2011.)
*[Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
*{{Commons category-inline}}
* [https://halaqa.home.blog/2021/02/12/types-of-hanafi-legal-rulings-ahkam/ Types of Hanafi Legal Rulings (Ahkam)]
* [Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

{{Islam topics |Law |state=collapsed}}
{{Authority control}}

[[Category:Islamic jurisprudence| ]]
[[Category:Sharia terminology]]
[[Category:Law schools]]
{{اسلامي فقه}}
[[زمرو:اسلامي اصطلاح]]</text>
      <sha1>70ridhls13kvmnhhomi3xoifaticcf0</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400962</id>
      <parentid>400961</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T19:20:34Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>/* تاريخ */</comment>
      <origin>400962</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="57595" sha1="5628o9yjyyrekg3q9tqnn0zue2mpqbx" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|Islamic jurisprudence}}
{{Islam |texts |width=21.75em}}
'''فقه''' (عربي: فِقْه) اسلامي قانوني نظام يا اسلامي فقہي اصولن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ اصطلاح آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot; /&gt; فقه کي اڪثر شريعت بابت انساني سمجھ (تحقيق ۽ عمل) جي طور تي بيان ڪيو ويندو آهي؛ يعني اسلامي قانون، جيئن قرآن ۽ سنت ([[محمد ﷺ|پيغمبر محمد ﷺ]] ۽ سندن [[صحابي|ساٿين]] جي تعليمات ۽ عملن ۾ بيان ڪيو ويو آهي) جي انساني سمجھ آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;vogel&quot; /&gt; فقه، اسلامي قانون دانن (علماءِ) پاران [[قرآن]] ۽ اجتهاد (سنت جي تشريح) ذريعي [[شريعت]] کي وسيع ۽ ترقي ڏياري ٿي ۽ ان تي عمل درآمد انهن قانون دانن جي فيصلن (فتويٰ) ذريعي ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا انهن آڏو پيش ڪيل مسئلن تي ڏنا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;vogel&quot; /&gt; ان ڪري، جتي مسلمان شريعت کي تبديليءَ کان پاڪ ۽ غلطين کان مبرّا سمجهن ٿا، اتي فقه کي غلطي جي امڪان واري ۽ تبديليءَ جي قابل سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. 

فقه جو تعلق اسلام ۾ عبادات، اخلاقيات ۽ سماجي قانون سازي، گڏوگڏ معاشي ۽ سياسي نظام جي معاملن سان آهي. جديد دور ۾، [[سني اسلام|سني روايتن]] ۾ فقه جا چار نمايان مڪتبِ فڪر (مذھب) موجود آهن، ان کان علاوه [[شيعه اسلام|شيعه روايتن]] ۾ ٻه (يا ٽي) مڪتبِ فڪر آهن. فقه جي ڄاڻ رکندڙ شخص کي &quot;فقيه&quot; (جمع: فقهاءِ) چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;

مجازي معنيٰ ۾، فقه مان مراد اسلامي قانوني فيصلن بابت انهن جي بنيادي ذريعن مان حاصل ڪيل ڄاڻ آهي. ذريعن مان مذهبي فيصلا اخذ ڪرڻ لاءِ &quot;مجتهد&quot; (اهو فرد جيڪو اجتهاد ڪري ٿو) لاءِ ضروري آهي ته هو فقه جي مختلف بحثن تي گهري ڄاڻ ۽ سمجھ رکي.  

فقه جي مطالعي کي روايتي طور تي ٻن حصن ۾ ورهايو ويو آهي: &quot;اصولِ فقه&quot; (اسلامي فقه جا اصول، لفظي معنيٰ: ”فقه جون پاڙون&quot;)، جيڪي قانوني تشريح ۽ تجزيي جا طريقا آهن؛ ۽ &quot;فروعِ فقه&quot; (لفظي معنيٰ: &quot;فقه جون شاخون&quot;)، جيڪي انهن اصولن جي بنياد تي فيصلن جي تفصيلي وضاحت آهن. فروعِ فقه، اصولِ فقه جي اطلاق جو نتيجو ۽ خدائي مرضي کي سمجهڻ لاءِ ڪيل انساني ڪوششن جو مجموعي حاصلات آهي. &quot;حڪم&quot; (جمع: احڪام) ڪنهن خاص معاملي يا صورتحال ۾ ڏنل مخصوص فيصلي کي چيو ويندو آهي.

'''فقه''' (&lt;small&gt;Fiqh&lt;/small&gt;)؛&lt;ref&gt;[https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/fiqh &quot;fiqh&quot;]. ''[[Collins English Dictionary]]''.&lt;/ref&gt; اسلام ۾ قانون جي سائنس جو (&lt;small&gt;Jurisprudence&lt;/small&gt;) نالو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot;&gt;[http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/207723/fiqh Fiqh] Encyclopædia Britannica&lt;/ref&gt; فقه جو استعمال اسلامي شريعت جي سمجھ طور ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=vogel&gt;{{cite book|last=Vogel|first=Frank E.|title=Islamic Law and the Legal System of Saudí: Studies of Saudi Arabia|date=2000|publisher=Brill|pages=4–5|url=https://books.google.com/?id=-PfDuvnHMGoC&amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;dq=vogel+islamic+law#v=onepage&amp;q=vogel%20islamic%20law&amp;f=false|isbn=9004110623}}&lt;/ref&gt; اھو علم شريعت ۾ قرآن ۽ سنت جي روشنيءَ ۾ اجتھاد جي ذريعي واڌارو ڪري ٿو ۽ ان واڌاري کي فقيھن جي فتوائون ذريعي لاڳو ڪري ٿو. فقه ۾ غلطي جي گنجائش ھوندي آھي ۽ اھا تبديل پڻ ٿي سگھندي آھي. موجوده دور۾ سني اسلام ۾ چار فقھي مذھب ۽ شيعه اسلام ۾ ٻہ فقھي مذھب آھن.&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;

== لغوي معنيَ == 
فقه جي لغوي معنيَ آهي ڪنهن شئي جو علم۽ فھم، ڪنھن شئي کي کولڻ۽ نکيڙڻ ۽ ان جي اونھائي ۾ وڃي حقيقت ڳولي لھڻ۽ ان کي پڌرو ڪرڻ، اصطلاحي طور فقه جي معني شريعت جي حڪمن ۾ سمجھ پيدا ڪرڻ آھي&lt;ref name =&quot; آسان فقه&quot; &gt; - ڪتاب: آسان فقه، از: مولانا محمد يوسف اصلاحي، مترجم: محمد عاشق ڌامراھا، مھراڻ اڪيڊمي شڪارپور، جنوري 2002 -- پنھنجي پاران: قمر ميمڻ صه 28  &lt;/ref&gt;. قرآن شريف ۾ سورة التوبہ ۾ آيت نمبر 122 ۾ فقه لفظ جو استعمال ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو:

{{quote| فلولا نفر من کل فرقة منهم طائفة ليتفقهوا في الدين&lt;br&gt; ترجمو:پوء ڇونہ انھن جي سڀ ڪنھن جماعت مان ھڪ ھڪ ٽولي نڪتي ته پاڻ ۾ دين جي سمجھ پيدا ڪن. |التوبة - ۱۲۲|&lt;ref name=&quot;آسان فقه&quot; /&gt;}}


The word ''fiqh'' is an Arabic term meaning &quot;deep understanding&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Modarresi&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|author-link=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|title=The Laws of Islam|date=26 March 2016|publisher=Enlight Press|isbn=978-0994240989|url=http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|access-date=22 December 2017|ref=Modarresi|language=en|archive-date=2 August 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190802163247/http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{rp|470}} or &quot;full comprehension&quot;. Technically it refers to the body of Islamic law extracted from detailed Islamic sources (which are studied in the [[principles of Islamic jurisprudence]]) and the process of gaining knowledge of Islam through jurisprudence. The historian [[Ibn Khaldun]] describes ''fiqh'' as &quot;knowledge of the rules of God which concern the actions of persons who own themselves connected to obey the law respecting what is required (''[[wajib]]''), sinful (''[[haraam]]''), recommended (''[[mustahab|mandūb]]''), disapproved (''[[makrūh]]''), or neutral (''[[mubah]]'')&quot;.&lt;ref&gt;Levy (1957). p. 150.&lt;/ref&gt; This definition is consistent amongst the jurists.

In [[Modern Standard Arabic]], ''fiqh'' has also come to mean Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=أنیس|first=إبراهیم|title=المعجم الوسیط|publisher=دارالفکر|year=1998|location=بیروت، لبنان|pages=731}}&lt;/ref&gt; It is not thus possible to speak of [[Chief Justice of the United States|Chief Justice]] [[John Roberts]] as an expert in the [[common law]] ''fiqh'' of the [[United States]], or of [[Egypt]]ian legal scholar [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] as an expert in the civil law ''fiqh'' of Egypt.

==تاريخ ==
{{main|شريعت}}
{{further information|اسلامي اقتصاديات جي تاريخ }}

سني اسلامي تاريخ موجب، سني قانون سازي جو سلسلو هن ترتيب سان اڳتي وڌيو: 
*[[God in Islam|God]] → [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] → [[Sahabah|Companions]] → [[Tabi'un|Followers]] → ''Fiqh''.&lt;ref name=&quot;Maghen-2003&quot;&gt;{{cite journal|last1=Maghen|first1=Ze'ev|title=Dead Tradition: Joseph Schacht and the Origins of &quot;Popular Practice&quot;|journal=Islamic Law and Society|date=2003|volume=10|issue=3|pages=276–347|doi=10.1163/156851903770227575|jstor=3399422}}&lt;/ref&gt;
*[[الله]] → [[محمد ﷺ|محمد]] → [[صحابي|صحابه]] → [[تتبع|تابعين]] → [[فقه|فقيه]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Maghen-2003&quot; /&gt;
الله پاران مقرر ڪيل حڪمن ۽ منع ڪيل شين جو اظهار نبي ڪريم ﷺ جي ذريعي قرآن ۽ سنت (نبي ﷺ جا اقوال، عمل ۽ مثال جيڪي حديث جي صورت ۾ منتقل ٿيا) ۾ ڪيو ويو. شروعاتي مسلمانن (صحابه) انهن کي ٻڌو ۽ ان تي عمل ڪيو ۽ اسلام جي هن روح کي ايندڙ نسلن (تابعين ۽ تبع تابعين) تائين پهچايو؛ جيئن جيئن مسلمان ۽ اسلام اولهه عربستان کان اتر، اوڀر ۽ اولهه طرف فتح ٿيل علائقن تائين ڦهليو، اتي ان کي هڪ منظم ۽ تفصيلي شڪل ڏني وئي. 

اسلامي فقھ جي تاريخ کي ”عام طور تي اٺن دورن ۾ ورهايو وڃي ٿو“: پهريون دور جيڪو 11 هجري ۾ محمد ﷺ جي وفات سان ختم ٿيو. ٻيو دور جنهن جي خاص سڃاڻپ صحابه (محمد ﷺ جي ساٿين) پاران شريعت جي ”ذاتي تشريح“ هئي، ۽ اهو 50 هجري تائين جاري رهيو. 50 هجري کان وٺي ٻي هجري صديءَ جي شروعات تائين، اولهه عربستان (جتي اسلام نازل ٿيو) ۾ ”روايتي فقھي انداز“ ۽ عراق ۾ ”عقلي يا استدلالي انداز“ جي وچ ۾ مقابلو رهيو. ”ڪلاسيڪي اسلامي فقھ جو سونهري دور“ جيڪو ٻي صديءَ جي شروعات کان چوٿين صديءَ جي وچ تائين رهيو، جنهن دوران سني ۽ شيعي فقھ جا اٺ ”اهم ترين“ مڪتبِ فڪر (مسلڪ) وجود ۾ آيا. چوٿين هجري صديءَ جي وچ کان ستين هجري صديءَ جي وچ تائين، اسلامي فقھ ”اهم فقھي مڪتبن جي دائري اندر تفصيل ۽ تشريح تائين محدود“ رهي. اسلامي فقھ جو ”تاريك دور“ ستين هجري صديءَ جي وچ ۾ بغداد جي زوال (1258 عيسوي) کان وٺي 1293 هجري (1876 عيسوي) تائين رهيو. 1293 هجري (1876 عيسوي) ۾ عثماني حڪومت حنفي فقھ کي ”مجلۃ الاحڪام العدليہ“ (Majallah el-Ahkam-i-Adliya) جي صورت ۾ قانوني ضابطي (ڪوڊ) ۾ تبديل ڪيو. ويهين صدي عيسويءَ جي وچ تائين ڪيتريون ئي ”فقھي احيا جون تحريڪون“ سامهون آيون، جن تي ”مغربي قانوني ۽ ٽيڪنالاجي ترقيءَ“ جو اثر هو. محمد عبده ۽ عبدالرزاق السنهوري هن دور جون اهم شخصيتون هيون؛ جيتوڻيڪ، عبده ۽ السنهوري جديديت پسند (modernists) هئا. 19هين صديءَ جو عثماني شريعت قانون حنفي فقهي مڪتبِ فڪر جي نظرين تي ٻڌل هو. تازو دور ”اسلامي احياءَ“ (Islamic revival) جو رهيو آهي، جنهن جو بنياد ”مغربي سماجي ۽ قانوني ترقيءَ کي رد ڪرڻ“ ۽ خاص طور تي اسلامي رياستن، سماجي علوم، معاشيات ۽ ماليات جي ترقيءَ تي رکيو ويو آهي. اسلامي فقھ جي تشڪيلي دور جو تعلق شروعاتي مسلمان برادرين جي زماني سان آهي. ان دور ۾، فقهاءَ جو ڌيان نظريي ۽ طريقيڪار (methodology) جي ڀيٽ ۾ اختيار ۽ تعليم جي معاملن تي وڌيڪ هو. * نظريي ۽ طريقيڪار ۾ اڳڀرائي شروعاتي مسلمان فقيهه محمد بن ادريس الشافعي (767-820ع) جي اچڻ سان ٿي، جنهن پنهنجي ڪتاب ”الرساله“ ۾ اسلامي فقھ جي بنيادي اصولن کي باقاعده مرتب ڪيو. اهو ڪتاب قانون جي چئن بنيادي ماخذن (قرآن، سنت، اجماع ۽ قياس) جي تفصيل ۽ وضاحت ڪري ٿو.


commands and prohibitions chosen by God were revealed through the agency of the Prophet in both the Quran and the Sunnah (words, deeds, and examples of the Prophet passed down as [[hadith]]). 
The first Muslims (the [[Sahabah]] or Companions) heard and obeyed, and passed this essence of Islam&lt;ref name=&quot;GRHJWIaM2000:513&quot; /&gt; to succeeding generations (''[[Tabi'un]]'' and ''[[Tabi' al-Tabi'in]]'' or successors/followers and successors of successors), as Muslims and Islam spread from West Arabia to the conquered lands north, east, and west,&lt;ref name=&quot;RGHIGP2015:223&quot;&gt;[[#RGHIGP2015|Hoyland, ''In God's Path'', 2015]]: p.223&lt;/ref&gt;{{#tag:ref|for example, Sunni [[Hanbali]] scholar/preacher [[Al-Hasan ibn 'Ali al-Barbahari]] (d.941) who ruled the streets of Baghdad from 921-941 CE,  insisted that &quot;whoever asserts that there is any part of Islam with which the Companions of the Prophet did not provide us has called them [the Companions of the Prophet] liars&quot;.&lt;ref name=cook-2000-109&gt;{{cite book|last1=Cook|first1=Michael|title=The Koran : A Very Short Introduction|date=2000|publisher=Oxford University Press|url=https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook |url-access=registration|isbn=0192853449|page=[https://archive.org/details/koranveryshorti00cook/page/n122 109]}}&lt;/ref&gt;|group=Note}} where it was systematized and elaborated.&lt;ref name=&quot;GRHJWIaM2000:513&quot;&gt;[[#GRHJWIaM2000|Hawting, &quot;John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism&quot;, 2000]]: p.513&lt;/ref&gt;

The history of Islamic jurisprudence is &quot;customarily divided into eight periods&quot;:&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: pp. 30–31&lt;/ref&gt;
*the first period ending with the death of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]] in 11 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*second period &quot;characterized by personal interpretations&quot; of the canon by the ''[[Sahabah]]'' or companions of Muhammad, lasting until 50 AH.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from 50 AH until the early second century AH there was competition between &quot;a traditionalist approach to jurisprudence&quot; in [[Hijaz|western Arabia]] where Islam was revealed and a &quot;rationalist approach in Iraq&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;golden age of classical Islamic jurisprudence&quot; from the &quot;early second to the mid-fourth century when the [[Madhhab#Amman Message|eight &quot;most significant&quot;]] schools of Sunni and [[Shia|Shi'i]] jurisprudence emerged.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from the mid-fourth century to mid-seventh AH Islamic jurisprudence was &quot;limited to elaborations within the main juristic schools&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;dark age&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence stretched from the [[Siege of Baghdad (1258)|fall of Baghdad]] in the mid-seventh AH (1258 CE) to 1293 AH/1876 CE.
*In 1293 AH (1876 CE) the Ottomans codified [[Hanafi]] jurisprudence in the ''[[Mecelle|Majallah el-Ahkam-i-Adliya]]''. Several &quot;juristic revival movements&quot; influenced by &quot;exposure to Western legal and technological progress&quot; followed until the mid-20th century CE. [[Muhammad Abduh]] and [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] were products of this era.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; However, Abduh and El-Sanhuri were modernists. 19th century Ottoman Shariah Code was built on the views of the Hanafi school.
*The most recent era has been that of the &quot;[[Islamic revival#Contemporary revivalism|Islamic revival]]&quot;, which has been &quot;predicated on rejection of Western social and legal advances&quot; and the development of specifically Islamic states, social sciences, economics, and finance.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
The formative period of Islamic jurisprudence stretches back to the time of the early Muslim communities. During this period, jurists were more concerned with issues of authority and teaching than with theory and methodology.&lt;ref name=&quot;Weiss (2002)&quot;&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by [[Bernard G. Weiss]], (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. pp. 3, 161.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Progress in theory and methodology happened with the coming of the early Muslim jurist [[Muhammad ibn Idris ash-Shafi`i]] (767–820), who codified the basic principles of Islamic jurisprudence in his book ''ar-Risālah''. The book details the four roots of law ([[Qur'an]], [[sunnah]], ''[[ijma]]'', and ''[[qiyas]]'') while specifying that the primary Islamic texts (the Qur'an and the hadith) be understood according to objective rules of interpretation derived from scientific study of the Arabic language.&lt;ref name=weiss-162&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by Bernard G. Weiss, (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. p. 162.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Secondary sources of law were developed and refined over the subsequent centuries, consisting primarily of juristic preference (''[[istihsan]]''), laws of the previous prophets (''[[shara man qablana]]''), continuity (''[[istishab]]''), extended analogy (''[[maslaha mursala]]''), blocking the means (''[[sadd al-dhari'ah]]''), local customs (''[[urf]]''), and sayings of a companion of the Prophet (''[[qawl al-sahabi]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Nyazee (2000)&quot;&gt;Nyazee, Imran Ahsan Khan (2000). ''Islamic Jurisprudence (UsulAI-Fiqh)''. Islamabad: Islamic Research Institute Press.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== Diagram of early scholars ===

[[File:Sunni Streams of Doctrine.png|thumb|Main schools of thought within Sunni Islam, and other prominent streams.]]
[[File:Muslim World Introduction.svg|thumb|Major schools of thought and theology in the Islamic world]]
The Quran set the rights, responsibilities, and rules for people and societies to adhere to, such as dealing in [[The Impact of Religion on International Negotiations|interest]]. Muhammad then provided an example, which is recorded in the hadith books, showing people how he practically implemented these rules in a society. After the passing of Muhammad, there was a need for jurists, to decide on new legal matters where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadith, example of Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=gMxjJqurmiAC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA30|title=Islam Vs. West|isbn=9780595501571|last1=Asadulla|first1=Abubakr|year=2009|publisher=iUniverse }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=es9Sunv_y2MC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA20|title=Islamic State Practices, International Law and the Threat from Terrorism|isbn=9781841135014|last1=Rehman|first1=Javaid|date=7 June 2005|publisher=Hart }}&lt;/ref&gt;

In the years proceeding Muhammad, the community in Madina continued to use the same rules. People were familiar with the practice of Muhammad and therefore continued to use the same rules.

The scholars appearing in the diagram below were taught by [[Muhammad's companions]], many of whom settled in Madina.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceA&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|title=ulama|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=25 February 2013|archive-date=21 October 2014|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141021231627/http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; ''[[Muwatta Imam Malik|Muwatta]]''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|title=Muwatta|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=13 October 2010|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; by [[Malik ibn Anas]] was written as a consensus of the opinion, of these scholars.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=d5Ks31qHlSYC&amp;q=coulson+history+islamic+law|title=A History of Islamic Law|isbn=9780748605149|last1=Coulson|first1=Noel James|year=1994}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Va6oSxzojzoC&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA207|title=E. J. Brill's First Encyclopaedia of Islam, 1913–1936|isbn=9004097910|last1=Houtsma|first1=M. Th|year=1993|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=0_wUAAAAIAAJ&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA264|title=Studies in Islamic History and Civilization|isbn=9789652640147|last1=Šārôn|first1=Moše|year=1986|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt; ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas quotes 13 hadiths from Imam [[Jafar al-Sadiq]].&lt;ref name=&quot;Muwatta&quot;&gt;''Al-Muwatta'' of Imam Malik Ibn Anas, translated by Aisha Bewley (Book #5, Hadith #5.9.23) (Book #16, Hadith #16.1.1) (Book #17, Hadith #17.24.43) (Book #20, Hadith #20.10.40) (Book #20, Hadith #20.11.44) (Book #20, Hadith #20.32.108) (Book #20, Hadith #20.39.127) (Book #20, Hadith #20.40.132) (Book #20, Hadith #20.49.167) (Book #20, Hadith #20.57.190) (Book #26, Hadith #26.1.2) (Book #29, Hadith #29.5.17) (Book #36, Hadith #36.4.5) [http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html Al-Muwatta'] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html |date=13 October 2010 }}&lt;/ref&gt;
Aisha also taught her nephew [[Urwah ibn Zubayr]]. He then taught his son [[Hisham ibn Urwah]], who was the main teacher of Malik ibn Anas whose views many Sunni follow and also taught by Jafar al-Sadiq. [[Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]], Hisham ibn Urwah and Muhammad al-Baqir taught [[Zayd ibn Ali]], Jafar al-Sadiq, [[Abu Hanifa]], and Malik ibn Anas.

Imam Jafar al-Sadiq, Imam Abu Hanifa and Malik ibn Anas worked together in [[Al-Masjid an-Nabawi]] in Medina, along with Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr, Muhammad al-Baqir, Zayd ibn Ali and over 70 other leading jurists and scholars.

[[Al-Shafi'i]] was taught by Malik ibn Anas. [[Ahmad ibn Hanbal]] was taught by Al-Shafi'i. [[Muhammad al-Bukhari]] travelled everywhere collecting hadith and his father [[Ismail ibn Ibrahim]] was a student of Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Islam Page 67&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=mlGgGVCp0UcC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA67|title=Understanding Women in Islam|isbn=9789793780191|last1=Hasyim|first1=Syafiq|year=2006|publisher=Equinox }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=JdjtUTYSL1UC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA37|title=Classical Islam|isbn=9780415240321|last1=Calder|first1=Norman|last2=Mojaddedi|first2=Jawid Ahmad|last3=Rippin|first3=Andrew|year=2003|publisher=Psychology Press }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=GlqeC1ZFAUEC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim&amp;pg=PT101|title=Judaism and Islam in Practice|isbn=9781134605538|last1=Brockopp|first1=Jonathan E.|last2=Neusner|first2=Jacob|last3=Sonn|first3=Tamara|date=27 September 2005|publisher=Routledge }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.oocities.org/mutmainaa7/people/jafar_al_sadiq.html|title=Jafar Al-Sadiq}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|title=IMAM JAFAR BIN MUHAMMAD AS-SADIQ (AS)|website=www.ziaraat.org|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=22 August 2023|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230822202122/http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{Islam scholars diagram}}

In the books actually written by these original jurists and scholars, there are very few theological and judicial differences between them. Imam Ahmad rejected the writing down and codifying of the religious rulings he gave. They knew that they might have fallen into error in some of their judgements and stated this clearly. They never introduced their rulings by saying, &quot;Here, this judgement is the judgement of God and His prophet.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=W4OKaz5dzdYC&amp;q=Modernist+Islam,+1840-1940:+A+Sourcebook+By+Charles+Kurzman|title=Modernist Islam, 1840–1940|isbn=9780195154689|last1=Kurzman|first1=Charles|year=2002|publisher=Oxford University Press }}&lt;/ref&gt; There is also very little text actually written down by Jafar al-Sadiq himself. They all give priority to the Qur'an and the hadith (the practice of Muhammad). They felt that the Quran and the Hadith, the example of Muhammad provided people with almost everything they needed. &quot;This day I have perfected for you your religion and completed My favor upon you and have approved for you Islam as religion&quot; (Qur'an 5:3).&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://quran.com/5/3 |title=Surat Al-Ma'idah [5:3] - The Noble Qur'an - القرآن الكريم |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130925005700/http://quran.com/5/3 |archive-date=25 September 2013 |df=dmy }} [http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ Quran Surah Al-Maaida ( Verse 3 )] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180612141107/http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ |date=12 June 2018 }}&lt;/ref&gt;

These scholars did not distinguish between each other. They were not Sunni or Shia. They felt that they were following the religion of Abraham as described in the Quran &quot;Say: Allah speaks the truth; so follow the religion of Abraham, the upright one. And he was not one of the polytheists&quot; (Qur'an 3:95).

Most of the differences are regarding Sharia laws devised through [[Ijtihad]] where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadiths of Islamic prophet Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;/&gt; As these jurists went to new areas, they were pragmatic and continued to use the same ruling as was given in that area during pre-Islamic times, if the population felt comfortable with it, it was just and they used Ijtihad to deduce that it did not conflict with the Quran or the Hadith. As explained in the ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This made it easier for the different communities to integrate into the Islamic State and assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State.

To reduce the divergence, [[ash-Shafi'i]] proposed giving priority to the Qur'an and the Hadith (the practice of Muhammad) and only then look at the consensus of the Muslim jurists (''[[ijma]]'') and analogical reasoning (''[[qiyas]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This then resulted in jurists like Muhammad al-Bukhari&lt;ref name=&quot;sahih-bukhari.com&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.sahih-bukhari.com/|title=Sahih Bukhari : Read, Study, Search Online|first=Sahih|last=Bukhari}}&lt;/ref&gt; dedicating their lives to the collection of the correct hadith, in books like [[Sahih al-Bukhari]] (Sahih translates as authentic or correct). They also felt that Muhammad's judgement was more impartial and better than their own.

These original jurists and scholars also acted as a counterbalance to the rulers. When they saw injustice, all these scholars spoke out against it. As the state expanded outside Madina, the rights of the different communities, as they were constituted in the [[Constitution of Medina]] still applied. The Quran also gave additional rights to the citizens of the state and these rights were also applied. Ali, Hassan and [[Husayn ibn Ali]] gave their allegiance to the first three caliphs because they abided by these conditions. Later [[Ali]] the fourth caliph wrote in a letter &quot;I did not approach the people to get their oath of allegiance but they came to me with their desire to make me their Amir (ruler). I did not extend my hands towards them so that they might swear the oath of allegiance to me but they themselves extended their hands towards me.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;Nahj ul Balagha Letter 54&lt;/ref&gt; But later as fate would have it ([[Predestination in Islam]]) when [[Yazid I]], an [[Umayyad Caliphate|Umayyad]] ruler took power, Husayn ibn Ali the grandson of Muhammad felt that it was a test from God for him and his duty to confront him. Then [[Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr]], Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr's cousin confronted the Umayyad rulers after Husayn ibn Ali was betrayed by the people of Kufa and killed by Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Yazid I.&lt;ref&gt;Najeebabadi, Akbar Shah (2001). The History of Islam V.2. Riyadh: Darussalam. p. 110. {{ISBN|9960-892-88-3}}.&lt;/ref&gt; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr then took on the Umayyads and expelled their forces from Hijaz and Iraq. But then his forces were depleted in Iraq, trying to stop the Khawarij. The Umayyads then moved in. After a lengthy campaign, in his last hour Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr asked his mother [[Asma' bint Abu Bakr]] the daughter of [[Abu Bakr]] the first caliph for advice. Asma' bint Abu Bakr replied to her son, she said:&lt;ref name=&quot;ummah.com&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|title=The Advice of Asmaa bint Abu Bakr (ra) to her son Abdullah Ibn Zubair (ra)|website=Ummah.com - Muslim Forum|access-date=20 September 2021|archive-date=25 February 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210225220953/https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; &quot;You know better in your own self, that if you are upon the truth and you are calling towards the truth go forth, for people more honourable than you have been killed and if you are not upon the truth, then what an evil son you are and you have destroyed yourself and those who are with you. If you say, that if you are upon the truth and you will be killed at the hands of others, then you will not truly be free.&quot; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr left and was later also killed and crucified by the Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Umayyads and led by Hajjaj. [[Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]] the son of Abu Bakr the first caliph and raised by Ali the fourth caliph was also killed by the Umayyads.&lt;ref&gt;Nahj al-Balagha Sermon 71, Letter 27, Letter 34, Letter 35&lt;/ref&gt; [[Aisha]] then raised and taught her son Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr who later taught his grandson Jafar al-Sadiq.

During the early Umayyad period, there was more community involvement. The Quran and Muhammad's example was the main source of law after which the community decided. If it worked for the community, was just and did not conflict with the Quran and the example of Muhammad, it was accepted. This made it easier for the different communities, with Roman, Persian, Central Asia and North African backgrounds to integrate into the Islamic State and that assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State. The scholars in Madina were consulted on the more complex judicial issues. The Sharia and the official more centralized schools of fiqh developed later, during the time of the Abbasids.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceB&quot;&gt;Muawiya Restorer of the Muslim Faith By Aisha Bewley p. 68&lt;/ref&gt;

==Components==
{{further|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}
[[File:Map of the Legal systems of the world (en).png|thumb|350px|[[List of national legal systems|Legal systems of the world]]]]
The sources of [[Sharia]] in order of importance are:&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;&gt;Abul Quasem, M. (1975). The ethics of al-Ghazali: A composite ethics in Islam. p. 26&lt;/ref&gt;
#[[Qur'an]]
#[[Hadith]]
#[[Ijma]], i.e. collective reasoning and consensus amongst authoritative Muslims of a particular generation, and its interpretation by Islamic scholars.
#The consensus of the [[Sahaba]]
#[[Qiyas]], analogical legal reasoning by Islamic jurists.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;&gt;{{cite book|editor1-first=Hisham M. |editor1-last=Ramadan|author1=Irshad Abdel Haqq|author-link1=Islamic law: An Overview of Its Origins and Elements|title=Understanding Islamic Law: From Classical to Contemporary|year=2006|publisher=Rowman Altamira|isbn=9780759109919|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=5ZS7EaHTQX8C&amp;q=Islamic+law%3A+An+Overview+of+Its+Origins+and+Elements&amp;pg=PA1 |access-date=17 August 2016}} p. 18&lt;/ref&gt;

Majority of [[Sunni Muslims]] view ''[[Qiyas]]'' as a central Pillar of ''[[Ijtihad]]''.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;/&gt; An example is the ruling of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]], that &quot;a judge should not sit in judgement while angry&quot;, whereas reason adds that this extends to hunger or suffering from a painful disease.&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;/&gt; [[Zahiri]]tes, rejected ''Qiyas'' unlike the Sunnis.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=B. Hallaq |first=Wael |title=THE ORIGINS AND EVOLUTION OF ISLAMIC LAW |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |year=2005 |isbn=978-0-521-80332-8 | location=Cambridge, UK |pages=124, 127}}&lt;/ref&gt; The ''[[Shia Islam|Shi'a]]'' believed that all laws are implicitly mentioned in the Quran or the sunnah and can be discovered by the jurists of their tradition.&lt;ref&gt;Mansoor Moaddel, ''Islamic Modernism, Nationalism, and Fundamentalism: Episode and Discourse'', pg. 32. [[Chicago]]: [[University of Chicago Press]], 2005.&lt;/ref&gt;

The [[Qur'an]] gives instructions on many issues, such as how to perform the ritual purification (''{{lang|ar|[[wudu]]}}'') before the obligatory daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}''). On other issues, for example, the Qur'an states one needs to engage in daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}'') and fast (''{{lang|ar|[[sawm]]}}'') during the [[Ramadan (calendar month)|month of Ramadan]] but further instructions and details on how to perform these duties can be found in the traditions of Muhammad, so [[Qur'an and Sunnah]] are in most cases the basis for (''{{lang|ar|[[Shariah]]}}'').

Some topics are without precedent in Islam's early period. In those cases, Muslim jurists (''{{lang|ar|[[Fuqaha]]}}'') try to arrive at conclusions by other means. [[Sunni]] jurists use historical consensus of the community (''{{lang|ar|[[Ijma]]}}''); a majority in the modern era also use [[analogy]] (''{{lang|ar|[[Qiyas]]}}'') and weigh the harms and benefits of new topics (''{{lang|ar|[[Istislah]]}}''), and a plurality utilizes juristic preference (''{{lang|ar|[[Istihsan]]}}''). The conclusions arrived at with the aid of these additional tools constitute a wide array of laws, and its application is called ''fiqh''. Thus, in contrast to the ''sharia'', ''fiqh'' is not regarded as [[sacred]] and the schools of thought have differing views on its details, without viewing other conclusions as [[Sacrilege|sacrilegious]]. This division of interpretation in more detailed issues has resulted in different schools of thought (''{{lang|ar|[[madh'hab]]}}'').

This wider concept of '''Islamic jurisprudence''' is the source of a range of laws in different topics that guide Muslims in everyday life.

=== Component categories ===
[[File:Actions in Fiqh.png|thumb|Actions in Islamic Fiqh]]

Islamic jurisprudence (''fiqh'') covers two main areas:
# Rules in relation to actions, and,
# Rules in relation to circumstances surrounding actions.

These types of rules can also fall into two groups:
# Worship ([[Ibadah|Ibadaat]])
# Dealings and transactions (with people) ([[Muamalat|Mu`amalaat]])

Rules in relation to actions ('''amaliyya'' — عملية) or &quot;[[Ahkam|decision types]]&quot; comprise:
# Obligation (''[[fardh]]'')
# Recommendation (''[[mustahabb]]'')
# Permissibility (''[[mubah]]'')
# Disrecommendation (''[[makrooh]]'')
# Prohibition (''[[haraam]]'')

Rules in relation to circumstances (''wadia''') comprise:
# Condition (''shart'')
# Cause (''sabab'')
# Preventor (''mani'')
# Permit / Enforced (''rukhsah, azeemah'')
# Valid / Corrupt / Invalid (''sahih, fasid, batil'')
# In time / Deferred / Repeat (''adaa, qadaa, i'ada'')

=== Methodologies of jurisprudence ===
{{main|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}

The [[modus operandi]] of the Muslim jurist is known as ''[[usul al-fiqh]]'' (&quot;principles of jurisprudence&quot;).

There are different approaches to the methodology used in jurisprudence to derive Islamic rulings from the primary sources of ''[[sharia]]'' (Islamic law). The main methodologies are those of the [[Sunni]], [[Shi'a]] and [[Ibadi]] denominations. While both Sunni and [[Shi'ite]] (Shia) are divided into smaller sub-schools, the differences among the Shi'ite schools is considerably greater. Ibadites only follow a single school without divisions.

While using court decisions as legal precedents and [[case law]] are central to Western law, the importance of the institution of fatawa (non-binding answers by Islamic legal scholars to legal questions) has been called &quot;central to the development&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:32&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: p. 32&lt;/ref&gt; This is in part because of a &quot;vacuum&quot; in the other source of Islamic law, ''qada`'' (legal rulings by state appointed Islamic judges) after the fall of the last [[caliphate]] the Ottoman Empire.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; While the practice in Islam dates back to the time of Muhammad, according to at least one source (Muhammad El-Gamal), it is &quot;modeled after the [[Roman Empire|Roman]] system of ''[[responsa]]'',&quot; and gives the questioner &quot;decisive primary-mover advantage in choosing the question and its wording.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;

Each school (''[[madhhab]]'') reflects a unique ''[[urf]]'' or culture (a cultural practice that was influenced by traditions), that the classical jurists themselves lived in, when rulings were made. Some suggest that the discipline of ''[[isnad]]'', which developed to validate ''hadith'' made it relatively easy to record and validate also the rulings of jurists. This, in turn, made them far easier to imitate (''[[taqlid]]'') than to challenge in new contexts. The argument is, the schools have been more or less frozen for centuries, and reflect a culture that simply no longer exists. Traditional scholars hold that religion is there to regulate human behavior and nurture people's moral side and since human nature has not fundamentally changed since the beginning of Islam a call to modernize the religion is essentially one to relax all laws and institutions.

Early ''[[shariah]]'' had a much more flexible character, and some modern Muslim scholars believe that it should be renewed, and that the classical jurists should lose special status. This would require formulating a new fiqh suitable for the modern world, e.g. as proposed by advocates of the [[Islamization of knowledge]], which would deal with the modern context. This modernization is opposed by most conservative ''[[ulema]]''. Traditional scholars hold that the laws are contextual and consider circumstance such as time, place and culture, the principles they are based upon are universal such as justice, equality and respect. Many Muslim scholars argue that even though technology may have advanced, the fundamentals of human life have not.

=== Fields of jurisprudence ===
{{flatlist}}
*[[Islamic criminal jurisprudence|Criminal]]
*[[Islamic economical jurisprudence|Economics]]
*[[Adab (behavior)|Etiquette]]
*[[Islamic family jurisprudence|Family]]
*[[Hygiene in Islam|Hygienical]]
*[[Islamic inheritance jurisprudence|Inheritance]]
*[[Islamic marital jurisprudence|Marital]]
*[[Rules of war in Islam|Military]]
*[[Islamic political jurisprudence|Political]]
*[[Islamic theological jurisprudence|Theological]]
{{endflatlist}}

=== Schools of jurisprudence ===
{{Main|Madhhab}}
There are several [[Madhhab|schools of fiqh thought]] ({{langx|ar|مذهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|madhhab}}''; pl. {{lang|ar|مذاهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|maḏāhib}}'')
[[File:Madhhab Map3.png|thumb|Map of the Muslim world with the main schools of thoughts&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Islamic Jurisprudence &amp; Law {{!}} ReOrienting the Veil |url=https://veil.unc.edu/religions/islam/law/ |access-date=2025-05-19 |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{Needs update|date=May 2025|reason=Our Fiqh map does need an update, for example Bahrain is mostly orange (representing Ja'fari) while its Monarchy is Maliki and a majority of its citizens Sunni. Would be very helpful to get an update to date SVG version of the map as there are some tiny island Indian Ocean countries who are not shown on the map}}]]
The schools of [[Sunni Islam|Sunni]] Islam are each named by students of the classical jurist who taught them. The Sunni schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Hanafi school|Hanafi]] ([[Turkey]], [[Balkans]], [[Levant]], [[Central Asia]], [[Islam in South Asia|South Asia]], [[Islam in China|China]], [[North Caucasus|Northwest Caucasus]], [[Lower Egypt]], and [[Tatarstan]])
*[[Maliki school|Maliki]] ([[North Africa]], [[West Africa]], [[Upper Egypt]], [[Kuwait]], [[Bahrain]], [[Emirate of Abu Dhabi|Abu Dhabi]], and [[Emirate of Dubai|Dubai]])
*[[Shafi'i school|Shafi'i]] ([[Indonesia]], [[Malaysia]], [[Brunei]], [[Kurdistan]], [[East Africa]], [[North Caucasus|Northeast Caucasus]], [[Yemen]], [[Oman]], [[Islam in Kerala|Kerala]], [[Emirate of Fujairah|Fujairah]], and the [[Sinai Peninsula]])
*[[Hanbali school|Hanbali]] ([[Saudi Arabia]], [[Qatar]], [[Emirate of Sharjah|Sharjah]], [[Emirate of Umm Al Quwain|Umm al-Quwain]], [[Emirate of Ras Al Khaimah|Ras al-Khaimah]], and [[Emirate of Ajman|Ajman]])

The schools of [[Shia]] Islam are based on the [[Ja'fari school|Ja'fari]] school of jurisprudence. The Shia schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Twelver Shi'ism|Twelver]] ([[Iran]], [[Iraq]], and [[Azerbaijan]])
*[[Ismailism|Isma'ili]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Lakhani |first=M. Ali |title=Faith and Ethics: The Vision of the Ismaili Imamat |page=4 |quote=The place of the Ismailis within the theological pluralism of the Muslim community is best summarised by their Imam's statement to the International Islamic Conference held in Amman in July 2005: &quot;Our historic adherence is to the Ja'fari madhhab and other madhahib of close affinity, and it continues, under the leadership of the hereditary Ismaili Imam of the time. This adherence is in harmony also with our acceptance of Sufi principles of personal search and balance between the zahir and the spirit or the intellect which the zahir signifies.&quot; |publisher=Bloomsbury Publishing |year=2017 |isbn=978-1786733900}}&lt;/ref&gt; (minority communities in [[Central Asia]], [[South Asia]], [[Levant]], [[Yemen]])
*[[Zaydism|Zaydi]] (minority communities in [[Yemen]])

Entirely separate from both the Sunni and Shia traditions, [[Kharijites|Khawarij]] Islam has evolved its own distinct school.
*[[Ibadism|Ibadi]] (minority communities in [[Oman]])

These schools share many of their rulings, but differ on the particular [[hadith]]s they accept as authentic and the weight they give to analogy or reason ([[qiyas]]) in deciding difficulties.

The relationship between (at least the Sunni) schools of jurisprudence and the conflict between the unity of the Shariah and the diversity of the schools, was expressed by the 12th century Hanafi scholar [[Abu Hafs Umar al-Nasafi]], who wrote: &quot;Our school is correct with the possibility of error, and another school is in error with the possibility of being correct.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1 = Brown|first1 = Jonathan A.C.|author-link = Jonathan A.C. Brown|title = Misquoting Muhammad: The Challenge and Choices of Interpreting the Prophet's Legacy|date = 2014|publisher = [[Oneworld Publications]]|isbn = 978-1780744209|url = https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50|access-date = 4 June 2018|ref = JACBMM2014|pages = [https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50 50-51]}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== جديد قانون تي اٿرات ==
{{main|شريعت#ڪلاسيڪي اسلامي قانون|l1=شريعت: ڪلاسيڪي اسلامي قانون}}

A number of important legal [[institution]]s were developed by Muslim jurists during the classical period of Islam, known as the [[Islamic Golden Age]]. One such institution was the ''[[Hawala]]'', an early [[informal value transfer system]], which is mentioned in texts of Islamic jurisprudence as early as the 8th century. ''Hawala'' itself later influenced the development of the [[Agency (law)|agency]] in [[common law]] and in [[Civil law (legal system)|civil laws]] such as the ''aval'' in [[Law of France|French law]] and the ''avallo'' in [[Law of Italy|Italian law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |title=Islamic Law: Its Relation to Other Legal Systems |first=Gamal Moursi |last=Badr |journal=The American Journal of Comparative Law |volume=26 |issue=2 – Proceedings of an International Conference on Comparative Law, Salt Lake City, Utah, 24–25 February 1977 |date=Spring 1978 |pages=187–198 [196–98] |doi=10.2307/839667 |publisher=American Society of Comparative Law |jstor=839667}}&lt;/ref&gt;

The ''[[Waqf]]'' in [[Sharia|Islamic law]], which developed during the 7th–9th centuries, bears a notable resemblance to the [[Charitable trust|trusts]] in the English [[trust law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988}}&lt;/ref&gt; For example, every ''Waqf'' was required to have a ''waqif'' (settlor), ''mutawillis'' (trustee), ''[[qadi]]'' (judge) and beneficiaries.&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1237–40}}&lt;/ref&gt; The trust law developed in [[England]] at the time of the [[Crusades]], during the 12th and 13th centuries, was introduced by Crusaders who may have been influenced by the ''Waqf'' institutions they came across in the [[Middle East]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Hudson|2003|p=32}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1244–45}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪلاسيڪي اسلامي فقه (قانون) ۾، عدالت ۾ ڌرين کي ٽن کان ٻارهن شاهدن کان تصديق ٿيل بيان حاصل ڪرڻ جي اجازت هوندي آهي. جڏهن سڀني شاهدن جا بيان هڪجهڙا يا متفق هوندا آهن، ته نوٽري (قانوني دستاويز تيار ڪندڙ) انهن جي متفقه شاهدي جي تصديق هڪ قانوني دستاويز ذريعي ڪندا آهن، جنهن کي لاڳاپيل ڌر جي دعويٰ جي حمايت ۾ استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو. نوٽرين جو ڪم جج کي هر اکين ڏٺي شاهد جي شاهدي پاڻ ٻڌڻ جي وقت طلب ڪم کان آجو ڪرڻ آهي، ۽ انهن جا دستاويز هر زباني شاهدي جي قانوني تصديق جو ڪم ڏين ٿا. مالڪي مڪتبِ فڪر ڪجهه خاص قانوني معاملن ۾ - جن ۾ غير رجسٽرڊ شاديون ۽ زميني تڪرار شامل آهن - گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ٻارهن اکين ڏٺن شاهدن جا بيان گڏ ڪرڻ لاءِ ٻن نوٽرين جي موجودگي لازمي قرار ڏئي ٿو. جان مڪديسي (John Makdisi) ٻارهن شاهدن جي بيانن جي هن گروهه، جنهن کي ”لفيف“ (lafif) چيو ويندو آهي، جو موازنو هينري ٻئي (Henry II) جي دور ۾ انگريزي ”ڪامن لا“ (Common Law) تحت ٿيندڙ جيوري جي مقدمي جي طريقيڪار سان ڪيو آهي؛ هن بادشاهه جي سڌارن ۽ سسلي جي بادشاهت جي قانوني نظام جي وچ ۾ تعلق جو اندازو لڳايو آهي. ان ٻيٽ تي اڳ ۾ مختلف اسلامي حڪمران خاندانن جي حڪومت رهي چڪي هئي. * ڪامن لا جا ٻيا ڪيترائي بنيادي ادارا شايد اسلامي قانون ۽ فقھ جي ساڳين قانوني ادارن مان ورتا ويا هجن ۽ نارمن پاران انگلينڊ ۽ سسلي جي امارت (Emirate of Sicily) کي فتح ڪرڻ کان پوءِ، توڙي صليبي جنگين دوران صليبين ذريعي انگلينڊ ۾ متعارف ڪرايا ويا هجن. خاص طور تي، ”شاهي انگريزي معاهدو جنهن کي ’قرض جي ادائگي جي دعويٰ‘ (action of debt) ذريعي تحفظ حاصل هوندو هو، ان کي اسلامي ’عقد‘ (Aqd) سان ڀيٽيو وڃي ٿو؛ انگريزي قانوني عمل ’novel disseisin‘ (جنهن جو تعلق ملڪيت جي غير قانوني قبضي يا بي دخليءَ سان آهي) کي اسلامي ’استحقاق‘ (Istihqaq) سان ڀيٽيو وڃي ٿو؛ ۽ انگريزي جيوري (jury) کي اسلامي ’لفيف‘ (lafif) سان ڀيٽيو وڃي ٿو.“ جان مڪديسي اهو اندازو پڻ لڳايو ته انگريزي قانوني ادارا جهڙوڪ ”اسڪالسٽڪ طريقو“ (scholastic method) ۽ ”پڙهائڻ جو لائسنس“، ”قانون جا اسڪول (جن کي انگلينڊ ۾ ’انز آف ڪورٽ‘ (Inns of Court) ۽ اسلام ۾ ’مدرسا‘ چيو ويندو آهي)“ ۽ ”يورپي ڪمينڊا“ (European commenda - جيڪو اسلامي ’قراض‘ (Qirad) آهي) شايد اسلامي قانون مان ئي وجود ۾ آيا هجن. قانوني نظير (legal precedent) ۽ قياس (reasoning by analogy) ذريعي دليل ڏيڻ جو طريقو پڻ اسلامي ۽ ڪامن لا وارن نظامن ۾ هڪجهڙو آهي. انهن اثرن جي ڪري ڪجهه عالمن اهو خيال ظاهر ڪيو آهي ته اسلامي قانون شايد ”ڪامن لا“ جي هڪ مربوط نظام طور بنياد رکيو هجي. 


classical Islamic jurisprudence, litigants in court may obtain [[notarized]] statements from between three and twelve witnesses. When the statements of all witnesses are consistent, the notaries will certify their unanimous testimony in a legal document, which may be used to support the litigant's claim.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Justice of Islam|pages=7–9|author=Lawrence Rosen|publisher=Oxford University Press|year=2000|isbn=9780198298847}}&lt;/ref&gt; The notaries serve to free the [[qadi|judge]] from the time-consuming task of hearing the testimony of each eyewitness himself, and their documents serve to legally authenticate each oral testimony.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Expert Witness in Islamic Courts|year=2010|publisher=University of Chicago Press|author=Ron Shaham|pages=4–8|isbn=9780226749358}}&lt;/ref&gt; The [[Maliki]] school requires two notaries to collect a minimum of twelve eyewitness statements in certain legal cases, including those involving unregistered marriages and land disputes.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Positive Law from the Muslim World|author=Baudouin Dupret|year=2021|isbn=9781108960137|pages=205–210|publisher=Cambridge University Press}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Property, Social Structure, and Law in the Modern Middle East|year=1985|pages=54–64|editor=Ann Elizabeth Mayer|publisher=[[SUNY]] Press|isbn=9780873959889}}&lt;/ref&gt; John Makdisi has compared this group of twelve witness statements, known as a ''lafif'', to [[English Common Law]] jury trials under [[Henry II of England|Henry II]], surmising a link between the king's reforms and the legal system of the [[Kingdom of Sicily]]. The island had previously been ruled by various Islamic dynasties.&lt;ref name=&quot;Rodhan&quot;&gt;{{cite book |last1=Al-Rodhan |first1=Nayef R. F. |title=The Role of the Arab-Islamic World in the Rise of the West: Implications for Contemporary Trans-Cultural Relations |date=2012 |publisher=Palgrave Macmillan |isbn=978-0-230-39320-2 |page=73 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=n4OpT4ZP278C |access-date=25 May 2020 |language=en }}{{Dead link|date=November 2023 |bot=InternetArchiveBot |fix-attempted=yes }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Makdisi&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Makdisi |first1=John |title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=North Carolina Law Review |date=1 June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635 |url=https://scholarship.law.unc.edu/nclr/vol77/iss5/2/ |access-date=25 May 2020}}&lt;/ref&gt;

Several other fundamental [[common law]] institutions may have been adapted from similar legal institutions in [[Sharia|Islamic law]] and jurisprudence, and introduced to England by the [[Normans]] after the [[Norman conquest of England]] and the Emirate of Sicily, and by Crusaders during the [[Crusades]]. In particular, the &quot;royal English [[contract]] protected by the action of [[debt]] is identified with the Islamic ''Aqd'', the English [[assize of novel disseisin]] is identified with the Islamic ''Istihqaq'', and the English [[jury]] is identified with the Islamic ''lafif''.&quot; John Makdisi speculated that English legal institutions such as &quot;the [[scholastic method]], the [[licence]] to [[Education|teach]]&quot;, the &quot;[[law school]]s known as [[Inns of Court]] in England and ''[[Madrasah|Madrasas]]'' in Islam&quot; and the &quot;European [[commenda]]&quot; (Islamic ''[[Qirad]]'') may have also originated from Islamic law.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt; The methodology of [[Precedent|legal precedent]] and reasoning by [[analogy]] (''[[Qiyas]]'') are also similar in both the Islamic and common law systems.&lt;ref name=Gamal&gt;{{cite book |title=Islamic Finance: Law, Economics, and Practice |url=https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga |url-access=limited |first=Mahmoud A. |last=El-Gamal |year=2006 |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |isbn=0-521-86414-3 |page=[https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga/page/n35 16] }}&lt;/ref&gt; These influences have led some scholars to suggest that Islamic law may have laid the foundations for &quot;the common law as an integrated whole&quot;.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt;

== پڻ ڏسو ==
{{Portal|Islam|Law}}
*
* [[سنت]] 
* [[حديث]] 
* [[شريعت]] 
* [[شيعه اسلام]] 
* [[اسلام جا فرقا ۽ مسلڪ]] 
* [[امام ابو حنيفه|امام ابو حنيفه رحمت الله عليه]]
* [[امام بخاري]] 
* [[اسلاميات]] 
* [[اسلامي تاريخ جو خاڪو]] 
* [[امام غزالي]] 

==حوالا== 
===نوٽ===
{{reflist|group=Note}}
===حوالا===
{{حوالا}}
===ڪتابيات===
{{refbegin|30em}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Norman |last=Calder |title=Law. Legal Thought and Jurisprudence |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of the Islamic World |editor=John L. Esposito |publisher=Oxford University Press |location=Oxford |year=2009 |url=http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20081121033722/http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|url-status=dead|archive-date=21 November 2008}}
*Doi, Abd ar-Rahman I., and Clarke, Abdassamad (2008). ''Shari'ah: Islamic Law''. Ta-Ha Publishers Ltd., {{ISBN|978-1-84200-087-8}} (hardback)
* Cilardo, Agostino, &quot;Fiqh, History of&quot;, in ''Muhammad in History, Thought, and Culture: An Encyclopedia of the Prophet of God'' (2 vols.), Edited by C. Fitzpatrick and A. Walker, Santa Barbara, ABC-CLIO, 2014, Vol I, pp.&amp;nbsp;201–206.
* {{citation|last=Dahlén|first=Ashk |title=Islamic Law, Epistemology and Modernity. Legal Philosophy in Contemporary Iran|year=2003|location=New York|publisher=Routledge |isbn=9780415945295|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=QARHBQAAQBAJ}}
*{{cite book |last1=El-Gamal |first1=Mahmoud A. |title=Islamic Finance : Law, Economics, and Practice |publisher=Cambridge University Press |date=2006 |url=http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |ref=MAEGIFLEP2006 |access-date=28 February 2017 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180403160351/http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |archive-date=3 April 2018 |url-status=dead }}
*{{Cite journal |journal=[[University of Pennsylvania Law Review]] |volume=136 |issue=4 |date=April 1988 |pages=1231–1261 |doi=10.2307/3312162 |last1=Gaudiosi |first1= Monica M. |title=The Influence of the Islamic Law of Waqf on the Development of the Trust in England_ The Case of Merton College |publisher=The University of Pennsylvania Law Review |jstor=3312162|s2cid=153149243 |url=http://scholarship.law.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=3909&amp;context=penn_law_review |url-access=subscription }}
*{{cite book |last1=Hawting |first1=G.R. |title=The Quest for the Historical Muhammad |date=2000 |publisher=Prometheus Books |location=New York |pages=489–509 |chapter=16. John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism |ref=GRHJWIaM2000}}
*{{Cite book
 |last=Hudson
 |first=A.
 |title=Equity and Trusts
 |year=2003
 |edition=3rd
 |publisher=Cavendish Publishing
 |location=London
 |isbn=978-1-85941-729-4
 }}

*{{Cite book |last=Levy |first=Reuben |title=The Social Structure of Islam |location=UK |publisher=Cambridge University Press |year=1957 |isbn=978-0-521-09182-4 |url=https://archive.org/details/socialstructureo0000levy }}
*{{Cite journal |last=Makdisi|first=John A.|title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=[[North Carolina Law Review]] |date=June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635–1739}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Irene |last=Schneider |title=Fiqh |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of Islam and Politics |publisher=Oxford University Press |editor=Emad El-Din Shahin |year=2014 |doi=10.1093/acref:oiso/9780199739356.001.0001|isbn=9780199739356 }}
{{refend}}

==مزيد مطالعو==
*Potz, Richard, [http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0159-2011112127 Islamic Law and the Transfer of European Law], [[European History Online]], Mainz: [[Institute of European History]], 2011. (Retrieved 28 November 2011.)
*[Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
*{{Commons category-inline}}
* [https://halaqa.home.blog/2021/02/12/types-of-hanafi-legal-rulings-ahkam/ Types of Hanafi Legal Rulings (Ahkam)]
* [Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

{{Islam topics |Law |state=collapsed}}
{{Authority control}}

[[Category:Islamic jurisprudence| ]]
[[Category:Sharia terminology]]
[[Category:Law schools]]
{{اسلامي فقه}}
[[زمرو:اسلامي اصطلاح]]</text>
      <sha1>5628o9yjyyrekg3q9tqnn0zue2mpqbx</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400963</id>
      <parentid>400962</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T19:36:35Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>/* تاريخ */</comment>
      <origin>400963</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="55909" sha1="42j8ck66mx4y2snfajie3irl7wf6qdd" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|Islamic jurisprudence}}
{{Islam |texts |width=21.75em}}
'''فقه''' (عربي: فِقْه) اسلامي قانوني نظام يا اسلامي فقہي اصولن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ اصطلاح آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot; /&gt; فقه کي اڪثر شريعت بابت انساني سمجھ (تحقيق ۽ عمل) جي طور تي بيان ڪيو ويندو آهي؛ يعني اسلامي قانون، جيئن قرآن ۽ سنت ([[محمد ﷺ|پيغمبر محمد ﷺ]] ۽ سندن [[صحابي|ساٿين]] جي تعليمات ۽ عملن ۾ بيان ڪيو ويو آهي) جي انساني سمجھ آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;vogel&quot; /&gt; فقه، اسلامي قانون دانن (علماءِ) پاران [[قرآن]] ۽ اجتهاد (سنت جي تشريح) ذريعي [[شريعت]] کي وسيع ۽ ترقي ڏياري ٿي ۽ ان تي عمل درآمد انهن قانون دانن جي فيصلن (فتويٰ) ذريعي ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا انهن آڏو پيش ڪيل مسئلن تي ڏنا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;vogel&quot; /&gt; ان ڪري، جتي مسلمان شريعت کي تبديليءَ کان پاڪ ۽ غلطين کان مبرّا سمجهن ٿا، اتي فقه کي غلطي جي امڪان واري ۽ تبديليءَ جي قابل سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. 

فقه جو تعلق اسلام ۾ عبادات، اخلاقيات ۽ سماجي قانون سازي، گڏوگڏ معاشي ۽ سياسي نظام جي معاملن سان آهي. جديد دور ۾، [[سني اسلام|سني روايتن]] ۾ فقه جا چار نمايان مڪتبِ فڪر (مذھب) موجود آهن، ان کان علاوه [[شيعه اسلام|شيعه روايتن]] ۾ ٻه (يا ٽي) مڪتبِ فڪر آهن. فقه جي ڄاڻ رکندڙ شخص کي &quot;فقيه&quot; (جمع: فقهاءِ) چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;

مجازي معنيٰ ۾، فقه مان مراد اسلامي قانوني فيصلن بابت انهن جي بنيادي ذريعن مان حاصل ڪيل ڄاڻ آهي. ذريعن مان مذهبي فيصلا اخذ ڪرڻ لاءِ &quot;مجتهد&quot; (اهو فرد جيڪو اجتهاد ڪري ٿو) لاءِ ضروري آهي ته هو فقه جي مختلف بحثن تي گهري ڄاڻ ۽ سمجھ رکي.  

فقه جي مطالعي کي روايتي طور تي ٻن حصن ۾ ورهايو ويو آهي: &quot;اصولِ فقه&quot; (اسلامي فقه جا اصول، لفظي معنيٰ: ”فقه جون پاڙون&quot;)، جيڪي قانوني تشريح ۽ تجزيي جا طريقا آهن؛ ۽ &quot;فروعِ فقه&quot; (لفظي معنيٰ: &quot;فقه جون شاخون&quot;)، جيڪي انهن اصولن جي بنياد تي فيصلن جي تفصيلي وضاحت آهن. فروعِ فقه، اصولِ فقه جي اطلاق جو نتيجو ۽ خدائي مرضي کي سمجهڻ لاءِ ڪيل انساني ڪوششن جو مجموعي حاصلات آهي. &quot;حڪم&quot; (جمع: احڪام) ڪنهن خاص معاملي يا صورتحال ۾ ڏنل مخصوص فيصلي کي چيو ويندو آهي.

'''فقه''' (&lt;small&gt;Fiqh&lt;/small&gt;)؛&lt;ref&gt;[https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/fiqh &quot;fiqh&quot;]. ''[[Collins English Dictionary]]''.&lt;/ref&gt; اسلام ۾ قانون جي سائنس جو (&lt;small&gt;Jurisprudence&lt;/small&gt;) نالو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Fiqh&quot;&gt;[http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/207723/fiqh Fiqh] Encyclopædia Britannica&lt;/ref&gt; فقه جو استعمال اسلامي شريعت جي سمجھ طور ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=vogel&gt;{{cite book|last=Vogel|first=Frank E.|title=Islamic Law and the Legal System of Saudí: Studies of Saudi Arabia|date=2000|publisher=Brill|pages=4–5|url=https://books.google.com/?id=-PfDuvnHMGoC&amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;dq=vogel+islamic+law#v=onepage&amp;q=vogel%20islamic%20law&amp;f=false|isbn=9004110623}}&lt;/ref&gt; اھو علم شريعت ۾ قرآن ۽ سنت جي روشنيءَ ۾ اجتھاد جي ذريعي واڌارو ڪري ٿو ۽ ان واڌاري کي فقيھن جي فتوائون ذريعي لاڳو ڪري ٿو. فقه ۾ غلطي جي گنجائش ھوندي آھي ۽ اھا تبديل پڻ ٿي سگھندي آھي. موجوده دور۾ سني اسلام ۾ چار فقھي مذھب ۽ شيعه اسلام ۾ ٻہ فقھي مذھب آھن.&lt;ref&gt;Glasse, Cyril, ''The New Encyclopedia of Islam'', Altamira, 2001, p. 141&lt;/ref&gt;

== لغوي معنيَ == 
فقه جي لغوي معنيَ آهي ڪنهن شئي جو علم۽ فھم، ڪنھن شئي کي کولڻ۽ نکيڙڻ ۽ ان جي اونھائي ۾ وڃي حقيقت ڳولي لھڻ۽ ان کي پڌرو ڪرڻ، اصطلاحي طور فقه جي معني شريعت جي حڪمن ۾ سمجھ پيدا ڪرڻ آھي&lt;ref name =&quot; آسان فقه&quot; &gt; - ڪتاب: آسان فقه، از: مولانا محمد يوسف اصلاحي، مترجم: محمد عاشق ڌامراھا، مھراڻ اڪيڊمي شڪارپور، جنوري 2002 -- پنھنجي پاران: قمر ميمڻ صه 28  &lt;/ref&gt;. قرآن شريف ۾ سورة التوبہ ۾ آيت نمبر 122 ۾ فقه لفظ جو استعمال ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو:

{{quote| فلولا نفر من کل فرقة منهم طائفة ليتفقهوا في الدين&lt;br&gt; ترجمو:پوء ڇونہ انھن جي سڀ ڪنھن جماعت مان ھڪ ھڪ ٽولي نڪتي ته پاڻ ۾ دين جي سمجھ پيدا ڪن. |التوبة - ۱۲۲|&lt;ref name=&quot;آسان فقه&quot; /&gt;}}


The word ''fiqh'' is an Arabic term meaning &quot;deep understanding&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Modarresi&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|author-link=Mohammad Taqi al-Modarresi|title=The Laws of Islam|date=26 March 2016|publisher=Enlight Press|isbn=978-0994240989|url=http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|access-date=22 December 2017|ref=Modarresi|language=en|archive-date=2 August 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190802163247/http://almodarresi.com/en/books/pdf/TheLawsofIslam.pdf|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{rp|470}} or &quot;full comprehension&quot;. Technically it refers to the body of Islamic law extracted from detailed Islamic sources (which are studied in the [[principles of Islamic jurisprudence]]) and the process of gaining knowledge of Islam through jurisprudence. The historian [[Ibn Khaldun]] describes ''fiqh'' as &quot;knowledge of the rules of God which concern the actions of persons who own themselves connected to obey the law respecting what is required (''[[wajib]]''), sinful (''[[haraam]]''), recommended (''[[mustahab|mandūb]]''), disapproved (''[[makrūh]]''), or neutral (''[[mubah]]'')&quot;.&lt;ref&gt;Levy (1957). p. 150.&lt;/ref&gt; This definition is consistent amongst the jurists.

In [[Modern Standard Arabic]], ''fiqh'' has also come to mean Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=أنیس|first=إبراهیم|title=المعجم الوسیط|publisher=دارالفکر|year=1998|location=بیروت، لبنان|pages=731}}&lt;/ref&gt; It is not thus possible to speak of [[Chief Justice of the United States|Chief Justice]] [[John Roberts]] as an expert in the [[common law]] ''fiqh'' of the [[United States]], or of [[Egypt]]ian legal scholar [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] as an expert in the civil law ''fiqh'' of Egypt.

==تاريخ ==
{{main|شريعت}}
{{further information|اسلامي اقتصاديات جي تاريخ }}

سني اسلامي تاريخ موجب، سني قانون سازي جو سلسلو هن ترتيب سان اڳتي وڌيو: 
*[[الله]] → [[محمد ﷺ|محمد]] → [[صحابي|صحابه]] → [[تتبع|تابعين]] → [[فقه|فقيه]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Maghen-2003&quot;&gt;{{cite journal|last1=Maghen|first1=Ze'ev|title=Dead Tradition: Joseph Schacht and the Origins of &quot;Popular Practice&quot;|journal=Islamic Law and Society|date=2003|volume=10|issue=3|pages=276–347|doi=10.1163/156851903770227575|jstor=3399422}}&lt;/ref&gt;
الله پاران مقرر ڪيل حڪمن ۽ منع ڪيل شين جو اظهار نبي ڪريم ﷺ جي ذريعي قرآن ۽ سنت (نبي ﷺ جا اقوال، عمل ۽ مثال جيڪي حديث جي صورت ۾ منتقل ٿيا) ۾ ڪيو ويو. شروعاتي مسلمانن (صحابه) انهن کي ٻڌو ۽ ان تي عمل ڪيو ۽ اسلام جي هن روح کي ايندڙ نسلن (تابعين ۽ تبع تابعين) تائين پهچايو؛&lt;ref name=&quot;GRHJWIaM2000:513&quot;&gt;[[#GRHJWIaM2000|Hawting, &quot;John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism&quot;, 2000]]: p.513&lt;/ref&gt; جيئن جيئن مسلمان ۽ اسلام اولهه عربستان کان اتر، اوڀر ۽ اولهه طرف فتح ٿيل علائقن تائين ڦهليو، اتي ان کي هڪ منظم ۽ تفصيلي شڪل ڏني وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;RGHIGP2015:223&quot;&gt;[[#RGHIGP2015|Hoyland, ''In God's Path'', 2015]]: p.223&lt;/ref&gt; 

اسلامي فقه جي تاريخ کي &quot;عام طور تي اٺن دورن ۾ ورهايو وڃي ٿو&quot;:&lt;ref name=&quot;MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1&quot;&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: pp. 30–31&lt;/ref&gt;
*پهريون دور جيڪو 11 هجري ۾ محمد ﷺ جي وفات سان ختم ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1&quot; /&gt;
*ٻيو دور جنهن جي خاص سڃاڻپ صحابه (محمد ﷺ جي ساٿين) پاران شريعت جي ”ذاتي تشريح“ هئي، ۽ اهو 50 هجري تائين جاري رهيو. 
*50 هجري کان وٺي ٻي هجري صديءَ جي شروعات تائين، اولهه عربستان (جتي اسلام نازل ٿيو) ۾ &quot;روايتي فقھي انداز&quot; ۽ عراق ۾ &quot;عقلي يا استدلالي انداز&quot; جي وچ ۾ مقابلو رهيو.
*&quot;ڪلاسيڪي اسلامي فقه جو سونهري دور&quot; جيڪو ٻي صديءَ جي شروعات کان چوٿين صديءَ جي وچ تائين رهيو، جنهن دوران سني ۽ شيعه فقه جا اٺ &quot;اهم ترين&quot; مڪتبِ فڪر (مسلڪ) وجود ۾ آيا. 
*چوٿين هجري صديءَ جي وچ کان ستين هجري صديءَ جي وچ تائين، اسلامي فقه &quot;اهم فقھي مڪتبن جي دائري اندر تفصيل ۽ تشريح تائين محدود&quot; رهي. 
*اسلامي فقه جو &quot;تاريڪ دور&quot; ستين هجري صديءَ جي وچ ۾ بغداد جي زوال (1258 عيسوي) کان وٺي 1293 هجري (1876 عيسوي) تائين رهيو. 
*سال 1293 هجري (1876 عيسوي) ۾ عثماني حڪومت حنفي فقه کي &quot;مجلۃ الاحڪام العدليه&quot; جي صورت ۾ قانوني ضابطي ۾ تبديل ڪيو. 
*ويهين صدي عيسويءَ جي وچ تائين ڪيتريون ئي ”فقھي احيا جون تحريڪون“ سامهون آيون، جن تي &quot;مغربي قانوني ۽ ٽيڪنالاجي ترقيءَ&quot; جو اثر هو. محمد عبده ۽ عبدالرزاق السنهوري هن دور جون اهم شخصيتون هيون؛ جيتوڻيڪ، عبده ۽ السنهوري جديديت پسند هئا. 19هين صديءَ جو عثماني شريعت قانون حنفي فقهي مڪتبِ فڪر جي نظرين تي ٻڌل هو. 
*تازو دور &quot;اسلامي احياءَ&quot; جو رهيو آهي، جنهن جو بنياد &quot;مغربي سماجي ۽ قانوني ترقيءَ کي رد ڪرڻ&quot; ۽ خاص طور تي اسلامي رياستن، سماجي علوم، معاشيات ۽ ماليات جي ترقيءَ تي رکيو ويو آهي. 
*second period &quot;characterized by personal interpretations&quot; of the canon by the ''[[Sahabah]]'' or companions of Muhammad, lasting until 50 AH.
*from 50 AH until the early second century AH there was competition between &quot;a traditionalist approach to jurisprudence&quot; in [[Hijaz|western Arabia]] where Islam was revealed and a &quot;rationalist approach in Iraq&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;golden age of classical Islamic jurisprudence&quot; from the &quot;early second to the mid-fourth century when the [[Madhhab#Amman Message|eight &quot;most significant&quot;]] schools of Sunni and [[Shia|Shi'i]] jurisprudence emerged.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*from the mid-fourth century to mid-seventh AH Islamic jurisprudence was &quot;limited to elaborations within the main juristic schools&quot;.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
*the &quot;dark age&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence stretched from the [[Siege of Baghdad (1258)|fall of Baghdad]] in the mid-seventh AH (1258 CE) to 1293 AH/1876 CE.
*In 1293 AH (1876 CE) the Ottomans codified [[Hanafi]] jurisprudence in the ''[[Mecelle|Majallah el-Ahkam-i-Adliya]]''. Several &quot;juristic revival movements&quot; influenced by &quot;exposure to Western legal and technological progress&quot; followed until the mid-20th century CE. [[Muhammad Abduh]] and [[Abd El-Razzak El-Sanhuri]] were products of this era.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; However, Abduh and El-Sanhuri were modernists. 19th century Ottoman Shariah Code was built on the views of the Hanafi school.
*The most recent era has been that of the &quot;[[Islamic revival#Contemporary revivalism|Islamic revival]]&quot;, which has been &quot;predicated on rejection of Western social and legal advances&quot; and the development of specifically Islamic states, social sciences, economics, and finance.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;
The 


اسلامي فقه جي تشڪيلي دور جو تعلق شروعاتي مسلمان برادرين جي زماني سان آهي. ان دور ۾، فقهاءَ جو ڌيان نظريي ۽ طريقيڪار (methodology) جي ڀيٽ ۾ اختيار ۽ تعليم جي معاملن تي وڌيڪ هو. 

نظريي ۽ طريقيڪار ۾ اڳڀرائي شروعاتي مسلمان فقيهه محمد بن ادريس الشافعي (767-820ع) جي اچڻ سان ٿي، جنهن پنهنجي ڪتاب &quot;الرساله&quot; ۾ اسلامي فقه جي بنيادي اصولن کي باقاعده مرتب ڪيو. اهو ڪتاب قانون جي چئن بنيادي ماخذن (قرآن، سنت، اجماع ۽ قياس) جي تفصيل ۽ وضاحت ڪري ٿو.

formative period of Islamic jurisprudence stretches back to the time of the early Muslim communities. During this period, jurists were more concerned with issues of authority and teaching than with theory and methodology.&lt;ref name=&quot;Weiss (2002)&quot;&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by [[Bernard G. Weiss]], (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. pp. 3, 161.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Progress in theory and methodology happened with the coming of the early Muslim jurist [[Muhammad ibn Idris ash-Shafi`i]] (767–820), who codified the basic principles of Islamic jurisprudence in his book ''ar-Risālah''. The book details the four roots of law ([[Qur'an]], [[sunnah]], ''[[ijma]]'', and ''[[qiyas]]'') while specifying that the primary Islamic texts (the Qur'an and the hadith) be understood according to objective rules of interpretation derived from scientific study of the Arabic language.&lt;ref name=weiss-162&gt;Weiss, Bernard G. (2002). ''Studies in Islamic Legal Theory'', edited by Bernard G. Weiss, (Leiden: E. J. Brill, 2002. p. 162.)&lt;/ref&gt;

Secondary sources of law were developed and refined over the subsequent centuries, consisting primarily of juristic preference (''[[istihsan]]''), laws of the previous prophets (''[[shara man qablana]]''), continuity (''[[istishab]]''), extended analogy (''[[maslaha mursala]]''), blocking the means (''[[sadd al-dhari'ah]]''), local customs (''[[urf]]''), and sayings of a companion of the Prophet (''[[qawl al-sahabi]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Nyazee (2000)&quot;&gt;Nyazee, Imran Ahsan Khan (2000). ''Islamic Jurisprudence (UsulAI-Fiqh)''. Islamabad: Islamic Research Institute Press.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== Diagram of early scholars ===

[[File:Sunni Streams of Doctrine.png|thumb|Main schools of thought within Sunni Islam, and other prominent streams.]]
[[File:Muslim World Introduction.svg|thumb|Major schools of thought and theology in the Islamic world]]
The Quran set the rights, responsibilities, and rules for people and societies to adhere to, such as dealing in [[The Impact of Religion on International Negotiations|interest]]. Muhammad then provided an example, which is recorded in the hadith books, showing people how he practically implemented these rules in a society. After the passing of Muhammad, there was a need for jurists, to decide on new legal matters where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadith, example of Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=gMxjJqurmiAC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA30|title=Islam Vs. West|isbn=9780595501571|last1=Asadulla|first1=Abubakr|year=2009|publisher=iUniverse }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=es9Sunv_y2MC&amp;q=development+of+schools+of+thought+hanifa&amp;pg=PA20|title=Islamic State Practices, International Law and the Threat from Terrorism|isbn=9781841135014|last1=Rehman|first1=Javaid|date=7 June 2005|publisher=Hart }}&lt;/ref&gt;

In the years proceeding Muhammad, the community in Madina continued to use the same rules. People were familiar with the practice of Muhammad and therefore continued to use the same rules.

The scholars appearing in the diagram below were taught by [[Muhammad's companions]], many of whom settled in Madina.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceA&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|title=ulama|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=25 February 2013|archive-date=21 October 2014|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20141021231627/http://bewley.virtualave.net/ulama.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; ''[[Muwatta Imam Malik|Muwatta]]''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|title=Muwatta|website=bewley.virtualave.net|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=13 October 2010|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; by [[Malik ibn Anas]] was written as a consensus of the opinion, of these scholars.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=d5Ks31qHlSYC&amp;q=coulson+history+islamic+law|title=A History of Islamic Law|isbn=9780748605149|last1=Coulson|first1=Noel James|year=1994}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=Va6oSxzojzoC&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA207|title=E. J. Brill's First Encyclopaedia of Islam, 1913–1936|isbn=9004097910|last1=Houtsma|first1=M. Th|year=1993|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=0_wUAAAAIAAJ&amp;q=Muwatta+consensus+of+the+opinions+scholars&amp;pg=PA264|title=Studies in Islamic History and Civilization|isbn=9789652640147|last1=Šārôn|first1=Moše|year=1986|publisher=BRILL }}&lt;/ref&gt; ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas quotes 13 hadiths from Imam [[Jafar al-Sadiq]].&lt;ref name=&quot;Muwatta&quot;&gt;''Al-Muwatta'' of Imam Malik Ibn Anas, translated by Aisha Bewley (Book #5, Hadith #5.9.23) (Book #16, Hadith #16.1.1) (Book #17, Hadith #17.24.43) (Book #20, Hadith #20.10.40) (Book #20, Hadith #20.11.44) (Book #20, Hadith #20.32.108) (Book #20, Hadith #20.39.127) (Book #20, Hadith #20.40.132) (Book #20, Hadith #20.49.167) (Book #20, Hadith #20.57.190) (Book #26, Hadith #26.1.2) (Book #29, Hadith #29.5.17) (Book #36, Hadith #36.4.5) [http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html Al-Muwatta'] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101013110055/http://bewley.virtualave.net/muwcont.html |date=13 October 2010 }}&lt;/ref&gt;
Aisha also taught her nephew [[Urwah ibn Zubayr]]. He then taught his son [[Hisham ibn Urwah]], who was the main teacher of Malik ibn Anas whose views many Sunni follow and also taught by Jafar al-Sadiq. [[Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]], Hisham ibn Urwah and Muhammad al-Baqir taught [[Zayd ibn Ali]], Jafar al-Sadiq, [[Abu Hanifa]], and Malik ibn Anas.

Imam Jafar al-Sadiq, Imam Abu Hanifa and Malik ibn Anas worked together in [[Al-Masjid an-Nabawi]] in Medina, along with Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr, Muhammad al-Baqir, Zayd ibn Ali and over 70 other leading jurists and scholars.

[[Al-Shafi'i]] was taught by Malik ibn Anas. [[Ahmad ibn Hanbal]] was taught by Al-Shafi'i. [[Muhammad al-Bukhari]] travelled everywhere collecting hadith and his father [[Ismail ibn Ibrahim]] was a student of Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Islam Page 67&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=mlGgGVCp0UcC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA67|title=Understanding Women in Islam|isbn=9789793780191|last1=Hasyim|first1=Syafiq|year=2006|publisher=Equinox }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=JdjtUTYSL1UC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim+ibn+muhammad&amp;pg=PA37|title=Classical Islam|isbn=9780415240321|last1=Calder|first1=Norman|last2=Mojaddedi|first2=Jawid Ahmad|last3=Rippin|first3=Andrew|year=2003|publisher=Psychology Press }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=GlqeC1ZFAUEC&amp;q=aisha+and+qasim&amp;pg=PT101|title=Judaism and Islam in Practice|isbn=9781134605538|last1=Brockopp|first1=Jonathan E.|last2=Neusner|first2=Jacob|last3=Sonn|first3=Tamara|date=27 September 2005|publisher=Routledge }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.oocities.org/mutmainaa7/people/jafar_al_sadiq.html|title=Jafar Al-Sadiq}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|title=IMAM JAFAR BIN MUHAMMAD AS-SADIQ (AS)|website=www.ziaraat.org|access-date=13 November 2023|archive-date=22 August 2023|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230822202122/http://www.ziaraat.org/jafar.php|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{Islam scholars diagram}}

In the books actually written by these original jurists and scholars, there are very few theological and judicial differences between them. Imam Ahmad rejected the writing down and codifying of the religious rulings he gave. They knew that they might have fallen into error in some of their judgements and stated this clearly. They never introduced their rulings by saying, &quot;Here, this judgement is the judgement of God and His prophet.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=W4OKaz5dzdYC&amp;q=Modernist+Islam,+1840-1940:+A+Sourcebook+By+Charles+Kurzman|title=Modernist Islam, 1840–1940|isbn=9780195154689|last1=Kurzman|first1=Charles|year=2002|publisher=Oxford University Press }}&lt;/ref&gt; There is also very little text actually written down by Jafar al-Sadiq himself. They all give priority to the Qur'an and the hadith (the practice of Muhammad). They felt that the Quran and the Hadith, the example of Muhammad provided people with almost everything they needed. &quot;This day I have perfected for you your religion and completed My favor upon you and have approved for you Islam as religion&quot; (Qur'an 5:3).&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://quran.com/5/3 |title=Surat Al-Ma'idah [5:3] - The Noble Qur'an - القرآن الكريم |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130925005700/http://quran.com/5/3 |archive-date=25 September 2013 |df=dmy }} [http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ Quran Surah Al-Maaida ( Verse 3 )] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180612141107/http://irebd.com/quran/english/surah-5/verse-3/ |date=12 June 2018 }}&lt;/ref&gt;

These scholars did not distinguish between each other. They were not Sunni or Shia. They felt that they were following the religion of Abraham as described in the Quran &quot;Say: Allah speaks the truth; so follow the religion of Abraham, the upright one. And he was not one of the polytheists&quot; (Qur'an 3:95).

Most of the differences are regarding Sharia laws devised through [[Ijtihad]] where there is no such ruling in the Quran or the hadiths of Islamic prophet Muhammad regarding a similar case.&lt;ref name=&quot;books.google.co.uk&quot;/&gt; As these jurists went to new areas, they were pragmatic and continued to use the same ruling as was given in that area during pre-Islamic times, if the population felt comfortable with it, it was just and they used Ijtihad to deduce that it did not conflict with the Quran or the Hadith. As explained in the ''Muwatta''&lt;ref name=&quot;bewley.virtualave.net&quot;/&gt; by Malik ibn Anas.&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This made it easier for the different communities to integrate into the Islamic State and assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State.

To reduce the divergence, [[ash-Shafi'i]] proposed giving priority to the Qur'an and the Hadith (the practice of Muhammad) and only then look at the consensus of the Muslim jurists (''[[ijma]]'') and analogical reasoning (''[[qiyas]]'').&lt;ref name=&quot;Coulson&quot;/&gt; This then resulted in jurists like Muhammad al-Bukhari&lt;ref name=&quot;sahih-bukhari.com&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.sahih-bukhari.com/|title=Sahih Bukhari : Read, Study, Search Online|first=Sahih|last=Bukhari}}&lt;/ref&gt; dedicating their lives to the collection of the correct hadith, in books like [[Sahih al-Bukhari]] (Sahih translates as authentic or correct). They also felt that Muhammad's judgement was more impartial and better than their own.

These original jurists and scholars also acted as a counterbalance to the rulers. When they saw injustice, all these scholars spoke out against it. As the state expanded outside Madina, the rights of the different communities, as they were constituted in the [[Constitution of Medina]] still applied. The Quran also gave additional rights to the citizens of the state and these rights were also applied. Ali, Hassan and [[Husayn ibn Ali]] gave their allegiance to the first three caliphs because they abided by these conditions. Later [[Ali]] the fourth caliph wrote in a letter &quot;I did not approach the people to get their oath of allegiance but they came to me with their desire to make me their Amir (ruler). I did not extend my hands towards them so that they might swear the oath of allegiance to me but they themselves extended their hands towards me.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;Nahj ul Balagha Letter 54&lt;/ref&gt; But later as fate would have it ([[Predestination in Islam]]) when [[Yazid I]], an [[Umayyad Caliphate|Umayyad]] ruler took power, Husayn ibn Ali the grandson of Muhammad felt that it was a test from God for him and his duty to confront him. Then [[Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr]], Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr's cousin confronted the Umayyad rulers after Husayn ibn Ali was betrayed by the people of Kufa and killed by Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Yazid I.&lt;ref&gt;Najeebabadi, Akbar Shah (2001). The History of Islam V.2. Riyadh: Darussalam. p. 110. {{ISBN|9960-892-88-3}}.&lt;/ref&gt; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr then took on the Umayyads and expelled their forces from Hijaz and Iraq. But then his forces were depleted in Iraq, trying to stop the Khawarij. The Umayyads then moved in. After a lengthy campaign, in his last hour Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr asked his mother [[Asma' bint Abu Bakr]] the daughter of [[Abu Bakr]] the first caliph for advice. Asma' bint Abu Bakr replied to her son, she said:&lt;ref name=&quot;ummah.com&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|title=The Advice of Asmaa bint Abu Bakr (ra) to her son Abdullah Ibn Zubair (ra)|website=Ummah.com - Muslim Forum|access-date=20 September 2021|archive-date=25 February 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20210225220953/https://www.ummah.com/forum/forum/general/the-lounge/356138-the-advice-of-asmaa-bint-abu-bakr-ra-to-her-son-abdullah-ibn-zubair-ra|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; &quot;You know better in your own self, that if you are upon the truth and you are calling towards the truth go forth, for people more honourable than you have been killed and if you are not upon the truth, then what an evil son you are and you have destroyed yourself and those who are with you. If you say, that if you are upon the truth and you will be killed at the hands of others, then you will not truly be free.&quot; Abd Allah ibn al-Zubayr left and was later also killed and crucified by the Syrian Roman Army now under the control of the Umayyads and led by Hajjaj. [[Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr]] the son of Abu Bakr the first caliph and raised by Ali the fourth caliph was also killed by the Umayyads.&lt;ref&gt;Nahj al-Balagha Sermon 71, Letter 27, Letter 34, Letter 35&lt;/ref&gt; [[Aisha]] then raised and taught her son Qasim ibn Muhammad ibn Abi Bakr who later taught his grandson Jafar al-Sadiq.

During the early Umayyad period, there was more community involvement. The Quran and Muhammad's example was the main source of law after which the community decided. If it worked for the community, was just and did not conflict with the Quran and the example of Muhammad, it was accepted. This made it easier for the different communities, with Roman, Persian, Central Asia and North African backgrounds to integrate into the Islamic State and that assisted in the quick expansion of the Islamic State. The scholars in Madina were consulted on the more complex judicial issues. The Sharia and the official more centralized schools of fiqh developed later, during the time of the Abbasids.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceB&quot;&gt;Muawiya Restorer of the Muslim Faith By Aisha Bewley p. 68&lt;/ref&gt;

==Components==
{{further|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}
[[File:Map of the Legal systems of the world (en).png|thumb|350px|[[List of national legal systems|Legal systems of the world]]]]
The sources of [[Sharia]] in order of importance are:&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;&gt;Abul Quasem, M. (1975). The ethics of al-Ghazali: A composite ethics in Islam. p. 26&lt;/ref&gt;
#[[Qur'an]]
#[[Hadith]]
#[[Ijma]], i.e. collective reasoning and consensus amongst authoritative Muslims of a particular generation, and its interpretation by Islamic scholars.
#The consensus of the [[Sahaba]]
#[[Qiyas]], analogical legal reasoning by Islamic jurists.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;&gt;{{cite book|editor1-first=Hisham M. |editor1-last=Ramadan|author1=Irshad Abdel Haqq|author-link1=Islamic law: An Overview of Its Origins and Elements|title=Understanding Islamic Law: From Classical to Contemporary|year=2006|publisher=Rowman Altamira|isbn=9780759109919|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=5ZS7EaHTQX8C&amp;q=Islamic+law%3A+An+Overview+of+Its+Origins+and+Elements&amp;pg=PA1 |access-date=17 August 2016}} p. 18&lt;/ref&gt;

Majority of [[Sunni Muslims]] view ''[[Qiyas]]'' as a central Pillar of ''[[Ijtihad]]''.&lt;ref name=&quot;overview&quot;/&gt; An example is the ruling of [[Muhammad in Islam|Muhammad]], that &quot;a judge should not sit in judgement while angry&quot;, whereas reason adds that this extends to hunger or suffering from a painful disease.&lt;ref name=&quot;Abul Quasem 1975 p. 26&quot;/&gt; [[Zahiri]]tes, rejected ''Qiyas'' unlike the Sunnis.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=B. Hallaq |first=Wael |title=THE ORIGINS AND EVOLUTION OF ISLAMIC LAW |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |year=2005 |isbn=978-0-521-80332-8 | location=Cambridge, UK |pages=124, 127}}&lt;/ref&gt; The ''[[Shia Islam|Shi'a]]'' believed that all laws are implicitly mentioned in the Quran or the sunnah and can be discovered by the jurists of their tradition.&lt;ref&gt;Mansoor Moaddel, ''Islamic Modernism, Nationalism, and Fundamentalism: Episode and Discourse'', pg. 32. [[Chicago]]: [[University of Chicago Press]], 2005.&lt;/ref&gt;

The [[Qur'an]] gives instructions on many issues, such as how to perform the ritual purification (''{{lang|ar|[[wudu]]}}'') before the obligatory daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}''). On other issues, for example, the Qur'an states one needs to engage in daily prayers (''{{lang|ar|[[salat]]}}'') and fast (''{{lang|ar|[[sawm]]}}'') during the [[Ramadan (calendar month)|month of Ramadan]] but further instructions and details on how to perform these duties can be found in the traditions of Muhammad, so [[Qur'an and Sunnah]] are in most cases the basis for (''{{lang|ar|[[Shariah]]}}'').

Some topics are without precedent in Islam's early period. In those cases, Muslim jurists (''{{lang|ar|[[Fuqaha]]}}'') try to arrive at conclusions by other means. [[Sunni]] jurists use historical consensus of the community (''{{lang|ar|[[Ijma]]}}''); a majority in the modern era also use [[analogy]] (''{{lang|ar|[[Qiyas]]}}'') and weigh the harms and benefits of new topics (''{{lang|ar|[[Istislah]]}}''), and a plurality utilizes juristic preference (''{{lang|ar|[[Istihsan]]}}''). The conclusions arrived at with the aid of these additional tools constitute a wide array of laws, and its application is called ''fiqh''. Thus, in contrast to the ''sharia'', ''fiqh'' is not regarded as [[sacred]] and the schools of thought have differing views on its details, without viewing other conclusions as [[Sacrilege|sacrilegious]]. This division of interpretation in more detailed issues has resulted in different schools of thought (''{{lang|ar|[[madh'hab]]}}'').

This wider concept of '''Islamic jurisprudence''' is the source of a range of laws in different topics that guide Muslims in everyday life.

=== Component categories ===
[[File:Actions in Fiqh.png|thumb|Actions in Islamic Fiqh]]

Islamic jurisprudence (''fiqh'') covers two main areas:
# Rules in relation to actions, and,
# Rules in relation to circumstances surrounding actions.

These types of rules can also fall into two groups:
# Worship ([[Ibadah|Ibadaat]])
# Dealings and transactions (with people) ([[Muamalat|Mu`amalaat]])

Rules in relation to actions ('''amaliyya'' — عملية) or &quot;[[Ahkam|decision types]]&quot; comprise:
# Obligation (''[[fardh]]'')
# Recommendation (''[[mustahabb]]'')
# Permissibility (''[[mubah]]'')
# Disrecommendation (''[[makrooh]]'')
# Prohibition (''[[haraam]]'')

Rules in relation to circumstances (''wadia''') comprise:
# Condition (''shart'')
# Cause (''sabab'')
# Preventor (''mani'')
# Permit / Enforced (''rukhsah, azeemah'')
# Valid / Corrupt / Invalid (''sahih, fasid, batil'')
# In time / Deferred / Repeat (''adaa, qadaa, i'ada'')

=== Methodologies of jurisprudence ===
{{main|Principles of Islamic jurisprudence}}

The [[modus operandi]] of the Muslim jurist is known as ''[[usul al-fiqh]]'' (&quot;principles of jurisprudence&quot;).

There are different approaches to the methodology used in jurisprudence to derive Islamic rulings from the primary sources of ''[[sharia]]'' (Islamic law). The main methodologies are those of the [[Sunni]], [[Shi'a]] and [[Ibadi]] denominations. While both Sunni and [[Shi'ite]] (Shia) are divided into smaller sub-schools, the differences among the Shi'ite schools is considerably greater. Ibadites only follow a single school without divisions.

While using court decisions as legal precedents and [[case law]] are central to Western law, the importance of the institution of fatawa (non-binding answers by Islamic legal scholars to legal questions) has been called &quot;central to the development&quot; of Islamic jurisprudence.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:32&gt;[[#MAEGIFLEP2006|El-Gamal, ''Islamic Finance'', 2006]]: p. 32&lt;/ref&gt; This is in part because of a &quot;vacuum&quot; in the other source of Islamic law, ''qada`'' (legal rulings by state appointed Islamic judges) after the fall of the last [[caliphate]] the Ottoman Empire.&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt; While the practice in Islam dates back to the time of Muhammad, according to at least one source (Muhammad El-Gamal), it is &quot;modeled after the [[Roman Empire|Roman]] system of ''[[responsa]]'',&quot; and gives the questioner &quot;decisive primary-mover advantage in choosing the question and its wording.&quot;&lt;ref name=MAEGIFLEP2006:30-1/&gt;

Each school (''[[madhhab]]'') reflects a unique ''[[urf]]'' or culture (a cultural practice that was influenced by traditions), that the classical jurists themselves lived in, when rulings were made. Some suggest that the discipline of ''[[isnad]]'', which developed to validate ''hadith'' made it relatively easy to record and validate also the rulings of jurists. This, in turn, made them far easier to imitate (''[[taqlid]]'') than to challenge in new contexts. The argument is, the schools have been more or less frozen for centuries, and reflect a culture that simply no longer exists. Traditional scholars hold that religion is there to regulate human behavior and nurture people's moral side and since human nature has not fundamentally changed since the beginning of Islam a call to modernize the religion is essentially one to relax all laws and institutions.

Early ''[[shariah]]'' had a much more flexible character, and some modern Muslim scholars believe that it should be renewed, and that the classical jurists should lose special status. This would require formulating a new fiqh suitable for the modern world, e.g. as proposed by advocates of the [[Islamization of knowledge]], which would deal with the modern context. This modernization is opposed by most conservative ''[[ulema]]''. Traditional scholars hold that the laws are contextual and consider circumstance such as time, place and culture, the principles they are based upon are universal such as justice, equality and respect. Many Muslim scholars argue that even though technology may have advanced, the fundamentals of human life have not.

=== Fields of jurisprudence ===
{{flatlist}}
*[[Islamic criminal jurisprudence|Criminal]]
*[[Islamic economical jurisprudence|Economics]]
*[[Adab (behavior)|Etiquette]]
*[[Islamic family jurisprudence|Family]]
*[[Hygiene in Islam|Hygienical]]
*[[Islamic inheritance jurisprudence|Inheritance]]
*[[Islamic marital jurisprudence|Marital]]
*[[Rules of war in Islam|Military]]
*[[Islamic political jurisprudence|Political]]
*[[Islamic theological jurisprudence|Theological]]
{{endflatlist}}

=== Schools of jurisprudence ===
{{Main|Madhhab}}
There are several [[Madhhab|schools of fiqh thought]] ({{langx|ar|مذهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|madhhab}}''; pl. {{lang|ar|مذاهب}} ''{{Transliteration|ar|DIN|maḏāhib}}'')
[[File:Madhhab Map3.png|thumb|Map of the Muslim world with the main schools of thoughts&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Islamic Jurisprudence &amp; Law {{!}} ReOrienting the Veil |url=https://veil.unc.edu/religions/islam/law/ |access-date=2025-05-19 |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{Needs update|date=May 2025|reason=Our Fiqh map does need an update, for example Bahrain is mostly orange (representing Ja'fari) while its Monarchy is Maliki and a majority of its citizens Sunni. Would be very helpful to get an update to date SVG version of the map as there are some tiny island Indian Ocean countries who are not shown on the map}}]]
The schools of [[Sunni Islam|Sunni]] Islam are each named by students of the classical jurist who taught them. The Sunni schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Hanafi school|Hanafi]] ([[Turkey]], [[Balkans]], [[Levant]], [[Central Asia]], [[Islam in South Asia|South Asia]], [[Islam in China|China]], [[North Caucasus|Northwest Caucasus]], [[Lower Egypt]], and [[Tatarstan]])
*[[Maliki school|Maliki]] ([[North Africa]], [[West Africa]], [[Upper Egypt]], [[Kuwait]], [[Bahrain]], [[Emirate of Abu Dhabi|Abu Dhabi]], and [[Emirate of Dubai|Dubai]])
*[[Shafi'i school|Shafi'i]] ([[Indonesia]], [[Malaysia]], [[Brunei]], [[Kurdistan]], [[East Africa]], [[North Caucasus|Northeast Caucasus]], [[Yemen]], [[Oman]], [[Islam in Kerala|Kerala]], [[Emirate of Fujairah|Fujairah]], and the [[Sinai Peninsula]])
*[[Hanbali school|Hanbali]] ([[Saudi Arabia]], [[Qatar]], [[Emirate of Sharjah|Sharjah]], [[Emirate of Umm Al Quwain|Umm al-Quwain]], [[Emirate of Ras Al Khaimah|Ras al-Khaimah]], and [[Emirate of Ajman|Ajman]])

The schools of [[Shia]] Islam are based on the [[Ja'fari school|Ja'fari]] school of jurisprudence. The Shia schools (and where they are commonly found) are:
*[[Twelver Shi'ism|Twelver]] ([[Iran]], [[Iraq]], and [[Azerbaijan]])
*[[Ismailism|Isma'ili]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Lakhani |first=M. Ali |title=Faith and Ethics: The Vision of the Ismaili Imamat |page=4 |quote=The place of the Ismailis within the theological pluralism of the Muslim community is best summarised by their Imam's statement to the International Islamic Conference held in Amman in July 2005: &quot;Our historic adherence is to the Ja'fari madhhab and other madhahib of close affinity, and it continues, under the leadership of the hereditary Ismaili Imam of the time. This adherence is in harmony also with our acceptance of Sufi principles of personal search and balance between the zahir and the spirit or the intellect which the zahir signifies.&quot; |publisher=Bloomsbury Publishing |year=2017 |isbn=978-1786733900}}&lt;/ref&gt; (minority communities in [[Central Asia]], [[South Asia]], [[Levant]], [[Yemen]])
*[[Zaydism|Zaydi]] (minority communities in [[Yemen]])

Entirely separate from both the Sunni and Shia traditions, [[Kharijites|Khawarij]] Islam has evolved its own distinct school.
*[[Ibadism|Ibadi]] (minority communities in [[Oman]])

These schools share many of their rulings, but differ on the particular [[hadith]]s they accept as authentic and the weight they give to analogy or reason ([[qiyas]]) in deciding difficulties.

The relationship between (at least the Sunni) schools of jurisprudence and the conflict between the unity of the Shariah and the diversity of the schools, was expressed by the 12th century Hanafi scholar [[Abu Hafs Umar al-Nasafi]], who wrote: &quot;Our school is correct with the possibility of error, and another school is in error with the possibility of being correct.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1 = Brown|first1 = Jonathan A.C.|author-link = Jonathan A.C. Brown|title = Misquoting Muhammad: The Challenge and Choices of Interpreting the Prophet's Legacy|date = 2014|publisher = [[Oneworld Publications]]|isbn = 978-1780744209|url = https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50|access-date = 4 June 2018|ref = JACBMM2014|pages = [https://archive.org/details/misquotingmuhamm0000brow/page/50 50-51]}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== جديد قانون تي اٿرات ==
{{main|شريعت#ڪلاسيڪي اسلامي قانون|l1=شريعت: ڪلاسيڪي اسلامي قانون}}

A number of important legal [[institution]]s were developed by Muslim jurists during the classical period of Islam, known as the [[Islamic Golden Age]]. One such institution was the ''[[Hawala]]'', an early [[informal value transfer system]], which is mentioned in texts of Islamic jurisprudence as early as the 8th century. ''Hawala'' itself later influenced the development of the [[Agency (law)|agency]] in [[common law]] and in [[Civil law (legal system)|civil laws]] such as the ''aval'' in [[Law of France|French law]] and the ''avallo'' in [[Law of Italy|Italian law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |title=Islamic Law: Its Relation to Other Legal Systems |first=Gamal Moursi |last=Badr |journal=The American Journal of Comparative Law |volume=26 |issue=2 – Proceedings of an International Conference on Comparative Law, Salt Lake City, Utah, 24–25 February 1977 |date=Spring 1978 |pages=187–198 [196–98] |doi=10.2307/839667 |publisher=American Society of Comparative Law |jstor=839667}}&lt;/ref&gt;

The ''[[Waqf]]'' in [[Sharia|Islamic law]], which developed during the 7th–9th centuries, bears a notable resemblance to the [[Charitable trust|trusts]] in the English [[trust law]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988}}&lt;/ref&gt; For example, every ''Waqf'' was required to have a ''waqif'' (settlor), ''mutawillis'' (trustee), ''[[qadi]]'' (judge) and beneficiaries.&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1237–40}}&lt;/ref&gt; The trust law developed in [[England]] at the time of the [[Crusades]], during the 12th and 13th centuries, was introduced by Crusaders who may have been influenced by the ''Waqf'' institutions they came across in the [[Middle East]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Hudson|2003|p=32}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Harvnb|Gaudiosi|1988|pp=1244–45}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪلاسيڪي اسلامي فقه (قانون) ۾، عدالت ۾ ڌرين کي ٽن کان ٻارهن شاهدن کان تصديق ٿيل بيان حاصل ڪرڻ جي اجازت هوندي آهي. جڏهن سڀني شاهدن جا بيان هڪجهڙا يا متفق هوندا آهن، ته نوٽري (قانوني دستاويز تيار ڪندڙ) انهن جي متفقه شاهدي جي تصديق هڪ قانوني دستاويز ذريعي ڪندا آهن، جنهن کي لاڳاپيل ڌر جي دعويٰ جي حمايت ۾ استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو. نوٽرين جو ڪم جج کي هر اکين ڏٺي شاهد جي شاهدي پاڻ ٻڌڻ جي وقت طلب ڪم کان آجو ڪرڻ آهي، ۽ انهن جا دستاويز هر زباني شاهدي جي قانوني تصديق جو ڪم ڏين ٿا. مالڪي مڪتبِ فڪر ڪجهه خاص قانوني معاملن ۾ - جن ۾ غير رجسٽرڊ شاديون ۽ زميني تڪرار شامل آهن - گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ٻارهن اکين ڏٺن شاهدن جا بيان گڏ ڪرڻ لاءِ ٻن نوٽرين جي موجودگي لازمي قرار ڏئي ٿو. جان مڪديسي (John Makdisi) ٻارهن شاهدن جي بيانن جي هن گروهه، جنهن کي ”لفيف“ (lafif) چيو ويندو آهي، جو موازنو هينري ٻئي (Henry II) جي دور ۾ انگريزي ”ڪامن لا“ (Common Law) تحت ٿيندڙ جيوري جي مقدمي جي طريقيڪار سان ڪيو آهي؛ هن بادشاهه جي سڌارن ۽ سسلي جي بادشاهت جي قانوني نظام جي وچ ۾ تعلق جو اندازو لڳايو آهي. ان ٻيٽ تي اڳ ۾ مختلف اسلامي حڪمران خاندانن جي حڪومت رهي چڪي هئي. * ڪامن لا جا ٻيا ڪيترائي بنيادي ادارا شايد اسلامي قانون ۽ فقھ جي ساڳين قانوني ادارن مان ورتا ويا هجن ۽ نارمن پاران انگلينڊ ۽ سسلي جي امارت (Emirate of Sicily) کي فتح ڪرڻ کان پوءِ، توڙي صليبي جنگين دوران صليبين ذريعي انگلينڊ ۾ متعارف ڪرايا ويا هجن. خاص طور تي، ”شاهي انگريزي معاهدو جنهن کي ’قرض جي ادائگي جي دعويٰ‘ (action of debt) ذريعي تحفظ حاصل هوندو هو، ان کي اسلامي ’عقد‘ (Aqd) سان ڀيٽيو وڃي ٿو؛ انگريزي قانوني عمل ’novel disseisin‘ (جنهن جو تعلق ملڪيت جي غير قانوني قبضي يا بي دخليءَ سان آهي) کي اسلامي ’استحقاق‘ (Istihqaq) سان ڀيٽيو وڃي ٿو؛ ۽ انگريزي جيوري (jury) کي اسلامي ’لفيف‘ (lafif) سان ڀيٽيو وڃي ٿو.“ جان مڪديسي اهو اندازو پڻ لڳايو ته انگريزي قانوني ادارا جهڙوڪ ”اسڪالسٽڪ طريقو“ (scholastic method) ۽ ”پڙهائڻ جو لائسنس“، ”قانون جا اسڪول (جن کي انگلينڊ ۾ ’انز آف ڪورٽ‘ (Inns of Court) ۽ اسلام ۾ ’مدرسا‘ چيو ويندو آهي)“ ۽ ”يورپي ڪمينڊا“ (European commenda - جيڪو اسلامي ’قراض‘ (Qirad) آهي) شايد اسلامي قانون مان ئي وجود ۾ آيا هجن. قانوني نظير (legal precedent) ۽ قياس (reasoning by analogy) ذريعي دليل ڏيڻ جو طريقو پڻ اسلامي ۽ ڪامن لا وارن نظامن ۾ هڪجهڙو آهي. انهن اثرن جي ڪري ڪجهه عالمن اهو خيال ظاهر ڪيو آهي ته اسلامي قانون شايد ”ڪامن لا“ جي هڪ مربوط نظام طور بنياد رکيو هجي. 


classical Islamic jurisprudence, litigants in court may obtain [[notarized]] statements from between three and twelve witnesses. When the statements of all witnesses are consistent, the notaries will certify their unanimous testimony in a legal document, which may be used to support the litigant's claim.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Justice of Islam|pages=7–9|author=Lawrence Rosen|publisher=Oxford University Press|year=2000|isbn=9780198298847}}&lt;/ref&gt; The notaries serve to free the [[qadi|judge]] from the time-consuming task of hearing the testimony of each eyewitness himself, and their documents serve to legally authenticate each oral testimony.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The Expert Witness in Islamic Courts|year=2010|publisher=University of Chicago Press|author=Ron Shaham|pages=4–8|isbn=9780226749358}}&lt;/ref&gt; The [[Maliki]] school requires two notaries to collect a minimum of twelve eyewitness statements in certain legal cases, including those involving unregistered marriages and land disputes.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Positive Law from the Muslim World|author=Baudouin Dupret|year=2021|isbn=9781108960137|pages=205–210|publisher=Cambridge University Press}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Property, Social Structure, and Law in the Modern Middle East|year=1985|pages=54–64|editor=Ann Elizabeth Mayer|publisher=[[SUNY]] Press|isbn=9780873959889}}&lt;/ref&gt; John Makdisi has compared this group of twelve witness statements, known as a ''lafif'', to [[English Common Law]] jury trials under [[Henry II of England|Henry II]], surmising a link between the king's reforms and the legal system of the [[Kingdom of Sicily]]. The island had previously been ruled by various Islamic dynasties.&lt;ref name=&quot;Rodhan&quot;&gt;{{cite book |last1=Al-Rodhan |first1=Nayef R. F. |title=The Role of the Arab-Islamic World in the Rise of the West: Implications for Contemporary Trans-Cultural Relations |date=2012 |publisher=Palgrave Macmillan |isbn=978-0-230-39320-2 |page=73 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=n4OpT4ZP278C |access-date=25 May 2020 |language=en }}{{Dead link|date=November 2023 |bot=InternetArchiveBot |fix-attempted=yes }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Makdisi&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Makdisi |first1=John |title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=North Carolina Law Review |date=1 June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635 |url=https://scholarship.law.unc.edu/nclr/vol77/iss5/2/ |access-date=25 May 2020}}&lt;/ref&gt;

Several other fundamental [[common law]] institutions may have been adapted from similar legal institutions in [[Sharia|Islamic law]] and jurisprudence, and introduced to England by the [[Normans]] after the [[Norman conquest of England]] and the Emirate of Sicily, and by Crusaders during the [[Crusades]]. In particular, the &quot;royal English [[contract]] protected by the action of [[debt]] is identified with the Islamic ''Aqd'', the English [[assize of novel disseisin]] is identified with the Islamic ''Istihqaq'', and the English [[jury]] is identified with the Islamic ''lafif''.&quot; John Makdisi speculated that English legal institutions such as &quot;the [[scholastic method]], the [[licence]] to [[Education|teach]]&quot;, the &quot;[[law school]]s known as [[Inns of Court]] in England and ''[[Madrasah|Madrasas]]'' in Islam&quot; and the &quot;European [[commenda]]&quot; (Islamic ''[[Qirad]]'') may have also originated from Islamic law.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt; The methodology of [[Precedent|legal precedent]] and reasoning by [[analogy]] (''[[Qiyas]]'') are also similar in both the Islamic and common law systems.&lt;ref name=Gamal&gt;{{cite book |title=Islamic Finance: Law, Economics, and Practice |url=https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga |url-access=limited |first=Mahmoud A. |last=El-Gamal |year=2006 |publisher=[[Cambridge University Press]] |isbn=0-521-86414-3 |page=[https://archive.org/details/islamicfinancela00elga/page/n35 16] }}&lt;/ref&gt; These influences have led some scholars to suggest that Islamic law may have laid the foundations for &quot;the common law as an integrated whole&quot;.&lt;ref name=Makdisi/&gt;

== پڻ ڏسو ==
{{Portal|Islam|Law}}
*
* [[سنت]] 
* [[حديث]] 
* [[شريعت]] 
* [[شيعه اسلام]] 
* [[اسلام جا فرقا ۽ مسلڪ]] 
* [[امام ابو حنيفه|امام ابو حنيفه رحمت الله عليه]]
* [[امام بخاري]] 
* [[اسلاميات]] 
* [[اسلامي تاريخ جو خاڪو]] 
* [[امام غزالي]] 

==حوالا== 
===نوٽ===
{{reflist|group=Note}}
===حوالا===
{{حوالا}}
===ڪتابيات===
{{refbegin|30em}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Norman |last=Calder |title=Law. Legal Thought and Jurisprudence |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of the Islamic World |editor=John L. Esposito |publisher=Oxford University Press |location=Oxford |year=2009 |url=http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20081121033722/http://www.oxfordislamicstudies.com/article/opr/t236/e0473|url-status=dead|archive-date=21 November 2008}}
*Doi, Abd ar-Rahman I., and Clarke, Abdassamad (2008). ''Shari'ah: Islamic Law''. Ta-Ha Publishers Ltd., {{ISBN|978-1-84200-087-8}} (hardback)
* Cilardo, Agostino, &quot;Fiqh, History of&quot;, in ''Muhammad in History, Thought, and Culture: An Encyclopedia of the Prophet of God'' (2 vols.), Edited by C. Fitzpatrick and A. Walker, Santa Barbara, ABC-CLIO, 2014, Vol I, pp.&amp;nbsp;201–206.
* {{citation|last=Dahlén|first=Ashk |title=Islamic Law, Epistemology and Modernity. Legal Philosophy in Contemporary Iran|year=2003|location=New York|publisher=Routledge |isbn=9780415945295|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=QARHBQAAQBAJ}}
*{{cite book |last1=El-Gamal |first1=Mahmoud A. |title=Islamic Finance : Law, Economics, and Practice |publisher=Cambridge University Press |date=2006 |url=http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |ref=MAEGIFLEP2006 |access-date=28 February 2017 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180403160351/http://iugc.yolasite.com/resources/Reference%20Book%2004%20-%20Islamic%20finance,%20law%20economics%20and%20practice,%20M.%20El%20Gamal.pdf |archive-date=3 April 2018 |url-status=dead }}
*{{Cite journal |journal=[[University of Pennsylvania Law Review]] |volume=136 |issue=4 |date=April 1988 |pages=1231–1261 |doi=10.2307/3312162 |last1=Gaudiosi |first1= Monica M. |title=The Influence of the Islamic Law of Waqf on the Development of the Trust in England_ The Case of Merton College |publisher=The University of Pennsylvania Law Review |jstor=3312162|s2cid=153149243 |url=http://scholarship.law.upenn.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=3909&amp;context=penn_law_review |url-access=subscription }}
*{{cite book |last1=Hawting |first1=G.R. |title=The Quest for the Historical Muhammad |date=2000 |publisher=Prometheus Books |location=New York |pages=489–509 |chapter=16. John Wansbrough, Islam, and Monotheism |ref=GRHJWIaM2000}}
*{{Cite book
 |last=Hudson
 |first=A.
 |title=Equity and Trusts
 |year=2003
 |edition=3rd
 |publisher=Cavendish Publishing
 |location=London
 |isbn=978-1-85941-729-4
 }}

*{{Cite book |last=Levy |first=Reuben |title=The Social Structure of Islam |location=UK |publisher=Cambridge University Press |year=1957 |isbn=978-0-521-09182-4 |url=https://archive.org/details/socialstructureo0000levy }}
*{{Cite journal |last=Makdisi|first=John A.|title=The Islamic Origins of the Common Law |journal=[[North Carolina Law Review]] |date=June 1999 |volume=77 |issue=5 |pages=1635–1739}}
* {{cite encyclopedia |first=Irene |last=Schneider |title=Fiqh |encyclopedia=The Oxford Encyclopedia of Islam and Politics |publisher=Oxford University Press |editor=Emad El-Din Shahin |year=2014 |doi=10.1093/acref:oiso/9780199739356.001.0001|isbn=9780199739356 }}
{{refend}}

==مزيد مطالعو==
*Potz, Richard, [http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0159-2011112127 Islamic Law and the Transfer of European Law], [[European History Online]], Mainz: [[Institute of European History]], 2011. (Retrieved 28 November 2011.)
*[Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
*{{Commons category-inline}}
* [https://halaqa.home.blog/2021/02/12/types-of-hanafi-legal-rulings-ahkam/ Types of Hanafi Legal Rulings (Ahkam)]
* [Saeed, Abu Hayyan, Jurisprudence of Islam (December 3, 2023). Available at SSRN: https://ssrn.com/abstract=4651796 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.4651796]

{{Islam topics |Law |state=collapsed}}
{{Authority control}}

[[Category:Islamic jurisprudence| ]]
[[Category:Sharia terminology]]
[[Category:Law schools]]
{{اسلامي فقه}}
[[زمرو:اسلامي اصطلاح]]</text>
      <sha1>42j8ck66mx4y2snfajie3irl7wf6qdd</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>امام نسائي</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>16395</id>
    <revision>
      <id>401131</id>
      <parentid>378184</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T09:30:52Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Memon2025</username>
        <id>21315</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* حوالا */</comment>
      <origin>401131</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="5825" sha1="khoildih0w0lmg9kr0uazu5n4mcjojd" xml:space="preserve">
{{صندوق معلومات شخص}}

مشهور شيخ -الاسلام- ۽ حافظ حديث ابو عبدالرحمان عرف -امام نسائي- خراسان جي هڪ ڳوٺ نسا ۾ 215ھ/ 830ع ۾ پيدا ٿيو. ابتدائي -تعليم- اباڻي شهر مان حاصل ڪيائين، پوءِ پندرهن سالن جي عمر ۾ علم جي تحصيل لاءِ خراسان، عراق، حجاز، شام ۽ مصر جي وڏن عالمن جي صحبت ۾ گهڻو ڪجهه پرايائين. -امام نسائي- اسلامي دنيا جي سڀني علمي مرڪزن کان فيضياب ٿيو ۽ آخرڪار مصر ۾ رهائش اختيار ڪيائين، پر پوءِ لڏي وڃي دمشق ۾ رهيو. دمشق ۾ رهائش دوران هڪ ڏينهن مسجد جي ڪجهه ماڻهن کانئس پڇيو ته -امير- معاويه جي شان ۾ ڪا حديث ٻڌايو. -امام نسائي- هڪدم چيو ته مون کي ڪا خبر نه آهي. آءٌ ڇا ٻڌايان ۽ وڌيڪ هي لفظ چيائون: ’لا اشبع -الله- بطنه‘ اهو -ٻڌي- دمشق جي ماڻهن -امام- نسائيءَ کي مسجد ۾ ڏاڍو ماريو ۽ انهيءَ مار کان پوءِ هي عالم دين سخت بيمار ٿي پيو. بيماريءَ جي حالت ۾ -امام نسائي- پنهنجن شاگردن کي چيو ته مون کي مڪي کڻي هلو. جڏهن مڪي پهتا ته اتي -امام نسائي- 303ھ/915ع ۾ رحلت ڪئي، وصيت مطابق کين صفا ۽ مروه جي وچ ۾ دفن ڪيو ويو. 
امام نسائيءَ جي شهرت سندن ڪتاب ’السنن‘ جي ڪري تمام گهڻي ٿي. ڪتاب ’السنن‘ جو مقام صحاح سته جي ڪتابن ۾ پنجون ۽ سندن ڪتابن ۾ ٽيون آهي. -امام نسائي- ڪتاب ۾ زندگيءَ جي هر پهلوءَ متعلق حديثون جمع ڪيون آهن. ايستائين جو رڪوع ۽ سجدا ۽ هر قسم جي دعائون ڪثرت سان روايت ڪيون آهن. ”السنن“ ۾ پندرهن هزار ست سؤ ايڪهٺ (15761) حديثون موجود آهن. هي ڪتاب ڪيترائي دفعا شايع ٿي چڪو آهي. -ان- کان سواءِ -امام- نسائيءَ جي هڪ مشهور -تصنيف- ”خَصَائص علي رضه“ پڻ تمام گهڻي مشهور آهي، -ان- ڪتاب جو ترجمو ”مناقب مرتضوي“ جي نالي سان مطبع محمدي لاهور مان 1310ھ/ 1892ع ۾ شايع ٿي چڪو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Citation |title=امام نسائي : (Sindhianaسنڌيانا)&lt;!-- Bot generated title --&gt; |url=http://encyclopediasindhiana.org/article.php?Dflt=%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D9%85%20%D9%86%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A |access-date=2016-05-31 |archive-date=2016-04-09 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160409212231/http://encyclopediasindhiana.org/article.php?Dflt=%D8%A7%D9%85%D8%A7%D9%85%20%D9%86%D8%B3%D8%A7%D8%A6%D9%8A |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;

== تعارف ==
'''امام نسائي''' جو پورو نالو '''احمد بن شعيب النسائي''' آهي. اوهان جو نسب احمد بن شعيب بن علي بن سنان،بن بحرين دينار النسائي الخراساني  آهي. اوهان جي ولادت نساءِ شهر  ۾ ٿي تنهن جي ڪري اوهان کي نسائي سڏيو ويندو آهي. اوهان جو لقب الحافظ الحديث آهي.

== سن پيدائش ==
امام نسائي جي سن پيدائش ۾ اختلاف آهي ڪجهه جي نظرن ۾ اوهين 214 هجري ۾ پيدا ٿيا ۽ ڪجهه لکن ٿا تہ اوهين 215 هجري ۾ پيدا ٿيا.

== استاد ۽ تعليم ==
اوهان پندرھن سالن جي عمر کان ئي علم جي سفر لاءِ پنڌ ڪيا حديثن کي گڏ ڪرڻ لاءِ عراق،شام ۽ مصر جا سفر ڪيا.اوهان جي استادن ۾ [[امام بخاري]].امام ابو دائود، امام احمد، امام قتبيه سعيد ۽ [[امام ابو حنيفه ]] شامل آهن.

== ڪتاب ==
اوهان جو مشهور ڪتاب سنن نسائي شريف جيڪو [[صحاح سته]] ۾ شامل آهي ان کان علاوه اوهان هي ڪتاب لکيا آهن.

*السنن الڪبري
*المجتبي
*خصائص علي
*مسند علي
*مسند مالڪ
*ڪتاب التميز
*ڪتاب المدلسين
*ڪتاب الغعفاء
*ڪتاب الاخوت
*مسند منصور
*مسيحت انسائير
*اسماءالروات
*مناسڪ حج

== وفات ==
امام نسائي جڏهن اهل بيت جي فضائلن تي ڪتاب لکيو ۽ خواهش ڪيائين تہ دمشق جي مسجد ۾ هن ڪتاب کي پڙهان ته جيئن ماڻهو اهل بيت کي سمجهن پوءِ ڇا ٿيو تہ هڪ ماڻهو اوهان کان پڇو تہ معاويہ جي فضيلت ۾ ڪجهه لکيو آهي يا نه اوهان جواب ڏنو تہ مون کي معاويہ جي فضيلت ۾ ڪجهه نہ مليو تہ هن اوهان کي شيعو شيعو ڪري مارڻ شروع ڪيو ۽ هن واقعي کان پوءِ اوهان جو موت واقع ٿيو. اوهان جي قبر صفا ۽ مروه جي وچ ۾ آهي اوهان جي وفات جو سن سفر مھينو 303 هجري آهي.

== پڻ ڏسندا ==

*[[امام بخاري]]

*[[امام مسلم]]

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:حديث]]
[[زمرو:علم حديث]]
[[زمرو:اسلامي شخصيتون]]
*
[http://www.bookstube.net/2013/10/sunannasai.html امام نسائي جي زندگي تي مختصر نظر] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160304205645/http://www.bookstube.net/2013/10/sunannasai.html |date=2016-03-04 }}
[[زمرو:Articles with short description]]</text>
      <sha1>khoildih0w0lmg9kr0uazu5n4mcjojd</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>شيعه اسلام</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>16714</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400937</id>
      <parentid>342407</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T16:08:37Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>Ibne maryam صفحي [[شيعہ اسلام]] کي [[شيعه اسلام]] ڏانھن چوريو</comment>
      <origin>342407</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="8160" sha1="qafoc89cywf0r9ds5ku73evd4onpki6" xml:space="preserve">[[فائل:Mirror writing2.jpg|150px|Thumb|کاٻو]]
{{اسلام}}
'''شيعہ اسلام''' ({{Lang-en|Shia Islam}}) [[اسلام]] جي ٻن بنيادي ڌڙن مان هڪ آهي. جيڪو سني مسلمانن کان پوءِ [[مسلمان|مسلمانن]] ۾ هڪ وڏو فرقو آهي. مسلمانن ۾ شيعن جي تعداد 11 کان 16 سيڪڙو آهن جنهن ۾ 40 کان 60 سيڪڙو شيعہ [[ايران]]، [[پاڪستان]]، [[عراق]] ۽ [[ڀارت]] ۾ رهن ٿا. 154 کان 200 ملين شيعن جي ڪل آبادي آهي. 147 کان 154 ملين جي وچ ۾ شيعہ [[ايشيا]] ۾ رهن ٿا 36 کان 40 ملين شيعہ مسلم [[آفريڪا]] ۾ آباد آهن.&lt;ref&gt;[http://www.pewforum.org/2009/10/07/mapping-the-global-muslim-population/ Mapping the Global Muslim Population | Pew Research Center&lt;!-- Bot generated title --&gt;]&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;[http://www.islamicweb.com/beliefs/cults/shia_population.htm The population of Shia: How many Shia are there in the world?&lt;!-- Bot generated title --&gt;]&lt;/ref&gt;

== بڻڀياس ==

=== معنيٰ ===

1. تَشَيُّع لفظ جي [[عربي]] ٻوليءَ ۾ معنىٰ پيروي، مدد ۽ دوستي آهي. [[قرآن|قرآن مجيد]] ۾ شيعہ لفظ ان ئي معنىٰ ۾ استعمال ٿيو آهي.

:::'''فَا سۡتَغَاثَہُ الَّذِي مِنۡ شِيۡعَتِہٖ عَلَي الَّذِي مِنۡ عَدُوِّهٖ'''
ترجمو: جيڪو موسىٰ جي پيروڪارن ۽ مددگارن مان هيو، ان موسى کان مدد گھري، انجي خلاف جيڪو موسى جي دشمنن مان هيو.&lt;ref&gt;[http://www.ahadees.com/sidebyside-surah-28-88.html Surah Al-Qasas - Arabic with Urdu Translation From Kanzul Iman&lt;!-- Bot generated title --&gt;]&lt;/ref&gt;(سورة القصص: آية:15)

2. شيعہ لفظ جي ٻي لغوي معنى⁦ٰ ڪنھن جي طور طريقي جي حمايت آهي.

:::'''وَحِيۡلَ بَيۡنَهُمۡ وَبَيۡنَ مَا يَشۡتَهُوۡنَ ڪَمَافُعِلَ بِاَشۡيَاعِهِمۡ مِّنۡ قَبۡلُ. اِنَّهُمۡ ڪَانُوۡ فِيۡ شَّکٍ مُّرِيۡبٍ'''
ترجمو:انهن جي خواهشن ۽ سندن وچ ۾ رڪاوٽ پئجي وئي، جيئن کانئن اڳ گذريل سندن پيروڪارن سان (الله) سلوڪ ڪيو هيو.&lt;ref&gt;http://quran.com/34&lt;/ref&gt;(سورة السبا: آية: 54)

هن آيت ما معلوم ٿيي ٿو ته شيعہ لفظ انهن پيروڪارن لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويو آهي جيڪي زير بحث ماڻهن کان اڳ گذريا آهن.

:::'''وَ اِنَّ مِنۡ شِيۡعَتِہٖ لَاِبۡرَاهِيۡمَ.'''
ترجمو: هن (نوح) جي پيروڪارن مان ابراهيم به هيو.&lt;ref&gt;http://quran.com/37&lt;/ref&gt; (سورة الصّٰفّٰت: آية: 83)

حضرت ابراهيم (ع) کي حضرت نوح (ع) جو پيروڪار انڪري چيو ويو آهي ڇو ته حضرت ابراهيم جو دين حضرت نوح جي دين سان متفق هيو يعني ٻنهي جو دين توحيدي دين هيو. جڏهن تہ حضرت ابراهيم پاڻ صاحب شريعت رسول هيو ۽ سندس شريعت ۽ حضرت نوح جي شريعت ۾ فرق هيو.

==شيعه اسلام جا اهم فرقا==
وڌيڪ ڄاڻ: [[ناپيد ٿيل شيعه فرقن جي فهرست]]

جيئن ته ٻين مذهبن وانگر شيعہ مذهب ۾ پڻ ڪيترا ئي فرقا ٿيا آهن، جن مان اڪثر وقت گذرڻ سان خود بخود ختم ٿي ويا. البت هن وقت اماميہ اثنا عشريہ کانسواءِ ٻيا بہ شيعہ فرقا موجود آهن. 
* [[اثنا عشري شيعہ]]
* [[زيدي شيعہ]]
* [[علوي شيعہ]]
* [[بوھرا|بوهرا شيعہ]]
* [[اسماعيلي شيعہ]]
* [[بيڪتاشي شيعہ]]

== محمدﷺ جي حديثن ۾ شيعا ==

[[سني|اهلسنت والجماعت]] جي تقريبن 34 ڪتابن&lt;ref&gt;http://siraatmustaqem.org/(S(5c3uek453sz3mn55t4xuwvyn))/ContentPage.aspx?Id=3052{{مئل ڳنڍڻو|date=October 2023 |bot=InternetArchiveBot |fix-attempted=yes }}&lt;/ref&gt; ۾ اهو رقم ٿيل آهي ته حضرت [[محمد]] صه جن فرمايو ته اي [[علي]] تو ۽ تنهجا شيعا ڪامياب ٿيندا.جنهن ۾ تفسيرالدر المنثور&lt;ref&gt;[http://www.scribd.com/doc/30824562/Tafsir-Durr-e-Mansoor-Vol-6-by-Imam-Suyuti-Urdu-unpublished?secret_password=2loit7kghrvhkbm562yi Tafsir Durr-e-Mansoor Vol-6 by Imam Suyuti - Urdu&lt;!-- Bot generated title --&gt;]&lt;/ref&gt;صوائق المحرقه،المستدرڪ علي الصحين وغيره. میں

== شيعن جو ڪلمو ==
شيعن جو ڪلمو ٽن حصن تي مشتمل آهي.

:::''لا اله الا الله محمد الرسول الله علي ولى الله وصى رسول الله و خليفته بلا فصل''

ڪلمي جي پهرين حصي ۾ توحيد جو اقرار آهي ٻئين جز ۾ رسالت جو ۽ ٽين جز ۾ حضرت علي جي خلافت، وراثت ۽ الله جو دوست هجڻ جو اقرار آهي بس جيڪو بہ اهو عقيدو رکي ٿو ان کي شيعو چئبو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Citation |title=wilayat.net&lt;!-- Bot generated title --&gt; |url=http://www.wilayat.net/index.php?option=com_content&amp;view=article&amp;id=2125:shia-kalama-and-kufr-fatwa-by-nasibies&amp;catid=166:are-shia-kafirs&amp;lang=en&amp;Itemid=124 |accessdate=2016-01-09 |archive-date=2016-03-04 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160304102355/http://www.wilayat.net/index.php?option=com_content&amp;view=article&amp;id=2125:shia-kalama-and-kufr-fatwa-by-nasibies&amp;catid=166:are-shia-kafirs&amp;lang=en&amp;Itemid=124 |dead-url=yes }}&lt;/ref&gt;.

== شيعن ۾ اسلام جا رڪن ==

شعين اسلام کي ٻن رڪنن ۾ تقسيم ڪيو آهي هڪ کي اصول دين يعني دين جو پاڙون ء ٻي ۾ فروع دين آهي جنهن تي عمل ڪرڻو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;[http://www.islamquest.net/fa/archive/question/fa3804 اصول و فروع دین را نام برده و مختصراً توضیح دهید؟ - گنجینه پاسخ‌ها - اسلام کوئست - مرجعی برای پاسخگویی به سوالات دینی، اعتقادی و شرعی&lt;!-- Bot generated title --&gt;]&lt;/ref&gt;

=== اصول دين ===

اصول دين پنجن حصن تي مشتمل آهي.&lt;ref&gt;[http://www.shiaviews.com/usool-e-deen/ Contact Support&lt;!-- Bot generated title --&gt;]&lt;/ref&gt;
# [[توحيد]]
# [[عدل]]
# [[نبوت]]
# [[امامت]]
# [[آخرت]]

=== فروع دين ===

فروع دين مان مراد اهڙو عقيدو جنهن تي عمل ڪرڻ ضروري آهي. فروع دين ھي آهن&lt;ref&gt;[http://www.shiaviews.com/islamic-laws-ahkaam/ Contact Support&lt;!-- Bot generated title --&gt;]&lt;/ref&gt;
# [[نماز]]
# [[روزو]]
# [[حج]]
# [[زڪوات]]
# [[خمس]]
# [[جهاد]]
# [[امر بالمعروف]]
# [[نهي عن المنڪر]]
# [[تولا]]
# [[تبرا]]

== شيعا ۽ سني اختلاف ==

شيعن ۽ سنين ۾ هنن شين تي اختلاف آهي.
# [[خلافت]]
# [[اصحابي]]
# [[امامت]]
# [[باغ فدڪ]]
# [[خاڪ شفا]]
# [[تراويح]]
# [[ڪلمو]]
# [[ٻانگ]]
# [[ماتم]]
# [[مجلس]]
# [[نوحا خواني]]
# [[جلوس]]
# عليه السلام تي بحث
# [[امام مهدي]]

== الكتب الاربعة‎ ==

شيعن جا چار وڏا ڪتاب آهن جنهن کي [[عربي ٻولي]] ۾ الكتب الاربعة‎ چئبو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;https://www.islam4u.com/ar/almojib/ما-المقصود-بالكتب-الأربعة-عند-الشيعة-؟&lt;/ref&gt;
# [[اصول ڪافي]]
# من لا يحضره الفقيه
# تهذيب الأحكام
# الإستبصار فيما أختلف من الأخبار

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:اسلام]]
[[زمرو:شيعه اسلام]]
[[زمرو:اسلام ۾ مذھب ۽ فرقا]]
[[زمرو:پاڪستان ۾ اسلامي فرقا]]
[[زمرو:ويبيڪ ڳنڍڻن سان ويب آرڪائيو سانچو]]
[[زمرو:LCCN سان سڃاڻپ ڪندڙ وڪيپيڊيا مضمون]]</text>
      <sha1>qafoc89cywf0r9ds5ku73evd4onpki6</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>ابن الجوزي</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>18601</id>
    <revision>
      <id>401102</id>
      <parentid>332680</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T03:41:15Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401102</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="7941" sha1="9e6k5v6dpwdt0mo6pfc5i8c052ym9sf" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ٻارهين صديءَ جو مسلم عالم، محدث، مؤرخ ۽ فقيه}}


{{Infobox religious biography
| religion           = [[اسلام]]
| era                = [[اسلامي سنهري دور]]
| image              =
| caption            =
| name               = ابن الجوزي
| title              = [[شيخ الاسلام]]&lt;ref&gt;Al-Dhahabi, Siyar A'lam al-Nubala'.&lt;/ref&gt;
| birth_date         = لڳ ڀڳ 510هه / 1116ع
| birth_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| death_date         = 12 رمضان 597هه / 16 جون 1201ع (لڳ ڀڳ 87 ورهين جي عمر ۾)
| death_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| denomination       = [[سني اسلام]]
| creed              = [[اشعريت]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جي. اي. بوائل]]|title=The Cambridge History of Iran|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=16yHq5v3QZAC|volume=5 of The Saljuq and Mongol Periods|publisher=[[ڪيمبرج يونيورسٽي پريس]]|date=1968|page=299}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جبريل فؤاد حداد]]|title=The Biographies of the Elite Lives of the Scholars, Imams &amp; Hadith Masters|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=RwPnCAAAQBAJ&amp;pg=PA226|date=2015|publisher=[[اس السنة فائونڊيشن آف آمريڪا]]|page=226}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=[[ابن الأحدل]]|editor=Ahmad Bakīr Mahmud|url=https://archive.org/download/kalam-misc/kashful-ghitaa.pdf|title=كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد|language=ar|location=[[تيونس]]|publisher=[[تيونسي جنرل ليبر يونين]]|year=1964|page=83}}&lt;/ref&gt;
| jurisprudence      = [[حنبلي]]
| main_interests     = [[تاريخ]]، [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]
| notable_works      = {{transliteration|ar|[[كتاب أخبار الصفات]]}}
| influenced         = &lt;small&gt;[[عبد الغني المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[سبط ابن الجوزي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Robinson:2003:XV&quot;&gt;Robinson:2003:XV&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ابن قدامه المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ضياء الدين المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Al-Jawzi&quot;&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |title=Ibn Al-Jawzi |publisher=Sunnah.org |access-date=2013-11-28 |archive-date=2020-02-22 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200222230613/http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/small&gt;
| father             = علي بن محمد الجوزي
| children           = يوسف بن عبدالرحمٰن الجوزي
| birth_name         = عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري
| lineage            = [[آل بڪر]]
| native_name        = ابن الجوزي
| native_name_lang   = ar
}}

'''ابو الفرج جمال الدين عبدالرحمٰن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد الجوزي'''، جيڪو عام طور تي '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي{{Efn|{{langx|ar|أبو الفرج جمال الدين عبد الرحمن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد}}; Abū al-Faraj ʿAbd al-Raḥmān ibn ʿAlī ibn Muḥammad ibn al-Jawzī}}&lt;ref&gt;The Beginning and the End: Imad al-Din Abu al-Fida Ismail ibn Umar ibn Katheer al-Dimashqi.&lt;/ref&gt; (لڳ ڀڳ 1116ع – 16 جون 1201ع)، هڪ [[مسلمان]] [[فقيه]]، [[واعظ]]، [[خطيب]]، [[فرقن جو مؤرخ]]، [[علم الحديث|محدث]]، [[مؤرخ]]، [[قاضي]]، [[اوليائن جي سوانح نگار]] ۽ [[لسانيات دان]] هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot; /&gt; هن ٻارهين صديءَ دوران پنهنجي اباڻي شهر [[بغداد]] ۾ [[حنبلي]] [[فقهي مذهب]] جي واڌ ويجهه ۽ اشاعت ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنهنجي علمي، مذهبي ۽ سياسي سرگرمين سان ڀرپور زندگيءَ دوران ابن الجوزي پنهنجي همعصر [[حنبلي]] عالمن ۾ وڏي عزت حاصل ڪئي. هن مسلسل ڪوشش ڪئي ته [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب، جيڪو تاريخي طور چئن وڏن سني فقهي مذهبن مان سڀ کان ننڍو شمار ٿيندو هو، ان کي به [[مالڪي]]، [[شافعي]] ۽ [[حنفي]] مذهبن جي برابر وقار ۽ سرڪاري سرپرستي حاصل ٿئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

{{Infobox saint
|name = '''ابن الجوزي'''
|image = PARSONS(1808) p008 View of Bagdad on the Persian side of the Tigris.jpg
|image_size = 300px
|caption = 1808ع ۾ [[بغداد]] جو منظر؛ ابن الجوزي پنهنجي سموري زندگي ٻارهين صديءَ ۾ هن شهر ۾ گذاري.
|titles = فقيه، واعظ، محدث؛&lt;br /&gt;''شيخ الاسلام''، ''بادشاهن ۽ اميرن جو خطيب''، ''حنبلين جو امام''
|major_shrine = [[بغداد]]، [[عراق]] ۾ سبز گنبذ وارو مقبرو
|venerated_in = [[سني اسلام]]، خاص طور [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب
}}

ابن الجوزي نوجوانيءَ ۾ نهايت اعليٰ تعليم حاصل ڪئي&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ۽ بغداد جي ان دور جي ڪيترن ئي مشهور عالمن کان علم پرايو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع) ۽ [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot;&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 401&lt;/ref&gt;

ايندڙ سالن ۾ سندس علمي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌندي وئي، پر کيس سڀ کان وڌيڪ شهرت [[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ٽيٽيهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ملي. خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب جي سرپرستي سبب ابن الجوزي بغداد جي اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ کيس شهر ۽ ان جي ڀرپاسي ۾ وڏي عوامي ميڙ کي خطاب ڪرڻ جي آزادي ۽ سرپرستي حاصل هئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt;

المستضي جي دور ۾ پنهنجي اڪثر وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي مضبوط حمايت ڪئي ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، جن کي هو دين ۾ گمراهه يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ساڳئي وقت سندس علمي حيثيت پڻ وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ هن بغداد جي ڪيترين اهم [[مدرسو|مدرسن]] ۽ علمي ادارن جي انتظام ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ان کان علاوه هن غيرمعمولي تعداد ۾ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪيا، جنهن سبب کيس اسلامي تاريخ جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ زرخيز مصنفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

محققن موجب ابن الجوزي جو علمي سرمايو، جيڪو مختصر رسالن کان وٺي وڏن ڪتابن تائين پکڙيل آهي، اسلامي علمن جي تقريباً سڀني اهم شعبن تي مشتمل آهي، جن ۾ [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]، [[تاريخ]]، [[عقيدو]]، [[تصوف]]، [[ادب]] ۽ [[لسانيات]] شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:اسلامي شخصيتون]]
[[زمرو:سلف]]
[[زمرو:محدث]]
[[زمرو:1116ع جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:1110ع جي ڏهاڪي جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:Articles with short description]]</text>
      <sha1>9e6k5v6dpwdt0mo6pfc5i8c052ym9sf</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401103</id>
      <parentid>401102</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T03:42:23Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401103</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="7918" sha1="cneybz08xvun3jsxx2l6ebkzr77nkn6" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ٻارهين صديءَ جو مسلم عالم، محدث، مؤرخ ۽ فقيه}}


{{Infobox religious biography
| religion           = [[اسلام]]
| era                = [[اسلامي سنهري دور]]
| image              =
| caption            =
| name               = ابن الجوزي
| title              = [[شيخ الاسلام]]&lt;ref&gt;Al-Dhahabi, Siyar A'lam al-Nubala'.&lt;/ref&gt;
| birth_date         = لڳ ڀڳ 510هه / 1116ع
| birth_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| death_date         = 12 رمضان 597هه / 16 جون 1201ع (لڳ ڀڳ 87 ورهين جي عمر ۾)
| death_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| denomination       = [[سني اسلام]]
| creed              = [[اشعريت]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جي. اي. بوائل]]|title=The Cambridge History of Iran|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=16yHq5v3QZAC|volume=5 of The Saljuq and Mongol Periods|publisher=[[ڪيمبرج يونيورسٽي پريس]]|date=1968|page=299}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جبريل فؤاد حداد]]|title=The Biographies of the Elite Lives of the Scholars, Imams &amp; Hadith Masters|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=RwPnCAAAQBAJ&amp;pg=PA226|date=2015|publisher=[[اس السنة فائونڊيشن آف آمريڪا]]|page=226}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=[[ابن الأحدل]]|editor=Ahmad Bakīr Mahmud|url=https://archive.org/download/kalam-misc/kashful-ghitaa.pdf|title=كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد|language=ar|location=[[تيونس]]|publisher=[[تيونسي جنرل ليبر يونين]]|year=1964|page=83}}&lt;/ref&gt;
| jurisprudence      = [[حنبلي]]
| main_interests     = [[تاريخ]]، [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]
| notable_works      = [[كتاب أخبار الصفات]]
| influenced         = &lt;small&gt;[[عبد الغني المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[سبط ابن الجوزي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Robinson:2003:XV&quot;&gt;Robinson:2003:XV&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ابن قدامه المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ضياء الدين المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Al-Jawzi&quot;&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |title=Ibn Al-Jawzi |publisher=Sunnah.org |access-date=2013-11-28 |archive-date=2020-02-22 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200222230613/http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/small&gt;
| father             = علي بن محمد الجوزي
| children           = يوسف بن عبدالرحمٰن الجوزي
| birth_name         = عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري
| lineage            = [[آل بڪر]]
| native_name        = ابن الجوزي
| native_name_lang   = ar
}}

'''ابو الفرج جمال الدين عبدالرحمٰن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد الجوزي'''، جيڪو عام طور تي '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي{{Efn|{{langx|ar|أبو الفرج جمال الدين عبد الرحمن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد}}; Abū al-Faraj ʿAbd al-Raḥmān ibn ʿAlī ibn Muḥammad ibn al-Jawzī}}&lt;ref&gt;The Beginning and the End: Imad al-Din Abu al-Fida Ismail ibn Umar ibn Katheer al-Dimashqi.&lt;/ref&gt; (لڳ ڀڳ 1116ع – 16 جون 1201ع)، هڪ [[مسلمان]] [[فقيه]]، [[واعظ]]، [[خطيب]]، [[فرقن جو مؤرخ]]، [[علم الحديث|محدث]]، [[مؤرخ]]، [[قاضي]]، [[اوليائن جي سوانح نگار]] ۽ [[لسانيات دان]] هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot; /&gt; هن ٻارهين صديءَ دوران پنهنجي اباڻي شهر [[بغداد]] ۾ [[حنبلي]] [[فقهي مذهب]] جي واڌ ويجهه ۽ اشاعت ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنهنجي علمي، مذهبي ۽ سياسي سرگرمين سان ڀرپور زندگيءَ دوران ابن الجوزي پنهنجي همعصر [[حنبلي]] عالمن ۾ وڏي عزت حاصل ڪئي. هن مسلسل ڪوشش ڪئي ته [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب، جيڪو تاريخي طور چئن وڏن سني فقهي مذهبن مان سڀ کان ننڍو شمار ٿيندو هو، ان کي به [[مالڪي]]، [[شافعي]] ۽ [[حنفي]] مذهبن جي برابر وقار ۽ سرڪاري سرپرستي حاصل ٿئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

{{Infobox saint
|name = '''ابن الجوزي'''
|image = PARSONS(1808) p008 View of Bagdad on the Persian side of the Tigris.jpg
|image_size = 300px
|caption = 1808ع ۾ [[بغداد]] جو منظر؛ ابن الجوزي پنهنجي سموري زندگي ٻارهين صديءَ ۾ هن شهر ۾ گذاري.
|titles = فقيه، واعظ، محدث؛&lt;br /&gt;''شيخ الاسلام''، ''بادشاهن ۽ اميرن جو خطيب''، ''حنبلين جو امام''
|major_shrine = [[بغداد]]، [[عراق]] ۾ سبز گنبذ وارو مقبرو
|venerated_in = [[سني اسلام]]، خاص طور [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب
}}

ابن الجوزي نوجوانيءَ ۾ نهايت اعليٰ تعليم حاصل ڪئي&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ۽ بغداد جي ان دور جي ڪيترن ئي مشهور عالمن کان علم پرايو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع) ۽ [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot;&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 401&lt;/ref&gt;

ايندڙ سالن ۾ سندس علمي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌندي وئي، پر کيس سڀ کان وڌيڪ شهرت [[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ٽيٽيهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ملي. خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب جي سرپرستي سبب ابن الجوزي بغداد جي اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ کيس شهر ۽ ان جي ڀرپاسي ۾ وڏي عوامي ميڙ کي خطاب ڪرڻ جي آزادي ۽ سرپرستي حاصل هئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt;

المستضي جي دور ۾ پنهنجي اڪثر وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي مضبوط حمايت ڪئي ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، جن کي هو دين ۾ گمراهه يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ساڳئي وقت سندس علمي حيثيت پڻ وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ هن بغداد جي ڪيترين اهم [[مدرسو|مدرسن]] ۽ علمي ادارن جي انتظام ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ان کان علاوه هن غيرمعمولي تعداد ۾ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪيا، جنهن سبب کيس اسلامي تاريخ جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ زرخيز مصنفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

محققن موجب ابن الجوزي جو علمي سرمايو، جيڪو مختصر رسالن کان وٺي وڏن ڪتابن تائين پکڙيل آهي، اسلامي علمن جي تقريباً سڀني اهم شعبن تي مشتمل آهي، جن ۾ [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]، [[تاريخ]]، [[عقيدو]]، [[تصوف]]، [[ادب]] ۽ [[لسانيات]] شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:اسلامي شخصيتون]]
[[زمرو:سلف]]
[[زمرو:محدث]]
[[زمرو:1116ع جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:1110ع جي ڏهاڪي جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:Articles with short description]]</text>
      <sha1>cneybz08xvun3jsxx2l6ebkzr77nkn6</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401104</id>
      <parentid>401103</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T03:43:44Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401104</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="16802" sha1="a2pdfenizvgijqqq7vwfk7rkmpv36ku" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ٻارهين صديءَ جو مسلم عالم، محدث، مؤرخ ۽ فقيه}}


{{Infobox religious biography
| religion           = [[اسلام]]
| era                = [[اسلامي سنهري دور]]
| image              =
| caption            =
| name               = ابن الجوزي
| title              = [[شيخ الاسلام]]&lt;ref&gt;Al-Dhahabi, Siyar A'lam al-Nubala'.&lt;/ref&gt;
| birth_date         = لڳ ڀڳ 510هه / 1116ع
| birth_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| death_date         = 12 رمضان 597هه / 16 جون 1201ع (لڳ ڀڳ 87 ورهين جي عمر ۾)
| death_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| denomination       = [[سني اسلام]]
| creed              = [[اشعريت]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جي. اي. بوائل]]|title=The Cambridge History of Iran|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=16yHq5v3QZAC|volume=5 of The Saljuq and Mongol Periods|publisher=[[ڪيمبرج يونيورسٽي پريس]]|date=1968|page=299}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جبريل فؤاد حداد]]|title=The Biographies of the Elite Lives of the Scholars, Imams &amp; Hadith Masters|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=RwPnCAAAQBAJ&amp;pg=PA226|date=2015|publisher=[[اس السنة فائونڊيشن آف آمريڪا]]|page=226}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=[[ابن الأحدل]]|editor=Ahmad Bakīr Mahmud|url=https://archive.org/download/kalam-misc/kashful-ghitaa.pdf|title=كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد|language=ar|location=[[تيونس]]|publisher=[[تيونسي جنرل ليبر يونين]]|year=1964|page=83}}&lt;/ref&gt;
| jurisprudence      = [[حنبلي]]
| main_interests     = [[تاريخ]]، [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]
| notable_works      = [[كتاب أخبار الصفات]]
| influenced         = &lt;small&gt;[[عبد الغني المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[سبط ابن الجوزي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Robinson:2003:XV&quot;&gt;Robinson:2003:XV&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ابن قدامه المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ضياء الدين المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Al-Jawzi&quot;&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |title=Ibn Al-Jawzi |publisher=Sunnah.org |access-date=2013-11-28 |archive-date=2020-02-22 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200222230613/http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/small&gt;
| father             = علي بن محمد الجوزي
| children           = يوسف بن عبدالرحمٰن الجوزي
| birth_name         = عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري
| lineage            = [[آل بڪر]]
| native_name        = ابن الجوزي
| native_name_lang   = ar
}}

'''ابو الفرج جمال الدين عبدالرحمٰن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد الجوزي'''، جيڪو عام طور تي '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي{{Efn|{{langx|ar|أبو الفرج جمال الدين عبد الرحمن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد}}; Abū al-Faraj ʿAbd al-Raḥmān ibn ʿAlī ibn Muḥammad ibn al-Jawzī}}&lt;ref&gt;The Beginning and the End: Imad al-Din Abu al-Fida Ismail ibn Umar ibn Katheer al-Dimashqi.&lt;/ref&gt; (لڳ ڀڳ 1116ع – 16 جون 1201ع)، هڪ [[مسلمان]] [[فقيه]]، [[واعظ]]، [[خطيب]]، [[فرقن جو مؤرخ]]، [[علم الحديث|محدث]]، [[مؤرخ]]، [[قاضي]]، [[اوليائن جي سوانح نگار]] ۽ [[لسانيات دان]] هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot; /&gt; هن ٻارهين صديءَ دوران پنهنجي اباڻي شهر [[بغداد]] ۾ [[حنبلي]] [[فقهي مذهب]] جي واڌ ويجهه ۽ اشاعت ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنهنجي علمي، مذهبي ۽ سياسي سرگرمين سان ڀرپور زندگيءَ دوران ابن الجوزي پنهنجي همعصر [[حنبلي]] عالمن ۾ وڏي عزت حاصل ڪئي. هن مسلسل ڪوشش ڪئي ته [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب، جيڪو تاريخي طور چئن وڏن سني فقهي مذهبن مان سڀ کان ننڍو شمار ٿيندو هو، ان کي به [[مالڪي]]، [[شافعي]] ۽ [[حنفي]] مذهبن جي برابر وقار ۽ سرڪاري سرپرستي حاصل ٿئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

{{Infobox saint
|name = '''ابن الجوزي'''
|image = PARSONS(1808) p008 View of Bagdad on the Persian side of the Tigris.jpg
|image_size = 300px
|caption = 1808ع ۾ [[بغداد]] جو منظر؛ ابن الجوزي پنهنجي سموري زندگي ٻارهين صديءَ ۾ هن شهر ۾ گذاري.
|titles = فقيه، واعظ، محدث؛&lt;br /&gt;''شيخ الاسلام''، ''بادشاهن ۽ اميرن جو خطيب''، ''حنبلين جو امام''
|major_shrine = [[بغداد]]، [[عراق]] ۾ سبز گنبذ وارو مقبرو
|venerated_in = [[سني اسلام]]، خاص طور [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب
}}

ابن الجوزي نوجوانيءَ ۾ نهايت اعليٰ تعليم حاصل ڪئي&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ۽ بغداد جي ان دور جي ڪيترن ئي مشهور عالمن کان علم پرايو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع) ۽ [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot;&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 401&lt;/ref&gt;

ايندڙ سالن ۾ سندس علمي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌندي وئي، پر کيس سڀ کان وڌيڪ شهرت [[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ٽيٽيهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ملي. خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب جي سرپرستي سبب ابن الجوزي بغداد جي اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ کيس شهر ۽ ان جي ڀرپاسي ۾ وڏي عوامي ميڙ کي خطاب ڪرڻ جي آزادي ۽ سرپرستي حاصل هئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt;

المستضي جي دور ۾ پنهنجي اڪثر وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي مضبوط حمايت ڪئي ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، جن کي هو دين ۾ گمراهه يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ساڳئي وقت سندس علمي حيثيت پڻ وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ هن بغداد جي ڪيترين اهم [[مدرسو|مدرسن]] ۽ علمي ادارن جي انتظام ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ان کان علاوه هن غيرمعمولي تعداد ۾ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪيا، جنهن سبب کيس اسلامي تاريخ جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ زرخيز مصنفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

محققن موجب ابن الجوزي جو علمي سرمايو، جيڪو مختصر رسالن کان وٺي وڏن ڪتابن تائين پکڙيل آهي، اسلامي علمن جي تقريباً سڀني اهم شعبن تي مشتمل آهي، جن ۾ [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]، [[تاريخ]]، [[عقيدو]]، [[تصوف]]، [[ادب]] ۽ [[لسانيات]] شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

==خانداني پسمنظر ۽ زندگي==

عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري التيمي القرشي، جيڪو '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور ٿيو، 507هه کان 512هه (1113ع کان 1119ع) جي وچ واري عرصي ۾ [[بغداد]] ۾ هڪ خوشحال ۽ معزز خاندان ۾ ڄائو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; سندس خاندان جو نسب [[ابو بڪر صديق]] تائين پهچندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn al-Jawzi, ''Sincere Counsel to the Seekers of Sacred Knowledge'', Daar Us-Sunnah Publications Birmingham (2011), p. 88&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 399–434; Merlin Swartz, ''Ibn al-Jawzī’s'' Kitāb al-Quṣṣāṣ wa-’l-mudhakkirīn, Recherches publiées sous la direction de l’Institut de lettres orientales de Beyrouth, Série 1, Pensée arabe et musulmane, 47 (Beirut: Dar el-Machreq, 1971), 15.&lt;/ref&gt; سندس نسب هن ريت بيان ڪيو وڃي ٿو: عبدالرحمٰن بن علي بن محمد بن علي بن عبيدالله بن عبدالله بن حمادي بن احمد بن محمد بن جعفر الجوزي بن عبدالله بن القاسم بن النضر بن القاسم بن محمد بن عبدالله بن عبدالرحمٰن بن [[قاسم بن محمد بن ابي بڪر]] بن [[محمد بن ابي بڪر]] بن [[ابو بڪر صديق]] التيمي القرشي.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot;&gt;{{Cite book |last=Ibn Khalid |first=Ayman |title=Seeds of Admonishment and Reform |publisher=Dar As-Sunnah Publishers |year=2013 |isbn=1904336396 |edition=1st |location=Brimmingham |pages=17-18}}&lt;/ref&gt;

سندس نائين پيڙهيءَ جو ڏاڏو جعفر بن عبدالله البڪري '''الجوزي''' جي لقب سان مشهور هو، جنهن مان خاندان جو نالو &quot;الجوزي&quot; نڪتو. سندس خاندان ٽامي جي واپار سبب خوشحال ٿيو، تنهنڪري ابن الجوزي آسودگيءَ واري ماحول ۾ پرورش ورتي.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt;

سندس والدين کيس پنهنجي دور جي سڀني اهم علمن ۾ جامع تعليم ڏني.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;&gt;{{EI2|last=Laoust |first=H. | title=Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī | volume = 3 | pages = 751–752 | doi=10.1163/1573-3912_islam_SIM_3139}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن ڪيترن ئي مشهور استادن کان علم حاصل ڪيو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع)، [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع)، ابو الفضل بن الناصر (وفات 1155ع)، ابو حڪيم النهرواني (وفات 1161ع) ۽ [[ابو يعلى الصغير]] (وفات 1163ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot; /&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot; /&gt;

انهن استادن کان علاوه ابن الجوزي ڪيترن ئي اهڙن عالمن جي تصنيفن کان پڻ گهڻو متاثر ٿيو، جن سان سندس سڌي ملاقات نه ٿي. انهن ۾ [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] (وفات 1038ع)، [[الخطيب البغدادي]] (وفات 1071ع) ۽ مشهور حنبلي عالم [[ابن عقيل]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 1120ع) شامل هئا. ابن الجوزي پنهنجي بعد وارين تحريرن ۾ ابن عقيل جي ڪن خيالن جي واکاڻ به ڪئي ۽ ڪن تي تنقيد پڻ ڪئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot; /&gt;

عقيدي جي لحاظ کان هو [[اشعريت]] جو پيروڪار هو، جيڪا ڳالهه کيس ڪيترن ئي همعصر حنبلي عالمن کان ممتاز بڻائي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot;&gt;{{cite book|last=Boyle|first=J.A.|title=The Cambridge History of Iran, Vol. 5: The Saljuq and Mongol Periods (Volume 5)|date=January 1, 1968|publisher=Cambridge University Press|pages=299}}&lt;/ref&gt; پنهنجي ابتدائي تصنيفن ۾ هن [[علم الكلام]] ۾ بيجا فلسفياتي بحثن ۽ خاص طور ڪجهه صوفين جي نون فڪري لاڙن تي تنقيد ڪئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot; /&gt;

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي عملي علمي زندگيءَ جي شروعات [[المقتفي]] (وفات 1160ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ايڪتاليهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ڪئي. خليفي جو حنبلي وزير [[ابن هبيره]] سندس علمي سرپرستن مان هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; ابن الجوزي شروعات ۾ پنهنجي استاد ابو حڪيم النهرواني وٽ ٻن مدرسن ۾ حنبلي فقه پڙهائڻ ۾ معاون طور ڪم ڪيو، ۽ 1161ع ۾ استاد جي وفات کان پوءِ انهن ٻنهي مدرسن جو صدر مدرس مقرر ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 404&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان ڪجهه اڳ ئي وزير ابن هبيره کيس هر جمعي پنهنجي رهائشگاهه تي عوامي وعظ ڪرڻ جي مڪمل آزادي ڏني هئي، جنهن سان سندس خطابت جي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌڻ لڳي.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 402&lt;/ref&gt; المقتفي جي وفات کان پوءِ نئين خليفي [[المستنجد]] (وفات 1170ع) کيس بغداد جي خليفي واري جامع مسجد ۾ وعظ ڪرڻ لاءِ مقرر ڪيو، خاص طور [[نور الدين زنگي]] جي [[فاطمي خلافت]] خلاف مهمن دوران.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; انهن وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي ڀرپور حمايت ڪندو هو ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪندو هو، جن کي هو بدعتي يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو. هو انهن فقيهن تي به اعتراض ڪندو هو، جيڪي پنهنجي فقهي مذهب جي بي سوچ تقليد ڪندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;

[[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع) جي دور ۾ ابن الجوزي بغداد جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب سان خاص وابستگي سبب کيس سڄي بغداد ۾ وعظ ۽ تبليغ ڪرڻ جي مڪمل آزادي حاصل ٿي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; 1172ع کان 1173ع تائين سندس مسلسل وعظن کيس بغداد جو سڀ کان ممتاز عالم بڻائي ڇڏيو. سندس غيرمعمولي خطابت کان متاثر ٿي خليفي مسجد ۾ خاص طور سندس لاءِ هڪ منبر (دِڪَّة) به تعمير ڪرايو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;

1179ع تائين ابن الجوزي ڏيڍ سئو کان وڌيڪ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪري چڪو هو ۽ ساڳئي وقت بغداد جي پنجن مختلف مدرسن جي نگراني پڻ ڪندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; انهيءَ عرصي دوران هن خليفي المستضي کي صلاح ڏني ته [[امام احمد بن حنبل]] جي مزار تي هڪ ڪتبو لڳايو وڃي، جنهن ۾ کيس &quot;امام&quot; جي لقب سان ياد ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Kat̲h̲īr, ''Bidāya'', Cairo 1351-8/1932-9, xii, 28–30&lt;/ref&gt;

بعد ۾ جڏهن [[الناصر لدين الله]] (وفات 1235ع) خلافت تي ويٺو، تڏهن شروعات ۾ ابن الجوزي جا تعلقات سندس حنبلي وزير ابن يونس (وفات 1197ع) ذريعي سٺا رهيا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; پر ابن يونس جي معزولي ۽ گرفتاري کان پوءِ خليفي [[ابن القصاب]] نالي هڪ شيعي وزير کي مقرر ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; تاريخي ذريعن ۾ ان جا واضح سبب بيان ناهن، پر آخرڪار الناصر ابن الجوزي کي پنجن سالن تائين نظر بند رکڻ جو حڪم ڏنو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; هڪ راءِ موجب، ابن الجوزي خليفي جي هڪ سرڪاري پاليسيءَ تي تنقيدي رد لکيو هو، جنهن سبب ٻنهي جا تعلقات خراب ٿي ويا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنجن سالن جي نظر بندي کان پوءِ خليفي جي والده [[زمرد خاتون]]، جيڪا نهايت پرهيزگار عورت سمجهي ويندي هئي، پنهنجي پٽ کي ابن الجوزي جي آزاديءَ لاءِ راضي ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; آزادي حاصل ڪرڻ کان ٿوري ئي عرصي پوءِ ابن الجوزي بغداد ۾ وفات ڪئي. ان وقت سندس عمر لڳ ڀڳ چوهتر ورهيه بيان ڪئي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:اسلامي شخصيتون]]
[[زمرو:سلف]]
[[زمرو:محدث]]
[[زمرو:1116ع جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:1110ع جي ڏهاڪي جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:Articles with short description]]</text>
      <sha1>a2pdfenizvgijqqq7vwfk7rkmpv36ku</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401105</id>
      <parentid>401104</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T03:46:36Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401105</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="24795" sha1="st8imiu4a3fso7w8qhr4pklbz78kq0o" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ٻارهين صديءَ جو مسلم عالم، محدث، مؤرخ ۽ فقيه}}


{{Infobox religious biography
| religion           = [[اسلام]]
| era                = [[اسلامي سنهري دور]]
| image              =
| caption            =
| name               = ابن الجوزي
| title              = [[شيخ الاسلام]]&lt;ref&gt;Al-Dhahabi, Siyar A'lam al-Nubala'.&lt;/ref&gt;
| birth_date         = لڳ ڀڳ 510هه / 1116ع
| birth_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| death_date         = 12 رمضان 597هه / 16 جون 1201ع (لڳ ڀڳ 87 ورهين جي عمر ۾)
| death_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| denomination       = [[سني اسلام]]
| creed              = [[اشعريت]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جي. اي. بوائل]]|title=The Cambridge History of Iran|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=16yHq5v3QZAC|volume=5 of The Saljuq and Mongol Periods|publisher=[[ڪيمبرج يونيورسٽي پريس]]|date=1968|page=299}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جبريل فؤاد حداد]]|title=The Biographies of the Elite Lives of the Scholars, Imams &amp; Hadith Masters|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=RwPnCAAAQBAJ&amp;pg=PA226|date=2015|publisher=[[اس السنة فائونڊيشن آف آمريڪا]]|page=226}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=[[ابن الأحدل]]|editor=Ahmad Bakīr Mahmud|url=https://archive.org/download/kalam-misc/kashful-ghitaa.pdf|title=كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد|language=ar|location=[[تيونس]]|publisher=[[تيونسي جنرل ليبر يونين]]|year=1964|page=83}}&lt;/ref&gt;
| jurisprudence      = [[حنبلي]]
| main_interests     = [[تاريخ]]، [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]
| notable_works      = [[كتاب أخبار الصفات]]
| influenced         = &lt;small&gt;[[عبد الغني المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[سبط ابن الجوزي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Robinson:2003:XV&quot;&gt;Robinson:2003:XV&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ابن قدامه المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ضياء الدين المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Al-Jawzi&quot;&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |title=Ibn Al-Jawzi |publisher=Sunnah.org |access-date=2013-11-28 |archive-date=2020-02-22 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200222230613/http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/small&gt;
| father             = علي بن محمد الجوزي
| children           = يوسف بن عبدالرحمٰن الجوزي
| birth_name         = عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري
| lineage            = [[آل بڪر]]
| native_name        = ابن الجوزي
| native_name_lang   = ar
}}

'''ابو الفرج جمال الدين عبدالرحمٰن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد الجوزي'''، جيڪو عام طور تي '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي{{Efn|{{langx|ar|أبو الفرج جمال الدين عبد الرحمن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد}}; Abū al-Faraj ʿAbd al-Raḥmān ibn ʿAlī ibn Muḥammad ibn al-Jawzī}}&lt;ref&gt;The Beginning and the End: Imad al-Din Abu al-Fida Ismail ibn Umar ibn Katheer al-Dimashqi.&lt;/ref&gt; (لڳ ڀڳ 1116ع – 16 جون 1201ع)، هڪ [[مسلمان]] [[فقيه]]، [[واعظ]]، [[خطيب]]، [[فرقن جو مؤرخ]]، [[علم الحديث|محدث]]، [[مؤرخ]]، [[قاضي]]، [[اوليائن جي سوانح نگار]] ۽ [[لسانيات دان]] هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot; /&gt; هن ٻارهين صديءَ دوران پنهنجي اباڻي شهر [[بغداد]] ۾ [[حنبلي]] [[فقهي مذهب]] جي واڌ ويجهه ۽ اشاعت ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنهنجي علمي، مذهبي ۽ سياسي سرگرمين سان ڀرپور زندگيءَ دوران ابن الجوزي پنهنجي همعصر [[حنبلي]] عالمن ۾ وڏي عزت حاصل ڪئي. هن مسلسل ڪوشش ڪئي ته [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب، جيڪو تاريخي طور چئن وڏن سني فقهي مذهبن مان سڀ کان ننڍو شمار ٿيندو هو، ان کي به [[مالڪي]]، [[شافعي]] ۽ [[حنفي]] مذهبن جي برابر وقار ۽ سرڪاري سرپرستي حاصل ٿئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

{{Infobox saint
|name = '''ابن الجوزي'''
|image = PARSONS(1808) p008 View of Bagdad on the Persian side of the Tigris.jpg
|image_size = 300px
|caption = 1808ع ۾ [[بغداد]] جو منظر؛ ابن الجوزي پنهنجي سموري زندگي ٻارهين صديءَ ۾ هن شهر ۾ گذاري.
|titles = فقيه، واعظ، محدث؛&lt;br /&gt;''شيخ الاسلام''، ''بادشاهن ۽ اميرن جو خطيب''، ''حنبلين جو امام''
|major_shrine = [[بغداد]]، [[عراق]] ۾ سبز گنبذ وارو مقبرو
|venerated_in = [[سني اسلام]]، خاص طور [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب
}}

ابن الجوزي نوجوانيءَ ۾ نهايت اعليٰ تعليم حاصل ڪئي&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ۽ بغداد جي ان دور جي ڪيترن ئي مشهور عالمن کان علم پرايو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع) ۽ [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot;&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 401&lt;/ref&gt;

ايندڙ سالن ۾ سندس علمي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌندي وئي، پر کيس سڀ کان وڌيڪ شهرت [[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ٽيٽيهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ملي. خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب جي سرپرستي سبب ابن الجوزي بغداد جي اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ کيس شهر ۽ ان جي ڀرپاسي ۾ وڏي عوامي ميڙ کي خطاب ڪرڻ جي آزادي ۽ سرپرستي حاصل هئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt;

المستضي جي دور ۾ پنهنجي اڪثر وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي مضبوط حمايت ڪئي ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، جن کي هو دين ۾ گمراهه يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ساڳئي وقت سندس علمي حيثيت پڻ وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ هن بغداد جي ڪيترين اهم [[مدرسو|مدرسن]] ۽ علمي ادارن جي انتظام ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ان کان علاوه هن غيرمعمولي تعداد ۾ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪيا، جنهن سبب کيس اسلامي تاريخ جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ زرخيز مصنفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

محققن موجب ابن الجوزي جو علمي سرمايو، جيڪو مختصر رسالن کان وٺي وڏن ڪتابن تائين پکڙيل آهي، اسلامي علمن جي تقريباً سڀني اهم شعبن تي مشتمل آهي، جن ۾ [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]، [[تاريخ]]، [[عقيدو]]، [[تصوف]]، [[ادب]] ۽ [[لسانيات]] شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

==خانداني پسمنظر ۽ زندگي==

عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري التيمي القرشي، جيڪو '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور ٿيو، 507هه کان 512هه (1113ع کان 1119ع) جي وچ واري عرصي ۾ [[بغداد]] ۾ هڪ خوشحال ۽ معزز خاندان ۾ ڄائو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; سندس خاندان جو نسب [[ابو بڪر صديق]] تائين پهچندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn al-Jawzi, ''Sincere Counsel to the Seekers of Sacred Knowledge'', Daar Us-Sunnah Publications Birmingham (2011), p. 88&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 399–434; Merlin Swartz, ''Ibn al-Jawzī’s'' Kitāb al-Quṣṣāṣ wa-’l-mudhakkirīn, Recherches publiées sous la direction de l’Institut de lettres orientales de Beyrouth, Série 1, Pensée arabe et musulmane, 47 (Beirut: Dar el-Machreq, 1971), 15.&lt;/ref&gt; سندس نسب هن ريت بيان ڪيو وڃي ٿو: عبدالرحمٰن بن علي بن محمد بن علي بن عبيدالله بن عبدالله بن حمادي بن احمد بن محمد بن جعفر الجوزي بن عبدالله بن القاسم بن النضر بن القاسم بن محمد بن عبدالله بن عبدالرحمٰن بن [[قاسم بن محمد بن ابي بڪر]] بن [[محمد بن ابي بڪر]] بن [[ابو بڪر صديق]] التيمي القرشي.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot;&gt;{{Cite book |last=Ibn Khalid |first=Ayman |title=Seeds of Admonishment and Reform |publisher=Dar As-Sunnah Publishers |year=2013 |isbn=1904336396 |edition=1st |location=Brimmingham |pages=17-18}}&lt;/ref&gt;

سندس نائين پيڙهيءَ جو ڏاڏو جعفر بن عبدالله البڪري '''الجوزي''' جي لقب سان مشهور هو، جنهن مان خاندان جو نالو &quot;الجوزي&quot; نڪتو. سندس خاندان ٽامي جي واپار سبب خوشحال ٿيو، تنهنڪري ابن الجوزي آسودگيءَ واري ماحول ۾ پرورش ورتي.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt;

سندس والدين کيس پنهنجي دور جي سڀني اهم علمن ۾ جامع تعليم ڏني.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;&gt;{{EI2|last=Laoust |first=H. | title=Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī | volume = 3 | pages = 751–752 | doi=10.1163/1573-3912_islam_SIM_3139}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن ڪيترن ئي مشهور استادن کان علم حاصل ڪيو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع)، [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع)، ابو الفضل بن الناصر (وفات 1155ع)، ابو حڪيم النهرواني (وفات 1161ع) ۽ [[ابو يعلى الصغير]] (وفات 1163ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot; /&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot; /&gt;

انهن استادن کان علاوه ابن الجوزي ڪيترن ئي اهڙن عالمن جي تصنيفن کان پڻ گهڻو متاثر ٿيو، جن سان سندس سڌي ملاقات نه ٿي. انهن ۾ [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] (وفات 1038ع)، [[الخطيب البغدادي]] (وفات 1071ع) ۽ مشهور حنبلي عالم [[ابن عقيل]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 1120ع) شامل هئا. ابن الجوزي پنهنجي بعد وارين تحريرن ۾ ابن عقيل جي ڪن خيالن جي واکاڻ به ڪئي ۽ ڪن تي تنقيد پڻ ڪئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot; /&gt;

عقيدي جي لحاظ کان هو [[اشعريت]] جو پيروڪار هو، جيڪا ڳالهه کيس ڪيترن ئي همعصر حنبلي عالمن کان ممتاز بڻائي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot;&gt;{{cite book|last=Boyle|first=J.A.|title=The Cambridge History of Iran, Vol. 5: The Saljuq and Mongol Periods (Volume 5)|date=January 1, 1968|publisher=Cambridge University Press|pages=299}}&lt;/ref&gt; پنهنجي ابتدائي تصنيفن ۾ هن [[علم الكلام]] ۾ بيجا فلسفياتي بحثن ۽ خاص طور ڪجهه صوفين جي نون فڪري لاڙن تي تنقيد ڪئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot; /&gt;

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي عملي علمي زندگيءَ جي شروعات [[المقتفي]] (وفات 1160ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ايڪتاليهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ڪئي. خليفي جو حنبلي وزير [[ابن هبيره]] سندس علمي سرپرستن مان هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; ابن الجوزي شروعات ۾ پنهنجي استاد ابو حڪيم النهرواني وٽ ٻن مدرسن ۾ حنبلي فقه پڙهائڻ ۾ معاون طور ڪم ڪيو، ۽ 1161ع ۾ استاد جي وفات کان پوءِ انهن ٻنهي مدرسن جو صدر مدرس مقرر ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 404&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان ڪجهه اڳ ئي وزير ابن هبيره کيس هر جمعي پنهنجي رهائشگاهه تي عوامي وعظ ڪرڻ جي مڪمل آزادي ڏني هئي، جنهن سان سندس خطابت جي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌڻ لڳي.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 402&lt;/ref&gt; المقتفي جي وفات کان پوءِ نئين خليفي [[المستنجد]] (وفات 1170ع) کيس بغداد جي خليفي واري جامع مسجد ۾ وعظ ڪرڻ لاءِ مقرر ڪيو، خاص طور [[نور الدين زنگي]] جي [[فاطمي خلافت]] خلاف مهمن دوران.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; انهن وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي ڀرپور حمايت ڪندو هو ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪندو هو، جن کي هو بدعتي يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو. هو انهن فقيهن تي به اعتراض ڪندو هو، جيڪي پنهنجي فقهي مذهب جي بي سوچ تقليد ڪندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;

[[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع) جي دور ۾ ابن الجوزي بغداد جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب سان خاص وابستگي سبب کيس سڄي بغداد ۾ وعظ ۽ تبليغ ڪرڻ جي مڪمل آزادي حاصل ٿي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; 1172ع کان 1173ع تائين سندس مسلسل وعظن کيس بغداد جو سڀ کان ممتاز عالم بڻائي ڇڏيو. سندس غيرمعمولي خطابت کان متاثر ٿي خليفي مسجد ۾ خاص طور سندس لاءِ هڪ منبر (دِڪَّة) به تعمير ڪرايو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;

1179ع تائين ابن الجوزي ڏيڍ سئو کان وڌيڪ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪري چڪو هو ۽ ساڳئي وقت بغداد جي پنجن مختلف مدرسن جي نگراني پڻ ڪندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; انهيءَ عرصي دوران هن خليفي المستضي کي صلاح ڏني ته [[امام احمد بن حنبل]] جي مزار تي هڪ ڪتبو لڳايو وڃي، جنهن ۾ کيس &quot;امام&quot; جي لقب سان ياد ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Kat̲h̲īr, ''Bidāya'', Cairo 1351-8/1932-9, xii, 28–30&lt;/ref&gt;

بعد ۾ جڏهن [[الناصر لدين الله]] (وفات 1235ع) خلافت تي ويٺو، تڏهن شروعات ۾ ابن الجوزي جا تعلقات سندس حنبلي وزير ابن يونس (وفات 1197ع) ذريعي سٺا رهيا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; پر ابن يونس جي معزولي ۽ گرفتاري کان پوءِ خليفي [[ابن القصاب]] نالي هڪ شيعي وزير کي مقرر ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; تاريخي ذريعن ۾ ان جا واضح سبب بيان ناهن، پر آخرڪار الناصر ابن الجوزي کي پنجن سالن تائين نظر بند رکڻ جو حڪم ڏنو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; هڪ راءِ موجب، ابن الجوزي خليفي جي هڪ سرڪاري پاليسيءَ تي تنقيدي رد لکيو هو، جنهن سبب ٻنهي جا تعلقات خراب ٿي ويا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنجن سالن جي نظر بندي کان پوءِ خليفي جي والده [[زمرد خاتون]]، جيڪا نهايت پرهيزگار عورت سمجهي ويندي هئي، پنهنجي پٽ کي ابن الجوزي جي آزاديءَ لاءِ راضي ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; آزادي حاصل ڪرڻ کان ٿوري ئي عرصي پوءِ ابن الجوزي بغداد ۾ وفات ڪئي. ان وقت سندس عمر لڳ ڀڳ چوهتر ورهيه بيان ڪئي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

== خيال ۽ فڪر ==

=== مناظرا ۽ رد ===

ابن الجوزي هڪ مشهور [[مناظره نگار]] هو،&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ۽ هو انهن سڀني ماڻهن جي تصنيفن تي سخت تنقيد ڪندو هو، جن کي هو دين ۾ [[بدعت]] پيدا ڪندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ٻين فڪري مڪتبن تي سندس تنقيد سڀ کان وڌيڪ سندس ڪتاب ''تلبيس إبليس''، يعني ''شيطان جو دوکو''، ۾ نظر اچي ٿي، جيڪو حنبلي مناظراتي ادب جي اهم تصنيفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; هن ڪتاب ۾ هن نه رڳو [[سني اسلام]] کان ٻاهر موجود ڪيترن فرقن، جهڙوڪ [[معتزله]] ۽ [[خوارج]]، تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، پر سني اسلام جي اندر موجود انهن فڪري ڌرين تي پڻ اعتراض ڪيو، جن بابت سندس خيال هو ته اهي صحيح راهه کان هٽي ويون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

هن ڪتاب ۾ پنهنجي دور جي ڪجهه گمراهه صوفين بابت ابن الجوزي جي تنقيدي بيانن سبب، روايتي [[تصوف]] جي مخالفت ڪندڙ ڪجهه جديد مسلمان تحريڪون، جهڙوڪ [[سلفيت]] ۽ [[وهابيت]]، پنهنجي موقف جي حمايت لاءِ هن تصنيف مان حوالا ڏينديون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; تنهن هوندي به، محققن موجب ابن الجوزي تصوف کي مجموعي طور رد نه ڪيو؛ هو پنهنجي لکڻين ۾ قديم، پاڪيزه تصوف ۽ صوفي عملن ۾ داخل ٿيل انهن رواجن جي وچ ۾ واضح فرق ڪندو هو، جن کي هو بگاڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot;/&gt; انهيءَ ڪري اهو ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته سندس دور جي ڪجهه صوفي جماعتن تي ڪيل تنقيد جو مقصد سڄي تصوف جي مذمت ڪرڻ نه هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

=== تبرڪات ===

ابن الجوزي ذاتي عبادت ۽ عقيدت ۾ [[محمد جا تبرڪات|رسول الله ﷺ جي تبرڪات]] جي استعمال جو مضبوط حامي هو ۽ انهن وسيلي [[برڪت]] حاصل ڪرڻ کي جائز سمجهندو هو. هن موقف جو ثبوت سندس طرفان ان روايت کي قبوليت سان نقل ڪرڻ مان ملي ٿو، جيڪا [[احمد بن حنبل]] جي پٽ عبدالله بيان ڪئي هئي. عبدالله پنهنجي والد جي رسول الله ﷺ جي تبرڪات سان عقيدت بابت چيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;مون پنهنجي والد کي ڏٺو ته هن رسول الله ﷺ جو هڪ وار ورتو، ان کي پنهنجي وات تي رکي چمي ڏني. شايد مون کيس اهو وار پنهنجي اکين تي رکندي، پوءِ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي اهو پاڻي شفا جي نيت سان پيئندي به ڏٺو هجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Jawzī, 2016 p. 89&quot;&gt;Ibn al-Jawzī, ''The Life of Ibn Hanbal'', XXIV.2, trans. Michael Cooperson (New York: New York University Press, 2016), p. 89&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;

ساڳئي طرح ابن الجوزي، احمد بن حنبل جي ان عمل جي پڻ تعريف ڪئي ته هن برڪت حاصل ڪرڻ جي نيت سان رسول الله ﷺ جي استعمال ڪيل پيالي مان پاڻي پيتو، جيتوڻيڪ فني لحاظ کان اهو ٻئي درجي جو تبرڪ شمار ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Jawzī, 2016 p. 89&quot;/&gt;

=== اولياءَ ===

ابن الجوزي [[ولي|اولياءَ]] جي وجود بابت روايتي ۽ وڏي پيماني تي قبوليل اسلامي عقيدي جو حامي هو. اهو موقف سندس ابتدائي مسلمان صوفي اولياءَ جي زندگين بابت مشهور ڪتاب ''صفة الصفوة''، يعني ''برگزيدن جون صفتون''، مان پڻ ظاهر ٿئي ٿو. هي ڪتاب اصل ۾ [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] (وفات 1038ع) جي ''حلية الأولياء''، يعني ''اولياءَ جو سينگار''، جو اختصار آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

هن تصنيف ۾ ابن الجوزي ڪيترن اهم صوفين ۽ زاهدن جي کليل لفظن ۾ تعريف ڪئي، جن ۾ [[حسن بصري]] (وفات 728ع)، [[ابراهيم بن ادهم]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 782ع)، [[سفيان ثوري]] (وفات 778ع)، [[رابعه بصري]] (وفات 801ع)، [[معروف ڪرخي]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 820ع) ۽ [[بشر حافي]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 850ع) شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

جيتوڻيڪ ابن الجوزي انهن ٺڳن تي تنقيد ڪئي، جيڪي پاڻ کي ڪوڙو درويش يا بزرگ ظاهر ڪندا هئا، پر هن صاف لفظن ۾ چيو ته سچا اولياءَ صحيح عقيدي، عمل ۽ شريعت جي مخالفت نٿا ڪن.&lt;ref&gt;Jonathan A. C. Brown, &quot;Faithful Dissenters: Sunni Skepticism about the Miracles of Saints,&quot; ''Journal of Sufi Studies'' 1 (2012), p. 162&lt;/ref&gt; اولياءَ بابت ابن الجوزي چيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;اولياءَ ۽ صالح ماڻهو ئي سموري وجود جو اصل مقصد آهن (''الأولياء والصالحون هم المقصود من الكون''). اهي اهي ماڻهو آهن، جن علم جي حقيقت کي سکيو ۽ ان تي عمل ڪيو... اهي پنهنجي علم موجب عمل ڪن ٿا، دنيا مان ٿوري شيءِ تي گذارو ڪن ٿا، آخرت جا طالب رهن ٿا ۽ هڪ جهان کان ٻئي جهان ڏانهن وڃڻ لاءِ بيدار اکين ۽ سٺي توشي سان تيار رهن ٿا؛ ان جي ابتڙ اهي ماڻهو آهن، جيڪي رڳو پنهنجي علم سبب مشهور هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn al-Jawzi, ''Sifat al-safwa'' (Beirut ed. 1989/1409) p. 13, 17.&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;

=== تصوف ===

ابن الجوزي جو خيال هو ته [[تصوف]] يا ''تَصَوُّف'' اسلامي عمل جو هڪ لازمي حصو آهي. محققن موجب سندس ڪتاب ''تلبيس إبليس''، جنهن ۾ [[تفسير]] ۽ [[فقه]] سميت تقريباً سڀني اهم اسلامي علمن ۾ پيدا ٿيل بدعتن تي تنقيد ڪئي وئي آهي، ڪنهن به صورت ۾ سڄي تصوف جو رد نه آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.abc.se/home/m9783/ir/f/ts/Tasawwuf%20shuyukh.htm#18|title=Error404}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان جي ابتڙ، هن ابتدائي صوفين ۽ اولياءَ جي فضيلتن بابت ڪيترائي ڪتاب لکيا، جن ۾ ''مناقب رابعه العدويه''، ''مناقب معروف الڪرخي''، ''مناقب ابراهيم بن ادهم'' ۽ ''مناقب بشر الحافي'' سميت ٻيون تصنيفون شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

ابن الجوزي [[ابو حامد غزالي]] جي تعليمات جو پڻ مضبوط حامي هو، ۽ تصوف بابت سندس ڪيترين تصنيفن تي غزالي جي مشهور ڪتاب ''[[احياء علوم الدين]]'' جو اثر نظر اچي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt; حقيقت ۾ ابن الجوزي نه رڳو ساڳين موضوعن تي لکيو، پر ڪيترين جاين تي غزالي جي لکڻيءَ جي طريقي ۽ اصطلاحن کي پڻ اختيار ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي روحاني تصنيفن ۾ جن موضوعن تي بحث ڪيو، تن ۾ خدا ڏانهن شديد شوق جي معنيٰ، پنهنجي [[نفس]] کان ان جي عملن جو حساب وٺڻ، نفس جي ڪمزورين تي ملامت ڪرڻ ۽ نفس جي اصلاح لاءِ ان کي سخت تنبيه ڪرڻ شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:اسلامي شخصيتون]]
[[زمرو:سلف]]
[[زمرو:محدث]]
[[زمرو:1116ع جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:1110ع جي ڏهاڪي جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:Articles with short description]]</text>
      <sha1>st8imiu4a3fso7w8qhr4pklbz78kq0o</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401106</id>
      <parentid>401105</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T03:48:11Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401106</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="27349" sha1="cbrdloqxs5oyym06m3y4jvh8x8l2las" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ٻارهين صديءَ جو مسلم عالم، محدث، مؤرخ ۽ فقيه}}


{{Infobox religious biography
| religion           = [[اسلام]]
| era                = [[اسلامي سنهري دور]]
| image              =
| caption            =
| name               = ابن الجوزي
| title              = [[شيخ الاسلام]]&lt;ref&gt;Al-Dhahabi, Siyar A'lam al-Nubala'.&lt;/ref&gt;
| birth_date         = لڳ ڀڳ 510هه / 1116ع
| birth_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| death_date         = 12 رمضان 597هه / 16 جون 1201ع (لڳ ڀڳ 87 ورهين جي عمر ۾)
| death_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| denomination       = [[سني اسلام]]
| creed              = [[اشعريت]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جي. اي. بوائل]]|title=The Cambridge History of Iran|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=16yHq5v3QZAC|volume=5 of The Saljuq and Mongol Periods|publisher=[[ڪيمبرج يونيورسٽي پريس]]|date=1968|page=299}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جبريل فؤاد حداد]]|title=The Biographies of the Elite Lives of the Scholars, Imams &amp; Hadith Masters|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=RwPnCAAAQBAJ&amp;pg=PA226|date=2015|publisher=[[اس السنة فائونڊيشن آف آمريڪا]]|page=226}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=[[ابن الأحدل]]|editor=Ahmad Bakīr Mahmud|url=https://archive.org/download/kalam-misc/kashful-ghitaa.pdf|title=كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد|language=ar|location=[[تيونس]]|publisher=[[تيونسي جنرل ليبر يونين]]|year=1964|page=83}}&lt;/ref&gt;
| jurisprudence      = [[حنبلي]]
| main_interests     = [[تاريخ]]، [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]
| notable_works      = [[كتاب أخبار الصفات]]
| influenced         = &lt;small&gt;[[عبد الغني المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[سبط ابن الجوزي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Robinson:2003:XV&quot;&gt;Robinson:2003:XV&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ابن قدامه المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ضياء الدين المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Al-Jawzi&quot;&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |title=Ibn Al-Jawzi |publisher=Sunnah.org |access-date=2013-11-28 |archive-date=2020-02-22 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200222230613/http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/small&gt;
| father             = علي بن محمد الجوزي
| children           = يوسف بن عبدالرحمٰن الجوزي
| birth_name         = عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري
| lineage            = [[آل بڪر]]
| native_name        = ابن الجوزي
| native_name_lang   = ar
}}

'''ابو الفرج جمال الدين عبدالرحمٰن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد الجوزي'''، جيڪو عام طور تي '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي{{Efn|{{langx|ar|أبو الفرج جمال الدين عبد الرحمن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد}}; Abū al-Faraj ʿAbd al-Raḥmān ibn ʿAlī ibn Muḥammad ibn al-Jawzī}}&lt;ref&gt;The Beginning and the End: Imad al-Din Abu al-Fida Ismail ibn Umar ibn Katheer al-Dimashqi.&lt;/ref&gt; (لڳ ڀڳ 1116ع – 16 جون 1201ع)، هڪ [[مسلمان]] [[فقيه]]، [[واعظ]]، [[خطيب]]، [[فرقن جو مؤرخ]]، [[علم الحديث|محدث]]، [[مؤرخ]]، [[قاضي]]، [[اوليائن جي سوانح نگار]] ۽ [[لسانيات دان]] هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot; /&gt; هن ٻارهين صديءَ دوران پنهنجي اباڻي شهر [[بغداد]] ۾ [[حنبلي]] [[فقهي مذهب]] جي واڌ ويجهه ۽ اشاعت ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنهنجي علمي، مذهبي ۽ سياسي سرگرمين سان ڀرپور زندگيءَ دوران ابن الجوزي پنهنجي همعصر [[حنبلي]] عالمن ۾ وڏي عزت حاصل ڪئي. هن مسلسل ڪوشش ڪئي ته [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب، جيڪو تاريخي طور چئن وڏن سني فقهي مذهبن مان سڀ کان ننڍو شمار ٿيندو هو، ان کي به [[مالڪي]]، [[شافعي]] ۽ [[حنفي]] مذهبن جي برابر وقار ۽ سرڪاري سرپرستي حاصل ٿئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

{{Infobox saint
|name = '''ابن الجوزي'''
|image = PARSONS(1808) p008 View of Bagdad on the Persian side of the Tigris.jpg
|image_size = 300px
|caption = 1808ع ۾ [[بغداد]] جو منظر؛ ابن الجوزي پنهنجي سموري زندگي ٻارهين صديءَ ۾ هن شهر ۾ گذاري.
|titles = فقيه، واعظ، محدث؛&lt;br /&gt;''شيخ الاسلام''، ''بادشاهن ۽ اميرن جو خطيب''، ''حنبلين جو امام''
|major_shrine = [[بغداد]]، [[عراق]] ۾ سبز گنبذ وارو مقبرو
|venerated_in = [[سني اسلام]]، خاص طور [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب
}}

ابن الجوزي نوجوانيءَ ۾ نهايت اعليٰ تعليم حاصل ڪئي&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ۽ بغداد جي ان دور جي ڪيترن ئي مشهور عالمن کان علم پرايو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع) ۽ [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot;&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 401&lt;/ref&gt;

ايندڙ سالن ۾ سندس علمي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌندي وئي، پر کيس سڀ کان وڌيڪ شهرت [[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ٽيٽيهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ملي. خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب جي سرپرستي سبب ابن الجوزي بغداد جي اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ کيس شهر ۽ ان جي ڀرپاسي ۾ وڏي عوامي ميڙ کي خطاب ڪرڻ جي آزادي ۽ سرپرستي حاصل هئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt;

المستضي جي دور ۾ پنهنجي اڪثر وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي مضبوط حمايت ڪئي ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، جن کي هو دين ۾ گمراهه يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ساڳئي وقت سندس علمي حيثيت پڻ وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ هن بغداد جي ڪيترين اهم [[مدرسو|مدرسن]] ۽ علمي ادارن جي انتظام ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ان کان علاوه هن غيرمعمولي تعداد ۾ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪيا، جنهن سبب کيس اسلامي تاريخ جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ زرخيز مصنفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

محققن موجب ابن الجوزي جو علمي سرمايو، جيڪو مختصر رسالن کان وٺي وڏن ڪتابن تائين پکڙيل آهي، اسلامي علمن جي تقريباً سڀني اهم شعبن تي مشتمل آهي، جن ۾ [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]، [[تاريخ]]، [[عقيدو]]، [[تصوف]]، [[ادب]] ۽ [[لسانيات]] شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

==خانداني پسمنظر ۽ زندگي==

عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري التيمي القرشي، جيڪو '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور ٿيو، 507هه کان 512هه (1113ع کان 1119ع) جي وچ واري عرصي ۾ [[بغداد]] ۾ هڪ خوشحال ۽ معزز خاندان ۾ ڄائو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; سندس خاندان جو نسب [[ابو بڪر صديق]] تائين پهچندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn al-Jawzi, ''Sincere Counsel to the Seekers of Sacred Knowledge'', Daar Us-Sunnah Publications Birmingham (2011), p. 88&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 399–434; Merlin Swartz, ''Ibn al-Jawzī’s'' Kitāb al-Quṣṣāṣ wa-’l-mudhakkirīn, Recherches publiées sous la direction de l’Institut de lettres orientales de Beyrouth, Série 1, Pensée arabe et musulmane, 47 (Beirut: Dar el-Machreq, 1971), 15.&lt;/ref&gt; سندس نسب هن ريت بيان ڪيو وڃي ٿو: عبدالرحمٰن بن علي بن محمد بن علي بن عبيدالله بن عبدالله بن حمادي بن احمد بن محمد بن جعفر الجوزي بن عبدالله بن القاسم بن النضر بن القاسم بن محمد بن عبدالله بن عبدالرحمٰن بن [[قاسم بن محمد بن ابي بڪر]] بن [[محمد بن ابي بڪر]] بن [[ابو بڪر صديق]] التيمي القرشي.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot;&gt;{{Cite book |last=Ibn Khalid |first=Ayman |title=Seeds of Admonishment and Reform |publisher=Dar As-Sunnah Publishers |year=2013 |isbn=1904336396 |edition=1st |location=Brimmingham |pages=17-18}}&lt;/ref&gt;

سندس نائين پيڙهيءَ جو ڏاڏو جعفر بن عبدالله البڪري '''الجوزي''' جي لقب سان مشهور هو، جنهن مان خاندان جو نالو &quot;الجوزي&quot; نڪتو. سندس خاندان ٽامي جي واپار سبب خوشحال ٿيو، تنهنڪري ابن الجوزي آسودگيءَ واري ماحول ۾ پرورش ورتي.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt;

سندس والدين کيس پنهنجي دور جي سڀني اهم علمن ۾ جامع تعليم ڏني.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;&gt;{{EI2|last=Laoust |first=H. | title=Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī | volume = 3 | pages = 751–752 | doi=10.1163/1573-3912_islam_SIM_3139}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن ڪيترن ئي مشهور استادن کان علم حاصل ڪيو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع)، [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع)، ابو الفضل بن الناصر (وفات 1155ع)، ابو حڪيم النهرواني (وفات 1161ع) ۽ [[ابو يعلى الصغير]] (وفات 1163ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot; /&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot; /&gt;

انهن استادن کان علاوه ابن الجوزي ڪيترن ئي اهڙن عالمن جي تصنيفن کان پڻ گهڻو متاثر ٿيو، جن سان سندس سڌي ملاقات نه ٿي. انهن ۾ [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] (وفات 1038ع)، [[الخطيب البغدادي]] (وفات 1071ع) ۽ مشهور حنبلي عالم [[ابن عقيل]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 1120ع) شامل هئا. ابن الجوزي پنهنجي بعد وارين تحريرن ۾ ابن عقيل جي ڪن خيالن جي واکاڻ به ڪئي ۽ ڪن تي تنقيد پڻ ڪئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot; /&gt;

عقيدي جي لحاظ کان هو [[اشعريت]] جو پيروڪار هو، جيڪا ڳالهه کيس ڪيترن ئي همعصر حنبلي عالمن کان ممتاز بڻائي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot;&gt;{{cite book|last=Boyle|first=J.A.|title=The Cambridge History of Iran, Vol. 5: The Saljuq and Mongol Periods (Volume 5)|date=January 1, 1968|publisher=Cambridge University Press|pages=299}}&lt;/ref&gt; پنهنجي ابتدائي تصنيفن ۾ هن [[علم الكلام]] ۾ بيجا فلسفياتي بحثن ۽ خاص طور ڪجهه صوفين جي نون فڪري لاڙن تي تنقيد ڪئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot; /&gt;

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي عملي علمي زندگيءَ جي شروعات [[المقتفي]] (وفات 1160ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ايڪتاليهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ڪئي. خليفي جو حنبلي وزير [[ابن هبيره]] سندس علمي سرپرستن مان هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; ابن الجوزي شروعات ۾ پنهنجي استاد ابو حڪيم النهرواني وٽ ٻن مدرسن ۾ حنبلي فقه پڙهائڻ ۾ معاون طور ڪم ڪيو، ۽ 1161ع ۾ استاد جي وفات کان پوءِ انهن ٻنهي مدرسن جو صدر مدرس مقرر ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 404&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان ڪجهه اڳ ئي وزير ابن هبيره کيس هر جمعي پنهنجي رهائشگاهه تي عوامي وعظ ڪرڻ جي مڪمل آزادي ڏني هئي، جنهن سان سندس خطابت جي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌڻ لڳي.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 402&lt;/ref&gt; المقتفي جي وفات کان پوءِ نئين خليفي [[المستنجد]] (وفات 1170ع) کيس بغداد جي خليفي واري جامع مسجد ۾ وعظ ڪرڻ لاءِ مقرر ڪيو، خاص طور [[نور الدين زنگي]] جي [[فاطمي خلافت]] خلاف مهمن دوران.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; انهن وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي ڀرپور حمايت ڪندو هو ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪندو هو، جن کي هو بدعتي يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو. هو انهن فقيهن تي به اعتراض ڪندو هو، جيڪي پنهنجي فقهي مذهب جي بي سوچ تقليد ڪندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;

[[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع) جي دور ۾ ابن الجوزي بغداد جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب سان خاص وابستگي سبب کيس سڄي بغداد ۾ وعظ ۽ تبليغ ڪرڻ جي مڪمل آزادي حاصل ٿي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; 1172ع کان 1173ع تائين سندس مسلسل وعظن کيس بغداد جو سڀ کان ممتاز عالم بڻائي ڇڏيو. سندس غيرمعمولي خطابت کان متاثر ٿي خليفي مسجد ۾ خاص طور سندس لاءِ هڪ منبر (دِڪَّة) به تعمير ڪرايو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;

1179ع تائين ابن الجوزي ڏيڍ سئو کان وڌيڪ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪري چڪو هو ۽ ساڳئي وقت بغداد جي پنجن مختلف مدرسن جي نگراني پڻ ڪندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; انهيءَ عرصي دوران هن خليفي المستضي کي صلاح ڏني ته [[امام احمد بن حنبل]] جي مزار تي هڪ ڪتبو لڳايو وڃي، جنهن ۾ کيس &quot;امام&quot; جي لقب سان ياد ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Kat̲h̲īr, ''Bidāya'', Cairo 1351-8/1932-9, xii, 28–30&lt;/ref&gt;

بعد ۾ جڏهن [[الناصر لدين الله]] (وفات 1235ع) خلافت تي ويٺو، تڏهن شروعات ۾ ابن الجوزي جا تعلقات سندس حنبلي وزير ابن يونس (وفات 1197ع) ذريعي سٺا رهيا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; پر ابن يونس جي معزولي ۽ گرفتاري کان پوءِ خليفي [[ابن القصاب]] نالي هڪ شيعي وزير کي مقرر ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; تاريخي ذريعن ۾ ان جا واضح سبب بيان ناهن، پر آخرڪار الناصر ابن الجوزي کي پنجن سالن تائين نظر بند رکڻ جو حڪم ڏنو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; هڪ راءِ موجب، ابن الجوزي خليفي جي هڪ سرڪاري پاليسيءَ تي تنقيدي رد لکيو هو، جنهن سبب ٻنهي جا تعلقات خراب ٿي ويا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنجن سالن جي نظر بندي کان پوءِ خليفي جي والده [[زمرد خاتون]]، جيڪا نهايت پرهيزگار عورت سمجهي ويندي هئي، پنهنجي پٽ کي ابن الجوزي جي آزاديءَ لاءِ راضي ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; آزادي حاصل ڪرڻ کان ٿوري ئي عرصي پوءِ ابن الجوزي بغداد ۾ وفات ڪئي. ان وقت سندس عمر لڳ ڀڳ چوهتر ورهيه بيان ڪئي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

== خيال ۽ فڪر ==

=== مناظرا ۽ رد ===

ابن الجوزي هڪ مشهور [[مناظره نگار]] هو،&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ۽ هو انهن سڀني ماڻهن جي تصنيفن تي سخت تنقيد ڪندو هو، جن کي هو دين ۾ [[بدعت]] پيدا ڪندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ٻين فڪري مڪتبن تي سندس تنقيد سڀ کان وڌيڪ سندس ڪتاب ''تلبيس إبليس''، يعني ''شيطان جو دوکو''، ۾ نظر اچي ٿي، جيڪو حنبلي مناظراتي ادب جي اهم تصنيفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; هن ڪتاب ۾ هن نه رڳو [[سني اسلام]] کان ٻاهر موجود ڪيترن فرقن، جهڙوڪ [[معتزله]] ۽ [[خوارج]]، تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، پر سني اسلام جي اندر موجود انهن فڪري ڌرين تي پڻ اعتراض ڪيو، جن بابت سندس خيال هو ته اهي صحيح راهه کان هٽي ويون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

هن ڪتاب ۾ پنهنجي دور جي ڪجهه گمراهه صوفين بابت ابن الجوزي جي تنقيدي بيانن سبب، روايتي [[تصوف]] جي مخالفت ڪندڙ ڪجهه جديد مسلمان تحريڪون، جهڙوڪ [[سلفيت]] ۽ [[وهابيت]]، پنهنجي موقف جي حمايت لاءِ هن تصنيف مان حوالا ڏينديون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; تنهن هوندي به، محققن موجب ابن الجوزي تصوف کي مجموعي طور رد نه ڪيو؛ هو پنهنجي لکڻين ۾ قديم، پاڪيزه تصوف ۽ صوفي عملن ۾ داخل ٿيل انهن رواجن جي وچ ۾ واضح فرق ڪندو هو، جن کي هو بگاڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot;/&gt; انهيءَ ڪري اهو ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته سندس دور جي ڪجهه صوفي جماعتن تي ڪيل تنقيد جو مقصد سڄي تصوف جي مذمت ڪرڻ نه هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

=== تبرڪات ===

ابن الجوزي ذاتي عبادت ۽ عقيدت ۾ [[محمد جا تبرڪات|رسول الله ﷺ جي تبرڪات]] جي استعمال جو مضبوط حامي هو ۽ انهن وسيلي [[برڪت]] حاصل ڪرڻ کي جائز سمجهندو هو. هن موقف جو ثبوت سندس طرفان ان روايت کي قبوليت سان نقل ڪرڻ مان ملي ٿو، جيڪا [[احمد بن حنبل]] جي پٽ عبدالله بيان ڪئي هئي. عبدالله پنهنجي والد جي رسول الله ﷺ جي تبرڪات سان عقيدت بابت چيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;مون پنهنجي والد کي ڏٺو ته هن رسول الله ﷺ جو هڪ وار ورتو، ان کي پنهنجي وات تي رکي چمي ڏني. شايد مون کيس اهو وار پنهنجي اکين تي رکندي، پوءِ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي اهو پاڻي شفا جي نيت سان پيئندي به ڏٺو هجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Jawzī, 2016 p. 89&quot;&gt;Ibn al-Jawzī, ''The Life of Ibn Hanbal'', XXIV.2, trans. Michael Cooperson (New York: New York University Press, 2016), p. 89&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;

ساڳئي طرح ابن الجوزي، احمد بن حنبل جي ان عمل جي پڻ تعريف ڪئي ته هن برڪت حاصل ڪرڻ جي نيت سان رسول الله ﷺ جي استعمال ڪيل پيالي مان پاڻي پيتو، جيتوڻيڪ فني لحاظ کان اهو ٻئي درجي جو تبرڪ شمار ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Jawzī, 2016 p. 89&quot;/&gt;

=== اولياءَ ===

ابن الجوزي [[ولي|اولياءَ]] جي وجود بابت روايتي ۽ وڏي پيماني تي قبوليل اسلامي عقيدي جو حامي هو. اهو موقف سندس ابتدائي مسلمان صوفي اولياءَ جي زندگين بابت مشهور ڪتاب ''صفة الصفوة''، يعني ''برگزيدن جون صفتون''، مان پڻ ظاهر ٿئي ٿو. هي ڪتاب اصل ۾ [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] (وفات 1038ع) جي ''حلية الأولياء''، يعني ''اولياءَ جو سينگار''، جو اختصار آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

هن تصنيف ۾ ابن الجوزي ڪيترن اهم صوفين ۽ زاهدن جي کليل لفظن ۾ تعريف ڪئي، جن ۾ [[حسن بصري]] (وفات 728ع)، [[ابراهيم بن ادهم]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 782ع)، [[سفيان ثوري]] (وفات 778ع)، [[رابعه بصري]] (وفات 801ع)، [[معروف ڪرخي]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 820ع) ۽ [[بشر حافي]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 850ع) شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

جيتوڻيڪ ابن الجوزي انهن ٺڳن تي تنقيد ڪئي، جيڪي پاڻ کي ڪوڙو درويش يا بزرگ ظاهر ڪندا هئا، پر هن صاف لفظن ۾ چيو ته سچا اولياءَ صحيح عقيدي، عمل ۽ شريعت جي مخالفت نٿا ڪن.&lt;ref&gt;Jonathan A. C. Brown, &quot;Faithful Dissenters: Sunni Skepticism about the Miracles of Saints,&quot; ''Journal of Sufi Studies'' 1 (2012), p. 162&lt;/ref&gt; اولياءَ بابت ابن الجوزي چيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;اولياءَ ۽ صالح ماڻهو ئي سموري وجود جو اصل مقصد آهن (''الأولياء والصالحون هم المقصود من الكون''). اهي اهي ماڻهو آهن، جن علم جي حقيقت کي سکيو ۽ ان تي عمل ڪيو... اهي پنهنجي علم موجب عمل ڪن ٿا، دنيا مان ٿوري شيءِ تي گذارو ڪن ٿا، آخرت جا طالب رهن ٿا ۽ هڪ جهان کان ٻئي جهان ڏانهن وڃڻ لاءِ بيدار اکين ۽ سٺي توشي سان تيار رهن ٿا؛ ان جي ابتڙ اهي ماڻهو آهن، جيڪي رڳو پنهنجي علم سبب مشهور هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn al-Jawzi, ''Sifat al-safwa'' (Beirut ed. 1989/1409) p. 13, 17.&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;

=== تصوف ===

ابن الجوزي جو خيال هو ته [[تصوف]] يا ''تَصَوُّف'' اسلامي عمل جو هڪ لازمي حصو آهي. محققن موجب سندس ڪتاب ''تلبيس إبليس''، جنهن ۾ [[تفسير]] ۽ [[فقه]] سميت تقريباً سڀني اهم اسلامي علمن ۾ پيدا ٿيل بدعتن تي تنقيد ڪئي وئي آهي، ڪنهن به صورت ۾ سڄي تصوف جو رد نه آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.abc.se/home/m9783/ir/f/ts/Tasawwuf%20shuyukh.htm#18|title=Error404}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان جي ابتڙ، هن ابتدائي صوفين ۽ اولياءَ جي فضيلتن بابت ڪيترائي ڪتاب لکيا، جن ۾ ''مناقب رابعه العدويه''، ''مناقب معروف الڪرخي''، ''مناقب ابراهيم بن ادهم'' ۽ ''مناقب بشر الحافي'' سميت ٻيون تصنيفون شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

ابن الجوزي [[ابو حامد غزالي]] جي تعليمات جو پڻ مضبوط حامي هو، ۽ تصوف بابت سندس ڪيترين تصنيفن تي غزالي جي مشهور ڪتاب ''[[احياء علوم الدين]]'' جو اثر نظر اچي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt; حقيقت ۾ ابن الجوزي نه رڳو ساڳين موضوعن تي لکيو، پر ڪيترين جاين تي غزالي جي لکڻيءَ جي طريقي ۽ اصطلاحن کي پڻ اختيار ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي روحاني تصنيفن ۾ جن موضوعن تي بحث ڪيو، تن ۾ خدا ڏانهن شديد شوق جي معنيٰ، پنهنجي [[نفس]] کان ان جي عملن جو حساب وٺڻ، نفس جي ڪمزورين تي ملامت ڪرڻ ۽ نفس جي اصلاح لاءِ ان کي سخت تنبيه ڪرڻ شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

== عقيدو ==

{{اشعريت}}

[[بدر الدين اَهدل|ابن الاهدل]] (وفات: 855هه/1451ع) پنهنجي ڪتاب ''ڪشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد'' ({{lang|ar|كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد}}) ۾ ابن الجوزي کي [[اشعريت|اشعري]] عالمن مان شمار ڪيو آهي، ۽ ان سلسلي ۾ هن [[عبدالقادر جيلاني]] جو پڻ ذڪر ڪيو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=[[ابن الاهدل]]|editor=Ahmad Bakīr Mahmud|url=https://archive.org/download/kalam-misc/kashful-ghitaa.pdf|title=Kashf al-Ghata' 'an Haqa'iq al-Tawhid|script-title=ar:كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد|language=ar|location=[[تيونس]]|publisher=[[Tunisian General Labour Union]]|year=1964|page=83|quote=وكل هؤلاء الذين ذكرنا عقائدهم من أئمة الشافعية سوى القرشي والشاذلي فمالكيان أشعريان. ولنتبع ذلك بعقيدة المالكية وعقيدتين للحنفية ليعلم أن غالب أهل هذين المذهبين على مذهب الأشعري في العقائد، '''وبعض الحنبلية في الفروع يكونون على مذهب الأشعري في العقائد كالشيخ عبد القادر الجيلاني وابن الجوزي وغيرهما رضي الله عنهم.''' وقد تقدم وسيأتي أيضاً أن الأشعري والإمام أحمد كانا في الاعتقاد متفقين حتى حدث الخلاف من أتباعه القائلين بالحرف والصوت والجهة وغير ذلك فلهذا لم نذكر عقائد المخالفين واقتصرنا على عقائد أصحابنا الأشعرية ومن وافقهم من المالكية والحنفية رضي الله عنهم. فأما عقيدة المالكية فهي تأليف الشيخ الإمام الكبير الشهير أبي محمد عبد الله بن أبي زيد المالكي ذكرها في صدر كتابه الرسالة}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جيتوڻيڪ ابن الجوزي [[حنبلي]] فقه سان لاڳاپيل هو، پر هو ٻين ڪيترن حنبلي عالمن وانگر [[علم ڪلام]] جي ماهرن ([[متڪلم]]) کي مڪمل طور رد نه ڪندو هو. هو ضرورت ۽ مخاطب جي حالت موجب [[علم ڪلام]] ۽ [[تأويل]] کي قبول ڪندو هو ۽ مناسب موقعن تي انهن مان استدلال پڻ ڪندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;/&gt;

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:اسلامي شخصيتون]]
[[زمرو:سلف]]
[[زمرو:محدث]]
[[زمرو:1116ع جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:1110ع جي ڏهاڪي جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:Articles with short description]]</text>
      <sha1>cbrdloqxs5oyym06m3y4jvh8x8l2las</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401107</id>
      <parentid>401106</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T03:48:29Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401107</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="27331" sha1="hzu0bmyiooi6sql8zrmgy130nnjdjgp" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ٻارهين صديءَ جو مسلم عالم، محدث، مؤرخ ۽ فقيه}}


{{Infobox religious biography
| religion           = [[اسلام]]
| era                = [[اسلامي سنهري دور]]
| image              =
| caption            =
| name               = ابن الجوزي
| title              = [[شيخ الاسلام]]&lt;ref&gt;Al-Dhahabi, Siyar A'lam al-Nubala'.&lt;/ref&gt;
| birth_date         = لڳ ڀڳ 510هه / 1116ع
| birth_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| death_date         = 12 رمضان 597هه / 16 جون 1201ع (لڳ ڀڳ 87 ورهين جي عمر ۾)
| death_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| denomination       = [[سني اسلام]]
| creed              = [[اشعريت]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جي. اي. بوائل]]|title=The Cambridge History of Iran|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=16yHq5v3QZAC|volume=5 of The Saljuq and Mongol Periods|publisher=[[ڪيمبرج يونيورسٽي پريس]]|date=1968|page=299}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جبريل فؤاد حداد]]|title=The Biographies of the Elite Lives of the Scholars, Imams &amp; Hadith Masters|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=RwPnCAAAQBAJ&amp;pg=PA226|date=2015|publisher=[[اس السنة فائونڊيشن آف آمريڪا]]|page=226}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=[[ابن الأحدل]]|editor=Ahmad Bakīr Mahmud|url=https://archive.org/download/kalam-misc/kashful-ghitaa.pdf|title=كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد|language=ar|location=[[تيونس]]|publisher=[[تيونسي جنرل ليبر يونين]]|year=1964|page=83}}&lt;/ref&gt;
| jurisprudence      = [[حنبلي]]
| main_interests     = [[تاريخ]]، [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]
| notable_works      = [[كتاب أخبار الصفات]]
| influenced         = &lt;small&gt;[[عبد الغني المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[سبط ابن الجوزي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Robinson:2003:XV&quot;&gt;Robinson:2003:XV&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ابن قدامه المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ضياء الدين المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Al-Jawzi&quot;&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |title=Ibn Al-Jawzi |publisher=Sunnah.org |access-date=2013-11-28 |archive-date=2020-02-22 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200222230613/http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/small&gt;
| father             = علي بن محمد الجوزي
| children           = يوسف بن عبدالرحمٰن الجوزي
| birth_name         = عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري
| lineage            = [[آل بڪر]]
| native_name        = ابن الجوزي
| native_name_lang   = ar
}}

'''ابو الفرج جمال الدين عبدالرحمٰن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد الجوزي'''، جيڪو عام طور تي '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي{{Efn|{{langx|ar|أبو الفرج جمال الدين عبد الرحمن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد}}; Abū al-Faraj ʿAbd al-Raḥmān ibn ʿAlī ibn Muḥammad ibn al-Jawzī}}&lt;ref&gt;The Beginning and the End: Imad al-Din Abu al-Fida Ismail ibn Umar ibn Katheer al-Dimashqi.&lt;/ref&gt; (لڳ ڀڳ 1116ع – 16 جون 1201ع)، هڪ [[مسلمان]] [[فقيه]]، [[واعظ]]، [[خطيب]]، [[فرقن جو مؤرخ]]، [[علم الحديث|محدث]]، [[مؤرخ]]، [[قاضي]]، [[اوليائن جي سوانح نگار]] ۽ [[لسانيات دان]] هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot; /&gt; هن ٻارهين صديءَ دوران پنهنجي اباڻي شهر [[بغداد]] ۾ [[حنبلي]] [[فقهي مذهب]] جي واڌ ويجهه ۽ اشاعت ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنهنجي علمي، مذهبي ۽ سياسي سرگرمين سان ڀرپور زندگيءَ دوران ابن الجوزي پنهنجي همعصر [[حنبلي]] عالمن ۾ وڏي عزت حاصل ڪئي. هن مسلسل ڪوشش ڪئي ته [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب، جيڪو تاريخي طور چئن وڏن سني فقهي مذهبن مان سڀ کان ننڍو شمار ٿيندو هو، ان کي به [[مالڪي]]، [[شافعي]] ۽ [[حنفي]] مذهبن جي برابر وقار ۽ سرڪاري سرپرستي حاصل ٿئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

{{Infobox saint
|name = '''ابن الجوزي'''
|image = PARSONS(1808) p008 View of Bagdad on the Persian side of the Tigris.jpg
|image_size = 300px
|caption = 1808ع ۾ [[بغداد]] جو منظر؛ ابن الجوزي پنهنجي سموري زندگي ٻارهين صديءَ ۾ هن شهر ۾ گذاري.
|titles = فقيه، واعظ، محدث؛&lt;br /&gt;''شيخ الاسلام''، ''بادشاهن ۽ اميرن جو خطيب''، ''حنبلين جو امام''
|major_shrine = [[بغداد]]، [[عراق]] ۾ سبز گنبذ وارو مقبرو
|venerated_in = [[سني اسلام]]، خاص طور [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب
}}

ابن الجوزي نوجوانيءَ ۾ نهايت اعليٰ تعليم حاصل ڪئي&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ۽ بغداد جي ان دور جي ڪيترن ئي مشهور عالمن کان علم پرايو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع) ۽ [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot;&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 401&lt;/ref&gt;

ايندڙ سالن ۾ سندس علمي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌندي وئي، پر کيس سڀ کان وڌيڪ شهرت [[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ٽيٽيهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ملي. خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب جي سرپرستي سبب ابن الجوزي بغداد جي اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ کيس شهر ۽ ان جي ڀرپاسي ۾ وڏي عوامي ميڙ کي خطاب ڪرڻ جي آزادي ۽ سرپرستي حاصل هئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt;

المستضي جي دور ۾ پنهنجي اڪثر وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي مضبوط حمايت ڪئي ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، جن کي هو دين ۾ گمراهه يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ساڳئي وقت سندس علمي حيثيت پڻ وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ هن بغداد جي ڪيترين اهم [[مدرسو|مدرسن]] ۽ علمي ادارن جي انتظام ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ان کان علاوه هن غيرمعمولي تعداد ۾ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪيا، جنهن سبب کيس اسلامي تاريخ جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ زرخيز مصنفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

محققن موجب ابن الجوزي جو علمي سرمايو، جيڪو مختصر رسالن کان وٺي وڏن ڪتابن تائين پکڙيل آهي، اسلامي علمن جي تقريباً سڀني اهم شعبن تي مشتمل آهي، جن ۾ [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]، [[تاريخ]]، [[عقيدو]]، [[تصوف]]، [[ادب]] ۽ [[لسانيات]] شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

==خانداني پسمنظر ۽ زندگي==

عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري التيمي القرشي، جيڪو '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور ٿيو، 507هه کان 512هه (1113ع کان 1119ع) جي وچ واري عرصي ۾ [[بغداد]] ۾ هڪ خوشحال ۽ معزز خاندان ۾ ڄائو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; سندس خاندان جو نسب [[ابو بڪر صديق]] تائين پهچندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn al-Jawzi, ''Sincere Counsel to the Seekers of Sacred Knowledge'', Daar Us-Sunnah Publications Birmingham (2011), p. 88&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 399–434; Merlin Swartz, ''Ibn al-Jawzī’s'' Kitāb al-Quṣṣāṣ wa-’l-mudhakkirīn, Recherches publiées sous la direction de l’Institut de lettres orientales de Beyrouth, Série 1, Pensée arabe et musulmane, 47 (Beirut: Dar el-Machreq, 1971), 15.&lt;/ref&gt; سندس نسب هن ريت بيان ڪيو وڃي ٿو: عبدالرحمٰن بن علي بن محمد بن علي بن عبيدالله بن عبدالله بن حمادي بن احمد بن محمد بن جعفر الجوزي بن عبدالله بن القاسم بن النضر بن القاسم بن محمد بن عبدالله بن عبدالرحمٰن بن [[قاسم بن محمد بن ابي بڪر]] بن [[محمد بن ابي بڪر]] بن [[ابو بڪر صديق]] التيمي القرشي.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot;&gt;{{Cite book |last=Ibn Khalid |first=Ayman |title=Seeds of Admonishment and Reform |publisher=Dar As-Sunnah Publishers |year=2013 |isbn=1904336396 |edition=1st |location=Brimmingham |pages=17-18}}&lt;/ref&gt;

سندس نائين پيڙهيءَ جو ڏاڏو جعفر بن عبدالله البڪري '''الجوزي''' جي لقب سان مشهور هو، جنهن مان خاندان جو نالو &quot;الجوزي&quot; نڪتو. سندس خاندان ٽامي جي واپار سبب خوشحال ٿيو، تنهنڪري ابن الجوزي آسودگيءَ واري ماحول ۾ پرورش ورتي.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt;

سندس والدين کيس پنهنجي دور جي سڀني اهم علمن ۾ جامع تعليم ڏني.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;&gt;{{EI2|last=Laoust |first=H. | title=Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī | volume = 3 | pages = 751–752 | doi=10.1163/1573-3912_islam_SIM_3139}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن ڪيترن ئي مشهور استادن کان علم حاصل ڪيو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع)، [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع)، ابو الفضل بن الناصر (وفات 1155ع)، ابو حڪيم النهرواني (وفات 1161ع) ۽ [[ابو يعلى الصغير]] (وفات 1163ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot; /&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot; /&gt;

انهن استادن کان علاوه ابن الجوزي ڪيترن ئي اهڙن عالمن جي تصنيفن کان پڻ گهڻو متاثر ٿيو، جن سان سندس سڌي ملاقات نه ٿي. انهن ۾ [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] (وفات 1038ع)، [[الخطيب البغدادي]] (وفات 1071ع) ۽ مشهور حنبلي عالم [[ابن عقيل]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 1120ع) شامل هئا. ابن الجوزي پنهنجي بعد وارين تحريرن ۾ ابن عقيل جي ڪن خيالن جي واکاڻ به ڪئي ۽ ڪن تي تنقيد پڻ ڪئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot; /&gt;

عقيدي جي لحاظ کان هو [[اشعريت]] جو پيروڪار هو، جيڪا ڳالهه کيس ڪيترن ئي همعصر حنبلي عالمن کان ممتاز بڻائي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot;&gt;{{cite book|last=Boyle|first=J.A.|title=The Cambridge History of Iran, Vol. 5: The Saljuq and Mongol Periods (Volume 5)|date=January 1, 1968|publisher=Cambridge University Press|pages=299}}&lt;/ref&gt; پنهنجي ابتدائي تصنيفن ۾ هن [[علم الكلام]] ۾ بيجا فلسفياتي بحثن ۽ خاص طور ڪجهه صوفين جي نون فڪري لاڙن تي تنقيد ڪئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot; /&gt;

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي عملي علمي زندگيءَ جي شروعات [[المقتفي]] (وفات 1160ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ايڪتاليهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ڪئي. خليفي جو حنبلي وزير [[ابن هبيره]] سندس علمي سرپرستن مان هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; ابن الجوزي شروعات ۾ پنهنجي استاد ابو حڪيم النهرواني وٽ ٻن مدرسن ۾ حنبلي فقه پڙهائڻ ۾ معاون طور ڪم ڪيو، ۽ 1161ع ۾ استاد جي وفات کان پوءِ انهن ٻنهي مدرسن جو صدر مدرس مقرر ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 404&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان ڪجهه اڳ ئي وزير ابن هبيره کيس هر جمعي پنهنجي رهائشگاهه تي عوامي وعظ ڪرڻ جي مڪمل آزادي ڏني هئي، جنهن سان سندس خطابت جي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌڻ لڳي.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 402&lt;/ref&gt; المقتفي جي وفات کان پوءِ نئين خليفي [[المستنجد]] (وفات 1170ع) کيس بغداد جي خليفي واري جامع مسجد ۾ وعظ ڪرڻ لاءِ مقرر ڪيو، خاص طور [[نور الدين زنگي]] جي [[فاطمي خلافت]] خلاف مهمن دوران.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; انهن وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي ڀرپور حمايت ڪندو هو ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪندو هو، جن کي هو بدعتي يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو. هو انهن فقيهن تي به اعتراض ڪندو هو، جيڪي پنهنجي فقهي مذهب جي بي سوچ تقليد ڪندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;

[[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع) جي دور ۾ ابن الجوزي بغداد جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب سان خاص وابستگي سبب کيس سڄي بغداد ۾ وعظ ۽ تبليغ ڪرڻ جي مڪمل آزادي حاصل ٿي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; 1172ع کان 1173ع تائين سندس مسلسل وعظن کيس بغداد جو سڀ کان ممتاز عالم بڻائي ڇڏيو. سندس غيرمعمولي خطابت کان متاثر ٿي خليفي مسجد ۾ خاص طور سندس لاءِ هڪ منبر (دِڪَّة) به تعمير ڪرايو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;

1179ع تائين ابن الجوزي ڏيڍ سئو کان وڌيڪ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪري چڪو هو ۽ ساڳئي وقت بغداد جي پنجن مختلف مدرسن جي نگراني پڻ ڪندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; انهيءَ عرصي دوران هن خليفي المستضي کي صلاح ڏني ته [[امام احمد بن حنبل]] جي مزار تي هڪ ڪتبو لڳايو وڃي، جنهن ۾ کيس &quot;امام&quot; جي لقب سان ياد ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Kat̲h̲īr, ''Bidāya'', Cairo 1351-8/1932-9, xii, 28–30&lt;/ref&gt;

بعد ۾ جڏهن [[الناصر لدين الله]] (وفات 1235ع) خلافت تي ويٺو، تڏهن شروعات ۾ ابن الجوزي جا تعلقات سندس حنبلي وزير ابن يونس (وفات 1197ع) ذريعي سٺا رهيا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; پر ابن يونس جي معزولي ۽ گرفتاري کان پوءِ خليفي [[ابن القصاب]] نالي هڪ شيعي وزير کي مقرر ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; تاريخي ذريعن ۾ ان جا واضح سبب بيان ناهن، پر آخرڪار الناصر ابن الجوزي کي پنجن سالن تائين نظر بند رکڻ جو حڪم ڏنو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; هڪ راءِ موجب، ابن الجوزي خليفي جي هڪ سرڪاري پاليسيءَ تي تنقيدي رد لکيو هو، جنهن سبب ٻنهي جا تعلقات خراب ٿي ويا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنجن سالن جي نظر بندي کان پوءِ خليفي جي والده [[زمرد خاتون]]، جيڪا نهايت پرهيزگار عورت سمجهي ويندي هئي، پنهنجي پٽ کي ابن الجوزي جي آزاديءَ لاءِ راضي ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; آزادي حاصل ڪرڻ کان ٿوري ئي عرصي پوءِ ابن الجوزي بغداد ۾ وفات ڪئي. ان وقت سندس عمر لڳ ڀڳ چوهتر ورهيه بيان ڪئي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

== خيال ۽ فڪر ==

=== مناظرا ۽ رد ===

ابن الجوزي هڪ مشهور [[مناظره نگار]] هو،&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ۽ هو انهن سڀني ماڻهن جي تصنيفن تي سخت تنقيد ڪندو هو، جن کي هو دين ۾ [[بدعت]] پيدا ڪندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ٻين فڪري مڪتبن تي سندس تنقيد سڀ کان وڌيڪ سندس ڪتاب ''تلبيس إبليس''، يعني ''شيطان جو دوکو''، ۾ نظر اچي ٿي، جيڪو حنبلي مناظراتي ادب جي اهم تصنيفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; هن ڪتاب ۾ هن نه رڳو [[سني اسلام]] کان ٻاهر موجود ڪيترن فرقن، جهڙوڪ [[معتزله]] ۽ [[خوارج]]، تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، پر سني اسلام جي اندر موجود انهن فڪري ڌرين تي پڻ اعتراض ڪيو، جن بابت سندس خيال هو ته اهي صحيح راهه کان هٽي ويون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

هن ڪتاب ۾ پنهنجي دور جي ڪجهه گمراهه صوفين بابت ابن الجوزي جي تنقيدي بيانن سبب، روايتي [[تصوف]] جي مخالفت ڪندڙ ڪجهه جديد مسلمان تحريڪون، جهڙوڪ [[سلفيت]] ۽ [[وهابيت]]، پنهنجي موقف جي حمايت لاءِ هن تصنيف مان حوالا ڏينديون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; تنهن هوندي به، محققن موجب ابن الجوزي تصوف کي مجموعي طور رد نه ڪيو؛ هو پنهنجي لکڻين ۾ قديم، پاڪيزه تصوف ۽ صوفي عملن ۾ داخل ٿيل انهن رواجن جي وچ ۾ واضح فرق ڪندو هو، جن کي هو بگاڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot;/&gt; انهيءَ ڪري اهو ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته سندس دور جي ڪجهه صوفي جماعتن تي ڪيل تنقيد جو مقصد سڄي تصوف جي مذمت ڪرڻ نه هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

=== تبرڪات ===

ابن الجوزي ذاتي عبادت ۽ عقيدت ۾ [[محمد جا تبرڪات|رسول الله ﷺ جي تبرڪات]] جي استعمال جو مضبوط حامي هو ۽ انهن وسيلي [[برڪت]] حاصل ڪرڻ کي جائز سمجهندو هو. هن موقف جو ثبوت سندس طرفان ان روايت کي قبوليت سان نقل ڪرڻ مان ملي ٿو، جيڪا [[احمد بن حنبل]] جي پٽ عبدالله بيان ڪئي هئي. عبدالله پنهنجي والد جي رسول الله ﷺ جي تبرڪات سان عقيدت بابت چيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;مون پنهنجي والد کي ڏٺو ته هن رسول الله ﷺ جو هڪ وار ورتو، ان کي پنهنجي وات تي رکي چمي ڏني. شايد مون کيس اهو وار پنهنجي اکين تي رکندي، پوءِ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي اهو پاڻي شفا جي نيت سان پيئندي به ڏٺو هجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Jawzī, 2016 p. 89&quot;&gt;Ibn al-Jawzī, ''The Life of Ibn Hanbal'', XXIV.2, trans. Michael Cooperson (New York: New York University Press, 2016), p. 89&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;

ساڳئي طرح ابن الجوزي، احمد بن حنبل جي ان عمل جي پڻ تعريف ڪئي ته هن برڪت حاصل ڪرڻ جي نيت سان رسول الله ﷺ جي استعمال ڪيل پيالي مان پاڻي پيتو، جيتوڻيڪ فني لحاظ کان اهو ٻئي درجي جو تبرڪ شمار ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Jawzī, 2016 p. 89&quot;/&gt;

=== اولياءَ ===

ابن الجوزي [[ولي|اولياءَ]] جي وجود بابت روايتي ۽ وڏي پيماني تي قبوليل اسلامي عقيدي جو حامي هو. اهو موقف سندس ابتدائي مسلمان صوفي اولياءَ جي زندگين بابت مشهور ڪتاب ''صفة الصفوة''، يعني ''برگزيدن جون صفتون''، مان پڻ ظاهر ٿئي ٿو. هي ڪتاب اصل ۾ [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] (وفات 1038ع) جي ''حلية الأولياء''، يعني ''اولياءَ جو سينگار''، جو اختصار آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

هن تصنيف ۾ ابن الجوزي ڪيترن اهم صوفين ۽ زاهدن جي کليل لفظن ۾ تعريف ڪئي، جن ۾ [[حسن بصري]] (وفات 728ع)، [[ابراهيم بن ادهم]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 782ع)، [[سفيان ثوري]] (وفات 778ع)، [[رابعه بصري]] (وفات 801ع)، [[معروف ڪرخي]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 820ع) ۽ [[بشر حافي]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 850ع) شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

جيتوڻيڪ ابن الجوزي انهن ٺڳن تي تنقيد ڪئي، جيڪي پاڻ کي ڪوڙو درويش يا بزرگ ظاهر ڪندا هئا، پر هن صاف لفظن ۾ چيو ته سچا اولياءَ صحيح عقيدي، عمل ۽ شريعت جي مخالفت نٿا ڪن.&lt;ref&gt;Jonathan A. C. Brown, &quot;Faithful Dissenters: Sunni Skepticism about the Miracles of Saints,&quot; ''Journal of Sufi Studies'' 1 (2012), p. 162&lt;/ref&gt; اولياءَ بابت ابن الجوزي چيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;اولياءَ ۽ صالح ماڻهو ئي سموري وجود جو اصل مقصد آهن (''الأولياء والصالحون هم المقصود من الكون''). اهي اهي ماڻهو آهن، جن علم جي حقيقت کي سکيو ۽ ان تي عمل ڪيو... اهي پنهنجي علم موجب عمل ڪن ٿا، دنيا مان ٿوري شيءِ تي گذارو ڪن ٿا، آخرت جا طالب رهن ٿا ۽ هڪ جهان کان ٻئي جهان ڏانهن وڃڻ لاءِ بيدار اکين ۽ سٺي توشي سان تيار رهن ٿا؛ ان جي ابتڙ اهي ماڻهو آهن، جيڪي رڳو پنهنجي علم سبب مشهور هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn al-Jawzi, ''Sifat al-safwa'' (Beirut ed. 1989/1409) p. 13, 17.&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;

=== تصوف ===

ابن الجوزي جو خيال هو ته [[تصوف]] يا ''تَصَوُّف'' اسلامي عمل جو هڪ لازمي حصو آهي. محققن موجب سندس ڪتاب ''تلبيس إبليس''، جنهن ۾ [[تفسير]] ۽ [[فقه]] سميت تقريباً سڀني اهم اسلامي علمن ۾ پيدا ٿيل بدعتن تي تنقيد ڪئي وئي آهي، ڪنهن به صورت ۾ سڄي تصوف جو رد نه آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.abc.se/home/m9783/ir/f/ts/Tasawwuf%20shuyukh.htm#18|title=Error404}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان جي ابتڙ، هن ابتدائي صوفين ۽ اولياءَ جي فضيلتن بابت ڪيترائي ڪتاب لکيا، جن ۾ ''مناقب رابعه العدويه''، ''مناقب معروف الڪرخي''، ''مناقب ابراهيم بن ادهم'' ۽ ''مناقب بشر الحافي'' سميت ٻيون تصنيفون شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

ابن الجوزي [[ابو حامد غزالي]] جي تعليمات جو پڻ مضبوط حامي هو، ۽ تصوف بابت سندس ڪيترين تصنيفن تي غزالي جي مشهور ڪتاب ''[[احياء علوم الدين]]'' جو اثر نظر اچي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt; حقيقت ۾ ابن الجوزي نه رڳو ساڳين موضوعن تي لکيو، پر ڪيترين جاين تي غزالي جي لکڻيءَ جي طريقي ۽ اصطلاحن کي پڻ اختيار ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي روحاني تصنيفن ۾ جن موضوعن تي بحث ڪيو، تن ۾ خدا ڏانهن شديد شوق جي معنيٰ، پنهنجي [[نفس]] کان ان جي عملن جو حساب وٺڻ، نفس جي ڪمزورين تي ملامت ڪرڻ ۽ نفس جي اصلاح لاءِ ان کي سخت تنبيه ڪرڻ شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

== عقيدو ==

[[بدر الدين اَهدل|ابن الاهدل]] (وفات: 855هه/1451ع) پنهنجي ڪتاب ''ڪشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد'' ({{lang|ar|كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد}}) ۾ ابن الجوزي کي [[اشعريت|اشعري]] عالمن مان شمار ڪيو آهي، ۽ ان سلسلي ۾ هن [[عبدالقادر جيلاني]] جو پڻ ذڪر ڪيو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=[[ابن الاهدل]]|editor=Ahmad Bakīr Mahmud|url=https://archive.org/download/kalam-misc/kashful-ghitaa.pdf|title=Kashf al-Ghata' 'an Haqa'iq al-Tawhid|script-title=ar:كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد|language=ar|location=[[تيونس]]|publisher=[[Tunisian General Labour Union]]|year=1964|page=83|quote=وكل هؤلاء الذين ذكرنا عقائدهم من أئمة الشافعية سوى القرشي والشاذلي فمالكيان أشعريان. ولنتبع ذلك بعقيدة المالكية وعقيدتين للحنفية ليعلم أن غالب أهل هذين المذهبين على مذهب الأشعري في العقائد، '''وبعض الحنبلية في الفروع يكونون على مذهب الأشعري في العقائد كالشيخ عبد القادر الجيلاني وابن الجوزي وغيرهما رضي الله عنهم.''' وقد تقدم وسيأتي أيضاً أن الأشعري والإمام أحمد كانا في الاعتقاد متفقين حتى حدث الخلاف من أتباعه القائلين بالحرف والصوت والجهة وغير ذلك فلهذا لم نذكر عقائد المخالفين واقتصرنا على عقائد أصحابنا الأشعرية ومن وافقهم من المالكية والحنفية رضي الله عنهم. فأما عقيدة المالكية فهي تأليف الشيخ الإمام الكبير الشهير أبي محمد عبد الله بن أبي زيد المالكي ذكرها في صدر كتابه الرسالة}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جيتوڻيڪ ابن الجوزي [[حنبلي]] فقه سان لاڳاپيل هو، پر هو ٻين ڪيترن حنبلي عالمن وانگر [[علم ڪلام]] جي ماهرن ([[متڪلم]]) کي مڪمل طور رد نه ڪندو هو. هو ضرورت ۽ مخاطب جي حالت موجب [[علم ڪلام]] ۽ [[تأويل]] کي قبول ڪندو هو ۽ مناسب موقعن تي انهن مان استدلال پڻ ڪندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;/&gt;

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:اسلامي شخصيتون]]
[[زمرو:سلف]]
[[زمرو:محدث]]
[[زمرو:1116ع جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:1110ع جي ڏهاڪي جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:Articles with short description]]</text>
      <sha1>hzu0bmyiooi6sql8zrmgy130nnjdjgp</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401108</id>
      <parentid>401107</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T03:49:39Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401108</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="31273" sha1="kc8gkbqd9kw24twqrwev7zb9drmkhma" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ٻارهين صديءَ جو مسلم عالم، محدث، مؤرخ ۽ فقيه}}


{{Infobox religious biography
| religion           = [[اسلام]]
| era                = [[اسلامي سنهري دور]]
| image              =
| caption            =
| name               = ابن الجوزي
| title              = [[شيخ الاسلام]]&lt;ref&gt;Al-Dhahabi, Siyar A'lam al-Nubala'.&lt;/ref&gt;
| birth_date         = لڳ ڀڳ 510هه / 1116ع
| birth_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| death_date         = 12 رمضان 597هه / 16 جون 1201ع (لڳ ڀڳ 87 ورهين جي عمر ۾)
| death_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| denomination       = [[سني اسلام]]
| creed              = [[اشعريت]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جي. اي. بوائل]]|title=The Cambridge History of Iran|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=16yHq5v3QZAC|volume=5 of The Saljuq and Mongol Periods|publisher=[[ڪيمبرج يونيورسٽي پريس]]|date=1968|page=299}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جبريل فؤاد حداد]]|title=The Biographies of the Elite Lives of the Scholars, Imams &amp; Hadith Masters|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=RwPnCAAAQBAJ&amp;pg=PA226|date=2015|publisher=[[اس السنة فائونڊيشن آف آمريڪا]]|page=226}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=[[ابن الأحدل]]|editor=Ahmad Bakīr Mahmud|url=https://archive.org/download/kalam-misc/kashful-ghitaa.pdf|title=كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد|language=ar|location=[[تيونس]]|publisher=[[تيونسي جنرل ليبر يونين]]|year=1964|page=83}}&lt;/ref&gt;
| jurisprudence      = [[حنبلي]]
| main_interests     = [[تاريخ]]، [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]
| notable_works      = [[كتاب أخبار الصفات]]
| influenced         = &lt;small&gt;[[عبد الغني المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[سبط ابن الجوزي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Robinson:2003:XV&quot;&gt;Robinson:2003:XV&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ابن قدامه المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ضياء الدين المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Al-Jawzi&quot;&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |title=Ibn Al-Jawzi |publisher=Sunnah.org |access-date=2013-11-28 |archive-date=2020-02-22 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200222230613/http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/small&gt;
| father             = علي بن محمد الجوزي
| children           = يوسف بن عبدالرحمٰن الجوزي
| birth_name         = عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري
| lineage            = [[آل بڪر]]
| native_name        = ابن الجوزي
| native_name_lang   = ar
}}

'''ابو الفرج جمال الدين عبدالرحمٰن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد الجوزي'''، جيڪو عام طور تي '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي{{Efn|{{langx|ar|أبو الفرج جمال الدين عبد الرحمن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد}}; Abū al-Faraj ʿAbd al-Raḥmān ibn ʿAlī ibn Muḥammad ibn al-Jawzī}}&lt;ref&gt;The Beginning and the End: Imad al-Din Abu al-Fida Ismail ibn Umar ibn Katheer al-Dimashqi.&lt;/ref&gt; (لڳ ڀڳ 1116ع – 16 جون 1201ع)، هڪ [[مسلمان]] [[فقيه]]، [[واعظ]]، [[خطيب]]، [[فرقن جو مؤرخ]]، [[علم الحديث|محدث]]، [[مؤرخ]]، [[قاضي]]، [[اوليائن جي سوانح نگار]] ۽ [[لسانيات دان]] هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot; /&gt; هن ٻارهين صديءَ دوران پنهنجي اباڻي شهر [[بغداد]] ۾ [[حنبلي]] [[فقهي مذهب]] جي واڌ ويجهه ۽ اشاعت ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنهنجي علمي، مذهبي ۽ سياسي سرگرمين سان ڀرپور زندگيءَ دوران ابن الجوزي پنهنجي همعصر [[حنبلي]] عالمن ۾ وڏي عزت حاصل ڪئي. هن مسلسل ڪوشش ڪئي ته [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب، جيڪو تاريخي طور چئن وڏن سني فقهي مذهبن مان سڀ کان ننڍو شمار ٿيندو هو، ان کي به [[مالڪي]]، [[شافعي]] ۽ [[حنفي]] مذهبن جي برابر وقار ۽ سرڪاري سرپرستي حاصل ٿئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

{{Infobox saint
|name = '''ابن الجوزي'''
|image = PARSONS(1808) p008 View of Bagdad on the Persian side of the Tigris.jpg
|image_size = 300px
|caption = 1808ع ۾ [[بغداد]] جو منظر؛ ابن الجوزي پنهنجي سموري زندگي ٻارهين صديءَ ۾ هن شهر ۾ گذاري.
|titles = فقيه، واعظ، محدث؛&lt;br /&gt;''شيخ الاسلام''، ''بادشاهن ۽ اميرن جو خطيب''، ''حنبلين جو امام''
|major_shrine = [[بغداد]]، [[عراق]] ۾ سبز گنبذ وارو مقبرو
|venerated_in = [[سني اسلام]]، خاص طور [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب
}}

ابن الجوزي نوجوانيءَ ۾ نهايت اعليٰ تعليم حاصل ڪئي&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ۽ بغداد جي ان دور جي ڪيترن ئي مشهور عالمن کان علم پرايو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع) ۽ [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot;&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 401&lt;/ref&gt;

ايندڙ سالن ۾ سندس علمي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌندي وئي، پر کيس سڀ کان وڌيڪ شهرت [[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ٽيٽيهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ملي. خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب جي سرپرستي سبب ابن الجوزي بغداد جي اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ کيس شهر ۽ ان جي ڀرپاسي ۾ وڏي عوامي ميڙ کي خطاب ڪرڻ جي آزادي ۽ سرپرستي حاصل هئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt;

المستضي جي دور ۾ پنهنجي اڪثر وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي مضبوط حمايت ڪئي ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، جن کي هو دين ۾ گمراهه يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ساڳئي وقت سندس علمي حيثيت پڻ وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ هن بغداد جي ڪيترين اهم [[مدرسو|مدرسن]] ۽ علمي ادارن جي انتظام ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ان کان علاوه هن غيرمعمولي تعداد ۾ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪيا، جنهن سبب کيس اسلامي تاريخ جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ زرخيز مصنفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

محققن موجب ابن الجوزي جو علمي سرمايو، جيڪو مختصر رسالن کان وٺي وڏن ڪتابن تائين پکڙيل آهي، اسلامي علمن جي تقريباً سڀني اهم شعبن تي مشتمل آهي، جن ۾ [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]، [[تاريخ]]، [[عقيدو]]، [[تصوف]]، [[ادب]] ۽ [[لسانيات]] شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

==خانداني پسمنظر ۽ زندگي==

عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري التيمي القرشي، جيڪو '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور ٿيو، 507هه کان 512هه (1113ع کان 1119ع) جي وچ واري عرصي ۾ [[بغداد]] ۾ هڪ خوشحال ۽ معزز خاندان ۾ ڄائو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; سندس خاندان جو نسب [[ابو بڪر صديق]] تائين پهچندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn al-Jawzi, ''Sincere Counsel to the Seekers of Sacred Knowledge'', Daar Us-Sunnah Publications Birmingham (2011), p. 88&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 399–434; Merlin Swartz, ''Ibn al-Jawzī’s'' Kitāb al-Quṣṣāṣ wa-’l-mudhakkirīn, Recherches publiées sous la direction de l’Institut de lettres orientales de Beyrouth, Série 1, Pensée arabe et musulmane, 47 (Beirut: Dar el-Machreq, 1971), 15.&lt;/ref&gt; سندس نسب هن ريت بيان ڪيو وڃي ٿو: عبدالرحمٰن بن علي بن محمد بن علي بن عبيدالله بن عبدالله بن حمادي بن احمد بن محمد بن جعفر الجوزي بن عبدالله بن القاسم بن النضر بن القاسم بن محمد بن عبدالله بن عبدالرحمٰن بن [[قاسم بن محمد بن ابي بڪر]] بن [[محمد بن ابي بڪر]] بن [[ابو بڪر صديق]] التيمي القرشي.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot;&gt;{{Cite book |last=Ibn Khalid |first=Ayman |title=Seeds of Admonishment and Reform |publisher=Dar As-Sunnah Publishers |year=2013 |isbn=1904336396 |edition=1st |location=Brimmingham |pages=17-18}}&lt;/ref&gt;

سندس نائين پيڙهيءَ جو ڏاڏو جعفر بن عبدالله البڪري '''الجوزي''' جي لقب سان مشهور هو، جنهن مان خاندان جو نالو &quot;الجوزي&quot; نڪتو. سندس خاندان ٽامي جي واپار سبب خوشحال ٿيو، تنهنڪري ابن الجوزي آسودگيءَ واري ماحول ۾ پرورش ورتي.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt;

سندس والدين کيس پنهنجي دور جي سڀني اهم علمن ۾ جامع تعليم ڏني.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;&gt;{{EI2|last=Laoust |first=H. | title=Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī | volume = 3 | pages = 751–752 | doi=10.1163/1573-3912_islam_SIM_3139}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن ڪيترن ئي مشهور استادن کان علم حاصل ڪيو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع)، [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع)، ابو الفضل بن الناصر (وفات 1155ع)، ابو حڪيم النهرواني (وفات 1161ع) ۽ [[ابو يعلى الصغير]] (وفات 1163ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot; /&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot; /&gt;

انهن استادن کان علاوه ابن الجوزي ڪيترن ئي اهڙن عالمن جي تصنيفن کان پڻ گهڻو متاثر ٿيو، جن سان سندس سڌي ملاقات نه ٿي. انهن ۾ [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] (وفات 1038ع)، [[الخطيب البغدادي]] (وفات 1071ع) ۽ مشهور حنبلي عالم [[ابن عقيل]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 1120ع) شامل هئا. ابن الجوزي پنهنجي بعد وارين تحريرن ۾ ابن عقيل جي ڪن خيالن جي واکاڻ به ڪئي ۽ ڪن تي تنقيد پڻ ڪئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot; /&gt;

عقيدي جي لحاظ کان هو [[اشعريت]] جو پيروڪار هو، جيڪا ڳالهه کيس ڪيترن ئي همعصر حنبلي عالمن کان ممتاز بڻائي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot;&gt;{{cite book|last=Boyle|first=J.A.|title=The Cambridge History of Iran, Vol. 5: The Saljuq and Mongol Periods (Volume 5)|date=January 1, 1968|publisher=Cambridge University Press|pages=299}}&lt;/ref&gt; پنهنجي ابتدائي تصنيفن ۾ هن [[علم الكلام]] ۾ بيجا فلسفياتي بحثن ۽ خاص طور ڪجهه صوفين جي نون فڪري لاڙن تي تنقيد ڪئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot; /&gt;

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي عملي علمي زندگيءَ جي شروعات [[المقتفي]] (وفات 1160ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ايڪتاليهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ڪئي. خليفي جو حنبلي وزير [[ابن هبيره]] سندس علمي سرپرستن مان هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; ابن الجوزي شروعات ۾ پنهنجي استاد ابو حڪيم النهرواني وٽ ٻن مدرسن ۾ حنبلي فقه پڙهائڻ ۾ معاون طور ڪم ڪيو، ۽ 1161ع ۾ استاد جي وفات کان پوءِ انهن ٻنهي مدرسن جو صدر مدرس مقرر ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 404&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان ڪجهه اڳ ئي وزير ابن هبيره کيس هر جمعي پنهنجي رهائشگاهه تي عوامي وعظ ڪرڻ جي مڪمل آزادي ڏني هئي، جنهن سان سندس خطابت جي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌڻ لڳي.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 402&lt;/ref&gt; المقتفي جي وفات کان پوءِ نئين خليفي [[المستنجد]] (وفات 1170ع) کيس بغداد جي خليفي واري جامع مسجد ۾ وعظ ڪرڻ لاءِ مقرر ڪيو، خاص طور [[نور الدين زنگي]] جي [[فاطمي خلافت]] خلاف مهمن دوران.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; انهن وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي ڀرپور حمايت ڪندو هو ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪندو هو، جن کي هو بدعتي يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو. هو انهن فقيهن تي به اعتراض ڪندو هو، جيڪي پنهنجي فقهي مذهب جي بي سوچ تقليد ڪندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;

[[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع) جي دور ۾ ابن الجوزي بغداد جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب سان خاص وابستگي سبب کيس سڄي بغداد ۾ وعظ ۽ تبليغ ڪرڻ جي مڪمل آزادي حاصل ٿي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; 1172ع کان 1173ع تائين سندس مسلسل وعظن کيس بغداد جو سڀ کان ممتاز عالم بڻائي ڇڏيو. سندس غيرمعمولي خطابت کان متاثر ٿي خليفي مسجد ۾ خاص طور سندس لاءِ هڪ منبر (دِڪَّة) به تعمير ڪرايو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;

1179ع تائين ابن الجوزي ڏيڍ سئو کان وڌيڪ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪري چڪو هو ۽ ساڳئي وقت بغداد جي پنجن مختلف مدرسن جي نگراني پڻ ڪندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; انهيءَ عرصي دوران هن خليفي المستضي کي صلاح ڏني ته [[امام احمد بن حنبل]] جي مزار تي هڪ ڪتبو لڳايو وڃي، جنهن ۾ کيس &quot;امام&quot; جي لقب سان ياد ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Kat̲h̲īr, ''Bidāya'', Cairo 1351-8/1932-9, xii, 28–30&lt;/ref&gt;

بعد ۾ جڏهن [[الناصر لدين الله]] (وفات 1235ع) خلافت تي ويٺو، تڏهن شروعات ۾ ابن الجوزي جا تعلقات سندس حنبلي وزير ابن يونس (وفات 1197ع) ذريعي سٺا رهيا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; پر ابن يونس جي معزولي ۽ گرفتاري کان پوءِ خليفي [[ابن القصاب]] نالي هڪ شيعي وزير کي مقرر ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; تاريخي ذريعن ۾ ان جا واضح سبب بيان ناهن، پر آخرڪار الناصر ابن الجوزي کي پنجن سالن تائين نظر بند رکڻ جو حڪم ڏنو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; هڪ راءِ موجب، ابن الجوزي خليفي جي هڪ سرڪاري پاليسيءَ تي تنقيدي رد لکيو هو، جنهن سبب ٻنهي جا تعلقات خراب ٿي ويا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنجن سالن جي نظر بندي کان پوءِ خليفي جي والده [[زمرد خاتون]]، جيڪا نهايت پرهيزگار عورت سمجهي ويندي هئي، پنهنجي پٽ کي ابن الجوزي جي آزاديءَ لاءِ راضي ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; آزادي حاصل ڪرڻ کان ٿوري ئي عرصي پوءِ ابن الجوزي بغداد ۾ وفات ڪئي. ان وقت سندس عمر لڳ ڀڳ چوهتر ورهيه بيان ڪئي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

== خيال ۽ فڪر ==

=== مناظرا ۽ رد ===

ابن الجوزي هڪ مشهور [[مناظره نگار]] هو،&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ۽ هو انهن سڀني ماڻهن جي تصنيفن تي سخت تنقيد ڪندو هو، جن کي هو دين ۾ [[بدعت]] پيدا ڪندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ٻين فڪري مڪتبن تي سندس تنقيد سڀ کان وڌيڪ سندس ڪتاب ''تلبيس إبليس''، يعني ''شيطان جو دوکو''، ۾ نظر اچي ٿي، جيڪو حنبلي مناظراتي ادب جي اهم تصنيفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; هن ڪتاب ۾ هن نه رڳو [[سني اسلام]] کان ٻاهر موجود ڪيترن فرقن، جهڙوڪ [[معتزله]] ۽ [[خوارج]]، تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، پر سني اسلام جي اندر موجود انهن فڪري ڌرين تي پڻ اعتراض ڪيو، جن بابت سندس خيال هو ته اهي صحيح راهه کان هٽي ويون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

هن ڪتاب ۾ پنهنجي دور جي ڪجهه گمراهه صوفين بابت ابن الجوزي جي تنقيدي بيانن سبب، روايتي [[تصوف]] جي مخالفت ڪندڙ ڪجهه جديد مسلمان تحريڪون، جهڙوڪ [[سلفيت]] ۽ [[وهابيت]]، پنهنجي موقف جي حمايت لاءِ هن تصنيف مان حوالا ڏينديون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; تنهن هوندي به، محققن موجب ابن الجوزي تصوف کي مجموعي طور رد نه ڪيو؛ هو پنهنجي لکڻين ۾ قديم، پاڪيزه تصوف ۽ صوفي عملن ۾ داخل ٿيل انهن رواجن جي وچ ۾ واضح فرق ڪندو هو، جن کي هو بگاڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot;/&gt; انهيءَ ڪري اهو ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته سندس دور جي ڪجهه صوفي جماعتن تي ڪيل تنقيد جو مقصد سڄي تصوف جي مذمت ڪرڻ نه هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

=== تبرڪات ===

ابن الجوزي ذاتي عبادت ۽ عقيدت ۾ [[محمد جا تبرڪات|رسول الله ﷺ جي تبرڪات]] جي استعمال جو مضبوط حامي هو ۽ انهن وسيلي [[برڪت]] حاصل ڪرڻ کي جائز سمجهندو هو. هن موقف جو ثبوت سندس طرفان ان روايت کي قبوليت سان نقل ڪرڻ مان ملي ٿو، جيڪا [[احمد بن حنبل]] جي پٽ عبدالله بيان ڪئي هئي. عبدالله پنهنجي والد جي رسول الله ﷺ جي تبرڪات سان عقيدت بابت چيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;مون پنهنجي والد کي ڏٺو ته هن رسول الله ﷺ جو هڪ وار ورتو، ان کي پنهنجي وات تي رکي چمي ڏني. شايد مون کيس اهو وار پنهنجي اکين تي رکندي، پوءِ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي اهو پاڻي شفا جي نيت سان پيئندي به ڏٺو هجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Jawzī, 2016 p. 89&quot;&gt;Ibn al-Jawzī, ''The Life of Ibn Hanbal'', XXIV.2, trans. Michael Cooperson (New York: New York University Press, 2016), p. 89&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;

ساڳئي طرح ابن الجوزي، احمد بن حنبل جي ان عمل جي پڻ تعريف ڪئي ته هن برڪت حاصل ڪرڻ جي نيت سان رسول الله ﷺ جي استعمال ڪيل پيالي مان پاڻي پيتو، جيتوڻيڪ فني لحاظ کان اهو ٻئي درجي جو تبرڪ شمار ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Jawzī, 2016 p. 89&quot;/&gt;

=== اولياءَ ===

ابن الجوزي [[ولي|اولياءَ]] جي وجود بابت روايتي ۽ وڏي پيماني تي قبوليل اسلامي عقيدي جو حامي هو. اهو موقف سندس ابتدائي مسلمان صوفي اولياءَ جي زندگين بابت مشهور ڪتاب ''صفة الصفوة''، يعني ''برگزيدن جون صفتون''، مان پڻ ظاهر ٿئي ٿو. هي ڪتاب اصل ۾ [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] (وفات 1038ع) جي ''حلية الأولياء''، يعني ''اولياءَ جو سينگار''، جو اختصار آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

هن تصنيف ۾ ابن الجوزي ڪيترن اهم صوفين ۽ زاهدن جي کليل لفظن ۾ تعريف ڪئي، جن ۾ [[حسن بصري]] (وفات 728ع)، [[ابراهيم بن ادهم]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 782ع)، [[سفيان ثوري]] (وفات 778ع)، [[رابعه بصري]] (وفات 801ع)، [[معروف ڪرخي]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 820ع) ۽ [[بشر حافي]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 850ع) شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

جيتوڻيڪ ابن الجوزي انهن ٺڳن تي تنقيد ڪئي، جيڪي پاڻ کي ڪوڙو درويش يا بزرگ ظاهر ڪندا هئا، پر هن صاف لفظن ۾ چيو ته سچا اولياءَ صحيح عقيدي، عمل ۽ شريعت جي مخالفت نٿا ڪن.&lt;ref&gt;Jonathan A. C. Brown, &quot;Faithful Dissenters: Sunni Skepticism about the Miracles of Saints,&quot; ''Journal of Sufi Studies'' 1 (2012), p. 162&lt;/ref&gt; اولياءَ بابت ابن الجوزي چيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;اولياءَ ۽ صالح ماڻهو ئي سموري وجود جو اصل مقصد آهن (''الأولياء والصالحون هم المقصود من الكون''). اهي اهي ماڻهو آهن، جن علم جي حقيقت کي سکيو ۽ ان تي عمل ڪيو... اهي پنهنجي علم موجب عمل ڪن ٿا، دنيا مان ٿوري شيءِ تي گذارو ڪن ٿا، آخرت جا طالب رهن ٿا ۽ هڪ جهان کان ٻئي جهان ڏانهن وڃڻ لاءِ بيدار اکين ۽ سٺي توشي سان تيار رهن ٿا؛ ان جي ابتڙ اهي ماڻهو آهن، جيڪي رڳو پنهنجي علم سبب مشهور هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn al-Jawzi, ''Sifat al-safwa'' (Beirut ed. 1989/1409) p. 13, 17.&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;

=== تصوف ===

ابن الجوزي جو خيال هو ته [[تصوف]] يا ''تَصَوُّف'' اسلامي عمل جو هڪ لازمي حصو آهي. محققن موجب سندس ڪتاب ''تلبيس إبليس''، جنهن ۾ [[تفسير]] ۽ [[فقه]] سميت تقريباً سڀني اهم اسلامي علمن ۾ پيدا ٿيل بدعتن تي تنقيد ڪئي وئي آهي، ڪنهن به صورت ۾ سڄي تصوف جو رد نه آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.abc.se/home/m9783/ir/f/ts/Tasawwuf%20shuyukh.htm#18|title=Error404}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان جي ابتڙ، هن ابتدائي صوفين ۽ اولياءَ جي فضيلتن بابت ڪيترائي ڪتاب لکيا، جن ۾ ''مناقب رابعه العدويه''، ''مناقب معروف الڪرخي''، ''مناقب ابراهيم بن ادهم'' ۽ ''مناقب بشر الحافي'' سميت ٻيون تصنيفون شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

ابن الجوزي [[ابو حامد غزالي]] جي تعليمات جو پڻ مضبوط حامي هو، ۽ تصوف بابت سندس ڪيترين تصنيفن تي غزالي جي مشهور ڪتاب ''[[احياء علوم الدين]]'' جو اثر نظر اچي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt; حقيقت ۾ ابن الجوزي نه رڳو ساڳين موضوعن تي لکيو، پر ڪيترين جاين تي غزالي جي لکڻيءَ جي طريقي ۽ اصطلاحن کي پڻ اختيار ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي روحاني تصنيفن ۾ جن موضوعن تي بحث ڪيو، تن ۾ خدا ڏانهن شديد شوق جي معنيٰ، پنهنجي [[نفس]] کان ان جي عملن جو حساب وٺڻ، نفس جي ڪمزورين تي ملامت ڪرڻ ۽ نفس جي اصلاح لاءِ ان کي سخت تنبيه ڪرڻ شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

== عقيدو ==

[[بدر الدين اَهدل|ابن الاهدل]] (وفات: 855هه/1451ع) پنهنجي ڪتاب ''ڪشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد'' ({{lang|ar|كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد}}) ۾ ابن الجوزي کي [[اشعريت|اشعري]] عالمن مان شمار ڪيو آهي، ۽ ان سلسلي ۾ هن [[عبدالقادر جيلاني]] جو پڻ ذڪر ڪيو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=[[ابن الاهدل]]|editor=Ahmad Bakīr Mahmud|url=https://archive.org/download/kalam-misc/kashful-ghitaa.pdf|title=Kashf al-Ghata' 'an Haqa'iq al-Tawhid|script-title=ar:كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد|language=ar|location=[[تيونس]]|publisher=[[Tunisian General Labour Union]]|year=1964|page=83|quote=وكل هؤلاء الذين ذكرنا عقائدهم من أئمة الشافعية سوى القرشي والشاذلي فمالكيان أشعريان. ولنتبع ذلك بعقيدة المالكية وعقيدتين للحنفية ليعلم أن غالب أهل هذين المذهبين على مذهب الأشعري في العقائد، '''وبعض الحنبلية في الفروع يكونون على مذهب الأشعري في العقائد كالشيخ عبد القادر الجيلاني وابن الجوزي وغيرهما رضي الله عنهم.''' وقد تقدم وسيأتي أيضاً أن الأشعري والإمام أحمد كانا في الاعتقاد متفقين حتى حدث الخلاف من أتباعه القائلين بالحرف والصوت والجهة وغير ذلك فلهذا لم نذكر عقائد المخالفين واقتصرنا على عقائد أصحابنا الأشعرية ومن وافقهم من المالكية والحنفية رضي الله عنهم. فأما عقيدة المالكية فهي تأليف الشيخ الإمام الكبير الشهير أبي محمد عبد الله بن أبي زيد المالكي ذكرها في صدر كتابه الرسالة}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جيتوڻيڪ ابن الجوزي [[حنبلي]] فقه سان لاڳاپيل هو، پر هو ٻين ڪيترن حنبلي عالمن وانگر [[علم ڪلام]] جي ماهرن ([[متڪلم]]) کي مڪمل طور رد نه ڪندو هو. هو ضرورت ۽ مخاطب جي حالت موجب [[علم ڪلام]] ۽ [[تأويل]] کي قبول ڪندو هو ۽ مناسب موقعن تي انهن مان استدلال پڻ ڪندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;/&gt;

== علم ڪلام ==

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي دور جي ٻين [[حنبلي]] عالمن، خاص طور [[ابن حميد الوراق]]، [[ابو يعلى ابن الفراء|قاضي ابو يعلى ابن الفراء]] ۽ [[ابن الزاغوني]] جي برخلاف پنهنجي الڳ علمي موقف سبب مشهور آهي. سندس خيال هو ته انهن ۽ ڪجهه ٻين حنبلي عالمن [[الله جون صفتون|الهي صفتن]] جي اثبات ۾ حد کان وڌيڪ غلو ڪيو، جنهن سبب حنبلي مذهب جي ساک متاثر ٿي ۽ ماڻهن وٽ ان جو تعلق سخت [[تجسيم]] (الله کي سندس مخلوق سان مشابهت ڏيڻ) سان ڳنڍجڻ لڳو.

ابن الجوزي لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
''&quot;انهن جو عقيدو هو ته الله تعاليٰ جي ذات کان سواءِ سندس هڪ صورت ۽ چهرو به آهي. هو اهو به چوندا هئا ته الله جون ٻه اکيون، وات، ننڍڙي زبان (لهاٽ)، ڏند، نور ۽ جلال وارو چهرو، ٻه هٿ جن ۾ هتيلون، آڱريون، ننڍيون آڱريون ۽ آڱوٺا، پٺي، ۽ ٻه ٽنگون آهن، جيڪي رانن ۽ پنڊلين ۾ ورهايل آهن.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-188&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last1=Holtzman|first1=Livnat|title=&quot;Does God Really Laugh?&quot; – Appropriate and Inappropriate Descriptions of God in Islamic Traditionalist Theology|url=http://arabic.biu.ac.il/files/arabic/shared/staff/u16/holtzman_final080310.pdf|publisher=Bar-Ilan University, Ramat Gan|pages=188}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

ان کان پوءِ هن خاص طور قاضي ابو يعلى تي تنقيد ڪندي لکيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
''&quot;جيڪو شخص الله تعاليٰ لاءِ ڏندن کي به هڪ الهي صفت طور ثابت ڪري ٿو، تنهن کي اسلام بابت ڪا به صحيح ڄاڻ نه آهي.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-191&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last1=Holtzman|first1=Livnat|title=&quot;Does God Really Laugh?&quot; – Appropriate and Inappropriate Descriptions of God in Islamic Traditionalist Theology|url=http://arabic.biu.ac.il/files/arabic/shared/staff/u16/holtzman_final080310.pdf|publisher=Bar-Ilan University, Ramat Gan|pages=191}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

هن موضوع تي ابن الجوزي جي سڀ کان مشهور تصنيف ''[[كتاب أخبار الصفات|باز الأشهب المنقض على مخالفي المذهب]]'' آهي، جنهن جو مطلب آهي: ''&quot;سرمائي رنگ جو شڪاري باز، جيڪو (حنبلي) مذهب جي مخالفت ڪندڙن تي حملو ڪري ٿو.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-188&quot; /&gt;

=== الله نه ڪائنات جي اندر آهي ۽ نه ئي ٻاهر ===

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي ڪتاب ''الصفات'' ۾ لکي ٿو ته الله نه ڪائنات جي اندر موجود آهي ۽ نه ئي ان کان ٻاهر.&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot;&gt;Swartz, Merlin. ''A Medieval Critique of Anthropomorphism'', pg. 159. [[ليڊن]]: [[بريل پبلشرز]], 2001.&lt;/ref&gt; سندس مطابق &quot;اندر&quot; يا &quot;ٻاهر&quot; هجڻ جو تصور صرف انهن شين تي لاڳو ٿيندو آهي، جيڪي ڪنهن جاءِ يا خلا ۾ موجود هجن. يعني جيڪا شيءِ اندر يا ٻاهر هجي، ان لاءِ ڪنهن هنڌ جو هجڻ لازمي آهي، جڏهن ته الله تعاليٰ بابت اهڙو تصور لاڳو نٿو ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot; /&gt;

هو لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;ڪنهن جاءِ ۾ هجڻ يا ان کان ٻاهر هجڻ، حرڪت، سڪون ۽ ٻيا اهڙا عارض جسم واريون خاصيتون آهن. الله جي ذات نه ڪنهن مخلوق کي پنهنجي اندر جاءِ ڏئي ٿي ۽ نه ئي ڪا مخلوق سندس ذات ۾ حلول ڪري سگهي ٿي.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:اسلامي شخصيتون]]
[[زمرو:سلف]]
[[زمرو:محدث]]
[[زمرو:1116ع جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:1110ع جي ڏهاڪي جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:Articles with short description]]</text>
      <sha1>kc8gkbqd9kw24twqrwev7zb9drmkhma</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401109</id>
      <parentid>401108</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T03:51:09Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401109</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="36180" sha1="aw63435gsvwp580c1bfwfgrzh6ixnrw" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ٻارهين صديءَ جو مسلم عالم، محدث، مؤرخ ۽ فقيه}}


{{Infobox religious biography
| religion           = [[اسلام]]
| era                = [[اسلامي سنهري دور]]
| image              =
| caption            =
| name               = ابن الجوزي
| title              = [[شيخ الاسلام]]&lt;ref&gt;Al-Dhahabi, Siyar A'lam al-Nubala'.&lt;/ref&gt;
| birth_date         = لڳ ڀڳ 510هه / 1116ع
| birth_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| death_date         = 12 رمضان 597هه / 16 جون 1201ع (لڳ ڀڳ 87 ورهين جي عمر ۾)
| death_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| denomination       = [[سني اسلام]]
| creed              = [[اشعريت]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جي. اي. بوائل]]|title=The Cambridge History of Iran|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=16yHq5v3QZAC|volume=5 of The Saljuq and Mongol Periods|publisher=[[ڪيمبرج يونيورسٽي پريس]]|date=1968|page=299}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جبريل فؤاد حداد]]|title=The Biographies of the Elite Lives of the Scholars, Imams &amp; Hadith Masters|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=RwPnCAAAQBAJ&amp;pg=PA226|date=2015|publisher=[[اس السنة فائونڊيشن آف آمريڪا]]|page=226}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=[[ابن الأحدل]]|editor=Ahmad Bakīr Mahmud|url=https://archive.org/download/kalam-misc/kashful-ghitaa.pdf|title=كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد|language=ar|location=[[تيونس]]|publisher=[[تيونسي جنرل ليبر يونين]]|year=1964|page=83}}&lt;/ref&gt;
| jurisprudence      = [[حنبلي]]
| main_interests     = [[تاريخ]]، [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]
| notable_works      = [[كتاب أخبار الصفات]]
| influenced         = &lt;small&gt;[[عبد الغني المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[سبط ابن الجوزي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Robinson:2003:XV&quot;&gt;Robinson:2003:XV&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ابن قدامه المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ضياء الدين المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Al-Jawzi&quot;&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |title=Ibn Al-Jawzi |publisher=Sunnah.org |access-date=2013-11-28 |archive-date=2020-02-22 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200222230613/http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/small&gt;
| father             = علي بن محمد الجوزي
| children           = يوسف بن عبدالرحمٰن الجوزي
| birth_name         = عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري
| lineage            = [[آل بڪر]]
| native_name        = ابن الجوزي
| native_name_lang   = ar
}}

'''ابو الفرج جمال الدين عبدالرحمٰن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد الجوزي'''، جيڪو عام طور تي '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي{{Efn|{{langx|ar|أبو الفرج جمال الدين عبد الرحمن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد}}; Abū al-Faraj ʿAbd al-Raḥmān ibn ʿAlī ibn Muḥammad ibn al-Jawzī}}&lt;ref&gt;The Beginning and the End: Imad al-Din Abu al-Fida Ismail ibn Umar ibn Katheer al-Dimashqi.&lt;/ref&gt; (لڳ ڀڳ 1116ع – 16 جون 1201ع)، هڪ [[مسلمان]] [[فقيه]]، [[واعظ]]، [[خطيب]]، [[فرقن جو مؤرخ]]، [[علم الحديث|محدث]]، [[مؤرخ]]، [[قاضي]]، [[اوليائن جي سوانح نگار]] ۽ [[لسانيات دان]] هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot; /&gt; هن ٻارهين صديءَ دوران پنهنجي اباڻي شهر [[بغداد]] ۾ [[حنبلي]] [[فقهي مذهب]] جي واڌ ويجهه ۽ اشاعت ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنهنجي علمي، مذهبي ۽ سياسي سرگرمين سان ڀرپور زندگيءَ دوران ابن الجوزي پنهنجي همعصر [[حنبلي]] عالمن ۾ وڏي عزت حاصل ڪئي. هن مسلسل ڪوشش ڪئي ته [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب، جيڪو تاريخي طور چئن وڏن سني فقهي مذهبن مان سڀ کان ننڍو شمار ٿيندو هو، ان کي به [[مالڪي]]، [[شافعي]] ۽ [[حنفي]] مذهبن جي برابر وقار ۽ سرڪاري سرپرستي حاصل ٿئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

{{Infobox saint
|name = '''ابن الجوزي'''
|image = PARSONS(1808) p008 View of Bagdad on the Persian side of the Tigris.jpg
|image_size = 300px
|caption = 1808ع ۾ [[بغداد]] جو منظر؛ ابن الجوزي پنهنجي سموري زندگي ٻارهين صديءَ ۾ هن شهر ۾ گذاري.
|titles = فقيه، واعظ، محدث؛&lt;br /&gt;''شيخ الاسلام''، ''بادشاهن ۽ اميرن جو خطيب''، ''حنبلين جو امام''
|major_shrine = [[بغداد]]، [[عراق]] ۾ سبز گنبذ وارو مقبرو
|venerated_in = [[سني اسلام]]، خاص طور [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب
}}

ابن الجوزي نوجوانيءَ ۾ نهايت اعليٰ تعليم حاصل ڪئي&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ۽ بغداد جي ان دور جي ڪيترن ئي مشهور عالمن کان علم پرايو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع) ۽ [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot;&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 401&lt;/ref&gt;

ايندڙ سالن ۾ سندس علمي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌندي وئي، پر کيس سڀ کان وڌيڪ شهرت [[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ٽيٽيهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ملي. خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب جي سرپرستي سبب ابن الجوزي بغداد جي اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ کيس شهر ۽ ان جي ڀرپاسي ۾ وڏي عوامي ميڙ کي خطاب ڪرڻ جي آزادي ۽ سرپرستي حاصل هئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt;

المستضي جي دور ۾ پنهنجي اڪثر وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي مضبوط حمايت ڪئي ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، جن کي هو دين ۾ گمراهه يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ساڳئي وقت سندس علمي حيثيت پڻ وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ هن بغداد جي ڪيترين اهم [[مدرسو|مدرسن]] ۽ علمي ادارن جي انتظام ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ان کان علاوه هن غيرمعمولي تعداد ۾ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪيا، جنهن سبب کيس اسلامي تاريخ جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ زرخيز مصنفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

محققن موجب ابن الجوزي جو علمي سرمايو، جيڪو مختصر رسالن کان وٺي وڏن ڪتابن تائين پکڙيل آهي، اسلامي علمن جي تقريباً سڀني اهم شعبن تي مشتمل آهي، جن ۾ [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]، [[تاريخ]]، [[عقيدو]]، [[تصوف]]، [[ادب]] ۽ [[لسانيات]] شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

==خانداني پسمنظر ۽ زندگي==

عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري التيمي القرشي، جيڪو '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور ٿيو، 507هه کان 512هه (1113ع کان 1119ع) جي وچ واري عرصي ۾ [[بغداد]] ۾ هڪ خوشحال ۽ معزز خاندان ۾ ڄائو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; سندس خاندان جو نسب [[ابو بڪر صديق]] تائين پهچندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn al-Jawzi, ''Sincere Counsel to the Seekers of Sacred Knowledge'', Daar Us-Sunnah Publications Birmingham (2011), p. 88&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 399–434; Merlin Swartz, ''Ibn al-Jawzī’s'' Kitāb al-Quṣṣāṣ wa-’l-mudhakkirīn, Recherches publiées sous la direction de l’Institut de lettres orientales de Beyrouth, Série 1, Pensée arabe et musulmane, 47 (Beirut: Dar el-Machreq, 1971), 15.&lt;/ref&gt; سندس نسب هن ريت بيان ڪيو وڃي ٿو: عبدالرحمٰن بن علي بن محمد بن علي بن عبيدالله بن عبدالله بن حمادي بن احمد بن محمد بن جعفر الجوزي بن عبدالله بن القاسم بن النضر بن القاسم بن محمد بن عبدالله بن عبدالرحمٰن بن [[قاسم بن محمد بن ابي بڪر]] بن [[محمد بن ابي بڪر]] بن [[ابو بڪر صديق]] التيمي القرشي.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot;&gt;{{Cite book |last=Ibn Khalid |first=Ayman |title=Seeds of Admonishment and Reform |publisher=Dar As-Sunnah Publishers |year=2013 |isbn=1904336396 |edition=1st |location=Brimmingham |pages=17-18}}&lt;/ref&gt;

سندس نائين پيڙهيءَ جو ڏاڏو جعفر بن عبدالله البڪري '''الجوزي''' جي لقب سان مشهور هو، جنهن مان خاندان جو نالو &quot;الجوزي&quot; نڪتو. سندس خاندان ٽامي جي واپار سبب خوشحال ٿيو، تنهنڪري ابن الجوزي آسودگيءَ واري ماحول ۾ پرورش ورتي.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt;

سندس والدين کيس پنهنجي دور جي سڀني اهم علمن ۾ جامع تعليم ڏني.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;&gt;{{EI2|last=Laoust |first=H. | title=Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī | volume = 3 | pages = 751–752 | doi=10.1163/1573-3912_islam_SIM_3139}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن ڪيترن ئي مشهور استادن کان علم حاصل ڪيو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع)، [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع)، ابو الفضل بن الناصر (وفات 1155ع)، ابو حڪيم النهرواني (وفات 1161ع) ۽ [[ابو يعلى الصغير]] (وفات 1163ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot; /&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot; /&gt;

انهن استادن کان علاوه ابن الجوزي ڪيترن ئي اهڙن عالمن جي تصنيفن کان پڻ گهڻو متاثر ٿيو، جن سان سندس سڌي ملاقات نه ٿي. انهن ۾ [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] (وفات 1038ع)، [[الخطيب البغدادي]] (وفات 1071ع) ۽ مشهور حنبلي عالم [[ابن عقيل]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 1120ع) شامل هئا. ابن الجوزي پنهنجي بعد وارين تحريرن ۾ ابن عقيل جي ڪن خيالن جي واکاڻ به ڪئي ۽ ڪن تي تنقيد پڻ ڪئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot; /&gt;

عقيدي جي لحاظ کان هو [[اشعريت]] جو پيروڪار هو، جيڪا ڳالهه کيس ڪيترن ئي همعصر حنبلي عالمن کان ممتاز بڻائي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot;&gt;{{cite book|last=Boyle|first=J.A.|title=The Cambridge History of Iran, Vol. 5: The Saljuq and Mongol Periods (Volume 5)|date=January 1, 1968|publisher=Cambridge University Press|pages=299}}&lt;/ref&gt; پنهنجي ابتدائي تصنيفن ۾ هن [[علم الكلام]] ۾ بيجا فلسفياتي بحثن ۽ خاص طور ڪجهه صوفين جي نون فڪري لاڙن تي تنقيد ڪئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot; /&gt;

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي عملي علمي زندگيءَ جي شروعات [[المقتفي]] (وفات 1160ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ايڪتاليهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ڪئي. خليفي جو حنبلي وزير [[ابن هبيره]] سندس علمي سرپرستن مان هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; ابن الجوزي شروعات ۾ پنهنجي استاد ابو حڪيم النهرواني وٽ ٻن مدرسن ۾ حنبلي فقه پڙهائڻ ۾ معاون طور ڪم ڪيو، ۽ 1161ع ۾ استاد جي وفات کان پوءِ انهن ٻنهي مدرسن جو صدر مدرس مقرر ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 404&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان ڪجهه اڳ ئي وزير ابن هبيره کيس هر جمعي پنهنجي رهائشگاهه تي عوامي وعظ ڪرڻ جي مڪمل آزادي ڏني هئي، جنهن سان سندس خطابت جي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌڻ لڳي.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 402&lt;/ref&gt; المقتفي جي وفات کان پوءِ نئين خليفي [[المستنجد]] (وفات 1170ع) کيس بغداد جي خليفي واري جامع مسجد ۾ وعظ ڪرڻ لاءِ مقرر ڪيو، خاص طور [[نور الدين زنگي]] جي [[فاطمي خلافت]] خلاف مهمن دوران.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; انهن وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي ڀرپور حمايت ڪندو هو ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪندو هو، جن کي هو بدعتي يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو. هو انهن فقيهن تي به اعتراض ڪندو هو، جيڪي پنهنجي فقهي مذهب جي بي سوچ تقليد ڪندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;

[[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع) جي دور ۾ ابن الجوزي بغداد جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب سان خاص وابستگي سبب کيس سڄي بغداد ۾ وعظ ۽ تبليغ ڪرڻ جي مڪمل آزادي حاصل ٿي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; 1172ع کان 1173ع تائين سندس مسلسل وعظن کيس بغداد جو سڀ کان ممتاز عالم بڻائي ڇڏيو. سندس غيرمعمولي خطابت کان متاثر ٿي خليفي مسجد ۾ خاص طور سندس لاءِ هڪ منبر (دِڪَّة) به تعمير ڪرايو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;

1179ع تائين ابن الجوزي ڏيڍ سئو کان وڌيڪ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪري چڪو هو ۽ ساڳئي وقت بغداد جي پنجن مختلف مدرسن جي نگراني پڻ ڪندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; انهيءَ عرصي دوران هن خليفي المستضي کي صلاح ڏني ته [[امام احمد بن حنبل]] جي مزار تي هڪ ڪتبو لڳايو وڃي، جنهن ۾ کيس &quot;امام&quot; جي لقب سان ياد ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Kat̲h̲īr, ''Bidāya'', Cairo 1351-8/1932-9, xii, 28–30&lt;/ref&gt;

بعد ۾ جڏهن [[الناصر لدين الله]] (وفات 1235ع) خلافت تي ويٺو، تڏهن شروعات ۾ ابن الجوزي جا تعلقات سندس حنبلي وزير ابن يونس (وفات 1197ع) ذريعي سٺا رهيا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; پر ابن يونس جي معزولي ۽ گرفتاري کان پوءِ خليفي [[ابن القصاب]] نالي هڪ شيعي وزير کي مقرر ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; تاريخي ذريعن ۾ ان جا واضح سبب بيان ناهن، پر آخرڪار الناصر ابن الجوزي کي پنجن سالن تائين نظر بند رکڻ جو حڪم ڏنو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; هڪ راءِ موجب، ابن الجوزي خليفي جي هڪ سرڪاري پاليسيءَ تي تنقيدي رد لکيو هو، جنهن سبب ٻنهي جا تعلقات خراب ٿي ويا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنجن سالن جي نظر بندي کان پوءِ خليفي جي والده [[زمرد خاتون]]، جيڪا نهايت پرهيزگار عورت سمجهي ويندي هئي، پنهنجي پٽ کي ابن الجوزي جي آزاديءَ لاءِ راضي ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; آزادي حاصل ڪرڻ کان ٿوري ئي عرصي پوءِ ابن الجوزي بغداد ۾ وفات ڪئي. ان وقت سندس عمر لڳ ڀڳ چوهتر ورهيه بيان ڪئي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

== خيال ۽ فڪر ==

=== مناظرا ۽ رد ===

ابن الجوزي هڪ مشهور [[مناظره نگار]] هو،&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ۽ هو انهن سڀني ماڻهن جي تصنيفن تي سخت تنقيد ڪندو هو، جن کي هو دين ۾ [[بدعت]] پيدا ڪندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ٻين فڪري مڪتبن تي سندس تنقيد سڀ کان وڌيڪ سندس ڪتاب ''تلبيس إبليس''، يعني ''شيطان جو دوکو''، ۾ نظر اچي ٿي، جيڪو حنبلي مناظراتي ادب جي اهم تصنيفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; هن ڪتاب ۾ هن نه رڳو [[سني اسلام]] کان ٻاهر موجود ڪيترن فرقن، جهڙوڪ [[معتزله]] ۽ [[خوارج]]، تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، پر سني اسلام جي اندر موجود انهن فڪري ڌرين تي پڻ اعتراض ڪيو، جن بابت سندس خيال هو ته اهي صحيح راهه کان هٽي ويون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

هن ڪتاب ۾ پنهنجي دور جي ڪجهه گمراهه صوفين بابت ابن الجوزي جي تنقيدي بيانن سبب، روايتي [[تصوف]] جي مخالفت ڪندڙ ڪجهه جديد مسلمان تحريڪون، جهڙوڪ [[سلفيت]] ۽ [[وهابيت]]، پنهنجي موقف جي حمايت لاءِ هن تصنيف مان حوالا ڏينديون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; تنهن هوندي به، محققن موجب ابن الجوزي تصوف کي مجموعي طور رد نه ڪيو؛ هو پنهنجي لکڻين ۾ قديم، پاڪيزه تصوف ۽ صوفي عملن ۾ داخل ٿيل انهن رواجن جي وچ ۾ واضح فرق ڪندو هو، جن کي هو بگاڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot;/&gt; انهيءَ ڪري اهو ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته سندس دور جي ڪجهه صوفي جماعتن تي ڪيل تنقيد جو مقصد سڄي تصوف جي مذمت ڪرڻ نه هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

=== تبرڪات ===

ابن الجوزي ذاتي عبادت ۽ عقيدت ۾ [[محمد جا تبرڪات|رسول الله ﷺ جي تبرڪات]] جي استعمال جو مضبوط حامي هو ۽ انهن وسيلي [[برڪت]] حاصل ڪرڻ کي جائز سمجهندو هو. هن موقف جو ثبوت سندس طرفان ان روايت کي قبوليت سان نقل ڪرڻ مان ملي ٿو، جيڪا [[احمد بن حنبل]] جي پٽ عبدالله بيان ڪئي هئي. عبدالله پنهنجي والد جي رسول الله ﷺ جي تبرڪات سان عقيدت بابت چيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;مون پنهنجي والد کي ڏٺو ته هن رسول الله ﷺ جو هڪ وار ورتو، ان کي پنهنجي وات تي رکي چمي ڏني. شايد مون کيس اهو وار پنهنجي اکين تي رکندي، پوءِ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي اهو پاڻي شفا جي نيت سان پيئندي به ڏٺو هجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Jawzī, 2016 p. 89&quot;&gt;Ibn al-Jawzī, ''The Life of Ibn Hanbal'', XXIV.2, trans. Michael Cooperson (New York: New York University Press, 2016), p. 89&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;

ساڳئي طرح ابن الجوزي، احمد بن حنبل جي ان عمل جي پڻ تعريف ڪئي ته هن برڪت حاصل ڪرڻ جي نيت سان رسول الله ﷺ جي استعمال ڪيل پيالي مان پاڻي پيتو، جيتوڻيڪ فني لحاظ کان اهو ٻئي درجي جو تبرڪ شمار ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Jawzī, 2016 p. 89&quot;/&gt;

=== اولياءَ ===

ابن الجوزي [[ولي|اولياءَ]] جي وجود بابت روايتي ۽ وڏي پيماني تي قبوليل اسلامي عقيدي جو حامي هو. اهو موقف سندس ابتدائي مسلمان صوفي اولياءَ جي زندگين بابت مشهور ڪتاب ''صفة الصفوة''، يعني ''برگزيدن جون صفتون''، مان پڻ ظاهر ٿئي ٿو. هي ڪتاب اصل ۾ [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] (وفات 1038ع) جي ''حلية الأولياء''، يعني ''اولياءَ جو سينگار''، جو اختصار آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

هن تصنيف ۾ ابن الجوزي ڪيترن اهم صوفين ۽ زاهدن جي کليل لفظن ۾ تعريف ڪئي، جن ۾ [[حسن بصري]] (وفات 728ع)، [[ابراهيم بن ادهم]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 782ع)، [[سفيان ثوري]] (وفات 778ع)، [[رابعه بصري]] (وفات 801ع)، [[معروف ڪرخي]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 820ع) ۽ [[بشر حافي]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 850ع) شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

جيتوڻيڪ ابن الجوزي انهن ٺڳن تي تنقيد ڪئي، جيڪي پاڻ کي ڪوڙو درويش يا بزرگ ظاهر ڪندا هئا، پر هن صاف لفظن ۾ چيو ته سچا اولياءَ صحيح عقيدي، عمل ۽ شريعت جي مخالفت نٿا ڪن.&lt;ref&gt;Jonathan A. C. Brown, &quot;Faithful Dissenters: Sunni Skepticism about the Miracles of Saints,&quot; ''Journal of Sufi Studies'' 1 (2012), p. 162&lt;/ref&gt; اولياءَ بابت ابن الجوزي چيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;اولياءَ ۽ صالح ماڻهو ئي سموري وجود جو اصل مقصد آهن (''الأولياء والصالحون هم المقصود من الكون''). اهي اهي ماڻهو آهن، جن علم جي حقيقت کي سکيو ۽ ان تي عمل ڪيو... اهي پنهنجي علم موجب عمل ڪن ٿا، دنيا مان ٿوري شيءِ تي گذارو ڪن ٿا، آخرت جا طالب رهن ٿا ۽ هڪ جهان کان ٻئي جهان ڏانهن وڃڻ لاءِ بيدار اکين ۽ سٺي توشي سان تيار رهن ٿا؛ ان جي ابتڙ اهي ماڻهو آهن، جيڪي رڳو پنهنجي علم سبب مشهور هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn al-Jawzi, ''Sifat al-safwa'' (Beirut ed. 1989/1409) p. 13, 17.&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;

=== تصوف ===

ابن الجوزي جو خيال هو ته [[تصوف]] يا ''تَصَوُّف'' اسلامي عمل جو هڪ لازمي حصو آهي. محققن موجب سندس ڪتاب ''تلبيس إبليس''، جنهن ۾ [[تفسير]] ۽ [[فقه]] سميت تقريباً سڀني اهم اسلامي علمن ۾ پيدا ٿيل بدعتن تي تنقيد ڪئي وئي آهي، ڪنهن به صورت ۾ سڄي تصوف جو رد نه آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.abc.se/home/m9783/ir/f/ts/Tasawwuf%20shuyukh.htm#18|title=Error404}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان جي ابتڙ، هن ابتدائي صوفين ۽ اولياءَ جي فضيلتن بابت ڪيترائي ڪتاب لکيا، جن ۾ ''مناقب رابعه العدويه''، ''مناقب معروف الڪرخي''، ''مناقب ابراهيم بن ادهم'' ۽ ''مناقب بشر الحافي'' سميت ٻيون تصنيفون شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

ابن الجوزي [[ابو حامد غزالي]] جي تعليمات جو پڻ مضبوط حامي هو، ۽ تصوف بابت سندس ڪيترين تصنيفن تي غزالي جي مشهور ڪتاب ''[[احياء علوم الدين]]'' جو اثر نظر اچي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt; حقيقت ۾ ابن الجوزي نه رڳو ساڳين موضوعن تي لکيو، پر ڪيترين جاين تي غزالي جي لکڻيءَ جي طريقي ۽ اصطلاحن کي پڻ اختيار ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي روحاني تصنيفن ۾ جن موضوعن تي بحث ڪيو، تن ۾ خدا ڏانهن شديد شوق جي معنيٰ، پنهنجي [[نفس]] کان ان جي عملن جو حساب وٺڻ، نفس جي ڪمزورين تي ملامت ڪرڻ ۽ نفس جي اصلاح لاءِ ان کي سخت تنبيه ڪرڻ شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

== عقيدو ==

[[بدر الدين اَهدل|ابن الاهدل]] (وفات: 855هه/1451ع) پنهنجي ڪتاب ''ڪشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد'' ({{lang|ar|كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد}}) ۾ ابن الجوزي کي [[اشعريت|اشعري]] عالمن مان شمار ڪيو آهي، ۽ ان سلسلي ۾ هن [[عبدالقادر جيلاني]] جو پڻ ذڪر ڪيو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=[[ابن الاهدل]]|editor=Ahmad Bakīr Mahmud|url=https://archive.org/download/kalam-misc/kashful-ghitaa.pdf|title=Kashf al-Ghata' 'an Haqa'iq al-Tawhid|script-title=ar:كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد|language=ar|location=[[تيونس]]|publisher=[[Tunisian General Labour Union]]|year=1964|page=83|quote=وكل هؤلاء الذين ذكرنا عقائدهم من أئمة الشافعية سوى القرشي والشاذلي فمالكيان أشعريان. ولنتبع ذلك بعقيدة المالكية وعقيدتين للحنفية ليعلم أن غالب أهل هذين المذهبين على مذهب الأشعري في العقائد، '''وبعض الحنبلية في الفروع يكونون على مذهب الأشعري في العقائد كالشيخ عبد القادر الجيلاني وابن الجوزي وغيرهما رضي الله عنهم.''' وقد تقدم وسيأتي أيضاً أن الأشعري والإمام أحمد كانا في الاعتقاد متفقين حتى حدث الخلاف من أتباعه القائلين بالحرف والصوت والجهة وغير ذلك فلهذا لم نذكر عقائد المخالفين واقتصرنا على عقائد أصحابنا الأشعرية ومن وافقهم من المالكية والحنفية رضي الله عنهم. فأما عقيدة المالكية فهي تأليف الشيخ الإمام الكبير الشهير أبي محمد عبد الله بن أبي زيد المالكي ذكرها في صدر كتابه الرسالة}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جيتوڻيڪ ابن الجوزي [[حنبلي]] فقه سان لاڳاپيل هو، پر هو ٻين ڪيترن حنبلي عالمن وانگر [[علم ڪلام]] جي ماهرن ([[متڪلم]]) کي مڪمل طور رد نه ڪندو هو. هو ضرورت ۽ مخاطب جي حالت موجب [[علم ڪلام]] ۽ [[تأويل]] کي قبول ڪندو هو ۽ مناسب موقعن تي انهن مان استدلال پڻ ڪندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;/&gt;

== علم ڪلام ==

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي دور جي ٻين [[حنبلي]] عالمن، خاص طور [[ابن حميد الوراق]]، [[ابو يعلى ابن الفراء|قاضي ابو يعلى ابن الفراء]] ۽ [[ابن الزاغوني]] جي برخلاف پنهنجي الڳ علمي موقف سبب مشهور آهي. سندس خيال هو ته انهن ۽ ڪجهه ٻين حنبلي عالمن [[الله جون صفتون|الهي صفتن]] جي اثبات ۾ حد کان وڌيڪ غلو ڪيو، جنهن سبب حنبلي مذهب جي ساک متاثر ٿي ۽ ماڻهن وٽ ان جو تعلق سخت [[تجسيم]] (الله کي سندس مخلوق سان مشابهت ڏيڻ) سان ڳنڍجڻ لڳو.

ابن الجوزي لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
''&quot;انهن جو عقيدو هو ته الله تعاليٰ جي ذات کان سواءِ سندس هڪ صورت ۽ چهرو به آهي. هو اهو به چوندا هئا ته الله جون ٻه اکيون، وات، ننڍڙي زبان (لهاٽ)، ڏند، نور ۽ جلال وارو چهرو، ٻه هٿ جن ۾ هتيلون، آڱريون، ننڍيون آڱريون ۽ آڱوٺا، پٺي، ۽ ٻه ٽنگون آهن، جيڪي رانن ۽ پنڊلين ۾ ورهايل آهن.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-188&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last1=Holtzman|first1=Livnat|title=&quot;Does God Really Laugh?&quot; – Appropriate and Inappropriate Descriptions of God in Islamic Traditionalist Theology|url=http://arabic.biu.ac.il/files/arabic/shared/staff/u16/holtzman_final080310.pdf|publisher=Bar-Ilan University, Ramat Gan|pages=188}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

ان کان پوءِ هن خاص طور قاضي ابو يعلى تي تنقيد ڪندي لکيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
''&quot;جيڪو شخص الله تعاليٰ لاءِ ڏندن کي به هڪ الهي صفت طور ثابت ڪري ٿو، تنهن کي اسلام بابت ڪا به صحيح ڄاڻ نه آهي.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-191&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last1=Holtzman|first1=Livnat|title=&quot;Does God Really Laugh?&quot; – Appropriate and Inappropriate Descriptions of God in Islamic Traditionalist Theology|url=http://arabic.biu.ac.il/files/arabic/shared/staff/u16/holtzman_final080310.pdf|publisher=Bar-Ilan University, Ramat Gan|pages=191}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

هن موضوع تي ابن الجوزي جي سڀ کان مشهور تصنيف ''[[كتاب أخبار الصفات|باز الأشهب المنقض على مخالفي المذهب]]'' آهي، جنهن جو مطلب آهي: ''&quot;سرمائي رنگ جو شڪاري باز، جيڪو (حنبلي) مذهب جي مخالفت ڪندڙن تي حملو ڪري ٿو.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-188&quot; /&gt;

=== الله نه ڪائنات جي اندر آهي ۽ نه ئي ٻاهر ===

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي ڪتاب ''الصفات'' ۾ لکي ٿو ته الله نه ڪائنات جي اندر موجود آهي ۽ نه ئي ان کان ٻاهر.&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot;&gt;Swartz, Merlin. ''A Medieval Critique of Anthropomorphism'', pg. 159. [[ليڊن]]: [[بريل پبلشرز]], 2001.&lt;/ref&gt; سندس مطابق &quot;اندر&quot; يا &quot;ٻاهر&quot; هجڻ جو تصور صرف انهن شين تي لاڳو ٿيندو آهي، جيڪي ڪنهن جاءِ يا خلا ۾ موجود هجن. يعني جيڪا شيءِ اندر يا ٻاهر هجي، ان لاءِ ڪنهن هنڌ جو هجڻ لازمي آهي، جڏهن ته الله تعاليٰ بابت اهڙو تصور لاڳو نٿو ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot; /&gt;

هو لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;ڪنهن جاءِ ۾ هجڻ يا ان کان ٻاهر هجڻ، حرڪت، سڪون ۽ ٻيا اهڙا عارض جسم واريون خاصيتون آهن. الله جي ذات نه ڪنهن مخلوق کي پنهنجي اندر جاءِ ڏئي ٿي ۽ نه ئي ڪا مخلوق سندس ذات ۾ حلول ڪري سگهي ٿي.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

== تصنيفون ==

[[فائل:ArRadd IbneJawzi.PNG|200px|thumb|''الرد على المتعصب العنيد المانع من ذم يزيد'' جي ڇپيل نسخي جو سرورق.]]

ابن الجوزي کي اسلامي تاريخ جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ تصنيفون لکڻ وارن عالمن مان هڪ، بلڪه ڪيترن محققن موجب سڀ کان وڌيڪ تصنيفون لکندڙ عالم، شمار ڪيو ويندو آهي. [[ذهبي]] لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;مون عالمن مان ڪنهن کي به ابن الجوزي جيترو گهڻو لکندي نه ڏٺو آهي.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.as-sahwah.com/viewarticle.php?articleID=1277&amp;|title=IslamicAwakening.Com: Ibn al-Jawzi: A Lifetime of Da'wah|date=October 22, 2006|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20061022195654/http://www.as-sahwah.com/viewarticle.php?articleID=1277&amp; |archive-date=2006-10-22 }}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

تازو عراقي محقق پروفيسر عبد الحميد العلوجي ابن الجوزي جي تصنيفن تي تفصيلي تحقيق ڪئي ۽ هڪ مرجع ڪتاب تيار ڪيو، جنهن ۾ هن ابن الجوزي جي تصنيفن کي الف ب وار ترتيب ڏئي، انهن جي ڇپيل نسخن، ناشرن ۽ انهن لائبريرين جي نشاندهي ڪئي، جتي سندس اڻڇپيل قلمي نسخا محفوظ آهن. ڪجهه محققن جو خيال آهي ته ابن الجوزي 700 کان وڌيڪ ڪتابن جو مصنف هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Al-Jawzi&quot;/&gt;

سندس تصنيفن جي غيرمعمولي وڏي تعداد سبب ڪجهه عالمن سندس تحريرن تي تنقيد پڻ ڪئي، سندس غلطين کي خاص ڌيان سان جاچيو ۽ کيس اهڙو مصنف قرار ڏنو، جنهن کان ڪيترائي سهواً غلطيون ٿيون. بهرحال، [[ابن رجب]] سندس دفاع ۾ ابن الجوزي جو هي قول نقل ڪيو آهي:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;مان ترتيب ڏيندڙ آهيان، نيون تصنيفون ايجاد ڪندڙ نه آهيان.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |last=Ibn al-Jawzī |first=ʿAbd al-Raḥmān ibn ʿAlī |title=al-Muntaẓam fī Tārīkh al-Mulūk wa-l-Umam |publisher=Dār al-Kutub al-ʿIlmiyyah |year=1997 |edition=vol.1 |location=Beirut |publication-date=1997 |pages=30 |language=arabic}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

مذهبي موضوعن کان علاوه ابن الجوزي طب بابت پڻ لکيو. [[جلال الدين سيوطي]] جي طبي تصنيفن وانگر، سندس ڪتاب به تقريباً مڪمل طور تي [[نبوي طب]] تي ٻڌل هو، جڏهن ته [[ذهبي]] جي تصنيفن وانگر اسلامي ۽ يوناني طب جي گڏيل روايتن کي شامل نه ڪندو هو. ابن الجوزي خاص طور خوراڪ ۽ قدرتي علاج تي زور ڏنو، جن کي هن ريبيز (ڪتي جي چڪ) ۽ چيچڪ جهڙين سنگين بيمارين سان گڏ، مٿي جي سور ۽ نڪ مان رت اچڻ جهڙين عام تڪليفن جي علاج لاءِ پڻ بيان ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;Emilie Savage-Smith, &quot;Medicine.&quot; Taken from ''Encyclopedia of the History of Arabic Science, Volume 3: Technology, Alchemy and Life Sciences'', pg. 928. Ed. Roshdi Rasheed. [[لنڊن]]: [[روٽليج]], 1996. {{ISBN|0-415-12412-3}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مشهور تصنيفون ===

* ''[[الموضوعات الكبرى]]'' (جعلي حديثن جو وڏو مجموعو)
* ''[[دفع شبه التشبيه]]''&lt;ref&gt;Swartz, Merlin. ''A Medieval Critque of Anthropomorphism''. Brill, 2001&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''صفة الصفوة'' — پنج جلد، [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] جي ''[[حلية الأولياء]]'' جو اختصار ۽ نئين ترتيب.
* ''آداب الحسن البصري وزهده ومواعظه'' (حسن بصري جا آداب، زهد ۽ نصيحتون)&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last1=ابن الجوزي، عبد الرحمن بن علي بن محمد،|url=http://www.aruc.org/fullbib.aspx?id=1882791|title=آداب الحسن البصري وزهده ومواعظه|last2=الحرش، سليمان بن مسلم|date=2007|publisher=دار النوادر،|location=دمشق|language=ar|oclc=4770455870}}&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''زاد المسير في علم التفسير''&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.hilalplaza.com/products/zad-al-masir-fi-ilm-al-tafsir-8-vol|title=Zad al-Masir fi Ilm al-Tafsir 8 vol.4 books|access-date=2021-01-28|archive-date=2023-10-03|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20231003211857/https://www.hilalplaza.com/products/zad-al-masir-fi-ilm-al-tafsir-8-vol|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''تلبيس إبليس''
* ''تذكرة أولي البصائر في معرفة الكبائر''
* ''غريب الحديث''
* ''أحكام النساء''
* ''مولد العروس''
* ''حفظ العمر''
* ''بيان المولد النبوي''
* ''بحر الدموع''

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:اسلامي شخصيتون]]
[[زمرو:سلف]]
[[زمرو:محدث]]
[[زمرو:1116ع جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:1110ع جي ڏهاڪي جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:Articles with short description]]</text>
      <sha1>aw63435gsvwp580c1bfwfgrzh6ixnrw</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401110</id>
      <parentid>401109</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T03:52:19Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401110</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="37070" sha1="3fdyjzcy7naywy8dd445y5dbofze6sz" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ٻارهين صديءَ جو مسلم عالم، محدث، مؤرخ ۽ فقيه}}


{{Infobox religious biography
| religion           = [[اسلام]]
| era                = [[اسلامي سنهري دور]]
| image              =
| caption            =
| name               = ابن الجوزي
| title              = [[شيخ الاسلام]]&lt;ref&gt;Al-Dhahabi, Siyar A'lam al-Nubala'.&lt;/ref&gt;
| birth_date         = لڳ ڀڳ 510هه / 1116ع
| birth_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| death_date         = 12 رمضان 597هه / 16 جون 1201ع (لڳ ڀڳ 87 ورهين جي عمر ۾)
| death_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| denomination       = [[سني اسلام]]
| creed              = [[اشعريت]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جي. اي. بوائل]]|title=The Cambridge History of Iran|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=16yHq5v3QZAC|volume=5 of The Saljuq and Mongol Periods|publisher=[[ڪيمبرج يونيورسٽي پريس]]|date=1968|page=299}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جبريل فؤاد حداد]]|title=The Biographies of the Elite Lives of the Scholars, Imams &amp; Hadith Masters|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=RwPnCAAAQBAJ&amp;pg=PA226|date=2015|publisher=[[اس السنة فائونڊيشن آف آمريڪا]]|page=226}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=[[ابن الأحدل]]|editor=Ahmad Bakīr Mahmud|url=https://archive.org/download/kalam-misc/kashful-ghitaa.pdf|title=كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد|language=ar|location=[[تيونس]]|publisher=[[تيونسي جنرل ليبر يونين]]|year=1964|page=83}}&lt;/ref&gt;
| jurisprudence      = [[حنبلي]]
| main_interests     = [[تاريخ]]، [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]
| notable_works      = [[كتاب أخبار الصفات]]
| influenced         = &lt;small&gt;[[عبد الغني المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[سبط ابن الجوزي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Robinson:2003:XV&quot;&gt;Robinson:2003:XV&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ابن قدامه المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ضياء الدين المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Al-Jawzi&quot;&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |title=Ibn Al-Jawzi |publisher=Sunnah.org |access-date=2013-11-28 |archive-date=2020-02-22 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200222230613/http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/small&gt;
| father             = علي بن محمد الجوزي
| children           = يوسف بن عبدالرحمٰن الجوزي
| birth_name         = عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري
| lineage            = [[آل بڪر]]
| native_name        = ابن الجوزي
| native_name_lang   = ar
}}

'''ابو الفرج جمال الدين عبدالرحمٰن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد الجوزي'''، جيڪو عام طور تي '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي{{Efn|{{langx|ar|أبو الفرج جمال الدين عبد الرحمن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد}}; Abū al-Faraj ʿAbd al-Raḥmān ibn ʿAlī ibn Muḥammad ibn al-Jawzī}}&lt;ref&gt;The Beginning and the End: Imad al-Din Abu al-Fida Ismail ibn Umar ibn Katheer al-Dimashqi.&lt;/ref&gt; (لڳ ڀڳ 1116ع – 16 جون 1201ع)، هڪ [[مسلمان]] [[فقيه]]، [[واعظ]]، [[خطيب]]، [[فرقن جو مؤرخ]]، [[علم الحديث|محدث]]، [[مؤرخ]]، [[قاضي]]، [[اوليائن جي سوانح نگار]] ۽ [[لسانيات دان]] هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot; /&gt; هن ٻارهين صديءَ دوران پنهنجي اباڻي شهر [[بغداد]] ۾ [[حنبلي]] [[فقهي مذهب]] جي واڌ ويجهه ۽ اشاعت ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنهنجي علمي، مذهبي ۽ سياسي سرگرمين سان ڀرپور زندگيءَ دوران ابن الجوزي پنهنجي همعصر [[حنبلي]] عالمن ۾ وڏي عزت حاصل ڪئي. هن مسلسل ڪوشش ڪئي ته [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب، جيڪو تاريخي طور چئن وڏن سني فقهي مذهبن مان سڀ کان ننڍو شمار ٿيندو هو، ان کي به [[مالڪي]]، [[شافعي]] ۽ [[حنفي]] مذهبن جي برابر وقار ۽ سرڪاري سرپرستي حاصل ٿئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

{{Infobox saint
|name = '''ابن الجوزي'''
|image = PARSONS(1808) p008 View of Bagdad on the Persian side of the Tigris.jpg
|image_size = 300px
|caption = 1808ع ۾ [[بغداد]] جو منظر؛ ابن الجوزي پنهنجي سموري زندگي ٻارهين صديءَ ۾ هن شهر ۾ گذاري.
|titles = فقيه، واعظ، محدث؛&lt;br /&gt;''شيخ الاسلام''، ''بادشاهن ۽ اميرن جو خطيب''، ''حنبلين جو امام''
|major_shrine = [[بغداد]]، [[عراق]] ۾ سبز گنبذ وارو مقبرو
|venerated_in = [[سني اسلام]]، خاص طور [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب
}}

ابن الجوزي نوجوانيءَ ۾ نهايت اعليٰ تعليم حاصل ڪئي&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ۽ بغداد جي ان دور جي ڪيترن ئي مشهور عالمن کان علم پرايو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع) ۽ [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot;&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 401&lt;/ref&gt;

ايندڙ سالن ۾ سندس علمي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌندي وئي، پر کيس سڀ کان وڌيڪ شهرت [[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ٽيٽيهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ملي. خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب جي سرپرستي سبب ابن الجوزي بغداد جي اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ کيس شهر ۽ ان جي ڀرپاسي ۾ وڏي عوامي ميڙ کي خطاب ڪرڻ جي آزادي ۽ سرپرستي حاصل هئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt;

المستضي جي دور ۾ پنهنجي اڪثر وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي مضبوط حمايت ڪئي ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، جن کي هو دين ۾ گمراهه يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ساڳئي وقت سندس علمي حيثيت پڻ وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ هن بغداد جي ڪيترين اهم [[مدرسو|مدرسن]] ۽ علمي ادارن جي انتظام ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ان کان علاوه هن غيرمعمولي تعداد ۾ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪيا، جنهن سبب کيس اسلامي تاريخ جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ زرخيز مصنفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

محققن موجب ابن الجوزي جو علمي سرمايو، جيڪو مختصر رسالن کان وٺي وڏن ڪتابن تائين پکڙيل آهي، اسلامي علمن جي تقريباً سڀني اهم شعبن تي مشتمل آهي، جن ۾ [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]، [[تاريخ]]، [[عقيدو]]، [[تصوف]]، [[ادب]] ۽ [[لسانيات]] شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

==خانداني پسمنظر ۽ زندگي==

عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري التيمي القرشي، جيڪو '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور ٿيو، 507هه کان 512هه (1113ع کان 1119ع) جي وچ واري عرصي ۾ [[بغداد]] ۾ هڪ خوشحال ۽ معزز خاندان ۾ ڄائو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; سندس خاندان جو نسب [[ابو بڪر صديق]] تائين پهچندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn al-Jawzi, ''Sincere Counsel to the Seekers of Sacred Knowledge'', Daar Us-Sunnah Publications Birmingham (2011), p. 88&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 399–434; Merlin Swartz, ''Ibn al-Jawzī’s'' Kitāb al-Quṣṣāṣ wa-’l-mudhakkirīn, Recherches publiées sous la direction de l’Institut de lettres orientales de Beyrouth, Série 1, Pensée arabe et musulmane, 47 (Beirut: Dar el-Machreq, 1971), 15.&lt;/ref&gt; سندس نسب هن ريت بيان ڪيو وڃي ٿو: عبدالرحمٰن بن علي بن محمد بن علي بن عبيدالله بن عبدالله بن حمادي بن احمد بن محمد بن جعفر الجوزي بن عبدالله بن القاسم بن النضر بن القاسم بن محمد بن عبدالله بن عبدالرحمٰن بن [[قاسم بن محمد بن ابي بڪر]] بن [[محمد بن ابي بڪر]] بن [[ابو بڪر صديق]] التيمي القرشي.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot;&gt;{{Cite book |last=Ibn Khalid |first=Ayman |title=Seeds of Admonishment and Reform |publisher=Dar As-Sunnah Publishers |year=2013 |isbn=1904336396 |edition=1st |location=Brimmingham |pages=17-18}}&lt;/ref&gt;

سندس نائين پيڙهيءَ جو ڏاڏو جعفر بن عبدالله البڪري '''الجوزي''' جي لقب سان مشهور هو، جنهن مان خاندان جو نالو &quot;الجوزي&quot; نڪتو. سندس خاندان ٽامي جي واپار سبب خوشحال ٿيو، تنهنڪري ابن الجوزي آسودگيءَ واري ماحول ۾ پرورش ورتي.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt;

سندس والدين کيس پنهنجي دور جي سڀني اهم علمن ۾ جامع تعليم ڏني.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;&gt;{{EI2|last=Laoust |first=H. | title=Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī | volume = 3 | pages = 751–752 | doi=10.1163/1573-3912_islam_SIM_3139}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن ڪيترن ئي مشهور استادن کان علم حاصل ڪيو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع)، [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع)، ابو الفضل بن الناصر (وفات 1155ع)، ابو حڪيم النهرواني (وفات 1161ع) ۽ [[ابو يعلى الصغير]] (وفات 1163ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot; /&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot; /&gt;

انهن استادن کان علاوه ابن الجوزي ڪيترن ئي اهڙن عالمن جي تصنيفن کان پڻ گهڻو متاثر ٿيو، جن سان سندس سڌي ملاقات نه ٿي. انهن ۾ [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] (وفات 1038ع)، [[الخطيب البغدادي]] (وفات 1071ع) ۽ مشهور حنبلي عالم [[ابن عقيل]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 1120ع) شامل هئا. ابن الجوزي پنهنجي بعد وارين تحريرن ۾ ابن عقيل جي ڪن خيالن جي واکاڻ به ڪئي ۽ ڪن تي تنقيد پڻ ڪئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot; /&gt;

عقيدي جي لحاظ کان هو [[اشعريت]] جو پيروڪار هو، جيڪا ڳالهه کيس ڪيترن ئي همعصر حنبلي عالمن کان ممتاز بڻائي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot;&gt;{{cite book|last=Boyle|first=J.A.|title=The Cambridge History of Iran, Vol. 5: The Saljuq and Mongol Periods (Volume 5)|date=January 1, 1968|publisher=Cambridge University Press|pages=299}}&lt;/ref&gt; پنهنجي ابتدائي تصنيفن ۾ هن [[علم الكلام]] ۾ بيجا فلسفياتي بحثن ۽ خاص طور ڪجهه صوفين جي نون فڪري لاڙن تي تنقيد ڪئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot; /&gt;

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي عملي علمي زندگيءَ جي شروعات [[المقتفي]] (وفات 1160ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ايڪتاليهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ڪئي. خليفي جو حنبلي وزير [[ابن هبيره]] سندس علمي سرپرستن مان هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; ابن الجوزي شروعات ۾ پنهنجي استاد ابو حڪيم النهرواني وٽ ٻن مدرسن ۾ حنبلي فقه پڙهائڻ ۾ معاون طور ڪم ڪيو، ۽ 1161ع ۾ استاد جي وفات کان پوءِ انهن ٻنهي مدرسن جو صدر مدرس مقرر ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 404&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان ڪجهه اڳ ئي وزير ابن هبيره کيس هر جمعي پنهنجي رهائشگاهه تي عوامي وعظ ڪرڻ جي مڪمل آزادي ڏني هئي، جنهن سان سندس خطابت جي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌڻ لڳي.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 402&lt;/ref&gt; المقتفي جي وفات کان پوءِ نئين خليفي [[المستنجد]] (وفات 1170ع) کيس بغداد جي خليفي واري جامع مسجد ۾ وعظ ڪرڻ لاءِ مقرر ڪيو، خاص طور [[نور الدين زنگي]] جي [[فاطمي خلافت]] خلاف مهمن دوران.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; انهن وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي ڀرپور حمايت ڪندو هو ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪندو هو، جن کي هو بدعتي يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو. هو انهن فقيهن تي به اعتراض ڪندو هو، جيڪي پنهنجي فقهي مذهب جي بي سوچ تقليد ڪندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;

[[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع) جي دور ۾ ابن الجوزي بغداد جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب سان خاص وابستگي سبب کيس سڄي بغداد ۾ وعظ ۽ تبليغ ڪرڻ جي مڪمل آزادي حاصل ٿي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; 1172ع کان 1173ع تائين سندس مسلسل وعظن کيس بغداد جو سڀ کان ممتاز عالم بڻائي ڇڏيو. سندس غيرمعمولي خطابت کان متاثر ٿي خليفي مسجد ۾ خاص طور سندس لاءِ هڪ منبر (دِڪَّة) به تعمير ڪرايو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;

1179ع تائين ابن الجوزي ڏيڍ سئو کان وڌيڪ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪري چڪو هو ۽ ساڳئي وقت بغداد جي پنجن مختلف مدرسن جي نگراني پڻ ڪندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; انهيءَ عرصي دوران هن خليفي المستضي کي صلاح ڏني ته [[امام احمد بن حنبل]] جي مزار تي هڪ ڪتبو لڳايو وڃي، جنهن ۾ کيس &quot;امام&quot; جي لقب سان ياد ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Kat̲h̲īr, ''Bidāya'', Cairo 1351-8/1932-9, xii, 28–30&lt;/ref&gt;

بعد ۾ جڏهن [[الناصر لدين الله]] (وفات 1235ع) خلافت تي ويٺو، تڏهن شروعات ۾ ابن الجوزي جا تعلقات سندس حنبلي وزير ابن يونس (وفات 1197ع) ذريعي سٺا رهيا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; پر ابن يونس جي معزولي ۽ گرفتاري کان پوءِ خليفي [[ابن القصاب]] نالي هڪ شيعي وزير کي مقرر ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; تاريخي ذريعن ۾ ان جا واضح سبب بيان ناهن، پر آخرڪار الناصر ابن الجوزي کي پنجن سالن تائين نظر بند رکڻ جو حڪم ڏنو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; هڪ راءِ موجب، ابن الجوزي خليفي جي هڪ سرڪاري پاليسيءَ تي تنقيدي رد لکيو هو، جنهن سبب ٻنهي جا تعلقات خراب ٿي ويا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنجن سالن جي نظر بندي کان پوءِ خليفي جي والده [[زمرد خاتون]]، جيڪا نهايت پرهيزگار عورت سمجهي ويندي هئي، پنهنجي پٽ کي ابن الجوزي جي آزاديءَ لاءِ راضي ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; آزادي حاصل ڪرڻ کان ٿوري ئي عرصي پوءِ ابن الجوزي بغداد ۾ وفات ڪئي. ان وقت سندس عمر لڳ ڀڳ چوهتر ورهيه بيان ڪئي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

== خيال ۽ فڪر ==

=== مناظرا ۽ رد ===

ابن الجوزي هڪ مشهور [[مناظره نگار]] هو،&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ۽ هو انهن سڀني ماڻهن جي تصنيفن تي سخت تنقيد ڪندو هو، جن کي هو دين ۾ [[بدعت]] پيدا ڪندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ٻين فڪري مڪتبن تي سندس تنقيد سڀ کان وڌيڪ سندس ڪتاب ''تلبيس إبليس''، يعني ''شيطان جو دوکو''، ۾ نظر اچي ٿي، جيڪو حنبلي مناظراتي ادب جي اهم تصنيفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; هن ڪتاب ۾ هن نه رڳو [[سني اسلام]] کان ٻاهر موجود ڪيترن فرقن، جهڙوڪ [[معتزله]] ۽ [[خوارج]]، تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، پر سني اسلام جي اندر موجود انهن فڪري ڌرين تي پڻ اعتراض ڪيو، جن بابت سندس خيال هو ته اهي صحيح راهه کان هٽي ويون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

هن ڪتاب ۾ پنهنجي دور جي ڪجهه گمراهه صوفين بابت ابن الجوزي جي تنقيدي بيانن سبب، روايتي [[تصوف]] جي مخالفت ڪندڙ ڪجهه جديد مسلمان تحريڪون، جهڙوڪ [[سلفيت]] ۽ [[وهابيت]]، پنهنجي موقف جي حمايت لاءِ هن تصنيف مان حوالا ڏينديون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; تنهن هوندي به، محققن موجب ابن الجوزي تصوف کي مجموعي طور رد نه ڪيو؛ هو پنهنجي لکڻين ۾ قديم، پاڪيزه تصوف ۽ صوفي عملن ۾ داخل ٿيل انهن رواجن جي وچ ۾ واضح فرق ڪندو هو، جن کي هو بگاڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot;/&gt; انهيءَ ڪري اهو ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته سندس دور جي ڪجهه صوفي جماعتن تي ڪيل تنقيد جو مقصد سڄي تصوف جي مذمت ڪرڻ نه هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

=== تبرڪات ===

ابن الجوزي ذاتي عبادت ۽ عقيدت ۾ [[محمد جا تبرڪات|رسول الله ﷺ جي تبرڪات]] جي استعمال جو مضبوط حامي هو ۽ انهن وسيلي [[برڪت]] حاصل ڪرڻ کي جائز سمجهندو هو. هن موقف جو ثبوت سندس طرفان ان روايت کي قبوليت سان نقل ڪرڻ مان ملي ٿو، جيڪا [[احمد بن حنبل]] جي پٽ عبدالله بيان ڪئي هئي. عبدالله پنهنجي والد جي رسول الله ﷺ جي تبرڪات سان عقيدت بابت چيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;مون پنهنجي والد کي ڏٺو ته هن رسول الله ﷺ جو هڪ وار ورتو، ان کي پنهنجي وات تي رکي چمي ڏني. شايد مون کيس اهو وار پنهنجي اکين تي رکندي، پوءِ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي اهو پاڻي شفا جي نيت سان پيئندي به ڏٺو هجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Jawzī, 2016 p. 89&quot;&gt;Ibn al-Jawzī, ''The Life of Ibn Hanbal'', XXIV.2, trans. Michael Cooperson (New York: New York University Press, 2016), p. 89&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;

ساڳئي طرح ابن الجوزي، احمد بن حنبل جي ان عمل جي پڻ تعريف ڪئي ته هن برڪت حاصل ڪرڻ جي نيت سان رسول الله ﷺ جي استعمال ڪيل پيالي مان پاڻي پيتو، جيتوڻيڪ فني لحاظ کان اهو ٻئي درجي جو تبرڪ شمار ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Jawzī, 2016 p. 89&quot;/&gt;

=== اولياءَ ===

ابن الجوزي [[ولي|اولياءَ]] جي وجود بابت روايتي ۽ وڏي پيماني تي قبوليل اسلامي عقيدي جو حامي هو. اهو موقف سندس ابتدائي مسلمان صوفي اولياءَ جي زندگين بابت مشهور ڪتاب ''صفة الصفوة''، يعني ''برگزيدن جون صفتون''، مان پڻ ظاهر ٿئي ٿو. هي ڪتاب اصل ۾ [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] (وفات 1038ع) جي ''حلية الأولياء''، يعني ''اولياءَ جو سينگار''، جو اختصار آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

هن تصنيف ۾ ابن الجوزي ڪيترن اهم صوفين ۽ زاهدن جي کليل لفظن ۾ تعريف ڪئي، جن ۾ [[حسن بصري]] (وفات 728ع)، [[ابراهيم بن ادهم]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 782ع)، [[سفيان ثوري]] (وفات 778ع)، [[رابعه بصري]] (وفات 801ع)، [[معروف ڪرخي]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 820ع) ۽ [[بشر حافي]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 850ع) شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

جيتوڻيڪ ابن الجوزي انهن ٺڳن تي تنقيد ڪئي، جيڪي پاڻ کي ڪوڙو درويش يا بزرگ ظاهر ڪندا هئا، پر هن صاف لفظن ۾ چيو ته سچا اولياءَ صحيح عقيدي، عمل ۽ شريعت جي مخالفت نٿا ڪن.&lt;ref&gt;Jonathan A. C. Brown, &quot;Faithful Dissenters: Sunni Skepticism about the Miracles of Saints,&quot; ''Journal of Sufi Studies'' 1 (2012), p. 162&lt;/ref&gt; اولياءَ بابت ابن الجوزي چيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;اولياءَ ۽ صالح ماڻهو ئي سموري وجود جو اصل مقصد آهن (''الأولياء والصالحون هم المقصود من الكون''). اهي اهي ماڻهو آهن، جن علم جي حقيقت کي سکيو ۽ ان تي عمل ڪيو... اهي پنهنجي علم موجب عمل ڪن ٿا، دنيا مان ٿوري شيءِ تي گذارو ڪن ٿا، آخرت جا طالب رهن ٿا ۽ هڪ جهان کان ٻئي جهان ڏانهن وڃڻ لاءِ بيدار اکين ۽ سٺي توشي سان تيار رهن ٿا؛ ان جي ابتڙ اهي ماڻهو آهن، جيڪي رڳو پنهنجي علم سبب مشهور هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn al-Jawzi, ''Sifat al-safwa'' (Beirut ed. 1989/1409) p. 13, 17.&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;

=== تصوف ===

ابن الجوزي جو خيال هو ته [[تصوف]] يا ''تَصَوُّف'' اسلامي عمل جو هڪ لازمي حصو آهي. محققن موجب سندس ڪتاب ''تلبيس إبليس''، جنهن ۾ [[تفسير]] ۽ [[فقه]] سميت تقريباً سڀني اهم اسلامي علمن ۾ پيدا ٿيل بدعتن تي تنقيد ڪئي وئي آهي، ڪنهن به صورت ۾ سڄي تصوف جو رد نه آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.abc.se/home/m9783/ir/f/ts/Tasawwuf%20shuyukh.htm#18|title=Error404}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان جي ابتڙ، هن ابتدائي صوفين ۽ اولياءَ جي فضيلتن بابت ڪيترائي ڪتاب لکيا، جن ۾ ''مناقب رابعه العدويه''، ''مناقب معروف الڪرخي''، ''مناقب ابراهيم بن ادهم'' ۽ ''مناقب بشر الحافي'' سميت ٻيون تصنيفون شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

ابن الجوزي [[ابو حامد غزالي]] جي تعليمات جو پڻ مضبوط حامي هو، ۽ تصوف بابت سندس ڪيترين تصنيفن تي غزالي جي مشهور ڪتاب ''[[احياء علوم الدين]]'' جو اثر نظر اچي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt; حقيقت ۾ ابن الجوزي نه رڳو ساڳين موضوعن تي لکيو، پر ڪيترين جاين تي غزالي جي لکڻيءَ جي طريقي ۽ اصطلاحن کي پڻ اختيار ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي روحاني تصنيفن ۾ جن موضوعن تي بحث ڪيو، تن ۾ خدا ڏانهن شديد شوق جي معنيٰ، پنهنجي [[نفس]] کان ان جي عملن جو حساب وٺڻ، نفس جي ڪمزورين تي ملامت ڪرڻ ۽ نفس جي اصلاح لاءِ ان کي سخت تنبيه ڪرڻ شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

== عقيدو ==

[[بدر الدين اَهدل|ابن الاهدل]] (وفات: 855هه/1451ع) پنهنجي ڪتاب ''ڪشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد'' ({{lang|ar|كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد}}) ۾ ابن الجوزي کي [[اشعريت|اشعري]] عالمن مان شمار ڪيو آهي، ۽ ان سلسلي ۾ هن [[عبدالقادر جيلاني]] جو پڻ ذڪر ڪيو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=[[ابن الاهدل]]|editor=Ahmad Bakīr Mahmud|url=https://archive.org/download/kalam-misc/kashful-ghitaa.pdf|title=Kashf al-Ghata' 'an Haqa'iq al-Tawhid|script-title=ar:كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد|language=ar|location=[[تيونس]]|publisher=[[Tunisian General Labour Union]]|year=1964|page=83|quote=وكل هؤلاء الذين ذكرنا عقائدهم من أئمة الشافعية سوى القرشي والشاذلي فمالكيان أشعريان. ولنتبع ذلك بعقيدة المالكية وعقيدتين للحنفية ليعلم أن غالب أهل هذين المذهبين على مذهب الأشعري في العقائد، '''وبعض الحنبلية في الفروع يكونون على مذهب الأشعري في العقائد كالشيخ عبد القادر الجيلاني وابن الجوزي وغيرهما رضي الله عنهم.''' وقد تقدم وسيأتي أيضاً أن الأشعري والإمام أحمد كانا في الاعتقاد متفقين حتى حدث الخلاف من أتباعه القائلين بالحرف والصوت والجهة وغير ذلك فلهذا لم نذكر عقائد المخالفين واقتصرنا على عقائد أصحابنا الأشعرية ومن وافقهم من المالكية والحنفية رضي الله عنهم. فأما عقيدة المالكية فهي تأليف الشيخ الإمام الكبير الشهير أبي محمد عبد الله بن أبي زيد المالكي ذكرها في صدر كتابه الرسالة}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جيتوڻيڪ ابن الجوزي [[حنبلي]] فقه سان لاڳاپيل هو، پر هو ٻين ڪيترن حنبلي عالمن وانگر [[علم ڪلام]] جي ماهرن ([[متڪلم]]) کي مڪمل طور رد نه ڪندو هو. هو ضرورت ۽ مخاطب جي حالت موجب [[علم ڪلام]] ۽ [[تأويل]] کي قبول ڪندو هو ۽ مناسب موقعن تي انهن مان استدلال پڻ ڪندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;/&gt;

== علم ڪلام ==

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي دور جي ٻين [[حنبلي]] عالمن، خاص طور [[ابن حميد الوراق]]، [[ابو يعلى ابن الفراء|قاضي ابو يعلى ابن الفراء]] ۽ [[ابن الزاغوني]] جي برخلاف پنهنجي الڳ علمي موقف سبب مشهور آهي. سندس خيال هو ته انهن ۽ ڪجهه ٻين حنبلي عالمن [[الله جون صفتون|الهي صفتن]] جي اثبات ۾ حد کان وڌيڪ غلو ڪيو، جنهن سبب حنبلي مذهب جي ساک متاثر ٿي ۽ ماڻهن وٽ ان جو تعلق سخت [[تجسيم]] (الله کي سندس مخلوق سان مشابهت ڏيڻ) سان ڳنڍجڻ لڳو.

ابن الجوزي لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
''&quot;انهن جو عقيدو هو ته الله تعاليٰ جي ذات کان سواءِ سندس هڪ صورت ۽ چهرو به آهي. هو اهو به چوندا هئا ته الله جون ٻه اکيون، وات، ننڍڙي زبان (لهاٽ)، ڏند، نور ۽ جلال وارو چهرو، ٻه هٿ جن ۾ هتيلون، آڱريون، ننڍيون آڱريون ۽ آڱوٺا، پٺي، ۽ ٻه ٽنگون آهن، جيڪي رانن ۽ پنڊلين ۾ ورهايل آهن.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-188&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last1=Holtzman|first1=Livnat|title=&quot;Does God Really Laugh?&quot; – Appropriate and Inappropriate Descriptions of God in Islamic Traditionalist Theology|url=http://arabic.biu.ac.il/files/arabic/shared/staff/u16/holtzman_final080310.pdf|publisher=Bar-Ilan University, Ramat Gan|pages=188}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

ان کان پوءِ هن خاص طور قاضي ابو يعلى تي تنقيد ڪندي لکيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
''&quot;جيڪو شخص الله تعاليٰ لاءِ ڏندن کي به هڪ الهي صفت طور ثابت ڪري ٿو، تنهن کي اسلام بابت ڪا به صحيح ڄاڻ نه آهي.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-191&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last1=Holtzman|first1=Livnat|title=&quot;Does God Really Laugh?&quot; – Appropriate and Inappropriate Descriptions of God in Islamic Traditionalist Theology|url=http://arabic.biu.ac.il/files/arabic/shared/staff/u16/holtzman_final080310.pdf|publisher=Bar-Ilan University, Ramat Gan|pages=191}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

هن موضوع تي ابن الجوزي جي سڀ کان مشهور تصنيف ''[[كتاب أخبار الصفات|باز الأشهب المنقض على مخالفي المذهب]]'' آهي، جنهن جو مطلب آهي: ''&quot;سرمائي رنگ جو شڪاري باز، جيڪو (حنبلي) مذهب جي مخالفت ڪندڙن تي حملو ڪري ٿو.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-188&quot; /&gt;

=== الله نه ڪائنات جي اندر آهي ۽ نه ئي ٻاهر ===

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي ڪتاب ''الصفات'' ۾ لکي ٿو ته الله نه ڪائنات جي اندر موجود آهي ۽ نه ئي ان کان ٻاهر.&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot;&gt;Swartz, Merlin. ''A Medieval Critique of Anthropomorphism'', pg. 159. [[ليڊن]]: [[بريل پبلشرز]], 2001.&lt;/ref&gt; سندس مطابق &quot;اندر&quot; يا &quot;ٻاهر&quot; هجڻ جو تصور صرف انهن شين تي لاڳو ٿيندو آهي، جيڪي ڪنهن جاءِ يا خلا ۾ موجود هجن. يعني جيڪا شيءِ اندر يا ٻاهر هجي، ان لاءِ ڪنهن هنڌ جو هجڻ لازمي آهي، جڏهن ته الله تعاليٰ بابت اهڙو تصور لاڳو نٿو ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot; /&gt;

هو لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;ڪنهن جاءِ ۾ هجڻ يا ان کان ٻاهر هجڻ، حرڪت، سڪون ۽ ٻيا اهڙا عارض جسم واريون خاصيتون آهن. الله جي ذات نه ڪنهن مخلوق کي پنهنجي اندر جاءِ ڏئي ٿي ۽ نه ئي ڪا مخلوق سندس ذات ۾ حلول ڪري سگهي ٿي.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

== تصنيفون ==

[[فائل:ArRadd IbneJawzi.PNG|200px|thumb|''الرد على المتعصب العنيد المانع من ذم يزيد'' جي ڇپيل نسخي جو سرورق.]]

ابن الجوزي کي اسلامي تاريخ جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ تصنيفون لکڻ وارن عالمن مان هڪ، بلڪه ڪيترن محققن موجب سڀ کان وڌيڪ تصنيفون لکندڙ عالم، شمار ڪيو ويندو آهي. [[ذهبي]] لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;مون عالمن مان ڪنهن کي به ابن الجوزي جيترو گهڻو لکندي نه ڏٺو آهي.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.as-sahwah.com/viewarticle.php?articleID=1277&amp;|title=IslamicAwakening.Com: Ibn al-Jawzi: A Lifetime of Da'wah|date=October 22, 2006|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20061022195654/http://www.as-sahwah.com/viewarticle.php?articleID=1277&amp; |archive-date=2006-10-22 }}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

تازو عراقي محقق پروفيسر عبد الحميد العلوجي ابن الجوزي جي تصنيفن تي تفصيلي تحقيق ڪئي ۽ هڪ مرجع ڪتاب تيار ڪيو، جنهن ۾ هن ابن الجوزي جي تصنيفن کي الف ب وار ترتيب ڏئي، انهن جي ڇپيل نسخن، ناشرن ۽ انهن لائبريرين جي نشاندهي ڪئي، جتي سندس اڻڇپيل قلمي نسخا محفوظ آهن. ڪجهه محققن جو خيال آهي ته ابن الجوزي 700 کان وڌيڪ ڪتابن جو مصنف هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Al-Jawzi&quot;/&gt;

سندس تصنيفن جي غيرمعمولي وڏي تعداد سبب ڪجهه عالمن سندس تحريرن تي تنقيد پڻ ڪئي، سندس غلطين کي خاص ڌيان سان جاچيو ۽ کيس اهڙو مصنف قرار ڏنو، جنهن کان ڪيترائي سهواً غلطيون ٿيون. بهرحال، [[ابن رجب]] سندس دفاع ۾ ابن الجوزي جو هي قول نقل ڪيو آهي:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;مان ترتيب ڏيندڙ آهيان، نيون تصنيفون ايجاد ڪندڙ نه آهيان.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |last=Ibn al-Jawzī |first=ʿAbd al-Raḥmān ibn ʿAlī |title=al-Muntaẓam fī Tārīkh al-Mulūk wa-l-Umam |publisher=Dār al-Kutub al-ʿIlmiyyah |year=1997 |edition=vol.1 |location=Beirut |publication-date=1997 |pages=30 |language=arabic}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

مذهبي موضوعن کان علاوه ابن الجوزي طب بابت پڻ لکيو. [[جلال الدين سيوطي]] جي طبي تصنيفن وانگر، سندس ڪتاب به تقريباً مڪمل طور تي [[نبوي طب]] تي ٻڌل هو، جڏهن ته [[ذهبي]] جي تصنيفن وانگر اسلامي ۽ يوناني طب جي گڏيل روايتن کي شامل نه ڪندو هو. ابن الجوزي خاص طور خوراڪ ۽ قدرتي علاج تي زور ڏنو، جن کي هن ريبيز (ڪتي جي چڪ) ۽ چيچڪ جهڙين سنگين بيمارين سان گڏ، مٿي جي سور ۽ نڪ مان رت اچڻ جهڙين عام تڪليفن جي علاج لاءِ پڻ بيان ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;Emilie Savage-Smith, &quot;Medicine.&quot; Taken from ''Encyclopedia of the History of Arabic Science, Volume 3: Technology, Alchemy and Life Sciences'', pg. 928. Ed. Roshdi Rasheed. [[لنڊن]]: [[روٽليج]], 1996. {{ISBN|0-415-12412-3}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مشهور تصنيفون ===

* ''[[الموضوعات الكبرى]]'' (جعلي حديثن جو وڏو مجموعو)
* ''[[دفع شبه التشبيه]]''&lt;ref&gt;Swartz, Merlin. ''A Medieval Critque of Anthropomorphism''. Brill, 2001&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''صفة الصفوة'' — پنج جلد، [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] جي ''[[حلية الأولياء]]'' جو اختصار ۽ نئين ترتيب.
* ''آداب الحسن البصري وزهده ومواعظه'' (حسن بصري جا آداب، زهد ۽ نصيحتون)&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last1=ابن الجوزي، عبد الرحمن بن علي بن محمد،|url=http://www.aruc.org/fullbib.aspx?id=1882791|title=آداب الحسن البصري وزهده ومواعظه|last2=الحرش، سليمان بن مسلم|date=2007|publisher=دار النوادر،|location=دمشق|language=ar|oclc=4770455870}}&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''زاد المسير في علم التفسير''&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.hilalplaza.com/products/zad-al-masir-fi-ilm-al-tafsir-8-vol|title=Zad al-Masir fi Ilm al-Tafsir 8 vol.4 books|access-date=2021-01-28|archive-date=2023-10-03|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20231003211857/https://www.hilalplaza.com/products/zad-al-masir-fi-ilm-al-tafsir-8-vol|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''تلبيس إبليس''
* ''تذكرة أولي البصائر في معرفة الكبائر''
* ''غريب الحديث''
* ''أحكام النساء''
* ''مولد العروس''
* ''حفظ العمر''
* ''بيان المولد النبوي''
* ''بحر الدموع''

== مقبرو ==

ابن الجوزي جو مقبرو [[بغداد]]، [[عراق]] ۾ واقع آهي. سندس قبر هڪ سادي سائي سيمينٽ جي ٺهيل مزار آهي، جنهن جي چوڌاري پٿر رکيل آهن، جڏهن ته مٿس لڳل هڪ ڪاغذي تختي تي اهو ڄاڻايل آهي ته هي ابن الجوزي جي قبر آهي.

2019ع ۾ سوشل ميڊيا تي اهڙيون افواهون پکڙيون ته سندس مقبرو ڊاهي هٽايو ويو آهي، جڏهن هڪ تصوير منظرعام تي آئي جنهن ۾ قبر هٽائيندي ڏيکاريل هئي. بهرحال، عراقي عملدارن انهن خبرن جي ترديد ڪندي واضح ڪيو ته ابن الجوزي جو مقبرو ڊاهيو نه ويو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://shafaq.com/ar|title=شفق نيوز|website=شفق نيوز}}&lt;/ref&gt;

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:اسلامي شخصيتون]]
[[زمرو:سلف]]
[[زمرو:محدث]]
[[زمرو:1116ع جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:1110ع جي ڏهاڪي جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:Articles with short description]]</text>
      <sha1>3fdyjzcy7naywy8dd445y5dbofze6sz</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401111</id>
      <parentid>401110</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T03:54:12Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401111</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="39387" sha1="329vrqsh3bxkvbc5sxcdcmhqflfbz83" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ٻارهين صديءَ جو مسلم عالم، محدث، مؤرخ ۽ فقيه}}


{{Infobox religious biography
| religion           = [[اسلام]]
| era                = [[اسلامي سنهري دور]]
| image              =
| caption            =
| name               = ابن الجوزي
| title              = [[شيخ الاسلام]]&lt;ref&gt;Al-Dhahabi, Siyar A'lam al-Nubala'.&lt;/ref&gt;
| birth_date         = لڳ ڀڳ 510هه / 1116ع
| birth_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| death_date         = 12 رمضان 597هه / 16 جون 1201ع (لڳ ڀڳ 87 ورهين جي عمر ۾)
| death_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| denomination       = [[سني اسلام]]
| creed              = [[اشعريت]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جي. اي. بوائل]]|title=The Cambridge History of Iran|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=16yHq5v3QZAC|volume=5 of The Saljuq and Mongol Periods|publisher=[[ڪيمبرج يونيورسٽي پريس]]|date=1968|page=299}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جبريل فؤاد حداد]]|title=The Biographies of the Elite Lives of the Scholars, Imams &amp; Hadith Masters|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=RwPnCAAAQBAJ&amp;pg=PA226|date=2015|publisher=[[اس السنة فائونڊيشن آف آمريڪا]]|page=226}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=[[ابن الأحدل]]|editor=Ahmad Bakīr Mahmud|url=https://archive.org/download/kalam-misc/kashful-ghitaa.pdf|title=كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد|language=ar|location=[[تيونس]]|publisher=[[تيونسي جنرل ليبر يونين]]|year=1964|page=83}}&lt;/ref&gt;
| jurisprudence      = [[حنبلي]]
| main_interests     = [[تاريخ]]، [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]
| notable_works      = [[كتاب أخبار الصفات]]
| influenced         = &lt;small&gt;[[عبد الغني المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[سبط ابن الجوزي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Robinson:2003:XV&quot;&gt;Robinson:2003:XV&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ابن قدامه المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ضياء الدين المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Al-Jawzi&quot;&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |title=Ibn Al-Jawzi |publisher=Sunnah.org |access-date=2013-11-28 |archive-date=2020-02-22 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200222230613/http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/small&gt;
| father             = علي بن محمد الجوزي
| children           = يوسف بن عبدالرحمٰن الجوزي
| birth_name         = عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري
| lineage            = [[آل بڪر]]
| native_name        = ابن الجوزي
| native_name_lang   = ar
}}

'''ابو الفرج جمال الدين عبدالرحمٰن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد الجوزي'''، جيڪو عام طور تي '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي{{Efn|{{langx|ar|أبو الفرج جمال الدين عبد الرحمن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد}}; Abū al-Faraj ʿAbd al-Raḥmān ibn ʿAlī ibn Muḥammad ibn al-Jawzī}}&lt;ref&gt;The Beginning and the End: Imad al-Din Abu al-Fida Ismail ibn Umar ibn Katheer al-Dimashqi.&lt;/ref&gt; (لڳ ڀڳ 1116ع – 16 جون 1201ع)، هڪ [[مسلمان]] [[فقيه]]، [[واعظ]]، [[خطيب]]، [[فرقن جو مؤرخ]]، [[علم الحديث|محدث]]، [[مؤرخ]]، [[قاضي]]، [[اوليائن جي سوانح نگار]] ۽ [[لسانيات دان]] هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot; /&gt; هن ٻارهين صديءَ دوران پنهنجي اباڻي شهر [[بغداد]] ۾ [[حنبلي]] [[فقهي مذهب]] جي واڌ ويجهه ۽ اشاعت ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنهنجي علمي، مذهبي ۽ سياسي سرگرمين سان ڀرپور زندگيءَ دوران ابن الجوزي پنهنجي همعصر [[حنبلي]] عالمن ۾ وڏي عزت حاصل ڪئي. هن مسلسل ڪوشش ڪئي ته [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب، جيڪو تاريخي طور چئن وڏن سني فقهي مذهبن مان سڀ کان ننڍو شمار ٿيندو هو، ان کي به [[مالڪي]]، [[شافعي]] ۽ [[حنفي]] مذهبن جي برابر وقار ۽ سرڪاري سرپرستي حاصل ٿئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

{{Infobox saint
|name = '''ابن الجوزي'''
|image = PARSONS(1808) p008 View of Bagdad on the Persian side of the Tigris.jpg
|image_size = 300px
|caption = 1808ع ۾ [[بغداد]] جو منظر؛ ابن الجوزي پنهنجي سموري زندگي ٻارهين صديءَ ۾ هن شهر ۾ گذاري.
|titles = فقيه، واعظ، محدث؛&lt;br /&gt;''شيخ الاسلام''، ''بادشاهن ۽ اميرن جو خطيب''، ''حنبلين جو امام''
|major_shrine = [[بغداد]]، [[عراق]] ۾ سبز گنبذ وارو مقبرو
|venerated_in = [[سني اسلام]]، خاص طور [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب
}}

ابن الجوزي نوجوانيءَ ۾ نهايت اعليٰ تعليم حاصل ڪئي&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ۽ بغداد جي ان دور جي ڪيترن ئي مشهور عالمن کان علم پرايو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع) ۽ [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot;&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 401&lt;/ref&gt;

ايندڙ سالن ۾ سندس علمي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌندي وئي، پر کيس سڀ کان وڌيڪ شهرت [[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ٽيٽيهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ملي. خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب جي سرپرستي سبب ابن الجوزي بغداد جي اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ کيس شهر ۽ ان جي ڀرپاسي ۾ وڏي عوامي ميڙ کي خطاب ڪرڻ جي آزادي ۽ سرپرستي حاصل هئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt;

المستضي جي دور ۾ پنهنجي اڪثر وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي مضبوط حمايت ڪئي ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، جن کي هو دين ۾ گمراهه يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ساڳئي وقت سندس علمي حيثيت پڻ وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ هن بغداد جي ڪيترين اهم [[مدرسو|مدرسن]] ۽ علمي ادارن جي انتظام ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ان کان علاوه هن غيرمعمولي تعداد ۾ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪيا، جنهن سبب کيس اسلامي تاريخ جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ زرخيز مصنفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

محققن موجب ابن الجوزي جو علمي سرمايو، جيڪو مختصر رسالن کان وٺي وڏن ڪتابن تائين پکڙيل آهي، اسلامي علمن جي تقريباً سڀني اهم شعبن تي مشتمل آهي، جن ۾ [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]، [[تاريخ]]، [[عقيدو]]، [[تصوف]]، [[ادب]] ۽ [[لسانيات]] شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

==خانداني پسمنظر ۽ زندگي==

عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري التيمي القرشي، جيڪو '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور ٿيو، 507هه کان 512هه (1113ع کان 1119ع) جي وچ واري عرصي ۾ [[بغداد]] ۾ هڪ خوشحال ۽ معزز خاندان ۾ ڄائو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; سندس خاندان جو نسب [[ابو بڪر صديق]] تائين پهچندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn al-Jawzi, ''Sincere Counsel to the Seekers of Sacred Knowledge'', Daar Us-Sunnah Publications Birmingham (2011), p. 88&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 399–434; Merlin Swartz, ''Ibn al-Jawzī’s'' Kitāb al-Quṣṣāṣ wa-’l-mudhakkirīn, Recherches publiées sous la direction de l’Institut de lettres orientales de Beyrouth, Série 1, Pensée arabe et musulmane, 47 (Beirut: Dar el-Machreq, 1971), 15.&lt;/ref&gt; سندس نسب هن ريت بيان ڪيو وڃي ٿو: عبدالرحمٰن بن علي بن محمد بن علي بن عبيدالله بن عبدالله بن حمادي بن احمد بن محمد بن جعفر الجوزي بن عبدالله بن القاسم بن النضر بن القاسم بن محمد بن عبدالله بن عبدالرحمٰن بن [[قاسم بن محمد بن ابي بڪر]] بن [[محمد بن ابي بڪر]] بن [[ابو بڪر صديق]] التيمي القرشي.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot;&gt;{{Cite book |last=Ibn Khalid |first=Ayman |title=Seeds of Admonishment and Reform |publisher=Dar As-Sunnah Publishers |year=2013 |isbn=1904336396 |edition=1st |location=Brimmingham |pages=17-18}}&lt;/ref&gt;

سندس نائين پيڙهيءَ جو ڏاڏو جعفر بن عبدالله البڪري '''الجوزي''' جي لقب سان مشهور هو، جنهن مان خاندان جو نالو &quot;الجوزي&quot; نڪتو. سندس خاندان ٽامي جي واپار سبب خوشحال ٿيو، تنهنڪري ابن الجوزي آسودگيءَ واري ماحول ۾ پرورش ورتي.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt;

سندس والدين کيس پنهنجي دور جي سڀني اهم علمن ۾ جامع تعليم ڏني.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;&gt;{{EI2|last=Laoust |first=H. | title=Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī | volume = 3 | pages = 751–752 | doi=10.1163/1573-3912_islam_SIM_3139}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن ڪيترن ئي مشهور استادن کان علم حاصل ڪيو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع)، [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع)، ابو الفضل بن الناصر (وفات 1155ع)، ابو حڪيم النهرواني (وفات 1161ع) ۽ [[ابو يعلى الصغير]] (وفات 1163ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot; /&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot; /&gt;

انهن استادن کان علاوه ابن الجوزي ڪيترن ئي اهڙن عالمن جي تصنيفن کان پڻ گهڻو متاثر ٿيو، جن سان سندس سڌي ملاقات نه ٿي. انهن ۾ [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] (وفات 1038ع)، [[الخطيب البغدادي]] (وفات 1071ع) ۽ مشهور حنبلي عالم [[ابن عقيل]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 1120ع) شامل هئا. ابن الجوزي پنهنجي بعد وارين تحريرن ۾ ابن عقيل جي ڪن خيالن جي واکاڻ به ڪئي ۽ ڪن تي تنقيد پڻ ڪئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot; /&gt;

عقيدي جي لحاظ کان هو [[اشعريت]] جو پيروڪار هو، جيڪا ڳالهه کيس ڪيترن ئي همعصر حنبلي عالمن کان ممتاز بڻائي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot;&gt;{{cite book|last=Boyle|first=J.A.|title=The Cambridge History of Iran, Vol. 5: The Saljuq and Mongol Periods (Volume 5)|date=January 1, 1968|publisher=Cambridge University Press|pages=299}}&lt;/ref&gt; پنهنجي ابتدائي تصنيفن ۾ هن [[علم الكلام]] ۾ بيجا فلسفياتي بحثن ۽ خاص طور ڪجهه صوفين جي نون فڪري لاڙن تي تنقيد ڪئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot; /&gt;

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي عملي علمي زندگيءَ جي شروعات [[المقتفي]] (وفات 1160ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ايڪتاليهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ڪئي. خليفي جو حنبلي وزير [[ابن هبيره]] سندس علمي سرپرستن مان هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; ابن الجوزي شروعات ۾ پنهنجي استاد ابو حڪيم النهرواني وٽ ٻن مدرسن ۾ حنبلي فقه پڙهائڻ ۾ معاون طور ڪم ڪيو، ۽ 1161ع ۾ استاد جي وفات کان پوءِ انهن ٻنهي مدرسن جو صدر مدرس مقرر ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 404&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان ڪجهه اڳ ئي وزير ابن هبيره کيس هر جمعي پنهنجي رهائشگاهه تي عوامي وعظ ڪرڻ جي مڪمل آزادي ڏني هئي، جنهن سان سندس خطابت جي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌڻ لڳي.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 402&lt;/ref&gt; المقتفي جي وفات کان پوءِ نئين خليفي [[المستنجد]] (وفات 1170ع) کيس بغداد جي خليفي واري جامع مسجد ۾ وعظ ڪرڻ لاءِ مقرر ڪيو، خاص طور [[نور الدين زنگي]] جي [[فاطمي خلافت]] خلاف مهمن دوران.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; انهن وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي ڀرپور حمايت ڪندو هو ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪندو هو، جن کي هو بدعتي يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو. هو انهن فقيهن تي به اعتراض ڪندو هو، جيڪي پنهنجي فقهي مذهب جي بي سوچ تقليد ڪندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;

[[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع) جي دور ۾ ابن الجوزي بغداد جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب سان خاص وابستگي سبب کيس سڄي بغداد ۾ وعظ ۽ تبليغ ڪرڻ جي مڪمل آزادي حاصل ٿي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; 1172ع کان 1173ع تائين سندس مسلسل وعظن کيس بغداد جو سڀ کان ممتاز عالم بڻائي ڇڏيو. سندس غيرمعمولي خطابت کان متاثر ٿي خليفي مسجد ۾ خاص طور سندس لاءِ هڪ منبر (دِڪَّة) به تعمير ڪرايو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;

1179ع تائين ابن الجوزي ڏيڍ سئو کان وڌيڪ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪري چڪو هو ۽ ساڳئي وقت بغداد جي پنجن مختلف مدرسن جي نگراني پڻ ڪندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; انهيءَ عرصي دوران هن خليفي المستضي کي صلاح ڏني ته [[امام احمد بن حنبل]] جي مزار تي هڪ ڪتبو لڳايو وڃي، جنهن ۾ کيس &quot;امام&quot; جي لقب سان ياد ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Kat̲h̲īr, ''Bidāya'', Cairo 1351-8/1932-9, xii, 28–30&lt;/ref&gt;

بعد ۾ جڏهن [[الناصر لدين الله]] (وفات 1235ع) خلافت تي ويٺو، تڏهن شروعات ۾ ابن الجوزي جا تعلقات سندس حنبلي وزير ابن يونس (وفات 1197ع) ذريعي سٺا رهيا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; پر ابن يونس جي معزولي ۽ گرفتاري کان پوءِ خليفي [[ابن القصاب]] نالي هڪ شيعي وزير کي مقرر ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; تاريخي ذريعن ۾ ان جا واضح سبب بيان ناهن، پر آخرڪار الناصر ابن الجوزي کي پنجن سالن تائين نظر بند رکڻ جو حڪم ڏنو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; هڪ راءِ موجب، ابن الجوزي خليفي جي هڪ سرڪاري پاليسيءَ تي تنقيدي رد لکيو هو، جنهن سبب ٻنهي جا تعلقات خراب ٿي ويا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنجن سالن جي نظر بندي کان پوءِ خليفي جي والده [[زمرد خاتون]]، جيڪا نهايت پرهيزگار عورت سمجهي ويندي هئي، پنهنجي پٽ کي ابن الجوزي جي آزاديءَ لاءِ راضي ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; آزادي حاصل ڪرڻ کان ٿوري ئي عرصي پوءِ ابن الجوزي بغداد ۾ وفات ڪئي. ان وقت سندس عمر لڳ ڀڳ چوهتر ورهيه بيان ڪئي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

== خيال ۽ فڪر ==

=== مناظرا ۽ رد ===

ابن الجوزي هڪ مشهور [[مناظره نگار]] هو،&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ۽ هو انهن سڀني ماڻهن جي تصنيفن تي سخت تنقيد ڪندو هو، جن کي هو دين ۾ [[بدعت]] پيدا ڪندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ٻين فڪري مڪتبن تي سندس تنقيد سڀ کان وڌيڪ سندس ڪتاب ''تلبيس إبليس''، يعني ''شيطان جو دوکو''، ۾ نظر اچي ٿي، جيڪو حنبلي مناظراتي ادب جي اهم تصنيفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; هن ڪتاب ۾ هن نه رڳو [[سني اسلام]] کان ٻاهر موجود ڪيترن فرقن، جهڙوڪ [[معتزله]] ۽ [[خوارج]]، تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، پر سني اسلام جي اندر موجود انهن فڪري ڌرين تي پڻ اعتراض ڪيو، جن بابت سندس خيال هو ته اهي صحيح راهه کان هٽي ويون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

هن ڪتاب ۾ پنهنجي دور جي ڪجهه گمراهه صوفين بابت ابن الجوزي جي تنقيدي بيانن سبب، روايتي [[تصوف]] جي مخالفت ڪندڙ ڪجهه جديد مسلمان تحريڪون، جهڙوڪ [[سلفيت]] ۽ [[وهابيت]]، پنهنجي موقف جي حمايت لاءِ هن تصنيف مان حوالا ڏينديون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; تنهن هوندي به، محققن موجب ابن الجوزي تصوف کي مجموعي طور رد نه ڪيو؛ هو پنهنجي لکڻين ۾ قديم، پاڪيزه تصوف ۽ صوفي عملن ۾ داخل ٿيل انهن رواجن جي وچ ۾ واضح فرق ڪندو هو، جن کي هو بگاڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot;/&gt; انهيءَ ڪري اهو ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته سندس دور جي ڪجهه صوفي جماعتن تي ڪيل تنقيد جو مقصد سڄي تصوف جي مذمت ڪرڻ نه هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

=== تبرڪات ===

ابن الجوزي ذاتي عبادت ۽ عقيدت ۾ [[محمد جا تبرڪات|رسول الله ﷺ جي تبرڪات]] جي استعمال جو مضبوط حامي هو ۽ انهن وسيلي [[برڪت]] حاصل ڪرڻ کي جائز سمجهندو هو. هن موقف جو ثبوت سندس طرفان ان روايت کي قبوليت سان نقل ڪرڻ مان ملي ٿو، جيڪا [[احمد بن حنبل]] جي پٽ عبدالله بيان ڪئي هئي. عبدالله پنهنجي والد جي رسول الله ﷺ جي تبرڪات سان عقيدت بابت چيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;مون پنهنجي والد کي ڏٺو ته هن رسول الله ﷺ جو هڪ وار ورتو، ان کي پنهنجي وات تي رکي چمي ڏني. شايد مون کيس اهو وار پنهنجي اکين تي رکندي، پوءِ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي اهو پاڻي شفا جي نيت سان پيئندي به ڏٺو هجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Jawzī, 2016 p. 89&quot;&gt;Ibn al-Jawzī, ''The Life of Ibn Hanbal'', XXIV.2, trans. Michael Cooperson (New York: New York University Press, 2016), p. 89&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;

ساڳئي طرح ابن الجوزي، احمد بن حنبل جي ان عمل جي پڻ تعريف ڪئي ته هن برڪت حاصل ڪرڻ جي نيت سان رسول الله ﷺ جي استعمال ڪيل پيالي مان پاڻي پيتو، جيتوڻيڪ فني لحاظ کان اهو ٻئي درجي جو تبرڪ شمار ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Jawzī, 2016 p. 89&quot;/&gt;

=== اولياءَ ===

ابن الجوزي [[ولي|اولياءَ]] جي وجود بابت روايتي ۽ وڏي پيماني تي قبوليل اسلامي عقيدي جو حامي هو. اهو موقف سندس ابتدائي مسلمان صوفي اولياءَ جي زندگين بابت مشهور ڪتاب ''صفة الصفوة''، يعني ''برگزيدن جون صفتون''، مان پڻ ظاهر ٿئي ٿو. هي ڪتاب اصل ۾ [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] (وفات 1038ع) جي ''حلية الأولياء''، يعني ''اولياءَ جو سينگار''، جو اختصار آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

هن تصنيف ۾ ابن الجوزي ڪيترن اهم صوفين ۽ زاهدن جي کليل لفظن ۾ تعريف ڪئي، جن ۾ [[حسن بصري]] (وفات 728ع)، [[ابراهيم بن ادهم]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 782ع)، [[سفيان ثوري]] (وفات 778ع)، [[رابعه بصري]] (وفات 801ع)، [[معروف ڪرخي]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 820ع) ۽ [[بشر حافي]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 850ع) شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

جيتوڻيڪ ابن الجوزي انهن ٺڳن تي تنقيد ڪئي، جيڪي پاڻ کي ڪوڙو درويش يا بزرگ ظاهر ڪندا هئا، پر هن صاف لفظن ۾ چيو ته سچا اولياءَ صحيح عقيدي، عمل ۽ شريعت جي مخالفت نٿا ڪن.&lt;ref&gt;Jonathan A. C. Brown, &quot;Faithful Dissenters: Sunni Skepticism about the Miracles of Saints,&quot; ''Journal of Sufi Studies'' 1 (2012), p. 162&lt;/ref&gt; اولياءَ بابت ابن الجوزي چيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;اولياءَ ۽ صالح ماڻهو ئي سموري وجود جو اصل مقصد آهن (''الأولياء والصالحون هم المقصود من الكون''). اهي اهي ماڻهو آهن، جن علم جي حقيقت کي سکيو ۽ ان تي عمل ڪيو... اهي پنهنجي علم موجب عمل ڪن ٿا، دنيا مان ٿوري شيءِ تي گذارو ڪن ٿا، آخرت جا طالب رهن ٿا ۽ هڪ جهان کان ٻئي جهان ڏانهن وڃڻ لاءِ بيدار اکين ۽ سٺي توشي سان تيار رهن ٿا؛ ان جي ابتڙ اهي ماڻهو آهن، جيڪي رڳو پنهنجي علم سبب مشهور هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn al-Jawzi, ''Sifat al-safwa'' (Beirut ed. 1989/1409) p. 13, 17.&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;

=== تصوف ===

ابن الجوزي جو خيال هو ته [[تصوف]] يا ''تَصَوُّف'' اسلامي عمل جو هڪ لازمي حصو آهي. محققن موجب سندس ڪتاب ''تلبيس إبليس''، جنهن ۾ [[تفسير]] ۽ [[فقه]] سميت تقريباً سڀني اهم اسلامي علمن ۾ پيدا ٿيل بدعتن تي تنقيد ڪئي وئي آهي، ڪنهن به صورت ۾ سڄي تصوف جو رد نه آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.abc.se/home/m9783/ir/f/ts/Tasawwuf%20shuyukh.htm#18|title=Error404}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان جي ابتڙ، هن ابتدائي صوفين ۽ اولياءَ جي فضيلتن بابت ڪيترائي ڪتاب لکيا، جن ۾ ''مناقب رابعه العدويه''، ''مناقب معروف الڪرخي''، ''مناقب ابراهيم بن ادهم'' ۽ ''مناقب بشر الحافي'' سميت ٻيون تصنيفون شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

ابن الجوزي [[ابو حامد غزالي]] جي تعليمات جو پڻ مضبوط حامي هو، ۽ تصوف بابت سندس ڪيترين تصنيفن تي غزالي جي مشهور ڪتاب ''[[احياء علوم الدين]]'' جو اثر نظر اچي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt; حقيقت ۾ ابن الجوزي نه رڳو ساڳين موضوعن تي لکيو، پر ڪيترين جاين تي غزالي جي لکڻيءَ جي طريقي ۽ اصطلاحن کي پڻ اختيار ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي روحاني تصنيفن ۾ جن موضوعن تي بحث ڪيو، تن ۾ خدا ڏانهن شديد شوق جي معنيٰ، پنهنجي [[نفس]] کان ان جي عملن جو حساب وٺڻ، نفس جي ڪمزورين تي ملامت ڪرڻ ۽ نفس جي اصلاح لاءِ ان کي سخت تنبيه ڪرڻ شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

== عقيدو ==

[[بدر الدين اَهدل|ابن الاهدل]] (وفات: 855هه/1451ع) پنهنجي ڪتاب ''ڪشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد'' ({{lang|ar|كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد}}) ۾ ابن الجوزي کي [[اشعريت|اشعري]] عالمن مان شمار ڪيو آهي، ۽ ان سلسلي ۾ هن [[عبدالقادر جيلاني]] جو پڻ ذڪر ڪيو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=[[ابن الاهدل]]|editor=Ahmad Bakīr Mahmud|url=https://archive.org/download/kalam-misc/kashful-ghitaa.pdf|title=Kashf al-Ghata' 'an Haqa'iq al-Tawhid|script-title=ar:كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد|language=ar|location=[[تيونس]]|publisher=[[Tunisian General Labour Union]]|year=1964|page=83|quote=وكل هؤلاء الذين ذكرنا عقائدهم من أئمة الشافعية سوى القرشي والشاذلي فمالكيان أشعريان. ولنتبع ذلك بعقيدة المالكية وعقيدتين للحنفية ليعلم أن غالب أهل هذين المذهبين على مذهب الأشعري في العقائد، '''وبعض الحنبلية في الفروع يكونون على مذهب الأشعري في العقائد كالشيخ عبد القادر الجيلاني وابن الجوزي وغيرهما رضي الله عنهم.''' وقد تقدم وسيأتي أيضاً أن الأشعري والإمام أحمد كانا في الاعتقاد متفقين حتى حدث الخلاف من أتباعه القائلين بالحرف والصوت والجهة وغير ذلك فلهذا لم نذكر عقائد المخالفين واقتصرنا على عقائد أصحابنا الأشعرية ومن وافقهم من المالكية والحنفية رضي الله عنهم. فأما عقيدة المالكية فهي تأليف الشيخ الإمام الكبير الشهير أبي محمد عبد الله بن أبي زيد المالكي ذكرها في صدر كتابه الرسالة}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جيتوڻيڪ ابن الجوزي [[حنبلي]] فقه سان لاڳاپيل هو، پر هو ٻين ڪيترن حنبلي عالمن وانگر [[علم ڪلام]] جي ماهرن ([[متڪلم]]) کي مڪمل طور رد نه ڪندو هو. هو ضرورت ۽ مخاطب جي حالت موجب [[علم ڪلام]] ۽ [[تأويل]] کي قبول ڪندو هو ۽ مناسب موقعن تي انهن مان استدلال پڻ ڪندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;/&gt;

== علم ڪلام ==

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي دور جي ٻين [[حنبلي]] عالمن، خاص طور [[ابن حميد الوراق]]، [[ابو يعلى ابن الفراء|قاضي ابو يعلى ابن الفراء]] ۽ [[ابن الزاغوني]] جي برخلاف پنهنجي الڳ علمي موقف سبب مشهور آهي. سندس خيال هو ته انهن ۽ ڪجهه ٻين حنبلي عالمن [[الله جون صفتون|الهي صفتن]] جي اثبات ۾ حد کان وڌيڪ غلو ڪيو، جنهن سبب حنبلي مذهب جي ساک متاثر ٿي ۽ ماڻهن وٽ ان جو تعلق سخت [[تجسيم]] (الله کي سندس مخلوق سان مشابهت ڏيڻ) سان ڳنڍجڻ لڳو.

ابن الجوزي لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
''&quot;انهن جو عقيدو هو ته الله تعاليٰ جي ذات کان سواءِ سندس هڪ صورت ۽ چهرو به آهي. هو اهو به چوندا هئا ته الله جون ٻه اکيون، وات، ننڍڙي زبان (لهاٽ)، ڏند، نور ۽ جلال وارو چهرو، ٻه هٿ جن ۾ هتيلون، آڱريون، ننڍيون آڱريون ۽ آڱوٺا، پٺي، ۽ ٻه ٽنگون آهن، جيڪي رانن ۽ پنڊلين ۾ ورهايل آهن.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-188&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last1=Holtzman|first1=Livnat|title=&quot;Does God Really Laugh?&quot; – Appropriate and Inappropriate Descriptions of God in Islamic Traditionalist Theology|url=http://arabic.biu.ac.il/files/arabic/shared/staff/u16/holtzman_final080310.pdf|publisher=Bar-Ilan University, Ramat Gan|pages=188}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

ان کان پوءِ هن خاص طور قاضي ابو يعلى تي تنقيد ڪندي لکيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
''&quot;جيڪو شخص الله تعاليٰ لاءِ ڏندن کي به هڪ الهي صفت طور ثابت ڪري ٿو، تنهن کي اسلام بابت ڪا به صحيح ڄاڻ نه آهي.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-191&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last1=Holtzman|first1=Livnat|title=&quot;Does God Really Laugh?&quot; – Appropriate and Inappropriate Descriptions of God in Islamic Traditionalist Theology|url=http://arabic.biu.ac.il/files/arabic/shared/staff/u16/holtzman_final080310.pdf|publisher=Bar-Ilan University, Ramat Gan|pages=191}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

هن موضوع تي ابن الجوزي جي سڀ کان مشهور تصنيف ''[[كتاب أخبار الصفات|باز الأشهب المنقض على مخالفي المذهب]]'' آهي، جنهن جو مطلب آهي: ''&quot;سرمائي رنگ جو شڪاري باز، جيڪو (حنبلي) مذهب جي مخالفت ڪندڙن تي حملو ڪري ٿو.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-188&quot; /&gt;

=== الله نه ڪائنات جي اندر آهي ۽ نه ئي ٻاهر ===

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي ڪتاب ''الصفات'' ۾ لکي ٿو ته الله نه ڪائنات جي اندر موجود آهي ۽ نه ئي ان کان ٻاهر.&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot;&gt;Swartz, Merlin. ''A Medieval Critique of Anthropomorphism'', pg. 159. [[ليڊن]]: [[بريل پبلشرز]], 2001.&lt;/ref&gt; سندس مطابق &quot;اندر&quot; يا &quot;ٻاهر&quot; هجڻ جو تصور صرف انهن شين تي لاڳو ٿيندو آهي، جيڪي ڪنهن جاءِ يا خلا ۾ موجود هجن. يعني جيڪا شيءِ اندر يا ٻاهر هجي، ان لاءِ ڪنهن هنڌ جو هجڻ لازمي آهي، جڏهن ته الله تعاليٰ بابت اهڙو تصور لاڳو نٿو ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot; /&gt;

هو لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;ڪنهن جاءِ ۾ هجڻ يا ان کان ٻاهر هجڻ، حرڪت، سڪون ۽ ٻيا اهڙا عارض جسم واريون خاصيتون آهن. الله جي ذات نه ڪنهن مخلوق کي پنهنجي اندر جاءِ ڏئي ٿي ۽ نه ئي ڪا مخلوق سندس ذات ۾ حلول ڪري سگهي ٿي.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

== تصنيفون ==

[[فائل:ArRadd IbneJawzi.PNG|200px|thumb|''الرد على المتعصب العنيد المانع من ذم يزيد'' جي ڇپيل نسخي جو سرورق.]]

ابن الجوزي کي اسلامي تاريخ جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ تصنيفون لکڻ وارن عالمن مان هڪ، بلڪه ڪيترن محققن موجب سڀ کان وڌيڪ تصنيفون لکندڙ عالم، شمار ڪيو ويندو آهي. [[ذهبي]] لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;مون عالمن مان ڪنهن کي به ابن الجوزي جيترو گهڻو لکندي نه ڏٺو آهي.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.as-sahwah.com/viewarticle.php?articleID=1277&amp;|title=IslamicAwakening.Com: Ibn al-Jawzi: A Lifetime of Da'wah|date=October 22, 2006|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20061022195654/http://www.as-sahwah.com/viewarticle.php?articleID=1277&amp; |archive-date=2006-10-22 }}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

تازو عراقي محقق پروفيسر عبد الحميد العلوجي ابن الجوزي جي تصنيفن تي تفصيلي تحقيق ڪئي ۽ هڪ مرجع ڪتاب تيار ڪيو، جنهن ۾ هن ابن الجوزي جي تصنيفن کي الف ب وار ترتيب ڏئي، انهن جي ڇپيل نسخن، ناشرن ۽ انهن لائبريرين جي نشاندهي ڪئي، جتي سندس اڻڇپيل قلمي نسخا محفوظ آهن. ڪجهه محققن جو خيال آهي ته ابن الجوزي 700 کان وڌيڪ ڪتابن جو مصنف هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Al-Jawzi&quot;/&gt;

سندس تصنيفن جي غيرمعمولي وڏي تعداد سبب ڪجهه عالمن سندس تحريرن تي تنقيد پڻ ڪئي، سندس غلطين کي خاص ڌيان سان جاچيو ۽ کيس اهڙو مصنف قرار ڏنو، جنهن کان ڪيترائي سهواً غلطيون ٿيون. بهرحال، [[ابن رجب]] سندس دفاع ۾ ابن الجوزي جو هي قول نقل ڪيو آهي:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;مان ترتيب ڏيندڙ آهيان، نيون تصنيفون ايجاد ڪندڙ نه آهيان.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |last=Ibn al-Jawzī |first=ʿAbd al-Raḥmān ibn ʿAlī |title=al-Muntaẓam fī Tārīkh al-Mulūk wa-l-Umam |publisher=Dār al-Kutub al-ʿIlmiyyah |year=1997 |edition=vol.1 |location=Beirut |publication-date=1997 |pages=30 |language=arabic}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

مذهبي موضوعن کان علاوه ابن الجوزي طب بابت پڻ لکيو. [[جلال الدين سيوطي]] جي طبي تصنيفن وانگر، سندس ڪتاب به تقريباً مڪمل طور تي [[نبوي طب]] تي ٻڌل هو، جڏهن ته [[ذهبي]] جي تصنيفن وانگر اسلامي ۽ يوناني طب جي گڏيل روايتن کي شامل نه ڪندو هو. ابن الجوزي خاص طور خوراڪ ۽ قدرتي علاج تي زور ڏنو، جن کي هن ريبيز (ڪتي جي چڪ) ۽ چيچڪ جهڙين سنگين بيمارين سان گڏ، مٿي جي سور ۽ نڪ مان رت اچڻ جهڙين عام تڪليفن جي علاج لاءِ پڻ بيان ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;Emilie Savage-Smith, &quot;Medicine.&quot; Taken from ''Encyclopedia of the History of Arabic Science, Volume 3: Technology, Alchemy and Life Sciences'', pg. 928. Ed. Roshdi Rasheed. [[لنڊن]]: [[روٽليج]], 1996. {{ISBN|0-415-12412-3}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مشهور تصنيفون ===

* ''[[الموضوعات الكبرى]]'' (جعلي حديثن جو وڏو مجموعو)
* ''[[دفع شبه التشبيه]]''&lt;ref&gt;Swartz, Merlin. ''A Medieval Critque of Anthropomorphism''. Brill, 2001&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''صفة الصفوة'' — پنج جلد، [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] جي ''[[حلية الأولياء]]'' جو اختصار ۽ نئين ترتيب.
* ''آداب الحسن البصري وزهده ومواعظه'' (حسن بصري جا آداب، زهد ۽ نصيحتون)&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last1=ابن الجوزي، عبد الرحمن بن علي بن محمد،|url=http://www.aruc.org/fullbib.aspx?id=1882791|title=آداب الحسن البصري وزهده ومواعظه|last2=الحرش، سليمان بن مسلم|date=2007|publisher=دار النوادر،|location=دمشق|language=ar|oclc=4770455870}}&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''زاد المسير في علم التفسير''&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.hilalplaza.com/products/zad-al-masir-fi-ilm-al-tafsir-8-vol|title=Zad al-Masir fi Ilm al-Tafsir 8 vol.4 books|access-date=2021-01-28|archive-date=2023-10-03|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20231003211857/https://www.hilalplaza.com/products/zad-al-masir-fi-ilm-al-tafsir-8-vol|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''تلبيس إبليس''
* ''تذكرة أولي البصائر في معرفة الكبائر''
* ''غريب الحديث''
* ''أحكام النساء''
* ''مولد العروس''
* ''حفظ العمر''
* ''بيان المولد النبوي''
* ''بحر الدموع''

== مقبرو ==

ابن الجوزي جو مقبرو [[بغداد]]، [[عراق]] ۾ واقع آهي. سندس قبر هڪ سادي سائي سيمينٽ جي ٺهيل مزار آهي، جنهن جي چوڌاري پٿر رکيل آهن، جڏهن ته مٿس لڳل هڪ ڪاغذي تختي تي اهو ڄاڻايل آهي ته هي ابن الجوزي جي قبر آهي.

2019ع ۾ سوشل ميڊيا تي اهڙيون افواهون پکڙيون ته سندس مقبرو ڊاهي هٽايو ويو آهي، جڏهن هڪ تصوير منظرعام تي آئي جنهن ۾ قبر هٽائيندي ڏيکاريل هئي. بهرحال، عراقي عملدارن انهن خبرن جي ترديد ڪندي واضح ڪيو ته ابن الجوزي جو مقبرو ڊاهيو نه ويو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://shafaq.com/ar|title=شفق نيوز|website=شفق نيوز}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== پڻ ڏسو ==
* [[سبط ابن الجوزي]]
* [[ابن عقيل]]

== خارجي ڳنڍڻا ==
* [http://www.muslimscholars.info/manage.php?submit=scholar&amp;ID=60001 مسلم اسڪالرز ڊاٽ انفارميشن تي ابن الجوزي جي سوانح]
* [http://www.amalpress.com/index.php?l_dis=publications&amp;det=full&amp;id=18 ''الله جون صفتون'']، ابن الجوزي؛ ترجمو: عبدالله بن حميد علي؛ ڇپائيندڙ: [http://www.amalpress.com/ امل پريس]
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20090215044232/http://hanbalis.com/index.php/Ibn_al-Jawzi ابن الجوزي جي سڀ کان جامع آن لائين سوانح]
* {{in lang|fr}} [https://web.archive.org/web/20120526102946/http://www.at-tawhid.net/article-l-attachement-au-qur-an-que-contiennent-les-coeurs-des-amoureux-d-allah-ibn-al-jawzi-46585345.html امام ابن الجوزي موجب قرآن سان وابستگيءَ جي اهميت]
* {{in lang|fr}} [https://web.archive.org/web/20110817015245/http://www.at-tawhid.net/article-ibn-al-jawzi-expose-critique-et-refute-l-egarement-des-anthropomorphistes-hanbalites-59608673.html امام ابن الجوزي طرفان تجسيم پسند حنبلي نظرين جي ترديد]

{{Portal bar|Biography|Islam|Iraq}}
{{Historians of Islam}}
{{Hanbali scholars}}
{{Ash'ari}}
{{Authority control}}

{{DEFAULTSORT:ابن الجوزي، ابو الفرج}}

[[زمرو:حنبلي عالم]]
[[زمرو:ٻارهين صديءَ جا مسلمان علم ڪلام جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:شيخ الاسلام]]
[[زمرو:بغداد جا ماڻهو]]
[[زمرو:عرب سني اسلامي عالم]]
[[زمرو:سني اسلامي عالم]]
[[زمرو:قرآني تفسير جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:حديث جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:سلجوقي سلطنت جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:1110ع واري ڏهاڪي ۾ ڄاول]]
[[زمرو:1201ع ۾ وفات ڪندڙ]]
[[زمرو:عباسي خلافت جا ٻارهين صديءَ جا ماڻهو]]
[[زمرو:مقامات]]
[[زمرو:اشعري عالم]]
[[زمرو:رجال جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:اسلامي زهد]]
[[زمرو:ٻارهين صديءَ جا عرب]]
[[زمرو:شيعه اسلام جا ناقد]]
[[زمرو:ڄمڻ جو سال غير يقيني]]
[[زمرو:بنو ابو بڪر]]

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:اسلامي شخصيتون]]
[[زمرو:سلف]]
[[زمرو:محدث]]
[[زمرو:1116ع جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:1110ع جي ڏهاڪي جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:Articles with short description]]</text>
      <sha1>329vrqsh3bxkvbc5sxcdcmhqflfbz83</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401112</id>
      <parentid>401111</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T03:55:00Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401112</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="39358" sha1="0a48vvzvf1g9r7f5yr1fczt463y0ap8" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ٻارهين صديءَ جو مسلم عالم، محدث، مؤرخ ۽ فقيه}}


{{Infobox religious biography
| religion           = [[اسلام]]
| era                = [[اسلامي سنهري دور]]
| image              =
| caption            =
| name               = ابن الجوزي
| title              = [[شيخ الاسلام]]&lt;ref&gt;Al-Dhahabi, Siyar A'lam al-Nubala'.&lt;/ref&gt;
| birth_date         = لڳ ڀڳ 510هه / 1116ع
| birth_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| death_date         = 12 رمضان 597هه / 16 جون 1201ع (لڳ ڀڳ 87 ورهين جي عمر ۾)
| death_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| denomination       = [[سني اسلام]]
| creed              = [[اشعريت]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جي. اي. بوائل]]|title=The Cambridge History of Iran|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=16yHq5v3QZAC|volume=5 of The Saljuq and Mongol Periods|publisher=[[ڪيمبرج يونيورسٽي پريس]]|date=1968|page=299}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جبريل فؤاد حداد]]|title=The Biographies of the Elite Lives of the Scholars, Imams &amp; Hadith Masters|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=RwPnCAAAQBAJ&amp;pg=PA226|date=2015|publisher=[[اس السنة فائونڊيشن آف آمريڪا]]|page=226}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=[[ابن الأحدل]]|editor=Ahmad Bakīr Mahmud|url=https://archive.org/download/kalam-misc/kashful-ghitaa.pdf|title=كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد|language=ar|location=[[تيونس]]|publisher=[[تيونسي جنرل ليبر يونين]]|year=1964|page=83}}&lt;/ref&gt;
| jurisprudence      = [[حنبلي]]
| main_interests     = [[تاريخ]]، [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]
| notable_works      = [[كتاب أخبار الصفات]]
| influenced         = &lt;small&gt;[[عبد الغني المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[سبط ابن الجوزي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Robinson:2003:XV&quot;&gt;Robinson:2003:XV&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ابن قدامه المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ضياء الدين المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Al-Jawzi&quot;&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |title=Ibn Al-Jawzi |publisher=Sunnah.org |access-date=2013-11-28 |archive-date=2020-02-22 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200222230613/http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/small&gt;
| father             = علي بن محمد الجوزي
| children           = يوسف بن عبدالرحمٰن الجوزي
| birth_name         = عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري
| lineage            = [[آل بڪر]]
| native_name        = ابن الجوزي
| native_name_lang   = ar
}}

'''ابو الفرج جمال الدين عبدالرحمٰن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد الجوزي'''، جيڪو عام طور تي '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي{{Efn|{{langx|ar|أبو الفرج جمال الدين عبد الرحمن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد}}; Abū al-Faraj ʿAbd al-Raḥmān ibn ʿAlī ibn Muḥammad ibn al-Jawzī}}&lt;ref&gt;The Beginning and the End: Imad al-Din Abu al-Fida Ismail ibn Umar ibn Katheer al-Dimashqi.&lt;/ref&gt; (لڳ ڀڳ 1116ع – 16 جون 1201ع)، هڪ [[مسلمان]] [[فقيه]]، [[واعظ]]، [[خطيب]]، [[فرقن جو مؤرخ]]، [[علم الحديث|محدث]]، [[مؤرخ]]، [[قاضي]]، [[اوليائن جي سوانح نگار]] ۽ [[لسانيات دان]] هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot; /&gt; هن ٻارهين صديءَ دوران پنهنجي اباڻي شهر [[بغداد]] ۾ [[حنبلي]] [[فقهي مذهب]] جي واڌ ويجهه ۽ اشاعت ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنهنجي علمي، مذهبي ۽ سياسي سرگرمين سان ڀرپور زندگيءَ دوران ابن الجوزي پنهنجي همعصر [[حنبلي]] عالمن ۾ وڏي عزت حاصل ڪئي. هن مسلسل ڪوشش ڪئي ته [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب، جيڪو تاريخي طور چئن وڏن سني فقهي مذهبن مان سڀ کان ننڍو شمار ٿيندو هو، ان کي به [[مالڪي]]، [[شافعي]] ۽ [[حنفي]] مذهبن جي برابر وقار ۽ سرڪاري سرپرستي حاصل ٿئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

{{Infobox saint
|name = '''ابن الجوزي'''
|image = PARSONS(1808) p008 View of Bagdad on the Persian side of the Tigris.jpg
|image_size = 300px
|caption = 1808ع ۾ [[بغداد]] جو منظر؛ ابن الجوزي پنهنجي سموري زندگي ٻارهين صديءَ ۾ هن شهر ۾ گذاري.
|titles = فقيه، واعظ، محدث؛&lt;br /&gt;''شيخ الاسلام''، ''بادشاهن ۽ اميرن جو خطيب''، ''حنبلين جو امام''
|major_shrine = [[بغداد]]، [[عراق]] ۾ سبز گنبذ وارو مقبرو
|venerated_in = [[سني اسلام]]، خاص طور [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب
}}

ابن الجوزي نوجوانيءَ ۾ نهايت اعليٰ تعليم حاصل ڪئي&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ۽ بغداد جي ان دور جي ڪيترن ئي مشهور عالمن کان علم پرايو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع) ۽ [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot;&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 401&lt;/ref&gt;

ايندڙ سالن ۾ سندس علمي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌندي وئي، پر کيس سڀ کان وڌيڪ شهرت [[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ٽيٽيهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ملي. خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب جي سرپرستي سبب ابن الجوزي بغداد جي اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ کيس شهر ۽ ان جي ڀرپاسي ۾ وڏي عوامي ميڙ کي خطاب ڪرڻ جي آزادي ۽ سرپرستي حاصل هئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt;

المستضي جي دور ۾ پنهنجي اڪثر وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي مضبوط حمايت ڪئي ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، جن کي هو دين ۾ گمراهه يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ساڳئي وقت سندس علمي حيثيت پڻ وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ هن بغداد جي ڪيترين اهم [[مدرسو|مدرسن]] ۽ علمي ادارن جي انتظام ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ان کان علاوه هن غيرمعمولي تعداد ۾ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪيا، جنهن سبب کيس اسلامي تاريخ جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ زرخيز مصنفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

محققن موجب ابن الجوزي جو علمي سرمايو، جيڪو مختصر رسالن کان وٺي وڏن ڪتابن تائين پکڙيل آهي، اسلامي علمن جي تقريباً سڀني اهم شعبن تي مشتمل آهي، جن ۾ [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]، [[تاريخ]]، [[عقيدو]]، [[تصوف]]، [[ادب]] ۽ [[لسانيات]] شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

==خانداني پسمنظر ۽ زندگي==

عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري التيمي القرشي، جيڪو '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور ٿيو، 507هه کان 512هه (1113ع کان 1119ع) جي وچ واري عرصي ۾ [[بغداد]] ۾ هڪ خوشحال ۽ معزز خاندان ۾ ڄائو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; سندس خاندان جو نسب [[ابو بڪر صديق]] تائين پهچندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn al-Jawzi, ''Sincere Counsel to the Seekers of Sacred Knowledge'', Daar Us-Sunnah Publications Birmingham (2011), p. 88&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 399–434; Merlin Swartz, ''Ibn al-Jawzī’s'' Kitāb al-Quṣṣāṣ wa-’l-mudhakkirīn, Recherches publiées sous la direction de l’Institut de lettres orientales de Beyrouth, Série 1, Pensée arabe et musulmane, 47 (Beirut: Dar el-Machreq, 1971), 15.&lt;/ref&gt; سندس نسب هن ريت بيان ڪيو وڃي ٿو: عبدالرحمٰن بن علي بن محمد بن علي بن عبيدالله بن عبدالله بن حمادي بن احمد بن محمد بن جعفر الجوزي بن عبدالله بن القاسم بن النضر بن القاسم بن محمد بن عبدالله بن عبدالرحمٰن بن [[قاسم بن محمد بن ابي بڪر]] بن [[محمد بن ابي بڪر]] بن [[ابو بڪر صديق]] التيمي القرشي.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot;&gt;{{Cite book |last=Ibn Khalid |first=Ayman |title=Seeds of Admonishment and Reform |publisher=Dar As-Sunnah Publishers |year=2013 |isbn=1904336396 |edition=1st |location=Brimmingham |pages=17-18}}&lt;/ref&gt;

سندس نائين پيڙهيءَ جو ڏاڏو جعفر بن عبدالله البڪري '''الجوزي''' جي لقب سان مشهور هو، جنهن مان خاندان جو نالو &quot;الجوزي&quot; نڪتو. سندس خاندان ٽامي جي واپار سبب خوشحال ٿيو، تنهنڪري ابن الجوزي آسودگيءَ واري ماحول ۾ پرورش ورتي.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt;

سندس والدين کيس پنهنجي دور جي سڀني اهم علمن ۾ جامع تعليم ڏني.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;&gt;{{EI2|last=Laoust |first=H. | title=Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī | volume = 3 | pages = 751–752 | doi=10.1163/1573-3912_islam_SIM_3139}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن ڪيترن ئي مشهور استادن کان علم حاصل ڪيو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع)، [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع)، ابو الفضل بن الناصر (وفات 1155ع)، ابو حڪيم النهرواني (وفات 1161ع) ۽ [[ابو يعلى الصغير]] (وفات 1163ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot; /&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot; /&gt;

انهن استادن کان علاوه ابن الجوزي ڪيترن ئي اهڙن عالمن جي تصنيفن کان پڻ گهڻو متاثر ٿيو، جن سان سندس سڌي ملاقات نه ٿي. انهن ۾ [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] (وفات 1038ع)، [[الخطيب البغدادي]] (وفات 1071ع) ۽ مشهور حنبلي عالم [[ابن عقيل]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 1120ع) شامل هئا. ابن الجوزي پنهنجي بعد وارين تحريرن ۾ ابن عقيل جي ڪن خيالن جي واکاڻ به ڪئي ۽ ڪن تي تنقيد پڻ ڪئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot; /&gt;

عقيدي جي لحاظ کان هو [[اشعريت]] جو پيروڪار هو، جيڪا ڳالهه کيس ڪيترن ئي همعصر حنبلي عالمن کان ممتاز بڻائي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot;&gt;{{cite book|last=Boyle|first=J.A.|title=The Cambridge History of Iran, Vol. 5: The Saljuq and Mongol Periods (Volume 5)|date=January 1, 1968|publisher=Cambridge University Press|pages=299}}&lt;/ref&gt; پنهنجي ابتدائي تصنيفن ۾ هن [[علم الكلام]] ۾ بيجا فلسفياتي بحثن ۽ خاص طور ڪجهه صوفين جي نون فڪري لاڙن تي تنقيد ڪئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot; /&gt;

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي عملي علمي زندگيءَ جي شروعات [[المقتفي]] (وفات 1160ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ايڪتاليهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ڪئي. خليفي جو حنبلي وزير [[ابن هبيره]] سندس علمي سرپرستن مان هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; ابن الجوزي شروعات ۾ پنهنجي استاد ابو حڪيم النهرواني وٽ ٻن مدرسن ۾ حنبلي فقه پڙهائڻ ۾ معاون طور ڪم ڪيو، ۽ 1161ع ۾ استاد جي وفات کان پوءِ انهن ٻنهي مدرسن جو صدر مدرس مقرر ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 404&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان ڪجهه اڳ ئي وزير ابن هبيره کيس هر جمعي پنهنجي رهائشگاهه تي عوامي وعظ ڪرڻ جي مڪمل آزادي ڏني هئي، جنهن سان سندس خطابت جي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌڻ لڳي.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 402&lt;/ref&gt; المقتفي جي وفات کان پوءِ نئين خليفي [[المستنجد]] (وفات 1170ع) کيس بغداد جي خليفي واري جامع مسجد ۾ وعظ ڪرڻ لاءِ مقرر ڪيو، خاص طور [[نور الدين زنگي]] جي [[فاطمي خلافت]] خلاف مهمن دوران.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; انهن وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي ڀرپور حمايت ڪندو هو ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪندو هو، جن کي هو بدعتي يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو. هو انهن فقيهن تي به اعتراض ڪندو هو، جيڪي پنهنجي فقهي مذهب جي بي سوچ تقليد ڪندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;

[[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع) جي دور ۾ ابن الجوزي بغداد جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب سان خاص وابستگي سبب کيس سڄي بغداد ۾ وعظ ۽ تبليغ ڪرڻ جي مڪمل آزادي حاصل ٿي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; 1172ع کان 1173ع تائين سندس مسلسل وعظن کيس بغداد جو سڀ کان ممتاز عالم بڻائي ڇڏيو. سندس غيرمعمولي خطابت کان متاثر ٿي خليفي مسجد ۾ خاص طور سندس لاءِ هڪ منبر (دِڪَّة) به تعمير ڪرايو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;

1179ع تائين ابن الجوزي ڏيڍ سئو کان وڌيڪ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪري چڪو هو ۽ ساڳئي وقت بغداد جي پنجن مختلف مدرسن جي نگراني پڻ ڪندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; انهيءَ عرصي دوران هن خليفي المستضي کي صلاح ڏني ته [[امام احمد بن حنبل]] جي مزار تي هڪ ڪتبو لڳايو وڃي، جنهن ۾ کيس &quot;امام&quot; جي لقب سان ياد ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Kat̲h̲īr, ''Bidāya'', Cairo 1351-8/1932-9, xii, 28–30&lt;/ref&gt;

بعد ۾ جڏهن [[الناصر لدين الله]] (وفات 1235ع) خلافت تي ويٺو، تڏهن شروعات ۾ ابن الجوزي جا تعلقات سندس حنبلي وزير ابن يونس (وفات 1197ع) ذريعي سٺا رهيا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; پر ابن يونس جي معزولي ۽ گرفتاري کان پوءِ خليفي [[ابن القصاب]] نالي هڪ شيعي وزير کي مقرر ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; تاريخي ذريعن ۾ ان جا واضح سبب بيان ناهن، پر آخرڪار الناصر ابن الجوزي کي پنجن سالن تائين نظر بند رکڻ جو حڪم ڏنو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; هڪ راءِ موجب، ابن الجوزي خليفي جي هڪ سرڪاري پاليسيءَ تي تنقيدي رد لکيو هو، جنهن سبب ٻنهي جا تعلقات خراب ٿي ويا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنجن سالن جي نظر بندي کان پوءِ خليفي جي والده [[زمرد خاتون]]، جيڪا نهايت پرهيزگار عورت سمجهي ويندي هئي، پنهنجي پٽ کي ابن الجوزي جي آزاديءَ لاءِ راضي ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; آزادي حاصل ڪرڻ کان ٿوري ئي عرصي پوءِ ابن الجوزي بغداد ۾ وفات ڪئي. ان وقت سندس عمر لڳ ڀڳ چوهتر ورهيه بيان ڪئي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

== خيال ۽ فڪر ==

=== مناظرا ۽ رد ===

ابن الجوزي هڪ مشهور [[مناظره نگار]] هو،&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ۽ هو انهن سڀني ماڻهن جي تصنيفن تي سخت تنقيد ڪندو هو، جن کي هو دين ۾ [[بدعت]] پيدا ڪندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ٻين فڪري مڪتبن تي سندس تنقيد سڀ کان وڌيڪ سندس ڪتاب ''تلبيس إبليس''، يعني ''شيطان جو دوکو''، ۾ نظر اچي ٿي، جيڪو حنبلي مناظراتي ادب جي اهم تصنيفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; هن ڪتاب ۾ هن نه رڳو [[سني اسلام]] کان ٻاهر موجود ڪيترن فرقن، جهڙوڪ [[معتزله]] ۽ [[خوارج]]، تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، پر سني اسلام جي اندر موجود انهن فڪري ڌرين تي پڻ اعتراض ڪيو، جن بابت سندس خيال هو ته اهي صحيح راهه کان هٽي ويون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

هن ڪتاب ۾ پنهنجي دور جي ڪجهه گمراهه صوفين بابت ابن الجوزي جي تنقيدي بيانن سبب، روايتي [[تصوف]] جي مخالفت ڪندڙ ڪجهه جديد مسلمان تحريڪون، جهڙوڪ [[سلفيت]] ۽ [[وهابيت]]، پنهنجي موقف جي حمايت لاءِ هن تصنيف مان حوالا ڏينديون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; تنهن هوندي به، محققن موجب ابن الجوزي تصوف کي مجموعي طور رد نه ڪيو؛ هو پنهنجي لکڻين ۾ قديم، پاڪيزه تصوف ۽ صوفي عملن ۾ داخل ٿيل انهن رواجن جي وچ ۾ واضح فرق ڪندو هو، جن کي هو بگاڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot;/&gt; انهيءَ ڪري اهو ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته سندس دور جي ڪجهه صوفي جماعتن تي ڪيل تنقيد جو مقصد سڄي تصوف جي مذمت ڪرڻ نه هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

=== تبرڪات ===

ابن الجوزي ذاتي عبادت ۽ عقيدت ۾ [[محمد جا تبرڪات|رسول الله ﷺ جي تبرڪات]] جي استعمال جو مضبوط حامي هو ۽ انهن وسيلي [[برڪت]] حاصل ڪرڻ کي جائز سمجهندو هو. هن موقف جو ثبوت سندس طرفان ان روايت کي قبوليت سان نقل ڪرڻ مان ملي ٿو، جيڪا [[احمد بن حنبل]] جي پٽ عبدالله بيان ڪئي هئي. عبدالله پنهنجي والد جي رسول الله ﷺ جي تبرڪات سان عقيدت بابت چيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;مون پنهنجي والد کي ڏٺو ته هن رسول الله ﷺ جو هڪ وار ورتو، ان کي پنهنجي وات تي رکي چمي ڏني. شايد مون کيس اهو وار پنهنجي اکين تي رکندي، پوءِ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي اهو پاڻي شفا جي نيت سان پيئندي به ڏٺو هجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Jawzī, 2016 p. 89&quot;&gt;Ibn al-Jawzī, ''The Life of Ibn Hanbal'', XXIV.2, trans. Michael Cooperson (New York: New York University Press, 2016), p. 89&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;

ساڳئي طرح ابن الجوزي، احمد بن حنبل جي ان عمل جي پڻ تعريف ڪئي ته هن برڪت حاصل ڪرڻ جي نيت سان رسول الله ﷺ جي استعمال ڪيل پيالي مان پاڻي پيتو، جيتوڻيڪ فني لحاظ کان اهو ٻئي درجي جو تبرڪ شمار ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Jawzī, 2016 p. 89&quot;/&gt;

=== اولياءَ ===

ابن الجوزي [[ولي|اولياءَ]] جي وجود بابت روايتي ۽ وڏي پيماني تي قبوليل اسلامي عقيدي جو حامي هو. اهو موقف سندس ابتدائي مسلمان صوفي اولياءَ جي زندگين بابت مشهور ڪتاب ''صفة الصفوة''، يعني ''برگزيدن جون صفتون''، مان پڻ ظاهر ٿئي ٿو. هي ڪتاب اصل ۾ [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] (وفات 1038ع) جي ''حلية الأولياء''، يعني ''اولياءَ جو سينگار''، جو اختصار آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

هن تصنيف ۾ ابن الجوزي ڪيترن اهم صوفين ۽ زاهدن جي کليل لفظن ۾ تعريف ڪئي، جن ۾ [[حسن بصري]] (وفات 728ع)، [[ابراهيم بن ادهم]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 782ع)، [[سفيان ثوري]] (وفات 778ع)، [[رابعه بصري]] (وفات 801ع)، [[معروف ڪرخي]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 820ع) ۽ [[بشر حافي]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 850ع) شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

جيتوڻيڪ ابن الجوزي انهن ٺڳن تي تنقيد ڪئي، جيڪي پاڻ کي ڪوڙو درويش يا بزرگ ظاهر ڪندا هئا، پر هن صاف لفظن ۾ چيو ته سچا اولياءَ صحيح عقيدي، عمل ۽ شريعت جي مخالفت نٿا ڪن.&lt;ref&gt;Jonathan A. C. Brown, &quot;Faithful Dissenters: Sunni Skepticism about the Miracles of Saints,&quot; ''Journal of Sufi Studies'' 1 (2012), p. 162&lt;/ref&gt; اولياءَ بابت ابن الجوزي چيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;اولياءَ ۽ صالح ماڻهو ئي سموري وجود جو اصل مقصد آهن (''الأولياء والصالحون هم المقصود من الكون''). اهي اهي ماڻهو آهن، جن علم جي حقيقت کي سکيو ۽ ان تي عمل ڪيو... اهي پنهنجي علم موجب عمل ڪن ٿا، دنيا مان ٿوري شيءِ تي گذارو ڪن ٿا، آخرت جا طالب رهن ٿا ۽ هڪ جهان کان ٻئي جهان ڏانهن وڃڻ لاءِ بيدار اکين ۽ سٺي توشي سان تيار رهن ٿا؛ ان جي ابتڙ اهي ماڻهو آهن، جيڪي رڳو پنهنجي علم سبب مشهور هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn al-Jawzi, ''Sifat al-safwa'' (Beirut ed. 1989/1409) p. 13, 17.&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;

=== تصوف ===

ابن الجوزي جو خيال هو ته [[تصوف]] يا ''تَصَوُّف'' اسلامي عمل جو هڪ لازمي حصو آهي. محققن موجب سندس ڪتاب ''تلبيس إبليس''، جنهن ۾ [[تفسير]] ۽ [[فقه]] سميت تقريباً سڀني اهم اسلامي علمن ۾ پيدا ٿيل بدعتن تي تنقيد ڪئي وئي آهي، ڪنهن به صورت ۾ سڄي تصوف جو رد نه آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.abc.se/home/m9783/ir/f/ts/Tasawwuf%20shuyukh.htm#18|title=Error404}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان جي ابتڙ، هن ابتدائي صوفين ۽ اولياءَ جي فضيلتن بابت ڪيترائي ڪتاب لکيا، جن ۾ ''مناقب رابعه العدويه''، ''مناقب معروف الڪرخي''، ''مناقب ابراهيم بن ادهم'' ۽ ''مناقب بشر الحافي'' سميت ٻيون تصنيفون شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

ابن الجوزي [[ابو حامد غزالي]] جي تعليمات جو پڻ مضبوط حامي هو، ۽ تصوف بابت سندس ڪيترين تصنيفن تي غزالي جي مشهور ڪتاب ''[[احياء علوم الدين]]'' جو اثر نظر اچي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt; حقيقت ۾ ابن الجوزي نه رڳو ساڳين موضوعن تي لکيو، پر ڪيترين جاين تي غزالي جي لکڻيءَ جي طريقي ۽ اصطلاحن کي پڻ اختيار ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي روحاني تصنيفن ۾ جن موضوعن تي بحث ڪيو، تن ۾ خدا ڏانهن شديد شوق جي معنيٰ، پنهنجي [[نفس]] کان ان جي عملن جو حساب وٺڻ، نفس جي ڪمزورين تي ملامت ڪرڻ ۽ نفس جي اصلاح لاءِ ان کي سخت تنبيه ڪرڻ شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

== عقيدو ==

[[بدر الدين اَهدل|ابن الاهدل]] (وفات: 855هه/1451ع) پنهنجي ڪتاب ''ڪشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد'' ({{lang|ar|كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد}}) ۾ ابن الجوزي کي [[اشعريت|اشعري]] عالمن مان شمار ڪيو آهي، ۽ ان سلسلي ۾ هن [[عبدالقادر جيلاني]] جو پڻ ذڪر ڪيو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=[[ابن الاهدل]]|editor=Ahmad Bakīr Mahmud|url=https://archive.org/download/kalam-misc/kashful-ghitaa.pdf|title=Kashf al-Ghata' 'an Haqa'iq al-Tawhid|script-title=ar:كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد|language=ar|location=[[تيونس]]|publisher=[[Tunisian General Labour Union]]|year=1964|page=83|quote=وكل هؤلاء الذين ذكرنا عقائدهم من أئمة الشافعية سوى القرشي والشاذلي فمالكيان أشعريان. ولنتبع ذلك بعقيدة المالكية وعقيدتين للحنفية ليعلم أن غالب أهل هذين المذهبين على مذهب الأشعري في العقائد، '''وبعض الحنبلية في الفروع يكونون على مذهب الأشعري في العقائد كالشيخ عبد القادر الجيلاني وابن الجوزي وغيرهما رضي الله عنهم.''' وقد تقدم وسيأتي أيضاً أن الأشعري والإمام أحمد كانا في الاعتقاد متفقين حتى حدث الخلاف من أتباعه القائلين بالحرف والصوت والجهة وغير ذلك فلهذا لم نذكر عقائد المخالفين واقتصرنا على عقائد أصحابنا الأشعرية ومن وافقهم من المالكية والحنفية رضي الله عنهم. فأما عقيدة المالكية فهي تأليف الشيخ الإمام الكبير الشهير أبي محمد عبد الله بن أبي زيد المالكي ذكرها في صدر كتابه الرسالة}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جيتوڻيڪ ابن الجوزي [[حنبلي]] فقه سان لاڳاپيل هو، پر هو ٻين ڪيترن حنبلي عالمن وانگر [[علم ڪلام]] جي ماهرن ([[متڪلم]]) کي مڪمل طور رد نه ڪندو هو. هو ضرورت ۽ مخاطب جي حالت موجب [[علم ڪلام]] ۽ [[تأويل]] کي قبول ڪندو هو ۽ مناسب موقعن تي انهن مان استدلال پڻ ڪندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;/&gt;

== علم ڪلام ==

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي دور جي ٻين [[حنبلي]] عالمن، خاص طور [[ابن حميد الوراق]]، [[ابو يعلى ابن الفراء|قاضي ابو يعلى ابن الفراء]] ۽ [[ابن الزاغوني]] جي برخلاف پنهنجي الڳ علمي موقف سبب مشهور آهي. سندس خيال هو ته انهن ۽ ڪجهه ٻين حنبلي عالمن [[الله جون صفتون|الهي صفتن]] جي اثبات ۾ حد کان وڌيڪ غلو ڪيو، جنهن سبب حنبلي مذهب جي ساک متاثر ٿي ۽ ماڻهن وٽ ان جو تعلق سخت [[تجسيم]] (الله کي سندس مخلوق سان مشابهت ڏيڻ) سان ڳنڍجڻ لڳو.

ابن الجوزي لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
''&quot;انهن جو عقيدو هو ته الله تعاليٰ جي ذات کان سواءِ سندس هڪ صورت ۽ چهرو به آهي. هو اهو به چوندا هئا ته الله جون ٻه اکيون، وات، ننڍڙي زبان (لهاٽ)، ڏند، نور ۽ جلال وارو چهرو، ٻه هٿ جن ۾ هتيلون، آڱريون، ننڍيون آڱريون ۽ آڱوٺا، پٺي، ۽ ٻه ٽنگون آهن، جيڪي رانن ۽ پنڊلين ۾ ورهايل آهن.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-188&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last1=Holtzman|first1=Livnat|title=&quot;Does God Really Laugh?&quot; – Appropriate and Inappropriate Descriptions of God in Islamic Traditionalist Theology|url=http://arabic.biu.ac.il/files/arabic/shared/staff/u16/holtzman_final080310.pdf|publisher=Bar-Ilan University, Ramat Gan|pages=188}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

ان کان پوءِ هن خاص طور قاضي ابو يعلى تي تنقيد ڪندي لکيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
''&quot;جيڪو شخص الله تعاليٰ لاءِ ڏندن کي به هڪ الهي صفت طور ثابت ڪري ٿو، تنهن کي اسلام بابت ڪا به صحيح ڄاڻ نه آهي.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-191&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last1=Holtzman|first1=Livnat|title=&quot;Does God Really Laugh?&quot; – Appropriate and Inappropriate Descriptions of God in Islamic Traditionalist Theology|url=http://arabic.biu.ac.il/files/arabic/shared/staff/u16/holtzman_final080310.pdf|publisher=Bar-Ilan University, Ramat Gan|pages=191}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

هن موضوع تي ابن الجوزي جي سڀ کان مشهور تصنيف ''[[كتاب أخبار الصفات|باز الأشهب المنقض على مخالفي المذهب]]'' آهي، جنهن جو مطلب آهي: ''&quot;سرمائي رنگ جو شڪاري باز، جيڪو (حنبلي) مذهب جي مخالفت ڪندڙن تي حملو ڪري ٿو.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-188&quot; /&gt;

=== الله نه ڪائنات جي اندر آهي ۽ نه ئي ٻاهر ===

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي ڪتاب ''الصفات'' ۾ لکي ٿو ته الله نه ڪائنات جي اندر موجود آهي ۽ نه ئي ان کان ٻاهر.&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot;&gt;Swartz, Merlin. ''A Medieval Critique of Anthropomorphism'', pg. 159. [[ليڊن]]: [[بريل پبلشرز]], 2001.&lt;/ref&gt; سندس مطابق &quot;اندر&quot; يا &quot;ٻاهر&quot; هجڻ جو تصور صرف انهن شين تي لاڳو ٿيندو آهي، جيڪي ڪنهن جاءِ يا خلا ۾ موجود هجن. يعني جيڪا شيءِ اندر يا ٻاهر هجي، ان لاءِ ڪنهن هنڌ جو هجڻ لازمي آهي، جڏهن ته الله تعاليٰ بابت اهڙو تصور لاڳو نٿو ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot; /&gt;

هو لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;ڪنهن جاءِ ۾ هجڻ يا ان کان ٻاهر هجڻ، حرڪت، سڪون ۽ ٻيا اهڙا عارض جسم واريون خاصيتون آهن. الله جي ذات نه ڪنهن مخلوق کي پنهنجي اندر جاءِ ڏئي ٿي ۽ نه ئي ڪا مخلوق سندس ذات ۾ حلول ڪري سگهي ٿي.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

== تصنيفون ==

[[فائل:ArRadd IbneJawzi.PNG|200px|thumb|''الرد على المتعصب العنيد المانع من ذم يزيد'' جي ڇپيل نسخي جو سرورق.]]

ابن الجوزي کي اسلامي تاريخ جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ تصنيفون لکڻ وارن عالمن مان هڪ، بلڪه ڪيترن محققن موجب سڀ کان وڌيڪ تصنيفون لکندڙ عالم، شمار ڪيو ويندو آهي. [[ذهبي]] لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;مون عالمن مان ڪنهن کي به ابن الجوزي جيترو گهڻو لکندي نه ڏٺو آهي.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.as-sahwah.com/viewarticle.php?articleID=1277&amp;|title=IslamicAwakening.Com: Ibn al-Jawzi: A Lifetime of Da'wah|date=October 22, 2006|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20061022195654/http://www.as-sahwah.com/viewarticle.php?articleID=1277&amp; |archive-date=2006-10-22 }}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

تازو عراقي محقق پروفيسر عبد الحميد العلوجي ابن الجوزي جي تصنيفن تي تفصيلي تحقيق ڪئي ۽ هڪ مرجع ڪتاب تيار ڪيو، جنهن ۾ هن ابن الجوزي جي تصنيفن کي الف ب وار ترتيب ڏئي، انهن جي ڇپيل نسخن، ناشرن ۽ انهن لائبريرين جي نشاندهي ڪئي، جتي سندس اڻڇپيل قلمي نسخا محفوظ آهن. ڪجهه محققن جو خيال آهي ته ابن الجوزي 700 کان وڌيڪ ڪتابن جو مصنف هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Al-Jawzi&quot;/&gt;

سندس تصنيفن جي غيرمعمولي وڏي تعداد سبب ڪجهه عالمن سندس تحريرن تي تنقيد پڻ ڪئي، سندس غلطين کي خاص ڌيان سان جاچيو ۽ کيس اهڙو مصنف قرار ڏنو، جنهن کان ڪيترائي سهواً غلطيون ٿيون. بهرحال، [[ابن رجب]] سندس دفاع ۾ ابن الجوزي جو هي قول نقل ڪيو آهي:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;مان ترتيب ڏيندڙ آهيان، نيون تصنيفون ايجاد ڪندڙ نه آهيان.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |last=Ibn al-Jawzī |first=ʿAbd al-Raḥmān ibn ʿAlī |title=al-Muntaẓam fī Tārīkh al-Mulūk wa-l-Umam |publisher=Dār al-Kutub al-ʿIlmiyyah |year=1997 |edition=vol.1 |location=Beirut |publication-date=1997 |pages=30 |language=arabic}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

مذهبي موضوعن کان علاوه ابن الجوزي طب بابت پڻ لکيو. [[جلال الدين سيوطي]] جي طبي تصنيفن وانگر، سندس ڪتاب به تقريباً مڪمل طور تي [[نبوي طب]] تي ٻڌل هو، جڏهن ته [[ذهبي]] جي تصنيفن وانگر اسلامي ۽ يوناني طب جي گڏيل روايتن کي شامل نه ڪندو هو. ابن الجوزي خاص طور خوراڪ ۽ قدرتي علاج تي زور ڏنو، جن کي هن ريبيز (ڪتي جي چڪ) ۽ چيچڪ جهڙين سنگين بيمارين سان گڏ، مٿي جي سور ۽ نڪ مان رت اچڻ جهڙين عام تڪليفن جي علاج لاءِ پڻ بيان ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;Emilie Savage-Smith, &quot;Medicine.&quot; Taken from ''Encyclopedia of the History of Arabic Science, Volume 3: Technology, Alchemy and Life Sciences'', pg. 928. Ed. Roshdi Rasheed. [[لنڊن]]: [[روٽليج]], 1996. {{ISBN|0-415-12412-3}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مشهور تصنيفون ===

* ''[[الموضوعات الكبرى]]'' (جعلي حديثن جو وڏو مجموعو)
* ''[[دفع شبه التشبيه]]''&lt;ref&gt;Swartz, Merlin. ''A Medieval Critque of Anthropomorphism''. Brill, 2001&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''صفة الصفوة'' — پنج جلد، [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] جي ''[[حلية الأولياء]]'' جو اختصار ۽ نئين ترتيب.
* ''آداب الحسن البصري وزهده ومواعظه'' (حسن بصري جا آداب، زهد ۽ نصيحتون)&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last1=ابن الجوزي، عبد الرحمن بن علي بن محمد،|url=http://www.aruc.org/fullbib.aspx?id=1882791|title=آداب الحسن البصري وزهده ومواعظه|last2=الحرش، سليمان بن مسلم|date=2007|publisher=دار النوادر،|location=دمشق|language=ar|oclc=4770455870}}&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''زاد المسير في علم التفسير''&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.hilalplaza.com/products/zad-al-masir-fi-ilm-al-tafsir-8-vol|title=Zad al-Masir fi Ilm al-Tafsir 8 vol.4 books|access-date=2021-01-28|archive-date=2023-10-03|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20231003211857/https://www.hilalplaza.com/products/zad-al-masir-fi-ilm-al-tafsir-8-vol|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''تلبيس إبليس''
* ''تذكرة أولي البصائر في معرفة الكبائر''
* ''غريب الحديث''
* ''أحكام النساء''
* ''مولد العروس''
* ''حفظ العمر''
* ''بيان المولد النبوي''
* ''بحر الدموع''

== مقبرو ==

ابن الجوزي جو مقبرو [[بغداد]]، [[عراق]] ۾ واقع آهي. سندس قبر هڪ سادي سائي سيمينٽ جي ٺهيل مزار آهي، جنهن جي چوڌاري پٿر رکيل آهن، جڏهن ته مٿس لڳل هڪ ڪاغذي تختي تي اهو ڄاڻايل آهي ته هي ابن الجوزي جي قبر آهي.

2019ع ۾ سوشل ميڊيا تي اهڙيون افواهون پکڙيون ته سندس مقبرو ڊاهي هٽايو ويو آهي، جڏهن هڪ تصوير منظرعام تي آئي جنهن ۾ قبر هٽائيندي ڏيکاريل هئي. بهرحال، عراقي عملدارن انهن خبرن جي ترديد ڪندي واضح ڪيو ته ابن الجوزي جو مقبرو ڊاهيو نه ويو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://shafaq.com/ar|title=شفق نيوز|website=شفق نيوز}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== پڻ ڏسو ==
* [[سبط ابن الجوزي]]
* [[ابن عقيل]]

== خارجي ڳنڍڻا ==
* [http://www.muslimscholars.info/manage.php?submit=scholar&amp;ID=60001 مسلم اسڪالرز ڊاٽ انفارميشن تي ابن الجوزي جي سوانح]
* [http://www.amalpress.com/index.php?l_dis=publications&amp;det=full&amp;id=18 ''الله جون صفتون'']، ابن الجوزي؛ ترجمو: عبدالله بن حميد علي؛ ڇپائيندڙ: [http://www.amalpress.com/ امل پريس]
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20090215044232/http://hanbalis.com/index.php/Ibn_al-Jawzi ابن الجوزي جي سڀ کان جامع آن لائين سوانح]
* {{in lang|fr}} [https://web.archive.org/web/20120526102946/http://www.at-tawhid.net/article-l-attachement-au-qur-an-que-contiennent-les-coeurs-des-amoureux-d-allah-ibn-al-jawzi-46585345.html امام ابن الجوزي موجب قرآن سان وابستگيءَ جي اهميت]
* {{in lang|fr}} [https://web.archive.org/web/20110817015245/http://www.at-tawhid.net/article-ibn-al-jawzi-expose-critique-et-refute-l-egarement-des-anthropomorphistes-hanbalites-59608673.html امام ابن الجوزي طرفان تجسيم پسند حنبلي نظرين جي ترديد]

{{Portal bar|Biography|Islam|Iraq}}
{{Historians of Islam}}
{{Hanbali scholars}}
{{Ash'ari}}
{{Authority control}}

{{DEFAULTSORT:ابن الجوزي، ابو الفرج}}

[[زمرو:حنبلي عالم]]
[[زمرو:ٻارهين صديءَ جا مسلمان علم ڪلام جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:شيخ الاسلام]]
[[زمرو:بغداد جا ماڻهو]]
[[زمرو:عرب سني اسلامي عالم]]
[[زمرو:سني اسلامي عالم]]
[[زمرو:قرآني تفسير جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:حديث جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:سلجوقي سلطنت جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:1110ع واري ڏهاڪي ۾ ڄاول]]
[[زمرو:1201ع ۾ وفات ڪندڙ]]
[[زمرو:عباسي خلافت جا ٻارهين صديءَ جا ماڻهو]]
[[زمرو:مقامات]]
[[زمرو:اشعري عالم]]
[[زمرو:رجال جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:اسلامي زهد]]
[[زمرو:ٻارهين صديءَ جا عرب]]
[[زمرو:شيعه اسلام جا ناقد]]
[[زمرو:ڄمڻ جو سال غير يقيني]]
[[زمرو:بنو ابو بڪر]]


[[زمرو:اسلامي شخصيتون]]
[[زمرو:سلف]]
[[زمرو:محدث]]
[[زمرو:1116ع جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:1110ع جي ڏهاڪي جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:Articles with short description]]</text>
      <sha1>0a48vvzvf1g9r7f5yr1fczt463y0ap8</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401113</id>
      <parentid>401112</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T03:55:20Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401113</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="39389" sha1="94w4vwhwfqrhdk0ia8eucxvohn6sjfp" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ٻارهين صديءَ جو مسلم عالم، محدث، مؤرخ ۽ فقيه}}


{{Infobox religious biography
| religion           = [[اسلام]]
| era                = [[اسلامي سنهري دور]]
| image              =
| caption            =
| name               = ابن الجوزي
| title              = [[شيخ الاسلام]]&lt;ref&gt;Al-Dhahabi, Siyar A'lam al-Nubala'.&lt;/ref&gt;
| birth_date         = لڳ ڀڳ 510هه / 1116ع
| birth_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| death_date         = 12 رمضان 597هه / 16 جون 1201ع (لڳ ڀڳ 87 ورهين جي عمر ۾)
| death_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| denomination       = [[سني اسلام]]
| creed              = [[اشعريت]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جي. اي. بوائل]]|title=The Cambridge History of Iran|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=16yHq5v3QZAC|volume=5 of The Saljuq and Mongol Periods|publisher=[[ڪيمبرج يونيورسٽي پريس]]|date=1968|page=299}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جبريل فؤاد حداد]]|title=The Biographies of the Elite Lives of the Scholars, Imams &amp; Hadith Masters|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=RwPnCAAAQBAJ&amp;pg=PA226|date=2015|publisher=[[اس السنة فائونڊيشن آف آمريڪا]]|page=226}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=[[ابن الأحدل]]|editor=Ahmad Bakīr Mahmud|url=https://archive.org/download/kalam-misc/kashful-ghitaa.pdf|title=كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد|language=ar|location=[[تيونس]]|publisher=[[تيونسي جنرل ليبر يونين]]|year=1964|page=83}}&lt;/ref&gt;
| jurisprudence      = [[حنبلي]]
| main_interests     = [[تاريخ]]، [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]
| notable_works      = [[كتاب أخبار الصفات]]
| influenced         = &lt;small&gt;[[عبد الغني المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[سبط ابن الجوزي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Robinson:2003:XV&quot;&gt;Robinson:2003:XV&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ابن قدامه المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ضياء الدين المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Al-Jawzi&quot;&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |title=Ibn Al-Jawzi |publisher=Sunnah.org |access-date=2013-11-28 |archive-date=2020-02-22 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200222230613/http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/small&gt;
| father             = علي بن محمد الجوزي
| children           = يوسف بن عبدالرحمٰن الجوزي
| birth_name         = عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري
| lineage            = [[آل بڪر]]
| native_name        = ابن الجوزي
| native_name_lang   = ar
}}

'''ابو الفرج جمال الدين عبدالرحمٰن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد الجوزي'''، جيڪو عام طور تي '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي{{Efn|{{langx|ar|أبو الفرج جمال الدين عبد الرحمن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد}}; Abū al-Faraj ʿAbd al-Raḥmān ibn ʿAlī ibn Muḥammad ibn al-Jawzī}}&lt;ref&gt;The Beginning and the End: Imad al-Din Abu al-Fida Ismail ibn Umar ibn Katheer al-Dimashqi.&lt;/ref&gt; (لڳ ڀڳ 1116ع – 16 جون 1201ع)، هڪ [[مسلمان]] [[فقيه]]، [[واعظ]]، [[خطيب]]، [[فرقن جو مؤرخ]]، [[علم الحديث|محدث]]، [[مؤرخ]]، [[قاضي]]، [[اوليائن جي سوانح نگار]] ۽ [[لسانيات دان]] هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot; /&gt; هن ٻارهين صديءَ دوران پنهنجي اباڻي شهر [[بغداد]] ۾ [[حنبلي]] [[فقهي مذهب]] جي واڌ ويجهه ۽ اشاعت ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنهنجي علمي، مذهبي ۽ سياسي سرگرمين سان ڀرپور زندگيءَ دوران ابن الجوزي پنهنجي همعصر [[حنبلي]] عالمن ۾ وڏي عزت حاصل ڪئي. هن مسلسل ڪوشش ڪئي ته [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب، جيڪو تاريخي طور چئن وڏن سني فقهي مذهبن مان سڀ کان ننڍو شمار ٿيندو هو، ان کي به [[مالڪي]]، [[شافعي]] ۽ [[حنفي]] مذهبن جي برابر وقار ۽ سرڪاري سرپرستي حاصل ٿئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

{{Infobox saint
|name = '''ابن الجوزي'''
|image = PARSONS(1808) p008 View of Bagdad on the Persian side of the Tigris.jpg
|image_size = 300px
|caption = 1808ع ۾ [[بغداد]] جو منظر؛ ابن الجوزي پنهنجي سموري زندگي ٻارهين صديءَ ۾ هن شهر ۾ گذاري.
|titles = فقيه، واعظ، محدث؛&lt;br /&gt;''شيخ الاسلام''، ''بادشاهن ۽ اميرن جو خطيب''، ''حنبلين جو امام''
|major_shrine = [[بغداد]]، [[عراق]] ۾ سبز گنبذ وارو مقبرو
|venerated_in = [[سني اسلام]]، خاص طور [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب
}}

ابن الجوزي نوجوانيءَ ۾ نهايت اعليٰ تعليم حاصل ڪئي&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ۽ بغداد جي ان دور جي ڪيترن ئي مشهور عالمن کان علم پرايو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع) ۽ [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot;&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 401&lt;/ref&gt;

ايندڙ سالن ۾ سندس علمي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌندي وئي، پر کيس سڀ کان وڌيڪ شهرت [[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ٽيٽيهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ملي. خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب جي سرپرستي سبب ابن الجوزي بغداد جي اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ کيس شهر ۽ ان جي ڀرپاسي ۾ وڏي عوامي ميڙ کي خطاب ڪرڻ جي آزادي ۽ سرپرستي حاصل هئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt;

المستضي جي دور ۾ پنهنجي اڪثر وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي مضبوط حمايت ڪئي ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، جن کي هو دين ۾ گمراهه يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ساڳئي وقت سندس علمي حيثيت پڻ وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ هن بغداد جي ڪيترين اهم [[مدرسو|مدرسن]] ۽ علمي ادارن جي انتظام ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ان کان علاوه هن غيرمعمولي تعداد ۾ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪيا، جنهن سبب کيس اسلامي تاريخ جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ زرخيز مصنفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

محققن موجب ابن الجوزي جو علمي سرمايو، جيڪو مختصر رسالن کان وٺي وڏن ڪتابن تائين پکڙيل آهي، اسلامي علمن جي تقريباً سڀني اهم شعبن تي مشتمل آهي، جن ۾ [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]، [[تاريخ]]، [[عقيدو]]، [[تصوف]]، [[ادب]] ۽ [[لسانيات]] شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

==خانداني پسمنظر ۽ زندگي==

عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري التيمي القرشي، جيڪو '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور ٿيو، 507هه کان 512هه (1113ع کان 1119ع) جي وچ واري عرصي ۾ [[بغداد]] ۾ هڪ خوشحال ۽ معزز خاندان ۾ ڄائو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; سندس خاندان جو نسب [[ابو بڪر صديق]] تائين پهچندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn al-Jawzi, ''Sincere Counsel to the Seekers of Sacred Knowledge'', Daar Us-Sunnah Publications Birmingham (2011), p. 88&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 399–434; Merlin Swartz, ''Ibn al-Jawzī’s'' Kitāb al-Quṣṣāṣ wa-’l-mudhakkirīn, Recherches publiées sous la direction de l’Institut de lettres orientales de Beyrouth, Série 1, Pensée arabe et musulmane, 47 (Beirut: Dar el-Machreq, 1971), 15.&lt;/ref&gt; سندس نسب هن ريت بيان ڪيو وڃي ٿو: عبدالرحمٰن بن علي بن محمد بن علي بن عبيدالله بن عبدالله بن حمادي بن احمد بن محمد بن جعفر الجوزي بن عبدالله بن القاسم بن النضر بن القاسم بن محمد بن عبدالله بن عبدالرحمٰن بن [[قاسم بن محمد بن ابي بڪر]] بن [[محمد بن ابي بڪر]] بن [[ابو بڪر صديق]] التيمي القرشي.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot;&gt;{{Cite book |last=Ibn Khalid |first=Ayman |title=Seeds of Admonishment and Reform |publisher=Dar As-Sunnah Publishers |year=2013 |isbn=1904336396 |edition=1st |location=Brimmingham |pages=17-18}}&lt;/ref&gt;

سندس نائين پيڙهيءَ جو ڏاڏو جعفر بن عبدالله البڪري '''الجوزي''' جي لقب سان مشهور هو، جنهن مان خاندان جو نالو &quot;الجوزي&quot; نڪتو. سندس خاندان ٽامي جي واپار سبب خوشحال ٿيو، تنهنڪري ابن الجوزي آسودگيءَ واري ماحول ۾ پرورش ورتي.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt;

سندس والدين کيس پنهنجي دور جي سڀني اهم علمن ۾ جامع تعليم ڏني.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;&gt;{{EI2|last=Laoust |first=H. | title=Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī | volume = 3 | pages = 751–752 | doi=10.1163/1573-3912_islam_SIM_3139}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن ڪيترن ئي مشهور استادن کان علم حاصل ڪيو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع)، [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع)، ابو الفضل بن الناصر (وفات 1155ع)، ابو حڪيم النهرواني (وفات 1161ع) ۽ [[ابو يعلى الصغير]] (وفات 1163ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot; /&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot; /&gt;

انهن استادن کان علاوه ابن الجوزي ڪيترن ئي اهڙن عالمن جي تصنيفن کان پڻ گهڻو متاثر ٿيو، جن سان سندس سڌي ملاقات نه ٿي. انهن ۾ [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] (وفات 1038ع)، [[الخطيب البغدادي]] (وفات 1071ع) ۽ مشهور حنبلي عالم [[ابن عقيل]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 1120ع) شامل هئا. ابن الجوزي پنهنجي بعد وارين تحريرن ۾ ابن عقيل جي ڪن خيالن جي واکاڻ به ڪئي ۽ ڪن تي تنقيد پڻ ڪئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot; /&gt;

عقيدي جي لحاظ کان هو [[اشعريت]] جو پيروڪار هو، جيڪا ڳالهه کيس ڪيترن ئي همعصر حنبلي عالمن کان ممتاز بڻائي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot;&gt;{{cite book|last=Boyle|first=J.A.|title=The Cambridge History of Iran, Vol. 5: The Saljuq and Mongol Periods (Volume 5)|date=January 1, 1968|publisher=Cambridge University Press|pages=299}}&lt;/ref&gt; پنهنجي ابتدائي تصنيفن ۾ هن [[علم الكلام]] ۾ بيجا فلسفياتي بحثن ۽ خاص طور ڪجهه صوفين جي نون فڪري لاڙن تي تنقيد ڪئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot; /&gt;

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي عملي علمي زندگيءَ جي شروعات [[المقتفي]] (وفات 1160ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ايڪتاليهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ڪئي. خليفي جو حنبلي وزير [[ابن هبيره]] سندس علمي سرپرستن مان هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; ابن الجوزي شروعات ۾ پنهنجي استاد ابو حڪيم النهرواني وٽ ٻن مدرسن ۾ حنبلي فقه پڙهائڻ ۾ معاون طور ڪم ڪيو، ۽ 1161ع ۾ استاد جي وفات کان پوءِ انهن ٻنهي مدرسن جو صدر مدرس مقرر ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 404&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان ڪجهه اڳ ئي وزير ابن هبيره کيس هر جمعي پنهنجي رهائشگاهه تي عوامي وعظ ڪرڻ جي مڪمل آزادي ڏني هئي، جنهن سان سندس خطابت جي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌڻ لڳي.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 402&lt;/ref&gt; المقتفي جي وفات کان پوءِ نئين خليفي [[المستنجد]] (وفات 1170ع) کيس بغداد جي خليفي واري جامع مسجد ۾ وعظ ڪرڻ لاءِ مقرر ڪيو، خاص طور [[نور الدين زنگي]] جي [[فاطمي خلافت]] خلاف مهمن دوران.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; انهن وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي ڀرپور حمايت ڪندو هو ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪندو هو، جن کي هو بدعتي يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو. هو انهن فقيهن تي به اعتراض ڪندو هو، جيڪي پنهنجي فقهي مذهب جي بي سوچ تقليد ڪندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;

[[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع) جي دور ۾ ابن الجوزي بغداد جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب سان خاص وابستگي سبب کيس سڄي بغداد ۾ وعظ ۽ تبليغ ڪرڻ جي مڪمل آزادي حاصل ٿي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; 1172ع کان 1173ع تائين سندس مسلسل وعظن کيس بغداد جو سڀ کان ممتاز عالم بڻائي ڇڏيو. سندس غيرمعمولي خطابت کان متاثر ٿي خليفي مسجد ۾ خاص طور سندس لاءِ هڪ منبر (دِڪَّة) به تعمير ڪرايو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;

1179ع تائين ابن الجوزي ڏيڍ سئو کان وڌيڪ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪري چڪو هو ۽ ساڳئي وقت بغداد جي پنجن مختلف مدرسن جي نگراني پڻ ڪندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; انهيءَ عرصي دوران هن خليفي المستضي کي صلاح ڏني ته [[امام احمد بن حنبل]] جي مزار تي هڪ ڪتبو لڳايو وڃي، جنهن ۾ کيس &quot;امام&quot; جي لقب سان ياد ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Kat̲h̲īr, ''Bidāya'', Cairo 1351-8/1932-9, xii, 28–30&lt;/ref&gt;

بعد ۾ جڏهن [[الناصر لدين الله]] (وفات 1235ع) خلافت تي ويٺو، تڏهن شروعات ۾ ابن الجوزي جا تعلقات سندس حنبلي وزير ابن يونس (وفات 1197ع) ذريعي سٺا رهيا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; پر ابن يونس جي معزولي ۽ گرفتاري کان پوءِ خليفي [[ابن القصاب]] نالي هڪ شيعي وزير کي مقرر ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; تاريخي ذريعن ۾ ان جا واضح سبب بيان ناهن، پر آخرڪار الناصر ابن الجوزي کي پنجن سالن تائين نظر بند رکڻ جو حڪم ڏنو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; هڪ راءِ موجب، ابن الجوزي خليفي جي هڪ سرڪاري پاليسيءَ تي تنقيدي رد لکيو هو، جنهن سبب ٻنهي جا تعلقات خراب ٿي ويا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنجن سالن جي نظر بندي کان پوءِ خليفي جي والده [[زمرد خاتون]]، جيڪا نهايت پرهيزگار عورت سمجهي ويندي هئي، پنهنجي پٽ کي ابن الجوزي جي آزاديءَ لاءِ راضي ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; آزادي حاصل ڪرڻ کان ٿوري ئي عرصي پوءِ ابن الجوزي بغداد ۾ وفات ڪئي. ان وقت سندس عمر لڳ ڀڳ چوهتر ورهيه بيان ڪئي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

== خيال ۽ فڪر ==

=== مناظرا ۽ رد ===

ابن الجوزي هڪ مشهور [[مناظره نگار]] هو،&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ۽ هو انهن سڀني ماڻهن جي تصنيفن تي سخت تنقيد ڪندو هو، جن کي هو دين ۾ [[بدعت]] پيدا ڪندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ٻين فڪري مڪتبن تي سندس تنقيد سڀ کان وڌيڪ سندس ڪتاب ''تلبيس إبليس''، يعني ''شيطان جو دوکو''، ۾ نظر اچي ٿي، جيڪو حنبلي مناظراتي ادب جي اهم تصنيفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; هن ڪتاب ۾ هن نه رڳو [[سني اسلام]] کان ٻاهر موجود ڪيترن فرقن، جهڙوڪ [[معتزله]] ۽ [[خوارج]]، تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، پر سني اسلام جي اندر موجود انهن فڪري ڌرين تي پڻ اعتراض ڪيو، جن بابت سندس خيال هو ته اهي صحيح راهه کان هٽي ويون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

هن ڪتاب ۾ پنهنجي دور جي ڪجهه گمراهه صوفين بابت ابن الجوزي جي تنقيدي بيانن سبب، روايتي [[تصوف]] جي مخالفت ڪندڙ ڪجهه جديد مسلمان تحريڪون، جهڙوڪ [[سلفيت]] ۽ [[وهابيت]]، پنهنجي موقف جي حمايت لاءِ هن تصنيف مان حوالا ڏينديون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; تنهن هوندي به، محققن موجب ابن الجوزي تصوف کي مجموعي طور رد نه ڪيو؛ هو پنهنجي لکڻين ۾ قديم، پاڪيزه تصوف ۽ صوفي عملن ۾ داخل ٿيل انهن رواجن جي وچ ۾ واضح فرق ڪندو هو، جن کي هو بگاڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot;/&gt; انهيءَ ڪري اهو ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته سندس دور جي ڪجهه صوفي جماعتن تي ڪيل تنقيد جو مقصد سڄي تصوف جي مذمت ڪرڻ نه هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

=== تبرڪات ===

ابن الجوزي ذاتي عبادت ۽ عقيدت ۾ [[محمد جا تبرڪات|رسول الله ﷺ جي تبرڪات]] جي استعمال جو مضبوط حامي هو ۽ انهن وسيلي [[برڪت]] حاصل ڪرڻ کي جائز سمجهندو هو. هن موقف جو ثبوت سندس طرفان ان روايت کي قبوليت سان نقل ڪرڻ مان ملي ٿو، جيڪا [[احمد بن حنبل]] جي پٽ عبدالله بيان ڪئي هئي. عبدالله پنهنجي والد جي رسول الله ﷺ جي تبرڪات سان عقيدت بابت چيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;مون پنهنجي والد کي ڏٺو ته هن رسول الله ﷺ جو هڪ وار ورتو، ان کي پنهنجي وات تي رکي چمي ڏني. شايد مون کيس اهو وار پنهنجي اکين تي رکندي، پوءِ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي اهو پاڻي شفا جي نيت سان پيئندي به ڏٺو هجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Jawzī, 2016 p. 89&quot;&gt;Ibn al-Jawzī, ''The Life of Ibn Hanbal'', XXIV.2, trans. Michael Cooperson (New York: New York University Press, 2016), p. 89&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;

ساڳئي طرح ابن الجوزي، احمد بن حنبل جي ان عمل جي پڻ تعريف ڪئي ته هن برڪت حاصل ڪرڻ جي نيت سان رسول الله ﷺ جي استعمال ڪيل پيالي مان پاڻي پيتو، جيتوڻيڪ فني لحاظ کان اهو ٻئي درجي جو تبرڪ شمار ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Jawzī, 2016 p. 89&quot;/&gt;

=== اولياءَ ===

ابن الجوزي [[ولي|اولياءَ]] جي وجود بابت روايتي ۽ وڏي پيماني تي قبوليل اسلامي عقيدي جو حامي هو. اهو موقف سندس ابتدائي مسلمان صوفي اولياءَ جي زندگين بابت مشهور ڪتاب ''صفة الصفوة''، يعني ''برگزيدن جون صفتون''، مان پڻ ظاهر ٿئي ٿو. هي ڪتاب اصل ۾ [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] (وفات 1038ع) جي ''حلية الأولياء''، يعني ''اولياءَ جو سينگار''، جو اختصار آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

هن تصنيف ۾ ابن الجوزي ڪيترن اهم صوفين ۽ زاهدن جي کليل لفظن ۾ تعريف ڪئي، جن ۾ [[حسن بصري]] (وفات 728ع)، [[ابراهيم بن ادهم]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 782ع)، [[سفيان ثوري]] (وفات 778ع)، [[رابعه بصري]] (وفات 801ع)، [[معروف ڪرخي]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 820ع) ۽ [[بشر حافي]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 850ع) شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

جيتوڻيڪ ابن الجوزي انهن ٺڳن تي تنقيد ڪئي، جيڪي پاڻ کي ڪوڙو درويش يا بزرگ ظاهر ڪندا هئا، پر هن صاف لفظن ۾ چيو ته سچا اولياءَ صحيح عقيدي، عمل ۽ شريعت جي مخالفت نٿا ڪن.&lt;ref&gt;Jonathan A. C. Brown, &quot;Faithful Dissenters: Sunni Skepticism about the Miracles of Saints,&quot; ''Journal of Sufi Studies'' 1 (2012), p. 162&lt;/ref&gt; اولياءَ بابت ابن الجوزي چيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;اولياءَ ۽ صالح ماڻهو ئي سموري وجود جو اصل مقصد آهن (''الأولياء والصالحون هم المقصود من الكون''). اهي اهي ماڻهو آهن، جن علم جي حقيقت کي سکيو ۽ ان تي عمل ڪيو... اهي پنهنجي علم موجب عمل ڪن ٿا، دنيا مان ٿوري شيءِ تي گذارو ڪن ٿا، آخرت جا طالب رهن ٿا ۽ هڪ جهان کان ٻئي جهان ڏانهن وڃڻ لاءِ بيدار اکين ۽ سٺي توشي سان تيار رهن ٿا؛ ان جي ابتڙ اهي ماڻهو آهن، جيڪي رڳو پنهنجي علم سبب مشهور هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn al-Jawzi, ''Sifat al-safwa'' (Beirut ed. 1989/1409) p. 13, 17.&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;

=== تصوف ===

ابن الجوزي جو خيال هو ته [[تصوف]] يا ''تَصَوُّف'' اسلامي عمل جو هڪ لازمي حصو آهي. محققن موجب سندس ڪتاب ''تلبيس إبليس''، جنهن ۾ [[تفسير]] ۽ [[فقه]] سميت تقريباً سڀني اهم اسلامي علمن ۾ پيدا ٿيل بدعتن تي تنقيد ڪئي وئي آهي، ڪنهن به صورت ۾ سڄي تصوف جو رد نه آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.abc.se/home/m9783/ir/f/ts/Tasawwuf%20shuyukh.htm#18|title=Error404}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان جي ابتڙ، هن ابتدائي صوفين ۽ اولياءَ جي فضيلتن بابت ڪيترائي ڪتاب لکيا، جن ۾ ''مناقب رابعه العدويه''، ''مناقب معروف الڪرخي''، ''مناقب ابراهيم بن ادهم'' ۽ ''مناقب بشر الحافي'' سميت ٻيون تصنيفون شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

ابن الجوزي [[ابو حامد غزالي]] جي تعليمات جو پڻ مضبوط حامي هو، ۽ تصوف بابت سندس ڪيترين تصنيفن تي غزالي جي مشهور ڪتاب ''[[احياء علوم الدين]]'' جو اثر نظر اچي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt; حقيقت ۾ ابن الجوزي نه رڳو ساڳين موضوعن تي لکيو، پر ڪيترين جاين تي غزالي جي لکڻيءَ جي طريقي ۽ اصطلاحن کي پڻ اختيار ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي روحاني تصنيفن ۾ جن موضوعن تي بحث ڪيو، تن ۾ خدا ڏانهن شديد شوق جي معنيٰ، پنهنجي [[نفس]] کان ان جي عملن جو حساب وٺڻ، نفس جي ڪمزورين تي ملامت ڪرڻ ۽ نفس جي اصلاح لاءِ ان کي سخت تنبيه ڪرڻ شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

== عقيدو ==

[[بدر الدين اَهدل|ابن الاهدل]] (وفات: 855هه/1451ع) پنهنجي ڪتاب ''ڪشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد'' ({{lang|ar|كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد}}) ۾ ابن الجوزي کي [[اشعريت|اشعري]] عالمن مان شمار ڪيو آهي، ۽ ان سلسلي ۾ هن [[عبدالقادر جيلاني]] جو پڻ ذڪر ڪيو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=[[ابن الاهدل]]|editor=Ahmad Bakīr Mahmud|url=https://archive.org/download/kalam-misc/kashful-ghitaa.pdf|title=Kashf al-Ghata' 'an Haqa'iq al-Tawhid|script-title=ar:كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد|language=ar|location=[[تيونس]]|publisher=[[Tunisian General Labour Union]]|year=1964|page=83|quote=وكل هؤلاء الذين ذكرنا عقائدهم من أئمة الشافعية سوى القرشي والشاذلي فمالكيان أشعريان. ولنتبع ذلك بعقيدة المالكية وعقيدتين للحنفية ليعلم أن غالب أهل هذين المذهبين على مذهب الأشعري في العقائد، '''وبعض الحنبلية في الفروع يكونون على مذهب الأشعري في العقائد كالشيخ عبد القادر الجيلاني وابن الجوزي وغيرهما رضي الله عنهم.''' وقد تقدم وسيأتي أيضاً أن الأشعري والإمام أحمد كانا في الاعتقاد متفقين حتى حدث الخلاف من أتباعه القائلين بالحرف والصوت والجهة وغير ذلك فلهذا لم نذكر عقائد المخالفين واقتصرنا على عقائد أصحابنا الأشعرية ومن وافقهم من المالكية والحنفية رضي الله عنهم. فأما عقيدة المالكية فهي تأليف الشيخ الإمام الكبير الشهير أبي محمد عبد الله بن أبي زيد المالكي ذكرها في صدر كتابه الرسالة}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جيتوڻيڪ ابن الجوزي [[حنبلي]] فقه سان لاڳاپيل هو، پر هو ٻين ڪيترن حنبلي عالمن وانگر [[علم ڪلام]] جي ماهرن ([[متڪلم]]) کي مڪمل طور رد نه ڪندو هو. هو ضرورت ۽ مخاطب جي حالت موجب [[علم ڪلام]] ۽ [[تأويل]] کي قبول ڪندو هو ۽ مناسب موقعن تي انهن مان استدلال پڻ ڪندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;/&gt;

== علم ڪلام ==

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي دور جي ٻين [[حنبلي]] عالمن، خاص طور [[ابن حميد الوراق]]، [[ابو يعلى ابن الفراء|قاضي ابو يعلى ابن الفراء]] ۽ [[ابن الزاغوني]] جي برخلاف پنهنجي الڳ علمي موقف سبب مشهور آهي. سندس خيال هو ته انهن ۽ ڪجهه ٻين حنبلي عالمن [[الله جون صفتون|الهي صفتن]] جي اثبات ۾ حد کان وڌيڪ غلو ڪيو، جنهن سبب حنبلي مذهب جي ساک متاثر ٿي ۽ ماڻهن وٽ ان جو تعلق سخت [[تجسيم]] (الله کي سندس مخلوق سان مشابهت ڏيڻ) سان ڳنڍجڻ لڳو.

ابن الجوزي لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
''&quot;انهن جو عقيدو هو ته الله تعاليٰ جي ذات کان سواءِ سندس هڪ صورت ۽ چهرو به آهي. هو اهو به چوندا هئا ته الله جون ٻه اکيون، وات، ننڍڙي زبان (لهاٽ)، ڏند، نور ۽ جلال وارو چهرو، ٻه هٿ جن ۾ هتيلون، آڱريون، ننڍيون آڱريون ۽ آڱوٺا، پٺي، ۽ ٻه ٽنگون آهن، جيڪي رانن ۽ پنڊلين ۾ ورهايل آهن.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-188&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last1=Holtzman|first1=Livnat|title=&quot;Does God Really Laugh?&quot; – Appropriate and Inappropriate Descriptions of God in Islamic Traditionalist Theology|url=http://arabic.biu.ac.il/files/arabic/shared/staff/u16/holtzman_final080310.pdf|publisher=Bar-Ilan University, Ramat Gan|pages=188}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

ان کان پوءِ هن خاص طور قاضي ابو يعلى تي تنقيد ڪندي لکيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
''&quot;جيڪو شخص الله تعاليٰ لاءِ ڏندن کي به هڪ الهي صفت طور ثابت ڪري ٿو، تنهن کي اسلام بابت ڪا به صحيح ڄاڻ نه آهي.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-191&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last1=Holtzman|first1=Livnat|title=&quot;Does God Really Laugh?&quot; – Appropriate and Inappropriate Descriptions of God in Islamic Traditionalist Theology|url=http://arabic.biu.ac.il/files/arabic/shared/staff/u16/holtzman_final080310.pdf|publisher=Bar-Ilan University, Ramat Gan|pages=191}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

هن موضوع تي ابن الجوزي جي سڀ کان مشهور تصنيف ''[[كتاب أخبار الصفات|باز الأشهب المنقض على مخالفي المذهب]]'' آهي، جنهن جو مطلب آهي: ''&quot;سرمائي رنگ جو شڪاري باز، جيڪو (حنبلي) مذهب جي مخالفت ڪندڙن تي حملو ڪري ٿو.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-188&quot; /&gt;

=== الله نه ڪائنات جي اندر آهي ۽ نه ئي ٻاهر ===

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي ڪتاب ''الصفات'' ۾ لکي ٿو ته الله نه ڪائنات جي اندر موجود آهي ۽ نه ئي ان کان ٻاهر.&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot;&gt;Swartz, Merlin. ''A Medieval Critique of Anthropomorphism'', pg. 159. [[ليڊن]]: [[بريل پبلشرز]], 2001.&lt;/ref&gt; سندس مطابق &quot;اندر&quot; يا &quot;ٻاهر&quot; هجڻ جو تصور صرف انهن شين تي لاڳو ٿيندو آهي، جيڪي ڪنهن جاءِ يا خلا ۾ موجود هجن. يعني جيڪا شيءِ اندر يا ٻاهر هجي، ان لاءِ ڪنهن هنڌ جو هجڻ لازمي آهي، جڏهن ته الله تعاليٰ بابت اهڙو تصور لاڳو نٿو ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot; /&gt;

هو لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;ڪنهن جاءِ ۾ هجڻ يا ان کان ٻاهر هجڻ، حرڪت، سڪون ۽ ٻيا اهڙا عارض جسم واريون خاصيتون آهن. الله جي ذات نه ڪنهن مخلوق کي پنهنجي اندر جاءِ ڏئي ٿي ۽ نه ئي ڪا مخلوق سندس ذات ۾ حلول ڪري سگهي ٿي.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

== تصنيفون ==

[[فائل:ArRadd IbneJawzi.PNG|200px|thumb|''الرد على المتعصب العنيد المانع من ذم يزيد'' جي ڇپيل نسخي جو سرورق.]]

ابن الجوزي کي اسلامي تاريخ جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ تصنيفون لکڻ وارن عالمن مان هڪ، بلڪه ڪيترن محققن موجب سڀ کان وڌيڪ تصنيفون لکندڙ عالم، شمار ڪيو ويندو آهي. [[ذهبي]] لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;مون عالمن مان ڪنهن کي به ابن الجوزي جيترو گهڻو لکندي نه ڏٺو آهي.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.as-sahwah.com/viewarticle.php?articleID=1277&amp;|title=IslamicAwakening.Com: Ibn al-Jawzi: A Lifetime of Da'wah|date=October 22, 2006|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20061022195654/http://www.as-sahwah.com/viewarticle.php?articleID=1277&amp; |archive-date=2006-10-22 }}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

تازو عراقي محقق پروفيسر عبد الحميد العلوجي ابن الجوزي جي تصنيفن تي تفصيلي تحقيق ڪئي ۽ هڪ مرجع ڪتاب تيار ڪيو، جنهن ۾ هن ابن الجوزي جي تصنيفن کي الف ب وار ترتيب ڏئي، انهن جي ڇپيل نسخن، ناشرن ۽ انهن لائبريرين جي نشاندهي ڪئي، جتي سندس اڻڇپيل قلمي نسخا محفوظ آهن. ڪجهه محققن جو خيال آهي ته ابن الجوزي 700 کان وڌيڪ ڪتابن جو مصنف هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Al-Jawzi&quot;/&gt;

سندس تصنيفن جي غيرمعمولي وڏي تعداد سبب ڪجهه عالمن سندس تحريرن تي تنقيد پڻ ڪئي، سندس غلطين کي خاص ڌيان سان جاچيو ۽ کيس اهڙو مصنف قرار ڏنو، جنهن کان ڪيترائي سهواً غلطيون ٿيون. بهرحال، [[ابن رجب]] سندس دفاع ۾ ابن الجوزي جو هي قول نقل ڪيو آهي:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;مان ترتيب ڏيندڙ آهيان، نيون تصنيفون ايجاد ڪندڙ نه آهيان.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |last=Ibn al-Jawzī |first=ʿAbd al-Raḥmān ibn ʿAlī |title=al-Muntaẓam fī Tārīkh al-Mulūk wa-l-Umam |publisher=Dār al-Kutub al-ʿIlmiyyah |year=1997 |edition=vol.1 |location=Beirut |publication-date=1997 |pages=30 |language=arabic}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

مذهبي موضوعن کان علاوه ابن الجوزي طب بابت پڻ لکيو. [[جلال الدين سيوطي]] جي طبي تصنيفن وانگر، سندس ڪتاب به تقريباً مڪمل طور تي [[نبوي طب]] تي ٻڌل هو، جڏهن ته [[ذهبي]] جي تصنيفن وانگر اسلامي ۽ يوناني طب جي گڏيل روايتن کي شامل نه ڪندو هو. ابن الجوزي خاص طور خوراڪ ۽ قدرتي علاج تي زور ڏنو، جن کي هن ريبيز (ڪتي جي چڪ) ۽ چيچڪ جهڙين سنگين بيمارين سان گڏ، مٿي جي سور ۽ نڪ مان رت اچڻ جهڙين عام تڪليفن جي علاج لاءِ پڻ بيان ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;Emilie Savage-Smith, &quot;Medicine.&quot; Taken from ''Encyclopedia of the History of Arabic Science, Volume 3: Technology, Alchemy and Life Sciences'', pg. 928. Ed. Roshdi Rasheed. [[لنڊن]]: [[روٽليج]], 1996. {{ISBN|0-415-12412-3}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مشهور تصنيفون ===

* ''[[الموضوعات الكبرى]]'' (جعلي حديثن جو وڏو مجموعو)
* ''[[دفع شبه التشبيه]]''&lt;ref&gt;Swartz, Merlin. ''A Medieval Critque of Anthropomorphism''. Brill, 2001&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''صفة الصفوة'' — پنج جلد، [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] جي ''[[حلية الأولياء]]'' جو اختصار ۽ نئين ترتيب.
* ''آداب الحسن البصري وزهده ومواعظه'' (حسن بصري جا آداب، زهد ۽ نصيحتون)&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last1=ابن الجوزي، عبد الرحمن بن علي بن محمد،|url=http://www.aruc.org/fullbib.aspx?id=1882791|title=آداب الحسن البصري وزهده ومواعظه|last2=الحرش، سليمان بن مسلم|date=2007|publisher=دار النوادر،|location=دمشق|language=ar|oclc=4770455870}}&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''زاد المسير في علم التفسير''&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.hilalplaza.com/products/zad-al-masir-fi-ilm-al-tafsir-8-vol|title=Zad al-Masir fi Ilm al-Tafsir 8 vol.4 books|access-date=2021-01-28|archive-date=2023-10-03|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20231003211857/https://www.hilalplaza.com/products/zad-al-masir-fi-ilm-al-tafsir-8-vol|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''تلبيس إبليس''
* ''تذكرة أولي البصائر في معرفة الكبائر''
* ''غريب الحديث''
* ''أحكام النساء''
* ''مولد العروس''
* ''حفظ العمر''
* ''بيان المولد النبوي''
* ''بحر الدموع''

== مقبرو ==

ابن الجوزي جو مقبرو [[بغداد]]، [[عراق]] ۾ واقع آهي. سندس قبر هڪ سادي سائي سيمينٽ جي ٺهيل مزار آهي، جنهن جي چوڌاري پٿر رکيل آهن، جڏهن ته مٿس لڳل هڪ ڪاغذي تختي تي اهو ڄاڻايل آهي ته هي ابن الجوزي جي قبر آهي.

2019ع ۾ سوشل ميڊيا تي اهڙيون افواهون پکڙيون ته سندس مقبرو ڊاهي هٽايو ويو آهي، جڏهن هڪ تصوير منظرعام تي آئي جنهن ۾ قبر هٽائيندي ڏيکاريل هئي. بهرحال، عراقي عملدارن انهن خبرن جي ترديد ڪندي واضح ڪيو ته ابن الجوزي جو مقبرو ڊاهيو نه ويو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://shafaq.com/ar|title=شفق نيوز|website=شفق نيوز}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== پڻ ڏسو ==
* [[سبط ابن الجوزي]]
* [[ابن عقيل]]

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}

== خارجي ڳنڍڻا ==
* [http://www.muslimscholars.info/manage.php?submit=scholar&amp;ID=60001 مسلم اسڪالرز ڊاٽ انفارميشن تي ابن الجوزي جي سوانح]
* [http://www.amalpress.com/index.php?l_dis=publications&amp;det=full&amp;id=18 ''الله جون صفتون'']، ابن الجوزي؛ ترجمو: عبدالله بن حميد علي؛ ڇپائيندڙ: [http://www.amalpress.com/ امل پريس]
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20090215044232/http://hanbalis.com/index.php/Ibn_al-Jawzi ابن الجوزي جي سڀ کان جامع آن لائين سوانح]
* {{in lang|fr}} [https://web.archive.org/web/20120526102946/http://www.at-tawhid.net/article-l-attachement-au-qur-an-que-contiennent-les-coeurs-des-amoureux-d-allah-ibn-al-jawzi-46585345.html امام ابن الجوزي موجب قرآن سان وابستگيءَ جي اهميت]
* {{in lang|fr}} [https://web.archive.org/web/20110817015245/http://www.at-tawhid.net/article-ibn-al-jawzi-expose-critique-et-refute-l-egarement-des-anthropomorphistes-hanbalites-59608673.html امام ابن الجوزي طرفان تجسيم پسند حنبلي نظرين جي ترديد]

{{Portal bar|Biography|Islam|Iraq}}
{{Historians of Islam}}
{{Hanbali scholars}}
{{Ash'ari}}
{{Authority control}}

{{DEFAULTSORT:ابن الجوزي، ابو الفرج}}

[[زمرو:حنبلي عالم]]
[[زمرو:ٻارهين صديءَ جا مسلمان علم ڪلام جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:شيخ الاسلام]]
[[زمرو:بغداد جا ماڻهو]]
[[زمرو:عرب سني اسلامي عالم]]
[[زمرو:سني اسلامي عالم]]
[[زمرو:قرآني تفسير جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:حديث جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:سلجوقي سلطنت جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:1110ع واري ڏهاڪي ۾ ڄاول]]
[[زمرو:1201ع ۾ وفات ڪندڙ]]
[[زمرو:عباسي خلافت جا ٻارهين صديءَ جا ماڻهو]]
[[زمرو:مقامات]]
[[زمرو:اشعري عالم]]
[[زمرو:رجال جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:اسلامي زهد]]
[[زمرو:ٻارهين صديءَ جا عرب]]
[[زمرو:شيعه اسلام جا ناقد]]
[[زمرو:ڄمڻ جو سال غير يقيني]]
[[زمرو:بنو ابو بڪر]]


[[زمرو:اسلامي شخصيتون]]
[[زمرو:سلف]]
[[زمرو:محدث]]
[[زمرو:1116ع جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:1110ع جي ڏهاڪي جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:Articles with short description]]</text>
      <sha1>94w4vwhwfqrhdk0ia8eucxvohn6sjfp</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401124</id>
      <parentid>401113</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T09:18:56Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401124</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="39438" sha1="1h8xhq2ecjyx3gd9zep0fhews7y8kyw" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ٻارهين صديءَ جو مسلم عالم، محدث، مؤرخ ۽ فقيه}}


{{Infobox religious biography
| religion           = [[اسلام]]
| era                = [[اسلامي سنهري دور]]
| image              =
| caption            =
| name               = ابن الجوزي
| title              = [[شيخ الاسلام]]&lt;ref&gt;Al-Dhahabi, Siyar A'lam al-Nubala'.&lt;/ref&gt;
| birth_date         = لڳ ڀڳ 510هه / 1116ع
| birth_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| death_date         = 12 رمضان 597هه / 16 جون 1201ع (لڳ ڀڳ 87 ورهين جي عمر ۾)
| death_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| denomination       = [[سني اسلام]]
| creed              = [[اشعريت]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جي. اي. بوائل]]|title=The Cambridge History of Iran|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=16yHq5v3QZAC|volume=5 of The Saljuq and Mongol Periods|publisher=[[ڪيمبرج يونيورسٽي پريس]]|date=1968|page=299}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جبريل فؤاد حداد]]|title=The Biographies of the Elite Lives of the Scholars, Imams &amp; Hadith Masters|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=RwPnCAAAQBAJ&amp;pg=PA226|date=2015|publisher=[[اس السنة فائونڊيشن آف آمريڪا]]|page=226}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;&gt;{{cite book
|author=[[ابن الأحدل]]
|editor=Ahmad Bakīr Mahmud
|title=Kashf al-Ghata' 'an Haqa'iq al-Tawhid
|script-title=ar:كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد
|language=ar
|url=https://archive.org/download/kalam-misc/kashful-ghitaa.pdf
|location=[[تيونس]]
|publisher=Tunisian General Labour Union
|year=1964
|page=83
}}&lt;/ref&gt;
| jurisprudence      = [[حنبلي]]
| main_interests     = [[تاريخ]]، [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]
| notable_works      = [[كتاب أخبار الصفات]]
| influenced         = &lt;small&gt;[[عبد الغني المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[سبط ابن الجوزي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Robinson:2003:XV&quot;&gt;Robinson:2003:XV&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ابن قدامه المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ضياء الدين المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Al-Jawzi&quot;&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |title=Ibn Al-Jawzi |publisher=Sunnah.org |access-date=2013-11-28 |archive-date=2020-02-22 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200222230613/http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/small&gt;
| father             = علي بن محمد الجوزي
| children           = يوسف بن عبدالرحمٰن الجوزي
| birth_name         = عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري
| lineage            = [[آل بڪر]]
| native_name        = ابن الجوزي
| native_name_lang   = ar
}}

'''ابو الفرج جمال الدين عبدالرحمٰن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد الجوزي'''، جيڪو عام طور تي '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي{{Efn|{{langx|ar|أبو الفرج جمال الدين عبد الرحمن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد}}; Abū al-Faraj ʿAbd al-Raḥmān ibn ʿAlī ibn Muḥammad ibn al-Jawzī}}&lt;ref&gt;The Beginning and the End: Imad al-Din Abu al-Fida Ismail ibn Umar ibn Katheer al-Dimashqi.&lt;/ref&gt; (لڳ ڀڳ 1116ع – 16 جون 1201ع)، هڪ [[مسلمان]] [[فقيه]]، [[واعظ]]، [[خطيب]]، [[فرقن جو مؤرخ]]، [[علم الحديث|محدث]]، [[مؤرخ]]، [[قاضي]]، [[اوليائن جي سوانح نگار]] ۽ [[لسانيات دان]] هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot; /&gt; هن ٻارهين صديءَ دوران پنهنجي اباڻي شهر [[بغداد]] ۾ [[حنبلي]] [[فقهي مذهب]] جي واڌ ويجهه ۽ اشاعت ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنهنجي علمي، مذهبي ۽ سياسي سرگرمين سان ڀرپور زندگيءَ دوران ابن الجوزي پنهنجي همعصر [[حنبلي]] عالمن ۾ وڏي عزت حاصل ڪئي. هن مسلسل ڪوشش ڪئي ته [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب، جيڪو تاريخي طور چئن وڏن سني فقهي مذهبن مان سڀ کان ننڍو شمار ٿيندو هو، ان کي به [[مالڪي]]، [[شافعي]] ۽ [[حنفي]] مذهبن جي برابر وقار ۽ سرڪاري سرپرستي حاصل ٿئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

{{Infobox saint
|name = '''ابن الجوزي'''
|image = PARSONS(1808) p008 View of Bagdad on the Persian side of the Tigris.jpg
|image_size = 300px
|caption = 1808ع ۾ [[بغداد]] جو منظر؛ ابن الجوزي پنهنجي سموري زندگي ٻارهين صديءَ ۾ هن شهر ۾ گذاري.
|titles = فقيه، واعظ، محدث؛&lt;br /&gt;''شيخ الاسلام''، ''بادشاهن ۽ اميرن جو خطيب''، ''حنبلين جو امام''
|major_shrine = [[بغداد]]، [[عراق]] ۾ سبز گنبذ وارو مقبرو
|venerated_in = [[سني اسلام]]، خاص طور [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب
}}

ابن الجوزي نوجوانيءَ ۾ نهايت اعليٰ تعليم حاصل ڪئي&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ۽ بغداد جي ان دور جي ڪيترن ئي مشهور عالمن کان علم پرايو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع) ۽ [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot;&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 401&lt;/ref&gt;

ايندڙ سالن ۾ سندس علمي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌندي وئي، پر کيس سڀ کان وڌيڪ شهرت [[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ٽيٽيهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ملي. خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب جي سرپرستي سبب ابن الجوزي بغداد جي اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ کيس شهر ۽ ان جي ڀرپاسي ۾ وڏي عوامي ميڙ کي خطاب ڪرڻ جي آزادي ۽ سرپرستي حاصل هئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt;

المستضي جي دور ۾ پنهنجي اڪثر وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي مضبوط حمايت ڪئي ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، جن کي هو دين ۾ گمراهه يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ساڳئي وقت سندس علمي حيثيت پڻ وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ هن بغداد جي ڪيترين اهم [[مدرسو|مدرسن]] ۽ علمي ادارن جي انتظام ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ان کان علاوه هن غيرمعمولي تعداد ۾ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪيا، جنهن سبب کيس اسلامي تاريخ جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ زرخيز مصنفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

محققن موجب ابن الجوزي جو علمي سرمايو، جيڪو مختصر رسالن کان وٺي وڏن ڪتابن تائين پکڙيل آهي، اسلامي علمن جي تقريباً سڀني اهم شعبن تي مشتمل آهي، جن ۾ [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]، [[تاريخ]]، [[عقيدو]]، [[تصوف]]، [[ادب]] ۽ [[لسانيات]] شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

==خانداني پسمنظر ۽ زندگي==

عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري التيمي القرشي، جيڪو '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور ٿيو، 507هه کان 512هه (1113ع کان 1119ع) جي وچ واري عرصي ۾ [[بغداد]] ۾ هڪ خوشحال ۽ معزز خاندان ۾ ڄائو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; سندس خاندان جو نسب [[ابو بڪر صديق]] تائين پهچندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn al-Jawzi, ''Sincere Counsel to the Seekers of Sacred Knowledge'', Daar Us-Sunnah Publications Birmingham (2011), p. 88&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 399–434; Merlin Swartz, ''Ibn al-Jawzī’s'' Kitāb al-Quṣṣāṣ wa-’l-mudhakkirīn, Recherches publiées sous la direction de l’Institut de lettres orientales de Beyrouth, Série 1, Pensée arabe et musulmane, 47 (Beirut: Dar el-Machreq, 1971), 15.&lt;/ref&gt; سندس نسب هن ريت بيان ڪيو وڃي ٿو: عبدالرحمٰن بن علي بن محمد بن علي بن عبيدالله بن عبدالله بن حمادي بن احمد بن محمد بن جعفر الجوزي بن عبدالله بن القاسم بن النضر بن القاسم بن محمد بن عبدالله بن عبدالرحمٰن بن [[قاسم بن محمد بن ابي بڪر]] بن [[محمد بن ابي بڪر]] بن [[ابو بڪر صديق]] التيمي القرشي.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot;&gt;{{Cite book |last=Ibn Khalid |first=Ayman |title=Seeds of Admonishment and Reform |publisher=Dar As-Sunnah Publishers |year=2013 |isbn=1904336396 |edition=1st |location=Brimmingham |pages=17-18}}&lt;/ref&gt;

سندس نائين پيڙهيءَ جو ڏاڏو جعفر بن عبدالله البڪري '''الجوزي''' جي لقب سان مشهور هو، جنهن مان خاندان جو نالو &quot;الجوزي&quot; نڪتو. سندس خاندان ٽامي جي واپار سبب خوشحال ٿيو، تنهنڪري ابن الجوزي آسودگيءَ واري ماحول ۾ پرورش ورتي.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt;

سندس والدين کيس پنهنجي دور جي سڀني اهم علمن ۾ جامع تعليم ڏني.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;&gt;{{EI2|last=Laoust |first=H. | title=Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī | volume = 3 | pages = 751–752 | doi=10.1163/1573-3912_islam_SIM_3139}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن ڪيترن ئي مشهور استادن کان علم حاصل ڪيو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع)، [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع)، ابو الفضل بن الناصر (وفات 1155ع)، ابو حڪيم النهرواني (وفات 1161ع) ۽ [[ابو يعلى الصغير]] (وفات 1163ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot; /&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot; /&gt;

انهن استادن کان علاوه ابن الجوزي ڪيترن ئي اهڙن عالمن جي تصنيفن کان پڻ گهڻو متاثر ٿيو، جن سان سندس سڌي ملاقات نه ٿي. انهن ۾ [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] (وفات 1038ع)، [[الخطيب البغدادي]] (وفات 1071ع) ۽ مشهور حنبلي عالم [[ابن عقيل]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 1120ع) شامل هئا. ابن الجوزي پنهنجي بعد وارين تحريرن ۾ ابن عقيل جي ڪن خيالن جي واکاڻ به ڪئي ۽ ڪن تي تنقيد پڻ ڪئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot; /&gt;

عقيدي جي لحاظ کان هو [[اشعريت]] جو پيروڪار هو، جيڪا ڳالهه کيس ڪيترن ئي همعصر حنبلي عالمن کان ممتاز بڻائي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot;&gt;{{cite book|last=Boyle|first=J.A.|title=The Cambridge History of Iran, Vol. 5: The Saljuq and Mongol Periods (Volume 5)|date=January 1, 1968|publisher=Cambridge University Press|pages=299}}&lt;/ref&gt; پنهنجي ابتدائي تصنيفن ۾ هن [[علم الكلام]] ۾ بيجا فلسفياتي بحثن ۽ خاص طور ڪجهه صوفين جي نون فڪري لاڙن تي تنقيد ڪئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot; /&gt;

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي عملي علمي زندگيءَ جي شروعات [[المقتفي]] (وفات 1160ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ايڪتاليهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ڪئي. خليفي جو حنبلي وزير [[ابن هبيره]] سندس علمي سرپرستن مان هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; ابن الجوزي شروعات ۾ پنهنجي استاد ابو حڪيم النهرواني وٽ ٻن مدرسن ۾ حنبلي فقه پڙهائڻ ۾ معاون طور ڪم ڪيو، ۽ 1161ع ۾ استاد جي وفات کان پوءِ انهن ٻنهي مدرسن جو صدر مدرس مقرر ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 404&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان ڪجهه اڳ ئي وزير ابن هبيره کيس هر جمعي پنهنجي رهائشگاهه تي عوامي وعظ ڪرڻ جي مڪمل آزادي ڏني هئي، جنهن سان سندس خطابت جي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌڻ لڳي.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 402&lt;/ref&gt; المقتفي جي وفات کان پوءِ نئين خليفي [[المستنجد]] (وفات 1170ع) کيس بغداد جي خليفي واري جامع مسجد ۾ وعظ ڪرڻ لاءِ مقرر ڪيو، خاص طور [[نور الدين زنگي]] جي [[فاطمي خلافت]] خلاف مهمن دوران.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; انهن وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي ڀرپور حمايت ڪندو هو ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪندو هو، جن کي هو بدعتي يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو. هو انهن فقيهن تي به اعتراض ڪندو هو، جيڪي پنهنجي فقهي مذهب جي بي سوچ تقليد ڪندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;

[[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع) جي دور ۾ ابن الجوزي بغداد جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب سان خاص وابستگي سبب کيس سڄي بغداد ۾ وعظ ۽ تبليغ ڪرڻ جي مڪمل آزادي حاصل ٿي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; 1172ع کان 1173ع تائين سندس مسلسل وعظن کيس بغداد جو سڀ کان ممتاز عالم بڻائي ڇڏيو. سندس غيرمعمولي خطابت کان متاثر ٿي خليفي مسجد ۾ خاص طور سندس لاءِ هڪ منبر (دِڪَّة) به تعمير ڪرايو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;

1179ع تائين ابن الجوزي ڏيڍ سئو کان وڌيڪ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪري چڪو هو ۽ ساڳئي وقت بغداد جي پنجن مختلف مدرسن جي نگراني پڻ ڪندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; انهيءَ عرصي دوران هن خليفي المستضي کي صلاح ڏني ته [[امام احمد بن حنبل]] جي مزار تي هڪ ڪتبو لڳايو وڃي، جنهن ۾ کيس &quot;امام&quot; جي لقب سان ياد ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Kat̲h̲īr, ''Bidāya'', Cairo 1351-8/1932-9, xii, 28–30&lt;/ref&gt;

بعد ۾ جڏهن [[الناصر لدين الله]] (وفات 1235ع) خلافت تي ويٺو، تڏهن شروعات ۾ ابن الجوزي جا تعلقات سندس حنبلي وزير ابن يونس (وفات 1197ع) ذريعي سٺا رهيا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; پر ابن يونس جي معزولي ۽ گرفتاري کان پوءِ خليفي [[ابن القصاب]] نالي هڪ شيعي وزير کي مقرر ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; تاريخي ذريعن ۾ ان جا واضح سبب بيان ناهن، پر آخرڪار الناصر ابن الجوزي کي پنجن سالن تائين نظر بند رکڻ جو حڪم ڏنو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; هڪ راءِ موجب، ابن الجوزي خليفي جي هڪ سرڪاري پاليسيءَ تي تنقيدي رد لکيو هو، جنهن سبب ٻنهي جا تعلقات خراب ٿي ويا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنجن سالن جي نظر بندي کان پوءِ خليفي جي والده [[زمرد خاتون]]، جيڪا نهايت پرهيزگار عورت سمجهي ويندي هئي، پنهنجي پٽ کي ابن الجوزي جي آزاديءَ لاءِ راضي ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; آزادي حاصل ڪرڻ کان ٿوري ئي عرصي پوءِ ابن الجوزي بغداد ۾ وفات ڪئي. ان وقت سندس عمر لڳ ڀڳ چوهتر ورهيه بيان ڪئي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

== خيال ۽ فڪر ==

=== مناظرا ۽ رد ===

ابن الجوزي هڪ مشهور [[مناظره نگار]] هو،&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ۽ هو انهن سڀني ماڻهن جي تصنيفن تي سخت تنقيد ڪندو هو، جن کي هو دين ۾ [[بدعت]] پيدا ڪندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ٻين فڪري مڪتبن تي سندس تنقيد سڀ کان وڌيڪ سندس ڪتاب ''تلبيس إبليس''، يعني ''شيطان جو دوکو''، ۾ نظر اچي ٿي، جيڪو حنبلي مناظراتي ادب جي اهم تصنيفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; هن ڪتاب ۾ هن نه رڳو [[سني اسلام]] کان ٻاهر موجود ڪيترن فرقن، جهڙوڪ [[معتزله]] ۽ [[خوارج]]، تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، پر سني اسلام جي اندر موجود انهن فڪري ڌرين تي پڻ اعتراض ڪيو، جن بابت سندس خيال هو ته اهي صحيح راهه کان هٽي ويون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

هن ڪتاب ۾ پنهنجي دور جي ڪجهه گمراهه صوفين بابت ابن الجوزي جي تنقيدي بيانن سبب، روايتي [[تصوف]] جي مخالفت ڪندڙ ڪجهه جديد مسلمان تحريڪون، جهڙوڪ [[سلفيت]] ۽ [[وهابيت]]، پنهنجي موقف جي حمايت لاءِ هن تصنيف مان حوالا ڏينديون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; تنهن هوندي به، محققن موجب ابن الجوزي تصوف کي مجموعي طور رد نه ڪيو؛ هو پنهنجي لکڻين ۾ قديم، پاڪيزه تصوف ۽ صوفي عملن ۾ داخل ٿيل انهن رواجن جي وچ ۾ واضح فرق ڪندو هو، جن کي هو بگاڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot;/&gt; انهيءَ ڪري اهو ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته سندس دور جي ڪجهه صوفي جماعتن تي ڪيل تنقيد جو مقصد سڄي تصوف جي مذمت ڪرڻ نه هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

=== تبرڪات ===

ابن الجوزي ذاتي عبادت ۽ عقيدت ۾ [[محمد جا تبرڪات|رسول الله ﷺ جي تبرڪات]] جي استعمال جو مضبوط حامي هو ۽ انهن وسيلي [[برڪت]] حاصل ڪرڻ کي جائز سمجهندو هو. هن موقف جو ثبوت سندس طرفان ان روايت کي قبوليت سان نقل ڪرڻ مان ملي ٿو، جيڪا [[احمد بن حنبل]] جي پٽ عبدالله بيان ڪئي هئي. عبدالله پنهنجي والد جي رسول الله ﷺ جي تبرڪات سان عقيدت بابت چيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;مون پنهنجي والد کي ڏٺو ته هن رسول الله ﷺ جو هڪ وار ورتو، ان کي پنهنجي وات تي رکي چمي ڏني. شايد مون کيس اهو وار پنهنجي اکين تي رکندي، پوءِ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي اهو پاڻي شفا جي نيت سان پيئندي به ڏٺو هجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Jawzī, 2016 p. 89&quot;&gt;Ibn al-Jawzī, ''The Life of Ibn Hanbal'', XXIV.2, trans. Michael Cooperson (New York: New York University Press, 2016), p. 89&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;

ساڳئي طرح ابن الجوزي، احمد بن حنبل جي ان عمل جي پڻ تعريف ڪئي ته هن برڪت حاصل ڪرڻ جي نيت سان رسول الله ﷺ جي استعمال ڪيل پيالي مان پاڻي پيتو، جيتوڻيڪ فني لحاظ کان اهو ٻئي درجي جو تبرڪ شمار ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Jawzī, 2016 p. 89&quot;/&gt;

=== اولياءَ ===

ابن الجوزي [[ولي|اولياءَ]] جي وجود بابت روايتي ۽ وڏي پيماني تي قبوليل اسلامي عقيدي جو حامي هو. اهو موقف سندس ابتدائي مسلمان صوفي اولياءَ جي زندگين بابت مشهور ڪتاب ''صفة الصفوة''، يعني ''برگزيدن جون صفتون''، مان پڻ ظاهر ٿئي ٿو. هي ڪتاب اصل ۾ [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] (وفات 1038ع) جي ''حلية الأولياء''، يعني ''اولياءَ جو سينگار''، جو اختصار آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

هن تصنيف ۾ ابن الجوزي ڪيترن اهم صوفين ۽ زاهدن جي کليل لفظن ۾ تعريف ڪئي، جن ۾ [[حسن بصري]] (وفات 728ع)، [[ابراهيم بن ادهم]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 782ع)، [[سفيان ثوري]] (وفات 778ع)، [[رابعه بصري]] (وفات 801ع)، [[معروف ڪرخي]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 820ع) ۽ [[بشر حافي]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 850ع) شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

جيتوڻيڪ ابن الجوزي انهن ٺڳن تي تنقيد ڪئي، جيڪي پاڻ کي ڪوڙو درويش يا بزرگ ظاهر ڪندا هئا، پر هن صاف لفظن ۾ چيو ته سچا اولياءَ صحيح عقيدي، عمل ۽ شريعت جي مخالفت نٿا ڪن.&lt;ref&gt;Jonathan A. C. Brown, &quot;Faithful Dissenters: Sunni Skepticism about the Miracles of Saints,&quot; ''Journal of Sufi Studies'' 1 (2012), p. 162&lt;/ref&gt; اولياءَ بابت ابن الجوزي چيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;اولياءَ ۽ صالح ماڻهو ئي سموري وجود جو اصل مقصد آهن (''الأولياء والصالحون هم المقصود من الكون''). اهي اهي ماڻهو آهن، جن علم جي حقيقت کي سکيو ۽ ان تي عمل ڪيو... اهي پنهنجي علم موجب عمل ڪن ٿا، دنيا مان ٿوري شيءِ تي گذارو ڪن ٿا، آخرت جا طالب رهن ٿا ۽ هڪ جهان کان ٻئي جهان ڏانهن وڃڻ لاءِ بيدار اکين ۽ سٺي توشي سان تيار رهن ٿا؛ ان جي ابتڙ اهي ماڻهو آهن، جيڪي رڳو پنهنجي علم سبب مشهور هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn al-Jawzi, ''Sifat al-safwa'' (Beirut ed. 1989/1409) p. 13, 17.&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;

=== تصوف ===

ابن الجوزي جو خيال هو ته [[تصوف]] يا ''تَصَوُّف'' اسلامي عمل جو هڪ لازمي حصو آهي. محققن موجب سندس ڪتاب ''تلبيس إبليس''، جنهن ۾ [[تفسير]] ۽ [[فقه]] سميت تقريباً سڀني اهم اسلامي علمن ۾ پيدا ٿيل بدعتن تي تنقيد ڪئي وئي آهي، ڪنهن به صورت ۾ سڄي تصوف جو رد نه آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.abc.se/home/m9783/ir/f/ts/Tasawwuf%20shuyukh.htm#18|title=Error404}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان جي ابتڙ، هن ابتدائي صوفين ۽ اولياءَ جي فضيلتن بابت ڪيترائي ڪتاب لکيا، جن ۾ ''مناقب رابعه العدويه''، ''مناقب معروف الڪرخي''، ''مناقب ابراهيم بن ادهم'' ۽ ''مناقب بشر الحافي'' سميت ٻيون تصنيفون شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

ابن الجوزي [[ابو حامد غزالي]] جي تعليمات جو پڻ مضبوط حامي هو، ۽ تصوف بابت سندس ڪيترين تصنيفن تي غزالي جي مشهور ڪتاب ''[[احياء علوم الدين]]'' جو اثر نظر اچي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt; حقيقت ۾ ابن الجوزي نه رڳو ساڳين موضوعن تي لکيو، پر ڪيترين جاين تي غزالي جي لکڻيءَ جي طريقي ۽ اصطلاحن کي پڻ اختيار ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي روحاني تصنيفن ۾ جن موضوعن تي بحث ڪيو، تن ۾ خدا ڏانهن شديد شوق جي معنيٰ، پنهنجي [[نفس]] کان ان جي عملن جو حساب وٺڻ، نفس جي ڪمزورين تي ملامت ڪرڻ ۽ نفس جي اصلاح لاءِ ان کي سخت تنبيه ڪرڻ شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

== عقيدو ==

[[بدر الدين اَهدل|ابن الاهدل]] (وفات: 855هه/1451ع) پنهنجي ڪتاب ''ڪشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد'' ({{lang|ar|كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد}}) ۾ ابن الجوزي کي [[اشعريت|اشعري]] عالمن مان شمار ڪيو آهي، ۽ ان سلسلي ۾ هن [[عبدالقادر جيلاني]] جو پڻ ذڪر ڪيو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=[[ابن الاهدل]]|editor=Ahmad Bakīr Mahmud|url=https://archive.org/download/kalam-misc/kashful-ghitaa.pdf|title=Kashf al-Ghata' 'an Haqa'iq al-Tawhid|script-title=ar:كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد|language=ar|location=[[تيونس]]|publisher=[[Tunisian General Labour Union]]|year=1964|page=83|quote=وكل هؤلاء الذين ذكرنا عقائدهم من أئمة الشافعية سوى القرشي والشاذلي فمالكيان أشعريان. ولنتبع ذلك بعقيدة المالكية وعقيدتين للحنفية ليعلم أن غالب أهل هذين المذهبين على مذهب الأشعري في العقائد، '''وبعض الحنبلية في الفروع يكونون على مذهب الأشعري في العقائد كالشيخ عبد القادر الجيلاني وابن الجوزي وغيرهما رضي الله عنهم.''' وقد تقدم وسيأتي أيضاً أن الأشعري والإمام أحمد كانا في الاعتقاد متفقين حتى حدث الخلاف من أتباعه القائلين بالحرف والصوت والجهة وغير ذلك فلهذا لم نذكر عقائد المخالفين واقتصرنا على عقائد أصحابنا الأشعرية ومن وافقهم من المالكية والحنفية رضي الله عنهم. فأما عقيدة المالكية فهي تأليف الشيخ الإمام الكبير الشهير أبي محمد عبد الله بن أبي زيد المالكي ذكرها في صدر كتابه الرسالة}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جيتوڻيڪ ابن الجوزي [[حنبلي]] فقه سان لاڳاپيل هو، پر هو ٻين ڪيترن حنبلي عالمن وانگر [[علم ڪلام]] جي ماهرن ([[متڪلم]]) کي مڪمل طور رد نه ڪندو هو. هو ضرورت ۽ مخاطب جي حالت موجب [[علم ڪلام]] ۽ [[تأويل]] کي قبول ڪندو هو ۽ مناسب موقعن تي انهن مان استدلال پڻ ڪندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;/&gt;

== علم ڪلام ==

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي دور جي ٻين [[حنبلي]] عالمن، خاص طور [[ابن حميد الوراق]]، [[ابو يعلى ابن الفراء|قاضي ابو يعلى ابن الفراء]] ۽ [[ابن الزاغوني]] جي برخلاف پنهنجي الڳ علمي موقف سبب مشهور آهي. سندس خيال هو ته انهن ۽ ڪجهه ٻين حنبلي عالمن [[الله جون صفتون|الهي صفتن]] جي اثبات ۾ حد کان وڌيڪ غلو ڪيو، جنهن سبب حنبلي مذهب جي ساک متاثر ٿي ۽ ماڻهن وٽ ان جو تعلق سخت [[تجسيم]] (الله کي سندس مخلوق سان مشابهت ڏيڻ) سان ڳنڍجڻ لڳو.

ابن الجوزي لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
''&quot;انهن جو عقيدو هو ته الله تعاليٰ جي ذات کان سواءِ سندس هڪ صورت ۽ چهرو به آهي. هو اهو به چوندا هئا ته الله جون ٻه اکيون، وات، ننڍڙي زبان (لهاٽ)، ڏند، نور ۽ جلال وارو چهرو، ٻه هٿ جن ۾ هتيلون، آڱريون، ننڍيون آڱريون ۽ آڱوٺا، پٺي، ۽ ٻه ٽنگون آهن، جيڪي رانن ۽ پنڊلين ۾ ورهايل آهن.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-188&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last1=Holtzman|first1=Livnat|title=&quot;Does God Really Laugh?&quot; – Appropriate and Inappropriate Descriptions of God in Islamic Traditionalist Theology|url=http://arabic.biu.ac.il/files/arabic/shared/staff/u16/holtzman_final080310.pdf|publisher=Bar-Ilan University, Ramat Gan|pages=188}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

ان کان پوءِ هن خاص طور قاضي ابو يعلى تي تنقيد ڪندي لکيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
''&quot;جيڪو شخص الله تعاليٰ لاءِ ڏندن کي به هڪ الهي صفت طور ثابت ڪري ٿو، تنهن کي اسلام بابت ڪا به صحيح ڄاڻ نه آهي.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-191&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last1=Holtzman|first1=Livnat|title=&quot;Does God Really Laugh?&quot; – Appropriate and Inappropriate Descriptions of God in Islamic Traditionalist Theology|url=http://arabic.biu.ac.il/files/arabic/shared/staff/u16/holtzman_final080310.pdf|publisher=Bar-Ilan University, Ramat Gan|pages=191}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

هن موضوع تي ابن الجوزي جي سڀ کان مشهور تصنيف ''[[كتاب أخبار الصفات|باز الأشهب المنقض على مخالفي المذهب]]'' آهي، جنهن جو مطلب آهي: ''&quot;سرمائي رنگ جو شڪاري باز، جيڪو (حنبلي) مذهب جي مخالفت ڪندڙن تي حملو ڪري ٿو.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-188&quot; /&gt;

=== الله نه ڪائنات جي اندر آهي ۽ نه ئي ٻاهر ===

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي ڪتاب ''الصفات'' ۾ لکي ٿو ته الله نه ڪائنات جي اندر موجود آهي ۽ نه ئي ان کان ٻاهر.&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot;&gt;Swartz, Merlin. ''A Medieval Critique of Anthropomorphism'', pg. 159. [[ليڊن]]: [[بريل پبلشرز]], 2001.&lt;/ref&gt; سندس مطابق &quot;اندر&quot; يا &quot;ٻاهر&quot; هجڻ جو تصور صرف انهن شين تي لاڳو ٿيندو آهي، جيڪي ڪنهن جاءِ يا خلا ۾ موجود هجن. يعني جيڪا شيءِ اندر يا ٻاهر هجي، ان لاءِ ڪنهن هنڌ جو هجڻ لازمي آهي، جڏهن ته الله تعاليٰ بابت اهڙو تصور لاڳو نٿو ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot; /&gt;

هو لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;ڪنهن جاءِ ۾ هجڻ يا ان کان ٻاهر هجڻ، حرڪت، سڪون ۽ ٻيا اهڙا عارض جسم واريون خاصيتون آهن. الله جي ذات نه ڪنهن مخلوق کي پنهنجي اندر جاءِ ڏئي ٿي ۽ نه ئي ڪا مخلوق سندس ذات ۾ حلول ڪري سگهي ٿي.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

== تصنيفون ==

[[فائل:ArRadd IbneJawzi.PNG|200px|thumb|''الرد على المتعصب العنيد المانع من ذم يزيد'' جي ڇپيل نسخي جو سرورق.]]

ابن الجوزي کي اسلامي تاريخ جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ تصنيفون لکڻ وارن عالمن مان هڪ، بلڪه ڪيترن محققن موجب سڀ کان وڌيڪ تصنيفون لکندڙ عالم، شمار ڪيو ويندو آهي. [[ذهبي]] لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;مون عالمن مان ڪنهن کي به ابن الجوزي جيترو گهڻو لکندي نه ڏٺو آهي.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.as-sahwah.com/viewarticle.php?articleID=1277&amp;|title=IslamicAwakening.Com: Ibn al-Jawzi: A Lifetime of Da'wah|date=October 22, 2006|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20061022195654/http://www.as-sahwah.com/viewarticle.php?articleID=1277&amp; |archive-date=2006-10-22 }}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

تازو عراقي محقق پروفيسر عبد الحميد العلوجي ابن الجوزي جي تصنيفن تي تفصيلي تحقيق ڪئي ۽ هڪ مرجع ڪتاب تيار ڪيو، جنهن ۾ هن ابن الجوزي جي تصنيفن کي الف ب وار ترتيب ڏئي، انهن جي ڇپيل نسخن، ناشرن ۽ انهن لائبريرين جي نشاندهي ڪئي، جتي سندس اڻڇپيل قلمي نسخا محفوظ آهن. ڪجهه محققن جو خيال آهي ته ابن الجوزي 700 کان وڌيڪ ڪتابن جو مصنف هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Al-Jawzi&quot;/&gt;

سندس تصنيفن جي غيرمعمولي وڏي تعداد سبب ڪجهه عالمن سندس تحريرن تي تنقيد پڻ ڪئي، سندس غلطين کي خاص ڌيان سان جاچيو ۽ کيس اهڙو مصنف قرار ڏنو، جنهن کان ڪيترائي سهواً غلطيون ٿيون. بهرحال، [[ابن رجب]] سندس دفاع ۾ ابن الجوزي جو هي قول نقل ڪيو آهي:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;مان ترتيب ڏيندڙ آهيان، نيون تصنيفون ايجاد ڪندڙ نه آهيان.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |last=Ibn al-Jawzī |first=ʿAbd al-Raḥmān ibn ʿAlī |title=al-Muntaẓam fī Tārīkh al-Mulūk wa-l-Umam |publisher=Dār al-Kutub al-ʿIlmiyyah |year=1997 |edition=vol.1 |location=Beirut |publication-date=1997 |pages=30 |language=arabic}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

مذهبي موضوعن کان علاوه ابن الجوزي طب بابت پڻ لکيو. [[جلال الدين سيوطي]] جي طبي تصنيفن وانگر، سندس ڪتاب به تقريباً مڪمل طور تي [[نبوي طب]] تي ٻڌل هو، جڏهن ته [[ذهبي]] جي تصنيفن وانگر اسلامي ۽ يوناني طب جي گڏيل روايتن کي شامل نه ڪندو هو. ابن الجوزي خاص طور خوراڪ ۽ قدرتي علاج تي زور ڏنو، جن کي هن ريبيز (ڪتي جي چڪ) ۽ چيچڪ جهڙين سنگين بيمارين سان گڏ، مٿي جي سور ۽ نڪ مان رت اچڻ جهڙين عام تڪليفن جي علاج لاءِ پڻ بيان ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;Emilie Savage-Smith, &quot;Medicine.&quot; Taken from ''Encyclopedia of the History of Arabic Science, Volume 3: Technology, Alchemy and Life Sciences'', pg. 928. Ed. Roshdi Rasheed. [[لنڊن]]: [[روٽليج]], 1996. {{ISBN|0-415-12412-3}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مشهور تصنيفون ===

* ''[[الموضوعات الكبرى]]'' (جعلي حديثن جو وڏو مجموعو)
* ''[[دفع شبه التشبيه]]''&lt;ref&gt;Swartz, Merlin. ''A Medieval Critque of Anthropomorphism''. Brill, 2001&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''صفة الصفوة'' — پنج جلد، [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] جي ''[[حلية الأولياء]]'' جو اختصار ۽ نئين ترتيب.
* ''آداب الحسن البصري وزهده ومواعظه'' (حسن بصري جا آداب، زهد ۽ نصيحتون)&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last1=ابن الجوزي، عبد الرحمن بن علي بن محمد،|url=http://www.aruc.org/fullbib.aspx?id=1882791|title=آداب الحسن البصري وزهده ومواعظه|last2=الحرش، سليمان بن مسلم|date=2007|publisher=دار النوادر،|location=دمشق|language=ar|oclc=4770455870}}&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''زاد المسير في علم التفسير''&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.hilalplaza.com/products/zad-al-masir-fi-ilm-al-tafsir-8-vol|title=Zad al-Masir fi Ilm al-Tafsir 8 vol.4 books|access-date=2021-01-28|archive-date=2023-10-03|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20231003211857/https://www.hilalplaza.com/products/zad-al-masir-fi-ilm-al-tafsir-8-vol|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''تلبيس إبليس''
* ''تذكرة أولي البصائر في معرفة الكبائر''
* ''غريب الحديث''
* ''أحكام النساء''
* ''مولد العروس''
* ''حفظ العمر''
* ''بيان المولد النبوي''
* ''بحر الدموع''

== مقبرو ==

ابن الجوزي جو مقبرو [[بغداد]]، [[عراق]] ۾ واقع آهي. سندس قبر هڪ سادي سائي سيمينٽ جي ٺهيل مزار آهي، جنهن جي چوڌاري پٿر رکيل آهن، جڏهن ته مٿس لڳل هڪ ڪاغذي تختي تي اهو ڄاڻايل آهي ته هي ابن الجوزي جي قبر آهي.

2019ع ۾ سوشل ميڊيا تي اهڙيون افواهون پکڙيون ته سندس مقبرو ڊاهي هٽايو ويو آهي، جڏهن هڪ تصوير منظرعام تي آئي جنهن ۾ قبر هٽائيندي ڏيکاريل هئي. بهرحال، عراقي عملدارن انهن خبرن جي ترديد ڪندي واضح ڪيو ته ابن الجوزي جو مقبرو ڊاهيو نه ويو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://shafaq.com/ar|title=شفق نيوز|website=شفق نيوز}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== پڻ ڏسو ==
* [[سبط ابن الجوزي]]
* [[ابن عقيل]]

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}

== خارجي ڳنڍڻا ==
* [http://www.muslimscholars.info/manage.php?submit=scholar&amp;ID=60001 مسلم اسڪالرز ڊاٽ انفارميشن تي ابن الجوزي جي سوانح]
* [http://www.amalpress.com/index.php?l_dis=publications&amp;det=full&amp;id=18 ''الله جون صفتون'']، ابن الجوزي؛ ترجمو: عبدالله بن حميد علي؛ ڇپائيندڙ: [http://www.amalpress.com/ امل پريس]
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20090215044232/http://hanbalis.com/index.php/Ibn_al-Jawzi ابن الجوزي جي سڀ کان جامع آن لائين سوانح]
* {{in lang|fr}} [https://web.archive.org/web/20120526102946/http://www.at-tawhid.net/article-l-attachement-au-qur-an-que-contiennent-les-coeurs-des-amoureux-d-allah-ibn-al-jawzi-46585345.html امام ابن الجوزي موجب قرآن سان وابستگيءَ جي اهميت]
* {{in lang|fr}} [https://web.archive.org/web/20110817015245/http://www.at-tawhid.net/article-ibn-al-jawzi-expose-critique-et-refute-l-egarement-des-anthropomorphistes-hanbalites-59608673.html امام ابن الجوزي طرفان تجسيم پسند حنبلي نظرين جي ترديد]

{{Portal bar|Biography|Islam|Iraq}}
{{Historians of Islam}}
{{Hanbali scholars}}
{{Ash'ari}}
{{Authority control}}

{{DEFAULTSORT:ابن الجوزي، ابو الفرج}}

[[زمرو:حنبلي عالم]]
[[زمرو:ٻارهين صديءَ جا مسلمان علم ڪلام جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:شيخ الاسلام]]
[[زمرو:بغداد جا ماڻهو]]
[[زمرو:عرب سني اسلامي عالم]]
[[زمرو:سني اسلامي عالم]]
[[زمرو:قرآني تفسير جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:حديث جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:سلجوقي سلطنت جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:1110ع واري ڏهاڪي ۾ ڄاول]]
[[زمرو:1201ع ۾ وفات ڪندڙ]]
[[زمرو:عباسي خلافت جا ٻارهين صديءَ جا ماڻهو]]
[[زمرو:مقامات]]
[[زمرو:اشعري عالم]]
[[زمرو:رجال جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:اسلامي زهد]]
[[زمرو:ٻارهين صديءَ جا عرب]]
[[زمرو:شيعه اسلام جا ناقد]]
[[زمرو:ڄمڻ جو سال غير يقيني]]
[[زمرو:بنو ابو بڪر]]


[[زمرو:اسلامي شخصيتون]]
[[زمرو:سلف]]
[[زمرو:محدث]]
[[زمرو:1116ع جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:1110ع جي ڏهاڪي جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:Articles with short description]]</text>
      <sha1>1h8xhq2ecjyx3gd9zep0fhews7y8kyw</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401127</id>
      <parentid>401124</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T09:25:10Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401127</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="39686" sha1="0tlk2eg266rl30iodlftmg510ublwfs" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ٻارهين صديءَ جو مسلم عالم، محدث، مؤرخ ۽ فقيه}}


{{Infobox religious biography
| religion           = [[اسلام]]
| era                = [[اسلامي سنهري دور]]
| image              =
| caption            =
| name               = ابن الجوزي
| title              = [[شيخ الاسلام]]&lt;ref&gt;Al-Dhahabi, Siyar A'lam al-Nubala'.&lt;/ref&gt;
| birth_date         = لڳ ڀڳ 510هه / 1116ع
| birth_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| death_date         = 12 رمضان 597هه / 16 جون 1201ع (لڳ ڀڳ 87 ورهين جي عمر ۾)
| death_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| denomination       = [[سني اسلام]]
| creed              = [[اشعريت]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جي. اي. بوائل]]|title=The Cambridge History of Iran|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=16yHq5v3QZAC|volume=5 of The Saljuq and Mongol Periods|publisher=[[ڪيمبرج يونيورسٽي پريس]]|date=1968|page=299}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جبريل فؤاد حداد]]|title=The Biographies of the Elite Lives of the Scholars, Imams &amp; Hadith Masters|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=RwPnCAAAQBAJ&amp;pg=PA226|date=2015|publisher=[[اس السنة فائونڊيشن آف آمريڪا]]|page=226}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;&gt;{{cite book
|author=[[ابن الأحدل]]
|editor=Ahmad Bakīr Mahmud
|title=Kashf al-Ghata' 'an Haqa'iq al-Tawhid
|script-title=ar:كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد
|language=ar
|url=https://archive.org/download/kalam-misc/kashful-ghitaa.pdf
|location=[[تيونس]]
|publisher=Tunisian General Labour Union
|year=1964
|page=83
}}&lt;/ref&gt;
| jurisprudence      = [[حنبلي]]
| main_interests     = [[تاريخ]]، [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]
| notable_works      = [[كتاب أخبار الصفات]]
| influenced         = &lt;small&gt;[[عبد الغني المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[سبط ابن الجوزي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Robinson:2003:XV&quot;&gt;Robinson:2003:XV&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ابن قدامه المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ضياء الدين المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Al-Jawzi&quot;&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |title=Ibn Al-Jawzi |publisher=Sunnah.org |access-date=2013-11-28 |archive-date=2020-02-22 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200222230613/http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/small&gt;
| father             = علي بن محمد الجوزي
| children           = يوسف بن عبدالرحمٰن الجوزي
| birth_name         = عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري
| lineage            = [[آل بڪر]]
| native_name        = ابن الجوزي
| native_name_lang   = ar
}}

'''ابو الفرج جمال الدين عبدالرحمٰن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد الجوزي'''، جيڪو عام طور تي '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي{{Efn|{{langx|ar|أبو الفرج جمال الدين عبد الرحمن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد}}; Abū al-Faraj ʿAbd al-Raḥmān ibn ʿAlī ibn Muḥammad ibn al-Jawzī}}&lt;ref&gt;The Beginning and the End: Imad al-Din Abu al-Fida Ismail ibn Umar ibn Katheer al-Dimashqi.&lt;/ref&gt; (لڳ ڀڳ 1116ع – 16 جون 1201ع)، هڪ [[مسلمان]] [[فقيه]]، [[واعظ]]، [[خطيب]]، [[فرقن جو مؤرخ]]، [[علم الحديث|محدث]]، [[مؤرخ]]، [[قاضي]]، [[اوليائن جي سوانح نگار]] ۽ [[لسانيات دان]] هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot; /&gt; هن ٻارهين صديءَ دوران پنهنجي اباڻي شهر [[بغداد]] ۾ [[حنبلي]] [[فقهي مذهب]] جي واڌ ويجهه ۽ اشاعت ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنهنجي علمي، مذهبي ۽ سياسي سرگرمين سان ڀرپور زندگيءَ دوران ابن الجوزي پنهنجي همعصر [[حنبلي]] عالمن ۾ وڏي عزت حاصل ڪئي. هن مسلسل ڪوشش ڪئي ته [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب، جيڪو تاريخي طور چئن وڏن سني فقهي مذهبن مان سڀ کان ننڍو شمار ٿيندو هو، ان کي به [[مالڪي]]، [[شافعي]] ۽ [[حنفي]] مذهبن جي برابر وقار ۽ سرڪاري سرپرستي حاصل ٿئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

{{Infobox saint
|name = '''ابن الجوزي'''
|image = PARSONS(1808) p008 View of Bagdad on the Persian side of the Tigris.jpg
|image_size = 300px
|caption = 1808ع ۾ [[بغداد]] جو منظر؛ ابن الجوزي پنهنجي سموري زندگي ٻارهين صديءَ ۾ هن شهر ۾ گذاري.
|titles = فقيه، واعظ، محدث؛&lt;br /&gt;''شيخ الاسلام''، ''بادشاهن ۽ اميرن جو خطيب''، ''حنبلين جو امام''
|major_shrine = [[بغداد]]، [[عراق]] ۾ سبز گنبذ وارو مقبرو
|venerated_in = [[سني اسلام]]، خاص طور [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب
}}

ابن الجوزي نوجوانيءَ ۾ نهايت اعليٰ تعليم حاصل ڪئي&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ۽ بغداد جي ان دور جي ڪيترن ئي مشهور عالمن کان علم پرايو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع) ۽ [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot;&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 401&lt;/ref&gt;

ايندڙ سالن ۾ سندس علمي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌندي وئي، پر کيس سڀ کان وڌيڪ شهرت [[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ٽيٽيهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ملي. خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب جي سرپرستي سبب ابن الجوزي بغداد جي اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ کيس شهر ۽ ان جي ڀرپاسي ۾ وڏي عوامي ميڙ کي خطاب ڪرڻ جي آزادي ۽ سرپرستي حاصل هئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt;

المستضي جي دور ۾ پنهنجي اڪثر وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي مضبوط حمايت ڪئي ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، جن کي هو دين ۾ گمراهه يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ساڳئي وقت سندس علمي حيثيت پڻ وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ هن بغداد جي ڪيترين اهم [[مدرسو|مدرسن]] ۽ علمي ادارن جي انتظام ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ان کان علاوه هن غيرمعمولي تعداد ۾ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪيا، جنهن سبب کيس اسلامي تاريخ جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ زرخيز مصنفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

محققن موجب ابن الجوزي جو علمي سرمايو، جيڪو مختصر رسالن کان وٺي وڏن ڪتابن تائين پکڙيل آهي، اسلامي علمن جي تقريباً سڀني اهم شعبن تي مشتمل آهي، جن ۾ [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]، [[تاريخ]]، [[عقيدو]]، [[تصوف]]، [[ادب]] ۽ [[لسانيات]] شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

==خانداني پسمنظر ۽ زندگي==

عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري التيمي القرشي، جيڪو '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور ٿيو، 507هه کان 512هه (1113ع کان 1119ع) جي وچ واري عرصي ۾ [[بغداد]] ۾ هڪ خوشحال ۽ معزز خاندان ۾ ڄائو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; سندس خاندان جو نسب [[ابو بڪر صديق]] تائين پهچندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn al-Jawzi, ''Sincere Counsel to the Seekers of Sacred Knowledge'', Daar Us-Sunnah Publications Birmingham (2011), p. 88&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 399–434; Merlin Swartz, ''Ibn al-Jawzī’s'' Kitāb al-Quṣṣāṣ wa-’l-mudhakkirīn, Recherches publiées sous la direction de l’Institut de lettres orientales de Beyrouth, Série 1, Pensée arabe et musulmane, 47 (Beirut: Dar el-Machreq, 1971), 15.&lt;/ref&gt; سندس نسب هن ريت بيان ڪيو وڃي ٿو: عبدالرحمٰن بن علي بن محمد بن علي بن عبيدالله بن عبدالله بن حمادي بن احمد بن محمد بن جعفر الجوزي بن عبدالله بن القاسم بن النضر بن القاسم بن محمد بن عبدالله بن عبدالرحمٰن بن [[قاسم بن محمد بن ابي بڪر]] بن [[محمد بن ابي بڪر]] بن [[ابو بڪر صديق]] التيمي القرشي.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot;&gt;{{Cite book |last=Ibn Khalid |first=Ayman |title=Seeds of Admonishment and Reform |publisher=Dar As-Sunnah Publishers |year=2013 |isbn=1904336396 |edition=1st |location=Brimmingham |pages=17-18}}&lt;/ref&gt;

سندس نائين پيڙهيءَ جو ڏاڏو جعفر بن عبدالله البڪري '''الجوزي''' جي لقب سان مشهور هو، جنهن مان خاندان جو نالو &quot;الجوزي&quot; نڪتو. سندس خاندان ٽامي جي واپار سبب خوشحال ٿيو، تنهنڪري ابن الجوزي آسودگيءَ واري ماحول ۾ پرورش ورتي.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt;

سندس والدين کيس پنهنجي دور جي سڀني اهم علمن ۾ جامع تعليم ڏني.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;&gt;{{EI2|last=Laoust |first=H. | title=Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī | volume = 3 | pages = 751–752 | doi=10.1163/1573-3912_islam_SIM_3139}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن ڪيترن ئي مشهور استادن کان علم حاصل ڪيو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع)، [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع)، ابو الفضل بن الناصر (وفات 1155ع)، ابو حڪيم النهرواني (وفات 1161ع) ۽ [[ابو يعلى الصغير]] (وفات 1163ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot; /&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot; /&gt;

انهن استادن کان علاوه ابن الجوزي ڪيترن ئي اهڙن عالمن جي تصنيفن کان پڻ گهڻو متاثر ٿيو، جن سان سندس سڌي ملاقات نه ٿي. انهن ۾ [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] (وفات 1038ع)، [[الخطيب البغدادي]] (وفات 1071ع) ۽ مشهور حنبلي عالم [[ابن عقيل]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 1120ع) شامل هئا. ابن الجوزي پنهنجي بعد وارين تحريرن ۾ ابن عقيل جي ڪن خيالن جي واکاڻ به ڪئي ۽ ڪن تي تنقيد پڻ ڪئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot; /&gt;

عقيدي جي لحاظ کان هو [[اشعريت]] جو پيروڪار هو، جيڪا ڳالهه کيس ڪيترن ئي همعصر حنبلي عالمن کان ممتاز بڻائي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot;&gt;{{cite book|last=Boyle|first=J.A.|title=The Cambridge History of Iran, Vol. 5: The Saljuq and Mongol Periods (Volume 5)|date=January 1, 1968|publisher=Cambridge University Press|pages=299}}&lt;/ref&gt; پنهنجي ابتدائي تصنيفن ۾ هن [[علم الكلام]] ۾ بيجا فلسفياتي بحثن ۽ خاص طور ڪجهه صوفين جي نون فڪري لاڙن تي تنقيد ڪئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot; /&gt;

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي عملي علمي زندگيءَ جي شروعات [[المقتفي]] (وفات 1160ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ايڪتاليهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ڪئي. خليفي جو حنبلي وزير [[ابن هبيره]] سندس علمي سرپرستن مان هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; ابن الجوزي شروعات ۾ پنهنجي استاد ابو حڪيم النهرواني وٽ ٻن مدرسن ۾ حنبلي فقه پڙهائڻ ۾ معاون طور ڪم ڪيو، ۽ 1161ع ۾ استاد جي وفات کان پوءِ انهن ٻنهي مدرسن جو صدر مدرس مقرر ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 404&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان ڪجهه اڳ ئي وزير ابن هبيره کيس هر جمعي پنهنجي رهائشگاهه تي عوامي وعظ ڪرڻ جي مڪمل آزادي ڏني هئي، جنهن سان سندس خطابت جي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌڻ لڳي.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 402&lt;/ref&gt; المقتفي جي وفات کان پوءِ نئين خليفي [[المستنجد]] (وفات 1170ع) کيس بغداد جي خليفي واري جامع مسجد ۾ وعظ ڪرڻ لاءِ مقرر ڪيو، خاص طور [[نور الدين زنگي]] جي [[فاطمي خلافت]] خلاف مهمن دوران.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; انهن وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي ڀرپور حمايت ڪندو هو ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪندو هو، جن کي هو بدعتي يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو. هو انهن فقيهن تي به اعتراض ڪندو هو، جيڪي پنهنجي فقهي مذهب جي بي سوچ تقليد ڪندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;

[[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع) جي دور ۾ ابن الجوزي بغداد جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب سان خاص وابستگي سبب کيس سڄي بغداد ۾ وعظ ۽ تبليغ ڪرڻ جي مڪمل آزادي حاصل ٿي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; 1172ع کان 1173ع تائين سندس مسلسل وعظن کيس بغداد جو سڀ کان ممتاز عالم بڻائي ڇڏيو. سندس غيرمعمولي خطابت کان متاثر ٿي خليفي مسجد ۾ خاص طور سندس لاءِ هڪ منبر (دِڪَّة) به تعمير ڪرايو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;

1179ع تائين ابن الجوزي ڏيڍ سئو کان وڌيڪ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪري چڪو هو ۽ ساڳئي وقت بغداد جي پنجن مختلف مدرسن جي نگراني پڻ ڪندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; انهيءَ عرصي دوران هن خليفي المستضي کي صلاح ڏني ته [[امام احمد بن حنبل]] جي مزار تي هڪ ڪتبو لڳايو وڃي، جنهن ۾ کيس &quot;امام&quot; جي لقب سان ياد ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Kat̲h̲īr, ''Bidāya'', Cairo 1351-8/1932-9, xii, 28–30&lt;/ref&gt;

بعد ۾ جڏهن [[الناصر لدين الله]] (وفات 1235ع) خلافت تي ويٺو، تڏهن شروعات ۾ ابن الجوزي جا تعلقات سندس حنبلي وزير ابن يونس (وفات 1197ع) ذريعي سٺا رهيا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; پر ابن يونس جي معزولي ۽ گرفتاري کان پوءِ خليفي [[ابن القصاب]] نالي هڪ شيعي وزير کي مقرر ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; تاريخي ذريعن ۾ ان جا واضح سبب بيان ناهن، پر آخرڪار الناصر ابن الجوزي کي پنجن سالن تائين نظر بند رکڻ جو حڪم ڏنو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; هڪ راءِ موجب، ابن الجوزي خليفي جي هڪ سرڪاري پاليسيءَ تي تنقيدي رد لکيو هو، جنهن سبب ٻنهي جا تعلقات خراب ٿي ويا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنجن سالن جي نظر بندي کان پوءِ خليفي جي والده [[زمرد خاتون]]، جيڪا نهايت پرهيزگار عورت سمجهي ويندي هئي، پنهنجي پٽ کي ابن الجوزي جي آزاديءَ لاءِ راضي ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; آزادي حاصل ڪرڻ کان ٿوري ئي عرصي پوءِ ابن الجوزي بغداد ۾ وفات ڪئي. ان وقت سندس عمر لڳ ڀڳ چوهتر ورهيه بيان ڪئي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

== خيال ۽ فڪر ==

=== مناظرا ۽ رد ===

ابن الجوزي هڪ مشهور [[مناظره نگار]] هو،&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ۽ هو انهن سڀني ماڻهن جي تصنيفن تي سخت تنقيد ڪندو هو، جن کي هو دين ۾ [[بدعت]] پيدا ڪندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ٻين فڪري مڪتبن تي سندس تنقيد سڀ کان وڌيڪ سندس ڪتاب ''تلبيس إبليس''، يعني ''شيطان جو دوکو''، ۾ نظر اچي ٿي، جيڪو حنبلي مناظراتي ادب جي اهم تصنيفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; هن ڪتاب ۾ هن نه رڳو [[سني اسلام]] کان ٻاهر موجود ڪيترن فرقن، جهڙوڪ [[معتزله]] ۽ [[خوارج]]، تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، پر سني اسلام جي اندر موجود انهن فڪري ڌرين تي پڻ اعتراض ڪيو، جن بابت سندس خيال هو ته اهي صحيح راهه کان هٽي ويون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

هن ڪتاب ۾ پنهنجي دور جي ڪجهه گمراهه صوفين بابت ابن الجوزي جي تنقيدي بيانن سبب، روايتي [[تصوف]] جي مخالفت ڪندڙ ڪجهه جديد مسلمان تحريڪون، جهڙوڪ [[سلفيت]] ۽ [[وهابيت]]، پنهنجي موقف جي حمايت لاءِ هن تصنيف مان حوالا ڏينديون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; تنهن هوندي به، محققن موجب ابن الجوزي تصوف کي مجموعي طور رد نه ڪيو؛ هو پنهنجي لکڻين ۾ قديم، پاڪيزه تصوف ۽ صوفي عملن ۾ داخل ٿيل انهن رواجن جي وچ ۾ واضح فرق ڪندو هو، جن کي هو بگاڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot;/&gt; انهيءَ ڪري اهو ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته سندس دور جي ڪجهه صوفي جماعتن تي ڪيل تنقيد جو مقصد سڄي تصوف جي مذمت ڪرڻ نه هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

=== تبرڪات ===

ابن الجوزي ذاتي عبادت ۽ عقيدت ۾ [[محمد جا تبرڪات|رسول الله ﷺ جي تبرڪات]] جي استعمال جو مضبوط حامي هو ۽ انهن وسيلي [[برڪت]] حاصل ڪرڻ کي جائز سمجهندو هو. هن موقف جو ثبوت سندس طرفان ان روايت کي قبوليت سان نقل ڪرڻ مان ملي ٿو، جيڪا [[احمد بن حنبل]] جي پٽ عبدالله بيان ڪئي هئي. عبدالله پنهنجي والد جي رسول الله ﷺ جي تبرڪات سان عقيدت بابت چيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;مون پنهنجي والد کي ڏٺو ته هن رسول الله ﷺ جو هڪ وار ورتو، ان کي پنهنجي وات تي رکي چمي ڏني. شايد مون کيس اهو وار پنهنجي اکين تي رکندي، پوءِ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي اهو پاڻي شفا جي نيت سان پيئندي به ڏٺو هجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Jawzī, 2016 p. 89&quot;&gt;Ibn al-Jawzī, ''The Life of Ibn Hanbal'', XXIV.2, trans. Michael Cooperson (New York: New York University Press, 2016), p. 89&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;

ساڳئي طرح ابن الجوزي، احمد بن حنبل جي ان عمل جي پڻ تعريف ڪئي ته هن برڪت حاصل ڪرڻ جي نيت سان رسول الله ﷺ جي استعمال ڪيل پيالي مان پاڻي پيتو، جيتوڻيڪ فني لحاظ کان اهو ٻئي درجي جو تبرڪ شمار ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Jawzī, 2016 p. 89&quot;/&gt;

=== اولياءَ ===

ابن الجوزي [[ولي|اولياءَ]] جي وجود بابت روايتي ۽ وڏي پيماني تي قبوليل اسلامي عقيدي جو حامي هو. اهو موقف سندس ابتدائي مسلمان صوفي اولياءَ جي زندگين بابت مشهور ڪتاب ''صفة الصفوة''، يعني ''برگزيدن جون صفتون''، مان پڻ ظاهر ٿئي ٿو. هي ڪتاب اصل ۾ [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] (وفات 1038ع) جي ''حلية الأولياء''، يعني ''اولياءَ جو سينگار''، جو اختصار آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

هن تصنيف ۾ ابن الجوزي ڪيترن اهم صوفين ۽ زاهدن جي کليل لفظن ۾ تعريف ڪئي، جن ۾ [[حسن بصري]] (وفات 728ع)، [[ابراهيم بن ادهم]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 782ع)، [[سفيان ثوري]] (وفات 778ع)، [[رابعه بصري]] (وفات 801ع)، [[معروف ڪرخي]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 820ع) ۽ [[بشر حافي]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 850ع) شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

جيتوڻيڪ ابن الجوزي انهن ٺڳن تي تنقيد ڪئي، جيڪي پاڻ کي ڪوڙو درويش يا بزرگ ظاهر ڪندا هئا، پر هن صاف لفظن ۾ چيو ته سچا اولياءَ صحيح عقيدي، عمل ۽ شريعت جي مخالفت نٿا ڪن.&lt;ref&gt;Jonathan A. C. Brown, &quot;Faithful Dissenters: Sunni Skepticism about the Miracles of Saints,&quot; ''Journal of Sufi Studies'' 1 (2012), p. 162&lt;/ref&gt; اولياءَ بابت ابن الجوزي چيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;اولياءَ ۽ صالح ماڻهو ئي سموري وجود جو اصل مقصد آهن (''الأولياء والصالحون هم المقصود من الكون''). اهي اهي ماڻهو آهن، جن علم جي حقيقت کي سکيو ۽ ان تي عمل ڪيو... اهي پنهنجي علم موجب عمل ڪن ٿا، دنيا مان ٿوري شيءِ تي گذارو ڪن ٿا، آخرت جا طالب رهن ٿا ۽ هڪ جهان کان ٻئي جهان ڏانهن وڃڻ لاءِ بيدار اکين ۽ سٺي توشي سان تيار رهن ٿا؛ ان جي ابتڙ اهي ماڻهو آهن، جيڪي رڳو پنهنجي علم سبب مشهور هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn al-Jawzi, ''Sifat al-safwa'' (Beirut ed. 1989/1409) p. 13, 17.&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;

=== تصوف ===

ابن الجوزي جو خيال هو ته [[تصوف]] يا ''تَصَوُّف'' اسلامي عمل جو هڪ لازمي حصو آهي. محققن موجب سندس ڪتاب ''تلبيس إبليس''، جنهن ۾ [[تفسير]] ۽ [[فقه]] سميت تقريباً سڀني اهم اسلامي علمن ۾ پيدا ٿيل بدعتن تي تنقيد ڪئي وئي آهي، ڪنهن به صورت ۾ سڄي تصوف جو رد نه آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.abc.se/home/m9783/ir/f/ts/Tasawwuf%20shuyukh.htm#18|title=Error404}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان جي ابتڙ، هن ابتدائي صوفين ۽ اولياءَ جي فضيلتن بابت ڪيترائي ڪتاب لکيا، جن ۾ ''مناقب رابعه العدويه''، ''مناقب معروف الڪرخي''، ''مناقب ابراهيم بن ادهم'' ۽ ''مناقب بشر الحافي'' سميت ٻيون تصنيفون شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

ابن الجوزي [[ابو حامد غزالي]] جي تعليمات جو پڻ مضبوط حامي هو، ۽ تصوف بابت سندس ڪيترين تصنيفن تي غزالي جي مشهور ڪتاب ''[[احياء علوم الدين]]'' جو اثر نظر اچي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt; حقيقت ۾ ابن الجوزي نه رڳو ساڳين موضوعن تي لکيو، پر ڪيترين جاين تي غزالي جي لکڻيءَ جي طريقي ۽ اصطلاحن کي پڻ اختيار ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي روحاني تصنيفن ۾ جن موضوعن تي بحث ڪيو، تن ۾ خدا ڏانهن شديد شوق جي معنيٰ، پنهنجي [[نفس]] کان ان جي عملن جو حساب وٺڻ، نفس جي ڪمزورين تي ملامت ڪرڻ ۽ نفس جي اصلاح لاءِ ان کي سخت تنبيه ڪرڻ شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

== عقيدو ==

[[بدر الدين اَهدل|ابن الاهدل]] (وفات: 855هه/1451ع) پنهنجي ڪتاب ''ڪشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد'' ({{lang|ar|كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد}}) ۾ ابن الجوزي کي [[اشعريت|اشعري]] عالمن مان شمار ڪيو آهي، ۽ ان سلسلي ۾ هن [[عبدالقادر جيلاني]] جو پڻ ذڪر ڪيو آهي&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;&gt;{{cite book
|author=[[ابن الاهدل]]
|editor=Ahmad Bakīr Mahmud
|url=https://archive.org/download/kalam-misc/kashful-ghitaa.pdf
|title=Kashf al-Ghata' 'an Haqa'iq al-Tawhid
|script-title=ar:كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد
|language=ar
|location=[[تيونس]]
|publisher=Tunisian General Labour Union
|year=1964
|page=83
|quote=جن عالمن جا عقيدا اڳ بيان ڪيا ويا آهن، تن مان شافعي عالمن کان سواءِ قرشي ۽ شاذلي مالڪي ۽ اشعري هئا. ان کان پوءِ مالڪي ۽ حنفي عالمن جا عقيدا به بيان ڪجن ٿا، ته جيئن معلوم ٿئي ته انهن ٻنهي مذهبن جي اڪثريت عقيدي ۾ اشعري مذهب تي هئي. '''حنبلي فقه جي ڪجهه عالمن جو پڻ عقيدي ۾ اشعري مذهب هو، جيئن شيخ عبدالقادر جيلاني، ابن الجوزي ۽ ٻيا، الله انهن کان راضي ٿئي.''' اڳ به بيان ٿي چڪو آهي ۽ اڳتي به بيان ٿيندو ته امام اشعري ۽ امام احمد بن حنبل عقيدي ۾ هڪجهڙا هئا. اختلاف پوءِ سندن ڪجهه پوئلڳن سبب پيدا ٿيو، جيڪي حرف، آواز، جهت ۽ ٻين اهڙن مسئلن جا قائل ٿيا. تنهن ڪري اسان مخالفن جا عقيدا بيان نه ڪيا آهن، بلڪه رڳو پنهنجي اشعري عالمن ۽ انهن مالڪي ۽ حنفي عالمن جا عقيدا بيان ڪيا آهن، جيڪي انهن سان متفق هئا. مالڪي عقيدي لاءِ شيخ امام ابو محمد عبدالله بن ابي زيد المالڪي جي تصنيف پيش ڪئي وئي آهي، جيڪا هن پنهنجي ڪتاب ''الرسالة'' جي شروعات ۾ بيان ڪئي آهي.
}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جيتوڻيڪ ابن الجوزي [[حنبلي]] فقه سان لاڳاپيل هو، پر هو ٻين ڪيترن حنبلي عالمن وانگر [[علم ڪلام]] جي ماهرن ([[متڪلم]]) کي مڪمل طور رد نه ڪندو هو. هو ضرورت ۽ مخاطب جي حالت موجب [[علم ڪلام]] ۽ [[تأويل]] کي قبول ڪندو هو ۽ مناسب موقعن تي انهن مان استدلال پڻ ڪندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;/&gt;

== علم ڪلام ==

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي دور جي ٻين [[حنبلي]] عالمن، خاص طور [[ابن حميد الوراق]]، [[ابو يعلى ابن الفراء|قاضي ابو يعلى ابن الفراء]] ۽ [[ابن الزاغوني]] جي برخلاف پنهنجي الڳ علمي موقف سبب مشهور آهي. سندس خيال هو ته انهن ۽ ڪجهه ٻين حنبلي عالمن [[الله جون صفتون|الهي صفتن]] جي اثبات ۾ حد کان وڌيڪ غلو ڪيو، جنهن سبب حنبلي مذهب جي ساک متاثر ٿي ۽ ماڻهن وٽ ان جو تعلق سخت [[تجسيم]] (الله کي سندس مخلوق سان مشابهت ڏيڻ) سان ڳنڍجڻ لڳو.

ابن الجوزي لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
''&quot;انهن جو عقيدو هو ته الله تعاليٰ جي ذات کان سواءِ سندس هڪ صورت ۽ چهرو به آهي. هو اهو به چوندا هئا ته الله جون ٻه اکيون، وات، ننڍڙي زبان (لهاٽ)، ڏند، نور ۽ جلال وارو چهرو، ٻه هٿ جن ۾ هتيلون، آڱريون، ننڍيون آڱريون ۽ آڱوٺا، پٺي، ۽ ٻه ٽنگون آهن، جيڪي رانن ۽ پنڊلين ۾ ورهايل آهن.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-188&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last1=Holtzman|first1=Livnat|title=&quot;Does God Really Laugh?&quot; – Appropriate and Inappropriate Descriptions of God in Islamic Traditionalist Theology|url=http://arabic.biu.ac.il/files/arabic/shared/staff/u16/holtzman_final080310.pdf|publisher=Bar-Ilan University, Ramat Gan|pages=188}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

ان کان پوءِ هن خاص طور قاضي ابو يعلى تي تنقيد ڪندي لکيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
''&quot;جيڪو شخص الله تعاليٰ لاءِ ڏندن کي به هڪ الهي صفت طور ثابت ڪري ٿو، تنهن کي اسلام بابت ڪا به صحيح ڄاڻ نه آهي.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-191&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last1=Holtzman|first1=Livnat|title=&quot;Does God Really Laugh?&quot; – Appropriate and Inappropriate Descriptions of God in Islamic Traditionalist Theology|url=http://arabic.biu.ac.il/files/arabic/shared/staff/u16/holtzman_final080310.pdf|publisher=Bar-Ilan University, Ramat Gan|pages=191}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

هن موضوع تي ابن الجوزي جي سڀ کان مشهور تصنيف ''[[كتاب أخبار الصفات|باز الأشهب المنقض على مخالفي المذهب]]'' آهي، جنهن جو مطلب آهي: ''&quot;سرمائي رنگ جو شڪاري باز، جيڪو (حنبلي) مذهب جي مخالفت ڪندڙن تي حملو ڪري ٿو.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-188&quot; /&gt;

=== الله نه ڪائنات جي اندر آهي ۽ نه ئي ٻاهر ===

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي ڪتاب ''الصفات'' ۾ لکي ٿو ته الله نه ڪائنات جي اندر موجود آهي ۽ نه ئي ان کان ٻاهر.&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot;&gt;Swartz, Merlin. ''A Medieval Critique of Anthropomorphism'', pg. 159. [[ليڊن]]: [[بريل پبلشرز]], 2001.&lt;/ref&gt; سندس مطابق &quot;اندر&quot; يا &quot;ٻاهر&quot; هجڻ جو تصور صرف انهن شين تي لاڳو ٿيندو آهي، جيڪي ڪنهن جاءِ يا خلا ۾ موجود هجن. يعني جيڪا شيءِ اندر يا ٻاهر هجي، ان لاءِ ڪنهن هنڌ جو هجڻ لازمي آهي، جڏهن ته الله تعاليٰ بابت اهڙو تصور لاڳو نٿو ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot; /&gt;

هو لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;ڪنهن جاءِ ۾ هجڻ يا ان کان ٻاهر هجڻ، حرڪت، سڪون ۽ ٻيا اهڙا عارض جسم واريون خاصيتون آهن. الله جي ذات نه ڪنهن مخلوق کي پنهنجي اندر جاءِ ڏئي ٿي ۽ نه ئي ڪا مخلوق سندس ذات ۾ حلول ڪري سگهي ٿي.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

== تصنيفون ==

[[فائل:ArRadd IbneJawzi.PNG|200px|thumb|''الرد على المتعصب العنيد المانع من ذم يزيد'' جي ڇپيل نسخي جو سرورق.]]

ابن الجوزي کي اسلامي تاريخ جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ تصنيفون لکڻ وارن عالمن مان هڪ، بلڪه ڪيترن محققن موجب سڀ کان وڌيڪ تصنيفون لکندڙ عالم، شمار ڪيو ويندو آهي. [[ذهبي]] لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;مون عالمن مان ڪنهن کي به ابن الجوزي جيترو گهڻو لکندي نه ڏٺو آهي.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.as-sahwah.com/viewarticle.php?articleID=1277&amp;|title=IslamicAwakening.Com: Ibn al-Jawzi: A Lifetime of Da'wah|date=October 22, 2006|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20061022195654/http://www.as-sahwah.com/viewarticle.php?articleID=1277&amp; |archive-date=2006-10-22 }}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

تازو عراقي محقق پروفيسر عبد الحميد العلوجي ابن الجوزي جي تصنيفن تي تفصيلي تحقيق ڪئي ۽ هڪ مرجع ڪتاب تيار ڪيو، جنهن ۾ هن ابن الجوزي جي تصنيفن کي الف ب وار ترتيب ڏئي، انهن جي ڇپيل نسخن، ناشرن ۽ انهن لائبريرين جي نشاندهي ڪئي، جتي سندس اڻڇپيل قلمي نسخا محفوظ آهن. ڪجهه محققن جو خيال آهي ته ابن الجوزي 700 کان وڌيڪ ڪتابن جو مصنف هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Al-Jawzi&quot;/&gt;

سندس تصنيفن جي غيرمعمولي وڏي تعداد سبب ڪجهه عالمن سندس تحريرن تي تنقيد پڻ ڪئي، سندس غلطين کي خاص ڌيان سان جاچيو ۽ کيس اهڙو مصنف قرار ڏنو، جنهن کان ڪيترائي سهواً غلطيون ٿيون. بهرحال، [[ابن رجب]] سندس دفاع ۾ ابن الجوزي جو هي قول نقل ڪيو آهي:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;مان ترتيب ڏيندڙ آهيان، نيون تصنيفون ايجاد ڪندڙ نه آهيان.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |last=Ibn al-Jawzī |first=ʿAbd al-Raḥmān ibn ʿAlī |title=al-Muntaẓam fī Tārīkh al-Mulūk wa-l-Umam |publisher=Dār al-Kutub al-ʿIlmiyyah |year=1997 |edition=vol.1 |location=Beirut |publication-date=1997 |pages=30 |language=arabic}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

مذهبي موضوعن کان علاوه ابن الجوزي طب بابت پڻ لکيو. [[جلال الدين سيوطي]] جي طبي تصنيفن وانگر، سندس ڪتاب به تقريباً مڪمل طور تي [[نبوي طب]] تي ٻڌل هو، جڏهن ته [[ذهبي]] جي تصنيفن وانگر اسلامي ۽ يوناني طب جي گڏيل روايتن کي شامل نه ڪندو هو. ابن الجوزي خاص طور خوراڪ ۽ قدرتي علاج تي زور ڏنو، جن کي هن ريبيز (ڪتي جي چڪ) ۽ چيچڪ جهڙين سنگين بيمارين سان گڏ، مٿي جي سور ۽ نڪ مان رت اچڻ جهڙين عام تڪليفن جي علاج لاءِ پڻ بيان ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;Emilie Savage-Smith, &quot;Medicine.&quot; Taken from ''Encyclopedia of the History of Arabic Science, Volume 3: Technology, Alchemy and Life Sciences'', pg. 928. Ed. Roshdi Rasheed. [[لنڊن]]: [[روٽليج]], 1996. {{ISBN|0-415-12412-3}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مشهور تصنيفون ===

* ''[[الموضوعات الكبرى]]'' (جعلي حديثن جو وڏو مجموعو)
* ''[[دفع شبه التشبيه]]''&lt;ref&gt;Swartz, Merlin. ''A Medieval Critque of Anthropomorphism''. Brill, 2001&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''صفة الصفوة'' — پنج جلد، [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] جي ''[[حلية الأولياء]]'' جو اختصار ۽ نئين ترتيب.
* ''آداب الحسن البصري وزهده ومواعظه'' (حسن بصري جا آداب، زهد ۽ نصيحتون)&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last1=ابن الجوزي، عبد الرحمن بن علي بن محمد،|url=http://www.aruc.org/fullbib.aspx?id=1882791|title=آداب الحسن البصري وزهده ومواعظه|last2=الحرش، سليمان بن مسلم|date=2007|publisher=دار النوادر،|location=دمشق|language=ar|oclc=4770455870}}&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''زاد المسير في علم التفسير''&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.hilalplaza.com/products/zad-al-masir-fi-ilm-al-tafsir-8-vol|title=Zad al-Masir fi Ilm al-Tafsir 8 vol.4 books|access-date=2021-01-28|archive-date=2023-10-03|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20231003211857/https://www.hilalplaza.com/products/zad-al-masir-fi-ilm-al-tafsir-8-vol|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''تلبيس إبليس''
* ''تذكرة أولي البصائر في معرفة الكبائر''
* ''غريب الحديث''
* ''أحكام النساء''
* ''مولد العروس''
* ''حفظ العمر''
* ''بيان المولد النبوي''
* ''بحر الدموع''

== مقبرو ==

ابن الجوزي جو مقبرو [[بغداد]]، [[عراق]] ۾ واقع آهي. سندس قبر هڪ سادي سائي سيمينٽ جي ٺهيل مزار آهي، جنهن جي چوڌاري پٿر رکيل آهن، جڏهن ته مٿس لڳل هڪ ڪاغذي تختي تي اهو ڄاڻايل آهي ته هي ابن الجوزي جي قبر آهي.

2019ع ۾ سوشل ميڊيا تي اهڙيون افواهون پکڙيون ته سندس مقبرو ڊاهي هٽايو ويو آهي، جڏهن هڪ تصوير منظرعام تي آئي جنهن ۾ قبر هٽائيندي ڏيکاريل هئي. بهرحال، عراقي عملدارن انهن خبرن جي ترديد ڪندي واضح ڪيو ته ابن الجوزي جو مقبرو ڊاهيو نه ويو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://shafaq.com/ar|title=شفق نيوز|website=شفق نيوز}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== پڻ ڏسو ==
* [[سبط ابن الجوزي]]
* [[ابن عقيل]]

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}

== خارجي ڳنڍڻا ==
* [http://www.muslimscholars.info/manage.php?submit=scholar&amp;ID=60001 مسلم اسڪالرز ڊاٽ انفارميشن تي ابن الجوزي جي سوانح]
* [http://www.amalpress.com/index.php?l_dis=publications&amp;det=full&amp;id=18 ''الله جون صفتون'']، ابن الجوزي؛ ترجمو: عبدالله بن حميد علي؛ ڇپائيندڙ: [http://www.amalpress.com/ امل پريس]
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20090215044232/http://hanbalis.com/index.php/Ibn_al-Jawzi ابن الجوزي جي سڀ کان جامع آن لائين سوانح]
* {{in lang|fr}} [https://web.archive.org/web/20120526102946/http://www.at-tawhid.net/article-l-attachement-au-qur-an-que-contiennent-les-coeurs-des-amoureux-d-allah-ibn-al-jawzi-46585345.html امام ابن الجوزي موجب قرآن سان وابستگيءَ جي اهميت]
* {{in lang|fr}} [https://web.archive.org/web/20110817015245/http://www.at-tawhid.net/article-ibn-al-jawzi-expose-critique-et-refute-l-egarement-des-anthropomorphistes-hanbalites-59608673.html امام ابن الجوزي طرفان تجسيم پسند حنبلي نظرين جي ترديد]

{{Portal bar|Biography|Islam|Iraq}}
{{Historians of Islam}}
{{Hanbali scholars}}
{{Ash'ari}}
{{Authority control}}

{{DEFAULTSORT:ابن الجوزي، ابو الفرج}}

[[زمرو:حنبلي عالم]]
[[زمرو:ٻارهين صديءَ جا مسلمان علم ڪلام جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:شيخ الاسلام]]
[[زمرو:بغداد جا ماڻهو]]
[[زمرو:عرب سني اسلامي عالم]]
[[زمرو:سني اسلامي عالم]]
[[زمرو:قرآني تفسير جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:حديث جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:سلجوقي سلطنت جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:1110ع واري ڏهاڪي ۾ ڄاول]]
[[زمرو:1201ع ۾ وفات ڪندڙ]]
[[زمرو:عباسي خلافت جا ٻارهين صديءَ جا ماڻهو]]
[[زمرو:مقامات]]
[[زمرو:اشعري عالم]]
[[زمرو:رجال جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:اسلامي زهد]]
[[زمرو:ٻارهين صديءَ جا عرب]]
[[زمرو:شيعه اسلام جا ناقد]]
[[زمرو:ڄمڻ جو سال غير يقيني]]
[[زمرو:بنو ابو بڪر]]


[[زمرو:اسلامي شخصيتون]]
[[زمرو:سلف]]
[[زمرو:محدث]]
[[زمرو:1116ع جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:1110ع جي ڏهاڪي جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:Articles with short description]]</text>
      <sha1>0tlk2eg266rl30iodlftmg510ublwfs</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401128</id>
      <parentid>401127</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T09:26:43Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401128</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="39660" sha1="n0wgqc3v0j7r7ch7ax1gvahlpsaw481" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ٻارهين صديءَ جو مسلم عالم، محدث، مؤرخ ۽ فقيه}}


{{Infobox religious biography
| religion           = [[اسلام]]
| era                = [[اسلامي سنهري دور]]
| image              =
| caption            =
| name               = ابن الجوزي
| title              = [[شيخ الاسلام]]&lt;ref&gt;Al-Dhahabi, Siyar A'lam al-Nubala'.&lt;/ref&gt;
| birth_date         = لڳ ڀڳ 510هه / 1116ع
| birth_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| death_date         = 12 رمضان 597هه / 16 جون 1201ع (لڳ ڀڳ 87 ورهين جي عمر ۾)
| death_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| denomination       = [[سني اسلام]]
| creed              = [[اشعريت]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جي. اي. بوائل]]|title=The Cambridge History of Iran|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=16yHq5v3QZAC|volume=5 of The Saljuq and Mongol Periods|publisher=[[ڪيمبرج يونيورسٽي پريس]]|date=1968|page=299}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جبريل فؤاد حداد]]|title=The Biographies of the Elite Lives of the Scholars, Imams &amp; Hadith Masters|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=RwPnCAAAQBAJ&amp;pg=PA226|date=2015|publisher=[[اس السنة فائونڊيشن آف آمريڪا]]|page=226}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;&gt;{{cite book
|author=[[ابن الأحدل]]
|editor=Ahmad Bakīr Mahmud
|title=Kashf al-Ghata' 'an Haqa'iq al-Tawhid
|script-title=ar:كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد
|language=ar
|url=https://archive.org/download/kalam-misc/kashful-ghitaa.pdf
|location=[[تيونس]]
|publisher=Tunisian General Labour Union
|year=1964
|page=83
}}&lt;/ref&gt;
| jurisprudence      = [[حنبلي]]
| main_interests     = [[تاريخ]]، [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]
| notable_works      = [[كتاب أخبار الصفات]]
| influenced         = &lt;small&gt;[[عبد الغني المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[سبط ابن الجوزي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Robinson:2003:XV&quot;&gt;Robinson:2003:XV&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ابن قدامه المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ضياء الدين المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Al-Jawzi&quot;&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |title=Ibn Al-Jawzi |publisher=Sunnah.org |access-date=2013-11-28 |archive-date=2020-02-22 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200222230613/http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/small&gt;
| father             = علي بن محمد الجوزي
| children           = يوسف بن عبدالرحمٰن الجوزي
| birth_name         = عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري
| lineage            = [[آل بڪر]]
| native_name        = ابن الجوزي
| native_name_lang   = ar
}}

'''ابو الفرج جمال الدين عبدالرحمٰن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد الجوزي'''، جيڪو عام طور تي '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي{{Efn|{{langx|ar|أبو الفرج جمال الدين عبد الرحمن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد}}; Abū al-Faraj ʿAbd al-Raḥmān ibn ʿAlī ibn Muḥammad ibn al-Jawzī}}&lt;ref&gt;The Beginning and the End: Imad al-Din Abu al-Fida Ismail ibn Umar ibn Katheer al-Dimashqi.&lt;/ref&gt; (لڳ ڀڳ 1116ع – 16 جون 1201ع)، هڪ [[مسلمان]] [[فقيه]]، [[واعظ]]، [[خطيب]]، [[فرقن جو مؤرخ]]، [[علم الحديث|محدث]]، [[مؤرخ]]، [[قاضي]]، [[اوليائن جي سوانح نگار]] ۽ [[لسانيات دان]] هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot; /&gt; هن ٻارهين صديءَ دوران پنهنجي اباڻي شهر [[بغداد]] ۾ [[حنبلي]] [[فقهي مذهب]] جي واڌ ويجهه ۽ اشاعت ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنهنجي علمي، مذهبي ۽ سياسي سرگرمين سان ڀرپور زندگيءَ دوران ابن الجوزي پنهنجي همعصر [[حنبلي]] عالمن ۾ وڏي عزت حاصل ڪئي. هن مسلسل ڪوشش ڪئي ته [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب، جيڪو تاريخي طور چئن وڏن سني فقهي مذهبن مان سڀ کان ننڍو شمار ٿيندو هو، ان کي به [[مالڪي]]، [[شافعي]] ۽ [[حنفي]] مذهبن جي برابر وقار ۽ سرڪاري سرپرستي حاصل ٿئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

{{Infobox saint
|name = '''ابن الجوزي'''
|image = PARSONS(1808) p008 View of Bagdad on the Persian side of the Tigris.jpg
|image_size = 300px
|caption = 1808ع ۾ [[بغداد]] جو منظر؛ ابن الجوزي پنهنجي سموري زندگي ٻارهين صديءَ ۾ هن شهر ۾ گذاري.
|titles = فقيه، واعظ، محدث؛&lt;br /&gt;''شيخ الاسلام''، ''بادشاهن ۽ اميرن جو خطيب''، ''حنبلين جو امام''
|major_shrine = [[بغداد]]، [[عراق]] ۾ سبز گنبذ وارو مقبرو
|venerated_in = [[سني اسلام]]، خاص طور [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب
}}

ابن الجوزي نوجوانيءَ ۾ نهايت اعليٰ تعليم حاصل ڪئي&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ۽ بغداد جي ان دور جي ڪيترن ئي مشهور عالمن کان علم پرايو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع) ۽ [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot;&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 401&lt;/ref&gt;

ايندڙ سالن ۾ سندس علمي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌندي وئي، پر کيس سڀ کان وڌيڪ شهرت [[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ٽيٽيهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ملي. خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب جي سرپرستي سبب ابن الجوزي بغداد جي اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ کيس شهر ۽ ان جي ڀرپاسي ۾ وڏي عوامي ميڙ کي خطاب ڪرڻ جي آزادي ۽ سرپرستي حاصل هئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt;

المستضي جي دور ۾ پنهنجي اڪثر وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي مضبوط حمايت ڪئي ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، جن کي هو دين ۾ گمراهه يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ساڳئي وقت سندس علمي حيثيت پڻ وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ هن بغداد جي ڪيترين اهم [[مدرسو|مدرسن]] ۽ علمي ادارن جي انتظام ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ان کان علاوه هن غيرمعمولي تعداد ۾ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪيا، جنهن سبب کيس اسلامي تاريخ جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ زرخيز مصنفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

محققن موجب ابن الجوزي جو علمي سرمايو، جيڪو مختصر رسالن کان وٺي وڏن ڪتابن تائين پکڙيل آهي، اسلامي علمن جي تقريباً سڀني اهم شعبن تي مشتمل آهي، جن ۾ [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]، [[تاريخ]]، [[عقيدو]]، [[تصوف]]، [[ادب]] ۽ [[لسانيات]] شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

==خانداني پسمنظر ۽ زندگي==

عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري التيمي القرشي، جيڪو '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور ٿيو، 507هه کان 512هه (1113ع کان 1119ع) جي وچ واري عرصي ۾ [[بغداد]] ۾ هڪ خوشحال ۽ معزز خاندان ۾ ڄائو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; سندس خاندان جو نسب [[ابو بڪر صديق]] تائين پهچندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn al-Jawzi, ''Sincere Counsel to the Seekers of Sacred Knowledge'', Daar Us-Sunnah Publications Birmingham (2011), p. 88&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 399–434; Merlin Swartz, ''Ibn al-Jawzī’s'' Kitāb al-Quṣṣāṣ wa-’l-mudhakkirīn, Recherches publiées sous la direction de l’Institut de lettres orientales de Beyrouth, Série 1, Pensée arabe et musulmane, 47 (Beirut: Dar el-Machreq, 1971), 15.&lt;/ref&gt; سندس نسب هن ريت بيان ڪيو وڃي ٿو: عبدالرحمٰن بن علي بن محمد بن علي بن عبيدالله بن عبدالله بن حمادي بن احمد بن محمد بن جعفر الجوزي بن عبدالله بن القاسم بن النضر بن القاسم بن محمد بن عبدالله بن عبدالرحمٰن بن [[قاسم بن محمد بن ابي بڪر]] بن [[محمد بن ابي بڪر]] بن [[ابو بڪر صديق]] التيمي القرشي.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot;&gt;{{Cite book |last=Ibn Khalid |first=Ayman |title=Seeds of Admonishment and Reform |publisher=Dar As-Sunnah Publishers |year=2013 |isbn=1904336396 |edition=1st |location=Brimmingham |pages=17-18}}&lt;/ref&gt;

سندس نائين پيڙهيءَ جو ڏاڏو جعفر بن عبدالله البڪري '''الجوزي''' جي لقب سان مشهور هو، جنهن مان خاندان جو نالو &quot;الجوزي&quot; نڪتو. سندس خاندان ٽامي جي واپار سبب خوشحال ٿيو، تنهنڪري ابن الجوزي آسودگيءَ واري ماحول ۾ پرورش ورتي.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt;

سندس والدين کيس پنهنجي دور جي سڀني اهم علمن ۾ جامع تعليم ڏني.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;&gt;{{EI2|last=Laoust |first=H. | title=Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī | volume = 3 | pages = 751–752 | doi=10.1163/1573-3912_islam_SIM_3139}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن ڪيترن ئي مشهور استادن کان علم حاصل ڪيو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع)، [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع)، ابو الفضل بن الناصر (وفات 1155ع)، ابو حڪيم النهرواني (وفات 1161ع) ۽ [[ابو يعلى الصغير]] (وفات 1163ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot; /&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot; /&gt;

انهن استادن کان علاوه ابن الجوزي ڪيترن ئي اهڙن عالمن جي تصنيفن کان پڻ گهڻو متاثر ٿيو، جن سان سندس سڌي ملاقات نه ٿي. انهن ۾ [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] (وفات 1038ع)، [[الخطيب البغدادي]] (وفات 1071ع) ۽ مشهور حنبلي عالم [[ابن عقيل]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 1120ع) شامل هئا. ابن الجوزي پنهنجي بعد وارين تحريرن ۾ ابن عقيل جي ڪن خيالن جي واکاڻ به ڪئي ۽ ڪن تي تنقيد پڻ ڪئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot; /&gt;

عقيدي جي لحاظ کان هو [[اشعريت]] جو پيروڪار هو، جيڪا ڳالهه کيس ڪيترن ئي همعصر حنبلي عالمن کان ممتاز بڻائي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot;&gt;{{cite book|last=Boyle|first=J.A.|title=The Cambridge History of Iran, Vol. 5: The Saljuq and Mongol Periods (Volume 5)|date=January 1, 1968|publisher=Cambridge University Press|pages=299}}&lt;/ref&gt; پنهنجي ابتدائي تصنيفن ۾ هن [[علم الكلام]] ۾ بيجا فلسفياتي بحثن ۽ خاص طور ڪجهه صوفين جي نون فڪري لاڙن تي تنقيد ڪئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot; /&gt;

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي عملي علمي زندگيءَ جي شروعات [[المقتفي]] (وفات 1160ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ايڪتاليهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ڪئي. خليفي جو حنبلي وزير [[ابن هبيره]] سندس علمي سرپرستن مان هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; ابن الجوزي شروعات ۾ پنهنجي استاد ابو حڪيم النهرواني وٽ ٻن مدرسن ۾ حنبلي فقه پڙهائڻ ۾ معاون طور ڪم ڪيو، ۽ 1161ع ۾ استاد جي وفات کان پوءِ انهن ٻنهي مدرسن جو صدر مدرس مقرر ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 404&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان ڪجهه اڳ ئي وزير ابن هبيره کيس هر جمعي پنهنجي رهائشگاهه تي عوامي وعظ ڪرڻ جي مڪمل آزادي ڏني هئي، جنهن سان سندس خطابت جي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌڻ لڳي.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 402&lt;/ref&gt; المقتفي جي وفات کان پوءِ نئين خليفي [[المستنجد]] (وفات 1170ع) کيس بغداد جي خليفي واري جامع مسجد ۾ وعظ ڪرڻ لاءِ مقرر ڪيو، خاص طور [[نور الدين زنگي]] جي [[فاطمي خلافت]] خلاف مهمن دوران.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; انهن وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي ڀرپور حمايت ڪندو هو ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪندو هو، جن کي هو بدعتي يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو. هو انهن فقيهن تي به اعتراض ڪندو هو، جيڪي پنهنجي فقهي مذهب جي بي سوچ تقليد ڪندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;

[[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع) جي دور ۾ ابن الجوزي بغداد جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب سان خاص وابستگي سبب کيس سڄي بغداد ۾ وعظ ۽ تبليغ ڪرڻ جي مڪمل آزادي حاصل ٿي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; 1172ع کان 1173ع تائين سندس مسلسل وعظن کيس بغداد جو سڀ کان ممتاز عالم بڻائي ڇڏيو. سندس غيرمعمولي خطابت کان متاثر ٿي خليفي مسجد ۾ خاص طور سندس لاءِ هڪ منبر (دِڪَّة) به تعمير ڪرايو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;

1179ع تائين ابن الجوزي ڏيڍ سئو کان وڌيڪ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪري چڪو هو ۽ ساڳئي وقت بغداد جي پنجن مختلف مدرسن جي نگراني پڻ ڪندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; انهيءَ عرصي دوران هن خليفي المستضي کي صلاح ڏني ته [[امام احمد بن حنبل]] جي مزار تي هڪ ڪتبو لڳايو وڃي، جنهن ۾ کيس &quot;امام&quot; جي لقب سان ياد ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Kat̲h̲īr, ''Bidāya'', Cairo 1351-8/1932-9, xii, 28–30&lt;/ref&gt;

بعد ۾ جڏهن [[الناصر لدين الله]] (وفات 1235ع) خلافت تي ويٺو، تڏهن شروعات ۾ ابن الجوزي جا تعلقات سندس حنبلي وزير ابن يونس (وفات 1197ع) ذريعي سٺا رهيا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; پر ابن يونس جي معزولي ۽ گرفتاري کان پوءِ خليفي [[ابن القصاب]] نالي هڪ شيعي وزير کي مقرر ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; تاريخي ذريعن ۾ ان جا واضح سبب بيان ناهن، پر آخرڪار الناصر ابن الجوزي کي پنجن سالن تائين نظر بند رکڻ جو حڪم ڏنو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; هڪ راءِ موجب، ابن الجوزي خليفي جي هڪ سرڪاري پاليسيءَ تي تنقيدي رد لکيو هو، جنهن سبب ٻنهي جا تعلقات خراب ٿي ويا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنجن سالن جي نظر بندي کان پوءِ خليفي جي والده [[زمرد خاتون]]، جيڪا نهايت پرهيزگار عورت سمجهي ويندي هئي، پنهنجي پٽ کي ابن الجوزي جي آزاديءَ لاءِ راضي ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; آزادي حاصل ڪرڻ کان ٿوري ئي عرصي پوءِ ابن الجوزي بغداد ۾ وفات ڪئي. ان وقت سندس عمر لڳ ڀڳ چوهتر ورهيه بيان ڪئي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

== خيال ۽ فڪر ==

=== مناظرا ۽ رد ===

ابن الجوزي هڪ مشهور [[مناظره نگار]] هو،&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ۽ هو انهن سڀني ماڻهن جي تصنيفن تي سخت تنقيد ڪندو هو، جن کي هو دين ۾ [[بدعت]] پيدا ڪندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ٻين فڪري مڪتبن تي سندس تنقيد سڀ کان وڌيڪ سندس ڪتاب ''تلبيس إبليس''، يعني ''شيطان جو دوکو''، ۾ نظر اچي ٿي، جيڪو حنبلي مناظراتي ادب جي اهم تصنيفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; هن ڪتاب ۾ هن نه رڳو [[سني اسلام]] کان ٻاهر موجود ڪيترن فرقن، جهڙوڪ [[معتزله]] ۽ [[خوارج]]، تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، پر سني اسلام جي اندر موجود انهن فڪري ڌرين تي پڻ اعتراض ڪيو، جن بابت سندس خيال هو ته اهي صحيح راهه کان هٽي ويون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

هن ڪتاب ۾ پنهنجي دور جي ڪجهه گمراهه صوفين بابت ابن الجوزي جي تنقيدي بيانن سبب، روايتي [[تصوف]] جي مخالفت ڪندڙ ڪجهه جديد مسلمان تحريڪون، جهڙوڪ [[سلفيت]] ۽ [[وهابيت]]، پنهنجي موقف جي حمايت لاءِ هن تصنيف مان حوالا ڏينديون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; تنهن هوندي به، محققن موجب ابن الجوزي تصوف کي مجموعي طور رد نه ڪيو؛ هو پنهنجي لکڻين ۾ قديم، پاڪيزه تصوف ۽ صوفي عملن ۾ داخل ٿيل انهن رواجن جي وچ ۾ واضح فرق ڪندو هو، جن کي هو بگاڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot;/&gt; انهيءَ ڪري اهو ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته سندس دور جي ڪجهه صوفي جماعتن تي ڪيل تنقيد جو مقصد سڄي تصوف جي مذمت ڪرڻ نه هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

=== تبرڪات ===

ابن الجوزي ذاتي عبادت ۽ عقيدت ۾ [[محمد جا تبرڪات|رسول الله ﷺ جي تبرڪات]] جي استعمال جو مضبوط حامي هو ۽ انهن وسيلي [[برڪت]] حاصل ڪرڻ کي جائز سمجهندو هو. هن موقف جو ثبوت سندس طرفان ان روايت کي قبوليت سان نقل ڪرڻ مان ملي ٿو، جيڪا [[احمد بن حنبل]] جي پٽ عبدالله بيان ڪئي هئي. عبدالله پنهنجي والد جي رسول الله ﷺ جي تبرڪات سان عقيدت بابت چيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;مون پنهنجي والد کي ڏٺو ته هن رسول الله ﷺ جو هڪ وار ورتو، ان کي پنهنجي وات تي رکي چمي ڏني. شايد مون کيس اهو وار پنهنجي اکين تي رکندي، پوءِ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي اهو پاڻي شفا جي نيت سان پيئندي به ڏٺو هجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Jawzī, 2016 p. 89&quot;&gt;Ibn al-Jawzī, ''The Life of Ibn Hanbal'', XXIV.2, trans. Michael Cooperson (New York: New York University Press, 2016), p. 89&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;

ساڳئي طرح ابن الجوزي، احمد بن حنبل جي ان عمل جي پڻ تعريف ڪئي ته هن برڪت حاصل ڪرڻ جي نيت سان رسول الله ﷺ جي استعمال ڪيل پيالي مان پاڻي پيتو، جيتوڻيڪ فني لحاظ کان اهو ٻئي درجي جو تبرڪ شمار ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Jawzī, 2016 p. 89&quot;/&gt;

=== اولياءَ ===

ابن الجوزي [[ولي|اولياءَ]] جي وجود بابت روايتي ۽ وڏي پيماني تي قبوليل اسلامي عقيدي جو حامي هو. اهو موقف سندس ابتدائي مسلمان صوفي اولياءَ جي زندگين بابت مشهور ڪتاب ''صفة الصفوة''، يعني ''برگزيدن جون صفتون''، مان پڻ ظاهر ٿئي ٿو. هي ڪتاب اصل ۾ [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] (وفات 1038ع) جي ''حلية الأولياء''، يعني ''اولياءَ جو سينگار''، جو اختصار آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

هن تصنيف ۾ ابن الجوزي ڪيترن اهم صوفين ۽ زاهدن جي کليل لفظن ۾ تعريف ڪئي، جن ۾ [[حسن بصري]] (وفات 728ع)، [[ابراهيم بن ادهم]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 782ع)، [[سفيان ثوري]] (وفات 778ع)، [[رابعه بصري]] (وفات 801ع)، [[معروف ڪرخي]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 820ع) ۽ [[بشر حافي]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 850ع) شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

جيتوڻيڪ ابن الجوزي انهن ٺڳن تي تنقيد ڪئي، جيڪي پاڻ کي ڪوڙو درويش يا بزرگ ظاهر ڪندا هئا، پر هن صاف لفظن ۾ چيو ته سچا اولياءَ صحيح عقيدي، عمل ۽ شريعت جي مخالفت نٿا ڪن.&lt;ref&gt;Jonathan A. C. Brown, &quot;Faithful Dissenters: Sunni Skepticism about the Miracles of Saints,&quot; ''Journal of Sufi Studies'' 1 (2012), p. 162&lt;/ref&gt; اولياءَ بابت ابن الجوزي چيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;اولياءَ ۽ صالح ماڻهو ئي سموري وجود جو اصل مقصد آهن (''الأولياء والصالحون هم المقصود من الكون''). اهي اهي ماڻهو آهن، جن علم جي حقيقت کي سکيو ۽ ان تي عمل ڪيو... اهي پنهنجي علم موجب عمل ڪن ٿا، دنيا مان ٿوري شيءِ تي گذارو ڪن ٿا، آخرت جا طالب رهن ٿا ۽ هڪ جهان کان ٻئي جهان ڏانهن وڃڻ لاءِ بيدار اکين ۽ سٺي توشي سان تيار رهن ٿا؛ ان جي ابتڙ اهي ماڻهو آهن، جيڪي رڳو پنهنجي علم سبب مشهور هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn al-Jawzi, ''Sifat al-safwa'' (Beirut ed. 1989/1409) p. 13, 17.&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;

=== تصوف ===

ابن الجوزي جو خيال هو ته [[تصوف]] يا ''تَصَوُّف'' اسلامي عمل جو هڪ لازمي حصو آهي. محققن موجب سندس ڪتاب ''تلبيس إبليس''، جنهن ۾ [[تفسير]] ۽ [[فقه]] سميت تقريباً سڀني اهم اسلامي علمن ۾ پيدا ٿيل بدعتن تي تنقيد ڪئي وئي آهي، ڪنهن به صورت ۾ سڄي تصوف جو رد نه آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.abc.se/home/m9783/ir/f/ts/Tasawwuf%20shuyukh.htm#18|title=Error404}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان جي ابتڙ، هن ابتدائي صوفين ۽ اولياءَ جي فضيلتن بابت ڪيترائي ڪتاب لکيا، جن ۾ ''مناقب رابعه العدويه''، ''مناقب معروف الڪرخي''، ''مناقب ابراهيم بن ادهم'' ۽ ''مناقب بشر الحافي'' سميت ٻيون تصنيفون شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

ابن الجوزي [[ابو حامد غزالي]] جي تعليمات جو پڻ مضبوط حامي هو، ۽ تصوف بابت سندس ڪيترين تصنيفن تي غزالي جي مشهور ڪتاب ''[[احياء علوم الدين]]'' جو اثر نظر اچي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt; حقيقت ۾ ابن الجوزي نه رڳو ساڳين موضوعن تي لکيو، پر ڪيترين جاين تي غزالي جي لکڻيءَ جي طريقي ۽ اصطلاحن کي پڻ اختيار ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي روحاني تصنيفن ۾ جن موضوعن تي بحث ڪيو، تن ۾ خدا ڏانهن شديد شوق جي معنيٰ، پنهنجي [[نفس]] کان ان جي عملن جو حساب وٺڻ، نفس جي ڪمزورين تي ملامت ڪرڻ ۽ نفس جي اصلاح لاءِ ان کي سخت تنبيه ڪرڻ شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

== عقيدو ==

[[بدر الدين اَهدل|ابن الاهدل]] (وفات: 855هه/1451ع) پنهنجي ڪتاب ''ڪشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد'' ({{lang|ar|كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد}}) ۾ ابن الجوزي کي [[اشعريت|اشعري]] عالمن مان شمار ڪيو آهي، ۽ ان سلسلي ۾ هن [[عبدالقادر جيلاني]] جو پڻ ذڪر ڪيو آهي&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;&gt;{{cite book
|author=[[ابن الاهدل]]
|editor=Ahmad Bakīr Mahmud
|url=https://archive.org/download/kalam-misc/kashful-ghitaa.pdf
|title=Kashf al-Ghata' 'an Haqa'iq al-Tawhid
|script-title=ar:كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد
|language=ar
|location=[[تيونس]]
|publisher=Tunisian General Labour Union
|year=1964
|page=83
|quote=جن عالمن جا عقيدا اڳ بيان ڪيا ويا آهن، تن مان شافعي عالمن کان سواءِ قرشي ۽ شاذلي مالڪي ۽ اشعري هئا. ان کان پوءِ مالڪي ۽ حنفي عالمن جا عقيدا به بيان ڪجن ٿا، ته جيئن معلوم ٿئي ته انهن ٻنهي مذهبن جي اڪثريت عقيدي ۾ اشعري مذهب تي هئي. '''حنبلي فقه جي ڪجهه عالمن جو پڻ عقيدي ۾ اشعري مذهب هو، جيئن شيخ عبدالقادر جيلاني، ابن الجوزي ۽ ٻيا، الله انهن کان راضي ٿئي.''' اڳ به بيان ٿي چڪو آهي ۽ اڳتي به بيان ٿيندو ته امام اشعري ۽ امام احمد بن حنبل عقيدي ۾ هڪجهڙا هئا. اختلاف پوءِ سندن ڪجهه پوئلڳن سبب پيدا ٿيو، جيڪي حرف، آواز، جهت ۽ ٻين اهڙن مسئلن جا قائل ٿيا. تنهن ڪري اسان مخالفن جا عقيدا بيان نه ڪيا آهن، بلڪه رڳو پنهنجي اشعري عالمن ۽ انهن مالڪي ۽ حنفي عالمن جا عقيدا بيان ڪيا آهن، جيڪي انهن سان متفق هئا. مالڪي عقيدي لاءِ شيخ امام ابو محمد عبدالله بن ابي زيد المالڪي جي تصنيف پيش ڪئي وئي آهي، جيڪا هن پنهنجي ڪتاب ''الرسالة'' جي شروعات ۾ بيان ڪئي آهي.
}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جيتوڻيڪ ابن الجوزي [[حنبلي]] فقه سان لاڳاپيل هو، پر هو ٻين ڪيترن حنبلي عالمن وانگر [[علم ڪلام]] جي ماهرن ([[متڪلم]]) کي مڪمل طور رد نه ڪندو هو. هو ضرورت ۽ مخاطب جي حالت موجب [[علم ڪلام]] ۽ [[تأويل]] کي قبول ڪندو هو ۽ مناسب موقعن تي انهن مان استدلال پڻ ڪندو هو.

== علم ڪلام ==

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي دور جي ٻين [[حنبلي]] عالمن، خاص طور [[ابن حميد الوراق]]، [[ابو يعلى ابن الفراء|قاضي ابو يعلى ابن الفراء]] ۽ [[ابن الزاغوني]] جي برخلاف پنهنجي الڳ علمي موقف سبب مشهور آهي. سندس خيال هو ته انهن ۽ ڪجهه ٻين حنبلي عالمن [[الله جون صفتون|الهي صفتن]] جي اثبات ۾ حد کان وڌيڪ غلو ڪيو، جنهن سبب حنبلي مذهب جي ساک متاثر ٿي ۽ ماڻهن وٽ ان جو تعلق سخت [[تجسيم]] (الله کي سندس مخلوق سان مشابهت ڏيڻ) سان ڳنڍجڻ لڳو.

ابن الجوزي لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
''&quot;انهن جو عقيدو هو ته الله تعاليٰ جي ذات کان سواءِ سندس هڪ صورت ۽ چهرو به آهي. هو اهو به چوندا هئا ته الله جون ٻه اکيون، وات، ننڍڙي زبان (لهاٽ)، ڏند، نور ۽ جلال وارو چهرو، ٻه هٿ جن ۾ هتيلون، آڱريون، ننڍيون آڱريون ۽ آڱوٺا، پٺي، ۽ ٻه ٽنگون آهن، جيڪي رانن ۽ پنڊلين ۾ ورهايل آهن.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-188&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last1=Holtzman|first1=Livnat|title=&quot;Does God Really Laugh?&quot; – Appropriate and Inappropriate Descriptions of God in Islamic Traditionalist Theology|url=http://arabic.biu.ac.il/files/arabic/shared/staff/u16/holtzman_final080310.pdf|publisher=Bar-Ilan University, Ramat Gan|pages=188}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

ان کان پوءِ هن خاص طور قاضي ابو يعلى تي تنقيد ڪندي لکيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
''&quot;جيڪو شخص الله تعاليٰ لاءِ ڏندن کي به هڪ الهي صفت طور ثابت ڪري ٿو، تنهن کي اسلام بابت ڪا به صحيح ڄاڻ نه آهي.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-191&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last1=Holtzman|first1=Livnat|title=&quot;Does God Really Laugh?&quot; – Appropriate and Inappropriate Descriptions of God in Islamic Traditionalist Theology|url=http://arabic.biu.ac.il/files/arabic/shared/staff/u16/holtzman_final080310.pdf|publisher=Bar-Ilan University, Ramat Gan|pages=191}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

هن موضوع تي ابن الجوزي جي سڀ کان مشهور تصنيف ''[[كتاب أخبار الصفات|باز الأشهب المنقض على مخالفي المذهب]]'' آهي، جنهن جو مطلب آهي: ''&quot;سرمائي رنگ جو شڪاري باز، جيڪو (حنبلي) مذهب جي مخالفت ڪندڙن تي حملو ڪري ٿو.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-188&quot; /&gt;

=== الله نه ڪائنات جي اندر آهي ۽ نه ئي ٻاهر ===

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي ڪتاب ''الصفات'' ۾ لکي ٿو ته الله نه ڪائنات جي اندر موجود آهي ۽ نه ئي ان کان ٻاهر.&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot;&gt;Swartz, Merlin. ''A Medieval Critique of Anthropomorphism'', pg. 159. [[ليڊن]]: [[بريل پبلشرز]], 2001.&lt;/ref&gt; سندس مطابق &quot;اندر&quot; يا &quot;ٻاهر&quot; هجڻ جو تصور صرف انهن شين تي لاڳو ٿيندو آهي، جيڪي ڪنهن جاءِ يا خلا ۾ موجود هجن. يعني جيڪا شيءِ اندر يا ٻاهر هجي، ان لاءِ ڪنهن هنڌ جو هجڻ لازمي آهي، جڏهن ته الله تعاليٰ بابت اهڙو تصور لاڳو نٿو ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot; /&gt;

هو لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;ڪنهن جاءِ ۾ هجڻ يا ان کان ٻاهر هجڻ، حرڪت، سڪون ۽ ٻيا اهڙا عارض جسم واريون خاصيتون آهن. الله جي ذات نه ڪنهن مخلوق کي پنهنجي اندر جاءِ ڏئي ٿي ۽ نه ئي ڪا مخلوق سندس ذات ۾ حلول ڪري سگهي ٿي.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

== تصنيفون ==

[[فائل:ArRadd IbneJawzi.PNG|200px|thumb|''الرد على المتعصب العنيد المانع من ذم يزيد'' جي ڇپيل نسخي جو سرورق.]]

ابن الجوزي کي اسلامي تاريخ جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ تصنيفون لکڻ وارن عالمن مان هڪ، بلڪه ڪيترن محققن موجب سڀ کان وڌيڪ تصنيفون لکندڙ عالم، شمار ڪيو ويندو آهي. [[ذهبي]] لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;مون عالمن مان ڪنهن کي به ابن الجوزي جيترو گهڻو لکندي نه ڏٺو آهي.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.as-sahwah.com/viewarticle.php?articleID=1277&amp;|title=IslamicAwakening.Com: Ibn al-Jawzi: A Lifetime of Da'wah|date=October 22, 2006|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20061022195654/http://www.as-sahwah.com/viewarticle.php?articleID=1277&amp; |archive-date=2006-10-22 }}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

تازو عراقي محقق پروفيسر عبد الحميد العلوجي ابن الجوزي جي تصنيفن تي تفصيلي تحقيق ڪئي ۽ هڪ مرجع ڪتاب تيار ڪيو، جنهن ۾ هن ابن الجوزي جي تصنيفن کي الف ب وار ترتيب ڏئي، انهن جي ڇپيل نسخن، ناشرن ۽ انهن لائبريرين جي نشاندهي ڪئي، جتي سندس اڻڇپيل قلمي نسخا محفوظ آهن. ڪجهه محققن جو خيال آهي ته ابن الجوزي 700 کان وڌيڪ ڪتابن جو مصنف هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Al-Jawzi&quot;/&gt;

سندس تصنيفن جي غيرمعمولي وڏي تعداد سبب ڪجهه عالمن سندس تحريرن تي تنقيد پڻ ڪئي، سندس غلطين کي خاص ڌيان سان جاچيو ۽ کيس اهڙو مصنف قرار ڏنو، جنهن کان ڪيترائي سهواً غلطيون ٿيون. بهرحال، [[ابن رجب]] سندس دفاع ۾ ابن الجوزي جو هي قول نقل ڪيو آهي:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;مان ترتيب ڏيندڙ آهيان، نيون تصنيفون ايجاد ڪندڙ نه آهيان.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |last=Ibn al-Jawzī |first=ʿAbd al-Raḥmān ibn ʿAlī |title=al-Muntaẓam fī Tārīkh al-Mulūk wa-l-Umam |publisher=Dār al-Kutub al-ʿIlmiyyah |year=1997 |edition=vol.1 |location=Beirut |publication-date=1997 |pages=30 |language=arabic}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

مذهبي موضوعن کان علاوه ابن الجوزي طب بابت پڻ لکيو. [[جلال الدين سيوطي]] جي طبي تصنيفن وانگر، سندس ڪتاب به تقريباً مڪمل طور تي [[نبوي طب]] تي ٻڌل هو، جڏهن ته [[ذهبي]] جي تصنيفن وانگر اسلامي ۽ يوناني طب جي گڏيل روايتن کي شامل نه ڪندو هو. ابن الجوزي خاص طور خوراڪ ۽ قدرتي علاج تي زور ڏنو، جن کي هن ريبيز (ڪتي جي چڪ) ۽ چيچڪ جهڙين سنگين بيمارين سان گڏ، مٿي جي سور ۽ نڪ مان رت اچڻ جهڙين عام تڪليفن جي علاج لاءِ پڻ بيان ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;Emilie Savage-Smith, &quot;Medicine.&quot; Taken from ''Encyclopedia of the History of Arabic Science, Volume 3: Technology, Alchemy and Life Sciences'', pg. 928. Ed. Roshdi Rasheed. [[لنڊن]]: [[روٽليج]], 1996. {{ISBN|0-415-12412-3}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مشهور تصنيفون ===

* ''[[الموضوعات الكبرى]]'' (جعلي حديثن جو وڏو مجموعو)
* ''[[دفع شبه التشبيه]]''&lt;ref&gt;Swartz, Merlin. ''A Medieval Critque of Anthropomorphism''. Brill, 2001&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''صفة الصفوة'' — پنج جلد، [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] جي ''[[حلية الأولياء]]'' جو اختصار ۽ نئين ترتيب.
* ''آداب الحسن البصري وزهده ومواعظه'' (حسن بصري جا آداب، زهد ۽ نصيحتون)&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last1=ابن الجوزي، عبد الرحمن بن علي بن محمد،|url=http://www.aruc.org/fullbib.aspx?id=1882791|title=آداب الحسن البصري وزهده ومواعظه|last2=الحرش، سليمان بن مسلم|date=2007|publisher=دار النوادر،|location=دمشق|language=ar|oclc=4770455870}}&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''زاد المسير في علم التفسير''&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.hilalplaza.com/products/zad-al-masir-fi-ilm-al-tafsir-8-vol|title=Zad al-Masir fi Ilm al-Tafsir 8 vol.4 books|access-date=2021-01-28|archive-date=2023-10-03|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20231003211857/https://www.hilalplaza.com/products/zad-al-masir-fi-ilm-al-tafsir-8-vol|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''تلبيس إبليس''
* ''تذكرة أولي البصائر في معرفة الكبائر''
* ''غريب الحديث''
* ''أحكام النساء''
* ''مولد العروس''
* ''حفظ العمر''
* ''بيان المولد النبوي''
* ''بحر الدموع''

== مقبرو ==

ابن الجوزي جو مقبرو [[بغداد]]، [[عراق]] ۾ واقع آهي. سندس قبر هڪ سادي سائي سيمينٽ جي ٺهيل مزار آهي، جنهن جي چوڌاري پٿر رکيل آهن، جڏهن ته مٿس لڳل هڪ ڪاغذي تختي تي اهو ڄاڻايل آهي ته هي ابن الجوزي جي قبر آهي.

2019ع ۾ سوشل ميڊيا تي اهڙيون افواهون پکڙيون ته سندس مقبرو ڊاهي هٽايو ويو آهي، جڏهن هڪ تصوير منظرعام تي آئي جنهن ۾ قبر هٽائيندي ڏيکاريل هئي. بهرحال، عراقي عملدارن انهن خبرن جي ترديد ڪندي واضح ڪيو ته ابن الجوزي جو مقبرو ڊاهيو نه ويو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://shafaq.com/ar|title=شفق نيوز|website=شفق نيوز}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== پڻ ڏسو ==
* [[سبط ابن الجوزي]]
* [[ابن عقيل]]

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}

== خارجي ڳنڍڻا ==
* [http://www.muslimscholars.info/manage.php?submit=scholar&amp;ID=60001 مسلم اسڪالرز ڊاٽ انفارميشن تي ابن الجوزي جي سوانح]
* [http://www.amalpress.com/index.php?l_dis=publications&amp;det=full&amp;id=18 ''الله جون صفتون'']، ابن الجوزي؛ ترجمو: عبدالله بن حميد علي؛ ڇپائيندڙ: [http://www.amalpress.com/ امل پريس]
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20090215044232/http://hanbalis.com/index.php/Ibn_al-Jawzi ابن الجوزي جي سڀ کان جامع آن لائين سوانح]
* {{in lang|fr}} [https://web.archive.org/web/20120526102946/http://www.at-tawhid.net/article-l-attachement-au-qur-an-que-contiennent-les-coeurs-des-amoureux-d-allah-ibn-al-jawzi-46585345.html امام ابن الجوزي موجب قرآن سان وابستگيءَ جي اهميت]
* {{in lang|fr}} [https://web.archive.org/web/20110817015245/http://www.at-tawhid.net/article-ibn-al-jawzi-expose-critique-et-refute-l-egarement-des-anthropomorphistes-hanbalites-59608673.html امام ابن الجوزي طرفان تجسيم پسند حنبلي نظرين جي ترديد]

{{Portal bar|Biography|Islam|Iraq}}
{{Historians of Islam}}
{{Hanbali scholars}}
{{Ash'ari}}
{{Authority control}}

{{DEFAULTSORT:ابن الجوزي، ابو الفرج}}

[[زمرو:حنبلي عالم]]
[[زمرو:ٻارهين صديءَ جا مسلمان علم ڪلام جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:شيخ الاسلام]]
[[زمرو:بغداد جا ماڻهو]]
[[زمرو:عرب سني اسلامي عالم]]
[[زمرو:سني اسلامي عالم]]
[[زمرو:قرآني تفسير جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:حديث جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:سلجوقي سلطنت جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:1110ع واري ڏهاڪي ۾ ڄاول]]
[[زمرو:1201ع ۾ وفات ڪندڙ]]
[[زمرو:عباسي خلافت جا ٻارهين صديءَ جا ماڻهو]]
[[زمرو:مقامات]]
[[زمرو:اشعري عالم]]
[[زمرو:رجال جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:اسلامي زهد]]
[[زمرو:ٻارهين صديءَ جا عرب]]
[[زمرو:شيعه اسلام جا ناقد]]
[[زمرو:ڄمڻ جو سال غير يقيني]]
[[زمرو:بنو ابو بڪر]]


[[زمرو:اسلامي شخصيتون]]
[[زمرو:سلف]]
[[زمرو:محدث]]
[[زمرو:1116ع جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:1110ع جي ڏهاڪي جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:Articles with short description]]</text>
      <sha1>n0wgqc3v0j7r7ch7ax1gvahlpsaw481</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401130</id>
      <parentid>401128</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T09:30:11Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401130</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="39671" sha1="c2y6ptw0lp2h9p055saf19ghchhlzxv" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ٻارهين صديءَ جو مسلم عالم، محدث، مؤرخ ۽ فقيه}}


{{Infobox religious biography
| religion           = [[اسلام]]
| era                = [[اسلامي سنهري دور]]
| image              =
| caption            =
| name               = ابن الجوزي
| title              = [[شيخ الاسلام]]&lt;ref&gt;Al-Dhahabi, Siyar A'lam al-Nubala'.&lt;/ref&gt;
| birth_date         = لڳ ڀڳ 510هه / 1116ع
| birth_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| death_date         = 12 رمضان 597هه / 16 جون 1201ع (لڳ ڀڳ 87 ورهين جي عمر ۾)
| death_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| denomination       = [[سني اسلام]]
| creed              = [[اشعريت]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جي. اي. بوائل]]|title=The Cambridge History of Iran|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=16yHq5v3QZAC|volume=5 of The Saljuq and Mongol Periods|publisher=[[ڪيمبرج يونيورسٽي پريس]]|date=1968|page=299}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جبريل فؤاد حداد]]|title=The Biographies of the Elite Lives of the Scholars, Imams &amp; Hadith Masters|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=RwPnCAAAQBAJ&amp;pg=PA226|date=2015|publisher=[[اس السنة فائونڊيشن آف آمريڪا]]|page=226}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;&gt;{{cite book
|author=[[ابن الأحدل]]
|editor=Ahmad Bakīr Mahmud
|title=Kashf al-Ghata' 'an Haqa'iq al-Tawhid
|script-title=ar:كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد
|language=ar
|url=https://archive.org/download/kalam-misc/kashful-ghitaa.pdf
|location=[[تيونس]]
|publisher=Tunisian General Labour Union
|year=1964
|page=83
|quote=...
}}&lt;/ref&gt;
| jurisprudence      = [[حنبلي]]
| main_interests     = [[تاريخ]]، [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]
| notable_works      = [[كتاب أخبار الصفات]]
| influenced         = &lt;small&gt;[[عبد الغني المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[سبط ابن الجوزي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Robinson:2003:XV&quot;&gt;Robinson:2003:XV&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ابن قدامه المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ضياء الدين المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Al-Jawzi&quot;&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |title=Ibn Al-Jawzi |publisher=Sunnah.org |access-date=2013-11-28 |archive-date=2020-02-22 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200222230613/http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/small&gt;
| father             = علي بن محمد الجوزي
| children           = يوسف بن عبدالرحمٰن الجوزي
| birth_name         = عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري
| lineage            = [[آل بڪر]]
| native_name        = ابن الجوزي
| native_name_lang   = ar
}}

'''ابو الفرج جمال الدين عبدالرحمٰن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد الجوزي'''، جيڪو عام طور تي '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي{{Efn|{{langx|ar|أبو الفرج جمال الدين عبد الرحمن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد}}; Abū al-Faraj ʿAbd al-Raḥmān ibn ʿAlī ibn Muḥammad ibn al-Jawzī}}&lt;ref&gt;The Beginning and the End: Imad al-Din Abu al-Fida Ismail ibn Umar ibn Katheer al-Dimashqi.&lt;/ref&gt; (لڳ ڀڳ 1116ع – 16 جون 1201ع)، هڪ [[مسلمان]] [[فقيه]]، [[واعظ]]، [[خطيب]]، [[فرقن جو مؤرخ]]، [[علم الحديث|محدث]]، [[مؤرخ]]، [[قاضي]]، [[اوليائن جي سوانح نگار]] ۽ [[لسانيات دان]] هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot; /&gt; هن ٻارهين صديءَ دوران پنهنجي اباڻي شهر [[بغداد]] ۾ [[حنبلي]] [[فقهي مذهب]] جي واڌ ويجهه ۽ اشاعت ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنهنجي علمي، مذهبي ۽ سياسي سرگرمين سان ڀرپور زندگيءَ دوران ابن الجوزي پنهنجي همعصر [[حنبلي]] عالمن ۾ وڏي عزت حاصل ڪئي. هن مسلسل ڪوشش ڪئي ته [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب، جيڪو تاريخي طور چئن وڏن سني فقهي مذهبن مان سڀ کان ننڍو شمار ٿيندو هو، ان کي به [[مالڪي]]، [[شافعي]] ۽ [[حنفي]] مذهبن جي برابر وقار ۽ سرڪاري سرپرستي حاصل ٿئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

{{Infobox saint
|name = '''ابن الجوزي'''
|image = PARSONS(1808) p008 View of Bagdad on the Persian side of the Tigris.jpg
|image_size = 300px
|caption = 1808ع ۾ [[بغداد]] جو منظر؛ ابن الجوزي پنهنجي سموري زندگي ٻارهين صديءَ ۾ هن شهر ۾ گذاري.
|titles = فقيه، واعظ، محدث؛&lt;br /&gt;''شيخ الاسلام''، ''بادشاهن ۽ اميرن جو خطيب''، ''حنبلين جو امام''
|major_shrine = [[بغداد]]، [[عراق]] ۾ سبز گنبذ وارو مقبرو
|venerated_in = [[سني اسلام]]، خاص طور [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب
}}

ابن الجوزي نوجوانيءَ ۾ نهايت اعليٰ تعليم حاصل ڪئي&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ۽ بغداد جي ان دور جي ڪيترن ئي مشهور عالمن کان علم پرايو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع) ۽ [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot;&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 401&lt;/ref&gt;

ايندڙ سالن ۾ سندس علمي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌندي وئي، پر کيس سڀ کان وڌيڪ شهرت [[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ٽيٽيهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ملي. خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب جي سرپرستي سبب ابن الجوزي بغداد جي اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ کيس شهر ۽ ان جي ڀرپاسي ۾ وڏي عوامي ميڙ کي خطاب ڪرڻ جي آزادي ۽ سرپرستي حاصل هئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt;

المستضي جي دور ۾ پنهنجي اڪثر وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي مضبوط حمايت ڪئي ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، جن کي هو دين ۾ گمراهه يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ساڳئي وقت سندس علمي حيثيت پڻ وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ هن بغداد جي ڪيترين اهم [[مدرسو|مدرسن]] ۽ علمي ادارن جي انتظام ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ان کان علاوه هن غيرمعمولي تعداد ۾ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪيا، جنهن سبب کيس اسلامي تاريخ جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ زرخيز مصنفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

محققن موجب ابن الجوزي جو علمي سرمايو، جيڪو مختصر رسالن کان وٺي وڏن ڪتابن تائين پکڙيل آهي، اسلامي علمن جي تقريباً سڀني اهم شعبن تي مشتمل آهي، جن ۾ [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]، [[تاريخ]]، [[عقيدو]]، [[تصوف]]، [[ادب]] ۽ [[لسانيات]] شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

==خانداني پسمنظر ۽ زندگي==

عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري التيمي القرشي، جيڪو '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور ٿيو، 507هه کان 512هه (1113ع کان 1119ع) جي وچ واري عرصي ۾ [[بغداد]] ۾ هڪ خوشحال ۽ معزز خاندان ۾ ڄائو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; سندس خاندان جو نسب [[ابو بڪر صديق]] تائين پهچندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn al-Jawzi, ''Sincere Counsel to the Seekers of Sacred Knowledge'', Daar Us-Sunnah Publications Birmingham (2011), p. 88&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 399–434; Merlin Swartz, ''Ibn al-Jawzī’s'' Kitāb al-Quṣṣāṣ wa-’l-mudhakkirīn, Recherches publiées sous la direction de l’Institut de lettres orientales de Beyrouth, Série 1, Pensée arabe et musulmane, 47 (Beirut: Dar el-Machreq, 1971), 15.&lt;/ref&gt; سندس نسب هن ريت بيان ڪيو وڃي ٿو: عبدالرحمٰن بن علي بن محمد بن علي بن عبيدالله بن عبدالله بن حمادي بن احمد بن محمد بن جعفر الجوزي بن عبدالله بن القاسم بن النضر بن القاسم بن محمد بن عبدالله بن عبدالرحمٰن بن [[قاسم بن محمد بن ابي بڪر]] بن [[محمد بن ابي بڪر]] بن [[ابو بڪر صديق]] التيمي القرشي.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot;&gt;{{Cite book |last=Ibn Khalid |first=Ayman |title=Seeds of Admonishment and Reform |publisher=Dar As-Sunnah Publishers |year=2013 |isbn=1904336396 |edition=1st |location=Brimmingham |pages=17-18}}&lt;/ref&gt;

سندس نائين پيڙهيءَ جو ڏاڏو جعفر بن عبدالله البڪري '''الجوزي''' جي لقب سان مشهور هو، جنهن مان خاندان جو نالو &quot;الجوزي&quot; نڪتو. سندس خاندان ٽامي جي واپار سبب خوشحال ٿيو، تنهنڪري ابن الجوزي آسودگيءَ واري ماحول ۾ پرورش ورتي.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt;

سندس والدين کيس پنهنجي دور جي سڀني اهم علمن ۾ جامع تعليم ڏني.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;&gt;{{EI2|last=Laoust |first=H. | title=Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī | volume = 3 | pages = 751–752 | doi=10.1163/1573-3912_islam_SIM_3139}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن ڪيترن ئي مشهور استادن کان علم حاصل ڪيو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع)، [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع)، ابو الفضل بن الناصر (وفات 1155ع)، ابو حڪيم النهرواني (وفات 1161ع) ۽ [[ابو يعلى الصغير]] (وفات 1163ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot; /&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot; /&gt;

انهن استادن کان علاوه ابن الجوزي ڪيترن ئي اهڙن عالمن جي تصنيفن کان پڻ گهڻو متاثر ٿيو، جن سان سندس سڌي ملاقات نه ٿي. انهن ۾ [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] (وفات 1038ع)، [[الخطيب البغدادي]] (وفات 1071ع) ۽ مشهور حنبلي عالم [[ابن عقيل]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 1120ع) شامل هئا. ابن الجوزي پنهنجي بعد وارين تحريرن ۾ ابن عقيل جي ڪن خيالن جي واکاڻ به ڪئي ۽ ڪن تي تنقيد پڻ ڪئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot; /&gt;

عقيدي جي لحاظ کان هو [[اشعريت]] جو پيروڪار هو، جيڪا ڳالهه کيس ڪيترن ئي همعصر حنبلي عالمن کان ممتاز بڻائي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot;&gt;{{cite book|last=Boyle|first=J.A.|title=The Cambridge History of Iran, Vol. 5: The Saljuq and Mongol Periods (Volume 5)|date=January 1, 1968|publisher=Cambridge University Press|pages=299}}&lt;/ref&gt; پنهنجي ابتدائي تصنيفن ۾ هن [[علم الكلام]] ۾ بيجا فلسفياتي بحثن ۽ خاص طور ڪجهه صوفين جي نون فڪري لاڙن تي تنقيد ڪئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot; /&gt;

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي عملي علمي زندگيءَ جي شروعات [[المقتفي]] (وفات 1160ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ايڪتاليهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ڪئي. خليفي جو حنبلي وزير [[ابن هبيره]] سندس علمي سرپرستن مان هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; ابن الجوزي شروعات ۾ پنهنجي استاد ابو حڪيم النهرواني وٽ ٻن مدرسن ۾ حنبلي فقه پڙهائڻ ۾ معاون طور ڪم ڪيو، ۽ 1161ع ۾ استاد جي وفات کان پوءِ انهن ٻنهي مدرسن جو صدر مدرس مقرر ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 404&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان ڪجهه اڳ ئي وزير ابن هبيره کيس هر جمعي پنهنجي رهائشگاهه تي عوامي وعظ ڪرڻ جي مڪمل آزادي ڏني هئي، جنهن سان سندس خطابت جي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌڻ لڳي.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 402&lt;/ref&gt; المقتفي جي وفات کان پوءِ نئين خليفي [[المستنجد]] (وفات 1170ع) کيس بغداد جي خليفي واري جامع مسجد ۾ وعظ ڪرڻ لاءِ مقرر ڪيو، خاص طور [[نور الدين زنگي]] جي [[فاطمي خلافت]] خلاف مهمن دوران.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; انهن وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي ڀرپور حمايت ڪندو هو ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪندو هو، جن کي هو بدعتي يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو. هو انهن فقيهن تي به اعتراض ڪندو هو، جيڪي پنهنجي فقهي مذهب جي بي سوچ تقليد ڪندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;

[[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع) جي دور ۾ ابن الجوزي بغداد جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب سان خاص وابستگي سبب کيس سڄي بغداد ۾ وعظ ۽ تبليغ ڪرڻ جي مڪمل آزادي حاصل ٿي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; 1172ع کان 1173ع تائين سندس مسلسل وعظن کيس بغداد جو سڀ کان ممتاز عالم بڻائي ڇڏيو. سندس غيرمعمولي خطابت کان متاثر ٿي خليفي مسجد ۾ خاص طور سندس لاءِ هڪ منبر (دِڪَّة) به تعمير ڪرايو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;

1179ع تائين ابن الجوزي ڏيڍ سئو کان وڌيڪ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪري چڪو هو ۽ ساڳئي وقت بغداد جي پنجن مختلف مدرسن جي نگراني پڻ ڪندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; انهيءَ عرصي دوران هن خليفي المستضي کي صلاح ڏني ته [[امام احمد بن حنبل]] جي مزار تي هڪ ڪتبو لڳايو وڃي، جنهن ۾ کيس &quot;امام&quot; جي لقب سان ياد ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Kat̲h̲īr, ''Bidāya'', Cairo 1351-8/1932-9, xii, 28–30&lt;/ref&gt;

بعد ۾ جڏهن [[الناصر لدين الله]] (وفات 1235ع) خلافت تي ويٺو، تڏهن شروعات ۾ ابن الجوزي جا تعلقات سندس حنبلي وزير ابن يونس (وفات 1197ع) ذريعي سٺا رهيا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; پر ابن يونس جي معزولي ۽ گرفتاري کان پوءِ خليفي [[ابن القصاب]] نالي هڪ شيعي وزير کي مقرر ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; تاريخي ذريعن ۾ ان جا واضح سبب بيان ناهن، پر آخرڪار الناصر ابن الجوزي کي پنجن سالن تائين نظر بند رکڻ جو حڪم ڏنو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; هڪ راءِ موجب، ابن الجوزي خليفي جي هڪ سرڪاري پاليسيءَ تي تنقيدي رد لکيو هو، جنهن سبب ٻنهي جا تعلقات خراب ٿي ويا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنجن سالن جي نظر بندي کان پوءِ خليفي جي والده [[زمرد خاتون]]، جيڪا نهايت پرهيزگار عورت سمجهي ويندي هئي، پنهنجي پٽ کي ابن الجوزي جي آزاديءَ لاءِ راضي ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; آزادي حاصل ڪرڻ کان ٿوري ئي عرصي پوءِ ابن الجوزي بغداد ۾ وفات ڪئي. ان وقت سندس عمر لڳ ڀڳ چوهتر ورهيه بيان ڪئي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

== خيال ۽ فڪر ==

=== مناظرا ۽ رد ===

ابن الجوزي هڪ مشهور [[مناظره نگار]] هو،&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ۽ هو انهن سڀني ماڻهن جي تصنيفن تي سخت تنقيد ڪندو هو، جن کي هو دين ۾ [[بدعت]] پيدا ڪندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ٻين فڪري مڪتبن تي سندس تنقيد سڀ کان وڌيڪ سندس ڪتاب ''تلبيس إبليس''، يعني ''شيطان جو دوکو''، ۾ نظر اچي ٿي، جيڪو حنبلي مناظراتي ادب جي اهم تصنيفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; هن ڪتاب ۾ هن نه رڳو [[سني اسلام]] کان ٻاهر موجود ڪيترن فرقن، جهڙوڪ [[معتزله]] ۽ [[خوارج]]، تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، پر سني اسلام جي اندر موجود انهن فڪري ڌرين تي پڻ اعتراض ڪيو، جن بابت سندس خيال هو ته اهي صحيح راهه کان هٽي ويون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

هن ڪتاب ۾ پنهنجي دور جي ڪجهه گمراهه صوفين بابت ابن الجوزي جي تنقيدي بيانن سبب، روايتي [[تصوف]] جي مخالفت ڪندڙ ڪجهه جديد مسلمان تحريڪون، جهڙوڪ [[سلفيت]] ۽ [[وهابيت]]، پنهنجي موقف جي حمايت لاءِ هن تصنيف مان حوالا ڏينديون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; تنهن هوندي به، محققن موجب ابن الجوزي تصوف کي مجموعي طور رد نه ڪيو؛ هو پنهنجي لکڻين ۾ قديم، پاڪيزه تصوف ۽ صوفي عملن ۾ داخل ٿيل انهن رواجن جي وچ ۾ واضح فرق ڪندو هو، جن کي هو بگاڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot;/&gt; انهيءَ ڪري اهو ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته سندس دور جي ڪجهه صوفي جماعتن تي ڪيل تنقيد جو مقصد سڄي تصوف جي مذمت ڪرڻ نه هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

=== تبرڪات ===

ابن الجوزي ذاتي عبادت ۽ عقيدت ۾ [[محمد جا تبرڪات|رسول الله ﷺ جي تبرڪات]] جي استعمال جو مضبوط حامي هو ۽ انهن وسيلي [[برڪت]] حاصل ڪرڻ کي جائز سمجهندو هو. هن موقف جو ثبوت سندس طرفان ان روايت کي قبوليت سان نقل ڪرڻ مان ملي ٿو، جيڪا [[احمد بن حنبل]] جي پٽ عبدالله بيان ڪئي هئي. عبدالله پنهنجي والد جي رسول الله ﷺ جي تبرڪات سان عقيدت بابت چيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;مون پنهنجي والد کي ڏٺو ته هن رسول الله ﷺ جو هڪ وار ورتو، ان کي پنهنجي وات تي رکي چمي ڏني. شايد مون کيس اهو وار پنهنجي اکين تي رکندي، پوءِ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي اهو پاڻي شفا جي نيت سان پيئندي به ڏٺو هجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Jawzī, 2016 p. 89&quot;&gt;Ibn al-Jawzī, ''The Life of Ibn Hanbal'', XXIV.2, trans. Michael Cooperson (New York: New York University Press, 2016), p. 89&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;

ساڳئي طرح ابن الجوزي، احمد بن حنبل جي ان عمل جي پڻ تعريف ڪئي ته هن برڪت حاصل ڪرڻ جي نيت سان رسول الله ﷺ جي استعمال ڪيل پيالي مان پاڻي پيتو، جيتوڻيڪ فني لحاظ کان اهو ٻئي درجي جو تبرڪ شمار ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Jawzī, 2016 p. 89&quot;/&gt;

=== اولياءَ ===

ابن الجوزي [[ولي|اولياءَ]] جي وجود بابت روايتي ۽ وڏي پيماني تي قبوليل اسلامي عقيدي جو حامي هو. اهو موقف سندس ابتدائي مسلمان صوفي اولياءَ جي زندگين بابت مشهور ڪتاب ''صفة الصفوة''، يعني ''برگزيدن جون صفتون''، مان پڻ ظاهر ٿئي ٿو. هي ڪتاب اصل ۾ [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] (وفات 1038ع) جي ''حلية الأولياء''، يعني ''اولياءَ جو سينگار''، جو اختصار آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

هن تصنيف ۾ ابن الجوزي ڪيترن اهم صوفين ۽ زاهدن جي کليل لفظن ۾ تعريف ڪئي، جن ۾ [[حسن بصري]] (وفات 728ع)، [[ابراهيم بن ادهم]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 782ع)، [[سفيان ثوري]] (وفات 778ع)، [[رابعه بصري]] (وفات 801ع)، [[معروف ڪرخي]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 820ع) ۽ [[بشر حافي]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 850ع) شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

جيتوڻيڪ ابن الجوزي انهن ٺڳن تي تنقيد ڪئي، جيڪي پاڻ کي ڪوڙو درويش يا بزرگ ظاهر ڪندا هئا، پر هن صاف لفظن ۾ چيو ته سچا اولياءَ صحيح عقيدي، عمل ۽ شريعت جي مخالفت نٿا ڪن.&lt;ref&gt;Jonathan A. C. Brown, &quot;Faithful Dissenters: Sunni Skepticism about the Miracles of Saints,&quot; ''Journal of Sufi Studies'' 1 (2012), p. 162&lt;/ref&gt; اولياءَ بابت ابن الجوزي چيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;اولياءَ ۽ صالح ماڻهو ئي سموري وجود جو اصل مقصد آهن (''الأولياء والصالحون هم المقصود من الكون''). اهي اهي ماڻهو آهن، جن علم جي حقيقت کي سکيو ۽ ان تي عمل ڪيو... اهي پنهنجي علم موجب عمل ڪن ٿا، دنيا مان ٿوري شيءِ تي گذارو ڪن ٿا، آخرت جا طالب رهن ٿا ۽ هڪ جهان کان ٻئي جهان ڏانهن وڃڻ لاءِ بيدار اکين ۽ سٺي توشي سان تيار رهن ٿا؛ ان جي ابتڙ اهي ماڻهو آهن، جيڪي رڳو پنهنجي علم سبب مشهور هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn al-Jawzi, ''Sifat al-safwa'' (Beirut ed. 1989/1409) p. 13, 17.&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;

=== تصوف ===

ابن الجوزي جو خيال هو ته [[تصوف]] يا ''تَصَوُّف'' اسلامي عمل جو هڪ لازمي حصو آهي. محققن موجب سندس ڪتاب ''تلبيس إبليس''، جنهن ۾ [[تفسير]] ۽ [[فقه]] سميت تقريباً سڀني اهم اسلامي علمن ۾ پيدا ٿيل بدعتن تي تنقيد ڪئي وئي آهي، ڪنهن به صورت ۾ سڄي تصوف جو رد نه آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.abc.se/home/m9783/ir/f/ts/Tasawwuf%20shuyukh.htm#18|title=Error404}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان جي ابتڙ، هن ابتدائي صوفين ۽ اولياءَ جي فضيلتن بابت ڪيترائي ڪتاب لکيا، جن ۾ ''مناقب رابعه العدويه''، ''مناقب معروف الڪرخي''، ''مناقب ابراهيم بن ادهم'' ۽ ''مناقب بشر الحافي'' سميت ٻيون تصنيفون شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

ابن الجوزي [[ابو حامد غزالي]] جي تعليمات جو پڻ مضبوط حامي هو، ۽ تصوف بابت سندس ڪيترين تصنيفن تي غزالي جي مشهور ڪتاب ''[[احياء علوم الدين]]'' جو اثر نظر اچي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt; حقيقت ۾ ابن الجوزي نه رڳو ساڳين موضوعن تي لکيو، پر ڪيترين جاين تي غزالي جي لکڻيءَ جي طريقي ۽ اصطلاحن کي پڻ اختيار ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي روحاني تصنيفن ۾ جن موضوعن تي بحث ڪيو، تن ۾ خدا ڏانهن شديد شوق جي معنيٰ، پنهنجي [[نفس]] کان ان جي عملن جو حساب وٺڻ، نفس جي ڪمزورين تي ملامت ڪرڻ ۽ نفس جي اصلاح لاءِ ان کي سخت تنبيه ڪرڻ شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

== عقيدو ==

[[بدر الدين اَهدل|ابن الاهدل]] (وفات: 855هه/1451ع) پنهنجي ڪتاب ''ڪشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد'' ({{lang|ar|كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد}}) ۾ ابن الجوزي کي [[اشعريت|اشعري]] عالمن مان شمار ڪيو آهي، ۽ ان سلسلي ۾ هن [[عبدالقادر جيلاني]] جو پڻ ذڪر ڪيو آهي&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;&gt;{{cite book
|author=[[ابن الاهدل]]
|editor=Ahmad Bakīr Mahmud
|url=https://archive.org/download/kalam-misc/kashful-ghitaa.pdf
|title=Kashf al-Ghata' 'an Haqa'iq al-Tawhid
|script-title=ar:كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد
|language=ar
|location=[[تيونس]]
|publisher=Tunisian General Labour Union
|year=1964
|page=83
|quote=جن عالمن جا عقيدا اڳ بيان ڪيا ويا آهن، تن مان شافعي عالمن کان سواءِ قرشي ۽ شاذلي مالڪي ۽ اشعري هئا. ان کان پوءِ مالڪي ۽ حنفي عالمن جا عقيدا به بيان ڪجن ٿا، ته جيئن معلوم ٿئي ته انهن ٻنهي مذهبن جي اڪثريت عقيدي ۾ اشعري مذهب تي هئي. '''حنبلي فقه جي ڪجهه عالمن جو پڻ عقيدي ۾ اشعري مذهب هو، جيئن شيخ عبدالقادر جيلاني، ابن الجوزي ۽ ٻيا، الله انهن کان راضي ٿئي.''' اڳ به بيان ٿي چڪو آهي ۽ اڳتي به بيان ٿيندو ته امام اشعري ۽ امام احمد بن حنبل عقيدي ۾ هڪجهڙا هئا. اختلاف پوءِ سندن ڪجهه پوئلڳن سبب پيدا ٿيو، جيڪي حرف، آواز، جهت ۽ ٻين اهڙن مسئلن جا قائل ٿيا. تنهن ڪري اسان مخالفن جا عقيدا بيان نه ڪيا آهن، بلڪه رڳو پنهنجي اشعري عالمن ۽ انهن مالڪي ۽ حنفي عالمن جا عقيدا بيان ڪيا آهن، جيڪي انهن سان متفق هئا. مالڪي عقيدي لاءِ شيخ امام ابو محمد عبدالله بن ابي زيد المالڪي جي تصنيف پيش ڪئي وئي آهي، جيڪا هن پنهنجي ڪتاب ''الرسالة'' جي شروعات ۾ بيان ڪئي آهي.
}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جيتوڻيڪ ابن الجوزي [[حنبلي]] فقه سان لاڳاپيل هو، پر هو ٻين ڪيترن حنبلي عالمن وانگر [[علم ڪلام]] جي ماهرن ([[متڪلم]]) کي مڪمل طور رد نه ڪندو هو. هو ضرورت ۽ مخاطب جي حالت موجب [[علم ڪلام]] ۽ [[تأويل]] کي قبول ڪندو هو ۽ مناسب موقعن تي انهن مان استدلال پڻ ڪندو هو.

== علم ڪلام ==

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي دور جي ٻين [[حنبلي]] عالمن، خاص طور [[ابن حميد الوراق]]، [[ابو يعلى ابن الفراء|قاضي ابو يعلى ابن الفراء]] ۽ [[ابن الزاغوني]] جي برخلاف پنهنجي الڳ علمي موقف سبب مشهور آهي. سندس خيال هو ته انهن ۽ ڪجهه ٻين حنبلي عالمن [[الله جون صفتون|الهي صفتن]] جي اثبات ۾ حد کان وڌيڪ غلو ڪيو، جنهن سبب حنبلي مذهب جي ساک متاثر ٿي ۽ ماڻهن وٽ ان جو تعلق سخت [[تجسيم]] (الله کي سندس مخلوق سان مشابهت ڏيڻ) سان ڳنڍجڻ لڳو.

ابن الجوزي لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
''&quot;انهن جو عقيدو هو ته الله تعاليٰ جي ذات کان سواءِ سندس هڪ صورت ۽ چهرو به آهي. هو اهو به چوندا هئا ته الله جون ٻه اکيون، وات، ننڍڙي زبان (لهاٽ)، ڏند، نور ۽ جلال وارو چهرو، ٻه هٿ جن ۾ هتيلون، آڱريون، ننڍيون آڱريون ۽ آڱوٺا، پٺي، ۽ ٻه ٽنگون آهن، جيڪي رانن ۽ پنڊلين ۾ ورهايل آهن.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-188&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last1=Holtzman|first1=Livnat|title=&quot;Does God Really Laugh?&quot; – Appropriate and Inappropriate Descriptions of God in Islamic Traditionalist Theology|url=http://arabic.biu.ac.il/files/arabic/shared/staff/u16/holtzman_final080310.pdf|publisher=Bar-Ilan University, Ramat Gan|pages=188}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

ان کان پوءِ هن خاص طور قاضي ابو يعلى تي تنقيد ڪندي لکيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
''&quot;جيڪو شخص الله تعاليٰ لاءِ ڏندن کي به هڪ الهي صفت طور ثابت ڪري ٿو، تنهن کي اسلام بابت ڪا به صحيح ڄاڻ نه آهي.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-191&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last1=Holtzman|first1=Livnat|title=&quot;Does God Really Laugh?&quot; – Appropriate and Inappropriate Descriptions of God in Islamic Traditionalist Theology|url=http://arabic.biu.ac.il/files/arabic/shared/staff/u16/holtzman_final080310.pdf|publisher=Bar-Ilan University, Ramat Gan|pages=191}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

هن موضوع تي ابن الجوزي جي سڀ کان مشهور تصنيف ''[[كتاب أخبار الصفات|باز الأشهب المنقض على مخالفي المذهب]]'' آهي، جنهن جو مطلب آهي: ''&quot;سرمائي رنگ جو شڪاري باز، جيڪو (حنبلي) مذهب جي مخالفت ڪندڙن تي حملو ڪري ٿو.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-188&quot; /&gt;

=== الله نه ڪائنات جي اندر آهي ۽ نه ئي ٻاهر ===

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي ڪتاب ''الصفات'' ۾ لکي ٿو ته الله نه ڪائنات جي اندر موجود آهي ۽ نه ئي ان کان ٻاهر.&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot;&gt;Swartz, Merlin. ''A Medieval Critique of Anthropomorphism'', pg. 159. [[ليڊن]]: [[بريل پبلشرز]], 2001.&lt;/ref&gt; سندس مطابق &quot;اندر&quot; يا &quot;ٻاهر&quot; هجڻ جو تصور صرف انهن شين تي لاڳو ٿيندو آهي، جيڪي ڪنهن جاءِ يا خلا ۾ موجود هجن. يعني جيڪا شيءِ اندر يا ٻاهر هجي، ان لاءِ ڪنهن هنڌ جو هجڻ لازمي آهي، جڏهن ته الله تعاليٰ بابت اهڙو تصور لاڳو نٿو ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot; /&gt;

هو لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;ڪنهن جاءِ ۾ هجڻ يا ان کان ٻاهر هجڻ، حرڪت، سڪون ۽ ٻيا اهڙا عارض جسم واريون خاصيتون آهن. الله جي ذات نه ڪنهن مخلوق کي پنهنجي اندر جاءِ ڏئي ٿي ۽ نه ئي ڪا مخلوق سندس ذات ۾ حلول ڪري سگهي ٿي.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

== تصنيفون ==

[[فائل:ArRadd IbneJawzi.PNG|200px|thumb|''الرد على المتعصب العنيد المانع من ذم يزيد'' جي ڇپيل نسخي جو سرورق.]]

ابن الجوزي کي اسلامي تاريخ جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ تصنيفون لکڻ وارن عالمن مان هڪ، بلڪه ڪيترن محققن موجب سڀ کان وڌيڪ تصنيفون لکندڙ عالم، شمار ڪيو ويندو آهي. [[ذهبي]] لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;مون عالمن مان ڪنهن کي به ابن الجوزي جيترو گهڻو لکندي نه ڏٺو آهي.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.as-sahwah.com/viewarticle.php?articleID=1277&amp;|title=IslamicAwakening.Com: Ibn al-Jawzi: A Lifetime of Da'wah|date=October 22, 2006|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20061022195654/http://www.as-sahwah.com/viewarticle.php?articleID=1277&amp; |archive-date=2006-10-22 }}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

تازو عراقي محقق پروفيسر عبد الحميد العلوجي ابن الجوزي جي تصنيفن تي تفصيلي تحقيق ڪئي ۽ هڪ مرجع ڪتاب تيار ڪيو، جنهن ۾ هن ابن الجوزي جي تصنيفن کي الف ب وار ترتيب ڏئي، انهن جي ڇپيل نسخن، ناشرن ۽ انهن لائبريرين جي نشاندهي ڪئي، جتي سندس اڻڇپيل قلمي نسخا محفوظ آهن. ڪجهه محققن جو خيال آهي ته ابن الجوزي 700 کان وڌيڪ ڪتابن جو مصنف هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Al-Jawzi&quot;/&gt;

سندس تصنيفن جي غيرمعمولي وڏي تعداد سبب ڪجهه عالمن سندس تحريرن تي تنقيد پڻ ڪئي، سندس غلطين کي خاص ڌيان سان جاچيو ۽ کيس اهڙو مصنف قرار ڏنو، جنهن کان ڪيترائي سهواً غلطيون ٿيون. بهرحال، [[ابن رجب]] سندس دفاع ۾ ابن الجوزي جو هي قول نقل ڪيو آهي:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;مان ترتيب ڏيندڙ آهيان، نيون تصنيفون ايجاد ڪندڙ نه آهيان.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |last=Ibn al-Jawzī |first=ʿAbd al-Raḥmān ibn ʿAlī |title=al-Muntaẓam fī Tārīkh al-Mulūk wa-l-Umam |publisher=Dār al-Kutub al-ʿIlmiyyah |year=1997 |edition=vol.1 |location=Beirut |publication-date=1997 |pages=30 |language=arabic}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

مذهبي موضوعن کان علاوه ابن الجوزي طب بابت پڻ لکيو. [[جلال الدين سيوطي]] جي طبي تصنيفن وانگر، سندس ڪتاب به تقريباً مڪمل طور تي [[نبوي طب]] تي ٻڌل هو، جڏهن ته [[ذهبي]] جي تصنيفن وانگر اسلامي ۽ يوناني طب جي گڏيل روايتن کي شامل نه ڪندو هو. ابن الجوزي خاص طور خوراڪ ۽ قدرتي علاج تي زور ڏنو، جن کي هن ريبيز (ڪتي جي چڪ) ۽ چيچڪ جهڙين سنگين بيمارين سان گڏ، مٿي جي سور ۽ نڪ مان رت اچڻ جهڙين عام تڪليفن جي علاج لاءِ پڻ بيان ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;Emilie Savage-Smith, &quot;Medicine.&quot; Taken from ''Encyclopedia of the History of Arabic Science, Volume 3: Technology, Alchemy and Life Sciences'', pg. 928. Ed. Roshdi Rasheed. [[لنڊن]]: [[روٽليج]], 1996. {{ISBN|0-415-12412-3}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مشهور تصنيفون ===

* ''[[الموضوعات الكبرى]]'' (جعلي حديثن جو وڏو مجموعو)
* ''[[دفع شبه التشبيه]]''&lt;ref&gt;Swartz, Merlin. ''A Medieval Critque of Anthropomorphism''. Brill, 2001&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''صفة الصفوة'' — پنج جلد، [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] جي ''[[حلية الأولياء]]'' جو اختصار ۽ نئين ترتيب.
* ''آداب الحسن البصري وزهده ومواعظه'' (حسن بصري جا آداب، زهد ۽ نصيحتون)&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last1=ابن الجوزي، عبد الرحمن بن علي بن محمد،|url=http://www.aruc.org/fullbib.aspx?id=1882791|title=آداب الحسن البصري وزهده ومواعظه|last2=الحرش، سليمان بن مسلم|date=2007|publisher=دار النوادر،|location=دمشق|language=ar|oclc=4770455870}}&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''زاد المسير في علم التفسير''&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.hilalplaza.com/products/zad-al-masir-fi-ilm-al-tafsir-8-vol|title=Zad al-Masir fi Ilm al-Tafsir 8 vol.4 books|access-date=2021-01-28|archive-date=2023-10-03|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20231003211857/https://www.hilalplaza.com/products/zad-al-masir-fi-ilm-al-tafsir-8-vol|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''تلبيس إبليس''
* ''تذكرة أولي البصائر في معرفة الكبائر''
* ''غريب الحديث''
* ''أحكام النساء''
* ''مولد العروس''
* ''حفظ العمر''
* ''بيان المولد النبوي''
* ''بحر الدموع''

== مقبرو ==

ابن الجوزي جو مقبرو [[بغداد]]، [[عراق]] ۾ واقع آهي. سندس قبر هڪ سادي سائي سيمينٽ جي ٺهيل مزار آهي، جنهن جي چوڌاري پٿر رکيل آهن، جڏهن ته مٿس لڳل هڪ ڪاغذي تختي تي اهو ڄاڻايل آهي ته هي ابن الجوزي جي قبر آهي.

2019ع ۾ سوشل ميڊيا تي اهڙيون افواهون پکڙيون ته سندس مقبرو ڊاهي هٽايو ويو آهي، جڏهن هڪ تصوير منظرعام تي آئي جنهن ۾ قبر هٽائيندي ڏيکاريل هئي. بهرحال، عراقي عملدارن انهن خبرن جي ترديد ڪندي واضح ڪيو ته ابن الجوزي جو مقبرو ڊاهيو نه ويو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://shafaq.com/ar|title=شفق نيوز|website=شفق نيوز}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== پڻ ڏسو ==
* [[سبط ابن الجوزي]]
* [[ابن عقيل]]

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}

== خارجي ڳنڍڻا ==
* [http://www.muslimscholars.info/manage.php?submit=scholar&amp;ID=60001 مسلم اسڪالرز ڊاٽ انفارميشن تي ابن الجوزي جي سوانح]
* [http://www.amalpress.com/index.php?l_dis=publications&amp;det=full&amp;id=18 ''الله جون صفتون'']، ابن الجوزي؛ ترجمو: عبدالله بن حميد علي؛ ڇپائيندڙ: [http://www.amalpress.com/ امل پريس]
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20090215044232/http://hanbalis.com/index.php/Ibn_al-Jawzi ابن الجوزي جي سڀ کان جامع آن لائين سوانح]
* {{in lang|fr}} [https://web.archive.org/web/20120526102946/http://www.at-tawhid.net/article-l-attachement-au-qur-an-que-contiennent-les-coeurs-des-amoureux-d-allah-ibn-al-jawzi-46585345.html امام ابن الجوزي موجب قرآن سان وابستگيءَ جي اهميت]
* {{in lang|fr}} [https://web.archive.org/web/20110817015245/http://www.at-tawhid.net/article-ibn-al-jawzi-expose-critique-et-refute-l-egarement-des-anthropomorphistes-hanbalites-59608673.html امام ابن الجوزي طرفان تجسيم پسند حنبلي نظرين جي ترديد]

{{Portal bar|Biography|Islam|Iraq}}
{{Historians of Islam}}
{{Hanbali scholars}}
{{Ash'ari}}
{{Authority control}}

{{DEFAULTSORT:ابن الجوزي، ابو الفرج}}

[[زمرو:حنبلي عالم]]
[[زمرو:ٻارهين صديءَ جا مسلمان علم ڪلام جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:شيخ الاسلام]]
[[زمرو:بغداد جا ماڻهو]]
[[زمرو:عرب سني اسلامي عالم]]
[[زمرو:سني اسلامي عالم]]
[[زمرو:قرآني تفسير جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:حديث جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:سلجوقي سلطنت جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:1110ع واري ڏهاڪي ۾ ڄاول]]
[[زمرو:1201ع ۾ وفات ڪندڙ]]
[[زمرو:عباسي خلافت جا ٻارهين صديءَ جا ماڻهو]]
[[زمرو:مقامات]]
[[زمرو:اشعري عالم]]
[[زمرو:رجال جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:اسلامي زهد]]
[[زمرو:ٻارهين صديءَ جا عرب]]
[[زمرو:شيعه اسلام جا ناقد]]
[[زمرو:ڄمڻ جو سال غير يقيني]]
[[زمرو:بنو ابو بڪر]]


[[زمرو:اسلامي شخصيتون]]
[[زمرو:سلف]]
[[زمرو:محدث]]
[[زمرو:1116ع جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:1110ع جي ڏهاڪي جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:Articles with short description]]</text>
      <sha1>c2y6ptw0lp2h9p055saf19ghchhlzxv</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401132</id>
      <parentid>401130</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T09:31:37Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401132</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="39664" sha1="pltzpv0ur15zocw7huthro2syi09s25" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ٻارهين صديءَ جو مسلم عالم، محدث، مؤرخ ۽ فقيه}}


{{Infobox religious biography
| religion           = [[اسلام]]
| era                = [[اسلامي سنهري دور]]
| image              =
| caption            =
| name               = ابن الجوزي
| title              = [[شيخ الاسلام]]&lt;ref&gt;Al-Dhahabi, Siyar A'lam al-Nubala'.&lt;/ref&gt;
| birth_date         = لڳ ڀڳ 510هه / 1116ع
| birth_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| death_date         = 12 رمضان 597هه / 16 جون 1201ع (لڳ ڀڳ 87 ورهين جي عمر ۾)
| death_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| denomination       = [[سني اسلام]]
| creed              = [[اشعريت]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جي. اي. بوائل]]|title=The Cambridge History of Iran|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=16yHq5v3QZAC|volume=5 of The Saljuq and Mongol Periods|publisher=[[ڪيمبرج يونيورسٽي پريس]]|date=1968|page=299}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جبريل فؤاد حداد]]|title=The Biographies of the Elite Lives of the Scholars, Imams &amp; Hadith Masters|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=RwPnCAAAQBAJ&amp;pg=PA226|date=2015|publisher=[[اس السنة فائونڊيشن آف آمريڪا]]|page=226}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;&gt;{{cite book
|author=[[ابن الأحدل]]
|editor=Ahmad Bakīr Mahmud
|title=Kashf al-Ghata' 'an Haqa'iq al-Tawhid
|script-title=ar:كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد
|language=ar
|url=https://archive.org/download/kalam-misc/kashful-ghitaa.pdf
|location=[[تيونس]]
|publisher=Tunisian General Labour Union
|year=1964
|page=83
|quote=...
}}&lt;/ref&gt;
| jurisprudence      = [[حنبلي]]
| main_interests     = [[تاريخ]]، [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]
| notable_works      = [[كتاب أخبار الصفات]]
| influenced         = &lt;small&gt;[[عبد الغني المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[سبط ابن الجوزي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Robinson:2003:XV&quot;&gt;Robinson:2003:XV&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ابن قدامه المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ضياء الدين المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Al-Jawzi&quot;&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |title=Ibn Al-Jawzi |publisher=Sunnah.org |access-date=2013-11-28 |archive-date=2020-02-22 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200222230613/http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/small&gt;
| father             = علي بن محمد الجوزي
| children           = يوسف بن عبدالرحمٰن الجوزي
| birth_name         = عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري
| lineage            = [[آل بڪر]]
| native_name        = ابن الجوزي
| native_name_lang   = ar
}}

'''ابو الفرج جمال الدين عبدالرحمٰن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد الجوزي'''، جيڪو عام طور تي '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي{{Efn|{{langx|ar|أبو الفرج جمال الدين عبد الرحمن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد}}; Abū al-Faraj ʿAbd al-Raḥmān ibn ʿAlī ibn Muḥammad ibn al-Jawzī}}&lt;ref&gt;The Beginning and the End: Imad al-Din Abu al-Fida Ismail ibn Umar ibn Katheer al-Dimashqi.&lt;/ref&gt; (لڳ ڀڳ 1116ع – 16 جون 1201ع)، هڪ [[مسلمان]] [[فقيه]]، [[واعظ]]، [[خطيب]]، [[فرقن جو مؤرخ]]، [[علم الحديث|محدث]]، [[مؤرخ]]، [[قاضي]]، [[اوليائن جي سوانح نگار]] ۽ [[لسانيات دان]] هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot; /&gt; هن ٻارهين صديءَ دوران پنهنجي اباڻي شهر [[بغداد]] ۾ [[حنبلي]] [[فقهي مذهب]] جي واڌ ويجهه ۽ اشاعت ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنهنجي علمي، مذهبي ۽ سياسي سرگرمين سان ڀرپور زندگيءَ دوران ابن الجوزي پنهنجي همعصر [[حنبلي]] عالمن ۾ وڏي عزت حاصل ڪئي. هن مسلسل ڪوشش ڪئي ته [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب، جيڪو تاريخي طور چئن وڏن سني فقهي مذهبن مان سڀ کان ننڍو شمار ٿيندو هو، ان کي به [[مالڪي]]، [[شافعي]] ۽ [[حنفي]] مذهبن جي برابر وقار ۽ سرڪاري سرپرستي حاصل ٿئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

{{Infobox saint
|name = '''ابن الجوزي'''
|image = PARSONS(1808) p008 View of Bagdad on the Persian side of the Tigris.jpg
|image_size = 300px
|caption = 1808ع ۾ [[بغداد]] جو منظر؛ ابن الجوزي پنهنجي سموري زندگي ٻارهين صديءَ ۾ هن شهر ۾ گذاري.
|titles = فقيه، واعظ، محدث؛&lt;br /&gt;''شيخ الاسلام''، ''بادشاهن ۽ اميرن جو خطيب''، ''حنبلين جو امام''
|major_shrine = [[بغداد]]، [[عراق]] ۾ سبز گنبذ وارو مقبرو
|venerated_in = [[سني اسلام]]، خاص طور [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب
}}

ابن الجوزي نوجوانيءَ ۾ نهايت اعليٰ تعليم حاصل ڪئي&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ۽ بغداد جي ان دور جي ڪيترن ئي مشهور عالمن کان علم پرايو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع) ۽ [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot;&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 401&lt;/ref&gt;

ايندڙ سالن ۾ سندس علمي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌندي وئي، پر کيس سڀ کان وڌيڪ شهرت [[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ٽيٽيهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ملي. خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب جي سرپرستي سبب ابن الجوزي بغداد جي اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ کيس شهر ۽ ان جي ڀرپاسي ۾ وڏي عوامي ميڙ کي خطاب ڪرڻ جي آزادي ۽ سرپرستي حاصل هئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt;

المستضي جي دور ۾ پنهنجي اڪثر وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي مضبوط حمايت ڪئي ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، جن کي هو دين ۾ گمراهه يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ساڳئي وقت سندس علمي حيثيت پڻ وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ هن بغداد جي ڪيترين اهم [[مدرسو|مدرسن]] ۽ علمي ادارن جي انتظام ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ان کان علاوه هن غيرمعمولي تعداد ۾ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪيا، جنهن سبب کيس اسلامي تاريخ جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ زرخيز مصنفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

محققن موجب ابن الجوزي جو علمي سرمايو، جيڪو مختصر رسالن کان وٺي وڏن ڪتابن تائين پکڙيل آهي، اسلامي علمن جي تقريباً سڀني اهم شعبن تي مشتمل آهي، جن ۾ [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]، [[تاريخ]]، [[عقيدو]]، [[تصوف]]، [[ادب]] ۽ [[لسانيات]] شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

==خانداني پسمنظر ۽ زندگي==

عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري التيمي القرشي، جيڪو '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور ٿيو، 507هه کان 512هه (1113ع کان 1119ع) جي وچ واري عرصي ۾ [[بغداد]] ۾ هڪ خوشحال ۽ معزز خاندان ۾ ڄائو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; سندس خاندان جو نسب [[ابو بڪر صديق]] تائين پهچندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn al-Jawzi, ''Sincere Counsel to the Seekers of Sacred Knowledge'', Daar Us-Sunnah Publications Birmingham (2011), p. 88&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 399–434; Merlin Swartz, ''Ibn al-Jawzī’s'' Kitāb al-Quṣṣāṣ wa-’l-mudhakkirīn, Recherches publiées sous la direction de l’Institut de lettres orientales de Beyrouth, Série 1, Pensée arabe et musulmane, 47 (Beirut: Dar el-Machreq, 1971), 15.&lt;/ref&gt; سندس نسب هن ريت بيان ڪيو وڃي ٿو: عبدالرحمٰن بن علي بن محمد بن علي بن عبيدالله بن عبدالله بن حمادي بن احمد بن محمد بن جعفر الجوزي بن عبدالله بن القاسم بن النضر بن القاسم بن محمد بن عبدالله بن عبدالرحمٰن بن [[قاسم بن محمد بن ابي بڪر]] بن [[محمد بن ابي بڪر]] بن [[ابو بڪر صديق]] التيمي القرشي.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot;&gt;{{Cite book |last=Ibn Khalid |first=Ayman |title=Seeds of Admonishment and Reform |publisher=Dar As-Sunnah Publishers |year=2013 |isbn=1904336396 |edition=1st |location=Brimmingham |pages=17-18}}&lt;/ref&gt;

سندس نائين پيڙهيءَ جو ڏاڏو جعفر بن عبدالله البڪري '''الجوزي''' جي لقب سان مشهور هو، جنهن مان خاندان جو نالو &quot;الجوزي&quot; نڪتو. سندس خاندان ٽامي جي واپار سبب خوشحال ٿيو، تنهنڪري ابن الجوزي آسودگيءَ واري ماحول ۾ پرورش ورتي.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt;

سندس والدين کيس پنهنجي دور جي سڀني اهم علمن ۾ جامع تعليم ڏني.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;&gt;{{EI2|last=Laoust |first=H. | title=Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī | volume = 3 | pages = 751–752 | doi=10.1163/1573-3912_islam_SIM_3139}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن ڪيترن ئي مشهور استادن کان علم حاصل ڪيو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع)، [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع)، ابو الفضل بن الناصر (وفات 1155ع)، ابو حڪيم النهرواني (وفات 1161ع) ۽ [[ابو يعلى الصغير]] (وفات 1163ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot; /&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot; /&gt;

انهن استادن کان علاوه ابن الجوزي ڪيترن ئي اهڙن عالمن جي تصنيفن کان پڻ گهڻو متاثر ٿيو، جن سان سندس سڌي ملاقات نه ٿي. انهن ۾ [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] (وفات 1038ع)، [[الخطيب البغدادي]] (وفات 1071ع) ۽ مشهور حنبلي عالم [[ابن عقيل]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 1120ع) شامل هئا. ابن الجوزي پنهنجي بعد وارين تحريرن ۾ ابن عقيل جي ڪن خيالن جي واکاڻ به ڪئي ۽ ڪن تي تنقيد پڻ ڪئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot; /&gt;

عقيدي جي لحاظ کان هو [[اشعريت]] جو پيروڪار هو، جيڪا ڳالهه کيس ڪيترن ئي همعصر حنبلي عالمن کان ممتاز بڻائي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot;&gt;{{cite book|last=Boyle|first=J.A.|title=The Cambridge History of Iran, Vol. 5: The Saljuq and Mongol Periods (Volume 5)|date=January 1, 1968|publisher=Cambridge University Press|pages=299}}&lt;/ref&gt; پنهنجي ابتدائي تصنيفن ۾ هن [[علم الكلام]] ۾ بيجا فلسفياتي بحثن ۽ خاص طور ڪجهه صوفين جي نون فڪري لاڙن تي تنقيد ڪئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot; /&gt;

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي عملي علمي زندگيءَ جي شروعات [[المقتفي]] (وفات 1160ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ايڪتاليهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ڪئي. خليفي جو حنبلي وزير [[ابن هبيره]] سندس علمي سرپرستن مان هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; ابن الجوزي شروعات ۾ پنهنجي استاد ابو حڪيم النهرواني وٽ ٻن مدرسن ۾ حنبلي فقه پڙهائڻ ۾ معاون طور ڪم ڪيو، ۽ 1161ع ۾ استاد جي وفات کان پوءِ انهن ٻنهي مدرسن جو صدر مدرس مقرر ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 404&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان ڪجهه اڳ ئي وزير ابن هبيره کيس هر جمعي پنهنجي رهائشگاهه تي عوامي وعظ ڪرڻ جي مڪمل آزادي ڏني هئي، جنهن سان سندس خطابت جي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌڻ لڳي.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 402&lt;/ref&gt; المقتفي جي وفات کان پوءِ نئين خليفي [[المستنجد]] (وفات 1170ع) کيس بغداد جي خليفي واري جامع مسجد ۾ وعظ ڪرڻ لاءِ مقرر ڪيو، خاص طور [[نور الدين زنگي]] جي [[فاطمي خلافت]] خلاف مهمن دوران.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; انهن وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي ڀرپور حمايت ڪندو هو ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪندو هو، جن کي هو بدعتي يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو. هو انهن فقيهن تي به اعتراض ڪندو هو، جيڪي پنهنجي فقهي مذهب جي بي سوچ تقليد ڪندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;

[[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع) جي دور ۾ ابن الجوزي بغداد جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب سان خاص وابستگي سبب کيس سڄي بغداد ۾ وعظ ۽ تبليغ ڪرڻ جي مڪمل آزادي حاصل ٿي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; 1172ع کان 1173ع تائين سندس مسلسل وعظن کيس بغداد جو سڀ کان ممتاز عالم بڻائي ڇڏيو. سندس غيرمعمولي خطابت کان متاثر ٿي خليفي مسجد ۾ خاص طور سندس لاءِ هڪ منبر (دِڪَّة) به تعمير ڪرايو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;

1179ع تائين ابن الجوزي ڏيڍ سئو کان وڌيڪ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪري چڪو هو ۽ ساڳئي وقت بغداد جي پنجن مختلف مدرسن جي نگراني پڻ ڪندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; انهيءَ عرصي دوران هن خليفي المستضي کي صلاح ڏني ته [[امام احمد بن حنبل]] جي مزار تي هڪ ڪتبو لڳايو وڃي، جنهن ۾ کيس &quot;امام&quot; جي لقب سان ياد ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Kat̲h̲īr, ''Bidāya'', Cairo 1351-8/1932-9, xii, 28–30&lt;/ref&gt;

بعد ۾ جڏهن [[الناصر لدين الله]] (وفات 1235ع) خلافت تي ويٺو، تڏهن شروعات ۾ ابن الجوزي جا تعلقات سندس حنبلي وزير ابن يونس (وفات 1197ع) ذريعي سٺا رهيا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; پر ابن يونس جي معزولي ۽ گرفتاري کان پوءِ خليفي [[ابن القصاب]] نالي هڪ شيعي وزير کي مقرر ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; تاريخي ذريعن ۾ ان جا واضح سبب بيان ناهن، پر آخرڪار الناصر ابن الجوزي کي پنجن سالن تائين نظر بند رکڻ جو حڪم ڏنو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; هڪ راءِ موجب، ابن الجوزي خليفي جي هڪ سرڪاري پاليسيءَ تي تنقيدي رد لکيو هو، جنهن سبب ٻنهي جا تعلقات خراب ٿي ويا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنجن سالن جي نظر بندي کان پوءِ خليفي جي والده [[زمرد خاتون]]، جيڪا نهايت پرهيزگار عورت سمجهي ويندي هئي، پنهنجي پٽ کي ابن الجوزي جي آزاديءَ لاءِ راضي ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; آزادي حاصل ڪرڻ کان ٿوري ئي عرصي پوءِ ابن الجوزي بغداد ۾ وفات ڪئي. ان وقت سندس عمر لڳ ڀڳ چوهتر ورهيه بيان ڪئي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

== خيال ۽ فڪر ==

=== مناظرا ۽ رد ===

ابن الجوزي هڪ مشهور [[مناظره نگار]] هو،&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ۽ هو انهن سڀني ماڻهن جي تصنيفن تي سخت تنقيد ڪندو هو، جن کي هو دين ۾ [[بدعت]] پيدا ڪندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ٻين فڪري مڪتبن تي سندس تنقيد سڀ کان وڌيڪ سندس ڪتاب ''تلبيس إبليس''، يعني ''شيطان جو دوکو''، ۾ نظر اچي ٿي، جيڪو حنبلي مناظراتي ادب جي اهم تصنيفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; هن ڪتاب ۾ هن نه رڳو [[سني اسلام]] کان ٻاهر موجود ڪيترن فرقن، جهڙوڪ [[معتزله]] ۽ [[خوارج]]، تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، پر سني اسلام جي اندر موجود انهن فڪري ڌرين تي پڻ اعتراض ڪيو، جن بابت سندس خيال هو ته اهي صحيح راهه کان هٽي ويون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

هن ڪتاب ۾ پنهنجي دور جي ڪجهه گمراهه صوفين بابت ابن الجوزي جي تنقيدي بيانن سبب، روايتي [[تصوف]] جي مخالفت ڪندڙ ڪجهه جديد مسلمان تحريڪون، جهڙوڪ [[سلفيت]] ۽ [[وهابيت]]، پنهنجي موقف جي حمايت لاءِ هن تصنيف مان حوالا ڏينديون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; تنهن هوندي به، محققن موجب ابن الجوزي تصوف کي مجموعي طور رد نه ڪيو؛ هو پنهنجي لکڻين ۾ قديم، پاڪيزه تصوف ۽ صوفي عملن ۾ داخل ٿيل انهن رواجن جي وچ ۾ واضح فرق ڪندو هو، جن کي هو بگاڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot;/&gt; انهيءَ ڪري اهو ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته سندس دور جي ڪجهه صوفي جماعتن تي ڪيل تنقيد جو مقصد سڄي تصوف جي مذمت ڪرڻ نه هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

=== تبرڪات ===

ابن الجوزي ذاتي عبادت ۽ عقيدت ۾ [[محمد جا تبرڪات|رسول الله ﷺ جي تبرڪات]] جي استعمال جو مضبوط حامي هو ۽ انهن وسيلي [[برڪت]] حاصل ڪرڻ کي جائز سمجهندو هو. هن موقف جو ثبوت سندس طرفان ان روايت کي قبوليت سان نقل ڪرڻ مان ملي ٿو، جيڪا [[احمد بن حنبل]] جي پٽ عبدالله بيان ڪئي هئي. عبدالله پنهنجي والد جي رسول الله ﷺ جي تبرڪات سان عقيدت بابت چيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;مون پنهنجي والد کي ڏٺو ته هن رسول الله ﷺ جو هڪ وار ورتو، ان کي پنهنجي وات تي رکي چمي ڏني. شايد مون کيس اهو وار پنهنجي اکين تي رکندي، پوءِ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي اهو پاڻي شفا جي نيت سان پيئندي به ڏٺو هجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Jawzī, 2016 p. 89&quot;&gt;Ibn al-Jawzī, ''The Life of Ibn Hanbal'', XXIV.2, trans. Michael Cooperson (New York: New York University Press, 2016), p. 89&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;

ساڳئي طرح ابن الجوزي، احمد بن حنبل جي ان عمل جي پڻ تعريف ڪئي ته هن برڪت حاصل ڪرڻ جي نيت سان رسول الله ﷺ جي استعمال ڪيل پيالي مان پاڻي پيتو، جيتوڻيڪ فني لحاظ کان اهو ٻئي درجي جو تبرڪ شمار ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Jawzī, 2016 p. 89&quot;/&gt;

=== اولياءَ ===

ابن الجوزي [[ولي|اولياءَ]] جي وجود بابت روايتي ۽ وڏي پيماني تي قبوليل اسلامي عقيدي جو حامي هو. اهو موقف سندس ابتدائي مسلمان صوفي اولياءَ جي زندگين بابت مشهور ڪتاب ''صفة الصفوة''، يعني ''برگزيدن جون صفتون''، مان پڻ ظاهر ٿئي ٿو. هي ڪتاب اصل ۾ [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] (وفات 1038ع) جي ''حلية الأولياء''، يعني ''اولياءَ جو سينگار''، جو اختصار آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

هن تصنيف ۾ ابن الجوزي ڪيترن اهم صوفين ۽ زاهدن جي کليل لفظن ۾ تعريف ڪئي، جن ۾ [[حسن بصري]] (وفات 728ع)، [[ابراهيم بن ادهم]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 782ع)، [[سفيان ثوري]] (وفات 778ع)، [[رابعه بصري]] (وفات 801ع)، [[معروف ڪرخي]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 820ع) ۽ [[بشر حافي]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 850ع) شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

جيتوڻيڪ ابن الجوزي انهن ٺڳن تي تنقيد ڪئي، جيڪي پاڻ کي ڪوڙو درويش يا بزرگ ظاهر ڪندا هئا، پر هن صاف لفظن ۾ چيو ته سچا اولياءَ صحيح عقيدي، عمل ۽ شريعت جي مخالفت نٿا ڪن.&lt;ref&gt;Jonathan A. C. Brown, &quot;Faithful Dissenters: Sunni Skepticism about the Miracles of Saints,&quot; ''Journal of Sufi Studies'' 1 (2012), p. 162&lt;/ref&gt; اولياءَ بابت ابن الجوزي چيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;اولياءَ ۽ صالح ماڻهو ئي سموري وجود جو اصل مقصد آهن (''الأولياء والصالحون هم المقصود من الكون''). اهي اهي ماڻهو آهن، جن علم جي حقيقت کي سکيو ۽ ان تي عمل ڪيو... اهي پنهنجي علم موجب عمل ڪن ٿا، دنيا مان ٿوري شيءِ تي گذارو ڪن ٿا، آخرت جا طالب رهن ٿا ۽ هڪ جهان کان ٻئي جهان ڏانهن وڃڻ لاءِ بيدار اکين ۽ سٺي توشي سان تيار رهن ٿا؛ ان جي ابتڙ اهي ماڻهو آهن، جيڪي رڳو پنهنجي علم سبب مشهور هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn al-Jawzi, ''Sifat al-safwa'' (Beirut ed. 1989/1409) p. 13, 17.&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;

=== تصوف ===

ابن الجوزي جو خيال هو ته [[تصوف]] يا ''تَصَوُّف'' اسلامي عمل جو هڪ لازمي حصو آهي. محققن موجب سندس ڪتاب ''تلبيس إبليس''، جنهن ۾ [[تفسير]] ۽ [[فقه]] سميت تقريباً سڀني اهم اسلامي علمن ۾ پيدا ٿيل بدعتن تي تنقيد ڪئي وئي آهي، ڪنهن به صورت ۾ سڄي تصوف جو رد نه آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.abc.se/home/m9783/ir/f/ts/Tasawwuf%20shuyukh.htm#18|title=Error404}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان جي ابتڙ، هن ابتدائي صوفين ۽ اولياءَ جي فضيلتن بابت ڪيترائي ڪتاب لکيا، جن ۾ ''مناقب رابعه العدويه''، ''مناقب معروف الڪرخي''، ''مناقب ابراهيم بن ادهم'' ۽ ''مناقب بشر الحافي'' سميت ٻيون تصنيفون شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

ابن الجوزي [[ابو حامد غزالي]] جي تعليمات جو پڻ مضبوط حامي هو، ۽ تصوف بابت سندس ڪيترين تصنيفن تي غزالي جي مشهور ڪتاب ''[[احياء علوم الدين]]'' جو اثر نظر اچي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt; حقيقت ۾ ابن الجوزي نه رڳو ساڳين موضوعن تي لکيو، پر ڪيترين جاين تي غزالي جي لکڻيءَ جي طريقي ۽ اصطلاحن کي پڻ اختيار ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي روحاني تصنيفن ۾ جن موضوعن تي بحث ڪيو، تن ۾ خدا ڏانهن شديد شوق جي معنيٰ، پنهنجي [[نفس]] کان ان جي عملن جو حساب وٺڻ، نفس جي ڪمزورين تي ملامت ڪرڻ ۽ نفس جي اصلاح لاءِ ان کي سخت تنبيه ڪرڻ شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

== عقيدو ==

[[بدر الدين اَهدل|ابن الاهدل]] (وفات: 855هه/1451ع) پنهنجي ڪتاب ''ڪشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد'' ({{lang|ar|كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد}}) ۾ ابن الجوزي کي [[اشعريت|اشعري]] عالمن مان شمار ڪيو آهي، ۽ ان سلسلي ۾ هن [[عبدالقادر جيلاني]] جو پڻ ذڪر ڪيو آهي&lt;ref name=&quot;Ahdal&quot;&gt;{{cite book
|author=[[ابن الاهدل]]
|editor=Ahmad Bakīr Mahmud
|url=https://archive.org/download/kalam-misc/kashful-ghitaa.pdf
|title=Kashf al-Ghata' 'an Haqa'iq al-Tawhid
|script-title=ar:كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد
|language=ar
|location=[[تيونس]]
|publisher=Tunisian General Labour Union
|year=1964
|page=83
|quote=جن عالمن جا عقيدا اڳ بيان ڪيا ويا آهن، تن مان شافعي عالمن کان سواءِ قرشي ۽ شاذلي مالڪي ۽ اشعري هئا. ان کان پوءِ مالڪي ۽ حنفي عالمن جا عقيدا به بيان ڪجن ٿا، ته جيئن معلوم ٿئي ته انهن ٻنهي مذهبن جي اڪثريت عقيدي ۾ اشعري مذهب تي هئي. '''حنبلي فقه جي ڪجهه عالمن جو پڻ عقيدي ۾ اشعري مذهب هو، جيئن شيخ عبدالقادر جيلاني، ابن الجوزي ۽ ٻيا، الله انهن کان راضي ٿئي.''' اڳ به بيان ٿي چڪو آهي ۽ اڳتي به بيان ٿيندو ته امام اشعري ۽ امام احمد بن حنبل عقيدي ۾ هڪجهڙا هئا. اختلاف پوءِ سندن ڪجهه پوئلڳن سبب پيدا ٿيو، جيڪي حرف، آواز، جهت ۽ ٻين اهڙن مسئلن جا قائل ٿيا. تنهن ڪري اسان مخالفن جا عقيدا بيان نه ڪيا آهن، بلڪه رڳو پنهنجي اشعري عالمن ۽ انهن مالڪي ۽ حنفي عالمن جا عقيدا بيان ڪيا آهن، جيڪي انهن سان متفق هئا. مالڪي عقيدي لاءِ شيخ امام ابو محمد عبدالله بن ابي زيد المالڪي جي تصنيف پيش ڪئي وئي آهي، جيڪا هن پنهنجي ڪتاب ''الرسالة'' جي شروعات ۾ بيان ڪئي آهي.
}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جيتوڻيڪ ابن الجوزي [[حنبلي]] فقه سان لاڳاپيل هو، پر هو ٻين ڪيترن حنبلي عالمن وانگر [[علم ڪلام]] جي ماهرن ([[متڪلم]]) کي مڪمل طور رد نه ڪندو هو. هو ضرورت ۽ مخاطب جي حالت موجب [[علم ڪلام]] ۽ [[تأويل]] کي قبول ڪندو هو ۽ مناسب موقعن تي انهن مان استدلال پڻ ڪندو هو.

== علم ڪلام ==

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي دور جي ٻين [[حنبلي]] عالمن، خاص طور [[ابن حميد الوراق]]، [[ابو يعلى ابن الفراء|قاضي ابو يعلى ابن الفراء]] ۽ [[ابن الزاغوني]] جي برخلاف پنهنجي الڳ علمي موقف سبب مشهور آهي. سندس خيال هو ته انهن ۽ ڪجهه ٻين حنبلي عالمن [[الله جون صفتون|الهي صفتن]] جي اثبات ۾ حد کان وڌيڪ غلو ڪيو، جنهن سبب حنبلي مذهب جي ساک متاثر ٿي ۽ ماڻهن وٽ ان جو تعلق سخت [[تجسيم]] (الله کي سندس مخلوق سان مشابهت ڏيڻ) سان ڳنڍجڻ لڳو.

ابن الجوزي لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
''&quot;انهن جو عقيدو هو ته الله تعاليٰ جي ذات کان سواءِ سندس هڪ صورت ۽ چهرو به آهي. هو اهو به چوندا هئا ته الله جون ٻه اکيون، وات، ننڍڙي زبان (لهاٽ)، ڏند، نور ۽ جلال وارو چهرو، ٻه هٿ جن ۾ هتيلون، آڱريون، ننڍيون آڱريون ۽ آڱوٺا، پٺي، ۽ ٻه ٽنگون آهن، جيڪي رانن ۽ پنڊلين ۾ ورهايل آهن.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-188&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last1=Holtzman|first1=Livnat|title=&quot;Does God Really Laugh?&quot; – Appropriate and Inappropriate Descriptions of God in Islamic Traditionalist Theology|url=http://arabic.biu.ac.il/files/arabic/shared/staff/u16/holtzman_final080310.pdf|publisher=Bar-Ilan University, Ramat Gan|pages=188}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

ان کان پوءِ هن خاص طور قاضي ابو يعلى تي تنقيد ڪندي لکيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
''&quot;جيڪو شخص الله تعاليٰ لاءِ ڏندن کي به هڪ الهي صفت طور ثابت ڪري ٿو، تنهن کي اسلام بابت ڪا به صحيح ڄاڻ نه آهي.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-191&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last1=Holtzman|first1=Livnat|title=&quot;Does God Really Laugh?&quot; – Appropriate and Inappropriate Descriptions of God in Islamic Traditionalist Theology|url=http://arabic.biu.ac.il/files/arabic/shared/staff/u16/holtzman_final080310.pdf|publisher=Bar-Ilan University, Ramat Gan|pages=191}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

هن موضوع تي ابن الجوزي جي سڀ کان مشهور تصنيف ''[[كتاب أخبار الصفات|باز الأشهب المنقض على مخالفي المذهب]]'' آهي، جنهن جو مطلب آهي: ''&quot;سرمائي رنگ جو شڪاري باز، جيڪو (حنبلي) مذهب جي مخالفت ڪندڙن تي حملو ڪري ٿو.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-188&quot; /&gt;

=== الله نه ڪائنات جي اندر آهي ۽ نه ئي ٻاهر ===

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي ڪتاب ''الصفات'' ۾ لکي ٿو ته الله نه ڪائنات جي اندر موجود آهي ۽ نه ئي ان کان ٻاهر.&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot;&gt;Swartz, Merlin. ''A Medieval Critique of Anthropomorphism'', pg. 159. [[ليڊن]]: [[بريل پبلشرز]], 2001.&lt;/ref&gt; سندس مطابق &quot;اندر&quot; يا &quot;ٻاهر&quot; هجڻ جو تصور صرف انهن شين تي لاڳو ٿيندو آهي، جيڪي ڪنهن جاءِ يا خلا ۾ موجود هجن. يعني جيڪا شيءِ اندر يا ٻاهر هجي، ان لاءِ ڪنهن هنڌ جو هجڻ لازمي آهي، جڏهن ته الله تعاليٰ بابت اهڙو تصور لاڳو نٿو ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot; /&gt;

هو لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;ڪنهن جاءِ ۾ هجڻ يا ان کان ٻاهر هجڻ، حرڪت، سڪون ۽ ٻيا اهڙا عارض جسم واريون خاصيتون آهن. الله جي ذات نه ڪنهن مخلوق کي پنهنجي اندر جاءِ ڏئي ٿي ۽ نه ئي ڪا مخلوق سندس ذات ۾ حلول ڪري سگهي ٿي.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

== تصنيفون ==

[[فائل:ArRadd IbneJawzi.PNG|200px|thumb|''الرد على المتعصب العنيد المانع من ذم يزيد'' جي ڇپيل نسخي جو سرورق.]]

ابن الجوزي کي اسلامي تاريخ جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ تصنيفون لکڻ وارن عالمن مان هڪ، بلڪه ڪيترن محققن موجب سڀ کان وڌيڪ تصنيفون لکندڙ عالم، شمار ڪيو ويندو آهي. [[ذهبي]] لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;مون عالمن مان ڪنهن کي به ابن الجوزي جيترو گهڻو لکندي نه ڏٺو آهي.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.as-sahwah.com/viewarticle.php?articleID=1277&amp;|title=IslamicAwakening.Com: Ibn al-Jawzi: A Lifetime of Da'wah|date=October 22, 2006|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20061022195654/http://www.as-sahwah.com/viewarticle.php?articleID=1277&amp; |archive-date=2006-10-22 }}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

تازو عراقي محقق پروفيسر عبد الحميد العلوجي ابن الجوزي جي تصنيفن تي تفصيلي تحقيق ڪئي ۽ هڪ مرجع ڪتاب تيار ڪيو، جنهن ۾ هن ابن الجوزي جي تصنيفن کي الف ب وار ترتيب ڏئي، انهن جي ڇپيل نسخن، ناشرن ۽ انهن لائبريرين جي نشاندهي ڪئي، جتي سندس اڻڇپيل قلمي نسخا محفوظ آهن. ڪجهه محققن جو خيال آهي ته ابن الجوزي 700 کان وڌيڪ ڪتابن جو مصنف هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Al-Jawzi&quot;/&gt;

سندس تصنيفن جي غيرمعمولي وڏي تعداد سبب ڪجهه عالمن سندس تحريرن تي تنقيد پڻ ڪئي، سندس غلطين کي خاص ڌيان سان جاچيو ۽ کيس اهڙو مصنف قرار ڏنو، جنهن کان ڪيترائي سهواً غلطيون ٿيون. بهرحال، [[ابن رجب]] سندس دفاع ۾ ابن الجوزي جو هي قول نقل ڪيو آهي:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;مان ترتيب ڏيندڙ آهيان، نيون تصنيفون ايجاد ڪندڙ نه آهيان.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |last=Ibn al-Jawzī |first=ʿAbd al-Raḥmān ibn ʿAlī |title=al-Muntaẓam fī Tārīkh al-Mulūk wa-l-Umam |publisher=Dār al-Kutub al-ʿIlmiyyah |year=1997 |edition=vol.1 |location=Beirut |publication-date=1997 |pages=30 |language=arabic}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

مذهبي موضوعن کان علاوه ابن الجوزي طب بابت پڻ لکيو. [[جلال الدين سيوطي]] جي طبي تصنيفن وانگر، سندس ڪتاب به تقريباً مڪمل طور تي [[نبوي طب]] تي ٻڌل هو، جڏهن ته [[ذهبي]] جي تصنيفن وانگر اسلامي ۽ يوناني طب جي گڏيل روايتن کي شامل نه ڪندو هو. ابن الجوزي خاص طور خوراڪ ۽ قدرتي علاج تي زور ڏنو، جن کي هن ريبيز (ڪتي جي چڪ) ۽ چيچڪ جهڙين سنگين بيمارين سان گڏ، مٿي جي سور ۽ نڪ مان رت اچڻ جهڙين عام تڪليفن جي علاج لاءِ پڻ بيان ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;Emilie Savage-Smith, &quot;Medicine.&quot; Taken from ''Encyclopedia of the History of Arabic Science, Volume 3: Technology, Alchemy and Life Sciences'', pg. 928. Ed. Roshdi Rasheed. [[لنڊن]]: [[روٽليج]], 1996. {{ISBN|0-415-12412-3}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مشهور تصنيفون ===

* ''[[الموضوعات الكبرى]]'' (جعلي حديثن جو وڏو مجموعو)
* ''[[دفع شبه التشبيه]]''&lt;ref&gt;Swartz, Merlin. ''A Medieval Critque of Anthropomorphism''. Brill, 2001&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''صفة الصفوة'' — پنج جلد، [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] جي ''[[حلية الأولياء]]'' جو اختصار ۽ نئين ترتيب.
* ''آداب الحسن البصري وزهده ومواعظه'' (حسن بصري جا آداب، زهد ۽ نصيحتون)&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last1=ابن الجوزي، عبد الرحمن بن علي بن محمد،|url=http://www.aruc.org/fullbib.aspx?id=1882791|title=آداب الحسن البصري وزهده ومواعظه|last2=الحرش، سليمان بن مسلم|date=2007|publisher=دار النوادر،|location=دمشق|language=ar|oclc=4770455870}}&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''زاد المسير في علم التفسير''&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.hilalplaza.com/products/zad-al-masir-fi-ilm-al-tafsir-8-vol|title=Zad al-Masir fi Ilm al-Tafsir 8 vol.4 books|access-date=2021-01-28|archive-date=2023-10-03|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20231003211857/https://www.hilalplaza.com/products/zad-al-masir-fi-ilm-al-tafsir-8-vol|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''تلبيس إبليس''
* ''تذكرة أولي البصائر في معرفة الكبائر''
* ''غريب الحديث''
* ''أحكام النساء''
* ''مولد العروس''
* ''حفظ العمر''
* ''بيان المولد النبوي''
* ''بحر الدموع''

== مقبرو ==

ابن الجوزي جو مقبرو [[بغداد]]، [[عراق]] ۾ واقع آهي. سندس قبر هڪ سادي سائي سيمينٽ جي ٺهيل مزار آهي، جنهن جي چوڌاري پٿر رکيل آهن، جڏهن ته مٿس لڳل هڪ ڪاغذي تختي تي اهو ڄاڻايل آهي ته هي ابن الجوزي جي قبر آهي.

2019ع ۾ سوشل ميڊيا تي اهڙيون افواهون پکڙيون ته سندس مقبرو ڊاهي هٽايو ويو آهي، جڏهن هڪ تصوير منظرعام تي آئي جنهن ۾ قبر هٽائيندي ڏيکاريل هئي. بهرحال، عراقي عملدارن انهن خبرن جي ترديد ڪندي واضح ڪيو ته ابن الجوزي جو مقبرو ڊاهيو نه ويو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://shafaq.com/ar|title=شفق نيوز|website=شفق نيوز}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== پڻ ڏسو ==
* [[سبط ابن الجوزي]]
* [[ابن عقيل]]

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}

== خارجي ڳنڍڻا ==
* [http://www.muslimscholars.info/manage.php?submit=scholar&amp;ID=60001 مسلم اسڪالرز ڊاٽ انفارميشن تي ابن الجوزي جي سوانح]
* [http://www.amalpress.com/index.php?l_dis=publications&amp;det=full&amp;id=18 ''الله جون صفتون'']، ابن الجوزي؛ ترجمو: عبدالله بن حميد علي؛ ڇپائيندڙ: [http://www.amalpress.com/ امل پريس]
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20090215044232/http://hanbalis.com/index.php/Ibn_al-Jawzi ابن الجوزي جي سڀ کان جامع آن لائين سوانح]
* {{in lang|fr}} [https://web.archive.org/web/20120526102946/http://www.at-tawhid.net/article-l-attachement-au-qur-an-que-contiennent-les-coeurs-des-amoureux-d-allah-ibn-al-jawzi-46585345.html امام ابن الجوزي موجب قرآن سان وابستگيءَ جي اهميت]
* {{in lang|fr}} [https://web.archive.org/web/20110817015245/http://www.at-tawhid.net/article-ibn-al-jawzi-expose-critique-et-refute-l-egarement-des-anthropomorphistes-hanbalites-59608673.html امام ابن الجوزي طرفان تجسيم پسند حنبلي نظرين جي ترديد]

{{Portal bar|Biography|Islam|Iraq}}
{{Historians of Islam}}
{{Hanbali scholars}}
{{Ash'ari}}
{{Authority control}}

{{DEFAULTSORT:ابن الجوزي، ابو الفرج}}

[[زمرو:حنبلي عالم]]
[[زمرو:ٻارهين صديءَ جا مسلمان علم ڪلام جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:شيخ الاسلام]]
[[زمرو:بغداد جا ماڻهو]]
[[زمرو:عرب سني اسلامي عالم]]
[[زمرو:سني اسلامي عالم]]
[[زمرو:قرآني تفسير جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:حديث جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:سلجوقي سلطنت جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:1110ع واري ڏهاڪي ۾ ڄاول]]
[[زمرو:1201ع ۾ وفات ڪندڙ]]
[[زمرو:عباسي خلافت جا ٻارهين صديءَ جا ماڻهو]]
[[زمرو:مقامات]]
[[زمرو:اشعري عالم]]
[[زمرو:رجال جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:اسلامي زهد]]
[[زمرو:ٻارهين صديءَ جا عرب]]
[[زمرو:شيعه اسلام جا ناقد]]
[[زمرو:ڄمڻ جو سال غير يقيني]]
[[زمرو:بنو ابو بڪر]]


[[زمرو:اسلامي شخصيتون]]
[[زمرو:سلف]]
[[زمرو:محدث]]
[[زمرو:1116ع جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:1110ع جي ڏهاڪي جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:Articles with short description]]</text>
      <sha1>pltzpv0ur15zocw7huthro2syi09s25</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401133</id>
      <parentid>401132</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T09:35:38Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401133</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="39866" sha1="qjdg0h3spcpd9md88k9h4kzp50ze2oh" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ٻارهين صديءَ جو مسلم عالم، محدث، مؤرخ ۽ فقيه}}


{{Infobox religious biography
| religion           = [[اسلام]]
| era                = [[اسلامي سنهري دور]]
| image              =
| caption            =
| name               = ابن الجوزي
| title              = [[شيخ الاسلام]]&lt;ref&gt;Al-Dhahabi, Siyar A'lam al-Nubala'.&lt;/ref&gt;
| birth_date         = لڳ ڀڳ 510هه / 1116ع
| birth_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| death_date         = 12 رمضان 597هه / 16 جون 1201ع (لڳ ڀڳ 87 ورهين جي عمر ۾)
| death_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| denomination       = [[سني اسلام]]
| creed              = [[اشعريت]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جي. اي. بوائل]]|title=The Cambridge History of Iran|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=16yHq5v3QZAC|volume=5 of The Saljuq and Mongol Periods|publisher=[[ڪيمبرج يونيورسٽي پريس]]|date=1968|page=299}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جبريل فؤاد حداد]]|title=The Biographies of the Elite Lives of the Scholars, Imams &amp; Hadith Masters|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=RwPnCAAAQBAJ&amp;pg=PA226|date=2015|publisher=[[اس السنة فائونڊيشن آف آمريڪا]]|page=226}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;&gt;{{cite book
|author=[[ابن الأحدل]]
|editor=Ahmad Bakīr Mahmud
|title=Kashf al-Ghata' 'an Haqa'iq al-Tawhid
|script-title=ar:كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد
|language=ar
|url=https://archive.org/download/kalam-misc/kashful-ghitaa.pdf
|location=[[تيونس]]
|publisher=Tunisian General Labour Union
|year=1964
|page=83
|quote=...
}}&lt;/ref&gt;
| jurisprudence      = [[حنبلي]]
| main_interests     = [[تاريخ]]، [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]
| notable_works      = [[كتاب أخبار الصفات]]
| influenced         = &lt;small&gt;[[عبد الغني المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[سبط ابن الجوزي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Robinson:2003:XV&quot;&gt;Robinson:2003:XV&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ابن قدامه المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ضياء الدين المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Al-Jawzi&quot;&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |title=Ibn Al-Jawzi |publisher=Sunnah.org |access-date=2013-11-28 |archive-date=2020-02-22 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200222230613/http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/small&gt;
| father             = علي بن محمد الجوزي
| children           = يوسف بن عبدالرحمٰن الجوزي
| birth_name         = عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري
| lineage            = [[آل بڪر]]
| native_name        = ابن الجوزي
| native_name_lang   = ar
}}

'''ابو الفرج جمال الدين عبدالرحمٰن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد الجوزي'''، جيڪو عام طور تي '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي{{Efn|{{langx|ar|أبو الفرج جمال الدين عبد الرحمن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد}}; Abū al-Faraj ʿAbd al-Raḥmān ibn ʿAlī ibn Muḥammad ibn al-Jawzī}}&lt;ref&gt;The Beginning and the End: Imad al-Din Abu al-Fida Ismail ibn Umar ibn Katheer al-Dimashqi.&lt;/ref&gt; (لڳ ڀڳ 1116ع – 16 جون 1201ع)، هڪ [[مسلمان]] [[فقيه]]، [[واعظ]]، [[خطيب]]، [[فرقن جو مؤرخ]]، [[علم الحديث|محدث]]، [[مؤرخ]]، [[قاضي]]، [[اوليائن جي سوانح نگار]] ۽ [[لسانيات دان]] هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot; /&gt; هن ٻارهين صديءَ دوران پنهنجي اباڻي شهر [[بغداد]] ۾ [[حنبلي]] [[فقهي مذهب]] جي واڌ ويجهه ۽ اشاعت ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنهنجي علمي، مذهبي ۽ سياسي سرگرمين سان ڀرپور زندگيءَ دوران ابن الجوزي پنهنجي همعصر [[حنبلي]] عالمن ۾ وڏي عزت حاصل ڪئي. هن مسلسل ڪوشش ڪئي ته [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب، جيڪو تاريخي طور چئن وڏن سني فقهي مذهبن مان سڀ کان ننڍو شمار ٿيندو هو، ان کي به [[مالڪي]]، [[شافعي]] ۽ [[حنفي]] مذهبن جي برابر وقار ۽ سرڪاري سرپرستي حاصل ٿئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{EI2
|last=Laoust
|first=H.
|title=Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī
|volume=3
|pages=751–752
|doi=10.1163/1573-3912_islam_SIM_3139
}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{Infobox saint
|name = '''ابن الجوزي'''
|image = PARSONS(1808) p008 View of Bagdad on the Persian side of the Tigris.jpg
|image_size = 300px
|caption = 1808ع ۾ [[بغداد]] جو منظر؛ ابن الجوزي پنهنجي سموري زندگي ٻارهين صديءَ ۾ هن شهر ۾ گذاري.
|titles = فقيه، واعظ، محدث؛&lt;br /&gt;''شيخ الاسلام''، ''بادشاهن ۽ اميرن جو خطيب''، ''حنبلين جو امام''
|major_shrine = [[بغداد]]، [[عراق]] ۾ سبز گنبذ وارو مقبرو
|venerated_in = [[سني اسلام]]، خاص طور [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب
}}

ابن الجوزي نوجوانيءَ ۾ نهايت اعليٰ تعليم حاصل ڪئي&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ۽ بغداد جي ان دور جي ڪيترن ئي مشهور عالمن کان علم پرايو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع) ۽ [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot;&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 401&lt;/ref&gt;

ايندڙ سالن ۾ سندس علمي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌندي وئي، پر کيس سڀ کان وڌيڪ شهرت [[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ٽيٽيهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ملي. خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب جي سرپرستي سبب ابن الجوزي بغداد جي اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ کيس شهر ۽ ان جي ڀرپاسي ۾ وڏي عوامي ميڙ کي خطاب ڪرڻ جي آزادي ۽ سرپرستي حاصل هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book
|last=Ibn Rajab
|title=Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-Ḥanābila
|location=Cairo
|year=1953
|volume=1
|pages=404–405
}}&lt;/ref&gt;

المستضي جي دور ۾ پنهنجي اڪثر وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي مضبوط حمايت ڪئي ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، جن کي هو دين ۾ گمراهه يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ساڳئي وقت سندس علمي حيثيت پڻ وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ هن بغداد جي ڪيترين اهم [[مدرسو|مدرسن]] ۽ علمي ادارن جي انتظام ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 404-405&quot;/&gt; ان کان علاوه هن غيرمعمولي تعداد ۾ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪيا، جنهن سبب کيس اسلامي تاريخ جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ زرخيز مصنفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

محققن موجب ابن الجوزي جو علمي سرمايو، جيڪو مختصر رسالن کان وٺي وڏن ڪتابن تائين پکڙيل آهي، اسلامي علمن جي تقريباً سڀني اهم شعبن تي مشتمل آهي، جن ۾ [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]، [[تاريخ]]، [[عقيدو]]، [[تصوف]]، [[ادب]] ۽ [[لسانيات]] شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

==خانداني پسمنظر ۽ زندگي==

عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري التيمي القرشي، جيڪو '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور ٿيو، 507هه کان 512هه (1113ع کان 1119ع) جي وچ واري عرصي ۾ [[بغداد]] ۾ هڪ خوشحال ۽ معزز خاندان ۾ ڄائو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; سندس خاندان جو نسب [[ابو بڪر صديق]] تائين پهچندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn al-Jawzi, ''Sincere Counsel to the Seekers of Sacred Knowledge'', Daar Us-Sunnah Publications Birmingham (2011), p. 88&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 399–434; Merlin Swartz, ''Ibn al-Jawzī’s'' Kitāb al-Quṣṣāṣ wa-’l-mudhakkirīn, Recherches publiées sous la direction de l’Institut de lettres orientales de Beyrouth, Série 1, Pensée arabe et musulmane, 47 (Beirut: Dar el-Machreq, 1971), 15.&lt;/ref&gt; سندس نسب هن ريت بيان ڪيو وڃي ٿو: عبدالرحمٰن بن علي بن محمد بن علي بن عبيدالله بن عبدالله بن حمادي بن احمد بن محمد بن جعفر الجوزي بن عبدالله بن القاسم بن النضر بن القاسم بن محمد بن عبدالله بن عبدالرحمٰن بن [[قاسم بن محمد بن ابي بڪر]] بن [[محمد بن ابي بڪر]] بن [[ابو بڪر صديق]] التيمي القرشي.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot;&gt;{{Cite book |last=Ibn Khalid |first=Ayman |title=Seeds of Admonishment and Reform |publisher=Dar As-Sunnah Publishers |year=2013 |isbn=1904336396 |edition=1st |location=Brimmingham |pages=17-18}}&lt;/ref&gt;

سندس نائين پيڙهيءَ جو ڏاڏو جعفر بن عبدالله البڪري '''الجوزي''' جي لقب سان مشهور هو، جنهن مان خاندان جو نالو &quot;الجوزي&quot; نڪتو. سندس خاندان ٽامي جي واپار سبب خوشحال ٿيو، تنهنڪري ابن الجوزي آسودگيءَ واري ماحول ۾ پرورش ورتي.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt;

سندس والدين کيس پنهنجي دور جي سڀني اهم علمن ۾ جامع تعليم ڏني.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;&gt;{{EI2|last=Laoust |first=H. | title=Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī | volume = 3 | pages = 751–752 | doi=10.1163/1573-3912_islam_SIM_3139}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن ڪيترن ئي مشهور استادن کان علم حاصل ڪيو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع)، [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع)، ابو الفضل بن الناصر (وفات 1155ع)، ابو حڪيم النهرواني (وفات 1161ع) ۽ [[ابو يعلى الصغير]] (وفات 1163ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot; /&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot; /&gt;

انهن استادن کان علاوه ابن الجوزي ڪيترن ئي اهڙن عالمن جي تصنيفن کان پڻ گهڻو متاثر ٿيو، جن سان سندس سڌي ملاقات نه ٿي. انهن ۾ [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] (وفات 1038ع)، [[الخطيب البغدادي]] (وفات 1071ع) ۽ مشهور حنبلي عالم [[ابن عقيل]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 1120ع) شامل هئا. ابن الجوزي پنهنجي بعد وارين تحريرن ۾ ابن عقيل جي ڪن خيالن جي واکاڻ به ڪئي ۽ ڪن تي تنقيد پڻ ڪئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot; /&gt;

عقيدي جي لحاظ کان هو [[اشعريت]] جو پيروڪار هو، جيڪا ڳالهه کيس ڪيترن ئي همعصر حنبلي عالمن کان ممتاز بڻائي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot;&gt;{{cite book|last=Boyle|first=J.A.|title=The Cambridge History of Iran, Vol. 5: The Saljuq and Mongol Periods (Volume 5)|date=January 1, 1968|publisher=Cambridge University Press|pages=299}}&lt;/ref&gt; پنهنجي ابتدائي تصنيفن ۾ هن [[علم الكلام]] ۾ بيجا فلسفياتي بحثن ۽ خاص طور ڪجهه صوفين جي نون فڪري لاڙن تي تنقيد ڪئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot; /&gt;

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي عملي علمي زندگيءَ جي شروعات [[المقتفي]] (وفات 1160ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ايڪتاليهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ڪئي. خليفي جو حنبلي وزير [[ابن هبيره]] سندس علمي سرپرستن مان هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; ابن الجوزي شروعات ۾ پنهنجي استاد ابو حڪيم النهرواني وٽ ٻن مدرسن ۾ حنبلي فقه پڙهائڻ ۾ معاون طور ڪم ڪيو، ۽ 1161ع ۾ استاد جي وفات کان پوءِ انهن ٻنهي مدرسن جو صدر مدرس مقرر ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 404&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان ڪجهه اڳ ئي وزير ابن هبيره کيس هر جمعي پنهنجي رهائشگاهه تي عوامي وعظ ڪرڻ جي مڪمل آزادي ڏني هئي، جنهن سان سندس خطابت جي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌڻ لڳي.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 402&lt;/ref&gt; المقتفي جي وفات کان پوءِ نئين خليفي [[المستنجد]] (وفات 1170ع) کيس بغداد جي خليفي واري جامع مسجد ۾ وعظ ڪرڻ لاءِ مقرر ڪيو، خاص طور [[نور الدين زنگي]] جي [[فاطمي خلافت]] خلاف مهمن دوران.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; انهن وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي ڀرپور حمايت ڪندو هو ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪندو هو، جن کي هو بدعتي يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو. هو انهن فقيهن تي به اعتراض ڪندو هو، جيڪي پنهنجي فقهي مذهب جي بي سوچ تقليد ڪندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;

[[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع) جي دور ۾ ابن الجوزي بغداد جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب سان خاص وابستگي سبب کيس سڄي بغداد ۾ وعظ ۽ تبليغ ڪرڻ جي مڪمل آزادي حاصل ٿي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; 1172ع کان 1173ع تائين سندس مسلسل وعظن کيس بغداد جو سڀ کان ممتاز عالم بڻائي ڇڏيو. سندس غيرمعمولي خطابت کان متاثر ٿي خليفي مسجد ۾ خاص طور سندس لاءِ هڪ منبر (دِڪَّة) به تعمير ڪرايو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;

1179ع تائين ابن الجوزي ڏيڍ سئو کان وڌيڪ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪري چڪو هو ۽ ساڳئي وقت بغداد جي پنجن مختلف مدرسن جي نگراني پڻ ڪندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; انهيءَ عرصي دوران هن خليفي المستضي کي صلاح ڏني ته [[امام احمد بن حنبل]] جي مزار تي هڪ ڪتبو لڳايو وڃي، جنهن ۾ کيس &quot;امام&quot; جي لقب سان ياد ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Kat̲h̲īr, ''Bidāya'', Cairo 1351-8/1932-9, xii, 28–30&lt;/ref&gt;

بعد ۾ جڏهن [[الناصر لدين الله]] (وفات 1235ع) خلافت تي ويٺو، تڏهن شروعات ۾ ابن الجوزي جا تعلقات سندس حنبلي وزير ابن يونس (وفات 1197ع) ذريعي سٺا رهيا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; پر ابن يونس جي معزولي ۽ گرفتاري کان پوءِ خليفي [[ابن القصاب]] نالي هڪ شيعي وزير کي مقرر ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; تاريخي ذريعن ۾ ان جا واضح سبب بيان ناهن، پر آخرڪار الناصر ابن الجوزي کي پنجن سالن تائين نظر بند رکڻ جو حڪم ڏنو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; هڪ راءِ موجب، ابن الجوزي خليفي جي هڪ سرڪاري پاليسيءَ تي تنقيدي رد لکيو هو، جنهن سبب ٻنهي جا تعلقات خراب ٿي ويا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنجن سالن جي نظر بندي کان پوءِ خليفي جي والده [[زمرد خاتون]]، جيڪا نهايت پرهيزگار عورت سمجهي ويندي هئي، پنهنجي پٽ کي ابن الجوزي جي آزاديءَ لاءِ راضي ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; آزادي حاصل ڪرڻ کان ٿوري ئي عرصي پوءِ ابن الجوزي بغداد ۾ وفات ڪئي. ان وقت سندس عمر لڳ ڀڳ چوهتر ورهيه بيان ڪئي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

== خيال ۽ فڪر ==

=== مناظرا ۽ رد ===

ابن الجوزي هڪ مشهور [[مناظره نگار]] هو،&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ۽ هو انهن سڀني ماڻهن جي تصنيفن تي سخت تنقيد ڪندو هو، جن کي هو دين ۾ [[بدعت]] پيدا ڪندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ٻين فڪري مڪتبن تي سندس تنقيد سڀ کان وڌيڪ سندس ڪتاب ''تلبيس إبليس''، يعني ''شيطان جو دوکو''، ۾ نظر اچي ٿي، جيڪو حنبلي مناظراتي ادب جي اهم تصنيفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; هن ڪتاب ۾ هن نه رڳو [[سني اسلام]] کان ٻاهر موجود ڪيترن فرقن، جهڙوڪ [[معتزله]] ۽ [[خوارج]]، تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، پر سني اسلام جي اندر موجود انهن فڪري ڌرين تي پڻ اعتراض ڪيو، جن بابت سندس خيال هو ته اهي صحيح راهه کان هٽي ويون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

هن ڪتاب ۾ پنهنجي دور جي ڪجهه گمراهه صوفين بابت ابن الجوزي جي تنقيدي بيانن سبب، روايتي [[تصوف]] جي مخالفت ڪندڙ ڪجهه جديد مسلمان تحريڪون، جهڙوڪ [[سلفيت]] ۽ [[وهابيت]]، پنهنجي موقف جي حمايت لاءِ هن تصنيف مان حوالا ڏينديون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; تنهن هوندي به، محققن موجب ابن الجوزي تصوف کي مجموعي طور رد نه ڪيو؛ هو پنهنجي لکڻين ۾ قديم، پاڪيزه تصوف ۽ صوفي عملن ۾ داخل ٿيل انهن رواجن جي وچ ۾ واضح فرق ڪندو هو، جن کي هو بگاڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot;/&gt; انهيءَ ڪري اهو ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته سندس دور جي ڪجهه صوفي جماعتن تي ڪيل تنقيد جو مقصد سڄي تصوف جي مذمت ڪرڻ نه هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

=== تبرڪات ===

ابن الجوزي ذاتي عبادت ۽ عقيدت ۾ [[محمد جا تبرڪات|رسول الله ﷺ جي تبرڪات]] جي استعمال جو مضبوط حامي هو ۽ انهن وسيلي [[برڪت]] حاصل ڪرڻ کي جائز سمجهندو هو. هن موقف جو ثبوت سندس طرفان ان روايت کي قبوليت سان نقل ڪرڻ مان ملي ٿو، جيڪا [[احمد بن حنبل]] جي پٽ عبدالله بيان ڪئي هئي. عبدالله پنهنجي والد جي رسول الله ﷺ جي تبرڪات سان عقيدت بابت چيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;مون پنهنجي والد کي ڏٺو ته هن رسول الله ﷺ جو هڪ وار ورتو، ان کي پنهنجي وات تي رکي چمي ڏني. شايد مون کيس اهو وار پنهنجي اکين تي رکندي، پوءِ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي اهو پاڻي شفا جي نيت سان پيئندي به ڏٺو هجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Jawzī, 2016 p. 89&quot;&gt;Ibn al-Jawzī, ''The Life of Ibn Hanbal'', XXIV.2, trans. Michael Cooperson (New York: New York University Press, 2016), p. 89&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;

ساڳئي طرح ابن الجوزي، احمد بن حنبل جي ان عمل جي پڻ تعريف ڪئي ته هن برڪت حاصل ڪرڻ جي نيت سان رسول الله ﷺ جي استعمال ڪيل پيالي مان پاڻي پيتو، جيتوڻيڪ فني لحاظ کان اهو ٻئي درجي جو تبرڪ شمار ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Jawzī, 2016 p. 89&quot;/&gt;

=== اولياءَ ===

ابن الجوزي [[ولي|اولياءَ]] جي وجود بابت روايتي ۽ وڏي پيماني تي قبوليل اسلامي عقيدي جو حامي هو. اهو موقف سندس ابتدائي مسلمان صوفي اولياءَ جي زندگين بابت مشهور ڪتاب ''صفة الصفوة''، يعني ''برگزيدن جون صفتون''، مان پڻ ظاهر ٿئي ٿو. هي ڪتاب اصل ۾ [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] (وفات 1038ع) جي ''حلية الأولياء''، يعني ''اولياءَ جو سينگار''، جو اختصار آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

هن تصنيف ۾ ابن الجوزي ڪيترن اهم صوفين ۽ زاهدن جي کليل لفظن ۾ تعريف ڪئي، جن ۾ [[حسن بصري]] (وفات 728ع)، [[ابراهيم بن ادهم]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 782ع)، [[سفيان ثوري]] (وفات 778ع)، [[رابعه بصري]] (وفات 801ع)، [[معروف ڪرخي]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 820ع) ۽ [[بشر حافي]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 850ع) شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

جيتوڻيڪ ابن الجوزي انهن ٺڳن تي تنقيد ڪئي، جيڪي پاڻ کي ڪوڙو درويش يا بزرگ ظاهر ڪندا هئا، پر هن صاف لفظن ۾ چيو ته سچا اولياءَ صحيح عقيدي، عمل ۽ شريعت جي مخالفت نٿا ڪن.&lt;ref&gt;Jonathan A. C. Brown, &quot;Faithful Dissenters: Sunni Skepticism about the Miracles of Saints,&quot; ''Journal of Sufi Studies'' 1 (2012), p. 162&lt;/ref&gt; اولياءَ بابت ابن الجوزي چيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;اولياءَ ۽ صالح ماڻهو ئي سموري وجود جو اصل مقصد آهن (''الأولياء والصالحون هم المقصود من الكون''). اهي اهي ماڻهو آهن، جن علم جي حقيقت کي سکيو ۽ ان تي عمل ڪيو... اهي پنهنجي علم موجب عمل ڪن ٿا، دنيا مان ٿوري شيءِ تي گذارو ڪن ٿا، آخرت جا طالب رهن ٿا ۽ هڪ جهان کان ٻئي جهان ڏانهن وڃڻ لاءِ بيدار اکين ۽ سٺي توشي سان تيار رهن ٿا؛ ان جي ابتڙ اهي ماڻهو آهن، جيڪي رڳو پنهنجي علم سبب مشهور هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn al-Jawzi, ''Sifat al-safwa'' (Beirut ed. 1989/1409) p. 13, 17.&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;

=== تصوف ===

ابن الجوزي جو خيال هو ته [[تصوف]] يا ''تَصَوُّف'' اسلامي عمل جو هڪ لازمي حصو آهي. محققن موجب سندس ڪتاب ''تلبيس إبليس''، جنهن ۾ [[تفسير]] ۽ [[فقه]] سميت تقريباً سڀني اهم اسلامي علمن ۾ پيدا ٿيل بدعتن تي تنقيد ڪئي وئي آهي، ڪنهن به صورت ۾ سڄي تصوف جو رد نه آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.abc.se/home/m9783/ir/f/ts/Tasawwuf%20shuyukh.htm#18|title=Error404}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان جي ابتڙ، هن ابتدائي صوفين ۽ اولياءَ جي فضيلتن بابت ڪيترائي ڪتاب لکيا، جن ۾ ''مناقب رابعه العدويه''، ''مناقب معروف الڪرخي''، ''مناقب ابراهيم بن ادهم'' ۽ ''مناقب بشر الحافي'' سميت ٻيون تصنيفون شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

ابن الجوزي [[ابو حامد غزالي]] جي تعليمات جو پڻ مضبوط حامي هو، ۽ تصوف بابت سندس ڪيترين تصنيفن تي غزالي جي مشهور ڪتاب ''[[احياء علوم الدين]]'' جو اثر نظر اچي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt; حقيقت ۾ ابن الجوزي نه رڳو ساڳين موضوعن تي لکيو، پر ڪيترين جاين تي غزالي جي لکڻيءَ جي طريقي ۽ اصطلاحن کي پڻ اختيار ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي روحاني تصنيفن ۾ جن موضوعن تي بحث ڪيو، تن ۾ خدا ڏانهن شديد شوق جي معنيٰ، پنهنجي [[نفس]] کان ان جي عملن جو حساب وٺڻ، نفس جي ڪمزورين تي ملامت ڪرڻ ۽ نفس جي اصلاح لاءِ ان کي سخت تنبيه ڪرڻ شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

== عقيدو ==

[[بدر الدين اَهدل|ابن الاهدل]] (وفات: 855هه/1451ع) پنهنجي ڪتاب ''ڪشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد'' ({{lang|ar|كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد}}) ۾ ابن الجوزي کي [[اشعريت|اشعري]] عالمن مان شمار ڪيو آهي، ۽ ان سلسلي ۾ هن [[عبدالقادر جيلاني]] جو پڻ ذڪر ڪيو آهي&lt;ref name=&quot;Ahdal&quot;&gt;{{cite book
|author=[[ابن الاهدل]]
|editor=Ahmad Bakīr Mahmud
|url=https://archive.org/download/kalam-misc/kashful-ghitaa.pdf
|title=Kashf al-Ghata' 'an Haqa'iq al-Tawhid
|script-title=ar:كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد
|language=ar
|location=[[تيونس]]
|publisher=Tunisian General Labour Union
|year=1964
|page=83
|quote=جن عالمن جا عقيدا اڳ بيان ڪيا ويا آهن، تن مان شافعي عالمن کان سواءِ قرشي ۽ شاذلي مالڪي ۽ اشعري هئا. ان کان پوءِ مالڪي ۽ حنفي عالمن جا عقيدا به بيان ڪجن ٿا، ته جيئن معلوم ٿئي ته انهن ٻنهي مذهبن جي اڪثريت عقيدي ۾ اشعري مذهب تي هئي. '''حنبلي فقه جي ڪجهه عالمن جو پڻ عقيدي ۾ اشعري مذهب هو، جيئن شيخ عبدالقادر جيلاني، ابن الجوزي ۽ ٻيا، الله انهن کان راضي ٿئي.''' اڳ به بيان ٿي چڪو آهي ۽ اڳتي به بيان ٿيندو ته امام اشعري ۽ امام احمد بن حنبل عقيدي ۾ هڪجهڙا هئا. اختلاف پوءِ سندن ڪجهه پوئلڳن سبب پيدا ٿيو، جيڪي حرف، آواز، جهت ۽ ٻين اهڙن مسئلن جا قائل ٿيا. تنهن ڪري اسان مخالفن جا عقيدا بيان نه ڪيا آهن، بلڪه رڳو پنهنجي اشعري عالمن ۽ انهن مالڪي ۽ حنفي عالمن جا عقيدا بيان ڪيا آهن، جيڪي انهن سان متفق هئا. مالڪي عقيدي لاءِ شيخ امام ابو محمد عبدالله بن ابي زيد المالڪي جي تصنيف پيش ڪئي وئي آهي، جيڪا هن پنهنجي ڪتاب ''الرسالة'' جي شروعات ۾ بيان ڪئي آهي.
}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جيتوڻيڪ ابن الجوزي [[حنبلي]] فقه سان لاڳاپيل هو، پر هو ٻين ڪيترن حنبلي عالمن وانگر [[علم ڪلام]] جي ماهرن ([[متڪلم]]) کي مڪمل طور رد نه ڪندو هو. هو ضرورت ۽ مخاطب جي حالت موجب [[علم ڪلام]] ۽ [[تأويل]] کي قبول ڪندو هو ۽ مناسب موقعن تي انهن مان استدلال پڻ ڪندو هو.

== علم ڪلام ==

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي دور جي ٻين [[حنبلي]] عالمن، خاص طور [[ابن حميد الوراق]]، [[ابو يعلى ابن الفراء|قاضي ابو يعلى ابن الفراء]] ۽ [[ابن الزاغوني]] جي برخلاف پنهنجي الڳ علمي موقف سبب مشهور آهي. سندس خيال هو ته انهن ۽ ڪجهه ٻين حنبلي عالمن [[الله جون صفتون|الهي صفتن]] جي اثبات ۾ حد کان وڌيڪ غلو ڪيو، جنهن سبب حنبلي مذهب جي ساک متاثر ٿي ۽ ماڻهن وٽ ان جو تعلق سخت [[تجسيم]] (الله کي سندس مخلوق سان مشابهت ڏيڻ) سان ڳنڍجڻ لڳو.

ابن الجوزي لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
''&quot;انهن جو عقيدو هو ته الله تعاليٰ جي ذات کان سواءِ سندس هڪ صورت ۽ چهرو به آهي. هو اهو به چوندا هئا ته الله جون ٻه اکيون، وات، ننڍڙي زبان (لهاٽ)، ڏند، نور ۽ جلال وارو چهرو، ٻه هٿ جن ۾ هتيلون، آڱريون، ننڍيون آڱريون ۽ آڱوٺا، پٺي، ۽ ٻه ٽنگون آهن، جيڪي رانن ۽ پنڊلين ۾ ورهايل آهن.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-188&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last1=Holtzman|first1=Livnat|title=&quot;Does God Really Laugh?&quot; – Appropriate and Inappropriate Descriptions of God in Islamic Traditionalist Theology|url=http://arabic.biu.ac.il/files/arabic/shared/staff/u16/holtzman_final080310.pdf|publisher=Bar-Ilan University, Ramat Gan|pages=188}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

ان کان پوءِ هن خاص طور قاضي ابو يعلى تي تنقيد ڪندي لکيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
''&quot;جيڪو شخص الله تعاليٰ لاءِ ڏندن کي به هڪ الهي صفت طور ثابت ڪري ٿو، تنهن کي اسلام بابت ڪا به صحيح ڄاڻ نه آهي.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-191&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last1=Holtzman|first1=Livnat|title=&quot;Does God Really Laugh?&quot; – Appropriate and Inappropriate Descriptions of God in Islamic Traditionalist Theology|url=http://arabic.biu.ac.il/files/arabic/shared/staff/u16/holtzman_final080310.pdf|publisher=Bar-Ilan University, Ramat Gan|pages=191}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

هن موضوع تي ابن الجوزي جي سڀ کان مشهور تصنيف ''[[كتاب أخبار الصفات|باز الأشهب المنقض على مخالفي المذهب]]'' آهي، جنهن جو مطلب آهي: ''&quot;سرمائي رنگ جو شڪاري باز، جيڪو (حنبلي) مذهب جي مخالفت ڪندڙن تي حملو ڪري ٿو.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-188&quot; /&gt;

=== الله نه ڪائنات جي اندر آهي ۽ نه ئي ٻاهر ===

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي ڪتاب ''الصفات'' ۾ لکي ٿو ته الله نه ڪائنات جي اندر موجود آهي ۽ نه ئي ان کان ٻاهر.&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot;&gt;Swartz, Merlin. ''A Medieval Critique of Anthropomorphism'', pg. 159. [[ليڊن]]: [[بريل پبلشرز]], 2001.&lt;/ref&gt; سندس مطابق &quot;اندر&quot; يا &quot;ٻاهر&quot; هجڻ جو تصور صرف انهن شين تي لاڳو ٿيندو آهي، جيڪي ڪنهن جاءِ يا خلا ۾ موجود هجن. يعني جيڪا شيءِ اندر يا ٻاهر هجي، ان لاءِ ڪنهن هنڌ جو هجڻ لازمي آهي، جڏهن ته الله تعاليٰ بابت اهڙو تصور لاڳو نٿو ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot; /&gt;

هو لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;ڪنهن جاءِ ۾ هجڻ يا ان کان ٻاهر هجڻ، حرڪت، سڪون ۽ ٻيا اهڙا عارض جسم واريون خاصيتون آهن. الله جي ذات نه ڪنهن مخلوق کي پنهنجي اندر جاءِ ڏئي ٿي ۽ نه ئي ڪا مخلوق سندس ذات ۾ حلول ڪري سگهي ٿي.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

== تصنيفون ==

[[فائل:ArRadd IbneJawzi.PNG|200px|thumb|''الرد على المتعصب العنيد المانع من ذم يزيد'' جي ڇپيل نسخي جو سرورق.]]

ابن الجوزي کي اسلامي تاريخ جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ تصنيفون لکڻ وارن عالمن مان هڪ، بلڪه ڪيترن محققن موجب سڀ کان وڌيڪ تصنيفون لکندڙ عالم، شمار ڪيو ويندو آهي. [[ذهبي]] لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;مون عالمن مان ڪنهن کي به ابن الجوزي جيترو گهڻو لکندي نه ڏٺو آهي.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.as-sahwah.com/viewarticle.php?articleID=1277&amp;|title=IslamicAwakening.Com: Ibn al-Jawzi: A Lifetime of Da'wah|date=October 22, 2006|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20061022195654/http://www.as-sahwah.com/viewarticle.php?articleID=1277&amp; |archive-date=2006-10-22 }}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

تازو عراقي محقق پروفيسر عبد الحميد العلوجي ابن الجوزي جي تصنيفن تي تفصيلي تحقيق ڪئي ۽ هڪ مرجع ڪتاب تيار ڪيو، جنهن ۾ هن ابن الجوزي جي تصنيفن کي الف ب وار ترتيب ڏئي، انهن جي ڇپيل نسخن، ناشرن ۽ انهن لائبريرين جي نشاندهي ڪئي، جتي سندس اڻڇپيل قلمي نسخا محفوظ آهن. ڪجهه محققن جو خيال آهي ته ابن الجوزي 700 کان وڌيڪ ڪتابن جو مصنف هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Al-Jawzi&quot;/&gt;

سندس تصنيفن جي غيرمعمولي وڏي تعداد سبب ڪجهه عالمن سندس تحريرن تي تنقيد پڻ ڪئي، سندس غلطين کي خاص ڌيان سان جاچيو ۽ کيس اهڙو مصنف قرار ڏنو، جنهن کان ڪيترائي سهواً غلطيون ٿيون. بهرحال، [[ابن رجب]] سندس دفاع ۾ ابن الجوزي جو هي قول نقل ڪيو آهي:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;مان ترتيب ڏيندڙ آهيان، نيون تصنيفون ايجاد ڪندڙ نه آهيان.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |last=Ibn al-Jawzī |first=ʿAbd al-Raḥmān ibn ʿAlī |title=al-Muntaẓam fī Tārīkh al-Mulūk wa-l-Umam |publisher=Dār al-Kutub al-ʿIlmiyyah |year=1997 |edition=vol.1 |location=Beirut |publication-date=1997 |pages=30 |language=arabic}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

مذهبي موضوعن کان علاوه ابن الجوزي طب بابت پڻ لکيو. [[جلال الدين سيوطي]] جي طبي تصنيفن وانگر، سندس ڪتاب به تقريباً مڪمل طور تي [[نبوي طب]] تي ٻڌل هو، جڏهن ته [[ذهبي]] جي تصنيفن وانگر اسلامي ۽ يوناني طب جي گڏيل روايتن کي شامل نه ڪندو هو. ابن الجوزي خاص طور خوراڪ ۽ قدرتي علاج تي زور ڏنو، جن کي هن ريبيز (ڪتي جي چڪ) ۽ چيچڪ جهڙين سنگين بيمارين سان گڏ، مٿي جي سور ۽ نڪ مان رت اچڻ جهڙين عام تڪليفن جي علاج لاءِ پڻ بيان ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;Emilie Savage-Smith, &quot;Medicine.&quot; Taken from ''Encyclopedia of the History of Arabic Science, Volume 3: Technology, Alchemy and Life Sciences'', pg. 928. Ed. Roshdi Rasheed. [[لنڊن]]: [[روٽليج]], 1996. {{ISBN|0-415-12412-3}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مشهور تصنيفون ===

* ''[[الموضوعات الكبرى]]'' (جعلي حديثن جو وڏو مجموعو)
* ''[[دفع شبه التشبيه]]''&lt;ref&gt;Swartz, Merlin. ''A Medieval Critque of Anthropomorphism''. Brill, 2001&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''صفة الصفوة'' — پنج جلد، [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] جي ''[[حلية الأولياء]]'' جو اختصار ۽ نئين ترتيب.
* ''آداب الحسن البصري وزهده ومواعظه'' (حسن بصري جا آداب، زهد ۽ نصيحتون)&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last1=ابن الجوزي، عبد الرحمن بن علي بن محمد،|url=http://www.aruc.org/fullbib.aspx?id=1882791|title=آداب الحسن البصري وزهده ومواعظه|last2=الحرش، سليمان بن مسلم|date=2007|publisher=دار النوادر،|location=دمشق|language=ar|oclc=4770455870}}&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''زاد المسير في علم التفسير''&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.hilalplaza.com/products/zad-al-masir-fi-ilm-al-tafsir-8-vol|title=Zad al-Masir fi Ilm al-Tafsir 8 vol.4 books|access-date=2021-01-28|archive-date=2023-10-03|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20231003211857/https://www.hilalplaza.com/products/zad-al-masir-fi-ilm-al-tafsir-8-vol|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''تلبيس إبليس''
* ''تذكرة أولي البصائر في معرفة الكبائر''
* ''غريب الحديث''
* ''أحكام النساء''
* ''مولد العروس''
* ''حفظ العمر''
* ''بيان المولد النبوي''
* ''بحر الدموع''

== مقبرو ==

ابن الجوزي جو مقبرو [[بغداد]]، [[عراق]] ۾ واقع آهي. سندس قبر هڪ سادي سائي سيمينٽ جي ٺهيل مزار آهي، جنهن جي چوڌاري پٿر رکيل آهن، جڏهن ته مٿس لڳل هڪ ڪاغذي تختي تي اهو ڄاڻايل آهي ته هي ابن الجوزي جي قبر آهي.

2019ع ۾ سوشل ميڊيا تي اهڙيون افواهون پکڙيون ته سندس مقبرو ڊاهي هٽايو ويو آهي، جڏهن هڪ تصوير منظرعام تي آئي جنهن ۾ قبر هٽائيندي ڏيکاريل هئي. بهرحال، عراقي عملدارن انهن خبرن جي ترديد ڪندي واضح ڪيو ته ابن الجوزي جو مقبرو ڊاهيو نه ويو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://shafaq.com/ar|title=شفق نيوز|website=شفق نيوز}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== پڻ ڏسو ==
* [[سبط ابن الجوزي]]
* [[ابن عقيل]]

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}

== خارجي ڳنڍڻا ==
* [http://www.muslimscholars.info/manage.php?submit=scholar&amp;ID=60001 مسلم اسڪالرز ڊاٽ انفارميشن تي ابن الجوزي جي سوانح]
* [http://www.amalpress.com/index.php?l_dis=publications&amp;det=full&amp;id=18 ''الله جون صفتون'']، ابن الجوزي؛ ترجمو: عبدالله بن حميد علي؛ ڇپائيندڙ: [http://www.amalpress.com/ امل پريس]
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20090215044232/http://hanbalis.com/index.php/Ibn_al-Jawzi ابن الجوزي جي سڀ کان جامع آن لائين سوانح]
* {{in lang|fr}} [https://web.archive.org/web/20120526102946/http://www.at-tawhid.net/article-l-attachement-au-qur-an-que-contiennent-les-coeurs-des-amoureux-d-allah-ibn-al-jawzi-46585345.html امام ابن الجوزي موجب قرآن سان وابستگيءَ جي اهميت]
* {{in lang|fr}} [https://web.archive.org/web/20110817015245/http://www.at-tawhid.net/article-ibn-al-jawzi-expose-critique-et-refute-l-egarement-des-anthropomorphistes-hanbalites-59608673.html امام ابن الجوزي طرفان تجسيم پسند حنبلي نظرين جي ترديد]

{{Portal bar|Biography|Islam|Iraq}}
{{Historians of Islam}}
{{Hanbali scholars}}
{{Ash'ari}}
{{Authority control}}

{{DEFAULTSORT:ابن الجوزي، ابو الفرج}}

[[زمرو:حنبلي عالم]]
[[زمرو:ٻارهين صديءَ جا مسلمان علم ڪلام جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:شيخ الاسلام]]
[[زمرو:بغداد جا ماڻهو]]
[[زمرو:عرب سني اسلامي عالم]]
[[زمرو:سني اسلامي عالم]]
[[زمرو:قرآني تفسير جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:حديث جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:سلجوقي سلطنت جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:1110ع واري ڏهاڪي ۾ ڄاول]]
[[زمرو:1201ع ۾ وفات ڪندڙ]]
[[زمرو:عباسي خلافت جا ٻارهين صديءَ جا ماڻهو]]
[[زمرو:مقامات]]
[[زمرو:اشعري عالم]]
[[زمرو:رجال جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:اسلامي زهد]]
[[زمرو:ٻارهين صديءَ جا عرب]]
[[زمرو:شيعه اسلام جا ناقد]]
[[زمرو:ڄمڻ جو سال غير يقيني]]
[[زمرو:بنو ابو بڪر]]


[[زمرو:اسلامي شخصيتون]]
[[زمرو:سلف]]
[[زمرو:محدث]]
[[زمرو:1116ع جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:1110ع جي ڏهاڪي جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:Articles with short description]]</text>
      <sha1>qjdg0h3spcpd9md88k9h4kzp50ze2oh</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401137</id>
      <parentid>401133</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T09:52:11Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401137</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="40225" sha1="e1ci2x8l8t8yfy7jycg9vkmtcywg8y3" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ٻارهين صديءَ جو مسلم عالم، محدث، مؤرخ ۽ فقيه}}


{{Infobox religious biography
| religion           = [[اسلام]]
| era                = [[اسلامي سنهري دور]]
| image              =
| caption            =
| name               = ابن الجوزي
| title              = [[شيخ الاسلام]]&lt;ref&gt;Al-Dhahabi, Siyar A'lam al-Nubala'.&lt;/ref&gt;
| birth_date         = لڳ ڀڳ 510هه / 1116ع
| birth_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| death_date         = 12 رمضان 597هه / 16 جون 1201ع (لڳ ڀڳ 87 ورهين جي عمر ۾)
| death_place        = [[بغداد]]، [[عباسي خلافت]] (هاڻوڪو [[عراق]])
| denomination       = [[سني اسلام]]
| creed              = [[اشعريت]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جي. اي. بوائل]]|title=The Cambridge History of Iran|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=16yHq5v3QZAC|volume=5 of The Saljuq and Mongol Periods|publisher=[[ڪيمبرج يونيورسٽي پريس]]|date=1968|page=299}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author=[[جبريل فؤاد حداد]]|title=The Biographies of the Elite Lives of the Scholars, Imams &amp; Hadith Masters|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=RwPnCAAAQBAJ&amp;pg=PA226|date=2015|publisher=[[اس السنة فائونڊيشن آف آمريڪا]]|page=226}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn al-Ahdal&quot;&gt;{{cite book
|author=[[ابن الأحدل]]
|editor=Ahmad Bakīr Mahmud
|title=Kashf al-Ghata' 'an Haqa'iq al-Tawhid
|script-title=ar:كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد
|language=ar
|url=https://archive.org/download/kalam-misc/kashful-ghitaa.pdf
|location=[[تيونس]]
|publisher=Tunisian General Labour Union
|year=1964
|page=83
|quote=...
}}&lt;/ref&gt;
| jurisprudence      = [[حنبلي]]
| main_interests     = [[تاريخ]]، [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]
| notable_works      = [[كتاب أخبار الصفات]]
| influenced         = &lt;small&gt;[[عبد الغني المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot;&gt;{{cite web
|url=http://www.as-sahwah.com/viewarticle.php?articleID=1277&amp;
|title=Ibn al-Jawzi: A Lifetime of Da'wah
|website=IslamicAwakening.Com
|date=22 October 2006
|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20061022195654/http://www.as-sahwah.com/viewarticle.php?articleID=1277&amp;
|archive-date=22 October 2006
|url-status=dead
|access-date=28 November 2013
}}&lt;/ref&gt;

&lt;br /&gt;[[سبط ابن الجوزي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Robinson:2003:XV&quot;&gt;Robinson:2003:XV&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ابن قدامه المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[[ضياء الدين المقدسي]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Al-Jawzi&quot;&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |title=Ibn Al-Jawzi |publisher=Sunnah.org |access-date=2013-11-28 |archive-date=2020-02-22 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200222230613/http://www.sunnah.org/history/Scholars/ibn_aljawzi.htm |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/small&gt;
| father             = علي بن محمد الجوزي
| children           = يوسف بن عبدالرحمٰن الجوزي
| birth_name         = عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري
| lineage            = [[آل بڪر]]
| native_name        = ابن الجوزي
| native_name_lang   = ar
}}

'''ابو الفرج جمال الدين عبدالرحمٰن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد الجوزي'''، جيڪو عام طور تي '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي{{Efn|{{langx|ar|أبو الفرج جمال الدين عبد الرحمن بن أبي الحسن علي بن محمد}}؛ ابو الفرج عبدالرحمٰن بن علي بن محمد بن الجوزي}}&lt;ref&gt;The Beginning and the End: Imad al-Din Abu al-Fida Ismail ibn Umar ibn Katheer al-Dimashqi.&lt;/ref&gt; (لڳ ڀڳ 1116ع – 16 جون 1201ع)، هڪ [[مسلمان]] [[فقيه]]، [[واعظ]]، [[خطيب]]، [[فرقن جو مؤرخ]]، [[علم الحديث|محدث]]، [[مؤرخ]]، [[قاضي]]، [[اوليائن جي سوانح نگار]] ۽ [[لسانيات دان]] هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust&quot;&gt;{{cite encyclopedia
|last=Laoust
|first=Henri
|title=Ibn al-Djawzi
|encyclopedia=The Encyclopaedia of Islam
|edition=Second
|volume=3
|pages=751–752
|publisher=Brill
|doi=10.1163/1573-3912_islam_SIM_3139
}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن ٻارهين صديءَ دوران پنهنجي اباڻي شهر [[بغداد]] ۾ [[حنبلي]] [[فقهي مذهب]] جي واڌ ويجهه ۽ اشاعت ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust&quot;/&gt;

پنهنجي علمي، مذهبي ۽ سياسي سرگرمين سان ڀرپور زندگيءَ دوران ابن الجوزي پنهنجي همعصر [[حنبلي]] عالمن ۾ وڏي عزت حاصل ڪئي. هن مسلسل ڪوشش ڪئي ته [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب، جيڪو تاريخي طور چئن وڏن سني فقهي مذهبن مان سڀ کان ننڍو شمار ٿيندو هو، ان کي به [[مالڪي]]، [[شافعي]] ۽ [[حنفي]] مذهبن جي برابر وقار ۽ سرڪاري سرپرستي حاصل ٿئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust&quot;/&gt;

{{Infobox saint
|name = '''ابن الجوزي'''
|image = PARSONS(1808) p008 View of Bagdad on the Persian side of the Tigris.jpg
|image_size = 300px
|caption = 1808ع ۾ [[بغداد]] جو منظر؛ ابن الجوزي پنهنجي سموري زندگي ٻارهين صديءَ ۾ هن شهر ۾ گذاري.
|titles = فقيه، واعظ، محدث؛&lt;br /&gt;''شيخ الاسلام''، ''بادشاهن ۽ اميرن جو خطيب''، ''حنبلين جو امام''
|major_shrine = [[بغداد]]، [[عراق]] ۾ سبز گنبذ وارو مقبرو
|venerated_in = [[سني اسلام]]، خاص طور [[حنبلي]] فقهي مذهب
}}

ابن الجوزي نوجوانيءَ ۾ نهايت اعليٰ تعليم حاصل ڪئي&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust&quot;/&gt; ۽ بغداد جي ان دور جي ڪيترن ئي مشهور عالمن کان علم پرايو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع) ۽ [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn-Rajab-401&quot;&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-Ḥanābila'', Cairo, 1953, vol. 1, p. 401.&lt;/ref&gt;

ايندڙ سالن ۾ سندس علمي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌندي وئي، پر کيس سڀ کان وڌيڪ شهرت [[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ٽيٽيهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ملي. خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب جي سرپرستي سبب ابن الجوزي بغداد جي اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ کيس شهر ۽ ان جي ڀرپاسي ۾ وڏي عوامي ميڙ کي خطاب ڪرڻ جي آزادي ۽ سرپرستي حاصل هئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn-Rajab-404-405&quot;&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-Ḥanābila'', Cairo, 1953, vol. 1, pp. 404–405.&lt;/ref&gt;

المستضي جي دور ۾ پنهنجي اڪثر وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي مضبوط حمايت ڪئي ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، جن کي هو دين ۾ گمراهه يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn-Rajab-404-405&quot;/&gt; ساڳئي وقت سندس علمي حيثيت پڻ وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ هن بغداد جي ڪيترين اهم [[مدرسو|مدرسن]] ۽ علمي ادارن جي انتظام ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn-Rajab-404-405&quot;/&gt; ان کان علاوه هن غيرمعمولي تعداد ۾ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪيا، جنهن سبب کيس اسلامي تاريخ جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ زرخيز مصنفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust&quot;/&gt;

محققن موجب ابن الجوزي جو علمي سرمايو، جيڪو مختصر رسالن کان وٺي وڏن ڪتابن تائين پکڙيل آهي، اسلامي علمن جي تقريباً سڀني اهم شعبن تي مشتمل آهي، جن ۾ [[تفسير]]، [[حديث]]، [[فقه]]، [[تاريخ]]، [[عقيدو]]، [[تصوف]]، [[ادب]] ۽ [[لسانيات]] شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust&quot;/&gt;

==خانداني پسمنظر ۽ زندگي==

عبدالرحمٰن بن علي الجوزي البڪري التيمي القرشي، جيڪو '''ابن الجوزي''' جي نالي سان مشهور ٿيو، 507هه کان 512هه (1113ع کان 1119ع) جي وچ واري عرصي ۾ [[بغداد]] ۾ هڪ خوشحال ۽ معزز خاندان ۾ ڄائو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; سندس خاندان جو نسب [[ابو بڪر صديق]] تائين پهچندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn al-Jawzi, ''Sincere Counsel to the Seekers of Sacred Knowledge'', Daar Us-Sunnah Publications Birmingham (2011), p. 88&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 399–434; Merlin Swartz, ''Ibn al-Jawzī’s'' Kitāb al-Quṣṣāṣ wa-’l-mudhakkirīn, Recherches publiées sous la direction de l’Institut de lettres orientales de Beyrouth, Série 1, Pensée arabe et musulmane, 47 (Beirut: Dar el-Machreq, 1971), 15.&lt;/ref&gt; سندس نسب هن ريت بيان ڪيو وڃي ٿو: عبدالرحمٰن بن علي بن محمد بن علي بن عبيدالله بن عبدالله بن حمادي بن احمد بن محمد بن جعفر الجوزي بن عبدالله بن القاسم بن النضر بن القاسم بن محمد بن عبدالله بن عبدالرحمٰن بن [[قاسم بن محمد بن ابي بڪر]] بن [[محمد بن ابي بڪر]] بن [[ابو بڪر صديق]] التيمي القرشي.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot;&gt;{{Cite book |last=Ibn Khalid |first=Ayman |title=Seeds of Admonishment and Reform |publisher=Dar As-Sunnah Publishers |year=2013 |isbn=1904336396 |edition=1st |location=Brimmingham |pages=17-18}}&lt;/ref&gt;

سندس نائين پيڙهيءَ جو ڏاڏو جعفر بن عبدالله البڪري '''الجوزي''' جي لقب سان مشهور هو، جنهن مان خاندان جو نالو &quot;الجوزي&quot; نڪتو. سندس خاندان ٽامي جي واپار سبب خوشحال ٿيو، تنهنڪري ابن الجوزي آسودگيءَ واري ماحول ۾ پرورش ورتي.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt;

سندس والدين کيس پنهنجي دور جي سڀني اهم علمن ۾ جامع تعليم ڏني.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;&gt;{{EI2|last=Laoust |first=H. | title=Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī | volume = 3 | pages = 751–752 | doi=10.1163/1573-3912_islam_SIM_3139}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن ڪيترن ئي مشهور استادن کان علم حاصل ڪيو، جن ۾ [[ابن الزاغوني]] (وفات 1133ع)، [[ابو بڪر الدينوري]] (وفات 1137–1138ع)، [[سيد رزاق علي جيلاني]] (وفات 1208ع)، [[ابو منصور الجواليقي]] (وفات 1144–1145ع)، ابو الفضل بن الناصر (وفات 1155ع)، ابو حڪيم النهرواني (وفات 1161ع) ۽ [[ابو يعلى الصغير]] (وفات 1163ع) شامل هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot; /&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Rajab 1953&quot; /&gt;

انهن استادن کان علاوه ابن الجوزي ڪيترن ئي اهڙن عالمن جي تصنيفن کان پڻ گهڻو متاثر ٿيو، جن سان سندس سڌي ملاقات نه ٿي. انهن ۾ [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] (وفات 1038ع)، [[الخطيب البغدادي]] (وفات 1071ع) ۽ مشهور حنبلي عالم [[ابن عقيل]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 1120ع) شامل هئا. ابن الجوزي پنهنجي بعد وارين تحريرن ۾ ابن عقيل جي ڪن خيالن جي واکاڻ به ڪئي ۽ ڪن تي تنقيد پڻ ڪئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot; /&gt;

عقيدي جي لحاظ کان هو [[اشعريت]] جو پيروڪار هو، جيڪا ڳالهه کيس ڪيترن ئي همعصر حنبلي عالمن کان ممتاز بڻائي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot;&gt;{{cite book|last=Boyle|first=J.A.|title=The Cambridge History of Iran, Vol. 5: The Saljuq and Mongol Periods (Volume 5)|date=January 1, 1968|publisher=Cambridge University Press|pages=299}}&lt;/ref&gt; پنهنجي ابتدائي تصنيفن ۾ هن [[علم الكلام]] ۾ بيجا فلسفياتي بحثن ۽ خاص طور ڪجهه صوفين جي نون فڪري لاڙن تي تنقيد ڪئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot; /&gt;

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي عملي علمي زندگيءَ جي شروعات [[المقتفي]] (وفات 1160ع)، عباسي خلافت جي ايڪتاليهين خليفي، جي دور ۾ ڪئي. خليفي جو حنبلي وزير [[ابن هبيره]] سندس علمي سرپرستن مان هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; ابن الجوزي شروعات ۾ پنهنجي استاد ابو حڪيم النهرواني وٽ ٻن مدرسن ۾ حنبلي فقه پڙهائڻ ۾ معاون طور ڪم ڪيو، ۽ 1161ع ۾ استاد جي وفات کان پوءِ انهن ٻنهي مدرسن جو صدر مدرس مقرر ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 404&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان ڪجهه اڳ ئي وزير ابن هبيره کيس هر جمعي پنهنجي رهائشگاهه تي عوامي وعظ ڪرڻ جي مڪمل آزادي ڏني هئي، جنهن سان سندس خطابت جي شهرت تيزيءَ سان وڌڻ لڳي.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Rajab, ''Dhayl ʿalā Ṭabaqāt al-ḥanābila'', Cairo 1372/1953, i, 402&lt;/ref&gt; المقتفي جي وفات کان پوءِ نئين خليفي [[المستنجد]] (وفات 1170ع) کيس بغداد جي خليفي واري جامع مسجد ۾ وعظ ڪرڻ لاءِ مقرر ڪيو، خاص طور [[نور الدين زنگي]] جي [[فاطمي خلافت]] خلاف مهمن دوران.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; انهن وعظن ۾ ابن الجوزي [[سنت]] جي ڀرپور حمايت ڪندو هو ۽ انهن ماڻهن تي سخت تنقيد ڪندو هو، جن کي هو بدعتي يا تفرقو وجهندڙ سمجهندو هو. هو انهن فقيهن تي به اعتراض ڪندو هو، جيڪي پنهنجي فقهي مذهب جي بي سوچ تقليد ڪندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;

[[المستضي]] (وفات 1180ع) جي دور ۾ ابن الجوزي بغداد جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ اثرائتن شخصيتن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; خليفي جي حنبلي مذهب سان خاص وابستگي سبب کيس سڄي بغداد ۾ وعظ ۽ تبليغ ڪرڻ جي مڪمل آزادي حاصل ٿي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt; 1172ع کان 1173ع تائين سندس مسلسل وعظن کيس بغداد جو سڀ کان ممتاز عالم بڻائي ڇڏيو. سندس غيرمعمولي خطابت کان متاثر ٿي خليفي مسجد ۾ خاص طور سندس لاءِ هڪ منبر (دِڪَّة) به تعمير ڪرايو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ReferenceC&quot;/&gt;

1179ع تائين ابن الجوزي ڏيڍ سئو کان وڌيڪ ڪتاب تصنيف ڪري چڪو هو ۽ ساڳئي وقت بغداد جي پنجن مختلف مدرسن جي نگراني پڻ ڪندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; انهيءَ عرصي دوران هن خليفي المستضي کي صلاح ڏني ته [[امام احمد بن حنبل]] جي مزار تي هڪ ڪتبو لڳايو وڃي، جنهن ۾ کيس &quot;امام&quot; جي لقب سان ياد ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn Kat̲h̲īr, ''Bidāya'', Cairo 1351-8/1932-9, xii, 28–30&lt;/ref&gt;

بعد ۾ جڏهن [[الناصر لدين الله]] (وفات 1235ع) خلافت تي ويٺو، تڏهن شروعات ۾ ابن الجوزي جا تعلقات سندس حنبلي وزير ابن يونس (وفات 1197ع) ذريعي سٺا رهيا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; پر ابن يونس جي معزولي ۽ گرفتاري کان پوءِ خليفي [[ابن القصاب]] نالي هڪ شيعي وزير کي مقرر ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; تاريخي ذريعن ۾ ان جا واضح سبب بيان ناهن، پر آخرڪار الناصر ابن الجوزي کي پنجن سالن تائين نظر بند رکڻ جو حڪم ڏنو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; هڪ راءِ موجب، ابن الجوزي خليفي جي هڪ سرڪاري پاليسيءَ تي تنقيدي رد لکيو هو، جنهن سبب ٻنهي جا تعلقات خراب ٿي ويا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

پنجن سالن جي نظر بندي کان پوءِ خليفي جي والده [[زمرد خاتون]]، جيڪا نهايت پرهيزگار عورت سمجهي ويندي هئي، پنهنجي پٽ کي ابن الجوزي جي آزاديءَ لاءِ راضي ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; آزادي حاصل ڪرڻ کان ٿوري ئي عرصي پوءِ ابن الجوزي بغداد ۾ وفات ڪئي. ان وقت سندس عمر لڳ ڀڳ چوهتر ورهيه بيان ڪئي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

== خيال ۽ فڪر ==

=== مناظرا ۽ رد ===

ابن الجوزي هڪ مشهور [[مناظره نگار]] هو،&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ۽ هو انهن سڀني ماڻهن جي تصنيفن تي سخت تنقيد ڪندو هو، جن کي هو دين ۾ [[بدعت]] پيدا ڪندڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; ٻين فڪري مڪتبن تي سندس تنقيد سڀ کان وڌيڪ سندس ڪتاب ''تلبيس إبليس''، يعني ''شيطان جو دوکو''، ۾ نظر اچي ٿي، جيڪو حنبلي مناظراتي ادب جي اهم تصنيفن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; هن ڪتاب ۾ هن نه رڳو [[سني اسلام]] کان ٻاهر موجود ڪيترن فرقن، جهڙوڪ [[معتزله]] ۽ [[خوارج]]، تي سخت تنقيد ڪئي، پر سني اسلام جي اندر موجود انهن فڪري ڌرين تي پڻ اعتراض ڪيو، جن بابت سندس خيال هو ته اهي صحيح راهه کان هٽي ويون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

هن ڪتاب ۾ پنهنجي دور جي ڪجهه گمراهه صوفين بابت ابن الجوزي جي تنقيدي بيانن سبب، روايتي [[تصوف]] جي مخالفت ڪندڙ ڪجهه جديد مسلمان تحريڪون، جهڙوڪ [[سلفيت]] ۽ [[وهابيت]]، پنهنجي موقف جي حمايت لاءِ هن تصنيف مان حوالا ڏينديون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt; تنهن هوندي به، محققن موجب ابن الجوزي تصوف کي مجموعي طور رد نه ڪيو؛ هو پنهنجي لکڻين ۾ قديم، پاڪيزه تصوف ۽ صوفي عملن ۾ داخل ٿيل انهن رواجن جي وچ ۾ واضح فرق ڪندو هو، جن کي هو بگاڙ سمجهندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Boyle 299&quot;/&gt; انهيءَ ڪري اهو ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته سندس دور جي ڪجهه صوفي جماعتن تي ڪيل تنقيد جو مقصد سڄي تصوف جي مذمت ڪرڻ نه هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

=== تبرڪات ===

ابن الجوزي ذاتي عبادت ۽ عقيدت ۾ [[محمد جا تبرڪات|رسول الله ﷺ جي تبرڪات]] جي استعمال جو مضبوط حامي هو ۽ انهن وسيلي [[برڪت]] حاصل ڪرڻ کي جائز سمجهندو هو. هن موقف جو ثبوت سندس طرفان ان روايت کي قبوليت سان نقل ڪرڻ مان ملي ٿو، جيڪا [[احمد بن حنبل]] جي پٽ عبدالله بيان ڪئي هئي. عبدالله پنهنجي والد جي رسول الله ﷺ جي تبرڪات سان عقيدت بابت چيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;مون پنهنجي والد کي ڏٺو ته هن رسول الله ﷺ جو هڪ وار ورتو، ان کي پنهنجي وات تي رکي چمي ڏني. شايد مون کيس اهو وار پنهنجي اکين تي رکندي، پوءِ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي اهو پاڻي شفا جي نيت سان پيئندي به ڏٺو هجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Jawzī, 2016 p. 89&quot;&gt;Ibn al-Jawzī, ''The Life of Ibn Hanbal'', XXIV.2, trans. Michael Cooperson (New York: New York University Press, 2016), p. 89&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;

ساڳئي طرح ابن الجوزي، احمد بن حنبل جي ان عمل جي پڻ تعريف ڪئي ته هن برڪت حاصل ڪرڻ جي نيت سان رسول الله ﷺ جي استعمال ڪيل پيالي مان پاڻي پيتو، جيتوڻيڪ فني لحاظ کان اهو ٻئي درجي جو تبرڪ شمار ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Jawzī, 2016 p. 89&quot;/&gt;

=== اولياءَ ===

ابن الجوزي [[ولي|اولياءَ]] جي وجود بابت روايتي ۽ وڏي پيماني تي قبوليل اسلامي عقيدي جو حامي هو. اهو موقف سندس ابتدائي مسلمان صوفي اولياءَ جي زندگين بابت مشهور ڪتاب ''صفة الصفوة''، يعني ''برگزيدن جون صفتون''، مان پڻ ظاهر ٿئي ٿو. هي ڪتاب اصل ۾ [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] (وفات 1038ع) جي ''حلية الأولياء''، يعني ''اولياءَ جو سينگار''، جو اختصار آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

هن تصنيف ۾ ابن الجوزي ڪيترن اهم صوفين ۽ زاهدن جي کليل لفظن ۾ تعريف ڪئي، جن ۾ [[حسن بصري]] (وفات 728ع)، [[ابراهيم بن ادهم]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 782ع)، [[سفيان ثوري]] (وفات 778ع)، [[رابعه بصري]] (وفات 801ع)، [[معروف ڪرخي]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 820ع) ۽ [[بشر حافي]] (وفات لڳ ڀڳ 850ع) شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Laoust - Ibn al-D̲j̲awzī&quot;/&gt;

جيتوڻيڪ ابن الجوزي انهن ٺڳن تي تنقيد ڪئي، جيڪي پاڻ کي ڪوڙو درويش يا بزرگ ظاهر ڪندا هئا، پر هن صاف لفظن ۾ چيو ته سچا اولياءَ صحيح عقيدي، عمل ۽ شريعت جي مخالفت نٿا ڪن.&lt;ref&gt;Jonathan A. C. Brown, &quot;Faithful Dissenters: Sunni Skepticism about the Miracles of Saints,&quot; ''Journal of Sufi Studies'' 1 (2012), p. 162&lt;/ref&gt; اولياءَ بابت ابن الجوزي چيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;اولياءَ ۽ صالح ماڻهو ئي سموري وجود جو اصل مقصد آهن (''الأولياء والصالحون هم المقصود من الكون''). اهي اهي ماڻهو آهن، جن علم جي حقيقت کي سکيو ۽ ان تي عمل ڪيو... اهي پنهنجي علم موجب عمل ڪن ٿا، دنيا مان ٿوري شيءِ تي گذارو ڪن ٿا، آخرت جا طالب رهن ٿا ۽ هڪ جهان کان ٻئي جهان ڏانهن وڃڻ لاءِ بيدار اکين ۽ سٺي توشي سان تيار رهن ٿا؛ ان جي ابتڙ اهي ماڻهو آهن، جيڪي رڳو پنهنجي علم سبب مشهور هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;Ibn al-Jawzi, ''Sifat al-safwa'' (Beirut ed. 1989/1409) p. 13, 17.&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;

=== تصوف ===

ابن الجوزي جو خيال هو ته [[تصوف]] يا ''تَصَوُّف'' اسلامي عمل جو هڪ لازمي حصو آهي. محققن موجب سندس ڪتاب ''تلبيس إبليس''، جنهن ۾ [[تفسير]] ۽ [[فقه]] سميت تقريباً سڀني اهم اسلامي علمن ۾ پيدا ٿيل بدعتن تي تنقيد ڪئي وئي آهي، ڪنهن به صورت ۾ سڄي تصوف جو رد نه آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.abc.se/home/m9783/ir/f/ts/Tasawwuf%20shuyukh.htm#18|title=Error404}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان جي ابتڙ، هن ابتدائي صوفين ۽ اولياءَ جي فضيلتن بابت ڪيترائي ڪتاب لکيا، جن ۾ ''مناقب رابعه العدويه''، ''مناقب معروف الڪرخي''، ''مناقب ابراهيم بن ادهم'' ۽ ''مناقب بشر الحافي'' سميت ٻيون تصنيفون شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

ابن الجوزي [[ابو حامد غزالي]] جي تعليمات جو پڻ مضبوط حامي هو، ۽ تصوف بابت سندس ڪيترين تصنيفن تي غزالي جي مشهور ڪتاب ''[[احياء علوم الدين]]'' جو اثر نظر اچي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt; حقيقت ۾ ابن الجوزي نه رڳو ساڳين موضوعن تي لکيو، پر ڪيترين جاين تي غزالي جي لکڻيءَ جي طريقي ۽ اصطلاحن کي پڻ اختيار ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي روحاني تصنيفن ۾ جن موضوعن تي بحث ڪيو، تن ۾ خدا ڏانهن شديد شوق جي معنيٰ، پنهنجي [[نفس]] کان ان جي عملن جو حساب وٺڻ، نفس جي ڪمزورين تي ملامت ڪرڻ ۽ نفس جي اصلاح لاءِ ان کي سخت تنبيه ڪرڻ شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;abc.se&quot;/&gt;

== عقيدو ==

[[بدر الدين اَهدل|ابن الاهدل]] (وفات: 855هه/1451ع) پنهنجي ڪتاب ''ڪشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد'' ({{lang|ar|كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد}}) ۾ ابن الجوزي کي [[اشعريت|اشعري]] عالمن مان شمار ڪيو آهي، ۽ ان سلسلي ۾ هن [[عبدالقادر جيلاني]] جو پڻ ذڪر ڪيو آهي&lt;ref name=&quot;Ahdal&quot;&gt;{{cite book
|author=[[ابن الاهدل]]
|editor=Ahmad Bakīr Mahmud
|url=https://archive.org/download/kalam-misc/kashful-ghitaa.pdf
|title=Kashf al-Ghata' 'an Haqa'iq al-Tawhid
|script-title=ar:كشف الغطاء عن حقائق التوحيد
|language=ar
|location=[[تيونس]]
|publisher=Tunisian General Labour Union
|year=1964
|page=83
|quote=جن عالمن جا عقيدا اڳ بيان ڪيا ويا آهن، تن مان شافعي عالمن کان سواءِ قرشي ۽ شاذلي مالڪي ۽ اشعري هئا. ان کان پوءِ مالڪي ۽ حنفي عالمن جا عقيدا به بيان ڪجن ٿا، ته جيئن معلوم ٿئي ته انهن ٻنهي مذهبن جي اڪثريت عقيدي ۾ اشعري مذهب تي هئي. '''حنبلي فقه جي ڪجهه عالمن جو پڻ عقيدي ۾ اشعري مذهب هو، جيئن شيخ عبدالقادر جيلاني، ابن الجوزي ۽ ٻيا، الله انهن کان راضي ٿئي.''' اڳ به بيان ٿي چڪو آهي ۽ اڳتي به بيان ٿيندو ته امام اشعري ۽ امام احمد بن حنبل عقيدي ۾ هڪجهڙا هئا. اختلاف پوءِ سندن ڪجهه پوئلڳن سبب پيدا ٿيو، جيڪي حرف، آواز، جهت ۽ ٻين اهڙن مسئلن جا قائل ٿيا. تنهن ڪري اسان مخالفن جا عقيدا بيان نه ڪيا آهن، بلڪه رڳو پنهنجي اشعري عالمن ۽ انهن مالڪي ۽ حنفي عالمن جا عقيدا بيان ڪيا آهن، جيڪي انهن سان متفق هئا. مالڪي عقيدي لاءِ شيخ امام ابو محمد عبدالله بن ابي زيد المالڪي جي تصنيف پيش ڪئي وئي آهي، جيڪا هن پنهنجي ڪتاب ''الرسالة'' جي شروعات ۾ بيان ڪئي آهي.
}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جيتوڻيڪ ابن الجوزي [[حنبلي]] فقه سان لاڳاپيل هو، پر هو ٻين ڪيترن حنبلي عالمن وانگر [[علم ڪلام]] جي ماهرن ([[متڪلم]]) کي مڪمل طور رد نه ڪندو هو. هو ضرورت ۽ مخاطب جي حالت موجب [[علم ڪلام]] ۽ [[تأويل]] کي قبول ڪندو هو ۽ مناسب موقعن تي انهن مان استدلال پڻ ڪندو هو.

== علم ڪلام ==

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي دور جي ٻين [[حنبلي]] عالمن، خاص طور [[ابن حميد الوراق]]، [[ابو يعلى ابن الفراء|قاضي ابو يعلى ابن الفراء]] ۽ [[ابن الزاغوني]] جي برخلاف پنهنجي الڳ علمي موقف سبب مشهور آهي. سندس خيال هو ته انهن ۽ ڪجهه ٻين حنبلي عالمن [[الله جون صفتون|الهي صفتن]] جي اثبات ۾ حد کان وڌيڪ غلو ڪيو، جنهن سبب حنبلي مذهب جي ساک متاثر ٿي ۽ ماڻهن وٽ ان جو تعلق سخت [[تجسيم]] (الله کي سندس مخلوق سان مشابهت ڏيڻ) سان ڳنڍجڻ لڳو.

ابن الجوزي لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
''&quot;انهن جو عقيدو هو ته الله تعاليٰ جي ذات کان سواءِ سندس هڪ صورت ۽ چهرو به آهي. هو اهو به چوندا هئا ته الله جون ٻه اکيون، وات، ننڍڙي زبان (لهاٽ)، ڏند، نور ۽ جلال وارو چهرو، ٻه هٿ جن ۾ هتيلون، آڱريون، ننڍيون آڱريون ۽ آڱوٺا، پٺي، ۽ ٻه ٽنگون آهن، جيڪي رانن ۽ پنڊلين ۾ ورهايل آهن.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-188&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last1=Holtzman|first1=Livnat|title=&quot;Does God Really Laugh?&quot; – Appropriate and Inappropriate Descriptions of God in Islamic Traditionalist Theology|url=http://arabic.biu.ac.il/files/arabic/shared/staff/u16/holtzman_final080310.pdf|publisher=Bar-Ilan University, Ramat Gan|pages=188}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

ان کان پوءِ هن خاص طور قاضي ابو يعلى تي تنقيد ڪندي لکيو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
''&quot;جيڪو شخص الله تعاليٰ لاءِ ڏندن کي به هڪ الهي صفت طور ثابت ڪري ٿو، تنهن کي اسلام بابت ڪا به صحيح ڄاڻ نه آهي.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-191&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last1=Holtzman|first1=Livnat|title=&quot;Does God Really Laugh?&quot; – Appropriate and Inappropriate Descriptions of God in Islamic Traditionalist Theology|url=http://arabic.biu.ac.il/files/arabic/shared/staff/u16/holtzman_final080310.pdf|publisher=Bar-Ilan University, Ramat Gan|pages=191}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

هن موضوع تي ابن الجوزي جي سڀ کان مشهور تصنيف ''[[كتاب أخبار الصفات|باز الأشهب المنقض على مخالفي المذهب]]'' آهي، جنهن جو مطلب آهي: ''&quot;سرمائي رنگ جو شڪاري باز، جيڪو (حنبلي) مذهب جي مخالفت ڪندڙن تي حملو ڪري ٿو.&quot;''&lt;ref name=&quot;Holtzman-188&quot; /&gt;

=== الله نه ڪائنات جي اندر آهي ۽ نه ئي ٻاهر ===

ابن الجوزي پنهنجي ڪتاب ''الصفات'' ۾ لکي ٿو ته الله نه ڪائنات جي اندر موجود آهي ۽ نه ئي ان کان ٻاهر.&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot;&gt;Swartz, Merlin. ''A Medieval Critique of Anthropomorphism'', pg. 159. [[ليڊن]]: [[بريل پبلشرز]], 2001.&lt;/ref&gt; سندس مطابق &quot;اندر&quot; يا &quot;ٻاهر&quot; هجڻ جو تصور صرف انهن شين تي لاڳو ٿيندو آهي، جيڪي ڪنهن جاءِ يا خلا ۾ موجود هجن. يعني جيڪا شيءِ اندر يا ٻاهر هجي، ان لاءِ ڪنهن هنڌ جو هجڻ لازمي آهي، جڏهن ته الله تعاليٰ بابت اهڙو تصور لاڳو نٿو ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot; /&gt;

هو لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;ڪنهن جاءِ ۾ هجڻ يا ان کان ٻاهر هجڻ، حرڪت، سڪون ۽ ٻيا اهڙا عارض جسم واريون خاصيتون آهن. الله جي ذات نه ڪنهن مخلوق کي پنهنجي اندر جاءِ ڏئي ٿي ۽ نه ئي ڪا مخلوق سندس ذات ۾ حلول ڪري سگهي ٿي.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Swartz, Merlin 2001, p.159&quot; /&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

== تصنيفون ==

[[فائل:ArRadd IbneJawzi.PNG|200px|thumb|''الرد على المتعصب العنيد المانع من ذم يزيد'' جي ڇپيل نسخي جو سرورق.]]

ابن الجوزي کي اسلامي تاريخ جي سڀ کان وڌيڪ تصنيفون لکڻ وارن عالمن مان هڪ، بلڪه ڪيترن محققن موجب سڀ کان وڌيڪ تصنيفون لکندڙ عالم، شمار ڪيو ويندو آهي. [[ذهبي]] لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;مون عالمن مان ڪنهن کي به ابن الجوزي جيترو گهڻو لکندي نه ڏٺو آهي.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;sahwah&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.as-sahwah.com/viewarticle.php?articleID=1277&amp;|title=IslamicAwakening.Com: Ibn al-Jawzi: A Lifetime of Da'wah|date=October 22, 2006|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20061022195654/http://www.as-sahwah.com/viewarticle.php?articleID=1277&amp; |archive-date=2006-10-22 }}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

تازو عراقي محقق پروفيسر عبد الحميد العلوجي ابن الجوزي جي تصنيفن تي تفصيلي تحقيق ڪئي ۽ هڪ مرجع ڪتاب تيار ڪيو، جنهن ۾ هن ابن الجوزي جي تصنيفن کي الف ب وار ترتيب ڏئي، انهن جي ڇپيل نسخن، ناشرن ۽ انهن لائبريرين جي نشاندهي ڪئي، جتي سندس اڻڇپيل قلمي نسخا محفوظ آهن. ڪجهه محققن جو خيال آهي ته ابن الجوزي 700 کان وڌيڪ ڪتابن جو مصنف هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Ibn Al-Jawzi&quot;/&gt;

سندس تصنيفن جي غيرمعمولي وڏي تعداد سبب ڪجهه عالمن سندس تحريرن تي تنقيد پڻ ڪئي، سندس غلطين کي خاص ڌيان سان جاچيو ۽ کيس اهڙو مصنف قرار ڏنو، جنهن کان ڪيترائي سهواً غلطيون ٿيون. بهرحال، [[ابن رجب]] سندس دفاع ۾ ابن الجوزي جو هي قول نقل ڪيو آهي:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;مان ترتيب ڏيندڙ آهيان، نيون تصنيفون ايجاد ڪندڙ نه آهيان.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |last=Ibn al-Jawzī |first=ʿAbd al-Raḥmān ibn ʿAlī |title=al-Muntaẓam fī Tārīkh al-Mulūk wa-l-Umam |publisher=Dār al-Kutub al-ʿIlmiyyah |year=1997 |edition=vol.1 |location=Beirut |publication-date=1997 |pages=30 |language=arabic}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;

مذهبي موضوعن کان علاوه ابن الجوزي طب بابت پڻ لکيو. [[جلال الدين سيوطي]] جي طبي تصنيفن وانگر، سندس ڪتاب به تقريباً مڪمل طور تي [[نبوي طب]] تي ٻڌل هو، جڏهن ته [[ذهبي]] جي تصنيفن وانگر اسلامي ۽ يوناني طب جي گڏيل روايتن کي شامل نه ڪندو هو. ابن الجوزي خاص طور خوراڪ ۽ قدرتي علاج تي زور ڏنو، جن کي هن ريبيز (ڪتي جي چڪ) ۽ چيچڪ جهڙين سنگين بيمارين سان گڏ، مٿي جي سور ۽ نڪ مان رت اچڻ جهڙين عام تڪليفن جي علاج لاءِ پڻ بيان ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;Emilie Savage-Smith, &quot;Medicine.&quot; Taken from ''Encyclopedia of the History of Arabic Science, Volume 3: Technology, Alchemy and Life Sciences'', pg. 928. Ed. Roshdi Rasheed. [[لنڊن]]: [[روٽليج]], 1996. {{ISBN|0-415-12412-3}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مشهور تصنيفون ===

* ''[[الموضوعات الكبرى]]'' (جعلي حديثن جو وڏو مجموعو)
* ''[[دفع شبه التشبيه]]''&lt;ref&gt;Swartz, Merlin. ''A Medieval Critque of Anthropomorphism''. Brill, 2001&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''صفة الصفوة'' — پنج جلد، [[ابو نعيم اصفهاني]] جي ''[[حلية الأولياء]]'' جو اختصار ۽ نئين ترتيب.
* ''آداب الحسن البصري وزهده ومواعظه'' (حسن بصري جا آداب، زهد ۽ نصيحتون)&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last1=ابن الجوزي، عبد الرحمن بن علي بن محمد،|url=http://www.aruc.org/fullbib.aspx?id=1882791|title=آداب الحسن البصري وزهده ومواعظه|last2=الحرش، سليمان بن مسلم|date=2007|publisher=دار النوادر،|location=دمشق|language=ar|oclc=4770455870}}&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''زاد المسير في علم التفسير''&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.hilalplaza.com/products/zad-al-masir-fi-ilm-al-tafsir-8-vol|title=Zad al-Masir fi Ilm al-Tafsir 8 vol.4 books|access-date=2021-01-28|archive-date=2023-10-03|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20231003211857/https://www.hilalplaza.com/products/zad-al-masir-fi-ilm-al-tafsir-8-vol|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;
* ''تلبيس إبليس''
* ''تذكرة أولي البصائر في معرفة الكبائر''
* ''غريب الحديث''
* ''أحكام النساء''
* ''مولد العروس''
* ''حفظ العمر''
* ''بيان المولد النبوي''
* ''بحر الدموع''

== مقبرو ==

ابن الجوزي جو مقبرو [[بغداد]]، [[عراق]] ۾ واقع آهي. سندس قبر هڪ سادي سائي سيمينٽ جي ٺهيل مزار آهي، جنهن جي چوڌاري پٿر رکيل آهن، جڏهن ته مٿس لڳل هڪ ڪاغذي تختي تي اهو ڄاڻايل آهي ته هي ابن الجوزي جي قبر آهي.

2019ع ۾ سوشل ميڊيا تي اهڙيون افواهون پکڙيون ته سندس مقبرو ڊاهي هٽايو ويو آهي، جڏهن هڪ تصوير منظرعام تي آئي جنهن ۾ قبر هٽائيندي ڏيکاريل هئي. بهرحال، عراقي عملدارن انهن خبرن جي ترديد ڪندي واضح ڪيو ته ابن الجوزي جو مقبرو ڊاهيو نه ويو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://shafaq.com/ar|title=شفق نيوز|website=شفق نيوز}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== پڻ ڏسو ==
* [[سبط ابن الجوزي]]
* [[ابن عقيل]]

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}

== خارجي ڳنڍڻا ==
* [http://www.muslimscholars.info/manage.php?submit=scholar&amp;ID=60001 مسلم اسڪالرز ڊاٽ انفارميشن تي ابن الجوزي جي سوانح]
* [http://www.amalpress.com/index.php?l_dis=publications&amp;det=full&amp;id=18 ''الله جون صفتون'']، ابن الجوزي؛ ترجمو: عبدالله بن حميد علي؛ ڇپائيندڙ: [http://www.amalpress.com/ امل پريس]
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20090215044232/http://hanbalis.com/index.php/Ibn_al-Jawzi ابن الجوزي جي سڀ کان جامع آن لائين سوانح]
* {{in lang|fr}} [https://web.archive.org/web/20120526102946/http://www.at-tawhid.net/article-l-attachement-au-qur-an-que-contiennent-les-coeurs-des-amoureux-d-allah-ibn-al-jawzi-46585345.html امام ابن الجوزي موجب قرآن سان وابستگيءَ جي اهميت]
* {{in lang|fr}} [https://web.archive.org/web/20110817015245/http://www.at-tawhid.net/article-ibn-al-jawzi-expose-critique-et-refute-l-egarement-des-anthropomorphistes-hanbalites-59608673.html امام ابن الجوزي طرفان تجسيم پسند حنبلي نظرين جي ترديد]

{{Portal bar|Biography|Islam|Iraq}}
{{Historians of Islam}}
{{Hanbali scholars}}
{{Ash'ari}}
{{Authority control}}

{{DEFAULTSORT:ابن الجوزي، ابو الفرج}}

[[زمرو:حنبلي عالم]]
[[زمرو:ٻارهين صديءَ جا مسلمان علم ڪلام جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:شيخ الاسلام]]
[[زمرو:بغداد جا ماڻهو]]
[[زمرو:عرب سني اسلامي عالم]]
[[زمرو:سني اسلامي عالم]]
[[زمرو:قرآني تفسير جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:حديث جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:سلجوقي سلطنت جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:1110ع واري ڏهاڪي ۾ ڄاول]]
[[زمرو:1201ع ۾ وفات ڪندڙ]]
[[زمرو:عباسي خلافت جا ٻارهين صديءَ جا ماڻهو]]
[[زمرو:مقامات]]
[[زمرو:اشعري عالم]]
[[زمرو:رجال جا عالم]]
[[زمرو:اسلامي زهد]]
[[زمرو:ٻارهين صديءَ جا عرب]]
[[زمرو:شيعه اسلام جا ناقد]]
[[زمرو:ڄمڻ جو سال غير يقيني]]
[[زمرو:بنو ابو بڪر]]


[[زمرو:اسلامي شخصيتون]]
[[زمرو:سلف]]
[[زمرو:محدث]]
[[زمرو:1116ع جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:1110ع جي ڏهاڪي جون پيدائشون]]
[[زمرو:Articles with short description]]</text>
      <sha1>e1ci2x8l8t8yfy7jycg9vkmtcywg8y3</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>ڪائنات جو نور</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>31380</id>
    <revision>
      <id>401153</id>
      <parentid>280073</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T11:10:33Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Memon2025</username>
        <id>21315</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* حوالا */</comment>
      <origin>401153</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="1090" sha1="93oq4hqlh35trgqqjsndes4h6raar8t" xml:space="preserve">{{مبسس4}}
قرآن مجيد ۾ ٻڌايو ويو آهي ته:

اَللّٰہُ نُوۡرُ السَّمٰوٰتِ وَ الۡاَرۡضِ (النور: 35)

”الله آسمانن ۽ زمين جو نور آهي.“

يعني هن سڄيءَ ڪائنات ۾ جتي به ڪا روشني يا سُهائي آهي، اها خدا جي ذات جي ڪري آهي. خدا جيڪڏهن روشني نه ڏي ته ڪنهن ٻئي هنڌان ڪنهن کي روشني ملڻ واري ناهي.
&lt;ref&gt;{{Citation |title=انسانيت جي تعمير (مولانا وحيد الدين خان / خالد ڀٽي) {{!}} سنڌ سلامت ڪتاب گهر&lt;!-- Bot generated title --&gt; |url=http://books.sindhsalamat.com/book.php?book_id=307 |accessdate=2016-09-13 |archive-date=2017-09-12 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170912090236/http://books.sindhsalamat.com/book.php?book_id=307 |dead-url=yes }}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: انسانيت جي تعمير ، مولانا وحيد الدين خان&lt;/ref&gt;
==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:اسلام]]
[[زمرو:اسلامي عقيدا]]</text>
      <sha1>93oq4hqlh35trgqqjsndes4h6raar8t</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>گونيا</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>39334</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400964</id>
      <parentid>251426</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T20:02:54Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>400964</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="4004" sha1="cosh45q5ufdvobbe1apwmjz5bl6ecx5" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڪاٺ جي ڪم ۾ قائم زاويي جي ماپ، ليڪون ڪڍڻ ۽ زاويَن جي حساب لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ چپٽو اوزار}}

{{Infobox tool
|image=Steel Square-1.jpg
|other_name={{unbulleted list|فريمنگ اسڪوائر|واڍيءَ جو اسڪوائر}}
|classification={{unbulleted list|[[اسڪوائر (اوزار)|اسڪوائر جو هڪ قسم]]|ڪاٺ جي ڪم جو هٿ وارو اوزار}}
|used_with={{unbulleted list|[[واڍيءَ جي پينسل]]|[[سيسي وارو شاقول]]}}
}}

'''گونيا''' جنھن کي انگريزي ۾ '''اسٽيل اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Steel square}}) عام طور '''فريمنگ اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Framing square}}) يا '''واڍي جو اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Carpenter's square}}) چيو ويندو آهي، [[واڍي]] ۽ تعميراتي ڪم ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ هڪ اهم ماپ وارو اوزار آهي. واڍا هن اوزار جي مدد سان ڪاٺ جي ڍانچن کي صحيح [[قائم زاويي]] (90°) تي نشان لڳائڻ، ماپڻ ۽ تيار ڪرڻ جو ڪم ڪندا آهن. جيتوڻيڪ واڍيءَ ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڪيترائي اسڪوائر فولاد مان ٺهندا آهن، پر '''اسٽيل اسڪوائر''' جو نالو خاص طور هڪ ڊگهي ٻانهن واري مخصوص اسڪوائر لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جيڪو زاويَن جي ماپ ۽ ٻين ڪيترن ئي حسابن لاءِ پڻ ڪم ايندو آهي.

هي اوزار ٻن ٻانهن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي، جيڪي هڪ ٻئي سان 90 درجن (قائم زاويي) تي ڳنڍيل هونديون آهن. هڪ ٻانهن ڊگهي ۽ ويڪري هوندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٻي نسبتاً ننڍي ۽ سوڙهي هوندي آهي. ماضيءَ ۾ هي اوزار تقريباً هميشه فولاد مان ٺاهيو ويندو هو، پر جديد دور ۾ ان جي تياري [[ايلومينيم]]، [[پوليمر]] يا ٻين هلڪن ۽ زنگ کان محفوظ مواد مان پڻ ڪئي وڃي ٿي.

ڊگهي ۽ ويڪري ٻانهن، جيڪا عام طور 50 ملي ميٽر ويڪري هوندي آهي، '''باڊي''' (Body) سڏبي آهي، جڏهن ته ننڍي ۽ سوڙهي ٻانهن، جيڪا لڳ ڀڳ 37 ملي ميٽر ويڪري هوندي آهي، '''ٽنگ''' (Tongue) سڏبي آهي.

فريمنگ اسڪوائر جا ڪيترائي استعمال آهن، جن ۾ عام [[ڇت جا شهتير]] (Rafters)، [[هپ شهتير]] (Hip rafters) ۽ [[ڏاڪڻ]] جي بناوت لاءِ ليڪون ڪڍڻ ۽ ماپون مقرر ڪرڻ شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Elliot&quot;&gt;{{Citation |last=Elliot |first=J. Hamilton |editor-last=Cobleigh |editor-first=Rolfe |year=1910 |title=Use of the Steel Square |work=Handy Farm Devices and How to Make Them |publisher=Orange Judd and Company |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=rYY_AAAAYAAJ&amp;pg=PA19}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن اوزار تي عام طور [[قطري]] (ڊائگونل) ماپ، [[بورڊ فوٽ]] (Board foot) ماپ ۽ [[اٺ ڪنڊي]] (آڪٽاگونل) ماپ جا پيمانا پڻ ڏنل هوندا آهن. جديد فريمنگ اسڪوائرن تي مختلف ڍلانن (Slopes) لاءِ درجن جي تبديلي (ڊگري ڪنورشنس) ۽ ڪسري ماپن (فريڪشنل اڪئيوولنٽس) جا نشان پڻ موجود هوندا آهن.

فريمنگ اسڪوائر کي [[ونڊنگ اسٽڪس]] (Winding sticks) طور به استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي تختي ۾ وڪڙ يا مروٽ (twist) جي جاچ ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ھيءُ اوزار ڀتين جي ڪنڊن کي 90 ڊگرين تي بيھارڻ جي ڪم ايندو آھي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر:[[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>cosh45q5ufdvobbe1apwmjz5bl6ecx5</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400966</id>
      <parentid>400964</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T20:07:48Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>400966</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="5012" sha1="cfi8yqfi3ubomv3kerdiwusuq5wp0qd" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڪاٺ جي ڪم ۾ قائم زاويي جي ماپ، ليڪون ڪڍڻ ۽ زاويَن جي حساب لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ چپٽو اوزار}}

{{Infobox tool
|image=Steel Square-1.jpg
|other_name={{unbulleted list|فريمنگ اسڪوائر|واڍيءَ جو اسڪوائر}}
|classification={{unbulleted list|[[اسڪوائر (اوزار)|اسڪوائر جو هڪ قسم]]|ڪاٺ جي ڪم جو هٿ وارو اوزار}}
|used_with={{unbulleted list|[[واڍيءَ جي پينسل]]|[[سيسي وارو شاقول]]}}
}}

'''گونيا''' جنھن کي انگريزي ۾ '''اسٽيل اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Steel square}}) عام طور '''فريمنگ اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Framing square}}) يا '''واڍي جو اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Carpenter's square}}) چيو ويندو آهي، [[واڍي]] ۽ تعميراتي ڪم ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ هڪ اهم ماپ وارو اوزار آهي. واڍا هن اوزار جي مدد سان ڪاٺ جي ڍانچن کي صحيح [[قائم زاويي]] (90°) تي نشان لڳائڻ، ماپڻ ۽ تيار ڪرڻ جو ڪم ڪندا آهن. جيتوڻيڪ واڍيءَ ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڪيترائي اسڪوائر فولاد مان ٺهندا آهن، پر '''اسٽيل اسڪوائر''' جو نالو خاص طور هڪ ڊگهي ٻانهن واري مخصوص اسڪوائر لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جيڪو زاويَن جي ماپ ۽ ٻين ڪيترن ئي حسابن لاءِ پڻ ڪم ايندو آهي.

هي اوزار ٻن ٻانهن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي، جيڪي هڪ ٻئي سان 90 درجن (قائم زاويي) تي ڳنڍيل هونديون آهن. هڪ ٻانهن ڊگهي ۽ ويڪري هوندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٻي نسبتاً ننڍي ۽ سوڙهي هوندي آهي. ماضيءَ ۾ هي اوزار تقريباً هميشه فولاد مان ٺاهيو ويندو هو، پر جديد دور ۾ ان جي تياري [[ايلومينيم]]، [[پوليمر]] يا ٻين هلڪن ۽ زنگ کان محفوظ مواد مان پڻ ڪئي وڃي ٿي.

ڊگهي ۽ ويڪري ٻانهن، جيڪا عام طور 50 ملي ميٽر ويڪري هوندي آهي، '''باڊي''' (Body) سڏبي آهي، جڏهن ته ننڍي ۽ سوڙهي ٻانهن، جيڪا لڳ ڀڳ 37 ملي ميٽر ويڪري هوندي آهي، '''ٽنگ''' (Tongue) سڏبي آهي.

فريمنگ اسڪوائر جا ڪيترائي استعمال آهن، جن ۾ عام [[ڇت جا شهتير]] (Rafters)، [[هپ شهتير]] (Hip rafters) ۽ [[ڏاڪڻ]] جي بناوت لاءِ ليڪون ڪڍڻ ۽ ماپون مقرر ڪرڻ شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Elliot&quot;&gt;{{Citation |last=Elliot |first=J. Hamilton |editor-last=Cobleigh |editor-first=Rolfe |year=1910 |title=Use of the Steel Square |work=Handy Farm Devices and How to Make Them |publisher=Orange Judd and Company |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=rYY_AAAAYAAJ&amp;pg=PA19}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن اوزار تي عام طور [[قطري]] (ڊائگونل) ماپ، [[بورڊ فوٽ]] (Board foot) ماپ ۽ [[اٺ ڪنڊي]] (آڪٽاگونل) ماپ جا پيمانا پڻ ڏنل هوندا آهن. جديد فريمنگ اسڪوائرن تي مختلف ڍلانن (Slopes) لاءِ درجن جي تبديلي (ڊگري ڪنورشنس) ۽ ڪسري ماپن (فريڪشنل اڪئيوولنٽس) جا نشان پڻ موجود هوندا آهن.

فريمنگ اسڪوائر کي [[ونڊنگ اسٽڪس]] (Winding sticks) طور به استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي تختي ۾ وڪڙ يا مروٽ (twist) جي جاچ ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ھيءُ اوزار ڀتين جي ڪنڊن کي 90 ڊگرين تي بيھارڻ جي ڪم ايندو آھي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر:[[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;

== باڊي ۽ ٽنگ ==

روايتي [[ڪاٺي جو ڍانچو|ڪاٺيءَ جي ڍانچي]] (ٽمبر فريم) جي جوڙجڪ ۾ [[مورٽس ۽ ٽينن]] (Mortise and tenon) جوڙ عام طور نرم ڪاٺ ۾ 50 ملي ميٽر ويڪرا ۽ ڪاٺ جي ڪنڊ کان 50 ملي ميٽر جي فاصلي تي ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جنهن سبب اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي '''باڊي''' (Body) جي ويڪر پڻ 50 ملي ميٽر مقرر ٿي.

ساڳيءَ ريت، سخت ڪاٺ ۾ مورٽس ۽ ٽينن جا جوڙ روايتي طور 37 ملي ميٽر ويڪرا ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جنهن جي بنياد تي اسڪوائر جي '''ٽنگ''' (Tongue) جي ويڪر 37 ملي ميٽر رکي وئي. انهن معياري ويڪرن سبب نرم ۽ سخت ٻنهي قسمن جي ڪاٺ سان ڪم ڪندي مورٽس ۽ ٽينن وارن جوڙن جي ماپ ۽ نشان لڳائڻ جو ڪم تيزيءَ ۽ درستگيءَ سان ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>cfi8yqfi3ubomv3kerdiwusuq5wp0qd</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400967</id>
      <parentid>400966</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T20:14:20Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400967</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="9127" sha1="h0qmgjdy635cj7mstza4x7hwouptoo8" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڪاٺ جي ڪم ۾ قائم زاويي جي ماپ، ليڪون ڪڍڻ ۽ زاويَن جي حساب لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ چپٽو اوزار}}

{{Infobox tool
|image=Steel Square-1.jpg
|other_name={{unbulleted list|فريمنگ اسڪوائر|واڍيءَ جو اسڪوائر}}
|classification={{unbulleted list|[[اسڪوائر (اوزار)|اسڪوائر جو هڪ قسم]]|ڪاٺ جي ڪم جو هٿ وارو اوزار}}
|used_with={{unbulleted list|[[واڍيءَ جي پينسل]]|[[سيسي وارو شاقول]]}}
}}

'''گونيا''' جنھن کي انگريزي ۾ '''اسٽيل اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Steel square}}) عام طور '''فريمنگ اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Framing square}}) يا '''واڍي جو اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Carpenter's square}}) چيو ويندو آهي، [[واڍي]] ۽ تعميراتي ڪم ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ هڪ اهم ماپ وارو اوزار آهي. واڍا هن اوزار جي مدد سان ڪاٺ جي ڍانچن کي صحيح [[قائم زاويي]] (90°) تي نشان لڳائڻ، ماپڻ ۽ تيار ڪرڻ جو ڪم ڪندا آهن. جيتوڻيڪ واڍيءَ ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڪيترائي اسڪوائر فولاد مان ٺهندا آهن، پر '''اسٽيل اسڪوائر''' جو نالو خاص طور هڪ ڊگهي ٻانهن واري مخصوص اسڪوائر لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جيڪو زاويَن جي ماپ ۽ ٻين ڪيترن ئي حسابن لاءِ پڻ ڪم ايندو آهي.

هي اوزار ٻن ٻانهن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي، جيڪي هڪ ٻئي سان 90 درجن (قائم زاويي) تي ڳنڍيل هونديون آهن. هڪ ٻانهن ڊگهي ۽ ويڪري هوندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٻي نسبتاً ننڍي ۽ سوڙهي هوندي آهي. ماضيءَ ۾ هي اوزار تقريباً هميشه فولاد مان ٺاهيو ويندو هو، پر جديد دور ۾ ان جي تياري [[ايلومينيم]]، [[پوليمر]] يا ٻين هلڪن ۽ زنگ کان محفوظ مواد مان پڻ ڪئي وڃي ٿي.

ڊگهي ۽ ويڪري ٻانهن، جيڪا عام طور 50 ملي ميٽر ويڪري هوندي آهي، '''باڊي''' (Body) سڏبي آهي، جڏهن ته ننڍي ۽ سوڙهي ٻانهن، جيڪا لڳ ڀڳ 37 ملي ميٽر ويڪري هوندي آهي، '''ٽنگ''' (Tongue) سڏبي آهي.

فريمنگ اسڪوائر جا ڪيترائي استعمال آهن، جن ۾ عام [[ڇت جا شهتير]] (Rafters)، [[هپ شهتير]] (Hip rafters) ۽ [[ڏاڪڻ]] جي بناوت لاءِ ليڪون ڪڍڻ ۽ ماپون مقرر ڪرڻ شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Elliot&quot;&gt;{{Citation |last=Elliot |first=J. Hamilton |editor-last=Cobleigh |editor-first=Rolfe |year=1910 |title=Use of the Steel Square |work=Handy Farm Devices and How to Make Them |publisher=Orange Judd and Company |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=rYY_AAAAYAAJ&amp;pg=PA19}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن اوزار تي عام طور [[قطري]] (ڊائگونل) ماپ، [[بورڊ فوٽ]] (Board foot) ماپ ۽ [[اٺ ڪنڊي]] (آڪٽاگونل) ماپ جا پيمانا پڻ ڏنل هوندا آهن. جديد فريمنگ اسڪوائرن تي مختلف ڍلانن (Slopes) لاءِ درجن جي تبديلي (ڊگري ڪنورشنس) ۽ ڪسري ماپن (فريڪشنل اڪئيوولنٽس) جا نشان پڻ موجود هوندا آهن.

فريمنگ اسڪوائر کي [[ونڊنگ اسٽڪس]] (Winding sticks) طور به استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي تختي ۾ وڪڙ يا مروٽ (twist) جي جاچ ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ھيءُ اوزار ڀتين جي ڪنڊن کي 90 ڊگرين تي بيھارڻ جي ڪم ايندو آھي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر:[[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;

== باڊي ۽ ٽنگ ==

روايتي [[ڪاٺي جو ڍانچو|ڪاٺيءَ جي ڍانچي]] (ٽمبر فريم) جي جوڙجڪ ۾ [[مورٽس ۽ ٽينن]] (Mortise and tenon) جوڙ عام طور نرم ڪاٺ ۾ 50 ملي ميٽر ويڪرا ۽ ڪاٺ جي ڪنڊ کان 50 ملي ميٽر جي فاصلي تي ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جنهن سبب اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي '''باڊي''' (Body) جي ويڪر پڻ 50 ملي ميٽر مقرر ٿي.

ساڳيءَ ريت، سخت ڪاٺ ۾ مورٽس ۽ ٽينن جا جوڙ روايتي طور 37 ملي ميٽر ويڪرا ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جنهن جي بنياد تي اسڪوائر جي '''ٽنگ''' (Tongue) جي ويڪر 37 ملي ميٽر رکي وئي. انهن معياري ويڪرن سبب نرم ۽ سخت ٻنهي قسمن جي ڪاٺ سان ڪم ڪندي مورٽس ۽ ٽينن وارن جوڙن جي ماپ ۽ نشان لڳائڻ جو ڪم تيزيءَ ۽ درستگيءَ سان ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

== استعمال ==

=== درستگي جي جاچ ===

اسٽيل اسڪوائر پاڻ پنهنجي درستگي جانچڻ ۽ درست ڪرڻ وارو اوزار آهي. ان جي مدد سان پهرين هڪ [[قائم زاويي]] واري ليڪ ڪڍي ويندي آهي، پوءِ اسڪوائر کي ابتو ڪري ٻيهر ساڳي ليڪ تي رکي ڏٺو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ٻنهي ليڪن ۾ فرق ظاهر ٿئي ته ان مان غلطي جي مقدار ۽ رخ جو اندازو لڳائي سگهجي ٿو. اهڙي غلطي کي اسڪوائر جي ڪنڊ تي سينٽر پنچ (Center punch) جي هلڪي ڌڪ سان زاويي کي ٿورو کولڻ يا بند ڪرڻ ذريعي درست ڪري سگهجي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Framing Square Test &amp; Repair |url=https://inspectapedia.com/roof/Framing-Square-Accuracy-Test-Repair.php |website=Inspectapedia |access-date=10 December 2021}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڏاڪڻ جي بناوت ===

[[File:Stringer revised.jpg|thumb|right|250px|اسٽرنگر جي نظرياتي اوچائي (رائيز) ۽ افقي ڊيگهه (رن)، اسڪوائر جي بيهڪ، ڏاڪڻ جي ڏاڪي (ٽريڊ) ۽ رائزر جي نشان لڳائڻ جو طريقو.]]

عام طور ڏاڪڻ ٽن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندي آهي:

* '''اسٽرنگر''' (Stringer)، جيڪو ڏاڪڻ جو بنيادي ڍانچو هوندو آهي ۽ سڄو وزن برداشت ڪندو آهي.
* '''ڏاڪو''' (Tread)، جيڪو افقي حصو هوندو آهي، جنهن تي پير رکيو ويندو آهي.
* '''رائزر''' (Riser)، جيڪو ٻن ڏاڪن جي وچ وارو عمودي تختو هوندو آهي.

ڏاڪڻ جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جهڙوڪ کليل (اوپن)، بند (ڪلوزڊ)، مڪمل گهرائيءَ سان لڳل (فلي ھائوسڊ) ۽ وڪڙيل (وائنڊنگ) ڏاڪڻيون.

ڏاڪڻ جي بناوت لاءِ بنيادي رياضيائي حساب ضروري هوندو آهي، ۽ ان کي تعميراتي ضابطن (بلڊنگ ڪوڊز) موجب تيار ڪرڻو پوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جڳهه وسيع هجي ته وڌيڪ آرامده ۽ مناسب ڏاڪڻ ٺاهي سگهجي ٿي، جڏهن ته محدود جاءِ ۾ اهو ڪم وڌيڪ ڏکيو هوندو آهي. گهڻين ڏاڪڻين ۾ ڏاڪن (Treads) کان هڪ رائزر (Rise) وڌيڪ هوندو آهي.

ڏاڪڻ جي ماپ ۽ نشان لڳائڻ جو عام طريقو هي آهي:

# پهرين '''اوچائي''' (Rise) ۽ '''افقي ڊيگهه''' (Run) مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. اسٽرنگر جو هيٺيون حصو افقي سطح تي بيهندو آهي.
# عام طور 2×12 انچ جي ڪاٺ جو تختو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. فريمنگ اسڪوائر کي تختي تي اهڙي نموني رکيو ويندو آهي، جو ڏاڪي ۽ رائزر جون مقرر ڪيل ماپون تختي جي ڪنڊ سان ملي وڃن. پوءِ اسڪوائر جي ڪنارن سان ليڪون ڪڍيون وينديون آهن. اسڪوائر کي اڳتي سرڪائي ساڳيو عمل هر ڏاڪي لاءِ ورجايو ويندو آهي.
# پوءِ تختي کي نشان لڳل ليڪن مطابق ڪٽيو ويندو آهي. مٿيون عمودي ڪٽ (Plumb cut) ۽ هيٺيون افقي ڪٽ (ليول ڪٽ) پڻ اسڪوائر کي ابتي پاسي رکي نشان لڳايا ويندا آهن.
# هن مثال ۾ اسٽرنگر تي ٻن تختن جا ڏاڪا لڳايا ويا آهن، جنهن سان ڏاڪي جو ٿورو حصو ٻاهر نڪري ٿو ۽ ٻنهي تختن جي وچ ۾ ٿوري وٿي پڻ رهندي آهي. اسٽرنگر جي هيٺئين حصي کي ڏاڪي جي ٿولهه جيترو وڌيڪ ڪٽيو ويندو آهي، جنهن کي '''اسٽرنگر کي هيٺ ڪرڻ'''  چيو ويندو آهي. جڏهن هڪ اسٽرنگر مڪمل تيار ٿي وڃي ته ان کي نموني (پيٽرن) طور استعمال ڪري باقي اسٽرنگرن تي ساڳيا نشان لڳايا ويندا آهن.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>h0qmgjdy635cj7mstza4x7hwouptoo8</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400970</id>
      <parentid>400967</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T20:33:46Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400970</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="12811" sha1="qz08qrsh8j27mv3onukfkxnout2q176" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڪاٺ جي ڪم ۾ قائم زاويي جي ماپ، ليڪون ڪڍڻ ۽ زاويَن جي حساب لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ چپٽو اوزار}}

{{Infobox tool
|image=Steel Square-1.jpg
|other_name={{unbulleted list|فريمنگ اسڪوائر|واڍيءَ جو اسڪوائر}}
|classification={{unbulleted list|[[اسڪوائر (اوزار)|اسڪوائر جو هڪ قسم]]|ڪاٺ جي ڪم جو هٿ وارو اوزار}}
|used_with={{unbulleted list|[[واڍيءَ جي پينسل]]|[[سيسي وارو شاقول]]}}
}}

'''گونيا''' جنھن کي انگريزي ۾ '''اسٽيل اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Steel square}}) عام طور '''فريمنگ اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Framing square}}) يا '''واڍي جو اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Carpenter's square}}) چيو ويندو آهي، [[واڍي]] ۽ تعميراتي ڪم ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ هڪ اهم ماپ وارو اوزار آهي. واڍا هن اوزار جي مدد سان ڪاٺ جي ڍانچن کي صحيح [[قائم زاويي]] (90°) تي نشان لڳائڻ، ماپڻ ۽ تيار ڪرڻ جو ڪم ڪندا آهن. جيتوڻيڪ واڍيءَ ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڪيترائي اسڪوائر فولاد مان ٺهندا آهن، پر '''اسٽيل اسڪوائر''' جو نالو خاص طور هڪ ڊگهي ٻانهن واري مخصوص اسڪوائر لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جيڪو زاويَن جي ماپ ۽ ٻين ڪيترن ئي حسابن لاءِ پڻ ڪم ايندو آهي.

هي اوزار ٻن ٻانهن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي، جيڪي هڪ ٻئي سان 90 درجن (قائم زاويي) تي ڳنڍيل هونديون آهن. هڪ ٻانهن ڊگهي ۽ ويڪري هوندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٻي نسبتاً ننڍي ۽ سوڙهي هوندي آهي. ماضيءَ ۾ هي اوزار تقريباً هميشه فولاد مان ٺاهيو ويندو هو، پر جديد دور ۾ ان جي تياري [[ايلومينيم]]، [[پوليمر]] يا ٻين هلڪن ۽ زنگ کان محفوظ مواد مان پڻ ڪئي وڃي ٿي.

ڊگهي ۽ ويڪري ٻانهن، جيڪا عام طور 50 ملي ميٽر ويڪري هوندي آهي، '''باڊي''' (Body) سڏبي آهي، جڏهن ته ننڍي ۽ سوڙهي ٻانهن، جيڪا لڳ ڀڳ 37 ملي ميٽر ويڪري هوندي آهي، '''ٽنگ''' (Tongue) سڏبي آهي.

فريمنگ اسڪوائر جا ڪيترائي استعمال آهن، جن ۾ عام [[ڇت جا شهتير]] (Rafters)، [[هپ شهتير]] (Hip rafters) ۽ [[ڏاڪڻ]] جي بناوت لاءِ ليڪون ڪڍڻ ۽ ماپون مقرر ڪرڻ شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Elliot&quot;&gt;{{Citation |last=Elliot |first=J. Hamilton |editor-last=Cobleigh |editor-first=Rolfe |year=1910 |title=Use of the Steel Square |work=Handy Farm Devices and How to Make Them |publisher=Orange Judd and Company |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=rYY_AAAAYAAJ&amp;pg=PA19}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن اوزار تي عام طور [[قطري]] (ڊائگونل) ماپ، [[بورڊ فوٽ]] (Board foot) ماپ ۽ [[اٺ ڪنڊي]] (آڪٽاگونل) ماپ جا پيمانا پڻ ڏنل هوندا آهن. جديد فريمنگ اسڪوائرن تي مختلف ڍلانن (Slopes) لاءِ درجن جي تبديلي (ڊگري ڪنورشنس) ۽ ڪسري ماپن (فريڪشنل اڪئيوولنٽس) جا نشان پڻ موجود هوندا آهن.

فريمنگ اسڪوائر کي [[ونڊنگ اسٽڪس]] (Winding sticks) طور به استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي تختي ۾ وڪڙ يا مروٽ (twist) جي جاچ ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ھيءُ اوزار ڀتين جي ڪنڊن کي 90 ڊگرين تي بيھارڻ جي ڪم ايندو آھي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر:[[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;

== باڊي ۽ ٽنگ ==

روايتي [[ڪاٺي جو ڍانچو|ڪاٺيءَ جي ڍانچي]] (ٽمبر فريم) جي جوڙجڪ ۾ [[مورٽس ۽ ٽينن]] (Mortise and tenon) جوڙ عام طور نرم ڪاٺ ۾ 50 ملي ميٽر ويڪرا ۽ ڪاٺ جي ڪنڊ کان 50 ملي ميٽر جي فاصلي تي ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جنهن سبب اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي '''باڊي''' (Body) جي ويڪر پڻ 50 ملي ميٽر مقرر ٿي.

ساڳيءَ ريت، سخت ڪاٺ ۾ مورٽس ۽ ٽينن جا جوڙ روايتي طور 37 ملي ميٽر ويڪرا ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جنهن جي بنياد تي اسڪوائر جي '''ٽنگ''' (Tongue) جي ويڪر 37 ملي ميٽر رکي وئي. انهن معياري ويڪرن سبب نرم ۽ سخت ٻنهي قسمن جي ڪاٺ سان ڪم ڪندي مورٽس ۽ ٽينن وارن جوڙن جي ماپ ۽ نشان لڳائڻ جو ڪم تيزيءَ ۽ درستگيءَ سان ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

== استعمال ==

=== درستگي جي جاچ ===

اسٽيل اسڪوائر پاڻ پنهنجي درستگي جانچڻ ۽ درست ڪرڻ وارو اوزار آهي. ان جي مدد سان پهرين هڪ [[قائم زاويي]] واري ليڪ ڪڍي ويندي آهي، پوءِ اسڪوائر کي ابتو ڪري ٻيهر ساڳي ليڪ تي رکي ڏٺو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ٻنهي ليڪن ۾ فرق ظاهر ٿئي ته ان مان غلطي جي مقدار ۽ رخ جو اندازو لڳائي سگهجي ٿو. اهڙي غلطي کي اسڪوائر جي ڪنڊ تي سينٽر پنچ (Center punch) جي هلڪي ڌڪ سان زاويي کي ٿورو کولڻ يا بند ڪرڻ ذريعي درست ڪري سگهجي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Framing Square Test &amp; Repair |url=https://inspectapedia.com/roof/Framing-Square-Accuracy-Test-Repair.php |website=Inspectapedia |access-date=10 December 2021}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڏاڪڻ جي بناوت ===

[[File:Stringer revised.jpg|thumb|right|250px|اسٽرنگر جي نظرياتي اوچائي (رائيز) ۽ افقي ڊيگهه (رن)، اسڪوائر جي بيهڪ، ڏاڪڻ جي ڏاڪي (ٽريڊ) ۽ رائزر جي نشان لڳائڻ جو طريقو.]]

عام طور ڏاڪڻ ٽن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندي آهي:

* '''اسٽرنگر''' (Stringer)، جيڪو ڏاڪڻ جو بنيادي ڍانچو هوندو آهي ۽ سڄو وزن برداشت ڪندو آهي.
* '''ڏاڪو''' (Tread)، جيڪو افقي حصو هوندو آهي، جنهن تي پير رکيو ويندو آهي.
* '''رائزر''' (Riser)، جيڪو ٻن ڏاڪن جي وچ وارو عمودي تختو هوندو آهي.

ڏاڪڻ جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جهڙوڪ کليل (اوپن)، بند (ڪلوزڊ)، مڪمل گهرائيءَ سان لڳل (فلي ھائوسڊ) ۽ وڪڙيل (وائنڊنگ) ڏاڪڻيون.

ڏاڪڻ جي بناوت لاءِ بنيادي رياضيائي حساب ضروري هوندو آهي، ۽ ان کي تعميراتي ضابطن (بلڊنگ ڪوڊز) موجب تيار ڪرڻو پوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جڳهه وسيع هجي ته وڌيڪ آرامده ۽ مناسب ڏاڪڻ ٺاهي سگهجي ٿي، جڏهن ته محدود جاءِ ۾ اهو ڪم وڌيڪ ڏکيو هوندو آهي. گهڻين ڏاڪڻين ۾ ڏاڪن (Treads) کان هڪ رائزر (Rise) وڌيڪ هوندو آهي.

ڏاڪڻ جي ماپ ۽ نشان لڳائڻ جو عام طريقو هي آهي:

# پهرين '''اوچائي''' (Rise) ۽ '''افقي ڊيگهه''' (Run) مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. اسٽرنگر جو هيٺيون حصو افقي سطح تي بيهندو آهي.
# عام طور 2×12 انچ جي ڪاٺ جو تختو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. فريمنگ اسڪوائر کي تختي تي اهڙي نموني رکيو ويندو آهي، جو ڏاڪي ۽ رائزر جون مقرر ڪيل ماپون تختي جي ڪنڊ سان ملي وڃن. پوءِ اسڪوائر جي ڪنارن سان ليڪون ڪڍيون وينديون آهن. اسڪوائر کي اڳتي سرڪائي ساڳيو عمل هر ڏاڪي لاءِ ورجايو ويندو آهي.
# پوءِ تختي کي نشان لڳل ليڪن مطابق ڪٽيو ويندو آهي. مٿيون عمودي ڪٽ (Plumb cut) ۽ هيٺيون افقي ڪٽ (ليول ڪٽ) پڻ اسڪوائر کي ابتي پاسي رکي نشان لڳايا ويندا آهن.
# هن مثال ۾ اسٽرنگر تي ٻن تختن جا ڏاڪا لڳايا ويا آهن، جنهن سان ڏاڪي جو ٿورو حصو ٻاهر نڪري ٿو ۽ ٻنهي تختن جي وچ ۾ ٿوري وٿي پڻ رهندي آهي. اسٽرنگر جي هيٺئين حصي کي ڏاڪي جي ٿولهه جيترو وڌيڪ ڪٽيو ويندو آهي، جنهن کي '''اسٽرنگر کي هيٺ ڪرڻ'''  چيو ويندو آهي. جڏهن هڪ اسٽرنگر مڪمل تيار ٿي وڃي ته ان کي نموني (پيٽرن) طور استعمال ڪري باقي اسٽرنگرن تي ساڳيا نشان لڳايا ويندا آهن.

=== ڇت جي بناوت ===

اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي سامهون واري پاسي انگن جي هڪ جدول ڇپيل هوندي آهي، جنهن کي '''شهتيرن جي جدول''' (Rafter table) چيو ويندو آهي. هي جدول [[فيثاغورث جو نظريو|فيثاغورث جي نظريي]] جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيل هوندي آهي ۽ واڍي يا تعميرڪار کي ڇت جي شهتيرن بابت مختلف ماپن ۽ زاويَن جا حساب جلدي ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندي آهي. جدول مختلف ڪالمن تي مشتمل هوندي آهي، جن مان هر ڪالم ڇت جي هڪ مخصوص [[ڍلان]] (سلوپ) کي ظاهر ڪندو آهي.

[[File:Common rafter 12 pitch A.jpg|thumb|right|250px|عام شهتير، جنهن ۾ پلمب ڪٽ ڇت جي مٿئين ريج بورڊ سان ملي ٿو، جڏهن ته برڊز مائوٿ (Bird's mouth) ڀت جي پليٽ تي ويهندو آهي.]]

شهتيرن جي جدول ۾ عام طور هيٺيون معلومات ڏنل هوندي آهي:

# '''هر فوٽ افقي ڊيگهه (Run) لاءِ عام شهتير جي ڊيگهه''': عام شهتير ڇت جي چوٽي (Ridge) کي ڀت جي مٿئين پليٽ  سان ڳنڍيندو آهي. جدول ۾ ڏنل انگ هر 12 انچ افقي ڊيگهه لاءِ شهتير جي اصل ڊيگهه (ھائپوٽينيوز) ظاهر ڪري ٿو.

# '''هر فوٽ افقي ڊيگهه لاءِ هپ يا وادي شهتير جي ڊيگهه''': هپ يا وادي شهتير پڻ ريج کي پليٽ سان ڳنڍيندو آهي، پر اهو عام شهتير جي ڀيٽ ۾ 45 درجن جي زاويي تي هوندو آهي. جدول ان جي ڊيگهه هر 12 انچ افقي فاصلي لاءِ ڏيکاري ٿي.

# '''جيڪ شهتيرن جي ڊيگهه ۾ فرق''': جيڪ شهتير ساڳئي ڍلان ۾ هوندا آهن، پر انهن جون ڊگهيون مختلف ٿينديون آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي هپ يا وادي شهتير سان مختلف هنڌن تي ملي وڃن ٿا. جيڪڏهن شهتير هڪجهڙي مفاصلي تي لڳايا وڃن ته هر ايندڙ جيڪ شهتير جي ڊيگهه ۾ هڪ مقرر مقدار جو فرق ايندو آهي، جيڪو هن قطار ۾ ڏنو ويندو آهي.

# '''پاسي وارو ڪٽ''': هي اهڙو زاويه آهي، جيڪو اسڪوائر جي باڊي تي جدول ۾ ڏنل انگ ۽ ٽنگ تي 12 انچ واري نشان کي هڪ ليڪ ۾ آڻي آساني سان نشان لڳائي سگهجي ٿو.

# '''هپ ۽ وادي جي ننڍن شهتيرن جا ڪٽ''': انهن جا پاسي وارا ڪٽ پڻ ساڳئي اصول تحت تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن.

&lt;gallery&gt;
File:hip jack and common rafter.jpg|هپ، جيڪ ۽ عام شهتيرن جو پاڻ ۾ لاڳاپو، ۽ انهن جو ريج بورڊ ۽ ڀت جي مٿئين پليٽ سان ڳانڍاپو.
File:Hip Rafter Side and Level Cut.jpg|هپ يا وادي شهتير جو پاسي وارو بيول ڪٽ، جيڪو ريج بورڊ سان ملي ٿو.
File:Common rafter layout.jpg|عام ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن ۾ پلمب ڪٽ نشان لڳائڻ لاءِ 12 انچ کي بنيادي ماپ طور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.
File:Side cut jack rafter revised.jpg|هپ ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن جي پاسي واري ڪٽ لاءِ اسڪوائر جي جدول مان مناسب ڍلان استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
File:Plumbcuts new.jpg|هپ ۽ وادي شهتيرن جي پلمب ڪٽ لاءِ 17 انچ کي بنيادي حوالو طور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>qz08qrsh8j27mv3onukfkxnout2q176</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400971</id>
      <parentid>400970</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T20:39:07Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400971</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="16360" sha1="5po69g2veqwyulf261en2noio2rc7un" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڪاٺ جي ڪم ۾ قائم زاويي جي ماپ، ليڪون ڪڍڻ ۽ زاويَن جي حساب لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ چپٽو اوزار}}

{{Infobox tool
|image=Steel Square-1.jpg
|other_name={{unbulleted list|فريمنگ اسڪوائر|واڍيءَ جو اسڪوائر}}
|classification={{unbulleted list|[[اسڪوائر (اوزار)|اسڪوائر جو هڪ قسم]]|ڪاٺ جي ڪم جو هٿ وارو اوزار}}
|used_with={{unbulleted list|[[واڍيءَ جي پينسل]]|[[سيسي وارو شاقول]]}}
}}

'''گونيا''' جنھن کي انگريزي ۾ '''اسٽيل اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Steel square}}) عام طور '''فريمنگ اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Framing square}}) يا '''واڍي جو اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Carpenter's square}}) چيو ويندو آهي، [[واڍي]] ۽ تعميراتي ڪم ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ هڪ اهم ماپ وارو اوزار آهي. واڍا هن اوزار جي مدد سان ڪاٺ جي ڍانچن کي صحيح [[قائم زاويي]] (90°) تي نشان لڳائڻ، ماپڻ ۽ تيار ڪرڻ جو ڪم ڪندا آهن. جيتوڻيڪ واڍيءَ ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڪيترائي اسڪوائر فولاد مان ٺهندا آهن، پر '''اسٽيل اسڪوائر''' جو نالو خاص طور هڪ ڊگهي ٻانهن واري مخصوص اسڪوائر لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جيڪو زاويَن جي ماپ ۽ ٻين ڪيترن ئي حسابن لاءِ پڻ ڪم ايندو آهي.

هي اوزار ٻن ٻانهن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي، جيڪي هڪ ٻئي سان 90 درجن (قائم زاويي) تي ڳنڍيل هونديون آهن. هڪ ٻانهن ڊگهي ۽ ويڪري هوندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٻي نسبتاً ننڍي ۽ سوڙهي هوندي آهي. ماضيءَ ۾ هي اوزار تقريباً هميشه فولاد مان ٺاهيو ويندو هو، پر جديد دور ۾ ان جي تياري [[ايلومينيم]]، [[پوليمر]] يا ٻين هلڪن ۽ زنگ کان محفوظ مواد مان پڻ ڪئي وڃي ٿي.

ڊگهي ۽ ويڪري ٻانهن، جيڪا عام طور 50 ملي ميٽر ويڪري هوندي آهي، '''باڊي''' (Body) سڏبي آهي، جڏهن ته ننڍي ۽ سوڙهي ٻانهن، جيڪا لڳ ڀڳ 37 ملي ميٽر ويڪري هوندي آهي، '''ٽنگ''' (Tongue) سڏبي آهي.

فريمنگ اسڪوائر جا ڪيترائي استعمال آهن، جن ۾ عام [[ڇت جا شهتير]] (Rafters)، [[هپ شهتير]] (Hip rafters) ۽ [[ڏاڪڻ]] جي بناوت لاءِ ليڪون ڪڍڻ ۽ ماپون مقرر ڪرڻ شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Elliot&quot;&gt;{{Citation |last=Elliot |first=J. Hamilton |editor-last=Cobleigh |editor-first=Rolfe |year=1910 |title=Use of the Steel Square |work=Handy Farm Devices and How to Make Them |publisher=Orange Judd and Company |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=rYY_AAAAYAAJ&amp;pg=PA19}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن اوزار تي عام طور [[قطري]] (ڊائگونل) ماپ، [[بورڊ فوٽ]] (Board foot) ماپ ۽ [[اٺ ڪنڊي]] (آڪٽاگونل) ماپ جا پيمانا پڻ ڏنل هوندا آهن. جديد فريمنگ اسڪوائرن تي مختلف ڍلانن (Slopes) لاءِ درجن جي تبديلي (ڊگري ڪنورشنس) ۽ ڪسري ماپن (فريڪشنل اڪئيوولنٽس) جا نشان پڻ موجود هوندا آهن.

فريمنگ اسڪوائر کي [[ونڊنگ اسٽڪس]] (Winding sticks) طور به استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي تختي ۾ وڪڙ يا مروٽ (twist) جي جاچ ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ھيءُ اوزار ڀتين جي ڪنڊن کي 90 ڊگرين تي بيھارڻ جي ڪم ايندو آھي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر:[[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;

== باڊي ۽ ٽنگ ==

روايتي [[ڪاٺي جو ڍانچو|ڪاٺيءَ جي ڍانچي]] (ٽمبر فريم) جي جوڙجڪ ۾ [[مورٽس ۽ ٽينن]] (Mortise and tenon) جوڙ عام طور نرم ڪاٺ ۾ 50 ملي ميٽر ويڪرا ۽ ڪاٺ جي ڪنڊ کان 50 ملي ميٽر جي فاصلي تي ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جنهن سبب اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي '''باڊي''' (Body) جي ويڪر پڻ 50 ملي ميٽر مقرر ٿي.

ساڳيءَ ريت، سخت ڪاٺ ۾ مورٽس ۽ ٽينن جا جوڙ روايتي طور 37 ملي ميٽر ويڪرا ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جنهن جي بنياد تي اسڪوائر جي '''ٽنگ''' (Tongue) جي ويڪر 37 ملي ميٽر رکي وئي. انهن معياري ويڪرن سبب نرم ۽ سخت ٻنهي قسمن جي ڪاٺ سان ڪم ڪندي مورٽس ۽ ٽينن وارن جوڙن جي ماپ ۽ نشان لڳائڻ جو ڪم تيزيءَ ۽ درستگيءَ سان ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

== استعمال ==

=== درستگي جي جاچ ===

اسٽيل اسڪوائر پاڻ پنهنجي درستگي جانچڻ ۽ درست ڪرڻ وارو اوزار آهي. ان جي مدد سان پهرين هڪ [[قائم زاويي]] واري ليڪ ڪڍي ويندي آهي، پوءِ اسڪوائر کي ابتو ڪري ٻيهر ساڳي ليڪ تي رکي ڏٺو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ٻنهي ليڪن ۾ فرق ظاهر ٿئي ته ان مان غلطي جي مقدار ۽ رخ جو اندازو لڳائي سگهجي ٿو. اهڙي غلطي کي اسڪوائر جي ڪنڊ تي سينٽر پنچ (Center punch) جي هلڪي ڌڪ سان زاويي کي ٿورو کولڻ يا بند ڪرڻ ذريعي درست ڪري سگهجي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Framing Square Test &amp; Repair |url=https://inspectapedia.com/roof/Framing-Square-Accuracy-Test-Repair.php |website=Inspectapedia |access-date=10 December 2021}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڏاڪڻ جي بناوت ===

[[File:Stringer revised.jpg|thumb|right|250px|اسٽرنگر جي نظرياتي اوچائي (رائيز) ۽ افقي ڊيگهه (رن)، اسڪوائر جي بيهڪ، ڏاڪڻ جي ڏاڪي (ٽريڊ) ۽ رائزر جي نشان لڳائڻ جو طريقو.]]

عام طور ڏاڪڻ ٽن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندي آهي:

* '''اسٽرنگر''' (Stringer)، جيڪو ڏاڪڻ جو بنيادي ڍانچو هوندو آهي ۽ سڄو وزن برداشت ڪندو آهي.
* '''ڏاڪو''' (Tread)، جيڪو افقي حصو هوندو آهي، جنهن تي پير رکيو ويندو آهي.
* '''رائزر''' (Riser)، جيڪو ٻن ڏاڪن جي وچ وارو عمودي تختو هوندو آهي.

ڏاڪڻ جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جهڙوڪ کليل (اوپن)، بند (ڪلوزڊ)، مڪمل گهرائيءَ سان لڳل (فلي ھائوسڊ) ۽ وڪڙيل (وائنڊنگ) ڏاڪڻيون.

ڏاڪڻ جي بناوت لاءِ بنيادي رياضيائي حساب ضروري هوندو آهي، ۽ ان کي تعميراتي ضابطن (بلڊنگ ڪوڊز) موجب تيار ڪرڻو پوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جڳهه وسيع هجي ته وڌيڪ آرامده ۽ مناسب ڏاڪڻ ٺاهي سگهجي ٿي، جڏهن ته محدود جاءِ ۾ اهو ڪم وڌيڪ ڏکيو هوندو آهي. گهڻين ڏاڪڻين ۾ ڏاڪن (Treads) کان هڪ رائزر (Rise) وڌيڪ هوندو آهي.

ڏاڪڻ جي ماپ ۽ نشان لڳائڻ جو عام طريقو هي آهي:

# پهرين '''اوچائي''' (Rise) ۽ '''افقي ڊيگهه''' (Run) مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. اسٽرنگر جو هيٺيون حصو افقي سطح تي بيهندو آهي.
# عام طور 2×12 انچ جي ڪاٺ جو تختو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. فريمنگ اسڪوائر کي تختي تي اهڙي نموني رکيو ويندو آهي، جو ڏاڪي ۽ رائزر جون مقرر ڪيل ماپون تختي جي ڪنڊ سان ملي وڃن. پوءِ اسڪوائر جي ڪنارن سان ليڪون ڪڍيون وينديون آهن. اسڪوائر کي اڳتي سرڪائي ساڳيو عمل هر ڏاڪي لاءِ ورجايو ويندو آهي.
# پوءِ تختي کي نشان لڳل ليڪن مطابق ڪٽيو ويندو آهي. مٿيون عمودي ڪٽ (Plumb cut) ۽ هيٺيون افقي ڪٽ (ليول ڪٽ) پڻ اسڪوائر کي ابتي پاسي رکي نشان لڳايا ويندا آهن.
# هن مثال ۾ اسٽرنگر تي ٻن تختن جا ڏاڪا لڳايا ويا آهن، جنهن سان ڏاڪي جو ٿورو حصو ٻاهر نڪري ٿو ۽ ٻنهي تختن جي وچ ۾ ٿوري وٿي پڻ رهندي آهي. اسٽرنگر جي هيٺئين حصي کي ڏاڪي جي ٿولهه جيترو وڌيڪ ڪٽيو ويندو آهي، جنهن کي '''اسٽرنگر کي هيٺ ڪرڻ'''  چيو ويندو آهي. جڏهن هڪ اسٽرنگر مڪمل تيار ٿي وڃي ته ان کي نموني (پيٽرن) طور استعمال ڪري باقي اسٽرنگرن تي ساڳيا نشان لڳايا ويندا آهن.

=== ڇت جي بناوت ===

اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي سامهون واري پاسي انگن جي هڪ جدول ڇپيل هوندي آهي، جنهن کي '''شهتيرن جي جدول''' (Rafter table) چيو ويندو آهي. هي جدول [[فيثاغورث جو نظريو|فيثاغورث جي نظريي]] جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيل هوندي آهي ۽ واڍي يا تعميرڪار کي ڇت جي شهتيرن بابت مختلف ماپن ۽ زاويَن جا حساب جلدي ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندي آهي. جدول مختلف ڪالمن تي مشتمل هوندي آهي، جن مان هر ڪالم ڇت جي هڪ مخصوص [[ڍلان]] (سلوپ) کي ظاهر ڪندو آهي.

[[File:Common rafter 12 pitch A.jpg|thumb|right|250px|عام شهتير، جنهن ۾ پلمب ڪٽ ڇت جي مٿئين ريج بورڊ سان ملي ٿو، جڏهن ته برڊز مائوٿ (Bird's mouth) ڀت جي پليٽ تي ويهندو آهي.]]

شهتيرن جي جدول ۾ عام طور هيٺيون معلومات ڏنل هوندي آهي:

# '''هر فوٽ افقي ڊيگهه (Run) لاءِ عام شهتير جي ڊيگهه''': عام شهتير ڇت جي چوٽي (Ridge) کي ڀت جي مٿئين پليٽ  سان ڳنڍيندو آهي. جدول ۾ ڏنل انگ هر 12 انچ افقي ڊيگهه لاءِ شهتير جي اصل ڊيگهه (ھائپوٽينيوز) ظاهر ڪري ٿو.

# '''هر فوٽ افقي ڊيگهه لاءِ هپ يا وادي شهتير جي ڊيگهه''': هپ يا وادي شهتير پڻ ريج کي پليٽ سان ڳنڍيندو آهي، پر اهو عام شهتير جي ڀيٽ ۾ 45 درجن جي زاويي تي هوندو آهي. جدول ان جي ڊيگهه هر 12 انچ افقي فاصلي لاءِ ڏيکاري ٿي.

# '''جيڪ شهتيرن جي ڊيگهه ۾ فرق''': جيڪ شهتير ساڳئي ڍلان ۾ هوندا آهن، پر انهن جون ڊگهيون مختلف ٿينديون آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي هپ يا وادي شهتير سان مختلف هنڌن تي ملي وڃن ٿا. جيڪڏهن شهتير هڪجهڙي مفاصلي تي لڳايا وڃن ته هر ايندڙ جيڪ شهتير جي ڊيگهه ۾ هڪ مقرر مقدار جو فرق ايندو آهي، جيڪو هن قطار ۾ ڏنو ويندو آهي.

# '''پاسي وارو ڪٽ''': هي اهڙو زاويه آهي، جيڪو اسڪوائر جي باڊي تي جدول ۾ ڏنل انگ ۽ ٽنگ تي 12 انچ واري نشان کي هڪ ليڪ ۾ آڻي آساني سان نشان لڳائي سگهجي ٿو.

# '''هپ ۽ وادي جي ننڍن شهتيرن جا ڪٽ''': انهن جا پاسي وارا ڪٽ پڻ ساڳئي اصول تحت تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن.

&lt;gallery&gt;
File:hip jack and common rafter.jpg|هپ، جيڪ ۽ عام شهتيرن جو پاڻ ۾ لاڳاپو، ۽ انهن جو ريج بورڊ ۽ ڀت جي مٿئين پليٽ سان ڳانڍاپو.
File:Hip Rafter Side and Level Cut.jpg|هپ يا وادي شهتير جو پاسي وارو بيول ڪٽ، جيڪو ريج بورڊ سان ملي ٿو.
File:Common rafter layout.jpg|عام ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن ۾ پلمب ڪٽ نشان لڳائڻ لاءِ 12 انچ کي بنيادي ماپ طور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.
File:Side cut jack rafter revised.jpg|هپ ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن جي پاسي واري ڪٽ لاءِ اسڪوائر جي جدول مان مناسب ڍلان استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
File:Plumbcuts new.jpg|هپ ۽ وادي شهتيرن جي پلمب ڪٽ لاءِ 17 انچ کي بنيادي حوالو طور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

=== اٺ ڪنڊي ماپ ===

[[File:Octagon Table.jpg|thumb|اٺ ڪنڊي جدول، جيڪو اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي سامهون واري پاسي موجود هوندو آهي.]]

'''اٺ ڪنڊي ماپ'''  استعمال ڪندڙ کي چورس جي اندر باقاعدي اٺ ڪنڊو (آڪٽاگان) ٺاهڻ ۾ مدد ڏئي ٿي، جيڪڏهن چورس جي هڪ پاسي جي ڊيگهه معلوم هجي. هن ماپ تي ڏنل نشان اٺ ڪنڊي جي هر پاسي جي اڌ ڊيگهه ظاهر ڪندا آهن، جن کي پرڪار (ڪمپاس) يا ڊوائڊر (ڊوائيڊر) سان مقرر ڪري سگهجي ٿو. جڏهن چورس جي هر پاسي جي وچئين نقطي کان قوسون (Arcs) ڪڍيون وڃن ٿيون ته اهي چورس جي ڪنارن تي اٺ ڪنڊي جي ڪنڊن کي ظاهر ڪن ٿيون. ان کان پوءِ رڳو چورس جي چئن ڪنڊن مان ٽڪنڊي حصا ڪٽي اٺ ڪنڊو تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot;&gt;
File:Octagon Table.jpg|اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي سامهون واري پاسي موجود اٺ ڪنڊي جدول.
File:Calculation Table A.JPG|ايلومينيم اسڪوائر تي اٺ ڪنڊي جدول.
File:Octagon Compass Fix 01.pdf|پرگار جي مدد سان اٺ ڪنڊو ٺاهڻ جا چار مرحلا.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

=== قطري ماپ ===

[[File:Diagonal calculations A.JPG|thumb|اسٽيل اسڪوائر تي قطري ماپ جي جڳهه.]]

[[ڪاٺي جو ڍانچو|ڪاٺيءَ جي ڍانچي]] (ٽمبر فريمنگ) ۾ [[گوڏي جهڙو سهارو|گوڏي جهڙي سهاري]] (Knee brace) جو استعمال پاسي کان لڳندڙ بار سبب ڍانچي ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ لوڏن يا ٽيڙ کي روڪڻ لاءِ ڪيو ويندو آهي. '''قطري ماپ''' (ڊائگونل اسڪيل) اهڙي سهاري جي ڊيگهه معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، جڏهن ٿنڀي ۽ شهتير جي ڳانڍاپي کان سهاري جي گهربل مفاصلي جي ڄاڻ موجود هجي.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot;&gt;
File:Diagonal calculations A.JPG|اسڪوائر تي قطري ماپ جي جڳهه.
File:Diagonal Scale revised.jpg|قطري ماپ مختلف ٽڪنڊن جي ضلعن لاءِ قطر (Hypotenuse) جي ڊيگهه مهيا ڪري ٿي، جنهن جي بنياد تي گوڏي جهڙو سهارو تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

=== ڇت جي بناوت ۾ ڳڻپيندڙ اوزار ===

[[File:flat hip roof.jpg|90px|right]]

اسٽيل اسڪوائر کان علاوه تعميراتي [[ڳڻپيندڙ اوزار]] (Construction calculators) پڻ ڇت جي بناوت سان لاڳاپيل حسابن جي تصديق ۽ تياري لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪيترائي جديد ڳڻپيندڙ اهڙيءَ ريت پروگرام ٿيل هوندا آهن، جو اهي هپ، وادي ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن جي سڀني پاسي وارن ڪٽن جا زاويه هر قسم جي ڍلان لاءِ پاڻمرادو ڳڻي ڏيندا آهن.

اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي شهتيرن واري جدول ۾ ڍلان انچن جي صورت ۾ ظاهر ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڍلان جي عددي قيمت وڌڻ سان ساڳئي ڍلان ۾ مختلف شهتيرن جي پاسي وارن ڪٽن جي زاويَن ۾ فرق پڻ وڌندو آهي. رڳو مڪمل هموار ڇت (0/12 ڍلان) ۾ هپ ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن جو پاسي وارو ڪٽ 45 درجا هوندو آهي.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>5po69g2veqwyulf261en2noio2rc7un</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400972</id>
      <parentid>400971</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T20:39:48Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400972</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="16373" sha1="td3eiybff414r28s2hyqlgci8crfp99" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڪاٺ جي ڪم ۾ قائم زاويي جي ماپ، ليڪون ڪڍڻ ۽ زاويَن جي حساب لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ چپٽو اوزار}}

{{Infobox tool
|image=Steel Square-1.jpg
|other_name={{unbulleted list|فريمنگ اسڪوائر|واڍيءَ جو اسڪوائر}}
|classification={{unbulleted list|[[اسڪوائر (اوزار)|اسڪوائر جو هڪ قسم]]|ڪاٺ جي ڪم جو هٿ وارو اوزار}}
|used_with={{unbulleted list|[[واڍيءَ جي پينسل]]|[[سيسي وارو شاقول]]}}
}}

'''گونيا''' جنھن کي انگريزي ۾ '''اسٽيل اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Steel square}}) عام طور '''فريمنگ اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Framing square}}) يا '''واڍي جو اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Carpenter's square}}) چيو ويندو آهي، [[واڍي]] ۽ تعميراتي ڪم ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ هڪ اهم ماپ وارو اوزار آهي. واڍا هن اوزار جي مدد سان ڪاٺ جي ڍانچن کي صحيح [[قائم زاويي]] (90°) تي نشان لڳائڻ، ماپڻ ۽ تيار ڪرڻ جو ڪم ڪندا آهن. جيتوڻيڪ واڍيءَ ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڪيترائي اسڪوائر فولاد مان ٺهندا آهن، پر '''اسٽيل اسڪوائر''' جو نالو خاص طور هڪ ڊگهي ٻانهن واري مخصوص اسڪوائر لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جيڪو زاويَن جي ماپ ۽ ٻين ڪيترن ئي حسابن لاءِ پڻ ڪم ايندو آهي.

هي اوزار ٻن ٻانهن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي، جيڪي هڪ ٻئي سان 90 درجن (قائم زاويي) تي ڳنڍيل هونديون آهن. هڪ ٻانهن ڊگهي ۽ ويڪري هوندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٻي نسبتاً ننڍي ۽ سوڙهي هوندي آهي. ماضيءَ ۾ هي اوزار تقريباً هميشه فولاد مان ٺاهيو ويندو هو، پر جديد دور ۾ ان جي تياري [[ايلومينيم]]، [[پوليمر]] يا ٻين هلڪن ۽ زنگ کان محفوظ مواد مان پڻ ڪئي وڃي ٿي.

ڊگهي ۽ ويڪري ٻانهن، جيڪا عام طور 50 ملي ميٽر ويڪري هوندي آهي، '''باڊي''' (Body) سڏبي آهي، جڏهن ته ننڍي ۽ سوڙهي ٻانهن، جيڪا لڳ ڀڳ 37 ملي ميٽر ويڪري هوندي آهي، '''ٽنگ''' (Tongue) سڏبي آهي.

فريمنگ اسڪوائر جا ڪيترائي استعمال آهن، جن ۾ عام [[ڇت جا شهتير]] (Rafters)، [[هپ شهتير]] (Hip rafters) ۽ [[ڏاڪڻ]] جي بناوت لاءِ ليڪون ڪڍڻ ۽ ماپون مقرر ڪرڻ شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Elliot&quot;&gt;{{Citation |last=Elliot |first=J. Hamilton |editor-last=Cobleigh |editor-first=Rolfe |year=1910 |title=Use of the Steel Square |work=Handy Farm Devices and How to Make Them |publisher=Orange Judd and Company |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=rYY_AAAAYAAJ&amp;pg=PA19}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن اوزار تي عام طور [[قطري]] (ڊائگونل) ماپ، [[بورڊ فوٽ]] (Board foot) ماپ ۽ [[اٺ ڪنڊي]] (آڪٽاگونل) ماپ جا پيمانا پڻ ڏنل هوندا آهن. جديد فريمنگ اسڪوائرن تي مختلف ڍلانن (Slopes) لاءِ درجن جي تبديلي (ڊگري ڪنورشنس) ۽ ڪسري ماپن (فريڪشنل اڪئيوولنٽس) جا نشان پڻ موجود هوندا آهن.

فريمنگ اسڪوائر کي [[ونڊنگ اسٽڪس]] (Winding sticks) طور به استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي تختي ۾ وڪڙ يا مروٽ (twist) جي جاچ ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ھيءُ اوزار ڀتين جي ڪنڊن کي 90 ڊگرين تي بيھارڻ جي ڪم ايندو آھي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر:[[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;

== باڊي ۽ ٽنگ ==

روايتي [[ڪاٺي جو ڍانچو|ڪاٺيءَ جي ڍانچي]] (ٽمبر فريم) جي جوڙجڪ ۾ [[مورٽس ۽ ٽينن]] (Mortise and tenon) جوڙ عام طور نرم ڪاٺ ۾ 50 ملي ميٽر ويڪرا ۽ ڪاٺ جي ڪنڊ کان 50 ملي ميٽر جي فاصلي تي ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جنهن سبب اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي '''باڊي''' (Body) جي ويڪر پڻ 50 ملي ميٽر مقرر ٿي.

ساڳيءَ ريت، سخت ڪاٺ ۾ مورٽس ۽ ٽينن جا جوڙ روايتي طور 37 ملي ميٽر ويڪرا ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جنهن جي بنياد تي اسڪوائر جي '''ٽنگ''' (Tongue) جي ويڪر 37 ملي ميٽر رکي وئي. انهن معياري ويڪرن سبب نرم ۽ سخت ٻنهي قسمن جي ڪاٺ سان ڪم ڪندي مورٽس ۽ ٽينن وارن جوڙن جي ماپ ۽ نشان لڳائڻ جو ڪم تيزيءَ ۽ درستگيءَ سان ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

== استعمال ==

=== درستگي جي جاچ ===

اسٽيل اسڪوائر پاڻ پنهنجي درستگي جانچڻ ۽ درست ڪرڻ وارو اوزار آهي. ان جي مدد سان پهرين هڪ [[قائم زاويي]] واري ليڪ ڪڍي ويندي آهي، پوءِ اسڪوائر کي ابتو ڪري ٻيهر ساڳي ليڪ تي رکي ڏٺو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ٻنهي ليڪن ۾ فرق ظاهر ٿئي ته ان مان غلطي جي مقدار ۽ رخ جو اندازو لڳائي سگهجي ٿو. اهڙي غلطي کي اسڪوائر جي ڪنڊ تي سينٽر پنچ (Center punch) جي هلڪي ڌڪ سان زاويي کي ٿورو کولڻ يا بند ڪرڻ ذريعي درست ڪري سگهجي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Framing Square Test &amp; Repair |url=https://inspectapedia.com/roof/Framing-Square-Accuracy-Test-Repair.php |website=Inspectapedia |access-date=10 December 2021}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڏاڪڻ جي بناوت ===

[[File:Stringer revised.jpg|thumb|right|250px|اسٽرنگر جي نظرياتي اوچائي (رائيز) ۽ افقي ڊيگهه (رن)، اسڪوائر جي بيهڪ، ڏاڪڻ جي ڏاڪي (ٽريڊ) ۽ رائزر جي نشان لڳائڻ جو طريقو.]]

عام طور ڏاڪڻ ٽن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندي آهي:

* '''اسٽرنگر''' (Stringer)، جيڪو ڏاڪڻ جو بنيادي ڍانچو هوندو آهي ۽ سڄو وزن برداشت ڪندو آهي.
* '''ڏاڪو''' (Tread)، جيڪو افقي حصو هوندو آهي، جنهن تي پير رکيو ويندو آهي.
* '''رائزر''' (Riser)، جيڪو ٻن ڏاڪن جي وچ وارو عمودي تختو هوندو آهي.

ڏاڪڻ جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جهڙوڪ کليل (اوپن)، بند (ڪلوزڊ)، مڪمل گهرائيءَ سان لڳل (فلي ھائوسڊ) ۽ وڪڙيل (وائنڊنگ) ڏاڪڻيون.

ڏاڪڻ جي بناوت لاءِ بنيادي رياضيائي حساب ضروري هوندو آهي، ۽ ان کي تعميراتي ضابطن (بلڊنگ ڪوڊز) موجب تيار ڪرڻو پوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جڳهه وسيع هجي ته وڌيڪ آرامده ۽ مناسب ڏاڪڻ ٺاهي سگهجي ٿي، جڏهن ته محدود جاءِ ۾ اهو ڪم وڌيڪ ڏکيو هوندو آهي. گهڻين ڏاڪڻين ۾ ڏاڪن (Treads) کان هڪ رائزر (Rise) وڌيڪ هوندو آهي.

ڏاڪڻ جي ماپ ۽ نشان لڳائڻ جو عام طريقو هي آهي:

# پهرين '''اوچائي''' (Rise) ۽ '''افقي ڊيگهه''' (Run) مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. اسٽرنگر جو هيٺيون حصو افقي سطح تي بيهندو آهي.
# عام طور 2×12 انچ جي ڪاٺ جو تختو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. فريمنگ اسڪوائر کي تختي تي اهڙي نموني رکيو ويندو آهي، جو ڏاڪي ۽ رائزر جون مقرر ڪيل ماپون تختي جي ڪنڊ سان ملي وڃن. پوءِ اسڪوائر جي ڪنارن سان ليڪون ڪڍيون وينديون آهن. اسڪوائر کي اڳتي سرڪائي ساڳيو عمل هر ڏاڪي لاءِ ورجايو ويندو آهي.
# پوءِ تختي کي نشان لڳل ليڪن مطابق ڪٽيو ويندو آهي. مٿيون عمودي ڪٽ (Plumb cut) ۽ هيٺيون افقي ڪٽ (ليول ڪٽ) پڻ اسڪوائر کي ابتي پاسي رکي نشان لڳايا ويندا آهن.
# هن مثال ۾ اسٽرنگر تي ٻن تختن جا ڏاڪا لڳايا ويا آهن، جنهن سان ڏاڪي جو ٿورو حصو ٻاهر نڪري ٿو ۽ ٻنهي تختن جي وچ ۾ ٿوري وٿي پڻ رهندي آهي. اسٽرنگر جي هيٺئين حصي کي ڏاڪي جي ٿولهه جيترو وڌيڪ ڪٽيو ويندو آهي، جنهن کي '''اسٽرنگر کي هيٺ ڪرڻ'''  چيو ويندو آهي. جڏهن هڪ اسٽرنگر مڪمل تيار ٿي وڃي ته ان کي نموني (پيٽرن) طور استعمال ڪري باقي اسٽرنگرن تي ساڳيا نشان لڳايا ويندا آهن.

=== ڇت جي بناوت ===

اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي سامهون واري پاسي انگن جي هڪ جدول ڇپيل هوندي آهي، جنهن کي '''شهتيرن جي جدول''' (Rafter table) چيو ويندو آهي. هي جدول [[فيثاغورث جو نظريو|فيثاغورث جي نظريي]] جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيل هوندي آهي ۽ واڍي يا تعميرڪار کي ڇت جي شهتيرن بابت مختلف ماپن ۽ زاويَن جا حساب جلدي ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندي آهي. جدول مختلف ڪالمن تي مشتمل هوندي آهي، جن مان هر ڪالم ڇت جي هڪ مخصوص [[ڍلان]] (سلوپ) کي ظاهر ڪندو آهي.

[[File:Common rafter 12 pitch A.jpg|thumb|right|250px|عام شهتير، جنهن ۾ پلمب ڪٽ ڇت جي مٿئين ريج بورڊ سان ملي ٿو، جڏهن ته برڊز مائوٿ (Bird's mouth) ڀت جي پليٽ تي ويهندو آهي.]]

شهتيرن جي جدول ۾ عام طور هيٺيون معلومات ڏنل هوندي آهي:

# '''هر فوٽ افقي ڊيگهه (Run) لاءِ عام شهتير جي ڊيگهه''': عام شهتير ڇت جي چوٽي (Ridge) کي ڀت جي مٿئين پليٽ  سان ڳنڍيندو آهي. جدول ۾ ڏنل انگ هر 12 انچ افقي ڊيگهه لاءِ شهتير جي اصل ڊيگهه (ھائپوٽينيوز) ظاهر ڪري ٿو.

# '''هر فوٽ افقي ڊيگهه لاءِ هپ يا وادي شهتير جي ڊيگهه''': هپ يا وادي شهتير پڻ ريج کي پليٽ سان ڳنڍيندو آهي، پر اهو عام شهتير جي ڀيٽ ۾ 45 درجن جي زاويي تي هوندو آهي. جدول ان جي ڊيگهه هر 12 انچ افقي فاصلي لاءِ ڏيکاري ٿي.

# '''جيڪ شهتيرن جي ڊيگهه ۾ فرق''': جيڪ شهتير ساڳئي ڍلان ۾ هوندا آهن، پر انهن جون ڊگهيون مختلف ٿينديون آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي هپ يا وادي شهتير سان مختلف هنڌن تي ملي وڃن ٿا. جيڪڏهن شهتير هڪجهڙي مفاصلي تي لڳايا وڃن ته هر ايندڙ جيڪ شهتير جي ڊيگهه ۾ هڪ مقرر مقدار جو فرق ايندو آهي، جيڪو هن قطار ۾ ڏنو ويندو آهي.

# '''پاسي وارو ڪٽ''': هي اهڙو زاويه آهي، جيڪو اسڪوائر جي باڊي تي جدول ۾ ڏنل انگ ۽ ٽنگ تي 12 انچ واري نشان کي هڪ ليڪ ۾ آڻي آساني سان نشان لڳائي سگهجي ٿو.

# '''هپ ۽ وادي جي ننڍن شهتيرن جا ڪٽ''': انهن جا پاسي وارا ڪٽ پڻ ساڳئي اصول تحت تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن.

&lt;gallery&gt;
File:hip jack and common rafter.jpg|هپ، جيڪ ۽ عام شهتيرن جو پاڻ ۾ لاڳاپو، ۽ انهن جو ريج بورڊ ۽ ڀت جي مٿئين پليٽ سان ڳانڍاپو.
File:Hip Rafter Side and Level Cut.jpg|هپ يا وادي شهتير جو پاسي وارو بيول ڪٽ، جيڪو ريج بورڊ سان ملي ٿو.
File:Common rafter layout.jpg|عام ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن ۾ پلمب ڪٽ نشان لڳائڻ لاءِ 12 انچ کي بنيادي ماپ طور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.
File:Side cut jack rafter revised.jpg|هپ ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن جي پاسي واري ڪٽ لاءِ اسڪوائر جي جدول مان مناسب ڍلان استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
File:Plumbcuts new.jpg|هپ ۽ وادي شهتيرن جي پلمب ڪٽ لاءِ 17 انچ کي بنيادي حوالو طور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

=== اٺ ڪنڊي ماپ ===

[[File:Octagon Table.jpg|thumb|اٺ ڪنڊي جدول، جيڪو اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي سامهون واري پاسي موجود هوندو آهي.]]

'''اٺ ڪنڊي ماپ'''  استعمال ڪندڙ کي چورس جي اندر باقاعدي اٺ ڪنڊو (آڪٽاگان) ٺاهڻ ۾ مدد ڏئي ٿي، جيڪڏهن چورس جي هڪ پاسي جي ڊيگهه معلوم هجي. هن ماپ تي ڏنل نشان اٺ ڪنڊي جي هر پاسي جي اڌ ڊيگهه ظاهر ڪندا آهن، جن کي پرڪار (ڪمپاس) يا ڊوائڊر (ڊوائيڊر) سان مقرر ڪري سگهجي ٿو. جڏهن چورس جي هر پاسي جي وچئين نقطي کان قوسون (Arcs) ڪڍيون وڃن ٿيون ته اهي چورس جي ڪنارن تي اٺ ڪنڊي جي ڪنڊن کي ظاهر ڪن ٿيون. ان کان پوءِ رڳو چورس جي چئن ڪنڊن مان ٽڪنڊي حصا ڪٽي اٺ ڪنڊو تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot;&gt;
File:Octagon Table.jpg|اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي سامهون واري پاسي موجود اٺ ڪنڊي جدول.
File:Calculation Table A.JPG|ايلومينيم اسڪوائر تي اٺ ڪنڊي جدول.
File:Octagon Compass Fix 01.pdf|پرگار جي مدد سان اٺ ڪنڊو ٺاهڻ جا چار مرحلا.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

=== قطري ماپ ===

[[File:Diagonal calculations A.JPG|thumb|اسٽيل اسڪوائر تي قطري ماپ جي جڳهه.]]

[[ڪاٺي جو ڍانچو|ڪاٺيءَ جي ڍانچي]] (ٽمبر فريمنگ) ۾ [[گوڏي جهڙو سهارو|گوڏي جهڙي سهاري]] (Knee brace) جو استعمال پاسي کان لڳندڙ بار سبب ڍانچي ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ لوڏن يا ٽيڙ کي روڪڻ لاءِ ڪيو ويندو آهي. '''قطري ماپ''' (ڊائگونل اسڪيل) اهڙي سهاري جي ڊيگهه معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، جڏهن ٿنڀي ۽ شهتير جي ڳانڍاپي کان سهاري جي گهربل مفاصلي جي ڄاڻ موجود هجي.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot;&gt;
File:Diagonal calculations A.JPG|اسڪوائر تي قطري ماپ جي جڳهه.
File:Diagonal Scale revised.jpg|قطري ماپ مختلف ٽڪنڊن جي ضلعن لاءِ قطر (Hypotenuse) جي ڊيگهه مهيا ڪري ٿي، جنهن جي بنياد تي گوڏي جهڙو سهارو تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

=== ڇت جي بناوت ۾ ڳڻپيندڙ اوزار ===

[[File:flat hip roof.jpg|90px|right]]

اسٽيل اسڪوائر کان علاوه تعميراتي [[ڳڻپيندڙ اوزار]] (ڪنسٽرڪشن ڪلڪيوليٽرس) پڻ ڇت جي بناوت سان لاڳاپيل حسابن جي تصديق ۽ تياري لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪيترائي جديد ڳڻپيندڙ اهڙيءَ ريت پروگرام ٿيل هوندا آهن، جو اهي هپ، وادي ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن جي سڀني پاسي وارن ڪٽن جا زاويه هر قسم جي ڍلان لاءِ پاڻمرادو ڳڻي ڏيندا آهن.

اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي شهتيرن واري جدول ۾ ڍلان انچن جي صورت ۾ ظاهر ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڍلان جي عددي قيمت وڌڻ سان ساڳئي ڍلان ۾ مختلف شهتيرن جي پاسي وارن ڪٽن جي زاويَن ۾ فرق پڻ وڌندو آهي. رڳو مڪمل هموار ڇت (0/12 ڍلان) ۾ هپ ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن جو پاسي وارو ڪٽ 45 درجا هوندو آهي.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>td3eiybff414r28s2hyqlgci8crfp99</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400973</id>
      <parentid>400972</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T20:42:07Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* ڇت جي بناوت ۾ ڳڻپيندڙ اوزار */</comment>
      <origin>400973</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="21239" sha1="f9arx48kt7218eb2vfktest8qhnbd9a" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڪاٺ جي ڪم ۾ قائم زاويي جي ماپ، ليڪون ڪڍڻ ۽ زاويَن جي حساب لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ چپٽو اوزار}}

{{Infobox tool
|image=Steel Square-1.jpg
|other_name={{unbulleted list|فريمنگ اسڪوائر|واڍيءَ جو اسڪوائر}}
|classification={{unbulleted list|[[اسڪوائر (اوزار)|اسڪوائر جو هڪ قسم]]|ڪاٺ جي ڪم جو هٿ وارو اوزار}}
|used_with={{unbulleted list|[[واڍيءَ جي پينسل]]|[[سيسي وارو شاقول]]}}
}}

'''گونيا''' جنھن کي انگريزي ۾ '''اسٽيل اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Steel square}}) عام طور '''فريمنگ اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Framing square}}) يا '''واڍي جو اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Carpenter's square}}) چيو ويندو آهي، [[واڍي]] ۽ تعميراتي ڪم ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ هڪ اهم ماپ وارو اوزار آهي. واڍا هن اوزار جي مدد سان ڪاٺ جي ڍانچن کي صحيح [[قائم زاويي]] (90°) تي نشان لڳائڻ، ماپڻ ۽ تيار ڪرڻ جو ڪم ڪندا آهن. جيتوڻيڪ واڍيءَ ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڪيترائي اسڪوائر فولاد مان ٺهندا آهن، پر '''اسٽيل اسڪوائر''' جو نالو خاص طور هڪ ڊگهي ٻانهن واري مخصوص اسڪوائر لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جيڪو زاويَن جي ماپ ۽ ٻين ڪيترن ئي حسابن لاءِ پڻ ڪم ايندو آهي.

هي اوزار ٻن ٻانهن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي، جيڪي هڪ ٻئي سان 90 درجن (قائم زاويي) تي ڳنڍيل هونديون آهن. هڪ ٻانهن ڊگهي ۽ ويڪري هوندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٻي نسبتاً ننڍي ۽ سوڙهي هوندي آهي. ماضيءَ ۾ هي اوزار تقريباً هميشه فولاد مان ٺاهيو ويندو هو، پر جديد دور ۾ ان جي تياري [[ايلومينيم]]، [[پوليمر]] يا ٻين هلڪن ۽ زنگ کان محفوظ مواد مان پڻ ڪئي وڃي ٿي.

ڊگهي ۽ ويڪري ٻانهن، جيڪا عام طور 50 ملي ميٽر ويڪري هوندي آهي، '''باڊي''' (Body) سڏبي آهي، جڏهن ته ننڍي ۽ سوڙهي ٻانهن، جيڪا لڳ ڀڳ 37 ملي ميٽر ويڪري هوندي آهي، '''ٽنگ''' (Tongue) سڏبي آهي.

فريمنگ اسڪوائر جا ڪيترائي استعمال آهن، جن ۾ عام [[ڇت جا شهتير]] (Rafters)، [[هپ شهتير]] (Hip rafters) ۽ [[ڏاڪڻ]] جي بناوت لاءِ ليڪون ڪڍڻ ۽ ماپون مقرر ڪرڻ شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Elliot&quot;&gt;{{Citation |last=Elliot |first=J. Hamilton |editor-last=Cobleigh |editor-first=Rolfe |year=1910 |title=Use of the Steel Square |work=Handy Farm Devices and How to Make Them |publisher=Orange Judd and Company |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=rYY_AAAAYAAJ&amp;pg=PA19}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن اوزار تي عام طور [[قطري]] (ڊائگونل) ماپ، [[بورڊ فوٽ]] (Board foot) ماپ ۽ [[اٺ ڪنڊي]] (آڪٽاگونل) ماپ جا پيمانا پڻ ڏنل هوندا آهن. جديد فريمنگ اسڪوائرن تي مختلف ڍلانن (Slopes) لاءِ درجن جي تبديلي (ڊگري ڪنورشنس) ۽ ڪسري ماپن (فريڪشنل اڪئيوولنٽس) جا نشان پڻ موجود هوندا آهن.

فريمنگ اسڪوائر کي [[ونڊنگ اسٽڪس]] (Winding sticks) طور به استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي تختي ۾ وڪڙ يا مروٽ (twist) جي جاچ ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ھيءُ اوزار ڀتين جي ڪنڊن کي 90 ڊگرين تي بيھارڻ جي ڪم ايندو آھي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر:[[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;

== باڊي ۽ ٽنگ ==

روايتي [[ڪاٺي جو ڍانچو|ڪاٺيءَ جي ڍانچي]] (ٽمبر فريم) جي جوڙجڪ ۾ [[مورٽس ۽ ٽينن]] (Mortise and tenon) جوڙ عام طور نرم ڪاٺ ۾ 50 ملي ميٽر ويڪرا ۽ ڪاٺ جي ڪنڊ کان 50 ملي ميٽر جي فاصلي تي ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جنهن سبب اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي '''باڊي''' (Body) جي ويڪر پڻ 50 ملي ميٽر مقرر ٿي.

ساڳيءَ ريت، سخت ڪاٺ ۾ مورٽس ۽ ٽينن جا جوڙ روايتي طور 37 ملي ميٽر ويڪرا ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جنهن جي بنياد تي اسڪوائر جي '''ٽنگ''' (Tongue) جي ويڪر 37 ملي ميٽر رکي وئي. انهن معياري ويڪرن سبب نرم ۽ سخت ٻنهي قسمن جي ڪاٺ سان ڪم ڪندي مورٽس ۽ ٽينن وارن جوڙن جي ماپ ۽ نشان لڳائڻ جو ڪم تيزيءَ ۽ درستگيءَ سان ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

== استعمال ==

=== درستگي جي جاچ ===

اسٽيل اسڪوائر پاڻ پنهنجي درستگي جانچڻ ۽ درست ڪرڻ وارو اوزار آهي. ان جي مدد سان پهرين هڪ [[قائم زاويي]] واري ليڪ ڪڍي ويندي آهي، پوءِ اسڪوائر کي ابتو ڪري ٻيهر ساڳي ليڪ تي رکي ڏٺو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ٻنهي ليڪن ۾ فرق ظاهر ٿئي ته ان مان غلطي جي مقدار ۽ رخ جو اندازو لڳائي سگهجي ٿو. اهڙي غلطي کي اسڪوائر جي ڪنڊ تي سينٽر پنچ (Center punch) جي هلڪي ڌڪ سان زاويي کي ٿورو کولڻ يا بند ڪرڻ ذريعي درست ڪري سگهجي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Framing Square Test &amp; Repair |url=https://inspectapedia.com/roof/Framing-Square-Accuracy-Test-Repair.php |website=Inspectapedia |access-date=10 December 2021}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڏاڪڻ جي بناوت ===

[[File:Stringer revised.jpg|thumb|right|250px|اسٽرنگر جي نظرياتي اوچائي (رائيز) ۽ افقي ڊيگهه (رن)، اسڪوائر جي بيهڪ، ڏاڪڻ جي ڏاڪي (ٽريڊ) ۽ رائزر جي نشان لڳائڻ جو طريقو.]]

عام طور ڏاڪڻ ٽن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندي آهي:

* '''اسٽرنگر''' (Stringer)، جيڪو ڏاڪڻ جو بنيادي ڍانچو هوندو آهي ۽ سڄو وزن برداشت ڪندو آهي.
* '''ڏاڪو''' (Tread)، جيڪو افقي حصو هوندو آهي، جنهن تي پير رکيو ويندو آهي.
* '''رائزر''' (Riser)، جيڪو ٻن ڏاڪن جي وچ وارو عمودي تختو هوندو آهي.

ڏاڪڻ جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جهڙوڪ کليل (اوپن)، بند (ڪلوزڊ)، مڪمل گهرائيءَ سان لڳل (فلي ھائوسڊ) ۽ وڪڙيل (وائنڊنگ) ڏاڪڻيون.

ڏاڪڻ جي بناوت لاءِ بنيادي رياضيائي حساب ضروري هوندو آهي، ۽ ان کي تعميراتي ضابطن (بلڊنگ ڪوڊز) موجب تيار ڪرڻو پوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جڳهه وسيع هجي ته وڌيڪ آرامده ۽ مناسب ڏاڪڻ ٺاهي سگهجي ٿي، جڏهن ته محدود جاءِ ۾ اهو ڪم وڌيڪ ڏکيو هوندو آهي. گهڻين ڏاڪڻين ۾ ڏاڪن (Treads) کان هڪ رائزر (Rise) وڌيڪ هوندو آهي.

ڏاڪڻ جي ماپ ۽ نشان لڳائڻ جو عام طريقو هي آهي:

# پهرين '''اوچائي''' (Rise) ۽ '''افقي ڊيگهه''' (Run) مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. اسٽرنگر جو هيٺيون حصو افقي سطح تي بيهندو آهي.
# عام طور 2×12 انچ جي ڪاٺ جو تختو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. فريمنگ اسڪوائر کي تختي تي اهڙي نموني رکيو ويندو آهي، جو ڏاڪي ۽ رائزر جون مقرر ڪيل ماپون تختي جي ڪنڊ سان ملي وڃن. پوءِ اسڪوائر جي ڪنارن سان ليڪون ڪڍيون وينديون آهن. اسڪوائر کي اڳتي سرڪائي ساڳيو عمل هر ڏاڪي لاءِ ورجايو ويندو آهي.
# پوءِ تختي کي نشان لڳل ليڪن مطابق ڪٽيو ويندو آهي. مٿيون عمودي ڪٽ (Plumb cut) ۽ هيٺيون افقي ڪٽ (ليول ڪٽ) پڻ اسڪوائر کي ابتي پاسي رکي نشان لڳايا ويندا آهن.
# هن مثال ۾ اسٽرنگر تي ٻن تختن جا ڏاڪا لڳايا ويا آهن، جنهن سان ڏاڪي جو ٿورو حصو ٻاهر نڪري ٿو ۽ ٻنهي تختن جي وچ ۾ ٿوري وٿي پڻ رهندي آهي. اسٽرنگر جي هيٺئين حصي کي ڏاڪي جي ٿولهه جيترو وڌيڪ ڪٽيو ويندو آهي، جنهن کي '''اسٽرنگر کي هيٺ ڪرڻ'''  چيو ويندو آهي. جڏهن هڪ اسٽرنگر مڪمل تيار ٿي وڃي ته ان کي نموني (پيٽرن) طور استعمال ڪري باقي اسٽرنگرن تي ساڳيا نشان لڳايا ويندا آهن.

=== ڇت جي بناوت ===

اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي سامهون واري پاسي انگن جي هڪ جدول ڇپيل هوندي آهي، جنهن کي '''شهتيرن جي جدول''' (Rafter table) چيو ويندو آهي. هي جدول [[فيثاغورث جو نظريو|فيثاغورث جي نظريي]] جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيل هوندي آهي ۽ واڍي يا تعميرڪار کي ڇت جي شهتيرن بابت مختلف ماپن ۽ زاويَن جا حساب جلدي ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندي آهي. جدول مختلف ڪالمن تي مشتمل هوندي آهي، جن مان هر ڪالم ڇت جي هڪ مخصوص [[ڍلان]] (سلوپ) کي ظاهر ڪندو آهي.

[[File:Common rafter 12 pitch A.jpg|thumb|right|250px|عام شهتير، جنهن ۾ پلمب ڪٽ ڇت جي مٿئين ريج بورڊ سان ملي ٿو، جڏهن ته برڊز مائوٿ (Bird's mouth) ڀت جي پليٽ تي ويهندو آهي.]]

شهتيرن جي جدول ۾ عام طور هيٺيون معلومات ڏنل هوندي آهي:

# '''هر فوٽ افقي ڊيگهه (Run) لاءِ عام شهتير جي ڊيگهه''': عام شهتير ڇت جي چوٽي (Ridge) کي ڀت جي مٿئين پليٽ  سان ڳنڍيندو آهي. جدول ۾ ڏنل انگ هر 12 انچ افقي ڊيگهه لاءِ شهتير جي اصل ڊيگهه (ھائپوٽينيوز) ظاهر ڪري ٿو.

# '''هر فوٽ افقي ڊيگهه لاءِ هپ يا وادي شهتير جي ڊيگهه''': هپ يا وادي شهتير پڻ ريج کي پليٽ سان ڳنڍيندو آهي، پر اهو عام شهتير جي ڀيٽ ۾ 45 درجن جي زاويي تي هوندو آهي. جدول ان جي ڊيگهه هر 12 انچ افقي فاصلي لاءِ ڏيکاري ٿي.

# '''جيڪ شهتيرن جي ڊيگهه ۾ فرق''': جيڪ شهتير ساڳئي ڍلان ۾ هوندا آهن، پر انهن جون ڊگهيون مختلف ٿينديون آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي هپ يا وادي شهتير سان مختلف هنڌن تي ملي وڃن ٿا. جيڪڏهن شهتير هڪجهڙي مفاصلي تي لڳايا وڃن ته هر ايندڙ جيڪ شهتير جي ڊيگهه ۾ هڪ مقرر مقدار جو فرق ايندو آهي، جيڪو هن قطار ۾ ڏنو ويندو آهي.

# '''پاسي وارو ڪٽ''': هي اهڙو زاويه آهي، جيڪو اسڪوائر جي باڊي تي جدول ۾ ڏنل انگ ۽ ٽنگ تي 12 انچ واري نشان کي هڪ ليڪ ۾ آڻي آساني سان نشان لڳائي سگهجي ٿو.

# '''هپ ۽ وادي جي ننڍن شهتيرن جا ڪٽ''': انهن جا پاسي وارا ڪٽ پڻ ساڳئي اصول تحت تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن.

&lt;gallery&gt;
File:hip jack and common rafter.jpg|هپ، جيڪ ۽ عام شهتيرن جو پاڻ ۾ لاڳاپو، ۽ انهن جو ريج بورڊ ۽ ڀت جي مٿئين پليٽ سان ڳانڍاپو.
File:Hip Rafter Side and Level Cut.jpg|هپ يا وادي شهتير جو پاسي وارو بيول ڪٽ، جيڪو ريج بورڊ سان ملي ٿو.
File:Common rafter layout.jpg|عام ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن ۾ پلمب ڪٽ نشان لڳائڻ لاءِ 12 انچ کي بنيادي ماپ طور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.
File:Side cut jack rafter revised.jpg|هپ ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن جي پاسي واري ڪٽ لاءِ اسڪوائر جي جدول مان مناسب ڍلان استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
File:Plumbcuts new.jpg|هپ ۽ وادي شهتيرن جي پلمب ڪٽ لاءِ 17 انچ کي بنيادي حوالو طور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

=== اٺ ڪنڊي ماپ ===

[[File:Octagon Table.jpg|thumb|اٺ ڪنڊي جدول، جيڪو اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي سامهون واري پاسي موجود هوندو آهي.]]

'''اٺ ڪنڊي ماپ'''  استعمال ڪندڙ کي چورس جي اندر باقاعدي اٺ ڪنڊو (آڪٽاگان) ٺاهڻ ۾ مدد ڏئي ٿي، جيڪڏهن چورس جي هڪ پاسي جي ڊيگهه معلوم هجي. هن ماپ تي ڏنل نشان اٺ ڪنڊي جي هر پاسي جي اڌ ڊيگهه ظاهر ڪندا آهن، جن کي پرڪار (ڪمپاس) يا ڊوائڊر (ڊوائيڊر) سان مقرر ڪري سگهجي ٿو. جڏهن چورس جي هر پاسي جي وچئين نقطي کان قوسون (Arcs) ڪڍيون وڃن ٿيون ته اهي چورس جي ڪنارن تي اٺ ڪنڊي جي ڪنڊن کي ظاهر ڪن ٿيون. ان کان پوءِ رڳو چورس جي چئن ڪنڊن مان ٽڪنڊي حصا ڪٽي اٺ ڪنڊو تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot;&gt;
File:Octagon Table.jpg|اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي سامهون واري پاسي موجود اٺ ڪنڊي جدول.
File:Calculation Table A.JPG|ايلومينيم اسڪوائر تي اٺ ڪنڊي جدول.
File:Octagon Compass Fix 01.pdf|پرگار جي مدد سان اٺ ڪنڊو ٺاهڻ جا چار مرحلا.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

=== قطري ماپ ===

[[File:Diagonal calculations A.JPG|thumb|اسٽيل اسڪوائر تي قطري ماپ جي جڳهه.]]

[[ڪاٺي جو ڍانچو|ڪاٺيءَ جي ڍانچي]] (ٽمبر فريمنگ) ۾ [[گوڏي جهڙو سهارو|گوڏي جهڙي سهاري]] (Knee brace) جو استعمال پاسي کان لڳندڙ بار سبب ڍانچي ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ لوڏن يا ٽيڙ کي روڪڻ لاءِ ڪيو ويندو آهي. '''قطري ماپ''' (ڊائگونل اسڪيل) اهڙي سهاري جي ڊيگهه معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، جڏهن ٿنڀي ۽ شهتير جي ڳانڍاپي کان سهاري جي گهربل مفاصلي جي ڄاڻ موجود هجي.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot;&gt;
File:Diagonal calculations A.JPG|اسڪوائر تي قطري ماپ جي جڳهه.
File:Diagonal Scale revised.jpg|قطري ماپ مختلف ٽڪنڊن جي ضلعن لاءِ قطر (Hypotenuse) جي ڊيگهه مهيا ڪري ٿي، جنهن جي بنياد تي گوڏي جهڙو سهارو تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

=== ڇت جي بناوت ۾ ڳڻپيندڙ اوزار ===

[[File:flat hip roof.jpg|90px|right]]

اسٽيل اسڪوائر کان علاوه تعميراتي [[ڳڻپيندڙ اوزار]] (ڪنسٽرڪشن ڪلڪيوليٽرس) پڻ ڇت جي بناوت سان لاڳاپيل حسابن جي تصديق ۽ تياري لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪيترائي جديد ڳڻپيندڙ اهڙيءَ ريت پروگرام ٿيل هوندا آهن، جو اهي هپ، وادي ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن جي سڀني پاسي وارن ڪٽن جا زاويه هر قسم جي ڍلان لاءِ پاڻمرادو ڳڻي ڏيندا آهن.

اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي شهتيرن واري جدول ۾ ڍلان انچن جي صورت ۾ ظاهر ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڍلان جي عددي قيمت وڌڻ سان ساڳئي ڍلان ۾ مختلف شهتيرن جي پاسي وارن ڪٽن جي زاويَن ۾ فرق پڻ وڌندو آهي. رڳو مڪمل هموار ڇت (0/12 ڍلان) ۾ هپ ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن جو پاسي وارو ڪٽ 45 درجا هوندو آهي.

=== هپ ۽ وادي شهتيرن جي پاسي واري ڪٽ جي جدول ===

جيڪڏهن [[قائم ڪنڊو ٽڪنڊو|قائم ڪنڊي ٽڪنڊي]] جا ٻه زاويه 45° هجن، ته ان جا ٻئي عمودي پاسا (Catheti) هڪجهڙي ڊيگهه جا هوندا آهن. هپ يا وادي شهتير هن ٽڪنڊي جو قطر (Hypotenuse) هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٽڪنڊي جا ٻئي پاسا عمارت جي مٿين ڀتين جون پليٽون (Top wall plates) هونديون آهن.

هپ يا وادي شهتير جي '''پاسي واري ڪٽ''' ({{lang-en|Side cut}}) جو قدر اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي شهتيرن واري جدول ۾ مخصوص ڍلان (Slope) واري ڪالم ۽ '''هپ/وادي شهتير جي پاسي واري ڪٽ''' واري قطار جي سنگم تي ڏنل هوندو آهي. عام هپ ۽ وادي شهتير، عام شهتير جي ڀيٽ ۾ 45° جي زاويي تي لڳندو آهي، ۽ ان جي ماپن جو بنيادي حوالو 12 انچ افقي ڊيگهه (Run) هوندو آهي.

عام هپ/وادي شهتير ۽ جيڪ شهتير هر ڍلان تي مختلف بيول (Bevel) زاويه رکندا آهن، ۽ جيئن ڇت جي ڍلان وڌندي آهي، تيئن انهن بيول زاويَن ۾ گهٽتائي ايندي آهي.

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
|-
| style=&quot;padding:5px&quot; | &lt;math&gt; c = \sqrt{12^2 + 12^2} &lt;/math&gt;
| style=&quot;padding:5px&quot; | &lt;math&gt; L = \sqrt{c^2 + P^2} &lt;/math&gt;
| style=&quot;padding:5px&quot; | &lt;math&gt; \tan = \frac{c}{L} &lt;/math&gt;
|-
! colspan=&quot;3&quot; | علامتون
|-
|
* '''c''' = قطر (Hypotenuse)
* '''P''' = ڍلان (Pitch)
* '''L''' = شهتير جي ڊيگهه
* '''Z''' = 16 انچ مرڪزن تي جيڪ شهتيرن جي ڊيگهه ۾ فرق
|}

هپ يا وادي شهتير جي پاسي واري ڪٽ:

:&lt;math&gt;\text{Side cut} = (\tan \times 12)&lt;/math&gt;

اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي جدول ۾ سڀئي پاسي وارا ڪٽ '''بنياد 12''' (Base 12) تي ٻڌل هوندا آهن. ڪنهن به ڏنل ڍلان لاءِ آرڪ ٽينجنٽ (Arc tangent) جو قدر معلوم ڪري سگهجي ٿو. تعميراتي ڪم ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ گهڻا زاويه ماپيندڙ اوزار ۽ بجليءَ وارا اوزار 90° کي صفر درجا مڃيندا آهن، تنهن ڪري عملي ڪم دوران آرڪ ٽينجنٽ جا '''مڪمل ڪندڙ زاويه''' (Complementary angles) استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيئن [[اسپيڊ اسڪوائر]] جهڙن اوزارن سان درست نشان لڳائي سگهجن.

=== جيڪ شهتيرن جي پاسي واري ڪٽ ===

جيڪ شهتير ({{lang-en|Jack rafter}}) جي پاسي واري ڪٽ جو قدر اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي جدول ۾ '''جيڪ شهتيرن جي پاسي واري ڪٽ''' واري قطار ۽ گهربل ڍلان واري ڪالم جي سنگم تي ڏنل هوندو آهي. جدول ۾ 16 انچ ۽ 24 انچ مرڪزي مفاصلي (Centers) لاءِ جيڪ شهتيرن جي ڊيگهه جي فرق جون الڳ قطارون پڻ شامل هونديون آهن.

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
|-
| style=&quot;padding:5px&quot; |
&lt;math&gt;\tan = \frac{16}{Z}&lt;/math&gt;
|}

هي ٽينجنٽ پڻ '''بنياد 12''' تي ٻڌل هوندي آهي.

:&lt;math&gt;\text{پاسي واري ڪٽ} = \tan \times 12&lt;/math&gt;

اهو ئي قدر اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي جدول ۾ درج هوندو آهي. تعميراتي اوزارن ۾ پڻ آرڪ ٽينجنٽ جا مڪمل ڪندڙ زاويه استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

0/12 کان وڌيڪ سڀني ڍلانن ۾ هپ، وادي ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن جي ٽينجنٽ جو قدر 1.00 کان گهٽ هوندو آهي. مثال طور:

* '''18/12''' ڍلان لاءِ جيڪ شهتير جي پاسي واري ڪٽ جو زاويه تقريباً '''29.07°''' هوندو آهي.
* '''2/12''' ڍلان لاءِ اهو زاويه تقريباً '''44.56°''' ٿيندو آهي.

يعني ٻنهي ڍلانن جي وچ ۾ لڳ ڀڳ '''15.5°''' جو فرق هوندو آهي.

=== ڍلان جي مقابلي ۾ پاسي واري ڪٽ جا زاويه ===

هي جدول ڇت جي ڍلان جي مقابلي ۾ پاسي واري ڪٽ جا زاويه ڏيکاري ٿي. اها صرف انهن ڇتين لاءِ درست آهي، جن ۾ ڇڄي (Eave) جو زاويه 90° هجي.

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! ڍلان !! پاسي واري ڪٽ جو زاويه
|-
| 18/12 || 60.86°
|-
| 17/12 || 60.10°
|-
| 16/12 || 59.07°
|-
| 15/12 || 57.99°
|-
| 14/12 || 56.94°
|-
| 13/12 || 55.88°
|-
| 12/12 || 54.69°
|-
| 11/12 || 53.49°
|-
| 10/12 || 52.54°
|-
| 9/12 || 51.25°
|-
| 8/12 || 50.19°
|-
| 7/12 || 49.17°
|-
| 6/12 || 48.15°
|-
| 5/12 || 47.33°
|-
| 4/12 || 46.54°
|-
| 3/12 || 45.90°
|-
| 2/12 || 45.22°
|-
| 1/12 || 45.10°
|-
| 0/12 || 45.00°
|}

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>f9arx48kt7218eb2vfktest8qhnbd9a</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400974</id>
      <parentid>400973</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T20:47:40Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400974</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="24186" sha1="snuxsq3smpslzoiycqsmelro4k1rnp9" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڪاٺ جي ڪم ۾ قائم زاويي جي ماپ، ليڪون ڪڍڻ ۽ زاويَن جي حساب لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ چپٽو اوزار}}

{{Infobox tool
|image=Steel Square-1.jpg
|other_name={{unbulleted list|فريمنگ اسڪوائر|واڍيءَ جو اسڪوائر}}
|classification={{unbulleted list|[[اسڪوائر (اوزار)|اسڪوائر جو هڪ قسم]]|ڪاٺ جي ڪم جو هٿ وارو اوزار}}
|used_with={{unbulleted list|[[واڍيءَ جي پينسل]]|[[سيسي وارو شاقول]]}}
}}

'''گونيا''' جنھن کي انگريزي ۾ '''اسٽيل اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Steel square}}) عام طور '''فريمنگ اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Framing square}}) يا '''واڍي جو اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Carpenter's square}}) چيو ويندو آهي، [[واڍي]] ۽ تعميراتي ڪم ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ هڪ اهم ماپ وارو اوزار آهي. واڍا هن اوزار جي مدد سان ڪاٺ جي ڍانچن کي صحيح [[قائم زاويي]] (90°) تي نشان لڳائڻ، ماپڻ ۽ تيار ڪرڻ جو ڪم ڪندا آهن. جيتوڻيڪ واڍيءَ ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڪيترائي اسڪوائر فولاد مان ٺهندا آهن، پر '''اسٽيل اسڪوائر''' جو نالو خاص طور هڪ ڊگهي ٻانهن واري مخصوص اسڪوائر لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جيڪو زاويَن جي ماپ ۽ ٻين ڪيترن ئي حسابن لاءِ پڻ ڪم ايندو آهي.

هي اوزار ٻن ٻانهن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي، جيڪي هڪ ٻئي سان 90 درجن (قائم زاويي) تي ڳنڍيل هونديون آهن. هڪ ٻانهن ڊگهي ۽ ويڪري هوندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٻي نسبتاً ننڍي ۽ سوڙهي هوندي آهي. ماضيءَ ۾ هي اوزار تقريباً هميشه فولاد مان ٺاهيو ويندو هو، پر جديد دور ۾ ان جي تياري [[ايلومينيم]]، [[پوليمر]] يا ٻين هلڪن ۽ زنگ کان محفوظ مواد مان پڻ ڪئي وڃي ٿي.

ڊگهي ۽ ويڪري ٻانهن، جيڪا عام طور 50 ملي ميٽر ويڪري هوندي آهي، '''باڊي''' (Body) سڏبي آهي، جڏهن ته ننڍي ۽ سوڙهي ٻانهن، جيڪا لڳ ڀڳ 37 ملي ميٽر ويڪري هوندي آهي، '''ٽنگ''' (Tongue) سڏبي آهي.

فريمنگ اسڪوائر جا ڪيترائي استعمال آهن، جن ۾ عام [[ڇت جا شهتير]] (Rafters)، [[هپ شهتير]] (Hip rafters) ۽ [[ڏاڪڻ]] جي بناوت لاءِ ليڪون ڪڍڻ ۽ ماپون مقرر ڪرڻ شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Elliot&quot;&gt;{{Citation |last=Elliot |first=J. Hamilton |editor-last=Cobleigh |editor-first=Rolfe |year=1910 |title=Use of the Steel Square |work=Handy Farm Devices and How to Make Them |publisher=Orange Judd and Company |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=rYY_AAAAYAAJ&amp;pg=PA19}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن اوزار تي عام طور [[قطري]] (ڊائگونل) ماپ، [[بورڊ فوٽ]] (Board foot) ماپ ۽ [[اٺ ڪنڊي]] (آڪٽاگونل) ماپ جا پيمانا پڻ ڏنل هوندا آهن. جديد فريمنگ اسڪوائرن تي مختلف ڍلانن (Slopes) لاءِ درجن جي تبديلي (ڊگري ڪنورشنس) ۽ ڪسري ماپن (فريڪشنل اڪئيوولنٽس) جا نشان پڻ موجود هوندا آهن.

فريمنگ اسڪوائر کي [[ونڊنگ اسٽڪس]] (Winding sticks) طور به استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي تختي ۾ وڪڙ يا مروٽ (twist) جي جاچ ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ھيءُ اوزار ڀتين جي ڪنڊن کي 90 ڊگرين تي بيھارڻ جي ڪم ايندو آھي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر:[[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;

== باڊي ۽ ٽنگ ==

روايتي [[ڪاٺي جو ڍانچو|ڪاٺيءَ جي ڍانچي]] (ٽمبر فريم) جي جوڙجڪ ۾ [[مورٽس ۽ ٽينن]] (Mortise and tenon) جوڙ عام طور نرم ڪاٺ ۾ 50 ملي ميٽر ويڪرا ۽ ڪاٺ جي ڪنڊ کان 50 ملي ميٽر جي فاصلي تي ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جنهن سبب اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي '''باڊي''' (Body) جي ويڪر پڻ 50 ملي ميٽر مقرر ٿي.

ساڳيءَ ريت، سخت ڪاٺ ۾ مورٽس ۽ ٽينن جا جوڙ روايتي طور 37 ملي ميٽر ويڪرا ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جنهن جي بنياد تي اسڪوائر جي '''ٽنگ''' (Tongue) جي ويڪر 37 ملي ميٽر رکي وئي. انهن معياري ويڪرن سبب نرم ۽ سخت ٻنهي قسمن جي ڪاٺ سان ڪم ڪندي مورٽس ۽ ٽينن وارن جوڙن جي ماپ ۽ نشان لڳائڻ جو ڪم تيزيءَ ۽ درستگيءَ سان ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

== استعمال ==

=== درستگي جي جاچ ===

اسٽيل اسڪوائر پاڻ پنهنجي درستگي جانچڻ ۽ درست ڪرڻ وارو اوزار آهي. ان جي مدد سان پهرين هڪ [[قائم زاويي]] واري ليڪ ڪڍي ويندي آهي، پوءِ اسڪوائر کي ابتو ڪري ٻيهر ساڳي ليڪ تي رکي ڏٺو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ٻنهي ليڪن ۾ فرق ظاهر ٿئي ته ان مان غلطي جي مقدار ۽ رخ جو اندازو لڳائي سگهجي ٿو. اهڙي غلطي کي اسڪوائر جي ڪنڊ تي سينٽر پنچ (Center punch) جي هلڪي ڌڪ سان زاويي کي ٿورو کولڻ يا بند ڪرڻ ذريعي درست ڪري سگهجي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Framing Square Test &amp; Repair |url=https://inspectapedia.com/roof/Framing-Square-Accuracy-Test-Repair.php |website=Inspectapedia |access-date=10 December 2021}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڏاڪڻ جي بناوت ===

[[File:Stringer revised.jpg|thumb|right|250px|اسٽرنگر جي نظرياتي اوچائي (رائيز) ۽ افقي ڊيگهه (رن)، اسڪوائر جي بيهڪ، ڏاڪڻ جي ڏاڪي (ٽريڊ) ۽ رائزر جي نشان لڳائڻ جو طريقو.]]

عام طور ڏاڪڻ ٽن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندي آهي:

* '''اسٽرنگر''' (Stringer)، جيڪو ڏاڪڻ جو بنيادي ڍانچو هوندو آهي ۽ سڄو وزن برداشت ڪندو آهي.
* '''ڏاڪو''' (Tread)، جيڪو افقي حصو هوندو آهي، جنهن تي پير رکيو ويندو آهي.
* '''رائزر''' (Riser)، جيڪو ٻن ڏاڪن جي وچ وارو عمودي تختو هوندو آهي.

ڏاڪڻ جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جهڙوڪ کليل (اوپن)، بند (ڪلوزڊ)، مڪمل گهرائيءَ سان لڳل (فلي ھائوسڊ) ۽ وڪڙيل (وائنڊنگ) ڏاڪڻيون.

ڏاڪڻ جي بناوت لاءِ بنيادي رياضيائي حساب ضروري هوندو آهي، ۽ ان کي تعميراتي ضابطن (بلڊنگ ڪوڊز) موجب تيار ڪرڻو پوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جڳهه وسيع هجي ته وڌيڪ آرامده ۽ مناسب ڏاڪڻ ٺاهي سگهجي ٿي، جڏهن ته محدود جاءِ ۾ اهو ڪم وڌيڪ ڏکيو هوندو آهي. گهڻين ڏاڪڻين ۾ ڏاڪن (Treads) کان هڪ رائزر (Rise) وڌيڪ هوندو آهي.

ڏاڪڻ جي ماپ ۽ نشان لڳائڻ جو عام طريقو هي آهي:

# پهرين '''اوچائي''' (Rise) ۽ '''افقي ڊيگهه''' (Run) مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. اسٽرنگر جو هيٺيون حصو افقي سطح تي بيهندو آهي.
# عام طور 2×12 انچ جي ڪاٺ جو تختو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. فريمنگ اسڪوائر کي تختي تي اهڙي نموني رکيو ويندو آهي، جو ڏاڪي ۽ رائزر جون مقرر ڪيل ماپون تختي جي ڪنڊ سان ملي وڃن. پوءِ اسڪوائر جي ڪنارن سان ليڪون ڪڍيون وينديون آهن. اسڪوائر کي اڳتي سرڪائي ساڳيو عمل هر ڏاڪي لاءِ ورجايو ويندو آهي.
# پوءِ تختي کي نشان لڳل ليڪن مطابق ڪٽيو ويندو آهي. مٿيون عمودي ڪٽ (Plumb cut) ۽ هيٺيون افقي ڪٽ (ليول ڪٽ) پڻ اسڪوائر کي ابتي پاسي رکي نشان لڳايا ويندا آهن.
# هن مثال ۾ اسٽرنگر تي ٻن تختن جا ڏاڪا لڳايا ويا آهن، جنهن سان ڏاڪي جو ٿورو حصو ٻاهر نڪري ٿو ۽ ٻنهي تختن جي وچ ۾ ٿوري وٿي پڻ رهندي آهي. اسٽرنگر جي هيٺئين حصي کي ڏاڪي جي ٿولهه جيترو وڌيڪ ڪٽيو ويندو آهي، جنهن کي '''اسٽرنگر کي هيٺ ڪرڻ'''  چيو ويندو آهي. جڏهن هڪ اسٽرنگر مڪمل تيار ٿي وڃي ته ان کي نموني (پيٽرن) طور استعمال ڪري باقي اسٽرنگرن تي ساڳيا نشان لڳايا ويندا آهن.

=== ڇت جي بناوت ===

اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي سامهون واري پاسي انگن جي هڪ جدول ڇپيل هوندي آهي، جنهن کي '''شهتيرن جي جدول''' (Rafter table) چيو ويندو آهي. هي جدول [[فيثاغورث جو نظريو|فيثاغورث جي نظريي]] جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيل هوندي آهي ۽ واڍي يا تعميرڪار کي ڇت جي شهتيرن بابت مختلف ماپن ۽ زاويَن جا حساب جلدي ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندي آهي. جدول مختلف ڪالمن تي مشتمل هوندي آهي، جن مان هر ڪالم ڇت جي هڪ مخصوص [[ڍلان]] (سلوپ) کي ظاهر ڪندو آهي.

[[File:Common rafter 12 pitch A.jpg|thumb|right|250px|عام شهتير، جنهن ۾ پلمب ڪٽ ڇت جي مٿئين ريج بورڊ سان ملي ٿو، جڏهن ته برڊز مائوٿ (Bird's mouth) ڀت جي پليٽ تي ويهندو آهي.]]

شهتيرن جي جدول ۾ عام طور هيٺيون معلومات ڏنل هوندي آهي:

# '''هر فوٽ افقي ڊيگهه (Run) لاءِ عام شهتير جي ڊيگهه''': عام شهتير ڇت جي چوٽي (Ridge) کي ڀت جي مٿئين پليٽ  سان ڳنڍيندو آهي. جدول ۾ ڏنل انگ هر 12 انچ افقي ڊيگهه لاءِ شهتير جي اصل ڊيگهه (ھائپوٽينيوز) ظاهر ڪري ٿو.

# '''هر فوٽ افقي ڊيگهه لاءِ هپ يا وادي شهتير جي ڊيگهه''': هپ يا وادي شهتير پڻ ريج کي پليٽ سان ڳنڍيندو آهي، پر اهو عام شهتير جي ڀيٽ ۾ 45 درجن جي زاويي تي هوندو آهي. جدول ان جي ڊيگهه هر 12 انچ افقي فاصلي لاءِ ڏيکاري ٿي.

# '''جيڪ شهتيرن جي ڊيگهه ۾ فرق''': جيڪ شهتير ساڳئي ڍلان ۾ هوندا آهن، پر انهن جون ڊگهيون مختلف ٿينديون آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي هپ يا وادي شهتير سان مختلف هنڌن تي ملي وڃن ٿا. جيڪڏهن شهتير هڪجهڙي مفاصلي تي لڳايا وڃن ته هر ايندڙ جيڪ شهتير جي ڊيگهه ۾ هڪ مقرر مقدار جو فرق ايندو آهي، جيڪو هن قطار ۾ ڏنو ويندو آهي.

# '''پاسي وارو ڪٽ''': هي اهڙو زاويه آهي، جيڪو اسڪوائر جي باڊي تي جدول ۾ ڏنل انگ ۽ ٽنگ تي 12 انچ واري نشان کي هڪ ليڪ ۾ آڻي آساني سان نشان لڳائي سگهجي ٿو.

# '''هپ ۽ وادي جي ننڍن شهتيرن جا ڪٽ''': انهن جا پاسي وارا ڪٽ پڻ ساڳئي اصول تحت تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن.

&lt;gallery&gt;
File:hip jack and common rafter.jpg|هپ، جيڪ ۽ عام شهتيرن جو پاڻ ۾ لاڳاپو، ۽ انهن جو ريج بورڊ ۽ ڀت جي مٿئين پليٽ سان ڳانڍاپو.
File:Hip Rafter Side and Level Cut.jpg|هپ يا وادي شهتير جو پاسي وارو بيول ڪٽ، جيڪو ريج بورڊ سان ملي ٿو.
File:Common rafter layout.jpg|عام ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن ۾ پلمب ڪٽ نشان لڳائڻ لاءِ 12 انچ کي بنيادي ماپ طور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.
File:Side cut jack rafter revised.jpg|هپ ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن جي پاسي واري ڪٽ لاءِ اسڪوائر جي جدول مان مناسب ڍلان استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
File:Plumbcuts new.jpg|هپ ۽ وادي شهتيرن جي پلمب ڪٽ لاءِ 17 انچ کي بنيادي حوالو طور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

=== اٺ ڪنڊي ماپ ===

[[File:Octagon Table.jpg|thumb|اٺ ڪنڊي جدول، جيڪو اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي سامهون واري پاسي موجود هوندو آهي.]]

'''اٺ ڪنڊي ماپ'''  استعمال ڪندڙ کي چورس جي اندر باقاعدي اٺ ڪنڊو (آڪٽاگان) ٺاهڻ ۾ مدد ڏئي ٿي، جيڪڏهن چورس جي هڪ پاسي جي ڊيگهه معلوم هجي. هن ماپ تي ڏنل نشان اٺ ڪنڊي جي هر پاسي جي اڌ ڊيگهه ظاهر ڪندا آهن، جن کي پرڪار (ڪمپاس) يا ڊوائڊر (ڊوائيڊر) سان مقرر ڪري سگهجي ٿو. جڏهن چورس جي هر پاسي جي وچئين نقطي کان قوسون (Arcs) ڪڍيون وڃن ٿيون ته اهي چورس جي ڪنارن تي اٺ ڪنڊي جي ڪنڊن کي ظاهر ڪن ٿيون. ان کان پوءِ رڳو چورس جي چئن ڪنڊن مان ٽڪنڊي حصا ڪٽي اٺ ڪنڊو تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot;&gt;
File:Octagon Table.jpg|اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي سامهون واري پاسي موجود اٺ ڪنڊي جدول.
File:Calculation Table A.JPG|ايلومينيم اسڪوائر تي اٺ ڪنڊي جدول.
File:Octagon Compass Fix 01.pdf|پرگار جي مدد سان اٺ ڪنڊو ٺاهڻ جا چار مرحلا.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

=== قطري ماپ ===

[[File:Diagonal calculations A.JPG|thumb|اسٽيل اسڪوائر تي قطري ماپ جي جڳهه.]]

[[ڪاٺي جو ڍانچو|ڪاٺيءَ جي ڍانچي]] (ٽمبر فريمنگ) ۾ [[گوڏي جهڙو سهارو|گوڏي جهڙي سهاري]] (Knee brace) جو استعمال پاسي کان لڳندڙ بار سبب ڍانچي ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ لوڏن يا ٽيڙ کي روڪڻ لاءِ ڪيو ويندو آهي. '''قطري ماپ''' (ڊائگونل اسڪيل) اهڙي سهاري جي ڊيگهه معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، جڏهن ٿنڀي ۽ شهتير جي ڳانڍاپي کان سهاري جي گهربل مفاصلي جي ڄاڻ موجود هجي.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot;&gt;
File:Diagonal calculations A.JPG|اسڪوائر تي قطري ماپ جي جڳهه.
File:Diagonal Scale revised.jpg|قطري ماپ مختلف ٽڪنڊن جي ضلعن لاءِ قطر (Hypotenuse) جي ڊيگهه مهيا ڪري ٿي، جنهن جي بنياد تي گوڏي جهڙو سهارو تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

=== ڇت جي بناوت ۾ ڳڻپيندڙ اوزار ===

[[File:flat hip roof.jpg|90px|right]]

اسٽيل اسڪوائر کان علاوه تعميراتي [[ڳڻپيندڙ اوزار]] (ڪنسٽرڪشن ڪلڪيوليٽرس) پڻ ڇت جي بناوت سان لاڳاپيل حسابن جي تصديق ۽ تياري لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪيترائي جديد ڳڻپيندڙ اهڙيءَ ريت پروگرام ٿيل هوندا آهن، جو اهي هپ، وادي ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن جي سڀني پاسي وارن ڪٽن جا زاويه هر قسم جي ڍلان لاءِ پاڻمرادو ڳڻي ڏيندا آهن.

اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي شهتيرن واري جدول ۾ ڍلان انچن جي صورت ۾ ظاهر ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڍلان جي عددي قيمت وڌڻ سان ساڳئي ڍلان ۾ مختلف شهتيرن جي پاسي وارن ڪٽن جي زاويَن ۾ فرق پڻ وڌندو آهي. رڳو مڪمل هموار ڇت (0/12 ڍلان) ۾ هپ ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن جو پاسي وارو ڪٽ 45 درجا هوندو آهي.

=== هپ ۽ وادي شهتيرن جي پاسي واري ڪٽ جي جدول ===

جيڪڏهن [[قائم ڪنڊو ٽڪنڊو|قائم ڪنڊي ٽڪنڊي]] جا ٻه زاويه 45° هجن، ته ان جا ٻئي عمودي پاسا (Catheti) هڪجهڙي ڊيگهه جا هوندا آهن. هپ يا وادي شهتير هن ٽڪنڊي جو قطر (Hypotenuse) هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٽڪنڊي جا ٻئي پاسا عمارت جي مٿين ڀتين جون پليٽون (Top wall plates) هونديون آهن.

هپ يا وادي شهتير جي '''پاسي واري ڪٽ''' ({{lang-en|Side cut}}) جو قدر اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي شهتيرن واري جدول ۾ مخصوص ڍلان (Slope) واري ڪالم ۽ '''هپ/وادي شهتير جي پاسي واري ڪٽ''' واري قطار جي سنگم تي ڏنل هوندو آهي. عام هپ ۽ وادي شهتير، عام شهتير جي ڀيٽ ۾ 45° جي زاويي تي لڳندو آهي، ۽ ان جي ماپن جو بنيادي حوالو 12 انچ افقي ڊيگهه (Run) هوندو آهي.

عام هپ/وادي شهتير ۽ جيڪ شهتير هر ڍلان تي مختلف بيول (Bevel) زاويه رکندا آهن، ۽ جيئن ڇت جي ڍلان وڌندي آهي، تيئن انهن بيول زاويَن ۾ گهٽتائي ايندي آهي.

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
|-
| style=&quot;padding:5px&quot; | &lt;math&gt; c = \sqrt{12^2 + 12^2} &lt;/math&gt;
| style=&quot;padding:5px&quot; | &lt;math&gt; L = \sqrt{c^2 + P^2} &lt;/math&gt;
| style=&quot;padding:5px&quot; | &lt;math&gt; \tan = \frac{c}{L} &lt;/math&gt;
|-
! colspan=&quot;3&quot; | علامتون
|-
|
* '''c''' = قطر (Hypotenuse)
* '''P''' = ڍلان (Pitch)
* '''L''' = شهتير جي ڊيگهه
* '''Z''' = 16 انچ مرڪزن تي جيڪ شهتيرن جي ڊيگهه ۾ فرق
|}

هپ يا وادي شهتير جي پاسي واري ڪٽ:

:&lt;math&gt;\text{Side cut} = (\tan \times 12)&lt;/math&gt;

اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي جدول ۾ سڀئي پاسي وارا ڪٽ '''بنياد 12''' (Base 12) تي ٻڌل هوندا آهن. ڪنهن به ڏنل ڍلان لاءِ آرڪ ٽينجنٽ (Arc tangent) جو قدر معلوم ڪري سگهجي ٿو. تعميراتي ڪم ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ گهڻا زاويه ماپيندڙ اوزار ۽ بجليءَ وارا اوزار 90° کي صفر درجا مڃيندا آهن، تنهن ڪري عملي ڪم دوران آرڪ ٽينجنٽ جا '''مڪمل ڪندڙ زاويه''' (Complementary angles) استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيئن [[اسپيڊ اسڪوائر]] جهڙن اوزارن سان درست نشان لڳائي سگهجن.

=== جيڪ شهتيرن جي پاسي واري ڪٽ ===

جيڪ شهتير ({{lang-en|Jack rafter}}) جي پاسي واري ڪٽ جو قدر اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي جدول ۾ '''جيڪ شهتيرن جي پاسي واري ڪٽ''' واري قطار ۽ گهربل ڍلان واري ڪالم جي سنگم تي ڏنل هوندو آهي. جدول ۾ 16 انچ ۽ 24 انچ مرڪزي مفاصلي (Centers) لاءِ جيڪ شهتيرن جي ڊيگهه جي فرق جون الڳ قطارون پڻ شامل هونديون آهن.

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
|-
| style=&quot;padding:5px&quot; |
&lt;math&gt;\tan = \frac{16}{Z}&lt;/math&gt;
|}

هي ٽينجنٽ پڻ '''بنياد 12''' تي ٻڌل هوندي آهي.

:&lt;math&gt;\text{پاسي واري ڪٽ} = \tan \times 12&lt;/math&gt;

اهو ئي قدر اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي جدول ۾ درج هوندو آهي. تعميراتي اوزارن ۾ پڻ آرڪ ٽينجنٽ جا مڪمل ڪندڙ زاويه استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

0/12 کان وڌيڪ سڀني ڍلانن ۾ هپ، وادي ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن جي ٽينجنٽ جو قدر 1.00 کان گهٽ هوندو آهي. مثال طور:

* '''18/12''' ڍلان لاءِ جيڪ شهتير جي پاسي واري ڪٽ جو زاويه تقريباً '''29.07°''' هوندو آهي.
* '''2/12''' ڍلان لاءِ اهو زاويه تقريباً '''44.56°''' ٿيندو آهي.

يعني ٻنهي ڍلانن جي وچ ۾ لڳ ڀڳ '''15.5°''' جو فرق هوندو آهي.

=== ڍلان جي مقابلي ۾ پاسي واري ڪٽ جا زاويه ===

هي جدول ڇت جي ڍلان جي مقابلي ۾ پاسي واري ڪٽ جا زاويه ڏيکاري ٿي. اها صرف انهن ڇتين لاءِ درست آهي، جن ۾ ڇڄي (Eave) جو زاويه 90° هجي.

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! ڍلان !! پاسي واري ڪٽ جو زاويه
|-
| 18/12 || 60.86°
|-
| 17/12 || 60.10°
|-
| 16/12 || 59.07°
|-
| 15/12 || 57.99°
|-
| 14/12 || 56.94°
|-
| 13/12 || 55.88°
|-
| 12/12 || 54.69°
|-
| 11/12 || 53.49°
|-
| 10/12 || 52.54°
|-
| 9/12 || 51.25°
|-
| 8/12 || 50.19°
|-
| 7/12 || 49.17°
|-
| 6/12 || 48.15°
|-
| 5/12 || 47.33°
|-
| 4/12 || 46.54°
|-
| 3/12 || 45.90°
|-
| 2/12 || 45.22°
|-
| 1/12 || 45.10°
|-
| 0/12 || 45.00°
|}

=== جيڪ ۽ عام شهتيرن جا پلمب ڪٽ ===

جيڪ شهتير (جيڪ رافٽر) ۽ عام شهتير (ڪامن رافٽر) لاءِ '''پلمب ڪٽ''' (Plumb cut) جو زاويه ساڳيو هوندو آهي. جڏهن ته '''ليول ڪٽ''' (Level cut) يا '''سيٽ ڪٽ''' (Seat cut) پلمب ڪٽ جو [[مڪمل ڪندڙ زاويه]] (ڪامپليمينٽري اينگل) هوندو آهي. ليول ڪٽ ۽ پلمب ڪٽ جي هڪ ٻئي سان ملڻ واري هنڌ تي جيڪو کپو ٺهندو آهي، ان کي عام طور '''برڊز مائوٿ'''  چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو شهتير کي ڀت جي مٿئين پليٽ تي مضبوط نموني ويهارڻ لاءِ ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
|-
| style=&quot;padding:5px&quot; |
&lt;math&gt;\tan = \frac{P}{b}&lt;/math&gt;
|}

جتي:

* '''P''' = ڇت جي ڍلان (Pitch)
* '''b''' = افقي ڊيگهه (Run)

=== هپ ۽ وادي شهتيرن جا پلمب ڪٽ ===

هپ ۽ وادي شهتيرن ({{lang-en|Hip/Valley rafters}}) جي پلمب ڪٽ جو زاويه هيٺين مساوات سان معلوم ڪيو ويندو آهي. هن حالت ۾ به ليول ڪٽ، پلمب ڪٽ جو مڪمل ڪندڙ زاويه هوندو آهي، يعني 90° مان آرڪ ٽينجنٽ جو قدر گهٽائڻ سان حاصل ٿيندو آهي.

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
|-
| style=&quot;padding:5px&quot; |
&lt;math&gt;\tan=\frac{P}{\sqrt{a^2+b^2}}&lt;/math&gt;
|}

جتي:

* '''P''' = ڇت جي ڍلان (Pitch)
* '''a''' ۽ '''b''' = افقي پاسا (Run)

=== غير مساوي هپ ۽ وادي شهتير ===

روايتي اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي شهتيرن واري جدول صرف انهن ڇتين لاءِ مناسب آهي، جن ۾ ٻنهي پاسن جي ڍلان هڪجهڙي هجي. غير مساوي ڍلان وارن ڇتين لاءِ روايتي جدول ڪافي نه هوندي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان ۾ اهڙن شهتيرن جا حساب موجود نه هوندا آهن.

غير مساوي هپ يا وادي شهتيرن جي خاصيت اها هوندي آهي ته انهن جا افقي منصوبا (پلان اينگلز) 45 درجا يا هڪجهڙا نه هوندا آهن. اهڙين ڇتين ۾ عمارت جي مٿئين ڀتين جون پليٽون ٻاهرين ڪنڊن تي 90° يا ٻين مختلف زاويَن تي ملي سگهن ٿيون، جنهن سبب شهتيرن جا زاويه ۽ ماپون به هڪجهڙيون نه رهنديون آهن. اهڙن منصوبن لاءِ خاص جدولن يا جديد حسابي اوزارن جي ضرورت پوندي آهي.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot;&gt;
File:Irregular roof plan rev.jpg|غير مساوي هپ/وادي ۽ گيبل ڇت جو منصوبو.
File:Irregular roof plan.jpg|غير مساوي ڇت جو منصوبو.
File:Irregular roof plan d.jpg|هڪ ٻئي کي ڪٽيندڙ غير مساوي هپ/وادي ۽ گيبل ڇتن جو منصوبو.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>snuxsq3smpslzoiycqsmelro4k1rnp9</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400975</id>
      <parentid>400974</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T20:52:19Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400975</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="24827" sha1="9zwe3r8v6rq2j8m9mit1xjzx3bv4x2i" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڪاٺ جي ڪم ۾ قائم زاويي جي ماپ، ليڪون ڪڍڻ ۽ زاويَن جي حساب لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ چپٽو اوزار}}

{{Infobox tool
|image=Steel Square-1.jpg
|other_name={{unbulleted list|فريمنگ اسڪوائر|واڍيءَ جو اسڪوائر}}
|classification={{unbulleted list|[[اسڪوائر (اوزار)|اسڪوائر جو هڪ قسم]]|ڪاٺ جي ڪم جو هٿ وارو اوزار}}
|used_with={{unbulleted list|[[واڍيءَ جي پينسل]]|[[سيسي وارو شاقول]]}}
}}

'''گونيا''' جنھن کي انگريزي ۾ '''اسٽيل اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Steel square}}) عام طور '''فريمنگ اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Framing square}}) يا '''واڍي جو اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Carpenter's square}}) چيو ويندو آهي، [[واڍي]] ۽ تعميراتي ڪم ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ هڪ اهم ماپ وارو اوزار آهي. واڍا هن اوزار جي مدد سان ڪاٺ جي ڍانچن کي صحيح [[قائم زاويي]] (90°) تي نشان لڳائڻ، ماپڻ ۽ تيار ڪرڻ جو ڪم ڪندا آهن. جيتوڻيڪ واڍيءَ ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڪيترائي اسڪوائر فولاد مان ٺهندا آهن، پر '''اسٽيل اسڪوائر''' جو نالو خاص طور هڪ ڊگهي ٻانهن واري مخصوص اسڪوائر لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جيڪو زاويَن جي ماپ ۽ ٻين ڪيترن ئي حسابن لاءِ پڻ ڪم ايندو آهي.

هي اوزار ٻن ٻانهن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي، جيڪي هڪ ٻئي سان 90 درجن (قائم زاويي) تي ڳنڍيل هونديون آهن. هڪ ٻانهن ڊگهي ۽ ويڪري هوندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٻي نسبتاً ننڍي ۽ سوڙهي هوندي آهي. ماضيءَ ۾ هي اوزار تقريباً هميشه فولاد مان ٺاهيو ويندو هو، پر جديد دور ۾ ان جي تياري [[ايلومينيم]]، [[پوليمر]] يا ٻين هلڪن ۽ زنگ کان محفوظ مواد مان پڻ ڪئي وڃي ٿي.

ڊگهي ۽ ويڪري ٻانهن، جيڪا عام طور 50 ملي ميٽر ويڪري هوندي آهي، '''باڊي''' (Body) سڏبي آهي، جڏهن ته ننڍي ۽ سوڙهي ٻانهن، جيڪا لڳ ڀڳ 37 ملي ميٽر ويڪري هوندي آهي، '''ٽنگ''' (Tongue) سڏبي آهي.

فريمنگ اسڪوائر جا ڪيترائي استعمال آهن، جن ۾ عام [[ڇت جا شهتير]] (Rafters)، [[هپ شهتير]] (Hip rafters) ۽ [[ڏاڪڻ]] جي بناوت لاءِ ليڪون ڪڍڻ ۽ ماپون مقرر ڪرڻ شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Elliot&quot;&gt;{{Citation |last=Elliot |first=J. Hamilton |editor-last=Cobleigh |editor-first=Rolfe |year=1910 |title=Use of the Steel Square |work=Handy Farm Devices and How to Make Them |publisher=Orange Judd and Company |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=rYY_AAAAYAAJ&amp;pg=PA19}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن اوزار تي عام طور [[قطري]] (ڊائگونل) ماپ، [[بورڊ فوٽ]] (Board foot) ماپ ۽ [[اٺ ڪنڊي]] (آڪٽاگونل) ماپ جا پيمانا پڻ ڏنل هوندا آهن. جديد فريمنگ اسڪوائرن تي مختلف ڍلانن (Slopes) لاءِ درجن جي تبديلي (ڊگري ڪنورشنس) ۽ ڪسري ماپن (فريڪشنل اڪئيوولنٽس) جا نشان پڻ موجود هوندا آهن.

فريمنگ اسڪوائر کي [[ونڊنگ اسٽڪس]] (Winding sticks) طور به استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي تختي ۾ وڪڙ يا مروٽ (twist) جي جاچ ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ھيءُ اوزار ڀتين جي ڪنڊن کي 90 ڊگرين تي بيھارڻ جي ڪم ايندو آھي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر:[[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;

== باڊي ۽ ٽنگ ==

روايتي [[ڪاٺي جو ڍانچو|ڪاٺيءَ جي ڍانچي]] (ٽمبر فريم) جي جوڙجڪ ۾ [[مورٽس ۽ ٽينن]] (Mortise and tenon) جوڙ عام طور نرم ڪاٺ ۾ 50 ملي ميٽر ويڪرا ۽ ڪاٺ جي ڪنڊ کان 50 ملي ميٽر جي فاصلي تي ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جنهن سبب اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي '''باڊي''' (Body) جي ويڪر پڻ 50 ملي ميٽر مقرر ٿي.

ساڳيءَ ريت، سخت ڪاٺ ۾ مورٽس ۽ ٽينن جا جوڙ روايتي طور 37 ملي ميٽر ويڪرا ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جنهن جي بنياد تي اسڪوائر جي '''ٽنگ''' (Tongue) جي ويڪر 37 ملي ميٽر رکي وئي. انهن معياري ويڪرن سبب نرم ۽ سخت ٻنهي قسمن جي ڪاٺ سان ڪم ڪندي مورٽس ۽ ٽينن وارن جوڙن جي ماپ ۽ نشان لڳائڻ جو ڪم تيزيءَ ۽ درستگيءَ سان ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

== استعمال ==

=== درستگي جي جاچ ===

اسٽيل اسڪوائر پاڻ پنهنجي درستگي جانچڻ ۽ درست ڪرڻ وارو اوزار آهي. ان جي مدد سان پهرين هڪ [[قائم زاويي]] واري ليڪ ڪڍي ويندي آهي، پوءِ اسڪوائر کي ابتو ڪري ٻيهر ساڳي ليڪ تي رکي ڏٺو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ٻنهي ليڪن ۾ فرق ظاهر ٿئي ته ان مان غلطي جي مقدار ۽ رخ جو اندازو لڳائي سگهجي ٿو. اهڙي غلطي کي اسڪوائر جي ڪنڊ تي سينٽر پنچ (Center punch) جي هلڪي ڌڪ سان زاويي کي ٿورو کولڻ يا بند ڪرڻ ذريعي درست ڪري سگهجي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Framing Square Test &amp; Repair |url=https://inspectapedia.com/roof/Framing-Square-Accuracy-Test-Repair.php |website=Inspectapedia |access-date=10 December 2021}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڏاڪڻ جي بناوت ===

[[File:Stringer revised.jpg|thumb|right|250px|اسٽرنگر جي نظرياتي اوچائي (رائيز) ۽ افقي ڊيگهه (رن)، اسڪوائر جي بيهڪ، ڏاڪڻ جي ڏاڪي (ٽريڊ) ۽ رائزر جي نشان لڳائڻ جو طريقو.]]

عام طور ڏاڪڻ ٽن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندي آهي:

* '''اسٽرنگر''' (Stringer)، جيڪو ڏاڪڻ جو بنيادي ڍانچو هوندو آهي ۽ سڄو وزن برداشت ڪندو آهي.
* '''ڏاڪو''' (Tread)، جيڪو افقي حصو هوندو آهي، جنهن تي پير رکيو ويندو آهي.
* '''رائزر''' (Riser)، جيڪو ٻن ڏاڪن جي وچ وارو عمودي تختو هوندو آهي.

ڏاڪڻ جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جهڙوڪ کليل (اوپن)، بند (ڪلوزڊ)، مڪمل گهرائيءَ سان لڳل (فلي ھائوسڊ) ۽ وڪڙيل (وائنڊنگ) ڏاڪڻيون.

ڏاڪڻ جي بناوت لاءِ بنيادي رياضيائي حساب ضروري هوندو آهي، ۽ ان کي تعميراتي ضابطن (بلڊنگ ڪوڊز) موجب تيار ڪرڻو پوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جڳهه وسيع هجي ته وڌيڪ آرامده ۽ مناسب ڏاڪڻ ٺاهي سگهجي ٿي، جڏهن ته محدود جاءِ ۾ اهو ڪم وڌيڪ ڏکيو هوندو آهي. گهڻين ڏاڪڻين ۾ ڏاڪن (Treads) کان هڪ رائزر (Rise) وڌيڪ هوندو آهي.

ڏاڪڻ جي ماپ ۽ نشان لڳائڻ جو عام طريقو هي آهي:

# پهرين '''اوچائي''' (Rise) ۽ '''افقي ڊيگهه''' (Run) مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. اسٽرنگر جو هيٺيون حصو افقي سطح تي بيهندو آهي.
# عام طور 2×12 انچ جي ڪاٺ جو تختو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. فريمنگ اسڪوائر کي تختي تي اهڙي نموني رکيو ويندو آهي، جو ڏاڪي ۽ رائزر جون مقرر ڪيل ماپون تختي جي ڪنڊ سان ملي وڃن. پوءِ اسڪوائر جي ڪنارن سان ليڪون ڪڍيون وينديون آهن. اسڪوائر کي اڳتي سرڪائي ساڳيو عمل هر ڏاڪي لاءِ ورجايو ويندو آهي.
# پوءِ تختي کي نشان لڳل ليڪن مطابق ڪٽيو ويندو آهي. مٿيون عمودي ڪٽ (Plumb cut) ۽ هيٺيون افقي ڪٽ (ليول ڪٽ) پڻ اسڪوائر کي ابتي پاسي رکي نشان لڳايا ويندا آهن.
# هن مثال ۾ اسٽرنگر تي ٻن تختن جا ڏاڪا لڳايا ويا آهن، جنهن سان ڏاڪي جو ٿورو حصو ٻاهر نڪري ٿو ۽ ٻنهي تختن جي وچ ۾ ٿوري وٿي پڻ رهندي آهي. اسٽرنگر جي هيٺئين حصي کي ڏاڪي جي ٿولهه جيترو وڌيڪ ڪٽيو ويندو آهي، جنهن کي '''اسٽرنگر کي هيٺ ڪرڻ'''  چيو ويندو آهي. جڏهن هڪ اسٽرنگر مڪمل تيار ٿي وڃي ته ان کي نموني (پيٽرن) طور استعمال ڪري باقي اسٽرنگرن تي ساڳيا نشان لڳايا ويندا آهن.

=== ڇت جي بناوت ===

اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي سامهون واري پاسي انگن جي هڪ جدول ڇپيل هوندي آهي، جنهن کي '''شهتيرن جي جدول''' (Rafter table) چيو ويندو آهي. هي جدول [[فيثاغورث جو نظريو|فيثاغورث جي نظريي]] جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيل هوندي آهي ۽ واڍي يا تعميرڪار کي ڇت جي شهتيرن بابت مختلف ماپن ۽ زاويَن جا حساب جلدي ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندي آهي. جدول مختلف ڪالمن تي مشتمل هوندي آهي، جن مان هر ڪالم ڇت جي هڪ مخصوص [[ڍلان]] (سلوپ) کي ظاهر ڪندو آهي.

[[File:Common rafter 12 pitch A.jpg|thumb|right|250px|عام شهتير، جنهن ۾ پلمب ڪٽ ڇت جي مٿئين ريج بورڊ سان ملي ٿو، جڏهن ته برڊز مائوٿ (Bird's mouth) ڀت جي پليٽ تي ويهندو آهي.]]

شهتيرن جي جدول ۾ عام طور هيٺيون معلومات ڏنل هوندي آهي:

# '''هر فوٽ افقي ڊيگهه (Run) لاءِ عام شهتير جي ڊيگهه''': عام شهتير ڇت جي چوٽي (Ridge) کي ڀت جي مٿئين پليٽ  سان ڳنڍيندو آهي. جدول ۾ ڏنل انگ هر 12 انچ افقي ڊيگهه لاءِ شهتير جي اصل ڊيگهه (ھائپوٽينيوز) ظاهر ڪري ٿو.

# '''هر فوٽ افقي ڊيگهه لاءِ هپ يا وادي شهتير جي ڊيگهه''': هپ يا وادي شهتير پڻ ريج کي پليٽ سان ڳنڍيندو آهي، پر اهو عام شهتير جي ڀيٽ ۾ 45 درجن جي زاويي تي هوندو آهي. جدول ان جي ڊيگهه هر 12 انچ افقي فاصلي لاءِ ڏيکاري ٿي.

# '''جيڪ شهتيرن جي ڊيگهه ۾ فرق''': جيڪ شهتير ساڳئي ڍلان ۾ هوندا آهن، پر انهن جون ڊگهيون مختلف ٿينديون آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي هپ يا وادي شهتير سان مختلف هنڌن تي ملي وڃن ٿا. جيڪڏهن شهتير هڪجهڙي مفاصلي تي لڳايا وڃن ته هر ايندڙ جيڪ شهتير جي ڊيگهه ۾ هڪ مقرر مقدار جو فرق ايندو آهي، جيڪو هن قطار ۾ ڏنو ويندو آهي.

# '''پاسي وارو ڪٽ''': هي اهڙو زاويه آهي، جيڪو اسڪوائر جي باڊي تي جدول ۾ ڏنل انگ ۽ ٽنگ تي 12 انچ واري نشان کي هڪ ليڪ ۾ آڻي آساني سان نشان لڳائي سگهجي ٿو.

# '''هپ ۽ وادي جي ننڍن شهتيرن جا ڪٽ''': انهن جا پاسي وارا ڪٽ پڻ ساڳئي اصول تحت تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن.

&lt;gallery&gt;
File:hip jack and common rafter.jpg|هپ، جيڪ ۽ عام شهتيرن جو پاڻ ۾ لاڳاپو، ۽ انهن جو ريج بورڊ ۽ ڀت جي مٿئين پليٽ سان ڳانڍاپو.
File:Hip Rafter Side and Level Cut.jpg|هپ يا وادي شهتير جو پاسي وارو بيول ڪٽ، جيڪو ريج بورڊ سان ملي ٿو.
File:Common rafter layout.jpg|عام ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن ۾ پلمب ڪٽ نشان لڳائڻ لاءِ 12 انچ کي بنيادي ماپ طور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.
File:Side cut jack rafter revised.jpg|هپ ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن جي پاسي واري ڪٽ لاءِ اسڪوائر جي جدول مان مناسب ڍلان استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
File:Plumbcuts new.jpg|هپ ۽ وادي شهتيرن جي پلمب ڪٽ لاءِ 17 انچ کي بنيادي حوالو طور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

=== اٺ ڪنڊي ماپ ===

[[File:Octagon Table.jpg|thumb|اٺ ڪنڊي جدول، جيڪو اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي سامهون واري پاسي موجود هوندو آهي.]]

'''اٺ ڪنڊي ماپ'''  استعمال ڪندڙ کي چورس جي اندر باقاعدي اٺ ڪنڊو (آڪٽاگان) ٺاهڻ ۾ مدد ڏئي ٿي، جيڪڏهن چورس جي هڪ پاسي جي ڊيگهه معلوم هجي. هن ماپ تي ڏنل نشان اٺ ڪنڊي جي هر پاسي جي اڌ ڊيگهه ظاهر ڪندا آهن، جن کي پرڪار (ڪمپاس) يا ڊوائڊر (ڊوائيڊر) سان مقرر ڪري سگهجي ٿو. جڏهن چورس جي هر پاسي جي وچئين نقطي کان قوسون (Arcs) ڪڍيون وڃن ٿيون ته اهي چورس جي ڪنارن تي اٺ ڪنڊي جي ڪنڊن کي ظاهر ڪن ٿيون. ان کان پوءِ رڳو چورس جي چئن ڪنڊن مان ٽڪنڊي حصا ڪٽي اٺ ڪنڊو تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot;&gt;
File:Octagon Table.jpg|اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي سامهون واري پاسي موجود اٺ ڪنڊي جدول.
File:Calculation Table A.JPG|ايلومينيم اسڪوائر تي اٺ ڪنڊي جدول.
File:Octagon Compass Fix 01.pdf|پرگار جي مدد سان اٺ ڪنڊو ٺاهڻ جا چار مرحلا.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

=== قطري ماپ ===

[[File:Diagonal calculations A.JPG|thumb|اسٽيل اسڪوائر تي قطري ماپ جي جڳهه.]]

[[ڪاٺي جو ڍانچو|ڪاٺيءَ جي ڍانچي]] (ٽمبر فريمنگ) ۾ [[گوڏي جهڙو سهارو|گوڏي جهڙي سهاري]] (Knee brace) جو استعمال پاسي کان لڳندڙ بار سبب ڍانچي ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ لوڏن يا ٽيڙ کي روڪڻ لاءِ ڪيو ويندو آهي. '''قطري ماپ''' (ڊائگونل اسڪيل) اهڙي سهاري جي ڊيگهه معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، جڏهن ٿنڀي ۽ شهتير جي ڳانڍاپي کان سهاري جي گهربل مفاصلي جي ڄاڻ موجود هجي.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot;&gt;
File:Diagonal calculations A.JPG|اسڪوائر تي قطري ماپ جي جڳهه.
File:Diagonal Scale revised.jpg|قطري ماپ مختلف ٽڪنڊن جي ضلعن لاءِ قطر (Hypotenuse) جي ڊيگهه مهيا ڪري ٿي، جنهن جي بنياد تي گوڏي جهڙو سهارو تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

=== ڇت جي بناوت ۾ ڳڻپيندڙ اوزار ===

[[File:flat hip roof.jpg|90px|right]]

اسٽيل اسڪوائر کان علاوه تعميراتي [[ڳڻپيندڙ اوزار]] (ڪنسٽرڪشن ڪلڪيوليٽرس) پڻ ڇت جي بناوت سان لاڳاپيل حسابن جي تصديق ۽ تياري لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪيترائي جديد ڳڻپيندڙ اهڙيءَ ريت پروگرام ٿيل هوندا آهن، جو اهي هپ، وادي ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن جي سڀني پاسي وارن ڪٽن جا زاويه هر قسم جي ڍلان لاءِ پاڻمرادو ڳڻي ڏيندا آهن.

اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي شهتيرن واري جدول ۾ ڍلان انچن جي صورت ۾ ظاهر ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڍلان جي عددي قيمت وڌڻ سان ساڳئي ڍلان ۾ مختلف شهتيرن جي پاسي وارن ڪٽن جي زاويَن ۾ فرق پڻ وڌندو آهي. رڳو مڪمل هموار ڇت (0/12 ڍلان) ۾ هپ ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن جو پاسي وارو ڪٽ 45 درجا هوندو آهي.

=== هپ ۽ وادي شهتيرن جي پاسي واري ڪٽ جي جدول ===

جيڪڏهن [[قائم ڪنڊو ٽڪنڊو|قائم ڪنڊي ٽڪنڊي]] جا ٻه زاويه 45° هجن، ته ان جا ٻئي عمودي پاسا (Catheti) هڪجهڙي ڊيگهه جا هوندا آهن. هپ يا وادي شهتير هن ٽڪنڊي جو قطر (Hypotenuse) هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٽڪنڊي جا ٻئي پاسا عمارت جي مٿين ڀتين جون پليٽون (Top wall plates) هونديون آهن.

هپ يا وادي شهتير جي '''پاسي واري ڪٽ''' ({{lang-en|Side cut}}) جو قدر اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي شهتيرن واري جدول ۾ مخصوص ڍلان (Slope) واري ڪالم ۽ '''هپ/وادي شهتير جي پاسي واري ڪٽ''' واري قطار جي سنگم تي ڏنل هوندو آهي. عام هپ ۽ وادي شهتير، عام شهتير جي ڀيٽ ۾ 45° جي زاويي تي لڳندو آهي، ۽ ان جي ماپن جو بنيادي حوالو 12 انچ افقي ڊيگهه (Run) هوندو آهي.

عام هپ/وادي شهتير ۽ جيڪ شهتير هر ڍلان تي مختلف بيول (Bevel) زاويه رکندا آهن، ۽ جيئن ڇت جي ڍلان وڌندي آهي، تيئن انهن بيول زاويَن ۾ گهٽتائي ايندي آهي.

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
|-
| style=&quot;padding:5px&quot; | &lt;math&gt; c = \sqrt{12^2 + 12^2} &lt;/math&gt;
| style=&quot;padding:5px&quot; | &lt;math&gt; L = \sqrt{c^2 + P^2} &lt;/math&gt;
| style=&quot;padding:5px&quot; | &lt;math&gt; \tan = \frac{c}{L} &lt;/math&gt;
|-
! colspan=&quot;3&quot; | علامتون
|-
|
* '''c''' = قطر (Hypotenuse)
* '''P''' = ڍلان (Pitch)
* '''L''' = شهتير جي ڊيگهه
* '''Z''' = 16 انچ مرڪزن تي جيڪ شهتيرن جي ڊيگهه ۾ فرق
|}

هپ يا وادي شهتير جي پاسي واري ڪٽ:

:&lt;math&gt;\text{Side cut} = (\tan \times 12)&lt;/math&gt;

اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي جدول ۾ سڀئي پاسي وارا ڪٽ '''بنياد 12''' (Base 12) تي ٻڌل هوندا آهن. ڪنهن به ڏنل ڍلان لاءِ آرڪ ٽينجنٽ (Arc tangent) جو قدر معلوم ڪري سگهجي ٿو. تعميراتي ڪم ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ گهڻا زاويه ماپيندڙ اوزار ۽ بجليءَ وارا اوزار 90° کي صفر درجا مڃيندا آهن، تنهن ڪري عملي ڪم دوران آرڪ ٽينجنٽ جا '''مڪمل ڪندڙ زاويه''' (Complementary angles) استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيئن [[اسپيڊ اسڪوائر]] جهڙن اوزارن سان درست نشان لڳائي سگهجن.

=== جيڪ شهتيرن جي پاسي واري ڪٽ ===

جيڪ شهتير ({{lang-en|Jack rafter}}) جي پاسي واري ڪٽ جو قدر اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي جدول ۾ '''جيڪ شهتيرن جي پاسي واري ڪٽ''' واري قطار ۽ گهربل ڍلان واري ڪالم جي سنگم تي ڏنل هوندو آهي. جدول ۾ 16 انچ ۽ 24 انچ مرڪزي مفاصلي (Centers) لاءِ جيڪ شهتيرن جي ڊيگهه جي فرق جون الڳ قطارون پڻ شامل هونديون آهن.

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
|-
| style=&quot;padding:5px&quot; |
&lt;math&gt;\tan = \frac{16}{Z}&lt;/math&gt;
|}

هي ٽينجنٽ پڻ '''بنياد 12''' تي ٻڌل هوندي آهي.

:&lt;math&gt;\text{پاسي واري ڪٽ} = \tan \times 12&lt;/math&gt;

اهو ئي قدر اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي جدول ۾ درج هوندو آهي. تعميراتي اوزارن ۾ پڻ آرڪ ٽينجنٽ جا مڪمل ڪندڙ زاويه استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

0/12 کان وڌيڪ سڀني ڍلانن ۾ هپ، وادي ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن جي ٽينجنٽ جو قدر 1.00 کان گهٽ هوندو آهي. مثال طور:

* '''18/12''' ڍلان لاءِ جيڪ شهتير جي پاسي واري ڪٽ جو زاويه تقريباً '''29.07°''' هوندو آهي.
* '''2/12''' ڍلان لاءِ اهو زاويه تقريباً '''44.56°''' ٿيندو آهي.

يعني ٻنهي ڍلانن جي وچ ۾ لڳ ڀڳ '''15.5°''' جو فرق هوندو آهي.

=== ڍلان جي مقابلي ۾ پاسي واري ڪٽ جا زاويه ===

هي جدول ڇت جي ڍلان جي مقابلي ۾ پاسي واري ڪٽ جا زاويه ڏيکاري ٿي. اها صرف انهن ڇتين لاءِ درست آهي، جن ۾ ڇڄي (Eave) جو زاويه 90° هجي.

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! ڍلان !! پاسي واري ڪٽ جو زاويه
|-
| 18/12 || 60.86°
|-
| 17/12 || 60.10°
|-
| 16/12 || 59.07°
|-
| 15/12 || 57.99°
|-
| 14/12 || 56.94°
|-
| 13/12 || 55.88°
|-
| 12/12 || 54.69°
|-
| 11/12 || 53.49°
|-
| 10/12 || 52.54°
|-
| 9/12 || 51.25°
|-
| 8/12 || 50.19°
|-
| 7/12 || 49.17°
|-
| 6/12 || 48.15°
|-
| 5/12 || 47.33°
|-
| 4/12 || 46.54°
|-
| 3/12 || 45.90°
|-
| 2/12 || 45.22°
|-
| 1/12 || 45.10°
|-
| 0/12 || 45.00°
|}

=== جيڪ ۽ عام شهتيرن جا پلمب ڪٽ ===

جيڪ شهتير (جيڪ رافٽر) ۽ عام شهتير (ڪامن رافٽر) لاءِ '''پلمب ڪٽ''' (Plumb cut) جو زاويه ساڳيو هوندو آهي. جڏهن ته '''ليول ڪٽ''' (Level cut) يا '''سيٽ ڪٽ''' (Seat cut) پلمب ڪٽ جو [[مڪمل ڪندڙ زاويه]] (ڪامپليمينٽري اينگل) هوندو آهي. ليول ڪٽ ۽ پلمب ڪٽ جي هڪ ٻئي سان ملڻ واري هنڌ تي جيڪو کپو ٺهندو آهي، ان کي عام طور '''برڊز مائوٿ'''  چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو شهتير کي ڀت جي مٿئين پليٽ تي مضبوط نموني ويهارڻ لاءِ ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
|-
| style=&quot;padding:5px&quot; |
&lt;math&gt;\tan = \frac{P}{b}&lt;/math&gt;
|}

جتي:

* '''P''' = ڇت جي ڍلان (Pitch)
* '''b''' = افقي ڊيگهه (Run)

=== هپ ۽ وادي شهتيرن جا پلمب ڪٽ ===

هپ ۽ وادي شهتيرن ({{lang-en|Hip/Valley rafters}}) جي پلمب ڪٽ جو زاويه هيٺين مساوات سان معلوم ڪيو ويندو آهي. هن حالت ۾ به ليول ڪٽ، پلمب ڪٽ جو مڪمل ڪندڙ زاويه هوندو آهي، يعني 90° مان آرڪ ٽينجنٽ جو قدر گهٽائڻ سان حاصل ٿيندو آهي.

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
|-
| style=&quot;padding:5px&quot; |
&lt;math&gt;\tan=\frac{P}{\sqrt{a^2+b^2}}&lt;/math&gt;
|}

جتي:

* '''P''' = ڇت جي ڍلان (Pitch)
* '''a''' ۽ '''b''' = افقي پاسا (Run)

=== غير مساوي هپ ۽ وادي شهتير ===

روايتي اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي شهتيرن واري جدول صرف انهن ڇتين لاءِ مناسب آهي، جن ۾ ٻنهي پاسن جي ڍلان هڪجهڙي هجي. غير مساوي ڍلان وارن ڇتين لاءِ روايتي جدول ڪافي نه هوندي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان ۾ اهڙن شهتيرن جا حساب موجود نه هوندا آهن.

غير مساوي هپ يا وادي شهتيرن جي خاصيت اها هوندي آهي ته انهن جا افقي منصوبا (پلان اينگلز) 45 درجا يا هڪجهڙا نه هوندا آهن. اهڙين ڇتين ۾ عمارت جي مٿئين ڀتين جون پليٽون ٻاهرين ڪنڊن تي 90° يا ٻين مختلف زاويَن تي ملي سگهن ٿيون، جنهن سبب شهتيرن جا زاويه ۽ ماپون به هڪجهڙيون نه رهنديون آهن. اهڙن منصوبن لاءِ خاص جدولن يا جديد حسابي اوزارن جي ضرورت پوندي آهي.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot;&gt;
File:Irregular roof plan rev.jpg|غير مساوي هپ/وادي ۽ گيبل ڇت جو منصوبو.
File:Irregular roof plan.jpg|غير مساوي ڇت جو منصوبو.
File:Irregular roof plan d.jpg|هڪ ٻئي کي ڪٽيندڙ غير مساوي هپ/وادي ۽ گيبل ڇتن جو منصوبو.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== واڍيءَ جو اسڪوائر ==
{{Main|اسڪوائر (اوزار)}}

[[واڍي]] ۾ '''اسڪوائر''' اهڙو ماپ ۽ نشان لڳائڻ وارو اوزار آهي، جيڪو [[قائم زاويي]] (90°) يا [[ميٽر جوڙ|ميٽر زاويي]] کي صحيح نموني قائم ڪرڻ ۽ نشان لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي اوزار عام طور ڌاتو مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. اسڪوائر جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[اسپيڊ اسڪوائر]]، [[ٽرائي اسڪوائر]] ۽ [[ڪمبينيشن اسڪوائر]]  شامل آهن.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>9zwe3r8v6rq2j8m9mit1xjzx3bv4x2i</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400976</id>
      <parentid>400975</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T20:53:13Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400976</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="24946" sha1="fmy9d5zrbnwu2oxkellp6mr3253pt7k" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڪاٺ جي ڪم ۾ قائم زاويي جي ماپ، ليڪون ڪڍڻ ۽ زاويَن جي حساب لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ چپٽو اوزار}}

{{Infobox tool
|image=Steel Square-1.jpg
|other_name={{unbulleted list|فريمنگ اسڪوائر|واڍيءَ جو اسڪوائر}}
|classification={{unbulleted list|[[اسڪوائر (اوزار)|اسڪوائر جو هڪ قسم]]|ڪاٺ جي ڪم جو هٿ وارو اوزار}}
|used_with={{unbulleted list|[[واڍيءَ جي پينسل]]|[[سيسي وارو شاقول]]}}
}}

'''گونيا''' جنھن کي انگريزي ۾ '''اسٽيل اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Steel square}}) عام طور '''فريمنگ اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Framing square}}) يا '''واڍي جو اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Carpenter's square}}) چيو ويندو آهي، [[واڍي]] ۽ تعميراتي ڪم ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ هڪ اهم ماپ وارو اوزار آهي. واڍا هن اوزار جي مدد سان ڪاٺ جي ڍانچن کي صحيح [[قائم زاويي]] (90°) تي نشان لڳائڻ، ماپڻ ۽ تيار ڪرڻ جو ڪم ڪندا آهن. جيتوڻيڪ واڍيءَ ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڪيترائي اسڪوائر فولاد مان ٺهندا آهن، پر '''اسٽيل اسڪوائر''' جو نالو خاص طور هڪ ڊگهي ٻانهن واري مخصوص اسڪوائر لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جيڪو زاويَن جي ماپ ۽ ٻين ڪيترن ئي حسابن لاءِ پڻ ڪم ايندو آهي.

هي اوزار ٻن ٻانهن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي، جيڪي هڪ ٻئي سان 90 درجن (قائم زاويي) تي ڳنڍيل هونديون آهن. هڪ ٻانهن ڊگهي ۽ ويڪري هوندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٻي نسبتاً ننڍي ۽ سوڙهي هوندي آهي. ماضيءَ ۾ هي اوزار تقريباً هميشه فولاد مان ٺاهيو ويندو هو، پر جديد دور ۾ ان جي تياري [[ايلومينيم]]، [[پوليمر]] يا ٻين هلڪن ۽ زنگ کان محفوظ مواد مان پڻ ڪئي وڃي ٿي.

ڊگهي ۽ ويڪري ٻانهن، جيڪا عام طور 50 ملي ميٽر ويڪري هوندي آهي، '''باڊي''' (Body) سڏبي آهي، جڏهن ته ننڍي ۽ سوڙهي ٻانهن، جيڪا لڳ ڀڳ 37 ملي ميٽر ويڪري هوندي آهي، '''ٽنگ''' (Tongue) سڏبي آهي.

فريمنگ اسڪوائر جا ڪيترائي استعمال آهن، جن ۾ عام [[ڇت جا شهتير]] (Rafters)، [[هپ شهتير]] (Hip rafters) ۽ [[ڏاڪڻ]] جي بناوت لاءِ ليڪون ڪڍڻ ۽ ماپون مقرر ڪرڻ شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Elliot&quot;&gt;{{Citation |last=Elliot |first=J. Hamilton |editor-last=Cobleigh |editor-first=Rolfe |year=1910 |title=Use of the Steel Square |work=Handy Farm Devices and How to Make Them |publisher=Orange Judd and Company |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=rYY_AAAAYAAJ&amp;pg=PA19}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن اوزار تي عام طور [[قطري]] (ڊائگونل) ماپ، [[بورڊ فوٽ]] (Board foot) ماپ ۽ [[اٺ ڪنڊي]] (آڪٽاگونل) ماپ جا پيمانا پڻ ڏنل هوندا آهن. جديد فريمنگ اسڪوائرن تي مختلف ڍلانن (Slopes) لاءِ درجن جي تبديلي (ڊگري ڪنورشنس) ۽ ڪسري ماپن (فريڪشنل اڪئيوولنٽس) جا نشان پڻ موجود هوندا آهن.

فريمنگ اسڪوائر کي [[ونڊنگ اسٽڪس]] (Winding sticks) طور به استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي تختي ۾ وڪڙ يا مروٽ (twist) جي جاچ ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ھيءُ اوزار ڀتين جي ڪنڊن کي 90 ڊگرين تي بيھارڻ جي ڪم ايندو آھي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر:[[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;

== باڊي ۽ ٽنگ ==

روايتي [[ڪاٺي جو ڍانچو|ڪاٺيءَ جي ڍانچي]] (ٽمبر فريم) جي جوڙجڪ ۾ [[مورٽس ۽ ٽينن]] (Mortise and tenon) جوڙ عام طور نرم ڪاٺ ۾ 50 ملي ميٽر ويڪرا ۽ ڪاٺ جي ڪنڊ کان 50 ملي ميٽر جي فاصلي تي ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جنهن سبب اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي '''باڊي''' (Body) جي ويڪر پڻ 50 ملي ميٽر مقرر ٿي.

ساڳيءَ ريت، سخت ڪاٺ ۾ مورٽس ۽ ٽينن جا جوڙ روايتي طور 37 ملي ميٽر ويڪرا ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جنهن جي بنياد تي اسڪوائر جي '''ٽنگ''' (Tongue) جي ويڪر 37 ملي ميٽر رکي وئي. انهن معياري ويڪرن سبب نرم ۽ سخت ٻنهي قسمن جي ڪاٺ سان ڪم ڪندي مورٽس ۽ ٽينن وارن جوڙن جي ماپ ۽ نشان لڳائڻ جو ڪم تيزيءَ ۽ درستگيءَ سان ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

== استعمال ==

=== درستگي جي جاچ ===

اسٽيل اسڪوائر پاڻ پنهنجي درستگي جانچڻ ۽ درست ڪرڻ وارو اوزار آهي. ان جي مدد سان پهرين هڪ [[قائم زاويي]] واري ليڪ ڪڍي ويندي آهي، پوءِ اسڪوائر کي ابتو ڪري ٻيهر ساڳي ليڪ تي رکي ڏٺو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ٻنهي ليڪن ۾ فرق ظاهر ٿئي ته ان مان غلطي جي مقدار ۽ رخ جو اندازو لڳائي سگهجي ٿو. اهڙي غلطي کي اسڪوائر جي ڪنڊ تي سينٽر پنچ (Center punch) جي هلڪي ڌڪ سان زاويي کي ٿورو کولڻ يا بند ڪرڻ ذريعي درست ڪري سگهجي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Framing Square Test &amp; Repair |url=https://inspectapedia.com/roof/Framing-Square-Accuracy-Test-Repair.php |website=Inspectapedia |access-date=10 December 2021}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڏاڪڻ جي بناوت ===

[[File:Stringer revised.jpg|thumb|right|250px|اسٽرنگر جي نظرياتي اوچائي (رائيز) ۽ افقي ڊيگهه (رن)، اسڪوائر جي بيهڪ، ڏاڪڻ جي ڏاڪي (ٽريڊ) ۽ رائزر جي نشان لڳائڻ جو طريقو.]]

عام طور ڏاڪڻ ٽن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندي آهي:

* '''اسٽرنگر''' (Stringer)، جيڪو ڏاڪڻ جو بنيادي ڍانچو هوندو آهي ۽ سڄو وزن برداشت ڪندو آهي.
* '''ڏاڪو''' (Tread)، جيڪو افقي حصو هوندو آهي، جنهن تي پير رکيو ويندو آهي.
* '''رائزر''' (Riser)، جيڪو ٻن ڏاڪن جي وچ وارو عمودي تختو هوندو آهي.

ڏاڪڻ جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جهڙوڪ کليل (اوپن)، بند (ڪلوزڊ)، مڪمل گهرائيءَ سان لڳل (فلي ھائوسڊ) ۽ وڪڙيل (وائنڊنگ) ڏاڪڻيون.

ڏاڪڻ جي بناوت لاءِ بنيادي رياضيائي حساب ضروري هوندو آهي، ۽ ان کي تعميراتي ضابطن (بلڊنگ ڪوڊز) موجب تيار ڪرڻو پوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جڳهه وسيع هجي ته وڌيڪ آرامده ۽ مناسب ڏاڪڻ ٺاهي سگهجي ٿي، جڏهن ته محدود جاءِ ۾ اهو ڪم وڌيڪ ڏکيو هوندو آهي. گهڻين ڏاڪڻين ۾ ڏاڪن (Treads) کان هڪ رائزر (Rise) وڌيڪ هوندو آهي.

ڏاڪڻ جي ماپ ۽ نشان لڳائڻ جو عام طريقو هي آهي:

# پهرين '''اوچائي''' (Rise) ۽ '''افقي ڊيگهه''' (Run) مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. اسٽرنگر جو هيٺيون حصو افقي سطح تي بيهندو آهي.
# عام طور 2×12 انچ جي ڪاٺ جو تختو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. فريمنگ اسڪوائر کي تختي تي اهڙي نموني رکيو ويندو آهي، جو ڏاڪي ۽ رائزر جون مقرر ڪيل ماپون تختي جي ڪنڊ سان ملي وڃن. پوءِ اسڪوائر جي ڪنارن سان ليڪون ڪڍيون وينديون آهن. اسڪوائر کي اڳتي سرڪائي ساڳيو عمل هر ڏاڪي لاءِ ورجايو ويندو آهي.
# پوءِ تختي کي نشان لڳل ليڪن مطابق ڪٽيو ويندو آهي. مٿيون عمودي ڪٽ (Plumb cut) ۽ هيٺيون افقي ڪٽ (ليول ڪٽ) پڻ اسڪوائر کي ابتي پاسي رکي نشان لڳايا ويندا آهن.
# هن مثال ۾ اسٽرنگر تي ٻن تختن جا ڏاڪا لڳايا ويا آهن، جنهن سان ڏاڪي جو ٿورو حصو ٻاهر نڪري ٿو ۽ ٻنهي تختن جي وچ ۾ ٿوري وٿي پڻ رهندي آهي. اسٽرنگر جي هيٺئين حصي کي ڏاڪي جي ٿولهه جيترو وڌيڪ ڪٽيو ويندو آهي، جنهن کي '''اسٽرنگر کي هيٺ ڪرڻ'''  چيو ويندو آهي. جڏهن هڪ اسٽرنگر مڪمل تيار ٿي وڃي ته ان کي نموني (پيٽرن) طور استعمال ڪري باقي اسٽرنگرن تي ساڳيا نشان لڳايا ويندا آهن.

=== ڇت جي بناوت ===

اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي سامهون واري پاسي انگن جي هڪ جدول ڇپيل هوندي آهي، جنهن کي '''شهتيرن جي جدول''' (Rafter table) چيو ويندو آهي. هي جدول [[فيثاغورث جو نظريو|فيثاغورث جي نظريي]] جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيل هوندي آهي ۽ واڍي يا تعميرڪار کي ڇت جي شهتيرن بابت مختلف ماپن ۽ زاويَن جا حساب جلدي ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندي آهي. جدول مختلف ڪالمن تي مشتمل هوندي آهي، جن مان هر ڪالم ڇت جي هڪ مخصوص [[ڍلان]] (سلوپ) کي ظاهر ڪندو آهي.

[[File:Common rafter 12 pitch A.jpg|thumb|right|250px|عام شهتير، جنهن ۾ پلمب ڪٽ ڇت جي مٿئين ريج بورڊ سان ملي ٿو، جڏهن ته برڊز مائوٿ (Bird's mouth) ڀت جي پليٽ تي ويهندو آهي.]]

شهتيرن جي جدول ۾ عام طور هيٺيون معلومات ڏنل هوندي آهي:

# '''هر فوٽ افقي ڊيگهه (Run) لاءِ عام شهتير جي ڊيگهه''': عام شهتير ڇت جي چوٽي (Ridge) کي ڀت جي مٿئين پليٽ  سان ڳنڍيندو آهي. جدول ۾ ڏنل انگ هر 12 انچ افقي ڊيگهه لاءِ شهتير جي اصل ڊيگهه (ھائپوٽينيوز) ظاهر ڪري ٿو.

# '''هر فوٽ افقي ڊيگهه لاءِ هپ يا وادي شهتير جي ڊيگهه''': هپ يا وادي شهتير پڻ ريج کي پليٽ سان ڳنڍيندو آهي، پر اهو عام شهتير جي ڀيٽ ۾ 45 درجن جي زاويي تي هوندو آهي. جدول ان جي ڊيگهه هر 12 انچ افقي فاصلي لاءِ ڏيکاري ٿي.

# '''جيڪ شهتيرن جي ڊيگهه ۾ فرق''': جيڪ شهتير ساڳئي ڍلان ۾ هوندا آهن، پر انهن جون ڊگهيون مختلف ٿينديون آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي هپ يا وادي شهتير سان مختلف هنڌن تي ملي وڃن ٿا. جيڪڏهن شهتير هڪجهڙي مفاصلي تي لڳايا وڃن ته هر ايندڙ جيڪ شهتير جي ڊيگهه ۾ هڪ مقرر مقدار جو فرق ايندو آهي، جيڪو هن قطار ۾ ڏنو ويندو آهي.

# '''پاسي وارو ڪٽ''': هي اهڙو زاويه آهي، جيڪو اسڪوائر جي باڊي تي جدول ۾ ڏنل انگ ۽ ٽنگ تي 12 انچ واري نشان کي هڪ ليڪ ۾ آڻي آساني سان نشان لڳائي سگهجي ٿو.

# '''هپ ۽ وادي جي ننڍن شهتيرن جا ڪٽ''': انهن جا پاسي وارا ڪٽ پڻ ساڳئي اصول تحت تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن.

&lt;gallery&gt;
File:hip jack and common rafter.jpg|هپ، جيڪ ۽ عام شهتيرن جو پاڻ ۾ لاڳاپو، ۽ انهن جو ريج بورڊ ۽ ڀت جي مٿئين پليٽ سان ڳانڍاپو.
File:Hip Rafter Side and Level Cut.jpg|هپ يا وادي شهتير جو پاسي وارو بيول ڪٽ، جيڪو ريج بورڊ سان ملي ٿو.
File:Common rafter layout.jpg|عام ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن ۾ پلمب ڪٽ نشان لڳائڻ لاءِ 12 انچ کي بنيادي ماپ طور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.
File:Side cut jack rafter revised.jpg|هپ ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن جي پاسي واري ڪٽ لاءِ اسڪوائر جي جدول مان مناسب ڍلان استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
File:Plumbcuts new.jpg|هپ ۽ وادي شهتيرن جي پلمب ڪٽ لاءِ 17 انچ کي بنيادي حوالو طور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

=== اٺ ڪنڊي ماپ ===

[[File:Octagon Table.jpg|thumb|اٺ ڪنڊي جدول، جيڪو اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي سامهون واري پاسي موجود هوندو آهي.]]

'''اٺ ڪنڊي ماپ'''  استعمال ڪندڙ کي چورس جي اندر باقاعدي اٺ ڪنڊو (آڪٽاگان) ٺاهڻ ۾ مدد ڏئي ٿي، جيڪڏهن چورس جي هڪ پاسي جي ڊيگهه معلوم هجي. هن ماپ تي ڏنل نشان اٺ ڪنڊي جي هر پاسي جي اڌ ڊيگهه ظاهر ڪندا آهن، جن کي پرڪار (ڪمپاس) يا ڊوائڊر (ڊوائيڊر) سان مقرر ڪري سگهجي ٿو. جڏهن چورس جي هر پاسي جي وچئين نقطي کان قوسون (Arcs) ڪڍيون وڃن ٿيون ته اهي چورس جي ڪنارن تي اٺ ڪنڊي جي ڪنڊن کي ظاهر ڪن ٿيون. ان کان پوءِ رڳو چورس جي چئن ڪنڊن مان ٽڪنڊي حصا ڪٽي اٺ ڪنڊو تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot;&gt;
File:Octagon Table.jpg|اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي سامهون واري پاسي موجود اٺ ڪنڊي جدول.
File:Calculation Table A.JPG|ايلومينيم اسڪوائر تي اٺ ڪنڊي جدول.
File:Octagon Compass Fix 01.pdf|پرگار جي مدد سان اٺ ڪنڊو ٺاهڻ جا چار مرحلا.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

=== قطري ماپ ===

[[File:Diagonal calculations A.JPG|thumb|اسٽيل اسڪوائر تي قطري ماپ جي جڳهه.]]

[[ڪاٺي جو ڍانچو|ڪاٺيءَ جي ڍانچي]] (ٽمبر فريمنگ) ۾ [[گوڏي جهڙو سهارو|گوڏي جهڙي سهاري]] (Knee brace) جو استعمال پاسي کان لڳندڙ بار سبب ڍانچي ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ لوڏن يا ٽيڙ کي روڪڻ لاءِ ڪيو ويندو آهي. '''قطري ماپ''' (ڊائگونل اسڪيل) اهڙي سهاري جي ڊيگهه معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، جڏهن ٿنڀي ۽ شهتير جي ڳانڍاپي کان سهاري جي گهربل مفاصلي جي ڄاڻ موجود هجي.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot;&gt;
File:Diagonal calculations A.JPG|اسڪوائر تي قطري ماپ جي جڳهه.
File:Diagonal Scale revised.jpg|قطري ماپ مختلف ٽڪنڊن جي ضلعن لاءِ قطر (Hypotenuse) جي ڊيگهه مهيا ڪري ٿي، جنهن جي بنياد تي گوڏي جهڙو سهارو تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

=== ڇت جي بناوت ۾ ڳڻپيندڙ اوزار ===

[[File:flat hip roof.jpg|90px|right]]

اسٽيل اسڪوائر کان علاوه تعميراتي [[ڳڻپيندڙ اوزار]] (ڪنسٽرڪشن ڪلڪيوليٽرس) پڻ ڇت جي بناوت سان لاڳاپيل حسابن جي تصديق ۽ تياري لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪيترائي جديد ڳڻپيندڙ اهڙيءَ ريت پروگرام ٿيل هوندا آهن، جو اهي هپ، وادي ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن جي سڀني پاسي وارن ڪٽن جا زاويه هر قسم جي ڍلان لاءِ پاڻمرادو ڳڻي ڏيندا آهن.

اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي شهتيرن واري جدول ۾ ڍلان انچن جي صورت ۾ ظاهر ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڍلان جي عددي قيمت وڌڻ سان ساڳئي ڍلان ۾ مختلف شهتيرن جي پاسي وارن ڪٽن جي زاويَن ۾ فرق پڻ وڌندو آهي. رڳو مڪمل هموار ڇت (0/12 ڍلان) ۾ هپ ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن جو پاسي وارو ڪٽ 45 درجا هوندو آهي.

=== هپ ۽ وادي شهتيرن جي پاسي واري ڪٽ جي جدول ===

جيڪڏهن [[قائم ڪنڊو ٽڪنڊو|قائم ڪنڊي ٽڪنڊي]] جا ٻه زاويه 45° هجن، ته ان جا ٻئي عمودي پاسا (Catheti) هڪجهڙي ڊيگهه جا هوندا آهن. هپ يا وادي شهتير هن ٽڪنڊي جو قطر (Hypotenuse) هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٽڪنڊي جا ٻئي پاسا عمارت جي مٿين ڀتين جون پليٽون (Top wall plates) هونديون آهن.

هپ يا وادي شهتير جي '''پاسي واري ڪٽ''' ({{lang-en|Side cut}}) جو قدر اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي شهتيرن واري جدول ۾ مخصوص ڍلان (Slope) واري ڪالم ۽ '''هپ/وادي شهتير جي پاسي واري ڪٽ''' واري قطار جي سنگم تي ڏنل هوندو آهي. عام هپ ۽ وادي شهتير، عام شهتير جي ڀيٽ ۾ 45° جي زاويي تي لڳندو آهي، ۽ ان جي ماپن جو بنيادي حوالو 12 انچ افقي ڊيگهه (Run) هوندو آهي.

عام هپ/وادي شهتير ۽ جيڪ شهتير هر ڍلان تي مختلف بيول (Bevel) زاويه رکندا آهن، ۽ جيئن ڇت جي ڍلان وڌندي آهي، تيئن انهن بيول زاويَن ۾ گهٽتائي ايندي آهي.

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
|-
| style=&quot;padding:5px&quot; | &lt;math&gt; c = \sqrt{12^2 + 12^2} &lt;/math&gt;
| style=&quot;padding:5px&quot; | &lt;math&gt; L = \sqrt{c^2 + P^2} &lt;/math&gt;
| style=&quot;padding:5px&quot; | &lt;math&gt; \tan = \frac{c}{L} &lt;/math&gt;
|-
! colspan=&quot;3&quot; | علامتون
|-
|
* '''c''' = قطر (Hypotenuse)
* '''P''' = ڍلان (Pitch)
* '''L''' = شهتير جي ڊيگهه
* '''Z''' = 16 انچ مرڪزن تي جيڪ شهتيرن جي ڊيگهه ۾ فرق
|}

هپ يا وادي شهتير جي پاسي واري ڪٽ:

:&lt;math&gt;\text{Side cut} = (\tan \times 12)&lt;/math&gt;

اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي جدول ۾ سڀئي پاسي وارا ڪٽ '''بنياد 12''' (Base 12) تي ٻڌل هوندا آهن. ڪنهن به ڏنل ڍلان لاءِ آرڪ ٽينجنٽ (Arc tangent) جو قدر معلوم ڪري سگهجي ٿو. تعميراتي ڪم ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ گهڻا زاويه ماپيندڙ اوزار ۽ بجليءَ وارا اوزار 90° کي صفر درجا مڃيندا آهن، تنهن ڪري عملي ڪم دوران آرڪ ٽينجنٽ جا '''مڪمل ڪندڙ زاويه''' (Complementary angles) استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيئن [[اسپيڊ اسڪوائر]] جهڙن اوزارن سان درست نشان لڳائي سگهجن.

=== جيڪ شهتيرن جي پاسي واري ڪٽ ===

جيڪ شهتير ({{lang-en|Jack rafter}}) جي پاسي واري ڪٽ جو قدر اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي جدول ۾ '''جيڪ شهتيرن جي پاسي واري ڪٽ''' واري قطار ۽ گهربل ڍلان واري ڪالم جي سنگم تي ڏنل هوندو آهي. جدول ۾ 16 انچ ۽ 24 انچ مرڪزي مفاصلي (Centers) لاءِ جيڪ شهتيرن جي ڊيگهه جي فرق جون الڳ قطارون پڻ شامل هونديون آهن.

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
|-
| style=&quot;padding:5px&quot; |
&lt;math&gt;\tan = \frac{16}{Z}&lt;/math&gt;
|}

هي ٽينجنٽ پڻ '''بنياد 12''' تي ٻڌل هوندي آهي.

:&lt;math&gt;\text{پاسي واري ڪٽ} = \tan \times 12&lt;/math&gt;

اهو ئي قدر اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي جدول ۾ درج هوندو آهي. تعميراتي اوزارن ۾ پڻ آرڪ ٽينجنٽ جا مڪمل ڪندڙ زاويه استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

0/12 کان وڌيڪ سڀني ڍلانن ۾ هپ، وادي ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن جي ٽينجنٽ جو قدر 1.00 کان گهٽ هوندو آهي. مثال طور:

* '''18/12''' ڍلان لاءِ جيڪ شهتير جي پاسي واري ڪٽ جو زاويه تقريباً '''29.07°''' هوندو آهي.
* '''2/12''' ڍلان لاءِ اهو زاويه تقريباً '''44.56°''' ٿيندو آهي.

يعني ٻنهي ڍلانن جي وچ ۾ لڳ ڀڳ '''15.5°''' جو فرق هوندو آهي.

=== ڍلان جي مقابلي ۾ پاسي واري ڪٽ جا زاويه ===

هي جدول ڇت جي ڍلان جي مقابلي ۾ پاسي واري ڪٽ جا زاويه ڏيکاري ٿي. اها صرف انهن ڇتين لاءِ درست آهي، جن ۾ ڇڄي (Eave) جو زاويه 90° هجي.

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! ڍلان !! پاسي واري ڪٽ جو زاويه
|-
| 18/12 || 60.86°
|-
| 17/12 || 60.10°
|-
| 16/12 || 59.07°
|-
| 15/12 || 57.99°
|-
| 14/12 || 56.94°
|-
| 13/12 || 55.88°
|-
| 12/12 || 54.69°
|-
| 11/12 || 53.49°
|-
| 10/12 || 52.54°
|-
| 9/12 || 51.25°
|-
| 8/12 || 50.19°
|-
| 7/12 || 49.17°
|-
| 6/12 || 48.15°
|-
| 5/12 || 47.33°
|-
| 4/12 || 46.54°
|-
| 3/12 || 45.90°
|-
| 2/12 || 45.22°
|-
| 1/12 || 45.10°
|-
| 0/12 || 45.00°
|}

=== جيڪ ۽ عام شهتيرن جا پلمب ڪٽ ===

جيڪ شهتير (جيڪ رافٽر) ۽ عام شهتير (ڪامن رافٽر) لاءِ '''پلمب ڪٽ''' (Plumb cut) جو زاويه ساڳيو هوندو آهي. جڏهن ته '''ليول ڪٽ''' (Level cut) يا '''سيٽ ڪٽ''' (Seat cut) پلمب ڪٽ جو [[مڪمل ڪندڙ زاويه]] (ڪامپليمينٽري اينگل) هوندو آهي. ليول ڪٽ ۽ پلمب ڪٽ جي هڪ ٻئي سان ملڻ واري هنڌ تي جيڪو کپو ٺهندو آهي، ان کي عام طور '''برڊز مائوٿ'''  چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو شهتير کي ڀت جي مٿئين پليٽ تي مضبوط نموني ويهارڻ لاءِ ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
|-
| style=&quot;padding:5px&quot; |
&lt;math&gt;\tan = \frac{P}{b}&lt;/math&gt;
|}

جتي:

* '''P''' = ڇت جي ڍلان (Pitch)
* '''b''' = افقي ڊيگهه (Run)

=== هپ ۽ وادي شهتيرن جا پلمب ڪٽ ===

هپ ۽ وادي شهتيرن ({{lang-en|Hip/Valley rafters}}) جي پلمب ڪٽ جو زاويه هيٺين مساوات سان معلوم ڪيو ويندو آهي. هن حالت ۾ به ليول ڪٽ، پلمب ڪٽ جو مڪمل ڪندڙ زاويه هوندو آهي، يعني 90° مان آرڪ ٽينجنٽ جو قدر گهٽائڻ سان حاصل ٿيندو آهي.

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
|-
| style=&quot;padding:5px&quot; |
&lt;math&gt;\tan=\frac{P}{\sqrt{a^2+b^2}}&lt;/math&gt;
|}

جتي:

* '''P''' = ڇت جي ڍلان (Pitch)
* '''a''' ۽ '''b''' = افقي پاسا (Run)

=== غير مساوي هپ ۽ وادي شهتير ===

روايتي اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي شهتيرن واري جدول صرف انهن ڇتين لاءِ مناسب آهي، جن ۾ ٻنهي پاسن جي ڍلان هڪجهڙي هجي. غير مساوي ڍلان وارن ڇتين لاءِ روايتي جدول ڪافي نه هوندي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان ۾ اهڙن شهتيرن جا حساب موجود نه هوندا آهن.

غير مساوي هپ يا وادي شهتيرن جي خاصيت اها هوندي آهي ته انهن جا افقي منصوبا (پلان اينگلز) 45 درجا يا هڪجهڙا نه هوندا آهن. اهڙين ڇتين ۾ عمارت جي مٿئين ڀتين جون پليٽون ٻاهرين ڪنڊن تي 90° يا ٻين مختلف زاويَن تي ملي سگهن ٿيون، جنهن سبب شهتيرن جا زاويه ۽ ماپون به هڪجهڙيون نه رهنديون آهن. اهڙن منصوبن لاءِ خاص جدولن يا جديد حسابي اوزارن جي ضرورت پوندي آهي.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot;&gt;
File:Irregular roof plan rev.jpg|غير مساوي هپ/وادي ۽ گيبل ڇت جو منصوبو.
File:Irregular roof plan.jpg|غير مساوي ڇت جو منصوبو.
File:Irregular roof plan d.jpg|هڪ ٻئي کي ڪٽيندڙ غير مساوي هپ/وادي ۽ گيبل ڇتن جو منصوبو.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== واڍيءَ جو اسڪوائر ==
{{Main|اسڪوائر (اوزار)}}

[[واڍي]] ۾ '''اسڪوائر''' اهڙو ماپ ۽ نشان لڳائڻ وارو اوزار آهي، جيڪو [[قائم زاويي]] (90°) يا [[ميٽر جوڙ|ميٽر زاويي]] کي صحيح نموني قائم ڪرڻ ۽ نشان لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي اوزار عام طور ڌاتو مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. اسڪوائر جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[اسپيڊ اسڪوائر]]، [[ٽرائي اسڪوائر]] ۽ [[ڪمبينيشن اسڪوائر]]  شامل آهن.

== پڻ ڏسو ==

* [[ٽراميل]]
* [[پنچ (اوزار)]]
* [[ڪمبينيشن اسڪوائر]]
* [[هپ ڇت]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>fmy9d5zrbnwu2oxkellp6mr3253pt7k</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400977</id>
      <parentid>400976</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T20:55:30Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400977</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="27056" sha1="mlvcfcdae16ulxhj8kzts705co93cew" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڪاٺ جي ڪم ۾ قائم زاويي جي ماپ، ليڪون ڪڍڻ ۽ زاويَن جي حساب لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ چپٽو اوزار}}

{{Infobox tool
|image=Steel Square-1.jpg
|other_name={{unbulleted list|فريمنگ اسڪوائر|واڍيءَ جو اسڪوائر}}
|classification={{unbulleted list|[[اسڪوائر (اوزار)|اسڪوائر جو هڪ قسم]]|ڪاٺ جي ڪم جو هٿ وارو اوزار}}
|used_with={{unbulleted list|[[واڍيءَ جي پينسل]]|[[سيسي وارو شاقول]]}}
}}

'''گونيا''' جنھن کي انگريزي ۾ '''اسٽيل اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Steel square}}) عام طور '''فريمنگ اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Framing square}}) يا '''واڍي جو اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Carpenter's square}}) چيو ويندو آهي، [[واڍي]] ۽ تعميراتي ڪم ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ هڪ اهم ماپ وارو اوزار آهي. واڍا هن اوزار جي مدد سان ڪاٺ جي ڍانچن کي صحيح [[قائم زاويي]] (90°) تي نشان لڳائڻ، ماپڻ ۽ تيار ڪرڻ جو ڪم ڪندا آهن. جيتوڻيڪ واڍيءَ ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڪيترائي اسڪوائر فولاد مان ٺهندا آهن، پر '''اسٽيل اسڪوائر''' جو نالو خاص طور هڪ ڊگهي ٻانهن واري مخصوص اسڪوائر لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جيڪو زاويَن جي ماپ ۽ ٻين ڪيترن ئي حسابن لاءِ پڻ ڪم ايندو آهي.

هي اوزار ٻن ٻانهن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي، جيڪي هڪ ٻئي سان 90 درجن (قائم زاويي) تي ڳنڍيل هونديون آهن. هڪ ٻانهن ڊگهي ۽ ويڪري هوندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٻي نسبتاً ننڍي ۽ سوڙهي هوندي آهي. ماضيءَ ۾ هي اوزار تقريباً هميشه فولاد مان ٺاهيو ويندو هو، پر جديد دور ۾ ان جي تياري [[ايلومينيم]]، [[پوليمر]] يا ٻين هلڪن ۽ زنگ کان محفوظ مواد مان پڻ ڪئي وڃي ٿي.

ڊگهي ۽ ويڪري ٻانهن، جيڪا عام طور 50 ملي ميٽر ويڪري هوندي آهي، '''باڊي''' (Body) سڏبي آهي، جڏهن ته ننڍي ۽ سوڙهي ٻانهن، جيڪا لڳ ڀڳ 37 ملي ميٽر ويڪري هوندي آهي، '''ٽنگ''' (Tongue) سڏبي آهي.

فريمنگ اسڪوائر جا ڪيترائي استعمال آهن، جن ۾ عام [[ڇت جا شهتير]] (Rafters)، [[هپ شهتير]] (Hip rafters) ۽ [[ڏاڪڻ]] جي بناوت لاءِ ليڪون ڪڍڻ ۽ ماپون مقرر ڪرڻ شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Elliot&quot;&gt;{{Citation |last=Elliot |first=J. Hamilton |editor-last=Cobleigh |editor-first=Rolfe |year=1910 |title=Use of the Steel Square |work=Handy Farm Devices and How to Make Them |publisher=Orange Judd and Company |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=rYY_AAAAYAAJ&amp;pg=PA19}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن اوزار تي عام طور [[قطري]] (ڊائگونل) ماپ، [[بورڊ فوٽ]] (Board foot) ماپ ۽ [[اٺ ڪنڊي]] (آڪٽاگونل) ماپ جا پيمانا پڻ ڏنل هوندا آهن. جديد فريمنگ اسڪوائرن تي مختلف ڍلانن (Slopes) لاءِ درجن جي تبديلي (ڊگري ڪنورشنس) ۽ ڪسري ماپن (فريڪشنل اڪئيوولنٽس) جا نشان پڻ موجود هوندا آهن.

فريمنگ اسڪوائر کي [[ونڊنگ اسٽڪس]] (Winding sticks) طور به استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي تختي ۾ وڪڙ يا مروٽ (twist) جي جاچ ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ھيءُ اوزار ڀتين جي ڪنڊن کي 90 ڊگرين تي بيھارڻ جي ڪم ايندو آھي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر:[[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;

== باڊي ۽ ٽنگ ==

روايتي [[ڪاٺي جو ڍانچو|ڪاٺيءَ جي ڍانچي]] (ٽمبر فريم) جي جوڙجڪ ۾ [[مورٽس ۽ ٽينن]] (Mortise and tenon) جوڙ عام طور نرم ڪاٺ ۾ 50 ملي ميٽر ويڪرا ۽ ڪاٺ جي ڪنڊ کان 50 ملي ميٽر جي فاصلي تي ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جنهن سبب اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي '''باڊي''' (Body) جي ويڪر پڻ 50 ملي ميٽر مقرر ٿي.

ساڳيءَ ريت، سخت ڪاٺ ۾ مورٽس ۽ ٽينن جا جوڙ روايتي طور 37 ملي ميٽر ويڪرا ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جنهن جي بنياد تي اسڪوائر جي '''ٽنگ''' (Tongue) جي ويڪر 37 ملي ميٽر رکي وئي. انهن معياري ويڪرن سبب نرم ۽ سخت ٻنهي قسمن جي ڪاٺ سان ڪم ڪندي مورٽس ۽ ٽينن وارن جوڙن جي ماپ ۽ نشان لڳائڻ جو ڪم تيزيءَ ۽ درستگيءَ سان ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

== استعمال ==

=== درستگي جي جاچ ===

اسٽيل اسڪوائر پاڻ پنهنجي درستگي جانچڻ ۽ درست ڪرڻ وارو اوزار آهي. ان جي مدد سان پهرين هڪ [[قائم زاويي]] واري ليڪ ڪڍي ويندي آهي، پوءِ اسڪوائر کي ابتو ڪري ٻيهر ساڳي ليڪ تي رکي ڏٺو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ٻنهي ليڪن ۾ فرق ظاهر ٿئي ته ان مان غلطي جي مقدار ۽ رخ جو اندازو لڳائي سگهجي ٿو. اهڙي غلطي کي اسڪوائر جي ڪنڊ تي سينٽر پنچ (Center punch) جي هلڪي ڌڪ سان زاويي کي ٿورو کولڻ يا بند ڪرڻ ذريعي درست ڪري سگهجي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Framing Square Test &amp; Repair |url=https://inspectapedia.com/roof/Framing-Square-Accuracy-Test-Repair.php |website=Inspectapedia |access-date=10 December 2021}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڏاڪڻ جي بناوت ===

[[File:Stringer revised.jpg|thumb|right|250px|اسٽرنگر جي نظرياتي اوچائي (رائيز) ۽ افقي ڊيگهه (رن)، اسڪوائر جي بيهڪ، ڏاڪڻ جي ڏاڪي (ٽريڊ) ۽ رائزر جي نشان لڳائڻ جو طريقو.]]

عام طور ڏاڪڻ ٽن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندي آهي:

* '''اسٽرنگر''' (Stringer)، جيڪو ڏاڪڻ جو بنيادي ڍانچو هوندو آهي ۽ سڄو وزن برداشت ڪندو آهي.
* '''ڏاڪو''' (Tread)، جيڪو افقي حصو هوندو آهي، جنهن تي پير رکيو ويندو آهي.
* '''رائزر''' (Riser)، جيڪو ٻن ڏاڪن جي وچ وارو عمودي تختو هوندو آهي.

ڏاڪڻ جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جهڙوڪ کليل (اوپن)، بند (ڪلوزڊ)، مڪمل گهرائيءَ سان لڳل (فلي ھائوسڊ) ۽ وڪڙيل (وائنڊنگ) ڏاڪڻيون.

ڏاڪڻ جي بناوت لاءِ بنيادي رياضيائي حساب ضروري هوندو آهي، ۽ ان کي تعميراتي ضابطن (بلڊنگ ڪوڊز) موجب تيار ڪرڻو پوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جڳهه وسيع هجي ته وڌيڪ آرامده ۽ مناسب ڏاڪڻ ٺاهي سگهجي ٿي، جڏهن ته محدود جاءِ ۾ اهو ڪم وڌيڪ ڏکيو هوندو آهي. گهڻين ڏاڪڻين ۾ ڏاڪن (Treads) کان هڪ رائزر (Rise) وڌيڪ هوندو آهي.

ڏاڪڻ جي ماپ ۽ نشان لڳائڻ جو عام طريقو هي آهي:

# پهرين '''اوچائي''' (Rise) ۽ '''افقي ڊيگهه''' (Run) مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. اسٽرنگر جو هيٺيون حصو افقي سطح تي بيهندو آهي.
# عام طور 2×12 انچ جي ڪاٺ جو تختو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. فريمنگ اسڪوائر کي تختي تي اهڙي نموني رکيو ويندو آهي، جو ڏاڪي ۽ رائزر جون مقرر ڪيل ماپون تختي جي ڪنڊ سان ملي وڃن. پوءِ اسڪوائر جي ڪنارن سان ليڪون ڪڍيون وينديون آهن. اسڪوائر کي اڳتي سرڪائي ساڳيو عمل هر ڏاڪي لاءِ ورجايو ويندو آهي.
# پوءِ تختي کي نشان لڳل ليڪن مطابق ڪٽيو ويندو آهي. مٿيون عمودي ڪٽ (Plumb cut) ۽ هيٺيون افقي ڪٽ (ليول ڪٽ) پڻ اسڪوائر کي ابتي پاسي رکي نشان لڳايا ويندا آهن.
# هن مثال ۾ اسٽرنگر تي ٻن تختن جا ڏاڪا لڳايا ويا آهن، جنهن سان ڏاڪي جو ٿورو حصو ٻاهر نڪري ٿو ۽ ٻنهي تختن جي وچ ۾ ٿوري وٿي پڻ رهندي آهي. اسٽرنگر جي هيٺئين حصي کي ڏاڪي جي ٿولهه جيترو وڌيڪ ڪٽيو ويندو آهي، جنهن کي '''اسٽرنگر کي هيٺ ڪرڻ'''  چيو ويندو آهي. جڏهن هڪ اسٽرنگر مڪمل تيار ٿي وڃي ته ان کي نموني (پيٽرن) طور استعمال ڪري باقي اسٽرنگرن تي ساڳيا نشان لڳايا ويندا آهن.

=== ڇت جي بناوت ===

اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي سامهون واري پاسي انگن جي هڪ جدول ڇپيل هوندي آهي، جنهن کي '''شهتيرن جي جدول''' (Rafter table) چيو ويندو آهي. هي جدول [[فيثاغورث جو نظريو|فيثاغورث جي نظريي]] جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيل هوندي آهي ۽ واڍي يا تعميرڪار کي ڇت جي شهتيرن بابت مختلف ماپن ۽ زاويَن جا حساب جلدي ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندي آهي. جدول مختلف ڪالمن تي مشتمل هوندي آهي، جن مان هر ڪالم ڇت جي هڪ مخصوص [[ڍلان]] (سلوپ) کي ظاهر ڪندو آهي.

[[File:Common rafter 12 pitch A.jpg|thumb|right|250px|عام شهتير، جنهن ۾ پلمب ڪٽ ڇت جي مٿئين ريج بورڊ سان ملي ٿو، جڏهن ته برڊز مائوٿ (Bird's mouth) ڀت جي پليٽ تي ويهندو آهي.]]

شهتيرن جي جدول ۾ عام طور هيٺيون معلومات ڏنل هوندي آهي:

# '''هر فوٽ افقي ڊيگهه (Run) لاءِ عام شهتير جي ڊيگهه''': عام شهتير ڇت جي چوٽي (Ridge) کي ڀت جي مٿئين پليٽ  سان ڳنڍيندو آهي. جدول ۾ ڏنل انگ هر 12 انچ افقي ڊيگهه لاءِ شهتير جي اصل ڊيگهه (ھائپوٽينيوز) ظاهر ڪري ٿو.

# '''هر فوٽ افقي ڊيگهه لاءِ هپ يا وادي شهتير جي ڊيگهه''': هپ يا وادي شهتير پڻ ريج کي پليٽ سان ڳنڍيندو آهي، پر اهو عام شهتير جي ڀيٽ ۾ 45 درجن جي زاويي تي هوندو آهي. جدول ان جي ڊيگهه هر 12 انچ افقي فاصلي لاءِ ڏيکاري ٿي.

# '''جيڪ شهتيرن جي ڊيگهه ۾ فرق''': جيڪ شهتير ساڳئي ڍلان ۾ هوندا آهن، پر انهن جون ڊگهيون مختلف ٿينديون آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي هپ يا وادي شهتير سان مختلف هنڌن تي ملي وڃن ٿا. جيڪڏهن شهتير هڪجهڙي مفاصلي تي لڳايا وڃن ته هر ايندڙ جيڪ شهتير جي ڊيگهه ۾ هڪ مقرر مقدار جو فرق ايندو آهي، جيڪو هن قطار ۾ ڏنو ويندو آهي.

# '''پاسي وارو ڪٽ''': هي اهڙو زاويه آهي، جيڪو اسڪوائر جي باڊي تي جدول ۾ ڏنل انگ ۽ ٽنگ تي 12 انچ واري نشان کي هڪ ليڪ ۾ آڻي آساني سان نشان لڳائي سگهجي ٿو.

# '''هپ ۽ وادي جي ننڍن شهتيرن جا ڪٽ''': انهن جا پاسي وارا ڪٽ پڻ ساڳئي اصول تحت تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن.

&lt;gallery&gt;
File:hip jack and common rafter.jpg|هپ، جيڪ ۽ عام شهتيرن جو پاڻ ۾ لاڳاپو، ۽ انهن جو ريج بورڊ ۽ ڀت جي مٿئين پليٽ سان ڳانڍاپو.
File:Hip Rafter Side and Level Cut.jpg|هپ يا وادي شهتير جو پاسي وارو بيول ڪٽ، جيڪو ريج بورڊ سان ملي ٿو.
File:Common rafter layout.jpg|عام ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن ۾ پلمب ڪٽ نشان لڳائڻ لاءِ 12 انچ کي بنيادي ماپ طور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.
File:Side cut jack rafter revised.jpg|هپ ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن جي پاسي واري ڪٽ لاءِ اسڪوائر جي جدول مان مناسب ڍلان استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
File:Plumbcuts new.jpg|هپ ۽ وادي شهتيرن جي پلمب ڪٽ لاءِ 17 انچ کي بنيادي حوالو طور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

=== اٺ ڪنڊي ماپ ===

[[File:Octagon Table.jpg|thumb|اٺ ڪنڊي جدول، جيڪو اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي سامهون واري پاسي موجود هوندو آهي.]]

'''اٺ ڪنڊي ماپ'''  استعمال ڪندڙ کي چورس جي اندر باقاعدي اٺ ڪنڊو (آڪٽاگان) ٺاهڻ ۾ مدد ڏئي ٿي، جيڪڏهن چورس جي هڪ پاسي جي ڊيگهه معلوم هجي. هن ماپ تي ڏنل نشان اٺ ڪنڊي جي هر پاسي جي اڌ ڊيگهه ظاهر ڪندا آهن، جن کي پرڪار (ڪمپاس) يا ڊوائڊر (ڊوائيڊر) سان مقرر ڪري سگهجي ٿو. جڏهن چورس جي هر پاسي جي وچئين نقطي کان قوسون (Arcs) ڪڍيون وڃن ٿيون ته اهي چورس جي ڪنارن تي اٺ ڪنڊي جي ڪنڊن کي ظاهر ڪن ٿيون. ان کان پوءِ رڳو چورس جي چئن ڪنڊن مان ٽڪنڊي حصا ڪٽي اٺ ڪنڊو تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot;&gt;
File:Octagon Table.jpg|اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي سامهون واري پاسي موجود اٺ ڪنڊي جدول.
File:Calculation Table A.JPG|ايلومينيم اسڪوائر تي اٺ ڪنڊي جدول.
File:Octagon Compass Fix 01.pdf|پرگار جي مدد سان اٺ ڪنڊو ٺاهڻ جا چار مرحلا.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

=== قطري ماپ ===

[[File:Diagonal calculations A.JPG|thumb|اسٽيل اسڪوائر تي قطري ماپ جي جڳهه.]]

[[ڪاٺي جو ڍانچو|ڪاٺيءَ جي ڍانچي]] (ٽمبر فريمنگ) ۾ [[گوڏي جهڙو سهارو|گوڏي جهڙي سهاري]] (Knee brace) جو استعمال پاسي کان لڳندڙ بار سبب ڍانچي ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ لوڏن يا ٽيڙ کي روڪڻ لاءِ ڪيو ويندو آهي. '''قطري ماپ''' (ڊائگونل اسڪيل) اهڙي سهاري جي ڊيگهه معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، جڏهن ٿنڀي ۽ شهتير جي ڳانڍاپي کان سهاري جي گهربل مفاصلي جي ڄاڻ موجود هجي.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot;&gt;
File:Diagonal calculations A.JPG|اسڪوائر تي قطري ماپ جي جڳهه.
File:Diagonal Scale revised.jpg|قطري ماپ مختلف ٽڪنڊن جي ضلعن لاءِ قطر (Hypotenuse) جي ڊيگهه مهيا ڪري ٿي، جنهن جي بنياد تي گوڏي جهڙو سهارو تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

=== ڇت جي بناوت ۾ ڳڻپيندڙ اوزار ===

[[File:flat hip roof.jpg|90px|right]]

اسٽيل اسڪوائر کان علاوه تعميراتي [[ڳڻپيندڙ اوزار]] (ڪنسٽرڪشن ڪلڪيوليٽرس) پڻ ڇت جي بناوت سان لاڳاپيل حسابن جي تصديق ۽ تياري لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪيترائي جديد ڳڻپيندڙ اهڙيءَ ريت پروگرام ٿيل هوندا آهن، جو اهي هپ، وادي ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن جي سڀني پاسي وارن ڪٽن جا زاويه هر قسم جي ڍلان لاءِ پاڻمرادو ڳڻي ڏيندا آهن.

اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي شهتيرن واري جدول ۾ ڍلان انچن جي صورت ۾ ظاهر ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڍلان جي عددي قيمت وڌڻ سان ساڳئي ڍلان ۾ مختلف شهتيرن جي پاسي وارن ڪٽن جي زاويَن ۾ فرق پڻ وڌندو آهي. رڳو مڪمل هموار ڇت (0/12 ڍلان) ۾ هپ ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن جو پاسي وارو ڪٽ 45 درجا هوندو آهي.

=== هپ ۽ وادي شهتيرن جي پاسي واري ڪٽ جي جدول ===

جيڪڏهن [[قائم ڪنڊو ٽڪنڊو|قائم ڪنڊي ٽڪنڊي]] جا ٻه زاويه 45° هجن، ته ان جا ٻئي عمودي پاسا (Catheti) هڪجهڙي ڊيگهه جا هوندا آهن. هپ يا وادي شهتير هن ٽڪنڊي جو قطر (Hypotenuse) هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٽڪنڊي جا ٻئي پاسا عمارت جي مٿين ڀتين جون پليٽون (Top wall plates) هونديون آهن.

هپ يا وادي شهتير جي '''پاسي واري ڪٽ''' ({{lang-en|Side cut}}) جو قدر اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي شهتيرن واري جدول ۾ مخصوص ڍلان (Slope) واري ڪالم ۽ '''هپ/وادي شهتير جي پاسي واري ڪٽ''' واري قطار جي سنگم تي ڏنل هوندو آهي. عام هپ ۽ وادي شهتير، عام شهتير جي ڀيٽ ۾ 45° جي زاويي تي لڳندو آهي، ۽ ان جي ماپن جو بنيادي حوالو 12 انچ افقي ڊيگهه (Run) هوندو آهي.

عام هپ/وادي شهتير ۽ جيڪ شهتير هر ڍلان تي مختلف بيول (Bevel) زاويه رکندا آهن، ۽ جيئن ڇت جي ڍلان وڌندي آهي، تيئن انهن بيول زاويَن ۾ گهٽتائي ايندي آهي.

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
|-
| style=&quot;padding:5px&quot; | &lt;math&gt; c = \sqrt{12^2 + 12^2} &lt;/math&gt;
| style=&quot;padding:5px&quot; | &lt;math&gt; L = \sqrt{c^2 + P^2} &lt;/math&gt;
| style=&quot;padding:5px&quot; | &lt;math&gt; \tan = \frac{c}{L} &lt;/math&gt;
|-
! colspan=&quot;3&quot; | علامتون
|-
|
* '''c''' = قطر (Hypotenuse)
* '''P''' = ڍلان (Pitch)
* '''L''' = شهتير جي ڊيگهه
* '''Z''' = 16 انچ مرڪزن تي جيڪ شهتيرن جي ڊيگهه ۾ فرق
|}

هپ يا وادي شهتير جي پاسي واري ڪٽ:

:&lt;math&gt;\text{Side cut} = (\tan \times 12)&lt;/math&gt;

اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي جدول ۾ سڀئي پاسي وارا ڪٽ '''بنياد 12''' (Base 12) تي ٻڌل هوندا آهن. ڪنهن به ڏنل ڍلان لاءِ آرڪ ٽينجنٽ (Arc tangent) جو قدر معلوم ڪري سگهجي ٿو. تعميراتي ڪم ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ گهڻا زاويه ماپيندڙ اوزار ۽ بجليءَ وارا اوزار 90° کي صفر درجا مڃيندا آهن، تنهن ڪري عملي ڪم دوران آرڪ ٽينجنٽ جا '''مڪمل ڪندڙ زاويه''' (Complementary angles) استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيئن [[اسپيڊ اسڪوائر]] جهڙن اوزارن سان درست نشان لڳائي سگهجن.

=== جيڪ شهتيرن جي پاسي واري ڪٽ ===

جيڪ شهتير ({{lang-en|Jack rafter}}) جي پاسي واري ڪٽ جو قدر اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي جدول ۾ '''جيڪ شهتيرن جي پاسي واري ڪٽ''' واري قطار ۽ گهربل ڍلان واري ڪالم جي سنگم تي ڏنل هوندو آهي. جدول ۾ 16 انچ ۽ 24 انچ مرڪزي مفاصلي (Centers) لاءِ جيڪ شهتيرن جي ڊيگهه جي فرق جون الڳ قطارون پڻ شامل هونديون آهن.

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
|-
| style=&quot;padding:5px&quot; |
&lt;math&gt;\tan = \frac{16}{Z}&lt;/math&gt;
|}

هي ٽينجنٽ پڻ '''بنياد 12''' تي ٻڌل هوندي آهي.

:&lt;math&gt;\text{پاسي واري ڪٽ} = \tan \times 12&lt;/math&gt;

اهو ئي قدر اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي جدول ۾ درج هوندو آهي. تعميراتي اوزارن ۾ پڻ آرڪ ٽينجنٽ جا مڪمل ڪندڙ زاويه استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

0/12 کان وڌيڪ سڀني ڍلانن ۾ هپ، وادي ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن جي ٽينجنٽ جو قدر 1.00 کان گهٽ هوندو آهي. مثال طور:

* '''18/12''' ڍلان لاءِ جيڪ شهتير جي پاسي واري ڪٽ جو زاويه تقريباً '''29.07°''' هوندو آهي.
* '''2/12''' ڍلان لاءِ اهو زاويه تقريباً '''44.56°''' ٿيندو آهي.

يعني ٻنهي ڍلانن جي وچ ۾ لڳ ڀڳ '''15.5°''' جو فرق هوندو آهي.

=== ڍلان جي مقابلي ۾ پاسي واري ڪٽ جا زاويه ===

هي جدول ڇت جي ڍلان جي مقابلي ۾ پاسي واري ڪٽ جا زاويه ڏيکاري ٿي. اها صرف انهن ڇتين لاءِ درست آهي، جن ۾ ڇڄي (Eave) جو زاويه 90° هجي.

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! ڍلان !! پاسي واري ڪٽ جو زاويه
|-
| 18/12 || 60.86°
|-
| 17/12 || 60.10°
|-
| 16/12 || 59.07°
|-
| 15/12 || 57.99°
|-
| 14/12 || 56.94°
|-
| 13/12 || 55.88°
|-
| 12/12 || 54.69°
|-
| 11/12 || 53.49°
|-
| 10/12 || 52.54°
|-
| 9/12 || 51.25°
|-
| 8/12 || 50.19°
|-
| 7/12 || 49.17°
|-
| 6/12 || 48.15°
|-
| 5/12 || 47.33°
|-
| 4/12 || 46.54°
|-
| 3/12 || 45.90°
|-
| 2/12 || 45.22°
|-
| 1/12 || 45.10°
|-
| 0/12 || 45.00°
|}

=== جيڪ ۽ عام شهتيرن جا پلمب ڪٽ ===

جيڪ شهتير (جيڪ رافٽر) ۽ عام شهتير (ڪامن رافٽر) لاءِ '''پلمب ڪٽ''' (Plumb cut) جو زاويه ساڳيو هوندو آهي. جڏهن ته '''ليول ڪٽ''' (Level cut) يا '''سيٽ ڪٽ''' (Seat cut) پلمب ڪٽ جو [[مڪمل ڪندڙ زاويه]] (ڪامپليمينٽري اينگل) هوندو آهي. ليول ڪٽ ۽ پلمب ڪٽ جي هڪ ٻئي سان ملڻ واري هنڌ تي جيڪو کپو ٺهندو آهي، ان کي عام طور '''برڊز مائوٿ'''  چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو شهتير کي ڀت جي مٿئين پليٽ تي مضبوط نموني ويهارڻ لاءِ ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
|-
| style=&quot;padding:5px&quot; |
&lt;math&gt;\tan = \frac{P}{b}&lt;/math&gt;
|}

جتي:

* '''P''' = ڇت جي ڍلان (Pitch)
* '''b''' = افقي ڊيگهه (Run)

=== هپ ۽ وادي شهتيرن جا پلمب ڪٽ ===

هپ ۽ وادي شهتيرن ({{lang-en|Hip/Valley rafters}}) جي پلمب ڪٽ جو زاويه هيٺين مساوات سان معلوم ڪيو ويندو آهي. هن حالت ۾ به ليول ڪٽ، پلمب ڪٽ جو مڪمل ڪندڙ زاويه هوندو آهي، يعني 90° مان آرڪ ٽينجنٽ جو قدر گهٽائڻ سان حاصل ٿيندو آهي.

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
|-
| style=&quot;padding:5px&quot; |
&lt;math&gt;\tan=\frac{P}{\sqrt{a^2+b^2}}&lt;/math&gt;
|}

جتي:

* '''P''' = ڇت جي ڍلان (Pitch)
* '''a''' ۽ '''b''' = افقي پاسا (Run)

=== غير مساوي هپ ۽ وادي شهتير ===

روايتي اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي شهتيرن واري جدول صرف انهن ڇتين لاءِ مناسب آهي، جن ۾ ٻنهي پاسن جي ڍلان هڪجهڙي هجي. غير مساوي ڍلان وارن ڇتين لاءِ روايتي جدول ڪافي نه هوندي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان ۾ اهڙن شهتيرن جا حساب موجود نه هوندا آهن.

غير مساوي هپ يا وادي شهتيرن جي خاصيت اها هوندي آهي ته انهن جا افقي منصوبا (پلان اينگلز) 45 درجا يا هڪجهڙا نه هوندا آهن. اهڙين ڇتين ۾ عمارت جي مٿئين ڀتين جون پليٽون ٻاهرين ڪنڊن تي 90° يا ٻين مختلف زاويَن تي ملي سگهن ٿيون، جنهن سبب شهتيرن جا زاويه ۽ ماپون به هڪجهڙيون نه رهنديون آهن. اهڙن منصوبن لاءِ خاص جدولن يا جديد حسابي اوزارن جي ضرورت پوندي آهي.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot;&gt;
File:Irregular roof plan rev.jpg|غير مساوي هپ/وادي ۽ گيبل ڇت جو منصوبو.
File:Irregular roof plan.jpg|غير مساوي ڇت جو منصوبو.
File:Irregular roof plan d.jpg|هڪ ٻئي کي ڪٽيندڙ غير مساوي هپ/وادي ۽ گيبل ڇتن جو منصوبو.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== واڍيءَ جو اسڪوائر ==
{{Main|اسڪوائر (اوزار)}}

[[واڍي]] ۾ '''اسڪوائر''' اهڙو ماپ ۽ نشان لڳائڻ وارو اوزار آهي، جيڪو [[قائم زاويي]] (90°) يا [[ميٽر جوڙ|ميٽر زاويي]] کي صحيح نموني قائم ڪرڻ ۽ نشان لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي اوزار عام طور ڌاتو مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. اسڪوائر جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[اسپيڊ اسڪوائر]]، [[ٽرائي اسڪوائر]] ۽ [[ڪمبينيشن اسڪوائر]]  شامل آهن.

== پڻ ڏسو ==

* [[ٽراميل]]
* [[پنچ (اوزار)]]
* [[ڪمبينيشن اسڪوائر]]
* [[هپ ڇت]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

=== ڪتابيات ===

{{Commons category|Steel squares}}

* {{cite book
  |title=The Carpenters' Steel Square and Its Uses
  |last=Hodgson
  |first=Frederick T.
  |publisher=The Industrial Publication Company
  |year=1880
  |lccn=06036488
}}

* {{cite book
  |title=The Steel Square
  |last=Siegele
  |first=H.H.
  |publisher=Sterling Publishing
  |year=1981
  |isbn=0-8069-8854-1
}}

* {{cite book
  |last=Ulrey
  |first=Harry F.
  |title=Carpenters and Builders Library
  |volume=3
  |publisher=Theodore Audel
  |year=1972
  |lccn=74099760
}}

* {{cite book
  |title=Basic Stairbuilding
  |last=Schuttner
  |first=Scott
  |year=1990
  |isbn=0-942391-44-6
  |publisher=[[ٽانٽن پريس]]
  |url-access=registration
  |url=https://archive.org/details/basicstairbuildi0000schu
}}

* {{cite book
  |title=Constructing Staircases Balustrades &amp; Landings
  |last=Spence
  |first=William P.
  |publisher=Sterling Publishing
  |year=2000
  |isbn=0-8069-8101-6
  |url-access=registration
  |url=https://archive.org/details/constructingstai0000spen
}}

* {{cite journal
  |title=11 Essential Measuring and Woodworking Tools
  |last=Gochnour
  |first=Chris
  |journal=[[فائن ووڊورڪنگ]]
  |pages=75
  |publisher=[[ٽانٽن پريس]]
  |issue=182
  |date=February 2006
}}

* {{cite book
  |title=The Steel Square
  |last=Lanham
  |first=Wm.
  |publisher=E. A. Lovell
  |location=Bath
}}

* {{cite book
  |last=Falconer
  |first=John
  |editor=Ednie, John
  |title=The Steel Square
  |series=Carpentry and Joinery
  |publisher=Gresham
  |year=1925
}}

* {{cite book
  |title=Build a Classic Timber-Framed House: Planning and Design, Traditional Materials, Affordable Methods
  |last=Sobon
  |first=Jack
  |publisher=Pownal, Vermont: Storey Communications
  |year=1994
  |isbn=0882668420
}}

{{Measuring and alignment tools}}

{{Authority control}}

[[زمرو:ڪاٺ جي ڪم جا ماپڻ وارا اوزار]]
[[زمرو:ماپ جا اوزار]]
[[زمرو:ڪاٺ جي ڪم جا هٿ اوزار]]
[[زمرو:اسڪوائر (اوزار)]]

[[de:Zimmermannswinkel]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>mlvcfcdae16ulxhj8kzts705co93cew</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400978</id>
      <parentid>400977</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T20:55:48Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400978</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="27023" sha1="iadd116ycgac3gfr39acb4nuzbar26g" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڪاٺ جي ڪم ۾ قائم زاويي جي ماپ، ليڪون ڪڍڻ ۽ زاويَن جي حساب لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ چپٽو اوزار}}

{{Infobox tool
|image=Steel Square-1.jpg
|other_name={{unbulleted list|فريمنگ اسڪوائر|واڍيءَ جو اسڪوائر}}
|classification={{unbulleted list|[[اسڪوائر (اوزار)|اسڪوائر جو هڪ قسم]]|ڪاٺ جي ڪم جو هٿ وارو اوزار}}
|used_with={{unbulleted list|[[واڍيءَ جي پينسل]]|[[سيسي وارو شاقول]]}}
}}

'''گونيا''' جنھن کي انگريزي ۾ '''اسٽيل اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Steel square}}) عام طور '''فريمنگ اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Framing square}}) يا '''واڍي جو اسڪوائر''' ({{lang-en|Carpenter's square}}) چيو ويندو آهي، [[واڍي]] ۽ تعميراتي ڪم ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ هڪ اهم ماپ وارو اوزار آهي. واڍا هن اوزار جي مدد سان ڪاٺ جي ڍانچن کي صحيح [[قائم زاويي]] (90°) تي نشان لڳائڻ، ماپڻ ۽ تيار ڪرڻ جو ڪم ڪندا آهن. جيتوڻيڪ واڍيءَ ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڪيترائي اسڪوائر فولاد مان ٺهندا آهن، پر '''اسٽيل اسڪوائر''' جو نالو خاص طور هڪ ڊگهي ٻانهن واري مخصوص اسڪوائر لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جيڪو زاويَن جي ماپ ۽ ٻين ڪيترن ئي حسابن لاءِ پڻ ڪم ايندو آهي.

هي اوزار ٻن ٻانهن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي، جيڪي هڪ ٻئي سان 90 درجن (قائم زاويي) تي ڳنڍيل هونديون آهن. هڪ ٻانهن ڊگهي ۽ ويڪري هوندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٻي نسبتاً ننڍي ۽ سوڙهي هوندي آهي. ماضيءَ ۾ هي اوزار تقريباً هميشه فولاد مان ٺاهيو ويندو هو، پر جديد دور ۾ ان جي تياري [[ايلومينيم]]، [[پوليمر]] يا ٻين هلڪن ۽ زنگ کان محفوظ مواد مان پڻ ڪئي وڃي ٿي.

ڊگهي ۽ ويڪري ٻانهن، جيڪا عام طور 50 ملي ميٽر ويڪري هوندي آهي، '''باڊي''' (Body) سڏبي آهي، جڏهن ته ننڍي ۽ سوڙهي ٻانهن، جيڪا لڳ ڀڳ 37 ملي ميٽر ويڪري هوندي آهي، '''ٽنگ''' (Tongue) سڏبي آهي.

فريمنگ اسڪوائر جا ڪيترائي استعمال آهن، جن ۾ عام [[ڇت جا شهتير]] (Rafters)، [[هپ شهتير]] (Hip rafters) ۽ [[ڏاڪڻ]] جي بناوت لاءِ ليڪون ڪڍڻ ۽ ماپون مقرر ڪرڻ شامل آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Elliot&quot;&gt;{{Citation |last=Elliot |first=J. Hamilton |editor-last=Cobleigh |editor-first=Rolfe |year=1910 |title=Use of the Steel Square |work=Handy Farm Devices and How to Make Them |publisher=Orange Judd and Company |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=rYY_AAAAYAAJ&amp;pg=PA19}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن اوزار تي عام طور [[قطري]] (ڊائگونل) ماپ، [[بورڊ فوٽ]] (Board foot) ماپ ۽ [[اٺ ڪنڊي]] (آڪٽاگونل) ماپ جا پيمانا پڻ ڏنل هوندا آهن. جديد فريمنگ اسڪوائرن تي مختلف ڍلانن (Slopes) لاءِ درجن جي تبديلي (ڊگري ڪنورشنس) ۽ ڪسري ماپن (فريڪشنل اڪئيوولنٽس) جا نشان پڻ موجود هوندا آهن.

فريمنگ اسڪوائر کي [[ونڊنگ اسٽڪس]] (Winding sticks) طور به استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي تختي ۾ وڪڙ يا مروٽ (twist) جي جاچ ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ھيءُ اوزار ڀتين جي ڪنڊن کي 90 ڊگرين تي بيھارڻ جي ڪم ايندو آھي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر:[[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;

== باڊي ۽ ٽنگ ==

روايتي [[ڪاٺي جو ڍانچو|ڪاٺيءَ جي ڍانچي]] (ٽمبر فريم) جي جوڙجڪ ۾ [[مورٽس ۽ ٽينن]] (Mortise and tenon) جوڙ عام طور نرم ڪاٺ ۾ 50 ملي ميٽر ويڪرا ۽ ڪاٺ جي ڪنڊ کان 50 ملي ميٽر جي فاصلي تي ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جنهن سبب اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي '''باڊي''' (Body) جي ويڪر پڻ 50 ملي ميٽر مقرر ٿي.

ساڳيءَ ريت، سخت ڪاٺ ۾ مورٽس ۽ ٽينن جا جوڙ روايتي طور 37 ملي ميٽر ويڪرا ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جنهن جي بنياد تي اسڪوائر جي '''ٽنگ''' (Tongue) جي ويڪر 37 ملي ميٽر رکي وئي. انهن معياري ويڪرن سبب نرم ۽ سخت ٻنهي قسمن جي ڪاٺ سان ڪم ڪندي مورٽس ۽ ٽينن وارن جوڙن جي ماپ ۽ نشان لڳائڻ جو ڪم تيزيءَ ۽ درستگيءَ سان ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

== استعمال ==

=== درستگي جي جاچ ===

اسٽيل اسڪوائر پاڻ پنهنجي درستگي جانچڻ ۽ درست ڪرڻ وارو اوزار آهي. ان جي مدد سان پهرين هڪ [[قائم زاويي]] واري ليڪ ڪڍي ويندي آهي، پوءِ اسڪوائر کي ابتو ڪري ٻيهر ساڳي ليڪ تي رکي ڏٺو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ٻنهي ليڪن ۾ فرق ظاهر ٿئي ته ان مان غلطي جي مقدار ۽ رخ جو اندازو لڳائي سگهجي ٿو. اهڙي غلطي کي اسڪوائر جي ڪنڊ تي سينٽر پنچ (Center punch) جي هلڪي ڌڪ سان زاويي کي ٿورو کولڻ يا بند ڪرڻ ذريعي درست ڪري سگهجي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Framing Square Test &amp; Repair |url=https://inspectapedia.com/roof/Framing-Square-Accuracy-Test-Repair.php |website=Inspectapedia |access-date=10 December 2021}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڏاڪڻ جي بناوت ===

[[File:Stringer revised.jpg|thumb|right|250px|اسٽرنگر جي نظرياتي اوچائي (رائيز) ۽ افقي ڊيگهه (رن)، اسڪوائر جي بيهڪ، ڏاڪڻ جي ڏاڪي (ٽريڊ) ۽ رائزر جي نشان لڳائڻ جو طريقو.]]

عام طور ڏاڪڻ ٽن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندي آهي:

* '''اسٽرنگر''' (Stringer)، جيڪو ڏاڪڻ جو بنيادي ڍانچو هوندو آهي ۽ سڄو وزن برداشت ڪندو آهي.
* '''ڏاڪو''' (Tread)، جيڪو افقي حصو هوندو آهي، جنهن تي پير رکيو ويندو آهي.
* '''رائزر''' (Riser)، جيڪو ٻن ڏاڪن جي وچ وارو عمودي تختو هوندو آهي.

ڏاڪڻ جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جهڙوڪ کليل (اوپن)، بند (ڪلوزڊ)، مڪمل گهرائيءَ سان لڳل (فلي ھائوسڊ) ۽ وڪڙيل (وائنڊنگ) ڏاڪڻيون.

ڏاڪڻ جي بناوت لاءِ بنيادي رياضيائي حساب ضروري هوندو آهي، ۽ ان کي تعميراتي ضابطن (بلڊنگ ڪوڊز) موجب تيار ڪرڻو پوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جڳهه وسيع هجي ته وڌيڪ آرامده ۽ مناسب ڏاڪڻ ٺاهي سگهجي ٿي، جڏهن ته محدود جاءِ ۾ اهو ڪم وڌيڪ ڏکيو هوندو آهي. گهڻين ڏاڪڻين ۾ ڏاڪن (Treads) کان هڪ رائزر (Rise) وڌيڪ هوندو آهي.

ڏاڪڻ جي ماپ ۽ نشان لڳائڻ جو عام طريقو هي آهي:

# پهرين '''اوچائي''' (Rise) ۽ '''افقي ڊيگهه''' (Run) مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. اسٽرنگر جو هيٺيون حصو افقي سطح تي بيهندو آهي.
# عام طور 2×12 انچ جي ڪاٺ جو تختو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. فريمنگ اسڪوائر کي تختي تي اهڙي نموني رکيو ويندو آهي، جو ڏاڪي ۽ رائزر جون مقرر ڪيل ماپون تختي جي ڪنڊ سان ملي وڃن. پوءِ اسڪوائر جي ڪنارن سان ليڪون ڪڍيون وينديون آهن. اسڪوائر کي اڳتي سرڪائي ساڳيو عمل هر ڏاڪي لاءِ ورجايو ويندو آهي.
# پوءِ تختي کي نشان لڳل ليڪن مطابق ڪٽيو ويندو آهي. مٿيون عمودي ڪٽ (Plumb cut) ۽ هيٺيون افقي ڪٽ (ليول ڪٽ) پڻ اسڪوائر کي ابتي پاسي رکي نشان لڳايا ويندا آهن.
# هن مثال ۾ اسٽرنگر تي ٻن تختن جا ڏاڪا لڳايا ويا آهن، جنهن سان ڏاڪي جو ٿورو حصو ٻاهر نڪري ٿو ۽ ٻنهي تختن جي وچ ۾ ٿوري وٿي پڻ رهندي آهي. اسٽرنگر جي هيٺئين حصي کي ڏاڪي جي ٿولهه جيترو وڌيڪ ڪٽيو ويندو آهي، جنهن کي '''اسٽرنگر کي هيٺ ڪرڻ'''  چيو ويندو آهي. جڏهن هڪ اسٽرنگر مڪمل تيار ٿي وڃي ته ان کي نموني (پيٽرن) طور استعمال ڪري باقي اسٽرنگرن تي ساڳيا نشان لڳايا ويندا آهن.

=== ڇت جي بناوت ===

اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي سامهون واري پاسي انگن جي هڪ جدول ڇپيل هوندي آهي، جنهن کي '''شهتيرن جي جدول''' (Rafter table) چيو ويندو آهي. هي جدول [[فيثاغورث جو نظريو|فيثاغورث جي نظريي]] جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيل هوندي آهي ۽ واڍي يا تعميرڪار کي ڇت جي شهتيرن بابت مختلف ماپن ۽ زاويَن جا حساب جلدي ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندي آهي. جدول مختلف ڪالمن تي مشتمل هوندي آهي، جن مان هر ڪالم ڇت جي هڪ مخصوص [[ڍلان]] (سلوپ) کي ظاهر ڪندو آهي.

[[File:Common rafter 12 pitch A.jpg|thumb|right|250px|عام شهتير، جنهن ۾ پلمب ڪٽ ڇت جي مٿئين ريج بورڊ سان ملي ٿو، جڏهن ته برڊز مائوٿ (Bird's mouth) ڀت جي پليٽ تي ويهندو آهي.]]

شهتيرن جي جدول ۾ عام طور هيٺيون معلومات ڏنل هوندي آهي:

# '''هر فوٽ افقي ڊيگهه (Run) لاءِ عام شهتير جي ڊيگهه''': عام شهتير ڇت جي چوٽي (Ridge) کي ڀت جي مٿئين پليٽ  سان ڳنڍيندو آهي. جدول ۾ ڏنل انگ هر 12 انچ افقي ڊيگهه لاءِ شهتير جي اصل ڊيگهه (ھائپوٽينيوز) ظاهر ڪري ٿو.

# '''هر فوٽ افقي ڊيگهه لاءِ هپ يا وادي شهتير جي ڊيگهه''': هپ يا وادي شهتير پڻ ريج کي پليٽ سان ڳنڍيندو آهي، پر اهو عام شهتير جي ڀيٽ ۾ 45 درجن جي زاويي تي هوندو آهي. جدول ان جي ڊيگهه هر 12 انچ افقي فاصلي لاءِ ڏيکاري ٿي.

# '''جيڪ شهتيرن جي ڊيگهه ۾ فرق''': جيڪ شهتير ساڳئي ڍلان ۾ هوندا آهن، پر انهن جون ڊگهيون مختلف ٿينديون آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي هپ يا وادي شهتير سان مختلف هنڌن تي ملي وڃن ٿا. جيڪڏهن شهتير هڪجهڙي مفاصلي تي لڳايا وڃن ته هر ايندڙ جيڪ شهتير جي ڊيگهه ۾ هڪ مقرر مقدار جو فرق ايندو آهي، جيڪو هن قطار ۾ ڏنو ويندو آهي.

# '''پاسي وارو ڪٽ''': هي اهڙو زاويه آهي، جيڪو اسڪوائر جي باڊي تي جدول ۾ ڏنل انگ ۽ ٽنگ تي 12 انچ واري نشان کي هڪ ليڪ ۾ آڻي آساني سان نشان لڳائي سگهجي ٿو.

# '''هپ ۽ وادي جي ننڍن شهتيرن جا ڪٽ''': انهن جا پاسي وارا ڪٽ پڻ ساڳئي اصول تحت تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن.

&lt;gallery&gt;
File:hip jack and common rafter.jpg|هپ، جيڪ ۽ عام شهتيرن جو پاڻ ۾ لاڳاپو، ۽ انهن جو ريج بورڊ ۽ ڀت جي مٿئين پليٽ سان ڳانڍاپو.
File:Hip Rafter Side and Level Cut.jpg|هپ يا وادي شهتير جو پاسي وارو بيول ڪٽ، جيڪو ريج بورڊ سان ملي ٿو.
File:Common rafter layout.jpg|عام ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن ۾ پلمب ڪٽ نشان لڳائڻ لاءِ 12 انچ کي بنيادي ماپ طور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.
File:Side cut jack rafter revised.jpg|هپ ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن جي پاسي واري ڪٽ لاءِ اسڪوائر جي جدول مان مناسب ڍلان استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
File:Plumbcuts new.jpg|هپ ۽ وادي شهتيرن جي پلمب ڪٽ لاءِ 17 انچ کي بنيادي حوالو طور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

=== اٺ ڪنڊي ماپ ===

[[File:Octagon Table.jpg|thumb|اٺ ڪنڊي جدول، جيڪو اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي سامهون واري پاسي موجود هوندو آهي.]]

'''اٺ ڪنڊي ماپ'''  استعمال ڪندڙ کي چورس جي اندر باقاعدي اٺ ڪنڊو (آڪٽاگان) ٺاهڻ ۾ مدد ڏئي ٿي، جيڪڏهن چورس جي هڪ پاسي جي ڊيگهه معلوم هجي. هن ماپ تي ڏنل نشان اٺ ڪنڊي جي هر پاسي جي اڌ ڊيگهه ظاهر ڪندا آهن، جن کي پرڪار (ڪمپاس) يا ڊوائڊر (ڊوائيڊر) سان مقرر ڪري سگهجي ٿو. جڏهن چورس جي هر پاسي جي وچئين نقطي کان قوسون (Arcs) ڪڍيون وڃن ٿيون ته اهي چورس جي ڪنارن تي اٺ ڪنڊي جي ڪنڊن کي ظاهر ڪن ٿيون. ان کان پوءِ رڳو چورس جي چئن ڪنڊن مان ٽڪنڊي حصا ڪٽي اٺ ڪنڊو تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot;&gt;
File:Octagon Table.jpg|اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي سامهون واري پاسي موجود اٺ ڪنڊي جدول.
File:Calculation Table A.JPG|ايلومينيم اسڪوائر تي اٺ ڪنڊي جدول.
File:Octagon Compass Fix 01.pdf|پرگار جي مدد سان اٺ ڪنڊو ٺاهڻ جا چار مرحلا.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

=== قطري ماپ ===

[[File:Diagonal calculations A.JPG|thumb|اسٽيل اسڪوائر تي قطري ماپ جي جڳهه.]]

[[ڪاٺي جو ڍانچو|ڪاٺيءَ جي ڍانچي]] (ٽمبر فريمنگ) ۾ [[گوڏي جهڙو سهارو|گوڏي جهڙي سهاري]] (Knee brace) جو استعمال پاسي کان لڳندڙ بار سبب ڍانچي ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ لوڏن يا ٽيڙ کي روڪڻ لاءِ ڪيو ويندو آهي. '''قطري ماپ''' (ڊائگونل اسڪيل) اهڙي سهاري جي ڊيگهه معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، جڏهن ٿنڀي ۽ شهتير جي ڳانڍاپي کان سهاري جي گهربل مفاصلي جي ڄاڻ موجود هجي.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot;&gt;
File:Diagonal calculations A.JPG|اسڪوائر تي قطري ماپ جي جڳهه.
File:Diagonal Scale revised.jpg|قطري ماپ مختلف ٽڪنڊن جي ضلعن لاءِ قطر (Hypotenuse) جي ڊيگهه مهيا ڪري ٿي، جنهن جي بنياد تي گوڏي جهڙو سهارو تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

=== ڇت جي بناوت ۾ ڳڻپيندڙ اوزار ===

[[File:flat hip roof.jpg|90px|right]]

اسٽيل اسڪوائر کان علاوه تعميراتي [[ڳڻپيندڙ اوزار]] (ڪنسٽرڪشن ڪلڪيوليٽرس) پڻ ڇت جي بناوت سان لاڳاپيل حسابن جي تصديق ۽ تياري لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪيترائي جديد ڳڻپيندڙ اهڙيءَ ريت پروگرام ٿيل هوندا آهن، جو اهي هپ، وادي ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن جي سڀني پاسي وارن ڪٽن جا زاويه هر قسم جي ڍلان لاءِ پاڻمرادو ڳڻي ڏيندا آهن.

اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي شهتيرن واري جدول ۾ ڍلان انچن جي صورت ۾ ظاهر ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڍلان جي عددي قيمت وڌڻ سان ساڳئي ڍلان ۾ مختلف شهتيرن جي پاسي وارن ڪٽن جي زاويَن ۾ فرق پڻ وڌندو آهي. رڳو مڪمل هموار ڇت (0/12 ڍلان) ۾ هپ ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن جو پاسي وارو ڪٽ 45 درجا هوندو آهي.

=== هپ ۽ وادي شهتيرن جي پاسي واري ڪٽ جي جدول ===

جيڪڏهن [[قائم ڪنڊو ٽڪنڊو|قائم ڪنڊي ٽڪنڊي]] جا ٻه زاويه 45° هجن، ته ان جا ٻئي عمودي پاسا (Catheti) هڪجهڙي ڊيگهه جا هوندا آهن. هپ يا وادي شهتير هن ٽڪنڊي جو قطر (Hypotenuse) هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٽڪنڊي جا ٻئي پاسا عمارت جي مٿين ڀتين جون پليٽون (Top wall plates) هونديون آهن.

هپ يا وادي شهتير جي '''پاسي واري ڪٽ''' ({{lang-en|Side cut}}) جو قدر اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي شهتيرن واري جدول ۾ مخصوص ڍلان (Slope) واري ڪالم ۽ '''هپ/وادي شهتير جي پاسي واري ڪٽ''' واري قطار جي سنگم تي ڏنل هوندو آهي. عام هپ ۽ وادي شهتير، عام شهتير جي ڀيٽ ۾ 45° جي زاويي تي لڳندو آهي، ۽ ان جي ماپن جو بنيادي حوالو 12 انچ افقي ڊيگهه (Run) هوندو آهي.

عام هپ/وادي شهتير ۽ جيڪ شهتير هر ڍلان تي مختلف بيول (Bevel) زاويه رکندا آهن، ۽ جيئن ڇت جي ڍلان وڌندي آهي، تيئن انهن بيول زاويَن ۾ گهٽتائي ايندي آهي.

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
|-
| style=&quot;padding:5px&quot; | &lt;math&gt; c = \sqrt{12^2 + 12^2} &lt;/math&gt;
| style=&quot;padding:5px&quot; | &lt;math&gt; L = \sqrt{c^2 + P^2} &lt;/math&gt;
| style=&quot;padding:5px&quot; | &lt;math&gt; \tan = \frac{c}{L} &lt;/math&gt;
|-
! colspan=&quot;3&quot; | علامتون
|-
|
* '''c''' = قطر (Hypotenuse)
* '''P''' = ڍلان (Pitch)
* '''L''' = شهتير جي ڊيگهه
* '''Z''' = 16 انچ مرڪزن تي جيڪ شهتيرن جي ڊيگهه ۾ فرق
|}

هپ يا وادي شهتير جي پاسي واري ڪٽ:

:&lt;math&gt;\text{Side cut} = (\tan \times 12)&lt;/math&gt;

اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي جدول ۾ سڀئي پاسي وارا ڪٽ '''بنياد 12''' (Base 12) تي ٻڌل هوندا آهن. ڪنهن به ڏنل ڍلان لاءِ آرڪ ٽينجنٽ (Arc tangent) جو قدر معلوم ڪري سگهجي ٿو. تعميراتي ڪم ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ گهڻا زاويه ماپيندڙ اوزار ۽ بجليءَ وارا اوزار 90° کي صفر درجا مڃيندا آهن، تنهن ڪري عملي ڪم دوران آرڪ ٽينجنٽ جا '''مڪمل ڪندڙ زاويه''' (Complementary angles) استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيئن [[اسپيڊ اسڪوائر]] جهڙن اوزارن سان درست نشان لڳائي سگهجن.

=== جيڪ شهتيرن جي پاسي واري ڪٽ ===

جيڪ شهتير ({{lang-en|Jack rafter}}) جي پاسي واري ڪٽ جو قدر اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي جدول ۾ '''جيڪ شهتيرن جي پاسي واري ڪٽ''' واري قطار ۽ گهربل ڍلان واري ڪالم جي سنگم تي ڏنل هوندو آهي. جدول ۾ 16 انچ ۽ 24 انچ مرڪزي مفاصلي (Centers) لاءِ جيڪ شهتيرن جي ڊيگهه جي فرق جون الڳ قطارون پڻ شامل هونديون آهن.

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
|-
| style=&quot;padding:5px&quot; |
&lt;math&gt;\tan = \frac{16}{Z}&lt;/math&gt;
|}

هي ٽينجنٽ پڻ '''بنياد 12''' تي ٻڌل هوندي آهي.

:&lt;math&gt;\text{پاسي واري ڪٽ} = \tan \times 12&lt;/math&gt;

اهو ئي قدر اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي جدول ۾ درج هوندو آهي. تعميراتي اوزارن ۾ پڻ آرڪ ٽينجنٽ جا مڪمل ڪندڙ زاويه استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

0/12 کان وڌيڪ سڀني ڍلانن ۾ هپ، وادي ۽ جيڪ شهتيرن جي ٽينجنٽ جو قدر 1.00 کان گهٽ هوندو آهي. مثال طور:

* '''18/12''' ڍلان لاءِ جيڪ شهتير جي پاسي واري ڪٽ جو زاويه تقريباً '''29.07°''' هوندو آهي.
* '''2/12''' ڍلان لاءِ اهو زاويه تقريباً '''44.56°''' ٿيندو آهي.

يعني ٻنهي ڍلانن جي وچ ۾ لڳ ڀڳ '''15.5°''' جو فرق هوندو آهي.

=== ڍلان جي مقابلي ۾ پاسي واري ڪٽ جا زاويه ===

هي جدول ڇت جي ڍلان جي مقابلي ۾ پاسي واري ڪٽ جا زاويه ڏيکاري ٿي. اها صرف انهن ڇتين لاءِ درست آهي، جن ۾ ڇڄي (Eave) جو زاويه 90° هجي.

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! ڍلان !! پاسي واري ڪٽ جو زاويه
|-
| 18/12 || 60.86°
|-
| 17/12 || 60.10°
|-
| 16/12 || 59.07°
|-
| 15/12 || 57.99°
|-
| 14/12 || 56.94°
|-
| 13/12 || 55.88°
|-
| 12/12 || 54.69°
|-
| 11/12 || 53.49°
|-
| 10/12 || 52.54°
|-
| 9/12 || 51.25°
|-
| 8/12 || 50.19°
|-
| 7/12 || 49.17°
|-
| 6/12 || 48.15°
|-
| 5/12 || 47.33°
|-
| 4/12 || 46.54°
|-
| 3/12 || 45.90°
|-
| 2/12 || 45.22°
|-
| 1/12 || 45.10°
|-
| 0/12 || 45.00°
|}

=== جيڪ ۽ عام شهتيرن جا پلمب ڪٽ ===

جيڪ شهتير (جيڪ رافٽر) ۽ عام شهتير (ڪامن رافٽر) لاءِ '''پلمب ڪٽ''' (Plumb cut) جو زاويه ساڳيو هوندو آهي. جڏهن ته '''ليول ڪٽ''' (Level cut) يا '''سيٽ ڪٽ''' (Seat cut) پلمب ڪٽ جو [[مڪمل ڪندڙ زاويه]] (ڪامپليمينٽري اينگل) هوندو آهي. ليول ڪٽ ۽ پلمب ڪٽ جي هڪ ٻئي سان ملڻ واري هنڌ تي جيڪو کپو ٺهندو آهي، ان کي عام طور '''برڊز مائوٿ'''  چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو شهتير کي ڀت جي مٿئين پليٽ تي مضبوط نموني ويهارڻ لاءِ ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
|-
| style=&quot;padding:5px&quot; |
&lt;math&gt;\tan = \frac{P}{b}&lt;/math&gt;
|}

جتي:

* '''P''' = ڇت جي ڍلان (Pitch)
* '''b''' = افقي ڊيگهه (Run)

=== هپ ۽ وادي شهتيرن جا پلمب ڪٽ ===

هپ ۽ وادي شهتيرن ({{lang-en|Hip/Valley rafters}}) جي پلمب ڪٽ جو زاويه هيٺين مساوات سان معلوم ڪيو ويندو آهي. هن حالت ۾ به ليول ڪٽ، پلمب ڪٽ جو مڪمل ڪندڙ زاويه هوندو آهي، يعني 90° مان آرڪ ٽينجنٽ جو قدر گهٽائڻ سان حاصل ٿيندو آهي.

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
|-
| style=&quot;padding:5px&quot; |
&lt;math&gt;\tan=\frac{P}{\sqrt{a^2+b^2}}&lt;/math&gt;
|}

جتي:

* '''P''' = ڇت جي ڍلان (Pitch)
* '''a''' ۽ '''b''' = افقي پاسا (Run)

=== غير مساوي هپ ۽ وادي شهتير ===

روايتي اسٽيل اسڪوائر جي شهتيرن واري جدول صرف انهن ڇتين لاءِ مناسب آهي، جن ۾ ٻنهي پاسن جي ڍلان هڪجهڙي هجي. غير مساوي ڍلان وارن ڇتين لاءِ روايتي جدول ڪافي نه هوندي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان ۾ اهڙن شهتيرن جا حساب موجود نه هوندا آهن.

غير مساوي هپ يا وادي شهتيرن جي خاصيت اها هوندي آهي ته انهن جا افقي منصوبا (پلان اينگلز) 45 درجا يا هڪجهڙا نه هوندا آهن. اهڙين ڇتين ۾ عمارت جي مٿئين ڀتين جون پليٽون ٻاهرين ڪنڊن تي 90° يا ٻين مختلف زاويَن تي ملي سگهن ٿيون، جنهن سبب شهتيرن جا زاويه ۽ ماپون به هڪجهڙيون نه رهنديون آهن. اهڙن منصوبن لاءِ خاص جدولن يا جديد حسابي اوزارن جي ضرورت پوندي آهي.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot;&gt;
File:Irregular roof plan rev.jpg|غير مساوي هپ/وادي ۽ گيبل ڇت جو منصوبو.
File:Irregular roof plan.jpg|غير مساوي ڇت جو منصوبو.
File:Irregular roof plan d.jpg|هڪ ٻئي کي ڪٽيندڙ غير مساوي هپ/وادي ۽ گيبل ڇتن جو منصوبو.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== واڍيءَ جو اسڪوائر ==
{{Main|اسڪوائر (اوزار)}}

[[واڍي]] ۾ '''اسڪوائر''' اهڙو ماپ ۽ نشان لڳائڻ وارو اوزار آهي، جيڪو [[قائم زاويي]] (90°) يا [[ميٽر جوڙ|ميٽر زاويي]] کي صحيح نموني قائم ڪرڻ ۽ نشان لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي اوزار عام طور ڌاتو مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. اسڪوائر جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[اسپيڊ اسڪوائر]]، [[ٽرائي اسڪوائر]] ۽ [[ڪمبينيشن اسڪوائر]]  شامل آهن.

== پڻ ڏسو ==

* [[ٽراميل]]
* [[پنچ (اوزار)]]
* [[ڪمبينيشن اسڪوائر]]
* [[هپ ڇت]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

=== ڪتابيات ===

{{Commons category|Steel squares}}

* {{cite book
  |title=The Carpenters' Steel Square and Its Uses
  |last=Hodgson
  |first=Frederick T.
  |publisher=The Industrial Publication Company
  |year=1880
  |lccn=06036488
}}

* {{cite book
  |title=The Steel Square
  |last=Siegele
  |first=H.H.
  |publisher=Sterling Publishing
  |year=1981
  |isbn=0-8069-8854-1
}}

* {{cite book
  |last=Ulrey
  |first=Harry F.
  |title=Carpenters and Builders Library
  |volume=3
  |publisher=Theodore Audel
  |year=1972
  |lccn=74099760
}}

* {{cite book
  |title=Basic Stairbuilding
  |last=Schuttner
  |first=Scott
  |year=1990
  |isbn=0-942391-44-6
  |publisher=[[ٽانٽن پريس]]
  |url-access=registration
  |url=https://archive.org/details/basicstairbuildi0000schu
}}

* {{cite book
  |title=Constructing Staircases Balustrades &amp; Landings
  |last=Spence
  |first=William P.
  |publisher=Sterling Publishing
  |year=2000
  |isbn=0-8069-8101-6
  |url-access=registration
  |url=https://archive.org/details/constructingstai0000spen
}}

* {{cite journal
  |title=11 Essential Measuring and Woodworking Tools
  |last=Gochnour
  |first=Chris
  |journal=[[فائن ووڊورڪنگ]]
  |pages=75
  |publisher=[[ٽانٽن پريس]]
  |issue=182
  |date=February 2006
}}

* {{cite book
  |title=The Steel Square
  |last=Lanham
  |first=Wm.
  |publisher=E. A. Lovell
  |location=Bath
}}

* {{cite book
  |last=Falconer
  |first=John
  |editor=Ednie, John
  |title=The Steel Square
  |series=Carpentry and Joinery
  |publisher=Gresham
  |year=1925
}}

* {{cite book
  |title=Build a Classic Timber-Framed House: Planning and Design, Traditional Materials, Affordable Methods
  |last=Sobon
  |first=Jack
  |publisher=Pownal, Vermont: Storey Communications
  |year=1994
  |isbn=0882668420
}}

{{Measuring and alignment tools}}

{{Authority control}}

[[زمرو:ڪاٺ جي ڪم جا ماپڻ وارا اوزار]]
[[زمرو:ماپ جا اوزار]]
[[زمرو:ڪاٺ جي ڪم جا هٿ اوزار]]
[[زمرو:اسڪوائر (اوزار)]]

[[de:Zimmermannswinkel]]</text>
      <sha1>iadd116ycgac3gfr39acb4nuzbar26g</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>سڌي پٽي</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>39335</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400979</id>
      <parentid>105790</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T21:05:31Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>400979</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="4208" sha1="6757f7oi9fi6z60i989p178jnl2wwii" xml:space="preserve">'''سڌي پٽي''' ({{lang-en|Straightedge}}) هڪ ماپ ۽ جانچ وارو اوزار آهي، جيڪو سڌيون ليڪون ڪڍڻ، ڪنهن مٿاڇري يا ڪنڊ جي سڌائي (Straightness) ۽ همواري (Flatness) جانچڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. هي عام طور ڪاٺ، ڌاتو يا پلاسٽڪ مان ٺهندو آهي ۽ ان جي هڪ ڪنڊ بلڪل سڌي هوندي آهي. عمارت سازي ۾ سڌي پٽي سرن جي اوساري، پلستر، ڀتين، فرشن ۽ ٻين سطحن کي سنوت ۽ هموار رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته واڍي، ڌاتوڪاري، مشينڪاري ۽ فني ڊرائنگ ۾ پڻ سڌين ليڪن جي نشان لڳائڻ ۽ ماپن جي جاچ لاءِ ڪم ايندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Straightedge |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Straightedge |website=Wikipedia |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== تعمير ۾ استعمال ==

سڌي پٽي عمارت سازي ۾ سنوت، همواري ۽ سڌائي برقرار رکڻ لاءِ بنيادي اوزارن مان هڪ آهي. رازا (Masons) سرن جي اوساري دوران ڀت جي سطح، پلستر جي ٿولهه ۽ ڪنڊن جي سڌائي جانچڻ لاءِ ان کي استعمال ڪندا آهن. پلستر يا ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ سڌي پٽي کي مٿاڇري تي سرڪائي اوچا ۽ هيٺاهين هنڌ سڃاتا ويندا آهن، جيئن انهن کي برابر ڪري سگهجي. ڊگهي سڌي پٽي خاص طور فرشن، ڇتين ۽ وڏين ڀتين جي همواري جاچڻ لاءِ ڪارائتي هوندي آهي.

== واڍي ۽ ڌاتوڪاري ۾ استعمال ==

واڍي، فرنيچر سازي ۽ ڌاتوڪاري ۾ سڌي پٽي ڪاٺ يا ڌاتو جي ٽڪرن جي ڪنارن جي سڌائي جانچڻ، سڌيون ليڪون ڪڍڻ ۽ ڪٽڻ کان اڳ صحيح نشان لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. مشينڪاري ۾ پڻ ان جي مدد سان تيار ٿيل حصن جي سڌائي ۽ همواري جي جاچ ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهڙي جاچ سان تيار ڪيل جزن جي درست جوڙجڪ ۽ مناسب ڳانڍاپو يقيني بڻجي ٿو.

== تياري ==

سڌي پٽي مختلف ڊيگهن ۽ ٿولهين ۾ تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي. روايتي طور اها ڪاٺ مان ٺهندي هئي، پر جديد دور ۾ ايلومينيم، اسٽينليس اسٽيل ۽ ٻين ڌاتن مان پڻ تيار ڪئي وڃي ٿي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي هلڪيون، مضبوط ۽ زنگ کان محفوظ هونديون آهن. اعليٰ درجي جون سڌيون پٽيون انتهائي نفاست سان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن ته جيئن انهن جي ڪنڊ مڪمل طور سڌي هجي ۽ ماپن ۾ ڪا غلطي نه اچي.

== سڌي پٽي ۽ ماپڻ وارو ڦيتو ==

سڌي پٽي ۽ [[ماپڻ وارو ڦيتو]] (Measuring tape) جا ڪم هڪجهڙا نه آهن. ماپڻ وارو ڦيتو فاصلو يا ڊيگهه ماپڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته سڌي پٽي جو بنيادي مقصد سڌيون ليڪون ڪڍڻ، سطحن جي همواري جانچڻ ۽ تعميراتي حصن کي سنوت ۾ رکڻ هوندو آهي. ڪيترن ئي تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ ٻنهي اوزارن کي گڏ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

== سنڀال ==

سڌي پٽي جي درستگي برقرار رکڻ لاءِ ان کي جهٽڪن، موڙجڻ ۽ زنگ کان بچايو ويندو آهي. ڌاتوءَ جي سڌي پٽي کي استعمال کان پوءِ صاف ڪري سڪي هنڌ رکڻ گهرجي، جڏهن ته ڪاٺ جي سڌي پٽي کي گهڻي نمي ۽ تيز گرمي کان محفوظ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن ان جي شڪل نه بگڙي ۽ ماپن جي درستگي برقرار رهي.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>6757f7oi9fi6z60i989p178jnl2wwii</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>ڪرني</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>39336</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400980</id>
      <parentid>267101</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T21:15:36Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>400980</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="2903" sha1="2nf6k0y3hibodhsgbnf8i3ab2tox2mu" xml:space="preserve">'''ڪرني''' (Trowel) تغاريءَ مان [[مسالو]] کڻي ۽ انھيءَ کي صحيح نموني ۾ پٿارڻ ۽ جوڙن ٺاھڻ جي ڪم ايندي آھي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;
[[File:Trowel.jpg|thumb|ڪرني]]

== جوڙجڪ ==

ڪرني عام طور هڪ چپٽي ڌاتي ڦر (Blade)، ڳچي (Shank) ۽ هٿي (Handle) تي مشتمل هوندي آهي. ڦر گهڻو ڪري ڪاربان اسٽيل يا اسٽينليس اسٽيل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته هٿي ڪاٺ، پلاسٽڪ يا رٻڙ مان ٺهندي آهي، جيئن ڪم دوران مضبوط پڪڙ ۽ آساني حاصل ٿئي. ڦر جي شڪل ڪم جي نوعيت مطابق ٽڪنڊي، مستطيل يا گول ڪنڊن واري ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== استعمال ==

عمارت سازي ۾ ڪرني مسالو يا ڪنڪريٽ کڻڻ، سرن يا پٿرن تي پکيڙڻ، جوڙن (Joints) کي ڀرڻ، اضافي مسالي کي هٽائڻ ۽ مٿاڇري کي هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. رازا سرن جي اوساري دوران هر سر تي مناسب مقدار ۾ مسالو وڇائڻ ۽ ان کي گهربل شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ ڪرني استعمال ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان اوساري مضبوط ۽ هموار بڻجي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== قسم ==

ڪرني جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جيڪي مختلف تعميراتي ڪمن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن. عام قسمن ۾ '''سرن واري ڪرني'''، '''ڪنڊ واري ڪرني'''، '''جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني'''، '''مارجن ڪرني'''، '''ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني'''  ۽ '''بالٽي ڪرني'''  شامل آهن. هر قسم جي ڦر جي شڪل ۽ ماپ ان جي مخصوص استعمال مطابق هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== سنڀال ==

ڪرني کي استعمال کان پوءِ صاف ڪري ان تي لڳل مسالو هٽائڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ سڪل مسالو ڦر جي همواري کي متاثر ڪري سگهي ٿو. ڪاربان اسٽيل جي ڪرني کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ هلڪي تيل جي تهه لڳائڻ فائديمند هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون ڪرنيون نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال گهرنديون آهن.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>2nf6k0y3hibodhsgbnf8i3ab2tox2mu</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400981</id>
      <parentid>400980</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T21:21:41Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>400981</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="7069" sha1="5dx5wsmdmjrajj1supeb5ioc9uzv5hw" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|مسالي يا ڪنڪريٽ سان ڪم ڪرڻ لاءِ هٿ وارو اوزار}}

[[File:Masons trowel.jpg|250px|thumb|رازن جي ڪرني]]

'''ڪرني''' يا '''رازن جي ڪرني'' هڪ هٿ وارو [[ڪرني]] آهي، جيڪو [[سرن جي اوساري]] ۽ [[پٿرن جي اوساري]] ۾ [[مسالو|مسالي]] يا ڪنڪريٽ کي پکيڙڻ، هموار ڪرڻ، شڪل ڏيڻ ۽ سطح برابر ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ڪم جي نوعيت موجب ڪرنيون مختلف شڪلين ۽ ماپن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن. هيٺ ڪرني جا ڪجهه عام قسم ڏجن ٿا:

* '''سرن واري ڪرني'''  يا '''رازن جي ڪرني''' (Mason's trowel): هن ڪرني جي ڦر جو اڳيون حصو نوڪدار هوندو آهي، جيڪو سرن يا [[ڪنڪريٽ جا بلاڪ|ڪنڪريٽ بلاڪن]] تي مسالو وڇائڻ (Buttering) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ڦر جي خاص شڪل سبب مسالي کي صحيح مقدار ۽ درست هنڌ تي رکڻ آسان ٿيندو آهي.

* '''بالٽي ڪرني''' : ويڪري ڦر واري ڪرني، جيڪا [[بالٽي]] مان مسالو يا ڪنڪريٽ ڪڍڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. اها سرن تي مسالو وڇائڻ ۽ مسالي کي هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ پڻ موزون هوندي آهي.

* '''ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني''': ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي سخت ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان جي مٿاڇري کي هموار، نرم ۽ چمڪدار بڻائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. ڪم دوران ان کي ڪنڪريٽ جي سطح سان لڳ ڀڳ سڌو رکي هلڪي قوسي حرڪت سان هلائبو آهي.

* '''ڪنڊ ڪرني''': ڪنڪريٽ جي اندرين يا ٻاهرين ڪنڊن کي شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. ان جي ڦر 90 درجن جي موڙ تي ٺهيل هوندي آهي ۽ هٿي ان موڙ جي وچ تي لڳل هوندي آهي، جنهن سان ٻنهي پاسن تي هڪجهڙو دٻاءُ لاڳو ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

* '''گيجنگ ڪرني''': گول نوڪ واري ننڍڙي ڪرني، جيڪا مسالو ملائڻ، تنگ هنڌن تي ٿورو مسالو لڳائڻ، پراڻو ڀُريل مسالو بدلائڻ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مرمت لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''مارجن ڪرني''' : سڌي نوڪ واري ننڍڙي ڪرني، جيڪا اهڙن تنگ هنڌن ۽ ڪنڊن ۾ مسالو لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، جتي وڏي نوڪدار ڪرني نه پهچي سگهي.

* '''جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني''' : هي سرن واري ڪرني جو ننڍو روپ هوندو آهي. اها سرن يا پٿرن جي وچ وارن ننڍن خالن کي مسالي سان ڀرڻ ۽ ٽٽل يا ڀُريل جوڙن جي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''گول ڪنڊ واري ڪرني'''  ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني جو هڪ قسم، جنهن جي ڦر جا ڪنارا گول هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري اها آلي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ کُپي نه ويندي آهي.

* '''ڏاڪڻ ڪرني''': ڪنڊ ڪرني سان ملندڙ جلندڙ اوزار، جيڪو ڪنڪريٽ جي ڏاڪڻين جي اندرين ڪنڊن کي شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ان جي موڙ واري حصي سبب ڪنڊون هموار ۽ گول ٺهنديون آهن.

* '''ٽائيل لڳائڻ واري ڪرني''': سرن واري ڪرني جهڙي هوندي آهي، پر ان جي ڦر وڌيڪ ويڪري هوندي آهي، جنهن سان وڌيڪ مقدار ۾ مسالو کڻي وڏين سرن ۽ بلاڪن تي آساني سان وڇائي سگهجي ٿو.

* '''ٽڪ پوائنٽر''' : سرن ۽ بلاڪن جي وچ وارن جوڙن ۾ مسالو ڀرڻ، پراڻن جوڙن جي نئين سر مرمت (تي پوائنٽگ) ڪرڻ ۽ [[سرن جي اوساري]] جي ڀتين جي بحالي لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ خاص ڪرني.


'''ڪرني''' (Trowel) تغاريءَ مان [[مسالو]] کڻي ۽ انھيءَ کي صحيح نموني ۾ پٿارڻ ۽ جوڙن ٺاھڻ جي ڪم ايندي آھي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;
[[File:Trowel.jpg|thumb|ڪرني]]

== جوڙجڪ ==

ڪرني عام طور هڪ چپٽي ڌاتي ڦر (Blade)، ڳچي (Shank) ۽ هٿي (Handle) تي مشتمل هوندي آهي. ڦر گهڻو ڪري ڪاربان اسٽيل يا اسٽينليس اسٽيل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته هٿي ڪاٺ، پلاسٽڪ يا رٻڙ مان ٺهندي آهي، جيئن ڪم دوران مضبوط پڪڙ ۽ آساني حاصل ٿئي. ڦر جي شڪل ڪم جي نوعيت مطابق ٽڪنڊي، مستطيل يا گول ڪنڊن واري ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== استعمال ==

عمارت سازي ۾ ڪرني مسالو يا ڪنڪريٽ کڻڻ، سرن يا پٿرن تي پکيڙڻ، جوڙن (Joints) کي ڀرڻ، اضافي مسالي کي هٽائڻ ۽ مٿاڇري کي هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. رازا سرن جي اوساري دوران هر سر تي مناسب مقدار ۾ مسالو وڇائڻ ۽ ان کي گهربل شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ ڪرني استعمال ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان اوساري مضبوط ۽ هموار بڻجي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== قسم ==

ڪرني جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جيڪي مختلف تعميراتي ڪمن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن. عام قسمن ۾ '''سرن واري ڪرني'''، '''ڪنڊ واري ڪرني'''، '''جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني'''، '''مارجن ڪرني'''، '''ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني'''  ۽ '''بالٽي ڪرني'''  شامل آهن. هر قسم جي ڦر جي شڪل ۽ ماپ ان جي مخصوص استعمال مطابق هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== سنڀال ==

ڪرني کي استعمال کان پوءِ صاف ڪري ان تي لڳل مسالو هٽائڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ سڪل مسالو ڦر جي همواري کي متاثر ڪري سگهي ٿو. ڪاربان اسٽيل جي ڪرني کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ هلڪي تيل جي تهه لڳائڻ فائديمند هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون ڪرنيون نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال گهرنديون آهن.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>5dx5wsmdmjrajj1supeb5ioc9uzv5hw</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400982</id>
      <parentid>400981</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T21:22:44Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>400982</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="7066" sha1="abjlaia8z156x2vdocdzpfmnuavzt36" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|مسالي يا ڪنڪريٽ سان ڪم ڪرڻ لاءِ هٿ وارو اوزار}}

[[File:Masons trowel.jpg|250px|thumb|رازن جي ڪرني]]

'''ڪرني''' يا '''رازن جي ڪرني'' هڪ هٿ وارو [[ڪرني]] آهي، جيڪو [[سرن جي اوساري]] ۽ [[پٿرن جي اوساري]] ۾ [[مسالو|مسالي]] يا ڪنڪريٽ کي پکيڙڻ، هموار ڪرڻ، شڪل ڏيڻ ۽ سطح برابر ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ڪم جي نوعيت موجب ڪرنيون مختلف شڪلين ۽ ماپن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن. هيٺ ڪرني جا ڪجهه عام قسم ڏجن ٿا:

* '''سرن واري ڪرني'''  يا '''رازن جي ڪرني''' (Mason's trowel): هن ڪرني جي ڦر جو اڳيون حصو نوڪدار هوندو آهي، جيڪو سرن يا [[ڪنڪريٽ جا بلاڪ|ڪنڪريٽ بلاڪن]] تي مسالو وڇائڻ (Buttering) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ڦر جي خاص شڪل سبب مسالي کي صحيح مقدار ۽ درست هنڌ تي رکڻ آسان ٿيندو آهي.

* '''بالٽي ڪرني''' : ويڪري ڦر واري ڪرني، جيڪا [[بالٽي]] مان مسالو يا ڪنڪريٽ ڪڍڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. اها سرن تي مسالو وڇائڻ ۽ مسالي کي هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ پڻ موزون هوندي آهي.

* '''ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني''': ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي سخت ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان جي مٿاڇري کي هموار، نرم ۽ چمڪدار بڻائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. ڪم دوران ان کي ڪنڪريٽ جي سطح سان لڳ ڀڳ سڌو رکي هلڪي قوسي حرڪت سان هلائبو آهي.

* '''ڪنڊ ڪرني''': ڪنڪريٽ جي اندرين يا ٻاهرين ڪنڊن کي شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. ان جي ڦر 90 درجن جي موڙ تي ٺهيل هوندي آهي ۽ هٿي ان موڙ جي وچ تي لڳل هوندي آهي، جنهن سان ٻنهي پاسن تي هڪجهڙو دٻاءُ لاڳو ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

* '''گيجنگ ڪرني''': گول نوڪ واري ننڍڙي ڪرني، جيڪا مسالو ملائڻ، تنگ هنڌن تي ٿورو مسالو لڳائڻ، پراڻو ڀُريل مسالو بدلائڻ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مرمت لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''مارجن ڪرني''' : سڌي نوڪ واري ننڍڙي ڪرني، جيڪا اهڙن تنگ هنڌن ۽ ڪنڊن ۾ مسالو لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، جتي وڏي نوڪدار ڪرني نه پهچي سگهي.

* '''جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني''' : هي سرن واري ڪرني جو ننڍو روپ هوندو آهي. اها سرن يا پٿرن جي وچ وارن ننڍن خالن کي مسالي سان ڀرڻ ۽ ٽٽل يا ڀُريل جوڙن جي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''گول ڪنڊ واري ڪرني'''  ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني جو هڪ قسم، جنهن جي ڦر جا ڪنارا گول هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري اها آلي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ کُپي نه ويندي آهي.

* '''ڏاڪڻ ڪرني''': ڪنڊ ڪرني سان ملندڙ جلندڙ اوزار، جيڪو ڪنڪريٽ جي ڏاڪڻين جي اندرين ڪنڊن کي شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ان جي موڙ واري حصي سبب ڪنڊون هموار ۽ گول ٺهنديون آهن.

* '''ٽائيل لڳائڻ واري ڪرني''': سرن واري ڪرني جهڙي هوندي آهي، پر ان جي ڦر وڌيڪ ويڪري هوندي آهي، جنهن سان وڌيڪ مقدار ۾ مسالو کڻي وڏين سرن ۽ بلاڪن تي آساني سان وڇائي سگهجي ٿو.

* '''ٽڪ پوائنٽر''' : سرن ۽ بلاڪن جي وچ وارن جوڙن ۾ مسالو ڀرڻ، پراڻن جوڙن جي نئين سر مرمت (تي پوائنٽگ) ڪرڻ ۽ [[سرن جي اوساري]] جي ڀتين جي بحالي لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ خاص ڪرني.

'''ڪرني''' (Trowel) تغاريءَ مان [[مسالو]] کڻي ۽ انھيءَ کي صحيح نموني ۾ پٿارڻ ۽ جوڙن ٺاھڻ جي ڪم ايندي آھي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;
[[File:Trowel.jpg|thumb|ڪرني]]

== جوڙجڪ ==

ڪرني عام طور هڪ چپٽي ڌاتي ڦر (Blade)، ڳچي (Shank) ۽ هٿي (Handle) تي مشتمل هوندي آهي. ڦر گهڻو ڪري ڪاربان اسٽيل يا اسٽينليس اسٽيل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته هٿي ڪاٺ، پلاسٽڪ يا رٻڙ مان ٺهندي آهي، جيئن ڪم دوران مضبوط پڪڙ ۽ آساني حاصل ٿئي. ڦر جي شڪل ڪم جي نوعيت مطابق ٽڪنڊي، مستطيل يا گول ڪنڊن واري ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== استعمال ==

عمارت سازي ۾ ڪرني مسالو يا ڪنڪريٽ کڻڻ، سرن يا پٿرن تي پکيڙڻ، جوڙن (Joints) کي ڀرڻ، اضافي مسالي کي هٽائڻ ۽ مٿاڇري کي هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. رازا سرن جي اوساري دوران هر سر تي مناسب مقدار ۾ مسالو وڇائڻ ۽ ان کي گهربل شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ ڪرني استعمال ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان اوساري مضبوط ۽ هموار بڻجي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== قسم ==

ڪرني جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جيڪي مختلف تعميراتي ڪمن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن. عام قسمن ۾ '''سرن واري ڪرني'''، '''ڪنڊ واري ڪرني'''، '''جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني'''، '''مارجن ڪرني'''، '''ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني'''  ۽ '''بالٽي ڪرني'''  شامل آهن. هر قسم جي ڦر جي شڪل ۽ ماپ ان جي مخصوص استعمال مطابق هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== سنڀال ==

ڪرني کي استعمال کان پوءِ صاف ڪري ان تي لڳل مسالو هٽائڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ سڪل مسالو ڦر جي همواري کي متاثر ڪري سگهي ٿو. ڪاربان اسٽيل جي ڪرني کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ هلڪي تيل جي تهه لڳائڻ فائديمند هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون ڪرنيون نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال گهرنديون آهن.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>abjlaia8z156x2vdocdzpfmnuavzt36</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400983</id>
      <parentid>400982</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T21:25:29Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>400983</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="7979" sha1="32656tj4z5xx5aeexb2nhb3fh3y19oh" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|مسالي يا ڪنڪريٽ سان ڪم ڪرڻ لاءِ هٿ وارو اوزار}}

[[File:Masons trowel.jpg|250px|thumb|رازن جي ڪرني]]

'''ڪرني''' يا '''رازن جي ڪرني'' هڪ هٿ وارو [[ڪرني]] آهي، جيڪو [[سرن جي اوساري]] ۽ [[پٿرن جي اوساري]] ۾ [[مسالو|مسالي]] يا ڪنڪريٽ کي پکيڙڻ، هموار ڪرڻ، شڪل ڏيڻ ۽ سطح برابر ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ڪم جي نوعيت موجب ڪرنيون مختلف شڪلين ۽ ماپن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن. هيٺ ڪرني جا ڪجهه عام قسم ڏجن ٿا:

* '''سرن واري ڪرني'''  يا '''رازن جي ڪرني''' (Mason's trowel): هن ڪرني جي ڦر جو اڳيون حصو نوڪدار هوندو آهي، جيڪو سرن يا [[ڪنڪريٽ جا بلاڪ|ڪنڪريٽ بلاڪن]] تي مسالو وڇائڻ (Buttering) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ڦر جي خاص شڪل سبب مسالي کي صحيح مقدار ۽ درست هنڌ تي رکڻ آسان ٿيندو آهي.

* '''بالٽي ڪرني''' : ويڪري ڦر واري ڪرني، جيڪا [[بالٽي]] مان مسالو يا ڪنڪريٽ ڪڍڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. اها سرن تي مسالو وڇائڻ ۽ مسالي کي هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ پڻ موزون هوندي آهي.

* '''ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني''': ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي سخت ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان جي مٿاڇري کي هموار، نرم ۽ چمڪدار بڻائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. ڪم دوران ان کي ڪنڪريٽ جي سطح سان لڳ ڀڳ سڌو رکي هلڪي قوسي حرڪت سان هلائبو آهي.

* '''ڪنڊ ڪرني''': ڪنڪريٽ جي اندرين يا ٻاهرين ڪنڊن کي شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. ان جي ڦر 90 درجن جي موڙ تي ٺهيل هوندي آهي ۽ هٿي ان موڙ جي وچ تي لڳل هوندي آهي، جنهن سان ٻنهي پاسن تي هڪجهڙو دٻاءُ لاڳو ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

* '''گيجنگ ڪرني''': گول نوڪ واري ننڍڙي ڪرني، جيڪا مسالو ملائڻ، تنگ هنڌن تي ٿورو مسالو لڳائڻ، پراڻو ڀُريل مسالو بدلائڻ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مرمت لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''مارجن ڪرني''' : سڌي نوڪ واري ننڍڙي ڪرني، جيڪا اهڙن تنگ هنڌن ۽ ڪنڊن ۾ مسالو لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، جتي وڏي نوڪدار ڪرني نه پهچي سگهي.

* '''جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني''' : هي سرن واري ڪرني جو ننڍو روپ هوندو آهي. اها سرن يا پٿرن جي وچ وارن ننڍن خالن کي مسالي سان ڀرڻ ۽ ٽٽل يا ڀُريل جوڙن جي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''گول ڪنڊ واري ڪرني'''  ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني جو هڪ قسم، جنهن جي ڦر جا ڪنارا گول هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري اها آلي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ کُپي نه ويندي آهي.

* '''ڏاڪڻ ڪرني''': ڪنڊ ڪرني سان ملندڙ جلندڙ اوزار، جيڪو ڪنڪريٽ جي ڏاڪڻين جي اندرين ڪنڊن کي شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ان جي موڙ واري حصي سبب ڪنڊون هموار ۽ گول ٺهنديون آهن.

* '''ٽائيل لڳائڻ واري ڪرني''': سرن واري ڪرني جهڙي هوندي آهي، پر ان جي ڦر وڌيڪ ويڪري هوندي آهي، جنهن سان وڌيڪ مقدار ۾ مسالو کڻي وڏين سرن ۽ بلاڪن تي آساني سان وڇائي سگهجي ٿو.

* '''ٽڪ پوائنٽر''' : سرن ۽ بلاڪن جي وچ وارن جوڙن ۾ مسالو ڀرڻ، پراڻن جوڙن جي نئين سر مرمت (تي پوائنٽگ) ڪرڻ ۽ [[سرن جي اوساري]] جي ڀتين جي بحالي لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ خاص ڪرني.

'''ڪرني''' (Trowel) تغاريءَ مان [[مسالو]] کڻي ۽ انھيءَ کي صحيح نموني ۾ پٿارڻ ۽ جوڙن ٺاھڻ جي ڪم ايندي آھي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;
[[File:Trowel.jpg|thumb|ڪرني]]

[[File:Kelle.jpg|thumb|پلستر ڪرڻ واري ڪرني، سڌي ڳچيءَ سان]]
[[File:Dreieckskelle.JPG|thumb|ساڄي|ٽڪنڊي ڪرني، جنهن کي برلن ڪرني پڻ چيو ويندو آهي]]

'''رازن جي ڪرني'''، جنهن کي '''پلستر ڪرني''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، رازن جو هڪ اهم هٿ وارو اوزار آهي، جيڪو [[سرن جي اوساري]] يا [[پلستر]] ڪرڻ دوران [[مسالو|مسالي]] کي کڻڻ، پکيڙڻ ۽ شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. جرمني جي [[رائن لينڊ]] علائقي ۾ هن اوزار کي '''ٽرافل''' يا '''ٽروفل'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. ڪرني جي ڦر (Blade) جي بنيادي شڪل ٽڪنڊي يا چوڪنڊي ٿي سگهي ٿي، جيڪا مختلف تعميراتي ڪمن جي ضرورت موجب چونڊي ويندي آهي.

== جوڙجڪ ==

ڪرني عام طور هڪ چپٽي ڌاتي ڦر (Blade)، ڳچي (Shank) ۽ هٿي (Handle) تي مشتمل هوندي آهي. ڦر گهڻو ڪري ڪاربان اسٽيل يا اسٽينليس اسٽيل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته هٿي ڪاٺ، پلاسٽڪ يا رٻڙ مان ٺهندي آهي، جيئن ڪم دوران مضبوط پڪڙ ۽ آساني حاصل ٿئي. ڦر جي شڪل ڪم جي نوعيت مطابق ٽڪنڊي، مستطيل يا گول ڪنڊن واري ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== استعمال ==

عمارت سازي ۾ ڪرني مسالو يا ڪنڪريٽ کڻڻ، سرن يا پٿرن تي پکيڙڻ، جوڙن (Joints) کي ڀرڻ، اضافي مسالي کي هٽائڻ ۽ مٿاڇري کي هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. رازا سرن جي اوساري دوران هر سر تي مناسب مقدار ۾ مسالو وڇائڻ ۽ ان کي گهربل شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ ڪرني استعمال ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان اوساري مضبوط ۽ هموار بڻجي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== قسم ==

ڪرني جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جيڪي مختلف تعميراتي ڪمن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن. عام قسمن ۾ '''سرن واري ڪرني'''، '''ڪنڊ واري ڪرني'''، '''جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني'''، '''مارجن ڪرني'''، '''ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني'''  ۽ '''بالٽي ڪرني'''  شامل آهن. هر قسم جي ڦر جي شڪل ۽ ماپ ان جي مخصوص استعمال مطابق هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== سنڀال ==

ڪرني کي استعمال کان پوءِ صاف ڪري ان تي لڳل مسالو هٽائڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ سڪل مسالو ڦر جي همواري کي متاثر ڪري سگهي ٿو. ڪاربان اسٽيل جي ڪرني کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ هلڪي تيل جي تهه لڳائڻ فائديمند هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون ڪرنيون نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال گهرنديون آهن.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>32656tj4z5xx5aeexb2nhb3fh3y19oh</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400984</id>
      <parentid>400983</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T21:29:28Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400984</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="9055" sha1="ra3xcu310l03wh0aui71ee9knc7p0xz" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|مسالي يا ڪنڪريٽ سان ڪم ڪرڻ لاءِ هٿ وارو اوزار}}

[[File:Masons trowel.jpg|250px|thumb|رازن جي ڪرني]]

'''ڪرني''' يا '''رازن جي ڪرني'' هڪ هٿ وارو [[ڪرني]] آهي، جيڪو [[سرن جي اوساري]] ۽ [[پٿرن جي اوساري]] ۾ [[مسالو|مسالي]] يا ڪنڪريٽ کي پکيڙڻ، هموار ڪرڻ، شڪل ڏيڻ ۽ سطح برابر ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ڪم جي نوعيت موجب ڪرنيون مختلف شڪلين ۽ ماپن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن. هيٺ ڪرني جا ڪجهه عام قسم ڏجن ٿا:

* '''سرن واري ڪرني'''  يا '''رازن جي ڪرني''' (Mason's trowel): هن ڪرني جي ڦر جو اڳيون حصو نوڪدار هوندو آهي، جيڪو سرن يا [[ڪنڪريٽ جا بلاڪ|ڪنڪريٽ بلاڪن]] تي مسالو وڇائڻ (Buttering) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ڦر جي خاص شڪل سبب مسالي کي صحيح مقدار ۽ درست هنڌ تي رکڻ آسان ٿيندو آهي.

* '''بالٽي ڪرني''' : ويڪري ڦر واري ڪرني، جيڪا [[بالٽي]] مان مسالو يا ڪنڪريٽ ڪڍڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. اها سرن تي مسالو وڇائڻ ۽ مسالي کي هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ پڻ موزون هوندي آهي.

* '''ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني''': ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي سخت ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان جي مٿاڇري کي هموار، نرم ۽ چمڪدار بڻائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. ڪم دوران ان کي ڪنڪريٽ جي سطح سان لڳ ڀڳ سڌو رکي هلڪي قوسي حرڪت سان هلائبو آهي.

* '''ڪنڊ ڪرني''': ڪنڪريٽ جي اندرين يا ٻاهرين ڪنڊن کي شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. ان جي ڦر 90 درجن جي موڙ تي ٺهيل هوندي آهي ۽ هٿي ان موڙ جي وچ تي لڳل هوندي آهي، جنهن سان ٻنهي پاسن تي هڪجهڙو دٻاءُ لاڳو ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

* '''گيجنگ ڪرني''': گول نوڪ واري ننڍڙي ڪرني، جيڪا مسالو ملائڻ، تنگ هنڌن تي ٿورو مسالو لڳائڻ، پراڻو ڀُريل مسالو بدلائڻ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مرمت لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''مارجن ڪرني''' : سڌي نوڪ واري ننڍڙي ڪرني، جيڪا اهڙن تنگ هنڌن ۽ ڪنڊن ۾ مسالو لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، جتي وڏي نوڪدار ڪرني نه پهچي سگهي.

* '''جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني''' : هي سرن واري ڪرني جو ننڍو روپ هوندو آهي. اها سرن يا پٿرن جي وچ وارن ننڍن خالن کي مسالي سان ڀرڻ ۽ ٽٽل يا ڀُريل جوڙن جي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''گول ڪنڊ واري ڪرني'''  ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني جو هڪ قسم، جنهن جي ڦر جا ڪنارا گول هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري اها آلي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ کُپي نه ويندي آهي.

* '''ڏاڪڻ ڪرني''': ڪنڊ ڪرني سان ملندڙ جلندڙ اوزار، جيڪو ڪنڪريٽ جي ڏاڪڻين جي اندرين ڪنڊن کي شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ان جي موڙ واري حصي سبب ڪنڊون هموار ۽ گول ٺهنديون آهن.

* '''ٽائيل لڳائڻ واري ڪرني''': سرن واري ڪرني جهڙي هوندي آهي، پر ان جي ڦر وڌيڪ ويڪري هوندي آهي، جنهن سان وڌيڪ مقدار ۾ مسالو کڻي وڏين سرن ۽ بلاڪن تي آساني سان وڇائي سگهجي ٿو.

* '''ٽڪ پوائنٽر''' : سرن ۽ بلاڪن جي وچ وارن جوڙن ۾ مسالو ڀرڻ، پراڻن جوڙن جي نئين سر مرمت (تي پوائنٽگ) ڪرڻ ۽ [[سرن جي اوساري]] جي ڀتين جي بحالي لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ خاص ڪرني.

'''ڪرني''' (Trowel) تغاريءَ مان [[مسالو]] کڻي ۽ انھيءَ کي صحيح نموني ۾ پٿارڻ ۽ جوڙن ٺاھڻ جي ڪم ايندي آھي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;
[[File:Trowel.jpg|thumb|ڪرني]]

[[File:Kelle.jpg|thumb|پلستر ڪرڻ واري ڪرني، سڌي ڳچيءَ سان]]
[[File:Dreieckskelle.JPG|thumb|ساڄي|ٽڪنڊي ڪرني، جنهن کي برلن ڪرني پڻ چيو ويندو آهي]]

'''رازن جي ڪرني'''، جنهن کي '''پلستر ڪرني''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، رازن جو هڪ اهم هٿ وارو اوزار آهي، جيڪو [[سرن جي اوساري]] يا [[پلستر]] ڪرڻ دوران [[مسالو|مسالي]] کي کڻڻ، پکيڙڻ ۽ شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. جرمني جي [[رائن لينڊ]] علائقي ۾ هن اوزار کي '''ٽرافل''' يا '''ٽروفل'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. ڪرني جي ڦر (Blade) جي بنيادي شڪل ٽڪنڊي يا چوڪنڊي ٿي سگهي ٿي، جيڪا مختلف تعميراتي ڪمن جي ضرورت موجب چونڊي ويندي آهي.

== جوڙجڪ ==

ڪرني عام طور هڪ چپٽي ڌاتي ڦر (بليڊ)، ڳچي (Shank) ۽ هٿي (ھينڊلظ) تي مشتمل هوندي آهي. ڦر گهڻو ڪري ڪاربان اسٽيل يا اسٽينليس اسٽيل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته هٿي ڪاٺ، پلاسٽڪ يا رٻڙ مان ٺهندي آهي، جيئن ڪم دوران مضبوط پڪڙ ۽ آساني حاصل ٿئي. ڦر جي شڪل ڪم جي نوعيت مطابق ٽڪنڊي، مستطيل يا گول ڪنڊن واري ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;
ڪرني جي هٿي (Handle) کي ان جي ڦر (Blade) سان هڪ وڪريل ڳانڍاپي ذريعي ڳنڍيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو عام طور '''S''' شڪل وارو هوندو آهي ۽ ان کي '''راجهڳچي''' ({{lang-de|Schwanenhals}}، يعني هنس جي ڳچي) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

سڌي ڳچي ۽ ذوزنقي شڪل واري ڦر واريون ڪرنيون '''پلستر ڪرنيون''' سڏبيون آهن. جڏهن ته [[ٽائيل لڳائيندڙ]] بيضوي يا دل نما ڦر  واريون ڪرنيون استعمال ڪندا آهن.
ڪرني جي ڦر جي پاسي جي ڊيگهه عام طور [[سر]] جي ڊيگهه جي لڳ ڀڳ برابر رکبي آهي، جيئن کنيل [[مسالو]] هڪ [[سر]] هيٺ مڪمل طور تي پکڙجي وڃي ۽ مسالي جو بسترو (Mortar bed) مڪمل نموني ڀرجي سگهي. مثال طور معياري سر جي ڊيگهه 24 سينٽي ميٽر، ويڪر 11.5 سينٽي ميٽر ۽ اوچائي 7.1 سينٽي ميٽر هوندي آهي.

== استعمال ==

عمارت سازي ۾ ڪرني مسالو يا ڪنڪريٽ کڻڻ، سرن يا پٿرن تي پکيڙڻ، جوڙن (Joints) کي ڀرڻ، اضافي مسالي کي هٽائڻ ۽ مٿاڇري کي هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. رازا سرن جي اوساري دوران هر سر تي مناسب مقدار ۾ مسالو وڇائڻ ۽ ان کي گهربل شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ ڪرني استعمال ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان اوساري مضبوط ۽ هموار بڻجي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== قسم ==

ڪرني جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جيڪي مختلف تعميراتي ڪمن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن. عام قسمن ۾ '''سرن واري ڪرني'''، '''ڪنڊ واري ڪرني'''، '''جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني'''، '''مارجن ڪرني'''، '''ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني'''  ۽ '''بالٽي ڪرني'''  شامل آهن. هر قسم جي ڦر جي شڪل ۽ ماپ ان جي مخصوص استعمال مطابق هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== سنڀال ==

ڪرني کي استعمال کان پوءِ صاف ڪري ان تي لڳل مسالو هٽائڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ سڪل مسالو ڦر جي همواري کي متاثر ڪري سگهي ٿو. ڪاربان اسٽيل جي ڪرني کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ هلڪي تيل جي تهه لڳائڻ فائديمند هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون ڪرنيون نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال گهرنديون آهن.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>ra3xcu310l03wh0aui71ee9knc7p0xz</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400985</id>
      <parentid>400984</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T21:30:35Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400985</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="9036" sha1="orr6z4a2ri2tc2mqzo3tyn6ugpcdgpl" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|مسالي يا ڪنڪريٽ سان ڪم ڪرڻ لاءِ هٿ وارو اوزار}}

[[File:Masons trowel.jpg|250px|thumb|رازن جي ڪرني]]

'''ڪرني''' يا '''رازن جي ڪرني'' هڪ هٿ وارو [[ڪرني]] آهي، جيڪو [[سرن جي اوساري]] ۽ [[پٿرن جي اوساري]] ۾ [[مسالو|مسالي]] يا ڪنڪريٽ کي پکيڙڻ، هموار ڪرڻ، شڪل ڏيڻ ۽ سطح برابر ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ڪم جي نوعيت موجب ڪرنيون مختلف شڪلين ۽ ماپن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن. هيٺ ڪرني جا ڪجهه عام قسم ڏجن ٿا:

* '''سرن واري ڪرني'''  يا '''رازن جي ڪرني''' (Mason's trowel): هن ڪرني جي ڦر جو اڳيون حصو نوڪدار هوندو آهي، جيڪو سرن يا [[ڪنڪريٽ جا بلاڪ|ڪنڪريٽ بلاڪن]] تي مسالو وڇائڻ (Buttering) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ڦر جي خاص شڪل سبب مسالي کي صحيح مقدار ۽ درست هنڌ تي رکڻ آسان ٿيندو آهي.

* '''بالٽي ڪرني''' : ويڪري ڦر واري ڪرني، جيڪا [[بالٽي]] مان مسالو يا ڪنڪريٽ ڪڍڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. اها سرن تي مسالو وڇائڻ ۽ مسالي کي هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ پڻ موزون هوندي آهي.

* '''ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني''': ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي سخت ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان جي مٿاڇري کي هموار، نرم ۽ چمڪدار بڻائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. ڪم دوران ان کي ڪنڪريٽ جي سطح سان لڳ ڀڳ سڌو رکي هلڪي قوسي حرڪت سان هلائبو آهي.

* '''ڪنڊ ڪرني''': ڪنڪريٽ جي اندرين يا ٻاهرين ڪنڊن کي شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. ان جي ڦر 90 درجن جي موڙ تي ٺهيل هوندي آهي ۽ هٿي ان موڙ جي وچ تي لڳل هوندي آهي، جنهن سان ٻنهي پاسن تي هڪجهڙو دٻاءُ لاڳو ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

* '''گيجنگ ڪرني''': گول نوڪ واري ننڍڙي ڪرني، جيڪا مسالو ملائڻ، تنگ هنڌن تي ٿورو مسالو لڳائڻ، پراڻو ڀُريل مسالو بدلائڻ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مرمت لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''مارجن ڪرني''' : سڌي نوڪ واري ننڍڙي ڪرني، جيڪا اهڙن تنگ هنڌن ۽ ڪنڊن ۾ مسالو لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، جتي وڏي نوڪدار ڪرني نه پهچي سگهي.

* '''جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني''' : هي سرن واري ڪرني جو ننڍو روپ هوندو آهي. اها سرن يا پٿرن جي وچ وارن ننڍن خالن کي مسالي سان ڀرڻ ۽ ٽٽل يا ڀُريل جوڙن جي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''گول ڪنڊ واري ڪرني'''  ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني جو هڪ قسم، جنهن جي ڦر جا ڪنارا گول هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري اها آلي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ کُپي نه ويندي آهي.

* '''ڏاڪڻ ڪرني''': ڪنڊ ڪرني سان ملندڙ جلندڙ اوزار، جيڪو ڪنڪريٽ جي ڏاڪڻين جي اندرين ڪنڊن کي شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ان جي موڙ واري حصي سبب ڪنڊون هموار ۽ گول ٺهنديون آهن.

* '''ٽائيل لڳائڻ واري ڪرني''': سرن واري ڪرني جهڙي هوندي آهي، پر ان جي ڦر وڌيڪ ويڪري هوندي آهي، جنهن سان وڌيڪ مقدار ۾ مسالو کڻي وڏين سرن ۽ بلاڪن تي آساني سان وڇائي سگهجي ٿو.

* '''ٽڪ پوائنٽر''' : سرن ۽ بلاڪن جي وچ وارن جوڙن ۾ مسالو ڀرڻ، پراڻن جوڙن جي نئين سر مرمت (تي پوائنٽگ) ڪرڻ ۽ [[سرن جي اوساري]] جي ڀتين جي بحالي لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ خاص ڪرني.

'''ڪرني''' (Trowel) تغاريءَ مان [[مسالو]] کڻي ۽ انھيءَ کي صحيح نموني ۾ پٿارڻ ۽ جوڙن ٺاھڻ جي ڪم ايندي آھي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;
[[File:Trowel.jpg|thumb|ڪرني]]

[[File:Kelle.jpg|thumb|پلستر ڪرڻ واري ڪرني، سڌي ڳچيءَ سان]]
[[File:Dreieckskelle.JPG|thumb|ساڄي|ٽڪنڊي ڪرني، جنهن کي برلن ڪرني پڻ چيو ويندو آهي]]

'''رازن جي ڪرني'''، جنهن کي '''پلستر ڪرني''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، رازن جو هڪ اهم هٿ وارو اوزار آهي، جيڪو [[سرن جي اوساري]] يا [[پلستر]] ڪرڻ دوران [[مسالو|مسالي]] کي کڻڻ، پکيڙڻ ۽ شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. جرمني جي [[رائن لينڊ]] علائقي ۾ هن اوزار کي '''ٽرافل''' يا '''ٽروفل'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. ڪرني جي ڦر (Blade) جي بنيادي شڪل ٽڪنڊي يا چوڪنڊي ٿي سگهي ٿي، جيڪا مختلف تعميراتي ڪمن جي ضرورت موجب چونڊي ويندي آهي.

== جوڙجڪ ==

ڪرني عام طور هڪ چپٽي ڌاتي ڦر (بليڊ)، ڳچي (Shank) ۽ هٿي (ھينڊلظ) تي مشتمل هوندي آهي. ڦر گهڻو ڪري ڪاربان اسٽيل يا اسٽينليس اسٽيل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته هٿي ڪاٺ، پلاسٽڪ يا رٻڙ مان ٺهندي آهي، جيئن ڪم دوران مضبوط پڪڙ ۽ آساني حاصل ٿئي. ڦر جي شڪل ڪم جي نوعيت مطابق ٽڪنڊي، مستطيل يا گول ڪنڊن واري ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;
ڪرني جي هٿي (ھينڊل) کي ان جي ڦر (بليڊ) سان هڪ وڪريل ڳانڍاپي ذريعي ڳنڍيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو عام طور '''S''' شڪل وارو هوندو آهي ۽ ان کي '''راجهڳچي'''، يعني هنس جي ڳچي) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

سڌي ڳچي ۽ ذوزنقي شڪل واري ڦر واريون ڪرنيون '''پلستر ڪرنيون''' سڏبيون آهن. جڏهن ته [[ٽائيل لڳائيندڙ]] بيضوي يا دل نما ڦر  واريون ڪرنيون استعمال ڪندا آهن.
ڪرني جي ڦر جي پاسي جي ڊيگهه عام طور [[سر]] جي ڊيگهه جي لڳ ڀڳ برابر رکبي آهي، جيئن کنيل [[مسالو]] هڪ [[سر]] هيٺ مڪمل طور تي پکڙجي وڃي ۽ مسالي جو بسترو (Mortar bed) مڪمل نموني ڀرجي سگهي. مثال طور معياري سر جي ڊيگهه 24 سينٽي ميٽر، ويڪر 11.5 سينٽي ميٽر ۽ اوچائي 7.1 سينٽي ميٽر هوندي آهي.

== استعمال ==

عمارت سازي ۾ ڪرني مسالو يا ڪنڪريٽ کڻڻ، سرن يا پٿرن تي پکيڙڻ، جوڙن (Joints) کي ڀرڻ، اضافي مسالي کي هٽائڻ ۽ مٿاڇري کي هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. رازا سرن جي اوساري دوران هر سر تي مناسب مقدار ۾ مسالو وڇائڻ ۽ ان کي گهربل شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ ڪرني استعمال ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان اوساري مضبوط ۽ هموار بڻجي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== قسم ==

ڪرني جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جيڪي مختلف تعميراتي ڪمن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن. عام قسمن ۾ '''سرن واري ڪرني'''، '''ڪنڊ واري ڪرني'''، '''جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني'''، '''مارجن ڪرني'''، '''ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني'''  ۽ '''بالٽي ڪرني'''  شامل آهن. هر قسم جي ڦر جي شڪل ۽ ماپ ان جي مخصوص استعمال مطابق هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== سنڀال ==

ڪرني کي استعمال کان پوءِ صاف ڪري ان تي لڳل مسالو هٽائڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ سڪل مسالو ڦر جي همواري کي متاثر ڪري سگهي ٿو. ڪاربان اسٽيل جي ڪرني کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ هلڪي تيل جي تهه لڳائڻ فائديمند هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون ڪرنيون نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال گهرنديون آهن.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>orr6z4a2ri2tc2mqzo3tyn6ugpcdgpl</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400986</id>
      <parentid>400985</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T21:33:18Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400986</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="12217" sha1="pvcvxp7811p7dufgoicttfvsri0tu4o" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|مسالي يا ڪنڪريٽ سان ڪم ڪرڻ لاءِ هٿ وارو اوزار}}

[[File:Masons trowel.jpg|250px|thumb|رازن جي ڪرني]]

'''ڪرني''' يا '''رازن جي ڪرني'' هڪ هٿ وارو [[ڪرني]] آهي، جيڪو [[سرن جي اوساري]] ۽ [[پٿرن جي اوساري]] ۾ [[مسالو|مسالي]] يا ڪنڪريٽ کي پکيڙڻ، هموار ڪرڻ، شڪل ڏيڻ ۽ سطح برابر ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ڪم جي نوعيت موجب ڪرنيون مختلف شڪلين ۽ ماپن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن. هيٺ ڪرني جا ڪجهه عام قسم ڏجن ٿا:

* '''سرن واري ڪرني'''  يا '''رازن جي ڪرني''' (Mason's trowel): هن ڪرني جي ڦر جو اڳيون حصو نوڪدار هوندو آهي، جيڪو سرن يا [[ڪنڪريٽ جا بلاڪ|ڪنڪريٽ بلاڪن]] تي مسالو وڇائڻ (Buttering) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ڦر جي خاص شڪل سبب مسالي کي صحيح مقدار ۽ درست هنڌ تي رکڻ آسان ٿيندو آهي.

* '''بالٽي ڪرني''' : ويڪري ڦر واري ڪرني، جيڪا [[بالٽي]] مان مسالو يا ڪنڪريٽ ڪڍڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. اها سرن تي مسالو وڇائڻ ۽ مسالي کي هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ پڻ موزون هوندي آهي.

* '''ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني''': ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي سخت ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان جي مٿاڇري کي هموار، نرم ۽ چمڪدار بڻائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. ڪم دوران ان کي ڪنڪريٽ جي سطح سان لڳ ڀڳ سڌو رکي هلڪي قوسي حرڪت سان هلائبو آهي.

* '''ڪنڊ ڪرني''': ڪنڪريٽ جي اندرين يا ٻاهرين ڪنڊن کي شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. ان جي ڦر 90 درجن جي موڙ تي ٺهيل هوندي آهي ۽ هٿي ان موڙ جي وچ تي لڳل هوندي آهي، جنهن سان ٻنهي پاسن تي هڪجهڙو دٻاءُ لاڳو ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

* '''گيجنگ ڪرني''': گول نوڪ واري ننڍڙي ڪرني، جيڪا مسالو ملائڻ، تنگ هنڌن تي ٿورو مسالو لڳائڻ، پراڻو ڀُريل مسالو بدلائڻ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مرمت لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''مارجن ڪرني''' : سڌي نوڪ واري ننڍڙي ڪرني، جيڪا اهڙن تنگ هنڌن ۽ ڪنڊن ۾ مسالو لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، جتي وڏي نوڪدار ڪرني نه پهچي سگهي.

* '''جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني''' : هي سرن واري ڪرني جو ننڍو روپ هوندو آهي. اها سرن يا پٿرن جي وچ وارن ننڍن خالن کي مسالي سان ڀرڻ ۽ ٽٽل يا ڀُريل جوڙن جي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''گول ڪنڊ واري ڪرني'''  ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني جو هڪ قسم، جنهن جي ڦر جا ڪنارا گول هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري اها آلي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ کُپي نه ويندي آهي.

* '''ڏاڪڻ ڪرني''': ڪنڊ ڪرني سان ملندڙ جلندڙ اوزار، جيڪو ڪنڪريٽ جي ڏاڪڻين جي اندرين ڪنڊن کي شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ان جي موڙ واري حصي سبب ڪنڊون هموار ۽ گول ٺهنديون آهن.

* '''ٽائيل لڳائڻ واري ڪرني''': سرن واري ڪرني جهڙي هوندي آهي، پر ان جي ڦر وڌيڪ ويڪري هوندي آهي، جنهن سان وڌيڪ مقدار ۾ مسالو کڻي وڏين سرن ۽ بلاڪن تي آساني سان وڇائي سگهجي ٿو.

* '''ٽڪ پوائنٽر''' : سرن ۽ بلاڪن جي وچ وارن جوڙن ۾ مسالو ڀرڻ، پراڻن جوڙن جي نئين سر مرمت (تي پوائنٽگ) ڪرڻ ۽ [[سرن جي اوساري]] جي ڀتين جي بحالي لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ خاص ڪرني.

'''ڪرني''' (Trowel) تغاريءَ مان [[مسالو]] کڻي ۽ انھيءَ کي صحيح نموني ۾ پٿارڻ ۽ جوڙن ٺاھڻ جي ڪم ايندي آھي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;
[[File:Trowel.jpg|thumb|ڪرني]]

[[File:Kelle.jpg|thumb|پلستر ڪرڻ واري ڪرني، سڌي ڳچيءَ سان]]
[[File:Dreieckskelle.JPG|thumb|ساڄي|ٽڪنڊي ڪرني، جنهن کي برلن ڪرني پڻ چيو ويندو آهي]]

'''رازن جي ڪرني'''، جنهن کي '''پلستر ڪرني''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، رازن جو هڪ اهم هٿ وارو اوزار آهي، جيڪو [[سرن جي اوساري]] يا [[پلستر]] ڪرڻ دوران [[مسالو|مسالي]] کي کڻڻ، پکيڙڻ ۽ شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. جرمني جي [[رائن لينڊ]] علائقي ۾ هن اوزار کي '''ٽرافل''' يا '''ٽروفل'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. ڪرني جي ڦر (Blade) جي بنيادي شڪل ٽڪنڊي يا چوڪنڊي ٿي سگهي ٿي، جيڪا مختلف تعميراتي ڪمن جي ضرورت موجب چونڊي ويندي آهي.

== جوڙجڪ ==

ڪرني عام طور هڪ چپٽي ڌاتي ڦر (بليڊ)، ڳچي (Shank) ۽ هٿي (ھينڊلظ) تي مشتمل هوندي آهي. ڦر گهڻو ڪري ڪاربان اسٽيل يا اسٽينليس اسٽيل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته هٿي ڪاٺ، پلاسٽڪ يا رٻڙ مان ٺهندي آهي، جيئن ڪم دوران مضبوط پڪڙ ۽ آساني حاصل ٿئي. ڦر جي شڪل ڪم جي نوعيت مطابق ٽڪنڊي، مستطيل يا گول ڪنڊن واري ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;
ڪرني جي هٿي (ھينڊل) کي ان جي ڦر (بليڊ) سان هڪ وڪريل ڳانڍاپي ذريعي ڳنڍيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو عام طور '''S''' شڪل وارو هوندو آهي ۽ ان کي '''راجهڳچي'''، يعني هنس جي ڳچي) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

سڌي ڳچي ۽ ذوزنقي شڪل واري ڦر واريون ڪرنيون '''پلستر ڪرنيون''' سڏبيون آهن. جڏهن ته [[ٽائيل لڳائيندڙ]] بيضوي يا دل نما ڦر  واريون ڪرنيون استعمال ڪندا آهن.
ڪرني جي ڦر جي پاسي جي ڊيگهه عام طور [[سر]] جي ڊيگهه جي لڳ ڀڳ برابر رکبي آهي، جيئن کنيل [[مسالو]] هڪ [[سر]] هيٺ مڪمل طور تي پکڙجي وڃي ۽ مسالي جو بسترو (Mortar bed) مڪمل نموني ڀرجي سگهي. مثال طور معياري سر جي ڊيگهه 24 سينٽي ميٽر، ويڪر 11.5 سينٽي ميٽر ۽ اوچائي 7.1 سينٽي ميٽر هوندي آهي.

== استعمال ==

عمارت سازي ۾ ڪرني مسالو يا ڪنڪريٽ کڻڻ، سرن يا پٿرن تي پکيڙڻ، جوڙن (Joints) کي ڀرڻ، اضافي مسالي کي هٽائڻ ۽ مٿاڇري کي هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. رازا سرن جي اوساري دوران هر سر تي مناسب مقدار ۾ مسالو وڇائڻ ۽ ان کي گهربل شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ ڪرني استعمال ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان اوساري مضبوط ۽ هموار بڻجي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[File:Kazi Kazi means ( work work).jpg|thumb|left|ڪرني استعمال ڪندي رازو]]
[[File:Fugenkelle.JPG|thumb|right|جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني (Fugenkelle)]]
[[File:Brick trowels roman.jpg|thumb|right|قديم رومي ڪرنيون (پهرين کان ٽئين صدي عيسوي)، بيضوي ڦر سان]]

ٽڪنڊي ڪرني چونڊڻ وقت ان جي '''ثقلي مرڪز''' جو متوازن هجڻ اهم هوندو آهي. ان جي جاچ لاءِ ڪرني کي هٿيءَ جي هيٺان، مثال طور [[اشارو آڱر]] تي، توازن سان رکيو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ڪرني جي ڦر عمودي (ورٽيڪل) حالت ۾ سڌي بيهي وڃي ته ان جو توازن مناسب سمجهيو ويندو آهي. اهو ان ڪري ضروري آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ مسالو کڻڻ يا پلستر ڪرڻ دوران رازي کي ڪرني جو وزن [[ڪلائي]] جي مدد سان متوازن رکڻو پوندو آهي. ساڳيءَ طرح ڪرني جي هٿيءَ جو مرڪزي محور به ڦر جي نوڪ سان سڌي ليڪ ۾ هجڻ گهرجي. جيڪڏهن ائين نه هجي ته ڪيترائي رازا پنهنجي ڪرني کي [[هٿوڙو|هٿوڙي]] جي مدد سان پاڻ سڌو ڪري وٺندا آهن.
ٽڪنڊي ڪرني وڏين سطحن تي پلستر ڪرڻ لاءِ پڻ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. پهرين ڪرني ۾ پلستر جو مسالو کنيو ويندو آهي، پوءِ هٿ کي ٿورو پوئتي کڻي ڪرني کي جهول ڏنو ويندو آهي. ان کان پوءِ ڪلائيءَ جي حرڪت سان ڪرني کي اهڙي نموني ڦيرايو ويندو آهي، جو ان جي ڦر عمودي حالت اختيار ڪري وٺي. ان حرڪت سان مسالو ڦر تي مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي ويندو آهي. پوءِ ڪرني کي ڀت جي ان هنڌ تي آندو ويندو آهي، جتي مسالو لڳائڻو هجي. ڪرني کي پاسيرو سرڪائڻ سان مسالو ڦر کان الڳ ٿي ڀت تي پکڙجي ويندو آهي ۽ گهربل رخ ۾ هڪجهڙي نموني ورهائجي ويندو آهي.
چوڪنڊي ڪرني تنگ [[چمني]]ن جي اڏاوت ۾ پڻ ڪارائتي هوندي آهي، جتي اضافي مسالو هٽائڻ ۽ جوڙن کي بند ڪرڻ آسان ٿيندو آهي. بهرحال، پلستر ڪرڻ لاءِ چوڪنڊي ڪرني گهڻي مناسب نه سمجهي ويندي آهي. ان جي باوجود اها باغباني ۽ منظرسازي جي ڪم ۾ ڪناري وارن پٿرن کي پنهنجي جاءِ تي مضبوط ڪرڻ، مسالو ملائڻ ۽ ٻين تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

'''رازن جون ڪرنيون''' [[تعميراتي مواد جا جاچيندڙ]] پڻ استعمال ڪندا آهن، جيڪي تعميراتي هنڌن يا تجربگاهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي معيار ۽ خاصيتن جي جاچ دوران ڪنڪريٽ کي آزمائشي اوزارن ۾ وجهڻ، مڪسر مان ڪڍڻ ۽ ٻين آزمائشي مرحلن ۾ انهن کان ڪم وٺندا آهن.

== قسم ==

ڪرني جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جيڪي مختلف تعميراتي ڪمن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن. عام قسمن ۾ '''سرن واري ڪرني'''، '''ڪنڊ واري ڪرني'''، '''جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني'''، '''مارجن ڪرني'''، '''ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني'''  ۽ '''بالٽي ڪرني'''  شامل آهن. هر قسم جي ڦر جي شڪل ۽ ماپ ان جي مخصوص استعمال مطابق هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== سنڀال ==

ڪرني کي استعمال کان پوءِ صاف ڪري ان تي لڳل مسالو هٽائڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ سڪل مسالو ڦر جي همواري کي متاثر ڪري سگهي ٿو. ڪاربان اسٽيل جي ڪرني کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ هلڪي تيل جي تهه لڳائڻ فائديمند هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون ڪرنيون نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال گهرنديون آهن.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>pvcvxp7811p7dufgoicttfvsri0tu4o</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400987</id>
      <parentid>400986</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T21:36:51Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400987</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="13692" sha1="9ezlua2qe5lh5gseqab1clbnyp01vgg" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|مسالي يا ڪنڪريٽ سان ڪم ڪرڻ لاءِ هٿ وارو اوزار}}

[[File:Masons trowel.jpg|250px|thumb|رازن جي ڪرني]]

'''ڪرني''' يا '''رازن جي ڪرني'' هڪ هٿ وارو [[ڪرني]] آهي، جيڪو [[سرن جي اوساري]] ۽ [[پٿرن جي اوساري]] ۾ [[مسالو|مسالي]] يا ڪنڪريٽ کي پکيڙڻ، هموار ڪرڻ، شڪل ڏيڻ ۽ سطح برابر ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ڪم جي نوعيت موجب ڪرنيون مختلف شڪلين ۽ ماپن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن. هيٺ ڪرني جا ڪجهه عام قسم ڏجن ٿا:

* '''سرن واري ڪرني'''  يا '''رازن جي ڪرني''' (Mason's trowel): هن ڪرني جي ڦر جو اڳيون حصو نوڪدار هوندو آهي، جيڪو سرن يا [[ڪنڪريٽ جا بلاڪ|ڪنڪريٽ بلاڪن]] تي مسالو وڇائڻ (Buttering) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ڦر جي خاص شڪل سبب مسالي کي صحيح مقدار ۽ درست هنڌ تي رکڻ آسان ٿيندو آهي.

* '''بالٽي ڪرني''' : ويڪري ڦر واري ڪرني، جيڪا [[بالٽي]] مان مسالو يا ڪنڪريٽ ڪڍڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. اها سرن تي مسالو وڇائڻ ۽ مسالي کي هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ پڻ موزون هوندي آهي.

* '''ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني''': ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي سخت ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان جي مٿاڇري کي هموار، نرم ۽ چمڪدار بڻائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. ڪم دوران ان کي ڪنڪريٽ جي سطح سان لڳ ڀڳ سڌو رکي هلڪي قوسي حرڪت سان هلائبو آهي.

* '''ڪنڊ ڪرني''': ڪنڪريٽ جي اندرين يا ٻاهرين ڪنڊن کي شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. ان جي ڦر 90 درجن جي موڙ تي ٺهيل هوندي آهي ۽ هٿي ان موڙ جي وچ تي لڳل هوندي آهي، جنهن سان ٻنهي پاسن تي هڪجهڙو دٻاءُ لاڳو ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

* '''گيجنگ ڪرني''': گول نوڪ واري ننڍڙي ڪرني، جيڪا مسالو ملائڻ، تنگ هنڌن تي ٿورو مسالو لڳائڻ، پراڻو ڀُريل مسالو بدلائڻ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مرمت لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''مارجن ڪرني''' : سڌي نوڪ واري ننڍڙي ڪرني، جيڪا اهڙن تنگ هنڌن ۽ ڪنڊن ۾ مسالو لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، جتي وڏي نوڪدار ڪرني نه پهچي سگهي.

* '''جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني''' : هي سرن واري ڪرني جو ننڍو روپ هوندو آهي. اها سرن يا پٿرن جي وچ وارن ننڍن خالن کي مسالي سان ڀرڻ ۽ ٽٽل يا ڀُريل جوڙن جي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''گول ڪنڊ واري ڪرني'''  ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني جو هڪ قسم، جنهن جي ڦر جا ڪنارا گول هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري اها آلي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ کُپي نه ويندي آهي.

* '''ڏاڪڻ ڪرني''': ڪنڊ ڪرني سان ملندڙ جلندڙ اوزار، جيڪو ڪنڪريٽ جي ڏاڪڻين جي اندرين ڪنڊن کي شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ان جي موڙ واري حصي سبب ڪنڊون هموار ۽ گول ٺهنديون آهن.

* '''ٽائيل لڳائڻ واري ڪرني''': سرن واري ڪرني جهڙي هوندي آهي، پر ان جي ڦر وڌيڪ ويڪري هوندي آهي، جنهن سان وڌيڪ مقدار ۾ مسالو کڻي وڏين سرن ۽ بلاڪن تي آساني سان وڇائي سگهجي ٿو.

* '''ٽڪ پوائنٽر''' : سرن ۽ بلاڪن جي وچ وارن جوڙن ۾ مسالو ڀرڻ، پراڻن جوڙن جي نئين سر مرمت (تي پوائنٽگ) ڪرڻ ۽ [[سرن جي اوساري]] جي ڀتين جي بحالي لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ خاص ڪرني.

'''ڪرني''' (Trowel) تغاريءَ مان [[مسالو]] کڻي ۽ انھيءَ کي صحيح نموني ۾ پٿارڻ ۽ جوڙن ٺاھڻ جي ڪم ايندي آھي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;
[[File:Trowel.jpg|thumb|ڪرني]]

[[File:Kelle.jpg|thumb|پلستر ڪرڻ واري ڪرني، سڌي ڳچيءَ سان]]
[[File:Dreieckskelle.JPG|thumb|ساڄي|ٽڪنڊي ڪرني، جنهن کي برلن ڪرني پڻ چيو ويندو آهي]]

'''رازن جي ڪرني'''، جنهن کي '''پلستر ڪرني''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، رازن جو هڪ اهم هٿ وارو اوزار آهي، جيڪو [[سرن جي اوساري]] يا [[پلستر]] ڪرڻ دوران [[مسالو|مسالي]] کي کڻڻ، پکيڙڻ ۽ شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. جرمني جي [[رائن لينڊ]] علائقي ۾ هن اوزار کي '''ٽرافل''' يا '''ٽروفل'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. ڪرني جي ڦر (Blade) جي بنيادي شڪل ٽڪنڊي يا چوڪنڊي ٿي سگهي ٿي، جيڪا مختلف تعميراتي ڪمن جي ضرورت موجب چونڊي ويندي آهي.

== جوڙجڪ ==

ڪرني عام طور هڪ چپٽي ڌاتي ڦر (بليڊ)، ڳچي (Shank) ۽ هٿي (ھينڊلظ) تي مشتمل هوندي آهي. ڦر گهڻو ڪري ڪاربان اسٽيل يا اسٽينليس اسٽيل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته هٿي ڪاٺ، پلاسٽڪ يا رٻڙ مان ٺهندي آهي، جيئن ڪم دوران مضبوط پڪڙ ۽ آساني حاصل ٿئي. ڦر جي شڪل ڪم جي نوعيت مطابق ٽڪنڊي، مستطيل يا گول ڪنڊن واري ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;
ڪرني جي هٿي (ھينڊل) کي ان جي ڦر (بليڊ) سان هڪ وڪريل ڳانڍاپي ذريعي ڳنڍيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو عام طور '''S''' شڪل وارو هوندو آهي ۽ ان کي '''راجهڳچي'''، يعني هنس جي ڳچي) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

سڌي ڳچي ۽ ذوزنقي شڪل واري ڦر واريون ڪرنيون '''پلستر ڪرنيون''' سڏبيون آهن. جڏهن ته [[ٽائيل لڳائيندڙ]] بيضوي يا دل نما ڦر  واريون ڪرنيون استعمال ڪندا آهن.
ڪرني جي ڦر جي پاسي جي ڊيگهه عام طور [[سر]] جي ڊيگهه جي لڳ ڀڳ برابر رکبي آهي، جيئن کنيل [[مسالو]] هڪ [[سر]] هيٺ مڪمل طور تي پکڙجي وڃي ۽ مسالي جو بسترو (Mortar bed) مڪمل نموني ڀرجي سگهي. مثال طور معياري سر جي ڊيگهه 24 سينٽي ميٽر، ويڪر 11.5 سينٽي ميٽر ۽ اوچائي 7.1 سينٽي ميٽر هوندي آهي.

== استعمال ==

عمارت سازي ۾ ڪرني مسالو يا ڪنڪريٽ کڻڻ، سرن يا پٿرن تي پکيڙڻ، جوڙن (Joints) کي ڀرڻ، اضافي مسالي کي هٽائڻ ۽ مٿاڇري کي هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. رازا سرن جي اوساري دوران هر سر تي مناسب مقدار ۾ مسالو وڇائڻ ۽ ان کي گهربل شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ ڪرني استعمال ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان اوساري مضبوط ۽ هموار بڻجي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[File:Kazi Kazi means ( work work).jpg|thumb|left|ڪرني استعمال ڪندي رازو]]
[[File:Fugenkelle.JPG|thumb|right|جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني (Fugenkelle)]]
[[File:Brick trowels roman.jpg|thumb|right|قديم رومي ڪرنيون (پهرين کان ٽئين صدي عيسوي)، بيضوي ڦر سان]]

ٽڪنڊي ڪرني چونڊڻ وقت ان جي '''ثقلي مرڪز''' جو متوازن هجڻ اهم هوندو آهي. ان جي جاچ لاءِ ڪرني کي هٿيءَ جي هيٺان، مثال طور [[اشارو آڱر]] تي، توازن سان رکيو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ڪرني جي ڦر عمودي (ورٽيڪل) حالت ۾ سڌي بيهي وڃي ته ان جو توازن مناسب سمجهيو ويندو آهي. اهو ان ڪري ضروري آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ مسالو کڻڻ يا پلستر ڪرڻ دوران رازي کي ڪرني جو وزن [[ڪلائي]] جي مدد سان متوازن رکڻو پوندو آهي. ساڳيءَ طرح ڪرني جي هٿيءَ جو مرڪزي محور به ڦر جي نوڪ سان سڌي ليڪ ۾ هجڻ گهرجي. جيڪڏهن ائين نه هجي ته ڪيترائي رازا پنهنجي ڪرني کي [[هٿوڙو|هٿوڙي]] جي مدد سان پاڻ سڌو ڪري وٺندا آهن.
ٽڪنڊي ڪرني وڏين سطحن تي پلستر ڪرڻ لاءِ پڻ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. پهرين ڪرني ۾ پلستر جو مسالو کنيو ويندو آهي، پوءِ هٿ کي ٿورو پوئتي کڻي ڪرني کي جهول ڏنو ويندو آهي. ان کان پوءِ ڪلائيءَ جي حرڪت سان ڪرني کي اهڙي نموني ڦيرايو ويندو آهي، جو ان جي ڦر عمودي حالت اختيار ڪري وٺي. ان حرڪت سان مسالو ڦر تي مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي ويندو آهي. پوءِ ڪرني کي ڀت جي ان هنڌ تي آندو ويندو آهي، جتي مسالو لڳائڻو هجي. ڪرني کي پاسيرو سرڪائڻ سان مسالو ڦر کان الڳ ٿي ڀت تي پکڙجي ويندو آهي ۽ گهربل رخ ۾ هڪجهڙي نموني ورهائجي ويندو آهي.
چوڪنڊي ڪرني تنگ [[چمني]]ن جي اڏاوت ۾ پڻ ڪارائتي هوندي آهي، جتي اضافي مسالو هٽائڻ ۽ جوڙن کي بند ڪرڻ آسان ٿيندو آهي. بهرحال، پلستر ڪرڻ لاءِ چوڪنڊي ڪرني گهڻي مناسب نه سمجهي ويندي آهي. ان جي باوجود اها باغباني ۽ منظرسازي جي ڪم ۾ ڪناري وارن پٿرن کي پنهنجي جاءِ تي مضبوط ڪرڻ، مسالو ملائڻ ۽ ٻين تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

'''رازن جون ڪرنيون''' [[تعميراتي مواد جا جاچيندڙ]] پڻ استعمال ڪندا آهن، جيڪي تعميراتي هنڌن يا تجربگاهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي معيار ۽ خاصيتن جي جاچ دوران ڪنڪريٽ کي آزمائشي اوزارن ۾ وجهڻ، مڪسر مان ڪڍڻ ۽ ٻين آزمائشي مرحلن ۾ انهن کان ڪم وٺندا آهن.

== قسم ==

ڪرني جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جيڪي مختلف تعميراتي ڪمن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن. عام قسمن ۾ '''سرن واري ڪرني'''، '''ڪنڊ واري ڪرني'''، '''جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني'''، '''مارجن ڪرني'''، '''ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني'''  ۽ '''بالٽي ڪرني'''  شامل آهن. هر قسم جي ڦر جي شڪل ۽ ماپ ان جي مخصوص استعمال مطابق هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پلستر]] ڪرڻ واري مشين جي ايجاد کان اڳ پلستر ڪرڻ لاءِ اهڙيون خاص ڪرنيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون هيون، جن جي ڦر تمام وڏي هوندي هئي، جيئن هڪ ئي وقت ۾ ڀت جي وڏي حصي تي جلدي پلستر ڪري سگهجي.
تعميراتي ڪم ۾ ڪيترين ئي خاص قسمن جون ڪرنيون استعمال ٿين ٿيون، جن مان ڪجهه هي آهن:

* [[برلن ڪرني]]
* [[نوڪدار ڪرني]]
* [[جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني]] 
* [[هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني]] ، جنهن کي '''ٽرافل پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.
* [[زبان نما ڪرني]] ، جنهن کي '''ٻلي جي زبان''' پڻ سڏيو ويندو آهي؛ هن ڪرني جي نوڪ گول هوندي آهي.

ننڍيون ٽڪنڊي ڪرنيون [[آثار قديمه]] جي کوٽاين ۾ پڻ استعمال ٿينديون آهن، جتي انهن جي مدد سان مٽيءَ ۽ ثقافتي تهن کي تمام احتياط ۽ آهستگي سان هٽايو ويندو آهي. اهڙي ڪم دوران ڪڏهن ڪڏهن گهڻي زور (Leverage) پيدا ٿيندي آهي، تنهنڪري [[آثار قديمه جي ڪرني]] کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن جا ڌاتي حصا هڪ ئي ٽڪري مان تيار ڪيل هوندا آهن، جنهن سان انهن جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري وڌي ويندي آهي.

== سنڀال ==

ڪرني کي استعمال کان پوءِ صاف ڪري ان تي لڳل مسالو هٽائڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ سڪل مسالو ڦر جي همواري کي متاثر ڪري سگهي ٿو. ڪاربان اسٽيل جي ڪرني کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ هلڪي تيل جي تهه لڳائڻ فائديمند هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون ڪرنيون نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال گهرنديون آهن.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>9ezlua2qe5lh5gseqab1clbnyp01vgg</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400988</id>
      <parentid>400987</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T21:40:39Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400988</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="14197" sha1="cxesn1defgsnatzxzj2hgam1lq4u854" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|مسالي يا ڪنڪريٽ سان ڪم ڪرڻ لاءِ هٿ وارو اوزار}}

[[File:Masons trowel.jpg|250px|thumb|رازن جي ڪرني]]

'''ڪرني''' يا '''رازن جي ڪرني'' هڪ هٿ وارو [[ڪرني]] آهي، جيڪو [[سرن جي اوساري]] ۽ [[پٿرن جي اوساري]] ۾ [[مسالو|مسالي]] يا ڪنڪريٽ کي پکيڙڻ، هموار ڪرڻ، شڪل ڏيڻ ۽ سطح برابر ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ڪم جي نوعيت موجب ڪرنيون مختلف شڪلين ۽ ماپن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن. هيٺ ڪرني جا ڪجهه عام قسم ڏجن ٿا:

* '''سرن واري ڪرني'''  يا '''رازن جي ڪرني''' (Mason's trowel): هن ڪرني جي ڦر جو اڳيون حصو نوڪدار هوندو آهي، جيڪو سرن يا [[ڪنڪريٽ جا بلاڪ|ڪنڪريٽ بلاڪن]] تي مسالو وڇائڻ (Buttering) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ڦر جي خاص شڪل سبب مسالي کي صحيح مقدار ۽ درست هنڌ تي رکڻ آسان ٿيندو آهي.

* '''بالٽي ڪرني''' : ويڪري ڦر واري ڪرني، جيڪا [[بالٽي]] مان مسالو يا ڪنڪريٽ ڪڍڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. اها سرن تي مسالو وڇائڻ ۽ مسالي کي هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ پڻ موزون هوندي آهي.

* '''ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني''': ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي سخت ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان جي مٿاڇري کي هموار، نرم ۽ چمڪدار بڻائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. ڪم دوران ان کي ڪنڪريٽ جي سطح سان لڳ ڀڳ سڌو رکي هلڪي قوسي حرڪت سان هلائبو آهي.

* '''ڪنڊ ڪرني''': ڪنڪريٽ جي اندرين يا ٻاهرين ڪنڊن کي شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. ان جي ڦر 90 درجن جي موڙ تي ٺهيل هوندي آهي ۽ هٿي ان موڙ جي وچ تي لڳل هوندي آهي، جنهن سان ٻنهي پاسن تي هڪجهڙو دٻاءُ لاڳو ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

* '''گيجنگ ڪرني''': گول نوڪ واري ننڍڙي ڪرني، جيڪا مسالو ملائڻ، تنگ هنڌن تي ٿورو مسالو لڳائڻ، پراڻو ڀُريل مسالو بدلائڻ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مرمت لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''مارجن ڪرني''' : سڌي نوڪ واري ننڍڙي ڪرني، جيڪا اهڙن تنگ هنڌن ۽ ڪنڊن ۾ مسالو لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، جتي وڏي نوڪدار ڪرني نه پهچي سگهي.

* '''جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني''' : هي سرن واري ڪرني جو ننڍو روپ هوندو آهي. اها سرن يا پٿرن جي وچ وارن ننڍن خالن کي مسالي سان ڀرڻ ۽ ٽٽل يا ڀُريل جوڙن جي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''گول ڪنڊ واري ڪرني'''  ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني جو هڪ قسم، جنهن جي ڦر جا ڪنارا گول هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري اها آلي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ کُپي نه ويندي آهي.

* '''ڏاڪڻ ڪرني''': ڪنڊ ڪرني سان ملندڙ جلندڙ اوزار، جيڪو ڪنڪريٽ جي ڏاڪڻين جي اندرين ڪنڊن کي شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ان جي موڙ واري حصي سبب ڪنڊون هموار ۽ گول ٺهنديون آهن.

* '''ٽائيل لڳائڻ واري ڪرني''': سرن واري ڪرني جهڙي هوندي آهي، پر ان جي ڦر وڌيڪ ويڪري هوندي آهي، جنهن سان وڌيڪ مقدار ۾ مسالو کڻي وڏين سرن ۽ بلاڪن تي آساني سان وڇائي سگهجي ٿو.

* '''ٽڪ پوائنٽر''' : سرن ۽ بلاڪن جي وچ وارن جوڙن ۾ مسالو ڀرڻ، پراڻن جوڙن جي نئين سر مرمت (تي پوائنٽگ) ڪرڻ ۽ [[سرن جي اوساري]] جي ڀتين جي بحالي لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ خاص ڪرني.

'''ڪرني''' (Trowel) تغاريءَ مان [[مسالو]] کڻي ۽ انھيءَ کي صحيح نموني ۾ پٿارڻ ۽ جوڙن ٺاھڻ جي ڪم ايندي آھي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;
[[File:Trowel.jpg|thumb|ڪرني]]

[[File:Kelle.jpg|thumb|پلستر ڪرڻ واري ڪرني، سڌي ڳچيءَ سان]]
[[File:Dreieckskelle.JPG|thumb|ساڄي|ٽڪنڊي ڪرني، جنهن کي برلن ڪرني پڻ چيو ويندو آهي]]

'''رازن جي ڪرني'''، جنهن کي '''پلستر ڪرني''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، رازن جو هڪ اهم هٿ وارو اوزار آهي، جيڪو [[سرن جي اوساري]] يا [[پلستر]] ڪرڻ دوران [[مسالو|مسالي]] کي کڻڻ، پکيڙڻ ۽ شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. جرمني جي [[رائن لينڊ]] علائقي ۾ هن اوزار کي '''ٽرافل''' يا '''ٽروفل'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. ڪرني جي ڦر (Blade) جي بنيادي شڪل ٽڪنڊي يا چوڪنڊي ٿي سگهي ٿي، جيڪا مختلف تعميراتي ڪمن جي ضرورت موجب چونڊي ويندي آهي.

== جوڙجڪ ==

ڪرني عام طور هڪ چپٽي ڌاتي ڦر (بليڊ)، ڳچي (Shank) ۽ هٿي (ھينڊلظ) تي مشتمل هوندي آهي. ڦر گهڻو ڪري ڪاربان اسٽيل يا اسٽينليس اسٽيل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته هٿي ڪاٺ، پلاسٽڪ يا رٻڙ مان ٺهندي آهي، جيئن ڪم دوران مضبوط پڪڙ ۽ آساني حاصل ٿئي. ڦر جي شڪل ڪم جي نوعيت مطابق ٽڪنڊي، مستطيل يا گول ڪنڊن واري ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;
ڪرني جي هٿي (ھينڊل) کي ان جي ڦر (بليڊ) سان هڪ وڪريل ڳانڍاپي ذريعي ڳنڍيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو عام طور '''S''' شڪل وارو هوندو آهي ۽ ان کي '''راجهڳچي'''، يعني هنس جي ڳچي) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

سڌي ڳچي ۽ ذوزنقي شڪل واري ڦر واريون ڪرنيون '''پلستر ڪرنيون''' سڏبيون آهن. جڏهن ته [[ٽائيل لڳائيندڙ]] بيضوي يا دل نما ڦر  واريون ڪرنيون استعمال ڪندا آهن.
ڪرني جي ڦر جي پاسي جي ڊيگهه عام طور [[سر]] جي ڊيگهه جي لڳ ڀڳ برابر رکبي آهي، جيئن کنيل [[مسالو]] هڪ [[سر]] هيٺ مڪمل طور تي پکڙجي وڃي ۽ مسالي جو بسترو (Mortar bed) مڪمل نموني ڀرجي سگهي. مثال طور معياري سر جي ڊيگهه 24 سينٽي ميٽر، ويڪر 11.5 سينٽي ميٽر ۽ اوچائي 7.1 سينٽي ميٽر هوندي آهي.

== استعمال ==

عمارت سازي ۾ ڪرني مسالو يا ڪنڪريٽ کڻڻ، سرن يا پٿرن تي پکيڙڻ، جوڙن (Joints) کي ڀرڻ، اضافي مسالي کي هٽائڻ ۽ مٿاڇري کي هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. رازا سرن جي اوساري دوران هر سر تي مناسب مقدار ۾ مسالو وڇائڻ ۽ ان کي گهربل شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ ڪرني استعمال ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان اوساري مضبوط ۽ هموار بڻجي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[File:Kazi Kazi means ( work work).jpg|thumb|left|ڪرني استعمال ڪندي رازو]]
[[File:Fugenkelle.JPG|thumb|right|جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني (Fugenkelle)]]
[[File:Brick trowels roman.jpg|thumb|right|قديم رومي ڪرنيون (پهرين کان ٽئين صدي عيسوي)، بيضوي ڦر سان]]

ٽڪنڊي ڪرني چونڊڻ وقت ان جي '''ثقلي مرڪز''' جو متوازن هجڻ اهم هوندو آهي. ان جي جاچ لاءِ ڪرني کي هٿيءَ جي هيٺان، مثال طور [[اشارو آڱر]] تي، توازن سان رکيو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ڪرني جي ڦر عمودي (ورٽيڪل) حالت ۾ سڌي بيهي وڃي ته ان جو توازن مناسب سمجهيو ويندو آهي. اهو ان ڪري ضروري آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ مسالو کڻڻ يا پلستر ڪرڻ دوران رازي کي ڪرني جو وزن [[ڪلائي]] جي مدد سان متوازن رکڻو پوندو آهي. ساڳيءَ طرح ڪرني جي هٿيءَ جو مرڪزي محور به ڦر جي نوڪ سان سڌي ليڪ ۾ هجڻ گهرجي. جيڪڏهن ائين نه هجي ته ڪيترائي رازا پنهنجي ڪرني کي [[هٿوڙو|هٿوڙي]] جي مدد سان پاڻ سڌو ڪري وٺندا آهن.
ٽڪنڊي ڪرني وڏين سطحن تي پلستر ڪرڻ لاءِ پڻ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. پهرين ڪرني ۾ پلستر جو مسالو کنيو ويندو آهي، پوءِ هٿ کي ٿورو پوئتي کڻي ڪرني کي جهول ڏنو ويندو آهي. ان کان پوءِ ڪلائيءَ جي حرڪت سان ڪرني کي اهڙي نموني ڦيرايو ويندو آهي، جو ان جي ڦر عمودي حالت اختيار ڪري وٺي. ان حرڪت سان مسالو ڦر تي مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي ويندو آهي. پوءِ ڪرني کي ڀت جي ان هنڌ تي آندو ويندو آهي، جتي مسالو لڳائڻو هجي. ڪرني کي پاسيرو سرڪائڻ سان مسالو ڦر کان الڳ ٿي ڀت تي پکڙجي ويندو آهي ۽ گهربل رخ ۾ هڪجهڙي نموني ورهائجي ويندو آهي.
چوڪنڊي ڪرني تنگ [[چمني]]ن جي اڏاوت ۾ پڻ ڪارائتي هوندي آهي، جتي اضافي مسالو هٽائڻ ۽ جوڙن کي بند ڪرڻ آسان ٿيندو آهي. بهرحال، پلستر ڪرڻ لاءِ چوڪنڊي ڪرني گهڻي مناسب نه سمجهي ويندي آهي. ان جي باوجود اها باغباني ۽ منظرسازي جي ڪم ۾ ڪناري وارن پٿرن کي پنهنجي جاءِ تي مضبوط ڪرڻ، مسالو ملائڻ ۽ ٻين تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

'''رازن جون ڪرنيون''' [[تعميراتي مواد جا جاچيندڙ]] پڻ استعمال ڪندا آهن، جيڪي تعميراتي هنڌن يا تجربگاهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي معيار ۽ خاصيتن جي جاچ دوران ڪنڪريٽ کي آزمائشي اوزارن ۾ وجهڻ، مڪسر مان ڪڍڻ ۽ ٻين آزمائشي مرحلن ۾ انهن کان ڪم وٺندا آهن.

== قسم ==

ڪرني جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جيڪي مختلف تعميراتي ڪمن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن. عام قسمن ۾ '''سرن واري ڪرني'''، '''ڪنڊ واري ڪرني'''، '''جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني'''، '''مارجن ڪرني'''، '''ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني'''  ۽ '''بالٽي ڪرني'''  شامل آهن. هر قسم جي ڦر جي شڪل ۽ ماپ ان جي مخصوص استعمال مطابق هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پلستر]] ڪرڻ واري مشين جي ايجاد کان اڳ پلستر ڪرڻ لاءِ اهڙيون خاص ڪرنيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون هيون، جن جي ڦر تمام وڏي هوندي هئي، جيئن هڪ ئي وقت ۾ ڀت جي وڏي حصي تي جلدي پلستر ڪري سگهجي.
تعميراتي ڪم ۾ ڪيترين ئي خاص قسمن جون ڪرنيون استعمال ٿين ٿيون، جن مان ڪجهه هي آهن:

* [[برلن ڪرني]]
* [[نوڪدار ڪرني]]
* [[جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني]] 
* [[هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني]] ، جنهن کي '''ٽرافل پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.
* [[زبان نما ڪرني]] ، جنهن کي '''ٻلي جي زبان''' پڻ سڏيو ويندو آهي؛ هن ڪرني جي نوڪ گول هوندي آهي.

ننڍيون ٽڪنڊي ڪرنيون [[آثار قديمه]] جي کوٽاين ۾ پڻ استعمال ٿينديون آهن، جتي انهن جي مدد سان مٽيءَ ۽ ثقافتي تهن کي تمام احتياط ۽ آهستگي سان هٽايو ويندو آهي. اهڙي ڪم دوران ڪڏهن ڪڏهن گهڻي زور (Leverage) پيدا ٿيندي آهي، تنهنڪري [[آثار قديمه جي ڪرني]] کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن جا ڌاتي حصا هڪ ئي ٽڪري مان تيار ڪيل هوندا آهن، جنهن سان انهن جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري وڌي ويندي آهي.


&lt;gallery&gt;
File:Wiener Gewerbewappen Baumeister Maurer Steinmetze.jpg|ويانا جي هڪ پيشاور نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Wappen at strengen.png|[[اسٽرينگن]] جي نشان ۾ ڪرني
File:Zunftwappen-Maurer.svg|هنرمندن جي نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Maurer_P7020069_retouched.jpg|هنرمندن جي نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Wappen Ratshausen.svg|[[راتس هائوزن]] جي سرڪاري نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== سنڀال ==

ڪرني کي استعمال کان پوءِ صاف ڪري ان تي لڳل مسالو هٽائڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ سڪل مسالو ڦر جي همواري کي متاثر ڪري سگهي ٿو. ڪاربان اسٽيل جي ڪرني کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ هلڪي تيل جي تهه لڳائڻ فائديمند هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون ڪرنيون نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال گهرنديون آهن.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>cxesn1defgsnatzxzj2hgam1lq4u854</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400989</id>
      <parentid>400988</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T21:45:51Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400989</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="17059" sha1="3mhhge4mg50knu62o82i9z9pl5dsxmg" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|مسالي يا ڪنڪريٽ سان ڪم ڪرڻ لاءِ هٿ وارو اوزار}}

[[File:Masons trowel.jpg|250px|thumb|رازن جي ڪرني]]

'''ڪرني''' يا '''رازن جي ڪرني'' هڪ هٿ وارو [[ڪرني]] آهي، جيڪو [[سرن جي اوساري]] ۽ [[پٿرن جي اوساري]] ۾ [[مسالو|مسالي]] يا ڪنڪريٽ کي پکيڙڻ، هموار ڪرڻ، شڪل ڏيڻ ۽ سطح برابر ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ڪم جي نوعيت موجب ڪرنيون مختلف شڪلين ۽ ماپن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن. هيٺ ڪرني جا ڪجهه عام قسم ڏجن ٿا:

* '''سرن واري ڪرني'''  يا '''رازن جي ڪرني''' (Mason's trowel): هن ڪرني جي ڦر جو اڳيون حصو نوڪدار هوندو آهي، جيڪو سرن يا [[ڪنڪريٽ جا بلاڪ|ڪنڪريٽ بلاڪن]] تي مسالو وڇائڻ (Buttering) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ڦر جي خاص شڪل سبب مسالي کي صحيح مقدار ۽ درست هنڌ تي رکڻ آسان ٿيندو آهي.

* '''بالٽي ڪرني''' : ويڪري ڦر واري ڪرني، جيڪا [[بالٽي]] مان مسالو يا ڪنڪريٽ ڪڍڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. اها سرن تي مسالو وڇائڻ ۽ مسالي کي هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ پڻ موزون هوندي آهي.

* '''ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني''': ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي سخت ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان جي مٿاڇري کي هموار، نرم ۽ چمڪدار بڻائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. ڪم دوران ان کي ڪنڪريٽ جي سطح سان لڳ ڀڳ سڌو رکي هلڪي قوسي حرڪت سان هلائبو آهي.

* '''ڪنڊ ڪرني''': ڪنڪريٽ جي اندرين يا ٻاهرين ڪنڊن کي شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. ان جي ڦر 90 درجن جي موڙ تي ٺهيل هوندي آهي ۽ هٿي ان موڙ جي وچ تي لڳل هوندي آهي، جنهن سان ٻنهي پاسن تي هڪجهڙو دٻاءُ لاڳو ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

* '''گيجنگ ڪرني''': گول نوڪ واري ننڍڙي ڪرني، جيڪا مسالو ملائڻ، تنگ هنڌن تي ٿورو مسالو لڳائڻ، پراڻو ڀُريل مسالو بدلائڻ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مرمت لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''مارجن ڪرني''' : سڌي نوڪ واري ننڍڙي ڪرني، جيڪا اهڙن تنگ هنڌن ۽ ڪنڊن ۾ مسالو لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، جتي وڏي نوڪدار ڪرني نه پهچي سگهي.

* '''جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني''' : هي سرن واري ڪرني جو ننڍو روپ هوندو آهي. اها سرن يا پٿرن جي وچ وارن ننڍن خالن کي مسالي سان ڀرڻ ۽ ٽٽل يا ڀُريل جوڙن جي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''گول ڪنڊ واري ڪرني'''  ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني جو هڪ قسم، جنهن جي ڦر جا ڪنارا گول هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري اها آلي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ کُپي نه ويندي آهي.

* '''ڏاڪڻ ڪرني''': ڪنڊ ڪرني سان ملندڙ جلندڙ اوزار، جيڪو ڪنڪريٽ جي ڏاڪڻين جي اندرين ڪنڊن کي شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ان جي موڙ واري حصي سبب ڪنڊون هموار ۽ گول ٺهنديون آهن.

* '''ٽائيل لڳائڻ واري ڪرني''': سرن واري ڪرني جهڙي هوندي آهي، پر ان جي ڦر وڌيڪ ويڪري هوندي آهي، جنهن سان وڌيڪ مقدار ۾ مسالو کڻي وڏين سرن ۽ بلاڪن تي آساني سان وڇائي سگهجي ٿو.

* '''ٽڪ پوائنٽر''' : سرن ۽ بلاڪن جي وچ وارن جوڙن ۾ مسالو ڀرڻ، پراڻن جوڙن جي نئين سر مرمت (تي پوائنٽگ) ڪرڻ ۽ [[سرن جي اوساري]] جي ڀتين جي بحالي لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ خاص ڪرني.

'''ڪرني''' (Trowel) تغاريءَ مان [[مسالو]] کڻي ۽ انھيءَ کي صحيح نموني ۾ پٿارڻ ۽ جوڙن ٺاھڻ جي ڪم ايندي آھي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;
[[File:Trowel.jpg|thumb|ڪرني]]

[[File:Kelle.jpg|thumb|پلستر ڪرڻ واري ڪرني، سڌي ڳچيءَ سان]]
[[File:Dreieckskelle.JPG|thumb|ساڄي|ٽڪنڊي ڪرني، جنهن کي برلن ڪرني پڻ چيو ويندو آهي]]

'''رازن جي ڪرني'''، جنهن کي '''پلستر ڪرني''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، رازن جو هڪ اهم هٿ وارو اوزار آهي، جيڪو [[سرن جي اوساري]] يا [[پلستر]] ڪرڻ دوران [[مسالو|مسالي]] کي کڻڻ، پکيڙڻ ۽ شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. جرمني جي [[رائن لينڊ]] علائقي ۾ هن اوزار کي '''ٽرافل''' يا '''ٽروفل'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. ڪرني جي ڦر (Blade) جي بنيادي شڪل ٽڪنڊي يا چوڪنڊي ٿي سگهي ٿي، جيڪا مختلف تعميراتي ڪمن جي ضرورت موجب چونڊي ويندي آهي.

== جوڙجڪ ==

ڪرني عام طور هڪ چپٽي ڌاتي ڦر (بليڊ)، ڳچي (Shank) ۽ هٿي (ھينڊلظ) تي مشتمل هوندي آهي. ڦر گهڻو ڪري ڪاربان اسٽيل يا اسٽينليس اسٽيل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته هٿي ڪاٺ، پلاسٽڪ يا رٻڙ مان ٺهندي آهي، جيئن ڪم دوران مضبوط پڪڙ ۽ آساني حاصل ٿئي. ڦر جي شڪل ڪم جي نوعيت مطابق ٽڪنڊي، مستطيل يا گول ڪنڊن واري ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;
ڪرني جي هٿي (ھينڊل) کي ان جي ڦر (بليڊ) سان هڪ وڪريل ڳانڍاپي ذريعي ڳنڍيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو عام طور '''S''' شڪل وارو هوندو آهي ۽ ان کي '''راجهڳچي'''، يعني هنس جي ڳچي) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

سڌي ڳچي ۽ ذوزنقي شڪل واري ڦر واريون ڪرنيون '''پلستر ڪرنيون''' سڏبيون آهن. جڏهن ته [[ٽائيل لڳائيندڙ]] بيضوي يا دل نما ڦر  واريون ڪرنيون استعمال ڪندا آهن.
ڪرني جي ڦر جي پاسي جي ڊيگهه عام طور [[سر]] جي ڊيگهه جي لڳ ڀڳ برابر رکبي آهي، جيئن کنيل [[مسالو]] هڪ [[سر]] هيٺ مڪمل طور تي پکڙجي وڃي ۽ مسالي جو بسترو (Mortar bed) مڪمل نموني ڀرجي سگهي. مثال طور معياري سر جي ڊيگهه 24 سينٽي ميٽر، ويڪر 11.5 سينٽي ميٽر ۽ اوچائي 7.1 سينٽي ميٽر هوندي آهي.

== استعمال ==

عمارت سازي ۾ ڪرني مسالو يا ڪنڪريٽ کڻڻ، سرن يا پٿرن تي پکيڙڻ، جوڙن (Joints) کي ڀرڻ، اضافي مسالي کي هٽائڻ ۽ مٿاڇري کي هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. رازا سرن جي اوساري دوران هر سر تي مناسب مقدار ۾ مسالو وڇائڻ ۽ ان کي گهربل شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ ڪرني استعمال ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان اوساري مضبوط ۽ هموار بڻجي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[File:Kazi Kazi means ( work work).jpg|thumb|left|ڪرني استعمال ڪندي رازو]]
[[File:Fugenkelle.JPG|thumb|right|جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني (Fugenkelle)]]
[[File:Brick trowels roman.jpg|thumb|right|قديم رومي ڪرنيون (پهرين کان ٽئين صدي عيسوي)، بيضوي ڦر سان]]

ٽڪنڊي ڪرني چونڊڻ وقت ان جي '''ثقلي مرڪز''' جو متوازن هجڻ اهم هوندو آهي. ان جي جاچ لاءِ ڪرني کي هٿيءَ جي هيٺان، مثال طور [[اشارو آڱر]] تي، توازن سان رکيو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ڪرني جي ڦر عمودي (ورٽيڪل) حالت ۾ سڌي بيهي وڃي ته ان جو توازن مناسب سمجهيو ويندو آهي. اهو ان ڪري ضروري آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ مسالو کڻڻ يا پلستر ڪرڻ دوران رازي کي ڪرني جو وزن [[ڪلائي]] جي مدد سان متوازن رکڻو پوندو آهي. ساڳيءَ طرح ڪرني جي هٿيءَ جو مرڪزي محور به ڦر جي نوڪ سان سڌي ليڪ ۾ هجڻ گهرجي. جيڪڏهن ائين نه هجي ته ڪيترائي رازا پنهنجي ڪرني کي [[هٿوڙو|هٿوڙي]] جي مدد سان پاڻ سڌو ڪري وٺندا آهن.
ٽڪنڊي ڪرني وڏين سطحن تي پلستر ڪرڻ لاءِ پڻ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. پهرين ڪرني ۾ پلستر جو مسالو کنيو ويندو آهي، پوءِ هٿ کي ٿورو پوئتي کڻي ڪرني کي جهول ڏنو ويندو آهي. ان کان پوءِ ڪلائيءَ جي حرڪت سان ڪرني کي اهڙي نموني ڦيرايو ويندو آهي، جو ان جي ڦر عمودي حالت اختيار ڪري وٺي. ان حرڪت سان مسالو ڦر تي مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي ويندو آهي. پوءِ ڪرني کي ڀت جي ان هنڌ تي آندو ويندو آهي، جتي مسالو لڳائڻو هجي. ڪرني کي پاسيرو سرڪائڻ سان مسالو ڦر کان الڳ ٿي ڀت تي پکڙجي ويندو آهي ۽ گهربل رخ ۾ هڪجهڙي نموني ورهائجي ويندو آهي.
چوڪنڊي ڪرني تنگ [[چمني]]ن جي اڏاوت ۾ پڻ ڪارائتي هوندي آهي، جتي اضافي مسالو هٽائڻ ۽ جوڙن کي بند ڪرڻ آسان ٿيندو آهي. بهرحال، پلستر ڪرڻ لاءِ چوڪنڊي ڪرني گهڻي مناسب نه سمجهي ويندي آهي. ان جي باوجود اها باغباني ۽ منظرسازي جي ڪم ۾ ڪناري وارن پٿرن کي پنهنجي جاءِ تي مضبوط ڪرڻ، مسالو ملائڻ ۽ ٻين تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

'''رازن جون ڪرنيون''' [[تعميراتي مواد جا جاچيندڙ]] پڻ استعمال ڪندا آهن، جيڪي تعميراتي هنڌن يا تجربگاهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي معيار ۽ خاصيتن جي جاچ دوران ڪنڪريٽ کي آزمائشي اوزارن ۾ وجهڻ، مڪسر مان ڪڍڻ ۽ ٻين آزمائشي مرحلن ۾ انهن کان ڪم وٺندا آهن.

== قسم ==

ڪرني جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جيڪي مختلف تعميراتي ڪمن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن. عام قسمن ۾ '''سرن واري ڪرني'''، '''ڪنڊ واري ڪرني'''، '''جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني'''، '''مارجن ڪرني'''، '''ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني'''  ۽ '''بالٽي ڪرني'''  شامل آهن. هر قسم جي ڦر جي شڪل ۽ ماپ ان جي مخصوص استعمال مطابق هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پلستر]] ڪرڻ واري مشين جي ايجاد کان اڳ پلستر ڪرڻ لاءِ اهڙيون خاص ڪرنيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون هيون، جن جي ڦر تمام وڏي هوندي هئي، جيئن هڪ ئي وقت ۾ ڀت جي وڏي حصي تي جلدي پلستر ڪري سگهجي.
تعميراتي ڪم ۾ ڪيترين ئي خاص قسمن جون ڪرنيون استعمال ٿين ٿيون، جن مان ڪجهه هي آهن:

* [[برلن ڪرني]]
* [[نوڪدار ڪرني]]
* [[جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني]] 
* [[هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني]] ، جنهن کي '''ٽرافل پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.
* [[زبان نما ڪرني]] ، جنهن کي '''ٻلي جي زبان''' پڻ سڏيو ويندو آهي؛ هن ڪرني جي نوڪ گول هوندي آهي.

ننڍيون ٽڪنڊي ڪرنيون [[آثار قديمه]] جي کوٽاين ۾ پڻ استعمال ٿينديون آهن، جتي انهن جي مدد سان مٽيءَ ۽ ثقافتي تهن کي تمام احتياط ۽ آهستگي سان هٽايو ويندو آهي. اهڙي ڪم دوران ڪڏهن ڪڏهن گهڻي زور (Leverage) پيدا ٿيندي آهي، تنهنڪري [[آثار قديمه جي ڪرني]] کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن جا ڌاتي حصا هڪ ئي ٽڪري مان تيار ڪيل هوندا آهن، جنهن سان انهن جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري وڌي ويندي آهي.

== علم نشان (هيرالڊري) ==

'''رازن جي ڪرني'''، جنهن کي '''ڀت سازي جي ڪرني''' يا مختصر طور '''ڪرني''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، [[علم نشان]] (Heraldry) ۾ هڪ [[عام نشان]]  طور استعمال ٿيندي آهي. هي نشان خاص طور جديد هيرالڊري ۾ [[ڪوٽ آف آرمس]] (Coat of arms) تي ڏسڻ ۾ اچي ٿو.

نشان ۾ ڪرني کي عام طور ان جي حقيقي تعميراتي شڪل مطابق ڏيکاريو ويندو آهي. اڪثر اهو ٻه-رخي صورت ۾ هوندو آهي ۽ ان جي ڦر (بليڊ) ڍال جي مٿئين ڪنڊ ڏانهن رخ رکندي آهي، جيڪا ان جي رواجي بيهڪ سمجهي ويندي آهي. جيڪڏهن ڪرني ٽڪنڊي يا چوڪنڊي شڪل ۾ هجي يا ان جي رخ ۾ تبديلي هجي، جهڙوڪ ڦريل (Inverted) هجي يا ان جي نوڪ ڍال جي هيٺئين حصي ڏانهن هجي، ته ان جو ذڪر نشان جي وضاحت ۾ ضرور ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڪرني جا مختلف قسم، جهڙوڪ [[برلن ڪرني]]، [[نوڪدار ڪرني]]، [[پلستر ڪرني]]، [[جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني]]، [[هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني]] يا '''ٽرافل'''، جيڪڏهن ڪنهن نشان ۾ شامل هجن ته انهن جا نالا وضاحت ۾ لکيا ويندا آهن، پر انهن جي موجودگي ڍال تي پيشڪش جي بنيادي انداز ۾ ڪا خاص تبديلي نه آڻيندي آهي. انهن کي هيرالڊري جي روايتي رنگن مان ڪنهن به رنگ ۾ ڏيکاري سگهجي ٿو، جيتوڻيڪ گهڻو ڪري صرف هٿيءَ جو رنگ مختلف رکيو ويندو آهي.

[[يوهان اوهني فورخت ]] (Johann Ohnefurcht) پنهنجي ذاتي نشان (Badge) ۽ نعري «''Ich houd – Ich halte stand''» («مان ثابت قدم آهيان») جي علامت طور رازن جي ڪرني استعمال ڪئي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;Fanny Bury Palliser: ''Historic Devices, Badges, and War-Cries.'' London, 1870, p. 35.&lt;/ref&gt;

رازن جي ڪرني [[هنرمندن جا نشان|هنرمندن]] ۽ [[پيشاور نشان|پيشاورن]] جي نشانين (Guild arms) ۾ پڻ هڪ اهم علامت طور استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

&lt;gallery&gt;
File:Wiener Gewerbewappen Baumeister Maurer Steinmetze.jpg|ويانا جي هڪ پيشاور نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Wappen at strengen.png|[[اسٽرينگن]] جي نشان ۾ ڪرني
File:Zunftwappen-Maurer.svg|هنرمندن جي نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Maurer_P7020069_retouched.jpg|هنرمندن جي نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Wappen Ratshausen.svg|[[راتس هائوزن]] جي سرڪاري نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
&lt;/gallery&gt;
&lt;gallery&gt;
File:Wiener Gewerbewappen Baumeister Maurer Steinmetze.jpg|ويانا جي هڪ پيشاور نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Wappen at strengen.png|[[اسٽرينگن]] جي نشان ۾ ڪرني
File:Zunftwappen-Maurer.svg|هنرمندن جي نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Maurer_P7020069_retouched.jpg|هنرمندن جي نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Wappen Ratshausen.svg|[[راتس هائوزن]] جي سرڪاري نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== سنڀال ==

ڪرني کي استعمال کان پوءِ صاف ڪري ان تي لڳل مسالو هٽائڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ سڪل مسالو ڦر جي همواري کي متاثر ڪري سگهي ٿو. ڪاربان اسٽيل جي ڪرني کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ هلڪي تيل جي تهه لڳائڻ فائديمند هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون ڪرنيون نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال گهرنديون آهن.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>3mhhge4mg50knu62o82i9z9pl5dsxmg</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400990</id>
      <parentid>400989</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T21:48:42Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>400990</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="21837" sha1="isob4jg2z68udnm1tmt84y2d3o5ujrg" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|مسالي يا ڪنڪريٽ سان ڪم ڪرڻ لاءِ هٿ وارو اوزار}}

[[File:Masons trowel.jpg|250px|thumb|رازن جي ڪرني]]

'''ڪرني''' يا '''رازن جي ڪرني'' هڪ هٿ وارو [[ڪرني]] آهي، جيڪو [[سرن جي اوساري]] ۽ [[پٿرن جي اوساري]] ۾ [[مسالو|مسالي]] يا ڪنڪريٽ کي پکيڙڻ، هموار ڪرڻ، شڪل ڏيڻ ۽ سطح برابر ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ڪم جي نوعيت موجب ڪرنيون مختلف شڪلين ۽ ماپن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن. هيٺ ڪرني جا ڪجهه عام قسم ڏجن ٿا:

* '''سرن واري ڪرني'''  يا '''رازن جي ڪرني''' (Mason's trowel): هن ڪرني جي ڦر جو اڳيون حصو نوڪدار هوندو آهي، جيڪو سرن يا [[ڪنڪريٽ جا بلاڪ|ڪنڪريٽ بلاڪن]] تي مسالو وڇائڻ (Buttering) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ڦر جي خاص شڪل سبب مسالي کي صحيح مقدار ۽ درست هنڌ تي رکڻ آسان ٿيندو آهي.

* '''بالٽي ڪرني''' : ويڪري ڦر واري ڪرني، جيڪا [[بالٽي]] مان مسالو يا ڪنڪريٽ ڪڍڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. اها سرن تي مسالو وڇائڻ ۽ مسالي کي هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ پڻ موزون هوندي آهي.

* '''ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني''': ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي سخت ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان جي مٿاڇري کي هموار، نرم ۽ چمڪدار بڻائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. ڪم دوران ان کي ڪنڪريٽ جي سطح سان لڳ ڀڳ سڌو رکي هلڪي قوسي حرڪت سان هلائبو آهي.

* '''ڪنڊ ڪرني''': ڪنڪريٽ جي اندرين يا ٻاهرين ڪنڊن کي شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. ان جي ڦر 90 درجن جي موڙ تي ٺهيل هوندي آهي ۽ هٿي ان موڙ جي وچ تي لڳل هوندي آهي، جنهن سان ٻنهي پاسن تي هڪجهڙو دٻاءُ لاڳو ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

* '''گيجنگ ڪرني''': گول نوڪ واري ننڍڙي ڪرني، جيڪا مسالو ملائڻ، تنگ هنڌن تي ٿورو مسالو لڳائڻ، پراڻو ڀُريل مسالو بدلائڻ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مرمت لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''مارجن ڪرني''' : سڌي نوڪ واري ننڍڙي ڪرني، جيڪا اهڙن تنگ هنڌن ۽ ڪنڊن ۾ مسالو لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، جتي وڏي نوڪدار ڪرني نه پهچي سگهي.

* '''جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني''' : هي سرن واري ڪرني جو ننڍو روپ هوندو آهي. اها سرن يا پٿرن جي وچ وارن ننڍن خالن کي مسالي سان ڀرڻ ۽ ٽٽل يا ڀُريل جوڙن جي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''گول ڪنڊ واري ڪرني'''  ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني جو هڪ قسم، جنهن جي ڦر جا ڪنارا گول هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري اها آلي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ کُپي نه ويندي آهي.

* '''ڏاڪڻ ڪرني''': ڪنڊ ڪرني سان ملندڙ جلندڙ اوزار، جيڪو ڪنڪريٽ جي ڏاڪڻين جي اندرين ڪنڊن کي شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ان جي موڙ واري حصي سبب ڪنڊون هموار ۽ گول ٺهنديون آهن.

* '''ٽائيل لڳائڻ واري ڪرني''': سرن واري ڪرني جهڙي هوندي آهي، پر ان جي ڦر وڌيڪ ويڪري هوندي آهي، جنهن سان وڌيڪ مقدار ۾ مسالو کڻي وڏين سرن ۽ بلاڪن تي آساني سان وڇائي سگهجي ٿو.

* '''ٽڪ پوائنٽر''' : سرن ۽ بلاڪن جي وچ وارن جوڙن ۾ مسالو ڀرڻ، پراڻن جوڙن جي نئين سر مرمت (تي پوائنٽگ) ڪرڻ ۽ [[سرن جي اوساري]] جي ڀتين جي بحالي لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ خاص ڪرني.

'''ڪرني''' (Trowel) تغاريءَ مان [[مسالو]] کڻي ۽ انھيءَ کي صحيح نموني ۾ پٿارڻ ۽ جوڙن ٺاھڻ جي ڪم ايندي آھي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;
[[File:Trowel.jpg|thumb|ڪرني]]

[[File:Kelle.jpg|thumb|پلستر ڪرڻ واري ڪرني، سڌي ڳچيءَ سان]]
[[File:Dreieckskelle.JPG|thumb|ساڄي|ٽڪنڊي ڪرني، جنهن کي برلن ڪرني پڻ چيو ويندو آهي]]

'''رازن جي ڪرني'''، جنهن کي '''پلستر ڪرني''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، رازن جو هڪ اهم هٿ وارو اوزار آهي، جيڪو [[سرن جي اوساري]] يا [[پلستر]] ڪرڻ دوران [[مسالو|مسالي]] کي کڻڻ، پکيڙڻ ۽ شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. جرمني جي [[رائن لينڊ]] علائقي ۾ هن اوزار کي '''ٽرافل''' يا '''ٽروفل'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. ڪرني جي ڦر (Blade) جي بنيادي شڪل ٽڪنڊي يا چوڪنڊي ٿي سگهي ٿي، جيڪا مختلف تعميراتي ڪمن جي ضرورت موجب چونڊي ويندي آهي.

== لفظ جي بڻ ۽ اصطلاح ==

'''ڪرني''' لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ جي ابتدا [[قرون وسطيٰ جي لاطيني ٻولي]] جي لفظ ''trulla'' مان ٿي، جيڪو [[قديم فرينچ]] ۾ 1285ع ڌاري ''trieule'' ۽ پوءِ 1328ع ۾ ''truele'' جي صورت ۾ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{CNRTL|truelle|étymologie}}&lt;/ref&gt;

لاطيني ٻوليءَ ۾ ''trulla'' ({{lang-la|trūlla}}) اصل ۾ هڪ مونث اسم هو، جيڪو ننڍڙي ڇلڻي، چمچي، ٿالهه، رازن جي ڪرني ۽ ٻين اهڙن اوزارن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{CNRTL|truelle|étymologie}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن لفظ جو تعلق غالباً ''trua'' سان آهي، جنهن جي معنيٰ کوکلو يا کوٽڻ وارو اوزار آهي. بعد ۾ هي لفظ تعميراتي اوزارن، خاص طور رازن جي ڪرني، لاءِ عام ٿي ويو. رومي ٻولين جي ڪيترين ئي مقامي صورتن، جهڙوڪ [[والون ٻولي]] ۽ [[لورين ٻولي]]، ۾ اڄ به ان جو اچار ''ٽروئيل'' ({{lang-fr|trouelle}}) جي ويجهو آهي.

قديم لاطيني ۾ هڪ ٻيو لفظ ''ascia'' پڻ استعمال ٿيندو هو، جيڪو مختلف تعميراتي اوزارن، جهڙوڪ ڪهاڙي، [[ڏاٽو]]، [[ڪوڏر]] ۽ رازن جي ڪرني لاءِ ايندو هو. انهيءَ مان فعل ''asciare'' نڪتو، جنهن جي معنيٰ ڪاٺ يا پٿر کي هموار ڪرڻ، يا ڪرني سان مسالو هلائڻ ۽ تعميراتي ڪم ڪرڻ هئي.

لفظ '''تعمير ڪرڻ''' به لاطيني فعل {{lang-la|construere}} مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن جي بنيادي معنيٰ شين کي ترتيب سان گڏ رکڻ، پوءِ عمارت ٺاهڻ يا اڏڻ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{CNRTL|construire}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهيءَ مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته ڪرني ۽ تعمير جي فن جو لاڳاپو تمام قديم آهي.

[[فراميسنري]] ۾ ارڙهين صديءَ کان ڪرني ۽ [[پاڻيءَ جي سطح ماپڻ وارو اوزار]] (Level) گڏجي تعمير ۽ ڀائپي جي علامتن طور استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن. خاص طور [[فرينچ رسم]] (French Rite) ۾ ڪرني ساٿي (Companion) جي درجي جي شروعاتي رسم جي اهم علامت آهي. جديد تقريبن ۾ به ڪنهن عمارت جي [[بنياد جو پهريون پٿر]] رکڻ وقت ڪرني بنيادي علامتي اوزار طور استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{sfn|Paireault|2020|p=}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1690ع ۾ [[انتوان فيورتيئر]] پنهنجي مشهور لغت ۾ ڪرني جي تعريف هن ريت ڪئي: ''&quot;اهو رازن، ڇت ٺاهيندڙن ۽ فرش وڇائيندڙن جو اوزار آهي، جيڪو پلستر، مسالو ۽ سيمينٽ کي ملائڻ، پکيڙڻ ۽ هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.&quot;'' هن وڌيڪ لکيو ته ڪرني ٽڪنڊي شڪل واري لوهه جي ڦر ۽ هڪ هٿيءَ تي مشتمل هوندي آهي، ۽ رازن جي بنيادي اوزارن ۾ هٿوڙو، مسالي جي تغاري ۽ ڪرني شامل آهن.

فرينچ ٻوليءَ ۾ ''truellée'' مان مراد اها مقدار آهي، جيڪا هڪ ڪرني ۾ کنئي وڃي سگهي. ''trueller'' جو مطلب ٿلهي تهه سان رنگ ڪرڻ، جڏهن ته ''truellage'' ڪرني سان ڪيل ڪم يا اهڙي قسم جي مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. ''truellisation'' مان مراد ڪرني سان پلستر يا ليپ تي آرائشي بناوت ٺاهڻ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{sfn|Peyroux|1985|p=}}&lt;/ref&gt;

لغت نويس [[پئر لاروس]] موجب ''trulla''، جيڪو ڪرني جو بنيادي لاطيني لفظ آهي، ''trua'' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن جي معنيٰ چمچو يا کوٽڻ وارو اوزار آهي. هن ان کي [[قديم يوناني ٻولي]] جي انهن لفظن سان پڻ ڳنڍيو، جن جي معنيٰ &quot;کوٽڻ&quot; يا &quot;سوراخ ڪرڻ&quot; آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{sfn|Larousse|id=larousse|p=}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ ۾ فرانس ۾ '''ڪرني''' لفظ تعمير ڪرڻ يا عمارتون اڏائڻ جي استعارتي معنيٰ ۾ پڻ استعمال ٿيندو هو، جنهن مان محاورا جهڙوڪ ''&quot;ڪرني سان محبت ڪرڻ&quot;'' يا ''&quot;ڪرني جي بيماري هئڻ&quot;'' وجود ۾ آيا. مشهور فرينچ ناول نگار [[اونوري ڊي بالزاڪ]] به لکيو هو: ''&quot;پيرس ۾ ڪرني، ماڻهن جي تصور کان وڌيڪ، تهذيب پيدا ڪندڙ اوزار آهي.&quot;''&lt;ref&gt;{{sfn|Larousse|id=larousse|p=|loc=article &quot;marteau&quot;}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== جوڙجڪ ==

ڪرني عام طور هڪ چپٽي ڌاتي ڦر (بليڊ)، ڳچي (Shank) ۽ هٿي (ھينڊلظ) تي مشتمل هوندي آهي. ڦر گهڻو ڪري ڪاربان اسٽيل يا اسٽينليس اسٽيل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته هٿي ڪاٺ، پلاسٽڪ يا رٻڙ مان ٺهندي آهي، جيئن ڪم دوران مضبوط پڪڙ ۽ آساني حاصل ٿئي. ڦر جي شڪل ڪم جي نوعيت مطابق ٽڪنڊي، مستطيل يا گول ڪنڊن واري ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;
ڪرني جي هٿي (ھينڊل) کي ان جي ڦر (بليڊ) سان هڪ وڪريل ڳانڍاپي ذريعي ڳنڍيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو عام طور '''S''' شڪل وارو هوندو آهي ۽ ان کي '''راجهڳچي'''، يعني هنس جي ڳچي) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

سڌي ڳچي ۽ ذوزنقي شڪل واري ڦر واريون ڪرنيون '''پلستر ڪرنيون''' سڏبيون آهن. جڏهن ته [[ٽائيل لڳائيندڙ]] بيضوي يا دل نما ڦر  واريون ڪرنيون استعمال ڪندا آهن.
ڪرني جي ڦر جي پاسي جي ڊيگهه عام طور [[سر]] جي ڊيگهه جي لڳ ڀڳ برابر رکبي آهي، جيئن کنيل [[مسالو]] هڪ [[سر]] هيٺ مڪمل طور تي پکڙجي وڃي ۽ مسالي جو بسترو (Mortar bed) مڪمل نموني ڀرجي سگهي. مثال طور معياري سر جي ڊيگهه 24 سينٽي ميٽر، ويڪر 11.5 سينٽي ميٽر ۽ اوچائي 7.1 سينٽي ميٽر هوندي آهي.

== استعمال ==

عمارت سازي ۾ ڪرني مسالو يا ڪنڪريٽ کڻڻ، سرن يا پٿرن تي پکيڙڻ، جوڙن (Joints) کي ڀرڻ، اضافي مسالي کي هٽائڻ ۽ مٿاڇري کي هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. رازا سرن جي اوساري دوران هر سر تي مناسب مقدار ۾ مسالو وڇائڻ ۽ ان کي گهربل شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ ڪرني استعمال ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان اوساري مضبوط ۽ هموار بڻجي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[File:Kazi Kazi means ( work work).jpg|thumb|left|ڪرني استعمال ڪندي رازو]]
[[File:Fugenkelle.JPG|thumb|right|جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني (Fugenkelle)]]
[[File:Brick trowels roman.jpg|thumb|right|قديم رومي ڪرنيون (پهرين کان ٽئين صدي عيسوي)، بيضوي ڦر سان]]

ٽڪنڊي ڪرني چونڊڻ وقت ان جي '''ثقلي مرڪز''' جو متوازن هجڻ اهم هوندو آهي. ان جي جاچ لاءِ ڪرني کي هٿيءَ جي هيٺان، مثال طور [[اشارو آڱر]] تي، توازن سان رکيو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ڪرني جي ڦر عمودي (ورٽيڪل) حالت ۾ سڌي بيهي وڃي ته ان جو توازن مناسب سمجهيو ويندو آهي. اهو ان ڪري ضروري آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ مسالو کڻڻ يا پلستر ڪرڻ دوران رازي کي ڪرني جو وزن [[ڪلائي]] جي مدد سان متوازن رکڻو پوندو آهي. ساڳيءَ طرح ڪرني جي هٿيءَ جو مرڪزي محور به ڦر جي نوڪ سان سڌي ليڪ ۾ هجڻ گهرجي. جيڪڏهن ائين نه هجي ته ڪيترائي رازا پنهنجي ڪرني کي [[هٿوڙو|هٿوڙي]] جي مدد سان پاڻ سڌو ڪري وٺندا آهن.
ٽڪنڊي ڪرني وڏين سطحن تي پلستر ڪرڻ لاءِ پڻ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. پهرين ڪرني ۾ پلستر جو مسالو کنيو ويندو آهي، پوءِ هٿ کي ٿورو پوئتي کڻي ڪرني کي جهول ڏنو ويندو آهي. ان کان پوءِ ڪلائيءَ جي حرڪت سان ڪرني کي اهڙي نموني ڦيرايو ويندو آهي، جو ان جي ڦر عمودي حالت اختيار ڪري وٺي. ان حرڪت سان مسالو ڦر تي مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي ويندو آهي. پوءِ ڪرني کي ڀت جي ان هنڌ تي آندو ويندو آهي، جتي مسالو لڳائڻو هجي. ڪرني کي پاسيرو سرڪائڻ سان مسالو ڦر کان الڳ ٿي ڀت تي پکڙجي ويندو آهي ۽ گهربل رخ ۾ هڪجهڙي نموني ورهائجي ويندو آهي.
چوڪنڊي ڪرني تنگ [[چمني]]ن جي اڏاوت ۾ پڻ ڪارائتي هوندي آهي، جتي اضافي مسالو هٽائڻ ۽ جوڙن کي بند ڪرڻ آسان ٿيندو آهي. بهرحال، پلستر ڪرڻ لاءِ چوڪنڊي ڪرني گهڻي مناسب نه سمجهي ويندي آهي. ان جي باوجود اها باغباني ۽ منظرسازي جي ڪم ۾ ڪناري وارن پٿرن کي پنهنجي جاءِ تي مضبوط ڪرڻ، مسالو ملائڻ ۽ ٻين تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

'''رازن جون ڪرنيون''' [[تعميراتي مواد جا جاچيندڙ]] پڻ استعمال ڪندا آهن، جيڪي تعميراتي هنڌن يا تجربگاهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي معيار ۽ خاصيتن جي جاچ دوران ڪنڪريٽ کي آزمائشي اوزارن ۾ وجهڻ، مڪسر مان ڪڍڻ ۽ ٻين آزمائشي مرحلن ۾ انهن کان ڪم وٺندا آهن.

== قسم ==

ڪرني جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جيڪي مختلف تعميراتي ڪمن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن. عام قسمن ۾ '''سرن واري ڪرني'''، '''ڪنڊ واري ڪرني'''، '''جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني'''، '''مارجن ڪرني'''، '''ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني'''  ۽ '''بالٽي ڪرني'''  شامل آهن. هر قسم جي ڦر جي شڪل ۽ ماپ ان جي مخصوص استعمال مطابق هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پلستر]] ڪرڻ واري مشين جي ايجاد کان اڳ پلستر ڪرڻ لاءِ اهڙيون خاص ڪرنيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون هيون، جن جي ڦر تمام وڏي هوندي هئي، جيئن هڪ ئي وقت ۾ ڀت جي وڏي حصي تي جلدي پلستر ڪري سگهجي.
تعميراتي ڪم ۾ ڪيترين ئي خاص قسمن جون ڪرنيون استعمال ٿين ٿيون، جن مان ڪجهه هي آهن:

* [[برلن ڪرني]]
* [[نوڪدار ڪرني]]
* [[جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني]] 
* [[هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني]] ، جنهن کي '''ٽرافل پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.
* [[زبان نما ڪرني]] ، جنهن کي '''ٻلي جي زبان''' پڻ سڏيو ويندو آهي؛ هن ڪرني جي نوڪ گول هوندي آهي.

ننڍيون ٽڪنڊي ڪرنيون [[آثار قديمه]] جي کوٽاين ۾ پڻ استعمال ٿينديون آهن، جتي انهن جي مدد سان مٽيءَ ۽ ثقافتي تهن کي تمام احتياط ۽ آهستگي سان هٽايو ويندو آهي. اهڙي ڪم دوران ڪڏهن ڪڏهن گهڻي زور (Leverage) پيدا ٿيندي آهي، تنهنڪري [[آثار قديمه جي ڪرني]] کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن جا ڌاتي حصا هڪ ئي ٽڪري مان تيار ڪيل هوندا آهن، جنهن سان انهن جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري وڌي ويندي آهي.

== علم نشان (هيرالڊري) ==

'''رازن جي ڪرني'''، جنهن کي '''ڀت سازي جي ڪرني''' يا مختصر طور '''ڪرني''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، [[علم نشان]] (Heraldry) ۾ هڪ [[عام نشان]]  طور استعمال ٿيندي آهي. هي نشان خاص طور جديد هيرالڊري ۾ [[ڪوٽ آف آرمس]] (Coat of arms) تي ڏسڻ ۾ اچي ٿو.

نشان ۾ ڪرني کي عام طور ان جي حقيقي تعميراتي شڪل مطابق ڏيکاريو ويندو آهي. اڪثر اهو ٻه-رخي صورت ۾ هوندو آهي ۽ ان جي ڦر (بليڊ) ڍال جي مٿئين ڪنڊ ڏانهن رخ رکندي آهي، جيڪا ان جي رواجي بيهڪ سمجهي ويندي آهي. جيڪڏهن ڪرني ٽڪنڊي يا چوڪنڊي شڪل ۾ هجي يا ان جي رخ ۾ تبديلي هجي، جهڙوڪ ڦريل (Inverted) هجي يا ان جي نوڪ ڍال جي هيٺئين حصي ڏانهن هجي، ته ان جو ذڪر نشان جي وضاحت ۾ ضرور ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڪرني جا مختلف قسم، جهڙوڪ [[برلن ڪرني]]، [[نوڪدار ڪرني]]، [[پلستر ڪرني]]، [[جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني]]، [[هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني]] يا '''ٽرافل'''، جيڪڏهن ڪنهن نشان ۾ شامل هجن ته انهن جا نالا وضاحت ۾ لکيا ويندا آهن، پر انهن جي موجودگي ڍال تي پيشڪش جي بنيادي انداز ۾ ڪا خاص تبديلي نه آڻيندي آهي. انهن کي هيرالڊري جي روايتي رنگن مان ڪنهن به رنگ ۾ ڏيکاري سگهجي ٿو، جيتوڻيڪ گهڻو ڪري صرف هٿيءَ جو رنگ مختلف رکيو ويندو آهي.

[[يوهان اوهني فورخت ]] (Johann Ohnefurcht) پنهنجي ذاتي نشان (Badge) ۽ نعري «''Ich houd – Ich halte stand''» («مان ثابت قدم آهيان») جي علامت طور رازن جي ڪرني استعمال ڪئي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;Fanny Bury Palliser: ''Historic Devices, Badges, and War-Cries.'' London, 1870, p. 35.&lt;/ref&gt;

رازن جي ڪرني [[هنرمندن جا نشان|هنرمندن]] ۽ [[پيشاور نشان|پيشاورن]] جي نشانين (Guild arms) ۾ پڻ هڪ اهم علامت طور استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

&lt;gallery&gt;
File:Wiener Gewerbewappen Baumeister Maurer Steinmetze.jpg|ويانا جي هڪ پيشاور نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Wappen at strengen.png|[[اسٽرينگن]] جي نشان ۾ ڪرني
File:Zunftwappen-Maurer.svg|هنرمندن جي نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Maurer_P7020069_retouched.jpg|هنرمندن جي نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Wappen Ratshausen.svg|[[راتس هائوزن]] جي سرڪاري نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
&lt;/gallery&gt;
&lt;gallery&gt;
File:Wiener Gewerbewappen Baumeister Maurer Steinmetze.jpg|ويانا جي هڪ پيشاور نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Wappen at strengen.png|[[اسٽرينگن]] جي نشان ۾ ڪرني
File:Zunftwappen-Maurer.svg|هنرمندن جي نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Maurer_P7020069_retouched.jpg|هنرمندن جي نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Wappen Ratshausen.svg|[[راتس هائوزن]] جي سرڪاري نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== سنڀال ==

ڪرني کي استعمال کان پوءِ صاف ڪري ان تي لڳل مسالو هٽائڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ سڪل مسالو ڦر جي همواري کي متاثر ڪري سگهي ٿو. ڪاربان اسٽيل جي ڪرني کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ هلڪي تيل جي تهه لڳائڻ فائديمند هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون ڪرنيون نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال گهرنديون آهن.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>isob4jg2z68udnm1tmt84y2d3o5ujrg</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400991</id>
      <parentid>400990</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T21:52:48Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* لفظ جي بڻ ۽ اصطلاح */</comment>
      <origin>400991</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="22096" sha1="h3y7cx0t9y8ukd43jcpekryjjhkpej3" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|مسالي يا ڪنڪريٽ سان ڪم ڪرڻ لاءِ هٿ وارو اوزار}}

[[File:Masons trowel.jpg|250px|thumb|رازن جي ڪرني]]

'''ڪرني''' يا '''رازن جي ڪرني'' هڪ هٿ وارو [[ڪرني]] آهي، جيڪو [[سرن جي اوساري]] ۽ [[پٿرن جي اوساري]] ۾ [[مسالو|مسالي]] يا ڪنڪريٽ کي پکيڙڻ، هموار ڪرڻ، شڪل ڏيڻ ۽ سطح برابر ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ڪم جي نوعيت موجب ڪرنيون مختلف شڪلين ۽ ماپن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن. هيٺ ڪرني جا ڪجهه عام قسم ڏجن ٿا:

* '''سرن واري ڪرني'''  يا '''رازن جي ڪرني''' (Mason's trowel): هن ڪرني جي ڦر جو اڳيون حصو نوڪدار هوندو آهي، جيڪو سرن يا [[ڪنڪريٽ جا بلاڪ|ڪنڪريٽ بلاڪن]] تي مسالو وڇائڻ (Buttering) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ڦر جي خاص شڪل سبب مسالي کي صحيح مقدار ۽ درست هنڌ تي رکڻ آسان ٿيندو آهي.

* '''بالٽي ڪرني''' : ويڪري ڦر واري ڪرني، جيڪا [[بالٽي]] مان مسالو يا ڪنڪريٽ ڪڍڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. اها سرن تي مسالو وڇائڻ ۽ مسالي کي هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ پڻ موزون هوندي آهي.

* '''ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني''': ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي سخت ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان جي مٿاڇري کي هموار، نرم ۽ چمڪدار بڻائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. ڪم دوران ان کي ڪنڪريٽ جي سطح سان لڳ ڀڳ سڌو رکي هلڪي قوسي حرڪت سان هلائبو آهي.

* '''ڪنڊ ڪرني''': ڪنڪريٽ جي اندرين يا ٻاهرين ڪنڊن کي شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. ان جي ڦر 90 درجن جي موڙ تي ٺهيل هوندي آهي ۽ هٿي ان موڙ جي وچ تي لڳل هوندي آهي، جنهن سان ٻنهي پاسن تي هڪجهڙو دٻاءُ لاڳو ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

* '''گيجنگ ڪرني''': گول نوڪ واري ننڍڙي ڪرني، جيڪا مسالو ملائڻ، تنگ هنڌن تي ٿورو مسالو لڳائڻ، پراڻو ڀُريل مسالو بدلائڻ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مرمت لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''مارجن ڪرني''' : سڌي نوڪ واري ننڍڙي ڪرني، جيڪا اهڙن تنگ هنڌن ۽ ڪنڊن ۾ مسالو لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، جتي وڏي نوڪدار ڪرني نه پهچي سگهي.

* '''جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني''' : هي سرن واري ڪرني جو ننڍو روپ هوندو آهي. اها سرن يا پٿرن جي وچ وارن ننڍن خالن کي مسالي سان ڀرڻ ۽ ٽٽل يا ڀُريل جوڙن جي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''گول ڪنڊ واري ڪرني'''  ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني جو هڪ قسم، جنهن جي ڦر جا ڪنارا گول هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري اها آلي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ کُپي نه ويندي آهي.

* '''ڏاڪڻ ڪرني''': ڪنڊ ڪرني سان ملندڙ جلندڙ اوزار، جيڪو ڪنڪريٽ جي ڏاڪڻين جي اندرين ڪنڊن کي شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ان جي موڙ واري حصي سبب ڪنڊون هموار ۽ گول ٺهنديون آهن.

* '''ٽائيل لڳائڻ واري ڪرني''': سرن واري ڪرني جهڙي هوندي آهي، پر ان جي ڦر وڌيڪ ويڪري هوندي آهي، جنهن سان وڌيڪ مقدار ۾ مسالو کڻي وڏين سرن ۽ بلاڪن تي آساني سان وڇائي سگهجي ٿو.

* '''ٽڪ پوائنٽر''' : سرن ۽ بلاڪن جي وچ وارن جوڙن ۾ مسالو ڀرڻ، پراڻن جوڙن جي نئين سر مرمت (تي پوائنٽگ) ڪرڻ ۽ [[سرن جي اوساري]] جي ڀتين جي بحالي لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ خاص ڪرني.

'''ڪرني''' (Trowel) تغاريءَ مان [[مسالو]] کڻي ۽ انھيءَ کي صحيح نموني ۾ پٿارڻ ۽ جوڙن ٺاھڻ جي ڪم ايندي آھي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;
[[File:Trowel.jpg|thumb|ڪرني]]

[[File:Kelle.jpg|thumb|پلستر ڪرڻ واري ڪرني، سڌي ڳچيءَ سان]]
[[File:Dreieckskelle.JPG|thumb|ساڄي|ٽڪنڊي ڪرني، جنهن کي برلن ڪرني پڻ چيو ويندو آهي]]

'''رازن جي ڪرني'''، جنهن کي '''پلستر ڪرني''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، رازن جو هڪ اهم هٿ وارو اوزار آهي، جيڪو [[سرن جي اوساري]] يا [[پلستر]] ڪرڻ دوران [[مسالو|مسالي]] کي کڻڻ، پکيڙڻ ۽ شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. جرمني جي [[رائن لينڊ]] علائقي ۾ هن اوزار کي '''ٽرافل''' يا '''ٽروفل'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. ڪرني جي ڦر (Blade) جي بنيادي شڪل ٽڪنڊي يا چوڪنڊي ٿي سگهي ٿي، جيڪا مختلف تعميراتي ڪمن جي ضرورت موجب چونڊي ويندي آهي.

== لفظ جي بڻ ۽ اصطلاح ==

'''ڪرني''' لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ جي ابتدا [[قرون وسطيٰ جي لاطيني ٻولي]] جي لفظ ''trulla'' مان ٿي، جيڪو [[قديم فرينچ]] ۾ 1285ع ڌاري ''trieule'' ۽ پوءِ 1328ع ۾ ''truele'' جي صورت ۾ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web
|url=https://www.cnrtl.fr/etymologie/truelle
|title=Étymologie de « truelle »
|website=Centre national de ressources textuelles et lexicales (CNRTL)
|language=fr
|access-date=5 August 2026
}}&lt;/ref&gt;
لاطيني ٻوليءَ ۾ trūlla اصل ۾ هڪ مونث اسم هو، جيڪو ننڍڙي ڇلڻي، چمچي، ٿالهه، رازن جي ڪرني ۽ ٻين اهڙن اوزارن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{CNRTL|truelle|étymologie}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن لفظ جو تعلق غالباً ''trua'' سان آهي، جنهن جي معنيٰ کوکلو يا کوٽڻ وارو اوزار آهي. بعد ۾ هي لفظ تعميراتي اوزارن، خاص طور رازن جي ڪرني، لاءِ عام ٿي ويو. رومي ٻولين جي ڪيترين ئي مقامي صورتن، جهڙوڪ [[والون ٻولي]] ۽ [[لورين ٻولي]]، ۾ اڄ به ان جو اچار ''ٽروئيل'' جي ويجهو آهي.

قديم لاطيني ۾ هڪ ٻيو لفظ ''ascia'' پڻ استعمال ٿيندو هو، جيڪو مختلف تعميراتي اوزارن، جهڙوڪ ڪهاڙي، [[ڏاٽو]]، [[ڪوڏر]] ۽ رازن جي ڪرني لاءِ ايندو هو. انهيءَ مان فعل ''asciare'' نڪتو، جنهن جي معنيٰ ڪاٺ يا پٿر کي هموار ڪرڻ، يا ڪرني سان مسالو هلائڻ ۽ تعميراتي ڪم ڪرڻ هئي.

لفظ '''تعمير ڪرڻ''' به لاطيني فعل construere مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن جي بنيادي معنيٰ شين کي ترتيب سان گڏ رکڻ، پوءِ عمارت ٺاهڻ يا اڏڻ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web
|url=https://www.cnrtl.fr/definition/construire
|title=Construire
|website=Centre national de ressources textuelles et lexicales (CNRTL)
|language=fr
|access-date=5 August 2026
}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهيءَ مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته ڪرني ۽ تعمير جي فن جو لاڳاپو تمام قديم آهي.

[[فراميسنري]] ۾ ارڙهين صديءَ کان ڪرني ۽ [[پاڻيءَ جي سطح ماپڻ وارو اوزار]] (Level) گڏجي تعمير ۽ ڀائپي جي علامتن طور استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن. خاص طور [[فرينچ رسم]] ۾ ڪرني ساٿي جي درجي جي شروعاتي رسم جي اهم علامت آهي. جديد تقريبن ۾ به ڪنهن عمارت جي [[بنياد جو پهريون پٿر]] رکڻ وقت ڪرني بنيادي علامتي اوزار طور استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{sfn|Paireault|2020|p=}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1690ع ۾ [[انتوان فيورتيئر]] پنهنجي مشهور لغت ۾ ڪرني جي تعريف هن ريت ڪئي: ''&quot;اهو رازن، ڇت ٺاهيندڙن ۽ فرش وڇائيندڙن جو اوزار آهي، جيڪو پلستر، مسالو ۽ سيمينٽ کي ملائڻ، پکيڙڻ ۽ هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.&quot;'' هن وڌيڪ لکيو ته ڪرني ٽڪنڊي شڪل واري لوهه جي ڦر ۽ هڪ هٿيءَ تي مشتمل هوندي آهي، ۽ رازن جي بنيادي اوزارن ۾ هٿوڙو، مسالي جي تغاري ۽ ڪرني شامل آهن.

فرينچ ٻوليءَ ۾ ''truellée'' مان مراد اها مقدار آهي، جيڪا هڪ ڪرني ۾ کنئي وڃي سگهي. ''trueller'' جو مطلب ٿلهي تهه سان رنگ ڪرڻ، جڏهن ته ''truellage'' ڪرني سان ڪيل ڪم يا اهڙي قسم جي مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. ''truellisation'' مان مراد ڪرني سان پلستر يا ليپ تي آرائشي بناوت ٺاهڻ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{sfn|Peyroux|1985|p=}}&lt;/ref&gt;

لغت نويس [[پئر لاروس]] موجب ''trulla''، جيڪو ڪرني جو بنيادي لاطيني لفظ آهي، ''trua'' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن جي معنيٰ چمچو يا کوٽڻ وارو اوزار آهي. هن ان کي [[قديم يوناني ٻولي]] جي انهن لفظن سان پڻ ڳنڍيو، جن جي معنيٰ &quot;کوٽڻ&quot; يا &quot;سوراخ ڪرڻ&quot; آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{sfn|Larousse|id=larousse|p=}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ ۾ فرانس ۾ '''ڪرني''' لفظ تعمير ڪرڻ يا عمارتون اڏائڻ جي استعارتي معنيٰ ۾ پڻ استعمال ٿيندو هو، جنهن مان محاورا جهڙوڪ ''&quot;ڪرني سان محبت ڪرڻ&quot;'' يا ''&quot;ڪرني جي بيماري هئڻ&quot;'' وجود ۾ آيا. مشهور فرينچ ناول نگار [[اونوري ڊي بالزاڪ]] به لکيو هو: ''&quot;پيرس ۾ ڪرني، ماڻهن جي تصور کان وڌيڪ، تهذيب پيدا ڪندڙ اوزار آهي.&quot;''&lt;ref&gt;{{sfn|Larousse|id=larousse|p=|loc=article &quot;marteau&quot;}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== جوڙجڪ ==

ڪرني عام طور هڪ چپٽي ڌاتي ڦر (بليڊ)، ڳچي (Shank) ۽ هٿي (ھينڊلظ) تي مشتمل هوندي آهي. ڦر گهڻو ڪري ڪاربان اسٽيل يا اسٽينليس اسٽيل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته هٿي ڪاٺ، پلاسٽڪ يا رٻڙ مان ٺهندي آهي، جيئن ڪم دوران مضبوط پڪڙ ۽ آساني حاصل ٿئي. ڦر جي شڪل ڪم جي نوعيت مطابق ٽڪنڊي، مستطيل يا گول ڪنڊن واري ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;
ڪرني جي هٿي (ھينڊل) کي ان جي ڦر (بليڊ) سان هڪ وڪريل ڳانڍاپي ذريعي ڳنڍيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو عام طور '''S''' شڪل وارو هوندو آهي ۽ ان کي '''راجهڳچي'''، يعني هنس جي ڳچي) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

سڌي ڳچي ۽ ذوزنقي شڪل واري ڦر واريون ڪرنيون '''پلستر ڪرنيون''' سڏبيون آهن. جڏهن ته [[ٽائيل لڳائيندڙ]] بيضوي يا دل نما ڦر  واريون ڪرنيون استعمال ڪندا آهن.
ڪرني جي ڦر جي پاسي جي ڊيگهه عام طور [[سر]] جي ڊيگهه جي لڳ ڀڳ برابر رکبي آهي، جيئن کنيل [[مسالو]] هڪ [[سر]] هيٺ مڪمل طور تي پکڙجي وڃي ۽ مسالي جو بسترو (Mortar bed) مڪمل نموني ڀرجي سگهي. مثال طور معياري سر جي ڊيگهه 24 سينٽي ميٽر، ويڪر 11.5 سينٽي ميٽر ۽ اوچائي 7.1 سينٽي ميٽر هوندي آهي.

== استعمال ==

عمارت سازي ۾ ڪرني مسالو يا ڪنڪريٽ کڻڻ، سرن يا پٿرن تي پکيڙڻ، جوڙن (Joints) کي ڀرڻ، اضافي مسالي کي هٽائڻ ۽ مٿاڇري کي هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. رازا سرن جي اوساري دوران هر سر تي مناسب مقدار ۾ مسالو وڇائڻ ۽ ان کي گهربل شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ ڪرني استعمال ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان اوساري مضبوط ۽ هموار بڻجي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[File:Kazi Kazi means ( work work).jpg|thumb|left|ڪرني استعمال ڪندي رازو]]
[[File:Fugenkelle.JPG|thumb|right|جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني (Fugenkelle)]]
[[File:Brick trowels roman.jpg|thumb|right|قديم رومي ڪرنيون (پهرين کان ٽئين صدي عيسوي)، بيضوي ڦر سان]]

ٽڪنڊي ڪرني چونڊڻ وقت ان جي '''ثقلي مرڪز''' جو متوازن هجڻ اهم هوندو آهي. ان جي جاچ لاءِ ڪرني کي هٿيءَ جي هيٺان، مثال طور [[اشارو آڱر]] تي، توازن سان رکيو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ڪرني جي ڦر عمودي (ورٽيڪل) حالت ۾ سڌي بيهي وڃي ته ان جو توازن مناسب سمجهيو ويندو آهي. اهو ان ڪري ضروري آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ مسالو کڻڻ يا پلستر ڪرڻ دوران رازي کي ڪرني جو وزن [[ڪلائي]] جي مدد سان متوازن رکڻو پوندو آهي. ساڳيءَ طرح ڪرني جي هٿيءَ جو مرڪزي محور به ڦر جي نوڪ سان سڌي ليڪ ۾ هجڻ گهرجي. جيڪڏهن ائين نه هجي ته ڪيترائي رازا پنهنجي ڪرني کي [[هٿوڙو|هٿوڙي]] جي مدد سان پاڻ سڌو ڪري وٺندا آهن.
ٽڪنڊي ڪرني وڏين سطحن تي پلستر ڪرڻ لاءِ پڻ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. پهرين ڪرني ۾ پلستر جو مسالو کنيو ويندو آهي، پوءِ هٿ کي ٿورو پوئتي کڻي ڪرني کي جهول ڏنو ويندو آهي. ان کان پوءِ ڪلائيءَ جي حرڪت سان ڪرني کي اهڙي نموني ڦيرايو ويندو آهي، جو ان جي ڦر عمودي حالت اختيار ڪري وٺي. ان حرڪت سان مسالو ڦر تي مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي ويندو آهي. پوءِ ڪرني کي ڀت جي ان هنڌ تي آندو ويندو آهي، جتي مسالو لڳائڻو هجي. ڪرني کي پاسيرو سرڪائڻ سان مسالو ڦر کان الڳ ٿي ڀت تي پکڙجي ويندو آهي ۽ گهربل رخ ۾ هڪجهڙي نموني ورهائجي ويندو آهي.
چوڪنڊي ڪرني تنگ [[چمني]]ن جي اڏاوت ۾ پڻ ڪارائتي هوندي آهي، جتي اضافي مسالو هٽائڻ ۽ جوڙن کي بند ڪرڻ آسان ٿيندو آهي. بهرحال، پلستر ڪرڻ لاءِ چوڪنڊي ڪرني گهڻي مناسب نه سمجهي ويندي آهي. ان جي باوجود اها باغباني ۽ منظرسازي جي ڪم ۾ ڪناري وارن پٿرن کي پنهنجي جاءِ تي مضبوط ڪرڻ، مسالو ملائڻ ۽ ٻين تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

'''رازن جون ڪرنيون''' [[تعميراتي مواد جا جاچيندڙ]] پڻ استعمال ڪندا آهن، جيڪي تعميراتي هنڌن يا تجربگاهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي معيار ۽ خاصيتن جي جاچ دوران ڪنڪريٽ کي آزمائشي اوزارن ۾ وجهڻ، مڪسر مان ڪڍڻ ۽ ٻين آزمائشي مرحلن ۾ انهن کان ڪم وٺندا آهن.

== قسم ==

ڪرني جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جيڪي مختلف تعميراتي ڪمن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن. عام قسمن ۾ '''سرن واري ڪرني'''، '''ڪنڊ واري ڪرني'''، '''جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني'''، '''مارجن ڪرني'''، '''ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني'''  ۽ '''بالٽي ڪرني'''  شامل آهن. هر قسم جي ڦر جي شڪل ۽ ماپ ان جي مخصوص استعمال مطابق هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پلستر]] ڪرڻ واري مشين جي ايجاد کان اڳ پلستر ڪرڻ لاءِ اهڙيون خاص ڪرنيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون هيون، جن جي ڦر تمام وڏي هوندي هئي، جيئن هڪ ئي وقت ۾ ڀت جي وڏي حصي تي جلدي پلستر ڪري سگهجي.
تعميراتي ڪم ۾ ڪيترين ئي خاص قسمن جون ڪرنيون استعمال ٿين ٿيون، جن مان ڪجهه هي آهن:

* [[برلن ڪرني]]
* [[نوڪدار ڪرني]]
* [[جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني]] 
* [[هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني]] ، جنهن کي '''ٽرافل پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.
* [[زبان نما ڪرني]] ، جنهن کي '''ٻلي جي زبان''' پڻ سڏيو ويندو آهي؛ هن ڪرني جي نوڪ گول هوندي آهي.

ننڍيون ٽڪنڊي ڪرنيون [[آثار قديمه]] جي کوٽاين ۾ پڻ استعمال ٿينديون آهن، جتي انهن جي مدد سان مٽيءَ ۽ ثقافتي تهن کي تمام احتياط ۽ آهستگي سان هٽايو ويندو آهي. اهڙي ڪم دوران ڪڏهن ڪڏهن گهڻي زور (Leverage) پيدا ٿيندي آهي، تنهنڪري [[آثار قديمه جي ڪرني]] کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن جا ڌاتي حصا هڪ ئي ٽڪري مان تيار ڪيل هوندا آهن، جنهن سان انهن جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري وڌي ويندي آهي.

== علم نشان (هيرالڊري) ==

'''رازن جي ڪرني'''، جنهن کي '''ڀت سازي جي ڪرني''' يا مختصر طور '''ڪرني''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، [[علم نشان]] (Heraldry) ۾ هڪ [[عام نشان]]  طور استعمال ٿيندي آهي. هي نشان خاص طور جديد هيرالڊري ۾ [[ڪوٽ آف آرمس]] (Coat of arms) تي ڏسڻ ۾ اچي ٿو.

نشان ۾ ڪرني کي عام طور ان جي حقيقي تعميراتي شڪل مطابق ڏيکاريو ويندو آهي. اڪثر اهو ٻه-رخي صورت ۾ هوندو آهي ۽ ان جي ڦر (بليڊ) ڍال جي مٿئين ڪنڊ ڏانهن رخ رکندي آهي، جيڪا ان جي رواجي بيهڪ سمجهي ويندي آهي. جيڪڏهن ڪرني ٽڪنڊي يا چوڪنڊي شڪل ۾ هجي يا ان جي رخ ۾ تبديلي هجي، جهڙوڪ ڦريل (Inverted) هجي يا ان جي نوڪ ڍال جي هيٺئين حصي ڏانهن هجي، ته ان جو ذڪر نشان جي وضاحت ۾ ضرور ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڪرني جا مختلف قسم، جهڙوڪ [[برلن ڪرني]]، [[نوڪدار ڪرني]]، [[پلستر ڪرني]]، [[جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني]]، [[هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني]] يا '''ٽرافل'''، جيڪڏهن ڪنهن نشان ۾ شامل هجن ته انهن جا نالا وضاحت ۾ لکيا ويندا آهن، پر انهن جي موجودگي ڍال تي پيشڪش جي بنيادي انداز ۾ ڪا خاص تبديلي نه آڻيندي آهي. انهن کي هيرالڊري جي روايتي رنگن مان ڪنهن به رنگ ۾ ڏيکاري سگهجي ٿو، جيتوڻيڪ گهڻو ڪري صرف هٿيءَ جو رنگ مختلف رکيو ويندو آهي.

[[يوهان اوهني فورخت ]] (Johann Ohnefurcht) پنهنجي ذاتي نشان (Badge) ۽ نعري «''Ich houd – Ich halte stand''» («مان ثابت قدم آهيان») جي علامت طور رازن جي ڪرني استعمال ڪئي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;Fanny Bury Palliser: ''Historic Devices, Badges, and War-Cries.'' London, 1870, p. 35.&lt;/ref&gt;

رازن جي ڪرني [[هنرمندن جا نشان|هنرمندن]] ۽ [[پيشاور نشان|پيشاورن]] جي نشانين (Guild arms) ۾ پڻ هڪ اهم علامت طور استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

&lt;gallery&gt;
File:Wiener Gewerbewappen Baumeister Maurer Steinmetze.jpg|ويانا جي هڪ پيشاور نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Wappen at strengen.png|[[اسٽرينگن]] جي نشان ۾ ڪرني
File:Zunftwappen-Maurer.svg|هنرمندن جي نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Maurer_P7020069_retouched.jpg|هنرمندن جي نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Wappen Ratshausen.svg|[[راتس هائوزن]] جي سرڪاري نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
&lt;/gallery&gt;
&lt;gallery&gt;
File:Wiener Gewerbewappen Baumeister Maurer Steinmetze.jpg|ويانا جي هڪ پيشاور نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Wappen at strengen.png|[[اسٽرينگن]] جي نشان ۾ ڪرني
File:Zunftwappen-Maurer.svg|هنرمندن جي نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Maurer_P7020069_retouched.jpg|هنرمندن جي نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Wappen Ratshausen.svg|[[راتس هائوزن]] جي سرڪاري نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== سنڀال ==

ڪرني کي استعمال کان پوءِ صاف ڪري ان تي لڳل مسالو هٽائڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ سڪل مسالو ڦر جي همواري کي متاثر ڪري سگهي ٿو. ڪاربان اسٽيل جي ڪرني کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ هلڪي تيل جي تهه لڳائڻ فائديمند هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون ڪرنيون نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال گهرنديون آهن.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>h3y7cx0t9y8ukd43jcpekryjjhkpej3</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400992</id>
      <parentid>400991</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T21:58:28Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* استعمال */</comment>
      <origin>400992</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="22921" sha1="ef907oomaytc8cwcmj0r3x7r2pcf3e6" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|مسالي يا ڪنڪريٽ سان ڪم ڪرڻ لاءِ هٿ وارو اوزار}}

[[File:Masons trowel.jpg|250px|thumb|رازن جي ڪرني]]

'''ڪرني''' يا '''رازن جي ڪرني'' هڪ هٿ وارو [[ڪرني]] آهي، جيڪو [[سرن جي اوساري]] ۽ [[پٿرن جي اوساري]] ۾ [[مسالو|مسالي]] يا ڪنڪريٽ کي پکيڙڻ، هموار ڪرڻ، شڪل ڏيڻ ۽ سطح برابر ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ڪم جي نوعيت موجب ڪرنيون مختلف شڪلين ۽ ماپن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن. هيٺ ڪرني جا ڪجهه عام قسم ڏجن ٿا:

* '''سرن واري ڪرني'''  يا '''رازن جي ڪرني''' (Mason's trowel): هن ڪرني جي ڦر جو اڳيون حصو نوڪدار هوندو آهي، جيڪو سرن يا [[ڪنڪريٽ جا بلاڪ|ڪنڪريٽ بلاڪن]] تي مسالو وڇائڻ (Buttering) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ڦر جي خاص شڪل سبب مسالي کي صحيح مقدار ۽ درست هنڌ تي رکڻ آسان ٿيندو آهي.

* '''بالٽي ڪرني''' : ويڪري ڦر واري ڪرني، جيڪا [[بالٽي]] مان مسالو يا ڪنڪريٽ ڪڍڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. اها سرن تي مسالو وڇائڻ ۽ مسالي کي هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ پڻ موزون هوندي آهي.

* '''ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني''': ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي سخت ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان جي مٿاڇري کي هموار، نرم ۽ چمڪدار بڻائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. ڪم دوران ان کي ڪنڪريٽ جي سطح سان لڳ ڀڳ سڌو رکي هلڪي قوسي حرڪت سان هلائبو آهي.

* '''ڪنڊ ڪرني''': ڪنڪريٽ جي اندرين يا ٻاهرين ڪنڊن کي شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. ان جي ڦر 90 درجن جي موڙ تي ٺهيل هوندي آهي ۽ هٿي ان موڙ جي وچ تي لڳل هوندي آهي، جنهن سان ٻنهي پاسن تي هڪجهڙو دٻاءُ لاڳو ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

* '''گيجنگ ڪرني''': گول نوڪ واري ننڍڙي ڪرني، جيڪا مسالو ملائڻ، تنگ هنڌن تي ٿورو مسالو لڳائڻ، پراڻو ڀُريل مسالو بدلائڻ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مرمت لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''مارجن ڪرني''' : سڌي نوڪ واري ننڍڙي ڪرني، جيڪا اهڙن تنگ هنڌن ۽ ڪنڊن ۾ مسالو لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، جتي وڏي نوڪدار ڪرني نه پهچي سگهي.

* '''جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني''' : هي سرن واري ڪرني جو ننڍو روپ هوندو آهي. اها سرن يا پٿرن جي وچ وارن ننڍن خالن کي مسالي سان ڀرڻ ۽ ٽٽل يا ڀُريل جوڙن جي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''گول ڪنڊ واري ڪرني'''  ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني جو هڪ قسم، جنهن جي ڦر جا ڪنارا گول هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري اها آلي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ کُپي نه ويندي آهي.

* '''ڏاڪڻ ڪرني''': ڪنڊ ڪرني سان ملندڙ جلندڙ اوزار، جيڪو ڪنڪريٽ جي ڏاڪڻين جي اندرين ڪنڊن کي شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ان جي موڙ واري حصي سبب ڪنڊون هموار ۽ گول ٺهنديون آهن.

* '''ٽائيل لڳائڻ واري ڪرني''': سرن واري ڪرني جهڙي هوندي آهي، پر ان جي ڦر وڌيڪ ويڪري هوندي آهي، جنهن سان وڌيڪ مقدار ۾ مسالو کڻي وڏين سرن ۽ بلاڪن تي آساني سان وڇائي سگهجي ٿو.

* '''ٽڪ پوائنٽر''' : سرن ۽ بلاڪن جي وچ وارن جوڙن ۾ مسالو ڀرڻ، پراڻن جوڙن جي نئين سر مرمت (تي پوائنٽگ) ڪرڻ ۽ [[سرن جي اوساري]] جي ڀتين جي بحالي لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ خاص ڪرني.

'''ڪرني''' (Trowel) تغاريءَ مان [[مسالو]] کڻي ۽ انھيءَ کي صحيح نموني ۾ پٿارڻ ۽ جوڙن ٺاھڻ جي ڪم ايندي آھي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;
[[File:Trowel.jpg|thumb|ڪرني]]

[[File:Kelle.jpg|thumb|پلستر ڪرڻ واري ڪرني، سڌي ڳچيءَ سان]]
[[File:Dreieckskelle.JPG|thumb|ساڄي|ٽڪنڊي ڪرني، جنهن کي برلن ڪرني پڻ چيو ويندو آهي]]

'''رازن جي ڪرني'''، جنهن کي '''پلستر ڪرني''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، رازن جو هڪ اهم هٿ وارو اوزار آهي، جيڪو [[سرن جي اوساري]] يا [[پلستر]] ڪرڻ دوران [[مسالو|مسالي]] کي کڻڻ، پکيڙڻ ۽ شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. جرمني جي [[رائن لينڊ]] علائقي ۾ هن اوزار کي '''ٽرافل''' يا '''ٽروفل'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. ڪرني جي ڦر (Blade) جي بنيادي شڪل ٽڪنڊي يا چوڪنڊي ٿي سگهي ٿي، جيڪا مختلف تعميراتي ڪمن جي ضرورت موجب چونڊي ويندي آهي.

== لفظ جي بڻ ۽ اصطلاح ==

'''ڪرني''' لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ جي ابتدا [[قرون وسطيٰ جي لاطيني ٻولي]] جي لفظ ''trulla'' مان ٿي، جيڪو [[قديم فرينچ]] ۾ 1285ع ڌاري ''trieule'' ۽ پوءِ 1328ع ۾ ''truele'' جي صورت ۾ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web
|url=https://www.cnrtl.fr/etymologie/truelle
|title=Étymologie de « truelle »
|website=Centre national de ressources textuelles et lexicales (CNRTL)
|language=fr
|access-date=5 August 2026
}}&lt;/ref&gt;
لاطيني ٻوليءَ ۾ trūlla اصل ۾ هڪ مونث اسم هو، جيڪو ننڍڙي ڇلڻي، چمچي، ٿالهه، رازن جي ڪرني ۽ ٻين اهڙن اوزارن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{CNRTL|truelle|étymologie}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن لفظ جو تعلق غالباً ''trua'' سان آهي، جنهن جي معنيٰ کوکلو يا کوٽڻ وارو اوزار آهي. بعد ۾ هي لفظ تعميراتي اوزارن، خاص طور رازن جي ڪرني، لاءِ عام ٿي ويو. رومي ٻولين جي ڪيترين ئي مقامي صورتن، جهڙوڪ [[والون ٻولي]] ۽ [[لورين ٻولي]]، ۾ اڄ به ان جو اچار ''ٽروئيل'' جي ويجهو آهي.

قديم لاطيني ۾ هڪ ٻيو لفظ ''ascia'' پڻ استعمال ٿيندو هو، جيڪو مختلف تعميراتي اوزارن، جهڙوڪ ڪهاڙي، [[ڏاٽو]]، [[ڪوڏر]] ۽ رازن جي ڪرني لاءِ ايندو هو. انهيءَ مان فعل ''asciare'' نڪتو، جنهن جي معنيٰ ڪاٺ يا پٿر کي هموار ڪرڻ، يا ڪرني سان مسالو هلائڻ ۽ تعميراتي ڪم ڪرڻ هئي.

لفظ '''تعمير ڪرڻ''' به لاطيني فعل construere مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن جي بنيادي معنيٰ شين کي ترتيب سان گڏ رکڻ، پوءِ عمارت ٺاهڻ يا اڏڻ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web
|url=https://www.cnrtl.fr/definition/construire
|title=Construire
|website=Centre national de ressources textuelles et lexicales (CNRTL)
|language=fr
|access-date=5 August 2026
}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهيءَ مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته ڪرني ۽ تعمير جي فن جو لاڳاپو تمام قديم آهي.

[[فراميسنري]] ۾ ارڙهين صديءَ کان ڪرني ۽ [[پاڻيءَ جي سطح ماپڻ وارو اوزار]] (Level) گڏجي تعمير ۽ ڀائپي جي علامتن طور استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن. خاص طور [[فرينچ رسم]] ۾ ڪرني ساٿي جي درجي جي شروعاتي رسم جي اهم علامت آهي. جديد تقريبن ۾ به ڪنهن عمارت جي [[بنياد جو پهريون پٿر]] رکڻ وقت ڪرني بنيادي علامتي اوزار طور استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{sfn|Paireault|2020|p=}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1690ع ۾ [[انتوان فيورتيئر]] پنهنجي مشهور لغت ۾ ڪرني جي تعريف هن ريت ڪئي: ''&quot;اهو رازن، ڇت ٺاهيندڙن ۽ فرش وڇائيندڙن جو اوزار آهي، جيڪو پلستر، مسالو ۽ سيمينٽ کي ملائڻ، پکيڙڻ ۽ هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.&quot;'' هن وڌيڪ لکيو ته ڪرني ٽڪنڊي شڪل واري لوهه جي ڦر ۽ هڪ هٿيءَ تي مشتمل هوندي آهي، ۽ رازن جي بنيادي اوزارن ۾ هٿوڙو، مسالي جي تغاري ۽ ڪرني شامل آهن.

فرينچ ٻوليءَ ۾ ''truellée'' مان مراد اها مقدار آهي، جيڪا هڪ ڪرني ۾ کنئي وڃي سگهي. ''trueller'' جو مطلب ٿلهي تهه سان رنگ ڪرڻ، جڏهن ته ''truellage'' ڪرني سان ڪيل ڪم يا اهڙي قسم جي مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. ''truellisation'' مان مراد ڪرني سان پلستر يا ليپ تي آرائشي بناوت ٺاهڻ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{sfn|Peyroux|1985|p=}}&lt;/ref&gt;

لغت نويس [[پئر لاروس]] موجب ''trulla''، جيڪو ڪرني جو بنيادي لاطيني لفظ آهي، ''trua'' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن جي معنيٰ چمچو يا کوٽڻ وارو اوزار آهي. هن ان کي [[قديم يوناني ٻولي]] جي انهن لفظن سان پڻ ڳنڍيو، جن جي معنيٰ &quot;کوٽڻ&quot; يا &quot;سوراخ ڪرڻ&quot; آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{sfn|Larousse|id=larousse|p=}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ ۾ فرانس ۾ '''ڪرني''' لفظ تعمير ڪرڻ يا عمارتون اڏائڻ جي استعارتي معنيٰ ۾ پڻ استعمال ٿيندو هو، جنهن مان محاورا جهڙوڪ ''&quot;ڪرني سان محبت ڪرڻ&quot;'' يا ''&quot;ڪرني جي بيماري هئڻ&quot;'' وجود ۾ آيا. مشهور فرينچ ناول نگار [[اونوري ڊي بالزاڪ]] به لکيو هو: ''&quot;پيرس ۾ ڪرني، ماڻهن جي تصور کان وڌيڪ، تهذيب پيدا ڪندڙ اوزار آهي.&quot;''&lt;ref&gt;{{sfn|Larousse|id=larousse|p=|loc=article &quot;marteau&quot;}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== جوڙجڪ ==

ڪرني عام طور هڪ چپٽي ڌاتي ڦر (بليڊ)، ڳچي (Shank) ۽ هٿي (ھينڊلظ) تي مشتمل هوندي آهي. ڦر گهڻو ڪري ڪاربان اسٽيل يا اسٽينليس اسٽيل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته هٿي ڪاٺ، پلاسٽڪ يا رٻڙ مان ٺهندي آهي، جيئن ڪم دوران مضبوط پڪڙ ۽ آساني حاصل ٿئي. ڦر جي شڪل ڪم جي نوعيت مطابق ٽڪنڊي، مستطيل يا گول ڪنڊن واري ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;
ڪرني جي هٿي (ھينڊل) کي ان جي ڦر (بليڊ) سان هڪ وڪريل ڳانڍاپي ذريعي ڳنڍيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو عام طور '''S''' شڪل وارو هوندو آهي ۽ ان کي '''راجهڳچي'''، يعني هنس جي ڳچي) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

سڌي ڳچي ۽ ذوزنقي شڪل واري ڦر واريون ڪرنيون '''پلستر ڪرنيون''' سڏبيون آهن. جڏهن ته [[ٽائيل لڳائيندڙ]] بيضوي يا دل نما ڦر  واريون ڪرنيون استعمال ڪندا آهن.
ڪرني جي ڦر جي پاسي جي ڊيگهه عام طور [[سر]] جي ڊيگهه جي لڳ ڀڳ برابر رکبي آهي، جيئن کنيل [[مسالو]] هڪ [[سر]] هيٺ مڪمل طور تي پکڙجي وڃي ۽ مسالي جو بسترو (Mortar bed) مڪمل نموني ڀرجي سگهي. مثال طور معياري سر جي ڊيگهه 24 سينٽي ميٽر، ويڪر 11.5 سينٽي ميٽر ۽ اوچائي 7.1 سينٽي ميٽر هوندي آهي.

== استعمال ==

عمارت سازي ۾ ڪرني مسالو يا ڪنڪريٽ کڻڻ، سرن يا پٿرن تي پکيڙڻ، جوڙن (Joints) کي ڀرڻ، اضافي مسالي کي هٽائڻ ۽ مٿاڇري کي هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. رازا سرن جي اوساري دوران هر سر تي مناسب مقدار ۾ مسالو وڇائڻ ۽ ان کي گهربل شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ ڪرني استعمال ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان اوساري مضبوط ۽ هموار بڻجي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[File:Kazi Kazi means ( work work).jpg|thumb|left|ڪرني استعمال ڪندي رازو]]
[[File:Fugenkelle.JPG|thumb|right|جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني (Fugenkelle)]]
[[File:Brick trowels roman.jpg|thumb|right|قديم رومي ڪرنيون (پهرين کان ٽئين صدي عيسوي)، بيضوي ڦر سان]]

ٽڪنڊي ڪرني چونڊڻ وقت ان جي '''ثقلي مرڪز''' جو متوازن هجڻ اهم هوندو آهي. ان جي جاچ لاءِ ڪرني کي هٿيءَ جي هيٺان، مثال طور [[اشارو آڱر]] تي، توازن سان رکيو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ڪرني جي ڦر عمودي (ورٽيڪل) حالت ۾ سڌي بيهي وڃي ته ان جو توازن مناسب سمجهيو ويندو آهي. اهو ان ڪري ضروري آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ مسالو کڻڻ يا پلستر ڪرڻ دوران رازي کي ڪرني جو وزن [[ڪلائي]] جي مدد سان متوازن رکڻو پوندو آهي. ساڳيءَ طرح ڪرني جي هٿيءَ جو مرڪزي محور به ڦر جي نوڪ سان سڌي ليڪ ۾ هجڻ گهرجي. جيڪڏهن ائين نه هجي ته ڪيترائي رازا پنهنجي ڪرني کي [[هٿوڙو|هٿوڙي]] جي مدد سان پاڻ سڌو ڪري وٺندا آهن.
ٽڪنڊي ڪرني وڏين سطحن تي پلستر ڪرڻ لاءِ پڻ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. پهرين ڪرني ۾ پلستر جو مسالو کنيو ويندو آهي، پوءِ هٿ کي ٿورو پوئتي کڻي ڪرني کي جهول ڏنو ويندو آهي. ان کان پوءِ ڪلائيءَ جي حرڪت سان ڪرني کي اهڙي نموني ڦيرايو ويندو آهي، جو ان جي ڦر عمودي حالت اختيار ڪري وٺي. ان حرڪت سان مسالو ڦر تي مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي ويندو آهي. پوءِ ڪرني کي ڀت جي ان هنڌ تي آندو ويندو آهي، جتي مسالو لڳائڻو هجي. ڪرني کي پاسيرو سرڪائڻ سان مسالو ڦر کان الڳ ٿي ڀت تي پکڙجي ويندو آهي ۽ گهربل رخ ۾ هڪجهڙي نموني ورهائجي ويندو آهي.
چوڪنڊي ڪرني تنگ [[چمني]]ن جي اڏاوت ۾ پڻ ڪارائتي هوندي آهي، جتي اضافي مسالو هٽائڻ ۽ جوڙن کي بند ڪرڻ آسان ٿيندو آهي. بهرحال، پلستر ڪرڻ لاءِ چوڪنڊي ڪرني گهڻي مناسب نه سمجهي ويندي آهي. ان جي باوجود اها باغباني ۽ منظرسازي جي ڪم ۾ ڪناري وارن پٿرن کي پنهنجي جاءِ تي مضبوط ڪرڻ، مسالو ملائڻ ۽ ٻين تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

'''رازن جون ڪرنيون''' [[تعميراتي مواد جا جاچيندڙ]] پڻ استعمال ڪندا آهن، جيڪي تعميراتي هنڌن يا تجربگاهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي معيار ۽ خاصيتن جي جاچ دوران ڪنڪريٽ کي آزمائشي اوزارن ۾ وجهڻ، مڪسر مان ڪڍڻ ۽ ٻين آزمائشي مرحلن ۾ انهن کان ڪم وٺندا آهن.


[[File:Truelle de maçon.jpg|thumb|ڪرني استعمال ڪندي رازو]]

رازن جي ڪرني جي بناوت ۽ ان جي استعمال کي هڪ ٻئي کان الڳ بيان ڪرڻ ڏکيو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ هي اوزار تعمير جي تقريباً هر مرحلي سان لاڳاپيل هوندو آهي. ڪرني جو بنيادي ڪم [[مسالو]] يا [[پلستر]] کڻي ان کي ڀت، سرن يا ٻين تعميراتي حصن تي وڇائڻ، پکڙڻ ۽ هموار ڪرڻ آهي&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book
|last=Graffigny
|first=Henri de
|title=Dictionnaire illustré pratique du bâtiment
|publisher=Librairie Larousse
|location=Paris
|year=1906
|page=
|language=fr
}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Charles Laboulaye, ''Dictionnaire des arts et manufactures'', Tome 2, article « maçonnerie », 1886.&lt;/ref&gt;.

== قسم ==

ڪرني جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جيڪي مختلف تعميراتي ڪمن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن. عام قسمن ۾ '''سرن واري ڪرني'''، '''ڪنڊ واري ڪرني'''، '''جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني'''، '''مارجن ڪرني'''، '''ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني'''  ۽ '''بالٽي ڪرني'''  شامل آهن. هر قسم جي ڦر جي شڪل ۽ ماپ ان جي مخصوص استعمال مطابق هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پلستر]] ڪرڻ واري مشين جي ايجاد کان اڳ پلستر ڪرڻ لاءِ اهڙيون خاص ڪرنيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون هيون، جن جي ڦر تمام وڏي هوندي هئي، جيئن هڪ ئي وقت ۾ ڀت جي وڏي حصي تي جلدي پلستر ڪري سگهجي.
تعميراتي ڪم ۾ ڪيترين ئي خاص قسمن جون ڪرنيون استعمال ٿين ٿيون، جن مان ڪجهه هي آهن:

* [[برلن ڪرني]]
* [[نوڪدار ڪرني]]
* [[جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني]] 
* [[هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني]] ، جنهن کي '''ٽرافل پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.
* [[زبان نما ڪرني]] ، جنهن کي '''ٻلي جي زبان''' پڻ سڏيو ويندو آهي؛ هن ڪرني جي نوڪ گول هوندي آهي.

ننڍيون ٽڪنڊي ڪرنيون [[آثار قديمه]] جي کوٽاين ۾ پڻ استعمال ٿينديون آهن، جتي انهن جي مدد سان مٽيءَ ۽ ثقافتي تهن کي تمام احتياط ۽ آهستگي سان هٽايو ويندو آهي. اهڙي ڪم دوران ڪڏهن ڪڏهن گهڻي زور (Leverage) پيدا ٿيندي آهي، تنهنڪري [[آثار قديمه جي ڪرني]] کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن جا ڌاتي حصا هڪ ئي ٽڪري مان تيار ڪيل هوندا آهن، جنهن سان انهن جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري وڌي ويندي آهي.

== علم نشان (هيرالڊري) ==

'''رازن جي ڪرني'''، جنهن کي '''ڀت سازي جي ڪرني''' يا مختصر طور '''ڪرني''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، [[علم نشان]] (Heraldry) ۾ هڪ [[عام نشان]]  طور استعمال ٿيندي آهي. هي نشان خاص طور جديد هيرالڊري ۾ [[ڪوٽ آف آرمس]] (Coat of arms) تي ڏسڻ ۾ اچي ٿو.

نشان ۾ ڪرني کي عام طور ان جي حقيقي تعميراتي شڪل مطابق ڏيکاريو ويندو آهي. اڪثر اهو ٻه-رخي صورت ۾ هوندو آهي ۽ ان جي ڦر (بليڊ) ڍال جي مٿئين ڪنڊ ڏانهن رخ رکندي آهي، جيڪا ان جي رواجي بيهڪ سمجهي ويندي آهي. جيڪڏهن ڪرني ٽڪنڊي يا چوڪنڊي شڪل ۾ هجي يا ان جي رخ ۾ تبديلي هجي، جهڙوڪ ڦريل (Inverted) هجي يا ان جي نوڪ ڍال جي هيٺئين حصي ڏانهن هجي، ته ان جو ذڪر نشان جي وضاحت ۾ ضرور ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڪرني جا مختلف قسم، جهڙوڪ [[برلن ڪرني]]، [[نوڪدار ڪرني]]، [[پلستر ڪرني]]، [[جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني]]، [[هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني]] يا '''ٽرافل'''، جيڪڏهن ڪنهن نشان ۾ شامل هجن ته انهن جا نالا وضاحت ۾ لکيا ويندا آهن، پر انهن جي موجودگي ڍال تي پيشڪش جي بنيادي انداز ۾ ڪا خاص تبديلي نه آڻيندي آهي. انهن کي هيرالڊري جي روايتي رنگن مان ڪنهن به رنگ ۾ ڏيکاري سگهجي ٿو، جيتوڻيڪ گهڻو ڪري صرف هٿيءَ جو رنگ مختلف رکيو ويندو آهي.

[[يوهان اوهني فورخت ]] (Johann Ohnefurcht) پنهنجي ذاتي نشان (Badge) ۽ نعري «''Ich houd – Ich halte stand''» («مان ثابت قدم آهيان») جي علامت طور رازن جي ڪرني استعمال ڪئي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;Fanny Bury Palliser: ''Historic Devices, Badges, and War-Cries.'' London, 1870, p. 35.&lt;/ref&gt;

رازن جي ڪرني [[هنرمندن جا نشان|هنرمندن]] ۽ [[پيشاور نشان|پيشاورن]] جي نشانين (Guild arms) ۾ پڻ هڪ اهم علامت طور استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

&lt;gallery&gt;
File:Wiener Gewerbewappen Baumeister Maurer Steinmetze.jpg|ويانا جي هڪ پيشاور نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Wappen at strengen.png|[[اسٽرينگن]] جي نشان ۾ ڪرني
File:Zunftwappen-Maurer.svg|هنرمندن جي نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Maurer_P7020069_retouched.jpg|هنرمندن جي نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Wappen Ratshausen.svg|[[راتس هائوزن]] جي سرڪاري نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
&lt;/gallery&gt;
&lt;gallery&gt;
File:Wiener Gewerbewappen Baumeister Maurer Steinmetze.jpg|ويانا جي هڪ پيشاور نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Wappen at strengen.png|[[اسٽرينگن]] جي نشان ۾ ڪرني
File:Zunftwappen-Maurer.svg|هنرمندن جي نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Maurer_P7020069_retouched.jpg|هنرمندن جي نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Wappen Ratshausen.svg|[[راتس هائوزن]] جي سرڪاري نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== سنڀال ==

ڪرني کي استعمال کان پوءِ صاف ڪري ان تي لڳل مسالو هٽائڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ سڪل مسالو ڦر جي همواري کي متاثر ڪري سگهي ٿو. ڪاربان اسٽيل جي ڪرني کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ هلڪي تيل جي تهه لڳائڻ فائديمند هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون ڪرنيون نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال گهرنديون آهن.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>ef907oomaytc8cwcmj0r3x7r2pcf3e6</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400993</id>
      <parentid>400992</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T22:01:35Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400993</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="23036" sha1="ifoo4kqr4u4fqscty8qts8dvmrtie0n" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|مسالي يا ڪنڪريٽ سان ڪم ڪرڻ لاءِ هٿ وارو اوزار}}

[[File:Masons trowel.jpg|250px|thumb|رازن جي ڪرني]]

'''ڪرني''' يا '''رازن جي ڪرني'' هڪ هٿ وارو [[ڪرني]] آهي، جيڪو [[سرن جي اوساري]] ۽ [[پٿرن جي اوساري]] ۾ [[مسالو|مسالي]] يا ڪنڪريٽ کي پکيڙڻ، هموار ڪرڻ، شڪل ڏيڻ ۽ سطح برابر ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ڪم جي نوعيت موجب ڪرنيون مختلف شڪلين ۽ ماپن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن. هيٺ ڪرني جا ڪجهه عام قسم ڏجن ٿا:

* '''سرن واري ڪرني'''  يا '''رازن جي ڪرني''' (Mason's trowel): هن ڪرني جي ڦر جو اڳيون حصو نوڪدار هوندو آهي، جيڪو سرن يا [[ڪنڪريٽ جا بلاڪ|ڪنڪريٽ بلاڪن]] تي مسالو وڇائڻ (Buttering) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ڦر جي خاص شڪل سبب مسالي کي صحيح مقدار ۽ درست هنڌ تي رکڻ آسان ٿيندو آهي.

* '''بالٽي ڪرني''' : ويڪري ڦر واري ڪرني، جيڪا [[بالٽي]] مان مسالو يا ڪنڪريٽ ڪڍڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. اها سرن تي مسالو وڇائڻ ۽ مسالي کي هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ پڻ موزون هوندي آهي.

* '''ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني''': ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي سخت ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان جي مٿاڇري کي هموار، نرم ۽ چمڪدار بڻائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. ڪم دوران ان کي ڪنڪريٽ جي سطح سان لڳ ڀڳ سڌو رکي هلڪي قوسي حرڪت سان هلائبو آهي.

* '''ڪنڊ ڪرني''': ڪنڪريٽ جي اندرين يا ٻاهرين ڪنڊن کي شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. ان جي ڦر 90 درجن جي موڙ تي ٺهيل هوندي آهي ۽ هٿي ان موڙ جي وچ تي لڳل هوندي آهي، جنهن سان ٻنهي پاسن تي هڪجهڙو دٻاءُ لاڳو ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

* '''گيجنگ ڪرني''': گول نوڪ واري ننڍڙي ڪرني، جيڪا مسالو ملائڻ، تنگ هنڌن تي ٿورو مسالو لڳائڻ، پراڻو ڀُريل مسالو بدلائڻ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مرمت لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''مارجن ڪرني''' : سڌي نوڪ واري ننڍڙي ڪرني، جيڪا اهڙن تنگ هنڌن ۽ ڪنڊن ۾ مسالو لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، جتي وڏي نوڪدار ڪرني نه پهچي سگهي.

* '''جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني''' : هي سرن واري ڪرني جو ننڍو روپ هوندو آهي. اها سرن يا پٿرن جي وچ وارن ننڍن خالن کي مسالي سان ڀرڻ ۽ ٽٽل يا ڀُريل جوڙن جي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''گول ڪنڊ واري ڪرني'''  ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني جو هڪ قسم، جنهن جي ڦر جا ڪنارا گول هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري اها آلي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ کُپي نه ويندي آهي.

* '''ڏاڪڻ ڪرني''': ڪنڊ ڪرني سان ملندڙ جلندڙ اوزار، جيڪو ڪنڪريٽ جي ڏاڪڻين جي اندرين ڪنڊن کي شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ان جي موڙ واري حصي سبب ڪنڊون هموار ۽ گول ٺهنديون آهن.

* '''ٽائيل لڳائڻ واري ڪرني''': سرن واري ڪرني جهڙي هوندي آهي، پر ان جي ڦر وڌيڪ ويڪري هوندي آهي، جنهن سان وڌيڪ مقدار ۾ مسالو کڻي وڏين سرن ۽ بلاڪن تي آساني سان وڇائي سگهجي ٿو.

* '''ٽڪ پوائنٽر''' : سرن ۽ بلاڪن جي وچ وارن جوڙن ۾ مسالو ڀرڻ، پراڻن جوڙن جي نئين سر مرمت (تي پوائنٽگ) ڪرڻ ۽ [[سرن جي اوساري]] جي ڀتين جي بحالي لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ خاص ڪرني.

'''ڪرني''' (Trowel) تغاريءَ مان [[مسالو]] کڻي ۽ انھيءَ کي صحيح نموني ۾ پٿارڻ ۽ جوڙن ٺاھڻ جي ڪم ايندي آھي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;
[[File:Trowel.jpg|thumb|ڪرني]]

[[File:Kelle.jpg|thumb|پلستر ڪرڻ واري ڪرني، سڌي ڳچيءَ سان]]
[[File:Dreieckskelle.JPG|thumb|ساڄي|ٽڪنڊي ڪرني، جنهن کي برلن ڪرني پڻ چيو ويندو آهي]]

'''رازن جي ڪرني'''، جنهن کي '''پلستر ڪرني''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، رازن جو هڪ اهم هٿ وارو اوزار آهي، جيڪو [[سرن جي اوساري]] يا [[پلستر]] ڪرڻ دوران [[مسالو|مسالي]] کي کڻڻ، پکيڙڻ ۽ شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. جرمني جي [[رائن لينڊ]] علائقي ۾ هن اوزار کي '''ٽرافل''' يا '''ٽروفل'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. ڪرني جي ڦر (Blade) جي بنيادي شڪل ٽڪنڊي يا چوڪنڊي ٿي سگهي ٿي، جيڪا مختلف تعميراتي ڪمن جي ضرورت موجب چونڊي ويندي آهي.

== لفظ جي بڻ ۽ اصطلاح ==

'''ڪرني''' لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ جي ابتدا [[قرون وسطيٰ جي لاطيني ٻولي]] جي لفظ ''trulla'' مان ٿي، جيڪو [[قديم فرينچ]] ۾ 1285ع ڌاري ''trieule'' ۽ پوءِ 1328ع ۾ ''truele'' جي صورت ۾ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web
|url=https://www.cnrtl.fr/etymologie/truelle
|title=Étymologie de « truelle »
|website=Centre national de ressources textuelles et lexicales (CNRTL)
|language=fr
|access-date=5 August 2026
}}&lt;/ref&gt;
لاطيني ٻوليءَ ۾ trūlla اصل ۾ هڪ مونث اسم هو، جيڪو ننڍڙي ڇلڻي، چمچي، ٿالهه، رازن جي ڪرني ۽ ٻين اهڙن اوزارن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web
|url=https://www.cnrtl.fr/etymologie/truelle
|title=Truelle – Étymologie
|website=CNRTL
|language=fr
|access-date=5 August 2026
}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن لفظ جو تعلق غالباً ''trua'' سان آهي، جنهن جي معنيٰ کوکلو يا کوٽڻ وارو اوزار آهي. بعد ۾ هي لفظ تعميراتي اوزارن، خاص طور رازن جي ڪرني، لاءِ عام ٿي ويو. رومي ٻولين جي ڪيترين ئي مقامي صورتن، جهڙوڪ [[والون ٻولي]] ۽ [[لورين ٻولي]]، ۾ اڄ به ان جو اچار ''ٽروئيل'' جي ويجهو آهي.

قديم لاطيني ۾ هڪ ٻيو لفظ ''ascia'' پڻ استعمال ٿيندو هو، جيڪو مختلف تعميراتي اوزارن، جهڙوڪ ڪهاڙي، [[ڏاٽو]]، [[ڪوڏر]] ۽ رازن جي ڪرني لاءِ ايندو هو. انهيءَ مان فعل ''asciare'' نڪتو، جنهن جي معنيٰ ڪاٺ يا پٿر کي هموار ڪرڻ، يا ڪرني سان مسالو هلائڻ ۽ تعميراتي ڪم ڪرڻ هئي.

لفظ '''تعمير ڪرڻ''' به لاطيني فعل construere مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن جي بنيادي معنيٰ شين کي ترتيب سان گڏ رکڻ، پوءِ عمارت ٺاهڻ يا اڏڻ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web
|url=https://www.cnrtl.fr/definition/construire
|title=Construire
|website=Centre national de ressources textuelles et lexicales (CNRTL)
|language=fr
|access-date=5 August 2026
}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهيءَ مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته ڪرني ۽ تعمير جي فن جو لاڳاپو تمام قديم آهي.

[[فراميسنري]] ۾ ارڙهين صديءَ کان ڪرني ۽ [[پاڻيءَ جي سطح ماپڻ وارو اوزار]] (Level) گڏجي تعمير ۽ ڀائپي جي علامتن طور استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن. خاص طور [[فرينچ رسم]] ۾ ڪرني ساٿي جي درجي جي شروعاتي رسم جي اهم علامت آهي. جديد تقريبن ۾ به ڪنهن عمارت جي [[بنياد جو پهريون پٿر]] رکڻ وقت ڪرني بنيادي علامتي اوزار طور استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{sfn|Paireault|2020|p=}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1690ع ۾ [[انتوان فيورتيئر]] پنهنجي مشهور لغت ۾ ڪرني جي تعريف هن ريت ڪئي: ''&quot;اهو رازن، ڇت ٺاهيندڙن ۽ فرش وڇائيندڙن جو اوزار آهي، جيڪو پلستر، مسالو ۽ سيمينٽ کي ملائڻ، پکيڙڻ ۽ هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.&quot;'' هن وڌيڪ لکيو ته ڪرني ٽڪنڊي شڪل واري لوهه جي ڦر ۽ هڪ هٿيءَ تي مشتمل هوندي آهي، ۽ رازن جي بنيادي اوزارن ۾ هٿوڙو، مسالي جي تغاري ۽ ڪرني شامل آهن.

فرينچ ٻوليءَ ۾ ''truellée'' مان مراد اها مقدار آهي، جيڪا هڪ ڪرني ۾ کنئي وڃي سگهي. ''trueller'' جو مطلب ٿلهي تهه سان رنگ ڪرڻ، جڏهن ته ''truellage'' ڪرني سان ڪيل ڪم يا اهڙي قسم جي مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. ''truellisation'' مان مراد ڪرني سان پلستر يا ليپ تي آرائشي بناوت ٺاهڻ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{sfn|Peyroux|1985|p=}}&lt;/ref&gt;

لغت نويس [[پئر لاروس]] موجب ''trulla''، جيڪو ڪرني جو بنيادي لاطيني لفظ آهي، ''trua'' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن جي معنيٰ چمچو يا کوٽڻ وارو اوزار آهي. هن ان کي [[قديم يوناني ٻولي]] جي انهن لفظن سان پڻ ڳنڍيو، جن جي معنيٰ &quot;کوٽڻ&quot; يا &quot;سوراخ ڪرڻ&quot; آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{sfn|Larousse|id=larousse|p=}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ ۾ فرانس ۾ '''ڪرني''' لفظ تعمير ڪرڻ يا عمارتون اڏائڻ جي استعارتي معنيٰ ۾ پڻ استعمال ٿيندو هو، جنهن مان محاورا جهڙوڪ ''&quot;ڪرني سان محبت ڪرڻ&quot;'' يا ''&quot;ڪرني جي بيماري هئڻ&quot;'' وجود ۾ آيا. مشهور فرينچ ناول نگار [[اونوري ڊي بالزاڪ]] به لکيو هو: ''&quot;پيرس ۾ ڪرني، ماڻهن جي تصور کان وڌيڪ، تهذيب پيدا ڪندڙ اوزار آهي.&quot;''&lt;ref&gt;{{sfn|Larousse|id=larousse|p=|loc=article &quot;marteau&quot;}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== جوڙجڪ ==

ڪرني عام طور هڪ چپٽي ڌاتي ڦر (بليڊ)، ڳچي (Shank) ۽ هٿي (ھينڊلظ) تي مشتمل هوندي آهي. ڦر گهڻو ڪري ڪاربان اسٽيل يا اسٽينليس اسٽيل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته هٿي ڪاٺ، پلاسٽڪ يا رٻڙ مان ٺهندي آهي، جيئن ڪم دوران مضبوط پڪڙ ۽ آساني حاصل ٿئي. ڦر جي شڪل ڪم جي نوعيت مطابق ٽڪنڊي، مستطيل يا گول ڪنڊن واري ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;
ڪرني جي هٿي (ھينڊل) کي ان جي ڦر (بليڊ) سان هڪ وڪريل ڳانڍاپي ذريعي ڳنڍيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو عام طور '''S''' شڪل وارو هوندو آهي ۽ ان کي '''راجهڳچي'''، يعني هنس جي ڳچي) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

سڌي ڳچي ۽ ذوزنقي شڪل واري ڦر واريون ڪرنيون '''پلستر ڪرنيون''' سڏبيون آهن. جڏهن ته [[ٽائيل لڳائيندڙ]] بيضوي يا دل نما ڦر  واريون ڪرنيون استعمال ڪندا آهن.
ڪرني جي ڦر جي پاسي جي ڊيگهه عام طور [[سر]] جي ڊيگهه جي لڳ ڀڳ برابر رکبي آهي، جيئن کنيل [[مسالو]] هڪ [[سر]] هيٺ مڪمل طور تي پکڙجي وڃي ۽ مسالي جو بسترو (Mortar bed) مڪمل نموني ڀرجي سگهي. مثال طور معياري سر جي ڊيگهه 24 سينٽي ميٽر، ويڪر 11.5 سينٽي ميٽر ۽ اوچائي 7.1 سينٽي ميٽر هوندي آهي.

== استعمال ==

عمارت سازي ۾ ڪرني مسالو يا ڪنڪريٽ کڻڻ، سرن يا پٿرن تي پکيڙڻ، جوڙن (Joints) کي ڀرڻ، اضافي مسالي کي هٽائڻ ۽ مٿاڇري کي هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. رازا سرن جي اوساري دوران هر سر تي مناسب مقدار ۾ مسالو وڇائڻ ۽ ان کي گهربل شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ ڪرني استعمال ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان اوساري مضبوط ۽ هموار بڻجي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[File:Kazi Kazi means ( work work).jpg|thumb|left|ڪرني استعمال ڪندي رازو]]
[[File:Fugenkelle.JPG|thumb|right|جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني (Fugenkelle)]]
[[File:Brick trowels roman.jpg|thumb|right|قديم رومي ڪرنيون (پهرين کان ٽئين صدي عيسوي)، بيضوي ڦر سان]]

ٽڪنڊي ڪرني چونڊڻ وقت ان جي '''ثقلي مرڪز''' جو متوازن هجڻ اهم هوندو آهي. ان جي جاچ لاءِ ڪرني کي هٿيءَ جي هيٺان، مثال طور [[اشارو آڱر]] تي، توازن سان رکيو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ڪرني جي ڦر عمودي (ورٽيڪل) حالت ۾ سڌي بيهي وڃي ته ان جو توازن مناسب سمجهيو ويندو آهي. اهو ان ڪري ضروري آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ مسالو کڻڻ يا پلستر ڪرڻ دوران رازي کي ڪرني جو وزن [[ڪلائي]] جي مدد سان متوازن رکڻو پوندو آهي. ساڳيءَ طرح ڪرني جي هٿيءَ جو مرڪزي محور به ڦر جي نوڪ سان سڌي ليڪ ۾ هجڻ گهرجي. جيڪڏهن ائين نه هجي ته ڪيترائي رازا پنهنجي ڪرني کي [[هٿوڙو|هٿوڙي]] جي مدد سان پاڻ سڌو ڪري وٺندا آهن.
ٽڪنڊي ڪرني وڏين سطحن تي پلستر ڪرڻ لاءِ پڻ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. پهرين ڪرني ۾ پلستر جو مسالو کنيو ويندو آهي، پوءِ هٿ کي ٿورو پوئتي کڻي ڪرني کي جهول ڏنو ويندو آهي. ان کان پوءِ ڪلائيءَ جي حرڪت سان ڪرني کي اهڙي نموني ڦيرايو ويندو آهي، جو ان جي ڦر عمودي حالت اختيار ڪري وٺي. ان حرڪت سان مسالو ڦر تي مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي ويندو آهي. پوءِ ڪرني کي ڀت جي ان هنڌ تي آندو ويندو آهي، جتي مسالو لڳائڻو هجي. ڪرني کي پاسيرو سرڪائڻ سان مسالو ڦر کان الڳ ٿي ڀت تي پکڙجي ويندو آهي ۽ گهربل رخ ۾ هڪجهڙي نموني ورهائجي ويندو آهي.
چوڪنڊي ڪرني تنگ [[چمني]]ن جي اڏاوت ۾ پڻ ڪارائتي هوندي آهي، جتي اضافي مسالو هٽائڻ ۽ جوڙن کي بند ڪرڻ آسان ٿيندو آهي. بهرحال، پلستر ڪرڻ لاءِ چوڪنڊي ڪرني گهڻي مناسب نه سمجهي ويندي آهي. ان جي باوجود اها باغباني ۽ منظرسازي جي ڪم ۾ ڪناري وارن پٿرن کي پنهنجي جاءِ تي مضبوط ڪرڻ، مسالو ملائڻ ۽ ٻين تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

'''رازن جون ڪرنيون''' [[تعميراتي مواد جا جاچيندڙ]] پڻ استعمال ڪندا آهن، جيڪي تعميراتي هنڌن يا تجربگاهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي معيار ۽ خاصيتن جي جاچ دوران ڪنڪريٽ کي آزمائشي اوزارن ۾ وجهڻ، مڪسر مان ڪڍڻ ۽ ٻين آزمائشي مرحلن ۾ انهن کان ڪم وٺندا آهن.


[[File:Truelle de maçon.jpg|thumb|ڪرني استعمال ڪندي رازو]]

رازن جي ڪرني جي بناوت ۽ ان جي استعمال کي هڪ ٻئي کان الڳ بيان ڪرڻ ڏکيو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ هي اوزار تعمير جي تقريباً هر مرحلي سان لاڳاپيل هوندو آهي. ڪرني جو بنيادي ڪم [[مسالو]] يا [[پلستر]] کڻي ان کي ڀت، سرن يا ٻين تعميراتي حصن تي وڇائڻ، پکڙڻ ۽ هموار ڪرڻ آهي&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book
|last=Graffigny
|first=Henri de
|title=Dictionnaire illustré pratique du bâtiment
|publisher=Librairie Larousse
|location=Paris
|year=1906
|page=
|language=fr
}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Charles Laboulaye, ''Dictionnaire des arts et manufactures'', Tome 2, article « maçonnerie », 1886.&lt;/ref&gt;.

== قسم ==

ڪرني جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جيڪي مختلف تعميراتي ڪمن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن. عام قسمن ۾ '''سرن واري ڪرني'''، '''ڪنڊ واري ڪرني'''، '''جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني'''، '''مارجن ڪرني'''، '''ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني'''  ۽ '''بالٽي ڪرني'''  شامل آهن. هر قسم جي ڦر جي شڪل ۽ ماپ ان جي مخصوص استعمال مطابق هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پلستر]] ڪرڻ واري مشين جي ايجاد کان اڳ پلستر ڪرڻ لاءِ اهڙيون خاص ڪرنيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون هيون، جن جي ڦر تمام وڏي هوندي هئي، جيئن هڪ ئي وقت ۾ ڀت جي وڏي حصي تي جلدي پلستر ڪري سگهجي.
تعميراتي ڪم ۾ ڪيترين ئي خاص قسمن جون ڪرنيون استعمال ٿين ٿيون، جن مان ڪجهه هي آهن:

* [[برلن ڪرني]]
* [[نوڪدار ڪرني]]
* [[جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني]] 
* [[هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني]] ، جنهن کي '''ٽرافل پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.
* [[زبان نما ڪرني]] ، جنهن کي '''ٻلي جي زبان''' پڻ سڏيو ويندو آهي؛ هن ڪرني جي نوڪ گول هوندي آهي.

ننڍيون ٽڪنڊي ڪرنيون [[آثار قديمه]] جي کوٽاين ۾ پڻ استعمال ٿينديون آهن، جتي انهن جي مدد سان مٽيءَ ۽ ثقافتي تهن کي تمام احتياط ۽ آهستگي سان هٽايو ويندو آهي. اهڙي ڪم دوران ڪڏهن ڪڏهن گهڻي زور (Leverage) پيدا ٿيندي آهي، تنهنڪري [[آثار قديمه جي ڪرني]] کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن جا ڌاتي حصا هڪ ئي ٽڪري مان تيار ڪيل هوندا آهن، جنهن سان انهن جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري وڌي ويندي آهي.

== علم نشان (هيرالڊري) ==

'''رازن جي ڪرني'''، جنهن کي '''ڀت سازي جي ڪرني''' يا مختصر طور '''ڪرني''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، [[علم نشان]] (Heraldry) ۾ هڪ [[عام نشان]]  طور استعمال ٿيندي آهي. هي نشان خاص طور جديد هيرالڊري ۾ [[ڪوٽ آف آرمس]] (Coat of arms) تي ڏسڻ ۾ اچي ٿو.

نشان ۾ ڪرني کي عام طور ان جي حقيقي تعميراتي شڪل مطابق ڏيکاريو ويندو آهي. اڪثر اهو ٻه-رخي صورت ۾ هوندو آهي ۽ ان جي ڦر (بليڊ) ڍال جي مٿئين ڪنڊ ڏانهن رخ رکندي آهي، جيڪا ان جي رواجي بيهڪ سمجهي ويندي آهي. جيڪڏهن ڪرني ٽڪنڊي يا چوڪنڊي شڪل ۾ هجي يا ان جي رخ ۾ تبديلي هجي، جهڙوڪ ڦريل (Inverted) هجي يا ان جي نوڪ ڍال جي هيٺئين حصي ڏانهن هجي، ته ان جو ذڪر نشان جي وضاحت ۾ ضرور ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڪرني جا مختلف قسم، جهڙوڪ [[برلن ڪرني]]، [[نوڪدار ڪرني]]، [[پلستر ڪرني]]، [[جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني]]، [[هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني]] يا '''ٽرافل'''، جيڪڏهن ڪنهن نشان ۾ شامل هجن ته انهن جا نالا وضاحت ۾ لکيا ويندا آهن، پر انهن جي موجودگي ڍال تي پيشڪش جي بنيادي انداز ۾ ڪا خاص تبديلي نه آڻيندي آهي. انهن کي هيرالڊري جي روايتي رنگن مان ڪنهن به رنگ ۾ ڏيکاري سگهجي ٿو، جيتوڻيڪ گهڻو ڪري صرف هٿيءَ جو رنگ مختلف رکيو ويندو آهي.

[[يوهان اوهني فورخت ]] (Johann Ohnefurcht) پنهنجي ذاتي نشان (Badge) ۽ نعري «''Ich houd – Ich halte stand''» («مان ثابت قدم آهيان») جي علامت طور رازن جي ڪرني استعمال ڪئي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;Fanny Bury Palliser: ''Historic Devices, Badges, and War-Cries.'' London, 1870, p. 35.&lt;/ref&gt;

رازن جي ڪرني [[هنرمندن جا نشان|هنرمندن]] ۽ [[پيشاور نشان|پيشاورن]] جي نشانين (Guild arms) ۾ پڻ هڪ اهم علامت طور استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

&lt;gallery&gt;
File:Wiener Gewerbewappen Baumeister Maurer Steinmetze.jpg|ويانا جي هڪ پيشاور نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Wappen at strengen.png|[[اسٽرينگن]] جي نشان ۾ ڪرني
File:Zunftwappen-Maurer.svg|هنرمندن جي نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Maurer_P7020069_retouched.jpg|هنرمندن جي نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Wappen Ratshausen.svg|[[راتس هائوزن]] جي سرڪاري نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
&lt;/gallery&gt;
&lt;gallery&gt;
File:Wiener Gewerbewappen Baumeister Maurer Steinmetze.jpg|ويانا جي هڪ پيشاور نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Wappen at strengen.png|[[اسٽرينگن]] جي نشان ۾ ڪرني
File:Zunftwappen-Maurer.svg|هنرمندن جي نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Maurer_P7020069_retouched.jpg|هنرمندن جي نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Wappen Ratshausen.svg|[[راتس هائوزن]] جي سرڪاري نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== سنڀال ==

ڪرني کي استعمال کان پوءِ صاف ڪري ان تي لڳل مسالو هٽائڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ سڪل مسالو ڦر جي همواري کي متاثر ڪري سگهي ٿو. ڪاربان اسٽيل جي ڪرني کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ هلڪي تيل جي تهه لڳائڻ فائديمند هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون ڪرنيون نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال گهرنديون آهن.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>ifoo4kqr4u4fqscty8qts8dvmrtie0n</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400994</id>
      <parentid>400993</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T22:03:45Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400994</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="23004" sha1="ovdqpakdyyh754ahp1d86kqscnt05c6" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|مسالي يا ڪنڪريٽ سان ڪم ڪرڻ لاءِ هٿ وارو اوزار}}

[[File:Masons trowel.jpg|250px|thumb|رازن جي ڪرني]]

'''ڪرني''' يا '''رازن جي ڪرني'' هڪ هٿ وارو [[ڪرني]] آهي، جيڪو [[سرن جي اوساري]] ۽ [[پٿرن جي اوساري]] ۾ [[مسالو|مسالي]] يا ڪنڪريٽ کي پکيڙڻ، هموار ڪرڻ، شڪل ڏيڻ ۽ سطح برابر ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ڪم جي نوعيت موجب ڪرنيون مختلف شڪلين ۽ ماپن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن. هيٺ ڪرني جا ڪجهه عام قسم ڏجن ٿا:

* '''سرن واري ڪرني'''  يا '''رازن جي ڪرني''' (Mason's trowel): هن ڪرني جي ڦر جو اڳيون حصو نوڪدار هوندو آهي، جيڪو سرن يا [[ڪنڪريٽ جا بلاڪ|ڪنڪريٽ بلاڪن]] تي مسالو وڇائڻ (Buttering) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ڦر جي خاص شڪل سبب مسالي کي صحيح مقدار ۽ درست هنڌ تي رکڻ آسان ٿيندو آهي.

* '''بالٽي ڪرني''' : ويڪري ڦر واري ڪرني، جيڪا [[بالٽي]] مان مسالو يا ڪنڪريٽ ڪڍڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. اها سرن تي مسالو وڇائڻ ۽ مسالي کي هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ پڻ موزون هوندي آهي.

* '''ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني''': ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي سخت ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان جي مٿاڇري کي هموار، نرم ۽ چمڪدار بڻائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. ڪم دوران ان کي ڪنڪريٽ جي سطح سان لڳ ڀڳ سڌو رکي هلڪي قوسي حرڪت سان هلائبو آهي.

* '''ڪنڊ ڪرني''': ڪنڪريٽ جي اندرين يا ٻاهرين ڪنڊن کي شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. ان جي ڦر 90 درجن جي موڙ تي ٺهيل هوندي آهي ۽ هٿي ان موڙ جي وچ تي لڳل هوندي آهي، جنهن سان ٻنهي پاسن تي هڪجهڙو دٻاءُ لاڳو ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

* '''گيجنگ ڪرني''': گول نوڪ واري ننڍڙي ڪرني، جيڪا مسالو ملائڻ، تنگ هنڌن تي ٿورو مسالو لڳائڻ، پراڻو ڀُريل مسالو بدلائڻ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مرمت لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''مارجن ڪرني''' : سڌي نوڪ واري ننڍڙي ڪرني، جيڪا اهڙن تنگ هنڌن ۽ ڪنڊن ۾ مسالو لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، جتي وڏي نوڪدار ڪرني نه پهچي سگهي.

* '''جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني''' : هي سرن واري ڪرني جو ننڍو روپ هوندو آهي. اها سرن يا پٿرن جي وچ وارن ننڍن خالن کي مسالي سان ڀرڻ ۽ ٽٽل يا ڀُريل جوڙن جي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''گول ڪنڊ واري ڪرني'''  ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني جو هڪ قسم، جنهن جي ڦر جا ڪنارا گول هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري اها آلي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ کُپي نه ويندي آهي.

* '''ڏاڪڻ ڪرني''': ڪنڊ ڪرني سان ملندڙ جلندڙ اوزار، جيڪو ڪنڪريٽ جي ڏاڪڻين جي اندرين ڪنڊن کي شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ان جي موڙ واري حصي سبب ڪنڊون هموار ۽ گول ٺهنديون آهن.

* '''ٽائيل لڳائڻ واري ڪرني''': سرن واري ڪرني جهڙي هوندي آهي، پر ان جي ڦر وڌيڪ ويڪري هوندي آهي، جنهن سان وڌيڪ مقدار ۾ مسالو کڻي وڏين سرن ۽ بلاڪن تي آساني سان وڇائي سگهجي ٿو.

* '''ٽڪ پوائنٽر''' : سرن ۽ بلاڪن جي وچ وارن جوڙن ۾ مسالو ڀرڻ، پراڻن جوڙن جي نئين سر مرمت (تي پوائنٽگ) ڪرڻ ۽ [[سرن جي اوساري]] جي ڀتين جي بحالي لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ خاص ڪرني.

'''ڪرني''' (Trowel) تغاريءَ مان [[مسالو]] کڻي ۽ انھيءَ کي صحيح نموني ۾ پٿارڻ ۽ جوڙن ٺاھڻ جي ڪم ايندي آھي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;
[[File:Trowel.jpg|thumb|ڪرني]]

[[File:Kelle.jpg|thumb|پلستر ڪرڻ واري ڪرني، سڌي ڳچيءَ سان]]
[[File:Dreieckskelle.JPG|thumb|ساڄي|ٽڪنڊي ڪرني، جنهن کي برلن ڪرني پڻ چيو ويندو آهي]]

'''رازن جي ڪرني'''، جنهن کي '''پلستر ڪرني''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، رازن جو هڪ اهم هٿ وارو اوزار آهي، جيڪو [[سرن جي اوساري]] يا [[پلستر]] ڪرڻ دوران [[مسالو|مسالي]] کي کڻڻ، پکيڙڻ ۽ شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. جرمني جي [[رائن لينڊ]] علائقي ۾ هن اوزار کي '''ٽرافل''' يا '''ٽروفل'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. ڪرني جي ڦر (Blade) جي بنيادي شڪل ٽڪنڊي يا چوڪنڊي ٿي سگهي ٿي، جيڪا مختلف تعميراتي ڪمن جي ضرورت موجب چونڊي ويندي آهي.

== لفظ جي بڻ ۽ اصطلاح ==

'''ڪرني''' لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ جي ابتدا [[قرون وسطيٰ جي لاطيني ٻولي]] جي لفظ ''trulla'' مان ٿي، جيڪو [[قديم فرينچ]] ۾ 1285ع ڌاري ''trieule'' ۽ پوءِ 1328ع ۾ ''truele'' جي صورت ۾ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web
|url=https://www.cnrtl.fr/etymologie/truelle
|title=Étymologie de « truelle »
|website=Centre national de ressources textuelles et lexicales (CNRTL)
|language=fr
|access-date=5 August 2026
}}&lt;/ref&gt;
لاطيني ٻوليءَ ۾ trūlla اصل ۾ هڪ مونث اسم هو، جيڪو ننڍڙي ڇلڻي، چمچي، ٿالهه، رازن جي ڪرني ۽ ٻين اهڙن اوزارن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web
|url=https://www.cnrtl.fr/etymologie/truelle
|title=Truelle – Étymologie
|website=CNRTL
|language=fr
|access-date=5 August 2026
}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن لفظ جو تعلق غالباً ''trua'' سان آهي، جنهن جي معنيٰ کوکلو يا کوٽڻ وارو اوزار آهي. بعد ۾ هي لفظ تعميراتي اوزارن، خاص طور رازن جي ڪرني، لاءِ عام ٿي ويو. رومي ٻولين جي ڪيترين ئي مقامي صورتن، جهڙوڪ [[والون ٻولي]] ۽ [[لورين ٻولي]]، ۾ اڄ به ان جو اچار ''ٽروئيل'' جي ويجهو آهي.

قديم لاطيني ۾ هڪ ٻيو لفظ ''ascia'' پڻ استعمال ٿيندو هو، جيڪو مختلف تعميراتي اوزارن، جهڙوڪ ڪهاڙي، [[ڏاٽو]]، [[ڪوڏر]] ۽ رازن جي ڪرني لاءِ ايندو هو. انهيءَ مان فعل ''asciare'' نڪتو، جنهن جي معنيٰ ڪاٺ يا پٿر کي هموار ڪرڻ، يا ڪرني سان مسالو هلائڻ ۽ تعميراتي ڪم ڪرڻ هئي.

لفظ '''تعمير ڪرڻ''' به لاطيني فعل construere مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن جي بنيادي معنيٰ شين کي ترتيب سان گڏ رکڻ، پوءِ عمارت ٺاهڻ يا اڏڻ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web
|url=https://www.cnrtl.fr/definition/construire
|title=Construire
|website=Centre national de ressources textuelles et lexicales (CNRTL)
|language=fr
|access-date=5 August 2026
}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهيءَ مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته ڪرني ۽ تعمير جي فن جو لاڳاپو تمام قديم آهي.

[[فراميسنري]] ۾ ارڙهين صديءَ کان ڪرني ۽ [[پاڻيءَ جي سطح ماپڻ وارو اوزار]] (Level) گڏجي تعمير ۽ ڀائپي جي علامتن طور استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن. خاص طور [[فرينچ رسم]] ۾ ڪرني ساٿي جي درجي جي شروعاتي رسم جي اهم علامت آهي. جديد تقريبن ۾ به ڪنهن عمارت جي [[بنياد جو پهريون پٿر]] رکڻ وقت ڪرني بنيادي علامتي اوزار طور استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.{{sfn|Paireault|2020|p=}}

1690ع ۾ [[انتوان فيورتيئر]] پنهنجي مشهور لغت ۾ ڪرني جي تعريف هن ريت ڪئي: ''&quot;اهو رازن، ڇت ٺاهيندڙن ۽ فرش وڇائيندڙن جو اوزار آهي، جيڪو پلستر، مسالو ۽ سيمينٽ کي ملائڻ، پکيڙڻ ۽ هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.&quot;'' هن وڌيڪ لکيو ته ڪرني ٽڪنڊي شڪل واري لوهه جي ڦر ۽ هڪ هٿيءَ تي مشتمل هوندي آهي، ۽ رازن جي بنيادي اوزارن ۾ هٿوڙو، مسالي جي تغاري ۽ ڪرني شامل آهن.

فرينچ ٻوليءَ ۾ ''truellée'' مان مراد اها مقدار آهي، جيڪا هڪ ڪرني ۾ کنئي وڃي سگهي. ''trueller'' جو مطلب ٿلهي تهه سان رنگ ڪرڻ، جڏهن ته ''truellage'' ڪرني سان ڪيل ڪم يا اهڙي قسم جي مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. ''truellisation'' مان مراد ڪرني سان پلستر يا ليپ تي آرائشي بناوت ٺاهڻ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{sfn|Peyroux|1985|p=}}
&lt;/ref&gt;

لغت نويس [[پئر لاروس]] موجب ''trulla''، جيڪو ڪرني جو بنيادي لاطيني لفظ آهي، ''trua'' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن جي معنيٰ چمچو يا کوٽڻ وارو اوزار آهي. هن ان کي [[قديم يوناني ٻولي]] جي انهن لفظن سان پڻ ڳنڍيو، جن جي معنيٰ &quot;کوٽڻ&quot; يا &quot;سوراخ ڪرڻ&quot; آهي.{{sfn|Larousse|id=larousse|p=}}

اوڻيهين صديءَ ۾ فرانس ۾ '''ڪرني''' لفظ تعمير ڪرڻ يا عمارتون اڏائڻ جي استعارتي معنيٰ ۾ پڻ استعمال ٿيندو هو، جنهن مان محاورا جهڙوڪ ''&quot;ڪرني سان محبت ڪرڻ&quot;'' يا ''&quot;ڪرني جي بيماري هئڻ&quot;'' وجود ۾ آيا. مشهور فرينچ ناول نگار [[اونوري ڊي بالزاڪ]] به لکيو هو: ''&quot;پيرس ۾ ڪرني، ماڻهن جي تصور کان وڌيڪ، تهذيب پيدا ڪندڙ اوزار آهي.&quot;''{{sfn|Larousse|id=larousse|p=|loc=article &quot;marteau&quot;}}

== جوڙجڪ ==

ڪرني عام طور هڪ چپٽي ڌاتي ڦر (بليڊ)، ڳچي (Shank) ۽ هٿي (ھينڊلظ) تي مشتمل هوندي آهي. ڦر گهڻو ڪري ڪاربان اسٽيل يا اسٽينليس اسٽيل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته هٿي ڪاٺ، پلاسٽڪ يا رٻڙ مان ٺهندي آهي، جيئن ڪم دوران مضبوط پڪڙ ۽ آساني حاصل ٿئي. ڦر جي شڪل ڪم جي نوعيت مطابق ٽڪنڊي، مستطيل يا گول ڪنڊن واري ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;
ڪرني جي هٿي (ھينڊل) کي ان جي ڦر (بليڊ) سان هڪ وڪريل ڳانڍاپي ذريعي ڳنڍيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو عام طور '''S''' شڪل وارو هوندو آهي ۽ ان کي '''راجهڳچي'''، يعني هنس جي ڳچي) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

سڌي ڳچي ۽ ذوزنقي شڪل واري ڦر واريون ڪرنيون '''پلستر ڪرنيون''' سڏبيون آهن. جڏهن ته [[ٽائيل لڳائيندڙ]] بيضوي يا دل نما ڦر  واريون ڪرنيون استعمال ڪندا آهن.
ڪرني جي ڦر جي پاسي جي ڊيگهه عام طور [[سر]] جي ڊيگهه جي لڳ ڀڳ برابر رکبي آهي، جيئن کنيل [[مسالو]] هڪ [[سر]] هيٺ مڪمل طور تي پکڙجي وڃي ۽ مسالي جو بسترو (Mortar bed) مڪمل نموني ڀرجي سگهي. مثال طور معياري سر جي ڊيگهه 24 سينٽي ميٽر، ويڪر 11.5 سينٽي ميٽر ۽ اوچائي 7.1 سينٽي ميٽر هوندي آهي.

== استعمال ==

عمارت سازي ۾ ڪرني مسالو يا ڪنڪريٽ کڻڻ، سرن يا پٿرن تي پکيڙڻ، جوڙن (Joints) کي ڀرڻ، اضافي مسالي کي هٽائڻ ۽ مٿاڇري کي هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. رازا سرن جي اوساري دوران هر سر تي مناسب مقدار ۾ مسالو وڇائڻ ۽ ان کي گهربل شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ ڪرني استعمال ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان اوساري مضبوط ۽ هموار بڻجي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[File:Kazi Kazi means ( work work).jpg|thumb|left|ڪرني استعمال ڪندي رازو]]
[[File:Fugenkelle.JPG|thumb|right|جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني (Fugenkelle)]]
[[File:Brick trowels roman.jpg|thumb|right|قديم رومي ڪرنيون (پهرين کان ٽئين صدي عيسوي)، بيضوي ڦر سان]]

ٽڪنڊي ڪرني چونڊڻ وقت ان جي '''ثقلي مرڪز''' جو متوازن هجڻ اهم هوندو آهي. ان جي جاچ لاءِ ڪرني کي هٿيءَ جي هيٺان، مثال طور [[اشارو آڱر]] تي، توازن سان رکيو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ڪرني جي ڦر عمودي (ورٽيڪل) حالت ۾ سڌي بيهي وڃي ته ان جو توازن مناسب سمجهيو ويندو آهي. اهو ان ڪري ضروري آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ مسالو کڻڻ يا پلستر ڪرڻ دوران رازي کي ڪرني جو وزن [[ڪلائي]] جي مدد سان متوازن رکڻو پوندو آهي. ساڳيءَ طرح ڪرني جي هٿيءَ جو مرڪزي محور به ڦر جي نوڪ سان سڌي ليڪ ۾ هجڻ گهرجي. جيڪڏهن ائين نه هجي ته ڪيترائي رازا پنهنجي ڪرني کي [[هٿوڙو|هٿوڙي]] جي مدد سان پاڻ سڌو ڪري وٺندا آهن.
ٽڪنڊي ڪرني وڏين سطحن تي پلستر ڪرڻ لاءِ پڻ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. پهرين ڪرني ۾ پلستر جو مسالو کنيو ويندو آهي، پوءِ هٿ کي ٿورو پوئتي کڻي ڪرني کي جهول ڏنو ويندو آهي. ان کان پوءِ ڪلائيءَ جي حرڪت سان ڪرني کي اهڙي نموني ڦيرايو ويندو آهي، جو ان جي ڦر عمودي حالت اختيار ڪري وٺي. ان حرڪت سان مسالو ڦر تي مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي ويندو آهي. پوءِ ڪرني کي ڀت جي ان هنڌ تي آندو ويندو آهي، جتي مسالو لڳائڻو هجي. ڪرني کي پاسيرو سرڪائڻ سان مسالو ڦر کان الڳ ٿي ڀت تي پکڙجي ويندو آهي ۽ گهربل رخ ۾ هڪجهڙي نموني ورهائجي ويندو آهي.
چوڪنڊي ڪرني تنگ [[چمني]]ن جي اڏاوت ۾ پڻ ڪارائتي هوندي آهي، جتي اضافي مسالو هٽائڻ ۽ جوڙن کي بند ڪرڻ آسان ٿيندو آهي. بهرحال، پلستر ڪرڻ لاءِ چوڪنڊي ڪرني گهڻي مناسب نه سمجهي ويندي آهي. ان جي باوجود اها باغباني ۽ منظرسازي جي ڪم ۾ ڪناري وارن پٿرن کي پنهنجي جاءِ تي مضبوط ڪرڻ، مسالو ملائڻ ۽ ٻين تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

'''رازن جون ڪرنيون''' [[تعميراتي مواد جا جاچيندڙ]] پڻ استعمال ڪندا آهن، جيڪي تعميراتي هنڌن يا تجربگاهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي معيار ۽ خاصيتن جي جاچ دوران ڪنڪريٽ کي آزمائشي اوزارن ۾ وجهڻ، مڪسر مان ڪڍڻ ۽ ٻين آزمائشي مرحلن ۾ انهن کان ڪم وٺندا آهن.


[[File:Truelle de maçon.jpg|thumb|ڪرني استعمال ڪندي رازو]]

رازن جي ڪرني جي بناوت ۽ ان جي استعمال کي هڪ ٻئي کان الڳ بيان ڪرڻ ڏکيو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ هي اوزار تعمير جي تقريباً هر مرحلي سان لاڳاپيل هوندو آهي. ڪرني جو بنيادي ڪم [[مسالو]] يا [[پلستر]] کڻي ان کي ڀت، سرن يا ٻين تعميراتي حصن تي وڇائڻ، پکڙڻ ۽ هموار ڪرڻ آهي&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book
|last=Graffigny
|first=Henri de
|title=Dictionnaire illustré pratique du bâtiment
|publisher=Librairie Larousse
|location=Paris
|year=1906
|page=
|language=fr
}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Charles Laboulaye, ''Dictionnaire des arts et manufactures'', Tome 2, article « maçonnerie », 1886.&lt;/ref&gt;.

== قسم ==

ڪرني جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جيڪي مختلف تعميراتي ڪمن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن. عام قسمن ۾ '''سرن واري ڪرني'''، '''ڪنڊ واري ڪرني'''، '''جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني'''، '''مارجن ڪرني'''، '''ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني'''  ۽ '''بالٽي ڪرني'''  شامل آهن. هر قسم جي ڦر جي شڪل ۽ ماپ ان جي مخصوص استعمال مطابق هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پلستر]] ڪرڻ واري مشين جي ايجاد کان اڳ پلستر ڪرڻ لاءِ اهڙيون خاص ڪرنيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون هيون، جن جي ڦر تمام وڏي هوندي هئي، جيئن هڪ ئي وقت ۾ ڀت جي وڏي حصي تي جلدي پلستر ڪري سگهجي.
تعميراتي ڪم ۾ ڪيترين ئي خاص قسمن جون ڪرنيون استعمال ٿين ٿيون، جن مان ڪجهه هي آهن:

* [[برلن ڪرني]]
* [[نوڪدار ڪرني]]
* [[جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني]] 
* [[هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني]] ، جنهن کي '''ٽرافل پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.
* [[زبان نما ڪرني]] ، جنهن کي '''ٻلي جي زبان''' پڻ سڏيو ويندو آهي؛ هن ڪرني جي نوڪ گول هوندي آهي.

ننڍيون ٽڪنڊي ڪرنيون [[آثار قديمه]] جي کوٽاين ۾ پڻ استعمال ٿينديون آهن، جتي انهن جي مدد سان مٽيءَ ۽ ثقافتي تهن کي تمام احتياط ۽ آهستگي سان هٽايو ويندو آهي. اهڙي ڪم دوران ڪڏهن ڪڏهن گهڻي زور (Leverage) پيدا ٿيندي آهي، تنهنڪري [[آثار قديمه جي ڪرني]] کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن جا ڌاتي حصا هڪ ئي ٽڪري مان تيار ڪيل هوندا آهن، جنهن سان انهن جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري وڌي ويندي آهي.

== علم نشان (هيرالڊري) ==

'''رازن جي ڪرني'''، جنهن کي '''ڀت سازي جي ڪرني''' يا مختصر طور '''ڪرني''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، [[علم نشان]] (Heraldry) ۾ هڪ [[عام نشان]]  طور استعمال ٿيندي آهي. هي نشان خاص طور جديد هيرالڊري ۾ [[ڪوٽ آف آرمس]] (Coat of arms) تي ڏسڻ ۾ اچي ٿو.

نشان ۾ ڪرني کي عام طور ان جي حقيقي تعميراتي شڪل مطابق ڏيکاريو ويندو آهي. اڪثر اهو ٻه-رخي صورت ۾ هوندو آهي ۽ ان جي ڦر (بليڊ) ڍال جي مٿئين ڪنڊ ڏانهن رخ رکندي آهي، جيڪا ان جي رواجي بيهڪ سمجهي ويندي آهي. جيڪڏهن ڪرني ٽڪنڊي يا چوڪنڊي شڪل ۾ هجي يا ان جي رخ ۾ تبديلي هجي، جهڙوڪ ڦريل (Inverted) هجي يا ان جي نوڪ ڍال جي هيٺئين حصي ڏانهن هجي، ته ان جو ذڪر نشان جي وضاحت ۾ ضرور ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڪرني جا مختلف قسم، جهڙوڪ [[برلن ڪرني]]، [[نوڪدار ڪرني]]، [[پلستر ڪرني]]، [[جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني]]، [[هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني]] يا '''ٽرافل'''، جيڪڏهن ڪنهن نشان ۾ شامل هجن ته انهن جا نالا وضاحت ۾ لکيا ويندا آهن، پر انهن جي موجودگي ڍال تي پيشڪش جي بنيادي انداز ۾ ڪا خاص تبديلي نه آڻيندي آهي. انهن کي هيرالڊري جي روايتي رنگن مان ڪنهن به رنگ ۾ ڏيکاري سگهجي ٿو، جيتوڻيڪ گهڻو ڪري صرف هٿيءَ جو رنگ مختلف رکيو ويندو آهي.

[[يوهان اوهني فورخت ]] (Johann Ohnefurcht) پنهنجي ذاتي نشان (Badge) ۽ نعري «''Ich houd – Ich halte stand''» («مان ثابت قدم آهيان») جي علامت طور رازن جي ڪرني استعمال ڪئي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;Fanny Bury Palliser: ''Historic Devices, Badges, and War-Cries.'' London, 1870, p. 35.&lt;/ref&gt;

رازن جي ڪرني [[هنرمندن جا نشان|هنرمندن]] ۽ [[پيشاور نشان|پيشاورن]] جي نشانين (Guild arms) ۾ پڻ هڪ اهم علامت طور استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

&lt;gallery&gt;
File:Wiener Gewerbewappen Baumeister Maurer Steinmetze.jpg|ويانا جي هڪ پيشاور نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Wappen at strengen.png|[[اسٽرينگن]] جي نشان ۾ ڪرني
File:Zunftwappen-Maurer.svg|هنرمندن جي نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Maurer_P7020069_retouched.jpg|هنرمندن جي نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Wappen Ratshausen.svg|[[راتس هائوزن]] جي سرڪاري نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
&lt;/gallery&gt;
&lt;gallery&gt;
File:Wiener Gewerbewappen Baumeister Maurer Steinmetze.jpg|ويانا جي هڪ پيشاور نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Wappen at strengen.png|[[اسٽرينگن]] جي نشان ۾ ڪرني
File:Zunftwappen-Maurer.svg|هنرمندن جي نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Maurer_P7020069_retouched.jpg|هنرمندن جي نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Wappen Ratshausen.svg|[[راتس هائوزن]] جي سرڪاري نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== سنڀال ==

ڪرني کي استعمال کان پوءِ صاف ڪري ان تي لڳل مسالو هٽائڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ سڪل مسالو ڦر جي همواري کي متاثر ڪري سگهي ٿو. ڪاربان اسٽيل جي ڪرني کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ هلڪي تيل جي تهه لڳائڻ فائديمند هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون ڪرنيون نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال گهرنديون آهن.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>ovdqpakdyyh754ahp1d86kqscnt05c6</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400995</id>
      <parentid>400994</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T22:04:36Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400995</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="22993" sha1="tk3lpj01z7fsd2ddphprlbf72qgkfq3" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|مسالي يا ڪنڪريٽ سان ڪم ڪرڻ لاءِ هٿ وارو اوزار}}

[[File:Masons trowel.jpg|250px|thumb|رازن جي ڪرني]]

'''ڪرني''' يا '''رازن جي ڪرني'' هڪ هٿ وارو [[ڪرني]] آهي، جيڪو [[سرن جي اوساري]] ۽ [[پٿرن جي اوساري]] ۾ [[مسالو|مسالي]] يا ڪنڪريٽ کي پکيڙڻ، هموار ڪرڻ، شڪل ڏيڻ ۽ سطح برابر ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ڪم جي نوعيت موجب ڪرنيون مختلف شڪلين ۽ ماپن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن. هيٺ ڪرني جا ڪجهه عام قسم ڏجن ٿا:

* '''سرن واري ڪرني'''  يا '''رازن جي ڪرني''' (Mason's trowel): هن ڪرني جي ڦر جو اڳيون حصو نوڪدار هوندو آهي، جيڪو سرن يا [[ڪنڪريٽ جا بلاڪ|ڪنڪريٽ بلاڪن]] تي مسالو وڇائڻ (Buttering) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ڦر جي خاص شڪل سبب مسالي کي صحيح مقدار ۽ درست هنڌ تي رکڻ آسان ٿيندو آهي.

* '''بالٽي ڪرني''' : ويڪري ڦر واري ڪرني، جيڪا [[بالٽي]] مان مسالو يا ڪنڪريٽ ڪڍڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. اها سرن تي مسالو وڇائڻ ۽ مسالي کي هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ پڻ موزون هوندي آهي.

* '''ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني''': ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي سخت ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان جي مٿاڇري کي هموار، نرم ۽ چمڪدار بڻائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. ڪم دوران ان کي ڪنڪريٽ جي سطح سان لڳ ڀڳ سڌو رکي هلڪي قوسي حرڪت سان هلائبو آهي.

* '''ڪنڊ ڪرني''': ڪنڪريٽ جي اندرين يا ٻاهرين ڪنڊن کي شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. ان جي ڦر 90 درجن جي موڙ تي ٺهيل هوندي آهي ۽ هٿي ان موڙ جي وچ تي لڳل هوندي آهي، جنهن سان ٻنهي پاسن تي هڪجهڙو دٻاءُ لاڳو ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

* '''گيجنگ ڪرني''': گول نوڪ واري ننڍڙي ڪرني، جيڪا مسالو ملائڻ، تنگ هنڌن تي ٿورو مسالو لڳائڻ، پراڻو ڀُريل مسالو بدلائڻ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مرمت لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''مارجن ڪرني''' : سڌي نوڪ واري ننڍڙي ڪرني، جيڪا اهڙن تنگ هنڌن ۽ ڪنڊن ۾ مسالو لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، جتي وڏي نوڪدار ڪرني نه پهچي سگهي.

* '''جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني''' : هي سرن واري ڪرني جو ننڍو روپ هوندو آهي. اها سرن يا پٿرن جي وچ وارن ننڍن خالن کي مسالي سان ڀرڻ ۽ ٽٽل يا ڀُريل جوڙن جي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''گول ڪنڊ واري ڪرني'''  ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني جو هڪ قسم، جنهن جي ڦر جا ڪنارا گول هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري اها آلي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ کُپي نه ويندي آهي.

* '''ڏاڪڻ ڪرني''': ڪنڊ ڪرني سان ملندڙ جلندڙ اوزار، جيڪو ڪنڪريٽ جي ڏاڪڻين جي اندرين ڪنڊن کي شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ان جي موڙ واري حصي سبب ڪنڊون هموار ۽ گول ٺهنديون آهن.

* '''ٽائيل لڳائڻ واري ڪرني''': سرن واري ڪرني جهڙي هوندي آهي، پر ان جي ڦر وڌيڪ ويڪري هوندي آهي، جنهن سان وڌيڪ مقدار ۾ مسالو کڻي وڏين سرن ۽ بلاڪن تي آساني سان وڇائي سگهجي ٿو.

* '''ٽڪ پوائنٽر''' : سرن ۽ بلاڪن جي وچ وارن جوڙن ۾ مسالو ڀرڻ، پراڻن جوڙن جي نئين سر مرمت (تي پوائنٽگ) ڪرڻ ۽ [[سرن جي اوساري]] جي ڀتين جي بحالي لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ خاص ڪرني.

'''ڪرني''' (Trowel) تغاريءَ مان [[مسالو]] کڻي ۽ انھيءَ کي صحيح نموني ۾ پٿارڻ ۽ جوڙن ٺاھڻ جي ڪم ايندي آھي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;
[[File:Trowel.jpg|thumb|ڪرني]]

[[File:Kelle.jpg|thumb|پلستر ڪرڻ واري ڪرني، سڌي ڳچيءَ سان]]
[[File:Dreieckskelle.JPG|thumb|ساڄي|ٽڪنڊي ڪرني، جنهن کي برلن ڪرني پڻ چيو ويندو آهي]]

'''رازن جي ڪرني'''، جنهن کي '''پلستر ڪرني''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، رازن جو هڪ اهم هٿ وارو اوزار آهي، جيڪو [[سرن جي اوساري]] يا [[پلستر]] ڪرڻ دوران [[مسالو|مسالي]] کي کڻڻ، پکيڙڻ ۽ شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. جرمني جي [[رائن لينڊ]] علائقي ۾ هن اوزار کي '''ٽرافل''' يا '''ٽروفل'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. ڪرني جي ڦر (Blade) جي بنيادي شڪل ٽڪنڊي يا چوڪنڊي ٿي سگهي ٿي، جيڪا مختلف تعميراتي ڪمن جي ضرورت موجب چونڊي ويندي آهي.

== لفظ جي بڻ ۽ اصطلاح ==

'''ڪرني''' لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ جي ابتدا [[قرون وسطيٰ جي لاطيني ٻولي]] جي لفظ ''trulla'' مان ٿي، جيڪو [[قديم فرينچ]] ۾ 1285ع ڌاري ''trieule'' ۽ پوءِ 1328ع ۾ ''truele'' جي صورت ۾ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web
|url=https://www.cnrtl.fr/etymologie/truelle
|title=Étymologie de « truelle »
|website=Centre national de ressources textuelles et lexicales (CNRTL)
|language=fr
|access-date=5 August 2026
}}&lt;/ref&gt;
لاطيني ٻوليءَ ۾ trūlla اصل ۾ هڪ مونث اسم هو، جيڪو ننڍڙي ڇلڻي، چمچي، ٿالهه، رازن جي ڪرني ۽ ٻين اهڙن اوزارن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web
|url=https://www.cnrtl.fr/etymologie/truelle
|title=Truelle – Étymologie
|website=CNRTL
|language=fr
|access-date=5 August 2026
}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن لفظ جو تعلق غالباً ''trua'' سان آهي، جنهن جي معنيٰ کوکلو يا کوٽڻ وارو اوزار آهي. بعد ۾ هي لفظ تعميراتي اوزارن، خاص طور رازن جي ڪرني، لاءِ عام ٿي ويو. رومي ٻولين جي ڪيترين ئي مقامي صورتن، جهڙوڪ [[والون ٻولي]] ۽ [[لورين ٻولي]]، ۾ اڄ به ان جو اچار ''ٽروئيل'' جي ويجهو آهي.

قديم لاطيني ۾ هڪ ٻيو لفظ ''ascia'' پڻ استعمال ٿيندو هو، جيڪو مختلف تعميراتي اوزارن، جهڙوڪ ڪهاڙي، [[ڏاٽو]]، [[ڪوڏر]] ۽ رازن جي ڪرني لاءِ ايندو هو. انهيءَ مان فعل ''asciare'' نڪتو، جنهن جي معنيٰ ڪاٺ يا پٿر کي هموار ڪرڻ، يا ڪرني سان مسالو هلائڻ ۽ تعميراتي ڪم ڪرڻ هئي.

لفظ '''تعمير ڪرڻ''' به لاطيني فعل construere مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن جي بنيادي معنيٰ شين کي ترتيب سان گڏ رکڻ، پوءِ عمارت ٺاهڻ يا اڏڻ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web
|url=https://www.cnrtl.fr/definition/construire
|title=Construire
|website=Centre national de ressources textuelles et lexicales (CNRTL)
|language=fr
|access-date=5 August 2026
}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهيءَ مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته ڪرني ۽ تعمير جي فن جو لاڳاپو تمام قديم آهي.

[[فراميسنري]] ۾ ارڙهين صديءَ کان ڪرني ۽ [[پاڻيءَ جي سطح ماپڻ وارو اوزار]] (Level) گڏجي تعمير ۽ ڀائپي جي علامتن طور استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن. خاص طور [[فرينچ رسم]] ۾ ڪرني ساٿي جي درجي جي شروعاتي رسم جي اهم علامت آهي. جديد تقريبن ۾ به ڪنهن عمارت جي [[بنياد جو پهريون پٿر]] رکڻ وقت ڪرني بنيادي علامتي اوزار طور استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.{{sfn|Paireault|2020|p=}}

1690ع ۾ [[انتوان فيورتيئر]] پنهنجي مشهور لغت ۾ ڪرني جي تعريف هن ريت ڪئي: ''&quot;اهو رازن، ڇت ٺاهيندڙن ۽ فرش وڇائيندڙن جو اوزار آهي، جيڪو پلستر، مسالو ۽ سيمينٽ کي ملائڻ، پکيڙڻ ۽ هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.&quot;'' هن وڌيڪ لکيو ته ڪرني ٽڪنڊي شڪل واري لوهه جي ڦر ۽ هڪ هٿيءَ تي مشتمل هوندي آهي، ۽ رازن جي بنيادي اوزارن ۾ هٿوڙو، مسالي جي تغاري ۽ ڪرني شامل آهن.

فرينچ ٻوليءَ ۾ ''truellée'' مان مراد اها مقدار آهي، جيڪا هڪ ڪرني ۾ کنئي وڃي سگهي. ''trueller'' جو مطلب ٿلهي تهه سان رنگ ڪرڻ، جڏهن ته ''truellage'' ڪرني سان ڪيل ڪم يا اهڙي قسم جي مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. ''truellisation'' مان مراد ڪرني سان پلستر يا ليپ تي آرائشي بناوت ٺاهڻ آهي
{{sfn|Peyroux|1985|p=}}


لغت نويس [[پئر لاروس]] موجب ''trulla''، جيڪو ڪرني جو بنيادي لاطيني لفظ آهي، ''trua'' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن جي معنيٰ چمچو يا کوٽڻ وارو اوزار آهي. هن ان کي [[قديم يوناني ٻولي]] جي انهن لفظن سان پڻ ڳنڍيو، جن جي معنيٰ &quot;کوٽڻ&quot; يا &quot;سوراخ ڪرڻ&quot; آهي.{{sfn|Larousse|id=larousse|p=}}

اوڻيهين صديءَ ۾ فرانس ۾ '''ڪرني''' لفظ تعمير ڪرڻ يا عمارتون اڏائڻ جي استعارتي معنيٰ ۾ پڻ استعمال ٿيندو هو، جنهن مان محاورا جهڙوڪ ''&quot;ڪرني سان محبت ڪرڻ&quot;'' يا ''&quot;ڪرني جي بيماري هئڻ&quot;'' وجود ۾ آيا. مشهور فرينچ ناول نگار [[اونوري ڊي بالزاڪ]] به لکيو هو: ''&quot;پيرس ۾ ڪرني، ماڻهن جي تصور کان وڌيڪ، تهذيب پيدا ڪندڙ اوزار آهي.&quot;''{{sfn|Larousse|id=larousse|p=|loc=article &quot;marteau&quot;}}

== جوڙجڪ ==

ڪرني عام طور هڪ چپٽي ڌاتي ڦر (بليڊ)، ڳچي (Shank) ۽ هٿي (ھينڊلظ) تي مشتمل هوندي آهي. ڦر گهڻو ڪري ڪاربان اسٽيل يا اسٽينليس اسٽيل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته هٿي ڪاٺ، پلاسٽڪ يا رٻڙ مان ٺهندي آهي، جيئن ڪم دوران مضبوط پڪڙ ۽ آساني حاصل ٿئي. ڦر جي شڪل ڪم جي نوعيت مطابق ٽڪنڊي، مستطيل يا گول ڪنڊن واري ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;
ڪرني جي هٿي (ھينڊل) کي ان جي ڦر (بليڊ) سان هڪ وڪريل ڳانڍاپي ذريعي ڳنڍيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو عام طور '''S''' شڪل وارو هوندو آهي ۽ ان کي '''راجهڳچي'''، يعني هنس جي ڳچي) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

سڌي ڳچي ۽ ذوزنقي شڪل واري ڦر واريون ڪرنيون '''پلستر ڪرنيون''' سڏبيون آهن. جڏهن ته [[ٽائيل لڳائيندڙ]] بيضوي يا دل نما ڦر  واريون ڪرنيون استعمال ڪندا آهن.
ڪرني جي ڦر جي پاسي جي ڊيگهه عام طور [[سر]] جي ڊيگهه جي لڳ ڀڳ برابر رکبي آهي، جيئن کنيل [[مسالو]] هڪ [[سر]] هيٺ مڪمل طور تي پکڙجي وڃي ۽ مسالي جو بسترو (Mortar bed) مڪمل نموني ڀرجي سگهي. مثال طور معياري سر جي ڊيگهه 24 سينٽي ميٽر، ويڪر 11.5 سينٽي ميٽر ۽ اوچائي 7.1 سينٽي ميٽر هوندي آهي.

== استعمال ==

عمارت سازي ۾ ڪرني مسالو يا ڪنڪريٽ کڻڻ، سرن يا پٿرن تي پکيڙڻ، جوڙن (Joints) کي ڀرڻ، اضافي مسالي کي هٽائڻ ۽ مٿاڇري کي هموار ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. رازا سرن جي اوساري دوران هر سر تي مناسب مقدار ۾ مسالو وڇائڻ ۽ ان کي گهربل شڪل ڏيڻ لاءِ ڪرني استعمال ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان اوساري مضبوط ۽ هموار بڻجي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[File:Kazi Kazi means ( work work).jpg|thumb|left|ڪرني استعمال ڪندي رازو]]
[[File:Fugenkelle.JPG|thumb|right|جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني (Fugenkelle)]]
[[File:Brick trowels roman.jpg|thumb|right|قديم رومي ڪرنيون (پهرين کان ٽئين صدي عيسوي)، بيضوي ڦر سان]]

ٽڪنڊي ڪرني چونڊڻ وقت ان جي '''ثقلي مرڪز''' جو متوازن هجڻ اهم هوندو آهي. ان جي جاچ لاءِ ڪرني کي هٿيءَ جي هيٺان، مثال طور [[اشارو آڱر]] تي، توازن سان رکيو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ڪرني جي ڦر عمودي (ورٽيڪل) حالت ۾ سڌي بيهي وڃي ته ان جو توازن مناسب سمجهيو ويندو آهي. اهو ان ڪري ضروري آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ مسالو کڻڻ يا پلستر ڪرڻ دوران رازي کي ڪرني جو وزن [[ڪلائي]] جي مدد سان متوازن رکڻو پوندو آهي. ساڳيءَ طرح ڪرني جي هٿيءَ جو مرڪزي محور به ڦر جي نوڪ سان سڌي ليڪ ۾ هجڻ گهرجي. جيڪڏهن ائين نه هجي ته ڪيترائي رازا پنهنجي ڪرني کي [[هٿوڙو|هٿوڙي]] جي مدد سان پاڻ سڌو ڪري وٺندا آهن.
ٽڪنڊي ڪرني وڏين سطحن تي پلستر ڪرڻ لاءِ پڻ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. پهرين ڪرني ۾ پلستر جو مسالو کنيو ويندو آهي، پوءِ هٿ کي ٿورو پوئتي کڻي ڪرني کي جهول ڏنو ويندو آهي. ان کان پوءِ ڪلائيءَ جي حرڪت سان ڪرني کي اهڙي نموني ڦيرايو ويندو آهي، جو ان جي ڦر عمودي حالت اختيار ڪري وٺي. ان حرڪت سان مسالو ڦر تي مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي ويندو آهي. پوءِ ڪرني کي ڀت جي ان هنڌ تي آندو ويندو آهي، جتي مسالو لڳائڻو هجي. ڪرني کي پاسيرو سرڪائڻ سان مسالو ڦر کان الڳ ٿي ڀت تي پکڙجي ويندو آهي ۽ گهربل رخ ۾ هڪجهڙي نموني ورهائجي ويندو آهي.
چوڪنڊي ڪرني تنگ [[چمني]]ن جي اڏاوت ۾ پڻ ڪارائتي هوندي آهي، جتي اضافي مسالو هٽائڻ ۽ جوڙن کي بند ڪرڻ آسان ٿيندو آهي. بهرحال، پلستر ڪرڻ لاءِ چوڪنڊي ڪرني گهڻي مناسب نه سمجهي ويندي آهي. ان جي باوجود اها باغباني ۽ منظرسازي جي ڪم ۾ ڪناري وارن پٿرن کي پنهنجي جاءِ تي مضبوط ڪرڻ، مسالو ملائڻ ۽ ٻين تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

'''رازن جون ڪرنيون''' [[تعميراتي مواد جا جاچيندڙ]] پڻ استعمال ڪندا آهن، جيڪي تعميراتي هنڌن يا تجربگاهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي معيار ۽ خاصيتن جي جاچ دوران ڪنڪريٽ کي آزمائشي اوزارن ۾ وجهڻ، مڪسر مان ڪڍڻ ۽ ٻين آزمائشي مرحلن ۾ انهن کان ڪم وٺندا آهن.


[[File:Truelle de maçon.jpg|thumb|ڪرني استعمال ڪندي رازو]]

رازن جي ڪرني جي بناوت ۽ ان جي استعمال کي هڪ ٻئي کان الڳ بيان ڪرڻ ڏکيو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ هي اوزار تعمير جي تقريباً هر مرحلي سان لاڳاپيل هوندو آهي. ڪرني جو بنيادي ڪم [[مسالو]] يا [[پلستر]] کڻي ان کي ڀت، سرن يا ٻين تعميراتي حصن تي وڇائڻ، پکڙڻ ۽ هموار ڪرڻ آهي&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book
|last=Graffigny
|first=Henri de
|title=Dictionnaire illustré pratique du bâtiment
|publisher=Librairie Larousse
|location=Paris
|year=1906
|page=
|language=fr
}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Charles Laboulaye, ''Dictionnaire des arts et manufactures'', Tome 2, article « maçonnerie », 1886.&lt;/ref&gt;.

== قسم ==

ڪرني جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جيڪي مختلف تعميراتي ڪمن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن. عام قسمن ۾ '''سرن واري ڪرني'''، '''ڪنڊ واري ڪرني'''، '''جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني'''، '''مارجن ڪرني'''، '''ڪنڪريٽ هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني'''  ۽ '''بالٽي ڪرني'''  شامل آهن. هر قسم جي ڦر جي شڪل ۽ ماپ ان جي مخصوص استعمال مطابق هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Masonry trowel |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry_trowel |access-date=5 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پلستر]] ڪرڻ واري مشين جي ايجاد کان اڳ پلستر ڪرڻ لاءِ اهڙيون خاص ڪرنيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون هيون، جن جي ڦر تمام وڏي هوندي هئي، جيئن هڪ ئي وقت ۾ ڀت جي وڏي حصي تي جلدي پلستر ڪري سگهجي.
تعميراتي ڪم ۾ ڪيترين ئي خاص قسمن جون ڪرنيون استعمال ٿين ٿيون، جن مان ڪجهه هي آهن:

* [[برلن ڪرني]]
* [[نوڪدار ڪرني]]
* [[جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني]] 
* [[هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني]] ، جنهن کي '''ٽرافل پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.
* [[زبان نما ڪرني]] ، جنهن کي '''ٻلي جي زبان''' پڻ سڏيو ويندو آهي؛ هن ڪرني جي نوڪ گول هوندي آهي.

ننڍيون ٽڪنڊي ڪرنيون [[آثار قديمه]] جي کوٽاين ۾ پڻ استعمال ٿينديون آهن، جتي انهن جي مدد سان مٽيءَ ۽ ثقافتي تهن کي تمام احتياط ۽ آهستگي سان هٽايو ويندو آهي. اهڙي ڪم دوران ڪڏهن ڪڏهن گهڻي زور (Leverage) پيدا ٿيندي آهي، تنهنڪري [[آثار قديمه جي ڪرني]] کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن جا ڌاتي حصا هڪ ئي ٽڪري مان تيار ڪيل هوندا آهن، جنهن سان انهن جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري وڌي ويندي آهي.

== علم نشان (هيرالڊري) ==

'''رازن جي ڪرني'''، جنهن کي '''ڀت سازي جي ڪرني''' يا مختصر طور '''ڪرني''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، [[علم نشان]] (Heraldry) ۾ هڪ [[عام نشان]]  طور استعمال ٿيندي آهي. هي نشان خاص طور جديد هيرالڊري ۾ [[ڪوٽ آف آرمس]] (Coat of arms) تي ڏسڻ ۾ اچي ٿو.

نشان ۾ ڪرني کي عام طور ان جي حقيقي تعميراتي شڪل مطابق ڏيکاريو ويندو آهي. اڪثر اهو ٻه-رخي صورت ۾ هوندو آهي ۽ ان جي ڦر (بليڊ) ڍال جي مٿئين ڪنڊ ڏانهن رخ رکندي آهي، جيڪا ان جي رواجي بيهڪ سمجهي ويندي آهي. جيڪڏهن ڪرني ٽڪنڊي يا چوڪنڊي شڪل ۾ هجي يا ان جي رخ ۾ تبديلي هجي، جهڙوڪ ڦريل (Inverted) هجي يا ان جي نوڪ ڍال جي هيٺئين حصي ڏانهن هجي، ته ان جو ذڪر نشان جي وضاحت ۾ ضرور ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڪرني جا مختلف قسم، جهڙوڪ [[برلن ڪرني]]، [[نوڪدار ڪرني]]، [[پلستر ڪرني]]، [[جوڙ ڀرڻ واري ڪرني]]، [[هموار ڪندڙ ڪرني]] يا '''ٽرافل'''، جيڪڏهن ڪنهن نشان ۾ شامل هجن ته انهن جا نالا وضاحت ۾ لکيا ويندا آهن، پر انهن جي موجودگي ڍال تي پيشڪش جي بنيادي انداز ۾ ڪا خاص تبديلي نه آڻيندي آهي. انهن کي هيرالڊري جي روايتي رنگن مان ڪنهن به رنگ ۾ ڏيکاري سگهجي ٿو، جيتوڻيڪ گهڻو ڪري صرف هٿيءَ جو رنگ مختلف رکيو ويندو آهي.

[[يوهان اوهني فورخت ]] (Johann Ohnefurcht) پنهنجي ذاتي نشان (Badge) ۽ نعري «''Ich houd – Ich halte stand''» («مان ثابت قدم آهيان») جي علامت طور رازن جي ڪرني استعمال ڪئي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;Fanny Bury Palliser: ''Historic Devices, Badges, and War-Cries.'' London, 1870, p. 35.&lt;/ref&gt;

رازن جي ڪرني [[هنرمندن جا نشان|هنرمندن]] ۽ [[پيشاور نشان|پيشاورن]] جي نشانين (Guild arms) ۾ پڻ هڪ اهم علامت طور استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

&lt;gallery&gt;
File:Wiener Gewerbewappen Baumeister Maurer Steinmetze.jpg|ويانا جي هڪ پيشاور نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Wappen at strengen.png|[[اسٽرينگن]] جي نشان ۾ ڪرني
File:Zunftwappen-Maurer.svg|هنرمندن جي نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Maurer_P7020069_retouched.jpg|هنرمندن جي نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Wappen Ratshausen.svg|[[راتس هائوزن]] جي سرڪاري نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
&lt;/gallery&gt;
&lt;gallery&gt;
File:Wiener Gewerbewappen Baumeister Maurer Steinmetze.jpg|ويانا جي هڪ پيشاور نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Wappen at strengen.png|[[اسٽرينگن]] جي نشان ۾ ڪرني
File:Zunftwappen-Maurer.svg|هنرمندن جي نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Maurer_P7020069_retouched.jpg|هنرمندن جي نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
File:Wappen Ratshausen.svg|[[راتس هائوزن]] جي سرڪاري نشان ۾ رازن جي ڪرني
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== سنڀال ==

ڪرني کي استعمال کان پوءِ صاف ڪري ان تي لڳل مسالو هٽائڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ سڪل مسالو ڦر جي همواري کي متاثر ڪري سگهي ٿو. ڪاربان اسٽيل جي ڪرني کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ هلڪي تيل جي تهه لڳائڻ فائديمند هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون ڪرنيون نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال گهرنديون آهن.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>tk3lpj01z7fsd2ddphprlbf72qgkfq3</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>شاھل</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>39337</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400996</id>
      <parentid>267104</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T22:11:05Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>400996</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="3005" sha1="jfucpe91zyz4x1x38fwmhl5l6gjhg8y" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|عمودي رخ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ ڌاڳي سان ٽنگيل وزني اوزار}}

[[File:Plumb bob.jpg|thumb|upright|شاقول]]

'''شاھل''' يا'''شاقول''' (Plumb bob)، جنهن کي '''شاھل وارو وزني اوزار''' (Plummet) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ وزني اوزار آهي، جيڪو عام طور هيٺان نوڪدار هوندو آهي ۽ ڌاڳي سان ٽنگيو ويندو آهي. اهو ڌاڳو مڪمل عمودي رخ ڏيکاريندو آهي، جنهن کي '''شاھلي ليڪ''' (پلمب لائين) چيو ويندو آهي. شاقول [[پاڻيءَ جي سطح ماپڻ وارو اوزار]] (اسپرٽ ليول) جي ايجاد کان اڳ عمودي سڌائي معلوم ڪرڻ جو بنيادي اوزار هو، ۽ اڄ به تعمير ۽ سروي جي ڪم ۾ عمودي حوالو (ورٽيڪل ڊيٽم) قائم ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

شاھل عام طور [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ]]، [[شيهو|شيهي]] يا ٻين ڌاتن مان ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. آرائشي مقصدن لاءِ ڪڏهن ڪڏهن اهو [[هڏي]] يا [[هاٿيءَ جي عاج]] مان پڻ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

هي اوزار گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[قديم مصر]] جي دور کان استعمال ٿيندو پيو اچي، جتي عمارتن کي مڪمل عمودي (Plumb) رکڻ لاءِ ان کان ڪم ورتو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Stocks2003&quot;&gt;{{cite book |last=Stocks |first=Denys A. |title=Experiments in Egyptian Archaeology: Stoneworking Technology in Ancient Egypt |publisher=Routledge |year=2003 |isbn=978-0-415-30664-5 |page=180}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[زميني سروي]] ۾ شاھل [[نظير]] (Nadir) يعني زمين جي ڪشش ثقل جي رخ کي طئي ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جيڪو [[سمت الرأس]] (Zenith) جي ابتڙ هوندو آهي. اهو [[سطح ماپڻ وارو اوزار]]، [[ٿيئوڊولائيٽ]] ۽ [[اسٽيل ماپ واري ٽيپ]] جهڙن اوزارن سان گڏ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن اوزار کي زمين تي مقرر [[سروي نشان]] جي بلڪل مٿان صحيح نموني بيهارجي يا زمين تي نوان نشان لڳائڻ لاءِ جڳهه جي صحيح منتقلي ڪري سگهجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Brinker1995&quot;&gt;{{cite book |editor1-last=Brinker |editor1-first=Russell Charles |editor2-last=Minnick |editor2-first=Roy |title=The Surveying Handbook |publisher=Springer |year=1995 |isbn=978-0-412-98511-9 |pages=93–94}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''شاھل''' (Plumb Rule) [[اوساري|اوساريءَ]] جي پاسن جي اوچائيءَ کي صحيح نموني ۾ ھڪ ڪرو رکڻ ۾ ۽ جانچڻ جي ڪم ايندو آھي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛  ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990ع؛ پبلشر:[[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>jfucpe91zyz4x1x38fwmhl5l6gjhg8y</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400997</id>
      <parentid>400996</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T22:12:42Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>400997</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="3032" sha1="c74v77ufyl41s18rlz6j3gea7e6xggp" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|عمودي رخ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ ڌاڳي سان ٽنگيل وزني اوزار}}

[[File:Plumb bob.jpg|thumb|upright|شاقول]]

'''شاھل''' جنھن کي عربي ۾ '''شاقول''' (انگريزي ۾ Plumb bob)، ۽ '''شاھل وارو وزني اوزار''' (Plummet) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ وزني اوزار آهي، جيڪو عام طور هيٺان نوڪدار هوندو آهي ۽ ڌاڳي سان ٽنگيو ويندو آهي. اهو ڌاڳو مڪمل عمودي رخ ڏيکاريندو آهي، جنهن کي '''شاھلي ليڪ''' (پلمب لائين) چيو ويندو آهي. شاھل [[پاڻيءَ جي سطح ماپڻ وارو اوزار]] (اسپرٽ ليول) جي ايجاد کان اڳ عمودي سڌائي معلوم ڪرڻ جو بنيادي اوزار هو، ۽ اڄ به تعمير ۽ سروي جي ڪم ۾ عمودي حوالو (ورٽيڪل ڊيٽم) قائم ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

شاھل عام طور [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ]]، [[شيهو|شيهي]] يا ٻين ڌاتن مان ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. آرائشي مقصدن لاءِ ڪڏهن ڪڏهن اهو [[هڏي]] يا [[هاٿيءَ جي عاج]] مان پڻ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

هي اوزار گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[قديم مصر]] جي دور کان استعمال ٿيندو پيو اچي، جتي عمارتن کي مڪمل عمودي (Plumb) رکڻ لاءِ ان کان ڪم ورتو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Stocks2003&quot;&gt;{{cite book |last=Stocks |first=Denys A. |title=Experiments in Egyptian Archaeology: Stoneworking Technology in Ancient Egypt |publisher=Routledge |year=2003 |isbn=978-0-415-30664-5 |page=180}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[زميني سروي]] ۾ شاھل [[نظير]] (Nadir) يعني زمين جي ڪشش ثقل جي رخ کي طئي ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جيڪو [[سمت الرأس]] (Zenith) جي ابتڙ هوندو آهي. اهو [[سطح ماپڻ وارو اوزار]]، [[ٿيئوڊولائيٽ]] ۽ [[اسٽيل ماپ واري ٽيپ]] جهڙن اوزارن سان گڏ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن اوزار کي زمين تي مقرر [[سروي نشان]] جي بلڪل مٿان صحيح نموني بيهارجي يا زمين تي نوان نشان لڳائڻ لاءِ جڳهه جي صحيح منتقلي ڪري سگهجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Brinker1995&quot;&gt;{{cite book |editor1-last=Brinker |editor1-first=Russell Charles |editor2-last=Minnick |editor2-first=Roy |title=The Surveying Handbook |publisher=Springer |year=1995 |isbn=978-0-412-98511-9 |pages=93–94}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''شاھل''' (Plumb Rule) [[اوساري|اوساريءَ]] جي پاسن جي اوچائيءَ کي صحيح نموني ۾ ھڪ ڪرو رکڻ ۾ ۽ جانچڻ جي ڪم ايندو آھي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛  ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990ع؛ پبلشر:[[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>c74v77ufyl41s18rlz6j3gea7e6xggp</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400998</id>
      <parentid>400997</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T22:16:18Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>400998</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="4120" sha1="tssth3p78mbjd2icruvsmepe74gnji8" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|عمودي رخ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ ڌاڳي سان ٽنگيل وزني اوزار}}

[[File:Plumb bob.jpg|thumb|upright|شاقول]]

'''شاھل''' جنھن کي عربي ۾ '''شاقول''' (انگريزي ۾ Plumb bob)، ۽ '''شاھل وارو وزني اوزار''' (Plummet) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ وزني اوزار آهي، جيڪو عام طور هيٺان نوڪدار هوندو آهي ۽ ڌاڳي سان ٽنگيو ويندو آهي. اهو ڌاڳو مڪمل عمودي رخ ڏيکاريندو آهي، جنهن کي '''شاھلي ليڪ''' (پلمب لائين) چيو ويندو آهي. شاھل [[پاڻيءَ جي سطح ماپڻ وارو اوزار]] (اسپرٽ ليول) جي ايجاد کان اڳ عمودي سڌائي معلوم ڪرڻ جو بنيادي اوزار هو، ۽ اڄ به تعمير ۽ سروي جي ڪم ۾ عمودي حوالو (ورٽيڪل ڊيٽم) قائم ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

شاھل عام طور [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ]]، [[شيهو|شيهي]] يا ٻين ڌاتن مان ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. آرائشي مقصدن لاءِ ڪڏهن ڪڏهن اهو [[هڏي]] يا [[هاٿيءَ جي عاج]] مان پڻ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

هي اوزار گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[قديم مصر]] جي دور کان استعمال ٿيندو پيو اچي، جتي عمارتن کي مڪمل عمودي (Plumb) رکڻ لاءِ ان کان ڪم ورتو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Stocks2003&quot;&gt;{{cite book |last=Stocks |first=Denys A. |title=Experiments in Egyptian Archaeology: Stoneworking Technology in Ancient Egypt |publisher=Routledge |year=2003 |isbn=978-0-415-30664-5 |page=180}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[زميني سروي]] ۾ شاھل [[نظير]] (Nadir) يعني زمين جي ڪشش ثقل جي رخ کي طئي ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جيڪو [[سمت الرأس]] (Zenith) جي ابتڙ هوندو آهي. اهو [[سطح ماپڻ وارو اوزار]]، [[ٿيئوڊولائيٽ]] ۽ [[اسٽيل ماپ واري ٽيپ]] جهڙن اوزارن سان گڏ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن اوزار کي زمين تي مقرر [[سروي نشان]] جي بلڪل مٿان صحيح نموني بيهارجي يا زمين تي نوان نشان لڳائڻ لاءِ جڳهه جي صحيح منتقلي ڪري سگهجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Brinker1995&quot;&gt;{{cite book |editor1-last=Brinker |editor1-first=Russell Charles |editor2-last=Minnick |editor2-first=Roy |title=The Surveying Handbook |publisher=Springer |year=1995 |isbn=978-0-412-98511-9 |pages=93–94}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''شاھل''' (Plumb Rule) [[اوساري|اوساريءَ]] جي پاسن جي اوچائيءَ کي صحيح نموني ۾ ھڪ ڪرو رکڻ ۾ ۽ جانچڻ جي ڪم ايندو آھي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛  ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990ع؛ پبلشر:[[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ&lt;/ref&gt;

== اشتقاق ==

[[File:Cc&amp;j-fig23--plumb rule.png|thumb|upright=0.4|left|''Cassells' Carpentry and Joinery'' ۾ ڏيکاريل شاھل ماپ]]
[[File:Cc&amp;j-fig24--plumb square.png|thumb|''Cassells' Carpentry and Joinery'' ۾ ڏيکاريل شاھل ڪنڊ ماپ]]

لفظ '''شاھل''' جو انگريزي لفظ Plumb bob جي انگريزي نالي ۾ موجود ''plumb'' لاطيني لفظ ''plumbum'' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن جي معنيٰ [[شيهو]] (Lead) آهي. قديم زماني ۾ شاھل جي هيٺئين وزني حصي Bob کي گهڻو ڪري شيهي مان ٺاهيو ويندو هو، تنهنڪري اهو نالو عام ٿي ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;McGeough&quot; /&gt;

بعد ۾ ''پلمب'' لفظ جو مطلب صرف شيهي تائين محدود نه رهيو، پر ان مان &quot;بلڪل عمودي&quot; يا &quot;سڌو بيٺل&quot; جي معنيٰ پڻ نڪتي. ساڳيءَ ريت انگريزي لفظ ''aplomb'' به انهيءَ تصور مان نڪتو، جيڪو سڌائي، توازن ۽ اعتماد سان بيهڻ جي معنيٰ ڏئي ٿو.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>tssth3p78mbjd2icruvsmepe74gnji8</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400999</id>
      <parentid>400998</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T22:19:26Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400999</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="8667" sha1="9zca1lf6nd8z5etkkjyof4gyf7vbr1z" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|عمودي رخ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ ڌاڳي سان ٽنگيل وزني اوزار}}

[[File:Plumb bob.jpg|thumb|upright|شاقول]]

'''شاھل''' جنھن کي عربي ۾ '''شاقول''' (انگريزي ۾ Plumb bob)، ۽ '''شاھل وارو وزني اوزار''' (Plummet) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ وزني اوزار آهي، جيڪو عام طور هيٺان نوڪدار هوندو آهي ۽ ڌاڳي سان ٽنگيو ويندو آهي. اهو ڌاڳو مڪمل عمودي رخ ڏيکاريندو آهي، جنهن کي '''شاھلي ليڪ''' (پلمب لائين) چيو ويندو آهي. شاھل [[پاڻيءَ جي سطح ماپڻ وارو اوزار]] (اسپرٽ ليول) جي ايجاد کان اڳ عمودي سڌائي معلوم ڪرڻ جو بنيادي اوزار هو، ۽ اڄ به تعمير ۽ سروي جي ڪم ۾ عمودي حوالو (ورٽيڪل ڊيٽم) قائم ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

شاھل عام طور [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ]]، [[شيهو|شيهي]] يا ٻين ڌاتن مان ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. آرائشي مقصدن لاءِ ڪڏهن ڪڏهن اهو [[هڏي]] يا [[هاٿيءَ جي عاج]] مان پڻ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

هي اوزار گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[قديم مصر]] جي دور کان استعمال ٿيندو پيو اچي، جتي عمارتن کي مڪمل عمودي (Plumb) رکڻ لاءِ ان کان ڪم ورتو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Stocks2003&quot;&gt;{{cite book |last=Stocks |first=Denys A. |title=Experiments in Egyptian Archaeology: Stoneworking Technology in Ancient Egypt |publisher=Routledge |year=2003 |isbn=978-0-415-30664-5 |page=180}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[زميني سروي]] ۾ شاھل [[نظير]] (Nadir) يعني زمين جي ڪشش ثقل جي رخ کي طئي ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جيڪو [[سمت الرأس]] (Zenith) جي ابتڙ هوندو آهي. اهو [[سطح ماپڻ وارو اوزار]]، [[ٿيئوڊولائيٽ]] ۽ [[اسٽيل ماپ واري ٽيپ]] جهڙن اوزارن سان گڏ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن اوزار کي زمين تي مقرر [[سروي نشان]] جي بلڪل مٿان صحيح نموني بيهارجي يا زمين تي نوان نشان لڳائڻ لاءِ جڳهه جي صحيح منتقلي ڪري سگهجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Brinker1995&quot;&gt;{{cite book |editor1-last=Brinker |editor1-first=Russell Charles |editor2-last=Minnick |editor2-first=Roy |title=The Surveying Handbook |publisher=Springer |year=1995 |isbn=978-0-412-98511-9 |pages=93–94}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''شاھل''' (Plumb Rule) [[اوساري|اوساريءَ]] جي پاسن جي اوچائيءَ کي صحيح نموني ۾ ھڪ ڪرو رکڻ ۾ ۽ جانچڻ جي ڪم ايندو آھي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛  ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990ع؛ پبلشر:[[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ&lt;/ref&gt;

== اشتقاق ==

[[File:Cc&amp;j-fig23--plumb rule.png|thumb|upright=0.4|left|''Cassells' Carpentry and Joinery'' ۾ ڏيکاريل شاھل ماپ]]
[[File:Cc&amp;j-fig24--plumb square.png|thumb|''Cassells' Carpentry and Joinery'' ۾ ڏيکاريل شاھل ڪنڊ ماپ]]

لفظ '''شاھل''' جو انگريزي لفظ Plumb bob جي انگريزي نالي ۾ موجود ''plumb'' لاطيني لفظ ''plumbum'' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن جي معنيٰ [[شيهو]] (Lead) آهي. قديم زماني ۾ شاھل جي هيٺئين وزني حصي Bob کي گهڻو ڪري شيهي مان ٺاهيو ويندو هو، تنهنڪري اهو نالو عام ٿي ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;McGeough&quot; /&gt;

بعد ۾ ''پلمب'' لفظ جو مطلب صرف شيهي تائين محدود نه رهيو، پر ان مان &quot;بلڪل عمودي&quot; يا &quot;سڌو بيٺل&quot; جي معنيٰ پڻ نڪتي. ساڳيءَ ريت انگريزي لفظ ''aplomb'' به انهيءَ تصور مان نڪتو، جيڪو سڌائي، توازن ۽ اعتماد سان بيهڻ جي معنيٰ ڏئي ٿو.

== استعمال ==

جديد ماپ جا اوزار ايجاد ٿيڻ کان اڳ، اوچا تعميراتي ڍانچا ٺاهڻ وقت '''شاھل''' عمودي حوالو (ورٽيڪل ڊيٽم) قائم ڪرڻ لاءِ بنيادي اوزار هوندو هو. تعمير دوران بانس يا [[ڏاڪڻ|اسڪيفولڊنگ]] تي شاھل جو ڌاڳو اهڙيءَ طرح ٽنگيو ويندو هو، جو اهو فرش تي لڳايل بنيادي نشان جي عين مٿان رهي. جيئن جيئن عمارت مٿي اڏبي ويندي هئي، تيئن تيئن شاھل کي به مٿي منتقل ڪيو ويندو هو، پر ان جو ڌاڳو هميشه ساڳئي بنيادي نشان سان هم مرڪز رکيو ويندو هو. اڄ به ڪيترن ئي قديم [[گرجاگھر]]ن جي [[مينار]]ن، [[گنبذ]]ن ۽ [[برج]]ن جي فرشن ۾ پتل جا اهڙا مرڪزي نشان موجود آهن، جيڪي مٿئين ڍانچي جي صحيح مرڪز کي ظاهر ڪن ٿا.

[[File:Lot hg.jpg|thumb|ماپ سان گڏ شاھل، جنهن کي ڍلوان ماپڻ لاءِ به استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو]]
[[File:Plumb bob with string.jpg|thumb|سرن جي اوساري ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ شاھل]]

شاھل ۽ ان جو ڌاڳو اڪيلو رڳو عمودي رخ معلوم ڪري سگهي ٿو، پر جيڪڏهن ان کي مناسب ماپ واري پٽي سان گڏ استعمال ڪيو وڃي ته اهو [[ڍلوان ماپڻ وارو اوزار]] (انڪلائينوميٽر) طور به ڪم ڪري سگهي ٿو، جنهن سان عمودي رخ کان مختلف زاويہ ماپي سگهجن ٿا.

[[قديم مصر]] ۾ هڪ اهڙو اوزار استعمال ٿيندو هو، جيڪو انگريزي اکر '''E''' جهڙي شڪل وارو هوندو هو ۽ ان جي مٿئين حصي سان شاھل ٻڌل هوندو هو. جڏهن اهو اوزار ڀت سان لڳايو ويندو هو ته شاھل صحيح عمودي ليڪ ظاهر ڪندو هو. افقي سطح معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ هڪ ٻيو اوزار، '''آرڪي پينڊولم''' (Archipendulum)، پڻ استعمال ٿيندو هو. اهو '''A''' شڪل واري ڍانچي تي ٻڌل هوندو هو، جنهن جي چوٽيءَ تان شاھل ٽنگيل هوندو هو. يورپ ۾ هي اوزار اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ تائين استعمال ٿيندو رهيو. ان جو هڪ ٻيو روپ ابتي '''T''' شڪل وارو پڻ هوندو هو، جنهن ۾ شاھل مٿئين حصي مان ٽنگيل هوندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;McGeough&quot;&gt;{{cite web |last1=McGeough |first1=Joseph A. |last2=Hartenberg |first2=Richard S. |title=Hand tool – Measuring and defining tools – Plumb line, level, and square |url=https://www.britannica.com/technology/hand-tool/Screw-based-tools#ref39230 |website=Encyclopaedia Britannica |date=2019}}&lt;/ref&gt;

شروعاتي [[فلڪ بوس عمارت]]ن جي تعمير دوران به وڏا ۽ ڳرا شاھل استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا، جيڪي لفٽ جي کوهن اندر تارن سان ٽنگيا ويندا هئا، جيئن عمارت جي عمودي سڌائي کي هر منزل تي جانچي سگهجي.

ڪڏهن ڪڏهن شاھل کي لوڏن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ پاڻي، ڳاڙهي شربت (Molasses)، ڳاڙهي گاڙهي تيل يا ٻين ڳرن مايعن سان ڀريل ٿانوَ ۾ رکيو ويندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح اهو [[جهٽڪو جذب ڪندڙ]] (Shock absorber) وانگر ڪم ڪندو آهي ۽ شاھل کي جلدي سڪون ۾ آڻيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Staley, W. W. ''Introduction to Mine Surveying'', 2nd ed., Stanford University Press, 1964, p. 138.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بيقاعده شڪل واري جسم جو ثقلي مرڪز معلوم ڪرڻ ===

[[انساني شڪل نگاري]] جا شاگرد پڻ شاھل استعمال ڪندا آهن، جيئن پنهنجي موضوع جي [[ثقلي مرڪز]] مان گذرندڙ عمودي محور معلوم ڪري ان کي تصوير تي بنيادي حوالي طور منتقل ڪري سگهن. ان مقصد لاءِ خاص شاھل استعمال ٿي سگهي ٿو يا سادي ڌاڳي جي پڇاڙيءَ ۾ ڌاتوءَ جو واشر يا ٻيو ڪو ڳرو وزن ٻڌي عارضي شاھل تيار ڪري سگهجي ٿو. اهو طريقو جسم جي بناوت، توازن ۽ وزن جي ورهاست کي صحيح نموني سمجهڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندو آهي.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>9zca1lf6nd8z5etkkjyof4gyf7vbr1z</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401000</id>
      <parentid>400999</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T22:20:45Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401000</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="9760" sha1="rn6anp4f4umhd1uhofoedx4ael6jl1w" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|عمودي رخ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ ڌاڳي سان ٽنگيل وزني اوزار}}

[[File:Plumb bob.jpg|thumb|upright|شاقول]]

'''شاھل''' جنھن کي عربي ۾ '''شاقول''' (انگريزي ۾ Plumb bob)، ۽ '''شاھل وارو وزني اوزار''' (Plummet) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ وزني اوزار آهي، جيڪو عام طور هيٺان نوڪدار هوندو آهي ۽ ڌاڳي سان ٽنگيو ويندو آهي. اهو ڌاڳو مڪمل عمودي رخ ڏيکاريندو آهي، جنهن کي '''شاھلي ليڪ''' (پلمب لائين) چيو ويندو آهي. شاھل [[پاڻيءَ جي سطح ماپڻ وارو اوزار]] (اسپرٽ ليول) جي ايجاد کان اڳ عمودي سڌائي معلوم ڪرڻ جو بنيادي اوزار هو، ۽ اڄ به تعمير ۽ سروي جي ڪم ۾ عمودي حوالو (ورٽيڪل ڊيٽم) قائم ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

شاھل عام طور [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ]]، [[شيهو|شيهي]] يا ٻين ڌاتن مان ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. آرائشي مقصدن لاءِ ڪڏهن ڪڏهن اهو [[هڏي]] يا [[هاٿيءَ جي عاج]] مان پڻ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

هي اوزار گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[قديم مصر]] جي دور کان استعمال ٿيندو پيو اچي، جتي عمارتن کي مڪمل عمودي (Plumb) رکڻ لاءِ ان کان ڪم ورتو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Stocks2003&quot;&gt;{{cite book |last=Stocks |first=Denys A. |title=Experiments in Egyptian Archaeology: Stoneworking Technology in Ancient Egypt |publisher=Routledge |year=2003 |isbn=978-0-415-30664-5 |page=180}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[زميني سروي]] ۾ شاھل [[نظير]] (Nadir) يعني زمين جي ڪشش ثقل جي رخ کي طئي ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جيڪو [[سمت الرأس]] (Zenith) جي ابتڙ هوندو آهي. اهو [[سطح ماپڻ وارو اوزار]]، [[ٿيئوڊولائيٽ]] ۽ [[اسٽيل ماپ واري ٽيپ]] جهڙن اوزارن سان گڏ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن اوزار کي زمين تي مقرر [[سروي نشان]] جي بلڪل مٿان صحيح نموني بيهارجي يا زمين تي نوان نشان لڳائڻ لاءِ جڳهه جي صحيح منتقلي ڪري سگهجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Brinker1995&quot;&gt;{{cite book |editor1-last=Brinker |editor1-first=Russell Charles |editor2-last=Minnick |editor2-first=Roy |title=The Surveying Handbook |publisher=Springer |year=1995 |isbn=978-0-412-98511-9 |pages=93–94}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''شاھل''' (Plumb Rule) [[اوساري|اوساريءَ]] جي پاسن جي اوچائيءَ کي صحيح نموني ۾ ھڪ ڪرو رکڻ ۾ ۽ جانچڻ جي ڪم ايندو آھي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛  ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990ع؛ پبلشر:[[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ&lt;/ref&gt;

== اشتقاق ==

[[File:Cc&amp;j-fig23--plumb rule.png|thumb|upright=0.4|left|''Cassells' Carpentry and Joinery'' ۾ ڏيکاريل شاھل ماپ]]
[[File:Cc&amp;j-fig24--plumb square.png|thumb|''Cassells' Carpentry and Joinery'' ۾ ڏيکاريل شاھل ڪنڊ ماپ]]

لفظ '''شاھل''' جو انگريزي لفظ Plumb bob جي انگريزي نالي ۾ موجود ''plumb'' لاطيني لفظ ''plumbum'' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن جي معنيٰ [[شيهو]] (Lead) آهي. قديم زماني ۾ شاھل جي هيٺئين وزني حصي Bob کي گهڻو ڪري شيهي مان ٺاهيو ويندو هو، تنهنڪري اهو نالو عام ٿي ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;McGeough&quot; /&gt;

بعد ۾ ''پلمب'' لفظ جو مطلب صرف شيهي تائين محدود نه رهيو، پر ان مان &quot;بلڪل عمودي&quot; يا &quot;سڌو بيٺل&quot; جي معنيٰ پڻ نڪتي. ساڳيءَ ريت انگريزي لفظ ''aplomb'' به انهيءَ تصور مان نڪتو، جيڪو سڌائي، توازن ۽ اعتماد سان بيهڻ جي معنيٰ ڏئي ٿو.

== استعمال ==

جديد ماپ جا اوزار ايجاد ٿيڻ کان اڳ، اوچا تعميراتي ڍانچا ٺاهڻ وقت '''شاھل''' عمودي حوالو (ورٽيڪل ڊيٽم) قائم ڪرڻ لاءِ بنيادي اوزار هوندو هو. تعمير دوران بانس يا [[ڏاڪڻ|اسڪيفولڊنگ]] تي شاھل جو ڌاڳو اهڙيءَ طرح ٽنگيو ويندو هو، جو اهو فرش تي لڳايل بنيادي نشان جي عين مٿان رهي. جيئن جيئن عمارت مٿي اڏبي ويندي هئي، تيئن تيئن شاھل کي به مٿي منتقل ڪيو ويندو هو، پر ان جو ڌاڳو هميشه ساڳئي بنيادي نشان سان هم مرڪز رکيو ويندو هو. اڄ به ڪيترن ئي قديم [[گرجاگھر]]ن جي [[مينار]]ن، [[گنبذ]]ن ۽ [[برج]]ن جي فرشن ۾ پتل جا اهڙا مرڪزي نشان موجود آهن، جيڪي مٿئين ڍانچي جي صحيح مرڪز کي ظاهر ڪن ٿا.

[[File:Lot hg.jpg|thumb|ماپ سان گڏ شاھل، جنهن کي ڍلوان ماپڻ لاءِ به استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو]]
[[File:Plumb bob with string.jpg|thumb|سرن جي اوساري ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ شاھل]]

شاھل ۽ ان جو ڌاڳو اڪيلو رڳو عمودي رخ معلوم ڪري سگهي ٿو، پر جيڪڏهن ان کي مناسب ماپ واري پٽي سان گڏ استعمال ڪيو وڃي ته اهو [[ڍلوان ماپڻ وارو اوزار]] (انڪلائينوميٽر) طور به ڪم ڪري سگهي ٿو، جنهن سان عمودي رخ کان مختلف زاويہ ماپي سگهجن ٿا.

[[قديم مصر]] ۾ هڪ اهڙو اوزار استعمال ٿيندو هو، جيڪو انگريزي اکر '''E''' جهڙي شڪل وارو هوندو هو ۽ ان جي مٿئين حصي سان شاھل ٻڌل هوندو هو. جڏهن اهو اوزار ڀت سان لڳايو ويندو هو ته شاھل صحيح عمودي ليڪ ظاهر ڪندو هو. افقي سطح معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ هڪ ٻيو اوزار، '''آرڪي پينڊولم''' (Archipendulum)، پڻ استعمال ٿيندو هو. اهو '''A''' شڪل واري ڍانچي تي ٻڌل هوندو هو، جنهن جي چوٽيءَ تان شاھل ٽنگيل هوندو هو. يورپ ۾ هي اوزار اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ تائين استعمال ٿيندو رهيو. ان جو هڪ ٻيو روپ ابتي '''T''' شڪل وارو پڻ هوندو هو، جنهن ۾ شاھل مٿئين حصي مان ٽنگيل هوندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;McGeough&quot;&gt;{{cite web |last1=McGeough |first1=Joseph A. |last2=Hartenberg |first2=Richard S. |title=Hand tool – Measuring and defining tools – Plumb line, level, and square |url=https://www.britannica.com/technology/hand-tool/Screw-based-tools#ref39230 |website=Encyclopaedia Britannica |date=2019}}&lt;/ref&gt;

شروعاتي [[فلڪ بوس عمارت]]ن جي تعمير دوران به وڏا ۽ ڳرا شاھل استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا، جيڪي لفٽ جي کوهن اندر تارن سان ٽنگيا ويندا هئا، جيئن عمارت جي عمودي سڌائي کي هر منزل تي جانچي سگهجي.

ڪڏهن ڪڏهن شاھل کي لوڏن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ پاڻي، ڳاڙهي شربت (Molasses)، ڳاڙهي گاڙهي تيل يا ٻين ڳرن مايعن سان ڀريل ٿانوَ ۾ رکيو ويندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح اهو [[جهٽڪو جذب ڪندڙ]] (Shock absorber) وانگر ڪم ڪندو آهي ۽ شاھل کي جلدي سڪون ۾ آڻيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Staley, W. W. ''Introduction to Mine Surveying'', 2nd ed., Stanford University Press, 1964, p. 138.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بيقاعده شڪل واري جسم جو ثقلي مرڪز معلوم ڪرڻ ===

[[انساني شڪل نگاري]] جا شاگرد پڻ شاھل استعمال ڪندا آهن، جيئن پنهنجي موضوع جي [[ثقلي مرڪز]] مان گذرندڙ عمودي محور معلوم ڪري ان کي تصوير تي بنيادي حوالي طور منتقل ڪري سگهن. ان مقصد لاءِ خاص شاھل استعمال ٿي سگهي ٿو يا سادي ڌاڳي جي پڇاڙيءَ ۾ ڌاتوءَ جو واشر يا ٻيو ڪو ڳرو وزن ٻڌي عارضي شاھل تيار ڪري سگهجي ٿو. اهو طريقو جسم جي بناوت، توازن ۽ وزن جي ورهاست کي صحيح نموني سمجهڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندو آهي.

== عوامي ثقافت ==

سال 2000ع ۾ [[دي سمز]] ({{lang-en|The Sims}}) وڊيو راند جاري ٿيڻ کان پوءِ، سائي رنگ جي '''شاھل''' کي ان راند جي علامت (Logo) طور اختيار ڪيو ويو. راند دوران شاھل چونڊيل ڪردار جي مٿان ظاهر ٿيندو آهي ۽ ان جي موجوده مزاج يا جذباتي حالت جي نشاندهي ڪندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite news
|last=Holmes
|first=Linda
|title=For 25 years, The Sims have made a game out of the daily grind
|work=NPR
|date=2025-02-08
|url=https://www.npr.org/2025/02/08/nx-s1-5290005/the-sims-25
|access-date=6 February 2026
}}&lt;/ref&gt;

راند جي مختلف توسيعي پيڪن (Expansion packs) ۾ شاھل جي چوڌاري مختلف رنگن جون پٽيون يا حلقا شامل ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ڪردار جي خاص حياتياتي حالت يا نوعيت کي ظاهر ڪندا آهن، جهڙوڪ [[ويمپائر]]، [[جلپري]] يا [[زمين کان ٻاهر جي حياتي|خلائي مخلوق]].

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>rn6anp4f4umhd1uhofoedx4ael6jl1w</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401001</id>
      <parentid>401000</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T22:21:33Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401001</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="10494" sha1="4rhibmkiwvbgqsew7zcteq9tiy9mf4p" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|عمودي رخ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ ڌاڳي سان ٽنگيل وزني اوزار}}

[[File:Plumb bob.jpg|thumb|upright|شاقول]]

'''شاھل''' جنھن کي عربي ۾ '''شاقول''' (انگريزي ۾ Plumb bob)، ۽ '''شاھل وارو وزني اوزار''' (Plummet) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ وزني اوزار آهي، جيڪو عام طور هيٺان نوڪدار هوندو آهي ۽ ڌاڳي سان ٽنگيو ويندو آهي. اهو ڌاڳو مڪمل عمودي رخ ڏيکاريندو آهي، جنهن کي '''شاھلي ليڪ''' (پلمب لائين) چيو ويندو آهي. شاھل [[پاڻيءَ جي سطح ماپڻ وارو اوزار]] (اسپرٽ ليول) جي ايجاد کان اڳ عمودي سڌائي معلوم ڪرڻ جو بنيادي اوزار هو، ۽ اڄ به تعمير ۽ سروي جي ڪم ۾ عمودي حوالو (ورٽيڪل ڊيٽم) قائم ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

شاھل عام طور [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ]]، [[شيهو|شيهي]] يا ٻين ڌاتن مان ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. آرائشي مقصدن لاءِ ڪڏهن ڪڏهن اهو [[هڏي]] يا [[هاٿيءَ جي عاج]] مان پڻ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

هي اوزار گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[قديم مصر]] جي دور کان استعمال ٿيندو پيو اچي، جتي عمارتن کي مڪمل عمودي (Plumb) رکڻ لاءِ ان کان ڪم ورتو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Stocks2003&quot;&gt;{{cite book |last=Stocks |first=Denys A. |title=Experiments in Egyptian Archaeology: Stoneworking Technology in Ancient Egypt |publisher=Routledge |year=2003 |isbn=978-0-415-30664-5 |page=180}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[زميني سروي]] ۾ شاھل [[نظير]] (Nadir) يعني زمين جي ڪشش ثقل جي رخ کي طئي ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جيڪو [[سمت الرأس]] (Zenith) جي ابتڙ هوندو آهي. اهو [[سطح ماپڻ وارو اوزار]]، [[ٿيئوڊولائيٽ]] ۽ [[اسٽيل ماپ واري ٽيپ]] جهڙن اوزارن سان گڏ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن اوزار کي زمين تي مقرر [[سروي نشان]] جي بلڪل مٿان صحيح نموني بيهارجي يا زمين تي نوان نشان لڳائڻ لاءِ جڳهه جي صحيح منتقلي ڪري سگهجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Brinker1995&quot;&gt;{{cite book |editor1-last=Brinker |editor1-first=Russell Charles |editor2-last=Minnick |editor2-first=Roy |title=The Surveying Handbook |publisher=Springer |year=1995 |isbn=978-0-412-98511-9 |pages=93–94}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''شاھل''' (Plumb Rule) [[اوساري|اوساريءَ]] جي پاسن جي اوچائيءَ کي صحيح نموني ۾ ھڪ ڪرو رکڻ ۾ ۽ جانچڻ جي ڪم ايندو آھي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛  ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990ع؛ پبلشر:[[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ&lt;/ref&gt;

== اشتقاق ==

[[File:Cc&amp;j-fig23--plumb rule.png|thumb|upright=0.4|left|''Cassells' Carpentry and Joinery'' ۾ ڏيکاريل شاھل ماپ]]
[[File:Cc&amp;j-fig24--plumb square.png|thumb|''Cassells' Carpentry and Joinery'' ۾ ڏيکاريل شاھل ڪنڊ ماپ]]

لفظ '''شاھل''' جو انگريزي لفظ Plumb bob جي انگريزي نالي ۾ موجود ''plumb'' لاطيني لفظ ''plumbum'' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن جي معنيٰ [[شيهو]] (Lead) آهي. قديم زماني ۾ شاھل جي هيٺئين وزني حصي Bob کي گهڻو ڪري شيهي مان ٺاهيو ويندو هو، تنهنڪري اهو نالو عام ٿي ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;McGeough&quot; /&gt;

بعد ۾ ''پلمب'' لفظ جو مطلب صرف شيهي تائين محدود نه رهيو، پر ان مان &quot;بلڪل عمودي&quot; يا &quot;سڌو بيٺل&quot; جي معنيٰ پڻ نڪتي. ساڳيءَ ريت انگريزي لفظ ''aplomb'' به انهيءَ تصور مان نڪتو، جيڪو سڌائي، توازن ۽ اعتماد سان بيهڻ جي معنيٰ ڏئي ٿو.

== استعمال ==

جديد ماپ جا اوزار ايجاد ٿيڻ کان اڳ، اوچا تعميراتي ڍانچا ٺاهڻ وقت '''شاھل''' عمودي حوالو (ورٽيڪل ڊيٽم) قائم ڪرڻ لاءِ بنيادي اوزار هوندو هو. تعمير دوران بانس يا [[ڏاڪڻ|اسڪيفولڊنگ]] تي شاھل جو ڌاڳو اهڙيءَ طرح ٽنگيو ويندو هو، جو اهو فرش تي لڳايل بنيادي نشان جي عين مٿان رهي. جيئن جيئن عمارت مٿي اڏبي ويندي هئي، تيئن تيئن شاھل کي به مٿي منتقل ڪيو ويندو هو، پر ان جو ڌاڳو هميشه ساڳئي بنيادي نشان سان هم مرڪز رکيو ويندو هو. اڄ به ڪيترن ئي قديم [[گرجاگھر]]ن جي [[مينار]]ن، [[گنبذ]]ن ۽ [[برج]]ن جي فرشن ۾ پتل جا اهڙا مرڪزي نشان موجود آهن، جيڪي مٿئين ڍانچي جي صحيح مرڪز کي ظاهر ڪن ٿا.

[[File:Lot hg.jpg|thumb|ماپ سان گڏ شاھل، جنهن کي ڍلوان ماپڻ لاءِ به استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو]]
[[File:Plumb bob with string.jpg|thumb|سرن جي اوساري ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ شاھل]]

شاھل ۽ ان جو ڌاڳو اڪيلو رڳو عمودي رخ معلوم ڪري سگهي ٿو، پر جيڪڏهن ان کي مناسب ماپ واري پٽي سان گڏ استعمال ڪيو وڃي ته اهو [[ڍلوان ماپڻ وارو اوزار]] (انڪلائينوميٽر) طور به ڪم ڪري سگهي ٿو، جنهن سان عمودي رخ کان مختلف زاويہ ماپي سگهجن ٿا.

[[قديم مصر]] ۾ هڪ اهڙو اوزار استعمال ٿيندو هو، جيڪو انگريزي اکر '''E''' جهڙي شڪل وارو هوندو هو ۽ ان جي مٿئين حصي سان شاھل ٻڌل هوندو هو. جڏهن اهو اوزار ڀت سان لڳايو ويندو هو ته شاھل صحيح عمودي ليڪ ظاهر ڪندو هو. افقي سطح معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ هڪ ٻيو اوزار، '''آرڪي پينڊولم''' (Archipendulum)، پڻ استعمال ٿيندو هو. اهو '''A''' شڪل واري ڍانچي تي ٻڌل هوندو هو، جنهن جي چوٽيءَ تان شاھل ٽنگيل هوندو هو. يورپ ۾ هي اوزار اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ تائين استعمال ٿيندو رهيو. ان جو هڪ ٻيو روپ ابتي '''T''' شڪل وارو پڻ هوندو هو، جنهن ۾ شاھل مٿئين حصي مان ٽنگيل هوندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;McGeough&quot;&gt;{{cite web |last1=McGeough |first1=Joseph A. |last2=Hartenberg |first2=Richard S. |title=Hand tool – Measuring and defining tools – Plumb line, level, and square |url=https://www.britannica.com/technology/hand-tool/Screw-based-tools#ref39230 |website=Encyclopaedia Britannica |date=2019}}&lt;/ref&gt;

شروعاتي [[فلڪ بوس عمارت]]ن جي تعمير دوران به وڏا ۽ ڳرا شاھل استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا، جيڪي لفٽ جي کوهن اندر تارن سان ٽنگيا ويندا هئا، جيئن عمارت جي عمودي سڌائي کي هر منزل تي جانچي سگهجي.

ڪڏهن ڪڏهن شاھل کي لوڏن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ پاڻي، ڳاڙهي شربت (Molasses)، ڳاڙهي گاڙهي تيل يا ٻين ڳرن مايعن سان ڀريل ٿانوَ ۾ رکيو ويندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح اهو [[جهٽڪو جذب ڪندڙ]] (Shock absorber) وانگر ڪم ڪندو آهي ۽ شاھل کي جلدي سڪون ۾ آڻيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Staley, W. W. ''Introduction to Mine Surveying'', 2nd ed., Stanford University Press, 1964, p. 138.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بيقاعده شڪل واري جسم جو ثقلي مرڪز معلوم ڪرڻ ===

[[انساني شڪل نگاري]] جا شاگرد پڻ شاھل استعمال ڪندا آهن، جيئن پنهنجي موضوع جي [[ثقلي مرڪز]] مان گذرندڙ عمودي محور معلوم ڪري ان کي تصوير تي بنيادي حوالي طور منتقل ڪري سگهن. ان مقصد لاءِ خاص شاھل استعمال ٿي سگهي ٿو يا سادي ڌاڳي جي پڇاڙيءَ ۾ ڌاتوءَ جو واشر يا ٻيو ڪو ڳرو وزن ٻڌي عارضي شاھل تيار ڪري سگهجي ٿو. اهو طريقو جسم جي بناوت، توازن ۽ وزن جي ورهاست کي صحيح نموني سمجهڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندو آهي.

== عوامي ثقافت ==

سال 2000ع ۾ [[دي سمز]] ({{lang-en|The Sims}}) وڊيو راند جاري ٿيڻ کان پوءِ، سائي رنگ جي '''شاھل''' کي ان راند جي علامت (Logo) طور اختيار ڪيو ويو. راند دوران شاھل چونڊيل ڪردار جي مٿان ظاهر ٿيندو آهي ۽ ان جي موجوده مزاج يا جذباتي حالت جي نشاندهي ڪندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite news
|last=Holmes
|first=Linda
|title=For 25 years, The Sims have made a game out of the daily grind
|work=NPR
|date=2025-02-08
|url=https://www.npr.org/2025/02/08/nx-s1-5290005/the-sims-25
|access-date=6 February 2026
}}&lt;/ref&gt;

راند جي مختلف توسيعي پيڪن (Expansion packs) ۾ شاھل جي چوڌاري مختلف رنگن جون پٽيون يا حلقا شامل ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ڪردار جي خاص حياتياتي حالت يا نوعيت کي ظاهر ڪندا آهن، جهڙوڪ [[ويمپائر]]، [[جلپري]] يا [[زمين کان ٻاهر جي حياتي|خلائي مخلوق]].

== پڻ ڏسو ==

* [[عمودي رخ]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

== ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا ==

{{Commons category|Plumb bobs}}

* [http://www.antiquetools.com/10-tools/10-Tools/Plumb-Bob.html 60 اونس شاھل]
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20070828055441/http://www.builderbill-diy-help.com/string-line.html ڌاڳو ۽ شاھل]

{{Measuring and alignment tools}}
{{Authority control}}

{{DEFAULTSORT:شاھل}}

[[زمرو:ڍلوان ماپڻ وارا اوزار]]
[[زمرو:ماپ جا اوزار]]
[[زمرو:سروي جا اوزار]]
[[زمرو:ڪاٺ جي ڪم جا ماپي اوزار]]
[[زمرو:هندسي رخ بندي]]
[[زمرو:واڍڪي جا اوزار]]
[[زمرو:پٿر جي اوساري جا اوزار]]
[[زمرو:وزن]]</text>
      <sha1>4rhibmkiwvbgqsew7zcteq9tiy9mf4p</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>آر سي سي (اڏاوت)</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>39338</id>
    <revision>
      <id>401002</id>
      <parentid>313633</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T22:30:46Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401002</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="19798" sha1="mfc3eivb554zwohypm3otedmamwjqcv" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' (Reinforced concrete)، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ''' (Ferroconcrete يا Ferro-concrete) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (Steel reinforcing bars)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (Corrosion engineering) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (Corrosion) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}


[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|ڪنڪريٽ وجھڻ کان اڳ اسٽيل يا لوھ جي سيخن جو پڃري وانگر ڄار وڇايل]]


'''آر سي سي'''، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا روڙي يا پٿرن جي ننڍن ٽڪرن ۽ [[سيمينٽ]] جي آميزش کي پاڻيءَ سان ملائي، سخت ڪري جيڪو مرڪب ٺاھجي انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ چئجي ٿو ۽ جيڪڏھن انھيءَ مرڪب ۾ لوھ جي سيخن (ريئيفورسمينٽ) جو استعمال ڪيو وڃي تہ انھيءَ کي آر-سي-سي يعني رينفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ چئجي ٿو.

مٿي ڄاڻايل مرڪب ۾ سيمينٽ، جابلو ريتيءَ ۽ پٿر جي سنھن ٽڪرن کي پاڻيءَ سان ملائي، پاڻ ۾ جوڙڻ جو ڪم ڪري ٿو.
ھن قسم جي ڪانڪريٽ ۾ چند خاصيتون ھي آھن تھ : سٺي مشابھت رکي ٿو، گھربل شڪل ۾ آسانيءَ سان آڻي سگھجي ٿو، ھن ۾ ٽٽڻ جي سگھھ (Crushing Strength) تمام گھڻي ٿئي ٿي، يعني آسانيءَ سان ٽٽي نٿو سگھي، نھايت ئي پائيدار رھي ٿو، باھھ جي اثر سان مقابلي ڪرڻ جي قوت رکي ٿو، پؤرو (Pervious) نھ ٿو ٿئي ۽ پنھنجي زندگيءَ دوران گھٽ مرمت طلب ڪري ٿو.

2-5 ملاوٽ جا طريقا  (Methods of Mixing)  :
عام رواجي ننڍن ڪمن لاءِ ھٿ سان ملائڻ جو طريقو (Hand Mixing) استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. باقي وڏن ڪمن لاءِ جتي ڪانڪريٽ جي تمام گھڻي انداز جي ضرورت پوي ٿي اتي مشين رستي ملائڻ جو طريقو (Machine Mixing) استعمال ڪيو وڃي ٿو.

(i)  ھٿ رستي ملائڻ جو طريقو (Hand Mixing)  :
ھن طريقي موجب گھربل انداز ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ کي سڪل حالت ۾ چڱيءَ طرح ملائجي تھ جيئن ٻنھي جو رنگ گڏجي ھڪ ڪرو ٿي وڃي. پوءِ ڪنھن اڻ ٽمندڙ (Imprevious)  ٿلھي يعني پلئٽفارم تي پٿر جي ٽڪرن (جيڪي گھربل سائيز جا ھجن)  يا روڙيءَ کي گھربل انداز ۾ ڍڳ ڪجي ۽ انھيءَ ڍير مٿان ريتي ۽ سيمينٽ واري آميزش کي ھڪ ڪرو پٿارجي. انھيءَ بعد آھستي ۽ روانيءَ سان گھربل انداز ۾ (اٽڪل ھڪ سيمينٽ جي ٻوريءَ پويان 5 يا 6 گيلن) پاڻي ملائي بيلچي سان گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٽي ڪلٽيون کارائي چڱيءَ طرح سان ملائجي تھ جيئن سمورو مادو ھڪ رنگ جو ۽ استعمال جوڳو ٿي وڃي تھ پوءِ استعمال ڪجي. ھٿ سان ملاوٽ واري طريقي ۾ سيمينٽ گھربل انداز کان 10 سيڪڙو وڌيڪ استعمال ڪيو وڃي.

(ii)  مشين رستي ملائڻ جو طريقو : (Machine Mixing)  
ھيءُ طريقو نھايت ئي آسان، گھٽ وقت وٺندڙ ۽ فائديمند آھي. ھن ۾ گھربل سامان جھڙوڪ؛ سيمينٽ، ريتي ۽ روڙيءَ جو گھٽ زيان ٿئي ٿو ۽ مزدوريءَ جي پڻ بچت ٿئي ٿي.

مڪسر مختلف ماپن جا ٿين ٿا ۽ ھڪ عام مڪعب وال (One Cubic Yard) جي ڊرم واري مڪسر لاءِ، مال جي ملائڻ واسطي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٻن منٽن جو ٽائم درڪار آھي. وڌيڪ سائيز جي حالت ۾ ھر مزيد ھڪ مڪعب وال لاءِ، وڌيڪ 15 سيڪنڊ درڪار آھن. تجربن رستي معلوم ٿئي ٿو تھ ٻن منٽن اندر ملايل ڪانڪريٽ 15 سيڪنڊن اندر ملايل ڪانڪريٽ جي نسبت ۾ 20 کان 35 سيڪڙو مضبوط ٿئي ٿو.

طور جيڪڏھن 1:2:4 جي نسبت سان سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ ٺاھڻو آھي تھ پھرين گھربل سائيز جي پٿر جي ٽڪرن جون چار پتيون يا چار حصا، پوءِ جابلو ريتيءَ جا ٻھ حصا ۽ پوءِ ھڪ حصو سيمينٽ، مڪسر جي ڊرم ۾ وجھجي. انھيءَ بعد ٿورو مڪسر کي ھلائجي جيئن اھي ٽيئي شيون شڪل حالت ۾ پاڻ ۾ ملي وڃن. انھيءَ کان پوءِ آھستي ۽ روانيءَ سان 5 کان 6 گئلن پاڻي ھلندڙ مڪسر ۾ ملائجي جيستائين گھربل انداز ۾ پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب (Water Cement Ratio)  ملي. انھيءَ بعد اھو ٺھيل مرڪب ھڪ پڪي ۽ اڻ ٽمندڙ پلئٽفارم تي لاھي استعمال ڪبو رھجي ۽ اھڙي رفتار سان مختلف گھربل کيپون (Batches)  تيار ڪري استعمال ڪبيون رھجن. ھڪ ڪانڪريٽ مڪسر ڪلاڪ اندر 15 کان 20 ملاوٽون تيار ڪري ٿو.
ھڪ سيمينٽ جي ٻوريءَ جي نسبت سان  11/4  ڪعب فوٽن جون پيتيون تيار ڪرائي ريتي ۽ بجريءَ جي ماپ لاءِ استعمال ڪجن تھ بھتر آھي. سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ھر ھڪ کيپ جي جھڪاءُ پرک (Slump Test)  ڪرڻ ضروري آھي جيئن گھربل گھاٽاڻ جي ملاوٽ حاصل ڪري سگھجي. عام طرح سان عمارتن لاءِ 3 انچن کان 4 انچن جي جھڪاءُ ۽ فرشن ۽ رستن لاءِ 11/2  انچ کان 2 انچن جي جھڪا$ جي اجازت ڏني وڃي ٿي. مختلف قسمن جي ڪمن جو جھڪاءُ ۽ جھڪاءُ پرک جو بيان ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

3-5  جھڪاءُ پرک  : (Slump Test)

ھن قسم جي ٽيسٽ لاءِ مخروط (Cone)  شڪل جي فولاد (Steel)  جو ڪالب جيڪو مٿان 4 انچ قطر (Diameter)  جو، ھيٺان 8 انچ قطر جو، 12 انچ ڊگھو ۽ ٻن فوٽن جي ڌاتوءَ جي چرندڙ 5/8 انچ قطر جي سيخ لڳل ڪالب استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي پرک ھلندڙ ڪم واري جاءِ تي آسانيءَ سان ڪري سگھجي ٿي.
ھن قسم جي ٽيسٽ ۾ سڀ کان پھرين چڱيءَ طرح جانچي ڏسجي تھ مخروط شڪل وارو ڪالب بالڪل صاف آھي ۽ انھيءَ اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جو سيمينٽ جو تھھ ڄميل نھ آھي. انھيءَ کان پوءِ انھيءَ ڪالب کي ھڪ لسيءَ (Smooth)  ۽ اڻ ٽمندڙ سطح جھڙوڪ لوھھ جي پليٽ تي رکي انھيءَ  کي قابو جھلي بيھجي. بعد ۾ تازي ٺھيل ڪانڪريٽ مڪس کي ڪالب جي  ¼ حصي تائين وجھي گوليءَ جي پڇڙي واريءَ شيخ کي 25 ڦيرا ڏيئي  ڌڪ ھڻي ۽ دٻائي (To Tamp) رکجي. اھڙيءَ طرح مختلف تھن جي صورت ۾ (يعني ٽوٽل چار تھھ) ھر ھڪ تھھ کي 25 ڦيرا ڏيئي آخري تھھ کي دٻائڻ بعد ڪالب کي ھڪدم مٿي کڻي وٺجي. انھيءَ ڪالب جو مٿيون حصو ۽ ترو کليل ھوندا آھن. ڪالب ڪڍي وٺڻ بعد ڊولائتي (Moulded) سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ کي ڍرو ٿيڻ ڏنو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ جي اوچائي ڍري ٿيڻ بعد ماپي وڃي. اصلوڪي اوچائي ۽ ڍري ٿيڻ بعد واري اوچائيءَ واري تفاوت کي جھڪاءُ يعني Slump چئجي ٿو. 

4-5  پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب
: (Water Cement Ratio) 
سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ملاوٽ لاءِ گھربل گھاٽاڻ (Consistency)  ۽ چلت (Work ability)  لاءِ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ مقدار ۾ گھربل پاڻي ۽ گھربل انداز ۾ سيمينٽ جي تناسب کي ”واٽر سيمينٽ رئشو“ چئجي ٿو. 
عام ڪانڪريٽ جي ملاوٽ لاءِ پاڻي جو مقدار ريتي ۽ بجريءَ جو 5 سيڪڙو (تور جي حساب سان) ۽ انھيءَ کان علاوھ گھربل سيمينٽ جو 30 سيڪڙو ھئڻ گھرجي. ولوڙيل ڪانڪريٽ (Vibrated Concrete)  لاءِ پاڻيءَ جو مقدار 20 سيڪڙي تائين گھٽ ھئڻ گھرجي.-&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;

7-5  لوھھ يا سريئي جو ٻڌڻ : (Binding of Steel) 
لوھ ھميشھ ڄاڻايل ڊزائن مطابق ٻڌڻ گھرجي.  اھو زنگ يعني ڪٽ کان پاڪ ۽ بالڪل صاف ھئڻ گھرجي. لوھھ جي سيخن کي سڀ کان پھريائين مقرر ڪيل ڊيگھھ مطابق ڪاٽي ۽ موڙي ھيٺ ئي تيار ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان پوءِ شٽرنگ جي مٿان ڄاڻايل ڊزائن مطابق نشان لڳائي تيار ڪري مضبوطيءَ سان 16 نمبر (16 SWG)  جي تار سان بلڪل سوگھو ٻڌو ويندو آھي جيئن ڪا بھ سيخ لڏي نھ سگھي. لوھھ جي سيخن جي ھيٺان ۽ ھر طرف ڊزائن مطابق ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ (Cover) ڏنو ويندو آھي، جيئن لوھھ ھر طرف کان ڍڪجي وڃي يعني لوھھ جي سيخن کي ٻڌڻ بعد شٽرنگ کان مٿي رکڻ لاءِ ڊزائن مطابق تھھ ڏيڻ واسطي مقرر ڪيل سائيز جا سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جا گٽڪا ڏيڻ گھرجن. اگر لوھھ جي سيخن کي شٽرنگ کان ڪافي مٿي رکڻو آھي تھ مقرر ڪيل سائيز مطابق لوھھ جون گھوڙيون ٺاھي ڏنيون وڃن. لوھھ جي آخري ڇيڙي تي صحيح گرفت لاءِ ڪنڊا (Hooks)  ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. جيڪڏھن ٻن سيخن کي ٻڌي ڊيگھھ مطابق لڳائڻو آھي تھ ٻنھي سيخن جي ڪجھھ حصي تائين ڊيگھھ جي صورت ۾ چڙھاڪو (Overlap)  ڏيئي ھڪ ٻئي سان تار رستي مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌو ويندو آھي. اھو چڙھاڪو لوھھ جي سيخ جي قطر کان 50 دفعن کان گھٽ نھ ھجڻ گھرجي ڇتين (Slabs) ۽ ڪامن (Beams) ۾ بار جي سبب کان ڪتر (Shear)  ۽ منفي جھڪاءُ (Negative bending moment) کي روڪڻ لاءِ تقريبن ڊيگھھ جي ¼ حصي کان 45 ڊگرين جي ڪنڊ تي لوھھ جي سيخن کي موڙي ديوارون يا ڪالمن جي مٿان کڻي اچبو آھي.

8- : (Pouring of Concrete) 
ڪانڪريٽ جي ڀرائيءَ کان پھرين چڱيءَ طرح جانچي ڏسجي تھ لوھھ چڱيءَ طرح مضبوطيءَ سان ۽ ڄاڻايل ڊزائن مطابق ٻڌل آھي. انھيءَ کان علاوھ اھو بھ ڏسڻ گھرجي تھ شٽرنگ ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جا سوراخ ۽ ٻيا نقص نھ آھن ۽ انھيءَ جي ھيٺان ڏنل ٿوڻيون ۽ ٿنڀا تمام مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌل آھن ۽ شٽرنگ ڪنھن بھ ھنڌ جھڪيل نھ آھي. ڪانڪريٽ کي مٿان زور سان نھ اڇلائجي ائين ڪرڻ سان سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جا جزا ھڪ ٻئي کان الڳ ٿي ويندا. 
ڪالمن ۽ ديوارن جي صورت ۾ ڪوشش ڪري ڪانڪريٽ کي پوري اوچائيءَ تائين ڀرجي جيئن تعميراتي جوڙن (Construction Joints) جي ضرورت نھ پوي. ليڪن، انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال رکڻ گھرجي تھ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ڀرائيءَ جي عمودي طرف (Vertical Direction) رفتار ھڪ ڪلاڪ اندر 3 فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. تمام گھڻي انداز ۾ لوھھ وارن ڪانڪريٽ جي جزن جھڙوڪ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريت پٽين (Ribs) وغيرھ جي صورت ۾ بجريءَ (Course Aggregate)  جي وڌ ۾ وڌ سائيز ٻن مکيھ سرين جي وچ ۾صاف فاصلي کان (5mm) 0.185&quot; گھٽ يا لوھھ کي گھربل گھٽ ۾ گھٽ تھھ (Cover) کان  (5mm) 0.185&quot; گھٽ ھئڻ گھرجي. مٿين ٻنھي ملھن مان گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ملھھ وٺڻ گھرجي. 
انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص ڌيان رکڻ گھرجي تھ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ملاوٽ، آميزش يا مسالي جي تيار ٿيڻ ۽ انھيءَ مسالي کي پٿارڻ جي وچ م 20 منٽن کان وڌيڪ ٽائيم نھ لڳي. جيئن سيمينٽ جي شروعاتي سيٽنگ جي عمل، طريقي ۽ رفتار ۾ رخنو نھ پوي.

جنھن ھنڌ ولوڙڻ يا ڌوڻ (Vibrators)  جي ضرورت ھجي تھ اھا سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي پٿارڻ تائين لڳاتار جاري رھڻ گھرجي. نھرائي (Compaction)، ڪانڪريٽ مسالي ۾ پاڻي ملائڻ جي 30 منٽن اندر پوري ڪرڻ گھرجي. تمام گھڻي ڌوڻ (over vibration) سبب بجريءَ جا جزا ڌار ٿي ويندا آھن، انھيءَ سبب اھا ٿيڻ نھ ڏجي. شٽرنگ جڏھن مقرر ميعاد بعد لاٿي وڃي تھ ڪانڪريٽ جو مٿاڇرو کڙ ٻڙ (Honey Combing)، سوراخن ۽ ٻين نقصن کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ھئڻ گھرجي. 
سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ کي لڳاتار پٿارڻ گھرجي پر جيڪڏھن اھا ڀرائي گھڻي آھي ۽ اھا ھڪ ڏينھن اندر مڪمل ٿي نھ ٿي سگھي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن بار جھليندڙ ديوار يا بيم تي ختم ڪري انھيءَ کي 30 ڊگرين جي ڪنڊ تي سلامي ڏيئي ۽ تمام کھري (Rough)  ۽ کڙٻڙ جي حالت ۾ ڇڏڻ گھرجي جيئن ايندڙ ڏينھن جو  ڇڏيل ڪم آساني ۽ سلامتيءَ سان جڙي سگھي. ٻئي ڏينھن جي مٿي ذڪر ڪيل ڪم شروع ڪرڻ جي حالت ۾ اڳئين ڇڏيل سلاميءَ کي ٽڪ ھڻي، وڌيڪ کھرو ڪري، انھيءَ کي صاف ڪري پاڻي جو جھجھو ٽيھو ڏيئي بالڪل نجي سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ ڏئي پوءِ تازي تيار ٿيل ڪانڪريٽ سان وڌيڪ ڪم چالو رکجي، جيڪڏھن ڀرائي تمام گھڻي ٿلھي آھي جا ھڪ تھھ سان پوري نھ ٿي ڪري سگھجي تھ ھر ٻيو تھھ پھرئين تھھ جي ڄمڻ کان اڳ ۾ ڏنو وڃي. اٽڪل 150 فوٽن کان وڌيڪ ڊيگھھ وارين اڏاوتن جي حالت ۾ واڌ وارو جوڙ (Expansion Joints)  ڏيڻ تمام ضروري آھي.

{|-
||نمبر شمار
S. No
||ڪم جي نوعيت
Nature of Work
||گھربل گھاٽاڻ
(Consistency required)
||پاڻيءَ جو مقدار، ھر سيمينٽ جي ٻوريءَ تي (گيلن ۾)
||جھڪاءُ جي حد، انچن ۾
Slump in Inches)
|-
||1
||تمام گھڻي  طاقت وارو ڪانڪريٽ پري اسٽريس ڪانڪريٽ سيڪشن تمام ڳرن لوڏن ذريعي ڳتيل ۽ مضبوط ڪيل.
||نرم
||4
||
|-
||2
||نرم
||5
||1 کان 4
|-
||3
||ولوريل ڪانڪريٽ جو ڪم، پائيلس پري ڪاسٽ ۾ ڪالب اندر اڳ ۾ تيار ٿيل ڪمن لاءِ.
||وچولي يا ٿوري سخت
||6.5
|| 1کان2
|-
||4
||
||وچولي
||5.5
||1 کان 3
|-
||5
||تمام ڳري ۽ وڏي انداز جي ڪانڪريٽ (Mass Concrete)  جو ڪم بنيادن ۽ رستن جي فرشبندي لاءِ
||وچولي
||5.5
||11/4کان5
|-
||6
||
||نرم
||5
||
|-
||7
||پلين جا تختا
||وچولي
||5.5
||2 کان 5
|-
||8
||عام رواجي رينفورسڊ ڪانڪريٽ جھروڪ؛ بيم، ڇت (Slabs) وغيرھ
 
آر سي سيءَ جا بنياد (Footings) ۽ ديوارون (Walls)
 
ٿنڀا (Columns)
 
پاڻيءَ اندر سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو ڪم
نرم
||وچولي يا ٿوري سخت
||6.5
||اٽڪل9&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
|-

نھيءَ کان علاوه ڪانڪريٽ پٿارڻ کان اڳ تھھ اندران دٻايل ۽ لڪل تارن (Concealed Wiring)  جي صورت ۾ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو ڌيان رکڻ گھرجي تھ بجليءَ جا پائيپ (Electric Conduits)  صحيح طرح لڳل آھن. بجليءَ جي پکن جا ڪنڍا (Fan hooks) پڻ ڀرائيءَ کان اڳ ۾ لڳائڻ گھرجن، جيئن بعد ۾ ڇت کي کوٽڻو نھ پوي 
سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ٻاھرين تھن کي شٽرنگ لاھڻ بعد، جلد ئي پاڻي ڏيئي آلو ڪري صاف ۽ خالص سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ (Neru) ڏيئي بعد ۾ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو پلستر چاڙھي لسو ڪرڻ گھرجي.

9-5  لوھھ جي سيخن جي ڊزائن
: (Design of reinforcement) 
لوھ جي سيخن جي ڊزائن ڪنھن قابل ماھر انجنيئر يا ڪنھن سند يافتھ اداري کان ڪرائڻ گھرجي. ڪجھھ سادن ۽ ننڍن ڪمن لاءِ ڪجھھ لنٽيلن (Lintels)  ۽ ڇتين (Slabs)  جي ڊزائن اندازي مطابق ھيٺ ڏجي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>mfc3eivb554zwohypm3otedmamwjqcv</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401003</id>
      <parentid>401002</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T22:35:24Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401003</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="19797" sha1="fka9f91y7yhmoj6lja7xahr0neqriaf" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' ، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (اسٽيل ريئينفورسنگ بارس)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}&lt;/ref&gt;
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (ڪوروژن انجنيئرنگ) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (ڪوروژن) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;


[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|ڪنڪريٽ وجھڻ کان اڳ اسٽيل يا لوھ جي سيخن جو پڃري وانگر ڄار وڇايل]]


'''آر سي سي'''، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا روڙي يا پٿرن جي ننڍن ٽڪرن ۽ [[سيمينٽ]] جي آميزش کي پاڻيءَ سان ملائي، سخت ڪري جيڪو مرڪب ٺاھجي انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ چئجي ٿو ۽ جيڪڏھن انھيءَ مرڪب ۾ لوھ جي سيخن (ريئيفورسمينٽ) جو استعمال ڪيو وڃي تہ انھيءَ کي آر-سي-سي يعني رينفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ چئجي ٿو.

مٿي ڄاڻايل مرڪب ۾ سيمينٽ، جابلو ريتيءَ ۽ پٿر جي سنھن ٽڪرن کي پاڻيءَ سان ملائي، پاڻ ۾ جوڙڻ جو ڪم ڪري ٿو.
ھن قسم جي ڪانڪريٽ ۾ چند خاصيتون ھي آھن تھ : سٺي مشابھت رکي ٿو، گھربل شڪل ۾ آسانيءَ سان آڻي سگھجي ٿو، ھن ۾ ٽٽڻ جي سگھھ (Crushing Strength) تمام گھڻي ٿئي ٿي، يعني آسانيءَ سان ٽٽي نٿو سگھي، نھايت ئي پائيدار رھي ٿو، باھھ جي اثر سان مقابلي ڪرڻ جي قوت رکي ٿو، پؤرو (Pervious) نھ ٿو ٿئي ۽ پنھنجي زندگيءَ دوران گھٽ مرمت طلب ڪري ٿو.

2-5 ملاوٽ جا طريقا  (Methods of Mixing)  :
عام رواجي ننڍن ڪمن لاءِ ھٿ سان ملائڻ جو طريقو (Hand Mixing) استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. باقي وڏن ڪمن لاءِ جتي ڪانڪريٽ جي تمام گھڻي انداز جي ضرورت پوي ٿي اتي مشين رستي ملائڻ جو طريقو (Machine Mixing) استعمال ڪيو وڃي ٿو.

(i)  ھٿ رستي ملائڻ جو طريقو (Hand Mixing)  :
ھن طريقي موجب گھربل انداز ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ کي سڪل حالت ۾ چڱيءَ طرح ملائجي تھ جيئن ٻنھي جو رنگ گڏجي ھڪ ڪرو ٿي وڃي. پوءِ ڪنھن اڻ ٽمندڙ (Imprevious)  ٿلھي يعني پلئٽفارم تي پٿر جي ٽڪرن (جيڪي گھربل سائيز جا ھجن)  يا روڙيءَ کي گھربل انداز ۾ ڍڳ ڪجي ۽ انھيءَ ڍير مٿان ريتي ۽ سيمينٽ واري آميزش کي ھڪ ڪرو پٿارجي. انھيءَ بعد آھستي ۽ روانيءَ سان گھربل انداز ۾ (اٽڪل ھڪ سيمينٽ جي ٻوريءَ پويان 5 يا 6 گيلن) پاڻي ملائي بيلچي سان گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٽي ڪلٽيون کارائي چڱيءَ طرح سان ملائجي تھ جيئن سمورو مادو ھڪ رنگ جو ۽ استعمال جوڳو ٿي وڃي تھ پوءِ استعمال ڪجي. ھٿ سان ملاوٽ واري طريقي ۾ سيمينٽ گھربل انداز کان 10 سيڪڙو وڌيڪ استعمال ڪيو وڃي.

(ii)  مشين رستي ملائڻ جو طريقو : (Machine Mixing)  
ھيءُ طريقو نھايت ئي آسان، گھٽ وقت وٺندڙ ۽ فائديمند آھي. ھن ۾ گھربل سامان جھڙوڪ؛ سيمينٽ، ريتي ۽ روڙيءَ جو گھٽ زيان ٿئي ٿو ۽ مزدوريءَ جي پڻ بچت ٿئي ٿي.

مڪسر مختلف ماپن جا ٿين ٿا ۽ ھڪ عام مڪعب وال (One Cubic Yard) جي ڊرم واري مڪسر لاءِ، مال جي ملائڻ واسطي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٻن منٽن جو ٽائم درڪار آھي. وڌيڪ سائيز جي حالت ۾ ھر مزيد ھڪ مڪعب وال لاءِ، وڌيڪ 15 سيڪنڊ درڪار آھن. تجربن رستي معلوم ٿئي ٿو تھ ٻن منٽن اندر ملايل ڪانڪريٽ 15 سيڪنڊن اندر ملايل ڪانڪريٽ جي نسبت ۾ 20 کان 35 سيڪڙو مضبوط ٿئي ٿو.

طور جيڪڏھن 1:2:4 جي نسبت سان سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ ٺاھڻو آھي تھ پھرين گھربل سائيز جي پٿر جي ٽڪرن جون چار پتيون يا چار حصا، پوءِ جابلو ريتيءَ جا ٻھ حصا ۽ پوءِ ھڪ حصو سيمينٽ، مڪسر جي ڊرم ۾ وجھجي. انھيءَ بعد ٿورو مڪسر کي ھلائجي جيئن اھي ٽيئي شيون شڪل حالت ۾ پاڻ ۾ ملي وڃن. انھيءَ کان پوءِ آھستي ۽ روانيءَ سان 5 کان 6 گئلن پاڻي ھلندڙ مڪسر ۾ ملائجي جيستائين گھربل انداز ۾ پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب (Water Cement Ratio)  ملي. انھيءَ بعد اھو ٺھيل مرڪب ھڪ پڪي ۽ اڻ ٽمندڙ پلئٽفارم تي لاھي استعمال ڪبو رھجي ۽ اھڙي رفتار سان مختلف گھربل کيپون (Batches)  تيار ڪري استعمال ڪبيون رھجن. ھڪ ڪانڪريٽ مڪسر ڪلاڪ اندر 15 کان 20 ملاوٽون تيار ڪري ٿو.
ھڪ سيمينٽ جي ٻوريءَ جي نسبت سان  11/4  ڪعب فوٽن جون پيتيون تيار ڪرائي ريتي ۽ بجريءَ جي ماپ لاءِ استعمال ڪجن تھ بھتر آھي. سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ھر ھڪ کيپ جي جھڪاءُ پرک (Slump Test)  ڪرڻ ضروري آھي جيئن گھربل گھاٽاڻ جي ملاوٽ حاصل ڪري سگھجي. عام طرح سان عمارتن لاءِ 3 انچن کان 4 انچن جي جھڪاءُ ۽ فرشن ۽ رستن لاءِ 11/2  انچ کان 2 انچن جي جھڪا$ جي اجازت ڏني وڃي ٿي. مختلف قسمن جي ڪمن جو جھڪاءُ ۽ جھڪاءُ پرک جو بيان ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

3-5  جھڪاءُ پرک  : (Slump Test)

ھن قسم جي ٽيسٽ لاءِ مخروط (Cone)  شڪل جي فولاد (Steel)  جو ڪالب جيڪو مٿان 4 انچ قطر (Diameter)  جو، ھيٺان 8 انچ قطر جو، 12 انچ ڊگھو ۽ ٻن فوٽن جي ڌاتوءَ جي چرندڙ 5/8 انچ قطر جي سيخ لڳل ڪالب استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي پرک ھلندڙ ڪم واري جاءِ تي آسانيءَ سان ڪري سگھجي ٿي.
ھن قسم جي ٽيسٽ ۾ سڀ کان پھرين چڱيءَ طرح جانچي ڏسجي تھ مخروط شڪل وارو ڪالب بالڪل صاف آھي ۽ انھيءَ اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جو سيمينٽ جو تھھ ڄميل نھ آھي. انھيءَ کان پوءِ انھيءَ ڪالب کي ھڪ لسيءَ (Smooth)  ۽ اڻ ٽمندڙ سطح جھڙوڪ لوھھ جي پليٽ تي رکي انھيءَ  کي قابو جھلي بيھجي. بعد ۾ تازي ٺھيل ڪانڪريٽ مڪس کي ڪالب جي  ¼ حصي تائين وجھي گوليءَ جي پڇڙي واريءَ شيخ کي 25 ڦيرا ڏيئي  ڌڪ ھڻي ۽ دٻائي (To Tamp) رکجي. اھڙيءَ طرح مختلف تھن جي صورت ۾ (يعني ٽوٽل چار تھھ) ھر ھڪ تھھ کي 25 ڦيرا ڏيئي آخري تھھ کي دٻائڻ بعد ڪالب کي ھڪدم مٿي کڻي وٺجي. انھيءَ ڪالب جو مٿيون حصو ۽ ترو کليل ھوندا آھن. ڪالب ڪڍي وٺڻ بعد ڊولائتي (Moulded) سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ کي ڍرو ٿيڻ ڏنو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ جي اوچائي ڍري ٿيڻ بعد ماپي وڃي. اصلوڪي اوچائي ۽ ڍري ٿيڻ بعد واري اوچائيءَ واري تفاوت کي جھڪاءُ يعني Slump چئجي ٿو. 

4-5  پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب
: (Water Cement Ratio) 
سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ملاوٽ لاءِ گھربل گھاٽاڻ (Consistency)  ۽ چلت (Work ability)  لاءِ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ مقدار ۾ گھربل پاڻي ۽ گھربل انداز ۾ سيمينٽ جي تناسب کي ”واٽر سيمينٽ رئشو“ چئجي ٿو. 
عام ڪانڪريٽ جي ملاوٽ لاءِ پاڻي جو مقدار ريتي ۽ بجريءَ جو 5 سيڪڙو (تور جي حساب سان) ۽ انھيءَ کان علاوھ گھربل سيمينٽ جو 30 سيڪڙو ھئڻ گھرجي. ولوڙيل ڪانڪريٽ (Vibrated Concrete)  لاءِ پاڻيءَ جو مقدار 20 سيڪڙي تائين گھٽ ھئڻ گھرجي.-&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;

7-5  لوھھ يا سريئي جو ٻڌڻ : (Binding of Steel) 
لوھ ھميشھ ڄاڻايل ڊزائن مطابق ٻڌڻ گھرجي.  اھو زنگ يعني ڪٽ کان پاڪ ۽ بالڪل صاف ھئڻ گھرجي. لوھھ جي سيخن کي سڀ کان پھريائين مقرر ڪيل ڊيگھھ مطابق ڪاٽي ۽ موڙي ھيٺ ئي تيار ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان پوءِ شٽرنگ جي مٿان ڄاڻايل ڊزائن مطابق نشان لڳائي تيار ڪري مضبوطيءَ سان 16 نمبر (16 SWG)  جي تار سان بلڪل سوگھو ٻڌو ويندو آھي جيئن ڪا بھ سيخ لڏي نھ سگھي. لوھھ جي سيخن جي ھيٺان ۽ ھر طرف ڊزائن مطابق ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ (Cover) ڏنو ويندو آھي، جيئن لوھھ ھر طرف کان ڍڪجي وڃي يعني لوھھ جي سيخن کي ٻڌڻ بعد شٽرنگ کان مٿي رکڻ لاءِ ڊزائن مطابق تھھ ڏيڻ واسطي مقرر ڪيل سائيز جا سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جا گٽڪا ڏيڻ گھرجن. اگر لوھھ جي سيخن کي شٽرنگ کان ڪافي مٿي رکڻو آھي تھ مقرر ڪيل سائيز مطابق لوھھ جون گھوڙيون ٺاھي ڏنيون وڃن. لوھھ جي آخري ڇيڙي تي صحيح گرفت لاءِ ڪنڊا (Hooks)  ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. جيڪڏھن ٻن سيخن کي ٻڌي ڊيگھھ مطابق لڳائڻو آھي تھ ٻنھي سيخن جي ڪجھھ حصي تائين ڊيگھھ جي صورت ۾ چڙھاڪو (Overlap)  ڏيئي ھڪ ٻئي سان تار رستي مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌو ويندو آھي. اھو چڙھاڪو لوھھ جي سيخ جي قطر کان 50 دفعن کان گھٽ نھ ھجڻ گھرجي ڇتين (Slabs) ۽ ڪامن (Beams) ۾ بار جي سبب کان ڪتر (Shear)  ۽ منفي جھڪاءُ (Negative bending moment) کي روڪڻ لاءِ تقريبن ڊيگھھ جي ¼ حصي کان 45 ڊگرين جي ڪنڊ تي لوھھ جي سيخن کي موڙي ديوارون يا ڪالمن جي مٿان کڻي اچبو آھي.

8- : (Pouring of Concrete) 
ڪانڪريٽ جي ڀرائيءَ کان پھرين چڱيءَ طرح جانچي ڏسجي تھ لوھھ چڱيءَ طرح مضبوطيءَ سان ۽ ڄاڻايل ڊزائن مطابق ٻڌل آھي. انھيءَ کان علاوھ اھو بھ ڏسڻ گھرجي تھ شٽرنگ ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جا سوراخ ۽ ٻيا نقص نھ آھن ۽ انھيءَ جي ھيٺان ڏنل ٿوڻيون ۽ ٿنڀا تمام مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌل آھن ۽ شٽرنگ ڪنھن بھ ھنڌ جھڪيل نھ آھي. ڪانڪريٽ کي مٿان زور سان نھ اڇلائجي ائين ڪرڻ سان سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جا جزا ھڪ ٻئي کان الڳ ٿي ويندا. 
ڪالمن ۽ ديوارن جي صورت ۾ ڪوشش ڪري ڪانڪريٽ کي پوري اوچائيءَ تائين ڀرجي جيئن تعميراتي جوڙن (Construction Joints) جي ضرورت نھ پوي. ليڪن، انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال رکڻ گھرجي تھ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ڀرائيءَ جي عمودي طرف (Vertical Direction) رفتار ھڪ ڪلاڪ اندر 3 فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. تمام گھڻي انداز ۾ لوھھ وارن ڪانڪريٽ جي جزن جھڙوڪ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريت پٽين (Ribs) وغيرھ جي صورت ۾ بجريءَ (Course Aggregate)  جي وڌ ۾ وڌ سائيز ٻن مکيھ سرين جي وچ ۾صاف فاصلي کان (5mm) 0.185&quot; گھٽ يا لوھھ کي گھربل گھٽ ۾ گھٽ تھھ (Cover) کان  (5mm) 0.185&quot; گھٽ ھئڻ گھرجي. مٿين ٻنھي ملھن مان گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ملھھ وٺڻ گھرجي. 
انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص ڌيان رکڻ گھرجي تھ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ملاوٽ، آميزش يا مسالي جي تيار ٿيڻ ۽ انھيءَ مسالي کي پٿارڻ جي وچ م 20 منٽن کان وڌيڪ ٽائيم نھ لڳي. جيئن سيمينٽ جي شروعاتي سيٽنگ جي عمل، طريقي ۽ رفتار ۾ رخنو نھ پوي.

جنھن ھنڌ ولوڙڻ يا ڌوڻ (Vibrators)  جي ضرورت ھجي تھ اھا سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي پٿارڻ تائين لڳاتار جاري رھڻ گھرجي. نھرائي (Compaction)، ڪانڪريٽ مسالي ۾ پاڻي ملائڻ جي 30 منٽن اندر پوري ڪرڻ گھرجي. تمام گھڻي ڌوڻ (over vibration) سبب بجريءَ جا جزا ڌار ٿي ويندا آھن، انھيءَ سبب اھا ٿيڻ نھ ڏجي. شٽرنگ جڏھن مقرر ميعاد بعد لاٿي وڃي تھ ڪانڪريٽ جو مٿاڇرو کڙ ٻڙ (Honey Combing)، سوراخن ۽ ٻين نقصن کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ھئڻ گھرجي. 
سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ کي لڳاتار پٿارڻ گھرجي پر جيڪڏھن اھا ڀرائي گھڻي آھي ۽ اھا ھڪ ڏينھن اندر مڪمل ٿي نھ ٿي سگھي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن بار جھليندڙ ديوار يا بيم تي ختم ڪري انھيءَ کي 30 ڊگرين جي ڪنڊ تي سلامي ڏيئي ۽ تمام کھري (Rough)  ۽ کڙٻڙ جي حالت ۾ ڇڏڻ گھرجي جيئن ايندڙ ڏينھن جو  ڇڏيل ڪم آساني ۽ سلامتيءَ سان جڙي سگھي. ٻئي ڏينھن جي مٿي ذڪر ڪيل ڪم شروع ڪرڻ جي حالت ۾ اڳئين ڇڏيل سلاميءَ کي ٽڪ ھڻي، وڌيڪ کھرو ڪري، انھيءَ کي صاف ڪري پاڻي جو جھجھو ٽيھو ڏيئي بالڪل نجي سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ ڏئي پوءِ تازي تيار ٿيل ڪانڪريٽ سان وڌيڪ ڪم چالو رکجي، جيڪڏھن ڀرائي تمام گھڻي ٿلھي آھي جا ھڪ تھھ سان پوري نھ ٿي ڪري سگھجي تھ ھر ٻيو تھھ پھرئين تھھ جي ڄمڻ کان اڳ ۾ ڏنو وڃي. اٽڪل 150 فوٽن کان وڌيڪ ڊيگھھ وارين اڏاوتن جي حالت ۾ واڌ وارو جوڙ (Expansion Joints)  ڏيڻ تمام ضروري آھي.

{|-
||نمبر شمار
S. No
||ڪم جي نوعيت
Nature of Work
||گھربل گھاٽاڻ
(Consistency required)
||پاڻيءَ جو مقدار، ھر سيمينٽ جي ٻوريءَ تي (گيلن ۾)
||جھڪاءُ جي حد، انچن ۾
Slump in Inches)
|-
||1
||تمام گھڻي  طاقت وارو ڪانڪريٽ پري اسٽريس ڪانڪريٽ سيڪشن تمام ڳرن لوڏن ذريعي ڳتيل ۽ مضبوط ڪيل.
||نرم
||4
||
|-
||2
||نرم
||5
||1 کان 4
|-
||3
||ولوريل ڪانڪريٽ جو ڪم، پائيلس پري ڪاسٽ ۾ ڪالب اندر اڳ ۾ تيار ٿيل ڪمن لاءِ.
||وچولي يا ٿوري سخت
||6.5
|| 1کان2
|-
||4
||
||وچولي
||5.5
||1 کان 3
|-
||5
||تمام ڳري ۽ وڏي انداز جي ڪانڪريٽ (Mass Concrete)  جو ڪم بنيادن ۽ رستن جي فرشبندي لاءِ
||وچولي
||5.5
||11/4کان5
|-
||6
||
||نرم
||5
||
|-
||7
||پلين جا تختا
||وچولي
||5.5
||2 کان 5
|-
||8
||عام رواجي رينفورسڊ ڪانڪريٽ جھروڪ؛ بيم، ڇت (Slabs) وغيرھ
 
آر سي سيءَ جا بنياد (Footings) ۽ ديوارون (Walls)
 
ٿنڀا (Columns)
 
پاڻيءَ اندر سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو ڪم
نرم
||وچولي يا ٿوري سخت
||6.5
||اٽڪل9&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
|-

نھيءَ کان علاوه ڪانڪريٽ پٿارڻ کان اڳ تھھ اندران دٻايل ۽ لڪل تارن (Concealed Wiring)  جي صورت ۾ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو ڌيان رکڻ گھرجي تھ بجليءَ جا پائيپ (Electric Conduits)  صحيح طرح لڳل آھن. بجليءَ جي پکن جا ڪنڍا (Fan hooks) پڻ ڀرائيءَ کان اڳ ۾ لڳائڻ گھرجن، جيئن بعد ۾ ڇت کي کوٽڻو نھ پوي 
سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ٻاھرين تھن کي شٽرنگ لاھڻ بعد، جلد ئي پاڻي ڏيئي آلو ڪري صاف ۽ خالص سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ (Neru) ڏيئي بعد ۾ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو پلستر چاڙھي لسو ڪرڻ گھرجي.

9-5  لوھھ جي سيخن جي ڊزائن
: (Design of reinforcement) 
لوھ جي سيخن جي ڊزائن ڪنھن قابل ماھر انجنيئر يا ڪنھن سند يافتھ اداري کان ڪرائڻ گھرجي. ڪجھھ سادن ۽ ننڍن ڪمن لاءِ ڪجھھ لنٽيلن (Lintels)  ۽ ڇتين (Slabs)  جي ڊزائن اندازي مطابق ھيٺ ڏجي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>fka9f91y7yhmoj6lja7xahr0neqriaf</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401004</id>
      <parentid>401003</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T22:43:43Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401004</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="7388" sha1="bm0qr2efpkc8j20khcbwxr12oufihgx" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' ، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (اسٽيل ريئينفورسنگ بارس)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}&lt;/ref&gt;
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (ڪوروژن انجنيئرنگ) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (ڪوروژن) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' کي مختصر طور '''آر سي سي''' ({{lang-en|RCC}}) چيو وڃي ٿو، اهڙو تعميراتي مرڪب آهي، جيڪو [[سيمينٽ]]، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا پٿر جي سنهن ٽڪرن ۽ پاڻيءَ مان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) شامل ڪري ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي قوت وڌائين ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ جي اعليٰ صلاحيت رکي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== خاصيتون ===

آر سي سي مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارو تعميراتي مواد آهي. ان کي مختلف شڪلين ۾ آسانيءَ سان ڍالي سگهجي ٿو، باهه ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿو، پاڻيءَ جي نفوذ کي گهٽ ڪري ٿو ۽ عام حالتن ۾ گهٽ مرمت جي ضرورت پوي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ملاوٽ ===

آر سي سي جي ملاوٽ هٿ سان يا ڪنڪريٽ مڪسر ذريعي ڪئي ويندي آهي. ننڍن تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ هٿ سان ملاوٽ، جڏهن ته وڏن منصوبن ۾ مشيني ملاوٽ کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها وڌيڪ هڪجهڙائي، تيزي ۽ معياري نتيجا فراهم ڪندي آهي ۽ مواد جي زيان کي گهٽائيندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب ===

پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو مناسب تناسب آر سي سي جي مضبوطي، ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر وجهي ٿو. گهڻو پاڻي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت گهٽائي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته گهٽ پاڻي ملاوٽ کي صحيح نموني استعمال ڪرڻ ۾ ڏکيائي پيدا ڪري سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== جھڪاءُ پرک ===

ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ گهاٽاڻ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ '''جھڪاءُ پرک''' (Slump test) ڪئي ويندي آهي. هن آزمائش ۾ مخروط شڪل واري فولادي قالب ۾ تازي ڪنڪريٽ ڀري ان جي ويهڻ يا جھڪاءَ جي ماپ ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ملاوٽ مقرر معيار مطابق آهي يا نه.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي بندش ===

فولادي سلاخون تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪٽي، موڙي ۽ تار سان مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. انهن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تھ رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن سلاخون زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ۽ ڍانچي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي. ضرورت موجب ڪنڍا (Hooks) ۽ چڙهاڪو (Overlap) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀرائي ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ شٽرنگ، فولادي سلاخن ۽ ٻين لڪل خدمتن جهڙوڪ برقي پائيپن جي جانچ ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي بنا رڪاوٽ جي مناسب رفتار سان وڌو ويندو آهي ۽ ضرورت موجب وائبريٽر ذريعي ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ڪيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن هوا جا خانا ختم ٿين ۽ ''هني ڪومبنگ'' (Honeycombing) جهڙا نقص پيدا نه ٿين.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== سار سنڀال ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ مناسب عرصي تائين ان کي پاڻي ڏئي آلو رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان سيمينٽ جي مڪمل هائيڊريشن ٿئي ٿي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ پاڻيءَ جي مزاحمت وڌي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي ڊزائن ===

رِيئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن هميشه قابل انجنيئر يا لاڳاپيل فني اداري طرفان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي. سلاخن جو قطر، وڇاءُ، چڙهاڪو ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه عمارت جي قسم، بار ۽ لاڳو تعميراتي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|ڪنڪريٽ وجھڻ کان اڳ اسٽيل يا لوھ جي سيخن جو پڃري وانگر ڄار وڇايل]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>bm0qr2efpkc8j20khcbwxr12oufihgx</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401005</id>
      <parentid>401004</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T22:51:35Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401005</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="7563" sha1="5q9fep3bz6pmrmncmy7917chw01rb2g" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' ، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (اسٽيل ريئينفورسنگ بارس)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}&lt;/ref&gt;
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (ڪوروژن انجنيئرنگ) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (ڪوروژن) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' کي مختصر طور '''آر سي سي''' ({{lang-en|RCC}}) چيو وڃي ٿو، اهڙو تعميراتي مرڪب آهي، جيڪو [[سيمينٽ]]، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا پٿر جي سنهن ٽڪرن ۽ پاڻيءَ مان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) شامل ڪري ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي قوت وڌائين ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ جي اعليٰ صلاحيت رکي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== خاصيتون ===

آر سي سي مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارو تعميراتي مواد آهي. ان کي مختلف شڪلين ۾ آسانيءَ سان ڍالي سگهجي ٿو، باهه ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿو، پاڻيءَ جي نفوذ کي گهٽ ڪري ٿو ۽ عام حالتن ۾ گهٽ مرمت جي ضرورت پوي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ملاوٽ ===

آر سي سي جي ملاوٽ هٿ سان يا ڪنڪريٽ مڪسر ذريعي ڪئي ويندي آهي. ننڍن تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ هٿ سان ملاوٽ، جڏهن ته وڏن منصوبن ۾ مشيني ملاوٽ کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها وڌيڪ هڪجهڙائي، تيزي ۽ معياري نتيجا فراهم ڪندي آهي ۽ مواد جي زيان کي گهٽائيندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب ===

پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو مناسب تناسب آر سي سي جي مضبوطي، ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر وجهي ٿو. گهڻو پاڻي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت گهٽائي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته گهٽ پاڻي ملاوٽ کي صحيح نموني استعمال ڪرڻ ۾ ڏکيائي پيدا ڪري سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== جھڪاءُ پرک ===

ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ گهاٽاڻ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ '''جھڪاءُ پرک''' (Slump test) ڪئي ويندي آهي. هن آزمائش ۾ مخروط شڪل واري فولادي قالب ۾ تازي ڪنڪريٽ ڀري ان جي ويهڻ يا جھڪاءَ جي ماپ ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ملاوٽ مقرر معيار مطابق آهي يا نه.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي بندش ===

فولادي سلاخون تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪٽي، موڙي ۽ تار سان مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. انهن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تھ رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن سلاخون زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ۽ ڍانچي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي. ضرورت موجب ڪنڍا (Hooks) ۽ چڙهاڪو (Overlap) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀرائي ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ شٽرنگ، فولادي سلاخن ۽ ٻين لڪل خدمتن جهڙوڪ برقي پائيپن جي جانچ ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي بنا رڪاوٽ جي مناسب رفتار سان وڌو ويندو آهي ۽ ضرورت موجب وائبريٽر ذريعي ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ڪيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن هوا جا خانا ختم ٿين ۽ ''هني ڪومبنگ'' (Honeycombing) جهڙا نقص پيدا نه ٿين.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== سار سنڀال ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ مناسب عرصي تائين ان کي پاڻي ڏئي آلو رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان سيمينٽ جي مڪمل هائيڊريشن ٿئي ٿي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ پاڻيءَ جي مزاحمت وڌي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي ڊزائن ===

رِيئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن هميشه قابل انجنيئر يا لاڳاپيل فني اداري طرفان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي. سلاخن جو قطر، وڇاءُ، چڙهاڪو ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه عمارت جي قسم، بار ۽ لاڳو تعميراتي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|ڪنڪريٽ وجھڻ کان اڳ اسٽيل يا لوھ جي سيخن جو پڃري وانگر ڄار وڇايل]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>5q9fep3bz6pmrmncmy7917chw01rb2g</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401006</id>
      <parentid>401005</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T22:55:23Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401006</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="10300" sha1="50g2hdtylboagd3tz9ctyj6wvwpqv4i" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' ، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (اسٽيل ريئينفورسنگ بارس)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}&lt;/ref&gt;
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (ڪوروژن انجنيئرنگ) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (ڪوروژن) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' کي مختصر طور '''آر سي سي''' ({{lang-en|RCC}}) چيو وڃي ٿو، اهڙو تعميراتي مرڪب آهي، جيڪو [[سيمينٽ]]، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا پٿر جي سنهن ٽڪرن ۽ پاڻيءَ مان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) شامل ڪري ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي قوت وڌائين ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ جي اعليٰ صلاحيت رکي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Expo58 building Philips.jpg|thumb|[[بيلجيم]] جي گاديءَ واري شهر [[برسلز]] ۾ [[ايڪسپو 58]] لاءِ تعمير ڪيل [[فلپس پيوليئن]] جي منفرد شڪل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال سان ممڪن ٿي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور تي ريئنفورسمينٽ (فولادي سلاخن يا ٻين مضبوط ڪندڙ مواد) جي ترتيب اهڙي نموني سان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو ڪنڪريٽ جي انهن حصن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) کي برداشت ڪري سگهي، جتي ٻي صورت ۾ ڏار پوڻ يا ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان هوندو آهي. جديد رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ رڳو فولاد ئي نه، پر [[پوليمر]]ن ۽ ٻين جامع (ڪمپوزٽ) مواد مان ٺهيل مضبوط ڪندڙ عنصر پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ضرورت موجب فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ يا انهن کان سواءِ به ڪم آندا ويندا آهن.

ڪيترين تعميراتي حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي اڳواٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ۽ ريئنفورسمينٽ ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ هوندي آهي. هن طريقي سان ڍانچي جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت بهتر ٿيندي آهي. اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي کي '''پري اسٽرِيسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جا ٻه عام طريقا '''پري ٽينشننگ''' ۽ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ'''  آهن.

مضبوط، لچڪدار ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ ريئنفورسمينٽ ۾ هيٺيون خاصيتون هجڻ ضروري آهن:

* اعليٰ ميڪانيڪي مضبوطي؛
* ڇڪ هيٺ وڏي حد تائين ڊگهو ٿيڻ (ٽينسائل اسٽرين) برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت؛
* ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ)، جيڪا پي ايڇ (pH)، نمي يا ٻين ماحولياتي حالتن کان گهڻو متاثر نه ٿئي؛
* حرارتي مطابقت (ٿرمل ڪامپيٽيبلٽي)، جيئن گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ دوران غير ضروري دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي ماحول ۾ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيداري، جنهن ۾ زنگ (Corrosion) ۽ مستقل دٻاءَ جي اثرن کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت شامل هجي.

=== خاصيتون ===

آر سي سي مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارو تعميراتي مواد آهي. ان کي مختلف شڪلين ۾ آسانيءَ سان ڍالي سگهجي ٿو، باهه ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿو، پاڻيءَ جي نفوذ کي گهٽ ڪري ٿو ۽ عام حالتن ۾ گهٽ مرمت جي ضرورت پوي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ملاوٽ ===

آر سي سي جي ملاوٽ هٿ سان يا ڪنڪريٽ مڪسر ذريعي ڪئي ويندي آهي. ننڍن تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ هٿ سان ملاوٽ، جڏهن ته وڏن منصوبن ۾ مشيني ملاوٽ کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها وڌيڪ هڪجهڙائي، تيزي ۽ معياري نتيجا فراهم ڪندي آهي ۽ مواد جي زيان کي گهٽائيندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب ===

پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو مناسب تناسب آر سي سي جي مضبوطي، ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر وجهي ٿو. گهڻو پاڻي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت گهٽائي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته گهٽ پاڻي ملاوٽ کي صحيح نموني استعمال ڪرڻ ۾ ڏکيائي پيدا ڪري سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== جھڪاءُ پرک ===

ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ گهاٽاڻ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ '''جھڪاءُ پرک''' (Slump test) ڪئي ويندي آهي. هن آزمائش ۾ مخروط شڪل واري فولادي قالب ۾ تازي ڪنڪريٽ ڀري ان جي ويهڻ يا جھڪاءَ جي ماپ ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ملاوٽ مقرر معيار مطابق آهي يا نه.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي بندش ===

فولادي سلاخون تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪٽي، موڙي ۽ تار سان مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. انهن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تھ رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن سلاخون زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ۽ ڍانچي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي. ضرورت موجب ڪنڍا (Hooks) ۽ چڙهاڪو (Overlap) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀرائي ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ شٽرنگ، فولادي سلاخن ۽ ٻين لڪل خدمتن جهڙوڪ برقي پائيپن جي جانچ ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي بنا رڪاوٽ جي مناسب رفتار سان وڌو ويندو آهي ۽ ضرورت موجب وائبريٽر ذريعي ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ڪيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن هوا جا خانا ختم ٿين ۽ ''هني ڪومبنگ'' (Honeycombing) جهڙا نقص پيدا نه ٿين.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== سار سنڀال ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ مناسب عرصي تائين ان کي پاڻي ڏئي آلو رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان سيمينٽ جي مڪمل هائيڊريشن ٿئي ٿي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ پاڻيءَ جي مزاحمت وڌي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي ڊزائن ===

رِيئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن هميشه قابل انجنيئر يا لاڳاپيل فني اداري طرفان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي. سلاخن جو قطر، وڇاءُ، چڙهاڪو ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه عمارت جي قسم، بار ۽ لاڳو تعميراتي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|ڪنڪريٽ وجھڻ کان اڳ اسٽيل يا لوھ جي سيخن جو پڃري وانگر ڄار وڇايل]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>50g2hdtylboagd3tz9ctyj6wvwpqv4i</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401007</id>
      <parentid>401006</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T22:55:56Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401007</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="10311" sha1="ljhgsdx6qcfzr8l28zwx889m4oeoum4" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمنٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' ، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (اسٽيل ريئينفورسنگ بارس)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}&lt;/ref&gt;
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (ڪوروژن انجنيئرنگ) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (ڪوروژن) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' کي مختصر طور '''آر سي سي''' ({{lang-en|RCC}}) چيو وڃي ٿو، اهڙو تعميراتي مرڪب آهي، جيڪو [[سيمينٽ]]، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا پٿر جي سنهن ٽڪرن ۽ پاڻيءَ مان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) شامل ڪري ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي قوت وڌائين ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ جي اعليٰ صلاحيت رکي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Expo58 building Philips.jpg|thumb|[[بيلجيم]] جي گاديءَ واري شهر [[برسلز]] ۾ [[ايڪسپو 58]] لاءِ تعمير ڪيل [[فلپس پيوليئن]] جي منفرد شڪل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال سان ممڪن ٿي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور تي ريئنفورسمينٽ (فولادي سلاخن يا ٻين مضبوط ڪندڙ مواد) جي ترتيب اهڙي نموني سان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو ڪنڪريٽ جي انهن حصن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) کي برداشت ڪري سگهي، جتي ٻي صورت ۾ ڏار پوڻ يا ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان هوندو آهي. جديد رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ رڳو فولاد ئي نه، پر [[پوليمر]]ن ۽ ٻين جامع (ڪمپوزٽ) مواد مان ٺهيل مضبوط ڪندڙ عنصر پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ضرورت موجب فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ يا انهن کان سواءِ به ڪم آندا ويندا آهن.

ڪيترين تعميراتي حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي اڳواٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ۽ ريئنفورسمينٽ ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ هوندي آهي. هن طريقي سان ڍانچي جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت بهتر ٿيندي آهي. اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي کي '''پري اسٽرِيسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جا ٻه عام طريقا '''پري ٽينشننگ''' ۽ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ'''  آهن.

مضبوط، لچڪدار ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ ريئنفورسمينٽ ۾ هيٺيون خاصيتون هجڻ ضروري آهن:

* اعليٰ ميڪانيڪي مضبوطي؛
* ڇڪ هيٺ وڏي حد تائين ڊگهو ٿيڻ (ٽينسائل اسٽرين) برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت؛
* ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ)، جيڪا پي ايڇ (pH)، نمي يا ٻين ماحولياتي حالتن کان گهڻو متاثر نه ٿئي؛
* حرارتي مطابقت (ٿرمل ڪامپيٽيبلٽي)، جيئن گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ دوران غير ضروري دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي ماحول ۾ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيداري، جنهن ۾ زنگ (Corrosion) ۽ مستقل دٻاءَ جي اثرن کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت شامل هجي.

=== خاصيتون ===

آر سي سي مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارو تعميراتي مواد آهي. ان کي مختلف شڪلين ۾ آسانيءَ سان ڍالي سگهجي ٿو، باهه ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿو، پاڻيءَ جي نفوذ کي گهٽ ڪري ٿو ۽ عام حالتن ۾ گهٽ مرمت جي ضرورت پوي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ملاوٽ ===

آر سي سي جي ملاوٽ هٿ سان يا ڪنڪريٽ مڪسر ذريعي ڪئي ويندي آهي. ننڍن تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ هٿ سان ملاوٽ، جڏهن ته وڏن منصوبن ۾ مشيني ملاوٽ کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها وڌيڪ هڪجهڙائي، تيزي ۽ معياري نتيجا فراهم ڪندي آهي ۽ مواد جي زيان کي گهٽائيندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب ===

پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو مناسب تناسب آر سي سي جي مضبوطي، ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر وجهي ٿو. گهڻو پاڻي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت گهٽائي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته گهٽ پاڻي ملاوٽ کي صحيح نموني استعمال ڪرڻ ۾ ڏکيائي پيدا ڪري سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== جھڪاءُ پرک ===

ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ گهاٽاڻ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ '''جھڪاءُ پرک''' (Slump test) ڪئي ويندي آهي. هن آزمائش ۾ مخروط شڪل واري فولادي قالب ۾ تازي ڪنڪريٽ ڀري ان جي ويهڻ يا جھڪاءَ جي ماپ ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ملاوٽ مقرر معيار مطابق آهي يا نه.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي بندش ===

فولادي سلاخون تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪٽي، موڙي ۽ تار سان مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. انهن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تھ رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن سلاخون زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ۽ ڍانچي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي. ضرورت موجب ڪنڍا (Hooks) ۽ چڙهاڪو (Overlap) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀرائي ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ شٽرنگ، فولادي سلاخن ۽ ٻين لڪل خدمتن جهڙوڪ برقي پائيپن جي جانچ ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي بنا رڪاوٽ جي مناسب رفتار سان وڌو ويندو آهي ۽ ضرورت موجب وائبريٽر ذريعي ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ڪيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن هوا جا خانا ختم ٿين ۽ ''هني ڪومبنگ'' (Honeycombing) جهڙا نقص پيدا نه ٿين.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== سار سنڀال ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ مناسب عرصي تائين ان کي پاڻي ڏئي آلو رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان سيمينٽ جي مڪمل هائيڊريشن ٿئي ٿي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ پاڻيءَ جي مزاحمت وڌي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي ڊزائن ===

رِيئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن هميشه قابل انجنيئر يا لاڳاپيل فني اداري طرفان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي. سلاخن جو قطر، وڇاءُ، چڙهاڪو ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه عمارت جي قسم، بار ۽ لاڳو تعميراتي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|ڪنڪريٽ وجھڻ کان اڳ اسٽيل يا لوھ جي سيخن جو پڃري وانگر ڄار وڇايل]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>ljhgsdx6qcfzr8l28zwx889m4oeoum4</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401008</id>
      <parentid>401007</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T23:04:54Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401008</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="17258" sha1="bai5ysh1lzf26i92e81obwr16bcu6ew" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمنٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' ، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (اسٽيل ريئينفورسنگ بارس)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}&lt;/ref&gt;
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (ڪوروژن انجنيئرنگ) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (ڪوروژن) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' کي مختصر طور '''آر سي سي''' ({{lang-en|RCC}}) چيو وڃي ٿو، اهڙو تعميراتي مرڪب آهي، جيڪو [[سيمينٽ]]، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا پٿر جي سنهن ٽڪرن ۽ پاڻيءَ مان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) شامل ڪري ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي قوت وڌائين ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ جي اعليٰ صلاحيت رکي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Expo58 building Philips.jpg|thumb|[[بيلجيم]] جي گاديءَ واري شهر [[برسلز]] ۾ [[ايڪسپو 58]] لاءِ تعمير ڪيل [[فلپس پيوليئن]] جي منفرد شڪل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال سان ممڪن ٿي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور تي ريئنفورسمينٽ (فولادي سلاخن يا ٻين مضبوط ڪندڙ مواد) جي ترتيب اهڙي نموني سان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو ڪنڪريٽ جي انهن حصن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) کي برداشت ڪري سگهي، جتي ٻي صورت ۾ ڏار پوڻ يا ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان هوندو آهي. جديد رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ رڳو فولاد ئي نه، پر [[پوليمر]]ن ۽ ٻين جامع (ڪمپوزٽ) مواد مان ٺهيل مضبوط ڪندڙ عنصر پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ضرورت موجب فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ يا انهن کان سواءِ به ڪم آندا ويندا آهن.

ڪيترين تعميراتي حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي اڳواٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ۽ ريئنفورسمينٽ ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ هوندي آهي. هن طريقي سان ڍانچي جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت بهتر ٿيندي آهي. اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي کي '''پري اسٽرِيسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جا ٻه عام طريقا '''پري ٽينشننگ''' ۽ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ'''  آهن.

مضبوط، لچڪدار ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ ريئنفورسمينٽ ۾ هيٺيون خاصيتون هجڻ ضروري آهن:

* اعليٰ ميڪانيڪي مضبوطي؛
* ڇڪ هيٺ وڏي حد تائين ڊگهو ٿيڻ (ٽينسائل اسٽرين) برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت؛
* ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ)، جيڪا پي ايڇ (pH)، نمي يا ٻين ماحولياتي حالتن کان گهڻو متاثر نه ٿئي؛
* حرارتي مطابقت (ٿرمل ڪامپيٽيبلٽي)، جيئن گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ دوران غير ضروري دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي ماحول ۾ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيداري، جنهن ۾ زنگ (Corrosion) ۽ مستقل دٻاءَ جي اثرن کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت شامل هجي.

== تاريخ ==

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي شروعاتي ترقي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري [[انگلينڊ]] ۽ [[فرانس]] ۾ لڳ ڀڳ هڪ ئي وقت ٿي، جتي مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميرڪارن ڪنڪريٽ کي فولادي مضبوطي سان گڏ استعمال ڪرڻ بابت تجربا شروع ڪيا.

[[فائل:Saint-Denis - Maison François Coignet -1.JPG|thumb|سينٽ ڊينس ۾ فرانسوا ڪوئنيه جو گهر، جيڪو ابتدائي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان هڪ آهي.]]

فرانسيسي تعميرڪار '''[[فرانسوا ڪوئنيه]]''' پهريون شخص هو، جنهن عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |url=https://www.britannica.com/technology/building-construction/Early-steel-frame-high-rises#ref105155 |title=Building construction: The invention of reinforced concrete |encyclopedia=Encyclopedia Britannica}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن 1853ع کان 1855ع جي وچ ۾ [[پيرس]] جي ڀرسان سينٽ ڊينس ۾ واقع 72 [[Rue Charles Michels]] تي پنهنجي رهائش لاءِ چار ماڙ عمارت تعمير ڪرائي، جيڪا '''فرانسوا ڪوئنيه هائوس''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي ۽ ان کي دنيا جي پهرين لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان شمار ڪيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=The oldest concrete structures that have lasted: 72 rue Charles Michels, St. Denis, France |url=https://meva.net/pt-br/oldest-concrete-structures/}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪوئنيه جي لکڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته هن لوهه کي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت وڌائڻ کان وڌيڪ، ڀتين کي هڪ گڏيل (مونولٿڪ) ڍانچي طور مستحڪم رکڻ ۽ انهن کي اونڌو ٿيڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968 |pages=1–33}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ 1872ع–1873ع دوران [[بروڪلن]] ۾ تعمير ٿيل '''پپن بلڊنگ''' (Pippen Building)، جيتوڻيڪ ڪوئنيه جي ڊزائن نه هئي، پر سندس تعميراتي طريقي جو هڪ اهم مثال سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

[[فائل:Maison de logement des ouvriers de l'usine Coignet 2020 6.jpg|thumb|ڪوئنيه طرفان پنهنجي ڪارخاني جي مزدورن لاءِ سينٽ ڊينس ۾ تعمير ڪيل رهائشي عمارت.]]

1854ع ۾ انگريز تعميرڪار '''وليم بي. ولڪنسن''' پنهنجي تعمير هيٺ ٻن ماڙ گهر جي ڇت ۽ فرشن ۾ فولادي مضبوطي استعمال ڪئي. هن فولادي سلاخن کي اهڙي نموني رکيو، جنهن مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته هو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) جي اثرن کان واقف هو، جڏهن ته هن کان اڳ وارا انجنيئر ان ڳالهه کي مڪمل طور نه سمجهي سگهيا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Reinforced Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete Building Construction}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1869ع کان 1870ع جي وچ ۾ '''هينري ايٽن'''  [[انگلينڊ]] جي [[نورفڪ]] ۽ [[سفڪ]] ضلعن جي وچ ۾ وهندڙ [[Waveney River]] تي '''هومرسفيلڊ پل''' جي ڊزائن تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته ان جي تعمير لنڊن جي ڪمپني ''ڊبليو اينڊ ٽي فلپس '' ڪئي. لڳ ڀڳ 15.25 ميٽر (50 فوٽ) ڊگهي هيءَ پل لوهي مضبوطي سان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي پلن مان هڪ هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{NHLE|num=1262142}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي فرانسيسي باغبان '''[[جوزف مونيي]]''' کي به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ارتقا جو اهم اڳواڻ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. هو مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا گلن جا ٿانوَ تيار ڪرڻ لاءِ موجود مواد مان مطمئن نه هو، تنهنڪري هن نوان تجربا شروع ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Day |first=Lance |title=Biographical Dictionary of the History of Technology}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1867ع ۾ مونيي تار جي ڄاري (وائر ميش) ۽ سيمينٽ جي تهه کي گڏائي مضبوط ڪنڪريٽ جا گلدان ٺاهڻ واري طريقي جو پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Britannica URL|biography/Joseph-Monier|Joseph Monier}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ 1877ع ۾ هن ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿنڀن ۽ گرڊرن کي لوهي سلاخن جي ڄار ذريعي مضبوط ڪرڻ واري وڌيڪ ترقي يافته طريقي جو به پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو. جيتوڻيڪ مونيي کي اها ڄاڻ هئي ته فولادي مضبوطي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني يڪجائي وڌائي ٿي، پر اهو واضح ناهي ته کيس ان ڳالهه جي مڪمل سائنسي ڄاڻ هئي ته ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي طاقت ۾ ڪيترو اضافو آڻي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909 |pages=204–210}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1877ع ۾ آمريڪي انجنيئر '''ٿيڊيئس هائٽ'' پنهنجي مشهور رپورٽ ''اين اڪائونٽ آف سم اڪسپيريمينٽس وٿ پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ڪمبائينڊ وٿ آئرن'' شايع ڪئي، جنهن ۾ هن فولاد سان مضبوط ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پنهنجن تجربن جا نتيجا بيان ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Hyatt |first=Thaddeus |title=An Account of Some Experiments with Portland-cement-concrete Combined with Iron}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن جي تحقيق رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي رڳو تجربي واري تعميراتي مواد بدران هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي آزمودل ٽيڪنالاجي طور قائم ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. جيڪڏهن هائٽ جي تحقيق موجود نه هجي ها، ته هن شعبي جي ترقي گهڻي عرصي تائين آزمائش ۽ غلطي (ٽرائل ۽ ارر) جي غير يقيني طريقن تي دارومدار رکندي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== خاصيتون ===

آر سي سي مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارو تعميراتي مواد آهي. ان کي مختلف شڪلين ۾ آسانيءَ سان ڍالي سگهجي ٿو، باهه ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿو، پاڻيءَ جي نفوذ کي گهٽ ڪري ٿو ۽ عام حالتن ۾ گهٽ مرمت جي ضرورت پوي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ملاوٽ ===

آر سي سي جي ملاوٽ هٿ سان يا ڪنڪريٽ مڪسر ذريعي ڪئي ويندي آهي. ننڍن تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ هٿ سان ملاوٽ، جڏهن ته وڏن منصوبن ۾ مشيني ملاوٽ کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها وڌيڪ هڪجهڙائي، تيزي ۽ معياري نتيجا فراهم ڪندي آهي ۽ مواد جي زيان کي گهٽائيندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب ===

پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو مناسب تناسب آر سي سي جي مضبوطي، ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر وجهي ٿو. گهڻو پاڻي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت گهٽائي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته گهٽ پاڻي ملاوٽ کي صحيح نموني استعمال ڪرڻ ۾ ڏکيائي پيدا ڪري سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== جھڪاءُ پرک ===

ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ گهاٽاڻ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ '''جھڪاءُ پرک''' (Slump test) ڪئي ويندي آهي. هن آزمائش ۾ مخروط شڪل واري فولادي قالب ۾ تازي ڪنڪريٽ ڀري ان جي ويهڻ يا جھڪاءَ جي ماپ ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ملاوٽ مقرر معيار مطابق آهي يا نه.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي بندش ===

فولادي سلاخون تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪٽي، موڙي ۽ تار سان مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. انهن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تھ رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن سلاخون زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ۽ ڍانچي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي. ضرورت موجب ڪنڍا (Hooks) ۽ چڙهاڪو (Overlap) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀرائي ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ شٽرنگ، فولادي سلاخن ۽ ٻين لڪل خدمتن جهڙوڪ برقي پائيپن جي جانچ ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي بنا رڪاوٽ جي مناسب رفتار سان وڌو ويندو آهي ۽ ضرورت موجب وائبريٽر ذريعي ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ڪيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن هوا جا خانا ختم ٿين ۽ ''هني ڪومبنگ'' (Honeycombing) جهڙا نقص پيدا نه ٿين.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== سار سنڀال ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ مناسب عرصي تائين ان کي پاڻي ڏئي آلو رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان سيمينٽ جي مڪمل هائيڊريشن ٿئي ٿي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ پاڻيءَ جي مزاحمت وڌي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي ڊزائن ===

رِيئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن هميشه قابل انجنيئر يا لاڳاپيل فني اداري طرفان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي. سلاخن جو قطر، وڇاءُ، چڙهاڪو ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه عمارت جي قسم، بار ۽ لاڳو تعميراتي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|ڪنڪريٽ وجھڻ کان اڳ اسٽيل يا لوھ جي سيخن جو پڃري وانگر ڄار وڇايل]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>bai5ysh1lzf26i92e81obwr16bcu6ew</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401009</id>
      <parentid>401008</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T23:10:01Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401009</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="21731" sha1="au6ayszxsrv6pa32n6qkv57gcf5xihl" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمنٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' ، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (اسٽيل ريئينفورسنگ بارس)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}&lt;/ref&gt;
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (ڪوروژن انجنيئرنگ) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (ڪوروژن) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' کي مختصر طور '''آر سي سي''' ({{lang-en|RCC}}) چيو وڃي ٿو، اهڙو تعميراتي مرڪب آهي، جيڪو [[سيمينٽ]]، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا پٿر جي سنهن ٽڪرن ۽ پاڻيءَ مان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) شامل ڪري ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي قوت وڌائين ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ جي اعليٰ صلاحيت رکي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Expo58 building Philips.jpg|thumb|[[بيلجيم]] جي گاديءَ واري شهر [[برسلز]] ۾ [[ايڪسپو 58]] لاءِ تعمير ڪيل [[فلپس پيوليئن]] جي منفرد شڪل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال سان ممڪن ٿي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور تي ريئنفورسمينٽ (فولادي سلاخن يا ٻين مضبوط ڪندڙ مواد) جي ترتيب اهڙي نموني سان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو ڪنڪريٽ جي انهن حصن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) کي برداشت ڪري سگهي، جتي ٻي صورت ۾ ڏار پوڻ يا ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان هوندو آهي. جديد رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ رڳو فولاد ئي نه، پر [[پوليمر]]ن ۽ ٻين جامع (ڪمپوزٽ) مواد مان ٺهيل مضبوط ڪندڙ عنصر پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ضرورت موجب فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ يا انهن کان سواءِ به ڪم آندا ويندا آهن.

ڪيترين تعميراتي حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي اڳواٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ۽ ريئنفورسمينٽ ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ هوندي آهي. هن طريقي سان ڍانچي جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت بهتر ٿيندي آهي. اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي کي '''پري اسٽرِيسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جا ٻه عام طريقا '''پري ٽينشننگ''' ۽ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ'''  آهن.

مضبوط، لچڪدار ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ ريئنفورسمينٽ ۾ هيٺيون خاصيتون هجڻ ضروري آهن:

* اعليٰ ميڪانيڪي مضبوطي؛
* ڇڪ هيٺ وڏي حد تائين ڊگهو ٿيڻ (ٽينسائل اسٽرين) برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت؛
* ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ)، جيڪا پي ايڇ (pH)، نمي يا ٻين ماحولياتي حالتن کان گهڻو متاثر نه ٿئي؛
* حرارتي مطابقت (ٿرمل ڪامپيٽيبلٽي)، جيئن گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ دوران غير ضروري دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي ماحول ۾ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيداري، جنهن ۾ زنگ (Corrosion) ۽ مستقل دٻاءَ جي اثرن کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت شامل هجي.

== تاريخ ==

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي شروعاتي ترقي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري [[انگلينڊ]] ۽ [[فرانس]] ۾ لڳ ڀڳ هڪ ئي وقت ٿي، جتي مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميرڪارن ڪنڪريٽ کي فولادي مضبوطي سان گڏ استعمال ڪرڻ بابت تجربا شروع ڪيا.

[[فائل:Saint-Denis - Maison François Coignet -1.JPG|thumb|سينٽ ڊينس ۾ فرانسوا ڪوئنيه جو گهر، جيڪو ابتدائي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان هڪ آهي.]]

فرانسيسي تعميرڪار '''[[فرانسوا ڪوئنيه]]''' پهريون شخص هو، جنهن عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |url=https://www.britannica.com/technology/building-construction/Early-steel-frame-high-rises#ref105155 |title=Building construction: The invention of reinforced concrete |encyclopedia=Encyclopedia Britannica}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن 1853ع کان 1855ع جي وچ ۾ [[پيرس]] جي ڀرسان سينٽ ڊينس ۾ واقع 72 [[Rue Charles Michels]] تي پنهنجي رهائش لاءِ چار ماڙ عمارت تعمير ڪرائي، جيڪا '''فرانسوا ڪوئنيه هائوس''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي ۽ ان کي دنيا جي پهرين لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان شمار ڪيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=The oldest concrete structures that have lasted: 72 rue Charles Michels, St. Denis, France |url=https://meva.net/pt-br/oldest-concrete-structures/}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪوئنيه جي لکڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته هن لوهه کي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت وڌائڻ کان وڌيڪ، ڀتين کي هڪ گڏيل (مونولٿڪ) ڍانچي طور مستحڪم رکڻ ۽ انهن کي اونڌو ٿيڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968 |pages=1–33}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ 1872ع–1873ع دوران [[بروڪلن]] ۾ تعمير ٿيل '''پپن بلڊنگ''' (Pippen Building)، جيتوڻيڪ ڪوئنيه جي ڊزائن نه هئي، پر سندس تعميراتي طريقي جو هڪ اهم مثال سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

[[فائل:Maison de logement des ouvriers de l'usine Coignet 2020 6.jpg|thumb|ڪوئنيه طرفان پنهنجي ڪارخاني جي مزدورن لاءِ سينٽ ڊينس ۾ تعمير ڪيل رهائشي عمارت.]]

1854ع ۾ انگريز تعميرڪار '''وليم بي. ولڪنسن''' پنهنجي تعمير هيٺ ٻن ماڙ گهر جي ڇت ۽ فرشن ۾ فولادي مضبوطي استعمال ڪئي. هن فولادي سلاخن کي اهڙي نموني رکيو، جنهن مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته هو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) جي اثرن کان واقف هو، جڏهن ته هن کان اڳ وارا انجنيئر ان ڳالهه کي مڪمل طور نه سمجهي سگهيا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Reinforced Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete Building Construction}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1869ع کان 1870ع جي وچ ۾ '''هينري ايٽن'''  [[انگلينڊ]] جي [[نورفڪ]] ۽ [[سفڪ]] ضلعن جي وچ ۾ وهندڙ [[Waveney River]] تي '''هومرسفيلڊ پل''' جي ڊزائن تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته ان جي تعمير لنڊن جي ڪمپني ''ڊبليو اينڊ ٽي فلپس '' ڪئي. لڳ ڀڳ 15.25 ميٽر (50 فوٽ) ڊگهي هيءَ پل لوهي مضبوطي سان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي پلن مان هڪ هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{NHLE|num=1262142}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي فرانسيسي باغبان '''[[جوزف مونيي]]''' کي به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ارتقا جو اهم اڳواڻ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. هو مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا گلن جا ٿانوَ تيار ڪرڻ لاءِ موجود مواد مان مطمئن نه هو، تنهنڪري هن نوان تجربا شروع ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Day |first=Lance |title=Biographical Dictionary of the History of Technology}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1867ع ۾ مونيي تار جي ڄاري (وائر ميش) ۽ سيمينٽ جي تهه کي گڏائي مضبوط ڪنڪريٽ جا گلدان ٺاهڻ واري طريقي جو پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Britannica URL|biography/Joseph-Monier|Joseph Monier}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ 1877ع ۾ هن ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿنڀن ۽ گرڊرن کي لوهي سلاخن جي ڄار ذريعي مضبوط ڪرڻ واري وڌيڪ ترقي يافته طريقي جو به پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو. جيتوڻيڪ مونيي کي اها ڄاڻ هئي ته فولادي مضبوطي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني يڪجائي وڌائي ٿي، پر اهو واضح ناهي ته کيس ان ڳالهه جي مڪمل سائنسي ڄاڻ هئي ته ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي طاقت ۾ ڪيترو اضافو آڻي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909 |pages=204–210}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1877ع ۾ آمريڪي انجنيئر '''ٿيڊيئس هائٽ'' پنهنجي مشهور رپورٽ ''اين اڪائونٽ آف سم اڪسپيريمينٽس وٿ پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ڪمبائينڊ وٿ آئرن'' شايع ڪئي، جنهن ۾ هن فولاد سان مضبوط ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پنهنجن تجربن جا نتيجا بيان ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Hyatt |first=Thaddeus |title=An Account of Some Experiments with Portland-cement-concrete Combined with Iron}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن جي تحقيق رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي رڳو تجربي واري تعميراتي مواد بدران هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي آزمودل ٽيڪنالاجي طور قائم ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. جيڪڏهن هائٽ جي تحقيق موجود نه هجي ها، ته هن شعبي جي ترقي گهڻي عرصي تائين آزمائش ۽ غلطي (ٽرائل ۽ ارر) جي غير يقيني طريقن تي دارومدار رکندي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سائنسي ترقي ۽ عالمي ڦهلاءُ ===

1870ع واري ڏهاڪي کان اڳ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير، جيتوڻيڪ ان جون پاڙون [[رومي سلطنت]] تائين پهچن ٿيون ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ ان جو ٻيهر استعمال شروع ٿيو هو، پر ان کي اڃا مڪمل طور سائنسي طور ثابت ٿيل تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي نه سمجهيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Citation |last=Aprea |first=Salvatore |chapter=The Search for Affordable Cement and Concrete in the 18th and 19th Century |title=High Tech Concrete: Where Technology and Engineering Meet |year=2018}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري انگلينڊ ۾ ڄاول انجنيئر '''[[ارنسٽ ايل. رينسم]]''' رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. هن گذريل پنجاهه سالن دوران ٿيل تحقيق ۽ تجربن مان فائدو وٺندي اڳين ايجادڪارن جي ڪيترين ئي تعميراتي طريقن کي وڌيڪ بهتر بڻايو. سندس سڀ کان اهم ايجاد فولادي سلاخن کي مروڙي استعمال ڪرڻ هئي، جنهن سان سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ چنبڙڻ (بانڊ) گهڻو مضبوط ٿي ويو ۽ ڍانچي جي مجموعي مضبوطي ۾ نمايان واڌارو آيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Episode 81: Rebar and the Alvord Lake Bridge}}&lt;/ref&gt;

رينسم پنهنجي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ وارين عمارتن سبب وڏي شهرت حاصل ڪئي، جنهن کان پوءِ هن 1886ع کان 1889ع جي وچ ۾ اتر آمريڪا جي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ پلن مان ٻه تعمير ڪرايون. انهن مان هڪ پل، '''[[سمٿ-رينسم جيپنيز برج]]'''، اڄ به [[نيو يارڪ]] جي [[شيلٽر آئلينڊ، نيو يارڪ|شيلٽر آئلينڊ]] تي موجود آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آمريڪا]] ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل ابتدائي عمارتن مان هڪ '''[[وليم اي. وارڊ هائوس]]''' هئي، جيڪا وليم اي. وارڊ جي ڊزائن موجب 1876ع ۾ مڪمل ٿي. هن رهائشي عمارت کي خاص طور باهه کان وڌيڪ تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ جي مقصد سان تعمير ڪيو ويو.

جرمن سول انجنيئر '''[[گستاو ايڊولف وائس]]''' پڻ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم شخصيت هو. 1879ع ۾ هن جوزف مونيي جي پيٽنٽن جا جرمن حق خريد ڪيا، ۽ 1884ع ۾ سندس ڪمپني '''[[Wayss &amp; Freytag]]''' انهن طريقن کي پهريون ڀيرو تجارتي بنيادن تي استعمال ڪيو. 1890ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين وائس ۽ سندس ڪمپني مونيي جي نظام کي وڌيڪ ترقي ڏئي ان کي هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي ٻڌل، منظم ۽ قابل اعتماد تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Lamington Bridge Mary River.jpg|thumb|[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]، جيڪا آسٽريليا جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي.]]

[[آسٽريليا]] جي '''[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]''' ملڪ جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي. هن پل جي ڊزائن [[الفريڊ بارٽن بريڊي]] تيار ڪئي، جيڪو 1896ع ۾ [[ڪئينز لينڊ]] جو سرڪاري معمار هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge |publisher=Queensland Government}}&lt;/ref&gt; پل ۾ 15.2 ميٽر ڊگها يارنهن اسپين هئا ۽ ان جي ڪل ڊيگهه لڳ ڀڳ 187 ميٽر هئي، جيڪا ان دور ۾ دنيا جي ساڳئي قسم جي مشهور پلن کان به وڏي سمجهي ويندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge, Mary River, 1896- |publisher=Engineers Australia}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== خاصيتون ===

آر سي سي مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارو تعميراتي مواد آهي. ان کي مختلف شڪلين ۾ آسانيءَ سان ڍالي سگهجي ٿو، باهه ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿو، پاڻيءَ جي نفوذ کي گهٽ ڪري ٿو ۽ عام حالتن ۾ گهٽ مرمت جي ضرورت پوي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ملاوٽ ===

آر سي سي جي ملاوٽ هٿ سان يا ڪنڪريٽ مڪسر ذريعي ڪئي ويندي آهي. ننڍن تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ هٿ سان ملاوٽ، جڏهن ته وڏن منصوبن ۾ مشيني ملاوٽ کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها وڌيڪ هڪجهڙائي، تيزي ۽ معياري نتيجا فراهم ڪندي آهي ۽ مواد جي زيان کي گهٽائيندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب ===

پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو مناسب تناسب آر سي سي جي مضبوطي، ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر وجهي ٿو. گهڻو پاڻي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت گهٽائي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته گهٽ پاڻي ملاوٽ کي صحيح نموني استعمال ڪرڻ ۾ ڏکيائي پيدا ڪري سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== جھڪاءُ پرک ===

ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ گهاٽاڻ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ '''جھڪاءُ پرک''' (Slump test) ڪئي ويندي آهي. هن آزمائش ۾ مخروط شڪل واري فولادي قالب ۾ تازي ڪنڪريٽ ڀري ان جي ويهڻ يا جھڪاءَ جي ماپ ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ملاوٽ مقرر معيار مطابق آهي يا نه.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي بندش ===

فولادي سلاخون تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪٽي، موڙي ۽ تار سان مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. انهن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تھ رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن سلاخون زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ۽ ڍانچي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي. ضرورت موجب ڪنڍا (Hooks) ۽ چڙهاڪو (Overlap) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀرائي ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ شٽرنگ، فولادي سلاخن ۽ ٻين لڪل خدمتن جهڙوڪ برقي پائيپن جي جانچ ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي بنا رڪاوٽ جي مناسب رفتار سان وڌو ويندو آهي ۽ ضرورت موجب وائبريٽر ذريعي ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ڪيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن هوا جا خانا ختم ٿين ۽ ''هني ڪومبنگ'' (Honeycombing) جهڙا نقص پيدا نه ٿين.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== سار سنڀال ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ مناسب عرصي تائين ان کي پاڻي ڏئي آلو رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان سيمينٽ جي مڪمل هائيڊريشن ٿئي ٿي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ پاڻيءَ جي مزاحمت وڌي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي ڊزائن ===

رِيئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن هميشه قابل انجنيئر يا لاڳاپيل فني اداري طرفان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي. سلاخن جو قطر، وڇاءُ، چڙهاڪو ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه عمارت جي قسم، بار ۽ لاڳو تعميراتي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|ڪنڪريٽ وجھڻ کان اڳ اسٽيل يا لوھ جي سيخن جو پڃري وانگر ڄار وڇايل]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>au6ayszxsrv6pa32n6qkv57gcf5xihl</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401010</id>
      <parentid>401009</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T23:13:06Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401010</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="26378" sha1="3np25hdomt0wgsgucye1pf1k1n0mvh9" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمنٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' ، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (اسٽيل ريئينفورسنگ بارس)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}&lt;/ref&gt;
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (ڪوروژن انجنيئرنگ) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (ڪوروژن) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' کي مختصر طور '''آر سي سي''' ({{lang-en|RCC}}) چيو وڃي ٿو، اهڙو تعميراتي مرڪب آهي، جيڪو [[سيمينٽ]]، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا پٿر جي سنهن ٽڪرن ۽ پاڻيءَ مان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) شامل ڪري ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي قوت وڌائين ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ جي اعليٰ صلاحيت رکي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Expo58 building Philips.jpg|thumb|[[بيلجيم]] جي گاديءَ واري شهر [[برسلز]] ۾ [[ايڪسپو 58]] لاءِ تعمير ڪيل [[فلپس پيوليئن]] جي منفرد شڪل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال سان ممڪن ٿي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور تي ريئنفورسمينٽ (فولادي سلاخن يا ٻين مضبوط ڪندڙ مواد) جي ترتيب اهڙي نموني سان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو ڪنڪريٽ جي انهن حصن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) کي برداشت ڪري سگهي، جتي ٻي صورت ۾ ڏار پوڻ يا ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان هوندو آهي. جديد رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ رڳو فولاد ئي نه، پر [[پوليمر]]ن ۽ ٻين جامع (ڪمپوزٽ) مواد مان ٺهيل مضبوط ڪندڙ عنصر پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ضرورت موجب فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ يا انهن کان سواءِ به ڪم آندا ويندا آهن.

ڪيترين تعميراتي حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي اڳواٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ۽ ريئنفورسمينٽ ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ هوندي آهي. هن طريقي سان ڍانچي جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت بهتر ٿيندي آهي. اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي کي '''پري اسٽرِيسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جا ٻه عام طريقا '''پري ٽينشننگ''' ۽ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ'''  آهن.

مضبوط، لچڪدار ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ ريئنفورسمينٽ ۾ هيٺيون خاصيتون هجڻ ضروري آهن:

* اعليٰ ميڪانيڪي مضبوطي؛
* ڇڪ هيٺ وڏي حد تائين ڊگهو ٿيڻ (ٽينسائل اسٽرين) برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت؛
* ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ)، جيڪا پي ايڇ (pH)، نمي يا ٻين ماحولياتي حالتن کان گهڻو متاثر نه ٿئي؛
* حرارتي مطابقت (ٿرمل ڪامپيٽيبلٽي)، جيئن گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ دوران غير ضروري دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي ماحول ۾ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيداري، جنهن ۾ زنگ (Corrosion) ۽ مستقل دٻاءَ جي اثرن کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت شامل هجي.

== تاريخ ==

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي شروعاتي ترقي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري [[انگلينڊ]] ۽ [[فرانس]] ۾ لڳ ڀڳ هڪ ئي وقت ٿي، جتي مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميرڪارن ڪنڪريٽ کي فولادي مضبوطي سان گڏ استعمال ڪرڻ بابت تجربا شروع ڪيا.

[[فائل:Saint-Denis - Maison François Coignet -1.JPG|thumb|سينٽ ڊينس ۾ فرانسوا ڪوئنيه جو گهر، جيڪو ابتدائي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان هڪ آهي.]]

فرانسيسي تعميرڪار '''[[فرانسوا ڪوئنيه]]''' پهريون شخص هو، جنهن عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |url=https://www.britannica.com/technology/building-construction/Early-steel-frame-high-rises#ref105155 |title=Building construction: The invention of reinforced concrete |encyclopedia=Encyclopedia Britannica}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن 1853ع کان 1855ع جي وچ ۾ [[پيرس]] جي ڀرسان سينٽ ڊينس ۾ واقع 72 [[Rue Charles Michels]] تي پنهنجي رهائش لاءِ چار ماڙ عمارت تعمير ڪرائي، جيڪا '''فرانسوا ڪوئنيه هائوس''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي ۽ ان کي دنيا جي پهرين لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان شمار ڪيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=The oldest concrete structures that have lasted: 72 rue Charles Michels, St. Denis, France |url=https://meva.net/pt-br/oldest-concrete-structures/}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪوئنيه جي لکڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته هن لوهه کي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت وڌائڻ کان وڌيڪ، ڀتين کي هڪ گڏيل (مونولٿڪ) ڍانچي طور مستحڪم رکڻ ۽ انهن کي اونڌو ٿيڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968 |pages=1–33}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ 1872ع–1873ع دوران [[بروڪلن]] ۾ تعمير ٿيل '''پپن بلڊنگ''' (Pippen Building)، جيتوڻيڪ ڪوئنيه جي ڊزائن نه هئي، پر سندس تعميراتي طريقي جو هڪ اهم مثال سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

[[فائل:Maison de logement des ouvriers de l'usine Coignet 2020 6.jpg|thumb|ڪوئنيه طرفان پنهنجي ڪارخاني جي مزدورن لاءِ سينٽ ڊينس ۾ تعمير ڪيل رهائشي عمارت.]]

1854ع ۾ انگريز تعميرڪار '''وليم بي. ولڪنسن''' پنهنجي تعمير هيٺ ٻن ماڙ گهر جي ڇت ۽ فرشن ۾ فولادي مضبوطي استعمال ڪئي. هن فولادي سلاخن کي اهڙي نموني رکيو، جنهن مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته هو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) جي اثرن کان واقف هو، جڏهن ته هن کان اڳ وارا انجنيئر ان ڳالهه کي مڪمل طور نه سمجهي سگهيا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Reinforced Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete Building Construction}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1869ع کان 1870ع جي وچ ۾ '''هينري ايٽن'''  [[انگلينڊ]] جي [[نورفڪ]] ۽ [[سفڪ]] ضلعن جي وچ ۾ وهندڙ [[ويوني درياھ]] تي '''هومرسفيلڊ پل''' جي ڊزائن تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته ان جي تعمير لنڊن جي ڪمپني ''ڊبليو اينڊ ٽي فلپس '' ڪئي. لڳ ڀڳ 15.25 ميٽر (50 فوٽ) ڊگهي هيءَ پل لوهي مضبوطي سان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي پلن مان هڪ هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{NHLE|num=1262142}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي فرانسيسي باغبان '''[[جوزف مونيي]]''' کي به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ارتقا جو اهم اڳواڻ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. هو مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا گلن جا ٿانوَ تيار ڪرڻ لاءِ موجود مواد مان مطمئن نه هو، تنهنڪري هن نوان تجربا شروع ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Day |first=Lance |title=Biographical Dictionary of the History of Technology}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1867ع ۾ مونيي تار جي ڄاري (وائر ميش) ۽ سيمينٽ جي تهه کي گڏائي مضبوط ڪنڪريٽ جا گلدان ٺاهڻ واري طريقي جو پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Britannica URL|biography/Joseph-Monier|Joseph Monier}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ 1877ع ۾ هن ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿنڀن ۽ گرڊرن کي لوهي سلاخن جي ڄار ذريعي مضبوط ڪرڻ واري وڌيڪ ترقي يافته طريقي جو به پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو. جيتوڻيڪ مونيي کي اها ڄاڻ هئي ته فولادي مضبوطي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني يڪجائي وڌائي ٿي، پر اهو واضح ناهي ته کيس ان ڳالهه جي مڪمل سائنسي ڄاڻ هئي ته ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي طاقت ۾ ڪيترو اضافو آڻي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909 |pages=204–210}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1877ع ۾ آمريڪي انجنيئر '''ٿيڊيئس هائٽ'' پنهنجي مشهور رپورٽ ''اين اڪائونٽ آف سم اڪسپيريمينٽس وٿ پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ڪمبائينڊ وٿ آئرن'' شايع ڪئي، جنهن ۾ هن فولاد سان مضبوط ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پنهنجن تجربن جا نتيجا بيان ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Hyatt |first=Thaddeus |title=An Account of Some Experiments with Portland-cement-concrete Combined with Iron}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن جي تحقيق رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي رڳو تجربي واري تعميراتي مواد بدران هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي آزمودل ٽيڪنالاجي طور قائم ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. جيڪڏهن هائٽ جي تحقيق موجود نه هجي ها، ته هن شعبي جي ترقي گهڻي عرصي تائين آزمائش ۽ غلطي (ٽرائل ۽ ارر) جي غير يقيني طريقن تي دارومدار رکندي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سائنسي ترقي ۽ عالمي ڦهلاءُ ===

1870ع واري ڏهاڪي کان اڳ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير، جيتوڻيڪ ان جون پاڙون [[رومي سلطنت]] تائين پهچن ٿيون ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ ان جو ٻيهر استعمال شروع ٿيو هو، پر ان کي اڃا مڪمل طور سائنسي طور ثابت ٿيل تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي نه سمجهيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Citation |last=Aprea |first=Salvatore |chapter=The Search for Affordable Cement and Concrete in the 18th and 19th Century |title=High Tech Concrete: Where Technology and Engineering Meet |year=2018}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري انگلينڊ ۾ ڄاول انجنيئر '''[[ارنسٽ ايل. رينسم]]''' رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. هن گذريل پنجاهه سالن دوران ٿيل تحقيق ۽ تجربن مان فائدو وٺندي اڳين ايجادڪارن جي ڪيترين ئي تعميراتي طريقن کي وڌيڪ بهتر بڻايو. سندس سڀ کان اهم ايجاد فولادي سلاخن کي مروڙي استعمال ڪرڻ هئي، جنهن سان سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ چنبڙڻ (بانڊ) گهڻو مضبوط ٿي ويو ۽ ڍانچي جي مجموعي مضبوطي ۾ نمايان واڌارو آيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Episode 81: Rebar and the Alvord Lake Bridge}}&lt;/ref&gt;

رينسم پنهنجي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ وارين عمارتن سبب وڏي شهرت حاصل ڪئي، جنهن کان پوءِ هن 1886ع کان 1889ع جي وچ ۾ اتر آمريڪا جي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ پلن مان ٻه تعمير ڪرايون. انهن مان هڪ پل، '''[[سمٿ-رينسم جيپنيز برج]]'''، اڄ به [[نيو يارڪ]] جي [[شيلٽر آئلينڊ، نيو يارڪ|شيلٽر آئلينڊ]] تي موجود آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آمريڪا]] ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل ابتدائي عمارتن مان هڪ '''[[وليم اي. وارڊ هائوس]]''' هئي، جيڪا وليم اي. وارڊ جي ڊزائن موجب 1876ع ۾ مڪمل ٿي. هن رهائشي عمارت کي خاص طور باهه کان وڌيڪ تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ جي مقصد سان تعمير ڪيو ويو.

جرمن سول انجنيئر '''[[گستاو ايڊولف وائس]]''' پڻ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم شخصيت هو. 1879ع ۾ هن جوزف مونيي جي پيٽنٽن جا جرمن حق خريد ڪيا، ۽ 1884ع ۾ سندس ڪمپني '''[[ويس اينڊ فريٽيگ]]''' انهن طريقن کي پهريون ڀيرو تجارتي بنيادن تي استعمال ڪيو. 1890ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين وائس ۽ سندس ڪمپني مونيي جي نظام کي وڌيڪ ترقي ڏئي ان کي هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي ٻڌل، منظم ۽ قابل اعتماد تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Lamington Bridge Mary River.jpg|thumb|[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]، جيڪا آسٽريليا جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي.]]

[[آسٽريليا]] جي '''[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]''' ملڪ جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي. هن پل جي ڊزائن [[الفريڊ بارٽن بريڊي]] تيار ڪئي، جيڪو 1896ع ۾ [[ڪئينز لينڊ]] جو سرڪاري معمار هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge |publisher=Queensland Government}}&lt;/ref&gt; پل ۾ 15.2 ميٽر ڊگها يارنهن اسپين هئا ۽ ان جي ڪل ڊيگهه لڳ ڀڳ 187 ميٽر هئي، جيڪا ان دور ۾ دنيا جي ساڳئي قسم جي مشهور پلن کان به وڏي سمجهي ويندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge, Mary River, 1896- |publisher=Engineers Australia}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات ===

ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تيزيءَ سان مقبول تعميراتي مواد بڻجي ويو. ان عرصي دوران انجنيئرن ۽ معمارن هن ٽيڪنالاجي کي اوچي عمارتن، پلن ۽ ٻين وڏن تعميراتي منصوبن ۾ استعمال ڪرڻ شروع ڪيو.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل شروعاتي اوچين عمارتن مان هڪ 16 ماڙ '''انگالس بلڊنگ''' هئي، جيڪا 1904ع ۾ آمريڪا جي شهر سنسناٽي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;CIVL1101&quot;/&gt;

ڏکڻ ڪيليفورنيا ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پهرين عمارت '''لافلن اينيڪس''' هئي، جيڪا 1905ع ۾ لاس اينجلس جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Los Angeles from the Mountains to the Sea |volume=2 |last=McGroarty |first=John Steven |year=1921 |page=176}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Annual Report of the City Auditor, City of Los Angeles |year=1905 |pages=71–73}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع دوران لاس اينجلس ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن لاءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ سورهن تعميراتي اجازت ناما جاري ڪيا ويا. انهن ۾ '''ٽيمپل آڊيٽوريم''' ۽ اٺ ماڙ '''هيورڊ هوٽل''' به شامل هئا، جيڪي ان ڳالهه جو ثبوت هئا ته هي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي تيزيءَ سان عام ٿي رهي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |last=Williams |first=D. |title=What Builders are Doing |journal=Carpentry and Building |year=1907 |page=66}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |title=Reinforced Concrete Buildings at Los Angeles, Cal. |journal=Engineering News-Record |year=1906 |volume=55 |page=449}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ لانگ بيچ ۾ تعمير هيٺ '''بڪسبي هوٽل''' جو هڪ حصو وقت کان اڳ عارضي سهارن (Shoring) کي هٽائڻ سبب ڊهي پيو، جنهن ۾ ڏهه مزدور فوت ٿي ويا. هن حادثي کان پوءِ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعميراتي طريقن ۽ عمارتن جي جاچ پڙتال بابت وڌيڪ سخت ضابطا اختيار ڪيا ويا. ماهرن سفارش ڪئي ته مستقبل ۾ فرشن، ڀتين ۽ ڍانچي جي ٻين اهم حصن ۾ مڪمل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تعمير وڌيڪ محفوظ بڻجي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite magazine |title=Partial Collapse of the Bixby Hotel at Long Beach |magazine=Architect and Engineer of California |year=1906 |volume=VII |issue=1 |pages=44–48}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1904ع جي اپريل مهيني ۾ آمريڪي معمار ۽ انجنيئر '''جوليا مورگن''' پنهنجي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارت، '''ايل ڪيمپانيل'''، مڪمل ڪئي، جيڪا 72 فوٽ اوچي گهنڊ گهر (بيل ٽاور) هئي ۽ ملز ڪاليج ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=El Campanil, Mills College: Julia Morgan 1903–1904}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو ۾ آيل شديد زلزلي دوران ايل ڪيمپانيل کي ڪو به اهم نقصان نه پهتو، جنهن سان جوليا مورگن جي شهرت ۾ وڏو اضافو ٿيو ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي تي عوام جو اعتماد پڻ وڌيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Julia Morgan-designed Mills bell tower counts down to its 115th anniversary}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Bay Area Architect Julia Morgan's Legacy Wasn't Just Hearst Castle}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع جي زلزلي کان پوءِ عوام ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت موجود شڪ شبها به گهڻي حد تائين ختم ٿي ويا. ان کان اڳ ڪيترائي ماڻهو هن مواد کي جمالياتي لحاظ کان غير دلڪش سمجهندا هئا، پر زلزلي دوران ان جي بهتر ڪارڪردگي سبب ان جي مقبوليت وڌي وئي. نتيجي طور 1908ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو جي بلدياتي اختيارين عمارت سازي جا ضابطا تبديل ڪري رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وڌيڪ وسيع استعمال جي اجازت ڏني.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=How one building survived the San Francisco earthquake and changed the world}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== خاصيتون ===

آر سي سي مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارو تعميراتي مواد آهي. ان کي مختلف شڪلين ۾ آسانيءَ سان ڍالي سگهجي ٿو، باهه ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿو، پاڻيءَ جي نفوذ کي گهٽ ڪري ٿو ۽ عام حالتن ۾ گهٽ مرمت جي ضرورت پوي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ملاوٽ ===

آر سي سي جي ملاوٽ هٿ سان يا ڪنڪريٽ مڪسر ذريعي ڪئي ويندي آهي. ننڍن تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ هٿ سان ملاوٽ، جڏهن ته وڏن منصوبن ۾ مشيني ملاوٽ کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها وڌيڪ هڪجهڙائي، تيزي ۽ معياري نتيجا فراهم ڪندي آهي ۽ مواد جي زيان کي گهٽائيندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب ===

پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو مناسب تناسب آر سي سي جي مضبوطي، ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر وجهي ٿو. گهڻو پاڻي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت گهٽائي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته گهٽ پاڻي ملاوٽ کي صحيح نموني استعمال ڪرڻ ۾ ڏکيائي پيدا ڪري سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== جھڪاءُ پرک ===

ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ گهاٽاڻ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ '''جھڪاءُ پرک''' (سلمپ ٽيسٽ) ڪئي ويندي آهي. هن آزمائش ۾ مخروط شڪل واري فولادي قالب ۾ تازي ڪنڪريٽ ڀري ان جي ويهڻ يا جھڪاءَ جي ماپ ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ملاوٽ مقرر معيار مطابق آهي يا نه.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي بندش ===

فولادي سلاخون تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪٽي، موڙي ۽ تار سان مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. انهن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تھ رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن سلاخون زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ۽ ڍانچي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي. ضرورت موجب ڪنڍا (Hooks) ۽ چڙهاڪو (Overlap) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀرائي ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ شٽرنگ، فولادي سلاخن ۽ ٻين لڪل خدمتن جهڙوڪ برقي پائيپن جي جانچ ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي بنا رڪاوٽ جي مناسب رفتار سان وڌو ويندو آهي ۽ ضرورت موجب وائبريٽر ذريعي ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ڪيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن هوا جا خانا ختم ٿين ۽ ''هني ڪومبنگ'' (Honeycombing) جهڙا نقص پيدا نه ٿين.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== سار سنڀال ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ مناسب عرصي تائين ان کي پاڻي ڏئي آلو رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان سيمينٽ جي مڪمل هائيڊريشن ٿئي ٿي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ پاڻيءَ جي مزاحمت وڌي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي ڊزائن ===

رِيئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن هميشه قابل انجنيئر يا لاڳاپيل فني اداري طرفان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي. سلاخن جو قطر، وڇاءُ، چڙهاڪو ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه عمارت جي قسم، بار ۽ لاڳو تعميراتي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|ڪنڪريٽ وجھڻ کان اڳ اسٽيل يا لوھ جي سيخن جو پڃري وانگر ڄار وڇايل]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>3np25hdomt0wgsgucye1pf1k1n0mvh9</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401011</id>
      <parentid>401010</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T23:15:46Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401011</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="28287" sha1="p0dbbxq4kqm5a8wzoioki5wa1yz93y2" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمنٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' ، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (اسٽيل ريئينفورسنگ بارس)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}&lt;/ref&gt;
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (ڪوروژن انجنيئرنگ) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (ڪوروژن) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' کي مختصر طور '''آر سي سي''' ({{lang-en|RCC}}) چيو وڃي ٿو، اهڙو تعميراتي مرڪب آهي، جيڪو [[سيمينٽ]]، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا پٿر جي سنهن ٽڪرن ۽ پاڻيءَ مان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) شامل ڪري ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي قوت وڌائين ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ جي اعليٰ صلاحيت رکي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Expo58 building Philips.jpg|thumb|[[بيلجيم]] جي گاديءَ واري شهر [[برسلز]] ۾ [[ايڪسپو 58]] لاءِ تعمير ڪيل [[فلپس پيوليئن]] جي منفرد شڪل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال سان ممڪن ٿي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور تي ريئنفورسمينٽ (فولادي سلاخن يا ٻين مضبوط ڪندڙ مواد) جي ترتيب اهڙي نموني سان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو ڪنڪريٽ جي انهن حصن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) کي برداشت ڪري سگهي، جتي ٻي صورت ۾ ڏار پوڻ يا ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان هوندو آهي. جديد رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ رڳو فولاد ئي نه، پر [[پوليمر]]ن ۽ ٻين جامع (ڪمپوزٽ) مواد مان ٺهيل مضبوط ڪندڙ عنصر پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ضرورت موجب فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ يا انهن کان سواءِ به ڪم آندا ويندا آهن.

ڪيترين تعميراتي حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي اڳواٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ۽ ريئنفورسمينٽ ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ هوندي آهي. هن طريقي سان ڍانچي جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت بهتر ٿيندي آهي. اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي کي '''پري اسٽرِيسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جا ٻه عام طريقا '''پري ٽينشننگ''' ۽ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ'''  آهن.

مضبوط، لچڪدار ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ ريئنفورسمينٽ ۾ هيٺيون خاصيتون هجڻ ضروري آهن:

* اعليٰ ميڪانيڪي مضبوطي؛
* ڇڪ هيٺ وڏي حد تائين ڊگهو ٿيڻ (ٽينسائل اسٽرين) برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت؛
* ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ)، جيڪا پي ايڇ (pH)، نمي يا ٻين ماحولياتي حالتن کان گهڻو متاثر نه ٿئي؛
* حرارتي مطابقت (ٿرمل ڪامپيٽيبلٽي)، جيئن گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ دوران غير ضروري دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي ماحول ۾ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيداري، جنهن ۾ زنگ (Corrosion) ۽ مستقل دٻاءَ جي اثرن کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت شامل هجي.

== تاريخ ==

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي شروعاتي ترقي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري [[انگلينڊ]] ۽ [[فرانس]] ۾ لڳ ڀڳ هڪ ئي وقت ٿي، جتي مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميرڪارن ڪنڪريٽ کي فولادي مضبوطي سان گڏ استعمال ڪرڻ بابت تجربا شروع ڪيا.

[[فائل:Saint-Denis - Maison François Coignet -1.JPG|thumb|سينٽ ڊينس ۾ فرانسوا ڪوئنيه جو گهر، جيڪو ابتدائي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان هڪ آهي.]]

فرانسيسي تعميرڪار '''[[فرانسوا ڪوئنيه]]''' پهريون شخص هو، جنهن عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |url=https://www.britannica.com/technology/building-construction/Early-steel-frame-high-rises#ref105155 |title=Building construction: The invention of reinforced concrete |encyclopedia=Encyclopedia Britannica}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن 1853ع کان 1855ع جي وچ ۾ [[پيرس]] جي ڀرسان سينٽ ڊينس ۾ واقع 72 [[Rue Charles Michels]] تي پنهنجي رهائش لاءِ چار ماڙ عمارت تعمير ڪرائي، جيڪا '''فرانسوا ڪوئنيه هائوس''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي ۽ ان کي دنيا جي پهرين لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان شمار ڪيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=The oldest concrete structures that have lasted: 72 rue Charles Michels, St. Denis, France |url=https://meva.net/pt-br/oldest-concrete-structures/}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪوئنيه جي لکڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته هن لوهه کي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت وڌائڻ کان وڌيڪ، ڀتين کي هڪ گڏيل (مونولٿڪ) ڍانچي طور مستحڪم رکڻ ۽ انهن کي اونڌو ٿيڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968 |pages=1–33}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ 1872ع–1873ع دوران [[بروڪلن]] ۾ تعمير ٿيل '''پپن بلڊنگ''' (Pippen Building)، جيتوڻيڪ ڪوئنيه جي ڊزائن نه هئي، پر سندس تعميراتي طريقي جو هڪ اهم مثال سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

[[فائل:Maison de logement des ouvriers de l'usine Coignet 2020 6.jpg|thumb|ڪوئنيه طرفان پنهنجي ڪارخاني جي مزدورن لاءِ سينٽ ڊينس ۾ تعمير ڪيل رهائشي عمارت.]]

1854ع ۾ انگريز تعميرڪار '''وليم بي. ولڪنسن''' پنهنجي تعمير هيٺ ٻن ماڙ گهر جي ڇت ۽ فرشن ۾ فولادي مضبوطي استعمال ڪئي. هن فولادي سلاخن کي اهڙي نموني رکيو، جنهن مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته هو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) جي اثرن کان واقف هو، جڏهن ته هن کان اڳ وارا انجنيئر ان ڳالهه کي مڪمل طور نه سمجهي سگهيا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Reinforced Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete Building Construction}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1869ع کان 1870ع جي وچ ۾ '''هينري ايٽن'''  [[انگلينڊ]] جي [[نورفڪ]] ۽ [[سفڪ]] ضلعن جي وچ ۾ وهندڙ [[ويوني درياھ]] تي '''هومرسفيلڊ پل''' جي ڊزائن تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته ان جي تعمير لنڊن جي ڪمپني ''ڊبليو اينڊ ٽي فلپس '' ڪئي. لڳ ڀڳ 15.25 ميٽر (50 فوٽ) ڊگهي هيءَ پل لوهي مضبوطي سان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي پلن مان هڪ هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{NHLE|num=1262142}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي فرانسيسي باغبان '''[[جوزف مونيي]]''' کي به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ارتقا جو اهم اڳواڻ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. هو مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا گلن جا ٿانوَ تيار ڪرڻ لاءِ موجود مواد مان مطمئن نه هو، تنهنڪري هن نوان تجربا شروع ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Day |first=Lance |title=Biographical Dictionary of the History of Technology}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1867ع ۾ مونيي تار جي ڄاري (وائر ميش) ۽ سيمينٽ جي تهه کي گڏائي مضبوط ڪنڪريٽ جا گلدان ٺاهڻ واري طريقي جو پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Britannica URL|biography/Joseph-Monier|Joseph Monier}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ 1877ع ۾ هن ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿنڀن ۽ گرڊرن کي لوهي سلاخن جي ڄار ذريعي مضبوط ڪرڻ واري وڌيڪ ترقي يافته طريقي جو به پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو. جيتوڻيڪ مونيي کي اها ڄاڻ هئي ته فولادي مضبوطي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني يڪجائي وڌائي ٿي، پر اهو واضح ناهي ته کيس ان ڳالهه جي مڪمل سائنسي ڄاڻ هئي ته ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي طاقت ۾ ڪيترو اضافو آڻي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909 |pages=204–210}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1877ع ۾ آمريڪي انجنيئر '''ٿيڊيئس هائٽ'' پنهنجي مشهور رپورٽ ''اين اڪائونٽ آف سم اڪسپيريمينٽس وٿ پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ڪمبائينڊ وٿ آئرن'' شايع ڪئي، جنهن ۾ هن فولاد سان مضبوط ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پنهنجن تجربن جا نتيجا بيان ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Hyatt |first=Thaddeus |title=An Account of Some Experiments with Portland-cement-concrete Combined with Iron}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن جي تحقيق رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي رڳو تجربي واري تعميراتي مواد بدران هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي آزمودل ٽيڪنالاجي طور قائم ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. جيڪڏهن هائٽ جي تحقيق موجود نه هجي ها، ته هن شعبي جي ترقي گهڻي عرصي تائين آزمائش ۽ غلطي (ٽرائل ۽ ارر) جي غير يقيني طريقن تي دارومدار رکندي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سائنسي ترقي ۽ عالمي ڦهلاءُ ===

1870ع واري ڏهاڪي کان اڳ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير، جيتوڻيڪ ان جون پاڙون [[رومي سلطنت]] تائين پهچن ٿيون ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ ان جو ٻيهر استعمال شروع ٿيو هو، پر ان کي اڃا مڪمل طور سائنسي طور ثابت ٿيل تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي نه سمجهيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Citation |last=Aprea |first=Salvatore |chapter=The Search for Affordable Cement and Concrete in the 18th and 19th Century |title=High Tech Concrete: Where Technology and Engineering Meet |year=2018}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري انگلينڊ ۾ ڄاول انجنيئر '''[[ارنسٽ ايل. رينسم]]''' رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. هن گذريل پنجاهه سالن دوران ٿيل تحقيق ۽ تجربن مان فائدو وٺندي اڳين ايجادڪارن جي ڪيترين ئي تعميراتي طريقن کي وڌيڪ بهتر بڻايو. سندس سڀ کان اهم ايجاد فولادي سلاخن کي مروڙي استعمال ڪرڻ هئي، جنهن سان سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ چنبڙڻ (بانڊ) گهڻو مضبوط ٿي ويو ۽ ڍانچي جي مجموعي مضبوطي ۾ نمايان واڌارو آيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Episode 81: Rebar and the Alvord Lake Bridge}}&lt;/ref&gt;

رينسم پنهنجي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ وارين عمارتن سبب وڏي شهرت حاصل ڪئي، جنهن کان پوءِ هن 1886ع کان 1889ع جي وچ ۾ اتر آمريڪا جي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ پلن مان ٻه تعمير ڪرايون. انهن مان هڪ پل، '''[[سمٿ-رينسم جيپنيز برج]]'''، اڄ به [[نيو يارڪ]] جي [[شيلٽر آئلينڊ، نيو يارڪ|شيلٽر آئلينڊ]] تي موجود آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آمريڪا]] ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل ابتدائي عمارتن مان هڪ '''[[وليم اي. وارڊ هائوس]]''' هئي، جيڪا وليم اي. وارڊ جي ڊزائن موجب 1876ع ۾ مڪمل ٿي. هن رهائشي عمارت کي خاص طور باهه کان وڌيڪ تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ جي مقصد سان تعمير ڪيو ويو.

جرمن سول انجنيئر '''[[گستاو ايڊولف وائس]]''' پڻ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم شخصيت هو. 1879ع ۾ هن جوزف مونيي جي پيٽنٽن جا جرمن حق خريد ڪيا، ۽ 1884ع ۾ سندس ڪمپني '''[[ويس اينڊ فريٽيگ]]''' انهن طريقن کي پهريون ڀيرو تجارتي بنيادن تي استعمال ڪيو. 1890ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين وائس ۽ سندس ڪمپني مونيي جي نظام کي وڌيڪ ترقي ڏئي ان کي هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي ٻڌل، منظم ۽ قابل اعتماد تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Lamington Bridge Mary River.jpg|thumb|[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]، جيڪا آسٽريليا جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي.]]

[[آسٽريليا]] جي '''[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]''' ملڪ جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي. هن پل جي ڊزائن [[الفريڊ بارٽن بريڊي]] تيار ڪئي، جيڪو 1896ع ۾ [[ڪئينز لينڊ]] جو سرڪاري معمار هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge |publisher=Queensland Government}}&lt;/ref&gt; پل ۾ 15.2 ميٽر ڊگها يارنهن اسپين هئا ۽ ان جي ڪل ڊيگهه لڳ ڀڳ 187 ميٽر هئي، جيڪا ان دور ۾ دنيا جي ساڳئي قسم جي مشهور پلن کان به وڏي سمجهي ويندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge, Mary River, 1896- |publisher=Engineers Australia}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات ===

ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تيزيءَ سان مقبول تعميراتي مواد بڻجي ويو. ان عرصي دوران انجنيئرن ۽ معمارن هن ٽيڪنالاجي کي اوچي عمارتن، پلن ۽ ٻين وڏن تعميراتي منصوبن ۾ استعمال ڪرڻ شروع ڪيو.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل شروعاتي اوچين عمارتن مان هڪ 16 ماڙ '''انگالس بلڊنگ''' هئي، جيڪا 1904ع ۾ آمريڪا جي شهر سنسناٽي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;CIVL1101&quot;/&gt;

ڏکڻ ڪيليفورنيا ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پهرين عمارت '''لافلن اينيڪس''' هئي، جيڪا 1905ع ۾ لاس اينجلس جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Los Angeles from the Mountains to the Sea |volume=2 |last=McGroarty |first=John Steven |year=1921 |page=176}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Annual Report of the City Auditor, City of Los Angeles |year=1905 |pages=71–73}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع دوران لاس اينجلس ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن لاءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ سورهن تعميراتي اجازت ناما جاري ڪيا ويا. انهن ۾ '''ٽيمپل آڊيٽوريم''' ۽ اٺ ماڙ '''هيورڊ هوٽل''' به شامل هئا، جيڪي ان ڳالهه جو ثبوت هئا ته هي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي تيزيءَ سان عام ٿي رهي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |last=Williams |first=D. |title=What Builders are Doing |journal=Carpentry and Building |year=1907 |page=66}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |title=Reinforced Concrete Buildings at Los Angeles, Cal. |journal=Engineering News-Record |year=1906 |volume=55 |page=449}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ لانگ بيچ ۾ تعمير هيٺ '''بڪسبي هوٽل''' جو هڪ حصو وقت کان اڳ عارضي سهارن (Shoring) کي هٽائڻ سبب ڊهي پيو، جنهن ۾ ڏهه مزدور فوت ٿي ويا. هن حادثي کان پوءِ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعميراتي طريقن ۽ عمارتن جي جاچ پڙتال بابت وڌيڪ سخت ضابطا اختيار ڪيا ويا. ماهرن سفارش ڪئي ته مستقبل ۾ فرشن، ڀتين ۽ ڍانچي جي ٻين اهم حصن ۾ مڪمل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تعمير وڌيڪ محفوظ بڻجي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite magazine |title=Partial Collapse of the Bixby Hotel at Long Beach |magazine=Architect and Engineer of California |year=1906 |volume=VII |issue=1 |pages=44–48}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1904ع جي اپريل مهيني ۾ آمريڪي معمار ۽ انجنيئر '''جوليا مورگن''' پنهنجي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارت، '''ايل ڪيمپانيل'''، مڪمل ڪئي، جيڪا 72 فوٽ اوچي گهنڊ گهر (بيل ٽاور) هئي ۽ ملز ڪاليج ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=El Campanil, Mills College: Julia Morgan 1903–1904}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو ۾ آيل شديد زلزلي دوران ايل ڪيمپانيل کي ڪو به اهم نقصان نه پهتو، جنهن سان جوليا مورگن جي شهرت ۾ وڏو اضافو ٿيو ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي تي عوام جو اعتماد پڻ وڌيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Julia Morgan-designed Mills bell tower counts down to its 115th anniversary}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Bay Area Architect Julia Morgan's Legacy Wasn't Just Hearst Castle}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع جي زلزلي کان پوءِ عوام ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت موجود شڪ شبها به گهڻي حد تائين ختم ٿي ويا. ان کان اڳ ڪيترائي ماڻهو هن مواد کي جمالياتي لحاظ کان غير دلڪش سمجهندا هئا، پر زلزلي دوران ان جي بهتر ڪارڪردگي سبب ان جي مقبوليت وڌي وئي. نتيجي طور 1908ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو جي بلدياتي اختيارين عمارت سازي جا ضابطا تبديل ڪري رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وڌيڪ وسيع استعمال جي اجازت ڏني.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=How one building survived the San Francisco earthquake and changed the world}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== معيارن جي جوڙجڪ ۽ ضابطا ===

1906ع ۾ '''نيشنل ايسوسيئيشن آف سيمينٽ يوزرس''' (National Association of Cement Users، مختصر: NACU) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پهريون معياري دستاويز '''اسٽينڊرڊ نمبر 1''' شايع ڪيو، جنهن ۾ پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ جي معيار، خاصيتن ۽ استعمال بابت بنيادي فني گهرجون مقرر ڪيون ويون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Specifications for Portland Cement of the American Society for Testing Materials, Standard No. 1 |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1906 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان پوءِ 1910ع ۾ ساڳئي اداري '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال لاءِ معياري عمارتي ضابطا''' (''اسٽينڊرڊ بلڊنگ ريگيوليشنز فار دي يوز آف ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ '') جاري ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Building Regulations for the Use of Reinforced Concrete |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1910 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن ضابطن ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن، تعمير، جاچ ۽ استعمال بابت تفصيلي فني هدايتون شامل هيون.
انهن معيارن جي جاري ٿيڻ سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميراتي ادارن وٽ هڪجهڙن اصولن تحت ٿيڻ لڳي. نتيجي طور تعميراتي حفاظت، معيار، مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ نمايان بهتري آئي، ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جديد عمارت سازيءَ جي سڀ کان اهم تعميراتي مواد مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

=== خاصيتون ===

آر سي سي مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارو تعميراتي مواد آهي. ان کي مختلف شڪلين ۾ آسانيءَ سان ڍالي سگهجي ٿو، باهه ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿو، پاڻيءَ جي نفوذ کي گهٽ ڪري ٿو ۽ عام حالتن ۾ گهٽ مرمت جي ضرورت پوي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ملاوٽ ===

آر سي سي جي ملاوٽ هٿ سان يا ڪنڪريٽ مڪسر ذريعي ڪئي ويندي آهي. ننڍن تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ هٿ سان ملاوٽ، جڏهن ته وڏن منصوبن ۾ مشيني ملاوٽ کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها وڌيڪ هڪجهڙائي، تيزي ۽ معياري نتيجا فراهم ڪندي آهي ۽ مواد جي زيان کي گهٽائيندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب ===

پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو مناسب تناسب آر سي سي جي مضبوطي، ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر وجهي ٿو. گهڻو پاڻي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت گهٽائي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته گهٽ پاڻي ملاوٽ کي صحيح نموني استعمال ڪرڻ ۾ ڏکيائي پيدا ڪري سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== جھڪاءُ پرک ===

ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ گهاٽاڻ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ '''جھڪاءُ پرک''' (سلمپ ٽيسٽ) ڪئي ويندي آهي. هن آزمائش ۾ مخروط شڪل واري فولادي قالب ۾ تازي ڪنڪريٽ ڀري ان جي ويهڻ يا جھڪاءَ جي ماپ ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ملاوٽ مقرر معيار مطابق آهي يا نه.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي بندش ===

فولادي سلاخون تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪٽي، موڙي ۽ تار سان مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. انهن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تھ رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن سلاخون زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ۽ ڍانچي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي. ضرورت موجب ڪنڍا (Hooks) ۽ چڙهاڪو (Overlap) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀرائي ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ شٽرنگ، فولادي سلاخن ۽ ٻين لڪل خدمتن جهڙوڪ برقي پائيپن جي جانچ ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي بنا رڪاوٽ جي مناسب رفتار سان وڌو ويندو آهي ۽ ضرورت موجب وائبريٽر ذريعي ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ڪيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن هوا جا خانا ختم ٿين ۽ ''هني ڪومبنگ'' (Honeycombing) جهڙا نقص پيدا نه ٿين.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== سار سنڀال ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ مناسب عرصي تائين ان کي پاڻي ڏئي آلو رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان سيمينٽ جي مڪمل هائيڊريشن ٿئي ٿي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ پاڻيءَ جي مزاحمت وڌي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي ڊزائن ===

رِيئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن هميشه قابل انجنيئر يا لاڳاپيل فني اداري طرفان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي. سلاخن جو قطر، وڇاءُ، چڙهاڪو ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه عمارت جي قسم، بار ۽ لاڳو تعميراتي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|ڪنڪريٽ وجھڻ کان اڳ اسٽيل يا لوھ جي سيخن جو پڃري وانگر ڄار وڇايل]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>p0dbbxq4kqm5a8wzoioki5wa1yz93y2</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401012</id>
      <parentid>401011</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T23:16:53Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401012</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="28248" sha1="o9uxflg04u0ybc2kiuwrwmzeyafgnla" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمنٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' ، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (اسٽيل ريئينفورسنگ بارس)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}&lt;/ref&gt;
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (ڪوروژن انجنيئرنگ) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (ڪوروژن) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' کي مختصر طور '''آر سي سي''' ({{lang-en|RCC}}) چيو وڃي ٿو، اهڙو تعميراتي مرڪب آهي، جيڪو [[سيمينٽ]]، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا پٿر جي سنهن ٽڪرن ۽ پاڻيءَ مان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) شامل ڪري ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي قوت وڌائين ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ جي اعليٰ صلاحيت رکي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Expo58 building Philips.jpg|thumb|[[بيلجيم]] جي گاديءَ واري شهر [[برسلز]] ۾ [[ايڪسپو 58]] لاءِ تعمير ڪيل [[فلپس پيوليئن]] جي منفرد شڪل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال سان ممڪن ٿي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور تي ريئنفورسمينٽ (فولادي سلاخن يا ٻين مضبوط ڪندڙ مواد) جي ترتيب اهڙي نموني سان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو ڪنڪريٽ جي انهن حصن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) کي برداشت ڪري سگهي، جتي ٻي صورت ۾ ڏار پوڻ يا ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان هوندو آهي. جديد رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ رڳو فولاد ئي نه، پر [[پوليمر]]ن ۽ ٻين جامع (ڪمپوزٽ) مواد مان ٺهيل مضبوط ڪندڙ عنصر پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ضرورت موجب فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ يا انهن کان سواءِ به ڪم آندا ويندا آهن.

ڪيترين تعميراتي حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي اڳواٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ۽ ريئنفورسمينٽ ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ هوندي آهي. هن طريقي سان ڍانچي جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت بهتر ٿيندي آهي. اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي کي '''پري اسٽرِيسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جا ٻه عام طريقا '''پري ٽينشننگ''' ۽ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ'''  آهن.

مضبوط، لچڪدار ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ ريئنفورسمينٽ ۾ هيٺيون خاصيتون هجڻ ضروري آهن:

* اعليٰ ميڪانيڪي مضبوطي؛
* ڇڪ هيٺ وڏي حد تائين ڊگهو ٿيڻ (ٽينسائل اسٽرين) برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت؛
* ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ)، جيڪا پي ايڇ (pH)، نمي يا ٻين ماحولياتي حالتن کان گهڻو متاثر نه ٿئي؛
* حرارتي مطابقت (ٿرمل ڪامپيٽيبلٽي)، جيئن گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ دوران غير ضروري دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي ماحول ۾ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيداري، جنهن ۾ زنگ (Corrosion) ۽ مستقل دٻاءَ جي اثرن کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت شامل هجي.

== تاريخ ==

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي شروعاتي ترقي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري [[انگلينڊ]] ۽ [[فرانس]] ۾ لڳ ڀڳ هڪ ئي وقت ٿي، جتي مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميرڪارن ڪنڪريٽ کي فولادي مضبوطي سان گڏ استعمال ڪرڻ بابت تجربا شروع ڪيا.

[[فائل:Saint-Denis - Maison François Coignet -1.JPG|thumb|سينٽ ڊينس ۾ فرانسوا ڪوئنيه جو گهر، جيڪو ابتدائي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان هڪ آهي.]]

فرانسيسي تعميرڪار '''[[فرانسوا ڪوئنيه]]''' پهريون شخص هو، جنهن عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |url=https://www.britannica.com/technology/building-construction/Early-steel-frame-high-rises#ref105155 |title=Building construction: The invention of reinforced concrete |encyclopedia=Encyclopedia Britannica}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن 1853ع کان 1855ع جي وچ ۾ [[پيرس]] جي ڀرسان سينٽ ڊينس ۾ واقع 72 [[Rue Charles Michels]] تي پنهنجي رهائش لاءِ چار ماڙ عمارت تعمير ڪرائي، جيڪا '''فرانسوا ڪوئنيه هائوس''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي ۽ ان کي دنيا جي پهرين لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان شمار ڪيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=The oldest concrete structures that have lasted: 72 rue Charles Michels, St. Denis, France |url=https://meva.net/pt-br/oldest-concrete-structures/}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪوئنيه جي لکڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته هن لوهه کي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت وڌائڻ کان وڌيڪ، ڀتين کي هڪ گڏيل (مونولٿڪ) ڍانچي طور مستحڪم رکڻ ۽ انهن کي اونڌو ٿيڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968 |pages=1–33}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ 1872ع–1873ع دوران [[بروڪلن]] ۾ تعمير ٿيل '''پپن بلڊنگ''' (Pippen Building)، جيتوڻيڪ ڪوئنيه جي ڊزائن نه هئي، پر سندس تعميراتي طريقي جو هڪ اهم مثال سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

[[فائل:Maison de logement des ouvriers de l'usine Coignet 2020 6.jpg|thumb|ڪوئنيه طرفان پنهنجي ڪارخاني جي مزدورن لاءِ سينٽ ڊينس ۾ تعمير ڪيل رهائشي عمارت.]]

1854ع ۾ انگريز تعميرڪار '''وليم بي. ولڪنسن''' پنهنجي تعمير هيٺ ٻن ماڙ گهر جي ڇت ۽ فرشن ۾ فولادي مضبوطي استعمال ڪئي. هن فولادي سلاخن کي اهڙي نموني رکيو، جنهن مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته هو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) جي اثرن کان واقف هو، جڏهن ته هن کان اڳ وارا انجنيئر ان ڳالهه کي مڪمل طور نه سمجهي سگهيا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Reinforced Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete Building Construction}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1869ع کان 1870ع جي وچ ۾ '''هينري ايٽن'''  [[انگلينڊ]] جي [[نورفڪ]] ۽ [[سفڪ]] ضلعن جي وچ ۾ وهندڙ [[ويوني درياھ]] تي '''هومرسفيلڊ پل''' جي ڊزائن تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته ان جي تعمير لنڊن جي ڪمپني ''ڊبليو اينڊ ٽي فلپس '' ڪئي. لڳ ڀڳ 15.25 ميٽر (50 فوٽ) ڊگهي هيءَ پل لوهي مضبوطي سان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي پلن مان هڪ هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{NHLE|num=1262142}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي فرانسيسي باغبان '''[[جوزف مونيي]]''' کي به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ارتقا جو اهم اڳواڻ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. هو مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا گلن جا ٿانوَ تيار ڪرڻ لاءِ موجود مواد مان مطمئن نه هو، تنهنڪري هن نوان تجربا شروع ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Day |first=Lance |title=Biographical Dictionary of the History of Technology}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1867ع ۾ مونيي تار جي ڄاري (وائر ميش) ۽ سيمينٽ جي تهه کي گڏائي مضبوط ڪنڪريٽ جا گلدان ٺاهڻ واري طريقي جو پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Britannica URL|biography/Joseph-Monier|Joseph Monier}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ 1877ع ۾ هن ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿنڀن ۽ گرڊرن کي لوهي سلاخن جي ڄار ذريعي مضبوط ڪرڻ واري وڌيڪ ترقي يافته طريقي جو به پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو. جيتوڻيڪ مونيي کي اها ڄاڻ هئي ته فولادي مضبوطي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني يڪجائي وڌائي ٿي، پر اهو واضح ناهي ته کيس ان ڳالهه جي مڪمل سائنسي ڄاڻ هئي ته ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي طاقت ۾ ڪيترو اضافو آڻي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909 |pages=204–210}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1877ع ۾ آمريڪي انجنيئر '''ٿيڊيئس هائٽ'' پنهنجي مشهور رپورٽ ''اين اڪائونٽ آف سم اڪسپيريمينٽس وٿ پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ڪمبائينڊ وٿ آئرن'' شايع ڪئي، جنهن ۾ هن فولاد سان مضبوط ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پنهنجن تجربن جا نتيجا بيان ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Hyatt |first=Thaddeus |title=An Account of Some Experiments with Portland-cement-concrete Combined with Iron}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن جي تحقيق رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي رڳو تجربي واري تعميراتي مواد بدران هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي آزمودل ٽيڪنالاجي طور قائم ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. جيڪڏهن هائٽ جي تحقيق موجود نه هجي ها، ته هن شعبي جي ترقي گهڻي عرصي تائين آزمائش ۽ غلطي (ٽرائل ۽ ارر) جي غير يقيني طريقن تي دارومدار رکندي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سائنسي ترقي ۽ عالمي ڦهلاءُ ===

1870ع واري ڏهاڪي کان اڳ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير، جيتوڻيڪ ان جون پاڙون [[رومي سلطنت]] تائين پهچن ٿيون ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ ان جو ٻيهر استعمال شروع ٿيو هو، پر ان کي اڃا مڪمل طور سائنسي طور ثابت ٿيل تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي نه سمجهيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Citation |last=Aprea |first=Salvatore |chapter=The Search for Affordable Cement and Concrete in the 18th and 19th Century |title=High Tech Concrete: Where Technology and Engineering Meet |year=2018}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري انگلينڊ ۾ ڄاول انجنيئر '''[[ارنسٽ ايل. رينسم]]''' رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. هن گذريل پنجاهه سالن دوران ٿيل تحقيق ۽ تجربن مان فائدو وٺندي اڳين ايجادڪارن جي ڪيترين ئي تعميراتي طريقن کي وڌيڪ بهتر بڻايو. سندس سڀ کان اهم ايجاد فولادي سلاخن کي مروڙي استعمال ڪرڻ هئي، جنهن سان سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ چنبڙڻ (بانڊ) گهڻو مضبوط ٿي ويو ۽ ڍانچي جي مجموعي مضبوطي ۾ نمايان واڌارو آيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Episode 81: Rebar and the Alvord Lake Bridge}}&lt;/ref&gt;

رينسم پنهنجي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ وارين عمارتن سبب وڏي شهرت حاصل ڪئي، جنهن کان پوءِ هن 1886ع کان 1889ع جي وچ ۾ اتر آمريڪا جي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ پلن مان ٻه تعمير ڪرايون. انهن مان هڪ پل، '''[[سمٿ-رينسم جيپنيز برج]]'''، اڄ به [[نيو يارڪ]] جي [[شيلٽر آئلينڊ، نيو يارڪ|شيلٽر آئلينڊ]] تي موجود آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آمريڪا]] ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل ابتدائي عمارتن مان هڪ '''[[وليم اي. وارڊ هائوس]]''' هئي، جيڪا وليم اي. وارڊ جي ڊزائن موجب 1876ع ۾ مڪمل ٿي. هن رهائشي عمارت کي خاص طور باهه کان وڌيڪ تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ جي مقصد سان تعمير ڪيو ويو.

جرمن سول انجنيئر '''[[گستاو ايڊولف وائس]]''' پڻ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم شخصيت هو. 1879ع ۾ هن جوزف مونيي جي پيٽنٽن جا جرمن حق خريد ڪيا، ۽ 1884ع ۾ سندس ڪمپني '''[[ويس اينڊ فريٽيگ]]''' انهن طريقن کي پهريون ڀيرو تجارتي بنيادن تي استعمال ڪيو. 1890ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين وائس ۽ سندس ڪمپني مونيي جي نظام کي وڌيڪ ترقي ڏئي ان کي هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي ٻڌل، منظم ۽ قابل اعتماد تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Lamington Bridge Mary River.jpg|thumb|[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]، جيڪا آسٽريليا جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي.]]

[[آسٽريليا]] جي '''[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]''' ملڪ جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي. هن پل جي ڊزائن [[الفريڊ بارٽن بريڊي]] تيار ڪئي، جيڪو 1896ع ۾ [[ڪئينز لينڊ]] جو سرڪاري معمار هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge |publisher=Queensland Government}}&lt;/ref&gt; پل ۾ 15.2 ميٽر ڊگها يارنهن اسپين هئا ۽ ان جي ڪل ڊيگهه لڳ ڀڳ 187 ميٽر هئي، جيڪا ان دور ۾ دنيا جي ساڳئي قسم جي مشهور پلن کان به وڏي سمجهي ويندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge, Mary River, 1896- |publisher=Engineers Australia}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات ===

ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تيزيءَ سان مقبول تعميراتي مواد بڻجي ويو. ان عرصي دوران انجنيئرن ۽ معمارن هن ٽيڪنالاجي کي اوچي عمارتن، پلن ۽ ٻين وڏن تعميراتي منصوبن ۾ استعمال ڪرڻ شروع ڪيو.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل شروعاتي اوچين عمارتن مان هڪ 16 ماڙ '''انگالس بلڊنگ''' هئي، جيڪا 1904ع ۾ آمريڪا جي شهر سنسناٽي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;CIVL1101&quot;/&gt;

ڏکڻ ڪيليفورنيا ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پهرين عمارت '''لافلن اينيڪس''' هئي، جيڪا 1905ع ۾ لاس اينجلس جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Los Angeles from the Mountains to the Sea |volume=2 |last=McGroarty |first=John Steven |year=1921 |page=176}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Annual Report of the City Auditor, City of Los Angeles |year=1905 |pages=71–73}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع دوران لاس اينجلس ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن لاءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ سورهن تعميراتي اجازت ناما جاري ڪيا ويا. انهن ۾ '''ٽيمپل آڊيٽوريم''' ۽ اٺ ماڙ '''هيورڊ هوٽل''' به شامل هئا، جيڪي ان ڳالهه جو ثبوت هئا ته هي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي تيزيءَ سان عام ٿي رهي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |last=Williams |first=D. |title=What Builders are Doing |journal=Carpentry and Building |year=1907 |page=66}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |title=Reinforced Concrete Buildings at Los Angeles, Cal. |journal=Engineering News-Record |year=1906 |volume=55 |page=449}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ لانگ بيچ ۾ تعمير هيٺ '''بڪسبي هوٽل''' جو هڪ حصو وقت کان اڳ عارضي سهارن (Shoring) کي هٽائڻ سبب ڊهي پيو، جنهن ۾ ڏهه مزدور فوت ٿي ويا. هن حادثي کان پوءِ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعميراتي طريقن ۽ عمارتن جي جاچ پڙتال بابت وڌيڪ سخت ضابطا اختيار ڪيا ويا. ماهرن سفارش ڪئي ته مستقبل ۾ فرشن، ڀتين ۽ ڍانچي جي ٻين اهم حصن ۾ مڪمل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تعمير وڌيڪ محفوظ بڻجي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite magazine |title=Partial Collapse of the Bixby Hotel at Long Beach |magazine=Architect and Engineer of California |year=1906 |volume=VII |issue=1 |pages=44–48}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1904ع جي اپريل مهيني ۾ آمريڪي معمار ۽ انجنيئر '''جوليا مورگن''' پنهنجي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارت، '''ايل ڪيمپانيل'''، مڪمل ڪئي، جيڪا 72 فوٽ اوچي گهنڊ گهر (بيل ٽاور) هئي ۽ ملز ڪاليج ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=El Campanil, Mills College: Julia Morgan 1903–1904}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو ۾ آيل شديد زلزلي دوران ايل ڪيمپانيل کي ڪو به اهم نقصان نه پهتو، جنهن سان جوليا مورگن جي شهرت ۾ وڏو اضافو ٿيو ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي تي عوام جو اعتماد پڻ وڌيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Julia Morgan-designed Mills bell tower counts down to its 115th anniversary}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Bay Area Architect Julia Morgan's Legacy Wasn't Just Hearst Castle}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع جي زلزلي کان پوءِ عوام ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت موجود شڪ شبها به گهڻي حد تائين ختم ٿي ويا. ان کان اڳ ڪيترائي ماڻهو هن مواد کي جمالياتي لحاظ کان غير دلڪش سمجهندا هئا، پر زلزلي دوران ان جي بهتر ڪارڪردگي سبب ان جي مقبوليت وڌي وئي. نتيجي طور 1908ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو جي بلدياتي اختيارين عمارت سازي جا ضابطا تبديل ڪري رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وڌيڪ وسيع استعمال جي اجازت ڏني.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=How one building survived the San Francisco earthquake and changed the world}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== معيارن جي جوڙجڪ ۽ ضابطا ===

1906ع ۾ '''نيشنل ايسوسيئيشن آف سيمينٽ يوزرس''' (مختصر: NACU) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پهريون معياري دستاويز '''اسٽينڊرڊ نمبر 1''' شايع ڪيو، جنهن ۾ پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ جي معيار، خاصيتن ۽ استعمال بابت بنيادي فني گهرجون مقرر ڪيون ويون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Specifications for Portland Cement of the American Society for Testing Materials, Standard No. 1 |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1906 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان پوءِ 1910ع ۾ ساڳئي اداري '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال لاءِ معياري عمارتي ضابطا''' (''اسٽينڊرڊ بلڊنگ ريگيوليشنز فار دي يوز آف ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ '') جاري ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Building Regulations for the Use of Reinforced Concrete |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1910 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن ضابطن ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن، تعمير، جاچ ۽ استعمال بابت تفصيلي فني هدايتون شامل هيون.
انهن معيارن جي جاري ٿيڻ سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميراتي ادارن وٽ هڪجهڙن اصولن تحت ٿيڻ لڳي. نتيجي طور تعميراتي حفاظت، معيار، مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ نمايان بهتري آئي، ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جديد عمارت سازيءَ جي سڀ کان اهم تعميراتي مواد مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

=== خاصيتون ===

آر سي سي مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارو تعميراتي مواد آهي. ان کي مختلف شڪلين ۾ آسانيءَ سان ڍالي سگهجي ٿو، باهه ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿو، پاڻيءَ جي نفوذ کي گهٽ ڪري ٿو ۽ عام حالتن ۾ گهٽ مرمت جي ضرورت پوي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ملاوٽ ===

آر سي سي جي ملاوٽ هٿ سان يا ڪنڪريٽ مڪسر ذريعي ڪئي ويندي آهي. ننڍن تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ هٿ سان ملاوٽ، جڏهن ته وڏن منصوبن ۾ مشيني ملاوٽ کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها وڌيڪ هڪجهڙائي، تيزي ۽ معياري نتيجا فراهم ڪندي آهي ۽ مواد جي زيان کي گهٽائيندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب ===

پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو مناسب تناسب آر سي سي جي مضبوطي، ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر وجهي ٿو. گهڻو پاڻي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت گهٽائي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته گهٽ پاڻي ملاوٽ کي صحيح نموني استعمال ڪرڻ ۾ ڏکيائي پيدا ڪري سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== جھڪاءُ پرک ===

ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ گهاٽاڻ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ '''جھڪاءُ پرک''' (سلمپ ٽيسٽ) ڪئي ويندي آهي. هن آزمائش ۾ مخروط شڪل واري فولادي قالب ۾ تازي ڪنڪريٽ ڀري ان جي ويهڻ يا جھڪاءَ جي ماپ ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ملاوٽ مقرر معيار مطابق آهي يا نه.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي بندش ===

فولادي سلاخون تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪٽي، موڙي ۽ تار سان مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. انهن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تھ رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن سلاخون زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ۽ ڍانچي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي. ضرورت موجب ڪنڍا (Hooks) ۽ چڙهاڪو (Overlap) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀرائي ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ شٽرنگ، فولادي سلاخن ۽ ٻين لڪل خدمتن جهڙوڪ برقي پائيپن جي جانچ ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي بنا رڪاوٽ جي مناسب رفتار سان وڌو ويندو آهي ۽ ضرورت موجب وائبريٽر ذريعي ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ڪيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن هوا جا خانا ختم ٿين ۽ ''هني ڪومبنگ'' (Honeycombing) جهڙا نقص پيدا نه ٿين.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== سار سنڀال ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ مناسب عرصي تائين ان کي پاڻي ڏئي آلو رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان سيمينٽ جي مڪمل هائيڊريشن ٿئي ٿي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ پاڻيءَ جي مزاحمت وڌي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي ڊزائن ===

رِيئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن هميشه قابل انجنيئر يا لاڳاپيل فني اداري طرفان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي. سلاخن جو قطر، وڇاءُ، چڙهاڪو ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه عمارت جي قسم، بار ۽ لاڳو تعميراتي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|ڪنڪريٽ وجھڻ کان اڳ اسٽيل يا لوھ جي سيخن جو پڃري وانگر ڄار وڇايل]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>o9uxflg04u0ybc2kiuwrwmzeyafgnla</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401013</id>
      <parentid>401012</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T23:19:13Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401013</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="32202" sha1="63e375rhh12ma0syia44yqnur7425qm" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمنٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' ، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (اسٽيل ريئينفورسنگ بارس)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}&lt;/ref&gt;
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (ڪوروژن انجنيئرنگ) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (ڪوروژن) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' کي مختصر طور '''آر سي سي''' ({{lang-en|RCC}}) چيو وڃي ٿو، اهڙو تعميراتي مرڪب آهي، جيڪو [[سيمينٽ]]، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا پٿر جي سنهن ٽڪرن ۽ پاڻيءَ مان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) شامل ڪري ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي قوت وڌائين ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ جي اعليٰ صلاحيت رکي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Expo58 building Philips.jpg|thumb|[[بيلجيم]] جي گاديءَ واري شهر [[برسلز]] ۾ [[ايڪسپو 58]] لاءِ تعمير ڪيل [[فلپس پيوليئن]] جي منفرد شڪل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال سان ممڪن ٿي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور تي ريئنفورسمينٽ (فولادي سلاخن يا ٻين مضبوط ڪندڙ مواد) جي ترتيب اهڙي نموني سان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو ڪنڪريٽ جي انهن حصن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) کي برداشت ڪري سگهي، جتي ٻي صورت ۾ ڏار پوڻ يا ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان هوندو آهي. جديد رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ رڳو فولاد ئي نه، پر [[پوليمر]]ن ۽ ٻين جامع (ڪمپوزٽ) مواد مان ٺهيل مضبوط ڪندڙ عنصر پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ضرورت موجب فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ يا انهن کان سواءِ به ڪم آندا ويندا آهن.

ڪيترين تعميراتي حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي اڳواٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ۽ ريئنفورسمينٽ ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ هوندي آهي. هن طريقي سان ڍانچي جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت بهتر ٿيندي آهي. اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي کي '''پري اسٽرِيسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جا ٻه عام طريقا '''پري ٽينشننگ''' ۽ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ'''  آهن.

مضبوط، لچڪدار ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ ريئنفورسمينٽ ۾ هيٺيون خاصيتون هجڻ ضروري آهن:

* اعليٰ ميڪانيڪي مضبوطي؛
* ڇڪ هيٺ وڏي حد تائين ڊگهو ٿيڻ (ٽينسائل اسٽرين) برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت؛
* ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ)، جيڪا پي ايڇ (pH)، نمي يا ٻين ماحولياتي حالتن کان گهڻو متاثر نه ٿئي؛
* حرارتي مطابقت (ٿرمل ڪامپيٽيبلٽي)، جيئن گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ دوران غير ضروري دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي ماحول ۾ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيداري، جنهن ۾ زنگ (Corrosion) ۽ مستقل دٻاءَ جي اثرن کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت شامل هجي.

== تاريخ ==

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي شروعاتي ترقي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري [[انگلينڊ]] ۽ [[فرانس]] ۾ لڳ ڀڳ هڪ ئي وقت ٿي، جتي مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميرڪارن ڪنڪريٽ کي فولادي مضبوطي سان گڏ استعمال ڪرڻ بابت تجربا شروع ڪيا.

[[فائل:Saint-Denis - Maison François Coignet -1.JPG|thumb|سينٽ ڊينس ۾ فرانسوا ڪوئنيه جو گهر، جيڪو ابتدائي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان هڪ آهي.]]

فرانسيسي تعميرڪار '''[[فرانسوا ڪوئنيه]]''' پهريون شخص هو، جنهن عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |url=https://www.britannica.com/technology/building-construction/Early-steel-frame-high-rises#ref105155 |title=Building construction: The invention of reinforced concrete |encyclopedia=Encyclopedia Britannica}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن 1853ع کان 1855ع جي وچ ۾ [[پيرس]] جي ڀرسان سينٽ ڊينس ۾ واقع 72 [[Rue Charles Michels]] تي پنهنجي رهائش لاءِ چار ماڙ عمارت تعمير ڪرائي، جيڪا '''فرانسوا ڪوئنيه هائوس''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي ۽ ان کي دنيا جي پهرين لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان شمار ڪيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=The oldest concrete structures that have lasted: 72 rue Charles Michels, St. Denis, France |url=https://meva.net/pt-br/oldest-concrete-structures/}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪوئنيه جي لکڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته هن لوهه کي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت وڌائڻ کان وڌيڪ، ڀتين کي هڪ گڏيل (مونولٿڪ) ڍانچي طور مستحڪم رکڻ ۽ انهن کي اونڌو ٿيڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968 |pages=1–33}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ 1872ع–1873ع دوران [[بروڪلن]] ۾ تعمير ٿيل '''پپن بلڊنگ''' (Pippen Building)، جيتوڻيڪ ڪوئنيه جي ڊزائن نه هئي، پر سندس تعميراتي طريقي جو هڪ اهم مثال سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

[[فائل:Maison de logement des ouvriers de l'usine Coignet 2020 6.jpg|thumb|ڪوئنيه طرفان پنهنجي ڪارخاني جي مزدورن لاءِ سينٽ ڊينس ۾ تعمير ڪيل رهائشي عمارت.]]

1854ع ۾ انگريز تعميرڪار '''وليم بي. ولڪنسن''' پنهنجي تعمير هيٺ ٻن ماڙ گهر جي ڇت ۽ فرشن ۾ فولادي مضبوطي استعمال ڪئي. هن فولادي سلاخن کي اهڙي نموني رکيو، جنهن مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته هو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) جي اثرن کان واقف هو، جڏهن ته هن کان اڳ وارا انجنيئر ان ڳالهه کي مڪمل طور نه سمجهي سگهيا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Reinforced Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete Building Construction}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1869ع کان 1870ع جي وچ ۾ '''هينري ايٽن'''  [[انگلينڊ]] جي [[نورفڪ]] ۽ [[سفڪ]] ضلعن جي وچ ۾ وهندڙ [[ويوني درياھ]] تي '''هومرسفيلڊ پل''' جي ڊزائن تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته ان جي تعمير لنڊن جي ڪمپني ''ڊبليو اينڊ ٽي فلپس '' ڪئي. لڳ ڀڳ 15.25 ميٽر (50 فوٽ) ڊگهي هيءَ پل لوهي مضبوطي سان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي پلن مان هڪ هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{NHLE|num=1262142}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي فرانسيسي باغبان '''[[جوزف مونيي]]''' کي به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ارتقا جو اهم اڳواڻ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. هو مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا گلن جا ٿانوَ تيار ڪرڻ لاءِ موجود مواد مان مطمئن نه هو، تنهنڪري هن نوان تجربا شروع ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Day |first=Lance |title=Biographical Dictionary of the History of Technology}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1867ع ۾ مونيي تار جي ڄاري (وائر ميش) ۽ سيمينٽ جي تهه کي گڏائي مضبوط ڪنڪريٽ جا گلدان ٺاهڻ واري طريقي جو پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Britannica URL|biography/Joseph-Monier|Joseph Monier}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ 1877ع ۾ هن ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿنڀن ۽ گرڊرن کي لوهي سلاخن جي ڄار ذريعي مضبوط ڪرڻ واري وڌيڪ ترقي يافته طريقي جو به پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو. جيتوڻيڪ مونيي کي اها ڄاڻ هئي ته فولادي مضبوطي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني يڪجائي وڌائي ٿي، پر اهو واضح ناهي ته کيس ان ڳالهه جي مڪمل سائنسي ڄاڻ هئي ته ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي طاقت ۾ ڪيترو اضافو آڻي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909 |pages=204–210}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1877ع ۾ آمريڪي انجنيئر '''ٿيڊيئس هائٽ'' پنهنجي مشهور رپورٽ ''اين اڪائونٽ آف سم اڪسپيريمينٽس وٿ پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ڪمبائينڊ وٿ آئرن'' شايع ڪئي، جنهن ۾ هن فولاد سان مضبوط ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پنهنجن تجربن جا نتيجا بيان ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Hyatt |first=Thaddeus |title=An Account of Some Experiments with Portland-cement-concrete Combined with Iron}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن جي تحقيق رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي رڳو تجربي واري تعميراتي مواد بدران هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي آزمودل ٽيڪنالاجي طور قائم ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. جيڪڏهن هائٽ جي تحقيق موجود نه هجي ها، ته هن شعبي جي ترقي گهڻي عرصي تائين آزمائش ۽ غلطي (ٽرائل ۽ ارر) جي غير يقيني طريقن تي دارومدار رکندي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سائنسي ترقي ۽ عالمي ڦهلاءُ ===

1870ع واري ڏهاڪي کان اڳ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير، جيتوڻيڪ ان جون پاڙون [[رومي سلطنت]] تائين پهچن ٿيون ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ ان جو ٻيهر استعمال شروع ٿيو هو، پر ان کي اڃا مڪمل طور سائنسي طور ثابت ٿيل تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي نه سمجهيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Citation |last=Aprea |first=Salvatore |chapter=The Search for Affordable Cement and Concrete in the 18th and 19th Century |title=High Tech Concrete: Where Technology and Engineering Meet |year=2018}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري انگلينڊ ۾ ڄاول انجنيئر '''[[ارنسٽ ايل. رينسم]]''' رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. هن گذريل پنجاهه سالن دوران ٿيل تحقيق ۽ تجربن مان فائدو وٺندي اڳين ايجادڪارن جي ڪيترين ئي تعميراتي طريقن کي وڌيڪ بهتر بڻايو. سندس سڀ کان اهم ايجاد فولادي سلاخن کي مروڙي استعمال ڪرڻ هئي، جنهن سان سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ چنبڙڻ (بانڊ) گهڻو مضبوط ٿي ويو ۽ ڍانچي جي مجموعي مضبوطي ۾ نمايان واڌارو آيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Episode 81: Rebar and the Alvord Lake Bridge}}&lt;/ref&gt;

رينسم پنهنجي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ وارين عمارتن سبب وڏي شهرت حاصل ڪئي، جنهن کان پوءِ هن 1886ع کان 1889ع جي وچ ۾ اتر آمريڪا جي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ پلن مان ٻه تعمير ڪرايون. انهن مان هڪ پل، '''[[سمٿ-رينسم جيپنيز برج]]'''، اڄ به [[نيو يارڪ]] جي [[شيلٽر آئلينڊ، نيو يارڪ|شيلٽر آئلينڊ]] تي موجود آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آمريڪا]] ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل ابتدائي عمارتن مان هڪ '''[[وليم اي. وارڊ هائوس]]''' هئي، جيڪا وليم اي. وارڊ جي ڊزائن موجب 1876ع ۾ مڪمل ٿي. هن رهائشي عمارت کي خاص طور باهه کان وڌيڪ تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ جي مقصد سان تعمير ڪيو ويو.

جرمن سول انجنيئر '''[[گستاو ايڊولف وائس]]''' پڻ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم شخصيت هو. 1879ع ۾ هن جوزف مونيي جي پيٽنٽن جا جرمن حق خريد ڪيا، ۽ 1884ع ۾ سندس ڪمپني '''[[ويس اينڊ فريٽيگ]]''' انهن طريقن کي پهريون ڀيرو تجارتي بنيادن تي استعمال ڪيو. 1890ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين وائس ۽ سندس ڪمپني مونيي جي نظام کي وڌيڪ ترقي ڏئي ان کي هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي ٻڌل، منظم ۽ قابل اعتماد تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Lamington Bridge Mary River.jpg|thumb|[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]، جيڪا آسٽريليا جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي.]]

[[آسٽريليا]] جي '''[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]''' ملڪ جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي. هن پل جي ڊزائن [[الفريڊ بارٽن بريڊي]] تيار ڪئي، جيڪو 1896ع ۾ [[ڪئينز لينڊ]] جو سرڪاري معمار هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge |publisher=Queensland Government}}&lt;/ref&gt; پل ۾ 15.2 ميٽر ڊگها يارنهن اسپين هئا ۽ ان جي ڪل ڊيگهه لڳ ڀڳ 187 ميٽر هئي، جيڪا ان دور ۾ دنيا جي ساڳئي قسم جي مشهور پلن کان به وڏي سمجهي ويندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge, Mary River, 1896- |publisher=Engineers Australia}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات ===

ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تيزيءَ سان مقبول تعميراتي مواد بڻجي ويو. ان عرصي دوران انجنيئرن ۽ معمارن هن ٽيڪنالاجي کي اوچي عمارتن، پلن ۽ ٻين وڏن تعميراتي منصوبن ۾ استعمال ڪرڻ شروع ڪيو.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل شروعاتي اوچين عمارتن مان هڪ 16 ماڙ '''انگالس بلڊنگ''' هئي، جيڪا 1904ع ۾ آمريڪا جي شهر سنسناٽي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;CIVL1101&quot;/&gt;

ڏکڻ ڪيليفورنيا ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پهرين عمارت '''لافلن اينيڪس''' هئي، جيڪا 1905ع ۾ لاس اينجلس جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Los Angeles from the Mountains to the Sea |volume=2 |last=McGroarty |first=John Steven |year=1921 |page=176}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Annual Report of the City Auditor, City of Los Angeles |year=1905 |pages=71–73}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع دوران لاس اينجلس ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن لاءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ سورهن تعميراتي اجازت ناما جاري ڪيا ويا. انهن ۾ '''ٽيمپل آڊيٽوريم''' ۽ اٺ ماڙ '''هيورڊ هوٽل''' به شامل هئا، جيڪي ان ڳالهه جو ثبوت هئا ته هي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي تيزيءَ سان عام ٿي رهي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |last=Williams |first=D. |title=What Builders are Doing |journal=Carpentry and Building |year=1907 |page=66}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |title=Reinforced Concrete Buildings at Los Angeles, Cal. |journal=Engineering News-Record |year=1906 |volume=55 |page=449}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ لانگ بيچ ۾ تعمير هيٺ '''بڪسبي هوٽل''' جو هڪ حصو وقت کان اڳ عارضي سهارن (Shoring) کي هٽائڻ سبب ڊهي پيو، جنهن ۾ ڏهه مزدور فوت ٿي ويا. هن حادثي کان پوءِ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعميراتي طريقن ۽ عمارتن جي جاچ پڙتال بابت وڌيڪ سخت ضابطا اختيار ڪيا ويا. ماهرن سفارش ڪئي ته مستقبل ۾ فرشن، ڀتين ۽ ڍانچي جي ٻين اهم حصن ۾ مڪمل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تعمير وڌيڪ محفوظ بڻجي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite magazine |title=Partial Collapse of the Bixby Hotel at Long Beach |magazine=Architect and Engineer of California |year=1906 |volume=VII |issue=1 |pages=44–48}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1904ع جي اپريل مهيني ۾ آمريڪي معمار ۽ انجنيئر '''جوليا مورگن''' پنهنجي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارت، '''ايل ڪيمپانيل'''، مڪمل ڪئي، جيڪا 72 فوٽ اوچي گهنڊ گهر (بيل ٽاور) هئي ۽ ملز ڪاليج ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=El Campanil, Mills College: Julia Morgan 1903–1904}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو ۾ آيل شديد زلزلي دوران ايل ڪيمپانيل کي ڪو به اهم نقصان نه پهتو، جنهن سان جوليا مورگن جي شهرت ۾ وڏو اضافو ٿيو ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي تي عوام جو اعتماد پڻ وڌيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Julia Morgan-designed Mills bell tower counts down to its 115th anniversary}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Bay Area Architect Julia Morgan's Legacy Wasn't Just Hearst Castle}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع جي زلزلي کان پوءِ عوام ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت موجود شڪ شبها به گهڻي حد تائين ختم ٿي ويا. ان کان اڳ ڪيترائي ماڻهو هن مواد کي جمالياتي لحاظ کان غير دلڪش سمجهندا هئا، پر زلزلي دوران ان جي بهتر ڪارڪردگي سبب ان جي مقبوليت وڌي وئي. نتيجي طور 1908ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو جي بلدياتي اختيارين عمارت سازي جا ضابطا تبديل ڪري رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وڌيڪ وسيع استعمال جي اجازت ڏني.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=How one building survived the San Francisco earthquake and changed the world}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== معيارن جي جوڙجڪ ۽ ضابطا ===

1906ع ۾ '''نيشنل ايسوسيئيشن آف سيمينٽ يوزرس''' (مختصر: NACU) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پهريون معياري دستاويز '''اسٽينڊرڊ نمبر 1''' شايع ڪيو، جنهن ۾ پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ جي معيار، خاصيتن ۽ استعمال بابت بنيادي فني گهرجون مقرر ڪيون ويون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Specifications for Portland Cement of the American Society for Testing Materials, Standard No. 1 |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1906 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان پوءِ 1910ع ۾ ساڳئي اداري '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال لاءِ معياري عمارتي ضابطا''' (''اسٽينڊرڊ بلڊنگ ريگيوليشنز فار دي يوز آف ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ '') جاري ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Building Regulations for the Use of Reinforced Concrete |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1910 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن ضابطن ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن، تعمير، جاچ ۽ استعمال بابت تفصيلي فني هدايتون شامل هيون.
انهن معيارن جي جاري ٿيڻ سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميراتي ادارن وٽ هڪجهڙن اصولن تحت ٿيڻ لڳي. نتيجي طور تعميراتي حفاظت، معيار، مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ نمايان بهتري آئي، ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جديد عمارت سازيءَ جي سڀ کان اهم تعميراتي مواد مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

== تعمير ۾ استعمال ==

[[فائل:SagradaFamiliaRoof2.jpg|thumb|upright=1.5|right|2009ع ۾ تعمير هيٺ [[ساگراڊا فاميليا]] جي ڇت ۾ لڳايل فولادي سلاخون (ريبار).]]

[[فائل:O Cristo Redentor.JPG|thumb|[[ريو ڊي جينيرو]]، [[برازيل]] ۾ واقع '''مسيح ڇوٽڪارو ڏيندڙ''' جو مجسمو، جيڪو رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان تعمير ٿيل آهي ۽ ان جي ٻاهرئين سطح هزارين ٽڪنڊي صابڻي پٿر (Soapstone) جي ٽڪرن سان ڍڪيل آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia |title=Christ the Redeemer |encyclopedia=Encyclopædia Britannica |last=Murray |first=Lorraine |url=http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/1435544/Christ-the-Redeemer}}&lt;/ref&gt;]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ تعميراتي صنعت ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد مان هڪ آهي. ان جي مدد سان مختلف قسمن جا تعميراتي جزا ۽ ڍانچا تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ تختو|ڪنڪريٽ جا تختا]] (Slabs)، [[ڀت]]، [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاعون]] (Beams)، [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀا]]، [[بنياد]]، ڍانچا (Frames) ۽ ٻيا ڪيترائي تعميراتي حصا شامل آهن.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي تعمير جي طريقي موجب عام طور ٻن قسمن ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي:

* '''اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري ڪاسٽ ڪنڪريٽ)، جنهن جا جزا ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪري تعميراتي هنڌ تي نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن.
* '''جاءِ تي وڌل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (ڪاسٽ-ان -پليس ڪنڪريٽ)، جيڪو سڌو سنئون تعميراتي هنڌ تي شٽرنگ اندر وجهي تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڪنهن به عمارت ۾ مناسب فرش نظام (Floor System) جي چونڊ ۽ ڊزائن انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان عمارت جي مجموعي ڪارڪردگي تي سڌو اثر پوي ٿو. فرش جي ڊزائن ۾ معمولي تبديليون به تعميراتي مواد جي خرچ، تعمير مڪمل ٿيڻ جي مدت، ڍانچي جي آخري مضبوطي، سار سنڀال جي خرچن، استعمال ڪندڙن جي گنجائش ۽ عمارت جي آخري استعمال تي نمايان اثر وجهي سگهن ٿيون.

فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کان سواءِ جديد دور جون گهڻ ماڙ عمارتون، وڏيون پلون ۽ ٻيا وڏا ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا محفوظ ۽ عملي طور تعمير ڪرڻ ممڪن نه هجي ها.

=== رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا ===

جڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا تعمير ۾ استعمال ٿين ٿا ته اهي ٻاهران لاڳو ٿيندڙ [[تعميراتي بار]] (Structural load) جي اثر هيٺ مخصوص ميڪانيڪي رويو ظاهر ڪندا آهن. استعمال دوران انهن جزن تي هيٺيان قسم جا بار يا قوتون عمل ڪري سگهن ٿيون:&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |author=Bungale S. Taranath |title=Reinforced Concrete Design of Tall Buildings |publisher=CRC Press |year=2009 |page=7 |isbn=978-1-4398-0481-0}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينشن)
* [[دٻاءُ]] (ڪمپريشن)
* [[وڪڙجڻ]] (بينڊنگ)
* [[ڪٽائي دٻاءُ]] (شيئر)
* [[مروڙ]] (ٽورزن)

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن اهڙي نموني ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو اهو انهن سڀني قوتن کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ تعميراتي ڍانچي جي استحڪام، مضبوطي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي يقيني بڻائي.

=== خاصيتون ===

آر سي سي مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارو تعميراتي مواد آهي. ان کي مختلف شڪلين ۾ آسانيءَ سان ڍالي سگهجي ٿو، باهه ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿو، پاڻيءَ جي نفوذ کي گهٽ ڪري ٿو ۽ عام حالتن ۾ گهٽ مرمت جي ضرورت پوي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ملاوٽ ===

آر سي سي جي ملاوٽ هٿ سان يا ڪنڪريٽ مڪسر ذريعي ڪئي ويندي آهي. ننڍن تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ هٿ سان ملاوٽ، جڏهن ته وڏن منصوبن ۾ مشيني ملاوٽ کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها وڌيڪ هڪجهڙائي، تيزي ۽ معياري نتيجا فراهم ڪندي آهي ۽ مواد جي زيان کي گهٽائيندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب ===

پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو مناسب تناسب آر سي سي جي مضبوطي، ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر وجهي ٿو. گهڻو پاڻي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت گهٽائي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته گهٽ پاڻي ملاوٽ کي صحيح نموني استعمال ڪرڻ ۾ ڏکيائي پيدا ڪري سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== جھڪاءُ پرک ===

ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ گهاٽاڻ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ '''جھڪاءُ پرک''' (سلمپ ٽيسٽ) ڪئي ويندي آهي. هن آزمائش ۾ مخروط شڪل واري فولادي قالب ۾ تازي ڪنڪريٽ ڀري ان جي ويهڻ يا جھڪاءَ جي ماپ ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ملاوٽ مقرر معيار مطابق آهي يا نه.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي بندش ===

فولادي سلاخون تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪٽي، موڙي ۽ تار سان مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. انهن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تھ رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن سلاخون زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ۽ ڍانچي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي. ضرورت موجب ڪنڍا (Hooks) ۽ چڙهاڪو (Overlap) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀرائي ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ شٽرنگ، فولادي سلاخن ۽ ٻين لڪل خدمتن جهڙوڪ برقي پائيپن جي جانچ ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي بنا رڪاوٽ جي مناسب رفتار سان وڌو ويندو آهي ۽ ضرورت موجب وائبريٽر ذريعي ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ڪيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن هوا جا خانا ختم ٿين ۽ ''هني ڪومبنگ'' (Honeycombing) جهڙا نقص پيدا نه ٿين.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== سار سنڀال ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ مناسب عرصي تائين ان کي پاڻي ڏئي آلو رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان سيمينٽ جي مڪمل هائيڊريشن ٿئي ٿي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ پاڻيءَ جي مزاحمت وڌي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي ڊزائن ===

رِيئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن هميشه قابل انجنيئر يا لاڳاپيل فني اداري طرفان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي. سلاخن جو قطر، وڇاءُ، چڙهاڪو ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه عمارت جي قسم، بار ۽ لاڳو تعميراتي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|ڪنڪريٽ وجھڻ کان اڳ اسٽيل يا لوھ جي سيخن جو پڃري وانگر ڄار وڇايل]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>63e375rhh12ma0syia44yqnur7425qm</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401014</id>
      <parentid>401013</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T23:19:41Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401014</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="31594" sha1="hgg0z58gypr2m18jgpok9u9gkr38n2x" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمنٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' ، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (اسٽيل ريئينفورسنگ بارس)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}&lt;/ref&gt;
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (ڪوروژن انجنيئرنگ) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (ڪوروژن) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' کي مختصر طور '''آر سي سي''' ({{lang-en|RCC}}) چيو وڃي ٿو، اهڙو تعميراتي مرڪب آهي، جيڪو [[سيمينٽ]]، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا پٿر جي سنهن ٽڪرن ۽ پاڻيءَ مان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) شامل ڪري ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي قوت وڌائين ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ جي اعليٰ صلاحيت رکي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Expo58 building Philips.jpg|thumb|[[بيلجيم]] جي گاديءَ واري شهر [[برسلز]] ۾ [[ايڪسپو 58]] لاءِ تعمير ڪيل [[فلپس پيوليئن]] جي منفرد شڪل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال سان ممڪن ٿي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور تي ريئنفورسمينٽ (فولادي سلاخن يا ٻين مضبوط ڪندڙ مواد) جي ترتيب اهڙي نموني سان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو ڪنڪريٽ جي انهن حصن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) کي برداشت ڪري سگهي، جتي ٻي صورت ۾ ڏار پوڻ يا ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان هوندو آهي. جديد رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ رڳو فولاد ئي نه، پر [[پوليمر]]ن ۽ ٻين جامع (ڪمپوزٽ) مواد مان ٺهيل مضبوط ڪندڙ عنصر پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ضرورت موجب فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ يا انهن کان سواءِ به ڪم آندا ويندا آهن.

ڪيترين تعميراتي حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي اڳواٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ۽ ريئنفورسمينٽ ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ هوندي آهي. هن طريقي سان ڍانچي جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت بهتر ٿيندي آهي. اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي کي '''پري اسٽرِيسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جا ٻه عام طريقا '''پري ٽينشننگ''' ۽ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ'''  آهن.

مضبوط، لچڪدار ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ ريئنفورسمينٽ ۾ هيٺيون خاصيتون هجڻ ضروري آهن:

* اعليٰ ميڪانيڪي مضبوطي؛
* ڇڪ هيٺ وڏي حد تائين ڊگهو ٿيڻ (ٽينسائل اسٽرين) برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت؛
* ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ)، جيڪا پي ايڇ (pH)، نمي يا ٻين ماحولياتي حالتن کان گهڻو متاثر نه ٿئي؛
* حرارتي مطابقت (ٿرمل ڪامپيٽيبلٽي)، جيئن گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ دوران غير ضروري دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي ماحول ۾ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيداري، جنهن ۾ زنگ (Corrosion) ۽ مستقل دٻاءَ جي اثرن کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت شامل هجي.

== تاريخ ==

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي شروعاتي ترقي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري [[انگلينڊ]] ۽ [[فرانس]] ۾ لڳ ڀڳ هڪ ئي وقت ٿي، جتي مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميرڪارن ڪنڪريٽ کي فولادي مضبوطي سان گڏ استعمال ڪرڻ بابت تجربا شروع ڪيا.

[[فائل:Saint-Denis - Maison François Coignet -1.JPG|thumb|سينٽ ڊينس ۾ فرانسوا ڪوئنيه جو گهر، جيڪو ابتدائي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان هڪ آهي.]]

فرانسيسي تعميرڪار '''[[فرانسوا ڪوئنيه]]''' پهريون شخص هو، جنهن عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |url=https://www.britannica.com/technology/building-construction/Early-steel-frame-high-rises#ref105155 |title=Building construction: The invention of reinforced concrete |encyclopedia=Encyclopedia Britannica}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن 1853ع کان 1855ع جي وچ ۾ [[پيرس]] جي ڀرسان سينٽ ڊينس ۾ واقع 72 [[Rue Charles Michels]] تي پنهنجي رهائش لاءِ چار ماڙ عمارت تعمير ڪرائي، جيڪا '''فرانسوا ڪوئنيه هائوس''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي ۽ ان کي دنيا جي پهرين لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان شمار ڪيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=The oldest concrete structures that have lasted: 72 rue Charles Michels, St. Denis, France |url=https://meva.net/pt-br/oldest-concrete-structures/}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪوئنيه جي لکڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته هن لوهه کي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت وڌائڻ کان وڌيڪ، ڀتين کي هڪ گڏيل (مونولٿڪ) ڍانچي طور مستحڪم رکڻ ۽ انهن کي اونڌو ٿيڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968 |pages=1–33}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ 1872ع–1873ع دوران [[بروڪلن]] ۾ تعمير ٿيل '''پپن بلڊنگ''' (Pippen Building)، جيتوڻيڪ ڪوئنيه جي ڊزائن نه هئي، پر سندس تعميراتي طريقي جو هڪ اهم مثال سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

[[فائل:Maison de logement des ouvriers de l'usine Coignet 2020 6.jpg|thumb|ڪوئنيه طرفان پنهنجي ڪارخاني جي مزدورن لاءِ سينٽ ڊينس ۾ تعمير ڪيل رهائشي عمارت.]]

1854ع ۾ انگريز تعميرڪار '''وليم بي. ولڪنسن''' پنهنجي تعمير هيٺ ٻن ماڙ گهر جي ڇت ۽ فرشن ۾ فولادي مضبوطي استعمال ڪئي. هن فولادي سلاخن کي اهڙي نموني رکيو، جنهن مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته هو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) جي اثرن کان واقف هو، جڏهن ته هن کان اڳ وارا انجنيئر ان ڳالهه کي مڪمل طور نه سمجهي سگهيا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Reinforced Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete Building Construction}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1869ع کان 1870ع جي وچ ۾ '''هينري ايٽن'''  [[انگلينڊ]] جي [[نورفڪ]] ۽ [[سفڪ]] ضلعن جي وچ ۾ وهندڙ [[ويوني درياھ]] تي '''هومرسفيلڊ پل''' جي ڊزائن تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته ان جي تعمير لنڊن جي ڪمپني ''ڊبليو اينڊ ٽي فلپس '' ڪئي. لڳ ڀڳ 15.25 ميٽر (50 فوٽ) ڊگهي هيءَ پل لوهي مضبوطي سان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي پلن مان هڪ هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{NHLE|num=1262142}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي فرانسيسي باغبان '''[[جوزف مونيي]]''' کي به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ارتقا جو اهم اڳواڻ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. هو مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا گلن جا ٿانوَ تيار ڪرڻ لاءِ موجود مواد مان مطمئن نه هو، تنهنڪري هن نوان تجربا شروع ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Day |first=Lance |title=Biographical Dictionary of the History of Technology}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1867ع ۾ مونيي تار جي ڄاري (وائر ميش) ۽ سيمينٽ جي تهه کي گڏائي مضبوط ڪنڪريٽ جا گلدان ٺاهڻ واري طريقي جو پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Britannica URL|biography/Joseph-Monier|Joseph Monier}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ 1877ع ۾ هن ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿنڀن ۽ گرڊرن کي لوهي سلاخن جي ڄار ذريعي مضبوط ڪرڻ واري وڌيڪ ترقي يافته طريقي جو به پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو. جيتوڻيڪ مونيي کي اها ڄاڻ هئي ته فولادي مضبوطي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني يڪجائي وڌائي ٿي، پر اهو واضح ناهي ته کيس ان ڳالهه جي مڪمل سائنسي ڄاڻ هئي ته ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي طاقت ۾ ڪيترو اضافو آڻي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909 |pages=204–210}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1877ع ۾ آمريڪي انجنيئر '''ٿيڊيئس هائٽ'' پنهنجي مشهور رپورٽ ''اين اڪائونٽ آف سم اڪسپيريمينٽس وٿ پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ڪمبائينڊ وٿ آئرن'' شايع ڪئي، جنهن ۾ هن فولاد سان مضبوط ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پنهنجن تجربن جا نتيجا بيان ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Hyatt |first=Thaddeus |title=An Account of Some Experiments with Portland-cement-concrete Combined with Iron}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن جي تحقيق رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي رڳو تجربي واري تعميراتي مواد بدران هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي آزمودل ٽيڪنالاجي طور قائم ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. جيڪڏهن هائٽ جي تحقيق موجود نه هجي ها، ته هن شعبي جي ترقي گهڻي عرصي تائين آزمائش ۽ غلطي (ٽرائل ۽ ارر) جي غير يقيني طريقن تي دارومدار رکندي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سائنسي ترقي ۽ عالمي ڦهلاءُ ===

1870ع واري ڏهاڪي کان اڳ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير، جيتوڻيڪ ان جون پاڙون [[رومي سلطنت]] تائين پهچن ٿيون ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ ان جو ٻيهر استعمال شروع ٿيو هو، پر ان کي اڃا مڪمل طور سائنسي طور ثابت ٿيل تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي نه سمجهيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Citation |last=Aprea |first=Salvatore |chapter=The Search for Affordable Cement and Concrete in the 18th and 19th Century |title=High Tech Concrete: Where Technology and Engineering Meet |year=2018}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري انگلينڊ ۾ ڄاول انجنيئر '''[[ارنسٽ ايل. رينسم]]''' رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. هن گذريل پنجاهه سالن دوران ٿيل تحقيق ۽ تجربن مان فائدو وٺندي اڳين ايجادڪارن جي ڪيترين ئي تعميراتي طريقن کي وڌيڪ بهتر بڻايو. سندس سڀ کان اهم ايجاد فولادي سلاخن کي مروڙي استعمال ڪرڻ هئي، جنهن سان سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ چنبڙڻ (بانڊ) گهڻو مضبوط ٿي ويو ۽ ڍانچي جي مجموعي مضبوطي ۾ نمايان واڌارو آيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Episode 81: Rebar and the Alvord Lake Bridge}}&lt;/ref&gt;

رينسم پنهنجي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ وارين عمارتن سبب وڏي شهرت حاصل ڪئي، جنهن کان پوءِ هن 1886ع کان 1889ع جي وچ ۾ اتر آمريڪا جي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ پلن مان ٻه تعمير ڪرايون. انهن مان هڪ پل، '''[[سمٿ-رينسم جيپنيز برج]]'''، اڄ به [[نيو يارڪ]] جي [[شيلٽر آئلينڊ، نيو يارڪ|شيلٽر آئلينڊ]] تي موجود آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آمريڪا]] ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل ابتدائي عمارتن مان هڪ '''[[وليم اي. وارڊ هائوس]]''' هئي، جيڪا وليم اي. وارڊ جي ڊزائن موجب 1876ع ۾ مڪمل ٿي. هن رهائشي عمارت کي خاص طور باهه کان وڌيڪ تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ جي مقصد سان تعمير ڪيو ويو.

جرمن سول انجنيئر '''[[گستاو ايڊولف وائس]]''' پڻ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم شخصيت هو. 1879ع ۾ هن جوزف مونيي جي پيٽنٽن جا جرمن حق خريد ڪيا، ۽ 1884ع ۾ سندس ڪمپني '''[[ويس اينڊ فريٽيگ]]''' انهن طريقن کي پهريون ڀيرو تجارتي بنيادن تي استعمال ڪيو. 1890ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين وائس ۽ سندس ڪمپني مونيي جي نظام کي وڌيڪ ترقي ڏئي ان کي هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي ٻڌل، منظم ۽ قابل اعتماد تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Lamington Bridge Mary River.jpg|thumb|[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]، جيڪا آسٽريليا جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي.]]

[[آسٽريليا]] جي '''[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]''' ملڪ جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي. هن پل جي ڊزائن [[الفريڊ بارٽن بريڊي]] تيار ڪئي، جيڪو 1896ع ۾ [[ڪئينز لينڊ]] جو سرڪاري معمار هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge |publisher=Queensland Government}}&lt;/ref&gt; پل ۾ 15.2 ميٽر ڊگها يارنهن اسپين هئا ۽ ان جي ڪل ڊيگهه لڳ ڀڳ 187 ميٽر هئي، جيڪا ان دور ۾ دنيا جي ساڳئي قسم جي مشهور پلن کان به وڏي سمجهي ويندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge, Mary River, 1896- |publisher=Engineers Australia}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات ===

ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تيزيءَ سان مقبول تعميراتي مواد بڻجي ويو. ان عرصي دوران انجنيئرن ۽ معمارن هن ٽيڪنالاجي کي اوچي عمارتن، پلن ۽ ٻين وڏن تعميراتي منصوبن ۾ استعمال ڪرڻ شروع ڪيو.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل شروعاتي اوچين عمارتن مان هڪ 16 ماڙ '''انگالس بلڊنگ''' هئي، جيڪا 1904ع ۾ آمريڪا جي شهر سنسناٽي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;CIVL1101&quot;/&gt;

ڏکڻ ڪيليفورنيا ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پهرين عمارت '''لافلن اينيڪس''' هئي، جيڪا 1905ع ۾ لاس اينجلس جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Los Angeles from the Mountains to the Sea |volume=2 |last=McGroarty |first=John Steven |year=1921 |page=176}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Annual Report of the City Auditor, City of Los Angeles |year=1905 |pages=71–73}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع دوران لاس اينجلس ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن لاءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ سورهن تعميراتي اجازت ناما جاري ڪيا ويا. انهن ۾ '''ٽيمپل آڊيٽوريم''' ۽ اٺ ماڙ '''هيورڊ هوٽل''' به شامل هئا، جيڪي ان ڳالهه جو ثبوت هئا ته هي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي تيزيءَ سان عام ٿي رهي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |last=Williams |first=D. |title=What Builders are Doing |journal=Carpentry and Building |year=1907 |page=66}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |title=Reinforced Concrete Buildings at Los Angeles, Cal. |journal=Engineering News-Record |year=1906 |volume=55 |page=449}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ لانگ بيچ ۾ تعمير هيٺ '''بڪسبي هوٽل''' جو هڪ حصو وقت کان اڳ عارضي سهارن (Shoring) کي هٽائڻ سبب ڊهي پيو، جنهن ۾ ڏهه مزدور فوت ٿي ويا. هن حادثي کان پوءِ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعميراتي طريقن ۽ عمارتن جي جاچ پڙتال بابت وڌيڪ سخت ضابطا اختيار ڪيا ويا. ماهرن سفارش ڪئي ته مستقبل ۾ فرشن، ڀتين ۽ ڍانچي جي ٻين اهم حصن ۾ مڪمل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تعمير وڌيڪ محفوظ بڻجي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite magazine |title=Partial Collapse of the Bixby Hotel at Long Beach |magazine=Architect and Engineer of California |year=1906 |volume=VII |issue=1 |pages=44–48}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1904ع جي اپريل مهيني ۾ آمريڪي معمار ۽ انجنيئر '''جوليا مورگن''' پنهنجي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارت، '''ايل ڪيمپانيل'''، مڪمل ڪئي، جيڪا 72 فوٽ اوچي گهنڊ گهر (بيل ٽاور) هئي ۽ ملز ڪاليج ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=El Campanil, Mills College: Julia Morgan 1903–1904}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو ۾ آيل شديد زلزلي دوران ايل ڪيمپانيل کي ڪو به اهم نقصان نه پهتو، جنهن سان جوليا مورگن جي شهرت ۾ وڏو اضافو ٿيو ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي تي عوام جو اعتماد پڻ وڌيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Julia Morgan-designed Mills bell tower counts down to its 115th anniversary}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Bay Area Architect Julia Morgan's Legacy Wasn't Just Hearst Castle}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع جي زلزلي کان پوءِ عوام ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت موجود شڪ شبها به گهڻي حد تائين ختم ٿي ويا. ان کان اڳ ڪيترائي ماڻهو هن مواد کي جمالياتي لحاظ کان غير دلڪش سمجهندا هئا، پر زلزلي دوران ان جي بهتر ڪارڪردگي سبب ان جي مقبوليت وڌي وئي. نتيجي طور 1908ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو جي بلدياتي اختيارين عمارت سازي جا ضابطا تبديل ڪري رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وڌيڪ وسيع استعمال جي اجازت ڏني.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=How one building survived the San Francisco earthquake and changed the world}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== معيارن جي جوڙجڪ ۽ ضابطا ===

1906ع ۾ '''نيشنل ايسوسيئيشن آف سيمينٽ يوزرس''' (مختصر: NACU) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پهريون معياري دستاويز '''اسٽينڊرڊ نمبر 1''' شايع ڪيو، جنهن ۾ پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ جي معيار، خاصيتن ۽ استعمال بابت بنيادي فني گهرجون مقرر ڪيون ويون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Specifications for Portland Cement of the American Society for Testing Materials, Standard No. 1 |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1906 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان پوءِ 1910ع ۾ ساڳئي اداري '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال لاءِ معياري عمارتي ضابطا''' (''اسٽينڊرڊ بلڊنگ ريگيوليشنز فار دي يوز آف ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ '') جاري ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Building Regulations for the Use of Reinforced Concrete |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1910 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن ضابطن ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن، تعمير، جاچ ۽ استعمال بابت تفصيلي فني هدايتون شامل هيون.
انهن معيارن جي جاري ٿيڻ سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميراتي ادارن وٽ هڪجهڙن اصولن تحت ٿيڻ لڳي. نتيجي طور تعميراتي حفاظت، معيار، مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ نمايان بهتري آئي، ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جديد عمارت سازيءَ جي سڀ کان اهم تعميراتي مواد مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

== تعمير ۾ استعمال ==

[[فائل:SagradaFamiliaRoof2.jpg|thumb|upright=1.5|right|2009ع ۾ تعمير هيٺ [[ساگراڊا فاميليا]] جي ڇت ۾ لڳايل فولادي سلاخون (ريبار).]]

[[فائل:O Cristo Redentor.JPG|thumb|[[ريو ڊي جينيرو]]، [[برازيل]] ۾ واقع '''مسيح ڇوٽڪارو ڏيندڙ''' جو مجسمو، جيڪو رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان تعمير ٿيل آهي ۽ ان جي ٻاهرئين سطح هزارين ٽڪنڊي صابڻي پٿر (Soapstone) جي ٽڪرن سان ڍڪيل آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia |title=Christ the Redeemer |encyclopedia=Encyclopædia Britannica |last=Murray |first=Lorraine |url=http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/1435544/Christ-the-Redeemer}}&lt;/ref&gt;]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ تعميراتي صنعت ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد مان هڪ آهي. ان جي مدد سان مختلف قسمن جا تعميراتي جزا ۽ ڍانچا تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ تختو|ڪنڪريٽ جا تختا]] (Slabs)، [[ڀت]]، [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاعون]] (Beams)، [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀا]]، [[بنياد]]، ڍانچا (Frames) ۽ ٻيا ڪيترائي تعميراتي حصا شامل آهن.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي تعمير جي طريقي موجب عام طور ٻن قسمن ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي:

* '''اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري ڪاسٽ ڪنڪريٽ)، جنهن جا جزا ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪري تعميراتي هنڌ تي نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن.
* '''جاءِ تي وڌل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (ڪاسٽ-ان -پليس ڪنڪريٽ)، جيڪو سڌو سنئون تعميراتي هنڌ تي شٽرنگ اندر وجهي تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڪنهن به عمارت ۾ مناسب فرش نظام (Floor System) جي چونڊ ۽ ڊزائن انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان عمارت جي مجموعي ڪارڪردگي تي سڌو اثر پوي ٿو. فرش جي ڊزائن ۾ معمولي تبديليون به تعميراتي مواد جي خرچ، تعمير مڪمل ٿيڻ جي مدت، ڍانچي جي آخري مضبوطي، سار سنڀال جي خرچن، استعمال ڪندڙن جي گنجائش ۽ عمارت جي آخري استعمال تي نمايان اثر وجهي سگهن ٿيون.

فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کان سواءِ جديد دور جون گهڻ ماڙ عمارتون، وڏيون پلون ۽ ٻيا وڏا ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا محفوظ ۽ عملي طور تعمير ڪرڻ ممڪن نه هجي ها.

=== رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا ===

جڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا تعمير ۾ استعمال ٿين ٿا ته اهي ٻاهران لاڳو ٿيندڙ [[تعميراتي بار]] (Structural load) جي اثر هيٺ مخصوص ميڪانيڪي رويو ظاهر ڪندا آهن. استعمال دوران انهن جزن تي هيٺيان قسم جا بار يا قوتون عمل ڪري سگهن ٿيون:&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |author=Bungale S. Taranath |title=Reinforced Concrete Design of Tall Buildings |publisher=CRC Press |year=2009 |page=7 |isbn=978-1-4398-0481-0}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينشن)
* [[دٻاءُ]] (ڪمپريشن)
* [[وڪڙجڻ]] (بينڊنگ)
* [[ڪٽائي دٻاءُ]] (شيئر)
* [[مروڙ]] (ٽورزن)

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن اهڙي نموني ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو اهو انهن سڀني قوتن کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ تعميراتي ڍانچي جي استحڪام، مضبوطي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي يقيني بڻائي.

=== خاصيتون ===

آر سي سي مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارو تعميراتي مواد آهي. ان کي مختلف شڪلين ۾ آسانيءَ سان ڍالي سگهجي ٿو، باهه ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿو، پاڻيءَ جي نفوذ کي گهٽ ڪري ٿو ۽ عام حالتن ۾ گهٽ مرمت جي ضرورت پوي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ملاوٽ ===

آر سي سي جي ملاوٽ هٿ سان يا ڪنڪريٽ مڪسر ذريعي ڪئي ويندي آهي. ننڍن تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ هٿ سان ملاوٽ، جڏهن ته وڏن منصوبن ۾ مشيني ملاوٽ کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها وڌيڪ هڪجهڙائي، تيزي ۽ معياري نتيجا فراهم ڪندي آهي ۽ مواد جي زيان کي گهٽائيندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب ===

پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو مناسب تناسب آر سي سي جي مضبوطي، ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر وجهي ٿو. گهڻو پاڻي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت گهٽائي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته گهٽ پاڻي ملاوٽ کي صحيح نموني استعمال ڪرڻ ۾ ڏکيائي پيدا ڪري سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== جھڪاءُ پرک ===

ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ گهاٽاڻ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ '''جھڪاءُ پرک''' (سلمپ ٽيسٽ) ڪئي ويندي آهي. هن آزمائش ۾ مخروط شڪل واري فولادي قالب ۾ تازي ڪنڪريٽ ڀري ان جي ويهڻ يا جھڪاءَ جي ماپ ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ملاوٽ مقرر معيار مطابق آهي يا نه.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي بندش ===

فولادي سلاخون تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪٽي، موڙي ۽ تار سان مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. انهن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تھ رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن سلاخون زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ۽ ڍانچي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي. ضرورت موجب ڪنڍا (Hooks) ۽ چڙهاڪو (Overlap) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀرائي ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ شٽرنگ، فولادي سلاخن ۽ ٻين لڪل خدمتن جهڙوڪ برقي پائيپن جي جانچ ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي بنا رڪاوٽ جي مناسب رفتار سان وڌو ويندو آهي ۽ ضرورت موجب وائبريٽر ذريعي ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ڪيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن هوا جا خانا ختم ٿين ۽ ''هني ڪومبنگ'' (Honeycombing) جهڙا نقص پيدا نه ٿين.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== سار سنڀال ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ مناسب عرصي تائين ان کي پاڻي ڏئي آلو رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان سيمينٽ جي مڪمل هائيڊريشن ٿئي ٿي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ پاڻيءَ جي مزاحمت وڌي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>hgg0z58gypr2m18jgpok9u9gkr38n2x</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401015</id>
      <parentid>401014</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T23:22:58Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401015</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="32201" sha1="mrl5lfqjpbinwkffhu52v66eopgknwz" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمنٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' ، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (اسٽيل ريئينفورسنگ بارس)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}&lt;/ref&gt;
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (ڪوروژن انجنيئرنگ) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (ڪوروژن) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' کي مختصر طور '''آر سي سي''' ({{lang-en|RCC}}) چيو وڃي ٿو، اهڙو تعميراتي مرڪب آهي، جيڪو [[سيمينٽ]]، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا پٿر جي سنهن ٽڪرن ۽ پاڻيءَ مان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) شامل ڪري ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي قوت وڌائين ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ جي اعليٰ صلاحيت رکي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Expo58 building Philips.jpg|thumb|[[بيلجيم]] جي گاديءَ واري شهر [[برسلز]] ۾ [[ايڪسپو 58]] لاءِ تعمير ڪيل [[فلپس پيوليئن]] جي منفرد شڪل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال سان ممڪن ٿي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور تي ريئنفورسمينٽ (فولادي سلاخن يا ٻين مضبوط ڪندڙ مواد) جي ترتيب اهڙي نموني سان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو ڪنڪريٽ جي انهن حصن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) کي برداشت ڪري سگهي، جتي ٻي صورت ۾ ڏار پوڻ يا ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان هوندو آهي. جديد رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ رڳو فولاد ئي نه، پر [[پوليمر]]ن ۽ ٻين جامع (ڪمپوزٽ) مواد مان ٺهيل مضبوط ڪندڙ عنصر پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ضرورت موجب فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ يا انهن کان سواءِ به ڪم آندا ويندا آهن.

ڪيترين تعميراتي حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي اڳواٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ۽ ريئنفورسمينٽ ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ هوندي آهي. هن طريقي سان ڍانچي جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت بهتر ٿيندي آهي. اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي کي '''پري اسٽرِيسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جا ٻه عام طريقا '''پري ٽينشننگ''' ۽ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ'''  آهن.

مضبوط، لچڪدار ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ ريئنفورسمينٽ ۾ هيٺيون خاصيتون هجڻ ضروري آهن:

* اعليٰ ميڪانيڪي مضبوطي؛
* ڇڪ هيٺ وڏي حد تائين ڊگهو ٿيڻ (ٽينسائل اسٽرين) برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت؛
* ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ)، جيڪا پي ايڇ (pH)، نمي يا ٻين ماحولياتي حالتن کان گهڻو متاثر نه ٿئي؛
* حرارتي مطابقت (ٿرمل ڪامپيٽيبلٽي)، جيئن گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ دوران غير ضروري دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي ماحول ۾ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيداري، جنهن ۾ زنگ (Corrosion) ۽ مستقل دٻاءَ جي اثرن کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت شامل هجي.

== تاريخ ==

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي شروعاتي ترقي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري [[انگلينڊ]] ۽ [[فرانس]] ۾ لڳ ڀڳ هڪ ئي وقت ٿي، جتي مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميرڪارن ڪنڪريٽ کي فولادي مضبوطي سان گڏ استعمال ڪرڻ بابت تجربا شروع ڪيا.

[[فائل:Saint-Denis - Maison François Coignet -1.JPG|thumb|سينٽ ڊينس ۾ فرانسوا ڪوئنيه جو گهر، جيڪو ابتدائي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان هڪ آهي.]]

فرانسيسي تعميرڪار '''[[فرانسوا ڪوئنيه]]''' پهريون شخص هو، جنهن عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |url=https://www.britannica.com/technology/building-construction/Early-steel-frame-high-rises#ref105155 |title=Building construction: The invention of reinforced concrete |encyclopedia=Encyclopedia Britannica}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن 1853ع کان 1855ع جي وچ ۾ [[پيرس]] جي ڀرسان سينٽ ڊينس ۾ واقع 72 [[Rue Charles Michels]] تي پنهنجي رهائش لاءِ چار ماڙ عمارت تعمير ڪرائي، جيڪا '''فرانسوا ڪوئنيه هائوس''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي ۽ ان کي دنيا جي پهرين لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان شمار ڪيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=The oldest concrete structures that have lasted: 72 rue Charles Michels, St. Denis, France |url=https://meva.net/pt-br/oldest-concrete-structures/}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪوئنيه جي لکڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته هن لوهه کي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت وڌائڻ کان وڌيڪ، ڀتين کي هڪ گڏيل (مونولٿڪ) ڍانچي طور مستحڪم رکڻ ۽ انهن کي اونڌو ٿيڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968 |pages=1–33}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ 1872ع–1873ع دوران [[بروڪلن]] ۾ تعمير ٿيل '''پپن بلڊنگ''' (Pippen Building)، جيتوڻيڪ ڪوئنيه جي ڊزائن نه هئي، پر سندس تعميراتي طريقي جو هڪ اهم مثال سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

[[فائل:Maison de logement des ouvriers de l'usine Coignet 2020 6.jpg|thumb|ڪوئنيه طرفان پنهنجي ڪارخاني جي مزدورن لاءِ سينٽ ڊينس ۾ تعمير ڪيل رهائشي عمارت.]]

1854ع ۾ انگريز تعميرڪار '''وليم بي. ولڪنسن''' پنهنجي تعمير هيٺ ٻن ماڙ گهر جي ڇت ۽ فرشن ۾ فولادي مضبوطي استعمال ڪئي. هن فولادي سلاخن کي اهڙي نموني رکيو، جنهن مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته هو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) جي اثرن کان واقف هو، جڏهن ته هن کان اڳ وارا انجنيئر ان ڳالهه کي مڪمل طور نه سمجهي سگهيا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Reinforced Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete Building Construction}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1869ع کان 1870ع جي وچ ۾ '''هينري ايٽن'''  [[انگلينڊ]] جي [[نورفڪ]] ۽ [[سفڪ]] ضلعن جي وچ ۾ وهندڙ [[ويوني درياھ]] تي '''هومرسفيلڊ پل''' جي ڊزائن تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته ان جي تعمير لنڊن جي ڪمپني ''ڊبليو اينڊ ٽي فلپس '' ڪئي. لڳ ڀڳ 15.25 ميٽر (50 فوٽ) ڊگهي هيءَ پل لوهي مضبوطي سان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي پلن مان هڪ هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{NHLE|num=1262142}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي فرانسيسي باغبان '''[[جوزف مونيي]]''' کي به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ارتقا جو اهم اڳواڻ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. هو مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا گلن جا ٿانوَ تيار ڪرڻ لاءِ موجود مواد مان مطمئن نه هو، تنهنڪري هن نوان تجربا شروع ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Day |first=Lance |title=Biographical Dictionary of the History of Technology}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1867ع ۾ مونيي تار جي ڄاري (وائر ميش) ۽ سيمينٽ جي تهه کي گڏائي مضبوط ڪنڪريٽ جا گلدان ٺاهڻ واري طريقي جو پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Britannica URL|biography/Joseph-Monier|Joseph Monier}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ 1877ع ۾ هن ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿنڀن ۽ گرڊرن کي لوهي سلاخن جي ڄار ذريعي مضبوط ڪرڻ واري وڌيڪ ترقي يافته طريقي جو به پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو. جيتوڻيڪ مونيي کي اها ڄاڻ هئي ته فولادي مضبوطي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني يڪجائي وڌائي ٿي، پر اهو واضح ناهي ته کيس ان ڳالهه جي مڪمل سائنسي ڄاڻ هئي ته ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي طاقت ۾ ڪيترو اضافو آڻي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909 |pages=204–210}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1877ع ۾ آمريڪي انجنيئر '''ٿيڊيئس هائٽ'' پنهنجي مشهور رپورٽ ''اين اڪائونٽ آف سم اڪسپيريمينٽس وٿ پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ڪمبائينڊ وٿ آئرن'' شايع ڪئي، جنهن ۾ هن فولاد سان مضبوط ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پنهنجن تجربن جا نتيجا بيان ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Hyatt |first=Thaddeus |title=An Account of Some Experiments with Portland-cement-concrete Combined with Iron}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن جي تحقيق رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي رڳو تجربي واري تعميراتي مواد بدران هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي آزمودل ٽيڪنالاجي طور قائم ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. جيڪڏهن هائٽ جي تحقيق موجود نه هجي ها، ته هن شعبي جي ترقي گهڻي عرصي تائين آزمائش ۽ غلطي (ٽرائل ۽ ارر) جي غير يقيني طريقن تي دارومدار رکندي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سائنسي ترقي ۽ عالمي ڦهلاءُ ===

1870ع واري ڏهاڪي کان اڳ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير، جيتوڻيڪ ان جون پاڙون [[رومي سلطنت]] تائين پهچن ٿيون ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ ان جو ٻيهر استعمال شروع ٿيو هو، پر ان کي اڃا مڪمل طور سائنسي طور ثابت ٿيل تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي نه سمجهيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Citation |last=Aprea |first=Salvatore |chapter=The Search for Affordable Cement and Concrete in the 18th and 19th Century |title=High Tech Concrete: Where Technology and Engineering Meet |year=2018}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري انگلينڊ ۾ ڄاول انجنيئر '''[[ارنسٽ ايل. رينسم]]''' رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. هن گذريل پنجاهه سالن دوران ٿيل تحقيق ۽ تجربن مان فائدو وٺندي اڳين ايجادڪارن جي ڪيترين ئي تعميراتي طريقن کي وڌيڪ بهتر بڻايو. سندس سڀ کان اهم ايجاد فولادي سلاخن کي مروڙي استعمال ڪرڻ هئي، جنهن سان سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ چنبڙڻ (بانڊ) گهڻو مضبوط ٿي ويو ۽ ڍانچي جي مجموعي مضبوطي ۾ نمايان واڌارو آيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Episode 81: Rebar and the Alvord Lake Bridge}}&lt;/ref&gt;

رينسم پنهنجي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ وارين عمارتن سبب وڏي شهرت حاصل ڪئي، جنهن کان پوءِ هن 1886ع کان 1889ع جي وچ ۾ اتر آمريڪا جي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ پلن مان ٻه تعمير ڪرايون. انهن مان هڪ پل، '''[[سمٿ-رينسم جيپنيز برج]]'''، اڄ به [[نيو يارڪ]] جي [[شيلٽر آئلينڊ، نيو يارڪ|شيلٽر آئلينڊ]] تي موجود آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آمريڪا]] ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل ابتدائي عمارتن مان هڪ '''[[وليم اي. وارڊ هائوس]]''' هئي، جيڪا وليم اي. وارڊ جي ڊزائن موجب 1876ع ۾ مڪمل ٿي. هن رهائشي عمارت کي خاص طور باهه کان وڌيڪ تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ جي مقصد سان تعمير ڪيو ويو.

جرمن سول انجنيئر '''[[گستاو ايڊولف وائس]]''' پڻ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم شخصيت هو. 1879ع ۾ هن جوزف مونيي جي پيٽنٽن جا جرمن حق خريد ڪيا، ۽ 1884ع ۾ سندس ڪمپني '''[[ويس اينڊ فريٽيگ]]''' انهن طريقن کي پهريون ڀيرو تجارتي بنيادن تي استعمال ڪيو. 1890ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين وائس ۽ سندس ڪمپني مونيي جي نظام کي وڌيڪ ترقي ڏئي ان کي هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي ٻڌل، منظم ۽ قابل اعتماد تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Lamington Bridge Mary River.jpg|thumb|[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]، جيڪا آسٽريليا جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي.]]

[[آسٽريليا]] جي '''[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]''' ملڪ جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي. هن پل جي ڊزائن [[الفريڊ بارٽن بريڊي]] تيار ڪئي، جيڪو 1896ع ۾ [[ڪئينز لينڊ]] جو سرڪاري معمار هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge |publisher=Queensland Government}}&lt;/ref&gt; پل ۾ 15.2 ميٽر ڊگها يارنهن اسپين هئا ۽ ان جي ڪل ڊيگهه لڳ ڀڳ 187 ميٽر هئي، جيڪا ان دور ۾ دنيا جي ساڳئي قسم جي مشهور پلن کان به وڏي سمجهي ويندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge, Mary River, 1896- |publisher=Engineers Australia}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات ===

ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تيزيءَ سان مقبول تعميراتي مواد بڻجي ويو. ان عرصي دوران انجنيئرن ۽ معمارن هن ٽيڪنالاجي کي اوچي عمارتن، پلن ۽ ٻين وڏن تعميراتي منصوبن ۾ استعمال ڪرڻ شروع ڪيو.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل شروعاتي اوچين عمارتن مان هڪ 16 ماڙ '''انگالس بلڊنگ''' هئي، جيڪا 1904ع ۾ آمريڪا جي شهر سنسناٽي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;CIVL1101&quot;/&gt;

ڏکڻ ڪيليفورنيا ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پهرين عمارت '''لافلن اينيڪس''' هئي، جيڪا 1905ع ۾ لاس اينجلس جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Los Angeles from the Mountains to the Sea |volume=2 |last=McGroarty |first=John Steven |year=1921 |page=176}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Annual Report of the City Auditor, City of Los Angeles |year=1905 |pages=71–73}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع دوران لاس اينجلس ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن لاءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ سورهن تعميراتي اجازت ناما جاري ڪيا ويا. انهن ۾ '''ٽيمپل آڊيٽوريم''' ۽ اٺ ماڙ '''هيورڊ هوٽل''' به شامل هئا، جيڪي ان ڳالهه جو ثبوت هئا ته هي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي تيزيءَ سان عام ٿي رهي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |last=Williams |first=D. |title=What Builders are Doing |journal=Carpentry and Building |year=1907 |page=66}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |title=Reinforced Concrete Buildings at Los Angeles, Cal. |journal=Engineering News-Record |year=1906 |volume=55 |page=449}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ لانگ بيچ ۾ تعمير هيٺ '''بڪسبي هوٽل''' جو هڪ حصو وقت کان اڳ عارضي سهارن (Shoring) کي هٽائڻ سبب ڊهي پيو، جنهن ۾ ڏهه مزدور فوت ٿي ويا. هن حادثي کان پوءِ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعميراتي طريقن ۽ عمارتن جي جاچ پڙتال بابت وڌيڪ سخت ضابطا اختيار ڪيا ويا. ماهرن سفارش ڪئي ته مستقبل ۾ فرشن، ڀتين ۽ ڍانچي جي ٻين اهم حصن ۾ مڪمل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تعمير وڌيڪ محفوظ بڻجي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite magazine |title=Partial Collapse of the Bixby Hotel at Long Beach |magazine=Architect and Engineer of California |year=1906 |volume=VII |issue=1 |pages=44–48}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1904ع جي اپريل مهيني ۾ آمريڪي معمار ۽ انجنيئر '''جوليا مورگن''' پنهنجي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارت، '''ايل ڪيمپانيل'''، مڪمل ڪئي، جيڪا 72 فوٽ اوچي گهنڊ گهر (بيل ٽاور) هئي ۽ ملز ڪاليج ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=El Campanil, Mills College: Julia Morgan 1903–1904}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو ۾ آيل شديد زلزلي دوران ايل ڪيمپانيل کي ڪو به اهم نقصان نه پهتو، جنهن سان جوليا مورگن جي شهرت ۾ وڏو اضافو ٿيو ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي تي عوام جو اعتماد پڻ وڌيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Julia Morgan-designed Mills bell tower counts down to its 115th anniversary}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Bay Area Architect Julia Morgan's Legacy Wasn't Just Hearst Castle}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع جي زلزلي کان پوءِ عوام ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت موجود شڪ شبها به گهڻي حد تائين ختم ٿي ويا. ان کان اڳ ڪيترائي ماڻهو هن مواد کي جمالياتي لحاظ کان غير دلڪش سمجهندا هئا، پر زلزلي دوران ان جي بهتر ڪارڪردگي سبب ان جي مقبوليت وڌي وئي. نتيجي طور 1908ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو جي بلدياتي اختيارين عمارت سازي جا ضابطا تبديل ڪري رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وڌيڪ وسيع استعمال جي اجازت ڏني.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=How one building survived the San Francisco earthquake and changed the world}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== معيارن جي جوڙجڪ ۽ ضابطا ===

1906ع ۾ '''نيشنل ايسوسيئيشن آف سيمينٽ يوزرس''' (مختصر: NACU) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پهريون معياري دستاويز '''اسٽينڊرڊ نمبر 1''' شايع ڪيو، جنهن ۾ پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ جي معيار، خاصيتن ۽ استعمال بابت بنيادي فني گهرجون مقرر ڪيون ويون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Specifications for Portland Cement of the American Society for Testing Materials, Standard No. 1 |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1906 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان پوءِ 1910ع ۾ ساڳئي اداري '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال لاءِ معياري عمارتي ضابطا''' (''اسٽينڊرڊ بلڊنگ ريگيوليشنز فار دي يوز آف ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ '') جاري ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Building Regulations for the Use of Reinforced Concrete |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1910 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن ضابطن ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن، تعمير، جاچ ۽ استعمال بابت تفصيلي فني هدايتون شامل هيون.
انهن معيارن جي جاري ٿيڻ سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميراتي ادارن وٽ هڪجهڙن اصولن تحت ٿيڻ لڳي. نتيجي طور تعميراتي حفاظت، معيار، مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ نمايان بهتري آئي، ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جديد عمارت سازيءَ جي سڀ کان اهم تعميراتي مواد مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

== تعمير ۾ استعمال ==

[[فائل:SagradaFamiliaRoof2.jpg|thumb|upright=1.5|right|2009ع ۾ تعمير هيٺ [[ساگراڊا فاميليا]] جي ڇت ۾ لڳايل فولادي سلاخون (ريبار).]]

[[فائل:O Cristo Redentor.JPG|thumb|[[ريو ڊي جينيرو]]، [[برازيل]] ۾ واقع '''مسيح ڇوٽڪارو ڏيندڙ''' جو مجسمو، جيڪو رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان تعمير ٿيل آهي ۽ ان جي ٻاهرئين سطح هزارين ٽڪنڊي صابڻي پٿر (Soapstone) جي ٽڪرن سان ڍڪيل آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia |title=Christ the Redeemer |encyclopedia=Encyclopædia Britannica |last=Murray |first=Lorraine |url=http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/1435544/Christ-the-Redeemer}}&lt;/ref&gt;]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ تعميراتي صنعت ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد مان هڪ آهي. ان جي مدد سان مختلف قسمن جا تعميراتي جزا ۽ ڍانچا تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ تختو|ڪنڪريٽ جا تختا]] (Slabs)، [[ڀت]]، [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاعون]] (Beams)، [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀا]]، [[بنياد]]، ڍانچا (Frames) ۽ ٻيا ڪيترائي تعميراتي حصا شامل آهن.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي تعمير جي طريقي موجب عام طور ٻن قسمن ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي:

* '''اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري ڪاسٽ ڪنڪريٽ)، جنهن جا جزا ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪري تعميراتي هنڌ تي نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن.
* '''جاءِ تي وڌل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (ڪاسٽ-ان -پليس ڪنڪريٽ)، جيڪو سڌو سنئون تعميراتي هنڌ تي شٽرنگ اندر وجهي تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڪنهن به عمارت ۾ مناسب فرش نظام (Floor System) جي چونڊ ۽ ڊزائن انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان عمارت جي مجموعي ڪارڪردگي تي سڌو اثر پوي ٿو. فرش جي ڊزائن ۾ معمولي تبديليون به تعميراتي مواد جي خرچ، تعمير مڪمل ٿيڻ جي مدت، ڍانچي جي آخري مضبوطي، سار سنڀال جي خرچن، استعمال ڪندڙن جي گنجائش ۽ عمارت جي آخري استعمال تي نمايان اثر وجهي سگهن ٿيون.

فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کان سواءِ جديد دور جون گهڻ ماڙ عمارتون، وڏيون پلون ۽ ٻيا وڏا ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا محفوظ ۽ عملي طور تعمير ڪرڻ ممڪن نه هجي ها.

=== رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا ===

جڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا تعمير ۾ استعمال ٿين ٿا ته اهي ٻاهران لاڳو ٿيندڙ [[تعميراتي بار]] (Structural load) جي اثر هيٺ مخصوص ميڪانيڪي رويو ظاهر ڪندا آهن. استعمال دوران انهن جزن تي هيٺيان قسم جا بار يا قوتون عمل ڪري سگهن ٿيون:&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |author=Bungale S. Taranath |title=Reinforced Concrete Design of Tall Buildings |publisher=CRC Press |year=2009 |page=7 |isbn=978-1-4398-0481-0}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينشن)
* [[دٻاءُ]] (ڪمپريشن)
* [[وڪڙجڻ]] (بينڊنگ)
* [[ڪٽائي دٻاءُ]] (شيئر)
* [[مروڙ]] (ٽورزن)

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن اهڙي نموني ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو اهو انهن سڀني قوتن کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ تعميراتي ڍانچي جي استحڪام، مضبوطي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي يقيني بڻائي.

=== فولادي سلاخن جي ڊزائن ===

رِيئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن هميشه قابل انجنيئر يا لاڳاپيل فني اداري طرفان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي. سلاخن جو قطر، وڇاءُ، چڙهاڪو ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه عمارت جي قسم، بار ۽ لاڳو تعميراتي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|ڪنڪريٽ وجھڻ کان اڳ اسٽيل يا لوھ جي سيخن جو پڃري وانگر ڄار وڇايل]]

=== فولادي سلاخن جي بندش ===

فولادي سلاخون تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪٽي، موڙي ۽ تار سان مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. انهن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تھ رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن سلاخون زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ۽ ڍانچي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي. ضرورت موجب ڪنڍا (Hooks) ۽ چڙهاڪو (Overlap) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== تياري  ===

آر سي سي مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارو تعميراتي مواد آهي. ان کي مختلف شڪلين ۾ آسانيءَ سان ڍالي سگهجي ٿو، باهه ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿو، پاڻيءَ جي نفوذ کي گهٽ ڪري ٿو ۽ عام حالتن ۾ گهٽ مرمت جي ضرورت پوي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ملاوٽ ===

آر سي سي جي ملاوٽ هٿ سان يا ڪنڪريٽ مڪسر ذريعي ڪئي ويندي آهي. ننڍن تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ هٿ سان ملاوٽ، جڏهن ته وڏن منصوبن ۾ مشيني ملاوٽ کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها وڌيڪ هڪجهڙائي، تيزي ۽ معياري نتيجا فراهم ڪندي آهي ۽ مواد جي زيان کي گهٽائيندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب ===

پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو مناسب تناسب آر سي سي جي مضبوطي، ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر وجهي ٿو. گهڻو پاڻي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت گهٽائي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته گهٽ پاڻي ملاوٽ کي صحيح نموني استعمال ڪرڻ ۾ ڏکيائي پيدا ڪري سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== جھڪاءُ پرک ===

ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ گهاٽاڻ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ '''جھڪاءُ پرک''' (سلمپ ٽيسٽ) ڪئي ويندي آهي. هن آزمائش ۾ مخروط شڪل واري فولادي قالب ۾ تازي ڪنڪريٽ ڀري ان جي ويهڻ يا جھڪاءَ جي ماپ ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ملاوٽ مقرر معيار مطابق آهي يا نه.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


=== ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀرائي ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ شٽرنگ، فولادي سلاخن ۽ ٻين لڪل خدمتن جهڙوڪ برقي پائيپن جي جانچ ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي بنا رڪاوٽ جي مناسب رفتار سان وڌو ويندو آهي ۽ ضرورت موجب وائبريٽر ذريعي ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ڪيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن هوا جا خانا ختم ٿين ۽ ''هني ڪومبنگ'' (Honeycombing) جهڙا نقص پيدا نه ٿين.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== سار سنڀال ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ مناسب عرصي تائين ان کي پاڻي ڏئي آلو رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان سيمينٽ جي مڪمل هائيڊريشن ٿئي ٿي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ پاڻيءَ جي مزاحمت وڌي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>mrl5lfqjpbinwkffhu52v66eopgknwz</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401016</id>
      <parentid>401015</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T23:27:12Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401016</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="39492" sha1="5xl0bxjj8ew2st4lhf197acza33d9m6" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمنٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' ، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (اسٽيل ريئينفورسنگ بارس)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}&lt;/ref&gt;
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (ڪوروژن انجنيئرنگ) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (ڪوروژن) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' کي مختصر طور '''آر سي سي''' ({{lang-en|RCC}}) چيو وڃي ٿو، اهڙو تعميراتي مرڪب آهي، جيڪو [[سيمينٽ]]، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا پٿر جي سنهن ٽڪرن ۽ پاڻيءَ مان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) شامل ڪري ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي قوت وڌائين ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ جي اعليٰ صلاحيت رکي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Expo58 building Philips.jpg|thumb|[[بيلجيم]] جي گاديءَ واري شهر [[برسلز]] ۾ [[ايڪسپو 58]] لاءِ تعمير ڪيل [[فلپس پيوليئن]] جي منفرد شڪل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال سان ممڪن ٿي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور تي ريئنفورسمينٽ (فولادي سلاخن يا ٻين مضبوط ڪندڙ مواد) جي ترتيب اهڙي نموني سان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو ڪنڪريٽ جي انهن حصن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) کي برداشت ڪري سگهي، جتي ٻي صورت ۾ ڏار پوڻ يا ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان هوندو آهي. جديد رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ رڳو فولاد ئي نه، پر [[پوليمر]]ن ۽ ٻين جامع (ڪمپوزٽ) مواد مان ٺهيل مضبوط ڪندڙ عنصر پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ضرورت موجب فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ يا انهن کان سواءِ به ڪم آندا ويندا آهن.

ڪيترين تعميراتي حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي اڳواٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ۽ ريئنفورسمينٽ ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ هوندي آهي. هن طريقي سان ڍانچي جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت بهتر ٿيندي آهي. اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي کي '''پري اسٽرِيسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جا ٻه عام طريقا '''پري ٽينشننگ''' ۽ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ'''  آهن.

مضبوط، لچڪدار ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ ريئنفورسمينٽ ۾ هيٺيون خاصيتون هجڻ ضروري آهن:

* اعليٰ ميڪانيڪي مضبوطي؛
* ڇڪ هيٺ وڏي حد تائين ڊگهو ٿيڻ (ٽينسائل اسٽرين) برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت؛
* ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ)، جيڪا پي ايڇ (pH)، نمي يا ٻين ماحولياتي حالتن کان گهڻو متاثر نه ٿئي؛
* حرارتي مطابقت (ٿرمل ڪامپيٽيبلٽي)، جيئن گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ دوران غير ضروري دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي ماحول ۾ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيداري، جنهن ۾ زنگ (Corrosion) ۽ مستقل دٻاءَ جي اثرن کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت شامل هجي.

== تاريخ ==

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي شروعاتي ترقي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري [[انگلينڊ]] ۽ [[فرانس]] ۾ لڳ ڀڳ هڪ ئي وقت ٿي، جتي مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميرڪارن ڪنڪريٽ کي فولادي مضبوطي سان گڏ استعمال ڪرڻ بابت تجربا شروع ڪيا.

[[فائل:Saint-Denis - Maison François Coignet -1.JPG|thumb|سينٽ ڊينس ۾ فرانسوا ڪوئنيه جو گهر، جيڪو ابتدائي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان هڪ آهي.]]

فرانسيسي تعميرڪار '''[[فرانسوا ڪوئنيه]]''' پهريون شخص هو، جنهن عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |url=https://www.britannica.com/technology/building-construction/Early-steel-frame-high-rises#ref105155 |title=Building construction: The invention of reinforced concrete |encyclopedia=Encyclopedia Britannica}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن 1853ع کان 1855ع جي وچ ۾ [[پيرس]] جي ڀرسان سينٽ ڊينس ۾ واقع 72 [[Rue Charles Michels]] تي پنهنجي رهائش لاءِ چار ماڙ عمارت تعمير ڪرائي، جيڪا '''فرانسوا ڪوئنيه هائوس''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي ۽ ان کي دنيا جي پهرين لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان شمار ڪيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=The oldest concrete structures that have lasted: 72 rue Charles Michels, St. Denis, France |url=https://meva.net/pt-br/oldest-concrete-structures/}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪوئنيه جي لکڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته هن لوهه کي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت وڌائڻ کان وڌيڪ، ڀتين کي هڪ گڏيل (مونولٿڪ) ڍانچي طور مستحڪم رکڻ ۽ انهن کي اونڌو ٿيڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968 |pages=1–33}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ 1872ع–1873ع دوران [[بروڪلن]] ۾ تعمير ٿيل '''پپن بلڊنگ''' (Pippen Building)، جيتوڻيڪ ڪوئنيه جي ڊزائن نه هئي، پر سندس تعميراتي طريقي جو هڪ اهم مثال سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

[[فائل:Maison de logement des ouvriers de l'usine Coignet 2020 6.jpg|thumb|ڪوئنيه طرفان پنهنجي ڪارخاني جي مزدورن لاءِ سينٽ ڊينس ۾ تعمير ڪيل رهائشي عمارت.]]

1854ع ۾ انگريز تعميرڪار '''وليم بي. ولڪنسن''' پنهنجي تعمير هيٺ ٻن ماڙ گهر جي ڇت ۽ فرشن ۾ فولادي مضبوطي استعمال ڪئي. هن فولادي سلاخن کي اهڙي نموني رکيو، جنهن مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته هو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) جي اثرن کان واقف هو، جڏهن ته هن کان اڳ وارا انجنيئر ان ڳالهه کي مڪمل طور نه سمجهي سگهيا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Reinforced Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete Building Construction}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1869ع کان 1870ع جي وچ ۾ '''هينري ايٽن'''  [[انگلينڊ]] جي [[نورفڪ]] ۽ [[سفڪ]] ضلعن جي وچ ۾ وهندڙ [[ويوني درياھ]] تي '''هومرسفيلڊ پل''' جي ڊزائن تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته ان جي تعمير لنڊن جي ڪمپني ''ڊبليو اينڊ ٽي فلپس '' ڪئي. لڳ ڀڳ 15.25 ميٽر (50 فوٽ) ڊگهي هيءَ پل لوهي مضبوطي سان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي پلن مان هڪ هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{NHLE|num=1262142}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي فرانسيسي باغبان '''[[جوزف مونيي]]''' کي به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ارتقا جو اهم اڳواڻ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. هو مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا گلن جا ٿانوَ تيار ڪرڻ لاءِ موجود مواد مان مطمئن نه هو، تنهنڪري هن نوان تجربا شروع ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Day |first=Lance |title=Biographical Dictionary of the History of Technology}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1867ع ۾ مونيي تار جي ڄاري (وائر ميش) ۽ سيمينٽ جي تهه کي گڏائي مضبوط ڪنڪريٽ جا گلدان ٺاهڻ واري طريقي جو پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Britannica URL|biography/Joseph-Monier|Joseph Monier}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ 1877ع ۾ هن ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿنڀن ۽ گرڊرن کي لوهي سلاخن جي ڄار ذريعي مضبوط ڪرڻ واري وڌيڪ ترقي يافته طريقي جو به پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو. جيتوڻيڪ مونيي کي اها ڄاڻ هئي ته فولادي مضبوطي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني يڪجائي وڌائي ٿي، پر اهو واضح ناهي ته کيس ان ڳالهه جي مڪمل سائنسي ڄاڻ هئي ته ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي طاقت ۾ ڪيترو اضافو آڻي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909 |pages=204–210}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1877ع ۾ آمريڪي انجنيئر '''ٿيڊيئس هائٽ'' پنهنجي مشهور رپورٽ ''اين اڪائونٽ آف سم اڪسپيريمينٽس وٿ پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ڪمبائينڊ وٿ آئرن'' شايع ڪئي، جنهن ۾ هن فولاد سان مضبوط ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پنهنجن تجربن جا نتيجا بيان ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Hyatt |first=Thaddeus |title=An Account of Some Experiments with Portland-cement-concrete Combined with Iron}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن جي تحقيق رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي رڳو تجربي واري تعميراتي مواد بدران هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي آزمودل ٽيڪنالاجي طور قائم ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. جيڪڏهن هائٽ جي تحقيق موجود نه هجي ها، ته هن شعبي جي ترقي گهڻي عرصي تائين آزمائش ۽ غلطي (ٽرائل ۽ ارر) جي غير يقيني طريقن تي دارومدار رکندي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سائنسي ترقي ۽ عالمي ڦهلاءُ ===

1870ع واري ڏهاڪي کان اڳ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير، جيتوڻيڪ ان جون پاڙون [[رومي سلطنت]] تائين پهچن ٿيون ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ ان جو ٻيهر استعمال شروع ٿيو هو، پر ان کي اڃا مڪمل طور سائنسي طور ثابت ٿيل تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي نه سمجهيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Citation |last=Aprea |first=Salvatore |chapter=The Search for Affordable Cement and Concrete in the 18th and 19th Century |title=High Tech Concrete: Where Technology and Engineering Meet |year=2018}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري انگلينڊ ۾ ڄاول انجنيئر '''[[ارنسٽ ايل. رينسم]]''' رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. هن گذريل پنجاهه سالن دوران ٿيل تحقيق ۽ تجربن مان فائدو وٺندي اڳين ايجادڪارن جي ڪيترين ئي تعميراتي طريقن کي وڌيڪ بهتر بڻايو. سندس سڀ کان اهم ايجاد فولادي سلاخن کي مروڙي استعمال ڪرڻ هئي، جنهن سان سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ چنبڙڻ (بانڊ) گهڻو مضبوط ٿي ويو ۽ ڍانچي جي مجموعي مضبوطي ۾ نمايان واڌارو آيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Episode 81: Rebar and the Alvord Lake Bridge}}&lt;/ref&gt;

رينسم پنهنجي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ وارين عمارتن سبب وڏي شهرت حاصل ڪئي، جنهن کان پوءِ هن 1886ع کان 1889ع جي وچ ۾ اتر آمريڪا جي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ پلن مان ٻه تعمير ڪرايون. انهن مان هڪ پل، '''[[سمٿ-رينسم جيپنيز برج]]'''، اڄ به [[نيو يارڪ]] جي [[شيلٽر آئلينڊ، نيو يارڪ|شيلٽر آئلينڊ]] تي موجود آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آمريڪا]] ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل ابتدائي عمارتن مان هڪ '''[[وليم اي. وارڊ هائوس]]''' هئي، جيڪا وليم اي. وارڊ جي ڊزائن موجب 1876ع ۾ مڪمل ٿي. هن رهائشي عمارت کي خاص طور باهه کان وڌيڪ تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ جي مقصد سان تعمير ڪيو ويو.

جرمن سول انجنيئر '''[[گستاو ايڊولف وائس]]''' پڻ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم شخصيت هو. 1879ع ۾ هن جوزف مونيي جي پيٽنٽن جا جرمن حق خريد ڪيا، ۽ 1884ع ۾ سندس ڪمپني '''[[ويس اينڊ فريٽيگ]]''' انهن طريقن کي پهريون ڀيرو تجارتي بنيادن تي استعمال ڪيو. 1890ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين وائس ۽ سندس ڪمپني مونيي جي نظام کي وڌيڪ ترقي ڏئي ان کي هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي ٻڌل، منظم ۽ قابل اعتماد تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Lamington Bridge Mary River.jpg|thumb|[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]، جيڪا آسٽريليا جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي.]]

[[آسٽريليا]] جي '''[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]''' ملڪ جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي. هن پل جي ڊزائن [[الفريڊ بارٽن بريڊي]] تيار ڪئي، جيڪو 1896ع ۾ [[ڪئينز لينڊ]] جو سرڪاري معمار هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge |publisher=Queensland Government}}&lt;/ref&gt; پل ۾ 15.2 ميٽر ڊگها يارنهن اسپين هئا ۽ ان جي ڪل ڊيگهه لڳ ڀڳ 187 ميٽر هئي، جيڪا ان دور ۾ دنيا جي ساڳئي قسم جي مشهور پلن کان به وڏي سمجهي ويندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge, Mary River, 1896- |publisher=Engineers Australia}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات ===

ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تيزيءَ سان مقبول تعميراتي مواد بڻجي ويو. ان عرصي دوران انجنيئرن ۽ معمارن هن ٽيڪنالاجي کي اوچي عمارتن، پلن ۽ ٻين وڏن تعميراتي منصوبن ۾ استعمال ڪرڻ شروع ڪيو.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل شروعاتي اوچين عمارتن مان هڪ 16 ماڙ '''انگالس بلڊنگ''' هئي، جيڪا 1904ع ۾ آمريڪا جي شهر سنسناٽي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;CIVL1101&quot;/&gt;

ڏکڻ ڪيليفورنيا ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پهرين عمارت '''لافلن اينيڪس''' هئي، جيڪا 1905ع ۾ لاس اينجلس جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Los Angeles from the Mountains to the Sea |volume=2 |last=McGroarty |first=John Steven |year=1921 |page=176}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Annual Report of the City Auditor, City of Los Angeles |year=1905 |pages=71–73}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع دوران لاس اينجلس ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن لاءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ سورهن تعميراتي اجازت ناما جاري ڪيا ويا. انهن ۾ '''ٽيمپل آڊيٽوريم''' ۽ اٺ ماڙ '''هيورڊ هوٽل''' به شامل هئا، جيڪي ان ڳالهه جو ثبوت هئا ته هي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي تيزيءَ سان عام ٿي رهي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |last=Williams |first=D. |title=What Builders are Doing |journal=Carpentry and Building |year=1907 |page=66}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |title=Reinforced Concrete Buildings at Los Angeles, Cal. |journal=Engineering News-Record |year=1906 |volume=55 |page=449}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ لانگ بيچ ۾ تعمير هيٺ '''بڪسبي هوٽل''' جو هڪ حصو وقت کان اڳ عارضي سهارن (Shoring) کي هٽائڻ سبب ڊهي پيو، جنهن ۾ ڏهه مزدور فوت ٿي ويا. هن حادثي کان پوءِ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعميراتي طريقن ۽ عمارتن جي جاچ پڙتال بابت وڌيڪ سخت ضابطا اختيار ڪيا ويا. ماهرن سفارش ڪئي ته مستقبل ۾ فرشن، ڀتين ۽ ڍانچي جي ٻين اهم حصن ۾ مڪمل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تعمير وڌيڪ محفوظ بڻجي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite magazine |title=Partial Collapse of the Bixby Hotel at Long Beach |magazine=Architect and Engineer of California |year=1906 |volume=VII |issue=1 |pages=44–48}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1904ع جي اپريل مهيني ۾ آمريڪي معمار ۽ انجنيئر '''جوليا مورگن''' پنهنجي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارت، '''ايل ڪيمپانيل'''، مڪمل ڪئي، جيڪا 72 فوٽ اوچي گهنڊ گهر (بيل ٽاور) هئي ۽ ملز ڪاليج ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=El Campanil, Mills College: Julia Morgan 1903–1904}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو ۾ آيل شديد زلزلي دوران ايل ڪيمپانيل کي ڪو به اهم نقصان نه پهتو، جنهن سان جوليا مورگن جي شهرت ۾ وڏو اضافو ٿيو ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي تي عوام جو اعتماد پڻ وڌيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Julia Morgan-designed Mills bell tower counts down to its 115th anniversary}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Bay Area Architect Julia Morgan's Legacy Wasn't Just Hearst Castle}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع جي زلزلي کان پوءِ عوام ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت موجود شڪ شبها به گهڻي حد تائين ختم ٿي ويا. ان کان اڳ ڪيترائي ماڻهو هن مواد کي جمالياتي لحاظ کان غير دلڪش سمجهندا هئا، پر زلزلي دوران ان جي بهتر ڪارڪردگي سبب ان جي مقبوليت وڌي وئي. نتيجي طور 1908ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو جي بلدياتي اختيارين عمارت سازي جا ضابطا تبديل ڪري رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وڌيڪ وسيع استعمال جي اجازت ڏني.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=How one building survived the San Francisco earthquake and changed the world}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== معيارن جي جوڙجڪ ۽ ضابطا ===

1906ع ۾ '''نيشنل ايسوسيئيشن آف سيمينٽ يوزرس''' (مختصر: NACU) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پهريون معياري دستاويز '''اسٽينڊرڊ نمبر 1''' شايع ڪيو، جنهن ۾ پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ جي معيار، خاصيتن ۽ استعمال بابت بنيادي فني گهرجون مقرر ڪيون ويون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Specifications for Portland Cement of the American Society for Testing Materials, Standard No. 1 |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1906 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان پوءِ 1910ع ۾ ساڳئي اداري '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال لاءِ معياري عمارتي ضابطا''' (''اسٽينڊرڊ بلڊنگ ريگيوليشنز فار دي يوز آف ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ '') جاري ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Building Regulations for the Use of Reinforced Concrete |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1910 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن ضابطن ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن، تعمير، جاچ ۽ استعمال بابت تفصيلي فني هدايتون شامل هيون.
انهن معيارن جي جاري ٿيڻ سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميراتي ادارن وٽ هڪجهڙن اصولن تحت ٿيڻ لڳي. نتيجي طور تعميراتي حفاظت، معيار، مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ نمايان بهتري آئي، ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جديد عمارت سازيءَ جي سڀ کان اهم تعميراتي مواد مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

== تعمير ۾ استعمال ==

[[فائل:SagradaFamiliaRoof2.jpg|thumb|upright=1.5|right|2009ع ۾ تعمير هيٺ [[ساگراڊا فاميليا]] جي ڇت ۾ لڳايل فولادي سلاخون (ريبار).]]

[[فائل:O Cristo Redentor.JPG|thumb|[[ريو ڊي جينيرو]]، [[برازيل]] ۾ واقع '''مسيح ڇوٽڪارو ڏيندڙ''' جو مجسمو، جيڪو رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان تعمير ٿيل آهي ۽ ان جي ٻاهرئين سطح هزارين ٽڪنڊي صابڻي پٿر (Soapstone) جي ٽڪرن سان ڍڪيل آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia |title=Christ the Redeemer |encyclopedia=Encyclopædia Britannica |last=Murray |first=Lorraine |url=http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/1435544/Christ-the-Redeemer}}&lt;/ref&gt;]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ تعميراتي صنعت ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد مان هڪ آهي. ان جي مدد سان مختلف قسمن جا تعميراتي جزا ۽ ڍانچا تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ تختو|ڪنڪريٽ جا تختا]] (Slabs)، [[ڀت]]، [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاعون]] (Beams)، [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀا]]، [[بنياد]]، ڍانچا (Frames) ۽ ٻيا ڪيترائي تعميراتي حصا شامل آهن.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي تعمير جي طريقي موجب عام طور ٻن قسمن ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي:

* '''اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري ڪاسٽ ڪنڪريٽ)، جنهن جا جزا ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪري تعميراتي هنڌ تي نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن.
* '''جاءِ تي وڌل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (ڪاسٽ-ان -پليس ڪنڪريٽ)، جيڪو سڌو سنئون تعميراتي هنڌ تي شٽرنگ اندر وجهي تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڪنهن به عمارت ۾ مناسب فرش نظام (Floor System) جي چونڊ ۽ ڊزائن انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان عمارت جي مجموعي ڪارڪردگي تي سڌو اثر پوي ٿو. فرش جي ڊزائن ۾ معمولي تبديليون به تعميراتي مواد جي خرچ، تعمير مڪمل ٿيڻ جي مدت، ڍانچي جي آخري مضبوطي، سار سنڀال جي خرچن، استعمال ڪندڙن جي گنجائش ۽ عمارت جي آخري استعمال تي نمايان اثر وجهي سگهن ٿيون.

فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کان سواءِ جديد دور جون گهڻ ماڙ عمارتون، وڏيون پلون ۽ ٻيا وڏا ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا محفوظ ۽ عملي طور تعمير ڪرڻ ممڪن نه هجي ها.

=== رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا ===

جڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا تعمير ۾ استعمال ٿين ٿا ته اهي ٻاهران لاڳو ٿيندڙ [[تعميراتي بار]] (Structural load) جي اثر هيٺ مخصوص ميڪانيڪي رويو ظاهر ڪندا آهن. استعمال دوران انهن جزن تي هيٺيان قسم جا بار يا قوتون عمل ڪري سگهن ٿيون:&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |author=Bungale S. Taranath |title=Reinforced Concrete Design of Tall Buildings |publisher=CRC Press |year=2009 |page=7 |isbn=978-1-4398-0481-0}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينشن)
* [[دٻاءُ]] (ڪمپريشن)
* [[وڪڙجڻ]] (بينڊنگ)
* [[ڪٽائي دٻاءُ]] (شيئر)
* [[مروڙ]] (ٽورزن)

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن اهڙي نموني ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو اهو انهن سڀني قوتن کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ تعميراتي ڍانچي جي استحڪام، مضبوطي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي يقيني بڻائي.

=== فولادي سلاخن جي ڊزائن ===

رِيئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن هميشه قابل انجنيئر يا لاڳاپيل فني اداري طرفان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي. سلاخن جو قطر، وڇاءُ، چڙهاڪو ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه عمارت جي قسم، بار ۽ لاڳو تعميراتي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|ڪنڪريٽ وجھڻ کان اڳ اسٽيل يا لوھ جي سيخن جو پڃري وانگر ڄار وڇايل]]

=== فولادي سلاخن جي بندش ===

فولادي سلاخون تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪٽي، موڙي ۽ تار سان مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. انهن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تھ رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن سلاخون زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ۽ ڍانچي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي. ضرورت موجب ڪنڍا (Hooks) ۽ چڙهاڪو (Overlap) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== تياري  ===

آر سي سي مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارو تعميراتي مواد آهي. ان کي مختلف شڪلين ۾ آسانيءَ سان ڍالي سگهجي ٿو، باهه ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿو، پاڻيءَ جي نفوذ کي گهٽ ڪري ٿو ۽ عام حالتن ۾ گهٽ مرمت جي ضرورت پوي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ملاوٽ ===

آر سي سي جي ملاوٽ هٿ سان يا ڪنڪريٽ مڪسر ذريعي ڪئي ويندي آهي. ننڍن تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ هٿ سان ملاوٽ، جڏهن ته وڏن منصوبن ۾ مشيني ملاوٽ کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها وڌيڪ هڪجهڙائي، تيزي ۽ معياري نتيجا فراهم ڪندي آهي ۽ مواد جي زيان کي گهٽائيندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب ===

پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو مناسب تناسب آر سي سي جي مضبوطي، ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر وجهي ٿو. گهڻو پاڻي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت گهٽائي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته گهٽ پاڻي ملاوٽ کي صحيح نموني استعمال ڪرڻ ۾ ڏکيائي پيدا ڪري سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== جھڪاءُ پرک ===

ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ گهاٽاڻ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ '''جھڪاءُ پرک''' (سلمپ ٽيسٽ) ڪئي ويندي آهي. هن آزمائش ۾ مخروط شڪل واري فولادي قالب ۾ تازي ڪنڪريٽ ڀري ان جي ويهڻ يا جھڪاءَ جي ماپ ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ملاوٽ مقرر معيار مطابق آهي يا نه.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


=== ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀرائي ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ شٽرنگ، فولادي سلاخن ۽ ٻين لڪل خدمتن جهڙوڪ برقي پائيپن جي جانچ ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي بنا رڪاوٽ جي مناسب رفتار سان وڌو ويندو آهي ۽ ضرورت موجب وائبريٽر ذريعي ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ڪيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن هوا جا خانا ختم ٿين ۽ ''هني ڪومبنگ'' (Honeycombing) جهڙا نقص پيدا نه ٿين.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== سار سنڀال ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ مناسب عرصي تائين ان کي پاڻي ڏئي آلو رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان سيمينٽ جي مڪمل هائيڊريشن ٿئي ٿي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ پاڻيءَ جي مزاحمت وڌي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== رويو ==

=== مواد ===

{{ڏسو پڻ|ڪنڪريٽ|سيمينٽ|تعميراتي بجري|فولادي سلاخ}}

ڪنڪريٽ هڪ گڏيل تعميراتي مواد آهي، جيڪو ٿلهي بجري (جهڙوڪ پٿر يا سرن جي ٽڪرن)، نفيس بجري (عام طور ريتي يا ڀڳل پٿر)، ڳنڍيندڙ مواد (اڪثر [[پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ]]) ۽ پاڻي جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. جڏهن سيمينٽ کي مناسب مقدار ۾ پاڻي سان ملايو وڃي ٿو ته ان ۾ [[هائيڊريشن]]  جو ڪيميائي عمل شروع ٿئي ٿو، جنهن دوران انتهائي ننڍا قلمي (ڪرسٽلائين) ڍانچا ٺهن ٿا. اهي قلمي ڍانچا بجري جي ذرڙن کي پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍي هڪ سخت ۽ مضبوط جسم ۾ تبديل ڪري ڇڏين ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Materials principles and practice|page=61|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|page=357|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;
ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ بجري ۽ ريتي نقصانڪار مادَن، جهڙوڪ حياتياتي گندگين، سلٽ، مٽي، لگنائيٽ ۽ ٻين غير مناسب آميزشن کان پاڪ هجڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙيون آميزشون ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري کي متاثر ڪري سگهن ٿيون.

عام ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءَ (ڪمپريشن) کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي تمام وڏي صلاحيت رکي ٿو، پر جيڪڏهن ان تي نمايان ڇڪ (ٽينشن) پيدا ٿئي، مثال طور وڪڙجڻ (بينڊنگ) سبب، ته ان جي اندر موجود قلمي ڍانچو ٽٽڻ شروع ٿي ويندو آهي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڏار پئجي ويندا آهن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ الڳ ٿيڻ لڳندو آهي. انهيءَ سبب عام (غير ريئنفورسڊ) ڪنڪريٽ کي هميشه اهڙي نموني سهارو ڏنو ويندو آهي، جو ان ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي.

جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر اهڙو مواد رکيو وڃي، جيڪو ڇڪ کي تمام سٺي نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي، جهڙوڪ فولاد، ته پوءِ حاصل ٿيندڙ گڏيل مادو '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' بڻجي ويندو آهي. اهڙي گڏيل مواد ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪري ٿو، جڏهن ته فولادي سلاخون تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪن ٿيون. نتيجي طور اهو نه رڳو دٻاءُ، پر وڪڙجڻ ۽ ٻين تنشي بارن کي به محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ٿو. اهڙي گڏيل نظام کي تعميراتي ضرورت موجب لڳ ڀڳ هر شڪل ۽ ماپ ۾ تيار ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== اهم خاصيتون ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جون غيرمعمولي تعميراتي خاصيتون بنيادي طور هيٺين سببن جي ڪري پيدا ٿين ٿيون:

# ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي [[حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جي عدد]] (ڪوئفيشنٽ آف ٿرمل ايڪسپينشن) تقريباً هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي. تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ٻنهي موادن جي ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ ۾ گهڻو فرق نٿو اچي، جنهن ڪري اندروني دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيڻ جا امڪان گهٽجي وڃن ٿا.

# جڏهن سيمينٽ جو ليپ سخت ٿئي ٿو ته اهو فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿو. نتيجي طور بار يا دٻاءُ ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ مؤثر نموني منتقل ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ چنبڙڻ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط بڻائڻ لاءِ فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري کي عام طور تي اُڀن نشانن يا نالين (ڊيفارميشنز) سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

# سخت ٿيل سيمينٽ جي ليپ ۾ موجود [[الڪلائن]] ماحول، جيڪو پوٽاشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ، سوڊيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ ۽ [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] جي موجودگي سبب پيدا ٿيندو آهي، فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي هڪ حفاظتي غيرفعال (پيسيويشن) تهه ٺاهي ڇڏيندو آهي. هي تهه فولاد کي زنگ لڳڻ کان وڏي حد تائين بچائيندو آهي.

وقت سان گڏ جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ هوا ۽ مينهن جي پاڻيءَ جي رابطي ۾ اچي ٿو ته فضا ۾ موجود ڪاربان ڊاءِ آڪسائيڊ پاڻي سان ملي [[ڪاربونڪ تيزاب]] ٺاهي ٿي. هي تيزاب سيمينٽ جي الڪلائن جزن سان آهستي آهستي ڪيميائي عمل ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيت گهٽائيندو آهي. انهيءَ عمل کي '''ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن'''  چيو ويندو آهي. نتيجي طور ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ (pH) آهستي آهستي گهٽجي ويندو آهي، ۽ جڏهن اهو ڪافي گهٽجي وڃي ٿو ته فولادي سلاخن جي حفاظتي تهه ختم ٿيڻ لڳندي آهي، جنهن کان پوءِ زنگ لڳڻ جو خطرو وڌي ويندو آهي.

عام طور تي جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ لڳ ڀڳ 11 کان مٿي هجي ته فولادي سلاخون محفوظ رهنديون آهن، جڏهن ته پي ايڇ 10 کان هيٺ اچڻ تي، مقامي ماحول ۽ فولاد جي خاصيتن موجب، زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو. ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن ۽ [[ڪلورائيڊ]]ن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي خراب ٿيڻ جا سڀ کان اهم سبب سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.

عام رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جو ڪُل ايراضو گهڻو نه هوندو آهي. عام طور شعاعن ۽ تختن ۾ اهو لڳ ڀڳ هڪ سيڪڙو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه ٿنڀن ۾ ڇهه سيڪڙو تائين ٿي سگهي ٿو. فولادي سلاخون اڪثر گول شڪل واريون هونديون آهن ۽ مختلف قطرن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن.

ڪجهه رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ خالي سوراخ يا کوکلا حصا (ھالو ڪورز) پڻ رکيا ويندا آهن، جيئن نمي ۽ گهم تي بهتر ضابطو آڻي سگهجي.

تحقيق مان معلوم ٿيو آهي ته عمودي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزن ۾، ريئنفورسمينٽ موجود هجڻ باوجود، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي سڄي ڪراس سيڪشن ۾ مڪمل طور هڪجهڙي نه هوندي، پر ڪجهه حد تائين غير يڪسان (انھوموجينيس) ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;&quot;Concrete Inhomogeneity of Vertical Cast-In-Situ Elements In Frame-Type Buildings&quot;.&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>5xl0bxjj8ew2st4lhf197acza33d9m6</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401017</id>
      <parentid>401016</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T23:31:40Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401017</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="41817" sha1="moxfvd0zghmk9cuzw4mc6clth716ymp" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمنٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' ، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (اسٽيل ريئينفورسنگ بارس)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}&lt;/ref&gt;
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (ڪوروژن انجنيئرنگ) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (ڪوروژن) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' کي مختصر طور '''آر سي سي''' ({{lang-en|RCC}}) چيو وڃي ٿو، اهڙو تعميراتي مرڪب آهي، جيڪو [[سيمينٽ]]، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا پٿر جي سنهن ٽڪرن ۽ پاڻيءَ مان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) شامل ڪري ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي قوت وڌائين ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ جي اعليٰ صلاحيت رکي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Expo58 building Philips.jpg|thumb|[[بيلجيم]] جي گاديءَ واري شهر [[برسلز]] ۾ [[ايڪسپو 58]] لاءِ تعمير ڪيل [[فلپس پيوليئن]] جي منفرد شڪل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال سان ممڪن ٿي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور تي ريئنفورسمينٽ (فولادي سلاخن يا ٻين مضبوط ڪندڙ مواد) جي ترتيب اهڙي نموني سان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو ڪنڪريٽ جي انهن حصن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) کي برداشت ڪري سگهي، جتي ٻي صورت ۾ ڏار پوڻ يا ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان هوندو آهي. جديد رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ رڳو فولاد ئي نه، پر [[پوليمر]]ن ۽ ٻين جامع (ڪمپوزٽ) مواد مان ٺهيل مضبوط ڪندڙ عنصر پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ضرورت موجب فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ يا انهن کان سواءِ به ڪم آندا ويندا آهن.

ڪيترين تعميراتي حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي اڳواٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ۽ ريئنفورسمينٽ ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ هوندي آهي. هن طريقي سان ڍانچي جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت بهتر ٿيندي آهي. اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي کي '''پري اسٽرِيسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جا ٻه عام طريقا '''پري ٽينشننگ''' ۽ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ'''  آهن.

مضبوط، لچڪدار ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ ريئنفورسمينٽ ۾ هيٺيون خاصيتون هجڻ ضروري آهن:

* اعليٰ ميڪانيڪي مضبوطي؛
* ڇڪ هيٺ وڏي حد تائين ڊگهو ٿيڻ (ٽينسائل اسٽرين) برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت؛
* ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ)، جيڪا پي ايڇ (pH)، نمي يا ٻين ماحولياتي حالتن کان گهڻو متاثر نه ٿئي؛
* حرارتي مطابقت (ٿرمل ڪامپيٽيبلٽي)، جيئن گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ دوران غير ضروري دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي ماحول ۾ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيداري، جنهن ۾ زنگ (Corrosion) ۽ مستقل دٻاءَ جي اثرن کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت شامل هجي.

== تاريخ ==

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي شروعاتي ترقي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري [[انگلينڊ]] ۽ [[فرانس]] ۾ لڳ ڀڳ هڪ ئي وقت ٿي، جتي مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميرڪارن ڪنڪريٽ کي فولادي مضبوطي سان گڏ استعمال ڪرڻ بابت تجربا شروع ڪيا.

[[فائل:Saint-Denis - Maison François Coignet -1.JPG|thumb|سينٽ ڊينس ۾ فرانسوا ڪوئنيه جو گهر، جيڪو ابتدائي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان هڪ آهي.]]

فرانسيسي تعميرڪار '''[[فرانسوا ڪوئنيه]]''' پهريون شخص هو، جنهن عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |url=https://www.britannica.com/technology/building-construction/Early-steel-frame-high-rises#ref105155 |title=Building construction: The invention of reinforced concrete |encyclopedia=Encyclopedia Britannica}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن 1853ع کان 1855ع جي وچ ۾ [[پيرس]] جي ڀرسان سينٽ ڊينس ۾ واقع 72 [[Rue Charles Michels]] تي پنهنجي رهائش لاءِ چار ماڙ عمارت تعمير ڪرائي، جيڪا '''فرانسوا ڪوئنيه هائوس''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي ۽ ان کي دنيا جي پهرين لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان شمار ڪيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=The oldest concrete structures that have lasted: 72 rue Charles Michels, St. Denis, France |url=https://meva.net/pt-br/oldest-concrete-structures/}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪوئنيه جي لکڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته هن لوهه کي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت وڌائڻ کان وڌيڪ، ڀتين کي هڪ گڏيل (مونولٿڪ) ڍانچي طور مستحڪم رکڻ ۽ انهن کي اونڌو ٿيڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968 |pages=1–33}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ 1872ع–1873ع دوران [[بروڪلن]] ۾ تعمير ٿيل '''پپن بلڊنگ''' (Pippen Building)، جيتوڻيڪ ڪوئنيه جي ڊزائن نه هئي، پر سندس تعميراتي طريقي جو هڪ اهم مثال سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

[[فائل:Maison de logement des ouvriers de l'usine Coignet 2020 6.jpg|thumb|ڪوئنيه طرفان پنهنجي ڪارخاني جي مزدورن لاءِ سينٽ ڊينس ۾ تعمير ڪيل رهائشي عمارت.]]

1854ع ۾ انگريز تعميرڪار '''وليم بي. ولڪنسن''' پنهنجي تعمير هيٺ ٻن ماڙ گهر جي ڇت ۽ فرشن ۾ فولادي مضبوطي استعمال ڪئي. هن فولادي سلاخن کي اهڙي نموني رکيو، جنهن مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته هو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) جي اثرن کان واقف هو، جڏهن ته هن کان اڳ وارا انجنيئر ان ڳالهه کي مڪمل طور نه سمجهي سگهيا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Reinforced Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete Building Construction}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1869ع کان 1870ع جي وچ ۾ '''هينري ايٽن'''  [[انگلينڊ]] جي [[نورفڪ]] ۽ [[سفڪ]] ضلعن جي وچ ۾ وهندڙ [[ويوني درياھ]] تي '''هومرسفيلڊ پل''' جي ڊزائن تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته ان جي تعمير لنڊن جي ڪمپني ''ڊبليو اينڊ ٽي فلپس '' ڪئي. لڳ ڀڳ 15.25 ميٽر (50 فوٽ) ڊگهي هيءَ پل لوهي مضبوطي سان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي پلن مان هڪ هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{NHLE|num=1262142}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي فرانسيسي باغبان '''[[جوزف مونيي]]''' کي به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ارتقا جو اهم اڳواڻ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. هو مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا گلن جا ٿانوَ تيار ڪرڻ لاءِ موجود مواد مان مطمئن نه هو، تنهنڪري هن نوان تجربا شروع ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Day |first=Lance |title=Biographical Dictionary of the History of Technology}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1867ع ۾ مونيي تار جي ڄاري (وائر ميش) ۽ سيمينٽ جي تهه کي گڏائي مضبوط ڪنڪريٽ جا گلدان ٺاهڻ واري طريقي جو پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Britannica URL|biography/Joseph-Monier|Joseph Monier}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ 1877ع ۾ هن ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿنڀن ۽ گرڊرن کي لوهي سلاخن جي ڄار ذريعي مضبوط ڪرڻ واري وڌيڪ ترقي يافته طريقي جو به پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو. جيتوڻيڪ مونيي کي اها ڄاڻ هئي ته فولادي مضبوطي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني يڪجائي وڌائي ٿي، پر اهو واضح ناهي ته کيس ان ڳالهه جي مڪمل سائنسي ڄاڻ هئي ته ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي طاقت ۾ ڪيترو اضافو آڻي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909 |pages=204–210}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1877ع ۾ آمريڪي انجنيئر '''ٿيڊيئس هائٽ'' پنهنجي مشهور رپورٽ ''اين اڪائونٽ آف سم اڪسپيريمينٽس وٿ پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ڪمبائينڊ وٿ آئرن'' شايع ڪئي، جنهن ۾ هن فولاد سان مضبوط ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پنهنجن تجربن جا نتيجا بيان ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Hyatt |first=Thaddeus |title=An Account of Some Experiments with Portland-cement-concrete Combined with Iron}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن جي تحقيق رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي رڳو تجربي واري تعميراتي مواد بدران هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي آزمودل ٽيڪنالاجي طور قائم ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. جيڪڏهن هائٽ جي تحقيق موجود نه هجي ها، ته هن شعبي جي ترقي گهڻي عرصي تائين آزمائش ۽ غلطي (ٽرائل ۽ ارر) جي غير يقيني طريقن تي دارومدار رکندي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سائنسي ترقي ۽ عالمي ڦهلاءُ ===

1870ع واري ڏهاڪي کان اڳ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير، جيتوڻيڪ ان جون پاڙون [[رومي سلطنت]] تائين پهچن ٿيون ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ ان جو ٻيهر استعمال شروع ٿيو هو، پر ان کي اڃا مڪمل طور سائنسي طور ثابت ٿيل تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي نه سمجهيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Citation |last=Aprea |first=Salvatore |chapter=The Search for Affordable Cement and Concrete in the 18th and 19th Century |title=High Tech Concrete: Where Technology and Engineering Meet |year=2018}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري انگلينڊ ۾ ڄاول انجنيئر '''[[ارنسٽ ايل. رينسم]]''' رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. هن گذريل پنجاهه سالن دوران ٿيل تحقيق ۽ تجربن مان فائدو وٺندي اڳين ايجادڪارن جي ڪيترين ئي تعميراتي طريقن کي وڌيڪ بهتر بڻايو. سندس سڀ کان اهم ايجاد فولادي سلاخن کي مروڙي استعمال ڪرڻ هئي، جنهن سان سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ چنبڙڻ (بانڊ) گهڻو مضبوط ٿي ويو ۽ ڍانچي جي مجموعي مضبوطي ۾ نمايان واڌارو آيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Episode 81: Rebar and the Alvord Lake Bridge}}&lt;/ref&gt;

رينسم پنهنجي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ وارين عمارتن سبب وڏي شهرت حاصل ڪئي، جنهن کان پوءِ هن 1886ع کان 1889ع جي وچ ۾ اتر آمريڪا جي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ پلن مان ٻه تعمير ڪرايون. انهن مان هڪ پل، '''[[سمٿ-رينسم جيپنيز برج]]'''، اڄ به [[نيو يارڪ]] جي [[شيلٽر آئلينڊ، نيو يارڪ|شيلٽر آئلينڊ]] تي موجود آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آمريڪا]] ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل ابتدائي عمارتن مان هڪ '''[[وليم اي. وارڊ هائوس]]''' هئي، جيڪا وليم اي. وارڊ جي ڊزائن موجب 1876ع ۾ مڪمل ٿي. هن رهائشي عمارت کي خاص طور باهه کان وڌيڪ تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ جي مقصد سان تعمير ڪيو ويو.

جرمن سول انجنيئر '''[[گستاو ايڊولف وائس]]''' پڻ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم شخصيت هو. 1879ع ۾ هن جوزف مونيي جي پيٽنٽن جا جرمن حق خريد ڪيا، ۽ 1884ع ۾ سندس ڪمپني '''[[ويس اينڊ فريٽيگ]]''' انهن طريقن کي پهريون ڀيرو تجارتي بنيادن تي استعمال ڪيو. 1890ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين وائس ۽ سندس ڪمپني مونيي جي نظام کي وڌيڪ ترقي ڏئي ان کي هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي ٻڌل، منظم ۽ قابل اعتماد تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Lamington Bridge Mary River.jpg|thumb|[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]، جيڪا آسٽريليا جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي.]]

[[آسٽريليا]] جي '''[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]''' ملڪ جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي. هن پل جي ڊزائن [[الفريڊ بارٽن بريڊي]] تيار ڪئي، جيڪو 1896ع ۾ [[ڪئينز لينڊ]] جو سرڪاري معمار هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge |publisher=Queensland Government}}&lt;/ref&gt; پل ۾ 15.2 ميٽر ڊگها يارنهن اسپين هئا ۽ ان جي ڪل ڊيگهه لڳ ڀڳ 187 ميٽر هئي، جيڪا ان دور ۾ دنيا جي ساڳئي قسم جي مشهور پلن کان به وڏي سمجهي ويندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge, Mary River, 1896- |publisher=Engineers Australia}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات ===

ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تيزيءَ سان مقبول تعميراتي مواد بڻجي ويو. ان عرصي دوران انجنيئرن ۽ معمارن هن ٽيڪنالاجي کي اوچي عمارتن، پلن ۽ ٻين وڏن تعميراتي منصوبن ۾ استعمال ڪرڻ شروع ڪيو.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل شروعاتي اوچين عمارتن مان هڪ 16 ماڙ '''انگالس بلڊنگ''' هئي، جيڪا 1904ع ۾ آمريڪا جي شهر سنسناٽي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;CIVL1101&quot;/&gt;

ڏکڻ ڪيليفورنيا ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پهرين عمارت '''لافلن اينيڪس''' هئي، جيڪا 1905ع ۾ لاس اينجلس جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Los Angeles from the Mountains to the Sea |volume=2 |last=McGroarty |first=John Steven |year=1921 |page=176}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Annual Report of the City Auditor, City of Los Angeles |year=1905 |pages=71–73}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع دوران لاس اينجلس ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن لاءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ سورهن تعميراتي اجازت ناما جاري ڪيا ويا. انهن ۾ '''ٽيمپل آڊيٽوريم''' ۽ اٺ ماڙ '''هيورڊ هوٽل''' به شامل هئا، جيڪي ان ڳالهه جو ثبوت هئا ته هي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي تيزيءَ سان عام ٿي رهي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |last=Williams |first=D. |title=What Builders are Doing |journal=Carpentry and Building |year=1907 |page=66}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |title=Reinforced Concrete Buildings at Los Angeles, Cal. |journal=Engineering News-Record |year=1906 |volume=55 |page=449}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ لانگ بيچ ۾ تعمير هيٺ '''بڪسبي هوٽل''' جو هڪ حصو وقت کان اڳ عارضي سهارن (Shoring) کي هٽائڻ سبب ڊهي پيو، جنهن ۾ ڏهه مزدور فوت ٿي ويا. هن حادثي کان پوءِ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعميراتي طريقن ۽ عمارتن جي جاچ پڙتال بابت وڌيڪ سخت ضابطا اختيار ڪيا ويا. ماهرن سفارش ڪئي ته مستقبل ۾ فرشن، ڀتين ۽ ڍانچي جي ٻين اهم حصن ۾ مڪمل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تعمير وڌيڪ محفوظ بڻجي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite magazine |title=Partial Collapse of the Bixby Hotel at Long Beach |magazine=Architect and Engineer of California |year=1906 |volume=VII |issue=1 |pages=44–48}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1904ع جي اپريل مهيني ۾ آمريڪي معمار ۽ انجنيئر '''جوليا مورگن''' پنهنجي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارت، '''ايل ڪيمپانيل'''، مڪمل ڪئي، جيڪا 72 فوٽ اوچي گهنڊ گهر (بيل ٽاور) هئي ۽ ملز ڪاليج ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=El Campanil, Mills College: Julia Morgan 1903–1904}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو ۾ آيل شديد زلزلي دوران ايل ڪيمپانيل کي ڪو به اهم نقصان نه پهتو، جنهن سان جوليا مورگن جي شهرت ۾ وڏو اضافو ٿيو ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي تي عوام جو اعتماد پڻ وڌيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Julia Morgan-designed Mills bell tower counts down to its 115th anniversary}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Bay Area Architect Julia Morgan's Legacy Wasn't Just Hearst Castle}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع جي زلزلي کان پوءِ عوام ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت موجود شڪ شبها به گهڻي حد تائين ختم ٿي ويا. ان کان اڳ ڪيترائي ماڻهو هن مواد کي جمالياتي لحاظ کان غير دلڪش سمجهندا هئا، پر زلزلي دوران ان جي بهتر ڪارڪردگي سبب ان جي مقبوليت وڌي وئي. نتيجي طور 1908ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو جي بلدياتي اختيارين عمارت سازي جا ضابطا تبديل ڪري رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وڌيڪ وسيع استعمال جي اجازت ڏني.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=How one building survived the San Francisco earthquake and changed the world}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== معيارن جي جوڙجڪ ۽ ضابطا ===

1906ع ۾ '''نيشنل ايسوسيئيشن آف سيمينٽ يوزرس''' (مختصر: NACU) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پهريون معياري دستاويز '''اسٽينڊرڊ نمبر 1''' شايع ڪيو، جنهن ۾ پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ جي معيار، خاصيتن ۽ استعمال بابت بنيادي فني گهرجون مقرر ڪيون ويون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Specifications for Portland Cement of the American Society for Testing Materials, Standard No. 1 |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1906 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان پوءِ 1910ع ۾ ساڳئي اداري '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال لاءِ معياري عمارتي ضابطا''' (''اسٽينڊرڊ بلڊنگ ريگيوليشنز فار دي يوز آف ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ '') جاري ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Building Regulations for the Use of Reinforced Concrete |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1910 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن ضابطن ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن، تعمير، جاچ ۽ استعمال بابت تفصيلي فني هدايتون شامل هيون.
انهن معيارن جي جاري ٿيڻ سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميراتي ادارن وٽ هڪجهڙن اصولن تحت ٿيڻ لڳي. نتيجي طور تعميراتي حفاظت، معيار، مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ نمايان بهتري آئي، ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جديد عمارت سازيءَ جي سڀ کان اهم تعميراتي مواد مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

== تعمير ۾ استعمال ==

[[فائل:SagradaFamiliaRoof2.jpg|thumb|upright=1.5|right|2009ع ۾ تعمير هيٺ [[ساگراڊا فاميليا]] جي ڇت ۾ لڳايل فولادي سلاخون (ريبار).]]

[[فائل:O Cristo Redentor.JPG|thumb|[[ريو ڊي جينيرو]]، [[برازيل]] ۾ واقع '''مسيح ڇوٽڪارو ڏيندڙ''' جو مجسمو، جيڪو رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان تعمير ٿيل آهي ۽ ان جي ٻاهرئين سطح هزارين ٽڪنڊي صابڻي پٿر (Soapstone) جي ٽڪرن سان ڍڪيل آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia |title=Christ the Redeemer |encyclopedia=Encyclopædia Britannica |last=Murray |first=Lorraine |url=http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/1435544/Christ-the-Redeemer}}&lt;/ref&gt;]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ تعميراتي صنعت ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد مان هڪ آهي. ان جي مدد سان مختلف قسمن جا تعميراتي جزا ۽ ڍانچا تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ تختو|ڪنڪريٽ جا تختا]] (Slabs)، [[ڀت]]، [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاعون]] (Beams)، [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀا]]، [[بنياد]]، ڍانچا (Frames) ۽ ٻيا ڪيترائي تعميراتي حصا شامل آهن.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي تعمير جي طريقي موجب عام طور ٻن قسمن ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي:

* '''اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري ڪاسٽ ڪنڪريٽ)، جنهن جا جزا ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪري تعميراتي هنڌ تي نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن.
* '''جاءِ تي وڌل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (ڪاسٽ-ان -پليس ڪنڪريٽ)، جيڪو سڌو سنئون تعميراتي هنڌ تي شٽرنگ اندر وجهي تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڪنهن به عمارت ۾ مناسب فرش نظام (Floor System) جي چونڊ ۽ ڊزائن انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان عمارت جي مجموعي ڪارڪردگي تي سڌو اثر پوي ٿو. فرش جي ڊزائن ۾ معمولي تبديليون به تعميراتي مواد جي خرچ، تعمير مڪمل ٿيڻ جي مدت، ڍانچي جي آخري مضبوطي، سار سنڀال جي خرچن، استعمال ڪندڙن جي گنجائش ۽ عمارت جي آخري استعمال تي نمايان اثر وجهي سگهن ٿيون.

فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کان سواءِ جديد دور جون گهڻ ماڙ عمارتون، وڏيون پلون ۽ ٻيا وڏا ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا محفوظ ۽ عملي طور تعمير ڪرڻ ممڪن نه هجي ها.

=== رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا ===

جڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا تعمير ۾ استعمال ٿين ٿا ته اهي ٻاهران لاڳو ٿيندڙ [[تعميراتي بار]] (Structural load) جي اثر هيٺ مخصوص ميڪانيڪي رويو ظاهر ڪندا آهن. استعمال دوران انهن جزن تي هيٺيان قسم جا بار يا قوتون عمل ڪري سگهن ٿيون:&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |author=Bungale S. Taranath |title=Reinforced Concrete Design of Tall Buildings |publisher=CRC Press |year=2009 |page=7 |isbn=978-1-4398-0481-0}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينشن)
* [[دٻاءُ]] (ڪمپريشن)
* [[وڪڙجڻ]] (بينڊنگ)
* [[ڪٽائي دٻاءُ]] (شيئر)
* [[مروڙ]] (ٽورزن)

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن اهڙي نموني ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو اهو انهن سڀني قوتن کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ تعميراتي ڍانچي جي استحڪام، مضبوطي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي يقيني بڻائي.

=== فولادي سلاخن جي ڊزائن ===

رِيئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن هميشه قابل انجنيئر يا لاڳاپيل فني اداري طرفان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي. سلاخن جو قطر، وڇاءُ، چڙهاڪو ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه عمارت جي قسم، بار ۽ لاڳو تعميراتي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|ڪنڪريٽ وجھڻ کان اڳ اسٽيل يا لوھ جي سيخن جو پڃري وانگر ڄار وڇايل]]

=== فولادي سلاخن جي بندش ===

فولادي سلاخون تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪٽي، موڙي ۽ تار سان مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. انهن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تھ رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن سلاخون زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ۽ ڍانچي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي. ضرورت موجب ڪنڍا (Hooks) ۽ چڙهاڪو (Overlap) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== تياري  ===

آر سي سي مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارو تعميراتي مواد آهي. ان کي مختلف شڪلين ۾ آسانيءَ سان ڍالي سگهجي ٿو، باهه ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿو، پاڻيءَ جي نفوذ کي گهٽ ڪري ٿو ۽ عام حالتن ۾ گهٽ مرمت جي ضرورت پوي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ملاوٽ ===

آر سي سي جي ملاوٽ هٿ سان يا ڪنڪريٽ مڪسر ذريعي ڪئي ويندي آهي. ننڍن تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ هٿ سان ملاوٽ، جڏهن ته وڏن منصوبن ۾ مشيني ملاوٽ کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها وڌيڪ هڪجهڙائي، تيزي ۽ معياري نتيجا فراهم ڪندي آهي ۽ مواد جي زيان کي گهٽائيندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب ===

پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو مناسب تناسب آر سي سي جي مضبوطي، ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر وجهي ٿو. گهڻو پاڻي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت گهٽائي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته گهٽ پاڻي ملاوٽ کي صحيح نموني استعمال ڪرڻ ۾ ڏکيائي پيدا ڪري سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== جھڪاءُ پرک ===

ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ گهاٽاڻ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ '''جھڪاءُ پرک''' (سلمپ ٽيسٽ) ڪئي ويندي آهي. هن آزمائش ۾ مخروط شڪل واري فولادي قالب ۾ تازي ڪنڪريٽ ڀري ان جي ويهڻ يا جھڪاءَ جي ماپ ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ملاوٽ مقرر معيار مطابق آهي يا نه.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


=== ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀرائي ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ شٽرنگ، فولادي سلاخن ۽ ٻين لڪل خدمتن جهڙوڪ برقي پائيپن جي جانچ ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي بنا رڪاوٽ جي مناسب رفتار سان وڌو ويندو آهي ۽ ضرورت موجب وائبريٽر ذريعي ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ڪيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن هوا جا خانا ختم ٿين ۽ ''هني ڪومبنگ'' (Honeycombing) جهڙا نقص پيدا نه ٿين.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== سار سنڀال ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ مناسب عرصي تائين ان کي پاڻي ڏئي آلو رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان سيمينٽ جي مڪمل هائيڊريشن ٿئي ٿي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ پاڻيءَ جي مزاحمت وڌي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== رويو ==

=== مواد ===

{{ڏسو پڻ|ڪنڪريٽ|سيمينٽ|تعميراتي بجري|فولادي سلاخ}}

ڪنڪريٽ هڪ گڏيل تعميراتي مواد آهي، جيڪو ٿلهي بجري (جهڙوڪ پٿر يا سرن جي ٽڪرن)، نفيس بجري (عام طور ريتي يا ڀڳل پٿر)، ڳنڍيندڙ مواد (اڪثر [[پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ]]) ۽ پاڻي جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. جڏهن سيمينٽ کي مناسب مقدار ۾ پاڻي سان ملايو وڃي ٿو ته ان ۾ [[هائيڊريشن]]  جو ڪيميائي عمل شروع ٿئي ٿو، جنهن دوران انتهائي ننڍا قلمي (ڪرسٽلائين) ڍانچا ٺهن ٿا. اهي قلمي ڍانچا بجري جي ذرڙن کي پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍي هڪ سخت ۽ مضبوط جسم ۾ تبديل ڪري ڇڏين ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Materials principles and practice|page=61|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|page=357|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;
ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ بجري ۽ ريتي نقصانڪار مادَن، جهڙوڪ حياتياتي گندگين، سلٽ، مٽي، لگنائيٽ ۽ ٻين غير مناسب آميزشن کان پاڪ هجڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙيون آميزشون ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري کي متاثر ڪري سگهن ٿيون.

عام ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءَ (ڪمپريشن) کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي تمام وڏي صلاحيت رکي ٿو، پر جيڪڏهن ان تي نمايان ڇڪ (ٽينشن) پيدا ٿئي، مثال طور وڪڙجڻ (بينڊنگ) سبب، ته ان جي اندر موجود قلمي ڍانچو ٽٽڻ شروع ٿي ويندو آهي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڏار پئجي ويندا آهن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ الڳ ٿيڻ لڳندو آهي. انهيءَ سبب عام (غير ريئنفورسڊ) ڪنڪريٽ کي هميشه اهڙي نموني سهارو ڏنو ويندو آهي، جو ان ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي.

جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر اهڙو مواد رکيو وڃي، جيڪو ڇڪ کي تمام سٺي نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي، جهڙوڪ فولاد، ته پوءِ حاصل ٿيندڙ گڏيل مادو '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' بڻجي ويندو آهي. اهڙي گڏيل مواد ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪري ٿو، جڏهن ته فولادي سلاخون تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪن ٿيون. نتيجي طور اهو نه رڳو دٻاءُ، پر وڪڙجڻ ۽ ٻين تنشي بارن کي به محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ٿو. اهڙي گڏيل نظام کي تعميراتي ضرورت موجب لڳ ڀڳ هر شڪل ۽ ماپ ۾ تيار ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== اهم خاصيتون ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جون غيرمعمولي تعميراتي خاصيتون بنيادي طور هيٺين سببن جي ڪري پيدا ٿين ٿيون:

# ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي [[حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جي عدد]] (ڪوئفيشنٽ آف ٿرمل ايڪسپينشن) تقريباً هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي. تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ٻنهي موادن جي ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ ۾ گهڻو فرق نٿو اچي، جنهن ڪري اندروني دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيڻ جا امڪان گهٽجي وڃن ٿا.

# جڏهن سيمينٽ جو ليپ سخت ٿئي ٿو ته اهو فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿو. نتيجي طور بار يا دٻاءُ ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ مؤثر نموني منتقل ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ چنبڙڻ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط بڻائڻ لاءِ فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري کي عام طور تي اُڀن نشانن يا نالين (ڊيفارميشنز) سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

# سخت ٿيل سيمينٽ جي ليپ ۾ موجود [[الڪلائن]] ماحول، جيڪو پوٽاشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ، سوڊيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ ۽ [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] جي موجودگي سبب پيدا ٿيندو آهي، فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي هڪ حفاظتي غيرفعال (پيسيويشن) تهه ٺاهي ڇڏيندو آهي. هي تهه فولاد کي زنگ لڳڻ کان وڏي حد تائين بچائيندو آهي.

وقت سان گڏ جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ هوا ۽ مينهن جي پاڻيءَ جي رابطي ۾ اچي ٿو ته فضا ۾ موجود ڪاربان ڊاءِ آڪسائيڊ پاڻي سان ملي [[ڪاربونڪ تيزاب]] ٺاهي ٿي. هي تيزاب سيمينٽ جي الڪلائن جزن سان آهستي آهستي ڪيميائي عمل ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيت گهٽائيندو آهي. انهيءَ عمل کي '''ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن'''  چيو ويندو آهي. نتيجي طور ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ (pH) آهستي آهستي گهٽجي ويندو آهي، ۽ جڏهن اهو ڪافي گهٽجي وڃي ٿو ته فولادي سلاخن جي حفاظتي تهه ختم ٿيڻ لڳندي آهي، جنهن کان پوءِ زنگ لڳڻ جو خطرو وڌي ويندو آهي.

عام طور تي جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ لڳ ڀڳ 11 کان مٿي هجي ته فولادي سلاخون محفوظ رهنديون آهن، جڏهن ته پي ايڇ 10 کان هيٺ اچڻ تي، مقامي ماحول ۽ فولاد جي خاصيتن موجب، زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو. ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن ۽ [[ڪلورائيڊ]]ن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي خراب ٿيڻ جا سڀ کان اهم سبب سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.

عام رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جو ڪُل ايراضو گهڻو نه هوندو آهي. عام طور شعاعن ۽ تختن ۾ اهو لڳ ڀڳ هڪ سيڪڙو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه ٿنڀن ۾ ڇهه سيڪڙو تائين ٿي سگهي ٿو. فولادي سلاخون اڪثر گول شڪل واريون هونديون آهن ۽ مختلف قطرن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن.

ڪجهه رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ خالي سوراخ يا کوکلا حصا (ھالو ڪورز) پڻ رکيا ويندا آهن، جيئن نمي ۽ گهم تي بهتر ضابطو آڻي سگهجي.

تحقيق مان معلوم ٿيو آهي ته عمودي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزن ۾، ريئنفورسمينٽ موجود هجڻ باوجود، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي سڄي ڪراس سيڪشن ۾ مڪمل طور هڪجهڙي نه هوندي، پر ڪجهه حد تائين غير يڪسان (انھوموجينيس) ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;&quot;Concrete Inhomogeneity of Vertical Cast-In-Situ Elements In Frame-Type Buildings&quot;.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو گڏيل عمل ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي جو بنيادي اصول اهو آهي ته ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ هڪ گڏيل (ڪمپوزٽ) نظام جي صورت ۾ ڪم ڪن. جڏهن ڪنهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزو تي بار لاڳو ٿئي ٿو، ته فولادي سلاخن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ ڊگھائي يا وڪڙ (اسٽرين) بلڪل ساڳيو هجڻ گهرجي، جيڪو چوڌاري موجود ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. جيڪڏهن ٻنهي موادن جي وڪڙ ۾ فرق پيدا ٿئي ته سندن وچ ۾ سُرڪڻ (سلپ)، الڳ ٿيڻ (سيپريشن) يا بناوتي بيقاعدگي (ڊسڪنٽينيوئٽي) پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي، جنهن سان ڍانچي جي مضبوطي متاثر ٿئي ٿي.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل عمل کي برقرار رکڻ لاءِ بار جو مؤثر منتقلي ٿيڻ ضروري آهي. بار پهرين ڪنڪريٽ مان فولادي سلاخ جي مٿاڇري تائين منتقل ٿئي ٿو، پوءِ اُتان فولادي سلاخ جي سڄي ڊگھائي ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ جي صورت ۾ ورهائجي وڃي ٿو. هي عمل ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ موجود مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ يا اينڪوريج) جي ذريعي ممڪن بڻجي ٿو، جيڪو ٻنهي موادن جي رابطي واري سطح تي لڳاتار دٻاءُ جو ميدان (ڪنٽينيوئس اسٽريس فيلڊ) پيدا ڪري ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل طور ڪم ڪرڻ جا بنيادي سبب هي آهن:

* فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿي، تنهنڪري ٻئي گڏجي ٻاهرين بارن کي برداشت ڪن ٿا.
* ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جا عدد تقريباً هڪجهڙا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب سندن وچ ۾ نقصانڪار حرارتي دٻاءُ پيدا نٿو ٿئي.
* ڪنڪريٽ جو الڪلائن ماحول فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائي ٿو ۽ انهن جي عمر وڌائي ٿو.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>moxfvd0zghmk9cuzw4mc6clth716ymp</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401018</id>
      <parentid>401017</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T23:35:43Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401018</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="46650" sha1="b9avmgs2zd88ns8vpeoz2d7enq0tqnh" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمنٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' ، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (اسٽيل ريئينفورسنگ بارس)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}&lt;/ref&gt;
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (ڪوروژن انجنيئرنگ) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (ڪوروژن) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' کي مختصر طور '''آر سي سي''' ({{lang-en|RCC}}) چيو وڃي ٿو، اهڙو تعميراتي مرڪب آهي، جيڪو [[سيمينٽ]]، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا پٿر جي سنهن ٽڪرن ۽ پاڻيءَ مان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) شامل ڪري ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي قوت وڌائين ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ جي اعليٰ صلاحيت رکي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Expo58 building Philips.jpg|thumb|[[بيلجيم]] جي گاديءَ واري شهر [[برسلز]] ۾ [[ايڪسپو 58]] لاءِ تعمير ڪيل [[فلپس پيوليئن]] جي منفرد شڪل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال سان ممڪن ٿي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور تي ريئنفورسمينٽ (فولادي سلاخن يا ٻين مضبوط ڪندڙ مواد) جي ترتيب اهڙي نموني سان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو ڪنڪريٽ جي انهن حصن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) کي برداشت ڪري سگهي، جتي ٻي صورت ۾ ڏار پوڻ يا ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان هوندو آهي. جديد رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ رڳو فولاد ئي نه، پر [[پوليمر]]ن ۽ ٻين جامع (ڪمپوزٽ) مواد مان ٺهيل مضبوط ڪندڙ عنصر پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ضرورت موجب فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ يا انهن کان سواءِ به ڪم آندا ويندا آهن.

ڪيترين تعميراتي حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي اڳواٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ۽ ريئنفورسمينٽ ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ هوندي آهي. هن طريقي سان ڍانچي جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت بهتر ٿيندي آهي. اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي کي '''پري اسٽرِيسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جا ٻه عام طريقا '''پري ٽينشننگ''' ۽ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ'''  آهن.

مضبوط، لچڪدار ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ ريئنفورسمينٽ ۾ هيٺيون خاصيتون هجڻ ضروري آهن:

* اعليٰ ميڪانيڪي مضبوطي؛
* ڇڪ هيٺ وڏي حد تائين ڊگهو ٿيڻ (ٽينسائل اسٽرين) برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت؛
* ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ)، جيڪا پي ايڇ (pH)، نمي يا ٻين ماحولياتي حالتن کان گهڻو متاثر نه ٿئي؛
* حرارتي مطابقت (ٿرمل ڪامپيٽيبلٽي)، جيئن گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ دوران غير ضروري دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي ماحول ۾ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيداري، جنهن ۾ زنگ (Corrosion) ۽ مستقل دٻاءَ جي اثرن کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت شامل هجي.

== تاريخ ==

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي شروعاتي ترقي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري [[انگلينڊ]] ۽ [[فرانس]] ۾ لڳ ڀڳ هڪ ئي وقت ٿي، جتي مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميرڪارن ڪنڪريٽ کي فولادي مضبوطي سان گڏ استعمال ڪرڻ بابت تجربا شروع ڪيا.

[[فائل:Saint-Denis - Maison François Coignet -1.JPG|thumb|سينٽ ڊينس ۾ فرانسوا ڪوئنيه جو گهر، جيڪو ابتدائي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان هڪ آهي.]]

فرانسيسي تعميرڪار '''[[فرانسوا ڪوئنيه]]''' پهريون شخص هو، جنهن عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |url=https://www.britannica.com/technology/building-construction/Early-steel-frame-high-rises#ref105155 |title=Building construction: The invention of reinforced concrete |encyclopedia=Encyclopedia Britannica}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن 1853ع کان 1855ع جي وچ ۾ [[پيرس]] جي ڀرسان سينٽ ڊينس ۾ واقع 72 [[Rue Charles Michels]] تي پنهنجي رهائش لاءِ چار ماڙ عمارت تعمير ڪرائي، جيڪا '''فرانسوا ڪوئنيه هائوس''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي ۽ ان کي دنيا جي پهرين لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان شمار ڪيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=The oldest concrete structures that have lasted: 72 rue Charles Michels, St. Denis, France |url=https://meva.net/pt-br/oldest-concrete-structures/}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪوئنيه جي لکڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته هن لوهه کي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت وڌائڻ کان وڌيڪ، ڀتين کي هڪ گڏيل (مونولٿڪ) ڍانچي طور مستحڪم رکڻ ۽ انهن کي اونڌو ٿيڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968 |pages=1–33}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ 1872ع–1873ع دوران [[بروڪلن]] ۾ تعمير ٿيل '''پپن بلڊنگ''' (Pippen Building)، جيتوڻيڪ ڪوئنيه جي ڊزائن نه هئي، پر سندس تعميراتي طريقي جو هڪ اهم مثال سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

[[فائل:Maison de logement des ouvriers de l'usine Coignet 2020 6.jpg|thumb|ڪوئنيه طرفان پنهنجي ڪارخاني جي مزدورن لاءِ سينٽ ڊينس ۾ تعمير ڪيل رهائشي عمارت.]]

1854ع ۾ انگريز تعميرڪار '''وليم بي. ولڪنسن''' پنهنجي تعمير هيٺ ٻن ماڙ گهر جي ڇت ۽ فرشن ۾ فولادي مضبوطي استعمال ڪئي. هن فولادي سلاخن کي اهڙي نموني رکيو، جنهن مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته هو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) جي اثرن کان واقف هو، جڏهن ته هن کان اڳ وارا انجنيئر ان ڳالهه کي مڪمل طور نه سمجهي سگهيا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Reinforced Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete Building Construction}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1869ع کان 1870ع جي وچ ۾ '''هينري ايٽن'''  [[انگلينڊ]] جي [[نورفڪ]] ۽ [[سفڪ]] ضلعن جي وچ ۾ وهندڙ [[ويوني درياھ]] تي '''هومرسفيلڊ پل''' جي ڊزائن تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته ان جي تعمير لنڊن جي ڪمپني ''ڊبليو اينڊ ٽي فلپس '' ڪئي. لڳ ڀڳ 15.25 ميٽر (50 فوٽ) ڊگهي هيءَ پل لوهي مضبوطي سان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي پلن مان هڪ هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{NHLE|num=1262142}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي فرانسيسي باغبان '''[[جوزف مونيي]]''' کي به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ارتقا جو اهم اڳواڻ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. هو مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا گلن جا ٿانوَ تيار ڪرڻ لاءِ موجود مواد مان مطمئن نه هو، تنهنڪري هن نوان تجربا شروع ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Day |first=Lance |title=Biographical Dictionary of the History of Technology}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1867ع ۾ مونيي تار جي ڄاري (وائر ميش) ۽ سيمينٽ جي تهه کي گڏائي مضبوط ڪنڪريٽ جا گلدان ٺاهڻ واري طريقي جو پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Britannica URL|biography/Joseph-Monier|Joseph Monier}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ 1877ع ۾ هن ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿنڀن ۽ گرڊرن کي لوهي سلاخن جي ڄار ذريعي مضبوط ڪرڻ واري وڌيڪ ترقي يافته طريقي جو به پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو. جيتوڻيڪ مونيي کي اها ڄاڻ هئي ته فولادي مضبوطي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني يڪجائي وڌائي ٿي، پر اهو واضح ناهي ته کيس ان ڳالهه جي مڪمل سائنسي ڄاڻ هئي ته ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي طاقت ۾ ڪيترو اضافو آڻي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909 |pages=204–210}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1877ع ۾ آمريڪي انجنيئر '''ٿيڊيئس هائٽ'' پنهنجي مشهور رپورٽ ''اين اڪائونٽ آف سم اڪسپيريمينٽس وٿ پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ڪمبائينڊ وٿ آئرن'' شايع ڪئي، جنهن ۾ هن فولاد سان مضبوط ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پنهنجن تجربن جا نتيجا بيان ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Hyatt |first=Thaddeus |title=An Account of Some Experiments with Portland-cement-concrete Combined with Iron}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن جي تحقيق رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي رڳو تجربي واري تعميراتي مواد بدران هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي آزمودل ٽيڪنالاجي طور قائم ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. جيڪڏهن هائٽ جي تحقيق موجود نه هجي ها، ته هن شعبي جي ترقي گهڻي عرصي تائين آزمائش ۽ غلطي (ٽرائل ۽ ارر) جي غير يقيني طريقن تي دارومدار رکندي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سائنسي ترقي ۽ عالمي ڦهلاءُ ===

1870ع واري ڏهاڪي کان اڳ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير، جيتوڻيڪ ان جون پاڙون [[رومي سلطنت]] تائين پهچن ٿيون ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ ان جو ٻيهر استعمال شروع ٿيو هو، پر ان کي اڃا مڪمل طور سائنسي طور ثابت ٿيل تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي نه سمجهيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Citation |last=Aprea |first=Salvatore |chapter=The Search for Affordable Cement and Concrete in the 18th and 19th Century |title=High Tech Concrete: Where Technology and Engineering Meet |year=2018}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري انگلينڊ ۾ ڄاول انجنيئر '''[[ارنسٽ ايل. رينسم]]''' رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. هن گذريل پنجاهه سالن دوران ٿيل تحقيق ۽ تجربن مان فائدو وٺندي اڳين ايجادڪارن جي ڪيترين ئي تعميراتي طريقن کي وڌيڪ بهتر بڻايو. سندس سڀ کان اهم ايجاد فولادي سلاخن کي مروڙي استعمال ڪرڻ هئي، جنهن سان سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ چنبڙڻ (بانڊ) گهڻو مضبوط ٿي ويو ۽ ڍانچي جي مجموعي مضبوطي ۾ نمايان واڌارو آيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Episode 81: Rebar and the Alvord Lake Bridge}}&lt;/ref&gt;

رينسم پنهنجي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ وارين عمارتن سبب وڏي شهرت حاصل ڪئي، جنهن کان پوءِ هن 1886ع کان 1889ع جي وچ ۾ اتر آمريڪا جي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ پلن مان ٻه تعمير ڪرايون. انهن مان هڪ پل، '''[[سمٿ-رينسم جيپنيز برج]]'''، اڄ به [[نيو يارڪ]] جي [[شيلٽر آئلينڊ، نيو يارڪ|شيلٽر آئلينڊ]] تي موجود آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آمريڪا]] ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل ابتدائي عمارتن مان هڪ '''[[وليم اي. وارڊ هائوس]]''' هئي، جيڪا وليم اي. وارڊ جي ڊزائن موجب 1876ع ۾ مڪمل ٿي. هن رهائشي عمارت کي خاص طور باهه کان وڌيڪ تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ جي مقصد سان تعمير ڪيو ويو.

جرمن سول انجنيئر '''[[گستاو ايڊولف وائس]]''' پڻ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم شخصيت هو. 1879ع ۾ هن جوزف مونيي جي پيٽنٽن جا جرمن حق خريد ڪيا، ۽ 1884ع ۾ سندس ڪمپني '''[[ويس اينڊ فريٽيگ]]''' انهن طريقن کي پهريون ڀيرو تجارتي بنيادن تي استعمال ڪيو. 1890ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين وائس ۽ سندس ڪمپني مونيي جي نظام کي وڌيڪ ترقي ڏئي ان کي هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي ٻڌل، منظم ۽ قابل اعتماد تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Lamington Bridge Mary River.jpg|thumb|[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]، جيڪا آسٽريليا جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي.]]

[[آسٽريليا]] جي '''[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]''' ملڪ جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي. هن پل جي ڊزائن [[الفريڊ بارٽن بريڊي]] تيار ڪئي، جيڪو 1896ع ۾ [[ڪئينز لينڊ]] جو سرڪاري معمار هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge |publisher=Queensland Government}}&lt;/ref&gt; پل ۾ 15.2 ميٽر ڊگها يارنهن اسپين هئا ۽ ان جي ڪل ڊيگهه لڳ ڀڳ 187 ميٽر هئي، جيڪا ان دور ۾ دنيا جي ساڳئي قسم جي مشهور پلن کان به وڏي سمجهي ويندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge, Mary River, 1896- |publisher=Engineers Australia}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات ===

ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تيزيءَ سان مقبول تعميراتي مواد بڻجي ويو. ان عرصي دوران انجنيئرن ۽ معمارن هن ٽيڪنالاجي کي اوچي عمارتن، پلن ۽ ٻين وڏن تعميراتي منصوبن ۾ استعمال ڪرڻ شروع ڪيو.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل شروعاتي اوچين عمارتن مان هڪ 16 ماڙ '''انگالس بلڊنگ''' هئي، جيڪا 1904ع ۾ آمريڪا جي شهر سنسناٽي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;CIVL1101&quot;/&gt;

ڏکڻ ڪيليفورنيا ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پهرين عمارت '''لافلن اينيڪس''' هئي، جيڪا 1905ع ۾ لاس اينجلس جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Los Angeles from the Mountains to the Sea |volume=2 |last=McGroarty |first=John Steven |year=1921 |page=176}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Annual Report of the City Auditor, City of Los Angeles |year=1905 |pages=71–73}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع دوران لاس اينجلس ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن لاءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ سورهن تعميراتي اجازت ناما جاري ڪيا ويا. انهن ۾ '''ٽيمپل آڊيٽوريم''' ۽ اٺ ماڙ '''هيورڊ هوٽل''' به شامل هئا، جيڪي ان ڳالهه جو ثبوت هئا ته هي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي تيزيءَ سان عام ٿي رهي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |last=Williams |first=D. |title=What Builders are Doing |journal=Carpentry and Building |year=1907 |page=66}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |title=Reinforced Concrete Buildings at Los Angeles, Cal. |journal=Engineering News-Record |year=1906 |volume=55 |page=449}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ لانگ بيچ ۾ تعمير هيٺ '''بڪسبي هوٽل''' جو هڪ حصو وقت کان اڳ عارضي سهارن (Shoring) کي هٽائڻ سبب ڊهي پيو، جنهن ۾ ڏهه مزدور فوت ٿي ويا. هن حادثي کان پوءِ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعميراتي طريقن ۽ عمارتن جي جاچ پڙتال بابت وڌيڪ سخت ضابطا اختيار ڪيا ويا. ماهرن سفارش ڪئي ته مستقبل ۾ فرشن، ڀتين ۽ ڍانچي جي ٻين اهم حصن ۾ مڪمل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تعمير وڌيڪ محفوظ بڻجي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite magazine |title=Partial Collapse of the Bixby Hotel at Long Beach |magazine=Architect and Engineer of California |year=1906 |volume=VII |issue=1 |pages=44–48}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1904ع جي اپريل مهيني ۾ آمريڪي معمار ۽ انجنيئر '''جوليا مورگن''' پنهنجي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارت، '''ايل ڪيمپانيل'''، مڪمل ڪئي، جيڪا 72 فوٽ اوچي گهنڊ گهر (بيل ٽاور) هئي ۽ ملز ڪاليج ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=El Campanil, Mills College: Julia Morgan 1903–1904}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو ۾ آيل شديد زلزلي دوران ايل ڪيمپانيل کي ڪو به اهم نقصان نه پهتو، جنهن سان جوليا مورگن جي شهرت ۾ وڏو اضافو ٿيو ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي تي عوام جو اعتماد پڻ وڌيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Julia Morgan-designed Mills bell tower counts down to its 115th anniversary}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Bay Area Architect Julia Morgan's Legacy Wasn't Just Hearst Castle}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع جي زلزلي کان پوءِ عوام ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت موجود شڪ شبها به گهڻي حد تائين ختم ٿي ويا. ان کان اڳ ڪيترائي ماڻهو هن مواد کي جمالياتي لحاظ کان غير دلڪش سمجهندا هئا، پر زلزلي دوران ان جي بهتر ڪارڪردگي سبب ان جي مقبوليت وڌي وئي. نتيجي طور 1908ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو جي بلدياتي اختيارين عمارت سازي جا ضابطا تبديل ڪري رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وڌيڪ وسيع استعمال جي اجازت ڏني.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=How one building survived the San Francisco earthquake and changed the world}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== معيارن جي جوڙجڪ ۽ ضابطا ===

1906ع ۾ '''نيشنل ايسوسيئيشن آف سيمينٽ يوزرس''' (مختصر: NACU) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پهريون معياري دستاويز '''اسٽينڊرڊ نمبر 1''' شايع ڪيو، جنهن ۾ پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ جي معيار، خاصيتن ۽ استعمال بابت بنيادي فني گهرجون مقرر ڪيون ويون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Specifications for Portland Cement of the American Society for Testing Materials, Standard No. 1 |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1906 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان پوءِ 1910ع ۾ ساڳئي اداري '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال لاءِ معياري عمارتي ضابطا''' (''اسٽينڊرڊ بلڊنگ ريگيوليشنز فار دي يوز آف ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ '') جاري ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Building Regulations for the Use of Reinforced Concrete |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1910 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن ضابطن ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن، تعمير، جاچ ۽ استعمال بابت تفصيلي فني هدايتون شامل هيون.
انهن معيارن جي جاري ٿيڻ سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميراتي ادارن وٽ هڪجهڙن اصولن تحت ٿيڻ لڳي. نتيجي طور تعميراتي حفاظت، معيار، مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ نمايان بهتري آئي، ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جديد عمارت سازيءَ جي سڀ کان اهم تعميراتي مواد مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

== تعمير ۾ استعمال ==

[[فائل:SagradaFamiliaRoof2.jpg|thumb|upright=1.5|right|2009ع ۾ تعمير هيٺ [[ساگراڊا فاميليا]] جي ڇت ۾ لڳايل فولادي سلاخون (ريبار).]]

[[فائل:O Cristo Redentor.JPG|thumb|[[ريو ڊي جينيرو]]، [[برازيل]] ۾ واقع '''مسيح ڇوٽڪارو ڏيندڙ''' جو مجسمو، جيڪو رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان تعمير ٿيل آهي ۽ ان جي ٻاهرئين سطح هزارين ٽڪنڊي صابڻي پٿر (Soapstone) جي ٽڪرن سان ڍڪيل آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia |title=Christ the Redeemer |encyclopedia=Encyclopædia Britannica |last=Murray |first=Lorraine |url=http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/1435544/Christ-the-Redeemer}}&lt;/ref&gt;]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ تعميراتي صنعت ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد مان هڪ آهي. ان جي مدد سان مختلف قسمن جا تعميراتي جزا ۽ ڍانچا تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ تختو|ڪنڪريٽ جا تختا]] (Slabs)، [[ڀت]]، [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاعون]] (Beams)، [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀا]]، [[بنياد]]، ڍانچا (Frames) ۽ ٻيا ڪيترائي تعميراتي حصا شامل آهن.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي تعمير جي طريقي موجب عام طور ٻن قسمن ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي:

* '''اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري ڪاسٽ ڪنڪريٽ)، جنهن جا جزا ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪري تعميراتي هنڌ تي نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن.
* '''جاءِ تي وڌل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (ڪاسٽ-ان -پليس ڪنڪريٽ)، جيڪو سڌو سنئون تعميراتي هنڌ تي شٽرنگ اندر وجهي تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڪنهن به عمارت ۾ مناسب فرش نظام (Floor System) جي چونڊ ۽ ڊزائن انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان عمارت جي مجموعي ڪارڪردگي تي سڌو اثر پوي ٿو. فرش جي ڊزائن ۾ معمولي تبديليون به تعميراتي مواد جي خرچ، تعمير مڪمل ٿيڻ جي مدت، ڍانچي جي آخري مضبوطي، سار سنڀال جي خرچن، استعمال ڪندڙن جي گنجائش ۽ عمارت جي آخري استعمال تي نمايان اثر وجهي سگهن ٿيون.

فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کان سواءِ جديد دور جون گهڻ ماڙ عمارتون، وڏيون پلون ۽ ٻيا وڏا ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا محفوظ ۽ عملي طور تعمير ڪرڻ ممڪن نه هجي ها.

=== رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا ===

جڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا تعمير ۾ استعمال ٿين ٿا ته اهي ٻاهران لاڳو ٿيندڙ [[تعميراتي بار]] (Structural load) جي اثر هيٺ مخصوص ميڪانيڪي رويو ظاهر ڪندا آهن. استعمال دوران انهن جزن تي هيٺيان قسم جا بار يا قوتون عمل ڪري سگهن ٿيون:&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |author=Bungale S. Taranath |title=Reinforced Concrete Design of Tall Buildings |publisher=CRC Press |year=2009 |page=7 |isbn=978-1-4398-0481-0}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينشن)
* [[دٻاءُ]] (ڪمپريشن)
* [[وڪڙجڻ]] (بينڊنگ)
* [[ڪٽائي دٻاءُ]] (شيئر)
* [[مروڙ]] (ٽورزن)

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن اهڙي نموني ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو اهو انهن سڀني قوتن کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ تعميراتي ڍانچي جي استحڪام، مضبوطي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي يقيني بڻائي.

=== فولادي سلاخن جي ڊزائن ===

رِيئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن هميشه قابل انجنيئر يا لاڳاپيل فني اداري طرفان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي. سلاخن جو قطر، وڇاءُ، چڙهاڪو ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه عمارت جي قسم، بار ۽ لاڳو تعميراتي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|ڪنڪريٽ وجھڻ کان اڳ اسٽيل يا لوھ جي سيخن جو پڃري وانگر ڄار وڇايل]]

=== فولادي سلاخن جي بندش ===

فولادي سلاخون تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪٽي، موڙي ۽ تار سان مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. انهن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تھ رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن سلاخون زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ۽ ڍانچي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي. ضرورت موجب ڪنڍا (Hooks) ۽ چڙهاڪو (Overlap) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== تياري  ===

آر سي سي مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارو تعميراتي مواد آهي. ان کي مختلف شڪلين ۾ آسانيءَ سان ڍالي سگهجي ٿو، باهه ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿو، پاڻيءَ جي نفوذ کي گهٽ ڪري ٿو ۽ عام حالتن ۾ گهٽ مرمت جي ضرورت پوي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ملاوٽ ===

آر سي سي جي ملاوٽ هٿ سان يا ڪنڪريٽ مڪسر ذريعي ڪئي ويندي آهي. ننڍن تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ هٿ سان ملاوٽ، جڏهن ته وڏن منصوبن ۾ مشيني ملاوٽ کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها وڌيڪ هڪجهڙائي، تيزي ۽ معياري نتيجا فراهم ڪندي آهي ۽ مواد جي زيان کي گهٽائيندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب ===

پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو مناسب تناسب آر سي سي جي مضبوطي، ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر وجهي ٿو. گهڻو پاڻي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت گهٽائي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته گهٽ پاڻي ملاوٽ کي صحيح نموني استعمال ڪرڻ ۾ ڏکيائي پيدا ڪري سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== جھڪاءُ پرک ===

ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ گهاٽاڻ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ '''جھڪاءُ پرک''' (سلمپ ٽيسٽ) ڪئي ويندي آهي. هن آزمائش ۾ مخروط شڪل واري فولادي قالب ۾ تازي ڪنڪريٽ ڀري ان جي ويهڻ يا جھڪاءَ جي ماپ ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ملاوٽ مقرر معيار مطابق آهي يا نه.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


=== ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀرائي ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ شٽرنگ، فولادي سلاخن ۽ ٻين لڪل خدمتن جهڙوڪ برقي پائيپن جي جانچ ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي بنا رڪاوٽ جي مناسب رفتار سان وڌو ويندو آهي ۽ ضرورت موجب وائبريٽر ذريعي ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ڪيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن هوا جا خانا ختم ٿين ۽ ''هني ڪومبنگ'' (Honeycombing) جهڙا نقص پيدا نه ٿين.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== سار سنڀال ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ مناسب عرصي تائين ان کي پاڻي ڏئي آلو رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان سيمينٽ جي مڪمل هائيڊريشن ٿئي ٿي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ پاڻيءَ جي مزاحمت وڌي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== رويو ==

=== مواد ===

{{ڏسو پڻ|ڪنڪريٽ|سيمينٽ|تعميراتي بجري|فولادي سلاخ}}

ڪنڪريٽ هڪ گڏيل تعميراتي مواد آهي، جيڪو ٿلهي بجري (جهڙوڪ پٿر يا سرن جي ٽڪرن)، نفيس بجري (عام طور ريتي يا ڀڳل پٿر)، ڳنڍيندڙ مواد (اڪثر [[پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ]]) ۽ پاڻي جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. جڏهن سيمينٽ کي مناسب مقدار ۾ پاڻي سان ملايو وڃي ٿو ته ان ۾ [[هائيڊريشن]]  جو ڪيميائي عمل شروع ٿئي ٿو، جنهن دوران انتهائي ننڍا قلمي (ڪرسٽلائين) ڍانچا ٺهن ٿا. اهي قلمي ڍانچا بجري جي ذرڙن کي پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍي هڪ سخت ۽ مضبوط جسم ۾ تبديل ڪري ڇڏين ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Materials principles and practice|page=61|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|page=357|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;
ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ بجري ۽ ريتي نقصانڪار مادَن، جهڙوڪ حياتياتي گندگين، سلٽ، مٽي، لگنائيٽ ۽ ٻين غير مناسب آميزشن کان پاڪ هجڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙيون آميزشون ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري کي متاثر ڪري سگهن ٿيون.

عام ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءَ (ڪمپريشن) کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي تمام وڏي صلاحيت رکي ٿو، پر جيڪڏهن ان تي نمايان ڇڪ (ٽينشن) پيدا ٿئي، مثال طور وڪڙجڻ (بينڊنگ) سبب، ته ان جي اندر موجود قلمي ڍانچو ٽٽڻ شروع ٿي ويندو آهي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڏار پئجي ويندا آهن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ الڳ ٿيڻ لڳندو آهي. انهيءَ سبب عام (غير ريئنفورسڊ) ڪنڪريٽ کي هميشه اهڙي نموني سهارو ڏنو ويندو آهي، جو ان ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي.

جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر اهڙو مواد رکيو وڃي، جيڪو ڇڪ کي تمام سٺي نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي، جهڙوڪ فولاد، ته پوءِ حاصل ٿيندڙ گڏيل مادو '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' بڻجي ويندو آهي. اهڙي گڏيل مواد ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪري ٿو، جڏهن ته فولادي سلاخون تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪن ٿيون. نتيجي طور اهو نه رڳو دٻاءُ، پر وڪڙجڻ ۽ ٻين تنشي بارن کي به محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ٿو. اهڙي گڏيل نظام کي تعميراتي ضرورت موجب لڳ ڀڳ هر شڪل ۽ ماپ ۾ تيار ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== اهم خاصيتون ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جون غيرمعمولي تعميراتي خاصيتون بنيادي طور هيٺين سببن جي ڪري پيدا ٿين ٿيون:

# ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي [[حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جي عدد]] (ڪوئفيشنٽ آف ٿرمل ايڪسپينشن) تقريباً هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي. تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ٻنهي موادن جي ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ ۾ گهڻو فرق نٿو اچي، جنهن ڪري اندروني دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيڻ جا امڪان گهٽجي وڃن ٿا.

# جڏهن سيمينٽ جو ليپ سخت ٿئي ٿو ته اهو فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿو. نتيجي طور بار يا دٻاءُ ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ مؤثر نموني منتقل ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ چنبڙڻ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط بڻائڻ لاءِ فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري کي عام طور تي اُڀن نشانن يا نالين (ڊيفارميشنز) سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

# سخت ٿيل سيمينٽ جي ليپ ۾ موجود [[الڪلائن]] ماحول، جيڪو پوٽاشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ، سوڊيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ ۽ [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] جي موجودگي سبب پيدا ٿيندو آهي، فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي هڪ حفاظتي غيرفعال (پيسيويشن) تهه ٺاهي ڇڏيندو آهي. هي تهه فولاد کي زنگ لڳڻ کان وڏي حد تائين بچائيندو آهي.

وقت سان گڏ جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ هوا ۽ مينهن جي پاڻيءَ جي رابطي ۾ اچي ٿو ته فضا ۾ موجود ڪاربان ڊاءِ آڪسائيڊ پاڻي سان ملي [[ڪاربونڪ تيزاب]] ٺاهي ٿي. هي تيزاب سيمينٽ جي الڪلائن جزن سان آهستي آهستي ڪيميائي عمل ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيت گهٽائيندو آهي. انهيءَ عمل کي '''ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن'''  چيو ويندو آهي. نتيجي طور ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ (pH) آهستي آهستي گهٽجي ويندو آهي، ۽ جڏهن اهو ڪافي گهٽجي وڃي ٿو ته فولادي سلاخن جي حفاظتي تهه ختم ٿيڻ لڳندي آهي، جنهن کان پوءِ زنگ لڳڻ جو خطرو وڌي ويندو آهي.

عام طور تي جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ لڳ ڀڳ 11 کان مٿي هجي ته فولادي سلاخون محفوظ رهنديون آهن، جڏهن ته پي ايڇ 10 کان هيٺ اچڻ تي، مقامي ماحول ۽ فولاد جي خاصيتن موجب، زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو. ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن ۽ [[ڪلورائيڊ]]ن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي خراب ٿيڻ جا سڀ کان اهم سبب سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.

عام رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جو ڪُل ايراضو گهڻو نه هوندو آهي. عام طور شعاعن ۽ تختن ۾ اهو لڳ ڀڳ هڪ سيڪڙو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه ٿنڀن ۾ ڇهه سيڪڙو تائين ٿي سگهي ٿو. فولادي سلاخون اڪثر گول شڪل واريون هونديون آهن ۽ مختلف قطرن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن.

ڪجهه رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ خالي سوراخ يا کوکلا حصا (ھالو ڪورز) پڻ رکيا ويندا آهن، جيئن نمي ۽ گهم تي بهتر ضابطو آڻي سگهجي.

تحقيق مان معلوم ٿيو آهي ته عمودي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزن ۾، ريئنفورسمينٽ موجود هجڻ باوجود، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي سڄي ڪراس سيڪشن ۾ مڪمل طور هڪجهڙي نه هوندي، پر ڪجهه حد تائين غير يڪسان (انھوموجينيس) ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;&quot;Concrete Inhomogeneity of Vertical Cast-In-Situ Elements In Frame-Type Buildings&quot;.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو گڏيل عمل ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي جو بنيادي اصول اهو آهي ته ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ هڪ گڏيل (ڪمپوزٽ) نظام جي صورت ۾ ڪم ڪن. جڏهن ڪنهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزو تي بار لاڳو ٿئي ٿو، ته فولادي سلاخن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ ڊگھائي يا وڪڙ (اسٽرين) بلڪل ساڳيو هجڻ گهرجي، جيڪو چوڌاري موجود ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. جيڪڏهن ٻنهي موادن جي وڪڙ ۾ فرق پيدا ٿئي ته سندن وچ ۾ سُرڪڻ (سلپ)، الڳ ٿيڻ (سيپريشن) يا بناوتي بيقاعدگي (ڊسڪنٽينيوئٽي) پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي، جنهن سان ڍانچي جي مضبوطي متاثر ٿئي ٿي.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل عمل کي برقرار رکڻ لاءِ بار جو مؤثر منتقلي ٿيڻ ضروري آهي. بار پهرين ڪنڪريٽ مان فولادي سلاخ جي مٿاڇري تائين منتقل ٿئي ٿو، پوءِ اُتان فولادي سلاخ جي سڄي ڊگھائي ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ جي صورت ۾ ورهائجي وڃي ٿو. هي عمل ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ موجود مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ يا اينڪوريج) جي ذريعي ممڪن بڻجي ٿو، جيڪو ٻنهي موادن جي رابطي واري سطح تي لڳاتار دٻاءُ جو ميدان (ڪنٽينيوئس اسٽريس فيلڊ) پيدا ڪري ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل طور ڪم ڪرڻ جا بنيادي سبب هي آهن:

* فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿي، تنهنڪري ٻئي گڏجي ٻاهرين بارن کي برداشت ڪن ٿا.
* ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جا عدد تقريباً هڪجهڙا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب سندن وچ ۾ نقصانڪار حرارتي دٻاءُ پيدا نٿو ٿئي.
* ڪنڪريٽ جو الڪلائن ماحول فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائي ٿو ۽ انهن جي عمر وڌائي ٿو.

=== ڪنڪريٽ ۾ بندش ===

فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ بندش (بانڊ) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنيادي خاصيتن مان هڪ آهي. عملي طور بندش جو دٻاءُ سلاخ جي سڄي ڊيگهه ۾ هڪجهڙو نه هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري جديد تعميراتي ضابطن ۾ بندش جي دٻاءُ بدران '''ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي''' (ڊولپمينٽ لينٿ) جو تصور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي مان مراد فولادي سلاخ جي اها گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ڊيگهه آهي، جيڪا ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود هجڻ ضروري آهي، ته جيئن سلاخ پنهنجي مڪمل ييلڊ اسٽريس تائين پهچي سگهي، بغير ڪنڪريٽ مان سُرڪڻ جي.

جيڪڏهن موجود ڊيگهه گهربل ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي کان گهٽ هجي ته اضافي بندش مهيا ڪرڻ لاءِ مختلف طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جهڙوڪ:

* ڪنڍا (ھڪس)
* موڙ (بينڊس)
* ميخانياتي پڇاڙيون (ميڪينيڪل اينڊ پليٽس)
* ٻيا مناسب اينڪريج جا ذريعا

اهي سڀئي طريقا فولادي سلاخن کي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوطي سان جڪڙي رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

=== ليپ اسپلائس ===

جڏهن فولادي سلاخ جي ڊيگهه ڪافي نه هجي يا ٻن سلاخن کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍڻو هجي ته ٻنهي سلاخن کي هڪ مقرر ڊيگهه تائين هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهائي رکيو ويندو آهي. هن طريقي کي '''ليپ اسپلائس''' چيو ويندو آهي.

ليپ اسپلائس جو مقصد ٻنهي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ دٻاءُ ۽ تنشي قوتن جي محفوظ منتقلي کي يقيني بڻائڻ آهي، جيئن ڍانچي جي تسلسل برقرار رهي. ليپ اسپلائس جي گهربل ڊيگهه تعميراتي ضابطن موجب سلاخ جي قطر، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، فولاد جي درجي ۽ لاڳو ٿيندڙ بار جي بنياد تي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal|title=Monotonic and Cyclic Seismic Analyses of Old-Type RC Columns with Short Lap Splices|journal=Construction Materials|volume=4|issue=2|year=2024|pages=329–341}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زنگ کان بچاءَ جا طريقا ===

ٿڌن ۽ نمي وارن علائقن ۾، خاص طور روڊن، پلن، پارڪنگ ڍانچن ۽ انهن تعميرن ۾ جيڪي برف ڳارڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لوڻ (Deicing Salt) جي رابطي ۾ اچن ٿيون، فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مختلف حفاظتي طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن.

انهن ۾ هيٺيان طريقا شامل آهن:

* گهٽ ڪاربان ۽ ڪروميم تي ٻڌل زنگ-مزاحمتي فولادي سلاخن جو استعمال؛
* ايپوڪسي (Epoxy) سان ڍڪيل فولادي سلاخون؛
* گرم طريقي سان جست لڳايل (ھاٽ-ڊپ گيلوانائيزڊ) فولادي سلاخون؛
* اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون فولادي سلاخون.

انهن کان علاوه مناسب ڊزائن، اعليٰ معيار جي ڪنڪريٽ، صحيح پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب ۽ مناسب حفاظتي تهه (ڪنڪريٽ ڪور) پڻ فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪن ٿا.

فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ جست فاسفيٽ (زنڪ فاسفيٽ) جهڙا حفاظتي ليپ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر ڪيميائي عمل ذريعي هڪ مستحڪم حفاظتي تهه ٺاهي زنگ جي رفتار گهٽائيندا آهن.

ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري تي مختلف سيلنٽ (Sealants)، جهڙوڪ رنگ، پلاسٽڪ فلمون، فوم، ايلومينيم ورق يا بينٽونائيٽ مٽي جا حفاظتي تهه پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي پاڻي ۽ نقصانڪار لوڻن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي گهٽائيندا آهن.

ان کان علاوه ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ وقت پاڻيءَ جي ملاوٽ ۾ زنگ روڪيندڙ ڪيميائي مادا (ڪوروژن انھبٽرز)، جهڙوڪ ڪيلشيم نائٽرائيٽ، پڻ شامل ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي مادا فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي حفاظتي غيرفعال تهه (پيسيويشن ليئر) برقرار رکن ٿا، جنهن سان زنگ لڳڻ جو امڪان نمايان طور گهٽجي وڃي ٿو.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>b9avmgs2zd88ns8vpeoz2d7enq0tqnh</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401019</id>
      <parentid>401018</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T23:36:10Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401019</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="54274" sha1="523h9eg34h3tbb7f18iwhuuxc27awyb" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمنٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' ، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (اسٽيل ريئينفورسنگ بارس)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}&lt;/ref&gt;
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (ڪوروژن انجنيئرنگ) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (ڪوروژن) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' کي مختصر طور '''آر سي سي''' ({{lang-en|RCC}}) چيو وڃي ٿو، اهڙو تعميراتي مرڪب آهي، جيڪو [[سيمينٽ]]، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا پٿر جي سنهن ٽڪرن ۽ پاڻيءَ مان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) شامل ڪري ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي قوت وڌائين ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ جي اعليٰ صلاحيت رکي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Expo58 building Philips.jpg|thumb|[[بيلجيم]] جي گاديءَ واري شهر [[برسلز]] ۾ [[ايڪسپو 58]] لاءِ تعمير ڪيل [[فلپس پيوليئن]] جي منفرد شڪل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال سان ممڪن ٿي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور تي ريئنفورسمينٽ (فولادي سلاخن يا ٻين مضبوط ڪندڙ مواد) جي ترتيب اهڙي نموني سان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو ڪنڪريٽ جي انهن حصن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) کي برداشت ڪري سگهي، جتي ٻي صورت ۾ ڏار پوڻ يا ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان هوندو آهي. جديد رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ رڳو فولاد ئي نه، پر [[پوليمر]]ن ۽ ٻين جامع (ڪمپوزٽ) مواد مان ٺهيل مضبوط ڪندڙ عنصر پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ضرورت موجب فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ يا انهن کان سواءِ به ڪم آندا ويندا آهن.

ڪيترين تعميراتي حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي اڳواٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ۽ ريئنفورسمينٽ ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ هوندي آهي. هن طريقي سان ڍانچي جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت بهتر ٿيندي آهي. اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي کي '''پري اسٽرِيسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جا ٻه عام طريقا '''پري ٽينشننگ''' ۽ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ'''  آهن.

مضبوط، لچڪدار ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ ريئنفورسمينٽ ۾ هيٺيون خاصيتون هجڻ ضروري آهن:

* اعليٰ ميڪانيڪي مضبوطي؛
* ڇڪ هيٺ وڏي حد تائين ڊگهو ٿيڻ (ٽينسائل اسٽرين) برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت؛
* ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ)، جيڪا پي ايڇ (pH)، نمي يا ٻين ماحولياتي حالتن کان گهڻو متاثر نه ٿئي؛
* حرارتي مطابقت (ٿرمل ڪامپيٽيبلٽي)، جيئن گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ دوران غير ضروري دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي ماحول ۾ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيداري، جنهن ۾ زنگ (Corrosion) ۽ مستقل دٻاءَ جي اثرن کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت شامل هجي.

== تاريخ ==

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي شروعاتي ترقي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري [[انگلينڊ]] ۽ [[فرانس]] ۾ لڳ ڀڳ هڪ ئي وقت ٿي، جتي مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميرڪارن ڪنڪريٽ کي فولادي مضبوطي سان گڏ استعمال ڪرڻ بابت تجربا شروع ڪيا.

[[فائل:Saint-Denis - Maison François Coignet -1.JPG|thumb|سينٽ ڊينس ۾ فرانسوا ڪوئنيه جو گهر، جيڪو ابتدائي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان هڪ آهي.]]

فرانسيسي تعميرڪار '''[[فرانسوا ڪوئنيه]]''' پهريون شخص هو، جنهن عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |url=https://www.britannica.com/technology/building-construction/Early-steel-frame-high-rises#ref105155 |title=Building construction: The invention of reinforced concrete |encyclopedia=Encyclopedia Britannica}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن 1853ع کان 1855ع جي وچ ۾ [[پيرس]] جي ڀرسان سينٽ ڊينس ۾ واقع 72 [[Rue Charles Michels]] تي پنهنجي رهائش لاءِ چار ماڙ عمارت تعمير ڪرائي، جيڪا '''فرانسوا ڪوئنيه هائوس''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي ۽ ان کي دنيا جي پهرين لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان شمار ڪيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=The oldest concrete structures that have lasted: 72 rue Charles Michels, St. Denis, France |url=https://meva.net/pt-br/oldest-concrete-structures/}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪوئنيه جي لکڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته هن لوهه کي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت وڌائڻ کان وڌيڪ، ڀتين کي هڪ گڏيل (مونولٿڪ) ڍانچي طور مستحڪم رکڻ ۽ انهن کي اونڌو ٿيڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968 |pages=1–33}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ 1872ع–1873ع دوران [[بروڪلن]] ۾ تعمير ٿيل '''پپن بلڊنگ''' (Pippen Building)، جيتوڻيڪ ڪوئنيه جي ڊزائن نه هئي، پر سندس تعميراتي طريقي جو هڪ اهم مثال سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

[[فائل:Maison de logement des ouvriers de l'usine Coignet 2020 6.jpg|thumb|ڪوئنيه طرفان پنهنجي ڪارخاني جي مزدورن لاءِ سينٽ ڊينس ۾ تعمير ڪيل رهائشي عمارت.]]

1854ع ۾ انگريز تعميرڪار '''وليم بي. ولڪنسن''' پنهنجي تعمير هيٺ ٻن ماڙ گهر جي ڇت ۽ فرشن ۾ فولادي مضبوطي استعمال ڪئي. هن فولادي سلاخن کي اهڙي نموني رکيو، جنهن مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته هو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) جي اثرن کان واقف هو، جڏهن ته هن کان اڳ وارا انجنيئر ان ڳالهه کي مڪمل طور نه سمجهي سگهيا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Reinforced Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete Building Construction}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1869ع کان 1870ع جي وچ ۾ '''هينري ايٽن'''  [[انگلينڊ]] جي [[نورفڪ]] ۽ [[سفڪ]] ضلعن جي وچ ۾ وهندڙ [[ويوني درياھ]] تي '''هومرسفيلڊ پل''' جي ڊزائن تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته ان جي تعمير لنڊن جي ڪمپني ''ڊبليو اينڊ ٽي فلپس '' ڪئي. لڳ ڀڳ 15.25 ميٽر (50 فوٽ) ڊگهي هيءَ پل لوهي مضبوطي سان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي پلن مان هڪ هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{NHLE|num=1262142}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي فرانسيسي باغبان '''[[جوزف مونيي]]''' کي به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ارتقا جو اهم اڳواڻ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. هو مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا گلن جا ٿانوَ تيار ڪرڻ لاءِ موجود مواد مان مطمئن نه هو، تنهنڪري هن نوان تجربا شروع ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Day |first=Lance |title=Biographical Dictionary of the History of Technology}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1867ع ۾ مونيي تار جي ڄاري (وائر ميش) ۽ سيمينٽ جي تهه کي گڏائي مضبوط ڪنڪريٽ جا گلدان ٺاهڻ واري طريقي جو پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Britannica URL|biography/Joseph-Monier|Joseph Monier}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ 1877ع ۾ هن ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿنڀن ۽ گرڊرن کي لوهي سلاخن جي ڄار ذريعي مضبوط ڪرڻ واري وڌيڪ ترقي يافته طريقي جو به پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو. جيتوڻيڪ مونيي کي اها ڄاڻ هئي ته فولادي مضبوطي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني يڪجائي وڌائي ٿي، پر اهو واضح ناهي ته کيس ان ڳالهه جي مڪمل سائنسي ڄاڻ هئي ته ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي طاقت ۾ ڪيترو اضافو آڻي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909 |pages=204–210}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1877ع ۾ آمريڪي انجنيئر '''ٿيڊيئس هائٽ'' پنهنجي مشهور رپورٽ ''اين اڪائونٽ آف سم اڪسپيريمينٽس وٿ پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ڪمبائينڊ وٿ آئرن'' شايع ڪئي، جنهن ۾ هن فولاد سان مضبوط ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پنهنجن تجربن جا نتيجا بيان ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Hyatt |first=Thaddeus |title=An Account of Some Experiments with Portland-cement-concrete Combined with Iron}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن جي تحقيق رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي رڳو تجربي واري تعميراتي مواد بدران هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي آزمودل ٽيڪنالاجي طور قائم ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. جيڪڏهن هائٽ جي تحقيق موجود نه هجي ها، ته هن شعبي جي ترقي گهڻي عرصي تائين آزمائش ۽ غلطي (ٽرائل ۽ ارر) جي غير يقيني طريقن تي دارومدار رکندي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سائنسي ترقي ۽ عالمي ڦهلاءُ ===

1870ع واري ڏهاڪي کان اڳ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير، جيتوڻيڪ ان جون پاڙون [[رومي سلطنت]] تائين پهچن ٿيون ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ ان جو ٻيهر استعمال شروع ٿيو هو، پر ان کي اڃا مڪمل طور سائنسي طور ثابت ٿيل تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي نه سمجهيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Citation |last=Aprea |first=Salvatore |chapter=The Search for Affordable Cement and Concrete in the 18th and 19th Century |title=High Tech Concrete: Where Technology and Engineering Meet |year=2018}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري انگلينڊ ۾ ڄاول انجنيئر '''[[ارنسٽ ايل. رينسم]]''' رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. هن گذريل پنجاهه سالن دوران ٿيل تحقيق ۽ تجربن مان فائدو وٺندي اڳين ايجادڪارن جي ڪيترين ئي تعميراتي طريقن کي وڌيڪ بهتر بڻايو. سندس سڀ کان اهم ايجاد فولادي سلاخن کي مروڙي استعمال ڪرڻ هئي، جنهن سان سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ چنبڙڻ (بانڊ) گهڻو مضبوط ٿي ويو ۽ ڍانچي جي مجموعي مضبوطي ۾ نمايان واڌارو آيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Episode 81: Rebar and the Alvord Lake Bridge}}&lt;/ref&gt;

رينسم پنهنجي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ وارين عمارتن سبب وڏي شهرت حاصل ڪئي، جنهن کان پوءِ هن 1886ع کان 1889ع جي وچ ۾ اتر آمريڪا جي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ پلن مان ٻه تعمير ڪرايون. انهن مان هڪ پل، '''[[سمٿ-رينسم جيپنيز برج]]'''، اڄ به [[نيو يارڪ]] جي [[شيلٽر آئلينڊ، نيو يارڪ|شيلٽر آئلينڊ]] تي موجود آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آمريڪا]] ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل ابتدائي عمارتن مان هڪ '''[[وليم اي. وارڊ هائوس]]''' هئي، جيڪا وليم اي. وارڊ جي ڊزائن موجب 1876ع ۾ مڪمل ٿي. هن رهائشي عمارت کي خاص طور باهه کان وڌيڪ تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ جي مقصد سان تعمير ڪيو ويو.

جرمن سول انجنيئر '''[[گستاو ايڊولف وائس]]''' پڻ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم شخصيت هو. 1879ع ۾ هن جوزف مونيي جي پيٽنٽن جا جرمن حق خريد ڪيا، ۽ 1884ع ۾ سندس ڪمپني '''[[ويس اينڊ فريٽيگ]]''' انهن طريقن کي پهريون ڀيرو تجارتي بنيادن تي استعمال ڪيو. 1890ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين وائس ۽ سندس ڪمپني مونيي جي نظام کي وڌيڪ ترقي ڏئي ان کي هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي ٻڌل، منظم ۽ قابل اعتماد تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Lamington Bridge Mary River.jpg|thumb|[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]، جيڪا آسٽريليا جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي.]]

[[آسٽريليا]] جي '''[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]''' ملڪ جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي. هن پل جي ڊزائن [[الفريڊ بارٽن بريڊي]] تيار ڪئي، جيڪو 1896ع ۾ [[ڪئينز لينڊ]] جو سرڪاري معمار هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge |publisher=Queensland Government}}&lt;/ref&gt; پل ۾ 15.2 ميٽر ڊگها يارنهن اسپين هئا ۽ ان جي ڪل ڊيگهه لڳ ڀڳ 187 ميٽر هئي، جيڪا ان دور ۾ دنيا جي ساڳئي قسم جي مشهور پلن کان به وڏي سمجهي ويندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge, Mary River, 1896- |publisher=Engineers Australia}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات ===

ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تيزيءَ سان مقبول تعميراتي مواد بڻجي ويو. ان عرصي دوران انجنيئرن ۽ معمارن هن ٽيڪنالاجي کي اوچي عمارتن، پلن ۽ ٻين وڏن تعميراتي منصوبن ۾ استعمال ڪرڻ شروع ڪيو.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل شروعاتي اوچين عمارتن مان هڪ 16 ماڙ '''انگالس بلڊنگ''' هئي، جيڪا 1904ع ۾ آمريڪا جي شهر سنسناٽي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;CIVL1101&quot;/&gt;

ڏکڻ ڪيليفورنيا ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پهرين عمارت '''لافلن اينيڪس''' هئي، جيڪا 1905ع ۾ لاس اينجلس جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Los Angeles from the Mountains to the Sea |volume=2 |last=McGroarty |first=John Steven |year=1921 |page=176}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Annual Report of the City Auditor, City of Los Angeles |year=1905 |pages=71–73}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع دوران لاس اينجلس ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن لاءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ سورهن تعميراتي اجازت ناما جاري ڪيا ويا. انهن ۾ '''ٽيمپل آڊيٽوريم''' ۽ اٺ ماڙ '''هيورڊ هوٽل''' به شامل هئا، جيڪي ان ڳالهه جو ثبوت هئا ته هي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي تيزيءَ سان عام ٿي رهي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |last=Williams |first=D. |title=What Builders are Doing |journal=Carpentry and Building |year=1907 |page=66}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |title=Reinforced Concrete Buildings at Los Angeles, Cal. |journal=Engineering News-Record |year=1906 |volume=55 |page=449}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ لانگ بيچ ۾ تعمير هيٺ '''بڪسبي هوٽل''' جو هڪ حصو وقت کان اڳ عارضي سهارن (Shoring) کي هٽائڻ سبب ڊهي پيو، جنهن ۾ ڏهه مزدور فوت ٿي ويا. هن حادثي کان پوءِ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعميراتي طريقن ۽ عمارتن جي جاچ پڙتال بابت وڌيڪ سخت ضابطا اختيار ڪيا ويا. ماهرن سفارش ڪئي ته مستقبل ۾ فرشن، ڀتين ۽ ڍانچي جي ٻين اهم حصن ۾ مڪمل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تعمير وڌيڪ محفوظ بڻجي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite magazine |title=Partial Collapse of the Bixby Hotel at Long Beach |magazine=Architect and Engineer of California |year=1906 |volume=VII |issue=1 |pages=44–48}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1904ع جي اپريل مهيني ۾ آمريڪي معمار ۽ انجنيئر '''جوليا مورگن''' پنهنجي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارت، '''ايل ڪيمپانيل'''، مڪمل ڪئي، جيڪا 72 فوٽ اوچي گهنڊ گهر (بيل ٽاور) هئي ۽ ملز ڪاليج ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=El Campanil, Mills College: Julia Morgan 1903–1904}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو ۾ آيل شديد زلزلي دوران ايل ڪيمپانيل کي ڪو به اهم نقصان نه پهتو، جنهن سان جوليا مورگن جي شهرت ۾ وڏو اضافو ٿيو ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي تي عوام جو اعتماد پڻ وڌيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Julia Morgan-designed Mills bell tower counts down to its 115th anniversary}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Bay Area Architect Julia Morgan's Legacy Wasn't Just Hearst Castle}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع جي زلزلي کان پوءِ عوام ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت موجود شڪ شبها به گهڻي حد تائين ختم ٿي ويا. ان کان اڳ ڪيترائي ماڻهو هن مواد کي جمالياتي لحاظ کان غير دلڪش سمجهندا هئا، پر زلزلي دوران ان جي بهتر ڪارڪردگي سبب ان جي مقبوليت وڌي وئي. نتيجي طور 1908ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو جي بلدياتي اختيارين عمارت سازي جا ضابطا تبديل ڪري رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وڌيڪ وسيع استعمال جي اجازت ڏني.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=How one building survived the San Francisco earthquake and changed the world}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== معيارن جي جوڙجڪ ۽ ضابطا ===

1906ع ۾ '''نيشنل ايسوسيئيشن آف سيمينٽ يوزرس''' (مختصر: NACU) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پهريون معياري دستاويز '''اسٽينڊرڊ نمبر 1''' شايع ڪيو، جنهن ۾ پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ جي معيار، خاصيتن ۽ استعمال بابت بنيادي فني گهرجون مقرر ڪيون ويون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Specifications for Portland Cement of the American Society for Testing Materials, Standard No. 1 |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1906 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان پوءِ 1910ع ۾ ساڳئي اداري '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال لاءِ معياري عمارتي ضابطا''' (''اسٽينڊرڊ بلڊنگ ريگيوليشنز فار دي يوز آف ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ '') جاري ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Building Regulations for the Use of Reinforced Concrete |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1910 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن ضابطن ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن، تعمير، جاچ ۽ استعمال بابت تفصيلي فني هدايتون شامل هيون.
انهن معيارن جي جاري ٿيڻ سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميراتي ادارن وٽ هڪجهڙن اصولن تحت ٿيڻ لڳي. نتيجي طور تعميراتي حفاظت، معيار، مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ نمايان بهتري آئي، ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جديد عمارت سازيءَ جي سڀ کان اهم تعميراتي مواد مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

== تعمير ۾ استعمال ==

[[فائل:SagradaFamiliaRoof2.jpg|thumb|upright=1.5|right|2009ع ۾ تعمير هيٺ [[ساگراڊا فاميليا]] جي ڇت ۾ لڳايل فولادي سلاخون (ريبار).]]

[[فائل:O Cristo Redentor.JPG|thumb|[[ريو ڊي جينيرو]]، [[برازيل]] ۾ واقع '''مسيح ڇوٽڪارو ڏيندڙ''' جو مجسمو، جيڪو رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان تعمير ٿيل آهي ۽ ان جي ٻاهرئين سطح هزارين ٽڪنڊي صابڻي پٿر (Soapstone) جي ٽڪرن سان ڍڪيل آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia |title=Christ the Redeemer |encyclopedia=Encyclopædia Britannica |last=Murray |first=Lorraine |url=http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/1435544/Christ-the-Redeemer}}&lt;/ref&gt;]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ تعميراتي صنعت ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد مان هڪ آهي. ان جي مدد سان مختلف قسمن جا تعميراتي جزا ۽ ڍانچا تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ تختو|ڪنڪريٽ جا تختا]] (Slabs)، [[ڀت]]، [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاعون]] (Beams)، [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀا]]، [[بنياد]]، ڍانچا (Frames) ۽ ٻيا ڪيترائي تعميراتي حصا شامل آهن.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي تعمير جي طريقي موجب عام طور ٻن قسمن ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي:

* '''اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري ڪاسٽ ڪنڪريٽ)، جنهن جا جزا ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪري تعميراتي هنڌ تي نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن.
* '''جاءِ تي وڌل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (ڪاسٽ-ان -پليس ڪنڪريٽ)، جيڪو سڌو سنئون تعميراتي هنڌ تي شٽرنگ اندر وجهي تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڪنهن به عمارت ۾ مناسب فرش نظام (Floor System) جي چونڊ ۽ ڊزائن انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان عمارت جي مجموعي ڪارڪردگي تي سڌو اثر پوي ٿو. فرش جي ڊزائن ۾ معمولي تبديليون به تعميراتي مواد جي خرچ، تعمير مڪمل ٿيڻ جي مدت، ڍانچي جي آخري مضبوطي، سار سنڀال جي خرچن، استعمال ڪندڙن جي گنجائش ۽ عمارت جي آخري استعمال تي نمايان اثر وجهي سگهن ٿيون.

فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کان سواءِ جديد دور جون گهڻ ماڙ عمارتون، وڏيون پلون ۽ ٻيا وڏا ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا محفوظ ۽ عملي طور تعمير ڪرڻ ممڪن نه هجي ها.

=== رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا ===

جڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا تعمير ۾ استعمال ٿين ٿا ته اهي ٻاهران لاڳو ٿيندڙ [[تعميراتي بار]] (Structural load) جي اثر هيٺ مخصوص ميڪانيڪي رويو ظاهر ڪندا آهن. استعمال دوران انهن جزن تي هيٺيان قسم جا بار يا قوتون عمل ڪري سگهن ٿيون:&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |author=Bungale S. Taranath |title=Reinforced Concrete Design of Tall Buildings |publisher=CRC Press |year=2009 |page=7 |isbn=978-1-4398-0481-0}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينشن)
* [[دٻاءُ]] (ڪمپريشن)
* [[وڪڙجڻ]] (بينڊنگ)
* [[ڪٽائي دٻاءُ]] (شيئر)
* [[مروڙ]] (ٽورزن)

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن اهڙي نموني ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو اهو انهن سڀني قوتن کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ تعميراتي ڍانچي جي استحڪام، مضبوطي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي يقيني بڻائي.

=== فولادي سلاخن جي ڊزائن ===

رِيئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن هميشه قابل انجنيئر يا لاڳاپيل فني اداري طرفان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي. سلاخن جو قطر، وڇاءُ، چڙهاڪو ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه عمارت جي قسم، بار ۽ لاڳو تعميراتي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|ڪنڪريٽ وجھڻ کان اڳ اسٽيل يا لوھ جي سيخن جو پڃري وانگر ڄار وڇايل]]

=== فولادي سلاخن جي بندش ===

فولادي سلاخون تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪٽي، موڙي ۽ تار سان مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. انهن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تھ رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن سلاخون زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ۽ ڍانچي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي. ضرورت موجب ڪنڍا (Hooks) ۽ چڙهاڪو (Overlap) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== تياري  ===

آر سي سي مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارو تعميراتي مواد آهي. ان کي مختلف شڪلين ۾ آسانيءَ سان ڍالي سگهجي ٿو، باهه ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿو، پاڻيءَ جي نفوذ کي گهٽ ڪري ٿو ۽ عام حالتن ۾ گهٽ مرمت جي ضرورت پوي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ملاوٽ ===

آر سي سي جي ملاوٽ هٿ سان يا ڪنڪريٽ مڪسر ذريعي ڪئي ويندي آهي. ننڍن تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ هٿ سان ملاوٽ، جڏهن ته وڏن منصوبن ۾ مشيني ملاوٽ کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها وڌيڪ هڪجهڙائي، تيزي ۽ معياري نتيجا فراهم ڪندي آهي ۽ مواد جي زيان کي گهٽائيندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب ===

پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو مناسب تناسب آر سي سي جي مضبوطي، ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر وجهي ٿو. گهڻو پاڻي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت گهٽائي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته گهٽ پاڻي ملاوٽ کي صحيح نموني استعمال ڪرڻ ۾ ڏکيائي پيدا ڪري سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== جھڪاءُ پرک ===

ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ گهاٽاڻ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ '''جھڪاءُ پرک''' (سلمپ ٽيسٽ) ڪئي ويندي آهي. هن آزمائش ۾ مخروط شڪل واري فولادي قالب ۾ تازي ڪنڪريٽ ڀري ان جي ويهڻ يا جھڪاءَ جي ماپ ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ملاوٽ مقرر معيار مطابق آهي يا نه.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


=== ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀرائي ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ شٽرنگ، فولادي سلاخن ۽ ٻين لڪل خدمتن جهڙوڪ برقي پائيپن جي جانچ ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي بنا رڪاوٽ جي مناسب رفتار سان وڌو ويندو آهي ۽ ضرورت موجب وائبريٽر ذريعي ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ڪيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن هوا جا خانا ختم ٿين ۽ ''هني ڪومبنگ'' (Honeycombing) جهڙا نقص پيدا نه ٿين.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== سار سنڀال ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ مناسب عرصي تائين ان کي پاڻي ڏئي آلو رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان سيمينٽ جي مڪمل هائيڊريشن ٿئي ٿي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ پاڻيءَ جي مزاحمت وڌي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== رويو ==

=== مواد ===

{{ڏسو پڻ|ڪنڪريٽ|سيمينٽ|تعميراتي بجري|فولادي سلاخ}}

ڪنڪريٽ هڪ گڏيل تعميراتي مواد آهي، جيڪو ٿلهي بجري (جهڙوڪ پٿر يا سرن جي ٽڪرن)، نفيس بجري (عام طور ريتي يا ڀڳل پٿر)، ڳنڍيندڙ مواد (اڪثر [[پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ]]) ۽ پاڻي جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. جڏهن سيمينٽ کي مناسب مقدار ۾ پاڻي سان ملايو وڃي ٿو ته ان ۾ [[هائيڊريشن]]  جو ڪيميائي عمل شروع ٿئي ٿو، جنهن دوران انتهائي ننڍا قلمي (ڪرسٽلائين) ڍانچا ٺهن ٿا. اهي قلمي ڍانچا بجري جي ذرڙن کي پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍي هڪ سخت ۽ مضبوط جسم ۾ تبديل ڪري ڇڏين ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Materials principles and practice|page=61|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|page=357|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;
ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ بجري ۽ ريتي نقصانڪار مادَن، جهڙوڪ حياتياتي گندگين، سلٽ، مٽي، لگنائيٽ ۽ ٻين غير مناسب آميزشن کان پاڪ هجڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙيون آميزشون ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري کي متاثر ڪري سگهن ٿيون.

عام ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءَ (ڪمپريشن) کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي تمام وڏي صلاحيت رکي ٿو، پر جيڪڏهن ان تي نمايان ڇڪ (ٽينشن) پيدا ٿئي، مثال طور وڪڙجڻ (بينڊنگ) سبب، ته ان جي اندر موجود قلمي ڍانچو ٽٽڻ شروع ٿي ويندو آهي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڏار پئجي ويندا آهن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ الڳ ٿيڻ لڳندو آهي. انهيءَ سبب عام (غير ريئنفورسڊ) ڪنڪريٽ کي هميشه اهڙي نموني سهارو ڏنو ويندو آهي، جو ان ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي.

جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر اهڙو مواد رکيو وڃي، جيڪو ڇڪ کي تمام سٺي نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي، جهڙوڪ فولاد، ته پوءِ حاصل ٿيندڙ گڏيل مادو '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' بڻجي ويندو آهي. اهڙي گڏيل مواد ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪري ٿو، جڏهن ته فولادي سلاخون تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪن ٿيون. نتيجي طور اهو نه رڳو دٻاءُ، پر وڪڙجڻ ۽ ٻين تنشي بارن کي به محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ٿو. اهڙي گڏيل نظام کي تعميراتي ضرورت موجب لڳ ڀڳ هر شڪل ۽ ماپ ۾ تيار ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== اهم خاصيتون ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جون غيرمعمولي تعميراتي خاصيتون بنيادي طور هيٺين سببن جي ڪري پيدا ٿين ٿيون:

# ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي [[حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جي عدد]] (ڪوئفيشنٽ آف ٿرمل ايڪسپينشن) تقريباً هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي. تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ٻنهي موادن جي ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ ۾ گهڻو فرق نٿو اچي، جنهن ڪري اندروني دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيڻ جا امڪان گهٽجي وڃن ٿا.

# جڏهن سيمينٽ جو ليپ سخت ٿئي ٿو ته اهو فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿو. نتيجي طور بار يا دٻاءُ ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ مؤثر نموني منتقل ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ چنبڙڻ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط بڻائڻ لاءِ فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري کي عام طور تي اُڀن نشانن يا نالين (ڊيفارميشنز) سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

# سخت ٿيل سيمينٽ جي ليپ ۾ موجود [[الڪلائن]] ماحول، جيڪو پوٽاشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ، سوڊيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ ۽ [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] جي موجودگي سبب پيدا ٿيندو آهي، فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي هڪ حفاظتي غيرفعال (پيسيويشن) تهه ٺاهي ڇڏيندو آهي. هي تهه فولاد کي زنگ لڳڻ کان وڏي حد تائين بچائيندو آهي.

وقت سان گڏ جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ هوا ۽ مينهن جي پاڻيءَ جي رابطي ۾ اچي ٿو ته فضا ۾ موجود ڪاربان ڊاءِ آڪسائيڊ پاڻي سان ملي [[ڪاربونڪ تيزاب]] ٺاهي ٿي. هي تيزاب سيمينٽ جي الڪلائن جزن سان آهستي آهستي ڪيميائي عمل ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيت گهٽائيندو آهي. انهيءَ عمل کي '''ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن'''  چيو ويندو آهي. نتيجي طور ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ (pH) آهستي آهستي گهٽجي ويندو آهي، ۽ جڏهن اهو ڪافي گهٽجي وڃي ٿو ته فولادي سلاخن جي حفاظتي تهه ختم ٿيڻ لڳندي آهي، جنهن کان پوءِ زنگ لڳڻ جو خطرو وڌي ويندو آهي.

عام طور تي جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ لڳ ڀڳ 11 کان مٿي هجي ته فولادي سلاخون محفوظ رهنديون آهن، جڏهن ته پي ايڇ 10 کان هيٺ اچڻ تي، مقامي ماحول ۽ فولاد جي خاصيتن موجب، زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو. ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن ۽ [[ڪلورائيڊ]]ن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي خراب ٿيڻ جا سڀ کان اهم سبب سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.

عام رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جو ڪُل ايراضو گهڻو نه هوندو آهي. عام طور شعاعن ۽ تختن ۾ اهو لڳ ڀڳ هڪ سيڪڙو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه ٿنڀن ۾ ڇهه سيڪڙو تائين ٿي سگهي ٿو. فولادي سلاخون اڪثر گول شڪل واريون هونديون آهن ۽ مختلف قطرن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن.

ڪجهه رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ خالي سوراخ يا کوکلا حصا (ھالو ڪورز) پڻ رکيا ويندا آهن، جيئن نمي ۽ گهم تي بهتر ضابطو آڻي سگهجي.

تحقيق مان معلوم ٿيو آهي ته عمودي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزن ۾، ريئنفورسمينٽ موجود هجڻ باوجود، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي سڄي ڪراس سيڪشن ۾ مڪمل طور هڪجهڙي نه هوندي، پر ڪجهه حد تائين غير يڪسان (انھوموجينيس) ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;&quot;Concrete Inhomogeneity of Vertical Cast-In-Situ Elements In Frame-Type Buildings&quot;.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو گڏيل عمل ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي جو بنيادي اصول اهو آهي ته ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ هڪ گڏيل (ڪمپوزٽ) نظام جي صورت ۾ ڪم ڪن. جڏهن ڪنهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزو تي بار لاڳو ٿئي ٿو، ته فولادي سلاخن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ ڊگھائي يا وڪڙ (اسٽرين) بلڪل ساڳيو هجڻ گهرجي، جيڪو چوڌاري موجود ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. جيڪڏهن ٻنهي موادن جي وڪڙ ۾ فرق پيدا ٿئي ته سندن وچ ۾ سُرڪڻ (سلپ)، الڳ ٿيڻ (سيپريشن) يا بناوتي بيقاعدگي (ڊسڪنٽينيوئٽي) پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي، جنهن سان ڍانچي جي مضبوطي متاثر ٿئي ٿي.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل عمل کي برقرار رکڻ لاءِ بار جو مؤثر منتقلي ٿيڻ ضروري آهي. بار پهرين ڪنڪريٽ مان فولادي سلاخ جي مٿاڇري تائين منتقل ٿئي ٿو، پوءِ اُتان فولادي سلاخ جي سڄي ڊگھائي ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ جي صورت ۾ ورهائجي وڃي ٿو. هي عمل ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ موجود مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ يا اينڪوريج) جي ذريعي ممڪن بڻجي ٿو، جيڪو ٻنهي موادن جي رابطي واري سطح تي لڳاتار دٻاءُ جو ميدان (ڪنٽينيوئس اسٽريس فيلڊ) پيدا ڪري ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل طور ڪم ڪرڻ جا بنيادي سبب هي آهن:

* فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿي، تنهنڪري ٻئي گڏجي ٻاهرين بارن کي برداشت ڪن ٿا.
* ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جا عدد تقريباً هڪجهڙا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب سندن وچ ۾ نقصانڪار حرارتي دٻاءُ پيدا نٿو ٿئي.
* ڪنڪريٽ جو الڪلائن ماحول فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائي ٿو ۽ انهن جي عمر وڌائي ٿو.

=== ڪنڪريٽ ۾ بندش ===

فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ بندش (بانڊ) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنيادي خاصيتن مان هڪ آهي. عملي طور بندش جو دٻاءُ سلاخ جي سڄي ڊيگهه ۾ هڪجهڙو نه هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري جديد تعميراتي ضابطن ۾ بندش جي دٻاءُ بدران '''ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي''' (ڊولپمينٽ لينٿ) جو تصور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي مان مراد فولادي سلاخ جي اها گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ڊيگهه آهي، جيڪا ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود هجڻ ضروري آهي، ته جيئن سلاخ پنهنجي مڪمل ييلڊ اسٽريس تائين پهچي سگهي، بغير ڪنڪريٽ مان سُرڪڻ جي.

جيڪڏهن موجود ڊيگهه گهربل ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي کان گهٽ هجي ته اضافي بندش مهيا ڪرڻ لاءِ مختلف طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جهڙوڪ:

* ڪنڍا (ھڪس)
* موڙ (بينڊس)
* ميخانياتي پڇاڙيون (ميڪينيڪل اينڊ پليٽس)
* ٻيا مناسب اينڪريج جا ذريعا

اهي سڀئي طريقا فولادي سلاخن کي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوطي سان جڪڙي رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

=== ليپ اسپلائس ===

جڏهن فولادي سلاخ جي ڊيگهه ڪافي نه هجي يا ٻن سلاخن کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍڻو هجي ته ٻنهي سلاخن کي هڪ مقرر ڊيگهه تائين هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهائي رکيو ويندو آهي. هن طريقي کي '''ليپ اسپلائس''' چيو ويندو آهي.

ليپ اسپلائس جو مقصد ٻنهي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ دٻاءُ ۽ تنشي قوتن جي محفوظ منتقلي کي يقيني بڻائڻ آهي، جيئن ڍانچي جي تسلسل برقرار رهي. ليپ اسپلائس جي گهربل ڊيگهه تعميراتي ضابطن موجب سلاخ جي قطر، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، فولاد جي درجي ۽ لاڳو ٿيندڙ بار جي بنياد تي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal|title=Monotonic and Cyclic Seismic Analyses of Old-Type RC Columns with Short Lap Splices|journal=Construction Materials|volume=4|issue=2|year=2024|pages=329–341}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زنگ کان بچاءَ جا طريقا ===

ٿڌن ۽ نمي وارن علائقن ۾، خاص طور روڊن، پلن، پارڪنگ ڍانچن ۽ انهن تعميرن ۾ جيڪي برف ڳارڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لوڻ (Deicing Salt) جي رابطي ۾ اچن ٿيون، فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مختلف حفاظتي طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن.

انهن ۾ هيٺيان طريقا شامل آهن:

* گهٽ ڪاربان ۽ ڪروميم تي ٻڌل زنگ-مزاحمتي فولادي سلاخن جو استعمال؛
* ايپوڪسي (Epoxy) سان ڍڪيل فولادي سلاخون؛
* گرم طريقي سان جست لڳايل (ھاٽ-ڊپ گيلوانائيزڊ) فولادي سلاخون؛
* اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون فولادي سلاخون.

انهن کان علاوه مناسب ڊزائن، اعليٰ معيار جي ڪنڪريٽ، صحيح پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب ۽ مناسب حفاظتي تهه (ڪنڪريٽ ڪور) پڻ فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪن ٿا.

فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ جست فاسفيٽ (زنڪ فاسفيٽ) جهڙا حفاظتي ليپ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر ڪيميائي عمل ذريعي هڪ مستحڪم حفاظتي تهه ٺاهي زنگ جي رفتار گهٽائيندا آهن.

ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري تي مختلف سيلنٽ (Sealants)، جهڙوڪ رنگ، پلاسٽڪ فلمون، فوم، ايلومينيم ورق يا بينٽونائيٽ مٽي جا حفاظتي تهه پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي پاڻي ۽ نقصانڪار لوڻن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي گهٽائيندا آهن.

ان کان علاوه ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ وقت پاڻيءَ جي ملاوٽ ۾ زنگ روڪيندڙ ڪيميائي مادا (ڪوروژن انھبٽرز)، جهڙوڪ ڪيلشيم نائٽرائيٽ، پڻ شامل ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي مادا فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي حفاظتي غيرفعال تهه (پيسيويشن ليئر) برقرار رکن ٿا، جنهن سان زنگ لڳڻ جو امڪان نمايان طور گهٽجي وڃي ٿو.

== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ شعاعن جي اصطلاحات ==

[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|پارڪنگ گيراج جي تختي سان گڏيل ٻه هڪٻئي کي ڪٽيندڙ شعاعون، جن ۾ فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ برقي تارن، جنڪشن باڪسز ۽ روشنيءَ جي ٻين برقي حصن جي لڳائڻ جي تياري پڻ نظر اچي ٿي.]]

[[فائل:Fideo o’r trawst concrit olaf yn cael ei osod – Tach 2016 Last concrete beam installation – 2016.webm|thumb|اوچي شاهراهه تي آخري ڪنڪريٽي شعاع رکڻ جو مختصر وڊيو، جيڪا ويلز جي ڪارڊف بي ڀرسان نئين شاهراهه جي تعمير جو حصو آهي.]]

جڏهن ڪنهن [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاع]] تي [[وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو]] (Bending Moment) عمل ڪري ٿو ته شعاع ۾ ٿورو وڪڙ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ حالت ۾ شعاع جي ٻاهرئين پاسي (تنشي پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اندرئين پاسي (دٻاءُ واري پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ هوندو آهي.

'''اڪ-طرفي ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (Singly Reinforced Beam) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ رڳو تنشي پاسي لڳائي ويندي آهي. هن فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي '''تنشي فولاد''' (Tension Steel) چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ ان جو مقصد تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.

'''ٻه-طرفي ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (Doubly Reinforced Beam) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي پاسي سان گڏ دٻاءُ واري پاسي به فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ لڳائي ويندي آهي. دٻاءُ واري پاسي لڳايل فولاد کي '''دٻاءُ وارو فولاد''' (Compression Steel) چيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد ڪنڪريٽ کي دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيڻ ۽ اضافي دٻاءَ کي سنڀالڻ هوندو آهي. جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو گهربل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪافي نه هجي، يا معمار شعاع جي ماپ وڌائڻ جي اجازت نه ڏئي، تڏهن اضافي دٻاءُ وارو فولاد استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

'''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (Under-reinforced Beam) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان گهٽ هوندي آهي. اهڙي شعاع تي جڏهن وڪڙجڻ وارو بار آهستي آهستي وڌندو آهي ته سڀ کان پهرين تنشي فولاد پنهنجي لچڪدار حد (Yield) تائين پهچي ڊگهو ٿيڻ شروع ڪندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ اڃا مڪمل طور نه ٽٽندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ شعاع ۾ وڏو وڪڙ ۽ واضح تبديليون پيدا ٿينديون آهن، جيڪي ممڪن ناڪامي بابت اڳواٽ خبردار ڪن ٿيون. انهيءَ سبب تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ اهڙي قسم جي شعاع کي وڌيڪ محفوظ تصور ڪيو ويندو آهي، ۽ عام طور ڊزائن فولاد جي Yield Stress جي بنياد تي ڪئي ويندي آهي.

'''وڌيڪ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (Over-reinforced Beam) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان وڌيڪ هوندي آهي. اهڙي حالت ۾ فولاد Yield ٿيڻ کان اڳ ئي ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو چِٿجي (Crushing) وڃي ٿو، جنهن سبب شعاع بنا ڪنهن واضح اڳواٽ خبرداري جي اوچتو ناڪام ٿي سگهي ٿي. انهيءَ ڪري اهڙي ڊزائن کي غير محفوظ سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

'''متوازن ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (Balanced Reinforced Beam) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ شعاع تي مقرر ٿيل بار وڌڻ سان ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو ۽ تنشي فولاد تقريباً هڪ ئي وقت پنهنجي آخري حد تائين پهچي وڃن ٿا. اهڙي حالت ۾ ڪنڪريٽ چِٿجي وڃي ٿو ۽ فولاد پڻ Yield ڪري ٿو. جيتوڻيڪ هن حالت ۾ ٻنهي موادن جي طاقت جو متوازن استعمال ٿئي ٿو، پر ناڪامي تقريباً اوچتي ٿيندي آهي، تنهنڪري هي ڊزائن به عملي طور وڌيڪ محفوظ نه سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Nilson, Darwin, Dolan. ''Design of Concrete Structures''. McGraw-Hill Education, 2003. pp. 80–90.&lt;/ref&gt;

انهيءَ سبب فولادي ريئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا اهي جزا، جيڪي وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو برداشت ڪن ٿا، عام طور '''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ''' (Under-reinforced) طريقي سان ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن، ته جيئن ناڪامي کان اڳ واضح خبرداري ملي سگهي.

'''خاصيتي مضبوطي''' (Characteristic Strength) اها مضبوطي آهي، جنهن کان گهٽ نتيجو صرف پنج سيڪڙو يا ان کان گهٽ آزمائشي نمونن ۾ ملي ٿو.

'''ڊزائن مضبوطي''' يا '''نامياري مضبوطي''' (Design Strength يا Nominal Strength) اها مضبوطي آهي، جيڪا حفاظتي عامل (Safety Factor) کي نظر ۾ رکي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. اجازت لائق دٻاءَ واري ڊزائن (Permissible Stress Design) ۾ حفاظتي عامل عام طور 0.75 کان 0.85 جي وچ ۾ هوندو آهي.

'''آخري حد واري حالت''' (Ultimate Limit State) اها نظرياتي حالت آهي، جنهن تي ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان موجود هوندو آهي. ان جو اندازو حفاظتي عامل سان وڌايل بارن (Factored Loads) ۽ حفاظتي عامل سان گهٽايل مزاحمت (Factored Resistance) جي بنياد تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا عام طور بين الاقوامي ضابطن ۽ معيارن، جهڙوڪ ACI 318، CEB ۽ يورو ڪوڊ 2 وغيره مطابق ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي ڊزائن لاءِ WSD (Working Stress Design)، USD (Ultimate Strength Design) يا LRFD (Load and Resistance Factor Design) جهڙا طريقا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. تجزيو ۽ ڊزائن ليڪيرِي (Linear) يا غير ليڪيرِي (Non-linear) طريقن سان به ڪري سگهجن ٿا. عمارت سازي جا ضابطا اڪثر حفاظتي عاملن سان گڏ ليڪيرِي طريقن جي سفارش ڪن ٿا، جڏهن ته ڪجهه خاص حالتن ۾ غير ليڪيرِي عددي تجزيا پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Techno Press|journal=Structural Engineering and Mechanics|volume=53|issue=4|year=2015}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Energy based structural damage index based on nonlinear numerical simulation of structures subjected to oriented lateral cyclic loading|journal=International Journal of Civil Engineering|volume=9|issue=3|year=2011|pages=155–164}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>523h9eg34h3tbb7f18iwhuuxc27awyb</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401020</id>
      <parentid>401019</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T23:42:49Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401020</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="54479" sha1="01qdkudfrti7xepzdakznyt9pvimv12" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمنٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' ، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (اسٽيل ريئينفورسنگ بارس)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}&lt;/ref&gt;
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (ڪوروژن انجنيئرنگ) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (ڪوروژن) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' کي مختصر طور '''آر سي سي''' ({{lang-en|RCC}}) چيو وڃي ٿو، اهڙو تعميراتي مرڪب آهي، جيڪو [[سيمينٽ]]، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا پٿر جي سنهن ٽڪرن ۽ پاڻيءَ مان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) شامل ڪري ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي قوت وڌائين ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ جي اعليٰ صلاحيت رکي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Expo58 building Philips.jpg|thumb|[[بيلجيم]] جي گاديءَ واري شهر [[برسلز]] ۾ [[ايڪسپو 58]] لاءِ تعمير ڪيل [[فلپس پيوليئن]] جي منفرد شڪل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال سان ممڪن ٿي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور تي ريئنفورسمينٽ (فولادي سلاخن يا ٻين مضبوط ڪندڙ مواد) جي ترتيب اهڙي نموني سان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو ڪنڪريٽ جي انهن حصن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) کي برداشت ڪري سگهي، جتي ٻي صورت ۾ ڏار پوڻ يا ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان هوندو آهي. جديد رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ رڳو فولاد ئي نه، پر [[پوليمر]]ن ۽ ٻين جامع (ڪمپوزٽ) مواد مان ٺهيل مضبوط ڪندڙ عنصر پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ضرورت موجب فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ يا انهن کان سواءِ به ڪم آندا ويندا آهن.

ڪيترين تعميراتي حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي اڳواٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ۽ ريئنفورسمينٽ ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ هوندي آهي. هن طريقي سان ڍانچي جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت بهتر ٿيندي آهي. اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي کي '''پري اسٽرِيسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جا ٻه عام طريقا '''پري ٽينشننگ''' ۽ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ'''  آهن.

مضبوط، لچڪدار ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ ريئنفورسمينٽ ۾ هيٺيون خاصيتون هجڻ ضروري آهن:

* اعليٰ ميڪانيڪي مضبوطي؛
* ڇڪ هيٺ وڏي حد تائين ڊگهو ٿيڻ (ٽينسائل اسٽرين) برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت؛
* ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ)، جيڪا پي ايڇ (pH)، نمي يا ٻين ماحولياتي حالتن کان گهڻو متاثر نه ٿئي؛
* حرارتي مطابقت (ٿرمل ڪامپيٽيبلٽي)، جيئن گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ دوران غير ضروري دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي ماحول ۾ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيداري، جنهن ۾ زنگ (Corrosion) ۽ مستقل دٻاءَ جي اثرن کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت شامل هجي.

== تاريخ ==

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي شروعاتي ترقي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري [[انگلينڊ]] ۽ [[فرانس]] ۾ لڳ ڀڳ هڪ ئي وقت ٿي، جتي مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميرڪارن ڪنڪريٽ کي فولادي مضبوطي سان گڏ استعمال ڪرڻ بابت تجربا شروع ڪيا.

[[فائل:Saint-Denis - Maison François Coignet -1.JPG|thumb|سينٽ ڊينس ۾ فرانسوا ڪوئنيه جو گهر، جيڪو ابتدائي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان هڪ آهي.]]

فرانسيسي تعميرڪار '''[[فرانسوا ڪوئنيه]]''' پهريون شخص هو، جنهن عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |url=https://www.britannica.com/technology/building-construction/Early-steel-frame-high-rises#ref105155 |title=Building construction: The invention of reinforced concrete |encyclopedia=Encyclopedia Britannica}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن 1853ع کان 1855ع جي وچ ۾ [[پيرس]] جي ڀرسان سينٽ ڊينس ۾ واقع 72 [[Rue Charles Michels]] تي پنهنجي رهائش لاءِ چار ماڙ عمارت تعمير ڪرائي، جيڪا '''فرانسوا ڪوئنيه هائوس''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي ۽ ان کي دنيا جي پهرين لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان شمار ڪيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=The oldest concrete structures that have lasted: 72 rue Charles Michels, St. Denis, France |url=https://meva.net/pt-br/oldest-concrete-structures/}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪوئنيه جي لکڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته هن لوهه کي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت وڌائڻ کان وڌيڪ، ڀتين کي هڪ گڏيل (مونولٿڪ) ڍانچي طور مستحڪم رکڻ ۽ انهن کي اونڌو ٿيڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968 |pages=1–33}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ 1872ع–1873ع دوران [[بروڪلن]] ۾ تعمير ٿيل '''پپن بلڊنگ''' (Pippen Building)، جيتوڻيڪ ڪوئنيه جي ڊزائن نه هئي، پر سندس تعميراتي طريقي جو هڪ اهم مثال سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

[[فائل:Maison de logement des ouvriers de l'usine Coignet 2020 6.jpg|thumb|ڪوئنيه طرفان پنهنجي ڪارخاني جي مزدورن لاءِ سينٽ ڊينس ۾ تعمير ڪيل رهائشي عمارت.]]

1854ع ۾ انگريز تعميرڪار '''وليم بي. ولڪنسن''' پنهنجي تعمير هيٺ ٻن ماڙ گهر جي ڇت ۽ فرشن ۾ فولادي مضبوطي استعمال ڪئي. هن فولادي سلاخن کي اهڙي نموني رکيو، جنهن مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته هو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) جي اثرن کان واقف هو، جڏهن ته هن کان اڳ وارا انجنيئر ان ڳالهه کي مڪمل طور نه سمجهي سگهيا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Reinforced Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete Building Construction}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1869ع کان 1870ع جي وچ ۾ '''هينري ايٽن'''  [[انگلينڊ]] جي [[نورفڪ]] ۽ [[سفڪ]] ضلعن جي وچ ۾ وهندڙ [[ويوني درياھ]] تي '''هومرسفيلڊ پل''' جي ڊزائن تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته ان جي تعمير لنڊن جي ڪمپني ''ڊبليو اينڊ ٽي فلپس '' ڪئي. لڳ ڀڳ 15.25 ميٽر (50 فوٽ) ڊگهي هيءَ پل لوهي مضبوطي سان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي پلن مان هڪ هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{NHLE|num=1262142}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي فرانسيسي باغبان '''[[جوزف مونيي]]''' کي به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ارتقا جو اهم اڳواڻ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. هو مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا گلن جا ٿانوَ تيار ڪرڻ لاءِ موجود مواد مان مطمئن نه هو، تنهنڪري هن نوان تجربا شروع ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Day |first=Lance |title=Biographical Dictionary of the History of Technology}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1867ع ۾ مونيي تار جي ڄاري (وائر ميش) ۽ سيمينٽ جي تهه کي گڏائي مضبوط ڪنڪريٽ جا گلدان ٺاهڻ واري طريقي جو پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Britannica URL|biography/Joseph-Monier|Joseph Monier}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ 1877ع ۾ هن ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿنڀن ۽ گرڊرن کي لوهي سلاخن جي ڄار ذريعي مضبوط ڪرڻ واري وڌيڪ ترقي يافته طريقي جو به پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو. جيتوڻيڪ مونيي کي اها ڄاڻ هئي ته فولادي مضبوطي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني يڪجائي وڌائي ٿي، پر اهو واضح ناهي ته کيس ان ڳالهه جي مڪمل سائنسي ڄاڻ هئي ته ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي طاقت ۾ ڪيترو اضافو آڻي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909 |pages=204–210}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1877ع ۾ آمريڪي انجنيئر '''ٿيڊيئس هائٽ'' پنهنجي مشهور رپورٽ ''اين اڪائونٽ آف سم اڪسپيريمينٽس وٿ پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ڪمبائينڊ وٿ آئرن'' شايع ڪئي، جنهن ۾ هن فولاد سان مضبوط ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پنهنجن تجربن جا نتيجا بيان ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Hyatt |first=Thaddeus |title=An Account of Some Experiments with Portland-cement-concrete Combined with Iron}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن جي تحقيق رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي رڳو تجربي واري تعميراتي مواد بدران هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي آزمودل ٽيڪنالاجي طور قائم ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. جيڪڏهن هائٽ جي تحقيق موجود نه هجي ها، ته هن شعبي جي ترقي گهڻي عرصي تائين آزمائش ۽ غلطي (ٽرائل ۽ ارر) جي غير يقيني طريقن تي دارومدار رکندي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سائنسي ترقي ۽ عالمي ڦهلاءُ ===

1870ع واري ڏهاڪي کان اڳ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير، جيتوڻيڪ ان جون پاڙون [[رومي سلطنت]] تائين پهچن ٿيون ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ ان جو ٻيهر استعمال شروع ٿيو هو، پر ان کي اڃا مڪمل طور سائنسي طور ثابت ٿيل تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي نه سمجهيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Citation |last=Aprea |first=Salvatore |chapter=The Search for Affordable Cement and Concrete in the 18th and 19th Century |title=High Tech Concrete: Where Technology and Engineering Meet |year=2018}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري انگلينڊ ۾ ڄاول انجنيئر '''[[ارنسٽ ايل. رينسم]]''' رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. هن گذريل پنجاهه سالن دوران ٿيل تحقيق ۽ تجربن مان فائدو وٺندي اڳين ايجادڪارن جي ڪيترين ئي تعميراتي طريقن کي وڌيڪ بهتر بڻايو. سندس سڀ کان اهم ايجاد فولادي سلاخن کي مروڙي استعمال ڪرڻ هئي، جنهن سان سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ چنبڙڻ (بانڊ) گهڻو مضبوط ٿي ويو ۽ ڍانچي جي مجموعي مضبوطي ۾ نمايان واڌارو آيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Episode 81: Rebar and the Alvord Lake Bridge}}&lt;/ref&gt;

رينسم پنهنجي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ وارين عمارتن سبب وڏي شهرت حاصل ڪئي، جنهن کان پوءِ هن 1886ع کان 1889ع جي وچ ۾ اتر آمريڪا جي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ پلن مان ٻه تعمير ڪرايون. انهن مان هڪ پل، '''[[سمٿ-رينسم جيپنيز برج]]'''، اڄ به [[نيو يارڪ]] جي [[شيلٽر آئلينڊ، نيو يارڪ|شيلٽر آئلينڊ]] تي موجود آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آمريڪا]] ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل ابتدائي عمارتن مان هڪ '''[[وليم اي. وارڊ هائوس]]''' هئي، جيڪا وليم اي. وارڊ جي ڊزائن موجب 1876ع ۾ مڪمل ٿي. هن رهائشي عمارت کي خاص طور باهه کان وڌيڪ تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ جي مقصد سان تعمير ڪيو ويو.

جرمن سول انجنيئر '''[[گستاو ايڊولف وائس]]''' پڻ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم شخصيت هو. 1879ع ۾ هن جوزف مونيي جي پيٽنٽن جا جرمن حق خريد ڪيا، ۽ 1884ع ۾ سندس ڪمپني '''[[ويس اينڊ فريٽيگ]]''' انهن طريقن کي پهريون ڀيرو تجارتي بنيادن تي استعمال ڪيو. 1890ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين وائس ۽ سندس ڪمپني مونيي جي نظام کي وڌيڪ ترقي ڏئي ان کي هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي ٻڌل، منظم ۽ قابل اعتماد تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Lamington Bridge Mary River.jpg|thumb|[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]، جيڪا آسٽريليا جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي.]]

[[آسٽريليا]] جي '''[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]''' ملڪ جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي. هن پل جي ڊزائن [[الفريڊ بارٽن بريڊي]] تيار ڪئي، جيڪو 1896ع ۾ [[ڪئينز لينڊ]] جو سرڪاري معمار هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge |publisher=Queensland Government}}&lt;/ref&gt; پل ۾ 15.2 ميٽر ڊگها يارنهن اسپين هئا ۽ ان جي ڪل ڊيگهه لڳ ڀڳ 187 ميٽر هئي، جيڪا ان دور ۾ دنيا جي ساڳئي قسم جي مشهور پلن کان به وڏي سمجهي ويندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge, Mary River, 1896- |publisher=Engineers Australia}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات ===

ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تيزيءَ سان مقبول تعميراتي مواد بڻجي ويو. ان عرصي دوران انجنيئرن ۽ معمارن هن ٽيڪنالاجي کي اوچي عمارتن، پلن ۽ ٻين وڏن تعميراتي منصوبن ۾ استعمال ڪرڻ شروع ڪيو.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل شروعاتي اوچين عمارتن مان هڪ 16 ماڙ '''انگالس بلڊنگ''' هئي، جيڪا 1904ع ۾ آمريڪا جي شهر سنسناٽي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;CIVL1101&quot;/&gt;

ڏکڻ ڪيليفورنيا ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پهرين عمارت '''لافلن اينيڪس''' هئي، جيڪا 1905ع ۾ لاس اينجلس جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Los Angeles from the Mountains to the Sea |volume=2 |last=McGroarty |first=John Steven |year=1921 |page=176}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Annual Report of the City Auditor, City of Los Angeles |year=1905 |pages=71–73}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع دوران لاس اينجلس ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن لاءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ سورهن تعميراتي اجازت ناما جاري ڪيا ويا. انهن ۾ '''ٽيمپل آڊيٽوريم''' ۽ اٺ ماڙ '''هيورڊ هوٽل''' به شامل هئا، جيڪي ان ڳالهه جو ثبوت هئا ته هي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي تيزيءَ سان عام ٿي رهي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |last=Williams |first=D. |title=What Builders are Doing |journal=Carpentry and Building |year=1907 |page=66}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |title=Reinforced Concrete Buildings at Los Angeles, Cal. |journal=Engineering News-Record |year=1906 |volume=55 |page=449}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ لانگ بيچ ۾ تعمير هيٺ '''بڪسبي هوٽل''' جو هڪ حصو وقت کان اڳ عارضي سهارن (Shoring) کي هٽائڻ سبب ڊهي پيو، جنهن ۾ ڏهه مزدور فوت ٿي ويا. هن حادثي کان پوءِ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعميراتي طريقن ۽ عمارتن جي جاچ پڙتال بابت وڌيڪ سخت ضابطا اختيار ڪيا ويا. ماهرن سفارش ڪئي ته مستقبل ۾ فرشن، ڀتين ۽ ڍانچي جي ٻين اهم حصن ۾ مڪمل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تعمير وڌيڪ محفوظ بڻجي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite magazine |title=Partial Collapse of the Bixby Hotel at Long Beach |magazine=Architect and Engineer of California |year=1906 |volume=VII |issue=1 |pages=44–48}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1904ع جي اپريل مهيني ۾ آمريڪي معمار ۽ انجنيئر '''جوليا مورگن''' پنهنجي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارت، '''ايل ڪيمپانيل'''، مڪمل ڪئي، جيڪا 72 فوٽ اوچي گهنڊ گهر (بيل ٽاور) هئي ۽ ملز ڪاليج ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=El Campanil, Mills College: Julia Morgan 1903–1904}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو ۾ آيل شديد زلزلي دوران ايل ڪيمپانيل کي ڪو به اهم نقصان نه پهتو، جنهن سان جوليا مورگن جي شهرت ۾ وڏو اضافو ٿيو ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي تي عوام جو اعتماد پڻ وڌيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Julia Morgan-designed Mills bell tower counts down to its 115th anniversary}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Bay Area Architect Julia Morgan's Legacy Wasn't Just Hearst Castle}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع جي زلزلي کان پوءِ عوام ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت موجود شڪ شبها به گهڻي حد تائين ختم ٿي ويا. ان کان اڳ ڪيترائي ماڻهو هن مواد کي جمالياتي لحاظ کان غير دلڪش سمجهندا هئا، پر زلزلي دوران ان جي بهتر ڪارڪردگي سبب ان جي مقبوليت وڌي وئي. نتيجي طور 1908ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو جي بلدياتي اختيارين عمارت سازي جا ضابطا تبديل ڪري رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وڌيڪ وسيع استعمال جي اجازت ڏني.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=How one building survived the San Francisco earthquake and changed the world}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== معيارن جي جوڙجڪ ۽ ضابطا ===

1906ع ۾ '''نيشنل ايسوسيئيشن آف سيمينٽ يوزرس''' (مختصر: NACU) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پهريون معياري دستاويز '''اسٽينڊرڊ نمبر 1''' شايع ڪيو، جنهن ۾ پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ جي معيار، خاصيتن ۽ استعمال بابت بنيادي فني گهرجون مقرر ڪيون ويون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Specifications for Portland Cement of the American Society for Testing Materials, Standard No. 1 |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1906 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان پوءِ 1910ع ۾ ساڳئي اداري '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال لاءِ معياري عمارتي ضابطا''' (''اسٽينڊرڊ بلڊنگ ريگيوليشنز فار دي يوز آف ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ '') جاري ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Building Regulations for the Use of Reinforced Concrete |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1910 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن ضابطن ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن، تعمير، جاچ ۽ استعمال بابت تفصيلي فني هدايتون شامل هيون.
انهن معيارن جي جاري ٿيڻ سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميراتي ادارن وٽ هڪجهڙن اصولن تحت ٿيڻ لڳي. نتيجي طور تعميراتي حفاظت، معيار، مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ نمايان بهتري آئي، ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جديد عمارت سازيءَ جي سڀ کان اهم تعميراتي مواد مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

== تعمير ۾ استعمال ==

[[فائل:SagradaFamiliaRoof2.jpg|thumb|upright=1.5|right|2009ع ۾ تعمير هيٺ [[ساگراڊا فاميليا]] جي ڇت ۾ لڳايل فولادي سلاخون (ريبار).]]

[[فائل:O Cristo Redentor.JPG|thumb|[[ريو ڊي جينيرو]]، [[برازيل]] ۾ واقع '''مسيح ڇوٽڪارو ڏيندڙ''' جو مجسمو، جيڪو رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان تعمير ٿيل آهي ۽ ان جي ٻاهرئين سطح هزارين ٽڪنڊي صابڻي پٿر (Soapstone) جي ٽڪرن سان ڍڪيل آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia |title=Christ the Redeemer |encyclopedia=Encyclopædia Britannica |last=Murray |first=Lorraine |url=http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/1435544/Christ-the-Redeemer}}&lt;/ref&gt;]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ تعميراتي صنعت ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد مان هڪ آهي. ان جي مدد سان مختلف قسمن جا تعميراتي جزا ۽ ڍانچا تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ تختو|ڪنڪريٽ جا تختا]] (Slabs)، [[ڀت]]، [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاعون]] (Beams)، [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀا]]، [[بنياد]]، ڍانچا (Frames) ۽ ٻيا ڪيترائي تعميراتي حصا شامل آهن.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي تعمير جي طريقي موجب عام طور ٻن قسمن ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي:

* '''اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري ڪاسٽ ڪنڪريٽ)، جنهن جا جزا ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪري تعميراتي هنڌ تي نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن.
* '''جاءِ تي وڌل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (ڪاسٽ-ان -پليس ڪنڪريٽ)، جيڪو سڌو سنئون تعميراتي هنڌ تي شٽرنگ اندر وجهي تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڪنهن به عمارت ۾ مناسب فرش نظام (Floor System) جي چونڊ ۽ ڊزائن انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان عمارت جي مجموعي ڪارڪردگي تي سڌو اثر پوي ٿو. فرش جي ڊزائن ۾ معمولي تبديليون به تعميراتي مواد جي خرچ، تعمير مڪمل ٿيڻ جي مدت، ڍانچي جي آخري مضبوطي، سار سنڀال جي خرچن، استعمال ڪندڙن جي گنجائش ۽ عمارت جي آخري استعمال تي نمايان اثر وجهي سگهن ٿيون.

فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کان سواءِ جديد دور جون گهڻ ماڙ عمارتون، وڏيون پلون ۽ ٻيا وڏا ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا محفوظ ۽ عملي طور تعمير ڪرڻ ممڪن نه هجي ها.

=== رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا ===

جڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا تعمير ۾ استعمال ٿين ٿا ته اهي ٻاهران لاڳو ٿيندڙ [[تعميراتي بار]] (Structural load) جي اثر هيٺ مخصوص ميڪانيڪي رويو ظاهر ڪندا آهن. استعمال دوران انهن جزن تي هيٺيان قسم جا بار يا قوتون عمل ڪري سگهن ٿيون:&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |author=Bungale S. Taranath |title=Reinforced Concrete Design of Tall Buildings |publisher=CRC Press |year=2009 |page=7 |isbn=978-1-4398-0481-0}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينشن)
* [[دٻاءُ]] (ڪمپريشن)
* [[وڪڙجڻ]] (بينڊنگ)
* [[ڪٽائي دٻاءُ]] (شيئر)
* [[مروڙ]] (ٽورزن)

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن اهڙي نموني ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو اهو انهن سڀني قوتن کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ تعميراتي ڍانچي جي استحڪام، مضبوطي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي يقيني بڻائي.

=== فولادي سلاخن جي ڊزائن ===

رِيئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن هميشه قابل انجنيئر يا لاڳاپيل فني اداري طرفان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي. سلاخن جو قطر، وڇاءُ، چڙهاڪو ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه عمارت جي قسم، بار ۽ لاڳو تعميراتي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|ڪنڪريٽ وجھڻ کان اڳ اسٽيل يا لوھ جي سيخن جو پڃري وانگر ڄار وڇايل]]

=== فولادي سلاخن جي بندش ===

فولادي سلاخون تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪٽي، موڙي ۽ تار سان مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. انهن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تھ رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن سلاخون زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ۽ ڍانچي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي. ضرورت موجب ڪنڍا (Hooks) ۽ چڙهاڪو (Overlap) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== تياري  ===

آر سي سي مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارو تعميراتي مواد آهي. ان کي مختلف شڪلين ۾ آسانيءَ سان ڍالي سگهجي ٿو، باهه ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿو، پاڻيءَ جي نفوذ کي گهٽ ڪري ٿو ۽ عام حالتن ۾ گهٽ مرمت جي ضرورت پوي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ملاوٽ ===

آر سي سي جي ملاوٽ هٿ سان يا ڪنڪريٽ مڪسر ذريعي ڪئي ويندي آهي. ننڍن تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ هٿ سان ملاوٽ، جڏهن ته وڏن منصوبن ۾ مشيني ملاوٽ کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها وڌيڪ هڪجهڙائي، تيزي ۽ معياري نتيجا فراهم ڪندي آهي ۽ مواد جي زيان کي گهٽائيندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب ===

پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو مناسب تناسب آر سي سي جي مضبوطي، ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر وجهي ٿو. گهڻو پاڻي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت گهٽائي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته گهٽ پاڻي ملاوٽ کي صحيح نموني استعمال ڪرڻ ۾ ڏکيائي پيدا ڪري سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== جھڪاءُ پرک ===

ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ گهاٽاڻ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ '''جھڪاءُ پرک''' (سلمپ ٽيسٽ) ڪئي ويندي آهي. هن آزمائش ۾ مخروط شڪل واري فولادي قالب ۾ تازي ڪنڪريٽ ڀري ان جي ويهڻ يا جھڪاءَ جي ماپ ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ملاوٽ مقرر معيار مطابق آهي يا نه.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


=== ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀرائي ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ شٽرنگ، فولادي سلاخن ۽ ٻين لڪل خدمتن جهڙوڪ برقي پائيپن جي جانچ ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي بنا رڪاوٽ جي مناسب رفتار سان وڌو ويندو آهي ۽ ضرورت موجب وائبريٽر ذريعي ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ڪيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن هوا جا خانا ختم ٿين ۽ ''هني ڪومبنگ'' (Honeycombing) جهڙا نقص پيدا نه ٿين.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== سار سنڀال ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ مناسب عرصي تائين ان کي پاڻي ڏئي آلو رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان سيمينٽ جي مڪمل هائيڊريشن ٿئي ٿي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ پاڻيءَ جي مزاحمت وڌي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== رويو ==

=== مواد ===

{{ڏسو پڻ|ڪنڪريٽ|سيمينٽ|تعميراتي بجري|فولادي سلاخ}}

ڪنڪريٽ هڪ گڏيل تعميراتي مواد آهي، جيڪو ٿلهي بجري (جهڙوڪ پٿر يا سرن جي ٽڪرن)، نفيس بجري (عام طور ريتي يا ڀڳل پٿر)، ڳنڍيندڙ مواد (اڪثر [[پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ]]) ۽ پاڻي جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. جڏهن سيمينٽ کي مناسب مقدار ۾ پاڻي سان ملايو وڃي ٿو ته ان ۾ [[هائيڊريشن]]  جو ڪيميائي عمل شروع ٿئي ٿو، جنهن دوران انتهائي ننڍا قلمي (ڪرسٽلائين) ڍانچا ٺهن ٿا. اهي قلمي ڍانچا بجري جي ذرڙن کي پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍي هڪ سخت ۽ مضبوط جسم ۾ تبديل ڪري ڇڏين ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Materials principles and practice|page=61|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|page=357|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;
ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ بجري ۽ ريتي نقصانڪار مادَن، جهڙوڪ حياتياتي گندگين، سلٽ، مٽي، لگنائيٽ ۽ ٻين غير مناسب آميزشن کان پاڪ هجڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙيون آميزشون ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري کي متاثر ڪري سگهن ٿيون.

عام ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءَ (ڪمپريشن) کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي تمام وڏي صلاحيت رکي ٿو، پر جيڪڏهن ان تي نمايان ڇڪ (ٽينشن) پيدا ٿئي، مثال طور وڪڙجڻ (بينڊنگ) سبب، ته ان جي اندر موجود قلمي ڍانچو ٽٽڻ شروع ٿي ويندو آهي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڏار پئجي ويندا آهن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ الڳ ٿيڻ لڳندو آهي. انهيءَ سبب عام (غير ريئنفورسڊ) ڪنڪريٽ کي هميشه اهڙي نموني سهارو ڏنو ويندو آهي، جو ان ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي.

جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر اهڙو مواد رکيو وڃي، جيڪو ڇڪ کي تمام سٺي نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي، جهڙوڪ فولاد، ته پوءِ حاصل ٿيندڙ گڏيل مادو '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' بڻجي ويندو آهي. اهڙي گڏيل مواد ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪري ٿو، جڏهن ته فولادي سلاخون تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪن ٿيون. نتيجي طور اهو نه رڳو دٻاءُ، پر وڪڙجڻ ۽ ٻين تنشي بارن کي به محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ٿو. اهڙي گڏيل نظام کي تعميراتي ضرورت موجب لڳ ڀڳ هر شڪل ۽ ماپ ۾ تيار ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== اهم خاصيتون ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جون غيرمعمولي تعميراتي خاصيتون بنيادي طور هيٺين سببن جي ڪري پيدا ٿين ٿيون:

# ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي [[حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جي عدد]] (ڪوئفيشنٽ آف ٿرمل ايڪسپينشن) تقريباً هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي. تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ٻنهي موادن جي ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ ۾ گهڻو فرق نٿو اچي، جنهن ڪري اندروني دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيڻ جا امڪان گهٽجي وڃن ٿا.

# جڏهن سيمينٽ جو ليپ سخت ٿئي ٿو ته اهو فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿو. نتيجي طور بار يا دٻاءُ ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ مؤثر نموني منتقل ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ چنبڙڻ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط بڻائڻ لاءِ فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري کي عام طور تي اُڀن نشانن يا نالين (ڊيفارميشنز) سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

# سخت ٿيل سيمينٽ جي ليپ ۾ موجود [[الڪلائن]] ماحول، جيڪو پوٽاشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ، سوڊيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ ۽ [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] جي موجودگي سبب پيدا ٿيندو آهي، فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي هڪ حفاظتي غيرفعال (پيسيويشن) تهه ٺاهي ڇڏيندو آهي. هي تهه فولاد کي زنگ لڳڻ کان وڏي حد تائين بچائيندو آهي.

وقت سان گڏ جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ هوا ۽ مينهن جي پاڻيءَ جي رابطي ۾ اچي ٿو ته فضا ۾ موجود ڪاربان ڊاءِ آڪسائيڊ پاڻي سان ملي [[ڪاربونڪ تيزاب]] ٺاهي ٿي. هي تيزاب سيمينٽ جي الڪلائن جزن سان آهستي آهستي ڪيميائي عمل ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيت گهٽائيندو آهي. انهيءَ عمل کي '''ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن'''  چيو ويندو آهي. نتيجي طور ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ (pH) آهستي آهستي گهٽجي ويندو آهي، ۽ جڏهن اهو ڪافي گهٽجي وڃي ٿو ته فولادي سلاخن جي حفاظتي تهه ختم ٿيڻ لڳندي آهي، جنهن کان پوءِ زنگ لڳڻ جو خطرو وڌي ويندو آهي.

عام طور تي جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ لڳ ڀڳ 11 کان مٿي هجي ته فولادي سلاخون محفوظ رهنديون آهن، جڏهن ته پي ايڇ 10 کان هيٺ اچڻ تي، مقامي ماحول ۽ فولاد جي خاصيتن موجب، زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو. ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن ۽ [[ڪلورائيڊ]]ن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي خراب ٿيڻ جا سڀ کان اهم سبب سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.

عام رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جو ڪُل ايراضو گهڻو نه هوندو آهي. عام طور شعاعن ۽ تختن ۾ اهو لڳ ڀڳ هڪ سيڪڙو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه ٿنڀن ۾ ڇهه سيڪڙو تائين ٿي سگهي ٿو. فولادي سلاخون اڪثر گول شڪل واريون هونديون آهن ۽ مختلف قطرن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن.

ڪجهه رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ خالي سوراخ يا کوکلا حصا (ھالو ڪورز) پڻ رکيا ويندا آهن، جيئن نمي ۽ گهم تي بهتر ضابطو آڻي سگهجي.

تحقيق مان معلوم ٿيو آهي ته عمودي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزن ۾، ريئنفورسمينٽ موجود هجڻ باوجود، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي سڄي ڪراس سيڪشن ۾ مڪمل طور هڪجهڙي نه هوندي، پر ڪجهه حد تائين غير يڪسان (انھوموجينيس) ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;&quot;Concrete Inhomogeneity of Vertical Cast-In-Situ Elements In Frame-Type Buildings&quot;.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو گڏيل عمل ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي جو بنيادي اصول اهو آهي ته ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ هڪ گڏيل (ڪمپوزٽ) نظام جي صورت ۾ ڪم ڪن. جڏهن ڪنهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزو تي بار لاڳو ٿئي ٿو، ته فولادي سلاخن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ ڊگھائي يا وڪڙ (اسٽرين) بلڪل ساڳيو هجڻ گهرجي، جيڪو چوڌاري موجود ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. جيڪڏهن ٻنهي موادن جي وڪڙ ۾ فرق پيدا ٿئي ته سندن وچ ۾ سُرڪڻ (سلپ)، الڳ ٿيڻ (سيپريشن) يا بناوتي بيقاعدگي (ڊسڪنٽينيوئٽي) پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي، جنهن سان ڍانچي جي مضبوطي متاثر ٿئي ٿي.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل عمل کي برقرار رکڻ لاءِ بار جو مؤثر منتقلي ٿيڻ ضروري آهي. بار پهرين ڪنڪريٽ مان فولادي سلاخ جي مٿاڇري تائين منتقل ٿئي ٿو، پوءِ اُتان فولادي سلاخ جي سڄي ڊگھائي ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ جي صورت ۾ ورهائجي وڃي ٿو. هي عمل ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ موجود مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ يا اينڪوريج) جي ذريعي ممڪن بڻجي ٿو، جيڪو ٻنهي موادن جي رابطي واري سطح تي لڳاتار دٻاءُ جو ميدان (ڪنٽينيوئس اسٽريس فيلڊ) پيدا ڪري ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل طور ڪم ڪرڻ جا بنيادي سبب هي آهن:

* فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿي، تنهنڪري ٻئي گڏجي ٻاهرين بارن کي برداشت ڪن ٿا.
* ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جا عدد تقريباً هڪجهڙا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب سندن وچ ۾ نقصانڪار حرارتي دٻاءُ پيدا نٿو ٿئي.
* ڪنڪريٽ جو الڪلائن ماحول فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائي ٿو ۽ انهن جي عمر وڌائي ٿو.

=== ڪنڪريٽ ۾ بندش ===

فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ بندش (بانڊ) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنيادي خاصيتن مان هڪ آهي. عملي طور بندش جو دٻاءُ سلاخ جي سڄي ڊيگهه ۾ هڪجهڙو نه هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري جديد تعميراتي ضابطن ۾ بندش جي دٻاءُ بدران '''ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي''' (ڊولپمينٽ لينٿ) جو تصور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي مان مراد فولادي سلاخ جي اها گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ڊيگهه آهي، جيڪا ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود هجڻ ضروري آهي، ته جيئن سلاخ پنهنجي مڪمل ييلڊ اسٽريس تائين پهچي سگهي، بغير ڪنڪريٽ مان سُرڪڻ جي.

جيڪڏهن موجود ڊيگهه گهربل ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي کان گهٽ هجي ته اضافي بندش مهيا ڪرڻ لاءِ مختلف طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جهڙوڪ:

* ڪنڍا (ھڪس)
* موڙ (بينڊس)
* ميخانياتي پڇاڙيون (ميڪينيڪل اينڊ پليٽس)
* ٻيا مناسب اينڪريج جا ذريعا

اهي سڀئي طريقا فولادي سلاخن کي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوطي سان جڪڙي رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

=== ليپ اسپلائس ===

جڏهن فولادي سلاخ جي ڊيگهه ڪافي نه هجي يا ٻن سلاخن کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍڻو هجي ته ٻنهي سلاخن کي هڪ مقرر ڊيگهه تائين هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهائي رکيو ويندو آهي. هن طريقي کي '''ليپ اسپلائس''' چيو ويندو آهي.

ليپ اسپلائس جو مقصد ٻنهي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ دٻاءُ ۽ تنشي قوتن جي محفوظ منتقلي کي يقيني بڻائڻ آهي، جيئن ڍانچي جي تسلسل برقرار رهي. ليپ اسپلائس جي گهربل ڊيگهه تعميراتي ضابطن موجب سلاخ جي قطر، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، فولاد جي درجي ۽ لاڳو ٿيندڙ بار جي بنياد تي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal|title=Monotonic and Cyclic Seismic Analyses of Old-Type RC Columns with Short Lap Splices|journal=Construction Materials|volume=4|issue=2|year=2024|pages=329–341}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زنگ کان بچاءَ جا طريقا ===

ٿڌن ۽ نمي وارن علائقن ۾، خاص طور روڊن، پلن، پارڪنگ ڍانچن ۽ انهن تعميرن ۾ جيڪي برف ڳارڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لوڻ (Deicing Salt) جي رابطي ۾ اچن ٿيون، فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مختلف حفاظتي طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن.

انهن ۾ هيٺيان طريقا شامل آهن:

* گهٽ ڪاربان ۽ ڪروميم تي ٻڌل زنگ-مزاحمتي فولادي سلاخن جو استعمال؛
* ايپوڪسي (Epoxy) سان ڍڪيل فولادي سلاخون؛
* گرم طريقي سان جست لڳايل (ھاٽ-ڊپ گيلوانائيزڊ) فولادي سلاخون؛
* اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون فولادي سلاخون.

انهن کان علاوه مناسب ڊزائن، اعليٰ معيار جي ڪنڪريٽ، صحيح پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب ۽ مناسب حفاظتي تهه (ڪنڪريٽ ڪور) پڻ فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪن ٿا.

فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ جست فاسفيٽ (زنڪ فاسفيٽ) جهڙا حفاظتي ليپ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر ڪيميائي عمل ذريعي هڪ مستحڪم حفاظتي تهه ٺاهي زنگ جي رفتار گهٽائيندا آهن.

ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري تي مختلف سيلنٽ (Sealants)، جهڙوڪ رنگ، پلاسٽڪ فلمون، فوم، ايلومينيم ورق يا بينٽونائيٽ مٽي جا حفاظتي تهه پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي پاڻي ۽ نقصانڪار لوڻن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي گهٽائيندا آهن.

ان کان علاوه ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ وقت پاڻيءَ جي ملاوٽ ۾ زنگ روڪيندڙ ڪيميائي مادا (ڪوروژن انھبٽرز)، جهڙوڪ ڪيلشيم نائٽرائيٽ، پڻ شامل ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي مادا فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي حفاظتي غيرفعال تهه (پيسيويشن ليئر) برقرار رکن ٿا، جنهن سان زنگ لڳڻ جو امڪان نمايان طور گهٽجي وڃي ٿو.

== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ شعاعن جي اصطلاحات ==

[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|پارڪنگ گيراج جي تختي سان گڏيل ٻه هڪٻئي کي ڪٽيندڙ شعاعون، جن ۾ فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ برقي تارن، جنڪشن باڪسز ۽ روشنيءَ جي ٻين برقي حصن جي لڳائڻ جي تياري پڻ نظر اچي ٿي.]]

[[فائل:Fideo o’r trawst concrit olaf yn cael ei osod – Tach 2016 Last concrete beam installation – 2016.webm|thumb|اوچي شاهراهه تي آخري ڪنڪريٽي شعاع رکڻ جو مختصر وڊيو، جيڪا ويلز جي ڪارڊف بي ڀرسان نئين شاهراهه جي تعمير جو حصو آهي.]]

جڏهن ڪنهن [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاع]] تي [[وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو]] (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) عمل ڪري ٿو ته شعاع ۾ ٿورو وڪڙ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ حالت ۾ شعاع جي ٻاهرئين پاسي (تنشي پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اندرئين پاسي (دٻاءُ واري پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ هوندو آهي.

'''يڪ-طرفو ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (سنگلي ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ رڳو تنشي پاسي لڳائي ويندي آهي. هن فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي '''تنشي فولاد''' (ٽينشن اسٽيل) چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ ان جو مقصد تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.

'''ٻه-طرفو ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (ڊبلي ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي پاسي سان گڏ دٻاءُ واري پاسي به فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ لڳائي ويندي آهي. دٻاءُ واري پاسي لڳايل فولاد کي '''دٻاءُ وارو فولاد''' (ڪمپيشن اسٽيل) چيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد ڪنڪريٽ کي دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيڻ ۽ اضافي دٻاءَ کي سنڀالڻ هوندو آهي. جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو گهربل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪافي نه هجي، يا معمار شعاع جي ماپ وڌائڻ جي اجازت نه ڏئي، تڏهن اضافي دٻاءُ وارو فولاد استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

'''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (انڊر-ريئينفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان گهٽ هوندي آهي. اهڙي شعاع تي جڏهن وڪڙجڻ وارو بار آهستي آهستي وڌندو آهي ته سڀ کان پهرين تنشي فولاد پنهنجي لچڪدار حد (ييلڊ) تائين پهچي ڊگهو ٿيڻ شروع ڪندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ اڃا مڪمل طور نه ٽٽندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ شعاع ۾ وڏو وڪڙ ۽ واضح تبديليون پيدا ٿينديون آهن، جيڪي ممڪن ناڪامي بابت اڳواٽ خبردار ڪن ٿيون. انهيءَ سبب تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ اهڙي قسم جي شعاع کي وڌيڪ محفوظ تصور ڪيو ويندو آهي، ۽ عام طور ڊزائن فولاد جي ييلڊ اسٽريس جي بنياد تي ڪئي ويندي آهي.

'''وڌيڪ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (اوور-ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان وڌيڪ هوندي آهي. اهڙي حالت ۾ فولاد Yield ٿيڻ کان اڳ ئي ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو چِٿجي (ڪرشنگ) وڃي ٿو، جنهن سبب شعاع بنا ڪنهن واضح اڳواٽ خبرداري جي اوچتو ناڪام ٿي سگهي ٿي. انهيءَ ڪري اهڙي ڊزائن کي غير محفوظ سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

'''متوازن ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (بئلنسڊ ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ شعاع تي مقرر ٿيل بار وڌڻ سان ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو ۽ تنشي فولاد تقريباً هڪ ئي وقت پنهنجي آخري حد تائين پهچي وڃن ٿا. اهڙي حالت ۾ ڪنڪريٽ چِٿجي وڃي ٿو ۽ فولاد پڻ ييلڊ ڪري ٿو. جيتوڻيڪ هن حالت ۾ ٻنهي موادن جي طاقت جو متوازن استعمال ٿئي ٿو، پر ناڪامي تقريباً اوچتي ٿيندي آهي، تنهنڪري هي ڊزائن به عملي طور وڌيڪ محفوظ نه سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Nilson, Darwin, Dolan. ''Design of Concrete Structures''. McGraw-Hill Education, 2003. pp. 80–90.&lt;/ref&gt;

انهيءَ سبب فولادي ريئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا اهي جزا، جيڪي وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو برداشت ڪن ٿا، عام طور '''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ''' (انڊر-ريئينفورسڊ) طريقي سان ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن، ته جيئن ناڪامي کان اڳ واضح خبرداري ملي سگهي.

'''خاصيتي مضبوطي''' (ڪئريڪٽرسٽڪ اسٽرينٿ) اها مضبوطي آهي، جنهن کان گهٽ نتيجو صرف پنج سيڪڙو يا ان کان گهٽ آزمائشي نمونن ۾ ملي ٿو.

'''ڊزائن مضبوطي''' يا '''نامياري مضبوطي''' (ڊزائين اسٽرينٿ يا نامينل اسٽرينٿ) اها مضبوطي آهي، جيڪا حفاظتي عامل (سيفٽي فيڪٽر) کي نظر ۾ رکي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. اجازت لائق دٻاءَ واري ڊزائن (پرمزيبل اسٽريس ڊزائين) ۾ حفاظتي عامل عام طور 0.75 کان 0.85 جي وچ ۾ هوندو آهي.

'''آخري حد واري حالت''' (الٽيميٽ لمٽ اسٽيٽ) اها نظرياتي حالت آهي، جنهن تي ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان موجود هوندو آهي. ان جو اندازو حفاظتي عامل سان وڌايل بارن (فيڪٽرڊ لوڊ) ۽ حفاظتي عامل سان گهٽايل مزاحمت (فيڪٽرڊ رزسٽنس) جي بنياد تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا عام طور بين الاقوامي ضابطن ۽ معيارن، جهڙوڪ ACI 318، CEB ۽ يورو ڪوڊ 2 وغيره مطابق ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي ڊزائن لاءِ WSD (Working Stress Design)، USD (Ultimate Strength Design) يا LRFD (Load and Resistance Factor Design) جهڙا طريقا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. تجزيو ۽ ڊزائن ليڪيرِي (Linear) يا غير ليڪيرِي (Non-linear) طريقن سان به ڪري سگهجن ٿا. عمارت سازي جا ضابطا اڪثر حفاظتي عاملن سان گڏ ليڪيرِي طريقن جي سفارش ڪن ٿا، جڏهن ته ڪجهه خاص حالتن ۾ غير ليڪيرِي عددي تجزيا پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Techno Press|journal=Structural Engineering and Mechanics|volume=53|issue=4|year=2015}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Energy based structural damage index based on nonlinear numerical simulation of structures subjected to oriented lateral cyclic loading|journal=International Journal of Civil Engineering|volume=9|issue=3|year=2011|pages=155–164}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>01qdkudfrti7xepzdakznyt9pvimv12</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401021</id>
      <parentid>401020</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T23:43:30Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401021</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="54324" sha1="l1lenjfc2ku7mpm8jxrhcahwjnq98zz" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمنٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' ، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (اسٽيل ريئينفورسنگ بارس)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}&lt;/ref&gt;
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (ڪوروژن انجنيئرنگ) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (ڪوروژن) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' کي مختصر طور '''آر سي سي''' ({{lang-en|RCC}}) چيو وڃي ٿو، اهڙو تعميراتي مرڪب آهي، جيڪو [[سيمينٽ]]، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا پٿر جي سنهن ٽڪرن ۽ پاڻيءَ مان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) شامل ڪري ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي قوت وڌائين ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ جي اعليٰ صلاحيت رکي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Expo58 building Philips.jpg|thumb|[[بيلجيم]] جي گاديءَ واري شهر [[برسلز]] ۾ [[ايڪسپو 58]] لاءِ تعمير ڪيل [[فلپس پيوليئن]] جي منفرد شڪل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال سان ممڪن ٿي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور تي ريئنفورسمينٽ (فولادي سلاخن يا ٻين مضبوط ڪندڙ مواد) جي ترتيب اهڙي نموني سان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو ڪنڪريٽ جي انهن حصن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) کي برداشت ڪري سگهي، جتي ٻي صورت ۾ ڏار پوڻ يا ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان هوندو آهي. جديد رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ رڳو فولاد ئي نه، پر [[پوليمر]]ن ۽ ٻين جامع (ڪمپوزٽ) مواد مان ٺهيل مضبوط ڪندڙ عنصر پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ضرورت موجب فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ يا انهن کان سواءِ به ڪم آندا ويندا آهن.

ڪيترين تعميراتي حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي اڳواٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ۽ ريئنفورسمينٽ ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ هوندي آهي. هن طريقي سان ڍانچي جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت بهتر ٿيندي آهي. اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي کي '''پري اسٽرِيسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جا ٻه عام طريقا '''پري ٽينشننگ''' ۽ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ'''  آهن.

مضبوط، لچڪدار ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ ريئنفورسمينٽ ۾ هيٺيون خاصيتون هجڻ ضروري آهن:

* اعليٰ ميڪانيڪي مضبوطي؛
* ڇڪ هيٺ وڏي حد تائين ڊگهو ٿيڻ (ٽينسائل اسٽرين) برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت؛
* ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ)، جيڪا پي ايڇ (pH)، نمي يا ٻين ماحولياتي حالتن کان گهڻو متاثر نه ٿئي؛
* حرارتي مطابقت (ٿرمل ڪامپيٽيبلٽي)، جيئن گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ دوران غير ضروري دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي ماحول ۾ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيداري، جنهن ۾ زنگ (Corrosion) ۽ مستقل دٻاءَ جي اثرن کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت شامل هجي.

== تاريخ ==

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي شروعاتي ترقي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري [[انگلينڊ]] ۽ [[فرانس]] ۾ لڳ ڀڳ هڪ ئي وقت ٿي، جتي مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميرڪارن ڪنڪريٽ کي فولادي مضبوطي سان گڏ استعمال ڪرڻ بابت تجربا شروع ڪيا.

[[فائل:Saint-Denis - Maison François Coignet -1.JPG|thumb|سينٽ ڊينس ۾ فرانسوا ڪوئنيه جو گهر، جيڪو ابتدائي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان هڪ آهي.]]

فرانسيسي تعميرڪار '''[[فرانسوا ڪوئنيه]]''' پهريون شخص هو، جنهن عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |url=https://www.britannica.com/technology/building-construction/Early-steel-frame-high-rises#ref105155 |title=Building construction: The invention of reinforced concrete |encyclopedia=Encyclopedia Britannica}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن 1853ع کان 1855ع جي وچ ۾ [[پيرس]] جي ڀرسان سينٽ ڊينس ۾ واقع 72 [[Rue Charles Michels]] تي پنهنجي رهائش لاءِ چار ماڙ عمارت تعمير ڪرائي، جيڪا '''فرانسوا ڪوئنيه هائوس''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي ۽ ان کي دنيا جي پهرين لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان شمار ڪيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=The oldest concrete structures that have lasted: 72 rue Charles Michels, St. Denis, France |url=https://meva.net/pt-br/oldest-concrete-structures/}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪوئنيه جي لکڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته هن لوهه کي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت وڌائڻ کان وڌيڪ، ڀتين کي هڪ گڏيل (مونولٿڪ) ڍانچي طور مستحڪم رکڻ ۽ انهن کي اونڌو ٿيڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968 |pages=1–33}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ 1872ع–1873ع دوران [[بروڪلن]] ۾ تعمير ٿيل '''پپن بلڊنگ''' (Pippen Building)، جيتوڻيڪ ڪوئنيه جي ڊزائن نه هئي، پر سندس تعميراتي طريقي جو هڪ اهم مثال سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

[[فائل:Maison de logement des ouvriers de l'usine Coignet 2020 6.jpg|thumb|ڪوئنيه طرفان پنهنجي ڪارخاني جي مزدورن لاءِ سينٽ ڊينس ۾ تعمير ڪيل رهائشي عمارت.]]

1854ع ۾ انگريز تعميرڪار '''وليم بي. ولڪنسن''' پنهنجي تعمير هيٺ ٻن ماڙ گهر جي ڇت ۽ فرشن ۾ فولادي مضبوطي استعمال ڪئي. هن فولادي سلاخن کي اهڙي نموني رکيو، جنهن مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته هو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) جي اثرن کان واقف هو، جڏهن ته هن کان اڳ وارا انجنيئر ان ڳالهه کي مڪمل طور نه سمجهي سگهيا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Reinforced Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete Building Construction}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1869ع کان 1870ع جي وچ ۾ '''هينري ايٽن'''  [[انگلينڊ]] جي [[نورفڪ]] ۽ [[سفڪ]] ضلعن جي وچ ۾ وهندڙ [[ويوني درياھ]] تي '''هومرسفيلڊ پل''' جي ڊزائن تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته ان جي تعمير لنڊن جي ڪمپني ''ڊبليو اينڊ ٽي فلپس '' ڪئي. لڳ ڀڳ 15.25 ميٽر (50 فوٽ) ڊگهي هيءَ پل لوهي مضبوطي سان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي پلن مان هڪ هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{NHLE|num=1262142}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي فرانسيسي باغبان '''[[جوزف مونيي]]''' کي به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ارتقا جو اهم اڳواڻ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. هو مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا گلن جا ٿانوَ تيار ڪرڻ لاءِ موجود مواد مان مطمئن نه هو، تنهنڪري هن نوان تجربا شروع ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Day |first=Lance |title=Biographical Dictionary of the History of Technology}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1867ع ۾ مونيي تار جي ڄاري (وائر ميش) ۽ سيمينٽ جي تهه کي گڏائي مضبوط ڪنڪريٽ جا گلدان ٺاهڻ واري طريقي جو پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Britannica URL|biography/Joseph-Monier|Joseph Monier}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ 1877ع ۾ هن ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿنڀن ۽ گرڊرن کي لوهي سلاخن جي ڄار ذريعي مضبوط ڪرڻ واري وڌيڪ ترقي يافته طريقي جو به پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو. جيتوڻيڪ مونيي کي اها ڄاڻ هئي ته فولادي مضبوطي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني يڪجائي وڌائي ٿي، پر اهو واضح ناهي ته کيس ان ڳالهه جي مڪمل سائنسي ڄاڻ هئي ته ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي طاقت ۾ ڪيترو اضافو آڻي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909 |pages=204–210}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1877ع ۾ آمريڪي انجنيئر '''ٿيڊيئس هائٽ'' پنهنجي مشهور رپورٽ ''اين اڪائونٽ آف سم اڪسپيريمينٽس وٿ پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ڪمبائينڊ وٿ آئرن'' شايع ڪئي، جنهن ۾ هن فولاد سان مضبوط ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پنهنجن تجربن جا نتيجا بيان ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Hyatt |first=Thaddeus |title=An Account of Some Experiments with Portland-cement-concrete Combined with Iron}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن جي تحقيق رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي رڳو تجربي واري تعميراتي مواد بدران هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي آزمودل ٽيڪنالاجي طور قائم ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. جيڪڏهن هائٽ جي تحقيق موجود نه هجي ها، ته هن شعبي جي ترقي گهڻي عرصي تائين آزمائش ۽ غلطي (ٽرائل ۽ ارر) جي غير يقيني طريقن تي دارومدار رکندي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سائنسي ترقي ۽ عالمي ڦهلاءُ ===

1870ع واري ڏهاڪي کان اڳ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير، جيتوڻيڪ ان جون پاڙون [[رومي سلطنت]] تائين پهچن ٿيون ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ ان جو ٻيهر استعمال شروع ٿيو هو، پر ان کي اڃا مڪمل طور سائنسي طور ثابت ٿيل تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي نه سمجهيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Citation |last=Aprea |first=Salvatore |chapter=The Search for Affordable Cement and Concrete in the 18th and 19th Century |title=High Tech Concrete: Where Technology and Engineering Meet |year=2018}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري انگلينڊ ۾ ڄاول انجنيئر '''[[ارنسٽ ايل. رينسم]]''' رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. هن گذريل پنجاهه سالن دوران ٿيل تحقيق ۽ تجربن مان فائدو وٺندي اڳين ايجادڪارن جي ڪيترين ئي تعميراتي طريقن کي وڌيڪ بهتر بڻايو. سندس سڀ کان اهم ايجاد فولادي سلاخن کي مروڙي استعمال ڪرڻ هئي، جنهن سان سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ چنبڙڻ (بانڊ) گهڻو مضبوط ٿي ويو ۽ ڍانچي جي مجموعي مضبوطي ۾ نمايان واڌارو آيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Episode 81: Rebar and the Alvord Lake Bridge}}&lt;/ref&gt;

رينسم پنهنجي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ وارين عمارتن سبب وڏي شهرت حاصل ڪئي، جنهن کان پوءِ هن 1886ع کان 1889ع جي وچ ۾ اتر آمريڪا جي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ پلن مان ٻه تعمير ڪرايون. انهن مان هڪ پل، '''[[سمٿ-رينسم جيپنيز برج]]'''، اڄ به [[نيو يارڪ]] جي [[شيلٽر آئلينڊ، نيو يارڪ|شيلٽر آئلينڊ]] تي موجود آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آمريڪا]] ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل ابتدائي عمارتن مان هڪ '''[[وليم اي. وارڊ هائوس]]''' هئي، جيڪا وليم اي. وارڊ جي ڊزائن موجب 1876ع ۾ مڪمل ٿي. هن رهائشي عمارت کي خاص طور باهه کان وڌيڪ تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ جي مقصد سان تعمير ڪيو ويو.

جرمن سول انجنيئر '''[[گستاو ايڊولف وائس]]''' پڻ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم شخصيت هو. 1879ع ۾ هن جوزف مونيي جي پيٽنٽن جا جرمن حق خريد ڪيا، ۽ 1884ع ۾ سندس ڪمپني '''[[ويس اينڊ فريٽيگ]]''' انهن طريقن کي پهريون ڀيرو تجارتي بنيادن تي استعمال ڪيو. 1890ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين وائس ۽ سندس ڪمپني مونيي جي نظام کي وڌيڪ ترقي ڏئي ان کي هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي ٻڌل، منظم ۽ قابل اعتماد تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Lamington Bridge Mary River.jpg|thumb|[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]، جيڪا آسٽريليا جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي.]]

[[آسٽريليا]] جي '''[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]''' ملڪ جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي. هن پل جي ڊزائن [[الفريڊ بارٽن بريڊي]] تيار ڪئي، جيڪو 1896ع ۾ [[ڪئينز لينڊ]] جو سرڪاري معمار هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge |publisher=Queensland Government}}&lt;/ref&gt; پل ۾ 15.2 ميٽر ڊگها يارنهن اسپين هئا ۽ ان جي ڪل ڊيگهه لڳ ڀڳ 187 ميٽر هئي، جيڪا ان دور ۾ دنيا جي ساڳئي قسم جي مشهور پلن کان به وڏي سمجهي ويندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge, Mary River, 1896- |publisher=Engineers Australia}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات ===

ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تيزيءَ سان مقبول تعميراتي مواد بڻجي ويو. ان عرصي دوران انجنيئرن ۽ معمارن هن ٽيڪنالاجي کي اوچي عمارتن، پلن ۽ ٻين وڏن تعميراتي منصوبن ۾ استعمال ڪرڻ شروع ڪيو.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل شروعاتي اوچين عمارتن مان هڪ 16 ماڙ '''انگالس بلڊنگ''' هئي، جيڪا 1904ع ۾ آمريڪا جي شهر سنسناٽي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;CIVL1101&quot;/&gt;

ڏکڻ ڪيليفورنيا ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پهرين عمارت '''لافلن اينيڪس''' هئي، جيڪا 1905ع ۾ لاس اينجلس جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Los Angeles from the Mountains to the Sea |volume=2 |last=McGroarty |first=John Steven |year=1921 |page=176}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Annual Report of the City Auditor, City of Los Angeles |year=1905 |pages=71–73}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع دوران لاس اينجلس ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن لاءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ سورهن تعميراتي اجازت ناما جاري ڪيا ويا. انهن ۾ '''ٽيمپل آڊيٽوريم''' ۽ اٺ ماڙ '''هيورڊ هوٽل''' به شامل هئا، جيڪي ان ڳالهه جو ثبوت هئا ته هي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي تيزيءَ سان عام ٿي رهي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |last=Williams |first=D. |title=What Builders are Doing |journal=Carpentry and Building |year=1907 |page=66}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |title=Reinforced Concrete Buildings at Los Angeles, Cal. |journal=Engineering News-Record |year=1906 |volume=55 |page=449}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ لانگ بيچ ۾ تعمير هيٺ '''بڪسبي هوٽل''' جو هڪ حصو وقت کان اڳ عارضي سهارن (Shoring) کي هٽائڻ سبب ڊهي پيو، جنهن ۾ ڏهه مزدور فوت ٿي ويا. هن حادثي کان پوءِ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعميراتي طريقن ۽ عمارتن جي جاچ پڙتال بابت وڌيڪ سخت ضابطا اختيار ڪيا ويا. ماهرن سفارش ڪئي ته مستقبل ۾ فرشن، ڀتين ۽ ڍانچي جي ٻين اهم حصن ۾ مڪمل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تعمير وڌيڪ محفوظ بڻجي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite magazine |title=Partial Collapse of the Bixby Hotel at Long Beach |magazine=Architect and Engineer of California |year=1906 |volume=VII |issue=1 |pages=44–48}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1904ع جي اپريل مهيني ۾ آمريڪي معمار ۽ انجنيئر '''جوليا مورگن''' پنهنجي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارت، '''ايل ڪيمپانيل'''، مڪمل ڪئي، جيڪا 72 فوٽ اوچي گهنڊ گهر (بيل ٽاور) هئي ۽ ملز ڪاليج ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=El Campanil, Mills College: Julia Morgan 1903–1904}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو ۾ آيل شديد زلزلي دوران ايل ڪيمپانيل کي ڪو به اهم نقصان نه پهتو، جنهن سان جوليا مورگن جي شهرت ۾ وڏو اضافو ٿيو ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي تي عوام جو اعتماد پڻ وڌيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Julia Morgan-designed Mills bell tower counts down to its 115th anniversary}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Bay Area Architect Julia Morgan's Legacy Wasn't Just Hearst Castle}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع جي زلزلي کان پوءِ عوام ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت موجود شڪ شبها به گهڻي حد تائين ختم ٿي ويا. ان کان اڳ ڪيترائي ماڻهو هن مواد کي جمالياتي لحاظ کان غير دلڪش سمجهندا هئا، پر زلزلي دوران ان جي بهتر ڪارڪردگي سبب ان جي مقبوليت وڌي وئي. نتيجي طور 1908ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو جي بلدياتي اختيارين عمارت سازي جا ضابطا تبديل ڪري رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وڌيڪ وسيع استعمال جي اجازت ڏني.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=How one building survived the San Francisco earthquake and changed the world}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== معيارن جي جوڙجڪ ۽ ضابطا ===

1906ع ۾ '''نيشنل ايسوسيئيشن آف سيمينٽ يوزرس''' (مختصر: NACU) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پهريون معياري دستاويز '''اسٽينڊرڊ نمبر 1''' شايع ڪيو، جنهن ۾ پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ جي معيار، خاصيتن ۽ استعمال بابت بنيادي فني گهرجون مقرر ڪيون ويون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Specifications for Portland Cement of the American Society for Testing Materials, Standard No. 1 |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1906 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان پوءِ 1910ع ۾ ساڳئي اداري '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال لاءِ معياري عمارتي ضابطا''' (''اسٽينڊرڊ بلڊنگ ريگيوليشنز فار دي يوز آف ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ '') جاري ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Building Regulations for the Use of Reinforced Concrete |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1910 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن ضابطن ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن، تعمير، جاچ ۽ استعمال بابت تفصيلي فني هدايتون شامل هيون.
انهن معيارن جي جاري ٿيڻ سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميراتي ادارن وٽ هڪجهڙن اصولن تحت ٿيڻ لڳي. نتيجي طور تعميراتي حفاظت، معيار، مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ نمايان بهتري آئي، ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جديد عمارت سازيءَ جي سڀ کان اهم تعميراتي مواد مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

== تعمير ۾ استعمال ==

[[فائل:SagradaFamiliaRoof2.jpg|thumb|upright=1.5|right|2009ع ۾ تعمير هيٺ [[ساگراڊا فاميليا]] جي ڇت ۾ لڳايل فولادي سلاخون (ريبار).]]

[[فائل:O Cristo Redentor.JPG|thumb|[[ريو ڊي جينيرو]]، [[برازيل]] ۾ واقع '''مسيح ڇوٽڪارو ڏيندڙ''' جو مجسمو، جيڪو رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان تعمير ٿيل آهي ۽ ان جي ٻاهرئين سطح هزارين ٽڪنڊي صابڻي پٿر (Soapstone) جي ٽڪرن سان ڍڪيل آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia |title=Christ the Redeemer |encyclopedia=Encyclopædia Britannica |last=Murray |first=Lorraine |url=http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/1435544/Christ-the-Redeemer}}&lt;/ref&gt;]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ تعميراتي صنعت ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد مان هڪ آهي. ان جي مدد سان مختلف قسمن جا تعميراتي جزا ۽ ڍانچا تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ تختو|ڪنڪريٽ جا تختا]] (Slabs)، [[ڀت]]، [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاعون]] (Beams)، [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀا]]، [[بنياد]]، ڍانچا (Frames) ۽ ٻيا ڪيترائي تعميراتي حصا شامل آهن.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي تعمير جي طريقي موجب عام طور ٻن قسمن ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي:

* '''اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري ڪاسٽ ڪنڪريٽ)، جنهن جا جزا ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪري تعميراتي هنڌ تي نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن.
* '''جاءِ تي وڌل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (ڪاسٽ-ان -پليس ڪنڪريٽ)، جيڪو سڌو سنئون تعميراتي هنڌ تي شٽرنگ اندر وجهي تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڪنهن به عمارت ۾ مناسب فرش نظام (Floor System) جي چونڊ ۽ ڊزائن انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان عمارت جي مجموعي ڪارڪردگي تي سڌو اثر پوي ٿو. فرش جي ڊزائن ۾ معمولي تبديليون به تعميراتي مواد جي خرچ، تعمير مڪمل ٿيڻ جي مدت، ڍانچي جي آخري مضبوطي، سار سنڀال جي خرچن، استعمال ڪندڙن جي گنجائش ۽ عمارت جي آخري استعمال تي نمايان اثر وجهي سگهن ٿيون.

فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کان سواءِ جديد دور جون گهڻ ماڙ عمارتون، وڏيون پلون ۽ ٻيا وڏا ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا محفوظ ۽ عملي طور تعمير ڪرڻ ممڪن نه هجي ها.

=== رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا ===

جڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا تعمير ۾ استعمال ٿين ٿا ته اهي ٻاهران لاڳو ٿيندڙ [[تعميراتي بار]] (Structural load) جي اثر هيٺ مخصوص ميڪانيڪي رويو ظاهر ڪندا آهن. استعمال دوران انهن جزن تي هيٺيان قسم جا بار يا قوتون عمل ڪري سگهن ٿيون:&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |author=Bungale S. Taranath |title=Reinforced Concrete Design of Tall Buildings |publisher=CRC Press |year=2009 |page=7 |isbn=978-1-4398-0481-0}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينشن)
* [[دٻاءُ]] (ڪمپريشن)
* [[وڪڙجڻ]] (بينڊنگ)
* [[ڪٽائي دٻاءُ]] (شيئر)
* [[مروڙ]] (ٽورزن)

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن اهڙي نموني ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو اهو انهن سڀني قوتن کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ تعميراتي ڍانچي جي استحڪام، مضبوطي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي يقيني بڻائي.

=== فولادي سلاخن جي ڊزائن ===

رِيئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن هميشه قابل انجنيئر يا لاڳاپيل فني اداري طرفان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي. سلاخن جو قطر، وڇاءُ، چڙهاڪو ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه عمارت جي قسم، بار ۽ لاڳو تعميراتي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي بندش ===

فولادي سلاخون تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪٽي، موڙي ۽ تار سان مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. انهن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تھ رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن سلاخون زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ۽ ڍانچي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي. ضرورت موجب ڪنڍا (Hooks) ۽ چڙهاڪو (Overlap) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== تياري  ===

آر سي سي مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارو تعميراتي مواد آهي. ان کي مختلف شڪلين ۾ آسانيءَ سان ڍالي سگهجي ٿو، باهه ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿو، پاڻيءَ جي نفوذ کي گهٽ ڪري ٿو ۽ عام حالتن ۾ گهٽ مرمت جي ضرورت پوي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ملاوٽ ===

آر سي سي جي ملاوٽ هٿ سان يا ڪنڪريٽ مڪسر ذريعي ڪئي ويندي آهي. ننڍن تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ هٿ سان ملاوٽ، جڏهن ته وڏن منصوبن ۾ مشيني ملاوٽ کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها وڌيڪ هڪجهڙائي، تيزي ۽ معياري نتيجا فراهم ڪندي آهي ۽ مواد جي زيان کي گهٽائيندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب ===

پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو مناسب تناسب آر سي سي جي مضبوطي، ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر وجهي ٿو. گهڻو پاڻي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت گهٽائي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته گهٽ پاڻي ملاوٽ کي صحيح نموني استعمال ڪرڻ ۾ ڏکيائي پيدا ڪري سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== جھڪاءُ پرک ===

ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ گهاٽاڻ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ '''جھڪاءُ پرک''' (سلمپ ٽيسٽ) ڪئي ويندي آهي. هن آزمائش ۾ مخروط شڪل واري فولادي قالب ۾ تازي ڪنڪريٽ ڀري ان جي ويهڻ يا جھڪاءَ جي ماپ ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ملاوٽ مقرر معيار مطابق آهي يا نه.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


=== ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀرائي ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ شٽرنگ، فولادي سلاخن ۽ ٻين لڪل خدمتن جهڙوڪ برقي پائيپن جي جانچ ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي بنا رڪاوٽ جي مناسب رفتار سان وڌو ويندو آهي ۽ ضرورت موجب وائبريٽر ذريعي ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ڪيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن هوا جا خانا ختم ٿين ۽ ''هني ڪومبنگ'' (Honeycombing) جهڙا نقص پيدا نه ٿين.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== سار سنڀال ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ مناسب عرصي تائين ان کي پاڻي ڏئي آلو رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان سيمينٽ جي مڪمل هائيڊريشن ٿئي ٿي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ پاڻيءَ جي مزاحمت وڌي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== رويو ==

=== مواد ===

{{ڏسو پڻ|ڪنڪريٽ|سيمينٽ|تعميراتي بجري|فولادي سلاخ}}

ڪنڪريٽ هڪ گڏيل تعميراتي مواد آهي، جيڪو ٿلهي بجري (جهڙوڪ پٿر يا سرن جي ٽڪرن)، نفيس بجري (عام طور ريتي يا ڀڳل پٿر)، ڳنڍيندڙ مواد (اڪثر [[پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ]]) ۽ پاڻي جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. جڏهن سيمينٽ کي مناسب مقدار ۾ پاڻي سان ملايو وڃي ٿو ته ان ۾ [[هائيڊريشن]]  جو ڪيميائي عمل شروع ٿئي ٿو، جنهن دوران انتهائي ننڍا قلمي (ڪرسٽلائين) ڍانچا ٺهن ٿا. اهي قلمي ڍانچا بجري جي ذرڙن کي پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍي هڪ سخت ۽ مضبوط جسم ۾ تبديل ڪري ڇڏين ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Materials principles and practice|page=61|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|page=357|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;
ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ بجري ۽ ريتي نقصانڪار مادَن، جهڙوڪ حياتياتي گندگين، سلٽ، مٽي، لگنائيٽ ۽ ٻين غير مناسب آميزشن کان پاڪ هجڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙيون آميزشون ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري کي متاثر ڪري سگهن ٿيون.

عام ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءَ (ڪمپريشن) کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي تمام وڏي صلاحيت رکي ٿو، پر جيڪڏهن ان تي نمايان ڇڪ (ٽينشن) پيدا ٿئي، مثال طور وڪڙجڻ (بينڊنگ) سبب، ته ان جي اندر موجود قلمي ڍانچو ٽٽڻ شروع ٿي ويندو آهي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڏار پئجي ويندا آهن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ الڳ ٿيڻ لڳندو آهي. انهيءَ سبب عام (غير ريئنفورسڊ) ڪنڪريٽ کي هميشه اهڙي نموني سهارو ڏنو ويندو آهي، جو ان ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي.

جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر اهڙو مواد رکيو وڃي، جيڪو ڇڪ کي تمام سٺي نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي، جهڙوڪ فولاد، ته پوءِ حاصل ٿيندڙ گڏيل مادو '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' بڻجي ويندو آهي. اهڙي گڏيل مواد ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪري ٿو، جڏهن ته فولادي سلاخون تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪن ٿيون. نتيجي طور اهو نه رڳو دٻاءُ، پر وڪڙجڻ ۽ ٻين تنشي بارن کي به محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ٿو. اهڙي گڏيل نظام کي تعميراتي ضرورت موجب لڳ ڀڳ هر شڪل ۽ ماپ ۾ تيار ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== اهم خاصيتون ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جون غيرمعمولي تعميراتي خاصيتون بنيادي طور هيٺين سببن جي ڪري پيدا ٿين ٿيون:

# ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي [[حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جي عدد]] (ڪوئفيشنٽ آف ٿرمل ايڪسپينشن) تقريباً هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي. تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ٻنهي موادن جي ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ ۾ گهڻو فرق نٿو اچي، جنهن ڪري اندروني دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيڻ جا امڪان گهٽجي وڃن ٿا.

# جڏهن سيمينٽ جو ليپ سخت ٿئي ٿو ته اهو فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿو. نتيجي طور بار يا دٻاءُ ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ مؤثر نموني منتقل ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ چنبڙڻ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط بڻائڻ لاءِ فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري کي عام طور تي اُڀن نشانن يا نالين (ڊيفارميشنز) سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

# سخت ٿيل سيمينٽ جي ليپ ۾ موجود [[الڪلائن]] ماحول، جيڪو پوٽاشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ، سوڊيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ ۽ [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] جي موجودگي سبب پيدا ٿيندو آهي، فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي هڪ حفاظتي غيرفعال (پيسيويشن) تهه ٺاهي ڇڏيندو آهي. هي تهه فولاد کي زنگ لڳڻ کان وڏي حد تائين بچائيندو آهي.

وقت سان گڏ جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ هوا ۽ مينهن جي پاڻيءَ جي رابطي ۾ اچي ٿو ته فضا ۾ موجود ڪاربان ڊاءِ آڪسائيڊ پاڻي سان ملي [[ڪاربونڪ تيزاب]] ٺاهي ٿي. هي تيزاب سيمينٽ جي الڪلائن جزن سان آهستي آهستي ڪيميائي عمل ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيت گهٽائيندو آهي. انهيءَ عمل کي '''ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن'''  چيو ويندو آهي. نتيجي طور ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ (pH) آهستي آهستي گهٽجي ويندو آهي، ۽ جڏهن اهو ڪافي گهٽجي وڃي ٿو ته فولادي سلاخن جي حفاظتي تهه ختم ٿيڻ لڳندي آهي، جنهن کان پوءِ زنگ لڳڻ جو خطرو وڌي ويندو آهي.

عام طور تي جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ لڳ ڀڳ 11 کان مٿي هجي ته فولادي سلاخون محفوظ رهنديون آهن، جڏهن ته پي ايڇ 10 کان هيٺ اچڻ تي، مقامي ماحول ۽ فولاد جي خاصيتن موجب، زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو. ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن ۽ [[ڪلورائيڊ]]ن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي خراب ٿيڻ جا سڀ کان اهم سبب سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.

عام رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جو ڪُل ايراضو گهڻو نه هوندو آهي. عام طور شعاعن ۽ تختن ۾ اهو لڳ ڀڳ هڪ سيڪڙو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه ٿنڀن ۾ ڇهه سيڪڙو تائين ٿي سگهي ٿو. فولادي سلاخون اڪثر گول شڪل واريون هونديون آهن ۽ مختلف قطرن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن.

ڪجهه رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ خالي سوراخ يا کوکلا حصا (ھالو ڪورز) پڻ رکيا ويندا آهن، جيئن نمي ۽ گهم تي بهتر ضابطو آڻي سگهجي.

تحقيق مان معلوم ٿيو آهي ته عمودي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزن ۾، ريئنفورسمينٽ موجود هجڻ باوجود، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي سڄي ڪراس سيڪشن ۾ مڪمل طور هڪجهڙي نه هوندي، پر ڪجهه حد تائين غير يڪسان (انھوموجينيس) ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;&quot;Concrete Inhomogeneity of Vertical Cast-In-Situ Elements In Frame-Type Buildings&quot;.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو گڏيل عمل ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي جو بنيادي اصول اهو آهي ته ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ هڪ گڏيل (ڪمپوزٽ) نظام جي صورت ۾ ڪم ڪن. جڏهن ڪنهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزو تي بار لاڳو ٿئي ٿو، ته فولادي سلاخن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ ڊگھائي يا وڪڙ (اسٽرين) بلڪل ساڳيو هجڻ گهرجي، جيڪو چوڌاري موجود ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. جيڪڏهن ٻنهي موادن جي وڪڙ ۾ فرق پيدا ٿئي ته سندن وچ ۾ سُرڪڻ (سلپ)، الڳ ٿيڻ (سيپريشن) يا بناوتي بيقاعدگي (ڊسڪنٽينيوئٽي) پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي، جنهن سان ڍانچي جي مضبوطي متاثر ٿئي ٿي.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل عمل کي برقرار رکڻ لاءِ بار جو مؤثر منتقلي ٿيڻ ضروري آهي. بار پهرين ڪنڪريٽ مان فولادي سلاخ جي مٿاڇري تائين منتقل ٿئي ٿو، پوءِ اُتان فولادي سلاخ جي سڄي ڊگھائي ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ جي صورت ۾ ورهائجي وڃي ٿو. هي عمل ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ موجود مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ يا اينڪوريج) جي ذريعي ممڪن بڻجي ٿو، جيڪو ٻنهي موادن جي رابطي واري سطح تي لڳاتار دٻاءُ جو ميدان (ڪنٽينيوئس اسٽريس فيلڊ) پيدا ڪري ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل طور ڪم ڪرڻ جا بنيادي سبب هي آهن:

* فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿي، تنهنڪري ٻئي گڏجي ٻاهرين بارن کي برداشت ڪن ٿا.
* ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جا عدد تقريباً هڪجهڙا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب سندن وچ ۾ نقصانڪار حرارتي دٻاءُ پيدا نٿو ٿئي.
* ڪنڪريٽ جو الڪلائن ماحول فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائي ٿو ۽ انهن جي عمر وڌائي ٿو.

=== ڪنڪريٽ ۾ بندش ===

فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ بندش (بانڊ) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنيادي خاصيتن مان هڪ آهي. عملي طور بندش جو دٻاءُ سلاخ جي سڄي ڊيگهه ۾ هڪجهڙو نه هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري جديد تعميراتي ضابطن ۾ بندش جي دٻاءُ بدران '''ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي''' (ڊولپمينٽ لينٿ) جو تصور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي مان مراد فولادي سلاخ جي اها گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ڊيگهه آهي، جيڪا ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود هجڻ ضروري آهي، ته جيئن سلاخ پنهنجي مڪمل ييلڊ اسٽريس تائين پهچي سگهي، بغير ڪنڪريٽ مان سُرڪڻ جي.

جيڪڏهن موجود ڊيگهه گهربل ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي کان گهٽ هجي ته اضافي بندش مهيا ڪرڻ لاءِ مختلف طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جهڙوڪ:

* ڪنڍا (ھڪس)
* موڙ (بينڊس)
* ميخانياتي پڇاڙيون (ميڪينيڪل اينڊ پليٽس)
* ٻيا مناسب اينڪريج جا ذريعا

اهي سڀئي طريقا فولادي سلاخن کي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوطي سان جڪڙي رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

=== ليپ اسپلائس ===

جڏهن فولادي سلاخ جي ڊيگهه ڪافي نه هجي يا ٻن سلاخن کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍڻو هجي ته ٻنهي سلاخن کي هڪ مقرر ڊيگهه تائين هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهائي رکيو ويندو آهي. هن طريقي کي '''ليپ اسپلائس''' چيو ويندو آهي.

ليپ اسپلائس جو مقصد ٻنهي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ دٻاءُ ۽ تنشي قوتن جي محفوظ منتقلي کي يقيني بڻائڻ آهي، جيئن ڍانچي جي تسلسل برقرار رهي. ليپ اسپلائس جي گهربل ڊيگهه تعميراتي ضابطن موجب سلاخ جي قطر، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، فولاد جي درجي ۽ لاڳو ٿيندڙ بار جي بنياد تي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal|title=Monotonic and Cyclic Seismic Analyses of Old-Type RC Columns with Short Lap Splices|journal=Construction Materials|volume=4|issue=2|year=2024|pages=329–341}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زنگ کان بچاءَ جا طريقا ===

ٿڌن ۽ نمي وارن علائقن ۾، خاص طور روڊن، پلن، پارڪنگ ڍانچن ۽ انهن تعميرن ۾ جيڪي برف ڳارڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لوڻ (Deicing Salt) جي رابطي ۾ اچن ٿيون، فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مختلف حفاظتي طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن.

انهن ۾ هيٺيان طريقا شامل آهن:

* گهٽ ڪاربان ۽ ڪروميم تي ٻڌل زنگ-مزاحمتي فولادي سلاخن جو استعمال؛
* ايپوڪسي (Epoxy) سان ڍڪيل فولادي سلاخون؛
* گرم طريقي سان جست لڳايل (ھاٽ-ڊپ گيلوانائيزڊ) فولادي سلاخون؛
* اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون فولادي سلاخون.

انهن کان علاوه مناسب ڊزائن، اعليٰ معيار جي ڪنڪريٽ، صحيح پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب ۽ مناسب حفاظتي تهه (ڪنڪريٽ ڪور) پڻ فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪن ٿا.

فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ جست فاسفيٽ (زنڪ فاسفيٽ) جهڙا حفاظتي ليپ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر ڪيميائي عمل ذريعي هڪ مستحڪم حفاظتي تهه ٺاهي زنگ جي رفتار گهٽائيندا آهن.

ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري تي مختلف سيلنٽ (Sealants)، جهڙوڪ رنگ، پلاسٽڪ فلمون، فوم، ايلومينيم ورق يا بينٽونائيٽ مٽي جا حفاظتي تهه پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي پاڻي ۽ نقصانڪار لوڻن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي گهٽائيندا آهن.

ان کان علاوه ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ وقت پاڻيءَ جي ملاوٽ ۾ زنگ روڪيندڙ ڪيميائي مادا (ڪوروژن انھبٽرز)، جهڙوڪ ڪيلشيم نائٽرائيٽ، پڻ شامل ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي مادا فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي حفاظتي غيرفعال تهه (پيسيويشن ليئر) برقرار رکن ٿا، جنهن سان زنگ لڳڻ جو امڪان نمايان طور گهٽجي وڃي ٿو.

== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ شعاعن جي اصطلاحات ==

[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|پارڪنگ گيراج جي تختي سان گڏيل ٻه هڪٻئي کي ڪٽيندڙ شعاعون، جن ۾ فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ برقي تارن، جنڪشن باڪسز ۽ روشنيءَ جي ٻين برقي حصن جي لڳائڻ جي تياري پڻ نظر اچي ٿي.]]

[[فائل:Fideo o’r trawst concrit olaf yn cael ei osod – Tach 2016 Last concrete beam installation – 2016.webm|thumb|اوچي شاهراهه تي آخري ڪنڪريٽي شعاع رکڻ جو مختصر وڊيو، جيڪا ويلز جي ڪارڊف بي ڀرسان نئين شاهراهه جي تعمير جو حصو آهي.]]

جڏهن ڪنهن [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاع]] تي [[وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو]] (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) عمل ڪري ٿو ته شعاع ۾ ٿورو وڪڙ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ حالت ۾ شعاع جي ٻاهرئين پاسي (تنشي پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اندرئين پاسي (دٻاءُ واري پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ هوندو آهي.

'''يڪ-طرفو ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (سنگلي ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ رڳو تنشي پاسي لڳائي ويندي آهي. هن فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي '''تنشي فولاد''' (ٽينشن اسٽيل) چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ ان جو مقصد تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.

'''ٻه-طرفو ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (ڊبلي ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي پاسي سان گڏ دٻاءُ واري پاسي به فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ لڳائي ويندي آهي. دٻاءُ واري پاسي لڳايل فولاد کي '''دٻاءُ وارو فولاد''' (ڪمپيشن اسٽيل) چيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد ڪنڪريٽ کي دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيڻ ۽ اضافي دٻاءَ کي سنڀالڻ هوندو آهي. جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو گهربل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪافي نه هجي، يا معمار شعاع جي ماپ وڌائڻ جي اجازت نه ڏئي، تڏهن اضافي دٻاءُ وارو فولاد استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

'''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (انڊر-ريئينفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان گهٽ هوندي آهي. اهڙي شعاع تي جڏهن وڪڙجڻ وارو بار آهستي آهستي وڌندو آهي ته سڀ کان پهرين تنشي فولاد پنهنجي لچڪدار حد (ييلڊ) تائين پهچي ڊگهو ٿيڻ شروع ڪندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ اڃا مڪمل طور نه ٽٽندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ شعاع ۾ وڏو وڪڙ ۽ واضح تبديليون پيدا ٿينديون آهن، جيڪي ممڪن ناڪامي بابت اڳواٽ خبردار ڪن ٿيون. انهيءَ سبب تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ اهڙي قسم جي شعاع کي وڌيڪ محفوظ تصور ڪيو ويندو آهي، ۽ عام طور ڊزائن فولاد جي ييلڊ اسٽريس جي بنياد تي ڪئي ويندي آهي.

'''وڌيڪ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (اوور-ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان وڌيڪ هوندي آهي. اهڙي حالت ۾ فولاد Yield ٿيڻ کان اڳ ئي ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو چِٿجي (ڪرشنگ) وڃي ٿو، جنهن سبب شعاع بنا ڪنهن واضح اڳواٽ خبرداري جي اوچتو ناڪام ٿي سگهي ٿي. انهيءَ ڪري اهڙي ڊزائن کي غير محفوظ سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

'''متوازن ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (بئلنسڊ ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ شعاع تي مقرر ٿيل بار وڌڻ سان ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو ۽ تنشي فولاد تقريباً هڪ ئي وقت پنهنجي آخري حد تائين پهچي وڃن ٿا. اهڙي حالت ۾ ڪنڪريٽ چِٿجي وڃي ٿو ۽ فولاد پڻ ييلڊ ڪري ٿو. جيتوڻيڪ هن حالت ۾ ٻنهي موادن جي طاقت جو متوازن استعمال ٿئي ٿو، پر ناڪامي تقريباً اوچتي ٿيندي آهي، تنهنڪري هي ڊزائن به عملي طور وڌيڪ محفوظ نه سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Nilson, Darwin, Dolan. ''Design of Concrete Structures''. McGraw-Hill Education, 2003. pp. 80–90.&lt;/ref&gt;

انهيءَ سبب فولادي ريئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا اهي جزا، جيڪي وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو برداشت ڪن ٿا، عام طور '''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ''' (انڊر-ريئينفورسڊ) طريقي سان ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن، ته جيئن ناڪامي کان اڳ واضح خبرداري ملي سگهي.

'''خاصيتي مضبوطي''' (ڪئريڪٽرسٽڪ اسٽرينٿ) اها مضبوطي آهي، جنهن کان گهٽ نتيجو صرف پنج سيڪڙو يا ان کان گهٽ آزمائشي نمونن ۾ ملي ٿو.

'''ڊزائن مضبوطي''' يا '''نامياري مضبوطي''' (ڊزائين اسٽرينٿ يا نامينل اسٽرينٿ) اها مضبوطي آهي، جيڪا حفاظتي عامل (سيفٽي فيڪٽر) کي نظر ۾ رکي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. اجازت لائق دٻاءَ واري ڊزائن (پرمزيبل اسٽريس ڊزائين) ۾ حفاظتي عامل عام طور 0.75 کان 0.85 جي وچ ۾ هوندو آهي.

'''آخري حد واري حالت''' (الٽيميٽ لمٽ اسٽيٽ) اها نظرياتي حالت آهي، جنهن تي ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان موجود هوندو آهي. ان جو اندازو حفاظتي عامل سان وڌايل بارن (فيڪٽرڊ لوڊ) ۽ حفاظتي عامل سان گهٽايل مزاحمت (فيڪٽرڊ رزسٽنس) جي بنياد تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا عام طور بين الاقوامي ضابطن ۽ معيارن، جهڙوڪ ACI 318، CEB ۽ يورو ڪوڊ 2 وغيره مطابق ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي ڊزائن لاءِ WSD (Working Stress Design)، USD (Ultimate Strength Design) يا LRFD (Load and Resistance Factor Design) جهڙا طريقا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. تجزيو ۽ ڊزائن ليڪيرِي (Linear) يا غير ليڪيرِي (Non-linear) طريقن سان به ڪري سگهجن ٿا. عمارت سازي جا ضابطا اڪثر حفاظتي عاملن سان گڏ ليڪيرِي طريقن جي سفارش ڪن ٿا، جڏهن ته ڪجهه خاص حالتن ۾ غير ليڪيرِي عددي تجزيا پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Techno Press|journal=Structural Engineering and Mechanics|volume=53|issue=4|year=2015}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Energy based structural damage index based on nonlinear numerical simulation of structures subjected to oriented lateral cyclic loading|journal=International Journal of Civil Engineering|volume=9|issue=3|year=2011|pages=155–164}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>l1lenjfc2ku7mpm8jxrhcahwjnq98zz</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401022</id>
      <parentid>401021</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T23:46:24Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* سائنسي ترقي ۽ عالمي ڦهلاءُ */</comment>
      <origin>401022</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="54120" sha1="khenl9rypqlwirfl9asvshof6qv5q79" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمنٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' ، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (اسٽيل ريئينفورسنگ بارس)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}&lt;/ref&gt;
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (ڪوروژن انجنيئرنگ) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (ڪوروژن) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' کي مختصر طور '''آر سي سي''' ({{lang-en|RCC}}) چيو وڃي ٿو، اهڙو تعميراتي مرڪب آهي، جيڪو [[سيمينٽ]]، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا پٿر جي سنهن ٽڪرن ۽ پاڻيءَ مان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) شامل ڪري ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي قوت وڌائين ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ جي اعليٰ صلاحيت رکي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Expo58 building Philips.jpg|thumb|[[بيلجيم]] جي گاديءَ واري شهر [[برسلز]] ۾ [[ايڪسپو 58]] لاءِ تعمير ڪيل [[فلپس پيوليئن]] جي منفرد شڪل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال سان ممڪن ٿي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور تي ريئنفورسمينٽ (فولادي سلاخن يا ٻين مضبوط ڪندڙ مواد) جي ترتيب اهڙي نموني سان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو ڪنڪريٽ جي انهن حصن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) کي برداشت ڪري سگهي، جتي ٻي صورت ۾ ڏار پوڻ يا ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان هوندو آهي. جديد رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ رڳو فولاد ئي نه، پر [[پوليمر]]ن ۽ ٻين جامع (ڪمپوزٽ) مواد مان ٺهيل مضبوط ڪندڙ عنصر پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ضرورت موجب فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ يا انهن کان سواءِ به ڪم آندا ويندا آهن.

ڪيترين تعميراتي حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي اڳواٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ۽ ريئنفورسمينٽ ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ هوندي آهي. هن طريقي سان ڍانچي جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت بهتر ٿيندي آهي. اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي کي '''پري اسٽرِيسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جا ٻه عام طريقا '''پري ٽينشننگ''' ۽ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ'''  آهن.

مضبوط، لچڪدار ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ ريئنفورسمينٽ ۾ هيٺيون خاصيتون هجڻ ضروري آهن:

* اعليٰ ميڪانيڪي مضبوطي؛
* ڇڪ هيٺ وڏي حد تائين ڊگهو ٿيڻ (ٽينسائل اسٽرين) برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت؛
* ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ)، جيڪا پي ايڇ (pH)، نمي يا ٻين ماحولياتي حالتن کان گهڻو متاثر نه ٿئي؛
* حرارتي مطابقت (ٿرمل ڪامپيٽيبلٽي)، جيئن گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ دوران غير ضروري دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي ماحول ۾ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيداري، جنهن ۾ زنگ (Corrosion) ۽ مستقل دٻاءَ جي اثرن کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت شامل هجي.

== تاريخ ==

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي شروعاتي ترقي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري [[انگلينڊ]] ۽ [[فرانس]] ۾ لڳ ڀڳ هڪ ئي وقت ٿي، جتي مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميرڪارن ڪنڪريٽ کي فولادي مضبوطي سان گڏ استعمال ڪرڻ بابت تجربا شروع ڪيا.

[[فائل:Saint-Denis - Maison François Coignet -1.JPG|thumb|سينٽ ڊينس ۾ فرانسوا ڪوئنيه جو گهر، جيڪو ابتدائي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان هڪ آهي.]]

فرانسيسي تعميرڪار '''[[فرانسوا ڪوئنيه]]''' پهريون شخص هو، جنهن عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |url=https://www.britannica.com/technology/building-construction/Early-steel-frame-high-rises#ref105155 |title=Building construction: The invention of reinforced concrete |encyclopedia=Encyclopedia Britannica}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن 1853ع کان 1855ع جي وچ ۾ [[پيرس]] جي ڀرسان سينٽ ڊينس ۾ واقع 72 [[Rue Charles Michels]] تي پنهنجي رهائش لاءِ چار ماڙ عمارت تعمير ڪرائي، جيڪا '''فرانسوا ڪوئنيه هائوس''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي ۽ ان کي دنيا جي پهرين لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان شمار ڪيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=The oldest concrete structures that have lasted: 72 rue Charles Michels, St. Denis, France |url=https://meva.net/pt-br/oldest-concrete-structures/}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪوئنيه جي لکڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته هن لوهه کي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت وڌائڻ کان وڌيڪ، ڀتين کي هڪ گڏيل (مونولٿڪ) ڍانچي طور مستحڪم رکڻ ۽ انهن کي اونڌو ٿيڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968 |pages=1–33}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ 1872ع–1873ع دوران [[بروڪلن]] ۾ تعمير ٿيل '''پپن بلڊنگ''' (Pippen Building)، جيتوڻيڪ ڪوئنيه جي ڊزائن نه هئي، پر سندس تعميراتي طريقي جو هڪ اهم مثال سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

[[فائل:Maison de logement des ouvriers de l'usine Coignet 2020 6.jpg|thumb|ڪوئنيه طرفان پنهنجي ڪارخاني جي مزدورن لاءِ سينٽ ڊينس ۾ تعمير ڪيل رهائشي عمارت.]]

1854ع ۾ انگريز تعميرڪار '''وليم بي. ولڪنسن''' پنهنجي تعمير هيٺ ٻن ماڙ گهر جي ڇت ۽ فرشن ۾ فولادي مضبوطي استعمال ڪئي. هن فولادي سلاخن کي اهڙي نموني رکيو، جنهن مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته هو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) جي اثرن کان واقف هو، جڏهن ته هن کان اڳ وارا انجنيئر ان ڳالهه کي مڪمل طور نه سمجهي سگهيا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Reinforced Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete Building Construction}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1869ع کان 1870ع جي وچ ۾ '''هينري ايٽن'''  [[انگلينڊ]] جي [[نورفڪ]] ۽ [[سفڪ]] ضلعن جي وچ ۾ وهندڙ [[ويوني درياھ]] تي '''هومرسفيلڊ پل''' جي ڊزائن تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته ان جي تعمير لنڊن جي ڪمپني ''ڊبليو اينڊ ٽي فلپس '' ڪئي. لڳ ڀڳ 15.25 ميٽر (50 فوٽ) ڊگهي هيءَ پل لوهي مضبوطي سان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي پلن مان هڪ هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{NHLE|num=1262142}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي فرانسيسي باغبان '''[[جوزف مونيي]]''' کي به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ارتقا جو اهم اڳواڻ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. هو مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا گلن جا ٿانوَ تيار ڪرڻ لاءِ موجود مواد مان مطمئن نه هو، تنهنڪري هن نوان تجربا شروع ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Day |first=Lance |title=Biographical Dictionary of the History of Technology}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1867ع ۾ مونيي تار جي ڄاري (وائر ميش) ۽ سيمينٽ جي تهه کي گڏائي مضبوط ڪنڪريٽ جا گلدان ٺاهڻ واري طريقي جو پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Britannica URL|biography/Joseph-Monier|Joseph Monier}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ 1877ع ۾ هن ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿنڀن ۽ گرڊرن کي لوهي سلاخن جي ڄار ذريعي مضبوط ڪرڻ واري وڌيڪ ترقي يافته طريقي جو به پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو. جيتوڻيڪ مونيي کي اها ڄاڻ هئي ته فولادي مضبوطي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني يڪجائي وڌائي ٿي، پر اهو واضح ناهي ته کيس ان ڳالهه جي مڪمل سائنسي ڄاڻ هئي ته ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي طاقت ۾ ڪيترو اضافو آڻي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909 |pages=204–210}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1877ع ۾ آمريڪي انجنيئر '''ٿيڊيئس هائٽ'' پنهنجي مشهور رپورٽ ''اين اڪائونٽ آف سم اڪسپيريمينٽس وٿ پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ڪمبائينڊ وٿ آئرن'' شايع ڪئي، جنهن ۾ هن فولاد سان مضبوط ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پنهنجن تجربن جا نتيجا بيان ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Hyatt |first=Thaddeus |title=An Account of Some Experiments with Portland-cement-concrete Combined with Iron}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن جي تحقيق رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي رڳو تجربي واري تعميراتي مواد بدران هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي آزمودل ٽيڪنالاجي طور قائم ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. جيڪڏهن هائٽ جي تحقيق موجود نه هجي ها، ته هن شعبي جي ترقي گهڻي عرصي تائين آزمائش ۽ غلطي (ٽرائل ۽ ارر) جي غير يقيني طريقن تي دارومدار رکندي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سائنسي ترقي ۽ عالمي ڦهلاءُ ===

1870ع واري ڏهاڪي کان اڳ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير، جيتوڻيڪ ان جون پاڙون [[رومي سلطنت]] تائين پهچن ٿيون ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ ان جو ٻيهر استعمال شروع ٿيو هو، پر ان کي اڃا مڪمل طور سائنسي طور ثابت ٿيل تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي نه سمجهيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Citation |last=Aprea |first=Salvatore |chapter=The Search for Affordable Cement and Concrete in the 18th and 19th Century |title=High Tech Concrete: Where Technology and Engineering Meet |year=2018}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري انگلينڊ ۾ ڄاول انجنيئر '''[[ارنسٽ ايل. رينسم]]''' رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. هن گذريل پنجاهه سالن دوران ٿيل تحقيق ۽ تجربن مان فائدو وٺندي اڳين ايجادڪارن جي ڪيترين ئي تعميراتي طريقن کي وڌيڪ بهتر بڻايو. سندس سڀ کان اهم ايجاد فولادي سلاخن کي مروڙي استعمال ڪرڻ هئي، جنهن سان سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ چنبڙڻ (بانڊ) گهڻو مضبوط ٿي ويو ۽ ڍانچي جي مجموعي مضبوطي ۾ نمايان واڌارو آيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Episode 81: Rebar and the Alvord Lake Bridge}}&lt;/ref&gt;

رينسم پنهنجي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ وارين عمارتن سبب وڏي شهرت حاصل ڪئي، جنهن کان پوءِ هن 1886ع کان 1889ع جي وچ ۾ اتر آمريڪا جي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ پلن مان ٻه تعمير ڪرايون. انهن مان هڪ پل، '''[[سمٿ-رينسم جيپنيز برج]]'''، اڄ به [[نيو يارڪ]] جي [[شيلٽر آئلينڊ، نيو يارڪ|شيلٽر آئلينڊ]] تي موجود آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آمريڪا]] ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل ابتدائي عمارتن مان هڪ '''[[وليم اي. وارڊ هائوس]]''' هئي، جيڪا وليم اي. وارڊ جي ڊزائن موجب 1876ع ۾ مڪمل ٿي. هن رهائشي عمارت کي خاص طور باهه کان وڌيڪ تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ جي مقصد سان تعمير ڪيو ويو.

جرمن سول انجنيئر '''[[گستاو ايڊولف وائس]]''' پڻ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم شخصيت هو. 1879ع ۾ هن جوزف مونيي جي پيٽنٽن جا جرمن حق خريد ڪيا، ۽ 1884ع ۾ سندس ڪمپني '''[[ويس اينڊ فريٽيگ]]''' انهن طريقن کي پهريون ڀيرو تجارتي بنيادن تي استعمال ڪيو. 1890ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين وائس ۽ سندس ڪمپني مونيي جي نظام کي وڌيڪ ترقي ڏئي ان کي هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي ٻڌل، منظم ۽ قابل اعتماد تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آسٽريليا]] جي '''[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]''' ملڪ جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي. هن پل جي ڊزائن [[الفريڊ بارٽن بريڊي]] تيار ڪئي، جيڪو 1896ع ۾ [[ڪئينز لينڊ]] جو سرڪاري معمار هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge |publisher=Queensland Government}}&lt;/ref&gt; پل ۾ 15.2 ميٽر ڊگها يارنهن اسپين هئا ۽ ان جي ڪل ڊيگهه لڳ ڀڳ 187 ميٽر هئي، جيڪا ان دور ۾ دنيا جي ساڳئي قسم جي مشهور پلن کان به وڏي سمجهي ويندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge, Mary River, 1896- |publisher=Engineers Australia}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات ===

ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تيزيءَ سان مقبول تعميراتي مواد بڻجي ويو. ان عرصي دوران انجنيئرن ۽ معمارن هن ٽيڪنالاجي کي اوچي عمارتن، پلن ۽ ٻين وڏن تعميراتي منصوبن ۾ استعمال ڪرڻ شروع ڪيو.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل شروعاتي اوچين عمارتن مان هڪ 16 ماڙ '''انگالس بلڊنگ''' هئي، جيڪا 1904ع ۾ آمريڪا جي شهر سنسناٽي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;CIVL1101&quot;/&gt;

ڏکڻ ڪيليفورنيا ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پهرين عمارت '''لافلن اينيڪس''' هئي، جيڪا 1905ع ۾ لاس اينجلس جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Los Angeles from the Mountains to the Sea |volume=2 |last=McGroarty |first=John Steven |year=1921 |page=176}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Annual Report of the City Auditor, City of Los Angeles |year=1905 |pages=71–73}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع دوران لاس اينجلس ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن لاءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ سورهن تعميراتي اجازت ناما جاري ڪيا ويا. انهن ۾ '''ٽيمپل آڊيٽوريم''' ۽ اٺ ماڙ '''هيورڊ هوٽل''' به شامل هئا، جيڪي ان ڳالهه جو ثبوت هئا ته هي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي تيزيءَ سان عام ٿي رهي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |last=Williams |first=D. |title=What Builders are Doing |journal=Carpentry and Building |year=1907 |page=66}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |title=Reinforced Concrete Buildings at Los Angeles, Cal. |journal=Engineering News-Record |year=1906 |volume=55 |page=449}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ لانگ بيچ ۾ تعمير هيٺ '''بڪسبي هوٽل''' جو هڪ حصو وقت کان اڳ عارضي سهارن (Shoring) کي هٽائڻ سبب ڊهي پيو، جنهن ۾ ڏهه مزدور فوت ٿي ويا. هن حادثي کان پوءِ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعميراتي طريقن ۽ عمارتن جي جاچ پڙتال بابت وڌيڪ سخت ضابطا اختيار ڪيا ويا. ماهرن سفارش ڪئي ته مستقبل ۾ فرشن، ڀتين ۽ ڍانچي جي ٻين اهم حصن ۾ مڪمل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تعمير وڌيڪ محفوظ بڻجي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite magazine |title=Partial Collapse of the Bixby Hotel at Long Beach |magazine=Architect and Engineer of California |year=1906 |volume=VII |issue=1 |pages=44–48}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1904ع جي اپريل مهيني ۾ آمريڪي معمار ۽ انجنيئر '''جوليا مورگن''' پنهنجي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارت، '''ايل ڪيمپانيل'''، مڪمل ڪئي، جيڪا 72 فوٽ اوچي گهنڊ گهر (بيل ٽاور) هئي ۽ ملز ڪاليج ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=El Campanil, Mills College: Julia Morgan 1903–1904}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو ۾ آيل شديد زلزلي دوران ايل ڪيمپانيل کي ڪو به اهم نقصان نه پهتو، جنهن سان جوليا مورگن جي شهرت ۾ وڏو اضافو ٿيو ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي تي عوام جو اعتماد پڻ وڌيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Julia Morgan-designed Mills bell tower counts down to its 115th anniversary}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Bay Area Architect Julia Morgan's Legacy Wasn't Just Hearst Castle}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع جي زلزلي کان پوءِ عوام ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت موجود شڪ شبها به گهڻي حد تائين ختم ٿي ويا. ان کان اڳ ڪيترائي ماڻهو هن مواد کي جمالياتي لحاظ کان غير دلڪش سمجهندا هئا، پر زلزلي دوران ان جي بهتر ڪارڪردگي سبب ان جي مقبوليت وڌي وئي. نتيجي طور 1908ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو جي بلدياتي اختيارين عمارت سازي جا ضابطا تبديل ڪري رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وڌيڪ وسيع استعمال جي اجازت ڏني.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=How one building survived the San Francisco earthquake and changed the world}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== معيارن جي جوڙجڪ ۽ ضابطا ===

1906ع ۾ '''نيشنل ايسوسيئيشن آف سيمينٽ يوزرس''' (مختصر: NACU) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پهريون معياري دستاويز '''اسٽينڊرڊ نمبر 1''' شايع ڪيو، جنهن ۾ پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ جي معيار، خاصيتن ۽ استعمال بابت بنيادي فني گهرجون مقرر ڪيون ويون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Specifications for Portland Cement of the American Society for Testing Materials, Standard No. 1 |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1906 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان پوءِ 1910ع ۾ ساڳئي اداري '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال لاءِ معياري عمارتي ضابطا''' (''اسٽينڊرڊ بلڊنگ ريگيوليشنز فار دي يوز آف ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ '') جاري ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Building Regulations for the Use of Reinforced Concrete |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1910 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن ضابطن ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن، تعمير، جاچ ۽ استعمال بابت تفصيلي فني هدايتون شامل هيون.
انهن معيارن جي جاري ٿيڻ سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميراتي ادارن وٽ هڪجهڙن اصولن تحت ٿيڻ لڳي. نتيجي طور تعميراتي حفاظت، معيار، مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ نمايان بهتري آئي، ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جديد عمارت سازيءَ جي سڀ کان اهم تعميراتي مواد مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

== تعمير ۾ استعمال ==

[[فائل:SagradaFamiliaRoof2.jpg|thumb|upright=1.5|right|2009ع ۾ تعمير هيٺ [[ساگراڊا فاميليا]] جي ڇت ۾ لڳايل فولادي سلاخون (ريبار).]]

[[فائل:O Cristo Redentor.JPG|thumb|[[ريو ڊي جينيرو]]، [[برازيل]] ۾ واقع '''مسيح ڇوٽڪارو ڏيندڙ''' جو مجسمو، جيڪو رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان تعمير ٿيل آهي ۽ ان جي ٻاهرئين سطح هزارين ٽڪنڊي صابڻي پٿر (Soapstone) جي ٽڪرن سان ڍڪيل آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia |title=Christ the Redeemer |encyclopedia=Encyclopædia Britannica |last=Murray |first=Lorraine |url=http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/1435544/Christ-the-Redeemer}}&lt;/ref&gt;]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ تعميراتي صنعت ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد مان هڪ آهي. ان جي مدد سان مختلف قسمن جا تعميراتي جزا ۽ ڍانچا تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ تختو|ڪنڪريٽ جا تختا]] (Slabs)، [[ڀت]]، [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاعون]] (Beams)، [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀا]]، [[بنياد]]، ڍانچا (Frames) ۽ ٻيا ڪيترائي تعميراتي حصا شامل آهن.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي تعمير جي طريقي موجب عام طور ٻن قسمن ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي:

* '''اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري ڪاسٽ ڪنڪريٽ)، جنهن جا جزا ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪري تعميراتي هنڌ تي نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن.
* '''جاءِ تي وڌل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (ڪاسٽ-ان -پليس ڪنڪريٽ)، جيڪو سڌو سنئون تعميراتي هنڌ تي شٽرنگ اندر وجهي تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڪنهن به عمارت ۾ مناسب فرش نظام (Floor System) جي چونڊ ۽ ڊزائن انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان عمارت جي مجموعي ڪارڪردگي تي سڌو اثر پوي ٿو. فرش جي ڊزائن ۾ معمولي تبديليون به تعميراتي مواد جي خرچ، تعمير مڪمل ٿيڻ جي مدت، ڍانچي جي آخري مضبوطي، سار سنڀال جي خرچن، استعمال ڪندڙن جي گنجائش ۽ عمارت جي آخري استعمال تي نمايان اثر وجهي سگهن ٿيون.

فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کان سواءِ جديد دور جون گهڻ ماڙ عمارتون، وڏيون پلون ۽ ٻيا وڏا ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا محفوظ ۽ عملي طور تعمير ڪرڻ ممڪن نه هجي ها.

=== رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا ===

جڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا تعمير ۾ استعمال ٿين ٿا ته اهي ٻاهران لاڳو ٿيندڙ [[تعميراتي بار]] (Structural load) جي اثر هيٺ مخصوص ميڪانيڪي رويو ظاهر ڪندا آهن. استعمال دوران انهن جزن تي هيٺيان قسم جا بار يا قوتون عمل ڪري سگهن ٿيون:&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |author=Bungale S. Taranath |title=Reinforced Concrete Design of Tall Buildings |publisher=CRC Press |year=2009 |page=7 |isbn=978-1-4398-0481-0}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينشن)
* [[دٻاءُ]] (ڪمپريشن)
* [[وڪڙجڻ]] (بينڊنگ)
* [[ڪٽائي دٻاءُ]] (شيئر)
* [[مروڙ]] (ٽورزن)

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن اهڙي نموني ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو اهو انهن سڀني قوتن کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ تعميراتي ڍانچي جي استحڪام، مضبوطي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي يقيني بڻائي.

=== فولادي سلاخن جي ڊزائن ===

رِيئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن هميشه قابل انجنيئر يا لاڳاپيل فني اداري طرفان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي. سلاخن جو قطر، وڇاءُ، چڙهاڪو ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه عمارت جي قسم، بار ۽ لاڳو تعميراتي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي بندش ===

فولادي سلاخون تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪٽي، موڙي ۽ تار سان مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. انهن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تھ رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن سلاخون زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ۽ ڍانچي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي. ضرورت موجب ڪنڍا (Hooks) ۽ چڙهاڪو (Overlap) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== تياري  ===

آر سي سي مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارو تعميراتي مواد آهي. ان کي مختلف شڪلين ۾ آسانيءَ سان ڍالي سگهجي ٿو، باهه ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿو، پاڻيءَ جي نفوذ کي گهٽ ڪري ٿو ۽ عام حالتن ۾ گهٽ مرمت جي ضرورت پوي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ملاوٽ ===

آر سي سي جي ملاوٽ هٿ سان يا ڪنڪريٽ مڪسر ذريعي ڪئي ويندي آهي. ننڍن تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ هٿ سان ملاوٽ، جڏهن ته وڏن منصوبن ۾ مشيني ملاوٽ کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها وڌيڪ هڪجهڙائي، تيزي ۽ معياري نتيجا فراهم ڪندي آهي ۽ مواد جي زيان کي گهٽائيندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب ===

پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو مناسب تناسب آر سي سي جي مضبوطي، ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر وجهي ٿو. گهڻو پاڻي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت گهٽائي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته گهٽ پاڻي ملاوٽ کي صحيح نموني استعمال ڪرڻ ۾ ڏکيائي پيدا ڪري سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== جھڪاءُ پرک ===

ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ گهاٽاڻ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ '''جھڪاءُ پرک''' (سلمپ ٽيسٽ) ڪئي ويندي آهي. هن آزمائش ۾ مخروط شڪل واري فولادي قالب ۾ تازي ڪنڪريٽ ڀري ان جي ويهڻ يا جھڪاءَ جي ماپ ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ملاوٽ مقرر معيار مطابق آهي يا نه.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


=== ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀرائي ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ شٽرنگ، فولادي سلاخن ۽ ٻين لڪل خدمتن جهڙوڪ برقي پائيپن جي جانچ ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي بنا رڪاوٽ جي مناسب رفتار سان وڌو ويندو آهي ۽ ضرورت موجب وائبريٽر ذريعي ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ڪيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن هوا جا خانا ختم ٿين ۽ ''هني ڪومبنگ'' (Honeycombing) جهڙا نقص پيدا نه ٿين.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== سار سنڀال ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ مناسب عرصي تائين ان کي پاڻي ڏئي آلو رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان سيمينٽ جي مڪمل هائيڊريشن ٿئي ٿي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ پاڻيءَ جي مزاحمت وڌي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== رويو ==

=== مواد ===

{{ڏسو پڻ|ڪنڪريٽ|سيمينٽ|تعميراتي بجري|فولادي سلاخ}}

ڪنڪريٽ هڪ گڏيل تعميراتي مواد آهي، جيڪو ٿلهي بجري (جهڙوڪ پٿر يا سرن جي ٽڪرن)، نفيس بجري (عام طور ريتي يا ڀڳل پٿر)، ڳنڍيندڙ مواد (اڪثر [[پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ]]) ۽ پاڻي جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. جڏهن سيمينٽ کي مناسب مقدار ۾ پاڻي سان ملايو وڃي ٿو ته ان ۾ [[هائيڊريشن]]  جو ڪيميائي عمل شروع ٿئي ٿو، جنهن دوران انتهائي ننڍا قلمي (ڪرسٽلائين) ڍانچا ٺهن ٿا. اهي قلمي ڍانچا بجري جي ذرڙن کي پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍي هڪ سخت ۽ مضبوط جسم ۾ تبديل ڪري ڇڏين ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Materials principles and practice|page=61|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|page=357|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;
ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ بجري ۽ ريتي نقصانڪار مادَن، جهڙوڪ حياتياتي گندگين، سلٽ، مٽي، لگنائيٽ ۽ ٻين غير مناسب آميزشن کان پاڪ هجڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙيون آميزشون ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري کي متاثر ڪري سگهن ٿيون.

عام ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءَ (ڪمپريشن) کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي تمام وڏي صلاحيت رکي ٿو، پر جيڪڏهن ان تي نمايان ڇڪ (ٽينشن) پيدا ٿئي، مثال طور وڪڙجڻ (بينڊنگ) سبب، ته ان جي اندر موجود قلمي ڍانچو ٽٽڻ شروع ٿي ويندو آهي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڏار پئجي ويندا آهن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ الڳ ٿيڻ لڳندو آهي. انهيءَ سبب عام (غير ريئنفورسڊ) ڪنڪريٽ کي هميشه اهڙي نموني سهارو ڏنو ويندو آهي، جو ان ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي.

جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر اهڙو مواد رکيو وڃي، جيڪو ڇڪ کي تمام سٺي نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي، جهڙوڪ فولاد، ته پوءِ حاصل ٿيندڙ گڏيل مادو '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' بڻجي ويندو آهي. اهڙي گڏيل مواد ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪري ٿو، جڏهن ته فولادي سلاخون تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪن ٿيون. نتيجي طور اهو نه رڳو دٻاءُ، پر وڪڙجڻ ۽ ٻين تنشي بارن کي به محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ٿو. اهڙي گڏيل نظام کي تعميراتي ضرورت موجب لڳ ڀڳ هر شڪل ۽ ماپ ۾ تيار ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== اهم خاصيتون ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جون غيرمعمولي تعميراتي خاصيتون بنيادي طور هيٺين سببن جي ڪري پيدا ٿين ٿيون:

# ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي [[حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جي عدد]] (ڪوئفيشنٽ آف ٿرمل ايڪسپينشن) تقريباً هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي. تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ٻنهي موادن جي ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ ۾ گهڻو فرق نٿو اچي، جنهن ڪري اندروني دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيڻ جا امڪان گهٽجي وڃن ٿا.

# جڏهن سيمينٽ جو ليپ سخت ٿئي ٿو ته اهو فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿو. نتيجي طور بار يا دٻاءُ ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ مؤثر نموني منتقل ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ چنبڙڻ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط بڻائڻ لاءِ فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري کي عام طور تي اُڀن نشانن يا نالين (ڊيفارميشنز) سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

# سخت ٿيل سيمينٽ جي ليپ ۾ موجود [[الڪلائن]] ماحول، جيڪو پوٽاشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ، سوڊيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ ۽ [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] جي موجودگي سبب پيدا ٿيندو آهي، فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي هڪ حفاظتي غيرفعال (پيسيويشن) تهه ٺاهي ڇڏيندو آهي. هي تهه فولاد کي زنگ لڳڻ کان وڏي حد تائين بچائيندو آهي.

وقت سان گڏ جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ هوا ۽ مينهن جي پاڻيءَ جي رابطي ۾ اچي ٿو ته فضا ۾ موجود ڪاربان ڊاءِ آڪسائيڊ پاڻي سان ملي [[ڪاربونڪ تيزاب]] ٺاهي ٿي. هي تيزاب سيمينٽ جي الڪلائن جزن سان آهستي آهستي ڪيميائي عمل ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيت گهٽائيندو آهي. انهيءَ عمل کي '''ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن'''  چيو ويندو آهي. نتيجي طور ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ (pH) آهستي آهستي گهٽجي ويندو آهي، ۽ جڏهن اهو ڪافي گهٽجي وڃي ٿو ته فولادي سلاخن جي حفاظتي تهه ختم ٿيڻ لڳندي آهي، جنهن کان پوءِ زنگ لڳڻ جو خطرو وڌي ويندو آهي.

عام طور تي جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ لڳ ڀڳ 11 کان مٿي هجي ته فولادي سلاخون محفوظ رهنديون آهن، جڏهن ته پي ايڇ 10 کان هيٺ اچڻ تي، مقامي ماحول ۽ فولاد جي خاصيتن موجب، زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو. ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن ۽ [[ڪلورائيڊ]]ن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي خراب ٿيڻ جا سڀ کان اهم سبب سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.

عام رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جو ڪُل ايراضو گهڻو نه هوندو آهي. عام طور شعاعن ۽ تختن ۾ اهو لڳ ڀڳ هڪ سيڪڙو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه ٿنڀن ۾ ڇهه سيڪڙو تائين ٿي سگهي ٿو. فولادي سلاخون اڪثر گول شڪل واريون هونديون آهن ۽ مختلف قطرن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن.

ڪجهه رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ خالي سوراخ يا کوکلا حصا (ھالو ڪورز) پڻ رکيا ويندا آهن، جيئن نمي ۽ گهم تي بهتر ضابطو آڻي سگهجي.

تحقيق مان معلوم ٿيو آهي ته عمودي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزن ۾، ريئنفورسمينٽ موجود هجڻ باوجود، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي سڄي ڪراس سيڪشن ۾ مڪمل طور هڪجهڙي نه هوندي، پر ڪجهه حد تائين غير يڪسان (انھوموجينيس) ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;&quot;Concrete Inhomogeneity of Vertical Cast-In-Situ Elements In Frame-Type Buildings&quot;.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو گڏيل عمل ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي جو بنيادي اصول اهو آهي ته ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ هڪ گڏيل (ڪمپوزٽ) نظام جي صورت ۾ ڪم ڪن. جڏهن ڪنهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزو تي بار لاڳو ٿئي ٿو، ته فولادي سلاخن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ ڊگھائي يا وڪڙ (اسٽرين) بلڪل ساڳيو هجڻ گهرجي، جيڪو چوڌاري موجود ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. جيڪڏهن ٻنهي موادن جي وڪڙ ۾ فرق پيدا ٿئي ته سندن وچ ۾ سُرڪڻ (سلپ)، الڳ ٿيڻ (سيپريشن) يا بناوتي بيقاعدگي (ڊسڪنٽينيوئٽي) پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي، جنهن سان ڍانچي جي مضبوطي متاثر ٿئي ٿي.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل عمل کي برقرار رکڻ لاءِ بار جو مؤثر منتقلي ٿيڻ ضروري آهي. بار پهرين ڪنڪريٽ مان فولادي سلاخ جي مٿاڇري تائين منتقل ٿئي ٿو، پوءِ اُتان فولادي سلاخ جي سڄي ڊگھائي ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ جي صورت ۾ ورهائجي وڃي ٿو. هي عمل ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ موجود مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ يا اينڪوريج) جي ذريعي ممڪن بڻجي ٿو، جيڪو ٻنهي موادن جي رابطي واري سطح تي لڳاتار دٻاءُ جو ميدان (ڪنٽينيوئس اسٽريس فيلڊ) پيدا ڪري ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل طور ڪم ڪرڻ جا بنيادي سبب هي آهن:

* فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿي، تنهنڪري ٻئي گڏجي ٻاهرين بارن کي برداشت ڪن ٿا.
* ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جا عدد تقريباً هڪجهڙا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب سندن وچ ۾ نقصانڪار حرارتي دٻاءُ پيدا نٿو ٿئي.
* ڪنڪريٽ جو الڪلائن ماحول فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائي ٿو ۽ انهن جي عمر وڌائي ٿو.

=== ڪنڪريٽ ۾ بندش ===

فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ بندش (بانڊ) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنيادي خاصيتن مان هڪ آهي. عملي طور بندش جو دٻاءُ سلاخ جي سڄي ڊيگهه ۾ هڪجهڙو نه هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري جديد تعميراتي ضابطن ۾ بندش جي دٻاءُ بدران '''ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي''' (ڊولپمينٽ لينٿ) جو تصور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي مان مراد فولادي سلاخ جي اها گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ڊيگهه آهي، جيڪا ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود هجڻ ضروري آهي، ته جيئن سلاخ پنهنجي مڪمل ييلڊ اسٽريس تائين پهچي سگهي، بغير ڪنڪريٽ مان سُرڪڻ جي.

جيڪڏهن موجود ڊيگهه گهربل ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي کان گهٽ هجي ته اضافي بندش مهيا ڪرڻ لاءِ مختلف طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جهڙوڪ:

* ڪنڍا (ھڪس)
* موڙ (بينڊس)
* ميخانياتي پڇاڙيون (ميڪينيڪل اينڊ پليٽس)
* ٻيا مناسب اينڪريج جا ذريعا

اهي سڀئي طريقا فولادي سلاخن کي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوطي سان جڪڙي رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

=== ليپ اسپلائس ===

جڏهن فولادي سلاخ جي ڊيگهه ڪافي نه هجي يا ٻن سلاخن کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍڻو هجي ته ٻنهي سلاخن کي هڪ مقرر ڊيگهه تائين هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهائي رکيو ويندو آهي. هن طريقي کي '''ليپ اسپلائس''' چيو ويندو آهي.

ليپ اسپلائس جو مقصد ٻنهي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ دٻاءُ ۽ تنشي قوتن جي محفوظ منتقلي کي يقيني بڻائڻ آهي، جيئن ڍانچي جي تسلسل برقرار رهي. ليپ اسپلائس جي گهربل ڊيگهه تعميراتي ضابطن موجب سلاخ جي قطر، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، فولاد جي درجي ۽ لاڳو ٿيندڙ بار جي بنياد تي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal|title=Monotonic and Cyclic Seismic Analyses of Old-Type RC Columns with Short Lap Splices|journal=Construction Materials|volume=4|issue=2|year=2024|pages=329–341}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زنگ کان بچاءَ جا طريقا ===

ٿڌن ۽ نمي وارن علائقن ۾، خاص طور روڊن، پلن، پارڪنگ ڍانچن ۽ انهن تعميرن ۾ جيڪي برف ڳارڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لوڻ (Deicing Salt) جي رابطي ۾ اچن ٿيون، فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مختلف حفاظتي طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن.

انهن ۾ هيٺيان طريقا شامل آهن:

* گهٽ ڪاربان ۽ ڪروميم تي ٻڌل زنگ-مزاحمتي فولادي سلاخن جو استعمال؛
* ايپوڪسي (Epoxy) سان ڍڪيل فولادي سلاخون؛
* گرم طريقي سان جست لڳايل (ھاٽ-ڊپ گيلوانائيزڊ) فولادي سلاخون؛
* اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون فولادي سلاخون.

انهن کان علاوه مناسب ڊزائن، اعليٰ معيار جي ڪنڪريٽ، صحيح پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب ۽ مناسب حفاظتي تهه (ڪنڪريٽ ڪور) پڻ فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪن ٿا.

فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ جست فاسفيٽ (زنڪ فاسفيٽ) جهڙا حفاظتي ليپ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر ڪيميائي عمل ذريعي هڪ مستحڪم حفاظتي تهه ٺاهي زنگ جي رفتار گهٽائيندا آهن.

ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري تي مختلف سيلنٽ (Sealants)، جهڙوڪ رنگ، پلاسٽڪ فلمون، فوم، ايلومينيم ورق يا بينٽونائيٽ مٽي جا حفاظتي تهه پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي پاڻي ۽ نقصانڪار لوڻن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي گهٽائيندا آهن.

ان کان علاوه ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ وقت پاڻيءَ جي ملاوٽ ۾ زنگ روڪيندڙ ڪيميائي مادا (ڪوروژن انھبٽرز)، جهڙوڪ ڪيلشيم نائٽرائيٽ، پڻ شامل ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي مادا فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي حفاظتي غيرفعال تهه (پيسيويشن ليئر) برقرار رکن ٿا، جنهن سان زنگ لڳڻ جو امڪان نمايان طور گهٽجي وڃي ٿو.

== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ شعاعن جي اصطلاحات ==

[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|پارڪنگ گيراج جي تختي سان گڏيل ٻه هڪٻئي کي ڪٽيندڙ شعاعون، جن ۾ فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ برقي تارن، جنڪشن باڪسز ۽ روشنيءَ جي ٻين برقي حصن جي لڳائڻ جي تياري پڻ نظر اچي ٿي.]]

[[فائل:Fideo o’r trawst concrit olaf yn cael ei osod – Tach 2016 Last concrete beam installation – 2016.webm|thumb|اوچي شاهراهه تي آخري ڪنڪريٽي شعاع رکڻ جو مختصر وڊيو، جيڪا ويلز جي ڪارڊف بي ڀرسان نئين شاهراهه جي تعمير جو حصو آهي.]]

جڏهن ڪنهن [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاع]] تي [[وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو]] (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) عمل ڪري ٿو ته شعاع ۾ ٿورو وڪڙ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ حالت ۾ شعاع جي ٻاهرئين پاسي (تنشي پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اندرئين پاسي (دٻاءُ واري پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ هوندو آهي.

'''يڪ-طرفو ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (سنگلي ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ رڳو تنشي پاسي لڳائي ويندي آهي. هن فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي '''تنشي فولاد''' (ٽينشن اسٽيل) چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ ان جو مقصد تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.

'''ٻه-طرفو ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (ڊبلي ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي پاسي سان گڏ دٻاءُ واري پاسي به فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ لڳائي ويندي آهي. دٻاءُ واري پاسي لڳايل فولاد کي '''دٻاءُ وارو فولاد''' (ڪمپيشن اسٽيل) چيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد ڪنڪريٽ کي دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيڻ ۽ اضافي دٻاءَ کي سنڀالڻ هوندو آهي. جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو گهربل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪافي نه هجي، يا معمار شعاع جي ماپ وڌائڻ جي اجازت نه ڏئي، تڏهن اضافي دٻاءُ وارو فولاد استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

'''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (انڊر-ريئينفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان گهٽ هوندي آهي. اهڙي شعاع تي جڏهن وڪڙجڻ وارو بار آهستي آهستي وڌندو آهي ته سڀ کان پهرين تنشي فولاد پنهنجي لچڪدار حد (ييلڊ) تائين پهچي ڊگهو ٿيڻ شروع ڪندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ اڃا مڪمل طور نه ٽٽندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ شعاع ۾ وڏو وڪڙ ۽ واضح تبديليون پيدا ٿينديون آهن، جيڪي ممڪن ناڪامي بابت اڳواٽ خبردار ڪن ٿيون. انهيءَ سبب تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ اهڙي قسم جي شعاع کي وڌيڪ محفوظ تصور ڪيو ويندو آهي، ۽ عام طور ڊزائن فولاد جي ييلڊ اسٽريس جي بنياد تي ڪئي ويندي آهي.

'''وڌيڪ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (اوور-ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان وڌيڪ هوندي آهي. اهڙي حالت ۾ فولاد Yield ٿيڻ کان اڳ ئي ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو چِٿجي (ڪرشنگ) وڃي ٿو، جنهن سبب شعاع بنا ڪنهن واضح اڳواٽ خبرداري جي اوچتو ناڪام ٿي سگهي ٿي. انهيءَ ڪري اهڙي ڊزائن کي غير محفوظ سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

'''متوازن ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (بئلنسڊ ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ شعاع تي مقرر ٿيل بار وڌڻ سان ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو ۽ تنشي فولاد تقريباً هڪ ئي وقت پنهنجي آخري حد تائين پهچي وڃن ٿا. اهڙي حالت ۾ ڪنڪريٽ چِٿجي وڃي ٿو ۽ فولاد پڻ ييلڊ ڪري ٿو. جيتوڻيڪ هن حالت ۾ ٻنهي موادن جي طاقت جو متوازن استعمال ٿئي ٿو، پر ناڪامي تقريباً اوچتي ٿيندي آهي، تنهنڪري هي ڊزائن به عملي طور وڌيڪ محفوظ نه سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Nilson, Darwin, Dolan. ''Design of Concrete Structures''. McGraw-Hill Education, 2003. pp. 80–90.&lt;/ref&gt;

انهيءَ سبب فولادي ريئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا اهي جزا، جيڪي وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو برداشت ڪن ٿا، عام طور '''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ''' (انڊر-ريئينفورسڊ) طريقي سان ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن، ته جيئن ناڪامي کان اڳ واضح خبرداري ملي سگهي.

'''خاصيتي مضبوطي''' (ڪئريڪٽرسٽڪ اسٽرينٿ) اها مضبوطي آهي، جنهن کان گهٽ نتيجو صرف پنج سيڪڙو يا ان کان گهٽ آزمائشي نمونن ۾ ملي ٿو.

'''ڊزائن مضبوطي''' يا '''نامياري مضبوطي''' (ڊزائين اسٽرينٿ يا نامينل اسٽرينٿ) اها مضبوطي آهي، جيڪا حفاظتي عامل (سيفٽي فيڪٽر) کي نظر ۾ رکي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. اجازت لائق دٻاءَ واري ڊزائن (پرمزيبل اسٽريس ڊزائين) ۾ حفاظتي عامل عام طور 0.75 کان 0.85 جي وچ ۾ هوندو آهي.

'''آخري حد واري حالت''' (الٽيميٽ لمٽ اسٽيٽ) اها نظرياتي حالت آهي، جنهن تي ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان موجود هوندو آهي. ان جو اندازو حفاظتي عامل سان وڌايل بارن (فيڪٽرڊ لوڊ) ۽ حفاظتي عامل سان گهٽايل مزاحمت (فيڪٽرڊ رزسٽنس) جي بنياد تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا عام طور بين الاقوامي ضابطن ۽ معيارن، جهڙوڪ ACI 318، CEB ۽ يورو ڪوڊ 2 وغيره مطابق ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي ڊزائن لاءِ WSD (Working Stress Design)، USD (Ultimate Strength Design) يا LRFD (Load and Resistance Factor Design) جهڙا طريقا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. تجزيو ۽ ڊزائن ليڪيرِي (Linear) يا غير ليڪيرِي (Non-linear) طريقن سان به ڪري سگهجن ٿا. عمارت سازي جا ضابطا اڪثر حفاظتي عاملن سان گڏ ليڪيرِي طريقن جي سفارش ڪن ٿا، جڏهن ته ڪجهه خاص حالتن ۾ غير ليڪيرِي عددي تجزيا پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Techno Press|journal=Structural Engineering and Mechanics|volume=53|issue=4|year=2015}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Energy based structural damage index based on nonlinear numerical simulation of structures subjected to oriented lateral cyclic loading|journal=International Journal of Civil Engineering|volume=9|issue=3|year=2011|pages=155–164}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>khenl9rypqlwirfl9asvshof6qv5q79</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401023</id>
      <parentid>401022</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T23:49:01Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401023</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="54190" sha1="cfdm4039kdmtdxfgl0pc1bli3qofc10" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمنٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' ، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (اسٽيل ريئينفورسنگ بارس)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}&lt;/ref&gt;
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (ڪوروژن انجنيئرنگ) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (ڪوروژن) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' کي مختصر طور '''آر سي سي''' ({{lang-en|RCC}}) چيو وڃي ٿو، اهڙو تعميراتي مرڪب آهي، جيڪو [[سيمينٽ]]، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا پٿر جي سنهن ٽڪرن ۽ پاڻيءَ مان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) شامل ڪري ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي قوت وڌائين ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ جي اعليٰ صلاحيت رکي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Expo58 building Philips.jpg|thumb|[[بيلجيم]] جي گاديءَ واري شهر [[برسلز]] ۾ [[ايڪسپو 58]] لاءِ تعمير ڪيل [[فلپس پيوليئن]] جي منفرد شڪل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال سان ممڪن ٿي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور تي ريئنفورسمينٽ (فولادي سلاخن يا ٻين مضبوط ڪندڙ مواد) جي ترتيب اهڙي نموني سان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو ڪنڪريٽ جي انهن حصن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) کي برداشت ڪري سگهي، جتي ٻي صورت ۾ ڏار پوڻ يا ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان هوندو آهي. جديد رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ رڳو فولاد ئي نه، پر [[پوليمر]]ن ۽ ٻين جامع (ڪمپوزٽ) مواد مان ٺهيل مضبوط ڪندڙ عنصر پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ضرورت موجب فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ يا انهن کان سواءِ به ڪم آندا ويندا آهن.

ڪيترين تعميراتي حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي اڳواٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ۽ ريئنفورسمينٽ ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ هوندي آهي. هن طريقي سان ڍانچي جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت بهتر ٿيندي آهي. اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي کي '''پري اسٽرِيسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جا ٻه عام طريقا '''پري ٽينشننگ''' ۽ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ'''  آهن.

مضبوط، لچڪدار ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ ريئنفورسمينٽ ۾ هيٺيون خاصيتون هجڻ ضروري آهن:

* اعليٰ ميڪانيڪي مضبوطي؛
* ڇڪ هيٺ وڏي حد تائين ڊگهو ٿيڻ (ٽينسائل اسٽرين) برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت؛
* ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ)، جيڪا پي ايڇ (pH)، نمي يا ٻين ماحولياتي حالتن کان گهڻو متاثر نه ٿئي؛
* حرارتي مطابقت (ٿرمل ڪامپيٽيبلٽي)، جيئن گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ دوران غير ضروري دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي ماحول ۾ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيداري، جنهن ۾ زنگ (Corrosion) ۽ مستقل دٻاءَ جي اثرن کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت شامل هجي.

== تاريخ ==

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي شروعاتي ترقي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري [[انگلينڊ]] ۽ [[فرانس]] ۾ لڳ ڀڳ هڪ ئي وقت ٿي، جتي مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميرڪارن ڪنڪريٽ کي فولادي مضبوطي سان گڏ استعمال ڪرڻ بابت تجربا شروع ڪيا.

[[فائل:Saint-Denis - Maison François Coignet -1.JPG|thumb|سينٽ ڊينس ۾ فرانسوا ڪوئنيه جو گهر، جيڪو ابتدائي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان هڪ آهي.]]

فرانسيسي تعميرڪار '''[[فرانسوا ڪوئنيه]]''' پهريون شخص هو، جنهن عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |url=https://www.britannica.com/technology/building-construction/Early-steel-frame-high-rises#ref105155 |title=Building construction: The invention of reinforced concrete |encyclopedia=Encyclopedia Britannica}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن 1853ع کان 1855ع جي وچ ۾ [[پيرس]] جي ڀرسان سينٽ ڊينس ۾ واقع 72 [[Rue Charles Michels]] تي پنهنجي رهائش لاءِ چار ماڙ عمارت تعمير ڪرائي، جيڪا '''فرانسوا ڪوئنيه هائوس''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي ۽ ان کي دنيا جي پهرين لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان شمار ڪيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=The oldest concrete structures that have lasted: 72 rue Charles Michels, St. Denis, France |url=https://meva.net/pt-br/oldest-concrete-structures/}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪوئنيه جي لکڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته هن لوهه کي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت وڌائڻ کان وڌيڪ، ڀتين کي هڪ گڏيل (مونولٿڪ) ڍانچي طور مستحڪم رکڻ ۽ انهن کي اونڌو ٿيڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968 |pages=1–33}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ 1872ع–1873ع دوران [[بروڪلن]] ۾ تعمير ٿيل '''پپن بلڊنگ''' (Pippen Building)، جيتوڻيڪ ڪوئنيه جي ڊزائن نه هئي، پر سندس تعميراتي طريقي جو هڪ اهم مثال سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

[[فائل:Maison de logement des ouvriers de l'usine Coignet 2020 6.jpg|thumb|ڪوئنيه طرفان پنهنجي ڪارخاني جي مزدورن لاءِ سينٽ ڊينس ۾ تعمير ڪيل رهائشي عمارت.]]

1854ع ۾ انگريز تعميرڪار '''وليم بي. ولڪنسن''' پنهنجي تعمير هيٺ ٻن ماڙ گهر جي ڇت ۽ فرشن ۾ فولادي مضبوطي استعمال ڪئي. هن فولادي سلاخن کي اهڙي نموني رکيو، جنهن مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته هو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) جي اثرن کان واقف هو، جڏهن ته هن کان اڳ وارا انجنيئر ان ڳالهه کي مڪمل طور نه سمجهي سگهيا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Reinforced Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete Building Construction}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1869ع کان 1870ع جي وچ ۾ '''هينري ايٽن'''  [[انگلينڊ]] جي [[نورفڪ]] ۽ [[سفڪ]] ضلعن جي وچ ۾ وهندڙ [[ويوني درياھ]] تي '''هومرسفيلڊ پل''' جي ڊزائن تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته ان جي تعمير لنڊن جي ڪمپني ''ڊبليو اينڊ ٽي فلپس '' ڪئي. لڳ ڀڳ 15.25 ميٽر (50 فوٽ) ڊگهي هيءَ پل لوهي مضبوطي سان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي پلن مان هڪ هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{NHLE|num=1262142}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي فرانسيسي باغبان '''[[جوزف مونيي]]''' کي به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ارتقا جو اهم اڳواڻ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. هو مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا گلن جا ٿانوَ تيار ڪرڻ لاءِ موجود مواد مان مطمئن نه هو، تنهنڪري هن نوان تجربا شروع ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Day |first=Lance |title=Biographical Dictionary of the History of Technology}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1867ع ۾ مونيي تار جي ڄاري (وائر ميش) ۽ سيمينٽ جي تهه کي گڏائي مضبوط ڪنڪريٽ جا گلدان ٺاهڻ واري طريقي جو پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Britannica URL|biography/Joseph-Monier|Joseph Monier}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ 1877ع ۾ هن ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿنڀن ۽ گرڊرن کي لوهي سلاخن جي ڄار ذريعي مضبوط ڪرڻ واري وڌيڪ ترقي يافته طريقي جو به پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو. جيتوڻيڪ مونيي کي اها ڄاڻ هئي ته فولادي مضبوطي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني يڪجائي وڌائي ٿي، پر اهو واضح ناهي ته کيس ان ڳالهه جي مڪمل سائنسي ڄاڻ هئي ته ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي طاقت ۾ ڪيترو اضافو آڻي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909 |pages=204–210}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1877ع ۾ آمريڪي انجنيئر '''ٿيڊيئس هائٽ'' پنهنجي مشهور رپورٽ ''اين اڪائونٽ آف سم اڪسپيريمينٽس وٿ پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ڪمبائينڊ وٿ آئرن'' شايع ڪئي، جنهن ۾ هن فولاد سان مضبوط ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پنهنجن تجربن جا نتيجا بيان ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Hyatt |first=Thaddeus |title=An Account of Some Experiments with Portland-cement-concrete Combined with Iron}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن جي تحقيق رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي رڳو تجربي واري تعميراتي مواد بدران هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي آزمودل ٽيڪنالاجي طور قائم ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. جيڪڏهن هائٽ جي تحقيق موجود نه هجي ها، ته هن شعبي جي ترقي گهڻي عرصي تائين آزمائش ۽ غلطي (ٽرائل ۽ ارر) جي غير يقيني طريقن تي دارومدار رکندي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سائنسي ترقي ۽ عالمي ڦهلاءُ ===

1870ع واري ڏهاڪي کان اڳ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير، جيتوڻيڪ ان جون پاڙون [[رومي سلطنت]] تائين پهچن ٿيون ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ ان جو ٻيهر استعمال شروع ٿيو هو، پر ان کي اڃا مڪمل طور سائنسي طور ثابت ٿيل تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي نه سمجهيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Citation |last=Aprea |first=Salvatore |chapter=The Search for Affordable Cement and Concrete in the 18th and 19th Century |title=High Tech Concrete: Where Technology and Engineering Meet |year=2018}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري انگلينڊ ۾ ڄاول انجنيئر '''[[ارنسٽ ايل. رينسم]]''' رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. هن گذريل پنجاهه سالن دوران ٿيل تحقيق ۽ تجربن مان فائدو وٺندي اڳين ايجادڪارن جي ڪيترين ئي تعميراتي طريقن کي وڌيڪ بهتر بڻايو. سندس سڀ کان اهم ايجاد فولادي سلاخن کي مروڙي استعمال ڪرڻ هئي، جنهن سان سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ چنبڙڻ (بانڊ) گهڻو مضبوط ٿي ويو ۽ ڍانچي جي مجموعي مضبوطي ۾ نمايان واڌارو آيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Episode 81: Rebar and the Alvord Lake Bridge}}&lt;/ref&gt;

رينسم پنهنجي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ وارين عمارتن سبب وڏي شهرت حاصل ڪئي، جنهن کان پوءِ هن 1886ع کان 1889ع جي وچ ۾ اتر آمريڪا جي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ پلن مان ٻه تعمير ڪرايون. انهن مان هڪ پل، '''[[سمٿ-رينسم جيپنيز برج]]'''، اڄ به [[نيو يارڪ]] جي [[شيلٽر آئلينڊ، نيو يارڪ|شيلٽر آئلينڊ]] تي موجود آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آمريڪا]] ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل ابتدائي عمارتن مان هڪ '''[[وليم اي. وارڊ هائوس]]''' هئي، جيڪا وليم اي. وارڊ جي ڊزائن موجب 1876ع ۾ مڪمل ٿي. هن رهائشي عمارت کي خاص طور باهه کان وڌيڪ تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ جي مقصد سان تعمير ڪيو ويو.

جرمن سول انجنيئر '''[[گستاو ايڊولف وائس]]''' پڻ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم شخصيت هو. 1879ع ۾ هن جوزف مونيي جي پيٽنٽن جا جرمن حق خريد ڪيا، ۽ 1884ع ۾ سندس ڪمپني '''[[ويس اينڊ فريٽيگ]]''' انهن طريقن کي پهريون ڀيرو تجارتي بنيادن تي استعمال ڪيو. 1890ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين وائس ۽ سندس ڪمپني مونيي جي نظام کي وڌيڪ ترقي ڏئي ان کي هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي ٻڌل، منظم ۽ قابل اعتماد تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آسٽريليا]] جي '''[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]''' ملڪ جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي. هن پل جي ڊزائن [[الفريڊ بارٽن بريڊي]] تيار ڪئي، جيڪو 1896ع ۾ [[ڪئينز لينڊ]] جو سرڪاري معمار هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge |publisher=Queensland Government}}&lt;/ref&gt; پل ۾ 15.2 ميٽر ڊگها يارنهن اسپين هئا ۽ ان جي ڪل ڊيگهه لڳ ڀڳ 187 ميٽر هئي، جيڪا ان دور ۾ دنيا جي ساڳئي قسم جي مشهور پلن کان به وڏي سمجهي ويندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge, Mary River, 1896- |publisher=Engineers Australia}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات ===

ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تيزيءَ سان مقبول تعميراتي مواد بڻجي ويو. ان عرصي دوران انجنيئرن ۽ معمارن هن ٽيڪنالاجي کي اوچي عمارتن، پلن ۽ ٻين وڏن تعميراتي منصوبن ۾ استعمال ڪرڻ شروع ڪيو.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل شروعاتي اوچين عمارتن مان هڪ 16 ماڙ '''انگالس بلڊنگ''' هئي، جيڪا 1904ع ۾ آمريڪا جي شهر سنسناٽي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;CIVL1101&quot;/&gt;

ڏکڻ ڪيليفورنيا ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پهرين عمارت '''لافلن اينيڪس''' هئي، جيڪا 1905ع ۾ لاس اينجلس جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Los Angeles from the Mountains to the Sea |volume=2 |last=McGroarty |first=John Steven |year=1921 |page=176}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Annual Report of the City Auditor, City of Los Angeles |year=1905 |pages=71–73}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع دوران لاس اينجلس ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن لاءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ سورهن تعميراتي اجازت ناما جاري ڪيا ويا. انهن ۾ '''ٽيمپل آڊيٽوريم''' ۽ اٺ ماڙ '''هيورڊ هوٽل''' به شامل هئا، جيڪي ان ڳالهه جو ثبوت هئا ته هي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي تيزيءَ سان عام ٿي رهي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |last=Williams |first=D. |title=What Builders are Doing |journal=Carpentry and Building |year=1907 |page=66}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |title=Reinforced Concrete Buildings at Los Angeles, Cal. |journal=Engineering News-Record |year=1906 |volume=55 |page=449}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ لانگ بيچ ۾ تعمير هيٺ '''بڪسبي هوٽل''' جو هڪ حصو وقت کان اڳ عارضي سهارن (Shoring) کي هٽائڻ سبب ڊهي پيو، جنهن ۾ ڏهه مزدور فوت ٿي ويا. هن حادثي کان پوءِ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعميراتي طريقن ۽ عمارتن جي جاچ پڙتال بابت وڌيڪ سخت ضابطا اختيار ڪيا ويا. ماهرن سفارش ڪئي ته مستقبل ۾ فرشن، ڀتين ۽ ڍانچي جي ٻين اهم حصن ۾ مڪمل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تعمير وڌيڪ محفوظ بڻجي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite magazine |title=Partial Collapse of the Bixby Hotel at Long Beach |magazine=Architect and Engineer of California |year=1906 |volume=VII |issue=1 |pages=44–48}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1904ع جي اپريل مهيني ۾ آمريڪي معمار ۽ انجنيئر '''جوليا مورگن''' پنهنجي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارت، '''ايل ڪيمپانيل'''، مڪمل ڪئي، جيڪا 72 فوٽ اوچي گهنڊ گهر (بيل ٽاور) هئي ۽ ملز ڪاليج ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=El Campanil, Mills College: Julia Morgan 1903–1904}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو ۾ آيل شديد زلزلي دوران ايل ڪيمپانيل کي ڪو به اهم نقصان نه پهتو، جنهن سان جوليا مورگن جي شهرت ۾ وڏو اضافو ٿيو ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي تي عوام جو اعتماد پڻ وڌيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Julia Morgan-designed Mills bell tower counts down to its 115th anniversary}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Bay Area Architect Julia Morgan's Legacy Wasn't Just Hearst Castle}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع جي زلزلي کان پوءِ عوام ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت موجود شڪ شبها به گهڻي حد تائين ختم ٿي ويا. ان کان اڳ ڪيترائي ماڻهو هن مواد کي جمالياتي لحاظ کان غير دلڪش سمجهندا هئا، پر زلزلي دوران ان جي بهتر ڪارڪردگي سبب ان جي مقبوليت وڌي وئي. نتيجي طور 1908ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو جي بلدياتي اختيارين عمارت سازي جا ضابطا تبديل ڪري رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وڌيڪ وسيع استعمال جي اجازت ڏني.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=How one building survived the San Francisco earthquake and changed the world}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== معيارن جي جوڙجڪ ۽ ضابطا ===

1906ع ۾ '''نيشنل ايسوسيئيشن آف سيمينٽ يوزرس''' (مختصر: NACU) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پهريون معياري دستاويز '''اسٽينڊرڊ نمبر 1''' شايع ڪيو، جنهن ۾ پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ جي معيار، خاصيتن ۽ استعمال بابت بنيادي فني گهرجون مقرر ڪيون ويون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Specifications for Portland Cement of the American Society for Testing Materials, Standard No. 1 |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1906 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان پوءِ 1910ع ۾ ساڳئي اداري '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال لاءِ معياري عمارتي ضابطا''' (''اسٽينڊرڊ بلڊنگ ريگيوليشنز فار دي يوز آف ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ '') جاري ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Building Regulations for the Use of Reinforced Concrete |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1910 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن ضابطن ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن، تعمير، جاچ ۽ استعمال بابت تفصيلي فني هدايتون شامل هيون.
انهن معيارن جي جاري ٿيڻ سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميراتي ادارن وٽ هڪجهڙن اصولن تحت ٿيڻ لڳي. نتيجي طور تعميراتي حفاظت، معيار، مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ نمايان بهتري آئي، ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جديد عمارت سازيءَ جي سڀ کان اهم تعميراتي مواد مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

== تعمير ۾ استعمال ==

[[فائل:SagradaFamiliaRoof2.jpg|thumb|upright=1.5|right|2009ع ۾ تعمير هيٺ [[ساگراڊا فاميليا]] جي ڇت ۾ لڳايل فولادي سلاخون (ريبار).]]

[[فائل:O Cristo Redentor.JPG|thumb|[[ريو ڊي جينيرو]]، [[برازيل]] ۾ واقع '''مسيح ڇوٽڪارو ڏيندڙ''' جو مجسمو، جيڪو رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان تعمير ٿيل آهي ۽ ان جي ٻاهرئين سطح هزارين ٽڪنڊي صابڻي پٿر (Soapstone) جي ٽڪرن سان ڍڪيل آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia |title=Christ the Redeemer |encyclopedia=Encyclopædia Britannica |last=Murray |first=Lorraine |url=http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/1435544/Christ-the-Redeemer}}&lt;/ref&gt;]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ تعميراتي صنعت ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد مان هڪ آهي. ان جي مدد سان مختلف قسمن جا تعميراتي جزا ۽ ڍانچا تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ تختو|ڪنڪريٽ جا تختا]] (Slabs)، [[ڀت]]، [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاعون]] (Beams)، [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀا]]، [[بنياد]]، ڍانچا (Frames) ۽ ٻيا ڪيترائي تعميراتي حصا شامل آهن.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي تعمير جي طريقي موجب عام طور ٻن قسمن ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي:

* '''اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري ڪاسٽ ڪنڪريٽ)، جنهن جا جزا ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪري تعميراتي هنڌ تي نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن.
* '''جاءِ تي وڌل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (ڪاسٽ-ان -پليس ڪنڪريٽ)، جيڪو سڌو سنئون تعميراتي هنڌ تي شٽرنگ اندر وجهي تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڪنهن به عمارت ۾ مناسب فرش نظام (Floor System) جي چونڊ ۽ ڊزائن انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان عمارت جي مجموعي ڪارڪردگي تي سڌو اثر پوي ٿو. فرش جي ڊزائن ۾ معمولي تبديليون به تعميراتي مواد جي خرچ، تعمير مڪمل ٿيڻ جي مدت، ڍانچي جي آخري مضبوطي، سار سنڀال جي خرچن، استعمال ڪندڙن جي گنجائش ۽ عمارت جي آخري استعمال تي نمايان اثر وجهي سگهن ٿيون.

فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کان سواءِ جديد دور جون گهڻ ماڙ عمارتون، وڏيون پلون ۽ ٻيا وڏا ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا محفوظ ۽ عملي طور تعمير ڪرڻ ممڪن نه هجي ها.

=== رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا ===

جڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا تعمير ۾ استعمال ٿين ٿا ته اهي ٻاهران لاڳو ٿيندڙ [[تعميراتي بار]] (Structural load) جي اثر هيٺ مخصوص ميڪانيڪي رويو ظاهر ڪندا آهن. استعمال دوران انهن جزن تي هيٺيان قسم جا بار يا قوتون عمل ڪري سگهن ٿيون:&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |author=Bungale S. Taranath |title=Reinforced Concrete Design of Tall Buildings |publisher=CRC Press |year=2009 |page=7 |isbn=978-1-4398-0481-0}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينشن)
* [[دٻاءُ]] (ڪمپريشن)
* [[وڪڙجڻ]] (بينڊنگ)
* [[ڪٽائي دٻاءُ]] (شيئر)
* [[مروڙ]] (ٽورزن)

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن اهڙي نموني ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو اهو انهن سڀني قوتن کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ تعميراتي ڍانچي جي استحڪام، مضبوطي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي يقيني بڻائي.

=== فولادي سلاخن جي ڊزائن ===

رِيئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن هميشه قابل انجنيئر يا لاڳاپيل فني اداري طرفان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي. سلاخن جو قطر، وڇاءُ، چڙهاڪو ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه عمارت جي قسم، بار ۽ لاڳو تعميراتي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي بندش ===

فولادي سلاخون تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪٽي، موڙي ۽ تار سان مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. انهن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تھ رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن سلاخون زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ۽ ڍانچي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي. ضرورت موجب ڪنڍا (Hooks) ۽ چڙهاڪو (Overlap) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== تياري  ===

آر سي سي مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارو تعميراتي مواد آهي. ان کي مختلف شڪلين ۾ آسانيءَ سان ڍالي سگهجي ٿو، باهه ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿو، پاڻيءَ جي نفوذ کي گهٽ ڪري ٿو ۽ عام حالتن ۾ گهٽ مرمت جي ضرورت پوي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ملاوٽ ===

آر سي سي جي ملاوٽ هٿ سان يا ڪنڪريٽ مڪسر ذريعي ڪئي ويندي آهي. ننڍن تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ هٿ سان ملاوٽ، جڏهن ته وڏن منصوبن ۾ مشيني ملاوٽ کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها وڌيڪ هڪجهڙائي، تيزي ۽ معياري نتيجا فراهم ڪندي آهي ۽ مواد جي زيان کي گهٽائيندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب ===

پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو مناسب تناسب آر سي سي جي مضبوطي، ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر وجهي ٿو. گهڻو پاڻي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت گهٽائي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته گهٽ پاڻي ملاوٽ کي صحيح نموني استعمال ڪرڻ ۾ ڏکيائي پيدا ڪري سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== جھڪاءُ پرک ===

ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ گهاٽاڻ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ '''جھڪاءُ پرک''' (سلمپ ٽيسٽ) ڪئي ويندي آهي. هن آزمائش ۾ مخروط شڪل واري فولادي قالب ۾ تازي ڪنڪريٽ ڀري ان جي ويهڻ يا جھڪاءَ جي ماپ ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ملاوٽ مقرر معيار مطابق آهي يا نه.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


=== ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀرائي ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ شٽرنگ، فولادي سلاخن ۽ ٻين لڪل خدمتن جهڙوڪ برقي پائيپن جي جانچ ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي بنا رڪاوٽ جي مناسب رفتار سان وڌو ويندو آهي ۽ ضرورت موجب وائبريٽر ذريعي ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ڪيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن هوا جا خانا ختم ٿين ۽ ''هني ڪومبنگ'' (Honeycombing) جهڙا نقص پيدا نه ٿين.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== سار سنڀال ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ مناسب عرصي تائين ان کي پاڻي ڏئي آلو رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان سيمينٽ جي مڪمل هائيڊريشن ٿئي ٿي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ پاڻيءَ جي مزاحمت وڌي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== رويو ==

=== مواد ===

{{ڏسو پڻ|ڪنڪريٽ|سيمينٽ|تعميراتي بجري|فولادي سلاخ}}

ڪنڪريٽ هڪ گڏيل تعميراتي مواد آهي، جيڪو ٿلهي بجري (جهڙوڪ پٿر يا سرن جي ٽڪرن)، نفيس بجري (عام طور ريتي يا ڀڳل پٿر)، ڳنڍيندڙ مواد (اڪثر [[پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ]]) ۽ پاڻي جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. جڏهن سيمينٽ کي مناسب مقدار ۾ پاڻي سان ملايو وڃي ٿو ته ان ۾ [[هائيڊريشن]]  جو ڪيميائي عمل شروع ٿئي ٿو، جنهن دوران انتهائي ننڍا قلمي (ڪرسٽلائين) ڍانچا ٺهن ٿا. اهي قلمي ڍانچا بجري جي ذرڙن کي پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍي هڪ سخت ۽ مضبوط جسم ۾ تبديل ڪري ڇڏين ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Materials principles and practice|page=61|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|page=357|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;
ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ بجري ۽ ريتي نقصانڪار مادَن، جهڙوڪ حياتياتي گندگين، سلٽ، مٽي، لگنائيٽ ۽ ٻين غير مناسب آميزشن کان پاڪ هجڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙيون آميزشون ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري کي متاثر ڪري سگهن ٿيون.

عام ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءَ (ڪمپريشن) کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي تمام وڏي صلاحيت رکي ٿو، پر جيڪڏهن ان تي نمايان ڇڪ (ٽينشن) پيدا ٿئي، مثال طور وڪڙجڻ (بينڊنگ) سبب، ته ان جي اندر موجود قلمي ڍانچو ٽٽڻ شروع ٿي ويندو آهي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڏار پئجي ويندا آهن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ الڳ ٿيڻ لڳندو آهي. انهيءَ سبب عام (غير ريئنفورسڊ) ڪنڪريٽ کي هميشه اهڙي نموني سهارو ڏنو ويندو آهي، جو ان ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي.

جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر اهڙو مواد رکيو وڃي، جيڪو ڇڪ کي تمام سٺي نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي، جهڙوڪ فولاد، ته پوءِ حاصل ٿيندڙ گڏيل مادو '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' بڻجي ويندو آهي. اهڙي گڏيل مواد ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪري ٿو، جڏهن ته فولادي سلاخون تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪن ٿيون. نتيجي طور اهو نه رڳو دٻاءُ، پر وڪڙجڻ ۽ ٻين تنشي بارن کي به محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ٿو. اهڙي گڏيل نظام کي تعميراتي ضرورت موجب لڳ ڀڳ هر شڪل ۽ ماپ ۾ تيار ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== اهم خاصيتون ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جون غيرمعمولي تعميراتي خاصيتون بنيادي طور هيٺين سببن جي ڪري پيدا ٿين ٿيون:

# ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي [[حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جي عدد]] (ڪوئفيشنٽ آف ٿرمل ايڪسپينشن) تقريباً هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي. تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ٻنهي موادن جي ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ ۾ گهڻو فرق نٿو اچي، جنهن ڪري اندروني دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيڻ جا امڪان گهٽجي وڃن ٿا.

# جڏهن سيمينٽ جو ليپ سخت ٿئي ٿو ته اهو فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿو. نتيجي طور بار يا دٻاءُ ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ مؤثر نموني منتقل ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ چنبڙڻ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط بڻائڻ لاءِ فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري کي عام طور تي اُڀن نشانن يا نالين (ڊيفارميشنز) سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

# سخت ٿيل سيمينٽ جي ليپ ۾ موجود [[الڪلائن]] ماحول، جيڪو پوٽاشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ، سوڊيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ ۽ [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] جي موجودگي سبب پيدا ٿيندو آهي، فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي هڪ حفاظتي غيرفعال (پيسيويشن) تهه ٺاهي ڇڏيندو آهي. هي تهه فولاد کي زنگ لڳڻ کان وڏي حد تائين بچائيندو آهي.

وقت سان گڏ جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ هوا ۽ مينهن جي پاڻيءَ جي رابطي ۾ اچي ٿو ته فضا ۾ موجود ڪاربان ڊاءِ آڪسائيڊ پاڻي سان ملي [[ڪاربونڪ تيزاب]] ٺاهي ٿي. هي تيزاب سيمينٽ جي الڪلائن جزن سان آهستي آهستي ڪيميائي عمل ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيت گهٽائيندو آهي. انهيءَ عمل کي '''ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن'''  چيو ويندو آهي. نتيجي طور ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ (pH) آهستي آهستي گهٽجي ويندو آهي، ۽ جڏهن اهو ڪافي گهٽجي وڃي ٿو ته فولادي سلاخن جي حفاظتي تهه ختم ٿيڻ لڳندي آهي، جنهن کان پوءِ زنگ لڳڻ جو خطرو وڌي ويندو آهي.

عام طور تي جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ لڳ ڀڳ 11 کان مٿي هجي ته فولادي سلاخون محفوظ رهنديون آهن، جڏهن ته پي ايڇ 10 کان هيٺ اچڻ تي، مقامي ماحول ۽ فولاد جي خاصيتن موجب، زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو. ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن ۽ [[ڪلورائيڊ]]ن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي خراب ٿيڻ جا سڀ کان اهم سبب سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.

عام رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جو ڪُل ايراضو گهڻو نه هوندو آهي. عام طور شعاعن ۽ تختن ۾ اهو لڳ ڀڳ هڪ سيڪڙو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه ٿنڀن ۾ ڇهه سيڪڙو تائين ٿي سگهي ٿو. فولادي سلاخون اڪثر گول شڪل واريون هونديون آهن ۽ مختلف قطرن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن.

ڪجهه رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ خالي سوراخ يا کوکلا حصا (ھالو ڪورز) پڻ رکيا ويندا آهن، جيئن نمي ۽ گهم تي بهتر ضابطو آڻي سگهجي.

تحقيق مان معلوم ٿيو آهي ته عمودي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزن ۾، ريئنفورسمينٽ موجود هجڻ باوجود، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي سڄي ڪراس سيڪشن ۾ مڪمل طور هڪجهڙي نه هوندي، پر ڪجهه حد تائين غير يڪسان (انھوموجينيس) ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;&quot;Concrete Inhomogeneity of Vertical Cast-In-Situ Elements In Frame-Type Buildings&quot;.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو گڏيل عمل ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي جو بنيادي اصول اهو آهي ته ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ هڪ گڏيل (ڪمپوزٽ) نظام جي صورت ۾ ڪم ڪن. جڏهن ڪنهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزو تي بار لاڳو ٿئي ٿو، ته فولادي سلاخن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ ڊگھائي يا وڪڙ (اسٽرين) بلڪل ساڳيو هجڻ گهرجي، جيڪو چوڌاري موجود ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. جيڪڏهن ٻنهي موادن جي وڪڙ ۾ فرق پيدا ٿئي ته سندن وچ ۾ سُرڪڻ (سلپ)، الڳ ٿيڻ (سيپريشن) يا بناوتي بيقاعدگي (ڊسڪنٽينيوئٽي) پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي، جنهن سان ڍانچي جي مضبوطي متاثر ٿئي ٿي.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل عمل کي برقرار رکڻ لاءِ بار جو مؤثر منتقلي ٿيڻ ضروري آهي. بار پهرين ڪنڪريٽ مان فولادي سلاخ جي مٿاڇري تائين منتقل ٿئي ٿو، پوءِ اُتان فولادي سلاخ جي سڄي ڊگھائي ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ جي صورت ۾ ورهائجي وڃي ٿو. هي عمل ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ موجود مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ يا اينڪوريج) جي ذريعي ممڪن بڻجي ٿو، جيڪو ٻنهي موادن جي رابطي واري سطح تي لڳاتار دٻاءُ جو ميدان (ڪنٽينيوئس اسٽريس فيلڊ) پيدا ڪري ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل طور ڪم ڪرڻ جا بنيادي سبب هي آهن:

* فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿي، تنهنڪري ٻئي گڏجي ٻاهرين بارن کي برداشت ڪن ٿا.
* ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جا عدد تقريباً هڪجهڙا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب سندن وچ ۾ نقصانڪار حرارتي دٻاءُ پيدا نٿو ٿئي.
* ڪنڪريٽ جو الڪلائن ماحول فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائي ٿو ۽ انهن جي عمر وڌائي ٿو.

=== ڪنڪريٽ ۾ بندش ===

فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ بندش (بانڊ) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنيادي خاصيتن مان هڪ آهي. عملي طور بندش جو دٻاءُ سلاخ جي سڄي ڊيگهه ۾ هڪجهڙو نه هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري جديد تعميراتي ضابطن ۾ بندش جي دٻاءُ بدران '''ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي''' (ڊولپمينٽ لينٿ) جو تصور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي مان مراد فولادي سلاخ جي اها گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ڊيگهه آهي، جيڪا ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود هجڻ ضروري آهي، ته جيئن سلاخ پنهنجي مڪمل ييلڊ اسٽريس تائين پهچي سگهي، بغير ڪنڪريٽ مان سُرڪڻ جي.

جيڪڏهن موجود ڊيگهه گهربل ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي کان گهٽ هجي ته اضافي بندش مهيا ڪرڻ لاءِ مختلف طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جهڙوڪ:

* ڪنڍا (ھڪس)
* موڙ (بينڊس)
* ميخانياتي پڇاڙيون (ميڪينيڪل اينڊ پليٽس)
* ٻيا مناسب اينڪريج جا ذريعا

اهي سڀئي طريقا فولادي سلاخن کي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوطي سان جڪڙي رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

=== ليپ اسپلائس ===

جڏهن فولادي سلاخ جي ڊيگهه ڪافي نه هجي يا ٻن سلاخن کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍڻو هجي ته ٻنهي سلاخن کي هڪ مقرر ڊيگهه تائين هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهائي رکيو ويندو آهي. هن طريقي کي '''ليپ اسپلائس''' چيو ويندو آهي.

ليپ اسپلائس جو مقصد ٻنهي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ دٻاءُ ۽ تنشي قوتن جي محفوظ منتقلي کي يقيني بڻائڻ آهي، جيئن ڍانچي جي تسلسل برقرار رهي. ليپ اسپلائس جي گهربل ڊيگهه تعميراتي ضابطن موجب سلاخ جي قطر، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، فولاد جي درجي ۽ لاڳو ٿيندڙ بار جي بنياد تي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal|title=Monotonic and Cyclic Seismic Analyses of Old-Type RC Columns with Short Lap Splices|journal=Construction Materials|volume=4|issue=2|year=2024|pages=329–341}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زنگ کان بچاءَ جا طريقا ===

ٿڌن ۽ نمي وارن علائقن ۾، خاص طور روڊن، پلن، پارڪنگ ڍانچن ۽ انهن تعميرن ۾ جيڪي برف ڳارڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لوڻ (Deicing Salt) جي رابطي ۾ اچن ٿيون، فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مختلف حفاظتي طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن.

انهن ۾ هيٺيان طريقا شامل آهن:

* گهٽ ڪاربان ۽ ڪروميم تي ٻڌل زنگ-مزاحمتي فولادي سلاخن جو استعمال؛
* ايپوڪسي (Epoxy) سان ڍڪيل فولادي سلاخون؛
* گرم طريقي سان جست لڳايل (ھاٽ-ڊپ گيلوانائيزڊ) فولادي سلاخون؛
* اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون فولادي سلاخون.

انهن کان علاوه مناسب ڊزائن، اعليٰ معيار جي ڪنڪريٽ، صحيح پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب ۽ مناسب حفاظتي تهه (ڪنڪريٽ ڪور) پڻ فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪن ٿا.

فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ جست فاسفيٽ (زنڪ فاسفيٽ) جهڙا حفاظتي ليپ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر ڪيميائي عمل ذريعي هڪ مستحڪم حفاظتي تهه ٺاهي زنگ جي رفتار گهٽائيندا آهن.

ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري تي مختلف سيلنٽ (Sealants)، جهڙوڪ رنگ، پلاسٽڪ فلمون، فوم، ايلومينيم ورق يا بينٽونائيٽ مٽي جا حفاظتي تهه پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي پاڻي ۽ نقصانڪار لوڻن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي گهٽائيندا آهن.

ان کان علاوه ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ وقت پاڻيءَ جي ملاوٽ ۾ زنگ روڪيندڙ ڪيميائي مادا (ڪوروژن انھبٽرز)، جهڙوڪ ڪيلشيم نائٽرائيٽ، پڻ شامل ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي مادا فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي حفاظتي غيرفعال تهه (پيسيويشن ليئر) برقرار رکن ٿا، جنهن سان زنگ لڳڻ جو امڪان نمايان طور گهٽجي وڃي ٿو.

== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ شعاعن جي اصطلاحات ==

[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|پارڪنگ گيراج جي تختي سان گڏيل ٻه هڪٻئي کي ڪٽيندڙ شعاعون، جن ۾ فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ برقي تارن، جنڪشن باڪسز ۽ روشنيءَ جي ٻين برقي حصن جي لڳائڻ جي تياري پڻ نظر اچي ٿي.]]

[[فائل:Fideo o’r trawst concrit olaf yn cael ei osod – Tach 2016 Last concrete beam installation – 2016.webm|thumb|اوچي شاهراهه تي آخري ڪنڪريٽي شعاع رکڻ جو مختصر وڊيو، جيڪا ويلز جي ڪارڊف بي ڀرسان نئين شاهراهه جي تعمير جو حصو آهي.]]

جڏهن ڪنهن [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاع]] تي [[وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو]] (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) عمل ڪري ٿو ته شعاع ۾ ٿورو وڪڙ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ حالت ۾ شعاع جي ٻاهرئين پاسي (تنشي پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اندرئين پاسي (دٻاءُ واري پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ هوندو آهي.

'''يڪ-طرفو ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (سنگلي ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ رڳو تنشي پاسي لڳائي ويندي آهي. هن فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي '''تنشي فولاد''' (ٽينشن اسٽيل) چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ ان جو مقصد تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.

'''ٻه-طرفو ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (ڊبلي ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي پاسي سان گڏ دٻاءُ واري پاسي به فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ لڳائي ويندي آهي. دٻاءُ واري پاسي لڳايل فولاد کي '''دٻاءُ وارو فولاد''' (ڪمپيشن اسٽيل) چيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد ڪنڪريٽ کي دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيڻ ۽ اضافي دٻاءَ کي سنڀالڻ هوندو آهي. جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو گهربل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪافي نه هجي، يا معمار شعاع جي ماپ وڌائڻ جي اجازت نه ڏئي، تڏهن اضافي دٻاءُ وارو فولاد استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

'''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (انڊر-ريئينفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان گهٽ هوندي آهي. اهڙي شعاع تي جڏهن وڪڙجڻ وارو بار آهستي آهستي وڌندو آهي ته سڀ کان پهرين تنشي فولاد پنهنجي لچڪدار حد (ييلڊ) تائين پهچي ڊگهو ٿيڻ شروع ڪندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ اڃا مڪمل طور نه ٽٽندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ شعاع ۾ وڏو وڪڙ ۽ واضح تبديليون پيدا ٿينديون آهن، جيڪي ممڪن ناڪامي بابت اڳواٽ خبردار ڪن ٿيون. انهيءَ سبب تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ اهڙي قسم جي شعاع کي وڌيڪ محفوظ تصور ڪيو ويندو آهي، ۽ عام طور ڊزائن فولاد جي ييلڊ اسٽريس جي بنياد تي ڪئي ويندي آهي.

'''وڌيڪ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (اوور-ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان وڌيڪ هوندي آهي. اهڙي حالت ۾ فولاد ييلڊ ٿيڻ کان اڳ ئي ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو چِٿجي (ڪرشنگ) وڃي ٿو، جنهن سبب شعاع بنا ڪنهن واضح اڳواٽ خبرداري جي اوچتو ناڪام ٿي سگهي ٿي. انهيءَ ڪري اهڙي ڊزائن کي غير محفوظ سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

'''متوازن ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (بئلنسڊ ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ شعاع تي مقرر ٿيل بار وڌڻ سان ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو ۽ تنشي فولاد تقريباً هڪ ئي وقت پنهنجي آخري حد تائين پهچي وڃن ٿا. اهڙي حالت ۾ ڪنڪريٽ چِٿجي وڃي ٿو ۽ فولاد پڻ ييلڊ ڪري ٿو. جيتوڻيڪ هن حالت ۾ ٻنهي موادن جي طاقت جو متوازن استعمال ٿئي ٿو، پر ناڪامي تقريباً اوچتي ٿيندي آهي، تنهنڪري هي ڊزائن به عملي طور وڌيڪ محفوظ نه سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Nilson, Darwin, Dolan. ''Design of Concrete Structures''. McGraw-Hill Education, 2003. pp. 80–90.&lt;/ref&gt;

انهيءَ سبب فولادي ريئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا اهي جزا، جيڪي وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو برداشت ڪن ٿا، عام طور '''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ''' (انڊر-ريئينفورسڊ) طريقي سان ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن، ته جيئن ناڪامي کان اڳ واضح خبرداري ملي سگهي.

'''خاصيتي مضبوطي''' (ڪئريڪٽرسٽڪ اسٽرينٿ) اها مضبوطي آهي، جنهن کان گهٽ نتيجو صرف پنج سيڪڙو يا ان کان گهٽ آزمائشي نمونن ۾ ملي ٿو.

'''ڊزائن مضبوطي''' يا '''نامياري مضبوطي''' (ڊزائين اسٽرينٿ يا نامينل اسٽرينٿ) اها مضبوطي آهي، جيڪا حفاظتي عامل (سيفٽي فيڪٽر) کي نظر ۾ رکي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. اجازت لائق دٻاءَ واري ڊزائن (پرمزيبل اسٽريس ڊزائين) ۾ حفاظتي عامل عام طور 0.75 کان 0.85 جي وچ ۾ هوندو آهي.

'''آخري حد واري حالت''' (الٽيميٽ لمٽ اسٽيٽ) اها نظرياتي حالت آهي، جنهن تي ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان موجود هوندو آهي. ان جو اندازو حفاظتي عامل سان وڌايل بارن (فيڪٽرڊ لوڊ) ۽ حفاظتي عامل سان گهٽايل مزاحمت (فيڪٽرڊ رزسٽنس) جي بنياد تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا عام طور بين الاقوامي ضابطن ۽ معيارن، جهڙوڪ ACI 318، CEB ۽ يورو ڪوڊ 2 وغيره مطابق ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي ڊزائن لاءِ WSD (ورڪنگ اسٽريس ڊزائين)، USD (الٽيميٽ اسٽرينٿ ڊزائين) يا LRFD (لوڊ اينڊ رزسٽنس فيڪٽر ڊزائين) جهڙا طريقا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. تجزيو ۽ ڊزائن ليڪيرِي (لينيئر) يا غير ليڪيرِي (نان-لينيئر) طريقن سان به ڪري سگهجن ٿا. عمارت سازي جا ضابطا اڪثر حفاظتي عاملن سان گڏ ليڪيرِي طريقن جي سفارش ڪن ٿا، جڏهن ته ڪجهه خاص حالتن ۾ غير ليڪيرِي عددي تجزيا پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Techno Press|journal=Structural Engineering and Mechanics|volume=53|issue=4|year=2015}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Energy based structural damage index based on nonlinear numerical simulation of structures subjected to oriented lateral cyclic loading|journal=International Journal of Civil Engineering|volume=9|issue=3|year=2011|pages=155–164}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>cfdm4039kdmtdxfgl0pc1bli3qofc10</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401024</id>
      <parentid>401023</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T23:50:51Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401024</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="54201" sha1="8x1ler9wuaj9lamje2hmrlz0m96jn0t" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمنٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' ، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (اسٽيل ريئينفورسنگ بارس)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}&lt;/ref&gt;
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (ڪوروژن انجنيئرنگ) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (ڪوروژن) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' کي مختصر طور '''آر سي سي''' ({{lang-en|RCC}}) چيو وڃي ٿو، اهڙو تعميراتي مرڪب آهي، جيڪو [[سيمينٽ]]، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا پٿر جي سنهن ٽڪرن ۽ پاڻيءَ مان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) شامل ڪري ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي قوت وڌائين ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ جي اعليٰ صلاحيت رکي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Expo58 building Philips.jpg|thumb|[[بيلجيم]] جي گاديءَ واري شهر [[برسلز]] ۾ [[ايڪسپو 58]] لاءِ تعمير ڪيل [[فلپس پيوليئن]] جي منفرد شڪل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال سان ممڪن ٿي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور تي ريئنفورسمينٽ (فولادي سلاخن يا ٻين مضبوط ڪندڙ مواد) جي ترتيب اهڙي نموني سان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو ڪنڪريٽ جي انهن حصن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) کي برداشت ڪري سگهي، جتي ٻي صورت ۾ ڏار پوڻ يا ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان هوندو آهي. جديد رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ رڳو فولاد ئي نه، پر [[پوليمر]]ن ۽ ٻين جامع (ڪمپوزٽ) مواد مان ٺهيل مضبوط ڪندڙ عنصر پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ضرورت موجب فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ يا انهن کان سواءِ به ڪم آندا ويندا آهن.

ڪيترين تعميراتي حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي اڳواٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ۽ ريئنفورسمينٽ ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ هوندي آهي. هن طريقي سان ڍانچي جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت بهتر ٿيندي آهي. اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي کي '''پري اسٽرِيسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جا ٻه عام طريقا '''پري ٽينشننگ''' ۽ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ'''  آهن.

مضبوط، لچڪدار ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ ريئنفورسمينٽ ۾ هيٺيون خاصيتون هجڻ ضروري آهن:

* اعليٰ ميڪانيڪي مضبوطي؛
* ڇڪ هيٺ وڏي حد تائين ڊگهو ٿيڻ (ٽينسائل اسٽرين) برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت؛
* ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ)، جيڪا پي ايڇ (pH)، نمي يا ٻين ماحولياتي حالتن کان گهڻو متاثر نه ٿئي؛
* حرارتي مطابقت (ٿرمل ڪامپيٽيبلٽي)، جيئن گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ دوران غير ضروري دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي ماحول ۾ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيداري، جنهن ۾ زنگ (Corrosion) ۽ مستقل دٻاءَ جي اثرن کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت شامل هجي.

== تاريخ ==

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي شروعاتي ترقي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري [[انگلينڊ]] ۽ [[فرانس]] ۾ لڳ ڀڳ هڪ ئي وقت ٿي، جتي مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميرڪارن ڪنڪريٽ کي فولادي مضبوطي سان گڏ استعمال ڪرڻ بابت تجربا شروع ڪيا.

[[فائل:Saint-Denis - Maison François Coignet -1.JPG|thumb|سينٽ ڊينس ۾ فرانسوا ڪوئنيه جو گهر، جيڪو ابتدائي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان هڪ آهي.]]

فرانسيسي تعميرڪار '''[[فرانسوا ڪوئنيه]]''' پهريون شخص هو، جنهن عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |url=https://www.britannica.com/technology/building-construction/Early-steel-frame-high-rises#ref105155 |title=Building construction: The invention of reinforced concrete |encyclopedia=Encyclopedia Britannica}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن 1853ع کان 1855ع جي وچ ۾ [[پيرس]] جي ڀرسان سينٽ ڊينس ۾ واقع 72 [[شارل ميشيلس گهٽي]] تي پنهنجي رهائش لاءِ چار ماڙ عمارت تعمير ڪرائي، جيڪا '''فرانسوا ڪوئنيه هائوس''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي ۽ ان کي دنيا جي پهرين لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان شمار ڪيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=The oldest concrete structures that have lasted: 72 rue Charles Michels, St. Denis, France |url=https://meva.net/pt-br/oldest-concrete-structures/}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪوئنيه جي لکڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته هن لوهه کي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت وڌائڻ کان وڌيڪ، ڀتين کي هڪ گڏيل (مونولٿڪ) ڍانچي طور مستحڪم رکڻ ۽ انهن کي اونڌو ٿيڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968 |pages=1–33}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ 1872ع–1873ع دوران [[بروڪلن]] ۾ تعمير ٿيل '''پپن بلڊنگ''' (Pippen Building)، جيتوڻيڪ ڪوئنيه جي ڊزائن نه هئي، پر سندس تعميراتي طريقي جو هڪ اهم مثال سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

[[فائل:Maison de logement des ouvriers de l'usine Coignet 2020 6.jpg|thumb|ڪوئنيه طرفان پنهنجي ڪارخاني جي مزدورن لاءِ سينٽ ڊينس ۾ تعمير ڪيل رهائشي عمارت.]]

1854ع ۾ انگريز تعميرڪار '''وليم بي. ولڪنسن''' پنهنجي تعمير هيٺ ٻن ماڙ گهر جي ڇت ۽ فرشن ۾ فولادي مضبوطي استعمال ڪئي. هن فولادي سلاخن کي اهڙي نموني رکيو، جنهن مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته هو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) جي اثرن کان واقف هو، جڏهن ته هن کان اڳ وارا انجنيئر ان ڳالهه کي مڪمل طور نه سمجهي سگهيا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Reinforced Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete Building Construction}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1869ع کان 1870ع جي وچ ۾ '''هينري ايٽن'''  [[انگلينڊ]] جي [[نورفڪ]] ۽ [[سفڪ]] ضلعن جي وچ ۾ وهندڙ [[ويوني درياھ]] تي '''هومرسفيلڊ پل''' جي ڊزائن تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته ان جي تعمير لنڊن جي ڪمپني ''ڊبليو اينڊ ٽي فلپس '' ڪئي. لڳ ڀڳ 15.25 ميٽر (50 فوٽ) ڊگهي هيءَ پل لوهي مضبوطي سان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي پلن مان هڪ هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{NHLE|num=1262142}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي فرانسيسي باغبان '''[[جوزف مونيي]]''' کي به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ارتقا جو اهم اڳواڻ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. هو مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا گلن جا ٿانوَ تيار ڪرڻ لاءِ موجود مواد مان مطمئن نه هو، تنهنڪري هن نوان تجربا شروع ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Day |first=Lance |title=Biographical Dictionary of the History of Technology}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1867ع ۾ مونيي تار جي ڄاري (وائر ميش) ۽ سيمينٽ جي تهه کي گڏائي مضبوط ڪنڪريٽ جا گلدان ٺاهڻ واري طريقي جو پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Britannica URL|biography/Joseph-Monier|Joseph Monier}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ 1877ع ۾ هن ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿنڀن ۽ گرڊرن کي لوهي سلاخن جي ڄار ذريعي مضبوط ڪرڻ واري وڌيڪ ترقي يافته طريقي جو به پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو. جيتوڻيڪ مونيي کي اها ڄاڻ هئي ته فولادي مضبوطي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني يڪجائي وڌائي ٿي، پر اهو واضح ناهي ته کيس ان ڳالهه جي مڪمل سائنسي ڄاڻ هئي ته ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي طاقت ۾ ڪيترو اضافو آڻي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909 |pages=204–210}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1877ع ۾ آمريڪي انجنيئر '''ٿيڊيئس هائٽ'' پنهنجي مشهور رپورٽ ''اين اڪائونٽ آف سم اڪسپيريمينٽس وٿ پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ڪمبائينڊ وٿ آئرن'' شايع ڪئي، جنهن ۾ هن فولاد سان مضبوط ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پنهنجن تجربن جا نتيجا بيان ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Hyatt |first=Thaddeus |title=An Account of Some Experiments with Portland-cement-concrete Combined with Iron}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن جي تحقيق رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي رڳو تجربي واري تعميراتي مواد بدران هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي آزمودل ٽيڪنالاجي طور قائم ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. جيڪڏهن هائٽ جي تحقيق موجود نه هجي ها، ته هن شعبي جي ترقي گهڻي عرصي تائين آزمائش ۽ غلطي (ٽرائل ۽ ارر) جي غير يقيني طريقن تي دارومدار رکندي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سائنسي ترقي ۽ عالمي ڦهلاءُ ===

1870ع واري ڏهاڪي کان اڳ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير، جيتوڻيڪ ان جون پاڙون [[رومي سلطنت]] تائين پهچن ٿيون ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ ان جو ٻيهر استعمال شروع ٿيو هو، پر ان کي اڃا مڪمل طور سائنسي طور ثابت ٿيل تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي نه سمجهيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Citation |last=Aprea |first=Salvatore |chapter=The Search for Affordable Cement and Concrete in the 18th and 19th Century |title=High Tech Concrete: Where Technology and Engineering Meet |year=2018}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري انگلينڊ ۾ ڄاول انجنيئر '''[[ارنسٽ ايل. رينسم]]''' رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. هن گذريل پنجاهه سالن دوران ٿيل تحقيق ۽ تجربن مان فائدو وٺندي اڳين ايجادڪارن جي ڪيترين ئي تعميراتي طريقن کي وڌيڪ بهتر بڻايو. سندس سڀ کان اهم ايجاد فولادي سلاخن کي مروڙي استعمال ڪرڻ هئي، جنهن سان سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ چنبڙڻ (بانڊ) گهڻو مضبوط ٿي ويو ۽ ڍانچي جي مجموعي مضبوطي ۾ نمايان واڌارو آيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Episode 81: Rebar and the Alvord Lake Bridge}}&lt;/ref&gt;

رينسم پنهنجي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ وارين عمارتن سبب وڏي شهرت حاصل ڪئي، جنهن کان پوءِ هن 1886ع کان 1889ع جي وچ ۾ اتر آمريڪا جي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ پلن مان ٻه تعمير ڪرايون. انهن مان هڪ پل، '''[[سمٿ-رينسم جيپنيز برج]]'''، اڄ به [[نيو يارڪ]] جي [[شيلٽر آئلينڊ، نيو يارڪ|شيلٽر آئلينڊ]] تي موجود آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آمريڪا]] ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل ابتدائي عمارتن مان هڪ '''[[وليم اي. وارڊ هائوس]]''' هئي، جيڪا وليم اي. وارڊ جي ڊزائن موجب 1876ع ۾ مڪمل ٿي. هن رهائشي عمارت کي خاص طور باهه کان وڌيڪ تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ جي مقصد سان تعمير ڪيو ويو.

جرمن سول انجنيئر '''[[گستاو ايڊولف وائس]]''' پڻ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم شخصيت هو. 1879ع ۾ هن جوزف مونيي جي پيٽنٽن جا جرمن حق خريد ڪيا، ۽ 1884ع ۾ سندس ڪمپني '''[[ويس اينڊ فريٽيگ]]''' انهن طريقن کي پهريون ڀيرو تجارتي بنيادن تي استعمال ڪيو. 1890ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين وائس ۽ سندس ڪمپني مونيي جي نظام کي وڌيڪ ترقي ڏئي ان کي هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي ٻڌل، منظم ۽ قابل اعتماد تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آسٽريليا]] جي '''[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]''' ملڪ جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي. هن پل جي ڊزائن [[الفريڊ بارٽن بريڊي]] تيار ڪئي، جيڪو 1896ع ۾ [[ڪئينز لينڊ]] جو سرڪاري معمار هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge |publisher=Queensland Government}}&lt;/ref&gt; پل ۾ 15.2 ميٽر ڊگها يارنهن اسپين هئا ۽ ان جي ڪل ڊيگهه لڳ ڀڳ 187 ميٽر هئي، جيڪا ان دور ۾ دنيا جي ساڳئي قسم جي مشهور پلن کان به وڏي سمجهي ويندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge, Mary River, 1896- |publisher=Engineers Australia}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات ===

ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تيزيءَ سان مقبول تعميراتي مواد بڻجي ويو. ان عرصي دوران انجنيئرن ۽ معمارن هن ٽيڪنالاجي کي اوچي عمارتن، پلن ۽ ٻين وڏن تعميراتي منصوبن ۾ استعمال ڪرڻ شروع ڪيو.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل شروعاتي اوچين عمارتن مان هڪ 16 ماڙ '''انگالس بلڊنگ''' هئي، جيڪا 1904ع ۾ آمريڪا جي شهر سنسناٽي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;CIVL1101&quot;/&gt;

ڏکڻ ڪيليفورنيا ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پهرين عمارت '''لافلن اينيڪس''' هئي، جيڪا 1905ع ۾ لاس اينجلس جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Los Angeles from the Mountains to the Sea |volume=2 |last=McGroarty |first=John Steven |year=1921 |page=176}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Annual Report of the City Auditor, City of Los Angeles |year=1905 |pages=71–73}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع دوران لاس اينجلس ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن لاءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ سورهن تعميراتي اجازت ناما جاري ڪيا ويا. انهن ۾ '''ٽيمپل آڊيٽوريم''' ۽ اٺ ماڙ '''هيورڊ هوٽل''' به شامل هئا، جيڪي ان ڳالهه جو ثبوت هئا ته هي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي تيزيءَ سان عام ٿي رهي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |last=Williams |first=D. |title=What Builders are Doing |journal=Carpentry and Building |year=1907 |page=66}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |title=Reinforced Concrete Buildings at Los Angeles, Cal. |journal=Engineering News-Record |year=1906 |volume=55 |page=449}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ لانگ بيچ ۾ تعمير هيٺ '''بڪسبي هوٽل''' جو هڪ حصو وقت کان اڳ عارضي سهارن (Shoring) کي هٽائڻ سبب ڊهي پيو، جنهن ۾ ڏهه مزدور فوت ٿي ويا. هن حادثي کان پوءِ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعميراتي طريقن ۽ عمارتن جي جاچ پڙتال بابت وڌيڪ سخت ضابطا اختيار ڪيا ويا. ماهرن سفارش ڪئي ته مستقبل ۾ فرشن، ڀتين ۽ ڍانچي جي ٻين اهم حصن ۾ مڪمل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تعمير وڌيڪ محفوظ بڻجي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite magazine |title=Partial Collapse of the Bixby Hotel at Long Beach |magazine=Architect and Engineer of California |year=1906 |volume=VII |issue=1 |pages=44–48}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1904ع جي اپريل مهيني ۾ آمريڪي معمار ۽ انجنيئر '''جوليا مورگن''' پنهنجي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارت، '''ايل ڪيمپانيل'''، مڪمل ڪئي، جيڪا 72 فوٽ اوچي گهنڊ گهر (بيل ٽاور) هئي ۽ ملز ڪاليج ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=El Campanil, Mills College: Julia Morgan 1903–1904}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو ۾ آيل شديد زلزلي دوران ايل ڪيمپانيل کي ڪو به اهم نقصان نه پهتو، جنهن سان جوليا مورگن جي شهرت ۾ وڏو اضافو ٿيو ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي تي عوام جو اعتماد پڻ وڌيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Julia Morgan-designed Mills bell tower counts down to its 115th anniversary}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Bay Area Architect Julia Morgan's Legacy Wasn't Just Hearst Castle}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع جي زلزلي کان پوءِ عوام ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت موجود شڪ شبها به گهڻي حد تائين ختم ٿي ويا. ان کان اڳ ڪيترائي ماڻهو هن مواد کي جمالياتي لحاظ کان غير دلڪش سمجهندا هئا، پر زلزلي دوران ان جي بهتر ڪارڪردگي سبب ان جي مقبوليت وڌي وئي. نتيجي طور 1908ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو جي بلدياتي اختيارين عمارت سازي جا ضابطا تبديل ڪري رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وڌيڪ وسيع استعمال جي اجازت ڏني.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=How one building survived the San Francisco earthquake and changed the world}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== معيارن جي جوڙجڪ ۽ ضابطا ===

1906ع ۾ '''نيشنل ايسوسيئيشن آف سيمينٽ يوزرس''' (مختصر: NACU) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پهريون معياري دستاويز '''اسٽينڊرڊ نمبر 1''' شايع ڪيو، جنهن ۾ پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ جي معيار، خاصيتن ۽ استعمال بابت بنيادي فني گهرجون مقرر ڪيون ويون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Specifications for Portland Cement of the American Society for Testing Materials, Standard No. 1 |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1906 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان پوءِ 1910ع ۾ ساڳئي اداري '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال لاءِ معياري عمارتي ضابطا''' (''اسٽينڊرڊ بلڊنگ ريگيوليشنز فار دي يوز آف ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ '') جاري ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Building Regulations for the Use of Reinforced Concrete |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1910 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن ضابطن ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن، تعمير، جاچ ۽ استعمال بابت تفصيلي فني هدايتون شامل هيون.
انهن معيارن جي جاري ٿيڻ سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميراتي ادارن وٽ هڪجهڙن اصولن تحت ٿيڻ لڳي. نتيجي طور تعميراتي حفاظت، معيار، مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ نمايان بهتري آئي، ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جديد عمارت سازيءَ جي سڀ کان اهم تعميراتي مواد مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

== تعمير ۾ استعمال ==

[[فائل:SagradaFamiliaRoof2.jpg|thumb|upright=1.5|right|2009ع ۾ تعمير هيٺ [[ساگراڊا فاميليا]] جي ڇت ۾ لڳايل فولادي سلاخون (ريبار).]]

[[فائل:O Cristo Redentor.JPG|thumb|[[ريو ڊي جينيرو]]، [[برازيل]] ۾ واقع '''مسيح ڇوٽڪارو ڏيندڙ''' جو مجسمو، جيڪو رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان تعمير ٿيل آهي ۽ ان جي ٻاهرئين سطح هزارين ٽڪنڊي صابڻي پٿر (Soapstone) جي ٽڪرن سان ڍڪيل آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia |title=Christ the Redeemer |encyclopedia=Encyclopædia Britannica |last=Murray |first=Lorraine |url=http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/1435544/Christ-the-Redeemer}}&lt;/ref&gt;]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ تعميراتي صنعت ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد مان هڪ آهي. ان جي مدد سان مختلف قسمن جا تعميراتي جزا ۽ ڍانچا تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ تختو|ڪنڪريٽ جا تختا]] (Slabs)، [[ڀت]]، [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاعون]] (Beams)، [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀا]]، [[بنياد]]، ڍانچا (Frames) ۽ ٻيا ڪيترائي تعميراتي حصا شامل آهن.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي تعمير جي طريقي موجب عام طور ٻن قسمن ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي:

* '''اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري ڪاسٽ ڪنڪريٽ)، جنهن جا جزا ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪري تعميراتي هنڌ تي نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن.
* '''جاءِ تي وڌل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (ڪاسٽ-ان -پليس ڪنڪريٽ)، جيڪو سڌو سنئون تعميراتي هنڌ تي شٽرنگ اندر وجهي تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڪنهن به عمارت ۾ مناسب فرش نظام (Floor System) جي چونڊ ۽ ڊزائن انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان عمارت جي مجموعي ڪارڪردگي تي سڌو اثر پوي ٿو. فرش جي ڊزائن ۾ معمولي تبديليون به تعميراتي مواد جي خرچ، تعمير مڪمل ٿيڻ جي مدت، ڍانچي جي آخري مضبوطي، سار سنڀال جي خرچن، استعمال ڪندڙن جي گنجائش ۽ عمارت جي آخري استعمال تي نمايان اثر وجهي سگهن ٿيون.

فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کان سواءِ جديد دور جون گهڻ ماڙ عمارتون، وڏيون پلون ۽ ٻيا وڏا ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا محفوظ ۽ عملي طور تعمير ڪرڻ ممڪن نه هجي ها.

=== رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا ===

جڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا تعمير ۾ استعمال ٿين ٿا ته اهي ٻاهران لاڳو ٿيندڙ [[تعميراتي بار]] (Structural load) جي اثر هيٺ مخصوص ميڪانيڪي رويو ظاهر ڪندا آهن. استعمال دوران انهن جزن تي هيٺيان قسم جا بار يا قوتون عمل ڪري سگهن ٿيون:&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |author=Bungale S. Taranath |title=Reinforced Concrete Design of Tall Buildings |publisher=CRC Press |year=2009 |page=7 |isbn=978-1-4398-0481-0}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينشن)
* [[دٻاءُ]] (ڪمپريشن)
* [[وڪڙجڻ]] (بينڊنگ)
* [[ڪٽائي دٻاءُ]] (شيئر)
* [[مروڙ]] (ٽورزن)

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن اهڙي نموني ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو اهو انهن سڀني قوتن کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ تعميراتي ڍانچي جي استحڪام، مضبوطي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي يقيني بڻائي.

=== فولادي سلاخن جي ڊزائن ===

رِيئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن هميشه قابل انجنيئر يا لاڳاپيل فني اداري طرفان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي. سلاخن جو قطر، وڇاءُ، چڙهاڪو ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه عمارت جي قسم، بار ۽ لاڳو تعميراتي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي بندش ===

فولادي سلاخون تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪٽي، موڙي ۽ تار سان مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. انهن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تھ رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن سلاخون زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ۽ ڍانچي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي. ضرورت موجب ڪنڍا (Hooks) ۽ چڙهاڪو (Overlap) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== تياري  ===

آر سي سي مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارو تعميراتي مواد آهي. ان کي مختلف شڪلين ۾ آسانيءَ سان ڍالي سگهجي ٿو، باهه ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿو، پاڻيءَ جي نفوذ کي گهٽ ڪري ٿو ۽ عام حالتن ۾ گهٽ مرمت جي ضرورت پوي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ملاوٽ ===

آر سي سي جي ملاوٽ هٿ سان يا ڪنڪريٽ مڪسر ذريعي ڪئي ويندي آهي. ننڍن تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ هٿ سان ملاوٽ، جڏهن ته وڏن منصوبن ۾ مشيني ملاوٽ کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها وڌيڪ هڪجهڙائي، تيزي ۽ معياري نتيجا فراهم ڪندي آهي ۽ مواد جي زيان کي گهٽائيندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب ===

پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو مناسب تناسب آر سي سي جي مضبوطي، ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر وجهي ٿو. گهڻو پاڻي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت گهٽائي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته گهٽ پاڻي ملاوٽ کي صحيح نموني استعمال ڪرڻ ۾ ڏکيائي پيدا ڪري سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== جھڪاءُ پرک ===

ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ گهاٽاڻ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ '''جھڪاءُ پرک''' (سلمپ ٽيسٽ) ڪئي ويندي آهي. هن آزمائش ۾ مخروط شڪل واري فولادي قالب ۾ تازي ڪنڪريٽ ڀري ان جي ويهڻ يا جھڪاءَ جي ماپ ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ملاوٽ مقرر معيار مطابق آهي يا نه.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


=== ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀرائي ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ شٽرنگ، فولادي سلاخن ۽ ٻين لڪل خدمتن جهڙوڪ برقي پائيپن جي جانچ ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي بنا رڪاوٽ جي مناسب رفتار سان وڌو ويندو آهي ۽ ضرورت موجب وائبريٽر ذريعي ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ڪيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن هوا جا خانا ختم ٿين ۽ ''هني ڪومبنگ'' (Honeycombing) جهڙا نقص پيدا نه ٿين.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== سار سنڀال ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ مناسب عرصي تائين ان کي پاڻي ڏئي آلو رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان سيمينٽ جي مڪمل هائيڊريشن ٿئي ٿي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ پاڻيءَ جي مزاحمت وڌي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== رويو ==

=== مواد ===

{{ڏسو پڻ|ڪنڪريٽ|سيمينٽ|تعميراتي بجري|فولادي سلاخ}}

ڪنڪريٽ هڪ گڏيل تعميراتي مواد آهي، جيڪو ٿلهي بجري (جهڙوڪ پٿر يا سرن جي ٽڪرن)، نفيس بجري (عام طور ريتي يا ڀڳل پٿر)، ڳنڍيندڙ مواد (اڪثر [[پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ]]) ۽ پاڻي جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. جڏهن سيمينٽ کي مناسب مقدار ۾ پاڻي سان ملايو وڃي ٿو ته ان ۾ [[هائيڊريشن]]  جو ڪيميائي عمل شروع ٿئي ٿو، جنهن دوران انتهائي ننڍا قلمي (ڪرسٽلائين) ڍانچا ٺهن ٿا. اهي قلمي ڍانچا بجري جي ذرڙن کي پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍي هڪ سخت ۽ مضبوط جسم ۾ تبديل ڪري ڇڏين ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Materials principles and practice|page=61|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|page=357|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;
ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ بجري ۽ ريتي نقصانڪار مادَن، جهڙوڪ حياتياتي گندگين، سلٽ، مٽي، لگنائيٽ ۽ ٻين غير مناسب آميزشن کان پاڪ هجڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙيون آميزشون ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري کي متاثر ڪري سگهن ٿيون.

عام ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءَ (ڪمپريشن) کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي تمام وڏي صلاحيت رکي ٿو، پر جيڪڏهن ان تي نمايان ڇڪ (ٽينشن) پيدا ٿئي، مثال طور وڪڙجڻ (بينڊنگ) سبب، ته ان جي اندر موجود قلمي ڍانچو ٽٽڻ شروع ٿي ويندو آهي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڏار پئجي ويندا آهن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ الڳ ٿيڻ لڳندو آهي. انهيءَ سبب عام (غير ريئنفورسڊ) ڪنڪريٽ کي هميشه اهڙي نموني سهارو ڏنو ويندو آهي، جو ان ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي.

جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر اهڙو مواد رکيو وڃي، جيڪو ڇڪ کي تمام سٺي نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي، جهڙوڪ فولاد، ته پوءِ حاصل ٿيندڙ گڏيل مادو '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' بڻجي ويندو آهي. اهڙي گڏيل مواد ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪري ٿو، جڏهن ته فولادي سلاخون تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪن ٿيون. نتيجي طور اهو نه رڳو دٻاءُ، پر وڪڙجڻ ۽ ٻين تنشي بارن کي به محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ٿو. اهڙي گڏيل نظام کي تعميراتي ضرورت موجب لڳ ڀڳ هر شڪل ۽ ماپ ۾ تيار ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== اهم خاصيتون ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جون غيرمعمولي تعميراتي خاصيتون بنيادي طور هيٺين سببن جي ڪري پيدا ٿين ٿيون:

# ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي [[حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جي عدد]] (ڪوئفيشنٽ آف ٿرمل ايڪسپينشن) تقريباً هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي. تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ٻنهي موادن جي ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ ۾ گهڻو فرق نٿو اچي، جنهن ڪري اندروني دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيڻ جا امڪان گهٽجي وڃن ٿا.

# جڏهن سيمينٽ جو ليپ سخت ٿئي ٿو ته اهو فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿو. نتيجي طور بار يا دٻاءُ ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ مؤثر نموني منتقل ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ چنبڙڻ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط بڻائڻ لاءِ فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري کي عام طور تي اُڀن نشانن يا نالين (ڊيفارميشنز) سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

# سخت ٿيل سيمينٽ جي ليپ ۾ موجود [[الڪلائن]] ماحول، جيڪو پوٽاشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ، سوڊيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ ۽ [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] جي موجودگي سبب پيدا ٿيندو آهي، فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي هڪ حفاظتي غيرفعال (پيسيويشن) تهه ٺاهي ڇڏيندو آهي. هي تهه فولاد کي زنگ لڳڻ کان وڏي حد تائين بچائيندو آهي.

وقت سان گڏ جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ هوا ۽ مينهن جي پاڻيءَ جي رابطي ۾ اچي ٿو ته فضا ۾ موجود ڪاربان ڊاءِ آڪسائيڊ پاڻي سان ملي [[ڪاربونڪ تيزاب]] ٺاهي ٿي. هي تيزاب سيمينٽ جي الڪلائن جزن سان آهستي آهستي ڪيميائي عمل ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيت گهٽائيندو آهي. انهيءَ عمل کي '''ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن'''  چيو ويندو آهي. نتيجي طور ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ (pH) آهستي آهستي گهٽجي ويندو آهي، ۽ جڏهن اهو ڪافي گهٽجي وڃي ٿو ته فولادي سلاخن جي حفاظتي تهه ختم ٿيڻ لڳندي آهي، جنهن کان پوءِ زنگ لڳڻ جو خطرو وڌي ويندو آهي.

عام طور تي جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ لڳ ڀڳ 11 کان مٿي هجي ته فولادي سلاخون محفوظ رهنديون آهن، جڏهن ته پي ايڇ 10 کان هيٺ اچڻ تي، مقامي ماحول ۽ فولاد جي خاصيتن موجب، زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو. ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن ۽ [[ڪلورائيڊ]]ن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي خراب ٿيڻ جا سڀ کان اهم سبب سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.

عام رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جو ڪُل ايراضو گهڻو نه هوندو آهي. عام طور شعاعن ۽ تختن ۾ اهو لڳ ڀڳ هڪ سيڪڙو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه ٿنڀن ۾ ڇهه سيڪڙو تائين ٿي سگهي ٿو. فولادي سلاخون اڪثر گول شڪل واريون هونديون آهن ۽ مختلف قطرن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن.

ڪجهه رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ خالي سوراخ يا کوکلا حصا (ھالو ڪورز) پڻ رکيا ويندا آهن، جيئن نمي ۽ گهم تي بهتر ضابطو آڻي سگهجي.

تحقيق مان معلوم ٿيو آهي ته عمودي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزن ۾، ريئنفورسمينٽ موجود هجڻ باوجود، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي سڄي ڪراس سيڪشن ۾ مڪمل طور هڪجهڙي نه هوندي، پر ڪجهه حد تائين غير يڪسان (انھوموجينيس) ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;&quot;Concrete Inhomogeneity of Vertical Cast-In-Situ Elements In Frame-Type Buildings&quot;.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو گڏيل عمل ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي جو بنيادي اصول اهو آهي ته ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ هڪ گڏيل (ڪمپوزٽ) نظام جي صورت ۾ ڪم ڪن. جڏهن ڪنهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزو تي بار لاڳو ٿئي ٿو، ته فولادي سلاخن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ ڊگھائي يا وڪڙ (اسٽرين) بلڪل ساڳيو هجڻ گهرجي، جيڪو چوڌاري موجود ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. جيڪڏهن ٻنهي موادن جي وڪڙ ۾ فرق پيدا ٿئي ته سندن وچ ۾ سُرڪڻ (سلپ)، الڳ ٿيڻ (سيپريشن) يا بناوتي بيقاعدگي (ڊسڪنٽينيوئٽي) پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي، جنهن سان ڍانچي جي مضبوطي متاثر ٿئي ٿي.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل عمل کي برقرار رکڻ لاءِ بار جو مؤثر منتقلي ٿيڻ ضروري آهي. بار پهرين ڪنڪريٽ مان فولادي سلاخ جي مٿاڇري تائين منتقل ٿئي ٿو، پوءِ اُتان فولادي سلاخ جي سڄي ڊگھائي ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ جي صورت ۾ ورهائجي وڃي ٿو. هي عمل ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ موجود مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ يا اينڪوريج) جي ذريعي ممڪن بڻجي ٿو، جيڪو ٻنهي موادن جي رابطي واري سطح تي لڳاتار دٻاءُ جو ميدان (ڪنٽينيوئس اسٽريس فيلڊ) پيدا ڪري ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل طور ڪم ڪرڻ جا بنيادي سبب هي آهن:

* فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿي، تنهنڪري ٻئي گڏجي ٻاهرين بارن کي برداشت ڪن ٿا.
* ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جا عدد تقريباً هڪجهڙا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب سندن وچ ۾ نقصانڪار حرارتي دٻاءُ پيدا نٿو ٿئي.
* ڪنڪريٽ جو الڪلائن ماحول فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائي ٿو ۽ انهن جي عمر وڌائي ٿو.

=== ڪنڪريٽ ۾ بندش ===

فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ بندش (بانڊ) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنيادي خاصيتن مان هڪ آهي. عملي طور بندش جو دٻاءُ سلاخ جي سڄي ڊيگهه ۾ هڪجهڙو نه هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري جديد تعميراتي ضابطن ۾ بندش جي دٻاءُ بدران '''ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي''' (ڊولپمينٽ لينٿ) جو تصور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي مان مراد فولادي سلاخ جي اها گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ڊيگهه آهي، جيڪا ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود هجڻ ضروري آهي، ته جيئن سلاخ پنهنجي مڪمل ييلڊ اسٽريس تائين پهچي سگهي، بغير ڪنڪريٽ مان سُرڪڻ جي.

جيڪڏهن موجود ڊيگهه گهربل ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي کان گهٽ هجي ته اضافي بندش مهيا ڪرڻ لاءِ مختلف طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جهڙوڪ:

* ڪنڍا (ھڪس)
* موڙ (بينڊس)
* ميخانياتي پڇاڙيون (ميڪينيڪل اينڊ پليٽس)
* ٻيا مناسب اينڪريج جا ذريعا

اهي سڀئي طريقا فولادي سلاخن کي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوطي سان جڪڙي رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

=== ليپ اسپلائس ===

جڏهن فولادي سلاخ جي ڊيگهه ڪافي نه هجي يا ٻن سلاخن کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍڻو هجي ته ٻنهي سلاخن کي هڪ مقرر ڊيگهه تائين هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهائي رکيو ويندو آهي. هن طريقي کي '''ليپ اسپلائس''' چيو ويندو آهي.

ليپ اسپلائس جو مقصد ٻنهي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ دٻاءُ ۽ تنشي قوتن جي محفوظ منتقلي کي يقيني بڻائڻ آهي، جيئن ڍانچي جي تسلسل برقرار رهي. ليپ اسپلائس جي گهربل ڊيگهه تعميراتي ضابطن موجب سلاخ جي قطر، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، فولاد جي درجي ۽ لاڳو ٿيندڙ بار جي بنياد تي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal|title=Monotonic and Cyclic Seismic Analyses of Old-Type RC Columns with Short Lap Splices|journal=Construction Materials|volume=4|issue=2|year=2024|pages=329–341}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زنگ کان بچاءَ جا طريقا ===

ٿڌن ۽ نمي وارن علائقن ۾، خاص طور روڊن، پلن، پارڪنگ ڍانچن ۽ انهن تعميرن ۾ جيڪي برف ڳارڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لوڻ (Deicing Salt) جي رابطي ۾ اچن ٿيون، فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مختلف حفاظتي طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن.

انهن ۾ هيٺيان طريقا شامل آهن:

* گهٽ ڪاربان ۽ ڪروميم تي ٻڌل زنگ-مزاحمتي فولادي سلاخن جو استعمال؛
* ايپوڪسي (Epoxy) سان ڍڪيل فولادي سلاخون؛
* گرم طريقي سان جست لڳايل (ھاٽ-ڊپ گيلوانائيزڊ) فولادي سلاخون؛
* اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون فولادي سلاخون.

انهن کان علاوه مناسب ڊزائن، اعليٰ معيار جي ڪنڪريٽ، صحيح پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب ۽ مناسب حفاظتي تهه (ڪنڪريٽ ڪور) پڻ فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪن ٿا.

فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ جست فاسفيٽ (زنڪ فاسفيٽ) جهڙا حفاظتي ليپ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر ڪيميائي عمل ذريعي هڪ مستحڪم حفاظتي تهه ٺاهي زنگ جي رفتار گهٽائيندا آهن.

ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري تي مختلف سيلنٽ (Sealants)، جهڙوڪ رنگ، پلاسٽڪ فلمون، فوم، ايلومينيم ورق يا بينٽونائيٽ مٽي جا حفاظتي تهه پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي پاڻي ۽ نقصانڪار لوڻن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي گهٽائيندا آهن.

ان کان علاوه ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ وقت پاڻيءَ جي ملاوٽ ۾ زنگ روڪيندڙ ڪيميائي مادا (ڪوروژن انھبٽرز)، جهڙوڪ ڪيلشيم نائٽرائيٽ، پڻ شامل ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي مادا فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي حفاظتي غيرفعال تهه (پيسيويشن ليئر) برقرار رکن ٿا، جنهن سان زنگ لڳڻ جو امڪان نمايان طور گهٽجي وڃي ٿو.

== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ شعاعن جي اصطلاحات ==

[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|پارڪنگ گيراج جي تختي سان گڏيل ٻه هڪٻئي کي ڪٽيندڙ شعاعون، جن ۾ فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ برقي تارن، جنڪشن باڪسز ۽ روشنيءَ جي ٻين برقي حصن جي لڳائڻ جي تياري پڻ نظر اچي ٿي.]]

[[فائل:Fideo o’r trawst concrit olaf yn cael ei osod – Tach 2016 Last concrete beam installation – 2016.webm|thumb|اوچي شاهراهه تي آخري ڪنڪريٽي شعاع رکڻ جو مختصر وڊيو، جيڪا ويلز جي ڪارڊف بي ڀرسان نئين شاهراهه جي تعمير جو حصو آهي.]]

جڏهن ڪنهن [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاع]] تي [[وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو]] (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) عمل ڪري ٿو ته شعاع ۾ ٿورو وڪڙ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ حالت ۾ شعاع جي ٻاهرئين پاسي (تنشي پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اندرئين پاسي (دٻاءُ واري پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ هوندو آهي.

'''يڪ-طرفو ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (سنگلي ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ رڳو تنشي پاسي لڳائي ويندي آهي. هن فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي '''تنشي فولاد''' (ٽينشن اسٽيل) چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ ان جو مقصد تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.

'''ٻه-طرفو ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (ڊبلي ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي پاسي سان گڏ دٻاءُ واري پاسي به فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ لڳائي ويندي آهي. دٻاءُ واري پاسي لڳايل فولاد کي '''دٻاءُ وارو فولاد''' (ڪمپيشن اسٽيل) چيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد ڪنڪريٽ کي دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيڻ ۽ اضافي دٻاءَ کي سنڀالڻ هوندو آهي. جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو گهربل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪافي نه هجي، يا معمار شعاع جي ماپ وڌائڻ جي اجازت نه ڏئي، تڏهن اضافي دٻاءُ وارو فولاد استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

'''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (انڊر-ريئينفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان گهٽ هوندي آهي. اهڙي شعاع تي جڏهن وڪڙجڻ وارو بار آهستي آهستي وڌندو آهي ته سڀ کان پهرين تنشي فولاد پنهنجي لچڪدار حد (ييلڊ) تائين پهچي ڊگهو ٿيڻ شروع ڪندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ اڃا مڪمل طور نه ٽٽندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ شعاع ۾ وڏو وڪڙ ۽ واضح تبديليون پيدا ٿينديون آهن، جيڪي ممڪن ناڪامي بابت اڳواٽ خبردار ڪن ٿيون. انهيءَ سبب تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ اهڙي قسم جي شعاع کي وڌيڪ محفوظ تصور ڪيو ويندو آهي، ۽ عام طور ڊزائن فولاد جي ييلڊ اسٽريس جي بنياد تي ڪئي ويندي آهي.

'''وڌيڪ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (اوور-ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان وڌيڪ هوندي آهي. اهڙي حالت ۾ فولاد ييلڊ ٿيڻ کان اڳ ئي ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو چِٿجي (ڪرشنگ) وڃي ٿو، جنهن سبب شعاع بنا ڪنهن واضح اڳواٽ خبرداري جي اوچتو ناڪام ٿي سگهي ٿي. انهيءَ ڪري اهڙي ڊزائن کي غير محفوظ سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

'''متوازن ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (بئلنسڊ ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ شعاع تي مقرر ٿيل بار وڌڻ سان ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو ۽ تنشي فولاد تقريباً هڪ ئي وقت پنهنجي آخري حد تائين پهچي وڃن ٿا. اهڙي حالت ۾ ڪنڪريٽ چِٿجي وڃي ٿو ۽ فولاد پڻ ييلڊ ڪري ٿو. جيتوڻيڪ هن حالت ۾ ٻنهي موادن جي طاقت جو متوازن استعمال ٿئي ٿو، پر ناڪامي تقريباً اوچتي ٿيندي آهي، تنهنڪري هي ڊزائن به عملي طور وڌيڪ محفوظ نه سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Nilson, Darwin, Dolan. ''Design of Concrete Structures''. McGraw-Hill Education, 2003. pp. 80–90.&lt;/ref&gt;

انهيءَ سبب فولادي ريئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا اهي جزا، جيڪي وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو برداشت ڪن ٿا، عام طور '''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ''' (انڊر-ريئينفورسڊ) طريقي سان ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن، ته جيئن ناڪامي کان اڳ واضح خبرداري ملي سگهي.

'''خاصيتي مضبوطي''' (ڪئريڪٽرسٽڪ اسٽرينٿ) اها مضبوطي آهي، جنهن کان گهٽ نتيجو صرف پنج سيڪڙو يا ان کان گهٽ آزمائشي نمونن ۾ ملي ٿو.

'''ڊزائن مضبوطي''' يا '''نامياري مضبوطي''' (ڊزائين اسٽرينٿ يا نامينل اسٽرينٿ) اها مضبوطي آهي، جيڪا حفاظتي عامل (سيفٽي فيڪٽر) کي نظر ۾ رکي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. اجازت لائق دٻاءَ واري ڊزائن (پرمزيبل اسٽريس ڊزائين) ۾ حفاظتي عامل عام طور 0.75 کان 0.85 جي وچ ۾ هوندو آهي.

'''آخري حد واري حالت''' (الٽيميٽ لمٽ اسٽيٽ) اها نظرياتي حالت آهي، جنهن تي ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان موجود هوندو آهي. ان جو اندازو حفاظتي عامل سان وڌايل بارن (فيڪٽرڊ لوڊ) ۽ حفاظتي عامل سان گهٽايل مزاحمت (فيڪٽرڊ رزسٽنس) جي بنياد تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا عام طور بين الاقوامي ضابطن ۽ معيارن، جهڙوڪ ACI 318، CEB ۽ يورو ڪوڊ 2 وغيره مطابق ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي ڊزائن لاءِ WSD (ورڪنگ اسٽريس ڊزائين)، USD (الٽيميٽ اسٽرينٿ ڊزائين) يا LRFD (لوڊ اينڊ رزسٽنس فيڪٽر ڊزائين) جهڙا طريقا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. تجزيو ۽ ڊزائن ليڪيرِي (لينيئر) يا غير ليڪيرِي (نان-لينيئر) طريقن سان به ڪري سگهجن ٿا. عمارت سازي جا ضابطا اڪثر حفاظتي عاملن سان گڏ ليڪيرِي طريقن جي سفارش ڪن ٿا، جڏهن ته ڪجهه خاص حالتن ۾ غير ليڪيرِي عددي تجزيا پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Techno Press|journal=Structural Engineering and Mechanics|volume=53|issue=4|year=2015}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Energy based structural damage index based on nonlinear numerical simulation of structures subjected to oriented lateral cyclic loading|journal=International Journal of Civil Engineering|volume=9|issue=3|year=2011|pages=155–164}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>8x1ler9wuaj9lamje2hmrlz0m96jn0t</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401025</id>
      <parentid>401024</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T23:52:59Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401025</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="56207" sha1="3biz3eky56v3w1z3mn39qfo3b4xf0pf" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمنٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' ، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (اسٽيل ريئينفورسنگ بارس)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}&lt;/ref&gt;
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (ڪوروژن انجنيئرنگ) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (ڪوروژن) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' کي مختصر طور '''آر سي سي''' ({{lang-en|RCC}}) چيو وڃي ٿو، اهڙو تعميراتي مرڪب آهي، جيڪو [[سيمينٽ]]، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا پٿر جي سنهن ٽڪرن ۽ پاڻيءَ مان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) شامل ڪري ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي قوت وڌائين ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ جي اعليٰ صلاحيت رکي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Expo58 building Philips.jpg|thumb|[[بيلجيم]] جي گاديءَ واري شهر [[برسلز]] ۾ [[ايڪسپو 58]] لاءِ تعمير ڪيل [[فلپس پيوليئن]] جي منفرد شڪل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال سان ممڪن ٿي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور تي ريئنفورسمينٽ (فولادي سلاخن يا ٻين مضبوط ڪندڙ مواد) جي ترتيب اهڙي نموني سان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو ڪنڪريٽ جي انهن حصن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) کي برداشت ڪري سگهي، جتي ٻي صورت ۾ ڏار پوڻ يا ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان هوندو آهي. جديد رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ رڳو فولاد ئي نه، پر [[پوليمر]]ن ۽ ٻين جامع (ڪمپوزٽ) مواد مان ٺهيل مضبوط ڪندڙ عنصر پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ضرورت موجب فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ يا انهن کان سواءِ به ڪم آندا ويندا آهن.

ڪيترين تعميراتي حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي اڳواٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ۽ ريئنفورسمينٽ ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ هوندي آهي. هن طريقي سان ڍانچي جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت بهتر ٿيندي آهي. اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي کي '''پري اسٽرِيسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جا ٻه عام طريقا '''پري ٽينشننگ''' ۽ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ'''  آهن.

مضبوط، لچڪدار ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ ريئنفورسمينٽ ۾ هيٺيون خاصيتون هجڻ ضروري آهن:

* اعليٰ ميڪانيڪي مضبوطي؛
* ڇڪ هيٺ وڏي حد تائين ڊگهو ٿيڻ (ٽينسائل اسٽرين) برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت؛
* ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ)، جيڪا پي ايڇ (pH)، نمي يا ٻين ماحولياتي حالتن کان گهڻو متاثر نه ٿئي؛
* حرارتي مطابقت (ٿرمل ڪامپيٽيبلٽي)، جيئن گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ دوران غير ضروري دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي ماحول ۾ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيداري، جنهن ۾ زنگ (Corrosion) ۽ مستقل دٻاءَ جي اثرن کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت شامل هجي.

== تاريخ ==

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي شروعاتي ترقي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري [[انگلينڊ]] ۽ [[فرانس]] ۾ لڳ ڀڳ هڪ ئي وقت ٿي، جتي مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميرڪارن ڪنڪريٽ کي فولادي مضبوطي سان گڏ استعمال ڪرڻ بابت تجربا شروع ڪيا.

[[فائل:Saint-Denis - Maison François Coignet -1.JPG|thumb|سينٽ ڊينس ۾ فرانسوا ڪوئنيه جو گهر، جيڪو ابتدائي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان هڪ آهي.]]

فرانسيسي تعميرڪار '''[[فرانسوا ڪوئنيه]]''' پهريون شخص هو، جنهن عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |url=https://www.britannica.com/technology/building-construction/Early-steel-frame-high-rises#ref105155 |title=Building construction: The invention of reinforced concrete |encyclopedia=Encyclopedia Britannica}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن 1853ع کان 1855ع جي وچ ۾ [[پيرس]] جي ڀرسان سينٽ ڊينس ۾ واقع 72 [[شارل ميشيلس گهٽي]] تي پنهنجي رهائش لاءِ چار ماڙ عمارت تعمير ڪرائي، جيڪا '''فرانسوا ڪوئنيه هائوس''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي ۽ ان کي دنيا جي پهرين لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان شمار ڪيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=The oldest concrete structures that have lasted: 72 rue Charles Michels, St. Denis, France |url=https://meva.net/pt-br/oldest-concrete-structures/}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪوئنيه جي لکڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته هن لوهه کي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت وڌائڻ کان وڌيڪ، ڀتين کي هڪ گڏيل (مونولٿڪ) ڍانچي طور مستحڪم رکڻ ۽ انهن کي اونڌو ٿيڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968 |pages=1–33}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ 1872ع–1873ع دوران [[بروڪلن]] ۾ تعمير ٿيل '''پپن بلڊنگ''' (Pippen Building)، جيتوڻيڪ ڪوئنيه جي ڊزائن نه هئي، پر سندس تعميراتي طريقي جو هڪ اهم مثال سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

[[فائل:Maison de logement des ouvriers de l'usine Coignet 2020 6.jpg|thumb|ڪوئنيه طرفان پنهنجي ڪارخاني جي مزدورن لاءِ سينٽ ڊينس ۾ تعمير ڪيل رهائشي عمارت.]]

1854ع ۾ انگريز تعميرڪار '''وليم بي. ولڪنسن''' پنهنجي تعمير هيٺ ٻن ماڙ گهر جي ڇت ۽ فرشن ۾ فولادي مضبوطي استعمال ڪئي. هن فولادي سلاخن کي اهڙي نموني رکيو، جنهن مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته هو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) جي اثرن کان واقف هو، جڏهن ته هن کان اڳ وارا انجنيئر ان ڳالهه کي مڪمل طور نه سمجهي سگهيا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Reinforced Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete Building Construction}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1869ع کان 1870ع جي وچ ۾ '''هينري ايٽن'''  [[انگلينڊ]] جي [[نورفڪ]] ۽ [[سفڪ]] ضلعن جي وچ ۾ وهندڙ [[ويوني درياھ]] تي '''هومرسفيلڊ پل''' جي ڊزائن تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته ان جي تعمير لنڊن جي ڪمپني ''ڊبليو اينڊ ٽي فلپس '' ڪئي. لڳ ڀڳ 15.25 ميٽر (50 فوٽ) ڊگهي هيءَ پل لوهي مضبوطي سان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي پلن مان هڪ هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{NHLE|num=1262142}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي فرانسيسي باغبان '''[[جوزف مونيي]]''' کي به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ارتقا جو اهم اڳواڻ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. هو مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا گلن جا ٿانوَ تيار ڪرڻ لاءِ موجود مواد مان مطمئن نه هو، تنهنڪري هن نوان تجربا شروع ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Day |first=Lance |title=Biographical Dictionary of the History of Technology}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1867ع ۾ مونيي تار جي ڄاري (وائر ميش) ۽ سيمينٽ جي تهه کي گڏائي مضبوط ڪنڪريٽ جا گلدان ٺاهڻ واري طريقي جو پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Britannica URL|biography/Joseph-Monier|Joseph Monier}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ 1877ع ۾ هن ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿنڀن ۽ گرڊرن کي لوهي سلاخن جي ڄار ذريعي مضبوط ڪرڻ واري وڌيڪ ترقي يافته طريقي جو به پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو. جيتوڻيڪ مونيي کي اها ڄاڻ هئي ته فولادي مضبوطي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني يڪجائي وڌائي ٿي، پر اهو واضح ناهي ته کيس ان ڳالهه جي مڪمل سائنسي ڄاڻ هئي ته ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي طاقت ۾ ڪيترو اضافو آڻي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909 |pages=204–210}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1877ع ۾ آمريڪي انجنيئر '''ٿيڊيئس هائٽ'' پنهنجي مشهور رپورٽ ''اين اڪائونٽ آف سم اڪسپيريمينٽس وٿ پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ڪمبائينڊ وٿ آئرن'' شايع ڪئي، جنهن ۾ هن فولاد سان مضبوط ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پنهنجن تجربن جا نتيجا بيان ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Hyatt |first=Thaddeus |title=An Account of Some Experiments with Portland-cement-concrete Combined with Iron}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن جي تحقيق رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي رڳو تجربي واري تعميراتي مواد بدران هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي آزمودل ٽيڪنالاجي طور قائم ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. جيڪڏهن هائٽ جي تحقيق موجود نه هجي ها، ته هن شعبي جي ترقي گهڻي عرصي تائين آزمائش ۽ غلطي (ٽرائل ۽ ارر) جي غير يقيني طريقن تي دارومدار رکندي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سائنسي ترقي ۽ عالمي ڦهلاءُ ===

1870ع واري ڏهاڪي کان اڳ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير، جيتوڻيڪ ان جون پاڙون [[رومي سلطنت]] تائين پهچن ٿيون ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ ان جو ٻيهر استعمال شروع ٿيو هو، پر ان کي اڃا مڪمل طور سائنسي طور ثابت ٿيل تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي نه سمجهيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Citation |last=Aprea |first=Salvatore |chapter=The Search for Affordable Cement and Concrete in the 18th and 19th Century |title=High Tech Concrete: Where Technology and Engineering Meet |year=2018}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري انگلينڊ ۾ ڄاول انجنيئر '''[[ارنسٽ ايل. رينسم]]''' رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. هن گذريل پنجاهه سالن دوران ٿيل تحقيق ۽ تجربن مان فائدو وٺندي اڳين ايجادڪارن جي ڪيترين ئي تعميراتي طريقن کي وڌيڪ بهتر بڻايو. سندس سڀ کان اهم ايجاد فولادي سلاخن کي مروڙي استعمال ڪرڻ هئي، جنهن سان سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ چنبڙڻ (بانڊ) گهڻو مضبوط ٿي ويو ۽ ڍانچي جي مجموعي مضبوطي ۾ نمايان واڌارو آيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Episode 81: Rebar and the Alvord Lake Bridge}}&lt;/ref&gt;

رينسم پنهنجي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ وارين عمارتن سبب وڏي شهرت حاصل ڪئي، جنهن کان پوءِ هن 1886ع کان 1889ع جي وچ ۾ اتر آمريڪا جي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ پلن مان ٻه تعمير ڪرايون. انهن مان هڪ پل، '''[[سمٿ-رينسم جيپنيز برج]]'''، اڄ به [[نيو يارڪ]] جي [[شيلٽر آئلينڊ، نيو يارڪ|شيلٽر آئلينڊ]] تي موجود آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آمريڪا]] ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل ابتدائي عمارتن مان هڪ '''[[وليم اي. وارڊ هائوس]]''' هئي، جيڪا وليم اي. وارڊ جي ڊزائن موجب 1876ع ۾ مڪمل ٿي. هن رهائشي عمارت کي خاص طور باهه کان وڌيڪ تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ جي مقصد سان تعمير ڪيو ويو.

جرمن سول انجنيئر '''[[گستاو ايڊولف وائس]]''' پڻ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم شخصيت هو. 1879ع ۾ هن جوزف مونيي جي پيٽنٽن جا جرمن حق خريد ڪيا، ۽ 1884ع ۾ سندس ڪمپني '''[[ويس اينڊ فريٽيگ]]''' انهن طريقن کي پهريون ڀيرو تجارتي بنيادن تي استعمال ڪيو. 1890ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين وائس ۽ سندس ڪمپني مونيي جي نظام کي وڌيڪ ترقي ڏئي ان کي هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي ٻڌل، منظم ۽ قابل اعتماد تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آسٽريليا]] جي '''[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]''' ملڪ جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي. هن پل جي ڊزائن [[الفريڊ بارٽن بريڊي]] تيار ڪئي، جيڪو 1896ع ۾ [[ڪئينز لينڊ]] جو سرڪاري معمار هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge |publisher=Queensland Government}}&lt;/ref&gt; پل ۾ 15.2 ميٽر ڊگها يارنهن اسپين هئا ۽ ان جي ڪل ڊيگهه لڳ ڀڳ 187 ميٽر هئي، جيڪا ان دور ۾ دنيا جي ساڳئي قسم جي مشهور پلن کان به وڏي سمجهي ويندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge, Mary River, 1896- |publisher=Engineers Australia}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات ===

ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تيزيءَ سان مقبول تعميراتي مواد بڻجي ويو. ان عرصي دوران انجنيئرن ۽ معمارن هن ٽيڪنالاجي کي اوچي عمارتن، پلن ۽ ٻين وڏن تعميراتي منصوبن ۾ استعمال ڪرڻ شروع ڪيو.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل شروعاتي اوچين عمارتن مان هڪ 16 ماڙ '''انگالس بلڊنگ''' هئي، جيڪا 1904ع ۾ آمريڪا جي شهر سنسناٽي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;CIVL1101&quot;/&gt;

ڏکڻ ڪيليفورنيا ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پهرين عمارت '''لافلن اينيڪس''' هئي، جيڪا 1905ع ۾ لاس اينجلس جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Los Angeles from the Mountains to the Sea |volume=2 |last=McGroarty |first=John Steven |year=1921 |page=176}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Annual Report of the City Auditor, City of Los Angeles |year=1905 |pages=71–73}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع دوران لاس اينجلس ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن لاءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ سورهن تعميراتي اجازت ناما جاري ڪيا ويا. انهن ۾ '''ٽيمپل آڊيٽوريم''' ۽ اٺ ماڙ '''هيورڊ هوٽل''' به شامل هئا، جيڪي ان ڳالهه جو ثبوت هئا ته هي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي تيزيءَ سان عام ٿي رهي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |last=Williams |first=D. |title=What Builders are Doing |journal=Carpentry and Building |year=1907 |page=66}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |title=Reinforced Concrete Buildings at Los Angeles, Cal. |journal=Engineering News-Record |year=1906 |volume=55 |page=449}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ لانگ بيچ ۾ تعمير هيٺ '''بڪسبي هوٽل''' جو هڪ حصو وقت کان اڳ عارضي سهارن (Shoring) کي هٽائڻ سبب ڊهي پيو، جنهن ۾ ڏهه مزدور فوت ٿي ويا. هن حادثي کان پوءِ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعميراتي طريقن ۽ عمارتن جي جاچ پڙتال بابت وڌيڪ سخت ضابطا اختيار ڪيا ويا. ماهرن سفارش ڪئي ته مستقبل ۾ فرشن، ڀتين ۽ ڍانچي جي ٻين اهم حصن ۾ مڪمل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تعمير وڌيڪ محفوظ بڻجي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite magazine |title=Partial Collapse of the Bixby Hotel at Long Beach |magazine=Architect and Engineer of California |year=1906 |volume=VII |issue=1 |pages=44–48}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1904ع جي اپريل مهيني ۾ آمريڪي معمار ۽ انجنيئر '''جوليا مورگن''' پنهنجي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارت، '''ايل ڪيمپانيل'''، مڪمل ڪئي، جيڪا 72 فوٽ اوچي گهنڊ گهر (بيل ٽاور) هئي ۽ ملز ڪاليج ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=El Campanil, Mills College: Julia Morgan 1903–1904}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو ۾ آيل شديد زلزلي دوران ايل ڪيمپانيل کي ڪو به اهم نقصان نه پهتو، جنهن سان جوليا مورگن جي شهرت ۾ وڏو اضافو ٿيو ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي تي عوام جو اعتماد پڻ وڌيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Julia Morgan-designed Mills bell tower counts down to its 115th anniversary}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Bay Area Architect Julia Morgan's Legacy Wasn't Just Hearst Castle}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع جي زلزلي کان پوءِ عوام ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت موجود شڪ شبها به گهڻي حد تائين ختم ٿي ويا. ان کان اڳ ڪيترائي ماڻهو هن مواد کي جمالياتي لحاظ کان غير دلڪش سمجهندا هئا، پر زلزلي دوران ان جي بهتر ڪارڪردگي سبب ان جي مقبوليت وڌي وئي. نتيجي طور 1908ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو جي بلدياتي اختيارين عمارت سازي جا ضابطا تبديل ڪري رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وڌيڪ وسيع استعمال جي اجازت ڏني.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=How one building survived the San Francisco earthquake and changed the world}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== معيارن جي جوڙجڪ ۽ ضابطا ===

1906ع ۾ '''نيشنل ايسوسيئيشن آف سيمينٽ يوزرس''' (مختصر: NACU) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پهريون معياري دستاويز '''اسٽينڊرڊ نمبر 1''' شايع ڪيو، جنهن ۾ پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ جي معيار، خاصيتن ۽ استعمال بابت بنيادي فني گهرجون مقرر ڪيون ويون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Specifications for Portland Cement of the American Society for Testing Materials, Standard No. 1 |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1906 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان پوءِ 1910ع ۾ ساڳئي اداري '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال لاءِ معياري عمارتي ضابطا''' (''اسٽينڊرڊ بلڊنگ ريگيوليشنز فار دي يوز آف ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ '') جاري ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Building Regulations for the Use of Reinforced Concrete |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1910 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن ضابطن ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن، تعمير، جاچ ۽ استعمال بابت تفصيلي فني هدايتون شامل هيون.
انهن معيارن جي جاري ٿيڻ سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميراتي ادارن وٽ هڪجهڙن اصولن تحت ٿيڻ لڳي. نتيجي طور تعميراتي حفاظت، معيار، مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ نمايان بهتري آئي، ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جديد عمارت سازيءَ جي سڀ کان اهم تعميراتي مواد مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

== تعمير ۾ استعمال ==

[[فائل:SagradaFamiliaRoof2.jpg|thumb|upright=1.5|right|2009ع ۾ تعمير هيٺ [[ساگراڊا فاميليا]] جي ڇت ۾ لڳايل فولادي سلاخون (ريبار).]]

[[فائل:O Cristo Redentor.JPG|thumb|[[ريو ڊي جينيرو]]، [[برازيل]] ۾ واقع '''مسيح ڇوٽڪارو ڏيندڙ''' جو مجسمو، جيڪو رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان تعمير ٿيل آهي ۽ ان جي ٻاهرئين سطح هزارين ٽڪنڊي صابڻي پٿر (Soapstone) جي ٽڪرن سان ڍڪيل آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia |title=Christ the Redeemer |encyclopedia=Encyclopædia Britannica |last=Murray |first=Lorraine |url=http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/1435544/Christ-the-Redeemer}}&lt;/ref&gt;]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ تعميراتي صنعت ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد مان هڪ آهي. ان جي مدد سان مختلف قسمن جا تعميراتي جزا ۽ ڍانچا تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ تختو|ڪنڪريٽ جا تختا]] (Slabs)، [[ڀت]]، [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاعون]] (Beams)، [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀا]]، [[بنياد]]، ڍانچا (Frames) ۽ ٻيا ڪيترائي تعميراتي حصا شامل آهن.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي تعمير جي طريقي موجب عام طور ٻن قسمن ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي:

* '''اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري ڪاسٽ ڪنڪريٽ)، جنهن جا جزا ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪري تعميراتي هنڌ تي نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن.
* '''جاءِ تي وڌل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (ڪاسٽ-ان -پليس ڪنڪريٽ)، جيڪو سڌو سنئون تعميراتي هنڌ تي شٽرنگ اندر وجهي تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڪنهن به عمارت ۾ مناسب فرش نظام (Floor System) جي چونڊ ۽ ڊزائن انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان عمارت جي مجموعي ڪارڪردگي تي سڌو اثر پوي ٿو. فرش جي ڊزائن ۾ معمولي تبديليون به تعميراتي مواد جي خرچ، تعمير مڪمل ٿيڻ جي مدت، ڍانچي جي آخري مضبوطي، سار سنڀال جي خرچن، استعمال ڪندڙن جي گنجائش ۽ عمارت جي آخري استعمال تي نمايان اثر وجهي سگهن ٿيون.

فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کان سواءِ جديد دور جون گهڻ ماڙ عمارتون، وڏيون پلون ۽ ٻيا وڏا ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا محفوظ ۽ عملي طور تعمير ڪرڻ ممڪن نه هجي ها.

=== رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا ===

جڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا تعمير ۾ استعمال ٿين ٿا ته اهي ٻاهران لاڳو ٿيندڙ [[تعميراتي بار]] (Structural load) جي اثر هيٺ مخصوص ميڪانيڪي رويو ظاهر ڪندا آهن. استعمال دوران انهن جزن تي هيٺيان قسم جا بار يا قوتون عمل ڪري سگهن ٿيون:&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |author=Bungale S. Taranath |title=Reinforced Concrete Design of Tall Buildings |publisher=CRC Press |year=2009 |page=7 |isbn=978-1-4398-0481-0}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينشن)
* [[دٻاءُ]] (ڪمپريشن)
* [[وڪڙجڻ]] (بينڊنگ)
* [[ڪٽائي دٻاءُ]] (شيئر)
* [[مروڙ]] (ٽورزن)

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن اهڙي نموني ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو اهو انهن سڀني قوتن کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ تعميراتي ڍانچي جي استحڪام، مضبوطي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي يقيني بڻائي.

=== فولادي سلاخن جي ڊزائن ===

رِيئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن هميشه قابل انجنيئر يا لاڳاپيل فني اداري طرفان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي. سلاخن جو قطر، وڇاءُ، چڙهاڪو ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه عمارت جي قسم، بار ۽ لاڳو تعميراتي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي بندش ===

فولادي سلاخون تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪٽي، موڙي ۽ تار سان مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. انهن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تھ رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن سلاخون زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ۽ ڍانچي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي. ضرورت موجب ڪنڍا (Hooks) ۽ چڙهاڪو (Overlap) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== تياري  ===

آر سي سي مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارو تعميراتي مواد آهي. ان کي مختلف شڪلين ۾ آسانيءَ سان ڍالي سگهجي ٿو، باهه ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿو، پاڻيءَ جي نفوذ کي گهٽ ڪري ٿو ۽ عام حالتن ۾ گهٽ مرمت جي ضرورت پوي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ملاوٽ ===

آر سي سي جي ملاوٽ هٿ سان يا ڪنڪريٽ مڪسر ذريعي ڪئي ويندي آهي. ننڍن تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ هٿ سان ملاوٽ، جڏهن ته وڏن منصوبن ۾ مشيني ملاوٽ کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها وڌيڪ هڪجهڙائي، تيزي ۽ معياري نتيجا فراهم ڪندي آهي ۽ مواد جي زيان کي گهٽائيندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب ===

پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو مناسب تناسب آر سي سي جي مضبوطي، ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر وجهي ٿو. گهڻو پاڻي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت گهٽائي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته گهٽ پاڻي ملاوٽ کي صحيح نموني استعمال ڪرڻ ۾ ڏکيائي پيدا ڪري سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== جھڪاءُ پرک ===

ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ گهاٽاڻ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ '''جھڪاءُ پرک''' (سلمپ ٽيسٽ) ڪئي ويندي آهي. هن آزمائش ۾ مخروط شڪل واري فولادي قالب ۾ تازي ڪنڪريٽ ڀري ان جي ويهڻ يا جھڪاءَ جي ماپ ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ملاوٽ مقرر معيار مطابق آهي يا نه.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


=== ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀرائي ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ شٽرنگ، فولادي سلاخن ۽ ٻين لڪل خدمتن جهڙوڪ برقي پائيپن جي جانچ ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي بنا رڪاوٽ جي مناسب رفتار سان وڌو ويندو آهي ۽ ضرورت موجب وائبريٽر ذريعي ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ڪيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن هوا جا خانا ختم ٿين ۽ ''هني ڪومبنگ'' (Honeycombing) جهڙا نقص پيدا نه ٿين.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== سار سنڀال ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ مناسب عرصي تائين ان کي پاڻي ڏئي آلو رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان سيمينٽ جي مڪمل هائيڊريشن ٿئي ٿي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ پاڻيءَ جي مزاحمت وڌي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== رويو ==

=== مواد ===

{{ڏسو پڻ|ڪنڪريٽ|سيمينٽ|تعميراتي بجري|فولادي سلاخ}}

ڪنڪريٽ هڪ گڏيل تعميراتي مواد آهي، جيڪو ٿلهي بجري (جهڙوڪ پٿر يا سرن جي ٽڪرن)، نفيس بجري (عام طور ريتي يا ڀڳل پٿر)، ڳنڍيندڙ مواد (اڪثر [[پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ]]) ۽ پاڻي جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. جڏهن سيمينٽ کي مناسب مقدار ۾ پاڻي سان ملايو وڃي ٿو ته ان ۾ [[هائيڊريشن]]  جو ڪيميائي عمل شروع ٿئي ٿو، جنهن دوران انتهائي ننڍا قلمي (ڪرسٽلائين) ڍانچا ٺهن ٿا. اهي قلمي ڍانچا بجري جي ذرڙن کي پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍي هڪ سخت ۽ مضبوط جسم ۾ تبديل ڪري ڇڏين ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Materials principles and practice|page=61|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|page=357|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;
ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ بجري ۽ ريتي نقصانڪار مادَن، جهڙوڪ حياتياتي گندگين، سلٽ، مٽي، لگنائيٽ ۽ ٻين غير مناسب آميزشن کان پاڪ هجڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙيون آميزشون ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري کي متاثر ڪري سگهن ٿيون.

عام ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءَ (ڪمپريشن) کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي تمام وڏي صلاحيت رکي ٿو، پر جيڪڏهن ان تي نمايان ڇڪ (ٽينشن) پيدا ٿئي، مثال طور وڪڙجڻ (بينڊنگ) سبب، ته ان جي اندر موجود قلمي ڍانچو ٽٽڻ شروع ٿي ويندو آهي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڏار پئجي ويندا آهن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ الڳ ٿيڻ لڳندو آهي. انهيءَ سبب عام (غير ريئنفورسڊ) ڪنڪريٽ کي هميشه اهڙي نموني سهارو ڏنو ويندو آهي، جو ان ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي.

جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر اهڙو مواد رکيو وڃي، جيڪو ڇڪ کي تمام سٺي نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي، جهڙوڪ فولاد، ته پوءِ حاصل ٿيندڙ گڏيل مادو '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' بڻجي ويندو آهي. اهڙي گڏيل مواد ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪري ٿو، جڏهن ته فولادي سلاخون تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪن ٿيون. نتيجي طور اهو نه رڳو دٻاءُ، پر وڪڙجڻ ۽ ٻين تنشي بارن کي به محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ٿو. اهڙي گڏيل نظام کي تعميراتي ضرورت موجب لڳ ڀڳ هر شڪل ۽ ماپ ۾ تيار ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== اهم خاصيتون ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جون غيرمعمولي تعميراتي خاصيتون بنيادي طور هيٺين سببن جي ڪري پيدا ٿين ٿيون:

# ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي [[حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جي عدد]] (ڪوئفيشنٽ آف ٿرمل ايڪسپينشن) تقريباً هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي. تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ٻنهي موادن جي ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ ۾ گهڻو فرق نٿو اچي، جنهن ڪري اندروني دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيڻ جا امڪان گهٽجي وڃن ٿا.

# جڏهن سيمينٽ جو ليپ سخت ٿئي ٿو ته اهو فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿو. نتيجي طور بار يا دٻاءُ ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ مؤثر نموني منتقل ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ چنبڙڻ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط بڻائڻ لاءِ فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري کي عام طور تي اُڀن نشانن يا نالين (ڊيفارميشنز) سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

# سخت ٿيل سيمينٽ جي ليپ ۾ موجود [[الڪلائن]] ماحول، جيڪو پوٽاشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ، سوڊيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ ۽ [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] جي موجودگي سبب پيدا ٿيندو آهي، فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي هڪ حفاظتي غيرفعال (پيسيويشن) تهه ٺاهي ڇڏيندو آهي. هي تهه فولاد کي زنگ لڳڻ کان وڏي حد تائين بچائيندو آهي.

وقت سان گڏ جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ هوا ۽ مينهن جي پاڻيءَ جي رابطي ۾ اچي ٿو ته فضا ۾ موجود ڪاربان ڊاءِ آڪسائيڊ پاڻي سان ملي [[ڪاربونڪ تيزاب]] ٺاهي ٿي. هي تيزاب سيمينٽ جي الڪلائن جزن سان آهستي آهستي ڪيميائي عمل ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيت گهٽائيندو آهي. انهيءَ عمل کي '''ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن'''  چيو ويندو آهي. نتيجي طور ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ (pH) آهستي آهستي گهٽجي ويندو آهي، ۽ جڏهن اهو ڪافي گهٽجي وڃي ٿو ته فولادي سلاخن جي حفاظتي تهه ختم ٿيڻ لڳندي آهي، جنهن کان پوءِ زنگ لڳڻ جو خطرو وڌي ويندو آهي.

عام طور تي جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ لڳ ڀڳ 11 کان مٿي هجي ته فولادي سلاخون محفوظ رهنديون آهن، جڏهن ته پي ايڇ 10 کان هيٺ اچڻ تي، مقامي ماحول ۽ فولاد جي خاصيتن موجب، زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو. ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن ۽ [[ڪلورائيڊ]]ن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي خراب ٿيڻ جا سڀ کان اهم سبب سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.

عام رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جو ڪُل ايراضو گهڻو نه هوندو آهي. عام طور شعاعن ۽ تختن ۾ اهو لڳ ڀڳ هڪ سيڪڙو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه ٿنڀن ۾ ڇهه سيڪڙو تائين ٿي سگهي ٿو. فولادي سلاخون اڪثر گول شڪل واريون هونديون آهن ۽ مختلف قطرن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن.

ڪجهه رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ خالي سوراخ يا کوکلا حصا (ھالو ڪورز) پڻ رکيا ويندا آهن، جيئن نمي ۽ گهم تي بهتر ضابطو آڻي سگهجي.

تحقيق مان معلوم ٿيو آهي ته عمودي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزن ۾، ريئنفورسمينٽ موجود هجڻ باوجود، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي سڄي ڪراس سيڪشن ۾ مڪمل طور هڪجهڙي نه هوندي، پر ڪجهه حد تائين غير يڪسان (انھوموجينيس) ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;&quot;Concrete Inhomogeneity of Vertical Cast-In-Situ Elements In Frame-Type Buildings&quot;.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو گڏيل عمل ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي جو بنيادي اصول اهو آهي ته ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ هڪ گڏيل (ڪمپوزٽ) نظام جي صورت ۾ ڪم ڪن. جڏهن ڪنهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزو تي بار لاڳو ٿئي ٿو، ته فولادي سلاخن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ ڊگھائي يا وڪڙ (اسٽرين) بلڪل ساڳيو هجڻ گهرجي، جيڪو چوڌاري موجود ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. جيڪڏهن ٻنهي موادن جي وڪڙ ۾ فرق پيدا ٿئي ته سندن وچ ۾ سُرڪڻ (سلپ)، الڳ ٿيڻ (سيپريشن) يا بناوتي بيقاعدگي (ڊسڪنٽينيوئٽي) پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي، جنهن سان ڍانچي جي مضبوطي متاثر ٿئي ٿي.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل عمل کي برقرار رکڻ لاءِ بار جو مؤثر منتقلي ٿيڻ ضروري آهي. بار پهرين ڪنڪريٽ مان فولادي سلاخ جي مٿاڇري تائين منتقل ٿئي ٿو، پوءِ اُتان فولادي سلاخ جي سڄي ڊگھائي ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ جي صورت ۾ ورهائجي وڃي ٿو. هي عمل ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ موجود مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ يا اينڪوريج) جي ذريعي ممڪن بڻجي ٿو، جيڪو ٻنهي موادن جي رابطي واري سطح تي لڳاتار دٻاءُ جو ميدان (ڪنٽينيوئس اسٽريس فيلڊ) پيدا ڪري ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل طور ڪم ڪرڻ جا بنيادي سبب هي آهن:

* فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿي، تنهنڪري ٻئي گڏجي ٻاهرين بارن کي برداشت ڪن ٿا.
* ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جا عدد تقريباً هڪجهڙا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب سندن وچ ۾ نقصانڪار حرارتي دٻاءُ پيدا نٿو ٿئي.
* ڪنڪريٽ جو الڪلائن ماحول فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائي ٿو ۽ انهن جي عمر وڌائي ٿو.

=== ڪنڪريٽ ۾ بندش ===

فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ بندش (بانڊ) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنيادي خاصيتن مان هڪ آهي. عملي طور بندش جو دٻاءُ سلاخ جي سڄي ڊيگهه ۾ هڪجهڙو نه هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري جديد تعميراتي ضابطن ۾ بندش جي دٻاءُ بدران '''ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي''' (ڊولپمينٽ لينٿ) جو تصور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي مان مراد فولادي سلاخ جي اها گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ڊيگهه آهي، جيڪا ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود هجڻ ضروري آهي، ته جيئن سلاخ پنهنجي مڪمل ييلڊ اسٽريس تائين پهچي سگهي، بغير ڪنڪريٽ مان سُرڪڻ جي.

جيڪڏهن موجود ڊيگهه گهربل ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي کان گهٽ هجي ته اضافي بندش مهيا ڪرڻ لاءِ مختلف طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جهڙوڪ:

* ڪنڍا (ھڪس)
* موڙ (بينڊس)
* ميخانياتي پڇاڙيون (ميڪينيڪل اينڊ پليٽس)
* ٻيا مناسب اينڪريج جا ذريعا

اهي سڀئي طريقا فولادي سلاخن کي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوطي سان جڪڙي رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

=== ليپ اسپلائس ===

جڏهن فولادي سلاخ جي ڊيگهه ڪافي نه هجي يا ٻن سلاخن کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍڻو هجي ته ٻنهي سلاخن کي هڪ مقرر ڊيگهه تائين هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهائي رکيو ويندو آهي. هن طريقي کي '''ليپ اسپلائس''' چيو ويندو آهي.

ليپ اسپلائس جو مقصد ٻنهي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ دٻاءُ ۽ تنشي قوتن جي محفوظ منتقلي کي يقيني بڻائڻ آهي، جيئن ڍانچي جي تسلسل برقرار رهي. ليپ اسپلائس جي گهربل ڊيگهه تعميراتي ضابطن موجب سلاخ جي قطر، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، فولاد جي درجي ۽ لاڳو ٿيندڙ بار جي بنياد تي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal|title=Monotonic and Cyclic Seismic Analyses of Old-Type RC Columns with Short Lap Splices|journal=Construction Materials|volume=4|issue=2|year=2024|pages=329–341}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زنگ کان بچاءَ جا طريقا ===

ٿڌن ۽ نمي وارن علائقن ۾، خاص طور روڊن، پلن، پارڪنگ ڍانچن ۽ انهن تعميرن ۾ جيڪي برف ڳارڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لوڻ (Deicing Salt) جي رابطي ۾ اچن ٿيون، فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مختلف حفاظتي طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن.

انهن ۾ هيٺيان طريقا شامل آهن:

* گهٽ ڪاربان ۽ ڪروميم تي ٻڌل زنگ-مزاحمتي فولادي سلاخن جو استعمال؛
* ايپوڪسي (Epoxy) سان ڍڪيل فولادي سلاخون؛
* گرم طريقي سان جست لڳايل (ھاٽ-ڊپ گيلوانائيزڊ) فولادي سلاخون؛
* اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون فولادي سلاخون.

انهن کان علاوه مناسب ڊزائن، اعليٰ معيار جي ڪنڪريٽ، صحيح پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب ۽ مناسب حفاظتي تهه (ڪنڪريٽ ڪور) پڻ فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪن ٿا.

فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ جست فاسفيٽ (زنڪ فاسفيٽ) جهڙا حفاظتي ليپ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر ڪيميائي عمل ذريعي هڪ مستحڪم حفاظتي تهه ٺاهي زنگ جي رفتار گهٽائيندا آهن.

ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري تي مختلف سيلنٽ (Sealants)، جهڙوڪ رنگ، پلاسٽڪ فلمون، فوم، ايلومينيم ورق يا بينٽونائيٽ مٽي جا حفاظتي تهه پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي پاڻي ۽ نقصانڪار لوڻن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي گهٽائيندا آهن.

ان کان علاوه ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ وقت پاڻيءَ جي ملاوٽ ۾ زنگ روڪيندڙ ڪيميائي مادا (ڪوروژن انھبٽرز)، جهڙوڪ ڪيلشيم نائٽرائيٽ، پڻ شامل ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي مادا فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي حفاظتي غيرفعال تهه (پيسيويشن ليئر) برقرار رکن ٿا، جنهن سان زنگ لڳڻ جو امڪان نمايان طور گهٽجي وڃي ٿو.

== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ شعاعن جي اصطلاحات ==

[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|پارڪنگ گيراج جي تختي سان گڏيل ٻه هڪٻئي کي ڪٽيندڙ شعاعون، جن ۾ فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ برقي تارن، جنڪشن باڪسز ۽ روشنيءَ جي ٻين برقي حصن جي لڳائڻ جي تياري پڻ نظر اچي ٿي.]]

[[فائل:Fideo o’r trawst concrit olaf yn cael ei osod – Tach 2016 Last concrete beam installation – 2016.webm|thumb|اوچي شاهراهه تي آخري ڪنڪريٽي شعاع رکڻ جو مختصر وڊيو، جيڪا ويلز جي ڪارڊف بي ڀرسان نئين شاهراهه جي تعمير جو حصو آهي.]]

جڏهن ڪنهن [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاع]] تي [[وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو]] (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) عمل ڪري ٿو ته شعاع ۾ ٿورو وڪڙ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ حالت ۾ شعاع جي ٻاهرئين پاسي (تنشي پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اندرئين پاسي (دٻاءُ واري پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ هوندو آهي.

'''يڪ-طرفو ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (سنگلي ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ رڳو تنشي پاسي لڳائي ويندي آهي. هن فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي '''تنشي فولاد''' (ٽينشن اسٽيل) چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ ان جو مقصد تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.

'''ٻه-طرفو ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (ڊبلي ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي پاسي سان گڏ دٻاءُ واري پاسي به فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ لڳائي ويندي آهي. دٻاءُ واري پاسي لڳايل فولاد کي '''دٻاءُ وارو فولاد''' (ڪمپيشن اسٽيل) چيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد ڪنڪريٽ کي دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيڻ ۽ اضافي دٻاءَ کي سنڀالڻ هوندو آهي. جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو گهربل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪافي نه هجي، يا معمار شعاع جي ماپ وڌائڻ جي اجازت نه ڏئي، تڏهن اضافي دٻاءُ وارو فولاد استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

'''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (انڊر-ريئينفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان گهٽ هوندي آهي. اهڙي شعاع تي جڏهن وڪڙجڻ وارو بار آهستي آهستي وڌندو آهي ته سڀ کان پهرين تنشي فولاد پنهنجي لچڪدار حد (ييلڊ) تائين پهچي ڊگهو ٿيڻ شروع ڪندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ اڃا مڪمل طور نه ٽٽندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ شعاع ۾ وڏو وڪڙ ۽ واضح تبديليون پيدا ٿينديون آهن، جيڪي ممڪن ناڪامي بابت اڳواٽ خبردار ڪن ٿيون. انهيءَ سبب تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ اهڙي قسم جي شعاع کي وڌيڪ محفوظ تصور ڪيو ويندو آهي، ۽ عام طور ڊزائن فولاد جي ييلڊ اسٽريس جي بنياد تي ڪئي ويندي آهي.

'''وڌيڪ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (اوور-ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان وڌيڪ هوندي آهي. اهڙي حالت ۾ فولاد ييلڊ ٿيڻ کان اڳ ئي ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو چِٿجي (ڪرشنگ) وڃي ٿو، جنهن سبب شعاع بنا ڪنهن واضح اڳواٽ خبرداري جي اوچتو ناڪام ٿي سگهي ٿي. انهيءَ ڪري اهڙي ڊزائن کي غير محفوظ سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

'''متوازن ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (بئلنسڊ ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ شعاع تي مقرر ٿيل بار وڌڻ سان ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو ۽ تنشي فولاد تقريباً هڪ ئي وقت پنهنجي آخري حد تائين پهچي وڃن ٿا. اهڙي حالت ۾ ڪنڪريٽ چِٿجي وڃي ٿو ۽ فولاد پڻ ييلڊ ڪري ٿو. جيتوڻيڪ هن حالت ۾ ٻنهي موادن جي طاقت جو متوازن استعمال ٿئي ٿو، پر ناڪامي تقريباً اوچتي ٿيندي آهي، تنهنڪري هي ڊزائن به عملي طور وڌيڪ محفوظ نه سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Nilson, Darwin, Dolan. ''Design of Concrete Structures''. McGraw-Hill Education, 2003. pp. 80–90.&lt;/ref&gt;

انهيءَ سبب فولادي ريئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا اهي جزا، جيڪي وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو برداشت ڪن ٿا، عام طور '''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ''' (انڊر-ريئينفورسڊ) طريقي سان ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن، ته جيئن ناڪامي کان اڳ واضح خبرداري ملي سگهي.

'''خاصيتي مضبوطي''' (ڪئريڪٽرسٽڪ اسٽرينٿ) اها مضبوطي آهي، جنهن کان گهٽ نتيجو صرف پنج سيڪڙو يا ان کان گهٽ آزمائشي نمونن ۾ ملي ٿو.

'''ڊزائن مضبوطي''' يا '''نامياري مضبوطي''' (ڊزائين اسٽرينٿ يا نامينل اسٽرينٿ) اها مضبوطي آهي، جيڪا حفاظتي عامل (سيفٽي فيڪٽر) کي نظر ۾ رکي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. اجازت لائق دٻاءَ واري ڊزائن (پرمزيبل اسٽريس ڊزائين) ۾ حفاظتي عامل عام طور 0.75 کان 0.85 جي وچ ۾ هوندو آهي.

'''آخري حد واري حالت''' (الٽيميٽ لمٽ اسٽيٽ) اها نظرياتي حالت آهي، جنهن تي ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان موجود هوندو آهي. ان جو اندازو حفاظتي عامل سان وڌايل بارن (فيڪٽرڊ لوڊ) ۽ حفاظتي عامل سان گهٽايل مزاحمت (فيڪٽرڊ رزسٽنس) جي بنياد تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا عام طور بين الاقوامي ضابطن ۽ معيارن، جهڙوڪ ACI 318، CEB ۽ يورو ڪوڊ 2 وغيره مطابق ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي ڊزائن لاءِ WSD (ورڪنگ اسٽريس ڊزائين)، USD (الٽيميٽ اسٽرينٿ ڊزائين) يا LRFD (لوڊ اينڊ رزسٽنس فيڪٽر ڊزائين) جهڙا طريقا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. تجزيو ۽ ڊزائن ليڪيرِي (لينيئر) يا غير ليڪيرِي (نان-لينيئر) طريقن سان به ڪري سگهجن ٿا. عمارت سازي جا ضابطا اڪثر حفاظتي عاملن سان گڏ ليڪيرِي طريقن جي سفارش ڪن ٿا، جڏهن ته ڪجهه خاص حالتن ۾ غير ليڪيرِي عددي تجزيا پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Techno Press|journal=Structural Engineering and Mechanics|volume=53|issue=4|year=2015}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Energy based structural damage index based on nonlinear numerical simulation of structures subjected to oriented lateral cyclic loading|journal=International Journal of Civil Engineering|volume=9|issue=3|year=2011|pages=155–164}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ ==

{{مکيه|اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ}}

'''اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري اسٽريسڊ ڪنڪريٽ) اهڙي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي شعاعن ۽ ٻين بناوتي جزن جي بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت کي نمايان طور وڌايو ويندو آهي.

هن طريقي ۾ شعاع جي هيٺئين حصي ۾ موجود فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ، جيڪا استعمال دوران تنشي قوتن جي اثر هيٺ ايندي آهي، ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ئي ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ آندي ويندي آهي. ان کان پوءِ ان جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وڌو ويندو آهي. جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ مڪمل طور سخت ٿي وڃي ٿو ته فولادي سلاخن تان اڳواٽ ڏنل ڇڪ آزاد ڪئي ويندي آهي. ان جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر مستقل دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) پيدا ٿي ويندو آهي.

جڏهن بعد ۾ شعاع تي بار لاڳو ٿيندو آهي ته فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ اضافي تنشي دٻاءُ برداشت ڪندي آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ ۾ موجود اڳواٽ دٻاءُ آهستي آهستي گهٽبو آهي، پر عام حالتن ۾ اهو تنشي دٻاءُ ۾ تبديل نه ٿيندو آهي.

ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڪنڪريٽ مسلسل دٻاءُ هيٺ رهندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان ۾ ڏار پوڻ، وڪڙجڻ سبب نقصان پهچڻ ۽ بناوتي ناڪامي جا امڪان عام رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀيٽ ۾ گهڻا گهٽ هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|pages=372–373|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|others=George Weidmann, P. R. Lewis, Nick Reid, Open University. Materials Department|isbn=0-408-04658-9|location=Milton Keynes, U.K.|oclc=20693897}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>3biz3eky56v3w1z3mn39qfo3b4xf0pf</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401026</id>
      <parentid>401025</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T23:56:29Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401026</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="60758" sha1="1235hfh0xt2dzy5mwxe9c92ro4jfg1t" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمنٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' ، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (اسٽيل ريئينفورسنگ بارس)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}&lt;/ref&gt;
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (ڪوروژن انجنيئرنگ) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (ڪوروژن) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' کي مختصر طور '''آر سي سي''' ({{lang-en|RCC}}) چيو وڃي ٿو، اهڙو تعميراتي مرڪب آهي، جيڪو [[سيمينٽ]]، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا پٿر جي سنهن ٽڪرن ۽ پاڻيءَ مان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) شامل ڪري ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي قوت وڌائين ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ جي اعليٰ صلاحيت رکي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Expo58 building Philips.jpg|thumb|[[بيلجيم]] جي گاديءَ واري شهر [[برسلز]] ۾ [[ايڪسپو 58]] لاءِ تعمير ڪيل [[فلپس پيوليئن]] جي منفرد شڪل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال سان ممڪن ٿي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور تي ريئنفورسمينٽ (فولادي سلاخن يا ٻين مضبوط ڪندڙ مواد) جي ترتيب اهڙي نموني سان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو ڪنڪريٽ جي انهن حصن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) کي برداشت ڪري سگهي، جتي ٻي صورت ۾ ڏار پوڻ يا ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان هوندو آهي. جديد رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ رڳو فولاد ئي نه، پر [[پوليمر]]ن ۽ ٻين جامع (ڪمپوزٽ) مواد مان ٺهيل مضبوط ڪندڙ عنصر پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ضرورت موجب فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ يا انهن کان سواءِ به ڪم آندا ويندا آهن.

ڪيترين تعميراتي حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي اڳواٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ۽ ريئنفورسمينٽ ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ هوندي آهي. هن طريقي سان ڍانچي جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت بهتر ٿيندي آهي. اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي کي '''پري اسٽرِيسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جا ٻه عام طريقا '''پري ٽينشننگ''' ۽ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ'''  آهن.

مضبوط، لچڪدار ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ ريئنفورسمينٽ ۾ هيٺيون خاصيتون هجڻ ضروري آهن:

* اعليٰ ميڪانيڪي مضبوطي؛
* ڇڪ هيٺ وڏي حد تائين ڊگهو ٿيڻ (ٽينسائل اسٽرين) برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت؛
* ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ)، جيڪا پي ايڇ (pH)، نمي يا ٻين ماحولياتي حالتن کان گهڻو متاثر نه ٿئي؛
* حرارتي مطابقت (ٿرمل ڪامپيٽيبلٽي)، جيئن گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ دوران غير ضروري دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي ماحول ۾ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيداري، جنهن ۾ زنگ (Corrosion) ۽ مستقل دٻاءَ جي اثرن کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت شامل هجي.

== تاريخ ==

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي شروعاتي ترقي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري [[انگلينڊ]] ۽ [[فرانس]] ۾ لڳ ڀڳ هڪ ئي وقت ٿي، جتي مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميرڪارن ڪنڪريٽ کي فولادي مضبوطي سان گڏ استعمال ڪرڻ بابت تجربا شروع ڪيا.

[[فائل:Saint-Denis - Maison François Coignet -1.JPG|thumb|سينٽ ڊينس ۾ فرانسوا ڪوئنيه جو گهر، جيڪو ابتدائي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان هڪ آهي.]]

فرانسيسي تعميرڪار '''[[فرانسوا ڪوئنيه]]''' پهريون شخص هو، جنهن عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |url=https://www.britannica.com/technology/building-construction/Early-steel-frame-high-rises#ref105155 |title=Building construction: The invention of reinforced concrete |encyclopedia=Encyclopedia Britannica}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن 1853ع کان 1855ع جي وچ ۾ [[پيرس]] جي ڀرسان سينٽ ڊينس ۾ واقع 72 [[شارل ميشيلس گهٽي]] تي پنهنجي رهائش لاءِ چار ماڙ عمارت تعمير ڪرائي، جيڪا '''فرانسوا ڪوئنيه هائوس''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي ۽ ان کي دنيا جي پهرين لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان شمار ڪيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=The oldest concrete structures that have lasted: 72 rue Charles Michels, St. Denis, France |url=https://meva.net/pt-br/oldest-concrete-structures/}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪوئنيه جي لکڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته هن لوهه کي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت وڌائڻ کان وڌيڪ، ڀتين کي هڪ گڏيل (مونولٿڪ) ڍانچي طور مستحڪم رکڻ ۽ انهن کي اونڌو ٿيڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968 |pages=1–33}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ 1872ع–1873ع دوران [[بروڪلن]] ۾ تعمير ٿيل '''پپن بلڊنگ''' (Pippen Building)، جيتوڻيڪ ڪوئنيه جي ڊزائن نه هئي، پر سندس تعميراتي طريقي جو هڪ اهم مثال سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

[[فائل:Maison de logement des ouvriers de l'usine Coignet 2020 6.jpg|thumb|ڪوئنيه طرفان پنهنجي ڪارخاني جي مزدورن لاءِ سينٽ ڊينس ۾ تعمير ڪيل رهائشي عمارت.]]

1854ع ۾ انگريز تعميرڪار '''وليم بي. ولڪنسن''' پنهنجي تعمير هيٺ ٻن ماڙ گهر جي ڇت ۽ فرشن ۾ فولادي مضبوطي استعمال ڪئي. هن فولادي سلاخن کي اهڙي نموني رکيو، جنهن مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته هو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) جي اثرن کان واقف هو، جڏهن ته هن کان اڳ وارا انجنيئر ان ڳالهه کي مڪمل طور نه سمجهي سگهيا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Reinforced Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete Building Construction}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1869ع کان 1870ع جي وچ ۾ '''هينري ايٽن'''  [[انگلينڊ]] جي [[نورفڪ]] ۽ [[سفڪ]] ضلعن جي وچ ۾ وهندڙ [[ويوني درياھ]] تي '''هومرسفيلڊ پل''' جي ڊزائن تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته ان جي تعمير لنڊن جي ڪمپني ''ڊبليو اينڊ ٽي فلپس '' ڪئي. لڳ ڀڳ 15.25 ميٽر (50 فوٽ) ڊگهي هيءَ پل لوهي مضبوطي سان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي پلن مان هڪ هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{NHLE|num=1262142}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي فرانسيسي باغبان '''[[جوزف مونيي]]''' کي به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ارتقا جو اهم اڳواڻ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. هو مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا گلن جا ٿانوَ تيار ڪرڻ لاءِ موجود مواد مان مطمئن نه هو، تنهنڪري هن نوان تجربا شروع ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Day |first=Lance |title=Biographical Dictionary of the History of Technology}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1867ع ۾ مونيي تار جي ڄاري (وائر ميش) ۽ سيمينٽ جي تهه کي گڏائي مضبوط ڪنڪريٽ جا گلدان ٺاهڻ واري طريقي جو پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Britannica URL|biography/Joseph-Monier|Joseph Monier}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ 1877ع ۾ هن ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿنڀن ۽ گرڊرن کي لوهي سلاخن جي ڄار ذريعي مضبوط ڪرڻ واري وڌيڪ ترقي يافته طريقي جو به پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو. جيتوڻيڪ مونيي کي اها ڄاڻ هئي ته فولادي مضبوطي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني يڪجائي وڌائي ٿي، پر اهو واضح ناهي ته کيس ان ڳالهه جي مڪمل سائنسي ڄاڻ هئي ته ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي طاقت ۾ ڪيترو اضافو آڻي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909 |pages=204–210}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1877ع ۾ آمريڪي انجنيئر '''ٿيڊيئس هائٽ'' پنهنجي مشهور رپورٽ ''اين اڪائونٽ آف سم اڪسپيريمينٽس وٿ پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ڪمبائينڊ وٿ آئرن'' شايع ڪئي، جنهن ۾ هن فولاد سان مضبوط ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پنهنجن تجربن جا نتيجا بيان ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Hyatt |first=Thaddeus |title=An Account of Some Experiments with Portland-cement-concrete Combined with Iron}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن جي تحقيق رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي رڳو تجربي واري تعميراتي مواد بدران هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي آزمودل ٽيڪنالاجي طور قائم ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. جيڪڏهن هائٽ جي تحقيق موجود نه هجي ها، ته هن شعبي جي ترقي گهڻي عرصي تائين آزمائش ۽ غلطي (ٽرائل ۽ ارر) جي غير يقيني طريقن تي دارومدار رکندي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سائنسي ترقي ۽ عالمي ڦهلاءُ ===

1870ع واري ڏهاڪي کان اڳ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير، جيتوڻيڪ ان جون پاڙون [[رومي سلطنت]] تائين پهچن ٿيون ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ ان جو ٻيهر استعمال شروع ٿيو هو، پر ان کي اڃا مڪمل طور سائنسي طور ثابت ٿيل تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي نه سمجهيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Citation |last=Aprea |first=Salvatore |chapter=The Search for Affordable Cement and Concrete in the 18th and 19th Century |title=High Tech Concrete: Where Technology and Engineering Meet |year=2018}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري انگلينڊ ۾ ڄاول انجنيئر '''[[ارنسٽ ايل. رينسم]]''' رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. هن گذريل پنجاهه سالن دوران ٿيل تحقيق ۽ تجربن مان فائدو وٺندي اڳين ايجادڪارن جي ڪيترين ئي تعميراتي طريقن کي وڌيڪ بهتر بڻايو. سندس سڀ کان اهم ايجاد فولادي سلاخن کي مروڙي استعمال ڪرڻ هئي، جنهن سان سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ چنبڙڻ (بانڊ) گهڻو مضبوط ٿي ويو ۽ ڍانچي جي مجموعي مضبوطي ۾ نمايان واڌارو آيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Episode 81: Rebar and the Alvord Lake Bridge}}&lt;/ref&gt;

رينسم پنهنجي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ وارين عمارتن سبب وڏي شهرت حاصل ڪئي، جنهن کان پوءِ هن 1886ع کان 1889ع جي وچ ۾ اتر آمريڪا جي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ پلن مان ٻه تعمير ڪرايون. انهن مان هڪ پل، '''[[سمٿ-رينسم جيپنيز برج]]'''، اڄ به [[نيو يارڪ]] جي [[شيلٽر آئلينڊ، نيو يارڪ|شيلٽر آئلينڊ]] تي موجود آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آمريڪا]] ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل ابتدائي عمارتن مان هڪ '''[[وليم اي. وارڊ هائوس]]''' هئي، جيڪا وليم اي. وارڊ جي ڊزائن موجب 1876ع ۾ مڪمل ٿي. هن رهائشي عمارت کي خاص طور باهه کان وڌيڪ تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ جي مقصد سان تعمير ڪيو ويو.

جرمن سول انجنيئر '''[[گستاو ايڊولف وائس]]''' پڻ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم شخصيت هو. 1879ع ۾ هن جوزف مونيي جي پيٽنٽن جا جرمن حق خريد ڪيا، ۽ 1884ع ۾ سندس ڪمپني '''[[ويس اينڊ فريٽيگ]]''' انهن طريقن کي پهريون ڀيرو تجارتي بنيادن تي استعمال ڪيو. 1890ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين وائس ۽ سندس ڪمپني مونيي جي نظام کي وڌيڪ ترقي ڏئي ان کي هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي ٻڌل، منظم ۽ قابل اعتماد تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آسٽريليا]] جي '''[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]''' ملڪ جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي. هن پل جي ڊزائن [[الفريڊ بارٽن بريڊي]] تيار ڪئي، جيڪو 1896ع ۾ [[ڪئينز لينڊ]] جو سرڪاري معمار هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge |publisher=Queensland Government}}&lt;/ref&gt; پل ۾ 15.2 ميٽر ڊگها يارنهن اسپين هئا ۽ ان جي ڪل ڊيگهه لڳ ڀڳ 187 ميٽر هئي، جيڪا ان دور ۾ دنيا جي ساڳئي قسم جي مشهور پلن کان به وڏي سمجهي ويندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge, Mary River, 1896- |publisher=Engineers Australia}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات ===

ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تيزيءَ سان مقبول تعميراتي مواد بڻجي ويو. ان عرصي دوران انجنيئرن ۽ معمارن هن ٽيڪنالاجي کي اوچي عمارتن، پلن ۽ ٻين وڏن تعميراتي منصوبن ۾ استعمال ڪرڻ شروع ڪيو.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل شروعاتي اوچين عمارتن مان هڪ 16 ماڙ '''انگالس بلڊنگ''' هئي، جيڪا 1904ع ۾ آمريڪا جي شهر سنسناٽي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;CIVL1101&quot;/&gt;

ڏکڻ ڪيليفورنيا ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پهرين عمارت '''لافلن اينيڪس''' هئي، جيڪا 1905ع ۾ لاس اينجلس جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Los Angeles from the Mountains to the Sea |volume=2 |last=McGroarty |first=John Steven |year=1921 |page=176}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Annual Report of the City Auditor, City of Los Angeles |year=1905 |pages=71–73}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع دوران لاس اينجلس ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن لاءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ سورهن تعميراتي اجازت ناما جاري ڪيا ويا. انهن ۾ '''ٽيمپل آڊيٽوريم''' ۽ اٺ ماڙ '''هيورڊ هوٽل''' به شامل هئا، جيڪي ان ڳالهه جو ثبوت هئا ته هي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي تيزيءَ سان عام ٿي رهي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |last=Williams |first=D. |title=What Builders are Doing |journal=Carpentry and Building |year=1907 |page=66}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |title=Reinforced Concrete Buildings at Los Angeles, Cal. |journal=Engineering News-Record |year=1906 |volume=55 |page=449}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ لانگ بيچ ۾ تعمير هيٺ '''بڪسبي هوٽل''' جو هڪ حصو وقت کان اڳ عارضي سهارن (Shoring) کي هٽائڻ سبب ڊهي پيو، جنهن ۾ ڏهه مزدور فوت ٿي ويا. هن حادثي کان پوءِ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعميراتي طريقن ۽ عمارتن جي جاچ پڙتال بابت وڌيڪ سخت ضابطا اختيار ڪيا ويا. ماهرن سفارش ڪئي ته مستقبل ۾ فرشن، ڀتين ۽ ڍانچي جي ٻين اهم حصن ۾ مڪمل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تعمير وڌيڪ محفوظ بڻجي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite magazine |title=Partial Collapse of the Bixby Hotel at Long Beach |magazine=Architect and Engineer of California |year=1906 |volume=VII |issue=1 |pages=44–48}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1904ع جي اپريل مهيني ۾ آمريڪي معمار ۽ انجنيئر '''جوليا مورگن''' پنهنجي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارت، '''ايل ڪيمپانيل'''، مڪمل ڪئي، جيڪا 72 فوٽ اوچي گهنڊ گهر (بيل ٽاور) هئي ۽ ملز ڪاليج ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=El Campanil, Mills College: Julia Morgan 1903–1904}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو ۾ آيل شديد زلزلي دوران ايل ڪيمپانيل کي ڪو به اهم نقصان نه پهتو، جنهن سان جوليا مورگن جي شهرت ۾ وڏو اضافو ٿيو ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي تي عوام جو اعتماد پڻ وڌيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Julia Morgan-designed Mills bell tower counts down to its 115th anniversary}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Bay Area Architect Julia Morgan's Legacy Wasn't Just Hearst Castle}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع جي زلزلي کان پوءِ عوام ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت موجود شڪ شبها به گهڻي حد تائين ختم ٿي ويا. ان کان اڳ ڪيترائي ماڻهو هن مواد کي جمالياتي لحاظ کان غير دلڪش سمجهندا هئا، پر زلزلي دوران ان جي بهتر ڪارڪردگي سبب ان جي مقبوليت وڌي وئي. نتيجي طور 1908ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو جي بلدياتي اختيارين عمارت سازي جا ضابطا تبديل ڪري رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وڌيڪ وسيع استعمال جي اجازت ڏني.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=How one building survived the San Francisco earthquake and changed the world}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== معيارن جي جوڙجڪ ۽ ضابطا ===

1906ع ۾ '''نيشنل ايسوسيئيشن آف سيمينٽ يوزرس''' (مختصر: NACU) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پهريون معياري دستاويز '''اسٽينڊرڊ نمبر 1''' شايع ڪيو، جنهن ۾ پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ جي معيار، خاصيتن ۽ استعمال بابت بنيادي فني گهرجون مقرر ڪيون ويون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Specifications for Portland Cement of the American Society for Testing Materials, Standard No. 1 |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1906 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان پوءِ 1910ع ۾ ساڳئي اداري '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال لاءِ معياري عمارتي ضابطا''' (''اسٽينڊرڊ بلڊنگ ريگيوليشنز فار دي يوز آف ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ '') جاري ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Building Regulations for the Use of Reinforced Concrete |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1910 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن ضابطن ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن، تعمير، جاچ ۽ استعمال بابت تفصيلي فني هدايتون شامل هيون.
انهن معيارن جي جاري ٿيڻ سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميراتي ادارن وٽ هڪجهڙن اصولن تحت ٿيڻ لڳي. نتيجي طور تعميراتي حفاظت، معيار، مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ نمايان بهتري آئي، ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جديد عمارت سازيءَ جي سڀ کان اهم تعميراتي مواد مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

== تعمير ۾ استعمال ==

[[فائل:SagradaFamiliaRoof2.jpg|thumb|upright=1.5|right|2009ع ۾ تعمير هيٺ [[ساگراڊا فاميليا]] جي ڇت ۾ لڳايل فولادي سلاخون (ريبار).]]

[[فائل:O Cristo Redentor.JPG|thumb|[[ريو ڊي جينيرو]]، [[برازيل]] ۾ واقع '''مسيح ڇوٽڪارو ڏيندڙ''' جو مجسمو، جيڪو رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان تعمير ٿيل آهي ۽ ان جي ٻاهرئين سطح هزارين ٽڪنڊي صابڻي پٿر (Soapstone) جي ٽڪرن سان ڍڪيل آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia |title=Christ the Redeemer |encyclopedia=Encyclopædia Britannica |last=Murray |first=Lorraine |url=http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/1435544/Christ-the-Redeemer}}&lt;/ref&gt;]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ تعميراتي صنعت ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد مان هڪ آهي. ان جي مدد سان مختلف قسمن جا تعميراتي جزا ۽ ڍانچا تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ تختو|ڪنڪريٽ جا تختا]] (Slabs)، [[ڀت]]، [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاعون]] (Beams)، [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀا]]، [[بنياد]]، ڍانچا (Frames) ۽ ٻيا ڪيترائي تعميراتي حصا شامل آهن.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي تعمير جي طريقي موجب عام طور ٻن قسمن ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي:

* '''اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري ڪاسٽ ڪنڪريٽ)، جنهن جا جزا ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪري تعميراتي هنڌ تي نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن.
* '''جاءِ تي وڌل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (ڪاسٽ-ان -پليس ڪنڪريٽ)، جيڪو سڌو سنئون تعميراتي هنڌ تي شٽرنگ اندر وجهي تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڪنهن به عمارت ۾ مناسب فرش نظام (Floor System) جي چونڊ ۽ ڊزائن انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان عمارت جي مجموعي ڪارڪردگي تي سڌو اثر پوي ٿو. فرش جي ڊزائن ۾ معمولي تبديليون به تعميراتي مواد جي خرچ، تعمير مڪمل ٿيڻ جي مدت، ڍانچي جي آخري مضبوطي، سار سنڀال جي خرچن، استعمال ڪندڙن جي گنجائش ۽ عمارت جي آخري استعمال تي نمايان اثر وجهي سگهن ٿيون.

فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کان سواءِ جديد دور جون گهڻ ماڙ عمارتون، وڏيون پلون ۽ ٻيا وڏا ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا محفوظ ۽ عملي طور تعمير ڪرڻ ممڪن نه هجي ها.

=== رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا ===

جڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا تعمير ۾ استعمال ٿين ٿا ته اهي ٻاهران لاڳو ٿيندڙ [[تعميراتي بار]] (Structural load) جي اثر هيٺ مخصوص ميڪانيڪي رويو ظاهر ڪندا آهن. استعمال دوران انهن جزن تي هيٺيان قسم جا بار يا قوتون عمل ڪري سگهن ٿيون:&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |author=Bungale S. Taranath |title=Reinforced Concrete Design of Tall Buildings |publisher=CRC Press |year=2009 |page=7 |isbn=978-1-4398-0481-0}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينشن)
* [[دٻاءُ]] (ڪمپريشن)
* [[وڪڙجڻ]] (بينڊنگ)
* [[ڪٽائي دٻاءُ]] (شيئر)
* [[مروڙ]] (ٽورزن)

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن اهڙي نموني ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو اهو انهن سڀني قوتن کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ تعميراتي ڍانچي جي استحڪام، مضبوطي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي يقيني بڻائي.

=== فولادي سلاخن جي ڊزائن ===

رِيئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن هميشه قابل انجنيئر يا لاڳاپيل فني اداري طرفان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي. سلاخن جو قطر، وڇاءُ، چڙهاڪو ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه عمارت جي قسم، بار ۽ لاڳو تعميراتي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي بندش ===

فولادي سلاخون تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪٽي، موڙي ۽ تار سان مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. انهن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تھ رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن سلاخون زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ۽ ڍانچي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي. ضرورت موجب ڪنڍا (Hooks) ۽ چڙهاڪو (Overlap) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== تياري  ===

آر سي سي مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارو تعميراتي مواد آهي. ان کي مختلف شڪلين ۾ آسانيءَ سان ڍالي سگهجي ٿو، باهه ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿو، پاڻيءَ جي نفوذ کي گهٽ ڪري ٿو ۽ عام حالتن ۾ گهٽ مرمت جي ضرورت پوي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ملاوٽ ===

آر سي سي جي ملاوٽ هٿ سان يا ڪنڪريٽ مڪسر ذريعي ڪئي ويندي آهي. ننڍن تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ هٿ سان ملاوٽ، جڏهن ته وڏن منصوبن ۾ مشيني ملاوٽ کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها وڌيڪ هڪجهڙائي، تيزي ۽ معياري نتيجا فراهم ڪندي آهي ۽ مواد جي زيان کي گهٽائيندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب ===

پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو مناسب تناسب آر سي سي جي مضبوطي، ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر وجهي ٿو. گهڻو پاڻي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت گهٽائي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته گهٽ پاڻي ملاوٽ کي صحيح نموني استعمال ڪرڻ ۾ ڏکيائي پيدا ڪري سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== جھڪاءُ پرک ===

ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ گهاٽاڻ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ '''جھڪاءُ پرک''' (سلمپ ٽيسٽ) ڪئي ويندي آهي. هن آزمائش ۾ مخروط شڪل واري فولادي قالب ۾ تازي ڪنڪريٽ ڀري ان جي ويهڻ يا جھڪاءَ جي ماپ ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ملاوٽ مقرر معيار مطابق آهي يا نه.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


=== ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀرائي ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ شٽرنگ، فولادي سلاخن ۽ ٻين لڪل خدمتن جهڙوڪ برقي پائيپن جي جانچ ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي بنا رڪاوٽ جي مناسب رفتار سان وڌو ويندو آهي ۽ ضرورت موجب وائبريٽر ذريعي ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ڪيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن هوا جا خانا ختم ٿين ۽ ''هني ڪومبنگ'' (Honeycombing) جهڙا نقص پيدا نه ٿين.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== سار سنڀال ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ مناسب عرصي تائين ان کي پاڻي ڏئي آلو رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان سيمينٽ جي مڪمل هائيڊريشن ٿئي ٿي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ پاڻيءَ جي مزاحمت وڌي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== رويو ==

=== مواد ===

{{ڏسو پڻ|ڪنڪريٽ|سيمينٽ|تعميراتي بجري|فولادي سلاخ}}

ڪنڪريٽ هڪ گڏيل تعميراتي مواد آهي، جيڪو ٿلهي بجري (جهڙوڪ پٿر يا سرن جي ٽڪرن)، نفيس بجري (عام طور ريتي يا ڀڳل پٿر)، ڳنڍيندڙ مواد (اڪثر [[پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ]]) ۽ پاڻي جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. جڏهن سيمينٽ کي مناسب مقدار ۾ پاڻي سان ملايو وڃي ٿو ته ان ۾ [[هائيڊريشن]]  جو ڪيميائي عمل شروع ٿئي ٿو، جنهن دوران انتهائي ننڍا قلمي (ڪرسٽلائين) ڍانچا ٺهن ٿا. اهي قلمي ڍانچا بجري جي ذرڙن کي پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍي هڪ سخت ۽ مضبوط جسم ۾ تبديل ڪري ڇڏين ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Materials principles and practice|page=61|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|page=357|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;
ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ بجري ۽ ريتي نقصانڪار مادَن، جهڙوڪ حياتياتي گندگين، سلٽ، مٽي، لگنائيٽ ۽ ٻين غير مناسب آميزشن کان پاڪ هجڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙيون آميزشون ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري کي متاثر ڪري سگهن ٿيون.

عام ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءَ (ڪمپريشن) کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي تمام وڏي صلاحيت رکي ٿو، پر جيڪڏهن ان تي نمايان ڇڪ (ٽينشن) پيدا ٿئي، مثال طور وڪڙجڻ (بينڊنگ) سبب، ته ان جي اندر موجود قلمي ڍانچو ٽٽڻ شروع ٿي ويندو آهي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڏار پئجي ويندا آهن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ الڳ ٿيڻ لڳندو آهي. انهيءَ سبب عام (غير ريئنفورسڊ) ڪنڪريٽ کي هميشه اهڙي نموني سهارو ڏنو ويندو آهي، جو ان ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي.

جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر اهڙو مواد رکيو وڃي، جيڪو ڇڪ کي تمام سٺي نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي، جهڙوڪ فولاد، ته پوءِ حاصل ٿيندڙ گڏيل مادو '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' بڻجي ويندو آهي. اهڙي گڏيل مواد ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪري ٿو، جڏهن ته فولادي سلاخون تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪن ٿيون. نتيجي طور اهو نه رڳو دٻاءُ، پر وڪڙجڻ ۽ ٻين تنشي بارن کي به محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ٿو. اهڙي گڏيل نظام کي تعميراتي ضرورت موجب لڳ ڀڳ هر شڪل ۽ ماپ ۾ تيار ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== اهم خاصيتون ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جون غيرمعمولي تعميراتي خاصيتون بنيادي طور هيٺين سببن جي ڪري پيدا ٿين ٿيون:

# ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي [[حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جي عدد]] (ڪوئفيشنٽ آف ٿرمل ايڪسپينشن) تقريباً هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي. تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ٻنهي موادن جي ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ ۾ گهڻو فرق نٿو اچي، جنهن ڪري اندروني دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيڻ جا امڪان گهٽجي وڃن ٿا.

# جڏهن سيمينٽ جو ليپ سخت ٿئي ٿو ته اهو فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿو. نتيجي طور بار يا دٻاءُ ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ مؤثر نموني منتقل ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ چنبڙڻ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط بڻائڻ لاءِ فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري کي عام طور تي اُڀن نشانن يا نالين (ڊيفارميشنز) سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

# سخت ٿيل سيمينٽ جي ليپ ۾ موجود [[الڪلائن]] ماحول، جيڪو پوٽاشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ، سوڊيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ ۽ [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] جي موجودگي سبب پيدا ٿيندو آهي، فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي هڪ حفاظتي غيرفعال (پيسيويشن) تهه ٺاهي ڇڏيندو آهي. هي تهه فولاد کي زنگ لڳڻ کان وڏي حد تائين بچائيندو آهي.

وقت سان گڏ جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ هوا ۽ مينهن جي پاڻيءَ جي رابطي ۾ اچي ٿو ته فضا ۾ موجود ڪاربان ڊاءِ آڪسائيڊ پاڻي سان ملي [[ڪاربونڪ تيزاب]] ٺاهي ٿي. هي تيزاب سيمينٽ جي الڪلائن جزن سان آهستي آهستي ڪيميائي عمل ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيت گهٽائيندو آهي. انهيءَ عمل کي '''ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن'''  چيو ويندو آهي. نتيجي طور ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ (pH) آهستي آهستي گهٽجي ويندو آهي، ۽ جڏهن اهو ڪافي گهٽجي وڃي ٿو ته فولادي سلاخن جي حفاظتي تهه ختم ٿيڻ لڳندي آهي، جنهن کان پوءِ زنگ لڳڻ جو خطرو وڌي ويندو آهي.

عام طور تي جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ لڳ ڀڳ 11 کان مٿي هجي ته فولادي سلاخون محفوظ رهنديون آهن، جڏهن ته پي ايڇ 10 کان هيٺ اچڻ تي، مقامي ماحول ۽ فولاد جي خاصيتن موجب، زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو. ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن ۽ [[ڪلورائيڊ]]ن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي خراب ٿيڻ جا سڀ کان اهم سبب سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.

عام رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جو ڪُل ايراضو گهڻو نه هوندو آهي. عام طور شعاعن ۽ تختن ۾ اهو لڳ ڀڳ هڪ سيڪڙو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه ٿنڀن ۾ ڇهه سيڪڙو تائين ٿي سگهي ٿو. فولادي سلاخون اڪثر گول شڪل واريون هونديون آهن ۽ مختلف قطرن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن.

ڪجهه رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ خالي سوراخ يا کوکلا حصا (ھالو ڪورز) پڻ رکيا ويندا آهن، جيئن نمي ۽ گهم تي بهتر ضابطو آڻي سگهجي.

تحقيق مان معلوم ٿيو آهي ته عمودي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزن ۾، ريئنفورسمينٽ موجود هجڻ باوجود، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي سڄي ڪراس سيڪشن ۾ مڪمل طور هڪجهڙي نه هوندي، پر ڪجهه حد تائين غير يڪسان (انھوموجينيس) ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;&quot;Concrete Inhomogeneity of Vertical Cast-In-Situ Elements In Frame-Type Buildings&quot;.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو گڏيل عمل ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي جو بنيادي اصول اهو آهي ته ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ هڪ گڏيل (ڪمپوزٽ) نظام جي صورت ۾ ڪم ڪن. جڏهن ڪنهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزو تي بار لاڳو ٿئي ٿو، ته فولادي سلاخن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ ڊگھائي يا وڪڙ (اسٽرين) بلڪل ساڳيو هجڻ گهرجي، جيڪو چوڌاري موجود ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. جيڪڏهن ٻنهي موادن جي وڪڙ ۾ فرق پيدا ٿئي ته سندن وچ ۾ سُرڪڻ (سلپ)، الڳ ٿيڻ (سيپريشن) يا بناوتي بيقاعدگي (ڊسڪنٽينيوئٽي) پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي، جنهن سان ڍانچي جي مضبوطي متاثر ٿئي ٿي.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل عمل کي برقرار رکڻ لاءِ بار جو مؤثر منتقلي ٿيڻ ضروري آهي. بار پهرين ڪنڪريٽ مان فولادي سلاخ جي مٿاڇري تائين منتقل ٿئي ٿو، پوءِ اُتان فولادي سلاخ جي سڄي ڊگھائي ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ جي صورت ۾ ورهائجي وڃي ٿو. هي عمل ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ موجود مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ يا اينڪوريج) جي ذريعي ممڪن بڻجي ٿو، جيڪو ٻنهي موادن جي رابطي واري سطح تي لڳاتار دٻاءُ جو ميدان (ڪنٽينيوئس اسٽريس فيلڊ) پيدا ڪري ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل طور ڪم ڪرڻ جا بنيادي سبب هي آهن:

* فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿي، تنهنڪري ٻئي گڏجي ٻاهرين بارن کي برداشت ڪن ٿا.
* ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جا عدد تقريباً هڪجهڙا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب سندن وچ ۾ نقصانڪار حرارتي دٻاءُ پيدا نٿو ٿئي.
* ڪنڪريٽ جو الڪلائن ماحول فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائي ٿو ۽ انهن جي عمر وڌائي ٿو.

=== ڪنڪريٽ ۾ بندش ===

فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ بندش (بانڊ) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنيادي خاصيتن مان هڪ آهي. عملي طور بندش جو دٻاءُ سلاخ جي سڄي ڊيگهه ۾ هڪجهڙو نه هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري جديد تعميراتي ضابطن ۾ بندش جي دٻاءُ بدران '''ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي''' (ڊولپمينٽ لينٿ) جو تصور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي مان مراد فولادي سلاخ جي اها گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ڊيگهه آهي، جيڪا ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود هجڻ ضروري آهي، ته جيئن سلاخ پنهنجي مڪمل ييلڊ اسٽريس تائين پهچي سگهي، بغير ڪنڪريٽ مان سُرڪڻ جي.

جيڪڏهن موجود ڊيگهه گهربل ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي کان گهٽ هجي ته اضافي بندش مهيا ڪرڻ لاءِ مختلف طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جهڙوڪ:

* ڪنڍا (ھڪس)
* موڙ (بينڊس)
* ميخانياتي پڇاڙيون (ميڪينيڪل اينڊ پليٽس)
* ٻيا مناسب اينڪريج جا ذريعا

اهي سڀئي طريقا فولادي سلاخن کي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوطي سان جڪڙي رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

=== ليپ اسپلائس ===

جڏهن فولادي سلاخ جي ڊيگهه ڪافي نه هجي يا ٻن سلاخن کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍڻو هجي ته ٻنهي سلاخن کي هڪ مقرر ڊيگهه تائين هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهائي رکيو ويندو آهي. هن طريقي کي '''ليپ اسپلائس''' چيو ويندو آهي.

ليپ اسپلائس جو مقصد ٻنهي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ دٻاءُ ۽ تنشي قوتن جي محفوظ منتقلي کي يقيني بڻائڻ آهي، جيئن ڍانچي جي تسلسل برقرار رهي. ليپ اسپلائس جي گهربل ڊيگهه تعميراتي ضابطن موجب سلاخ جي قطر، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، فولاد جي درجي ۽ لاڳو ٿيندڙ بار جي بنياد تي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal|title=Monotonic and Cyclic Seismic Analyses of Old-Type RC Columns with Short Lap Splices|journal=Construction Materials|volume=4|issue=2|year=2024|pages=329–341}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زنگ کان بچاءَ جا طريقا ===

ٿڌن ۽ نمي وارن علائقن ۾، خاص طور روڊن، پلن، پارڪنگ ڍانچن ۽ انهن تعميرن ۾ جيڪي برف ڳارڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لوڻ (Deicing Salt) جي رابطي ۾ اچن ٿيون، فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مختلف حفاظتي طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن.

انهن ۾ هيٺيان طريقا شامل آهن:

* گهٽ ڪاربان ۽ ڪروميم تي ٻڌل زنگ-مزاحمتي فولادي سلاخن جو استعمال؛
* ايپوڪسي (Epoxy) سان ڍڪيل فولادي سلاخون؛
* گرم طريقي سان جست لڳايل (ھاٽ-ڊپ گيلوانائيزڊ) فولادي سلاخون؛
* اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون فولادي سلاخون.

انهن کان علاوه مناسب ڊزائن، اعليٰ معيار جي ڪنڪريٽ، صحيح پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب ۽ مناسب حفاظتي تهه (ڪنڪريٽ ڪور) پڻ فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪن ٿا.

فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ جست فاسفيٽ (زنڪ فاسفيٽ) جهڙا حفاظتي ليپ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر ڪيميائي عمل ذريعي هڪ مستحڪم حفاظتي تهه ٺاهي زنگ جي رفتار گهٽائيندا آهن.

ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري تي مختلف سيلنٽ (Sealants)، جهڙوڪ رنگ، پلاسٽڪ فلمون، فوم، ايلومينيم ورق يا بينٽونائيٽ مٽي جا حفاظتي تهه پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي پاڻي ۽ نقصانڪار لوڻن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي گهٽائيندا آهن.

ان کان علاوه ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ وقت پاڻيءَ جي ملاوٽ ۾ زنگ روڪيندڙ ڪيميائي مادا (ڪوروژن انھبٽرز)، جهڙوڪ ڪيلشيم نائٽرائيٽ، پڻ شامل ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي مادا فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي حفاظتي غيرفعال تهه (پيسيويشن ليئر) برقرار رکن ٿا، جنهن سان زنگ لڳڻ جو امڪان نمايان طور گهٽجي وڃي ٿو.

== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ شعاعن جي اصطلاحات ==

[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|پارڪنگ گيراج جي تختي سان گڏيل ٻه هڪٻئي کي ڪٽيندڙ شعاعون، جن ۾ فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ برقي تارن، جنڪشن باڪسز ۽ روشنيءَ جي ٻين برقي حصن جي لڳائڻ جي تياري پڻ نظر اچي ٿي.]]

[[فائل:Fideo o’r trawst concrit olaf yn cael ei osod – Tach 2016 Last concrete beam installation – 2016.webm|thumb|اوچي شاهراهه تي آخري ڪنڪريٽي شعاع رکڻ جو مختصر وڊيو، جيڪا ويلز جي ڪارڊف بي ڀرسان نئين شاهراهه جي تعمير جو حصو آهي.]]

جڏهن ڪنهن [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاع]] تي [[وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو]] (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) عمل ڪري ٿو ته شعاع ۾ ٿورو وڪڙ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ حالت ۾ شعاع جي ٻاهرئين پاسي (تنشي پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اندرئين پاسي (دٻاءُ واري پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ هوندو آهي.

'''يڪ-طرفو ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (سنگلي ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ رڳو تنشي پاسي لڳائي ويندي آهي. هن فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي '''تنشي فولاد''' (ٽينشن اسٽيل) چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ ان جو مقصد تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.

'''ٻه-طرفو ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (ڊبلي ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي پاسي سان گڏ دٻاءُ واري پاسي به فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ لڳائي ويندي آهي. دٻاءُ واري پاسي لڳايل فولاد کي '''دٻاءُ وارو فولاد''' (ڪمپيشن اسٽيل) چيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد ڪنڪريٽ کي دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيڻ ۽ اضافي دٻاءَ کي سنڀالڻ هوندو آهي. جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو گهربل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪافي نه هجي، يا معمار شعاع جي ماپ وڌائڻ جي اجازت نه ڏئي، تڏهن اضافي دٻاءُ وارو فولاد استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

'''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (انڊر-ريئينفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان گهٽ هوندي آهي. اهڙي شعاع تي جڏهن وڪڙجڻ وارو بار آهستي آهستي وڌندو آهي ته سڀ کان پهرين تنشي فولاد پنهنجي لچڪدار حد (ييلڊ) تائين پهچي ڊگهو ٿيڻ شروع ڪندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ اڃا مڪمل طور نه ٽٽندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ شعاع ۾ وڏو وڪڙ ۽ واضح تبديليون پيدا ٿينديون آهن، جيڪي ممڪن ناڪامي بابت اڳواٽ خبردار ڪن ٿيون. انهيءَ سبب تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ اهڙي قسم جي شعاع کي وڌيڪ محفوظ تصور ڪيو ويندو آهي، ۽ عام طور ڊزائن فولاد جي ييلڊ اسٽريس جي بنياد تي ڪئي ويندي آهي.

'''وڌيڪ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (اوور-ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان وڌيڪ هوندي آهي. اهڙي حالت ۾ فولاد ييلڊ ٿيڻ کان اڳ ئي ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو چِٿجي (ڪرشنگ) وڃي ٿو، جنهن سبب شعاع بنا ڪنهن واضح اڳواٽ خبرداري جي اوچتو ناڪام ٿي سگهي ٿي. انهيءَ ڪري اهڙي ڊزائن کي غير محفوظ سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

'''متوازن ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (بئلنسڊ ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ شعاع تي مقرر ٿيل بار وڌڻ سان ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو ۽ تنشي فولاد تقريباً هڪ ئي وقت پنهنجي آخري حد تائين پهچي وڃن ٿا. اهڙي حالت ۾ ڪنڪريٽ چِٿجي وڃي ٿو ۽ فولاد پڻ ييلڊ ڪري ٿو. جيتوڻيڪ هن حالت ۾ ٻنهي موادن جي طاقت جو متوازن استعمال ٿئي ٿو، پر ناڪامي تقريباً اوچتي ٿيندي آهي، تنهنڪري هي ڊزائن به عملي طور وڌيڪ محفوظ نه سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Nilson, Darwin, Dolan. ''Design of Concrete Structures''. McGraw-Hill Education, 2003. pp. 80–90.&lt;/ref&gt;

انهيءَ سبب فولادي ريئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا اهي جزا، جيڪي وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو برداشت ڪن ٿا، عام طور '''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ''' (انڊر-ريئينفورسڊ) طريقي سان ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن، ته جيئن ناڪامي کان اڳ واضح خبرداري ملي سگهي.

'''خاصيتي مضبوطي''' (ڪئريڪٽرسٽڪ اسٽرينٿ) اها مضبوطي آهي، جنهن کان گهٽ نتيجو صرف پنج سيڪڙو يا ان کان گهٽ آزمائشي نمونن ۾ ملي ٿو.

'''ڊزائن مضبوطي''' يا '''نامياري مضبوطي''' (ڊزائين اسٽرينٿ يا نامينل اسٽرينٿ) اها مضبوطي آهي، جيڪا حفاظتي عامل (سيفٽي فيڪٽر) کي نظر ۾ رکي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. اجازت لائق دٻاءَ واري ڊزائن (پرمزيبل اسٽريس ڊزائين) ۾ حفاظتي عامل عام طور 0.75 کان 0.85 جي وچ ۾ هوندو آهي.

'''آخري حد واري حالت''' (الٽيميٽ لمٽ اسٽيٽ) اها نظرياتي حالت آهي، جنهن تي ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان موجود هوندو آهي. ان جو اندازو حفاظتي عامل سان وڌايل بارن (فيڪٽرڊ لوڊ) ۽ حفاظتي عامل سان گهٽايل مزاحمت (فيڪٽرڊ رزسٽنس) جي بنياد تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا عام طور بين الاقوامي ضابطن ۽ معيارن، جهڙوڪ ACI 318، CEB ۽ يورو ڪوڊ 2 وغيره مطابق ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي ڊزائن لاءِ WSD (ورڪنگ اسٽريس ڊزائين)، USD (الٽيميٽ اسٽرينٿ ڊزائين) يا LRFD (لوڊ اينڊ رزسٽنس فيڪٽر ڊزائين) جهڙا طريقا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. تجزيو ۽ ڊزائن ليڪيرِي (لينيئر) يا غير ليڪيرِي (نان-لينيئر) طريقن سان به ڪري سگهجن ٿا. عمارت سازي جا ضابطا اڪثر حفاظتي عاملن سان گڏ ليڪيرِي طريقن جي سفارش ڪن ٿا، جڏهن ته ڪجهه خاص حالتن ۾ غير ليڪيرِي عددي تجزيا پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Techno Press|journal=Structural Engineering and Mechanics|volume=53|issue=4|year=2015}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Energy based structural damage index based on nonlinear numerical simulation of structures subjected to oriented lateral cyclic loading|journal=International Journal of Civil Engineering|volume=9|issue=3|year=2011|pages=155–164}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ ==

{{Main|اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ}}

'''اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري اسٽريسڊ ڪنڪريٽ) اهڙي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي شعاعن ۽ ٻين بناوتي جزن جي بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت کي نمايان طور وڌايو ويندو آهي.

هن طريقي ۾ شعاع جي هيٺئين حصي ۾ موجود فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ، جيڪا استعمال دوران تنشي قوتن جي اثر هيٺ ايندي آهي، ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ئي ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ آندي ويندي آهي. ان کان پوءِ ان جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وڌو ويندو آهي. جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ مڪمل طور سخت ٿي وڃي ٿو ته فولادي سلاخن تان اڳواٽ ڏنل ڇڪ آزاد ڪئي ويندي آهي. ان جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر مستقل دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) پيدا ٿي ويندو آهي.

جڏهن بعد ۾ شعاع تي بار لاڳو ٿيندو آهي ته فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ اضافي تنشي دٻاءُ برداشت ڪندي آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ ۾ موجود اڳواٽ دٻاءُ آهستي آهستي گهٽبو آهي، پر عام حالتن ۾ اهو تنشي دٻاءُ ۾ تبديل نه ٿيندو آهي.

ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڪنڪريٽ مسلسل دٻاءُ هيٺ رهندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان ۾ ڏار پوڻ، وڪڙجڻ سبب نقصان پهچڻ ۽ بناوتي ناڪامي جا امڪان عام رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀيٽ ۾ گهڻا گهٽ هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|pages=372–373|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|others=George Weidmann, P. R. Lewis, Nick Reid, Open University. Materials Department|isbn=0-408-04658-9|location=Milton Keynes, U.K.|oclc=20693897}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== فولاد سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ناڪامي جا عام نمونا ==

[[فائل:Concrete spall (interior of unit).jpg|thumb|سنگاپور ۾ هڪ آفيس جي ڇت مان ڪنڪريٽ جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي ڪرڻ. اهو نقصان ممڪن آهي ته فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ سبب پيدا ٿيو هجي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بنيادي طور ٻن سببن جي ڪري ناڪام ٿي سگهي ٿو: پهريون، جڏهن ان جي مضبوطي گهربل حد کان گهٽ هجي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ بناوتي يا مشيني ناڪامي (ميڪينيڪل فيليوئر) پيدا ٿئي؛ ۽ ٻيو، جڏهن وقت سان گڏ ان جي پائيداري گهٽجي وڃي. خراب ڊزائن يا غير معياري تعمير سبب زنگ لڳڻ ۽ ٿڌ ۾ ڄمڻ ۽ وري ڳرڻ (فريز–ٿا سائيڪل) جا بار بار ٿيندڙ عمل ڪنڪريٽ کي نقصان پهچائي سگهن ٿا.

جڏهن فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳندو آهي ته زنگ جا پيداوار (رسٽ) پنهنجي اصل ڌاتوءَ جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مقدار والاريندا آهن. انهيءَ ڦهلاءَ سبب ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏار پوندا آهن، مٿاڇري جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي پوندا آهن (اسپيلنگ)، ۽ فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ موجود بندش ڪمزور ٿي ويندي آهي. اهڙي طرح ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کان الڳ ٿيڻ لڳندي آهي، جنهن سان ڍانچي جي مضبوطي ۽ عمر ٻنهي تي منفي اثر پوندو آهي.

هيٺ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پائيداري کي متاثر ڪندڙ اهم سبب بيان ڪيا ويا آهن.

=== مشيني ناڪامي ===

ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏار پوڻ کي مڪمل طور روڪڻ عملي طور ممڪن نه هوندو آهي، پر مناسب مقدار ۾ ريئنفورسمينٽ، ڪنٽرول جوائنٽن، صحيح سنڀال (Curing) ۽ مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جي ملاوٽ ذريعي انهن ڏارن جي ماپ، تعداد ۽ هنڌ کي وڏي حد تائين ضابطي ۾ آڻي سگهجي ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ ڏار نمي ۽ پاڻي کي اندر داخل ٿيڻ جو رستو فراهم ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو. بناوتي ڊزائن ۾ اهڙي حالت کي عام طور ''سروس لائق حد واري ناڪامي'' (سروسبلٽي لمٽ اسٽيٽ) چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي نقصان سان ڍانچي جي استعمال جي صلاحيت متاثر ٿيندي آهي، ڀلي اهو فوري طور نه ڊهي.

عام طور ڏار پوڻ جا اهم سبب هي هوندا آهن:

* فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي مقدار ضرورت کان گهٽ هجڻ؛
* فولادي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ تمام گهڻو وڇاءُ هجڻ؛
* مقرر حد کان وڌيڪ بار لاڳو ٿيڻ؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي سخت ٿيڻ دوران گرمي جي تبديلي يا شروعاتي سُڪڙجڻ (ارلي ٿرمل شرنڪيج) سبب اندروني دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيڻ.

ڍانچي جي مڪمل ناڪامي، جيڪا آخرڪار ڊهڻ جو سبب بڻجي سگهي ٿي، هيٺين حالتن ۾ پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي:

* جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ تي دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ان جي برداشت جي حد کان وڌي وڃي ۽ ڪنڪريٽ چِٿجي وڃي (ڪنڪريٽ ڪرشنگ )؛
* جڏهن وڪڙجڻ (بينڊنگ) يا ڪٽائي (Shear) سبب فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ تي پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻاءُ ان جي طاقت کان وڌي وڃي، جنهن سان فولاد ييلڊ ڪري يا ٽٽي پوي؛
* جڏهن فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ موجود بندش (بانڊ) ناڪام ٿي وڃي، جنهن سان فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان سُرڪڻ لڳي ۽ ٻئي مواد گڏيل طور ڪم ڪرڻ بند ڪري ڇڏين.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |year=2016 |title=Remote sensing and photogrammetry techniques in diagnostics of concrete structures |journal=Computers and Concrete |volume=18 |issue=3 |pages=405–420 |doi=10.12989/cac.2016.18.3.405}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>1235hfh0xt2dzy5mwxe9c92ro4jfg1t</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401027</id>
      <parentid>401026</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T23:58:54Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401027</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="69308" sha1="4flq9oyhiow2i21tbbs3ndfhvrwe8w4" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمنٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' ، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (اسٽيل ريئينفورسنگ بارس)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}&lt;/ref&gt;
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (ڪوروژن انجنيئرنگ) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (ڪوروژن) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' کي مختصر طور '''آر سي سي''' ({{lang-en|RCC}}) چيو وڃي ٿو، اهڙو تعميراتي مرڪب آهي، جيڪو [[سيمينٽ]]، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا پٿر جي سنهن ٽڪرن ۽ پاڻيءَ مان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) شامل ڪري ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي قوت وڌائين ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ جي اعليٰ صلاحيت رکي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Expo58 building Philips.jpg|thumb|[[بيلجيم]] جي گاديءَ واري شهر [[برسلز]] ۾ [[ايڪسپو 58]] لاءِ تعمير ڪيل [[فلپس پيوليئن]] جي منفرد شڪل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال سان ممڪن ٿي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور تي ريئنفورسمينٽ (فولادي سلاخن يا ٻين مضبوط ڪندڙ مواد) جي ترتيب اهڙي نموني سان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو ڪنڪريٽ جي انهن حصن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) کي برداشت ڪري سگهي، جتي ٻي صورت ۾ ڏار پوڻ يا ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان هوندو آهي. جديد رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ رڳو فولاد ئي نه، پر [[پوليمر]]ن ۽ ٻين جامع (ڪمپوزٽ) مواد مان ٺهيل مضبوط ڪندڙ عنصر پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ضرورت موجب فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ يا انهن کان سواءِ به ڪم آندا ويندا آهن.

ڪيترين تعميراتي حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي اڳواٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ۽ ريئنفورسمينٽ ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ هوندي آهي. هن طريقي سان ڍانچي جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت بهتر ٿيندي آهي. اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي کي '''پري اسٽرِيسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جا ٻه عام طريقا '''پري ٽينشننگ''' ۽ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ'''  آهن.

مضبوط، لچڪدار ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ ريئنفورسمينٽ ۾ هيٺيون خاصيتون هجڻ ضروري آهن:

* اعليٰ ميڪانيڪي مضبوطي؛
* ڇڪ هيٺ وڏي حد تائين ڊگهو ٿيڻ (ٽينسائل اسٽرين) برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت؛
* ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ)، جيڪا پي ايڇ (pH)، نمي يا ٻين ماحولياتي حالتن کان گهڻو متاثر نه ٿئي؛
* حرارتي مطابقت (ٿرمل ڪامپيٽيبلٽي)، جيئن گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ دوران غير ضروري دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي ماحول ۾ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيداري، جنهن ۾ زنگ (Corrosion) ۽ مستقل دٻاءَ جي اثرن کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت شامل هجي.

== تاريخ ==

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي شروعاتي ترقي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري [[انگلينڊ]] ۽ [[فرانس]] ۾ لڳ ڀڳ هڪ ئي وقت ٿي، جتي مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميرڪارن ڪنڪريٽ کي فولادي مضبوطي سان گڏ استعمال ڪرڻ بابت تجربا شروع ڪيا.

[[فائل:Saint-Denis - Maison François Coignet -1.JPG|thumb|سينٽ ڊينس ۾ فرانسوا ڪوئنيه جو گهر، جيڪو ابتدائي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان هڪ آهي.]]

فرانسيسي تعميرڪار '''[[فرانسوا ڪوئنيه]]''' پهريون شخص هو، جنهن عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |url=https://www.britannica.com/technology/building-construction/Early-steel-frame-high-rises#ref105155 |title=Building construction: The invention of reinforced concrete |encyclopedia=Encyclopedia Britannica}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن 1853ع کان 1855ع جي وچ ۾ [[پيرس]] جي ڀرسان سينٽ ڊينس ۾ واقع 72 [[شارل ميشيلس گهٽي]] تي پنهنجي رهائش لاءِ چار ماڙ عمارت تعمير ڪرائي، جيڪا '''فرانسوا ڪوئنيه هائوس''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي ۽ ان کي دنيا جي پهرين لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان شمار ڪيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=The oldest concrete structures that have lasted: 72 rue Charles Michels, St. Denis, France |url=https://meva.net/pt-br/oldest-concrete-structures/}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪوئنيه جي لکڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته هن لوهه کي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت وڌائڻ کان وڌيڪ، ڀتين کي هڪ گڏيل (مونولٿڪ) ڍانچي طور مستحڪم رکڻ ۽ انهن کي اونڌو ٿيڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968 |pages=1–33}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ 1872ع–1873ع دوران [[بروڪلن]] ۾ تعمير ٿيل '''پپن بلڊنگ''' (Pippen Building)، جيتوڻيڪ ڪوئنيه جي ڊزائن نه هئي، پر سندس تعميراتي طريقي جو هڪ اهم مثال سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

[[فائل:Maison de logement des ouvriers de l'usine Coignet 2020 6.jpg|thumb|ڪوئنيه طرفان پنهنجي ڪارخاني جي مزدورن لاءِ سينٽ ڊينس ۾ تعمير ڪيل رهائشي عمارت.]]

1854ع ۾ انگريز تعميرڪار '''وليم بي. ولڪنسن''' پنهنجي تعمير هيٺ ٻن ماڙ گهر جي ڇت ۽ فرشن ۾ فولادي مضبوطي استعمال ڪئي. هن فولادي سلاخن کي اهڙي نموني رکيو، جنهن مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته هو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) جي اثرن کان واقف هو، جڏهن ته هن کان اڳ وارا انجنيئر ان ڳالهه کي مڪمل طور نه سمجهي سگهيا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Reinforced Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete Building Construction}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1869ع کان 1870ع جي وچ ۾ '''هينري ايٽن'''  [[انگلينڊ]] جي [[نورفڪ]] ۽ [[سفڪ]] ضلعن جي وچ ۾ وهندڙ [[ويوني درياھ]] تي '''هومرسفيلڊ پل''' جي ڊزائن تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته ان جي تعمير لنڊن جي ڪمپني ''ڊبليو اينڊ ٽي فلپس '' ڪئي. لڳ ڀڳ 15.25 ميٽر (50 فوٽ) ڊگهي هيءَ پل لوهي مضبوطي سان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي پلن مان هڪ هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{NHLE|num=1262142}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي فرانسيسي باغبان '''[[جوزف مونيي]]''' کي به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ارتقا جو اهم اڳواڻ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. هو مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا گلن جا ٿانوَ تيار ڪرڻ لاءِ موجود مواد مان مطمئن نه هو، تنهنڪري هن نوان تجربا شروع ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Day |first=Lance |title=Biographical Dictionary of the History of Technology}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1867ع ۾ مونيي تار جي ڄاري (وائر ميش) ۽ سيمينٽ جي تهه کي گڏائي مضبوط ڪنڪريٽ جا گلدان ٺاهڻ واري طريقي جو پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Britannica URL|biography/Joseph-Monier|Joseph Monier}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ 1877ع ۾ هن ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿنڀن ۽ گرڊرن کي لوهي سلاخن جي ڄار ذريعي مضبوط ڪرڻ واري وڌيڪ ترقي يافته طريقي جو به پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو. جيتوڻيڪ مونيي کي اها ڄاڻ هئي ته فولادي مضبوطي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني يڪجائي وڌائي ٿي، پر اهو واضح ناهي ته کيس ان ڳالهه جي مڪمل سائنسي ڄاڻ هئي ته ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي طاقت ۾ ڪيترو اضافو آڻي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909 |pages=204–210}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1877ع ۾ آمريڪي انجنيئر '''ٿيڊيئس هائٽ'' پنهنجي مشهور رپورٽ ''اين اڪائونٽ آف سم اڪسپيريمينٽس وٿ پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ڪمبائينڊ وٿ آئرن'' شايع ڪئي، جنهن ۾ هن فولاد سان مضبوط ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پنهنجن تجربن جا نتيجا بيان ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Hyatt |first=Thaddeus |title=An Account of Some Experiments with Portland-cement-concrete Combined with Iron}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن جي تحقيق رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي رڳو تجربي واري تعميراتي مواد بدران هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي آزمودل ٽيڪنالاجي طور قائم ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. جيڪڏهن هائٽ جي تحقيق موجود نه هجي ها، ته هن شعبي جي ترقي گهڻي عرصي تائين آزمائش ۽ غلطي (ٽرائل ۽ ارر) جي غير يقيني طريقن تي دارومدار رکندي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سائنسي ترقي ۽ عالمي ڦهلاءُ ===

1870ع واري ڏهاڪي کان اڳ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير، جيتوڻيڪ ان جون پاڙون [[رومي سلطنت]] تائين پهچن ٿيون ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ ان جو ٻيهر استعمال شروع ٿيو هو، پر ان کي اڃا مڪمل طور سائنسي طور ثابت ٿيل تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي نه سمجهيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Citation |last=Aprea |first=Salvatore |chapter=The Search for Affordable Cement and Concrete in the 18th and 19th Century |title=High Tech Concrete: Where Technology and Engineering Meet |year=2018}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري انگلينڊ ۾ ڄاول انجنيئر '''[[ارنسٽ ايل. رينسم]]''' رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. هن گذريل پنجاهه سالن دوران ٿيل تحقيق ۽ تجربن مان فائدو وٺندي اڳين ايجادڪارن جي ڪيترين ئي تعميراتي طريقن کي وڌيڪ بهتر بڻايو. سندس سڀ کان اهم ايجاد فولادي سلاخن کي مروڙي استعمال ڪرڻ هئي، جنهن سان سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ چنبڙڻ (بانڊ) گهڻو مضبوط ٿي ويو ۽ ڍانچي جي مجموعي مضبوطي ۾ نمايان واڌارو آيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Episode 81: Rebar and the Alvord Lake Bridge}}&lt;/ref&gt;

رينسم پنهنجي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ وارين عمارتن سبب وڏي شهرت حاصل ڪئي، جنهن کان پوءِ هن 1886ع کان 1889ع جي وچ ۾ اتر آمريڪا جي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ پلن مان ٻه تعمير ڪرايون. انهن مان هڪ پل، '''[[سمٿ-رينسم جيپنيز برج]]'''، اڄ به [[نيو يارڪ]] جي [[شيلٽر آئلينڊ، نيو يارڪ|شيلٽر آئلينڊ]] تي موجود آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آمريڪا]] ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل ابتدائي عمارتن مان هڪ '''[[وليم اي. وارڊ هائوس]]''' هئي، جيڪا وليم اي. وارڊ جي ڊزائن موجب 1876ع ۾ مڪمل ٿي. هن رهائشي عمارت کي خاص طور باهه کان وڌيڪ تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ جي مقصد سان تعمير ڪيو ويو.

جرمن سول انجنيئر '''[[گستاو ايڊولف وائس]]''' پڻ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم شخصيت هو. 1879ع ۾ هن جوزف مونيي جي پيٽنٽن جا جرمن حق خريد ڪيا، ۽ 1884ع ۾ سندس ڪمپني '''[[ويس اينڊ فريٽيگ]]''' انهن طريقن کي پهريون ڀيرو تجارتي بنيادن تي استعمال ڪيو. 1890ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين وائس ۽ سندس ڪمپني مونيي جي نظام کي وڌيڪ ترقي ڏئي ان کي هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي ٻڌل، منظم ۽ قابل اعتماد تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آسٽريليا]] جي '''[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]''' ملڪ جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي. هن پل جي ڊزائن [[الفريڊ بارٽن بريڊي]] تيار ڪئي، جيڪو 1896ع ۾ [[ڪئينز لينڊ]] جو سرڪاري معمار هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge |publisher=Queensland Government}}&lt;/ref&gt; پل ۾ 15.2 ميٽر ڊگها يارنهن اسپين هئا ۽ ان جي ڪل ڊيگهه لڳ ڀڳ 187 ميٽر هئي، جيڪا ان دور ۾ دنيا جي ساڳئي قسم جي مشهور پلن کان به وڏي سمجهي ويندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge, Mary River, 1896- |publisher=Engineers Australia}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات ===

ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تيزيءَ سان مقبول تعميراتي مواد بڻجي ويو. ان عرصي دوران انجنيئرن ۽ معمارن هن ٽيڪنالاجي کي اوچي عمارتن، پلن ۽ ٻين وڏن تعميراتي منصوبن ۾ استعمال ڪرڻ شروع ڪيو.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل شروعاتي اوچين عمارتن مان هڪ 16 ماڙ '''انگالس بلڊنگ''' هئي، جيڪا 1904ع ۾ آمريڪا جي شهر سنسناٽي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;CIVL1101&quot;/&gt;

ڏکڻ ڪيليفورنيا ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پهرين عمارت '''لافلن اينيڪس''' هئي، جيڪا 1905ع ۾ لاس اينجلس جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Los Angeles from the Mountains to the Sea |volume=2 |last=McGroarty |first=John Steven |year=1921 |page=176}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Annual Report of the City Auditor, City of Los Angeles |year=1905 |pages=71–73}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع دوران لاس اينجلس ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن لاءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ سورهن تعميراتي اجازت ناما جاري ڪيا ويا. انهن ۾ '''ٽيمپل آڊيٽوريم''' ۽ اٺ ماڙ '''هيورڊ هوٽل''' به شامل هئا، جيڪي ان ڳالهه جو ثبوت هئا ته هي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي تيزيءَ سان عام ٿي رهي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |last=Williams |first=D. |title=What Builders are Doing |journal=Carpentry and Building |year=1907 |page=66}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |title=Reinforced Concrete Buildings at Los Angeles, Cal. |journal=Engineering News-Record |year=1906 |volume=55 |page=449}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ لانگ بيچ ۾ تعمير هيٺ '''بڪسبي هوٽل''' جو هڪ حصو وقت کان اڳ عارضي سهارن (Shoring) کي هٽائڻ سبب ڊهي پيو، جنهن ۾ ڏهه مزدور فوت ٿي ويا. هن حادثي کان پوءِ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعميراتي طريقن ۽ عمارتن جي جاچ پڙتال بابت وڌيڪ سخت ضابطا اختيار ڪيا ويا. ماهرن سفارش ڪئي ته مستقبل ۾ فرشن، ڀتين ۽ ڍانچي جي ٻين اهم حصن ۾ مڪمل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تعمير وڌيڪ محفوظ بڻجي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite magazine |title=Partial Collapse of the Bixby Hotel at Long Beach |magazine=Architect and Engineer of California |year=1906 |volume=VII |issue=1 |pages=44–48}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1904ع جي اپريل مهيني ۾ آمريڪي معمار ۽ انجنيئر '''جوليا مورگن''' پنهنجي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارت، '''ايل ڪيمپانيل'''، مڪمل ڪئي، جيڪا 72 فوٽ اوچي گهنڊ گهر (بيل ٽاور) هئي ۽ ملز ڪاليج ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=El Campanil, Mills College: Julia Morgan 1903–1904}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو ۾ آيل شديد زلزلي دوران ايل ڪيمپانيل کي ڪو به اهم نقصان نه پهتو، جنهن سان جوليا مورگن جي شهرت ۾ وڏو اضافو ٿيو ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي تي عوام جو اعتماد پڻ وڌيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Julia Morgan-designed Mills bell tower counts down to its 115th anniversary}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Bay Area Architect Julia Morgan's Legacy Wasn't Just Hearst Castle}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع جي زلزلي کان پوءِ عوام ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت موجود شڪ شبها به گهڻي حد تائين ختم ٿي ويا. ان کان اڳ ڪيترائي ماڻهو هن مواد کي جمالياتي لحاظ کان غير دلڪش سمجهندا هئا، پر زلزلي دوران ان جي بهتر ڪارڪردگي سبب ان جي مقبوليت وڌي وئي. نتيجي طور 1908ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو جي بلدياتي اختيارين عمارت سازي جا ضابطا تبديل ڪري رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وڌيڪ وسيع استعمال جي اجازت ڏني.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=How one building survived the San Francisco earthquake and changed the world}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== معيارن جي جوڙجڪ ۽ ضابطا ===

1906ع ۾ '''نيشنل ايسوسيئيشن آف سيمينٽ يوزرس''' (مختصر: NACU) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پهريون معياري دستاويز '''اسٽينڊرڊ نمبر 1''' شايع ڪيو، جنهن ۾ پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ جي معيار، خاصيتن ۽ استعمال بابت بنيادي فني گهرجون مقرر ڪيون ويون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Specifications for Portland Cement of the American Society for Testing Materials, Standard No. 1 |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1906 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان پوءِ 1910ع ۾ ساڳئي اداري '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال لاءِ معياري عمارتي ضابطا''' (''اسٽينڊرڊ بلڊنگ ريگيوليشنز فار دي يوز آف ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ '') جاري ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Building Regulations for the Use of Reinforced Concrete |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1910 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن ضابطن ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن، تعمير، جاچ ۽ استعمال بابت تفصيلي فني هدايتون شامل هيون.
انهن معيارن جي جاري ٿيڻ سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميراتي ادارن وٽ هڪجهڙن اصولن تحت ٿيڻ لڳي. نتيجي طور تعميراتي حفاظت، معيار، مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ نمايان بهتري آئي، ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جديد عمارت سازيءَ جي سڀ کان اهم تعميراتي مواد مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

== تعمير ۾ استعمال ==

[[فائل:SagradaFamiliaRoof2.jpg|thumb|upright=1.5|right|2009ع ۾ تعمير هيٺ [[ساگراڊا فاميليا]] جي ڇت ۾ لڳايل فولادي سلاخون (ريبار).]]

[[فائل:O Cristo Redentor.JPG|thumb|[[ريو ڊي جينيرو]]، [[برازيل]] ۾ واقع '''مسيح ڇوٽڪارو ڏيندڙ''' جو مجسمو، جيڪو رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان تعمير ٿيل آهي ۽ ان جي ٻاهرئين سطح هزارين ٽڪنڊي صابڻي پٿر (Soapstone) جي ٽڪرن سان ڍڪيل آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia |title=Christ the Redeemer |encyclopedia=Encyclopædia Britannica |last=Murray |first=Lorraine |url=http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/1435544/Christ-the-Redeemer}}&lt;/ref&gt;]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ تعميراتي صنعت ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد مان هڪ آهي. ان جي مدد سان مختلف قسمن جا تعميراتي جزا ۽ ڍانچا تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ تختو|ڪنڪريٽ جا تختا]] (Slabs)، [[ڀت]]، [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاعون]] (Beams)، [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀا]]، [[بنياد]]، ڍانچا (Frames) ۽ ٻيا ڪيترائي تعميراتي حصا شامل آهن.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي تعمير جي طريقي موجب عام طور ٻن قسمن ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي:

* '''اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري ڪاسٽ ڪنڪريٽ)، جنهن جا جزا ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪري تعميراتي هنڌ تي نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن.
* '''جاءِ تي وڌل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (ڪاسٽ-ان -پليس ڪنڪريٽ)، جيڪو سڌو سنئون تعميراتي هنڌ تي شٽرنگ اندر وجهي تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڪنهن به عمارت ۾ مناسب فرش نظام (Floor System) جي چونڊ ۽ ڊزائن انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان عمارت جي مجموعي ڪارڪردگي تي سڌو اثر پوي ٿو. فرش جي ڊزائن ۾ معمولي تبديليون به تعميراتي مواد جي خرچ، تعمير مڪمل ٿيڻ جي مدت، ڍانچي جي آخري مضبوطي، سار سنڀال جي خرچن، استعمال ڪندڙن جي گنجائش ۽ عمارت جي آخري استعمال تي نمايان اثر وجهي سگهن ٿيون.

فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کان سواءِ جديد دور جون گهڻ ماڙ عمارتون، وڏيون پلون ۽ ٻيا وڏا ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا محفوظ ۽ عملي طور تعمير ڪرڻ ممڪن نه هجي ها.

=== رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا ===

جڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا تعمير ۾ استعمال ٿين ٿا ته اهي ٻاهران لاڳو ٿيندڙ [[تعميراتي بار]] (Structural load) جي اثر هيٺ مخصوص ميڪانيڪي رويو ظاهر ڪندا آهن. استعمال دوران انهن جزن تي هيٺيان قسم جا بار يا قوتون عمل ڪري سگهن ٿيون:&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |author=Bungale S. Taranath |title=Reinforced Concrete Design of Tall Buildings |publisher=CRC Press |year=2009 |page=7 |isbn=978-1-4398-0481-0}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينشن)
* [[دٻاءُ]] (ڪمپريشن)
* [[وڪڙجڻ]] (بينڊنگ)
* [[ڪٽائي دٻاءُ]] (شيئر)
* [[مروڙ]] (ٽورزن)

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن اهڙي نموني ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو اهو انهن سڀني قوتن کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ تعميراتي ڍانچي جي استحڪام، مضبوطي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي يقيني بڻائي.

=== فولادي سلاخن جي ڊزائن ===

رِيئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن هميشه قابل انجنيئر يا لاڳاپيل فني اداري طرفان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي. سلاخن جو قطر، وڇاءُ، چڙهاڪو ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه عمارت جي قسم، بار ۽ لاڳو تعميراتي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي بندش ===

فولادي سلاخون تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪٽي، موڙي ۽ تار سان مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. انهن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تھ رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن سلاخون زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ۽ ڍانچي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي. ضرورت موجب ڪنڍا (Hooks) ۽ چڙهاڪو (Overlap) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== تياري  ===

آر سي سي مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارو تعميراتي مواد آهي. ان کي مختلف شڪلين ۾ آسانيءَ سان ڍالي سگهجي ٿو، باهه ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿو، پاڻيءَ جي نفوذ کي گهٽ ڪري ٿو ۽ عام حالتن ۾ گهٽ مرمت جي ضرورت پوي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ملاوٽ ===

آر سي سي جي ملاوٽ هٿ سان يا ڪنڪريٽ مڪسر ذريعي ڪئي ويندي آهي. ننڍن تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ هٿ سان ملاوٽ، جڏهن ته وڏن منصوبن ۾ مشيني ملاوٽ کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها وڌيڪ هڪجهڙائي، تيزي ۽ معياري نتيجا فراهم ڪندي آهي ۽ مواد جي زيان کي گهٽائيندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب ===

پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو مناسب تناسب آر سي سي جي مضبوطي، ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر وجهي ٿو. گهڻو پاڻي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت گهٽائي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته گهٽ پاڻي ملاوٽ کي صحيح نموني استعمال ڪرڻ ۾ ڏکيائي پيدا ڪري سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== جھڪاءُ پرک ===

ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ گهاٽاڻ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ '''جھڪاءُ پرک''' (سلمپ ٽيسٽ) ڪئي ويندي آهي. هن آزمائش ۾ مخروط شڪل واري فولادي قالب ۾ تازي ڪنڪريٽ ڀري ان جي ويهڻ يا جھڪاءَ جي ماپ ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ملاوٽ مقرر معيار مطابق آهي يا نه.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


=== ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀرائي ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ شٽرنگ، فولادي سلاخن ۽ ٻين لڪل خدمتن جهڙوڪ برقي پائيپن جي جانچ ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي بنا رڪاوٽ جي مناسب رفتار سان وڌو ويندو آهي ۽ ضرورت موجب وائبريٽر ذريعي ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ڪيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن هوا جا خانا ختم ٿين ۽ ''هني ڪومبنگ'' (Honeycombing) جهڙا نقص پيدا نه ٿين.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== سار سنڀال ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ مناسب عرصي تائين ان کي پاڻي ڏئي آلو رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان سيمينٽ جي مڪمل هائيڊريشن ٿئي ٿي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ پاڻيءَ جي مزاحمت وڌي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== رويو ==

=== مواد ===

{{ڏسو پڻ|ڪنڪريٽ|سيمينٽ|تعميراتي بجري|فولادي سلاخ}}

ڪنڪريٽ هڪ گڏيل تعميراتي مواد آهي، جيڪو ٿلهي بجري (جهڙوڪ پٿر يا سرن جي ٽڪرن)، نفيس بجري (عام طور ريتي يا ڀڳل پٿر)، ڳنڍيندڙ مواد (اڪثر [[پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ]]) ۽ پاڻي جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. جڏهن سيمينٽ کي مناسب مقدار ۾ پاڻي سان ملايو وڃي ٿو ته ان ۾ [[هائيڊريشن]]  جو ڪيميائي عمل شروع ٿئي ٿو، جنهن دوران انتهائي ننڍا قلمي (ڪرسٽلائين) ڍانچا ٺهن ٿا. اهي قلمي ڍانچا بجري جي ذرڙن کي پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍي هڪ سخت ۽ مضبوط جسم ۾ تبديل ڪري ڇڏين ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Materials principles and practice|page=61|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|page=357|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;
ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ بجري ۽ ريتي نقصانڪار مادَن، جهڙوڪ حياتياتي گندگين، سلٽ، مٽي، لگنائيٽ ۽ ٻين غير مناسب آميزشن کان پاڪ هجڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙيون آميزشون ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري کي متاثر ڪري سگهن ٿيون.

عام ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءَ (ڪمپريشن) کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي تمام وڏي صلاحيت رکي ٿو، پر جيڪڏهن ان تي نمايان ڇڪ (ٽينشن) پيدا ٿئي، مثال طور وڪڙجڻ (بينڊنگ) سبب، ته ان جي اندر موجود قلمي ڍانچو ٽٽڻ شروع ٿي ويندو آهي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڏار پئجي ويندا آهن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ الڳ ٿيڻ لڳندو آهي. انهيءَ سبب عام (غير ريئنفورسڊ) ڪنڪريٽ کي هميشه اهڙي نموني سهارو ڏنو ويندو آهي، جو ان ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي.

جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر اهڙو مواد رکيو وڃي، جيڪو ڇڪ کي تمام سٺي نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي، جهڙوڪ فولاد، ته پوءِ حاصل ٿيندڙ گڏيل مادو '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' بڻجي ويندو آهي. اهڙي گڏيل مواد ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪري ٿو، جڏهن ته فولادي سلاخون تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪن ٿيون. نتيجي طور اهو نه رڳو دٻاءُ، پر وڪڙجڻ ۽ ٻين تنشي بارن کي به محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ٿو. اهڙي گڏيل نظام کي تعميراتي ضرورت موجب لڳ ڀڳ هر شڪل ۽ ماپ ۾ تيار ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== اهم خاصيتون ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جون غيرمعمولي تعميراتي خاصيتون بنيادي طور هيٺين سببن جي ڪري پيدا ٿين ٿيون:

# ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي [[حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جي عدد]] (ڪوئفيشنٽ آف ٿرمل ايڪسپينشن) تقريباً هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي. تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ٻنهي موادن جي ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ ۾ گهڻو فرق نٿو اچي، جنهن ڪري اندروني دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيڻ جا امڪان گهٽجي وڃن ٿا.

# جڏهن سيمينٽ جو ليپ سخت ٿئي ٿو ته اهو فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿو. نتيجي طور بار يا دٻاءُ ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ مؤثر نموني منتقل ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ چنبڙڻ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط بڻائڻ لاءِ فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري کي عام طور تي اُڀن نشانن يا نالين (ڊيفارميشنز) سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

# سخت ٿيل سيمينٽ جي ليپ ۾ موجود [[الڪلائن]] ماحول، جيڪو پوٽاشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ، سوڊيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ ۽ [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] جي موجودگي سبب پيدا ٿيندو آهي، فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي هڪ حفاظتي غيرفعال (پيسيويشن) تهه ٺاهي ڇڏيندو آهي. هي تهه فولاد کي زنگ لڳڻ کان وڏي حد تائين بچائيندو آهي.

وقت سان گڏ جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ هوا ۽ مينهن جي پاڻيءَ جي رابطي ۾ اچي ٿو ته فضا ۾ موجود ڪاربان ڊاءِ آڪسائيڊ پاڻي سان ملي [[ڪاربونڪ تيزاب]] ٺاهي ٿي. هي تيزاب سيمينٽ جي الڪلائن جزن سان آهستي آهستي ڪيميائي عمل ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيت گهٽائيندو آهي. انهيءَ عمل کي '''ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن'''  چيو ويندو آهي. نتيجي طور ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ (pH) آهستي آهستي گهٽجي ويندو آهي، ۽ جڏهن اهو ڪافي گهٽجي وڃي ٿو ته فولادي سلاخن جي حفاظتي تهه ختم ٿيڻ لڳندي آهي، جنهن کان پوءِ زنگ لڳڻ جو خطرو وڌي ويندو آهي.

عام طور تي جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ لڳ ڀڳ 11 کان مٿي هجي ته فولادي سلاخون محفوظ رهنديون آهن، جڏهن ته پي ايڇ 10 کان هيٺ اچڻ تي، مقامي ماحول ۽ فولاد جي خاصيتن موجب، زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو. ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن ۽ [[ڪلورائيڊ]]ن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي خراب ٿيڻ جا سڀ کان اهم سبب سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.

عام رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جو ڪُل ايراضو گهڻو نه هوندو آهي. عام طور شعاعن ۽ تختن ۾ اهو لڳ ڀڳ هڪ سيڪڙو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه ٿنڀن ۾ ڇهه سيڪڙو تائين ٿي سگهي ٿو. فولادي سلاخون اڪثر گول شڪل واريون هونديون آهن ۽ مختلف قطرن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن.

ڪجهه رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ خالي سوراخ يا کوکلا حصا (ھالو ڪورز) پڻ رکيا ويندا آهن، جيئن نمي ۽ گهم تي بهتر ضابطو آڻي سگهجي.

تحقيق مان معلوم ٿيو آهي ته عمودي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزن ۾، ريئنفورسمينٽ موجود هجڻ باوجود، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي سڄي ڪراس سيڪشن ۾ مڪمل طور هڪجهڙي نه هوندي، پر ڪجهه حد تائين غير يڪسان (انھوموجينيس) ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;&quot;Concrete Inhomogeneity of Vertical Cast-In-Situ Elements In Frame-Type Buildings&quot;.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو گڏيل عمل ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي جو بنيادي اصول اهو آهي ته ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ هڪ گڏيل (ڪمپوزٽ) نظام جي صورت ۾ ڪم ڪن. جڏهن ڪنهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزو تي بار لاڳو ٿئي ٿو، ته فولادي سلاخن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ ڊگھائي يا وڪڙ (اسٽرين) بلڪل ساڳيو هجڻ گهرجي، جيڪو چوڌاري موجود ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. جيڪڏهن ٻنهي موادن جي وڪڙ ۾ فرق پيدا ٿئي ته سندن وچ ۾ سُرڪڻ (سلپ)، الڳ ٿيڻ (سيپريشن) يا بناوتي بيقاعدگي (ڊسڪنٽينيوئٽي) پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي، جنهن سان ڍانچي جي مضبوطي متاثر ٿئي ٿي.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل عمل کي برقرار رکڻ لاءِ بار جو مؤثر منتقلي ٿيڻ ضروري آهي. بار پهرين ڪنڪريٽ مان فولادي سلاخ جي مٿاڇري تائين منتقل ٿئي ٿو، پوءِ اُتان فولادي سلاخ جي سڄي ڊگھائي ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ جي صورت ۾ ورهائجي وڃي ٿو. هي عمل ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ موجود مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ يا اينڪوريج) جي ذريعي ممڪن بڻجي ٿو، جيڪو ٻنهي موادن جي رابطي واري سطح تي لڳاتار دٻاءُ جو ميدان (ڪنٽينيوئس اسٽريس فيلڊ) پيدا ڪري ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل طور ڪم ڪرڻ جا بنيادي سبب هي آهن:

* فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿي، تنهنڪري ٻئي گڏجي ٻاهرين بارن کي برداشت ڪن ٿا.
* ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جا عدد تقريباً هڪجهڙا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب سندن وچ ۾ نقصانڪار حرارتي دٻاءُ پيدا نٿو ٿئي.
* ڪنڪريٽ جو الڪلائن ماحول فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائي ٿو ۽ انهن جي عمر وڌائي ٿو.

=== ڪنڪريٽ ۾ بندش ===

فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ بندش (بانڊ) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنيادي خاصيتن مان هڪ آهي. عملي طور بندش جو دٻاءُ سلاخ جي سڄي ڊيگهه ۾ هڪجهڙو نه هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري جديد تعميراتي ضابطن ۾ بندش جي دٻاءُ بدران '''ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي''' (ڊولپمينٽ لينٿ) جو تصور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي مان مراد فولادي سلاخ جي اها گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ڊيگهه آهي، جيڪا ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود هجڻ ضروري آهي، ته جيئن سلاخ پنهنجي مڪمل ييلڊ اسٽريس تائين پهچي سگهي، بغير ڪنڪريٽ مان سُرڪڻ جي.

جيڪڏهن موجود ڊيگهه گهربل ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي کان گهٽ هجي ته اضافي بندش مهيا ڪرڻ لاءِ مختلف طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جهڙوڪ:

* ڪنڍا (ھڪس)
* موڙ (بينڊس)
* ميخانياتي پڇاڙيون (ميڪينيڪل اينڊ پليٽس)
* ٻيا مناسب اينڪريج جا ذريعا

اهي سڀئي طريقا فولادي سلاخن کي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوطي سان جڪڙي رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

=== ليپ اسپلائس ===

جڏهن فولادي سلاخ جي ڊيگهه ڪافي نه هجي يا ٻن سلاخن کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍڻو هجي ته ٻنهي سلاخن کي هڪ مقرر ڊيگهه تائين هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهائي رکيو ويندو آهي. هن طريقي کي '''ليپ اسپلائس''' چيو ويندو آهي.

ليپ اسپلائس جو مقصد ٻنهي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ دٻاءُ ۽ تنشي قوتن جي محفوظ منتقلي کي يقيني بڻائڻ آهي، جيئن ڍانچي جي تسلسل برقرار رهي. ليپ اسپلائس جي گهربل ڊيگهه تعميراتي ضابطن موجب سلاخ جي قطر، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، فولاد جي درجي ۽ لاڳو ٿيندڙ بار جي بنياد تي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal|title=Monotonic and Cyclic Seismic Analyses of Old-Type RC Columns with Short Lap Splices|journal=Construction Materials|volume=4|issue=2|year=2024|pages=329–341}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زنگ کان بچاءَ جا طريقا ===

ٿڌن ۽ نمي وارن علائقن ۾، خاص طور روڊن، پلن، پارڪنگ ڍانچن ۽ انهن تعميرن ۾ جيڪي برف ڳارڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لوڻ (Deicing Salt) جي رابطي ۾ اچن ٿيون، فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مختلف حفاظتي طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن.

انهن ۾ هيٺيان طريقا شامل آهن:

* گهٽ ڪاربان ۽ ڪروميم تي ٻڌل زنگ-مزاحمتي فولادي سلاخن جو استعمال؛
* ايپوڪسي (Epoxy) سان ڍڪيل فولادي سلاخون؛
* گرم طريقي سان جست لڳايل (ھاٽ-ڊپ گيلوانائيزڊ) فولادي سلاخون؛
* اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون فولادي سلاخون.

انهن کان علاوه مناسب ڊزائن، اعليٰ معيار جي ڪنڪريٽ، صحيح پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب ۽ مناسب حفاظتي تهه (ڪنڪريٽ ڪور) پڻ فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪن ٿا.

فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ جست فاسفيٽ (زنڪ فاسفيٽ) جهڙا حفاظتي ليپ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر ڪيميائي عمل ذريعي هڪ مستحڪم حفاظتي تهه ٺاهي زنگ جي رفتار گهٽائيندا آهن.

ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري تي مختلف سيلنٽ (Sealants)، جهڙوڪ رنگ، پلاسٽڪ فلمون، فوم، ايلومينيم ورق يا بينٽونائيٽ مٽي جا حفاظتي تهه پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي پاڻي ۽ نقصانڪار لوڻن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي گهٽائيندا آهن.

ان کان علاوه ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ وقت پاڻيءَ جي ملاوٽ ۾ زنگ روڪيندڙ ڪيميائي مادا (ڪوروژن انھبٽرز)، جهڙوڪ ڪيلشيم نائٽرائيٽ، پڻ شامل ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي مادا فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي حفاظتي غيرفعال تهه (پيسيويشن ليئر) برقرار رکن ٿا، جنهن سان زنگ لڳڻ جو امڪان نمايان طور گهٽجي وڃي ٿو.

== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ شعاعن جي اصطلاحات ==

[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|پارڪنگ گيراج جي تختي سان گڏيل ٻه هڪٻئي کي ڪٽيندڙ شعاعون، جن ۾ فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ برقي تارن، جنڪشن باڪسز ۽ روشنيءَ جي ٻين برقي حصن جي لڳائڻ جي تياري پڻ نظر اچي ٿي.]]

[[فائل:Fideo o’r trawst concrit olaf yn cael ei osod – Tach 2016 Last concrete beam installation – 2016.webm|thumb|اوچي شاهراهه تي آخري ڪنڪريٽي شعاع رکڻ جو مختصر وڊيو، جيڪا ويلز جي ڪارڊف بي ڀرسان نئين شاهراهه جي تعمير جو حصو آهي.]]

جڏهن ڪنهن [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاع]] تي [[وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو]] (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) عمل ڪري ٿو ته شعاع ۾ ٿورو وڪڙ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ حالت ۾ شعاع جي ٻاهرئين پاسي (تنشي پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اندرئين پاسي (دٻاءُ واري پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ هوندو آهي.

'''يڪ-طرفو ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (سنگلي ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ رڳو تنشي پاسي لڳائي ويندي آهي. هن فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي '''تنشي فولاد''' (ٽينشن اسٽيل) چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ ان جو مقصد تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.

'''ٻه-طرفو ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (ڊبلي ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي پاسي سان گڏ دٻاءُ واري پاسي به فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ لڳائي ويندي آهي. دٻاءُ واري پاسي لڳايل فولاد کي '''دٻاءُ وارو فولاد''' (ڪمپيشن اسٽيل) چيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد ڪنڪريٽ کي دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيڻ ۽ اضافي دٻاءَ کي سنڀالڻ هوندو آهي. جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو گهربل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪافي نه هجي، يا معمار شعاع جي ماپ وڌائڻ جي اجازت نه ڏئي، تڏهن اضافي دٻاءُ وارو فولاد استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

'''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (انڊر-ريئينفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان گهٽ هوندي آهي. اهڙي شعاع تي جڏهن وڪڙجڻ وارو بار آهستي آهستي وڌندو آهي ته سڀ کان پهرين تنشي فولاد پنهنجي لچڪدار حد (ييلڊ) تائين پهچي ڊگهو ٿيڻ شروع ڪندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ اڃا مڪمل طور نه ٽٽندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ شعاع ۾ وڏو وڪڙ ۽ واضح تبديليون پيدا ٿينديون آهن، جيڪي ممڪن ناڪامي بابت اڳواٽ خبردار ڪن ٿيون. انهيءَ سبب تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ اهڙي قسم جي شعاع کي وڌيڪ محفوظ تصور ڪيو ويندو آهي، ۽ عام طور ڊزائن فولاد جي ييلڊ اسٽريس جي بنياد تي ڪئي ويندي آهي.

'''وڌيڪ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (اوور-ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان وڌيڪ هوندي آهي. اهڙي حالت ۾ فولاد ييلڊ ٿيڻ کان اڳ ئي ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو چِٿجي (ڪرشنگ) وڃي ٿو، جنهن سبب شعاع بنا ڪنهن واضح اڳواٽ خبرداري جي اوچتو ناڪام ٿي سگهي ٿي. انهيءَ ڪري اهڙي ڊزائن کي غير محفوظ سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

'''متوازن ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (بئلنسڊ ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ شعاع تي مقرر ٿيل بار وڌڻ سان ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو ۽ تنشي فولاد تقريباً هڪ ئي وقت پنهنجي آخري حد تائين پهچي وڃن ٿا. اهڙي حالت ۾ ڪنڪريٽ چِٿجي وڃي ٿو ۽ فولاد پڻ ييلڊ ڪري ٿو. جيتوڻيڪ هن حالت ۾ ٻنهي موادن جي طاقت جو متوازن استعمال ٿئي ٿو، پر ناڪامي تقريباً اوچتي ٿيندي آهي، تنهنڪري هي ڊزائن به عملي طور وڌيڪ محفوظ نه سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Nilson, Darwin, Dolan. ''Design of Concrete Structures''. McGraw-Hill Education, 2003. pp. 80–90.&lt;/ref&gt;

انهيءَ سبب فولادي ريئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا اهي جزا، جيڪي وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو برداشت ڪن ٿا، عام طور '''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ''' (انڊر-ريئينفورسڊ) طريقي سان ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن، ته جيئن ناڪامي کان اڳ واضح خبرداري ملي سگهي.

'''خاصيتي مضبوطي''' (ڪئريڪٽرسٽڪ اسٽرينٿ) اها مضبوطي آهي، جنهن کان گهٽ نتيجو صرف پنج سيڪڙو يا ان کان گهٽ آزمائشي نمونن ۾ ملي ٿو.

'''ڊزائن مضبوطي''' يا '''نامياري مضبوطي''' (ڊزائين اسٽرينٿ يا نامينل اسٽرينٿ) اها مضبوطي آهي، جيڪا حفاظتي عامل (سيفٽي فيڪٽر) کي نظر ۾ رکي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. اجازت لائق دٻاءَ واري ڊزائن (پرمزيبل اسٽريس ڊزائين) ۾ حفاظتي عامل عام طور 0.75 کان 0.85 جي وچ ۾ هوندو آهي.

'''آخري حد واري حالت''' (الٽيميٽ لمٽ اسٽيٽ) اها نظرياتي حالت آهي، جنهن تي ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان موجود هوندو آهي. ان جو اندازو حفاظتي عامل سان وڌايل بارن (فيڪٽرڊ لوڊ) ۽ حفاظتي عامل سان گهٽايل مزاحمت (فيڪٽرڊ رزسٽنس) جي بنياد تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا عام طور بين الاقوامي ضابطن ۽ معيارن، جهڙوڪ ACI 318، CEB ۽ يورو ڪوڊ 2 وغيره مطابق ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي ڊزائن لاءِ WSD (ورڪنگ اسٽريس ڊزائين)، USD (الٽيميٽ اسٽرينٿ ڊزائين) يا LRFD (لوڊ اينڊ رزسٽنس فيڪٽر ڊزائين) جهڙا طريقا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. تجزيو ۽ ڊزائن ليڪيرِي (لينيئر) يا غير ليڪيرِي (نان-لينيئر) طريقن سان به ڪري سگهجن ٿا. عمارت سازي جا ضابطا اڪثر حفاظتي عاملن سان گڏ ليڪيرِي طريقن جي سفارش ڪن ٿا، جڏهن ته ڪجهه خاص حالتن ۾ غير ليڪيرِي عددي تجزيا پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Techno Press|journal=Structural Engineering and Mechanics|volume=53|issue=4|year=2015}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Energy based structural damage index based on nonlinear numerical simulation of structures subjected to oriented lateral cyclic loading|journal=International Journal of Civil Engineering|volume=9|issue=3|year=2011|pages=155–164}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ ==

{{Main|اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ}}

'''اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري اسٽريسڊ ڪنڪريٽ) اهڙي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي شعاعن ۽ ٻين بناوتي جزن جي بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت کي نمايان طور وڌايو ويندو آهي.

هن طريقي ۾ شعاع جي هيٺئين حصي ۾ موجود فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ، جيڪا استعمال دوران تنشي قوتن جي اثر هيٺ ايندي آهي، ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ئي ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ آندي ويندي آهي. ان کان پوءِ ان جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وڌو ويندو آهي. جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ مڪمل طور سخت ٿي وڃي ٿو ته فولادي سلاخن تان اڳواٽ ڏنل ڇڪ آزاد ڪئي ويندي آهي. ان جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر مستقل دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) پيدا ٿي ويندو آهي.

جڏهن بعد ۾ شعاع تي بار لاڳو ٿيندو آهي ته فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ اضافي تنشي دٻاءُ برداشت ڪندي آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ ۾ موجود اڳواٽ دٻاءُ آهستي آهستي گهٽبو آهي، پر عام حالتن ۾ اهو تنشي دٻاءُ ۾ تبديل نه ٿيندو آهي.

ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڪنڪريٽ مسلسل دٻاءُ هيٺ رهندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان ۾ ڏار پوڻ، وڪڙجڻ سبب نقصان پهچڻ ۽ بناوتي ناڪامي جا امڪان عام رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀيٽ ۾ گهڻا گهٽ هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|pages=372–373|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|others=George Weidmann, P. R. Lewis, Nick Reid, Open University. Materials Department|isbn=0-408-04658-9|location=Milton Keynes, U.K.|oclc=20693897}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== فولاد سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ناڪامي جا عام نمونا ==

[[فائل:Concrete spall (interior of unit).jpg|thumb|سنگاپور ۾ هڪ آفيس جي ڇت مان ڪنڪريٽ جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي ڪرڻ. اهو نقصان ممڪن آهي ته فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ سبب پيدا ٿيو هجي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بنيادي طور ٻن سببن جي ڪري ناڪام ٿي سگهي ٿو: پهريون، جڏهن ان جي مضبوطي گهربل حد کان گهٽ هجي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ بناوتي يا مشيني ناڪامي (ميڪينيڪل فيليوئر) پيدا ٿئي؛ ۽ ٻيو، جڏهن وقت سان گڏ ان جي پائيداري گهٽجي وڃي. خراب ڊزائن يا غير معياري تعمير سبب زنگ لڳڻ ۽ ٿڌ ۾ ڄمڻ ۽ وري ڳرڻ (فريز–ٿا سائيڪل) جا بار بار ٿيندڙ عمل ڪنڪريٽ کي نقصان پهچائي سگهن ٿا.

جڏهن فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳندو آهي ته زنگ جا پيداوار (رسٽ) پنهنجي اصل ڌاتوءَ جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مقدار والاريندا آهن. انهيءَ ڦهلاءَ سبب ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏار پوندا آهن، مٿاڇري جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي پوندا آهن (اسپيلنگ)، ۽ فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ موجود بندش ڪمزور ٿي ويندي آهي. اهڙي طرح ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کان الڳ ٿيڻ لڳندي آهي، جنهن سان ڍانچي جي مضبوطي ۽ عمر ٻنهي تي منفي اثر پوندو آهي.

هيٺ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پائيداري کي متاثر ڪندڙ اهم سبب بيان ڪيا ويا آهن.

=== مشيني ناڪامي ===

ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏار پوڻ کي مڪمل طور روڪڻ عملي طور ممڪن نه هوندو آهي، پر مناسب مقدار ۾ ريئنفورسمينٽ، ڪنٽرول جوائنٽن، صحيح سنڀال (Curing) ۽ مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جي ملاوٽ ذريعي انهن ڏارن جي ماپ، تعداد ۽ هنڌ کي وڏي حد تائين ضابطي ۾ آڻي سگهجي ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ ڏار نمي ۽ پاڻي کي اندر داخل ٿيڻ جو رستو فراهم ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو. بناوتي ڊزائن ۾ اهڙي حالت کي عام طور ''سروس لائق حد واري ناڪامي'' (سروسبلٽي لمٽ اسٽيٽ) چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي نقصان سان ڍانچي جي استعمال جي صلاحيت متاثر ٿيندي آهي، ڀلي اهو فوري طور نه ڊهي.

عام طور ڏار پوڻ جا اهم سبب هي هوندا آهن:

* فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي مقدار ضرورت کان گهٽ هجڻ؛
* فولادي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ تمام گهڻو وڇاءُ هجڻ؛
* مقرر حد کان وڌيڪ بار لاڳو ٿيڻ؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي سخت ٿيڻ دوران گرمي جي تبديلي يا شروعاتي سُڪڙجڻ (ارلي ٿرمل شرنڪيج) سبب اندروني دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيڻ.

ڍانچي جي مڪمل ناڪامي، جيڪا آخرڪار ڊهڻ جو سبب بڻجي سگهي ٿي، هيٺين حالتن ۾ پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي:

* جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ تي دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ان جي برداشت جي حد کان وڌي وڃي ۽ ڪنڪريٽ چِٿجي وڃي (ڪنڪريٽ ڪرشنگ )؛
* جڏهن وڪڙجڻ (بينڊنگ) يا ڪٽائي (Shear) سبب فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ تي پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻاءُ ان جي طاقت کان وڌي وڃي، جنهن سان فولاد ييلڊ ڪري يا ٽٽي پوي؛
* جڏهن فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ موجود بندش (بانڊ) ناڪام ٿي وڃي، جنهن سان فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان سُرڪڻ لڳي ۽ ٻئي مواد گڏيل طور ڪم ڪرڻ بند ڪري ڇڏين.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |year=2016 |title=Remote sensing and photogrammetry techniques in diagnostics of concrete structures |journal=Computers and Concrete |volume=18 |issue=3 |pages=405–420 |doi=10.12989/cac.2016.18.3.405}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاربونيشن ===

[[فائل:Concrete wall cracking as steel reinforcing corrodes and swells 9058.jpg|left|thumb|فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ ۽ ڦهلجڻ سبب ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀت ۾ پيدا ٿيل ڏار. زنگ جو مقدار اصل ڌاتوءَ کان وڌيڪ هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهو ڦهلجي ڪنڪريٽ کي ٽوڙي ڇڏي ٿو. مٿاڇري تان ڪنڪريٽ جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي پوڻ واري عمل کي ''اسپالنگ'' (Spalling) چيو ويندو آهي.]]

[[فائل:Concrete wall cracking as its steel reinforcing cracks and swells 9061v.jpg|left|thumb|ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري ۽ فولادي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ حفاظتي ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه تمام پتلو هجڻ سبب پيدا ٿيل اسپالنگ. اهڙي حالت ۾ ٻاهرين ماحول جي اثر هيٺ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي وڃي ٿو.]]

{{مکيه|ڪاربونيشن}}

'''ڪاربونيشن''' (Carbonation)، جنهن کي غيرجانبداري (Neutralisation) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ ڪيميائي عمل آهي، جنهن ۾ هوا ۾ موجود [[ڪاربان ڊاءِ آڪسائيڊ]] ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] ۽ پاڻي سان گڏيل [[ڪيلشيم سليڪيٽ هائيڊريٽ]] (Calcium Silicate Hydrate، CSH) سان ردعمل ڪري ٿي.

ڪنهن به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچي جي ڊزائن وقت فولادي سلاخن جي چوڌاري موجود ڪنڪريٽ جي حفاظتي تهه (Concrete Cover) جي ٿولهه مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. ان مان مراد فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٻاهرئين مٿاڇري جي وچ وارو فاصلو آهي. هي گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ٿولهه تعميراتي ضابطن ۽ عمارت سازي جي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي.

جيڪڏهن فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري جي تمام ويجهو هجن ته انهن تائين هوا، نمي ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار مادَن جي رسائي جلد ٿي ويندي، جنهن سبب زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو ۽ ڍانچي جي عمر گهٽجي سگهي ٿي. فولادي سلاخن جي مٿان موجود ڪنڪريٽ جي حفاظتي تهه جي ٿولهه کي خاص اوزار، جنهن کي ''ڪور ميٽر'' (Cover Meter) چيو ويندو آهي، جي ذريعي ماپي سگهجي ٿو.

صرف ڪاربونيشن ٿيڻ سان هر ڀيري فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي نقصان نه پهچندو آهي. زنگ لڳڻ لاءِ ضروري آهي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر مناسب مقدار ۾ نمي ۽ آڪسيجن پڻ موجود هجن، ڇو ته انهن جي موجودگي سان برقي-ڪيميائي (اليڪٽرو ڪيميڪل) زنگ لڳڻ وارو عمل شروع ٿئي ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڪاربونيشن جي کوٽائي معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ عام طور ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري ۾ نئون سوراخ ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ان جي تازو ڪٽيل سطح تي '''[[فينولفٿيلين]]'''  جو محلول لڳايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ اڃا الڪلائن حالت ۾ هجي ته اهو محلول گلابي رنگ اختيار ڪندو، جڏهن ته ڪاربونيشن ٿيل حصو بي رنگ رهندو. ان طريقي سان آسانيءَ سان معلوم ڪري سگهجي ٿو ته ڪاربونيشن ڪيتري کوٽائي تائين پهتي آهي. اڳ ۾ موجود سوراخ استعمال ڪرڻ مناسب نه هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان جي ظاهر ٿيل سطح اڳ ئي ڪاربونيشن جو شڪار ٿي چڪي هوندي.

=== ڪلورائيڊ ===

[[ڪلورائيڊ]] جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر ڪافي مقدار ۾ موجود هجن ته اهي فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي زنگ لڳڻ جي عمل کي تيز ڪري سگهن ٿا. ڪلورائيڊ جا آئن (Cl⁻) نه رڳو مخصوص هنڌن تي کڏن جهڙو زنگ  پيدا ڪندا آهن، پر فولاد جي سڄي مٿاڇري تي عام زنگ جو سبب پڻ بڻجي سگهن ٿا. انهيءَ ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي تياري دوران هميشه صاف يا پيئڻ لائق پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ گهرجي، ۽ اها به پڪ ڪرڻ گهرجي ته ريتي، بجري ۽ ٻيا تعميراتي جزا ڪلورائيڊن کان پاڪ هجن. اهڙيءَ طرح ڪلورائيڊ تي ٻڌل ڪيميائي اضافن (Admixtures) کان به پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي.

[[فائل:RebarCloseup.jpg|thumb|right|بنيادن ۽ ڀتين لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ.]]

[[فائل:Paulins Kill Viaduct in Hainesburg, NJ.jpg|thumb|right|آمريڪا جي رياست نيو جرسي ۾ واقع '''پاولنز ڪل واءِ ايڊڪٽ'''، جيڪو 1910ع ۾ مڪمل ٿيڻ وقت دنيا جي سڀ کان وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن مان هڪ هو.]]

ماضي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي جلدي سخت ڪرڻ لاءِ [[ڪيلشيم ڪلورائيڊ]] کي ڪيميائي اضافي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو. ان وقت اهو به سمجهيو ويندو هو ته هي مادو ڪنڪريٽ کي ڄمڻ کان بچائيندو، پر بعد ۾ معلوم ٿيو ته ڪلورائيڊ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳائڻ جو اهم سبب بڻجي ٿو. انهيءَ ڪري اڄڪلهه تعميراتي ڪم ۾ ڪيلشيم ڪلورائيڊ جو استعمال، جيترو ممڪن هجي، کان پاسو ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ٿڌن علائقن ۾ روڊن ۽ پلن تان برف ڳارڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لوڻ رِيئنفورسڊ ۽ اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ جي پلن، شاهراهن ۽ پارڪنگ ڍانچن جي وقت کان اڳ خراب ٿيڻ جا اهم سبب آهن. هن مسئلي کي گهٽائڻ لاءِ ايپوڪسي سان ڍڪيل فولادي سلاخون، ڪيٿوڊڪ تحفظ ۽ فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل پوليمر (FRP) ريئنفورسمينٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي ڪلورائيڊ جي اثر کان گهڻو گهٽ متاثر ٿينديون آهن. ان کان علاوه صحيح نموني ڊزائن ڪيل ۽ مناسب سنڀال هيٺ سخت ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ پڻ برف ڳارڻ وارن لوڻن جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت ڪري سگهي ٿي.

ڪلورائيڊن جو هڪ ٻيو اهم ذريعو [[سامونڊي پاڻي]] آهي. سامونڊي پاڻي ۾ وزني تناسب سان لڳ ڀڳ 3.5 سيڪڙو لوڻ موجود هوندا آهن، جن ۾ [[سوڊيم ڪلورائيڊ]]، [[ميگنيشيم سلفيٽ]]، [[ڪيلشيم سلفيٽ]] ۽ [[بائي ڪاربونيٽ]] شامل آهن. پاڻي ۾ حل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ اهي لوڻ آزاد آئنن جي صورت اختيار ڪندا آهن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي باريڪ سوراخن وسيلي اندر داخل ٿيندا آهن. انهن مان ڪلورائيڊ جا آئن، جيڪي تقريباً اڌ آئنن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن، فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ لاءِ سڀ کان وڌيڪ نقصانڪار هوندا آهن ۽ زنگ لڳڻ جي عمل کي تيز ڪندا آهن.

1960ع ۽ 1970ع واري ڏهاڪي دوران [[ميگني سائيٽ]]، جيڪا ڪلورائيڊ سان مالا مال هڪ ڪاربونيٽ معدنيات آهي، فرشن جي مٿاڇري کي هموار ڪرڻ ۽ آواز گهٽائڻ واري تھ طور به استعمال ڪئي ويندي هئي. بعد ۾ معلوم ٿيو ته جڏهن ميگني سائيٽ نمي سان رابطي ۾ اچي ٿي ته ان ۾ موجود ڪلورائيڊ جي ڪري ڪمزور [[هائيڊروڪلورڪ تيزاب]] ٺهندو آهي. هي تيزاب ڪيترن سالن يا ڏهاڪن دوران ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي آهستي آهستي زنگ لڳائي ڪمزور ڪري ڇڏيندو آهي. اهڙو نقصان خاص طور انهن هنڌن تي وڌيڪ ڏٺو ويو، جتي فرش مسلسل نمي يا پاڻي جي رابطي ۾ رهندا هئا.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>4flq9oyhiow2i21tbbs3ndfhvrwe8w4</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401028</id>
      <parentid>401027</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T00:00:36Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401028</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="71991" sha1="1wuma9fbi0xbwt915julhbflu26scvc" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمنٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' ، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (اسٽيل ريئينفورسنگ بارس)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}&lt;/ref&gt;
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (ڪوروژن انجنيئرنگ) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (ڪوروژن) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' کي مختصر طور '''آر سي سي''' ({{lang-en|RCC}}) چيو وڃي ٿو، اهڙو تعميراتي مرڪب آهي، جيڪو [[سيمينٽ]]، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا پٿر جي سنهن ٽڪرن ۽ پاڻيءَ مان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) شامل ڪري ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي قوت وڌائين ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ جي اعليٰ صلاحيت رکي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Expo58 building Philips.jpg|thumb|[[بيلجيم]] جي گاديءَ واري شهر [[برسلز]] ۾ [[ايڪسپو 58]] لاءِ تعمير ڪيل [[فلپس پيوليئن]] جي منفرد شڪل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال سان ممڪن ٿي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور تي ريئنفورسمينٽ (فولادي سلاخن يا ٻين مضبوط ڪندڙ مواد) جي ترتيب اهڙي نموني سان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو ڪنڪريٽ جي انهن حصن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) کي برداشت ڪري سگهي، جتي ٻي صورت ۾ ڏار پوڻ يا ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان هوندو آهي. جديد رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ رڳو فولاد ئي نه، پر [[پوليمر]]ن ۽ ٻين جامع (ڪمپوزٽ) مواد مان ٺهيل مضبوط ڪندڙ عنصر پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ضرورت موجب فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ يا انهن کان سواءِ به ڪم آندا ويندا آهن.

ڪيترين تعميراتي حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي اڳواٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ۽ ريئنفورسمينٽ ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ هوندي آهي. هن طريقي سان ڍانچي جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت بهتر ٿيندي آهي. اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي کي '''پري اسٽرِيسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جا ٻه عام طريقا '''پري ٽينشننگ''' ۽ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ'''  آهن.

مضبوط، لچڪدار ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ ريئنفورسمينٽ ۾ هيٺيون خاصيتون هجڻ ضروري آهن:

* اعليٰ ميڪانيڪي مضبوطي؛
* ڇڪ هيٺ وڏي حد تائين ڊگهو ٿيڻ (ٽينسائل اسٽرين) برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت؛
* ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ)، جيڪا پي ايڇ (pH)، نمي يا ٻين ماحولياتي حالتن کان گهڻو متاثر نه ٿئي؛
* حرارتي مطابقت (ٿرمل ڪامپيٽيبلٽي)، جيئن گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ دوران غير ضروري دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي ماحول ۾ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيداري، جنهن ۾ زنگ (Corrosion) ۽ مستقل دٻاءَ جي اثرن کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت شامل هجي.

== تاريخ ==

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي شروعاتي ترقي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري [[انگلينڊ]] ۽ [[فرانس]] ۾ لڳ ڀڳ هڪ ئي وقت ٿي، جتي مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميرڪارن ڪنڪريٽ کي فولادي مضبوطي سان گڏ استعمال ڪرڻ بابت تجربا شروع ڪيا.

[[فائل:Saint-Denis - Maison François Coignet -1.JPG|thumb|سينٽ ڊينس ۾ فرانسوا ڪوئنيه جو گهر، جيڪو ابتدائي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان هڪ آهي.]]

فرانسيسي تعميرڪار '''[[فرانسوا ڪوئنيه]]''' پهريون شخص هو، جنهن عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |url=https://www.britannica.com/technology/building-construction/Early-steel-frame-high-rises#ref105155 |title=Building construction: The invention of reinforced concrete |encyclopedia=Encyclopedia Britannica}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن 1853ع کان 1855ع جي وچ ۾ [[پيرس]] جي ڀرسان سينٽ ڊينس ۾ واقع 72 [[شارل ميشيلس گهٽي]] تي پنهنجي رهائش لاءِ چار ماڙ عمارت تعمير ڪرائي، جيڪا '''فرانسوا ڪوئنيه هائوس''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي ۽ ان کي دنيا جي پهرين لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان شمار ڪيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=The oldest concrete structures that have lasted: 72 rue Charles Michels, St. Denis, France |url=https://meva.net/pt-br/oldest-concrete-structures/}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪوئنيه جي لکڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته هن لوهه کي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت وڌائڻ کان وڌيڪ، ڀتين کي هڪ گڏيل (مونولٿڪ) ڍانچي طور مستحڪم رکڻ ۽ انهن کي اونڌو ٿيڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968 |pages=1–33}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ 1872ع–1873ع دوران [[بروڪلن]] ۾ تعمير ٿيل '''پپن بلڊنگ''' (Pippen Building)، جيتوڻيڪ ڪوئنيه جي ڊزائن نه هئي، پر سندس تعميراتي طريقي جو هڪ اهم مثال سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

[[فائل:Maison de logement des ouvriers de l'usine Coignet 2020 6.jpg|thumb|ڪوئنيه طرفان پنهنجي ڪارخاني جي مزدورن لاءِ سينٽ ڊينس ۾ تعمير ڪيل رهائشي عمارت.]]

1854ع ۾ انگريز تعميرڪار '''وليم بي. ولڪنسن''' پنهنجي تعمير هيٺ ٻن ماڙ گهر جي ڇت ۽ فرشن ۾ فولادي مضبوطي استعمال ڪئي. هن فولادي سلاخن کي اهڙي نموني رکيو، جنهن مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته هو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) جي اثرن کان واقف هو، جڏهن ته هن کان اڳ وارا انجنيئر ان ڳالهه کي مڪمل طور نه سمجهي سگهيا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Reinforced Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete Building Construction}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1869ع کان 1870ع جي وچ ۾ '''هينري ايٽن'''  [[انگلينڊ]] جي [[نورفڪ]] ۽ [[سفڪ]] ضلعن جي وچ ۾ وهندڙ [[ويوني درياھ]] تي '''هومرسفيلڊ پل''' جي ڊزائن تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته ان جي تعمير لنڊن جي ڪمپني ''ڊبليو اينڊ ٽي فلپس '' ڪئي. لڳ ڀڳ 15.25 ميٽر (50 فوٽ) ڊگهي هيءَ پل لوهي مضبوطي سان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي پلن مان هڪ هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{NHLE|num=1262142}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي فرانسيسي باغبان '''[[جوزف مونيي]]''' کي به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ارتقا جو اهم اڳواڻ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. هو مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا گلن جا ٿانوَ تيار ڪرڻ لاءِ موجود مواد مان مطمئن نه هو، تنهنڪري هن نوان تجربا شروع ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Day |first=Lance |title=Biographical Dictionary of the History of Technology}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1867ع ۾ مونيي تار جي ڄاري (وائر ميش) ۽ سيمينٽ جي تهه کي گڏائي مضبوط ڪنڪريٽ جا گلدان ٺاهڻ واري طريقي جو پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Britannica URL|biography/Joseph-Monier|Joseph Monier}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ 1877ع ۾ هن ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿنڀن ۽ گرڊرن کي لوهي سلاخن جي ڄار ذريعي مضبوط ڪرڻ واري وڌيڪ ترقي يافته طريقي جو به پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو. جيتوڻيڪ مونيي کي اها ڄاڻ هئي ته فولادي مضبوطي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني يڪجائي وڌائي ٿي، پر اهو واضح ناهي ته کيس ان ڳالهه جي مڪمل سائنسي ڄاڻ هئي ته ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي طاقت ۾ ڪيترو اضافو آڻي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909 |pages=204–210}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1877ع ۾ آمريڪي انجنيئر '''ٿيڊيئس هائٽ'' پنهنجي مشهور رپورٽ ''اين اڪائونٽ آف سم اڪسپيريمينٽس وٿ پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ڪمبائينڊ وٿ آئرن'' شايع ڪئي، جنهن ۾ هن فولاد سان مضبوط ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پنهنجن تجربن جا نتيجا بيان ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Hyatt |first=Thaddeus |title=An Account of Some Experiments with Portland-cement-concrete Combined with Iron}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن جي تحقيق رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي رڳو تجربي واري تعميراتي مواد بدران هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي آزمودل ٽيڪنالاجي طور قائم ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. جيڪڏهن هائٽ جي تحقيق موجود نه هجي ها، ته هن شعبي جي ترقي گهڻي عرصي تائين آزمائش ۽ غلطي (ٽرائل ۽ ارر) جي غير يقيني طريقن تي دارومدار رکندي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سائنسي ترقي ۽ عالمي ڦهلاءُ ===

1870ع واري ڏهاڪي کان اڳ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير، جيتوڻيڪ ان جون پاڙون [[رومي سلطنت]] تائين پهچن ٿيون ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ ان جو ٻيهر استعمال شروع ٿيو هو، پر ان کي اڃا مڪمل طور سائنسي طور ثابت ٿيل تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي نه سمجهيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Citation |last=Aprea |first=Salvatore |chapter=The Search for Affordable Cement and Concrete in the 18th and 19th Century |title=High Tech Concrete: Where Technology and Engineering Meet |year=2018}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري انگلينڊ ۾ ڄاول انجنيئر '''[[ارنسٽ ايل. رينسم]]''' رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. هن گذريل پنجاهه سالن دوران ٿيل تحقيق ۽ تجربن مان فائدو وٺندي اڳين ايجادڪارن جي ڪيترين ئي تعميراتي طريقن کي وڌيڪ بهتر بڻايو. سندس سڀ کان اهم ايجاد فولادي سلاخن کي مروڙي استعمال ڪرڻ هئي، جنهن سان سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ چنبڙڻ (بانڊ) گهڻو مضبوط ٿي ويو ۽ ڍانچي جي مجموعي مضبوطي ۾ نمايان واڌارو آيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Episode 81: Rebar and the Alvord Lake Bridge}}&lt;/ref&gt;

رينسم پنهنجي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ وارين عمارتن سبب وڏي شهرت حاصل ڪئي، جنهن کان پوءِ هن 1886ع کان 1889ع جي وچ ۾ اتر آمريڪا جي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ پلن مان ٻه تعمير ڪرايون. انهن مان هڪ پل، '''[[سمٿ-رينسم جيپنيز برج]]'''، اڄ به [[نيو يارڪ]] جي [[شيلٽر آئلينڊ، نيو يارڪ|شيلٽر آئلينڊ]] تي موجود آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آمريڪا]] ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل ابتدائي عمارتن مان هڪ '''[[وليم اي. وارڊ هائوس]]''' هئي، جيڪا وليم اي. وارڊ جي ڊزائن موجب 1876ع ۾ مڪمل ٿي. هن رهائشي عمارت کي خاص طور باهه کان وڌيڪ تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ جي مقصد سان تعمير ڪيو ويو.

جرمن سول انجنيئر '''[[گستاو ايڊولف وائس]]''' پڻ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم شخصيت هو. 1879ع ۾ هن جوزف مونيي جي پيٽنٽن جا جرمن حق خريد ڪيا، ۽ 1884ع ۾ سندس ڪمپني '''[[ويس اينڊ فريٽيگ]]''' انهن طريقن کي پهريون ڀيرو تجارتي بنيادن تي استعمال ڪيو. 1890ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين وائس ۽ سندس ڪمپني مونيي جي نظام کي وڌيڪ ترقي ڏئي ان کي هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي ٻڌل، منظم ۽ قابل اعتماد تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آسٽريليا]] جي '''[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]''' ملڪ جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي. هن پل جي ڊزائن [[الفريڊ بارٽن بريڊي]] تيار ڪئي، جيڪو 1896ع ۾ [[ڪئينز لينڊ]] جو سرڪاري معمار هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge |publisher=Queensland Government}}&lt;/ref&gt; پل ۾ 15.2 ميٽر ڊگها يارنهن اسپين هئا ۽ ان جي ڪل ڊيگهه لڳ ڀڳ 187 ميٽر هئي، جيڪا ان دور ۾ دنيا جي ساڳئي قسم جي مشهور پلن کان به وڏي سمجهي ويندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge, Mary River, 1896- |publisher=Engineers Australia}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات ===

ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تيزيءَ سان مقبول تعميراتي مواد بڻجي ويو. ان عرصي دوران انجنيئرن ۽ معمارن هن ٽيڪنالاجي کي اوچي عمارتن، پلن ۽ ٻين وڏن تعميراتي منصوبن ۾ استعمال ڪرڻ شروع ڪيو.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل شروعاتي اوچين عمارتن مان هڪ 16 ماڙ '''انگالس بلڊنگ''' هئي، جيڪا 1904ع ۾ آمريڪا جي شهر سنسناٽي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;CIVL1101&quot;/&gt;

ڏکڻ ڪيليفورنيا ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پهرين عمارت '''لافلن اينيڪس''' هئي، جيڪا 1905ع ۾ لاس اينجلس جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Los Angeles from the Mountains to the Sea |volume=2 |last=McGroarty |first=John Steven |year=1921 |page=176}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Annual Report of the City Auditor, City of Los Angeles |year=1905 |pages=71–73}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع دوران لاس اينجلس ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن لاءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ سورهن تعميراتي اجازت ناما جاري ڪيا ويا. انهن ۾ '''ٽيمپل آڊيٽوريم''' ۽ اٺ ماڙ '''هيورڊ هوٽل''' به شامل هئا، جيڪي ان ڳالهه جو ثبوت هئا ته هي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي تيزيءَ سان عام ٿي رهي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |last=Williams |first=D. |title=What Builders are Doing |journal=Carpentry and Building |year=1907 |page=66}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |title=Reinforced Concrete Buildings at Los Angeles, Cal. |journal=Engineering News-Record |year=1906 |volume=55 |page=449}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ لانگ بيچ ۾ تعمير هيٺ '''بڪسبي هوٽل''' جو هڪ حصو وقت کان اڳ عارضي سهارن (Shoring) کي هٽائڻ سبب ڊهي پيو، جنهن ۾ ڏهه مزدور فوت ٿي ويا. هن حادثي کان پوءِ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعميراتي طريقن ۽ عمارتن جي جاچ پڙتال بابت وڌيڪ سخت ضابطا اختيار ڪيا ويا. ماهرن سفارش ڪئي ته مستقبل ۾ فرشن، ڀتين ۽ ڍانچي جي ٻين اهم حصن ۾ مڪمل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تعمير وڌيڪ محفوظ بڻجي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite magazine |title=Partial Collapse of the Bixby Hotel at Long Beach |magazine=Architect and Engineer of California |year=1906 |volume=VII |issue=1 |pages=44–48}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1904ع جي اپريل مهيني ۾ آمريڪي معمار ۽ انجنيئر '''جوليا مورگن''' پنهنجي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارت، '''ايل ڪيمپانيل'''، مڪمل ڪئي، جيڪا 72 فوٽ اوچي گهنڊ گهر (بيل ٽاور) هئي ۽ ملز ڪاليج ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=El Campanil, Mills College: Julia Morgan 1903–1904}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو ۾ آيل شديد زلزلي دوران ايل ڪيمپانيل کي ڪو به اهم نقصان نه پهتو، جنهن سان جوليا مورگن جي شهرت ۾ وڏو اضافو ٿيو ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي تي عوام جو اعتماد پڻ وڌيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Julia Morgan-designed Mills bell tower counts down to its 115th anniversary}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Bay Area Architect Julia Morgan's Legacy Wasn't Just Hearst Castle}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع جي زلزلي کان پوءِ عوام ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت موجود شڪ شبها به گهڻي حد تائين ختم ٿي ويا. ان کان اڳ ڪيترائي ماڻهو هن مواد کي جمالياتي لحاظ کان غير دلڪش سمجهندا هئا، پر زلزلي دوران ان جي بهتر ڪارڪردگي سبب ان جي مقبوليت وڌي وئي. نتيجي طور 1908ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو جي بلدياتي اختيارين عمارت سازي جا ضابطا تبديل ڪري رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وڌيڪ وسيع استعمال جي اجازت ڏني.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=How one building survived the San Francisco earthquake and changed the world}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== معيارن جي جوڙجڪ ۽ ضابطا ===

1906ع ۾ '''نيشنل ايسوسيئيشن آف سيمينٽ يوزرس''' (مختصر: NACU) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پهريون معياري دستاويز '''اسٽينڊرڊ نمبر 1''' شايع ڪيو، جنهن ۾ پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ جي معيار، خاصيتن ۽ استعمال بابت بنيادي فني گهرجون مقرر ڪيون ويون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Specifications for Portland Cement of the American Society for Testing Materials, Standard No. 1 |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1906 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان پوءِ 1910ع ۾ ساڳئي اداري '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال لاءِ معياري عمارتي ضابطا''' (''اسٽينڊرڊ بلڊنگ ريگيوليشنز فار دي يوز آف ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ '') جاري ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Building Regulations for the Use of Reinforced Concrete |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1910 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن ضابطن ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن، تعمير، جاچ ۽ استعمال بابت تفصيلي فني هدايتون شامل هيون.
انهن معيارن جي جاري ٿيڻ سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميراتي ادارن وٽ هڪجهڙن اصولن تحت ٿيڻ لڳي. نتيجي طور تعميراتي حفاظت، معيار، مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ نمايان بهتري آئي، ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جديد عمارت سازيءَ جي سڀ کان اهم تعميراتي مواد مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

== تعمير ۾ استعمال ==

[[فائل:SagradaFamiliaRoof2.jpg|thumb|upright=1.5|right|2009ع ۾ تعمير هيٺ [[ساگراڊا فاميليا]] جي ڇت ۾ لڳايل فولادي سلاخون (ريبار).]]

[[فائل:O Cristo Redentor.JPG|thumb|[[ريو ڊي جينيرو]]، [[برازيل]] ۾ واقع '''مسيح ڇوٽڪارو ڏيندڙ''' جو مجسمو، جيڪو رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان تعمير ٿيل آهي ۽ ان جي ٻاهرئين سطح هزارين ٽڪنڊي صابڻي پٿر (Soapstone) جي ٽڪرن سان ڍڪيل آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia |title=Christ the Redeemer |encyclopedia=Encyclopædia Britannica |last=Murray |first=Lorraine |url=http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/1435544/Christ-the-Redeemer}}&lt;/ref&gt;]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ تعميراتي صنعت ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد مان هڪ آهي. ان جي مدد سان مختلف قسمن جا تعميراتي جزا ۽ ڍانچا تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ تختو|ڪنڪريٽ جا تختا]] (Slabs)، [[ڀت]]، [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاعون]] (Beams)، [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀا]]، [[بنياد]]، ڍانچا (Frames) ۽ ٻيا ڪيترائي تعميراتي حصا شامل آهن.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي تعمير جي طريقي موجب عام طور ٻن قسمن ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي:

* '''اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري ڪاسٽ ڪنڪريٽ)، جنهن جا جزا ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪري تعميراتي هنڌ تي نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن.
* '''جاءِ تي وڌل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (ڪاسٽ-ان -پليس ڪنڪريٽ)، جيڪو سڌو سنئون تعميراتي هنڌ تي شٽرنگ اندر وجهي تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڪنهن به عمارت ۾ مناسب فرش نظام (Floor System) جي چونڊ ۽ ڊزائن انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان عمارت جي مجموعي ڪارڪردگي تي سڌو اثر پوي ٿو. فرش جي ڊزائن ۾ معمولي تبديليون به تعميراتي مواد جي خرچ، تعمير مڪمل ٿيڻ جي مدت، ڍانچي جي آخري مضبوطي، سار سنڀال جي خرچن، استعمال ڪندڙن جي گنجائش ۽ عمارت جي آخري استعمال تي نمايان اثر وجهي سگهن ٿيون.

فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کان سواءِ جديد دور جون گهڻ ماڙ عمارتون، وڏيون پلون ۽ ٻيا وڏا ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا محفوظ ۽ عملي طور تعمير ڪرڻ ممڪن نه هجي ها.

=== رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا ===

جڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا تعمير ۾ استعمال ٿين ٿا ته اهي ٻاهران لاڳو ٿيندڙ [[تعميراتي بار]] (Structural load) جي اثر هيٺ مخصوص ميڪانيڪي رويو ظاهر ڪندا آهن. استعمال دوران انهن جزن تي هيٺيان قسم جا بار يا قوتون عمل ڪري سگهن ٿيون:&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |author=Bungale S. Taranath |title=Reinforced Concrete Design of Tall Buildings |publisher=CRC Press |year=2009 |page=7 |isbn=978-1-4398-0481-0}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينشن)
* [[دٻاءُ]] (ڪمپريشن)
* [[وڪڙجڻ]] (بينڊنگ)
* [[ڪٽائي دٻاءُ]] (شيئر)
* [[مروڙ]] (ٽورزن)

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن اهڙي نموني ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو اهو انهن سڀني قوتن کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ تعميراتي ڍانچي جي استحڪام، مضبوطي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي يقيني بڻائي.

=== فولادي سلاخن جي ڊزائن ===

رِيئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن هميشه قابل انجنيئر يا لاڳاپيل فني اداري طرفان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي. سلاخن جو قطر، وڇاءُ، چڙهاڪو ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه عمارت جي قسم، بار ۽ لاڳو تعميراتي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي بندش ===

فولادي سلاخون تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪٽي، موڙي ۽ تار سان مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. انهن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تھ رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن سلاخون زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ۽ ڍانچي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي. ضرورت موجب ڪنڍا (Hooks) ۽ چڙهاڪو (Overlap) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== تياري  ===

آر سي سي مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارو تعميراتي مواد آهي. ان کي مختلف شڪلين ۾ آسانيءَ سان ڍالي سگهجي ٿو، باهه ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿو، پاڻيءَ جي نفوذ کي گهٽ ڪري ٿو ۽ عام حالتن ۾ گهٽ مرمت جي ضرورت پوي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ملاوٽ ===

آر سي سي جي ملاوٽ هٿ سان يا ڪنڪريٽ مڪسر ذريعي ڪئي ويندي آهي. ننڍن تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ هٿ سان ملاوٽ، جڏهن ته وڏن منصوبن ۾ مشيني ملاوٽ کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها وڌيڪ هڪجهڙائي، تيزي ۽ معياري نتيجا فراهم ڪندي آهي ۽ مواد جي زيان کي گهٽائيندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب ===

پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو مناسب تناسب آر سي سي جي مضبوطي، ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر وجهي ٿو. گهڻو پاڻي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت گهٽائي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته گهٽ پاڻي ملاوٽ کي صحيح نموني استعمال ڪرڻ ۾ ڏکيائي پيدا ڪري سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== جھڪاءُ پرک ===

ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ گهاٽاڻ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ '''جھڪاءُ پرک''' (سلمپ ٽيسٽ) ڪئي ويندي آهي. هن آزمائش ۾ مخروط شڪل واري فولادي قالب ۾ تازي ڪنڪريٽ ڀري ان جي ويهڻ يا جھڪاءَ جي ماپ ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ملاوٽ مقرر معيار مطابق آهي يا نه.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


=== ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀرائي ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ شٽرنگ، فولادي سلاخن ۽ ٻين لڪل خدمتن جهڙوڪ برقي پائيپن جي جانچ ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي بنا رڪاوٽ جي مناسب رفتار سان وڌو ويندو آهي ۽ ضرورت موجب وائبريٽر ذريعي ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ڪيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن هوا جا خانا ختم ٿين ۽ ''هني ڪومبنگ'' (Honeycombing) جهڙا نقص پيدا نه ٿين.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== سار سنڀال ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ مناسب عرصي تائين ان کي پاڻي ڏئي آلو رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان سيمينٽ جي مڪمل هائيڊريشن ٿئي ٿي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ پاڻيءَ جي مزاحمت وڌي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== رويو ==

=== مواد ===

{{ڏسو پڻ|ڪنڪريٽ|سيمينٽ|تعميراتي بجري|فولادي سلاخ}}

ڪنڪريٽ هڪ گڏيل تعميراتي مواد آهي، جيڪو ٿلهي بجري (جهڙوڪ پٿر يا سرن جي ٽڪرن)، نفيس بجري (عام طور ريتي يا ڀڳل پٿر)، ڳنڍيندڙ مواد (اڪثر [[پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ]]) ۽ پاڻي جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. جڏهن سيمينٽ کي مناسب مقدار ۾ پاڻي سان ملايو وڃي ٿو ته ان ۾ [[هائيڊريشن]]  جو ڪيميائي عمل شروع ٿئي ٿو، جنهن دوران انتهائي ننڍا قلمي (ڪرسٽلائين) ڍانچا ٺهن ٿا. اهي قلمي ڍانچا بجري جي ذرڙن کي پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍي هڪ سخت ۽ مضبوط جسم ۾ تبديل ڪري ڇڏين ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Materials principles and practice|page=61|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|page=357|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;
ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ بجري ۽ ريتي نقصانڪار مادَن، جهڙوڪ حياتياتي گندگين، سلٽ، مٽي، لگنائيٽ ۽ ٻين غير مناسب آميزشن کان پاڪ هجڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙيون آميزشون ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري کي متاثر ڪري سگهن ٿيون.

عام ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءَ (ڪمپريشن) کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي تمام وڏي صلاحيت رکي ٿو، پر جيڪڏهن ان تي نمايان ڇڪ (ٽينشن) پيدا ٿئي، مثال طور وڪڙجڻ (بينڊنگ) سبب، ته ان جي اندر موجود قلمي ڍانچو ٽٽڻ شروع ٿي ويندو آهي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڏار پئجي ويندا آهن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ الڳ ٿيڻ لڳندو آهي. انهيءَ سبب عام (غير ريئنفورسڊ) ڪنڪريٽ کي هميشه اهڙي نموني سهارو ڏنو ويندو آهي، جو ان ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي.

جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر اهڙو مواد رکيو وڃي، جيڪو ڇڪ کي تمام سٺي نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي، جهڙوڪ فولاد، ته پوءِ حاصل ٿيندڙ گڏيل مادو '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' بڻجي ويندو آهي. اهڙي گڏيل مواد ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪري ٿو، جڏهن ته فولادي سلاخون تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪن ٿيون. نتيجي طور اهو نه رڳو دٻاءُ، پر وڪڙجڻ ۽ ٻين تنشي بارن کي به محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ٿو. اهڙي گڏيل نظام کي تعميراتي ضرورت موجب لڳ ڀڳ هر شڪل ۽ ماپ ۾ تيار ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== اهم خاصيتون ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جون غيرمعمولي تعميراتي خاصيتون بنيادي طور هيٺين سببن جي ڪري پيدا ٿين ٿيون:

# ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي [[حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جي عدد]] (ڪوئفيشنٽ آف ٿرمل ايڪسپينشن) تقريباً هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي. تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ٻنهي موادن جي ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ ۾ گهڻو فرق نٿو اچي، جنهن ڪري اندروني دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيڻ جا امڪان گهٽجي وڃن ٿا.

# جڏهن سيمينٽ جو ليپ سخت ٿئي ٿو ته اهو فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿو. نتيجي طور بار يا دٻاءُ ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ مؤثر نموني منتقل ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ چنبڙڻ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط بڻائڻ لاءِ فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري کي عام طور تي اُڀن نشانن يا نالين (ڊيفارميشنز) سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

# سخت ٿيل سيمينٽ جي ليپ ۾ موجود [[الڪلائن]] ماحول، جيڪو پوٽاشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ، سوڊيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ ۽ [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] جي موجودگي سبب پيدا ٿيندو آهي، فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي هڪ حفاظتي غيرفعال (پيسيويشن) تهه ٺاهي ڇڏيندو آهي. هي تهه فولاد کي زنگ لڳڻ کان وڏي حد تائين بچائيندو آهي.

وقت سان گڏ جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ هوا ۽ مينهن جي پاڻيءَ جي رابطي ۾ اچي ٿو ته فضا ۾ موجود ڪاربان ڊاءِ آڪسائيڊ پاڻي سان ملي [[ڪاربونڪ تيزاب]] ٺاهي ٿي. هي تيزاب سيمينٽ جي الڪلائن جزن سان آهستي آهستي ڪيميائي عمل ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيت گهٽائيندو آهي. انهيءَ عمل کي '''ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن'''  چيو ويندو آهي. نتيجي طور ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ (pH) آهستي آهستي گهٽجي ويندو آهي، ۽ جڏهن اهو ڪافي گهٽجي وڃي ٿو ته فولادي سلاخن جي حفاظتي تهه ختم ٿيڻ لڳندي آهي، جنهن کان پوءِ زنگ لڳڻ جو خطرو وڌي ويندو آهي.

عام طور تي جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ لڳ ڀڳ 11 کان مٿي هجي ته فولادي سلاخون محفوظ رهنديون آهن، جڏهن ته پي ايڇ 10 کان هيٺ اچڻ تي، مقامي ماحول ۽ فولاد جي خاصيتن موجب، زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو. ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن ۽ [[ڪلورائيڊ]]ن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي خراب ٿيڻ جا سڀ کان اهم سبب سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.

عام رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جو ڪُل ايراضو گهڻو نه هوندو آهي. عام طور شعاعن ۽ تختن ۾ اهو لڳ ڀڳ هڪ سيڪڙو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه ٿنڀن ۾ ڇهه سيڪڙو تائين ٿي سگهي ٿو. فولادي سلاخون اڪثر گول شڪل واريون هونديون آهن ۽ مختلف قطرن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن.

ڪجهه رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ خالي سوراخ يا کوکلا حصا (ھالو ڪورز) پڻ رکيا ويندا آهن، جيئن نمي ۽ گهم تي بهتر ضابطو آڻي سگهجي.

تحقيق مان معلوم ٿيو آهي ته عمودي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزن ۾، ريئنفورسمينٽ موجود هجڻ باوجود، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي سڄي ڪراس سيڪشن ۾ مڪمل طور هڪجهڙي نه هوندي، پر ڪجهه حد تائين غير يڪسان (انھوموجينيس) ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;&quot;Concrete Inhomogeneity of Vertical Cast-In-Situ Elements In Frame-Type Buildings&quot;.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو گڏيل عمل ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي جو بنيادي اصول اهو آهي ته ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ هڪ گڏيل (ڪمپوزٽ) نظام جي صورت ۾ ڪم ڪن. جڏهن ڪنهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزو تي بار لاڳو ٿئي ٿو، ته فولادي سلاخن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ ڊگھائي يا وڪڙ (اسٽرين) بلڪل ساڳيو هجڻ گهرجي، جيڪو چوڌاري موجود ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. جيڪڏهن ٻنهي موادن جي وڪڙ ۾ فرق پيدا ٿئي ته سندن وچ ۾ سُرڪڻ (سلپ)، الڳ ٿيڻ (سيپريشن) يا بناوتي بيقاعدگي (ڊسڪنٽينيوئٽي) پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي، جنهن سان ڍانچي جي مضبوطي متاثر ٿئي ٿي.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل عمل کي برقرار رکڻ لاءِ بار جو مؤثر منتقلي ٿيڻ ضروري آهي. بار پهرين ڪنڪريٽ مان فولادي سلاخ جي مٿاڇري تائين منتقل ٿئي ٿو، پوءِ اُتان فولادي سلاخ جي سڄي ڊگھائي ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ جي صورت ۾ ورهائجي وڃي ٿو. هي عمل ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ موجود مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ يا اينڪوريج) جي ذريعي ممڪن بڻجي ٿو، جيڪو ٻنهي موادن جي رابطي واري سطح تي لڳاتار دٻاءُ جو ميدان (ڪنٽينيوئس اسٽريس فيلڊ) پيدا ڪري ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل طور ڪم ڪرڻ جا بنيادي سبب هي آهن:

* فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿي، تنهنڪري ٻئي گڏجي ٻاهرين بارن کي برداشت ڪن ٿا.
* ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جا عدد تقريباً هڪجهڙا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب سندن وچ ۾ نقصانڪار حرارتي دٻاءُ پيدا نٿو ٿئي.
* ڪنڪريٽ جو الڪلائن ماحول فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائي ٿو ۽ انهن جي عمر وڌائي ٿو.

=== ڪنڪريٽ ۾ بندش ===

فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ بندش (بانڊ) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنيادي خاصيتن مان هڪ آهي. عملي طور بندش جو دٻاءُ سلاخ جي سڄي ڊيگهه ۾ هڪجهڙو نه هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري جديد تعميراتي ضابطن ۾ بندش جي دٻاءُ بدران '''ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي''' (ڊولپمينٽ لينٿ) جو تصور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي مان مراد فولادي سلاخ جي اها گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ڊيگهه آهي، جيڪا ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود هجڻ ضروري آهي، ته جيئن سلاخ پنهنجي مڪمل ييلڊ اسٽريس تائين پهچي سگهي، بغير ڪنڪريٽ مان سُرڪڻ جي.

جيڪڏهن موجود ڊيگهه گهربل ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي کان گهٽ هجي ته اضافي بندش مهيا ڪرڻ لاءِ مختلف طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جهڙوڪ:

* ڪنڍا (ھڪس)
* موڙ (بينڊس)
* ميخانياتي پڇاڙيون (ميڪينيڪل اينڊ پليٽس)
* ٻيا مناسب اينڪريج جا ذريعا

اهي سڀئي طريقا فولادي سلاخن کي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوطي سان جڪڙي رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

=== ليپ اسپلائس ===

جڏهن فولادي سلاخ جي ڊيگهه ڪافي نه هجي يا ٻن سلاخن کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍڻو هجي ته ٻنهي سلاخن کي هڪ مقرر ڊيگهه تائين هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهائي رکيو ويندو آهي. هن طريقي کي '''ليپ اسپلائس''' چيو ويندو آهي.

ليپ اسپلائس جو مقصد ٻنهي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ دٻاءُ ۽ تنشي قوتن جي محفوظ منتقلي کي يقيني بڻائڻ آهي، جيئن ڍانچي جي تسلسل برقرار رهي. ليپ اسپلائس جي گهربل ڊيگهه تعميراتي ضابطن موجب سلاخ جي قطر، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، فولاد جي درجي ۽ لاڳو ٿيندڙ بار جي بنياد تي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal|title=Monotonic and Cyclic Seismic Analyses of Old-Type RC Columns with Short Lap Splices|journal=Construction Materials|volume=4|issue=2|year=2024|pages=329–341}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زنگ کان بچاءَ جا طريقا ===

ٿڌن ۽ نمي وارن علائقن ۾، خاص طور روڊن، پلن، پارڪنگ ڍانچن ۽ انهن تعميرن ۾ جيڪي برف ڳارڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لوڻ (Deicing Salt) جي رابطي ۾ اچن ٿيون، فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مختلف حفاظتي طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن.

انهن ۾ هيٺيان طريقا شامل آهن:

* گهٽ ڪاربان ۽ ڪروميم تي ٻڌل زنگ-مزاحمتي فولادي سلاخن جو استعمال؛
* ايپوڪسي (Epoxy) سان ڍڪيل فولادي سلاخون؛
* گرم طريقي سان جست لڳايل (ھاٽ-ڊپ گيلوانائيزڊ) فولادي سلاخون؛
* اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون فولادي سلاخون.

انهن کان علاوه مناسب ڊزائن، اعليٰ معيار جي ڪنڪريٽ، صحيح پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب ۽ مناسب حفاظتي تهه (ڪنڪريٽ ڪور) پڻ فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪن ٿا.

فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ جست فاسفيٽ (زنڪ فاسفيٽ) جهڙا حفاظتي ليپ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر ڪيميائي عمل ذريعي هڪ مستحڪم حفاظتي تهه ٺاهي زنگ جي رفتار گهٽائيندا آهن.

ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري تي مختلف سيلنٽ (Sealants)، جهڙوڪ رنگ، پلاسٽڪ فلمون، فوم، ايلومينيم ورق يا بينٽونائيٽ مٽي جا حفاظتي تهه پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي پاڻي ۽ نقصانڪار لوڻن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي گهٽائيندا آهن.

ان کان علاوه ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ وقت پاڻيءَ جي ملاوٽ ۾ زنگ روڪيندڙ ڪيميائي مادا (ڪوروژن انھبٽرز)، جهڙوڪ ڪيلشيم نائٽرائيٽ، پڻ شامل ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي مادا فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي حفاظتي غيرفعال تهه (پيسيويشن ليئر) برقرار رکن ٿا، جنهن سان زنگ لڳڻ جو امڪان نمايان طور گهٽجي وڃي ٿو.

== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ شعاعن جي اصطلاحات ==

[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|پارڪنگ گيراج جي تختي سان گڏيل ٻه هڪٻئي کي ڪٽيندڙ شعاعون، جن ۾ فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ برقي تارن، جنڪشن باڪسز ۽ روشنيءَ جي ٻين برقي حصن جي لڳائڻ جي تياري پڻ نظر اچي ٿي.]]

[[فائل:Fideo o’r trawst concrit olaf yn cael ei osod – Tach 2016 Last concrete beam installation – 2016.webm|thumb|اوچي شاهراهه تي آخري ڪنڪريٽي شعاع رکڻ جو مختصر وڊيو، جيڪا ويلز جي ڪارڊف بي ڀرسان نئين شاهراهه جي تعمير جو حصو آهي.]]

جڏهن ڪنهن [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاع]] تي [[وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو]] (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) عمل ڪري ٿو ته شعاع ۾ ٿورو وڪڙ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ حالت ۾ شعاع جي ٻاهرئين پاسي (تنشي پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اندرئين پاسي (دٻاءُ واري پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ هوندو آهي.

'''يڪ-طرفو ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (سنگلي ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ رڳو تنشي پاسي لڳائي ويندي آهي. هن فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي '''تنشي فولاد''' (ٽينشن اسٽيل) چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ ان جو مقصد تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.

'''ٻه-طرفو ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (ڊبلي ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي پاسي سان گڏ دٻاءُ واري پاسي به فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ لڳائي ويندي آهي. دٻاءُ واري پاسي لڳايل فولاد کي '''دٻاءُ وارو فولاد''' (ڪمپيشن اسٽيل) چيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد ڪنڪريٽ کي دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيڻ ۽ اضافي دٻاءَ کي سنڀالڻ هوندو آهي. جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو گهربل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪافي نه هجي، يا معمار شعاع جي ماپ وڌائڻ جي اجازت نه ڏئي، تڏهن اضافي دٻاءُ وارو فولاد استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

'''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (انڊر-ريئينفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان گهٽ هوندي آهي. اهڙي شعاع تي جڏهن وڪڙجڻ وارو بار آهستي آهستي وڌندو آهي ته سڀ کان پهرين تنشي فولاد پنهنجي لچڪدار حد (ييلڊ) تائين پهچي ڊگهو ٿيڻ شروع ڪندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ اڃا مڪمل طور نه ٽٽندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ شعاع ۾ وڏو وڪڙ ۽ واضح تبديليون پيدا ٿينديون آهن، جيڪي ممڪن ناڪامي بابت اڳواٽ خبردار ڪن ٿيون. انهيءَ سبب تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ اهڙي قسم جي شعاع کي وڌيڪ محفوظ تصور ڪيو ويندو آهي، ۽ عام طور ڊزائن فولاد جي ييلڊ اسٽريس جي بنياد تي ڪئي ويندي آهي.

'''وڌيڪ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (اوور-ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان وڌيڪ هوندي آهي. اهڙي حالت ۾ فولاد ييلڊ ٿيڻ کان اڳ ئي ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو چِٿجي (ڪرشنگ) وڃي ٿو، جنهن سبب شعاع بنا ڪنهن واضح اڳواٽ خبرداري جي اوچتو ناڪام ٿي سگهي ٿي. انهيءَ ڪري اهڙي ڊزائن کي غير محفوظ سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

'''متوازن ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (بئلنسڊ ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ شعاع تي مقرر ٿيل بار وڌڻ سان ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو ۽ تنشي فولاد تقريباً هڪ ئي وقت پنهنجي آخري حد تائين پهچي وڃن ٿا. اهڙي حالت ۾ ڪنڪريٽ چِٿجي وڃي ٿو ۽ فولاد پڻ ييلڊ ڪري ٿو. جيتوڻيڪ هن حالت ۾ ٻنهي موادن جي طاقت جو متوازن استعمال ٿئي ٿو، پر ناڪامي تقريباً اوچتي ٿيندي آهي، تنهنڪري هي ڊزائن به عملي طور وڌيڪ محفوظ نه سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Nilson, Darwin, Dolan. ''Design of Concrete Structures''. McGraw-Hill Education, 2003. pp. 80–90.&lt;/ref&gt;

انهيءَ سبب فولادي ريئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا اهي جزا، جيڪي وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو برداشت ڪن ٿا، عام طور '''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ''' (انڊر-ريئينفورسڊ) طريقي سان ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن، ته جيئن ناڪامي کان اڳ واضح خبرداري ملي سگهي.

'''خاصيتي مضبوطي''' (ڪئريڪٽرسٽڪ اسٽرينٿ) اها مضبوطي آهي، جنهن کان گهٽ نتيجو صرف پنج سيڪڙو يا ان کان گهٽ آزمائشي نمونن ۾ ملي ٿو.

'''ڊزائن مضبوطي''' يا '''نامياري مضبوطي''' (ڊزائين اسٽرينٿ يا نامينل اسٽرينٿ) اها مضبوطي آهي، جيڪا حفاظتي عامل (سيفٽي فيڪٽر) کي نظر ۾ رکي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. اجازت لائق دٻاءَ واري ڊزائن (پرمزيبل اسٽريس ڊزائين) ۾ حفاظتي عامل عام طور 0.75 کان 0.85 جي وچ ۾ هوندو آهي.

'''آخري حد واري حالت''' (الٽيميٽ لمٽ اسٽيٽ) اها نظرياتي حالت آهي، جنهن تي ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان موجود هوندو آهي. ان جو اندازو حفاظتي عامل سان وڌايل بارن (فيڪٽرڊ لوڊ) ۽ حفاظتي عامل سان گهٽايل مزاحمت (فيڪٽرڊ رزسٽنس) جي بنياد تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا عام طور بين الاقوامي ضابطن ۽ معيارن، جهڙوڪ ACI 318، CEB ۽ يورو ڪوڊ 2 وغيره مطابق ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي ڊزائن لاءِ WSD (ورڪنگ اسٽريس ڊزائين)، USD (الٽيميٽ اسٽرينٿ ڊزائين) يا LRFD (لوڊ اينڊ رزسٽنس فيڪٽر ڊزائين) جهڙا طريقا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. تجزيو ۽ ڊزائن ليڪيرِي (لينيئر) يا غير ليڪيرِي (نان-لينيئر) طريقن سان به ڪري سگهجن ٿا. عمارت سازي جا ضابطا اڪثر حفاظتي عاملن سان گڏ ليڪيرِي طريقن جي سفارش ڪن ٿا، جڏهن ته ڪجهه خاص حالتن ۾ غير ليڪيرِي عددي تجزيا پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Techno Press|journal=Structural Engineering and Mechanics|volume=53|issue=4|year=2015}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Energy based structural damage index based on nonlinear numerical simulation of structures subjected to oriented lateral cyclic loading|journal=International Journal of Civil Engineering|volume=9|issue=3|year=2011|pages=155–164}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ ==

{{Main|اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ}}

'''اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري اسٽريسڊ ڪنڪريٽ) اهڙي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي شعاعن ۽ ٻين بناوتي جزن جي بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت کي نمايان طور وڌايو ويندو آهي.

هن طريقي ۾ شعاع جي هيٺئين حصي ۾ موجود فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ، جيڪا استعمال دوران تنشي قوتن جي اثر هيٺ ايندي آهي، ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ئي ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ آندي ويندي آهي. ان کان پوءِ ان جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وڌو ويندو آهي. جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ مڪمل طور سخت ٿي وڃي ٿو ته فولادي سلاخن تان اڳواٽ ڏنل ڇڪ آزاد ڪئي ويندي آهي. ان جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر مستقل دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) پيدا ٿي ويندو آهي.

جڏهن بعد ۾ شعاع تي بار لاڳو ٿيندو آهي ته فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ اضافي تنشي دٻاءُ برداشت ڪندي آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ ۾ موجود اڳواٽ دٻاءُ آهستي آهستي گهٽبو آهي، پر عام حالتن ۾ اهو تنشي دٻاءُ ۾ تبديل نه ٿيندو آهي.

ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڪنڪريٽ مسلسل دٻاءُ هيٺ رهندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان ۾ ڏار پوڻ، وڪڙجڻ سبب نقصان پهچڻ ۽ بناوتي ناڪامي جا امڪان عام رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀيٽ ۾ گهڻا گهٽ هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|pages=372–373|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|others=George Weidmann, P. R. Lewis, Nick Reid, Open University. Materials Department|isbn=0-408-04658-9|location=Milton Keynes, U.K.|oclc=20693897}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== فولاد سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ناڪامي جا عام نمونا ==

[[فائل:Concrete spall (interior of unit).jpg|thumb|سنگاپور ۾ هڪ آفيس جي ڇت مان ڪنڪريٽ جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي ڪرڻ. اهو نقصان ممڪن آهي ته فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ سبب پيدا ٿيو هجي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بنيادي طور ٻن سببن جي ڪري ناڪام ٿي سگهي ٿو: پهريون، جڏهن ان جي مضبوطي گهربل حد کان گهٽ هجي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ بناوتي يا مشيني ناڪامي (ميڪينيڪل فيليوئر) پيدا ٿئي؛ ۽ ٻيو، جڏهن وقت سان گڏ ان جي پائيداري گهٽجي وڃي. خراب ڊزائن يا غير معياري تعمير سبب زنگ لڳڻ ۽ ٿڌ ۾ ڄمڻ ۽ وري ڳرڻ (فريز–ٿا سائيڪل) جا بار بار ٿيندڙ عمل ڪنڪريٽ کي نقصان پهچائي سگهن ٿا.

جڏهن فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳندو آهي ته زنگ جا پيداوار (رسٽ) پنهنجي اصل ڌاتوءَ جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مقدار والاريندا آهن. انهيءَ ڦهلاءَ سبب ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏار پوندا آهن، مٿاڇري جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي پوندا آهن (اسپيلنگ)، ۽ فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ موجود بندش ڪمزور ٿي ويندي آهي. اهڙي طرح ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کان الڳ ٿيڻ لڳندي آهي، جنهن سان ڍانچي جي مضبوطي ۽ عمر ٻنهي تي منفي اثر پوندو آهي.

هيٺ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پائيداري کي متاثر ڪندڙ اهم سبب بيان ڪيا ويا آهن.

=== مشيني ناڪامي ===

ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏار پوڻ کي مڪمل طور روڪڻ عملي طور ممڪن نه هوندو آهي، پر مناسب مقدار ۾ ريئنفورسمينٽ، ڪنٽرول جوائنٽن، صحيح سنڀال (Curing) ۽ مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جي ملاوٽ ذريعي انهن ڏارن جي ماپ، تعداد ۽ هنڌ کي وڏي حد تائين ضابطي ۾ آڻي سگهجي ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ ڏار نمي ۽ پاڻي کي اندر داخل ٿيڻ جو رستو فراهم ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو. بناوتي ڊزائن ۾ اهڙي حالت کي عام طور ''سروس لائق حد واري ناڪامي'' (سروسبلٽي لمٽ اسٽيٽ) چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي نقصان سان ڍانچي جي استعمال جي صلاحيت متاثر ٿيندي آهي، ڀلي اهو فوري طور نه ڊهي.

عام طور ڏار پوڻ جا اهم سبب هي هوندا آهن:

* فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي مقدار ضرورت کان گهٽ هجڻ؛
* فولادي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ تمام گهڻو وڇاءُ هجڻ؛
* مقرر حد کان وڌيڪ بار لاڳو ٿيڻ؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي سخت ٿيڻ دوران گرمي جي تبديلي يا شروعاتي سُڪڙجڻ (ارلي ٿرمل شرنڪيج) سبب اندروني دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيڻ.

ڍانچي جي مڪمل ناڪامي، جيڪا آخرڪار ڊهڻ جو سبب بڻجي سگهي ٿي، هيٺين حالتن ۾ پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي:

* جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ تي دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ان جي برداشت جي حد کان وڌي وڃي ۽ ڪنڪريٽ چِٿجي وڃي (ڪنڪريٽ ڪرشنگ )؛
* جڏهن وڪڙجڻ (بينڊنگ) يا ڪٽائي (Shear) سبب فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ تي پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻاءُ ان جي طاقت کان وڌي وڃي، جنهن سان فولاد ييلڊ ڪري يا ٽٽي پوي؛
* جڏهن فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ موجود بندش (بانڊ) ناڪام ٿي وڃي، جنهن سان فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان سُرڪڻ لڳي ۽ ٻئي مواد گڏيل طور ڪم ڪرڻ بند ڪري ڇڏين.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |year=2016 |title=Remote sensing and photogrammetry techniques in diagnostics of concrete structures |journal=Computers and Concrete |volume=18 |issue=3 |pages=405–420 |doi=10.12989/cac.2016.18.3.405}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاربونيشن ===

[[فائل:Concrete wall cracking as steel reinforcing corrodes and swells 9058.jpg|left|thumb|فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ ۽ ڦهلجڻ سبب ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀت ۾ پيدا ٿيل ڏار. زنگ جو مقدار اصل ڌاتوءَ کان وڌيڪ هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهو ڦهلجي ڪنڪريٽ کي ٽوڙي ڇڏي ٿو. مٿاڇري تان ڪنڪريٽ جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي پوڻ واري عمل کي ''اسپالنگ'' (Spalling) چيو ويندو آهي.]]

[[فائل:Concrete wall cracking as its steel reinforcing cracks and swells 9061v.jpg|left|thumb|ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري ۽ فولادي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ حفاظتي ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه تمام پتلو هجڻ سبب پيدا ٿيل اسپالنگ. اهڙي حالت ۾ ٻاهرين ماحول جي اثر هيٺ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي وڃي ٿو.]]

{{مکيه|ڪاربونيشن}}

'''ڪاربونيشن''' (Carbonation)، جنهن کي غيرجانبداري (Neutralisation) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ ڪيميائي عمل آهي، جنهن ۾ هوا ۾ موجود [[ڪاربان ڊاءِ آڪسائيڊ]] ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] ۽ پاڻي سان گڏيل [[ڪيلشيم سليڪيٽ هائيڊريٽ]] (Calcium Silicate Hydrate، CSH) سان ردعمل ڪري ٿي.

ڪنهن به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچي جي ڊزائن وقت فولادي سلاخن جي چوڌاري موجود ڪنڪريٽ جي حفاظتي تهه (Concrete Cover) جي ٿولهه مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. ان مان مراد فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٻاهرئين مٿاڇري جي وچ وارو فاصلو آهي. هي گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ٿولهه تعميراتي ضابطن ۽ عمارت سازي جي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي.

جيڪڏهن فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري جي تمام ويجهو هجن ته انهن تائين هوا، نمي ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار مادَن جي رسائي جلد ٿي ويندي، جنهن سبب زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو ۽ ڍانچي جي عمر گهٽجي سگهي ٿي. فولادي سلاخن جي مٿان موجود ڪنڪريٽ جي حفاظتي تهه جي ٿولهه کي خاص اوزار، جنهن کي ''ڪور ميٽر'' (Cover Meter) چيو ويندو آهي، جي ذريعي ماپي سگهجي ٿو.

صرف ڪاربونيشن ٿيڻ سان هر ڀيري فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي نقصان نه پهچندو آهي. زنگ لڳڻ لاءِ ضروري آهي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر مناسب مقدار ۾ نمي ۽ آڪسيجن پڻ موجود هجن، ڇو ته انهن جي موجودگي سان برقي-ڪيميائي (اليڪٽرو ڪيميڪل) زنگ لڳڻ وارو عمل شروع ٿئي ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڪاربونيشن جي کوٽائي معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ عام طور ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري ۾ نئون سوراخ ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ان جي تازو ڪٽيل سطح تي '''[[فينولفٿيلين]]'''  جو محلول لڳايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ اڃا الڪلائن حالت ۾ هجي ته اهو محلول گلابي رنگ اختيار ڪندو، جڏهن ته ڪاربونيشن ٿيل حصو بي رنگ رهندو. ان طريقي سان آسانيءَ سان معلوم ڪري سگهجي ٿو ته ڪاربونيشن ڪيتري کوٽائي تائين پهتي آهي. اڳ ۾ موجود سوراخ استعمال ڪرڻ مناسب نه هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان جي ظاهر ٿيل سطح اڳ ئي ڪاربونيشن جو شڪار ٿي چڪي هوندي.

=== ڪلورائيڊ ===

[[ڪلورائيڊ]] جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر ڪافي مقدار ۾ موجود هجن ته اهي فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي زنگ لڳڻ جي عمل کي تيز ڪري سگهن ٿا. ڪلورائيڊ جا آئن (Cl⁻) نه رڳو مخصوص هنڌن تي کڏن جهڙو زنگ  پيدا ڪندا آهن، پر فولاد جي سڄي مٿاڇري تي عام زنگ جو سبب پڻ بڻجي سگهن ٿا. انهيءَ ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي تياري دوران هميشه صاف يا پيئڻ لائق پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ گهرجي، ۽ اها به پڪ ڪرڻ گهرجي ته ريتي، بجري ۽ ٻيا تعميراتي جزا ڪلورائيڊن کان پاڪ هجن. اهڙيءَ طرح ڪلورائيڊ تي ٻڌل ڪيميائي اضافن (Admixtures) کان به پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي.

[[فائل:RebarCloseup.jpg|thumb|right|بنيادن ۽ ڀتين لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ.]]

[[فائل:Paulins Kill Viaduct in Hainesburg, NJ.jpg|thumb|right|آمريڪا جي رياست نيو جرسي ۾ واقع '''پاولنز ڪل واءِ ايڊڪٽ'''، جيڪو 1910ع ۾ مڪمل ٿيڻ وقت دنيا جي سڀ کان وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن مان هڪ هو.]]

ماضي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي جلدي سخت ڪرڻ لاءِ [[ڪيلشيم ڪلورائيڊ]] کي ڪيميائي اضافي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو. ان وقت اهو به سمجهيو ويندو هو ته هي مادو ڪنڪريٽ کي ڄمڻ کان بچائيندو، پر بعد ۾ معلوم ٿيو ته ڪلورائيڊ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳائڻ جو اهم سبب بڻجي ٿو. انهيءَ ڪري اڄڪلهه تعميراتي ڪم ۾ ڪيلشيم ڪلورائيڊ جو استعمال، جيترو ممڪن هجي، کان پاسو ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ٿڌن علائقن ۾ روڊن ۽ پلن تان برف ڳارڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لوڻ رِيئنفورسڊ ۽ اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ جي پلن، شاهراهن ۽ پارڪنگ ڍانچن جي وقت کان اڳ خراب ٿيڻ جا اهم سبب آهن. هن مسئلي کي گهٽائڻ لاءِ ايپوڪسي سان ڍڪيل فولادي سلاخون، ڪيٿوڊڪ تحفظ ۽ فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل پوليمر (FRP) ريئنفورسمينٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي ڪلورائيڊ جي اثر کان گهڻو گهٽ متاثر ٿينديون آهن. ان کان علاوه صحيح نموني ڊزائن ڪيل ۽ مناسب سنڀال هيٺ سخت ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ پڻ برف ڳارڻ وارن لوڻن جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت ڪري سگهي ٿي.

ڪلورائيڊن جو هڪ ٻيو اهم ذريعو [[سامونڊي پاڻي]] آهي. سامونڊي پاڻي ۾ وزني تناسب سان لڳ ڀڳ 3.5 سيڪڙو لوڻ موجود هوندا آهن، جن ۾ [[سوڊيم ڪلورائيڊ]]، [[ميگنيشيم سلفيٽ]]، [[ڪيلشيم سلفيٽ]] ۽ [[بائي ڪاربونيٽ]] شامل آهن. پاڻي ۾ حل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ اهي لوڻ آزاد آئنن جي صورت اختيار ڪندا آهن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي باريڪ سوراخن وسيلي اندر داخل ٿيندا آهن. انهن مان ڪلورائيڊ جا آئن، جيڪي تقريباً اڌ آئنن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن، فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ لاءِ سڀ کان وڌيڪ نقصانڪار هوندا آهن ۽ زنگ لڳڻ جي عمل کي تيز ڪندا آهن.

1960ع ۽ 1970ع واري ڏهاڪي دوران [[ميگني سائيٽ]]، جيڪا ڪلورائيڊ سان مالا مال هڪ ڪاربونيٽ معدنيات آهي، فرشن جي مٿاڇري کي هموار ڪرڻ ۽ آواز گهٽائڻ واري تھ طور به استعمال ڪئي ويندي هئي. بعد ۾ معلوم ٿيو ته جڏهن ميگني سائيٽ نمي سان رابطي ۾ اچي ٿي ته ان ۾ موجود ڪلورائيڊ جي ڪري ڪمزور [[هائيڊروڪلورڪ تيزاب]] ٺهندو آهي. هي تيزاب ڪيترن سالن يا ڏهاڪن دوران ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي آهستي آهستي زنگ لڳائي ڪمزور ڪري ڇڏيندو آهي. اهڙو نقصان خاص طور انهن هنڌن تي وڌيڪ ڏٺو ويو، جتي فرش مسلسل نمي يا پاڻي جي رابطي ۾ رهندا هئا.
=== الڪلائي – سليڪا ردعمل ===

{{مکيه|الڪلائي–سليڪا ردعمل}}

'''الڪلائي–سليڪا ردعمل''' (مختصر: ASR) هڪ ڪيميائي عمل آهي، جيڪو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ موجود ڪجهه بجري جي ذرڙن ۾ شامل غير قلمي (Amorphous) سليڪا، جهڙوڪ [[ڪيلسيڊوني]]، [[چرٽ]] يا سليڪا سان مالا مال [[چون جو پٿر]]، ۽ سيمينٽ جي مسامن واري محلول ۾ موجود هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ آئنن (OH⁻) جي وچ ۾ ٿيندو آهي.

گهٽ قلمي سليڪا (SiO₂) الڪلائن پاڻيءَ ۾، جنهن جو پي ايڇ (pH) لڳ ڀڳ 12.5 کان 13.5 هوندو آهي، آهستي آهستي حل ٿي ويندي آهي. ان کان پوءِ حل ٿيل [[سليسيڪ تيزاب]]  سيمينٽ جي ليپ ۾ موجود [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] (پورٽلينڊائيٽ) سان ردعمل ڪري ڦهلجندڙ [[ڪيلشيم سليڪيٽ هائيڊريٽ]] ٺاهي ٿو.

هن ڪيميائي عمل جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر مقامي طور ڦهلاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جيڪو [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] پيدا ڪري آخرڪار ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏار پوڻ ۽ ٽٽڻ جو سبب بڻجي سگهي ٿو.

الڪلائي–سليڪا ردعمل ٿيڻ لاءِ هيٺيون ٽي شرطون لازمي آهن:

* بجري ۾ اهڙو جزو موجود هجي، جيڪو الڪلائن سان ردعمل ڪندڙ غير قلمي سليڪا تي مشتمل هجي؛
* سيمينٽ جي مسامن واري محلول ۾ هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ آئنن (OH⁻) جي مناسب مقدار موجود هجي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر لاڳيتي نمي موجود هجي، ۽ نسبتي نمي تقريباً 75 سيڪڙو يا ان کان وڌيڪ هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.bbc.co.uk/dna/h2g2/A4014172 |title=Concrete Cancer |website=h2g2 |publisher=BBC}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.cementindustry.co.uk/main.asp?page=272 |title=Special Section: South West Alkali Incident |publisher=British Cement Association}}&lt;/ref&gt;

عام ٻوليءَ ۾ هن مسئلي کي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن '''ڪنڪريٽ ڪينسر''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهو وقت سان گڏ ڪنڪريٽ کي اندروني طور ڪمزور ڪندو رهي ٿو.

هي ردعمل فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي موجودگيءَ کان آزاد آهي، تنهنڪري وڏا غير رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا، جهڙوڪ [[بند]]، پڻ هن مسئلي کان متاثر ٿي سگهن ٿا.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>1wuma9fbi0xbwt915julhbflu26scvc</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401029</id>
      <parentid>401028</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T00:00:57Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401029</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="71987" sha1="1hw0zni5k0i9dwuck484mkvvsayv7wx" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمنٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' ، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (اسٽيل ريئينفورسنگ بارس)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}&lt;/ref&gt;
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (ڪوروژن انجنيئرنگ) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (ڪوروژن) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' کي مختصر طور '''آر سي سي''' ({{lang-en|RCC}}) چيو وڃي ٿو، اهڙو تعميراتي مرڪب آهي، جيڪو [[سيمينٽ]]، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا پٿر جي سنهن ٽڪرن ۽ پاڻيءَ مان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) شامل ڪري ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي قوت وڌائين ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ جي اعليٰ صلاحيت رکي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Expo58 building Philips.jpg|thumb|[[بيلجيم]] جي گاديءَ واري شهر [[برسلز]] ۾ [[ايڪسپو 58]] لاءِ تعمير ڪيل [[فلپس پيوليئن]] جي منفرد شڪل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال سان ممڪن ٿي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور تي ريئنفورسمينٽ (فولادي سلاخن يا ٻين مضبوط ڪندڙ مواد) جي ترتيب اهڙي نموني سان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو ڪنڪريٽ جي انهن حصن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) کي برداشت ڪري سگهي، جتي ٻي صورت ۾ ڏار پوڻ يا ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان هوندو آهي. جديد رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ رڳو فولاد ئي نه، پر [[پوليمر]]ن ۽ ٻين جامع (ڪمپوزٽ) مواد مان ٺهيل مضبوط ڪندڙ عنصر پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ضرورت موجب فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ يا انهن کان سواءِ به ڪم آندا ويندا آهن.

ڪيترين تعميراتي حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي اڳواٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ۽ ريئنفورسمينٽ ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ هوندي آهي. هن طريقي سان ڍانچي جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت بهتر ٿيندي آهي. اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي کي '''پري اسٽرِيسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جا ٻه عام طريقا '''پري ٽينشننگ''' ۽ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ'''  آهن.

مضبوط، لچڪدار ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ ريئنفورسمينٽ ۾ هيٺيون خاصيتون هجڻ ضروري آهن:

* اعليٰ ميڪانيڪي مضبوطي؛
* ڇڪ هيٺ وڏي حد تائين ڊگهو ٿيڻ (ٽينسائل اسٽرين) برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت؛
* ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ)، جيڪا پي ايڇ (pH)، نمي يا ٻين ماحولياتي حالتن کان گهڻو متاثر نه ٿئي؛
* حرارتي مطابقت (ٿرمل ڪامپيٽيبلٽي)، جيئن گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ دوران غير ضروري دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي ماحول ۾ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيداري، جنهن ۾ زنگ (Corrosion) ۽ مستقل دٻاءَ جي اثرن کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت شامل هجي.

== تاريخ ==

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي شروعاتي ترقي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري [[انگلينڊ]] ۽ [[فرانس]] ۾ لڳ ڀڳ هڪ ئي وقت ٿي، جتي مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميرڪارن ڪنڪريٽ کي فولادي مضبوطي سان گڏ استعمال ڪرڻ بابت تجربا شروع ڪيا.

[[فائل:Saint-Denis - Maison François Coignet -1.JPG|thumb|سينٽ ڊينس ۾ فرانسوا ڪوئنيه جو گهر، جيڪو ابتدائي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان هڪ آهي.]]

فرانسيسي تعميرڪار '''[[فرانسوا ڪوئنيه]]''' پهريون شخص هو، جنهن عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |url=https://www.britannica.com/technology/building-construction/Early-steel-frame-high-rises#ref105155 |title=Building construction: The invention of reinforced concrete |encyclopedia=Encyclopedia Britannica}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن 1853ع کان 1855ع جي وچ ۾ [[پيرس]] جي ڀرسان سينٽ ڊينس ۾ واقع 72 [[شارل ميشيلس گهٽي]] تي پنهنجي رهائش لاءِ چار ماڙ عمارت تعمير ڪرائي، جيڪا '''فرانسوا ڪوئنيه هائوس''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي ۽ ان کي دنيا جي پهرين لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان شمار ڪيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=The oldest concrete structures that have lasted: 72 rue Charles Michels, St. Denis, France |url=https://meva.net/pt-br/oldest-concrete-structures/}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪوئنيه جي لکڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته هن لوهه کي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت وڌائڻ کان وڌيڪ، ڀتين کي هڪ گڏيل (مونولٿڪ) ڍانچي طور مستحڪم رکڻ ۽ انهن کي اونڌو ٿيڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968 |pages=1–33}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ 1872ع–1873ع دوران [[بروڪلن]] ۾ تعمير ٿيل '''پپن بلڊنگ''' (Pippen Building)، جيتوڻيڪ ڪوئنيه جي ڊزائن نه هئي، پر سندس تعميراتي طريقي جو هڪ اهم مثال سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

[[فائل:Maison de logement des ouvriers de l'usine Coignet 2020 6.jpg|thumb|ڪوئنيه طرفان پنهنجي ڪارخاني جي مزدورن لاءِ سينٽ ڊينس ۾ تعمير ڪيل رهائشي عمارت.]]

1854ع ۾ انگريز تعميرڪار '''وليم بي. ولڪنسن''' پنهنجي تعمير هيٺ ٻن ماڙ گهر جي ڇت ۽ فرشن ۾ فولادي مضبوطي استعمال ڪئي. هن فولادي سلاخن کي اهڙي نموني رکيو، جنهن مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته هو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) جي اثرن کان واقف هو، جڏهن ته هن کان اڳ وارا انجنيئر ان ڳالهه کي مڪمل طور نه سمجهي سگهيا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Reinforced Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete Building Construction}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1869ع کان 1870ع جي وچ ۾ '''هينري ايٽن'''  [[انگلينڊ]] جي [[نورفڪ]] ۽ [[سفڪ]] ضلعن جي وچ ۾ وهندڙ [[ويوني درياھ]] تي '''هومرسفيلڊ پل''' جي ڊزائن تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته ان جي تعمير لنڊن جي ڪمپني ''ڊبليو اينڊ ٽي فلپس '' ڪئي. لڳ ڀڳ 15.25 ميٽر (50 فوٽ) ڊگهي هيءَ پل لوهي مضبوطي سان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي پلن مان هڪ هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{NHLE|num=1262142}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي فرانسيسي باغبان '''[[جوزف مونيي]]''' کي به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ارتقا جو اهم اڳواڻ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. هو مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا گلن جا ٿانوَ تيار ڪرڻ لاءِ موجود مواد مان مطمئن نه هو، تنهنڪري هن نوان تجربا شروع ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Day |first=Lance |title=Biographical Dictionary of the History of Technology}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1867ع ۾ مونيي تار جي ڄاري (وائر ميش) ۽ سيمينٽ جي تهه کي گڏائي مضبوط ڪنڪريٽ جا گلدان ٺاهڻ واري طريقي جو پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Britannica URL|biography/Joseph-Monier|Joseph Monier}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ 1877ع ۾ هن ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿنڀن ۽ گرڊرن کي لوهي سلاخن جي ڄار ذريعي مضبوط ڪرڻ واري وڌيڪ ترقي يافته طريقي جو به پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو. جيتوڻيڪ مونيي کي اها ڄاڻ هئي ته فولادي مضبوطي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني يڪجائي وڌائي ٿي، پر اهو واضح ناهي ته کيس ان ڳالهه جي مڪمل سائنسي ڄاڻ هئي ته ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي طاقت ۾ ڪيترو اضافو آڻي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909 |pages=204–210}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1877ع ۾ آمريڪي انجنيئر '''ٿيڊيئس هائٽ'' پنهنجي مشهور رپورٽ ''اين اڪائونٽ آف سم اڪسپيريمينٽس وٿ پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ڪمبائينڊ وٿ آئرن'' شايع ڪئي، جنهن ۾ هن فولاد سان مضبوط ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پنهنجن تجربن جا نتيجا بيان ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Hyatt |first=Thaddeus |title=An Account of Some Experiments with Portland-cement-concrete Combined with Iron}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن جي تحقيق رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي رڳو تجربي واري تعميراتي مواد بدران هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي آزمودل ٽيڪنالاجي طور قائم ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. جيڪڏهن هائٽ جي تحقيق موجود نه هجي ها، ته هن شعبي جي ترقي گهڻي عرصي تائين آزمائش ۽ غلطي (ٽرائل ۽ ارر) جي غير يقيني طريقن تي دارومدار رکندي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سائنسي ترقي ۽ عالمي ڦهلاءُ ===

1870ع واري ڏهاڪي کان اڳ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير، جيتوڻيڪ ان جون پاڙون [[رومي سلطنت]] تائين پهچن ٿيون ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ ان جو ٻيهر استعمال شروع ٿيو هو، پر ان کي اڃا مڪمل طور سائنسي طور ثابت ٿيل تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي نه سمجهيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Citation |last=Aprea |first=Salvatore |chapter=The Search for Affordable Cement and Concrete in the 18th and 19th Century |title=High Tech Concrete: Where Technology and Engineering Meet |year=2018}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري انگلينڊ ۾ ڄاول انجنيئر '''[[ارنسٽ ايل. رينسم]]''' رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. هن گذريل پنجاهه سالن دوران ٿيل تحقيق ۽ تجربن مان فائدو وٺندي اڳين ايجادڪارن جي ڪيترين ئي تعميراتي طريقن کي وڌيڪ بهتر بڻايو. سندس سڀ کان اهم ايجاد فولادي سلاخن کي مروڙي استعمال ڪرڻ هئي، جنهن سان سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ چنبڙڻ (بانڊ) گهڻو مضبوط ٿي ويو ۽ ڍانچي جي مجموعي مضبوطي ۾ نمايان واڌارو آيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Episode 81: Rebar and the Alvord Lake Bridge}}&lt;/ref&gt;

رينسم پنهنجي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ وارين عمارتن سبب وڏي شهرت حاصل ڪئي، جنهن کان پوءِ هن 1886ع کان 1889ع جي وچ ۾ اتر آمريڪا جي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ پلن مان ٻه تعمير ڪرايون. انهن مان هڪ پل، '''[[سمٿ-رينسم جيپنيز برج]]'''، اڄ به [[نيو يارڪ]] جي [[شيلٽر آئلينڊ، نيو يارڪ|شيلٽر آئلينڊ]] تي موجود آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آمريڪا]] ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل ابتدائي عمارتن مان هڪ '''[[وليم اي. وارڊ هائوس]]''' هئي، جيڪا وليم اي. وارڊ جي ڊزائن موجب 1876ع ۾ مڪمل ٿي. هن رهائشي عمارت کي خاص طور باهه کان وڌيڪ تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ جي مقصد سان تعمير ڪيو ويو.

جرمن سول انجنيئر '''[[گستاو ايڊولف وائس]]''' پڻ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم شخصيت هو. 1879ع ۾ هن جوزف مونيي جي پيٽنٽن جا جرمن حق خريد ڪيا، ۽ 1884ع ۾ سندس ڪمپني '''[[ويس اينڊ فريٽيگ]]''' انهن طريقن کي پهريون ڀيرو تجارتي بنيادن تي استعمال ڪيو. 1890ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين وائس ۽ سندس ڪمپني مونيي جي نظام کي وڌيڪ ترقي ڏئي ان کي هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي ٻڌل، منظم ۽ قابل اعتماد تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آسٽريليا]] جي '''[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]''' ملڪ جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي. هن پل جي ڊزائن [[الفريڊ بارٽن بريڊي]] تيار ڪئي، جيڪو 1896ع ۾ [[ڪئينز لينڊ]] جو سرڪاري معمار هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge |publisher=Queensland Government}}&lt;/ref&gt; پل ۾ 15.2 ميٽر ڊگها يارنهن اسپين هئا ۽ ان جي ڪل ڊيگهه لڳ ڀڳ 187 ميٽر هئي، جيڪا ان دور ۾ دنيا جي ساڳئي قسم جي مشهور پلن کان به وڏي سمجهي ويندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge, Mary River, 1896- |publisher=Engineers Australia}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات ===

ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تيزيءَ سان مقبول تعميراتي مواد بڻجي ويو. ان عرصي دوران انجنيئرن ۽ معمارن هن ٽيڪنالاجي کي اوچي عمارتن، پلن ۽ ٻين وڏن تعميراتي منصوبن ۾ استعمال ڪرڻ شروع ڪيو.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل شروعاتي اوچين عمارتن مان هڪ 16 ماڙ '''انگالس بلڊنگ''' هئي، جيڪا 1904ع ۾ آمريڪا جي شهر سنسناٽي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;CIVL1101&quot;/&gt;

ڏکڻ ڪيليفورنيا ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پهرين عمارت '''لافلن اينيڪس''' هئي، جيڪا 1905ع ۾ لاس اينجلس جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Los Angeles from the Mountains to the Sea |volume=2 |last=McGroarty |first=John Steven |year=1921 |page=176}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Annual Report of the City Auditor, City of Los Angeles |year=1905 |pages=71–73}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع دوران لاس اينجلس ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن لاءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ سورهن تعميراتي اجازت ناما جاري ڪيا ويا. انهن ۾ '''ٽيمپل آڊيٽوريم''' ۽ اٺ ماڙ '''هيورڊ هوٽل''' به شامل هئا، جيڪي ان ڳالهه جو ثبوت هئا ته هي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي تيزيءَ سان عام ٿي رهي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |last=Williams |first=D. |title=What Builders are Doing |journal=Carpentry and Building |year=1907 |page=66}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |title=Reinforced Concrete Buildings at Los Angeles, Cal. |journal=Engineering News-Record |year=1906 |volume=55 |page=449}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ لانگ بيچ ۾ تعمير هيٺ '''بڪسبي هوٽل''' جو هڪ حصو وقت کان اڳ عارضي سهارن (Shoring) کي هٽائڻ سبب ڊهي پيو، جنهن ۾ ڏهه مزدور فوت ٿي ويا. هن حادثي کان پوءِ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعميراتي طريقن ۽ عمارتن جي جاچ پڙتال بابت وڌيڪ سخت ضابطا اختيار ڪيا ويا. ماهرن سفارش ڪئي ته مستقبل ۾ فرشن، ڀتين ۽ ڍانچي جي ٻين اهم حصن ۾ مڪمل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تعمير وڌيڪ محفوظ بڻجي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite magazine |title=Partial Collapse of the Bixby Hotel at Long Beach |magazine=Architect and Engineer of California |year=1906 |volume=VII |issue=1 |pages=44–48}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1904ع جي اپريل مهيني ۾ آمريڪي معمار ۽ انجنيئر '''جوليا مورگن''' پنهنجي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارت، '''ايل ڪيمپانيل'''، مڪمل ڪئي، جيڪا 72 فوٽ اوچي گهنڊ گهر (بيل ٽاور) هئي ۽ ملز ڪاليج ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=El Campanil, Mills College: Julia Morgan 1903–1904}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو ۾ آيل شديد زلزلي دوران ايل ڪيمپانيل کي ڪو به اهم نقصان نه پهتو، جنهن سان جوليا مورگن جي شهرت ۾ وڏو اضافو ٿيو ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي تي عوام جو اعتماد پڻ وڌيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Julia Morgan-designed Mills bell tower counts down to its 115th anniversary}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Bay Area Architect Julia Morgan's Legacy Wasn't Just Hearst Castle}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع جي زلزلي کان پوءِ عوام ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت موجود شڪ شبها به گهڻي حد تائين ختم ٿي ويا. ان کان اڳ ڪيترائي ماڻهو هن مواد کي جمالياتي لحاظ کان غير دلڪش سمجهندا هئا، پر زلزلي دوران ان جي بهتر ڪارڪردگي سبب ان جي مقبوليت وڌي وئي. نتيجي طور 1908ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو جي بلدياتي اختيارين عمارت سازي جا ضابطا تبديل ڪري رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وڌيڪ وسيع استعمال جي اجازت ڏني.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=How one building survived the San Francisco earthquake and changed the world}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== معيارن جي جوڙجڪ ۽ ضابطا ===

1906ع ۾ '''نيشنل ايسوسيئيشن آف سيمينٽ يوزرس''' (مختصر: NACU) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پهريون معياري دستاويز '''اسٽينڊرڊ نمبر 1''' شايع ڪيو، جنهن ۾ پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ جي معيار، خاصيتن ۽ استعمال بابت بنيادي فني گهرجون مقرر ڪيون ويون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Specifications for Portland Cement of the American Society for Testing Materials, Standard No. 1 |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1906 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان پوءِ 1910ع ۾ ساڳئي اداري '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال لاءِ معياري عمارتي ضابطا''' (''اسٽينڊرڊ بلڊنگ ريگيوليشنز فار دي يوز آف ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ '') جاري ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Building Regulations for the Use of Reinforced Concrete |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1910 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن ضابطن ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن، تعمير، جاچ ۽ استعمال بابت تفصيلي فني هدايتون شامل هيون.
انهن معيارن جي جاري ٿيڻ سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميراتي ادارن وٽ هڪجهڙن اصولن تحت ٿيڻ لڳي. نتيجي طور تعميراتي حفاظت، معيار، مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ نمايان بهتري آئي، ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جديد عمارت سازيءَ جي سڀ کان اهم تعميراتي مواد مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

== تعمير ۾ استعمال ==

[[فائل:SagradaFamiliaRoof2.jpg|thumb|upright=1.5|right|2009ع ۾ تعمير هيٺ [[ساگراڊا فاميليا]] جي ڇت ۾ لڳايل فولادي سلاخون (ريبار).]]

[[فائل:O Cristo Redentor.JPG|thumb|[[ريو ڊي جينيرو]]، [[برازيل]] ۾ واقع '''مسيح ڇوٽڪارو ڏيندڙ''' جو مجسمو، جيڪو رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان تعمير ٿيل آهي ۽ ان جي ٻاهرئين سطح هزارين ٽڪنڊي صابڻي پٿر (Soapstone) جي ٽڪرن سان ڍڪيل آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia |title=Christ the Redeemer |encyclopedia=Encyclopædia Britannica |last=Murray |first=Lorraine |url=http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/1435544/Christ-the-Redeemer}}&lt;/ref&gt;]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ تعميراتي صنعت ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد مان هڪ آهي. ان جي مدد سان مختلف قسمن جا تعميراتي جزا ۽ ڍانچا تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ تختو|ڪنڪريٽ جا تختا]] (Slabs)، [[ڀت]]، [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاعون]] (Beams)، [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀا]]، [[بنياد]]، ڍانچا (Frames) ۽ ٻيا ڪيترائي تعميراتي حصا شامل آهن.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي تعمير جي طريقي موجب عام طور ٻن قسمن ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي:

* '''اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري ڪاسٽ ڪنڪريٽ)، جنهن جا جزا ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪري تعميراتي هنڌ تي نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن.
* '''جاءِ تي وڌل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (ڪاسٽ-ان -پليس ڪنڪريٽ)، جيڪو سڌو سنئون تعميراتي هنڌ تي شٽرنگ اندر وجهي تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڪنهن به عمارت ۾ مناسب فرش نظام (Floor System) جي چونڊ ۽ ڊزائن انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان عمارت جي مجموعي ڪارڪردگي تي سڌو اثر پوي ٿو. فرش جي ڊزائن ۾ معمولي تبديليون به تعميراتي مواد جي خرچ، تعمير مڪمل ٿيڻ جي مدت، ڍانچي جي آخري مضبوطي، سار سنڀال جي خرچن، استعمال ڪندڙن جي گنجائش ۽ عمارت جي آخري استعمال تي نمايان اثر وجهي سگهن ٿيون.

فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کان سواءِ جديد دور جون گهڻ ماڙ عمارتون، وڏيون پلون ۽ ٻيا وڏا ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا محفوظ ۽ عملي طور تعمير ڪرڻ ممڪن نه هجي ها.

=== رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا ===

جڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا تعمير ۾ استعمال ٿين ٿا ته اهي ٻاهران لاڳو ٿيندڙ [[تعميراتي بار]] (Structural load) جي اثر هيٺ مخصوص ميڪانيڪي رويو ظاهر ڪندا آهن. استعمال دوران انهن جزن تي هيٺيان قسم جا بار يا قوتون عمل ڪري سگهن ٿيون:&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |author=Bungale S. Taranath |title=Reinforced Concrete Design of Tall Buildings |publisher=CRC Press |year=2009 |page=7 |isbn=978-1-4398-0481-0}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينشن)
* [[دٻاءُ]] (ڪمپريشن)
* [[وڪڙجڻ]] (بينڊنگ)
* [[ڪٽائي دٻاءُ]] (شيئر)
* [[مروڙ]] (ٽورزن)

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن اهڙي نموني ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو اهو انهن سڀني قوتن کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ تعميراتي ڍانچي جي استحڪام، مضبوطي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي يقيني بڻائي.

=== فولادي سلاخن جي ڊزائن ===

رِيئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن هميشه قابل انجنيئر يا لاڳاپيل فني اداري طرفان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي. سلاخن جو قطر، وڇاءُ، چڙهاڪو ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه عمارت جي قسم، بار ۽ لاڳو تعميراتي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي بندش ===

فولادي سلاخون تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪٽي، موڙي ۽ تار سان مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. انهن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تھ رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن سلاخون زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ۽ ڍانچي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي. ضرورت موجب ڪنڍا (Hooks) ۽ چڙهاڪو (Overlap) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== تياري  ===

آر سي سي مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارو تعميراتي مواد آهي. ان کي مختلف شڪلين ۾ آسانيءَ سان ڍالي سگهجي ٿو، باهه ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿو، پاڻيءَ جي نفوذ کي گهٽ ڪري ٿو ۽ عام حالتن ۾ گهٽ مرمت جي ضرورت پوي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ملاوٽ ===

آر سي سي جي ملاوٽ هٿ سان يا ڪنڪريٽ مڪسر ذريعي ڪئي ويندي آهي. ننڍن تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ هٿ سان ملاوٽ، جڏهن ته وڏن منصوبن ۾ مشيني ملاوٽ کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها وڌيڪ هڪجهڙائي، تيزي ۽ معياري نتيجا فراهم ڪندي آهي ۽ مواد جي زيان کي گهٽائيندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب ===

پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو مناسب تناسب آر سي سي جي مضبوطي، ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر وجهي ٿو. گهڻو پاڻي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت گهٽائي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته گهٽ پاڻي ملاوٽ کي صحيح نموني استعمال ڪرڻ ۾ ڏکيائي پيدا ڪري سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== جھڪاءُ پرک ===

ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ گهاٽاڻ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ '''جھڪاءُ پرک''' (سلمپ ٽيسٽ) ڪئي ويندي آهي. هن آزمائش ۾ مخروط شڪل واري فولادي قالب ۾ تازي ڪنڪريٽ ڀري ان جي ويهڻ يا جھڪاءَ جي ماپ ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ملاوٽ مقرر معيار مطابق آهي يا نه.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


=== ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀرائي ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ شٽرنگ، فولادي سلاخن ۽ ٻين لڪل خدمتن جهڙوڪ برقي پائيپن جي جانچ ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي بنا رڪاوٽ جي مناسب رفتار سان وڌو ويندو آهي ۽ ضرورت موجب وائبريٽر ذريعي ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ڪيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن هوا جا خانا ختم ٿين ۽ ''هني ڪومبنگ'' (Honeycombing) جهڙا نقص پيدا نه ٿين.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== سار سنڀال ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ مناسب عرصي تائين ان کي پاڻي ڏئي آلو رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان سيمينٽ جي مڪمل هائيڊريشن ٿئي ٿي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ پاڻيءَ جي مزاحمت وڌي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== رويو ==

=== مواد ===

{{ڏسو پڻ|ڪنڪريٽ|سيمينٽ|تعميراتي بجري|فولادي سلاخ}}

ڪنڪريٽ هڪ گڏيل تعميراتي مواد آهي، جيڪو ٿلهي بجري (جهڙوڪ پٿر يا سرن جي ٽڪرن)، نفيس بجري (عام طور ريتي يا ڀڳل پٿر)، ڳنڍيندڙ مواد (اڪثر [[پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ]]) ۽ پاڻي جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. جڏهن سيمينٽ کي مناسب مقدار ۾ پاڻي سان ملايو وڃي ٿو ته ان ۾ [[هائيڊريشن]]  جو ڪيميائي عمل شروع ٿئي ٿو، جنهن دوران انتهائي ننڍا قلمي (ڪرسٽلائين) ڍانچا ٺهن ٿا. اهي قلمي ڍانچا بجري جي ذرڙن کي پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍي هڪ سخت ۽ مضبوط جسم ۾ تبديل ڪري ڇڏين ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Materials principles and practice|page=61|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|page=357|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;
ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ بجري ۽ ريتي نقصانڪار مادَن، جهڙوڪ حياتياتي گندگين، سلٽ، مٽي، لگنائيٽ ۽ ٻين غير مناسب آميزشن کان پاڪ هجڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙيون آميزشون ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري کي متاثر ڪري سگهن ٿيون.

عام ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءَ (ڪمپريشن) کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي تمام وڏي صلاحيت رکي ٿو، پر جيڪڏهن ان تي نمايان ڇڪ (ٽينشن) پيدا ٿئي، مثال طور وڪڙجڻ (بينڊنگ) سبب، ته ان جي اندر موجود قلمي ڍانچو ٽٽڻ شروع ٿي ويندو آهي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڏار پئجي ويندا آهن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ الڳ ٿيڻ لڳندو آهي. انهيءَ سبب عام (غير ريئنفورسڊ) ڪنڪريٽ کي هميشه اهڙي نموني سهارو ڏنو ويندو آهي، جو ان ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي.

جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر اهڙو مواد رکيو وڃي، جيڪو ڇڪ کي تمام سٺي نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي، جهڙوڪ فولاد، ته پوءِ حاصل ٿيندڙ گڏيل مادو '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' بڻجي ويندو آهي. اهڙي گڏيل مواد ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪري ٿو، جڏهن ته فولادي سلاخون تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪن ٿيون. نتيجي طور اهو نه رڳو دٻاءُ، پر وڪڙجڻ ۽ ٻين تنشي بارن کي به محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ٿو. اهڙي گڏيل نظام کي تعميراتي ضرورت موجب لڳ ڀڳ هر شڪل ۽ ماپ ۾ تيار ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== اهم خاصيتون ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جون غيرمعمولي تعميراتي خاصيتون بنيادي طور هيٺين سببن جي ڪري پيدا ٿين ٿيون:

# ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي [[حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جي عدد]] (ڪوئفيشنٽ آف ٿرمل ايڪسپينشن) تقريباً هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي. تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ٻنهي موادن جي ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ ۾ گهڻو فرق نٿو اچي، جنهن ڪري اندروني دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيڻ جا امڪان گهٽجي وڃن ٿا.

# جڏهن سيمينٽ جو ليپ سخت ٿئي ٿو ته اهو فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿو. نتيجي طور بار يا دٻاءُ ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ مؤثر نموني منتقل ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ چنبڙڻ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط بڻائڻ لاءِ فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري کي عام طور تي اُڀن نشانن يا نالين (ڊيفارميشنز) سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

# سخت ٿيل سيمينٽ جي ليپ ۾ موجود [[الڪلائن]] ماحول، جيڪو پوٽاشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ، سوڊيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ ۽ [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] جي موجودگي سبب پيدا ٿيندو آهي، فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي هڪ حفاظتي غيرفعال (پيسيويشن) تهه ٺاهي ڇڏيندو آهي. هي تهه فولاد کي زنگ لڳڻ کان وڏي حد تائين بچائيندو آهي.

وقت سان گڏ جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ هوا ۽ مينهن جي پاڻيءَ جي رابطي ۾ اچي ٿو ته فضا ۾ موجود ڪاربان ڊاءِ آڪسائيڊ پاڻي سان ملي [[ڪاربونڪ تيزاب]] ٺاهي ٿي. هي تيزاب سيمينٽ جي الڪلائن جزن سان آهستي آهستي ڪيميائي عمل ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيت گهٽائيندو آهي. انهيءَ عمل کي '''ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن'''  چيو ويندو آهي. نتيجي طور ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ (pH) آهستي آهستي گهٽجي ويندو آهي، ۽ جڏهن اهو ڪافي گهٽجي وڃي ٿو ته فولادي سلاخن جي حفاظتي تهه ختم ٿيڻ لڳندي آهي، جنهن کان پوءِ زنگ لڳڻ جو خطرو وڌي ويندو آهي.

عام طور تي جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ لڳ ڀڳ 11 کان مٿي هجي ته فولادي سلاخون محفوظ رهنديون آهن، جڏهن ته پي ايڇ 10 کان هيٺ اچڻ تي، مقامي ماحول ۽ فولاد جي خاصيتن موجب، زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو. ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن ۽ [[ڪلورائيڊ]]ن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي خراب ٿيڻ جا سڀ کان اهم سبب سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.

عام رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جو ڪُل ايراضو گهڻو نه هوندو آهي. عام طور شعاعن ۽ تختن ۾ اهو لڳ ڀڳ هڪ سيڪڙو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه ٿنڀن ۾ ڇهه سيڪڙو تائين ٿي سگهي ٿو. فولادي سلاخون اڪثر گول شڪل واريون هونديون آهن ۽ مختلف قطرن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن.

ڪجهه رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ خالي سوراخ يا کوکلا حصا (ھالو ڪورز) پڻ رکيا ويندا آهن، جيئن نمي ۽ گهم تي بهتر ضابطو آڻي سگهجي.

تحقيق مان معلوم ٿيو آهي ته عمودي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزن ۾، ريئنفورسمينٽ موجود هجڻ باوجود، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي سڄي ڪراس سيڪشن ۾ مڪمل طور هڪجهڙي نه هوندي، پر ڪجهه حد تائين غير يڪسان (انھوموجينيس) ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;&quot;Concrete Inhomogeneity of Vertical Cast-In-Situ Elements In Frame-Type Buildings&quot;.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو گڏيل عمل ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي جو بنيادي اصول اهو آهي ته ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ هڪ گڏيل (ڪمپوزٽ) نظام جي صورت ۾ ڪم ڪن. جڏهن ڪنهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزو تي بار لاڳو ٿئي ٿو، ته فولادي سلاخن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ ڊگھائي يا وڪڙ (اسٽرين) بلڪل ساڳيو هجڻ گهرجي، جيڪو چوڌاري موجود ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. جيڪڏهن ٻنهي موادن جي وڪڙ ۾ فرق پيدا ٿئي ته سندن وچ ۾ سُرڪڻ (سلپ)، الڳ ٿيڻ (سيپريشن) يا بناوتي بيقاعدگي (ڊسڪنٽينيوئٽي) پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي، جنهن سان ڍانچي جي مضبوطي متاثر ٿئي ٿي.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل عمل کي برقرار رکڻ لاءِ بار جو مؤثر منتقلي ٿيڻ ضروري آهي. بار پهرين ڪنڪريٽ مان فولادي سلاخ جي مٿاڇري تائين منتقل ٿئي ٿو، پوءِ اُتان فولادي سلاخ جي سڄي ڊگھائي ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ جي صورت ۾ ورهائجي وڃي ٿو. هي عمل ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ موجود مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ يا اينڪوريج) جي ذريعي ممڪن بڻجي ٿو، جيڪو ٻنهي موادن جي رابطي واري سطح تي لڳاتار دٻاءُ جو ميدان (ڪنٽينيوئس اسٽريس فيلڊ) پيدا ڪري ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل طور ڪم ڪرڻ جا بنيادي سبب هي آهن:

* فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿي، تنهنڪري ٻئي گڏجي ٻاهرين بارن کي برداشت ڪن ٿا.
* ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جا عدد تقريباً هڪجهڙا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب سندن وچ ۾ نقصانڪار حرارتي دٻاءُ پيدا نٿو ٿئي.
* ڪنڪريٽ جو الڪلائن ماحول فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائي ٿو ۽ انهن جي عمر وڌائي ٿو.

=== ڪنڪريٽ ۾ بندش ===

فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ بندش (بانڊ) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنيادي خاصيتن مان هڪ آهي. عملي طور بندش جو دٻاءُ سلاخ جي سڄي ڊيگهه ۾ هڪجهڙو نه هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري جديد تعميراتي ضابطن ۾ بندش جي دٻاءُ بدران '''ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي''' (ڊولپمينٽ لينٿ) جو تصور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي مان مراد فولادي سلاخ جي اها گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ڊيگهه آهي، جيڪا ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود هجڻ ضروري آهي، ته جيئن سلاخ پنهنجي مڪمل ييلڊ اسٽريس تائين پهچي سگهي، بغير ڪنڪريٽ مان سُرڪڻ جي.

جيڪڏهن موجود ڊيگهه گهربل ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي کان گهٽ هجي ته اضافي بندش مهيا ڪرڻ لاءِ مختلف طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جهڙوڪ:

* ڪنڍا (ھڪس)
* موڙ (بينڊس)
* ميخانياتي پڇاڙيون (ميڪينيڪل اينڊ پليٽس)
* ٻيا مناسب اينڪريج جا ذريعا

اهي سڀئي طريقا فولادي سلاخن کي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوطي سان جڪڙي رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

=== ليپ اسپلائس ===

جڏهن فولادي سلاخ جي ڊيگهه ڪافي نه هجي يا ٻن سلاخن کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍڻو هجي ته ٻنهي سلاخن کي هڪ مقرر ڊيگهه تائين هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهائي رکيو ويندو آهي. هن طريقي کي '''ليپ اسپلائس''' چيو ويندو آهي.

ليپ اسپلائس جو مقصد ٻنهي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ دٻاءُ ۽ تنشي قوتن جي محفوظ منتقلي کي يقيني بڻائڻ آهي، جيئن ڍانچي جي تسلسل برقرار رهي. ليپ اسپلائس جي گهربل ڊيگهه تعميراتي ضابطن موجب سلاخ جي قطر، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، فولاد جي درجي ۽ لاڳو ٿيندڙ بار جي بنياد تي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal|title=Monotonic and Cyclic Seismic Analyses of Old-Type RC Columns with Short Lap Splices|journal=Construction Materials|volume=4|issue=2|year=2024|pages=329–341}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زنگ کان بچاءَ جا طريقا ===

ٿڌن ۽ نمي وارن علائقن ۾، خاص طور روڊن، پلن، پارڪنگ ڍانچن ۽ انهن تعميرن ۾ جيڪي برف ڳارڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لوڻ (Deicing Salt) جي رابطي ۾ اچن ٿيون، فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مختلف حفاظتي طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن.

انهن ۾ هيٺيان طريقا شامل آهن:

* گهٽ ڪاربان ۽ ڪروميم تي ٻڌل زنگ-مزاحمتي فولادي سلاخن جو استعمال؛
* ايپوڪسي (Epoxy) سان ڍڪيل فولادي سلاخون؛
* گرم طريقي سان جست لڳايل (ھاٽ-ڊپ گيلوانائيزڊ) فولادي سلاخون؛
* اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون فولادي سلاخون.

انهن کان علاوه مناسب ڊزائن، اعليٰ معيار جي ڪنڪريٽ، صحيح پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب ۽ مناسب حفاظتي تهه (ڪنڪريٽ ڪور) پڻ فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪن ٿا.

فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ جست فاسفيٽ (زنڪ فاسفيٽ) جهڙا حفاظتي ليپ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر ڪيميائي عمل ذريعي هڪ مستحڪم حفاظتي تهه ٺاهي زنگ جي رفتار گهٽائيندا آهن.

ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري تي مختلف سيلنٽ (Sealants)، جهڙوڪ رنگ، پلاسٽڪ فلمون، فوم، ايلومينيم ورق يا بينٽونائيٽ مٽي جا حفاظتي تهه پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي پاڻي ۽ نقصانڪار لوڻن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي گهٽائيندا آهن.

ان کان علاوه ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ وقت پاڻيءَ جي ملاوٽ ۾ زنگ روڪيندڙ ڪيميائي مادا (ڪوروژن انھبٽرز)، جهڙوڪ ڪيلشيم نائٽرائيٽ، پڻ شامل ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي مادا فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي حفاظتي غيرفعال تهه (پيسيويشن ليئر) برقرار رکن ٿا، جنهن سان زنگ لڳڻ جو امڪان نمايان طور گهٽجي وڃي ٿو.

== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ شعاعن جي اصطلاحات ==

[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|پارڪنگ گيراج جي تختي سان گڏيل ٻه هڪٻئي کي ڪٽيندڙ شعاعون، جن ۾ فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ برقي تارن، جنڪشن باڪسز ۽ روشنيءَ جي ٻين برقي حصن جي لڳائڻ جي تياري پڻ نظر اچي ٿي.]]

[[فائل:Fideo o’r trawst concrit olaf yn cael ei osod – Tach 2016 Last concrete beam installation – 2016.webm|thumb|اوچي شاهراهه تي آخري ڪنڪريٽي شعاع رکڻ جو مختصر وڊيو، جيڪا ويلز جي ڪارڊف بي ڀرسان نئين شاهراهه جي تعمير جو حصو آهي.]]

جڏهن ڪنهن [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاع]] تي [[وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو]] (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) عمل ڪري ٿو ته شعاع ۾ ٿورو وڪڙ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ حالت ۾ شعاع جي ٻاهرئين پاسي (تنشي پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اندرئين پاسي (دٻاءُ واري پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ هوندو آهي.

'''يڪ-طرفو ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (سنگلي ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ رڳو تنشي پاسي لڳائي ويندي آهي. هن فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي '''تنشي فولاد''' (ٽينشن اسٽيل) چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ ان جو مقصد تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.

'''ٻه-طرفو ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (ڊبلي ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي پاسي سان گڏ دٻاءُ واري پاسي به فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ لڳائي ويندي آهي. دٻاءُ واري پاسي لڳايل فولاد کي '''دٻاءُ وارو فولاد''' (ڪمپيشن اسٽيل) چيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد ڪنڪريٽ کي دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيڻ ۽ اضافي دٻاءَ کي سنڀالڻ هوندو آهي. جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو گهربل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪافي نه هجي، يا معمار شعاع جي ماپ وڌائڻ جي اجازت نه ڏئي، تڏهن اضافي دٻاءُ وارو فولاد استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

'''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (انڊر-ريئينفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان گهٽ هوندي آهي. اهڙي شعاع تي جڏهن وڪڙجڻ وارو بار آهستي آهستي وڌندو آهي ته سڀ کان پهرين تنشي فولاد پنهنجي لچڪدار حد (ييلڊ) تائين پهچي ڊگهو ٿيڻ شروع ڪندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ اڃا مڪمل طور نه ٽٽندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ شعاع ۾ وڏو وڪڙ ۽ واضح تبديليون پيدا ٿينديون آهن، جيڪي ممڪن ناڪامي بابت اڳواٽ خبردار ڪن ٿيون. انهيءَ سبب تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ اهڙي قسم جي شعاع کي وڌيڪ محفوظ تصور ڪيو ويندو آهي، ۽ عام طور ڊزائن فولاد جي ييلڊ اسٽريس جي بنياد تي ڪئي ويندي آهي.

'''وڌيڪ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (اوور-ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان وڌيڪ هوندي آهي. اهڙي حالت ۾ فولاد ييلڊ ٿيڻ کان اڳ ئي ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو چِٿجي (ڪرشنگ) وڃي ٿو، جنهن سبب شعاع بنا ڪنهن واضح اڳواٽ خبرداري جي اوچتو ناڪام ٿي سگهي ٿي. انهيءَ ڪري اهڙي ڊزائن کي غير محفوظ سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

'''متوازن ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (بئلنسڊ ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ شعاع تي مقرر ٿيل بار وڌڻ سان ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو ۽ تنشي فولاد تقريباً هڪ ئي وقت پنهنجي آخري حد تائين پهچي وڃن ٿا. اهڙي حالت ۾ ڪنڪريٽ چِٿجي وڃي ٿو ۽ فولاد پڻ ييلڊ ڪري ٿو. جيتوڻيڪ هن حالت ۾ ٻنهي موادن جي طاقت جو متوازن استعمال ٿئي ٿو، پر ناڪامي تقريباً اوچتي ٿيندي آهي، تنهنڪري هي ڊزائن به عملي طور وڌيڪ محفوظ نه سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Nilson, Darwin, Dolan. ''Design of Concrete Structures''. McGraw-Hill Education, 2003. pp. 80–90.&lt;/ref&gt;

انهيءَ سبب فولادي ريئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا اهي جزا، جيڪي وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو برداشت ڪن ٿا، عام طور '''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ''' (انڊر-ريئينفورسڊ) طريقي سان ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن، ته جيئن ناڪامي کان اڳ واضح خبرداري ملي سگهي.

'''خاصيتي مضبوطي''' (ڪئريڪٽرسٽڪ اسٽرينٿ) اها مضبوطي آهي، جنهن کان گهٽ نتيجو صرف پنج سيڪڙو يا ان کان گهٽ آزمائشي نمونن ۾ ملي ٿو.

'''ڊزائن مضبوطي''' يا '''نامياري مضبوطي''' (ڊزائين اسٽرينٿ يا نامينل اسٽرينٿ) اها مضبوطي آهي، جيڪا حفاظتي عامل (سيفٽي فيڪٽر) کي نظر ۾ رکي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. اجازت لائق دٻاءَ واري ڊزائن (پرمزيبل اسٽريس ڊزائين) ۾ حفاظتي عامل عام طور 0.75 کان 0.85 جي وچ ۾ هوندو آهي.

'''آخري حد واري حالت''' (الٽيميٽ لمٽ اسٽيٽ) اها نظرياتي حالت آهي، جنهن تي ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان موجود هوندو آهي. ان جو اندازو حفاظتي عامل سان وڌايل بارن (فيڪٽرڊ لوڊ) ۽ حفاظتي عامل سان گهٽايل مزاحمت (فيڪٽرڊ رزسٽنس) جي بنياد تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا عام طور بين الاقوامي ضابطن ۽ معيارن، جهڙوڪ ACI 318، CEB ۽ يورو ڪوڊ 2 وغيره مطابق ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي ڊزائن لاءِ WSD (ورڪنگ اسٽريس ڊزائين)، USD (الٽيميٽ اسٽرينٿ ڊزائين) يا LRFD (لوڊ اينڊ رزسٽنس فيڪٽر ڊزائين) جهڙا طريقا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. تجزيو ۽ ڊزائن ليڪيرِي (لينيئر) يا غير ليڪيرِي (نان-لينيئر) طريقن سان به ڪري سگهجن ٿا. عمارت سازي جا ضابطا اڪثر حفاظتي عاملن سان گڏ ليڪيرِي طريقن جي سفارش ڪن ٿا، جڏهن ته ڪجهه خاص حالتن ۾ غير ليڪيرِي عددي تجزيا پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Techno Press|journal=Structural Engineering and Mechanics|volume=53|issue=4|year=2015}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Energy based structural damage index based on nonlinear numerical simulation of structures subjected to oriented lateral cyclic loading|journal=International Journal of Civil Engineering|volume=9|issue=3|year=2011|pages=155–164}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ ==

{{Main|اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ}}

'''اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري اسٽريسڊ ڪنڪريٽ) اهڙي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي شعاعن ۽ ٻين بناوتي جزن جي بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت کي نمايان طور وڌايو ويندو آهي.

هن طريقي ۾ شعاع جي هيٺئين حصي ۾ موجود فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ، جيڪا استعمال دوران تنشي قوتن جي اثر هيٺ ايندي آهي، ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ئي ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ آندي ويندي آهي. ان کان پوءِ ان جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وڌو ويندو آهي. جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ مڪمل طور سخت ٿي وڃي ٿو ته فولادي سلاخن تان اڳواٽ ڏنل ڇڪ آزاد ڪئي ويندي آهي. ان جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر مستقل دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) پيدا ٿي ويندو آهي.

جڏهن بعد ۾ شعاع تي بار لاڳو ٿيندو آهي ته فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ اضافي تنشي دٻاءُ برداشت ڪندي آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ ۾ موجود اڳواٽ دٻاءُ آهستي آهستي گهٽبو آهي، پر عام حالتن ۾ اهو تنشي دٻاءُ ۾ تبديل نه ٿيندو آهي.

ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڪنڪريٽ مسلسل دٻاءُ هيٺ رهندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان ۾ ڏار پوڻ، وڪڙجڻ سبب نقصان پهچڻ ۽ بناوتي ناڪامي جا امڪان عام رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀيٽ ۾ گهڻا گهٽ هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|pages=372–373|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|others=George Weidmann, P. R. Lewis, Nick Reid, Open University. Materials Department|isbn=0-408-04658-9|location=Milton Keynes, U.K.|oclc=20693897}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== فولاد سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ناڪامي جا عام نمونا ==

[[فائل:Concrete spall (interior of unit).jpg|thumb|سنگاپور ۾ هڪ آفيس جي ڇت مان ڪنڪريٽ جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي ڪرڻ. اهو نقصان ممڪن آهي ته فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ سبب پيدا ٿيو هجي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بنيادي طور ٻن سببن جي ڪري ناڪام ٿي سگهي ٿو: پهريون، جڏهن ان جي مضبوطي گهربل حد کان گهٽ هجي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ بناوتي يا مشيني ناڪامي (ميڪينيڪل فيليوئر) پيدا ٿئي؛ ۽ ٻيو، جڏهن وقت سان گڏ ان جي پائيداري گهٽجي وڃي. خراب ڊزائن يا غير معياري تعمير سبب زنگ لڳڻ ۽ ٿڌ ۾ ڄمڻ ۽ وري ڳرڻ (فريز–ٿا سائيڪل) جا بار بار ٿيندڙ عمل ڪنڪريٽ کي نقصان پهچائي سگهن ٿا.

جڏهن فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳندو آهي ته زنگ جا پيداوار (رسٽ) پنهنجي اصل ڌاتوءَ جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مقدار والاريندا آهن. انهيءَ ڦهلاءَ سبب ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏار پوندا آهن، مٿاڇري جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي پوندا آهن (اسپيلنگ)، ۽ فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ موجود بندش ڪمزور ٿي ويندي آهي. اهڙي طرح ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کان الڳ ٿيڻ لڳندي آهي، جنهن سان ڍانچي جي مضبوطي ۽ عمر ٻنهي تي منفي اثر پوندو آهي.

هيٺ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پائيداري کي متاثر ڪندڙ اهم سبب بيان ڪيا ويا آهن.

=== مشيني ناڪامي ===

ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏار پوڻ کي مڪمل طور روڪڻ عملي طور ممڪن نه هوندو آهي، پر مناسب مقدار ۾ ريئنفورسمينٽ، ڪنٽرول جوائنٽن، صحيح سنڀال (Curing) ۽ مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جي ملاوٽ ذريعي انهن ڏارن جي ماپ، تعداد ۽ هنڌ کي وڏي حد تائين ضابطي ۾ آڻي سگهجي ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ ڏار نمي ۽ پاڻي کي اندر داخل ٿيڻ جو رستو فراهم ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو. بناوتي ڊزائن ۾ اهڙي حالت کي عام طور ''سروس لائق حد واري ناڪامي'' (سروسبلٽي لمٽ اسٽيٽ) چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي نقصان سان ڍانچي جي استعمال جي صلاحيت متاثر ٿيندي آهي، ڀلي اهو فوري طور نه ڊهي.

عام طور ڏار پوڻ جا اهم سبب هي هوندا آهن:

* فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي مقدار ضرورت کان گهٽ هجڻ؛
* فولادي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ تمام گهڻو وڇاءُ هجڻ؛
* مقرر حد کان وڌيڪ بار لاڳو ٿيڻ؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي سخت ٿيڻ دوران گرمي جي تبديلي يا شروعاتي سُڪڙجڻ (ارلي ٿرمل شرنڪيج) سبب اندروني دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيڻ.

ڍانچي جي مڪمل ناڪامي، جيڪا آخرڪار ڊهڻ جو سبب بڻجي سگهي ٿي، هيٺين حالتن ۾ پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي:

* جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ تي دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ان جي برداشت جي حد کان وڌي وڃي ۽ ڪنڪريٽ چِٿجي وڃي (ڪنڪريٽ ڪرشنگ )؛
* جڏهن وڪڙجڻ (بينڊنگ) يا ڪٽائي (Shear) سبب فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ تي پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻاءُ ان جي طاقت کان وڌي وڃي، جنهن سان فولاد ييلڊ ڪري يا ٽٽي پوي؛
* جڏهن فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ موجود بندش (بانڊ) ناڪام ٿي وڃي، جنهن سان فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان سُرڪڻ لڳي ۽ ٻئي مواد گڏيل طور ڪم ڪرڻ بند ڪري ڇڏين.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |year=2016 |title=Remote sensing and photogrammetry techniques in diagnostics of concrete structures |journal=Computers and Concrete |volume=18 |issue=3 |pages=405–420 |doi=10.12989/cac.2016.18.3.405}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاربونيشن ===

[[فائل:Concrete wall cracking as steel reinforcing corrodes and swells 9058.jpg|left|thumb|فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ ۽ ڦهلجڻ سبب ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀت ۾ پيدا ٿيل ڏار. زنگ جو مقدار اصل ڌاتوءَ کان وڌيڪ هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهو ڦهلجي ڪنڪريٽ کي ٽوڙي ڇڏي ٿو. مٿاڇري تان ڪنڪريٽ جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي پوڻ واري عمل کي ''اسپالنگ'' (Spalling) چيو ويندو آهي.]]

[[فائل:Concrete wall cracking as its steel reinforcing cracks and swells 9061v.jpg|left|thumb|ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري ۽ فولادي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ حفاظتي ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه تمام پتلو هجڻ سبب پيدا ٿيل اسپالنگ. اهڙي حالت ۾ ٻاهرين ماحول جي اثر هيٺ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي وڃي ٿو.]]

{{مکيه|ڪاربونيشن}}

'''ڪاربونيشن''' (Carbonation)، جنهن کي غيرجانبداري (Neutralisation) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ ڪيميائي عمل آهي، جنهن ۾ هوا ۾ موجود [[ڪاربان ڊاءِ آڪسائيڊ]] ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] ۽ پاڻي سان گڏيل [[ڪيلشيم سليڪيٽ هائيڊريٽ]] (Calcium Silicate Hydrate، CSH) سان ردعمل ڪري ٿي.

ڪنهن به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچي جي ڊزائن وقت فولادي سلاخن جي چوڌاري موجود ڪنڪريٽ جي حفاظتي تهه (Concrete Cover) جي ٿولهه مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. ان مان مراد فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٻاهرئين مٿاڇري جي وچ وارو فاصلو آهي. هي گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ٿولهه تعميراتي ضابطن ۽ عمارت سازي جي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي.

جيڪڏهن فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري جي تمام ويجهو هجن ته انهن تائين هوا، نمي ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار مادَن جي رسائي جلد ٿي ويندي، جنهن سبب زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو ۽ ڍانچي جي عمر گهٽجي سگهي ٿي. فولادي سلاخن جي مٿان موجود ڪنڪريٽ جي حفاظتي تهه جي ٿولهه کي خاص اوزار، جنهن کي ''ڪور ميٽر'' (Cover Meter) چيو ويندو آهي، جي ذريعي ماپي سگهجي ٿو.

صرف ڪاربونيشن ٿيڻ سان هر ڀيري فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي نقصان نه پهچندو آهي. زنگ لڳڻ لاءِ ضروري آهي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر مناسب مقدار ۾ نمي ۽ آڪسيجن پڻ موجود هجن، ڇو ته انهن جي موجودگي سان برقي-ڪيميائي (اليڪٽرو ڪيميڪل) زنگ لڳڻ وارو عمل شروع ٿئي ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڪاربونيشن جي کوٽائي معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ عام طور ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري ۾ نئون سوراخ ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ان جي تازو ڪٽيل سطح تي '''[[فينولفٿيلين]]'''  جو محلول لڳايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ اڃا الڪلائن حالت ۾ هجي ته اهو محلول گلابي رنگ اختيار ڪندو، جڏهن ته ڪاربونيشن ٿيل حصو بي رنگ رهندو. ان طريقي سان آسانيءَ سان معلوم ڪري سگهجي ٿو ته ڪاربونيشن ڪيتري کوٽائي تائين پهتي آهي. اڳ ۾ موجود سوراخ استعمال ڪرڻ مناسب نه هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان جي ظاهر ٿيل سطح اڳ ئي ڪاربونيشن جو شڪار ٿي چڪي هوندي.

=== ڪلورائيڊ ===

[[ڪلورائيڊ]] جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر ڪافي مقدار ۾ موجود هجن ته اهي فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي زنگ لڳڻ جي عمل کي تيز ڪري سگهن ٿا. ڪلورائيڊ جا آئن (Cl⁻) نه رڳو مخصوص هنڌن تي کڏن جهڙو زنگ  پيدا ڪندا آهن، پر فولاد جي سڄي مٿاڇري تي عام زنگ جو سبب پڻ بڻجي سگهن ٿا. انهيءَ ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي تياري دوران هميشه صاف يا پيئڻ لائق پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ گهرجي، ۽ اها به پڪ ڪرڻ گهرجي ته ريتي، بجري ۽ ٻيا تعميراتي جزا ڪلورائيڊن کان پاڪ هجن. اهڙيءَ طرح ڪلورائيڊ تي ٻڌل ڪيميائي اضافن (Admixtures) کان به پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي.

[[فائل:RebarCloseup.jpg|thumb|right|بنيادن ۽ ڀتين لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ.]]

[[فائل:Paulins Kill Viaduct in Hainesburg, NJ.jpg|thumb|right|آمريڪا جي رياست نيو جرسي ۾ واقع '''پاولنز ڪل واءِ ايڊڪٽ'''، جيڪو 1910ع ۾ مڪمل ٿيڻ وقت دنيا جي سڀ کان وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن مان هڪ هو.]]

ماضي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي جلدي سخت ڪرڻ لاءِ [[ڪيلشيم ڪلورائيڊ]] کي ڪيميائي اضافي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو. ان وقت اهو به سمجهيو ويندو هو ته هي مادو ڪنڪريٽ کي ڄمڻ کان بچائيندو، پر بعد ۾ معلوم ٿيو ته ڪلورائيڊ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳائڻ جو اهم سبب بڻجي ٿو. انهيءَ ڪري اڄڪلهه تعميراتي ڪم ۾ ڪيلشيم ڪلورائيڊ جو استعمال، جيترو ممڪن هجي، کان پاسو ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ٿڌن علائقن ۾ روڊن ۽ پلن تان برف ڳارڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لوڻ رِيئنفورسڊ ۽ اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ جي پلن، شاهراهن ۽ پارڪنگ ڍانچن جي وقت کان اڳ خراب ٿيڻ جا اهم سبب آهن. هن مسئلي کي گهٽائڻ لاءِ ايپوڪسي سان ڍڪيل فولادي سلاخون، ڪيٿوڊڪ تحفظ ۽ فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل پوليمر (FRP) ريئنفورسمينٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي ڪلورائيڊ جي اثر کان گهڻو گهٽ متاثر ٿينديون آهن. ان کان علاوه صحيح نموني ڊزائن ڪيل ۽ مناسب سنڀال هيٺ سخت ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ پڻ برف ڳارڻ وارن لوڻن جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت ڪري سگهي ٿي.

ڪلورائيڊن جو هڪ ٻيو اهم ذريعو [[سامونڊي پاڻي]] آهي. سامونڊي پاڻي ۾ وزني تناسب سان لڳ ڀڳ 3.5 سيڪڙو لوڻ موجود هوندا آهن، جن ۾ [[سوڊيم ڪلورائيڊ]]، [[ميگنيشيم سلفيٽ]]، [[ڪيلشيم سلفيٽ]] ۽ [[بائي ڪاربونيٽ]] شامل آهن. پاڻي ۾ حل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ اهي لوڻ آزاد آئنن جي صورت اختيار ڪندا آهن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي باريڪ سوراخن وسيلي اندر داخل ٿيندا آهن. انهن مان ڪلورائيڊ جا آئن، جيڪي تقريباً اڌ آئنن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن، فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ لاءِ سڀ کان وڌيڪ نقصانڪار هوندا آهن ۽ زنگ لڳڻ جي عمل کي تيز ڪندا آهن.

1960ع ۽ 1970ع واري ڏهاڪي دوران [[ميگني سائيٽ]]، جيڪا ڪلورائيڊ سان مالا مال هڪ ڪاربونيٽ معدنيات آهي، فرشن جي مٿاڇري کي هموار ڪرڻ ۽ آواز گهٽائڻ واري تھ طور به استعمال ڪئي ويندي هئي. بعد ۾ معلوم ٿيو ته جڏهن ميگني سائيٽ نمي سان رابطي ۾ اچي ٿي ته ان ۾ موجود ڪلورائيڊ جي ڪري ڪمزور [[هائيڊروڪلورڪ تيزاب]] ٺهندو آهي. هي تيزاب ڪيترن سالن يا ڏهاڪن دوران ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي آهستي آهستي زنگ لڳائي ڪمزور ڪري ڇڏيندو آهي. اهڙو نقصان خاص طور انهن هنڌن تي وڌيڪ ڏٺو ويو، جتي فرش مسلسل نمي يا پاڻي جي رابطي ۾ رهندا هئا.
=== الڪلائي – سليڪا ردعمل ===

{{Main|الڪلائي–سليڪا ردعمل}}

'''الڪلائي–سليڪا ردعمل''' (مختصر: ASR) هڪ ڪيميائي عمل آهي، جيڪو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ موجود ڪجهه بجري جي ذرڙن ۾ شامل غير قلمي (Amorphous) سليڪا، جهڙوڪ [[ڪيلسيڊوني]]، [[چرٽ]] يا سليڪا سان مالا مال [[چون جو پٿر]]، ۽ سيمينٽ جي مسامن واري محلول ۾ موجود هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ آئنن (OH⁻) جي وچ ۾ ٿيندو آهي.

گهٽ قلمي سليڪا (SiO₂) الڪلائن پاڻيءَ ۾، جنهن جو پي ايڇ (pH) لڳ ڀڳ 12.5 کان 13.5 هوندو آهي، آهستي آهستي حل ٿي ويندي آهي. ان کان پوءِ حل ٿيل [[سليسيڪ تيزاب]]  سيمينٽ جي ليپ ۾ موجود [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] (پورٽلينڊائيٽ) سان ردعمل ڪري ڦهلجندڙ [[ڪيلشيم سليڪيٽ هائيڊريٽ]] ٺاهي ٿو.

هن ڪيميائي عمل جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر مقامي طور ڦهلاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جيڪو [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] پيدا ڪري آخرڪار ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏار پوڻ ۽ ٽٽڻ جو سبب بڻجي سگهي ٿو.

الڪلائي–سليڪا ردعمل ٿيڻ لاءِ هيٺيون ٽي شرطون لازمي آهن:

* بجري ۾ اهڙو جزو موجود هجي، جيڪو الڪلائن سان ردعمل ڪندڙ غير قلمي سليڪا تي مشتمل هجي؛
* سيمينٽ جي مسامن واري محلول ۾ هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ آئنن (OH⁻) جي مناسب مقدار موجود هجي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر لاڳيتي نمي موجود هجي، ۽ نسبتي نمي تقريباً 75 سيڪڙو يا ان کان وڌيڪ هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.bbc.co.uk/dna/h2g2/A4014172 |title=Concrete Cancer |website=h2g2 |publisher=BBC}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.cementindustry.co.uk/main.asp?page=272 |title=Special Section: South West Alkali Incident |publisher=British Cement Association}}&lt;/ref&gt;

عام ٻوليءَ ۾ هن مسئلي کي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن '''ڪنڪريٽ ڪينسر''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهو وقت سان گڏ ڪنڪريٽ کي اندروني طور ڪمزور ڪندو رهي ٿو.

هي ردعمل فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي موجودگيءَ کان آزاد آهي، تنهنڪري وڏا غير رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا، جهڙوڪ [[بند]]، پڻ هن مسئلي کان متاثر ٿي سگهن ٿا.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>1hw0zni5k0i9dwuck484mkvvsayv7wx</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401030</id>
      <parentid>401029</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T00:03:46Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401030</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="76585" sha1="edn1f8kef6nsz1z4jpoodjed26ig2lp" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمنٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' ، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (اسٽيل ريئينفورسنگ بارس)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}&lt;/ref&gt;
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (ڪوروژن انجنيئرنگ) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (ڪوروژن) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' کي مختصر طور '''آر سي سي''' ({{lang-en|RCC}}) چيو وڃي ٿو، اهڙو تعميراتي مرڪب آهي، جيڪو [[سيمينٽ]]، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا پٿر جي سنهن ٽڪرن ۽ پاڻيءَ مان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) شامل ڪري ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي قوت وڌائين ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ جي اعليٰ صلاحيت رکي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Expo58 building Philips.jpg|thumb|[[بيلجيم]] جي گاديءَ واري شهر [[برسلز]] ۾ [[ايڪسپو 58]] لاءِ تعمير ڪيل [[فلپس پيوليئن]] جي منفرد شڪل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال سان ممڪن ٿي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور تي ريئنفورسمينٽ (فولادي سلاخن يا ٻين مضبوط ڪندڙ مواد) جي ترتيب اهڙي نموني سان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو ڪنڪريٽ جي انهن حصن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) کي برداشت ڪري سگهي، جتي ٻي صورت ۾ ڏار پوڻ يا ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان هوندو آهي. جديد رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ رڳو فولاد ئي نه، پر [[پوليمر]]ن ۽ ٻين جامع (ڪمپوزٽ) مواد مان ٺهيل مضبوط ڪندڙ عنصر پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ضرورت موجب فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ يا انهن کان سواءِ به ڪم آندا ويندا آهن.

ڪيترين تعميراتي حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي اڳواٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ۽ ريئنفورسمينٽ ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ هوندي آهي. هن طريقي سان ڍانچي جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت بهتر ٿيندي آهي. اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي کي '''پري اسٽرِيسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جا ٻه عام طريقا '''پري ٽينشننگ''' ۽ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ'''  آهن.

مضبوط، لچڪدار ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ ريئنفورسمينٽ ۾ هيٺيون خاصيتون هجڻ ضروري آهن:

* اعليٰ ميڪانيڪي مضبوطي؛
* ڇڪ هيٺ وڏي حد تائين ڊگهو ٿيڻ (ٽينسائل اسٽرين) برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت؛
* ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ)، جيڪا پي ايڇ (pH)، نمي يا ٻين ماحولياتي حالتن کان گهڻو متاثر نه ٿئي؛
* حرارتي مطابقت (ٿرمل ڪامپيٽيبلٽي)، جيئن گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ دوران غير ضروري دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي ماحول ۾ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيداري، جنهن ۾ زنگ (Corrosion) ۽ مستقل دٻاءَ جي اثرن کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت شامل هجي.

== تاريخ ==

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي شروعاتي ترقي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري [[انگلينڊ]] ۽ [[فرانس]] ۾ لڳ ڀڳ هڪ ئي وقت ٿي، جتي مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميرڪارن ڪنڪريٽ کي فولادي مضبوطي سان گڏ استعمال ڪرڻ بابت تجربا شروع ڪيا.

[[فائل:Saint-Denis - Maison François Coignet -1.JPG|thumb|سينٽ ڊينس ۾ فرانسوا ڪوئنيه جو گهر، جيڪو ابتدائي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان هڪ آهي.]]

فرانسيسي تعميرڪار '''[[فرانسوا ڪوئنيه]]''' پهريون شخص هو، جنهن عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |url=https://www.britannica.com/technology/building-construction/Early-steel-frame-high-rises#ref105155 |title=Building construction: The invention of reinforced concrete |encyclopedia=Encyclopedia Britannica}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن 1853ع کان 1855ع جي وچ ۾ [[پيرس]] جي ڀرسان سينٽ ڊينس ۾ واقع 72 [[شارل ميشيلس گهٽي]] تي پنهنجي رهائش لاءِ چار ماڙ عمارت تعمير ڪرائي، جيڪا '''فرانسوا ڪوئنيه هائوس''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي ۽ ان کي دنيا جي پهرين لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان شمار ڪيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=The oldest concrete structures that have lasted: 72 rue Charles Michels, St. Denis, France |url=https://meva.net/pt-br/oldest-concrete-structures/}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪوئنيه جي لکڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته هن لوهه کي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت وڌائڻ کان وڌيڪ، ڀتين کي هڪ گڏيل (مونولٿڪ) ڍانچي طور مستحڪم رکڻ ۽ انهن کي اونڌو ٿيڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968 |pages=1–33}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ 1872ع–1873ع دوران [[بروڪلن]] ۾ تعمير ٿيل '''پپن بلڊنگ''' (Pippen Building)، جيتوڻيڪ ڪوئنيه جي ڊزائن نه هئي، پر سندس تعميراتي طريقي جو هڪ اهم مثال سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

[[فائل:Maison de logement des ouvriers de l'usine Coignet 2020 6.jpg|thumb|ڪوئنيه طرفان پنهنجي ڪارخاني جي مزدورن لاءِ سينٽ ڊينس ۾ تعمير ڪيل رهائشي عمارت.]]

1854ع ۾ انگريز تعميرڪار '''وليم بي. ولڪنسن''' پنهنجي تعمير هيٺ ٻن ماڙ گهر جي ڇت ۽ فرشن ۾ فولادي مضبوطي استعمال ڪئي. هن فولادي سلاخن کي اهڙي نموني رکيو، جنهن مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته هو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) جي اثرن کان واقف هو، جڏهن ته هن کان اڳ وارا انجنيئر ان ڳالهه کي مڪمل طور نه سمجهي سگهيا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Reinforced Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete Building Construction}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1869ع کان 1870ع جي وچ ۾ '''هينري ايٽن'''  [[انگلينڊ]] جي [[نورفڪ]] ۽ [[سفڪ]] ضلعن جي وچ ۾ وهندڙ [[ويوني درياھ]] تي '''هومرسفيلڊ پل''' جي ڊزائن تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته ان جي تعمير لنڊن جي ڪمپني ''ڊبليو اينڊ ٽي فلپس '' ڪئي. لڳ ڀڳ 15.25 ميٽر (50 فوٽ) ڊگهي هيءَ پل لوهي مضبوطي سان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي پلن مان هڪ هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{NHLE|num=1262142}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي فرانسيسي باغبان '''[[جوزف مونيي]]''' کي به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ارتقا جو اهم اڳواڻ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. هو مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا گلن جا ٿانوَ تيار ڪرڻ لاءِ موجود مواد مان مطمئن نه هو، تنهنڪري هن نوان تجربا شروع ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Day |first=Lance |title=Biographical Dictionary of the History of Technology}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1867ع ۾ مونيي تار جي ڄاري (وائر ميش) ۽ سيمينٽ جي تهه کي گڏائي مضبوط ڪنڪريٽ جا گلدان ٺاهڻ واري طريقي جو پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Britannica URL|biography/Joseph-Monier|Joseph Monier}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ 1877ع ۾ هن ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿنڀن ۽ گرڊرن کي لوهي سلاخن جي ڄار ذريعي مضبوط ڪرڻ واري وڌيڪ ترقي يافته طريقي جو به پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو. جيتوڻيڪ مونيي کي اها ڄاڻ هئي ته فولادي مضبوطي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني يڪجائي وڌائي ٿي، پر اهو واضح ناهي ته کيس ان ڳالهه جي مڪمل سائنسي ڄاڻ هئي ته ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي طاقت ۾ ڪيترو اضافو آڻي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909 |pages=204–210}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1877ع ۾ آمريڪي انجنيئر '''ٿيڊيئس هائٽ'' پنهنجي مشهور رپورٽ ''اين اڪائونٽ آف سم اڪسپيريمينٽس وٿ پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ڪمبائينڊ وٿ آئرن'' شايع ڪئي، جنهن ۾ هن فولاد سان مضبوط ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پنهنجن تجربن جا نتيجا بيان ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Hyatt |first=Thaddeus |title=An Account of Some Experiments with Portland-cement-concrete Combined with Iron}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن جي تحقيق رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي رڳو تجربي واري تعميراتي مواد بدران هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي آزمودل ٽيڪنالاجي طور قائم ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. جيڪڏهن هائٽ جي تحقيق موجود نه هجي ها، ته هن شعبي جي ترقي گهڻي عرصي تائين آزمائش ۽ غلطي (ٽرائل ۽ ارر) جي غير يقيني طريقن تي دارومدار رکندي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سائنسي ترقي ۽ عالمي ڦهلاءُ ===

1870ع واري ڏهاڪي کان اڳ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير، جيتوڻيڪ ان جون پاڙون [[رومي سلطنت]] تائين پهچن ٿيون ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ ان جو ٻيهر استعمال شروع ٿيو هو، پر ان کي اڃا مڪمل طور سائنسي طور ثابت ٿيل تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي نه سمجهيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Citation |last=Aprea |first=Salvatore |chapter=The Search for Affordable Cement and Concrete in the 18th and 19th Century |title=High Tech Concrete: Where Technology and Engineering Meet |year=2018}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري انگلينڊ ۾ ڄاول انجنيئر '''[[ارنسٽ ايل. رينسم]]''' رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. هن گذريل پنجاهه سالن دوران ٿيل تحقيق ۽ تجربن مان فائدو وٺندي اڳين ايجادڪارن جي ڪيترين ئي تعميراتي طريقن کي وڌيڪ بهتر بڻايو. سندس سڀ کان اهم ايجاد فولادي سلاخن کي مروڙي استعمال ڪرڻ هئي، جنهن سان سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ چنبڙڻ (بانڊ) گهڻو مضبوط ٿي ويو ۽ ڍانچي جي مجموعي مضبوطي ۾ نمايان واڌارو آيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Episode 81: Rebar and the Alvord Lake Bridge}}&lt;/ref&gt;

رينسم پنهنجي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ وارين عمارتن سبب وڏي شهرت حاصل ڪئي، جنهن کان پوءِ هن 1886ع کان 1889ع جي وچ ۾ اتر آمريڪا جي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ پلن مان ٻه تعمير ڪرايون. انهن مان هڪ پل، '''[[سمٿ-رينسم جيپنيز برج]]'''، اڄ به [[نيو يارڪ]] جي [[شيلٽر آئلينڊ، نيو يارڪ|شيلٽر آئلينڊ]] تي موجود آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آمريڪا]] ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل ابتدائي عمارتن مان هڪ '''[[وليم اي. وارڊ هائوس]]''' هئي، جيڪا وليم اي. وارڊ جي ڊزائن موجب 1876ع ۾ مڪمل ٿي. هن رهائشي عمارت کي خاص طور باهه کان وڌيڪ تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ جي مقصد سان تعمير ڪيو ويو.

جرمن سول انجنيئر '''[[گستاو ايڊولف وائس]]''' پڻ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم شخصيت هو. 1879ع ۾ هن جوزف مونيي جي پيٽنٽن جا جرمن حق خريد ڪيا، ۽ 1884ع ۾ سندس ڪمپني '''[[ويس اينڊ فريٽيگ]]''' انهن طريقن کي پهريون ڀيرو تجارتي بنيادن تي استعمال ڪيو. 1890ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين وائس ۽ سندس ڪمپني مونيي جي نظام کي وڌيڪ ترقي ڏئي ان کي هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي ٻڌل، منظم ۽ قابل اعتماد تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آسٽريليا]] جي '''[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]''' ملڪ جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي. هن پل جي ڊزائن [[الفريڊ بارٽن بريڊي]] تيار ڪئي، جيڪو 1896ع ۾ [[ڪئينز لينڊ]] جو سرڪاري معمار هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge |publisher=Queensland Government}}&lt;/ref&gt; پل ۾ 15.2 ميٽر ڊگها يارنهن اسپين هئا ۽ ان جي ڪل ڊيگهه لڳ ڀڳ 187 ميٽر هئي، جيڪا ان دور ۾ دنيا جي ساڳئي قسم جي مشهور پلن کان به وڏي سمجهي ويندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge, Mary River, 1896- |publisher=Engineers Australia}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات ===

ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تيزيءَ سان مقبول تعميراتي مواد بڻجي ويو. ان عرصي دوران انجنيئرن ۽ معمارن هن ٽيڪنالاجي کي اوچي عمارتن، پلن ۽ ٻين وڏن تعميراتي منصوبن ۾ استعمال ڪرڻ شروع ڪيو.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل شروعاتي اوچين عمارتن مان هڪ 16 ماڙ '''انگالس بلڊنگ''' هئي، جيڪا 1904ع ۾ آمريڪا جي شهر سنسناٽي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;CIVL1101&quot;/&gt;

ڏکڻ ڪيليفورنيا ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پهرين عمارت '''لافلن اينيڪس''' هئي، جيڪا 1905ع ۾ لاس اينجلس جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Los Angeles from the Mountains to the Sea |volume=2 |last=McGroarty |first=John Steven |year=1921 |page=176}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Annual Report of the City Auditor, City of Los Angeles |year=1905 |pages=71–73}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع دوران لاس اينجلس ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن لاءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ سورهن تعميراتي اجازت ناما جاري ڪيا ويا. انهن ۾ '''ٽيمپل آڊيٽوريم''' ۽ اٺ ماڙ '''هيورڊ هوٽل''' به شامل هئا، جيڪي ان ڳالهه جو ثبوت هئا ته هي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي تيزيءَ سان عام ٿي رهي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |last=Williams |first=D. |title=What Builders are Doing |journal=Carpentry and Building |year=1907 |page=66}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |title=Reinforced Concrete Buildings at Los Angeles, Cal. |journal=Engineering News-Record |year=1906 |volume=55 |page=449}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ لانگ بيچ ۾ تعمير هيٺ '''بڪسبي هوٽل''' جو هڪ حصو وقت کان اڳ عارضي سهارن (Shoring) کي هٽائڻ سبب ڊهي پيو، جنهن ۾ ڏهه مزدور فوت ٿي ويا. هن حادثي کان پوءِ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعميراتي طريقن ۽ عمارتن جي جاچ پڙتال بابت وڌيڪ سخت ضابطا اختيار ڪيا ويا. ماهرن سفارش ڪئي ته مستقبل ۾ فرشن، ڀتين ۽ ڍانچي جي ٻين اهم حصن ۾ مڪمل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تعمير وڌيڪ محفوظ بڻجي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite magazine |title=Partial Collapse of the Bixby Hotel at Long Beach |magazine=Architect and Engineer of California |year=1906 |volume=VII |issue=1 |pages=44–48}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1904ع جي اپريل مهيني ۾ آمريڪي معمار ۽ انجنيئر '''جوليا مورگن''' پنهنجي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارت، '''ايل ڪيمپانيل'''، مڪمل ڪئي، جيڪا 72 فوٽ اوچي گهنڊ گهر (بيل ٽاور) هئي ۽ ملز ڪاليج ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=El Campanil, Mills College: Julia Morgan 1903–1904}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو ۾ آيل شديد زلزلي دوران ايل ڪيمپانيل کي ڪو به اهم نقصان نه پهتو، جنهن سان جوليا مورگن جي شهرت ۾ وڏو اضافو ٿيو ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي تي عوام جو اعتماد پڻ وڌيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Julia Morgan-designed Mills bell tower counts down to its 115th anniversary}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Bay Area Architect Julia Morgan's Legacy Wasn't Just Hearst Castle}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع جي زلزلي کان پوءِ عوام ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت موجود شڪ شبها به گهڻي حد تائين ختم ٿي ويا. ان کان اڳ ڪيترائي ماڻهو هن مواد کي جمالياتي لحاظ کان غير دلڪش سمجهندا هئا، پر زلزلي دوران ان جي بهتر ڪارڪردگي سبب ان جي مقبوليت وڌي وئي. نتيجي طور 1908ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو جي بلدياتي اختيارين عمارت سازي جا ضابطا تبديل ڪري رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وڌيڪ وسيع استعمال جي اجازت ڏني.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=How one building survived the San Francisco earthquake and changed the world}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== معيارن جي جوڙجڪ ۽ ضابطا ===

1906ع ۾ '''نيشنل ايسوسيئيشن آف سيمينٽ يوزرس''' (مختصر: NACU) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پهريون معياري دستاويز '''اسٽينڊرڊ نمبر 1''' شايع ڪيو، جنهن ۾ پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ جي معيار، خاصيتن ۽ استعمال بابت بنيادي فني گهرجون مقرر ڪيون ويون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Specifications for Portland Cement of the American Society for Testing Materials, Standard No. 1 |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1906 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان پوءِ 1910ع ۾ ساڳئي اداري '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال لاءِ معياري عمارتي ضابطا''' (''اسٽينڊرڊ بلڊنگ ريگيوليشنز فار دي يوز آف ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ '') جاري ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Building Regulations for the Use of Reinforced Concrete |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1910 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن ضابطن ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن، تعمير، جاچ ۽ استعمال بابت تفصيلي فني هدايتون شامل هيون.
انهن معيارن جي جاري ٿيڻ سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميراتي ادارن وٽ هڪجهڙن اصولن تحت ٿيڻ لڳي. نتيجي طور تعميراتي حفاظت، معيار، مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ نمايان بهتري آئي، ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جديد عمارت سازيءَ جي سڀ کان اهم تعميراتي مواد مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

== تعمير ۾ استعمال ==

[[فائل:SagradaFamiliaRoof2.jpg|thumb|upright=1.5|right|2009ع ۾ تعمير هيٺ [[ساگراڊا فاميليا]] جي ڇت ۾ لڳايل فولادي سلاخون (ريبار).]]

[[فائل:O Cristo Redentor.JPG|thumb|[[ريو ڊي جينيرو]]، [[برازيل]] ۾ واقع '''مسيح ڇوٽڪارو ڏيندڙ''' جو مجسمو، جيڪو رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان تعمير ٿيل آهي ۽ ان جي ٻاهرئين سطح هزارين ٽڪنڊي صابڻي پٿر (Soapstone) جي ٽڪرن سان ڍڪيل آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia |title=Christ the Redeemer |encyclopedia=Encyclopædia Britannica |last=Murray |first=Lorraine |url=http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/1435544/Christ-the-Redeemer}}&lt;/ref&gt;]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ تعميراتي صنعت ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد مان هڪ آهي. ان جي مدد سان مختلف قسمن جا تعميراتي جزا ۽ ڍانچا تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ تختو|ڪنڪريٽ جا تختا]] (Slabs)، [[ڀت]]، [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاعون]] (Beams)، [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀا]]، [[بنياد]]، ڍانچا (Frames) ۽ ٻيا ڪيترائي تعميراتي حصا شامل آهن.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي تعمير جي طريقي موجب عام طور ٻن قسمن ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي:

* '''اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري ڪاسٽ ڪنڪريٽ)، جنهن جا جزا ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪري تعميراتي هنڌ تي نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن.
* '''جاءِ تي وڌل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (ڪاسٽ-ان -پليس ڪنڪريٽ)، جيڪو سڌو سنئون تعميراتي هنڌ تي شٽرنگ اندر وجهي تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڪنهن به عمارت ۾ مناسب فرش نظام (Floor System) جي چونڊ ۽ ڊزائن انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان عمارت جي مجموعي ڪارڪردگي تي سڌو اثر پوي ٿو. فرش جي ڊزائن ۾ معمولي تبديليون به تعميراتي مواد جي خرچ، تعمير مڪمل ٿيڻ جي مدت، ڍانچي جي آخري مضبوطي، سار سنڀال جي خرچن، استعمال ڪندڙن جي گنجائش ۽ عمارت جي آخري استعمال تي نمايان اثر وجهي سگهن ٿيون.

فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کان سواءِ جديد دور جون گهڻ ماڙ عمارتون، وڏيون پلون ۽ ٻيا وڏا ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا محفوظ ۽ عملي طور تعمير ڪرڻ ممڪن نه هجي ها.

=== رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا ===

جڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا تعمير ۾ استعمال ٿين ٿا ته اهي ٻاهران لاڳو ٿيندڙ [[تعميراتي بار]] (Structural load) جي اثر هيٺ مخصوص ميڪانيڪي رويو ظاهر ڪندا آهن. استعمال دوران انهن جزن تي هيٺيان قسم جا بار يا قوتون عمل ڪري سگهن ٿيون:&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |author=Bungale S. Taranath |title=Reinforced Concrete Design of Tall Buildings |publisher=CRC Press |year=2009 |page=7 |isbn=978-1-4398-0481-0}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينشن)
* [[دٻاءُ]] (ڪمپريشن)
* [[وڪڙجڻ]] (بينڊنگ)
* [[ڪٽائي دٻاءُ]] (شيئر)
* [[مروڙ]] (ٽورزن)

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن اهڙي نموني ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو اهو انهن سڀني قوتن کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ تعميراتي ڍانچي جي استحڪام، مضبوطي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي يقيني بڻائي.

=== فولادي سلاخن جي ڊزائن ===

رِيئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن هميشه قابل انجنيئر يا لاڳاپيل فني اداري طرفان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي. سلاخن جو قطر، وڇاءُ، چڙهاڪو ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه عمارت جي قسم، بار ۽ لاڳو تعميراتي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي بندش ===

فولادي سلاخون تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪٽي، موڙي ۽ تار سان مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. انهن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تھ رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن سلاخون زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ۽ ڍانچي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي. ضرورت موجب ڪنڍا (Hooks) ۽ چڙهاڪو (Overlap) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== تياري  ===

آر سي سي مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارو تعميراتي مواد آهي. ان کي مختلف شڪلين ۾ آسانيءَ سان ڍالي سگهجي ٿو، باهه ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿو، پاڻيءَ جي نفوذ کي گهٽ ڪري ٿو ۽ عام حالتن ۾ گهٽ مرمت جي ضرورت پوي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ملاوٽ ===

آر سي سي جي ملاوٽ هٿ سان يا ڪنڪريٽ مڪسر ذريعي ڪئي ويندي آهي. ننڍن تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ هٿ سان ملاوٽ، جڏهن ته وڏن منصوبن ۾ مشيني ملاوٽ کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها وڌيڪ هڪجهڙائي، تيزي ۽ معياري نتيجا فراهم ڪندي آهي ۽ مواد جي زيان کي گهٽائيندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب ===

پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو مناسب تناسب آر سي سي جي مضبوطي، ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر وجهي ٿو. گهڻو پاڻي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت گهٽائي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته گهٽ پاڻي ملاوٽ کي صحيح نموني استعمال ڪرڻ ۾ ڏکيائي پيدا ڪري سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== جھڪاءُ پرک ===

ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ گهاٽاڻ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ '''جھڪاءُ پرک''' (سلمپ ٽيسٽ) ڪئي ويندي آهي. هن آزمائش ۾ مخروط شڪل واري فولادي قالب ۾ تازي ڪنڪريٽ ڀري ان جي ويهڻ يا جھڪاءَ جي ماپ ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ملاوٽ مقرر معيار مطابق آهي يا نه.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


=== ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀرائي ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ شٽرنگ، فولادي سلاخن ۽ ٻين لڪل خدمتن جهڙوڪ برقي پائيپن جي جانچ ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي بنا رڪاوٽ جي مناسب رفتار سان وڌو ويندو آهي ۽ ضرورت موجب وائبريٽر ذريعي ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ڪيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن هوا جا خانا ختم ٿين ۽ ''هني ڪومبنگ'' (Honeycombing) جهڙا نقص پيدا نه ٿين.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== سار سنڀال ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ مناسب عرصي تائين ان کي پاڻي ڏئي آلو رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان سيمينٽ جي مڪمل هائيڊريشن ٿئي ٿي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ پاڻيءَ جي مزاحمت وڌي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== رويو ==

=== مواد ===

{{ڏسو پڻ|ڪنڪريٽ|سيمينٽ|تعميراتي بجري|فولادي سلاخ}}

ڪنڪريٽ هڪ گڏيل تعميراتي مواد آهي، جيڪو ٿلهي بجري (جهڙوڪ پٿر يا سرن جي ٽڪرن)، نفيس بجري (عام طور ريتي يا ڀڳل پٿر)، ڳنڍيندڙ مواد (اڪثر [[پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ]]) ۽ پاڻي جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. جڏهن سيمينٽ کي مناسب مقدار ۾ پاڻي سان ملايو وڃي ٿو ته ان ۾ [[هائيڊريشن]]  جو ڪيميائي عمل شروع ٿئي ٿو، جنهن دوران انتهائي ننڍا قلمي (ڪرسٽلائين) ڍانچا ٺهن ٿا. اهي قلمي ڍانچا بجري جي ذرڙن کي پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍي هڪ سخت ۽ مضبوط جسم ۾ تبديل ڪري ڇڏين ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Materials principles and practice|page=61|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|page=357|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;
ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ بجري ۽ ريتي نقصانڪار مادَن، جهڙوڪ حياتياتي گندگين، سلٽ، مٽي، لگنائيٽ ۽ ٻين غير مناسب آميزشن کان پاڪ هجڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙيون آميزشون ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري کي متاثر ڪري سگهن ٿيون.

عام ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءَ (ڪمپريشن) کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي تمام وڏي صلاحيت رکي ٿو، پر جيڪڏهن ان تي نمايان ڇڪ (ٽينشن) پيدا ٿئي، مثال طور وڪڙجڻ (بينڊنگ) سبب، ته ان جي اندر موجود قلمي ڍانچو ٽٽڻ شروع ٿي ويندو آهي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڏار پئجي ويندا آهن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ الڳ ٿيڻ لڳندو آهي. انهيءَ سبب عام (غير ريئنفورسڊ) ڪنڪريٽ کي هميشه اهڙي نموني سهارو ڏنو ويندو آهي، جو ان ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي.

جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر اهڙو مواد رکيو وڃي، جيڪو ڇڪ کي تمام سٺي نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي، جهڙوڪ فولاد، ته پوءِ حاصل ٿيندڙ گڏيل مادو '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' بڻجي ويندو آهي. اهڙي گڏيل مواد ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪري ٿو، جڏهن ته فولادي سلاخون تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪن ٿيون. نتيجي طور اهو نه رڳو دٻاءُ، پر وڪڙجڻ ۽ ٻين تنشي بارن کي به محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ٿو. اهڙي گڏيل نظام کي تعميراتي ضرورت موجب لڳ ڀڳ هر شڪل ۽ ماپ ۾ تيار ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== اهم خاصيتون ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جون غيرمعمولي تعميراتي خاصيتون بنيادي طور هيٺين سببن جي ڪري پيدا ٿين ٿيون:

# ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي [[حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جي عدد]] (ڪوئفيشنٽ آف ٿرمل ايڪسپينشن) تقريباً هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي. تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ٻنهي موادن جي ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ ۾ گهڻو فرق نٿو اچي، جنهن ڪري اندروني دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيڻ جا امڪان گهٽجي وڃن ٿا.

# جڏهن سيمينٽ جو ليپ سخت ٿئي ٿو ته اهو فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿو. نتيجي طور بار يا دٻاءُ ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ مؤثر نموني منتقل ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ چنبڙڻ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط بڻائڻ لاءِ فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري کي عام طور تي اُڀن نشانن يا نالين (ڊيفارميشنز) سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

# سخت ٿيل سيمينٽ جي ليپ ۾ موجود [[الڪلائن]] ماحول، جيڪو پوٽاشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ، سوڊيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ ۽ [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] جي موجودگي سبب پيدا ٿيندو آهي، فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي هڪ حفاظتي غيرفعال (پيسيويشن) تهه ٺاهي ڇڏيندو آهي. هي تهه فولاد کي زنگ لڳڻ کان وڏي حد تائين بچائيندو آهي.

وقت سان گڏ جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ هوا ۽ مينهن جي پاڻيءَ جي رابطي ۾ اچي ٿو ته فضا ۾ موجود ڪاربان ڊاءِ آڪسائيڊ پاڻي سان ملي [[ڪاربونڪ تيزاب]] ٺاهي ٿي. هي تيزاب سيمينٽ جي الڪلائن جزن سان آهستي آهستي ڪيميائي عمل ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيت گهٽائيندو آهي. انهيءَ عمل کي '''ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن'''  چيو ويندو آهي. نتيجي طور ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ (pH) آهستي آهستي گهٽجي ويندو آهي، ۽ جڏهن اهو ڪافي گهٽجي وڃي ٿو ته فولادي سلاخن جي حفاظتي تهه ختم ٿيڻ لڳندي آهي، جنهن کان پوءِ زنگ لڳڻ جو خطرو وڌي ويندو آهي.

عام طور تي جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ لڳ ڀڳ 11 کان مٿي هجي ته فولادي سلاخون محفوظ رهنديون آهن، جڏهن ته پي ايڇ 10 کان هيٺ اچڻ تي، مقامي ماحول ۽ فولاد جي خاصيتن موجب، زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو. ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن ۽ [[ڪلورائيڊ]]ن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي خراب ٿيڻ جا سڀ کان اهم سبب سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.

عام رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جو ڪُل ايراضو گهڻو نه هوندو آهي. عام طور شعاعن ۽ تختن ۾ اهو لڳ ڀڳ هڪ سيڪڙو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه ٿنڀن ۾ ڇهه سيڪڙو تائين ٿي سگهي ٿو. فولادي سلاخون اڪثر گول شڪل واريون هونديون آهن ۽ مختلف قطرن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن.

ڪجهه رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ خالي سوراخ يا کوکلا حصا (ھالو ڪورز) پڻ رکيا ويندا آهن، جيئن نمي ۽ گهم تي بهتر ضابطو آڻي سگهجي.

تحقيق مان معلوم ٿيو آهي ته عمودي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزن ۾، ريئنفورسمينٽ موجود هجڻ باوجود، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي سڄي ڪراس سيڪشن ۾ مڪمل طور هڪجهڙي نه هوندي، پر ڪجهه حد تائين غير يڪسان (انھوموجينيس) ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;&quot;Concrete Inhomogeneity of Vertical Cast-In-Situ Elements In Frame-Type Buildings&quot;.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو گڏيل عمل ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي جو بنيادي اصول اهو آهي ته ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ هڪ گڏيل (ڪمپوزٽ) نظام جي صورت ۾ ڪم ڪن. جڏهن ڪنهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزو تي بار لاڳو ٿئي ٿو، ته فولادي سلاخن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ ڊگھائي يا وڪڙ (اسٽرين) بلڪل ساڳيو هجڻ گهرجي، جيڪو چوڌاري موجود ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. جيڪڏهن ٻنهي موادن جي وڪڙ ۾ فرق پيدا ٿئي ته سندن وچ ۾ سُرڪڻ (سلپ)، الڳ ٿيڻ (سيپريشن) يا بناوتي بيقاعدگي (ڊسڪنٽينيوئٽي) پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي، جنهن سان ڍانچي جي مضبوطي متاثر ٿئي ٿي.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل عمل کي برقرار رکڻ لاءِ بار جو مؤثر منتقلي ٿيڻ ضروري آهي. بار پهرين ڪنڪريٽ مان فولادي سلاخ جي مٿاڇري تائين منتقل ٿئي ٿو، پوءِ اُتان فولادي سلاخ جي سڄي ڊگھائي ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ جي صورت ۾ ورهائجي وڃي ٿو. هي عمل ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ موجود مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ يا اينڪوريج) جي ذريعي ممڪن بڻجي ٿو، جيڪو ٻنهي موادن جي رابطي واري سطح تي لڳاتار دٻاءُ جو ميدان (ڪنٽينيوئس اسٽريس فيلڊ) پيدا ڪري ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل طور ڪم ڪرڻ جا بنيادي سبب هي آهن:

* فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿي، تنهنڪري ٻئي گڏجي ٻاهرين بارن کي برداشت ڪن ٿا.
* ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جا عدد تقريباً هڪجهڙا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب سندن وچ ۾ نقصانڪار حرارتي دٻاءُ پيدا نٿو ٿئي.
* ڪنڪريٽ جو الڪلائن ماحول فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائي ٿو ۽ انهن جي عمر وڌائي ٿو.

=== ڪنڪريٽ ۾ بندش ===

فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ بندش (بانڊ) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنيادي خاصيتن مان هڪ آهي. عملي طور بندش جو دٻاءُ سلاخ جي سڄي ڊيگهه ۾ هڪجهڙو نه هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري جديد تعميراتي ضابطن ۾ بندش جي دٻاءُ بدران '''ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي''' (ڊولپمينٽ لينٿ) جو تصور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي مان مراد فولادي سلاخ جي اها گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ڊيگهه آهي، جيڪا ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود هجڻ ضروري آهي، ته جيئن سلاخ پنهنجي مڪمل ييلڊ اسٽريس تائين پهچي سگهي، بغير ڪنڪريٽ مان سُرڪڻ جي.

جيڪڏهن موجود ڊيگهه گهربل ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي کان گهٽ هجي ته اضافي بندش مهيا ڪرڻ لاءِ مختلف طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جهڙوڪ:

* ڪنڍا (ھڪس)
* موڙ (بينڊس)
* ميخانياتي پڇاڙيون (ميڪينيڪل اينڊ پليٽس)
* ٻيا مناسب اينڪريج جا ذريعا

اهي سڀئي طريقا فولادي سلاخن کي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوطي سان جڪڙي رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

=== ليپ اسپلائس ===

جڏهن فولادي سلاخ جي ڊيگهه ڪافي نه هجي يا ٻن سلاخن کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍڻو هجي ته ٻنهي سلاخن کي هڪ مقرر ڊيگهه تائين هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهائي رکيو ويندو آهي. هن طريقي کي '''ليپ اسپلائس''' چيو ويندو آهي.

ليپ اسپلائس جو مقصد ٻنهي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ دٻاءُ ۽ تنشي قوتن جي محفوظ منتقلي کي يقيني بڻائڻ آهي، جيئن ڍانچي جي تسلسل برقرار رهي. ليپ اسپلائس جي گهربل ڊيگهه تعميراتي ضابطن موجب سلاخ جي قطر، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، فولاد جي درجي ۽ لاڳو ٿيندڙ بار جي بنياد تي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal|title=Monotonic and Cyclic Seismic Analyses of Old-Type RC Columns with Short Lap Splices|journal=Construction Materials|volume=4|issue=2|year=2024|pages=329–341}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زنگ کان بچاءَ جا طريقا ===

ٿڌن ۽ نمي وارن علائقن ۾، خاص طور روڊن، پلن، پارڪنگ ڍانچن ۽ انهن تعميرن ۾ جيڪي برف ڳارڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لوڻ (Deicing Salt) جي رابطي ۾ اچن ٿيون، فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مختلف حفاظتي طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن.

انهن ۾ هيٺيان طريقا شامل آهن:

* گهٽ ڪاربان ۽ ڪروميم تي ٻڌل زنگ-مزاحمتي فولادي سلاخن جو استعمال؛
* ايپوڪسي (Epoxy) سان ڍڪيل فولادي سلاخون؛
* گرم طريقي سان جست لڳايل (ھاٽ-ڊپ گيلوانائيزڊ) فولادي سلاخون؛
* اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون فولادي سلاخون.

انهن کان علاوه مناسب ڊزائن، اعليٰ معيار جي ڪنڪريٽ، صحيح پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب ۽ مناسب حفاظتي تهه (ڪنڪريٽ ڪور) پڻ فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪن ٿا.

فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ جست فاسفيٽ (زنڪ فاسفيٽ) جهڙا حفاظتي ليپ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر ڪيميائي عمل ذريعي هڪ مستحڪم حفاظتي تهه ٺاهي زنگ جي رفتار گهٽائيندا آهن.

ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري تي مختلف سيلنٽ (Sealants)، جهڙوڪ رنگ، پلاسٽڪ فلمون، فوم، ايلومينيم ورق يا بينٽونائيٽ مٽي جا حفاظتي تهه پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي پاڻي ۽ نقصانڪار لوڻن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي گهٽائيندا آهن.

ان کان علاوه ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ وقت پاڻيءَ جي ملاوٽ ۾ زنگ روڪيندڙ ڪيميائي مادا (ڪوروژن انھبٽرز)، جهڙوڪ ڪيلشيم نائٽرائيٽ، پڻ شامل ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي مادا فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي حفاظتي غيرفعال تهه (پيسيويشن ليئر) برقرار رکن ٿا، جنهن سان زنگ لڳڻ جو امڪان نمايان طور گهٽجي وڃي ٿو.

== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ شعاعن جي اصطلاحات ==

[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|پارڪنگ گيراج جي تختي سان گڏيل ٻه هڪٻئي کي ڪٽيندڙ شعاعون، جن ۾ فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ برقي تارن، جنڪشن باڪسز ۽ روشنيءَ جي ٻين برقي حصن جي لڳائڻ جي تياري پڻ نظر اچي ٿي.]]

[[فائل:Fideo o’r trawst concrit olaf yn cael ei osod – Tach 2016 Last concrete beam installation – 2016.webm|thumb|اوچي شاهراهه تي آخري ڪنڪريٽي شعاع رکڻ جو مختصر وڊيو، جيڪا ويلز جي ڪارڊف بي ڀرسان نئين شاهراهه جي تعمير جو حصو آهي.]]

جڏهن ڪنهن [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاع]] تي [[وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو]] (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) عمل ڪري ٿو ته شعاع ۾ ٿورو وڪڙ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ حالت ۾ شعاع جي ٻاهرئين پاسي (تنشي پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اندرئين پاسي (دٻاءُ واري پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ هوندو آهي.

'''يڪ-طرفو ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (سنگلي ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ رڳو تنشي پاسي لڳائي ويندي آهي. هن فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي '''تنشي فولاد''' (ٽينشن اسٽيل) چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ ان جو مقصد تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.

'''ٻه-طرفو ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (ڊبلي ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي پاسي سان گڏ دٻاءُ واري پاسي به فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ لڳائي ويندي آهي. دٻاءُ واري پاسي لڳايل فولاد کي '''دٻاءُ وارو فولاد''' (ڪمپيشن اسٽيل) چيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد ڪنڪريٽ کي دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيڻ ۽ اضافي دٻاءَ کي سنڀالڻ هوندو آهي. جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو گهربل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪافي نه هجي، يا معمار شعاع جي ماپ وڌائڻ جي اجازت نه ڏئي، تڏهن اضافي دٻاءُ وارو فولاد استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

'''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (انڊر-ريئينفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان گهٽ هوندي آهي. اهڙي شعاع تي جڏهن وڪڙجڻ وارو بار آهستي آهستي وڌندو آهي ته سڀ کان پهرين تنشي فولاد پنهنجي لچڪدار حد (ييلڊ) تائين پهچي ڊگهو ٿيڻ شروع ڪندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ اڃا مڪمل طور نه ٽٽندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ شعاع ۾ وڏو وڪڙ ۽ واضح تبديليون پيدا ٿينديون آهن، جيڪي ممڪن ناڪامي بابت اڳواٽ خبردار ڪن ٿيون. انهيءَ سبب تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ اهڙي قسم جي شعاع کي وڌيڪ محفوظ تصور ڪيو ويندو آهي، ۽ عام طور ڊزائن فولاد جي ييلڊ اسٽريس جي بنياد تي ڪئي ويندي آهي.

'''وڌيڪ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (اوور-ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان وڌيڪ هوندي آهي. اهڙي حالت ۾ فولاد ييلڊ ٿيڻ کان اڳ ئي ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو چِٿجي (ڪرشنگ) وڃي ٿو، جنهن سبب شعاع بنا ڪنهن واضح اڳواٽ خبرداري جي اوچتو ناڪام ٿي سگهي ٿي. انهيءَ ڪري اهڙي ڊزائن کي غير محفوظ سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

'''متوازن ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (بئلنسڊ ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ شعاع تي مقرر ٿيل بار وڌڻ سان ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو ۽ تنشي فولاد تقريباً هڪ ئي وقت پنهنجي آخري حد تائين پهچي وڃن ٿا. اهڙي حالت ۾ ڪنڪريٽ چِٿجي وڃي ٿو ۽ فولاد پڻ ييلڊ ڪري ٿو. جيتوڻيڪ هن حالت ۾ ٻنهي موادن جي طاقت جو متوازن استعمال ٿئي ٿو، پر ناڪامي تقريباً اوچتي ٿيندي آهي، تنهنڪري هي ڊزائن به عملي طور وڌيڪ محفوظ نه سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Nilson, Darwin, Dolan. ''Design of Concrete Structures''. McGraw-Hill Education, 2003. pp. 80–90.&lt;/ref&gt;

انهيءَ سبب فولادي ريئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا اهي جزا، جيڪي وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو برداشت ڪن ٿا، عام طور '''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ''' (انڊر-ريئينفورسڊ) طريقي سان ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن، ته جيئن ناڪامي کان اڳ واضح خبرداري ملي سگهي.

'''خاصيتي مضبوطي''' (ڪئريڪٽرسٽڪ اسٽرينٿ) اها مضبوطي آهي، جنهن کان گهٽ نتيجو صرف پنج سيڪڙو يا ان کان گهٽ آزمائشي نمونن ۾ ملي ٿو.

'''ڊزائن مضبوطي''' يا '''نامياري مضبوطي''' (ڊزائين اسٽرينٿ يا نامينل اسٽرينٿ) اها مضبوطي آهي، جيڪا حفاظتي عامل (سيفٽي فيڪٽر) کي نظر ۾ رکي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. اجازت لائق دٻاءَ واري ڊزائن (پرمزيبل اسٽريس ڊزائين) ۾ حفاظتي عامل عام طور 0.75 کان 0.85 جي وچ ۾ هوندو آهي.

'''آخري حد واري حالت''' (الٽيميٽ لمٽ اسٽيٽ) اها نظرياتي حالت آهي، جنهن تي ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان موجود هوندو آهي. ان جو اندازو حفاظتي عامل سان وڌايل بارن (فيڪٽرڊ لوڊ) ۽ حفاظتي عامل سان گهٽايل مزاحمت (فيڪٽرڊ رزسٽنس) جي بنياد تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا عام طور بين الاقوامي ضابطن ۽ معيارن، جهڙوڪ ACI 318، CEB ۽ يورو ڪوڊ 2 وغيره مطابق ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي ڊزائن لاءِ WSD (ورڪنگ اسٽريس ڊزائين)، USD (الٽيميٽ اسٽرينٿ ڊزائين) يا LRFD (لوڊ اينڊ رزسٽنس فيڪٽر ڊزائين) جهڙا طريقا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. تجزيو ۽ ڊزائن ليڪيرِي (لينيئر) يا غير ليڪيرِي (نان-لينيئر) طريقن سان به ڪري سگهجن ٿا. عمارت سازي جا ضابطا اڪثر حفاظتي عاملن سان گڏ ليڪيرِي طريقن جي سفارش ڪن ٿا، جڏهن ته ڪجهه خاص حالتن ۾ غير ليڪيرِي عددي تجزيا پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Techno Press|journal=Structural Engineering and Mechanics|volume=53|issue=4|year=2015}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Energy based structural damage index based on nonlinear numerical simulation of structures subjected to oriented lateral cyclic loading|journal=International Journal of Civil Engineering|volume=9|issue=3|year=2011|pages=155–164}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ ==

{{Main|اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ}}

'''اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري اسٽريسڊ ڪنڪريٽ) اهڙي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي شعاعن ۽ ٻين بناوتي جزن جي بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت کي نمايان طور وڌايو ويندو آهي.

هن طريقي ۾ شعاع جي هيٺئين حصي ۾ موجود فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ، جيڪا استعمال دوران تنشي قوتن جي اثر هيٺ ايندي آهي، ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ئي ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ آندي ويندي آهي. ان کان پوءِ ان جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وڌو ويندو آهي. جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ مڪمل طور سخت ٿي وڃي ٿو ته فولادي سلاخن تان اڳواٽ ڏنل ڇڪ آزاد ڪئي ويندي آهي. ان جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر مستقل دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) پيدا ٿي ويندو آهي.

جڏهن بعد ۾ شعاع تي بار لاڳو ٿيندو آهي ته فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ اضافي تنشي دٻاءُ برداشت ڪندي آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ ۾ موجود اڳواٽ دٻاءُ آهستي آهستي گهٽبو آهي، پر عام حالتن ۾ اهو تنشي دٻاءُ ۾ تبديل نه ٿيندو آهي.

ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڪنڪريٽ مسلسل دٻاءُ هيٺ رهندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان ۾ ڏار پوڻ، وڪڙجڻ سبب نقصان پهچڻ ۽ بناوتي ناڪامي جا امڪان عام رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀيٽ ۾ گهڻا گهٽ هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|pages=372–373|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|others=George Weidmann, P. R. Lewis, Nick Reid, Open University. Materials Department|isbn=0-408-04658-9|location=Milton Keynes, U.K.|oclc=20693897}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== فولاد سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ناڪامي جا عام نمونا ==

[[فائل:Concrete spall (interior of unit).jpg|thumb|سنگاپور ۾ هڪ آفيس جي ڇت مان ڪنڪريٽ جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي ڪرڻ. اهو نقصان ممڪن آهي ته فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ سبب پيدا ٿيو هجي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بنيادي طور ٻن سببن جي ڪري ناڪام ٿي سگهي ٿو: پهريون، جڏهن ان جي مضبوطي گهربل حد کان گهٽ هجي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ بناوتي يا مشيني ناڪامي (ميڪينيڪل فيليوئر) پيدا ٿئي؛ ۽ ٻيو، جڏهن وقت سان گڏ ان جي پائيداري گهٽجي وڃي. خراب ڊزائن يا غير معياري تعمير سبب زنگ لڳڻ ۽ ٿڌ ۾ ڄمڻ ۽ وري ڳرڻ (فريز–ٿا سائيڪل) جا بار بار ٿيندڙ عمل ڪنڪريٽ کي نقصان پهچائي سگهن ٿا.

جڏهن فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳندو آهي ته زنگ جا پيداوار (رسٽ) پنهنجي اصل ڌاتوءَ جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مقدار والاريندا آهن. انهيءَ ڦهلاءَ سبب ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏار پوندا آهن، مٿاڇري جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي پوندا آهن (اسپيلنگ)، ۽ فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ موجود بندش ڪمزور ٿي ويندي آهي. اهڙي طرح ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کان الڳ ٿيڻ لڳندي آهي، جنهن سان ڍانچي جي مضبوطي ۽ عمر ٻنهي تي منفي اثر پوندو آهي.

هيٺ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پائيداري کي متاثر ڪندڙ اهم سبب بيان ڪيا ويا آهن.

=== مشيني ناڪامي ===

ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏار پوڻ کي مڪمل طور روڪڻ عملي طور ممڪن نه هوندو آهي، پر مناسب مقدار ۾ ريئنفورسمينٽ، ڪنٽرول جوائنٽن، صحيح سنڀال (Curing) ۽ مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جي ملاوٽ ذريعي انهن ڏارن جي ماپ، تعداد ۽ هنڌ کي وڏي حد تائين ضابطي ۾ آڻي سگهجي ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ ڏار نمي ۽ پاڻي کي اندر داخل ٿيڻ جو رستو فراهم ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو. بناوتي ڊزائن ۾ اهڙي حالت کي عام طور ''سروس لائق حد واري ناڪامي'' (سروسبلٽي لمٽ اسٽيٽ) چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي نقصان سان ڍانچي جي استعمال جي صلاحيت متاثر ٿيندي آهي، ڀلي اهو فوري طور نه ڊهي.

عام طور ڏار پوڻ جا اهم سبب هي هوندا آهن:

* فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي مقدار ضرورت کان گهٽ هجڻ؛
* فولادي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ تمام گهڻو وڇاءُ هجڻ؛
* مقرر حد کان وڌيڪ بار لاڳو ٿيڻ؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي سخت ٿيڻ دوران گرمي جي تبديلي يا شروعاتي سُڪڙجڻ (ارلي ٿرمل شرنڪيج) سبب اندروني دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيڻ.

ڍانچي جي مڪمل ناڪامي، جيڪا آخرڪار ڊهڻ جو سبب بڻجي سگهي ٿي، هيٺين حالتن ۾ پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي:

* جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ تي دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ان جي برداشت جي حد کان وڌي وڃي ۽ ڪنڪريٽ چِٿجي وڃي (ڪنڪريٽ ڪرشنگ )؛
* جڏهن وڪڙجڻ (بينڊنگ) يا ڪٽائي (Shear) سبب فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ تي پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻاءُ ان جي طاقت کان وڌي وڃي، جنهن سان فولاد ييلڊ ڪري يا ٽٽي پوي؛
* جڏهن فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ موجود بندش (بانڊ) ناڪام ٿي وڃي، جنهن سان فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان سُرڪڻ لڳي ۽ ٻئي مواد گڏيل طور ڪم ڪرڻ بند ڪري ڇڏين.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |year=2016 |title=Remote sensing and photogrammetry techniques in diagnostics of concrete structures |journal=Computers and Concrete |volume=18 |issue=3 |pages=405–420 |doi=10.12989/cac.2016.18.3.405}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاربونيشن ===

[[فائل:Concrete wall cracking as steel reinforcing corrodes and swells 9058.jpg|left|thumb|فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ ۽ ڦهلجڻ سبب ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀت ۾ پيدا ٿيل ڏار. زنگ جو مقدار اصل ڌاتوءَ کان وڌيڪ هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهو ڦهلجي ڪنڪريٽ کي ٽوڙي ڇڏي ٿو. مٿاڇري تان ڪنڪريٽ جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي پوڻ واري عمل کي ''اسپالنگ'' (Spalling) چيو ويندو آهي.]]

[[فائل:Concrete wall cracking as its steel reinforcing cracks and swells 9061v.jpg|left|thumb|ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري ۽ فولادي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ حفاظتي ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه تمام پتلو هجڻ سبب پيدا ٿيل اسپالنگ. اهڙي حالت ۾ ٻاهرين ماحول جي اثر هيٺ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي وڃي ٿو.]]

{{مکيه|ڪاربونيشن}}

'''ڪاربونيشن''' (Carbonation)، جنهن کي غيرجانبداري (Neutralisation) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ ڪيميائي عمل آهي، جنهن ۾ هوا ۾ موجود [[ڪاربان ڊاءِ آڪسائيڊ]] ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] ۽ پاڻي سان گڏيل [[ڪيلشيم سليڪيٽ هائيڊريٽ]] (Calcium Silicate Hydrate، CSH) سان ردعمل ڪري ٿي.

ڪنهن به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچي جي ڊزائن وقت فولادي سلاخن جي چوڌاري موجود ڪنڪريٽ جي حفاظتي تهه (Concrete Cover) جي ٿولهه مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. ان مان مراد فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٻاهرئين مٿاڇري جي وچ وارو فاصلو آهي. هي گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ٿولهه تعميراتي ضابطن ۽ عمارت سازي جي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي.

جيڪڏهن فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري جي تمام ويجهو هجن ته انهن تائين هوا، نمي ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار مادَن جي رسائي جلد ٿي ويندي، جنهن سبب زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو ۽ ڍانچي جي عمر گهٽجي سگهي ٿي. فولادي سلاخن جي مٿان موجود ڪنڪريٽ جي حفاظتي تهه جي ٿولهه کي خاص اوزار، جنهن کي ''ڪور ميٽر'' (Cover Meter) چيو ويندو آهي، جي ذريعي ماپي سگهجي ٿو.

صرف ڪاربونيشن ٿيڻ سان هر ڀيري فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي نقصان نه پهچندو آهي. زنگ لڳڻ لاءِ ضروري آهي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر مناسب مقدار ۾ نمي ۽ آڪسيجن پڻ موجود هجن، ڇو ته انهن جي موجودگي سان برقي-ڪيميائي (اليڪٽرو ڪيميڪل) زنگ لڳڻ وارو عمل شروع ٿئي ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڪاربونيشن جي کوٽائي معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ عام طور ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري ۾ نئون سوراخ ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ان جي تازو ڪٽيل سطح تي '''[[فينولفٿيلين]]'''  جو محلول لڳايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ اڃا الڪلائن حالت ۾ هجي ته اهو محلول گلابي رنگ اختيار ڪندو، جڏهن ته ڪاربونيشن ٿيل حصو بي رنگ رهندو. ان طريقي سان آسانيءَ سان معلوم ڪري سگهجي ٿو ته ڪاربونيشن ڪيتري کوٽائي تائين پهتي آهي. اڳ ۾ موجود سوراخ استعمال ڪرڻ مناسب نه هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان جي ظاهر ٿيل سطح اڳ ئي ڪاربونيشن جو شڪار ٿي چڪي هوندي.

=== ڪلورائيڊ ===

[[ڪلورائيڊ]] جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر ڪافي مقدار ۾ موجود هجن ته اهي فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي زنگ لڳڻ جي عمل کي تيز ڪري سگهن ٿا. ڪلورائيڊ جا آئن (Cl⁻) نه رڳو مخصوص هنڌن تي کڏن جهڙو زنگ  پيدا ڪندا آهن، پر فولاد جي سڄي مٿاڇري تي عام زنگ جو سبب پڻ بڻجي سگهن ٿا. انهيءَ ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي تياري دوران هميشه صاف يا پيئڻ لائق پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ گهرجي، ۽ اها به پڪ ڪرڻ گهرجي ته ريتي، بجري ۽ ٻيا تعميراتي جزا ڪلورائيڊن کان پاڪ هجن. اهڙيءَ طرح ڪلورائيڊ تي ٻڌل ڪيميائي اضافن (Admixtures) کان به پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي.

[[فائل:RebarCloseup.jpg|thumb|right|بنيادن ۽ ڀتين لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ.]]

[[فائل:Paulins Kill Viaduct in Hainesburg, NJ.jpg|thumb|right|آمريڪا جي رياست نيو جرسي ۾ واقع '''پاولنز ڪل واءِ ايڊڪٽ'''، جيڪو 1910ع ۾ مڪمل ٿيڻ وقت دنيا جي سڀ کان وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن مان هڪ هو.]]

ماضي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي جلدي سخت ڪرڻ لاءِ [[ڪيلشيم ڪلورائيڊ]] کي ڪيميائي اضافي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو. ان وقت اهو به سمجهيو ويندو هو ته هي مادو ڪنڪريٽ کي ڄمڻ کان بچائيندو، پر بعد ۾ معلوم ٿيو ته ڪلورائيڊ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳائڻ جو اهم سبب بڻجي ٿو. انهيءَ ڪري اڄڪلهه تعميراتي ڪم ۾ ڪيلشيم ڪلورائيڊ جو استعمال، جيترو ممڪن هجي، کان پاسو ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ٿڌن علائقن ۾ روڊن ۽ پلن تان برف ڳارڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لوڻ رِيئنفورسڊ ۽ اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ جي پلن، شاهراهن ۽ پارڪنگ ڍانچن جي وقت کان اڳ خراب ٿيڻ جا اهم سبب آهن. هن مسئلي کي گهٽائڻ لاءِ ايپوڪسي سان ڍڪيل فولادي سلاخون، ڪيٿوڊڪ تحفظ ۽ فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل پوليمر (FRP) ريئنفورسمينٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي ڪلورائيڊ جي اثر کان گهڻو گهٽ متاثر ٿينديون آهن. ان کان علاوه صحيح نموني ڊزائن ڪيل ۽ مناسب سنڀال هيٺ سخت ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ پڻ برف ڳارڻ وارن لوڻن جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت ڪري سگهي ٿي.

ڪلورائيڊن جو هڪ ٻيو اهم ذريعو [[سامونڊي پاڻي]] آهي. سامونڊي پاڻي ۾ وزني تناسب سان لڳ ڀڳ 3.5 سيڪڙو لوڻ موجود هوندا آهن، جن ۾ [[سوڊيم ڪلورائيڊ]]، [[ميگنيشيم سلفيٽ]]، [[ڪيلشيم سلفيٽ]] ۽ [[بائي ڪاربونيٽ]] شامل آهن. پاڻي ۾ حل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ اهي لوڻ آزاد آئنن جي صورت اختيار ڪندا آهن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي باريڪ سوراخن وسيلي اندر داخل ٿيندا آهن. انهن مان ڪلورائيڊ جا آئن، جيڪي تقريباً اڌ آئنن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن، فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ لاءِ سڀ کان وڌيڪ نقصانڪار هوندا آهن ۽ زنگ لڳڻ جي عمل کي تيز ڪندا آهن.

1960ع ۽ 1970ع واري ڏهاڪي دوران [[ميگني سائيٽ]]، جيڪا ڪلورائيڊ سان مالا مال هڪ ڪاربونيٽ معدنيات آهي، فرشن جي مٿاڇري کي هموار ڪرڻ ۽ آواز گهٽائڻ واري تھ طور به استعمال ڪئي ويندي هئي. بعد ۾ معلوم ٿيو ته جڏهن ميگني سائيٽ نمي سان رابطي ۾ اچي ٿي ته ان ۾ موجود ڪلورائيڊ جي ڪري ڪمزور [[هائيڊروڪلورڪ تيزاب]] ٺهندو آهي. هي تيزاب ڪيترن سالن يا ڏهاڪن دوران ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي آهستي آهستي زنگ لڳائي ڪمزور ڪري ڇڏيندو آهي. اهڙو نقصان خاص طور انهن هنڌن تي وڌيڪ ڏٺو ويو، جتي فرش مسلسل نمي يا پاڻي جي رابطي ۾ رهندا هئا.
=== الڪلائي – سليڪا ردعمل ===

{{Main|الڪلائي–سليڪا ردعمل}}

'''الڪلائي–سليڪا ردعمل''' (مختصر: ASR) هڪ ڪيميائي عمل آهي، جيڪو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ موجود ڪجهه بجري جي ذرڙن ۾ شامل غير قلمي (Amorphous) سليڪا، جهڙوڪ [[ڪيلسيڊوني]]، [[چرٽ]] يا سليڪا سان مالا مال [[چون جو پٿر]]، ۽ سيمينٽ جي مسامن واري محلول ۾ موجود هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ آئنن (OH⁻) جي وچ ۾ ٿيندو آهي.

گهٽ قلمي سليڪا (SiO₂) الڪلائن پاڻيءَ ۾، جنهن جو پي ايڇ (pH) لڳ ڀڳ 12.5 کان 13.5 هوندو آهي، آهستي آهستي حل ٿي ويندي آهي. ان کان پوءِ حل ٿيل [[سليسيڪ تيزاب]]  سيمينٽ جي ليپ ۾ موجود [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] (پورٽلينڊائيٽ) سان ردعمل ڪري ڦهلجندڙ [[ڪيلشيم سليڪيٽ هائيڊريٽ]] ٺاهي ٿو.

هن ڪيميائي عمل جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر مقامي طور ڦهلاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جيڪو [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] پيدا ڪري آخرڪار ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏار پوڻ ۽ ٽٽڻ جو سبب بڻجي سگهي ٿو.

الڪلائي–سليڪا ردعمل ٿيڻ لاءِ هيٺيون ٽي شرطون لازمي آهن:

* بجري ۾ اهڙو جزو موجود هجي، جيڪو الڪلائن سان ردعمل ڪندڙ غير قلمي سليڪا تي مشتمل هجي؛
* سيمينٽ جي مسامن واري محلول ۾ هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ آئنن (OH⁻) جي مناسب مقدار موجود هجي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر لاڳيتي نمي موجود هجي، ۽ نسبتي نمي تقريباً 75 سيڪڙو يا ان کان وڌيڪ هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.bbc.co.uk/dna/h2g2/A4014172 |title=Concrete Cancer |website=h2g2 |publisher=BBC}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.cementindustry.co.uk/main.asp?page=272 |title=Special Section: South West Alkali Incident |publisher=British Cement Association}}&lt;/ref&gt;

عام ٻوليءَ ۾ هن مسئلي کي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن '''ڪنڪريٽ ڪينسر''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهو وقت سان گڏ ڪنڪريٽ کي اندروني طور ڪمزور ڪندو رهي ٿو.

هي ردعمل فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي موجودگيءَ کان آزاد آهي، تنهنڪري وڏا غير رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا، جهڙوڪ [[بند]]، پڻ هن مسئلي کان متاثر ٿي سگهن ٿا.

=== وڏي ايلومينا واري سيمينٽ جي تبديلي ===

'''وڏي ايلومينا واري سيمينٽ'''  ڪمزور تيزابن، خاص طور [[سلفيٽ]]ن، جي اثرن جي خلاف سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿي. هي سيمينٽ تمام تيزيءَ سان سخت ٿيندي آهي ۽ ان مان ٺهيل ڪنڪريٽ شروعاتي مرحلي ۾ تمام گهڻي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري حاصل ڪندو آهي. انهيءَ سبب [[ٻي عالمي جنگ]] کان پوءِ اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل (پري ڪاسٽ) ڪنڪريٽ جي مختلف جزن جي تعمير ۾ هن سيمينٽ جو وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويو.

تنهن هوندي به، هن سيمينٽ جي هڪ اهم خامي اها آهي ته وقت گذرڻ يا وڌيڪ گرمي جي اثر هيٺ ان جي اندروني بناوت ۾ ڪيميائي تبديليون  اچي سگهن ٿيون، خاص طور جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ کي صحيح نموني سان سنڀال نه ڏني وئي هجي. انهن تبديلين جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي آهستي آهستي گهٽجي سگهي ٿي.

1976ع ۾ [[برطانيا]] ۾ وڏي ايلومينا واري سيمينٽ سان تيار ڪيل اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ جي شعاعن تي ٻڌل ٽن ڇتين جي ڊهڻ کان پوءِ هن سيمينٽ جي استعمال تي پابندي لاڳو ڪئي وئي. بعد ۾ ٿيل جاچ مان معلوم ٿيو ته انهن شعاعن جي تياري دوران تعميراتي معيارن تي صحيح نموني عمل نه ڪيو ويو هو، تنهن هوندي به احتياطي قدم طور برطانيا ۾ هن سيمينٽ جي استعمال تي پابندي برقرار رکي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.quest-tech.co.uk/hac.htm|title=High Alumina Cement}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== سلفيٽن جا اثر ===

[[سلفيٽ]] (SO₄²⁻) جيڪڏهن زمين يا زيرزميني پاڻيءَ ۾ ڪافي مقدار ۾ موجود هجن ته اهي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ موجود [[پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ]] سان ڪيميائي ردعمل ڪري سگهن ٿا. هن ردعمل جي نتيجي ۾ ڦهلجندڙ مرڪب، جهڙوڪ [[ايٽرنجائيٽ]] ۽ [[ٿاؤماسائيٽ]]، ٺهن ٿا، جيڪي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني بناوت کي نقصان پهچائي سگهن ٿا ۽ آخرڪار ڍانچي جي وقت کان اڳ ناڪامي جو سبب بڻجي سگهن ٿا.

هن قسم جو حملو گهڻو ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي تختن (سليبس) ۽ بنيادن جي ڀتين ۾ ڏٺو ويندو آهي، جيڪي زمين جي سطح سان سڌي رابطي ۾ هونديون آهن. اهڙن هنڌن تي بار بار آلو ٿيڻ ۽ سُڪڻ جي عمل سبب سلفيٽ آئنن جي مقدار وڌندي رهي ٿي، ۽ جڏهن انهن جو ارتڪاز ڪافي وڌي وڃي ٿو ته اهي پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ تي حملو ڪرڻ شروع ڪن ٿا.

زمين اندر دفن ٿيل ڍانچن، جهڙوڪ [[پائيپ]]ن، ۾ هن قسم جو حملو نسبتاً گهٽ ٿيندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ زمين جي اندر سلفيٽ آئنن جي مقدار آهستي آهستي وڌندي آهي. ان جي شدت گهڻو ڪري ان ڳالهه تي دارومدار رکي ٿي ته اصل زمين ۾ سلفيٽن جي مقدار ڪيتري آهي.

جن منصوبن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جو سڌو رابطو قدرتي زمين سان ٿيڻ وارو هجي، انهن جي ڊزائن واري مرحلي ۾ زمين مان ورتل نمونن جو ڪيميائي تجزيو ڪرڻ گهرجي، ته جيئن سلفيٽن جي موجودگي ۽ انهن جي مقدار جو اندازو لڳائي سگهجي. جيڪڏهن سلفيٽن جي مقدار نقصانڪار حد تائين هجي ته ڪنڪريٽ کي بچائڻ لاءِ مختلف حفاظتي تھ استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿا.

ان کان علاوه، اهڙين حالتن ۾ سلفيٽن جي مزاحمت لاءِ خاص طور تي تيار ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. مثال طور، آمريڪي معيار ''ASTM C150 ٽائيپ 5 پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ'' خاص طور سلفيٽن جي حملي جي مزاحمت لاءِ تيار ڪئي وئي آهي، ۽ ان جو استعمال سلفيٽ سان مالا مال زمين يا پاڻيءَ وارن علائقن ۾ وڌيڪ مناسب سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>edn1f8kef6nsz1z4jpoodjed26ig2lp</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401031</id>
      <parentid>401030</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T00:07:37Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401031</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="78195" sha1="6tyjs87baklxsn2ztg1g2289iq5da05" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمنٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' ، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (اسٽيل ريئينفورسنگ بارس)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}&lt;/ref&gt;
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (ڪوروژن انجنيئرنگ) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (ڪوروژن) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' کي مختصر طور '''آر سي سي''' ({{lang-en|RCC}}) چيو وڃي ٿو، اهڙو تعميراتي مرڪب آهي، جيڪو [[سيمينٽ]]، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا پٿر جي سنهن ٽڪرن ۽ پاڻيءَ مان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) شامل ڪري ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي قوت وڌائين ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ جي اعليٰ صلاحيت رکي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Expo58 building Philips.jpg|thumb|[[بيلجيم]] جي گاديءَ واري شهر [[برسلز]] ۾ [[ايڪسپو 58]] لاءِ تعمير ڪيل [[فلپس پيوليئن]] جي منفرد شڪل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال سان ممڪن ٿي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور تي ريئنفورسمينٽ (فولادي سلاخن يا ٻين مضبوط ڪندڙ مواد) جي ترتيب اهڙي نموني سان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو ڪنڪريٽ جي انهن حصن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) کي برداشت ڪري سگهي، جتي ٻي صورت ۾ ڏار پوڻ يا ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان هوندو آهي. جديد رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ رڳو فولاد ئي نه، پر [[پوليمر]]ن ۽ ٻين جامع (ڪمپوزٽ) مواد مان ٺهيل مضبوط ڪندڙ عنصر پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ضرورت موجب فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ يا انهن کان سواءِ به ڪم آندا ويندا آهن.

ڪيترين تعميراتي حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي اڳواٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ۽ ريئنفورسمينٽ ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ هوندي آهي. هن طريقي سان ڍانچي جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت بهتر ٿيندي آهي. اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي کي '''پري اسٽرِيسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جا ٻه عام طريقا '''پري ٽينشننگ''' ۽ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ'''  آهن.

مضبوط، لچڪدار ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ ريئنفورسمينٽ ۾ هيٺيون خاصيتون هجڻ ضروري آهن:

* اعليٰ ميڪانيڪي مضبوطي؛
* ڇڪ هيٺ وڏي حد تائين ڊگهو ٿيڻ (ٽينسائل اسٽرين) برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت؛
* ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ)، جيڪا پي ايڇ (pH)، نمي يا ٻين ماحولياتي حالتن کان گهڻو متاثر نه ٿئي؛
* حرارتي مطابقت (ٿرمل ڪامپيٽيبلٽي)، جيئن گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ دوران غير ضروري دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي ماحول ۾ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيداري، جنهن ۾ زنگ (Corrosion) ۽ مستقل دٻاءَ جي اثرن کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت شامل هجي.

== تاريخ ==

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي شروعاتي ترقي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري [[انگلينڊ]] ۽ [[فرانس]] ۾ لڳ ڀڳ هڪ ئي وقت ٿي، جتي مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميرڪارن ڪنڪريٽ کي فولادي مضبوطي سان گڏ استعمال ڪرڻ بابت تجربا شروع ڪيا.

[[فائل:Saint-Denis - Maison François Coignet -1.JPG|thumb|سينٽ ڊينس ۾ فرانسوا ڪوئنيه جو گهر، جيڪو ابتدائي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان هڪ آهي.]]

فرانسيسي تعميرڪار '''[[فرانسوا ڪوئنيه]]''' پهريون شخص هو، جنهن عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |url=https://www.britannica.com/technology/building-construction/Early-steel-frame-high-rises#ref105155 |title=Building construction: The invention of reinforced concrete |encyclopedia=Encyclopedia Britannica}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن 1853ع کان 1855ع جي وچ ۾ [[پيرس]] جي ڀرسان سينٽ ڊينس ۾ واقع 72 [[شارل ميشيلس گهٽي]] تي پنهنجي رهائش لاءِ چار ماڙ عمارت تعمير ڪرائي، جيڪا '''فرانسوا ڪوئنيه هائوس''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي ۽ ان کي دنيا جي پهرين لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان شمار ڪيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=The oldest concrete structures that have lasted: 72 rue Charles Michels, St. Denis, France |url=https://meva.net/pt-br/oldest-concrete-structures/}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪوئنيه جي لکڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته هن لوهه کي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت وڌائڻ کان وڌيڪ، ڀتين کي هڪ گڏيل (مونولٿڪ) ڍانچي طور مستحڪم رکڻ ۽ انهن کي اونڌو ٿيڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968 |pages=1–33}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ 1872ع–1873ع دوران [[بروڪلن]] ۾ تعمير ٿيل '''پپن بلڊنگ''' (Pippen Building)، جيتوڻيڪ ڪوئنيه جي ڊزائن نه هئي، پر سندس تعميراتي طريقي جو هڪ اهم مثال سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

[[فائل:Maison de logement des ouvriers de l'usine Coignet 2020 6.jpg|thumb|ڪوئنيه طرفان پنهنجي ڪارخاني جي مزدورن لاءِ سينٽ ڊينس ۾ تعمير ڪيل رهائشي عمارت.]]

1854ع ۾ انگريز تعميرڪار '''وليم بي. ولڪنسن''' پنهنجي تعمير هيٺ ٻن ماڙ گهر جي ڇت ۽ فرشن ۾ فولادي مضبوطي استعمال ڪئي. هن فولادي سلاخن کي اهڙي نموني رکيو، جنهن مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته هو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) جي اثرن کان واقف هو، جڏهن ته هن کان اڳ وارا انجنيئر ان ڳالهه کي مڪمل طور نه سمجهي سگهيا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Reinforced Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete Building Construction}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1869ع کان 1870ع جي وچ ۾ '''هينري ايٽن'''  [[انگلينڊ]] جي [[نورفڪ]] ۽ [[سفڪ]] ضلعن جي وچ ۾ وهندڙ [[ويوني درياھ]] تي '''هومرسفيلڊ پل''' جي ڊزائن تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته ان جي تعمير لنڊن جي ڪمپني ''ڊبليو اينڊ ٽي فلپس '' ڪئي. لڳ ڀڳ 15.25 ميٽر (50 فوٽ) ڊگهي هيءَ پل لوهي مضبوطي سان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي پلن مان هڪ هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{NHLE|num=1262142}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي فرانسيسي باغبان '''[[جوزف مونيي]]''' کي به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ارتقا جو اهم اڳواڻ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. هو مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا گلن جا ٿانوَ تيار ڪرڻ لاءِ موجود مواد مان مطمئن نه هو، تنهنڪري هن نوان تجربا شروع ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Day |first=Lance |title=Biographical Dictionary of the History of Technology}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1867ع ۾ مونيي تار جي ڄاري (وائر ميش) ۽ سيمينٽ جي تهه کي گڏائي مضبوط ڪنڪريٽ جا گلدان ٺاهڻ واري طريقي جو پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Britannica URL|biography/Joseph-Monier|Joseph Monier}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ 1877ع ۾ هن ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿنڀن ۽ گرڊرن کي لوهي سلاخن جي ڄار ذريعي مضبوط ڪرڻ واري وڌيڪ ترقي يافته طريقي جو به پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو. جيتوڻيڪ مونيي کي اها ڄاڻ هئي ته فولادي مضبوطي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني يڪجائي وڌائي ٿي، پر اهو واضح ناهي ته کيس ان ڳالهه جي مڪمل سائنسي ڄاڻ هئي ته ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي طاقت ۾ ڪيترو اضافو آڻي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909 |pages=204–210}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1877ع ۾ آمريڪي انجنيئر '''ٿيڊيئس هائٽ'' پنهنجي مشهور رپورٽ ''اين اڪائونٽ آف سم اڪسپيريمينٽس وٿ پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ڪمبائينڊ وٿ آئرن'' شايع ڪئي، جنهن ۾ هن فولاد سان مضبوط ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پنهنجن تجربن جا نتيجا بيان ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Hyatt |first=Thaddeus |title=An Account of Some Experiments with Portland-cement-concrete Combined with Iron}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن جي تحقيق رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي رڳو تجربي واري تعميراتي مواد بدران هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي آزمودل ٽيڪنالاجي طور قائم ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. جيڪڏهن هائٽ جي تحقيق موجود نه هجي ها، ته هن شعبي جي ترقي گهڻي عرصي تائين آزمائش ۽ غلطي (ٽرائل ۽ ارر) جي غير يقيني طريقن تي دارومدار رکندي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سائنسي ترقي ۽ عالمي ڦهلاءُ ===

1870ع واري ڏهاڪي کان اڳ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير، جيتوڻيڪ ان جون پاڙون [[رومي سلطنت]] تائين پهچن ٿيون ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ ان جو ٻيهر استعمال شروع ٿيو هو، پر ان کي اڃا مڪمل طور سائنسي طور ثابت ٿيل تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي نه سمجهيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Citation |last=Aprea |first=Salvatore |chapter=The Search for Affordable Cement and Concrete in the 18th and 19th Century |title=High Tech Concrete: Where Technology and Engineering Meet |year=2018}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري انگلينڊ ۾ ڄاول انجنيئر '''[[ارنسٽ ايل. رينسم]]''' رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. هن گذريل پنجاهه سالن دوران ٿيل تحقيق ۽ تجربن مان فائدو وٺندي اڳين ايجادڪارن جي ڪيترين ئي تعميراتي طريقن کي وڌيڪ بهتر بڻايو. سندس سڀ کان اهم ايجاد فولادي سلاخن کي مروڙي استعمال ڪرڻ هئي، جنهن سان سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ چنبڙڻ (بانڊ) گهڻو مضبوط ٿي ويو ۽ ڍانچي جي مجموعي مضبوطي ۾ نمايان واڌارو آيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Episode 81: Rebar and the Alvord Lake Bridge}}&lt;/ref&gt;

رينسم پنهنجي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ وارين عمارتن سبب وڏي شهرت حاصل ڪئي، جنهن کان پوءِ هن 1886ع کان 1889ع جي وچ ۾ اتر آمريڪا جي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ پلن مان ٻه تعمير ڪرايون. انهن مان هڪ پل، '''[[سمٿ-رينسم جيپنيز برج]]'''، اڄ به [[نيو يارڪ]] جي [[شيلٽر آئلينڊ، نيو يارڪ|شيلٽر آئلينڊ]] تي موجود آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آمريڪا]] ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل ابتدائي عمارتن مان هڪ '''[[وليم اي. وارڊ هائوس]]''' هئي، جيڪا وليم اي. وارڊ جي ڊزائن موجب 1876ع ۾ مڪمل ٿي. هن رهائشي عمارت کي خاص طور باهه کان وڌيڪ تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ جي مقصد سان تعمير ڪيو ويو.

جرمن سول انجنيئر '''[[گستاو ايڊولف وائس]]''' پڻ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم شخصيت هو. 1879ع ۾ هن جوزف مونيي جي پيٽنٽن جا جرمن حق خريد ڪيا، ۽ 1884ع ۾ سندس ڪمپني '''[[ويس اينڊ فريٽيگ]]''' انهن طريقن کي پهريون ڀيرو تجارتي بنيادن تي استعمال ڪيو. 1890ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين وائس ۽ سندس ڪمپني مونيي جي نظام کي وڌيڪ ترقي ڏئي ان کي هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي ٻڌل، منظم ۽ قابل اعتماد تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آسٽريليا]] جي '''[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]''' ملڪ جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي. هن پل جي ڊزائن [[الفريڊ بارٽن بريڊي]] تيار ڪئي، جيڪو 1896ع ۾ [[ڪئينز لينڊ]] جو سرڪاري معمار هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge |publisher=Queensland Government}}&lt;/ref&gt; پل ۾ 15.2 ميٽر ڊگها يارنهن اسپين هئا ۽ ان جي ڪل ڊيگهه لڳ ڀڳ 187 ميٽر هئي، جيڪا ان دور ۾ دنيا جي ساڳئي قسم جي مشهور پلن کان به وڏي سمجهي ويندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge, Mary River, 1896- |publisher=Engineers Australia}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات ===

ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تيزيءَ سان مقبول تعميراتي مواد بڻجي ويو. ان عرصي دوران انجنيئرن ۽ معمارن هن ٽيڪنالاجي کي اوچي عمارتن، پلن ۽ ٻين وڏن تعميراتي منصوبن ۾ استعمال ڪرڻ شروع ڪيو.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل شروعاتي اوچين عمارتن مان هڪ 16 ماڙ '''انگالس بلڊنگ''' هئي، جيڪا 1904ع ۾ آمريڪا جي شهر سنسناٽي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;CIVL1101&quot;/&gt;

ڏکڻ ڪيليفورنيا ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پهرين عمارت '''لافلن اينيڪس''' هئي، جيڪا 1905ع ۾ لاس اينجلس جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Los Angeles from the Mountains to the Sea |volume=2 |last=McGroarty |first=John Steven |year=1921 |page=176}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Annual Report of the City Auditor, City of Los Angeles |year=1905 |pages=71–73}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع دوران لاس اينجلس ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن لاءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ سورهن تعميراتي اجازت ناما جاري ڪيا ويا. انهن ۾ '''ٽيمپل آڊيٽوريم''' ۽ اٺ ماڙ '''هيورڊ هوٽل''' به شامل هئا، جيڪي ان ڳالهه جو ثبوت هئا ته هي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي تيزيءَ سان عام ٿي رهي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |last=Williams |first=D. |title=What Builders are Doing |journal=Carpentry and Building |year=1907 |page=66}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |title=Reinforced Concrete Buildings at Los Angeles, Cal. |journal=Engineering News-Record |year=1906 |volume=55 |page=449}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ لانگ بيچ ۾ تعمير هيٺ '''بڪسبي هوٽل''' جو هڪ حصو وقت کان اڳ عارضي سهارن (Shoring) کي هٽائڻ سبب ڊهي پيو، جنهن ۾ ڏهه مزدور فوت ٿي ويا. هن حادثي کان پوءِ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعميراتي طريقن ۽ عمارتن جي جاچ پڙتال بابت وڌيڪ سخت ضابطا اختيار ڪيا ويا. ماهرن سفارش ڪئي ته مستقبل ۾ فرشن، ڀتين ۽ ڍانچي جي ٻين اهم حصن ۾ مڪمل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تعمير وڌيڪ محفوظ بڻجي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite magazine |title=Partial Collapse of the Bixby Hotel at Long Beach |magazine=Architect and Engineer of California |year=1906 |volume=VII |issue=1 |pages=44–48}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1904ع جي اپريل مهيني ۾ آمريڪي معمار ۽ انجنيئر '''جوليا مورگن''' پنهنجي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارت، '''ايل ڪيمپانيل'''، مڪمل ڪئي، جيڪا 72 فوٽ اوچي گهنڊ گهر (بيل ٽاور) هئي ۽ ملز ڪاليج ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=El Campanil, Mills College: Julia Morgan 1903–1904}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو ۾ آيل شديد زلزلي دوران ايل ڪيمپانيل کي ڪو به اهم نقصان نه پهتو، جنهن سان جوليا مورگن جي شهرت ۾ وڏو اضافو ٿيو ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي تي عوام جو اعتماد پڻ وڌيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Julia Morgan-designed Mills bell tower counts down to its 115th anniversary}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Bay Area Architect Julia Morgan's Legacy Wasn't Just Hearst Castle}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع جي زلزلي کان پوءِ عوام ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت موجود شڪ شبها به گهڻي حد تائين ختم ٿي ويا. ان کان اڳ ڪيترائي ماڻهو هن مواد کي جمالياتي لحاظ کان غير دلڪش سمجهندا هئا، پر زلزلي دوران ان جي بهتر ڪارڪردگي سبب ان جي مقبوليت وڌي وئي. نتيجي طور 1908ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو جي بلدياتي اختيارين عمارت سازي جا ضابطا تبديل ڪري رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وڌيڪ وسيع استعمال جي اجازت ڏني.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=How one building survived the San Francisco earthquake and changed the world}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== معيارن جي جوڙجڪ ۽ ضابطا ===

1906ع ۾ '''نيشنل ايسوسيئيشن آف سيمينٽ يوزرس''' (مختصر: NACU) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پهريون معياري دستاويز '''اسٽينڊرڊ نمبر 1''' شايع ڪيو، جنهن ۾ پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ جي معيار، خاصيتن ۽ استعمال بابت بنيادي فني گهرجون مقرر ڪيون ويون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Specifications for Portland Cement of the American Society for Testing Materials, Standard No. 1 |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1906 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان پوءِ 1910ع ۾ ساڳئي اداري '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال لاءِ معياري عمارتي ضابطا''' (''اسٽينڊرڊ بلڊنگ ريگيوليشنز فار دي يوز آف ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ '') جاري ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Building Regulations for the Use of Reinforced Concrete |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1910 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن ضابطن ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن، تعمير، جاچ ۽ استعمال بابت تفصيلي فني هدايتون شامل هيون.
انهن معيارن جي جاري ٿيڻ سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميراتي ادارن وٽ هڪجهڙن اصولن تحت ٿيڻ لڳي. نتيجي طور تعميراتي حفاظت، معيار، مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ نمايان بهتري آئي، ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جديد عمارت سازيءَ جي سڀ کان اهم تعميراتي مواد مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

== تعمير ۾ استعمال ==

[[فائل:SagradaFamiliaRoof2.jpg|thumb|upright=1.5|right|2009ع ۾ تعمير هيٺ [[ساگراڊا فاميليا]] جي ڇت ۾ لڳايل فولادي سلاخون (ريبار).]]

[[فائل:O Cristo Redentor.JPG|thumb|[[ريو ڊي جينيرو]]، [[برازيل]] ۾ واقع '''مسيح ڇوٽڪارو ڏيندڙ''' جو مجسمو، جيڪو رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان تعمير ٿيل آهي ۽ ان جي ٻاهرئين سطح هزارين ٽڪنڊي صابڻي پٿر (Soapstone) جي ٽڪرن سان ڍڪيل آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia |title=Christ the Redeemer |encyclopedia=Encyclopædia Britannica |last=Murray |first=Lorraine |url=http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/1435544/Christ-the-Redeemer}}&lt;/ref&gt;]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ تعميراتي صنعت ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد مان هڪ آهي. ان جي مدد سان مختلف قسمن جا تعميراتي جزا ۽ ڍانچا تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ تختو|ڪنڪريٽ جا تختا]] (Slabs)، [[ڀت]]، [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاعون]] (Beams)، [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀا]]، [[بنياد]]، ڍانچا (Frames) ۽ ٻيا ڪيترائي تعميراتي حصا شامل آهن.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي تعمير جي طريقي موجب عام طور ٻن قسمن ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي:

* '''اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري ڪاسٽ ڪنڪريٽ)، جنهن جا جزا ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪري تعميراتي هنڌ تي نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن.
* '''جاءِ تي وڌل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (ڪاسٽ-ان -پليس ڪنڪريٽ)، جيڪو سڌو سنئون تعميراتي هنڌ تي شٽرنگ اندر وجهي تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڪنهن به عمارت ۾ مناسب فرش نظام (Floor System) جي چونڊ ۽ ڊزائن انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان عمارت جي مجموعي ڪارڪردگي تي سڌو اثر پوي ٿو. فرش جي ڊزائن ۾ معمولي تبديليون به تعميراتي مواد جي خرچ، تعمير مڪمل ٿيڻ جي مدت، ڍانچي جي آخري مضبوطي، سار سنڀال جي خرچن، استعمال ڪندڙن جي گنجائش ۽ عمارت جي آخري استعمال تي نمايان اثر وجهي سگهن ٿيون.

فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کان سواءِ جديد دور جون گهڻ ماڙ عمارتون، وڏيون پلون ۽ ٻيا وڏا ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا محفوظ ۽ عملي طور تعمير ڪرڻ ممڪن نه هجي ها.

=== رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا ===

جڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا تعمير ۾ استعمال ٿين ٿا ته اهي ٻاهران لاڳو ٿيندڙ [[تعميراتي بار]] (Structural load) جي اثر هيٺ مخصوص ميڪانيڪي رويو ظاهر ڪندا آهن. استعمال دوران انهن جزن تي هيٺيان قسم جا بار يا قوتون عمل ڪري سگهن ٿيون:&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |author=Bungale S. Taranath |title=Reinforced Concrete Design of Tall Buildings |publisher=CRC Press |year=2009 |page=7 |isbn=978-1-4398-0481-0}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينشن)
* [[دٻاءُ]] (ڪمپريشن)
* [[وڪڙجڻ]] (بينڊنگ)
* [[ڪٽائي دٻاءُ]] (شيئر)
* [[مروڙ]] (ٽورزن)

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن اهڙي نموني ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو اهو انهن سڀني قوتن کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ تعميراتي ڍانچي جي استحڪام، مضبوطي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي يقيني بڻائي.

=== فولادي سلاخن جي ڊزائن ===

رِيئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن هميشه قابل انجنيئر يا لاڳاپيل فني اداري طرفان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي. سلاخن جو قطر، وڇاءُ، چڙهاڪو ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه عمارت جي قسم، بار ۽ لاڳو تعميراتي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي بندش ===

فولادي سلاخون تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪٽي، موڙي ۽ تار سان مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. انهن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تھ رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن سلاخون زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ۽ ڍانچي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي. ضرورت موجب ڪنڍا (Hooks) ۽ چڙهاڪو (Overlap) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== تياري  ===

آر سي سي مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارو تعميراتي مواد آهي. ان کي مختلف شڪلين ۾ آسانيءَ سان ڍالي سگهجي ٿو، باهه ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿو، پاڻيءَ جي نفوذ کي گهٽ ڪري ٿو ۽ عام حالتن ۾ گهٽ مرمت جي ضرورت پوي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ملاوٽ ===

آر سي سي جي ملاوٽ هٿ سان يا ڪنڪريٽ مڪسر ذريعي ڪئي ويندي آهي. ننڍن تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ هٿ سان ملاوٽ، جڏهن ته وڏن منصوبن ۾ مشيني ملاوٽ کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها وڌيڪ هڪجهڙائي، تيزي ۽ معياري نتيجا فراهم ڪندي آهي ۽ مواد جي زيان کي گهٽائيندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب ===

پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو مناسب تناسب آر سي سي جي مضبوطي، ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر وجهي ٿو. گهڻو پاڻي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت گهٽائي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته گهٽ پاڻي ملاوٽ کي صحيح نموني استعمال ڪرڻ ۾ ڏکيائي پيدا ڪري سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== جھڪاءُ پرک ===

ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ گهاٽاڻ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ '''جھڪاءُ پرک''' (سلمپ ٽيسٽ) ڪئي ويندي آهي. هن آزمائش ۾ مخروط شڪل واري فولادي قالب ۾ تازي ڪنڪريٽ ڀري ان جي ويهڻ يا جھڪاءَ جي ماپ ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ملاوٽ مقرر معيار مطابق آهي يا نه.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


=== ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀرائي ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ شٽرنگ، فولادي سلاخن ۽ ٻين لڪل خدمتن جهڙوڪ برقي پائيپن جي جانچ ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي بنا رڪاوٽ جي مناسب رفتار سان وڌو ويندو آهي ۽ ضرورت موجب وائبريٽر ذريعي ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ڪيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن هوا جا خانا ختم ٿين ۽ ''هني ڪومبنگ'' (Honeycombing) جهڙا نقص پيدا نه ٿين.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== سار سنڀال ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ مناسب عرصي تائين ان کي پاڻي ڏئي آلو رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان سيمينٽ جي مڪمل هائيڊريشن ٿئي ٿي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ پاڻيءَ جي مزاحمت وڌي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== رويو ==

=== مواد ===

{{ڏسو پڻ|ڪنڪريٽ|سيمينٽ|تعميراتي بجري|فولادي سلاخ}}

ڪنڪريٽ هڪ گڏيل تعميراتي مواد آهي، جيڪو ٿلهي بجري (جهڙوڪ پٿر يا سرن جي ٽڪرن)، نفيس بجري (عام طور ريتي يا ڀڳل پٿر)، ڳنڍيندڙ مواد (اڪثر [[پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ]]) ۽ پاڻي جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. جڏهن سيمينٽ کي مناسب مقدار ۾ پاڻي سان ملايو وڃي ٿو ته ان ۾ [[هائيڊريشن]]  جو ڪيميائي عمل شروع ٿئي ٿو، جنهن دوران انتهائي ننڍا قلمي (ڪرسٽلائين) ڍانچا ٺهن ٿا. اهي قلمي ڍانچا بجري جي ذرڙن کي پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍي هڪ سخت ۽ مضبوط جسم ۾ تبديل ڪري ڇڏين ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Materials principles and practice|page=61|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|page=357|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;
ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ بجري ۽ ريتي نقصانڪار مادَن، جهڙوڪ حياتياتي گندگين، سلٽ، مٽي، لگنائيٽ ۽ ٻين غير مناسب آميزشن کان پاڪ هجڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙيون آميزشون ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري کي متاثر ڪري سگهن ٿيون.

عام ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءَ (ڪمپريشن) کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي تمام وڏي صلاحيت رکي ٿو، پر جيڪڏهن ان تي نمايان ڇڪ (ٽينشن) پيدا ٿئي، مثال طور وڪڙجڻ (بينڊنگ) سبب، ته ان جي اندر موجود قلمي ڍانچو ٽٽڻ شروع ٿي ويندو آهي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڏار پئجي ويندا آهن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ الڳ ٿيڻ لڳندو آهي. انهيءَ سبب عام (غير ريئنفورسڊ) ڪنڪريٽ کي هميشه اهڙي نموني سهارو ڏنو ويندو آهي، جو ان ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي.

جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر اهڙو مواد رکيو وڃي، جيڪو ڇڪ کي تمام سٺي نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي، جهڙوڪ فولاد، ته پوءِ حاصل ٿيندڙ گڏيل مادو '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' بڻجي ويندو آهي. اهڙي گڏيل مواد ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪري ٿو، جڏهن ته فولادي سلاخون تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪن ٿيون. نتيجي طور اهو نه رڳو دٻاءُ، پر وڪڙجڻ ۽ ٻين تنشي بارن کي به محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ٿو. اهڙي گڏيل نظام کي تعميراتي ضرورت موجب لڳ ڀڳ هر شڪل ۽ ماپ ۾ تيار ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== اهم خاصيتون ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جون غيرمعمولي تعميراتي خاصيتون بنيادي طور هيٺين سببن جي ڪري پيدا ٿين ٿيون:

# ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي [[حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جي عدد]] (ڪوئفيشنٽ آف ٿرمل ايڪسپينشن) تقريباً هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي. تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ٻنهي موادن جي ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ ۾ گهڻو فرق نٿو اچي، جنهن ڪري اندروني دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيڻ جا امڪان گهٽجي وڃن ٿا.

# جڏهن سيمينٽ جو ليپ سخت ٿئي ٿو ته اهو فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿو. نتيجي طور بار يا دٻاءُ ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ مؤثر نموني منتقل ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ چنبڙڻ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط بڻائڻ لاءِ فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري کي عام طور تي اُڀن نشانن يا نالين (ڊيفارميشنز) سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

# سخت ٿيل سيمينٽ جي ليپ ۾ موجود [[الڪلائن]] ماحول، جيڪو پوٽاشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ، سوڊيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ ۽ [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] جي موجودگي سبب پيدا ٿيندو آهي، فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي هڪ حفاظتي غيرفعال (پيسيويشن) تهه ٺاهي ڇڏيندو آهي. هي تهه فولاد کي زنگ لڳڻ کان وڏي حد تائين بچائيندو آهي.

وقت سان گڏ جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ هوا ۽ مينهن جي پاڻيءَ جي رابطي ۾ اچي ٿو ته فضا ۾ موجود ڪاربان ڊاءِ آڪسائيڊ پاڻي سان ملي [[ڪاربونڪ تيزاب]] ٺاهي ٿي. هي تيزاب سيمينٽ جي الڪلائن جزن سان آهستي آهستي ڪيميائي عمل ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيت گهٽائيندو آهي. انهيءَ عمل کي '''ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن'''  چيو ويندو آهي. نتيجي طور ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ (pH) آهستي آهستي گهٽجي ويندو آهي، ۽ جڏهن اهو ڪافي گهٽجي وڃي ٿو ته فولادي سلاخن جي حفاظتي تهه ختم ٿيڻ لڳندي آهي، جنهن کان پوءِ زنگ لڳڻ جو خطرو وڌي ويندو آهي.

عام طور تي جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ لڳ ڀڳ 11 کان مٿي هجي ته فولادي سلاخون محفوظ رهنديون آهن، جڏهن ته پي ايڇ 10 کان هيٺ اچڻ تي، مقامي ماحول ۽ فولاد جي خاصيتن موجب، زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو. ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن ۽ [[ڪلورائيڊ]]ن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي خراب ٿيڻ جا سڀ کان اهم سبب سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.

عام رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جو ڪُل ايراضو گهڻو نه هوندو آهي. عام طور شعاعن ۽ تختن ۾ اهو لڳ ڀڳ هڪ سيڪڙو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه ٿنڀن ۾ ڇهه سيڪڙو تائين ٿي سگهي ٿو. فولادي سلاخون اڪثر گول شڪل واريون هونديون آهن ۽ مختلف قطرن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن.

ڪجهه رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ خالي سوراخ يا کوکلا حصا (ھالو ڪورز) پڻ رکيا ويندا آهن، جيئن نمي ۽ گهم تي بهتر ضابطو آڻي سگهجي.

تحقيق مان معلوم ٿيو آهي ته عمودي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزن ۾، ريئنفورسمينٽ موجود هجڻ باوجود، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي سڄي ڪراس سيڪشن ۾ مڪمل طور هڪجهڙي نه هوندي، پر ڪجهه حد تائين غير يڪسان (انھوموجينيس) ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;&quot;Concrete Inhomogeneity of Vertical Cast-In-Situ Elements In Frame-Type Buildings&quot;.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو گڏيل عمل ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي جو بنيادي اصول اهو آهي ته ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ هڪ گڏيل (ڪمپوزٽ) نظام جي صورت ۾ ڪم ڪن. جڏهن ڪنهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزو تي بار لاڳو ٿئي ٿو، ته فولادي سلاخن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ ڊگھائي يا وڪڙ (اسٽرين) بلڪل ساڳيو هجڻ گهرجي، جيڪو چوڌاري موجود ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. جيڪڏهن ٻنهي موادن جي وڪڙ ۾ فرق پيدا ٿئي ته سندن وچ ۾ سُرڪڻ (سلپ)، الڳ ٿيڻ (سيپريشن) يا بناوتي بيقاعدگي (ڊسڪنٽينيوئٽي) پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي، جنهن سان ڍانچي جي مضبوطي متاثر ٿئي ٿي.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل عمل کي برقرار رکڻ لاءِ بار جو مؤثر منتقلي ٿيڻ ضروري آهي. بار پهرين ڪنڪريٽ مان فولادي سلاخ جي مٿاڇري تائين منتقل ٿئي ٿو، پوءِ اُتان فولادي سلاخ جي سڄي ڊگھائي ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ جي صورت ۾ ورهائجي وڃي ٿو. هي عمل ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ موجود مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ يا اينڪوريج) جي ذريعي ممڪن بڻجي ٿو، جيڪو ٻنهي موادن جي رابطي واري سطح تي لڳاتار دٻاءُ جو ميدان (ڪنٽينيوئس اسٽريس فيلڊ) پيدا ڪري ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل طور ڪم ڪرڻ جا بنيادي سبب هي آهن:

* فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿي، تنهنڪري ٻئي گڏجي ٻاهرين بارن کي برداشت ڪن ٿا.
* ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جا عدد تقريباً هڪجهڙا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب سندن وچ ۾ نقصانڪار حرارتي دٻاءُ پيدا نٿو ٿئي.
* ڪنڪريٽ جو الڪلائن ماحول فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائي ٿو ۽ انهن جي عمر وڌائي ٿو.

=== ڪنڪريٽ ۾ بندش ===

فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ بندش (بانڊ) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنيادي خاصيتن مان هڪ آهي. عملي طور بندش جو دٻاءُ سلاخ جي سڄي ڊيگهه ۾ هڪجهڙو نه هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري جديد تعميراتي ضابطن ۾ بندش جي دٻاءُ بدران '''ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي''' (ڊولپمينٽ لينٿ) جو تصور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي مان مراد فولادي سلاخ جي اها گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ڊيگهه آهي، جيڪا ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود هجڻ ضروري آهي، ته جيئن سلاخ پنهنجي مڪمل ييلڊ اسٽريس تائين پهچي سگهي، بغير ڪنڪريٽ مان سُرڪڻ جي.

جيڪڏهن موجود ڊيگهه گهربل ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي کان گهٽ هجي ته اضافي بندش مهيا ڪرڻ لاءِ مختلف طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جهڙوڪ:

* ڪنڍا (ھڪس)
* موڙ (بينڊس)
* ميخانياتي پڇاڙيون (ميڪينيڪل اينڊ پليٽس)
* ٻيا مناسب اينڪريج جا ذريعا

اهي سڀئي طريقا فولادي سلاخن کي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوطي سان جڪڙي رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

=== ليپ اسپلائس ===

جڏهن فولادي سلاخ جي ڊيگهه ڪافي نه هجي يا ٻن سلاخن کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍڻو هجي ته ٻنهي سلاخن کي هڪ مقرر ڊيگهه تائين هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهائي رکيو ويندو آهي. هن طريقي کي '''ليپ اسپلائس''' چيو ويندو آهي.

ليپ اسپلائس جو مقصد ٻنهي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ دٻاءُ ۽ تنشي قوتن جي محفوظ منتقلي کي يقيني بڻائڻ آهي، جيئن ڍانچي جي تسلسل برقرار رهي. ليپ اسپلائس جي گهربل ڊيگهه تعميراتي ضابطن موجب سلاخ جي قطر، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، فولاد جي درجي ۽ لاڳو ٿيندڙ بار جي بنياد تي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal|title=Monotonic and Cyclic Seismic Analyses of Old-Type RC Columns with Short Lap Splices|journal=Construction Materials|volume=4|issue=2|year=2024|pages=329–341}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زنگ کان بچاءَ جا طريقا ===

ٿڌن ۽ نمي وارن علائقن ۾، خاص طور روڊن، پلن، پارڪنگ ڍانچن ۽ انهن تعميرن ۾ جيڪي برف ڳارڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لوڻ (Deicing Salt) جي رابطي ۾ اچن ٿيون، فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مختلف حفاظتي طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن.

انهن ۾ هيٺيان طريقا شامل آهن:

* گهٽ ڪاربان ۽ ڪروميم تي ٻڌل زنگ-مزاحمتي فولادي سلاخن جو استعمال؛
* ايپوڪسي (Epoxy) سان ڍڪيل فولادي سلاخون؛
* گرم طريقي سان جست لڳايل (ھاٽ-ڊپ گيلوانائيزڊ) فولادي سلاخون؛
* اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون فولادي سلاخون.

انهن کان علاوه مناسب ڊزائن، اعليٰ معيار جي ڪنڪريٽ، صحيح پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب ۽ مناسب حفاظتي تهه (ڪنڪريٽ ڪور) پڻ فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪن ٿا.

فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ جست فاسفيٽ (زنڪ فاسفيٽ) جهڙا حفاظتي ليپ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر ڪيميائي عمل ذريعي هڪ مستحڪم حفاظتي تهه ٺاهي زنگ جي رفتار گهٽائيندا آهن.

ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري تي مختلف سيلنٽ (Sealants)، جهڙوڪ رنگ، پلاسٽڪ فلمون، فوم، ايلومينيم ورق يا بينٽونائيٽ مٽي جا حفاظتي تهه پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي پاڻي ۽ نقصانڪار لوڻن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي گهٽائيندا آهن.

ان کان علاوه ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ وقت پاڻيءَ جي ملاوٽ ۾ زنگ روڪيندڙ ڪيميائي مادا (ڪوروژن انھبٽرز)، جهڙوڪ ڪيلشيم نائٽرائيٽ، پڻ شامل ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي مادا فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي حفاظتي غيرفعال تهه (پيسيويشن ليئر) برقرار رکن ٿا، جنهن سان زنگ لڳڻ جو امڪان نمايان طور گهٽجي وڃي ٿو.

== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ شعاعن جي اصطلاحات ==

[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|پارڪنگ گيراج جي تختي سان گڏيل ٻه هڪٻئي کي ڪٽيندڙ شعاعون، جن ۾ فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ برقي تارن، جنڪشن باڪسز ۽ روشنيءَ جي ٻين برقي حصن جي لڳائڻ جي تياري پڻ نظر اچي ٿي.]]

[[فائل:Fideo o’r trawst concrit olaf yn cael ei osod – Tach 2016 Last concrete beam installation – 2016.webm|thumb|اوچي شاهراهه تي آخري ڪنڪريٽي شعاع رکڻ جو مختصر وڊيو، جيڪا ويلز جي ڪارڊف بي ڀرسان نئين شاهراهه جي تعمير جو حصو آهي.]]

جڏهن ڪنهن [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاع]] تي [[وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو]] (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) عمل ڪري ٿو ته شعاع ۾ ٿورو وڪڙ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ حالت ۾ شعاع جي ٻاهرئين پاسي (تنشي پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اندرئين پاسي (دٻاءُ واري پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ هوندو آهي.

'''يڪ-طرفو ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (سنگلي ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ رڳو تنشي پاسي لڳائي ويندي آهي. هن فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي '''تنشي فولاد''' (ٽينشن اسٽيل) چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ ان جو مقصد تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.

'''ٻه-طرفو ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (ڊبلي ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي پاسي سان گڏ دٻاءُ واري پاسي به فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ لڳائي ويندي آهي. دٻاءُ واري پاسي لڳايل فولاد کي '''دٻاءُ وارو فولاد''' (ڪمپيشن اسٽيل) چيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد ڪنڪريٽ کي دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيڻ ۽ اضافي دٻاءَ کي سنڀالڻ هوندو آهي. جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو گهربل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪافي نه هجي، يا معمار شعاع جي ماپ وڌائڻ جي اجازت نه ڏئي، تڏهن اضافي دٻاءُ وارو فولاد استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

'''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (انڊر-ريئينفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان گهٽ هوندي آهي. اهڙي شعاع تي جڏهن وڪڙجڻ وارو بار آهستي آهستي وڌندو آهي ته سڀ کان پهرين تنشي فولاد پنهنجي لچڪدار حد (ييلڊ) تائين پهچي ڊگهو ٿيڻ شروع ڪندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ اڃا مڪمل طور نه ٽٽندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ شعاع ۾ وڏو وڪڙ ۽ واضح تبديليون پيدا ٿينديون آهن، جيڪي ممڪن ناڪامي بابت اڳواٽ خبردار ڪن ٿيون. انهيءَ سبب تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ اهڙي قسم جي شعاع کي وڌيڪ محفوظ تصور ڪيو ويندو آهي، ۽ عام طور ڊزائن فولاد جي ييلڊ اسٽريس جي بنياد تي ڪئي ويندي آهي.

'''وڌيڪ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (اوور-ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان وڌيڪ هوندي آهي. اهڙي حالت ۾ فولاد ييلڊ ٿيڻ کان اڳ ئي ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو چِٿجي (ڪرشنگ) وڃي ٿو، جنهن سبب شعاع بنا ڪنهن واضح اڳواٽ خبرداري جي اوچتو ناڪام ٿي سگهي ٿي. انهيءَ ڪري اهڙي ڊزائن کي غير محفوظ سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

'''متوازن ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (بئلنسڊ ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ شعاع تي مقرر ٿيل بار وڌڻ سان ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو ۽ تنشي فولاد تقريباً هڪ ئي وقت پنهنجي آخري حد تائين پهچي وڃن ٿا. اهڙي حالت ۾ ڪنڪريٽ چِٿجي وڃي ٿو ۽ فولاد پڻ ييلڊ ڪري ٿو. جيتوڻيڪ هن حالت ۾ ٻنهي موادن جي طاقت جو متوازن استعمال ٿئي ٿو، پر ناڪامي تقريباً اوچتي ٿيندي آهي، تنهنڪري هي ڊزائن به عملي طور وڌيڪ محفوظ نه سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Nilson, Darwin, Dolan. ''Design of Concrete Structures''. McGraw-Hill Education, 2003. pp. 80–90.&lt;/ref&gt;

انهيءَ سبب فولادي ريئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا اهي جزا، جيڪي وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو برداشت ڪن ٿا، عام طور '''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ''' (انڊر-ريئينفورسڊ) طريقي سان ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن، ته جيئن ناڪامي کان اڳ واضح خبرداري ملي سگهي.

'''خاصيتي مضبوطي''' (ڪئريڪٽرسٽڪ اسٽرينٿ) اها مضبوطي آهي، جنهن کان گهٽ نتيجو صرف پنج سيڪڙو يا ان کان گهٽ آزمائشي نمونن ۾ ملي ٿو.

'''ڊزائن مضبوطي''' يا '''نامياري مضبوطي''' (ڊزائين اسٽرينٿ يا نامينل اسٽرينٿ) اها مضبوطي آهي، جيڪا حفاظتي عامل (سيفٽي فيڪٽر) کي نظر ۾ رکي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. اجازت لائق دٻاءَ واري ڊزائن (پرمزيبل اسٽريس ڊزائين) ۾ حفاظتي عامل عام طور 0.75 کان 0.85 جي وچ ۾ هوندو آهي.

'''آخري حد واري حالت''' (الٽيميٽ لمٽ اسٽيٽ) اها نظرياتي حالت آهي، جنهن تي ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان موجود هوندو آهي. ان جو اندازو حفاظتي عامل سان وڌايل بارن (فيڪٽرڊ لوڊ) ۽ حفاظتي عامل سان گهٽايل مزاحمت (فيڪٽرڊ رزسٽنس) جي بنياد تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا عام طور بين الاقوامي ضابطن ۽ معيارن، جهڙوڪ ACI 318، CEB ۽ يورو ڪوڊ 2 وغيره مطابق ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي ڊزائن لاءِ WSD (ورڪنگ اسٽريس ڊزائين)، USD (الٽيميٽ اسٽرينٿ ڊزائين) يا LRFD (لوڊ اينڊ رزسٽنس فيڪٽر ڊزائين) جهڙا طريقا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. تجزيو ۽ ڊزائن ليڪيرِي (لينيئر) يا غير ليڪيرِي (نان-لينيئر) طريقن سان به ڪري سگهجن ٿا. عمارت سازي جا ضابطا اڪثر حفاظتي عاملن سان گڏ ليڪيرِي طريقن جي سفارش ڪن ٿا، جڏهن ته ڪجهه خاص حالتن ۾ غير ليڪيرِي عددي تجزيا پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Techno Press|journal=Structural Engineering and Mechanics|volume=53|issue=4|year=2015}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Energy based structural damage index based on nonlinear numerical simulation of structures subjected to oriented lateral cyclic loading|journal=International Journal of Civil Engineering|volume=9|issue=3|year=2011|pages=155–164}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ ==

{{Main|اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ}}

'''اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري اسٽريسڊ ڪنڪريٽ) اهڙي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي شعاعن ۽ ٻين بناوتي جزن جي بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت کي نمايان طور وڌايو ويندو آهي.

هن طريقي ۾ شعاع جي هيٺئين حصي ۾ موجود فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ، جيڪا استعمال دوران تنشي قوتن جي اثر هيٺ ايندي آهي، ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ئي ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ آندي ويندي آهي. ان کان پوءِ ان جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وڌو ويندو آهي. جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ مڪمل طور سخت ٿي وڃي ٿو ته فولادي سلاخن تان اڳواٽ ڏنل ڇڪ آزاد ڪئي ويندي آهي. ان جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر مستقل دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) پيدا ٿي ويندو آهي.

جڏهن بعد ۾ شعاع تي بار لاڳو ٿيندو آهي ته فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ اضافي تنشي دٻاءُ برداشت ڪندي آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ ۾ موجود اڳواٽ دٻاءُ آهستي آهستي گهٽبو آهي، پر عام حالتن ۾ اهو تنشي دٻاءُ ۾ تبديل نه ٿيندو آهي.

ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڪنڪريٽ مسلسل دٻاءُ هيٺ رهندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان ۾ ڏار پوڻ، وڪڙجڻ سبب نقصان پهچڻ ۽ بناوتي ناڪامي جا امڪان عام رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀيٽ ۾ گهڻا گهٽ هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|pages=372–373|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|others=George Weidmann, P. R. Lewis, Nick Reid, Open University. Materials Department|isbn=0-408-04658-9|location=Milton Keynes, U.K.|oclc=20693897}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== فولاد سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ناڪامي جا عام نمونا ==

[[فائل:Concrete spall (interior of unit).jpg|thumb|سنگاپور ۾ هڪ آفيس جي ڇت مان ڪنڪريٽ جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي ڪرڻ. اهو نقصان ممڪن آهي ته فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ سبب پيدا ٿيو هجي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بنيادي طور ٻن سببن جي ڪري ناڪام ٿي سگهي ٿو: پهريون، جڏهن ان جي مضبوطي گهربل حد کان گهٽ هجي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ بناوتي يا مشيني ناڪامي (ميڪينيڪل فيليوئر) پيدا ٿئي؛ ۽ ٻيو، جڏهن وقت سان گڏ ان جي پائيداري گهٽجي وڃي. خراب ڊزائن يا غير معياري تعمير سبب زنگ لڳڻ ۽ ٿڌ ۾ ڄمڻ ۽ وري ڳرڻ (فريز–ٿا سائيڪل) جا بار بار ٿيندڙ عمل ڪنڪريٽ کي نقصان پهچائي سگهن ٿا.

جڏهن فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳندو آهي ته زنگ جا پيداوار (رسٽ) پنهنجي اصل ڌاتوءَ جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مقدار والاريندا آهن. انهيءَ ڦهلاءَ سبب ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏار پوندا آهن، مٿاڇري جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي پوندا آهن (اسپيلنگ)، ۽ فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ موجود بندش ڪمزور ٿي ويندي آهي. اهڙي طرح ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کان الڳ ٿيڻ لڳندي آهي، جنهن سان ڍانچي جي مضبوطي ۽ عمر ٻنهي تي منفي اثر پوندو آهي.

هيٺ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پائيداري کي متاثر ڪندڙ اهم سبب بيان ڪيا ويا آهن.

=== مشيني ناڪامي ===

ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏار پوڻ کي مڪمل طور روڪڻ عملي طور ممڪن نه هوندو آهي، پر مناسب مقدار ۾ ريئنفورسمينٽ، ڪنٽرول جوائنٽن، صحيح سنڀال (Curing) ۽ مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جي ملاوٽ ذريعي انهن ڏارن جي ماپ، تعداد ۽ هنڌ کي وڏي حد تائين ضابطي ۾ آڻي سگهجي ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ ڏار نمي ۽ پاڻي کي اندر داخل ٿيڻ جو رستو فراهم ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو. بناوتي ڊزائن ۾ اهڙي حالت کي عام طور ''سروس لائق حد واري ناڪامي'' (سروسبلٽي لمٽ اسٽيٽ) چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي نقصان سان ڍانچي جي استعمال جي صلاحيت متاثر ٿيندي آهي، ڀلي اهو فوري طور نه ڊهي.

عام طور ڏار پوڻ جا اهم سبب هي هوندا آهن:

* فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي مقدار ضرورت کان گهٽ هجڻ؛
* فولادي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ تمام گهڻو وڇاءُ هجڻ؛
* مقرر حد کان وڌيڪ بار لاڳو ٿيڻ؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي سخت ٿيڻ دوران گرمي جي تبديلي يا شروعاتي سُڪڙجڻ (ارلي ٿرمل شرنڪيج) سبب اندروني دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيڻ.

ڍانچي جي مڪمل ناڪامي، جيڪا آخرڪار ڊهڻ جو سبب بڻجي سگهي ٿي، هيٺين حالتن ۾ پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي:

* جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ تي دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ان جي برداشت جي حد کان وڌي وڃي ۽ ڪنڪريٽ چِٿجي وڃي (ڪنڪريٽ ڪرشنگ )؛
* جڏهن وڪڙجڻ (بينڊنگ) يا ڪٽائي (Shear) سبب فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ تي پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻاءُ ان جي طاقت کان وڌي وڃي، جنهن سان فولاد ييلڊ ڪري يا ٽٽي پوي؛
* جڏهن فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ موجود بندش (بانڊ) ناڪام ٿي وڃي، جنهن سان فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان سُرڪڻ لڳي ۽ ٻئي مواد گڏيل طور ڪم ڪرڻ بند ڪري ڇڏين.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |year=2016 |title=Remote sensing and photogrammetry techniques in diagnostics of concrete structures |journal=Computers and Concrete |volume=18 |issue=3 |pages=405–420 |doi=10.12989/cac.2016.18.3.405}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاربونيشن ===

[[فائل:Concrete wall cracking as steel reinforcing corrodes and swells 9058.jpg|left|thumb|فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ ۽ ڦهلجڻ سبب ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀت ۾ پيدا ٿيل ڏار. زنگ جو مقدار اصل ڌاتوءَ کان وڌيڪ هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهو ڦهلجي ڪنڪريٽ کي ٽوڙي ڇڏي ٿو. مٿاڇري تان ڪنڪريٽ جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي پوڻ واري عمل کي ''اسپالنگ'' (Spalling) چيو ويندو آهي.]]

[[فائل:Concrete wall cracking as its steel reinforcing cracks and swells 9061v.jpg|left|thumb|ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري ۽ فولادي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ حفاظتي ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه تمام پتلو هجڻ سبب پيدا ٿيل اسپالنگ. اهڙي حالت ۾ ٻاهرين ماحول جي اثر هيٺ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي وڃي ٿو.]]

{{مکيه|ڪاربونيشن}}

'''ڪاربونيشن''' (Carbonation)، جنهن کي غيرجانبداري (Neutralisation) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ ڪيميائي عمل آهي، جنهن ۾ هوا ۾ موجود [[ڪاربان ڊاءِ آڪسائيڊ]] ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] ۽ پاڻي سان گڏيل [[ڪيلشيم سليڪيٽ هائيڊريٽ]] (Calcium Silicate Hydrate، CSH) سان ردعمل ڪري ٿي.

ڪنهن به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچي جي ڊزائن وقت فولادي سلاخن جي چوڌاري موجود ڪنڪريٽ جي حفاظتي تهه (Concrete Cover) جي ٿولهه مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. ان مان مراد فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٻاهرئين مٿاڇري جي وچ وارو فاصلو آهي. هي گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ٿولهه تعميراتي ضابطن ۽ عمارت سازي جي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي.

جيڪڏهن فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري جي تمام ويجهو هجن ته انهن تائين هوا، نمي ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار مادَن جي رسائي جلد ٿي ويندي، جنهن سبب زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو ۽ ڍانچي جي عمر گهٽجي سگهي ٿي. فولادي سلاخن جي مٿان موجود ڪنڪريٽ جي حفاظتي تهه جي ٿولهه کي خاص اوزار، جنهن کي ''ڪور ميٽر'' (Cover Meter) چيو ويندو آهي، جي ذريعي ماپي سگهجي ٿو.

صرف ڪاربونيشن ٿيڻ سان هر ڀيري فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي نقصان نه پهچندو آهي. زنگ لڳڻ لاءِ ضروري آهي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر مناسب مقدار ۾ نمي ۽ آڪسيجن پڻ موجود هجن، ڇو ته انهن جي موجودگي سان برقي-ڪيميائي (اليڪٽرو ڪيميڪل) زنگ لڳڻ وارو عمل شروع ٿئي ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڪاربونيشن جي کوٽائي معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ عام طور ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري ۾ نئون سوراخ ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ان جي تازو ڪٽيل سطح تي '''[[فينولفٿيلين]]'''  جو محلول لڳايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ اڃا الڪلائن حالت ۾ هجي ته اهو محلول گلابي رنگ اختيار ڪندو، جڏهن ته ڪاربونيشن ٿيل حصو بي رنگ رهندو. ان طريقي سان آسانيءَ سان معلوم ڪري سگهجي ٿو ته ڪاربونيشن ڪيتري کوٽائي تائين پهتي آهي. اڳ ۾ موجود سوراخ استعمال ڪرڻ مناسب نه هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان جي ظاهر ٿيل سطح اڳ ئي ڪاربونيشن جو شڪار ٿي چڪي هوندي.

=== ڪلورائيڊ ===

[[ڪلورائيڊ]] جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر ڪافي مقدار ۾ موجود هجن ته اهي فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي زنگ لڳڻ جي عمل کي تيز ڪري سگهن ٿا. ڪلورائيڊ جا آئن (Cl⁻) نه رڳو مخصوص هنڌن تي کڏن جهڙو زنگ  پيدا ڪندا آهن، پر فولاد جي سڄي مٿاڇري تي عام زنگ جو سبب پڻ بڻجي سگهن ٿا. انهيءَ ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي تياري دوران هميشه صاف يا پيئڻ لائق پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ گهرجي، ۽ اها به پڪ ڪرڻ گهرجي ته ريتي، بجري ۽ ٻيا تعميراتي جزا ڪلورائيڊن کان پاڪ هجن. اهڙيءَ طرح ڪلورائيڊ تي ٻڌل ڪيميائي اضافن (Admixtures) کان به پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي.

[[فائل:RebarCloseup.jpg|thumb|right|بنيادن ۽ ڀتين لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ.]]

[[فائل:Paulins Kill Viaduct in Hainesburg, NJ.jpg|thumb|right|آمريڪا جي رياست نيو جرسي ۾ واقع '''پاولنز ڪل واءِ ايڊڪٽ'''، جيڪو 1910ع ۾ مڪمل ٿيڻ وقت دنيا جي سڀ کان وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن مان هڪ هو.]]

ماضي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي جلدي سخت ڪرڻ لاءِ [[ڪيلشيم ڪلورائيڊ]] کي ڪيميائي اضافي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو. ان وقت اهو به سمجهيو ويندو هو ته هي مادو ڪنڪريٽ کي ڄمڻ کان بچائيندو، پر بعد ۾ معلوم ٿيو ته ڪلورائيڊ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳائڻ جو اهم سبب بڻجي ٿو. انهيءَ ڪري اڄڪلهه تعميراتي ڪم ۾ ڪيلشيم ڪلورائيڊ جو استعمال، جيترو ممڪن هجي، کان پاسو ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ٿڌن علائقن ۾ روڊن ۽ پلن تان برف ڳارڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لوڻ رِيئنفورسڊ ۽ اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ جي پلن، شاهراهن ۽ پارڪنگ ڍانچن جي وقت کان اڳ خراب ٿيڻ جا اهم سبب آهن. هن مسئلي کي گهٽائڻ لاءِ ايپوڪسي سان ڍڪيل فولادي سلاخون، ڪيٿوڊڪ تحفظ ۽ فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل پوليمر (FRP) ريئنفورسمينٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي ڪلورائيڊ جي اثر کان گهڻو گهٽ متاثر ٿينديون آهن. ان کان علاوه صحيح نموني ڊزائن ڪيل ۽ مناسب سنڀال هيٺ سخت ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ پڻ برف ڳارڻ وارن لوڻن جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت ڪري سگهي ٿي.

ڪلورائيڊن جو هڪ ٻيو اهم ذريعو [[سامونڊي پاڻي]] آهي. سامونڊي پاڻي ۾ وزني تناسب سان لڳ ڀڳ 3.5 سيڪڙو لوڻ موجود هوندا آهن، جن ۾ [[سوڊيم ڪلورائيڊ]]، [[ميگنيشيم سلفيٽ]]، [[ڪيلشيم سلفيٽ]] ۽ [[بائي ڪاربونيٽ]] شامل آهن. پاڻي ۾ حل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ اهي لوڻ آزاد آئنن جي صورت اختيار ڪندا آهن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي باريڪ سوراخن وسيلي اندر داخل ٿيندا آهن. انهن مان ڪلورائيڊ جا آئن، جيڪي تقريباً اڌ آئنن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن، فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ لاءِ سڀ کان وڌيڪ نقصانڪار هوندا آهن ۽ زنگ لڳڻ جي عمل کي تيز ڪندا آهن.

1960ع ۽ 1970ع واري ڏهاڪي دوران [[ميگني سائيٽ]]، جيڪا ڪلورائيڊ سان مالا مال هڪ ڪاربونيٽ معدنيات آهي، فرشن جي مٿاڇري کي هموار ڪرڻ ۽ آواز گهٽائڻ واري تھ طور به استعمال ڪئي ويندي هئي. بعد ۾ معلوم ٿيو ته جڏهن ميگني سائيٽ نمي سان رابطي ۾ اچي ٿي ته ان ۾ موجود ڪلورائيڊ جي ڪري ڪمزور [[هائيڊروڪلورڪ تيزاب]] ٺهندو آهي. هي تيزاب ڪيترن سالن يا ڏهاڪن دوران ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي آهستي آهستي زنگ لڳائي ڪمزور ڪري ڇڏيندو آهي. اهڙو نقصان خاص طور انهن هنڌن تي وڌيڪ ڏٺو ويو، جتي فرش مسلسل نمي يا پاڻي جي رابطي ۾ رهندا هئا.
=== الڪلائي – سليڪا ردعمل ===

{{Main|الڪلائي–سليڪا ردعمل}}

'''الڪلائي–سليڪا ردعمل''' (مختصر: ASR) هڪ ڪيميائي عمل آهي، جيڪو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ موجود ڪجهه بجري جي ذرڙن ۾ شامل غير قلمي (Amorphous) سليڪا، جهڙوڪ [[ڪيلسيڊوني]]، [[چرٽ]] يا سليڪا سان مالا مال [[چون جو پٿر]]، ۽ سيمينٽ جي مسامن واري محلول ۾ موجود هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ آئنن (OH⁻) جي وچ ۾ ٿيندو آهي.

گهٽ قلمي سليڪا (SiO₂) الڪلائن پاڻيءَ ۾، جنهن جو پي ايڇ (pH) لڳ ڀڳ 12.5 کان 13.5 هوندو آهي، آهستي آهستي حل ٿي ويندي آهي. ان کان پوءِ حل ٿيل [[سليسيڪ تيزاب]]  سيمينٽ جي ليپ ۾ موجود [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] (پورٽلينڊائيٽ) سان ردعمل ڪري ڦهلجندڙ [[ڪيلشيم سليڪيٽ هائيڊريٽ]] ٺاهي ٿو.

هن ڪيميائي عمل جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر مقامي طور ڦهلاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جيڪو [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] پيدا ڪري آخرڪار ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏار پوڻ ۽ ٽٽڻ جو سبب بڻجي سگهي ٿو.

الڪلائي–سليڪا ردعمل ٿيڻ لاءِ هيٺيون ٽي شرطون لازمي آهن:

* بجري ۾ اهڙو جزو موجود هجي، جيڪو الڪلائن سان ردعمل ڪندڙ غير قلمي سليڪا تي مشتمل هجي؛
* سيمينٽ جي مسامن واري محلول ۾ هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ آئنن (OH⁻) جي مناسب مقدار موجود هجي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر لاڳيتي نمي موجود هجي، ۽ نسبتي نمي تقريباً 75 سيڪڙو يا ان کان وڌيڪ هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.bbc.co.uk/dna/h2g2/A4014172 |title=Concrete Cancer |website=h2g2 |publisher=BBC}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.cementindustry.co.uk/main.asp?page=272 |title=Special Section: South West Alkali Incident |publisher=British Cement Association}}&lt;/ref&gt;

عام ٻوليءَ ۾ هن مسئلي کي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن '''ڪنڪريٽ ڪينسر''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهو وقت سان گڏ ڪنڪريٽ کي اندروني طور ڪمزور ڪندو رهي ٿو.

هي ردعمل فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي موجودگيءَ کان آزاد آهي، تنهنڪري وڏا غير رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا، جهڙوڪ [[بند]]، پڻ هن مسئلي کان متاثر ٿي سگهن ٿا.

=== وڏي ايلومينا واري سيمينٽ جي تبديلي ===

'''وڏي ايلومينا واري سيمينٽ'''  ڪمزور تيزابن، خاص طور [[سلفيٽ]]ن، جي اثرن جي خلاف سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿي. هي سيمينٽ تمام تيزيءَ سان سخت ٿيندي آهي ۽ ان مان ٺهيل ڪنڪريٽ شروعاتي مرحلي ۾ تمام گهڻي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري حاصل ڪندو آهي. انهيءَ سبب [[ٻي عالمي جنگ]] کان پوءِ اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل (پري ڪاسٽ) ڪنڪريٽ جي مختلف جزن جي تعمير ۾ هن سيمينٽ جو وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويو.

تنهن هوندي به، هن سيمينٽ جي هڪ اهم خامي اها آهي ته وقت گذرڻ يا وڌيڪ گرمي جي اثر هيٺ ان جي اندروني بناوت ۾ ڪيميائي تبديليون  اچي سگهن ٿيون، خاص طور جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ کي صحيح نموني سان سنڀال نه ڏني وئي هجي. انهن تبديلين جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي آهستي آهستي گهٽجي سگهي ٿي.

1976ع ۾ [[برطانيا]] ۾ وڏي ايلومينا واري سيمينٽ سان تيار ڪيل اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ جي شعاعن تي ٻڌل ٽن ڇتين جي ڊهڻ کان پوءِ هن سيمينٽ جي استعمال تي پابندي لاڳو ڪئي وئي. بعد ۾ ٿيل جاچ مان معلوم ٿيو ته انهن شعاعن جي تياري دوران تعميراتي معيارن تي صحيح نموني عمل نه ڪيو ويو هو، تنهن هوندي به احتياطي قدم طور برطانيا ۾ هن سيمينٽ جي استعمال تي پابندي برقرار رکي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.quest-tech.co.uk/hac.htm|title=High Alumina Cement}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== سلفيٽن جا اثر ===

[[سلفيٽ]] (SO₄²⁻) جيڪڏهن زمين يا زيرزميني پاڻيءَ ۾ ڪافي مقدار ۾ موجود هجن ته اهي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ موجود [[پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ]] سان ڪيميائي ردعمل ڪري سگهن ٿا. هن ردعمل جي نتيجي ۾ ڦهلجندڙ مرڪب، جهڙوڪ [[ايٽرنجائيٽ]] ۽ [[ٿاؤماسائيٽ]]، ٺهن ٿا، جيڪي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني بناوت کي نقصان پهچائي سگهن ٿا ۽ آخرڪار ڍانچي جي وقت کان اڳ ناڪامي جو سبب بڻجي سگهن ٿا.

هن قسم جو حملو گهڻو ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي تختن (سليبس) ۽ بنيادن جي ڀتين ۾ ڏٺو ويندو آهي، جيڪي زمين جي سطح سان سڌي رابطي ۾ هونديون آهن. اهڙن هنڌن تي بار بار آلو ٿيڻ ۽ سُڪڻ جي عمل سبب سلفيٽ آئنن جي مقدار وڌندي رهي ٿي، ۽ جڏهن انهن جو ارتڪاز ڪافي وڌي وڃي ٿو ته اهي پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ تي حملو ڪرڻ شروع ڪن ٿا.

زمين اندر دفن ٿيل ڍانچن، جهڙوڪ [[پائيپ]]ن، ۾ هن قسم جو حملو نسبتاً گهٽ ٿيندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ زمين جي اندر سلفيٽ آئنن جي مقدار آهستي آهستي وڌندي آهي. ان جي شدت گهڻو ڪري ان ڳالهه تي دارومدار رکي ٿي ته اصل زمين ۾ سلفيٽن جي مقدار ڪيتري آهي.

جن منصوبن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جو سڌو رابطو قدرتي زمين سان ٿيڻ وارو هجي، انهن جي ڊزائن واري مرحلي ۾ زمين مان ورتل نمونن جو ڪيميائي تجزيو ڪرڻ گهرجي، ته جيئن سلفيٽن جي موجودگي ۽ انهن جي مقدار جو اندازو لڳائي سگهجي. جيڪڏهن سلفيٽن جي مقدار نقصانڪار حد تائين هجي ته ڪنڪريٽ کي بچائڻ لاءِ مختلف حفاظتي تھ استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿا.

ان کان علاوه، اهڙين حالتن ۾ سلفيٽن جي مزاحمت لاءِ خاص طور تي تيار ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. مثال طور، آمريڪي معيار ''ASTM C150 ٽائيپ 5 پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ'' خاص طور سلفيٽن جي حملي جي مزاحمت لاءِ تيار ڪئي وئي آهي، ۽ ان جو استعمال سلفيٽ سان مالا مال زمين يا پاڻيءَ وارن علائقن ۾ وڌيڪ مناسب سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

== اسٽيل پليٽ تعمير ==

{{Main|اسٽيل پليٽ تعمير}}

اسٽيل پليٽ تعمير (اسٽيل پليٽ ڪنسٽرڪشن) ۾ هڪ ٻئي جي متوازي رکيل اسٽيل جي پليٽن کي اسٽيل جي ڳنڍيندڙ حصن (اسٽرنگرز) ذريعي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيو ويندو آهي. انهن اسٽيل پليٽن جا مجموعا (پليٽ اسيمبليز) عام طور تعميراتي ماڳ کان ٻاهر ڪارخانن ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، پوءِ انهن کي تعميراتي هنڌ تي آڻي ويلڊنگ ذريعي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان اسٽيل جون ڀتيون تيار ٿينديون آهن. اهي ڀتيون بعد ۾ اهڙي قالب (فريم ورڪ) طور ڪم ڪنديون آهن، جنهن جي اندر ڪنڪريٽ وڌو ويندو آهي.

هي تعميراتي طريقو رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير کي وڌيڪ تيز بڻائي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان ۾ تعميراتي ماڳ تي فولادي سلاخون ٻڌڻ ۽ روايتي قالب تيار ڪرڻ جهڙا وقت وٺندڙ هٿرادو ڪم گهڻي حد تائين ختم ٿي ويندا آهن.

هن طريقي سان تيار ٿيل ڍانچي ۾ تمام سٺي مضبوطي حاصل ٿيندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اسٽيل جون پليٽون ڍانچي جي ٻاهرئين پاسي موجود هونديون آهن، جتي عام طور تنشي قوتون (ٽينسائل فورسز) سڀ کان وڌيڪ اثرانداز ٿينديون آهن.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>6tyjs87baklxsn2ztg1g2289iq5da05</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401032</id>
      <parentid>401031</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T00:09:20Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401032</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="83693" sha1="sry8h4li8jbw0srqqbvkczx1pxa04pj" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمنٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' ، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (اسٽيل ريئينفورسنگ بارس)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}&lt;/ref&gt;
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (ڪوروژن انجنيئرنگ) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (ڪوروژن) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' کي مختصر طور '''آر سي سي''' ({{lang-en|RCC}}) چيو وڃي ٿو، اهڙو تعميراتي مرڪب آهي، جيڪو [[سيمينٽ]]، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا پٿر جي سنهن ٽڪرن ۽ پاڻيءَ مان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) شامل ڪري ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي قوت وڌائين ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ جي اعليٰ صلاحيت رکي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Expo58 building Philips.jpg|thumb|[[بيلجيم]] جي گاديءَ واري شهر [[برسلز]] ۾ [[ايڪسپو 58]] لاءِ تعمير ڪيل [[فلپس پيوليئن]] جي منفرد شڪل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال سان ممڪن ٿي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور تي ريئنفورسمينٽ (فولادي سلاخن يا ٻين مضبوط ڪندڙ مواد) جي ترتيب اهڙي نموني سان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو ڪنڪريٽ جي انهن حصن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) کي برداشت ڪري سگهي، جتي ٻي صورت ۾ ڏار پوڻ يا ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان هوندو آهي. جديد رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ رڳو فولاد ئي نه، پر [[پوليمر]]ن ۽ ٻين جامع (ڪمپوزٽ) مواد مان ٺهيل مضبوط ڪندڙ عنصر پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ضرورت موجب فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ يا انهن کان سواءِ به ڪم آندا ويندا آهن.

ڪيترين تعميراتي حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي اڳواٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ۽ ريئنفورسمينٽ ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ هوندي آهي. هن طريقي سان ڍانچي جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت بهتر ٿيندي آهي. اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي کي '''پري اسٽرِيسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جا ٻه عام طريقا '''پري ٽينشننگ''' ۽ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ'''  آهن.

مضبوط، لچڪدار ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ ريئنفورسمينٽ ۾ هيٺيون خاصيتون هجڻ ضروري آهن:

* اعليٰ ميڪانيڪي مضبوطي؛
* ڇڪ هيٺ وڏي حد تائين ڊگهو ٿيڻ (ٽينسائل اسٽرين) برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت؛
* ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ)، جيڪا پي ايڇ (pH)، نمي يا ٻين ماحولياتي حالتن کان گهڻو متاثر نه ٿئي؛
* حرارتي مطابقت (ٿرمل ڪامپيٽيبلٽي)، جيئن گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ دوران غير ضروري دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي ماحول ۾ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيداري، جنهن ۾ زنگ (Corrosion) ۽ مستقل دٻاءَ جي اثرن کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت شامل هجي.

== تاريخ ==

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي شروعاتي ترقي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري [[انگلينڊ]] ۽ [[فرانس]] ۾ لڳ ڀڳ هڪ ئي وقت ٿي، جتي مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميرڪارن ڪنڪريٽ کي فولادي مضبوطي سان گڏ استعمال ڪرڻ بابت تجربا شروع ڪيا.

[[فائل:Saint-Denis - Maison François Coignet -1.JPG|thumb|سينٽ ڊينس ۾ فرانسوا ڪوئنيه جو گهر، جيڪو ابتدائي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان هڪ آهي.]]

فرانسيسي تعميرڪار '''[[فرانسوا ڪوئنيه]]''' پهريون شخص هو، جنهن عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |url=https://www.britannica.com/technology/building-construction/Early-steel-frame-high-rises#ref105155 |title=Building construction: The invention of reinforced concrete |encyclopedia=Encyclopedia Britannica}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن 1853ع کان 1855ع جي وچ ۾ [[پيرس]] جي ڀرسان سينٽ ڊينس ۾ واقع 72 [[شارل ميشيلس گهٽي]] تي پنهنجي رهائش لاءِ چار ماڙ عمارت تعمير ڪرائي، جيڪا '''فرانسوا ڪوئنيه هائوس''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي ۽ ان کي دنيا جي پهرين لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان شمار ڪيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=The oldest concrete structures that have lasted: 72 rue Charles Michels, St. Denis, France |url=https://meva.net/pt-br/oldest-concrete-structures/}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪوئنيه جي لکڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته هن لوهه کي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت وڌائڻ کان وڌيڪ، ڀتين کي هڪ گڏيل (مونولٿڪ) ڍانچي طور مستحڪم رکڻ ۽ انهن کي اونڌو ٿيڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968 |pages=1–33}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ 1872ع–1873ع دوران [[بروڪلن]] ۾ تعمير ٿيل '''پپن بلڊنگ''' (Pippen Building)، جيتوڻيڪ ڪوئنيه جي ڊزائن نه هئي، پر سندس تعميراتي طريقي جو هڪ اهم مثال سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

[[فائل:Maison de logement des ouvriers de l'usine Coignet 2020 6.jpg|thumb|ڪوئنيه طرفان پنهنجي ڪارخاني جي مزدورن لاءِ سينٽ ڊينس ۾ تعمير ڪيل رهائشي عمارت.]]

1854ع ۾ انگريز تعميرڪار '''وليم بي. ولڪنسن''' پنهنجي تعمير هيٺ ٻن ماڙ گهر جي ڇت ۽ فرشن ۾ فولادي مضبوطي استعمال ڪئي. هن فولادي سلاخن کي اهڙي نموني رکيو، جنهن مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته هو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) جي اثرن کان واقف هو، جڏهن ته هن کان اڳ وارا انجنيئر ان ڳالهه کي مڪمل طور نه سمجهي سگهيا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Reinforced Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete Building Construction}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1869ع کان 1870ع جي وچ ۾ '''هينري ايٽن'''  [[انگلينڊ]] جي [[نورفڪ]] ۽ [[سفڪ]] ضلعن جي وچ ۾ وهندڙ [[ويوني درياھ]] تي '''هومرسفيلڊ پل''' جي ڊزائن تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته ان جي تعمير لنڊن جي ڪمپني ''ڊبليو اينڊ ٽي فلپس '' ڪئي. لڳ ڀڳ 15.25 ميٽر (50 فوٽ) ڊگهي هيءَ پل لوهي مضبوطي سان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي پلن مان هڪ هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{NHLE|num=1262142}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي فرانسيسي باغبان '''[[جوزف مونيي]]''' کي به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ارتقا جو اهم اڳواڻ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. هو مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا گلن جا ٿانوَ تيار ڪرڻ لاءِ موجود مواد مان مطمئن نه هو، تنهنڪري هن نوان تجربا شروع ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Day |first=Lance |title=Biographical Dictionary of the History of Technology}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1867ع ۾ مونيي تار جي ڄاري (وائر ميش) ۽ سيمينٽ جي تهه کي گڏائي مضبوط ڪنڪريٽ جا گلدان ٺاهڻ واري طريقي جو پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Britannica URL|biography/Joseph-Monier|Joseph Monier}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ 1877ع ۾ هن ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿنڀن ۽ گرڊرن کي لوهي سلاخن جي ڄار ذريعي مضبوط ڪرڻ واري وڌيڪ ترقي يافته طريقي جو به پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو. جيتوڻيڪ مونيي کي اها ڄاڻ هئي ته فولادي مضبوطي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني يڪجائي وڌائي ٿي، پر اهو واضح ناهي ته کيس ان ڳالهه جي مڪمل سائنسي ڄاڻ هئي ته ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي طاقت ۾ ڪيترو اضافو آڻي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909 |pages=204–210}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1877ع ۾ آمريڪي انجنيئر '''ٿيڊيئس هائٽ'' پنهنجي مشهور رپورٽ ''اين اڪائونٽ آف سم اڪسپيريمينٽس وٿ پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ڪمبائينڊ وٿ آئرن'' شايع ڪئي، جنهن ۾ هن فولاد سان مضبوط ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پنهنجن تجربن جا نتيجا بيان ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Hyatt |first=Thaddeus |title=An Account of Some Experiments with Portland-cement-concrete Combined with Iron}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن جي تحقيق رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي رڳو تجربي واري تعميراتي مواد بدران هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي آزمودل ٽيڪنالاجي طور قائم ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. جيڪڏهن هائٽ جي تحقيق موجود نه هجي ها، ته هن شعبي جي ترقي گهڻي عرصي تائين آزمائش ۽ غلطي (ٽرائل ۽ ارر) جي غير يقيني طريقن تي دارومدار رکندي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سائنسي ترقي ۽ عالمي ڦهلاءُ ===

1870ع واري ڏهاڪي کان اڳ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير، جيتوڻيڪ ان جون پاڙون [[رومي سلطنت]] تائين پهچن ٿيون ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ ان جو ٻيهر استعمال شروع ٿيو هو، پر ان کي اڃا مڪمل طور سائنسي طور ثابت ٿيل تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي نه سمجهيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Citation |last=Aprea |first=Salvatore |chapter=The Search for Affordable Cement and Concrete in the 18th and 19th Century |title=High Tech Concrete: Where Technology and Engineering Meet |year=2018}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري انگلينڊ ۾ ڄاول انجنيئر '''[[ارنسٽ ايل. رينسم]]''' رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. هن گذريل پنجاهه سالن دوران ٿيل تحقيق ۽ تجربن مان فائدو وٺندي اڳين ايجادڪارن جي ڪيترين ئي تعميراتي طريقن کي وڌيڪ بهتر بڻايو. سندس سڀ کان اهم ايجاد فولادي سلاخن کي مروڙي استعمال ڪرڻ هئي، جنهن سان سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ چنبڙڻ (بانڊ) گهڻو مضبوط ٿي ويو ۽ ڍانچي جي مجموعي مضبوطي ۾ نمايان واڌارو آيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Episode 81: Rebar and the Alvord Lake Bridge}}&lt;/ref&gt;

رينسم پنهنجي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ وارين عمارتن سبب وڏي شهرت حاصل ڪئي، جنهن کان پوءِ هن 1886ع کان 1889ع جي وچ ۾ اتر آمريڪا جي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ پلن مان ٻه تعمير ڪرايون. انهن مان هڪ پل، '''[[سمٿ-رينسم جيپنيز برج]]'''، اڄ به [[نيو يارڪ]] جي [[شيلٽر آئلينڊ، نيو يارڪ|شيلٽر آئلينڊ]] تي موجود آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آمريڪا]] ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل ابتدائي عمارتن مان هڪ '''[[وليم اي. وارڊ هائوس]]''' هئي، جيڪا وليم اي. وارڊ جي ڊزائن موجب 1876ع ۾ مڪمل ٿي. هن رهائشي عمارت کي خاص طور باهه کان وڌيڪ تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ جي مقصد سان تعمير ڪيو ويو.

جرمن سول انجنيئر '''[[گستاو ايڊولف وائس]]''' پڻ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم شخصيت هو. 1879ع ۾ هن جوزف مونيي جي پيٽنٽن جا جرمن حق خريد ڪيا، ۽ 1884ع ۾ سندس ڪمپني '''[[ويس اينڊ فريٽيگ]]''' انهن طريقن کي پهريون ڀيرو تجارتي بنيادن تي استعمال ڪيو. 1890ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين وائس ۽ سندس ڪمپني مونيي جي نظام کي وڌيڪ ترقي ڏئي ان کي هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي ٻڌل، منظم ۽ قابل اعتماد تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آسٽريليا]] جي '''[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]''' ملڪ جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي. هن پل جي ڊزائن [[الفريڊ بارٽن بريڊي]] تيار ڪئي، جيڪو 1896ع ۾ [[ڪئينز لينڊ]] جو سرڪاري معمار هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge |publisher=Queensland Government}}&lt;/ref&gt; پل ۾ 15.2 ميٽر ڊگها يارنهن اسپين هئا ۽ ان جي ڪل ڊيگهه لڳ ڀڳ 187 ميٽر هئي، جيڪا ان دور ۾ دنيا جي ساڳئي قسم جي مشهور پلن کان به وڏي سمجهي ويندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge, Mary River, 1896- |publisher=Engineers Australia}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات ===

ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تيزيءَ سان مقبول تعميراتي مواد بڻجي ويو. ان عرصي دوران انجنيئرن ۽ معمارن هن ٽيڪنالاجي کي اوچي عمارتن، پلن ۽ ٻين وڏن تعميراتي منصوبن ۾ استعمال ڪرڻ شروع ڪيو.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل شروعاتي اوچين عمارتن مان هڪ 16 ماڙ '''انگالس بلڊنگ''' هئي، جيڪا 1904ع ۾ آمريڪا جي شهر سنسناٽي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;CIVL1101&quot;/&gt;

ڏکڻ ڪيليفورنيا ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پهرين عمارت '''لافلن اينيڪس''' هئي، جيڪا 1905ع ۾ لاس اينجلس جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Los Angeles from the Mountains to the Sea |volume=2 |last=McGroarty |first=John Steven |year=1921 |page=176}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Annual Report of the City Auditor, City of Los Angeles |year=1905 |pages=71–73}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع دوران لاس اينجلس ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن لاءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ سورهن تعميراتي اجازت ناما جاري ڪيا ويا. انهن ۾ '''ٽيمپل آڊيٽوريم''' ۽ اٺ ماڙ '''هيورڊ هوٽل''' به شامل هئا، جيڪي ان ڳالهه جو ثبوت هئا ته هي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي تيزيءَ سان عام ٿي رهي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |last=Williams |first=D. |title=What Builders are Doing |journal=Carpentry and Building |year=1907 |page=66}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |title=Reinforced Concrete Buildings at Los Angeles, Cal. |journal=Engineering News-Record |year=1906 |volume=55 |page=449}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ لانگ بيچ ۾ تعمير هيٺ '''بڪسبي هوٽل''' جو هڪ حصو وقت کان اڳ عارضي سهارن (Shoring) کي هٽائڻ سبب ڊهي پيو، جنهن ۾ ڏهه مزدور فوت ٿي ويا. هن حادثي کان پوءِ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعميراتي طريقن ۽ عمارتن جي جاچ پڙتال بابت وڌيڪ سخت ضابطا اختيار ڪيا ويا. ماهرن سفارش ڪئي ته مستقبل ۾ فرشن، ڀتين ۽ ڍانچي جي ٻين اهم حصن ۾ مڪمل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تعمير وڌيڪ محفوظ بڻجي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite magazine |title=Partial Collapse of the Bixby Hotel at Long Beach |magazine=Architect and Engineer of California |year=1906 |volume=VII |issue=1 |pages=44–48}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1904ع جي اپريل مهيني ۾ آمريڪي معمار ۽ انجنيئر '''جوليا مورگن''' پنهنجي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارت، '''ايل ڪيمپانيل'''، مڪمل ڪئي، جيڪا 72 فوٽ اوچي گهنڊ گهر (بيل ٽاور) هئي ۽ ملز ڪاليج ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=El Campanil, Mills College: Julia Morgan 1903–1904}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو ۾ آيل شديد زلزلي دوران ايل ڪيمپانيل کي ڪو به اهم نقصان نه پهتو، جنهن سان جوليا مورگن جي شهرت ۾ وڏو اضافو ٿيو ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي تي عوام جو اعتماد پڻ وڌيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Julia Morgan-designed Mills bell tower counts down to its 115th anniversary}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Bay Area Architect Julia Morgan's Legacy Wasn't Just Hearst Castle}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع جي زلزلي کان پوءِ عوام ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت موجود شڪ شبها به گهڻي حد تائين ختم ٿي ويا. ان کان اڳ ڪيترائي ماڻهو هن مواد کي جمالياتي لحاظ کان غير دلڪش سمجهندا هئا، پر زلزلي دوران ان جي بهتر ڪارڪردگي سبب ان جي مقبوليت وڌي وئي. نتيجي طور 1908ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو جي بلدياتي اختيارين عمارت سازي جا ضابطا تبديل ڪري رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وڌيڪ وسيع استعمال جي اجازت ڏني.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=How one building survived the San Francisco earthquake and changed the world}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== معيارن جي جوڙجڪ ۽ ضابطا ===

1906ع ۾ '''نيشنل ايسوسيئيشن آف سيمينٽ يوزرس''' (مختصر: NACU) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پهريون معياري دستاويز '''اسٽينڊرڊ نمبر 1''' شايع ڪيو، جنهن ۾ پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ جي معيار، خاصيتن ۽ استعمال بابت بنيادي فني گهرجون مقرر ڪيون ويون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Specifications for Portland Cement of the American Society for Testing Materials, Standard No. 1 |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1906 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان پوءِ 1910ع ۾ ساڳئي اداري '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال لاءِ معياري عمارتي ضابطا''' (''اسٽينڊرڊ بلڊنگ ريگيوليشنز فار دي يوز آف ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ '') جاري ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Building Regulations for the Use of Reinforced Concrete |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1910 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن ضابطن ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن، تعمير، جاچ ۽ استعمال بابت تفصيلي فني هدايتون شامل هيون.
انهن معيارن جي جاري ٿيڻ سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميراتي ادارن وٽ هڪجهڙن اصولن تحت ٿيڻ لڳي. نتيجي طور تعميراتي حفاظت، معيار، مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ نمايان بهتري آئي، ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جديد عمارت سازيءَ جي سڀ کان اهم تعميراتي مواد مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

== تعمير ۾ استعمال ==

[[فائل:SagradaFamiliaRoof2.jpg|thumb|upright=1.5|right|2009ع ۾ تعمير هيٺ [[ساگراڊا فاميليا]] جي ڇت ۾ لڳايل فولادي سلاخون (ريبار).]]

[[فائل:O Cristo Redentor.JPG|thumb|[[ريو ڊي جينيرو]]، [[برازيل]] ۾ واقع '''مسيح ڇوٽڪارو ڏيندڙ''' جو مجسمو، جيڪو رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان تعمير ٿيل آهي ۽ ان جي ٻاهرئين سطح هزارين ٽڪنڊي صابڻي پٿر (Soapstone) جي ٽڪرن سان ڍڪيل آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia |title=Christ the Redeemer |encyclopedia=Encyclopædia Britannica |last=Murray |first=Lorraine |url=http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/1435544/Christ-the-Redeemer}}&lt;/ref&gt;]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ تعميراتي صنعت ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد مان هڪ آهي. ان جي مدد سان مختلف قسمن جا تعميراتي جزا ۽ ڍانچا تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ تختو|ڪنڪريٽ جا تختا]] (Slabs)، [[ڀت]]، [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاعون]] (Beams)، [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀا]]، [[بنياد]]، ڍانچا (Frames) ۽ ٻيا ڪيترائي تعميراتي حصا شامل آهن.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي تعمير جي طريقي موجب عام طور ٻن قسمن ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي:

* '''اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري ڪاسٽ ڪنڪريٽ)، جنهن جا جزا ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪري تعميراتي هنڌ تي نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن.
* '''جاءِ تي وڌل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (ڪاسٽ-ان -پليس ڪنڪريٽ)، جيڪو سڌو سنئون تعميراتي هنڌ تي شٽرنگ اندر وجهي تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڪنهن به عمارت ۾ مناسب فرش نظام (Floor System) جي چونڊ ۽ ڊزائن انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان عمارت جي مجموعي ڪارڪردگي تي سڌو اثر پوي ٿو. فرش جي ڊزائن ۾ معمولي تبديليون به تعميراتي مواد جي خرچ، تعمير مڪمل ٿيڻ جي مدت، ڍانچي جي آخري مضبوطي، سار سنڀال جي خرچن، استعمال ڪندڙن جي گنجائش ۽ عمارت جي آخري استعمال تي نمايان اثر وجهي سگهن ٿيون.

فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کان سواءِ جديد دور جون گهڻ ماڙ عمارتون، وڏيون پلون ۽ ٻيا وڏا ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا محفوظ ۽ عملي طور تعمير ڪرڻ ممڪن نه هجي ها.

=== رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا ===

جڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا تعمير ۾ استعمال ٿين ٿا ته اهي ٻاهران لاڳو ٿيندڙ [[تعميراتي بار]] (Structural load) جي اثر هيٺ مخصوص ميڪانيڪي رويو ظاهر ڪندا آهن. استعمال دوران انهن جزن تي هيٺيان قسم جا بار يا قوتون عمل ڪري سگهن ٿيون:&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |author=Bungale S. Taranath |title=Reinforced Concrete Design of Tall Buildings |publisher=CRC Press |year=2009 |page=7 |isbn=978-1-4398-0481-0}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينشن)
* [[دٻاءُ]] (ڪمپريشن)
* [[وڪڙجڻ]] (بينڊنگ)
* [[ڪٽائي دٻاءُ]] (شيئر)
* [[مروڙ]] (ٽورزن)

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن اهڙي نموني ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو اهو انهن سڀني قوتن کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ تعميراتي ڍانچي جي استحڪام، مضبوطي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي يقيني بڻائي.

=== فولادي سلاخن جي ڊزائن ===

رِيئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن هميشه قابل انجنيئر يا لاڳاپيل فني اداري طرفان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي. سلاخن جو قطر، وڇاءُ، چڙهاڪو ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه عمارت جي قسم، بار ۽ لاڳو تعميراتي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي بندش ===

فولادي سلاخون تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪٽي، موڙي ۽ تار سان مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. انهن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تھ رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن سلاخون زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ۽ ڍانچي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي. ضرورت موجب ڪنڍا (Hooks) ۽ چڙهاڪو (Overlap) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== تياري  ===

آر سي سي مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارو تعميراتي مواد آهي. ان کي مختلف شڪلين ۾ آسانيءَ سان ڍالي سگهجي ٿو، باهه ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿو، پاڻيءَ جي نفوذ کي گهٽ ڪري ٿو ۽ عام حالتن ۾ گهٽ مرمت جي ضرورت پوي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ملاوٽ ===

آر سي سي جي ملاوٽ هٿ سان يا ڪنڪريٽ مڪسر ذريعي ڪئي ويندي آهي. ننڍن تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ هٿ سان ملاوٽ، جڏهن ته وڏن منصوبن ۾ مشيني ملاوٽ کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها وڌيڪ هڪجهڙائي، تيزي ۽ معياري نتيجا فراهم ڪندي آهي ۽ مواد جي زيان کي گهٽائيندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب ===

پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو مناسب تناسب آر سي سي جي مضبوطي، ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر وجهي ٿو. گهڻو پاڻي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت گهٽائي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته گهٽ پاڻي ملاوٽ کي صحيح نموني استعمال ڪرڻ ۾ ڏکيائي پيدا ڪري سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== جھڪاءُ پرک ===

ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ گهاٽاڻ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ '''جھڪاءُ پرک''' (سلمپ ٽيسٽ) ڪئي ويندي آهي. هن آزمائش ۾ مخروط شڪل واري فولادي قالب ۾ تازي ڪنڪريٽ ڀري ان جي ويهڻ يا جھڪاءَ جي ماپ ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ملاوٽ مقرر معيار مطابق آهي يا نه.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


=== ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀرائي ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ شٽرنگ، فولادي سلاخن ۽ ٻين لڪل خدمتن جهڙوڪ برقي پائيپن جي جانچ ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي بنا رڪاوٽ جي مناسب رفتار سان وڌو ويندو آهي ۽ ضرورت موجب وائبريٽر ذريعي ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ڪيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن هوا جا خانا ختم ٿين ۽ ''هني ڪومبنگ'' (Honeycombing) جهڙا نقص پيدا نه ٿين.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== سار سنڀال ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ مناسب عرصي تائين ان کي پاڻي ڏئي آلو رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان سيمينٽ جي مڪمل هائيڊريشن ٿئي ٿي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ پاڻيءَ جي مزاحمت وڌي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== رويو ==

=== مواد ===

{{ڏسو پڻ|ڪنڪريٽ|سيمينٽ|تعميراتي بجري|فولادي سلاخ}}

ڪنڪريٽ هڪ گڏيل تعميراتي مواد آهي، جيڪو ٿلهي بجري (جهڙوڪ پٿر يا سرن جي ٽڪرن)، نفيس بجري (عام طور ريتي يا ڀڳل پٿر)، ڳنڍيندڙ مواد (اڪثر [[پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ]]) ۽ پاڻي جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. جڏهن سيمينٽ کي مناسب مقدار ۾ پاڻي سان ملايو وڃي ٿو ته ان ۾ [[هائيڊريشن]]  جو ڪيميائي عمل شروع ٿئي ٿو، جنهن دوران انتهائي ننڍا قلمي (ڪرسٽلائين) ڍانچا ٺهن ٿا. اهي قلمي ڍانچا بجري جي ذرڙن کي پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍي هڪ سخت ۽ مضبوط جسم ۾ تبديل ڪري ڇڏين ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Materials principles and practice|page=61|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|page=357|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;
ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ بجري ۽ ريتي نقصانڪار مادَن، جهڙوڪ حياتياتي گندگين، سلٽ، مٽي، لگنائيٽ ۽ ٻين غير مناسب آميزشن کان پاڪ هجڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙيون آميزشون ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري کي متاثر ڪري سگهن ٿيون.

عام ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءَ (ڪمپريشن) کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي تمام وڏي صلاحيت رکي ٿو، پر جيڪڏهن ان تي نمايان ڇڪ (ٽينشن) پيدا ٿئي، مثال طور وڪڙجڻ (بينڊنگ) سبب، ته ان جي اندر موجود قلمي ڍانچو ٽٽڻ شروع ٿي ويندو آهي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڏار پئجي ويندا آهن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ الڳ ٿيڻ لڳندو آهي. انهيءَ سبب عام (غير ريئنفورسڊ) ڪنڪريٽ کي هميشه اهڙي نموني سهارو ڏنو ويندو آهي، جو ان ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي.

جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر اهڙو مواد رکيو وڃي، جيڪو ڇڪ کي تمام سٺي نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي، جهڙوڪ فولاد، ته پوءِ حاصل ٿيندڙ گڏيل مادو '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' بڻجي ويندو آهي. اهڙي گڏيل مواد ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪري ٿو، جڏهن ته فولادي سلاخون تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪن ٿيون. نتيجي طور اهو نه رڳو دٻاءُ، پر وڪڙجڻ ۽ ٻين تنشي بارن کي به محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ٿو. اهڙي گڏيل نظام کي تعميراتي ضرورت موجب لڳ ڀڳ هر شڪل ۽ ماپ ۾ تيار ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== اهم خاصيتون ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جون غيرمعمولي تعميراتي خاصيتون بنيادي طور هيٺين سببن جي ڪري پيدا ٿين ٿيون:

# ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي [[حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جي عدد]] (ڪوئفيشنٽ آف ٿرمل ايڪسپينشن) تقريباً هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي. تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ٻنهي موادن جي ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ ۾ گهڻو فرق نٿو اچي، جنهن ڪري اندروني دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيڻ جا امڪان گهٽجي وڃن ٿا.

# جڏهن سيمينٽ جو ليپ سخت ٿئي ٿو ته اهو فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿو. نتيجي طور بار يا دٻاءُ ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ مؤثر نموني منتقل ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ چنبڙڻ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط بڻائڻ لاءِ فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري کي عام طور تي اُڀن نشانن يا نالين (ڊيفارميشنز) سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

# سخت ٿيل سيمينٽ جي ليپ ۾ موجود [[الڪلائن]] ماحول، جيڪو پوٽاشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ، سوڊيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ ۽ [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] جي موجودگي سبب پيدا ٿيندو آهي، فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي هڪ حفاظتي غيرفعال (پيسيويشن) تهه ٺاهي ڇڏيندو آهي. هي تهه فولاد کي زنگ لڳڻ کان وڏي حد تائين بچائيندو آهي.

وقت سان گڏ جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ هوا ۽ مينهن جي پاڻيءَ جي رابطي ۾ اچي ٿو ته فضا ۾ موجود ڪاربان ڊاءِ آڪسائيڊ پاڻي سان ملي [[ڪاربونڪ تيزاب]] ٺاهي ٿي. هي تيزاب سيمينٽ جي الڪلائن جزن سان آهستي آهستي ڪيميائي عمل ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيت گهٽائيندو آهي. انهيءَ عمل کي '''ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن'''  چيو ويندو آهي. نتيجي طور ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ (pH) آهستي آهستي گهٽجي ويندو آهي، ۽ جڏهن اهو ڪافي گهٽجي وڃي ٿو ته فولادي سلاخن جي حفاظتي تهه ختم ٿيڻ لڳندي آهي، جنهن کان پوءِ زنگ لڳڻ جو خطرو وڌي ويندو آهي.

عام طور تي جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ لڳ ڀڳ 11 کان مٿي هجي ته فولادي سلاخون محفوظ رهنديون آهن، جڏهن ته پي ايڇ 10 کان هيٺ اچڻ تي، مقامي ماحول ۽ فولاد جي خاصيتن موجب، زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو. ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن ۽ [[ڪلورائيڊ]]ن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي خراب ٿيڻ جا سڀ کان اهم سبب سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.

عام رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جو ڪُل ايراضو گهڻو نه هوندو آهي. عام طور شعاعن ۽ تختن ۾ اهو لڳ ڀڳ هڪ سيڪڙو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه ٿنڀن ۾ ڇهه سيڪڙو تائين ٿي سگهي ٿو. فولادي سلاخون اڪثر گول شڪل واريون هونديون آهن ۽ مختلف قطرن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن.

ڪجهه رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ خالي سوراخ يا کوکلا حصا (ھالو ڪورز) پڻ رکيا ويندا آهن، جيئن نمي ۽ گهم تي بهتر ضابطو آڻي سگهجي.

تحقيق مان معلوم ٿيو آهي ته عمودي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزن ۾، ريئنفورسمينٽ موجود هجڻ باوجود، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي سڄي ڪراس سيڪشن ۾ مڪمل طور هڪجهڙي نه هوندي، پر ڪجهه حد تائين غير يڪسان (انھوموجينيس) ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;&quot;Concrete Inhomogeneity of Vertical Cast-In-Situ Elements In Frame-Type Buildings&quot;.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو گڏيل عمل ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي جو بنيادي اصول اهو آهي ته ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ هڪ گڏيل (ڪمپوزٽ) نظام جي صورت ۾ ڪم ڪن. جڏهن ڪنهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزو تي بار لاڳو ٿئي ٿو، ته فولادي سلاخن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ ڊگھائي يا وڪڙ (اسٽرين) بلڪل ساڳيو هجڻ گهرجي، جيڪو چوڌاري موجود ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. جيڪڏهن ٻنهي موادن جي وڪڙ ۾ فرق پيدا ٿئي ته سندن وچ ۾ سُرڪڻ (سلپ)، الڳ ٿيڻ (سيپريشن) يا بناوتي بيقاعدگي (ڊسڪنٽينيوئٽي) پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي، جنهن سان ڍانچي جي مضبوطي متاثر ٿئي ٿي.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل عمل کي برقرار رکڻ لاءِ بار جو مؤثر منتقلي ٿيڻ ضروري آهي. بار پهرين ڪنڪريٽ مان فولادي سلاخ جي مٿاڇري تائين منتقل ٿئي ٿو، پوءِ اُتان فولادي سلاخ جي سڄي ڊگھائي ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ جي صورت ۾ ورهائجي وڃي ٿو. هي عمل ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ موجود مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ يا اينڪوريج) جي ذريعي ممڪن بڻجي ٿو، جيڪو ٻنهي موادن جي رابطي واري سطح تي لڳاتار دٻاءُ جو ميدان (ڪنٽينيوئس اسٽريس فيلڊ) پيدا ڪري ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل طور ڪم ڪرڻ جا بنيادي سبب هي آهن:

* فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿي، تنهنڪري ٻئي گڏجي ٻاهرين بارن کي برداشت ڪن ٿا.
* ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جا عدد تقريباً هڪجهڙا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب سندن وچ ۾ نقصانڪار حرارتي دٻاءُ پيدا نٿو ٿئي.
* ڪنڪريٽ جو الڪلائن ماحول فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائي ٿو ۽ انهن جي عمر وڌائي ٿو.

=== ڪنڪريٽ ۾ بندش ===

فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ بندش (بانڊ) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنيادي خاصيتن مان هڪ آهي. عملي طور بندش جو دٻاءُ سلاخ جي سڄي ڊيگهه ۾ هڪجهڙو نه هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري جديد تعميراتي ضابطن ۾ بندش جي دٻاءُ بدران '''ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي''' (ڊولپمينٽ لينٿ) جو تصور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي مان مراد فولادي سلاخ جي اها گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ڊيگهه آهي، جيڪا ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود هجڻ ضروري آهي، ته جيئن سلاخ پنهنجي مڪمل ييلڊ اسٽريس تائين پهچي سگهي، بغير ڪنڪريٽ مان سُرڪڻ جي.

جيڪڏهن موجود ڊيگهه گهربل ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي کان گهٽ هجي ته اضافي بندش مهيا ڪرڻ لاءِ مختلف طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جهڙوڪ:

* ڪنڍا (ھڪس)
* موڙ (بينڊس)
* ميخانياتي پڇاڙيون (ميڪينيڪل اينڊ پليٽس)
* ٻيا مناسب اينڪريج جا ذريعا

اهي سڀئي طريقا فولادي سلاخن کي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوطي سان جڪڙي رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

=== ليپ اسپلائس ===

جڏهن فولادي سلاخ جي ڊيگهه ڪافي نه هجي يا ٻن سلاخن کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍڻو هجي ته ٻنهي سلاخن کي هڪ مقرر ڊيگهه تائين هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهائي رکيو ويندو آهي. هن طريقي کي '''ليپ اسپلائس''' چيو ويندو آهي.

ليپ اسپلائس جو مقصد ٻنهي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ دٻاءُ ۽ تنشي قوتن جي محفوظ منتقلي کي يقيني بڻائڻ آهي، جيئن ڍانچي جي تسلسل برقرار رهي. ليپ اسپلائس جي گهربل ڊيگهه تعميراتي ضابطن موجب سلاخ جي قطر، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، فولاد جي درجي ۽ لاڳو ٿيندڙ بار جي بنياد تي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal|title=Monotonic and Cyclic Seismic Analyses of Old-Type RC Columns with Short Lap Splices|journal=Construction Materials|volume=4|issue=2|year=2024|pages=329–341}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زنگ کان بچاءَ جا طريقا ===

ٿڌن ۽ نمي وارن علائقن ۾، خاص طور روڊن، پلن، پارڪنگ ڍانچن ۽ انهن تعميرن ۾ جيڪي برف ڳارڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لوڻ (Deicing Salt) جي رابطي ۾ اچن ٿيون، فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مختلف حفاظتي طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن.

انهن ۾ هيٺيان طريقا شامل آهن:

* گهٽ ڪاربان ۽ ڪروميم تي ٻڌل زنگ-مزاحمتي فولادي سلاخن جو استعمال؛
* ايپوڪسي (Epoxy) سان ڍڪيل فولادي سلاخون؛
* گرم طريقي سان جست لڳايل (ھاٽ-ڊپ گيلوانائيزڊ) فولادي سلاخون؛
* اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون فولادي سلاخون.

انهن کان علاوه مناسب ڊزائن، اعليٰ معيار جي ڪنڪريٽ، صحيح پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب ۽ مناسب حفاظتي تهه (ڪنڪريٽ ڪور) پڻ فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪن ٿا.

فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ جست فاسفيٽ (زنڪ فاسفيٽ) جهڙا حفاظتي ليپ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر ڪيميائي عمل ذريعي هڪ مستحڪم حفاظتي تهه ٺاهي زنگ جي رفتار گهٽائيندا آهن.

ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري تي مختلف سيلنٽ (Sealants)، جهڙوڪ رنگ، پلاسٽڪ فلمون، فوم، ايلومينيم ورق يا بينٽونائيٽ مٽي جا حفاظتي تهه پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي پاڻي ۽ نقصانڪار لوڻن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي گهٽائيندا آهن.

ان کان علاوه ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ وقت پاڻيءَ جي ملاوٽ ۾ زنگ روڪيندڙ ڪيميائي مادا (ڪوروژن انھبٽرز)، جهڙوڪ ڪيلشيم نائٽرائيٽ، پڻ شامل ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي مادا فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي حفاظتي غيرفعال تهه (پيسيويشن ليئر) برقرار رکن ٿا، جنهن سان زنگ لڳڻ جو امڪان نمايان طور گهٽجي وڃي ٿو.

== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ شعاعن جي اصطلاحات ==

[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|پارڪنگ گيراج جي تختي سان گڏيل ٻه هڪٻئي کي ڪٽيندڙ شعاعون، جن ۾ فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ برقي تارن، جنڪشن باڪسز ۽ روشنيءَ جي ٻين برقي حصن جي لڳائڻ جي تياري پڻ نظر اچي ٿي.]]

[[فائل:Fideo o’r trawst concrit olaf yn cael ei osod – Tach 2016 Last concrete beam installation – 2016.webm|thumb|اوچي شاهراهه تي آخري ڪنڪريٽي شعاع رکڻ جو مختصر وڊيو، جيڪا ويلز جي ڪارڊف بي ڀرسان نئين شاهراهه جي تعمير جو حصو آهي.]]

جڏهن ڪنهن [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاع]] تي [[وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو]] (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) عمل ڪري ٿو ته شعاع ۾ ٿورو وڪڙ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ حالت ۾ شعاع جي ٻاهرئين پاسي (تنشي پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اندرئين پاسي (دٻاءُ واري پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ هوندو آهي.

'''يڪ-طرفو ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (سنگلي ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ رڳو تنشي پاسي لڳائي ويندي آهي. هن فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي '''تنشي فولاد''' (ٽينشن اسٽيل) چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ ان جو مقصد تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.

'''ٻه-طرفو ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (ڊبلي ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي پاسي سان گڏ دٻاءُ واري پاسي به فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ لڳائي ويندي آهي. دٻاءُ واري پاسي لڳايل فولاد کي '''دٻاءُ وارو فولاد''' (ڪمپيشن اسٽيل) چيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد ڪنڪريٽ کي دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيڻ ۽ اضافي دٻاءَ کي سنڀالڻ هوندو آهي. جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو گهربل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪافي نه هجي، يا معمار شعاع جي ماپ وڌائڻ جي اجازت نه ڏئي، تڏهن اضافي دٻاءُ وارو فولاد استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

'''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (انڊر-ريئينفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان گهٽ هوندي آهي. اهڙي شعاع تي جڏهن وڪڙجڻ وارو بار آهستي آهستي وڌندو آهي ته سڀ کان پهرين تنشي فولاد پنهنجي لچڪدار حد (ييلڊ) تائين پهچي ڊگهو ٿيڻ شروع ڪندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ اڃا مڪمل طور نه ٽٽندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ شعاع ۾ وڏو وڪڙ ۽ واضح تبديليون پيدا ٿينديون آهن، جيڪي ممڪن ناڪامي بابت اڳواٽ خبردار ڪن ٿيون. انهيءَ سبب تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ اهڙي قسم جي شعاع کي وڌيڪ محفوظ تصور ڪيو ويندو آهي، ۽ عام طور ڊزائن فولاد جي ييلڊ اسٽريس جي بنياد تي ڪئي ويندي آهي.

'''وڌيڪ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (اوور-ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان وڌيڪ هوندي آهي. اهڙي حالت ۾ فولاد ييلڊ ٿيڻ کان اڳ ئي ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو چِٿجي (ڪرشنگ) وڃي ٿو، جنهن سبب شعاع بنا ڪنهن واضح اڳواٽ خبرداري جي اوچتو ناڪام ٿي سگهي ٿي. انهيءَ ڪري اهڙي ڊزائن کي غير محفوظ سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

'''متوازن ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (بئلنسڊ ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ شعاع تي مقرر ٿيل بار وڌڻ سان ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو ۽ تنشي فولاد تقريباً هڪ ئي وقت پنهنجي آخري حد تائين پهچي وڃن ٿا. اهڙي حالت ۾ ڪنڪريٽ چِٿجي وڃي ٿو ۽ فولاد پڻ ييلڊ ڪري ٿو. جيتوڻيڪ هن حالت ۾ ٻنهي موادن جي طاقت جو متوازن استعمال ٿئي ٿو، پر ناڪامي تقريباً اوچتي ٿيندي آهي، تنهنڪري هي ڊزائن به عملي طور وڌيڪ محفوظ نه سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Nilson, Darwin, Dolan. ''Design of Concrete Structures''. McGraw-Hill Education, 2003. pp. 80–90.&lt;/ref&gt;

انهيءَ سبب فولادي ريئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا اهي جزا، جيڪي وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو برداشت ڪن ٿا، عام طور '''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ''' (انڊر-ريئينفورسڊ) طريقي سان ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن، ته جيئن ناڪامي کان اڳ واضح خبرداري ملي سگهي.

'''خاصيتي مضبوطي''' (ڪئريڪٽرسٽڪ اسٽرينٿ) اها مضبوطي آهي، جنهن کان گهٽ نتيجو صرف پنج سيڪڙو يا ان کان گهٽ آزمائشي نمونن ۾ ملي ٿو.

'''ڊزائن مضبوطي''' يا '''نامياري مضبوطي''' (ڊزائين اسٽرينٿ يا نامينل اسٽرينٿ) اها مضبوطي آهي، جيڪا حفاظتي عامل (سيفٽي فيڪٽر) کي نظر ۾ رکي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. اجازت لائق دٻاءَ واري ڊزائن (پرمزيبل اسٽريس ڊزائين) ۾ حفاظتي عامل عام طور 0.75 کان 0.85 جي وچ ۾ هوندو آهي.

'''آخري حد واري حالت''' (الٽيميٽ لمٽ اسٽيٽ) اها نظرياتي حالت آهي، جنهن تي ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان موجود هوندو آهي. ان جو اندازو حفاظتي عامل سان وڌايل بارن (فيڪٽرڊ لوڊ) ۽ حفاظتي عامل سان گهٽايل مزاحمت (فيڪٽرڊ رزسٽنس) جي بنياد تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا عام طور بين الاقوامي ضابطن ۽ معيارن، جهڙوڪ ACI 318، CEB ۽ يورو ڪوڊ 2 وغيره مطابق ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي ڊزائن لاءِ WSD (ورڪنگ اسٽريس ڊزائين)، USD (الٽيميٽ اسٽرينٿ ڊزائين) يا LRFD (لوڊ اينڊ رزسٽنس فيڪٽر ڊزائين) جهڙا طريقا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. تجزيو ۽ ڊزائن ليڪيرِي (لينيئر) يا غير ليڪيرِي (نان-لينيئر) طريقن سان به ڪري سگهجن ٿا. عمارت سازي جا ضابطا اڪثر حفاظتي عاملن سان گڏ ليڪيرِي طريقن جي سفارش ڪن ٿا، جڏهن ته ڪجهه خاص حالتن ۾ غير ليڪيرِي عددي تجزيا پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Techno Press|journal=Structural Engineering and Mechanics|volume=53|issue=4|year=2015}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Energy based structural damage index based on nonlinear numerical simulation of structures subjected to oriented lateral cyclic loading|journal=International Journal of Civil Engineering|volume=9|issue=3|year=2011|pages=155–164}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ ==

{{Main|اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ}}

'''اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري اسٽريسڊ ڪنڪريٽ) اهڙي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي شعاعن ۽ ٻين بناوتي جزن جي بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت کي نمايان طور وڌايو ويندو آهي.

هن طريقي ۾ شعاع جي هيٺئين حصي ۾ موجود فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ، جيڪا استعمال دوران تنشي قوتن جي اثر هيٺ ايندي آهي، ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ئي ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ آندي ويندي آهي. ان کان پوءِ ان جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وڌو ويندو آهي. جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ مڪمل طور سخت ٿي وڃي ٿو ته فولادي سلاخن تان اڳواٽ ڏنل ڇڪ آزاد ڪئي ويندي آهي. ان جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر مستقل دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) پيدا ٿي ويندو آهي.

جڏهن بعد ۾ شعاع تي بار لاڳو ٿيندو آهي ته فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ اضافي تنشي دٻاءُ برداشت ڪندي آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ ۾ موجود اڳواٽ دٻاءُ آهستي آهستي گهٽبو آهي، پر عام حالتن ۾ اهو تنشي دٻاءُ ۾ تبديل نه ٿيندو آهي.

ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڪنڪريٽ مسلسل دٻاءُ هيٺ رهندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان ۾ ڏار پوڻ، وڪڙجڻ سبب نقصان پهچڻ ۽ بناوتي ناڪامي جا امڪان عام رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀيٽ ۾ گهڻا گهٽ هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|pages=372–373|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|others=George Weidmann, P. R. Lewis, Nick Reid, Open University. Materials Department|isbn=0-408-04658-9|location=Milton Keynes, U.K.|oclc=20693897}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== فولاد سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ناڪامي جا عام نمونا ==

[[فائل:Concrete spall (interior of unit).jpg|thumb|سنگاپور ۾ هڪ آفيس جي ڇت مان ڪنڪريٽ جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي ڪرڻ. اهو نقصان ممڪن آهي ته فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ سبب پيدا ٿيو هجي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بنيادي طور ٻن سببن جي ڪري ناڪام ٿي سگهي ٿو: پهريون، جڏهن ان جي مضبوطي گهربل حد کان گهٽ هجي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ بناوتي يا مشيني ناڪامي (ميڪينيڪل فيليوئر) پيدا ٿئي؛ ۽ ٻيو، جڏهن وقت سان گڏ ان جي پائيداري گهٽجي وڃي. خراب ڊزائن يا غير معياري تعمير سبب زنگ لڳڻ ۽ ٿڌ ۾ ڄمڻ ۽ وري ڳرڻ (فريز–ٿا سائيڪل) جا بار بار ٿيندڙ عمل ڪنڪريٽ کي نقصان پهچائي سگهن ٿا.

جڏهن فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳندو آهي ته زنگ جا پيداوار (رسٽ) پنهنجي اصل ڌاتوءَ جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مقدار والاريندا آهن. انهيءَ ڦهلاءَ سبب ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏار پوندا آهن، مٿاڇري جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي پوندا آهن (اسپيلنگ)، ۽ فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ موجود بندش ڪمزور ٿي ويندي آهي. اهڙي طرح ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کان الڳ ٿيڻ لڳندي آهي، جنهن سان ڍانچي جي مضبوطي ۽ عمر ٻنهي تي منفي اثر پوندو آهي.

هيٺ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پائيداري کي متاثر ڪندڙ اهم سبب بيان ڪيا ويا آهن.

=== مشيني ناڪامي ===

ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏار پوڻ کي مڪمل طور روڪڻ عملي طور ممڪن نه هوندو آهي، پر مناسب مقدار ۾ ريئنفورسمينٽ، ڪنٽرول جوائنٽن، صحيح سنڀال (Curing) ۽ مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جي ملاوٽ ذريعي انهن ڏارن جي ماپ، تعداد ۽ هنڌ کي وڏي حد تائين ضابطي ۾ آڻي سگهجي ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ ڏار نمي ۽ پاڻي کي اندر داخل ٿيڻ جو رستو فراهم ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو. بناوتي ڊزائن ۾ اهڙي حالت کي عام طور ''سروس لائق حد واري ناڪامي'' (سروسبلٽي لمٽ اسٽيٽ) چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي نقصان سان ڍانچي جي استعمال جي صلاحيت متاثر ٿيندي آهي، ڀلي اهو فوري طور نه ڊهي.

عام طور ڏار پوڻ جا اهم سبب هي هوندا آهن:

* فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي مقدار ضرورت کان گهٽ هجڻ؛
* فولادي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ تمام گهڻو وڇاءُ هجڻ؛
* مقرر حد کان وڌيڪ بار لاڳو ٿيڻ؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي سخت ٿيڻ دوران گرمي جي تبديلي يا شروعاتي سُڪڙجڻ (ارلي ٿرمل شرنڪيج) سبب اندروني دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيڻ.

ڍانچي جي مڪمل ناڪامي، جيڪا آخرڪار ڊهڻ جو سبب بڻجي سگهي ٿي، هيٺين حالتن ۾ پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي:

* جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ تي دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ان جي برداشت جي حد کان وڌي وڃي ۽ ڪنڪريٽ چِٿجي وڃي (ڪنڪريٽ ڪرشنگ )؛
* جڏهن وڪڙجڻ (بينڊنگ) يا ڪٽائي (Shear) سبب فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ تي پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻاءُ ان جي طاقت کان وڌي وڃي، جنهن سان فولاد ييلڊ ڪري يا ٽٽي پوي؛
* جڏهن فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ موجود بندش (بانڊ) ناڪام ٿي وڃي، جنهن سان فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان سُرڪڻ لڳي ۽ ٻئي مواد گڏيل طور ڪم ڪرڻ بند ڪري ڇڏين.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |year=2016 |title=Remote sensing and photogrammetry techniques in diagnostics of concrete structures |journal=Computers and Concrete |volume=18 |issue=3 |pages=405–420 |doi=10.12989/cac.2016.18.3.405}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاربونيشن ===

[[فائل:Concrete wall cracking as steel reinforcing corrodes and swells 9058.jpg|left|thumb|فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ ۽ ڦهلجڻ سبب ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀت ۾ پيدا ٿيل ڏار. زنگ جو مقدار اصل ڌاتوءَ کان وڌيڪ هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهو ڦهلجي ڪنڪريٽ کي ٽوڙي ڇڏي ٿو. مٿاڇري تان ڪنڪريٽ جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي پوڻ واري عمل کي ''اسپالنگ'' (Spalling) چيو ويندو آهي.]]

[[فائل:Concrete wall cracking as its steel reinforcing cracks and swells 9061v.jpg|left|thumb|ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري ۽ فولادي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ حفاظتي ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه تمام پتلو هجڻ سبب پيدا ٿيل اسپالنگ. اهڙي حالت ۾ ٻاهرين ماحول جي اثر هيٺ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي وڃي ٿو.]]

{{مکيه|ڪاربونيشن}}

'''ڪاربونيشن''' (Carbonation)، جنهن کي غيرجانبداري (Neutralisation) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ ڪيميائي عمل آهي، جنهن ۾ هوا ۾ موجود [[ڪاربان ڊاءِ آڪسائيڊ]] ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] ۽ پاڻي سان گڏيل [[ڪيلشيم سليڪيٽ هائيڊريٽ]] (Calcium Silicate Hydrate، CSH) سان ردعمل ڪري ٿي.

ڪنهن به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچي جي ڊزائن وقت فولادي سلاخن جي چوڌاري موجود ڪنڪريٽ جي حفاظتي تهه (Concrete Cover) جي ٿولهه مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. ان مان مراد فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٻاهرئين مٿاڇري جي وچ وارو فاصلو آهي. هي گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ٿولهه تعميراتي ضابطن ۽ عمارت سازي جي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي.

جيڪڏهن فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري جي تمام ويجهو هجن ته انهن تائين هوا، نمي ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار مادَن جي رسائي جلد ٿي ويندي، جنهن سبب زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو ۽ ڍانچي جي عمر گهٽجي سگهي ٿي. فولادي سلاخن جي مٿان موجود ڪنڪريٽ جي حفاظتي تهه جي ٿولهه کي خاص اوزار، جنهن کي ''ڪور ميٽر'' (Cover Meter) چيو ويندو آهي، جي ذريعي ماپي سگهجي ٿو.

صرف ڪاربونيشن ٿيڻ سان هر ڀيري فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي نقصان نه پهچندو آهي. زنگ لڳڻ لاءِ ضروري آهي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر مناسب مقدار ۾ نمي ۽ آڪسيجن پڻ موجود هجن، ڇو ته انهن جي موجودگي سان برقي-ڪيميائي (اليڪٽرو ڪيميڪل) زنگ لڳڻ وارو عمل شروع ٿئي ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڪاربونيشن جي کوٽائي معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ عام طور ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري ۾ نئون سوراخ ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ان جي تازو ڪٽيل سطح تي '''[[فينولفٿيلين]]'''  جو محلول لڳايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ اڃا الڪلائن حالت ۾ هجي ته اهو محلول گلابي رنگ اختيار ڪندو، جڏهن ته ڪاربونيشن ٿيل حصو بي رنگ رهندو. ان طريقي سان آسانيءَ سان معلوم ڪري سگهجي ٿو ته ڪاربونيشن ڪيتري کوٽائي تائين پهتي آهي. اڳ ۾ موجود سوراخ استعمال ڪرڻ مناسب نه هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان جي ظاهر ٿيل سطح اڳ ئي ڪاربونيشن جو شڪار ٿي چڪي هوندي.

=== ڪلورائيڊ ===

[[ڪلورائيڊ]] جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر ڪافي مقدار ۾ موجود هجن ته اهي فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي زنگ لڳڻ جي عمل کي تيز ڪري سگهن ٿا. ڪلورائيڊ جا آئن (Cl⁻) نه رڳو مخصوص هنڌن تي کڏن جهڙو زنگ  پيدا ڪندا آهن، پر فولاد جي سڄي مٿاڇري تي عام زنگ جو سبب پڻ بڻجي سگهن ٿا. انهيءَ ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي تياري دوران هميشه صاف يا پيئڻ لائق پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ گهرجي، ۽ اها به پڪ ڪرڻ گهرجي ته ريتي، بجري ۽ ٻيا تعميراتي جزا ڪلورائيڊن کان پاڪ هجن. اهڙيءَ طرح ڪلورائيڊ تي ٻڌل ڪيميائي اضافن (Admixtures) کان به پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي.

[[فائل:RebarCloseup.jpg|thumb|right|بنيادن ۽ ڀتين لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ.]]

[[فائل:Paulins Kill Viaduct in Hainesburg, NJ.jpg|thumb|right|آمريڪا جي رياست نيو جرسي ۾ واقع '''پاولنز ڪل واءِ ايڊڪٽ'''، جيڪو 1910ع ۾ مڪمل ٿيڻ وقت دنيا جي سڀ کان وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن مان هڪ هو.]]

ماضي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي جلدي سخت ڪرڻ لاءِ [[ڪيلشيم ڪلورائيڊ]] کي ڪيميائي اضافي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو. ان وقت اهو به سمجهيو ويندو هو ته هي مادو ڪنڪريٽ کي ڄمڻ کان بچائيندو، پر بعد ۾ معلوم ٿيو ته ڪلورائيڊ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳائڻ جو اهم سبب بڻجي ٿو. انهيءَ ڪري اڄڪلهه تعميراتي ڪم ۾ ڪيلشيم ڪلورائيڊ جو استعمال، جيترو ممڪن هجي، کان پاسو ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ٿڌن علائقن ۾ روڊن ۽ پلن تان برف ڳارڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لوڻ رِيئنفورسڊ ۽ اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ جي پلن، شاهراهن ۽ پارڪنگ ڍانچن جي وقت کان اڳ خراب ٿيڻ جا اهم سبب آهن. هن مسئلي کي گهٽائڻ لاءِ ايپوڪسي سان ڍڪيل فولادي سلاخون، ڪيٿوڊڪ تحفظ ۽ فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل پوليمر (FRP) ريئنفورسمينٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي ڪلورائيڊ جي اثر کان گهڻو گهٽ متاثر ٿينديون آهن. ان کان علاوه صحيح نموني ڊزائن ڪيل ۽ مناسب سنڀال هيٺ سخت ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ پڻ برف ڳارڻ وارن لوڻن جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت ڪري سگهي ٿي.

ڪلورائيڊن جو هڪ ٻيو اهم ذريعو [[سامونڊي پاڻي]] آهي. سامونڊي پاڻي ۾ وزني تناسب سان لڳ ڀڳ 3.5 سيڪڙو لوڻ موجود هوندا آهن، جن ۾ [[سوڊيم ڪلورائيڊ]]، [[ميگنيشيم سلفيٽ]]، [[ڪيلشيم سلفيٽ]] ۽ [[بائي ڪاربونيٽ]] شامل آهن. پاڻي ۾ حل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ اهي لوڻ آزاد آئنن جي صورت اختيار ڪندا آهن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي باريڪ سوراخن وسيلي اندر داخل ٿيندا آهن. انهن مان ڪلورائيڊ جا آئن، جيڪي تقريباً اڌ آئنن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن، فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ لاءِ سڀ کان وڌيڪ نقصانڪار هوندا آهن ۽ زنگ لڳڻ جي عمل کي تيز ڪندا آهن.

1960ع ۽ 1970ع واري ڏهاڪي دوران [[ميگني سائيٽ]]، جيڪا ڪلورائيڊ سان مالا مال هڪ ڪاربونيٽ معدنيات آهي، فرشن جي مٿاڇري کي هموار ڪرڻ ۽ آواز گهٽائڻ واري تھ طور به استعمال ڪئي ويندي هئي. بعد ۾ معلوم ٿيو ته جڏهن ميگني سائيٽ نمي سان رابطي ۾ اچي ٿي ته ان ۾ موجود ڪلورائيڊ جي ڪري ڪمزور [[هائيڊروڪلورڪ تيزاب]] ٺهندو آهي. هي تيزاب ڪيترن سالن يا ڏهاڪن دوران ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي آهستي آهستي زنگ لڳائي ڪمزور ڪري ڇڏيندو آهي. اهڙو نقصان خاص طور انهن هنڌن تي وڌيڪ ڏٺو ويو، جتي فرش مسلسل نمي يا پاڻي جي رابطي ۾ رهندا هئا.
=== الڪلائي – سليڪا ردعمل ===

{{Main|الڪلائي–سليڪا ردعمل}}

'''الڪلائي–سليڪا ردعمل''' (مختصر: ASR) هڪ ڪيميائي عمل آهي، جيڪو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ موجود ڪجهه بجري جي ذرڙن ۾ شامل غير قلمي (Amorphous) سليڪا، جهڙوڪ [[ڪيلسيڊوني]]، [[چرٽ]] يا سليڪا سان مالا مال [[چون جو پٿر]]، ۽ سيمينٽ جي مسامن واري محلول ۾ موجود هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ آئنن (OH⁻) جي وچ ۾ ٿيندو آهي.

گهٽ قلمي سليڪا (SiO₂) الڪلائن پاڻيءَ ۾، جنهن جو پي ايڇ (pH) لڳ ڀڳ 12.5 کان 13.5 هوندو آهي، آهستي آهستي حل ٿي ويندي آهي. ان کان پوءِ حل ٿيل [[سليسيڪ تيزاب]]  سيمينٽ جي ليپ ۾ موجود [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] (پورٽلينڊائيٽ) سان ردعمل ڪري ڦهلجندڙ [[ڪيلشيم سليڪيٽ هائيڊريٽ]] ٺاهي ٿو.

هن ڪيميائي عمل جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر مقامي طور ڦهلاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جيڪو [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] پيدا ڪري آخرڪار ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏار پوڻ ۽ ٽٽڻ جو سبب بڻجي سگهي ٿو.

الڪلائي–سليڪا ردعمل ٿيڻ لاءِ هيٺيون ٽي شرطون لازمي آهن:

* بجري ۾ اهڙو جزو موجود هجي، جيڪو الڪلائن سان ردعمل ڪندڙ غير قلمي سليڪا تي مشتمل هجي؛
* سيمينٽ جي مسامن واري محلول ۾ هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ آئنن (OH⁻) جي مناسب مقدار موجود هجي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر لاڳيتي نمي موجود هجي، ۽ نسبتي نمي تقريباً 75 سيڪڙو يا ان کان وڌيڪ هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.bbc.co.uk/dna/h2g2/A4014172 |title=Concrete Cancer |website=h2g2 |publisher=BBC}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.cementindustry.co.uk/main.asp?page=272 |title=Special Section: South West Alkali Incident |publisher=British Cement Association}}&lt;/ref&gt;

عام ٻوليءَ ۾ هن مسئلي کي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن '''ڪنڪريٽ ڪينسر''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهو وقت سان گڏ ڪنڪريٽ کي اندروني طور ڪمزور ڪندو رهي ٿو.

هي ردعمل فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي موجودگيءَ کان آزاد آهي، تنهنڪري وڏا غير رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا، جهڙوڪ [[بند]]، پڻ هن مسئلي کان متاثر ٿي سگهن ٿا.

=== وڏي ايلومينا واري سيمينٽ جي تبديلي ===

'''وڏي ايلومينا واري سيمينٽ'''  ڪمزور تيزابن، خاص طور [[سلفيٽ]]ن، جي اثرن جي خلاف سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿي. هي سيمينٽ تمام تيزيءَ سان سخت ٿيندي آهي ۽ ان مان ٺهيل ڪنڪريٽ شروعاتي مرحلي ۾ تمام گهڻي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري حاصل ڪندو آهي. انهيءَ سبب [[ٻي عالمي جنگ]] کان پوءِ اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل (پري ڪاسٽ) ڪنڪريٽ جي مختلف جزن جي تعمير ۾ هن سيمينٽ جو وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويو.

تنهن هوندي به، هن سيمينٽ جي هڪ اهم خامي اها آهي ته وقت گذرڻ يا وڌيڪ گرمي جي اثر هيٺ ان جي اندروني بناوت ۾ ڪيميائي تبديليون  اچي سگهن ٿيون، خاص طور جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ کي صحيح نموني سان سنڀال نه ڏني وئي هجي. انهن تبديلين جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي آهستي آهستي گهٽجي سگهي ٿي.

1976ع ۾ [[برطانيا]] ۾ وڏي ايلومينا واري سيمينٽ سان تيار ڪيل اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ جي شعاعن تي ٻڌل ٽن ڇتين جي ڊهڻ کان پوءِ هن سيمينٽ جي استعمال تي پابندي لاڳو ڪئي وئي. بعد ۾ ٿيل جاچ مان معلوم ٿيو ته انهن شعاعن جي تياري دوران تعميراتي معيارن تي صحيح نموني عمل نه ڪيو ويو هو، تنهن هوندي به احتياطي قدم طور برطانيا ۾ هن سيمينٽ جي استعمال تي پابندي برقرار رکي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.quest-tech.co.uk/hac.htm|title=High Alumina Cement}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== سلفيٽن جا اثر ===

[[سلفيٽ]] (SO₄²⁻) جيڪڏهن زمين يا زيرزميني پاڻيءَ ۾ ڪافي مقدار ۾ موجود هجن ته اهي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ موجود [[پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ]] سان ڪيميائي ردعمل ڪري سگهن ٿا. هن ردعمل جي نتيجي ۾ ڦهلجندڙ مرڪب، جهڙوڪ [[ايٽرنجائيٽ]] ۽ [[ٿاؤماسائيٽ]]، ٺهن ٿا، جيڪي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني بناوت کي نقصان پهچائي سگهن ٿا ۽ آخرڪار ڍانچي جي وقت کان اڳ ناڪامي جو سبب بڻجي سگهن ٿا.

هن قسم جو حملو گهڻو ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي تختن (سليبس) ۽ بنيادن جي ڀتين ۾ ڏٺو ويندو آهي، جيڪي زمين جي سطح سان سڌي رابطي ۾ هونديون آهن. اهڙن هنڌن تي بار بار آلو ٿيڻ ۽ سُڪڻ جي عمل سبب سلفيٽ آئنن جي مقدار وڌندي رهي ٿي، ۽ جڏهن انهن جو ارتڪاز ڪافي وڌي وڃي ٿو ته اهي پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ تي حملو ڪرڻ شروع ڪن ٿا.

زمين اندر دفن ٿيل ڍانچن، جهڙوڪ [[پائيپ]]ن، ۾ هن قسم جو حملو نسبتاً گهٽ ٿيندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ زمين جي اندر سلفيٽ آئنن جي مقدار آهستي آهستي وڌندي آهي. ان جي شدت گهڻو ڪري ان ڳالهه تي دارومدار رکي ٿي ته اصل زمين ۾ سلفيٽن جي مقدار ڪيتري آهي.

جن منصوبن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جو سڌو رابطو قدرتي زمين سان ٿيڻ وارو هجي، انهن جي ڊزائن واري مرحلي ۾ زمين مان ورتل نمونن جو ڪيميائي تجزيو ڪرڻ گهرجي، ته جيئن سلفيٽن جي موجودگي ۽ انهن جي مقدار جو اندازو لڳائي سگهجي. جيڪڏهن سلفيٽن جي مقدار نقصانڪار حد تائين هجي ته ڪنڪريٽ کي بچائڻ لاءِ مختلف حفاظتي تھ استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿا.

ان کان علاوه، اهڙين حالتن ۾ سلفيٽن جي مزاحمت لاءِ خاص طور تي تيار ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. مثال طور، آمريڪي معيار ''ASTM C150 ٽائيپ 5 پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ'' خاص طور سلفيٽن جي حملي جي مزاحمت لاءِ تيار ڪئي وئي آهي، ۽ ان جو استعمال سلفيٽ سان مالا مال زمين يا پاڻيءَ وارن علائقن ۾ وڌيڪ مناسب سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

== اسٽيل پليٽ تعمير ==

{{Main|اسٽيل پليٽ تعمير}}

اسٽيل پليٽ تعمير (اسٽيل پليٽ ڪنسٽرڪشن) ۾ هڪ ٻئي جي متوازي رکيل اسٽيل جي پليٽن کي اسٽيل جي ڳنڍيندڙ حصن (اسٽرنگرز) ذريعي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيو ويندو آهي. انهن اسٽيل پليٽن جا مجموعا (پليٽ اسيمبليز) عام طور تعميراتي ماڳ کان ٻاهر ڪارخانن ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، پوءِ انهن کي تعميراتي هنڌ تي آڻي ويلڊنگ ذريعي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان اسٽيل جون ڀتيون تيار ٿينديون آهن. اهي ڀتيون بعد ۾ اهڙي قالب (فريم ورڪ) طور ڪم ڪنديون آهن، جنهن جي اندر ڪنڪريٽ وڌو ويندو آهي.

هي تعميراتي طريقو رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير کي وڌيڪ تيز بڻائي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان ۾ تعميراتي ماڳ تي فولادي سلاخون ٻڌڻ ۽ روايتي قالب تيار ڪرڻ جهڙا وقت وٺندڙ هٿرادو ڪم گهڻي حد تائين ختم ٿي ويندا آهن.

هن طريقي سان تيار ٿيل ڍانچي ۾ تمام سٺي مضبوطي حاصل ٿيندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اسٽيل جون پليٽون ڍانچي جي ٻاهرئين پاسي موجود هونديون آهن، جتي عام طور تنشي قوتون (ٽينسائل فورسز) سڀ کان وڌيڪ اثرانداز ٿينديون آهن.

== فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ==

{{مکيه|فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}

فائبر ريئنفورسمينٽ  جو استعمال بنيادي طور [[شاٽڪريٽ]] ۾ ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر ان کي عام ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو. فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل عام ڪنڪريٽ گهڻو ڪري زمين تي ٺهندڙ فرشن ۽ رستن  ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر ان کي تعمير جي ٻين ڪيترن ئي جزن، جهڙوڪ [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاعن]]، [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀن]]، [[بنياد]]ن ۽ ٻين بناوتي حصن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو. اهو يا ته اڪيلو استعمال ٿيندو آهي يا هٿ سان ٻڌل فولادي سلاخن (Rebar) سان گڏ.

فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور فولاد، [[شيشو|شيشي]]، [[فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل پلاسٽڪ]] يا سيلولوز پوليمر جا فائبر استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪيترين حالتن ۾ اهڙي ريئنفورسمينٽ هٿ سان ٻڌل فولادي سلاخن جي ڀيٽ ۾ گهٽ خرچائتي هوندي آهي. فائبر جي شڪل، قطر ۽ ڊيگهه ان جي ڪارڪردگيءَ تي وڏو اثر وجهندا آهن. مثال طور، تمام سنها ۽ ننڍا فائبر، جهڙوڪ وارن جهڙي شڪل وارا مختصر شيشي جا فائبر، ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ شروعاتي ڪلاڪن دوران ئي اثرائتا هوندا آهن. انهن جو بنيادي ڪم ڪنڪريٽ جي سخت ٿيڻ دوران پيدا ٿيندڙ ڏارن کي گهٽائڻ هوندو آهي، پر اهي ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي مضبوطي ۾ نمايان اضافو نٿا ڪن.

ان جي ابتڙ، مناسب ماپ وارا فائبر، جهڙوڪ يورپ ۾ شاٽڪريٽ لاءِ عام استعمال ٿيندڙ تقريباً 1 ملي ميٽر قطر ۽ 45 ملي ميٽر ڊيگهه وارا فولادي يا پلاسٽڪ فائبر، ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي مضبوطي ۾ واڌارو آڻيندا آهن.

فائبر ريئنفورسمينٽ اڪثر ڪري بنيادي فولادي سلاخن جي مددگار طور استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي يا انهن جي ضرورت کي جزوي طور گهٽائيندي آهي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾، مناسب انجنيئرنگ ڊزائن سان فائبر ريئنفورسمينٽ کي اهڙي نموني استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو، جو اها فولادي سلاخن جي مڪمل متبادل طور ڪم ڪري سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;Fiber Concrete in Construction, Wietek B., Springer, 2021, p. 268. ISBN 978-3-658-34480-1&lt;/ref&gt;

عام استعمال ٿيندڙ فائبرن مان فولادي فائبر سڀ کان وڌيڪ مضبوط سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |last=George |first=Reethu |last2=Thomas |first2=Aneena |last3=P.B. |first3=Amala Mary |last4=Eldhose |first4=Niya |title=Study on Steel and Glass Fibre Reinforced Concrete |journal=International Journal of Engineering Research &amp; Technology |volume=4 |issue=13 |year=2018 |doi=10.17577/IJERTCONV4IS13002}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهي مختلف ڊيگهن (يورپ ۾ عام طور 30 کان 80 ملي ميٽر) ۽ مختلف شڪلين ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. فولادي فائبر رڳو انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪرڻ مناسب هوندا آهن، جتي زنگ لڳڻ يا زنگ جا داغ پيدا ٿيڻ جو خطرو برداشت ڪري سگهجي يا ان کان بچاءُ جو بندوبست موجود هجي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾ فولادي فائبر واري ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري کي ٻئي مواد سان ڍڪيو ويندو آهي.

شيشي جا فائبر نسبتاً سستا هوندا آهن ۽ انهن کي زنگ نه لڳندو آهي، پر اهي فولادي فائبرن جيترا لچڪدار نه هوندا آهن. تازن سالن ۾ [[بيسالٽ]] جا فائبر، جيڪي اوڀر يورپ ۾ گهڻي عرصي کان استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن، آمريڪا ۽ اولهه يورپ ۾ پڻ استعمال ٿيڻ لڳا آهن. بيسالٽ فائبر شيشي جي فائبرن کان وڌيڪ مضبوط ۽ گهٽ قيمتي هوندا آهن، پر ماضيءَ ۾ اهي [[پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ]] جي الڪلائن ماحول جي ڪافي مزاحمت نه ڪري سگهندا هئا، تنهنڪري سڌي ريئنفورسمينٽ لاءِ انهن جو استعمال محدود هو. جديد موادن ۾ پلاسٽڪ بائنڊر استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي بيسالٽ فائبر کي سيمينٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول کان الڳ رکندا آهن.

اعليٰ درجي جي فائبرن ۾ [[گرافيٽ]] سان مضبوط ڪيل پلاسٽڪ فائبر شامل آهن، جيڪي مضبوطيءَ ۾ تقريباً فولاد جي برابر هوندا آهن، پر وزن ۾ هلڪا ۽ زنگ کان مڪمل طور محفوظ هوندا آهن. ڪجهه تحقيقن ۾ [[ڪاربان نينو ٽيوب]]  استعمال ڪرڻ جا حوصلا افزا شروعاتي نتيجا مليا آهن، پر في الحال انهن جي تمام گهڻي قيمت سبب انهن جو عام تعميراتي منصوبن ۾ استعمال اقتصادي طور ممڪن ناهي.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>sry8h4li8jbw0srqqbvkczx1pxa04pj</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401033</id>
      <parentid>401032</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T00:15:51Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401033</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="93703" sha1="qz0l5ff4a4ugk9id45tm90t1hz8v4li" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمنٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' ، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (اسٽيل ريئينفورسنگ بارس)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}&lt;/ref&gt;
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (ڪوروژن انجنيئرنگ) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (ڪوروژن) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' کي مختصر طور '''آر سي سي''' ({{lang-en|RCC}}) چيو وڃي ٿو، اهڙو تعميراتي مرڪب آهي، جيڪو [[سيمينٽ]]، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا پٿر جي سنهن ٽڪرن ۽ پاڻيءَ مان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) شامل ڪري ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي قوت وڌائين ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ جي اعليٰ صلاحيت رکي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Expo58 building Philips.jpg|thumb|[[بيلجيم]] جي گاديءَ واري شهر [[برسلز]] ۾ [[ايڪسپو 58]] لاءِ تعمير ڪيل [[فلپس پيوليئن]] جي منفرد شڪل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال سان ممڪن ٿي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور تي ريئنفورسمينٽ (فولادي سلاخن يا ٻين مضبوط ڪندڙ مواد) جي ترتيب اهڙي نموني سان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو ڪنڪريٽ جي انهن حصن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) کي برداشت ڪري سگهي، جتي ٻي صورت ۾ ڏار پوڻ يا ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان هوندو آهي. جديد رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ رڳو فولاد ئي نه، پر [[پوليمر]]ن ۽ ٻين جامع (ڪمپوزٽ) مواد مان ٺهيل مضبوط ڪندڙ عنصر پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ضرورت موجب فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ يا انهن کان سواءِ به ڪم آندا ويندا آهن.

ڪيترين تعميراتي حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي اڳواٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ۽ ريئنفورسمينٽ ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ هوندي آهي. هن طريقي سان ڍانچي جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت بهتر ٿيندي آهي. اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي کي '''پري اسٽرِيسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جا ٻه عام طريقا '''پري ٽينشننگ''' ۽ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ'''  آهن.

مضبوط، لچڪدار ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ ريئنفورسمينٽ ۾ هيٺيون خاصيتون هجڻ ضروري آهن:

* اعليٰ ميڪانيڪي مضبوطي؛
* ڇڪ هيٺ وڏي حد تائين ڊگهو ٿيڻ (ٽينسائل اسٽرين) برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت؛
* ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ)، جيڪا پي ايڇ (pH)، نمي يا ٻين ماحولياتي حالتن کان گهڻو متاثر نه ٿئي؛
* حرارتي مطابقت (ٿرمل ڪامپيٽيبلٽي)، جيئن گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ دوران غير ضروري دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي ماحول ۾ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيداري، جنهن ۾ زنگ (Corrosion) ۽ مستقل دٻاءَ جي اثرن کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت شامل هجي.

== تاريخ ==

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي شروعاتي ترقي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري [[انگلينڊ]] ۽ [[فرانس]] ۾ لڳ ڀڳ هڪ ئي وقت ٿي، جتي مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميرڪارن ڪنڪريٽ کي فولادي مضبوطي سان گڏ استعمال ڪرڻ بابت تجربا شروع ڪيا.

[[فائل:Saint-Denis - Maison François Coignet -1.JPG|thumb|سينٽ ڊينس ۾ فرانسوا ڪوئنيه جو گهر، جيڪو ابتدائي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان هڪ آهي.]]

فرانسيسي تعميرڪار '''[[فرانسوا ڪوئنيه]]''' پهريون شخص هو، جنهن عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |url=https://www.britannica.com/technology/building-construction/Early-steel-frame-high-rises#ref105155 |title=Building construction: The invention of reinforced concrete |encyclopedia=Encyclopedia Britannica}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن 1853ع کان 1855ع جي وچ ۾ [[پيرس]] جي ڀرسان سينٽ ڊينس ۾ واقع 72 [[شارل ميشيلس گهٽي]] تي پنهنجي رهائش لاءِ چار ماڙ عمارت تعمير ڪرائي، جيڪا '''فرانسوا ڪوئنيه هائوس''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي ۽ ان کي دنيا جي پهرين لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان شمار ڪيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=The oldest concrete structures that have lasted: 72 rue Charles Michels, St. Denis, France |url=https://meva.net/pt-br/oldest-concrete-structures/}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪوئنيه جي لکڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته هن لوهه کي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت وڌائڻ کان وڌيڪ، ڀتين کي هڪ گڏيل (مونولٿڪ) ڍانچي طور مستحڪم رکڻ ۽ انهن کي اونڌو ٿيڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968 |pages=1–33}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ 1872ع–1873ع دوران [[بروڪلن]] ۾ تعمير ٿيل '''پپن بلڊنگ''' (Pippen Building)، جيتوڻيڪ ڪوئنيه جي ڊزائن نه هئي، پر سندس تعميراتي طريقي جو هڪ اهم مثال سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

[[فائل:Maison de logement des ouvriers de l'usine Coignet 2020 6.jpg|thumb|ڪوئنيه طرفان پنهنجي ڪارخاني جي مزدورن لاءِ سينٽ ڊينس ۾ تعمير ڪيل رهائشي عمارت.]]

1854ع ۾ انگريز تعميرڪار '''وليم بي. ولڪنسن''' پنهنجي تعمير هيٺ ٻن ماڙ گهر جي ڇت ۽ فرشن ۾ فولادي مضبوطي استعمال ڪئي. هن فولادي سلاخن کي اهڙي نموني رکيو، جنهن مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته هو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) جي اثرن کان واقف هو، جڏهن ته هن کان اڳ وارا انجنيئر ان ڳالهه کي مڪمل طور نه سمجهي سگهيا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Reinforced Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete Building Construction}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1869ع کان 1870ع جي وچ ۾ '''هينري ايٽن'''  [[انگلينڊ]] جي [[نورفڪ]] ۽ [[سفڪ]] ضلعن جي وچ ۾ وهندڙ [[ويوني درياھ]] تي '''هومرسفيلڊ پل''' جي ڊزائن تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته ان جي تعمير لنڊن جي ڪمپني ''ڊبليو اينڊ ٽي فلپس '' ڪئي. لڳ ڀڳ 15.25 ميٽر (50 فوٽ) ڊگهي هيءَ پل لوهي مضبوطي سان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي پلن مان هڪ هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{NHLE|num=1262142}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي فرانسيسي باغبان '''[[جوزف مونيي]]''' کي به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ارتقا جو اهم اڳواڻ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. هو مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا گلن جا ٿانوَ تيار ڪرڻ لاءِ موجود مواد مان مطمئن نه هو، تنهنڪري هن نوان تجربا شروع ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Day |first=Lance |title=Biographical Dictionary of the History of Technology}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1867ع ۾ مونيي تار جي ڄاري (وائر ميش) ۽ سيمينٽ جي تهه کي گڏائي مضبوط ڪنڪريٽ جا گلدان ٺاهڻ واري طريقي جو پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Britannica URL|biography/Joseph-Monier|Joseph Monier}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ 1877ع ۾ هن ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿنڀن ۽ گرڊرن کي لوهي سلاخن جي ڄار ذريعي مضبوط ڪرڻ واري وڌيڪ ترقي يافته طريقي جو به پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو. جيتوڻيڪ مونيي کي اها ڄاڻ هئي ته فولادي مضبوطي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني يڪجائي وڌائي ٿي، پر اهو واضح ناهي ته کيس ان ڳالهه جي مڪمل سائنسي ڄاڻ هئي ته ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي طاقت ۾ ڪيترو اضافو آڻي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909 |pages=204–210}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1877ع ۾ آمريڪي انجنيئر '''ٿيڊيئس هائٽ'' پنهنجي مشهور رپورٽ ''اين اڪائونٽ آف سم اڪسپيريمينٽس وٿ پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ڪمبائينڊ وٿ آئرن'' شايع ڪئي، جنهن ۾ هن فولاد سان مضبوط ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پنهنجن تجربن جا نتيجا بيان ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Hyatt |first=Thaddeus |title=An Account of Some Experiments with Portland-cement-concrete Combined with Iron}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن جي تحقيق رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي رڳو تجربي واري تعميراتي مواد بدران هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي آزمودل ٽيڪنالاجي طور قائم ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. جيڪڏهن هائٽ جي تحقيق موجود نه هجي ها، ته هن شعبي جي ترقي گهڻي عرصي تائين آزمائش ۽ غلطي (ٽرائل ۽ ارر) جي غير يقيني طريقن تي دارومدار رکندي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سائنسي ترقي ۽ عالمي ڦهلاءُ ===

1870ع واري ڏهاڪي کان اڳ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير، جيتوڻيڪ ان جون پاڙون [[رومي سلطنت]] تائين پهچن ٿيون ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ ان جو ٻيهر استعمال شروع ٿيو هو، پر ان کي اڃا مڪمل طور سائنسي طور ثابت ٿيل تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي نه سمجهيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Citation |last=Aprea |first=Salvatore |chapter=The Search for Affordable Cement and Concrete in the 18th and 19th Century |title=High Tech Concrete: Where Technology and Engineering Meet |year=2018}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري انگلينڊ ۾ ڄاول انجنيئر '''[[ارنسٽ ايل. رينسم]]''' رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. هن گذريل پنجاهه سالن دوران ٿيل تحقيق ۽ تجربن مان فائدو وٺندي اڳين ايجادڪارن جي ڪيترين ئي تعميراتي طريقن کي وڌيڪ بهتر بڻايو. سندس سڀ کان اهم ايجاد فولادي سلاخن کي مروڙي استعمال ڪرڻ هئي، جنهن سان سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ چنبڙڻ (بانڊ) گهڻو مضبوط ٿي ويو ۽ ڍانچي جي مجموعي مضبوطي ۾ نمايان واڌارو آيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Episode 81: Rebar and the Alvord Lake Bridge}}&lt;/ref&gt;

رينسم پنهنجي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ وارين عمارتن سبب وڏي شهرت حاصل ڪئي، جنهن کان پوءِ هن 1886ع کان 1889ع جي وچ ۾ اتر آمريڪا جي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ پلن مان ٻه تعمير ڪرايون. انهن مان هڪ پل، '''[[سمٿ-رينسم جيپنيز برج]]'''، اڄ به [[نيو يارڪ]] جي [[شيلٽر آئلينڊ، نيو يارڪ|شيلٽر آئلينڊ]] تي موجود آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آمريڪا]] ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل ابتدائي عمارتن مان هڪ '''[[وليم اي. وارڊ هائوس]]''' هئي، جيڪا وليم اي. وارڊ جي ڊزائن موجب 1876ع ۾ مڪمل ٿي. هن رهائشي عمارت کي خاص طور باهه کان وڌيڪ تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ جي مقصد سان تعمير ڪيو ويو.

جرمن سول انجنيئر '''[[گستاو ايڊولف وائس]]''' پڻ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم شخصيت هو. 1879ع ۾ هن جوزف مونيي جي پيٽنٽن جا جرمن حق خريد ڪيا، ۽ 1884ع ۾ سندس ڪمپني '''[[ويس اينڊ فريٽيگ]]''' انهن طريقن کي پهريون ڀيرو تجارتي بنيادن تي استعمال ڪيو. 1890ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين وائس ۽ سندس ڪمپني مونيي جي نظام کي وڌيڪ ترقي ڏئي ان کي هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي ٻڌل، منظم ۽ قابل اعتماد تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آسٽريليا]] جي '''[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]''' ملڪ جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي. هن پل جي ڊزائن [[الفريڊ بارٽن بريڊي]] تيار ڪئي، جيڪو 1896ع ۾ [[ڪئينز لينڊ]] جو سرڪاري معمار هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge |publisher=Queensland Government}}&lt;/ref&gt; پل ۾ 15.2 ميٽر ڊگها يارنهن اسپين هئا ۽ ان جي ڪل ڊيگهه لڳ ڀڳ 187 ميٽر هئي، جيڪا ان دور ۾ دنيا جي ساڳئي قسم جي مشهور پلن کان به وڏي سمجهي ويندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge, Mary River, 1896- |publisher=Engineers Australia}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات ===

ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تيزيءَ سان مقبول تعميراتي مواد بڻجي ويو. ان عرصي دوران انجنيئرن ۽ معمارن هن ٽيڪنالاجي کي اوچي عمارتن، پلن ۽ ٻين وڏن تعميراتي منصوبن ۾ استعمال ڪرڻ شروع ڪيو.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل شروعاتي اوچين عمارتن مان هڪ 16 ماڙ '''انگالس بلڊنگ''' هئي، جيڪا 1904ع ۾ آمريڪا جي شهر سنسناٽي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;CIVL1101&quot;/&gt;

ڏکڻ ڪيليفورنيا ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پهرين عمارت '''لافلن اينيڪس''' هئي، جيڪا 1905ع ۾ لاس اينجلس جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Los Angeles from the Mountains to the Sea |volume=2 |last=McGroarty |first=John Steven |year=1921 |page=176}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Annual Report of the City Auditor, City of Los Angeles |year=1905 |pages=71–73}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع دوران لاس اينجلس ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن لاءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ سورهن تعميراتي اجازت ناما جاري ڪيا ويا. انهن ۾ '''ٽيمپل آڊيٽوريم''' ۽ اٺ ماڙ '''هيورڊ هوٽل''' به شامل هئا، جيڪي ان ڳالهه جو ثبوت هئا ته هي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي تيزيءَ سان عام ٿي رهي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |last=Williams |first=D. |title=What Builders are Doing |journal=Carpentry and Building |year=1907 |page=66}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |title=Reinforced Concrete Buildings at Los Angeles, Cal. |journal=Engineering News-Record |year=1906 |volume=55 |page=449}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ لانگ بيچ ۾ تعمير هيٺ '''بڪسبي هوٽل''' جو هڪ حصو وقت کان اڳ عارضي سهارن (Shoring) کي هٽائڻ سبب ڊهي پيو، جنهن ۾ ڏهه مزدور فوت ٿي ويا. هن حادثي کان پوءِ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعميراتي طريقن ۽ عمارتن جي جاچ پڙتال بابت وڌيڪ سخت ضابطا اختيار ڪيا ويا. ماهرن سفارش ڪئي ته مستقبل ۾ فرشن، ڀتين ۽ ڍانچي جي ٻين اهم حصن ۾ مڪمل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تعمير وڌيڪ محفوظ بڻجي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite magazine |title=Partial Collapse of the Bixby Hotel at Long Beach |magazine=Architect and Engineer of California |year=1906 |volume=VII |issue=1 |pages=44–48}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1904ع جي اپريل مهيني ۾ آمريڪي معمار ۽ انجنيئر '''جوليا مورگن''' پنهنجي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارت، '''ايل ڪيمپانيل'''، مڪمل ڪئي، جيڪا 72 فوٽ اوچي گهنڊ گهر (بيل ٽاور) هئي ۽ ملز ڪاليج ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=El Campanil, Mills College: Julia Morgan 1903–1904}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو ۾ آيل شديد زلزلي دوران ايل ڪيمپانيل کي ڪو به اهم نقصان نه پهتو، جنهن سان جوليا مورگن جي شهرت ۾ وڏو اضافو ٿيو ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي تي عوام جو اعتماد پڻ وڌيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Julia Morgan-designed Mills bell tower counts down to its 115th anniversary}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Bay Area Architect Julia Morgan's Legacy Wasn't Just Hearst Castle}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع جي زلزلي کان پوءِ عوام ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت موجود شڪ شبها به گهڻي حد تائين ختم ٿي ويا. ان کان اڳ ڪيترائي ماڻهو هن مواد کي جمالياتي لحاظ کان غير دلڪش سمجهندا هئا، پر زلزلي دوران ان جي بهتر ڪارڪردگي سبب ان جي مقبوليت وڌي وئي. نتيجي طور 1908ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو جي بلدياتي اختيارين عمارت سازي جا ضابطا تبديل ڪري رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وڌيڪ وسيع استعمال جي اجازت ڏني.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=How one building survived the San Francisco earthquake and changed the world}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== معيارن جي جوڙجڪ ۽ ضابطا ===

1906ع ۾ '''نيشنل ايسوسيئيشن آف سيمينٽ يوزرس''' (مختصر: NACU) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پهريون معياري دستاويز '''اسٽينڊرڊ نمبر 1''' شايع ڪيو، جنهن ۾ پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ جي معيار، خاصيتن ۽ استعمال بابت بنيادي فني گهرجون مقرر ڪيون ويون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Specifications for Portland Cement of the American Society for Testing Materials, Standard No. 1 |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1906 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان پوءِ 1910ع ۾ ساڳئي اداري '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال لاءِ معياري عمارتي ضابطا''' (''اسٽينڊرڊ بلڊنگ ريگيوليشنز فار دي يوز آف ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ '') جاري ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Building Regulations for the Use of Reinforced Concrete |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1910 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن ضابطن ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن، تعمير، جاچ ۽ استعمال بابت تفصيلي فني هدايتون شامل هيون.
انهن معيارن جي جاري ٿيڻ سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميراتي ادارن وٽ هڪجهڙن اصولن تحت ٿيڻ لڳي. نتيجي طور تعميراتي حفاظت، معيار، مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ نمايان بهتري آئي، ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جديد عمارت سازيءَ جي سڀ کان اهم تعميراتي مواد مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

== تعمير ۾ استعمال ==

[[فائل:SagradaFamiliaRoof2.jpg|thumb|upright=1.5|right|2009ع ۾ تعمير هيٺ [[ساگراڊا فاميليا]] جي ڇت ۾ لڳايل فولادي سلاخون (ريبار).]]

[[فائل:O Cristo Redentor.JPG|thumb|[[ريو ڊي جينيرو]]، [[برازيل]] ۾ واقع '''مسيح ڇوٽڪارو ڏيندڙ''' جو مجسمو، جيڪو رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان تعمير ٿيل آهي ۽ ان جي ٻاهرئين سطح هزارين ٽڪنڊي صابڻي پٿر (Soapstone) جي ٽڪرن سان ڍڪيل آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia |title=Christ the Redeemer |encyclopedia=Encyclopædia Britannica |last=Murray |first=Lorraine |url=http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/1435544/Christ-the-Redeemer}}&lt;/ref&gt;]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ تعميراتي صنعت ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد مان هڪ آهي. ان جي مدد سان مختلف قسمن جا تعميراتي جزا ۽ ڍانچا تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ تختو|ڪنڪريٽ جا تختا]] (Slabs)، [[ڀت]]، [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاعون]] (Beams)، [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀا]]، [[بنياد]]، ڍانچا (Frames) ۽ ٻيا ڪيترائي تعميراتي حصا شامل آهن.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي تعمير جي طريقي موجب عام طور ٻن قسمن ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي:

* '''اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري ڪاسٽ ڪنڪريٽ)، جنهن جا جزا ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪري تعميراتي هنڌ تي نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن.
* '''جاءِ تي وڌل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (ڪاسٽ-ان -پليس ڪنڪريٽ)، جيڪو سڌو سنئون تعميراتي هنڌ تي شٽرنگ اندر وجهي تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڪنهن به عمارت ۾ مناسب فرش نظام (Floor System) جي چونڊ ۽ ڊزائن انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان عمارت جي مجموعي ڪارڪردگي تي سڌو اثر پوي ٿو. فرش جي ڊزائن ۾ معمولي تبديليون به تعميراتي مواد جي خرچ، تعمير مڪمل ٿيڻ جي مدت، ڍانچي جي آخري مضبوطي، سار سنڀال جي خرچن، استعمال ڪندڙن جي گنجائش ۽ عمارت جي آخري استعمال تي نمايان اثر وجهي سگهن ٿيون.

فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کان سواءِ جديد دور جون گهڻ ماڙ عمارتون، وڏيون پلون ۽ ٻيا وڏا ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا محفوظ ۽ عملي طور تعمير ڪرڻ ممڪن نه هجي ها.

=== رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا ===

جڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا تعمير ۾ استعمال ٿين ٿا ته اهي ٻاهران لاڳو ٿيندڙ [[تعميراتي بار]] (Structural load) جي اثر هيٺ مخصوص ميڪانيڪي رويو ظاهر ڪندا آهن. استعمال دوران انهن جزن تي هيٺيان قسم جا بار يا قوتون عمل ڪري سگهن ٿيون:&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |author=Bungale S. Taranath |title=Reinforced Concrete Design of Tall Buildings |publisher=CRC Press |year=2009 |page=7 |isbn=978-1-4398-0481-0}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينشن)
* [[دٻاءُ]] (ڪمپريشن)
* [[وڪڙجڻ]] (بينڊنگ)
* [[ڪٽائي دٻاءُ]] (شيئر)
* [[مروڙ]] (ٽورزن)

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن اهڙي نموني ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو اهو انهن سڀني قوتن کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ تعميراتي ڍانچي جي استحڪام، مضبوطي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي يقيني بڻائي.

=== فولادي سلاخن جي ڊزائن ===

رِيئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن هميشه قابل انجنيئر يا لاڳاپيل فني اداري طرفان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي. سلاخن جو قطر، وڇاءُ، چڙهاڪو ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه عمارت جي قسم، بار ۽ لاڳو تعميراتي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي بندش ===

فولادي سلاخون تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪٽي، موڙي ۽ تار سان مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. انهن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تھ رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن سلاخون زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ۽ ڍانچي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي. ضرورت موجب ڪنڍا (Hooks) ۽ چڙهاڪو (Overlap) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== تياري  ===

آر سي سي مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارو تعميراتي مواد آهي. ان کي مختلف شڪلين ۾ آسانيءَ سان ڍالي سگهجي ٿو، باهه ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿو، پاڻيءَ جي نفوذ کي گهٽ ڪري ٿو ۽ عام حالتن ۾ گهٽ مرمت جي ضرورت پوي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ملاوٽ ===

آر سي سي جي ملاوٽ هٿ سان يا ڪنڪريٽ مڪسر ذريعي ڪئي ويندي آهي. ننڍن تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ هٿ سان ملاوٽ، جڏهن ته وڏن منصوبن ۾ مشيني ملاوٽ کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها وڌيڪ هڪجهڙائي، تيزي ۽ معياري نتيجا فراهم ڪندي آهي ۽ مواد جي زيان کي گهٽائيندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب ===

پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو مناسب تناسب آر سي سي جي مضبوطي، ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر وجهي ٿو. گهڻو پاڻي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت گهٽائي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته گهٽ پاڻي ملاوٽ کي صحيح نموني استعمال ڪرڻ ۾ ڏکيائي پيدا ڪري سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== جھڪاءُ پرک ===

ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ گهاٽاڻ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ '''جھڪاءُ پرک''' (سلمپ ٽيسٽ) ڪئي ويندي آهي. هن آزمائش ۾ مخروط شڪل واري فولادي قالب ۾ تازي ڪنڪريٽ ڀري ان جي ويهڻ يا جھڪاءَ جي ماپ ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ملاوٽ مقرر معيار مطابق آهي يا نه.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


=== ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀرائي ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ شٽرنگ، فولادي سلاخن ۽ ٻين لڪل خدمتن جهڙوڪ برقي پائيپن جي جانچ ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي بنا رڪاوٽ جي مناسب رفتار سان وڌو ويندو آهي ۽ ضرورت موجب وائبريٽر ذريعي ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ڪيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن هوا جا خانا ختم ٿين ۽ ''هني ڪومبنگ'' (Honeycombing) جهڙا نقص پيدا نه ٿين.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== سار سنڀال ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ مناسب عرصي تائين ان کي پاڻي ڏئي آلو رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان سيمينٽ جي مڪمل هائيڊريشن ٿئي ٿي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ پاڻيءَ جي مزاحمت وڌي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== رويو ==

=== مواد ===

{{ڏسو پڻ|ڪنڪريٽ|سيمينٽ|تعميراتي بجري|فولادي سلاخ}}

ڪنڪريٽ هڪ گڏيل تعميراتي مواد آهي، جيڪو ٿلهي بجري (جهڙوڪ پٿر يا سرن جي ٽڪرن)، نفيس بجري (عام طور ريتي يا ڀڳل پٿر)، ڳنڍيندڙ مواد (اڪثر [[پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ]]) ۽ پاڻي جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. جڏهن سيمينٽ کي مناسب مقدار ۾ پاڻي سان ملايو وڃي ٿو ته ان ۾ [[هائيڊريشن]]  جو ڪيميائي عمل شروع ٿئي ٿو، جنهن دوران انتهائي ننڍا قلمي (ڪرسٽلائين) ڍانچا ٺهن ٿا. اهي قلمي ڍانچا بجري جي ذرڙن کي پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍي هڪ سخت ۽ مضبوط جسم ۾ تبديل ڪري ڇڏين ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Materials principles and practice|page=61|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|page=357|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;
ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ بجري ۽ ريتي نقصانڪار مادَن، جهڙوڪ حياتياتي گندگين، سلٽ، مٽي، لگنائيٽ ۽ ٻين غير مناسب آميزشن کان پاڪ هجڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙيون آميزشون ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري کي متاثر ڪري سگهن ٿيون.

عام ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءَ (ڪمپريشن) کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي تمام وڏي صلاحيت رکي ٿو، پر جيڪڏهن ان تي نمايان ڇڪ (ٽينشن) پيدا ٿئي، مثال طور وڪڙجڻ (بينڊنگ) سبب، ته ان جي اندر موجود قلمي ڍانچو ٽٽڻ شروع ٿي ويندو آهي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڏار پئجي ويندا آهن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ الڳ ٿيڻ لڳندو آهي. انهيءَ سبب عام (غير ريئنفورسڊ) ڪنڪريٽ کي هميشه اهڙي نموني سهارو ڏنو ويندو آهي، جو ان ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي.

جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر اهڙو مواد رکيو وڃي، جيڪو ڇڪ کي تمام سٺي نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي، جهڙوڪ فولاد، ته پوءِ حاصل ٿيندڙ گڏيل مادو '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' بڻجي ويندو آهي. اهڙي گڏيل مواد ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪري ٿو، جڏهن ته فولادي سلاخون تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪن ٿيون. نتيجي طور اهو نه رڳو دٻاءُ، پر وڪڙجڻ ۽ ٻين تنشي بارن کي به محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ٿو. اهڙي گڏيل نظام کي تعميراتي ضرورت موجب لڳ ڀڳ هر شڪل ۽ ماپ ۾ تيار ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== اهم خاصيتون ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جون غيرمعمولي تعميراتي خاصيتون بنيادي طور هيٺين سببن جي ڪري پيدا ٿين ٿيون:

# ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي [[حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جي عدد]] (ڪوئفيشنٽ آف ٿرمل ايڪسپينشن) تقريباً هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي. تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ٻنهي موادن جي ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ ۾ گهڻو فرق نٿو اچي، جنهن ڪري اندروني دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيڻ جا امڪان گهٽجي وڃن ٿا.

# جڏهن سيمينٽ جو ليپ سخت ٿئي ٿو ته اهو فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿو. نتيجي طور بار يا دٻاءُ ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ مؤثر نموني منتقل ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ چنبڙڻ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط بڻائڻ لاءِ فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري کي عام طور تي اُڀن نشانن يا نالين (ڊيفارميشنز) سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

# سخت ٿيل سيمينٽ جي ليپ ۾ موجود [[الڪلائن]] ماحول، جيڪو پوٽاشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ، سوڊيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ ۽ [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] جي موجودگي سبب پيدا ٿيندو آهي، فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي هڪ حفاظتي غيرفعال (پيسيويشن) تهه ٺاهي ڇڏيندو آهي. هي تهه فولاد کي زنگ لڳڻ کان وڏي حد تائين بچائيندو آهي.

وقت سان گڏ جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ هوا ۽ مينهن جي پاڻيءَ جي رابطي ۾ اچي ٿو ته فضا ۾ موجود ڪاربان ڊاءِ آڪسائيڊ پاڻي سان ملي [[ڪاربونڪ تيزاب]] ٺاهي ٿي. هي تيزاب سيمينٽ جي الڪلائن جزن سان آهستي آهستي ڪيميائي عمل ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيت گهٽائيندو آهي. انهيءَ عمل کي '''ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن'''  چيو ويندو آهي. نتيجي طور ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ (pH) آهستي آهستي گهٽجي ويندو آهي، ۽ جڏهن اهو ڪافي گهٽجي وڃي ٿو ته فولادي سلاخن جي حفاظتي تهه ختم ٿيڻ لڳندي آهي، جنهن کان پوءِ زنگ لڳڻ جو خطرو وڌي ويندو آهي.

عام طور تي جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ لڳ ڀڳ 11 کان مٿي هجي ته فولادي سلاخون محفوظ رهنديون آهن، جڏهن ته پي ايڇ 10 کان هيٺ اچڻ تي، مقامي ماحول ۽ فولاد جي خاصيتن موجب، زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو. ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن ۽ [[ڪلورائيڊ]]ن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي خراب ٿيڻ جا سڀ کان اهم سبب سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.

عام رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جو ڪُل ايراضو گهڻو نه هوندو آهي. عام طور شعاعن ۽ تختن ۾ اهو لڳ ڀڳ هڪ سيڪڙو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه ٿنڀن ۾ ڇهه سيڪڙو تائين ٿي سگهي ٿو. فولادي سلاخون اڪثر گول شڪل واريون هونديون آهن ۽ مختلف قطرن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن.

ڪجهه رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ خالي سوراخ يا کوکلا حصا (ھالو ڪورز) پڻ رکيا ويندا آهن، جيئن نمي ۽ گهم تي بهتر ضابطو آڻي سگهجي.

تحقيق مان معلوم ٿيو آهي ته عمودي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزن ۾، ريئنفورسمينٽ موجود هجڻ باوجود، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي سڄي ڪراس سيڪشن ۾ مڪمل طور هڪجهڙي نه هوندي، پر ڪجهه حد تائين غير يڪسان (انھوموجينيس) ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;&quot;Concrete Inhomogeneity of Vertical Cast-In-Situ Elements In Frame-Type Buildings&quot;.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو گڏيل عمل ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي جو بنيادي اصول اهو آهي ته ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ هڪ گڏيل (ڪمپوزٽ) نظام جي صورت ۾ ڪم ڪن. جڏهن ڪنهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزو تي بار لاڳو ٿئي ٿو، ته فولادي سلاخن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ ڊگھائي يا وڪڙ (اسٽرين) بلڪل ساڳيو هجڻ گهرجي، جيڪو چوڌاري موجود ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. جيڪڏهن ٻنهي موادن جي وڪڙ ۾ فرق پيدا ٿئي ته سندن وچ ۾ سُرڪڻ (سلپ)، الڳ ٿيڻ (سيپريشن) يا بناوتي بيقاعدگي (ڊسڪنٽينيوئٽي) پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي، جنهن سان ڍانچي جي مضبوطي متاثر ٿئي ٿي.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل عمل کي برقرار رکڻ لاءِ بار جو مؤثر منتقلي ٿيڻ ضروري آهي. بار پهرين ڪنڪريٽ مان فولادي سلاخ جي مٿاڇري تائين منتقل ٿئي ٿو، پوءِ اُتان فولادي سلاخ جي سڄي ڊگھائي ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ جي صورت ۾ ورهائجي وڃي ٿو. هي عمل ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ موجود مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ يا اينڪوريج) جي ذريعي ممڪن بڻجي ٿو، جيڪو ٻنهي موادن جي رابطي واري سطح تي لڳاتار دٻاءُ جو ميدان (ڪنٽينيوئس اسٽريس فيلڊ) پيدا ڪري ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل طور ڪم ڪرڻ جا بنيادي سبب هي آهن:

* فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿي، تنهنڪري ٻئي گڏجي ٻاهرين بارن کي برداشت ڪن ٿا.
* ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جا عدد تقريباً هڪجهڙا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب سندن وچ ۾ نقصانڪار حرارتي دٻاءُ پيدا نٿو ٿئي.
* ڪنڪريٽ جو الڪلائن ماحول فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائي ٿو ۽ انهن جي عمر وڌائي ٿو.

=== ڪنڪريٽ ۾ بندش ===

فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ بندش (بانڊ) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنيادي خاصيتن مان هڪ آهي. عملي طور بندش جو دٻاءُ سلاخ جي سڄي ڊيگهه ۾ هڪجهڙو نه هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري جديد تعميراتي ضابطن ۾ بندش جي دٻاءُ بدران '''ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي''' (ڊولپمينٽ لينٿ) جو تصور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي مان مراد فولادي سلاخ جي اها گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ڊيگهه آهي، جيڪا ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود هجڻ ضروري آهي، ته جيئن سلاخ پنهنجي مڪمل ييلڊ اسٽريس تائين پهچي سگهي، بغير ڪنڪريٽ مان سُرڪڻ جي.

جيڪڏهن موجود ڊيگهه گهربل ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي کان گهٽ هجي ته اضافي بندش مهيا ڪرڻ لاءِ مختلف طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جهڙوڪ:

* ڪنڍا (ھڪس)
* موڙ (بينڊس)
* ميخانياتي پڇاڙيون (ميڪينيڪل اينڊ پليٽس)
* ٻيا مناسب اينڪريج جا ذريعا

اهي سڀئي طريقا فولادي سلاخن کي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوطي سان جڪڙي رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

=== ليپ اسپلائس ===

جڏهن فولادي سلاخ جي ڊيگهه ڪافي نه هجي يا ٻن سلاخن کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍڻو هجي ته ٻنهي سلاخن کي هڪ مقرر ڊيگهه تائين هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهائي رکيو ويندو آهي. هن طريقي کي '''ليپ اسپلائس''' چيو ويندو آهي.

ليپ اسپلائس جو مقصد ٻنهي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ دٻاءُ ۽ تنشي قوتن جي محفوظ منتقلي کي يقيني بڻائڻ آهي، جيئن ڍانچي جي تسلسل برقرار رهي. ليپ اسپلائس جي گهربل ڊيگهه تعميراتي ضابطن موجب سلاخ جي قطر، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، فولاد جي درجي ۽ لاڳو ٿيندڙ بار جي بنياد تي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal|title=Monotonic and Cyclic Seismic Analyses of Old-Type RC Columns with Short Lap Splices|journal=Construction Materials|volume=4|issue=2|year=2024|pages=329–341}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زنگ کان بچاءَ جا طريقا ===

ٿڌن ۽ نمي وارن علائقن ۾، خاص طور روڊن، پلن، پارڪنگ ڍانچن ۽ انهن تعميرن ۾ جيڪي برف ڳارڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لوڻ (Deicing Salt) جي رابطي ۾ اچن ٿيون، فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مختلف حفاظتي طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن.

انهن ۾ هيٺيان طريقا شامل آهن:

* گهٽ ڪاربان ۽ ڪروميم تي ٻڌل زنگ-مزاحمتي فولادي سلاخن جو استعمال؛
* ايپوڪسي (Epoxy) سان ڍڪيل فولادي سلاخون؛
* گرم طريقي سان جست لڳايل (ھاٽ-ڊپ گيلوانائيزڊ) فولادي سلاخون؛
* اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون فولادي سلاخون.

انهن کان علاوه مناسب ڊزائن، اعليٰ معيار جي ڪنڪريٽ، صحيح پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب ۽ مناسب حفاظتي تهه (ڪنڪريٽ ڪور) پڻ فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪن ٿا.

فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ جست فاسفيٽ (زنڪ فاسفيٽ) جهڙا حفاظتي ليپ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر ڪيميائي عمل ذريعي هڪ مستحڪم حفاظتي تهه ٺاهي زنگ جي رفتار گهٽائيندا آهن.

ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري تي مختلف سيلنٽ (Sealants)، جهڙوڪ رنگ، پلاسٽڪ فلمون، فوم، ايلومينيم ورق يا بينٽونائيٽ مٽي جا حفاظتي تهه پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي پاڻي ۽ نقصانڪار لوڻن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي گهٽائيندا آهن.

ان کان علاوه ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ وقت پاڻيءَ جي ملاوٽ ۾ زنگ روڪيندڙ ڪيميائي مادا (ڪوروژن انھبٽرز)، جهڙوڪ ڪيلشيم نائٽرائيٽ، پڻ شامل ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي مادا فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي حفاظتي غيرفعال تهه (پيسيويشن ليئر) برقرار رکن ٿا، جنهن سان زنگ لڳڻ جو امڪان نمايان طور گهٽجي وڃي ٿو.

== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ شعاعن جي اصطلاحات ==

[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|پارڪنگ گيراج جي تختي سان گڏيل ٻه هڪٻئي کي ڪٽيندڙ شعاعون، جن ۾ فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ برقي تارن، جنڪشن باڪسز ۽ روشنيءَ جي ٻين برقي حصن جي لڳائڻ جي تياري پڻ نظر اچي ٿي.]]

[[فائل:Fideo o’r trawst concrit olaf yn cael ei osod – Tach 2016 Last concrete beam installation – 2016.webm|thumb|اوچي شاهراهه تي آخري ڪنڪريٽي شعاع رکڻ جو مختصر وڊيو، جيڪا ويلز جي ڪارڊف بي ڀرسان نئين شاهراهه جي تعمير جو حصو آهي.]]

جڏهن ڪنهن [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاع]] تي [[وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو]] (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) عمل ڪري ٿو ته شعاع ۾ ٿورو وڪڙ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ حالت ۾ شعاع جي ٻاهرئين پاسي (تنشي پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اندرئين پاسي (دٻاءُ واري پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ هوندو آهي.

'''يڪ-طرفو ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (سنگلي ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ رڳو تنشي پاسي لڳائي ويندي آهي. هن فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي '''تنشي فولاد''' (ٽينشن اسٽيل) چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ ان جو مقصد تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.

'''ٻه-طرفو ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (ڊبلي ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي پاسي سان گڏ دٻاءُ واري پاسي به فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ لڳائي ويندي آهي. دٻاءُ واري پاسي لڳايل فولاد کي '''دٻاءُ وارو فولاد''' (ڪمپيشن اسٽيل) چيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد ڪنڪريٽ کي دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيڻ ۽ اضافي دٻاءَ کي سنڀالڻ هوندو آهي. جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو گهربل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪافي نه هجي، يا معمار شعاع جي ماپ وڌائڻ جي اجازت نه ڏئي، تڏهن اضافي دٻاءُ وارو فولاد استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

'''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (انڊر-ريئينفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان گهٽ هوندي آهي. اهڙي شعاع تي جڏهن وڪڙجڻ وارو بار آهستي آهستي وڌندو آهي ته سڀ کان پهرين تنشي فولاد پنهنجي لچڪدار حد (ييلڊ) تائين پهچي ڊگهو ٿيڻ شروع ڪندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ اڃا مڪمل طور نه ٽٽندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ شعاع ۾ وڏو وڪڙ ۽ واضح تبديليون پيدا ٿينديون آهن، جيڪي ممڪن ناڪامي بابت اڳواٽ خبردار ڪن ٿيون. انهيءَ سبب تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ اهڙي قسم جي شعاع کي وڌيڪ محفوظ تصور ڪيو ويندو آهي، ۽ عام طور ڊزائن فولاد جي ييلڊ اسٽريس جي بنياد تي ڪئي ويندي آهي.

'''وڌيڪ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (اوور-ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان وڌيڪ هوندي آهي. اهڙي حالت ۾ فولاد ييلڊ ٿيڻ کان اڳ ئي ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو چِٿجي (ڪرشنگ) وڃي ٿو، جنهن سبب شعاع بنا ڪنهن واضح اڳواٽ خبرداري جي اوچتو ناڪام ٿي سگهي ٿي. انهيءَ ڪري اهڙي ڊزائن کي غير محفوظ سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

'''متوازن ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (بئلنسڊ ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ شعاع تي مقرر ٿيل بار وڌڻ سان ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو ۽ تنشي فولاد تقريباً هڪ ئي وقت پنهنجي آخري حد تائين پهچي وڃن ٿا. اهڙي حالت ۾ ڪنڪريٽ چِٿجي وڃي ٿو ۽ فولاد پڻ ييلڊ ڪري ٿو. جيتوڻيڪ هن حالت ۾ ٻنهي موادن جي طاقت جو متوازن استعمال ٿئي ٿو، پر ناڪامي تقريباً اوچتي ٿيندي آهي، تنهنڪري هي ڊزائن به عملي طور وڌيڪ محفوظ نه سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Nilson, Darwin, Dolan. ''Design of Concrete Structures''. McGraw-Hill Education, 2003. pp. 80–90.&lt;/ref&gt;

انهيءَ سبب فولادي ريئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا اهي جزا، جيڪي وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو برداشت ڪن ٿا، عام طور '''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ''' (انڊر-ريئينفورسڊ) طريقي سان ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن، ته جيئن ناڪامي کان اڳ واضح خبرداري ملي سگهي.

'''خاصيتي مضبوطي''' (ڪئريڪٽرسٽڪ اسٽرينٿ) اها مضبوطي آهي، جنهن کان گهٽ نتيجو صرف پنج سيڪڙو يا ان کان گهٽ آزمائشي نمونن ۾ ملي ٿو.

'''ڊزائن مضبوطي''' يا '''نامياري مضبوطي''' (ڊزائين اسٽرينٿ يا نامينل اسٽرينٿ) اها مضبوطي آهي، جيڪا حفاظتي عامل (سيفٽي فيڪٽر) کي نظر ۾ رکي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. اجازت لائق دٻاءَ واري ڊزائن (پرمزيبل اسٽريس ڊزائين) ۾ حفاظتي عامل عام طور 0.75 کان 0.85 جي وچ ۾ هوندو آهي.

'''آخري حد واري حالت''' (الٽيميٽ لمٽ اسٽيٽ) اها نظرياتي حالت آهي، جنهن تي ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان موجود هوندو آهي. ان جو اندازو حفاظتي عامل سان وڌايل بارن (فيڪٽرڊ لوڊ) ۽ حفاظتي عامل سان گهٽايل مزاحمت (فيڪٽرڊ رزسٽنس) جي بنياد تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا عام طور بين الاقوامي ضابطن ۽ معيارن، جهڙوڪ ACI 318، CEB ۽ يورو ڪوڊ 2 وغيره مطابق ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي ڊزائن لاءِ WSD (ورڪنگ اسٽريس ڊزائين)، USD (الٽيميٽ اسٽرينٿ ڊزائين) يا LRFD (لوڊ اينڊ رزسٽنس فيڪٽر ڊزائين) جهڙا طريقا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. تجزيو ۽ ڊزائن ليڪيرِي (لينيئر) يا غير ليڪيرِي (نان-لينيئر) طريقن سان به ڪري سگهجن ٿا. عمارت سازي جا ضابطا اڪثر حفاظتي عاملن سان گڏ ليڪيرِي طريقن جي سفارش ڪن ٿا، جڏهن ته ڪجهه خاص حالتن ۾ غير ليڪيرِي عددي تجزيا پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Techno Press|journal=Structural Engineering and Mechanics|volume=53|issue=4|year=2015}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Energy based structural damage index based on nonlinear numerical simulation of structures subjected to oriented lateral cyclic loading|journal=International Journal of Civil Engineering|volume=9|issue=3|year=2011|pages=155–164}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ ==

{{Main|اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ}}

'''اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري اسٽريسڊ ڪنڪريٽ) اهڙي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي شعاعن ۽ ٻين بناوتي جزن جي بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت کي نمايان طور وڌايو ويندو آهي.

هن طريقي ۾ شعاع جي هيٺئين حصي ۾ موجود فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ، جيڪا استعمال دوران تنشي قوتن جي اثر هيٺ ايندي آهي، ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ئي ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ آندي ويندي آهي. ان کان پوءِ ان جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وڌو ويندو آهي. جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ مڪمل طور سخت ٿي وڃي ٿو ته فولادي سلاخن تان اڳواٽ ڏنل ڇڪ آزاد ڪئي ويندي آهي. ان جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر مستقل دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) پيدا ٿي ويندو آهي.

جڏهن بعد ۾ شعاع تي بار لاڳو ٿيندو آهي ته فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ اضافي تنشي دٻاءُ برداشت ڪندي آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ ۾ موجود اڳواٽ دٻاءُ آهستي آهستي گهٽبو آهي، پر عام حالتن ۾ اهو تنشي دٻاءُ ۾ تبديل نه ٿيندو آهي.

ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڪنڪريٽ مسلسل دٻاءُ هيٺ رهندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان ۾ ڏار پوڻ، وڪڙجڻ سبب نقصان پهچڻ ۽ بناوتي ناڪامي جا امڪان عام رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀيٽ ۾ گهڻا گهٽ هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|pages=372–373|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|others=George Weidmann, P. R. Lewis, Nick Reid, Open University. Materials Department|isbn=0-408-04658-9|location=Milton Keynes, U.K.|oclc=20693897}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== فولاد سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ناڪامي جا عام نمونا ==

[[فائل:Concrete spall (interior of unit).jpg|thumb|سنگاپور ۾ هڪ آفيس جي ڇت مان ڪنڪريٽ جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي ڪرڻ. اهو نقصان ممڪن آهي ته فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ سبب پيدا ٿيو هجي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بنيادي طور ٻن سببن جي ڪري ناڪام ٿي سگهي ٿو: پهريون، جڏهن ان جي مضبوطي گهربل حد کان گهٽ هجي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ بناوتي يا مشيني ناڪامي (ميڪينيڪل فيليوئر) پيدا ٿئي؛ ۽ ٻيو، جڏهن وقت سان گڏ ان جي پائيداري گهٽجي وڃي. خراب ڊزائن يا غير معياري تعمير سبب زنگ لڳڻ ۽ ٿڌ ۾ ڄمڻ ۽ وري ڳرڻ (فريز–ٿا سائيڪل) جا بار بار ٿيندڙ عمل ڪنڪريٽ کي نقصان پهچائي سگهن ٿا.

جڏهن فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳندو آهي ته زنگ جا پيداوار (رسٽ) پنهنجي اصل ڌاتوءَ جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مقدار والاريندا آهن. انهيءَ ڦهلاءَ سبب ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏار پوندا آهن، مٿاڇري جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي پوندا آهن (اسپيلنگ)، ۽ فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ موجود بندش ڪمزور ٿي ويندي آهي. اهڙي طرح ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کان الڳ ٿيڻ لڳندي آهي، جنهن سان ڍانچي جي مضبوطي ۽ عمر ٻنهي تي منفي اثر پوندو آهي.

هيٺ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پائيداري کي متاثر ڪندڙ اهم سبب بيان ڪيا ويا آهن.

=== مشيني ناڪامي ===

ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏار پوڻ کي مڪمل طور روڪڻ عملي طور ممڪن نه هوندو آهي، پر مناسب مقدار ۾ ريئنفورسمينٽ، ڪنٽرول جوائنٽن، صحيح سنڀال (Curing) ۽ مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جي ملاوٽ ذريعي انهن ڏارن جي ماپ، تعداد ۽ هنڌ کي وڏي حد تائين ضابطي ۾ آڻي سگهجي ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ ڏار نمي ۽ پاڻي کي اندر داخل ٿيڻ جو رستو فراهم ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو. بناوتي ڊزائن ۾ اهڙي حالت کي عام طور ''سروس لائق حد واري ناڪامي'' (سروسبلٽي لمٽ اسٽيٽ) چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي نقصان سان ڍانچي جي استعمال جي صلاحيت متاثر ٿيندي آهي، ڀلي اهو فوري طور نه ڊهي.

عام طور ڏار پوڻ جا اهم سبب هي هوندا آهن:

* فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي مقدار ضرورت کان گهٽ هجڻ؛
* فولادي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ تمام گهڻو وڇاءُ هجڻ؛
* مقرر حد کان وڌيڪ بار لاڳو ٿيڻ؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي سخت ٿيڻ دوران گرمي جي تبديلي يا شروعاتي سُڪڙجڻ (ارلي ٿرمل شرنڪيج) سبب اندروني دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيڻ.

ڍانچي جي مڪمل ناڪامي، جيڪا آخرڪار ڊهڻ جو سبب بڻجي سگهي ٿي، هيٺين حالتن ۾ پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي:

* جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ تي دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ان جي برداشت جي حد کان وڌي وڃي ۽ ڪنڪريٽ چِٿجي وڃي (ڪنڪريٽ ڪرشنگ )؛
* جڏهن وڪڙجڻ (بينڊنگ) يا ڪٽائي (Shear) سبب فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ تي پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻاءُ ان جي طاقت کان وڌي وڃي، جنهن سان فولاد ييلڊ ڪري يا ٽٽي پوي؛
* جڏهن فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ موجود بندش (بانڊ) ناڪام ٿي وڃي، جنهن سان فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان سُرڪڻ لڳي ۽ ٻئي مواد گڏيل طور ڪم ڪرڻ بند ڪري ڇڏين.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |year=2016 |title=Remote sensing and photogrammetry techniques in diagnostics of concrete structures |journal=Computers and Concrete |volume=18 |issue=3 |pages=405–420 |doi=10.12989/cac.2016.18.3.405}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاربونيشن ===

[[فائل:Concrete wall cracking as steel reinforcing corrodes and swells 9058.jpg|left|thumb|فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ ۽ ڦهلجڻ سبب ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀت ۾ پيدا ٿيل ڏار. زنگ جو مقدار اصل ڌاتوءَ کان وڌيڪ هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهو ڦهلجي ڪنڪريٽ کي ٽوڙي ڇڏي ٿو. مٿاڇري تان ڪنڪريٽ جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي پوڻ واري عمل کي ''اسپالنگ'' (Spalling) چيو ويندو آهي.]]

[[فائل:Concrete wall cracking as its steel reinforcing cracks and swells 9061v.jpg|left|thumb|ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري ۽ فولادي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ حفاظتي ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه تمام پتلو هجڻ سبب پيدا ٿيل اسپالنگ. اهڙي حالت ۾ ٻاهرين ماحول جي اثر هيٺ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي وڃي ٿو.]]

{{مکيه|ڪاربونيشن}}

'''ڪاربونيشن''' (Carbonation)، جنهن کي غيرجانبداري (Neutralisation) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ ڪيميائي عمل آهي، جنهن ۾ هوا ۾ موجود [[ڪاربان ڊاءِ آڪسائيڊ]] ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] ۽ پاڻي سان گڏيل [[ڪيلشيم سليڪيٽ هائيڊريٽ]] (Calcium Silicate Hydrate، CSH) سان ردعمل ڪري ٿي.

ڪنهن به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچي جي ڊزائن وقت فولادي سلاخن جي چوڌاري موجود ڪنڪريٽ جي حفاظتي تهه (Concrete Cover) جي ٿولهه مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. ان مان مراد فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٻاهرئين مٿاڇري جي وچ وارو فاصلو آهي. هي گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ٿولهه تعميراتي ضابطن ۽ عمارت سازي جي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي.

جيڪڏهن فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري جي تمام ويجهو هجن ته انهن تائين هوا، نمي ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار مادَن جي رسائي جلد ٿي ويندي، جنهن سبب زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو ۽ ڍانچي جي عمر گهٽجي سگهي ٿي. فولادي سلاخن جي مٿان موجود ڪنڪريٽ جي حفاظتي تهه جي ٿولهه کي خاص اوزار، جنهن کي ''ڪور ميٽر'' (Cover Meter) چيو ويندو آهي، جي ذريعي ماپي سگهجي ٿو.

صرف ڪاربونيشن ٿيڻ سان هر ڀيري فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي نقصان نه پهچندو آهي. زنگ لڳڻ لاءِ ضروري آهي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر مناسب مقدار ۾ نمي ۽ آڪسيجن پڻ موجود هجن، ڇو ته انهن جي موجودگي سان برقي-ڪيميائي (اليڪٽرو ڪيميڪل) زنگ لڳڻ وارو عمل شروع ٿئي ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڪاربونيشن جي کوٽائي معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ عام طور ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري ۾ نئون سوراخ ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ان جي تازو ڪٽيل سطح تي '''[[فينولفٿيلين]]'''  جو محلول لڳايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ اڃا الڪلائن حالت ۾ هجي ته اهو محلول گلابي رنگ اختيار ڪندو، جڏهن ته ڪاربونيشن ٿيل حصو بي رنگ رهندو. ان طريقي سان آسانيءَ سان معلوم ڪري سگهجي ٿو ته ڪاربونيشن ڪيتري کوٽائي تائين پهتي آهي. اڳ ۾ موجود سوراخ استعمال ڪرڻ مناسب نه هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان جي ظاهر ٿيل سطح اڳ ئي ڪاربونيشن جو شڪار ٿي چڪي هوندي.

=== ڪلورائيڊ ===

[[ڪلورائيڊ]] جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر ڪافي مقدار ۾ موجود هجن ته اهي فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي زنگ لڳڻ جي عمل کي تيز ڪري سگهن ٿا. ڪلورائيڊ جا آئن (Cl⁻) نه رڳو مخصوص هنڌن تي کڏن جهڙو زنگ  پيدا ڪندا آهن، پر فولاد جي سڄي مٿاڇري تي عام زنگ جو سبب پڻ بڻجي سگهن ٿا. انهيءَ ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي تياري دوران هميشه صاف يا پيئڻ لائق پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ گهرجي، ۽ اها به پڪ ڪرڻ گهرجي ته ريتي، بجري ۽ ٻيا تعميراتي جزا ڪلورائيڊن کان پاڪ هجن. اهڙيءَ طرح ڪلورائيڊ تي ٻڌل ڪيميائي اضافن (Admixtures) کان به پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي.

[[فائل:RebarCloseup.jpg|thumb|right|بنيادن ۽ ڀتين لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ.]]

[[فائل:Paulins Kill Viaduct in Hainesburg, NJ.jpg|thumb|right|آمريڪا جي رياست نيو جرسي ۾ واقع '''پاولنز ڪل واءِ ايڊڪٽ'''، جيڪو 1910ع ۾ مڪمل ٿيڻ وقت دنيا جي سڀ کان وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن مان هڪ هو.]]

ماضي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي جلدي سخت ڪرڻ لاءِ [[ڪيلشيم ڪلورائيڊ]] کي ڪيميائي اضافي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو. ان وقت اهو به سمجهيو ويندو هو ته هي مادو ڪنڪريٽ کي ڄمڻ کان بچائيندو، پر بعد ۾ معلوم ٿيو ته ڪلورائيڊ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳائڻ جو اهم سبب بڻجي ٿو. انهيءَ ڪري اڄڪلهه تعميراتي ڪم ۾ ڪيلشيم ڪلورائيڊ جو استعمال، جيترو ممڪن هجي، کان پاسو ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ٿڌن علائقن ۾ روڊن ۽ پلن تان برف ڳارڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لوڻ رِيئنفورسڊ ۽ اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ جي پلن، شاهراهن ۽ پارڪنگ ڍانچن جي وقت کان اڳ خراب ٿيڻ جا اهم سبب آهن. هن مسئلي کي گهٽائڻ لاءِ ايپوڪسي سان ڍڪيل فولادي سلاخون، ڪيٿوڊڪ تحفظ ۽ فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل پوليمر (FRP) ريئنفورسمينٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي ڪلورائيڊ جي اثر کان گهڻو گهٽ متاثر ٿينديون آهن. ان کان علاوه صحيح نموني ڊزائن ڪيل ۽ مناسب سنڀال هيٺ سخت ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ پڻ برف ڳارڻ وارن لوڻن جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت ڪري سگهي ٿي.

ڪلورائيڊن جو هڪ ٻيو اهم ذريعو [[سامونڊي پاڻي]] آهي. سامونڊي پاڻي ۾ وزني تناسب سان لڳ ڀڳ 3.5 سيڪڙو لوڻ موجود هوندا آهن، جن ۾ [[سوڊيم ڪلورائيڊ]]، [[ميگنيشيم سلفيٽ]]، [[ڪيلشيم سلفيٽ]] ۽ [[بائي ڪاربونيٽ]] شامل آهن. پاڻي ۾ حل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ اهي لوڻ آزاد آئنن جي صورت اختيار ڪندا آهن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي باريڪ سوراخن وسيلي اندر داخل ٿيندا آهن. انهن مان ڪلورائيڊ جا آئن، جيڪي تقريباً اڌ آئنن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن، فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ لاءِ سڀ کان وڌيڪ نقصانڪار هوندا آهن ۽ زنگ لڳڻ جي عمل کي تيز ڪندا آهن.

1960ع ۽ 1970ع واري ڏهاڪي دوران [[ميگني سائيٽ]]، جيڪا ڪلورائيڊ سان مالا مال هڪ ڪاربونيٽ معدنيات آهي، فرشن جي مٿاڇري کي هموار ڪرڻ ۽ آواز گهٽائڻ واري تھ طور به استعمال ڪئي ويندي هئي. بعد ۾ معلوم ٿيو ته جڏهن ميگني سائيٽ نمي سان رابطي ۾ اچي ٿي ته ان ۾ موجود ڪلورائيڊ جي ڪري ڪمزور [[هائيڊروڪلورڪ تيزاب]] ٺهندو آهي. هي تيزاب ڪيترن سالن يا ڏهاڪن دوران ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي آهستي آهستي زنگ لڳائي ڪمزور ڪري ڇڏيندو آهي. اهڙو نقصان خاص طور انهن هنڌن تي وڌيڪ ڏٺو ويو، جتي فرش مسلسل نمي يا پاڻي جي رابطي ۾ رهندا هئا.
=== الڪلائي – سليڪا ردعمل ===

{{Main|الڪلائي–سليڪا ردعمل}}

'''الڪلائي–سليڪا ردعمل''' (مختصر: ASR) هڪ ڪيميائي عمل آهي، جيڪو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ موجود ڪجهه بجري جي ذرڙن ۾ شامل غير قلمي (Amorphous) سليڪا، جهڙوڪ [[ڪيلسيڊوني]]، [[چرٽ]] يا سليڪا سان مالا مال [[چون جو پٿر]]، ۽ سيمينٽ جي مسامن واري محلول ۾ موجود هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ آئنن (OH⁻) جي وچ ۾ ٿيندو آهي.

گهٽ قلمي سليڪا (SiO₂) الڪلائن پاڻيءَ ۾، جنهن جو پي ايڇ (pH) لڳ ڀڳ 12.5 کان 13.5 هوندو آهي، آهستي آهستي حل ٿي ويندي آهي. ان کان پوءِ حل ٿيل [[سليسيڪ تيزاب]]  سيمينٽ جي ليپ ۾ موجود [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] (پورٽلينڊائيٽ) سان ردعمل ڪري ڦهلجندڙ [[ڪيلشيم سليڪيٽ هائيڊريٽ]] ٺاهي ٿو.

هن ڪيميائي عمل جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر مقامي طور ڦهلاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جيڪو [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] پيدا ڪري آخرڪار ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏار پوڻ ۽ ٽٽڻ جو سبب بڻجي سگهي ٿو.

الڪلائي–سليڪا ردعمل ٿيڻ لاءِ هيٺيون ٽي شرطون لازمي آهن:

* بجري ۾ اهڙو جزو موجود هجي، جيڪو الڪلائن سان ردعمل ڪندڙ غير قلمي سليڪا تي مشتمل هجي؛
* سيمينٽ جي مسامن واري محلول ۾ هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ آئنن (OH⁻) جي مناسب مقدار موجود هجي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر لاڳيتي نمي موجود هجي، ۽ نسبتي نمي تقريباً 75 سيڪڙو يا ان کان وڌيڪ هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.bbc.co.uk/dna/h2g2/A4014172 |title=Concrete Cancer |website=h2g2 |publisher=BBC}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.cementindustry.co.uk/main.asp?page=272 |title=Special Section: South West Alkali Incident |publisher=British Cement Association}}&lt;/ref&gt;

عام ٻوليءَ ۾ هن مسئلي کي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن '''ڪنڪريٽ ڪينسر''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهو وقت سان گڏ ڪنڪريٽ کي اندروني طور ڪمزور ڪندو رهي ٿو.

هي ردعمل فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي موجودگيءَ کان آزاد آهي، تنهنڪري وڏا غير رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا، جهڙوڪ [[بند]]، پڻ هن مسئلي کان متاثر ٿي سگهن ٿا.

=== وڏي ايلومينا واري سيمينٽ جي تبديلي ===

'''وڏي ايلومينا واري سيمينٽ'''  ڪمزور تيزابن، خاص طور [[سلفيٽ]]ن، جي اثرن جي خلاف سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿي. هي سيمينٽ تمام تيزيءَ سان سخت ٿيندي آهي ۽ ان مان ٺهيل ڪنڪريٽ شروعاتي مرحلي ۾ تمام گهڻي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري حاصل ڪندو آهي. انهيءَ سبب [[ٻي عالمي جنگ]] کان پوءِ اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل (پري ڪاسٽ) ڪنڪريٽ جي مختلف جزن جي تعمير ۾ هن سيمينٽ جو وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويو.

تنهن هوندي به، هن سيمينٽ جي هڪ اهم خامي اها آهي ته وقت گذرڻ يا وڌيڪ گرمي جي اثر هيٺ ان جي اندروني بناوت ۾ ڪيميائي تبديليون  اچي سگهن ٿيون، خاص طور جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ کي صحيح نموني سان سنڀال نه ڏني وئي هجي. انهن تبديلين جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي آهستي آهستي گهٽجي سگهي ٿي.

1976ع ۾ [[برطانيا]] ۾ وڏي ايلومينا واري سيمينٽ سان تيار ڪيل اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ جي شعاعن تي ٻڌل ٽن ڇتين جي ڊهڻ کان پوءِ هن سيمينٽ جي استعمال تي پابندي لاڳو ڪئي وئي. بعد ۾ ٿيل جاچ مان معلوم ٿيو ته انهن شعاعن جي تياري دوران تعميراتي معيارن تي صحيح نموني عمل نه ڪيو ويو هو، تنهن هوندي به احتياطي قدم طور برطانيا ۾ هن سيمينٽ جي استعمال تي پابندي برقرار رکي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.quest-tech.co.uk/hac.htm|title=High Alumina Cement}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== سلفيٽن جا اثر ===

[[سلفيٽ]] (SO₄²⁻) جيڪڏهن زمين يا زيرزميني پاڻيءَ ۾ ڪافي مقدار ۾ موجود هجن ته اهي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ موجود [[پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ]] سان ڪيميائي ردعمل ڪري سگهن ٿا. هن ردعمل جي نتيجي ۾ ڦهلجندڙ مرڪب، جهڙوڪ [[ايٽرنجائيٽ]] ۽ [[ٿاؤماسائيٽ]]، ٺهن ٿا، جيڪي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني بناوت کي نقصان پهچائي سگهن ٿا ۽ آخرڪار ڍانچي جي وقت کان اڳ ناڪامي جو سبب بڻجي سگهن ٿا.

هن قسم جو حملو گهڻو ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي تختن (سليبس) ۽ بنيادن جي ڀتين ۾ ڏٺو ويندو آهي، جيڪي زمين جي سطح سان سڌي رابطي ۾ هونديون آهن. اهڙن هنڌن تي بار بار آلو ٿيڻ ۽ سُڪڻ جي عمل سبب سلفيٽ آئنن جي مقدار وڌندي رهي ٿي، ۽ جڏهن انهن جو ارتڪاز ڪافي وڌي وڃي ٿو ته اهي پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ تي حملو ڪرڻ شروع ڪن ٿا.

زمين اندر دفن ٿيل ڍانچن، جهڙوڪ [[پائيپ]]ن، ۾ هن قسم جو حملو نسبتاً گهٽ ٿيندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ زمين جي اندر سلفيٽ آئنن جي مقدار آهستي آهستي وڌندي آهي. ان جي شدت گهڻو ڪري ان ڳالهه تي دارومدار رکي ٿي ته اصل زمين ۾ سلفيٽن جي مقدار ڪيتري آهي.

جن منصوبن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جو سڌو رابطو قدرتي زمين سان ٿيڻ وارو هجي، انهن جي ڊزائن واري مرحلي ۾ زمين مان ورتل نمونن جو ڪيميائي تجزيو ڪرڻ گهرجي، ته جيئن سلفيٽن جي موجودگي ۽ انهن جي مقدار جو اندازو لڳائي سگهجي. جيڪڏهن سلفيٽن جي مقدار نقصانڪار حد تائين هجي ته ڪنڪريٽ کي بچائڻ لاءِ مختلف حفاظتي تھ استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿا.

ان کان علاوه، اهڙين حالتن ۾ سلفيٽن جي مزاحمت لاءِ خاص طور تي تيار ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. مثال طور، آمريڪي معيار ''ASTM C150 ٽائيپ 5 پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ'' خاص طور سلفيٽن جي حملي جي مزاحمت لاءِ تيار ڪئي وئي آهي، ۽ ان جو استعمال سلفيٽ سان مالا مال زمين يا پاڻيءَ وارن علائقن ۾ وڌيڪ مناسب سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

== اسٽيل پليٽ تعمير ==

{{Main|اسٽيل پليٽ تعمير}}

اسٽيل پليٽ تعمير (اسٽيل پليٽ ڪنسٽرڪشن) ۾ هڪ ٻئي جي متوازي رکيل اسٽيل جي پليٽن کي اسٽيل جي ڳنڍيندڙ حصن (اسٽرنگرز) ذريعي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيو ويندو آهي. انهن اسٽيل پليٽن جا مجموعا (پليٽ اسيمبليز) عام طور تعميراتي ماڳ کان ٻاهر ڪارخانن ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، پوءِ انهن کي تعميراتي هنڌ تي آڻي ويلڊنگ ذريعي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان اسٽيل جون ڀتيون تيار ٿينديون آهن. اهي ڀتيون بعد ۾ اهڙي قالب (فريم ورڪ) طور ڪم ڪنديون آهن، جنهن جي اندر ڪنڪريٽ وڌو ويندو آهي.

هي تعميراتي طريقو رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير کي وڌيڪ تيز بڻائي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان ۾ تعميراتي ماڳ تي فولادي سلاخون ٻڌڻ ۽ روايتي قالب تيار ڪرڻ جهڙا وقت وٺندڙ هٿرادو ڪم گهڻي حد تائين ختم ٿي ويندا آهن.

هن طريقي سان تيار ٿيل ڍانچي ۾ تمام سٺي مضبوطي حاصل ٿيندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اسٽيل جون پليٽون ڍانچي جي ٻاهرئين پاسي موجود هونديون آهن، جتي عام طور تنشي قوتون (ٽينسائل فورسز) سڀ کان وڌيڪ اثرانداز ٿينديون آهن.

== فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ==

{{مکيه|فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}

فائبر ريئنفورسمينٽ  جو استعمال بنيادي طور [[شاٽڪريٽ]] ۾ ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر ان کي عام ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو. فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل عام ڪنڪريٽ گهڻو ڪري زمين تي ٺهندڙ فرشن ۽ رستن  ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر ان کي تعمير جي ٻين ڪيترن ئي جزن، جهڙوڪ [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاعن]]، [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀن]]، [[بنياد]]ن ۽ ٻين بناوتي حصن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو. اهو يا ته اڪيلو استعمال ٿيندو آهي يا هٿ سان ٻڌل فولادي سلاخن (Rebar) سان گڏ.

فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور فولاد، [[شيشو|شيشي]]، [[فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل پلاسٽڪ]] يا سيلولوز پوليمر جا فائبر استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪيترين حالتن ۾ اهڙي ريئنفورسمينٽ هٿ سان ٻڌل فولادي سلاخن جي ڀيٽ ۾ گهٽ خرچائتي هوندي آهي. فائبر جي شڪل، قطر ۽ ڊيگهه ان جي ڪارڪردگيءَ تي وڏو اثر وجهندا آهن. مثال طور، تمام سنها ۽ ننڍا فائبر، جهڙوڪ وارن جهڙي شڪل وارا مختصر شيشي جا فائبر، ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ شروعاتي ڪلاڪن دوران ئي اثرائتا هوندا آهن. انهن جو بنيادي ڪم ڪنڪريٽ جي سخت ٿيڻ دوران پيدا ٿيندڙ ڏارن کي گهٽائڻ هوندو آهي، پر اهي ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي مضبوطي ۾ نمايان اضافو نٿا ڪن.

ان جي ابتڙ، مناسب ماپ وارا فائبر، جهڙوڪ يورپ ۾ شاٽڪريٽ لاءِ عام استعمال ٿيندڙ تقريباً 1 ملي ميٽر قطر ۽ 45 ملي ميٽر ڊيگهه وارا فولادي يا پلاسٽڪ فائبر، ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي مضبوطي ۾ واڌارو آڻيندا آهن.

فائبر ريئنفورسمينٽ اڪثر ڪري بنيادي فولادي سلاخن جي مددگار طور استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي يا انهن جي ضرورت کي جزوي طور گهٽائيندي آهي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾، مناسب انجنيئرنگ ڊزائن سان فائبر ريئنفورسمينٽ کي اهڙي نموني استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو، جو اها فولادي سلاخن جي مڪمل متبادل طور ڪم ڪري سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;Fiber Concrete in Construction, Wietek B., Springer, 2021, p. 268. ISBN 978-3-658-34480-1&lt;/ref&gt;

عام استعمال ٿيندڙ فائبرن مان فولادي فائبر سڀ کان وڌيڪ مضبوط سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |last=George |first=Reethu |last2=Thomas |first2=Aneena |last3=P.B. |first3=Amala Mary |last4=Eldhose |first4=Niya |title=Study on Steel and Glass Fibre Reinforced Concrete |journal=International Journal of Engineering Research &amp; Technology |volume=4 |issue=13 |year=2018 |doi=10.17577/IJERTCONV4IS13002}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهي مختلف ڊيگهن (يورپ ۾ عام طور 30 کان 80 ملي ميٽر) ۽ مختلف شڪلين ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. فولادي فائبر رڳو انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪرڻ مناسب هوندا آهن، جتي زنگ لڳڻ يا زنگ جا داغ پيدا ٿيڻ جو خطرو برداشت ڪري سگهجي يا ان کان بچاءُ جو بندوبست موجود هجي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾ فولادي فائبر واري ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري کي ٻئي مواد سان ڍڪيو ويندو آهي.

شيشي جا فائبر نسبتاً سستا هوندا آهن ۽ انهن کي زنگ نه لڳندو آهي، پر اهي فولادي فائبرن جيترا لچڪدار نه هوندا آهن. تازن سالن ۾ [[بيسالٽ]] جا فائبر، جيڪي اوڀر يورپ ۾ گهڻي عرصي کان استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن، آمريڪا ۽ اولهه يورپ ۾ پڻ استعمال ٿيڻ لڳا آهن. بيسالٽ فائبر شيشي جي فائبرن کان وڌيڪ مضبوط ۽ گهٽ قيمتي هوندا آهن، پر ماضيءَ ۾ اهي [[پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ]] جي الڪلائن ماحول جي ڪافي مزاحمت نه ڪري سگهندا هئا، تنهنڪري سڌي ريئنفورسمينٽ لاءِ انهن جو استعمال محدود هو. جديد موادن ۾ پلاسٽڪ بائنڊر استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي بيسالٽ فائبر کي سيمينٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول کان الڳ رکندا آهن.

اعليٰ درجي جي فائبرن ۾ [[گرافيٽ]] سان مضبوط ڪيل پلاسٽڪ فائبر شامل آهن، جيڪي مضبوطيءَ ۾ تقريباً فولاد جي برابر هوندا آهن، پر وزن ۾ هلڪا ۽ زنگ کان مڪمل طور محفوظ هوندا آهن. ڪجهه تحقيقن ۾ [[ڪاربان نينو ٽيوب]]  استعمال ڪرڻ جا حوصلا افزا شروعاتي نتيجا مليا آهن، پر في الحال انهن جي تمام گهڻي قيمت سبب انهن جو عام تعميراتي منصوبن ۾ استعمال اقتصادي طور ممڪن ناهي.

== غير فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ==

غير فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ  ۽ فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جا موضوع هڪ ٻئي سان گهڻي حد تائين لاڳاپيل آهن. ڪنڪريٽ ۾ غير فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جو استعمال نسبتاً جديد ترقي آهي، جيڪا بنيادي طور ٻن صورتن ۾ ڪئي ويندي آهي: غير ڌاتي ريئنفورسمينٽ جون سلاخون  ۽ غير فولادي (عام طور غير ڌاتي) فائبر، جيڪي سيمينٽ جي بنيادي ڍانچي (سيمينٽ ميٽرڪس) ۾ شامل ڪيا ويندا آهن.

تازن سالن ۾ [[شيشي جي فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ]] (گلاس فائبر ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ، GFRC) ۽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ مختلف پوليمر فائبرن جي استعمال ۾ نمايان دلچسپي وڌي آهي. جيتوڻيڪ في الحال اهڙي توقع نٿي ڪئي وڃي ته اهي مواد مڪمل طور فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي جاءِ وٺندا، پر ڪيترين خاص حالتن ۾ انهن کي نمايان فائدا حاصل آهن. ان کان علاوه، ڪجهه اهڙيون به تعميراتي حالتون آهن، جتي فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جو استعمال عملي طور ممڪن ئي نه هوندو آهي.

بهرحال، غير فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن ۽ استعمال سان ڪجهه فني مسئلا پڻ لاڳاپيل آهن. مثال طور، ڪنڪريٽ جو ماحول تمام گهڻو الڪلائن هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪيترائي مواد، خاص طور عام قسم جو شيشو، گهڻي عرصي تائين پائيدار نٿا رهن. ان کان علاوه، انهن موادن جون ميڪانيڪي خاصيتون فولاد کان مختلف هونديون آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪٽائي جي مضبوطي، آهستي آهستي ٿيندڙ مستقل بگاڙ ۽ لچڪ.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |title=BS EN 1169:1999 Precast concrete products. General rules for factory production control of glass-fiber reinforced cement}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |title=BS EN 1170-5:1998 Precast concrete products. Test method for glass-fiber reinforced cement}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل پلاسٽڪ]] (FRP) ۽ شيشي سان مضبوط ڪيل پلاسٽڪ (GRP) اهڙا جامع مواد آهن، جن ۾ پوليمر، شيشي، [[ڪاربان]]، [[ارامڊ]] يا ٻين وڌيڪ مضبوط فائبرن کي ريزن (Resin) جي بنيادي ڍانچي ۾ شامل ڪري ريئنفورسمينٽ جون سلاخون، ڄاريون يا ٻيا جزا تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن کي لڳائڻ جو طريقو تقريباً فولادي سلاخن جهڙو هوندو آهي.

جيتوڻيڪ FRP ۽ GRP ريئنفورسمينٽ جي قيمت فولاد کان وڌيڪ هوندي آهي، پر مناسب حالتن ۾ اهي ڪيترائي فائدا فراهم ڪندا آهن. انهن جو سڀ کان وڏو فائدو زنگ جي خلاف مزاحمت آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي نه ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول کان متاثر ٿيندا آهن ۽ نه ئي ٻاهران داخل ٿيندڙ زنگ پيدا ڪندڙ سيالن کان. انهيءَ سبب اهڙن ڍانچن جو وزن گهٽ، خدمت جي عمر وڌيڪ ۽ ڊگهي مدي واري سار سنڀال جو خرچ به گهٽ ٿي سگهي ٿو. خلائي صنعت ۽ فوجي استعمال ۾ وڏي پيماني تي اختيار ٿيڻ کان پوءِ انهن موادن جي قيمت ۾ پڻ نمايان گهٽتائي آئي آهي.

خاص طور FRP جون سلاخون انهن تعميرن لاءِ تمام موزون آهن، جتي فولاد جو استعمال مناسب نه هجي. مثال طور [[ميگنيٽڪ ريزوننس اميجنگ]] (MRI) جي مشينن ۾ انتهائي طاقتور مقناطيس استعمال ٿيندا آهن، تنهنڪري انهن جي عمارتن ۾ غير مقناطيسي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي ضرورت هوندي آهي. ساڳيءَ طرح، ريڊيو سڃاڻپ واري نظام (RFID) استعمال ڪندڙ ٽول پلازن ۾ اهڙو رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ گهربل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ريڊيو لهرن جي گذر ۾ رڪاوٽ نه بڻجي.

انهن حالتن ۾، جتي ڪنهن ڍانچي جي ڊزائن واري عمر ان جي شروعاتي لاڳت کان وڌيڪ اهميت رکي ٿي، غير فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ وڌيڪ فائديمند ثابت ٿي سگهي ٿي، خاص طور سامونڊي لهرن جي اچ وڃ واري علائقي جهڙين جڳهن تي، جتي فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ لڳڻ تعميراتي ناڪامي جو وڏو سبب هوندو آهي. اهڙي ريئنفورسمينٽ استعمال ڪرڻ سان ڍانچي جي عمر ۾ نمايان واڌارو اچي سگهي ٿو.

FRP جون سلاخون انهن حالتن ۾ پڻ ڪارآمد آهن، جتي مستقبل ۾ عمارت جي ڪجهه حصن جي مرمت يا تبديلي متوقع هجي، جهڙوڪ [[بالڪوني]]ن جا ڪنارا، جتي ريلنگون تبديل ڪيون وڃن، يا گهڻ ماڙ عمارتن جي غسل خانن جا فرش، جتي فرش جي ڍانچي جي عمر پاڻي بند ڪرڻ واري تهه (واٽر پروفنگ ميمبرين) جي عمر کان گهڻي وڌيڪ هوندي آهي.

پلاسٽڪ تي ٻڌل ريئنفورسمينٽ عام طور فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مخصوص مضبوطي (اسٽرينٿ-ٽو-ويٽ ريشو) رکي ٿي. ان کي زنگ نه لڳندو آهي، تنهنڪري فولاد وانگر ان جي چوڌاري تمام ٿلهو ڪنڪريٽ حفاظتي تهه (عام طور 30–50 ملي ميٽر يا وڌيڪ) ڏيڻ جي ضرورت نه هوندي آهي. انهيءَ سبب FRP سان مضبوط ڪيل ڍانچا هلڪا ۽ گهڻي عمر وارا ٿي سگهن ٿا، ۽ ڪيترين حالتن ۾ انهن جي سڄي عمر جي مجموعي لاڳت فولادي رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جي برابر يا ان کان گهٽ ٿي سگهي ٿي.

FRP ۽ GRP جي مادي خاصيتون فولاد کان نمايان طور مختلف هونديون آهن، تنهنڪري انهن جي ڊزائن جا اصول پڻ مختلف هوندا آهن. انهن جي تنشي مضبوطي ته وڌيڪ هوندي آهي، پر انهن جي سختي نسبتاً گهٽ هوندي آهي، جنهن سبب اهڙن ڍانچن ۾ وڪڙ (ڊفليڪشن) فولادي ريئنفورسڊ ڍانچن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ ٿي سگهي ٿو. اهڙين تعميرن ۾ ناڪامي گهڻو ڪري ريئنفورسمينٽ ٽٽڻ بدران ڪنڪريٽ جي دٻجڻ (ڪمپريشن فيليوئر) سبب ٿيندي آهي.

FRP سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏارن جي ويڪر تي ضابطو رکڻ جو مقصد فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ وانگر زنگ کان بچاءُ نه، پر ظاهري خوبصورتي ۽ پاڻي جي نه رسڻ. کي برقرار رکڻ هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، FRP جون سلاخون دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ فولاد کان ڪمزور هونديون آهن، تنهنڪري [[ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀو|ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿنڀن]] جي ڊزائن لاءِ الڳ اصول اختيار ڪرڻا پوندا آهن.

FRP ريئنفورسمينٽ جي هڪ اهم خامي باهه جي خلاف محدود مزاحمت آهي. جتي باهه کان تحفظ اهم هجي، اتي اهڙن ڍانچن کي اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ڪرڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، جو باهه دوران به انهن جي مضبوطي ۽ اينڪريج برقرار رهي. انهيءَ مقصد لاءِ مناسب ٿولهه وارو ڪنڪريٽ حفاظتي تهه يا ٻيو حفاظتي ڍڪ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. تحقيق مان اهو پڻ معلوم ٿيو آهي ته ڪنڪريٽ ۾ في ڪعبي ميٽر تقريباً هڪ ڪلوگرام [[پولي پروپلين]] فائبر شامل ڪرڻ سان باهه دوران ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي پوڻ (Spalling) ۾ نمايان گهٽتائي اچي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;tunnel&quot;&gt;{{cite book |chapter=Chapter 57: The Airside Road Tunnel, Heathrow Airport, England |title=Proceedings of the Rapid Excavation &amp; Tunneling Conference |year=2003 |author=Arthur W. Darby}}&lt;/ref&gt;

FRP ريئنفورسمينٽ سان لاڳاپيل ٻيو اهم مسئلو ڪٽائي واري ريئنفورسمينٽ  جي اثرائتي هجڻ آهي. اڳواٽ موڙيل FRP اسٽرپس فولادي اسٽرپس جي ڀيٽ ۾ گهٽ مؤثر هوندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ سڌن ۽ موڙيل حصن جي وچ واري علائقي ۾ وڪڙ، ڪٽائي ۽ ڊگھائي وارا دٻاءُ گڏجي ڪم ڪندا آهن. انهيءَ سبب اهڙين حالتن لاءِ خاص ڊزائن جا طريقا اختيار ڪرڻ ضروري هوندا آهن.

تازن سالن ۾ موجوده ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن کي ٻاهران جامع موادن، جهڙوڪ شيشي، [[بيسالٽ]] ۽ [[ڪاربان]] فائبر تي ٻڌل ريئنفورسمينٽ سان مضبوط ڪرڻ ۾ به دلچسپي وڌي آهي. دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ اهڙي جامع ريئنفورسمينٽ جا مختلف تجارتي برانڊ، جهڙوڪ Aslan، DACOT، V-rod ۽ ComBar، استعمال ڪيا پيا وڃن. آمريڪا، روس، ڏکڻ ڪوريا، جرمني ۽ ٻين ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ اهڙين ريئنفورسمينٽ تي ٻڌل منصوبن جو تعداد مسلسل وڌي رهيو آهي.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>qz0l5ff4a4ugk9id45tm90t1hz8v4li</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401034</id>
      <parentid>401033</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T00:16:10Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401034</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="93699" sha1="5zwv5q6jqr8eme434os3ezvo19uwzc5" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمنٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' ، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (اسٽيل ريئينفورسنگ بارس)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}&lt;/ref&gt;
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (ڪوروژن انجنيئرنگ) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (ڪوروژن) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' کي مختصر طور '''آر سي سي''' ({{lang-en|RCC}}) چيو وڃي ٿو، اهڙو تعميراتي مرڪب آهي، جيڪو [[سيمينٽ]]، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا پٿر جي سنهن ٽڪرن ۽ پاڻيءَ مان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) شامل ڪري ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي قوت وڌائين ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ جي اعليٰ صلاحيت رکي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Expo58 building Philips.jpg|thumb|[[بيلجيم]] جي گاديءَ واري شهر [[برسلز]] ۾ [[ايڪسپو 58]] لاءِ تعمير ڪيل [[فلپس پيوليئن]] جي منفرد شڪل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال سان ممڪن ٿي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور تي ريئنفورسمينٽ (فولادي سلاخن يا ٻين مضبوط ڪندڙ مواد) جي ترتيب اهڙي نموني سان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو ڪنڪريٽ جي انهن حصن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) کي برداشت ڪري سگهي، جتي ٻي صورت ۾ ڏار پوڻ يا ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان هوندو آهي. جديد رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ رڳو فولاد ئي نه، پر [[پوليمر]]ن ۽ ٻين جامع (ڪمپوزٽ) مواد مان ٺهيل مضبوط ڪندڙ عنصر پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ضرورت موجب فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ يا انهن کان سواءِ به ڪم آندا ويندا آهن.

ڪيترين تعميراتي حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي اڳواٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ۽ ريئنفورسمينٽ ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ هوندي آهي. هن طريقي سان ڍانچي جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت بهتر ٿيندي آهي. اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي کي '''پري اسٽرِيسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جا ٻه عام طريقا '''پري ٽينشننگ''' ۽ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ'''  آهن.

مضبوط، لچڪدار ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ ريئنفورسمينٽ ۾ هيٺيون خاصيتون هجڻ ضروري آهن:

* اعليٰ ميڪانيڪي مضبوطي؛
* ڇڪ هيٺ وڏي حد تائين ڊگهو ٿيڻ (ٽينسائل اسٽرين) برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت؛
* ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ)، جيڪا پي ايڇ (pH)، نمي يا ٻين ماحولياتي حالتن کان گهڻو متاثر نه ٿئي؛
* حرارتي مطابقت (ٿرمل ڪامپيٽيبلٽي)، جيئن گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ دوران غير ضروري دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي ماحول ۾ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيداري، جنهن ۾ زنگ (Corrosion) ۽ مستقل دٻاءَ جي اثرن کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت شامل هجي.

== تاريخ ==

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي شروعاتي ترقي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري [[انگلينڊ]] ۽ [[فرانس]] ۾ لڳ ڀڳ هڪ ئي وقت ٿي، جتي مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميرڪارن ڪنڪريٽ کي فولادي مضبوطي سان گڏ استعمال ڪرڻ بابت تجربا شروع ڪيا.

[[فائل:Saint-Denis - Maison François Coignet -1.JPG|thumb|سينٽ ڊينس ۾ فرانسوا ڪوئنيه جو گهر، جيڪو ابتدائي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان هڪ آهي.]]

فرانسيسي تعميرڪار '''[[فرانسوا ڪوئنيه]]''' پهريون شخص هو، جنهن عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |url=https://www.britannica.com/technology/building-construction/Early-steel-frame-high-rises#ref105155 |title=Building construction: The invention of reinforced concrete |encyclopedia=Encyclopedia Britannica}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن 1853ع کان 1855ع جي وچ ۾ [[پيرس]] جي ڀرسان سينٽ ڊينس ۾ واقع 72 [[شارل ميشيلس گهٽي]] تي پنهنجي رهائش لاءِ چار ماڙ عمارت تعمير ڪرائي، جيڪا '''فرانسوا ڪوئنيه هائوس''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي ۽ ان کي دنيا جي پهرين لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان شمار ڪيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=The oldest concrete structures that have lasted: 72 rue Charles Michels, St. Denis, France |url=https://meva.net/pt-br/oldest-concrete-structures/}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪوئنيه جي لکڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته هن لوهه کي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت وڌائڻ کان وڌيڪ، ڀتين کي هڪ گڏيل (مونولٿڪ) ڍانچي طور مستحڪم رکڻ ۽ انهن کي اونڌو ٿيڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968 |pages=1–33}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ 1872ع–1873ع دوران [[بروڪلن]] ۾ تعمير ٿيل '''پپن بلڊنگ''' (Pippen Building)، جيتوڻيڪ ڪوئنيه جي ڊزائن نه هئي، پر سندس تعميراتي طريقي جو هڪ اهم مثال سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

[[فائل:Maison de logement des ouvriers de l'usine Coignet 2020 6.jpg|thumb|ڪوئنيه طرفان پنهنجي ڪارخاني جي مزدورن لاءِ سينٽ ڊينس ۾ تعمير ڪيل رهائشي عمارت.]]

1854ع ۾ انگريز تعميرڪار '''وليم بي. ولڪنسن''' پنهنجي تعمير هيٺ ٻن ماڙ گهر جي ڇت ۽ فرشن ۾ فولادي مضبوطي استعمال ڪئي. هن فولادي سلاخن کي اهڙي نموني رکيو، جنهن مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته هو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) جي اثرن کان واقف هو، جڏهن ته هن کان اڳ وارا انجنيئر ان ڳالهه کي مڪمل طور نه سمجهي سگهيا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Reinforced Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete Building Construction}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1869ع کان 1870ع جي وچ ۾ '''هينري ايٽن'''  [[انگلينڊ]] جي [[نورفڪ]] ۽ [[سفڪ]] ضلعن جي وچ ۾ وهندڙ [[ويوني درياھ]] تي '''هومرسفيلڊ پل''' جي ڊزائن تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته ان جي تعمير لنڊن جي ڪمپني ''ڊبليو اينڊ ٽي فلپس '' ڪئي. لڳ ڀڳ 15.25 ميٽر (50 فوٽ) ڊگهي هيءَ پل لوهي مضبوطي سان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي پلن مان هڪ هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{NHLE|num=1262142}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي فرانسيسي باغبان '''[[جوزف مونيي]]''' کي به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ارتقا جو اهم اڳواڻ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. هو مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا گلن جا ٿانوَ تيار ڪرڻ لاءِ موجود مواد مان مطمئن نه هو، تنهنڪري هن نوان تجربا شروع ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Day |first=Lance |title=Biographical Dictionary of the History of Technology}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1867ع ۾ مونيي تار جي ڄاري (وائر ميش) ۽ سيمينٽ جي تهه کي گڏائي مضبوط ڪنڪريٽ جا گلدان ٺاهڻ واري طريقي جو پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Britannica URL|biography/Joseph-Monier|Joseph Monier}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ 1877ع ۾ هن ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿنڀن ۽ گرڊرن کي لوهي سلاخن جي ڄار ذريعي مضبوط ڪرڻ واري وڌيڪ ترقي يافته طريقي جو به پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو. جيتوڻيڪ مونيي کي اها ڄاڻ هئي ته فولادي مضبوطي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني يڪجائي وڌائي ٿي، پر اهو واضح ناهي ته کيس ان ڳالهه جي مڪمل سائنسي ڄاڻ هئي ته ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي طاقت ۾ ڪيترو اضافو آڻي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909 |pages=204–210}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1877ع ۾ آمريڪي انجنيئر '''ٿيڊيئس هائٽ'' پنهنجي مشهور رپورٽ ''اين اڪائونٽ آف سم اڪسپيريمينٽس وٿ پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ڪمبائينڊ وٿ آئرن'' شايع ڪئي، جنهن ۾ هن فولاد سان مضبوط ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پنهنجن تجربن جا نتيجا بيان ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Hyatt |first=Thaddeus |title=An Account of Some Experiments with Portland-cement-concrete Combined with Iron}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن جي تحقيق رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي رڳو تجربي واري تعميراتي مواد بدران هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي آزمودل ٽيڪنالاجي طور قائم ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. جيڪڏهن هائٽ جي تحقيق موجود نه هجي ها، ته هن شعبي جي ترقي گهڻي عرصي تائين آزمائش ۽ غلطي (ٽرائل ۽ ارر) جي غير يقيني طريقن تي دارومدار رکندي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سائنسي ترقي ۽ عالمي ڦهلاءُ ===

1870ع واري ڏهاڪي کان اڳ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير، جيتوڻيڪ ان جون پاڙون [[رومي سلطنت]] تائين پهچن ٿيون ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ ان جو ٻيهر استعمال شروع ٿيو هو، پر ان کي اڃا مڪمل طور سائنسي طور ثابت ٿيل تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي نه سمجهيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Citation |last=Aprea |first=Salvatore |chapter=The Search for Affordable Cement and Concrete in the 18th and 19th Century |title=High Tech Concrete: Where Technology and Engineering Meet |year=2018}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري انگلينڊ ۾ ڄاول انجنيئر '''[[ارنسٽ ايل. رينسم]]''' رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. هن گذريل پنجاهه سالن دوران ٿيل تحقيق ۽ تجربن مان فائدو وٺندي اڳين ايجادڪارن جي ڪيترين ئي تعميراتي طريقن کي وڌيڪ بهتر بڻايو. سندس سڀ کان اهم ايجاد فولادي سلاخن کي مروڙي استعمال ڪرڻ هئي، جنهن سان سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ چنبڙڻ (بانڊ) گهڻو مضبوط ٿي ويو ۽ ڍانچي جي مجموعي مضبوطي ۾ نمايان واڌارو آيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Episode 81: Rebar and the Alvord Lake Bridge}}&lt;/ref&gt;

رينسم پنهنجي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ وارين عمارتن سبب وڏي شهرت حاصل ڪئي، جنهن کان پوءِ هن 1886ع کان 1889ع جي وچ ۾ اتر آمريڪا جي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ پلن مان ٻه تعمير ڪرايون. انهن مان هڪ پل، '''[[سمٿ-رينسم جيپنيز برج]]'''، اڄ به [[نيو يارڪ]] جي [[شيلٽر آئلينڊ، نيو يارڪ|شيلٽر آئلينڊ]] تي موجود آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آمريڪا]] ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل ابتدائي عمارتن مان هڪ '''[[وليم اي. وارڊ هائوس]]''' هئي، جيڪا وليم اي. وارڊ جي ڊزائن موجب 1876ع ۾ مڪمل ٿي. هن رهائشي عمارت کي خاص طور باهه کان وڌيڪ تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ جي مقصد سان تعمير ڪيو ويو.

جرمن سول انجنيئر '''[[گستاو ايڊولف وائس]]''' پڻ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم شخصيت هو. 1879ع ۾ هن جوزف مونيي جي پيٽنٽن جا جرمن حق خريد ڪيا، ۽ 1884ع ۾ سندس ڪمپني '''[[ويس اينڊ فريٽيگ]]''' انهن طريقن کي پهريون ڀيرو تجارتي بنيادن تي استعمال ڪيو. 1890ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين وائس ۽ سندس ڪمپني مونيي جي نظام کي وڌيڪ ترقي ڏئي ان کي هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي ٻڌل، منظم ۽ قابل اعتماد تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آسٽريليا]] جي '''[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]''' ملڪ جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي. هن پل جي ڊزائن [[الفريڊ بارٽن بريڊي]] تيار ڪئي، جيڪو 1896ع ۾ [[ڪئينز لينڊ]] جو سرڪاري معمار هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge |publisher=Queensland Government}}&lt;/ref&gt; پل ۾ 15.2 ميٽر ڊگها يارنهن اسپين هئا ۽ ان جي ڪل ڊيگهه لڳ ڀڳ 187 ميٽر هئي، جيڪا ان دور ۾ دنيا جي ساڳئي قسم جي مشهور پلن کان به وڏي سمجهي ويندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge, Mary River, 1896- |publisher=Engineers Australia}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات ===

ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تيزيءَ سان مقبول تعميراتي مواد بڻجي ويو. ان عرصي دوران انجنيئرن ۽ معمارن هن ٽيڪنالاجي کي اوچي عمارتن، پلن ۽ ٻين وڏن تعميراتي منصوبن ۾ استعمال ڪرڻ شروع ڪيو.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل شروعاتي اوچين عمارتن مان هڪ 16 ماڙ '''انگالس بلڊنگ''' هئي، جيڪا 1904ع ۾ آمريڪا جي شهر سنسناٽي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;CIVL1101&quot;/&gt;

ڏکڻ ڪيليفورنيا ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پهرين عمارت '''لافلن اينيڪس''' هئي، جيڪا 1905ع ۾ لاس اينجلس جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Los Angeles from the Mountains to the Sea |volume=2 |last=McGroarty |first=John Steven |year=1921 |page=176}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Annual Report of the City Auditor, City of Los Angeles |year=1905 |pages=71–73}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع دوران لاس اينجلس ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن لاءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ سورهن تعميراتي اجازت ناما جاري ڪيا ويا. انهن ۾ '''ٽيمپل آڊيٽوريم''' ۽ اٺ ماڙ '''هيورڊ هوٽل''' به شامل هئا، جيڪي ان ڳالهه جو ثبوت هئا ته هي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي تيزيءَ سان عام ٿي رهي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |last=Williams |first=D. |title=What Builders are Doing |journal=Carpentry and Building |year=1907 |page=66}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |title=Reinforced Concrete Buildings at Los Angeles, Cal. |journal=Engineering News-Record |year=1906 |volume=55 |page=449}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ لانگ بيچ ۾ تعمير هيٺ '''بڪسبي هوٽل''' جو هڪ حصو وقت کان اڳ عارضي سهارن (Shoring) کي هٽائڻ سبب ڊهي پيو، جنهن ۾ ڏهه مزدور فوت ٿي ويا. هن حادثي کان پوءِ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعميراتي طريقن ۽ عمارتن جي جاچ پڙتال بابت وڌيڪ سخت ضابطا اختيار ڪيا ويا. ماهرن سفارش ڪئي ته مستقبل ۾ فرشن، ڀتين ۽ ڍانچي جي ٻين اهم حصن ۾ مڪمل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تعمير وڌيڪ محفوظ بڻجي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite magazine |title=Partial Collapse of the Bixby Hotel at Long Beach |magazine=Architect and Engineer of California |year=1906 |volume=VII |issue=1 |pages=44–48}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1904ع جي اپريل مهيني ۾ آمريڪي معمار ۽ انجنيئر '''جوليا مورگن''' پنهنجي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارت، '''ايل ڪيمپانيل'''، مڪمل ڪئي، جيڪا 72 فوٽ اوچي گهنڊ گهر (بيل ٽاور) هئي ۽ ملز ڪاليج ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=El Campanil, Mills College: Julia Morgan 1903–1904}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو ۾ آيل شديد زلزلي دوران ايل ڪيمپانيل کي ڪو به اهم نقصان نه پهتو، جنهن سان جوليا مورگن جي شهرت ۾ وڏو اضافو ٿيو ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي تي عوام جو اعتماد پڻ وڌيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Julia Morgan-designed Mills bell tower counts down to its 115th anniversary}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Bay Area Architect Julia Morgan's Legacy Wasn't Just Hearst Castle}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع جي زلزلي کان پوءِ عوام ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت موجود شڪ شبها به گهڻي حد تائين ختم ٿي ويا. ان کان اڳ ڪيترائي ماڻهو هن مواد کي جمالياتي لحاظ کان غير دلڪش سمجهندا هئا، پر زلزلي دوران ان جي بهتر ڪارڪردگي سبب ان جي مقبوليت وڌي وئي. نتيجي طور 1908ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو جي بلدياتي اختيارين عمارت سازي جا ضابطا تبديل ڪري رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وڌيڪ وسيع استعمال جي اجازت ڏني.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=How one building survived the San Francisco earthquake and changed the world}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== معيارن جي جوڙجڪ ۽ ضابطا ===

1906ع ۾ '''نيشنل ايسوسيئيشن آف سيمينٽ يوزرس''' (مختصر: NACU) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پهريون معياري دستاويز '''اسٽينڊرڊ نمبر 1''' شايع ڪيو، جنهن ۾ پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ جي معيار، خاصيتن ۽ استعمال بابت بنيادي فني گهرجون مقرر ڪيون ويون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Specifications for Portland Cement of the American Society for Testing Materials, Standard No. 1 |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1906 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان پوءِ 1910ع ۾ ساڳئي اداري '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال لاءِ معياري عمارتي ضابطا''' (''اسٽينڊرڊ بلڊنگ ريگيوليشنز فار دي يوز آف ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ '') جاري ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Building Regulations for the Use of Reinforced Concrete |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1910 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن ضابطن ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن، تعمير، جاچ ۽ استعمال بابت تفصيلي فني هدايتون شامل هيون.
انهن معيارن جي جاري ٿيڻ سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميراتي ادارن وٽ هڪجهڙن اصولن تحت ٿيڻ لڳي. نتيجي طور تعميراتي حفاظت، معيار، مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ نمايان بهتري آئي، ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جديد عمارت سازيءَ جي سڀ کان اهم تعميراتي مواد مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

== تعمير ۾ استعمال ==

[[فائل:SagradaFamiliaRoof2.jpg|thumb|upright=1.5|right|2009ع ۾ تعمير هيٺ [[ساگراڊا فاميليا]] جي ڇت ۾ لڳايل فولادي سلاخون (ريبار).]]

[[فائل:O Cristo Redentor.JPG|thumb|[[ريو ڊي جينيرو]]، [[برازيل]] ۾ واقع '''مسيح ڇوٽڪارو ڏيندڙ''' جو مجسمو، جيڪو رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان تعمير ٿيل آهي ۽ ان جي ٻاهرئين سطح هزارين ٽڪنڊي صابڻي پٿر (Soapstone) جي ٽڪرن سان ڍڪيل آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia |title=Christ the Redeemer |encyclopedia=Encyclopædia Britannica |last=Murray |first=Lorraine |url=http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/1435544/Christ-the-Redeemer}}&lt;/ref&gt;]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ تعميراتي صنعت ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد مان هڪ آهي. ان جي مدد سان مختلف قسمن جا تعميراتي جزا ۽ ڍانچا تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ تختو|ڪنڪريٽ جا تختا]] (Slabs)، [[ڀت]]، [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاعون]] (Beams)، [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀا]]، [[بنياد]]، ڍانچا (Frames) ۽ ٻيا ڪيترائي تعميراتي حصا شامل آهن.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي تعمير جي طريقي موجب عام طور ٻن قسمن ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي:

* '''اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري ڪاسٽ ڪنڪريٽ)، جنهن جا جزا ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪري تعميراتي هنڌ تي نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن.
* '''جاءِ تي وڌل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (ڪاسٽ-ان -پليس ڪنڪريٽ)، جيڪو سڌو سنئون تعميراتي هنڌ تي شٽرنگ اندر وجهي تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڪنهن به عمارت ۾ مناسب فرش نظام (Floor System) جي چونڊ ۽ ڊزائن انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان عمارت جي مجموعي ڪارڪردگي تي سڌو اثر پوي ٿو. فرش جي ڊزائن ۾ معمولي تبديليون به تعميراتي مواد جي خرچ، تعمير مڪمل ٿيڻ جي مدت، ڍانچي جي آخري مضبوطي، سار سنڀال جي خرچن، استعمال ڪندڙن جي گنجائش ۽ عمارت جي آخري استعمال تي نمايان اثر وجهي سگهن ٿيون.

فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کان سواءِ جديد دور جون گهڻ ماڙ عمارتون، وڏيون پلون ۽ ٻيا وڏا ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا محفوظ ۽ عملي طور تعمير ڪرڻ ممڪن نه هجي ها.

=== رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا ===

جڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا تعمير ۾ استعمال ٿين ٿا ته اهي ٻاهران لاڳو ٿيندڙ [[تعميراتي بار]] (Structural load) جي اثر هيٺ مخصوص ميڪانيڪي رويو ظاهر ڪندا آهن. استعمال دوران انهن جزن تي هيٺيان قسم جا بار يا قوتون عمل ڪري سگهن ٿيون:&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |author=Bungale S. Taranath |title=Reinforced Concrete Design of Tall Buildings |publisher=CRC Press |year=2009 |page=7 |isbn=978-1-4398-0481-0}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينشن)
* [[دٻاءُ]] (ڪمپريشن)
* [[وڪڙجڻ]] (بينڊنگ)
* [[ڪٽائي دٻاءُ]] (شيئر)
* [[مروڙ]] (ٽورزن)

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن اهڙي نموني ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو اهو انهن سڀني قوتن کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ تعميراتي ڍانچي جي استحڪام، مضبوطي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي يقيني بڻائي.

=== فولادي سلاخن جي ڊزائن ===

رِيئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن هميشه قابل انجنيئر يا لاڳاپيل فني اداري طرفان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي. سلاخن جو قطر، وڇاءُ، چڙهاڪو ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه عمارت جي قسم، بار ۽ لاڳو تعميراتي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي بندش ===

فولادي سلاخون تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪٽي، موڙي ۽ تار سان مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. انهن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تھ رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن سلاخون زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ۽ ڍانچي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي. ضرورت موجب ڪنڍا (Hooks) ۽ چڙهاڪو (Overlap) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== تياري  ===

آر سي سي مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارو تعميراتي مواد آهي. ان کي مختلف شڪلين ۾ آسانيءَ سان ڍالي سگهجي ٿو، باهه ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿو، پاڻيءَ جي نفوذ کي گهٽ ڪري ٿو ۽ عام حالتن ۾ گهٽ مرمت جي ضرورت پوي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ملاوٽ ===

آر سي سي جي ملاوٽ هٿ سان يا ڪنڪريٽ مڪسر ذريعي ڪئي ويندي آهي. ننڍن تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ هٿ سان ملاوٽ، جڏهن ته وڏن منصوبن ۾ مشيني ملاوٽ کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها وڌيڪ هڪجهڙائي، تيزي ۽ معياري نتيجا فراهم ڪندي آهي ۽ مواد جي زيان کي گهٽائيندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب ===

پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو مناسب تناسب آر سي سي جي مضبوطي، ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر وجهي ٿو. گهڻو پاڻي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت گهٽائي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته گهٽ پاڻي ملاوٽ کي صحيح نموني استعمال ڪرڻ ۾ ڏکيائي پيدا ڪري سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== جھڪاءُ پرک ===

ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ گهاٽاڻ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ '''جھڪاءُ پرک''' (سلمپ ٽيسٽ) ڪئي ويندي آهي. هن آزمائش ۾ مخروط شڪل واري فولادي قالب ۾ تازي ڪنڪريٽ ڀري ان جي ويهڻ يا جھڪاءَ جي ماپ ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ملاوٽ مقرر معيار مطابق آهي يا نه.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


=== ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀرائي ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ شٽرنگ، فولادي سلاخن ۽ ٻين لڪل خدمتن جهڙوڪ برقي پائيپن جي جانچ ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي بنا رڪاوٽ جي مناسب رفتار سان وڌو ويندو آهي ۽ ضرورت موجب وائبريٽر ذريعي ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ڪيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن هوا جا خانا ختم ٿين ۽ ''هني ڪومبنگ'' (Honeycombing) جهڙا نقص پيدا نه ٿين.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== سار سنڀال ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ مناسب عرصي تائين ان کي پاڻي ڏئي آلو رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان سيمينٽ جي مڪمل هائيڊريشن ٿئي ٿي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ پاڻيءَ جي مزاحمت وڌي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== رويو ==

=== مواد ===

{{ڏسو پڻ|ڪنڪريٽ|سيمينٽ|تعميراتي بجري|فولادي سلاخ}}

ڪنڪريٽ هڪ گڏيل تعميراتي مواد آهي، جيڪو ٿلهي بجري (جهڙوڪ پٿر يا سرن جي ٽڪرن)، نفيس بجري (عام طور ريتي يا ڀڳل پٿر)، ڳنڍيندڙ مواد (اڪثر [[پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ]]) ۽ پاڻي جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. جڏهن سيمينٽ کي مناسب مقدار ۾ پاڻي سان ملايو وڃي ٿو ته ان ۾ [[هائيڊريشن]]  جو ڪيميائي عمل شروع ٿئي ٿو، جنهن دوران انتهائي ننڍا قلمي (ڪرسٽلائين) ڍانچا ٺهن ٿا. اهي قلمي ڍانچا بجري جي ذرڙن کي پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍي هڪ سخت ۽ مضبوط جسم ۾ تبديل ڪري ڇڏين ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Materials principles and practice|page=61|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|page=357|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;
ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ بجري ۽ ريتي نقصانڪار مادَن، جهڙوڪ حياتياتي گندگين، سلٽ، مٽي، لگنائيٽ ۽ ٻين غير مناسب آميزشن کان پاڪ هجڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙيون آميزشون ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري کي متاثر ڪري سگهن ٿيون.

عام ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءَ (ڪمپريشن) کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي تمام وڏي صلاحيت رکي ٿو، پر جيڪڏهن ان تي نمايان ڇڪ (ٽينشن) پيدا ٿئي، مثال طور وڪڙجڻ (بينڊنگ) سبب، ته ان جي اندر موجود قلمي ڍانچو ٽٽڻ شروع ٿي ويندو آهي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڏار پئجي ويندا آهن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ الڳ ٿيڻ لڳندو آهي. انهيءَ سبب عام (غير ريئنفورسڊ) ڪنڪريٽ کي هميشه اهڙي نموني سهارو ڏنو ويندو آهي، جو ان ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي.

جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر اهڙو مواد رکيو وڃي، جيڪو ڇڪ کي تمام سٺي نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي، جهڙوڪ فولاد، ته پوءِ حاصل ٿيندڙ گڏيل مادو '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' بڻجي ويندو آهي. اهڙي گڏيل مواد ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪري ٿو، جڏهن ته فولادي سلاخون تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪن ٿيون. نتيجي طور اهو نه رڳو دٻاءُ، پر وڪڙجڻ ۽ ٻين تنشي بارن کي به محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ٿو. اهڙي گڏيل نظام کي تعميراتي ضرورت موجب لڳ ڀڳ هر شڪل ۽ ماپ ۾ تيار ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== اهم خاصيتون ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جون غيرمعمولي تعميراتي خاصيتون بنيادي طور هيٺين سببن جي ڪري پيدا ٿين ٿيون:

# ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي [[حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جي عدد]] (ڪوئفيشنٽ آف ٿرمل ايڪسپينشن) تقريباً هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي. تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ٻنهي موادن جي ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ ۾ گهڻو فرق نٿو اچي، جنهن ڪري اندروني دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيڻ جا امڪان گهٽجي وڃن ٿا.

# جڏهن سيمينٽ جو ليپ سخت ٿئي ٿو ته اهو فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿو. نتيجي طور بار يا دٻاءُ ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ مؤثر نموني منتقل ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ چنبڙڻ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط بڻائڻ لاءِ فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري کي عام طور تي اُڀن نشانن يا نالين (ڊيفارميشنز) سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

# سخت ٿيل سيمينٽ جي ليپ ۾ موجود [[الڪلائن]] ماحول، جيڪو پوٽاشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ، سوڊيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ ۽ [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] جي موجودگي سبب پيدا ٿيندو آهي، فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي هڪ حفاظتي غيرفعال (پيسيويشن) تهه ٺاهي ڇڏيندو آهي. هي تهه فولاد کي زنگ لڳڻ کان وڏي حد تائين بچائيندو آهي.

وقت سان گڏ جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ هوا ۽ مينهن جي پاڻيءَ جي رابطي ۾ اچي ٿو ته فضا ۾ موجود ڪاربان ڊاءِ آڪسائيڊ پاڻي سان ملي [[ڪاربونڪ تيزاب]] ٺاهي ٿي. هي تيزاب سيمينٽ جي الڪلائن جزن سان آهستي آهستي ڪيميائي عمل ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيت گهٽائيندو آهي. انهيءَ عمل کي '''ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن'''  چيو ويندو آهي. نتيجي طور ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ (pH) آهستي آهستي گهٽجي ويندو آهي، ۽ جڏهن اهو ڪافي گهٽجي وڃي ٿو ته فولادي سلاخن جي حفاظتي تهه ختم ٿيڻ لڳندي آهي، جنهن کان پوءِ زنگ لڳڻ جو خطرو وڌي ويندو آهي.

عام طور تي جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ لڳ ڀڳ 11 کان مٿي هجي ته فولادي سلاخون محفوظ رهنديون آهن، جڏهن ته پي ايڇ 10 کان هيٺ اچڻ تي، مقامي ماحول ۽ فولاد جي خاصيتن موجب، زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو. ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن ۽ [[ڪلورائيڊ]]ن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي خراب ٿيڻ جا سڀ کان اهم سبب سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.

عام رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جو ڪُل ايراضو گهڻو نه هوندو آهي. عام طور شعاعن ۽ تختن ۾ اهو لڳ ڀڳ هڪ سيڪڙو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه ٿنڀن ۾ ڇهه سيڪڙو تائين ٿي سگهي ٿو. فولادي سلاخون اڪثر گول شڪل واريون هونديون آهن ۽ مختلف قطرن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن.

ڪجهه رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ خالي سوراخ يا کوکلا حصا (ھالو ڪورز) پڻ رکيا ويندا آهن، جيئن نمي ۽ گهم تي بهتر ضابطو آڻي سگهجي.

تحقيق مان معلوم ٿيو آهي ته عمودي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزن ۾، ريئنفورسمينٽ موجود هجڻ باوجود، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي سڄي ڪراس سيڪشن ۾ مڪمل طور هڪجهڙي نه هوندي، پر ڪجهه حد تائين غير يڪسان (انھوموجينيس) ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;&quot;Concrete Inhomogeneity of Vertical Cast-In-Situ Elements In Frame-Type Buildings&quot;.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو گڏيل عمل ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي جو بنيادي اصول اهو آهي ته ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ هڪ گڏيل (ڪمپوزٽ) نظام جي صورت ۾ ڪم ڪن. جڏهن ڪنهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزو تي بار لاڳو ٿئي ٿو، ته فولادي سلاخن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ ڊگھائي يا وڪڙ (اسٽرين) بلڪل ساڳيو هجڻ گهرجي، جيڪو چوڌاري موجود ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. جيڪڏهن ٻنهي موادن جي وڪڙ ۾ فرق پيدا ٿئي ته سندن وچ ۾ سُرڪڻ (سلپ)، الڳ ٿيڻ (سيپريشن) يا بناوتي بيقاعدگي (ڊسڪنٽينيوئٽي) پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي، جنهن سان ڍانچي جي مضبوطي متاثر ٿئي ٿي.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل عمل کي برقرار رکڻ لاءِ بار جو مؤثر منتقلي ٿيڻ ضروري آهي. بار پهرين ڪنڪريٽ مان فولادي سلاخ جي مٿاڇري تائين منتقل ٿئي ٿو، پوءِ اُتان فولادي سلاخ جي سڄي ڊگھائي ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ جي صورت ۾ ورهائجي وڃي ٿو. هي عمل ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ موجود مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ يا اينڪوريج) جي ذريعي ممڪن بڻجي ٿو، جيڪو ٻنهي موادن جي رابطي واري سطح تي لڳاتار دٻاءُ جو ميدان (ڪنٽينيوئس اسٽريس فيلڊ) پيدا ڪري ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل طور ڪم ڪرڻ جا بنيادي سبب هي آهن:

* فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿي، تنهنڪري ٻئي گڏجي ٻاهرين بارن کي برداشت ڪن ٿا.
* ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جا عدد تقريباً هڪجهڙا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب سندن وچ ۾ نقصانڪار حرارتي دٻاءُ پيدا نٿو ٿئي.
* ڪنڪريٽ جو الڪلائن ماحول فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائي ٿو ۽ انهن جي عمر وڌائي ٿو.

=== ڪنڪريٽ ۾ بندش ===

فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ بندش (بانڊ) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنيادي خاصيتن مان هڪ آهي. عملي طور بندش جو دٻاءُ سلاخ جي سڄي ڊيگهه ۾ هڪجهڙو نه هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري جديد تعميراتي ضابطن ۾ بندش جي دٻاءُ بدران '''ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي''' (ڊولپمينٽ لينٿ) جو تصور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي مان مراد فولادي سلاخ جي اها گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ڊيگهه آهي، جيڪا ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود هجڻ ضروري آهي، ته جيئن سلاخ پنهنجي مڪمل ييلڊ اسٽريس تائين پهچي سگهي، بغير ڪنڪريٽ مان سُرڪڻ جي.

جيڪڏهن موجود ڊيگهه گهربل ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي کان گهٽ هجي ته اضافي بندش مهيا ڪرڻ لاءِ مختلف طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جهڙوڪ:

* ڪنڍا (ھڪس)
* موڙ (بينڊس)
* ميخانياتي پڇاڙيون (ميڪينيڪل اينڊ پليٽس)
* ٻيا مناسب اينڪريج جا ذريعا

اهي سڀئي طريقا فولادي سلاخن کي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوطي سان جڪڙي رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

=== ليپ اسپلائس ===

جڏهن فولادي سلاخ جي ڊيگهه ڪافي نه هجي يا ٻن سلاخن کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍڻو هجي ته ٻنهي سلاخن کي هڪ مقرر ڊيگهه تائين هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهائي رکيو ويندو آهي. هن طريقي کي '''ليپ اسپلائس''' چيو ويندو آهي.

ليپ اسپلائس جو مقصد ٻنهي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ دٻاءُ ۽ تنشي قوتن جي محفوظ منتقلي کي يقيني بڻائڻ آهي، جيئن ڍانچي جي تسلسل برقرار رهي. ليپ اسپلائس جي گهربل ڊيگهه تعميراتي ضابطن موجب سلاخ جي قطر، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، فولاد جي درجي ۽ لاڳو ٿيندڙ بار جي بنياد تي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal|title=Monotonic and Cyclic Seismic Analyses of Old-Type RC Columns with Short Lap Splices|journal=Construction Materials|volume=4|issue=2|year=2024|pages=329–341}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زنگ کان بچاءَ جا طريقا ===

ٿڌن ۽ نمي وارن علائقن ۾، خاص طور روڊن، پلن، پارڪنگ ڍانچن ۽ انهن تعميرن ۾ جيڪي برف ڳارڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لوڻ (Deicing Salt) جي رابطي ۾ اچن ٿيون، فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مختلف حفاظتي طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن.

انهن ۾ هيٺيان طريقا شامل آهن:

* گهٽ ڪاربان ۽ ڪروميم تي ٻڌل زنگ-مزاحمتي فولادي سلاخن جو استعمال؛
* ايپوڪسي (Epoxy) سان ڍڪيل فولادي سلاخون؛
* گرم طريقي سان جست لڳايل (ھاٽ-ڊپ گيلوانائيزڊ) فولادي سلاخون؛
* اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون فولادي سلاخون.

انهن کان علاوه مناسب ڊزائن، اعليٰ معيار جي ڪنڪريٽ، صحيح پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب ۽ مناسب حفاظتي تهه (ڪنڪريٽ ڪور) پڻ فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪن ٿا.

فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ جست فاسفيٽ (زنڪ فاسفيٽ) جهڙا حفاظتي ليپ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر ڪيميائي عمل ذريعي هڪ مستحڪم حفاظتي تهه ٺاهي زنگ جي رفتار گهٽائيندا آهن.

ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري تي مختلف سيلنٽ (Sealants)، جهڙوڪ رنگ، پلاسٽڪ فلمون، فوم، ايلومينيم ورق يا بينٽونائيٽ مٽي جا حفاظتي تهه پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي پاڻي ۽ نقصانڪار لوڻن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي گهٽائيندا آهن.

ان کان علاوه ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ وقت پاڻيءَ جي ملاوٽ ۾ زنگ روڪيندڙ ڪيميائي مادا (ڪوروژن انھبٽرز)، جهڙوڪ ڪيلشيم نائٽرائيٽ، پڻ شامل ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي مادا فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي حفاظتي غيرفعال تهه (پيسيويشن ليئر) برقرار رکن ٿا، جنهن سان زنگ لڳڻ جو امڪان نمايان طور گهٽجي وڃي ٿو.

== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ شعاعن جي اصطلاحات ==

[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|پارڪنگ گيراج جي تختي سان گڏيل ٻه هڪٻئي کي ڪٽيندڙ شعاعون، جن ۾ فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ برقي تارن، جنڪشن باڪسز ۽ روشنيءَ جي ٻين برقي حصن جي لڳائڻ جي تياري پڻ نظر اچي ٿي.]]

[[فائل:Fideo o’r trawst concrit olaf yn cael ei osod – Tach 2016 Last concrete beam installation – 2016.webm|thumb|اوچي شاهراهه تي آخري ڪنڪريٽي شعاع رکڻ جو مختصر وڊيو، جيڪا ويلز جي ڪارڊف بي ڀرسان نئين شاهراهه جي تعمير جو حصو آهي.]]

جڏهن ڪنهن [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاع]] تي [[وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو]] (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) عمل ڪري ٿو ته شعاع ۾ ٿورو وڪڙ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ حالت ۾ شعاع جي ٻاهرئين پاسي (تنشي پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اندرئين پاسي (دٻاءُ واري پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ هوندو آهي.

'''يڪ-طرفو ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (سنگلي ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ رڳو تنشي پاسي لڳائي ويندي آهي. هن فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي '''تنشي فولاد''' (ٽينشن اسٽيل) چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ ان جو مقصد تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.

'''ٻه-طرفو ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (ڊبلي ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي پاسي سان گڏ دٻاءُ واري پاسي به فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ لڳائي ويندي آهي. دٻاءُ واري پاسي لڳايل فولاد کي '''دٻاءُ وارو فولاد''' (ڪمپيشن اسٽيل) چيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد ڪنڪريٽ کي دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيڻ ۽ اضافي دٻاءَ کي سنڀالڻ هوندو آهي. جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو گهربل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪافي نه هجي، يا معمار شعاع جي ماپ وڌائڻ جي اجازت نه ڏئي، تڏهن اضافي دٻاءُ وارو فولاد استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

'''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (انڊر-ريئينفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان گهٽ هوندي آهي. اهڙي شعاع تي جڏهن وڪڙجڻ وارو بار آهستي آهستي وڌندو آهي ته سڀ کان پهرين تنشي فولاد پنهنجي لچڪدار حد (ييلڊ) تائين پهچي ڊگهو ٿيڻ شروع ڪندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ اڃا مڪمل طور نه ٽٽندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ شعاع ۾ وڏو وڪڙ ۽ واضح تبديليون پيدا ٿينديون آهن، جيڪي ممڪن ناڪامي بابت اڳواٽ خبردار ڪن ٿيون. انهيءَ سبب تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ اهڙي قسم جي شعاع کي وڌيڪ محفوظ تصور ڪيو ويندو آهي، ۽ عام طور ڊزائن فولاد جي ييلڊ اسٽريس جي بنياد تي ڪئي ويندي آهي.

'''وڌيڪ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (اوور-ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان وڌيڪ هوندي آهي. اهڙي حالت ۾ فولاد ييلڊ ٿيڻ کان اڳ ئي ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو چِٿجي (ڪرشنگ) وڃي ٿو، جنهن سبب شعاع بنا ڪنهن واضح اڳواٽ خبرداري جي اوچتو ناڪام ٿي سگهي ٿي. انهيءَ ڪري اهڙي ڊزائن کي غير محفوظ سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

'''متوازن ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (بئلنسڊ ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ شعاع تي مقرر ٿيل بار وڌڻ سان ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو ۽ تنشي فولاد تقريباً هڪ ئي وقت پنهنجي آخري حد تائين پهچي وڃن ٿا. اهڙي حالت ۾ ڪنڪريٽ چِٿجي وڃي ٿو ۽ فولاد پڻ ييلڊ ڪري ٿو. جيتوڻيڪ هن حالت ۾ ٻنهي موادن جي طاقت جو متوازن استعمال ٿئي ٿو، پر ناڪامي تقريباً اوچتي ٿيندي آهي، تنهنڪري هي ڊزائن به عملي طور وڌيڪ محفوظ نه سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Nilson, Darwin, Dolan. ''Design of Concrete Structures''. McGraw-Hill Education, 2003. pp. 80–90.&lt;/ref&gt;

انهيءَ سبب فولادي ريئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا اهي جزا، جيڪي وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو برداشت ڪن ٿا، عام طور '''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ''' (انڊر-ريئينفورسڊ) طريقي سان ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن، ته جيئن ناڪامي کان اڳ واضح خبرداري ملي سگهي.

'''خاصيتي مضبوطي''' (ڪئريڪٽرسٽڪ اسٽرينٿ) اها مضبوطي آهي، جنهن کان گهٽ نتيجو صرف پنج سيڪڙو يا ان کان گهٽ آزمائشي نمونن ۾ ملي ٿو.

'''ڊزائن مضبوطي''' يا '''نامياري مضبوطي''' (ڊزائين اسٽرينٿ يا نامينل اسٽرينٿ) اها مضبوطي آهي، جيڪا حفاظتي عامل (سيفٽي فيڪٽر) کي نظر ۾ رکي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. اجازت لائق دٻاءَ واري ڊزائن (پرمزيبل اسٽريس ڊزائين) ۾ حفاظتي عامل عام طور 0.75 کان 0.85 جي وچ ۾ هوندو آهي.

'''آخري حد واري حالت''' (الٽيميٽ لمٽ اسٽيٽ) اها نظرياتي حالت آهي، جنهن تي ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان موجود هوندو آهي. ان جو اندازو حفاظتي عامل سان وڌايل بارن (فيڪٽرڊ لوڊ) ۽ حفاظتي عامل سان گهٽايل مزاحمت (فيڪٽرڊ رزسٽنس) جي بنياد تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا عام طور بين الاقوامي ضابطن ۽ معيارن، جهڙوڪ ACI 318، CEB ۽ يورو ڪوڊ 2 وغيره مطابق ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي ڊزائن لاءِ WSD (ورڪنگ اسٽريس ڊزائين)، USD (الٽيميٽ اسٽرينٿ ڊزائين) يا LRFD (لوڊ اينڊ رزسٽنس فيڪٽر ڊزائين) جهڙا طريقا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. تجزيو ۽ ڊزائن ليڪيرِي (لينيئر) يا غير ليڪيرِي (نان-لينيئر) طريقن سان به ڪري سگهجن ٿا. عمارت سازي جا ضابطا اڪثر حفاظتي عاملن سان گڏ ليڪيرِي طريقن جي سفارش ڪن ٿا، جڏهن ته ڪجهه خاص حالتن ۾ غير ليڪيرِي عددي تجزيا پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Techno Press|journal=Structural Engineering and Mechanics|volume=53|issue=4|year=2015}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Energy based structural damage index based on nonlinear numerical simulation of structures subjected to oriented lateral cyclic loading|journal=International Journal of Civil Engineering|volume=9|issue=3|year=2011|pages=155–164}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ ==

{{Main|اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ}}

'''اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري اسٽريسڊ ڪنڪريٽ) اهڙي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي شعاعن ۽ ٻين بناوتي جزن جي بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت کي نمايان طور وڌايو ويندو آهي.

هن طريقي ۾ شعاع جي هيٺئين حصي ۾ موجود فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ، جيڪا استعمال دوران تنشي قوتن جي اثر هيٺ ايندي آهي، ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ئي ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ آندي ويندي آهي. ان کان پوءِ ان جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وڌو ويندو آهي. جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ مڪمل طور سخت ٿي وڃي ٿو ته فولادي سلاخن تان اڳواٽ ڏنل ڇڪ آزاد ڪئي ويندي آهي. ان جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر مستقل دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) پيدا ٿي ويندو آهي.

جڏهن بعد ۾ شعاع تي بار لاڳو ٿيندو آهي ته فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ اضافي تنشي دٻاءُ برداشت ڪندي آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ ۾ موجود اڳواٽ دٻاءُ آهستي آهستي گهٽبو آهي، پر عام حالتن ۾ اهو تنشي دٻاءُ ۾ تبديل نه ٿيندو آهي.

ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڪنڪريٽ مسلسل دٻاءُ هيٺ رهندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان ۾ ڏار پوڻ، وڪڙجڻ سبب نقصان پهچڻ ۽ بناوتي ناڪامي جا امڪان عام رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀيٽ ۾ گهڻا گهٽ هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|pages=372–373|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|others=George Weidmann, P. R. Lewis, Nick Reid, Open University. Materials Department|isbn=0-408-04658-9|location=Milton Keynes, U.K.|oclc=20693897}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== فولاد سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ناڪامي جا عام نمونا ==

[[فائل:Concrete spall (interior of unit).jpg|thumb|سنگاپور ۾ هڪ آفيس جي ڇت مان ڪنڪريٽ جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي ڪرڻ. اهو نقصان ممڪن آهي ته فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ سبب پيدا ٿيو هجي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بنيادي طور ٻن سببن جي ڪري ناڪام ٿي سگهي ٿو: پهريون، جڏهن ان جي مضبوطي گهربل حد کان گهٽ هجي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ بناوتي يا مشيني ناڪامي (ميڪينيڪل فيليوئر) پيدا ٿئي؛ ۽ ٻيو، جڏهن وقت سان گڏ ان جي پائيداري گهٽجي وڃي. خراب ڊزائن يا غير معياري تعمير سبب زنگ لڳڻ ۽ ٿڌ ۾ ڄمڻ ۽ وري ڳرڻ (فريز–ٿا سائيڪل) جا بار بار ٿيندڙ عمل ڪنڪريٽ کي نقصان پهچائي سگهن ٿا.

جڏهن فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳندو آهي ته زنگ جا پيداوار (رسٽ) پنهنجي اصل ڌاتوءَ جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مقدار والاريندا آهن. انهيءَ ڦهلاءَ سبب ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏار پوندا آهن، مٿاڇري جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي پوندا آهن (اسپيلنگ)، ۽ فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ موجود بندش ڪمزور ٿي ويندي آهي. اهڙي طرح ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کان الڳ ٿيڻ لڳندي آهي، جنهن سان ڍانچي جي مضبوطي ۽ عمر ٻنهي تي منفي اثر پوندو آهي.

هيٺ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پائيداري کي متاثر ڪندڙ اهم سبب بيان ڪيا ويا آهن.

=== مشيني ناڪامي ===

ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏار پوڻ کي مڪمل طور روڪڻ عملي طور ممڪن نه هوندو آهي، پر مناسب مقدار ۾ ريئنفورسمينٽ، ڪنٽرول جوائنٽن، صحيح سنڀال (Curing) ۽ مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جي ملاوٽ ذريعي انهن ڏارن جي ماپ، تعداد ۽ هنڌ کي وڏي حد تائين ضابطي ۾ آڻي سگهجي ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ ڏار نمي ۽ پاڻي کي اندر داخل ٿيڻ جو رستو فراهم ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو. بناوتي ڊزائن ۾ اهڙي حالت کي عام طور ''سروس لائق حد واري ناڪامي'' (سروسبلٽي لمٽ اسٽيٽ) چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي نقصان سان ڍانچي جي استعمال جي صلاحيت متاثر ٿيندي آهي، ڀلي اهو فوري طور نه ڊهي.

عام طور ڏار پوڻ جا اهم سبب هي هوندا آهن:

* فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي مقدار ضرورت کان گهٽ هجڻ؛
* فولادي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ تمام گهڻو وڇاءُ هجڻ؛
* مقرر حد کان وڌيڪ بار لاڳو ٿيڻ؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي سخت ٿيڻ دوران گرمي جي تبديلي يا شروعاتي سُڪڙجڻ (ارلي ٿرمل شرنڪيج) سبب اندروني دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيڻ.

ڍانچي جي مڪمل ناڪامي، جيڪا آخرڪار ڊهڻ جو سبب بڻجي سگهي ٿي، هيٺين حالتن ۾ پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي:

* جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ تي دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ان جي برداشت جي حد کان وڌي وڃي ۽ ڪنڪريٽ چِٿجي وڃي (ڪنڪريٽ ڪرشنگ )؛
* جڏهن وڪڙجڻ (بينڊنگ) يا ڪٽائي (Shear) سبب فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ تي پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻاءُ ان جي طاقت کان وڌي وڃي، جنهن سان فولاد ييلڊ ڪري يا ٽٽي پوي؛
* جڏهن فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ موجود بندش (بانڊ) ناڪام ٿي وڃي، جنهن سان فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان سُرڪڻ لڳي ۽ ٻئي مواد گڏيل طور ڪم ڪرڻ بند ڪري ڇڏين.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |year=2016 |title=Remote sensing and photogrammetry techniques in diagnostics of concrete structures |journal=Computers and Concrete |volume=18 |issue=3 |pages=405–420 |doi=10.12989/cac.2016.18.3.405}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاربونيشن ===

[[فائل:Concrete wall cracking as steel reinforcing corrodes and swells 9058.jpg|left|thumb|فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ ۽ ڦهلجڻ سبب ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀت ۾ پيدا ٿيل ڏار. زنگ جو مقدار اصل ڌاتوءَ کان وڌيڪ هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهو ڦهلجي ڪنڪريٽ کي ٽوڙي ڇڏي ٿو. مٿاڇري تان ڪنڪريٽ جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي پوڻ واري عمل کي ''اسپالنگ'' (Spalling) چيو ويندو آهي.]]

[[فائل:Concrete wall cracking as its steel reinforcing cracks and swells 9061v.jpg|left|thumb|ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري ۽ فولادي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ حفاظتي ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه تمام پتلو هجڻ سبب پيدا ٿيل اسپالنگ. اهڙي حالت ۾ ٻاهرين ماحول جي اثر هيٺ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي وڃي ٿو.]]

{{مکيه|ڪاربونيشن}}

'''ڪاربونيشن''' (Carbonation)، جنهن کي غيرجانبداري (Neutralisation) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ ڪيميائي عمل آهي، جنهن ۾ هوا ۾ موجود [[ڪاربان ڊاءِ آڪسائيڊ]] ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] ۽ پاڻي سان گڏيل [[ڪيلشيم سليڪيٽ هائيڊريٽ]] (Calcium Silicate Hydrate، CSH) سان ردعمل ڪري ٿي.

ڪنهن به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچي جي ڊزائن وقت فولادي سلاخن جي چوڌاري موجود ڪنڪريٽ جي حفاظتي تهه (Concrete Cover) جي ٿولهه مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. ان مان مراد فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٻاهرئين مٿاڇري جي وچ وارو فاصلو آهي. هي گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ٿولهه تعميراتي ضابطن ۽ عمارت سازي جي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي.

جيڪڏهن فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري جي تمام ويجهو هجن ته انهن تائين هوا، نمي ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار مادَن جي رسائي جلد ٿي ويندي، جنهن سبب زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو ۽ ڍانچي جي عمر گهٽجي سگهي ٿي. فولادي سلاخن جي مٿان موجود ڪنڪريٽ جي حفاظتي تهه جي ٿولهه کي خاص اوزار، جنهن کي ''ڪور ميٽر'' (Cover Meter) چيو ويندو آهي، جي ذريعي ماپي سگهجي ٿو.

صرف ڪاربونيشن ٿيڻ سان هر ڀيري فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي نقصان نه پهچندو آهي. زنگ لڳڻ لاءِ ضروري آهي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر مناسب مقدار ۾ نمي ۽ آڪسيجن پڻ موجود هجن، ڇو ته انهن جي موجودگي سان برقي-ڪيميائي (اليڪٽرو ڪيميڪل) زنگ لڳڻ وارو عمل شروع ٿئي ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڪاربونيشن جي کوٽائي معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ عام طور ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري ۾ نئون سوراخ ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ان جي تازو ڪٽيل سطح تي '''[[فينولفٿيلين]]'''  جو محلول لڳايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ اڃا الڪلائن حالت ۾ هجي ته اهو محلول گلابي رنگ اختيار ڪندو، جڏهن ته ڪاربونيشن ٿيل حصو بي رنگ رهندو. ان طريقي سان آسانيءَ سان معلوم ڪري سگهجي ٿو ته ڪاربونيشن ڪيتري کوٽائي تائين پهتي آهي. اڳ ۾ موجود سوراخ استعمال ڪرڻ مناسب نه هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان جي ظاهر ٿيل سطح اڳ ئي ڪاربونيشن جو شڪار ٿي چڪي هوندي.

=== ڪلورائيڊ ===

[[ڪلورائيڊ]] جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر ڪافي مقدار ۾ موجود هجن ته اهي فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي زنگ لڳڻ جي عمل کي تيز ڪري سگهن ٿا. ڪلورائيڊ جا آئن (Cl⁻) نه رڳو مخصوص هنڌن تي کڏن جهڙو زنگ  پيدا ڪندا آهن، پر فولاد جي سڄي مٿاڇري تي عام زنگ جو سبب پڻ بڻجي سگهن ٿا. انهيءَ ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي تياري دوران هميشه صاف يا پيئڻ لائق پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ گهرجي، ۽ اها به پڪ ڪرڻ گهرجي ته ريتي، بجري ۽ ٻيا تعميراتي جزا ڪلورائيڊن کان پاڪ هجن. اهڙيءَ طرح ڪلورائيڊ تي ٻڌل ڪيميائي اضافن (Admixtures) کان به پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي.

[[فائل:RebarCloseup.jpg|thumb|right|بنيادن ۽ ڀتين لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ.]]

[[فائل:Paulins Kill Viaduct in Hainesburg, NJ.jpg|thumb|right|آمريڪا جي رياست نيو جرسي ۾ واقع '''پاولنز ڪل واءِ ايڊڪٽ'''، جيڪو 1910ع ۾ مڪمل ٿيڻ وقت دنيا جي سڀ کان وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن مان هڪ هو.]]

ماضي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي جلدي سخت ڪرڻ لاءِ [[ڪيلشيم ڪلورائيڊ]] کي ڪيميائي اضافي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو. ان وقت اهو به سمجهيو ويندو هو ته هي مادو ڪنڪريٽ کي ڄمڻ کان بچائيندو، پر بعد ۾ معلوم ٿيو ته ڪلورائيڊ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳائڻ جو اهم سبب بڻجي ٿو. انهيءَ ڪري اڄڪلهه تعميراتي ڪم ۾ ڪيلشيم ڪلورائيڊ جو استعمال، جيترو ممڪن هجي، کان پاسو ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ٿڌن علائقن ۾ روڊن ۽ پلن تان برف ڳارڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لوڻ رِيئنفورسڊ ۽ اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ جي پلن، شاهراهن ۽ پارڪنگ ڍانچن جي وقت کان اڳ خراب ٿيڻ جا اهم سبب آهن. هن مسئلي کي گهٽائڻ لاءِ ايپوڪسي سان ڍڪيل فولادي سلاخون، ڪيٿوڊڪ تحفظ ۽ فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل پوليمر (FRP) ريئنفورسمينٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي ڪلورائيڊ جي اثر کان گهڻو گهٽ متاثر ٿينديون آهن. ان کان علاوه صحيح نموني ڊزائن ڪيل ۽ مناسب سنڀال هيٺ سخت ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ پڻ برف ڳارڻ وارن لوڻن جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت ڪري سگهي ٿي.

ڪلورائيڊن جو هڪ ٻيو اهم ذريعو [[سامونڊي پاڻي]] آهي. سامونڊي پاڻي ۾ وزني تناسب سان لڳ ڀڳ 3.5 سيڪڙو لوڻ موجود هوندا آهن، جن ۾ [[سوڊيم ڪلورائيڊ]]، [[ميگنيشيم سلفيٽ]]، [[ڪيلشيم سلفيٽ]] ۽ [[بائي ڪاربونيٽ]] شامل آهن. پاڻي ۾ حل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ اهي لوڻ آزاد آئنن جي صورت اختيار ڪندا آهن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي باريڪ سوراخن وسيلي اندر داخل ٿيندا آهن. انهن مان ڪلورائيڊ جا آئن، جيڪي تقريباً اڌ آئنن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن، فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ لاءِ سڀ کان وڌيڪ نقصانڪار هوندا آهن ۽ زنگ لڳڻ جي عمل کي تيز ڪندا آهن.

1960ع ۽ 1970ع واري ڏهاڪي دوران [[ميگني سائيٽ]]، جيڪا ڪلورائيڊ سان مالا مال هڪ ڪاربونيٽ معدنيات آهي، فرشن جي مٿاڇري کي هموار ڪرڻ ۽ آواز گهٽائڻ واري تھ طور به استعمال ڪئي ويندي هئي. بعد ۾ معلوم ٿيو ته جڏهن ميگني سائيٽ نمي سان رابطي ۾ اچي ٿي ته ان ۾ موجود ڪلورائيڊ جي ڪري ڪمزور [[هائيڊروڪلورڪ تيزاب]] ٺهندو آهي. هي تيزاب ڪيترن سالن يا ڏهاڪن دوران ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي آهستي آهستي زنگ لڳائي ڪمزور ڪري ڇڏيندو آهي. اهڙو نقصان خاص طور انهن هنڌن تي وڌيڪ ڏٺو ويو، جتي فرش مسلسل نمي يا پاڻي جي رابطي ۾ رهندا هئا.
=== الڪلائي – سليڪا ردعمل ===

{{Main|الڪلائي–سليڪا ردعمل}}

'''الڪلائي–سليڪا ردعمل''' (مختصر: ASR) هڪ ڪيميائي عمل آهي، جيڪو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ موجود ڪجهه بجري جي ذرڙن ۾ شامل غير قلمي (Amorphous) سليڪا، جهڙوڪ [[ڪيلسيڊوني]]، [[چرٽ]] يا سليڪا سان مالا مال [[چون جو پٿر]]، ۽ سيمينٽ جي مسامن واري محلول ۾ موجود هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ آئنن (OH⁻) جي وچ ۾ ٿيندو آهي.

گهٽ قلمي سليڪا (SiO₂) الڪلائن پاڻيءَ ۾، جنهن جو پي ايڇ (pH) لڳ ڀڳ 12.5 کان 13.5 هوندو آهي، آهستي آهستي حل ٿي ويندي آهي. ان کان پوءِ حل ٿيل [[سليسيڪ تيزاب]]  سيمينٽ جي ليپ ۾ موجود [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] (پورٽلينڊائيٽ) سان ردعمل ڪري ڦهلجندڙ [[ڪيلشيم سليڪيٽ هائيڊريٽ]] ٺاهي ٿو.

هن ڪيميائي عمل جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر مقامي طور ڦهلاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جيڪو [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] پيدا ڪري آخرڪار ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏار پوڻ ۽ ٽٽڻ جو سبب بڻجي سگهي ٿو.

الڪلائي–سليڪا ردعمل ٿيڻ لاءِ هيٺيون ٽي شرطون لازمي آهن:

* بجري ۾ اهڙو جزو موجود هجي، جيڪو الڪلائن سان ردعمل ڪندڙ غير قلمي سليڪا تي مشتمل هجي؛
* سيمينٽ جي مسامن واري محلول ۾ هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ آئنن (OH⁻) جي مناسب مقدار موجود هجي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر لاڳيتي نمي موجود هجي، ۽ نسبتي نمي تقريباً 75 سيڪڙو يا ان کان وڌيڪ هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.bbc.co.uk/dna/h2g2/A4014172 |title=Concrete Cancer |website=h2g2 |publisher=BBC}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.cementindustry.co.uk/main.asp?page=272 |title=Special Section: South West Alkali Incident |publisher=British Cement Association}}&lt;/ref&gt;

عام ٻوليءَ ۾ هن مسئلي کي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن '''ڪنڪريٽ ڪينسر''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهو وقت سان گڏ ڪنڪريٽ کي اندروني طور ڪمزور ڪندو رهي ٿو.

هي ردعمل فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي موجودگيءَ کان آزاد آهي، تنهنڪري وڏا غير رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا، جهڙوڪ [[بند]]، پڻ هن مسئلي کان متاثر ٿي سگهن ٿا.

=== وڏي ايلومينا واري سيمينٽ جي تبديلي ===

'''وڏي ايلومينا واري سيمينٽ'''  ڪمزور تيزابن، خاص طور [[سلفيٽ]]ن، جي اثرن جي خلاف سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿي. هي سيمينٽ تمام تيزيءَ سان سخت ٿيندي آهي ۽ ان مان ٺهيل ڪنڪريٽ شروعاتي مرحلي ۾ تمام گهڻي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري حاصل ڪندو آهي. انهيءَ سبب [[ٻي عالمي جنگ]] کان پوءِ اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل (پري ڪاسٽ) ڪنڪريٽ جي مختلف جزن جي تعمير ۾ هن سيمينٽ جو وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويو.

تنهن هوندي به، هن سيمينٽ جي هڪ اهم خامي اها آهي ته وقت گذرڻ يا وڌيڪ گرمي جي اثر هيٺ ان جي اندروني بناوت ۾ ڪيميائي تبديليون  اچي سگهن ٿيون، خاص طور جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ کي صحيح نموني سان سنڀال نه ڏني وئي هجي. انهن تبديلين جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي آهستي آهستي گهٽجي سگهي ٿي.

1976ع ۾ [[برطانيا]] ۾ وڏي ايلومينا واري سيمينٽ سان تيار ڪيل اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ جي شعاعن تي ٻڌل ٽن ڇتين جي ڊهڻ کان پوءِ هن سيمينٽ جي استعمال تي پابندي لاڳو ڪئي وئي. بعد ۾ ٿيل جاچ مان معلوم ٿيو ته انهن شعاعن جي تياري دوران تعميراتي معيارن تي صحيح نموني عمل نه ڪيو ويو هو، تنهن هوندي به احتياطي قدم طور برطانيا ۾ هن سيمينٽ جي استعمال تي پابندي برقرار رکي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.quest-tech.co.uk/hac.htm|title=High Alumina Cement}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== سلفيٽن جا اثر ===

[[سلفيٽ]] (SO₄²⁻) جيڪڏهن زمين يا زيرزميني پاڻيءَ ۾ ڪافي مقدار ۾ موجود هجن ته اهي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ موجود [[پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ]] سان ڪيميائي ردعمل ڪري سگهن ٿا. هن ردعمل جي نتيجي ۾ ڦهلجندڙ مرڪب، جهڙوڪ [[ايٽرنجائيٽ]] ۽ [[ٿاؤماسائيٽ]]، ٺهن ٿا، جيڪي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني بناوت کي نقصان پهچائي سگهن ٿا ۽ آخرڪار ڍانچي جي وقت کان اڳ ناڪامي جو سبب بڻجي سگهن ٿا.

هن قسم جو حملو گهڻو ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي تختن (سليبس) ۽ بنيادن جي ڀتين ۾ ڏٺو ويندو آهي، جيڪي زمين جي سطح سان سڌي رابطي ۾ هونديون آهن. اهڙن هنڌن تي بار بار آلو ٿيڻ ۽ سُڪڻ جي عمل سبب سلفيٽ آئنن جي مقدار وڌندي رهي ٿي، ۽ جڏهن انهن جو ارتڪاز ڪافي وڌي وڃي ٿو ته اهي پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ تي حملو ڪرڻ شروع ڪن ٿا.

زمين اندر دفن ٿيل ڍانچن، جهڙوڪ [[پائيپ]]ن، ۾ هن قسم جو حملو نسبتاً گهٽ ٿيندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ زمين جي اندر سلفيٽ آئنن جي مقدار آهستي آهستي وڌندي آهي. ان جي شدت گهڻو ڪري ان ڳالهه تي دارومدار رکي ٿي ته اصل زمين ۾ سلفيٽن جي مقدار ڪيتري آهي.

جن منصوبن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جو سڌو رابطو قدرتي زمين سان ٿيڻ وارو هجي، انهن جي ڊزائن واري مرحلي ۾ زمين مان ورتل نمونن جو ڪيميائي تجزيو ڪرڻ گهرجي، ته جيئن سلفيٽن جي موجودگي ۽ انهن جي مقدار جو اندازو لڳائي سگهجي. جيڪڏهن سلفيٽن جي مقدار نقصانڪار حد تائين هجي ته ڪنڪريٽ کي بچائڻ لاءِ مختلف حفاظتي تھ استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿا.

ان کان علاوه، اهڙين حالتن ۾ سلفيٽن جي مزاحمت لاءِ خاص طور تي تيار ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. مثال طور، آمريڪي معيار ''ASTM C150 ٽائيپ 5 پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ'' خاص طور سلفيٽن جي حملي جي مزاحمت لاءِ تيار ڪئي وئي آهي، ۽ ان جو استعمال سلفيٽ سان مالا مال زمين يا پاڻيءَ وارن علائقن ۾ وڌيڪ مناسب سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

== اسٽيل پليٽ تعمير ==

{{Main|اسٽيل پليٽ تعمير}}

اسٽيل پليٽ تعمير (اسٽيل پليٽ ڪنسٽرڪشن) ۾ هڪ ٻئي جي متوازي رکيل اسٽيل جي پليٽن کي اسٽيل جي ڳنڍيندڙ حصن (اسٽرنگرز) ذريعي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيو ويندو آهي. انهن اسٽيل پليٽن جا مجموعا (پليٽ اسيمبليز) عام طور تعميراتي ماڳ کان ٻاهر ڪارخانن ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، پوءِ انهن کي تعميراتي هنڌ تي آڻي ويلڊنگ ذريعي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان اسٽيل جون ڀتيون تيار ٿينديون آهن. اهي ڀتيون بعد ۾ اهڙي قالب (فريم ورڪ) طور ڪم ڪنديون آهن، جنهن جي اندر ڪنڪريٽ وڌو ويندو آهي.

هي تعميراتي طريقو رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير کي وڌيڪ تيز بڻائي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان ۾ تعميراتي ماڳ تي فولادي سلاخون ٻڌڻ ۽ روايتي قالب تيار ڪرڻ جهڙا وقت وٺندڙ هٿرادو ڪم گهڻي حد تائين ختم ٿي ويندا آهن.

هن طريقي سان تيار ٿيل ڍانچي ۾ تمام سٺي مضبوطي حاصل ٿيندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اسٽيل جون پليٽون ڍانچي جي ٻاهرئين پاسي موجود هونديون آهن، جتي عام طور تنشي قوتون (ٽينسائل فورسز) سڀ کان وڌيڪ اثرانداز ٿينديون آهن.

== فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ==

{{Main|فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}

فائبر ريئنفورسمينٽ  جو استعمال بنيادي طور [[شاٽڪريٽ]] ۾ ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر ان کي عام ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو. فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل عام ڪنڪريٽ گهڻو ڪري زمين تي ٺهندڙ فرشن ۽ رستن  ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر ان کي تعمير جي ٻين ڪيترن ئي جزن، جهڙوڪ [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاعن]]، [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀن]]، [[بنياد]]ن ۽ ٻين بناوتي حصن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو. اهو يا ته اڪيلو استعمال ٿيندو آهي يا هٿ سان ٻڌل فولادي سلاخن (Rebar) سان گڏ.

فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور فولاد، [[شيشو|شيشي]]، [[فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل پلاسٽڪ]] يا سيلولوز پوليمر جا فائبر استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪيترين حالتن ۾ اهڙي ريئنفورسمينٽ هٿ سان ٻڌل فولادي سلاخن جي ڀيٽ ۾ گهٽ خرچائتي هوندي آهي. فائبر جي شڪل، قطر ۽ ڊيگهه ان جي ڪارڪردگيءَ تي وڏو اثر وجهندا آهن. مثال طور، تمام سنها ۽ ننڍا فائبر، جهڙوڪ وارن جهڙي شڪل وارا مختصر شيشي جا فائبر، ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ شروعاتي ڪلاڪن دوران ئي اثرائتا هوندا آهن. انهن جو بنيادي ڪم ڪنڪريٽ جي سخت ٿيڻ دوران پيدا ٿيندڙ ڏارن کي گهٽائڻ هوندو آهي، پر اهي ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي مضبوطي ۾ نمايان اضافو نٿا ڪن.

ان جي ابتڙ، مناسب ماپ وارا فائبر، جهڙوڪ يورپ ۾ شاٽڪريٽ لاءِ عام استعمال ٿيندڙ تقريباً 1 ملي ميٽر قطر ۽ 45 ملي ميٽر ڊيگهه وارا فولادي يا پلاسٽڪ فائبر، ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي مضبوطي ۾ واڌارو آڻيندا آهن.

فائبر ريئنفورسمينٽ اڪثر ڪري بنيادي فولادي سلاخن جي مددگار طور استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي يا انهن جي ضرورت کي جزوي طور گهٽائيندي آهي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾، مناسب انجنيئرنگ ڊزائن سان فائبر ريئنفورسمينٽ کي اهڙي نموني استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو، جو اها فولادي سلاخن جي مڪمل متبادل طور ڪم ڪري سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;Fiber Concrete in Construction, Wietek B., Springer, 2021, p. 268. ISBN 978-3-658-34480-1&lt;/ref&gt;

عام استعمال ٿيندڙ فائبرن مان فولادي فائبر سڀ کان وڌيڪ مضبوط سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |last=George |first=Reethu |last2=Thomas |first2=Aneena |last3=P.B. |first3=Amala Mary |last4=Eldhose |first4=Niya |title=Study on Steel and Glass Fibre Reinforced Concrete |journal=International Journal of Engineering Research &amp; Technology |volume=4 |issue=13 |year=2018 |doi=10.17577/IJERTCONV4IS13002}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهي مختلف ڊيگهن (يورپ ۾ عام طور 30 کان 80 ملي ميٽر) ۽ مختلف شڪلين ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. فولادي فائبر رڳو انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪرڻ مناسب هوندا آهن، جتي زنگ لڳڻ يا زنگ جا داغ پيدا ٿيڻ جو خطرو برداشت ڪري سگهجي يا ان کان بچاءُ جو بندوبست موجود هجي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾ فولادي فائبر واري ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري کي ٻئي مواد سان ڍڪيو ويندو آهي.

شيشي جا فائبر نسبتاً سستا هوندا آهن ۽ انهن کي زنگ نه لڳندو آهي، پر اهي فولادي فائبرن جيترا لچڪدار نه هوندا آهن. تازن سالن ۾ [[بيسالٽ]] جا فائبر، جيڪي اوڀر يورپ ۾ گهڻي عرصي کان استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن، آمريڪا ۽ اولهه يورپ ۾ پڻ استعمال ٿيڻ لڳا آهن. بيسالٽ فائبر شيشي جي فائبرن کان وڌيڪ مضبوط ۽ گهٽ قيمتي هوندا آهن، پر ماضيءَ ۾ اهي [[پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ]] جي الڪلائن ماحول جي ڪافي مزاحمت نه ڪري سگهندا هئا، تنهنڪري سڌي ريئنفورسمينٽ لاءِ انهن جو استعمال محدود هو. جديد موادن ۾ پلاسٽڪ بائنڊر استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي بيسالٽ فائبر کي سيمينٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول کان الڳ رکندا آهن.

اعليٰ درجي جي فائبرن ۾ [[گرافيٽ]] سان مضبوط ڪيل پلاسٽڪ فائبر شامل آهن، جيڪي مضبوطيءَ ۾ تقريباً فولاد جي برابر هوندا آهن، پر وزن ۾ هلڪا ۽ زنگ کان مڪمل طور محفوظ هوندا آهن. ڪجهه تحقيقن ۾ [[ڪاربان نينو ٽيوب]]  استعمال ڪرڻ جا حوصلا افزا شروعاتي نتيجا مليا آهن، پر في الحال انهن جي تمام گهڻي قيمت سبب انهن جو عام تعميراتي منصوبن ۾ استعمال اقتصادي طور ممڪن ناهي.

== غير فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ==

غير فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ  ۽ فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جا موضوع هڪ ٻئي سان گهڻي حد تائين لاڳاپيل آهن. ڪنڪريٽ ۾ غير فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جو استعمال نسبتاً جديد ترقي آهي، جيڪا بنيادي طور ٻن صورتن ۾ ڪئي ويندي آهي: غير ڌاتي ريئنفورسمينٽ جون سلاخون  ۽ غير فولادي (عام طور غير ڌاتي) فائبر، جيڪي سيمينٽ جي بنيادي ڍانچي (سيمينٽ ميٽرڪس) ۾ شامل ڪيا ويندا آهن.

تازن سالن ۾ [[شيشي جي فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ]] (گلاس فائبر ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ، GFRC) ۽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ مختلف پوليمر فائبرن جي استعمال ۾ نمايان دلچسپي وڌي آهي. جيتوڻيڪ في الحال اهڙي توقع نٿي ڪئي وڃي ته اهي مواد مڪمل طور فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي جاءِ وٺندا، پر ڪيترين خاص حالتن ۾ انهن کي نمايان فائدا حاصل آهن. ان کان علاوه، ڪجهه اهڙيون به تعميراتي حالتون آهن، جتي فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جو استعمال عملي طور ممڪن ئي نه هوندو آهي.

بهرحال، غير فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن ۽ استعمال سان ڪجهه فني مسئلا پڻ لاڳاپيل آهن. مثال طور، ڪنڪريٽ جو ماحول تمام گهڻو الڪلائن هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪيترائي مواد، خاص طور عام قسم جو شيشو، گهڻي عرصي تائين پائيدار نٿا رهن. ان کان علاوه، انهن موادن جون ميڪانيڪي خاصيتون فولاد کان مختلف هونديون آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪٽائي جي مضبوطي، آهستي آهستي ٿيندڙ مستقل بگاڙ ۽ لچڪ.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |title=BS EN 1169:1999 Precast concrete products. General rules for factory production control of glass-fiber reinforced cement}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |title=BS EN 1170-5:1998 Precast concrete products. Test method for glass-fiber reinforced cement}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل پلاسٽڪ]] (FRP) ۽ شيشي سان مضبوط ڪيل پلاسٽڪ (GRP) اهڙا جامع مواد آهن، جن ۾ پوليمر، شيشي، [[ڪاربان]]، [[ارامڊ]] يا ٻين وڌيڪ مضبوط فائبرن کي ريزن (Resin) جي بنيادي ڍانچي ۾ شامل ڪري ريئنفورسمينٽ جون سلاخون، ڄاريون يا ٻيا جزا تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن کي لڳائڻ جو طريقو تقريباً فولادي سلاخن جهڙو هوندو آهي.

جيتوڻيڪ FRP ۽ GRP ريئنفورسمينٽ جي قيمت فولاد کان وڌيڪ هوندي آهي، پر مناسب حالتن ۾ اهي ڪيترائي فائدا فراهم ڪندا آهن. انهن جو سڀ کان وڏو فائدو زنگ جي خلاف مزاحمت آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي نه ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول کان متاثر ٿيندا آهن ۽ نه ئي ٻاهران داخل ٿيندڙ زنگ پيدا ڪندڙ سيالن کان. انهيءَ سبب اهڙن ڍانچن جو وزن گهٽ، خدمت جي عمر وڌيڪ ۽ ڊگهي مدي واري سار سنڀال جو خرچ به گهٽ ٿي سگهي ٿو. خلائي صنعت ۽ فوجي استعمال ۾ وڏي پيماني تي اختيار ٿيڻ کان پوءِ انهن موادن جي قيمت ۾ پڻ نمايان گهٽتائي آئي آهي.

خاص طور FRP جون سلاخون انهن تعميرن لاءِ تمام موزون آهن، جتي فولاد جو استعمال مناسب نه هجي. مثال طور [[ميگنيٽڪ ريزوننس اميجنگ]] (MRI) جي مشينن ۾ انتهائي طاقتور مقناطيس استعمال ٿيندا آهن، تنهنڪري انهن جي عمارتن ۾ غير مقناطيسي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي ضرورت هوندي آهي. ساڳيءَ طرح، ريڊيو سڃاڻپ واري نظام (RFID) استعمال ڪندڙ ٽول پلازن ۾ اهڙو رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ گهربل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ريڊيو لهرن جي گذر ۾ رڪاوٽ نه بڻجي.

انهن حالتن ۾، جتي ڪنهن ڍانچي جي ڊزائن واري عمر ان جي شروعاتي لاڳت کان وڌيڪ اهميت رکي ٿي، غير فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ وڌيڪ فائديمند ثابت ٿي سگهي ٿي، خاص طور سامونڊي لهرن جي اچ وڃ واري علائقي جهڙين جڳهن تي، جتي فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ لڳڻ تعميراتي ناڪامي جو وڏو سبب هوندو آهي. اهڙي ريئنفورسمينٽ استعمال ڪرڻ سان ڍانچي جي عمر ۾ نمايان واڌارو اچي سگهي ٿو.

FRP جون سلاخون انهن حالتن ۾ پڻ ڪارآمد آهن، جتي مستقبل ۾ عمارت جي ڪجهه حصن جي مرمت يا تبديلي متوقع هجي، جهڙوڪ [[بالڪوني]]ن جا ڪنارا، جتي ريلنگون تبديل ڪيون وڃن، يا گهڻ ماڙ عمارتن جي غسل خانن جا فرش، جتي فرش جي ڍانچي جي عمر پاڻي بند ڪرڻ واري تهه (واٽر پروفنگ ميمبرين) جي عمر کان گهڻي وڌيڪ هوندي آهي.

پلاسٽڪ تي ٻڌل ريئنفورسمينٽ عام طور فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مخصوص مضبوطي (اسٽرينٿ-ٽو-ويٽ ريشو) رکي ٿي. ان کي زنگ نه لڳندو آهي، تنهنڪري فولاد وانگر ان جي چوڌاري تمام ٿلهو ڪنڪريٽ حفاظتي تهه (عام طور 30–50 ملي ميٽر يا وڌيڪ) ڏيڻ جي ضرورت نه هوندي آهي. انهيءَ سبب FRP سان مضبوط ڪيل ڍانچا هلڪا ۽ گهڻي عمر وارا ٿي سگهن ٿا، ۽ ڪيترين حالتن ۾ انهن جي سڄي عمر جي مجموعي لاڳت فولادي رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جي برابر يا ان کان گهٽ ٿي سگهي ٿي.

FRP ۽ GRP جي مادي خاصيتون فولاد کان نمايان طور مختلف هونديون آهن، تنهنڪري انهن جي ڊزائن جا اصول پڻ مختلف هوندا آهن. انهن جي تنشي مضبوطي ته وڌيڪ هوندي آهي، پر انهن جي سختي نسبتاً گهٽ هوندي آهي، جنهن سبب اهڙن ڍانچن ۾ وڪڙ (ڊفليڪشن) فولادي ريئنفورسڊ ڍانچن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ ٿي سگهي ٿو. اهڙين تعميرن ۾ ناڪامي گهڻو ڪري ريئنفورسمينٽ ٽٽڻ بدران ڪنڪريٽ جي دٻجڻ (ڪمپريشن فيليوئر) سبب ٿيندي آهي.

FRP سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏارن جي ويڪر تي ضابطو رکڻ جو مقصد فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ وانگر زنگ کان بچاءُ نه، پر ظاهري خوبصورتي ۽ پاڻي جي نه رسڻ. کي برقرار رکڻ هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، FRP جون سلاخون دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ فولاد کان ڪمزور هونديون آهن، تنهنڪري [[ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀو|ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿنڀن]] جي ڊزائن لاءِ الڳ اصول اختيار ڪرڻا پوندا آهن.

FRP ريئنفورسمينٽ جي هڪ اهم خامي باهه جي خلاف محدود مزاحمت آهي. جتي باهه کان تحفظ اهم هجي، اتي اهڙن ڍانچن کي اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ڪرڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، جو باهه دوران به انهن جي مضبوطي ۽ اينڪريج برقرار رهي. انهيءَ مقصد لاءِ مناسب ٿولهه وارو ڪنڪريٽ حفاظتي تهه يا ٻيو حفاظتي ڍڪ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. تحقيق مان اهو پڻ معلوم ٿيو آهي ته ڪنڪريٽ ۾ في ڪعبي ميٽر تقريباً هڪ ڪلوگرام [[پولي پروپلين]] فائبر شامل ڪرڻ سان باهه دوران ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي پوڻ (Spalling) ۾ نمايان گهٽتائي اچي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;tunnel&quot;&gt;{{cite book |chapter=Chapter 57: The Airside Road Tunnel, Heathrow Airport, England |title=Proceedings of the Rapid Excavation &amp; Tunneling Conference |year=2003 |author=Arthur W. Darby}}&lt;/ref&gt;

FRP ريئنفورسمينٽ سان لاڳاپيل ٻيو اهم مسئلو ڪٽائي واري ريئنفورسمينٽ  جي اثرائتي هجڻ آهي. اڳواٽ موڙيل FRP اسٽرپس فولادي اسٽرپس جي ڀيٽ ۾ گهٽ مؤثر هوندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ سڌن ۽ موڙيل حصن جي وچ واري علائقي ۾ وڪڙ، ڪٽائي ۽ ڊگھائي وارا دٻاءُ گڏجي ڪم ڪندا آهن. انهيءَ سبب اهڙين حالتن لاءِ خاص ڊزائن جا طريقا اختيار ڪرڻ ضروري هوندا آهن.

تازن سالن ۾ موجوده ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن کي ٻاهران جامع موادن، جهڙوڪ شيشي، [[بيسالٽ]] ۽ [[ڪاربان]] فائبر تي ٻڌل ريئنفورسمينٽ سان مضبوط ڪرڻ ۾ به دلچسپي وڌي آهي. دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ اهڙي جامع ريئنفورسمينٽ جا مختلف تجارتي برانڊ، جهڙوڪ Aslan، DACOT، V-rod ۽ ComBar، استعمال ڪيا پيا وڃن. آمريڪا، روس، ڏکڻ ڪوريا، جرمني ۽ ٻين ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ اهڙين ريئنفورسمينٽ تي ٻڌل منصوبن جو تعداد مسلسل وڌي رهيو آهي.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>5zwv5q6jqr8eme434os3ezvo19uwzc5</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401035</id>
      <parentid>401034</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T00:16:48Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401035</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="93677" sha1="iecdgu4t29702d0qxww60y4vyb1epp2" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمنٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' ، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (اسٽيل ريئينفورسنگ بارس)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}&lt;/ref&gt;
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (ڪوروژن انجنيئرنگ) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (ڪوروژن) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' کي مختصر طور '''آر سي سي''' ({{lang-en|RCC}}) چيو وڃي ٿو، اهڙو تعميراتي مرڪب آهي، جيڪو [[سيمينٽ]]، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا پٿر جي سنهن ٽڪرن ۽ پاڻيءَ مان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) شامل ڪري ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي قوت وڌائين ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ جي اعليٰ صلاحيت رکي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Expo58 building Philips.jpg|thumb|[[بيلجيم]] جي گاديءَ واري شهر [[برسلز]] ۾ [[ايڪسپو 58]] لاءِ تعمير ڪيل [[فلپس پيوليئن]] جي منفرد شڪل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال سان ممڪن ٿي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور تي ريئنفورسمينٽ (فولادي سلاخن يا ٻين مضبوط ڪندڙ مواد) جي ترتيب اهڙي نموني سان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو ڪنڪريٽ جي انهن حصن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) کي برداشت ڪري سگهي، جتي ٻي صورت ۾ ڏار پوڻ يا ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان هوندو آهي. جديد رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ رڳو فولاد ئي نه، پر [[پوليمر]]ن ۽ ٻين جامع (ڪمپوزٽ) مواد مان ٺهيل مضبوط ڪندڙ عنصر پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ضرورت موجب فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ يا انهن کان سواءِ به ڪم آندا ويندا آهن.

ڪيترين تعميراتي حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي اڳواٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ۽ ريئنفورسمينٽ ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ هوندي آهي. هن طريقي سان ڍانچي جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت بهتر ٿيندي آهي. اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي کي '''پري اسٽرِيسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جا ٻه عام طريقا '''پري ٽينشننگ''' ۽ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ'''  آهن.

مضبوط، لچڪدار ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ ريئنفورسمينٽ ۾ هيٺيون خاصيتون هجڻ ضروري آهن:

* اعليٰ ميڪانيڪي مضبوطي؛
* ڇڪ هيٺ وڏي حد تائين ڊگهو ٿيڻ (ٽينسائل اسٽرين) برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت؛
* ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ)، جيڪا پي ايڇ (pH)، نمي يا ٻين ماحولياتي حالتن کان گهڻو متاثر نه ٿئي؛
* حرارتي مطابقت (ٿرمل ڪامپيٽيبلٽي)، جيئن گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ دوران غير ضروري دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي ماحول ۾ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيداري، جنهن ۾ زنگ (Corrosion) ۽ مستقل دٻاءَ جي اثرن کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت شامل هجي.

== تاريخ ==

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي شروعاتي ترقي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري [[انگلينڊ]] ۽ [[فرانس]] ۾ لڳ ڀڳ هڪ ئي وقت ٿي، جتي مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميرڪارن ڪنڪريٽ کي فولادي مضبوطي سان گڏ استعمال ڪرڻ بابت تجربا شروع ڪيا.

[[فائل:Saint-Denis - Maison François Coignet -1.JPG|thumb|سينٽ ڊينس ۾ فرانسوا ڪوئنيه جو گهر، جيڪو ابتدائي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان هڪ آهي.]]

فرانسيسي تعميرڪار '''[[فرانسوا ڪوئنيه]]''' پهريون شخص هو، جنهن عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |url=https://www.britannica.com/technology/building-construction/Early-steel-frame-high-rises#ref105155 |title=Building construction: The invention of reinforced concrete |encyclopedia=Encyclopedia Britannica}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن 1853ع کان 1855ع جي وچ ۾ [[پيرس]] جي ڀرسان سينٽ ڊينس ۾ واقع 72 [[شارل ميشيلس گهٽي]] تي پنهنجي رهائش لاءِ چار ماڙ عمارت تعمير ڪرائي، جيڪا '''فرانسوا ڪوئنيه هائوس''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي ۽ ان کي دنيا جي پهرين لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان شمار ڪيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=The oldest concrete structures that have lasted: 72 rue Charles Michels, St. Denis, France |url=https://meva.net/pt-br/oldest-concrete-structures/}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪوئنيه جي لکڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته هن لوهه کي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت وڌائڻ کان وڌيڪ، ڀتين کي هڪ گڏيل (مونولٿڪ) ڍانچي طور مستحڪم رکڻ ۽ انهن کي اونڌو ٿيڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968 |pages=1–33}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ 1872ع–1873ع دوران [[بروڪلن]] ۾ تعمير ٿيل '''پپن بلڊنگ''' (Pippen Building)، جيتوڻيڪ ڪوئنيه جي ڊزائن نه هئي، پر سندس تعميراتي طريقي جو هڪ اهم مثال سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

[[فائل:Maison de logement des ouvriers de l'usine Coignet 2020 6.jpg|thumb|ڪوئنيه طرفان پنهنجي ڪارخاني جي مزدورن لاءِ سينٽ ڊينس ۾ تعمير ڪيل رهائشي عمارت.]]

1854ع ۾ انگريز تعميرڪار '''وليم بي. ولڪنسن''' پنهنجي تعمير هيٺ ٻن ماڙ گهر جي ڇت ۽ فرشن ۾ فولادي مضبوطي استعمال ڪئي. هن فولادي سلاخن کي اهڙي نموني رکيو، جنهن مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته هو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) جي اثرن کان واقف هو، جڏهن ته هن کان اڳ وارا انجنيئر ان ڳالهه کي مڪمل طور نه سمجهي سگهيا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Reinforced Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete Building Construction}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1869ع کان 1870ع جي وچ ۾ '''هينري ايٽن'''  [[انگلينڊ]] جي [[نورفڪ]] ۽ [[سفڪ]] ضلعن جي وچ ۾ وهندڙ [[ويوني درياھ]] تي '''هومرسفيلڊ پل''' جي ڊزائن تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته ان جي تعمير لنڊن جي ڪمپني ''ڊبليو اينڊ ٽي فلپس '' ڪئي. لڳ ڀڳ 15.25 ميٽر (50 فوٽ) ڊگهي هيءَ پل لوهي مضبوطي سان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي پلن مان هڪ هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{NHLE|num=1262142}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي فرانسيسي باغبان '''[[جوزف مونيي]]''' کي به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ارتقا جو اهم اڳواڻ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. هو مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا گلن جا ٿانوَ تيار ڪرڻ لاءِ موجود مواد مان مطمئن نه هو، تنهنڪري هن نوان تجربا شروع ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Day |first=Lance |title=Biographical Dictionary of the History of Technology}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1867ع ۾ مونيي تار جي ڄاري (وائر ميش) ۽ سيمينٽ جي تهه کي گڏائي مضبوط ڪنڪريٽ جا گلدان ٺاهڻ واري طريقي جو پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Britannica URL|biography/Joseph-Monier|Joseph Monier}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ 1877ع ۾ هن ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿنڀن ۽ گرڊرن کي لوهي سلاخن جي ڄار ذريعي مضبوط ڪرڻ واري وڌيڪ ترقي يافته طريقي جو به پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو. جيتوڻيڪ مونيي کي اها ڄاڻ هئي ته فولادي مضبوطي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني يڪجائي وڌائي ٿي، پر اهو واضح ناهي ته کيس ان ڳالهه جي مڪمل سائنسي ڄاڻ هئي ته ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي طاقت ۾ ڪيترو اضافو آڻي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909 |pages=204–210}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1877ع ۾ آمريڪي انجنيئر '''ٿيڊيئس هائٽ'' پنهنجي مشهور رپورٽ ''اين اڪائونٽ آف سم اڪسپيريمينٽس وٿ پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ڪمبائينڊ وٿ آئرن'' شايع ڪئي، جنهن ۾ هن فولاد سان مضبوط ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پنهنجن تجربن جا نتيجا بيان ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Hyatt |first=Thaddeus |title=An Account of Some Experiments with Portland-cement-concrete Combined with Iron}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن جي تحقيق رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي رڳو تجربي واري تعميراتي مواد بدران هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي آزمودل ٽيڪنالاجي طور قائم ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. جيڪڏهن هائٽ جي تحقيق موجود نه هجي ها، ته هن شعبي جي ترقي گهڻي عرصي تائين آزمائش ۽ غلطي (ٽرائل ۽ ارر) جي غير يقيني طريقن تي دارومدار رکندي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سائنسي ترقي ۽ عالمي ڦهلاءُ ===

1870ع واري ڏهاڪي کان اڳ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير، جيتوڻيڪ ان جون پاڙون [[رومي سلطنت]] تائين پهچن ٿيون ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ ان جو ٻيهر استعمال شروع ٿيو هو، پر ان کي اڃا مڪمل طور سائنسي طور ثابت ٿيل تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي نه سمجهيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Citation |last=Aprea |first=Salvatore |chapter=The Search for Affordable Cement and Concrete in the 18th and 19th Century |title=High Tech Concrete: Where Technology and Engineering Meet |year=2018}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري انگلينڊ ۾ ڄاول انجنيئر '''[[ارنسٽ ايل. رينسم]]''' رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. هن گذريل پنجاهه سالن دوران ٿيل تحقيق ۽ تجربن مان فائدو وٺندي اڳين ايجادڪارن جي ڪيترين ئي تعميراتي طريقن کي وڌيڪ بهتر بڻايو. سندس سڀ کان اهم ايجاد فولادي سلاخن کي مروڙي استعمال ڪرڻ هئي، جنهن سان سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ چنبڙڻ (بانڊ) گهڻو مضبوط ٿي ويو ۽ ڍانچي جي مجموعي مضبوطي ۾ نمايان واڌارو آيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Episode 81: Rebar and the Alvord Lake Bridge}}&lt;/ref&gt;

رينسم پنهنجي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ وارين عمارتن سبب وڏي شهرت حاصل ڪئي، جنهن کان پوءِ هن 1886ع کان 1889ع جي وچ ۾ اتر آمريڪا جي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ پلن مان ٻه تعمير ڪرايون. انهن مان هڪ پل، '''[[سمٿ-رينسم جيپنيز برج]]'''، اڄ به [[نيو يارڪ]] جي [[شيلٽر آئلينڊ، نيو يارڪ|شيلٽر آئلينڊ]] تي موجود آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آمريڪا]] ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل ابتدائي عمارتن مان هڪ '''[[وليم اي. وارڊ هائوس]]''' هئي، جيڪا وليم اي. وارڊ جي ڊزائن موجب 1876ع ۾ مڪمل ٿي. هن رهائشي عمارت کي خاص طور باهه کان وڌيڪ تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ جي مقصد سان تعمير ڪيو ويو.

جرمن سول انجنيئر '''[[گستاو ايڊولف وائس]]''' پڻ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم شخصيت هو. 1879ع ۾ هن جوزف مونيي جي پيٽنٽن جا جرمن حق خريد ڪيا، ۽ 1884ع ۾ سندس ڪمپني '''[[ويس اينڊ فريٽيگ]]''' انهن طريقن کي پهريون ڀيرو تجارتي بنيادن تي استعمال ڪيو. 1890ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين وائس ۽ سندس ڪمپني مونيي جي نظام کي وڌيڪ ترقي ڏئي ان کي هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي ٻڌل، منظم ۽ قابل اعتماد تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آسٽريليا]] جي '''[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]''' ملڪ جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي. هن پل جي ڊزائن [[الفريڊ بارٽن بريڊي]] تيار ڪئي، جيڪو 1896ع ۾ [[ڪئينز لينڊ]] جو سرڪاري معمار هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge |publisher=Queensland Government}}&lt;/ref&gt; پل ۾ 15.2 ميٽر ڊگها يارنهن اسپين هئا ۽ ان جي ڪل ڊيگهه لڳ ڀڳ 187 ميٽر هئي، جيڪا ان دور ۾ دنيا جي ساڳئي قسم جي مشهور پلن کان به وڏي سمجهي ويندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge, Mary River, 1896- |publisher=Engineers Australia}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات ===

ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تيزيءَ سان مقبول تعميراتي مواد بڻجي ويو. ان عرصي دوران انجنيئرن ۽ معمارن هن ٽيڪنالاجي کي اوچي عمارتن، پلن ۽ ٻين وڏن تعميراتي منصوبن ۾ استعمال ڪرڻ شروع ڪيو.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل شروعاتي اوچين عمارتن مان هڪ 16 ماڙ '''انگالس بلڊنگ''' هئي، جيڪا 1904ع ۾ آمريڪا جي شهر سنسناٽي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.

ڏکڻ ڪيليفورنيا ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پهرين عمارت '''لافلن اينيڪس''' هئي، جيڪا 1905ع ۾ لاس اينجلس جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Los Angeles from the Mountains to the Sea |volume=2 |last=McGroarty |first=John Steven |year=1921 |page=176}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Annual Report of the City Auditor, City of Los Angeles |year=1905 |pages=71–73}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع دوران لاس اينجلس ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن لاءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ سورهن تعميراتي اجازت ناما جاري ڪيا ويا. انهن ۾ '''ٽيمپل آڊيٽوريم''' ۽ اٺ ماڙ '''هيورڊ هوٽل''' به شامل هئا، جيڪي ان ڳالهه جو ثبوت هئا ته هي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي تيزيءَ سان عام ٿي رهي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |last=Williams |first=D. |title=What Builders are Doing |journal=Carpentry and Building |year=1907 |page=66}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |title=Reinforced Concrete Buildings at Los Angeles, Cal. |journal=Engineering News-Record |year=1906 |volume=55 |page=449}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ لانگ بيچ ۾ تعمير هيٺ '''بڪسبي هوٽل''' جو هڪ حصو وقت کان اڳ عارضي سهارن (Shoring) کي هٽائڻ سبب ڊهي پيو، جنهن ۾ ڏهه مزدور فوت ٿي ويا. هن حادثي کان پوءِ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعميراتي طريقن ۽ عمارتن جي جاچ پڙتال بابت وڌيڪ سخت ضابطا اختيار ڪيا ويا. ماهرن سفارش ڪئي ته مستقبل ۾ فرشن، ڀتين ۽ ڍانچي جي ٻين اهم حصن ۾ مڪمل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تعمير وڌيڪ محفوظ بڻجي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite magazine |title=Partial Collapse of the Bixby Hotel at Long Beach |magazine=Architect and Engineer of California |year=1906 |volume=VII |issue=1 |pages=44–48}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1904ع جي اپريل مهيني ۾ آمريڪي معمار ۽ انجنيئر '''جوليا مورگن''' پنهنجي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارت، '''ايل ڪيمپانيل'''، مڪمل ڪئي، جيڪا 72 فوٽ اوچي گهنڊ گهر (بيل ٽاور) هئي ۽ ملز ڪاليج ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=El Campanil, Mills College: Julia Morgan 1903–1904}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو ۾ آيل شديد زلزلي دوران ايل ڪيمپانيل کي ڪو به اهم نقصان نه پهتو، جنهن سان جوليا مورگن جي شهرت ۾ وڏو اضافو ٿيو ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي تي عوام جو اعتماد پڻ وڌيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Julia Morgan-designed Mills bell tower counts down to its 115th anniversary}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Bay Area Architect Julia Morgan's Legacy Wasn't Just Hearst Castle}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع جي زلزلي کان پوءِ عوام ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت موجود شڪ شبها به گهڻي حد تائين ختم ٿي ويا. ان کان اڳ ڪيترائي ماڻهو هن مواد کي جمالياتي لحاظ کان غير دلڪش سمجهندا هئا، پر زلزلي دوران ان جي بهتر ڪارڪردگي سبب ان جي مقبوليت وڌي وئي. نتيجي طور 1908ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو جي بلدياتي اختيارين عمارت سازي جا ضابطا تبديل ڪري رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وڌيڪ وسيع استعمال جي اجازت ڏني.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=How one building survived the San Francisco earthquake and changed the world}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== معيارن جي جوڙجڪ ۽ ضابطا ===

1906ع ۾ '''نيشنل ايسوسيئيشن آف سيمينٽ يوزرس''' (مختصر: NACU) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پهريون معياري دستاويز '''اسٽينڊرڊ نمبر 1''' شايع ڪيو، جنهن ۾ پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ جي معيار، خاصيتن ۽ استعمال بابت بنيادي فني گهرجون مقرر ڪيون ويون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Specifications for Portland Cement of the American Society for Testing Materials, Standard No. 1 |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1906 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان پوءِ 1910ع ۾ ساڳئي اداري '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال لاءِ معياري عمارتي ضابطا''' (''اسٽينڊرڊ بلڊنگ ريگيوليشنز فار دي يوز آف ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ '') جاري ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Building Regulations for the Use of Reinforced Concrete |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1910 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن ضابطن ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن، تعمير، جاچ ۽ استعمال بابت تفصيلي فني هدايتون شامل هيون.
انهن معيارن جي جاري ٿيڻ سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميراتي ادارن وٽ هڪجهڙن اصولن تحت ٿيڻ لڳي. نتيجي طور تعميراتي حفاظت، معيار، مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ نمايان بهتري آئي، ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جديد عمارت سازيءَ جي سڀ کان اهم تعميراتي مواد مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

== تعمير ۾ استعمال ==

[[فائل:SagradaFamiliaRoof2.jpg|thumb|upright=1.5|right|2009ع ۾ تعمير هيٺ [[ساگراڊا فاميليا]] جي ڇت ۾ لڳايل فولادي سلاخون (ريبار).]]

[[فائل:O Cristo Redentor.JPG|thumb|[[ريو ڊي جينيرو]]، [[برازيل]] ۾ واقع '''مسيح ڇوٽڪارو ڏيندڙ''' جو مجسمو، جيڪو رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان تعمير ٿيل آهي ۽ ان جي ٻاهرئين سطح هزارين ٽڪنڊي صابڻي پٿر (Soapstone) جي ٽڪرن سان ڍڪيل آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia |title=Christ the Redeemer |encyclopedia=Encyclopædia Britannica |last=Murray |first=Lorraine |url=http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/1435544/Christ-the-Redeemer}}&lt;/ref&gt;]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ تعميراتي صنعت ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد مان هڪ آهي. ان جي مدد سان مختلف قسمن جا تعميراتي جزا ۽ ڍانچا تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ تختو|ڪنڪريٽ جا تختا]] (Slabs)، [[ڀت]]، [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاعون]] (Beams)، [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀا]]، [[بنياد]]، ڍانچا (Frames) ۽ ٻيا ڪيترائي تعميراتي حصا شامل آهن.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي تعمير جي طريقي موجب عام طور ٻن قسمن ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي:

* '''اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري ڪاسٽ ڪنڪريٽ)، جنهن جا جزا ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪري تعميراتي هنڌ تي نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن.
* '''جاءِ تي وڌل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (ڪاسٽ-ان -پليس ڪنڪريٽ)، جيڪو سڌو سنئون تعميراتي هنڌ تي شٽرنگ اندر وجهي تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڪنهن به عمارت ۾ مناسب فرش نظام (Floor System) جي چونڊ ۽ ڊزائن انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان عمارت جي مجموعي ڪارڪردگي تي سڌو اثر پوي ٿو. فرش جي ڊزائن ۾ معمولي تبديليون به تعميراتي مواد جي خرچ، تعمير مڪمل ٿيڻ جي مدت، ڍانچي جي آخري مضبوطي، سار سنڀال جي خرچن، استعمال ڪندڙن جي گنجائش ۽ عمارت جي آخري استعمال تي نمايان اثر وجهي سگهن ٿيون.

فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کان سواءِ جديد دور جون گهڻ ماڙ عمارتون، وڏيون پلون ۽ ٻيا وڏا ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا محفوظ ۽ عملي طور تعمير ڪرڻ ممڪن نه هجي ها.

=== رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا ===

جڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا تعمير ۾ استعمال ٿين ٿا ته اهي ٻاهران لاڳو ٿيندڙ [[تعميراتي بار]] (Structural load) جي اثر هيٺ مخصوص ميڪانيڪي رويو ظاهر ڪندا آهن. استعمال دوران انهن جزن تي هيٺيان قسم جا بار يا قوتون عمل ڪري سگهن ٿيون:&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |author=Bungale S. Taranath |title=Reinforced Concrete Design of Tall Buildings |publisher=CRC Press |year=2009 |page=7 |isbn=978-1-4398-0481-0}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينشن)
* [[دٻاءُ]] (ڪمپريشن)
* [[وڪڙجڻ]] (بينڊنگ)
* [[ڪٽائي دٻاءُ]] (شيئر)
* [[مروڙ]] (ٽورزن)

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن اهڙي نموني ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو اهو انهن سڀني قوتن کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ تعميراتي ڍانچي جي استحڪام، مضبوطي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي يقيني بڻائي.

=== فولادي سلاخن جي ڊزائن ===

رِيئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن هميشه قابل انجنيئر يا لاڳاپيل فني اداري طرفان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي. سلاخن جو قطر، وڇاءُ، چڙهاڪو ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه عمارت جي قسم، بار ۽ لاڳو تعميراتي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي بندش ===

فولادي سلاخون تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪٽي، موڙي ۽ تار سان مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. انهن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تھ رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن سلاخون زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ۽ ڍانچي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي. ضرورت موجب ڪنڍا (Hooks) ۽ چڙهاڪو (Overlap) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== تياري  ===

آر سي سي مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارو تعميراتي مواد آهي. ان کي مختلف شڪلين ۾ آسانيءَ سان ڍالي سگهجي ٿو، باهه ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿو، پاڻيءَ جي نفوذ کي گهٽ ڪري ٿو ۽ عام حالتن ۾ گهٽ مرمت جي ضرورت پوي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ملاوٽ ===

آر سي سي جي ملاوٽ هٿ سان يا ڪنڪريٽ مڪسر ذريعي ڪئي ويندي آهي. ننڍن تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ هٿ سان ملاوٽ، جڏهن ته وڏن منصوبن ۾ مشيني ملاوٽ کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها وڌيڪ هڪجهڙائي، تيزي ۽ معياري نتيجا فراهم ڪندي آهي ۽ مواد جي زيان کي گهٽائيندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب ===

پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو مناسب تناسب آر سي سي جي مضبوطي، ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر وجهي ٿو. گهڻو پاڻي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت گهٽائي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته گهٽ پاڻي ملاوٽ کي صحيح نموني استعمال ڪرڻ ۾ ڏکيائي پيدا ڪري سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== جھڪاءُ پرک ===

ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ گهاٽاڻ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ '''جھڪاءُ پرک''' (سلمپ ٽيسٽ) ڪئي ويندي آهي. هن آزمائش ۾ مخروط شڪل واري فولادي قالب ۾ تازي ڪنڪريٽ ڀري ان جي ويهڻ يا جھڪاءَ جي ماپ ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ملاوٽ مقرر معيار مطابق آهي يا نه.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


=== ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀرائي ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ شٽرنگ، فولادي سلاخن ۽ ٻين لڪل خدمتن جهڙوڪ برقي پائيپن جي جانچ ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي بنا رڪاوٽ جي مناسب رفتار سان وڌو ويندو آهي ۽ ضرورت موجب وائبريٽر ذريعي ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ڪيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن هوا جا خانا ختم ٿين ۽ ''هني ڪومبنگ'' (Honeycombing) جهڙا نقص پيدا نه ٿين.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== سار سنڀال ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ مناسب عرصي تائين ان کي پاڻي ڏئي آلو رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان سيمينٽ جي مڪمل هائيڊريشن ٿئي ٿي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ پاڻيءَ جي مزاحمت وڌي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== رويو ==

=== مواد ===

{{ڏسو پڻ|ڪنڪريٽ|سيمينٽ|تعميراتي بجري|فولادي سلاخ}}

ڪنڪريٽ هڪ گڏيل تعميراتي مواد آهي، جيڪو ٿلهي بجري (جهڙوڪ پٿر يا سرن جي ٽڪرن)، نفيس بجري (عام طور ريتي يا ڀڳل پٿر)، ڳنڍيندڙ مواد (اڪثر [[پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ]]) ۽ پاڻي جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. جڏهن سيمينٽ کي مناسب مقدار ۾ پاڻي سان ملايو وڃي ٿو ته ان ۾ [[هائيڊريشن]]  جو ڪيميائي عمل شروع ٿئي ٿو، جنهن دوران انتهائي ننڍا قلمي (ڪرسٽلائين) ڍانچا ٺهن ٿا. اهي قلمي ڍانچا بجري جي ذرڙن کي پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍي هڪ سخت ۽ مضبوط جسم ۾ تبديل ڪري ڇڏين ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Materials principles and practice|page=61|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|page=357|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;
ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ بجري ۽ ريتي نقصانڪار مادَن، جهڙوڪ حياتياتي گندگين، سلٽ، مٽي، لگنائيٽ ۽ ٻين غير مناسب آميزشن کان پاڪ هجڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙيون آميزشون ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري کي متاثر ڪري سگهن ٿيون.

عام ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءَ (ڪمپريشن) کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي تمام وڏي صلاحيت رکي ٿو، پر جيڪڏهن ان تي نمايان ڇڪ (ٽينشن) پيدا ٿئي، مثال طور وڪڙجڻ (بينڊنگ) سبب، ته ان جي اندر موجود قلمي ڍانچو ٽٽڻ شروع ٿي ويندو آهي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڏار پئجي ويندا آهن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ الڳ ٿيڻ لڳندو آهي. انهيءَ سبب عام (غير ريئنفورسڊ) ڪنڪريٽ کي هميشه اهڙي نموني سهارو ڏنو ويندو آهي، جو ان ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي.

جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر اهڙو مواد رکيو وڃي، جيڪو ڇڪ کي تمام سٺي نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي، جهڙوڪ فولاد، ته پوءِ حاصل ٿيندڙ گڏيل مادو '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' بڻجي ويندو آهي. اهڙي گڏيل مواد ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪري ٿو، جڏهن ته فولادي سلاخون تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪن ٿيون. نتيجي طور اهو نه رڳو دٻاءُ، پر وڪڙجڻ ۽ ٻين تنشي بارن کي به محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ٿو. اهڙي گڏيل نظام کي تعميراتي ضرورت موجب لڳ ڀڳ هر شڪل ۽ ماپ ۾ تيار ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== اهم خاصيتون ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جون غيرمعمولي تعميراتي خاصيتون بنيادي طور هيٺين سببن جي ڪري پيدا ٿين ٿيون:

# ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي [[حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جي عدد]] (ڪوئفيشنٽ آف ٿرمل ايڪسپينشن) تقريباً هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي. تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ٻنهي موادن جي ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ ۾ گهڻو فرق نٿو اچي، جنهن ڪري اندروني دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيڻ جا امڪان گهٽجي وڃن ٿا.

# جڏهن سيمينٽ جو ليپ سخت ٿئي ٿو ته اهو فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿو. نتيجي طور بار يا دٻاءُ ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ مؤثر نموني منتقل ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ چنبڙڻ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط بڻائڻ لاءِ فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري کي عام طور تي اُڀن نشانن يا نالين (ڊيفارميشنز) سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

# سخت ٿيل سيمينٽ جي ليپ ۾ موجود [[الڪلائن]] ماحول، جيڪو پوٽاشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ، سوڊيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ ۽ [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] جي موجودگي سبب پيدا ٿيندو آهي، فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي هڪ حفاظتي غيرفعال (پيسيويشن) تهه ٺاهي ڇڏيندو آهي. هي تهه فولاد کي زنگ لڳڻ کان وڏي حد تائين بچائيندو آهي.

وقت سان گڏ جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ هوا ۽ مينهن جي پاڻيءَ جي رابطي ۾ اچي ٿو ته فضا ۾ موجود ڪاربان ڊاءِ آڪسائيڊ پاڻي سان ملي [[ڪاربونڪ تيزاب]] ٺاهي ٿي. هي تيزاب سيمينٽ جي الڪلائن جزن سان آهستي آهستي ڪيميائي عمل ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيت گهٽائيندو آهي. انهيءَ عمل کي '''ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن'''  چيو ويندو آهي. نتيجي طور ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ (pH) آهستي آهستي گهٽجي ويندو آهي، ۽ جڏهن اهو ڪافي گهٽجي وڃي ٿو ته فولادي سلاخن جي حفاظتي تهه ختم ٿيڻ لڳندي آهي، جنهن کان پوءِ زنگ لڳڻ جو خطرو وڌي ويندو آهي.

عام طور تي جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ لڳ ڀڳ 11 کان مٿي هجي ته فولادي سلاخون محفوظ رهنديون آهن، جڏهن ته پي ايڇ 10 کان هيٺ اچڻ تي، مقامي ماحول ۽ فولاد جي خاصيتن موجب، زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو. ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن ۽ [[ڪلورائيڊ]]ن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي خراب ٿيڻ جا سڀ کان اهم سبب سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.

عام رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جو ڪُل ايراضو گهڻو نه هوندو آهي. عام طور شعاعن ۽ تختن ۾ اهو لڳ ڀڳ هڪ سيڪڙو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه ٿنڀن ۾ ڇهه سيڪڙو تائين ٿي سگهي ٿو. فولادي سلاخون اڪثر گول شڪل واريون هونديون آهن ۽ مختلف قطرن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن.

ڪجهه رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ خالي سوراخ يا کوکلا حصا (ھالو ڪورز) پڻ رکيا ويندا آهن، جيئن نمي ۽ گهم تي بهتر ضابطو آڻي سگهجي.

تحقيق مان معلوم ٿيو آهي ته عمودي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزن ۾، ريئنفورسمينٽ موجود هجڻ باوجود، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي سڄي ڪراس سيڪشن ۾ مڪمل طور هڪجهڙي نه هوندي، پر ڪجهه حد تائين غير يڪسان (انھوموجينيس) ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;&quot;Concrete Inhomogeneity of Vertical Cast-In-Situ Elements In Frame-Type Buildings&quot;.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو گڏيل عمل ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي جو بنيادي اصول اهو آهي ته ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ هڪ گڏيل (ڪمپوزٽ) نظام جي صورت ۾ ڪم ڪن. جڏهن ڪنهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزو تي بار لاڳو ٿئي ٿو، ته فولادي سلاخن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ ڊگھائي يا وڪڙ (اسٽرين) بلڪل ساڳيو هجڻ گهرجي، جيڪو چوڌاري موجود ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. جيڪڏهن ٻنهي موادن جي وڪڙ ۾ فرق پيدا ٿئي ته سندن وچ ۾ سُرڪڻ (سلپ)، الڳ ٿيڻ (سيپريشن) يا بناوتي بيقاعدگي (ڊسڪنٽينيوئٽي) پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي، جنهن سان ڍانچي جي مضبوطي متاثر ٿئي ٿي.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل عمل کي برقرار رکڻ لاءِ بار جو مؤثر منتقلي ٿيڻ ضروري آهي. بار پهرين ڪنڪريٽ مان فولادي سلاخ جي مٿاڇري تائين منتقل ٿئي ٿو، پوءِ اُتان فولادي سلاخ جي سڄي ڊگھائي ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ جي صورت ۾ ورهائجي وڃي ٿو. هي عمل ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ موجود مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ يا اينڪوريج) جي ذريعي ممڪن بڻجي ٿو، جيڪو ٻنهي موادن جي رابطي واري سطح تي لڳاتار دٻاءُ جو ميدان (ڪنٽينيوئس اسٽريس فيلڊ) پيدا ڪري ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل طور ڪم ڪرڻ جا بنيادي سبب هي آهن:

* فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿي، تنهنڪري ٻئي گڏجي ٻاهرين بارن کي برداشت ڪن ٿا.
* ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جا عدد تقريباً هڪجهڙا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب سندن وچ ۾ نقصانڪار حرارتي دٻاءُ پيدا نٿو ٿئي.
* ڪنڪريٽ جو الڪلائن ماحول فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائي ٿو ۽ انهن جي عمر وڌائي ٿو.

=== ڪنڪريٽ ۾ بندش ===

فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ بندش (بانڊ) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنيادي خاصيتن مان هڪ آهي. عملي طور بندش جو دٻاءُ سلاخ جي سڄي ڊيگهه ۾ هڪجهڙو نه هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري جديد تعميراتي ضابطن ۾ بندش جي دٻاءُ بدران '''ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي''' (ڊولپمينٽ لينٿ) جو تصور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي مان مراد فولادي سلاخ جي اها گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ڊيگهه آهي، جيڪا ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود هجڻ ضروري آهي، ته جيئن سلاخ پنهنجي مڪمل ييلڊ اسٽريس تائين پهچي سگهي، بغير ڪنڪريٽ مان سُرڪڻ جي.

جيڪڏهن موجود ڊيگهه گهربل ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي کان گهٽ هجي ته اضافي بندش مهيا ڪرڻ لاءِ مختلف طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جهڙوڪ:

* ڪنڍا (ھڪس)
* موڙ (بينڊس)
* ميخانياتي پڇاڙيون (ميڪينيڪل اينڊ پليٽس)
* ٻيا مناسب اينڪريج جا ذريعا

اهي سڀئي طريقا فولادي سلاخن کي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوطي سان جڪڙي رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

=== ليپ اسپلائس ===

جڏهن فولادي سلاخ جي ڊيگهه ڪافي نه هجي يا ٻن سلاخن کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍڻو هجي ته ٻنهي سلاخن کي هڪ مقرر ڊيگهه تائين هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهائي رکيو ويندو آهي. هن طريقي کي '''ليپ اسپلائس''' چيو ويندو آهي.

ليپ اسپلائس جو مقصد ٻنهي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ دٻاءُ ۽ تنشي قوتن جي محفوظ منتقلي کي يقيني بڻائڻ آهي، جيئن ڍانچي جي تسلسل برقرار رهي. ليپ اسپلائس جي گهربل ڊيگهه تعميراتي ضابطن موجب سلاخ جي قطر، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، فولاد جي درجي ۽ لاڳو ٿيندڙ بار جي بنياد تي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal|title=Monotonic and Cyclic Seismic Analyses of Old-Type RC Columns with Short Lap Splices|journal=Construction Materials|volume=4|issue=2|year=2024|pages=329–341}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زنگ کان بچاءَ جا طريقا ===

ٿڌن ۽ نمي وارن علائقن ۾، خاص طور روڊن، پلن، پارڪنگ ڍانچن ۽ انهن تعميرن ۾ جيڪي برف ڳارڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لوڻ (Deicing Salt) جي رابطي ۾ اچن ٿيون، فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مختلف حفاظتي طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن.

انهن ۾ هيٺيان طريقا شامل آهن:

* گهٽ ڪاربان ۽ ڪروميم تي ٻڌل زنگ-مزاحمتي فولادي سلاخن جو استعمال؛
* ايپوڪسي (Epoxy) سان ڍڪيل فولادي سلاخون؛
* گرم طريقي سان جست لڳايل (ھاٽ-ڊپ گيلوانائيزڊ) فولادي سلاخون؛
* اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون فولادي سلاخون.

انهن کان علاوه مناسب ڊزائن، اعليٰ معيار جي ڪنڪريٽ، صحيح پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب ۽ مناسب حفاظتي تهه (ڪنڪريٽ ڪور) پڻ فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪن ٿا.

فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ جست فاسفيٽ (زنڪ فاسفيٽ) جهڙا حفاظتي ليپ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر ڪيميائي عمل ذريعي هڪ مستحڪم حفاظتي تهه ٺاهي زنگ جي رفتار گهٽائيندا آهن.

ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري تي مختلف سيلنٽ (Sealants)، جهڙوڪ رنگ، پلاسٽڪ فلمون، فوم، ايلومينيم ورق يا بينٽونائيٽ مٽي جا حفاظتي تهه پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي پاڻي ۽ نقصانڪار لوڻن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي گهٽائيندا آهن.

ان کان علاوه ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ وقت پاڻيءَ جي ملاوٽ ۾ زنگ روڪيندڙ ڪيميائي مادا (ڪوروژن انھبٽرز)، جهڙوڪ ڪيلشيم نائٽرائيٽ، پڻ شامل ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي مادا فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي حفاظتي غيرفعال تهه (پيسيويشن ليئر) برقرار رکن ٿا، جنهن سان زنگ لڳڻ جو امڪان نمايان طور گهٽجي وڃي ٿو.

== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ شعاعن جي اصطلاحات ==

[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|پارڪنگ گيراج جي تختي سان گڏيل ٻه هڪٻئي کي ڪٽيندڙ شعاعون، جن ۾ فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ برقي تارن، جنڪشن باڪسز ۽ روشنيءَ جي ٻين برقي حصن جي لڳائڻ جي تياري پڻ نظر اچي ٿي.]]

[[فائل:Fideo o’r trawst concrit olaf yn cael ei osod – Tach 2016 Last concrete beam installation – 2016.webm|thumb|اوچي شاهراهه تي آخري ڪنڪريٽي شعاع رکڻ جو مختصر وڊيو، جيڪا ويلز جي ڪارڊف بي ڀرسان نئين شاهراهه جي تعمير جو حصو آهي.]]

جڏهن ڪنهن [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاع]] تي [[وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو]] (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) عمل ڪري ٿو ته شعاع ۾ ٿورو وڪڙ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ حالت ۾ شعاع جي ٻاهرئين پاسي (تنشي پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اندرئين پاسي (دٻاءُ واري پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ هوندو آهي.

'''يڪ-طرفو ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (سنگلي ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ رڳو تنشي پاسي لڳائي ويندي آهي. هن فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي '''تنشي فولاد''' (ٽينشن اسٽيل) چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ ان جو مقصد تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.

'''ٻه-طرفو ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (ڊبلي ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي پاسي سان گڏ دٻاءُ واري پاسي به فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ لڳائي ويندي آهي. دٻاءُ واري پاسي لڳايل فولاد کي '''دٻاءُ وارو فولاد''' (ڪمپيشن اسٽيل) چيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد ڪنڪريٽ کي دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيڻ ۽ اضافي دٻاءَ کي سنڀالڻ هوندو آهي. جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو گهربل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪافي نه هجي، يا معمار شعاع جي ماپ وڌائڻ جي اجازت نه ڏئي، تڏهن اضافي دٻاءُ وارو فولاد استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

'''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (انڊر-ريئينفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان گهٽ هوندي آهي. اهڙي شعاع تي جڏهن وڪڙجڻ وارو بار آهستي آهستي وڌندو آهي ته سڀ کان پهرين تنشي فولاد پنهنجي لچڪدار حد (ييلڊ) تائين پهچي ڊگهو ٿيڻ شروع ڪندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ اڃا مڪمل طور نه ٽٽندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ شعاع ۾ وڏو وڪڙ ۽ واضح تبديليون پيدا ٿينديون آهن، جيڪي ممڪن ناڪامي بابت اڳواٽ خبردار ڪن ٿيون. انهيءَ سبب تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ اهڙي قسم جي شعاع کي وڌيڪ محفوظ تصور ڪيو ويندو آهي، ۽ عام طور ڊزائن فولاد جي ييلڊ اسٽريس جي بنياد تي ڪئي ويندي آهي.

'''وڌيڪ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (اوور-ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان وڌيڪ هوندي آهي. اهڙي حالت ۾ فولاد ييلڊ ٿيڻ کان اڳ ئي ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو چِٿجي (ڪرشنگ) وڃي ٿو، جنهن سبب شعاع بنا ڪنهن واضح اڳواٽ خبرداري جي اوچتو ناڪام ٿي سگهي ٿي. انهيءَ ڪري اهڙي ڊزائن کي غير محفوظ سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

'''متوازن ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (بئلنسڊ ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ شعاع تي مقرر ٿيل بار وڌڻ سان ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو ۽ تنشي فولاد تقريباً هڪ ئي وقت پنهنجي آخري حد تائين پهچي وڃن ٿا. اهڙي حالت ۾ ڪنڪريٽ چِٿجي وڃي ٿو ۽ فولاد پڻ ييلڊ ڪري ٿو. جيتوڻيڪ هن حالت ۾ ٻنهي موادن جي طاقت جو متوازن استعمال ٿئي ٿو، پر ناڪامي تقريباً اوچتي ٿيندي آهي، تنهنڪري هي ڊزائن به عملي طور وڌيڪ محفوظ نه سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Nilson, Darwin, Dolan. ''Design of Concrete Structures''. McGraw-Hill Education, 2003. pp. 80–90.&lt;/ref&gt;

انهيءَ سبب فولادي ريئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا اهي جزا، جيڪي وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو برداشت ڪن ٿا، عام طور '''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ''' (انڊر-ريئينفورسڊ) طريقي سان ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن، ته جيئن ناڪامي کان اڳ واضح خبرداري ملي سگهي.

'''خاصيتي مضبوطي''' (ڪئريڪٽرسٽڪ اسٽرينٿ) اها مضبوطي آهي، جنهن کان گهٽ نتيجو صرف پنج سيڪڙو يا ان کان گهٽ آزمائشي نمونن ۾ ملي ٿو.

'''ڊزائن مضبوطي''' يا '''نامياري مضبوطي''' (ڊزائين اسٽرينٿ يا نامينل اسٽرينٿ) اها مضبوطي آهي، جيڪا حفاظتي عامل (سيفٽي فيڪٽر) کي نظر ۾ رکي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. اجازت لائق دٻاءَ واري ڊزائن (پرمزيبل اسٽريس ڊزائين) ۾ حفاظتي عامل عام طور 0.75 کان 0.85 جي وچ ۾ هوندو آهي.

'''آخري حد واري حالت''' (الٽيميٽ لمٽ اسٽيٽ) اها نظرياتي حالت آهي، جنهن تي ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان موجود هوندو آهي. ان جو اندازو حفاظتي عامل سان وڌايل بارن (فيڪٽرڊ لوڊ) ۽ حفاظتي عامل سان گهٽايل مزاحمت (فيڪٽرڊ رزسٽنس) جي بنياد تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا عام طور بين الاقوامي ضابطن ۽ معيارن، جهڙوڪ ACI 318، CEB ۽ يورو ڪوڊ 2 وغيره مطابق ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي ڊزائن لاءِ WSD (ورڪنگ اسٽريس ڊزائين)، USD (الٽيميٽ اسٽرينٿ ڊزائين) يا LRFD (لوڊ اينڊ رزسٽنس فيڪٽر ڊزائين) جهڙا طريقا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. تجزيو ۽ ڊزائن ليڪيرِي (لينيئر) يا غير ليڪيرِي (نان-لينيئر) طريقن سان به ڪري سگهجن ٿا. عمارت سازي جا ضابطا اڪثر حفاظتي عاملن سان گڏ ليڪيرِي طريقن جي سفارش ڪن ٿا، جڏهن ته ڪجهه خاص حالتن ۾ غير ليڪيرِي عددي تجزيا پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Techno Press|journal=Structural Engineering and Mechanics|volume=53|issue=4|year=2015}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Energy based structural damage index based on nonlinear numerical simulation of structures subjected to oriented lateral cyclic loading|journal=International Journal of Civil Engineering|volume=9|issue=3|year=2011|pages=155–164}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ ==

{{Main|اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ}}

'''اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري اسٽريسڊ ڪنڪريٽ) اهڙي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي شعاعن ۽ ٻين بناوتي جزن جي بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت کي نمايان طور وڌايو ويندو آهي.

هن طريقي ۾ شعاع جي هيٺئين حصي ۾ موجود فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ، جيڪا استعمال دوران تنشي قوتن جي اثر هيٺ ايندي آهي، ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ئي ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ آندي ويندي آهي. ان کان پوءِ ان جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وڌو ويندو آهي. جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ مڪمل طور سخت ٿي وڃي ٿو ته فولادي سلاخن تان اڳواٽ ڏنل ڇڪ آزاد ڪئي ويندي آهي. ان جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر مستقل دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) پيدا ٿي ويندو آهي.

جڏهن بعد ۾ شعاع تي بار لاڳو ٿيندو آهي ته فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ اضافي تنشي دٻاءُ برداشت ڪندي آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ ۾ موجود اڳواٽ دٻاءُ آهستي آهستي گهٽبو آهي، پر عام حالتن ۾ اهو تنشي دٻاءُ ۾ تبديل نه ٿيندو آهي.

ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڪنڪريٽ مسلسل دٻاءُ هيٺ رهندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان ۾ ڏار پوڻ، وڪڙجڻ سبب نقصان پهچڻ ۽ بناوتي ناڪامي جا امڪان عام رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀيٽ ۾ گهڻا گهٽ هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|pages=372–373|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|others=George Weidmann, P. R. Lewis, Nick Reid, Open University. Materials Department|isbn=0-408-04658-9|location=Milton Keynes, U.K.|oclc=20693897}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== فولاد سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ناڪامي جا عام نمونا ==

[[فائل:Concrete spall (interior of unit).jpg|thumb|سنگاپور ۾ هڪ آفيس جي ڇت مان ڪنڪريٽ جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي ڪرڻ. اهو نقصان ممڪن آهي ته فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ سبب پيدا ٿيو هجي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بنيادي طور ٻن سببن جي ڪري ناڪام ٿي سگهي ٿو: پهريون، جڏهن ان جي مضبوطي گهربل حد کان گهٽ هجي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ بناوتي يا مشيني ناڪامي (ميڪينيڪل فيليوئر) پيدا ٿئي؛ ۽ ٻيو، جڏهن وقت سان گڏ ان جي پائيداري گهٽجي وڃي. خراب ڊزائن يا غير معياري تعمير سبب زنگ لڳڻ ۽ ٿڌ ۾ ڄمڻ ۽ وري ڳرڻ (فريز–ٿا سائيڪل) جا بار بار ٿيندڙ عمل ڪنڪريٽ کي نقصان پهچائي سگهن ٿا.

جڏهن فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳندو آهي ته زنگ جا پيداوار (رسٽ) پنهنجي اصل ڌاتوءَ جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مقدار والاريندا آهن. انهيءَ ڦهلاءَ سبب ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏار پوندا آهن، مٿاڇري جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي پوندا آهن (اسپيلنگ)، ۽ فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ موجود بندش ڪمزور ٿي ويندي آهي. اهڙي طرح ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کان الڳ ٿيڻ لڳندي آهي، جنهن سان ڍانچي جي مضبوطي ۽ عمر ٻنهي تي منفي اثر پوندو آهي.

هيٺ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پائيداري کي متاثر ڪندڙ اهم سبب بيان ڪيا ويا آهن.

=== مشيني ناڪامي ===

ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏار پوڻ کي مڪمل طور روڪڻ عملي طور ممڪن نه هوندو آهي، پر مناسب مقدار ۾ ريئنفورسمينٽ، ڪنٽرول جوائنٽن، صحيح سنڀال (Curing) ۽ مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جي ملاوٽ ذريعي انهن ڏارن جي ماپ، تعداد ۽ هنڌ کي وڏي حد تائين ضابطي ۾ آڻي سگهجي ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ ڏار نمي ۽ پاڻي کي اندر داخل ٿيڻ جو رستو فراهم ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو. بناوتي ڊزائن ۾ اهڙي حالت کي عام طور ''سروس لائق حد واري ناڪامي'' (سروسبلٽي لمٽ اسٽيٽ) چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي نقصان سان ڍانچي جي استعمال جي صلاحيت متاثر ٿيندي آهي، ڀلي اهو فوري طور نه ڊهي.

عام طور ڏار پوڻ جا اهم سبب هي هوندا آهن:

* فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي مقدار ضرورت کان گهٽ هجڻ؛
* فولادي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ تمام گهڻو وڇاءُ هجڻ؛
* مقرر حد کان وڌيڪ بار لاڳو ٿيڻ؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي سخت ٿيڻ دوران گرمي جي تبديلي يا شروعاتي سُڪڙجڻ (ارلي ٿرمل شرنڪيج) سبب اندروني دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيڻ.

ڍانچي جي مڪمل ناڪامي، جيڪا آخرڪار ڊهڻ جو سبب بڻجي سگهي ٿي، هيٺين حالتن ۾ پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي:

* جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ تي دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ان جي برداشت جي حد کان وڌي وڃي ۽ ڪنڪريٽ چِٿجي وڃي (ڪنڪريٽ ڪرشنگ )؛
* جڏهن وڪڙجڻ (بينڊنگ) يا ڪٽائي (Shear) سبب فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ تي پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻاءُ ان جي طاقت کان وڌي وڃي، جنهن سان فولاد ييلڊ ڪري يا ٽٽي پوي؛
* جڏهن فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ موجود بندش (بانڊ) ناڪام ٿي وڃي، جنهن سان فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان سُرڪڻ لڳي ۽ ٻئي مواد گڏيل طور ڪم ڪرڻ بند ڪري ڇڏين.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |year=2016 |title=Remote sensing and photogrammetry techniques in diagnostics of concrete structures |journal=Computers and Concrete |volume=18 |issue=3 |pages=405–420 |doi=10.12989/cac.2016.18.3.405}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاربونيشن ===

[[فائل:Concrete wall cracking as steel reinforcing corrodes and swells 9058.jpg|left|thumb|فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ ۽ ڦهلجڻ سبب ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀت ۾ پيدا ٿيل ڏار. زنگ جو مقدار اصل ڌاتوءَ کان وڌيڪ هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهو ڦهلجي ڪنڪريٽ کي ٽوڙي ڇڏي ٿو. مٿاڇري تان ڪنڪريٽ جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي پوڻ واري عمل کي ''اسپالنگ'' (Spalling) چيو ويندو آهي.]]

[[فائل:Concrete wall cracking as its steel reinforcing cracks and swells 9061v.jpg|left|thumb|ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري ۽ فولادي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ حفاظتي ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه تمام پتلو هجڻ سبب پيدا ٿيل اسپالنگ. اهڙي حالت ۾ ٻاهرين ماحول جي اثر هيٺ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي وڃي ٿو.]]

{{مکيه|ڪاربونيشن}}

'''ڪاربونيشن''' (Carbonation)، جنهن کي غيرجانبداري (Neutralisation) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ ڪيميائي عمل آهي، جنهن ۾ هوا ۾ موجود [[ڪاربان ڊاءِ آڪسائيڊ]] ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] ۽ پاڻي سان گڏيل [[ڪيلشيم سليڪيٽ هائيڊريٽ]] (Calcium Silicate Hydrate، CSH) سان ردعمل ڪري ٿي.

ڪنهن به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچي جي ڊزائن وقت فولادي سلاخن جي چوڌاري موجود ڪنڪريٽ جي حفاظتي تهه (Concrete Cover) جي ٿولهه مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. ان مان مراد فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٻاهرئين مٿاڇري جي وچ وارو فاصلو آهي. هي گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ٿولهه تعميراتي ضابطن ۽ عمارت سازي جي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي.

جيڪڏهن فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري جي تمام ويجهو هجن ته انهن تائين هوا، نمي ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار مادَن جي رسائي جلد ٿي ويندي، جنهن سبب زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو ۽ ڍانچي جي عمر گهٽجي سگهي ٿي. فولادي سلاخن جي مٿان موجود ڪنڪريٽ جي حفاظتي تهه جي ٿولهه کي خاص اوزار، جنهن کي ''ڪور ميٽر'' (Cover Meter) چيو ويندو آهي، جي ذريعي ماپي سگهجي ٿو.

صرف ڪاربونيشن ٿيڻ سان هر ڀيري فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي نقصان نه پهچندو آهي. زنگ لڳڻ لاءِ ضروري آهي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر مناسب مقدار ۾ نمي ۽ آڪسيجن پڻ موجود هجن، ڇو ته انهن جي موجودگي سان برقي-ڪيميائي (اليڪٽرو ڪيميڪل) زنگ لڳڻ وارو عمل شروع ٿئي ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڪاربونيشن جي کوٽائي معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ عام طور ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري ۾ نئون سوراخ ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ان جي تازو ڪٽيل سطح تي '''[[فينولفٿيلين]]'''  جو محلول لڳايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ اڃا الڪلائن حالت ۾ هجي ته اهو محلول گلابي رنگ اختيار ڪندو، جڏهن ته ڪاربونيشن ٿيل حصو بي رنگ رهندو. ان طريقي سان آسانيءَ سان معلوم ڪري سگهجي ٿو ته ڪاربونيشن ڪيتري کوٽائي تائين پهتي آهي. اڳ ۾ موجود سوراخ استعمال ڪرڻ مناسب نه هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان جي ظاهر ٿيل سطح اڳ ئي ڪاربونيشن جو شڪار ٿي چڪي هوندي.

=== ڪلورائيڊ ===

[[ڪلورائيڊ]] جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر ڪافي مقدار ۾ موجود هجن ته اهي فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي زنگ لڳڻ جي عمل کي تيز ڪري سگهن ٿا. ڪلورائيڊ جا آئن (Cl⁻) نه رڳو مخصوص هنڌن تي کڏن جهڙو زنگ  پيدا ڪندا آهن، پر فولاد جي سڄي مٿاڇري تي عام زنگ جو سبب پڻ بڻجي سگهن ٿا. انهيءَ ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي تياري دوران هميشه صاف يا پيئڻ لائق پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ گهرجي، ۽ اها به پڪ ڪرڻ گهرجي ته ريتي، بجري ۽ ٻيا تعميراتي جزا ڪلورائيڊن کان پاڪ هجن. اهڙيءَ طرح ڪلورائيڊ تي ٻڌل ڪيميائي اضافن (Admixtures) کان به پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي.

[[فائل:RebarCloseup.jpg|thumb|right|بنيادن ۽ ڀتين لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ.]]

[[فائل:Paulins Kill Viaduct in Hainesburg, NJ.jpg|thumb|right|آمريڪا جي رياست نيو جرسي ۾ واقع '''پاولنز ڪل واءِ ايڊڪٽ'''، جيڪو 1910ع ۾ مڪمل ٿيڻ وقت دنيا جي سڀ کان وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن مان هڪ هو.]]

ماضي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي جلدي سخت ڪرڻ لاءِ [[ڪيلشيم ڪلورائيڊ]] کي ڪيميائي اضافي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو. ان وقت اهو به سمجهيو ويندو هو ته هي مادو ڪنڪريٽ کي ڄمڻ کان بچائيندو، پر بعد ۾ معلوم ٿيو ته ڪلورائيڊ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳائڻ جو اهم سبب بڻجي ٿو. انهيءَ ڪري اڄڪلهه تعميراتي ڪم ۾ ڪيلشيم ڪلورائيڊ جو استعمال، جيترو ممڪن هجي، کان پاسو ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ٿڌن علائقن ۾ روڊن ۽ پلن تان برف ڳارڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لوڻ رِيئنفورسڊ ۽ اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ جي پلن، شاهراهن ۽ پارڪنگ ڍانچن جي وقت کان اڳ خراب ٿيڻ جا اهم سبب آهن. هن مسئلي کي گهٽائڻ لاءِ ايپوڪسي سان ڍڪيل فولادي سلاخون، ڪيٿوڊڪ تحفظ ۽ فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل پوليمر (FRP) ريئنفورسمينٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي ڪلورائيڊ جي اثر کان گهڻو گهٽ متاثر ٿينديون آهن. ان کان علاوه صحيح نموني ڊزائن ڪيل ۽ مناسب سنڀال هيٺ سخت ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ پڻ برف ڳارڻ وارن لوڻن جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت ڪري سگهي ٿي.

ڪلورائيڊن جو هڪ ٻيو اهم ذريعو [[سامونڊي پاڻي]] آهي. سامونڊي پاڻي ۾ وزني تناسب سان لڳ ڀڳ 3.5 سيڪڙو لوڻ موجود هوندا آهن، جن ۾ [[سوڊيم ڪلورائيڊ]]، [[ميگنيشيم سلفيٽ]]، [[ڪيلشيم سلفيٽ]] ۽ [[بائي ڪاربونيٽ]] شامل آهن. پاڻي ۾ حل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ اهي لوڻ آزاد آئنن جي صورت اختيار ڪندا آهن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي باريڪ سوراخن وسيلي اندر داخل ٿيندا آهن. انهن مان ڪلورائيڊ جا آئن، جيڪي تقريباً اڌ آئنن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن، فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ لاءِ سڀ کان وڌيڪ نقصانڪار هوندا آهن ۽ زنگ لڳڻ جي عمل کي تيز ڪندا آهن.

1960ع ۽ 1970ع واري ڏهاڪي دوران [[ميگني سائيٽ]]، جيڪا ڪلورائيڊ سان مالا مال هڪ ڪاربونيٽ معدنيات آهي، فرشن جي مٿاڇري کي هموار ڪرڻ ۽ آواز گهٽائڻ واري تھ طور به استعمال ڪئي ويندي هئي. بعد ۾ معلوم ٿيو ته جڏهن ميگني سائيٽ نمي سان رابطي ۾ اچي ٿي ته ان ۾ موجود ڪلورائيڊ جي ڪري ڪمزور [[هائيڊروڪلورڪ تيزاب]] ٺهندو آهي. هي تيزاب ڪيترن سالن يا ڏهاڪن دوران ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي آهستي آهستي زنگ لڳائي ڪمزور ڪري ڇڏيندو آهي. اهڙو نقصان خاص طور انهن هنڌن تي وڌيڪ ڏٺو ويو، جتي فرش مسلسل نمي يا پاڻي جي رابطي ۾ رهندا هئا.
=== الڪلائي – سليڪا ردعمل ===

{{Main|الڪلائي–سليڪا ردعمل}}

'''الڪلائي–سليڪا ردعمل''' (مختصر: ASR) هڪ ڪيميائي عمل آهي، جيڪو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ موجود ڪجهه بجري جي ذرڙن ۾ شامل غير قلمي (Amorphous) سليڪا، جهڙوڪ [[ڪيلسيڊوني]]، [[چرٽ]] يا سليڪا سان مالا مال [[چون جو پٿر]]، ۽ سيمينٽ جي مسامن واري محلول ۾ موجود هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ آئنن (OH⁻) جي وچ ۾ ٿيندو آهي.

گهٽ قلمي سليڪا (SiO₂) الڪلائن پاڻيءَ ۾، جنهن جو پي ايڇ (pH) لڳ ڀڳ 12.5 کان 13.5 هوندو آهي، آهستي آهستي حل ٿي ويندي آهي. ان کان پوءِ حل ٿيل [[سليسيڪ تيزاب]]  سيمينٽ جي ليپ ۾ موجود [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] (پورٽلينڊائيٽ) سان ردعمل ڪري ڦهلجندڙ [[ڪيلشيم سليڪيٽ هائيڊريٽ]] ٺاهي ٿو.

هن ڪيميائي عمل جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر مقامي طور ڦهلاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جيڪو [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] پيدا ڪري آخرڪار ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏار پوڻ ۽ ٽٽڻ جو سبب بڻجي سگهي ٿو.

الڪلائي–سليڪا ردعمل ٿيڻ لاءِ هيٺيون ٽي شرطون لازمي آهن:

* بجري ۾ اهڙو جزو موجود هجي، جيڪو الڪلائن سان ردعمل ڪندڙ غير قلمي سليڪا تي مشتمل هجي؛
* سيمينٽ جي مسامن واري محلول ۾ هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ آئنن (OH⁻) جي مناسب مقدار موجود هجي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر لاڳيتي نمي موجود هجي، ۽ نسبتي نمي تقريباً 75 سيڪڙو يا ان کان وڌيڪ هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.bbc.co.uk/dna/h2g2/A4014172 |title=Concrete Cancer |website=h2g2 |publisher=BBC}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.cementindustry.co.uk/main.asp?page=272 |title=Special Section: South West Alkali Incident |publisher=British Cement Association}}&lt;/ref&gt;

عام ٻوليءَ ۾ هن مسئلي کي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن '''ڪنڪريٽ ڪينسر''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهو وقت سان گڏ ڪنڪريٽ کي اندروني طور ڪمزور ڪندو رهي ٿو.

هي ردعمل فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي موجودگيءَ کان آزاد آهي، تنهنڪري وڏا غير رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا، جهڙوڪ [[بند]]، پڻ هن مسئلي کان متاثر ٿي سگهن ٿا.

=== وڏي ايلومينا واري سيمينٽ جي تبديلي ===

'''وڏي ايلومينا واري سيمينٽ'''  ڪمزور تيزابن، خاص طور [[سلفيٽ]]ن، جي اثرن جي خلاف سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿي. هي سيمينٽ تمام تيزيءَ سان سخت ٿيندي آهي ۽ ان مان ٺهيل ڪنڪريٽ شروعاتي مرحلي ۾ تمام گهڻي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري حاصل ڪندو آهي. انهيءَ سبب [[ٻي عالمي جنگ]] کان پوءِ اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل (پري ڪاسٽ) ڪنڪريٽ جي مختلف جزن جي تعمير ۾ هن سيمينٽ جو وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويو.

تنهن هوندي به، هن سيمينٽ جي هڪ اهم خامي اها آهي ته وقت گذرڻ يا وڌيڪ گرمي جي اثر هيٺ ان جي اندروني بناوت ۾ ڪيميائي تبديليون  اچي سگهن ٿيون، خاص طور جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ کي صحيح نموني سان سنڀال نه ڏني وئي هجي. انهن تبديلين جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي آهستي آهستي گهٽجي سگهي ٿي.

1976ع ۾ [[برطانيا]] ۾ وڏي ايلومينا واري سيمينٽ سان تيار ڪيل اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ جي شعاعن تي ٻڌل ٽن ڇتين جي ڊهڻ کان پوءِ هن سيمينٽ جي استعمال تي پابندي لاڳو ڪئي وئي. بعد ۾ ٿيل جاچ مان معلوم ٿيو ته انهن شعاعن جي تياري دوران تعميراتي معيارن تي صحيح نموني عمل نه ڪيو ويو هو، تنهن هوندي به احتياطي قدم طور برطانيا ۾ هن سيمينٽ جي استعمال تي پابندي برقرار رکي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.quest-tech.co.uk/hac.htm|title=High Alumina Cement}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== سلفيٽن جا اثر ===

[[سلفيٽ]] (SO₄²⁻) جيڪڏهن زمين يا زيرزميني پاڻيءَ ۾ ڪافي مقدار ۾ موجود هجن ته اهي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ موجود [[پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ]] سان ڪيميائي ردعمل ڪري سگهن ٿا. هن ردعمل جي نتيجي ۾ ڦهلجندڙ مرڪب، جهڙوڪ [[ايٽرنجائيٽ]] ۽ [[ٿاؤماسائيٽ]]، ٺهن ٿا، جيڪي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني بناوت کي نقصان پهچائي سگهن ٿا ۽ آخرڪار ڍانچي جي وقت کان اڳ ناڪامي جو سبب بڻجي سگهن ٿا.

هن قسم جو حملو گهڻو ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي تختن (سليبس) ۽ بنيادن جي ڀتين ۾ ڏٺو ويندو آهي، جيڪي زمين جي سطح سان سڌي رابطي ۾ هونديون آهن. اهڙن هنڌن تي بار بار آلو ٿيڻ ۽ سُڪڻ جي عمل سبب سلفيٽ آئنن جي مقدار وڌندي رهي ٿي، ۽ جڏهن انهن جو ارتڪاز ڪافي وڌي وڃي ٿو ته اهي پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ تي حملو ڪرڻ شروع ڪن ٿا.

زمين اندر دفن ٿيل ڍانچن، جهڙوڪ [[پائيپ]]ن، ۾ هن قسم جو حملو نسبتاً گهٽ ٿيندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ زمين جي اندر سلفيٽ آئنن جي مقدار آهستي آهستي وڌندي آهي. ان جي شدت گهڻو ڪري ان ڳالهه تي دارومدار رکي ٿي ته اصل زمين ۾ سلفيٽن جي مقدار ڪيتري آهي.

جن منصوبن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جو سڌو رابطو قدرتي زمين سان ٿيڻ وارو هجي، انهن جي ڊزائن واري مرحلي ۾ زمين مان ورتل نمونن جو ڪيميائي تجزيو ڪرڻ گهرجي، ته جيئن سلفيٽن جي موجودگي ۽ انهن جي مقدار جو اندازو لڳائي سگهجي. جيڪڏهن سلفيٽن جي مقدار نقصانڪار حد تائين هجي ته ڪنڪريٽ کي بچائڻ لاءِ مختلف حفاظتي تھ استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿا.

ان کان علاوه، اهڙين حالتن ۾ سلفيٽن جي مزاحمت لاءِ خاص طور تي تيار ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. مثال طور، آمريڪي معيار ''ASTM C150 ٽائيپ 5 پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ'' خاص طور سلفيٽن جي حملي جي مزاحمت لاءِ تيار ڪئي وئي آهي، ۽ ان جو استعمال سلفيٽ سان مالا مال زمين يا پاڻيءَ وارن علائقن ۾ وڌيڪ مناسب سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

== اسٽيل پليٽ تعمير ==

{{Main|اسٽيل پليٽ تعمير}}

اسٽيل پليٽ تعمير (اسٽيل پليٽ ڪنسٽرڪشن) ۾ هڪ ٻئي جي متوازي رکيل اسٽيل جي پليٽن کي اسٽيل جي ڳنڍيندڙ حصن (اسٽرنگرز) ذريعي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيو ويندو آهي. انهن اسٽيل پليٽن جا مجموعا (پليٽ اسيمبليز) عام طور تعميراتي ماڳ کان ٻاهر ڪارخانن ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، پوءِ انهن کي تعميراتي هنڌ تي آڻي ويلڊنگ ذريعي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان اسٽيل جون ڀتيون تيار ٿينديون آهن. اهي ڀتيون بعد ۾ اهڙي قالب (فريم ورڪ) طور ڪم ڪنديون آهن، جنهن جي اندر ڪنڪريٽ وڌو ويندو آهي.

هي تعميراتي طريقو رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير کي وڌيڪ تيز بڻائي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان ۾ تعميراتي ماڳ تي فولادي سلاخون ٻڌڻ ۽ روايتي قالب تيار ڪرڻ جهڙا وقت وٺندڙ هٿرادو ڪم گهڻي حد تائين ختم ٿي ويندا آهن.

هن طريقي سان تيار ٿيل ڍانچي ۾ تمام سٺي مضبوطي حاصل ٿيندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اسٽيل جون پليٽون ڍانچي جي ٻاهرئين پاسي موجود هونديون آهن، جتي عام طور تنشي قوتون (ٽينسائل فورسز) سڀ کان وڌيڪ اثرانداز ٿينديون آهن.

== فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ==

{{Main|فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}

فائبر ريئنفورسمينٽ  جو استعمال بنيادي طور [[شاٽڪريٽ]] ۾ ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر ان کي عام ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو. فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل عام ڪنڪريٽ گهڻو ڪري زمين تي ٺهندڙ فرشن ۽ رستن  ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر ان کي تعمير جي ٻين ڪيترن ئي جزن، جهڙوڪ [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاعن]]، [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀن]]، [[بنياد]]ن ۽ ٻين بناوتي حصن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو. اهو يا ته اڪيلو استعمال ٿيندو آهي يا هٿ سان ٻڌل فولادي سلاخن (Rebar) سان گڏ.

فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور فولاد، [[شيشو|شيشي]]، [[فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل پلاسٽڪ]] يا سيلولوز پوليمر جا فائبر استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪيترين حالتن ۾ اهڙي ريئنفورسمينٽ هٿ سان ٻڌل فولادي سلاخن جي ڀيٽ ۾ گهٽ خرچائتي هوندي آهي. فائبر جي شڪل، قطر ۽ ڊيگهه ان جي ڪارڪردگيءَ تي وڏو اثر وجهندا آهن. مثال طور، تمام سنها ۽ ننڍا فائبر، جهڙوڪ وارن جهڙي شڪل وارا مختصر شيشي جا فائبر، ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ شروعاتي ڪلاڪن دوران ئي اثرائتا هوندا آهن. انهن جو بنيادي ڪم ڪنڪريٽ جي سخت ٿيڻ دوران پيدا ٿيندڙ ڏارن کي گهٽائڻ هوندو آهي، پر اهي ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي مضبوطي ۾ نمايان اضافو نٿا ڪن.

ان جي ابتڙ، مناسب ماپ وارا فائبر، جهڙوڪ يورپ ۾ شاٽڪريٽ لاءِ عام استعمال ٿيندڙ تقريباً 1 ملي ميٽر قطر ۽ 45 ملي ميٽر ڊيگهه وارا فولادي يا پلاسٽڪ فائبر، ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي مضبوطي ۾ واڌارو آڻيندا آهن.

فائبر ريئنفورسمينٽ اڪثر ڪري بنيادي فولادي سلاخن جي مددگار طور استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي يا انهن جي ضرورت کي جزوي طور گهٽائيندي آهي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾، مناسب انجنيئرنگ ڊزائن سان فائبر ريئنفورسمينٽ کي اهڙي نموني استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو، جو اها فولادي سلاخن جي مڪمل متبادل طور ڪم ڪري سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;Fiber Concrete in Construction, Wietek B., Springer, 2021, p. 268. ISBN 978-3-658-34480-1&lt;/ref&gt;

عام استعمال ٿيندڙ فائبرن مان فولادي فائبر سڀ کان وڌيڪ مضبوط سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |last=George |first=Reethu |last2=Thomas |first2=Aneena |last3=P.B. |first3=Amala Mary |last4=Eldhose |first4=Niya |title=Study on Steel and Glass Fibre Reinforced Concrete |journal=International Journal of Engineering Research &amp; Technology |volume=4 |issue=13 |year=2018 |doi=10.17577/IJERTCONV4IS13002}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهي مختلف ڊيگهن (يورپ ۾ عام طور 30 کان 80 ملي ميٽر) ۽ مختلف شڪلين ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. فولادي فائبر رڳو انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪرڻ مناسب هوندا آهن، جتي زنگ لڳڻ يا زنگ جا داغ پيدا ٿيڻ جو خطرو برداشت ڪري سگهجي يا ان کان بچاءُ جو بندوبست موجود هجي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾ فولادي فائبر واري ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري کي ٻئي مواد سان ڍڪيو ويندو آهي.

شيشي جا فائبر نسبتاً سستا هوندا آهن ۽ انهن کي زنگ نه لڳندو آهي، پر اهي فولادي فائبرن جيترا لچڪدار نه هوندا آهن. تازن سالن ۾ [[بيسالٽ]] جا فائبر، جيڪي اوڀر يورپ ۾ گهڻي عرصي کان استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن، آمريڪا ۽ اولهه يورپ ۾ پڻ استعمال ٿيڻ لڳا آهن. بيسالٽ فائبر شيشي جي فائبرن کان وڌيڪ مضبوط ۽ گهٽ قيمتي هوندا آهن، پر ماضيءَ ۾ اهي [[پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ]] جي الڪلائن ماحول جي ڪافي مزاحمت نه ڪري سگهندا هئا، تنهنڪري سڌي ريئنفورسمينٽ لاءِ انهن جو استعمال محدود هو. جديد موادن ۾ پلاسٽڪ بائنڊر استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي بيسالٽ فائبر کي سيمينٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول کان الڳ رکندا آهن.

اعليٰ درجي جي فائبرن ۾ [[گرافيٽ]] سان مضبوط ڪيل پلاسٽڪ فائبر شامل آهن، جيڪي مضبوطيءَ ۾ تقريباً فولاد جي برابر هوندا آهن، پر وزن ۾ هلڪا ۽ زنگ کان مڪمل طور محفوظ هوندا آهن. ڪجهه تحقيقن ۾ [[ڪاربان نينو ٽيوب]]  استعمال ڪرڻ جا حوصلا افزا شروعاتي نتيجا مليا آهن، پر في الحال انهن جي تمام گهڻي قيمت سبب انهن جو عام تعميراتي منصوبن ۾ استعمال اقتصادي طور ممڪن ناهي.

== غير فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ==

غير فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ  ۽ فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جا موضوع هڪ ٻئي سان گهڻي حد تائين لاڳاپيل آهن. ڪنڪريٽ ۾ غير فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جو استعمال نسبتاً جديد ترقي آهي، جيڪا بنيادي طور ٻن صورتن ۾ ڪئي ويندي آهي: غير ڌاتي ريئنفورسمينٽ جون سلاخون  ۽ غير فولادي (عام طور غير ڌاتي) فائبر، جيڪي سيمينٽ جي بنيادي ڍانچي (سيمينٽ ميٽرڪس) ۾ شامل ڪيا ويندا آهن.

تازن سالن ۾ [[شيشي جي فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ]] (گلاس فائبر ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ، GFRC) ۽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ مختلف پوليمر فائبرن جي استعمال ۾ نمايان دلچسپي وڌي آهي. جيتوڻيڪ في الحال اهڙي توقع نٿي ڪئي وڃي ته اهي مواد مڪمل طور فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي جاءِ وٺندا، پر ڪيترين خاص حالتن ۾ انهن کي نمايان فائدا حاصل آهن. ان کان علاوه، ڪجهه اهڙيون به تعميراتي حالتون آهن، جتي فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جو استعمال عملي طور ممڪن ئي نه هوندو آهي.

بهرحال، غير فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن ۽ استعمال سان ڪجهه فني مسئلا پڻ لاڳاپيل آهن. مثال طور، ڪنڪريٽ جو ماحول تمام گهڻو الڪلائن هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪيترائي مواد، خاص طور عام قسم جو شيشو، گهڻي عرصي تائين پائيدار نٿا رهن. ان کان علاوه، انهن موادن جون ميڪانيڪي خاصيتون فولاد کان مختلف هونديون آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪٽائي جي مضبوطي، آهستي آهستي ٿيندڙ مستقل بگاڙ ۽ لچڪ.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |title=BS EN 1169:1999 Precast concrete products. General rules for factory production control of glass-fiber reinforced cement}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |title=BS EN 1170-5:1998 Precast concrete products. Test method for glass-fiber reinforced cement}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل پلاسٽڪ]] (FRP) ۽ شيشي سان مضبوط ڪيل پلاسٽڪ (GRP) اهڙا جامع مواد آهن، جن ۾ پوليمر، شيشي، [[ڪاربان]]، [[ارامڊ]] يا ٻين وڌيڪ مضبوط فائبرن کي ريزن (Resin) جي بنيادي ڍانچي ۾ شامل ڪري ريئنفورسمينٽ جون سلاخون، ڄاريون يا ٻيا جزا تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن کي لڳائڻ جو طريقو تقريباً فولادي سلاخن جهڙو هوندو آهي.

جيتوڻيڪ FRP ۽ GRP ريئنفورسمينٽ جي قيمت فولاد کان وڌيڪ هوندي آهي، پر مناسب حالتن ۾ اهي ڪيترائي فائدا فراهم ڪندا آهن. انهن جو سڀ کان وڏو فائدو زنگ جي خلاف مزاحمت آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي نه ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول کان متاثر ٿيندا آهن ۽ نه ئي ٻاهران داخل ٿيندڙ زنگ پيدا ڪندڙ سيالن کان. انهيءَ سبب اهڙن ڍانچن جو وزن گهٽ، خدمت جي عمر وڌيڪ ۽ ڊگهي مدي واري سار سنڀال جو خرچ به گهٽ ٿي سگهي ٿو. خلائي صنعت ۽ فوجي استعمال ۾ وڏي پيماني تي اختيار ٿيڻ کان پوءِ انهن موادن جي قيمت ۾ پڻ نمايان گهٽتائي آئي آهي.

خاص طور FRP جون سلاخون انهن تعميرن لاءِ تمام موزون آهن، جتي فولاد جو استعمال مناسب نه هجي. مثال طور [[ميگنيٽڪ ريزوننس اميجنگ]] (MRI) جي مشينن ۾ انتهائي طاقتور مقناطيس استعمال ٿيندا آهن، تنهنڪري انهن جي عمارتن ۾ غير مقناطيسي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي ضرورت هوندي آهي. ساڳيءَ طرح، ريڊيو سڃاڻپ واري نظام (RFID) استعمال ڪندڙ ٽول پلازن ۾ اهڙو رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ گهربل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ريڊيو لهرن جي گذر ۾ رڪاوٽ نه بڻجي.

انهن حالتن ۾، جتي ڪنهن ڍانچي جي ڊزائن واري عمر ان جي شروعاتي لاڳت کان وڌيڪ اهميت رکي ٿي، غير فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ وڌيڪ فائديمند ثابت ٿي سگهي ٿي، خاص طور سامونڊي لهرن جي اچ وڃ واري علائقي جهڙين جڳهن تي، جتي فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ لڳڻ تعميراتي ناڪامي جو وڏو سبب هوندو آهي. اهڙي ريئنفورسمينٽ استعمال ڪرڻ سان ڍانچي جي عمر ۾ نمايان واڌارو اچي سگهي ٿو.

FRP جون سلاخون انهن حالتن ۾ پڻ ڪارآمد آهن، جتي مستقبل ۾ عمارت جي ڪجهه حصن جي مرمت يا تبديلي متوقع هجي، جهڙوڪ [[بالڪوني]]ن جا ڪنارا، جتي ريلنگون تبديل ڪيون وڃن، يا گهڻ ماڙ عمارتن جي غسل خانن جا فرش، جتي فرش جي ڍانچي جي عمر پاڻي بند ڪرڻ واري تهه (واٽر پروفنگ ميمبرين) جي عمر کان گهڻي وڌيڪ هوندي آهي.

پلاسٽڪ تي ٻڌل ريئنفورسمينٽ عام طور فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مخصوص مضبوطي (اسٽرينٿ-ٽو-ويٽ ريشو) رکي ٿي. ان کي زنگ نه لڳندو آهي، تنهنڪري فولاد وانگر ان جي چوڌاري تمام ٿلهو ڪنڪريٽ حفاظتي تهه (عام طور 30–50 ملي ميٽر يا وڌيڪ) ڏيڻ جي ضرورت نه هوندي آهي. انهيءَ سبب FRP سان مضبوط ڪيل ڍانچا هلڪا ۽ گهڻي عمر وارا ٿي سگهن ٿا، ۽ ڪيترين حالتن ۾ انهن جي سڄي عمر جي مجموعي لاڳت فولادي رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جي برابر يا ان کان گهٽ ٿي سگهي ٿي.

FRP ۽ GRP جي مادي خاصيتون فولاد کان نمايان طور مختلف هونديون آهن، تنهنڪري انهن جي ڊزائن جا اصول پڻ مختلف هوندا آهن. انهن جي تنشي مضبوطي ته وڌيڪ هوندي آهي، پر انهن جي سختي نسبتاً گهٽ هوندي آهي، جنهن سبب اهڙن ڍانچن ۾ وڪڙ (ڊفليڪشن) فولادي ريئنفورسڊ ڍانچن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ ٿي سگهي ٿو. اهڙين تعميرن ۾ ناڪامي گهڻو ڪري ريئنفورسمينٽ ٽٽڻ بدران ڪنڪريٽ جي دٻجڻ (ڪمپريشن فيليوئر) سبب ٿيندي آهي.

FRP سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏارن جي ويڪر تي ضابطو رکڻ جو مقصد فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ وانگر زنگ کان بچاءُ نه، پر ظاهري خوبصورتي ۽ پاڻي جي نه رسڻ. کي برقرار رکڻ هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، FRP جون سلاخون دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ فولاد کان ڪمزور هونديون آهن، تنهنڪري [[ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀو|ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿنڀن]] جي ڊزائن لاءِ الڳ اصول اختيار ڪرڻا پوندا آهن.

FRP ريئنفورسمينٽ جي هڪ اهم خامي باهه جي خلاف محدود مزاحمت آهي. جتي باهه کان تحفظ اهم هجي، اتي اهڙن ڍانچن کي اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ڪرڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، جو باهه دوران به انهن جي مضبوطي ۽ اينڪريج برقرار رهي. انهيءَ مقصد لاءِ مناسب ٿولهه وارو ڪنڪريٽ حفاظتي تهه يا ٻيو حفاظتي ڍڪ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. تحقيق مان اهو پڻ معلوم ٿيو آهي ته ڪنڪريٽ ۾ في ڪعبي ميٽر تقريباً هڪ ڪلوگرام [[پولي پروپلين]] فائبر شامل ڪرڻ سان باهه دوران ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي پوڻ (Spalling) ۾ نمايان گهٽتائي اچي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;tunnel&quot;&gt;{{cite book |chapter=Chapter 57: The Airside Road Tunnel, Heathrow Airport, England |title=Proceedings of the Rapid Excavation &amp; Tunneling Conference |year=2003 |author=Arthur W. Darby}}&lt;/ref&gt;

FRP ريئنفورسمينٽ سان لاڳاپيل ٻيو اهم مسئلو ڪٽائي واري ريئنفورسمينٽ  جي اثرائتي هجڻ آهي. اڳواٽ موڙيل FRP اسٽرپس فولادي اسٽرپس جي ڀيٽ ۾ گهٽ مؤثر هوندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ سڌن ۽ موڙيل حصن جي وچ واري علائقي ۾ وڪڙ، ڪٽائي ۽ ڊگھائي وارا دٻاءُ گڏجي ڪم ڪندا آهن. انهيءَ سبب اهڙين حالتن لاءِ خاص ڊزائن جا طريقا اختيار ڪرڻ ضروري هوندا آهن.

تازن سالن ۾ موجوده ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن کي ٻاهران جامع موادن، جهڙوڪ شيشي، [[بيسالٽ]] ۽ [[ڪاربان]] فائبر تي ٻڌل ريئنفورسمينٽ سان مضبوط ڪرڻ ۾ به دلچسپي وڌي آهي. دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ اهڙي جامع ريئنفورسمينٽ جا مختلف تجارتي برانڊ، جهڙوڪ Aslan، DACOT، V-rod ۽ ComBar، استعمال ڪيا پيا وڃن. آمريڪا، روس، ڏکڻ ڪوريا، جرمني ۽ ٻين ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ اهڙين ريئنفورسمينٽ تي ٻڌل منصوبن جو تعداد مسلسل وڌي رهيو آهي.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>iecdgu4t29702d0qxww60y4vyb1epp2</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401036</id>
      <parentid>401035</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T00:17:29Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401036</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="94266" sha1="9p2nm1o3rp4py0ore5px6q56rmimszr" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|فولادي سلاخن سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}


{{Infobox material
| name = رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ
| image = Talbruecke-Bruenn 2005-08-04.jpg
| caption = ڳري رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀ، جنهن ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي ڍانچي (ريبار) جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ۽ پوءِ جو ڏيک
| type = [[مرڪب مواد]]
| tensile_strength = عام ڪنڪريٽ کان وڌيڪ
}}

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمنٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' ، جنهن کي '''فيرو ڪنڪريٽ'''  پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ [[مرڪب مواد]] آهي، جنهن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي نسبتاً گهٽ [[تنشي طاقت]] (ٽينسائل اسٽرينٿ) ۽ لچڪ (Ductility) کي وڌيڪ تنشي طاقت يا لچڪ رکندڙ مضبوطي واري مواد شامل ڪري بهتر بڻايو ويندو آهي.
هي مضبوطي عام طور تي فولادي سلاخن (اسٽيل ريئينفورسنگ بارس)، جيڪي عام طور '''[[ريبار]]''' (Rebar) سڏجن ٿيون، ذريعي حاصل ڪئي ويندي آهي. اهي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ان جي اندر نصب ڪيون وينديون آهن، جتي ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيتن سبب اهي عام حالتن ۾ زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ٿيون. ڪن حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط ڪرڻ لاءِ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ''' جي ٽيڪنڪ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.
سالياني استعمال جي مقدار جي لحاظ کان رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ انجنيئرنگ مواد مان هڪ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|date=2016-12-19|title=16 Materials Every Architect Needs to Know (And Where to Learn About Them)|url=https://www.archdaily.com/801545/16-materials-every-architect-needs-to-know-and-where-to-learn-about-them⁠�}}{{Cite web|last=Sarah|date=2017-03-22|title=When should you use reinforced concrete?|url=https://ekaconcrete.com/use-reinforced-concrete/⁠�}}&lt;/ref&gt;
زنگ روڪ انجنيئرنگ (ڪوروژن انجنيئرنگ) جي نقطهٔ نظر کان، جيڪڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ صحيح نموني سان ڊزائن ۽ تيار ڪيو وڃي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول سبب اندر موجود فولادي ريبار کي [[زنگ]] (ڪوروژن) لڳڻ کان قدرتي تحفظ ملي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|date=1990|page=360|isbn=0-408-04658-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

'''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' کي مختصر طور '''آر سي سي''' ({{lang-en|RCC}}) چيو وڃي ٿو، اهڙو تعميراتي مرڪب آهي، جيڪو [[سيمينٽ]]، جابلو ريتي، بجري يا پٿر جي سنهن ٽڪرن ۽ پاڻيءَ مان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) شامل ڪري ٺاهيو ويندو آهي. فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي قوت وڌائين ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ جي اعليٰ صلاحيت رکي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائل:Expo58 building Philips.jpg|thumb|[[بيلجيم]] جي گاديءَ واري شهر [[برسلز]] ۾ [[ايڪسپو 58]] لاءِ تعمير ڪيل [[فلپس پيوليئن]] جي منفرد شڪل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال سان ممڪن ٿي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور تي ريئنفورسمينٽ (فولادي سلاخن يا ٻين مضبوط ڪندڙ مواد) جي ترتيب اهڙي نموني سان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو ڪنڪريٽ جي انهن حصن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) کي برداشت ڪري سگهي، جتي ٻي صورت ۾ ڏار پوڻ يا ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان هوندو آهي. جديد رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ رڳو فولاد ئي نه، پر [[پوليمر]]ن ۽ ٻين جامع (ڪمپوزٽ) مواد مان ٺهيل مضبوط ڪندڙ عنصر پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ضرورت موجب فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ يا انهن کان سواءِ به ڪم آندا ويندا آهن.

ڪيترين تعميراتي حالتن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي اڳواٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ۽ ريئنفورسمينٽ ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ هوندي آهي. هن طريقي سان ڍانچي جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت بهتر ٿيندي آهي. اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي کي '''پري اسٽرِيسڊ ڪنڪريٽ''' چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جا ٻه عام طريقا '''پري ٽينشننگ''' ۽ '''پوسٽ ٽينشننگ'''  آهن.

مضبوط، لچڪدار ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ ريئنفورسمينٽ ۾ هيٺيون خاصيتون هجڻ ضروري آهن:

* اعليٰ ميڪانيڪي مضبوطي؛
* ڇڪ هيٺ وڏي حد تائين ڊگهو ٿيڻ (ٽينسائل اسٽرين) برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت؛
* ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ)، جيڪا پي ايڇ (pH)، نمي يا ٻين ماحولياتي حالتن کان گهڻو متاثر نه ٿئي؛
* حرارتي مطابقت (ٿرمل ڪامپيٽيبلٽي)، جيئن گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ دوران غير ضروري دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي ماحول ۾ ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيداري، جنهن ۾ زنگ (Corrosion) ۽ مستقل دٻاءَ جي اثرن کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت شامل هجي.

== تاريخ ==

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي شروعاتي ترقي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري [[انگلينڊ]] ۽ [[فرانس]] ۾ لڳ ڀڳ هڪ ئي وقت ٿي، جتي مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميرڪارن ڪنڪريٽ کي فولادي مضبوطي سان گڏ استعمال ڪرڻ بابت تجربا شروع ڪيا.

[[فائل:Saint-Denis - Maison François Coignet -1.JPG|thumb|سينٽ ڊينس ۾ فرانسوا ڪوئنيه جو گهر، جيڪو ابتدائي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان هڪ آهي.]]

فرانسيسي تعميرڪار '''[[فرانسوا ڪوئنيه]]''' پهريون شخص هو، جنهن عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |url=https://www.britannica.com/technology/building-construction/Early-steel-frame-high-rises#ref105155 |title=Building construction: The invention of reinforced concrete |encyclopedia=Encyclopedia Britannica}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن 1853ع کان 1855ع جي وچ ۾ [[پيرس]] جي ڀرسان سينٽ ڊينس ۾ واقع 72 [[شارل ميشيلس گهٽي]] تي پنهنجي رهائش لاءِ چار ماڙ عمارت تعمير ڪرائي، جيڪا '''فرانسوا ڪوئنيه هائوس''' جي نالي سان مشهور آهي ۽ ان کي دنيا جي پهرين لوهه سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن مان شمار ڪيو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=The oldest concrete structures that have lasted: 72 rue Charles Michels, St. Denis, France |url=https://meva.net/pt-br/oldest-concrete-structures/}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪوئنيه جي لکڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته هن لوهه کي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت وڌائڻ کان وڌيڪ، ڀتين کي هڪ گڏيل (مونولٿڪ) ڍانچي طور مستحڪم رکڻ ۽ انهن کي اونڌو ٿيڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968 |pages=1–33}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ 1872ع–1873ع دوران [[بروڪلن]] ۾ تعمير ٿيل '''پپن بلڊنگ''' (Pippen Building)، جيتوڻيڪ ڪوئنيه جي ڊزائن نه هئي، پر سندس تعميراتي طريقي جو هڪ اهم مثال سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

[[فائل:Maison de logement des ouvriers de l'usine Coignet 2020 6.jpg|thumb|ڪوئنيه طرفان پنهنجي ڪارخاني جي مزدورن لاءِ سينٽ ڊينس ۾ تعمير ڪيل رهائشي عمارت.]]

1854ع ۾ انگريز تعميرڪار '''وليم بي. ولڪنسن''' پنهنجي تعمير هيٺ ٻن ماڙ گهر جي ڇت ۽ فرشن ۾ فولادي مضبوطي استعمال ڪئي. هن فولادي سلاخن کي اهڙي نموني رکيو، جنهن مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته هو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينسائل اسٽريس) جي اثرن کان واقف هو، جڏهن ته هن کان اڳ وارا انجنيئر ان ڳالهه کي مڪمل طور نه سمجهي سگهيا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Reinforced Concrete}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=History of Concrete Building Construction}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1869ع کان 1870ع جي وچ ۾ '''هينري ايٽن'''  [[انگلينڊ]] جي [[نورفڪ]] ۽ [[سفڪ]] ضلعن جي وچ ۾ وهندڙ [[ويوني درياھ]] تي '''هومرسفيلڊ پل''' جي ڊزائن تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته ان جي تعمير لنڊن جي ڪمپني ''ڊبليو اينڊ ٽي فلپس '' ڪئي. لڳ ڀڳ 15.25 ميٽر (50 فوٽ) ڊگهي هيءَ پل لوهي مضبوطي سان تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جي ابتدائي پلن مان هڪ هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{NHLE|num=1262142}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي فرانسيسي باغبان '''[[جوزف مونيي]]''' کي به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ارتقا جو اهم اڳواڻ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو. هو مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا گلن جا ٿانوَ تيار ڪرڻ لاءِ موجود مواد مان مطمئن نه هو، تنهنڪري هن نوان تجربا شروع ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Day |first=Lance |title=Biographical Dictionary of the History of Technology}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1867ع ۾ مونيي تار جي ڄاري (وائر ميش) ۽ سيمينٽ جي تهه کي گڏائي مضبوط ڪنڪريٽ جا گلدان ٺاهڻ واري طريقي جو پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Britannica URL|biography/Joseph-Monier|Joseph Monier}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ 1877ع ۾ هن ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿنڀن ۽ گرڊرن کي لوهي سلاخن جي ڄار ذريعي مضبوط ڪرڻ واري وڌيڪ ترقي يافته طريقي جو به پيٽنٽ حاصل ڪيو. جيتوڻيڪ مونيي کي اها ڄاڻ هئي ته فولادي مضبوطي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني يڪجائي وڌائي ٿي، پر اهو واضح ناهي ته کيس ان ڳالهه جي مڪمل سائنسي ڄاڻ هئي ته ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي طاقت ۾ ڪيترو اضافو آڻي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909 |pages=204–210}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1877ع ۾ آمريڪي انجنيئر '''ٿيڊيئس هائٽ'' پنهنجي مشهور رپورٽ ''اين اڪائونٽ آف سم اڪسپيريمينٽس وٿ پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ڪمبائينڊ وٿ آئرن'' شايع ڪئي، جنهن ۾ هن فولاد سان مضبوط ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پنهنجن تجربن جا نتيجا بيان ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Hyatt |first=Thaddeus |title=An Account of Some Experiments with Portland-cement-concrete Combined with Iron}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن جي تحقيق رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي رڳو تجربي واري تعميراتي مواد بدران هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي آزمودل ٽيڪنالاجي طور قائم ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. جيڪڏهن هائٽ جي تحقيق موجود نه هجي ها، ته هن شعبي جي ترقي گهڻي عرصي تائين آزمائش ۽ غلطي (ٽرائل ۽ ارر) جي غير يقيني طريقن تي دارومدار رکندي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Condit |first=Carl W. |title=The First Reinforced-Concrete Skyscraper: The Ingalls Building in Cincinnati and Its Place in Structural History |journal=Technology and Culture |volume=9 |issue=1 |year=1968}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سائنسي ترقي ۽ عالمي ڦهلاءُ ===

1870ع واري ڏهاڪي کان اڳ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير، جيتوڻيڪ ان جون پاڙون [[رومي سلطنت]] تائين پهچن ٿيون ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ ان جو ٻيهر استعمال شروع ٿيو هو، پر ان کي اڃا مڪمل طور سائنسي طور ثابت ٿيل تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي نه سمجهيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Citation |last=Aprea |first=Salvatore |chapter=The Search for Affordable Cement and Concrete in the 18th and 19th Century |title=High Tech Concrete: Where Technology and Engineering Meet |year=2018}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري انگلينڊ ۾ ڄاول انجنيئر '''[[ارنسٽ ايل. رينسم]]''' رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو. هن گذريل پنجاهه سالن دوران ٿيل تحقيق ۽ تجربن مان فائدو وٺندي اڳين ايجادڪارن جي ڪيترين ئي تعميراتي طريقن کي وڌيڪ بهتر بڻايو. سندس سڀ کان اهم ايجاد فولادي سلاخن کي مروڙي استعمال ڪرڻ هئي، جنهن سان سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ چنبڙڻ (بانڊ) گهڻو مضبوط ٿي ويو ۽ ڍانچي جي مجموعي مضبوطي ۾ نمايان واڌارو آيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Episode 81: Rebar and the Alvord Lake Bridge}}&lt;/ref&gt;

رينسم پنهنجي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ وارين عمارتن سبب وڏي شهرت حاصل ڪئي، جنهن کان پوءِ هن 1886ع کان 1889ع جي وچ ۾ اتر آمريڪا جي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ پلن مان ٻه تعمير ڪرايون. انهن مان هڪ پل، '''[[سمٿ-رينسم جيپنيز برج]]'''، اڄ به [[نيو يارڪ]] جي [[شيلٽر آئلينڊ، نيو يارڪ|شيلٽر آئلينڊ]] تي موجود آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Collins |first=Peter |title=Concrete: The Vision of a New Architecture}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آمريڪا]] ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل ابتدائي عمارتن مان هڪ '''[[وليم اي. وارڊ هائوس]]''' هئي، جيڪا وليم اي. وارڊ جي ڊزائن موجب 1876ع ۾ مڪمل ٿي. هن رهائشي عمارت کي خاص طور باهه کان وڌيڪ تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ جي مقصد سان تعمير ڪيو ويو.

جرمن سول انجنيئر '''[[گستاو ايڊولف وائس]]''' پڻ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ترقيءَ ۾ اهم شخصيت هو. 1879ع ۾ هن جوزف مونيي جي پيٽنٽن جا جرمن حق خريد ڪيا، ۽ 1884ع ۾ سندس ڪمپني '''[[ويس اينڊ فريٽيگ]]''' انهن طريقن کي پهريون ڀيرو تجارتي بنيادن تي استعمال ڪيو. 1890ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين وائس ۽ سندس ڪمپني مونيي جي نظام کي وڌيڪ ترقي ڏئي ان کي هڪ سائنسي بنيادن تي ٻڌل، منظم ۽ قابل اعتماد تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Mörsch |first=Emil |title=Concrete-steel Construction: (Der Eisenbetonbau) |year=1909}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[آسٽريليا]] جي '''[[ليمِنگٽن پل]]''' ملڪ جي پهرين وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ شاهراهي پل هئي. هن پل جي ڊزائن [[الفريڊ بارٽن بريڊي]] تيار ڪئي، جيڪو 1896ع ۾ [[ڪئينز لينڊ]] جو سرڪاري معمار هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge |publisher=Queensland Government}}&lt;/ref&gt; پل ۾ 15.2 ميٽر ڊگها يارنهن اسپين هئا ۽ ان جي ڪل ڊيگهه لڳ ڀڳ 187 ميٽر هئي، جيڪا ان دور ۾ دنيا جي ساڳئي قسم جي مشهور پلن کان به وڏي سمجهي ويندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Lamington Bridge, Mary River, 1896- |publisher=Engineers Australia}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات ===

ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تيزيءَ سان مقبول تعميراتي مواد بڻجي ويو. ان عرصي دوران انجنيئرن ۽ معمارن هن ٽيڪنالاجي کي اوچي عمارتن، پلن ۽ ٻين وڏن تعميراتي منصوبن ۾ استعمال ڪرڻ شروع ڪيو.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان تعمير ٿيل شروعاتي اوچين عمارتن مان هڪ 16 ماڙ '''انگالس بلڊنگ''' هئي، جيڪا 1904ع ۾ آمريڪا جي شهر سنسناٽي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.

ڏکڻ ڪيليفورنيا ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پهرين عمارت '''لافلن اينيڪس''' هئي، جيڪا 1905ع ۾ لاس اينجلس جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Los Angeles from the Mountains to the Sea |volume=2 |last=McGroarty |first=John Steven |year=1921 |page=176}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Annual Report of the City Auditor, City of Los Angeles |year=1905 |pages=71–73}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع دوران لاس اينجلس ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارتن لاءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ سورهن تعميراتي اجازت ناما جاري ڪيا ويا. انهن ۾ '''ٽيمپل آڊيٽوريم''' ۽ اٺ ماڙ '''هيورڊ هوٽل''' به شامل هئا، جيڪي ان ڳالهه جو ثبوت هئا ته هي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي تيزيءَ سان عام ٿي رهي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |last=Williams |first=D. |title=What Builders are Doing |journal=Carpentry and Building |year=1907 |page=66}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |title=Reinforced Concrete Buildings at Los Angeles, Cal. |journal=Engineering News-Record |year=1906 |volume=55 |page=449}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ لانگ بيچ ۾ تعمير هيٺ '''بڪسبي هوٽل''' جو هڪ حصو وقت کان اڳ عارضي سهارن (Shoring) کي هٽائڻ سبب ڊهي پيو، جنهن ۾ ڏهه مزدور فوت ٿي ويا. هن حادثي کان پوءِ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعميراتي طريقن ۽ عمارتن جي جاچ پڙتال بابت وڌيڪ سخت ضابطا اختيار ڪيا ويا. ماهرن سفارش ڪئي ته مستقبل ۾ فرشن، ڀتين ۽ ڍانچي جي ٻين اهم حصن ۾ مڪمل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تعمير وڌيڪ محفوظ بڻجي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite magazine |title=Partial Collapse of the Bixby Hotel at Long Beach |magazine=Architect and Engineer of California |year=1906 |volume=VII |issue=1 |pages=44–48}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1904ع جي اپريل مهيني ۾ آمريڪي معمار ۽ انجنيئر '''جوليا مورگن''' پنهنجي پهرين رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي عمارت، '''ايل ڪيمپانيل'''، مڪمل ڪئي، جيڪا 72 فوٽ اوچي گهنڊ گهر (بيل ٽاور) هئي ۽ ملز ڪاليج ۾ تعمير ڪئي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=El Campanil, Mills College: Julia Morgan 1903–1904}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو ۾ آيل شديد زلزلي دوران ايل ڪيمپانيل کي ڪو به اهم نقصان نه پهتو، جنهن سان جوليا مورگن جي شهرت ۾ وڏو اضافو ٿيو ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي تي عوام جو اعتماد پڻ وڌيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Julia Morgan-designed Mills bell tower counts down to its 115th anniversary}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Bay Area Architect Julia Morgan's Legacy Wasn't Just Hearst Castle}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1906ع جي زلزلي کان پوءِ عوام ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت موجود شڪ شبها به گهڻي حد تائين ختم ٿي ويا. ان کان اڳ ڪيترائي ماڻهو هن مواد کي جمالياتي لحاظ کان غير دلڪش سمجهندا هئا، پر زلزلي دوران ان جي بهتر ڪارڪردگي سبب ان جي مقبوليت وڌي وئي. نتيجي طور 1908ع ۾ سان فرانسسڪو جي بلدياتي اختيارين عمارت سازي جا ضابطا تبديل ڪري رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وڌيڪ وسيع استعمال جي اجازت ڏني.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=How one building survived the San Francisco earthquake and changed the world}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== معيارن جي جوڙجڪ ۽ ضابطا ===

1906ع ۾ '''نيشنل ايسوسيئيشن آف سيمينٽ يوزرس''' (مختصر: NACU) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بابت پهريون معياري دستاويز '''اسٽينڊرڊ نمبر 1''' شايع ڪيو، جنهن ۾ پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ جي معيار، خاصيتن ۽ استعمال بابت بنيادي فني گهرجون مقرر ڪيون ويون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Specifications for Portland Cement of the American Society for Testing Materials, Standard No. 1 |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1906 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ان کان پوءِ 1910ع ۾ ساڳئي اداري '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي استعمال لاءِ معياري عمارتي ضابطا''' (''اسٽينڊرڊ بلڊنگ ريگيوليشنز فار دي يوز آف ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ '') جاري ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=Standard Building Regulations for the Use of Reinforced Concrete |publisher=National Association of Cement Users |year=1910 |location=Philadelphia, PA}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن ضابطن ۾ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن، تعمير، جاچ ۽ استعمال بابت تفصيلي فني هدايتون شامل هيون.
انهن معيارن جي جاري ٿيڻ سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير مختلف انجنيئرن ۽ تعميراتي ادارن وٽ هڪجهڙن اصولن تحت ٿيڻ لڳي. نتيجي طور تعميراتي حفاظت، معيار، مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ نمايان بهتري آئي، ۽ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جديد عمارت سازيءَ جي سڀ کان اهم تعميراتي مواد مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

== تعمير ۾ استعمال ==

[[فائل:SagradaFamiliaRoof2.jpg|thumb|upright=1.5|right|2009ع ۾ تعمير هيٺ [[ساگراڊا فاميليا]] جي ڇت ۾ لڳايل فولادي سلاخون (ريبار).]]

[[فائل:O Cristo Redentor.JPG|thumb|[[ريو ڊي جينيرو]]، [[برازيل]] ۾ واقع '''مسيح ڇوٽڪارو ڏيندڙ''' جو مجسمو، جيڪو رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان تعمير ٿيل آهي ۽ ان جي ٻاهرئين سطح هزارين ٽڪنڊي صابڻي پٿر (Soapstone) جي ٽڪرن سان ڍڪيل آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia |title=Christ the Redeemer |encyclopedia=Encyclopædia Britannica |last=Murray |first=Lorraine |url=http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/1435544/Christ-the-Redeemer}}&lt;/ref&gt;]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ تعميراتي صنعت ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد مان هڪ آهي. ان جي مدد سان مختلف قسمن جا تعميراتي جزا ۽ ڍانچا تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ تختو|ڪنڪريٽ جا تختا]] (Slabs)، [[ڀت]]، [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاعون]] (Beams)، [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀا]]، [[بنياد]]، ڍانچا (Frames) ۽ ٻيا ڪيترائي تعميراتي حصا شامل آهن.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کي تعمير جي طريقي موجب عام طور ٻن قسمن ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي:

* '''اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري ڪاسٽ ڪنڪريٽ)، جنهن جا جزا ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪري تعميراتي هنڌ تي نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن.
* '''جاءِ تي وڌل رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' (ڪاسٽ-ان -پليس ڪنڪريٽ)، جيڪو سڌو سنئون تعميراتي هنڌ تي شٽرنگ اندر وجهي تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڪنهن به عمارت ۾ مناسب فرش نظام (Floor System) جي چونڊ ۽ ڊزائن انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان عمارت جي مجموعي ڪارڪردگي تي سڌو اثر پوي ٿو. فرش جي ڊزائن ۾ معمولي تبديليون به تعميراتي مواد جي خرچ، تعمير مڪمل ٿيڻ جي مدت، ڍانچي جي آخري مضبوطي، سار سنڀال جي خرچن، استعمال ڪندڙن جي گنجائش ۽ عمارت جي آخري استعمال تي نمايان اثر وجهي سگهن ٿيون.

فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کان سواءِ جديد دور جون گهڻ ماڙ عمارتون، وڏيون پلون ۽ ٻيا وڏا ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا محفوظ ۽ عملي طور تعمير ڪرڻ ممڪن نه هجي ها.

=== رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا ===

جڏهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا جزا تعمير ۾ استعمال ٿين ٿا ته اهي ٻاهران لاڳو ٿيندڙ [[تعميراتي بار]] (Structural load) جي اثر هيٺ مخصوص ميڪانيڪي رويو ظاهر ڪندا آهن. استعمال دوران انهن جزن تي هيٺيان قسم جا بار يا قوتون عمل ڪري سگهن ٿيون:&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |author=Bungale S. Taranath |title=Reinforced Concrete Design of Tall Buildings |publisher=CRC Press |year=2009 |page=7 |isbn=978-1-4398-0481-0}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] (ٽينشن)
* [[دٻاءُ]] (ڪمپريشن)
* [[وڪڙجڻ]] (بينڊنگ)
* [[ڪٽائي دٻاءُ]] (شيئر)
* [[مروڙ]] (ٽورزن)

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڊزائن اهڙي نموني ڪئي ويندي آهي، جو اهو انهن سڀني قوتن کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ تعميراتي ڍانچي جي استحڪام، مضبوطي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي يقيني بڻائي.

=== فولادي سلاخن جي ڊزائن ===

رِيئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن هميشه قابل انجنيئر يا لاڳاپيل فني اداري طرفان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي. سلاخن جو قطر، وڇاءُ، چڙهاڪو ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه عمارت جي قسم، بار ۽ لاڳو تعميراتي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== فولادي سلاخن جي بندش ===

فولادي سلاخون تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪٽي، موڙي ۽ تار سان مضبوطيءَ سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. انهن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تھ رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن سلاخون زنگ کان محفوظ رهن ۽ ڍانچي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي. ضرورت موجب ڪنڍا (Hooks) ۽ چڙهاڪو (Overlap) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== تياري  ===

آر سي سي مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارو تعميراتي مواد آهي. ان کي مختلف شڪلين ۾ آسانيءَ سان ڍالي سگهجي ٿو، باهه ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿو، پاڻيءَ جي نفوذ کي گهٽ ڪري ٿو ۽ عام حالتن ۾ گهٽ مرمت جي ضرورت پوي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ملاوٽ ===

آر سي سي جي ملاوٽ هٿ سان يا ڪنڪريٽ مڪسر ذريعي ڪئي ويندي آهي. ننڍن تعميراتي ڪمن ۾ هٿ سان ملاوٽ، جڏهن ته وڏن منصوبن ۾ مشيني ملاوٽ کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها وڌيڪ هڪجهڙائي، تيزي ۽ معياري نتيجا فراهم ڪندي آهي ۽ مواد جي زيان کي گهٽائيندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب ===

پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو مناسب تناسب آر سي سي جي مضبوطي، ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر وجهي ٿو. گهڻو پاڻي ڪنڪريٽ جي طاقت گهٽائي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته گهٽ پاڻي ملاوٽ کي صحيح نموني استعمال ڪرڻ ۾ ڏکيائي پيدا ڪري سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== جھڪاءُ پرک ===

ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪم لائق هجڻ ۽ گهاٽاڻ معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ '''جھڪاءُ پرک''' (سلمپ ٽيسٽ) ڪئي ويندي آهي. هن آزمائش ۾ مخروط شڪل واري فولادي قالب ۾ تازي ڪنڪريٽ ڀري ان جي ويهڻ يا جھڪاءَ جي ماپ ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ملاوٽ مقرر معيار مطابق آهي يا نه.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


=== ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀرائي ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ شٽرنگ، فولادي سلاخن ۽ ٻين لڪل خدمتن جهڙوڪ برقي پائيپن جي جانچ ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي بنا رڪاوٽ جي مناسب رفتار سان وڌو ويندو آهي ۽ ضرورت موجب وائبريٽر ذريعي ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ڪيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن هوا جا خانا ختم ٿين ۽ ''هني ڪومبنگ'' (Honeycombing) جهڙا نقص پيدا نه ٿين.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== سار سنڀال ===

ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ مناسب عرصي تائين ان کي پاڻي ڏئي آلو رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان سان سيمينٽ جي مڪمل هائيڊريشن ٿئي ٿي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ پاڻيءَ جي مزاحمت وڌي وڃي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== رويو ==

=== مواد ===

{{ڏسو پڻ|ڪنڪريٽ|سيمينٽ|تعميراتي بجري|فولادي سلاخ}}

ڪنڪريٽ هڪ گڏيل تعميراتي مواد آهي، جيڪو ٿلهي بجري (جهڙوڪ پٿر يا سرن جي ٽڪرن)، نفيس بجري (عام طور ريتي يا ڀڳل پٿر)، ڳنڍيندڙ مواد (اڪثر [[پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ]]) ۽ پاڻي جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. جڏهن سيمينٽ کي مناسب مقدار ۾ پاڻي سان ملايو وڃي ٿو ته ان ۾ [[هائيڊريشن]]  جو ڪيميائي عمل شروع ٿئي ٿو، جنهن دوران انتهائي ننڍا قلمي (ڪرسٽلائين) ڍانچا ٺهن ٿا. اهي قلمي ڍانچا بجري جي ذرڙن کي پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍي هڪ سخت ۽ مضبوط جسم ۾ تبديل ڪري ڇڏين ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Materials principles and practice|page=61|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|page=357|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University}}&lt;/ref&gt;
ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ بجري ۽ ريتي نقصانڪار مادَن، جهڙوڪ حياتياتي گندگين، سلٽ، مٽي، لگنائيٽ ۽ ٻين غير مناسب آميزشن کان پاڪ هجڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙيون آميزشون ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري کي متاثر ڪري سگهن ٿيون.

عام ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءَ (ڪمپريشن) کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي تمام وڏي صلاحيت رکي ٿو، پر جيڪڏهن ان تي نمايان ڇڪ (ٽينشن) پيدا ٿئي، مثال طور وڪڙجڻ (بينڊنگ) سبب، ته ان جي اندر موجود قلمي ڍانچو ٽٽڻ شروع ٿي ويندو آهي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڏار پئجي ويندا آهن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ الڳ ٿيڻ لڳندو آهي. انهيءَ سبب عام (غير ريئنفورسڊ) ڪنڪريٽ کي هميشه اهڙي نموني سهارو ڏنو ويندو آهي، جو ان ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا نه ٿئي.

جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر اهڙو مواد رکيو وڃي، جيڪو ڇڪ کي تمام سٺي نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي، جهڙوڪ فولاد، ته پوءِ حاصل ٿيندڙ گڏيل مادو '''رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ''' بڻجي ويندو آهي. اهڙي گڏيل مواد ۾ ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ برداشت ڪري ٿو، جڏهن ته فولادي سلاخون تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪن ٿيون. نتيجي طور اهو نه رڳو دٻاءُ، پر وڪڙجڻ ۽ ٻين تنشي بارن کي به محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي ٿو. اهڙي گڏيل نظام کي تعميراتي ضرورت موجب لڳ ڀڳ هر شڪل ۽ ماپ ۾ تيار ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== اهم خاصيتون ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جون غيرمعمولي تعميراتي خاصيتون بنيادي طور هيٺين سببن جي ڪري پيدا ٿين ٿيون:

# ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي [[حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جي عدد]] (ڪوئفيشنٽ آف ٿرمل ايڪسپينشن) تقريباً هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي. تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب ٻنهي موادن جي ڦهلاءُ يا سڪڙجڻ ۾ گهڻو فرق نٿو اچي، جنهن ڪري اندروني دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيڻ جا امڪان گهٽجي وڃن ٿا.

# جڏهن سيمينٽ جو ليپ سخت ٿئي ٿو ته اهو فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿو. نتيجي طور بار يا دٻاءُ ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ مؤثر نموني منتقل ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ چنبڙڻ کي وڌيڪ مضبوط بڻائڻ لاءِ فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري کي عام طور تي اُڀن نشانن يا نالين (ڊيفارميشنز) سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

# سخت ٿيل سيمينٽ جي ليپ ۾ موجود [[الڪلائن]] ماحول، جيڪو پوٽاشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ، سوڊيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ ۽ [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] جي موجودگي سبب پيدا ٿيندو آهي، فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي هڪ حفاظتي غيرفعال (پيسيويشن) تهه ٺاهي ڇڏيندو آهي. هي تهه فولاد کي زنگ لڳڻ کان وڏي حد تائين بچائيندو آهي.

وقت سان گڏ جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ هوا ۽ مينهن جي پاڻيءَ جي رابطي ۾ اچي ٿو ته فضا ۾ موجود ڪاربان ڊاءِ آڪسائيڊ پاڻي سان ملي [[ڪاربونڪ تيزاب]] ٺاهي ٿي. هي تيزاب سيمينٽ جي الڪلائن جزن سان آهستي آهستي ڪيميائي عمل ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن خاصيت گهٽائيندو آهي. انهيءَ عمل کي '''ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن'''  چيو ويندو آهي. نتيجي طور ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ (pH) آهستي آهستي گهٽجي ويندو آهي، ۽ جڏهن اهو ڪافي گهٽجي وڃي ٿو ته فولادي سلاخن جي حفاظتي تهه ختم ٿيڻ لڳندي آهي، جنهن کان پوءِ زنگ لڳڻ جو خطرو وڌي ويندو آهي.

عام طور تي جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو پي ايڇ لڳ ڀڳ 11 کان مٿي هجي ته فولادي سلاخون محفوظ رهنديون آهن، جڏهن ته پي ايڇ 10 کان هيٺ اچڻ تي، مقامي ماحول ۽ فولاد جي خاصيتن موجب، زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو. ڪنڪريٽ جي ڪاربونيشن ۽ [[ڪلورائيڊ]]ن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جي خراب ٿيڻ جا سڀ کان اهم سبب سمجهيو وڃي ٿو.

عام رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ فولادي سلاخن جو ڪُل ايراضو گهڻو نه هوندو آهي. عام طور شعاعن ۽ تختن ۾ اهو لڳ ڀڳ هڪ سيڪڙو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه ٿنڀن ۾ ڇهه سيڪڙو تائين ٿي سگهي ٿو. فولادي سلاخون اڪثر گول شڪل واريون هونديون آهن ۽ مختلف قطرن ۾ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن.

ڪجهه رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ خالي سوراخ يا کوکلا حصا (ھالو ڪورز) پڻ رکيا ويندا آهن، جيئن نمي ۽ گهم تي بهتر ضابطو آڻي سگهجي.

تحقيق مان معلوم ٿيو آهي ته عمودي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزن ۾، ريئنفورسمينٽ موجود هجڻ باوجود، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي سڄي ڪراس سيڪشن ۾ مڪمل طور هڪجهڙي نه هوندي، پر ڪجهه حد تائين غير يڪسان (انھوموجينيس) ٿي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;&quot;Concrete Inhomogeneity of Vertical Cast-In-Situ Elements In Frame-Type Buildings&quot;.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جو گڏيل عمل ===

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي جو بنيادي اصول اهو آهي ته ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ هڪ گڏيل (ڪمپوزٽ) نظام جي صورت ۾ ڪم ڪن. جڏهن ڪنهن رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي جزو تي بار لاڳو ٿئي ٿو، ته فولادي سلاخن ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ ڊگھائي يا وڪڙ (اسٽرين) بلڪل ساڳيو هجڻ گهرجي، جيڪو چوڌاري موجود ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. جيڪڏهن ٻنهي موادن جي وڪڙ ۾ فرق پيدا ٿئي ته سندن وچ ۾ سُرڪڻ (سلپ)، الڳ ٿيڻ (سيپريشن) يا بناوتي بيقاعدگي (ڊسڪنٽينيوئٽي) پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي، جنهن سان ڍانچي جي مضبوطي متاثر ٿئي ٿي.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل عمل کي برقرار رکڻ لاءِ بار جو مؤثر منتقلي ٿيڻ ضروري آهي. بار پهرين ڪنڪريٽ مان فولادي سلاخ جي مٿاڇري تائين منتقل ٿئي ٿو، پوءِ اُتان فولادي سلاخ جي سڄي ڊگھائي ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ جي صورت ۾ ورهائجي وڃي ٿو. هي عمل ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي وچ ۾ موجود مضبوط چنبڙڻ (بانڊ يا اينڪوريج) جي ذريعي ممڪن بڻجي ٿو، جيڪو ٻنهي موادن جي رابطي واري سطح تي لڳاتار دٻاءُ جو ميدان (ڪنٽينيوئس اسٽريس فيلڊ) پيدا ڪري ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي گڏيل طور ڪم ڪرڻ جا بنيادي سبب هي آهن:

* فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ سان مضبوط نموني چنبڙي وڃي ٿي، تنهنڪري ٻئي گڏجي ٻاهرين بارن کي برداشت ڪن ٿا.
* ڪنڪريٽ ۽ فولاد جي حرارتي ڦهلاءُ جا عدد تقريباً هڪجهڙا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري گرمي يا ٿڌ سبب سندن وچ ۾ نقصانڪار حرارتي دٻاءُ پيدا نٿو ٿئي.
* ڪنڪريٽ جو الڪلائن ماحول فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائي ٿو ۽ انهن جي عمر وڌائي ٿو.

=== ڪنڪريٽ ۾ بندش ===

فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ بندش (بانڊ) رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنيادي خاصيتن مان هڪ آهي. عملي طور بندش جو دٻاءُ سلاخ جي سڄي ڊيگهه ۾ هڪجهڙو نه هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري جديد تعميراتي ضابطن ۾ بندش جي دٻاءُ بدران '''ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي''' (ڊولپمينٽ لينٿ) جو تصور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي مان مراد فولادي سلاخ جي اها گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ڊيگهه آهي، جيڪا ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود هجڻ ضروري آهي، ته جيئن سلاخ پنهنجي مڪمل ييلڊ اسٽريس تائين پهچي سگهي، بغير ڪنڪريٽ مان سُرڪڻ جي.

جيڪڏهن موجود ڊيگهه گهربل ڊولپمينٽ ڊگھائي کان گهٽ هجي ته اضافي بندش مهيا ڪرڻ لاءِ مختلف طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جهڙوڪ:

* ڪنڍا (ھڪس)
* موڙ (بينڊس)
* ميخانياتي پڇاڙيون (ميڪينيڪل اينڊ پليٽس)
* ٻيا مناسب اينڪريج جا ذريعا

اهي سڀئي طريقا فولادي سلاخن کي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوطي سان جڪڙي رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

=== ليپ اسپلائس ===

جڏهن فولادي سلاخ جي ڊيگهه ڪافي نه هجي يا ٻن سلاخن کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍڻو هجي ته ٻنهي سلاخن کي هڪ مقرر ڊيگهه تائين هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهائي رکيو ويندو آهي. هن طريقي کي '''ليپ اسپلائس''' چيو ويندو آهي.

ليپ اسپلائس جو مقصد ٻنهي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ دٻاءُ ۽ تنشي قوتن جي محفوظ منتقلي کي يقيني بڻائڻ آهي، جيئن ڍانچي جي تسلسل برقرار رهي. ليپ اسپلائس جي گهربل ڊيگهه تعميراتي ضابطن موجب سلاخ جي قطر، ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، فولاد جي درجي ۽ لاڳو ٿيندڙ بار جي بنياد تي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal|title=Monotonic and Cyclic Seismic Analyses of Old-Type RC Columns with Short Lap Splices|journal=Construction Materials|volume=4|issue=2|year=2024|pages=329–341}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زنگ کان بچاءَ جا طريقا ===

ٿڌن ۽ نمي وارن علائقن ۾، خاص طور روڊن، پلن، پارڪنگ ڍانچن ۽ انهن تعميرن ۾ جيڪي برف ڳارڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لوڻ (Deicing Salt) جي رابطي ۾ اچن ٿيون، فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مختلف حفاظتي طريقا اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن.

انهن ۾ هيٺيان طريقا شامل آهن:

* گهٽ ڪاربان ۽ ڪروميم تي ٻڌل زنگ-مزاحمتي فولادي سلاخن جو استعمال؛
* ايپوڪسي (Epoxy) سان ڍڪيل فولادي سلاخون؛
* گرم طريقي سان جست لڳايل (ھاٽ-ڊپ گيلوانائيزڊ) فولادي سلاخون؛
* اسٽينليس اسٽيل جون فولادي سلاخون.

انهن کان علاوه مناسب ڊزائن، اعليٰ معيار جي ڪنڪريٽ، صحيح پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب ۽ مناسب حفاظتي تهه (ڪنڪريٽ ڪور) پڻ فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ ۾ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪن ٿا.

فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ کان بچائڻ لاءِ جست فاسفيٽ (زنڪ فاسفيٽ) جهڙا حفاظتي ليپ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر ڪيميائي عمل ذريعي هڪ مستحڪم حفاظتي تهه ٺاهي زنگ جي رفتار گهٽائيندا آهن.

ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري تي مختلف سيلنٽ (Sealants)، جهڙوڪ رنگ، پلاسٽڪ فلمون، فوم، ايلومينيم ورق يا بينٽونائيٽ مٽي جا حفاظتي تهه پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي پاڻي ۽ نقصانڪار لوڻن جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کي گهٽائيندا آهن.

ان کان علاوه ڪنڪريٽ ٺاهڻ وقت پاڻيءَ جي ملاوٽ ۾ زنگ روڪيندڙ ڪيميائي مادا (ڪوروژن انھبٽرز)، جهڙوڪ ڪيلشيم نائٽرائيٽ، پڻ شامل ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي مادا فولادي سلاخن جي مٿاڇري تي حفاظتي غيرفعال تهه (پيسيويشن ليئر) برقرار رکن ٿا، جنهن سان زنگ لڳڻ جو امڪان نمايان طور گهٽجي وڃي ٿو.

== ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ شعاعن جي اصطلاحات ==

[[فائل:Rebarbeams.JPG|thumb|right|پارڪنگ گيراج جي تختي سان گڏيل ٻه هڪٻئي کي ڪٽيندڙ شعاعون، جن ۾ فولادي سلاخن سان گڏ برقي تارن، جنڪشن باڪسز ۽ روشنيءَ جي ٻين برقي حصن جي لڳائڻ جي تياري پڻ نظر اچي ٿي.]]

[[فائل:Fideo o’r trawst concrit olaf yn cael ei osod – Tach 2016 Last concrete beam installation – 2016.webm|thumb|اوچي شاهراهه تي آخري ڪنڪريٽي شعاع رکڻ جو مختصر وڊيو، جيڪا ويلز جي ڪارڊف بي ڀرسان نئين شاهراهه جي تعمير جو حصو آهي.]]

جڏهن ڪنهن [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاع]] تي [[وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو]] (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) عمل ڪري ٿو ته شعاع ۾ ٿورو وڪڙ پيدا ٿئي ٿو. انهيءَ حالت ۾ شعاع جي ٻاهرئين پاسي (تنشي پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ تنشي دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اندرئين پاسي (دٻاءُ واري پاسي) تي ڪنڪريٽ دٻاءُ هيٺ هوندو آهي.

'''يڪ-طرفو ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (سنگلي ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ رڳو تنشي پاسي لڳائي ويندي آهي. هن فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي '''تنشي فولاد''' (ٽينشن اسٽيل) چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ ان جو مقصد تنشي قوتن کي برداشت ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.

'''ٻه-طرفو ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (ڊبلي ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها شعاع هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي پاسي سان گڏ دٻاءُ واري پاسي به فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ لڳائي ويندي آهي. دٻاءُ واري پاسي لڳايل فولاد کي '''دٻاءُ وارو فولاد''' (ڪمپيشن اسٽيل) چيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد ڪنڪريٽ کي دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيڻ ۽ اضافي دٻاءَ کي سنڀالڻ هوندو آهي. جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو گهربل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪافي نه هجي، يا معمار شعاع جي ماپ وڌائڻ جي اجازت نه ڏئي، تڏهن اضافي دٻاءُ وارو فولاد استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

'''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (انڊر-ريئينفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان گهٽ هوندي آهي. اهڙي شعاع تي جڏهن وڪڙجڻ وارو بار آهستي آهستي وڌندو آهي ته سڀ کان پهرين تنشي فولاد پنهنجي لچڪدار حد (ييلڊ) تائين پهچي ڊگهو ٿيڻ شروع ڪندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ اڃا مڪمل طور نه ٽٽندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ شعاع ۾ وڏو وڪڙ ۽ واضح تبديليون پيدا ٿينديون آهن، جيڪي ممڪن ناڪامي بابت اڳواٽ خبردار ڪن ٿيون. انهيءَ سبب تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ اهڙي قسم جي شعاع کي وڌيڪ محفوظ تصور ڪيو ويندو آهي، ۽ عام طور ڊزائن فولاد جي ييلڊ اسٽريس جي بنياد تي ڪئي ويندي آهي.

'''وڌيڪ ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (اوور-ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ تنشي فولاد جي طاقت، ڪنڪريٽ ۽ دٻاءُ واري فولاد جي گڏيل دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ واري سگهه کان وڌيڪ هوندي آهي. اهڙي حالت ۾ فولاد ييلڊ ٿيڻ کان اڳ ئي ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو چِٿجي (ڪرشنگ) وڃي ٿو، جنهن سبب شعاع بنا ڪنهن واضح اڳواٽ خبرداري جي اوچتو ناڪام ٿي سگهي ٿي. انهيءَ ڪري اهڙي ڊزائن کي غير محفوظ سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

'''متوازن ريئنفورسڊ شعاع''' (بئلنسڊ ريئنفورسڊ بيم) اها هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ شعاع تي مقرر ٿيل بار وڌڻ سان ڪنڪريٽ جو دٻاءُ وارو حصو ۽ تنشي فولاد تقريباً هڪ ئي وقت پنهنجي آخري حد تائين پهچي وڃن ٿا. اهڙي حالت ۾ ڪنڪريٽ چِٿجي وڃي ٿو ۽ فولاد پڻ ييلڊ ڪري ٿو. جيتوڻيڪ هن حالت ۾ ٻنهي موادن جي طاقت جو متوازن استعمال ٿئي ٿو، پر ناڪامي تقريباً اوچتي ٿيندي آهي، تنهنڪري هي ڊزائن به عملي طور وڌيڪ محفوظ نه سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Nilson, Darwin, Dolan. ''Design of Concrete Structures''. McGraw-Hill Education, 2003. pp. 80–90.&lt;/ref&gt;

انهيءَ سبب فولادي ريئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا اهي جزا، جيڪي وڪڙجڻ وارو لمحو برداشت ڪن ٿا، عام طور '''گهٽ ريئنفورسڊ''' (انڊر-ريئينفورسڊ) طريقي سان ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن، ته جيئن ناڪامي کان اڳ واضح خبرداري ملي سگهي.

'''خاصيتي مضبوطي''' (ڪئريڪٽرسٽڪ اسٽرينٿ) اها مضبوطي آهي، جنهن کان گهٽ نتيجو صرف پنج سيڪڙو يا ان کان گهٽ آزمائشي نمونن ۾ ملي ٿو.

'''ڊزائن مضبوطي''' يا '''نامياري مضبوطي''' (ڊزائين اسٽرينٿ يا نامينل اسٽرينٿ) اها مضبوطي آهي، جيڪا حفاظتي عامل (سيفٽي فيڪٽر) کي نظر ۾ رکي مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. اجازت لائق دٻاءَ واري ڊزائن (پرمزيبل اسٽريس ڊزائين) ۾ حفاظتي عامل عام طور 0.75 کان 0.85 جي وچ ۾ هوندو آهي.

'''آخري حد واري حالت''' (الٽيميٽ لمٽ اسٽيٽ) اها نظرياتي حالت آهي، جنهن تي ڍانچي جي ناڪامي جو امڪان موجود هوندو آهي. ان جو اندازو حفاظتي عامل سان وڌايل بارن (فيڪٽرڊ لوڊ) ۽ حفاظتي عامل سان گهٽايل مزاحمت (فيڪٽرڊ رزسٽنس) جي بنياد تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا عام طور بين الاقوامي ضابطن ۽ معيارن، جهڙوڪ ACI 318، CEB ۽ يورو ڪوڊ 2 وغيره مطابق ڊزائن ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي ڊزائن لاءِ WSD (ورڪنگ اسٽريس ڊزائين)، USD (الٽيميٽ اسٽرينٿ ڊزائين) يا LRFD (لوڊ اينڊ رزسٽنس فيڪٽر ڊزائين) جهڙا طريقا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. تجزيو ۽ ڊزائن ليڪيرِي (لينيئر) يا غير ليڪيرِي (نان-لينيئر) طريقن سان به ڪري سگهجن ٿا. عمارت سازي جا ضابطا اڪثر حفاظتي عاملن سان گڏ ليڪيرِي طريقن جي سفارش ڪن ٿا، جڏهن ته ڪجهه خاص حالتن ۾ غير ليڪيرِي عددي تجزيا پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Techno Press|journal=Structural Engineering and Mechanics|volume=53|issue=4|year=2015}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|last=Sadeghi|first=Kabir|title=Energy based structural damage index based on nonlinear numerical simulation of structures subjected to oriented lateral cyclic loading|journal=International Journal of Civil Engineering|volume=9|issue=3|year=2011|pages=155–164}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ ==

{{Main|اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ}}

'''اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ''' (پري اسٽريسڊ ڪنڪريٽ) اهڙي تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي شعاعن ۽ ٻين بناوتي جزن جي بار کڻڻ جي صلاحيت کي نمايان طور وڌايو ويندو آهي.

هن طريقي ۾ شعاع جي هيٺئين حصي ۾ موجود فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ، جيڪا استعمال دوران تنشي قوتن جي اثر هيٺ ايندي آهي، ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان اڳ ئي ڇڪ (ٽينشن) هيٺ آندي ويندي آهي. ان کان پوءِ ان جي چوڌاري ڪنڪريٽ وڌو ويندو آهي. جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ مڪمل طور سخت ٿي وڃي ٿو ته فولادي سلاخن تان اڳواٽ ڏنل ڇڪ آزاد ڪئي ويندي آهي. ان جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر مستقل دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) پيدا ٿي ويندو آهي.

جڏهن بعد ۾ شعاع تي بار لاڳو ٿيندو آهي ته فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ اضافي تنشي دٻاءُ برداشت ڪندي آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ ۾ موجود اڳواٽ دٻاءُ آهستي آهستي گهٽبو آهي، پر عام حالتن ۾ اهو تنشي دٻاءُ ۾ تبديل نه ٿيندو آهي.

ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڪنڪريٽ مسلسل دٻاءُ هيٺ رهندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان ۾ ڏار پوڻ، وڪڙجڻ سبب نقصان پهچڻ ۽ بناوتي ناڪامي جا امڪان عام رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀيٽ ۾ گهڻا گهٽ هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|title=Structural materials|pages=372–373|date=1990|publisher=Materials Dept., Open University|others=George Weidmann, P. R. Lewis, Nick Reid, Open University. Materials Department|isbn=0-408-04658-9|location=Milton Keynes, U.K.|oclc=20693897}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== فولاد سان رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ناڪامي جا عام نمونا ==

[[فائل:Concrete spall (interior of unit).jpg|thumb|سنگاپور ۾ هڪ آفيس جي ڇت مان ڪنڪريٽ جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي ڪرڻ. اهو نقصان ممڪن آهي ته فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ سبب پيدا ٿيو هجي.]]

رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ بنيادي طور ٻن سببن جي ڪري ناڪام ٿي سگهي ٿو: پهريون، جڏهن ان جي مضبوطي گهربل حد کان گهٽ هجي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ بناوتي يا مشيني ناڪامي (ميڪينيڪل فيليوئر) پيدا ٿئي؛ ۽ ٻيو، جڏهن وقت سان گڏ ان جي پائيداري گهٽجي وڃي. خراب ڊزائن يا غير معياري تعمير سبب زنگ لڳڻ ۽ ٿڌ ۾ ڄمڻ ۽ وري ڳرڻ (فريز–ٿا سائيڪل) جا بار بار ٿيندڙ عمل ڪنڪريٽ کي نقصان پهچائي سگهن ٿا.

جڏهن فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳندو آهي ته زنگ جا پيداوار (رسٽ) پنهنجي اصل ڌاتوءَ جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مقدار والاريندا آهن. انهيءَ ڦهلاءَ سبب ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏار پوندا آهن، مٿاڇري جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي پوندا آهن (اسپيلنگ)، ۽ فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ موجود بندش ڪمزور ٿي ويندي آهي. اهڙي طرح ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ کان الڳ ٿيڻ لڳندي آهي، جنهن سان ڍانچي جي مضبوطي ۽ عمر ٻنهي تي منفي اثر پوندو آهي.

هيٺ رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پائيداري کي متاثر ڪندڙ اهم سبب بيان ڪيا ويا آهن.

=== مشيني ناڪامي ===

ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏار پوڻ کي مڪمل طور روڪڻ عملي طور ممڪن نه هوندو آهي، پر مناسب مقدار ۾ ريئنفورسمينٽ، ڪنٽرول جوائنٽن، صحيح سنڀال (Curing) ۽ مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جي ملاوٽ ذريعي انهن ڏارن جي ماپ، تعداد ۽ هنڌ کي وڏي حد تائين ضابطي ۾ آڻي سگهجي ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ ڏار نمي ۽ پاڻي کي اندر داخل ٿيڻ جو رستو فراهم ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو. بناوتي ڊزائن ۾ اهڙي حالت کي عام طور ''سروس لائق حد واري ناڪامي'' (سروسبلٽي لمٽ اسٽيٽ) چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي نقصان سان ڍانچي جي استعمال جي صلاحيت متاثر ٿيندي آهي، ڀلي اهو فوري طور نه ڊهي.

عام طور ڏار پوڻ جا اهم سبب هي هوندا آهن:

* فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي مقدار ضرورت کان گهٽ هجڻ؛
* فولادي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ تمام گهڻو وڇاءُ هجڻ؛
* مقرر حد کان وڌيڪ بار لاڳو ٿيڻ؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي سخت ٿيڻ دوران گرمي جي تبديلي يا شروعاتي سُڪڙجڻ (ارلي ٿرمل شرنڪيج) سبب اندروني دٻاءُ پيدا ٿيڻ.

ڍانچي جي مڪمل ناڪامي، جيڪا آخرڪار ڊهڻ جو سبب بڻجي سگهي ٿي، هيٺين حالتن ۾ پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي:

* جڏهن ڪنڪريٽ تي دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن) ان جي برداشت جي حد کان وڌي وڃي ۽ ڪنڪريٽ چِٿجي وڃي (ڪنڪريٽ ڪرشنگ )؛
* جڏهن وڪڙجڻ (بينڊنگ) يا ڪٽائي (Shear) سبب فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ تي پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻاءُ ان جي طاقت کان وڌي وڃي، جنهن سان فولاد ييلڊ ڪري يا ٽٽي پوي؛
* جڏهن فولادي سلاخن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي وچ ۾ موجود بندش (بانڊ) ناڪام ٿي وڃي، جنهن سان فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان سُرڪڻ لڳي ۽ ٻئي مواد گڏيل طور ڪم ڪرڻ بند ڪري ڇڏين.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |year=2016 |title=Remote sensing and photogrammetry techniques in diagnostics of concrete structures |journal=Computers and Concrete |volume=18 |issue=3 |pages=405–420 |doi=10.12989/cac.2016.18.3.405}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاربونيشن ===

[[فائل:Concrete wall cracking as steel reinforcing corrodes and swells 9058.jpg|left|thumb|فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ ۽ ڦهلجڻ سبب ڪنڪريٽ جي ڀت ۾ پيدا ٿيل ڏار. زنگ جو مقدار اصل ڌاتوءَ کان وڌيڪ هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهو ڦهلجي ڪنڪريٽ کي ٽوڙي ڇڏي ٿو. مٿاڇري تان ڪنڪريٽ جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي پوڻ واري عمل کي ''اسپالنگ'' (Spalling) چيو ويندو آهي.]]

[[فائل:Concrete wall cracking as its steel reinforcing cracks and swells 9061v.jpg|left|thumb|ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري ۽ فولادي سلاخن جي وچ ۾ حفاظتي ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه تمام پتلو هجڻ سبب پيدا ٿيل اسپالنگ. اهڙي حالت ۾ ٻاهرين ماحول جي اثر هيٺ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي وڃي ٿو.]]

{{مکيه|ڪاربونيشن}}

'''ڪاربونيشن''' (Carbonation)، جنهن کي غيرجانبداري (Neutralisation) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ ڪيميائي عمل آهي، جنهن ۾ هوا ۾ موجود [[ڪاربان ڊاءِ آڪسائيڊ]] ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] ۽ پاڻي سان گڏيل [[ڪيلشيم سليڪيٽ هائيڊريٽ]] (Calcium Silicate Hydrate، CSH) سان ردعمل ڪري ٿي.

ڪنهن به رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچي جي ڊزائن وقت فولادي سلاخن جي چوڌاري موجود ڪنڪريٽ جي حفاظتي تهه (Concrete Cover) جي ٿولهه مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. ان مان مراد فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٻاهرئين مٿاڇري جي وچ وارو فاصلو آهي. هي گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ٿولهه تعميراتي ضابطن ۽ عمارت سازي جي معيارن مطابق مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي.

جيڪڏهن فولادي سلاخون ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري جي تمام ويجهو هجن ته انهن تائين هوا، نمي ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار مادَن جي رسائي جلد ٿي ويندي، جنهن سبب زنگ لڳڻ شروع ٿي سگهي ٿو ۽ ڍانچي جي عمر گهٽجي سگهي ٿي. فولادي سلاخن جي مٿان موجود ڪنڪريٽ جي حفاظتي تهه جي ٿولهه کي خاص اوزار، جنهن کي ''ڪور ميٽر'' (Cover Meter) چيو ويندو آهي، جي ذريعي ماپي سگهجي ٿو.

صرف ڪاربونيشن ٿيڻ سان هر ڀيري فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي نقصان نه پهچندو آهي. زنگ لڳڻ لاءِ ضروري آهي ته ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر مناسب مقدار ۾ نمي ۽ آڪسيجن پڻ موجود هجن، ڇو ته انهن جي موجودگي سان برقي-ڪيميائي (اليڪٽرو ڪيميڪل) زنگ لڳڻ وارو عمل شروع ٿئي ٿو.

ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڪاربونيشن جي کوٽائي معلوم ڪرڻ لاءِ عام طور ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري ۾ نئون سوراخ ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ان جي تازو ڪٽيل سطح تي '''[[فينولفٿيلين]]'''  جو محلول لڳايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ اڃا الڪلائن حالت ۾ هجي ته اهو محلول گلابي رنگ اختيار ڪندو، جڏهن ته ڪاربونيشن ٿيل حصو بي رنگ رهندو. ان طريقي سان آسانيءَ سان معلوم ڪري سگهجي ٿو ته ڪاربونيشن ڪيتري کوٽائي تائين پهتي آهي. اڳ ۾ موجود سوراخ استعمال ڪرڻ مناسب نه هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان جي ظاهر ٿيل سطح اڳ ئي ڪاربونيشن جو شڪار ٿي چڪي هوندي.

=== ڪلورائيڊ ===

[[ڪلورائيڊ]] جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر ڪافي مقدار ۾ موجود هجن ته اهي فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي زنگ لڳڻ جي عمل کي تيز ڪري سگهن ٿا. ڪلورائيڊ جا آئن (Cl⁻) نه رڳو مخصوص هنڌن تي کڏن جهڙو زنگ  پيدا ڪندا آهن، پر فولاد جي سڄي مٿاڇري تي عام زنگ جو سبب پڻ بڻجي سگهن ٿا. انهيءَ ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي تياري دوران هميشه صاف يا پيئڻ لائق پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ گهرجي، ۽ اها به پڪ ڪرڻ گهرجي ته ريتي، بجري ۽ ٻيا تعميراتي جزا ڪلورائيڊن کان پاڪ هجن. اهڙيءَ طرح ڪلورائيڊ تي ٻڌل ڪيميائي اضافن (Admixtures) کان به پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي.

[[فائل:RebarCloseup.jpg|thumb|right|بنيادن ۽ ڀتين لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ.]]

[[فائل:Paulins Kill Viaduct in Hainesburg, NJ.jpg|thumb|right|آمريڪا جي رياست نيو جرسي ۾ واقع '''پاولنز ڪل واءِ ايڊڪٽ'''، جيڪو 1910ع ۾ مڪمل ٿيڻ وقت دنيا جي سڀ کان وڏي رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن مان هڪ هو.]]

ماضي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ کي جلدي سخت ڪرڻ لاءِ [[ڪيلشيم ڪلورائيڊ]] کي ڪيميائي اضافي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو. ان وقت اهو به سمجهيو ويندو هو ته هي مادو ڪنڪريٽ کي ڄمڻ کان بچائيندو، پر بعد ۾ معلوم ٿيو ته ڪلورائيڊ فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي زنگ لڳائڻ جو اهم سبب بڻجي ٿو. انهيءَ ڪري اڄڪلهه تعميراتي ڪم ۾ ڪيلشيم ڪلورائيڊ جو استعمال، جيترو ممڪن هجي، کان پاسو ڪيو ويندو آهي.

ٿڌن علائقن ۾ روڊن ۽ پلن تان برف ڳارڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لوڻ رِيئنفورسڊ ۽ اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ جي پلن، شاهراهن ۽ پارڪنگ ڍانچن جي وقت کان اڳ خراب ٿيڻ جا اهم سبب آهن. هن مسئلي کي گهٽائڻ لاءِ ايپوڪسي سان ڍڪيل فولادي سلاخون، ڪيٿوڊڪ تحفظ ۽ فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل پوليمر (FRP) ريئنفورسمينٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي ڪلورائيڊ جي اثر کان گهڻو گهٽ متاثر ٿينديون آهن. ان کان علاوه صحيح نموني ڊزائن ڪيل ۽ مناسب سنڀال هيٺ سخت ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ پڻ برف ڳارڻ وارن لوڻن جي اثرن جي سٺي مزاحمت ڪري سگهي ٿي.

ڪلورائيڊن جو هڪ ٻيو اهم ذريعو [[سامونڊي پاڻي]] آهي. سامونڊي پاڻي ۾ وزني تناسب سان لڳ ڀڳ 3.5 سيڪڙو لوڻ موجود هوندا آهن، جن ۾ [[سوڊيم ڪلورائيڊ]]، [[ميگنيشيم سلفيٽ]]، [[ڪيلشيم سلفيٽ]] ۽ [[بائي ڪاربونيٽ]] شامل آهن. پاڻي ۾ حل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ اهي لوڻ آزاد آئنن جي صورت اختيار ڪندا آهن ۽ ڪنڪريٽ جي باريڪ سوراخن وسيلي اندر داخل ٿيندا آهن. انهن مان ڪلورائيڊ جا آئن، جيڪي تقريباً اڌ آئنن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن، فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ لاءِ سڀ کان وڌيڪ نقصانڪار هوندا آهن ۽ زنگ لڳڻ جي عمل کي تيز ڪندا آهن.

1960ع ۽ 1970ع واري ڏهاڪي دوران [[ميگني سائيٽ]]، جيڪا ڪلورائيڊ سان مالا مال هڪ ڪاربونيٽ معدنيات آهي، فرشن جي مٿاڇري کي هموار ڪرڻ ۽ آواز گهٽائڻ واري تھ طور به استعمال ڪئي ويندي هئي. بعد ۾ معلوم ٿيو ته جڏهن ميگني سائيٽ نمي سان رابطي ۾ اچي ٿي ته ان ۾ موجود ڪلورائيڊ جي ڪري ڪمزور [[هائيڊروڪلورڪ تيزاب]] ٺهندو آهي. هي تيزاب ڪيترن سالن يا ڏهاڪن دوران ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر موجود فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ کي آهستي آهستي زنگ لڳائي ڪمزور ڪري ڇڏيندو آهي. اهڙو نقصان خاص طور انهن هنڌن تي وڌيڪ ڏٺو ويو، جتي فرش مسلسل نمي يا پاڻي جي رابطي ۾ رهندا هئا.
=== الڪلائي – سليڪا ردعمل ===

{{Main|الڪلائي–سليڪا ردعمل}}

'''الڪلائي–سليڪا ردعمل''' (مختصر: ASR) هڪ ڪيميائي عمل آهي، جيڪو ڪنڪريٽ ۾ موجود ڪجهه بجري جي ذرڙن ۾ شامل غير قلمي (Amorphous) سليڪا، جهڙوڪ [[ڪيلسيڊوني]]، [[چرٽ]] يا سليڪا سان مالا مال [[چون جو پٿر]]، ۽ سيمينٽ جي مسامن واري محلول ۾ موجود هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ آئنن (OH⁻) جي وچ ۾ ٿيندو آهي.

گهٽ قلمي سليڪا (SiO₂) الڪلائن پاڻيءَ ۾، جنهن جو پي ايڇ (pH) لڳ ڀڳ 12.5 کان 13.5 هوندو آهي، آهستي آهستي حل ٿي ويندي آهي. ان کان پوءِ حل ٿيل [[سليسيڪ تيزاب]]  سيمينٽ جي ليپ ۾ موجود [[ڪيلشيم هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ]] (پورٽلينڊائيٽ) سان ردعمل ڪري ڦهلجندڙ [[ڪيلشيم سليڪيٽ هائيڊريٽ]] ٺاهي ٿو.

هن ڪيميائي عمل جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر مقامي طور ڦهلاءُ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، جيڪو [[تنشي دٻاءُ]] پيدا ڪري آخرڪار ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏار پوڻ ۽ ٽٽڻ جو سبب بڻجي سگهي ٿو.

الڪلائي–سليڪا ردعمل ٿيڻ لاءِ هيٺيون ٽي شرطون لازمي آهن:

* بجري ۾ اهڙو جزو موجود هجي، جيڪو الڪلائن سان ردعمل ڪندڙ غير قلمي سليڪا تي مشتمل هجي؛
* سيمينٽ جي مسامن واري محلول ۾ هائيڊرو آڪسائيڊ آئنن (OH⁻) جي مناسب مقدار موجود هجي؛
* ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر لاڳيتي نمي موجود هجي، ۽ نسبتي نمي تقريباً 75 سيڪڙو يا ان کان وڌيڪ هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.bbc.co.uk/dna/h2g2/A4014172 |title=Concrete Cancer |website=h2g2 |publisher=BBC}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.cementindustry.co.uk/main.asp?page=272 |title=Special Section: South West Alkali Incident |publisher=British Cement Association}}&lt;/ref&gt;

عام ٻوليءَ ۾ هن مسئلي کي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن '''ڪنڪريٽ ڪينسر''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهو وقت سان گڏ ڪنڪريٽ کي اندروني طور ڪمزور ڪندو رهي ٿو.

هي ردعمل فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي موجودگيءَ کان آزاد آهي، تنهنڪري وڏا غير رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جا ڍانچا، جهڙوڪ [[بند]]، پڻ هن مسئلي کان متاثر ٿي سگهن ٿا.

=== وڏي ايلومينا واري سيمينٽ جي تبديلي ===

'''وڏي ايلومينا واري سيمينٽ'''  ڪمزور تيزابن، خاص طور [[سلفيٽ]]ن، جي اثرن جي خلاف سٺي مزاحمت رکي ٿي. هي سيمينٽ تمام تيزيءَ سان سخت ٿيندي آهي ۽ ان مان ٺهيل ڪنڪريٽ شروعاتي مرحلي ۾ تمام گهڻي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري حاصل ڪندو آهي. انهيءَ سبب [[ٻي عالمي جنگ]] کان پوءِ اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل (پري ڪاسٽ) ڪنڪريٽ جي مختلف جزن جي تعمير ۾ هن سيمينٽ جو وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويو.

تنهن هوندي به، هن سيمينٽ جي هڪ اهم خامي اها آهي ته وقت گذرڻ يا وڌيڪ گرمي جي اثر هيٺ ان جي اندروني بناوت ۾ ڪيميائي تبديليون  اچي سگهن ٿيون، خاص طور جيڪڏهن ڪنڪريٽ کي صحيح نموني سان سنڀال نه ڏني وئي هجي. انهن تبديلين جي نتيجي ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي آهستي آهستي گهٽجي سگهي ٿي.

1976ع ۾ [[برطانيا]] ۾ وڏي ايلومينا واري سيمينٽ سان تيار ڪيل اڳواٽ دٻاءُ ڏنل ڪنڪريٽ جي شعاعن تي ٻڌل ٽن ڇتين جي ڊهڻ کان پوءِ هن سيمينٽ جي استعمال تي پابندي لاڳو ڪئي وئي. بعد ۾ ٿيل جاچ مان معلوم ٿيو ته انهن شعاعن جي تياري دوران تعميراتي معيارن تي صحيح نموني عمل نه ڪيو ويو هو، تنهن هوندي به احتياطي قدم طور برطانيا ۾ هن سيمينٽ جي استعمال تي پابندي برقرار رکي وئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.quest-tech.co.uk/hac.htm|title=High Alumina Cement}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== سلفيٽن جا اثر ===

[[سلفيٽ]] (SO₄²⁻) جيڪڏهن زمين يا زيرزميني پاڻيءَ ۾ ڪافي مقدار ۾ موجود هجن ته اهي ڪنڪريٽ ۾ موجود [[پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ]] سان ڪيميائي ردعمل ڪري سگهن ٿا. هن ردعمل جي نتيجي ۾ ڦهلجندڙ مرڪب، جهڙوڪ [[ايٽرنجائيٽ]] ۽ [[ٿاؤماسائيٽ]]، ٺهن ٿا، جيڪي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندروني بناوت کي نقصان پهچائي سگهن ٿا ۽ آخرڪار ڍانچي جي وقت کان اڳ ناڪامي جو سبب بڻجي سگهن ٿا.

هن قسم جو حملو گهڻو ڪري ڪنڪريٽ جي تختن (سليبس) ۽ بنيادن جي ڀتين ۾ ڏٺو ويندو آهي، جيڪي زمين جي سطح سان سڌي رابطي ۾ هونديون آهن. اهڙن هنڌن تي بار بار آلو ٿيڻ ۽ سُڪڻ جي عمل سبب سلفيٽ آئنن جي مقدار وڌندي رهي ٿي، ۽ جڏهن انهن جو ارتڪاز ڪافي وڌي وڃي ٿو ته اهي پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ تي حملو ڪرڻ شروع ڪن ٿا.

زمين اندر دفن ٿيل ڍانچن، جهڙوڪ [[پائيپ]]ن، ۾ هن قسم جو حملو نسبتاً گهٽ ٿيندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ زمين جي اندر سلفيٽ آئنن جي مقدار آهستي آهستي وڌندي آهي. ان جي شدت گهڻو ڪري ان ڳالهه تي دارومدار رکي ٿي ته اصل زمين ۾ سلفيٽن جي مقدار ڪيتري آهي.

جن منصوبن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جو سڌو رابطو قدرتي زمين سان ٿيڻ وارو هجي، انهن جي ڊزائن واري مرحلي ۾ زمين مان ورتل نمونن جو ڪيميائي تجزيو ڪرڻ گهرجي، ته جيئن سلفيٽن جي موجودگي ۽ انهن جي مقدار جو اندازو لڳائي سگهجي. جيڪڏهن سلفيٽن جي مقدار نقصانڪار حد تائين هجي ته ڪنڪريٽ کي بچائڻ لاءِ مختلف حفاظتي تھ استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿا.

ان کان علاوه، اهڙين حالتن ۾ سلفيٽن جي مزاحمت لاءِ خاص طور تي تيار ڪيل پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ پڻ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. مثال طور، آمريڪي معيار ''ASTM C150 ٽائيپ 5 پورٽ لينڊ سيمينٽ'' خاص طور سلفيٽن جي حملي جي مزاحمت لاءِ تيار ڪئي وئي آهي، ۽ ان جو استعمال سلفيٽ سان مالا مال زمين يا پاڻيءَ وارن علائقن ۾ وڌيڪ مناسب سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

== اسٽيل پليٽ تعمير ==

{{Main|اسٽيل پليٽ تعمير}}

اسٽيل پليٽ تعمير (اسٽيل پليٽ ڪنسٽرڪشن) ۾ هڪ ٻئي جي متوازي رکيل اسٽيل جي پليٽن کي اسٽيل جي ڳنڍيندڙ حصن (اسٽرنگرز) ذريعي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيو ويندو آهي. انهن اسٽيل پليٽن جا مجموعا (پليٽ اسيمبليز) عام طور تعميراتي ماڳ کان ٻاهر ڪارخانن ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، پوءِ انهن کي تعميراتي هنڌ تي آڻي ويلڊنگ ذريعي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان اسٽيل جون ڀتيون تيار ٿينديون آهن. اهي ڀتيون بعد ۾ اهڙي قالب (فريم ورڪ) طور ڪم ڪنديون آهن، جنهن جي اندر ڪنڪريٽ وڌو ويندو آهي.

هي تعميراتي طريقو رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي تعمير کي وڌيڪ تيز بڻائي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ان ۾ تعميراتي ماڳ تي فولادي سلاخون ٻڌڻ ۽ روايتي قالب تيار ڪرڻ جهڙا وقت وٺندڙ هٿرادو ڪم گهڻي حد تائين ختم ٿي ويندا آهن.

هن طريقي سان تيار ٿيل ڍانچي ۾ تمام سٺي مضبوطي حاصل ٿيندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اسٽيل جون پليٽون ڍانچي جي ٻاهرئين پاسي موجود هونديون آهن، جتي عام طور تنشي قوتون (ٽينسائل فورسز) سڀ کان وڌيڪ اثرانداز ٿينديون آهن.

== فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ==

{{Main|فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ}}

فائبر ريئنفورسمينٽ  جو استعمال بنيادي طور [[شاٽڪريٽ]] ۾ ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر ان کي عام ڪنڪريٽ ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو. فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل عام ڪنڪريٽ گهڻو ڪري زمين تي ٺهندڙ فرشن ۽ رستن  ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر ان کي تعمير جي ٻين ڪيترن ئي جزن، جهڙوڪ [[شعاع (تعمير)|شعاعن]]، [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀن]]، [[بنياد]]ن ۽ ٻين بناوتي حصن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو. اهو يا ته اڪيلو استعمال ٿيندو آهي يا هٿ سان ٻڌل فولادي سلاخن (Rebar) سان گڏ.

فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ عام طور فولاد، [[شيشو|شيشي]]، [[فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل پلاسٽڪ]] يا سيلولوز پوليمر جا فائبر استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪيترين حالتن ۾ اهڙي ريئنفورسمينٽ هٿ سان ٻڌل فولادي سلاخن جي ڀيٽ ۾ گهٽ خرچائتي هوندي آهي. فائبر جي شڪل، قطر ۽ ڊيگهه ان جي ڪارڪردگيءَ تي وڏو اثر وجهندا آهن. مثال طور، تمام سنها ۽ ننڍا فائبر، جهڙوڪ وارن جهڙي شڪل وارا مختصر شيشي جا فائبر، ڪنڪريٽ وجهڻ کان پوءِ شروعاتي ڪلاڪن دوران ئي اثرائتا هوندا آهن. انهن جو بنيادي ڪم ڪنڪريٽ جي سخت ٿيڻ دوران پيدا ٿيندڙ ڏارن کي گهٽائڻ هوندو آهي، پر اهي ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي مضبوطي ۾ نمايان اضافو نٿا ڪن.

ان جي ابتڙ، مناسب ماپ وارا فائبر، جهڙوڪ يورپ ۾ شاٽڪريٽ لاءِ عام استعمال ٿيندڙ تقريباً 1 ملي ميٽر قطر ۽ 45 ملي ميٽر ڊيگهه وارا فولادي يا پلاسٽڪ فائبر، ڪنڪريٽ جي تنشي مضبوطي ۾ واڌارو آڻيندا آهن.

فائبر ريئنفورسمينٽ اڪثر ڪري بنيادي فولادي سلاخن جي مددگار طور استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي يا انهن جي ضرورت کي جزوي طور گهٽائيندي آهي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾، مناسب انجنيئرنگ ڊزائن سان فائبر ريئنفورسمينٽ کي اهڙي نموني استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو، جو اها فولادي سلاخن جي مڪمل متبادل طور ڪم ڪري سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;Fiber Concrete in Construction, Wietek B., Springer, 2021, p. 268. ISBN 978-3-658-34480-1&lt;/ref&gt;

عام استعمال ٿيندڙ فائبرن مان فولادي فائبر سڀ کان وڌيڪ مضبوط سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite journal |last=George |first=Reethu |last2=Thomas |first2=Aneena |last3=P.B. |first3=Amala Mary |last4=Eldhose |first4=Niya |title=Study on Steel and Glass Fibre Reinforced Concrete |journal=International Journal of Engineering Research &amp; Technology |volume=4 |issue=13 |year=2018 |doi=10.17577/IJERTCONV4IS13002}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهي مختلف ڊيگهن (يورپ ۾ عام طور 30 کان 80 ملي ميٽر) ۽ مختلف شڪلين ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. فولادي فائبر رڳو انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪرڻ مناسب هوندا آهن، جتي زنگ لڳڻ يا زنگ جا داغ پيدا ٿيڻ جو خطرو برداشت ڪري سگهجي يا ان کان بچاءُ جو بندوبست موجود هجي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾ فولادي فائبر واري ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري کي ٻئي مواد سان ڍڪيو ويندو آهي.

شيشي جا فائبر نسبتاً سستا هوندا آهن ۽ انهن کي زنگ نه لڳندو آهي، پر اهي فولادي فائبرن جيترا لچڪدار نه هوندا آهن. تازن سالن ۾ [[بيسالٽ]] جا فائبر، جيڪي اوڀر يورپ ۾ گهڻي عرصي کان استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن، آمريڪا ۽ اولهه يورپ ۾ پڻ استعمال ٿيڻ لڳا آهن. بيسالٽ فائبر شيشي جي فائبرن کان وڌيڪ مضبوط ۽ گهٽ قيمتي هوندا آهن، پر ماضيءَ ۾ اهي [[پورٽلينڊ سيمينٽ]] جي الڪلائن ماحول جي ڪافي مزاحمت نه ڪري سگهندا هئا، تنهنڪري سڌي ريئنفورسمينٽ لاءِ انهن جو استعمال محدود هو. جديد موادن ۾ پلاسٽڪ بائنڊر استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيڪي بيسالٽ فائبر کي سيمينٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول کان الڳ رکندا آهن.

اعليٰ درجي جي فائبرن ۾ [[گرافيٽ]] سان مضبوط ڪيل پلاسٽڪ فائبر شامل آهن، جيڪي مضبوطيءَ ۾ تقريباً فولاد جي برابر هوندا آهن، پر وزن ۾ هلڪا ۽ زنگ کان مڪمل طور محفوظ هوندا آهن. ڪجهه تحقيقن ۾ [[ڪاربان نينو ٽيوب]]  استعمال ڪرڻ جا حوصلا افزا شروعاتي نتيجا مليا آهن، پر في الحال انهن جي تمام گهڻي قيمت سبب انهن جو عام تعميراتي منصوبن ۾ استعمال اقتصادي طور ممڪن ناهي.

== غير فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ ==

غير فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ  ۽ فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ جا موضوع هڪ ٻئي سان گهڻي حد تائين لاڳاپيل آهن. ڪنڪريٽ ۾ غير فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جو استعمال نسبتاً جديد ترقي آهي، جيڪا بنيادي طور ٻن صورتن ۾ ڪئي ويندي آهي: غير ڌاتي ريئنفورسمينٽ جون سلاخون  ۽ غير فولادي (عام طور غير ڌاتي) فائبر، جيڪي سيمينٽ جي بنيادي ڍانچي (سيمينٽ ميٽرڪس) ۾ شامل ڪيا ويندا آهن.

تازن سالن ۾ [[شيشي جي فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ]] (گلاس فائبر ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ، GFRC) ۽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ مختلف پوليمر فائبرن جي استعمال ۾ نمايان دلچسپي وڌي آهي. جيتوڻيڪ في الحال اهڙي توقع نٿي ڪئي وڃي ته اهي مواد مڪمل طور فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي جاءِ وٺندا، پر ڪيترين خاص حالتن ۾ انهن کي نمايان فائدا حاصل آهن. ان کان علاوه، ڪجهه اهڙيون به تعميراتي حالتون آهن، جتي فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جو استعمال عملي طور ممڪن ئي نه هوندو آهي.

بهرحال، غير فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي ڊزائن ۽ استعمال سان ڪجهه فني مسئلا پڻ لاڳاپيل آهن. مثال طور، ڪنڪريٽ جو ماحول تمام گهڻو الڪلائن هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪيترائي مواد، خاص طور عام قسم جو شيشو، گهڻي عرصي تائين پائيدار نٿا رهن. ان کان علاوه، انهن موادن جون ميڪانيڪي خاصيتون فولاد کان مختلف هونديون آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪٽائي جي مضبوطي، آهستي آهستي ٿيندڙ مستقل بگاڙ ۽ لچڪ.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |title=BS EN 1169:1999 Precast concrete products. General rules for factory production control of glass-fiber reinforced cement}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |title=BS EN 1170-5:1998 Precast concrete products. Test method for glass-fiber reinforced cement}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل پلاسٽڪ]] (FRP) ۽ شيشي سان مضبوط ڪيل پلاسٽڪ (GRP) اهڙا جامع مواد آهن، جن ۾ پوليمر، شيشي، [[ڪاربان]]، [[ارامڊ]] يا ٻين وڌيڪ مضبوط فائبرن کي ريزن (Resin) جي بنيادي ڍانچي ۾ شامل ڪري ريئنفورسمينٽ جون سلاخون، ڄاريون يا ٻيا جزا تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن کي لڳائڻ جو طريقو تقريباً فولادي سلاخن جهڙو هوندو آهي.

جيتوڻيڪ FRP ۽ GRP ريئنفورسمينٽ جي قيمت فولاد کان وڌيڪ هوندي آهي، پر مناسب حالتن ۾ اهي ڪيترائي فائدا فراهم ڪندا آهن. انهن جو سڀ کان وڏو فائدو زنگ جي خلاف مزاحمت آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي نه ڪنڪريٽ جي الڪلائن ماحول کان متاثر ٿيندا آهن ۽ نه ئي ٻاهران داخل ٿيندڙ زنگ پيدا ڪندڙ سيالن کان. انهيءَ سبب اهڙن ڍانچن جو وزن گهٽ، خدمت جي عمر وڌيڪ ۽ ڊگهي مدي واري سار سنڀال جو خرچ به گهٽ ٿي سگهي ٿو. خلائي صنعت ۽ فوجي استعمال ۾ وڏي پيماني تي اختيار ٿيڻ کان پوءِ انهن موادن جي قيمت ۾ پڻ نمايان گهٽتائي آئي آهي.

خاص طور FRP جون سلاخون انهن تعميرن لاءِ تمام موزون آهن، جتي فولاد جو استعمال مناسب نه هجي. مثال طور [[ميگنيٽڪ ريزوننس اميجنگ]] (MRI) جي مشينن ۾ انتهائي طاقتور مقناطيس استعمال ٿيندا آهن، تنهنڪري انهن جي عمارتن ۾ غير مقناطيسي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي ضرورت هوندي آهي. ساڳيءَ طرح، ريڊيو سڃاڻپ واري نظام (RFID) استعمال ڪندڙ ٽول پلازن ۾ اهڙو رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ گهربل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ريڊيو لهرن جي گذر ۾ رڪاوٽ نه بڻجي.

انهن حالتن ۾، جتي ڪنهن ڍانچي جي ڊزائن واري عمر ان جي شروعاتي لاڳت کان وڌيڪ اهميت رکي ٿي، غير فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ وڌيڪ فائديمند ثابت ٿي سگهي ٿي، خاص طور سامونڊي لهرن جي اچ وڃ واري علائقي جهڙين جڳهن تي، جتي فولادي سلاخن کي زنگ لڳڻ تعميراتي ناڪامي جو وڏو سبب هوندو آهي. اهڙي ريئنفورسمينٽ استعمال ڪرڻ سان ڍانچي جي عمر ۾ نمايان واڌارو اچي سگهي ٿو.

FRP جون سلاخون انهن حالتن ۾ پڻ ڪارآمد آهن، جتي مستقبل ۾ عمارت جي ڪجهه حصن جي مرمت يا تبديلي متوقع هجي، جهڙوڪ [[بالڪوني]]ن جا ڪنارا، جتي ريلنگون تبديل ڪيون وڃن، يا گهڻ ماڙ عمارتن جي غسل خانن جا فرش، جتي فرش جي ڍانچي جي عمر پاڻي بند ڪرڻ واري تهه (واٽر پروفنگ ميمبرين) جي عمر کان گهڻي وڌيڪ هوندي آهي.

پلاسٽڪ تي ٻڌل ريئنفورسمينٽ عام طور فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مخصوص مضبوطي (اسٽرينٿ-ٽو-ويٽ ريشو) رکي ٿي. ان کي زنگ نه لڳندو آهي، تنهنڪري فولاد وانگر ان جي چوڌاري تمام ٿلهو ڪنڪريٽ حفاظتي تهه (عام طور 30–50 ملي ميٽر يا وڌيڪ) ڏيڻ جي ضرورت نه هوندي آهي. انهيءَ سبب FRP سان مضبوط ڪيل ڍانچا هلڪا ۽ گهڻي عمر وارا ٿي سگهن ٿا، ۽ ڪيترين حالتن ۾ انهن جي سڄي عمر جي مجموعي لاڳت فولادي رِيئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جي برابر يا ان کان گهٽ ٿي سگهي ٿي.

FRP ۽ GRP جي مادي خاصيتون فولاد کان نمايان طور مختلف هونديون آهن، تنهنڪري انهن جي ڊزائن جا اصول پڻ مختلف هوندا آهن. انهن جي تنشي مضبوطي ته وڌيڪ هوندي آهي، پر انهن جي سختي نسبتاً گهٽ هوندي آهي، جنهن سبب اهڙن ڍانچن ۾ وڪڙ (ڊفليڪشن) فولادي ريئنفورسڊ ڍانچن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ ٿي سگهي ٿو. اهڙين تعميرن ۾ ناڪامي گهڻو ڪري ريئنفورسمينٽ ٽٽڻ بدران ڪنڪريٽ جي دٻجڻ (ڪمپريشن فيليوئر) سبب ٿيندي آهي.

FRP سان مضبوط ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ ۾ ڏارن جي ويڪر تي ضابطو رکڻ جو مقصد فولادي ريئنفورسمينٽ وانگر زنگ کان بچاءُ نه، پر ظاهري خوبصورتي ۽ پاڻي جي نه رسڻ. کي برقرار رکڻ هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، FRP جون سلاخون دٻاءُ برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ فولاد کان ڪمزور هونديون آهن، تنهنڪري [[ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جو ٿنڀو|ريئنفورسڊ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿنڀن]] جي ڊزائن لاءِ الڳ اصول اختيار ڪرڻا پوندا آهن.

FRP ريئنفورسمينٽ جي هڪ اهم خامي باهه جي خلاف محدود مزاحمت آهي. جتي باهه کان تحفظ اهم هجي، اتي اهڙن ڍانچن کي اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ڪرڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، جو باهه دوران به انهن جي مضبوطي ۽ اينڪريج برقرار رهي. انهيءَ مقصد لاءِ مناسب ٿولهه وارو ڪنڪريٽ حفاظتي تهه يا ٻيو حفاظتي ڍڪ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. تحقيق مان اهو پڻ معلوم ٿيو آهي ته ڪنڪريٽ ۾ في ڪعبي ميٽر تقريباً هڪ ڪلوگرام [[پولي پروپلين]] فائبر شامل ڪرڻ سان باهه دوران ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري جا ٽڪرا ڇڻي پوڻ (Spalling) ۾ نمايان گهٽتائي اچي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;tunnel&quot;&gt;{{cite book |chapter=Chapter 57: The Airside Road Tunnel, Heathrow Airport, England |title=Proceedings of the Rapid Excavation &amp; Tunneling Conference |year=2003 |author=Arthur W. Darby}}&lt;/ref&gt;

FRP ريئنفورسمينٽ سان لاڳاپيل ٻيو اهم مسئلو ڪٽائي واري ريئنفورسمينٽ  جي اثرائتي هجڻ آهي. اڳواٽ موڙيل FRP اسٽرپس فولادي اسٽرپس جي ڀيٽ ۾ گهٽ مؤثر هوندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ سڌن ۽ موڙيل حصن جي وچ واري علائقي ۾ وڪڙ، ڪٽائي ۽ ڊگھائي وارا دٻاءُ گڏجي ڪم ڪندا آهن. انهيءَ سبب اهڙين حالتن لاءِ خاص ڊزائن جا طريقا اختيار ڪرڻ ضروري هوندا آهن.

تازن سالن ۾ موجوده ڪنڪريٽ جي ڍانچن کي ٻاهران جامع موادن، جهڙوڪ شيشي، [[بيسالٽ]] ۽ [[ڪاربان]] فائبر تي ٻڌل ريئنفورسمينٽ سان مضبوط ڪرڻ ۾ به دلچسپي وڌي آهي. دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ اهڙي جامع ريئنفورسمينٽ جا مختلف تجارتي برانڊ، جهڙوڪ Aslan، DACOT، V-rod ۽ ComBar، استعمال ڪيا پيا وڃن. آمريڪا، روس، ڏکڻ ڪوريا، جرمني ۽ ٻين ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ اهڙين ريئنفورسمينٽ تي ٻڌل منصوبن جو تعداد مسلسل وڌي رهيو آهي.

== پڻ ڏسو ==

* [[ريئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ ۾ بندش]]
* [[ڪنڪريٽ حفاظتي تهه]]
* [[ڪنڪريٽ تختو]]
* [[زنگ انجنيئرنگ]]
* [[ڪور ميٽر]]
* [[عارضي سهارو]]
* [[فيرو سيمينٽ]]
* [[قالب بندي]]
* [[هينري ڊي ميفونس]]
* [[وچولي منتقلي وارو علائقو]]
* [[اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل ڪنڪريٽ]]
* [[رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي پائيداري]]
* [[رِيئنفورسڊ ٺوس]]
* [[بناوتي مضبوطي]]
* [[ڪنڪريٽ جا قسم]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:سول انجنيئرنگ]]</text>
      <sha1>9p2nm1o3rp4py0ore5px6q56rmimszr</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>ڇت</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>39341</id>
    <revision>
      <id>401037</id>
      <parentid>362426</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T00:27:06Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401037</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="28000" sha1="hy765iccmlg5lp75nfh304dny3uxp6g" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|عمارت جو مٿيون حفاظتي ڍڪ}}

{{ٻين استعمالن لاءِ|ڇت (سلجهائپ)}}

[[فائل:Tak - Ystad-2022.jpg|thumb|2022ع ۾ [[يسٽاڊ]] جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ مختلف عمارتن جون ڇتيون.]]

'''ڇت''' (انگريزي: ''Roof'') عمارت جو سڀ کان مٿيون حفاظتي ڍڪ هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ اهي سڀئي تعميراتي جزا ۽ مواد شامل هوندا آهن، جيڪي ان کي عمارت جي [[ڀت]]ن يا ٻين سهارن تي مضبوطيءَ سان قائم رکندا آهن. ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد عمارت ۽ ان جي رهواسين کي [[مينهن]]، [[برف]]، [[سج جي روشني]]، انتهائي گرمي يا سردي ۽ [[هوا]] جي اثرن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Harris, Cyril M. (editor). ''Dictionary of Architecture and Construction'', Third Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2000, p. 775.&lt;/ref&gt; ڇت عمارت جي ٻاهرئين حفاظتي ڍانچي (بلڊنگ انولپ) جو هڪ اهم حصو آهي.

ڪنهن به ڇت جي شڪل، بناوت ۽ خاصيتون ان عمارت جي استعمال، دستياب ڇت سازي جي مواد، مقامي تعميراتي روايتن، [[معماري]] جي ڊزائن ۽ تعميراتي عمل تي دارومدار رکن ٿيون. ڪيترين حالتن ۾ انهن تي مقامي يا قومي تعميراتي قانونن ۽ ضابطن جو پڻ اثر هوندو آهي.

گهڻن ملڪن ۾ ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد مينهن کان بچاءُ هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه تعميرن ۾، جهڙوڪ [[ورانڊو]]، اهڙي ڇت استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي جيڪا سج جي سڌي روشني کان بچائي ٿي، پر هوا ۽ ٻين قدرتي عنصرن جي اچ وڃ کي برقرار رکي ٿي. ساڳيءَ طرح [[شيشي گهر]] (گارڊن ڪنزرويٽري) جي ڇت ٻوٽن کي سردي، هوا ۽ مينهن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي، جڏهن ته سج جي روشني اندر اچڻ جي اجازت به ڏيندي آهي.

ڇت کي اضافي رهائشي يا استعمال لائق جاءِ طور پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو، مثال طور [[ڇت وارو باغ]] (روف گارڊن).

==  ڇتين جا قسم== 

ڇتين جا ڪيترائي قسم آھن، جھڙوڪ؛
#سڌيون ڇتيون (Flat Roofs)
#سلاميءَ واريون ڇتيون (Sloped Roofs)
#ھڪ طرف سلاميءَ واريون ڇتيون
#ٻئي طرف سلاميءَ واريون نوڪدار ڇتيون
#ھپ روف (Hip Roof)
#گئمبريل روف (Gambrel Roof)
#مانسرڊ روف (Mansard Roof)
#ڊيڪ روف (Deck Roof)
#ڪارائيءَ جي ڏندن وانگر ”سا ٽٿ روف“ (Saw Tooth Roof)

ڇتين جي ڪن مختلف قسمن جو تفصيلوار بيان ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

=== سڌيون ڇتيون === 
 
عام طرح سان اڄ ڪلھ رھائشي جاين لاءِ سڌين ڇتين کي وڌيڪ پسند ڪيو وڃي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي سولائيءَ سان باھھ روڪ (Fire Proof)  بڻائي سگھجي ٿو. ازنسواءِ ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي مٽيءَ جو تھھ ڏيئي سولائيءَ سان ٿڌو رکي سگھجي ٿو.
تعميراتي طريقن جي لحاظ کان ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي ترتيب وار ھيٺئين ريت ورھائي سگھجي ٿو.
#آر-سي-سيءَ جون ڇتيون (R.C.C Flat Roofs)
#درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتيون (First class tile roofing)
#رينفورسڊ برڪ جون ڇتيون (Reinforced Brick Roofs)
#درجہ دوم ٽائيل ڇتيون (Second class tile roofing)
#جئڪ ڪمان ڇتيون (Jack Arch Roofing)
#ڪاٺ جي تختن جون سڌيون ڇتيون (Wooden flat Roofs)

مٿي ڄاڻايل قسم جي ڇتين مان ڪن خاص ۽ گھڻو استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇتين جو تفصيلوار بيان ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

===آر-سي-سيءَ جون سڌيون ڇتيون (Reinforced cement concrete flat roofs)===
ھن قسم جي ڇتين جو استعمال اڄڪلھھ عام ۽ مقبول ٿي چڪو آھي ۽ گھڻ منزلھ عمارتن لاءِ ڪارآمد پڻ آھي. ھن قسم جي ڇت کي ٿڌو رکڻ لاءِ عام طرح سان گرم علائقن ۾ ٽن انچن کان چئن انچن تائين مٽيءَ جو تھھ ڏيئي انھيءَ جي مٿان گاري جو پلستر (Mud Pluster) يا سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي مسالي سان سرن جون ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر جوڙ ۾ مسالو چڱيءَ طرح لڳايو وڃي جيئن برسات ۽ موسمي اثرن سبب کلي نھ وڃي. جوڙن بعد درزون چڱيءَ طرح ورتيون وينديون آھن. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو پڻ خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ پاڻي ڪھڙي بھ ريت ڇت تي بيٺل نھ رھي. ڇت جي سلامي احتياط سان رکي ويندي آھي ۽ فالتو مسالو، سرن جا  ٽڪرا ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ۽ ڪچرو صاف ڪري اڇليو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ڇت تمام وڏي آھي تھ انھيءَ کي مختلف حصن ۾ ورھائي سلامي ڏني ويندي آھي. تقريبا 1:60  کان 1:40  جي تناسب جي سلامي مناسب سمجھي ويندي آھي.

===ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ (Water proofing flat roofs) ===

ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي مٿين سطح (Surface) کي عام طرح سان صاف ڪري انھيءَ کي چڱيءَ طرح سڪايو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ کان پوءِ ڏامر (Bitumen) کي (190.56o C) 375o F ۽ (204.44o C) 400o F گرمي جي درجي تائين پگھاري سطح جي مٿان ٻن عليحده تھن جي صورت ۾ پوريءَ طرح پٿاريون ويندو آھي، جيئن ٻنھي تھن جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 1/16 انچ بيھي. اھڙيءَ صورت ۾ 100 مربع فوٽن تي 34 پائونڊ ڏامر استعمال ٿيندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد ڏامر جي مٿان جابلو ريتيءَ جو ھلڪو تھھ ڏنو ويندو آھي، اھڙي طرح جيئن 100 مربع فوٽن تي ھڪ مڪعب فوٽ جابلو ريتي استعمال ٿئي، انھيءَ بعد گھربل اوچائي4 ۾ مٽي ڀري انھيءَ مٿان مٽيءَ جي گاري جو پلستر يا سرن جي ٽائيلن جو تھھ ڏنو ويندو آھي. ڏامر جي مٿان جابلو ريتيءَ جو ڇڻڪار انھيءَ ڪري ڪيو ويندو آھي، جيئن اھو ڏامر جي تھھ کي مٽيءَ جي تھ کان جدا رکي.

درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتين (First class tile roofing)  ۽ درجھ دوم ٽائيل ڇتين (Second class tile roofing) جي صورت ۾ ڏامر جو تھھ سرن يا ٽائيل مٿان لڳايل سيمينٽ پلستر جي مڪمل ترائيءَ ۽ انھيءَ جي چڱيءَ طرح سڪڻ بعد ڏنو ويندو آھي ۽ آر-سي-سيءَ جي سلئب جي صورت ۾ پڻ انھيءَ جي مڪمل ترائي ۽ چڱيءَ طرح سڪڻ بعد ڏنو ويندو آھي.

انھيءَ کان علاوھ ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ لاءِ ٻيو اھو بھ طريقو آھي تھ ڏامر جي بجاءِ 04 يا 05 گيج جي شفاف پلاسٽڪ يا پاليٿين چادر (04/05 Guage polythene sheet) استعمال ڪجي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال رکڻو آھي تھ اھا پاليٿين جي چادر ڪنھن بھ ھنڌان ڦاٽل نھ ھجي ۽ گھڻي ايراضيءَ جي حالت ۾ سلاميءَ جي طرف اھي شيٽون يا چادرون ھڪ ٻئي مٿان چڱيءَ طرح چڙھيل (Over-laped) ھئڻ کپن. اھي شيٽون ڇت جي مٿان تيڪي (Parapet wall) جي ھيٺ تائين ھئڻ گھرجن ٻيءَ صورت ۾ جيڪڏھن شيٽ کي صرف تيڪي تائين ڇڏيو ويندو تھ برسات جو پاڻي تيڪي جي ھيٺان لنگھڻ جي ڪوشش ڪندو ۽ ڇت کي نقصان پھچائيندو، پاليٿين پلاسٽڪ ھڪ ھڪ نباتاتي مرڪب آھي ۽ انھيءَ ۾ عمر ڀر جٽاءُ ۽ پائيداريءَ جي خاصيت آھي. ھن تي تيزابيت (Acid) ۽ چانيھي يا کار (Alkali) جو اثر نھ ٿو ٿئي.

پاڻيءَ کي ٽمڻ (Water proofing) کان روڪڻ لاءِ ڏامر جي ٺھيل ٺڪيل چادر جنھن کي بٽومين فيلٽ (Bitumen felt) سڏيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ جو بہ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ اھا ڪنھن بھ شڪل يا ڊؤل جي ڇت ۽ بناوت لاءِ استعمال ڪري سگھجي ٿي. ھيٺ ڏنل فھرست ۾ مختلف قسمن جي بٽومين فيلٽ ۽ انھيءَ جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ تور ڄاڻايل آھي.

===درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتيون (First class tile roofing) ===
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون آر-سي-سي، ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي ڪامن،، پٽين، ٽيئرن ۽ گرڊرن مٿان 12&quot;x6&quot;x1 1/4&quot; جي سائيز جي سرن جي ٽائيلن جا ٻھ تھھ ڏيئي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جي ڇتين جي تعمير ھيٺئين ريت ڪئي ويندي آھي؛

*سرن جي ٽائيلن جو پھريون تھھ، پٽين مٿان جيڪي 12&quot; جي پور وڇوٽيءَ تي ڪامن مٿان (يا لوھھ جي گرڊرن مٿان ٽيئر رکي) رکيون وينديون آھن، 1:6 جي تناسب ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جي مسالي سان يا 1:2 جي تناسب ۾ چن ۽ سرخيءَ جي گچ سان لڳايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر ھڪ جوڙ ۾ مسالو چڱيءَ طرح لڳل ھجي.
*سرن جي پھرئين تھھ مٿان اڌ انچ جي ٿولھھ ۾ 1:6  جي تناسب جو سيمينٽ پلستر چاڙھي انھيءَ بعد ٽائيلن جو ٻيو تھھ مٿي ڄاڻايل طريقي سان چاڙھيو ويندو آھي پر خاص طرح سان اھو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ سرن جي ٻئي تھھ جا جوڙ پھرئين تھھ جي جوڙن سان نھ ملن بلڪ انھن جوڙن جي ابتڙ ھجن. ائين ڪرڻ سان مٿئين تھھ جا جوڙ ھيٺئين تھھ جي جوڙن سان نھ ملندا ۽ ڇت ٽمڻ (Leakage) جو امڪان گھٽ رھندو.
*ٽائيلن جي ٻئي تھھ مٿان اڌ انچ جو 1:6 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ پلستر چاڙھيو ويندو آھي
*بعد ۾ سيمينٽ پلستر جي مٿان ڏامر جو تھ  (مٿي ڄاڻايل طريقي سان) چاڙھي، انھيءَ جي مٿان جابلو  ريتي ڇٽي ويندي آھي، جيئن ڇت پاڻيءَ روڪ ٿي.
*انھيءَ بعد ڇت کي ٿڌو رکڻ لاءِ ٽن کان چئن انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ مٽيءَ (جيڪا ڪلر ۽ ٻئي گند ڪچري کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ھجي) جو تھ ڀري، انھيءَ مٿان ھڪ انچ جو مٽيءَ جي گادي جو پلستر ڪري، انھيءَ جي مٿان ڇيڻي جي ليپائي ڪبي آھي.

سرن جي ڀتين جي مٿان ۽ گرڊرن جي ھيٺان لوھھ جي بيڊ پليٽ ڏيڻ تمام ضروري آھي، جيئن گرڊرن جي بار سبب ڀتين جا گرڊر سان ملندڙ حصا ڪمزور ٿي، ٽائيم گذرڻ سان جھڪاءُ آڻي، نقصان نھ پھچائين. گرڊرن ۽ ٽيئرن جي صورت ۾ کين ڇت تي چاڙھڻ کان پھرين سنڌور (Red Oxide)  جي پينٽ جو تھھ ڏيئي، سڪائي پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان انئمل پينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ چاڙھي پوءِ ڀتين مٿان چاڙھجن، جيئن انھن مٿان ڪٽ (Rust) سولائيءَ سان نھ چڙھي. جيڪڏھن ائين نھ ڪبو تھ ٽائيلن چاڙھڻ بعد گرڊرن ۽ ٽيئرن جا صرف ھيٺيان حصا پينٽ ڪري سگھبا ۽ ٻيا دٻيل حصا پينٽ بنا رھجي وڃڻ جي حالت ۾ وقت گذرڻ سان ڪٽبا ويندا ۽ نتيجي ۾ اھي تمام گھٽ ٽائيم ھلندا. نتيجي ۾ ڇت تي ڪيل سمورو ڪم ايترو پائيدار نھ ٿيندو ۽ ٺھيل ڇت پنھنجي ٽائيم کان اڳ ۾ بدلائڻي پوندي.

ڇيڙن وارين ديوارن جي اندرين حصن ۽ پٽين يا ٽيئرن جي وچ ۾ 3 انچن کان 9 انچن جو مفاصلو ھئڻ گھرجي. ڇت جي ٽيڪي جي ديوار مٿان گولو (Drip Course)  ڏيڻ ضروري آھي، جيئن مينھن جو پاڻي انھيءَ کي نقصان نھ پھچائي 


===درجہ دوم ٽائيلن جون ڇتيون (Second class tile roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت جي تعمير پڻ درجھ اول ڇت جي تعمير وانگرگ ٿيندي آھي. فرق صرف اھو آھي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ٽائيلن جو صرف ھڪ تھھ چاڙھيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڊرپ ڪورس جي بجاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو گولو (C.C. Coping)  ڏنو ويندو آھي. 

===جئڪ آرچ ڇتيون (Jack Arch Roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ سرن يا سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جون ڪمانيون  (Arches) تعمير ڪيون وينديون آھن ۽ انھن ڪمانن جا ڇيڙا پالتو لوھ (Mild Steel)  جي ڪامن (Joists) مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ جئائسٽ وري ديوارن يا بيمن تي ٽڪيل ھوندا آھن.جئائسٽ 30 انچن کان 45 انچن جي مفاصلي تي رکيل ھوندا آھن. ڪانڪريٽ جي ٿولھھ ڪمانيءَ جي چوٽيءَ (Crown) وٽ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 6 انچ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ ڪمانيءَ جي بلندي ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ اھا خامي آھي تھ اھا سڌي سطح (Plain Surface) نٿي رھي. آخري ڇيڙن وارن حصن کي افقي ڇڪ (Horizontal thrust) کان روڪڻ لاءِ لوھھ جي جئائسٽ جي ٻاھرين جوڙن (Pairs)  وٽ ٻنڌ سيخون (Tie rods) لڳايون وينديون آھن. ٽاءِ راڊس 6 فوٽن جي مرڪزي (6 feet centre to centre) مفاصلي تي ھئڻ گھرجن. جئڪ آرچن جا گھيرا (Rings)  اڀ سرا (Brick on edge) يا سڌين سرن (Bricks on flat) جا ھئڻ گھرجن.

===رينفورسڊ برڪ ڇتيون (Reinforced Brick Roofs) ===
ھي ڇتيون پڻ آر-سي-سيءَ جي ڇتين وانگر  ۽ سڌيون ھونديون آھن، فرق صرف اھو ھوندو آھي جو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي جاءِ تي سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. سرن ۾ ڇت جي ڊيگھھ ۽ ويڪر جي طرف لڳاتار جوڙ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن جوڙن ۾ ڊزائن مطابق لوھھ جو سريو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. جوڙن جي ٿولھھ ٽي ڀاڱي چار انچ رکي ويندي آھي، جنھن  اندر سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو مسالو ڀريو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن جوڙن کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ سان ڀرڻو ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ جوڙن جي ٿولھھ ڏيڍ انچ کان ٻن انچن تائين رکڻ گھرجي. مکيھ سريو (Main reinforcement) ٿوري فاصلي طرف ۽ ورڇيندڙ سريو (Distribution bars) وڌيڪ فاصلي طرف وجھڻ گھرجي ۽ ورڇيندر سريو مکيھ سريي جي مٿان لڳائڻ گھرجي. رينفورسڊ برڪ جي ڪم جي ٿولھھ ھڪ سر جي ٿولھھ کان ٻن سرن جي ٿولھھ تائين ھئڻ گھرجي. ٻيءَ صورت ۾ وڌيڪ ٿولھھ واري ڇت نھايت ئي مھانگي پوندي.

ڇت جي مٿان ٻيو سمورو ڪم ائين ڪرڻ گھرجي جيئن آر-سي-سيءَ جي ڇت لاءِ ڄاڻايل آھي.
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون ڀروسي جھڙيون نھ ٿيون رھن ۽ انھيءَ سبب ڪري گھٽ استعمال ٿين ٿي
 
===ڇپرن واري يا ڪکائين ڇت (Thatched roof)===
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون عام طرح سان ٻن طرفن کان سلامي ڏيئي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن، جيئن برسات جو پاڻي ڇت جي مٿان بيھي نقصان نہ پھچائي.

ھن قسم جي ڇت ٺاھڻ لاءِ 1 ½ انچ ڊايا ميٽر جي بانس جا ٽڪڙا ھڪ فوٽ جي پور وڇوٽيءَ جي مفاصلي تي رکي ۽ انھن جي خلاف گوني ڪنڊ تي ڇھن انچن جي پور وڇوٽيءَ جي مفاصلي تي چڱيءَ طرح لڪڙا ٻڌي جوڙ جڪ (Frame work) ڪئي ويندي آھي. انھيءَ بعد 6 انچن کان 12 انچن جي ٿولھھ تائين سر، ٽوئا يا ڇپريون، ٽن ٽن انچن جي تھن جي صورت ۾ چاڙھيون وينديون آھن. اڪثر طور تي پھريون تھ بانس جي لڪڙن سان جوڙي جڪي تيار ڪري چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ڇت جي رال (Pitch) 35 ڊگرين جي لڳ ڀڳ رکي ويندي آھي.

ھن قسم جي ڇت اگر ھنرمندي ۽ ڪاريگري سان ٺاھي وڃي تھ سٺي نموني اڻ ٽمندڙ ۽ پاڻيءَ روڪ رھي ٿي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ باھھ لڳڻ جا امڪان تمام گھڻا رھن ٿا ۽ اڏوھي ۽ جيت لڳڻ جو خطرو پڻ رھي ٿو. جيڪڏھن انھن سڀني خطرن کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت جو مدو 15 سالن کان وڌيڪ نھ ٿو رھي.

===ائسبيسٽاس سيمينٽ جي ڇت (Asbestos cement corrugated sheet roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت نھايت ئي عمده قسم جي ائسبيسٽاس ۽ سيمينٽ جي گڏيل مرڪب مان ٺھيل اھڙين چادرن سان ڍڪي ٺاھي ويندي آھي جن ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو نقص جھڙوڪ ڦوٽ، ڏار، ڀڳل ڪنڊون ۽ پاسا وغيرھ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن. ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪٽ يا زنگ (Rust)  لڳڻ جو خطرو نھ ٿو رھي. ھنن تي نھ اڏوھي لڳي ٿي سگھي ۽ نہ ئي وري انھن تي رنگ ڪرڻ جي ضرورت پوي ٿي، البتہ سردين ۾ انھن جي ھيٺان آلاڻ پيدا ٿي پوي ٿي. ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ باھ جو مقابلو ڪرڻ، ۽ موسمي اثرن کي ڪنھن حد تائين روڪڻ جي خاصيت رھي ٿي.

ھنن ڇتين ۾ (7mm) 9/32 in. واري ٿولھھ جي چادرن استعمال ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ڪامن (Purlins)  جي وچ ۾ وڌ ۾ وڌ 5 فوٽ 3 انچ  (1.6m) جو فاصلو ۽ ¼ انچ  (6 mm) جي ٿولھھ وارين چادرن جي حالت ۾ 4 فوٽ 6 انچ (1.4 m) ھئڻ گھرجي.
چادرن جو لسو پاسو ھميشھ مٿان ۽ وڪڙن وارو پاسو ھيٺان ھئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ پاسي وارو چڙھاڪو (Side lap) گھٽ ۾ گھٽ اڌ وڪڙ جيترو، جيڪو عموما (4.5 cm) 13/4&quot; جي برابر ھوندو آھي ۽ ڇيڙن وارو چڙھاڪو (End lap)  گھٽ ۾ گھٽ (15 cm) 6&quot; جي برابر ڏنو وڃي. جڏھن تھ پاسن وارا آزاد حصا گھٽ ۾ گھٽ (40 cm) 1'-4&quot; اڌارن کان ٻاھر نڪتل ھئڻ گھرجن.
چادرن کي قابو ڪرڻ لاءِ آڌار وارين پٽين وٽ چادرن جي وڪڙن جي چوٽين (Crowns) ۾ (8 mm) 3/16&quot; جا ڊرل مشين رستي سوراخ ڪڍي قلعي دار j  (Galvanised) ۽ L جي صورت وارا ڪنڍا (Hooks)  استعمال ڪري ڏامر ۽ قلعي دار (Galvanised iron) وائيسر (Washer)  ڏيئي انھن کي چادرن مٿان، نٽ پٺيان نٽ جي حساب سان جڪڙيو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ سوراخ ڪڍڻ واسطي چادرن کي ڪنھن ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ھرگز ڀڳو ۽ چيريو نھ وڃي انھن نٽن کي پھريائين ڍرو ڇڏيو وڃي ۽ جڏھن ڪافي چادرون وڇائجي وڃن تھ پوءِ انھن کي سوڙھو ۽ قابو ڪيو وڃي. سوراخن  جو قطر (Diameter)  استعمال ٿيندڙ بولٽن جي قطر کان 1/16 انچ وڌيڪ ھئڻ گھرجي. نقصان کان بچاءُ واسطي چادرن کي مٿي چاڙھي وڇائڻ لاءِ تختا يا ڏاڪڻون استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجن. جيڪڏھن ڪنھن بھ چادر کي نقصان پھچي تھ انھيءَ کي اڇلائي خارج ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي ٻي چادر استعمال ڪجي. تمام گھڻي احتياط ڪندي بھ جيڪڏھن انھن چادرن ۾ ڪي نظر انداز ڪرڻ جوڳا ٽنگ ٿي پون تھ انھن کي ڏامر يا ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي مرڪب سان بند ڪري سگھجي ٿو بشرطيڪ انھن مان پاڻي ٽمي نہ سگھي.  ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ ائسبيسٽاس سيمينٽ جي چادرن جا ٽي قسم ٿيندا آھن جن جو ڪجھھ تفصيل ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

*ايورائيٽ بگسڪس : (Everite Bigsix)

ھن قسم جون چادرون 2.758  فوٽ (7 cm) ويڪريون 1.312 فوٽن کان 84.9 فوٽ (4.0 ميٽر کان 3 ميٽرن تائين) ڊگھيون ۽ ¼ انچ (6 mm)  ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. انھن ۾ مجموعي طرح سان 5.7 وڪڙ ٿيندا آھن ۽ ھڪ کان ٻئي وڪڙ تائين اٽڪل  5 ¾ انچن جو مفاصلو ٿيندو آھي، جڏھن تھ وڪڙ جي چوٽيءَ ۽ تري يعني ھيٺ تائين اوچائي 13.2 انچ (5.4 cm)  ٿيندي آھي.

*ايورائٽ اسٽئنڊرڊ : (Everite Standard)

ھي چادرون ٻن قسمن جون ٿينديون آھن.، ھڪڙيون ننڍيون چادرون ۽ ٻيون وڏيون. ننڍيون چادرون 5.2 فوٽ (76 cm)  ويڪريون 3 ½ فوٽن (1.07 mm)  کان  12 ½ فوٽن (3.9 m) تائين ڊگھيون ۽ ¼  انچ (6 mm)  ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. ھن ۾ وڪڙن جي اوچائي ھڪ انچ (2.54 cm)  کان  1.13&quot;  (2.86 cm) تائين ۽ ٻن وڪڙن جي وچ ۾ درمياني مفاصلو 09.2 انچ (5.3 cm) ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھر چادر ۾ 5.10 وڪڙ (Corrugations)  ٿيندا آھن. وڏيون چادرون 3 3/8 فوٽن کان  3 ½ فوٽن تائين (05.1 ميٽرن کان 1.10 ميٽرن تائين) ويڪريون، 3 3/8 فوٽن کان 10 فوٽن تائين ( 04.1 ميٽرن کان 05.3 ميٽرن تائين) ڊگھيون ۽ ¼ انچ (6 mm) ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. ور وڪڙن جي اوچائي 3/16&quot; (اٽڪل 5 سينٽيميٽرن کان 5.4 سينٽيميٽرن تائين) ۽  ان وڪڙن جي وچ وارو مفاصلو 5 ¾ انچ (146 cm) ٿيندو آھي.

*ٽرنال ٽريفورڊ : (Turnal Trafford)
ھي چادرون اٽڪل 3 5/8 فوٽ (13.1 ميٽر) ويڪريون، 4 فوٽن (1.22 ميٽر) کان 10 فوٽن (3.05 m) تائين ڊگھيون ھونديون آھن ۽ ھنن شيٽن ۾ ور وڪڙن جو تسلسل نھ ھوندو آھي، بلڪ ھر وڪڙ کان پوءِ ھموار سطح ھوندي آھي. ھر چادر ۾ اٽڪل چار وڪڙ ٿيندا آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون وڏين عمارتن جھڙوڪ گودامن، سينيما گھرن ۽ ڪارخانن ۾ استعمال ٿينديون آھن. 

===لوھ جي جستي ۽ ناليدر چادرن جون ڇتيون (Galvanised Corrugated Iron Sheet Roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ 16 گيج کان وٺي 24 گيج جون لوھھ جون جستي ۽ ناليدار چادرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ انھن ڳالھين جو خاص خيال رکيو وڃي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪم ايندڙ شيٽون چڱيءَ طرح ۽ بلڪل پختيءَ طرح جستي ملمعي چڙھيل آھن. جيڪڏھن انھن پڙ ڇن ۾ ڪٽ، سفيد پائوڊر جھڙا ٽڪرا، گاٺ ۽ ڦوٽ نظر اچي تھ اھڙن پڙڇن (Sheets) کي ھرگز استعمال نہ ڪجي.

ھيءُ پڙڇ ھميشھ ڪاٺ يا لوھ جي گرڊرن ۽ ڪامن (Purlins) مٿان ڇھن انچن (15 cm) جو ڇيڙن وارو چڙھاڪو (End Overlap) ۽ ٻين وڪڙن (Corrugations) جو ھر سائيڊ کان سائيڊ وارو چڙھاڪو (Side lap) ڏيئي رکيا ويندا آھن. پڙڇن کي قابو رکڻ لاءِ ڪامن مٿان چاڙھڻ کان اڳ ۾ کين زمين تي رکي گھربل ھنڌن تي ڪنھن تکي اوزار سان ٽنگ ڪڍي، انھيءَ بعد مٿي چاڙھي کين بولٽن، اسڪرن، ڪلين ۽ ڪوڪن (Rivets) وغيره سان قابو ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ اھي سوراخ ھنن چادرن ۾ ھيٺان کان مٿي پار ڪرڻ جي حساب سان ۽ ھميشھ وڪڙن جي چوٽيءَ وٽ ڪڍڻ گھرجن. انھن شيٽن کي ھميشھ ملمعي وارن نٽن، بولٽن، ڏامر جي وائيسرن (Washers)  ۽ جستي ملمعي وارن وائيسرن وسيلي ڪامن (Purlins) سان مضبوط ڪري جڪڙيو وڃي. اھي ڪنڍا ۽ بولٽ 5/16 يا 8 ملي ميٽر جي قطر جا ۽ L يا J جي شبيھھ جا ٿيندا آھن. پيچن ھيٺان واشر مضبوطي حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھنن پڙڇن کي لڳائڻ وقت انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ پلون وٽ انھيءَ چادر جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ نالي (Corrugation) ٻيءَ ناليءَ جي مٿان چڙھيل ھجي ۽ ڊگھا پاسا 3 انچن کان 5 انچن تائين (يعني 7.5 سينٽيميٽرن کان 14 سينٽيميٽرن تائين) ھڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙھيل ھئڻ گھرجن. ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪم ايندڙ چادرون 2 فوٽ 3 انچن کان 4 فوٽ 4 انچن ( 65 cm کان 126 cm) تائين ويڪريون، 5 فوٽن کان 15 فوٽن (5.1 ميٽر کان 5.3 ميٽرن) تائين ڊگھيون 1/16 انچن کان ¼ انچ (1.66 mm کان 6.56 cm) تائين ٿلھيون اٺن (8) وڪڙن سان ۽ ھر ھڪ وڪڙ جي وچ کان ٻئي وڪڙ (pitch) جي وچ تائين 3 انچن (7.6 cm) جي مفاصلي واريون ٿينديون آھن. ھيءُ پڙڇ تور ۾ ھلڪا ۽ لڳائڻ (Fixing)  ۾ سولا ٿين ٿا. البتھ موسمي اثرن کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٺيڪ  نٿا ٿا رھن ۽ انھن منجھان گرمي توڙي سردي آسانيءَ سان لنگھي (To transmit) سگھي ٿي. بھرحال ھيءُ پڙڇ پائيدار ۽ باھ جو مقابلو ڪرڻ جي لائق آھي.

ھن قسم جون ڇتيون 1:5 جي تناسب کان وڌيڪ سڌيون نھ رکڻ گھرجن ۽ عام طور 1:2 جي تناسب واريون ڇتيون بھتر رھن ٿيون. 1:2 ½ جي تناسب وارين نصب ڪيل (Pitched) ڇتين جي صورت ۾ ڇيڙي وارو چڙھاڪو (End overlap) 9 انچن (23 cm) کان گھٽ ھئڻ نہ گهرجي.

ھن قسم جون ڇتيون ڇاپرن (Sheds) ۽ ڪارخانن وغيره لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن.  ھن قسم جي ڇتين جو مٿاڇرو ھڪ ڪرو ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن شيٽن جا ور وڪڙ (Corrugations) سڌا ۽ ھموار ھئڻ گهرجن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>hy765iccmlg5lp75nfh304dny3uxp6g</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401038</id>
      <parentid>401037</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T00:27:22Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401038</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="27940" sha1="hjkbjgui07acalq7idmnaqio68dr0be" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|عمارت جو مٿيون حفاظتي ڍڪ}}

[[فائل:Tak - Ystad-2022.jpg|thumb|2022ع ۾ [[يسٽاڊ]] جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ مختلف عمارتن جون ڇتيون.]]

'''ڇت''' (انگريزي: ''Roof'') عمارت جو سڀ کان مٿيون حفاظتي ڍڪ هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ اهي سڀئي تعميراتي جزا ۽ مواد شامل هوندا آهن، جيڪي ان کي عمارت جي [[ڀت]]ن يا ٻين سهارن تي مضبوطيءَ سان قائم رکندا آهن. ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد عمارت ۽ ان جي رهواسين کي [[مينهن]]، [[برف]]، [[سج جي روشني]]، انتهائي گرمي يا سردي ۽ [[هوا]] جي اثرن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Harris, Cyril M. (editor). ''Dictionary of Architecture and Construction'', Third Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2000, p. 775.&lt;/ref&gt; ڇت عمارت جي ٻاهرئين حفاظتي ڍانچي (بلڊنگ انولپ) جو هڪ اهم حصو آهي.

ڪنهن به ڇت جي شڪل، بناوت ۽ خاصيتون ان عمارت جي استعمال، دستياب ڇت سازي جي مواد، مقامي تعميراتي روايتن، [[معماري]] جي ڊزائن ۽ تعميراتي عمل تي دارومدار رکن ٿيون. ڪيترين حالتن ۾ انهن تي مقامي يا قومي تعميراتي قانونن ۽ ضابطن جو پڻ اثر هوندو آهي.

گهڻن ملڪن ۾ ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد مينهن کان بچاءُ هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه تعميرن ۾، جهڙوڪ [[ورانڊو]]، اهڙي ڇت استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي جيڪا سج جي سڌي روشني کان بچائي ٿي، پر هوا ۽ ٻين قدرتي عنصرن جي اچ وڃ کي برقرار رکي ٿي. ساڳيءَ طرح [[شيشي گهر]] (گارڊن ڪنزرويٽري) جي ڇت ٻوٽن کي سردي، هوا ۽ مينهن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي، جڏهن ته سج جي روشني اندر اچڻ جي اجازت به ڏيندي آهي.

ڇت کي اضافي رهائشي يا استعمال لائق جاءِ طور پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو، مثال طور [[ڇت وارو باغ]] (روف گارڊن).

==  ڇتين جا قسم== 

ڇتين جا ڪيترائي قسم آھن، جھڙوڪ؛
#سڌيون ڇتيون (Flat Roofs)
#سلاميءَ واريون ڇتيون (Sloped Roofs)
#ھڪ طرف سلاميءَ واريون ڇتيون
#ٻئي طرف سلاميءَ واريون نوڪدار ڇتيون
#ھپ روف (Hip Roof)
#گئمبريل روف (Gambrel Roof)
#مانسرڊ روف (Mansard Roof)
#ڊيڪ روف (Deck Roof)
#ڪارائيءَ جي ڏندن وانگر ”سا ٽٿ روف“ (Saw Tooth Roof)

ڇتين جي ڪن مختلف قسمن جو تفصيلوار بيان ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

=== سڌيون ڇتيون === 
 
عام طرح سان اڄ ڪلھ رھائشي جاين لاءِ سڌين ڇتين کي وڌيڪ پسند ڪيو وڃي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي سولائيءَ سان باھھ روڪ (Fire Proof)  بڻائي سگھجي ٿو. ازنسواءِ ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي مٽيءَ جو تھھ ڏيئي سولائيءَ سان ٿڌو رکي سگھجي ٿو.
تعميراتي طريقن جي لحاظ کان ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي ترتيب وار ھيٺئين ريت ورھائي سگھجي ٿو.
#آر-سي-سيءَ جون ڇتيون (R.C.C Flat Roofs)
#درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتيون (First class tile roofing)
#رينفورسڊ برڪ جون ڇتيون (Reinforced Brick Roofs)
#درجہ دوم ٽائيل ڇتيون (Second class tile roofing)
#جئڪ ڪمان ڇتيون (Jack Arch Roofing)
#ڪاٺ جي تختن جون سڌيون ڇتيون (Wooden flat Roofs)

مٿي ڄاڻايل قسم جي ڇتين مان ڪن خاص ۽ گھڻو استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇتين جو تفصيلوار بيان ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

===آر-سي-سيءَ جون سڌيون ڇتيون (Reinforced cement concrete flat roofs)===
ھن قسم جي ڇتين جو استعمال اڄڪلھھ عام ۽ مقبول ٿي چڪو آھي ۽ گھڻ منزلھ عمارتن لاءِ ڪارآمد پڻ آھي. ھن قسم جي ڇت کي ٿڌو رکڻ لاءِ عام طرح سان گرم علائقن ۾ ٽن انچن کان چئن انچن تائين مٽيءَ جو تھھ ڏيئي انھيءَ جي مٿان گاري جو پلستر (Mud Pluster) يا سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي مسالي سان سرن جون ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر جوڙ ۾ مسالو چڱيءَ طرح لڳايو وڃي جيئن برسات ۽ موسمي اثرن سبب کلي نھ وڃي. جوڙن بعد درزون چڱيءَ طرح ورتيون وينديون آھن. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو پڻ خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ پاڻي ڪھڙي بھ ريت ڇت تي بيٺل نھ رھي. ڇت جي سلامي احتياط سان رکي ويندي آھي ۽ فالتو مسالو، سرن جا  ٽڪرا ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ۽ ڪچرو صاف ڪري اڇليو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ڇت تمام وڏي آھي تھ انھيءَ کي مختلف حصن ۾ ورھائي سلامي ڏني ويندي آھي. تقريبا 1:60  کان 1:40  جي تناسب جي سلامي مناسب سمجھي ويندي آھي.

===ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ (Water proofing flat roofs) ===

ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي مٿين سطح (Surface) کي عام طرح سان صاف ڪري انھيءَ کي چڱيءَ طرح سڪايو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ کان پوءِ ڏامر (Bitumen) کي (190.56o C) 375o F ۽ (204.44o C) 400o F گرمي جي درجي تائين پگھاري سطح جي مٿان ٻن عليحده تھن جي صورت ۾ پوريءَ طرح پٿاريون ويندو آھي، جيئن ٻنھي تھن جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 1/16 انچ بيھي. اھڙيءَ صورت ۾ 100 مربع فوٽن تي 34 پائونڊ ڏامر استعمال ٿيندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد ڏامر جي مٿان جابلو ريتيءَ جو ھلڪو تھھ ڏنو ويندو آھي، اھڙي طرح جيئن 100 مربع فوٽن تي ھڪ مڪعب فوٽ جابلو ريتي استعمال ٿئي، انھيءَ بعد گھربل اوچائي4 ۾ مٽي ڀري انھيءَ مٿان مٽيءَ جي گاري جو پلستر يا سرن جي ٽائيلن جو تھھ ڏنو ويندو آھي. ڏامر جي مٿان جابلو ريتيءَ جو ڇڻڪار انھيءَ ڪري ڪيو ويندو آھي، جيئن اھو ڏامر جي تھھ کي مٽيءَ جي تھ کان جدا رکي.

درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتين (First class tile roofing)  ۽ درجھ دوم ٽائيل ڇتين (Second class tile roofing) جي صورت ۾ ڏامر جو تھھ سرن يا ٽائيل مٿان لڳايل سيمينٽ پلستر جي مڪمل ترائيءَ ۽ انھيءَ جي چڱيءَ طرح سڪڻ بعد ڏنو ويندو آھي ۽ آر-سي-سيءَ جي سلئب جي صورت ۾ پڻ انھيءَ جي مڪمل ترائي ۽ چڱيءَ طرح سڪڻ بعد ڏنو ويندو آھي.

انھيءَ کان علاوھ ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ لاءِ ٻيو اھو بھ طريقو آھي تھ ڏامر جي بجاءِ 04 يا 05 گيج جي شفاف پلاسٽڪ يا پاليٿين چادر (04/05 Guage polythene sheet) استعمال ڪجي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال رکڻو آھي تھ اھا پاليٿين جي چادر ڪنھن بھ ھنڌان ڦاٽل نھ ھجي ۽ گھڻي ايراضيءَ جي حالت ۾ سلاميءَ جي طرف اھي شيٽون يا چادرون ھڪ ٻئي مٿان چڱيءَ طرح چڙھيل (Over-laped) ھئڻ کپن. اھي شيٽون ڇت جي مٿان تيڪي (Parapet wall) جي ھيٺ تائين ھئڻ گھرجن ٻيءَ صورت ۾ جيڪڏھن شيٽ کي صرف تيڪي تائين ڇڏيو ويندو تھ برسات جو پاڻي تيڪي جي ھيٺان لنگھڻ جي ڪوشش ڪندو ۽ ڇت کي نقصان پھچائيندو، پاليٿين پلاسٽڪ ھڪ ھڪ نباتاتي مرڪب آھي ۽ انھيءَ ۾ عمر ڀر جٽاءُ ۽ پائيداريءَ جي خاصيت آھي. ھن تي تيزابيت (Acid) ۽ چانيھي يا کار (Alkali) جو اثر نھ ٿو ٿئي.

پاڻيءَ کي ٽمڻ (Water proofing) کان روڪڻ لاءِ ڏامر جي ٺھيل ٺڪيل چادر جنھن کي بٽومين فيلٽ (Bitumen felt) سڏيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ جو بہ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ اھا ڪنھن بھ شڪل يا ڊؤل جي ڇت ۽ بناوت لاءِ استعمال ڪري سگھجي ٿي. ھيٺ ڏنل فھرست ۾ مختلف قسمن جي بٽومين فيلٽ ۽ انھيءَ جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ تور ڄاڻايل آھي.

===درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتيون (First class tile roofing) ===
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون آر-سي-سي، ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي ڪامن،، پٽين، ٽيئرن ۽ گرڊرن مٿان 12&quot;x6&quot;x1 1/4&quot; جي سائيز جي سرن جي ٽائيلن جا ٻھ تھھ ڏيئي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جي ڇتين جي تعمير ھيٺئين ريت ڪئي ويندي آھي؛

*سرن جي ٽائيلن جو پھريون تھھ، پٽين مٿان جيڪي 12&quot; جي پور وڇوٽيءَ تي ڪامن مٿان (يا لوھھ جي گرڊرن مٿان ٽيئر رکي) رکيون وينديون آھن، 1:6 جي تناسب ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جي مسالي سان يا 1:2 جي تناسب ۾ چن ۽ سرخيءَ جي گچ سان لڳايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر ھڪ جوڙ ۾ مسالو چڱيءَ طرح لڳل ھجي.
*سرن جي پھرئين تھھ مٿان اڌ انچ جي ٿولھھ ۾ 1:6  جي تناسب جو سيمينٽ پلستر چاڙھي انھيءَ بعد ٽائيلن جو ٻيو تھھ مٿي ڄاڻايل طريقي سان چاڙھيو ويندو آھي پر خاص طرح سان اھو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ سرن جي ٻئي تھھ جا جوڙ پھرئين تھھ جي جوڙن سان نھ ملن بلڪ انھن جوڙن جي ابتڙ ھجن. ائين ڪرڻ سان مٿئين تھھ جا جوڙ ھيٺئين تھھ جي جوڙن سان نھ ملندا ۽ ڇت ٽمڻ (Leakage) جو امڪان گھٽ رھندو.
*ٽائيلن جي ٻئي تھھ مٿان اڌ انچ جو 1:6 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ پلستر چاڙھيو ويندو آھي
*بعد ۾ سيمينٽ پلستر جي مٿان ڏامر جو تھ  (مٿي ڄاڻايل طريقي سان) چاڙھي، انھيءَ جي مٿان جابلو  ريتي ڇٽي ويندي آھي، جيئن ڇت پاڻيءَ روڪ ٿي.
*انھيءَ بعد ڇت کي ٿڌو رکڻ لاءِ ٽن کان چئن انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ مٽيءَ (جيڪا ڪلر ۽ ٻئي گند ڪچري کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ھجي) جو تھ ڀري، انھيءَ مٿان ھڪ انچ جو مٽيءَ جي گادي جو پلستر ڪري، انھيءَ جي مٿان ڇيڻي جي ليپائي ڪبي آھي.

سرن جي ڀتين جي مٿان ۽ گرڊرن جي ھيٺان لوھھ جي بيڊ پليٽ ڏيڻ تمام ضروري آھي، جيئن گرڊرن جي بار سبب ڀتين جا گرڊر سان ملندڙ حصا ڪمزور ٿي، ٽائيم گذرڻ سان جھڪاءُ آڻي، نقصان نھ پھچائين. گرڊرن ۽ ٽيئرن جي صورت ۾ کين ڇت تي چاڙھڻ کان پھرين سنڌور (Red Oxide)  جي پينٽ جو تھھ ڏيئي، سڪائي پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان انئمل پينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ چاڙھي پوءِ ڀتين مٿان چاڙھجن، جيئن انھن مٿان ڪٽ (Rust) سولائيءَ سان نھ چڙھي. جيڪڏھن ائين نھ ڪبو تھ ٽائيلن چاڙھڻ بعد گرڊرن ۽ ٽيئرن جا صرف ھيٺيان حصا پينٽ ڪري سگھبا ۽ ٻيا دٻيل حصا پينٽ بنا رھجي وڃڻ جي حالت ۾ وقت گذرڻ سان ڪٽبا ويندا ۽ نتيجي ۾ اھي تمام گھٽ ٽائيم ھلندا. نتيجي ۾ ڇت تي ڪيل سمورو ڪم ايترو پائيدار نھ ٿيندو ۽ ٺھيل ڇت پنھنجي ٽائيم کان اڳ ۾ بدلائڻي پوندي.

ڇيڙن وارين ديوارن جي اندرين حصن ۽ پٽين يا ٽيئرن جي وچ ۾ 3 انچن کان 9 انچن جو مفاصلو ھئڻ گھرجي. ڇت جي ٽيڪي جي ديوار مٿان گولو (Drip Course)  ڏيڻ ضروري آھي، جيئن مينھن جو پاڻي انھيءَ کي نقصان نھ پھچائي 


===درجہ دوم ٽائيلن جون ڇتيون (Second class tile roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت جي تعمير پڻ درجھ اول ڇت جي تعمير وانگرگ ٿيندي آھي. فرق صرف اھو آھي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ٽائيلن جو صرف ھڪ تھھ چاڙھيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڊرپ ڪورس جي بجاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو گولو (C.C. Coping)  ڏنو ويندو آھي. 

===جئڪ آرچ ڇتيون (Jack Arch Roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ سرن يا سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جون ڪمانيون  (Arches) تعمير ڪيون وينديون آھن ۽ انھن ڪمانن جا ڇيڙا پالتو لوھ (Mild Steel)  جي ڪامن (Joists) مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ جئائسٽ وري ديوارن يا بيمن تي ٽڪيل ھوندا آھن.جئائسٽ 30 انچن کان 45 انچن جي مفاصلي تي رکيل ھوندا آھن. ڪانڪريٽ جي ٿولھھ ڪمانيءَ جي چوٽيءَ (Crown) وٽ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 6 انچ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ ڪمانيءَ جي بلندي ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ اھا خامي آھي تھ اھا سڌي سطح (Plain Surface) نٿي رھي. آخري ڇيڙن وارن حصن کي افقي ڇڪ (Horizontal thrust) کان روڪڻ لاءِ لوھھ جي جئائسٽ جي ٻاھرين جوڙن (Pairs)  وٽ ٻنڌ سيخون (Tie rods) لڳايون وينديون آھن. ٽاءِ راڊس 6 فوٽن جي مرڪزي (6 feet centre to centre) مفاصلي تي ھئڻ گھرجن. جئڪ آرچن جا گھيرا (Rings)  اڀ سرا (Brick on edge) يا سڌين سرن (Bricks on flat) جا ھئڻ گھرجن.

===رينفورسڊ برڪ ڇتيون (Reinforced Brick Roofs) ===
ھي ڇتيون پڻ آر-سي-سيءَ جي ڇتين وانگر  ۽ سڌيون ھونديون آھن، فرق صرف اھو ھوندو آھي جو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي جاءِ تي سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. سرن ۾ ڇت جي ڊيگھھ ۽ ويڪر جي طرف لڳاتار جوڙ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن جوڙن ۾ ڊزائن مطابق لوھھ جو سريو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. جوڙن جي ٿولھھ ٽي ڀاڱي چار انچ رکي ويندي آھي، جنھن  اندر سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو مسالو ڀريو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن جوڙن کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ سان ڀرڻو ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ جوڙن جي ٿولھھ ڏيڍ انچ کان ٻن انچن تائين رکڻ گھرجي. مکيھ سريو (Main reinforcement) ٿوري فاصلي طرف ۽ ورڇيندڙ سريو (Distribution bars) وڌيڪ فاصلي طرف وجھڻ گھرجي ۽ ورڇيندر سريو مکيھ سريي جي مٿان لڳائڻ گھرجي. رينفورسڊ برڪ جي ڪم جي ٿولھھ ھڪ سر جي ٿولھھ کان ٻن سرن جي ٿولھھ تائين ھئڻ گھرجي. ٻيءَ صورت ۾ وڌيڪ ٿولھھ واري ڇت نھايت ئي مھانگي پوندي.

ڇت جي مٿان ٻيو سمورو ڪم ائين ڪرڻ گھرجي جيئن آر-سي-سيءَ جي ڇت لاءِ ڄاڻايل آھي.
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون ڀروسي جھڙيون نھ ٿيون رھن ۽ انھيءَ سبب ڪري گھٽ استعمال ٿين ٿي
 
===ڇپرن واري يا ڪکائين ڇت (Thatched roof)===
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون عام طرح سان ٻن طرفن کان سلامي ڏيئي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن، جيئن برسات جو پاڻي ڇت جي مٿان بيھي نقصان نہ پھچائي.

ھن قسم جي ڇت ٺاھڻ لاءِ 1 ½ انچ ڊايا ميٽر جي بانس جا ٽڪڙا ھڪ فوٽ جي پور وڇوٽيءَ جي مفاصلي تي رکي ۽ انھن جي خلاف گوني ڪنڊ تي ڇھن انچن جي پور وڇوٽيءَ جي مفاصلي تي چڱيءَ طرح لڪڙا ٻڌي جوڙ جڪ (Frame work) ڪئي ويندي آھي. انھيءَ بعد 6 انچن کان 12 انچن جي ٿولھھ تائين سر، ٽوئا يا ڇپريون، ٽن ٽن انچن جي تھن جي صورت ۾ چاڙھيون وينديون آھن. اڪثر طور تي پھريون تھ بانس جي لڪڙن سان جوڙي جڪي تيار ڪري چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ڇت جي رال (Pitch) 35 ڊگرين جي لڳ ڀڳ رکي ويندي آھي.

ھن قسم جي ڇت اگر ھنرمندي ۽ ڪاريگري سان ٺاھي وڃي تھ سٺي نموني اڻ ٽمندڙ ۽ پاڻيءَ روڪ رھي ٿي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ باھھ لڳڻ جا امڪان تمام گھڻا رھن ٿا ۽ اڏوھي ۽ جيت لڳڻ جو خطرو پڻ رھي ٿو. جيڪڏھن انھن سڀني خطرن کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت جو مدو 15 سالن کان وڌيڪ نھ ٿو رھي.

===ائسبيسٽاس سيمينٽ جي ڇت (Asbestos cement corrugated sheet roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت نھايت ئي عمده قسم جي ائسبيسٽاس ۽ سيمينٽ جي گڏيل مرڪب مان ٺھيل اھڙين چادرن سان ڍڪي ٺاھي ويندي آھي جن ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو نقص جھڙوڪ ڦوٽ، ڏار، ڀڳل ڪنڊون ۽ پاسا وغيرھ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن. ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪٽ يا زنگ (Rust)  لڳڻ جو خطرو نھ ٿو رھي. ھنن تي نھ اڏوھي لڳي ٿي سگھي ۽ نہ ئي وري انھن تي رنگ ڪرڻ جي ضرورت پوي ٿي، البتہ سردين ۾ انھن جي ھيٺان آلاڻ پيدا ٿي پوي ٿي. ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ باھ جو مقابلو ڪرڻ، ۽ موسمي اثرن کي ڪنھن حد تائين روڪڻ جي خاصيت رھي ٿي.

ھنن ڇتين ۾ (7mm) 9/32 in. واري ٿولھھ جي چادرن استعمال ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ڪامن (Purlins)  جي وچ ۾ وڌ ۾ وڌ 5 فوٽ 3 انچ  (1.6m) جو فاصلو ۽ ¼ انچ  (6 mm) جي ٿولھھ وارين چادرن جي حالت ۾ 4 فوٽ 6 انچ (1.4 m) ھئڻ گھرجي.
چادرن جو لسو پاسو ھميشھ مٿان ۽ وڪڙن وارو پاسو ھيٺان ھئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ پاسي وارو چڙھاڪو (Side lap) گھٽ ۾ گھٽ اڌ وڪڙ جيترو، جيڪو عموما (4.5 cm) 13/4&quot; جي برابر ھوندو آھي ۽ ڇيڙن وارو چڙھاڪو (End lap)  گھٽ ۾ گھٽ (15 cm) 6&quot; جي برابر ڏنو وڃي. جڏھن تھ پاسن وارا آزاد حصا گھٽ ۾ گھٽ (40 cm) 1'-4&quot; اڌارن کان ٻاھر نڪتل ھئڻ گھرجن.
چادرن کي قابو ڪرڻ لاءِ آڌار وارين پٽين وٽ چادرن جي وڪڙن جي چوٽين (Crowns) ۾ (8 mm) 3/16&quot; جا ڊرل مشين رستي سوراخ ڪڍي قلعي دار j  (Galvanised) ۽ L جي صورت وارا ڪنڍا (Hooks)  استعمال ڪري ڏامر ۽ قلعي دار (Galvanised iron) وائيسر (Washer)  ڏيئي انھن کي چادرن مٿان، نٽ پٺيان نٽ جي حساب سان جڪڙيو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ سوراخ ڪڍڻ واسطي چادرن کي ڪنھن ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ھرگز ڀڳو ۽ چيريو نھ وڃي انھن نٽن کي پھريائين ڍرو ڇڏيو وڃي ۽ جڏھن ڪافي چادرون وڇائجي وڃن تھ پوءِ انھن کي سوڙھو ۽ قابو ڪيو وڃي. سوراخن  جو قطر (Diameter)  استعمال ٿيندڙ بولٽن جي قطر کان 1/16 انچ وڌيڪ ھئڻ گھرجي. نقصان کان بچاءُ واسطي چادرن کي مٿي چاڙھي وڇائڻ لاءِ تختا يا ڏاڪڻون استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجن. جيڪڏھن ڪنھن بھ چادر کي نقصان پھچي تھ انھيءَ کي اڇلائي خارج ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي ٻي چادر استعمال ڪجي. تمام گھڻي احتياط ڪندي بھ جيڪڏھن انھن چادرن ۾ ڪي نظر انداز ڪرڻ جوڳا ٽنگ ٿي پون تھ انھن کي ڏامر يا ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي مرڪب سان بند ڪري سگھجي ٿو بشرطيڪ انھن مان پاڻي ٽمي نہ سگھي.  ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ ائسبيسٽاس سيمينٽ جي چادرن جا ٽي قسم ٿيندا آھن جن جو ڪجھھ تفصيل ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

*ايورائيٽ بگسڪس : (Everite Bigsix)

ھن قسم جون چادرون 2.758  فوٽ (7 cm) ويڪريون 1.312 فوٽن کان 84.9 فوٽ (4.0 ميٽر کان 3 ميٽرن تائين) ڊگھيون ۽ ¼ انچ (6 mm)  ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. انھن ۾ مجموعي طرح سان 5.7 وڪڙ ٿيندا آھن ۽ ھڪ کان ٻئي وڪڙ تائين اٽڪل  5 ¾ انچن جو مفاصلو ٿيندو آھي، جڏھن تھ وڪڙ جي چوٽيءَ ۽ تري يعني ھيٺ تائين اوچائي 13.2 انچ (5.4 cm)  ٿيندي آھي.

*ايورائٽ اسٽئنڊرڊ : (Everite Standard)

ھي چادرون ٻن قسمن جون ٿينديون آھن.، ھڪڙيون ننڍيون چادرون ۽ ٻيون وڏيون. ننڍيون چادرون 5.2 فوٽ (76 cm)  ويڪريون 3 ½ فوٽن (1.07 mm)  کان  12 ½ فوٽن (3.9 m) تائين ڊگھيون ۽ ¼  انچ (6 mm)  ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. ھن ۾ وڪڙن جي اوچائي ھڪ انچ (2.54 cm)  کان  1.13&quot;  (2.86 cm) تائين ۽ ٻن وڪڙن جي وچ ۾ درمياني مفاصلو 09.2 انچ (5.3 cm) ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھر چادر ۾ 5.10 وڪڙ (Corrugations)  ٿيندا آھن. وڏيون چادرون 3 3/8 فوٽن کان  3 ½ فوٽن تائين (05.1 ميٽرن کان 1.10 ميٽرن تائين) ويڪريون، 3 3/8 فوٽن کان 10 فوٽن تائين ( 04.1 ميٽرن کان 05.3 ميٽرن تائين) ڊگھيون ۽ ¼ انچ (6 mm) ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. ور وڪڙن جي اوچائي 3/16&quot; (اٽڪل 5 سينٽيميٽرن کان 5.4 سينٽيميٽرن تائين) ۽  ان وڪڙن جي وچ وارو مفاصلو 5 ¾ انچ (146 cm) ٿيندو آھي.

*ٽرنال ٽريفورڊ : (Turnal Trafford)
ھي چادرون اٽڪل 3 5/8 فوٽ (13.1 ميٽر) ويڪريون، 4 فوٽن (1.22 ميٽر) کان 10 فوٽن (3.05 m) تائين ڊگھيون ھونديون آھن ۽ ھنن شيٽن ۾ ور وڪڙن جو تسلسل نھ ھوندو آھي، بلڪ ھر وڪڙ کان پوءِ ھموار سطح ھوندي آھي. ھر چادر ۾ اٽڪل چار وڪڙ ٿيندا آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون وڏين عمارتن جھڙوڪ گودامن، سينيما گھرن ۽ ڪارخانن ۾ استعمال ٿينديون آھن. 

===لوھ جي جستي ۽ ناليدر چادرن جون ڇتيون (Galvanised Corrugated Iron Sheet Roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ 16 گيج کان وٺي 24 گيج جون لوھھ جون جستي ۽ ناليدار چادرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ انھن ڳالھين جو خاص خيال رکيو وڃي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪم ايندڙ شيٽون چڱيءَ طرح ۽ بلڪل پختيءَ طرح جستي ملمعي چڙھيل آھن. جيڪڏھن انھن پڙ ڇن ۾ ڪٽ، سفيد پائوڊر جھڙا ٽڪرا، گاٺ ۽ ڦوٽ نظر اچي تھ اھڙن پڙڇن (Sheets) کي ھرگز استعمال نہ ڪجي.

ھيءُ پڙڇ ھميشھ ڪاٺ يا لوھ جي گرڊرن ۽ ڪامن (Purlins) مٿان ڇھن انچن (15 cm) جو ڇيڙن وارو چڙھاڪو (End Overlap) ۽ ٻين وڪڙن (Corrugations) جو ھر سائيڊ کان سائيڊ وارو چڙھاڪو (Side lap) ڏيئي رکيا ويندا آھن. پڙڇن کي قابو رکڻ لاءِ ڪامن مٿان چاڙھڻ کان اڳ ۾ کين زمين تي رکي گھربل ھنڌن تي ڪنھن تکي اوزار سان ٽنگ ڪڍي، انھيءَ بعد مٿي چاڙھي کين بولٽن، اسڪرن، ڪلين ۽ ڪوڪن (Rivets) وغيره سان قابو ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ اھي سوراخ ھنن چادرن ۾ ھيٺان کان مٿي پار ڪرڻ جي حساب سان ۽ ھميشھ وڪڙن جي چوٽيءَ وٽ ڪڍڻ گھرجن. انھن شيٽن کي ھميشھ ملمعي وارن نٽن، بولٽن، ڏامر جي وائيسرن (Washers)  ۽ جستي ملمعي وارن وائيسرن وسيلي ڪامن (Purlins) سان مضبوط ڪري جڪڙيو وڃي. اھي ڪنڍا ۽ بولٽ 5/16 يا 8 ملي ميٽر جي قطر جا ۽ L يا J جي شبيھھ جا ٿيندا آھن. پيچن ھيٺان واشر مضبوطي حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھنن پڙڇن کي لڳائڻ وقت انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ پلون وٽ انھيءَ چادر جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ نالي (Corrugation) ٻيءَ ناليءَ جي مٿان چڙھيل ھجي ۽ ڊگھا پاسا 3 انچن کان 5 انچن تائين (يعني 7.5 سينٽيميٽرن کان 14 سينٽيميٽرن تائين) ھڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙھيل ھئڻ گھرجن. ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪم ايندڙ چادرون 2 فوٽ 3 انچن کان 4 فوٽ 4 انچن ( 65 cm کان 126 cm) تائين ويڪريون، 5 فوٽن کان 15 فوٽن (5.1 ميٽر کان 5.3 ميٽرن) تائين ڊگھيون 1/16 انچن کان ¼ انچ (1.66 mm کان 6.56 cm) تائين ٿلھيون اٺن (8) وڪڙن سان ۽ ھر ھڪ وڪڙ جي وچ کان ٻئي وڪڙ (pitch) جي وچ تائين 3 انچن (7.6 cm) جي مفاصلي واريون ٿينديون آھن. ھيءُ پڙڇ تور ۾ ھلڪا ۽ لڳائڻ (Fixing)  ۾ سولا ٿين ٿا. البتھ موسمي اثرن کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٺيڪ  نٿا ٿا رھن ۽ انھن منجھان گرمي توڙي سردي آسانيءَ سان لنگھي (To transmit) سگھي ٿي. بھرحال ھيءُ پڙڇ پائيدار ۽ باھ جو مقابلو ڪرڻ جي لائق آھي.

ھن قسم جون ڇتيون 1:5 جي تناسب کان وڌيڪ سڌيون نھ رکڻ گھرجن ۽ عام طور 1:2 جي تناسب واريون ڇتيون بھتر رھن ٿيون. 1:2 ½ جي تناسب وارين نصب ڪيل (Pitched) ڇتين جي صورت ۾ ڇيڙي وارو چڙھاڪو (End overlap) 9 انچن (23 cm) کان گھٽ ھئڻ نہ گهرجي.

ھن قسم جون ڇتيون ڇاپرن (Sheds) ۽ ڪارخانن وغيره لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن.  ھن قسم جي ڇتين جو مٿاڇرو ھڪ ڪرو ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن شيٽن جا ور وڪڙ (Corrugations) سڌا ۽ ھموار ھئڻ گهرجن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>hjkbjgui07acalq7idmnaqio68dr0be</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401039</id>
      <parentid>401038</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T00:30:15Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401039</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="29866" sha1="r1x3xod6wucu0fdacbcdid7whglquna" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|عمارت جو مٿيون حفاظتي ڍڪ}}

[[فائل:Tak - Ystad-2022.jpg|thumb|2022ع ۾ [[يسٽاڊ]] جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ مختلف عمارتن جون ڇتيون.]]

'''ڇت''' (انگريزي: ''Roof'') عمارت جو سڀ کان مٿيون حفاظتي ڍڪ هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ اهي سڀئي تعميراتي جزا ۽ مواد شامل هوندا آهن، جيڪي ان کي عمارت جي [[ڀت]]ن يا ٻين سهارن تي مضبوطيءَ سان قائم رکندا آهن. ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد عمارت ۽ ان جي رهواسين کي [[مينهن]]، [[برف]]، [[سج جي روشني]]، انتهائي گرمي يا سردي ۽ [[هوا]] جي اثرن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Harris, Cyril M. (editor). ''Dictionary of Architecture and Construction'', Third Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2000, p. 775.&lt;/ref&gt; ڇت عمارت جي ٻاهرئين حفاظتي ڍانچي (بلڊنگ انولپ) جو هڪ اهم حصو آهي.

ڪنهن به ڇت جي شڪل، بناوت ۽ خاصيتون ان عمارت جي استعمال، دستياب ڇت سازي جي مواد، مقامي تعميراتي روايتن، [[معماري]] جي ڊزائن ۽ تعميراتي عمل تي دارومدار رکن ٿيون. ڪيترين حالتن ۾ انهن تي مقامي يا قومي تعميراتي قانونن ۽ ضابطن جو پڻ اثر هوندو آهي.

گهڻن ملڪن ۾ ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد مينهن کان بچاءُ هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه تعميرن ۾، جهڙوڪ [[ورانڊو]]، اهڙي ڇت استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي جيڪا سج جي سڌي روشني کان بچائي ٿي، پر هوا ۽ ٻين قدرتي عنصرن جي اچ وڃ کي برقرار رکي ٿي. ساڳيءَ طرح [[شيشي گهر]] (گارڊن ڪنزرويٽري) جي ڇت ٻوٽن کي سردي، هوا ۽ مينهن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي، جڏهن ته سج جي روشني اندر اچڻ جي اجازت به ڏيندي آهي.

ڇت کي اضافي رهائشي يا استعمال لائق جاءِ طور پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو، مثال طور [[ڇت وارو باغ]] (روف گارڊن).

== اشتقاق ==

لفظ '''ڇت''' جي انگريزي صورت ''Roof''، پراڻي انگريزي ٻوليءَ جي لفظ '''hrof''' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن جي معنيٰ ''ڇت''، [[ڇت (اندروني)|اندروني ڇت]] (Ceiling)، مٿيون حصو، چوٽي، آسمان يا جنت هئي. مجازي طور هي لفظ ڪنهن به شيءِ جي سڀ کان مٿاهين حصي يا بلند ترين نقطي لاءِ پڻ استعمال ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.etymonline.com/word/roof|title=Roof|website=Online Etymology Dictionary}}&lt;/ref&gt;

هي لفظ [[پروٽو-جرمني ٻولي]] جي لفظ '''خروفام khrofam''' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن سان ٻين جرمني ٻولين جا ڪيترائي لاڳاپيل لفظ پڻ ملن ٿا. مثال طور [[ڊچ ٻولي]] ۾ '''roef''' جي معنيٰ ٻيڙيءَ جي ڪيبن يا ڍڪ، تابوت جي ڍڪ وغيره آهي، [[وچئين اعليٰ جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ '''rof''' جو مطلب ڇپر يا اوچو ڇت وارو حصو، جڏهن ته [[قديم نورس ٻولي]] ۾ '''hrof''' ٻيڙيءَ جي ڇپر يا ٻيڙي رکڻ واري ڍڪيل جاءِ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو.

لساني ماهرن موجب هي لفظ جرمني ٻولين کان ٻاهر ٻين ٻولي خاندانن سان ڪو واضح تعلق نٿو رکي. انگريزي ٻولي ئي اها واحد جرمني ٻولي آهي، جنهن ۾ ''روف'' لفظ پنهنجي عام معنيٰ، يعني عمارت جي مٿئين حفاظتي ڍڪ، لاءِ برقرار رهيو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻين جرمني ٻولين ۾ انهيءَ مفهوم لاءِ اهي لفظ استعمال ٿين ٿا، جيڪي پراڻي انگريزي جي '''þæc''' (ٿئچ؛ يعني ڇپر يا ڪکن جي ڇت) سان لاڳاپيل آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite OED|roof, n.}}&lt;/ref&gt;

==  ڇتين جا قسم== 

ڇتين جا ڪيترائي قسم آھن، جھڙوڪ؛
#سڌيون ڇتيون (Flat Roofs)
#سلاميءَ واريون ڇتيون (Sloped Roofs)
#ھڪ طرف سلاميءَ واريون ڇتيون
#ٻئي طرف سلاميءَ واريون نوڪدار ڇتيون
#ھپ روف (Hip Roof)
#گئمبريل روف (Gambrel Roof)
#مانسرڊ روف (Mansard Roof)
#ڊيڪ روف (Deck Roof)
#ڪارائيءَ جي ڏندن وانگر ”سا ٽٿ روف“ (Saw Tooth Roof)

ڇتين جي ڪن مختلف قسمن جو تفصيلوار بيان ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

=== سڌيون ڇتيون === 
 
عام طرح سان اڄ ڪلھ رھائشي جاين لاءِ سڌين ڇتين کي وڌيڪ پسند ڪيو وڃي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي سولائيءَ سان باھھ روڪ (Fire Proof)  بڻائي سگھجي ٿو. ازنسواءِ ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي مٽيءَ جو تھھ ڏيئي سولائيءَ سان ٿڌو رکي سگھجي ٿو.
تعميراتي طريقن جي لحاظ کان ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي ترتيب وار ھيٺئين ريت ورھائي سگھجي ٿو.
#آر-سي-سيءَ جون ڇتيون (R.C.C Flat Roofs)
#درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتيون (First class tile roofing)
#رينفورسڊ برڪ جون ڇتيون (Reinforced Brick Roofs)
#درجہ دوم ٽائيل ڇتيون (Second class tile roofing)
#جئڪ ڪمان ڇتيون (Jack Arch Roofing)
#ڪاٺ جي تختن جون سڌيون ڇتيون (Wooden flat Roofs)

مٿي ڄاڻايل قسم جي ڇتين مان ڪن خاص ۽ گھڻو استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇتين جو تفصيلوار بيان ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

===آر-سي-سيءَ جون سڌيون ڇتيون (Reinforced cement concrete flat roofs)===
ھن قسم جي ڇتين جو استعمال اڄڪلھھ عام ۽ مقبول ٿي چڪو آھي ۽ گھڻ منزلھ عمارتن لاءِ ڪارآمد پڻ آھي. ھن قسم جي ڇت کي ٿڌو رکڻ لاءِ عام طرح سان گرم علائقن ۾ ٽن انچن کان چئن انچن تائين مٽيءَ جو تھھ ڏيئي انھيءَ جي مٿان گاري جو پلستر (Mud Pluster) يا سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي مسالي سان سرن جون ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر جوڙ ۾ مسالو چڱيءَ طرح لڳايو وڃي جيئن برسات ۽ موسمي اثرن سبب کلي نھ وڃي. جوڙن بعد درزون چڱيءَ طرح ورتيون وينديون آھن. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو پڻ خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ پاڻي ڪھڙي بھ ريت ڇت تي بيٺل نھ رھي. ڇت جي سلامي احتياط سان رکي ويندي آھي ۽ فالتو مسالو، سرن جا  ٽڪرا ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ۽ ڪچرو صاف ڪري اڇليو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ڇت تمام وڏي آھي تھ انھيءَ کي مختلف حصن ۾ ورھائي سلامي ڏني ويندي آھي. تقريبا 1:60  کان 1:40  جي تناسب جي سلامي مناسب سمجھي ويندي آھي.

===ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ (Water proofing flat roofs) ===

ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي مٿين سطح (Surface) کي عام طرح سان صاف ڪري انھيءَ کي چڱيءَ طرح سڪايو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ کان پوءِ ڏامر (Bitumen) کي (190.56o C) 375o F ۽ (204.44o C) 400o F گرمي جي درجي تائين پگھاري سطح جي مٿان ٻن عليحده تھن جي صورت ۾ پوريءَ طرح پٿاريون ويندو آھي، جيئن ٻنھي تھن جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 1/16 انچ بيھي. اھڙيءَ صورت ۾ 100 مربع فوٽن تي 34 پائونڊ ڏامر استعمال ٿيندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد ڏامر جي مٿان جابلو ريتيءَ جو ھلڪو تھھ ڏنو ويندو آھي، اھڙي طرح جيئن 100 مربع فوٽن تي ھڪ مڪعب فوٽ جابلو ريتي استعمال ٿئي، انھيءَ بعد گھربل اوچائي4 ۾ مٽي ڀري انھيءَ مٿان مٽيءَ جي گاري جو پلستر يا سرن جي ٽائيلن جو تھھ ڏنو ويندو آھي. ڏامر جي مٿان جابلو ريتيءَ جو ڇڻڪار انھيءَ ڪري ڪيو ويندو آھي، جيئن اھو ڏامر جي تھھ کي مٽيءَ جي تھ کان جدا رکي.

درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتين (First class tile roofing)  ۽ درجھ دوم ٽائيل ڇتين (Second class tile roofing) جي صورت ۾ ڏامر جو تھھ سرن يا ٽائيل مٿان لڳايل سيمينٽ پلستر جي مڪمل ترائيءَ ۽ انھيءَ جي چڱيءَ طرح سڪڻ بعد ڏنو ويندو آھي ۽ آر-سي-سيءَ جي سلئب جي صورت ۾ پڻ انھيءَ جي مڪمل ترائي ۽ چڱيءَ طرح سڪڻ بعد ڏنو ويندو آھي.

انھيءَ کان علاوھ ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ لاءِ ٻيو اھو بھ طريقو آھي تھ ڏامر جي بجاءِ 04 يا 05 گيج جي شفاف پلاسٽڪ يا پاليٿين چادر (04/05 Guage polythene sheet) استعمال ڪجي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال رکڻو آھي تھ اھا پاليٿين جي چادر ڪنھن بھ ھنڌان ڦاٽل نھ ھجي ۽ گھڻي ايراضيءَ جي حالت ۾ سلاميءَ جي طرف اھي شيٽون يا چادرون ھڪ ٻئي مٿان چڱيءَ طرح چڙھيل (Over-laped) ھئڻ کپن. اھي شيٽون ڇت جي مٿان تيڪي (Parapet wall) جي ھيٺ تائين ھئڻ گھرجن ٻيءَ صورت ۾ جيڪڏھن شيٽ کي صرف تيڪي تائين ڇڏيو ويندو تھ برسات جو پاڻي تيڪي جي ھيٺان لنگھڻ جي ڪوشش ڪندو ۽ ڇت کي نقصان پھچائيندو، پاليٿين پلاسٽڪ ھڪ ھڪ نباتاتي مرڪب آھي ۽ انھيءَ ۾ عمر ڀر جٽاءُ ۽ پائيداريءَ جي خاصيت آھي. ھن تي تيزابيت (Acid) ۽ چانيھي يا کار (Alkali) جو اثر نھ ٿو ٿئي.

پاڻيءَ کي ٽمڻ (Water proofing) کان روڪڻ لاءِ ڏامر جي ٺھيل ٺڪيل چادر جنھن کي بٽومين فيلٽ (Bitumen felt) سڏيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ جو بہ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ اھا ڪنھن بھ شڪل يا ڊؤل جي ڇت ۽ بناوت لاءِ استعمال ڪري سگھجي ٿي. ھيٺ ڏنل فھرست ۾ مختلف قسمن جي بٽومين فيلٽ ۽ انھيءَ جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ تور ڄاڻايل آھي.

===درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتيون (First class tile roofing) ===
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون آر-سي-سي، ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي ڪامن،، پٽين، ٽيئرن ۽ گرڊرن مٿان 12&quot;x6&quot;x1 1/4&quot; جي سائيز جي سرن جي ٽائيلن جا ٻھ تھھ ڏيئي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جي ڇتين جي تعمير ھيٺئين ريت ڪئي ويندي آھي؛

*سرن جي ٽائيلن جو پھريون تھھ، پٽين مٿان جيڪي 12&quot; جي پور وڇوٽيءَ تي ڪامن مٿان (يا لوھھ جي گرڊرن مٿان ٽيئر رکي) رکيون وينديون آھن، 1:6 جي تناسب ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جي مسالي سان يا 1:2 جي تناسب ۾ چن ۽ سرخيءَ جي گچ سان لڳايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر ھڪ جوڙ ۾ مسالو چڱيءَ طرح لڳل ھجي.
*سرن جي پھرئين تھھ مٿان اڌ انچ جي ٿولھھ ۾ 1:6  جي تناسب جو سيمينٽ پلستر چاڙھي انھيءَ بعد ٽائيلن جو ٻيو تھھ مٿي ڄاڻايل طريقي سان چاڙھيو ويندو آھي پر خاص طرح سان اھو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ سرن جي ٻئي تھھ جا جوڙ پھرئين تھھ جي جوڙن سان نھ ملن بلڪ انھن جوڙن جي ابتڙ ھجن. ائين ڪرڻ سان مٿئين تھھ جا جوڙ ھيٺئين تھھ جي جوڙن سان نھ ملندا ۽ ڇت ٽمڻ (Leakage) جو امڪان گھٽ رھندو.
*ٽائيلن جي ٻئي تھھ مٿان اڌ انچ جو 1:6 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ پلستر چاڙھيو ويندو آھي
*بعد ۾ سيمينٽ پلستر جي مٿان ڏامر جو تھ  (مٿي ڄاڻايل طريقي سان) چاڙھي، انھيءَ جي مٿان جابلو  ريتي ڇٽي ويندي آھي، جيئن ڇت پاڻيءَ روڪ ٿي.
*انھيءَ بعد ڇت کي ٿڌو رکڻ لاءِ ٽن کان چئن انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ مٽيءَ (جيڪا ڪلر ۽ ٻئي گند ڪچري کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ھجي) جو تھ ڀري، انھيءَ مٿان ھڪ انچ جو مٽيءَ جي گادي جو پلستر ڪري، انھيءَ جي مٿان ڇيڻي جي ليپائي ڪبي آھي.

سرن جي ڀتين جي مٿان ۽ گرڊرن جي ھيٺان لوھھ جي بيڊ پليٽ ڏيڻ تمام ضروري آھي، جيئن گرڊرن جي بار سبب ڀتين جا گرڊر سان ملندڙ حصا ڪمزور ٿي، ٽائيم گذرڻ سان جھڪاءُ آڻي، نقصان نھ پھچائين. گرڊرن ۽ ٽيئرن جي صورت ۾ کين ڇت تي چاڙھڻ کان پھرين سنڌور (Red Oxide)  جي پينٽ جو تھھ ڏيئي، سڪائي پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان انئمل پينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ چاڙھي پوءِ ڀتين مٿان چاڙھجن، جيئن انھن مٿان ڪٽ (Rust) سولائيءَ سان نھ چڙھي. جيڪڏھن ائين نھ ڪبو تھ ٽائيلن چاڙھڻ بعد گرڊرن ۽ ٽيئرن جا صرف ھيٺيان حصا پينٽ ڪري سگھبا ۽ ٻيا دٻيل حصا پينٽ بنا رھجي وڃڻ جي حالت ۾ وقت گذرڻ سان ڪٽبا ويندا ۽ نتيجي ۾ اھي تمام گھٽ ٽائيم ھلندا. نتيجي ۾ ڇت تي ڪيل سمورو ڪم ايترو پائيدار نھ ٿيندو ۽ ٺھيل ڇت پنھنجي ٽائيم کان اڳ ۾ بدلائڻي پوندي.

ڇيڙن وارين ديوارن جي اندرين حصن ۽ پٽين يا ٽيئرن جي وچ ۾ 3 انچن کان 9 انچن جو مفاصلو ھئڻ گھرجي. ڇت جي ٽيڪي جي ديوار مٿان گولو (Drip Course)  ڏيڻ ضروري آھي، جيئن مينھن جو پاڻي انھيءَ کي نقصان نھ پھچائي 


===درجہ دوم ٽائيلن جون ڇتيون (Second class tile roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت جي تعمير پڻ درجھ اول ڇت جي تعمير وانگرگ ٿيندي آھي. فرق صرف اھو آھي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ٽائيلن جو صرف ھڪ تھھ چاڙھيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڊرپ ڪورس جي بجاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو گولو (C.C. Coping)  ڏنو ويندو آھي. 

===جئڪ آرچ ڇتيون (Jack Arch Roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ سرن يا سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جون ڪمانيون  (Arches) تعمير ڪيون وينديون آھن ۽ انھن ڪمانن جا ڇيڙا پالتو لوھ (Mild Steel)  جي ڪامن (Joists) مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ جئائسٽ وري ديوارن يا بيمن تي ٽڪيل ھوندا آھن.جئائسٽ 30 انچن کان 45 انچن جي مفاصلي تي رکيل ھوندا آھن. ڪانڪريٽ جي ٿولھھ ڪمانيءَ جي چوٽيءَ (Crown) وٽ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 6 انچ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ ڪمانيءَ جي بلندي ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ اھا خامي آھي تھ اھا سڌي سطح (Plain Surface) نٿي رھي. آخري ڇيڙن وارن حصن کي افقي ڇڪ (Horizontal thrust) کان روڪڻ لاءِ لوھھ جي جئائسٽ جي ٻاھرين جوڙن (Pairs)  وٽ ٻنڌ سيخون (Tie rods) لڳايون وينديون آھن. ٽاءِ راڊس 6 فوٽن جي مرڪزي (6 feet centre to centre) مفاصلي تي ھئڻ گھرجن. جئڪ آرچن جا گھيرا (Rings)  اڀ سرا (Brick on edge) يا سڌين سرن (Bricks on flat) جا ھئڻ گھرجن.

===رينفورسڊ برڪ ڇتيون (Reinforced Brick Roofs) ===
ھي ڇتيون پڻ آر-سي-سيءَ جي ڇتين وانگر  ۽ سڌيون ھونديون آھن، فرق صرف اھو ھوندو آھي جو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي جاءِ تي سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. سرن ۾ ڇت جي ڊيگھھ ۽ ويڪر جي طرف لڳاتار جوڙ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن جوڙن ۾ ڊزائن مطابق لوھھ جو سريو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. جوڙن جي ٿولھھ ٽي ڀاڱي چار انچ رکي ويندي آھي، جنھن  اندر سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو مسالو ڀريو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن جوڙن کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ سان ڀرڻو ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ جوڙن جي ٿولھھ ڏيڍ انچ کان ٻن انچن تائين رکڻ گھرجي. مکيھ سريو (Main reinforcement) ٿوري فاصلي طرف ۽ ورڇيندڙ سريو (Distribution bars) وڌيڪ فاصلي طرف وجھڻ گھرجي ۽ ورڇيندر سريو مکيھ سريي جي مٿان لڳائڻ گھرجي. رينفورسڊ برڪ جي ڪم جي ٿولھھ ھڪ سر جي ٿولھھ کان ٻن سرن جي ٿولھھ تائين ھئڻ گھرجي. ٻيءَ صورت ۾ وڌيڪ ٿولھھ واري ڇت نھايت ئي مھانگي پوندي.

ڇت جي مٿان ٻيو سمورو ڪم ائين ڪرڻ گھرجي جيئن آر-سي-سيءَ جي ڇت لاءِ ڄاڻايل آھي.
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون ڀروسي جھڙيون نھ ٿيون رھن ۽ انھيءَ سبب ڪري گھٽ استعمال ٿين ٿي
 
===ڇپرن واري يا ڪکائين ڇت (Thatched roof)===
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون عام طرح سان ٻن طرفن کان سلامي ڏيئي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن، جيئن برسات جو پاڻي ڇت جي مٿان بيھي نقصان نہ پھچائي.

ھن قسم جي ڇت ٺاھڻ لاءِ 1 ½ انچ ڊايا ميٽر جي بانس جا ٽڪڙا ھڪ فوٽ جي پور وڇوٽيءَ جي مفاصلي تي رکي ۽ انھن جي خلاف گوني ڪنڊ تي ڇھن انچن جي پور وڇوٽيءَ جي مفاصلي تي چڱيءَ طرح لڪڙا ٻڌي جوڙ جڪ (Frame work) ڪئي ويندي آھي. انھيءَ بعد 6 انچن کان 12 انچن جي ٿولھھ تائين سر، ٽوئا يا ڇپريون، ٽن ٽن انچن جي تھن جي صورت ۾ چاڙھيون وينديون آھن. اڪثر طور تي پھريون تھ بانس جي لڪڙن سان جوڙي جڪي تيار ڪري چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ڇت جي رال (Pitch) 35 ڊگرين جي لڳ ڀڳ رکي ويندي آھي.

ھن قسم جي ڇت اگر ھنرمندي ۽ ڪاريگري سان ٺاھي وڃي تھ سٺي نموني اڻ ٽمندڙ ۽ پاڻيءَ روڪ رھي ٿي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ باھھ لڳڻ جا امڪان تمام گھڻا رھن ٿا ۽ اڏوھي ۽ جيت لڳڻ جو خطرو پڻ رھي ٿو. جيڪڏھن انھن سڀني خطرن کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت جو مدو 15 سالن کان وڌيڪ نھ ٿو رھي.

===ائسبيسٽاس سيمينٽ جي ڇت (Asbestos cement corrugated sheet roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت نھايت ئي عمده قسم جي ائسبيسٽاس ۽ سيمينٽ جي گڏيل مرڪب مان ٺھيل اھڙين چادرن سان ڍڪي ٺاھي ويندي آھي جن ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو نقص جھڙوڪ ڦوٽ، ڏار، ڀڳل ڪنڊون ۽ پاسا وغيرھ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن. ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪٽ يا زنگ (Rust)  لڳڻ جو خطرو نھ ٿو رھي. ھنن تي نھ اڏوھي لڳي ٿي سگھي ۽ نہ ئي وري انھن تي رنگ ڪرڻ جي ضرورت پوي ٿي، البتہ سردين ۾ انھن جي ھيٺان آلاڻ پيدا ٿي پوي ٿي. ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ باھ جو مقابلو ڪرڻ، ۽ موسمي اثرن کي ڪنھن حد تائين روڪڻ جي خاصيت رھي ٿي.

ھنن ڇتين ۾ (7mm) 9/32 in. واري ٿولھھ جي چادرن استعمال ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ڪامن (Purlins)  جي وچ ۾ وڌ ۾ وڌ 5 فوٽ 3 انچ  (1.6m) جو فاصلو ۽ ¼ انچ  (6 mm) جي ٿولھھ وارين چادرن جي حالت ۾ 4 فوٽ 6 انچ (1.4 m) ھئڻ گھرجي.
چادرن جو لسو پاسو ھميشھ مٿان ۽ وڪڙن وارو پاسو ھيٺان ھئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ پاسي وارو چڙھاڪو (Side lap) گھٽ ۾ گھٽ اڌ وڪڙ جيترو، جيڪو عموما (4.5 cm) 13/4&quot; جي برابر ھوندو آھي ۽ ڇيڙن وارو چڙھاڪو (End lap)  گھٽ ۾ گھٽ (15 cm) 6&quot; جي برابر ڏنو وڃي. جڏھن تھ پاسن وارا آزاد حصا گھٽ ۾ گھٽ (40 cm) 1'-4&quot; اڌارن کان ٻاھر نڪتل ھئڻ گھرجن.
چادرن کي قابو ڪرڻ لاءِ آڌار وارين پٽين وٽ چادرن جي وڪڙن جي چوٽين (Crowns) ۾ (8 mm) 3/16&quot; جا ڊرل مشين رستي سوراخ ڪڍي قلعي دار j  (Galvanised) ۽ L جي صورت وارا ڪنڍا (Hooks)  استعمال ڪري ڏامر ۽ قلعي دار (Galvanised iron) وائيسر (Washer)  ڏيئي انھن کي چادرن مٿان، نٽ پٺيان نٽ جي حساب سان جڪڙيو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ سوراخ ڪڍڻ واسطي چادرن کي ڪنھن ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ھرگز ڀڳو ۽ چيريو نھ وڃي انھن نٽن کي پھريائين ڍرو ڇڏيو وڃي ۽ جڏھن ڪافي چادرون وڇائجي وڃن تھ پوءِ انھن کي سوڙھو ۽ قابو ڪيو وڃي. سوراخن  جو قطر (Diameter)  استعمال ٿيندڙ بولٽن جي قطر کان 1/16 انچ وڌيڪ ھئڻ گھرجي. نقصان کان بچاءُ واسطي چادرن کي مٿي چاڙھي وڇائڻ لاءِ تختا يا ڏاڪڻون استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجن. جيڪڏھن ڪنھن بھ چادر کي نقصان پھچي تھ انھيءَ کي اڇلائي خارج ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي ٻي چادر استعمال ڪجي. تمام گھڻي احتياط ڪندي بھ جيڪڏھن انھن چادرن ۾ ڪي نظر انداز ڪرڻ جوڳا ٽنگ ٿي پون تھ انھن کي ڏامر يا ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي مرڪب سان بند ڪري سگھجي ٿو بشرطيڪ انھن مان پاڻي ٽمي نہ سگھي.  ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ ائسبيسٽاس سيمينٽ جي چادرن جا ٽي قسم ٿيندا آھن جن جو ڪجھھ تفصيل ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

*ايورائيٽ بگسڪس : (Everite Bigsix)

ھن قسم جون چادرون 2.758  فوٽ (7 cm) ويڪريون 1.312 فوٽن کان 84.9 فوٽ (4.0 ميٽر کان 3 ميٽرن تائين) ڊگھيون ۽ ¼ انچ (6 mm)  ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. انھن ۾ مجموعي طرح سان 5.7 وڪڙ ٿيندا آھن ۽ ھڪ کان ٻئي وڪڙ تائين اٽڪل  5 ¾ انچن جو مفاصلو ٿيندو آھي، جڏھن تھ وڪڙ جي چوٽيءَ ۽ تري يعني ھيٺ تائين اوچائي 13.2 انچ (5.4 cm)  ٿيندي آھي.

*ايورائٽ اسٽئنڊرڊ : (Everite Standard)

ھي چادرون ٻن قسمن جون ٿينديون آھن.، ھڪڙيون ننڍيون چادرون ۽ ٻيون وڏيون. ننڍيون چادرون 5.2 فوٽ (76 cm)  ويڪريون 3 ½ فوٽن (1.07 mm)  کان  12 ½ فوٽن (3.9 m) تائين ڊگھيون ۽ ¼  انچ (6 mm)  ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. ھن ۾ وڪڙن جي اوچائي ھڪ انچ (2.54 cm)  کان  1.13&quot;  (2.86 cm) تائين ۽ ٻن وڪڙن جي وچ ۾ درمياني مفاصلو 09.2 انچ (5.3 cm) ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھر چادر ۾ 5.10 وڪڙ (Corrugations)  ٿيندا آھن. وڏيون چادرون 3 3/8 فوٽن کان  3 ½ فوٽن تائين (05.1 ميٽرن کان 1.10 ميٽرن تائين) ويڪريون، 3 3/8 فوٽن کان 10 فوٽن تائين ( 04.1 ميٽرن کان 05.3 ميٽرن تائين) ڊگھيون ۽ ¼ انچ (6 mm) ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. ور وڪڙن جي اوچائي 3/16&quot; (اٽڪل 5 سينٽيميٽرن کان 5.4 سينٽيميٽرن تائين) ۽  ان وڪڙن جي وچ وارو مفاصلو 5 ¾ انچ (146 cm) ٿيندو آھي.

*ٽرنال ٽريفورڊ : (Turnal Trafford)
ھي چادرون اٽڪل 3 5/8 فوٽ (13.1 ميٽر) ويڪريون، 4 فوٽن (1.22 ميٽر) کان 10 فوٽن (3.05 m) تائين ڊگھيون ھونديون آھن ۽ ھنن شيٽن ۾ ور وڪڙن جو تسلسل نھ ھوندو آھي، بلڪ ھر وڪڙ کان پوءِ ھموار سطح ھوندي آھي. ھر چادر ۾ اٽڪل چار وڪڙ ٿيندا آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون وڏين عمارتن جھڙوڪ گودامن، سينيما گھرن ۽ ڪارخانن ۾ استعمال ٿينديون آھن. 

===لوھ جي جستي ۽ ناليدر چادرن جون ڇتيون (Galvanised Corrugated Iron Sheet Roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ 16 گيج کان وٺي 24 گيج جون لوھھ جون جستي ۽ ناليدار چادرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ انھن ڳالھين جو خاص خيال رکيو وڃي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪم ايندڙ شيٽون چڱيءَ طرح ۽ بلڪل پختيءَ طرح جستي ملمعي چڙھيل آھن. جيڪڏھن انھن پڙ ڇن ۾ ڪٽ، سفيد پائوڊر جھڙا ٽڪرا، گاٺ ۽ ڦوٽ نظر اچي تھ اھڙن پڙڇن (Sheets) کي ھرگز استعمال نہ ڪجي.

ھيءُ پڙڇ ھميشھ ڪاٺ يا لوھ جي گرڊرن ۽ ڪامن (Purlins) مٿان ڇھن انچن (15 cm) جو ڇيڙن وارو چڙھاڪو (End Overlap) ۽ ٻين وڪڙن (Corrugations) جو ھر سائيڊ کان سائيڊ وارو چڙھاڪو (Side lap) ڏيئي رکيا ويندا آھن. پڙڇن کي قابو رکڻ لاءِ ڪامن مٿان چاڙھڻ کان اڳ ۾ کين زمين تي رکي گھربل ھنڌن تي ڪنھن تکي اوزار سان ٽنگ ڪڍي، انھيءَ بعد مٿي چاڙھي کين بولٽن، اسڪرن، ڪلين ۽ ڪوڪن (Rivets) وغيره سان قابو ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ اھي سوراخ ھنن چادرن ۾ ھيٺان کان مٿي پار ڪرڻ جي حساب سان ۽ ھميشھ وڪڙن جي چوٽيءَ وٽ ڪڍڻ گھرجن. انھن شيٽن کي ھميشھ ملمعي وارن نٽن، بولٽن، ڏامر جي وائيسرن (Washers)  ۽ جستي ملمعي وارن وائيسرن وسيلي ڪامن (Purlins) سان مضبوط ڪري جڪڙيو وڃي. اھي ڪنڍا ۽ بولٽ 5/16 يا 8 ملي ميٽر جي قطر جا ۽ L يا J جي شبيھھ جا ٿيندا آھن. پيچن ھيٺان واشر مضبوطي حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھنن پڙڇن کي لڳائڻ وقت انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ پلون وٽ انھيءَ چادر جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ نالي (Corrugation) ٻيءَ ناليءَ جي مٿان چڙھيل ھجي ۽ ڊگھا پاسا 3 انچن کان 5 انچن تائين (يعني 7.5 سينٽيميٽرن کان 14 سينٽيميٽرن تائين) ھڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙھيل ھئڻ گھرجن. ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪم ايندڙ چادرون 2 فوٽ 3 انچن کان 4 فوٽ 4 انچن ( 65 cm کان 126 cm) تائين ويڪريون، 5 فوٽن کان 15 فوٽن (5.1 ميٽر کان 5.3 ميٽرن) تائين ڊگھيون 1/16 انچن کان ¼ انچ (1.66 mm کان 6.56 cm) تائين ٿلھيون اٺن (8) وڪڙن سان ۽ ھر ھڪ وڪڙ جي وچ کان ٻئي وڪڙ (pitch) جي وچ تائين 3 انچن (7.6 cm) جي مفاصلي واريون ٿينديون آھن. ھيءُ پڙڇ تور ۾ ھلڪا ۽ لڳائڻ (Fixing)  ۾ سولا ٿين ٿا. البتھ موسمي اثرن کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٺيڪ  نٿا ٿا رھن ۽ انھن منجھان گرمي توڙي سردي آسانيءَ سان لنگھي (To transmit) سگھي ٿي. بھرحال ھيءُ پڙڇ پائيدار ۽ باھ جو مقابلو ڪرڻ جي لائق آھي.

ھن قسم جون ڇتيون 1:5 جي تناسب کان وڌيڪ سڌيون نھ رکڻ گھرجن ۽ عام طور 1:2 جي تناسب واريون ڇتيون بھتر رھن ٿيون. 1:2 ½ جي تناسب وارين نصب ڪيل (Pitched) ڇتين جي صورت ۾ ڇيڙي وارو چڙھاڪو (End overlap) 9 انچن (23 cm) کان گھٽ ھئڻ نہ گهرجي.

ھن قسم جون ڇتيون ڇاپرن (Sheds) ۽ ڪارخانن وغيره لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن.  ھن قسم جي ڇتين جو مٿاڇرو ھڪ ڪرو ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن شيٽن جا ور وڪڙ (Corrugations) سڌا ۽ ھموار ھئڻ گهرجن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>r1x3xod6wucu0fdacbcdid7whglquna</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401040</id>
      <parentid>401039</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T00:32:58Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401040</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="33631" sha1="col4hdz1ejgh2fiaupm72od0ybihkjt" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|عمارت جو مٿيون حفاظتي ڍڪ}}

[[فائل:Tak - Ystad-2022.jpg|thumb|2022ع ۾ [[يسٽاڊ]] جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ مختلف عمارتن جون ڇتيون.]]

'''ڇت''' (انگريزي: ''Roof'') عمارت جو سڀ کان مٿيون حفاظتي ڍڪ هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ اهي سڀئي تعميراتي جزا ۽ مواد شامل هوندا آهن، جيڪي ان کي عمارت جي [[ڀت]]ن يا ٻين سهارن تي مضبوطيءَ سان قائم رکندا آهن. ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد عمارت ۽ ان جي رهواسين کي [[مينهن]]، [[برف]]، [[سج جي روشني]]، انتهائي گرمي يا سردي ۽ [[هوا]] جي اثرن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Harris, Cyril M. (editor). ''Dictionary of Architecture and Construction'', Third Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2000, p. 775.&lt;/ref&gt; ڇت عمارت جي ٻاهرئين حفاظتي ڍانچي (بلڊنگ انولپ) جو هڪ اهم حصو آهي.

ڪنهن به ڇت جي شڪل، بناوت ۽ خاصيتون ان عمارت جي استعمال، دستياب ڇت سازي جي مواد، مقامي تعميراتي روايتن، [[معماري]] جي ڊزائن ۽ تعميراتي عمل تي دارومدار رکن ٿيون. ڪيترين حالتن ۾ انهن تي مقامي يا قومي تعميراتي قانونن ۽ ضابطن جو پڻ اثر هوندو آهي.

گهڻن ملڪن ۾ ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد مينهن کان بچاءُ هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه تعميرن ۾، جهڙوڪ [[ورانڊو]]، اهڙي ڇت استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي جيڪا سج جي سڌي روشني کان بچائي ٿي، پر هوا ۽ ٻين قدرتي عنصرن جي اچ وڃ کي برقرار رکي ٿي. ساڳيءَ طرح [[شيشي گهر]] (گارڊن ڪنزرويٽري) جي ڇت ٻوٽن کي سردي، هوا ۽ مينهن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي، جڏهن ته سج جي روشني اندر اچڻ جي اجازت به ڏيندي آهي.

ڇت کي اضافي رهائشي يا استعمال لائق جاءِ طور پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو، مثال طور [[ڇت وارو باغ]] (روف گارڊن).

== اشتقاق ==

لفظ '''ڇت''' جي انگريزي صورت ''Roof''، پراڻي انگريزي ٻوليءَ جي لفظ '''hrof''' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن جي معنيٰ ''ڇت''، [[ڇت (اندروني)|اندروني ڇت]] (Ceiling)، مٿيون حصو، چوٽي، آسمان يا جنت هئي. مجازي طور هي لفظ ڪنهن به شيءِ جي سڀ کان مٿاهين حصي يا بلند ترين نقطي لاءِ پڻ استعمال ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.etymonline.com/word/roof|title=Roof|website=Online Etymology Dictionary}}&lt;/ref&gt;

هي لفظ [[پروٽو-جرمني ٻولي]] جي لفظ '''خروفام khrofam''' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن سان ٻين جرمني ٻولين جا ڪيترائي لاڳاپيل لفظ پڻ ملن ٿا. مثال طور [[ڊچ ٻولي]] ۾ '''roef''' جي معنيٰ ٻيڙيءَ جي ڪيبن يا ڍڪ، تابوت جي ڍڪ وغيره آهي، [[وچئين اعليٰ جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ '''rof''' جو مطلب ڇپر يا اوچو ڇت وارو حصو، جڏهن ته [[قديم نورس ٻولي]] ۾ '''hrof''' ٻيڙيءَ جي ڇپر يا ٻيڙي رکڻ واري ڍڪيل جاءِ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو.

لساني ماهرن موجب هي لفظ جرمني ٻولين کان ٻاهر ٻين ٻولي خاندانن سان ڪو واضح تعلق نٿو رکي. انگريزي ٻولي ئي اها واحد جرمني ٻولي آهي، جنهن ۾ ''روف'' لفظ پنهنجي عام معنيٰ، يعني عمارت جي مٿئين حفاظتي ڍڪ، لاءِ برقرار رهيو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻين جرمني ٻولين ۾ انهيءَ مفهوم لاءِ اهي لفظ استعمال ٿين ٿا، جيڪي پراڻي انگريزي جي '''þæc''' (ٿئچ؛ يعني ڇپر يا ڪکن جي ڇت) سان لاڳاپيل آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite OED|roof, n.}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== بناوتي جزا ==

ڇت جي ڊزائن جا بنيادي جزا هي آهن:

* مواد؛
* [[گهر جي ڇت جي بناوت|تعميراتي بناوت]]؛
* پائيداري.

=== مواد ===

ڇت ٺاهڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد علائقي، موسم، دستيابي ۽ تعميراتي ضرورتن موجب مختلف هوندا آهن. اهي [[ڪيلي]] جي پنن، ڪڻڪ جي [[ڀوسو|ڀوسي]] يا [[سامونڊي گاهه]] کان وٺي [[پرتدار شيشو]] (ليمينيٽيڊ گلاس)، [[ٽامو|ٽامي]]، [[ايلومينيم]] جي چادرن ۽ اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[ڪنڪريٽ]] تائين ٿي سگهن ٿا. دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾ [[ٺڪر]] جون [[ڇت جون سرون]] صدين، بلڪه هزارين سالن کان سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇت سازي جو مواد رهيون آهن.

ٻين عام ڇت سازي جي موادن ۾ [[اسفالٽ]]، [[ڪوئلي جي تار]]، [[اي پي ڊي ايم رٻڙ]] (EPDM Rubber)، [[هائپالون]]، [[پولي يوريٿين]] جو فوم، [[پولي ونائل ڪلورائيڊ]] (PVC)، [[سليٽ پٿر]]، [[ٽيفلون]] جو ڪپڙو، [[ٿرموپلاسٽڪ اوليفن]] (TPO)، ۽ [[ڪاٺ]] جون ڇتيون (ووڊ شيڪز ۽ شنگلز) شامل آهن.

=== تعميراتي بناوت ===

ڇت جي تعميراتي بناوت ان ڳالهه تي دارومدار رکي ٿي ته ان کي ڪهڙي طريقي سان سهارو ڏنو ويو آهي، هيٺئين خالي جاءِ کي ڪيئن ڍڪيو ويو آهي، ۽ ڇت ڍلوان (پچڊ) آهي يا هموار.

'''ڇت جي ڍلوان''' (روف پچ) ان زاويي کي چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن تي ڇت پنهنجي سڀ کان هيٺئين نقطي کان مٿي طرف اڀري ٿي. آمريڪا ۾ گهڻيون رهائشي عمارتون، سواءِ انتهائي خشڪ علائقن جي، ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون رکن ٿيون. جيتوڻيڪ جديد نيڪال جا نظام، جهڙوڪ پاڻيءَ جون ناليون، هموار ڇت کي به ڪارائتو بڻائي سگهن ٿا، پر روايت، جمالياتي حسن ۽ تعميراتي ضرورتن سبب اڄ به گهڻيون ڇتيون ڍلوان سان ٺاهيون وڃن ٿيون.

ڪجهه ڇت سازي جا مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]] (ٿيچ)، پاڻي نه رسڻ ۽ ڊگهي عمر لاءِ تيز ڍلوان جي گهرج رکن ٿا. جڏهن ته ٻيا مواد، جهڙوڪ [[پين ٽائل]] (Pantile)، تمام تيز ڍلوان تي مستحڪم ناهن رهندا، پر گهٽ ڍلوان تي موسم کان بهترين تحفظ فراهم ڪندا آهن.

جن علائقن ۾ برسات تمام گهٽ پوندي آهي، اتي لڳ ڀڳ هموار ڇت، جنهن ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ معمولي ڍلوان هجي، عام طور ڪافي هوندي آهي. اهڙين ڇتين ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ ناليون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن سان وڌيڪ ڍلوان جي ضرورت گهٽجي ويندي آهي.

ڇت جي تعمير ۾ ماهر ڪاريگر کي '''ڇت ساز''' (روفر) چيو ويندو آهي.

=== پائيداري ===

ڇت جي پائيداري انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڇت عمارت جو اهو حصو آهي، جتي مرمت يا تجديد لاءِ پهچڻ نسبتاً ڏکيو هوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ڇت کي نقصان پهچي يا اها تباهه ٿي وڃي ته ان جا اثر سڄي عمارت جي حفاظت، استعمال ۽ عمر تي پئجي سگهن ٿا.

==  ڇتين جا قسم== 

ڇتين جا ڪيترائي قسم آھن، جھڙوڪ؛
#سڌيون ڇتيون (Flat Roofs)
#سلاميءَ واريون ڇتيون (Sloped Roofs)
#ھڪ طرف سلاميءَ واريون ڇتيون
#ٻئي طرف سلاميءَ واريون نوڪدار ڇتيون
#ھپ روف (Hip Roof)
#گئمبريل روف (Gambrel Roof)
#مانسرڊ روف (Mansard Roof)
#ڊيڪ روف (Deck Roof)
#ڪارائيءَ جي ڏندن وانگر ”سا ٽٿ روف“ (Saw Tooth Roof)

ڇتين جي ڪن مختلف قسمن جو تفصيلوار بيان ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

=== سڌيون ڇتيون === 
 
عام طرح سان اڄ ڪلھ رھائشي جاين لاءِ سڌين ڇتين کي وڌيڪ پسند ڪيو وڃي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي سولائيءَ سان باھھ روڪ (Fire Proof)  بڻائي سگھجي ٿو. ازنسواءِ ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي مٽيءَ جو تھھ ڏيئي سولائيءَ سان ٿڌو رکي سگھجي ٿو.
تعميراتي طريقن جي لحاظ کان ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي ترتيب وار ھيٺئين ريت ورھائي سگھجي ٿو.
#آر-سي-سيءَ جون ڇتيون (R.C.C Flat Roofs)
#درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتيون (First class tile roofing)
#رينفورسڊ برڪ جون ڇتيون (Reinforced Brick Roofs)
#درجہ دوم ٽائيل ڇتيون (Second class tile roofing)
#جئڪ ڪمان ڇتيون (Jack Arch Roofing)
#ڪاٺ جي تختن جون سڌيون ڇتيون (Wooden flat Roofs)

مٿي ڄاڻايل قسم جي ڇتين مان ڪن خاص ۽ گھڻو استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇتين جو تفصيلوار بيان ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

===آر-سي-سيءَ جون سڌيون ڇتيون (Reinforced cement concrete flat roofs)===
ھن قسم جي ڇتين جو استعمال اڄڪلھھ عام ۽ مقبول ٿي چڪو آھي ۽ گھڻ منزلھ عمارتن لاءِ ڪارآمد پڻ آھي. ھن قسم جي ڇت کي ٿڌو رکڻ لاءِ عام طرح سان گرم علائقن ۾ ٽن انچن کان چئن انچن تائين مٽيءَ جو تھھ ڏيئي انھيءَ جي مٿان گاري جو پلستر (Mud Pluster) يا سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي مسالي سان سرن جون ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر جوڙ ۾ مسالو چڱيءَ طرح لڳايو وڃي جيئن برسات ۽ موسمي اثرن سبب کلي نھ وڃي. جوڙن بعد درزون چڱيءَ طرح ورتيون وينديون آھن. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو پڻ خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ پاڻي ڪھڙي بھ ريت ڇت تي بيٺل نھ رھي. ڇت جي سلامي احتياط سان رکي ويندي آھي ۽ فالتو مسالو، سرن جا  ٽڪرا ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ۽ ڪچرو صاف ڪري اڇليو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ڇت تمام وڏي آھي تھ انھيءَ کي مختلف حصن ۾ ورھائي سلامي ڏني ويندي آھي. تقريبا 1:60  کان 1:40  جي تناسب جي سلامي مناسب سمجھي ويندي آھي.

===ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ (Water proofing flat roofs) ===

ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي مٿين سطح (Surface) کي عام طرح سان صاف ڪري انھيءَ کي چڱيءَ طرح سڪايو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ کان پوءِ ڏامر (Bitumen) کي (190.56o C) 375o F ۽ (204.44o C) 400o F گرمي جي درجي تائين پگھاري سطح جي مٿان ٻن عليحده تھن جي صورت ۾ پوريءَ طرح پٿاريون ويندو آھي، جيئن ٻنھي تھن جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 1/16 انچ بيھي. اھڙيءَ صورت ۾ 100 مربع فوٽن تي 34 پائونڊ ڏامر استعمال ٿيندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد ڏامر جي مٿان جابلو ريتيءَ جو ھلڪو تھھ ڏنو ويندو آھي، اھڙي طرح جيئن 100 مربع فوٽن تي ھڪ مڪعب فوٽ جابلو ريتي استعمال ٿئي، انھيءَ بعد گھربل اوچائي4 ۾ مٽي ڀري انھيءَ مٿان مٽيءَ جي گاري جو پلستر يا سرن جي ٽائيلن جو تھھ ڏنو ويندو آھي. ڏامر جي مٿان جابلو ريتيءَ جو ڇڻڪار انھيءَ ڪري ڪيو ويندو آھي، جيئن اھو ڏامر جي تھھ کي مٽيءَ جي تھ کان جدا رکي.

درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتين (First class tile roofing)  ۽ درجھ دوم ٽائيل ڇتين (Second class tile roofing) جي صورت ۾ ڏامر جو تھھ سرن يا ٽائيل مٿان لڳايل سيمينٽ پلستر جي مڪمل ترائيءَ ۽ انھيءَ جي چڱيءَ طرح سڪڻ بعد ڏنو ويندو آھي ۽ آر-سي-سيءَ جي سلئب جي صورت ۾ پڻ انھيءَ جي مڪمل ترائي ۽ چڱيءَ طرح سڪڻ بعد ڏنو ويندو آھي.

انھيءَ کان علاوھ ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ لاءِ ٻيو اھو بھ طريقو آھي تھ ڏامر جي بجاءِ 04 يا 05 گيج جي شفاف پلاسٽڪ يا پاليٿين چادر (04/05 Guage polythene sheet) استعمال ڪجي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال رکڻو آھي تھ اھا پاليٿين جي چادر ڪنھن بھ ھنڌان ڦاٽل نھ ھجي ۽ گھڻي ايراضيءَ جي حالت ۾ سلاميءَ جي طرف اھي شيٽون يا چادرون ھڪ ٻئي مٿان چڱيءَ طرح چڙھيل (Over-laped) ھئڻ کپن. اھي شيٽون ڇت جي مٿان تيڪي (Parapet wall) جي ھيٺ تائين ھئڻ گھرجن ٻيءَ صورت ۾ جيڪڏھن شيٽ کي صرف تيڪي تائين ڇڏيو ويندو تھ برسات جو پاڻي تيڪي جي ھيٺان لنگھڻ جي ڪوشش ڪندو ۽ ڇت کي نقصان پھچائيندو، پاليٿين پلاسٽڪ ھڪ ھڪ نباتاتي مرڪب آھي ۽ انھيءَ ۾ عمر ڀر جٽاءُ ۽ پائيداريءَ جي خاصيت آھي. ھن تي تيزابيت (Acid) ۽ چانيھي يا کار (Alkali) جو اثر نھ ٿو ٿئي.

پاڻيءَ کي ٽمڻ (Water proofing) کان روڪڻ لاءِ ڏامر جي ٺھيل ٺڪيل چادر جنھن کي بٽومين فيلٽ (Bitumen felt) سڏيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ جو بہ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ اھا ڪنھن بھ شڪل يا ڊؤل جي ڇت ۽ بناوت لاءِ استعمال ڪري سگھجي ٿي. ھيٺ ڏنل فھرست ۾ مختلف قسمن جي بٽومين فيلٽ ۽ انھيءَ جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ تور ڄاڻايل آھي.

===درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتيون (First class tile roofing) ===
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون آر-سي-سي، ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي ڪامن،، پٽين، ٽيئرن ۽ گرڊرن مٿان 12&quot;x6&quot;x1 1/4&quot; جي سائيز جي سرن جي ٽائيلن جا ٻھ تھھ ڏيئي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جي ڇتين جي تعمير ھيٺئين ريت ڪئي ويندي آھي؛

*سرن جي ٽائيلن جو پھريون تھھ، پٽين مٿان جيڪي 12&quot; جي پور وڇوٽيءَ تي ڪامن مٿان (يا لوھھ جي گرڊرن مٿان ٽيئر رکي) رکيون وينديون آھن، 1:6 جي تناسب ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جي مسالي سان يا 1:2 جي تناسب ۾ چن ۽ سرخيءَ جي گچ سان لڳايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر ھڪ جوڙ ۾ مسالو چڱيءَ طرح لڳل ھجي.
*سرن جي پھرئين تھھ مٿان اڌ انچ جي ٿولھھ ۾ 1:6  جي تناسب جو سيمينٽ پلستر چاڙھي انھيءَ بعد ٽائيلن جو ٻيو تھھ مٿي ڄاڻايل طريقي سان چاڙھيو ويندو آھي پر خاص طرح سان اھو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ سرن جي ٻئي تھھ جا جوڙ پھرئين تھھ جي جوڙن سان نھ ملن بلڪ انھن جوڙن جي ابتڙ ھجن. ائين ڪرڻ سان مٿئين تھھ جا جوڙ ھيٺئين تھھ جي جوڙن سان نھ ملندا ۽ ڇت ٽمڻ (Leakage) جو امڪان گھٽ رھندو.
*ٽائيلن جي ٻئي تھھ مٿان اڌ انچ جو 1:6 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ پلستر چاڙھيو ويندو آھي
*بعد ۾ سيمينٽ پلستر جي مٿان ڏامر جو تھ  (مٿي ڄاڻايل طريقي سان) چاڙھي، انھيءَ جي مٿان جابلو  ريتي ڇٽي ويندي آھي، جيئن ڇت پاڻيءَ روڪ ٿي.
*انھيءَ بعد ڇت کي ٿڌو رکڻ لاءِ ٽن کان چئن انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ مٽيءَ (جيڪا ڪلر ۽ ٻئي گند ڪچري کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ھجي) جو تھ ڀري، انھيءَ مٿان ھڪ انچ جو مٽيءَ جي گادي جو پلستر ڪري، انھيءَ جي مٿان ڇيڻي جي ليپائي ڪبي آھي.

سرن جي ڀتين جي مٿان ۽ گرڊرن جي ھيٺان لوھھ جي بيڊ پليٽ ڏيڻ تمام ضروري آھي، جيئن گرڊرن جي بار سبب ڀتين جا گرڊر سان ملندڙ حصا ڪمزور ٿي، ٽائيم گذرڻ سان جھڪاءُ آڻي، نقصان نھ پھچائين. گرڊرن ۽ ٽيئرن جي صورت ۾ کين ڇت تي چاڙھڻ کان پھرين سنڌور (Red Oxide)  جي پينٽ جو تھھ ڏيئي، سڪائي پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان انئمل پينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ چاڙھي پوءِ ڀتين مٿان چاڙھجن، جيئن انھن مٿان ڪٽ (Rust) سولائيءَ سان نھ چڙھي. جيڪڏھن ائين نھ ڪبو تھ ٽائيلن چاڙھڻ بعد گرڊرن ۽ ٽيئرن جا صرف ھيٺيان حصا پينٽ ڪري سگھبا ۽ ٻيا دٻيل حصا پينٽ بنا رھجي وڃڻ جي حالت ۾ وقت گذرڻ سان ڪٽبا ويندا ۽ نتيجي ۾ اھي تمام گھٽ ٽائيم ھلندا. نتيجي ۾ ڇت تي ڪيل سمورو ڪم ايترو پائيدار نھ ٿيندو ۽ ٺھيل ڇت پنھنجي ٽائيم کان اڳ ۾ بدلائڻي پوندي.

ڇيڙن وارين ديوارن جي اندرين حصن ۽ پٽين يا ٽيئرن جي وچ ۾ 3 انچن کان 9 انچن جو مفاصلو ھئڻ گھرجي. ڇت جي ٽيڪي جي ديوار مٿان گولو (Drip Course)  ڏيڻ ضروري آھي، جيئن مينھن جو پاڻي انھيءَ کي نقصان نھ پھچائي 


===درجہ دوم ٽائيلن جون ڇتيون (Second class tile roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت جي تعمير پڻ درجھ اول ڇت جي تعمير وانگرگ ٿيندي آھي. فرق صرف اھو آھي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ٽائيلن جو صرف ھڪ تھھ چاڙھيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڊرپ ڪورس جي بجاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو گولو (C.C. Coping)  ڏنو ويندو آھي. 

===جئڪ آرچ ڇتيون (Jack Arch Roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ سرن يا سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جون ڪمانيون  (Arches) تعمير ڪيون وينديون آھن ۽ انھن ڪمانن جا ڇيڙا پالتو لوھ (Mild Steel)  جي ڪامن (Joists) مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ جئائسٽ وري ديوارن يا بيمن تي ٽڪيل ھوندا آھن.جئائسٽ 30 انچن کان 45 انچن جي مفاصلي تي رکيل ھوندا آھن. ڪانڪريٽ جي ٿولھھ ڪمانيءَ جي چوٽيءَ (Crown) وٽ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 6 انچ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ ڪمانيءَ جي بلندي ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ اھا خامي آھي تھ اھا سڌي سطح (Plain Surface) نٿي رھي. آخري ڇيڙن وارن حصن کي افقي ڇڪ (Horizontal thrust) کان روڪڻ لاءِ لوھھ جي جئائسٽ جي ٻاھرين جوڙن (Pairs)  وٽ ٻنڌ سيخون (Tie rods) لڳايون وينديون آھن. ٽاءِ راڊس 6 فوٽن جي مرڪزي (6 feet centre to centre) مفاصلي تي ھئڻ گھرجن. جئڪ آرچن جا گھيرا (Rings)  اڀ سرا (Brick on edge) يا سڌين سرن (Bricks on flat) جا ھئڻ گھرجن.

===رينفورسڊ برڪ ڇتيون (Reinforced Brick Roofs) ===
ھي ڇتيون پڻ آر-سي-سيءَ جي ڇتين وانگر  ۽ سڌيون ھونديون آھن، فرق صرف اھو ھوندو آھي جو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي جاءِ تي سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. سرن ۾ ڇت جي ڊيگھھ ۽ ويڪر جي طرف لڳاتار جوڙ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن جوڙن ۾ ڊزائن مطابق لوھھ جو سريو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. جوڙن جي ٿولھھ ٽي ڀاڱي چار انچ رکي ويندي آھي، جنھن  اندر سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو مسالو ڀريو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن جوڙن کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ سان ڀرڻو ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ جوڙن جي ٿولھھ ڏيڍ انچ کان ٻن انچن تائين رکڻ گھرجي. مکيھ سريو (Main reinforcement) ٿوري فاصلي طرف ۽ ورڇيندڙ سريو (Distribution bars) وڌيڪ فاصلي طرف وجھڻ گھرجي ۽ ورڇيندر سريو مکيھ سريي جي مٿان لڳائڻ گھرجي. رينفورسڊ برڪ جي ڪم جي ٿولھھ ھڪ سر جي ٿولھھ کان ٻن سرن جي ٿولھھ تائين ھئڻ گھرجي. ٻيءَ صورت ۾ وڌيڪ ٿولھھ واري ڇت نھايت ئي مھانگي پوندي.

ڇت جي مٿان ٻيو سمورو ڪم ائين ڪرڻ گھرجي جيئن آر-سي-سيءَ جي ڇت لاءِ ڄاڻايل آھي.
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون ڀروسي جھڙيون نھ ٿيون رھن ۽ انھيءَ سبب ڪري گھٽ استعمال ٿين ٿي
 
===ڇپرن واري يا ڪکائين ڇت (Thatched roof)===
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون عام طرح سان ٻن طرفن کان سلامي ڏيئي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن، جيئن برسات جو پاڻي ڇت جي مٿان بيھي نقصان نہ پھچائي.

ھن قسم جي ڇت ٺاھڻ لاءِ 1 ½ انچ ڊايا ميٽر جي بانس جا ٽڪڙا ھڪ فوٽ جي پور وڇوٽيءَ جي مفاصلي تي رکي ۽ انھن جي خلاف گوني ڪنڊ تي ڇھن انچن جي پور وڇوٽيءَ جي مفاصلي تي چڱيءَ طرح لڪڙا ٻڌي جوڙ جڪ (Frame work) ڪئي ويندي آھي. انھيءَ بعد 6 انچن کان 12 انچن جي ٿولھھ تائين سر، ٽوئا يا ڇپريون، ٽن ٽن انچن جي تھن جي صورت ۾ چاڙھيون وينديون آھن. اڪثر طور تي پھريون تھ بانس جي لڪڙن سان جوڙي جڪي تيار ڪري چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ڇت جي رال (Pitch) 35 ڊگرين جي لڳ ڀڳ رکي ويندي آھي.

ھن قسم جي ڇت اگر ھنرمندي ۽ ڪاريگري سان ٺاھي وڃي تھ سٺي نموني اڻ ٽمندڙ ۽ پاڻيءَ روڪ رھي ٿي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ باھھ لڳڻ جا امڪان تمام گھڻا رھن ٿا ۽ اڏوھي ۽ جيت لڳڻ جو خطرو پڻ رھي ٿو. جيڪڏھن انھن سڀني خطرن کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت جو مدو 15 سالن کان وڌيڪ نھ ٿو رھي.

===ائسبيسٽاس سيمينٽ جي ڇت (Asbestos cement corrugated sheet roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت نھايت ئي عمده قسم جي ائسبيسٽاس ۽ سيمينٽ جي گڏيل مرڪب مان ٺھيل اھڙين چادرن سان ڍڪي ٺاھي ويندي آھي جن ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو نقص جھڙوڪ ڦوٽ، ڏار، ڀڳل ڪنڊون ۽ پاسا وغيرھ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن. ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪٽ يا زنگ (Rust)  لڳڻ جو خطرو نھ ٿو رھي. ھنن تي نھ اڏوھي لڳي ٿي سگھي ۽ نہ ئي وري انھن تي رنگ ڪرڻ جي ضرورت پوي ٿي، البتہ سردين ۾ انھن جي ھيٺان آلاڻ پيدا ٿي پوي ٿي. ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ باھ جو مقابلو ڪرڻ، ۽ موسمي اثرن کي ڪنھن حد تائين روڪڻ جي خاصيت رھي ٿي.

ھنن ڇتين ۾ (7mm) 9/32 in. واري ٿولھھ جي چادرن استعمال ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ڪامن (Purlins)  جي وچ ۾ وڌ ۾ وڌ 5 فوٽ 3 انچ  (1.6m) جو فاصلو ۽ ¼ انچ  (6 mm) جي ٿولھھ وارين چادرن جي حالت ۾ 4 فوٽ 6 انچ (1.4 m) ھئڻ گھرجي.
چادرن جو لسو پاسو ھميشھ مٿان ۽ وڪڙن وارو پاسو ھيٺان ھئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ پاسي وارو چڙھاڪو (Side lap) گھٽ ۾ گھٽ اڌ وڪڙ جيترو، جيڪو عموما (4.5 cm) 13/4&quot; جي برابر ھوندو آھي ۽ ڇيڙن وارو چڙھاڪو (End lap)  گھٽ ۾ گھٽ (15 cm) 6&quot; جي برابر ڏنو وڃي. جڏھن تھ پاسن وارا آزاد حصا گھٽ ۾ گھٽ (40 cm) 1'-4&quot; اڌارن کان ٻاھر نڪتل ھئڻ گھرجن.
چادرن کي قابو ڪرڻ لاءِ آڌار وارين پٽين وٽ چادرن جي وڪڙن جي چوٽين (Crowns) ۾ (8 mm) 3/16&quot; جا ڊرل مشين رستي سوراخ ڪڍي قلعي دار j  (Galvanised) ۽ L جي صورت وارا ڪنڍا (Hooks)  استعمال ڪري ڏامر ۽ قلعي دار (Galvanised iron) وائيسر (Washer)  ڏيئي انھن کي چادرن مٿان، نٽ پٺيان نٽ جي حساب سان جڪڙيو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ سوراخ ڪڍڻ واسطي چادرن کي ڪنھن ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ھرگز ڀڳو ۽ چيريو نھ وڃي انھن نٽن کي پھريائين ڍرو ڇڏيو وڃي ۽ جڏھن ڪافي چادرون وڇائجي وڃن تھ پوءِ انھن کي سوڙھو ۽ قابو ڪيو وڃي. سوراخن  جو قطر (Diameter)  استعمال ٿيندڙ بولٽن جي قطر کان 1/16 انچ وڌيڪ ھئڻ گھرجي. نقصان کان بچاءُ واسطي چادرن کي مٿي چاڙھي وڇائڻ لاءِ تختا يا ڏاڪڻون استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجن. جيڪڏھن ڪنھن بھ چادر کي نقصان پھچي تھ انھيءَ کي اڇلائي خارج ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي ٻي چادر استعمال ڪجي. تمام گھڻي احتياط ڪندي بھ جيڪڏھن انھن چادرن ۾ ڪي نظر انداز ڪرڻ جوڳا ٽنگ ٿي پون تھ انھن کي ڏامر يا ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي مرڪب سان بند ڪري سگھجي ٿو بشرطيڪ انھن مان پاڻي ٽمي نہ سگھي.  ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ ائسبيسٽاس سيمينٽ جي چادرن جا ٽي قسم ٿيندا آھن جن جو ڪجھھ تفصيل ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

*ايورائيٽ بگسڪس : (Everite Bigsix)

ھن قسم جون چادرون 2.758  فوٽ (7 cm) ويڪريون 1.312 فوٽن کان 84.9 فوٽ (4.0 ميٽر کان 3 ميٽرن تائين) ڊگھيون ۽ ¼ انچ (6 mm)  ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. انھن ۾ مجموعي طرح سان 5.7 وڪڙ ٿيندا آھن ۽ ھڪ کان ٻئي وڪڙ تائين اٽڪل  5 ¾ انچن جو مفاصلو ٿيندو آھي، جڏھن تھ وڪڙ جي چوٽيءَ ۽ تري يعني ھيٺ تائين اوچائي 13.2 انچ (5.4 cm)  ٿيندي آھي.

*ايورائٽ اسٽئنڊرڊ : (Everite Standard)

ھي چادرون ٻن قسمن جون ٿينديون آھن.، ھڪڙيون ننڍيون چادرون ۽ ٻيون وڏيون. ننڍيون چادرون 5.2 فوٽ (76 cm)  ويڪريون 3 ½ فوٽن (1.07 mm)  کان  12 ½ فوٽن (3.9 m) تائين ڊگھيون ۽ ¼  انچ (6 mm)  ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. ھن ۾ وڪڙن جي اوچائي ھڪ انچ (2.54 cm)  کان  1.13&quot;  (2.86 cm) تائين ۽ ٻن وڪڙن جي وچ ۾ درمياني مفاصلو 09.2 انچ (5.3 cm) ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھر چادر ۾ 5.10 وڪڙ (Corrugations)  ٿيندا آھن. وڏيون چادرون 3 3/8 فوٽن کان  3 ½ فوٽن تائين (05.1 ميٽرن کان 1.10 ميٽرن تائين) ويڪريون، 3 3/8 فوٽن کان 10 فوٽن تائين ( 04.1 ميٽرن کان 05.3 ميٽرن تائين) ڊگھيون ۽ ¼ انچ (6 mm) ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. ور وڪڙن جي اوچائي 3/16&quot; (اٽڪل 5 سينٽيميٽرن کان 5.4 سينٽيميٽرن تائين) ۽  ان وڪڙن جي وچ وارو مفاصلو 5 ¾ انچ (146 cm) ٿيندو آھي.

*ٽرنال ٽريفورڊ : (Turnal Trafford)
ھي چادرون اٽڪل 3 5/8 فوٽ (13.1 ميٽر) ويڪريون، 4 فوٽن (1.22 ميٽر) کان 10 فوٽن (3.05 m) تائين ڊگھيون ھونديون آھن ۽ ھنن شيٽن ۾ ور وڪڙن جو تسلسل نھ ھوندو آھي، بلڪ ھر وڪڙ کان پوءِ ھموار سطح ھوندي آھي. ھر چادر ۾ اٽڪل چار وڪڙ ٿيندا آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون وڏين عمارتن جھڙوڪ گودامن، سينيما گھرن ۽ ڪارخانن ۾ استعمال ٿينديون آھن. 

===لوھ جي جستي ۽ ناليدر چادرن جون ڇتيون (Galvanised Corrugated Iron Sheet Roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ 16 گيج کان وٺي 24 گيج جون لوھھ جون جستي ۽ ناليدار چادرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ انھن ڳالھين جو خاص خيال رکيو وڃي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪم ايندڙ شيٽون چڱيءَ طرح ۽ بلڪل پختيءَ طرح جستي ملمعي چڙھيل آھن. جيڪڏھن انھن پڙ ڇن ۾ ڪٽ، سفيد پائوڊر جھڙا ٽڪرا، گاٺ ۽ ڦوٽ نظر اچي تھ اھڙن پڙڇن (Sheets) کي ھرگز استعمال نہ ڪجي.

ھيءُ پڙڇ ھميشھ ڪاٺ يا لوھ جي گرڊرن ۽ ڪامن (Purlins) مٿان ڇھن انچن (15 cm) جو ڇيڙن وارو چڙھاڪو (End Overlap) ۽ ٻين وڪڙن (Corrugations) جو ھر سائيڊ کان سائيڊ وارو چڙھاڪو (Side lap) ڏيئي رکيا ويندا آھن. پڙڇن کي قابو رکڻ لاءِ ڪامن مٿان چاڙھڻ کان اڳ ۾ کين زمين تي رکي گھربل ھنڌن تي ڪنھن تکي اوزار سان ٽنگ ڪڍي، انھيءَ بعد مٿي چاڙھي کين بولٽن، اسڪرن، ڪلين ۽ ڪوڪن (Rivets) وغيره سان قابو ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ اھي سوراخ ھنن چادرن ۾ ھيٺان کان مٿي پار ڪرڻ جي حساب سان ۽ ھميشھ وڪڙن جي چوٽيءَ وٽ ڪڍڻ گھرجن. انھن شيٽن کي ھميشھ ملمعي وارن نٽن، بولٽن، ڏامر جي وائيسرن (Washers)  ۽ جستي ملمعي وارن وائيسرن وسيلي ڪامن (Purlins) سان مضبوط ڪري جڪڙيو وڃي. اھي ڪنڍا ۽ بولٽ 5/16 يا 8 ملي ميٽر جي قطر جا ۽ L يا J جي شبيھھ جا ٿيندا آھن. پيچن ھيٺان واشر مضبوطي حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھنن پڙڇن کي لڳائڻ وقت انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ پلون وٽ انھيءَ چادر جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ نالي (Corrugation) ٻيءَ ناليءَ جي مٿان چڙھيل ھجي ۽ ڊگھا پاسا 3 انچن کان 5 انچن تائين (يعني 7.5 سينٽيميٽرن کان 14 سينٽيميٽرن تائين) ھڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙھيل ھئڻ گھرجن. ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪم ايندڙ چادرون 2 فوٽ 3 انچن کان 4 فوٽ 4 انچن ( 65 cm کان 126 cm) تائين ويڪريون، 5 فوٽن کان 15 فوٽن (5.1 ميٽر کان 5.3 ميٽرن) تائين ڊگھيون 1/16 انچن کان ¼ انچ (1.66 mm کان 6.56 cm) تائين ٿلھيون اٺن (8) وڪڙن سان ۽ ھر ھڪ وڪڙ جي وچ کان ٻئي وڪڙ (pitch) جي وچ تائين 3 انچن (7.6 cm) جي مفاصلي واريون ٿينديون آھن. ھيءُ پڙڇ تور ۾ ھلڪا ۽ لڳائڻ (Fixing)  ۾ سولا ٿين ٿا. البتھ موسمي اثرن کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٺيڪ  نٿا ٿا رھن ۽ انھن منجھان گرمي توڙي سردي آسانيءَ سان لنگھي (To transmit) سگھي ٿي. بھرحال ھيءُ پڙڇ پائيدار ۽ باھ جو مقابلو ڪرڻ جي لائق آھي.

ھن قسم جون ڇتيون 1:5 جي تناسب کان وڌيڪ سڌيون نھ رکڻ گھرجن ۽ عام طور 1:2 جي تناسب واريون ڇتيون بھتر رھن ٿيون. 1:2 ½ جي تناسب وارين نصب ڪيل (Pitched) ڇتين جي صورت ۾ ڇيڙي وارو چڙھاڪو (End overlap) 9 انچن (23 cm) کان گھٽ ھئڻ نہ گهرجي.

ھن قسم جون ڇتيون ڇاپرن (Sheds) ۽ ڪارخانن وغيره لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن.  ھن قسم جي ڇتين جو مٿاڇرو ھڪ ڪرو ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن شيٽن جا ور وڪڙ (Corrugations) سڌا ۽ ھموار ھئڻ گهرجن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>col4hdz1ejgh2fiaupm72od0ybihkjt</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401041</id>
      <parentid>401040</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T00:33:58Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401041</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="36054" sha1="2rjtow3abd9saq4h3osjofuwput8ov9" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|عمارت جو مٿيون حفاظتي ڍڪ}}

[[فائل:Tak - Ystad-2022.jpg|thumb|2022ع ۾ [[يسٽاڊ]] جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ مختلف عمارتن جون ڇتيون.]]

'''ڇت''' (انگريزي: ''Roof'') عمارت جو سڀ کان مٿيون حفاظتي ڍڪ هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ اهي سڀئي تعميراتي جزا ۽ مواد شامل هوندا آهن، جيڪي ان کي عمارت جي [[ڀت]]ن يا ٻين سهارن تي مضبوطيءَ سان قائم رکندا آهن. ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد عمارت ۽ ان جي رهواسين کي [[مينهن]]، [[برف]]، [[سج جي روشني]]، انتهائي گرمي يا سردي ۽ [[هوا]] جي اثرن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Harris, Cyril M. (editor). ''Dictionary of Architecture and Construction'', Third Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2000, p. 775.&lt;/ref&gt; ڇت عمارت جي ٻاهرئين حفاظتي ڍانچي (بلڊنگ انولپ) جو هڪ اهم حصو آهي.

ڪنهن به ڇت جي شڪل، بناوت ۽ خاصيتون ان عمارت جي استعمال، دستياب ڇت سازي جي مواد، مقامي تعميراتي روايتن، [[معماري]] جي ڊزائن ۽ تعميراتي عمل تي دارومدار رکن ٿيون. ڪيترين حالتن ۾ انهن تي مقامي يا قومي تعميراتي قانونن ۽ ضابطن جو پڻ اثر هوندو آهي.

گهڻن ملڪن ۾ ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد مينهن کان بچاءُ هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه تعميرن ۾، جهڙوڪ [[ورانڊو]]، اهڙي ڇت استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي جيڪا سج جي سڌي روشني کان بچائي ٿي، پر هوا ۽ ٻين قدرتي عنصرن جي اچ وڃ کي برقرار رکي ٿي. ساڳيءَ طرح [[شيشي گهر]] (گارڊن ڪنزرويٽري) جي ڇت ٻوٽن کي سردي، هوا ۽ مينهن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي، جڏهن ته سج جي روشني اندر اچڻ جي اجازت به ڏيندي آهي.

ڇت کي اضافي رهائشي يا استعمال لائق جاءِ طور پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو، مثال طور [[ڇت وارو باغ]] (روف گارڊن).

== اشتقاق ==

لفظ '''ڇت''' جي انگريزي صورت ''Roof''، پراڻي انگريزي ٻوليءَ جي لفظ '''hrof''' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن جي معنيٰ ''ڇت''، [[ڇت (اندروني)|اندروني ڇت]] (Ceiling)، مٿيون حصو، چوٽي، آسمان يا جنت هئي. مجازي طور هي لفظ ڪنهن به شيءِ جي سڀ کان مٿاهين حصي يا بلند ترين نقطي لاءِ پڻ استعمال ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.etymonline.com/word/roof|title=Roof|website=Online Etymology Dictionary}}&lt;/ref&gt;

هي لفظ [[پروٽو-جرمني ٻولي]] جي لفظ '''خروفام khrofam''' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن سان ٻين جرمني ٻولين جا ڪيترائي لاڳاپيل لفظ پڻ ملن ٿا. مثال طور [[ڊچ ٻولي]] ۾ '''roef''' جي معنيٰ ٻيڙيءَ جي ڪيبن يا ڍڪ، تابوت جي ڍڪ وغيره آهي، [[وچئين اعليٰ جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ '''rof''' جو مطلب ڇپر يا اوچو ڇت وارو حصو، جڏهن ته [[قديم نورس ٻولي]] ۾ '''hrof''' ٻيڙيءَ جي ڇپر يا ٻيڙي رکڻ واري ڍڪيل جاءِ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو.

لساني ماهرن موجب هي لفظ جرمني ٻولين کان ٻاهر ٻين ٻولي خاندانن سان ڪو واضح تعلق نٿو رکي. انگريزي ٻولي ئي اها واحد جرمني ٻولي آهي، جنهن ۾ ''روف'' لفظ پنهنجي عام معنيٰ، يعني عمارت جي مٿئين حفاظتي ڍڪ، لاءِ برقرار رهيو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻين جرمني ٻولين ۾ انهيءَ مفهوم لاءِ اهي لفظ استعمال ٿين ٿا، جيڪي پراڻي انگريزي جي '''þæc''' (ٿئچ؛ يعني ڇپر يا ڪکن جي ڇت) سان لاڳاپيل آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite OED|roof, n.}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== بناوتي جزا ==

ڇت جي ڊزائن جا بنيادي جزا هي آهن:

* مواد؛
* [[گهر جي ڇت جي بناوت|تعميراتي بناوت]]؛
* پائيداري.

=== مواد ===

ڇت ٺاهڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد علائقي، موسم، دستيابي ۽ تعميراتي ضرورتن موجب مختلف هوندا آهن. اهي [[ڪيلي]] جي پنن، ڪڻڪ جي [[ڀوسو|ڀوسي]] يا [[سامونڊي گاهه]] کان وٺي [[پرتدار شيشو]] (ليمينيٽيڊ گلاس)، [[ٽامو|ٽامي]]، [[ايلومينيم]] جي چادرن ۽ اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[ڪنڪريٽ]] تائين ٿي سگهن ٿا. دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾ [[ٺڪر]] جون [[ڇت جون سرون]] صدين، بلڪه هزارين سالن کان سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇت سازي جو مواد رهيون آهن.

ٻين عام ڇت سازي جي موادن ۾ [[اسفالٽ]]، [[ڪوئلي جي تار]]، [[اي پي ڊي ايم رٻڙ]] (EPDM Rubber)، [[هائپالون]]، [[پولي يوريٿين]] جو فوم، [[پولي ونائل ڪلورائيڊ]] (PVC)، [[سليٽ پٿر]]، [[ٽيفلون]] جو ڪپڙو، [[ٿرموپلاسٽڪ اوليفن]] (TPO)، ۽ [[ڪاٺ]] جون ڇتيون (ووڊ شيڪز ۽ شنگلز) شامل آهن.

=== تعميراتي بناوت ===

ڇت جي تعميراتي بناوت ان ڳالهه تي دارومدار رکي ٿي ته ان کي ڪهڙي طريقي سان سهارو ڏنو ويو آهي، هيٺئين خالي جاءِ کي ڪيئن ڍڪيو ويو آهي، ۽ ڇت ڍلوان (پچڊ) آهي يا هموار.

'''ڇت جي ڍلوان''' (روف پچ) ان زاويي کي چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن تي ڇت پنهنجي سڀ کان هيٺئين نقطي کان مٿي طرف اڀري ٿي. آمريڪا ۾ گهڻيون رهائشي عمارتون، سواءِ انتهائي خشڪ علائقن جي، ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون رکن ٿيون. جيتوڻيڪ جديد نيڪال جا نظام، جهڙوڪ پاڻيءَ جون ناليون، هموار ڇت کي به ڪارائتو بڻائي سگهن ٿا، پر روايت، جمالياتي حسن ۽ تعميراتي ضرورتن سبب اڄ به گهڻيون ڇتيون ڍلوان سان ٺاهيون وڃن ٿيون.

ڪجهه ڇت سازي جا مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]] (ٿيچ)، پاڻي نه رسڻ ۽ ڊگهي عمر لاءِ تيز ڍلوان جي گهرج رکن ٿا. جڏهن ته ٻيا مواد، جهڙوڪ [[پين ٽائل]] (Pantile)، تمام تيز ڍلوان تي مستحڪم ناهن رهندا، پر گهٽ ڍلوان تي موسم کان بهترين تحفظ فراهم ڪندا آهن.

جن علائقن ۾ برسات تمام گهٽ پوندي آهي، اتي لڳ ڀڳ هموار ڇت، جنهن ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ معمولي ڍلوان هجي، عام طور ڪافي هوندي آهي. اهڙين ڇتين ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ ناليون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن سان وڌيڪ ڍلوان جي ضرورت گهٽجي ويندي آهي.

ڇت جي تعمير ۾ ماهر ڪاريگر کي '''ڇت ساز''' (روفر) چيو ويندو آهي.

=== پائيداري ===

ڇت جي پائيداري انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڇت عمارت جو اهو حصو آهي، جتي مرمت يا تجديد لاءِ پهچڻ نسبتاً ڏکيو هوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ڇت کي نقصان پهچي يا اها تباهه ٿي وڃي ته ان جا اثر سڄي عمارت جي حفاظت، استعمال ۽ عمر تي پئجي سگهن ٿا.

== شڪل ==

[[فائل:Roof diagram.jpg|thumb|upright=1.15|مغربي طرز جي ڇت جي ڪجهه حصن جا نالا]]

{{مکيه|ڇتين جي شڪلين جي فهرست}}

'''ڇتين جون شڪلون''' دنيا جي مختلف علائقن ۾ هڪ ٻئي کان گهڻو مختلف هونديون آهن. ڇت جي شڪل تي اثرانداز ٿيندڙ اهم عنصر مقامي [[آبهوا]]، ڇت جي ڍانچي لاءِ دستياب تعميراتي مواد، ۽ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي ڍڪ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.huffpost.com/entry/roofing-materials-to-prot_b_8959516 |title=Roofing Materials to Protect You From the Elements |website=HuffPost |date=12 January 2016}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڇتين جون بنيادي شڪلون هيٺيان آهن:

* [[هموار ڇت]] (Flat Roof)
* [[يڪ طرفي ڍلوان واري ڇت]] (Mono-pitched Roof)
* [[گيبل ڇت]] (Gable Roof)
* [[مينسارڊ ڇت]] (Mansard Roof)
* [[هپ ڇت]] (Hip Roof)
* [[تتلي نما ڇت]] (Butterfly Roof)
* [[قوسي ڇت]] (Arched Roof)
* [[گنبذي ڇت]] (Domed Roof)

انهن بنيادي شڪلين جون ڪيتريون ئي ٻيون صورتون پڻ موجود آهن.

جيڪي ڇتيون ڪيترن هموار حصن مان ٺهيل هونديون آهن، پر انهن حصن کي ڪنهن نه ڪنهن ڍلوان تي ٺاهيو ويندو آهي، انهن کي '''ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون''' (Pitched Roofs) چيو ويندو آهي. عام طور جيڪڏهن ڇت جو ڍلوان 10 درجن کان وڌيڪ هجي ته ان کي ڍلوان واري ڇت تصور ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;C. M. Harris, ''Dictionary of Architecture &amp; Construction''&lt;/ref&gt;

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇتيون ڍلوان واريون هونديون آهن، جن ۾ خاص طور [[گيبل ڇت]]، [[هپ ڇت]] ۽ [[اسڪليون ڇت]] (Skillion Roof) شامل آهن.

ڪجهه ڇتين جون شڪلون قدرتي (Organic) انداز تي ٻڌل هونديون آهن. اهڙيون شڪلون يا ته معمار جي ڊزائن جي نتيجي ۾ اختيار ڪيون وينديون آهن يا وري ان سبب پيدا ٿينديون آهن جو تعمير ۾ لچڪدار مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]]، استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

==  ڇتين جا قسم== 

ڇتين جا ڪيترائي قسم آھن، جھڙوڪ؛
#سڌيون ڇتيون (Flat Roofs)
#سلاميءَ واريون ڇتيون (Sloped Roofs)
#ھڪ طرف سلاميءَ واريون ڇتيون
#ٻئي طرف سلاميءَ واريون نوڪدار ڇتيون
#ھپ روف (Hip Roof)
#گئمبريل روف (Gambrel Roof)
#مانسرڊ روف (Mansard Roof)
#ڊيڪ روف (Deck Roof)
#ڪارائيءَ جي ڏندن وانگر ”سا ٽٿ روف“ (Saw Tooth Roof)

ڇتين جي ڪن مختلف قسمن جو تفصيلوار بيان ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

=== سڌيون ڇتيون === 
 
عام طرح سان اڄ ڪلھ رھائشي جاين لاءِ سڌين ڇتين کي وڌيڪ پسند ڪيو وڃي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي سولائيءَ سان باھھ روڪ (Fire Proof)  بڻائي سگھجي ٿو. ازنسواءِ ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي مٽيءَ جو تھھ ڏيئي سولائيءَ سان ٿڌو رکي سگھجي ٿو.
تعميراتي طريقن جي لحاظ کان ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي ترتيب وار ھيٺئين ريت ورھائي سگھجي ٿو.
#آر-سي-سيءَ جون ڇتيون (R.C.C Flat Roofs)
#درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتيون (First class tile roofing)
#رينفورسڊ برڪ جون ڇتيون (Reinforced Brick Roofs)
#درجہ دوم ٽائيل ڇتيون (Second class tile roofing)
#جئڪ ڪمان ڇتيون (Jack Arch Roofing)
#ڪاٺ جي تختن جون سڌيون ڇتيون (Wooden flat Roofs)

مٿي ڄاڻايل قسم جي ڇتين مان ڪن خاص ۽ گھڻو استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇتين جو تفصيلوار بيان ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

===آر-سي-سيءَ جون سڌيون ڇتيون (Reinforced cement concrete flat roofs)===
ھن قسم جي ڇتين جو استعمال اڄڪلھھ عام ۽ مقبول ٿي چڪو آھي ۽ گھڻ منزلھ عمارتن لاءِ ڪارآمد پڻ آھي. ھن قسم جي ڇت کي ٿڌو رکڻ لاءِ عام طرح سان گرم علائقن ۾ ٽن انچن کان چئن انچن تائين مٽيءَ جو تھھ ڏيئي انھيءَ جي مٿان گاري جو پلستر (Mud Pluster) يا سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي مسالي سان سرن جون ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر جوڙ ۾ مسالو چڱيءَ طرح لڳايو وڃي جيئن برسات ۽ موسمي اثرن سبب کلي نھ وڃي. جوڙن بعد درزون چڱيءَ طرح ورتيون وينديون آھن. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو پڻ خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ پاڻي ڪھڙي بھ ريت ڇت تي بيٺل نھ رھي. ڇت جي سلامي احتياط سان رکي ويندي آھي ۽ فالتو مسالو، سرن جا  ٽڪرا ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ۽ ڪچرو صاف ڪري اڇليو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ڇت تمام وڏي آھي تھ انھيءَ کي مختلف حصن ۾ ورھائي سلامي ڏني ويندي آھي. تقريبا 1:60  کان 1:40  جي تناسب جي سلامي مناسب سمجھي ويندي آھي.

===ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ (Water proofing flat roofs) ===

ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي مٿين سطح (Surface) کي عام طرح سان صاف ڪري انھيءَ کي چڱيءَ طرح سڪايو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ کان پوءِ ڏامر (Bitumen) کي (190.56o C) 375o F ۽ (204.44o C) 400o F گرمي جي درجي تائين پگھاري سطح جي مٿان ٻن عليحده تھن جي صورت ۾ پوريءَ طرح پٿاريون ويندو آھي، جيئن ٻنھي تھن جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 1/16 انچ بيھي. اھڙيءَ صورت ۾ 100 مربع فوٽن تي 34 پائونڊ ڏامر استعمال ٿيندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد ڏامر جي مٿان جابلو ريتيءَ جو ھلڪو تھھ ڏنو ويندو آھي، اھڙي طرح جيئن 100 مربع فوٽن تي ھڪ مڪعب فوٽ جابلو ريتي استعمال ٿئي، انھيءَ بعد گھربل اوچائي4 ۾ مٽي ڀري انھيءَ مٿان مٽيءَ جي گاري جو پلستر يا سرن جي ٽائيلن جو تھھ ڏنو ويندو آھي. ڏامر جي مٿان جابلو ريتيءَ جو ڇڻڪار انھيءَ ڪري ڪيو ويندو آھي، جيئن اھو ڏامر جي تھھ کي مٽيءَ جي تھ کان جدا رکي.

درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتين (First class tile roofing)  ۽ درجھ دوم ٽائيل ڇتين (Second class tile roofing) جي صورت ۾ ڏامر جو تھھ سرن يا ٽائيل مٿان لڳايل سيمينٽ پلستر جي مڪمل ترائيءَ ۽ انھيءَ جي چڱيءَ طرح سڪڻ بعد ڏنو ويندو آھي ۽ آر-سي-سيءَ جي سلئب جي صورت ۾ پڻ انھيءَ جي مڪمل ترائي ۽ چڱيءَ طرح سڪڻ بعد ڏنو ويندو آھي.

انھيءَ کان علاوھ ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ لاءِ ٻيو اھو بھ طريقو آھي تھ ڏامر جي بجاءِ 04 يا 05 گيج جي شفاف پلاسٽڪ يا پاليٿين چادر (04/05 Guage polythene sheet) استعمال ڪجي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال رکڻو آھي تھ اھا پاليٿين جي چادر ڪنھن بھ ھنڌان ڦاٽل نھ ھجي ۽ گھڻي ايراضيءَ جي حالت ۾ سلاميءَ جي طرف اھي شيٽون يا چادرون ھڪ ٻئي مٿان چڱيءَ طرح چڙھيل (Over-laped) ھئڻ کپن. اھي شيٽون ڇت جي مٿان تيڪي (Parapet wall) جي ھيٺ تائين ھئڻ گھرجن ٻيءَ صورت ۾ جيڪڏھن شيٽ کي صرف تيڪي تائين ڇڏيو ويندو تھ برسات جو پاڻي تيڪي جي ھيٺان لنگھڻ جي ڪوشش ڪندو ۽ ڇت کي نقصان پھچائيندو، پاليٿين پلاسٽڪ ھڪ ھڪ نباتاتي مرڪب آھي ۽ انھيءَ ۾ عمر ڀر جٽاءُ ۽ پائيداريءَ جي خاصيت آھي. ھن تي تيزابيت (Acid) ۽ چانيھي يا کار (Alkali) جو اثر نھ ٿو ٿئي.

پاڻيءَ کي ٽمڻ (Water proofing) کان روڪڻ لاءِ ڏامر جي ٺھيل ٺڪيل چادر جنھن کي بٽومين فيلٽ (Bitumen felt) سڏيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ جو بہ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ اھا ڪنھن بھ شڪل يا ڊؤل جي ڇت ۽ بناوت لاءِ استعمال ڪري سگھجي ٿي. ھيٺ ڏنل فھرست ۾ مختلف قسمن جي بٽومين فيلٽ ۽ انھيءَ جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ تور ڄاڻايل آھي.

===درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتيون (First class tile roofing) ===
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون آر-سي-سي، ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي ڪامن،، پٽين، ٽيئرن ۽ گرڊرن مٿان 12&quot;x6&quot;x1 1/4&quot; جي سائيز جي سرن جي ٽائيلن جا ٻھ تھھ ڏيئي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جي ڇتين جي تعمير ھيٺئين ريت ڪئي ويندي آھي؛

*سرن جي ٽائيلن جو پھريون تھھ، پٽين مٿان جيڪي 12&quot; جي پور وڇوٽيءَ تي ڪامن مٿان (يا لوھھ جي گرڊرن مٿان ٽيئر رکي) رکيون وينديون آھن، 1:6 جي تناسب ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جي مسالي سان يا 1:2 جي تناسب ۾ چن ۽ سرخيءَ جي گچ سان لڳايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر ھڪ جوڙ ۾ مسالو چڱيءَ طرح لڳل ھجي.
*سرن جي پھرئين تھھ مٿان اڌ انچ جي ٿولھھ ۾ 1:6  جي تناسب جو سيمينٽ پلستر چاڙھي انھيءَ بعد ٽائيلن جو ٻيو تھھ مٿي ڄاڻايل طريقي سان چاڙھيو ويندو آھي پر خاص طرح سان اھو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ سرن جي ٻئي تھھ جا جوڙ پھرئين تھھ جي جوڙن سان نھ ملن بلڪ انھن جوڙن جي ابتڙ ھجن. ائين ڪرڻ سان مٿئين تھھ جا جوڙ ھيٺئين تھھ جي جوڙن سان نھ ملندا ۽ ڇت ٽمڻ (Leakage) جو امڪان گھٽ رھندو.
*ٽائيلن جي ٻئي تھھ مٿان اڌ انچ جو 1:6 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ پلستر چاڙھيو ويندو آھي
*بعد ۾ سيمينٽ پلستر جي مٿان ڏامر جو تھ  (مٿي ڄاڻايل طريقي سان) چاڙھي، انھيءَ جي مٿان جابلو  ريتي ڇٽي ويندي آھي، جيئن ڇت پاڻيءَ روڪ ٿي.
*انھيءَ بعد ڇت کي ٿڌو رکڻ لاءِ ٽن کان چئن انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ مٽيءَ (جيڪا ڪلر ۽ ٻئي گند ڪچري کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ھجي) جو تھ ڀري، انھيءَ مٿان ھڪ انچ جو مٽيءَ جي گادي جو پلستر ڪري، انھيءَ جي مٿان ڇيڻي جي ليپائي ڪبي آھي.

سرن جي ڀتين جي مٿان ۽ گرڊرن جي ھيٺان لوھھ جي بيڊ پليٽ ڏيڻ تمام ضروري آھي، جيئن گرڊرن جي بار سبب ڀتين جا گرڊر سان ملندڙ حصا ڪمزور ٿي، ٽائيم گذرڻ سان جھڪاءُ آڻي، نقصان نھ پھچائين. گرڊرن ۽ ٽيئرن جي صورت ۾ کين ڇت تي چاڙھڻ کان پھرين سنڌور (Red Oxide)  جي پينٽ جو تھھ ڏيئي، سڪائي پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان انئمل پينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ چاڙھي پوءِ ڀتين مٿان چاڙھجن، جيئن انھن مٿان ڪٽ (Rust) سولائيءَ سان نھ چڙھي. جيڪڏھن ائين نھ ڪبو تھ ٽائيلن چاڙھڻ بعد گرڊرن ۽ ٽيئرن جا صرف ھيٺيان حصا پينٽ ڪري سگھبا ۽ ٻيا دٻيل حصا پينٽ بنا رھجي وڃڻ جي حالت ۾ وقت گذرڻ سان ڪٽبا ويندا ۽ نتيجي ۾ اھي تمام گھٽ ٽائيم ھلندا. نتيجي ۾ ڇت تي ڪيل سمورو ڪم ايترو پائيدار نھ ٿيندو ۽ ٺھيل ڇت پنھنجي ٽائيم کان اڳ ۾ بدلائڻي پوندي.

ڇيڙن وارين ديوارن جي اندرين حصن ۽ پٽين يا ٽيئرن جي وچ ۾ 3 انچن کان 9 انچن جو مفاصلو ھئڻ گھرجي. ڇت جي ٽيڪي جي ديوار مٿان گولو (Drip Course)  ڏيڻ ضروري آھي، جيئن مينھن جو پاڻي انھيءَ کي نقصان نھ پھچائي 


===درجہ دوم ٽائيلن جون ڇتيون (Second class tile roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت جي تعمير پڻ درجھ اول ڇت جي تعمير وانگرگ ٿيندي آھي. فرق صرف اھو آھي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ٽائيلن جو صرف ھڪ تھھ چاڙھيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڊرپ ڪورس جي بجاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو گولو (C.C. Coping)  ڏنو ويندو آھي. 

===جئڪ آرچ ڇتيون (Jack Arch Roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ سرن يا سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جون ڪمانيون  (Arches) تعمير ڪيون وينديون آھن ۽ انھن ڪمانن جا ڇيڙا پالتو لوھ (Mild Steel)  جي ڪامن (Joists) مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ جئائسٽ وري ديوارن يا بيمن تي ٽڪيل ھوندا آھن.جئائسٽ 30 انچن کان 45 انچن جي مفاصلي تي رکيل ھوندا آھن. ڪانڪريٽ جي ٿولھھ ڪمانيءَ جي چوٽيءَ (Crown) وٽ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 6 انچ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ ڪمانيءَ جي بلندي ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ اھا خامي آھي تھ اھا سڌي سطح (Plain Surface) نٿي رھي. آخري ڇيڙن وارن حصن کي افقي ڇڪ (Horizontal thrust) کان روڪڻ لاءِ لوھھ جي جئائسٽ جي ٻاھرين جوڙن (Pairs)  وٽ ٻنڌ سيخون (Tie rods) لڳايون وينديون آھن. ٽاءِ راڊس 6 فوٽن جي مرڪزي (6 feet centre to centre) مفاصلي تي ھئڻ گھرجن. جئڪ آرچن جا گھيرا (Rings)  اڀ سرا (Brick on edge) يا سڌين سرن (Bricks on flat) جا ھئڻ گھرجن.

===رينفورسڊ برڪ ڇتيون (Reinforced Brick Roofs) ===
ھي ڇتيون پڻ آر-سي-سيءَ جي ڇتين وانگر  ۽ سڌيون ھونديون آھن، فرق صرف اھو ھوندو آھي جو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي جاءِ تي سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. سرن ۾ ڇت جي ڊيگھھ ۽ ويڪر جي طرف لڳاتار جوڙ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن جوڙن ۾ ڊزائن مطابق لوھھ جو سريو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. جوڙن جي ٿولھھ ٽي ڀاڱي چار انچ رکي ويندي آھي، جنھن  اندر سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو مسالو ڀريو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن جوڙن کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ سان ڀرڻو ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ جوڙن جي ٿولھھ ڏيڍ انچ کان ٻن انچن تائين رکڻ گھرجي. مکيھ سريو (Main reinforcement) ٿوري فاصلي طرف ۽ ورڇيندڙ سريو (Distribution bars) وڌيڪ فاصلي طرف وجھڻ گھرجي ۽ ورڇيندر سريو مکيھ سريي جي مٿان لڳائڻ گھرجي. رينفورسڊ برڪ جي ڪم جي ٿولھھ ھڪ سر جي ٿولھھ کان ٻن سرن جي ٿولھھ تائين ھئڻ گھرجي. ٻيءَ صورت ۾ وڌيڪ ٿولھھ واري ڇت نھايت ئي مھانگي پوندي.

ڇت جي مٿان ٻيو سمورو ڪم ائين ڪرڻ گھرجي جيئن آر-سي-سيءَ جي ڇت لاءِ ڄاڻايل آھي.
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون ڀروسي جھڙيون نھ ٿيون رھن ۽ انھيءَ سبب ڪري گھٽ استعمال ٿين ٿي
 
===ڇپرن واري يا ڪکائين ڇت (Thatched roof)===
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون عام طرح سان ٻن طرفن کان سلامي ڏيئي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن، جيئن برسات جو پاڻي ڇت جي مٿان بيھي نقصان نہ پھچائي.

ھن قسم جي ڇت ٺاھڻ لاءِ 1 ½ انچ ڊايا ميٽر جي بانس جا ٽڪڙا ھڪ فوٽ جي پور وڇوٽيءَ جي مفاصلي تي رکي ۽ انھن جي خلاف گوني ڪنڊ تي ڇھن انچن جي پور وڇوٽيءَ جي مفاصلي تي چڱيءَ طرح لڪڙا ٻڌي جوڙ جڪ (Frame work) ڪئي ويندي آھي. انھيءَ بعد 6 انچن کان 12 انچن جي ٿولھھ تائين سر، ٽوئا يا ڇپريون، ٽن ٽن انچن جي تھن جي صورت ۾ چاڙھيون وينديون آھن. اڪثر طور تي پھريون تھ بانس جي لڪڙن سان جوڙي جڪي تيار ڪري چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ڇت جي رال (Pitch) 35 ڊگرين جي لڳ ڀڳ رکي ويندي آھي.

ھن قسم جي ڇت اگر ھنرمندي ۽ ڪاريگري سان ٺاھي وڃي تھ سٺي نموني اڻ ٽمندڙ ۽ پاڻيءَ روڪ رھي ٿي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ باھھ لڳڻ جا امڪان تمام گھڻا رھن ٿا ۽ اڏوھي ۽ جيت لڳڻ جو خطرو پڻ رھي ٿو. جيڪڏھن انھن سڀني خطرن کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت جو مدو 15 سالن کان وڌيڪ نھ ٿو رھي.

===ائسبيسٽاس سيمينٽ جي ڇت (Asbestos cement corrugated sheet roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت نھايت ئي عمده قسم جي ائسبيسٽاس ۽ سيمينٽ جي گڏيل مرڪب مان ٺھيل اھڙين چادرن سان ڍڪي ٺاھي ويندي آھي جن ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو نقص جھڙوڪ ڦوٽ، ڏار، ڀڳل ڪنڊون ۽ پاسا وغيرھ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن. ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪٽ يا زنگ (Rust)  لڳڻ جو خطرو نھ ٿو رھي. ھنن تي نھ اڏوھي لڳي ٿي سگھي ۽ نہ ئي وري انھن تي رنگ ڪرڻ جي ضرورت پوي ٿي، البتہ سردين ۾ انھن جي ھيٺان آلاڻ پيدا ٿي پوي ٿي. ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ باھ جو مقابلو ڪرڻ، ۽ موسمي اثرن کي ڪنھن حد تائين روڪڻ جي خاصيت رھي ٿي.

ھنن ڇتين ۾ (7mm) 9/32 in. واري ٿولھھ جي چادرن استعمال ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ڪامن (Purlins)  جي وچ ۾ وڌ ۾ وڌ 5 فوٽ 3 انچ  (1.6m) جو فاصلو ۽ ¼ انچ  (6 mm) جي ٿولھھ وارين چادرن جي حالت ۾ 4 فوٽ 6 انچ (1.4 m) ھئڻ گھرجي.
چادرن جو لسو پاسو ھميشھ مٿان ۽ وڪڙن وارو پاسو ھيٺان ھئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ پاسي وارو چڙھاڪو (Side lap) گھٽ ۾ گھٽ اڌ وڪڙ جيترو، جيڪو عموما (4.5 cm) 13/4&quot; جي برابر ھوندو آھي ۽ ڇيڙن وارو چڙھاڪو (End lap)  گھٽ ۾ گھٽ (15 cm) 6&quot; جي برابر ڏنو وڃي. جڏھن تھ پاسن وارا آزاد حصا گھٽ ۾ گھٽ (40 cm) 1'-4&quot; اڌارن کان ٻاھر نڪتل ھئڻ گھرجن.
چادرن کي قابو ڪرڻ لاءِ آڌار وارين پٽين وٽ چادرن جي وڪڙن جي چوٽين (Crowns) ۾ (8 mm) 3/16&quot; جا ڊرل مشين رستي سوراخ ڪڍي قلعي دار j  (Galvanised) ۽ L جي صورت وارا ڪنڍا (Hooks)  استعمال ڪري ڏامر ۽ قلعي دار (Galvanised iron) وائيسر (Washer)  ڏيئي انھن کي چادرن مٿان، نٽ پٺيان نٽ جي حساب سان جڪڙيو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ سوراخ ڪڍڻ واسطي چادرن کي ڪنھن ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ھرگز ڀڳو ۽ چيريو نھ وڃي انھن نٽن کي پھريائين ڍرو ڇڏيو وڃي ۽ جڏھن ڪافي چادرون وڇائجي وڃن تھ پوءِ انھن کي سوڙھو ۽ قابو ڪيو وڃي. سوراخن  جو قطر (Diameter)  استعمال ٿيندڙ بولٽن جي قطر کان 1/16 انچ وڌيڪ ھئڻ گھرجي. نقصان کان بچاءُ واسطي چادرن کي مٿي چاڙھي وڇائڻ لاءِ تختا يا ڏاڪڻون استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجن. جيڪڏھن ڪنھن بھ چادر کي نقصان پھچي تھ انھيءَ کي اڇلائي خارج ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي ٻي چادر استعمال ڪجي. تمام گھڻي احتياط ڪندي بھ جيڪڏھن انھن چادرن ۾ ڪي نظر انداز ڪرڻ جوڳا ٽنگ ٿي پون تھ انھن کي ڏامر يا ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي مرڪب سان بند ڪري سگھجي ٿو بشرطيڪ انھن مان پاڻي ٽمي نہ سگھي.  ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ ائسبيسٽاس سيمينٽ جي چادرن جا ٽي قسم ٿيندا آھن جن جو ڪجھھ تفصيل ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

*ايورائيٽ بگسڪس : (Everite Bigsix)

ھن قسم جون چادرون 2.758  فوٽ (7 cm) ويڪريون 1.312 فوٽن کان 84.9 فوٽ (4.0 ميٽر کان 3 ميٽرن تائين) ڊگھيون ۽ ¼ انچ (6 mm)  ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. انھن ۾ مجموعي طرح سان 5.7 وڪڙ ٿيندا آھن ۽ ھڪ کان ٻئي وڪڙ تائين اٽڪل  5 ¾ انچن جو مفاصلو ٿيندو آھي، جڏھن تھ وڪڙ جي چوٽيءَ ۽ تري يعني ھيٺ تائين اوچائي 13.2 انچ (5.4 cm)  ٿيندي آھي.

*ايورائٽ اسٽئنڊرڊ : (Everite Standard)

ھي چادرون ٻن قسمن جون ٿينديون آھن.، ھڪڙيون ننڍيون چادرون ۽ ٻيون وڏيون. ننڍيون چادرون 5.2 فوٽ (76 cm)  ويڪريون 3 ½ فوٽن (1.07 mm)  کان  12 ½ فوٽن (3.9 m) تائين ڊگھيون ۽ ¼  انچ (6 mm)  ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. ھن ۾ وڪڙن جي اوچائي ھڪ انچ (2.54 cm)  کان  1.13&quot;  (2.86 cm) تائين ۽ ٻن وڪڙن جي وچ ۾ درمياني مفاصلو 09.2 انچ (5.3 cm) ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھر چادر ۾ 5.10 وڪڙ (Corrugations)  ٿيندا آھن. وڏيون چادرون 3 3/8 فوٽن کان  3 ½ فوٽن تائين (05.1 ميٽرن کان 1.10 ميٽرن تائين) ويڪريون، 3 3/8 فوٽن کان 10 فوٽن تائين ( 04.1 ميٽرن کان 05.3 ميٽرن تائين) ڊگھيون ۽ ¼ انچ (6 mm) ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. ور وڪڙن جي اوچائي 3/16&quot; (اٽڪل 5 سينٽيميٽرن کان 5.4 سينٽيميٽرن تائين) ۽  ان وڪڙن جي وچ وارو مفاصلو 5 ¾ انچ (146 cm) ٿيندو آھي.

*ٽرنال ٽريفورڊ : (Turnal Trafford)
ھي چادرون اٽڪل 3 5/8 فوٽ (13.1 ميٽر) ويڪريون، 4 فوٽن (1.22 ميٽر) کان 10 فوٽن (3.05 m) تائين ڊگھيون ھونديون آھن ۽ ھنن شيٽن ۾ ور وڪڙن جو تسلسل نھ ھوندو آھي، بلڪ ھر وڪڙ کان پوءِ ھموار سطح ھوندي آھي. ھر چادر ۾ اٽڪل چار وڪڙ ٿيندا آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون وڏين عمارتن جھڙوڪ گودامن، سينيما گھرن ۽ ڪارخانن ۾ استعمال ٿينديون آھن. 

===لوھ جي جستي ۽ ناليدر چادرن جون ڇتيون (Galvanised Corrugated Iron Sheet Roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ 16 گيج کان وٺي 24 گيج جون لوھھ جون جستي ۽ ناليدار چادرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ انھن ڳالھين جو خاص خيال رکيو وڃي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪم ايندڙ شيٽون چڱيءَ طرح ۽ بلڪل پختيءَ طرح جستي ملمعي چڙھيل آھن. جيڪڏھن انھن پڙ ڇن ۾ ڪٽ، سفيد پائوڊر جھڙا ٽڪرا، گاٺ ۽ ڦوٽ نظر اچي تھ اھڙن پڙڇن (Sheets) کي ھرگز استعمال نہ ڪجي.

ھيءُ پڙڇ ھميشھ ڪاٺ يا لوھ جي گرڊرن ۽ ڪامن (Purlins) مٿان ڇھن انچن (15 cm) جو ڇيڙن وارو چڙھاڪو (End Overlap) ۽ ٻين وڪڙن (Corrugations) جو ھر سائيڊ کان سائيڊ وارو چڙھاڪو (Side lap) ڏيئي رکيا ويندا آھن. پڙڇن کي قابو رکڻ لاءِ ڪامن مٿان چاڙھڻ کان اڳ ۾ کين زمين تي رکي گھربل ھنڌن تي ڪنھن تکي اوزار سان ٽنگ ڪڍي، انھيءَ بعد مٿي چاڙھي کين بولٽن، اسڪرن، ڪلين ۽ ڪوڪن (Rivets) وغيره سان قابو ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ اھي سوراخ ھنن چادرن ۾ ھيٺان کان مٿي پار ڪرڻ جي حساب سان ۽ ھميشھ وڪڙن جي چوٽيءَ وٽ ڪڍڻ گھرجن. انھن شيٽن کي ھميشھ ملمعي وارن نٽن، بولٽن، ڏامر جي وائيسرن (Washers)  ۽ جستي ملمعي وارن وائيسرن وسيلي ڪامن (Purlins) سان مضبوط ڪري جڪڙيو وڃي. اھي ڪنڍا ۽ بولٽ 5/16 يا 8 ملي ميٽر جي قطر جا ۽ L يا J جي شبيھھ جا ٿيندا آھن. پيچن ھيٺان واشر مضبوطي حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھنن پڙڇن کي لڳائڻ وقت انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ پلون وٽ انھيءَ چادر جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ نالي (Corrugation) ٻيءَ ناليءَ جي مٿان چڙھيل ھجي ۽ ڊگھا پاسا 3 انچن کان 5 انچن تائين (يعني 7.5 سينٽيميٽرن کان 14 سينٽيميٽرن تائين) ھڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙھيل ھئڻ گھرجن. ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪم ايندڙ چادرون 2 فوٽ 3 انچن کان 4 فوٽ 4 انچن ( 65 cm کان 126 cm) تائين ويڪريون، 5 فوٽن کان 15 فوٽن (5.1 ميٽر کان 5.3 ميٽرن) تائين ڊگھيون 1/16 انچن کان ¼ انچ (1.66 mm کان 6.56 cm) تائين ٿلھيون اٺن (8) وڪڙن سان ۽ ھر ھڪ وڪڙ جي وچ کان ٻئي وڪڙ (pitch) جي وچ تائين 3 انچن (7.6 cm) جي مفاصلي واريون ٿينديون آھن. ھيءُ پڙڇ تور ۾ ھلڪا ۽ لڳائڻ (Fixing)  ۾ سولا ٿين ٿا. البتھ موسمي اثرن کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٺيڪ  نٿا ٿا رھن ۽ انھن منجھان گرمي توڙي سردي آسانيءَ سان لنگھي (To transmit) سگھي ٿي. بھرحال ھيءُ پڙڇ پائيدار ۽ باھ جو مقابلو ڪرڻ جي لائق آھي.

ھن قسم جون ڇتيون 1:5 جي تناسب کان وڌيڪ سڌيون نھ رکڻ گھرجن ۽ عام طور 1:2 جي تناسب واريون ڇتيون بھتر رھن ٿيون. 1:2 ½ جي تناسب وارين نصب ڪيل (Pitched) ڇتين جي صورت ۾ ڇيڙي وارو چڙھاڪو (End overlap) 9 انچن (23 cm) کان گھٽ ھئڻ نہ گهرجي.

ھن قسم جون ڇتيون ڇاپرن (Sheds) ۽ ڪارخانن وغيره لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن.  ھن قسم جي ڇتين جو مٿاڇرو ھڪ ڪرو ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن شيٽن جا ور وڪڙ (Corrugations) سڌا ۽ ھموار ھئڻ گهرجن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>2rjtow3abd9saq4h3osjofuwput8ov9</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401042</id>
      <parentid>401041</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T00:48:17Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401042</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="52072" sha1="lz989xgi3q7qc0teezvoqjgoe44cuhm" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|عمارت جو مٿيون حفاظتي ڍڪ}}

[[فائل:Tak - Ystad-2022.jpg|thumb|2022ع ۾ [[يسٽاڊ]] جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ مختلف عمارتن جون ڇتيون.]]

'''ڇت''' (انگريزي: ''Roof'') عمارت جو سڀ کان مٿيون حفاظتي ڍڪ هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ اهي سڀئي تعميراتي جزا ۽ مواد شامل هوندا آهن، جيڪي ان کي عمارت جي [[ڀت]]ن يا ٻين سهارن تي مضبوطيءَ سان قائم رکندا آهن. ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد عمارت ۽ ان جي رهواسين کي [[مينهن]]، [[برف]]، [[سج جي روشني]]، انتهائي گرمي يا سردي ۽ [[هوا]] جي اثرن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Harris, Cyril M. (editor). ''Dictionary of Architecture and Construction'', Third Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2000, p. 775.&lt;/ref&gt; ڇت عمارت جي ٻاهرئين حفاظتي ڍانچي (بلڊنگ انولپ) جو هڪ اهم حصو آهي.

ڪنهن به ڇت جي شڪل، بناوت ۽ خاصيتون ان عمارت جي استعمال، دستياب ڇت سازي جي مواد، مقامي تعميراتي روايتن، [[معماري]] جي ڊزائن ۽ تعميراتي عمل تي دارومدار رکن ٿيون. ڪيترين حالتن ۾ انهن تي مقامي يا قومي تعميراتي قانونن ۽ ضابطن جو پڻ اثر هوندو آهي.

گهڻن ملڪن ۾ ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد مينهن کان بچاءُ هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه تعميرن ۾، جهڙوڪ [[ورانڊو]]، اهڙي ڇت استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي جيڪا سج جي سڌي روشني کان بچائي ٿي، پر هوا ۽ ٻين قدرتي عنصرن جي اچ وڃ کي برقرار رکي ٿي. ساڳيءَ طرح [[شيشي گهر]] (گارڊن ڪنزرويٽري) جي ڇت ٻوٽن کي سردي، هوا ۽ مينهن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي، جڏهن ته سج جي روشني اندر اچڻ جي اجازت به ڏيندي آهي.

ڇت کي اضافي رهائشي يا استعمال لائق جاءِ طور پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو، مثال طور [[ڇت وارو باغ]] (روف گارڊن).

== اشتقاق ==

لفظ '''ڇت''' جي انگريزي صورت ''Roof''، پراڻي انگريزي ٻوليءَ جي لفظ '''hrof''' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن جي معنيٰ ''ڇت''، [[ڇت (اندروني)|اندروني ڇت]] (Ceiling)، مٿيون حصو، چوٽي، آسمان يا جنت هئي. مجازي طور هي لفظ ڪنهن به شيءِ جي سڀ کان مٿاهين حصي يا بلند ترين نقطي لاءِ پڻ استعمال ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.etymonline.com/word/roof|title=Roof|website=Online Etymology Dictionary}}&lt;/ref&gt;

هي لفظ [[پروٽو-جرمني ٻولي]] جي لفظ '''خروفام khrofam''' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن سان ٻين جرمني ٻولين جا ڪيترائي لاڳاپيل لفظ پڻ ملن ٿا. مثال طور [[ڊچ ٻولي]] ۾ '''roef''' جي معنيٰ ٻيڙيءَ جي ڪيبن يا ڍڪ، تابوت جي ڍڪ وغيره آهي، [[وچئين اعليٰ جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ '''rof''' جو مطلب ڇپر يا اوچو ڇت وارو حصو، جڏهن ته [[قديم نورس ٻولي]] ۾ '''hrof''' ٻيڙيءَ جي ڇپر يا ٻيڙي رکڻ واري ڍڪيل جاءِ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو.

لساني ماهرن موجب هي لفظ جرمني ٻولين کان ٻاهر ٻين ٻولي خاندانن سان ڪو واضح تعلق نٿو رکي. انگريزي ٻولي ئي اها واحد جرمني ٻولي آهي، جنهن ۾ ''روف'' لفظ پنهنجي عام معنيٰ، يعني عمارت جي مٿئين حفاظتي ڍڪ، لاءِ برقرار رهيو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻين جرمني ٻولين ۾ انهيءَ مفهوم لاءِ اهي لفظ استعمال ٿين ٿا، جيڪي پراڻي انگريزي جي '''þæc''' (ٿئچ؛ يعني ڇپر يا ڪکن جي ڇت) سان لاڳاپيل آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite OED|roof, n.}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== بناوتي جزا ==

ڇت جي ڊزائن جا بنيادي جزا هي آهن:

* مواد؛
* [[گهر جي ڇت جي بناوت|تعميراتي بناوت]]؛
* پائيداري.

=== مواد ===

ڇت ٺاهڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد علائقي، موسم، دستيابي ۽ تعميراتي ضرورتن موجب مختلف هوندا آهن. اهي [[ڪيلي]] جي پنن، ڪڻڪ جي [[ڀوسو|ڀوسي]] يا [[سامونڊي گاهه]] کان وٺي [[پرتدار شيشو]] (ليمينيٽيڊ گلاس)، [[ٽامو|ٽامي]]، [[ايلومينيم]] جي چادرن ۽ اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[ڪنڪريٽ]] تائين ٿي سگهن ٿا. دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾ [[ٺڪر]] جون [[ڇت جون سرون]] صدين، بلڪه هزارين سالن کان سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇت سازي جو مواد رهيون آهن.

ٻين عام ڇت سازي جي موادن ۾ [[اسفالٽ]]، [[ڪوئلي جي تار]]، [[اي پي ڊي ايم رٻڙ]] (EPDM Rubber)، [[هائپالون]]، [[پولي يوريٿين]] جو فوم، [[پولي ونائل ڪلورائيڊ]] (PVC)، [[سليٽ پٿر]]، [[ٽيفلون]] جو ڪپڙو، [[ٿرموپلاسٽڪ اوليفن]] (TPO)، ۽ [[ڪاٺ]] جون ڇتيون (ووڊ شيڪز ۽ شنگلز) شامل آهن.

=== تعميراتي بناوت ===

ڇت جي تعميراتي بناوت ان ڳالهه تي دارومدار رکي ٿي ته ان کي ڪهڙي طريقي سان سهارو ڏنو ويو آهي، هيٺئين خالي جاءِ کي ڪيئن ڍڪيو ويو آهي، ۽ ڇت ڍلوان (پچڊ) آهي يا هموار.

'''ڇت جي ڍلوان''' (روف پچ) ان زاويي کي چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن تي ڇت پنهنجي سڀ کان هيٺئين نقطي کان مٿي طرف اڀري ٿي. آمريڪا ۾ گهڻيون رهائشي عمارتون، سواءِ انتهائي خشڪ علائقن جي، ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون رکن ٿيون. جيتوڻيڪ جديد نيڪال جا نظام، جهڙوڪ پاڻيءَ جون ناليون، هموار ڇت کي به ڪارائتو بڻائي سگهن ٿا، پر روايت، جمالياتي حسن ۽ تعميراتي ضرورتن سبب اڄ به گهڻيون ڇتيون ڍلوان سان ٺاهيون وڃن ٿيون.

ڪجهه ڇت سازي جا مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]] (ٿيچ)، پاڻي نه رسڻ ۽ ڊگهي عمر لاءِ تيز ڍلوان جي گهرج رکن ٿا. جڏهن ته ٻيا مواد، جهڙوڪ [[پين ٽائل]] (Pantile)، تمام تيز ڍلوان تي مستحڪم ناهن رهندا، پر گهٽ ڍلوان تي موسم کان بهترين تحفظ فراهم ڪندا آهن.

جن علائقن ۾ برسات تمام گهٽ پوندي آهي، اتي لڳ ڀڳ هموار ڇت، جنهن ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ معمولي ڍلوان هجي، عام طور ڪافي هوندي آهي. اهڙين ڇتين ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ ناليون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن سان وڌيڪ ڍلوان جي ضرورت گهٽجي ويندي آهي.

ڇت جي تعمير ۾ ماهر ڪاريگر کي '''ڇت ساز''' (روفر) چيو ويندو آهي.

=== پائيداري ===

ڇت جي پائيداري انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڇت عمارت جو اهو حصو آهي، جتي مرمت يا تجديد لاءِ پهچڻ نسبتاً ڏکيو هوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ڇت کي نقصان پهچي يا اها تباهه ٿي وڃي ته ان جا اثر سڄي عمارت جي حفاظت، استعمال ۽ عمر تي پئجي سگهن ٿا.

== شڪل ==

[[فائل:Roof diagram.jpg|thumb|upright=1.15|مغربي طرز جي ڇت جي ڪجهه حصن جا نالا]]

{{مکيه|ڇتين جي شڪلين جي فهرست}}

'''ڇتين جون شڪلون''' دنيا جي مختلف علائقن ۾ هڪ ٻئي کان گهڻو مختلف هونديون آهن. ڇت جي شڪل تي اثرانداز ٿيندڙ اهم عنصر مقامي [[آبهوا]]، ڇت جي ڍانچي لاءِ دستياب تعميراتي مواد، ۽ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي ڍڪ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.huffpost.com/entry/roofing-materials-to-prot_b_8959516 |title=Roofing Materials to Protect You From the Elements |website=HuffPost |date=12 January 2016}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڇتين جون بنيادي شڪلون هيٺيان آهن:

* [[هموار ڇت]] (Flat Roof)
* [[يڪ طرفي ڍلوان واري ڇت]] (Mono-pitched Roof)
* [[گيبل ڇت]] (Gable Roof)
* [[مينسارڊ ڇت]] (Mansard Roof)
* [[هپ ڇت]] (Hip Roof)
* [[تتلي نما ڇت]] (Butterfly Roof)
* [[قوسي ڇت]] (Arched Roof)
* [[گنبذي ڇت]] (Domed Roof)

انهن بنيادي شڪلين جون ڪيتريون ئي ٻيون صورتون پڻ موجود آهن.

جيڪي ڇتيون ڪيترن هموار حصن مان ٺهيل هونديون آهن، پر انهن حصن کي ڪنهن نه ڪنهن ڍلوان تي ٺاهيو ويندو آهي، انهن کي '''ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون''' (Pitched Roofs) چيو ويندو آهي. عام طور جيڪڏهن ڇت جو ڍلوان 10 درجن کان وڌيڪ هجي ته ان کي ڍلوان واري ڇت تصور ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;C. M. Harris, ''Dictionary of Architecture &amp; Construction''&lt;/ref&gt;

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇتيون ڍلوان واريون هونديون آهن، جن ۾ خاص طور [[گيبل ڇت]]، [[هپ ڇت]] ۽ [[اسڪليون ڇت]] (Skillion Roof) شامل آهن.

ڪجهه ڇتين جون شڪلون قدرتي (Organic) انداز تي ٻڌل هونديون آهن. اهڙيون شڪلون يا ته معمار جي ڊزائن جي نتيجي ۾ اختيار ڪيون وينديون آهن يا وري ان سبب پيدا ٿينديون آهن جو تعمير ۾ لچڪدار مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]]، استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

== حصا ==

ڇت ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندي آهي:

* ان جي '''سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت''' (سپورٽنگ اسٽرڪچر)؛
* ان جو '''ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه''' (آئوٽر ليئر)، جيڪو ڇت جو سڀ کان مٿيون موسم کان بچاءُ ڪندڙ حصو هوندو آهي.

ڪجهه عمارتن ۾ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه پاڻ ئي بار کڻندڙ بناوت (سيلف-سپورٽنگ اسٽرڪچر) طور پڻ ڪم ڪندو آهي.

عام طور ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت [[ڀت]]ن تي بيٺل هوندي آهي، جيتوڻيڪ ڪجهه تعميراتي انداز، جهڙوڪ [[جيوڊيزيڪ گنبذ]] ۽ [[اي-فريم گهر]]، ۾ ڀت ۽ ڇت جي وچ وارو فرق گهڻو نمايان نه رهندو آهي.

=== سهارو ===

{{مکيه|گهر جي ڇت جي بناوت}}

[[فائل:Linkopings stadsbibliotek roof2.jpg|thumb|[[سويڊن]] ۾ هڪ لائبريري جي ڇت]]

ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت عام طور ڊگهن ۽ مضبوط شهتيرن (بيم) تي ٻڌل هوندي آهي، جيڪي گهڻو ڪري [[ڪاٺ]] مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري کان پوءِ [[ڪاسٽ لوهه]] ۽ [[فولاد]] پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيڻ لڳا.

جن ملڪن ۾ [[بانس]] جو استعمال عام آهي، اتي ان جي قدرتي لچڪ سبب ڇتين ۾ هلڪي وڪريل شڪل پيدا ٿيندي آهي، جيڪا خاص طور اوڀر ايشيائي، خاص ڪري [[جاپاني معمار]]ي جي سڃاڻپ سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

ڪاٺ اهڙو مواد آهي، جنهن سان مختلف قسمن جون ڇتيون آسانيءَ سان تعمير ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. ڪاٺ جي بناوت نه رڳو تعميراتي سهارو فراهم ڪندي آهي، پر جيڪڏهن ان کي ظاهر رکيو وڃي ته اها عمارت جي جمالياتي حسن ۾ پڻ اضافو ڪندي آهي.

پراڳاڙهي زماني کان وٺي پٿر جا افقي شهتير (لنٽيل) ڇتين کي سهارو ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن، پر اهي تمام وڏن فاصلن کي ڍڪي نٿا سگهن. بعد ۾ [[قديم روم]] جي دور ۾ پٿر جي قوس (اسٽون آرڪ) جو وسيع استعمال شروع ٿيو، جنهن جي مختلف صورتن سان لڳ ڀڳ 140 فوٽ (43 ميٽر) تائين جا فاصلا ڍڪي سگهبا هئا.

پٿر جون قوسون ۽ [[والٽ (معماري)|والٽ]]، چاهي رٻن (Ribs) سان هجن يا بغير رٻن جي، لڳ ڀڳ ٻن هزارن سالن تائين وڏين عمارتن جي ڇتين جي بنيادي بناوت رهيون. اها روايت [[صنعتي انقلاب]] کان پوءِ آهستي آهستي ختم ٿيڻ لڳي، جڏهن لوهه جا شهتير استعمال ٿيڻ شروع ٿيا ۽ [[جوزف پيڪسٽن]] جهڙن معمارن جديد عمارتون، جهڙوڪ [[ڪرسٽل پيلس]] (1851ع)، تعمير ڪيون.

فولادي گرڊرن (اسٽيل گرڊر) ۾ مسلسل بهتري اچڻ سان اهي وڏين ڇتين ۽ بعد ۾ عام رهائشي گهرن جي تعمير ۾ به بنيادي سهارو بڻجي ويا. گرڊر جو هڪ ٻيو قسم [[رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ]] جو شهتير آهي، جنهن ۾ ڌاتي سلاخن کي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر بند ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان تنشي قوتن جي مقابلي ۾ ان جي مضبوطي وڌي ويندي آهي.

ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت کي رهائش يا استعمال لائق جاءِ طور پڻ ڪم آندو ويندو آهي، جنهن کي ڇت جي فرش بندي (روف ڊيڪنگ) چيو ويندو آهي. اهڙي جاءِ کي ڪمري يا ٻين استعمالن لاءِ تبديل ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه ===

{{مکيه|تجارتي طور دستياب ڇت سازي جي موادن جي فهرست}}

ڇت جو ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد جي لحاظ کان تمام گهڻي تبديلي رکي ٿو. روايتي يا مقامي [[معماري]] ۾ ڇت لاءِ گهڻو ڪري قدرتي ٻوٽيدار مواد استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]]، جنهن مان سامونڊي گاهه سان ٺهيل ڇت لڳ ڀڳ چاليهن سالن تائين قائم رهي سگهي ٿي.

ايشيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ [[بانس]] کي ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه، ٻنهي طور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. بانس جي ڊگهن ڦاڙيل ٽڪرن کي هڪ ٻئي مٿان چاڙهي وڇايو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان پاڻيءَ کان بچاءُ ڪندڙ مضبوط ڇت تيار ٿيندي آهي.

جن علائقن ۾ [[ڪاٺ]] وافر مقدار ۾ موجود هوندو آهي، اتي ڪاٺ جون ڇت واريون تختيون (شنگلز)، ٿلها ڪاٺي ٽڪرا (شيڪز) ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪجهه ملڪن ۾ مخصوص وڻن جي [[ڪل]] کي ٿلهين چادرن جي صورت ۾ لاهي ڇت طور پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== ٻاهريون حفاظتي تهه ===

{{مکيه|تجارتي طور دستياب ڇت سازي جي موادن جي فهرست}}

ويهين صديءَ دوران گڏيل [[اسفالٽ]] وارين ڇت جي تختين (ڪمپوزيشن اسفالٽ شنگلز) جي تياري شروع ٿي. انهن جي عمر انهن جي ٿولهه ۽ معيار موجب مختلف هوندي آهي. سنهي قسم جون تختيون عام طور لڳ ڀڳ ويهه سال هلنديون آهن، جڏهن ته وڌيڪ ٿلهيون ۽ اعليٰ معيار جون تختيون گهڻي عرصي تائين، ڪڏهن ڪڏهن سڄي خدمت واري عمر تائين، استعمال ٿي سگهن ٿيون. انهن جي قيمت به عام طور سندن ٿولهه ۽ پائيداري تي دارومدار رکي ٿي.

جڏهن ڇت جي تختين جو مٿيون تهه پراڻو يا خراب ٿي وڃي ٿو ته عام طور پراڻيون تختيون، هيٺيون حفاظتي تهه (انڊرلي مينٽ) ۽ ڇت جون ميخون هٽائي نئينون تختيون لڳايون وينديون آهن. ٻيو طريقو اهو آهي ته نئون تهه پراڻين تختين جي مٿان ئي لڳايو وڃي. جيتوڻيڪ هي طريقو تيز ۽ گهٽ خرچائتو هوندو آهي، پر ان سان ڇت جي ڪاٺي بناوت (روف شيئٿنگ) جي جاچ ممڪن نه رهندي آهي ۽ جيڪڏهن پاڻيءَ سبب اندر ڪو نقصان ٿيو هجي ته ان جي مرمت به نٿي ٿي سگهي.

ان کان علاوه، پراڻين تختين جي مٿان نئون تهه لڳائڻ سان ميخون ڪاٺي بناوت تائين گهٽ پهچنديون آهن، جنهن ڪري انهن جي پڪڙ ڪمزور ٿي ويندي آهي. وڌيڪ اهم ڳالهه اها آهي ته اضافي مواد جو وزن ڇت جي مقرر مرده بار (ڊيڊ لوڊ) کان وڌي سگهي ٿو، جنهن سان ڇت جي ڊهڻ جو خطرو پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿو. انهيءَ سبب، جن ملڪن ۾ [[بين الاقوامي عمارتي ضابطو]] (انٽرنيشنل بلڊنگ ڪوڊ) لاڳو آهي، اتي جيڪڏهن ڇت تي اڳ ۾ ئي ٻن يا وڌيڪ تهن ۾ ڇت سازي جو مواد موجود هجي ته ان جي مٿان نئون تهه لڳائڻ جي اجازت نه هوندي. اهڙين حالتن ۾ نئين ڇت لڳائڻ کان اڳ پراڻو مواد مڪمل طور هٽائڻ لازمي هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Chapter 9 - Roof Assemblies|url=http://publicecodes.cyberregs.com/icod/irc/2012/icod_irc_2012_9_par135.htm}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[سليٽ پٿر]] ڇت سازي لاءِ هڪ انتهائي مناسب ۽ تمام گهڻي پائيدار مواد آهي. سليٽ جي ڇت عام طور 75 کان 150 سالن تائين، ۽ ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ان کان به وڌيڪ عرصي تائين قائم رهي سگهي ٿي. تنهن هوندي به، سليٽ جي ڇت لڳائڻ جو خرچ گهڻو هوندو آهي. مثال طور آمريڪا ۾ سليٽ جي ڇت جي قيمت ڪڏهن ڪڏهن سڄي گهر جي باقي تعمير جيتري ٿي سگهي ٿي.

سليٽ جي ڇت ۾ سڀ کان پهرين عام طور اهي ميخون خراب ٿينديون آهن، جن سان سليٽ جون تختيون ٻڌل هونديون آهن. وقت سان گڏ انهن ۾ زنگ لڳڻ سبب تختيون پنهنجي جاءِ تان سُرڪڻ لڳنديون آهن. برطانيا ۾ هن مسئلي کي ''نيل سڪنس'' (Nail Sickness) چيو ويندو آهي. انهيءَ ڪري سليٽ جي ڇتين لاءِ [[اسٽينليس اسٽيل]] يا [[ٽامو|ٽامي]] جون ميخون استعمال ڪرڻ جي سفارش ڪئي ويندي آهي، ۽ انهن کي پڻ موسم جي سڌي اثر کان محفوظ رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Six Steps to Building a 150 Year Roof|url=https://kocaeliwebtasarim.medium.com/six-steps-to-building-a-150-year-roof-4624749b33c2}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[ايزبسٽاس]]، جيڪو گهڻو ڪري لهردار ڳنڍيل چادرن جي صورت ۾ استعمال ٿيندو هو، ويهين صديءَ دوران هڪ سستي، نه سڙندڙ ۽ بهترين حرارتي موصليت واري ڇت سازي جي مواد طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويو. پر بعد ۾ ايزبسٽاس جي کوٽائي، تياري ۽ استعمال سان لاڳاپيل سنگين صحت ۽ قانوني مسئلن جي ڪري ان کي نئين ڇت سازي جي مواد طور استعمال ڪرڻ تقريباً بند ڪيو ويو. تنهن هوندي به، خاص طور ڏکڻ آمريڪا ۽ ايشيا جي ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾ اڄ به ايزبسٽاس واريون پراڻيون ڇتيون موجود آهن.

[[گاهه واريون ڇتيون]]، جن کي جديد دور ۾ [[سائي ڇت]] (گرين روف) ۽ روايتي طور [[گاس واري ڇت]] (سوڊ روف Roof) چيو ويندو آهي، سٺيون حرارتي موصليت واريون هونديون آهن. ماحولياتي تحفظ ۽ شهرن کي وڌيڪ سرسبز بڻائڻ لاءِ اهڙين ڇتين جي تعمير کي هاڻي وڌيڪ هٿي ڏني پئي وڃي. انهن ۾ موجود مٽي ۽ ٻوٽا قدرتي موصل (لونگ انسوليشن) طور ڪم ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان عمارت جي اندروني گرمي پد ۾ توازن برقرار رهندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|date=2020-02-06|title=Green and Cool Roofs|url=https://drawdown.org/solutions/green-and-cool-roofs}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[ايڊوب]] جون ڇتيون مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن ۾ ڪکن يا جانورن جا وار جهڙا ڳنڍيندڙ مواد ملايا ويندا آهن. پوءِ ان کي ڪاٺين جي ڄاري (ليٿ) تي پلستر ڪري هموار يا هلڪي ڍلوان واري ڇت ٺاهي ويندي آهي. اهڙيون ڇتيون گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٺاهيون وينديون آهن، جتي برسات تمام گهٽ پوندي آهي.

جن علائقن ۾ مٽي وافر مقدار ۾ موجود هوندي آهي، اتي پڪل [[ڇت جون سرون]] صدين کان ڇت سازي جو بنيادي مواد رهيون آهن. ڇت جون سرون ٺاهڻ ۽ ساڙڻ جي صنعت گهڻو ڪري سرن جي ڪارخانن سان لاڳاپيل هوندي آهي. ماضي ۾ انهن سرن جي شڪل ۽ رنگ هر علائقي جي سڃاڻپ هوندا هئا، پر اڄڪلهه خريد ڪندڙن جي ضرورت ۽ پسند مطابق مختلف شڪلين، رنگن ۽ اندازن جون سرون تجارتي بنيادن تي تيار ڪيون وڃن ٿيون. [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جون ڇت واريون سرون پڻ عام استعمال ٿين ٿيون، جيڪي ڪيترن ئي مختلف اندازن ۽ شڪلين ۾ موجود آهن.

ڌاتي چادرن، خاص طور [[ٽامو|ٽامي]] ۽ [[سيهو|سيهي]]، کي پڻ ڪيترن ئي صدين کان ڇت سازي ۾ استعمال ڪيو پيو وڃي. جيتوڻيڪ اهي مواد مهانگا آهن، پر انتهائي پائيدار پڻ آهن. مثال طور [[شارترس گرجاگھر]] (شارترس ڪيٿيڊرل) جي وڏي ٽامي واري ڇت ڪيترن ئي صدين کان موجود آهي، جيڪا وقت سان گڏ آڪسائيڊ ٿيڻ سبب هلڪي سائي رنگ جي ٿي وئي آهي.

سيهو، جيڪو ڪڏهن ڪڏهن گرجاگهرن جي ڇتين ۾ استعمال ٿيندو هو، گهڻو ڪري رهائشي گهرن جي ڇتين ۾ پاڻي نه رسڻ واري بندش (فليشنگ) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو، خاص طور سليٽ جي ڇتين جي وادين (Valleys) ۽ چمنين جي چوڌاري. ٽامي کي به ساڳئي مقصد لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو.

اوڻيهين صديءَ ۾ [[لوهه]] کي [[جست]] سان چڙهائي (گالوانائيزيشن) زنگ جي مزاحمت وڌائي وئي، جنهن سان هلڪو، آسانيءَ سان کڻي وڃڻ جهڙو ۽ پاڻي نه رسائيندڙ ڇت سازي جو مواد تيار ٿيو. گهٽ قيمت ۽ آسانيءَ سان لڳائڻ جي ڪري اهو سڄي دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ تجارتي ڇت سازي جي موادن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

ان کان پوءِ ڌاتي ڇتن جا ڪيترائي نوان قسم تيار ڪيا ويا. فولادي ڇت جون تختيون (اسٽيل شنگلز) ۽ بيهندڙ ڳانڍاپي واريون ڌاتي ڇتيون (اسٽينڊنگ-سيم روف) لڳائڻ جي طريقي ۽ هيٺ استعمال ٿيندڙ حفاظتي تهه (انڊرلي مينٽ) تي دارومدار ڪندي عام طور پنجاهه سال يا ان کان به وڌيڪ عرصي تائين قائم رهي سگهن ٿيون. انهن جي قيمت عام طور اسفالٽ واري ڇت ۽ سليٽ واري ڇت جي وچ واري سطح تي هوندي آهي.

ويهين صديءَ دوران ڇت سازي لاءِ ڪيترائي نوان مواد تيار ڪيا ويا، جن ۾ بٽومين تي ٻڌل مواد، رٻڙ تي ٻڌل ڇتيون، مختلف مصنوعي مادا، جهڙوڪ [[ٿرموپلاسٽڪ]]، ۽ [[شيشي جي فائبر]] تي ٻڌل مواد شامل آهن.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot; class=&quot;center&quot; caption=&quot;ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه&quot;&gt;
File:The Elms Jersey.jpg|[[سليٽ پٿر]]، [[جرسي]]
File:Miskolc omassa peasant house.jpg|ٺڪر جون ڇت واريون سرون، [[هنگري]]
File:Niigata NCM Peasant Rice Farmers House.jpg|چانورن جي ڪکن جي ڇت، [[جاپان]]
File:Njem house in Cameroon.jpg|[[ڪيلي]] جي پنن جي ڇت، [[ڪيمرون]]
File:Neot smadar.jpg|[[کجور]] جي ٽارين جي ڇت، [[نيوٽ سيمادار]]، [[اسرائيل]]
File:Minenverwalter Kolmannskuppe.jpg|ڌاتي چادرن واري ڇت، [[نيميبيا]]
File:Gassho-zukuri farmhouse-02.jpg|ڪکن جي ڇت جي مرمت، گاشو-زڪوري طرز جو گهر، [[جاپان]]
File:Stone Roofing House - Palchan - Kullu 2014-05-10 2507.JPG|ڇت سازي لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ پٿر، [[هماچل پرديش]]، [[ڀارت]]
File:Green Roof in Norway.png|گاهه واري ڇت، [[ناروي]]
&lt;/gallery&gt;

==  ڇتين جا قسم== 

ڇتين جا ڪيترائي قسم آھن، جھڙوڪ؛
#سڌيون ڇتيون (Flat Roofs)
#سلاميءَ واريون ڇتيون (Sloped Roofs)
#ھڪ طرف سلاميءَ واريون ڇتيون
#ٻئي طرف سلاميءَ واريون نوڪدار ڇتيون
#ھپ روف (Hip Roof)
#گئمبريل روف (Gambrel Roof)
#مانسرڊ روف (Mansard Roof)
#ڊيڪ روف (Deck Roof)
#ڪارائيءَ جي ڏندن وانگر ”سا ٽٿ روف“ (Saw Tooth Roof)

ڇتين جي ڪن مختلف قسمن جو تفصيلوار بيان ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

=== سڌيون ڇتيون === 
 
عام طرح سان اڄ ڪلھ رھائشي جاين لاءِ سڌين ڇتين کي وڌيڪ پسند ڪيو وڃي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي سولائيءَ سان باھھ روڪ (Fire Proof)  بڻائي سگھجي ٿو. ازنسواءِ ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي مٽيءَ جو تھھ ڏيئي سولائيءَ سان ٿڌو رکي سگھجي ٿو.
تعميراتي طريقن جي لحاظ کان ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي ترتيب وار ھيٺئين ريت ورھائي سگھجي ٿو.
#آر-سي-سيءَ جون ڇتيون (R.C.C Flat Roofs)
#درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتيون (First class tile roofing)
#رينفورسڊ برڪ جون ڇتيون (Reinforced Brick Roofs)
#درجہ دوم ٽائيل ڇتيون (Second class tile roofing)
#جئڪ ڪمان ڇتيون (Jack Arch Roofing)
#ڪاٺ جي تختن جون سڌيون ڇتيون (Wooden flat Roofs)

مٿي ڄاڻايل قسم جي ڇتين مان ڪن خاص ۽ گھڻو استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇتين جو تفصيلوار بيان ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

===آر-سي-سيءَ جون سڌيون ڇتيون (Reinforced cement concrete flat roofs)===
ھن قسم جي ڇتين جو استعمال اڄڪلھھ عام ۽ مقبول ٿي چڪو آھي ۽ گھڻ منزلھ عمارتن لاءِ ڪارآمد پڻ آھي. ھن قسم جي ڇت کي ٿڌو رکڻ لاءِ عام طرح سان گرم علائقن ۾ ٽن انچن کان چئن انچن تائين مٽيءَ جو تھھ ڏيئي انھيءَ جي مٿان گاري جو پلستر (Mud Pluster) يا سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي مسالي سان سرن جون ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر جوڙ ۾ مسالو چڱيءَ طرح لڳايو وڃي جيئن برسات ۽ موسمي اثرن سبب کلي نھ وڃي. جوڙن بعد درزون چڱيءَ طرح ورتيون وينديون آھن. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو پڻ خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ پاڻي ڪھڙي بھ ريت ڇت تي بيٺل نھ رھي. ڇت جي سلامي احتياط سان رکي ويندي آھي ۽ فالتو مسالو، سرن جا  ٽڪرا ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ۽ ڪچرو صاف ڪري اڇليو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ڇت تمام وڏي آھي تھ انھيءَ کي مختلف حصن ۾ ورھائي سلامي ڏني ويندي آھي. تقريبا 1:60  کان 1:40  جي تناسب جي سلامي مناسب سمجھي ويندي آھي.

===ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ (Water proofing flat roofs) ===

ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي مٿين سطح (Surface) کي عام طرح سان صاف ڪري انھيءَ کي چڱيءَ طرح سڪايو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ کان پوءِ ڏامر (Bitumen) کي (190.56o C) 375o F ۽ (204.44o C) 400o F گرمي جي درجي تائين پگھاري سطح جي مٿان ٻن عليحده تھن جي صورت ۾ پوريءَ طرح پٿاريون ويندو آھي، جيئن ٻنھي تھن جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 1/16 انچ بيھي. اھڙيءَ صورت ۾ 100 مربع فوٽن تي 34 پائونڊ ڏامر استعمال ٿيندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد ڏامر جي مٿان جابلو ريتيءَ جو ھلڪو تھھ ڏنو ويندو آھي، اھڙي طرح جيئن 100 مربع فوٽن تي ھڪ مڪعب فوٽ جابلو ريتي استعمال ٿئي، انھيءَ بعد گھربل اوچائي4 ۾ مٽي ڀري انھيءَ مٿان مٽيءَ جي گاري جو پلستر يا سرن جي ٽائيلن جو تھھ ڏنو ويندو آھي. ڏامر جي مٿان جابلو ريتيءَ جو ڇڻڪار انھيءَ ڪري ڪيو ويندو آھي، جيئن اھو ڏامر جي تھھ کي مٽيءَ جي تھ کان جدا رکي.

درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتين (First class tile roofing)  ۽ درجھ دوم ٽائيل ڇتين (Second class tile roofing) جي صورت ۾ ڏامر جو تھھ سرن يا ٽائيل مٿان لڳايل سيمينٽ پلستر جي مڪمل ترائيءَ ۽ انھيءَ جي چڱيءَ طرح سڪڻ بعد ڏنو ويندو آھي ۽ آر-سي-سيءَ جي سلئب جي صورت ۾ پڻ انھيءَ جي مڪمل ترائي ۽ چڱيءَ طرح سڪڻ بعد ڏنو ويندو آھي.

انھيءَ کان علاوھ ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ لاءِ ٻيو اھو بھ طريقو آھي تھ ڏامر جي بجاءِ 04 يا 05 گيج جي شفاف پلاسٽڪ يا پاليٿين چادر (04/05 Guage polythene sheet) استعمال ڪجي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال رکڻو آھي تھ اھا پاليٿين جي چادر ڪنھن بھ ھنڌان ڦاٽل نھ ھجي ۽ گھڻي ايراضيءَ جي حالت ۾ سلاميءَ جي طرف اھي شيٽون يا چادرون ھڪ ٻئي مٿان چڱيءَ طرح چڙھيل (Over-laped) ھئڻ کپن. اھي شيٽون ڇت جي مٿان تيڪي (Parapet wall) جي ھيٺ تائين ھئڻ گھرجن ٻيءَ صورت ۾ جيڪڏھن شيٽ کي صرف تيڪي تائين ڇڏيو ويندو تھ برسات جو پاڻي تيڪي جي ھيٺان لنگھڻ جي ڪوشش ڪندو ۽ ڇت کي نقصان پھچائيندو، پاليٿين پلاسٽڪ ھڪ ھڪ نباتاتي مرڪب آھي ۽ انھيءَ ۾ عمر ڀر جٽاءُ ۽ پائيداريءَ جي خاصيت آھي. ھن تي تيزابيت (Acid) ۽ چانيھي يا کار (Alkali) جو اثر نھ ٿو ٿئي.

پاڻيءَ کي ٽمڻ (Water proofing) کان روڪڻ لاءِ ڏامر جي ٺھيل ٺڪيل چادر جنھن کي بٽومين فيلٽ (Bitumen felt) سڏيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ جو بہ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ اھا ڪنھن بھ شڪل يا ڊؤل جي ڇت ۽ بناوت لاءِ استعمال ڪري سگھجي ٿي. ھيٺ ڏنل فھرست ۾ مختلف قسمن جي بٽومين فيلٽ ۽ انھيءَ جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ تور ڄاڻايل آھي.

===درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتيون (First class tile roofing) ===
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون آر-سي-سي، ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي ڪامن،، پٽين، ٽيئرن ۽ گرڊرن مٿان 12&quot;x6&quot;x1 1/4&quot; جي سائيز جي سرن جي ٽائيلن جا ٻھ تھھ ڏيئي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جي ڇتين جي تعمير ھيٺئين ريت ڪئي ويندي آھي؛

*سرن جي ٽائيلن جو پھريون تھھ، پٽين مٿان جيڪي 12&quot; جي پور وڇوٽيءَ تي ڪامن مٿان (يا لوھھ جي گرڊرن مٿان ٽيئر رکي) رکيون وينديون آھن، 1:6 جي تناسب ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جي مسالي سان يا 1:2 جي تناسب ۾ چن ۽ سرخيءَ جي گچ سان لڳايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر ھڪ جوڙ ۾ مسالو چڱيءَ طرح لڳل ھجي.
*سرن جي پھرئين تھھ مٿان اڌ انچ جي ٿولھھ ۾ 1:6  جي تناسب جو سيمينٽ پلستر چاڙھي انھيءَ بعد ٽائيلن جو ٻيو تھھ مٿي ڄاڻايل طريقي سان چاڙھيو ويندو آھي پر خاص طرح سان اھو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ سرن جي ٻئي تھھ جا جوڙ پھرئين تھھ جي جوڙن سان نھ ملن بلڪ انھن جوڙن جي ابتڙ ھجن. ائين ڪرڻ سان مٿئين تھھ جا جوڙ ھيٺئين تھھ جي جوڙن سان نھ ملندا ۽ ڇت ٽمڻ (Leakage) جو امڪان گھٽ رھندو.
*ٽائيلن جي ٻئي تھھ مٿان اڌ انچ جو 1:6 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ پلستر چاڙھيو ويندو آھي
*بعد ۾ سيمينٽ پلستر جي مٿان ڏامر جو تھ  (مٿي ڄاڻايل طريقي سان) چاڙھي، انھيءَ جي مٿان جابلو  ريتي ڇٽي ويندي آھي، جيئن ڇت پاڻيءَ روڪ ٿي.
*انھيءَ بعد ڇت کي ٿڌو رکڻ لاءِ ٽن کان چئن انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ مٽيءَ (جيڪا ڪلر ۽ ٻئي گند ڪچري کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ھجي) جو تھ ڀري، انھيءَ مٿان ھڪ انچ جو مٽيءَ جي گادي جو پلستر ڪري، انھيءَ جي مٿان ڇيڻي جي ليپائي ڪبي آھي.

سرن جي ڀتين جي مٿان ۽ گرڊرن جي ھيٺان لوھھ جي بيڊ پليٽ ڏيڻ تمام ضروري آھي، جيئن گرڊرن جي بار سبب ڀتين جا گرڊر سان ملندڙ حصا ڪمزور ٿي، ٽائيم گذرڻ سان جھڪاءُ آڻي، نقصان نھ پھچائين. گرڊرن ۽ ٽيئرن جي صورت ۾ کين ڇت تي چاڙھڻ کان پھرين سنڌور (Red Oxide)  جي پينٽ جو تھھ ڏيئي، سڪائي پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان انئمل پينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ چاڙھي پوءِ ڀتين مٿان چاڙھجن، جيئن انھن مٿان ڪٽ (Rust) سولائيءَ سان نھ چڙھي. جيڪڏھن ائين نھ ڪبو تھ ٽائيلن چاڙھڻ بعد گرڊرن ۽ ٽيئرن جا صرف ھيٺيان حصا پينٽ ڪري سگھبا ۽ ٻيا دٻيل حصا پينٽ بنا رھجي وڃڻ جي حالت ۾ وقت گذرڻ سان ڪٽبا ويندا ۽ نتيجي ۾ اھي تمام گھٽ ٽائيم ھلندا. نتيجي ۾ ڇت تي ڪيل سمورو ڪم ايترو پائيدار نھ ٿيندو ۽ ٺھيل ڇت پنھنجي ٽائيم کان اڳ ۾ بدلائڻي پوندي.

ڇيڙن وارين ديوارن جي اندرين حصن ۽ پٽين يا ٽيئرن جي وچ ۾ 3 انچن کان 9 انچن جو مفاصلو ھئڻ گھرجي. ڇت جي ٽيڪي جي ديوار مٿان گولو (Drip Course)  ڏيڻ ضروري آھي، جيئن مينھن جو پاڻي انھيءَ کي نقصان نھ پھچائي 


===درجہ دوم ٽائيلن جون ڇتيون (Second class tile roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت جي تعمير پڻ درجھ اول ڇت جي تعمير وانگرگ ٿيندي آھي. فرق صرف اھو آھي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ٽائيلن جو صرف ھڪ تھھ چاڙھيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڊرپ ڪورس جي بجاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو گولو (C.C. Coping)  ڏنو ويندو آھي. 

===جئڪ آرچ ڇتيون (Jack Arch Roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ سرن يا سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جون ڪمانيون  (Arches) تعمير ڪيون وينديون آھن ۽ انھن ڪمانن جا ڇيڙا پالتو لوھ (Mild Steel)  جي ڪامن (Joists) مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ جئائسٽ وري ديوارن يا بيمن تي ٽڪيل ھوندا آھن.جئائسٽ 30 انچن کان 45 انچن جي مفاصلي تي رکيل ھوندا آھن. ڪانڪريٽ جي ٿولھھ ڪمانيءَ جي چوٽيءَ (Crown) وٽ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 6 انچ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ ڪمانيءَ جي بلندي ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ اھا خامي آھي تھ اھا سڌي سطح (Plain Surface) نٿي رھي. آخري ڇيڙن وارن حصن کي افقي ڇڪ (Horizontal thrust) کان روڪڻ لاءِ لوھھ جي جئائسٽ جي ٻاھرين جوڙن (Pairs)  وٽ ٻنڌ سيخون (Tie rods) لڳايون وينديون آھن. ٽاءِ راڊس 6 فوٽن جي مرڪزي (6 feet centre to centre) مفاصلي تي ھئڻ گھرجن. جئڪ آرچن جا گھيرا (Rings)  اڀ سرا (Brick on edge) يا سڌين سرن (Bricks on flat) جا ھئڻ گھرجن.

===رينفورسڊ برڪ ڇتيون (Reinforced Brick Roofs) ===
ھي ڇتيون پڻ آر-سي-سيءَ جي ڇتين وانگر  ۽ سڌيون ھونديون آھن، فرق صرف اھو ھوندو آھي جو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي جاءِ تي سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. سرن ۾ ڇت جي ڊيگھھ ۽ ويڪر جي طرف لڳاتار جوڙ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن جوڙن ۾ ڊزائن مطابق لوھھ جو سريو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. جوڙن جي ٿولھھ ٽي ڀاڱي چار انچ رکي ويندي آھي، جنھن  اندر سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو مسالو ڀريو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن جوڙن کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ سان ڀرڻو ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ جوڙن جي ٿولھھ ڏيڍ انچ کان ٻن انچن تائين رکڻ گھرجي. مکيھ سريو (Main reinforcement) ٿوري فاصلي طرف ۽ ورڇيندڙ سريو (Distribution bars) وڌيڪ فاصلي طرف وجھڻ گھرجي ۽ ورڇيندر سريو مکيھ سريي جي مٿان لڳائڻ گھرجي. رينفورسڊ برڪ جي ڪم جي ٿولھھ ھڪ سر جي ٿولھھ کان ٻن سرن جي ٿولھھ تائين ھئڻ گھرجي. ٻيءَ صورت ۾ وڌيڪ ٿولھھ واري ڇت نھايت ئي مھانگي پوندي.

ڇت جي مٿان ٻيو سمورو ڪم ائين ڪرڻ گھرجي جيئن آر-سي-سيءَ جي ڇت لاءِ ڄاڻايل آھي.
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون ڀروسي جھڙيون نھ ٿيون رھن ۽ انھيءَ سبب ڪري گھٽ استعمال ٿين ٿي
 
===ڇپرن واري يا ڪکائين ڇت (Thatched roof)===
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون عام طرح سان ٻن طرفن کان سلامي ڏيئي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن، جيئن برسات جو پاڻي ڇت جي مٿان بيھي نقصان نہ پھچائي.

ھن قسم جي ڇت ٺاھڻ لاءِ 1 ½ انچ ڊايا ميٽر جي بانس جا ٽڪڙا ھڪ فوٽ جي پور وڇوٽيءَ جي مفاصلي تي رکي ۽ انھن جي خلاف گوني ڪنڊ تي ڇھن انچن جي پور وڇوٽيءَ جي مفاصلي تي چڱيءَ طرح لڪڙا ٻڌي جوڙ جڪ (Frame work) ڪئي ويندي آھي. انھيءَ بعد 6 انچن کان 12 انچن جي ٿولھھ تائين سر، ٽوئا يا ڇپريون، ٽن ٽن انچن جي تھن جي صورت ۾ چاڙھيون وينديون آھن. اڪثر طور تي پھريون تھ بانس جي لڪڙن سان جوڙي جڪي تيار ڪري چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ڇت جي رال (Pitch) 35 ڊگرين جي لڳ ڀڳ رکي ويندي آھي.

ھن قسم جي ڇت اگر ھنرمندي ۽ ڪاريگري سان ٺاھي وڃي تھ سٺي نموني اڻ ٽمندڙ ۽ پاڻيءَ روڪ رھي ٿي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ باھھ لڳڻ جا امڪان تمام گھڻا رھن ٿا ۽ اڏوھي ۽ جيت لڳڻ جو خطرو پڻ رھي ٿو. جيڪڏھن انھن سڀني خطرن کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت جو مدو 15 سالن کان وڌيڪ نھ ٿو رھي.

===ائسبيسٽاس سيمينٽ جي ڇت (Asbestos cement corrugated sheet roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت نھايت ئي عمده قسم جي ائسبيسٽاس ۽ سيمينٽ جي گڏيل مرڪب مان ٺھيل اھڙين چادرن سان ڍڪي ٺاھي ويندي آھي جن ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو نقص جھڙوڪ ڦوٽ، ڏار، ڀڳل ڪنڊون ۽ پاسا وغيرھ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن. ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪٽ يا زنگ (Rust)  لڳڻ جو خطرو نھ ٿو رھي. ھنن تي نھ اڏوھي لڳي ٿي سگھي ۽ نہ ئي وري انھن تي رنگ ڪرڻ جي ضرورت پوي ٿي، البتہ سردين ۾ انھن جي ھيٺان آلاڻ پيدا ٿي پوي ٿي. ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ باھ جو مقابلو ڪرڻ، ۽ موسمي اثرن کي ڪنھن حد تائين روڪڻ جي خاصيت رھي ٿي.

ھنن ڇتين ۾ (7mm) 9/32 in. واري ٿولھھ جي چادرن استعمال ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ڪامن (Purlins)  جي وچ ۾ وڌ ۾ وڌ 5 فوٽ 3 انچ  (1.6m) جو فاصلو ۽ ¼ انچ  (6 mm) جي ٿولھھ وارين چادرن جي حالت ۾ 4 فوٽ 6 انچ (1.4 m) ھئڻ گھرجي.
چادرن جو لسو پاسو ھميشھ مٿان ۽ وڪڙن وارو پاسو ھيٺان ھئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ پاسي وارو چڙھاڪو (Side lap) گھٽ ۾ گھٽ اڌ وڪڙ جيترو، جيڪو عموما (4.5 cm) 13/4&quot; جي برابر ھوندو آھي ۽ ڇيڙن وارو چڙھاڪو (End lap)  گھٽ ۾ گھٽ (15 cm) 6&quot; جي برابر ڏنو وڃي. جڏھن تھ پاسن وارا آزاد حصا گھٽ ۾ گھٽ (40 cm) 1'-4&quot; اڌارن کان ٻاھر نڪتل ھئڻ گھرجن.
چادرن کي قابو ڪرڻ لاءِ آڌار وارين پٽين وٽ چادرن جي وڪڙن جي چوٽين (Crowns) ۾ (8 mm) 3/16&quot; جا ڊرل مشين رستي سوراخ ڪڍي قلعي دار j  (Galvanised) ۽ L جي صورت وارا ڪنڍا (Hooks)  استعمال ڪري ڏامر ۽ قلعي دار (Galvanised iron) وائيسر (Washer)  ڏيئي انھن کي چادرن مٿان، نٽ پٺيان نٽ جي حساب سان جڪڙيو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ سوراخ ڪڍڻ واسطي چادرن کي ڪنھن ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ھرگز ڀڳو ۽ چيريو نھ وڃي انھن نٽن کي پھريائين ڍرو ڇڏيو وڃي ۽ جڏھن ڪافي چادرون وڇائجي وڃن تھ پوءِ انھن کي سوڙھو ۽ قابو ڪيو وڃي. سوراخن  جو قطر (Diameter)  استعمال ٿيندڙ بولٽن جي قطر کان 1/16 انچ وڌيڪ ھئڻ گھرجي. نقصان کان بچاءُ واسطي چادرن کي مٿي چاڙھي وڇائڻ لاءِ تختا يا ڏاڪڻون استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجن. جيڪڏھن ڪنھن بھ چادر کي نقصان پھچي تھ انھيءَ کي اڇلائي خارج ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي ٻي چادر استعمال ڪجي. تمام گھڻي احتياط ڪندي بھ جيڪڏھن انھن چادرن ۾ ڪي نظر انداز ڪرڻ جوڳا ٽنگ ٿي پون تھ انھن کي ڏامر يا ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي مرڪب سان بند ڪري سگھجي ٿو بشرطيڪ انھن مان پاڻي ٽمي نہ سگھي.  ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ ائسبيسٽاس سيمينٽ جي چادرن جا ٽي قسم ٿيندا آھن جن جو ڪجھھ تفصيل ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

*ايورائيٽ بگسڪس : (Everite Bigsix)

ھن قسم جون چادرون 2.758  فوٽ (7 cm) ويڪريون 1.312 فوٽن کان 84.9 فوٽ (4.0 ميٽر کان 3 ميٽرن تائين) ڊگھيون ۽ ¼ انچ (6 mm)  ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. انھن ۾ مجموعي طرح سان 5.7 وڪڙ ٿيندا آھن ۽ ھڪ کان ٻئي وڪڙ تائين اٽڪل  5 ¾ انچن جو مفاصلو ٿيندو آھي، جڏھن تھ وڪڙ جي چوٽيءَ ۽ تري يعني ھيٺ تائين اوچائي 13.2 انچ (5.4 cm)  ٿيندي آھي.

*ايورائٽ اسٽئنڊرڊ : (Everite Standard)

ھي چادرون ٻن قسمن جون ٿينديون آھن.، ھڪڙيون ننڍيون چادرون ۽ ٻيون وڏيون. ننڍيون چادرون 5.2 فوٽ (76 cm)  ويڪريون 3 ½ فوٽن (1.07 mm)  کان  12 ½ فوٽن (3.9 m) تائين ڊگھيون ۽ ¼  انچ (6 mm)  ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. ھن ۾ وڪڙن جي اوچائي ھڪ انچ (2.54 cm)  کان  1.13&quot;  (2.86 cm) تائين ۽ ٻن وڪڙن جي وچ ۾ درمياني مفاصلو 09.2 انچ (5.3 cm) ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھر چادر ۾ 5.10 وڪڙ (Corrugations)  ٿيندا آھن. وڏيون چادرون 3 3/8 فوٽن کان  3 ½ فوٽن تائين (05.1 ميٽرن کان 1.10 ميٽرن تائين) ويڪريون، 3 3/8 فوٽن کان 10 فوٽن تائين ( 04.1 ميٽرن کان 05.3 ميٽرن تائين) ڊگھيون ۽ ¼ انچ (6 mm) ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. ور وڪڙن جي اوچائي 3/16&quot; (اٽڪل 5 سينٽيميٽرن کان 5.4 سينٽيميٽرن تائين) ۽  ان وڪڙن جي وچ وارو مفاصلو 5 ¾ انچ (146 cm) ٿيندو آھي.

*ٽرنال ٽريفورڊ : (Turnal Trafford)
ھي چادرون اٽڪل 3 5/8 فوٽ (13.1 ميٽر) ويڪريون، 4 فوٽن (1.22 ميٽر) کان 10 فوٽن (3.05 m) تائين ڊگھيون ھونديون آھن ۽ ھنن شيٽن ۾ ور وڪڙن جو تسلسل نھ ھوندو آھي، بلڪ ھر وڪڙ کان پوءِ ھموار سطح ھوندي آھي. ھر چادر ۾ اٽڪل چار وڪڙ ٿيندا آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون وڏين عمارتن جھڙوڪ گودامن، سينيما گھرن ۽ ڪارخانن ۾ استعمال ٿينديون آھن. 

===لوھ جي جستي ۽ ناليدر چادرن جون ڇتيون (Galvanised Corrugated Iron Sheet Roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ 16 گيج کان وٺي 24 گيج جون لوھھ جون جستي ۽ ناليدار چادرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ انھن ڳالھين جو خاص خيال رکيو وڃي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪم ايندڙ شيٽون چڱيءَ طرح ۽ بلڪل پختيءَ طرح جستي ملمعي چڙھيل آھن. جيڪڏھن انھن پڙ ڇن ۾ ڪٽ، سفيد پائوڊر جھڙا ٽڪرا، گاٺ ۽ ڦوٽ نظر اچي تھ اھڙن پڙڇن (Sheets) کي ھرگز استعمال نہ ڪجي.

ھيءُ پڙڇ ھميشھ ڪاٺ يا لوھ جي گرڊرن ۽ ڪامن (Purlins) مٿان ڇھن انچن (15 cm) جو ڇيڙن وارو چڙھاڪو (End Overlap) ۽ ٻين وڪڙن (Corrugations) جو ھر سائيڊ کان سائيڊ وارو چڙھاڪو (Side lap) ڏيئي رکيا ويندا آھن. پڙڇن کي قابو رکڻ لاءِ ڪامن مٿان چاڙھڻ کان اڳ ۾ کين زمين تي رکي گھربل ھنڌن تي ڪنھن تکي اوزار سان ٽنگ ڪڍي، انھيءَ بعد مٿي چاڙھي کين بولٽن، اسڪرن، ڪلين ۽ ڪوڪن (Rivets) وغيره سان قابو ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ اھي سوراخ ھنن چادرن ۾ ھيٺان کان مٿي پار ڪرڻ جي حساب سان ۽ ھميشھ وڪڙن جي چوٽيءَ وٽ ڪڍڻ گھرجن. انھن شيٽن کي ھميشھ ملمعي وارن نٽن، بولٽن، ڏامر جي وائيسرن (Washers)  ۽ جستي ملمعي وارن وائيسرن وسيلي ڪامن (Purlins) سان مضبوط ڪري جڪڙيو وڃي. اھي ڪنڍا ۽ بولٽ 5/16 يا 8 ملي ميٽر جي قطر جا ۽ L يا J جي شبيھھ جا ٿيندا آھن. پيچن ھيٺان واشر مضبوطي حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھنن پڙڇن کي لڳائڻ وقت انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ پلون وٽ انھيءَ چادر جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ نالي (Corrugation) ٻيءَ ناليءَ جي مٿان چڙھيل ھجي ۽ ڊگھا پاسا 3 انچن کان 5 انچن تائين (يعني 7.5 سينٽيميٽرن کان 14 سينٽيميٽرن تائين) ھڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙھيل ھئڻ گھرجن. ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪم ايندڙ چادرون 2 فوٽ 3 انچن کان 4 فوٽ 4 انچن ( 65 cm کان 126 cm) تائين ويڪريون، 5 فوٽن کان 15 فوٽن (5.1 ميٽر کان 5.3 ميٽرن) تائين ڊگھيون 1/16 انچن کان ¼ انچ (1.66 mm کان 6.56 cm) تائين ٿلھيون اٺن (8) وڪڙن سان ۽ ھر ھڪ وڪڙ جي وچ کان ٻئي وڪڙ (pitch) جي وچ تائين 3 انچن (7.6 cm) جي مفاصلي واريون ٿينديون آھن. ھيءُ پڙڇ تور ۾ ھلڪا ۽ لڳائڻ (Fixing)  ۾ سولا ٿين ٿا. البتھ موسمي اثرن کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٺيڪ  نٿا ٿا رھن ۽ انھن منجھان گرمي توڙي سردي آسانيءَ سان لنگھي (To transmit) سگھي ٿي. بھرحال ھيءُ پڙڇ پائيدار ۽ باھ جو مقابلو ڪرڻ جي لائق آھي.

ھن قسم جون ڇتيون 1:5 جي تناسب کان وڌيڪ سڌيون نھ رکڻ گھرجن ۽ عام طور 1:2 جي تناسب واريون ڇتيون بھتر رھن ٿيون. 1:2 ½ جي تناسب وارين نصب ڪيل (Pitched) ڇتين جي صورت ۾ ڇيڙي وارو چڙھاڪو (End overlap) 9 انچن (23 cm) کان گھٽ ھئڻ نہ گهرجي.

ھن قسم جون ڇتيون ڇاپرن (Sheds) ۽ ڪارخانن وغيره لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن.  ھن قسم جي ڇتين جو مٿاڇرو ھڪ ڪرو ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن شيٽن جا ور وڪڙ (Corrugations) سڌا ۽ ھموار ھئڻ گهرجن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>lz989xgi3q7qc0teezvoqjgoe44cuhm</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401043</id>
      <parentid>401042</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T00:55:17Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401043</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="60235" sha1="84i53nuqkiwros6wpebwv7ivf7cdnzt" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|عمارت جو مٿيون حفاظتي ڍڪ}}

[[فائل:Tak - Ystad-2022.jpg|thumb|2022ع ۾ [[يسٽاڊ]] جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ مختلف عمارتن جون ڇتيون.]]

'''ڇت''' (انگريزي: ''Roof'') عمارت جو سڀ کان مٿيون حفاظتي ڍڪ هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ اهي سڀئي تعميراتي جزا ۽ مواد شامل هوندا آهن، جيڪي ان کي عمارت جي [[ڀت]]ن يا ٻين سهارن تي مضبوطيءَ سان قائم رکندا آهن. ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد عمارت ۽ ان جي رهواسين کي [[مينهن]]، [[برف]]، [[سج جي روشني]]، انتهائي گرمي يا سردي ۽ [[هوا]] جي اثرن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Harris, Cyril M. (editor). ''Dictionary of Architecture and Construction'', Third Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2000, p. 775.&lt;/ref&gt; ڇت عمارت جي ٻاهرئين حفاظتي ڍانچي (بلڊنگ انولپ) جو هڪ اهم حصو آهي.

ڪنهن به ڇت جي شڪل، بناوت ۽ خاصيتون ان عمارت جي استعمال، دستياب ڇت سازي جي مواد، مقامي تعميراتي روايتن، [[معماري]] جي ڊزائن ۽ تعميراتي عمل تي دارومدار رکن ٿيون. ڪيترين حالتن ۾ انهن تي مقامي يا قومي تعميراتي قانونن ۽ ضابطن جو پڻ اثر هوندو آهي.

گهڻن ملڪن ۾ ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد مينهن کان بچاءُ هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه تعميرن ۾، جهڙوڪ [[ورانڊو]]، اهڙي ڇت استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي جيڪا سج جي سڌي روشني کان بچائي ٿي، پر هوا ۽ ٻين قدرتي عنصرن جي اچ وڃ کي برقرار رکي ٿي. ساڳيءَ طرح [[شيشي گهر]] (گارڊن ڪنزرويٽري) جي ڇت ٻوٽن کي سردي، هوا ۽ مينهن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي، جڏهن ته سج جي روشني اندر اچڻ جي اجازت به ڏيندي آهي.

ڇت کي اضافي رهائشي يا استعمال لائق جاءِ طور پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو، مثال طور [[ڇت وارو باغ]] (روف گارڊن).

== اشتقاق ==

لفظ '''ڇت''' جي انگريزي صورت ''Roof''، پراڻي انگريزي ٻوليءَ جي لفظ '''hrof''' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن جي معنيٰ ''ڇت''، [[ڇت (اندروني)|اندروني ڇت]] (Ceiling)، مٿيون حصو، چوٽي، آسمان يا جنت هئي. مجازي طور هي لفظ ڪنهن به شيءِ جي سڀ کان مٿاهين حصي يا بلند ترين نقطي لاءِ پڻ استعمال ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.etymonline.com/word/roof|title=Roof|website=Online Etymology Dictionary}}&lt;/ref&gt;

هي لفظ [[پروٽو-جرمني ٻولي]] جي لفظ '''خروفام khrofam''' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن سان ٻين جرمني ٻولين جا ڪيترائي لاڳاپيل لفظ پڻ ملن ٿا. مثال طور [[ڊچ ٻولي]] ۾ '''roef''' جي معنيٰ ٻيڙيءَ جي ڪيبن يا ڍڪ، تابوت جي ڍڪ وغيره آهي، [[وچئين اعليٰ جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ '''rof''' جو مطلب ڇپر يا اوچو ڇت وارو حصو، جڏهن ته [[قديم نورس ٻولي]] ۾ '''hrof''' ٻيڙيءَ جي ڇپر يا ٻيڙي رکڻ واري ڍڪيل جاءِ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو.

لساني ماهرن موجب هي لفظ جرمني ٻولين کان ٻاهر ٻين ٻولي خاندانن سان ڪو واضح تعلق نٿو رکي. انگريزي ٻولي ئي اها واحد جرمني ٻولي آهي، جنهن ۾ ''روف'' لفظ پنهنجي عام معنيٰ، يعني عمارت جي مٿئين حفاظتي ڍڪ، لاءِ برقرار رهيو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻين جرمني ٻولين ۾ انهيءَ مفهوم لاءِ اهي لفظ استعمال ٿين ٿا، جيڪي پراڻي انگريزي جي '''þæc''' (ٿئچ؛ يعني ڇپر يا ڪکن جي ڇت) سان لاڳاپيل آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite OED|roof, n.}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== بناوتي جزا ==

ڇت جي ڊزائن جا بنيادي جزا هي آهن:

* مواد؛
* [[گهر جي ڇت جي بناوت|تعميراتي بناوت]]؛
* پائيداري.

=== مواد ===

ڇت ٺاهڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد علائقي، موسم، دستيابي ۽ تعميراتي ضرورتن موجب مختلف هوندا آهن. اهي [[ڪيلي]] جي پنن، ڪڻڪ جي [[ڀوسو|ڀوسي]] يا [[سامونڊي گاهه]] کان وٺي [[پرتدار شيشو]] (ليمينيٽيڊ گلاس)، [[ٽامو|ٽامي]]، [[ايلومينيم]] جي چادرن ۽ اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[ڪنڪريٽ]] تائين ٿي سگهن ٿا. دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾ [[ٺڪر]] جون [[ڇت جون سرون]] صدين، بلڪه هزارين سالن کان سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇت سازي جو مواد رهيون آهن.

ٻين عام ڇت سازي جي موادن ۾ [[اسفالٽ]]، [[ڪوئلي جي تار]]، [[اي پي ڊي ايم رٻڙ]] (EPDM Rubber)، [[هائپالون]]، [[پولي يوريٿين]] جو فوم، [[پولي ونائل ڪلورائيڊ]] (PVC)، [[سليٽ پٿر]]، [[ٽيفلون]] جو ڪپڙو، [[ٿرموپلاسٽڪ اوليفن]] (TPO)، ۽ [[ڪاٺ]] جون ڇتيون (ووڊ شيڪز ۽ شنگلز) شامل آهن.

=== تعميراتي بناوت ===

ڇت جي تعميراتي بناوت ان ڳالهه تي دارومدار رکي ٿي ته ان کي ڪهڙي طريقي سان سهارو ڏنو ويو آهي، هيٺئين خالي جاءِ کي ڪيئن ڍڪيو ويو آهي، ۽ ڇت ڍلوان (پچڊ) آهي يا هموار.

'''ڇت جي ڍلوان''' (روف پچ) ان زاويي کي چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن تي ڇت پنهنجي سڀ کان هيٺئين نقطي کان مٿي طرف اڀري ٿي. آمريڪا ۾ گهڻيون رهائشي عمارتون، سواءِ انتهائي خشڪ علائقن جي، ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون رکن ٿيون. جيتوڻيڪ جديد نيڪال جا نظام، جهڙوڪ پاڻيءَ جون ناليون، هموار ڇت کي به ڪارائتو بڻائي سگهن ٿا، پر روايت، جمالياتي حسن ۽ تعميراتي ضرورتن سبب اڄ به گهڻيون ڇتيون ڍلوان سان ٺاهيون وڃن ٿيون.

ڪجهه ڇت سازي جا مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]] (ٿيچ)، پاڻي نه رسڻ ۽ ڊگهي عمر لاءِ تيز ڍلوان جي گهرج رکن ٿا. جڏهن ته ٻيا مواد، جهڙوڪ [[پين ٽائل]] (Pantile)، تمام تيز ڍلوان تي مستحڪم ناهن رهندا، پر گهٽ ڍلوان تي موسم کان بهترين تحفظ فراهم ڪندا آهن.

جن علائقن ۾ برسات تمام گهٽ پوندي آهي، اتي لڳ ڀڳ هموار ڇت، جنهن ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ معمولي ڍلوان هجي، عام طور ڪافي هوندي آهي. اهڙين ڇتين ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ ناليون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن سان وڌيڪ ڍلوان جي ضرورت گهٽجي ويندي آهي.

ڇت جي تعمير ۾ ماهر ڪاريگر کي '''ڇت ساز''' (روفر) چيو ويندو آهي.

=== پائيداري ===

ڇت جي پائيداري انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڇت عمارت جو اهو حصو آهي، جتي مرمت يا تجديد لاءِ پهچڻ نسبتاً ڏکيو هوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ڇت کي نقصان پهچي يا اها تباهه ٿي وڃي ته ان جا اثر سڄي عمارت جي حفاظت، استعمال ۽ عمر تي پئجي سگهن ٿا.

== شڪل ==

[[فائل:Roof diagram.jpg|thumb|upright=1.15|مغربي طرز جي ڇت جي ڪجهه حصن جا نالا]]

{{مکيه|ڇتين جي شڪلين جي فهرست}}

'''ڇتين جون شڪلون''' دنيا جي مختلف علائقن ۾ هڪ ٻئي کان گهڻو مختلف هونديون آهن. ڇت جي شڪل تي اثرانداز ٿيندڙ اهم عنصر مقامي [[آبهوا]]، ڇت جي ڍانچي لاءِ دستياب تعميراتي مواد، ۽ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي ڍڪ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.huffpost.com/entry/roofing-materials-to-prot_b_8959516 |title=Roofing Materials to Protect You From the Elements |website=HuffPost |date=12 January 2016}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڇتين جون بنيادي شڪلون هيٺيان آهن:

* [[هموار ڇت]] (Flat Roof)
* [[يڪ طرفي ڍلوان واري ڇت]] (Mono-pitched Roof)
* [[گيبل ڇت]] (Gable Roof)
* [[مينسارڊ ڇت]] (Mansard Roof)
* [[هپ ڇت]] (Hip Roof)
* [[تتلي نما ڇت]] (Butterfly Roof)
* [[قوسي ڇت]] (Arched Roof)
* [[گنبذي ڇت]] (Domed Roof)

انهن بنيادي شڪلين جون ڪيتريون ئي ٻيون صورتون پڻ موجود آهن.

جيڪي ڇتيون ڪيترن هموار حصن مان ٺهيل هونديون آهن، پر انهن حصن کي ڪنهن نه ڪنهن ڍلوان تي ٺاهيو ويندو آهي، انهن کي '''ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون''' (Pitched Roofs) چيو ويندو آهي. عام طور جيڪڏهن ڇت جو ڍلوان 10 درجن کان وڌيڪ هجي ته ان کي ڍلوان واري ڇت تصور ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;C. M. Harris, ''Dictionary of Architecture &amp; Construction''&lt;/ref&gt;

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇتيون ڍلوان واريون هونديون آهن، جن ۾ خاص طور [[گيبل ڇت]]، [[هپ ڇت]] ۽ [[اسڪليون ڇت]] (Skillion Roof) شامل آهن.

ڪجهه ڇتين جون شڪلون قدرتي (Organic) انداز تي ٻڌل هونديون آهن. اهڙيون شڪلون يا ته معمار جي ڊزائن جي نتيجي ۾ اختيار ڪيون وينديون آهن يا وري ان سبب پيدا ٿينديون آهن جو تعمير ۾ لچڪدار مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]]، استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

== حصا ==

ڇت ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندي آهي:

* ان جي '''سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت''' (سپورٽنگ اسٽرڪچر)؛
* ان جو '''ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه''' (آئوٽر ليئر)، جيڪو ڇت جو سڀ کان مٿيون موسم کان بچاءُ ڪندڙ حصو هوندو آهي.

ڪجهه عمارتن ۾ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه پاڻ ئي بار کڻندڙ بناوت (سيلف-سپورٽنگ اسٽرڪچر) طور پڻ ڪم ڪندو آهي.

عام طور ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت [[ڀت]]ن تي بيٺل هوندي آهي، جيتوڻيڪ ڪجهه تعميراتي انداز، جهڙوڪ [[جيوڊيزيڪ گنبذ]] ۽ [[اي-فريم گهر]]، ۾ ڀت ۽ ڇت جي وچ وارو فرق گهڻو نمايان نه رهندو آهي.

=== سهارو ===

{{مکيه|گهر جي ڇت جي بناوت}}

[[فائل:Linkopings stadsbibliotek roof2.jpg|thumb|[[سويڊن]] ۾ هڪ لائبريري جي ڇت]]

ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت عام طور ڊگهن ۽ مضبوط شهتيرن (بيم) تي ٻڌل هوندي آهي، جيڪي گهڻو ڪري [[ڪاٺ]] مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري کان پوءِ [[ڪاسٽ لوهه]] ۽ [[فولاد]] پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيڻ لڳا.

جن ملڪن ۾ [[بانس]] جو استعمال عام آهي، اتي ان جي قدرتي لچڪ سبب ڇتين ۾ هلڪي وڪريل شڪل پيدا ٿيندي آهي، جيڪا خاص طور اوڀر ايشيائي، خاص ڪري [[جاپاني معمار]]ي جي سڃاڻپ سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

ڪاٺ اهڙو مواد آهي، جنهن سان مختلف قسمن جون ڇتيون آسانيءَ سان تعمير ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. ڪاٺ جي بناوت نه رڳو تعميراتي سهارو فراهم ڪندي آهي، پر جيڪڏهن ان کي ظاهر رکيو وڃي ته اها عمارت جي جمالياتي حسن ۾ پڻ اضافو ڪندي آهي.

پراڳاڙهي زماني کان وٺي پٿر جا افقي شهتير (لنٽيل) ڇتين کي سهارو ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن، پر اهي تمام وڏن فاصلن کي ڍڪي نٿا سگهن. بعد ۾ [[قديم روم]] جي دور ۾ پٿر جي قوس (اسٽون آرڪ) جو وسيع استعمال شروع ٿيو، جنهن جي مختلف صورتن سان لڳ ڀڳ 140 فوٽ (43 ميٽر) تائين جا فاصلا ڍڪي سگهبا هئا.

پٿر جون قوسون ۽ [[والٽ (معماري)|والٽ]]، چاهي رٻن (Ribs) سان هجن يا بغير رٻن جي، لڳ ڀڳ ٻن هزارن سالن تائين وڏين عمارتن جي ڇتين جي بنيادي بناوت رهيون. اها روايت [[صنعتي انقلاب]] کان پوءِ آهستي آهستي ختم ٿيڻ لڳي، جڏهن لوهه جا شهتير استعمال ٿيڻ شروع ٿيا ۽ [[جوزف پيڪسٽن]] جهڙن معمارن جديد عمارتون، جهڙوڪ [[ڪرسٽل پيلس]] (1851ع)، تعمير ڪيون.

فولادي گرڊرن (اسٽيل گرڊر) ۾ مسلسل بهتري اچڻ سان اهي وڏين ڇتين ۽ بعد ۾ عام رهائشي گهرن جي تعمير ۾ به بنيادي سهارو بڻجي ويا. گرڊر جو هڪ ٻيو قسم [[رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ]] جو شهتير آهي، جنهن ۾ ڌاتي سلاخن کي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر بند ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان تنشي قوتن جي مقابلي ۾ ان جي مضبوطي وڌي ويندي آهي.

ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت کي رهائش يا استعمال لائق جاءِ طور پڻ ڪم آندو ويندو آهي، جنهن کي ڇت جي فرش بندي (روف ڊيڪنگ) چيو ويندو آهي. اهڙي جاءِ کي ڪمري يا ٻين استعمالن لاءِ تبديل ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه ===

{{مکيه|تجارتي طور دستياب ڇت سازي جي موادن جي فهرست}}

ڇت جو ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد جي لحاظ کان تمام گهڻي تبديلي رکي ٿو. روايتي يا مقامي [[معماري]] ۾ ڇت لاءِ گهڻو ڪري قدرتي ٻوٽيدار مواد استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]]، جنهن مان سامونڊي گاهه سان ٺهيل ڇت لڳ ڀڳ چاليهن سالن تائين قائم رهي سگهي ٿي.

ايشيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ [[بانس]] کي ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه، ٻنهي طور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. بانس جي ڊگهن ڦاڙيل ٽڪرن کي هڪ ٻئي مٿان چاڙهي وڇايو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان پاڻيءَ کان بچاءُ ڪندڙ مضبوط ڇت تيار ٿيندي آهي.

جن علائقن ۾ [[ڪاٺ]] وافر مقدار ۾ موجود هوندو آهي، اتي ڪاٺ جون ڇت واريون تختيون (شنگلز)، ٿلها ڪاٺي ٽڪرا (شيڪز) ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪجهه ملڪن ۾ مخصوص وڻن جي [[ڪل]] کي ٿلهين چادرن جي صورت ۾ لاهي ڇت طور پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== ٻاهريون حفاظتي تهه ===

{{مکيه|تجارتي طور دستياب ڇت سازي جي موادن جي فهرست}}

ويهين صديءَ دوران گڏيل [[اسفالٽ]] وارين ڇت جي تختين (ڪمپوزيشن اسفالٽ شنگلز) جي تياري شروع ٿي. انهن جي عمر انهن جي ٿولهه ۽ معيار موجب مختلف هوندي آهي. سنهي قسم جون تختيون عام طور لڳ ڀڳ ويهه سال هلنديون آهن، جڏهن ته وڌيڪ ٿلهيون ۽ اعليٰ معيار جون تختيون گهڻي عرصي تائين، ڪڏهن ڪڏهن سڄي خدمت واري عمر تائين، استعمال ٿي سگهن ٿيون. انهن جي قيمت به عام طور سندن ٿولهه ۽ پائيداري تي دارومدار رکي ٿي.

جڏهن ڇت جي تختين جو مٿيون تهه پراڻو يا خراب ٿي وڃي ٿو ته عام طور پراڻيون تختيون، هيٺيون حفاظتي تهه (انڊرلي مينٽ) ۽ ڇت جون ميخون هٽائي نئينون تختيون لڳايون وينديون آهن. ٻيو طريقو اهو آهي ته نئون تهه پراڻين تختين جي مٿان ئي لڳايو وڃي. جيتوڻيڪ هي طريقو تيز ۽ گهٽ خرچائتو هوندو آهي، پر ان سان ڇت جي ڪاٺي بناوت (روف شيئٿنگ) جي جاچ ممڪن نه رهندي آهي ۽ جيڪڏهن پاڻيءَ سبب اندر ڪو نقصان ٿيو هجي ته ان جي مرمت به نٿي ٿي سگهي.

ان کان علاوه، پراڻين تختين جي مٿان نئون تهه لڳائڻ سان ميخون ڪاٺي بناوت تائين گهٽ پهچنديون آهن، جنهن ڪري انهن جي پڪڙ ڪمزور ٿي ويندي آهي. وڌيڪ اهم ڳالهه اها آهي ته اضافي مواد جو وزن ڇت جي مقرر مرده بار (ڊيڊ لوڊ) کان وڌي سگهي ٿو، جنهن سان ڇت جي ڊهڻ جو خطرو پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿو. انهيءَ سبب، جن ملڪن ۾ [[بين الاقوامي عمارتي ضابطو]] (انٽرنيشنل بلڊنگ ڪوڊ) لاڳو آهي، اتي جيڪڏهن ڇت تي اڳ ۾ ئي ٻن يا وڌيڪ تهن ۾ ڇت سازي جو مواد موجود هجي ته ان جي مٿان نئون تهه لڳائڻ جي اجازت نه هوندي. اهڙين حالتن ۾ نئين ڇت لڳائڻ کان اڳ پراڻو مواد مڪمل طور هٽائڻ لازمي هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Chapter 9 - Roof Assemblies|url=http://publicecodes.cyberregs.com/icod/irc/2012/icod_irc_2012_9_par135.htm}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[سليٽ پٿر]] ڇت سازي لاءِ هڪ انتهائي مناسب ۽ تمام گهڻي پائيدار مواد آهي. سليٽ جي ڇت عام طور 75 کان 150 سالن تائين، ۽ ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ان کان به وڌيڪ عرصي تائين قائم رهي سگهي ٿي. تنهن هوندي به، سليٽ جي ڇت لڳائڻ جو خرچ گهڻو هوندو آهي. مثال طور آمريڪا ۾ سليٽ جي ڇت جي قيمت ڪڏهن ڪڏهن سڄي گهر جي باقي تعمير جيتري ٿي سگهي ٿي.

سليٽ جي ڇت ۾ سڀ کان پهرين عام طور اهي ميخون خراب ٿينديون آهن، جن سان سليٽ جون تختيون ٻڌل هونديون آهن. وقت سان گڏ انهن ۾ زنگ لڳڻ سبب تختيون پنهنجي جاءِ تان سُرڪڻ لڳنديون آهن. برطانيا ۾ هن مسئلي کي ''نيل سڪنس'' (Nail Sickness) چيو ويندو آهي. انهيءَ ڪري سليٽ جي ڇتين لاءِ [[اسٽينليس اسٽيل]] يا [[ٽامو|ٽامي]] جون ميخون استعمال ڪرڻ جي سفارش ڪئي ويندي آهي، ۽ انهن کي پڻ موسم جي سڌي اثر کان محفوظ رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Six Steps to Building a 150 Year Roof|url=https://kocaeliwebtasarim.medium.com/six-steps-to-building-a-150-year-roof-4624749b33c2}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[ايزبسٽاس]]، جيڪو گهڻو ڪري لهردار ڳنڍيل چادرن جي صورت ۾ استعمال ٿيندو هو، ويهين صديءَ دوران هڪ سستي، نه سڙندڙ ۽ بهترين حرارتي موصليت واري ڇت سازي جي مواد طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويو. پر بعد ۾ ايزبسٽاس جي کوٽائي، تياري ۽ استعمال سان لاڳاپيل سنگين صحت ۽ قانوني مسئلن جي ڪري ان کي نئين ڇت سازي جي مواد طور استعمال ڪرڻ تقريباً بند ڪيو ويو. تنهن هوندي به، خاص طور ڏکڻ آمريڪا ۽ ايشيا جي ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾ اڄ به ايزبسٽاس واريون پراڻيون ڇتيون موجود آهن.

[[گاهه واريون ڇتيون]]، جن کي جديد دور ۾ [[سائي ڇت]] (گرين روف) ۽ روايتي طور [[گاس واري ڇت]] (سوڊ روف Roof) چيو ويندو آهي، سٺيون حرارتي موصليت واريون هونديون آهن. ماحولياتي تحفظ ۽ شهرن کي وڌيڪ سرسبز بڻائڻ لاءِ اهڙين ڇتين جي تعمير کي هاڻي وڌيڪ هٿي ڏني پئي وڃي. انهن ۾ موجود مٽي ۽ ٻوٽا قدرتي موصل (لونگ انسوليشن) طور ڪم ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان عمارت جي اندروني گرمي پد ۾ توازن برقرار رهندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|date=2020-02-06|title=Green and Cool Roofs|url=https://drawdown.org/solutions/green-and-cool-roofs}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[ايڊوب]] جون ڇتيون مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن ۾ ڪکن يا جانورن جا وار جهڙا ڳنڍيندڙ مواد ملايا ويندا آهن. پوءِ ان کي ڪاٺين جي ڄاري (ليٿ) تي پلستر ڪري هموار يا هلڪي ڍلوان واري ڇت ٺاهي ويندي آهي. اهڙيون ڇتيون گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٺاهيون وينديون آهن، جتي برسات تمام گهٽ پوندي آهي.

جن علائقن ۾ مٽي وافر مقدار ۾ موجود هوندي آهي، اتي پڪل [[ڇت جون سرون]] صدين کان ڇت سازي جو بنيادي مواد رهيون آهن. ڇت جون سرون ٺاهڻ ۽ ساڙڻ جي صنعت گهڻو ڪري سرن جي ڪارخانن سان لاڳاپيل هوندي آهي. ماضي ۾ انهن سرن جي شڪل ۽ رنگ هر علائقي جي سڃاڻپ هوندا هئا، پر اڄڪلهه خريد ڪندڙن جي ضرورت ۽ پسند مطابق مختلف شڪلين، رنگن ۽ اندازن جون سرون تجارتي بنيادن تي تيار ڪيون وڃن ٿيون. [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جون ڇت واريون سرون پڻ عام استعمال ٿين ٿيون، جيڪي ڪيترن ئي مختلف اندازن ۽ شڪلين ۾ موجود آهن.

ڌاتي چادرن، خاص طور [[ٽامو|ٽامي]] ۽ [[سيهو|سيهي]]، کي پڻ ڪيترن ئي صدين کان ڇت سازي ۾ استعمال ڪيو پيو وڃي. جيتوڻيڪ اهي مواد مهانگا آهن، پر انتهائي پائيدار پڻ آهن. مثال طور [[شارترس گرجاگھر]] (شارترس ڪيٿيڊرل) جي وڏي ٽامي واري ڇت ڪيترن ئي صدين کان موجود آهي، جيڪا وقت سان گڏ آڪسائيڊ ٿيڻ سبب هلڪي سائي رنگ جي ٿي وئي آهي.

سيهو، جيڪو ڪڏهن ڪڏهن گرجاگهرن جي ڇتين ۾ استعمال ٿيندو هو، گهڻو ڪري رهائشي گهرن جي ڇتين ۾ پاڻي نه رسڻ واري بندش (فليشنگ) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو، خاص طور سليٽ جي ڇتين جي وادين (Valleys) ۽ چمنين جي چوڌاري. ٽامي کي به ساڳئي مقصد لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو.

اوڻيهين صديءَ ۾ [[لوهه]] کي [[جست]] سان چڙهائي (گالوانائيزيشن) زنگ جي مزاحمت وڌائي وئي، جنهن سان هلڪو، آسانيءَ سان کڻي وڃڻ جهڙو ۽ پاڻي نه رسائيندڙ ڇت سازي جو مواد تيار ٿيو. گهٽ قيمت ۽ آسانيءَ سان لڳائڻ جي ڪري اهو سڄي دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ تجارتي ڇت سازي جي موادن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

ان کان پوءِ ڌاتي ڇتن جا ڪيترائي نوان قسم تيار ڪيا ويا. فولادي ڇت جون تختيون (اسٽيل شنگلز) ۽ بيهندڙ ڳانڍاپي واريون ڌاتي ڇتيون (اسٽينڊنگ-سيم روف) لڳائڻ جي طريقي ۽ هيٺ استعمال ٿيندڙ حفاظتي تهه (انڊرلي مينٽ) تي دارومدار ڪندي عام طور پنجاهه سال يا ان کان به وڌيڪ عرصي تائين قائم رهي سگهن ٿيون. انهن جي قيمت عام طور اسفالٽ واري ڇت ۽ سليٽ واري ڇت جي وچ واري سطح تي هوندي آهي.

ويهين صديءَ دوران ڇت سازي لاءِ ڪيترائي نوان مواد تيار ڪيا ويا، جن ۾ بٽومين تي ٻڌل مواد، رٻڙ تي ٻڌل ڇتيون، مختلف مصنوعي مادا، جهڙوڪ [[ٿرموپلاسٽڪ]]، ۽ [[شيشي جي فائبر]] تي ٻڌل مواد شامل آهن.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot; class=&quot;center&quot; caption=&quot;ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه&quot;&gt;
File:The Elms Jersey.jpg|[[سليٽ پٿر]]، [[جرسي]]
File:Miskolc omassa peasant house.jpg|ٺڪر جون ڇت واريون سرون، [[هنگري]]
File:Niigata NCM Peasant Rice Farmers House.jpg|چانورن جي ڪکن جي ڇت، [[جاپان]]
File:Njem house in Cameroon.jpg|[[ڪيلي]] جي پنن جي ڇت، [[ڪيمرون]]
File:Neot smadar.jpg|[[کجور]] جي ٽارين جي ڇت، [[نيوٽ سيمادار]]، [[اسرائيل]]
File:Minenverwalter Kolmannskuppe.jpg|ڌاتي چادرن واري ڇت، [[نيميبيا]]
File:Gassho-zukuri farmhouse-02.jpg|ڪکن جي ڇت جي مرمت، گاشو-زڪوري طرز جو گهر، [[جاپان]]
File:Stone Roofing House - Palchan - Kullu 2014-05-10 2507.JPG|ڇت سازي لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ پٿر، [[هماچل پرديش]]، [[ڀارت]]
File:Green Roof in Norway.png|گاهه واري ڇت، [[ناروي]]
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== ڪم ==

ڇت جو نظام (روف اسيمبلي) رڳو عمارت کي ڍڪڻ لاءِ نه هوندو آهي، بلڪه اهو ڪيترائي اهم ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

# '''پاڻي جي نيڪال:''' ڇت جو بنيادي ڪم برساتي پاڻي کي آسانيءَ سان وهي وڃڻ ڏيڻ آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي ڇت جي مٿاڇري تي بيهي نه رهي. بيٺل پاڻي ڇت جي بناوت تي اضافي زنده بار (لائيو لوڊ) وجهي ٿو، جيڪو تعميراتي حفاظت لاءِ خطرو بڻجي سگهي ٿو. ان کان علاوه، بيٺل پاڻي گهڻن ڇت سازي جي موادن جي عمر به گهٽائي ڇڏي ٿو. ڪجهه ٺاهيندڙ ڪمپنيون ته اهڙي حالت ۾ پنهنجي شين جي ضمانت (وارنٽي) پڻ ختم ڪري ڇڏينديون آهن.

# '''موسمي اثرن کان تحفظ:''' ڇت عمارت جي اندروني حصي کي [[مينهن]]، [[هوا]]، [[سج جي روشني]]، گرمي، سردي ۽ [[برف]] جهڙن موسمي عنصرن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي.

# '''حرارتي موصليت:''' جديد تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن جي اڪثر ڇتين ۾ موصليت واريون تختيون (انسوليشن بورڊ) يا فائبر موصلي مواد (باٽ انسوليشن) شامل ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تعميراتي ضابطا، جهڙوڪ بين الاقوامي عمارتي ضابطو (انٽرنيشنل بلڊنگ ڪوڊ) ۽ بين الاقوامي رهائشي ضابطو (انٽرنيشنل ريزيڊنشل ڪوڊ)، ڇت جي اندر گهربل گهٽ ۾ گهٽ حرارتي مزاحمت (آر-ويليو) پڻ مقرر ڪندا آهن.

# '''گهربل خدمت واري عمر تائين ڪارڪردگي برقرار رکڻ:''' هر معياري ڇت سازي واري مواد جي هڪ اندازي مطابق خدمت واري عمر هوندي آهي، جيڪا عملي تجربي تي ٻڌل هوندي آهي. مناسب سار سنڀال ۽ سخت طوفاني نقصان نه ٿيڻ جي صورت ۾ گهڻا ڇت سازي جا مواد پنهنجي ٺاهيندڙ جي ضمانت واري مدت کان به گهڻو وڌيڪ عرصو هلي سگهن ٿا. مثال طور:
#* ڌاتي ۽ [[ڇت جون سرون|سرن]] واريون ڇتيون عام طور 50 سال يا ان کان وڌيڪ هلي سگهن ٿيون.
#* اسفالٽ جون ڇت واريون تختيون (اسفالٽ شنگلز) لڳ ڀڳ 30 کان 50 سال قائم رهي سگهن ٿيون.
#* ڪوئلي جي تار تي ٻڌل گهڻ تهه واريون ڇتيون (ڪول ٽار بلڊ-اپ روفس) اٽڪل 40 سال يا ان کان وڌيڪ هلي سگهن ٿيون.
#* اڪيلي تهه واريون ڇتيون (سنگل پلاء روفس) عام طور 20 سال يا ان کان وڌيڪ عرصي تائين خدمت انجام ڏين ٿيون.

# '''خوبصورت ڏيک مهيا ڪرڻ:''' ڪجهه ڇت سازي جا نظام صرف پنهنجي فني ڪارڪردگي جي بنياد تي نه، پر انهن جي جمالياتي حسن جي ڪري پڻ چونڊيا ويندا آهن، بلڪل اهڙيءَ طرح جيئن عمارت جي ٻاهرين ڀتين جي سينگار لاءِ مختلف ڍڪ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. پرڪشش شڪل ۽ عمارت جي مجموعي ظاهري حسن (ڪرب اپيل) سبب ڪيترائي ماڻهو اهڙين ڇتين لاءِ وڌيڪ قيمت ادا ڪرڻ به قبول ڪندا آهن.

=== حرارتي موصليت ===

ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد ماڻهن ۽ انهن جي ملڪيت کي مختلف موسمي حالتن کان محفوظ رکڻ هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڇت جي حرارتي موصليت (ٿرمل انسوليشن) ان جي بناوت ۽ ڇت سازي جي مواد جي چونڊ ۾ اهم حيثيت رکي ٿي.

ڪجهه ڇت سازي جا مواد، خاص طور قدرتي فائبرن مان ٺهيل مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]]، قدرتي طور تمام سٺي حرارتي موصليت رکن ٿا. جن موادن ۾ اها خاصيت گهٽ هوندي آهي، تن ۾ عام طور ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه جي هيٺان اضافي [[عمارتي موصليت|موصلي مواد]] لڳايو ويندو آهي.

ترقي يافته ملڪن ۾ گهڻين رهائشي عمارتن ۾ ڇت جي بناوتي حصن جي هيٺان [[اندروني ڇت]] (سيلنگ) لڳائي ويندي آهي. اندروني ڇت جو مقصد صرف گرمي ۽ سردي کان بچاءُ نه هوندو آهي، پر اها شور، مٽي، ۽ پکين جي فضلي يا انهن جي جسم تي موجود جُون جهڙين تڪليفن کان به تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڪيترائي پکي ڇتين ۾ آکيرا ٺاهيندا آهن.

[[ڪنڪريٽ]] جون ڇت واريون سرون پڻ حرارتي موصليت ۾ مددگار ثابت ٿينديون آهن. جيڪڏهن انهن کي اهڙي نموني لڳايو وڃي، جو سرن ۽ ڇت جي مٿاڇري جي وچ ۾ هوا جي هڪ خالي جاءِ موجود رهي، ته اها سج جي گرمي کي عمارت جي اندر منتقل ٿيڻ کان وڏي حد تائين گهٽائي سگهي ٿي.

ڇت جي موصليت لاءِ مختلف قسمن جا مواد استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* موٽو ڪپڙو (فيلٽ) يا پلاسٽڪ جون چادرون، جيڪي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن گرمي موٽائيندڙ (رفليڪٽو) مٿاڇري سان هونديون آهن ۽ ڇت جي سرن يا ٻين مواد جي هيٺان لڳايون وينديون آهن؛
* مصنوعي فوم جا موصلي تهه، جيڪي اندروني ڇت جي مٿان وڇايا ويندا آهن؛
* ٻيهر استعمال ٿيل ڪاغذ مان تيار ڪيل موصلي مواد ۽ ٻيا اهڙا مواد، جيڪي ڇت جي خالن ۾ ڀريا يا اسپري ذريعي داخل ڪيا ويندا آهن.

تازن سالن ۾ [[ٿڌي ڇت]] (ڪول روف) جو استعمال تيزيءَ سان وڌي رهيو آهي،&lt;ref name=&quot;10.3390/su13094665&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Farhan |first1=Syed Ahmad |last2=Ismail |first2=Fouad Ismail |last3=Kiwan |first3=Osamah |last4=Shafiq |first4=Nasir |last5=Zain-Ahmed |first5=Azni |last6=Husna |first6=Nadzhratul |last7=Hamid |first7=Afif Izwan Abd |title=Effect of Roof Tile Colour on Heat Conduction Transfer, Roof-Top Surface Temperature and Cooling Load in Modern Residential Buildings under the Tropical Climate of Malaysia |journal=Sustainability |year=2021 |volume=13 |issue=9 |page=4665 |doi=10.3390/su13094665}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ ڪجهه علائقن ۾ مقامي تعميراتي ضابطن تحت انهن جو استعمال لازمي پڻ قرار ڏنو ويو آهي. ٿڌي ڇت مان مراد اهڙي ڇت آهي، جيڪا سج جي شعاعن کي وڏي حد تائين موٽائي ڇڏيندي هجي (ھاء رفليڪٽوٽي) ۽ پاڻ ۾ جذب ٿيل گرمي کي به آسانيءَ سان خارج ڪري ڇڏيندي هجي (ھاء ٿرمل ايمٽنس).&lt;ref name=&quot;10.3390/su13094665&quot;/&gt;

جيڪڏهن ڇت ۾ مناسب موصليت ۽ هوا جي اچ وڃ (Ventilation) جو بندوبست نه هجي ته ٿڌن علائقن ۾ ڇت جي ڪنارن تي [[برف جو بند]] (آئس ڊيم) ٺهي سگهي ٿو. اهو تڏهن ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ڇت جي مٿئين حصي مان گرمي ٻاهر نڪري ٿي، جنهن سبب اتي موجود برف ڳري وڃي ٿي. ڳريل پاڻي هيٺ لهي ڇت جي ڪنارن وٽ ٻيهر ڄمي وڃي ٿو ۽ برف جي ٿلهي تهه جي صورت اختيار ڪري ٿو. نتيجي ۾ پاڻي ڇت جي مواد هيٺان داخل ٿي سگهي ٿو، جنهن سان ڇت جي بناوت، نالين ۽ پاڻي جي نيڪال واري نظام کي نقصان پهچي سگهي ٿو.

==  ڇتين جا قسم== 

ڇتين جا ڪيترائي قسم آھن، جھڙوڪ؛
#سڌيون ڇتيون (Flat Roofs)
#سلاميءَ واريون ڇتيون (Sloped Roofs)
#ھڪ طرف سلاميءَ واريون ڇتيون
#ٻئي طرف سلاميءَ واريون نوڪدار ڇتيون
#ھپ روف (Hip Roof)
#گئمبريل روف (Gambrel Roof)
#مانسرڊ روف (Mansard Roof)
#ڊيڪ روف (Deck Roof)
#ڪارائيءَ جي ڏندن وانگر ”سا ٽٿ روف“ (Saw Tooth Roof)

ڇتين جي ڪن مختلف قسمن جو تفصيلوار بيان ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

=== سڌيون ڇتيون === 
 
عام طرح سان اڄ ڪلھ رھائشي جاين لاءِ سڌين ڇتين کي وڌيڪ پسند ڪيو وڃي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي سولائيءَ سان باھھ روڪ (Fire Proof)  بڻائي سگھجي ٿو. ازنسواءِ ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي مٽيءَ جو تھھ ڏيئي سولائيءَ سان ٿڌو رکي سگھجي ٿو.
تعميراتي طريقن جي لحاظ کان ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي ترتيب وار ھيٺئين ريت ورھائي سگھجي ٿو.
#آر-سي-سيءَ جون ڇتيون (R.C.C Flat Roofs)
#درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتيون (First class tile roofing)
#رينفورسڊ برڪ جون ڇتيون (Reinforced Brick Roofs)
#درجہ دوم ٽائيل ڇتيون (Second class tile roofing)
#جئڪ ڪمان ڇتيون (Jack Arch Roofing)
#ڪاٺ جي تختن جون سڌيون ڇتيون (Wooden flat Roofs)

مٿي ڄاڻايل قسم جي ڇتين مان ڪن خاص ۽ گھڻو استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇتين جو تفصيلوار بيان ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

===آر-سي-سيءَ جون سڌيون ڇتيون (Reinforced cement concrete flat roofs)===
ھن قسم جي ڇتين جو استعمال اڄڪلھھ عام ۽ مقبول ٿي چڪو آھي ۽ گھڻ منزلھ عمارتن لاءِ ڪارآمد پڻ آھي. ھن قسم جي ڇت کي ٿڌو رکڻ لاءِ عام طرح سان گرم علائقن ۾ ٽن انچن کان چئن انچن تائين مٽيءَ جو تھھ ڏيئي انھيءَ جي مٿان گاري جو پلستر (Mud Pluster) يا سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي مسالي سان سرن جون ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر جوڙ ۾ مسالو چڱيءَ طرح لڳايو وڃي جيئن برسات ۽ موسمي اثرن سبب کلي نھ وڃي. جوڙن بعد درزون چڱيءَ طرح ورتيون وينديون آھن. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو پڻ خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ پاڻي ڪھڙي بھ ريت ڇت تي بيٺل نھ رھي. ڇت جي سلامي احتياط سان رکي ويندي آھي ۽ فالتو مسالو، سرن جا  ٽڪرا ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ۽ ڪچرو صاف ڪري اڇليو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ڇت تمام وڏي آھي تھ انھيءَ کي مختلف حصن ۾ ورھائي سلامي ڏني ويندي آھي. تقريبا 1:60  کان 1:40  جي تناسب جي سلامي مناسب سمجھي ويندي آھي.

===ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ (Water proofing flat roofs) ===

ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي مٿين سطح (Surface) کي عام طرح سان صاف ڪري انھيءَ کي چڱيءَ طرح سڪايو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ کان پوءِ ڏامر (Bitumen) کي (190.56o C) 375o F ۽ (204.44o C) 400o F گرمي جي درجي تائين پگھاري سطح جي مٿان ٻن عليحده تھن جي صورت ۾ پوريءَ طرح پٿاريون ويندو آھي، جيئن ٻنھي تھن جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 1/16 انچ بيھي. اھڙيءَ صورت ۾ 100 مربع فوٽن تي 34 پائونڊ ڏامر استعمال ٿيندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد ڏامر جي مٿان جابلو ريتيءَ جو ھلڪو تھھ ڏنو ويندو آھي، اھڙي طرح جيئن 100 مربع فوٽن تي ھڪ مڪعب فوٽ جابلو ريتي استعمال ٿئي، انھيءَ بعد گھربل اوچائي4 ۾ مٽي ڀري انھيءَ مٿان مٽيءَ جي گاري جو پلستر يا سرن جي ٽائيلن جو تھھ ڏنو ويندو آھي. ڏامر جي مٿان جابلو ريتيءَ جو ڇڻڪار انھيءَ ڪري ڪيو ويندو آھي، جيئن اھو ڏامر جي تھھ کي مٽيءَ جي تھ کان جدا رکي.

درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتين (First class tile roofing)  ۽ درجھ دوم ٽائيل ڇتين (Second class tile roofing) جي صورت ۾ ڏامر جو تھھ سرن يا ٽائيل مٿان لڳايل سيمينٽ پلستر جي مڪمل ترائيءَ ۽ انھيءَ جي چڱيءَ طرح سڪڻ بعد ڏنو ويندو آھي ۽ آر-سي-سيءَ جي سلئب جي صورت ۾ پڻ انھيءَ جي مڪمل ترائي ۽ چڱيءَ طرح سڪڻ بعد ڏنو ويندو آھي.

انھيءَ کان علاوھ ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ لاءِ ٻيو اھو بھ طريقو آھي تھ ڏامر جي بجاءِ 04 يا 05 گيج جي شفاف پلاسٽڪ يا پاليٿين چادر (04/05 Guage polythene sheet) استعمال ڪجي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال رکڻو آھي تھ اھا پاليٿين جي چادر ڪنھن بھ ھنڌان ڦاٽل نھ ھجي ۽ گھڻي ايراضيءَ جي حالت ۾ سلاميءَ جي طرف اھي شيٽون يا چادرون ھڪ ٻئي مٿان چڱيءَ طرح چڙھيل (Over-laped) ھئڻ کپن. اھي شيٽون ڇت جي مٿان تيڪي (Parapet wall) جي ھيٺ تائين ھئڻ گھرجن ٻيءَ صورت ۾ جيڪڏھن شيٽ کي صرف تيڪي تائين ڇڏيو ويندو تھ برسات جو پاڻي تيڪي جي ھيٺان لنگھڻ جي ڪوشش ڪندو ۽ ڇت کي نقصان پھچائيندو، پاليٿين پلاسٽڪ ھڪ ھڪ نباتاتي مرڪب آھي ۽ انھيءَ ۾ عمر ڀر جٽاءُ ۽ پائيداريءَ جي خاصيت آھي. ھن تي تيزابيت (Acid) ۽ چانيھي يا کار (Alkali) جو اثر نھ ٿو ٿئي.

پاڻيءَ کي ٽمڻ (Water proofing) کان روڪڻ لاءِ ڏامر جي ٺھيل ٺڪيل چادر جنھن کي بٽومين فيلٽ (Bitumen felt) سڏيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ جو بہ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ اھا ڪنھن بھ شڪل يا ڊؤل جي ڇت ۽ بناوت لاءِ استعمال ڪري سگھجي ٿي. ھيٺ ڏنل فھرست ۾ مختلف قسمن جي بٽومين فيلٽ ۽ انھيءَ جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ تور ڄاڻايل آھي.

===درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتيون (First class tile roofing) ===
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون آر-سي-سي، ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي ڪامن،، پٽين، ٽيئرن ۽ گرڊرن مٿان 12&quot;x6&quot;x1 1/4&quot; جي سائيز جي سرن جي ٽائيلن جا ٻھ تھھ ڏيئي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جي ڇتين جي تعمير ھيٺئين ريت ڪئي ويندي آھي؛

*سرن جي ٽائيلن جو پھريون تھھ، پٽين مٿان جيڪي 12&quot; جي پور وڇوٽيءَ تي ڪامن مٿان (يا لوھھ جي گرڊرن مٿان ٽيئر رکي) رکيون وينديون آھن، 1:6 جي تناسب ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جي مسالي سان يا 1:2 جي تناسب ۾ چن ۽ سرخيءَ جي گچ سان لڳايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر ھڪ جوڙ ۾ مسالو چڱيءَ طرح لڳل ھجي.
*سرن جي پھرئين تھھ مٿان اڌ انچ جي ٿولھھ ۾ 1:6  جي تناسب جو سيمينٽ پلستر چاڙھي انھيءَ بعد ٽائيلن جو ٻيو تھھ مٿي ڄاڻايل طريقي سان چاڙھيو ويندو آھي پر خاص طرح سان اھو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ سرن جي ٻئي تھھ جا جوڙ پھرئين تھھ جي جوڙن سان نھ ملن بلڪ انھن جوڙن جي ابتڙ ھجن. ائين ڪرڻ سان مٿئين تھھ جا جوڙ ھيٺئين تھھ جي جوڙن سان نھ ملندا ۽ ڇت ٽمڻ (Leakage) جو امڪان گھٽ رھندو.
*ٽائيلن جي ٻئي تھھ مٿان اڌ انچ جو 1:6 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ پلستر چاڙھيو ويندو آھي
*بعد ۾ سيمينٽ پلستر جي مٿان ڏامر جو تھ  (مٿي ڄاڻايل طريقي سان) چاڙھي، انھيءَ جي مٿان جابلو  ريتي ڇٽي ويندي آھي، جيئن ڇت پاڻيءَ روڪ ٿي.
*انھيءَ بعد ڇت کي ٿڌو رکڻ لاءِ ٽن کان چئن انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ مٽيءَ (جيڪا ڪلر ۽ ٻئي گند ڪچري کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ھجي) جو تھ ڀري، انھيءَ مٿان ھڪ انچ جو مٽيءَ جي گادي جو پلستر ڪري، انھيءَ جي مٿان ڇيڻي جي ليپائي ڪبي آھي.

سرن جي ڀتين جي مٿان ۽ گرڊرن جي ھيٺان لوھھ جي بيڊ پليٽ ڏيڻ تمام ضروري آھي، جيئن گرڊرن جي بار سبب ڀتين جا گرڊر سان ملندڙ حصا ڪمزور ٿي، ٽائيم گذرڻ سان جھڪاءُ آڻي، نقصان نھ پھچائين. گرڊرن ۽ ٽيئرن جي صورت ۾ کين ڇت تي چاڙھڻ کان پھرين سنڌور (Red Oxide)  جي پينٽ جو تھھ ڏيئي، سڪائي پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان انئمل پينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ چاڙھي پوءِ ڀتين مٿان چاڙھجن، جيئن انھن مٿان ڪٽ (Rust) سولائيءَ سان نھ چڙھي. جيڪڏھن ائين نھ ڪبو تھ ٽائيلن چاڙھڻ بعد گرڊرن ۽ ٽيئرن جا صرف ھيٺيان حصا پينٽ ڪري سگھبا ۽ ٻيا دٻيل حصا پينٽ بنا رھجي وڃڻ جي حالت ۾ وقت گذرڻ سان ڪٽبا ويندا ۽ نتيجي ۾ اھي تمام گھٽ ٽائيم ھلندا. نتيجي ۾ ڇت تي ڪيل سمورو ڪم ايترو پائيدار نھ ٿيندو ۽ ٺھيل ڇت پنھنجي ٽائيم کان اڳ ۾ بدلائڻي پوندي.

ڇيڙن وارين ديوارن جي اندرين حصن ۽ پٽين يا ٽيئرن جي وچ ۾ 3 انچن کان 9 انچن جو مفاصلو ھئڻ گھرجي. ڇت جي ٽيڪي جي ديوار مٿان گولو (Drip Course)  ڏيڻ ضروري آھي، جيئن مينھن جو پاڻي انھيءَ کي نقصان نھ پھچائي 


===درجہ دوم ٽائيلن جون ڇتيون (Second class tile roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت جي تعمير پڻ درجھ اول ڇت جي تعمير وانگرگ ٿيندي آھي. فرق صرف اھو آھي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ٽائيلن جو صرف ھڪ تھھ چاڙھيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڊرپ ڪورس جي بجاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو گولو (C.C. Coping)  ڏنو ويندو آھي. 

===جئڪ آرچ ڇتيون (Jack Arch Roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ سرن يا سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جون ڪمانيون  (Arches) تعمير ڪيون وينديون آھن ۽ انھن ڪمانن جا ڇيڙا پالتو لوھ (Mild Steel)  جي ڪامن (Joists) مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ جئائسٽ وري ديوارن يا بيمن تي ٽڪيل ھوندا آھن.جئائسٽ 30 انچن کان 45 انچن جي مفاصلي تي رکيل ھوندا آھن. ڪانڪريٽ جي ٿولھھ ڪمانيءَ جي چوٽيءَ (Crown) وٽ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 6 انچ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ ڪمانيءَ جي بلندي ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ اھا خامي آھي تھ اھا سڌي سطح (Plain Surface) نٿي رھي. آخري ڇيڙن وارن حصن کي افقي ڇڪ (Horizontal thrust) کان روڪڻ لاءِ لوھھ جي جئائسٽ جي ٻاھرين جوڙن (Pairs)  وٽ ٻنڌ سيخون (Tie rods) لڳايون وينديون آھن. ٽاءِ راڊس 6 فوٽن جي مرڪزي (6 feet centre to centre) مفاصلي تي ھئڻ گھرجن. جئڪ آرچن جا گھيرا (Rings)  اڀ سرا (Brick on edge) يا سڌين سرن (Bricks on flat) جا ھئڻ گھرجن.

===رينفورسڊ برڪ ڇتيون (Reinforced Brick Roofs) ===
ھي ڇتيون پڻ آر-سي-سيءَ جي ڇتين وانگر  ۽ سڌيون ھونديون آھن، فرق صرف اھو ھوندو آھي جو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي جاءِ تي سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. سرن ۾ ڇت جي ڊيگھھ ۽ ويڪر جي طرف لڳاتار جوڙ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن جوڙن ۾ ڊزائن مطابق لوھھ جو سريو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. جوڙن جي ٿولھھ ٽي ڀاڱي چار انچ رکي ويندي آھي، جنھن  اندر سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو مسالو ڀريو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن جوڙن کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ سان ڀرڻو ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ جوڙن جي ٿولھھ ڏيڍ انچ کان ٻن انچن تائين رکڻ گھرجي. مکيھ سريو (Main reinforcement) ٿوري فاصلي طرف ۽ ورڇيندڙ سريو (Distribution bars) وڌيڪ فاصلي طرف وجھڻ گھرجي ۽ ورڇيندر سريو مکيھ سريي جي مٿان لڳائڻ گھرجي. رينفورسڊ برڪ جي ڪم جي ٿولھھ ھڪ سر جي ٿولھھ کان ٻن سرن جي ٿولھھ تائين ھئڻ گھرجي. ٻيءَ صورت ۾ وڌيڪ ٿولھھ واري ڇت نھايت ئي مھانگي پوندي.

ڇت جي مٿان ٻيو سمورو ڪم ائين ڪرڻ گھرجي جيئن آر-سي-سيءَ جي ڇت لاءِ ڄاڻايل آھي.
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون ڀروسي جھڙيون نھ ٿيون رھن ۽ انھيءَ سبب ڪري گھٽ استعمال ٿين ٿي
 
===ڇپرن واري يا ڪکائين ڇت (Thatched roof)===
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون عام طرح سان ٻن طرفن کان سلامي ڏيئي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن، جيئن برسات جو پاڻي ڇت جي مٿان بيھي نقصان نہ پھچائي.

ھن قسم جي ڇت ٺاھڻ لاءِ 1 ½ انچ ڊايا ميٽر جي بانس جا ٽڪڙا ھڪ فوٽ جي پور وڇوٽيءَ جي مفاصلي تي رکي ۽ انھن جي خلاف گوني ڪنڊ تي ڇھن انچن جي پور وڇوٽيءَ جي مفاصلي تي چڱيءَ طرح لڪڙا ٻڌي جوڙ جڪ (Frame work) ڪئي ويندي آھي. انھيءَ بعد 6 انچن کان 12 انچن جي ٿولھھ تائين سر، ٽوئا يا ڇپريون، ٽن ٽن انچن جي تھن جي صورت ۾ چاڙھيون وينديون آھن. اڪثر طور تي پھريون تھ بانس جي لڪڙن سان جوڙي جڪي تيار ڪري چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ڇت جي رال (Pitch) 35 ڊگرين جي لڳ ڀڳ رکي ويندي آھي.

ھن قسم جي ڇت اگر ھنرمندي ۽ ڪاريگري سان ٺاھي وڃي تھ سٺي نموني اڻ ٽمندڙ ۽ پاڻيءَ روڪ رھي ٿي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ باھھ لڳڻ جا امڪان تمام گھڻا رھن ٿا ۽ اڏوھي ۽ جيت لڳڻ جو خطرو پڻ رھي ٿو. جيڪڏھن انھن سڀني خطرن کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت جو مدو 15 سالن کان وڌيڪ نھ ٿو رھي.

===ائسبيسٽاس سيمينٽ جي ڇت (Asbestos cement corrugated sheet roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت نھايت ئي عمده قسم جي ائسبيسٽاس ۽ سيمينٽ جي گڏيل مرڪب مان ٺھيل اھڙين چادرن سان ڍڪي ٺاھي ويندي آھي جن ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو نقص جھڙوڪ ڦوٽ، ڏار، ڀڳل ڪنڊون ۽ پاسا وغيرھ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن. ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪٽ يا زنگ (Rust)  لڳڻ جو خطرو نھ ٿو رھي. ھنن تي نھ اڏوھي لڳي ٿي سگھي ۽ نہ ئي وري انھن تي رنگ ڪرڻ جي ضرورت پوي ٿي، البتہ سردين ۾ انھن جي ھيٺان آلاڻ پيدا ٿي پوي ٿي. ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ باھ جو مقابلو ڪرڻ، ۽ موسمي اثرن کي ڪنھن حد تائين روڪڻ جي خاصيت رھي ٿي.

ھنن ڇتين ۾ (7mm) 9/32 in. واري ٿولھھ جي چادرن استعمال ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ڪامن (Purlins)  جي وچ ۾ وڌ ۾ وڌ 5 فوٽ 3 انچ  (1.6m) جو فاصلو ۽ ¼ انچ  (6 mm) جي ٿولھھ وارين چادرن جي حالت ۾ 4 فوٽ 6 انچ (1.4 m) ھئڻ گھرجي.
چادرن جو لسو پاسو ھميشھ مٿان ۽ وڪڙن وارو پاسو ھيٺان ھئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ پاسي وارو چڙھاڪو (Side lap) گھٽ ۾ گھٽ اڌ وڪڙ جيترو، جيڪو عموما (4.5 cm) 13/4&quot; جي برابر ھوندو آھي ۽ ڇيڙن وارو چڙھاڪو (End lap)  گھٽ ۾ گھٽ (15 cm) 6&quot; جي برابر ڏنو وڃي. جڏھن تھ پاسن وارا آزاد حصا گھٽ ۾ گھٽ (40 cm) 1'-4&quot; اڌارن کان ٻاھر نڪتل ھئڻ گھرجن.
چادرن کي قابو ڪرڻ لاءِ آڌار وارين پٽين وٽ چادرن جي وڪڙن جي چوٽين (Crowns) ۾ (8 mm) 3/16&quot; جا ڊرل مشين رستي سوراخ ڪڍي قلعي دار j  (Galvanised) ۽ L جي صورت وارا ڪنڍا (Hooks)  استعمال ڪري ڏامر ۽ قلعي دار (Galvanised iron) وائيسر (Washer)  ڏيئي انھن کي چادرن مٿان، نٽ پٺيان نٽ جي حساب سان جڪڙيو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ سوراخ ڪڍڻ واسطي چادرن کي ڪنھن ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ھرگز ڀڳو ۽ چيريو نھ وڃي انھن نٽن کي پھريائين ڍرو ڇڏيو وڃي ۽ جڏھن ڪافي چادرون وڇائجي وڃن تھ پوءِ انھن کي سوڙھو ۽ قابو ڪيو وڃي. سوراخن  جو قطر (Diameter)  استعمال ٿيندڙ بولٽن جي قطر کان 1/16 انچ وڌيڪ ھئڻ گھرجي. نقصان کان بچاءُ واسطي چادرن کي مٿي چاڙھي وڇائڻ لاءِ تختا يا ڏاڪڻون استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجن. جيڪڏھن ڪنھن بھ چادر کي نقصان پھچي تھ انھيءَ کي اڇلائي خارج ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي ٻي چادر استعمال ڪجي. تمام گھڻي احتياط ڪندي بھ جيڪڏھن انھن چادرن ۾ ڪي نظر انداز ڪرڻ جوڳا ٽنگ ٿي پون تھ انھن کي ڏامر يا ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي مرڪب سان بند ڪري سگھجي ٿو بشرطيڪ انھن مان پاڻي ٽمي نہ سگھي.  ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ ائسبيسٽاس سيمينٽ جي چادرن جا ٽي قسم ٿيندا آھن جن جو ڪجھھ تفصيل ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

*ايورائيٽ بگسڪس : (Everite Bigsix)

ھن قسم جون چادرون 2.758  فوٽ (7 cm) ويڪريون 1.312 فوٽن کان 84.9 فوٽ (4.0 ميٽر کان 3 ميٽرن تائين) ڊگھيون ۽ ¼ انچ (6 mm)  ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. انھن ۾ مجموعي طرح سان 5.7 وڪڙ ٿيندا آھن ۽ ھڪ کان ٻئي وڪڙ تائين اٽڪل  5 ¾ انچن جو مفاصلو ٿيندو آھي، جڏھن تھ وڪڙ جي چوٽيءَ ۽ تري يعني ھيٺ تائين اوچائي 13.2 انچ (5.4 cm)  ٿيندي آھي.

*ايورائٽ اسٽئنڊرڊ : (Everite Standard)

ھي چادرون ٻن قسمن جون ٿينديون آھن.، ھڪڙيون ننڍيون چادرون ۽ ٻيون وڏيون. ننڍيون چادرون 5.2 فوٽ (76 cm)  ويڪريون 3 ½ فوٽن (1.07 mm)  کان  12 ½ فوٽن (3.9 m) تائين ڊگھيون ۽ ¼  انچ (6 mm)  ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. ھن ۾ وڪڙن جي اوچائي ھڪ انچ (2.54 cm)  کان  1.13&quot;  (2.86 cm) تائين ۽ ٻن وڪڙن جي وچ ۾ درمياني مفاصلو 09.2 انچ (5.3 cm) ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھر چادر ۾ 5.10 وڪڙ (Corrugations)  ٿيندا آھن. وڏيون چادرون 3 3/8 فوٽن کان  3 ½ فوٽن تائين (05.1 ميٽرن کان 1.10 ميٽرن تائين) ويڪريون، 3 3/8 فوٽن کان 10 فوٽن تائين ( 04.1 ميٽرن کان 05.3 ميٽرن تائين) ڊگھيون ۽ ¼ انچ (6 mm) ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. ور وڪڙن جي اوچائي 3/16&quot; (اٽڪل 5 سينٽيميٽرن کان 5.4 سينٽيميٽرن تائين) ۽  ان وڪڙن جي وچ وارو مفاصلو 5 ¾ انچ (146 cm) ٿيندو آھي.

*ٽرنال ٽريفورڊ : (Turnal Trafford)
ھي چادرون اٽڪل 3 5/8 فوٽ (13.1 ميٽر) ويڪريون، 4 فوٽن (1.22 ميٽر) کان 10 فوٽن (3.05 m) تائين ڊگھيون ھونديون آھن ۽ ھنن شيٽن ۾ ور وڪڙن جو تسلسل نھ ھوندو آھي، بلڪ ھر وڪڙ کان پوءِ ھموار سطح ھوندي آھي. ھر چادر ۾ اٽڪل چار وڪڙ ٿيندا آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون وڏين عمارتن جھڙوڪ گودامن، سينيما گھرن ۽ ڪارخانن ۾ استعمال ٿينديون آھن. 

===لوھ جي جستي ۽ ناليدر چادرن جون ڇتيون (Galvanised Corrugated Iron Sheet Roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ 16 گيج کان وٺي 24 گيج جون لوھھ جون جستي ۽ ناليدار چادرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ انھن ڳالھين جو خاص خيال رکيو وڃي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪم ايندڙ شيٽون چڱيءَ طرح ۽ بلڪل پختيءَ طرح جستي ملمعي چڙھيل آھن. جيڪڏھن انھن پڙ ڇن ۾ ڪٽ، سفيد پائوڊر جھڙا ٽڪرا، گاٺ ۽ ڦوٽ نظر اچي تھ اھڙن پڙڇن (Sheets) کي ھرگز استعمال نہ ڪجي.

ھيءُ پڙڇ ھميشھ ڪاٺ يا لوھ جي گرڊرن ۽ ڪامن (Purlins) مٿان ڇھن انچن (15 cm) جو ڇيڙن وارو چڙھاڪو (End Overlap) ۽ ٻين وڪڙن (Corrugations) جو ھر سائيڊ کان سائيڊ وارو چڙھاڪو (Side lap) ڏيئي رکيا ويندا آھن. پڙڇن کي قابو رکڻ لاءِ ڪامن مٿان چاڙھڻ کان اڳ ۾ کين زمين تي رکي گھربل ھنڌن تي ڪنھن تکي اوزار سان ٽنگ ڪڍي، انھيءَ بعد مٿي چاڙھي کين بولٽن، اسڪرن، ڪلين ۽ ڪوڪن (Rivets) وغيره سان قابو ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ اھي سوراخ ھنن چادرن ۾ ھيٺان کان مٿي پار ڪرڻ جي حساب سان ۽ ھميشھ وڪڙن جي چوٽيءَ وٽ ڪڍڻ گھرجن. انھن شيٽن کي ھميشھ ملمعي وارن نٽن، بولٽن، ڏامر جي وائيسرن (Washers)  ۽ جستي ملمعي وارن وائيسرن وسيلي ڪامن (Purlins) سان مضبوط ڪري جڪڙيو وڃي. اھي ڪنڍا ۽ بولٽ 5/16 يا 8 ملي ميٽر جي قطر جا ۽ L يا J جي شبيھھ جا ٿيندا آھن. پيچن ھيٺان واشر مضبوطي حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھنن پڙڇن کي لڳائڻ وقت انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ پلون وٽ انھيءَ چادر جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ نالي (Corrugation) ٻيءَ ناليءَ جي مٿان چڙھيل ھجي ۽ ڊگھا پاسا 3 انچن کان 5 انچن تائين (يعني 7.5 سينٽيميٽرن کان 14 سينٽيميٽرن تائين) ھڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙھيل ھئڻ گھرجن. ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪم ايندڙ چادرون 2 فوٽ 3 انچن کان 4 فوٽ 4 انچن ( 65 cm کان 126 cm) تائين ويڪريون، 5 فوٽن کان 15 فوٽن (5.1 ميٽر کان 5.3 ميٽرن) تائين ڊگھيون 1/16 انچن کان ¼ انچ (1.66 mm کان 6.56 cm) تائين ٿلھيون اٺن (8) وڪڙن سان ۽ ھر ھڪ وڪڙ جي وچ کان ٻئي وڪڙ (pitch) جي وچ تائين 3 انچن (7.6 cm) جي مفاصلي واريون ٿينديون آھن. ھيءُ پڙڇ تور ۾ ھلڪا ۽ لڳائڻ (Fixing)  ۾ سولا ٿين ٿا. البتھ موسمي اثرن کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٺيڪ  نٿا ٿا رھن ۽ انھن منجھان گرمي توڙي سردي آسانيءَ سان لنگھي (To transmit) سگھي ٿي. بھرحال ھيءُ پڙڇ پائيدار ۽ باھ جو مقابلو ڪرڻ جي لائق آھي.

ھن قسم جون ڇتيون 1:5 جي تناسب کان وڌيڪ سڌيون نھ رکڻ گھرجن ۽ عام طور 1:2 جي تناسب واريون ڇتيون بھتر رھن ٿيون. 1:2 ½ جي تناسب وارين نصب ڪيل (Pitched) ڇتين جي صورت ۾ ڇيڙي وارو چڙھاڪو (End overlap) 9 انچن (23 cm) کان گھٽ ھئڻ نہ گهرجي.

ھن قسم جون ڇتيون ڇاپرن (Sheds) ۽ ڪارخانن وغيره لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن.  ھن قسم جي ڇتين جو مٿاڇرو ھڪ ڪرو ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن شيٽن جا ور وڪڙ (Corrugations) سڌا ۽ ھموار ھئڻ گهرجن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>84i53nuqkiwros6wpebwv7ivf7cdnzt</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401044</id>
      <parentid>401043</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T00:55:47Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401044</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="60231" sha1="imo9gqot0py6rzo2ooic4udaetm2eyj" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|عمارت جو مٿيون حفاظتي ڍڪ}}

[[فائل:Tak - Ystad-2022.jpg|thumb|2022ع ۾ [[يسٽاڊ]] جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ مختلف عمارتن جون ڇتيون.]]

'''ڇت''' (انگريزي: ''Roof'') عمارت جو سڀ کان مٿيون حفاظتي ڍڪ هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ اهي سڀئي تعميراتي جزا ۽ مواد شامل هوندا آهن، جيڪي ان کي عمارت جي [[ڀت]]ن يا ٻين سهارن تي مضبوطيءَ سان قائم رکندا آهن. ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد عمارت ۽ ان جي رهواسين کي [[مينهن]]، [[برف]]، [[سج جي روشني]]، انتهائي گرمي يا سردي ۽ [[هوا]] جي اثرن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Harris, Cyril M. (editor). ''Dictionary of Architecture and Construction'', Third Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2000, p. 775.&lt;/ref&gt; ڇت عمارت جي ٻاهرئين حفاظتي ڍانچي (بلڊنگ انولپ) جو هڪ اهم حصو آهي.

ڪنهن به ڇت جي شڪل، بناوت ۽ خاصيتون ان عمارت جي استعمال، دستياب ڇت سازي جي مواد، مقامي تعميراتي روايتن، [[معماري]] جي ڊزائن ۽ تعميراتي عمل تي دارومدار رکن ٿيون. ڪيترين حالتن ۾ انهن تي مقامي يا قومي تعميراتي قانونن ۽ ضابطن جو پڻ اثر هوندو آهي.

گهڻن ملڪن ۾ ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد مينهن کان بچاءُ هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه تعميرن ۾، جهڙوڪ [[ورانڊو]]، اهڙي ڇت استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي جيڪا سج جي سڌي روشني کان بچائي ٿي، پر هوا ۽ ٻين قدرتي عنصرن جي اچ وڃ کي برقرار رکي ٿي. ساڳيءَ طرح [[شيشي گهر]] (گارڊن ڪنزرويٽري) جي ڇت ٻوٽن کي سردي، هوا ۽ مينهن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي، جڏهن ته سج جي روشني اندر اچڻ جي اجازت به ڏيندي آهي.

ڇت کي اضافي رهائشي يا استعمال لائق جاءِ طور پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو، مثال طور [[ڇت وارو باغ]] (روف گارڊن).

== اشتقاق ==

لفظ '''ڇت''' جي انگريزي صورت ''Roof''، پراڻي انگريزي ٻوليءَ جي لفظ '''hrof''' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن جي معنيٰ ''ڇت''، [[ڇت (اندروني)|اندروني ڇت]] (Ceiling)، مٿيون حصو، چوٽي، آسمان يا جنت هئي. مجازي طور هي لفظ ڪنهن به شيءِ جي سڀ کان مٿاهين حصي يا بلند ترين نقطي لاءِ پڻ استعمال ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.etymonline.com/word/roof|title=Roof|website=Online Etymology Dictionary}}&lt;/ref&gt;

هي لفظ [[پروٽو-جرمني ٻولي]] جي لفظ '''خروفام khrofam''' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن سان ٻين جرمني ٻولين جا ڪيترائي لاڳاپيل لفظ پڻ ملن ٿا. مثال طور [[ڊچ ٻولي]] ۾ '''roef''' جي معنيٰ ٻيڙيءَ جي ڪيبن يا ڍڪ، تابوت جي ڍڪ وغيره آهي، [[وچئين اعليٰ جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ '''rof''' جو مطلب ڇپر يا اوچو ڇت وارو حصو، جڏهن ته [[قديم نورس ٻولي]] ۾ '''hrof''' ٻيڙيءَ جي ڇپر يا ٻيڙي رکڻ واري ڍڪيل جاءِ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو.

لساني ماهرن موجب هي لفظ جرمني ٻولين کان ٻاهر ٻين ٻولي خاندانن سان ڪو واضح تعلق نٿو رکي. انگريزي ٻولي ئي اها واحد جرمني ٻولي آهي، جنهن ۾ ''روف'' لفظ پنهنجي عام معنيٰ، يعني عمارت جي مٿئين حفاظتي ڍڪ، لاءِ برقرار رهيو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻين جرمني ٻولين ۾ انهيءَ مفهوم لاءِ اهي لفظ استعمال ٿين ٿا، جيڪي پراڻي انگريزي جي '''þæc''' (ٿئچ؛ يعني ڇپر يا ڪکن جي ڇت) سان لاڳاپيل آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite OED|roof, n.}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== بناوتي جزا ==

ڇت جي ڊزائن جا بنيادي جزا هي آهن:

* مواد؛
* [[گهر جي ڇت جي بناوت|تعميراتي بناوت]]؛
* پائيداري.

=== مواد ===

ڇت ٺاهڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد علائقي، موسم، دستيابي ۽ تعميراتي ضرورتن موجب مختلف هوندا آهن. اهي [[ڪيلي]] جي پنن، ڪڻڪ جي [[ڀوسو|ڀوسي]] يا [[سامونڊي گاهه]] کان وٺي [[پرتدار شيشو]] (ليمينيٽيڊ گلاس)، [[ٽامو|ٽامي]]، [[ايلومينيم]] جي چادرن ۽ اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[ڪنڪريٽ]] تائين ٿي سگهن ٿا. دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾ [[ٺڪر]] جون [[ڇت جون سرون]] صدين، بلڪه هزارين سالن کان سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇت سازي جو مواد رهيون آهن.

ٻين عام ڇت سازي جي موادن ۾ [[اسفالٽ]]، [[ڪوئلي جي تار]]، [[اي پي ڊي ايم رٻڙ]] (EPDM Rubber)، [[هائپالون]]، [[پولي يوريٿين]] جو فوم، [[پولي ونائل ڪلورائيڊ]] (PVC)، [[سليٽ پٿر]]، [[ٽيفلون]] جو ڪپڙو، [[ٿرموپلاسٽڪ اوليفن]] (TPO)، ۽ [[ڪاٺ]] جون ڇتيون (ووڊ شيڪز ۽ شنگلز) شامل آهن.

=== تعميراتي بناوت ===

ڇت جي تعميراتي بناوت ان ڳالهه تي دارومدار رکي ٿي ته ان کي ڪهڙي طريقي سان سهارو ڏنو ويو آهي، هيٺئين خالي جاءِ کي ڪيئن ڍڪيو ويو آهي، ۽ ڇت ڍلوان (پچڊ) آهي يا هموار.

'''ڇت جي ڍلوان''' (روف پچ) ان زاويي کي چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن تي ڇت پنهنجي سڀ کان هيٺئين نقطي کان مٿي طرف اڀري ٿي. آمريڪا ۾ گهڻيون رهائشي عمارتون، سواءِ انتهائي خشڪ علائقن جي، ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون رکن ٿيون. جيتوڻيڪ جديد نيڪال جا نظام، جهڙوڪ پاڻيءَ جون ناليون، هموار ڇت کي به ڪارائتو بڻائي سگهن ٿا، پر روايت، جمالياتي حسن ۽ تعميراتي ضرورتن سبب اڄ به گهڻيون ڇتيون ڍلوان سان ٺاهيون وڃن ٿيون.

ڪجهه ڇت سازي جا مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]] (ٿيچ)، پاڻي نه رسڻ ۽ ڊگهي عمر لاءِ تيز ڍلوان جي گهرج رکن ٿا. جڏهن ته ٻيا مواد، جهڙوڪ [[پين ٽائل]] (Pantile)، تمام تيز ڍلوان تي مستحڪم ناهن رهندا، پر گهٽ ڍلوان تي موسم کان بهترين تحفظ فراهم ڪندا آهن.

جن علائقن ۾ برسات تمام گهٽ پوندي آهي، اتي لڳ ڀڳ هموار ڇت، جنهن ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ معمولي ڍلوان هجي، عام طور ڪافي هوندي آهي. اهڙين ڇتين ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ ناليون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن سان وڌيڪ ڍلوان جي ضرورت گهٽجي ويندي آهي.

ڇت جي تعمير ۾ ماهر ڪاريگر کي '''ڇت ساز''' (روفر) چيو ويندو آهي.

=== پائيداري ===

ڇت جي پائيداري انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڇت عمارت جو اهو حصو آهي، جتي مرمت يا تجديد لاءِ پهچڻ نسبتاً ڏکيو هوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ڇت کي نقصان پهچي يا اها تباهه ٿي وڃي ته ان جا اثر سڄي عمارت جي حفاظت، استعمال ۽ عمر تي پئجي سگهن ٿا.

== شڪل ==

[[فائل:Roof diagram.jpg|thumb|upright=1.15|مغربي طرز جي ڇت جي ڪجهه حصن جا نالا]]

{{مکيه|ڇتين جي شڪلين جي فهرست}}

'''ڇتين جون شڪلون''' دنيا جي مختلف علائقن ۾ هڪ ٻئي کان گهڻو مختلف هونديون آهن. ڇت جي شڪل تي اثرانداز ٿيندڙ اهم عنصر مقامي [[آبهوا]]، ڇت جي ڍانچي لاءِ دستياب تعميراتي مواد، ۽ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي ڍڪ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.huffpost.com/entry/roofing-materials-to-prot_b_8959516 |title=Roofing Materials to Protect You From the Elements |website=HuffPost |date=12 January 2016}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڇتين جون بنيادي شڪلون هيٺيان آهن:

* [[هموار ڇت]] (Flat Roof)
* [[يڪ طرفي ڍلوان واري ڇت]] (Mono-pitched Roof)
* [[گيبل ڇت]] (Gable Roof)
* [[مينسارڊ ڇت]] (Mansard Roof)
* [[هپ ڇت]] (Hip Roof)
* [[تتلي نما ڇت]] (Butterfly Roof)
* [[قوسي ڇت]] (Arched Roof)
* [[گنبذي ڇت]] (Domed Roof)

انهن بنيادي شڪلين جون ڪيتريون ئي ٻيون صورتون پڻ موجود آهن.

جيڪي ڇتيون ڪيترن هموار حصن مان ٺهيل هونديون آهن، پر انهن حصن کي ڪنهن نه ڪنهن ڍلوان تي ٺاهيو ويندو آهي، انهن کي '''ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون''' (Pitched Roofs) چيو ويندو آهي. عام طور جيڪڏهن ڇت جو ڍلوان 10 درجن کان وڌيڪ هجي ته ان کي ڍلوان واري ڇت تصور ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;C. M. Harris, ''Dictionary of Architecture &amp; Construction''&lt;/ref&gt;

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇتيون ڍلوان واريون هونديون آهن، جن ۾ خاص طور [[گيبل ڇت]]، [[هپ ڇت]] ۽ [[اسڪليون ڇت]] (Skillion Roof) شامل آهن.

ڪجهه ڇتين جون شڪلون قدرتي (Organic) انداز تي ٻڌل هونديون آهن. اهڙيون شڪلون يا ته معمار جي ڊزائن جي نتيجي ۾ اختيار ڪيون وينديون آهن يا وري ان سبب پيدا ٿينديون آهن جو تعمير ۾ لچڪدار مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]]، استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

== حصا ==

ڇت ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندي آهي:

* ان جي '''سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت''' (سپورٽنگ اسٽرڪچر)؛
* ان جو '''ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه''' (آئوٽر ليئر)، جيڪو ڇت جو سڀ کان مٿيون موسم کان بچاءُ ڪندڙ حصو هوندو آهي.

ڪجهه عمارتن ۾ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه پاڻ ئي بار کڻندڙ بناوت (سيلف-سپورٽنگ اسٽرڪچر) طور پڻ ڪم ڪندو آهي.

عام طور ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت [[ڀت]]ن تي بيٺل هوندي آهي، جيتوڻيڪ ڪجهه تعميراتي انداز، جهڙوڪ [[جيوڊيزيڪ گنبذ]] ۽ [[اي-فريم گهر]]، ۾ ڀت ۽ ڇت جي وچ وارو فرق گهڻو نمايان نه رهندو آهي.

=== سهارو ===

{{Main|گهر جي ڇت جي بناوت}}

[[فائل:Linkopings stadsbibliotek roof2.jpg|thumb|[[سويڊن]] ۾ هڪ لائبريري جي ڇت]]

ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت عام طور ڊگهن ۽ مضبوط شهتيرن (بيم) تي ٻڌل هوندي آهي، جيڪي گهڻو ڪري [[ڪاٺ]] مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري کان پوءِ [[ڪاسٽ لوهه]] ۽ [[فولاد]] پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيڻ لڳا.

جن ملڪن ۾ [[بانس]] جو استعمال عام آهي، اتي ان جي قدرتي لچڪ سبب ڇتين ۾ هلڪي وڪريل شڪل پيدا ٿيندي آهي، جيڪا خاص طور اوڀر ايشيائي، خاص ڪري [[جاپاني معمار]]ي جي سڃاڻپ سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

ڪاٺ اهڙو مواد آهي، جنهن سان مختلف قسمن جون ڇتيون آسانيءَ سان تعمير ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. ڪاٺ جي بناوت نه رڳو تعميراتي سهارو فراهم ڪندي آهي، پر جيڪڏهن ان کي ظاهر رکيو وڃي ته اها عمارت جي جمالياتي حسن ۾ پڻ اضافو ڪندي آهي.

پراڳاڙهي زماني کان وٺي پٿر جا افقي شهتير (لنٽيل) ڇتين کي سهارو ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن، پر اهي تمام وڏن فاصلن کي ڍڪي نٿا سگهن. بعد ۾ [[قديم روم]] جي دور ۾ پٿر جي قوس (اسٽون آرڪ) جو وسيع استعمال شروع ٿيو، جنهن جي مختلف صورتن سان لڳ ڀڳ 140 فوٽ (43 ميٽر) تائين جا فاصلا ڍڪي سگهبا هئا.

پٿر جون قوسون ۽ [[والٽ (معماري)|والٽ]]، چاهي رٻن (Ribs) سان هجن يا بغير رٻن جي، لڳ ڀڳ ٻن هزارن سالن تائين وڏين عمارتن جي ڇتين جي بنيادي بناوت رهيون. اها روايت [[صنعتي انقلاب]] کان پوءِ آهستي آهستي ختم ٿيڻ لڳي، جڏهن لوهه جا شهتير استعمال ٿيڻ شروع ٿيا ۽ [[جوزف پيڪسٽن]] جهڙن معمارن جديد عمارتون، جهڙوڪ [[ڪرسٽل پيلس]] (1851ع)، تعمير ڪيون.

فولادي گرڊرن (اسٽيل گرڊر) ۾ مسلسل بهتري اچڻ سان اهي وڏين ڇتين ۽ بعد ۾ عام رهائشي گهرن جي تعمير ۾ به بنيادي سهارو بڻجي ويا. گرڊر جو هڪ ٻيو قسم [[رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ]] جو شهتير آهي، جنهن ۾ ڌاتي سلاخن کي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر بند ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان تنشي قوتن جي مقابلي ۾ ان جي مضبوطي وڌي ويندي آهي.

ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت کي رهائش يا استعمال لائق جاءِ طور پڻ ڪم آندو ويندو آهي، جنهن کي ڇت جي فرش بندي (روف ڊيڪنگ) چيو ويندو آهي. اهڙي جاءِ کي ڪمري يا ٻين استعمالن لاءِ تبديل ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه ===

{{مکيه|تجارتي طور دستياب ڇت سازي جي موادن جي فهرست}}

ڇت جو ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد جي لحاظ کان تمام گهڻي تبديلي رکي ٿو. روايتي يا مقامي [[معماري]] ۾ ڇت لاءِ گهڻو ڪري قدرتي ٻوٽيدار مواد استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]]، جنهن مان سامونڊي گاهه سان ٺهيل ڇت لڳ ڀڳ چاليهن سالن تائين قائم رهي سگهي ٿي.

ايشيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ [[بانس]] کي ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه، ٻنهي طور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. بانس جي ڊگهن ڦاڙيل ٽڪرن کي هڪ ٻئي مٿان چاڙهي وڇايو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان پاڻيءَ کان بچاءُ ڪندڙ مضبوط ڇت تيار ٿيندي آهي.

جن علائقن ۾ [[ڪاٺ]] وافر مقدار ۾ موجود هوندو آهي، اتي ڪاٺ جون ڇت واريون تختيون (شنگلز)، ٿلها ڪاٺي ٽڪرا (شيڪز) ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪجهه ملڪن ۾ مخصوص وڻن جي [[ڪل]] کي ٿلهين چادرن جي صورت ۾ لاهي ڇت طور پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== ٻاهريون حفاظتي تهه ===

{{مکيه|تجارتي طور دستياب ڇت سازي جي موادن جي فهرست}}

ويهين صديءَ دوران گڏيل [[اسفالٽ]] وارين ڇت جي تختين (ڪمپوزيشن اسفالٽ شنگلز) جي تياري شروع ٿي. انهن جي عمر انهن جي ٿولهه ۽ معيار موجب مختلف هوندي آهي. سنهي قسم جون تختيون عام طور لڳ ڀڳ ويهه سال هلنديون آهن، جڏهن ته وڌيڪ ٿلهيون ۽ اعليٰ معيار جون تختيون گهڻي عرصي تائين، ڪڏهن ڪڏهن سڄي خدمت واري عمر تائين، استعمال ٿي سگهن ٿيون. انهن جي قيمت به عام طور سندن ٿولهه ۽ پائيداري تي دارومدار رکي ٿي.

جڏهن ڇت جي تختين جو مٿيون تهه پراڻو يا خراب ٿي وڃي ٿو ته عام طور پراڻيون تختيون، هيٺيون حفاظتي تهه (انڊرلي مينٽ) ۽ ڇت جون ميخون هٽائي نئينون تختيون لڳايون وينديون آهن. ٻيو طريقو اهو آهي ته نئون تهه پراڻين تختين جي مٿان ئي لڳايو وڃي. جيتوڻيڪ هي طريقو تيز ۽ گهٽ خرچائتو هوندو آهي، پر ان سان ڇت جي ڪاٺي بناوت (روف شيئٿنگ) جي جاچ ممڪن نه رهندي آهي ۽ جيڪڏهن پاڻيءَ سبب اندر ڪو نقصان ٿيو هجي ته ان جي مرمت به نٿي ٿي سگهي.

ان کان علاوه، پراڻين تختين جي مٿان نئون تهه لڳائڻ سان ميخون ڪاٺي بناوت تائين گهٽ پهچنديون آهن، جنهن ڪري انهن جي پڪڙ ڪمزور ٿي ويندي آهي. وڌيڪ اهم ڳالهه اها آهي ته اضافي مواد جو وزن ڇت جي مقرر مرده بار (ڊيڊ لوڊ) کان وڌي سگهي ٿو، جنهن سان ڇت جي ڊهڻ جو خطرو پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿو. انهيءَ سبب، جن ملڪن ۾ [[بين الاقوامي عمارتي ضابطو]] (انٽرنيشنل بلڊنگ ڪوڊ) لاڳو آهي، اتي جيڪڏهن ڇت تي اڳ ۾ ئي ٻن يا وڌيڪ تهن ۾ ڇت سازي جو مواد موجود هجي ته ان جي مٿان نئون تهه لڳائڻ جي اجازت نه هوندي. اهڙين حالتن ۾ نئين ڇت لڳائڻ کان اڳ پراڻو مواد مڪمل طور هٽائڻ لازمي هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Chapter 9 - Roof Assemblies|url=http://publicecodes.cyberregs.com/icod/irc/2012/icod_irc_2012_9_par135.htm}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[سليٽ پٿر]] ڇت سازي لاءِ هڪ انتهائي مناسب ۽ تمام گهڻي پائيدار مواد آهي. سليٽ جي ڇت عام طور 75 کان 150 سالن تائين، ۽ ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ان کان به وڌيڪ عرصي تائين قائم رهي سگهي ٿي. تنهن هوندي به، سليٽ جي ڇت لڳائڻ جو خرچ گهڻو هوندو آهي. مثال طور آمريڪا ۾ سليٽ جي ڇت جي قيمت ڪڏهن ڪڏهن سڄي گهر جي باقي تعمير جيتري ٿي سگهي ٿي.

سليٽ جي ڇت ۾ سڀ کان پهرين عام طور اهي ميخون خراب ٿينديون آهن، جن سان سليٽ جون تختيون ٻڌل هونديون آهن. وقت سان گڏ انهن ۾ زنگ لڳڻ سبب تختيون پنهنجي جاءِ تان سُرڪڻ لڳنديون آهن. برطانيا ۾ هن مسئلي کي ''نيل سڪنس'' (Nail Sickness) چيو ويندو آهي. انهيءَ ڪري سليٽ جي ڇتين لاءِ [[اسٽينليس اسٽيل]] يا [[ٽامو|ٽامي]] جون ميخون استعمال ڪرڻ جي سفارش ڪئي ويندي آهي، ۽ انهن کي پڻ موسم جي سڌي اثر کان محفوظ رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Six Steps to Building a 150 Year Roof|url=https://kocaeliwebtasarim.medium.com/six-steps-to-building-a-150-year-roof-4624749b33c2}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[ايزبسٽاس]]، جيڪو گهڻو ڪري لهردار ڳنڍيل چادرن جي صورت ۾ استعمال ٿيندو هو، ويهين صديءَ دوران هڪ سستي، نه سڙندڙ ۽ بهترين حرارتي موصليت واري ڇت سازي جي مواد طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويو. پر بعد ۾ ايزبسٽاس جي کوٽائي، تياري ۽ استعمال سان لاڳاپيل سنگين صحت ۽ قانوني مسئلن جي ڪري ان کي نئين ڇت سازي جي مواد طور استعمال ڪرڻ تقريباً بند ڪيو ويو. تنهن هوندي به، خاص طور ڏکڻ آمريڪا ۽ ايشيا جي ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾ اڄ به ايزبسٽاس واريون پراڻيون ڇتيون موجود آهن.

[[گاهه واريون ڇتيون]]، جن کي جديد دور ۾ [[سائي ڇت]] (گرين روف) ۽ روايتي طور [[گاس واري ڇت]] (سوڊ روف Roof) چيو ويندو آهي، سٺيون حرارتي موصليت واريون هونديون آهن. ماحولياتي تحفظ ۽ شهرن کي وڌيڪ سرسبز بڻائڻ لاءِ اهڙين ڇتين جي تعمير کي هاڻي وڌيڪ هٿي ڏني پئي وڃي. انهن ۾ موجود مٽي ۽ ٻوٽا قدرتي موصل (لونگ انسوليشن) طور ڪم ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان عمارت جي اندروني گرمي پد ۾ توازن برقرار رهندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|date=2020-02-06|title=Green and Cool Roofs|url=https://drawdown.org/solutions/green-and-cool-roofs}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[ايڊوب]] جون ڇتيون مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن ۾ ڪکن يا جانورن جا وار جهڙا ڳنڍيندڙ مواد ملايا ويندا آهن. پوءِ ان کي ڪاٺين جي ڄاري (ليٿ) تي پلستر ڪري هموار يا هلڪي ڍلوان واري ڇت ٺاهي ويندي آهي. اهڙيون ڇتيون گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٺاهيون وينديون آهن، جتي برسات تمام گهٽ پوندي آهي.

جن علائقن ۾ مٽي وافر مقدار ۾ موجود هوندي آهي، اتي پڪل [[ڇت جون سرون]] صدين کان ڇت سازي جو بنيادي مواد رهيون آهن. ڇت جون سرون ٺاهڻ ۽ ساڙڻ جي صنعت گهڻو ڪري سرن جي ڪارخانن سان لاڳاپيل هوندي آهي. ماضي ۾ انهن سرن جي شڪل ۽ رنگ هر علائقي جي سڃاڻپ هوندا هئا، پر اڄڪلهه خريد ڪندڙن جي ضرورت ۽ پسند مطابق مختلف شڪلين، رنگن ۽ اندازن جون سرون تجارتي بنيادن تي تيار ڪيون وڃن ٿيون. [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جون ڇت واريون سرون پڻ عام استعمال ٿين ٿيون، جيڪي ڪيترن ئي مختلف اندازن ۽ شڪلين ۾ موجود آهن.

ڌاتي چادرن، خاص طور [[ٽامو|ٽامي]] ۽ [[سيهو|سيهي]]، کي پڻ ڪيترن ئي صدين کان ڇت سازي ۾ استعمال ڪيو پيو وڃي. جيتوڻيڪ اهي مواد مهانگا آهن، پر انتهائي پائيدار پڻ آهن. مثال طور [[شارترس گرجاگھر]] (شارترس ڪيٿيڊرل) جي وڏي ٽامي واري ڇت ڪيترن ئي صدين کان موجود آهي، جيڪا وقت سان گڏ آڪسائيڊ ٿيڻ سبب هلڪي سائي رنگ جي ٿي وئي آهي.

سيهو، جيڪو ڪڏهن ڪڏهن گرجاگهرن جي ڇتين ۾ استعمال ٿيندو هو، گهڻو ڪري رهائشي گهرن جي ڇتين ۾ پاڻي نه رسڻ واري بندش (فليشنگ) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو، خاص طور سليٽ جي ڇتين جي وادين (Valleys) ۽ چمنين جي چوڌاري. ٽامي کي به ساڳئي مقصد لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو.

اوڻيهين صديءَ ۾ [[لوهه]] کي [[جست]] سان چڙهائي (گالوانائيزيشن) زنگ جي مزاحمت وڌائي وئي، جنهن سان هلڪو، آسانيءَ سان کڻي وڃڻ جهڙو ۽ پاڻي نه رسائيندڙ ڇت سازي جو مواد تيار ٿيو. گهٽ قيمت ۽ آسانيءَ سان لڳائڻ جي ڪري اهو سڄي دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ تجارتي ڇت سازي جي موادن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

ان کان پوءِ ڌاتي ڇتن جا ڪيترائي نوان قسم تيار ڪيا ويا. فولادي ڇت جون تختيون (اسٽيل شنگلز) ۽ بيهندڙ ڳانڍاپي واريون ڌاتي ڇتيون (اسٽينڊنگ-سيم روف) لڳائڻ جي طريقي ۽ هيٺ استعمال ٿيندڙ حفاظتي تهه (انڊرلي مينٽ) تي دارومدار ڪندي عام طور پنجاهه سال يا ان کان به وڌيڪ عرصي تائين قائم رهي سگهن ٿيون. انهن جي قيمت عام طور اسفالٽ واري ڇت ۽ سليٽ واري ڇت جي وچ واري سطح تي هوندي آهي.

ويهين صديءَ دوران ڇت سازي لاءِ ڪيترائي نوان مواد تيار ڪيا ويا، جن ۾ بٽومين تي ٻڌل مواد، رٻڙ تي ٻڌل ڇتيون، مختلف مصنوعي مادا، جهڙوڪ [[ٿرموپلاسٽڪ]]، ۽ [[شيشي جي فائبر]] تي ٻڌل مواد شامل آهن.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot; class=&quot;center&quot; caption=&quot;ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه&quot;&gt;
File:The Elms Jersey.jpg|[[سليٽ پٿر]]، [[جرسي]]
File:Miskolc omassa peasant house.jpg|ٺڪر جون ڇت واريون سرون، [[هنگري]]
File:Niigata NCM Peasant Rice Farmers House.jpg|چانورن جي ڪکن جي ڇت، [[جاپان]]
File:Njem house in Cameroon.jpg|[[ڪيلي]] جي پنن جي ڇت، [[ڪيمرون]]
File:Neot smadar.jpg|[[کجور]] جي ٽارين جي ڇت، [[نيوٽ سيمادار]]، [[اسرائيل]]
File:Minenverwalter Kolmannskuppe.jpg|ڌاتي چادرن واري ڇت، [[نيميبيا]]
File:Gassho-zukuri farmhouse-02.jpg|ڪکن جي ڇت جي مرمت، گاشو-زڪوري طرز جو گهر، [[جاپان]]
File:Stone Roofing House - Palchan - Kullu 2014-05-10 2507.JPG|ڇت سازي لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ پٿر، [[هماچل پرديش]]، [[ڀارت]]
File:Green Roof in Norway.png|گاهه واري ڇت، [[ناروي]]
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== ڪم ==

ڇت جو نظام (روف اسيمبلي) رڳو عمارت کي ڍڪڻ لاءِ نه هوندو آهي، بلڪه اهو ڪيترائي اهم ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

# '''پاڻي جي نيڪال:''' ڇت جو بنيادي ڪم برساتي پاڻي کي آسانيءَ سان وهي وڃڻ ڏيڻ آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي ڇت جي مٿاڇري تي بيهي نه رهي. بيٺل پاڻي ڇت جي بناوت تي اضافي زنده بار (لائيو لوڊ) وجهي ٿو، جيڪو تعميراتي حفاظت لاءِ خطرو بڻجي سگهي ٿو. ان کان علاوه، بيٺل پاڻي گهڻن ڇت سازي جي موادن جي عمر به گهٽائي ڇڏي ٿو. ڪجهه ٺاهيندڙ ڪمپنيون ته اهڙي حالت ۾ پنهنجي شين جي ضمانت (وارنٽي) پڻ ختم ڪري ڇڏينديون آهن.

# '''موسمي اثرن کان تحفظ:''' ڇت عمارت جي اندروني حصي کي [[مينهن]]، [[هوا]]، [[سج جي روشني]]، گرمي، سردي ۽ [[برف]] جهڙن موسمي عنصرن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي.

# '''حرارتي موصليت:''' جديد تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن جي اڪثر ڇتين ۾ موصليت واريون تختيون (انسوليشن بورڊ) يا فائبر موصلي مواد (باٽ انسوليشن) شامل ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تعميراتي ضابطا، جهڙوڪ بين الاقوامي عمارتي ضابطو (انٽرنيشنل بلڊنگ ڪوڊ) ۽ بين الاقوامي رهائشي ضابطو (انٽرنيشنل ريزيڊنشل ڪوڊ)، ڇت جي اندر گهربل گهٽ ۾ گهٽ حرارتي مزاحمت (آر-ويليو) پڻ مقرر ڪندا آهن.

# '''گهربل خدمت واري عمر تائين ڪارڪردگي برقرار رکڻ:''' هر معياري ڇت سازي واري مواد جي هڪ اندازي مطابق خدمت واري عمر هوندي آهي، جيڪا عملي تجربي تي ٻڌل هوندي آهي. مناسب سار سنڀال ۽ سخت طوفاني نقصان نه ٿيڻ جي صورت ۾ گهڻا ڇت سازي جا مواد پنهنجي ٺاهيندڙ جي ضمانت واري مدت کان به گهڻو وڌيڪ عرصو هلي سگهن ٿا. مثال طور:
#* ڌاتي ۽ [[ڇت جون سرون|سرن]] واريون ڇتيون عام طور 50 سال يا ان کان وڌيڪ هلي سگهن ٿيون.
#* اسفالٽ جون ڇت واريون تختيون (اسفالٽ شنگلز) لڳ ڀڳ 30 کان 50 سال قائم رهي سگهن ٿيون.
#* ڪوئلي جي تار تي ٻڌل گهڻ تهه واريون ڇتيون (ڪول ٽار بلڊ-اپ روفس) اٽڪل 40 سال يا ان کان وڌيڪ هلي سگهن ٿيون.
#* اڪيلي تهه واريون ڇتيون (سنگل پلاء روفس) عام طور 20 سال يا ان کان وڌيڪ عرصي تائين خدمت انجام ڏين ٿيون.

# '''خوبصورت ڏيک مهيا ڪرڻ:''' ڪجهه ڇت سازي جا نظام صرف پنهنجي فني ڪارڪردگي جي بنياد تي نه، پر انهن جي جمالياتي حسن جي ڪري پڻ چونڊيا ويندا آهن، بلڪل اهڙيءَ طرح جيئن عمارت جي ٻاهرين ڀتين جي سينگار لاءِ مختلف ڍڪ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. پرڪشش شڪل ۽ عمارت جي مجموعي ظاهري حسن (ڪرب اپيل) سبب ڪيترائي ماڻهو اهڙين ڇتين لاءِ وڌيڪ قيمت ادا ڪرڻ به قبول ڪندا آهن.

=== حرارتي موصليت ===

ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد ماڻهن ۽ انهن جي ملڪيت کي مختلف موسمي حالتن کان محفوظ رکڻ هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڇت جي حرارتي موصليت (ٿرمل انسوليشن) ان جي بناوت ۽ ڇت سازي جي مواد جي چونڊ ۾ اهم حيثيت رکي ٿي.

ڪجهه ڇت سازي جا مواد، خاص طور قدرتي فائبرن مان ٺهيل مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]]، قدرتي طور تمام سٺي حرارتي موصليت رکن ٿا. جن موادن ۾ اها خاصيت گهٽ هوندي آهي، تن ۾ عام طور ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه جي هيٺان اضافي [[عمارتي موصليت|موصلي مواد]] لڳايو ويندو آهي.

ترقي يافته ملڪن ۾ گهڻين رهائشي عمارتن ۾ ڇت جي بناوتي حصن جي هيٺان [[اندروني ڇت]] (سيلنگ) لڳائي ويندي آهي. اندروني ڇت جو مقصد صرف گرمي ۽ سردي کان بچاءُ نه هوندو آهي، پر اها شور، مٽي، ۽ پکين جي فضلي يا انهن جي جسم تي موجود جُون جهڙين تڪليفن کان به تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڪيترائي پکي ڇتين ۾ آکيرا ٺاهيندا آهن.

[[ڪنڪريٽ]] جون ڇت واريون سرون پڻ حرارتي موصليت ۾ مددگار ثابت ٿينديون آهن. جيڪڏهن انهن کي اهڙي نموني لڳايو وڃي، جو سرن ۽ ڇت جي مٿاڇري جي وچ ۾ هوا جي هڪ خالي جاءِ موجود رهي، ته اها سج جي گرمي کي عمارت جي اندر منتقل ٿيڻ کان وڏي حد تائين گهٽائي سگهي ٿي.

ڇت جي موصليت لاءِ مختلف قسمن جا مواد استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* موٽو ڪپڙو (فيلٽ) يا پلاسٽڪ جون چادرون، جيڪي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن گرمي موٽائيندڙ (رفليڪٽو) مٿاڇري سان هونديون آهن ۽ ڇت جي سرن يا ٻين مواد جي هيٺان لڳايون وينديون آهن؛
* مصنوعي فوم جا موصلي تهه، جيڪي اندروني ڇت جي مٿان وڇايا ويندا آهن؛
* ٻيهر استعمال ٿيل ڪاغذ مان تيار ڪيل موصلي مواد ۽ ٻيا اهڙا مواد، جيڪي ڇت جي خالن ۾ ڀريا يا اسپري ذريعي داخل ڪيا ويندا آهن.

تازن سالن ۾ [[ٿڌي ڇت]] (ڪول روف) جو استعمال تيزيءَ سان وڌي رهيو آهي،&lt;ref name=&quot;10.3390/su13094665&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Farhan |first1=Syed Ahmad |last2=Ismail |first2=Fouad Ismail |last3=Kiwan |first3=Osamah |last4=Shafiq |first4=Nasir |last5=Zain-Ahmed |first5=Azni |last6=Husna |first6=Nadzhratul |last7=Hamid |first7=Afif Izwan Abd |title=Effect of Roof Tile Colour on Heat Conduction Transfer, Roof-Top Surface Temperature and Cooling Load in Modern Residential Buildings under the Tropical Climate of Malaysia |journal=Sustainability |year=2021 |volume=13 |issue=9 |page=4665 |doi=10.3390/su13094665}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ ڪجهه علائقن ۾ مقامي تعميراتي ضابطن تحت انهن جو استعمال لازمي پڻ قرار ڏنو ويو آهي. ٿڌي ڇت مان مراد اهڙي ڇت آهي، جيڪا سج جي شعاعن کي وڏي حد تائين موٽائي ڇڏيندي هجي (ھاء رفليڪٽوٽي) ۽ پاڻ ۾ جذب ٿيل گرمي کي به آسانيءَ سان خارج ڪري ڇڏيندي هجي (ھاء ٿرمل ايمٽنس).&lt;ref name=&quot;10.3390/su13094665&quot;/&gt;

جيڪڏهن ڇت ۾ مناسب موصليت ۽ هوا جي اچ وڃ (Ventilation) جو بندوبست نه هجي ته ٿڌن علائقن ۾ ڇت جي ڪنارن تي [[برف جو بند]] (آئس ڊيم) ٺهي سگهي ٿو. اهو تڏهن ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ڇت جي مٿئين حصي مان گرمي ٻاهر نڪري ٿي، جنهن سبب اتي موجود برف ڳري وڃي ٿي. ڳريل پاڻي هيٺ لهي ڇت جي ڪنارن وٽ ٻيهر ڄمي وڃي ٿو ۽ برف جي ٿلهي تهه جي صورت اختيار ڪري ٿو. نتيجي ۾ پاڻي ڇت جي مواد هيٺان داخل ٿي سگهي ٿو، جنهن سان ڇت جي بناوت، نالين ۽ پاڻي جي نيڪال واري نظام کي نقصان پهچي سگهي ٿو.

==  ڇتين جا قسم== 

ڇتين جا ڪيترائي قسم آھن، جھڙوڪ؛
#سڌيون ڇتيون (Flat Roofs)
#سلاميءَ واريون ڇتيون (Sloped Roofs)
#ھڪ طرف سلاميءَ واريون ڇتيون
#ٻئي طرف سلاميءَ واريون نوڪدار ڇتيون
#ھپ روف (Hip Roof)
#گئمبريل روف (Gambrel Roof)
#مانسرڊ روف (Mansard Roof)
#ڊيڪ روف (Deck Roof)
#ڪارائيءَ جي ڏندن وانگر ”سا ٽٿ روف“ (Saw Tooth Roof)

ڇتين جي ڪن مختلف قسمن جو تفصيلوار بيان ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

=== سڌيون ڇتيون === 
 
عام طرح سان اڄ ڪلھ رھائشي جاين لاءِ سڌين ڇتين کي وڌيڪ پسند ڪيو وڃي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي سولائيءَ سان باھھ روڪ (Fire Proof)  بڻائي سگھجي ٿو. ازنسواءِ ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي مٽيءَ جو تھھ ڏيئي سولائيءَ سان ٿڌو رکي سگھجي ٿو.
تعميراتي طريقن جي لحاظ کان ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي ترتيب وار ھيٺئين ريت ورھائي سگھجي ٿو.
#آر-سي-سيءَ جون ڇتيون (R.C.C Flat Roofs)
#درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتيون (First class tile roofing)
#رينفورسڊ برڪ جون ڇتيون (Reinforced Brick Roofs)
#درجہ دوم ٽائيل ڇتيون (Second class tile roofing)
#جئڪ ڪمان ڇتيون (Jack Arch Roofing)
#ڪاٺ جي تختن جون سڌيون ڇتيون (Wooden flat Roofs)

مٿي ڄاڻايل قسم جي ڇتين مان ڪن خاص ۽ گھڻو استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇتين جو تفصيلوار بيان ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

===آر-سي-سيءَ جون سڌيون ڇتيون (Reinforced cement concrete flat roofs)===
ھن قسم جي ڇتين جو استعمال اڄڪلھھ عام ۽ مقبول ٿي چڪو آھي ۽ گھڻ منزلھ عمارتن لاءِ ڪارآمد پڻ آھي. ھن قسم جي ڇت کي ٿڌو رکڻ لاءِ عام طرح سان گرم علائقن ۾ ٽن انچن کان چئن انچن تائين مٽيءَ جو تھھ ڏيئي انھيءَ جي مٿان گاري جو پلستر (Mud Pluster) يا سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي مسالي سان سرن جون ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر جوڙ ۾ مسالو چڱيءَ طرح لڳايو وڃي جيئن برسات ۽ موسمي اثرن سبب کلي نھ وڃي. جوڙن بعد درزون چڱيءَ طرح ورتيون وينديون آھن. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو پڻ خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ پاڻي ڪھڙي بھ ريت ڇت تي بيٺل نھ رھي. ڇت جي سلامي احتياط سان رکي ويندي آھي ۽ فالتو مسالو، سرن جا  ٽڪرا ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ۽ ڪچرو صاف ڪري اڇليو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ڇت تمام وڏي آھي تھ انھيءَ کي مختلف حصن ۾ ورھائي سلامي ڏني ويندي آھي. تقريبا 1:60  کان 1:40  جي تناسب جي سلامي مناسب سمجھي ويندي آھي.

===ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ (Water proofing flat roofs) ===

ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي مٿين سطح (Surface) کي عام طرح سان صاف ڪري انھيءَ کي چڱيءَ طرح سڪايو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ کان پوءِ ڏامر (Bitumen) کي (190.56o C) 375o F ۽ (204.44o C) 400o F گرمي جي درجي تائين پگھاري سطح جي مٿان ٻن عليحده تھن جي صورت ۾ پوريءَ طرح پٿاريون ويندو آھي، جيئن ٻنھي تھن جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 1/16 انچ بيھي. اھڙيءَ صورت ۾ 100 مربع فوٽن تي 34 پائونڊ ڏامر استعمال ٿيندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد ڏامر جي مٿان جابلو ريتيءَ جو ھلڪو تھھ ڏنو ويندو آھي، اھڙي طرح جيئن 100 مربع فوٽن تي ھڪ مڪعب فوٽ جابلو ريتي استعمال ٿئي، انھيءَ بعد گھربل اوچائي4 ۾ مٽي ڀري انھيءَ مٿان مٽيءَ جي گاري جو پلستر يا سرن جي ٽائيلن جو تھھ ڏنو ويندو آھي. ڏامر جي مٿان جابلو ريتيءَ جو ڇڻڪار انھيءَ ڪري ڪيو ويندو آھي، جيئن اھو ڏامر جي تھھ کي مٽيءَ جي تھ کان جدا رکي.

درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتين (First class tile roofing)  ۽ درجھ دوم ٽائيل ڇتين (Second class tile roofing) جي صورت ۾ ڏامر جو تھھ سرن يا ٽائيل مٿان لڳايل سيمينٽ پلستر جي مڪمل ترائيءَ ۽ انھيءَ جي چڱيءَ طرح سڪڻ بعد ڏنو ويندو آھي ۽ آر-سي-سيءَ جي سلئب جي صورت ۾ پڻ انھيءَ جي مڪمل ترائي ۽ چڱيءَ طرح سڪڻ بعد ڏنو ويندو آھي.

انھيءَ کان علاوھ ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ لاءِ ٻيو اھو بھ طريقو آھي تھ ڏامر جي بجاءِ 04 يا 05 گيج جي شفاف پلاسٽڪ يا پاليٿين چادر (04/05 Guage polythene sheet) استعمال ڪجي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال رکڻو آھي تھ اھا پاليٿين جي چادر ڪنھن بھ ھنڌان ڦاٽل نھ ھجي ۽ گھڻي ايراضيءَ جي حالت ۾ سلاميءَ جي طرف اھي شيٽون يا چادرون ھڪ ٻئي مٿان چڱيءَ طرح چڙھيل (Over-laped) ھئڻ کپن. اھي شيٽون ڇت جي مٿان تيڪي (Parapet wall) جي ھيٺ تائين ھئڻ گھرجن ٻيءَ صورت ۾ جيڪڏھن شيٽ کي صرف تيڪي تائين ڇڏيو ويندو تھ برسات جو پاڻي تيڪي جي ھيٺان لنگھڻ جي ڪوشش ڪندو ۽ ڇت کي نقصان پھچائيندو، پاليٿين پلاسٽڪ ھڪ ھڪ نباتاتي مرڪب آھي ۽ انھيءَ ۾ عمر ڀر جٽاءُ ۽ پائيداريءَ جي خاصيت آھي. ھن تي تيزابيت (Acid) ۽ چانيھي يا کار (Alkali) جو اثر نھ ٿو ٿئي.

پاڻيءَ کي ٽمڻ (Water proofing) کان روڪڻ لاءِ ڏامر جي ٺھيل ٺڪيل چادر جنھن کي بٽومين فيلٽ (Bitumen felt) سڏيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ جو بہ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ اھا ڪنھن بھ شڪل يا ڊؤل جي ڇت ۽ بناوت لاءِ استعمال ڪري سگھجي ٿي. ھيٺ ڏنل فھرست ۾ مختلف قسمن جي بٽومين فيلٽ ۽ انھيءَ جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ تور ڄاڻايل آھي.

===درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتيون (First class tile roofing) ===
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون آر-سي-سي، ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي ڪامن،، پٽين، ٽيئرن ۽ گرڊرن مٿان 12&quot;x6&quot;x1 1/4&quot; جي سائيز جي سرن جي ٽائيلن جا ٻھ تھھ ڏيئي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جي ڇتين جي تعمير ھيٺئين ريت ڪئي ويندي آھي؛

*سرن جي ٽائيلن جو پھريون تھھ، پٽين مٿان جيڪي 12&quot; جي پور وڇوٽيءَ تي ڪامن مٿان (يا لوھھ جي گرڊرن مٿان ٽيئر رکي) رکيون وينديون آھن، 1:6 جي تناسب ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جي مسالي سان يا 1:2 جي تناسب ۾ چن ۽ سرخيءَ جي گچ سان لڳايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر ھڪ جوڙ ۾ مسالو چڱيءَ طرح لڳل ھجي.
*سرن جي پھرئين تھھ مٿان اڌ انچ جي ٿولھھ ۾ 1:6  جي تناسب جو سيمينٽ پلستر چاڙھي انھيءَ بعد ٽائيلن جو ٻيو تھھ مٿي ڄاڻايل طريقي سان چاڙھيو ويندو آھي پر خاص طرح سان اھو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ سرن جي ٻئي تھھ جا جوڙ پھرئين تھھ جي جوڙن سان نھ ملن بلڪ انھن جوڙن جي ابتڙ ھجن. ائين ڪرڻ سان مٿئين تھھ جا جوڙ ھيٺئين تھھ جي جوڙن سان نھ ملندا ۽ ڇت ٽمڻ (Leakage) جو امڪان گھٽ رھندو.
*ٽائيلن جي ٻئي تھھ مٿان اڌ انچ جو 1:6 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ پلستر چاڙھيو ويندو آھي
*بعد ۾ سيمينٽ پلستر جي مٿان ڏامر جو تھ  (مٿي ڄاڻايل طريقي سان) چاڙھي، انھيءَ جي مٿان جابلو  ريتي ڇٽي ويندي آھي، جيئن ڇت پاڻيءَ روڪ ٿي.
*انھيءَ بعد ڇت کي ٿڌو رکڻ لاءِ ٽن کان چئن انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ مٽيءَ (جيڪا ڪلر ۽ ٻئي گند ڪچري کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ھجي) جو تھ ڀري، انھيءَ مٿان ھڪ انچ جو مٽيءَ جي گادي جو پلستر ڪري، انھيءَ جي مٿان ڇيڻي جي ليپائي ڪبي آھي.

سرن جي ڀتين جي مٿان ۽ گرڊرن جي ھيٺان لوھھ جي بيڊ پليٽ ڏيڻ تمام ضروري آھي، جيئن گرڊرن جي بار سبب ڀتين جا گرڊر سان ملندڙ حصا ڪمزور ٿي، ٽائيم گذرڻ سان جھڪاءُ آڻي، نقصان نھ پھچائين. گرڊرن ۽ ٽيئرن جي صورت ۾ کين ڇت تي چاڙھڻ کان پھرين سنڌور (Red Oxide)  جي پينٽ جو تھھ ڏيئي، سڪائي پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان انئمل پينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ چاڙھي پوءِ ڀتين مٿان چاڙھجن، جيئن انھن مٿان ڪٽ (Rust) سولائيءَ سان نھ چڙھي. جيڪڏھن ائين نھ ڪبو تھ ٽائيلن چاڙھڻ بعد گرڊرن ۽ ٽيئرن جا صرف ھيٺيان حصا پينٽ ڪري سگھبا ۽ ٻيا دٻيل حصا پينٽ بنا رھجي وڃڻ جي حالت ۾ وقت گذرڻ سان ڪٽبا ويندا ۽ نتيجي ۾ اھي تمام گھٽ ٽائيم ھلندا. نتيجي ۾ ڇت تي ڪيل سمورو ڪم ايترو پائيدار نھ ٿيندو ۽ ٺھيل ڇت پنھنجي ٽائيم کان اڳ ۾ بدلائڻي پوندي.

ڇيڙن وارين ديوارن جي اندرين حصن ۽ پٽين يا ٽيئرن جي وچ ۾ 3 انچن کان 9 انچن جو مفاصلو ھئڻ گھرجي. ڇت جي ٽيڪي جي ديوار مٿان گولو (Drip Course)  ڏيڻ ضروري آھي، جيئن مينھن جو پاڻي انھيءَ کي نقصان نھ پھچائي 


===درجہ دوم ٽائيلن جون ڇتيون (Second class tile roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت جي تعمير پڻ درجھ اول ڇت جي تعمير وانگرگ ٿيندي آھي. فرق صرف اھو آھي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ٽائيلن جو صرف ھڪ تھھ چاڙھيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڊرپ ڪورس جي بجاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو گولو (C.C. Coping)  ڏنو ويندو آھي. 

===جئڪ آرچ ڇتيون (Jack Arch Roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ سرن يا سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جون ڪمانيون  (Arches) تعمير ڪيون وينديون آھن ۽ انھن ڪمانن جا ڇيڙا پالتو لوھ (Mild Steel)  جي ڪامن (Joists) مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ جئائسٽ وري ديوارن يا بيمن تي ٽڪيل ھوندا آھن.جئائسٽ 30 انچن کان 45 انچن جي مفاصلي تي رکيل ھوندا آھن. ڪانڪريٽ جي ٿولھھ ڪمانيءَ جي چوٽيءَ (Crown) وٽ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 6 انچ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ ڪمانيءَ جي بلندي ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ اھا خامي آھي تھ اھا سڌي سطح (Plain Surface) نٿي رھي. آخري ڇيڙن وارن حصن کي افقي ڇڪ (Horizontal thrust) کان روڪڻ لاءِ لوھھ جي جئائسٽ جي ٻاھرين جوڙن (Pairs)  وٽ ٻنڌ سيخون (Tie rods) لڳايون وينديون آھن. ٽاءِ راڊس 6 فوٽن جي مرڪزي (6 feet centre to centre) مفاصلي تي ھئڻ گھرجن. جئڪ آرچن جا گھيرا (Rings)  اڀ سرا (Brick on edge) يا سڌين سرن (Bricks on flat) جا ھئڻ گھرجن.

===رينفورسڊ برڪ ڇتيون (Reinforced Brick Roofs) ===
ھي ڇتيون پڻ آر-سي-سيءَ جي ڇتين وانگر  ۽ سڌيون ھونديون آھن، فرق صرف اھو ھوندو آھي جو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي جاءِ تي سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. سرن ۾ ڇت جي ڊيگھھ ۽ ويڪر جي طرف لڳاتار جوڙ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن جوڙن ۾ ڊزائن مطابق لوھھ جو سريو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. جوڙن جي ٿولھھ ٽي ڀاڱي چار انچ رکي ويندي آھي، جنھن  اندر سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو مسالو ڀريو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن جوڙن کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ سان ڀرڻو ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ جوڙن جي ٿولھھ ڏيڍ انچ کان ٻن انچن تائين رکڻ گھرجي. مکيھ سريو (Main reinforcement) ٿوري فاصلي طرف ۽ ورڇيندڙ سريو (Distribution bars) وڌيڪ فاصلي طرف وجھڻ گھرجي ۽ ورڇيندر سريو مکيھ سريي جي مٿان لڳائڻ گھرجي. رينفورسڊ برڪ جي ڪم جي ٿولھھ ھڪ سر جي ٿولھھ کان ٻن سرن جي ٿولھھ تائين ھئڻ گھرجي. ٻيءَ صورت ۾ وڌيڪ ٿولھھ واري ڇت نھايت ئي مھانگي پوندي.

ڇت جي مٿان ٻيو سمورو ڪم ائين ڪرڻ گھرجي جيئن آر-سي-سيءَ جي ڇت لاءِ ڄاڻايل آھي.
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون ڀروسي جھڙيون نھ ٿيون رھن ۽ انھيءَ سبب ڪري گھٽ استعمال ٿين ٿي
 
===ڇپرن واري يا ڪکائين ڇت (Thatched roof)===
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون عام طرح سان ٻن طرفن کان سلامي ڏيئي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن، جيئن برسات جو پاڻي ڇت جي مٿان بيھي نقصان نہ پھچائي.

ھن قسم جي ڇت ٺاھڻ لاءِ 1 ½ انچ ڊايا ميٽر جي بانس جا ٽڪڙا ھڪ فوٽ جي پور وڇوٽيءَ جي مفاصلي تي رکي ۽ انھن جي خلاف گوني ڪنڊ تي ڇھن انچن جي پور وڇوٽيءَ جي مفاصلي تي چڱيءَ طرح لڪڙا ٻڌي جوڙ جڪ (Frame work) ڪئي ويندي آھي. انھيءَ بعد 6 انچن کان 12 انچن جي ٿولھھ تائين سر، ٽوئا يا ڇپريون، ٽن ٽن انچن جي تھن جي صورت ۾ چاڙھيون وينديون آھن. اڪثر طور تي پھريون تھ بانس جي لڪڙن سان جوڙي جڪي تيار ڪري چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ڇت جي رال (Pitch) 35 ڊگرين جي لڳ ڀڳ رکي ويندي آھي.

ھن قسم جي ڇت اگر ھنرمندي ۽ ڪاريگري سان ٺاھي وڃي تھ سٺي نموني اڻ ٽمندڙ ۽ پاڻيءَ روڪ رھي ٿي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ باھھ لڳڻ جا امڪان تمام گھڻا رھن ٿا ۽ اڏوھي ۽ جيت لڳڻ جو خطرو پڻ رھي ٿو. جيڪڏھن انھن سڀني خطرن کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت جو مدو 15 سالن کان وڌيڪ نھ ٿو رھي.

===ائسبيسٽاس سيمينٽ جي ڇت (Asbestos cement corrugated sheet roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت نھايت ئي عمده قسم جي ائسبيسٽاس ۽ سيمينٽ جي گڏيل مرڪب مان ٺھيل اھڙين چادرن سان ڍڪي ٺاھي ويندي آھي جن ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو نقص جھڙوڪ ڦوٽ، ڏار، ڀڳل ڪنڊون ۽ پاسا وغيرھ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن. ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪٽ يا زنگ (Rust)  لڳڻ جو خطرو نھ ٿو رھي. ھنن تي نھ اڏوھي لڳي ٿي سگھي ۽ نہ ئي وري انھن تي رنگ ڪرڻ جي ضرورت پوي ٿي، البتہ سردين ۾ انھن جي ھيٺان آلاڻ پيدا ٿي پوي ٿي. ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ باھ جو مقابلو ڪرڻ، ۽ موسمي اثرن کي ڪنھن حد تائين روڪڻ جي خاصيت رھي ٿي.

ھنن ڇتين ۾ (7mm) 9/32 in. واري ٿولھھ جي چادرن استعمال ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ڪامن (Purlins)  جي وچ ۾ وڌ ۾ وڌ 5 فوٽ 3 انچ  (1.6m) جو فاصلو ۽ ¼ انچ  (6 mm) جي ٿولھھ وارين چادرن جي حالت ۾ 4 فوٽ 6 انچ (1.4 m) ھئڻ گھرجي.
چادرن جو لسو پاسو ھميشھ مٿان ۽ وڪڙن وارو پاسو ھيٺان ھئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ پاسي وارو چڙھاڪو (Side lap) گھٽ ۾ گھٽ اڌ وڪڙ جيترو، جيڪو عموما (4.5 cm) 13/4&quot; جي برابر ھوندو آھي ۽ ڇيڙن وارو چڙھاڪو (End lap)  گھٽ ۾ گھٽ (15 cm) 6&quot; جي برابر ڏنو وڃي. جڏھن تھ پاسن وارا آزاد حصا گھٽ ۾ گھٽ (40 cm) 1'-4&quot; اڌارن کان ٻاھر نڪتل ھئڻ گھرجن.
چادرن کي قابو ڪرڻ لاءِ آڌار وارين پٽين وٽ چادرن جي وڪڙن جي چوٽين (Crowns) ۾ (8 mm) 3/16&quot; جا ڊرل مشين رستي سوراخ ڪڍي قلعي دار j  (Galvanised) ۽ L جي صورت وارا ڪنڍا (Hooks)  استعمال ڪري ڏامر ۽ قلعي دار (Galvanised iron) وائيسر (Washer)  ڏيئي انھن کي چادرن مٿان، نٽ پٺيان نٽ جي حساب سان جڪڙيو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ سوراخ ڪڍڻ واسطي چادرن کي ڪنھن ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ھرگز ڀڳو ۽ چيريو نھ وڃي انھن نٽن کي پھريائين ڍرو ڇڏيو وڃي ۽ جڏھن ڪافي چادرون وڇائجي وڃن تھ پوءِ انھن کي سوڙھو ۽ قابو ڪيو وڃي. سوراخن  جو قطر (Diameter)  استعمال ٿيندڙ بولٽن جي قطر کان 1/16 انچ وڌيڪ ھئڻ گھرجي. نقصان کان بچاءُ واسطي چادرن کي مٿي چاڙھي وڇائڻ لاءِ تختا يا ڏاڪڻون استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجن. جيڪڏھن ڪنھن بھ چادر کي نقصان پھچي تھ انھيءَ کي اڇلائي خارج ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي ٻي چادر استعمال ڪجي. تمام گھڻي احتياط ڪندي بھ جيڪڏھن انھن چادرن ۾ ڪي نظر انداز ڪرڻ جوڳا ٽنگ ٿي پون تھ انھن کي ڏامر يا ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي مرڪب سان بند ڪري سگھجي ٿو بشرطيڪ انھن مان پاڻي ٽمي نہ سگھي.  ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ ائسبيسٽاس سيمينٽ جي چادرن جا ٽي قسم ٿيندا آھن جن جو ڪجھھ تفصيل ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

*ايورائيٽ بگسڪس : (Everite Bigsix)

ھن قسم جون چادرون 2.758  فوٽ (7 cm) ويڪريون 1.312 فوٽن کان 84.9 فوٽ (4.0 ميٽر کان 3 ميٽرن تائين) ڊگھيون ۽ ¼ انچ (6 mm)  ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. انھن ۾ مجموعي طرح سان 5.7 وڪڙ ٿيندا آھن ۽ ھڪ کان ٻئي وڪڙ تائين اٽڪل  5 ¾ انچن جو مفاصلو ٿيندو آھي، جڏھن تھ وڪڙ جي چوٽيءَ ۽ تري يعني ھيٺ تائين اوچائي 13.2 انچ (5.4 cm)  ٿيندي آھي.

*ايورائٽ اسٽئنڊرڊ : (Everite Standard)

ھي چادرون ٻن قسمن جون ٿينديون آھن.، ھڪڙيون ننڍيون چادرون ۽ ٻيون وڏيون. ننڍيون چادرون 5.2 فوٽ (76 cm)  ويڪريون 3 ½ فوٽن (1.07 mm)  کان  12 ½ فوٽن (3.9 m) تائين ڊگھيون ۽ ¼  انچ (6 mm)  ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. ھن ۾ وڪڙن جي اوچائي ھڪ انچ (2.54 cm)  کان  1.13&quot;  (2.86 cm) تائين ۽ ٻن وڪڙن جي وچ ۾ درمياني مفاصلو 09.2 انچ (5.3 cm) ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھر چادر ۾ 5.10 وڪڙ (Corrugations)  ٿيندا آھن. وڏيون چادرون 3 3/8 فوٽن کان  3 ½ فوٽن تائين (05.1 ميٽرن کان 1.10 ميٽرن تائين) ويڪريون، 3 3/8 فوٽن کان 10 فوٽن تائين ( 04.1 ميٽرن کان 05.3 ميٽرن تائين) ڊگھيون ۽ ¼ انچ (6 mm) ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. ور وڪڙن جي اوچائي 3/16&quot; (اٽڪل 5 سينٽيميٽرن کان 5.4 سينٽيميٽرن تائين) ۽  ان وڪڙن جي وچ وارو مفاصلو 5 ¾ انچ (146 cm) ٿيندو آھي.

*ٽرنال ٽريفورڊ : (Turnal Trafford)
ھي چادرون اٽڪل 3 5/8 فوٽ (13.1 ميٽر) ويڪريون، 4 فوٽن (1.22 ميٽر) کان 10 فوٽن (3.05 m) تائين ڊگھيون ھونديون آھن ۽ ھنن شيٽن ۾ ور وڪڙن جو تسلسل نھ ھوندو آھي، بلڪ ھر وڪڙ کان پوءِ ھموار سطح ھوندي آھي. ھر چادر ۾ اٽڪل چار وڪڙ ٿيندا آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون وڏين عمارتن جھڙوڪ گودامن، سينيما گھرن ۽ ڪارخانن ۾ استعمال ٿينديون آھن. 

===لوھ جي جستي ۽ ناليدر چادرن جون ڇتيون (Galvanised Corrugated Iron Sheet Roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ 16 گيج کان وٺي 24 گيج جون لوھھ جون جستي ۽ ناليدار چادرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ انھن ڳالھين جو خاص خيال رکيو وڃي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪم ايندڙ شيٽون چڱيءَ طرح ۽ بلڪل پختيءَ طرح جستي ملمعي چڙھيل آھن. جيڪڏھن انھن پڙ ڇن ۾ ڪٽ، سفيد پائوڊر جھڙا ٽڪرا، گاٺ ۽ ڦوٽ نظر اچي تھ اھڙن پڙڇن (Sheets) کي ھرگز استعمال نہ ڪجي.

ھيءُ پڙڇ ھميشھ ڪاٺ يا لوھ جي گرڊرن ۽ ڪامن (Purlins) مٿان ڇھن انچن (15 cm) جو ڇيڙن وارو چڙھاڪو (End Overlap) ۽ ٻين وڪڙن (Corrugations) جو ھر سائيڊ کان سائيڊ وارو چڙھاڪو (Side lap) ڏيئي رکيا ويندا آھن. پڙڇن کي قابو رکڻ لاءِ ڪامن مٿان چاڙھڻ کان اڳ ۾ کين زمين تي رکي گھربل ھنڌن تي ڪنھن تکي اوزار سان ٽنگ ڪڍي، انھيءَ بعد مٿي چاڙھي کين بولٽن، اسڪرن، ڪلين ۽ ڪوڪن (Rivets) وغيره سان قابو ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ اھي سوراخ ھنن چادرن ۾ ھيٺان کان مٿي پار ڪرڻ جي حساب سان ۽ ھميشھ وڪڙن جي چوٽيءَ وٽ ڪڍڻ گھرجن. انھن شيٽن کي ھميشھ ملمعي وارن نٽن، بولٽن، ڏامر جي وائيسرن (Washers)  ۽ جستي ملمعي وارن وائيسرن وسيلي ڪامن (Purlins) سان مضبوط ڪري جڪڙيو وڃي. اھي ڪنڍا ۽ بولٽ 5/16 يا 8 ملي ميٽر جي قطر جا ۽ L يا J جي شبيھھ جا ٿيندا آھن. پيچن ھيٺان واشر مضبوطي حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھنن پڙڇن کي لڳائڻ وقت انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ پلون وٽ انھيءَ چادر جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ نالي (Corrugation) ٻيءَ ناليءَ جي مٿان چڙھيل ھجي ۽ ڊگھا پاسا 3 انچن کان 5 انچن تائين (يعني 7.5 سينٽيميٽرن کان 14 سينٽيميٽرن تائين) ھڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙھيل ھئڻ گھرجن. ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪم ايندڙ چادرون 2 فوٽ 3 انچن کان 4 فوٽ 4 انچن ( 65 cm کان 126 cm) تائين ويڪريون، 5 فوٽن کان 15 فوٽن (5.1 ميٽر کان 5.3 ميٽرن) تائين ڊگھيون 1/16 انچن کان ¼ انچ (1.66 mm کان 6.56 cm) تائين ٿلھيون اٺن (8) وڪڙن سان ۽ ھر ھڪ وڪڙ جي وچ کان ٻئي وڪڙ (pitch) جي وچ تائين 3 انچن (7.6 cm) جي مفاصلي واريون ٿينديون آھن. ھيءُ پڙڇ تور ۾ ھلڪا ۽ لڳائڻ (Fixing)  ۾ سولا ٿين ٿا. البتھ موسمي اثرن کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٺيڪ  نٿا ٿا رھن ۽ انھن منجھان گرمي توڙي سردي آسانيءَ سان لنگھي (To transmit) سگھي ٿي. بھرحال ھيءُ پڙڇ پائيدار ۽ باھ جو مقابلو ڪرڻ جي لائق آھي.

ھن قسم جون ڇتيون 1:5 جي تناسب کان وڌيڪ سڌيون نھ رکڻ گھرجن ۽ عام طور 1:2 جي تناسب واريون ڇتيون بھتر رھن ٿيون. 1:2 ½ جي تناسب وارين نصب ڪيل (Pitched) ڇتين جي صورت ۾ ڇيڙي وارو چڙھاڪو (End overlap) 9 انچن (23 cm) کان گھٽ ھئڻ نہ گهرجي.

ھن قسم جون ڇتيون ڇاپرن (Sheds) ۽ ڪارخانن وغيره لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن.  ھن قسم جي ڇتين جو مٿاڇرو ھڪ ڪرو ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن شيٽن جا ور وڪڙ (Corrugations) سڌا ۽ ھموار ھئڻ گهرجن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>imo9gqot0py6rzo2ooic4udaetm2eyj</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401045</id>
      <parentid>401044</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T00:56:02Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401045</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="60227" sha1="ceccy536v7xpsomdqqo4i5lz709g65g" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|عمارت جو مٿيون حفاظتي ڍڪ}}

[[فائل:Tak - Ystad-2022.jpg|thumb|2022ع ۾ [[يسٽاڊ]] جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ مختلف عمارتن جون ڇتيون.]]

'''ڇت''' (انگريزي: ''Roof'') عمارت جو سڀ کان مٿيون حفاظتي ڍڪ هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ اهي سڀئي تعميراتي جزا ۽ مواد شامل هوندا آهن، جيڪي ان کي عمارت جي [[ڀت]]ن يا ٻين سهارن تي مضبوطيءَ سان قائم رکندا آهن. ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد عمارت ۽ ان جي رهواسين کي [[مينهن]]، [[برف]]، [[سج جي روشني]]، انتهائي گرمي يا سردي ۽ [[هوا]] جي اثرن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Harris, Cyril M. (editor). ''Dictionary of Architecture and Construction'', Third Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2000, p. 775.&lt;/ref&gt; ڇت عمارت جي ٻاهرئين حفاظتي ڍانچي (بلڊنگ انولپ) جو هڪ اهم حصو آهي.

ڪنهن به ڇت جي شڪل، بناوت ۽ خاصيتون ان عمارت جي استعمال، دستياب ڇت سازي جي مواد، مقامي تعميراتي روايتن، [[معماري]] جي ڊزائن ۽ تعميراتي عمل تي دارومدار رکن ٿيون. ڪيترين حالتن ۾ انهن تي مقامي يا قومي تعميراتي قانونن ۽ ضابطن جو پڻ اثر هوندو آهي.

گهڻن ملڪن ۾ ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد مينهن کان بچاءُ هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه تعميرن ۾، جهڙوڪ [[ورانڊو]]، اهڙي ڇت استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي جيڪا سج جي سڌي روشني کان بچائي ٿي، پر هوا ۽ ٻين قدرتي عنصرن جي اچ وڃ کي برقرار رکي ٿي. ساڳيءَ طرح [[شيشي گهر]] (گارڊن ڪنزرويٽري) جي ڇت ٻوٽن کي سردي، هوا ۽ مينهن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي، جڏهن ته سج جي روشني اندر اچڻ جي اجازت به ڏيندي آهي.

ڇت کي اضافي رهائشي يا استعمال لائق جاءِ طور پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو، مثال طور [[ڇت وارو باغ]] (روف گارڊن).

== اشتقاق ==

لفظ '''ڇت''' جي انگريزي صورت ''Roof''، پراڻي انگريزي ٻوليءَ جي لفظ '''hrof''' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن جي معنيٰ ''ڇت''، [[ڇت (اندروني)|اندروني ڇت]] (Ceiling)، مٿيون حصو، چوٽي، آسمان يا جنت هئي. مجازي طور هي لفظ ڪنهن به شيءِ جي سڀ کان مٿاهين حصي يا بلند ترين نقطي لاءِ پڻ استعمال ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.etymonline.com/word/roof|title=Roof|website=Online Etymology Dictionary}}&lt;/ref&gt;

هي لفظ [[پروٽو-جرمني ٻولي]] جي لفظ '''خروفام khrofam''' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن سان ٻين جرمني ٻولين جا ڪيترائي لاڳاپيل لفظ پڻ ملن ٿا. مثال طور [[ڊچ ٻولي]] ۾ '''roef''' جي معنيٰ ٻيڙيءَ جي ڪيبن يا ڍڪ، تابوت جي ڍڪ وغيره آهي، [[وچئين اعليٰ جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ '''rof''' جو مطلب ڇپر يا اوچو ڇت وارو حصو، جڏهن ته [[قديم نورس ٻولي]] ۾ '''hrof''' ٻيڙيءَ جي ڇپر يا ٻيڙي رکڻ واري ڍڪيل جاءِ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو.

لساني ماهرن موجب هي لفظ جرمني ٻولين کان ٻاهر ٻين ٻولي خاندانن سان ڪو واضح تعلق نٿو رکي. انگريزي ٻولي ئي اها واحد جرمني ٻولي آهي، جنهن ۾ ''روف'' لفظ پنهنجي عام معنيٰ، يعني عمارت جي مٿئين حفاظتي ڍڪ، لاءِ برقرار رهيو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻين جرمني ٻولين ۾ انهيءَ مفهوم لاءِ اهي لفظ استعمال ٿين ٿا، جيڪي پراڻي انگريزي جي '''þæc''' (ٿئچ؛ يعني ڇپر يا ڪکن جي ڇت) سان لاڳاپيل آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite OED|roof, n.}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== بناوتي جزا ==

ڇت جي ڊزائن جا بنيادي جزا هي آهن:

* مواد؛
* [[گهر جي ڇت جي بناوت|تعميراتي بناوت]]؛
* پائيداري.

=== مواد ===

ڇت ٺاهڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد علائقي، موسم، دستيابي ۽ تعميراتي ضرورتن موجب مختلف هوندا آهن. اهي [[ڪيلي]] جي پنن، ڪڻڪ جي [[ڀوسو|ڀوسي]] يا [[سامونڊي گاهه]] کان وٺي [[پرتدار شيشو]] (ليمينيٽيڊ گلاس)، [[ٽامو|ٽامي]]، [[ايلومينيم]] جي چادرن ۽ اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[ڪنڪريٽ]] تائين ٿي سگهن ٿا. دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾ [[ٺڪر]] جون [[ڇت جون سرون]] صدين، بلڪه هزارين سالن کان سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇت سازي جو مواد رهيون آهن.

ٻين عام ڇت سازي جي موادن ۾ [[اسفالٽ]]، [[ڪوئلي جي تار]]، [[اي پي ڊي ايم رٻڙ]] (EPDM Rubber)، [[هائپالون]]، [[پولي يوريٿين]] جو فوم، [[پولي ونائل ڪلورائيڊ]] (PVC)، [[سليٽ پٿر]]، [[ٽيفلون]] جو ڪپڙو، [[ٿرموپلاسٽڪ اوليفن]] (TPO)، ۽ [[ڪاٺ]] جون ڇتيون (ووڊ شيڪز ۽ شنگلز) شامل آهن.

=== تعميراتي بناوت ===

ڇت جي تعميراتي بناوت ان ڳالهه تي دارومدار رکي ٿي ته ان کي ڪهڙي طريقي سان سهارو ڏنو ويو آهي، هيٺئين خالي جاءِ کي ڪيئن ڍڪيو ويو آهي، ۽ ڇت ڍلوان (پچڊ) آهي يا هموار.

'''ڇت جي ڍلوان''' (روف پچ) ان زاويي کي چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن تي ڇت پنهنجي سڀ کان هيٺئين نقطي کان مٿي طرف اڀري ٿي. آمريڪا ۾ گهڻيون رهائشي عمارتون، سواءِ انتهائي خشڪ علائقن جي، ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون رکن ٿيون. جيتوڻيڪ جديد نيڪال جا نظام، جهڙوڪ پاڻيءَ جون ناليون، هموار ڇت کي به ڪارائتو بڻائي سگهن ٿا، پر روايت، جمالياتي حسن ۽ تعميراتي ضرورتن سبب اڄ به گهڻيون ڇتيون ڍلوان سان ٺاهيون وڃن ٿيون.

ڪجهه ڇت سازي جا مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]] (ٿيچ)، پاڻي نه رسڻ ۽ ڊگهي عمر لاءِ تيز ڍلوان جي گهرج رکن ٿا. جڏهن ته ٻيا مواد، جهڙوڪ [[پين ٽائل]] (Pantile)، تمام تيز ڍلوان تي مستحڪم ناهن رهندا، پر گهٽ ڍلوان تي موسم کان بهترين تحفظ فراهم ڪندا آهن.

جن علائقن ۾ برسات تمام گهٽ پوندي آهي، اتي لڳ ڀڳ هموار ڇت، جنهن ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ معمولي ڍلوان هجي، عام طور ڪافي هوندي آهي. اهڙين ڇتين ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ ناليون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن سان وڌيڪ ڍلوان جي ضرورت گهٽجي ويندي آهي.

ڇت جي تعمير ۾ ماهر ڪاريگر کي '''ڇت ساز''' (روفر) چيو ويندو آهي.

=== پائيداري ===

ڇت جي پائيداري انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڇت عمارت جو اهو حصو آهي، جتي مرمت يا تجديد لاءِ پهچڻ نسبتاً ڏکيو هوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ڇت کي نقصان پهچي يا اها تباهه ٿي وڃي ته ان جا اثر سڄي عمارت جي حفاظت، استعمال ۽ عمر تي پئجي سگهن ٿا.

== شڪل ==

[[فائل:Roof diagram.jpg|thumb|upright=1.15|مغربي طرز جي ڇت جي ڪجهه حصن جا نالا]]

{{مکيه|ڇتين جي شڪلين جي فهرست}}

'''ڇتين جون شڪلون''' دنيا جي مختلف علائقن ۾ هڪ ٻئي کان گهڻو مختلف هونديون آهن. ڇت جي شڪل تي اثرانداز ٿيندڙ اهم عنصر مقامي [[آبهوا]]، ڇت جي ڍانچي لاءِ دستياب تعميراتي مواد، ۽ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي ڍڪ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.huffpost.com/entry/roofing-materials-to-prot_b_8959516 |title=Roofing Materials to Protect You From the Elements |website=HuffPost |date=12 January 2016}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڇتين جون بنيادي شڪلون هيٺيان آهن:

* [[هموار ڇت]] (Flat Roof)
* [[يڪ طرفي ڍلوان واري ڇت]] (Mono-pitched Roof)
* [[گيبل ڇت]] (Gable Roof)
* [[مينسارڊ ڇت]] (Mansard Roof)
* [[هپ ڇت]] (Hip Roof)
* [[تتلي نما ڇت]] (Butterfly Roof)
* [[قوسي ڇت]] (Arched Roof)
* [[گنبذي ڇت]] (Domed Roof)

انهن بنيادي شڪلين جون ڪيتريون ئي ٻيون صورتون پڻ موجود آهن.

جيڪي ڇتيون ڪيترن هموار حصن مان ٺهيل هونديون آهن، پر انهن حصن کي ڪنهن نه ڪنهن ڍلوان تي ٺاهيو ويندو آهي، انهن کي '''ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون''' (Pitched Roofs) چيو ويندو آهي. عام طور جيڪڏهن ڇت جو ڍلوان 10 درجن کان وڌيڪ هجي ته ان کي ڍلوان واري ڇت تصور ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;C. M. Harris, ''Dictionary of Architecture &amp; Construction''&lt;/ref&gt;

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇتيون ڍلوان واريون هونديون آهن، جن ۾ خاص طور [[گيبل ڇت]]، [[هپ ڇت]] ۽ [[اسڪليون ڇت]] (Skillion Roof) شامل آهن.

ڪجهه ڇتين جون شڪلون قدرتي (Organic) انداز تي ٻڌل هونديون آهن. اهڙيون شڪلون يا ته معمار جي ڊزائن جي نتيجي ۾ اختيار ڪيون وينديون آهن يا وري ان سبب پيدا ٿينديون آهن جو تعمير ۾ لچڪدار مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]]، استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

== حصا ==

ڇت ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندي آهي:

* ان جي '''سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت''' (سپورٽنگ اسٽرڪچر)؛
* ان جو '''ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه''' (آئوٽر ليئر)، جيڪو ڇت جو سڀ کان مٿيون موسم کان بچاءُ ڪندڙ حصو هوندو آهي.

ڪجهه عمارتن ۾ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه پاڻ ئي بار کڻندڙ بناوت (سيلف-سپورٽنگ اسٽرڪچر) طور پڻ ڪم ڪندو آهي.

عام طور ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت [[ڀت]]ن تي بيٺل هوندي آهي، جيتوڻيڪ ڪجهه تعميراتي انداز، جهڙوڪ [[جيوڊيزيڪ گنبذ]] ۽ [[اي-فريم گهر]]، ۾ ڀت ۽ ڇت جي وچ وارو فرق گهڻو نمايان نه رهندو آهي.

=== سهارو ===

{{Main|گهر جي ڇت جي بناوت}}

[[فائل:Linkopings stadsbibliotek roof2.jpg|thumb|[[سويڊن]] ۾ هڪ لائبريري جي ڇت]]

ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت عام طور ڊگهن ۽ مضبوط شهتيرن (بيم) تي ٻڌل هوندي آهي، جيڪي گهڻو ڪري [[ڪاٺ]] مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري کان پوءِ [[ڪاسٽ لوهه]] ۽ [[فولاد]] پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيڻ لڳا.

جن ملڪن ۾ [[بانس]] جو استعمال عام آهي، اتي ان جي قدرتي لچڪ سبب ڇتين ۾ هلڪي وڪريل شڪل پيدا ٿيندي آهي، جيڪا خاص طور اوڀر ايشيائي، خاص ڪري [[جاپاني معمار]]ي جي سڃاڻپ سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

ڪاٺ اهڙو مواد آهي، جنهن سان مختلف قسمن جون ڇتيون آسانيءَ سان تعمير ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. ڪاٺ جي بناوت نه رڳو تعميراتي سهارو فراهم ڪندي آهي، پر جيڪڏهن ان کي ظاهر رکيو وڃي ته اها عمارت جي جمالياتي حسن ۾ پڻ اضافو ڪندي آهي.

پراڳاڙهي زماني کان وٺي پٿر جا افقي شهتير (لنٽيل) ڇتين کي سهارو ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن، پر اهي تمام وڏن فاصلن کي ڍڪي نٿا سگهن. بعد ۾ [[قديم روم]] جي دور ۾ پٿر جي قوس (اسٽون آرڪ) جو وسيع استعمال شروع ٿيو، جنهن جي مختلف صورتن سان لڳ ڀڳ 140 فوٽ (43 ميٽر) تائين جا فاصلا ڍڪي سگهبا هئا.

پٿر جون قوسون ۽ [[والٽ (معماري)|والٽ]]، چاهي رٻن (Ribs) سان هجن يا بغير رٻن جي، لڳ ڀڳ ٻن هزارن سالن تائين وڏين عمارتن جي ڇتين جي بنيادي بناوت رهيون. اها روايت [[صنعتي انقلاب]] کان پوءِ آهستي آهستي ختم ٿيڻ لڳي، جڏهن لوهه جا شهتير استعمال ٿيڻ شروع ٿيا ۽ [[جوزف پيڪسٽن]] جهڙن معمارن جديد عمارتون، جهڙوڪ [[ڪرسٽل پيلس]] (1851ع)، تعمير ڪيون.

فولادي گرڊرن (اسٽيل گرڊر) ۾ مسلسل بهتري اچڻ سان اهي وڏين ڇتين ۽ بعد ۾ عام رهائشي گهرن جي تعمير ۾ به بنيادي سهارو بڻجي ويا. گرڊر جو هڪ ٻيو قسم [[رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ]] جو شهتير آهي، جنهن ۾ ڌاتي سلاخن کي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر بند ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان تنشي قوتن جي مقابلي ۾ ان جي مضبوطي وڌي ويندي آهي.

ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت کي رهائش يا استعمال لائق جاءِ طور پڻ ڪم آندو ويندو آهي، جنهن کي ڇت جي فرش بندي (روف ڊيڪنگ) چيو ويندو آهي. اهڙي جاءِ کي ڪمري يا ٻين استعمالن لاءِ تبديل ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه ===

{{Main|تجارتي طور دستياب ڇت سازي جي موادن جي فهرست}}

ڇت جو ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد جي لحاظ کان تمام گهڻي تبديلي رکي ٿو. روايتي يا مقامي [[معماري]] ۾ ڇت لاءِ گهڻو ڪري قدرتي ٻوٽيدار مواد استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]]، جنهن مان سامونڊي گاهه سان ٺهيل ڇت لڳ ڀڳ چاليهن سالن تائين قائم رهي سگهي ٿي.

ايشيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ [[بانس]] کي ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه، ٻنهي طور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. بانس جي ڊگهن ڦاڙيل ٽڪرن کي هڪ ٻئي مٿان چاڙهي وڇايو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان پاڻيءَ کان بچاءُ ڪندڙ مضبوط ڇت تيار ٿيندي آهي.

جن علائقن ۾ [[ڪاٺ]] وافر مقدار ۾ موجود هوندو آهي، اتي ڪاٺ جون ڇت واريون تختيون (شنگلز)، ٿلها ڪاٺي ٽڪرا (شيڪز) ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪجهه ملڪن ۾ مخصوص وڻن جي [[ڪل]] کي ٿلهين چادرن جي صورت ۾ لاهي ڇت طور پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== ٻاهريون حفاظتي تهه ===

{{مکيه|تجارتي طور دستياب ڇت سازي جي موادن جي فهرست}}

ويهين صديءَ دوران گڏيل [[اسفالٽ]] وارين ڇت جي تختين (ڪمپوزيشن اسفالٽ شنگلز) جي تياري شروع ٿي. انهن جي عمر انهن جي ٿولهه ۽ معيار موجب مختلف هوندي آهي. سنهي قسم جون تختيون عام طور لڳ ڀڳ ويهه سال هلنديون آهن، جڏهن ته وڌيڪ ٿلهيون ۽ اعليٰ معيار جون تختيون گهڻي عرصي تائين، ڪڏهن ڪڏهن سڄي خدمت واري عمر تائين، استعمال ٿي سگهن ٿيون. انهن جي قيمت به عام طور سندن ٿولهه ۽ پائيداري تي دارومدار رکي ٿي.

جڏهن ڇت جي تختين جو مٿيون تهه پراڻو يا خراب ٿي وڃي ٿو ته عام طور پراڻيون تختيون، هيٺيون حفاظتي تهه (انڊرلي مينٽ) ۽ ڇت جون ميخون هٽائي نئينون تختيون لڳايون وينديون آهن. ٻيو طريقو اهو آهي ته نئون تهه پراڻين تختين جي مٿان ئي لڳايو وڃي. جيتوڻيڪ هي طريقو تيز ۽ گهٽ خرچائتو هوندو آهي، پر ان سان ڇت جي ڪاٺي بناوت (روف شيئٿنگ) جي جاچ ممڪن نه رهندي آهي ۽ جيڪڏهن پاڻيءَ سبب اندر ڪو نقصان ٿيو هجي ته ان جي مرمت به نٿي ٿي سگهي.

ان کان علاوه، پراڻين تختين جي مٿان نئون تهه لڳائڻ سان ميخون ڪاٺي بناوت تائين گهٽ پهچنديون آهن، جنهن ڪري انهن جي پڪڙ ڪمزور ٿي ويندي آهي. وڌيڪ اهم ڳالهه اها آهي ته اضافي مواد جو وزن ڇت جي مقرر مرده بار (ڊيڊ لوڊ) کان وڌي سگهي ٿو، جنهن سان ڇت جي ڊهڻ جو خطرو پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿو. انهيءَ سبب، جن ملڪن ۾ [[بين الاقوامي عمارتي ضابطو]] (انٽرنيشنل بلڊنگ ڪوڊ) لاڳو آهي، اتي جيڪڏهن ڇت تي اڳ ۾ ئي ٻن يا وڌيڪ تهن ۾ ڇت سازي جو مواد موجود هجي ته ان جي مٿان نئون تهه لڳائڻ جي اجازت نه هوندي. اهڙين حالتن ۾ نئين ڇت لڳائڻ کان اڳ پراڻو مواد مڪمل طور هٽائڻ لازمي هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Chapter 9 - Roof Assemblies|url=http://publicecodes.cyberregs.com/icod/irc/2012/icod_irc_2012_9_par135.htm}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[سليٽ پٿر]] ڇت سازي لاءِ هڪ انتهائي مناسب ۽ تمام گهڻي پائيدار مواد آهي. سليٽ جي ڇت عام طور 75 کان 150 سالن تائين، ۽ ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ان کان به وڌيڪ عرصي تائين قائم رهي سگهي ٿي. تنهن هوندي به، سليٽ جي ڇت لڳائڻ جو خرچ گهڻو هوندو آهي. مثال طور آمريڪا ۾ سليٽ جي ڇت جي قيمت ڪڏهن ڪڏهن سڄي گهر جي باقي تعمير جيتري ٿي سگهي ٿي.

سليٽ جي ڇت ۾ سڀ کان پهرين عام طور اهي ميخون خراب ٿينديون آهن، جن سان سليٽ جون تختيون ٻڌل هونديون آهن. وقت سان گڏ انهن ۾ زنگ لڳڻ سبب تختيون پنهنجي جاءِ تان سُرڪڻ لڳنديون آهن. برطانيا ۾ هن مسئلي کي ''نيل سڪنس'' (Nail Sickness) چيو ويندو آهي. انهيءَ ڪري سليٽ جي ڇتين لاءِ [[اسٽينليس اسٽيل]] يا [[ٽامو|ٽامي]] جون ميخون استعمال ڪرڻ جي سفارش ڪئي ويندي آهي، ۽ انهن کي پڻ موسم جي سڌي اثر کان محفوظ رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Six Steps to Building a 150 Year Roof|url=https://kocaeliwebtasarim.medium.com/six-steps-to-building-a-150-year-roof-4624749b33c2}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[ايزبسٽاس]]، جيڪو گهڻو ڪري لهردار ڳنڍيل چادرن جي صورت ۾ استعمال ٿيندو هو، ويهين صديءَ دوران هڪ سستي، نه سڙندڙ ۽ بهترين حرارتي موصليت واري ڇت سازي جي مواد طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويو. پر بعد ۾ ايزبسٽاس جي کوٽائي، تياري ۽ استعمال سان لاڳاپيل سنگين صحت ۽ قانوني مسئلن جي ڪري ان کي نئين ڇت سازي جي مواد طور استعمال ڪرڻ تقريباً بند ڪيو ويو. تنهن هوندي به، خاص طور ڏکڻ آمريڪا ۽ ايشيا جي ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾ اڄ به ايزبسٽاس واريون پراڻيون ڇتيون موجود آهن.

[[گاهه واريون ڇتيون]]، جن کي جديد دور ۾ [[سائي ڇت]] (گرين روف) ۽ روايتي طور [[گاس واري ڇت]] (سوڊ روف Roof) چيو ويندو آهي، سٺيون حرارتي موصليت واريون هونديون آهن. ماحولياتي تحفظ ۽ شهرن کي وڌيڪ سرسبز بڻائڻ لاءِ اهڙين ڇتين جي تعمير کي هاڻي وڌيڪ هٿي ڏني پئي وڃي. انهن ۾ موجود مٽي ۽ ٻوٽا قدرتي موصل (لونگ انسوليشن) طور ڪم ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان عمارت جي اندروني گرمي پد ۾ توازن برقرار رهندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|date=2020-02-06|title=Green and Cool Roofs|url=https://drawdown.org/solutions/green-and-cool-roofs}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[ايڊوب]] جون ڇتيون مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن ۾ ڪکن يا جانورن جا وار جهڙا ڳنڍيندڙ مواد ملايا ويندا آهن. پوءِ ان کي ڪاٺين جي ڄاري (ليٿ) تي پلستر ڪري هموار يا هلڪي ڍلوان واري ڇت ٺاهي ويندي آهي. اهڙيون ڇتيون گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٺاهيون وينديون آهن، جتي برسات تمام گهٽ پوندي آهي.

جن علائقن ۾ مٽي وافر مقدار ۾ موجود هوندي آهي، اتي پڪل [[ڇت جون سرون]] صدين کان ڇت سازي جو بنيادي مواد رهيون آهن. ڇت جون سرون ٺاهڻ ۽ ساڙڻ جي صنعت گهڻو ڪري سرن جي ڪارخانن سان لاڳاپيل هوندي آهي. ماضي ۾ انهن سرن جي شڪل ۽ رنگ هر علائقي جي سڃاڻپ هوندا هئا، پر اڄڪلهه خريد ڪندڙن جي ضرورت ۽ پسند مطابق مختلف شڪلين، رنگن ۽ اندازن جون سرون تجارتي بنيادن تي تيار ڪيون وڃن ٿيون. [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جون ڇت واريون سرون پڻ عام استعمال ٿين ٿيون، جيڪي ڪيترن ئي مختلف اندازن ۽ شڪلين ۾ موجود آهن.

ڌاتي چادرن، خاص طور [[ٽامو|ٽامي]] ۽ [[سيهو|سيهي]]، کي پڻ ڪيترن ئي صدين کان ڇت سازي ۾ استعمال ڪيو پيو وڃي. جيتوڻيڪ اهي مواد مهانگا آهن، پر انتهائي پائيدار پڻ آهن. مثال طور [[شارترس گرجاگھر]] (شارترس ڪيٿيڊرل) جي وڏي ٽامي واري ڇت ڪيترن ئي صدين کان موجود آهي، جيڪا وقت سان گڏ آڪسائيڊ ٿيڻ سبب هلڪي سائي رنگ جي ٿي وئي آهي.

سيهو، جيڪو ڪڏهن ڪڏهن گرجاگهرن جي ڇتين ۾ استعمال ٿيندو هو، گهڻو ڪري رهائشي گهرن جي ڇتين ۾ پاڻي نه رسڻ واري بندش (فليشنگ) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو، خاص طور سليٽ جي ڇتين جي وادين (Valleys) ۽ چمنين جي چوڌاري. ٽامي کي به ساڳئي مقصد لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو.

اوڻيهين صديءَ ۾ [[لوهه]] کي [[جست]] سان چڙهائي (گالوانائيزيشن) زنگ جي مزاحمت وڌائي وئي، جنهن سان هلڪو، آسانيءَ سان کڻي وڃڻ جهڙو ۽ پاڻي نه رسائيندڙ ڇت سازي جو مواد تيار ٿيو. گهٽ قيمت ۽ آسانيءَ سان لڳائڻ جي ڪري اهو سڄي دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ تجارتي ڇت سازي جي موادن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

ان کان پوءِ ڌاتي ڇتن جا ڪيترائي نوان قسم تيار ڪيا ويا. فولادي ڇت جون تختيون (اسٽيل شنگلز) ۽ بيهندڙ ڳانڍاپي واريون ڌاتي ڇتيون (اسٽينڊنگ-سيم روف) لڳائڻ جي طريقي ۽ هيٺ استعمال ٿيندڙ حفاظتي تهه (انڊرلي مينٽ) تي دارومدار ڪندي عام طور پنجاهه سال يا ان کان به وڌيڪ عرصي تائين قائم رهي سگهن ٿيون. انهن جي قيمت عام طور اسفالٽ واري ڇت ۽ سليٽ واري ڇت جي وچ واري سطح تي هوندي آهي.

ويهين صديءَ دوران ڇت سازي لاءِ ڪيترائي نوان مواد تيار ڪيا ويا، جن ۾ بٽومين تي ٻڌل مواد، رٻڙ تي ٻڌل ڇتيون، مختلف مصنوعي مادا، جهڙوڪ [[ٿرموپلاسٽڪ]]، ۽ [[شيشي جي فائبر]] تي ٻڌل مواد شامل آهن.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot; class=&quot;center&quot; caption=&quot;ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه&quot;&gt;
File:The Elms Jersey.jpg|[[سليٽ پٿر]]، [[جرسي]]
File:Miskolc omassa peasant house.jpg|ٺڪر جون ڇت واريون سرون، [[هنگري]]
File:Niigata NCM Peasant Rice Farmers House.jpg|چانورن جي ڪکن جي ڇت، [[جاپان]]
File:Njem house in Cameroon.jpg|[[ڪيلي]] جي پنن جي ڇت، [[ڪيمرون]]
File:Neot smadar.jpg|[[کجور]] جي ٽارين جي ڇت، [[نيوٽ سيمادار]]، [[اسرائيل]]
File:Minenverwalter Kolmannskuppe.jpg|ڌاتي چادرن واري ڇت، [[نيميبيا]]
File:Gassho-zukuri farmhouse-02.jpg|ڪکن جي ڇت جي مرمت، گاشو-زڪوري طرز جو گهر، [[جاپان]]
File:Stone Roofing House - Palchan - Kullu 2014-05-10 2507.JPG|ڇت سازي لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ پٿر، [[هماچل پرديش]]، [[ڀارت]]
File:Green Roof in Norway.png|گاهه واري ڇت، [[ناروي]]
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== ڪم ==

ڇت جو نظام (روف اسيمبلي) رڳو عمارت کي ڍڪڻ لاءِ نه هوندو آهي، بلڪه اهو ڪيترائي اهم ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

# '''پاڻي جي نيڪال:''' ڇت جو بنيادي ڪم برساتي پاڻي کي آسانيءَ سان وهي وڃڻ ڏيڻ آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي ڇت جي مٿاڇري تي بيهي نه رهي. بيٺل پاڻي ڇت جي بناوت تي اضافي زنده بار (لائيو لوڊ) وجهي ٿو، جيڪو تعميراتي حفاظت لاءِ خطرو بڻجي سگهي ٿو. ان کان علاوه، بيٺل پاڻي گهڻن ڇت سازي جي موادن جي عمر به گهٽائي ڇڏي ٿو. ڪجهه ٺاهيندڙ ڪمپنيون ته اهڙي حالت ۾ پنهنجي شين جي ضمانت (وارنٽي) پڻ ختم ڪري ڇڏينديون آهن.

# '''موسمي اثرن کان تحفظ:''' ڇت عمارت جي اندروني حصي کي [[مينهن]]، [[هوا]]، [[سج جي روشني]]، گرمي، سردي ۽ [[برف]] جهڙن موسمي عنصرن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي.

# '''حرارتي موصليت:''' جديد تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن جي اڪثر ڇتين ۾ موصليت واريون تختيون (انسوليشن بورڊ) يا فائبر موصلي مواد (باٽ انسوليشن) شامل ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تعميراتي ضابطا، جهڙوڪ بين الاقوامي عمارتي ضابطو (انٽرنيشنل بلڊنگ ڪوڊ) ۽ بين الاقوامي رهائشي ضابطو (انٽرنيشنل ريزيڊنشل ڪوڊ)، ڇت جي اندر گهربل گهٽ ۾ گهٽ حرارتي مزاحمت (آر-ويليو) پڻ مقرر ڪندا آهن.

# '''گهربل خدمت واري عمر تائين ڪارڪردگي برقرار رکڻ:''' هر معياري ڇت سازي واري مواد جي هڪ اندازي مطابق خدمت واري عمر هوندي آهي، جيڪا عملي تجربي تي ٻڌل هوندي آهي. مناسب سار سنڀال ۽ سخت طوفاني نقصان نه ٿيڻ جي صورت ۾ گهڻا ڇت سازي جا مواد پنهنجي ٺاهيندڙ جي ضمانت واري مدت کان به گهڻو وڌيڪ عرصو هلي سگهن ٿا. مثال طور:
#* ڌاتي ۽ [[ڇت جون سرون|سرن]] واريون ڇتيون عام طور 50 سال يا ان کان وڌيڪ هلي سگهن ٿيون.
#* اسفالٽ جون ڇت واريون تختيون (اسفالٽ شنگلز) لڳ ڀڳ 30 کان 50 سال قائم رهي سگهن ٿيون.
#* ڪوئلي جي تار تي ٻڌل گهڻ تهه واريون ڇتيون (ڪول ٽار بلڊ-اپ روفس) اٽڪل 40 سال يا ان کان وڌيڪ هلي سگهن ٿيون.
#* اڪيلي تهه واريون ڇتيون (سنگل پلاء روفس) عام طور 20 سال يا ان کان وڌيڪ عرصي تائين خدمت انجام ڏين ٿيون.

# '''خوبصورت ڏيک مهيا ڪرڻ:''' ڪجهه ڇت سازي جا نظام صرف پنهنجي فني ڪارڪردگي جي بنياد تي نه، پر انهن جي جمالياتي حسن جي ڪري پڻ چونڊيا ويندا آهن، بلڪل اهڙيءَ طرح جيئن عمارت جي ٻاهرين ڀتين جي سينگار لاءِ مختلف ڍڪ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. پرڪشش شڪل ۽ عمارت جي مجموعي ظاهري حسن (ڪرب اپيل) سبب ڪيترائي ماڻهو اهڙين ڇتين لاءِ وڌيڪ قيمت ادا ڪرڻ به قبول ڪندا آهن.

=== حرارتي موصليت ===

ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد ماڻهن ۽ انهن جي ملڪيت کي مختلف موسمي حالتن کان محفوظ رکڻ هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڇت جي حرارتي موصليت (ٿرمل انسوليشن) ان جي بناوت ۽ ڇت سازي جي مواد جي چونڊ ۾ اهم حيثيت رکي ٿي.

ڪجهه ڇت سازي جا مواد، خاص طور قدرتي فائبرن مان ٺهيل مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]]، قدرتي طور تمام سٺي حرارتي موصليت رکن ٿا. جن موادن ۾ اها خاصيت گهٽ هوندي آهي، تن ۾ عام طور ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه جي هيٺان اضافي [[عمارتي موصليت|موصلي مواد]] لڳايو ويندو آهي.

ترقي يافته ملڪن ۾ گهڻين رهائشي عمارتن ۾ ڇت جي بناوتي حصن جي هيٺان [[اندروني ڇت]] (سيلنگ) لڳائي ويندي آهي. اندروني ڇت جو مقصد صرف گرمي ۽ سردي کان بچاءُ نه هوندو آهي، پر اها شور، مٽي، ۽ پکين جي فضلي يا انهن جي جسم تي موجود جُون جهڙين تڪليفن کان به تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڪيترائي پکي ڇتين ۾ آکيرا ٺاهيندا آهن.

[[ڪنڪريٽ]] جون ڇت واريون سرون پڻ حرارتي موصليت ۾ مددگار ثابت ٿينديون آهن. جيڪڏهن انهن کي اهڙي نموني لڳايو وڃي، جو سرن ۽ ڇت جي مٿاڇري جي وچ ۾ هوا جي هڪ خالي جاءِ موجود رهي، ته اها سج جي گرمي کي عمارت جي اندر منتقل ٿيڻ کان وڏي حد تائين گهٽائي سگهي ٿي.

ڇت جي موصليت لاءِ مختلف قسمن جا مواد استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* موٽو ڪپڙو (فيلٽ) يا پلاسٽڪ جون چادرون، جيڪي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن گرمي موٽائيندڙ (رفليڪٽو) مٿاڇري سان هونديون آهن ۽ ڇت جي سرن يا ٻين مواد جي هيٺان لڳايون وينديون آهن؛
* مصنوعي فوم جا موصلي تهه، جيڪي اندروني ڇت جي مٿان وڇايا ويندا آهن؛
* ٻيهر استعمال ٿيل ڪاغذ مان تيار ڪيل موصلي مواد ۽ ٻيا اهڙا مواد، جيڪي ڇت جي خالن ۾ ڀريا يا اسپري ذريعي داخل ڪيا ويندا آهن.

تازن سالن ۾ [[ٿڌي ڇت]] (ڪول روف) جو استعمال تيزيءَ سان وڌي رهيو آهي،&lt;ref name=&quot;10.3390/su13094665&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Farhan |first1=Syed Ahmad |last2=Ismail |first2=Fouad Ismail |last3=Kiwan |first3=Osamah |last4=Shafiq |first4=Nasir |last5=Zain-Ahmed |first5=Azni |last6=Husna |first6=Nadzhratul |last7=Hamid |first7=Afif Izwan Abd |title=Effect of Roof Tile Colour on Heat Conduction Transfer, Roof-Top Surface Temperature and Cooling Load in Modern Residential Buildings under the Tropical Climate of Malaysia |journal=Sustainability |year=2021 |volume=13 |issue=9 |page=4665 |doi=10.3390/su13094665}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ ڪجهه علائقن ۾ مقامي تعميراتي ضابطن تحت انهن جو استعمال لازمي پڻ قرار ڏنو ويو آهي. ٿڌي ڇت مان مراد اهڙي ڇت آهي، جيڪا سج جي شعاعن کي وڏي حد تائين موٽائي ڇڏيندي هجي (ھاء رفليڪٽوٽي) ۽ پاڻ ۾ جذب ٿيل گرمي کي به آسانيءَ سان خارج ڪري ڇڏيندي هجي (ھاء ٿرمل ايمٽنس).&lt;ref name=&quot;10.3390/su13094665&quot;/&gt;

جيڪڏهن ڇت ۾ مناسب موصليت ۽ هوا جي اچ وڃ (Ventilation) جو بندوبست نه هجي ته ٿڌن علائقن ۾ ڇت جي ڪنارن تي [[برف جو بند]] (آئس ڊيم) ٺهي سگهي ٿو. اهو تڏهن ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ڇت جي مٿئين حصي مان گرمي ٻاهر نڪري ٿي، جنهن سبب اتي موجود برف ڳري وڃي ٿي. ڳريل پاڻي هيٺ لهي ڇت جي ڪنارن وٽ ٻيهر ڄمي وڃي ٿو ۽ برف جي ٿلهي تهه جي صورت اختيار ڪري ٿو. نتيجي ۾ پاڻي ڇت جي مواد هيٺان داخل ٿي سگهي ٿو، جنهن سان ڇت جي بناوت، نالين ۽ پاڻي جي نيڪال واري نظام کي نقصان پهچي سگهي ٿو.

==  ڇتين جا قسم== 

ڇتين جا ڪيترائي قسم آھن، جھڙوڪ؛
#سڌيون ڇتيون (Flat Roofs)
#سلاميءَ واريون ڇتيون (Sloped Roofs)
#ھڪ طرف سلاميءَ واريون ڇتيون
#ٻئي طرف سلاميءَ واريون نوڪدار ڇتيون
#ھپ روف (Hip Roof)
#گئمبريل روف (Gambrel Roof)
#مانسرڊ روف (Mansard Roof)
#ڊيڪ روف (Deck Roof)
#ڪارائيءَ جي ڏندن وانگر ”سا ٽٿ روف“ (Saw Tooth Roof)

ڇتين جي ڪن مختلف قسمن جو تفصيلوار بيان ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

=== سڌيون ڇتيون === 
 
عام طرح سان اڄ ڪلھ رھائشي جاين لاءِ سڌين ڇتين کي وڌيڪ پسند ڪيو وڃي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي سولائيءَ سان باھھ روڪ (Fire Proof)  بڻائي سگھجي ٿو. ازنسواءِ ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي مٽيءَ جو تھھ ڏيئي سولائيءَ سان ٿڌو رکي سگھجي ٿو.
تعميراتي طريقن جي لحاظ کان ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي ترتيب وار ھيٺئين ريت ورھائي سگھجي ٿو.
#آر-سي-سيءَ جون ڇتيون (R.C.C Flat Roofs)
#درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتيون (First class tile roofing)
#رينفورسڊ برڪ جون ڇتيون (Reinforced Brick Roofs)
#درجہ دوم ٽائيل ڇتيون (Second class tile roofing)
#جئڪ ڪمان ڇتيون (Jack Arch Roofing)
#ڪاٺ جي تختن جون سڌيون ڇتيون (Wooden flat Roofs)

مٿي ڄاڻايل قسم جي ڇتين مان ڪن خاص ۽ گھڻو استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇتين جو تفصيلوار بيان ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

===آر-سي-سيءَ جون سڌيون ڇتيون (Reinforced cement concrete flat roofs)===
ھن قسم جي ڇتين جو استعمال اڄڪلھھ عام ۽ مقبول ٿي چڪو آھي ۽ گھڻ منزلھ عمارتن لاءِ ڪارآمد پڻ آھي. ھن قسم جي ڇت کي ٿڌو رکڻ لاءِ عام طرح سان گرم علائقن ۾ ٽن انچن کان چئن انچن تائين مٽيءَ جو تھھ ڏيئي انھيءَ جي مٿان گاري جو پلستر (Mud Pluster) يا سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي مسالي سان سرن جون ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر جوڙ ۾ مسالو چڱيءَ طرح لڳايو وڃي جيئن برسات ۽ موسمي اثرن سبب کلي نھ وڃي. جوڙن بعد درزون چڱيءَ طرح ورتيون وينديون آھن. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو پڻ خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ پاڻي ڪھڙي بھ ريت ڇت تي بيٺل نھ رھي. ڇت جي سلامي احتياط سان رکي ويندي آھي ۽ فالتو مسالو، سرن جا  ٽڪرا ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ۽ ڪچرو صاف ڪري اڇليو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ڇت تمام وڏي آھي تھ انھيءَ کي مختلف حصن ۾ ورھائي سلامي ڏني ويندي آھي. تقريبا 1:60  کان 1:40  جي تناسب جي سلامي مناسب سمجھي ويندي آھي.

===ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ (Water proofing flat roofs) ===

ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي مٿين سطح (Surface) کي عام طرح سان صاف ڪري انھيءَ کي چڱيءَ طرح سڪايو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ کان پوءِ ڏامر (Bitumen) کي (190.56o C) 375o F ۽ (204.44o C) 400o F گرمي جي درجي تائين پگھاري سطح جي مٿان ٻن عليحده تھن جي صورت ۾ پوريءَ طرح پٿاريون ويندو آھي، جيئن ٻنھي تھن جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 1/16 انچ بيھي. اھڙيءَ صورت ۾ 100 مربع فوٽن تي 34 پائونڊ ڏامر استعمال ٿيندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد ڏامر جي مٿان جابلو ريتيءَ جو ھلڪو تھھ ڏنو ويندو آھي، اھڙي طرح جيئن 100 مربع فوٽن تي ھڪ مڪعب فوٽ جابلو ريتي استعمال ٿئي، انھيءَ بعد گھربل اوچائي4 ۾ مٽي ڀري انھيءَ مٿان مٽيءَ جي گاري جو پلستر يا سرن جي ٽائيلن جو تھھ ڏنو ويندو آھي. ڏامر جي مٿان جابلو ريتيءَ جو ڇڻڪار انھيءَ ڪري ڪيو ويندو آھي، جيئن اھو ڏامر جي تھھ کي مٽيءَ جي تھ کان جدا رکي.

درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتين (First class tile roofing)  ۽ درجھ دوم ٽائيل ڇتين (Second class tile roofing) جي صورت ۾ ڏامر جو تھھ سرن يا ٽائيل مٿان لڳايل سيمينٽ پلستر جي مڪمل ترائيءَ ۽ انھيءَ جي چڱيءَ طرح سڪڻ بعد ڏنو ويندو آھي ۽ آر-سي-سيءَ جي سلئب جي صورت ۾ پڻ انھيءَ جي مڪمل ترائي ۽ چڱيءَ طرح سڪڻ بعد ڏنو ويندو آھي.

انھيءَ کان علاوھ ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ لاءِ ٻيو اھو بھ طريقو آھي تھ ڏامر جي بجاءِ 04 يا 05 گيج جي شفاف پلاسٽڪ يا پاليٿين چادر (04/05 Guage polythene sheet) استعمال ڪجي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال رکڻو آھي تھ اھا پاليٿين جي چادر ڪنھن بھ ھنڌان ڦاٽل نھ ھجي ۽ گھڻي ايراضيءَ جي حالت ۾ سلاميءَ جي طرف اھي شيٽون يا چادرون ھڪ ٻئي مٿان چڱيءَ طرح چڙھيل (Over-laped) ھئڻ کپن. اھي شيٽون ڇت جي مٿان تيڪي (Parapet wall) جي ھيٺ تائين ھئڻ گھرجن ٻيءَ صورت ۾ جيڪڏھن شيٽ کي صرف تيڪي تائين ڇڏيو ويندو تھ برسات جو پاڻي تيڪي جي ھيٺان لنگھڻ جي ڪوشش ڪندو ۽ ڇت کي نقصان پھچائيندو، پاليٿين پلاسٽڪ ھڪ ھڪ نباتاتي مرڪب آھي ۽ انھيءَ ۾ عمر ڀر جٽاءُ ۽ پائيداريءَ جي خاصيت آھي. ھن تي تيزابيت (Acid) ۽ چانيھي يا کار (Alkali) جو اثر نھ ٿو ٿئي.

پاڻيءَ کي ٽمڻ (Water proofing) کان روڪڻ لاءِ ڏامر جي ٺھيل ٺڪيل چادر جنھن کي بٽومين فيلٽ (Bitumen felt) سڏيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ جو بہ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ اھا ڪنھن بھ شڪل يا ڊؤل جي ڇت ۽ بناوت لاءِ استعمال ڪري سگھجي ٿي. ھيٺ ڏنل فھرست ۾ مختلف قسمن جي بٽومين فيلٽ ۽ انھيءَ جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ تور ڄاڻايل آھي.

===درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتيون (First class tile roofing) ===
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون آر-سي-سي، ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي ڪامن،، پٽين، ٽيئرن ۽ گرڊرن مٿان 12&quot;x6&quot;x1 1/4&quot; جي سائيز جي سرن جي ٽائيلن جا ٻھ تھھ ڏيئي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جي ڇتين جي تعمير ھيٺئين ريت ڪئي ويندي آھي؛

*سرن جي ٽائيلن جو پھريون تھھ، پٽين مٿان جيڪي 12&quot; جي پور وڇوٽيءَ تي ڪامن مٿان (يا لوھھ جي گرڊرن مٿان ٽيئر رکي) رکيون وينديون آھن، 1:6 جي تناسب ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جي مسالي سان يا 1:2 جي تناسب ۾ چن ۽ سرخيءَ جي گچ سان لڳايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر ھڪ جوڙ ۾ مسالو چڱيءَ طرح لڳل ھجي.
*سرن جي پھرئين تھھ مٿان اڌ انچ جي ٿولھھ ۾ 1:6  جي تناسب جو سيمينٽ پلستر چاڙھي انھيءَ بعد ٽائيلن جو ٻيو تھھ مٿي ڄاڻايل طريقي سان چاڙھيو ويندو آھي پر خاص طرح سان اھو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ سرن جي ٻئي تھھ جا جوڙ پھرئين تھھ جي جوڙن سان نھ ملن بلڪ انھن جوڙن جي ابتڙ ھجن. ائين ڪرڻ سان مٿئين تھھ جا جوڙ ھيٺئين تھھ جي جوڙن سان نھ ملندا ۽ ڇت ٽمڻ (Leakage) جو امڪان گھٽ رھندو.
*ٽائيلن جي ٻئي تھھ مٿان اڌ انچ جو 1:6 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ پلستر چاڙھيو ويندو آھي
*بعد ۾ سيمينٽ پلستر جي مٿان ڏامر جو تھ  (مٿي ڄاڻايل طريقي سان) چاڙھي، انھيءَ جي مٿان جابلو  ريتي ڇٽي ويندي آھي، جيئن ڇت پاڻيءَ روڪ ٿي.
*انھيءَ بعد ڇت کي ٿڌو رکڻ لاءِ ٽن کان چئن انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ مٽيءَ (جيڪا ڪلر ۽ ٻئي گند ڪچري کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ھجي) جو تھ ڀري، انھيءَ مٿان ھڪ انچ جو مٽيءَ جي گادي جو پلستر ڪري، انھيءَ جي مٿان ڇيڻي جي ليپائي ڪبي آھي.

سرن جي ڀتين جي مٿان ۽ گرڊرن جي ھيٺان لوھھ جي بيڊ پليٽ ڏيڻ تمام ضروري آھي، جيئن گرڊرن جي بار سبب ڀتين جا گرڊر سان ملندڙ حصا ڪمزور ٿي، ٽائيم گذرڻ سان جھڪاءُ آڻي، نقصان نھ پھچائين. گرڊرن ۽ ٽيئرن جي صورت ۾ کين ڇت تي چاڙھڻ کان پھرين سنڌور (Red Oxide)  جي پينٽ جو تھھ ڏيئي، سڪائي پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان انئمل پينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ چاڙھي پوءِ ڀتين مٿان چاڙھجن، جيئن انھن مٿان ڪٽ (Rust) سولائيءَ سان نھ چڙھي. جيڪڏھن ائين نھ ڪبو تھ ٽائيلن چاڙھڻ بعد گرڊرن ۽ ٽيئرن جا صرف ھيٺيان حصا پينٽ ڪري سگھبا ۽ ٻيا دٻيل حصا پينٽ بنا رھجي وڃڻ جي حالت ۾ وقت گذرڻ سان ڪٽبا ويندا ۽ نتيجي ۾ اھي تمام گھٽ ٽائيم ھلندا. نتيجي ۾ ڇت تي ڪيل سمورو ڪم ايترو پائيدار نھ ٿيندو ۽ ٺھيل ڇت پنھنجي ٽائيم کان اڳ ۾ بدلائڻي پوندي.

ڇيڙن وارين ديوارن جي اندرين حصن ۽ پٽين يا ٽيئرن جي وچ ۾ 3 انچن کان 9 انچن جو مفاصلو ھئڻ گھرجي. ڇت جي ٽيڪي جي ديوار مٿان گولو (Drip Course)  ڏيڻ ضروري آھي، جيئن مينھن جو پاڻي انھيءَ کي نقصان نھ پھچائي 


===درجہ دوم ٽائيلن جون ڇتيون (Second class tile roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت جي تعمير پڻ درجھ اول ڇت جي تعمير وانگرگ ٿيندي آھي. فرق صرف اھو آھي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ٽائيلن جو صرف ھڪ تھھ چاڙھيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڊرپ ڪورس جي بجاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو گولو (C.C. Coping)  ڏنو ويندو آھي. 

===جئڪ آرچ ڇتيون (Jack Arch Roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ سرن يا سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جون ڪمانيون  (Arches) تعمير ڪيون وينديون آھن ۽ انھن ڪمانن جا ڇيڙا پالتو لوھ (Mild Steel)  جي ڪامن (Joists) مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ جئائسٽ وري ديوارن يا بيمن تي ٽڪيل ھوندا آھن.جئائسٽ 30 انچن کان 45 انچن جي مفاصلي تي رکيل ھوندا آھن. ڪانڪريٽ جي ٿولھھ ڪمانيءَ جي چوٽيءَ (Crown) وٽ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 6 انچ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ ڪمانيءَ جي بلندي ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ اھا خامي آھي تھ اھا سڌي سطح (Plain Surface) نٿي رھي. آخري ڇيڙن وارن حصن کي افقي ڇڪ (Horizontal thrust) کان روڪڻ لاءِ لوھھ جي جئائسٽ جي ٻاھرين جوڙن (Pairs)  وٽ ٻنڌ سيخون (Tie rods) لڳايون وينديون آھن. ٽاءِ راڊس 6 فوٽن جي مرڪزي (6 feet centre to centre) مفاصلي تي ھئڻ گھرجن. جئڪ آرچن جا گھيرا (Rings)  اڀ سرا (Brick on edge) يا سڌين سرن (Bricks on flat) جا ھئڻ گھرجن.

===رينفورسڊ برڪ ڇتيون (Reinforced Brick Roofs) ===
ھي ڇتيون پڻ آر-سي-سيءَ جي ڇتين وانگر  ۽ سڌيون ھونديون آھن، فرق صرف اھو ھوندو آھي جو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي جاءِ تي سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. سرن ۾ ڇت جي ڊيگھھ ۽ ويڪر جي طرف لڳاتار جوڙ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن جوڙن ۾ ڊزائن مطابق لوھھ جو سريو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. جوڙن جي ٿولھھ ٽي ڀاڱي چار انچ رکي ويندي آھي، جنھن  اندر سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو مسالو ڀريو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن جوڙن کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ سان ڀرڻو ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ جوڙن جي ٿولھھ ڏيڍ انچ کان ٻن انچن تائين رکڻ گھرجي. مکيھ سريو (Main reinforcement) ٿوري فاصلي طرف ۽ ورڇيندڙ سريو (Distribution bars) وڌيڪ فاصلي طرف وجھڻ گھرجي ۽ ورڇيندر سريو مکيھ سريي جي مٿان لڳائڻ گھرجي. رينفورسڊ برڪ جي ڪم جي ٿولھھ ھڪ سر جي ٿولھھ کان ٻن سرن جي ٿولھھ تائين ھئڻ گھرجي. ٻيءَ صورت ۾ وڌيڪ ٿولھھ واري ڇت نھايت ئي مھانگي پوندي.

ڇت جي مٿان ٻيو سمورو ڪم ائين ڪرڻ گھرجي جيئن آر-سي-سيءَ جي ڇت لاءِ ڄاڻايل آھي.
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون ڀروسي جھڙيون نھ ٿيون رھن ۽ انھيءَ سبب ڪري گھٽ استعمال ٿين ٿي
 
===ڇپرن واري يا ڪکائين ڇت (Thatched roof)===
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون عام طرح سان ٻن طرفن کان سلامي ڏيئي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن، جيئن برسات جو پاڻي ڇت جي مٿان بيھي نقصان نہ پھچائي.

ھن قسم جي ڇت ٺاھڻ لاءِ 1 ½ انچ ڊايا ميٽر جي بانس جا ٽڪڙا ھڪ فوٽ جي پور وڇوٽيءَ جي مفاصلي تي رکي ۽ انھن جي خلاف گوني ڪنڊ تي ڇھن انچن جي پور وڇوٽيءَ جي مفاصلي تي چڱيءَ طرح لڪڙا ٻڌي جوڙ جڪ (Frame work) ڪئي ويندي آھي. انھيءَ بعد 6 انچن کان 12 انچن جي ٿولھھ تائين سر، ٽوئا يا ڇپريون، ٽن ٽن انچن جي تھن جي صورت ۾ چاڙھيون وينديون آھن. اڪثر طور تي پھريون تھ بانس جي لڪڙن سان جوڙي جڪي تيار ڪري چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ڇت جي رال (Pitch) 35 ڊگرين جي لڳ ڀڳ رکي ويندي آھي.

ھن قسم جي ڇت اگر ھنرمندي ۽ ڪاريگري سان ٺاھي وڃي تھ سٺي نموني اڻ ٽمندڙ ۽ پاڻيءَ روڪ رھي ٿي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ باھھ لڳڻ جا امڪان تمام گھڻا رھن ٿا ۽ اڏوھي ۽ جيت لڳڻ جو خطرو پڻ رھي ٿو. جيڪڏھن انھن سڀني خطرن کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت جو مدو 15 سالن کان وڌيڪ نھ ٿو رھي.

===ائسبيسٽاس سيمينٽ جي ڇت (Asbestos cement corrugated sheet roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت نھايت ئي عمده قسم جي ائسبيسٽاس ۽ سيمينٽ جي گڏيل مرڪب مان ٺھيل اھڙين چادرن سان ڍڪي ٺاھي ويندي آھي جن ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو نقص جھڙوڪ ڦوٽ، ڏار، ڀڳل ڪنڊون ۽ پاسا وغيرھ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن. ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪٽ يا زنگ (Rust)  لڳڻ جو خطرو نھ ٿو رھي. ھنن تي نھ اڏوھي لڳي ٿي سگھي ۽ نہ ئي وري انھن تي رنگ ڪرڻ جي ضرورت پوي ٿي، البتہ سردين ۾ انھن جي ھيٺان آلاڻ پيدا ٿي پوي ٿي. ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ باھ جو مقابلو ڪرڻ، ۽ موسمي اثرن کي ڪنھن حد تائين روڪڻ جي خاصيت رھي ٿي.

ھنن ڇتين ۾ (7mm) 9/32 in. واري ٿولھھ جي چادرن استعمال ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ڪامن (Purlins)  جي وچ ۾ وڌ ۾ وڌ 5 فوٽ 3 انچ  (1.6m) جو فاصلو ۽ ¼ انچ  (6 mm) جي ٿولھھ وارين چادرن جي حالت ۾ 4 فوٽ 6 انچ (1.4 m) ھئڻ گھرجي.
چادرن جو لسو پاسو ھميشھ مٿان ۽ وڪڙن وارو پاسو ھيٺان ھئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ پاسي وارو چڙھاڪو (Side lap) گھٽ ۾ گھٽ اڌ وڪڙ جيترو، جيڪو عموما (4.5 cm) 13/4&quot; جي برابر ھوندو آھي ۽ ڇيڙن وارو چڙھاڪو (End lap)  گھٽ ۾ گھٽ (15 cm) 6&quot; جي برابر ڏنو وڃي. جڏھن تھ پاسن وارا آزاد حصا گھٽ ۾ گھٽ (40 cm) 1'-4&quot; اڌارن کان ٻاھر نڪتل ھئڻ گھرجن.
چادرن کي قابو ڪرڻ لاءِ آڌار وارين پٽين وٽ چادرن جي وڪڙن جي چوٽين (Crowns) ۾ (8 mm) 3/16&quot; جا ڊرل مشين رستي سوراخ ڪڍي قلعي دار j  (Galvanised) ۽ L جي صورت وارا ڪنڍا (Hooks)  استعمال ڪري ڏامر ۽ قلعي دار (Galvanised iron) وائيسر (Washer)  ڏيئي انھن کي چادرن مٿان، نٽ پٺيان نٽ جي حساب سان جڪڙيو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ سوراخ ڪڍڻ واسطي چادرن کي ڪنھن ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ھرگز ڀڳو ۽ چيريو نھ وڃي انھن نٽن کي پھريائين ڍرو ڇڏيو وڃي ۽ جڏھن ڪافي چادرون وڇائجي وڃن تھ پوءِ انھن کي سوڙھو ۽ قابو ڪيو وڃي. سوراخن  جو قطر (Diameter)  استعمال ٿيندڙ بولٽن جي قطر کان 1/16 انچ وڌيڪ ھئڻ گھرجي. نقصان کان بچاءُ واسطي چادرن کي مٿي چاڙھي وڇائڻ لاءِ تختا يا ڏاڪڻون استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجن. جيڪڏھن ڪنھن بھ چادر کي نقصان پھچي تھ انھيءَ کي اڇلائي خارج ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي ٻي چادر استعمال ڪجي. تمام گھڻي احتياط ڪندي بھ جيڪڏھن انھن چادرن ۾ ڪي نظر انداز ڪرڻ جوڳا ٽنگ ٿي پون تھ انھن کي ڏامر يا ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي مرڪب سان بند ڪري سگھجي ٿو بشرطيڪ انھن مان پاڻي ٽمي نہ سگھي.  ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ ائسبيسٽاس سيمينٽ جي چادرن جا ٽي قسم ٿيندا آھن جن جو ڪجھھ تفصيل ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

*ايورائيٽ بگسڪس : (Everite Bigsix)

ھن قسم جون چادرون 2.758  فوٽ (7 cm) ويڪريون 1.312 فوٽن کان 84.9 فوٽ (4.0 ميٽر کان 3 ميٽرن تائين) ڊگھيون ۽ ¼ انچ (6 mm)  ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. انھن ۾ مجموعي طرح سان 5.7 وڪڙ ٿيندا آھن ۽ ھڪ کان ٻئي وڪڙ تائين اٽڪل  5 ¾ انچن جو مفاصلو ٿيندو آھي، جڏھن تھ وڪڙ جي چوٽيءَ ۽ تري يعني ھيٺ تائين اوچائي 13.2 انچ (5.4 cm)  ٿيندي آھي.

*ايورائٽ اسٽئنڊرڊ : (Everite Standard)

ھي چادرون ٻن قسمن جون ٿينديون آھن.، ھڪڙيون ننڍيون چادرون ۽ ٻيون وڏيون. ننڍيون چادرون 5.2 فوٽ (76 cm)  ويڪريون 3 ½ فوٽن (1.07 mm)  کان  12 ½ فوٽن (3.9 m) تائين ڊگھيون ۽ ¼  انچ (6 mm)  ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. ھن ۾ وڪڙن جي اوچائي ھڪ انچ (2.54 cm)  کان  1.13&quot;  (2.86 cm) تائين ۽ ٻن وڪڙن جي وچ ۾ درمياني مفاصلو 09.2 انچ (5.3 cm) ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھر چادر ۾ 5.10 وڪڙ (Corrugations)  ٿيندا آھن. وڏيون چادرون 3 3/8 فوٽن کان  3 ½ فوٽن تائين (05.1 ميٽرن کان 1.10 ميٽرن تائين) ويڪريون، 3 3/8 فوٽن کان 10 فوٽن تائين ( 04.1 ميٽرن کان 05.3 ميٽرن تائين) ڊگھيون ۽ ¼ انچ (6 mm) ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. ور وڪڙن جي اوچائي 3/16&quot; (اٽڪل 5 سينٽيميٽرن کان 5.4 سينٽيميٽرن تائين) ۽  ان وڪڙن جي وچ وارو مفاصلو 5 ¾ انچ (146 cm) ٿيندو آھي.

*ٽرنال ٽريفورڊ : (Turnal Trafford)
ھي چادرون اٽڪل 3 5/8 فوٽ (13.1 ميٽر) ويڪريون، 4 فوٽن (1.22 ميٽر) کان 10 فوٽن (3.05 m) تائين ڊگھيون ھونديون آھن ۽ ھنن شيٽن ۾ ور وڪڙن جو تسلسل نھ ھوندو آھي، بلڪ ھر وڪڙ کان پوءِ ھموار سطح ھوندي آھي. ھر چادر ۾ اٽڪل چار وڪڙ ٿيندا آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون وڏين عمارتن جھڙوڪ گودامن، سينيما گھرن ۽ ڪارخانن ۾ استعمال ٿينديون آھن. 

===لوھ جي جستي ۽ ناليدر چادرن جون ڇتيون (Galvanised Corrugated Iron Sheet Roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ 16 گيج کان وٺي 24 گيج جون لوھھ جون جستي ۽ ناليدار چادرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ انھن ڳالھين جو خاص خيال رکيو وڃي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪم ايندڙ شيٽون چڱيءَ طرح ۽ بلڪل پختيءَ طرح جستي ملمعي چڙھيل آھن. جيڪڏھن انھن پڙ ڇن ۾ ڪٽ، سفيد پائوڊر جھڙا ٽڪرا، گاٺ ۽ ڦوٽ نظر اچي تھ اھڙن پڙڇن (Sheets) کي ھرگز استعمال نہ ڪجي.

ھيءُ پڙڇ ھميشھ ڪاٺ يا لوھ جي گرڊرن ۽ ڪامن (Purlins) مٿان ڇھن انچن (15 cm) جو ڇيڙن وارو چڙھاڪو (End Overlap) ۽ ٻين وڪڙن (Corrugations) جو ھر سائيڊ کان سائيڊ وارو چڙھاڪو (Side lap) ڏيئي رکيا ويندا آھن. پڙڇن کي قابو رکڻ لاءِ ڪامن مٿان چاڙھڻ کان اڳ ۾ کين زمين تي رکي گھربل ھنڌن تي ڪنھن تکي اوزار سان ٽنگ ڪڍي، انھيءَ بعد مٿي چاڙھي کين بولٽن، اسڪرن، ڪلين ۽ ڪوڪن (Rivets) وغيره سان قابو ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ اھي سوراخ ھنن چادرن ۾ ھيٺان کان مٿي پار ڪرڻ جي حساب سان ۽ ھميشھ وڪڙن جي چوٽيءَ وٽ ڪڍڻ گھرجن. انھن شيٽن کي ھميشھ ملمعي وارن نٽن، بولٽن، ڏامر جي وائيسرن (Washers)  ۽ جستي ملمعي وارن وائيسرن وسيلي ڪامن (Purlins) سان مضبوط ڪري جڪڙيو وڃي. اھي ڪنڍا ۽ بولٽ 5/16 يا 8 ملي ميٽر جي قطر جا ۽ L يا J جي شبيھھ جا ٿيندا آھن. پيچن ھيٺان واشر مضبوطي حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھنن پڙڇن کي لڳائڻ وقت انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ پلون وٽ انھيءَ چادر جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ نالي (Corrugation) ٻيءَ ناليءَ جي مٿان چڙھيل ھجي ۽ ڊگھا پاسا 3 انچن کان 5 انچن تائين (يعني 7.5 سينٽيميٽرن کان 14 سينٽيميٽرن تائين) ھڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙھيل ھئڻ گھرجن. ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪم ايندڙ چادرون 2 فوٽ 3 انچن کان 4 فوٽ 4 انچن ( 65 cm کان 126 cm) تائين ويڪريون، 5 فوٽن کان 15 فوٽن (5.1 ميٽر کان 5.3 ميٽرن) تائين ڊگھيون 1/16 انچن کان ¼ انچ (1.66 mm کان 6.56 cm) تائين ٿلھيون اٺن (8) وڪڙن سان ۽ ھر ھڪ وڪڙ جي وچ کان ٻئي وڪڙ (pitch) جي وچ تائين 3 انچن (7.6 cm) جي مفاصلي واريون ٿينديون آھن. ھيءُ پڙڇ تور ۾ ھلڪا ۽ لڳائڻ (Fixing)  ۾ سولا ٿين ٿا. البتھ موسمي اثرن کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٺيڪ  نٿا ٿا رھن ۽ انھن منجھان گرمي توڙي سردي آسانيءَ سان لنگھي (To transmit) سگھي ٿي. بھرحال ھيءُ پڙڇ پائيدار ۽ باھ جو مقابلو ڪرڻ جي لائق آھي.

ھن قسم جون ڇتيون 1:5 جي تناسب کان وڌيڪ سڌيون نھ رکڻ گھرجن ۽ عام طور 1:2 جي تناسب واريون ڇتيون بھتر رھن ٿيون. 1:2 ½ جي تناسب وارين نصب ڪيل (Pitched) ڇتين جي صورت ۾ ڇيڙي وارو چڙھاڪو (End overlap) 9 انچن (23 cm) کان گھٽ ھئڻ نہ گهرجي.

ھن قسم جون ڇتيون ڇاپرن (Sheds) ۽ ڪارخانن وغيره لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن.  ھن قسم جي ڇتين جو مٿاڇرو ھڪ ڪرو ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن شيٽن جا ور وڪڙ (Corrugations) سڌا ۽ ھموار ھئڻ گهرجن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>ceccy536v7xpsomdqqo4i5lz709g65g</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401046</id>
      <parentid>401045</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T00:57:35Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401046</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="60089" sha1="o11bdmy2llm9sjerebjc1qf4e39zpgv" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|عمارت جو مٿيون حفاظتي ڍڪ}}

[[فائل:Tak - Ystad-2022.jpg|thumb|2022ع ۾ [[يسٽاڊ]] جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ مختلف عمارتن جون ڇتيون.]]

'''ڇت''' (انگريزي: ''Roof'') عمارت جو سڀ کان مٿيون حفاظتي ڍڪ هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ اهي سڀئي تعميراتي جزا ۽ مواد شامل هوندا آهن، جيڪي ان کي عمارت جي [[ڀت]]ن يا ٻين سهارن تي مضبوطيءَ سان قائم رکندا آهن. ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد عمارت ۽ ان جي رهواسين کي [[مينهن]]، [[برف]]، [[سج جي روشني]]، انتهائي گرمي يا سردي ۽ [[هوا]] جي اثرن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Harris, Cyril M. (editor). ''Dictionary of Architecture and Construction'', Third Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2000, p. 775.&lt;/ref&gt; ڇت عمارت جي ٻاهرئين حفاظتي ڍانچي (بلڊنگ انولپ) جو هڪ اهم حصو آهي.

ڪنهن به ڇت جي شڪل، بناوت ۽ خاصيتون ان عمارت جي استعمال، دستياب ڇت سازي جي مواد، مقامي تعميراتي روايتن، [[معماري]] جي ڊزائن ۽ تعميراتي عمل تي دارومدار رکن ٿيون. ڪيترين حالتن ۾ انهن تي مقامي يا قومي تعميراتي قانونن ۽ ضابطن جو پڻ اثر هوندو آهي.

گهڻن ملڪن ۾ ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد مينهن کان بچاءُ هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه تعميرن ۾، جهڙوڪ [[ورانڊو]]، اهڙي ڇت استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي جيڪا سج جي سڌي روشني کان بچائي ٿي، پر هوا ۽ ٻين قدرتي عنصرن جي اچ وڃ کي برقرار رکي ٿي. ساڳيءَ طرح [[شيشي گهر]] (گارڊن ڪنزرويٽري) جي ڇت ٻوٽن کي سردي، هوا ۽ مينهن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي، جڏهن ته سج جي روشني اندر اچڻ جي اجازت به ڏيندي آهي.

ڇت کي اضافي رهائشي يا استعمال لائق جاءِ طور پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو، مثال طور [[ڇت وارو باغ]] (روف گارڊن).

== اشتقاق ==

لفظ '''ڇت''' جي انگريزي صورت ''Roof''، پراڻي انگريزي ٻوليءَ جي لفظ '''hrof''' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن جي معنيٰ ''ڇت''، [[ڇت (اندروني)|اندروني ڇت]] (Ceiling)، مٿيون حصو، چوٽي، آسمان يا جنت هئي. مجازي طور هي لفظ ڪنهن به شيءِ جي سڀ کان مٿاهين حصي يا بلند ترين نقطي لاءِ پڻ استعمال ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.etymonline.com/word/roof|title=Roof|website=Online Etymology Dictionary}}&lt;/ref&gt;

هي لفظ [[پروٽو-جرمني ٻولي]] جي لفظ '''خروفام khrofam''' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن سان ٻين جرمني ٻولين جا ڪيترائي لاڳاپيل لفظ پڻ ملن ٿا. مثال طور [[ڊچ ٻولي]] ۾ '''roef''' جي معنيٰ ٻيڙيءَ جي ڪيبن يا ڍڪ، تابوت جي ڍڪ وغيره آهي، [[وچئين اعليٰ جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ '''rof''' جو مطلب ڇپر يا اوچو ڇت وارو حصو، جڏهن ته [[قديم نورس ٻولي]] ۾ '''hrof''' ٻيڙيءَ جي ڇپر يا ٻيڙي رکڻ واري ڍڪيل جاءِ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو.

لساني ماهرن موجب هي لفظ جرمني ٻولين کان ٻاهر ٻين ٻولي خاندانن سان ڪو واضح تعلق نٿو رکي. انگريزي ٻولي ئي اها واحد جرمني ٻولي آهي، جنهن ۾ ''روف'' لفظ پنهنجي عام معنيٰ، يعني عمارت جي مٿئين حفاظتي ڍڪ، لاءِ برقرار رهيو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻين جرمني ٻولين ۾ انهيءَ مفهوم لاءِ اهي لفظ استعمال ٿين ٿا، جيڪي پراڻي انگريزي جي '''þæc''' (ٿئچ؛ يعني ڇپر يا ڪکن جي ڇت) سان لاڳاپيل آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite OED|roof, n.}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== بناوتي جزا ==

ڇت جي ڊزائن جا بنيادي جزا هي آهن:

* مواد؛
* [[گهر جي ڇت جي بناوت|تعميراتي بناوت]]؛
* پائيداري.

=== مواد ===

ڇت ٺاهڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد علائقي، موسم، دستيابي ۽ تعميراتي ضرورتن موجب مختلف هوندا آهن. اهي [[ڪيلي]] جي پنن، ڪڻڪ جي [[ڀوسو|ڀوسي]] يا [[سامونڊي گاهه]] کان وٺي [[پرتدار شيشو]] (ليمينيٽيڊ گلاس)، [[ٽامو|ٽامي]]، [[ايلومينيم]] جي چادرن ۽ اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[ڪنڪريٽ]] تائين ٿي سگهن ٿا. دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾ [[ٺڪر]] جون [[ڇت جون سرون]] صدين، بلڪه هزارين سالن کان سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇت سازي جو مواد رهيون آهن.

ٻين عام ڇت سازي جي موادن ۾ [[اسفالٽ]]، [[ڪوئلي جي تار]]، [[اي پي ڊي ايم رٻڙ]] (EPDM Rubber)، [[هائپالون]]، [[پولي يوريٿين]] جو فوم، [[پولي ونائل ڪلورائيڊ]] (PVC)، [[سليٽ پٿر]]، [[ٽيفلون]] جو ڪپڙو، [[ٿرموپلاسٽڪ اوليفن]] (TPO)، ۽ [[ڪاٺ]] جون ڇتيون (ووڊ شيڪز ۽ شنگلز) شامل آهن.

=== تعميراتي بناوت ===

ڇت جي تعميراتي بناوت ان ڳالهه تي دارومدار رکي ٿي ته ان کي ڪهڙي طريقي سان سهارو ڏنو ويو آهي، هيٺئين خالي جاءِ کي ڪيئن ڍڪيو ويو آهي، ۽ ڇت ڍلوان (پچڊ) آهي يا هموار.

'''ڇت جي ڍلوان''' (روف پچ) ان زاويي کي چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن تي ڇت پنهنجي سڀ کان هيٺئين نقطي کان مٿي طرف اڀري ٿي. آمريڪا ۾ گهڻيون رهائشي عمارتون، سواءِ انتهائي خشڪ علائقن جي، ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون رکن ٿيون. جيتوڻيڪ جديد نيڪال جا نظام، جهڙوڪ پاڻيءَ جون ناليون، هموار ڇت کي به ڪارائتو بڻائي سگهن ٿا، پر روايت، جمالياتي حسن ۽ تعميراتي ضرورتن سبب اڄ به گهڻيون ڇتيون ڍلوان سان ٺاهيون وڃن ٿيون.

ڪجهه ڇت سازي جا مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]] (ٿيچ)، پاڻي نه رسڻ ۽ ڊگهي عمر لاءِ تيز ڍلوان جي گهرج رکن ٿا. جڏهن ته ٻيا مواد، جهڙوڪ [[پين ٽائل]] (Pantile)، تمام تيز ڍلوان تي مستحڪم ناهن رهندا، پر گهٽ ڍلوان تي موسم کان بهترين تحفظ فراهم ڪندا آهن.

جن علائقن ۾ برسات تمام گهٽ پوندي آهي، اتي لڳ ڀڳ هموار ڇت، جنهن ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ معمولي ڍلوان هجي، عام طور ڪافي هوندي آهي. اهڙين ڇتين ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ ناليون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن سان وڌيڪ ڍلوان جي ضرورت گهٽجي ويندي آهي.

ڇت جي تعمير ۾ ماهر ڪاريگر کي '''ڇت ساز''' (روفر) چيو ويندو آهي.

=== پائيداري ===

ڇت جي پائيداري انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڇت عمارت جو اهو حصو آهي، جتي مرمت يا تجديد لاءِ پهچڻ نسبتاً ڏکيو هوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ڇت کي نقصان پهچي يا اها تباهه ٿي وڃي ته ان جا اثر سڄي عمارت جي حفاظت، استعمال ۽ عمر تي پئجي سگهن ٿا.

== شڪل ==

[[فائل:Roof diagram.jpg|thumb|upright=1.15|مغربي طرز جي ڇت جي ڪجهه حصن جا نالا]]

{{مکيه|ڇتين جي شڪلين جي فهرست}}

'''ڇتين جون شڪلون''' دنيا جي مختلف علائقن ۾ هڪ ٻئي کان گهڻو مختلف هونديون آهن. ڇت جي شڪل تي اثرانداز ٿيندڙ اهم عنصر مقامي [[آبهوا]]، ڇت جي ڍانچي لاءِ دستياب تعميراتي مواد، ۽ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي ڍڪ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.huffpost.com/entry/roofing-materials-to-prot_b_8959516 |title=Roofing Materials to Protect You From the Elements |website=HuffPost |date=12 January 2016}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڇتين جون بنيادي شڪلون هيٺيان آهن:

* [[هموار ڇت]] (Flat Roof)
* [[يڪ طرفي ڍلوان واري ڇت]] (Mono-pitched Roof)
* [[گيبل ڇت]] (Gable Roof)
* [[مينسارڊ ڇت]] (Mansard Roof)
* [[هپ ڇت]] (Hip Roof)
* [[تتلي نما ڇت]] (Butterfly Roof)
* [[قوسي ڇت]] (Arched Roof)
* [[گنبذي ڇت]] (Domed Roof)

انهن بنيادي شڪلين جون ڪيتريون ئي ٻيون صورتون پڻ موجود آهن.

جيڪي ڇتيون ڪيترن هموار حصن مان ٺهيل هونديون آهن، پر انهن حصن کي ڪنهن نه ڪنهن ڍلوان تي ٺاهيو ويندو آهي، انهن کي '''ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون''' (Pitched Roofs) چيو ويندو آهي. عام طور جيڪڏهن ڇت جو ڍلوان 10 درجن کان وڌيڪ هجي ته ان کي ڍلوان واري ڇت تصور ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;C. M. Harris, ''Dictionary of Architecture &amp; Construction''&lt;/ref&gt;

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇتيون ڍلوان واريون هونديون آهن، جن ۾ خاص طور [[گيبل ڇت]]، [[هپ ڇت]] ۽ [[اسڪليون ڇت]] (Skillion Roof) شامل آهن.

ڪجهه ڇتين جون شڪلون قدرتي (Organic) انداز تي ٻڌل هونديون آهن. اهڙيون شڪلون يا ته معمار جي ڊزائن جي نتيجي ۾ اختيار ڪيون وينديون آهن يا وري ان سبب پيدا ٿينديون آهن جو تعمير ۾ لچڪدار مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]]، استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

== حصا ==

ڇت ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندي آهي:

* ان جي '''سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت''' (سپورٽنگ اسٽرڪچر)؛
* ان جو '''ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه''' (آئوٽر ليئر)، جيڪو ڇت جو سڀ کان مٿيون موسم کان بچاءُ ڪندڙ حصو هوندو آهي.

ڪجهه عمارتن ۾ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه پاڻ ئي بار کڻندڙ بناوت (سيلف-سپورٽنگ اسٽرڪچر) طور پڻ ڪم ڪندو آهي.

عام طور ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت [[ڀت]]ن تي بيٺل هوندي آهي، جيتوڻيڪ ڪجهه تعميراتي انداز، جهڙوڪ [[جيوڊيزيڪ گنبذ]] ۽ [[اي-فريم گهر]]، ۾ ڀت ۽ ڇت جي وچ وارو فرق گهڻو نمايان نه رهندو آهي.

=== سهارو ===

{{Main|گهر جي ڇت جي بناوت}}

[[فائل:Linkopings stadsbibliotek roof2.jpg|thumb|[[سويڊن]] ۾ هڪ لائبريري جي ڇت]]

ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت عام طور ڊگهن ۽ مضبوط شهتيرن (بيم) تي ٻڌل هوندي آهي، جيڪي گهڻو ڪري [[ڪاٺ]] مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري کان پوءِ [[ڪاسٽ لوهه]] ۽ [[فولاد]] پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيڻ لڳا.

جن ملڪن ۾ [[بانس]] جو استعمال عام آهي، اتي ان جي قدرتي لچڪ سبب ڇتين ۾ هلڪي وڪريل شڪل پيدا ٿيندي آهي، جيڪا خاص طور اوڀر ايشيائي، خاص ڪري [[جاپاني معمار]]ي جي سڃاڻپ سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

ڪاٺ اهڙو مواد آهي، جنهن سان مختلف قسمن جون ڇتيون آسانيءَ سان تعمير ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. ڪاٺ جي بناوت نه رڳو تعميراتي سهارو فراهم ڪندي آهي، پر جيڪڏهن ان کي ظاهر رکيو وڃي ته اها عمارت جي جمالياتي حسن ۾ پڻ اضافو ڪندي آهي.

پراڳاڙهي زماني کان وٺي پٿر جا افقي شهتير (لنٽيل) ڇتين کي سهارو ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن، پر اهي تمام وڏن فاصلن کي ڍڪي نٿا سگهن. بعد ۾ [[قديم روم]] جي دور ۾ پٿر جي قوس (اسٽون آرڪ) جو وسيع استعمال شروع ٿيو، جنهن جي مختلف صورتن سان لڳ ڀڳ 140 فوٽ (43 ميٽر) تائين جا فاصلا ڍڪي سگهبا هئا.

پٿر جون قوسون ۽ [[والٽ (معماري)|والٽ]]، چاهي رٻن (Ribs) سان هجن يا بغير رٻن جي، لڳ ڀڳ ٻن هزارن سالن تائين وڏين عمارتن جي ڇتين جي بنيادي بناوت رهيون. اها روايت [[صنعتي انقلاب]] کان پوءِ آهستي آهستي ختم ٿيڻ لڳي، جڏهن لوهه جا شهتير استعمال ٿيڻ شروع ٿيا ۽ [[جوزف پيڪسٽن]] جهڙن معمارن جديد عمارتون، جهڙوڪ [[ڪرسٽل پيلس]] (1851ع)، تعمير ڪيون.

فولادي گرڊرن (اسٽيل گرڊر) ۾ مسلسل بهتري اچڻ سان اهي وڏين ڇتين ۽ بعد ۾ عام رهائشي گهرن جي تعمير ۾ به بنيادي سهارو بڻجي ويا. گرڊر جو هڪ ٻيو قسم [[رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ]] جو شهتير آهي، جنهن ۾ ڌاتي سلاخن کي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر بند ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان تنشي قوتن جي مقابلي ۾ ان جي مضبوطي وڌي ويندي آهي.

ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت کي رهائش يا استعمال لائق جاءِ طور پڻ ڪم آندو ويندو آهي، جنهن کي ڇت جي فرش بندي (روف ڊيڪنگ) چيو ويندو آهي. اهڙي جاءِ کي ڪمري يا ٻين استعمالن لاءِ تبديل ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه ===

{{Main|تجارتي طور دستياب ڇت سازي جي موادن جي فهرست}}

ڇت جو ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد جي لحاظ کان تمام گهڻي تبديلي رکي ٿو. روايتي يا مقامي [[معماري]] ۾ ڇت لاءِ گهڻو ڪري قدرتي ٻوٽيدار مواد استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]]، جنهن مان سامونڊي گاهه سان ٺهيل ڇت لڳ ڀڳ چاليهن سالن تائين قائم رهي سگهي ٿي.

ايشيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ [[بانس]] کي ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه، ٻنهي طور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. بانس جي ڊگهن ڦاڙيل ٽڪرن کي هڪ ٻئي مٿان چاڙهي وڇايو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان پاڻيءَ کان بچاءُ ڪندڙ مضبوط ڇت تيار ٿيندي آهي.

جن علائقن ۾ [[ڪاٺ]] وافر مقدار ۾ موجود هوندو آهي، اتي ڪاٺ جون ڇت واريون تختيون (شنگلز)، ٿلها ڪاٺي ٽڪرا (شيڪز) ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪجهه ملڪن ۾ مخصوص وڻن جي [[ڪل]] کي ٿلهين چادرن جي صورت ۾ لاهي ڇت طور پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.


ويهين صديءَ دوران گڏيل [[اسفالٽ]] وارين ڇت جي تختين (ڪمپوزيشن اسفالٽ شنگلز) جي تياري شروع ٿي. انهن جي عمر انهن جي ٿولهه ۽ معيار موجب مختلف هوندي آهي. سنهي قسم جون تختيون عام طور لڳ ڀڳ ويهه سال هلنديون آهن، جڏهن ته وڌيڪ ٿلهيون ۽ اعليٰ معيار جون تختيون گهڻي عرصي تائين، ڪڏهن ڪڏهن سڄي خدمت واري عمر تائين، استعمال ٿي سگهن ٿيون. انهن جي قيمت به عام طور سندن ٿولهه ۽ پائيداري تي دارومدار رکي ٿي.

جڏهن ڇت جي تختين جو مٿيون تهه پراڻو يا خراب ٿي وڃي ٿو ته عام طور پراڻيون تختيون، هيٺيون حفاظتي تهه (انڊرلي مينٽ) ۽ ڇت جون ميخون هٽائي نئينون تختيون لڳايون وينديون آهن. ٻيو طريقو اهو آهي ته نئون تهه پراڻين تختين جي مٿان ئي لڳايو وڃي. جيتوڻيڪ هي طريقو تيز ۽ گهٽ خرچائتو هوندو آهي، پر ان سان ڇت جي ڪاٺي بناوت (روف شيئٿنگ) جي جاچ ممڪن نه رهندي آهي ۽ جيڪڏهن پاڻيءَ سبب اندر ڪو نقصان ٿيو هجي ته ان جي مرمت به نٿي ٿي سگهي.

ان کان علاوه، پراڻين تختين جي مٿان نئون تهه لڳائڻ سان ميخون ڪاٺي بناوت تائين گهٽ پهچنديون آهن، جنهن ڪري انهن جي پڪڙ ڪمزور ٿي ويندي آهي. وڌيڪ اهم ڳالهه اها آهي ته اضافي مواد جو وزن ڇت جي مقرر مرده بار (ڊيڊ لوڊ) کان وڌي سگهي ٿو، جنهن سان ڇت جي ڊهڻ جو خطرو پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿو. انهيءَ سبب، جن ملڪن ۾ [[بين الاقوامي عمارتي ضابطو]] (انٽرنيشنل بلڊنگ ڪوڊ) لاڳو آهي، اتي جيڪڏهن ڇت تي اڳ ۾ ئي ٻن يا وڌيڪ تهن ۾ ڇت سازي جو مواد موجود هجي ته ان جي مٿان نئون تهه لڳائڻ جي اجازت نه هوندي. اهڙين حالتن ۾ نئين ڇت لڳائڻ کان اڳ پراڻو مواد مڪمل طور هٽائڻ لازمي هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Chapter 9 - Roof Assemblies|url=http://publicecodes.cyberregs.com/icod/irc/2012/icod_irc_2012_9_par135.htm}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[سليٽ پٿر]] ڇت سازي لاءِ هڪ انتهائي مناسب ۽ تمام گهڻي پائيدار مواد آهي. سليٽ جي ڇت عام طور 75 کان 150 سالن تائين، ۽ ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ان کان به وڌيڪ عرصي تائين قائم رهي سگهي ٿي. تنهن هوندي به، سليٽ جي ڇت لڳائڻ جو خرچ گهڻو هوندو آهي. مثال طور آمريڪا ۾ سليٽ جي ڇت جي قيمت ڪڏهن ڪڏهن سڄي گهر جي باقي تعمير جيتري ٿي سگهي ٿي.

سليٽ جي ڇت ۾ سڀ کان پهرين عام طور اهي ميخون خراب ٿينديون آهن، جن سان سليٽ جون تختيون ٻڌل هونديون آهن. وقت سان گڏ انهن ۾ زنگ لڳڻ سبب تختيون پنهنجي جاءِ تان سُرڪڻ لڳنديون آهن. برطانيا ۾ هن مسئلي کي ''نيل سڪنس'' (Nail Sickness) چيو ويندو آهي. انهيءَ ڪري سليٽ جي ڇتين لاءِ [[اسٽينليس اسٽيل]] يا [[ٽامو|ٽامي]] جون ميخون استعمال ڪرڻ جي سفارش ڪئي ويندي آهي، ۽ انهن کي پڻ موسم جي سڌي اثر کان محفوظ رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Six Steps to Building a 150 Year Roof|url=https://kocaeliwebtasarim.medium.com/six-steps-to-building-a-150-year-roof-4624749b33c2}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[ايزبسٽاس]]، جيڪو گهڻو ڪري لهردار ڳنڍيل چادرن جي صورت ۾ استعمال ٿيندو هو، ويهين صديءَ دوران هڪ سستي، نه سڙندڙ ۽ بهترين حرارتي موصليت واري ڇت سازي جي مواد طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويو. پر بعد ۾ ايزبسٽاس جي کوٽائي، تياري ۽ استعمال سان لاڳاپيل سنگين صحت ۽ قانوني مسئلن جي ڪري ان کي نئين ڇت سازي جي مواد طور استعمال ڪرڻ تقريباً بند ڪيو ويو. تنهن هوندي به، خاص طور ڏکڻ آمريڪا ۽ ايشيا جي ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾ اڄ به ايزبسٽاس واريون پراڻيون ڇتيون موجود آهن.

[[گاهه واريون ڇتيون]]، جن کي جديد دور ۾ [[سائي ڇت]] (گرين روف) ۽ روايتي طور [[گاس واري ڇت]] (سوڊ روف) چيو ويندو آهي، سٺيون حرارتي موصليت واريون هونديون آهن. ماحولياتي تحفظ ۽ شهرن کي وڌيڪ سرسبز بڻائڻ لاءِ اهڙين ڇتين جي تعمير کي هاڻي وڌيڪ هٿي ڏني پئي وڃي. انهن ۾ موجود مٽي ۽ ٻوٽا قدرتي موصل (لونگ انسوليشن) طور ڪم ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان عمارت جي اندروني گرمي پد ۾ توازن برقرار رهندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|date=2020-02-06|title=Green and Cool Roofs|url=https://drawdown.org/solutions/green-and-cool-roofs}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[ايڊوب]] جون ڇتيون مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن ۾ ڪکن يا جانورن جا وار جهڙا ڳنڍيندڙ مواد ملايا ويندا آهن. پوءِ ان کي ڪاٺين جي ڄاري (ليٿ) تي پلستر ڪري هموار يا هلڪي ڍلوان واري ڇت ٺاهي ويندي آهي. اهڙيون ڇتيون گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٺاهيون وينديون آهن، جتي برسات تمام گهٽ پوندي آهي.

جن علائقن ۾ مٽي وافر مقدار ۾ موجود هوندي آهي، اتي پڪل [[ڇت جون سرون]] صدين کان ڇت سازي جو بنيادي مواد رهيون آهن. ڇت جون سرون ٺاهڻ ۽ ساڙڻ جي صنعت گهڻو ڪري سرن جي ڪارخانن سان لاڳاپيل هوندي آهي. ماضي ۾ انهن سرن جي شڪل ۽ رنگ هر علائقي جي سڃاڻپ هوندا هئا، پر اڄڪلهه خريد ڪندڙن جي ضرورت ۽ پسند مطابق مختلف شڪلين، رنگن ۽ اندازن جون سرون تجارتي بنيادن تي تيار ڪيون وڃن ٿيون. [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جون ڇت واريون سرون پڻ عام استعمال ٿين ٿيون، جيڪي ڪيترن ئي مختلف اندازن ۽ شڪلين ۾ موجود آهن.

ڌاتي چادرن، خاص طور [[ٽامو|ٽامي]] ۽ [[سيهو|سيهي]]، کي پڻ ڪيترن ئي صدين کان ڇت سازي ۾ استعمال ڪيو پيو وڃي. جيتوڻيڪ اهي مواد مهانگا آهن، پر انتهائي پائيدار پڻ آهن. مثال طور [[شارترس گرجاگھر]] (شارترس ڪيٿيڊرل) جي وڏي ٽامي واري ڇت ڪيترن ئي صدين کان موجود آهي، جيڪا وقت سان گڏ آڪسائيڊ ٿيڻ سبب هلڪي سائي رنگ جي ٿي وئي آهي.

سيهو، جيڪو ڪڏهن ڪڏهن گرجاگهرن جي ڇتين ۾ استعمال ٿيندو هو، گهڻو ڪري رهائشي گهرن جي ڇتين ۾ پاڻي نه رسڻ واري بندش (فليشنگ) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو، خاص طور سليٽ جي ڇتين جي وادين (ويليز) ۽ چمنين جي چوڌاري. ٽامي کي به ساڳئي مقصد لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو.

اوڻيهين صديءَ ۾ [[لوهه]] کي [[جست]] سان چڙهائي (گالوانائيزيشن) زنگ جي مزاحمت وڌائي وئي، جنهن سان هلڪو، آسانيءَ سان کڻي وڃڻ جهڙو ۽ پاڻي نه رسائيندڙ ڇت سازي جو مواد تيار ٿيو. گهٽ قيمت ۽ آسانيءَ سان لڳائڻ جي ڪري اهو سڄي دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ تجارتي ڇت سازي جي موادن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

ان کان پوءِ ڌاتي ڇتن جا ڪيترائي نوان قسم تيار ڪيا ويا. فولادي ڇت جون تختيون (اسٽيل شنگلز) ۽ بيهندڙ ڳانڍاپي واريون ڌاتي ڇتيون (اسٽينڊنگ-سيم روف) لڳائڻ جي طريقي ۽ هيٺ استعمال ٿيندڙ حفاظتي تهه (انڊرلي مينٽ) تي دارومدار ڪندي عام طور پنجاهه سال يا ان کان به وڌيڪ عرصي تائين قائم رهي سگهن ٿيون. انهن جي قيمت عام طور اسفالٽ واري ڇت ۽ سليٽ واري ڇت جي وچ واري سطح تي هوندي آهي.

ويهين صديءَ دوران ڇت سازي لاءِ ڪيترائي نوان مواد تيار ڪيا ويا، جن ۾ بٽومين تي ٻڌل مواد، رٻڙ تي ٻڌل ڇتيون، مختلف مصنوعي مادا، جهڙوڪ [[ٿرموپلاسٽڪ]]، ۽ [[شيشي جي فائبر]] تي ٻڌل مواد شامل آهن.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot; class=&quot;center&quot; caption=&quot;ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه&quot;&gt;
File:The Elms Jersey.jpg|[[سليٽ پٿر]]، [[جرسي]]
File:Miskolc omassa peasant house.jpg|ٺڪر جون ڇت واريون سرون، [[هنگري]]
File:Niigata NCM Peasant Rice Farmers House.jpg|چانورن جي ڪکن جي ڇت، [[جاپان]]
File:Njem house in Cameroon.jpg|[[ڪيلي]] جي پنن جي ڇت، [[ڪيمرون]]
File:Neot smadar.jpg|[[کجور]] جي ٽارين جي ڇت، [[نيوٽ سيمادار]]، [[اسرائيل]]
File:Minenverwalter Kolmannskuppe.jpg|ڌاتي چادرن واري ڇت، [[نيميبيا]]
File:Gassho-zukuri farmhouse-02.jpg|ڪکن جي ڇت جي مرمت، گاشو-زڪوري طرز جو گهر، [[جاپان]]
File:Stone Roofing House - Palchan - Kullu 2014-05-10 2507.JPG|ڇت سازي لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ پٿر، [[هماچل پرديش]]، [[ڀارت]]
File:Green Roof in Norway.png|گاهه واري ڇت، [[ناروي]]
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== ڪم ==

ڇت جو نظام (روف اسيمبلي) رڳو عمارت کي ڍڪڻ لاءِ نه هوندو آهي، بلڪه اهو ڪيترائي اهم ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

# '''پاڻي جي نيڪال:''' ڇت جو بنيادي ڪم برساتي پاڻي کي آسانيءَ سان وهي وڃڻ ڏيڻ آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي ڇت جي مٿاڇري تي بيهي نه رهي. بيٺل پاڻي ڇت جي بناوت تي اضافي زنده بار (لائيو لوڊ) وجهي ٿو، جيڪو تعميراتي حفاظت لاءِ خطرو بڻجي سگهي ٿو. ان کان علاوه، بيٺل پاڻي گهڻن ڇت سازي جي موادن جي عمر به گهٽائي ڇڏي ٿو. ڪجهه ٺاهيندڙ ڪمپنيون ته اهڙي حالت ۾ پنهنجي شين جي ضمانت (وارنٽي) پڻ ختم ڪري ڇڏينديون آهن.

# '''موسمي اثرن کان تحفظ:''' ڇت عمارت جي اندروني حصي کي [[مينهن]]، [[هوا]]، [[سج جي روشني]]، گرمي، سردي ۽ [[برف]] جهڙن موسمي عنصرن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي.

# '''حرارتي موصليت:''' جديد تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن جي اڪثر ڇتين ۾ موصليت واريون تختيون (انسوليشن بورڊ) يا فائبر موصلي مواد (باٽ انسوليشن) شامل ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تعميراتي ضابطا، جهڙوڪ بين الاقوامي عمارتي ضابطو (انٽرنيشنل بلڊنگ ڪوڊ) ۽ بين الاقوامي رهائشي ضابطو (انٽرنيشنل ريزيڊنشل ڪوڊ)، ڇت جي اندر گهربل گهٽ ۾ گهٽ حرارتي مزاحمت (آر-ويليو) پڻ مقرر ڪندا آهن.

# '''گهربل خدمت واري عمر تائين ڪارڪردگي برقرار رکڻ:''' هر معياري ڇت سازي واري مواد جي هڪ اندازي مطابق خدمت واري عمر هوندي آهي، جيڪا عملي تجربي تي ٻڌل هوندي آهي. مناسب سار سنڀال ۽ سخت طوفاني نقصان نه ٿيڻ جي صورت ۾ گهڻا ڇت سازي جا مواد پنهنجي ٺاهيندڙ جي ضمانت واري مدت کان به گهڻو وڌيڪ عرصو هلي سگهن ٿا. مثال طور:
#* ڌاتي ۽ [[ڇت جون سرون|سرن]] واريون ڇتيون عام طور 50 سال يا ان کان وڌيڪ هلي سگهن ٿيون.
#* اسفالٽ جون ڇت واريون تختيون (اسفالٽ شنگلز) لڳ ڀڳ 30 کان 50 سال قائم رهي سگهن ٿيون.
#* ڪوئلي جي تار تي ٻڌل گهڻ تهه واريون ڇتيون (ڪول ٽار بلڊ-اپ روفس) اٽڪل 40 سال يا ان کان وڌيڪ هلي سگهن ٿيون.
#* اڪيلي تهه واريون ڇتيون (سنگل پلاء روفس) عام طور 20 سال يا ان کان وڌيڪ عرصي تائين خدمت انجام ڏين ٿيون.

# '''خوبصورت ڏيک مهيا ڪرڻ:''' ڪجهه ڇت سازي جا نظام صرف پنهنجي فني ڪارڪردگي جي بنياد تي نه، پر انهن جي جمالياتي حسن جي ڪري پڻ چونڊيا ويندا آهن، بلڪل اهڙيءَ طرح جيئن عمارت جي ٻاهرين ڀتين جي سينگار لاءِ مختلف ڍڪ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. پرڪشش شڪل ۽ عمارت جي مجموعي ظاهري حسن (ڪرب اپيل) سبب ڪيترائي ماڻهو اهڙين ڇتين لاءِ وڌيڪ قيمت ادا ڪرڻ به قبول ڪندا آهن.

=== حرارتي موصليت ===

ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد ماڻهن ۽ انهن جي ملڪيت کي مختلف موسمي حالتن کان محفوظ رکڻ هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڇت جي حرارتي موصليت (ٿرمل انسوليشن) ان جي بناوت ۽ ڇت سازي جي مواد جي چونڊ ۾ اهم حيثيت رکي ٿي.

ڪجهه ڇت سازي جا مواد، خاص طور قدرتي فائبرن مان ٺهيل مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]]، قدرتي طور تمام سٺي حرارتي موصليت رکن ٿا. جن موادن ۾ اها خاصيت گهٽ هوندي آهي، تن ۾ عام طور ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه جي هيٺان اضافي [[عمارتي موصليت|موصلي مواد]] لڳايو ويندو آهي.

ترقي يافته ملڪن ۾ گهڻين رهائشي عمارتن ۾ ڇت جي بناوتي حصن جي هيٺان [[اندروني ڇت]] (سيلنگ) لڳائي ويندي آهي. اندروني ڇت جو مقصد صرف گرمي ۽ سردي کان بچاءُ نه هوندو آهي، پر اها شور، مٽي، ۽ پکين جي فضلي يا انهن جي جسم تي موجود جُون جهڙين تڪليفن کان به تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڪيترائي پکي ڇتين ۾ آکيرا ٺاهيندا آهن.

[[ڪنڪريٽ]] جون ڇت واريون سرون پڻ حرارتي موصليت ۾ مددگار ثابت ٿينديون آهن. جيڪڏهن انهن کي اهڙي نموني لڳايو وڃي، جو سرن ۽ ڇت جي مٿاڇري جي وچ ۾ هوا جي هڪ خالي جاءِ موجود رهي، ته اها سج جي گرمي کي عمارت جي اندر منتقل ٿيڻ کان وڏي حد تائين گهٽائي سگهي ٿي.

ڇت جي موصليت لاءِ مختلف قسمن جا مواد استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* موٽو ڪپڙو (فيلٽ) يا پلاسٽڪ جون چادرون، جيڪي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن گرمي موٽائيندڙ (رفليڪٽو) مٿاڇري سان هونديون آهن ۽ ڇت جي سرن يا ٻين مواد جي هيٺان لڳايون وينديون آهن؛
* مصنوعي فوم جا موصلي تهه، جيڪي اندروني ڇت جي مٿان وڇايا ويندا آهن؛
* ٻيهر استعمال ٿيل ڪاغذ مان تيار ڪيل موصلي مواد ۽ ٻيا اهڙا مواد، جيڪي ڇت جي خالن ۾ ڀريا يا اسپري ذريعي داخل ڪيا ويندا آهن.

تازن سالن ۾ [[ٿڌي ڇت]] (ڪول روف) جو استعمال تيزيءَ سان وڌي رهيو آهي،&lt;ref name=&quot;10.3390/su13094665&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Farhan |first1=Syed Ahmad |last2=Ismail |first2=Fouad Ismail |last3=Kiwan |first3=Osamah |last4=Shafiq |first4=Nasir |last5=Zain-Ahmed |first5=Azni |last6=Husna |first6=Nadzhratul |last7=Hamid |first7=Afif Izwan Abd |title=Effect of Roof Tile Colour on Heat Conduction Transfer, Roof-Top Surface Temperature and Cooling Load in Modern Residential Buildings under the Tropical Climate of Malaysia |journal=Sustainability |year=2021 |volume=13 |issue=9 |page=4665 |doi=10.3390/su13094665}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ ڪجهه علائقن ۾ مقامي تعميراتي ضابطن تحت انهن جو استعمال لازمي پڻ قرار ڏنو ويو آهي. ٿڌي ڇت مان مراد اهڙي ڇت آهي، جيڪا سج جي شعاعن کي وڏي حد تائين موٽائي ڇڏيندي هجي (ھاء رفليڪٽوٽي) ۽ پاڻ ۾ جذب ٿيل گرمي کي به آسانيءَ سان خارج ڪري ڇڏيندي هجي (ھاء ٿرمل ايمٽنس).&lt;ref name=&quot;10.3390/su13094665&quot;/&gt;

جيڪڏهن ڇت ۾ مناسب موصليت ۽ هوا جي اچ وڃ (Ventilation) جو بندوبست نه هجي ته ٿڌن علائقن ۾ ڇت جي ڪنارن تي [[برف جو بند]] (آئس ڊيم) ٺهي سگهي ٿو. اهو تڏهن ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ڇت جي مٿئين حصي مان گرمي ٻاهر نڪري ٿي، جنهن سبب اتي موجود برف ڳري وڃي ٿي. ڳريل پاڻي هيٺ لهي ڇت جي ڪنارن وٽ ٻيهر ڄمي وڃي ٿو ۽ برف جي ٿلهي تهه جي صورت اختيار ڪري ٿو. نتيجي ۾ پاڻي ڇت جي مواد هيٺان داخل ٿي سگهي ٿو، جنهن سان ڇت جي بناوت، نالين ۽ پاڻي جي نيڪال واري نظام کي نقصان پهچي سگهي ٿو.

==  ڇتين جا قسم== 

ڇتين جا ڪيترائي قسم آھن، جھڙوڪ؛
#سڌيون ڇتيون (Flat Roofs)
#سلاميءَ واريون ڇتيون (Sloped Roofs)
#ھڪ طرف سلاميءَ واريون ڇتيون
#ٻئي طرف سلاميءَ واريون نوڪدار ڇتيون
#ھپ روف (Hip Roof)
#گئمبريل روف (Gambrel Roof)
#مانسرڊ روف (Mansard Roof)
#ڊيڪ روف (Deck Roof)
#ڪارائيءَ جي ڏندن وانگر ”سا ٽٿ روف“ (Saw Tooth Roof)

ڇتين جي ڪن مختلف قسمن جو تفصيلوار بيان ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

=== سڌيون ڇتيون === 
 
عام طرح سان اڄ ڪلھ رھائشي جاين لاءِ سڌين ڇتين کي وڌيڪ پسند ڪيو وڃي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي سولائيءَ سان باھھ روڪ (Fire Proof)  بڻائي سگھجي ٿو. ازنسواءِ ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي مٽيءَ جو تھھ ڏيئي سولائيءَ سان ٿڌو رکي سگھجي ٿو.
تعميراتي طريقن جي لحاظ کان ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي ترتيب وار ھيٺئين ريت ورھائي سگھجي ٿو.
#آر-سي-سيءَ جون ڇتيون (R.C.C Flat Roofs)
#درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتيون (First class tile roofing)
#رينفورسڊ برڪ جون ڇتيون (Reinforced Brick Roofs)
#درجہ دوم ٽائيل ڇتيون (Second class tile roofing)
#جئڪ ڪمان ڇتيون (Jack Arch Roofing)
#ڪاٺ جي تختن جون سڌيون ڇتيون (Wooden flat Roofs)

مٿي ڄاڻايل قسم جي ڇتين مان ڪن خاص ۽ گھڻو استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇتين جو تفصيلوار بيان ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

===آر-سي-سيءَ جون سڌيون ڇتيون (Reinforced cement concrete flat roofs)===
ھن قسم جي ڇتين جو استعمال اڄڪلھھ عام ۽ مقبول ٿي چڪو آھي ۽ گھڻ منزلھ عمارتن لاءِ ڪارآمد پڻ آھي. ھن قسم جي ڇت کي ٿڌو رکڻ لاءِ عام طرح سان گرم علائقن ۾ ٽن انچن کان چئن انچن تائين مٽيءَ جو تھھ ڏيئي انھيءَ جي مٿان گاري جو پلستر (Mud Pluster) يا سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي مسالي سان سرن جون ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر جوڙ ۾ مسالو چڱيءَ طرح لڳايو وڃي جيئن برسات ۽ موسمي اثرن سبب کلي نھ وڃي. جوڙن بعد درزون چڱيءَ طرح ورتيون وينديون آھن. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو پڻ خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ پاڻي ڪھڙي بھ ريت ڇت تي بيٺل نھ رھي. ڇت جي سلامي احتياط سان رکي ويندي آھي ۽ فالتو مسالو، سرن جا  ٽڪرا ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ۽ ڪچرو صاف ڪري اڇليو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ڇت تمام وڏي آھي تھ انھيءَ کي مختلف حصن ۾ ورھائي سلامي ڏني ويندي آھي. تقريبا 1:60  کان 1:40  جي تناسب جي سلامي مناسب سمجھي ويندي آھي.

===ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ (Water proofing flat roofs) ===

ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي مٿين سطح (Surface) کي عام طرح سان صاف ڪري انھيءَ کي چڱيءَ طرح سڪايو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ کان پوءِ ڏامر (Bitumen) کي (190.56o C) 375o F ۽ (204.44o C) 400o F گرمي جي درجي تائين پگھاري سطح جي مٿان ٻن عليحده تھن جي صورت ۾ پوريءَ طرح پٿاريون ويندو آھي، جيئن ٻنھي تھن جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 1/16 انچ بيھي. اھڙيءَ صورت ۾ 100 مربع فوٽن تي 34 پائونڊ ڏامر استعمال ٿيندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد ڏامر جي مٿان جابلو ريتيءَ جو ھلڪو تھھ ڏنو ويندو آھي، اھڙي طرح جيئن 100 مربع فوٽن تي ھڪ مڪعب فوٽ جابلو ريتي استعمال ٿئي، انھيءَ بعد گھربل اوچائي4 ۾ مٽي ڀري انھيءَ مٿان مٽيءَ جي گاري جو پلستر يا سرن جي ٽائيلن جو تھھ ڏنو ويندو آھي. ڏامر جي مٿان جابلو ريتيءَ جو ڇڻڪار انھيءَ ڪري ڪيو ويندو آھي، جيئن اھو ڏامر جي تھھ کي مٽيءَ جي تھ کان جدا رکي.

درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتين (First class tile roofing)  ۽ درجھ دوم ٽائيل ڇتين (Second class tile roofing) جي صورت ۾ ڏامر جو تھھ سرن يا ٽائيل مٿان لڳايل سيمينٽ پلستر جي مڪمل ترائيءَ ۽ انھيءَ جي چڱيءَ طرح سڪڻ بعد ڏنو ويندو آھي ۽ آر-سي-سيءَ جي سلئب جي صورت ۾ پڻ انھيءَ جي مڪمل ترائي ۽ چڱيءَ طرح سڪڻ بعد ڏنو ويندو آھي.

انھيءَ کان علاوھ ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ لاءِ ٻيو اھو بھ طريقو آھي تھ ڏامر جي بجاءِ 04 يا 05 گيج جي شفاف پلاسٽڪ يا پاليٿين چادر (04/05 Guage polythene sheet) استعمال ڪجي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال رکڻو آھي تھ اھا پاليٿين جي چادر ڪنھن بھ ھنڌان ڦاٽل نھ ھجي ۽ گھڻي ايراضيءَ جي حالت ۾ سلاميءَ جي طرف اھي شيٽون يا چادرون ھڪ ٻئي مٿان چڱيءَ طرح چڙھيل (Over-laped) ھئڻ کپن. اھي شيٽون ڇت جي مٿان تيڪي (Parapet wall) جي ھيٺ تائين ھئڻ گھرجن ٻيءَ صورت ۾ جيڪڏھن شيٽ کي صرف تيڪي تائين ڇڏيو ويندو تھ برسات جو پاڻي تيڪي جي ھيٺان لنگھڻ جي ڪوشش ڪندو ۽ ڇت کي نقصان پھچائيندو، پاليٿين پلاسٽڪ ھڪ ھڪ نباتاتي مرڪب آھي ۽ انھيءَ ۾ عمر ڀر جٽاءُ ۽ پائيداريءَ جي خاصيت آھي. ھن تي تيزابيت (Acid) ۽ چانيھي يا کار (Alkali) جو اثر نھ ٿو ٿئي.

پاڻيءَ کي ٽمڻ (Water proofing) کان روڪڻ لاءِ ڏامر جي ٺھيل ٺڪيل چادر جنھن کي بٽومين فيلٽ (Bitumen felt) سڏيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ جو بہ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ اھا ڪنھن بھ شڪل يا ڊؤل جي ڇت ۽ بناوت لاءِ استعمال ڪري سگھجي ٿي. ھيٺ ڏنل فھرست ۾ مختلف قسمن جي بٽومين فيلٽ ۽ انھيءَ جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ تور ڄاڻايل آھي.

===درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتيون (First class tile roofing) ===
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون آر-سي-سي، ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي ڪامن،، پٽين، ٽيئرن ۽ گرڊرن مٿان 12&quot;x6&quot;x1 1/4&quot; جي سائيز جي سرن جي ٽائيلن جا ٻھ تھھ ڏيئي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جي ڇتين جي تعمير ھيٺئين ريت ڪئي ويندي آھي؛

*سرن جي ٽائيلن جو پھريون تھھ، پٽين مٿان جيڪي 12&quot; جي پور وڇوٽيءَ تي ڪامن مٿان (يا لوھھ جي گرڊرن مٿان ٽيئر رکي) رکيون وينديون آھن، 1:6 جي تناسب ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جي مسالي سان يا 1:2 جي تناسب ۾ چن ۽ سرخيءَ جي گچ سان لڳايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر ھڪ جوڙ ۾ مسالو چڱيءَ طرح لڳل ھجي.
*سرن جي پھرئين تھھ مٿان اڌ انچ جي ٿولھھ ۾ 1:6  جي تناسب جو سيمينٽ پلستر چاڙھي انھيءَ بعد ٽائيلن جو ٻيو تھھ مٿي ڄاڻايل طريقي سان چاڙھيو ويندو آھي پر خاص طرح سان اھو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ سرن جي ٻئي تھھ جا جوڙ پھرئين تھھ جي جوڙن سان نھ ملن بلڪ انھن جوڙن جي ابتڙ ھجن. ائين ڪرڻ سان مٿئين تھھ جا جوڙ ھيٺئين تھھ جي جوڙن سان نھ ملندا ۽ ڇت ٽمڻ (Leakage) جو امڪان گھٽ رھندو.
*ٽائيلن جي ٻئي تھھ مٿان اڌ انچ جو 1:6 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ پلستر چاڙھيو ويندو آھي
*بعد ۾ سيمينٽ پلستر جي مٿان ڏامر جو تھ  (مٿي ڄاڻايل طريقي سان) چاڙھي، انھيءَ جي مٿان جابلو  ريتي ڇٽي ويندي آھي، جيئن ڇت پاڻيءَ روڪ ٿي.
*انھيءَ بعد ڇت کي ٿڌو رکڻ لاءِ ٽن کان چئن انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ مٽيءَ (جيڪا ڪلر ۽ ٻئي گند ڪچري کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ھجي) جو تھ ڀري، انھيءَ مٿان ھڪ انچ جو مٽيءَ جي گادي جو پلستر ڪري، انھيءَ جي مٿان ڇيڻي جي ليپائي ڪبي آھي.

سرن جي ڀتين جي مٿان ۽ گرڊرن جي ھيٺان لوھھ جي بيڊ پليٽ ڏيڻ تمام ضروري آھي، جيئن گرڊرن جي بار سبب ڀتين جا گرڊر سان ملندڙ حصا ڪمزور ٿي، ٽائيم گذرڻ سان جھڪاءُ آڻي، نقصان نھ پھچائين. گرڊرن ۽ ٽيئرن جي صورت ۾ کين ڇت تي چاڙھڻ کان پھرين سنڌور (Red Oxide)  جي پينٽ جو تھھ ڏيئي، سڪائي پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان انئمل پينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ چاڙھي پوءِ ڀتين مٿان چاڙھجن، جيئن انھن مٿان ڪٽ (Rust) سولائيءَ سان نھ چڙھي. جيڪڏھن ائين نھ ڪبو تھ ٽائيلن چاڙھڻ بعد گرڊرن ۽ ٽيئرن جا صرف ھيٺيان حصا پينٽ ڪري سگھبا ۽ ٻيا دٻيل حصا پينٽ بنا رھجي وڃڻ جي حالت ۾ وقت گذرڻ سان ڪٽبا ويندا ۽ نتيجي ۾ اھي تمام گھٽ ٽائيم ھلندا. نتيجي ۾ ڇت تي ڪيل سمورو ڪم ايترو پائيدار نھ ٿيندو ۽ ٺھيل ڇت پنھنجي ٽائيم کان اڳ ۾ بدلائڻي پوندي.

ڇيڙن وارين ديوارن جي اندرين حصن ۽ پٽين يا ٽيئرن جي وچ ۾ 3 انچن کان 9 انچن جو مفاصلو ھئڻ گھرجي. ڇت جي ٽيڪي جي ديوار مٿان گولو (Drip Course)  ڏيڻ ضروري آھي، جيئن مينھن جو پاڻي انھيءَ کي نقصان نھ پھچائي 


===درجہ دوم ٽائيلن جون ڇتيون (Second class tile roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت جي تعمير پڻ درجھ اول ڇت جي تعمير وانگرگ ٿيندي آھي. فرق صرف اھو آھي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ٽائيلن جو صرف ھڪ تھھ چاڙھيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڊرپ ڪورس جي بجاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو گولو (C.C. Coping)  ڏنو ويندو آھي. 

===جئڪ آرچ ڇتيون (Jack Arch Roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ سرن يا سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جون ڪمانيون  (Arches) تعمير ڪيون وينديون آھن ۽ انھن ڪمانن جا ڇيڙا پالتو لوھ (Mild Steel)  جي ڪامن (Joists) مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ جئائسٽ وري ديوارن يا بيمن تي ٽڪيل ھوندا آھن.جئائسٽ 30 انچن کان 45 انچن جي مفاصلي تي رکيل ھوندا آھن. ڪانڪريٽ جي ٿولھھ ڪمانيءَ جي چوٽيءَ (Crown) وٽ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 6 انچ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ ڪمانيءَ جي بلندي ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ اھا خامي آھي تھ اھا سڌي سطح (Plain Surface) نٿي رھي. آخري ڇيڙن وارن حصن کي افقي ڇڪ (Horizontal thrust) کان روڪڻ لاءِ لوھھ جي جئائسٽ جي ٻاھرين جوڙن (Pairs)  وٽ ٻنڌ سيخون (Tie rods) لڳايون وينديون آھن. ٽاءِ راڊس 6 فوٽن جي مرڪزي (6 feet centre to centre) مفاصلي تي ھئڻ گھرجن. جئڪ آرچن جا گھيرا (Rings)  اڀ سرا (Brick on edge) يا سڌين سرن (Bricks on flat) جا ھئڻ گھرجن.

===رينفورسڊ برڪ ڇتيون (Reinforced Brick Roofs) ===
ھي ڇتيون پڻ آر-سي-سيءَ جي ڇتين وانگر  ۽ سڌيون ھونديون آھن، فرق صرف اھو ھوندو آھي جو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي جاءِ تي سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. سرن ۾ ڇت جي ڊيگھھ ۽ ويڪر جي طرف لڳاتار جوڙ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن جوڙن ۾ ڊزائن مطابق لوھھ جو سريو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. جوڙن جي ٿولھھ ٽي ڀاڱي چار انچ رکي ويندي آھي، جنھن  اندر سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو مسالو ڀريو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن جوڙن کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ سان ڀرڻو ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ جوڙن جي ٿولھھ ڏيڍ انچ کان ٻن انچن تائين رکڻ گھرجي. مکيھ سريو (Main reinforcement) ٿوري فاصلي طرف ۽ ورڇيندڙ سريو (Distribution bars) وڌيڪ فاصلي طرف وجھڻ گھرجي ۽ ورڇيندر سريو مکيھ سريي جي مٿان لڳائڻ گھرجي. رينفورسڊ برڪ جي ڪم جي ٿولھھ ھڪ سر جي ٿولھھ کان ٻن سرن جي ٿولھھ تائين ھئڻ گھرجي. ٻيءَ صورت ۾ وڌيڪ ٿولھھ واري ڇت نھايت ئي مھانگي پوندي.

ڇت جي مٿان ٻيو سمورو ڪم ائين ڪرڻ گھرجي جيئن آر-سي-سيءَ جي ڇت لاءِ ڄاڻايل آھي.
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون ڀروسي جھڙيون نھ ٿيون رھن ۽ انھيءَ سبب ڪري گھٽ استعمال ٿين ٿي
 
===ڇپرن واري يا ڪکائين ڇت (Thatched roof)===
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون عام طرح سان ٻن طرفن کان سلامي ڏيئي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن، جيئن برسات جو پاڻي ڇت جي مٿان بيھي نقصان نہ پھچائي.

ھن قسم جي ڇت ٺاھڻ لاءِ 1 ½ انچ ڊايا ميٽر جي بانس جا ٽڪڙا ھڪ فوٽ جي پور وڇوٽيءَ جي مفاصلي تي رکي ۽ انھن جي خلاف گوني ڪنڊ تي ڇھن انچن جي پور وڇوٽيءَ جي مفاصلي تي چڱيءَ طرح لڪڙا ٻڌي جوڙ جڪ (Frame work) ڪئي ويندي آھي. انھيءَ بعد 6 انچن کان 12 انچن جي ٿولھھ تائين سر، ٽوئا يا ڇپريون، ٽن ٽن انچن جي تھن جي صورت ۾ چاڙھيون وينديون آھن. اڪثر طور تي پھريون تھ بانس جي لڪڙن سان جوڙي جڪي تيار ڪري چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ڇت جي رال (Pitch) 35 ڊگرين جي لڳ ڀڳ رکي ويندي آھي.

ھن قسم جي ڇت اگر ھنرمندي ۽ ڪاريگري سان ٺاھي وڃي تھ سٺي نموني اڻ ٽمندڙ ۽ پاڻيءَ روڪ رھي ٿي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ باھھ لڳڻ جا امڪان تمام گھڻا رھن ٿا ۽ اڏوھي ۽ جيت لڳڻ جو خطرو پڻ رھي ٿو. جيڪڏھن انھن سڀني خطرن کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت جو مدو 15 سالن کان وڌيڪ نھ ٿو رھي.

===ائسبيسٽاس سيمينٽ جي ڇت (Asbestos cement corrugated sheet roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت نھايت ئي عمده قسم جي ائسبيسٽاس ۽ سيمينٽ جي گڏيل مرڪب مان ٺھيل اھڙين چادرن سان ڍڪي ٺاھي ويندي آھي جن ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو نقص جھڙوڪ ڦوٽ، ڏار، ڀڳل ڪنڊون ۽ پاسا وغيرھ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن. ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪٽ يا زنگ (Rust)  لڳڻ جو خطرو نھ ٿو رھي. ھنن تي نھ اڏوھي لڳي ٿي سگھي ۽ نہ ئي وري انھن تي رنگ ڪرڻ جي ضرورت پوي ٿي، البتہ سردين ۾ انھن جي ھيٺان آلاڻ پيدا ٿي پوي ٿي. ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ باھ جو مقابلو ڪرڻ، ۽ موسمي اثرن کي ڪنھن حد تائين روڪڻ جي خاصيت رھي ٿي.

ھنن ڇتين ۾ (7mm) 9/32 in. واري ٿولھھ جي چادرن استعمال ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ڪامن (Purlins)  جي وچ ۾ وڌ ۾ وڌ 5 فوٽ 3 انچ  (1.6m) جو فاصلو ۽ ¼ انچ  (6 mm) جي ٿولھھ وارين چادرن جي حالت ۾ 4 فوٽ 6 انچ (1.4 m) ھئڻ گھرجي.
چادرن جو لسو پاسو ھميشھ مٿان ۽ وڪڙن وارو پاسو ھيٺان ھئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ پاسي وارو چڙھاڪو (Side lap) گھٽ ۾ گھٽ اڌ وڪڙ جيترو، جيڪو عموما (4.5 cm) 13/4&quot; جي برابر ھوندو آھي ۽ ڇيڙن وارو چڙھاڪو (End lap)  گھٽ ۾ گھٽ (15 cm) 6&quot; جي برابر ڏنو وڃي. جڏھن تھ پاسن وارا آزاد حصا گھٽ ۾ گھٽ (40 cm) 1'-4&quot; اڌارن کان ٻاھر نڪتل ھئڻ گھرجن.
چادرن کي قابو ڪرڻ لاءِ آڌار وارين پٽين وٽ چادرن جي وڪڙن جي چوٽين (Crowns) ۾ (8 mm) 3/16&quot; جا ڊرل مشين رستي سوراخ ڪڍي قلعي دار j  (Galvanised) ۽ L جي صورت وارا ڪنڍا (Hooks)  استعمال ڪري ڏامر ۽ قلعي دار (Galvanised iron) وائيسر (Washer)  ڏيئي انھن کي چادرن مٿان، نٽ پٺيان نٽ جي حساب سان جڪڙيو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ سوراخ ڪڍڻ واسطي چادرن کي ڪنھن ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ھرگز ڀڳو ۽ چيريو نھ وڃي انھن نٽن کي پھريائين ڍرو ڇڏيو وڃي ۽ جڏھن ڪافي چادرون وڇائجي وڃن تھ پوءِ انھن کي سوڙھو ۽ قابو ڪيو وڃي. سوراخن  جو قطر (Diameter)  استعمال ٿيندڙ بولٽن جي قطر کان 1/16 انچ وڌيڪ ھئڻ گھرجي. نقصان کان بچاءُ واسطي چادرن کي مٿي چاڙھي وڇائڻ لاءِ تختا يا ڏاڪڻون استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجن. جيڪڏھن ڪنھن بھ چادر کي نقصان پھچي تھ انھيءَ کي اڇلائي خارج ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي ٻي چادر استعمال ڪجي. تمام گھڻي احتياط ڪندي بھ جيڪڏھن انھن چادرن ۾ ڪي نظر انداز ڪرڻ جوڳا ٽنگ ٿي پون تھ انھن کي ڏامر يا ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي مرڪب سان بند ڪري سگھجي ٿو بشرطيڪ انھن مان پاڻي ٽمي نہ سگھي.  ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ ائسبيسٽاس سيمينٽ جي چادرن جا ٽي قسم ٿيندا آھن جن جو ڪجھھ تفصيل ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

*ايورائيٽ بگسڪس : (Everite Bigsix)

ھن قسم جون چادرون 2.758  فوٽ (7 cm) ويڪريون 1.312 فوٽن کان 84.9 فوٽ (4.0 ميٽر کان 3 ميٽرن تائين) ڊگھيون ۽ ¼ انچ (6 mm)  ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. انھن ۾ مجموعي طرح سان 5.7 وڪڙ ٿيندا آھن ۽ ھڪ کان ٻئي وڪڙ تائين اٽڪل  5 ¾ انچن جو مفاصلو ٿيندو آھي، جڏھن تھ وڪڙ جي چوٽيءَ ۽ تري يعني ھيٺ تائين اوچائي 13.2 انچ (5.4 cm)  ٿيندي آھي.

*ايورائٽ اسٽئنڊرڊ : (Everite Standard)

ھي چادرون ٻن قسمن جون ٿينديون آھن.، ھڪڙيون ننڍيون چادرون ۽ ٻيون وڏيون. ننڍيون چادرون 5.2 فوٽ (76 cm)  ويڪريون 3 ½ فوٽن (1.07 mm)  کان  12 ½ فوٽن (3.9 m) تائين ڊگھيون ۽ ¼  انچ (6 mm)  ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. ھن ۾ وڪڙن جي اوچائي ھڪ انچ (2.54 cm)  کان  1.13&quot;  (2.86 cm) تائين ۽ ٻن وڪڙن جي وچ ۾ درمياني مفاصلو 09.2 انچ (5.3 cm) ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھر چادر ۾ 5.10 وڪڙ (Corrugations)  ٿيندا آھن. وڏيون چادرون 3 3/8 فوٽن کان  3 ½ فوٽن تائين (05.1 ميٽرن کان 1.10 ميٽرن تائين) ويڪريون، 3 3/8 فوٽن کان 10 فوٽن تائين ( 04.1 ميٽرن کان 05.3 ميٽرن تائين) ڊگھيون ۽ ¼ انچ (6 mm) ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. ور وڪڙن جي اوچائي 3/16&quot; (اٽڪل 5 سينٽيميٽرن کان 5.4 سينٽيميٽرن تائين) ۽  ان وڪڙن جي وچ وارو مفاصلو 5 ¾ انچ (146 cm) ٿيندو آھي.

*ٽرنال ٽريفورڊ : (Turnal Trafford)
ھي چادرون اٽڪل 3 5/8 فوٽ (13.1 ميٽر) ويڪريون، 4 فوٽن (1.22 ميٽر) کان 10 فوٽن (3.05 m) تائين ڊگھيون ھونديون آھن ۽ ھنن شيٽن ۾ ور وڪڙن جو تسلسل نھ ھوندو آھي، بلڪ ھر وڪڙ کان پوءِ ھموار سطح ھوندي آھي. ھر چادر ۾ اٽڪل چار وڪڙ ٿيندا آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون وڏين عمارتن جھڙوڪ گودامن، سينيما گھرن ۽ ڪارخانن ۾ استعمال ٿينديون آھن. 

===لوھ جي جستي ۽ ناليدر چادرن جون ڇتيون (Galvanised Corrugated Iron Sheet Roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ 16 گيج کان وٺي 24 گيج جون لوھھ جون جستي ۽ ناليدار چادرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ انھن ڳالھين جو خاص خيال رکيو وڃي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪم ايندڙ شيٽون چڱيءَ طرح ۽ بلڪل پختيءَ طرح جستي ملمعي چڙھيل آھن. جيڪڏھن انھن پڙ ڇن ۾ ڪٽ، سفيد پائوڊر جھڙا ٽڪرا، گاٺ ۽ ڦوٽ نظر اچي تھ اھڙن پڙڇن (Sheets) کي ھرگز استعمال نہ ڪجي.

ھيءُ پڙڇ ھميشھ ڪاٺ يا لوھ جي گرڊرن ۽ ڪامن (Purlins) مٿان ڇھن انچن (15 cm) جو ڇيڙن وارو چڙھاڪو (End Overlap) ۽ ٻين وڪڙن (Corrugations) جو ھر سائيڊ کان سائيڊ وارو چڙھاڪو (Side lap) ڏيئي رکيا ويندا آھن. پڙڇن کي قابو رکڻ لاءِ ڪامن مٿان چاڙھڻ کان اڳ ۾ کين زمين تي رکي گھربل ھنڌن تي ڪنھن تکي اوزار سان ٽنگ ڪڍي، انھيءَ بعد مٿي چاڙھي کين بولٽن، اسڪرن، ڪلين ۽ ڪوڪن (Rivets) وغيره سان قابو ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ اھي سوراخ ھنن چادرن ۾ ھيٺان کان مٿي پار ڪرڻ جي حساب سان ۽ ھميشھ وڪڙن جي چوٽيءَ وٽ ڪڍڻ گھرجن. انھن شيٽن کي ھميشھ ملمعي وارن نٽن، بولٽن، ڏامر جي وائيسرن (Washers)  ۽ جستي ملمعي وارن وائيسرن وسيلي ڪامن (Purlins) سان مضبوط ڪري جڪڙيو وڃي. اھي ڪنڍا ۽ بولٽ 5/16 يا 8 ملي ميٽر جي قطر جا ۽ L يا J جي شبيھھ جا ٿيندا آھن. پيچن ھيٺان واشر مضبوطي حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھنن پڙڇن کي لڳائڻ وقت انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ پلون وٽ انھيءَ چادر جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ نالي (Corrugation) ٻيءَ ناليءَ جي مٿان چڙھيل ھجي ۽ ڊگھا پاسا 3 انچن کان 5 انچن تائين (يعني 7.5 سينٽيميٽرن کان 14 سينٽيميٽرن تائين) ھڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙھيل ھئڻ گھرجن. ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪم ايندڙ چادرون 2 فوٽ 3 انچن کان 4 فوٽ 4 انچن ( 65 cm کان 126 cm) تائين ويڪريون، 5 فوٽن کان 15 فوٽن (5.1 ميٽر کان 5.3 ميٽرن) تائين ڊگھيون 1/16 انچن کان ¼ انچ (1.66 mm کان 6.56 cm) تائين ٿلھيون اٺن (8) وڪڙن سان ۽ ھر ھڪ وڪڙ جي وچ کان ٻئي وڪڙ (pitch) جي وچ تائين 3 انچن (7.6 cm) جي مفاصلي واريون ٿينديون آھن. ھيءُ پڙڇ تور ۾ ھلڪا ۽ لڳائڻ (Fixing)  ۾ سولا ٿين ٿا. البتھ موسمي اثرن کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٺيڪ  نٿا ٿا رھن ۽ انھن منجھان گرمي توڙي سردي آسانيءَ سان لنگھي (To transmit) سگھي ٿي. بھرحال ھيءُ پڙڇ پائيدار ۽ باھ جو مقابلو ڪرڻ جي لائق آھي.

ھن قسم جون ڇتيون 1:5 جي تناسب کان وڌيڪ سڌيون نھ رکڻ گھرجن ۽ عام طور 1:2 جي تناسب واريون ڇتيون بھتر رھن ٿيون. 1:2 ½ جي تناسب وارين نصب ڪيل (Pitched) ڇتين جي صورت ۾ ڇيڙي وارو چڙھاڪو (End overlap) 9 انچن (23 cm) کان گھٽ ھئڻ نہ گهرجي.

ھن قسم جون ڇتيون ڇاپرن (Sheds) ۽ ڪارخانن وغيره لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن.  ھن قسم جي ڇتين جو مٿاڇرو ھڪ ڪرو ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن شيٽن جا ور وڪڙ (Corrugations) سڌا ۽ ھموار ھئڻ گهرجن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>o11bdmy2llm9sjerebjc1qf4e39zpgv</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401047</id>
      <parentid>401046</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:01:10Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401047</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="67602" sha1="l9f3s1xa6fkk572xbquhdalyab7vkpd" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|عمارت جو مٿيون حفاظتي ڍڪ}}

[[فائل:Tak - Ystad-2022.jpg|thumb|2022ع ۾ [[يسٽاڊ]] جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ مختلف عمارتن جون ڇتيون.]]

'''ڇت''' (انگريزي: ''Roof'') عمارت جو سڀ کان مٿيون حفاظتي ڍڪ هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ اهي سڀئي تعميراتي جزا ۽ مواد شامل هوندا آهن، جيڪي ان کي عمارت جي [[ڀت]]ن يا ٻين سهارن تي مضبوطيءَ سان قائم رکندا آهن. ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد عمارت ۽ ان جي رهواسين کي [[مينهن]]، [[برف]]، [[سج جي روشني]]، انتهائي گرمي يا سردي ۽ [[هوا]] جي اثرن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Harris, Cyril M. (editor). ''Dictionary of Architecture and Construction'', Third Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2000, p. 775.&lt;/ref&gt; ڇت عمارت جي ٻاهرئين حفاظتي ڍانچي (بلڊنگ انولپ) جو هڪ اهم حصو آهي.

ڪنهن به ڇت جي شڪل، بناوت ۽ خاصيتون ان عمارت جي استعمال، دستياب ڇت سازي جي مواد، مقامي تعميراتي روايتن، [[معماري]] جي ڊزائن ۽ تعميراتي عمل تي دارومدار رکن ٿيون. ڪيترين حالتن ۾ انهن تي مقامي يا قومي تعميراتي قانونن ۽ ضابطن جو پڻ اثر هوندو آهي.

گهڻن ملڪن ۾ ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد مينهن کان بچاءُ هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه تعميرن ۾، جهڙوڪ [[ورانڊو]]، اهڙي ڇت استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي جيڪا سج جي سڌي روشني کان بچائي ٿي، پر هوا ۽ ٻين قدرتي عنصرن جي اچ وڃ کي برقرار رکي ٿي. ساڳيءَ طرح [[شيشي گهر]] (گارڊن ڪنزرويٽري) جي ڇت ٻوٽن کي سردي، هوا ۽ مينهن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي، جڏهن ته سج جي روشني اندر اچڻ جي اجازت به ڏيندي آهي.

ڇت کي اضافي رهائشي يا استعمال لائق جاءِ طور پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو، مثال طور [[ڇت وارو باغ]] (روف گارڊن).

== اشتقاق ==

لفظ '''ڇت''' جي انگريزي صورت ''Roof''، پراڻي انگريزي ٻوليءَ جي لفظ '''hrof''' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن جي معنيٰ ''ڇت''، [[ڇت (اندروني)|اندروني ڇت]] (Ceiling)، مٿيون حصو، چوٽي، آسمان يا جنت هئي. مجازي طور هي لفظ ڪنهن به شيءِ جي سڀ کان مٿاهين حصي يا بلند ترين نقطي لاءِ پڻ استعمال ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.etymonline.com/word/roof|title=Roof|website=Online Etymology Dictionary}}&lt;/ref&gt;

هي لفظ [[پروٽو-جرمني ٻولي]] جي لفظ '''خروفام khrofam''' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن سان ٻين جرمني ٻولين جا ڪيترائي لاڳاپيل لفظ پڻ ملن ٿا. مثال طور [[ڊچ ٻولي]] ۾ '''roef''' جي معنيٰ ٻيڙيءَ جي ڪيبن يا ڍڪ، تابوت جي ڍڪ وغيره آهي، [[وچئين اعليٰ جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ '''rof''' جو مطلب ڇپر يا اوچو ڇت وارو حصو، جڏهن ته [[قديم نورس ٻولي]] ۾ '''hrof''' ٻيڙيءَ جي ڇپر يا ٻيڙي رکڻ واري ڍڪيل جاءِ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو.

لساني ماهرن موجب هي لفظ جرمني ٻولين کان ٻاهر ٻين ٻولي خاندانن سان ڪو واضح تعلق نٿو رکي. انگريزي ٻولي ئي اها واحد جرمني ٻولي آهي، جنهن ۾ ''روف'' لفظ پنهنجي عام معنيٰ، يعني عمارت جي مٿئين حفاظتي ڍڪ، لاءِ برقرار رهيو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻين جرمني ٻولين ۾ انهيءَ مفهوم لاءِ اهي لفظ استعمال ٿين ٿا، جيڪي پراڻي انگريزي جي '''þæc''' (ٿئچ؛ يعني ڇپر يا ڪکن جي ڇت) سان لاڳاپيل آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite OED|roof, n.}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== بناوتي جزا ==

ڇت جي ڊزائن جا بنيادي جزا هي آهن:

* مواد؛
* [[گهر جي ڇت جي بناوت|تعميراتي بناوت]]؛
* پائيداري.

=== مواد ===

ڇت ٺاهڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد علائقي، موسم، دستيابي ۽ تعميراتي ضرورتن موجب مختلف هوندا آهن. اهي [[ڪيلي]] جي پنن، ڪڻڪ جي [[ڀوسو|ڀوسي]] يا [[سامونڊي گاهه]] کان وٺي [[پرتدار شيشو]] (ليمينيٽيڊ گلاس)، [[ٽامو|ٽامي]]، [[ايلومينيم]] جي چادرن ۽ اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[ڪنڪريٽ]] تائين ٿي سگهن ٿا. دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾ [[ٺڪر]] جون [[ڇت جون سرون]] صدين، بلڪه هزارين سالن کان سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇت سازي جو مواد رهيون آهن.

ٻين عام ڇت سازي جي موادن ۾ [[اسفالٽ]]، [[ڪوئلي جي تار]]، [[اي پي ڊي ايم رٻڙ]] (EPDM Rubber)، [[هائپالون]]، [[پولي يوريٿين]] جو فوم، [[پولي ونائل ڪلورائيڊ]] (PVC)، [[سليٽ پٿر]]، [[ٽيفلون]] جو ڪپڙو، [[ٿرموپلاسٽڪ اوليفن]] (TPO)، ۽ [[ڪاٺ]] جون ڇتيون (ووڊ شيڪز ۽ شنگلز) شامل آهن.

=== تعميراتي بناوت ===

ڇت جي تعميراتي بناوت ان ڳالهه تي دارومدار رکي ٿي ته ان کي ڪهڙي طريقي سان سهارو ڏنو ويو آهي، هيٺئين خالي جاءِ کي ڪيئن ڍڪيو ويو آهي، ۽ ڇت ڍلوان (پچڊ) آهي يا هموار.

'''ڇت جي ڍلوان''' (روف پچ) ان زاويي کي چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن تي ڇت پنهنجي سڀ کان هيٺئين نقطي کان مٿي طرف اڀري ٿي. آمريڪا ۾ گهڻيون رهائشي عمارتون، سواءِ انتهائي خشڪ علائقن جي، ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون رکن ٿيون. جيتوڻيڪ جديد نيڪال جا نظام، جهڙوڪ پاڻيءَ جون ناليون، هموار ڇت کي به ڪارائتو بڻائي سگهن ٿا، پر روايت، جمالياتي حسن ۽ تعميراتي ضرورتن سبب اڄ به گهڻيون ڇتيون ڍلوان سان ٺاهيون وڃن ٿيون.

ڪجهه ڇت سازي جا مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]] (ٿيچ)، پاڻي نه رسڻ ۽ ڊگهي عمر لاءِ تيز ڍلوان جي گهرج رکن ٿا. جڏهن ته ٻيا مواد، جهڙوڪ [[پين ٽائل]] (Pantile)، تمام تيز ڍلوان تي مستحڪم ناهن رهندا، پر گهٽ ڍلوان تي موسم کان بهترين تحفظ فراهم ڪندا آهن.

جن علائقن ۾ برسات تمام گهٽ پوندي آهي، اتي لڳ ڀڳ هموار ڇت، جنهن ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ معمولي ڍلوان هجي، عام طور ڪافي هوندي آهي. اهڙين ڇتين ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ ناليون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن سان وڌيڪ ڍلوان جي ضرورت گهٽجي ويندي آهي.

ڇت جي تعمير ۾ ماهر ڪاريگر کي '''ڇت ساز''' (روفر) چيو ويندو آهي.

=== پائيداري ===

ڇت جي پائيداري انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڇت عمارت جو اهو حصو آهي، جتي مرمت يا تجديد لاءِ پهچڻ نسبتاً ڏکيو هوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ڇت کي نقصان پهچي يا اها تباهه ٿي وڃي ته ان جا اثر سڄي عمارت جي حفاظت، استعمال ۽ عمر تي پئجي سگهن ٿا.

== شڪل ==

[[فائل:Roof diagram.jpg|thumb|upright=1.15|مغربي طرز جي ڇت جي ڪجهه حصن جا نالا]]

{{مکيه|ڇتين جي شڪلين جي فهرست}}

'''ڇتين جون شڪلون''' دنيا جي مختلف علائقن ۾ هڪ ٻئي کان گهڻو مختلف هونديون آهن. ڇت جي شڪل تي اثرانداز ٿيندڙ اهم عنصر مقامي [[آبهوا]]، ڇت جي ڍانچي لاءِ دستياب تعميراتي مواد، ۽ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي ڍڪ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.huffpost.com/entry/roofing-materials-to-prot_b_8959516 |title=Roofing Materials to Protect You From the Elements |website=HuffPost |date=12 January 2016}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڇتين جون بنيادي شڪلون هيٺيان آهن:

* [[هموار ڇت]] (Flat Roof)
* [[يڪ طرفي ڍلوان واري ڇت]] (Mono-pitched Roof)
* [[گيبل ڇت]] (Gable Roof)
* [[مينسارڊ ڇت]] (Mansard Roof)
* [[هپ ڇت]] (Hip Roof)
* [[تتلي نما ڇت]] (Butterfly Roof)
* [[قوسي ڇت]] (Arched Roof)
* [[گنبذي ڇت]] (Domed Roof)

انهن بنيادي شڪلين جون ڪيتريون ئي ٻيون صورتون پڻ موجود آهن.

جيڪي ڇتيون ڪيترن هموار حصن مان ٺهيل هونديون آهن، پر انهن حصن کي ڪنهن نه ڪنهن ڍلوان تي ٺاهيو ويندو آهي، انهن کي '''ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون''' (Pitched Roofs) چيو ويندو آهي. عام طور جيڪڏهن ڇت جو ڍلوان 10 درجن کان وڌيڪ هجي ته ان کي ڍلوان واري ڇت تصور ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;C. M. Harris, ''Dictionary of Architecture &amp; Construction''&lt;/ref&gt;

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇتيون ڍلوان واريون هونديون آهن، جن ۾ خاص طور [[گيبل ڇت]]، [[هپ ڇت]] ۽ [[اسڪليون ڇت]] (Skillion Roof) شامل آهن.

ڪجهه ڇتين جون شڪلون قدرتي (Organic) انداز تي ٻڌل هونديون آهن. اهڙيون شڪلون يا ته معمار جي ڊزائن جي نتيجي ۾ اختيار ڪيون وينديون آهن يا وري ان سبب پيدا ٿينديون آهن جو تعمير ۾ لچڪدار مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]]، استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

== حصا ==

ڇت ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندي آهي:

* ان جي '''سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت''' (سپورٽنگ اسٽرڪچر)؛
* ان جو '''ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه''' (آئوٽر ليئر)، جيڪو ڇت جو سڀ کان مٿيون موسم کان بچاءُ ڪندڙ حصو هوندو آهي.

ڪجهه عمارتن ۾ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه پاڻ ئي بار کڻندڙ بناوت (سيلف-سپورٽنگ اسٽرڪچر) طور پڻ ڪم ڪندو آهي.

عام طور ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت [[ڀت]]ن تي بيٺل هوندي آهي، جيتوڻيڪ ڪجهه تعميراتي انداز، جهڙوڪ [[جيوڊيزيڪ گنبذ]] ۽ [[اي-فريم گهر]]، ۾ ڀت ۽ ڇت جي وچ وارو فرق گهڻو نمايان نه رهندو آهي.

=== سهارو ===

{{Main|گهر جي ڇت جي بناوت}}

[[فائل:Linkopings stadsbibliotek roof2.jpg|thumb|[[سويڊن]] ۾ هڪ لائبريري جي ڇت]]

ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت عام طور ڊگهن ۽ مضبوط شهتيرن (بيم) تي ٻڌل هوندي آهي، جيڪي گهڻو ڪري [[ڪاٺ]] مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري کان پوءِ [[ڪاسٽ لوهه]] ۽ [[فولاد]] پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيڻ لڳا.

جن ملڪن ۾ [[بانس]] جو استعمال عام آهي، اتي ان جي قدرتي لچڪ سبب ڇتين ۾ هلڪي وڪريل شڪل پيدا ٿيندي آهي، جيڪا خاص طور اوڀر ايشيائي، خاص ڪري [[جاپاني معمار]]ي جي سڃاڻپ سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

ڪاٺ اهڙو مواد آهي، جنهن سان مختلف قسمن جون ڇتيون آسانيءَ سان تعمير ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. ڪاٺ جي بناوت نه رڳو تعميراتي سهارو فراهم ڪندي آهي، پر جيڪڏهن ان کي ظاهر رکيو وڃي ته اها عمارت جي جمالياتي حسن ۾ پڻ اضافو ڪندي آهي.

پراڳاڙهي زماني کان وٺي پٿر جا افقي شهتير (لنٽيل) ڇتين کي سهارو ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن، پر اهي تمام وڏن فاصلن کي ڍڪي نٿا سگهن. بعد ۾ [[قديم روم]] جي دور ۾ پٿر جي قوس (اسٽون آرڪ) جو وسيع استعمال شروع ٿيو، جنهن جي مختلف صورتن سان لڳ ڀڳ 140 فوٽ (43 ميٽر) تائين جا فاصلا ڍڪي سگهبا هئا.

پٿر جون قوسون ۽ [[والٽ (معماري)|والٽ]]، چاهي رٻن (Ribs) سان هجن يا بغير رٻن جي، لڳ ڀڳ ٻن هزارن سالن تائين وڏين عمارتن جي ڇتين جي بنيادي بناوت رهيون. اها روايت [[صنعتي انقلاب]] کان پوءِ آهستي آهستي ختم ٿيڻ لڳي، جڏهن لوهه جا شهتير استعمال ٿيڻ شروع ٿيا ۽ [[جوزف پيڪسٽن]] جهڙن معمارن جديد عمارتون، جهڙوڪ [[ڪرسٽل پيلس]] (1851ع)، تعمير ڪيون.

فولادي گرڊرن (اسٽيل گرڊر) ۾ مسلسل بهتري اچڻ سان اهي وڏين ڇتين ۽ بعد ۾ عام رهائشي گهرن جي تعمير ۾ به بنيادي سهارو بڻجي ويا. گرڊر جو هڪ ٻيو قسم [[رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ]] جو شهتير آهي، جنهن ۾ ڌاتي سلاخن کي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر بند ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان تنشي قوتن جي مقابلي ۾ ان جي مضبوطي وڌي ويندي آهي.

ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت کي رهائش يا استعمال لائق جاءِ طور پڻ ڪم آندو ويندو آهي، جنهن کي ڇت جي فرش بندي (روف ڊيڪنگ) چيو ويندو آهي. اهڙي جاءِ کي ڪمري يا ٻين استعمالن لاءِ تبديل ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه ===

{{Main|تجارتي طور دستياب ڇت سازي جي موادن جي فهرست}}

ڇت جو ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد جي لحاظ کان تمام گهڻي تبديلي رکي ٿو. روايتي يا مقامي [[معماري]] ۾ ڇت لاءِ گهڻو ڪري قدرتي ٻوٽيدار مواد استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]]، جنهن مان سامونڊي گاهه سان ٺهيل ڇت لڳ ڀڳ چاليهن سالن تائين قائم رهي سگهي ٿي.

ايشيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ [[بانس]] کي ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه، ٻنهي طور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. بانس جي ڊگهن ڦاڙيل ٽڪرن کي هڪ ٻئي مٿان چاڙهي وڇايو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان پاڻيءَ کان بچاءُ ڪندڙ مضبوط ڇت تيار ٿيندي آهي.

جن علائقن ۾ [[ڪاٺ]] وافر مقدار ۾ موجود هوندو آهي، اتي ڪاٺ جون ڇت واريون تختيون (شنگلز)، ٿلها ڪاٺي ٽڪرا (شيڪز) ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪجهه ملڪن ۾ مخصوص وڻن جي [[ڪل]] کي ٿلهين چادرن جي صورت ۾ لاهي ڇت طور پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.


ويهين صديءَ دوران گڏيل [[اسفالٽ]] وارين ڇت جي تختين (ڪمپوزيشن اسفالٽ شنگلز) جي تياري شروع ٿي. انهن جي عمر انهن جي ٿولهه ۽ معيار موجب مختلف هوندي آهي. سنهي قسم جون تختيون عام طور لڳ ڀڳ ويهه سال هلنديون آهن، جڏهن ته وڌيڪ ٿلهيون ۽ اعليٰ معيار جون تختيون گهڻي عرصي تائين، ڪڏهن ڪڏهن سڄي خدمت واري عمر تائين، استعمال ٿي سگهن ٿيون. انهن جي قيمت به عام طور سندن ٿولهه ۽ پائيداري تي دارومدار رکي ٿي.

جڏهن ڇت جي تختين جو مٿيون تهه پراڻو يا خراب ٿي وڃي ٿو ته عام طور پراڻيون تختيون، هيٺيون حفاظتي تهه (انڊرلي مينٽ) ۽ ڇت جون ميخون هٽائي نئينون تختيون لڳايون وينديون آهن. ٻيو طريقو اهو آهي ته نئون تهه پراڻين تختين جي مٿان ئي لڳايو وڃي. جيتوڻيڪ هي طريقو تيز ۽ گهٽ خرچائتو هوندو آهي، پر ان سان ڇت جي ڪاٺي بناوت (روف شيئٿنگ) جي جاچ ممڪن نه رهندي آهي ۽ جيڪڏهن پاڻيءَ سبب اندر ڪو نقصان ٿيو هجي ته ان جي مرمت به نٿي ٿي سگهي.

ان کان علاوه، پراڻين تختين جي مٿان نئون تهه لڳائڻ سان ميخون ڪاٺي بناوت تائين گهٽ پهچنديون آهن، جنهن ڪري انهن جي پڪڙ ڪمزور ٿي ويندي آهي. وڌيڪ اهم ڳالهه اها آهي ته اضافي مواد جو وزن ڇت جي مقرر مرده بار (ڊيڊ لوڊ) کان وڌي سگهي ٿو، جنهن سان ڇت جي ڊهڻ جو خطرو پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿو. انهيءَ سبب، جن ملڪن ۾ [[بين الاقوامي عمارتي ضابطو]] (انٽرنيشنل بلڊنگ ڪوڊ) لاڳو آهي، اتي جيڪڏهن ڇت تي اڳ ۾ ئي ٻن يا وڌيڪ تهن ۾ ڇت سازي جو مواد موجود هجي ته ان جي مٿان نئون تهه لڳائڻ جي اجازت نه هوندي. اهڙين حالتن ۾ نئين ڇت لڳائڻ کان اڳ پراڻو مواد مڪمل طور هٽائڻ لازمي هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Chapter 9 - Roof Assemblies|url=http://publicecodes.cyberregs.com/icod/irc/2012/icod_irc_2012_9_par135.htm}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[سليٽ پٿر]] ڇت سازي لاءِ هڪ انتهائي مناسب ۽ تمام گهڻي پائيدار مواد آهي. سليٽ جي ڇت عام طور 75 کان 150 سالن تائين، ۽ ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ان کان به وڌيڪ عرصي تائين قائم رهي سگهي ٿي. تنهن هوندي به، سليٽ جي ڇت لڳائڻ جو خرچ گهڻو هوندو آهي. مثال طور آمريڪا ۾ سليٽ جي ڇت جي قيمت ڪڏهن ڪڏهن سڄي گهر جي باقي تعمير جيتري ٿي سگهي ٿي.

سليٽ جي ڇت ۾ سڀ کان پهرين عام طور اهي ميخون خراب ٿينديون آهن، جن سان سليٽ جون تختيون ٻڌل هونديون آهن. وقت سان گڏ انهن ۾ زنگ لڳڻ سبب تختيون پنهنجي جاءِ تان سُرڪڻ لڳنديون آهن. برطانيا ۾ هن مسئلي کي ''نيل سڪنس'' (Nail Sickness) چيو ويندو آهي. انهيءَ ڪري سليٽ جي ڇتين لاءِ [[اسٽينليس اسٽيل]] يا [[ٽامو|ٽامي]] جون ميخون استعمال ڪرڻ جي سفارش ڪئي ويندي آهي، ۽ انهن کي پڻ موسم جي سڌي اثر کان محفوظ رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Six Steps to Building a 150 Year Roof|url=https://kocaeliwebtasarim.medium.com/six-steps-to-building-a-150-year-roof-4624749b33c2}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[ايزبسٽاس]]، جيڪو گهڻو ڪري لهردار ڳنڍيل چادرن جي صورت ۾ استعمال ٿيندو هو، ويهين صديءَ دوران هڪ سستي، نه سڙندڙ ۽ بهترين حرارتي موصليت واري ڇت سازي جي مواد طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويو. پر بعد ۾ ايزبسٽاس جي کوٽائي، تياري ۽ استعمال سان لاڳاپيل سنگين صحت ۽ قانوني مسئلن جي ڪري ان کي نئين ڇت سازي جي مواد طور استعمال ڪرڻ تقريباً بند ڪيو ويو. تنهن هوندي به، خاص طور ڏکڻ آمريڪا ۽ ايشيا جي ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾ اڄ به ايزبسٽاس واريون پراڻيون ڇتيون موجود آهن.

[[گاهه واريون ڇتيون]]، جن کي جديد دور ۾ [[سائي ڇت]] (گرين روف) ۽ روايتي طور [[گاس واري ڇت]] (سوڊ روف) چيو ويندو آهي، سٺيون حرارتي موصليت واريون هونديون آهن. ماحولياتي تحفظ ۽ شهرن کي وڌيڪ سرسبز بڻائڻ لاءِ اهڙين ڇتين جي تعمير کي هاڻي وڌيڪ هٿي ڏني پئي وڃي. انهن ۾ موجود مٽي ۽ ٻوٽا قدرتي موصل (لونگ انسوليشن) طور ڪم ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان عمارت جي اندروني گرمي پد ۾ توازن برقرار رهندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|date=2020-02-06|title=Green and Cool Roofs|url=https://drawdown.org/solutions/green-and-cool-roofs}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[ايڊوب]] جون ڇتيون مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن ۾ ڪکن يا جانورن جا وار جهڙا ڳنڍيندڙ مواد ملايا ويندا آهن. پوءِ ان کي ڪاٺين جي ڄاري (ليٿ) تي پلستر ڪري هموار يا هلڪي ڍلوان واري ڇت ٺاهي ويندي آهي. اهڙيون ڇتيون گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٺاهيون وينديون آهن، جتي برسات تمام گهٽ پوندي آهي.

جن علائقن ۾ مٽي وافر مقدار ۾ موجود هوندي آهي، اتي پڪل [[ڇت جون سرون]] صدين کان ڇت سازي جو بنيادي مواد رهيون آهن. ڇت جون سرون ٺاهڻ ۽ ساڙڻ جي صنعت گهڻو ڪري سرن جي ڪارخانن سان لاڳاپيل هوندي آهي. ماضي ۾ انهن سرن جي شڪل ۽ رنگ هر علائقي جي سڃاڻپ هوندا هئا، پر اڄڪلهه خريد ڪندڙن جي ضرورت ۽ پسند مطابق مختلف شڪلين، رنگن ۽ اندازن جون سرون تجارتي بنيادن تي تيار ڪيون وڃن ٿيون. [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جون ڇت واريون سرون پڻ عام استعمال ٿين ٿيون، جيڪي ڪيترن ئي مختلف اندازن ۽ شڪلين ۾ موجود آهن.

ڌاتي چادرن، خاص طور [[ٽامو|ٽامي]] ۽ [[سيهو|سيهي]]، کي پڻ ڪيترن ئي صدين کان ڇت سازي ۾ استعمال ڪيو پيو وڃي. جيتوڻيڪ اهي مواد مهانگا آهن، پر انتهائي پائيدار پڻ آهن. مثال طور [[شارترس گرجاگھر]] (شارترس ڪيٿيڊرل) جي وڏي ٽامي واري ڇت ڪيترن ئي صدين کان موجود آهي، جيڪا وقت سان گڏ آڪسائيڊ ٿيڻ سبب هلڪي سائي رنگ جي ٿي وئي آهي.

سيهو، جيڪو ڪڏهن ڪڏهن گرجاگهرن جي ڇتين ۾ استعمال ٿيندو هو، گهڻو ڪري رهائشي گهرن جي ڇتين ۾ پاڻي نه رسڻ واري بندش (فليشنگ) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو، خاص طور سليٽ جي ڇتين جي وادين (ويليز) ۽ چمنين جي چوڌاري. ٽامي کي به ساڳئي مقصد لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو.

اوڻيهين صديءَ ۾ [[لوهه]] کي [[جست]] سان چڙهائي (گالوانائيزيشن) زنگ جي مزاحمت وڌائي وئي، جنهن سان هلڪو، آسانيءَ سان کڻي وڃڻ جهڙو ۽ پاڻي نه رسائيندڙ ڇت سازي جو مواد تيار ٿيو. گهٽ قيمت ۽ آسانيءَ سان لڳائڻ جي ڪري اهو سڄي دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ تجارتي ڇت سازي جي موادن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

ان کان پوءِ ڌاتي ڇتن جا ڪيترائي نوان قسم تيار ڪيا ويا. فولادي ڇت جون تختيون (اسٽيل شنگلز) ۽ بيهندڙ ڳانڍاپي واريون ڌاتي ڇتيون (اسٽينڊنگ-سيم روف) لڳائڻ جي طريقي ۽ هيٺ استعمال ٿيندڙ حفاظتي تهه (انڊرلي مينٽ) تي دارومدار ڪندي عام طور پنجاهه سال يا ان کان به وڌيڪ عرصي تائين قائم رهي سگهن ٿيون. انهن جي قيمت عام طور اسفالٽ واري ڇت ۽ سليٽ واري ڇت جي وچ واري سطح تي هوندي آهي.

ويهين صديءَ دوران ڇت سازي لاءِ ڪيترائي نوان مواد تيار ڪيا ويا، جن ۾ بٽومين تي ٻڌل مواد، رٻڙ تي ٻڌل ڇتيون، مختلف مصنوعي مادا، جهڙوڪ [[ٿرموپلاسٽڪ]]، ۽ [[شيشي جي فائبر]] تي ٻڌل مواد شامل آهن.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot; class=&quot;center&quot; caption=&quot;ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه&quot;&gt;
File:The Elms Jersey.jpg|[[سليٽ پٿر]]، [[جرسي]]
File:Miskolc omassa peasant house.jpg|ٺڪر جون ڇت واريون سرون، [[هنگري]]
File:Niigata NCM Peasant Rice Farmers House.jpg|چانورن جي ڪکن جي ڇت، [[جاپان]]
File:Njem house in Cameroon.jpg|[[ڪيلي]] جي پنن جي ڇت، [[ڪيمرون]]
File:Neot smadar.jpg|[[کجور]] جي ٽارين جي ڇت، [[نيوٽ سيمادار]]، [[اسرائيل]]
File:Minenverwalter Kolmannskuppe.jpg|ڌاتي چادرن واري ڇت، [[نيميبيا]]
File:Gassho-zukuri farmhouse-02.jpg|ڪکن جي ڇت جي مرمت، گاشو-زڪوري طرز جو گهر، [[جاپان]]
File:Stone Roofing House - Palchan - Kullu 2014-05-10 2507.JPG|ڇت سازي لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ پٿر، [[هماچل پرديش]]، [[ڀارت]]
File:Green Roof in Norway.png|گاهه واري ڇت، [[ناروي]]
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== ڪم ==

ڇت جو نظام (روف اسيمبلي) رڳو عمارت کي ڍڪڻ لاءِ نه هوندو آهي، بلڪه اهو ڪيترائي اهم ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

# '''پاڻي جي نيڪال:''' ڇت جو بنيادي ڪم برساتي پاڻي کي آسانيءَ سان وهي وڃڻ ڏيڻ آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي ڇت جي مٿاڇري تي بيهي نه رهي. بيٺل پاڻي ڇت جي بناوت تي اضافي زنده بار (لائيو لوڊ) وجهي ٿو، جيڪو تعميراتي حفاظت لاءِ خطرو بڻجي سگهي ٿو. ان کان علاوه، بيٺل پاڻي گهڻن ڇت سازي جي موادن جي عمر به گهٽائي ڇڏي ٿو. ڪجهه ٺاهيندڙ ڪمپنيون ته اهڙي حالت ۾ پنهنجي شين جي ضمانت (وارنٽي) پڻ ختم ڪري ڇڏينديون آهن.

# '''موسمي اثرن کان تحفظ:''' ڇت عمارت جي اندروني حصي کي [[مينهن]]، [[هوا]]، [[سج جي روشني]]، گرمي، سردي ۽ [[برف]] جهڙن موسمي عنصرن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي.

# '''حرارتي موصليت:''' جديد تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن جي اڪثر ڇتين ۾ موصليت واريون تختيون (انسوليشن بورڊ) يا فائبر موصلي مواد (باٽ انسوليشن) شامل ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تعميراتي ضابطا، جهڙوڪ بين الاقوامي عمارتي ضابطو (انٽرنيشنل بلڊنگ ڪوڊ) ۽ بين الاقوامي رهائشي ضابطو (انٽرنيشنل ريزيڊنشل ڪوڊ)، ڇت جي اندر گهربل گهٽ ۾ گهٽ حرارتي مزاحمت (آر-ويليو) پڻ مقرر ڪندا آهن.

# '''گهربل خدمت واري عمر تائين ڪارڪردگي برقرار رکڻ:''' هر معياري ڇت سازي واري مواد جي هڪ اندازي مطابق خدمت واري عمر هوندي آهي، جيڪا عملي تجربي تي ٻڌل هوندي آهي. مناسب سار سنڀال ۽ سخت طوفاني نقصان نه ٿيڻ جي صورت ۾ گهڻا ڇت سازي جا مواد پنهنجي ٺاهيندڙ جي ضمانت واري مدت کان به گهڻو وڌيڪ عرصو هلي سگهن ٿا. مثال طور:
#* ڌاتي ۽ [[ڇت جون سرون|سرن]] واريون ڇتيون عام طور 50 سال يا ان کان وڌيڪ هلي سگهن ٿيون.
#* اسفالٽ جون ڇت واريون تختيون (اسفالٽ شنگلز) لڳ ڀڳ 30 کان 50 سال قائم رهي سگهن ٿيون.
#* ڪوئلي جي تار تي ٻڌل گهڻ تهه واريون ڇتيون (ڪول ٽار بلڊ-اپ روفس) اٽڪل 40 سال يا ان کان وڌيڪ هلي سگهن ٿيون.
#* اڪيلي تهه واريون ڇتيون (سنگل پلاء روفس) عام طور 20 سال يا ان کان وڌيڪ عرصي تائين خدمت انجام ڏين ٿيون.

# '''خوبصورت ڏيک مهيا ڪرڻ:''' ڪجهه ڇت سازي جا نظام صرف پنهنجي فني ڪارڪردگي جي بنياد تي نه، پر انهن جي جمالياتي حسن جي ڪري پڻ چونڊيا ويندا آهن، بلڪل اهڙيءَ طرح جيئن عمارت جي ٻاهرين ڀتين جي سينگار لاءِ مختلف ڍڪ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. پرڪشش شڪل ۽ عمارت جي مجموعي ظاهري حسن (ڪرب اپيل) سبب ڪيترائي ماڻهو اهڙين ڇتين لاءِ وڌيڪ قيمت ادا ڪرڻ به قبول ڪندا آهن.

=== حرارتي موصليت ===

ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد ماڻهن ۽ انهن جي ملڪيت کي مختلف موسمي حالتن کان محفوظ رکڻ هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڇت جي حرارتي موصليت (ٿرمل انسوليشن) ان جي بناوت ۽ ڇت سازي جي مواد جي چونڊ ۾ اهم حيثيت رکي ٿي.

ڪجهه ڇت سازي جا مواد، خاص طور قدرتي فائبرن مان ٺهيل مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]]، قدرتي طور تمام سٺي حرارتي موصليت رکن ٿا. جن موادن ۾ اها خاصيت گهٽ هوندي آهي، تن ۾ عام طور ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه جي هيٺان اضافي [[عمارتي موصليت|موصلي مواد]] لڳايو ويندو آهي.

ترقي يافته ملڪن ۾ گهڻين رهائشي عمارتن ۾ ڇت جي بناوتي حصن جي هيٺان [[اندروني ڇت]] (سيلنگ) لڳائي ويندي آهي. اندروني ڇت جو مقصد صرف گرمي ۽ سردي کان بچاءُ نه هوندو آهي، پر اها شور، مٽي، ۽ پکين جي فضلي يا انهن جي جسم تي موجود جُون جهڙين تڪليفن کان به تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڪيترائي پکي ڇتين ۾ آکيرا ٺاهيندا آهن.

[[ڪنڪريٽ]] جون ڇت واريون سرون پڻ حرارتي موصليت ۾ مددگار ثابت ٿينديون آهن. جيڪڏهن انهن کي اهڙي نموني لڳايو وڃي، جو سرن ۽ ڇت جي مٿاڇري جي وچ ۾ هوا جي هڪ خالي جاءِ موجود رهي، ته اها سج جي گرمي کي عمارت جي اندر منتقل ٿيڻ کان وڏي حد تائين گهٽائي سگهي ٿي.

ڇت جي موصليت لاءِ مختلف قسمن جا مواد استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* موٽو ڪپڙو (فيلٽ) يا پلاسٽڪ جون چادرون، جيڪي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن گرمي موٽائيندڙ (رفليڪٽو) مٿاڇري سان هونديون آهن ۽ ڇت جي سرن يا ٻين مواد جي هيٺان لڳايون وينديون آهن؛
* مصنوعي فوم جا موصلي تهه، جيڪي اندروني ڇت جي مٿان وڇايا ويندا آهن؛
* ٻيهر استعمال ٿيل ڪاغذ مان تيار ڪيل موصلي مواد ۽ ٻيا اهڙا مواد، جيڪي ڇت جي خالن ۾ ڀريا يا اسپري ذريعي داخل ڪيا ويندا آهن.

تازن سالن ۾ [[ٿڌي ڇت]] (ڪول روف) جو استعمال تيزيءَ سان وڌي رهيو آهي،&lt;ref name=&quot;10.3390/su13094665&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Farhan |first1=Syed Ahmad |last2=Ismail |first2=Fouad Ismail |last3=Kiwan |first3=Osamah |last4=Shafiq |first4=Nasir |last5=Zain-Ahmed |first5=Azni |last6=Husna |first6=Nadzhratul |last7=Hamid |first7=Afif Izwan Abd |title=Effect of Roof Tile Colour on Heat Conduction Transfer, Roof-Top Surface Temperature and Cooling Load in Modern Residential Buildings under the Tropical Climate of Malaysia |journal=Sustainability |year=2021 |volume=13 |issue=9 |page=4665 |doi=10.3390/su13094665}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ ڪجهه علائقن ۾ مقامي تعميراتي ضابطن تحت انهن جو استعمال لازمي پڻ قرار ڏنو ويو آهي. ٿڌي ڇت مان مراد اهڙي ڇت آهي، جيڪا سج جي شعاعن کي وڏي حد تائين موٽائي ڇڏيندي هجي (ھاء رفليڪٽوٽي) ۽ پاڻ ۾ جذب ٿيل گرمي کي به آسانيءَ سان خارج ڪري ڇڏيندي هجي (ھاء ٿرمل ايمٽنس).&lt;ref name=&quot;10.3390/su13094665&quot;/&gt;

جيڪڏهن ڇت ۾ مناسب موصليت ۽ هوا جي اچ وڃ (وينٽيليشن) جو بندوبست نه هجي ته ٿڌن علائقن ۾ ڇت جي ڪنارن تي [[برف جو بند]] (آئس ڊيم) ٺهي سگهي ٿو. اهو تڏهن ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ڇت جي مٿئين حصي مان گرمي ٻاهر نڪري ٿي، جنهن سبب اتي موجود برف ڳري وڃي ٿي. ڳريل پاڻي هيٺ لهي ڇت جي ڪنارن وٽ ٻيهر ڄمي وڃي ٿو ۽ برف جي ٿلهي تهه جي صورت اختيار ڪري ٿو. نتيجي ۾ پاڻي ڇت جي مواد هيٺان داخل ٿي سگهي ٿو، جنهن سان ڇت جي بناوت، نالين ۽ پاڻي جي نيڪال واري نظام کي نقصان پهچي سگهي ٿو.

=== پاڻي جي نيڪال ===

گهڻين ڇتين جو بنيادي ڪم برساتي پاڻي کي عمارت جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ آهي. ڇت جي وڏي مٿاڇري تي مينهن جو گهڻو پاڻي گڏ ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان کي اهڙي نموني نيڪال ڪرڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، جو اهو عمارت کي نقصان نه پهچائي ۽ نه ئي رهواسين لاءِ ڪا تڪليف پيدا ڪري.

[[ايڊوب]] گهرن جون هموار ڇتيون عام طور تمام هلڪي ڍلوان رکنديون آهن. وچ اوڀر جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾، جتي ڇت کي ويهڻ يا ٻين گهريلو مقصدن لاءِ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، ڇت جي چوڌاري حفاظتي ڀتيون ٺهيل هونديون آهن. اهڙين ڇتين ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ سوراخ پڻ رکيا ويندا آهن، جيئن پاڻي گڏ نه ٿئي ۽ ڇت جي سوراخ دار مواد مان اندر نه وهي.

جيتوڻيڪ هموار ڇتين ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال جا مسئلا وڌيڪ عام هوندا آهن، پر جيڪڏهن ڍلوان واري ڇت جي ڊزائن مناسب نه هجي يا ان جي مٿاڇري صحيح نموني ٺهيل نه هجي ته اهڙين ڇتين ۾ به ساڳيا مسئلا پيدا ٿي سگهن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://platinumroofingandconstruction.com/how-can-a-bad-roof-impact-your-overall-house/ |title=How Can A Bad Roof Impact Your Overall House? |website=Platinum Roofing &amp; Construction |date=18 November 2024}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڇت تي بيٺل پاڻي [[ڦپوند]] (Mold) جي واڌ ويجهه جو سبب بڻجي سگهي ٿو، جيڪا نه رڳو عمارت جي بناوت کي نقصان پهچائيندي آهي، پر رهندڙ ماڻهن جي صحت لاءِ پڻ نقصانڪار هوندي آهي. عام طور پاڻي جي نيڪال جي خرابي کي درست ڪرڻ، ڦپوند سبب ٿيندڙ نقصان جي مرمت ڪرڻ جي ڀيٽ ۾ گهڻو گهٽ خرچائتو هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last1=Cheng |first1=Jianwei |last2=Zhang |first2=Guanghul |chapter=Analysis of the runoff and seepage drainage effects of prefabricated roof double-layer drainage system |title=Advances in Frontier Research on Engineering Structures Volume 1 |year=2023 |pages=241–247}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ساڳيا مسئلا، پر گهڻي وڏي پيماني تي، جديد تجارتي عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ پڻ پيش اچن ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن مان گهڻين عمارتن جون ڇتيون هموار هونديون آهن. اهڙين وڏين ڇتين ۾ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه جو مڪمل طور پاڻي نه رسائيندڙ (امپرميئبل) هجڻ انتهائي ضروري هوندو آهي. گهڻيون صنعتي ۽ تجارتي عمارتون گهٽ ڍلوان واريون روايتي ڇتيون استعمال ڪنديون آهن.

عام طور ڪنهن علائقي ۾ برسات جي مقدار ۽ ڇت جي ڍلوان ۾ سڌو تعلق هوندو آهي. جتي برسات گهٽ پوندي آهي، اتي گهرن جون ڇتيون به گهٽ ڍلوان واريون هونديون آهن، جڏهن ته گهڻي برسات يا برفباري وارن علائقن ۾ ڇتيون وڌيڪ تيز ڍلوان سان ٺاهيون وينديون آهن. مثال طور [[پاپوا نيو گني]] جا ڊگها گهر (لانگ ھائوسز) اهڙي طرز جي تعمير جا مثال آهن، جتي اوچي ڇت لڳ ڀڳ زمين تائين لهندي آهي. ساڳيءَ طرح جرمني ۽ هالينڊ جون تيز ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون برفباري وارن علائقن جي خاص سڃاڻپ آهن.

اتر آمريڪا جي ڪجهه علائقن، جهڙوڪ [[بفيلو، نيو يارڪ]] ۽ [[مونٽريال]]، ۾ تعميراتي ضابطن موجب ڇت جي گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ڍلوان 12 ۾ 6 (يعني 1:2 يا لڳ ڀڳ 30 درجا) هجڻ لازمي هوندي آهي.

تنهن هوندي به، ڪجهه علائقائي تعميراتي روايتون هن اصول کان مختلف آهن. مثال طور الپس جبلن جي ڪاٺين گهرن (Chalets) جون پٿر واريون ڇتيون عام طور نسبتاً گهٽ ڍلوان رکنديون آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن تي گڏ ٿيندڙ برف قدرتي حرارتي موصليت جو ڪم ڪندي آهي.

ڇت جي ڍلوان جو دارومدار استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇت سازي جي مواد تي پڻ هوندو آهي. مثال طور 12 ۾ 3 (1:4) يا ان کان وڌيڪ ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون عام طور اسفالٽ جون ڇت واريون تختيون، ڪاٺ جون ڇت واريون تختيون، لهردار فولادي چادرون، سليٽ يا ڇت جون سرون استعمال ڪري ٺاهيون وينديون آهن.

برسات دوران ڇت تان وهي ايندڙ پاڻي جيڪڏهن صحيح نموني نيڪال نه ٿئي ته اهو عمارت کي سخت نقصان پهچائي سگهي ٿو. جيڪڏهن پاڻي ڀتين تان وهي ته اهو گاري (مارٽر) يا ڀتين جي تختن مان اندر داخل ٿي سگهي ٿو، ۽ جيڪڏهن بنيادن جي چوڌاري گڏ ٿي وڃي ته اندر رِسڻ، [[چڙهندڙ نمي]] (رائزنگ نمي) يا [[خشڪ سڙ]] (ڊراء راٽ) جو سبب بڻجي سگهي ٿو.

انهيءَ ڪري گهڻين عمارتن ۾ اهڙو نظام رکيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو ڇت جو پاڻي ڀتين کان پري ڪري ڇڏي. انهيءَ مقصد لاءِ عام طور نڪتل ڇڄا (Overhanging Eaves) ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ان کان علاوه، جديد ۽ ڪيترين پراڻين عمارتن ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ واديون (ويليز)، ناليون (گٽرز)، پاڻي جا وهڪرا (واٽر اسپائوٽ)، پاڻي گڏ ڪرڻ وارا حصا (واٽر ھيڊ) ۽ [[پاڻي جي نيڪال وارو پائپ|نيڪال جا پائپ]] (ڊرين پائيپ) لڳايا ويندا آهن.

دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾ ڇت تان وهي ايندڙ برساتي پاڻي گڏ ڪري گهريلو استعمال لاءِ ذخيرو پڻ ڪيو ويندو آهي.

جن علائقن ۾ تمام گهڻي برفباري ٿيندي آهي، اتي ڌاتي ڇتيون وڌيڪ فائديمند سمجهيون وينديون آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن جي هموار مٿاڇري تان برف آسانيءَ سان هيٺ سُري ويندي آهي ۽ اهي ڪاٺ يا ڪنڪريٽ جي ڇتين جي ڀيٽ ۾ هوا جي زور کي به وڌيڪ بهتر نموني برداشت ڪري سگهنديون آهن.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot; class=&quot;center&quot; caption=&quot;حرارتي موصليت، پاڻي جي نيڪال ۽ شمسي ڇتيون&quot; perrow=&quot;5&quot;&gt;
File:Snow on the roof.jpg|[[پولينڊ]] ۾ گهرن جي ڇتين تي [[برف]]
File:Ashdod 2005, rooftop view p2.JPG|وچ اوڀر ۾ هموار ڇتيون، [[اسرائيل]]
File:Jakriborg, juni 2005 x.jpg|اتر يورپ ۾ تيز ڍلوان واريون گيبل ڇتيون
File:雪中紫禁城 7.jpg|[[چين]] جي عمارتن جا نڪتل ڇڄا
File:PA120016.JPG|[[اسڪاٽلينڊ]] جي [[فائنڊهورن]] ۾ [[سائي ڇت]] ۽ شمسي پينل
&lt;/gallery&gt;

==  ڇتين جا قسم== 

ڇتين جا ڪيترائي قسم آھن، جھڙوڪ؛
#سڌيون ڇتيون (Flat Roofs)
#سلاميءَ واريون ڇتيون (Sloped Roofs)
#ھڪ طرف سلاميءَ واريون ڇتيون
#ٻئي طرف سلاميءَ واريون نوڪدار ڇتيون
#ھپ روف (Hip Roof)
#گئمبريل روف (Gambrel Roof)
#مانسرڊ روف (Mansard Roof)
#ڊيڪ روف (Deck Roof)
#ڪارائيءَ جي ڏندن وانگر ”سا ٽٿ روف“ (Saw Tooth Roof)

ڇتين جي ڪن مختلف قسمن جو تفصيلوار بيان ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

=== سڌيون ڇتيون === 
 
عام طرح سان اڄ ڪلھ رھائشي جاين لاءِ سڌين ڇتين کي وڌيڪ پسند ڪيو وڃي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي سولائيءَ سان باھھ روڪ (Fire Proof)  بڻائي سگھجي ٿو. ازنسواءِ ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي مٽيءَ جو تھھ ڏيئي سولائيءَ سان ٿڌو رکي سگھجي ٿو.
تعميراتي طريقن جي لحاظ کان ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي ترتيب وار ھيٺئين ريت ورھائي سگھجي ٿو.
#آر-سي-سيءَ جون ڇتيون (R.C.C Flat Roofs)
#درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتيون (First class tile roofing)
#رينفورسڊ برڪ جون ڇتيون (Reinforced Brick Roofs)
#درجہ دوم ٽائيل ڇتيون (Second class tile roofing)
#جئڪ ڪمان ڇتيون (Jack Arch Roofing)
#ڪاٺ جي تختن جون سڌيون ڇتيون (Wooden flat Roofs)

مٿي ڄاڻايل قسم جي ڇتين مان ڪن خاص ۽ گھڻو استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇتين جو تفصيلوار بيان ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

===آر-سي-سيءَ جون سڌيون ڇتيون (Reinforced cement concrete flat roofs)===
ھن قسم جي ڇتين جو استعمال اڄڪلھھ عام ۽ مقبول ٿي چڪو آھي ۽ گھڻ منزلھ عمارتن لاءِ ڪارآمد پڻ آھي. ھن قسم جي ڇت کي ٿڌو رکڻ لاءِ عام طرح سان گرم علائقن ۾ ٽن انچن کان چئن انچن تائين مٽيءَ جو تھھ ڏيئي انھيءَ جي مٿان گاري جو پلستر (Mud Pluster) يا سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي مسالي سان سرن جون ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر جوڙ ۾ مسالو چڱيءَ طرح لڳايو وڃي جيئن برسات ۽ موسمي اثرن سبب کلي نھ وڃي. جوڙن بعد درزون چڱيءَ طرح ورتيون وينديون آھن. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو پڻ خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ پاڻي ڪھڙي بھ ريت ڇت تي بيٺل نھ رھي. ڇت جي سلامي احتياط سان رکي ويندي آھي ۽ فالتو مسالو، سرن جا  ٽڪرا ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ۽ ڪچرو صاف ڪري اڇليو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ڇت تمام وڏي آھي تھ انھيءَ کي مختلف حصن ۾ ورھائي سلامي ڏني ويندي آھي. تقريبا 1:60  کان 1:40  جي تناسب جي سلامي مناسب سمجھي ويندي آھي.

===ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ (Water proofing flat roofs) ===

ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي مٿين سطح (Surface) کي عام طرح سان صاف ڪري انھيءَ کي چڱيءَ طرح سڪايو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ کان پوءِ ڏامر (Bitumen) کي (190.56o C) 375o F ۽ (204.44o C) 400o F گرمي جي درجي تائين پگھاري سطح جي مٿان ٻن عليحده تھن جي صورت ۾ پوريءَ طرح پٿاريون ويندو آھي، جيئن ٻنھي تھن جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 1/16 انچ بيھي. اھڙيءَ صورت ۾ 100 مربع فوٽن تي 34 پائونڊ ڏامر استعمال ٿيندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد ڏامر جي مٿان جابلو ريتيءَ جو ھلڪو تھھ ڏنو ويندو آھي، اھڙي طرح جيئن 100 مربع فوٽن تي ھڪ مڪعب فوٽ جابلو ريتي استعمال ٿئي، انھيءَ بعد گھربل اوچائي4 ۾ مٽي ڀري انھيءَ مٿان مٽيءَ جي گاري جو پلستر يا سرن جي ٽائيلن جو تھھ ڏنو ويندو آھي. ڏامر جي مٿان جابلو ريتيءَ جو ڇڻڪار انھيءَ ڪري ڪيو ويندو آھي، جيئن اھو ڏامر جي تھھ کي مٽيءَ جي تھ کان جدا رکي.

درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتين (First class tile roofing)  ۽ درجھ دوم ٽائيل ڇتين (Second class tile roofing) جي صورت ۾ ڏامر جو تھھ سرن يا ٽائيل مٿان لڳايل سيمينٽ پلستر جي مڪمل ترائيءَ ۽ انھيءَ جي چڱيءَ طرح سڪڻ بعد ڏنو ويندو آھي ۽ آر-سي-سيءَ جي سلئب جي صورت ۾ پڻ انھيءَ جي مڪمل ترائي ۽ چڱيءَ طرح سڪڻ بعد ڏنو ويندو آھي.

انھيءَ کان علاوھ ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ لاءِ ٻيو اھو بھ طريقو آھي تھ ڏامر جي بجاءِ 04 يا 05 گيج جي شفاف پلاسٽڪ يا پاليٿين چادر (04/05 Guage polythene sheet) استعمال ڪجي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال رکڻو آھي تھ اھا پاليٿين جي چادر ڪنھن بھ ھنڌان ڦاٽل نھ ھجي ۽ گھڻي ايراضيءَ جي حالت ۾ سلاميءَ جي طرف اھي شيٽون يا چادرون ھڪ ٻئي مٿان چڱيءَ طرح چڙھيل (Over-laped) ھئڻ کپن. اھي شيٽون ڇت جي مٿان تيڪي (Parapet wall) جي ھيٺ تائين ھئڻ گھرجن ٻيءَ صورت ۾ جيڪڏھن شيٽ کي صرف تيڪي تائين ڇڏيو ويندو تھ برسات جو پاڻي تيڪي جي ھيٺان لنگھڻ جي ڪوشش ڪندو ۽ ڇت کي نقصان پھچائيندو، پاليٿين پلاسٽڪ ھڪ ھڪ نباتاتي مرڪب آھي ۽ انھيءَ ۾ عمر ڀر جٽاءُ ۽ پائيداريءَ جي خاصيت آھي. ھن تي تيزابيت (Acid) ۽ چانيھي يا کار (Alkali) جو اثر نھ ٿو ٿئي.

پاڻيءَ کي ٽمڻ (Water proofing) کان روڪڻ لاءِ ڏامر جي ٺھيل ٺڪيل چادر جنھن کي بٽومين فيلٽ (Bitumen felt) سڏيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ جو بہ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ اھا ڪنھن بھ شڪل يا ڊؤل جي ڇت ۽ بناوت لاءِ استعمال ڪري سگھجي ٿي. ھيٺ ڏنل فھرست ۾ مختلف قسمن جي بٽومين فيلٽ ۽ انھيءَ جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ تور ڄاڻايل آھي.

===درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتيون (First class tile roofing) ===
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون آر-سي-سي، ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي ڪامن،، پٽين، ٽيئرن ۽ گرڊرن مٿان 12&quot;x6&quot;x1 1/4&quot; جي سائيز جي سرن جي ٽائيلن جا ٻھ تھھ ڏيئي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جي ڇتين جي تعمير ھيٺئين ريت ڪئي ويندي آھي؛

*سرن جي ٽائيلن جو پھريون تھھ، پٽين مٿان جيڪي 12&quot; جي پور وڇوٽيءَ تي ڪامن مٿان (يا لوھھ جي گرڊرن مٿان ٽيئر رکي) رکيون وينديون آھن، 1:6 جي تناسب ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جي مسالي سان يا 1:2 جي تناسب ۾ چن ۽ سرخيءَ جي گچ سان لڳايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر ھڪ جوڙ ۾ مسالو چڱيءَ طرح لڳل ھجي.
*سرن جي پھرئين تھھ مٿان اڌ انچ جي ٿولھھ ۾ 1:6  جي تناسب جو سيمينٽ پلستر چاڙھي انھيءَ بعد ٽائيلن جو ٻيو تھھ مٿي ڄاڻايل طريقي سان چاڙھيو ويندو آھي پر خاص طرح سان اھو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ سرن جي ٻئي تھھ جا جوڙ پھرئين تھھ جي جوڙن سان نھ ملن بلڪ انھن جوڙن جي ابتڙ ھجن. ائين ڪرڻ سان مٿئين تھھ جا جوڙ ھيٺئين تھھ جي جوڙن سان نھ ملندا ۽ ڇت ٽمڻ (Leakage) جو امڪان گھٽ رھندو.
*ٽائيلن جي ٻئي تھھ مٿان اڌ انچ جو 1:6 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ پلستر چاڙھيو ويندو آھي
*بعد ۾ سيمينٽ پلستر جي مٿان ڏامر جو تھ  (مٿي ڄاڻايل طريقي سان) چاڙھي، انھيءَ جي مٿان جابلو  ريتي ڇٽي ويندي آھي، جيئن ڇت پاڻيءَ روڪ ٿي.
*انھيءَ بعد ڇت کي ٿڌو رکڻ لاءِ ٽن کان چئن انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ مٽيءَ (جيڪا ڪلر ۽ ٻئي گند ڪچري کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ھجي) جو تھ ڀري، انھيءَ مٿان ھڪ انچ جو مٽيءَ جي گادي جو پلستر ڪري، انھيءَ جي مٿان ڇيڻي جي ليپائي ڪبي آھي.

سرن جي ڀتين جي مٿان ۽ گرڊرن جي ھيٺان لوھھ جي بيڊ پليٽ ڏيڻ تمام ضروري آھي، جيئن گرڊرن جي بار سبب ڀتين جا گرڊر سان ملندڙ حصا ڪمزور ٿي، ٽائيم گذرڻ سان جھڪاءُ آڻي، نقصان نھ پھچائين. گرڊرن ۽ ٽيئرن جي صورت ۾ کين ڇت تي چاڙھڻ کان پھرين سنڌور (Red Oxide)  جي پينٽ جو تھھ ڏيئي، سڪائي پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان انئمل پينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ چاڙھي پوءِ ڀتين مٿان چاڙھجن، جيئن انھن مٿان ڪٽ (Rust) سولائيءَ سان نھ چڙھي. جيڪڏھن ائين نھ ڪبو تھ ٽائيلن چاڙھڻ بعد گرڊرن ۽ ٽيئرن جا صرف ھيٺيان حصا پينٽ ڪري سگھبا ۽ ٻيا دٻيل حصا پينٽ بنا رھجي وڃڻ جي حالت ۾ وقت گذرڻ سان ڪٽبا ويندا ۽ نتيجي ۾ اھي تمام گھٽ ٽائيم ھلندا. نتيجي ۾ ڇت تي ڪيل سمورو ڪم ايترو پائيدار نھ ٿيندو ۽ ٺھيل ڇت پنھنجي ٽائيم کان اڳ ۾ بدلائڻي پوندي.

ڇيڙن وارين ديوارن جي اندرين حصن ۽ پٽين يا ٽيئرن جي وچ ۾ 3 انچن کان 9 انچن جو مفاصلو ھئڻ گھرجي. ڇت جي ٽيڪي جي ديوار مٿان گولو (Drip Course)  ڏيڻ ضروري آھي، جيئن مينھن جو پاڻي انھيءَ کي نقصان نھ پھچائي 


===درجہ دوم ٽائيلن جون ڇتيون (Second class tile roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت جي تعمير پڻ درجھ اول ڇت جي تعمير وانگرگ ٿيندي آھي. فرق صرف اھو آھي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ٽائيلن جو صرف ھڪ تھھ چاڙھيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڊرپ ڪورس جي بجاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو گولو (C.C. Coping)  ڏنو ويندو آھي. 

===جئڪ آرچ ڇتيون (Jack Arch Roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ سرن يا سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جون ڪمانيون  (Arches) تعمير ڪيون وينديون آھن ۽ انھن ڪمانن جا ڇيڙا پالتو لوھ (Mild Steel)  جي ڪامن (Joists) مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ جئائسٽ وري ديوارن يا بيمن تي ٽڪيل ھوندا آھن.جئائسٽ 30 انچن کان 45 انچن جي مفاصلي تي رکيل ھوندا آھن. ڪانڪريٽ جي ٿولھھ ڪمانيءَ جي چوٽيءَ (Crown) وٽ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 6 انچ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ ڪمانيءَ جي بلندي ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ اھا خامي آھي تھ اھا سڌي سطح (Plain Surface) نٿي رھي. آخري ڇيڙن وارن حصن کي افقي ڇڪ (Horizontal thrust) کان روڪڻ لاءِ لوھھ جي جئائسٽ جي ٻاھرين جوڙن (Pairs)  وٽ ٻنڌ سيخون (Tie rods) لڳايون وينديون آھن. ٽاءِ راڊس 6 فوٽن جي مرڪزي (6 feet centre to centre) مفاصلي تي ھئڻ گھرجن. جئڪ آرچن جا گھيرا (Rings)  اڀ سرا (Brick on edge) يا سڌين سرن (Bricks on flat) جا ھئڻ گھرجن.

===رينفورسڊ برڪ ڇتيون (Reinforced Brick Roofs) ===
ھي ڇتيون پڻ آر-سي-سيءَ جي ڇتين وانگر  ۽ سڌيون ھونديون آھن، فرق صرف اھو ھوندو آھي جو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي جاءِ تي سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. سرن ۾ ڇت جي ڊيگھھ ۽ ويڪر جي طرف لڳاتار جوڙ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن جوڙن ۾ ڊزائن مطابق لوھھ جو سريو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. جوڙن جي ٿولھھ ٽي ڀاڱي چار انچ رکي ويندي آھي، جنھن  اندر سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو مسالو ڀريو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن جوڙن کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ سان ڀرڻو ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ جوڙن جي ٿولھھ ڏيڍ انچ کان ٻن انچن تائين رکڻ گھرجي. مکيھ سريو (Main reinforcement) ٿوري فاصلي طرف ۽ ورڇيندڙ سريو (Distribution bars) وڌيڪ فاصلي طرف وجھڻ گھرجي ۽ ورڇيندر سريو مکيھ سريي جي مٿان لڳائڻ گھرجي. رينفورسڊ برڪ جي ڪم جي ٿولھھ ھڪ سر جي ٿولھھ کان ٻن سرن جي ٿولھھ تائين ھئڻ گھرجي. ٻيءَ صورت ۾ وڌيڪ ٿولھھ واري ڇت نھايت ئي مھانگي پوندي.

ڇت جي مٿان ٻيو سمورو ڪم ائين ڪرڻ گھرجي جيئن آر-سي-سيءَ جي ڇت لاءِ ڄاڻايل آھي.
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون ڀروسي جھڙيون نھ ٿيون رھن ۽ انھيءَ سبب ڪري گھٽ استعمال ٿين ٿي
 
===ڇپرن واري يا ڪکائين ڇت (Thatched roof)===
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون عام طرح سان ٻن طرفن کان سلامي ڏيئي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن، جيئن برسات جو پاڻي ڇت جي مٿان بيھي نقصان نہ پھچائي.

ھن قسم جي ڇت ٺاھڻ لاءِ 1 ½ انچ ڊايا ميٽر جي بانس جا ٽڪڙا ھڪ فوٽ جي پور وڇوٽيءَ جي مفاصلي تي رکي ۽ انھن جي خلاف گوني ڪنڊ تي ڇھن انچن جي پور وڇوٽيءَ جي مفاصلي تي چڱيءَ طرح لڪڙا ٻڌي جوڙ جڪ (Frame work) ڪئي ويندي آھي. انھيءَ بعد 6 انچن کان 12 انچن جي ٿولھھ تائين سر، ٽوئا يا ڇپريون، ٽن ٽن انچن جي تھن جي صورت ۾ چاڙھيون وينديون آھن. اڪثر طور تي پھريون تھ بانس جي لڪڙن سان جوڙي جڪي تيار ڪري چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ڇت جي رال (Pitch) 35 ڊگرين جي لڳ ڀڳ رکي ويندي آھي.

ھن قسم جي ڇت اگر ھنرمندي ۽ ڪاريگري سان ٺاھي وڃي تھ سٺي نموني اڻ ٽمندڙ ۽ پاڻيءَ روڪ رھي ٿي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ باھھ لڳڻ جا امڪان تمام گھڻا رھن ٿا ۽ اڏوھي ۽ جيت لڳڻ جو خطرو پڻ رھي ٿو. جيڪڏھن انھن سڀني خطرن کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت جو مدو 15 سالن کان وڌيڪ نھ ٿو رھي.

===ائسبيسٽاس سيمينٽ جي ڇت (Asbestos cement corrugated sheet roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت نھايت ئي عمده قسم جي ائسبيسٽاس ۽ سيمينٽ جي گڏيل مرڪب مان ٺھيل اھڙين چادرن سان ڍڪي ٺاھي ويندي آھي جن ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو نقص جھڙوڪ ڦوٽ، ڏار، ڀڳل ڪنڊون ۽ پاسا وغيرھ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن. ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪٽ يا زنگ (Rust)  لڳڻ جو خطرو نھ ٿو رھي. ھنن تي نھ اڏوھي لڳي ٿي سگھي ۽ نہ ئي وري انھن تي رنگ ڪرڻ جي ضرورت پوي ٿي، البتہ سردين ۾ انھن جي ھيٺان آلاڻ پيدا ٿي پوي ٿي. ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ باھ جو مقابلو ڪرڻ، ۽ موسمي اثرن کي ڪنھن حد تائين روڪڻ جي خاصيت رھي ٿي.

ھنن ڇتين ۾ (7mm) 9/32 in. واري ٿولھھ جي چادرن استعمال ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ڪامن (Purlins)  جي وچ ۾ وڌ ۾ وڌ 5 فوٽ 3 انچ  (1.6m) جو فاصلو ۽ ¼ انچ  (6 mm) جي ٿولھھ وارين چادرن جي حالت ۾ 4 فوٽ 6 انچ (1.4 m) ھئڻ گھرجي.
چادرن جو لسو پاسو ھميشھ مٿان ۽ وڪڙن وارو پاسو ھيٺان ھئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ پاسي وارو چڙھاڪو (Side lap) گھٽ ۾ گھٽ اڌ وڪڙ جيترو، جيڪو عموما (4.5 cm) 13/4&quot; جي برابر ھوندو آھي ۽ ڇيڙن وارو چڙھاڪو (End lap)  گھٽ ۾ گھٽ (15 cm) 6&quot; جي برابر ڏنو وڃي. جڏھن تھ پاسن وارا آزاد حصا گھٽ ۾ گھٽ (40 cm) 1'-4&quot; اڌارن کان ٻاھر نڪتل ھئڻ گھرجن.
چادرن کي قابو ڪرڻ لاءِ آڌار وارين پٽين وٽ چادرن جي وڪڙن جي چوٽين (Crowns) ۾ (8 mm) 3/16&quot; جا ڊرل مشين رستي سوراخ ڪڍي قلعي دار j  (Galvanised) ۽ L جي صورت وارا ڪنڍا (Hooks)  استعمال ڪري ڏامر ۽ قلعي دار (Galvanised iron) وائيسر (Washer)  ڏيئي انھن کي چادرن مٿان، نٽ پٺيان نٽ جي حساب سان جڪڙيو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ سوراخ ڪڍڻ واسطي چادرن کي ڪنھن ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ھرگز ڀڳو ۽ چيريو نھ وڃي انھن نٽن کي پھريائين ڍرو ڇڏيو وڃي ۽ جڏھن ڪافي چادرون وڇائجي وڃن تھ پوءِ انھن کي سوڙھو ۽ قابو ڪيو وڃي. سوراخن  جو قطر (Diameter)  استعمال ٿيندڙ بولٽن جي قطر کان 1/16 انچ وڌيڪ ھئڻ گھرجي. نقصان کان بچاءُ واسطي چادرن کي مٿي چاڙھي وڇائڻ لاءِ تختا يا ڏاڪڻون استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجن. جيڪڏھن ڪنھن بھ چادر کي نقصان پھچي تھ انھيءَ کي اڇلائي خارج ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي ٻي چادر استعمال ڪجي. تمام گھڻي احتياط ڪندي بھ جيڪڏھن انھن چادرن ۾ ڪي نظر انداز ڪرڻ جوڳا ٽنگ ٿي پون تھ انھن کي ڏامر يا ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي مرڪب سان بند ڪري سگھجي ٿو بشرطيڪ انھن مان پاڻي ٽمي نہ سگھي.  ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ ائسبيسٽاس سيمينٽ جي چادرن جا ٽي قسم ٿيندا آھن جن جو ڪجھھ تفصيل ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

*ايورائيٽ بگسڪس : (Everite Bigsix)

ھن قسم جون چادرون 2.758  فوٽ (7 cm) ويڪريون 1.312 فوٽن کان 84.9 فوٽ (4.0 ميٽر کان 3 ميٽرن تائين) ڊگھيون ۽ ¼ انچ (6 mm)  ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. انھن ۾ مجموعي طرح سان 5.7 وڪڙ ٿيندا آھن ۽ ھڪ کان ٻئي وڪڙ تائين اٽڪل  5 ¾ انچن جو مفاصلو ٿيندو آھي، جڏھن تھ وڪڙ جي چوٽيءَ ۽ تري يعني ھيٺ تائين اوچائي 13.2 انچ (5.4 cm)  ٿيندي آھي.

*ايورائٽ اسٽئنڊرڊ : (Everite Standard)

ھي چادرون ٻن قسمن جون ٿينديون آھن.، ھڪڙيون ننڍيون چادرون ۽ ٻيون وڏيون. ننڍيون چادرون 5.2 فوٽ (76 cm)  ويڪريون 3 ½ فوٽن (1.07 mm)  کان  12 ½ فوٽن (3.9 m) تائين ڊگھيون ۽ ¼  انچ (6 mm)  ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. ھن ۾ وڪڙن جي اوچائي ھڪ انچ (2.54 cm)  کان  1.13&quot;  (2.86 cm) تائين ۽ ٻن وڪڙن جي وچ ۾ درمياني مفاصلو 09.2 انچ (5.3 cm) ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھر چادر ۾ 5.10 وڪڙ (Corrugations)  ٿيندا آھن. وڏيون چادرون 3 3/8 فوٽن کان  3 ½ فوٽن تائين (05.1 ميٽرن کان 1.10 ميٽرن تائين) ويڪريون، 3 3/8 فوٽن کان 10 فوٽن تائين ( 04.1 ميٽرن کان 05.3 ميٽرن تائين) ڊگھيون ۽ ¼ انچ (6 mm) ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. ور وڪڙن جي اوچائي 3/16&quot; (اٽڪل 5 سينٽيميٽرن کان 5.4 سينٽيميٽرن تائين) ۽  ان وڪڙن جي وچ وارو مفاصلو 5 ¾ انچ (146 cm) ٿيندو آھي.

*ٽرنال ٽريفورڊ : (Turnal Trafford)
ھي چادرون اٽڪل 3 5/8 فوٽ (13.1 ميٽر) ويڪريون، 4 فوٽن (1.22 ميٽر) کان 10 فوٽن (3.05 m) تائين ڊگھيون ھونديون آھن ۽ ھنن شيٽن ۾ ور وڪڙن جو تسلسل نھ ھوندو آھي، بلڪ ھر وڪڙ کان پوءِ ھموار سطح ھوندي آھي. ھر چادر ۾ اٽڪل چار وڪڙ ٿيندا آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون وڏين عمارتن جھڙوڪ گودامن، سينيما گھرن ۽ ڪارخانن ۾ استعمال ٿينديون آھن. 

===لوھ جي جستي ۽ ناليدر چادرن جون ڇتيون (Galvanised Corrugated Iron Sheet Roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ 16 گيج کان وٺي 24 گيج جون لوھھ جون جستي ۽ ناليدار چادرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ انھن ڳالھين جو خاص خيال رکيو وڃي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪم ايندڙ شيٽون چڱيءَ طرح ۽ بلڪل پختيءَ طرح جستي ملمعي چڙھيل آھن. جيڪڏھن انھن پڙ ڇن ۾ ڪٽ، سفيد پائوڊر جھڙا ٽڪرا، گاٺ ۽ ڦوٽ نظر اچي تھ اھڙن پڙڇن (Sheets) کي ھرگز استعمال نہ ڪجي.

ھيءُ پڙڇ ھميشھ ڪاٺ يا لوھ جي گرڊرن ۽ ڪامن (Purlins) مٿان ڇھن انچن (15 cm) جو ڇيڙن وارو چڙھاڪو (End Overlap) ۽ ٻين وڪڙن (Corrugations) جو ھر سائيڊ کان سائيڊ وارو چڙھاڪو (Side lap) ڏيئي رکيا ويندا آھن. پڙڇن کي قابو رکڻ لاءِ ڪامن مٿان چاڙھڻ کان اڳ ۾ کين زمين تي رکي گھربل ھنڌن تي ڪنھن تکي اوزار سان ٽنگ ڪڍي، انھيءَ بعد مٿي چاڙھي کين بولٽن، اسڪرن، ڪلين ۽ ڪوڪن (Rivets) وغيره سان قابو ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ اھي سوراخ ھنن چادرن ۾ ھيٺان کان مٿي پار ڪرڻ جي حساب سان ۽ ھميشھ وڪڙن جي چوٽيءَ وٽ ڪڍڻ گھرجن. انھن شيٽن کي ھميشھ ملمعي وارن نٽن، بولٽن، ڏامر جي وائيسرن (Washers)  ۽ جستي ملمعي وارن وائيسرن وسيلي ڪامن (Purlins) سان مضبوط ڪري جڪڙيو وڃي. اھي ڪنڍا ۽ بولٽ 5/16 يا 8 ملي ميٽر جي قطر جا ۽ L يا J جي شبيھھ جا ٿيندا آھن. پيچن ھيٺان واشر مضبوطي حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھنن پڙڇن کي لڳائڻ وقت انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ پلون وٽ انھيءَ چادر جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ نالي (Corrugation) ٻيءَ ناليءَ جي مٿان چڙھيل ھجي ۽ ڊگھا پاسا 3 انچن کان 5 انچن تائين (يعني 7.5 سينٽيميٽرن کان 14 سينٽيميٽرن تائين) ھڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙھيل ھئڻ گھرجن. ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪم ايندڙ چادرون 2 فوٽ 3 انچن کان 4 فوٽ 4 انچن ( 65 cm کان 126 cm) تائين ويڪريون، 5 فوٽن کان 15 فوٽن (5.1 ميٽر کان 5.3 ميٽرن) تائين ڊگھيون 1/16 انچن کان ¼ انچ (1.66 mm کان 6.56 cm) تائين ٿلھيون اٺن (8) وڪڙن سان ۽ ھر ھڪ وڪڙ جي وچ کان ٻئي وڪڙ (pitch) جي وچ تائين 3 انچن (7.6 cm) جي مفاصلي واريون ٿينديون آھن. ھيءُ پڙڇ تور ۾ ھلڪا ۽ لڳائڻ (Fixing)  ۾ سولا ٿين ٿا. البتھ موسمي اثرن کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٺيڪ  نٿا ٿا رھن ۽ انھن منجھان گرمي توڙي سردي آسانيءَ سان لنگھي (To transmit) سگھي ٿي. بھرحال ھيءُ پڙڇ پائيدار ۽ باھ جو مقابلو ڪرڻ جي لائق آھي.

ھن قسم جون ڇتيون 1:5 جي تناسب کان وڌيڪ سڌيون نھ رکڻ گھرجن ۽ عام طور 1:2 جي تناسب واريون ڇتيون بھتر رھن ٿيون. 1:2 ½ جي تناسب وارين نصب ڪيل (Pitched) ڇتين جي صورت ۾ ڇيڙي وارو چڙھاڪو (End overlap) 9 انچن (23 cm) کان گھٽ ھئڻ نہ گهرجي.

ھن قسم جون ڇتيون ڇاپرن (Sheds) ۽ ڪارخانن وغيره لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن.  ھن قسم جي ڇتين جو مٿاڇرو ھڪ ڪرو ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن شيٽن جا ور وڪڙ (Corrugations) سڌا ۽ ھموار ھئڻ گهرجن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>l9f3s1xa6fkk572xbquhdalyab7vkpd</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401048</id>
      <parentid>401047</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:02:39Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401048</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="69912" sha1="g687e3t2vhj9tjdlxb8eamnvepeoxql" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|عمارت جو مٿيون حفاظتي ڍڪ}}

[[فائل:Tak - Ystad-2022.jpg|thumb|2022ع ۾ [[يسٽاڊ]] جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ مختلف عمارتن جون ڇتيون.]]

'''ڇت''' (انگريزي: ''Roof'') عمارت جو سڀ کان مٿيون حفاظتي ڍڪ هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ اهي سڀئي تعميراتي جزا ۽ مواد شامل هوندا آهن، جيڪي ان کي عمارت جي [[ڀت]]ن يا ٻين سهارن تي مضبوطيءَ سان قائم رکندا آهن. ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد عمارت ۽ ان جي رهواسين کي [[مينهن]]، [[برف]]، [[سج جي روشني]]، انتهائي گرمي يا سردي ۽ [[هوا]] جي اثرن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Harris, Cyril M. (editor). ''Dictionary of Architecture and Construction'', Third Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2000, p. 775.&lt;/ref&gt; ڇت عمارت جي ٻاهرئين حفاظتي ڍانچي (بلڊنگ انولپ) جو هڪ اهم حصو آهي.

ڪنهن به ڇت جي شڪل، بناوت ۽ خاصيتون ان عمارت جي استعمال، دستياب ڇت سازي جي مواد، مقامي تعميراتي روايتن، [[معماري]] جي ڊزائن ۽ تعميراتي عمل تي دارومدار رکن ٿيون. ڪيترين حالتن ۾ انهن تي مقامي يا قومي تعميراتي قانونن ۽ ضابطن جو پڻ اثر هوندو آهي.

گهڻن ملڪن ۾ ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد مينهن کان بچاءُ هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه تعميرن ۾، جهڙوڪ [[ورانڊو]]، اهڙي ڇت استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي جيڪا سج جي سڌي روشني کان بچائي ٿي، پر هوا ۽ ٻين قدرتي عنصرن جي اچ وڃ کي برقرار رکي ٿي. ساڳيءَ طرح [[شيشي گهر]] (گارڊن ڪنزرويٽري) جي ڇت ٻوٽن کي سردي، هوا ۽ مينهن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي، جڏهن ته سج جي روشني اندر اچڻ جي اجازت به ڏيندي آهي.

ڇت کي اضافي رهائشي يا استعمال لائق جاءِ طور پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو، مثال طور [[ڇت وارو باغ]] (روف گارڊن).

== اشتقاق ==

لفظ '''ڇت''' جي انگريزي صورت ''Roof''، پراڻي انگريزي ٻوليءَ جي لفظ '''hrof''' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن جي معنيٰ ''ڇت''، [[ڇت (اندروني)|اندروني ڇت]] (Ceiling)، مٿيون حصو، چوٽي، آسمان يا جنت هئي. مجازي طور هي لفظ ڪنهن به شيءِ جي سڀ کان مٿاهين حصي يا بلند ترين نقطي لاءِ پڻ استعمال ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.etymonline.com/word/roof|title=Roof|website=Online Etymology Dictionary}}&lt;/ref&gt;

هي لفظ [[پروٽو-جرمني ٻولي]] جي لفظ '''خروفام khrofam''' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن سان ٻين جرمني ٻولين جا ڪيترائي لاڳاپيل لفظ پڻ ملن ٿا. مثال طور [[ڊچ ٻولي]] ۾ '''roef''' جي معنيٰ ٻيڙيءَ جي ڪيبن يا ڍڪ، تابوت جي ڍڪ وغيره آهي، [[وچئين اعليٰ جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ '''rof''' جو مطلب ڇپر يا اوچو ڇت وارو حصو، جڏهن ته [[قديم نورس ٻولي]] ۾ '''hrof''' ٻيڙيءَ جي ڇپر يا ٻيڙي رکڻ واري ڍڪيل جاءِ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو.

لساني ماهرن موجب هي لفظ جرمني ٻولين کان ٻاهر ٻين ٻولي خاندانن سان ڪو واضح تعلق نٿو رکي. انگريزي ٻولي ئي اها واحد جرمني ٻولي آهي، جنهن ۾ ''روف'' لفظ پنهنجي عام معنيٰ، يعني عمارت جي مٿئين حفاظتي ڍڪ، لاءِ برقرار رهيو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻين جرمني ٻولين ۾ انهيءَ مفهوم لاءِ اهي لفظ استعمال ٿين ٿا، جيڪي پراڻي انگريزي جي '''þæc''' (ٿئچ؛ يعني ڇپر يا ڪکن جي ڇت) سان لاڳاپيل آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite OED|roof, n.}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== بناوتي جزا ==

ڇت جي ڊزائن جا بنيادي جزا هي آهن:

* مواد؛
* [[گهر جي ڇت جي بناوت|تعميراتي بناوت]]؛
* پائيداري.

=== مواد ===

ڇت ٺاهڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد علائقي، موسم، دستيابي ۽ تعميراتي ضرورتن موجب مختلف هوندا آهن. اهي [[ڪيلي]] جي پنن، ڪڻڪ جي [[ڀوسو|ڀوسي]] يا [[سامونڊي گاهه]] کان وٺي [[پرتدار شيشو]] (ليمينيٽيڊ گلاس)، [[ٽامو|ٽامي]]، [[ايلومينيم]] جي چادرن ۽ اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[ڪنڪريٽ]] تائين ٿي سگهن ٿا. دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾ [[ٺڪر]] جون [[ڇت جون سرون]] صدين، بلڪه هزارين سالن کان سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇت سازي جو مواد رهيون آهن.

ٻين عام ڇت سازي جي موادن ۾ [[اسفالٽ]]، [[ڪوئلي جي تار]]، [[اي پي ڊي ايم رٻڙ]] (EPDM Rubber)، [[هائپالون]]، [[پولي يوريٿين]] جو فوم، [[پولي ونائل ڪلورائيڊ]] (PVC)، [[سليٽ پٿر]]، [[ٽيفلون]] جو ڪپڙو، [[ٿرموپلاسٽڪ اوليفن]] (TPO)، ۽ [[ڪاٺ]] جون ڇتيون (ووڊ شيڪز ۽ شنگلز) شامل آهن.

=== تعميراتي بناوت ===

ڇت جي تعميراتي بناوت ان ڳالهه تي دارومدار رکي ٿي ته ان کي ڪهڙي طريقي سان سهارو ڏنو ويو آهي، هيٺئين خالي جاءِ کي ڪيئن ڍڪيو ويو آهي، ۽ ڇت ڍلوان (پچڊ) آهي يا هموار.

'''ڇت جي ڍلوان''' (روف پچ) ان زاويي کي چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن تي ڇت پنهنجي سڀ کان هيٺئين نقطي کان مٿي طرف اڀري ٿي. آمريڪا ۾ گهڻيون رهائشي عمارتون، سواءِ انتهائي خشڪ علائقن جي، ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون رکن ٿيون. جيتوڻيڪ جديد نيڪال جا نظام، جهڙوڪ پاڻيءَ جون ناليون، هموار ڇت کي به ڪارائتو بڻائي سگهن ٿا، پر روايت، جمالياتي حسن ۽ تعميراتي ضرورتن سبب اڄ به گهڻيون ڇتيون ڍلوان سان ٺاهيون وڃن ٿيون.

ڪجهه ڇت سازي جا مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]] (ٿيچ)، پاڻي نه رسڻ ۽ ڊگهي عمر لاءِ تيز ڍلوان جي گهرج رکن ٿا. جڏهن ته ٻيا مواد، جهڙوڪ [[پين ٽائل]] (Pantile)، تمام تيز ڍلوان تي مستحڪم ناهن رهندا، پر گهٽ ڍلوان تي موسم کان بهترين تحفظ فراهم ڪندا آهن.

جن علائقن ۾ برسات تمام گهٽ پوندي آهي، اتي لڳ ڀڳ هموار ڇت، جنهن ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ معمولي ڍلوان هجي، عام طور ڪافي هوندي آهي. اهڙين ڇتين ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ ناليون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن سان وڌيڪ ڍلوان جي ضرورت گهٽجي ويندي آهي.

ڇت جي تعمير ۾ ماهر ڪاريگر کي '''ڇت ساز''' (روفر) چيو ويندو آهي.

=== پائيداري ===

ڇت جي پائيداري انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڇت عمارت جو اهو حصو آهي، جتي مرمت يا تجديد لاءِ پهچڻ نسبتاً ڏکيو هوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ڇت کي نقصان پهچي يا اها تباهه ٿي وڃي ته ان جا اثر سڄي عمارت جي حفاظت، استعمال ۽ عمر تي پئجي سگهن ٿا.

== شڪل ==

[[فائل:Roof diagram.jpg|thumb|upright=1.15|مغربي طرز جي ڇت جي ڪجهه حصن جا نالا]]

{{مکيه|ڇتين جي شڪلين جي فهرست}}

'''ڇتين جون شڪلون''' دنيا جي مختلف علائقن ۾ هڪ ٻئي کان گهڻو مختلف هونديون آهن. ڇت جي شڪل تي اثرانداز ٿيندڙ اهم عنصر مقامي [[آبهوا]]، ڇت جي ڍانچي لاءِ دستياب تعميراتي مواد، ۽ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي ڍڪ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.huffpost.com/entry/roofing-materials-to-prot_b_8959516 |title=Roofing Materials to Protect You From the Elements |website=HuffPost |date=12 January 2016}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڇتين جون بنيادي شڪلون هيٺيان آهن:

* [[هموار ڇت]] (Flat Roof)
* [[يڪ طرفي ڍلوان واري ڇت]] (Mono-pitched Roof)
* [[گيبل ڇت]] (Gable Roof)
* [[مينسارڊ ڇت]] (Mansard Roof)
* [[هپ ڇت]] (Hip Roof)
* [[تتلي نما ڇت]] (Butterfly Roof)
* [[قوسي ڇت]] (Arched Roof)
* [[گنبذي ڇت]] (Domed Roof)

انهن بنيادي شڪلين جون ڪيتريون ئي ٻيون صورتون پڻ موجود آهن.

جيڪي ڇتيون ڪيترن هموار حصن مان ٺهيل هونديون آهن، پر انهن حصن کي ڪنهن نه ڪنهن ڍلوان تي ٺاهيو ويندو آهي، انهن کي '''ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون''' (Pitched Roofs) چيو ويندو آهي. عام طور جيڪڏهن ڇت جو ڍلوان 10 درجن کان وڌيڪ هجي ته ان کي ڍلوان واري ڇت تصور ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;C. M. Harris, ''Dictionary of Architecture &amp; Construction''&lt;/ref&gt;

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇتيون ڍلوان واريون هونديون آهن، جن ۾ خاص طور [[گيبل ڇت]]، [[هپ ڇت]] ۽ [[اسڪليون ڇت]] (Skillion Roof) شامل آهن.

ڪجهه ڇتين جون شڪلون قدرتي (Organic) انداز تي ٻڌل هونديون آهن. اهڙيون شڪلون يا ته معمار جي ڊزائن جي نتيجي ۾ اختيار ڪيون وينديون آهن يا وري ان سبب پيدا ٿينديون آهن جو تعمير ۾ لچڪدار مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]]، استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

== حصا ==

ڇت ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندي آهي:

* ان جي '''سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت''' (سپورٽنگ اسٽرڪچر)؛
* ان جو '''ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه''' (آئوٽر ليئر)، جيڪو ڇت جو سڀ کان مٿيون موسم کان بچاءُ ڪندڙ حصو هوندو آهي.

ڪجهه عمارتن ۾ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه پاڻ ئي بار کڻندڙ بناوت (سيلف-سپورٽنگ اسٽرڪچر) طور پڻ ڪم ڪندو آهي.

عام طور ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت [[ڀت]]ن تي بيٺل هوندي آهي، جيتوڻيڪ ڪجهه تعميراتي انداز، جهڙوڪ [[جيوڊيزيڪ گنبذ]] ۽ [[اي-فريم گهر]]، ۾ ڀت ۽ ڇت جي وچ وارو فرق گهڻو نمايان نه رهندو آهي.

=== سهارو ===

{{Main|گهر جي ڇت جي بناوت}}

[[فائل:Linkopings stadsbibliotek roof2.jpg|thumb|[[سويڊن]] ۾ هڪ لائبريري جي ڇت]]

ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت عام طور ڊگهن ۽ مضبوط شهتيرن (بيم) تي ٻڌل هوندي آهي، جيڪي گهڻو ڪري [[ڪاٺ]] مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري کان پوءِ [[ڪاسٽ لوهه]] ۽ [[فولاد]] پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيڻ لڳا.

جن ملڪن ۾ [[بانس]] جو استعمال عام آهي، اتي ان جي قدرتي لچڪ سبب ڇتين ۾ هلڪي وڪريل شڪل پيدا ٿيندي آهي، جيڪا خاص طور اوڀر ايشيائي، خاص ڪري [[جاپاني معمار]]ي جي سڃاڻپ سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

ڪاٺ اهڙو مواد آهي، جنهن سان مختلف قسمن جون ڇتيون آسانيءَ سان تعمير ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. ڪاٺ جي بناوت نه رڳو تعميراتي سهارو فراهم ڪندي آهي، پر جيڪڏهن ان کي ظاهر رکيو وڃي ته اها عمارت جي جمالياتي حسن ۾ پڻ اضافو ڪندي آهي.

پراڳاڙهي زماني کان وٺي پٿر جا افقي شهتير (لنٽيل) ڇتين کي سهارو ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن، پر اهي تمام وڏن فاصلن کي ڍڪي نٿا سگهن. بعد ۾ [[قديم روم]] جي دور ۾ پٿر جي قوس (اسٽون آرڪ) جو وسيع استعمال شروع ٿيو، جنهن جي مختلف صورتن سان لڳ ڀڳ 140 فوٽ (43 ميٽر) تائين جا فاصلا ڍڪي سگهبا هئا.

پٿر جون قوسون ۽ [[والٽ (معماري)|والٽ]]، چاهي رٻن (Ribs) سان هجن يا بغير رٻن جي، لڳ ڀڳ ٻن هزارن سالن تائين وڏين عمارتن جي ڇتين جي بنيادي بناوت رهيون. اها روايت [[صنعتي انقلاب]] کان پوءِ آهستي آهستي ختم ٿيڻ لڳي، جڏهن لوهه جا شهتير استعمال ٿيڻ شروع ٿيا ۽ [[جوزف پيڪسٽن]] جهڙن معمارن جديد عمارتون، جهڙوڪ [[ڪرسٽل پيلس]] (1851ع)، تعمير ڪيون.

فولادي گرڊرن (اسٽيل گرڊر) ۾ مسلسل بهتري اچڻ سان اهي وڏين ڇتين ۽ بعد ۾ عام رهائشي گهرن جي تعمير ۾ به بنيادي سهارو بڻجي ويا. گرڊر جو هڪ ٻيو قسم [[رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ]] جو شهتير آهي، جنهن ۾ ڌاتي سلاخن کي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر بند ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان تنشي قوتن جي مقابلي ۾ ان جي مضبوطي وڌي ويندي آهي.

ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت کي رهائش يا استعمال لائق جاءِ طور پڻ ڪم آندو ويندو آهي، جنهن کي ڇت جي فرش بندي (روف ڊيڪنگ) چيو ويندو آهي. اهڙي جاءِ کي ڪمري يا ٻين استعمالن لاءِ تبديل ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه ===

{{Main|تجارتي طور دستياب ڇت سازي جي موادن جي فهرست}}

ڇت جو ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد جي لحاظ کان تمام گهڻي تبديلي رکي ٿو. روايتي يا مقامي [[معماري]] ۾ ڇت لاءِ گهڻو ڪري قدرتي ٻوٽيدار مواد استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]]، جنهن مان سامونڊي گاهه سان ٺهيل ڇت لڳ ڀڳ چاليهن سالن تائين قائم رهي سگهي ٿي.

ايشيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ [[بانس]] کي ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه، ٻنهي طور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. بانس جي ڊگهن ڦاڙيل ٽڪرن کي هڪ ٻئي مٿان چاڙهي وڇايو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان پاڻيءَ کان بچاءُ ڪندڙ مضبوط ڇت تيار ٿيندي آهي.

جن علائقن ۾ [[ڪاٺ]] وافر مقدار ۾ موجود هوندو آهي، اتي ڪاٺ جون ڇت واريون تختيون (شنگلز)، ٿلها ڪاٺي ٽڪرا (شيڪز) ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪجهه ملڪن ۾ مخصوص وڻن جي [[ڪل]] کي ٿلهين چادرن جي صورت ۾ لاهي ڇت طور پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.


ويهين صديءَ دوران گڏيل [[اسفالٽ]] وارين ڇت جي تختين (ڪمپوزيشن اسفالٽ شنگلز) جي تياري شروع ٿي. انهن جي عمر انهن جي ٿولهه ۽ معيار موجب مختلف هوندي آهي. سنهي قسم جون تختيون عام طور لڳ ڀڳ ويهه سال هلنديون آهن، جڏهن ته وڌيڪ ٿلهيون ۽ اعليٰ معيار جون تختيون گهڻي عرصي تائين، ڪڏهن ڪڏهن سڄي خدمت واري عمر تائين، استعمال ٿي سگهن ٿيون. انهن جي قيمت به عام طور سندن ٿولهه ۽ پائيداري تي دارومدار رکي ٿي.

جڏهن ڇت جي تختين جو مٿيون تهه پراڻو يا خراب ٿي وڃي ٿو ته عام طور پراڻيون تختيون، هيٺيون حفاظتي تهه (انڊرلي مينٽ) ۽ ڇت جون ميخون هٽائي نئينون تختيون لڳايون وينديون آهن. ٻيو طريقو اهو آهي ته نئون تهه پراڻين تختين جي مٿان ئي لڳايو وڃي. جيتوڻيڪ هي طريقو تيز ۽ گهٽ خرچائتو هوندو آهي، پر ان سان ڇت جي ڪاٺي بناوت (روف شيئٿنگ) جي جاچ ممڪن نه رهندي آهي ۽ جيڪڏهن پاڻيءَ سبب اندر ڪو نقصان ٿيو هجي ته ان جي مرمت به نٿي ٿي سگهي.

ان کان علاوه، پراڻين تختين جي مٿان نئون تهه لڳائڻ سان ميخون ڪاٺي بناوت تائين گهٽ پهچنديون آهن، جنهن ڪري انهن جي پڪڙ ڪمزور ٿي ويندي آهي. وڌيڪ اهم ڳالهه اها آهي ته اضافي مواد جو وزن ڇت جي مقرر مرده بار (ڊيڊ لوڊ) کان وڌي سگهي ٿو، جنهن سان ڇت جي ڊهڻ جو خطرو پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿو. انهيءَ سبب، جن ملڪن ۾ [[بين الاقوامي عمارتي ضابطو]] (انٽرنيشنل بلڊنگ ڪوڊ) لاڳو آهي، اتي جيڪڏهن ڇت تي اڳ ۾ ئي ٻن يا وڌيڪ تهن ۾ ڇت سازي جو مواد موجود هجي ته ان جي مٿان نئون تهه لڳائڻ جي اجازت نه هوندي. اهڙين حالتن ۾ نئين ڇت لڳائڻ کان اڳ پراڻو مواد مڪمل طور هٽائڻ لازمي هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Chapter 9 - Roof Assemblies|url=http://publicecodes.cyberregs.com/icod/irc/2012/icod_irc_2012_9_par135.htm}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[سليٽ پٿر]] ڇت سازي لاءِ هڪ انتهائي مناسب ۽ تمام گهڻي پائيدار مواد آهي. سليٽ جي ڇت عام طور 75 کان 150 سالن تائين، ۽ ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ان کان به وڌيڪ عرصي تائين قائم رهي سگهي ٿي. تنهن هوندي به، سليٽ جي ڇت لڳائڻ جو خرچ گهڻو هوندو آهي. مثال طور آمريڪا ۾ سليٽ جي ڇت جي قيمت ڪڏهن ڪڏهن سڄي گهر جي باقي تعمير جيتري ٿي سگهي ٿي.

سليٽ جي ڇت ۾ سڀ کان پهرين عام طور اهي ميخون خراب ٿينديون آهن، جن سان سليٽ جون تختيون ٻڌل هونديون آهن. وقت سان گڏ انهن ۾ زنگ لڳڻ سبب تختيون پنهنجي جاءِ تان سُرڪڻ لڳنديون آهن. برطانيا ۾ هن مسئلي کي ''نيل سڪنس'' (Nail Sickness) چيو ويندو آهي. انهيءَ ڪري سليٽ جي ڇتين لاءِ [[اسٽينليس اسٽيل]] يا [[ٽامو|ٽامي]] جون ميخون استعمال ڪرڻ جي سفارش ڪئي ويندي آهي، ۽ انهن کي پڻ موسم جي سڌي اثر کان محفوظ رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Six Steps to Building a 150 Year Roof|url=https://kocaeliwebtasarim.medium.com/six-steps-to-building-a-150-year-roof-4624749b33c2}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[ايزبسٽاس]]، جيڪو گهڻو ڪري لهردار ڳنڍيل چادرن جي صورت ۾ استعمال ٿيندو هو، ويهين صديءَ دوران هڪ سستي، نه سڙندڙ ۽ بهترين حرارتي موصليت واري ڇت سازي جي مواد طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويو. پر بعد ۾ ايزبسٽاس جي کوٽائي، تياري ۽ استعمال سان لاڳاپيل سنگين صحت ۽ قانوني مسئلن جي ڪري ان کي نئين ڇت سازي جي مواد طور استعمال ڪرڻ تقريباً بند ڪيو ويو. تنهن هوندي به، خاص طور ڏکڻ آمريڪا ۽ ايشيا جي ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾ اڄ به ايزبسٽاس واريون پراڻيون ڇتيون موجود آهن.

[[گاهه واريون ڇتيون]]، جن کي جديد دور ۾ [[سائي ڇت]] (گرين روف) ۽ روايتي طور [[گاس واري ڇت]] (سوڊ روف) چيو ويندو آهي، سٺيون حرارتي موصليت واريون هونديون آهن. ماحولياتي تحفظ ۽ شهرن کي وڌيڪ سرسبز بڻائڻ لاءِ اهڙين ڇتين جي تعمير کي هاڻي وڌيڪ هٿي ڏني پئي وڃي. انهن ۾ موجود مٽي ۽ ٻوٽا قدرتي موصل (لونگ انسوليشن) طور ڪم ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان عمارت جي اندروني گرمي پد ۾ توازن برقرار رهندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|date=2020-02-06|title=Green and Cool Roofs|url=https://drawdown.org/solutions/green-and-cool-roofs}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[ايڊوب]] جون ڇتيون مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن ۾ ڪکن يا جانورن جا وار جهڙا ڳنڍيندڙ مواد ملايا ويندا آهن. پوءِ ان کي ڪاٺين جي ڄاري (ليٿ) تي پلستر ڪري هموار يا هلڪي ڍلوان واري ڇت ٺاهي ويندي آهي. اهڙيون ڇتيون گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٺاهيون وينديون آهن، جتي برسات تمام گهٽ پوندي آهي.

جن علائقن ۾ مٽي وافر مقدار ۾ موجود هوندي آهي، اتي پڪل [[ڇت جون سرون]] صدين کان ڇت سازي جو بنيادي مواد رهيون آهن. ڇت جون سرون ٺاهڻ ۽ ساڙڻ جي صنعت گهڻو ڪري سرن جي ڪارخانن سان لاڳاپيل هوندي آهي. ماضي ۾ انهن سرن جي شڪل ۽ رنگ هر علائقي جي سڃاڻپ هوندا هئا، پر اڄڪلهه خريد ڪندڙن جي ضرورت ۽ پسند مطابق مختلف شڪلين، رنگن ۽ اندازن جون سرون تجارتي بنيادن تي تيار ڪيون وڃن ٿيون. [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جون ڇت واريون سرون پڻ عام استعمال ٿين ٿيون، جيڪي ڪيترن ئي مختلف اندازن ۽ شڪلين ۾ موجود آهن.

ڌاتي چادرن، خاص طور [[ٽامو|ٽامي]] ۽ [[سيهو|سيهي]]، کي پڻ ڪيترن ئي صدين کان ڇت سازي ۾ استعمال ڪيو پيو وڃي. جيتوڻيڪ اهي مواد مهانگا آهن، پر انتهائي پائيدار پڻ آهن. مثال طور [[شارترس گرجاگھر]] (شارترس ڪيٿيڊرل) جي وڏي ٽامي واري ڇت ڪيترن ئي صدين کان موجود آهي، جيڪا وقت سان گڏ آڪسائيڊ ٿيڻ سبب هلڪي سائي رنگ جي ٿي وئي آهي.

سيهو، جيڪو ڪڏهن ڪڏهن گرجاگهرن جي ڇتين ۾ استعمال ٿيندو هو، گهڻو ڪري رهائشي گهرن جي ڇتين ۾ پاڻي نه رسڻ واري بندش (فليشنگ) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو، خاص طور سليٽ جي ڇتين جي وادين (ويليز) ۽ چمنين جي چوڌاري. ٽامي کي به ساڳئي مقصد لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو.

اوڻيهين صديءَ ۾ [[لوهه]] کي [[جست]] سان چڙهائي (گالوانائيزيشن) زنگ جي مزاحمت وڌائي وئي، جنهن سان هلڪو، آسانيءَ سان کڻي وڃڻ جهڙو ۽ پاڻي نه رسائيندڙ ڇت سازي جو مواد تيار ٿيو. گهٽ قيمت ۽ آسانيءَ سان لڳائڻ جي ڪري اهو سڄي دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ تجارتي ڇت سازي جي موادن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

ان کان پوءِ ڌاتي ڇتن جا ڪيترائي نوان قسم تيار ڪيا ويا. فولادي ڇت جون تختيون (اسٽيل شنگلز) ۽ بيهندڙ ڳانڍاپي واريون ڌاتي ڇتيون (اسٽينڊنگ-سيم روف) لڳائڻ جي طريقي ۽ هيٺ استعمال ٿيندڙ حفاظتي تهه (انڊرلي مينٽ) تي دارومدار ڪندي عام طور پنجاهه سال يا ان کان به وڌيڪ عرصي تائين قائم رهي سگهن ٿيون. انهن جي قيمت عام طور اسفالٽ واري ڇت ۽ سليٽ واري ڇت جي وچ واري سطح تي هوندي آهي.

ويهين صديءَ دوران ڇت سازي لاءِ ڪيترائي نوان مواد تيار ڪيا ويا، جن ۾ بٽومين تي ٻڌل مواد، رٻڙ تي ٻڌل ڇتيون، مختلف مصنوعي مادا، جهڙوڪ [[ٿرموپلاسٽڪ]]، ۽ [[شيشي جي فائبر]] تي ٻڌل مواد شامل آهن.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot; class=&quot;center&quot; caption=&quot;ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه&quot;&gt;
File:The Elms Jersey.jpg|[[سليٽ پٿر]]، [[جرسي]]
File:Miskolc omassa peasant house.jpg|ٺڪر جون ڇت واريون سرون، [[هنگري]]
File:Niigata NCM Peasant Rice Farmers House.jpg|چانورن جي ڪکن جي ڇت، [[جاپان]]
File:Njem house in Cameroon.jpg|[[ڪيلي]] جي پنن جي ڇت، [[ڪيمرون]]
File:Neot smadar.jpg|[[کجور]] جي ٽارين جي ڇت، [[نيوٽ سيمادار]]، [[اسرائيل]]
File:Minenverwalter Kolmannskuppe.jpg|ڌاتي چادرن واري ڇت، [[نيميبيا]]
File:Gassho-zukuri farmhouse-02.jpg|ڪکن جي ڇت جي مرمت، گاشو-زڪوري طرز جو گهر، [[جاپان]]
File:Stone Roofing House - Palchan - Kullu 2014-05-10 2507.JPG|ڇت سازي لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ پٿر، [[هماچل پرديش]]، [[ڀارت]]
File:Green Roof in Norway.png|گاهه واري ڇت، [[ناروي]]
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== ڪم ==

ڇت جو نظام (روف اسيمبلي) رڳو عمارت کي ڍڪڻ لاءِ نه هوندو آهي، بلڪه اهو ڪيترائي اهم ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

# '''پاڻي جي نيڪال:''' ڇت جو بنيادي ڪم برساتي پاڻي کي آسانيءَ سان وهي وڃڻ ڏيڻ آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي ڇت جي مٿاڇري تي بيهي نه رهي. بيٺل پاڻي ڇت جي بناوت تي اضافي زنده بار (لائيو لوڊ) وجهي ٿو، جيڪو تعميراتي حفاظت لاءِ خطرو بڻجي سگهي ٿو. ان کان علاوه، بيٺل پاڻي گهڻن ڇت سازي جي موادن جي عمر به گهٽائي ڇڏي ٿو. ڪجهه ٺاهيندڙ ڪمپنيون ته اهڙي حالت ۾ پنهنجي شين جي ضمانت (وارنٽي) پڻ ختم ڪري ڇڏينديون آهن.

# '''موسمي اثرن کان تحفظ:''' ڇت عمارت جي اندروني حصي کي [[مينهن]]، [[هوا]]، [[سج جي روشني]]، گرمي، سردي ۽ [[برف]] جهڙن موسمي عنصرن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي.

# '''حرارتي موصليت:''' جديد تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن جي اڪثر ڇتين ۾ موصليت واريون تختيون (انسوليشن بورڊ) يا فائبر موصلي مواد (باٽ انسوليشن) شامل ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تعميراتي ضابطا، جهڙوڪ بين الاقوامي عمارتي ضابطو (انٽرنيشنل بلڊنگ ڪوڊ) ۽ بين الاقوامي رهائشي ضابطو (انٽرنيشنل ريزيڊنشل ڪوڊ)، ڇت جي اندر گهربل گهٽ ۾ گهٽ حرارتي مزاحمت (آر-ويليو) پڻ مقرر ڪندا آهن.

# '''گهربل خدمت واري عمر تائين ڪارڪردگي برقرار رکڻ:''' هر معياري ڇت سازي واري مواد جي هڪ اندازي مطابق خدمت واري عمر هوندي آهي، جيڪا عملي تجربي تي ٻڌل هوندي آهي. مناسب سار سنڀال ۽ سخت طوفاني نقصان نه ٿيڻ جي صورت ۾ گهڻا ڇت سازي جا مواد پنهنجي ٺاهيندڙ جي ضمانت واري مدت کان به گهڻو وڌيڪ عرصو هلي سگهن ٿا. مثال طور:
#* ڌاتي ۽ [[ڇت جون سرون|سرن]] واريون ڇتيون عام طور 50 سال يا ان کان وڌيڪ هلي سگهن ٿيون.
#* اسفالٽ جون ڇت واريون تختيون (اسفالٽ شنگلز) لڳ ڀڳ 30 کان 50 سال قائم رهي سگهن ٿيون.
#* ڪوئلي جي تار تي ٻڌل گهڻ تهه واريون ڇتيون (ڪول ٽار بلڊ-اپ روفس) اٽڪل 40 سال يا ان کان وڌيڪ هلي سگهن ٿيون.
#* اڪيلي تهه واريون ڇتيون (سنگل پلاء روفس) عام طور 20 سال يا ان کان وڌيڪ عرصي تائين خدمت انجام ڏين ٿيون.

# '''خوبصورت ڏيک مهيا ڪرڻ:''' ڪجهه ڇت سازي جا نظام صرف پنهنجي فني ڪارڪردگي جي بنياد تي نه، پر انهن جي جمالياتي حسن جي ڪري پڻ چونڊيا ويندا آهن، بلڪل اهڙيءَ طرح جيئن عمارت جي ٻاهرين ڀتين جي سينگار لاءِ مختلف ڍڪ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. پرڪشش شڪل ۽ عمارت جي مجموعي ظاهري حسن (ڪرب اپيل) سبب ڪيترائي ماڻهو اهڙين ڇتين لاءِ وڌيڪ قيمت ادا ڪرڻ به قبول ڪندا آهن.

=== حرارتي موصليت ===

ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد ماڻهن ۽ انهن جي ملڪيت کي مختلف موسمي حالتن کان محفوظ رکڻ هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڇت جي حرارتي موصليت (ٿرمل انسوليشن) ان جي بناوت ۽ ڇت سازي جي مواد جي چونڊ ۾ اهم حيثيت رکي ٿي.

ڪجهه ڇت سازي جا مواد، خاص طور قدرتي فائبرن مان ٺهيل مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]]، قدرتي طور تمام سٺي حرارتي موصليت رکن ٿا. جن موادن ۾ اها خاصيت گهٽ هوندي آهي، تن ۾ عام طور ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه جي هيٺان اضافي [[عمارتي موصليت|موصلي مواد]] لڳايو ويندو آهي.

ترقي يافته ملڪن ۾ گهڻين رهائشي عمارتن ۾ ڇت جي بناوتي حصن جي هيٺان [[اندروني ڇت]] (سيلنگ) لڳائي ويندي آهي. اندروني ڇت جو مقصد صرف گرمي ۽ سردي کان بچاءُ نه هوندو آهي، پر اها شور، مٽي، ۽ پکين جي فضلي يا انهن جي جسم تي موجود جُون جهڙين تڪليفن کان به تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڪيترائي پکي ڇتين ۾ آکيرا ٺاهيندا آهن.

[[ڪنڪريٽ]] جون ڇت واريون سرون پڻ حرارتي موصليت ۾ مددگار ثابت ٿينديون آهن. جيڪڏهن انهن کي اهڙي نموني لڳايو وڃي، جو سرن ۽ ڇت جي مٿاڇري جي وچ ۾ هوا جي هڪ خالي جاءِ موجود رهي، ته اها سج جي گرمي کي عمارت جي اندر منتقل ٿيڻ کان وڏي حد تائين گهٽائي سگهي ٿي.

ڇت جي موصليت لاءِ مختلف قسمن جا مواد استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* موٽو ڪپڙو (فيلٽ) يا پلاسٽڪ جون چادرون، جيڪي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن گرمي موٽائيندڙ (رفليڪٽو) مٿاڇري سان هونديون آهن ۽ ڇت جي سرن يا ٻين مواد جي هيٺان لڳايون وينديون آهن؛
* مصنوعي فوم جا موصلي تهه، جيڪي اندروني ڇت جي مٿان وڇايا ويندا آهن؛
* ٻيهر استعمال ٿيل ڪاغذ مان تيار ڪيل موصلي مواد ۽ ٻيا اهڙا مواد، جيڪي ڇت جي خالن ۾ ڀريا يا اسپري ذريعي داخل ڪيا ويندا آهن.

تازن سالن ۾ [[ٿڌي ڇت]] (ڪول روف) جو استعمال تيزيءَ سان وڌي رهيو آهي،&lt;ref name=&quot;10.3390/su13094665&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Farhan |first1=Syed Ahmad |last2=Ismail |first2=Fouad Ismail |last3=Kiwan |first3=Osamah |last4=Shafiq |first4=Nasir |last5=Zain-Ahmed |first5=Azni |last6=Husna |first6=Nadzhratul |last7=Hamid |first7=Afif Izwan Abd |title=Effect of Roof Tile Colour on Heat Conduction Transfer, Roof-Top Surface Temperature and Cooling Load in Modern Residential Buildings under the Tropical Climate of Malaysia |journal=Sustainability |year=2021 |volume=13 |issue=9 |page=4665 |doi=10.3390/su13094665}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ ڪجهه علائقن ۾ مقامي تعميراتي ضابطن تحت انهن جو استعمال لازمي پڻ قرار ڏنو ويو آهي. ٿڌي ڇت مان مراد اهڙي ڇت آهي، جيڪا سج جي شعاعن کي وڏي حد تائين موٽائي ڇڏيندي هجي (ھاء رفليڪٽوٽي) ۽ پاڻ ۾ جذب ٿيل گرمي کي به آسانيءَ سان خارج ڪري ڇڏيندي هجي (ھاء ٿرمل ايمٽنس).&lt;ref name=&quot;10.3390/su13094665&quot;/&gt;

جيڪڏهن ڇت ۾ مناسب موصليت ۽ هوا جي اچ وڃ (وينٽيليشن) جو بندوبست نه هجي ته ٿڌن علائقن ۾ ڇت جي ڪنارن تي [[برف جو بند]] (آئس ڊيم) ٺهي سگهي ٿو. اهو تڏهن ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ڇت جي مٿئين حصي مان گرمي ٻاهر نڪري ٿي، جنهن سبب اتي موجود برف ڳري وڃي ٿي. ڳريل پاڻي هيٺ لهي ڇت جي ڪنارن وٽ ٻيهر ڄمي وڃي ٿو ۽ برف جي ٿلهي تهه جي صورت اختيار ڪري ٿو. نتيجي ۾ پاڻي ڇت جي مواد هيٺان داخل ٿي سگهي ٿو، جنهن سان ڇت جي بناوت، نالين ۽ پاڻي جي نيڪال واري نظام کي نقصان پهچي سگهي ٿو.

=== پاڻي جو نيڪال ===

گهڻين ڇتين جو بنيادي ڪم برساتي پاڻي کي عمارت جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ آهي. ڇت جي وڏي مٿاڇري تي مينهن جو گهڻو پاڻي گڏ ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان کي اهڙي نموني نيڪال ڪرڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، جو اهو عمارت کي نقصان نه پهچائي ۽ نه ئي رهواسين لاءِ ڪا تڪليف پيدا ڪري.

[[ايڊوب]] گهرن جون هموار ڇتيون عام طور تمام هلڪي ڍلوان رکنديون آهن. وچ اوڀر جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾، جتي ڇت کي ويهڻ يا ٻين گهريلو مقصدن لاءِ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، ڇت جي چوڌاري حفاظتي ڀتيون ٺهيل هونديون آهن. اهڙين ڇتين ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ سوراخ پڻ رکيا ويندا آهن، جيئن پاڻي گڏ نه ٿئي ۽ ڇت جي سوراخ دار مواد مان اندر نه وهي.

جيتوڻيڪ هموار ڇتين ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال جا مسئلا وڌيڪ عام هوندا آهن، پر جيڪڏهن ڍلوان واري ڇت جي ڊزائن مناسب نه هجي يا ان جي مٿاڇري صحيح نموني ٺهيل نه هجي ته اهڙين ڇتين ۾ به ساڳيا مسئلا پيدا ٿي سگهن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://platinumroofingandconstruction.com/how-can-a-bad-roof-impact-your-overall-house/ |title=How Can A Bad Roof Impact Your Overall House? |website=Platinum Roofing &amp; Construction |date=18 November 2024}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڇت تي بيٺل پاڻي [[ڦپوند]] (Mold) جي واڌ ويجهه جو سبب بڻجي سگهي ٿو، جيڪا نه رڳو عمارت جي بناوت کي نقصان پهچائيندي آهي، پر رهندڙ ماڻهن جي صحت لاءِ پڻ نقصانڪار هوندي آهي. عام طور پاڻي جي نيڪال جي خرابي کي درست ڪرڻ، ڦپوند سبب ٿيندڙ نقصان جي مرمت ڪرڻ جي ڀيٽ ۾ گهڻو گهٽ خرچائتو هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last1=Cheng |first1=Jianwei |last2=Zhang |first2=Guanghul |chapter=Analysis of the runoff and seepage drainage effects of prefabricated roof double-layer drainage system |title=Advances in Frontier Research on Engineering Structures Volume 1 |year=2023 |pages=241–247}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ساڳيا مسئلا، پر گهڻي وڏي پيماني تي، جديد تجارتي عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ پڻ پيش اچن ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن مان گهڻين عمارتن جون ڇتيون هموار هونديون آهن. اهڙين وڏين ڇتين ۾ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه جو مڪمل طور پاڻي نه رسائيندڙ (امپرميئبل) هجڻ انتهائي ضروري هوندو آهي. گهڻيون صنعتي ۽ تجارتي عمارتون گهٽ ڍلوان واريون روايتي ڇتيون استعمال ڪنديون آهن.

عام طور ڪنهن علائقي ۾ برسات جي مقدار ۽ ڇت جي ڍلوان ۾ سڌو تعلق هوندو آهي. جتي برسات گهٽ پوندي آهي، اتي گهرن جون ڇتيون به گهٽ ڍلوان واريون هونديون آهن، جڏهن ته گهڻي برسات يا برفباري وارن علائقن ۾ ڇتيون وڌيڪ تيز ڍلوان سان ٺاهيون وينديون آهن. مثال طور [[پاپوا نيو گني]] جا ڊگها گهر (لانگ ھائوسز) اهڙي طرز جي تعمير جا مثال آهن، جتي اوچي ڇت لڳ ڀڳ زمين تائين لهندي آهي. ساڳيءَ طرح جرمني ۽ هالينڊ جون تيز ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون برفباري وارن علائقن جي خاص سڃاڻپ آهن.

اتر آمريڪا جي ڪجهه علائقن، جهڙوڪ [[بفيلو، نيو يارڪ]] ۽ [[مونٽريال]]، ۾ تعميراتي ضابطن موجب ڇت جي گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ڍلوان 12 ۾ 6 (يعني 1:2 يا لڳ ڀڳ 30 درجا) هجڻ لازمي هوندي آهي.

تنهن هوندي به، ڪجهه علائقائي تعميراتي روايتون هن اصول کان مختلف آهن. مثال طور الپس جبلن جي ڪاٺين گهرن (Chalets) جون پٿر واريون ڇتيون عام طور نسبتاً گهٽ ڍلوان رکنديون آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن تي گڏ ٿيندڙ برف قدرتي حرارتي موصليت جو ڪم ڪندي آهي.

ڇت جي ڍلوان جو دارومدار استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇت سازي جي مواد تي پڻ هوندو آهي. مثال طور 12 ۾ 3 (1:4) يا ان کان وڌيڪ ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون عام طور اسفالٽ جون ڇت واريون تختيون، ڪاٺ جون ڇت واريون تختيون، لهردار فولادي چادرون، سليٽ يا ڇت جون سرون استعمال ڪري ٺاهيون وينديون آهن.

برسات دوران ڇت تان وهي ايندڙ پاڻي جيڪڏهن صحيح نموني نيڪال نه ٿئي ته اهو عمارت کي سخت نقصان پهچائي سگهي ٿو. جيڪڏهن پاڻي ڀتين تان وهي ته اهو گاري (مارٽر) يا ڀتين جي تختن مان اندر داخل ٿي سگهي ٿو، ۽ جيڪڏهن بنيادن جي چوڌاري گڏ ٿي وڃي ته اندر رِسڻ، [[چڙهندڙ نمي]] (رائزنگ نمي) يا [[خشڪ سڙ]] (ڊراء راٽ) جو سبب بڻجي سگهي ٿو.

انهيءَ ڪري گهڻين عمارتن ۾ اهڙو نظام رکيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو ڇت جو پاڻي ڀتين کان پري ڪري ڇڏي. انهيءَ مقصد لاءِ عام طور نڪتل ڇڄا (Overhanging Eaves) ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ان کان علاوه، جديد ۽ ڪيترين پراڻين عمارتن ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ واديون (ويليز)، ناليون (گٽرز)، پاڻي جا وهڪرا (واٽر اسپائوٽ)، پاڻي گڏ ڪرڻ وارا حصا (واٽر ھيڊ) ۽ [[پاڻي جي نيڪال وارو پائپ|نيڪال جا پائپ]] (ڊرين پائيپ) لڳايا ويندا آهن.

دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾ ڇت تان وهي ايندڙ برساتي پاڻي گڏ ڪري گهريلو استعمال لاءِ ذخيرو پڻ ڪيو ويندو آهي.

جن علائقن ۾ تمام گهڻي برفباري ٿيندي آهي، اتي ڌاتي ڇتيون وڌيڪ فائديمند سمجهيون وينديون آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن جي هموار مٿاڇري تان برف آسانيءَ سان هيٺ سُري ويندي آهي ۽ اهي ڪاٺ يا ڪنڪريٽ جي ڇتين جي ڀيٽ ۾ هوا جي زور کي به وڌيڪ بهتر نموني برداشت ڪري سگهنديون آهن.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot; class=&quot;center&quot; caption=&quot;حرارتي موصليت، پاڻي جي نيڪال ۽ شمسي ڇتيون&quot; perrow=&quot;5&quot;&gt;
File:Snow on the roof.jpg|[[پولينڊ]] ۾ گهرن جي ڇتين تي [[برف]]
File:Ashdod 2005, rooftop view p2.JPG|وچ اوڀر ۾ هموار ڇتيون، [[اسرائيل]]
File:Jakriborg, juni 2005 x.jpg|اتر يورپ ۾ تيز ڍلوان واريون گيبل ڇتيون
File:雪中紫禁城 7.jpg|[[چين]] جي عمارتن جا نڪتل ڇڄا
File:PA120016.JPG|[[اسڪاٽلينڊ]] جي [[فائنڊهورن]] ۾ [[سائي ڇت]] ۽ شمسي پينل
&lt;/gallery&gt;

=== شمسي ڇتيون ===

جديد ڇت سازي جي نظامن ۾ اهڙيون [[شمسي ڇت واريون تختيون]] (سولر شنگلز) پڻ شامل آهن، جيڪي ڇت جي حفاظتي تهه طور ڪم ڪرڻ سان گڏ [[برق]] پڻ پيدا ڪنديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Gibbs |first=Jamie |date=2025-11-13 |title=Solar roof tiles |url=https://energysavingtrust.org.uk/solar-roof-tiles/ |website=Energy Saving Trust}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اهڙا شمسي نظام پڻ موجود آهن، جيڪي [[گرم پاڻي]]&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Gibbs |first=Jamie |title=Solar water heating |url=https://energysavingtrust.org.uk/advice/solar-water-heating/ |website=Energy Saving Trust}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا گرم هوا پيدا ڪندا آهن، ۽ ساڳئي وقت ڇت جي حفاظتي تهه طور به ڪم ڪندا آهن. ڪجهه جديد نظام [[حرارتي پمپ]] (ھيٽ پمپ) کي توانائي فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ مدد ڏين ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Paleja |first=Ameya |title=Germany unveils solar roof tile that powers heat pumps and homes |url=https://interestingengineering.com/energy/solar-roof-tile-heat-pump |website=Interesting Engineering}}&lt;/ref&gt;

وڌيڪ ترقي يافته شمسي ڇت جا نظام هڪ ئي وقت ڪيترائي ڪم سرانجام ڏئي سگهن ٿا، جهڙوڪ:

* [[برق]] پيدا ڪرڻ؛
* شمسي گرمي کي گڏ ڪري استعمال لائق حرارتي توانائي ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ؛
* ۽ عمارت جي ڇت جي حفاظتي تهه طور ڪم ڪرڻ.

شمسي نظامن کي ڇت سان مختلف طريقن سان ڳنڍي سگهجي ٿو، جهڙوڪ:

* ڍلوان واري ڇت جي حفاظتي تهه ۾ سڌي طرح شامل ڪري، مثال طور [[شمسي ڇت واريون تختيون]] ؛
* اڳ ۾ موجود ڇت جي مٿان لڳائي، مثال طور [[شمسي پينل]] کي [[ڇت جون سرون|سرن واري ڇت]] تي نصب ڪري؛
* هموار ڇت جي جھلي ۾ گرميءَ ذريعي ويلڊ ڪري، مثال طور PVC جھلي ۾؛
* يا هموار ڇت تي ڌار سهاري واري بناوت سان نصب ڪري، جنهن ۾ هوا جي زور سبب کڄڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ اضافي وزن پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي.

==  ڇتين جا قسم== 

ڇتين جا ڪيترائي قسم آھن، جھڙوڪ؛
#سڌيون ڇتيون (Flat Roofs)
#سلاميءَ واريون ڇتيون (Sloped Roofs)
#ھڪ طرف سلاميءَ واريون ڇتيون
#ٻئي طرف سلاميءَ واريون نوڪدار ڇتيون
#ھپ روف (Hip Roof)
#گئمبريل روف (Gambrel Roof)
#مانسرڊ روف (Mansard Roof)
#ڊيڪ روف (Deck Roof)
#ڪارائيءَ جي ڏندن وانگر ”سا ٽٿ روف“ (Saw Tooth Roof)

ڇتين جي ڪن مختلف قسمن جو تفصيلوار بيان ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

=== سڌيون ڇتيون === 
 
عام طرح سان اڄ ڪلھ رھائشي جاين لاءِ سڌين ڇتين کي وڌيڪ پسند ڪيو وڃي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي سولائيءَ سان باھھ روڪ (Fire Proof)  بڻائي سگھجي ٿو. ازنسواءِ ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي مٽيءَ جو تھھ ڏيئي سولائيءَ سان ٿڌو رکي سگھجي ٿو.
تعميراتي طريقن جي لحاظ کان ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي ترتيب وار ھيٺئين ريت ورھائي سگھجي ٿو.
#آر-سي-سيءَ جون ڇتيون (R.C.C Flat Roofs)
#درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتيون (First class tile roofing)
#رينفورسڊ برڪ جون ڇتيون (Reinforced Brick Roofs)
#درجہ دوم ٽائيل ڇتيون (Second class tile roofing)
#جئڪ ڪمان ڇتيون (Jack Arch Roofing)
#ڪاٺ جي تختن جون سڌيون ڇتيون (Wooden flat Roofs)

مٿي ڄاڻايل قسم جي ڇتين مان ڪن خاص ۽ گھڻو استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇتين جو تفصيلوار بيان ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

===آر-سي-سيءَ جون سڌيون ڇتيون (Reinforced cement concrete flat roofs)===
ھن قسم جي ڇتين جو استعمال اڄڪلھھ عام ۽ مقبول ٿي چڪو آھي ۽ گھڻ منزلھ عمارتن لاءِ ڪارآمد پڻ آھي. ھن قسم جي ڇت کي ٿڌو رکڻ لاءِ عام طرح سان گرم علائقن ۾ ٽن انچن کان چئن انچن تائين مٽيءَ جو تھھ ڏيئي انھيءَ جي مٿان گاري جو پلستر (Mud Pluster) يا سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي مسالي سان سرن جون ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر جوڙ ۾ مسالو چڱيءَ طرح لڳايو وڃي جيئن برسات ۽ موسمي اثرن سبب کلي نھ وڃي. جوڙن بعد درزون چڱيءَ طرح ورتيون وينديون آھن. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو پڻ خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ پاڻي ڪھڙي بھ ريت ڇت تي بيٺل نھ رھي. ڇت جي سلامي احتياط سان رکي ويندي آھي ۽ فالتو مسالو، سرن جا  ٽڪرا ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ۽ ڪچرو صاف ڪري اڇليو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ڇت تمام وڏي آھي تھ انھيءَ کي مختلف حصن ۾ ورھائي سلامي ڏني ويندي آھي. تقريبا 1:60  کان 1:40  جي تناسب جي سلامي مناسب سمجھي ويندي آھي.

===ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ (Water proofing flat roofs) ===

ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي مٿين سطح (Surface) کي عام طرح سان صاف ڪري انھيءَ کي چڱيءَ طرح سڪايو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ کان پوءِ ڏامر (Bitumen) کي (190.56o C) 375o F ۽ (204.44o C) 400o F گرمي جي درجي تائين پگھاري سطح جي مٿان ٻن عليحده تھن جي صورت ۾ پوريءَ طرح پٿاريون ويندو آھي، جيئن ٻنھي تھن جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 1/16 انچ بيھي. اھڙيءَ صورت ۾ 100 مربع فوٽن تي 34 پائونڊ ڏامر استعمال ٿيندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد ڏامر جي مٿان جابلو ريتيءَ جو ھلڪو تھھ ڏنو ويندو آھي، اھڙي طرح جيئن 100 مربع فوٽن تي ھڪ مڪعب فوٽ جابلو ريتي استعمال ٿئي، انھيءَ بعد گھربل اوچائي4 ۾ مٽي ڀري انھيءَ مٿان مٽيءَ جي گاري جو پلستر يا سرن جي ٽائيلن جو تھھ ڏنو ويندو آھي. ڏامر جي مٿان جابلو ريتيءَ جو ڇڻڪار انھيءَ ڪري ڪيو ويندو آھي، جيئن اھو ڏامر جي تھھ کي مٽيءَ جي تھ کان جدا رکي.

درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتين (First class tile roofing)  ۽ درجھ دوم ٽائيل ڇتين (Second class tile roofing) جي صورت ۾ ڏامر جو تھھ سرن يا ٽائيل مٿان لڳايل سيمينٽ پلستر جي مڪمل ترائيءَ ۽ انھيءَ جي چڱيءَ طرح سڪڻ بعد ڏنو ويندو آھي ۽ آر-سي-سيءَ جي سلئب جي صورت ۾ پڻ انھيءَ جي مڪمل ترائي ۽ چڱيءَ طرح سڪڻ بعد ڏنو ويندو آھي.

انھيءَ کان علاوھ ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ لاءِ ٻيو اھو بھ طريقو آھي تھ ڏامر جي بجاءِ 04 يا 05 گيج جي شفاف پلاسٽڪ يا پاليٿين چادر (04/05 Guage polythene sheet) استعمال ڪجي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال رکڻو آھي تھ اھا پاليٿين جي چادر ڪنھن بھ ھنڌان ڦاٽل نھ ھجي ۽ گھڻي ايراضيءَ جي حالت ۾ سلاميءَ جي طرف اھي شيٽون يا چادرون ھڪ ٻئي مٿان چڱيءَ طرح چڙھيل (Over-laped) ھئڻ کپن. اھي شيٽون ڇت جي مٿان تيڪي (Parapet wall) جي ھيٺ تائين ھئڻ گھرجن ٻيءَ صورت ۾ جيڪڏھن شيٽ کي صرف تيڪي تائين ڇڏيو ويندو تھ برسات جو پاڻي تيڪي جي ھيٺان لنگھڻ جي ڪوشش ڪندو ۽ ڇت کي نقصان پھچائيندو، پاليٿين پلاسٽڪ ھڪ ھڪ نباتاتي مرڪب آھي ۽ انھيءَ ۾ عمر ڀر جٽاءُ ۽ پائيداريءَ جي خاصيت آھي. ھن تي تيزابيت (Acid) ۽ چانيھي يا کار (Alkali) جو اثر نھ ٿو ٿئي.

پاڻيءَ کي ٽمڻ (Water proofing) کان روڪڻ لاءِ ڏامر جي ٺھيل ٺڪيل چادر جنھن کي بٽومين فيلٽ (Bitumen felt) سڏيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ جو بہ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ اھا ڪنھن بھ شڪل يا ڊؤل جي ڇت ۽ بناوت لاءِ استعمال ڪري سگھجي ٿي. ھيٺ ڏنل فھرست ۾ مختلف قسمن جي بٽومين فيلٽ ۽ انھيءَ جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ تور ڄاڻايل آھي.

===درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتيون (First class tile roofing) ===
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون آر-سي-سي، ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي ڪامن،، پٽين، ٽيئرن ۽ گرڊرن مٿان 12&quot;x6&quot;x1 1/4&quot; جي سائيز جي سرن جي ٽائيلن جا ٻھ تھھ ڏيئي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جي ڇتين جي تعمير ھيٺئين ريت ڪئي ويندي آھي؛

*سرن جي ٽائيلن جو پھريون تھھ، پٽين مٿان جيڪي 12&quot; جي پور وڇوٽيءَ تي ڪامن مٿان (يا لوھھ جي گرڊرن مٿان ٽيئر رکي) رکيون وينديون آھن، 1:6 جي تناسب ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جي مسالي سان يا 1:2 جي تناسب ۾ چن ۽ سرخيءَ جي گچ سان لڳايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر ھڪ جوڙ ۾ مسالو چڱيءَ طرح لڳل ھجي.
*سرن جي پھرئين تھھ مٿان اڌ انچ جي ٿولھھ ۾ 1:6  جي تناسب جو سيمينٽ پلستر چاڙھي انھيءَ بعد ٽائيلن جو ٻيو تھھ مٿي ڄاڻايل طريقي سان چاڙھيو ويندو آھي پر خاص طرح سان اھو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ سرن جي ٻئي تھھ جا جوڙ پھرئين تھھ جي جوڙن سان نھ ملن بلڪ انھن جوڙن جي ابتڙ ھجن. ائين ڪرڻ سان مٿئين تھھ جا جوڙ ھيٺئين تھھ جي جوڙن سان نھ ملندا ۽ ڇت ٽمڻ (Leakage) جو امڪان گھٽ رھندو.
*ٽائيلن جي ٻئي تھھ مٿان اڌ انچ جو 1:6 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ پلستر چاڙھيو ويندو آھي
*بعد ۾ سيمينٽ پلستر جي مٿان ڏامر جو تھ  (مٿي ڄاڻايل طريقي سان) چاڙھي، انھيءَ جي مٿان جابلو  ريتي ڇٽي ويندي آھي، جيئن ڇت پاڻيءَ روڪ ٿي.
*انھيءَ بعد ڇت کي ٿڌو رکڻ لاءِ ٽن کان چئن انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ مٽيءَ (جيڪا ڪلر ۽ ٻئي گند ڪچري کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ھجي) جو تھ ڀري، انھيءَ مٿان ھڪ انچ جو مٽيءَ جي گادي جو پلستر ڪري، انھيءَ جي مٿان ڇيڻي جي ليپائي ڪبي آھي.

سرن جي ڀتين جي مٿان ۽ گرڊرن جي ھيٺان لوھھ جي بيڊ پليٽ ڏيڻ تمام ضروري آھي، جيئن گرڊرن جي بار سبب ڀتين جا گرڊر سان ملندڙ حصا ڪمزور ٿي، ٽائيم گذرڻ سان جھڪاءُ آڻي، نقصان نھ پھچائين. گرڊرن ۽ ٽيئرن جي صورت ۾ کين ڇت تي چاڙھڻ کان پھرين سنڌور (Red Oxide)  جي پينٽ جو تھھ ڏيئي، سڪائي پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان انئمل پينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ چاڙھي پوءِ ڀتين مٿان چاڙھجن، جيئن انھن مٿان ڪٽ (Rust) سولائيءَ سان نھ چڙھي. جيڪڏھن ائين نھ ڪبو تھ ٽائيلن چاڙھڻ بعد گرڊرن ۽ ٽيئرن جا صرف ھيٺيان حصا پينٽ ڪري سگھبا ۽ ٻيا دٻيل حصا پينٽ بنا رھجي وڃڻ جي حالت ۾ وقت گذرڻ سان ڪٽبا ويندا ۽ نتيجي ۾ اھي تمام گھٽ ٽائيم ھلندا. نتيجي ۾ ڇت تي ڪيل سمورو ڪم ايترو پائيدار نھ ٿيندو ۽ ٺھيل ڇت پنھنجي ٽائيم کان اڳ ۾ بدلائڻي پوندي.

ڇيڙن وارين ديوارن جي اندرين حصن ۽ پٽين يا ٽيئرن جي وچ ۾ 3 انچن کان 9 انچن جو مفاصلو ھئڻ گھرجي. ڇت جي ٽيڪي جي ديوار مٿان گولو (Drip Course)  ڏيڻ ضروري آھي، جيئن مينھن جو پاڻي انھيءَ کي نقصان نھ پھچائي 


===درجہ دوم ٽائيلن جون ڇتيون (Second class tile roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت جي تعمير پڻ درجھ اول ڇت جي تعمير وانگرگ ٿيندي آھي. فرق صرف اھو آھي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ٽائيلن جو صرف ھڪ تھھ چاڙھيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڊرپ ڪورس جي بجاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو گولو (C.C. Coping)  ڏنو ويندو آھي. 

===جئڪ آرچ ڇتيون (Jack Arch Roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ سرن يا سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جون ڪمانيون  (Arches) تعمير ڪيون وينديون آھن ۽ انھن ڪمانن جا ڇيڙا پالتو لوھ (Mild Steel)  جي ڪامن (Joists) مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ جئائسٽ وري ديوارن يا بيمن تي ٽڪيل ھوندا آھن.جئائسٽ 30 انچن کان 45 انچن جي مفاصلي تي رکيل ھوندا آھن. ڪانڪريٽ جي ٿولھھ ڪمانيءَ جي چوٽيءَ (Crown) وٽ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 6 انچ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ ڪمانيءَ جي بلندي ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ اھا خامي آھي تھ اھا سڌي سطح (Plain Surface) نٿي رھي. آخري ڇيڙن وارن حصن کي افقي ڇڪ (Horizontal thrust) کان روڪڻ لاءِ لوھھ جي جئائسٽ جي ٻاھرين جوڙن (Pairs)  وٽ ٻنڌ سيخون (Tie rods) لڳايون وينديون آھن. ٽاءِ راڊس 6 فوٽن جي مرڪزي (6 feet centre to centre) مفاصلي تي ھئڻ گھرجن. جئڪ آرچن جا گھيرا (Rings)  اڀ سرا (Brick on edge) يا سڌين سرن (Bricks on flat) جا ھئڻ گھرجن.

===رينفورسڊ برڪ ڇتيون (Reinforced Brick Roofs) ===
ھي ڇتيون پڻ آر-سي-سيءَ جي ڇتين وانگر  ۽ سڌيون ھونديون آھن، فرق صرف اھو ھوندو آھي جو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي جاءِ تي سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. سرن ۾ ڇت جي ڊيگھھ ۽ ويڪر جي طرف لڳاتار جوڙ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن جوڙن ۾ ڊزائن مطابق لوھھ جو سريو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. جوڙن جي ٿولھھ ٽي ڀاڱي چار انچ رکي ويندي آھي، جنھن  اندر سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو مسالو ڀريو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن جوڙن کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ سان ڀرڻو ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ جوڙن جي ٿولھھ ڏيڍ انچ کان ٻن انچن تائين رکڻ گھرجي. مکيھ سريو (Main reinforcement) ٿوري فاصلي طرف ۽ ورڇيندڙ سريو (Distribution bars) وڌيڪ فاصلي طرف وجھڻ گھرجي ۽ ورڇيندر سريو مکيھ سريي جي مٿان لڳائڻ گھرجي. رينفورسڊ برڪ جي ڪم جي ٿولھھ ھڪ سر جي ٿولھھ کان ٻن سرن جي ٿولھھ تائين ھئڻ گھرجي. ٻيءَ صورت ۾ وڌيڪ ٿولھھ واري ڇت نھايت ئي مھانگي پوندي.

ڇت جي مٿان ٻيو سمورو ڪم ائين ڪرڻ گھرجي جيئن آر-سي-سيءَ جي ڇت لاءِ ڄاڻايل آھي.
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون ڀروسي جھڙيون نھ ٿيون رھن ۽ انھيءَ سبب ڪري گھٽ استعمال ٿين ٿي
 
===ڇپرن واري يا ڪکائين ڇت (Thatched roof)===
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون عام طرح سان ٻن طرفن کان سلامي ڏيئي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن، جيئن برسات جو پاڻي ڇت جي مٿان بيھي نقصان نہ پھچائي.

ھن قسم جي ڇت ٺاھڻ لاءِ 1 ½ انچ ڊايا ميٽر جي بانس جا ٽڪڙا ھڪ فوٽ جي پور وڇوٽيءَ جي مفاصلي تي رکي ۽ انھن جي خلاف گوني ڪنڊ تي ڇھن انچن جي پور وڇوٽيءَ جي مفاصلي تي چڱيءَ طرح لڪڙا ٻڌي جوڙ جڪ (Frame work) ڪئي ويندي آھي. انھيءَ بعد 6 انچن کان 12 انچن جي ٿولھھ تائين سر، ٽوئا يا ڇپريون، ٽن ٽن انچن جي تھن جي صورت ۾ چاڙھيون وينديون آھن. اڪثر طور تي پھريون تھ بانس جي لڪڙن سان جوڙي جڪي تيار ڪري چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ڇت جي رال (Pitch) 35 ڊگرين جي لڳ ڀڳ رکي ويندي آھي.

ھن قسم جي ڇت اگر ھنرمندي ۽ ڪاريگري سان ٺاھي وڃي تھ سٺي نموني اڻ ٽمندڙ ۽ پاڻيءَ روڪ رھي ٿي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ باھھ لڳڻ جا امڪان تمام گھڻا رھن ٿا ۽ اڏوھي ۽ جيت لڳڻ جو خطرو پڻ رھي ٿو. جيڪڏھن انھن سڀني خطرن کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت جو مدو 15 سالن کان وڌيڪ نھ ٿو رھي.

===ائسبيسٽاس سيمينٽ جي ڇت (Asbestos cement corrugated sheet roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت نھايت ئي عمده قسم جي ائسبيسٽاس ۽ سيمينٽ جي گڏيل مرڪب مان ٺھيل اھڙين چادرن سان ڍڪي ٺاھي ويندي آھي جن ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو نقص جھڙوڪ ڦوٽ، ڏار، ڀڳل ڪنڊون ۽ پاسا وغيرھ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن. ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪٽ يا زنگ (Rust)  لڳڻ جو خطرو نھ ٿو رھي. ھنن تي نھ اڏوھي لڳي ٿي سگھي ۽ نہ ئي وري انھن تي رنگ ڪرڻ جي ضرورت پوي ٿي، البتہ سردين ۾ انھن جي ھيٺان آلاڻ پيدا ٿي پوي ٿي. ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ باھ جو مقابلو ڪرڻ، ۽ موسمي اثرن کي ڪنھن حد تائين روڪڻ جي خاصيت رھي ٿي.

ھنن ڇتين ۾ (7mm) 9/32 in. واري ٿولھھ جي چادرن استعمال ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ڪامن (Purlins)  جي وچ ۾ وڌ ۾ وڌ 5 فوٽ 3 انچ  (1.6m) جو فاصلو ۽ ¼ انچ  (6 mm) جي ٿولھھ وارين چادرن جي حالت ۾ 4 فوٽ 6 انچ (1.4 m) ھئڻ گھرجي.
چادرن جو لسو پاسو ھميشھ مٿان ۽ وڪڙن وارو پاسو ھيٺان ھئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ پاسي وارو چڙھاڪو (Side lap) گھٽ ۾ گھٽ اڌ وڪڙ جيترو، جيڪو عموما (4.5 cm) 13/4&quot; جي برابر ھوندو آھي ۽ ڇيڙن وارو چڙھاڪو (End lap)  گھٽ ۾ گھٽ (15 cm) 6&quot; جي برابر ڏنو وڃي. جڏھن تھ پاسن وارا آزاد حصا گھٽ ۾ گھٽ (40 cm) 1'-4&quot; اڌارن کان ٻاھر نڪتل ھئڻ گھرجن.
چادرن کي قابو ڪرڻ لاءِ آڌار وارين پٽين وٽ چادرن جي وڪڙن جي چوٽين (Crowns) ۾ (8 mm) 3/16&quot; جا ڊرل مشين رستي سوراخ ڪڍي قلعي دار j  (Galvanised) ۽ L جي صورت وارا ڪنڍا (Hooks)  استعمال ڪري ڏامر ۽ قلعي دار (Galvanised iron) وائيسر (Washer)  ڏيئي انھن کي چادرن مٿان، نٽ پٺيان نٽ جي حساب سان جڪڙيو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ سوراخ ڪڍڻ واسطي چادرن کي ڪنھن ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ھرگز ڀڳو ۽ چيريو نھ وڃي انھن نٽن کي پھريائين ڍرو ڇڏيو وڃي ۽ جڏھن ڪافي چادرون وڇائجي وڃن تھ پوءِ انھن کي سوڙھو ۽ قابو ڪيو وڃي. سوراخن  جو قطر (Diameter)  استعمال ٿيندڙ بولٽن جي قطر کان 1/16 انچ وڌيڪ ھئڻ گھرجي. نقصان کان بچاءُ واسطي چادرن کي مٿي چاڙھي وڇائڻ لاءِ تختا يا ڏاڪڻون استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجن. جيڪڏھن ڪنھن بھ چادر کي نقصان پھچي تھ انھيءَ کي اڇلائي خارج ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي ٻي چادر استعمال ڪجي. تمام گھڻي احتياط ڪندي بھ جيڪڏھن انھن چادرن ۾ ڪي نظر انداز ڪرڻ جوڳا ٽنگ ٿي پون تھ انھن کي ڏامر يا ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي مرڪب سان بند ڪري سگھجي ٿو بشرطيڪ انھن مان پاڻي ٽمي نہ سگھي.  ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ ائسبيسٽاس سيمينٽ جي چادرن جا ٽي قسم ٿيندا آھن جن جو ڪجھھ تفصيل ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

*ايورائيٽ بگسڪس : (Everite Bigsix)

ھن قسم جون چادرون 2.758  فوٽ (7 cm) ويڪريون 1.312 فوٽن کان 84.9 فوٽ (4.0 ميٽر کان 3 ميٽرن تائين) ڊگھيون ۽ ¼ انچ (6 mm)  ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. انھن ۾ مجموعي طرح سان 5.7 وڪڙ ٿيندا آھن ۽ ھڪ کان ٻئي وڪڙ تائين اٽڪل  5 ¾ انچن جو مفاصلو ٿيندو آھي، جڏھن تھ وڪڙ جي چوٽيءَ ۽ تري يعني ھيٺ تائين اوچائي 13.2 انچ (5.4 cm)  ٿيندي آھي.

*ايورائٽ اسٽئنڊرڊ : (Everite Standard)

ھي چادرون ٻن قسمن جون ٿينديون آھن.، ھڪڙيون ننڍيون چادرون ۽ ٻيون وڏيون. ننڍيون چادرون 5.2 فوٽ (76 cm)  ويڪريون 3 ½ فوٽن (1.07 mm)  کان  12 ½ فوٽن (3.9 m) تائين ڊگھيون ۽ ¼  انچ (6 mm)  ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. ھن ۾ وڪڙن جي اوچائي ھڪ انچ (2.54 cm)  کان  1.13&quot;  (2.86 cm) تائين ۽ ٻن وڪڙن جي وچ ۾ درمياني مفاصلو 09.2 انچ (5.3 cm) ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھر چادر ۾ 5.10 وڪڙ (Corrugations)  ٿيندا آھن. وڏيون چادرون 3 3/8 فوٽن کان  3 ½ فوٽن تائين (05.1 ميٽرن کان 1.10 ميٽرن تائين) ويڪريون، 3 3/8 فوٽن کان 10 فوٽن تائين ( 04.1 ميٽرن کان 05.3 ميٽرن تائين) ڊگھيون ۽ ¼ انچ (6 mm) ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. ور وڪڙن جي اوچائي 3/16&quot; (اٽڪل 5 سينٽيميٽرن کان 5.4 سينٽيميٽرن تائين) ۽  ان وڪڙن جي وچ وارو مفاصلو 5 ¾ انچ (146 cm) ٿيندو آھي.

*ٽرنال ٽريفورڊ : (Turnal Trafford)
ھي چادرون اٽڪل 3 5/8 فوٽ (13.1 ميٽر) ويڪريون، 4 فوٽن (1.22 ميٽر) کان 10 فوٽن (3.05 m) تائين ڊگھيون ھونديون آھن ۽ ھنن شيٽن ۾ ور وڪڙن جو تسلسل نھ ھوندو آھي، بلڪ ھر وڪڙ کان پوءِ ھموار سطح ھوندي آھي. ھر چادر ۾ اٽڪل چار وڪڙ ٿيندا آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون وڏين عمارتن جھڙوڪ گودامن، سينيما گھرن ۽ ڪارخانن ۾ استعمال ٿينديون آھن. 

===لوھ جي جستي ۽ ناليدر چادرن جون ڇتيون (Galvanised Corrugated Iron Sheet Roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ 16 گيج کان وٺي 24 گيج جون لوھھ جون جستي ۽ ناليدار چادرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ انھن ڳالھين جو خاص خيال رکيو وڃي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪم ايندڙ شيٽون چڱيءَ طرح ۽ بلڪل پختيءَ طرح جستي ملمعي چڙھيل آھن. جيڪڏھن انھن پڙ ڇن ۾ ڪٽ، سفيد پائوڊر جھڙا ٽڪرا، گاٺ ۽ ڦوٽ نظر اچي تھ اھڙن پڙڇن (Sheets) کي ھرگز استعمال نہ ڪجي.

ھيءُ پڙڇ ھميشھ ڪاٺ يا لوھ جي گرڊرن ۽ ڪامن (Purlins) مٿان ڇھن انچن (15 cm) جو ڇيڙن وارو چڙھاڪو (End Overlap) ۽ ٻين وڪڙن (Corrugations) جو ھر سائيڊ کان سائيڊ وارو چڙھاڪو (Side lap) ڏيئي رکيا ويندا آھن. پڙڇن کي قابو رکڻ لاءِ ڪامن مٿان چاڙھڻ کان اڳ ۾ کين زمين تي رکي گھربل ھنڌن تي ڪنھن تکي اوزار سان ٽنگ ڪڍي، انھيءَ بعد مٿي چاڙھي کين بولٽن، اسڪرن، ڪلين ۽ ڪوڪن (Rivets) وغيره سان قابو ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ اھي سوراخ ھنن چادرن ۾ ھيٺان کان مٿي پار ڪرڻ جي حساب سان ۽ ھميشھ وڪڙن جي چوٽيءَ وٽ ڪڍڻ گھرجن. انھن شيٽن کي ھميشھ ملمعي وارن نٽن، بولٽن، ڏامر جي وائيسرن (Washers)  ۽ جستي ملمعي وارن وائيسرن وسيلي ڪامن (Purlins) سان مضبوط ڪري جڪڙيو وڃي. اھي ڪنڍا ۽ بولٽ 5/16 يا 8 ملي ميٽر جي قطر جا ۽ L يا J جي شبيھھ جا ٿيندا آھن. پيچن ھيٺان واشر مضبوطي حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھنن پڙڇن کي لڳائڻ وقت انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ پلون وٽ انھيءَ چادر جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ نالي (Corrugation) ٻيءَ ناليءَ جي مٿان چڙھيل ھجي ۽ ڊگھا پاسا 3 انچن کان 5 انچن تائين (يعني 7.5 سينٽيميٽرن کان 14 سينٽيميٽرن تائين) ھڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙھيل ھئڻ گھرجن. ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪم ايندڙ چادرون 2 فوٽ 3 انچن کان 4 فوٽ 4 انچن ( 65 cm کان 126 cm) تائين ويڪريون، 5 فوٽن کان 15 فوٽن (5.1 ميٽر کان 5.3 ميٽرن) تائين ڊگھيون 1/16 انچن کان ¼ انچ (1.66 mm کان 6.56 cm) تائين ٿلھيون اٺن (8) وڪڙن سان ۽ ھر ھڪ وڪڙ جي وچ کان ٻئي وڪڙ (pitch) جي وچ تائين 3 انچن (7.6 cm) جي مفاصلي واريون ٿينديون آھن. ھيءُ پڙڇ تور ۾ ھلڪا ۽ لڳائڻ (Fixing)  ۾ سولا ٿين ٿا. البتھ موسمي اثرن کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٺيڪ  نٿا ٿا رھن ۽ انھن منجھان گرمي توڙي سردي آسانيءَ سان لنگھي (To transmit) سگھي ٿي. بھرحال ھيءُ پڙڇ پائيدار ۽ باھ جو مقابلو ڪرڻ جي لائق آھي.

ھن قسم جون ڇتيون 1:5 جي تناسب کان وڌيڪ سڌيون نھ رکڻ گھرجن ۽ عام طور 1:2 جي تناسب واريون ڇتيون بھتر رھن ٿيون. 1:2 ½ جي تناسب وارين نصب ڪيل (Pitched) ڇتين جي صورت ۾ ڇيڙي وارو چڙھاڪو (End overlap) 9 انچن (23 cm) کان گھٽ ھئڻ نہ گهرجي.

ھن قسم جون ڇتيون ڇاپرن (Sheds) ۽ ڪارخانن وغيره لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن.  ھن قسم جي ڇتين جو مٿاڇرو ھڪ ڪرو ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن شيٽن جا ور وڪڙ (Corrugations) سڌا ۽ ھموار ھئڻ گهرجن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>g687e3t2vhj9tjdlxb8eamnvepeoxql</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401049</id>
      <parentid>401048</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:04:11Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401049</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="71134" sha1="amnisqo0toyoy3zjmr5f7q2lv6yl868" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|عمارت جو مٿيون حفاظتي ڍڪ}}

[[فائل:Tak - Ystad-2022.jpg|thumb|2022ع ۾ [[يسٽاڊ]] جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ مختلف عمارتن جون ڇتيون.]]

'''ڇت''' (انگريزي: ''Roof'') عمارت جو سڀ کان مٿيون حفاظتي ڍڪ هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ اهي سڀئي تعميراتي جزا ۽ مواد شامل هوندا آهن، جيڪي ان کي عمارت جي [[ڀت]]ن يا ٻين سهارن تي مضبوطيءَ سان قائم رکندا آهن. ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد عمارت ۽ ان جي رهواسين کي [[مينهن]]، [[برف]]، [[سج جي روشني]]، انتهائي گرمي يا سردي ۽ [[هوا]] جي اثرن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Harris, Cyril M. (editor). ''Dictionary of Architecture and Construction'', Third Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2000, p. 775.&lt;/ref&gt; ڇت عمارت جي ٻاهرئين حفاظتي ڍانچي (بلڊنگ انولپ) جو هڪ اهم حصو آهي.

ڪنهن به ڇت جي شڪل، بناوت ۽ خاصيتون ان عمارت جي استعمال، دستياب ڇت سازي جي مواد، مقامي تعميراتي روايتن، [[معماري]] جي ڊزائن ۽ تعميراتي عمل تي دارومدار رکن ٿيون. ڪيترين حالتن ۾ انهن تي مقامي يا قومي تعميراتي قانونن ۽ ضابطن جو پڻ اثر هوندو آهي.

گهڻن ملڪن ۾ ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد مينهن کان بچاءُ هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه تعميرن ۾، جهڙوڪ [[ورانڊو]]، اهڙي ڇت استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي جيڪا سج جي سڌي روشني کان بچائي ٿي، پر هوا ۽ ٻين قدرتي عنصرن جي اچ وڃ کي برقرار رکي ٿي. ساڳيءَ طرح [[شيشي گهر]] (گارڊن ڪنزرويٽري) جي ڇت ٻوٽن کي سردي، هوا ۽ مينهن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي، جڏهن ته سج جي روشني اندر اچڻ جي اجازت به ڏيندي آهي.

ڇت کي اضافي رهائشي يا استعمال لائق جاءِ طور پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو، مثال طور [[ڇت وارو باغ]] (روف گارڊن).

== اشتقاق ==

لفظ '''ڇت''' جي انگريزي صورت ''Roof''، پراڻي انگريزي ٻوليءَ جي لفظ '''hrof''' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن جي معنيٰ ''ڇت''، [[ڇت (اندروني)|اندروني ڇت]] (Ceiling)، مٿيون حصو، چوٽي، آسمان يا جنت هئي. مجازي طور هي لفظ ڪنهن به شيءِ جي سڀ کان مٿاهين حصي يا بلند ترين نقطي لاءِ پڻ استعمال ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.etymonline.com/word/roof|title=Roof|website=Online Etymology Dictionary}}&lt;/ref&gt;

هي لفظ [[پروٽو-جرمني ٻولي]] جي لفظ '''خروفام khrofam''' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن سان ٻين جرمني ٻولين جا ڪيترائي لاڳاپيل لفظ پڻ ملن ٿا. مثال طور [[ڊچ ٻولي]] ۾ '''roef''' جي معنيٰ ٻيڙيءَ جي ڪيبن يا ڍڪ، تابوت جي ڍڪ وغيره آهي، [[وچئين اعليٰ جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ '''rof''' جو مطلب ڇپر يا اوچو ڇت وارو حصو، جڏهن ته [[قديم نورس ٻولي]] ۾ '''hrof''' ٻيڙيءَ جي ڇپر يا ٻيڙي رکڻ واري ڍڪيل جاءِ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو.

لساني ماهرن موجب هي لفظ جرمني ٻولين کان ٻاهر ٻين ٻولي خاندانن سان ڪو واضح تعلق نٿو رکي. انگريزي ٻولي ئي اها واحد جرمني ٻولي آهي، جنهن ۾ ''روف'' لفظ پنهنجي عام معنيٰ، يعني عمارت جي مٿئين حفاظتي ڍڪ، لاءِ برقرار رهيو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻين جرمني ٻولين ۾ انهيءَ مفهوم لاءِ اهي لفظ استعمال ٿين ٿا، جيڪي پراڻي انگريزي جي '''þæc''' (ٿئچ؛ يعني ڇپر يا ڪکن جي ڇت) سان لاڳاپيل آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite OED|roof, n.}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== بناوتي جزا ==

ڇت جي ڊزائن جا بنيادي جزا هي آهن:

* مواد؛
* [[گهر جي ڇت جي بناوت|تعميراتي بناوت]]؛
* پائيداري.

=== مواد ===

ڇت ٺاهڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد علائقي، موسم، دستيابي ۽ تعميراتي ضرورتن موجب مختلف هوندا آهن. اهي [[ڪيلي]] جي پنن، ڪڻڪ جي [[ڀوسو|ڀوسي]] يا [[سامونڊي گاهه]] کان وٺي [[پرتدار شيشو]] (ليمينيٽيڊ گلاس)، [[ٽامو|ٽامي]]، [[ايلومينيم]] جي چادرن ۽ اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[ڪنڪريٽ]] تائين ٿي سگهن ٿا. دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾ [[ٺڪر]] جون [[ڇت جون سرون]] صدين، بلڪه هزارين سالن کان سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇت سازي جو مواد رهيون آهن.

ٻين عام ڇت سازي جي موادن ۾ [[اسفالٽ]]، [[ڪوئلي جي تار]]، [[اي پي ڊي ايم رٻڙ]] (EPDM Rubber)، [[هائپالون]]، [[پولي يوريٿين]] جو فوم، [[پولي ونائل ڪلورائيڊ]] (PVC)، [[سليٽ پٿر]]، [[ٽيفلون]] جو ڪپڙو، [[ٿرموپلاسٽڪ اوليفن]] (TPO)، ۽ [[ڪاٺ]] جون ڇتيون (ووڊ شيڪز ۽ شنگلز) شامل آهن.

=== تعميراتي بناوت ===

ڇت جي تعميراتي بناوت ان ڳالهه تي دارومدار رکي ٿي ته ان کي ڪهڙي طريقي سان سهارو ڏنو ويو آهي، هيٺئين خالي جاءِ کي ڪيئن ڍڪيو ويو آهي، ۽ ڇت ڍلوان (پچڊ) آهي يا هموار.

'''ڇت جي ڍلوان''' (روف پچ) ان زاويي کي چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن تي ڇت پنهنجي سڀ کان هيٺئين نقطي کان مٿي طرف اڀري ٿي. آمريڪا ۾ گهڻيون رهائشي عمارتون، سواءِ انتهائي خشڪ علائقن جي، ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون رکن ٿيون. جيتوڻيڪ جديد نيڪال جا نظام، جهڙوڪ پاڻيءَ جون ناليون، هموار ڇت کي به ڪارائتو بڻائي سگهن ٿا، پر روايت، جمالياتي حسن ۽ تعميراتي ضرورتن سبب اڄ به گهڻيون ڇتيون ڍلوان سان ٺاهيون وڃن ٿيون.

ڪجهه ڇت سازي جا مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]] (ٿيچ)، پاڻي نه رسڻ ۽ ڊگهي عمر لاءِ تيز ڍلوان جي گهرج رکن ٿا. جڏهن ته ٻيا مواد، جهڙوڪ [[پين ٽائل]] (Pantile)، تمام تيز ڍلوان تي مستحڪم ناهن رهندا، پر گهٽ ڍلوان تي موسم کان بهترين تحفظ فراهم ڪندا آهن.

جن علائقن ۾ برسات تمام گهٽ پوندي آهي، اتي لڳ ڀڳ هموار ڇت، جنهن ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ معمولي ڍلوان هجي، عام طور ڪافي هوندي آهي. اهڙين ڇتين ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ ناليون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن سان وڌيڪ ڍلوان جي ضرورت گهٽجي ويندي آهي.

ڇت جي تعمير ۾ ماهر ڪاريگر کي '''ڇت ساز''' (روفر) چيو ويندو آهي.

=== پائيداري ===

ڇت جي پائيداري انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڇت عمارت جو اهو حصو آهي، جتي مرمت يا تجديد لاءِ پهچڻ نسبتاً ڏکيو هوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ڇت کي نقصان پهچي يا اها تباهه ٿي وڃي ته ان جا اثر سڄي عمارت جي حفاظت، استعمال ۽ عمر تي پئجي سگهن ٿا.

== شڪل ==

[[فائل:Roof diagram.jpg|thumb|upright=1.15|مغربي طرز جي ڇت جي ڪجهه حصن جا نالا]]

{{مکيه|ڇتين جي شڪلين جي فهرست}}

'''ڇتين جون شڪلون''' دنيا جي مختلف علائقن ۾ هڪ ٻئي کان گهڻو مختلف هونديون آهن. ڇت جي شڪل تي اثرانداز ٿيندڙ اهم عنصر مقامي [[آبهوا]]، ڇت جي ڍانچي لاءِ دستياب تعميراتي مواد، ۽ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي ڍڪ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.huffpost.com/entry/roofing-materials-to-prot_b_8959516 |title=Roofing Materials to Protect You From the Elements |website=HuffPost |date=12 January 2016}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڇتين جون بنيادي شڪلون هيٺيان آهن:

* [[هموار ڇت]] (Flat Roof)
* [[يڪ طرفي ڍلوان واري ڇت]] (Mono-pitched Roof)
* [[گيبل ڇت]] (Gable Roof)
* [[مينسارڊ ڇت]] (Mansard Roof)
* [[هپ ڇت]] (Hip Roof)
* [[تتلي نما ڇت]] (Butterfly Roof)
* [[قوسي ڇت]] (Arched Roof)
* [[گنبذي ڇت]] (Domed Roof)

انهن بنيادي شڪلين جون ڪيتريون ئي ٻيون صورتون پڻ موجود آهن.

جيڪي ڇتيون ڪيترن هموار حصن مان ٺهيل هونديون آهن، پر انهن حصن کي ڪنهن نه ڪنهن ڍلوان تي ٺاهيو ويندو آهي، انهن کي '''ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون''' (Pitched Roofs) چيو ويندو آهي. عام طور جيڪڏهن ڇت جو ڍلوان 10 درجن کان وڌيڪ هجي ته ان کي ڍلوان واري ڇت تصور ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;C. M. Harris, ''Dictionary of Architecture &amp; Construction''&lt;/ref&gt;

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇتيون ڍلوان واريون هونديون آهن، جن ۾ خاص طور [[گيبل ڇت]]، [[هپ ڇت]] ۽ [[اسڪليون ڇت]] (Skillion Roof) شامل آهن.

ڪجهه ڇتين جون شڪلون قدرتي (Organic) انداز تي ٻڌل هونديون آهن. اهڙيون شڪلون يا ته معمار جي ڊزائن جي نتيجي ۾ اختيار ڪيون وينديون آهن يا وري ان سبب پيدا ٿينديون آهن جو تعمير ۾ لچڪدار مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]]، استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

== حصا ==

ڇت ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندي آهي:

* ان جي '''سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت''' (سپورٽنگ اسٽرڪچر)؛
* ان جو '''ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه''' (آئوٽر ليئر)، جيڪو ڇت جو سڀ کان مٿيون موسم کان بچاءُ ڪندڙ حصو هوندو آهي.

ڪجهه عمارتن ۾ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه پاڻ ئي بار کڻندڙ بناوت (سيلف-سپورٽنگ اسٽرڪچر) طور پڻ ڪم ڪندو آهي.

عام طور ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت [[ڀت]]ن تي بيٺل هوندي آهي، جيتوڻيڪ ڪجهه تعميراتي انداز، جهڙوڪ [[جيوڊيزيڪ گنبذ]] ۽ [[اي-فريم گهر]]، ۾ ڀت ۽ ڇت جي وچ وارو فرق گهڻو نمايان نه رهندو آهي.

=== سهارو ===

{{Main|گهر جي ڇت جي بناوت}}

[[فائل:Linkopings stadsbibliotek roof2.jpg|thumb|[[سويڊن]] ۾ هڪ لائبريري جي ڇت]]

ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت عام طور ڊگهن ۽ مضبوط شهتيرن (بيم) تي ٻڌل هوندي آهي، جيڪي گهڻو ڪري [[ڪاٺ]] مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري کان پوءِ [[ڪاسٽ لوهه]] ۽ [[فولاد]] پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيڻ لڳا.

جن ملڪن ۾ [[بانس]] جو استعمال عام آهي، اتي ان جي قدرتي لچڪ سبب ڇتين ۾ هلڪي وڪريل شڪل پيدا ٿيندي آهي، جيڪا خاص طور اوڀر ايشيائي، خاص ڪري [[جاپاني معمار]]ي جي سڃاڻپ سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

ڪاٺ اهڙو مواد آهي، جنهن سان مختلف قسمن جون ڇتيون آسانيءَ سان تعمير ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. ڪاٺ جي بناوت نه رڳو تعميراتي سهارو فراهم ڪندي آهي، پر جيڪڏهن ان کي ظاهر رکيو وڃي ته اها عمارت جي جمالياتي حسن ۾ پڻ اضافو ڪندي آهي.

پراڳاڙهي زماني کان وٺي پٿر جا افقي شهتير (لنٽيل) ڇتين کي سهارو ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن، پر اهي تمام وڏن فاصلن کي ڍڪي نٿا سگهن. بعد ۾ [[قديم روم]] جي دور ۾ پٿر جي قوس (اسٽون آرڪ) جو وسيع استعمال شروع ٿيو، جنهن جي مختلف صورتن سان لڳ ڀڳ 140 فوٽ (43 ميٽر) تائين جا فاصلا ڍڪي سگهبا هئا.

پٿر جون قوسون ۽ [[والٽ (معماري)|والٽ]]، چاهي رٻن (Ribs) سان هجن يا بغير رٻن جي، لڳ ڀڳ ٻن هزارن سالن تائين وڏين عمارتن جي ڇتين جي بنيادي بناوت رهيون. اها روايت [[صنعتي انقلاب]] کان پوءِ آهستي آهستي ختم ٿيڻ لڳي، جڏهن لوهه جا شهتير استعمال ٿيڻ شروع ٿيا ۽ [[جوزف پيڪسٽن]] جهڙن معمارن جديد عمارتون، جهڙوڪ [[ڪرسٽل پيلس]] (1851ع)، تعمير ڪيون.

فولادي گرڊرن (اسٽيل گرڊر) ۾ مسلسل بهتري اچڻ سان اهي وڏين ڇتين ۽ بعد ۾ عام رهائشي گهرن جي تعمير ۾ به بنيادي سهارو بڻجي ويا. گرڊر جو هڪ ٻيو قسم [[رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ]] جو شهتير آهي، جنهن ۾ ڌاتي سلاخن کي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر بند ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان تنشي قوتن جي مقابلي ۾ ان جي مضبوطي وڌي ويندي آهي.

ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت کي رهائش يا استعمال لائق جاءِ طور پڻ ڪم آندو ويندو آهي، جنهن کي ڇت جي فرش بندي (روف ڊيڪنگ) چيو ويندو آهي. اهڙي جاءِ کي ڪمري يا ٻين استعمالن لاءِ تبديل ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه ===

{{Main|تجارتي طور دستياب ڇت سازي جي موادن جي فهرست}}

ڇت جو ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد جي لحاظ کان تمام گهڻي تبديلي رکي ٿو. روايتي يا مقامي [[معماري]] ۾ ڇت لاءِ گهڻو ڪري قدرتي ٻوٽيدار مواد استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]]، جنهن مان سامونڊي گاهه سان ٺهيل ڇت لڳ ڀڳ چاليهن سالن تائين قائم رهي سگهي ٿي.

ايشيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ [[بانس]] کي ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه، ٻنهي طور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. بانس جي ڊگهن ڦاڙيل ٽڪرن کي هڪ ٻئي مٿان چاڙهي وڇايو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان پاڻيءَ کان بچاءُ ڪندڙ مضبوط ڇت تيار ٿيندي آهي.

جن علائقن ۾ [[ڪاٺ]] وافر مقدار ۾ موجود هوندو آهي، اتي ڪاٺ جون ڇت واريون تختيون (شنگلز)، ٿلها ڪاٺي ٽڪرا (شيڪز) ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪجهه ملڪن ۾ مخصوص وڻن جي [[ڪل]] کي ٿلهين چادرن جي صورت ۾ لاهي ڇت طور پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.


ويهين صديءَ دوران گڏيل [[اسفالٽ]] وارين ڇت جي تختين (ڪمپوزيشن اسفالٽ شنگلز) جي تياري شروع ٿي. انهن جي عمر انهن جي ٿولهه ۽ معيار موجب مختلف هوندي آهي. سنهي قسم جون تختيون عام طور لڳ ڀڳ ويهه سال هلنديون آهن، جڏهن ته وڌيڪ ٿلهيون ۽ اعليٰ معيار جون تختيون گهڻي عرصي تائين، ڪڏهن ڪڏهن سڄي خدمت واري عمر تائين، استعمال ٿي سگهن ٿيون. انهن جي قيمت به عام طور سندن ٿولهه ۽ پائيداري تي دارومدار رکي ٿي.

جڏهن ڇت جي تختين جو مٿيون تهه پراڻو يا خراب ٿي وڃي ٿو ته عام طور پراڻيون تختيون، هيٺيون حفاظتي تهه (انڊرلي مينٽ) ۽ ڇت جون ميخون هٽائي نئينون تختيون لڳايون وينديون آهن. ٻيو طريقو اهو آهي ته نئون تهه پراڻين تختين جي مٿان ئي لڳايو وڃي. جيتوڻيڪ هي طريقو تيز ۽ گهٽ خرچائتو هوندو آهي، پر ان سان ڇت جي ڪاٺي بناوت (روف شيئٿنگ) جي جاچ ممڪن نه رهندي آهي ۽ جيڪڏهن پاڻيءَ سبب اندر ڪو نقصان ٿيو هجي ته ان جي مرمت به نٿي ٿي سگهي.

ان کان علاوه، پراڻين تختين جي مٿان نئون تهه لڳائڻ سان ميخون ڪاٺي بناوت تائين گهٽ پهچنديون آهن، جنهن ڪري انهن جي پڪڙ ڪمزور ٿي ويندي آهي. وڌيڪ اهم ڳالهه اها آهي ته اضافي مواد جو وزن ڇت جي مقرر مرده بار (ڊيڊ لوڊ) کان وڌي سگهي ٿو، جنهن سان ڇت جي ڊهڻ جو خطرو پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿو. انهيءَ سبب، جن ملڪن ۾ [[بين الاقوامي عمارتي ضابطو]] (انٽرنيشنل بلڊنگ ڪوڊ) لاڳو آهي، اتي جيڪڏهن ڇت تي اڳ ۾ ئي ٻن يا وڌيڪ تهن ۾ ڇت سازي جو مواد موجود هجي ته ان جي مٿان نئون تهه لڳائڻ جي اجازت نه هوندي. اهڙين حالتن ۾ نئين ڇت لڳائڻ کان اڳ پراڻو مواد مڪمل طور هٽائڻ لازمي هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Chapter 9 - Roof Assemblies|url=http://publicecodes.cyberregs.com/icod/irc/2012/icod_irc_2012_9_par135.htm}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[سليٽ پٿر]] ڇت سازي لاءِ هڪ انتهائي مناسب ۽ تمام گهڻي پائيدار مواد آهي. سليٽ جي ڇت عام طور 75 کان 150 سالن تائين، ۽ ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ان کان به وڌيڪ عرصي تائين قائم رهي سگهي ٿي. تنهن هوندي به، سليٽ جي ڇت لڳائڻ جو خرچ گهڻو هوندو آهي. مثال طور آمريڪا ۾ سليٽ جي ڇت جي قيمت ڪڏهن ڪڏهن سڄي گهر جي باقي تعمير جيتري ٿي سگهي ٿي.

سليٽ جي ڇت ۾ سڀ کان پهرين عام طور اهي ميخون خراب ٿينديون آهن، جن سان سليٽ جون تختيون ٻڌل هونديون آهن. وقت سان گڏ انهن ۾ زنگ لڳڻ سبب تختيون پنهنجي جاءِ تان سُرڪڻ لڳنديون آهن. برطانيا ۾ هن مسئلي کي ''نيل سڪنس'' (Nail Sickness) چيو ويندو آهي. انهيءَ ڪري سليٽ جي ڇتين لاءِ [[اسٽينليس اسٽيل]] يا [[ٽامو|ٽامي]] جون ميخون استعمال ڪرڻ جي سفارش ڪئي ويندي آهي، ۽ انهن کي پڻ موسم جي سڌي اثر کان محفوظ رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Six Steps to Building a 150 Year Roof|url=https://kocaeliwebtasarim.medium.com/six-steps-to-building-a-150-year-roof-4624749b33c2}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[ايزبسٽاس]]، جيڪو گهڻو ڪري لهردار ڳنڍيل چادرن جي صورت ۾ استعمال ٿيندو هو، ويهين صديءَ دوران هڪ سستي، نه سڙندڙ ۽ بهترين حرارتي موصليت واري ڇت سازي جي مواد طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويو. پر بعد ۾ ايزبسٽاس جي کوٽائي، تياري ۽ استعمال سان لاڳاپيل سنگين صحت ۽ قانوني مسئلن جي ڪري ان کي نئين ڇت سازي جي مواد طور استعمال ڪرڻ تقريباً بند ڪيو ويو. تنهن هوندي به، خاص طور ڏکڻ آمريڪا ۽ ايشيا جي ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾ اڄ به ايزبسٽاس واريون پراڻيون ڇتيون موجود آهن.

[[گاهه واريون ڇتيون]]، جن کي جديد دور ۾ [[سائي ڇت]] (گرين روف) ۽ روايتي طور [[گاس واري ڇت]] (سوڊ روف) چيو ويندو آهي، سٺيون حرارتي موصليت واريون هونديون آهن. ماحولياتي تحفظ ۽ شهرن کي وڌيڪ سرسبز بڻائڻ لاءِ اهڙين ڇتين جي تعمير کي هاڻي وڌيڪ هٿي ڏني پئي وڃي. انهن ۾ موجود مٽي ۽ ٻوٽا قدرتي موصل (لونگ انسوليشن) طور ڪم ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان عمارت جي اندروني گرمي پد ۾ توازن برقرار رهندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|date=2020-02-06|title=Green and Cool Roofs|url=https://drawdown.org/solutions/green-and-cool-roofs}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[ايڊوب]] جون ڇتيون مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن ۾ ڪکن يا جانورن جا وار جهڙا ڳنڍيندڙ مواد ملايا ويندا آهن. پوءِ ان کي ڪاٺين جي ڄاري (ليٿ) تي پلستر ڪري هموار يا هلڪي ڍلوان واري ڇت ٺاهي ويندي آهي. اهڙيون ڇتيون گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٺاهيون وينديون آهن، جتي برسات تمام گهٽ پوندي آهي.

جن علائقن ۾ مٽي وافر مقدار ۾ موجود هوندي آهي، اتي پڪل [[ڇت جون سرون]] صدين کان ڇت سازي جو بنيادي مواد رهيون آهن. ڇت جون سرون ٺاهڻ ۽ ساڙڻ جي صنعت گهڻو ڪري سرن جي ڪارخانن سان لاڳاپيل هوندي آهي. ماضي ۾ انهن سرن جي شڪل ۽ رنگ هر علائقي جي سڃاڻپ هوندا هئا، پر اڄڪلهه خريد ڪندڙن جي ضرورت ۽ پسند مطابق مختلف شڪلين، رنگن ۽ اندازن جون سرون تجارتي بنيادن تي تيار ڪيون وڃن ٿيون. [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جون ڇت واريون سرون پڻ عام استعمال ٿين ٿيون، جيڪي ڪيترن ئي مختلف اندازن ۽ شڪلين ۾ موجود آهن.

ڌاتي چادرن، خاص طور [[ٽامو|ٽامي]] ۽ [[سيهو|سيهي]]، کي پڻ ڪيترن ئي صدين کان ڇت سازي ۾ استعمال ڪيو پيو وڃي. جيتوڻيڪ اهي مواد مهانگا آهن، پر انتهائي پائيدار پڻ آهن. مثال طور [[شارترس گرجاگھر]] (شارترس ڪيٿيڊرل) جي وڏي ٽامي واري ڇت ڪيترن ئي صدين کان موجود آهي، جيڪا وقت سان گڏ آڪسائيڊ ٿيڻ سبب هلڪي سائي رنگ جي ٿي وئي آهي.

سيهو، جيڪو ڪڏهن ڪڏهن گرجاگهرن جي ڇتين ۾ استعمال ٿيندو هو، گهڻو ڪري رهائشي گهرن جي ڇتين ۾ پاڻي نه رسڻ واري بندش (فليشنگ) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو، خاص طور سليٽ جي ڇتين جي وادين (ويليز) ۽ چمنين جي چوڌاري. ٽامي کي به ساڳئي مقصد لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو.

اوڻيهين صديءَ ۾ [[لوهه]] کي [[جست]] سان چڙهائي (گالوانائيزيشن) زنگ جي مزاحمت وڌائي وئي، جنهن سان هلڪو، آسانيءَ سان کڻي وڃڻ جهڙو ۽ پاڻي نه رسائيندڙ ڇت سازي جو مواد تيار ٿيو. گهٽ قيمت ۽ آسانيءَ سان لڳائڻ جي ڪري اهو سڄي دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ تجارتي ڇت سازي جي موادن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

ان کان پوءِ ڌاتي ڇتن جا ڪيترائي نوان قسم تيار ڪيا ويا. فولادي ڇت جون تختيون (اسٽيل شنگلز) ۽ بيهندڙ ڳانڍاپي واريون ڌاتي ڇتيون (اسٽينڊنگ-سيم روف) لڳائڻ جي طريقي ۽ هيٺ استعمال ٿيندڙ حفاظتي تهه (انڊرلي مينٽ) تي دارومدار ڪندي عام طور پنجاهه سال يا ان کان به وڌيڪ عرصي تائين قائم رهي سگهن ٿيون. انهن جي قيمت عام طور اسفالٽ واري ڇت ۽ سليٽ واري ڇت جي وچ واري سطح تي هوندي آهي.

ويهين صديءَ دوران ڇت سازي لاءِ ڪيترائي نوان مواد تيار ڪيا ويا، جن ۾ بٽومين تي ٻڌل مواد، رٻڙ تي ٻڌل ڇتيون، مختلف مصنوعي مادا، جهڙوڪ [[ٿرموپلاسٽڪ]]، ۽ [[شيشي جي فائبر]] تي ٻڌل مواد شامل آهن.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot; class=&quot;center&quot; caption=&quot;ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه&quot;&gt;
File:The Elms Jersey.jpg|[[سليٽ پٿر]]، [[جرسي]]
File:Miskolc omassa peasant house.jpg|ٺڪر جون ڇت واريون سرون، [[هنگري]]
File:Niigata NCM Peasant Rice Farmers House.jpg|چانورن جي ڪکن جي ڇت، [[جاپان]]
File:Njem house in Cameroon.jpg|[[ڪيلي]] جي پنن جي ڇت، [[ڪيمرون]]
File:Neot smadar.jpg|[[کجور]] جي ٽارين جي ڇت، [[نيوٽ سيمادار]]، [[اسرائيل]]
File:Minenverwalter Kolmannskuppe.jpg|ڌاتي چادرن واري ڇت، [[نيميبيا]]
File:Gassho-zukuri farmhouse-02.jpg|ڪکن جي ڇت جي مرمت، گاشو-زڪوري طرز جو گهر، [[جاپان]]
File:Stone Roofing House - Palchan - Kullu 2014-05-10 2507.JPG|ڇت سازي لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ پٿر، [[هماچل پرديش]]، [[ڀارت]]
File:Green Roof in Norway.png|گاهه واري ڇت، [[ناروي]]
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== ڪم ==

ڇت جو نظام (روف اسيمبلي) رڳو عمارت کي ڍڪڻ لاءِ نه هوندو آهي، بلڪه اهو ڪيترائي اهم ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

# '''پاڻي جي نيڪال:''' ڇت جو بنيادي ڪم برساتي پاڻي کي آسانيءَ سان وهي وڃڻ ڏيڻ آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي ڇت جي مٿاڇري تي بيهي نه رهي. بيٺل پاڻي ڇت جي بناوت تي اضافي زنده بار (لائيو لوڊ) وجهي ٿو، جيڪو تعميراتي حفاظت لاءِ خطرو بڻجي سگهي ٿو. ان کان علاوه، بيٺل پاڻي گهڻن ڇت سازي جي موادن جي عمر به گهٽائي ڇڏي ٿو. ڪجهه ٺاهيندڙ ڪمپنيون ته اهڙي حالت ۾ پنهنجي شين جي ضمانت (وارنٽي) پڻ ختم ڪري ڇڏينديون آهن.

# '''موسمي اثرن کان تحفظ:''' ڇت عمارت جي اندروني حصي کي [[مينهن]]، [[هوا]]، [[سج جي روشني]]، گرمي، سردي ۽ [[برف]] جهڙن موسمي عنصرن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي.

# '''حرارتي موصليت:''' جديد تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن جي اڪثر ڇتين ۾ موصليت واريون تختيون (انسوليشن بورڊ) يا فائبر موصلي مواد (باٽ انسوليشن) شامل ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تعميراتي ضابطا، جهڙوڪ بين الاقوامي عمارتي ضابطو (انٽرنيشنل بلڊنگ ڪوڊ) ۽ بين الاقوامي رهائشي ضابطو (انٽرنيشنل ريزيڊنشل ڪوڊ)، ڇت جي اندر گهربل گهٽ ۾ گهٽ حرارتي مزاحمت (آر-ويليو) پڻ مقرر ڪندا آهن.

# '''گهربل خدمت واري عمر تائين ڪارڪردگي برقرار رکڻ:''' هر معياري ڇت سازي واري مواد جي هڪ اندازي مطابق خدمت واري عمر هوندي آهي، جيڪا عملي تجربي تي ٻڌل هوندي آهي. مناسب سار سنڀال ۽ سخت طوفاني نقصان نه ٿيڻ جي صورت ۾ گهڻا ڇت سازي جا مواد پنهنجي ٺاهيندڙ جي ضمانت واري مدت کان به گهڻو وڌيڪ عرصو هلي سگهن ٿا. مثال طور:
#* ڌاتي ۽ [[ڇت جون سرون|سرن]] واريون ڇتيون عام طور 50 سال يا ان کان وڌيڪ هلي سگهن ٿيون.
#* اسفالٽ جون ڇت واريون تختيون (اسفالٽ شنگلز) لڳ ڀڳ 30 کان 50 سال قائم رهي سگهن ٿيون.
#* ڪوئلي جي تار تي ٻڌل گهڻ تهه واريون ڇتيون (ڪول ٽار بلڊ-اپ روفس) اٽڪل 40 سال يا ان کان وڌيڪ هلي سگهن ٿيون.
#* اڪيلي تهه واريون ڇتيون (سنگل پلاء روفس) عام طور 20 سال يا ان کان وڌيڪ عرصي تائين خدمت انجام ڏين ٿيون.

# '''خوبصورت ڏيک مهيا ڪرڻ:''' ڪجهه ڇت سازي جا نظام صرف پنهنجي فني ڪارڪردگي جي بنياد تي نه، پر انهن جي جمالياتي حسن جي ڪري پڻ چونڊيا ويندا آهن، بلڪل اهڙيءَ طرح جيئن عمارت جي ٻاهرين ڀتين جي سينگار لاءِ مختلف ڍڪ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. پرڪشش شڪل ۽ عمارت جي مجموعي ظاهري حسن (ڪرب اپيل) سبب ڪيترائي ماڻهو اهڙين ڇتين لاءِ وڌيڪ قيمت ادا ڪرڻ به قبول ڪندا آهن.

=== حرارتي موصليت ===

ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد ماڻهن ۽ انهن جي ملڪيت کي مختلف موسمي حالتن کان محفوظ رکڻ هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڇت جي حرارتي موصليت (ٿرمل انسوليشن) ان جي بناوت ۽ ڇت سازي جي مواد جي چونڊ ۾ اهم حيثيت رکي ٿي.

ڪجهه ڇت سازي جا مواد، خاص طور قدرتي فائبرن مان ٺهيل مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]]، قدرتي طور تمام سٺي حرارتي موصليت رکن ٿا. جن موادن ۾ اها خاصيت گهٽ هوندي آهي، تن ۾ عام طور ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه جي هيٺان اضافي [[عمارتي موصليت|موصلي مواد]] لڳايو ويندو آهي.

ترقي يافته ملڪن ۾ گهڻين رهائشي عمارتن ۾ ڇت جي بناوتي حصن جي هيٺان [[اندروني ڇت]] (سيلنگ) لڳائي ويندي آهي. اندروني ڇت جو مقصد صرف گرمي ۽ سردي کان بچاءُ نه هوندو آهي، پر اها شور، مٽي، ۽ پکين جي فضلي يا انهن جي جسم تي موجود جُون جهڙين تڪليفن کان به تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڪيترائي پکي ڇتين ۾ آکيرا ٺاهيندا آهن.

[[ڪنڪريٽ]] جون ڇت واريون سرون پڻ حرارتي موصليت ۾ مددگار ثابت ٿينديون آهن. جيڪڏهن انهن کي اهڙي نموني لڳايو وڃي، جو سرن ۽ ڇت جي مٿاڇري جي وچ ۾ هوا جي هڪ خالي جاءِ موجود رهي، ته اها سج جي گرمي کي عمارت جي اندر منتقل ٿيڻ کان وڏي حد تائين گهٽائي سگهي ٿي.

ڇت جي موصليت لاءِ مختلف قسمن جا مواد استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* موٽو ڪپڙو (فيلٽ) يا پلاسٽڪ جون چادرون، جيڪي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن گرمي موٽائيندڙ (رفليڪٽو) مٿاڇري سان هونديون آهن ۽ ڇت جي سرن يا ٻين مواد جي هيٺان لڳايون وينديون آهن؛
* مصنوعي فوم جا موصلي تهه، جيڪي اندروني ڇت جي مٿان وڇايا ويندا آهن؛
* ٻيهر استعمال ٿيل ڪاغذ مان تيار ڪيل موصلي مواد ۽ ٻيا اهڙا مواد، جيڪي ڇت جي خالن ۾ ڀريا يا اسپري ذريعي داخل ڪيا ويندا آهن.

تازن سالن ۾ [[ٿڌي ڇت]] (ڪول روف) جو استعمال تيزيءَ سان وڌي رهيو آهي،&lt;ref name=&quot;10.3390/su13094665&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Farhan |first1=Syed Ahmad |last2=Ismail |first2=Fouad Ismail |last3=Kiwan |first3=Osamah |last4=Shafiq |first4=Nasir |last5=Zain-Ahmed |first5=Azni |last6=Husna |first6=Nadzhratul |last7=Hamid |first7=Afif Izwan Abd |title=Effect of Roof Tile Colour on Heat Conduction Transfer, Roof-Top Surface Temperature and Cooling Load in Modern Residential Buildings under the Tropical Climate of Malaysia |journal=Sustainability |year=2021 |volume=13 |issue=9 |page=4665 |doi=10.3390/su13094665}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ ڪجهه علائقن ۾ مقامي تعميراتي ضابطن تحت انهن جو استعمال لازمي پڻ قرار ڏنو ويو آهي. ٿڌي ڇت مان مراد اهڙي ڇت آهي، جيڪا سج جي شعاعن کي وڏي حد تائين موٽائي ڇڏيندي هجي (ھاء رفليڪٽوٽي) ۽ پاڻ ۾ جذب ٿيل گرمي کي به آسانيءَ سان خارج ڪري ڇڏيندي هجي (ھاء ٿرمل ايمٽنس).&lt;ref name=&quot;10.3390/su13094665&quot;/&gt;

جيڪڏهن ڇت ۾ مناسب موصليت ۽ هوا جي اچ وڃ (وينٽيليشن) جو بندوبست نه هجي ته ٿڌن علائقن ۾ ڇت جي ڪنارن تي [[برف جو بند]] (آئس ڊيم) ٺهي سگهي ٿو. اهو تڏهن ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ڇت جي مٿئين حصي مان گرمي ٻاهر نڪري ٿي، جنهن سبب اتي موجود برف ڳري وڃي ٿي. ڳريل پاڻي هيٺ لهي ڇت جي ڪنارن وٽ ٻيهر ڄمي وڃي ٿو ۽ برف جي ٿلهي تهه جي صورت اختيار ڪري ٿو. نتيجي ۾ پاڻي ڇت جي مواد هيٺان داخل ٿي سگهي ٿو، جنهن سان ڇت جي بناوت، نالين ۽ پاڻي جي نيڪال واري نظام کي نقصان پهچي سگهي ٿو.

=== پاڻي جو نيڪال ===

گهڻين ڇتين جو بنيادي ڪم برساتي پاڻي کي عمارت جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ آهي. ڇت جي وڏي مٿاڇري تي مينهن جو گهڻو پاڻي گڏ ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان کي اهڙي نموني نيڪال ڪرڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، جو اهو عمارت کي نقصان نه پهچائي ۽ نه ئي رهواسين لاءِ ڪا تڪليف پيدا ڪري.

[[ايڊوب]] گهرن جون هموار ڇتيون عام طور تمام هلڪي ڍلوان رکنديون آهن. وچ اوڀر جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾، جتي ڇت کي ويهڻ يا ٻين گهريلو مقصدن لاءِ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، ڇت جي چوڌاري حفاظتي ڀتيون ٺهيل هونديون آهن. اهڙين ڇتين ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ سوراخ پڻ رکيا ويندا آهن، جيئن پاڻي گڏ نه ٿئي ۽ ڇت جي سوراخ دار مواد مان اندر نه وهي.

جيتوڻيڪ هموار ڇتين ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال جا مسئلا وڌيڪ عام هوندا آهن، پر جيڪڏهن ڍلوان واري ڇت جي ڊزائن مناسب نه هجي يا ان جي مٿاڇري صحيح نموني ٺهيل نه هجي ته اهڙين ڇتين ۾ به ساڳيا مسئلا پيدا ٿي سگهن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://platinumroofingandconstruction.com/how-can-a-bad-roof-impact-your-overall-house/ |title=How Can A Bad Roof Impact Your Overall House? |website=Platinum Roofing &amp; Construction |date=18 November 2024}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڇت تي بيٺل پاڻي [[ڦپوند]] (Mold) جي واڌ ويجهه جو سبب بڻجي سگهي ٿو، جيڪا نه رڳو عمارت جي بناوت کي نقصان پهچائيندي آهي، پر رهندڙ ماڻهن جي صحت لاءِ پڻ نقصانڪار هوندي آهي. عام طور پاڻي جي نيڪال جي خرابي کي درست ڪرڻ، ڦپوند سبب ٿيندڙ نقصان جي مرمت ڪرڻ جي ڀيٽ ۾ گهڻو گهٽ خرچائتو هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last1=Cheng |first1=Jianwei |last2=Zhang |first2=Guanghul |chapter=Analysis of the runoff and seepage drainage effects of prefabricated roof double-layer drainage system |title=Advances in Frontier Research on Engineering Structures Volume 1 |year=2023 |pages=241–247}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ساڳيا مسئلا، پر گهڻي وڏي پيماني تي، جديد تجارتي عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ پڻ پيش اچن ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن مان گهڻين عمارتن جون ڇتيون هموار هونديون آهن. اهڙين وڏين ڇتين ۾ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه جو مڪمل طور پاڻي نه رسائيندڙ (امپرميئبل) هجڻ انتهائي ضروري هوندو آهي. گهڻيون صنعتي ۽ تجارتي عمارتون گهٽ ڍلوان واريون روايتي ڇتيون استعمال ڪنديون آهن.

عام طور ڪنهن علائقي ۾ برسات جي مقدار ۽ ڇت جي ڍلوان ۾ سڌو تعلق هوندو آهي. جتي برسات گهٽ پوندي آهي، اتي گهرن جون ڇتيون به گهٽ ڍلوان واريون هونديون آهن، جڏهن ته گهڻي برسات يا برفباري وارن علائقن ۾ ڇتيون وڌيڪ تيز ڍلوان سان ٺاهيون وينديون آهن. مثال طور [[پاپوا نيو گني]] جا ڊگها گهر (لانگ ھائوسز) اهڙي طرز جي تعمير جا مثال آهن، جتي اوچي ڇت لڳ ڀڳ زمين تائين لهندي آهي. ساڳيءَ طرح جرمني ۽ هالينڊ جون تيز ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون برفباري وارن علائقن جي خاص سڃاڻپ آهن.

اتر آمريڪا جي ڪجهه علائقن، جهڙوڪ [[بفيلو، نيو يارڪ]] ۽ [[مونٽريال]]، ۾ تعميراتي ضابطن موجب ڇت جي گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ڍلوان 12 ۾ 6 (يعني 1:2 يا لڳ ڀڳ 30 درجا) هجڻ لازمي هوندي آهي.

تنهن هوندي به، ڪجهه علائقائي تعميراتي روايتون هن اصول کان مختلف آهن. مثال طور الپس جبلن جي ڪاٺين گهرن (Chalets) جون پٿر واريون ڇتيون عام طور نسبتاً گهٽ ڍلوان رکنديون آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن تي گڏ ٿيندڙ برف قدرتي حرارتي موصليت جو ڪم ڪندي آهي.

ڇت جي ڍلوان جو دارومدار استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇت سازي جي مواد تي پڻ هوندو آهي. مثال طور 12 ۾ 3 (1:4) يا ان کان وڌيڪ ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون عام طور اسفالٽ جون ڇت واريون تختيون، ڪاٺ جون ڇت واريون تختيون، لهردار فولادي چادرون، سليٽ يا ڇت جون سرون استعمال ڪري ٺاهيون وينديون آهن.

برسات دوران ڇت تان وهي ايندڙ پاڻي جيڪڏهن صحيح نموني نيڪال نه ٿئي ته اهو عمارت کي سخت نقصان پهچائي سگهي ٿو. جيڪڏهن پاڻي ڀتين تان وهي ته اهو گاري (مارٽر) يا ڀتين جي تختن مان اندر داخل ٿي سگهي ٿو، ۽ جيڪڏهن بنيادن جي چوڌاري گڏ ٿي وڃي ته اندر رِسڻ، [[چڙهندڙ نمي]] (رائزنگ نمي) يا [[خشڪ سڙ]] (ڊراء راٽ) جو سبب بڻجي سگهي ٿو.

انهيءَ ڪري گهڻين عمارتن ۾ اهڙو نظام رکيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو ڇت جو پاڻي ڀتين کان پري ڪري ڇڏي. انهيءَ مقصد لاءِ عام طور نڪتل ڇڄا (Overhanging Eaves) ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ان کان علاوه، جديد ۽ ڪيترين پراڻين عمارتن ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ واديون (ويليز)، ناليون (گٽرز)، پاڻي جا وهڪرا (واٽر اسپائوٽ)، پاڻي گڏ ڪرڻ وارا حصا (واٽر ھيڊ) ۽ [[پاڻي جي نيڪال وارو پائپ|نيڪال جا پائپ]] (ڊرين پائيپ) لڳايا ويندا آهن.

دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾ ڇت تان وهي ايندڙ برساتي پاڻي گڏ ڪري گهريلو استعمال لاءِ ذخيرو پڻ ڪيو ويندو آهي.

جن علائقن ۾ تمام گهڻي برفباري ٿيندي آهي، اتي ڌاتي ڇتيون وڌيڪ فائديمند سمجهيون وينديون آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن جي هموار مٿاڇري تان برف آسانيءَ سان هيٺ سُري ويندي آهي ۽ اهي ڪاٺ يا ڪنڪريٽ جي ڇتين جي ڀيٽ ۾ هوا جي زور کي به وڌيڪ بهتر نموني برداشت ڪري سگهنديون آهن.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot; class=&quot;center&quot; caption=&quot;حرارتي موصليت، پاڻي جي نيڪال ۽ شمسي ڇتيون&quot; perrow=&quot;5&quot;&gt;
File:Snow on the roof.jpg|[[پولينڊ]] ۾ گهرن جي ڇتين تي [[برف]]
File:Ashdod 2005, rooftop view p2.JPG|وچ اوڀر ۾ هموار ڇتيون، [[اسرائيل]]
File:Jakriborg, juni 2005 x.jpg|اتر يورپ ۾ تيز ڍلوان واريون گيبل ڇتيون
File:雪中紫禁城 7.jpg|[[چين]] جي عمارتن جا نڪتل ڇڄا
File:PA120016.JPG|[[اسڪاٽلينڊ]] جي [[فائنڊهورن]] ۾ [[سائي ڇت]] ۽ شمسي پينل
&lt;/gallery&gt;

=== شمسي ڇتيون ===

جديد ڇت سازي جي نظامن ۾ اهڙيون [[شمسي ڇت واريون تختيون]] (سولر شنگلز) پڻ شامل آهن، جيڪي ڇت جي حفاظتي تهه طور ڪم ڪرڻ سان گڏ [[برق]] پڻ پيدا ڪنديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Gibbs |first=Jamie |date=2025-11-13 |title=Solar roof tiles |url=https://energysavingtrust.org.uk/solar-roof-tiles/ |website=Energy Saving Trust}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اهڙا شمسي نظام پڻ موجود آهن، جيڪي [[گرم پاڻي]]&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Gibbs |first=Jamie |title=Solar water heating |url=https://energysavingtrust.org.uk/advice/solar-water-heating/ |website=Energy Saving Trust}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا گرم هوا پيدا ڪندا آهن، ۽ ساڳئي وقت ڇت جي حفاظتي تهه طور به ڪم ڪندا آهن. ڪجهه جديد نظام [[حرارتي پمپ]] (ھيٽ پمپ) کي توانائي فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ مدد ڏين ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Paleja |first=Ameya |title=Germany unveils solar roof tile that powers heat pumps and homes |url=https://interestingengineering.com/energy/solar-roof-tile-heat-pump |website=Interesting Engineering}}&lt;/ref&gt;

وڌيڪ ترقي يافته شمسي ڇت جا نظام هڪ ئي وقت ڪيترائي ڪم سرانجام ڏئي سگهن ٿا، جهڙوڪ:

* [[برق]] پيدا ڪرڻ؛
* شمسي گرمي کي گڏ ڪري استعمال لائق حرارتي توانائي ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ؛
* ۽ عمارت جي ڇت جي حفاظتي تهه طور ڪم ڪرڻ.

شمسي نظامن کي ڇت سان مختلف طريقن سان ڳنڍي سگهجي ٿو، جهڙوڪ:

* ڍلوان واري ڇت جي حفاظتي تهه ۾ سڌي طرح شامل ڪري، مثال طور [[شمسي ڇت واريون تختيون]] ؛
* اڳ ۾ موجود ڇت جي مٿان لڳائي، مثال طور [[شمسي پينل]] کي [[ڇت جون سرون|سرن واري ڇت]] تي نصب ڪري؛
* هموار ڇت جي جھلي ۾ گرميءَ ذريعي ويلڊ ڪري، مثال طور PVC جھلي ۾؛
* يا هموار ڇت تي ڌار سهاري واري بناوت سان نصب ڪري، جنهن ۾ هوا جي زور سبب کڄڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ اضافي وزن پڻ رکيو ويندو آهيم== ڇتين جي شڪلين جي تصويري جھلڪ ==

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot; class=&quot;center&quot; caption=&quot;ڇتين جون مختلف شڪلون&quot;&gt;
File:Five roofs of Toji-ji, Kyoto.jpg|[[ڪيوٽو]] ۾ توجي-جي مندر جون پنج ڇتيون
File:Thai-roof.jpg|سينگاريل گيبل واري ڍلوان ڇت، [[چيانگ مائي]]، [[ٿائيلينڊ]]
File:Valsta säteri.jpg|سيٽري ڇت (ڍلوان ۾ عمودي تبديلي سان)، [[سويڊن]]
File:mount-gilead-ohio-jail.jpg|[[مينسارڊ ڇت]]، ضلعي جيل، [[مائونٽ گليئڊ، اوهايو]]
File:National_Taiwan_Science_Education_Center_Chinese_Roof.jpg|[[مخروطي ڇت]]، نانھائي اڪيڊمي، [[تائيپي]]
File:Concrete roof insulation in Haikou, Hainan, China - 04.JPG|هموار ڇتيون، جن مان ڪجهه ڇت وارا اڱڻ پڻ آهن، [[هايڪو]]، هينان، [[چين]]
File:Mandurah house.jpg|هلڪي ڍلوان واري هموار ڇت، رهائشي گهر، [[مغربي آسٽريليا]]
File:William Krisel butterfly roof home in Paradise Palms.jpg|[[تتلي نما ڇت]]، پيراڊائز پامز، آمريڪا جو ڏکڻ اولهه وارو علائقو
&lt;/gallery&gt;

==  ڇتين جا قسم== 

ڇتين جا ڪيترائي قسم آھن، جھڙوڪ؛
#سڌيون ڇتيون (Flat Roofs)
#سلاميءَ واريون ڇتيون (Sloped Roofs)
#ھڪ طرف سلاميءَ واريون ڇتيون
#ٻئي طرف سلاميءَ واريون نوڪدار ڇتيون
#ھپ روف (Hip Roof)
#گئمبريل روف (Gambrel Roof)
#مانسرڊ روف (Mansard Roof)
#ڊيڪ روف (Deck Roof)
#ڪارائيءَ جي ڏندن وانگر ”سا ٽٿ روف“ (Saw Tooth Roof)

ڇتين جي ڪن مختلف قسمن جو تفصيلوار بيان ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

=== سڌيون ڇتيون === 
 
عام طرح سان اڄ ڪلھ رھائشي جاين لاءِ سڌين ڇتين کي وڌيڪ پسند ڪيو وڃي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي سولائيءَ سان باھھ روڪ (Fire Proof)  بڻائي سگھجي ٿو. ازنسواءِ ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي مٽيءَ جو تھھ ڏيئي سولائيءَ سان ٿڌو رکي سگھجي ٿو.
تعميراتي طريقن جي لحاظ کان ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي ترتيب وار ھيٺئين ريت ورھائي سگھجي ٿو.
#آر-سي-سيءَ جون ڇتيون (R.C.C Flat Roofs)
#درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتيون (First class tile roofing)
#رينفورسڊ برڪ جون ڇتيون (Reinforced Brick Roofs)
#درجہ دوم ٽائيل ڇتيون (Second class tile roofing)
#جئڪ ڪمان ڇتيون (Jack Arch Roofing)
#ڪاٺ جي تختن جون سڌيون ڇتيون (Wooden flat Roofs)

مٿي ڄاڻايل قسم جي ڇتين مان ڪن خاص ۽ گھڻو استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇتين جو تفصيلوار بيان ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

===آر-سي-سيءَ جون سڌيون ڇتيون (Reinforced cement concrete flat roofs)===
ھن قسم جي ڇتين جو استعمال اڄڪلھھ عام ۽ مقبول ٿي چڪو آھي ۽ گھڻ منزلھ عمارتن لاءِ ڪارآمد پڻ آھي. ھن قسم جي ڇت کي ٿڌو رکڻ لاءِ عام طرح سان گرم علائقن ۾ ٽن انچن کان چئن انچن تائين مٽيءَ جو تھھ ڏيئي انھيءَ جي مٿان گاري جو پلستر (Mud Pluster) يا سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي مسالي سان سرن جون ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر جوڙ ۾ مسالو چڱيءَ طرح لڳايو وڃي جيئن برسات ۽ موسمي اثرن سبب کلي نھ وڃي. جوڙن بعد درزون چڱيءَ طرح ورتيون وينديون آھن. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو پڻ خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ پاڻي ڪھڙي بھ ريت ڇت تي بيٺل نھ رھي. ڇت جي سلامي احتياط سان رکي ويندي آھي ۽ فالتو مسالو، سرن جا  ٽڪرا ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ۽ ڪچرو صاف ڪري اڇليو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ڇت تمام وڏي آھي تھ انھيءَ کي مختلف حصن ۾ ورھائي سلامي ڏني ويندي آھي. تقريبا 1:60  کان 1:40  جي تناسب جي سلامي مناسب سمجھي ويندي آھي.

===ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ (Water proofing flat roofs) ===

ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي مٿين سطح (Surface) کي عام طرح سان صاف ڪري انھيءَ کي چڱيءَ طرح سڪايو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ کان پوءِ ڏامر (Bitumen) کي (190.56o C) 375o F ۽ (204.44o C) 400o F گرمي جي درجي تائين پگھاري سطح جي مٿان ٻن عليحده تھن جي صورت ۾ پوريءَ طرح پٿاريون ويندو آھي، جيئن ٻنھي تھن جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 1/16 انچ بيھي. اھڙيءَ صورت ۾ 100 مربع فوٽن تي 34 پائونڊ ڏامر استعمال ٿيندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد ڏامر جي مٿان جابلو ريتيءَ جو ھلڪو تھھ ڏنو ويندو آھي، اھڙي طرح جيئن 100 مربع فوٽن تي ھڪ مڪعب فوٽ جابلو ريتي استعمال ٿئي، انھيءَ بعد گھربل اوچائي4 ۾ مٽي ڀري انھيءَ مٿان مٽيءَ جي گاري جو پلستر يا سرن جي ٽائيلن جو تھھ ڏنو ويندو آھي. ڏامر جي مٿان جابلو ريتيءَ جو ڇڻڪار انھيءَ ڪري ڪيو ويندو آھي، جيئن اھو ڏامر جي تھھ کي مٽيءَ جي تھ کان جدا رکي.

درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتين (First class tile roofing)  ۽ درجھ دوم ٽائيل ڇتين (Second class tile roofing) جي صورت ۾ ڏامر جو تھھ سرن يا ٽائيل مٿان لڳايل سيمينٽ پلستر جي مڪمل ترائيءَ ۽ انھيءَ جي چڱيءَ طرح سڪڻ بعد ڏنو ويندو آھي ۽ آر-سي-سيءَ جي سلئب جي صورت ۾ پڻ انھيءَ جي مڪمل ترائي ۽ چڱيءَ طرح سڪڻ بعد ڏنو ويندو آھي.

انھيءَ کان علاوھ ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ لاءِ ٻيو اھو بھ طريقو آھي تھ ڏامر جي بجاءِ 04 يا 05 گيج جي شفاف پلاسٽڪ يا پاليٿين چادر (04/05 Guage polythene sheet) استعمال ڪجي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال رکڻو آھي تھ اھا پاليٿين جي چادر ڪنھن بھ ھنڌان ڦاٽل نھ ھجي ۽ گھڻي ايراضيءَ جي حالت ۾ سلاميءَ جي طرف اھي شيٽون يا چادرون ھڪ ٻئي مٿان چڱيءَ طرح چڙھيل (Over-laped) ھئڻ کپن. اھي شيٽون ڇت جي مٿان تيڪي (Parapet wall) جي ھيٺ تائين ھئڻ گھرجن ٻيءَ صورت ۾ جيڪڏھن شيٽ کي صرف تيڪي تائين ڇڏيو ويندو تھ برسات جو پاڻي تيڪي جي ھيٺان لنگھڻ جي ڪوشش ڪندو ۽ ڇت کي نقصان پھچائيندو، پاليٿين پلاسٽڪ ھڪ ھڪ نباتاتي مرڪب آھي ۽ انھيءَ ۾ عمر ڀر جٽاءُ ۽ پائيداريءَ جي خاصيت آھي. ھن تي تيزابيت (Acid) ۽ چانيھي يا کار (Alkali) جو اثر نھ ٿو ٿئي.

پاڻيءَ کي ٽمڻ (Water proofing) کان روڪڻ لاءِ ڏامر جي ٺھيل ٺڪيل چادر جنھن کي بٽومين فيلٽ (Bitumen felt) سڏيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ جو بہ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ اھا ڪنھن بھ شڪل يا ڊؤل جي ڇت ۽ بناوت لاءِ استعمال ڪري سگھجي ٿي. ھيٺ ڏنل فھرست ۾ مختلف قسمن جي بٽومين فيلٽ ۽ انھيءَ جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ تور ڄاڻايل آھي.

===درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتيون (First class tile roofing) ===
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون آر-سي-سي، ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي ڪامن،، پٽين، ٽيئرن ۽ گرڊرن مٿان 12&quot;x6&quot;x1 1/4&quot; جي سائيز جي سرن جي ٽائيلن جا ٻھ تھھ ڏيئي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جي ڇتين جي تعمير ھيٺئين ريت ڪئي ويندي آھي؛

*سرن جي ٽائيلن جو پھريون تھھ، پٽين مٿان جيڪي 12&quot; جي پور وڇوٽيءَ تي ڪامن مٿان (يا لوھھ جي گرڊرن مٿان ٽيئر رکي) رکيون وينديون آھن، 1:6 جي تناسب ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جي مسالي سان يا 1:2 جي تناسب ۾ چن ۽ سرخيءَ جي گچ سان لڳايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر ھڪ جوڙ ۾ مسالو چڱيءَ طرح لڳل ھجي.
*سرن جي پھرئين تھھ مٿان اڌ انچ جي ٿولھھ ۾ 1:6  جي تناسب جو سيمينٽ پلستر چاڙھي انھيءَ بعد ٽائيلن جو ٻيو تھھ مٿي ڄاڻايل طريقي سان چاڙھيو ويندو آھي پر خاص طرح سان اھو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ سرن جي ٻئي تھھ جا جوڙ پھرئين تھھ جي جوڙن سان نھ ملن بلڪ انھن جوڙن جي ابتڙ ھجن. ائين ڪرڻ سان مٿئين تھھ جا جوڙ ھيٺئين تھھ جي جوڙن سان نھ ملندا ۽ ڇت ٽمڻ (Leakage) جو امڪان گھٽ رھندو.
*ٽائيلن جي ٻئي تھھ مٿان اڌ انچ جو 1:6 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ پلستر چاڙھيو ويندو آھي
*بعد ۾ سيمينٽ پلستر جي مٿان ڏامر جو تھ  (مٿي ڄاڻايل طريقي سان) چاڙھي، انھيءَ جي مٿان جابلو  ريتي ڇٽي ويندي آھي، جيئن ڇت پاڻيءَ روڪ ٿي.
*انھيءَ بعد ڇت کي ٿڌو رکڻ لاءِ ٽن کان چئن انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ مٽيءَ (جيڪا ڪلر ۽ ٻئي گند ڪچري کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ھجي) جو تھ ڀري، انھيءَ مٿان ھڪ انچ جو مٽيءَ جي گادي جو پلستر ڪري، انھيءَ جي مٿان ڇيڻي جي ليپائي ڪبي آھي.

سرن جي ڀتين جي مٿان ۽ گرڊرن جي ھيٺان لوھھ جي بيڊ پليٽ ڏيڻ تمام ضروري آھي، جيئن گرڊرن جي بار سبب ڀتين جا گرڊر سان ملندڙ حصا ڪمزور ٿي، ٽائيم گذرڻ سان جھڪاءُ آڻي، نقصان نھ پھچائين. گرڊرن ۽ ٽيئرن جي صورت ۾ کين ڇت تي چاڙھڻ کان پھرين سنڌور (Red Oxide)  جي پينٽ جو تھھ ڏيئي، سڪائي پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان انئمل پينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ چاڙھي پوءِ ڀتين مٿان چاڙھجن، جيئن انھن مٿان ڪٽ (Rust) سولائيءَ سان نھ چڙھي. جيڪڏھن ائين نھ ڪبو تھ ٽائيلن چاڙھڻ بعد گرڊرن ۽ ٽيئرن جا صرف ھيٺيان حصا پينٽ ڪري سگھبا ۽ ٻيا دٻيل حصا پينٽ بنا رھجي وڃڻ جي حالت ۾ وقت گذرڻ سان ڪٽبا ويندا ۽ نتيجي ۾ اھي تمام گھٽ ٽائيم ھلندا. نتيجي ۾ ڇت تي ڪيل سمورو ڪم ايترو پائيدار نھ ٿيندو ۽ ٺھيل ڇت پنھنجي ٽائيم کان اڳ ۾ بدلائڻي پوندي.

ڇيڙن وارين ديوارن جي اندرين حصن ۽ پٽين يا ٽيئرن جي وچ ۾ 3 انچن کان 9 انچن جو مفاصلو ھئڻ گھرجي. ڇت جي ٽيڪي جي ديوار مٿان گولو (Drip Course)  ڏيڻ ضروري آھي، جيئن مينھن جو پاڻي انھيءَ کي نقصان نھ پھچائي 


===درجہ دوم ٽائيلن جون ڇتيون (Second class tile roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت جي تعمير پڻ درجھ اول ڇت جي تعمير وانگرگ ٿيندي آھي. فرق صرف اھو آھي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ٽائيلن جو صرف ھڪ تھھ چاڙھيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڊرپ ڪورس جي بجاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو گولو (C.C. Coping)  ڏنو ويندو آھي. 

===جئڪ آرچ ڇتيون (Jack Arch Roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ سرن يا سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جون ڪمانيون  (Arches) تعمير ڪيون وينديون آھن ۽ انھن ڪمانن جا ڇيڙا پالتو لوھ (Mild Steel)  جي ڪامن (Joists) مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ جئائسٽ وري ديوارن يا بيمن تي ٽڪيل ھوندا آھن.جئائسٽ 30 انچن کان 45 انچن جي مفاصلي تي رکيل ھوندا آھن. ڪانڪريٽ جي ٿولھھ ڪمانيءَ جي چوٽيءَ (Crown) وٽ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 6 انچ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ ڪمانيءَ جي بلندي ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ اھا خامي آھي تھ اھا سڌي سطح (Plain Surface) نٿي رھي. آخري ڇيڙن وارن حصن کي افقي ڇڪ (Horizontal thrust) کان روڪڻ لاءِ لوھھ جي جئائسٽ جي ٻاھرين جوڙن (Pairs)  وٽ ٻنڌ سيخون (Tie rods) لڳايون وينديون آھن. ٽاءِ راڊس 6 فوٽن جي مرڪزي (6 feet centre to centre) مفاصلي تي ھئڻ گھرجن. جئڪ آرچن جا گھيرا (Rings)  اڀ سرا (Brick on edge) يا سڌين سرن (Bricks on flat) جا ھئڻ گھرجن.

===رينفورسڊ برڪ ڇتيون (Reinforced Brick Roofs) ===
ھي ڇتيون پڻ آر-سي-سيءَ جي ڇتين وانگر  ۽ سڌيون ھونديون آھن، فرق صرف اھو ھوندو آھي جو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي جاءِ تي سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. سرن ۾ ڇت جي ڊيگھھ ۽ ويڪر جي طرف لڳاتار جوڙ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن جوڙن ۾ ڊزائن مطابق لوھھ جو سريو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. جوڙن جي ٿولھھ ٽي ڀاڱي چار انچ رکي ويندي آھي، جنھن  اندر سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو مسالو ڀريو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن جوڙن کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ سان ڀرڻو ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ جوڙن جي ٿولھھ ڏيڍ انچ کان ٻن انچن تائين رکڻ گھرجي. مکيھ سريو (Main reinforcement) ٿوري فاصلي طرف ۽ ورڇيندڙ سريو (Distribution bars) وڌيڪ فاصلي طرف وجھڻ گھرجي ۽ ورڇيندر سريو مکيھ سريي جي مٿان لڳائڻ گھرجي. رينفورسڊ برڪ جي ڪم جي ٿولھھ ھڪ سر جي ٿولھھ کان ٻن سرن جي ٿولھھ تائين ھئڻ گھرجي. ٻيءَ صورت ۾ وڌيڪ ٿولھھ واري ڇت نھايت ئي مھانگي پوندي.

ڇت جي مٿان ٻيو سمورو ڪم ائين ڪرڻ گھرجي جيئن آر-سي-سيءَ جي ڇت لاءِ ڄاڻايل آھي.
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون ڀروسي جھڙيون نھ ٿيون رھن ۽ انھيءَ سبب ڪري گھٽ استعمال ٿين ٿي
 
===ڇپرن واري يا ڪکائين ڇت (Thatched roof)===
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون عام طرح سان ٻن طرفن کان سلامي ڏيئي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن، جيئن برسات جو پاڻي ڇت جي مٿان بيھي نقصان نہ پھچائي.

ھن قسم جي ڇت ٺاھڻ لاءِ 1 ½ انچ ڊايا ميٽر جي بانس جا ٽڪڙا ھڪ فوٽ جي پور وڇوٽيءَ جي مفاصلي تي رکي ۽ انھن جي خلاف گوني ڪنڊ تي ڇھن انچن جي پور وڇوٽيءَ جي مفاصلي تي چڱيءَ طرح لڪڙا ٻڌي جوڙ جڪ (Frame work) ڪئي ويندي آھي. انھيءَ بعد 6 انچن کان 12 انچن جي ٿولھھ تائين سر، ٽوئا يا ڇپريون، ٽن ٽن انچن جي تھن جي صورت ۾ چاڙھيون وينديون آھن. اڪثر طور تي پھريون تھ بانس جي لڪڙن سان جوڙي جڪي تيار ڪري چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ڇت جي رال (Pitch) 35 ڊگرين جي لڳ ڀڳ رکي ويندي آھي.

ھن قسم جي ڇت اگر ھنرمندي ۽ ڪاريگري سان ٺاھي وڃي تھ سٺي نموني اڻ ٽمندڙ ۽ پاڻيءَ روڪ رھي ٿي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ باھھ لڳڻ جا امڪان تمام گھڻا رھن ٿا ۽ اڏوھي ۽ جيت لڳڻ جو خطرو پڻ رھي ٿو. جيڪڏھن انھن سڀني خطرن کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت جو مدو 15 سالن کان وڌيڪ نھ ٿو رھي.

===ائسبيسٽاس سيمينٽ جي ڇت (Asbestos cement corrugated sheet roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت نھايت ئي عمده قسم جي ائسبيسٽاس ۽ سيمينٽ جي گڏيل مرڪب مان ٺھيل اھڙين چادرن سان ڍڪي ٺاھي ويندي آھي جن ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو نقص جھڙوڪ ڦوٽ، ڏار، ڀڳل ڪنڊون ۽ پاسا وغيرھ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن. ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪٽ يا زنگ (Rust)  لڳڻ جو خطرو نھ ٿو رھي. ھنن تي نھ اڏوھي لڳي ٿي سگھي ۽ نہ ئي وري انھن تي رنگ ڪرڻ جي ضرورت پوي ٿي، البتہ سردين ۾ انھن جي ھيٺان آلاڻ پيدا ٿي پوي ٿي. ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ باھ جو مقابلو ڪرڻ، ۽ موسمي اثرن کي ڪنھن حد تائين روڪڻ جي خاصيت رھي ٿي.

ھنن ڇتين ۾ (7mm) 9/32 in. واري ٿولھھ جي چادرن استعمال ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ڪامن (Purlins)  جي وچ ۾ وڌ ۾ وڌ 5 فوٽ 3 انچ  (1.6m) جو فاصلو ۽ ¼ انچ  (6 mm) جي ٿولھھ وارين چادرن جي حالت ۾ 4 فوٽ 6 انچ (1.4 m) ھئڻ گھرجي.
چادرن جو لسو پاسو ھميشھ مٿان ۽ وڪڙن وارو پاسو ھيٺان ھئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ پاسي وارو چڙھاڪو (Side lap) گھٽ ۾ گھٽ اڌ وڪڙ جيترو، جيڪو عموما (4.5 cm) 13/4&quot; جي برابر ھوندو آھي ۽ ڇيڙن وارو چڙھاڪو (End lap)  گھٽ ۾ گھٽ (15 cm) 6&quot; جي برابر ڏنو وڃي. جڏھن تھ پاسن وارا آزاد حصا گھٽ ۾ گھٽ (40 cm) 1'-4&quot; اڌارن کان ٻاھر نڪتل ھئڻ گھرجن.
چادرن کي قابو ڪرڻ لاءِ آڌار وارين پٽين وٽ چادرن جي وڪڙن جي چوٽين (Crowns) ۾ (8 mm) 3/16&quot; جا ڊرل مشين رستي سوراخ ڪڍي قلعي دار j  (Galvanised) ۽ L جي صورت وارا ڪنڍا (Hooks)  استعمال ڪري ڏامر ۽ قلعي دار (Galvanised iron) وائيسر (Washer)  ڏيئي انھن کي چادرن مٿان، نٽ پٺيان نٽ جي حساب سان جڪڙيو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ سوراخ ڪڍڻ واسطي چادرن کي ڪنھن ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ھرگز ڀڳو ۽ چيريو نھ وڃي انھن نٽن کي پھريائين ڍرو ڇڏيو وڃي ۽ جڏھن ڪافي چادرون وڇائجي وڃن تھ پوءِ انھن کي سوڙھو ۽ قابو ڪيو وڃي. سوراخن  جو قطر (Diameter)  استعمال ٿيندڙ بولٽن جي قطر کان 1/16 انچ وڌيڪ ھئڻ گھرجي. نقصان کان بچاءُ واسطي چادرن کي مٿي چاڙھي وڇائڻ لاءِ تختا يا ڏاڪڻون استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجن. جيڪڏھن ڪنھن بھ چادر کي نقصان پھچي تھ انھيءَ کي اڇلائي خارج ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي ٻي چادر استعمال ڪجي. تمام گھڻي احتياط ڪندي بھ جيڪڏھن انھن چادرن ۾ ڪي نظر انداز ڪرڻ جوڳا ٽنگ ٿي پون تھ انھن کي ڏامر يا ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي مرڪب سان بند ڪري سگھجي ٿو بشرطيڪ انھن مان پاڻي ٽمي نہ سگھي.  ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ ائسبيسٽاس سيمينٽ جي چادرن جا ٽي قسم ٿيندا آھن جن جو ڪجھھ تفصيل ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

*ايورائيٽ بگسڪس : (Everite Bigsix)

ھن قسم جون چادرون 2.758  فوٽ (7 cm) ويڪريون 1.312 فوٽن کان 84.9 فوٽ (4.0 ميٽر کان 3 ميٽرن تائين) ڊگھيون ۽ ¼ انچ (6 mm)  ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. انھن ۾ مجموعي طرح سان 5.7 وڪڙ ٿيندا آھن ۽ ھڪ کان ٻئي وڪڙ تائين اٽڪل  5 ¾ انچن جو مفاصلو ٿيندو آھي، جڏھن تھ وڪڙ جي چوٽيءَ ۽ تري يعني ھيٺ تائين اوچائي 13.2 انچ (5.4 cm)  ٿيندي آھي.

*ايورائٽ اسٽئنڊرڊ : (Everite Standard)

ھي چادرون ٻن قسمن جون ٿينديون آھن.، ھڪڙيون ننڍيون چادرون ۽ ٻيون وڏيون. ننڍيون چادرون 5.2 فوٽ (76 cm)  ويڪريون 3 ½ فوٽن (1.07 mm)  کان  12 ½ فوٽن (3.9 m) تائين ڊگھيون ۽ ¼  انچ (6 mm)  ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. ھن ۾ وڪڙن جي اوچائي ھڪ انچ (2.54 cm)  کان  1.13&quot;  (2.86 cm) تائين ۽ ٻن وڪڙن جي وچ ۾ درمياني مفاصلو 09.2 انچ (5.3 cm) ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھر چادر ۾ 5.10 وڪڙ (Corrugations)  ٿيندا آھن. وڏيون چادرون 3 3/8 فوٽن کان  3 ½ فوٽن تائين (05.1 ميٽرن کان 1.10 ميٽرن تائين) ويڪريون، 3 3/8 فوٽن کان 10 فوٽن تائين ( 04.1 ميٽرن کان 05.3 ميٽرن تائين) ڊگھيون ۽ ¼ انچ (6 mm) ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. ور وڪڙن جي اوچائي 3/16&quot; (اٽڪل 5 سينٽيميٽرن کان 5.4 سينٽيميٽرن تائين) ۽  ان وڪڙن جي وچ وارو مفاصلو 5 ¾ انچ (146 cm) ٿيندو آھي.

*ٽرنال ٽريفورڊ : (Turnal Trafford)
ھي چادرون اٽڪل 3 5/8 فوٽ (13.1 ميٽر) ويڪريون، 4 فوٽن (1.22 ميٽر) کان 10 فوٽن (3.05 m) تائين ڊگھيون ھونديون آھن ۽ ھنن شيٽن ۾ ور وڪڙن جو تسلسل نھ ھوندو آھي، بلڪ ھر وڪڙ کان پوءِ ھموار سطح ھوندي آھي. ھر چادر ۾ اٽڪل چار وڪڙ ٿيندا آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون وڏين عمارتن جھڙوڪ گودامن، سينيما گھرن ۽ ڪارخانن ۾ استعمال ٿينديون آھن. 

===لوھ جي جستي ۽ ناليدر چادرن جون ڇتيون (Galvanised Corrugated Iron Sheet Roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ 16 گيج کان وٺي 24 گيج جون لوھھ جون جستي ۽ ناليدار چادرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ انھن ڳالھين جو خاص خيال رکيو وڃي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪم ايندڙ شيٽون چڱيءَ طرح ۽ بلڪل پختيءَ طرح جستي ملمعي چڙھيل آھن. جيڪڏھن انھن پڙ ڇن ۾ ڪٽ، سفيد پائوڊر جھڙا ٽڪرا، گاٺ ۽ ڦوٽ نظر اچي تھ اھڙن پڙڇن (Sheets) کي ھرگز استعمال نہ ڪجي.

ھيءُ پڙڇ ھميشھ ڪاٺ يا لوھ جي گرڊرن ۽ ڪامن (Purlins) مٿان ڇھن انچن (15 cm) جو ڇيڙن وارو چڙھاڪو (End Overlap) ۽ ٻين وڪڙن (Corrugations) جو ھر سائيڊ کان سائيڊ وارو چڙھاڪو (Side lap) ڏيئي رکيا ويندا آھن. پڙڇن کي قابو رکڻ لاءِ ڪامن مٿان چاڙھڻ کان اڳ ۾ کين زمين تي رکي گھربل ھنڌن تي ڪنھن تکي اوزار سان ٽنگ ڪڍي، انھيءَ بعد مٿي چاڙھي کين بولٽن، اسڪرن، ڪلين ۽ ڪوڪن (Rivets) وغيره سان قابو ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ اھي سوراخ ھنن چادرن ۾ ھيٺان کان مٿي پار ڪرڻ جي حساب سان ۽ ھميشھ وڪڙن جي چوٽيءَ وٽ ڪڍڻ گھرجن. انھن شيٽن کي ھميشھ ملمعي وارن نٽن، بولٽن، ڏامر جي وائيسرن (Washers)  ۽ جستي ملمعي وارن وائيسرن وسيلي ڪامن (Purlins) سان مضبوط ڪري جڪڙيو وڃي. اھي ڪنڍا ۽ بولٽ 5/16 يا 8 ملي ميٽر جي قطر جا ۽ L يا J جي شبيھھ جا ٿيندا آھن. پيچن ھيٺان واشر مضبوطي حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھنن پڙڇن کي لڳائڻ وقت انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ پلون وٽ انھيءَ چادر جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ نالي (Corrugation) ٻيءَ ناليءَ جي مٿان چڙھيل ھجي ۽ ڊگھا پاسا 3 انچن کان 5 انچن تائين (يعني 7.5 سينٽيميٽرن کان 14 سينٽيميٽرن تائين) ھڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙھيل ھئڻ گھرجن. ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪم ايندڙ چادرون 2 فوٽ 3 انچن کان 4 فوٽ 4 انچن ( 65 cm کان 126 cm) تائين ويڪريون، 5 فوٽن کان 15 فوٽن (5.1 ميٽر کان 5.3 ميٽرن) تائين ڊگھيون 1/16 انچن کان ¼ انچ (1.66 mm کان 6.56 cm) تائين ٿلھيون اٺن (8) وڪڙن سان ۽ ھر ھڪ وڪڙ جي وچ کان ٻئي وڪڙ (pitch) جي وچ تائين 3 انچن (7.6 cm) جي مفاصلي واريون ٿينديون آھن. ھيءُ پڙڇ تور ۾ ھلڪا ۽ لڳائڻ (Fixing)  ۾ سولا ٿين ٿا. البتھ موسمي اثرن کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٺيڪ  نٿا ٿا رھن ۽ انھن منجھان گرمي توڙي سردي آسانيءَ سان لنگھي (To transmit) سگھي ٿي. بھرحال ھيءُ پڙڇ پائيدار ۽ باھ جو مقابلو ڪرڻ جي لائق آھي.

ھن قسم جون ڇتيون 1:5 جي تناسب کان وڌيڪ سڌيون نھ رکڻ گھرجن ۽ عام طور 1:2 جي تناسب واريون ڇتيون بھتر رھن ٿيون. 1:2 ½ جي تناسب وارين نصب ڪيل (Pitched) ڇتين جي صورت ۾ ڇيڙي وارو چڙھاڪو (End overlap) 9 انچن (23 cm) کان گھٽ ھئڻ نہ گهرجي.

ھن قسم جون ڇتيون ڇاپرن (Sheds) ۽ ڪارخانن وغيره لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن.  ھن قسم جي ڇتين جو مٿاڇرو ھڪ ڪرو ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن شيٽن جا ور وڪڙ (Corrugations) سڌا ۽ ھموار ھئڻ گهرجن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>amnisqo0toyoy3zjmr5f7q2lv6yl868</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401050</id>
      <parentid>401049</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:04:56Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401050</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="72440" sha1="buk0d407vyz8hmaqensr8hcugzbyj8a" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|عمارت جو مٿيون حفاظتي ڍڪ}}

[[فائل:Tak - Ystad-2022.jpg|thumb|2022ع ۾ [[يسٽاڊ]] جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ مختلف عمارتن جون ڇتيون.]]

'''ڇت''' (انگريزي: ''Roof'') عمارت جو سڀ کان مٿيون حفاظتي ڍڪ هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ اهي سڀئي تعميراتي جزا ۽ مواد شامل هوندا آهن، جيڪي ان کي عمارت جي [[ڀت]]ن يا ٻين سهارن تي مضبوطيءَ سان قائم رکندا آهن. ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد عمارت ۽ ان جي رهواسين کي [[مينهن]]، [[برف]]، [[سج جي روشني]]، انتهائي گرمي يا سردي ۽ [[هوا]] جي اثرن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Harris, Cyril M. (editor). ''Dictionary of Architecture and Construction'', Third Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2000, p. 775.&lt;/ref&gt; ڇت عمارت جي ٻاهرئين حفاظتي ڍانچي (بلڊنگ انولپ) جو هڪ اهم حصو آهي.

ڪنهن به ڇت جي شڪل، بناوت ۽ خاصيتون ان عمارت جي استعمال، دستياب ڇت سازي جي مواد، مقامي تعميراتي روايتن، [[معماري]] جي ڊزائن ۽ تعميراتي عمل تي دارومدار رکن ٿيون. ڪيترين حالتن ۾ انهن تي مقامي يا قومي تعميراتي قانونن ۽ ضابطن جو پڻ اثر هوندو آهي.

گهڻن ملڪن ۾ ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد مينهن کان بچاءُ هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه تعميرن ۾، جهڙوڪ [[ورانڊو]]، اهڙي ڇت استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي جيڪا سج جي سڌي روشني کان بچائي ٿي، پر هوا ۽ ٻين قدرتي عنصرن جي اچ وڃ کي برقرار رکي ٿي. ساڳيءَ طرح [[شيشي گهر]] (گارڊن ڪنزرويٽري) جي ڇت ٻوٽن کي سردي، هوا ۽ مينهن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي، جڏهن ته سج جي روشني اندر اچڻ جي اجازت به ڏيندي آهي.

ڇت کي اضافي رهائشي يا استعمال لائق جاءِ طور پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو، مثال طور [[ڇت وارو باغ]] (روف گارڊن).

== اشتقاق ==

لفظ '''ڇت''' جي انگريزي صورت ''Roof''، پراڻي انگريزي ٻوليءَ جي لفظ '''hrof''' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن جي معنيٰ ''ڇت''، [[ڇت (اندروني)|اندروني ڇت]] (Ceiling)، مٿيون حصو، چوٽي، آسمان يا جنت هئي. مجازي طور هي لفظ ڪنهن به شيءِ جي سڀ کان مٿاهين حصي يا بلند ترين نقطي لاءِ پڻ استعمال ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.etymonline.com/word/roof|title=Roof|website=Online Etymology Dictionary}}&lt;/ref&gt;

هي لفظ [[پروٽو-جرمني ٻولي]] جي لفظ '''خروفام khrofam''' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن سان ٻين جرمني ٻولين جا ڪيترائي لاڳاپيل لفظ پڻ ملن ٿا. مثال طور [[ڊچ ٻولي]] ۾ '''roef''' جي معنيٰ ٻيڙيءَ جي ڪيبن يا ڍڪ، تابوت جي ڍڪ وغيره آهي، [[وچئين اعليٰ جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ '''rof''' جو مطلب ڇپر يا اوچو ڇت وارو حصو، جڏهن ته [[قديم نورس ٻولي]] ۾ '''hrof''' ٻيڙيءَ جي ڇپر يا ٻيڙي رکڻ واري ڍڪيل جاءِ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو.

لساني ماهرن موجب هي لفظ جرمني ٻولين کان ٻاهر ٻين ٻولي خاندانن سان ڪو واضح تعلق نٿو رکي. انگريزي ٻولي ئي اها واحد جرمني ٻولي آهي، جنهن ۾ ''روف'' لفظ پنهنجي عام معنيٰ، يعني عمارت جي مٿئين حفاظتي ڍڪ، لاءِ برقرار رهيو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻين جرمني ٻولين ۾ انهيءَ مفهوم لاءِ اهي لفظ استعمال ٿين ٿا، جيڪي پراڻي انگريزي جي '''þæc''' (ٿئچ؛ يعني ڇپر يا ڪکن جي ڇت) سان لاڳاپيل آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite OED|roof, n.}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== بناوتي جزا ==

ڇت جي ڊزائن جا بنيادي جزا هي آهن:

* مواد؛
* [[گهر جي ڇت جي بناوت|تعميراتي بناوت]]؛
* پائيداري.

=== مواد ===

ڇت ٺاهڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد علائقي، موسم، دستيابي ۽ تعميراتي ضرورتن موجب مختلف هوندا آهن. اهي [[ڪيلي]] جي پنن، ڪڻڪ جي [[ڀوسو|ڀوسي]] يا [[سامونڊي گاهه]] کان وٺي [[پرتدار شيشو]] (ليمينيٽيڊ گلاس)، [[ٽامو|ٽامي]]، [[ايلومينيم]] جي چادرن ۽ اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[ڪنڪريٽ]] تائين ٿي سگهن ٿا. دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾ [[ٺڪر]] جون [[ڇت جون سرون]] صدين، بلڪه هزارين سالن کان سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇت سازي جو مواد رهيون آهن.

ٻين عام ڇت سازي جي موادن ۾ [[اسفالٽ]]، [[ڪوئلي جي تار]]، [[اي پي ڊي ايم رٻڙ]] (EPDM Rubber)، [[هائپالون]]، [[پولي يوريٿين]] جو فوم، [[پولي ونائل ڪلورائيڊ]] (PVC)، [[سليٽ پٿر]]، [[ٽيفلون]] جو ڪپڙو، [[ٿرموپلاسٽڪ اوليفن]] (TPO)، ۽ [[ڪاٺ]] جون ڇتيون (ووڊ شيڪز ۽ شنگلز) شامل آهن.

=== تعميراتي بناوت ===

ڇت جي تعميراتي بناوت ان ڳالهه تي دارومدار رکي ٿي ته ان کي ڪهڙي طريقي سان سهارو ڏنو ويو آهي، هيٺئين خالي جاءِ کي ڪيئن ڍڪيو ويو آهي، ۽ ڇت ڍلوان (پچڊ) آهي يا هموار.

'''ڇت جي ڍلوان''' (روف پچ) ان زاويي کي چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن تي ڇت پنهنجي سڀ کان هيٺئين نقطي کان مٿي طرف اڀري ٿي. آمريڪا ۾ گهڻيون رهائشي عمارتون، سواءِ انتهائي خشڪ علائقن جي، ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون رکن ٿيون. جيتوڻيڪ جديد نيڪال جا نظام، جهڙوڪ پاڻيءَ جون ناليون، هموار ڇت کي به ڪارائتو بڻائي سگهن ٿا، پر روايت، جمالياتي حسن ۽ تعميراتي ضرورتن سبب اڄ به گهڻيون ڇتيون ڍلوان سان ٺاهيون وڃن ٿيون.

ڪجهه ڇت سازي جا مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]] (ٿيچ)، پاڻي نه رسڻ ۽ ڊگهي عمر لاءِ تيز ڍلوان جي گهرج رکن ٿا. جڏهن ته ٻيا مواد، جهڙوڪ [[پين ٽائل]] (Pantile)، تمام تيز ڍلوان تي مستحڪم ناهن رهندا، پر گهٽ ڍلوان تي موسم کان بهترين تحفظ فراهم ڪندا آهن.

جن علائقن ۾ برسات تمام گهٽ پوندي آهي، اتي لڳ ڀڳ هموار ڇت، جنهن ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ معمولي ڍلوان هجي، عام طور ڪافي هوندي آهي. اهڙين ڇتين ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ ناليون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن سان وڌيڪ ڍلوان جي ضرورت گهٽجي ويندي آهي.

ڇت جي تعمير ۾ ماهر ڪاريگر کي '''ڇت ساز''' (روفر) چيو ويندو آهي.

=== پائيداري ===

ڇت جي پائيداري انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڇت عمارت جو اهو حصو آهي، جتي مرمت يا تجديد لاءِ پهچڻ نسبتاً ڏکيو هوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ڇت کي نقصان پهچي يا اها تباهه ٿي وڃي ته ان جا اثر سڄي عمارت جي حفاظت، استعمال ۽ عمر تي پئجي سگهن ٿا.

== شڪل ==

[[فائل:Roof diagram.jpg|thumb|upright=1.15|مغربي طرز جي ڇت جي ڪجهه حصن جا نالا]]

{{مکيه|ڇتين جي شڪلين جي فهرست}}

'''ڇتين جون شڪلون''' دنيا جي مختلف علائقن ۾ هڪ ٻئي کان گهڻو مختلف هونديون آهن. ڇت جي شڪل تي اثرانداز ٿيندڙ اهم عنصر مقامي [[آبهوا]]، ڇت جي ڍانچي لاءِ دستياب تعميراتي مواد، ۽ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي ڍڪ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.huffpost.com/entry/roofing-materials-to-prot_b_8959516 |title=Roofing Materials to Protect You From the Elements |website=HuffPost |date=12 January 2016}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڇتين جون بنيادي شڪلون هيٺيان آهن:

* [[هموار ڇت]] (Flat Roof)
* [[يڪ طرفي ڍلوان واري ڇت]] (Mono-pitched Roof)
* [[گيبل ڇت]] (Gable Roof)
* [[مينسارڊ ڇت]] (Mansard Roof)
* [[هپ ڇت]] (Hip Roof)
* [[تتلي نما ڇت]] (Butterfly Roof)
* [[قوسي ڇت]] (Arched Roof)
* [[گنبذي ڇت]] (Domed Roof)

انهن بنيادي شڪلين جون ڪيتريون ئي ٻيون صورتون پڻ موجود آهن.

جيڪي ڇتيون ڪيترن هموار حصن مان ٺهيل هونديون آهن، پر انهن حصن کي ڪنهن نه ڪنهن ڍلوان تي ٺاهيو ويندو آهي، انهن کي '''ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون''' (Pitched Roofs) چيو ويندو آهي. عام طور جيڪڏهن ڇت جو ڍلوان 10 درجن کان وڌيڪ هجي ته ان کي ڍلوان واري ڇت تصور ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;C. M. Harris, ''Dictionary of Architecture &amp; Construction''&lt;/ref&gt;

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇتيون ڍلوان واريون هونديون آهن، جن ۾ خاص طور [[گيبل ڇت]]، [[هپ ڇت]] ۽ [[اسڪليون ڇت]] (Skillion Roof) شامل آهن.

ڪجهه ڇتين جون شڪلون قدرتي (Organic) انداز تي ٻڌل هونديون آهن. اهڙيون شڪلون يا ته معمار جي ڊزائن جي نتيجي ۾ اختيار ڪيون وينديون آهن يا وري ان سبب پيدا ٿينديون آهن جو تعمير ۾ لچڪدار مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]]، استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

== حصا ==

ڇت ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندي آهي:

* ان جي '''سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت''' (سپورٽنگ اسٽرڪچر)؛
* ان جو '''ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه''' (آئوٽر ليئر)، جيڪو ڇت جو سڀ کان مٿيون موسم کان بچاءُ ڪندڙ حصو هوندو آهي.

ڪجهه عمارتن ۾ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه پاڻ ئي بار کڻندڙ بناوت (سيلف-سپورٽنگ اسٽرڪچر) طور پڻ ڪم ڪندو آهي.

عام طور ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت [[ڀت]]ن تي بيٺل هوندي آهي، جيتوڻيڪ ڪجهه تعميراتي انداز، جهڙوڪ [[جيوڊيزيڪ گنبذ]] ۽ [[اي-فريم گهر]]، ۾ ڀت ۽ ڇت جي وچ وارو فرق گهڻو نمايان نه رهندو آهي.

=== سهارو ===

{{Main|گهر جي ڇت جي بناوت}}

[[فائل:Linkopings stadsbibliotek roof2.jpg|thumb|[[سويڊن]] ۾ هڪ لائبريري جي ڇت]]

ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت عام طور ڊگهن ۽ مضبوط شهتيرن (بيم) تي ٻڌل هوندي آهي، جيڪي گهڻو ڪري [[ڪاٺ]] مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري کان پوءِ [[ڪاسٽ لوهه]] ۽ [[فولاد]] پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيڻ لڳا.

جن ملڪن ۾ [[بانس]] جو استعمال عام آهي، اتي ان جي قدرتي لچڪ سبب ڇتين ۾ هلڪي وڪريل شڪل پيدا ٿيندي آهي، جيڪا خاص طور اوڀر ايشيائي، خاص ڪري [[جاپاني معمار]]ي جي سڃاڻپ سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

ڪاٺ اهڙو مواد آهي، جنهن سان مختلف قسمن جون ڇتيون آسانيءَ سان تعمير ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. ڪاٺ جي بناوت نه رڳو تعميراتي سهارو فراهم ڪندي آهي، پر جيڪڏهن ان کي ظاهر رکيو وڃي ته اها عمارت جي جمالياتي حسن ۾ پڻ اضافو ڪندي آهي.

پراڳاڙهي زماني کان وٺي پٿر جا افقي شهتير (لنٽيل) ڇتين کي سهارو ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن، پر اهي تمام وڏن فاصلن کي ڍڪي نٿا سگهن. بعد ۾ [[قديم روم]] جي دور ۾ پٿر جي قوس (اسٽون آرڪ) جو وسيع استعمال شروع ٿيو، جنهن جي مختلف صورتن سان لڳ ڀڳ 140 فوٽ (43 ميٽر) تائين جا فاصلا ڍڪي سگهبا هئا.

پٿر جون قوسون ۽ [[والٽ (معماري)|والٽ]]، چاهي رٻن (Ribs) سان هجن يا بغير رٻن جي، لڳ ڀڳ ٻن هزارن سالن تائين وڏين عمارتن جي ڇتين جي بنيادي بناوت رهيون. اها روايت [[صنعتي انقلاب]] کان پوءِ آهستي آهستي ختم ٿيڻ لڳي، جڏهن لوهه جا شهتير استعمال ٿيڻ شروع ٿيا ۽ [[جوزف پيڪسٽن]] جهڙن معمارن جديد عمارتون، جهڙوڪ [[ڪرسٽل پيلس]] (1851ع)، تعمير ڪيون.

فولادي گرڊرن (اسٽيل گرڊر) ۾ مسلسل بهتري اچڻ سان اهي وڏين ڇتين ۽ بعد ۾ عام رهائشي گهرن جي تعمير ۾ به بنيادي سهارو بڻجي ويا. گرڊر جو هڪ ٻيو قسم [[رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ]] جو شهتير آهي، جنهن ۾ ڌاتي سلاخن کي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر بند ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان تنشي قوتن جي مقابلي ۾ ان جي مضبوطي وڌي ويندي آهي.

ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت کي رهائش يا استعمال لائق جاءِ طور پڻ ڪم آندو ويندو آهي، جنهن کي ڇت جي فرش بندي (روف ڊيڪنگ) چيو ويندو آهي. اهڙي جاءِ کي ڪمري يا ٻين استعمالن لاءِ تبديل ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه ===

{{Main|تجارتي طور دستياب ڇت سازي جي موادن جي فهرست}}

ڇت جو ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد جي لحاظ کان تمام گهڻي تبديلي رکي ٿو. روايتي يا مقامي [[معماري]] ۾ ڇت لاءِ گهڻو ڪري قدرتي ٻوٽيدار مواد استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]]، جنهن مان سامونڊي گاهه سان ٺهيل ڇت لڳ ڀڳ چاليهن سالن تائين قائم رهي سگهي ٿي.

ايشيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ [[بانس]] کي ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه، ٻنهي طور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. بانس جي ڊگهن ڦاڙيل ٽڪرن کي هڪ ٻئي مٿان چاڙهي وڇايو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان پاڻيءَ کان بچاءُ ڪندڙ مضبوط ڇت تيار ٿيندي آهي.

جن علائقن ۾ [[ڪاٺ]] وافر مقدار ۾ موجود هوندو آهي، اتي ڪاٺ جون ڇت واريون تختيون (شنگلز)، ٿلها ڪاٺي ٽڪرا (شيڪز) ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪجهه ملڪن ۾ مخصوص وڻن جي [[ڪل]] کي ٿلهين چادرن جي صورت ۾ لاهي ڇت طور پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.


ويهين صديءَ دوران گڏيل [[اسفالٽ]] وارين ڇت جي تختين (ڪمپوزيشن اسفالٽ شنگلز) جي تياري شروع ٿي. انهن جي عمر انهن جي ٿولهه ۽ معيار موجب مختلف هوندي آهي. سنهي قسم جون تختيون عام طور لڳ ڀڳ ويهه سال هلنديون آهن، جڏهن ته وڌيڪ ٿلهيون ۽ اعليٰ معيار جون تختيون گهڻي عرصي تائين، ڪڏهن ڪڏهن سڄي خدمت واري عمر تائين، استعمال ٿي سگهن ٿيون. انهن جي قيمت به عام طور سندن ٿولهه ۽ پائيداري تي دارومدار رکي ٿي.

جڏهن ڇت جي تختين جو مٿيون تهه پراڻو يا خراب ٿي وڃي ٿو ته عام طور پراڻيون تختيون، هيٺيون حفاظتي تهه (انڊرلي مينٽ) ۽ ڇت جون ميخون هٽائي نئينون تختيون لڳايون وينديون آهن. ٻيو طريقو اهو آهي ته نئون تهه پراڻين تختين جي مٿان ئي لڳايو وڃي. جيتوڻيڪ هي طريقو تيز ۽ گهٽ خرچائتو هوندو آهي، پر ان سان ڇت جي ڪاٺي بناوت (روف شيئٿنگ) جي جاچ ممڪن نه رهندي آهي ۽ جيڪڏهن پاڻيءَ سبب اندر ڪو نقصان ٿيو هجي ته ان جي مرمت به نٿي ٿي سگهي.

ان کان علاوه، پراڻين تختين جي مٿان نئون تهه لڳائڻ سان ميخون ڪاٺي بناوت تائين گهٽ پهچنديون آهن، جنهن ڪري انهن جي پڪڙ ڪمزور ٿي ويندي آهي. وڌيڪ اهم ڳالهه اها آهي ته اضافي مواد جو وزن ڇت جي مقرر مرده بار (ڊيڊ لوڊ) کان وڌي سگهي ٿو، جنهن سان ڇت جي ڊهڻ جو خطرو پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿو. انهيءَ سبب، جن ملڪن ۾ [[بين الاقوامي عمارتي ضابطو]] (انٽرنيشنل بلڊنگ ڪوڊ) لاڳو آهي، اتي جيڪڏهن ڇت تي اڳ ۾ ئي ٻن يا وڌيڪ تهن ۾ ڇت سازي جو مواد موجود هجي ته ان جي مٿان نئون تهه لڳائڻ جي اجازت نه هوندي. اهڙين حالتن ۾ نئين ڇت لڳائڻ کان اڳ پراڻو مواد مڪمل طور هٽائڻ لازمي هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Chapter 9 - Roof Assemblies|url=http://publicecodes.cyberregs.com/icod/irc/2012/icod_irc_2012_9_par135.htm}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[سليٽ پٿر]] ڇت سازي لاءِ هڪ انتهائي مناسب ۽ تمام گهڻي پائيدار مواد آهي. سليٽ جي ڇت عام طور 75 کان 150 سالن تائين، ۽ ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ان کان به وڌيڪ عرصي تائين قائم رهي سگهي ٿي. تنهن هوندي به، سليٽ جي ڇت لڳائڻ جو خرچ گهڻو هوندو آهي. مثال طور آمريڪا ۾ سليٽ جي ڇت جي قيمت ڪڏهن ڪڏهن سڄي گهر جي باقي تعمير جيتري ٿي سگهي ٿي.

سليٽ جي ڇت ۾ سڀ کان پهرين عام طور اهي ميخون خراب ٿينديون آهن، جن سان سليٽ جون تختيون ٻڌل هونديون آهن. وقت سان گڏ انهن ۾ زنگ لڳڻ سبب تختيون پنهنجي جاءِ تان سُرڪڻ لڳنديون آهن. برطانيا ۾ هن مسئلي کي ''نيل سڪنس'' (Nail Sickness) چيو ويندو آهي. انهيءَ ڪري سليٽ جي ڇتين لاءِ [[اسٽينليس اسٽيل]] يا [[ٽامو|ٽامي]] جون ميخون استعمال ڪرڻ جي سفارش ڪئي ويندي آهي، ۽ انهن کي پڻ موسم جي سڌي اثر کان محفوظ رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Six Steps to Building a 150 Year Roof|url=https://kocaeliwebtasarim.medium.com/six-steps-to-building-a-150-year-roof-4624749b33c2}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[ايزبسٽاس]]، جيڪو گهڻو ڪري لهردار ڳنڍيل چادرن جي صورت ۾ استعمال ٿيندو هو، ويهين صديءَ دوران هڪ سستي، نه سڙندڙ ۽ بهترين حرارتي موصليت واري ڇت سازي جي مواد طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويو. پر بعد ۾ ايزبسٽاس جي کوٽائي، تياري ۽ استعمال سان لاڳاپيل سنگين صحت ۽ قانوني مسئلن جي ڪري ان کي نئين ڇت سازي جي مواد طور استعمال ڪرڻ تقريباً بند ڪيو ويو. تنهن هوندي به، خاص طور ڏکڻ آمريڪا ۽ ايشيا جي ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾ اڄ به ايزبسٽاس واريون پراڻيون ڇتيون موجود آهن.

[[گاهه واريون ڇتيون]]، جن کي جديد دور ۾ [[سائي ڇت]] (گرين روف) ۽ روايتي طور [[گاس واري ڇت]] (سوڊ روف) چيو ويندو آهي، سٺيون حرارتي موصليت واريون هونديون آهن. ماحولياتي تحفظ ۽ شهرن کي وڌيڪ سرسبز بڻائڻ لاءِ اهڙين ڇتين جي تعمير کي هاڻي وڌيڪ هٿي ڏني پئي وڃي. انهن ۾ موجود مٽي ۽ ٻوٽا قدرتي موصل (لونگ انسوليشن) طور ڪم ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان عمارت جي اندروني گرمي پد ۾ توازن برقرار رهندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|date=2020-02-06|title=Green and Cool Roofs|url=https://drawdown.org/solutions/green-and-cool-roofs}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[ايڊوب]] جون ڇتيون مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن ۾ ڪکن يا جانورن جا وار جهڙا ڳنڍيندڙ مواد ملايا ويندا آهن. پوءِ ان کي ڪاٺين جي ڄاري (ليٿ) تي پلستر ڪري هموار يا هلڪي ڍلوان واري ڇت ٺاهي ويندي آهي. اهڙيون ڇتيون گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٺاهيون وينديون آهن، جتي برسات تمام گهٽ پوندي آهي.

جن علائقن ۾ مٽي وافر مقدار ۾ موجود هوندي آهي، اتي پڪل [[ڇت جون سرون]] صدين کان ڇت سازي جو بنيادي مواد رهيون آهن. ڇت جون سرون ٺاهڻ ۽ ساڙڻ جي صنعت گهڻو ڪري سرن جي ڪارخانن سان لاڳاپيل هوندي آهي. ماضي ۾ انهن سرن جي شڪل ۽ رنگ هر علائقي جي سڃاڻپ هوندا هئا، پر اڄڪلهه خريد ڪندڙن جي ضرورت ۽ پسند مطابق مختلف شڪلين، رنگن ۽ اندازن جون سرون تجارتي بنيادن تي تيار ڪيون وڃن ٿيون. [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جون ڇت واريون سرون پڻ عام استعمال ٿين ٿيون، جيڪي ڪيترن ئي مختلف اندازن ۽ شڪلين ۾ موجود آهن.

ڌاتي چادرن، خاص طور [[ٽامو|ٽامي]] ۽ [[سيهو|سيهي]]، کي پڻ ڪيترن ئي صدين کان ڇت سازي ۾ استعمال ڪيو پيو وڃي. جيتوڻيڪ اهي مواد مهانگا آهن، پر انتهائي پائيدار پڻ آهن. مثال طور [[شارترس گرجاگھر]] (شارترس ڪيٿيڊرل) جي وڏي ٽامي واري ڇت ڪيترن ئي صدين کان موجود آهي، جيڪا وقت سان گڏ آڪسائيڊ ٿيڻ سبب هلڪي سائي رنگ جي ٿي وئي آهي.

سيهو، جيڪو ڪڏهن ڪڏهن گرجاگهرن جي ڇتين ۾ استعمال ٿيندو هو، گهڻو ڪري رهائشي گهرن جي ڇتين ۾ پاڻي نه رسڻ واري بندش (فليشنگ) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو، خاص طور سليٽ جي ڇتين جي وادين (ويليز) ۽ چمنين جي چوڌاري. ٽامي کي به ساڳئي مقصد لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو.

اوڻيهين صديءَ ۾ [[لوهه]] کي [[جست]] سان چڙهائي (گالوانائيزيشن) زنگ جي مزاحمت وڌائي وئي، جنهن سان هلڪو، آسانيءَ سان کڻي وڃڻ جهڙو ۽ پاڻي نه رسائيندڙ ڇت سازي جو مواد تيار ٿيو. گهٽ قيمت ۽ آسانيءَ سان لڳائڻ جي ڪري اهو سڄي دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ تجارتي ڇت سازي جي موادن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

ان کان پوءِ ڌاتي ڇتن جا ڪيترائي نوان قسم تيار ڪيا ويا. فولادي ڇت جون تختيون (اسٽيل شنگلز) ۽ بيهندڙ ڳانڍاپي واريون ڌاتي ڇتيون (اسٽينڊنگ-سيم روف) لڳائڻ جي طريقي ۽ هيٺ استعمال ٿيندڙ حفاظتي تهه (انڊرلي مينٽ) تي دارومدار ڪندي عام طور پنجاهه سال يا ان کان به وڌيڪ عرصي تائين قائم رهي سگهن ٿيون. انهن جي قيمت عام طور اسفالٽ واري ڇت ۽ سليٽ واري ڇت جي وچ واري سطح تي هوندي آهي.

ويهين صديءَ دوران ڇت سازي لاءِ ڪيترائي نوان مواد تيار ڪيا ويا، جن ۾ بٽومين تي ٻڌل مواد، رٻڙ تي ٻڌل ڇتيون، مختلف مصنوعي مادا، جهڙوڪ [[ٿرموپلاسٽڪ]]، ۽ [[شيشي جي فائبر]] تي ٻڌل مواد شامل آهن.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot; class=&quot;center&quot; caption=&quot;ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه&quot;&gt;
File:The Elms Jersey.jpg|[[سليٽ پٿر]]، [[جرسي]]
File:Miskolc omassa peasant house.jpg|ٺڪر جون ڇت واريون سرون، [[هنگري]]
File:Niigata NCM Peasant Rice Farmers House.jpg|چانورن جي ڪکن جي ڇت، [[جاپان]]
File:Njem house in Cameroon.jpg|[[ڪيلي]] جي پنن جي ڇت، [[ڪيمرون]]
File:Neot smadar.jpg|[[کجور]] جي ٽارين جي ڇت، [[نيوٽ سيمادار]]، [[اسرائيل]]
File:Minenverwalter Kolmannskuppe.jpg|ڌاتي چادرن واري ڇت، [[نيميبيا]]
File:Gassho-zukuri farmhouse-02.jpg|ڪکن جي ڇت جي مرمت، گاشو-زڪوري طرز جو گهر، [[جاپان]]
File:Stone Roofing House - Palchan - Kullu 2014-05-10 2507.JPG|ڇت سازي لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ پٿر، [[هماچل پرديش]]، [[ڀارت]]
File:Green Roof in Norway.png|گاهه واري ڇت، [[ناروي]]
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== ڪم ==

ڇت جو نظام (روف اسيمبلي) رڳو عمارت کي ڍڪڻ لاءِ نه هوندو آهي، بلڪه اهو ڪيترائي اهم ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

# '''پاڻي جي نيڪال:''' ڇت جو بنيادي ڪم برساتي پاڻي کي آسانيءَ سان وهي وڃڻ ڏيڻ آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي ڇت جي مٿاڇري تي بيهي نه رهي. بيٺل پاڻي ڇت جي بناوت تي اضافي زنده بار (لائيو لوڊ) وجهي ٿو، جيڪو تعميراتي حفاظت لاءِ خطرو بڻجي سگهي ٿو. ان کان علاوه، بيٺل پاڻي گهڻن ڇت سازي جي موادن جي عمر به گهٽائي ڇڏي ٿو. ڪجهه ٺاهيندڙ ڪمپنيون ته اهڙي حالت ۾ پنهنجي شين جي ضمانت (وارنٽي) پڻ ختم ڪري ڇڏينديون آهن.

# '''موسمي اثرن کان تحفظ:''' ڇت عمارت جي اندروني حصي کي [[مينهن]]، [[هوا]]، [[سج جي روشني]]، گرمي، سردي ۽ [[برف]] جهڙن موسمي عنصرن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي.

# '''حرارتي موصليت:''' جديد تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن جي اڪثر ڇتين ۾ موصليت واريون تختيون (انسوليشن بورڊ) يا فائبر موصلي مواد (باٽ انسوليشن) شامل ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تعميراتي ضابطا، جهڙوڪ بين الاقوامي عمارتي ضابطو (انٽرنيشنل بلڊنگ ڪوڊ) ۽ بين الاقوامي رهائشي ضابطو (انٽرنيشنل ريزيڊنشل ڪوڊ)، ڇت جي اندر گهربل گهٽ ۾ گهٽ حرارتي مزاحمت (آر-ويليو) پڻ مقرر ڪندا آهن.

# '''گهربل خدمت واري عمر تائين ڪارڪردگي برقرار رکڻ:''' هر معياري ڇت سازي واري مواد جي هڪ اندازي مطابق خدمت واري عمر هوندي آهي، جيڪا عملي تجربي تي ٻڌل هوندي آهي. مناسب سار سنڀال ۽ سخت طوفاني نقصان نه ٿيڻ جي صورت ۾ گهڻا ڇت سازي جا مواد پنهنجي ٺاهيندڙ جي ضمانت واري مدت کان به گهڻو وڌيڪ عرصو هلي سگهن ٿا. مثال طور:
#* ڌاتي ۽ [[ڇت جون سرون|سرن]] واريون ڇتيون عام طور 50 سال يا ان کان وڌيڪ هلي سگهن ٿيون.
#* اسفالٽ جون ڇت واريون تختيون (اسفالٽ شنگلز) لڳ ڀڳ 30 کان 50 سال قائم رهي سگهن ٿيون.
#* ڪوئلي جي تار تي ٻڌل گهڻ تهه واريون ڇتيون (ڪول ٽار بلڊ-اپ روفس) اٽڪل 40 سال يا ان کان وڌيڪ هلي سگهن ٿيون.
#* اڪيلي تهه واريون ڇتيون (سنگل پلاء روفس) عام طور 20 سال يا ان کان وڌيڪ عرصي تائين خدمت انجام ڏين ٿيون.

# '''خوبصورت ڏيک مهيا ڪرڻ:''' ڪجهه ڇت سازي جا نظام صرف پنهنجي فني ڪارڪردگي جي بنياد تي نه، پر انهن جي جمالياتي حسن جي ڪري پڻ چونڊيا ويندا آهن، بلڪل اهڙيءَ طرح جيئن عمارت جي ٻاهرين ڀتين جي سينگار لاءِ مختلف ڍڪ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. پرڪشش شڪل ۽ عمارت جي مجموعي ظاهري حسن (ڪرب اپيل) سبب ڪيترائي ماڻهو اهڙين ڇتين لاءِ وڌيڪ قيمت ادا ڪرڻ به قبول ڪندا آهن.

=== حرارتي موصليت ===

ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد ماڻهن ۽ انهن جي ملڪيت کي مختلف موسمي حالتن کان محفوظ رکڻ هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڇت جي حرارتي موصليت (ٿرمل انسوليشن) ان جي بناوت ۽ ڇت سازي جي مواد جي چونڊ ۾ اهم حيثيت رکي ٿي.

ڪجهه ڇت سازي جا مواد، خاص طور قدرتي فائبرن مان ٺهيل مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]]، قدرتي طور تمام سٺي حرارتي موصليت رکن ٿا. جن موادن ۾ اها خاصيت گهٽ هوندي آهي، تن ۾ عام طور ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه جي هيٺان اضافي [[عمارتي موصليت|موصلي مواد]] لڳايو ويندو آهي.

ترقي يافته ملڪن ۾ گهڻين رهائشي عمارتن ۾ ڇت جي بناوتي حصن جي هيٺان [[اندروني ڇت]] (سيلنگ) لڳائي ويندي آهي. اندروني ڇت جو مقصد صرف گرمي ۽ سردي کان بچاءُ نه هوندو آهي، پر اها شور، مٽي، ۽ پکين جي فضلي يا انهن جي جسم تي موجود جُون جهڙين تڪليفن کان به تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڪيترائي پکي ڇتين ۾ آکيرا ٺاهيندا آهن.

[[ڪنڪريٽ]] جون ڇت واريون سرون پڻ حرارتي موصليت ۾ مددگار ثابت ٿينديون آهن. جيڪڏهن انهن کي اهڙي نموني لڳايو وڃي، جو سرن ۽ ڇت جي مٿاڇري جي وچ ۾ هوا جي هڪ خالي جاءِ موجود رهي، ته اها سج جي گرمي کي عمارت جي اندر منتقل ٿيڻ کان وڏي حد تائين گهٽائي سگهي ٿي.

ڇت جي موصليت لاءِ مختلف قسمن جا مواد استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* موٽو ڪپڙو (فيلٽ) يا پلاسٽڪ جون چادرون، جيڪي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن گرمي موٽائيندڙ (رفليڪٽو) مٿاڇري سان هونديون آهن ۽ ڇت جي سرن يا ٻين مواد جي هيٺان لڳايون وينديون آهن؛
* مصنوعي فوم جا موصلي تهه، جيڪي اندروني ڇت جي مٿان وڇايا ويندا آهن؛
* ٻيهر استعمال ٿيل ڪاغذ مان تيار ڪيل موصلي مواد ۽ ٻيا اهڙا مواد، جيڪي ڇت جي خالن ۾ ڀريا يا اسپري ذريعي داخل ڪيا ويندا آهن.

تازن سالن ۾ [[ٿڌي ڇت]] (ڪول روف) جو استعمال تيزيءَ سان وڌي رهيو آهي،&lt;ref name=&quot;10.3390/su13094665&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Farhan |first1=Syed Ahmad |last2=Ismail |first2=Fouad Ismail |last3=Kiwan |first3=Osamah |last4=Shafiq |first4=Nasir |last5=Zain-Ahmed |first5=Azni |last6=Husna |first6=Nadzhratul |last7=Hamid |first7=Afif Izwan Abd |title=Effect of Roof Tile Colour on Heat Conduction Transfer, Roof-Top Surface Temperature and Cooling Load in Modern Residential Buildings under the Tropical Climate of Malaysia |journal=Sustainability |year=2021 |volume=13 |issue=9 |page=4665 |doi=10.3390/su13094665}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ ڪجهه علائقن ۾ مقامي تعميراتي ضابطن تحت انهن جو استعمال لازمي پڻ قرار ڏنو ويو آهي. ٿڌي ڇت مان مراد اهڙي ڇت آهي، جيڪا سج جي شعاعن کي وڏي حد تائين موٽائي ڇڏيندي هجي (ھاء رفليڪٽوٽي) ۽ پاڻ ۾ جذب ٿيل گرمي کي به آسانيءَ سان خارج ڪري ڇڏيندي هجي (ھاء ٿرمل ايمٽنس).&lt;ref name=&quot;10.3390/su13094665&quot;/&gt;

جيڪڏهن ڇت ۾ مناسب موصليت ۽ هوا جي اچ وڃ (وينٽيليشن) جو بندوبست نه هجي ته ٿڌن علائقن ۾ ڇت جي ڪنارن تي [[برف جو بند]] (آئس ڊيم) ٺهي سگهي ٿو. اهو تڏهن ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ڇت جي مٿئين حصي مان گرمي ٻاهر نڪري ٿي، جنهن سبب اتي موجود برف ڳري وڃي ٿي. ڳريل پاڻي هيٺ لهي ڇت جي ڪنارن وٽ ٻيهر ڄمي وڃي ٿو ۽ برف جي ٿلهي تهه جي صورت اختيار ڪري ٿو. نتيجي ۾ پاڻي ڇت جي مواد هيٺان داخل ٿي سگهي ٿو، جنهن سان ڇت جي بناوت، نالين ۽ پاڻي جي نيڪال واري نظام کي نقصان پهچي سگهي ٿو.

=== پاڻي جو نيڪال ===

گهڻين ڇتين جو بنيادي ڪم برساتي پاڻي کي عمارت جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ آهي. ڇت جي وڏي مٿاڇري تي مينهن جو گهڻو پاڻي گڏ ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان کي اهڙي نموني نيڪال ڪرڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، جو اهو عمارت کي نقصان نه پهچائي ۽ نه ئي رهواسين لاءِ ڪا تڪليف پيدا ڪري.

[[ايڊوب]] گهرن جون هموار ڇتيون عام طور تمام هلڪي ڍلوان رکنديون آهن. وچ اوڀر جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾، جتي ڇت کي ويهڻ يا ٻين گهريلو مقصدن لاءِ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، ڇت جي چوڌاري حفاظتي ڀتيون ٺهيل هونديون آهن. اهڙين ڇتين ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ سوراخ پڻ رکيا ويندا آهن، جيئن پاڻي گڏ نه ٿئي ۽ ڇت جي سوراخ دار مواد مان اندر نه وهي.

جيتوڻيڪ هموار ڇتين ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال جا مسئلا وڌيڪ عام هوندا آهن، پر جيڪڏهن ڍلوان واري ڇت جي ڊزائن مناسب نه هجي يا ان جي مٿاڇري صحيح نموني ٺهيل نه هجي ته اهڙين ڇتين ۾ به ساڳيا مسئلا پيدا ٿي سگهن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://platinumroofingandconstruction.com/how-can-a-bad-roof-impact-your-overall-house/ |title=How Can A Bad Roof Impact Your Overall House? |website=Platinum Roofing &amp; Construction |date=18 November 2024}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڇت تي بيٺل پاڻي [[ڦپوند]] (Mold) جي واڌ ويجهه جو سبب بڻجي سگهي ٿو، جيڪا نه رڳو عمارت جي بناوت کي نقصان پهچائيندي آهي، پر رهندڙ ماڻهن جي صحت لاءِ پڻ نقصانڪار هوندي آهي. عام طور پاڻي جي نيڪال جي خرابي کي درست ڪرڻ، ڦپوند سبب ٿيندڙ نقصان جي مرمت ڪرڻ جي ڀيٽ ۾ گهڻو گهٽ خرچائتو هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last1=Cheng |first1=Jianwei |last2=Zhang |first2=Guanghul |chapter=Analysis of the runoff and seepage drainage effects of prefabricated roof double-layer drainage system |title=Advances in Frontier Research on Engineering Structures Volume 1 |year=2023 |pages=241–247}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ساڳيا مسئلا، پر گهڻي وڏي پيماني تي، جديد تجارتي عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ پڻ پيش اچن ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن مان گهڻين عمارتن جون ڇتيون هموار هونديون آهن. اهڙين وڏين ڇتين ۾ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه جو مڪمل طور پاڻي نه رسائيندڙ (امپرميئبل) هجڻ انتهائي ضروري هوندو آهي. گهڻيون صنعتي ۽ تجارتي عمارتون گهٽ ڍلوان واريون روايتي ڇتيون استعمال ڪنديون آهن.

عام طور ڪنهن علائقي ۾ برسات جي مقدار ۽ ڇت جي ڍلوان ۾ سڌو تعلق هوندو آهي. جتي برسات گهٽ پوندي آهي، اتي گهرن جون ڇتيون به گهٽ ڍلوان واريون هونديون آهن، جڏهن ته گهڻي برسات يا برفباري وارن علائقن ۾ ڇتيون وڌيڪ تيز ڍلوان سان ٺاهيون وينديون آهن. مثال طور [[پاپوا نيو گني]] جا ڊگها گهر (لانگ ھائوسز) اهڙي طرز جي تعمير جا مثال آهن، جتي اوچي ڇت لڳ ڀڳ زمين تائين لهندي آهي. ساڳيءَ طرح جرمني ۽ هالينڊ جون تيز ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون برفباري وارن علائقن جي خاص سڃاڻپ آهن.

اتر آمريڪا جي ڪجهه علائقن، جهڙوڪ [[بفيلو، نيو يارڪ]] ۽ [[مونٽريال]]، ۾ تعميراتي ضابطن موجب ڇت جي گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ڍلوان 12 ۾ 6 (يعني 1:2 يا لڳ ڀڳ 30 درجا) هجڻ لازمي هوندي آهي.

تنهن هوندي به، ڪجهه علائقائي تعميراتي روايتون هن اصول کان مختلف آهن. مثال طور الپس جبلن جي ڪاٺين گهرن (Chalets) جون پٿر واريون ڇتيون عام طور نسبتاً گهٽ ڍلوان رکنديون آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن تي گڏ ٿيندڙ برف قدرتي حرارتي موصليت جو ڪم ڪندي آهي.

ڇت جي ڍلوان جو دارومدار استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇت سازي جي مواد تي پڻ هوندو آهي. مثال طور 12 ۾ 3 (1:4) يا ان کان وڌيڪ ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون عام طور اسفالٽ جون ڇت واريون تختيون، ڪاٺ جون ڇت واريون تختيون، لهردار فولادي چادرون، سليٽ يا ڇت جون سرون استعمال ڪري ٺاهيون وينديون آهن.

برسات دوران ڇت تان وهي ايندڙ پاڻي جيڪڏهن صحيح نموني نيڪال نه ٿئي ته اهو عمارت کي سخت نقصان پهچائي سگهي ٿو. جيڪڏهن پاڻي ڀتين تان وهي ته اهو گاري (مارٽر) يا ڀتين جي تختن مان اندر داخل ٿي سگهي ٿو، ۽ جيڪڏهن بنيادن جي چوڌاري گڏ ٿي وڃي ته اندر رِسڻ، [[چڙهندڙ نمي]] (رائزنگ نمي) يا [[خشڪ سڙ]] (ڊراء راٽ) جو سبب بڻجي سگهي ٿو.

انهيءَ ڪري گهڻين عمارتن ۾ اهڙو نظام رکيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو ڇت جو پاڻي ڀتين کان پري ڪري ڇڏي. انهيءَ مقصد لاءِ عام طور نڪتل ڇڄا (Overhanging Eaves) ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ان کان علاوه، جديد ۽ ڪيترين پراڻين عمارتن ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ واديون (ويليز)، ناليون (گٽرز)، پاڻي جا وهڪرا (واٽر اسپائوٽ)، پاڻي گڏ ڪرڻ وارا حصا (واٽر ھيڊ) ۽ [[پاڻي جي نيڪال وارو پائپ|نيڪال جا پائپ]] (ڊرين پائيپ) لڳايا ويندا آهن.

دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾ ڇت تان وهي ايندڙ برساتي پاڻي گڏ ڪري گهريلو استعمال لاءِ ذخيرو پڻ ڪيو ويندو آهي.

جن علائقن ۾ تمام گهڻي برفباري ٿيندي آهي، اتي ڌاتي ڇتيون وڌيڪ فائديمند سمجهيون وينديون آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن جي هموار مٿاڇري تان برف آسانيءَ سان هيٺ سُري ويندي آهي ۽ اهي ڪاٺ يا ڪنڪريٽ جي ڇتين جي ڀيٽ ۾ هوا جي زور کي به وڌيڪ بهتر نموني برداشت ڪري سگهنديون آهن.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot; class=&quot;center&quot; caption=&quot;حرارتي موصليت، پاڻي جي نيڪال ۽ شمسي ڇتيون&quot; perrow=&quot;5&quot;&gt;
File:Snow on the roof.jpg|[[پولينڊ]] ۾ گهرن جي ڇتين تي [[برف]]
File:Ashdod 2005, rooftop view p2.JPG|وچ اوڀر ۾ هموار ڇتيون، [[اسرائيل]]
File:Jakriborg, juni 2005 x.jpg|اتر يورپ ۾ تيز ڍلوان واريون گيبل ڇتيون
File:雪中紫禁城 7.jpg|[[چين]] جي عمارتن جا نڪتل ڇڄا
File:PA120016.JPG|[[اسڪاٽلينڊ]] جي [[فائنڊهورن]] ۾ [[سائي ڇت]] ۽ شمسي پينل
&lt;/gallery&gt;

=== شمسي ڇتيون ===

جديد ڇت سازي جي نظامن ۾ اهڙيون [[شمسي ڇت واريون تختيون]] (سولر شنگلز) پڻ شامل آهن، جيڪي ڇت جي حفاظتي تهه طور ڪم ڪرڻ سان گڏ [[برق]] پڻ پيدا ڪنديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Gibbs |first=Jamie |date=2025-11-13 |title=Solar roof tiles |url=https://energysavingtrust.org.uk/solar-roof-tiles/ |website=Energy Saving Trust}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اهڙا شمسي نظام پڻ موجود آهن، جيڪي [[گرم پاڻي]]&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Gibbs |first=Jamie |title=Solar water heating |url=https://energysavingtrust.org.uk/advice/solar-water-heating/ |website=Energy Saving Trust}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا گرم هوا پيدا ڪندا آهن، ۽ ساڳئي وقت ڇت جي حفاظتي تهه طور به ڪم ڪندا آهن. ڪجهه جديد نظام [[حرارتي پمپ]] (ھيٽ پمپ) کي توانائي فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ مدد ڏين ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Paleja |first=Ameya |title=Germany unveils solar roof tile that powers heat pumps and homes |url=https://interestingengineering.com/energy/solar-roof-tile-heat-pump |website=Interesting Engineering}}&lt;/ref&gt;

وڌيڪ ترقي يافته شمسي ڇت جا نظام هڪ ئي وقت ڪيترائي ڪم سرانجام ڏئي سگهن ٿا، جهڙوڪ:

* [[برق]] پيدا ڪرڻ؛
* شمسي گرمي کي گڏ ڪري استعمال لائق حرارتي توانائي ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ؛
* ۽ عمارت جي ڇت جي حفاظتي تهه طور ڪم ڪرڻ.

شمسي نظامن کي ڇت سان مختلف طريقن سان ڳنڍي سگهجي ٿو، جهڙوڪ:

* ڍلوان واري ڇت جي حفاظتي تهه ۾ سڌي طرح شامل ڪري، مثال طور [[شمسي ڇت واريون تختيون]] ؛
* اڳ ۾ موجود ڇت جي مٿان لڳائي، مثال طور [[شمسي پينل]] کي [[ڇت جون سرون|سرن واري ڇت]] تي نصب ڪري؛
* هموار ڇت جي جھلي ۾ گرميءَ ذريعي ويلڊ ڪري، مثال طور PVC جھلي ۾؛
* يا هموار ڇت تي ڌار سهاري واري بناوت سان نصب ڪري، جنهن ۾ هوا جي زور سبب کڄڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ اضافي وزن پڻ رکيو ويندو آهيم== ڇتين جي شڪلين جي تصويري جھلڪ ==

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot; class=&quot;center&quot; caption=&quot;ڇتين جون مختلف شڪلون&quot;&gt;
File:Five roofs of Toji-ji, Kyoto.jpg|[[ڪيوٽو]] ۾ توجي-جي مندر جون پنج ڇتيون
File:Thai-roof.jpg|سينگاريل گيبل واري ڍلوان ڇت، [[چيانگ مائي]]، [[ٿائيلينڊ]]
File:Valsta säteri.jpg|سيٽري ڇت (ڍلوان ۾ عمودي تبديلي سان)، [[سويڊن]]
File:mount-gilead-ohio-jail.jpg|[[مينسارڊ ڇت]]، ضلعي جيل، [[مائونٽ گليئڊ، اوهايو]]
File:National_Taiwan_Science_Education_Center_Chinese_Roof.jpg|[[مخروطي ڇت]]، نانھائي اڪيڊمي، [[تائيپي]]
File:Concrete roof insulation in Haikou, Hainan, China - 04.JPG|هموار ڇتيون، جن مان ڪجهه ڇت وارا اڱڻ پڻ آهن، [[هايڪو]]، هينان، [[چين]]
File:Mandurah house.jpg|هلڪي ڍلوان واري هموار ڇت، رهائشي گهر، [[مغربي آسٽريليا]]
File:William Krisel butterfly roof home in Paradise Palms.jpg|[[تتلي نما ڇت]]، پيراڊائز پامز، آمريڪا جو ڏکڻ اولهه وارو علائقو
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== نمايان ڇتين جي تصويري جھلڪ ==

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot; class=&quot;center&quot; caption=&quot;دنيا جي مشهور ڇتين جا مثال&quot;&gt;
File:Hospices de beaune toit.jpg|[[فرانس]] ۾ [[اوپسيس ڊي بون]] جون گهڻ رنگيون سرن واريون ڇتيون
File:SydneyOperaHouse6 gobeirne.jpg|[[سڊني اوپيرا هائوس]] جي چمڪدار سيرامڪ سرن واري ڇت
File:Coupole du mihrab, Grande Mosquée de Kairouan.jpg|[[تيونس]] ۾ [[عقبه جي وڏي مسجد]] جو تراشيل پٿرن سان ٺهيل گنبذ
File:Cupola santamariadelfiore.jpg|[[فلورينس گرجاگھر]] جي گنبذ تي [[اِمبرڪس ۽ ٽيگيولا]] سرون
File:Taj gumbad.jpg|[[تاج محل]] جو سنگ مرمر جو گنبذ
File:Speyerer Dom Dach.jpg|[[جرمني]] ۾ [[شپائر گرجاگھر]] جي ٽامي واري ڇت
File:Kings chapel roof.jpg|[[انگلينڊ]] ۾ [[ڪنگز ڪاليج چيپل]] جي سيهي واري ڇت
File:Grand Palaais 501590 fh000033.jpg|[[پيرس]] ۾ [[گرانڊ پاليه]] جي شيشي واري ڇت
File:Sirrako slate roof.jpg|[[يونان]] جي [[سيراڪو]] ۾ سليٽ پٿر جي ڇت، وڪريل واديءَ واري بناوت ۽ مٿئين سينگاريل چوٽين سان
&lt;/gallery&gt;

==  ڇتين جا قسم== 

ڇتين جا ڪيترائي قسم آھن، جھڙوڪ؛
#سڌيون ڇتيون (Flat Roofs)
#سلاميءَ واريون ڇتيون (Sloped Roofs)
#ھڪ طرف سلاميءَ واريون ڇتيون
#ٻئي طرف سلاميءَ واريون نوڪدار ڇتيون
#ھپ روف (Hip Roof)
#گئمبريل روف (Gambrel Roof)
#مانسرڊ روف (Mansard Roof)
#ڊيڪ روف (Deck Roof)
#ڪارائيءَ جي ڏندن وانگر ”سا ٽٿ روف“ (Saw Tooth Roof)

ڇتين جي ڪن مختلف قسمن جو تفصيلوار بيان ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

=== سڌيون ڇتيون === 
 
عام طرح سان اڄ ڪلھ رھائشي جاين لاءِ سڌين ڇتين کي وڌيڪ پسند ڪيو وڃي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي سولائيءَ سان باھھ روڪ (Fire Proof)  بڻائي سگھجي ٿو. ازنسواءِ ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي مٽيءَ جو تھھ ڏيئي سولائيءَ سان ٿڌو رکي سگھجي ٿو.
تعميراتي طريقن جي لحاظ کان ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي ترتيب وار ھيٺئين ريت ورھائي سگھجي ٿو.
#آر-سي-سيءَ جون ڇتيون (R.C.C Flat Roofs)
#درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتيون (First class tile roofing)
#رينفورسڊ برڪ جون ڇتيون (Reinforced Brick Roofs)
#درجہ دوم ٽائيل ڇتيون (Second class tile roofing)
#جئڪ ڪمان ڇتيون (Jack Arch Roofing)
#ڪاٺ جي تختن جون سڌيون ڇتيون (Wooden flat Roofs)

مٿي ڄاڻايل قسم جي ڇتين مان ڪن خاص ۽ گھڻو استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇتين جو تفصيلوار بيان ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

===آر-سي-سيءَ جون سڌيون ڇتيون (Reinforced cement concrete flat roofs)===
ھن قسم جي ڇتين جو استعمال اڄڪلھھ عام ۽ مقبول ٿي چڪو آھي ۽ گھڻ منزلھ عمارتن لاءِ ڪارآمد پڻ آھي. ھن قسم جي ڇت کي ٿڌو رکڻ لاءِ عام طرح سان گرم علائقن ۾ ٽن انچن کان چئن انچن تائين مٽيءَ جو تھھ ڏيئي انھيءَ جي مٿان گاري جو پلستر (Mud Pluster) يا سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي مسالي سان سرن جون ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر جوڙ ۾ مسالو چڱيءَ طرح لڳايو وڃي جيئن برسات ۽ موسمي اثرن سبب کلي نھ وڃي. جوڙن بعد درزون چڱيءَ طرح ورتيون وينديون آھن. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو پڻ خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ پاڻي ڪھڙي بھ ريت ڇت تي بيٺل نھ رھي. ڇت جي سلامي احتياط سان رکي ويندي آھي ۽ فالتو مسالو، سرن جا  ٽڪرا ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ۽ ڪچرو صاف ڪري اڇليو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ڇت تمام وڏي آھي تھ انھيءَ کي مختلف حصن ۾ ورھائي سلامي ڏني ويندي آھي. تقريبا 1:60  کان 1:40  جي تناسب جي سلامي مناسب سمجھي ويندي آھي.

===ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ (Water proofing flat roofs) ===

ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي مٿين سطح (Surface) کي عام طرح سان صاف ڪري انھيءَ کي چڱيءَ طرح سڪايو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ کان پوءِ ڏامر (Bitumen) کي (190.56o C) 375o F ۽ (204.44o C) 400o F گرمي جي درجي تائين پگھاري سطح جي مٿان ٻن عليحده تھن جي صورت ۾ پوريءَ طرح پٿاريون ويندو آھي، جيئن ٻنھي تھن جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 1/16 انچ بيھي. اھڙيءَ صورت ۾ 100 مربع فوٽن تي 34 پائونڊ ڏامر استعمال ٿيندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد ڏامر جي مٿان جابلو ريتيءَ جو ھلڪو تھھ ڏنو ويندو آھي، اھڙي طرح جيئن 100 مربع فوٽن تي ھڪ مڪعب فوٽ جابلو ريتي استعمال ٿئي، انھيءَ بعد گھربل اوچائي4 ۾ مٽي ڀري انھيءَ مٿان مٽيءَ جي گاري جو پلستر يا سرن جي ٽائيلن جو تھھ ڏنو ويندو آھي. ڏامر جي مٿان جابلو ريتيءَ جو ڇڻڪار انھيءَ ڪري ڪيو ويندو آھي، جيئن اھو ڏامر جي تھھ کي مٽيءَ جي تھ کان جدا رکي.

درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتين (First class tile roofing)  ۽ درجھ دوم ٽائيل ڇتين (Second class tile roofing) جي صورت ۾ ڏامر جو تھھ سرن يا ٽائيل مٿان لڳايل سيمينٽ پلستر جي مڪمل ترائيءَ ۽ انھيءَ جي چڱيءَ طرح سڪڻ بعد ڏنو ويندو آھي ۽ آر-سي-سيءَ جي سلئب جي صورت ۾ پڻ انھيءَ جي مڪمل ترائي ۽ چڱيءَ طرح سڪڻ بعد ڏنو ويندو آھي.

انھيءَ کان علاوھ ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ لاءِ ٻيو اھو بھ طريقو آھي تھ ڏامر جي بجاءِ 04 يا 05 گيج جي شفاف پلاسٽڪ يا پاليٿين چادر (04/05 Guage polythene sheet) استعمال ڪجي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال رکڻو آھي تھ اھا پاليٿين جي چادر ڪنھن بھ ھنڌان ڦاٽل نھ ھجي ۽ گھڻي ايراضيءَ جي حالت ۾ سلاميءَ جي طرف اھي شيٽون يا چادرون ھڪ ٻئي مٿان چڱيءَ طرح چڙھيل (Over-laped) ھئڻ کپن. اھي شيٽون ڇت جي مٿان تيڪي (Parapet wall) جي ھيٺ تائين ھئڻ گھرجن ٻيءَ صورت ۾ جيڪڏھن شيٽ کي صرف تيڪي تائين ڇڏيو ويندو تھ برسات جو پاڻي تيڪي جي ھيٺان لنگھڻ جي ڪوشش ڪندو ۽ ڇت کي نقصان پھچائيندو، پاليٿين پلاسٽڪ ھڪ ھڪ نباتاتي مرڪب آھي ۽ انھيءَ ۾ عمر ڀر جٽاءُ ۽ پائيداريءَ جي خاصيت آھي. ھن تي تيزابيت (Acid) ۽ چانيھي يا کار (Alkali) جو اثر نھ ٿو ٿئي.

پاڻيءَ کي ٽمڻ (Water proofing) کان روڪڻ لاءِ ڏامر جي ٺھيل ٺڪيل چادر جنھن کي بٽومين فيلٽ (Bitumen felt) سڏيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ جو بہ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ اھا ڪنھن بھ شڪل يا ڊؤل جي ڇت ۽ بناوت لاءِ استعمال ڪري سگھجي ٿي. ھيٺ ڏنل فھرست ۾ مختلف قسمن جي بٽومين فيلٽ ۽ انھيءَ جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ تور ڄاڻايل آھي.

===درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتيون (First class tile roofing) ===
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون آر-سي-سي، ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي ڪامن،، پٽين، ٽيئرن ۽ گرڊرن مٿان 12&quot;x6&quot;x1 1/4&quot; جي سائيز جي سرن جي ٽائيلن جا ٻھ تھھ ڏيئي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جي ڇتين جي تعمير ھيٺئين ريت ڪئي ويندي آھي؛

*سرن جي ٽائيلن جو پھريون تھھ، پٽين مٿان جيڪي 12&quot; جي پور وڇوٽيءَ تي ڪامن مٿان (يا لوھھ جي گرڊرن مٿان ٽيئر رکي) رکيون وينديون آھن، 1:6 جي تناسب ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جي مسالي سان يا 1:2 جي تناسب ۾ چن ۽ سرخيءَ جي گچ سان لڳايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر ھڪ جوڙ ۾ مسالو چڱيءَ طرح لڳل ھجي.
*سرن جي پھرئين تھھ مٿان اڌ انچ جي ٿولھھ ۾ 1:6  جي تناسب جو سيمينٽ پلستر چاڙھي انھيءَ بعد ٽائيلن جو ٻيو تھھ مٿي ڄاڻايل طريقي سان چاڙھيو ويندو آھي پر خاص طرح سان اھو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ سرن جي ٻئي تھھ جا جوڙ پھرئين تھھ جي جوڙن سان نھ ملن بلڪ انھن جوڙن جي ابتڙ ھجن. ائين ڪرڻ سان مٿئين تھھ جا جوڙ ھيٺئين تھھ جي جوڙن سان نھ ملندا ۽ ڇت ٽمڻ (Leakage) جو امڪان گھٽ رھندو.
*ٽائيلن جي ٻئي تھھ مٿان اڌ انچ جو 1:6 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ پلستر چاڙھيو ويندو آھي
*بعد ۾ سيمينٽ پلستر جي مٿان ڏامر جو تھ  (مٿي ڄاڻايل طريقي سان) چاڙھي، انھيءَ جي مٿان جابلو  ريتي ڇٽي ويندي آھي، جيئن ڇت پاڻيءَ روڪ ٿي.
*انھيءَ بعد ڇت کي ٿڌو رکڻ لاءِ ٽن کان چئن انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ مٽيءَ (جيڪا ڪلر ۽ ٻئي گند ڪچري کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ھجي) جو تھ ڀري، انھيءَ مٿان ھڪ انچ جو مٽيءَ جي گادي جو پلستر ڪري، انھيءَ جي مٿان ڇيڻي جي ليپائي ڪبي آھي.

سرن جي ڀتين جي مٿان ۽ گرڊرن جي ھيٺان لوھھ جي بيڊ پليٽ ڏيڻ تمام ضروري آھي، جيئن گرڊرن جي بار سبب ڀتين جا گرڊر سان ملندڙ حصا ڪمزور ٿي، ٽائيم گذرڻ سان جھڪاءُ آڻي، نقصان نھ پھچائين. گرڊرن ۽ ٽيئرن جي صورت ۾ کين ڇت تي چاڙھڻ کان پھرين سنڌور (Red Oxide)  جي پينٽ جو تھھ ڏيئي، سڪائي پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان انئمل پينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ چاڙھي پوءِ ڀتين مٿان چاڙھجن، جيئن انھن مٿان ڪٽ (Rust) سولائيءَ سان نھ چڙھي. جيڪڏھن ائين نھ ڪبو تھ ٽائيلن چاڙھڻ بعد گرڊرن ۽ ٽيئرن جا صرف ھيٺيان حصا پينٽ ڪري سگھبا ۽ ٻيا دٻيل حصا پينٽ بنا رھجي وڃڻ جي حالت ۾ وقت گذرڻ سان ڪٽبا ويندا ۽ نتيجي ۾ اھي تمام گھٽ ٽائيم ھلندا. نتيجي ۾ ڇت تي ڪيل سمورو ڪم ايترو پائيدار نھ ٿيندو ۽ ٺھيل ڇت پنھنجي ٽائيم کان اڳ ۾ بدلائڻي پوندي.

ڇيڙن وارين ديوارن جي اندرين حصن ۽ پٽين يا ٽيئرن جي وچ ۾ 3 انچن کان 9 انچن جو مفاصلو ھئڻ گھرجي. ڇت جي ٽيڪي جي ديوار مٿان گولو (Drip Course)  ڏيڻ ضروري آھي، جيئن مينھن جو پاڻي انھيءَ کي نقصان نھ پھچائي 


===درجہ دوم ٽائيلن جون ڇتيون (Second class tile roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت جي تعمير پڻ درجھ اول ڇت جي تعمير وانگرگ ٿيندي آھي. فرق صرف اھو آھي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ٽائيلن جو صرف ھڪ تھھ چاڙھيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڊرپ ڪورس جي بجاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو گولو (C.C. Coping)  ڏنو ويندو آھي. 

===جئڪ آرچ ڇتيون (Jack Arch Roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ سرن يا سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جون ڪمانيون  (Arches) تعمير ڪيون وينديون آھن ۽ انھن ڪمانن جا ڇيڙا پالتو لوھ (Mild Steel)  جي ڪامن (Joists) مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ جئائسٽ وري ديوارن يا بيمن تي ٽڪيل ھوندا آھن.جئائسٽ 30 انچن کان 45 انچن جي مفاصلي تي رکيل ھوندا آھن. ڪانڪريٽ جي ٿولھھ ڪمانيءَ جي چوٽيءَ (Crown) وٽ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 6 انچ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ ڪمانيءَ جي بلندي ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ اھا خامي آھي تھ اھا سڌي سطح (Plain Surface) نٿي رھي. آخري ڇيڙن وارن حصن کي افقي ڇڪ (Horizontal thrust) کان روڪڻ لاءِ لوھھ جي جئائسٽ جي ٻاھرين جوڙن (Pairs)  وٽ ٻنڌ سيخون (Tie rods) لڳايون وينديون آھن. ٽاءِ راڊس 6 فوٽن جي مرڪزي (6 feet centre to centre) مفاصلي تي ھئڻ گھرجن. جئڪ آرچن جا گھيرا (Rings)  اڀ سرا (Brick on edge) يا سڌين سرن (Bricks on flat) جا ھئڻ گھرجن.

===رينفورسڊ برڪ ڇتيون (Reinforced Brick Roofs) ===
ھي ڇتيون پڻ آر-سي-سيءَ جي ڇتين وانگر  ۽ سڌيون ھونديون آھن، فرق صرف اھو ھوندو آھي جو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي جاءِ تي سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. سرن ۾ ڇت جي ڊيگھھ ۽ ويڪر جي طرف لڳاتار جوڙ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن جوڙن ۾ ڊزائن مطابق لوھھ جو سريو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. جوڙن جي ٿولھھ ٽي ڀاڱي چار انچ رکي ويندي آھي، جنھن  اندر سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو مسالو ڀريو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن جوڙن کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ سان ڀرڻو ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ جوڙن جي ٿولھھ ڏيڍ انچ کان ٻن انچن تائين رکڻ گھرجي. مکيھ سريو (Main reinforcement) ٿوري فاصلي طرف ۽ ورڇيندڙ سريو (Distribution bars) وڌيڪ فاصلي طرف وجھڻ گھرجي ۽ ورڇيندر سريو مکيھ سريي جي مٿان لڳائڻ گھرجي. رينفورسڊ برڪ جي ڪم جي ٿولھھ ھڪ سر جي ٿولھھ کان ٻن سرن جي ٿولھھ تائين ھئڻ گھرجي. ٻيءَ صورت ۾ وڌيڪ ٿولھھ واري ڇت نھايت ئي مھانگي پوندي.

ڇت جي مٿان ٻيو سمورو ڪم ائين ڪرڻ گھرجي جيئن آر-سي-سيءَ جي ڇت لاءِ ڄاڻايل آھي.
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون ڀروسي جھڙيون نھ ٿيون رھن ۽ انھيءَ سبب ڪري گھٽ استعمال ٿين ٿي
 
===ڇپرن واري يا ڪکائين ڇت (Thatched roof)===
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون عام طرح سان ٻن طرفن کان سلامي ڏيئي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن، جيئن برسات جو پاڻي ڇت جي مٿان بيھي نقصان نہ پھچائي.

ھن قسم جي ڇت ٺاھڻ لاءِ 1 ½ انچ ڊايا ميٽر جي بانس جا ٽڪڙا ھڪ فوٽ جي پور وڇوٽيءَ جي مفاصلي تي رکي ۽ انھن جي خلاف گوني ڪنڊ تي ڇھن انچن جي پور وڇوٽيءَ جي مفاصلي تي چڱيءَ طرح لڪڙا ٻڌي جوڙ جڪ (Frame work) ڪئي ويندي آھي. انھيءَ بعد 6 انچن کان 12 انچن جي ٿولھھ تائين سر، ٽوئا يا ڇپريون، ٽن ٽن انچن جي تھن جي صورت ۾ چاڙھيون وينديون آھن. اڪثر طور تي پھريون تھ بانس جي لڪڙن سان جوڙي جڪي تيار ڪري چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ڇت جي رال (Pitch) 35 ڊگرين جي لڳ ڀڳ رکي ويندي آھي.

ھن قسم جي ڇت اگر ھنرمندي ۽ ڪاريگري سان ٺاھي وڃي تھ سٺي نموني اڻ ٽمندڙ ۽ پاڻيءَ روڪ رھي ٿي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ باھھ لڳڻ جا امڪان تمام گھڻا رھن ٿا ۽ اڏوھي ۽ جيت لڳڻ جو خطرو پڻ رھي ٿو. جيڪڏھن انھن سڀني خطرن کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت جو مدو 15 سالن کان وڌيڪ نھ ٿو رھي.

===ائسبيسٽاس سيمينٽ جي ڇت (Asbestos cement corrugated sheet roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت نھايت ئي عمده قسم جي ائسبيسٽاس ۽ سيمينٽ جي گڏيل مرڪب مان ٺھيل اھڙين چادرن سان ڍڪي ٺاھي ويندي آھي جن ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو نقص جھڙوڪ ڦوٽ، ڏار، ڀڳل ڪنڊون ۽ پاسا وغيرھ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن. ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪٽ يا زنگ (Rust)  لڳڻ جو خطرو نھ ٿو رھي. ھنن تي نھ اڏوھي لڳي ٿي سگھي ۽ نہ ئي وري انھن تي رنگ ڪرڻ جي ضرورت پوي ٿي، البتہ سردين ۾ انھن جي ھيٺان آلاڻ پيدا ٿي پوي ٿي. ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ باھ جو مقابلو ڪرڻ، ۽ موسمي اثرن کي ڪنھن حد تائين روڪڻ جي خاصيت رھي ٿي.

ھنن ڇتين ۾ (7mm) 9/32 in. واري ٿولھھ جي چادرن استعمال ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ڪامن (Purlins)  جي وچ ۾ وڌ ۾ وڌ 5 فوٽ 3 انچ  (1.6m) جو فاصلو ۽ ¼ انچ  (6 mm) جي ٿولھھ وارين چادرن جي حالت ۾ 4 فوٽ 6 انچ (1.4 m) ھئڻ گھرجي.
چادرن جو لسو پاسو ھميشھ مٿان ۽ وڪڙن وارو پاسو ھيٺان ھئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ پاسي وارو چڙھاڪو (Side lap) گھٽ ۾ گھٽ اڌ وڪڙ جيترو، جيڪو عموما (4.5 cm) 13/4&quot; جي برابر ھوندو آھي ۽ ڇيڙن وارو چڙھاڪو (End lap)  گھٽ ۾ گھٽ (15 cm) 6&quot; جي برابر ڏنو وڃي. جڏھن تھ پاسن وارا آزاد حصا گھٽ ۾ گھٽ (40 cm) 1'-4&quot; اڌارن کان ٻاھر نڪتل ھئڻ گھرجن.
چادرن کي قابو ڪرڻ لاءِ آڌار وارين پٽين وٽ چادرن جي وڪڙن جي چوٽين (Crowns) ۾ (8 mm) 3/16&quot; جا ڊرل مشين رستي سوراخ ڪڍي قلعي دار j  (Galvanised) ۽ L جي صورت وارا ڪنڍا (Hooks)  استعمال ڪري ڏامر ۽ قلعي دار (Galvanised iron) وائيسر (Washer)  ڏيئي انھن کي چادرن مٿان، نٽ پٺيان نٽ جي حساب سان جڪڙيو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ سوراخ ڪڍڻ واسطي چادرن کي ڪنھن ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ھرگز ڀڳو ۽ چيريو نھ وڃي انھن نٽن کي پھريائين ڍرو ڇڏيو وڃي ۽ جڏھن ڪافي چادرون وڇائجي وڃن تھ پوءِ انھن کي سوڙھو ۽ قابو ڪيو وڃي. سوراخن  جو قطر (Diameter)  استعمال ٿيندڙ بولٽن جي قطر کان 1/16 انچ وڌيڪ ھئڻ گھرجي. نقصان کان بچاءُ واسطي چادرن کي مٿي چاڙھي وڇائڻ لاءِ تختا يا ڏاڪڻون استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجن. جيڪڏھن ڪنھن بھ چادر کي نقصان پھچي تھ انھيءَ کي اڇلائي خارج ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي ٻي چادر استعمال ڪجي. تمام گھڻي احتياط ڪندي بھ جيڪڏھن انھن چادرن ۾ ڪي نظر انداز ڪرڻ جوڳا ٽنگ ٿي پون تھ انھن کي ڏامر يا ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي مرڪب سان بند ڪري سگھجي ٿو بشرطيڪ انھن مان پاڻي ٽمي نہ سگھي.  ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ ائسبيسٽاس سيمينٽ جي چادرن جا ٽي قسم ٿيندا آھن جن جو ڪجھھ تفصيل ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

*ايورائيٽ بگسڪس : (Everite Bigsix)

ھن قسم جون چادرون 2.758  فوٽ (7 cm) ويڪريون 1.312 فوٽن کان 84.9 فوٽ (4.0 ميٽر کان 3 ميٽرن تائين) ڊگھيون ۽ ¼ انچ (6 mm)  ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. انھن ۾ مجموعي طرح سان 5.7 وڪڙ ٿيندا آھن ۽ ھڪ کان ٻئي وڪڙ تائين اٽڪل  5 ¾ انچن جو مفاصلو ٿيندو آھي، جڏھن تھ وڪڙ جي چوٽيءَ ۽ تري يعني ھيٺ تائين اوچائي 13.2 انچ (5.4 cm)  ٿيندي آھي.

*ايورائٽ اسٽئنڊرڊ : (Everite Standard)

ھي چادرون ٻن قسمن جون ٿينديون آھن.، ھڪڙيون ننڍيون چادرون ۽ ٻيون وڏيون. ننڍيون چادرون 5.2 فوٽ (76 cm)  ويڪريون 3 ½ فوٽن (1.07 mm)  کان  12 ½ فوٽن (3.9 m) تائين ڊگھيون ۽ ¼  انچ (6 mm)  ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. ھن ۾ وڪڙن جي اوچائي ھڪ انچ (2.54 cm)  کان  1.13&quot;  (2.86 cm) تائين ۽ ٻن وڪڙن جي وچ ۾ درمياني مفاصلو 09.2 انچ (5.3 cm) ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھر چادر ۾ 5.10 وڪڙ (Corrugations)  ٿيندا آھن. وڏيون چادرون 3 3/8 فوٽن کان  3 ½ فوٽن تائين (05.1 ميٽرن کان 1.10 ميٽرن تائين) ويڪريون، 3 3/8 فوٽن کان 10 فوٽن تائين ( 04.1 ميٽرن کان 05.3 ميٽرن تائين) ڊگھيون ۽ ¼ انچ (6 mm) ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. ور وڪڙن جي اوچائي 3/16&quot; (اٽڪل 5 سينٽيميٽرن کان 5.4 سينٽيميٽرن تائين) ۽  ان وڪڙن جي وچ وارو مفاصلو 5 ¾ انچ (146 cm) ٿيندو آھي.

*ٽرنال ٽريفورڊ : (Turnal Trafford)
ھي چادرون اٽڪل 3 5/8 فوٽ (13.1 ميٽر) ويڪريون، 4 فوٽن (1.22 ميٽر) کان 10 فوٽن (3.05 m) تائين ڊگھيون ھونديون آھن ۽ ھنن شيٽن ۾ ور وڪڙن جو تسلسل نھ ھوندو آھي، بلڪ ھر وڪڙ کان پوءِ ھموار سطح ھوندي آھي. ھر چادر ۾ اٽڪل چار وڪڙ ٿيندا آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون وڏين عمارتن جھڙوڪ گودامن، سينيما گھرن ۽ ڪارخانن ۾ استعمال ٿينديون آھن. 

===لوھ جي جستي ۽ ناليدر چادرن جون ڇتيون (Galvanised Corrugated Iron Sheet Roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ 16 گيج کان وٺي 24 گيج جون لوھھ جون جستي ۽ ناليدار چادرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ انھن ڳالھين جو خاص خيال رکيو وڃي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪم ايندڙ شيٽون چڱيءَ طرح ۽ بلڪل پختيءَ طرح جستي ملمعي چڙھيل آھن. جيڪڏھن انھن پڙ ڇن ۾ ڪٽ، سفيد پائوڊر جھڙا ٽڪرا، گاٺ ۽ ڦوٽ نظر اچي تھ اھڙن پڙڇن (Sheets) کي ھرگز استعمال نہ ڪجي.

ھيءُ پڙڇ ھميشھ ڪاٺ يا لوھ جي گرڊرن ۽ ڪامن (Purlins) مٿان ڇھن انچن (15 cm) جو ڇيڙن وارو چڙھاڪو (End Overlap) ۽ ٻين وڪڙن (Corrugations) جو ھر سائيڊ کان سائيڊ وارو چڙھاڪو (Side lap) ڏيئي رکيا ويندا آھن. پڙڇن کي قابو رکڻ لاءِ ڪامن مٿان چاڙھڻ کان اڳ ۾ کين زمين تي رکي گھربل ھنڌن تي ڪنھن تکي اوزار سان ٽنگ ڪڍي، انھيءَ بعد مٿي چاڙھي کين بولٽن، اسڪرن، ڪلين ۽ ڪوڪن (Rivets) وغيره سان قابو ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ اھي سوراخ ھنن چادرن ۾ ھيٺان کان مٿي پار ڪرڻ جي حساب سان ۽ ھميشھ وڪڙن جي چوٽيءَ وٽ ڪڍڻ گھرجن. انھن شيٽن کي ھميشھ ملمعي وارن نٽن، بولٽن، ڏامر جي وائيسرن (Washers)  ۽ جستي ملمعي وارن وائيسرن وسيلي ڪامن (Purlins) سان مضبوط ڪري جڪڙيو وڃي. اھي ڪنڍا ۽ بولٽ 5/16 يا 8 ملي ميٽر جي قطر جا ۽ L يا J جي شبيھھ جا ٿيندا آھن. پيچن ھيٺان واشر مضبوطي حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھنن پڙڇن کي لڳائڻ وقت انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ پلون وٽ انھيءَ چادر جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ نالي (Corrugation) ٻيءَ ناليءَ جي مٿان چڙھيل ھجي ۽ ڊگھا پاسا 3 انچن کان 5 انچن تائين (يعني 7.5 سينٽيميٽرن کان 14 سينٽيميٽرن تائين) ھڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙھيل ھئڻ گھرجن. ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪم ايندڙ چادرون 2 فوٽ 3 انچن کان 4 فوٽ 4 انچن ( 65 cm کان 126 cm) تائين ويڪريون، 5 فوٽن کان 15 فوٽن (5.1 ميٽر کان 5.3 ميٽرن) تائين ڊگھيون 1/16 انچن کان ¼ انچ (1.66 mm کان 6.56 cm) تائين ٿلھيون اٺن (8) وڪڙن سان ۽ ھر ھڪ وڪڙ جي وچ کان ٻئي وڪڙ (pitch) جي وچ تائين 3 انچن (7.6 cm) جي مفاصلي واريون ٿينديون آھن. ھيءُ پڙڇ تور ۾ ھلڪا ۽ لڳائڻ (Fixing)  ۾ سولا ٿين ٿا. البتھ موسمي اثرن کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٺيڪ  نٿا ٿا رھن ۽ انھن منجھان گرمي توڙي سردي آسانيءَ سان لنگھي (To transmit) سگھي ٿي. بھرحال ھيءُ پڙڇ پائيدار ۽ باھ جو مقابلو ڪرڻ جي لائق آھي.

ھن قسم جون ڇتيون 1:5 جي تناسب کان وڌيڪ سڌيون نھ رکڻ گھرجن ۽ عام طور 1:2 جي تناسب واريون ڇتيون بھتر رھن ٿيون. 1:2 ½ جي تناسب وارين نصب ڪيل (Pitched) ڇتين جي صورت ۾ ڇيڙي وارو چڙھاڪو (End overlap) 9 انچن (23 cm) کان گھٽ ھئڻ نہ گهرجي.

ھن قسم جون ڇتيون ڇاپرن (Sheds) ۽ ڪارخانن وغيره لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن.  ھن قسم جي ڇتين جو مٿاڇرو ھڪ ڪرو ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن شيٽن جا ور وڪڙ (Corrugations) سڌا ۽ ھموار ھئڻ گهرجن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>buk0d407vyz8hmaqensr8hcugzbyj8a</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401051</id>
      <parentid>401050</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:05:55Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* نمايان ڇتين جي تصويري جھلڪ */</comment>
      <origin>401051</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="72889" sha1="d41zz5ztn1kxds3jk2zu10661adx7hv" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|عمارت جو مٿيون حفاظتي ڍڪ}}

[[فائل:Tak - Ystad-2022.jpg|thumb|2022ع ۾ [[يسٽاڊ]] جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ مختلف عمارتن جون ڇتيون.]]

'''ڇت''' (انگريزي: ''Roof'') عمارت جو سڀ کان مٿيون حفاظتي ڍڪ هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ اهي سڀئي تعميراتي جزا ۽ مواد شامل هوندا آهن، جيڪي ان کي عمارت جي [[ڀت]]ن يا ٻين سهارن تي مضبوطيءَ سان قائم رکندا آهن. ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد عمارت ۽ ان جي رهواسين کي [[مينهن]]، [[برف]]، [[سج جي روشني]]، انتهائي گرمي يا سردي ۽ [[هوا]] جي اثرن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Harris, Cyril M. (editor). ''Dictionary of Architecture and Construction'', Third Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2000, p. 775.&lt;/ref&gt; ڇت عمارت جي ٻاهرئين حفاظتي ڍانچي (بلڊنگ انولپ) جو هڪ اهم حصو آهي.

ڪنهن به ڇت جي شڪل، بناوت ۽ خاصيتون ان عمارت جي استعمال، دستياب ڇت سازي جي مواد، مقامي تعميراتي روايتن، [[معماري]] جي ڊزائن ۽ تعميراتي عمل تي دارومدار رکن ٿيون. ڪيترين حالتن ۾ انهن تي مقامي يا قومي تعميراتي قانونن ۽ ضابطن جو پڻ اثر هوندو آهي.

گهڻن ملڪن ۾ ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد مينهن کان بچاءُ هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه تعميرن ۾، جهڙوڪ [[ورانڊو]]، اهڙي ڇت استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي جيڪا سج جي سڌي روشني کان بچائي ٿي، پر هوا ۽ ٻين قدرتي عنصرن جي اچ وڃ کي برقرار رکي ٿي. ساڳيءَ طرح [[شيشي گهر]] (گارڊن ڪنزرويٽري) جي ڇت ٻوٽن کي سردي، هوا ۽ مينهن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي، جڏهن ته سج جي روشني اندر اچڻ جي اجازت به ڏيندي آهي.

ڇت کي اضافي رهائشي يا استعمال لائق جاءِ طور پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو، مثال طور [[ڇت وارو باغ]] (روف گارڊن).

== اشتقاق ==

لفظ '''ڇت''' جي انگريزي صورت ''Roof''، پراڻي انگريزي ٻوليءَ جي لفظ '''hrof''' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن جي معنيٰ ''ڇت''، [[ڇت (اندروني)|اندروني ڇت]] (Ceiling)، مٿيون حصو، چوٽي، آسمان يا جنت هئي. مجازي طور هي لفظ ڪنهن به شيءِ جي سڀ کان مٿاهين حصي يا بلند ترين نقطي لاءِ پڻ استعمال ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.etymonline.com/word/roof|title=Roof|website=Online Etymology Dictionary}}&lt;/ref&gt;

هي لفظ [[پروٽو-جرمني ٻولي]] جي لفظ '''خروفام khrofam''' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن سان ٻين جرمني ٻولين جا ڪيترائي لاڳاپيل لفظ پڻ ملن ٿا. مثال طور [[ڊچ ٻولي]] ۾ '''roef''' جي معنيٰ ٻيڙيءَ جي ڪيبن يا ڍڪ، تابوت جي ڍڪ وغيره آهي، [[وچئين اعليٰ جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ '''rof''' جو مطلب ڇپر يا اوچو ڇت وارو حصو، جڏهن ته [[قديم نورس ٻولي]] ۾ '''hrof''' ٻيڙيءَ جي ڇپر يا ٻيڙي رکڻ واري ڍڪيل جاءِ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو.

لساني ماهرن موجب هي لفظ جرمني ٻولين کان ٻاهر ٻين ٻولي خاندانن سان ڪو واضح تعلق نٿو رکي. انگريزي ٻولي ئي اها واحد جرمني ٻولي آهي، جنهن ۾ ''روف'' لفظ پنهنجي عام معنيٰ، يعني عمارت جي مٿئين حفاظتي ڍڪ، لاءِ برقرار رهيو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻين جرمني ٻولين ۾ انهيءَ مفهوم لاءِ اهي لفظ استعمال ٿين ٿا، جيڪي پراڻي انگريزي جي '''þæc''' (ٿئچ؛ يعني ڇپر يا ڪکن جي ڇت) سان لاڳاپيل آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite OED|roof, n.}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== بناوتي جزا ==

ڇت جي ڊزائن جا بنيادي جزا هي آهن:

* مواد؛
* [[گهر جي ڇت جي بناوت|تعميراتي بناوت]]؛
* پائيداري.

=== مواد ===

ڇت ٺاهڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد علائقي، موسم، دستيابي ۽ تعميراتي ضرورتن موجب مختلف هوندا آهن. اهي [[ڪيلي]] جي پنن، ڪڻڪ جي [[ڀوسو|ڀوسي]] يا [[سامونڊي گاهه]] کان وٺي [[پرتدار شيشو]] (ليمينيٽيڊ گلاس)، [[ٽامو|ٽامي]]، [[ايلومينيم]] جي چادرن ۽ اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[ڪنڪريٽ]] تائين ٿي سگهن ٿا. دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾ [[ٺڪر]] جون [[ڇت جون سرون]] صدين، بلڪه هزارين سالن کان سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇت سازي جو مواد رهيون آهن.

ٻين عام ڇت سازي جي موادن ۾ [[اسفالٽ]]، [[ڪوئلي جي تار]]، [[اي پي ڊي ايم رٻڙ]] (EPDM Rubber)، [[هائپالون]]، [[پولي يوريٿين]] جو فوم، [[پولي ونائل ڪلورائيڊ]] (PVC)، [[سليٽ پٿر]]، [[ٽيفلون]] جو ڪپڙو، [[ٿرموپلاسٽڪ اوليفن]] (TPO)، ۽ [[ڪاٺ]] جون ڇتيون (ووڊ شيڪز ۽ شنگلز) شامل آهن.

=== تعميراتي بناوت ===

ڇت جي تعميراتي بناوت ان ڳالهه تي دارومدار رکي ٿي ته ان کي ڪهڙي طريقي سان سهارو ڏنو ويو آهي، هيٺئين خالي جاءِ کي ڪيئن ڍڪيو ويو آهي، ۽ ڇت ڍلوان (پچڊ) آهي يا هموار.

'''ڇت جي ڍلوان''' (روف پچ) ان زاويي کي چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن تي ڇت پنهنجي سڀ کان هيٺئين نقطي کان مٿي طرف اڀري ٿي. آمريڪا ۾ گهڻيون رهائشي عمارتون، سواءِ انتهائي خشڪ علائقن جي، ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون رکن ٿيون. جيتوڻيڪ جديد نيڪال جا نظام، جهڙوڪ پاڻيءَ جون ناليون، هموار ڇت کي به ڪارائتو بڻائي سگهن ٿا، پر روايت، جمالياتي حسن ۽ تعميراتي ضرورتن سبب اڄ به گهڻيون ڇتيون ڍلوان سان ٺاهيون وڃن ٿيون.

ڪجهه ڇت سازي جا مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]] (ٿيچ)، پاڻي نه رسڻ ۽ ڊگهي عمر لاءِ تيز ڍلوان جي گهرج رکن ٿا. جڏهن ته ٻيا مواد، جهڙوڪ [[پين ٽائل]] (Pantile)، تمام تيز ڍلوان تي مستحڪم ناهن رهندا، پر گهٽ ڍلوان تي موسم کان بهترين تحفظ فراهم ڪندا آهن.

جن علائقن ۾ برسات تمام گهٽ پوندي آهي، اتي لڳ ڀڳ هموار ڇت، جنهن ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ معمولي ڍلوان هجي، عام طور ڪافي هوندي آهي. اهڙين ڇتين ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ ناليون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن سان وڌيڪ ڍلوان جي ضرورت گهٽجي ويندي آهي.

ڇت جي تعمير ۾ ماهر ڪاريگر کي '''ڇت ساز''' (روفر) چيو ويندو آهي.

=== پائيداري ===

ڇت جي پائيداري انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڇت عمارت جو اهو حصو آهي، جتي مرمت يا تجديد لاءِ پهچڻ نسبتاً ڏکيو هوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ڇت کي نقصان پهچي يا اها تباهه ٿي وڃي ته ان جا اثر سڄي عمارت جي حفاظت، استعمال ۽ عمر تي پئجي سگهن ٿا.

== شڪل ==

[[فائل:Roof diagram.jpg|thumb|upright=1.15|مغربي طرز جي ڇت جي ڪجهه حصن جا نالا]]

{{مکيه|ڇتين جي شڪلين جي فهرست}}

'''ڇتين جون شڪلون''' دنيا جي مختلف علائقن ۾ هڪ ٻئي کان گهڻو مختلف هونديون آهن. ڇت جي شڪل تي اثرانداز ٿيندڙ اهم عنصر مقامي [[آبهوا]]، ڇت جي ڍانچي لاءِ دستياب تعميراتي مواد، ۽ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي ڍڪ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.huffpost.com/entry/roofing-materials-to-prot_b_8959516 |title=Roofing Materials to Protect You From the Elements |website=HuffPost |date=12 January 2016}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڇتين جون بنيادي شڪلون هيٺيان آهن:

* [[هموار ڇت]] (Flat Roof)
* [[يڪ طرفي ڍلوان واري ڇت]] (Mono-pitched Roof)
* [[گيبل ڇت]] (Gable Roof)
* [[مينسارڊ ڇت]] (Mansard Roof)
* [[هپ ڇت]] (Hip Roof)
* [[تتلي نما ڇت]] (Butterfly Roof)
* [[قوسي ڇت]] (Arched Roof)
* [[گنبذي ڇت]] (Domed Roof)

انهن بنيادي شڪلين جون ڪيتريون ئي ٻيون صورتون پڻ موجود آهن.

جيڪي ڇتيون ڪيترن هموار حصن مان ٺهيل هونديون آهن، پر انهن حصن کي ڪنهن نه ڪنهن ڍلوان تي ٺاهيو ويندو آهي، انهن کي '''ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون''' (Pitched Roofs) چيو ويندو آهي. عام طور جيڪڏهن ڇت جو ڍلوان 10 درجن کان وڌيڪ هجي ته ان کي ڍلوان واري ڇت تصور ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;C. M. Harris, ''Dictionary of Architecture &amp; Construction''&lt;/ref&gt;

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇتيون ڍلوان واريون هونديون آهن، جن ۾ خاص طور [[گيبل ڇت]]، [[هپ ڇت]] ۽ [[اسڪليون ڇت]] (Skillion Roof) شامل آهن.

ڪجهه ڇتين جون شڪلون قدرتي (Organic) انداز تي ٻڌل هونديون آهن. اهڙيون شڪلون يا ته معمار جي ڊزائن جي نتيجي ۾ اختيار ڪيون وينديون آهن يا وري ان سبب پيدا ٿينديون آهن جو تعمير ۾ لچڪدار مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]]، استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

== حصا ==

ڇت ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندي آهي:

* ان جي '''سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت''' (سپورٽنگ اسٽرڪچر)؛
* ان جو '''ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه''' (آئوٽر ليئر)، جيڪو ڇت جو سڀ کان مٿيون موسم کان بچاءُ ڪندڙ حصو هوندو آهي.

ڪجهه عمارتن ۾ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه پاڻ ئي بار کڻندڙ بناوت (سيلف-سپورٽنگ اسٽرڪچر) طور پڻ ڪم ڪندو آهي.

عام طور ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت [[ڀت]]ن تي بيٺل هوندي آهي، جيتوڻيڪ ڪجهه تعميراتي انداز، جهڙوڪ [[جيوڊيزيڪ گنبذ]] ۽ [[اي-فريم گهر]]، ۾ ڀت ۽ ڇت جي وچ وارو فرق گهڻو نمايان نه رهندو آهي.

=== سهارو ===

{{Main|گهر جي ڇت جي بناوت}}

[[فائل:Linkopings stadsbibliotek roof2.jpg|thumb|[[سويڊن]] ۾ هڪ لائبريري جي ڇت]]

ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت عام طور ڊگهن ۽ مضبوط شهتيرن (بيم) تي ٻڌل هوندي آهي، جيڪي گهڻو ڪري [[ڪاٺ]] مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري کان پوءِ [[ڪاسٽ لوهه]] ۽ [[فولاد]] پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيڻ لڳا.

جن ملڪن ۾ [[بانس]] جو استعمال عام آهي، اتي ان جي قدرتي لچڪ سبب ڇتين ۾ هلڪي وڪريل شڪل پيدا ٿيندي آهي، جيڪا خاص طور اوڀر ايشيائي، خاص ڪري [[جاپاني معمار]]ي جي سڃاڻپ سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

ڪاٺ اهڙو مواد آهي، جنهن سان مختلف قسمن جون ڇتيون آسانيءَ سان تعمير ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. ڪاٺ جي بناوت نه رڳو تعميراتي سهارو فراهم ڪندي آهي، پر جيڪڏهن ان کي ظاهر رکيو وڃي ته اها عمارت جي جمالياتي حسن ۾ پڻ اضافو ڪندي آهي.

پراڳاڙهي زماني کان وٺي پٿر جا افقي شهتير (لنٽيل) ڇتين کي سهارو ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن، پر اهي تمام وڏن فاصلن کي ڍڪي نٿا سگهن. بعد ۾ [[قديم روم]] جي دور ۾ پٿر جي قوس (اسٽون آرڪ) جو وسيع استعمال شروع ٿيو، جنهن جي مختلف صورتن سان لڳ ڀڳ 140 فوٽ (43 ميٽر) تائين جا فاصلا ڍڪي سگهبا هئا.

پٿر جون قوسون ۽ [[والٽ (معماري)|والٽ]]، چاهي رٻن (Ribs) سان هجن يا بغير رٻن جي، لڳ ڀڳ ٻن هزارن سالن تائين وڏين عمارتن جي ڇتين جي بنيادي بناوت رهيون. اها روايت [[صنعتي انقلاب]] کان پوءِ آهستي آهستي ختم ٿيڻ لڳي، جڏهن لوهه جا شهتير استعمال ٿيڻ شروع ٿيا ۽ [[جوزف پيڪسٽن]] جهڙن معمارن جديد عمارتون، جهڙوڪ [[ڪرسٽل پيلس]] (1851ع)، تعمير ڪيون.

فولادي گرڊرن (اسٽيل گرڊر) ۾ مسلسل بهتري اچڻ سان اهي وڏين ڇتين ۽ بعد ۾ عام رهائشي گهرن جي تعمير ۾ به بنيادي سهارو بڻجي ويا. گرڊر جو هڪ ٻيو قسم [[رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ]] جو شهتير آهي، جنهن ۾ ڌاتي سلاخن کي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر بند ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان تنشي قوتن جي مقابلي ۾ ان جي مضبوطي وڌي ويندي آهي.

ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت کي رهائش يا استعمال لائق جاءِ طور پڻ ڪم آندو ويندو آهي، جنهن کي ڇت جي فرش بندي (روف ڊيڪنگ) چيو ويندو آهي. اهڙي جاءِ کي ڪمري يا ٻين استعمالن لاءِ تبديل ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه ===

{{Main|تجارتي طور دستياب ڇت سازي جي موادن جي فهرست}}

ڇت جو ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد جي لحاظ کان تمام گهڻي تبديلي رکي ٿو. روايتي يا مقامي [[معماري]] ۾ ڇت لاءِ گهڻو ڪري قدرتي ٻوٽيدار مواد استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]]، جنهن مان سامونڊي گاهه سان ٺهيل ڇت لڳ ڀڳ چاليهن سالن تائين قائم رهي سگهي ٿي.

ايشيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ [[بانس]] کي ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه، ٻنهي طور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. بانس جي ڊگهن ڦاڙيل ٽڪرن کي هڪ ٻئي مٿان چاڙهي وڇايو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان پاڻيءَ کان بچاءُ ڪندڙ مضبوط ڇت تيار ٿيندي آهي.

جن علائقن ۾ [[ڪاٺ]] وافر مقدار ۾ موجود هوندو آهي، اتي ڪاٺ جون ڇت واريون تختيون (شنگلز)، ٿلها ڪاٺي ٽڪرا (شيڪز) ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪجهه ملڪن ۾ مخصوص وڻن جي [[ڪل]] کي ٿلهين چادرن جي صورت ۾ لاهي ڇت طور پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.


ويهين صديءَ دوران گڏيل [[اسفالٽ]] وارين ڇت جي تختين (ڪمپوزيشن اسفالٽ شنگلز) جي تياري شروع ٿي. انهن جي عمر انهن جي ٿولهه ۽ معيار موجب مختلف هوندي آهي. سنهي قسم جون تختيون عام طور لڳ ڀڳ ويهه سال هلنديون آهن، جڏهن ته وڌيڪ ٿلهيون ۽ اعليٰ معيار جون تختيون گهڻي عرصي تائين، ڪڏهن ڪڏهن سڄي خدمت واري عمر تائين، استعمال ٿي سگهن ٿيون. انهن جي قيمت به عام طور سندن ٿولهه ۽ پائيداري تي دارومدار رکي ٿي.

جڏهن ڇت جي تختين جو مٿيون تهه پراڻو يا خراب ٿي وڃي ٿو ته عام طور پراڻيون تختيون، هيٺيون حفاظتي تهه (انڊرلي مينٽ) ۽ ڇت جون ميخون هٽائي نئينون تختيون لڳايون وينديون آهن. ٻيو طريقو اهو آهي ته نئون تهه پراڻين تختين جي مٿان ئي لڳايو وڃي. جيتوڻيڪ هي طريقو تيز ۽ گهٽ خرچائتو هوندو آهي، پر ان سان ڇت جي ڪاٺي بناوت (روف شيئٿنگ) جي جاچ ممڪن نه رهندي آهي ۽ جيڪڏهن پاڻيءَ سبب اندر ڪو نقصان ٿيو هجي ته ان جي مرمت به نٿي ٿي سگهي.

ان کان علاوه، پراڻين تختين جي مٿان نئون تهه لڳائڻ سان ميخون ڪاٺي بناوت تائين گهٽ پهچنديون آهن، جنهن ڪري انهن جي پڪڙ ڪمزور ٿي ويندي آهي. وڌيڪ اهم ڳالهه اها آهي ته اضافي مواد جو وزن ڇت جي مقرر مرده بار (ڊيڊ لوڊ) کان وڌي سگهي ٿو، جنهن سان ڇت جي ڊهڻ جو خطرو پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿو. انهيءَ سبب، جن ملڪن ۾ [[بين الاقوامي عمارتي ضابطو]] (انٽرنيشنل بلڊنگ ڪوڊ) لاڳو آهي، اتي جيڪڏهن ڇت تي اڳ ۾ ئي ٻن يا وڌيڪ تهن ۾ ڇت سازي جو مواد موجود هجي ته ان جي مٿان نئون تهه لڳائڻ جي اجازت نه هوندي. اهڙين حالتن ۾ نئين ڇت لڳائڻ کان اڳ پراڻو مواد مڪمل طور هٽائڻ لازمي هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Chapter 9 - Roof Assemblies|url=http://publicecodes.cyberregs.com/icod/irc/2012/icod_irc_2012_9_par135.htm}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[سليٽ پٿر]] ڇت سازي لاءِ هڪ انتهائي مناسب ۽ تمام گهڻي پائيدار مواد آهي. سليٽ جي ڇت عام طور 75 کان 150 سالن تائين، ۽ ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ان کان به وڌيڪ عرصي تائين قائم رهي سگهي ٿي. تنهن هوندي به، سليٽ جي ڇت لڳائڻ جو خرچ گهڻو هوندو آهي. مثال طور آمريڪا ۾ سليٽ جي ڇت جي قيمت ڪڏهن ڪڏهن سڄي گهر جي باقي تعمير جيتري ٿي سگهي ٿي.

سليٽ جي ڇت ۾ سڀ کان پهرين عام طور اهي ميخون خراب ٿينديون آهن، جن سان سليٽ جون تختيون ٻڌل هونديون آهن. وقت سان گڏ انهن ۾ زنگ لڳڻ سبب تختيون پنهنجي جاءِ تان سُرڪڻ لڳنديون آهن. برطانيا ۾ هن مسئلي کي ''نيل سڪنس'' (Nail Sickness) چيو ويندو آهي. انهيءَ ڪري سليٽ جي ڇتين لاءِ [[اسٽينليس اسٽيل]] يا [[ٽامو|ٽامي]] جون ميخون استعمال ڪرڻ جي سفارش ڪئي ويندي آهي، ۽ انهن کي پڻ موسم جي سڌي اثر کان محفوظ رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Six Steps to Building a 150 Year Roof|url=https://kocaeliwebtasarim.medium.com/six-steps-to-building-a-150-year-roof-4624749b33c2}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[ايزبسٽاس]]، جيڪو گهڻو ڪري لهردار ڳنڍيل چادرن جي صورت ۾ استعمال ٿيندو هو، ويهين صديءَ دوران هڪ سستي، نه سڙندڙ ۽ بهترين حرارتي موصليت واري ڇت سازي جي مواد طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويو. پر بعد ۾ ايزبسٽاس جي کوٽائي، تياري ۽ استعمال سان لاڳاپيل سنگين صحت ۽ قانوني مسئلن جي ڪري ان کي نئين ڇت سازي جي مواد طور استعمال ڪرڻ تقريباً بند ڪيو ويو. تنهن هوندي به، خاص طور ڏکڻ آمريڪا ۽ ايشيا جي ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾ اڄ به ايزبسٽاس واريون پراڻيون ڇتيون موجود آهن.

[[گاهه واريون ڇتيون]]، جن کي جديد دور ۾ [[سائي ڇت]] (گرين روف) ۽ روايتي طور [[گاس واري ڇت]] (سوڊ روف) چيو ويندو آهي، سٺيون حرارتي موصليت واريون هونديون آهن. ماحولياتي تحفظ ۽ شهرن کي وڌيڪ سرسبز بڻائڻ لاءِ اهڙين ڇتين جي تعمير کي هاڻي وڌيڪ هٿي ڏني پئي وڃي. انهن ۾ موجود مٽي ۽ ٻوٽا قدرتي موصل (لونگ انسوليشن) طور ڪم ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان عمارت جي اندروني گرمي پد ۾ توازن برقرار رهندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|date=2020-02-06|title=Green and Cool Roofs|url=https://drawdown.org/solutions/green-and-cool-roofs}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[ايڊوب]] جون ڇتيون مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن ۾ ڪکن يا جانورن جا وار جهڙا ڳنڍيندڙ مواد ملايا ويندا آهن. پوءِ ان کي ڪاٺين جي ڄاري (ليٿ) تي پلستر ڪري هموار يا هلڪي ڍلوان واري ڇت ٺاهي ويندي آهي. اهڙيون ڇتيون گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٺاهيون وينديون آهن، جتي برسات تمام گهٽ پوندي آهي.

جن علائقن ۾ مٽي وافر مقدار ۾ موجود هوندي آهي، اتي پڪل [[ڇت جون سرون]] صدين کان ڇت سازي جو بنيادي مواد رهيون آهن. ڇت جون سرون ٺاهڻ ۽ ساڙڻ جي صنعت گهڻو ڪري سرن جي ڪارخانن سان لاڳاپيل هوندي آهي. ماضي ۾ انهن سرن جي شڪل ۽ رنگ هر علائقي جي سڃاڻپ هوندا هئا، پر اڄڪلهه خريد ڪندڙن جي ضرورت ۽ پسند مطابق مختلف شڪلين، رنگن ۽ اندازن جون سرون تجارتي بنيادن تي تيار ڪيون وڃن ٿيون. [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جون ڇت واريون سرون پڻ عام استعمال ٿين ٿيون، جيڪي ڪيترن ئي مختلف اندازن ۽ شڪلين ۾ موجود آهن.

ڌاتي چادرن، خاص طور [[ٽامو|ٽامي]] ۽ [[سيهو|سيهي]]، کي پڻ ڪيترن ئي صدين کان ڇت سازي ۾ استعمال ڪيو پيو وڃي. جيتوڻيڪ اهي مواد مهانگا آهن، پر انتهائي پائيدار پڻ آهن. مثال طور [[شارترس گرجاگھر]] (شارترس ڪيٿيڊرل) جي وڏي ٽامي واري ڇت ڪيترن ئي صدين کان موجود آهي، جيڪا وقت سان گڏ آڪسائيڊ ٿيڻ سبب هلڪي سائي رنگ جي ٿي وئي آهي.

سيهو، جيڪو ڪڏهن ڪڏهن گرجاگهرن جي ڇتين ۾ استعمال ٿيندو هو، گهڻو ڪري رهائشي گهرن جي ڇتين ۾ پاڻي نه رسڻ واري بندش (فليشنگ) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو، خاص طور سليٽ جي ڇتين جي وادين (ويليز) ۽ چمنين جي چوڌاري. ٽامي کي به ساڳئي مقصد لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو.

اوڻيهين صديءَ ۾ [[لوهه]] کي [[جست]] سان چڙهائي (گالوانائيزيشن) زنگ جي مزاحمت وڌائي وئي، جنهن سان هلڪو، آسانيءَ سان کڻي وڃڻ جهڙو ۽ پاڻي نه رسائيندڙ ڇت سازي جو مواد تيار ٿيو. گهٽ قيمت ۽ آسانيءَ سان لڳائڻ جي ڪري اهو سڄي دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ تجارتي ڇت سازي جي موادن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

ان کان پوءِ ڌاتي ڇتن جا ڪيترائي نوان قسم تيار ڪيا ويا. فولادي ڇت جون تختيون (اسٽيل شنگلز) ۽ بيهندڙ ڳانڍاپي واريون ڌاتي ڇتيون (اسٽينڊنگ-سيم روف) لڳائڻ جي طريقي ۽ هيٺ استعمال ٿيندڙ حفاظتي تهه (انڊرلي مينٽ) تي دارومدار ڪندي عام طور پنجاهه سال يا ان کان به وڌيڪ عرصي تائين قائم رهي سگهن ٿيون. انهن جي قيمت عام طور اسفالٽ واري ڇت ۽ سليٽ واري ڇت جي وچ واري سطح تي هوندي آهي.

ويهين صديءَ دوران ڇت سازي لاءِ ڪيترائي نوان مواد تيار ڪيا ويا، جن ۾ بٽومين تي ٻڌل مواد، رٻڙ تي ٻڌل ڇتيون، مختلف مصنوعي مادا، جهڙوڪ [[ٿرموپلاسٽڪ]]، ۽ [[شيشي جي فائبر]] تي ٻڌل مواد شامل آهن.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot; class=&quot;center&quot; caption=&quot;ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه&quot;&gt;
File:The Elms Jersey.jpg|[[سليٽ پٿر]]، [[جرسي]]
File:Miskolc omassa peasant house.jpg|ٺڪر جون ڇت واريون سرون، [[هنگري]]
File:Niigata NCM Peasant Rice Farmers House.jpg|چانورن جي ڪکن جي ڇت، [[جاپان]]
File:Njem house in Cameroon.jpg|[[ڪيلي]] جي پنن جي ڇت، [[ڪيمرون]]
File:Neot smadar.jpg|[[کجور]] جي ٽارين جي ڇت، [[نيوٽ سيمادار]]، [[اسرائيل]]
File:Minenverwalter Kolmannskuppe.jpg|ڌاتي چادرن واري ڇت، [[نيميبيا]]
File:Gassho-zukuri farmhouse-02.jpg|ڪکن جي ڇت جي مرمت، گاشو-زڪوري طرز جو گهر، [[جاپان]]
File:Stone Roofing House - Palchan - Kullu 2014-05-10 2507.JPG|ڇت سازي لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ پٿر، [[هماچل پرديش]]، [[ڀارت]]
File:Green Roof in Norway.png|گاهه واري ڇت، [[ناروي]]
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== ڪم ==

ڇت جو نظام (روف اسيمبلي) رڳو عمارت کي ڍڪڻ لاءِ نه هوندو آهي، بلڪه اهو ڪيترائي اهم ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

# '''پاڻي جي نيڪال:''' ڇت جو بنيادي ڪم برساتي پاڻي کي آسانيءَ سان وهي وڃڻ ڏيڻ آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي ڇت جي مٿاڇري تي بيهي نه رهي. بيٺل پاڻي ڇت جي بناوت تي اضافي زنده بار (لائيو لوڊ) وجهي ٿو، جيڪو تعميراتي حفاظت لاءِ خطرو بڻجي سگهي ٿو. ان کان علاوه، بيٺل پاڻي گهڻن ڇت سازي جي موادن جي عمر به گهٽائي ڇڏي ٿو. ڪجهه ٺاهيندڙ ڪمپنيون ته اهڙي حالت ۾ پنهنجي شين جي ضمانت (وارنٽي) پڻ ختم ڪري ڇڏينديون آهن.

# '''موسمي اثرن کان تحفظ:''' ڇت عمارت جي اندروني حصي کي [[مينهن]]، [[هوا]]، [[سج جي روشني]]، گرمي، سردي ۽ [[برف]] جهڙن موسمي عنصرن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي.

# '''حرارتي موصليت:''' جديد تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن جي اڪثر ڇتين ۾ موصليت واريون تختيون (انسوليشن بورڊ) يا فائبر موصلي مواد (باٽ انسوليشن) شامل ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تعميراتي ضابطا، جهڙوڪ بين الاقوامي عمارتي ضابطو (انٽرنيشنل بلڊنگ ڪوڊ) ۽ بين الاقوامي رهائشي ضابطو (انٽرنيشنل ريزيڊنشل ڪوڊ)، ڇت جي اندر گهربل گهٽ ۾ گهٽ حرارتي مزاحمت (آر-ويليو) پڻ مقرر ڪندا آهن.

# '''گهربل خدمت واري عمر تائين ڪارڪردگي برقرار رکڻ:''' هر معياري ڇت سازي واري مواد جي هڪ اندازي مطابق خدمت واري عمر هوندي آهي، جيڪا عملي تجربي تي ٻڌل هوندي آهي. مناسب سار سنڀال ۽ سخت طوفاني نقصان نه ٿيڻ جي صورت ۾ گهڻا ڇت سازي جا مواد پنهنجي ٺاهيندڙ جي ضمانت واري مدت کان به گهڻو وڌيڪ عرصو هلي سگهن ٿا. مثال طور:
#* ڌاتي ۽ [[ڇت جون سرون|سرن]] واريون ڇتيون عام طور 50 سال يا ان کان وڌيڪ هلي سگهن ٿيون.
#* اسفالٽ جون ڇت واريون تختيون (اسفالٽ شنگلز) لڳ ڀڳ 30 کان 50 سال قائم رهي سگهن ٿيون.
#* ڪوئلي جي تار تي ٻڌل گهڻ تهه واريون ڇتيون (ڪول ٽار بلڊ-اپ روفس) اٽڪل 40 سال يا ان کان وڌيڪ هلي سگهن ٿيون.
#* اڪيلي تهه واريون ڇتيون (سنگل پلاء روفس) عام طور 20 سال يا ان کان وڌيڪ عرصي تائين خدمت انجام ڏين ٿيون.

# '''خوبصورت ڏيک مهيا ڪرڻ:''' ڪجهه ڇت سازي جا نظام صرف پنهنجي فني ڪارڪردگي جي بنياد تي نه، پر انهن جي جمالياتي حسن جي ڪري پڻ چونڊيا ويندا آهن، بلڪل اهڙيءَ طرح جيئن عمارت جي ٻاهرين ڀتين جي سينگار لاءِ مختلف ڍڪ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. پرڪشش شڪل ۽ عمارت جي مجموعي ظاهري حسن (ڪرب اپيل) سبب ڪيترائي ماڻهو اهڙين ڇتين لاءِ وڌيڪ قيمت ادا ڪرڻ به قبول ڪندا آهن.

=== حرارتي موصليت ===

ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد ماڻهن ۽ انهن جي ملڪيت کي مختلف موسمي حالتن کان محفوظ رکڻ هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڇت جي حرارتي موصليت (ٿرمل انسوليشن) ان جي بناوت ۽ ڇت سازي جي مواد جي چونڊ ۾ اهم حيثيت رکي ٿي.

ڪجهه ڇت سازي جا مواد، خاص طور قدرتي فائبرن مان ٺهيل مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]]، قدرتي طور تمام سٺي حرارتي موصليت رکن ٿا. جن موادن ۾ اها خاصيت گهٽ هوندي آهي، تن ۾ عام طور ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه جي هيٺان اضافي [[عمارتي موصليت|موصلي مواد]] لڳايو ويندو آهي.

ترقي يافته ملڪن ۾ گهڻين رهائشي عمارتن ۾ ڇت جي بناوتي حصن جي هيٺان [[اندروني ڇت]] (سيلنگ) لڳائي ويندي آهي. اندروني ڇت جو مقصد صرف گرمي ۽ سردي کان بچاءُ نه هوندو آهي، پر اها شور، مٽي، ۽ پکين جي فضلي يا انهن جي جسم تي موجود جُون جهڙين تڪليفن کان به تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڪيترائي پکي ڇتين ۾ آکيرا ٺاهيندا آهن.

[[ڪنڪريٽ]] جون ڇت واريون سرون پڻ حرارتي موصليت ۾ مددگار ثابت ٿينديون آهن. جيڪڏهن انهن کي اهڙي نموني لڳايو وڃي، جو سرن ۽ ڇت جي مٿاڇري جي وچ ۾ هوا جي هڪ خالي جاءِ موجود رهي، ته اها سج جي گرمي کي عمارت جي اندر منتقل ٿيڻ کان وڏي حد تائين گهٽائي سگهي ٿي.

ڇت جي موصليت لاءِ مختلف قسمن جا مواد استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* موٽو ڪپڙو (فيلٽ) يا پلاسٽڪ جون چادرون، جيڪي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن گرمي موٽائيندڙ (رفليڪٽو) مٿاڇري سان هونديون آهن ۽ ڇت جي سرن يا ٻين مواد جي هيٺان لڳايون وينديون آهن؛
* مصنوعي فوم جا موصلي تهه، جيڪي اندروني ڇت جي مٿان وڇايا ويندا آهن؛
* ٻيهر استعمال ٿيل ڪاغذ مان تيار ڪيل موصلي مواد ۽ ٻيا اهڙا مواد، جيڪي ڇت جي خالن ۾ ڀريا يا اسپري ذريعي داخل ڪيا ويندا آهن.

تازن سالن ۾ [[ٿڌي ڇت]] (ڪول روف) جو استعمال تيزيءَ سان وڌي رهيو آهي،&lt;ref name=&quot;10.3390/su13094665&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Farhan |first1=Syed Ahmad |last2=Ismail |first2=Fouad Ismail |last3=Kiwan |first3=Osamah |last4=Shafiq |first4=Nasir |last5=Zain-Ahmed |first5=Azni |last6=Husna |first6=Nadzhratul |last7=Hamid |first7=Afif Izwan Abd |title=Effect of Roof Tile Colour on Heat Conduction Transfer, Roof-Top Surface Temperature and Cooling Load in Modern Residential Buildings under the Tropical Climate of Malaysia |journal=Sustainability |year=2021 |volume=13 |issue=9 |page=4665 |doi=10.3390/su13094665}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ ڪجهه علائقن ۾ مقامي تعميراتي ضابطن تحت انهن جو استعمال لازمي پڻ قرار ڏنو ويو آهي. ٿڌي ڇت مان مراد اهڙي ڇت آهي، جيڪا سج جي شعاعن کي وڏي حد تائين موٽائي ڇڏيندي هجي (ھاء رفليڪٽوٽي) ۽ پاڻ ۾ جذب ٿيل گرمي کي به آسانيءَ سان خارج ڪري ڇڏيندي هجي (ھاء ٿرمل ايمٽنس).&lt;ref name=&quot;10.3390/su13094665&quot;/&gt;

جيڪڏهن ڇت ۾ مناسب موصليت ۽ هوا جي اچ وڃ (وينٽيليشن) جو بندوبست نه هجي ته ٿڌن علائقن ۾ ڇت جي ڪنارن تي [[برف جو بند]] (آئس ڊيم) ٺهي سگهي ٿو. اهو تڏهن ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ڇت جي مٿئين حصي مان گرمي ٻاهر نڪري ٿي، جنهن سبب اتي موجود برف ڳري وڃي ٿي. ڳريل پاڻي هيٺ لهي ڇت جي ڪنارن وٽ ٻيهر ڄمي وڃي ٿو ۽ برف جي ٿلهي تهه جي صورت اختيار ڪري ٿو. نتيجي ۾ پاڻي ڇت جي مواد هيٺان داخل ٿي سگهي ٿو، جنهن سان ڇت جي بناوت، نالين ۽ پاڻي جي نيڪال واري نظام کي نقصان پهچي سگهي ٿو.

=== پاڻي جو نيڪال ===

گهڻين ڇتين جو بنيادي ڪم برساتي پاڻي کي عمارت جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ آهي. ڇت جي وڏي مٿاڇري تي مينهن جو گهڻو پاڻي گڏ ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان کي اهڙي نموني نيڪال ڪرڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، جو اهو عمارت کي نقصان نه پهچائي ۽ نه ئي رهواسين لاءِ ڪا تڪليف پيدا ڪري.

[[ايڊوب]] گهرن جون هموار ڇتيون عام طور تمام هلڪي ڍلوان رکنديون آهن. وچ اوڀر جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾، جتي ڇت کي ويهڻ يا ٻين گهريلو مقصدن لاءِ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، ڇت جي چوڌاري حفاظتي ڀتيون ٺهيل هونديون آهن. اهڙين ڇتين ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ سوراخ پڻ رکيا ويندا آهن، جيئن پاڻي گڏ نه ٿئي ۽ ڇت جي سوراخ دار مواد مان اندر نه وهي.

جيتوڻيڪ هموار ڇتين ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال جا مسئلا وڌيڪ عام هوندا آهن، پر جيڪڏهن ڍلوان واري ڇت جي ڊزائن مناسب نه هجي يا ان جي مٿاڇري صحيح نموني ٺهيل نه هجي ته اهڙين ڇتين ۾ به ساڳيا مسئلا پيدا ٿي سگهن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://platinumroofingandconstruction.com/how-can-a-bad-roof-impact-your-overall-house/ |title=How Can A Bad Roof Impact Your Overall House? |website=Platinum Roofing &amp; Construction |date=18 November 2024}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڇت تي بيٺل پاڻي [[ڦپوند]] (Mold) جي واڌ ويجهه جو سبب بڻجي سگهي ٿو، جيڪا نه رڳو عمارت جي بناوت کي نقصان پهچائيندي آهي، پر رهندڙ ماڻهن جي صحت لاءِ پڻ نقصانڪار هوندي آهي. عام طور پاڻي جي نيڪال جي خرابي کي درست ڪرڻ، ڦپوند سبب ٿيندڙ نقصان جي مرمت ڪرڻ جي ڀيٽ ۾ گهڻو گهٽ خرچائتو هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last1=Cheng |first1=Jianwei |last2=Zhang |first2=Guanghul |chapter=Analysis of the runoff and seepage drainage effects of prefabricated roof double-layer drainage system |title=Advances in Frontier Research on Engineering Structures Volume 1 |year=2023 |pages=241–247}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ساڳيا مسئلا، پر گهڻي وڏي پيماني تي، جديد تجارتي عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ پڻ پيش اچن ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن مان گهڻين عمارتن جون ڇتيون هموار هونديون آهن. اهڙين وڏين ڇتين ۾ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه جو مڪمل طور پاڻي نه رسائيندڙ (امپرميئبل) هجڻ انتهائي ضروري هوندو آهي. گهڻيون صنعتي ۽ تجارتي عمارتون گهٽ ڍلوان واريون روايتي ڇتيون استعمال ڪنديون آهن.

عام طور ڪنهن علائقي ۾ برسات جي مقدار ۽ ڇت جي ڍلوان ۾ سڌو تعلق هوندو آهي. جتي برسات گهٽ پوندي آهي، اتي گهرن جون ڇتيون به گهٽ ڍلوان واريون هونديون آهن، جڏهن ته گهڻي برسات يا برفباري وارن علائقن ۾ ڇتيون وڌيڪ تيز ڍلوان سان ٺاهيون وينديون آهن. مثال طور [[پاپوا نيو گني]] جا ڊگها گهر (لانگ ھائوسز) اهڙي طرز جي تعمير جا مثال آهن، جتي اوچي ڇت لڳ ڀڳ زمين تائين لهندي آهي. ساڳيءَ طرح جرمني ۽ هالينڊ جون تيز ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون برفباري وارن علائقن جي خاص سڃاڻپ آهن.

اتر آمريڪا جي ڪجهه علائقن، جهڙوڪ [[بفيلو، نيو يارڪ]] ۽ [[مونٽريال]]، ۾ تعميراتي ضابطن موجب ڇت جي گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ڍلوان 12 ۾ 6 (يعني 1:2 يا لڳ ڀڳ 30 درجا) هجڻ لازمي هوندي آهي.

تنهن هوندي به، ڪجهه علائقائي تعميراتي روايتون هن اصول کان مختلف آهن. مثال طور الپس جبلن جي ڪاٺين گهرن (Chalets) جون پٿر واريون ڇتيون عام طور نسبتاً گهٽ ڍلوان رکنديون آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن تي گڏ ٿيندڙ برف قدرتي حرارتي موصليت جو ڪم ڪندي آهي.

ڇت جي ڍلوان جو دارومدار استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇت سازي جي مواد تي پڻ هوندو آهي. مثال طور 12 ۾ 3 (1:4) يا ان کان وڌيڪ ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون عام طور اسفالٽ جون ڇت واريون تختيون، ڪاٺ جون ڇت واريون تختيون، لهردار فولادي چادرون، سليٽ يا ڇت جون سرون استعمال ڪري ٺاهيون وينديون آهن.

برسات دوران ڇت تان وهي ايندڙ پاڻي جيڪڏهن صحيح نموني نيڪال نه ٿئي ته اهو عمارت کي سخت نقصان پهچائي سگهي ٿو. جيڪڏهن پاڻي ڀتين تان وهي ته اهو گاري (مارٽر) يا ڀتين جي تختن مان اندر داخل ٿي سگهي ٿو، ۽ جيڪڏهن بنيادن جي چوڌاري گڏ ٿي وڃي ته اندر رِسڻ، [[چڙهندڙ نمي]] (رائزنگ نمي) يا [[خشڪ سڙ]] (ڊراء راٽ) جو سبب بڻجي سگهي ٿو.

انهيءَ ڪري گهڻين عمارتن ۾ اهڙو نظام رکيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو ڇت جو پاڻي ڀتين کان پري ڪري ڇڏي. انهيءَ مقصد لاءِ عام طور نڪتل ڇڄا (Overhanging Eaves) ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ان کان علاوه، جديد ۽ ڪيترين پراڻين عمارتن ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ واديون (ويليز)، ناليون (گٽرز)، پاڻي جا وهڪرا (واٽر اسپائوٽ)، پاڻي گڏ ڪرڻ وارا حصا (واٽر ھيڊ) ۽ [[پاڻي جي نيڪال وارو پائپ|نيڪال جا پائپ]] (ڊرين پائيپ) لڳايا ويندا آهن.

دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾ ڇت تان وهي ايندڙ برساتي پاڻي گڏ ڪري گهريلو استعمال لاءِ ذخيرو پڻ ڪيو ويندو آهي.

جن علائقن ۾ تمام گهڻي برفباري ٿيندي آهي، اتي ڌاتي ڇتيون وڌيڪ فائديمند سمجهيون وينديون آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن جي هموار مٿاڇري تان برف آسانيءَ سان هيٺ سُري ويندي آهي ۽ اهي ڪاٺ يا ڪنڪريٽ جي ڇتين جي ڀيٽ ۾ هوا جي زور کي به وڌيڪ بهتر نموني برداشت ڪري سگهنديون آهن.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot; class=&quot;center&quot; caption=&quot;حرارتي موصليت، پاڻي جي نيڪال ۽ شمسي ڇتيون&quot; perrow=&quot;5&quot;&gt;
File:Snow on the roof.jpg|[[پولينڊ]] ۾ گهرن جي ڇتين تي [[برف]]
File:Ashdod 2005, rooftop view p2.JPG|وچ اوڀر ۾ هموار ڇتيون، [[اسرائيل]]
File:Jakriborg, juni 2005 x.jpg|اتر يورپ ۾ تيز ڍلوان واريون گيبل ڇتيون
File:雪中紫禁城 7.jpg|[[چين]] جي عمارتن جا نڪتل ڇڄا
File:PA120016.JPG|[[اسڪاٽلينڊ]] جي [[فائنڊهورن]] ۾ [[سائي ڇت]] ۽ شمسي پينل
&lt;/gallery&gt;

=== شمسي ڇتيون ===

جديد ڇت سازي جي نظامن ۾ اهڙيون [[شمسي ڇت واريون تختيون]] (سولر شنگلز) پڻ شامل آهن، جيڪي ڇت جي حفاظتي تهه طور ڪم ڪرڻ سان گڏ [[برق]] پڻ پيدا ڪنديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Gibbs |first=Jamie |date=2025-11-13 |title=Solar roof tiles |url=https://energysavingtrust.org.uk/solar-roof-tiles/ |website=Energy Saving Trust}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اهڙا شمسي نظام پڻ موجود آهن، جيڪي [[گرم پاڻي]]&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Gibbs |first=Jamie |title=Solar water heating |url=https://energysavingtrust.org.uk/advice/solar-water-heating/ |website=Energy Saving Trust}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا گرم هوا پيدا ڪندا آهن، ۽ ساڳئي وقت ڇت جي حفاظتي تهه طور به ڪم ڪندا آهن. ڪجهه جديد نظام [[حرارتي پمپ]] (ھيٽ پمپ) کي توانائي فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ مدد ڏين ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Paleja |first=Ameya |title=Germany unveils solar roof tile that powers heat pumps and homes |url=https://interestingengineering.com/energy/solar-roof-tile-heat-pump |website=Interesting Engineering}}&lt;/ref&gt;

وڌيڪ ترقي يافته شمسي ڇت جا نظام هڪ ئي وقت ڪيترائي ڪم سرانجام ڏئي سگهن ٿا، جهڙوڪ:

* [[برق]] پيدا ڪرڻ؛
* شمسي گرمي کي گڏ ڪري استعمال لائق حرارتي توانائي ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ؛
* ۽ عمارت جي ڇت جي حفاظتي تهه طور ڪم ڪرڻ.

شمسي نظامن کي ڇت سان مختلف طريقن سان ڳنڍي سگهجي ٿو، جهڙوڪ:

* ڍلوان واري ڇت جي حفاظتي تهه ۾ سڌي طرح شامل ڪري، مثال طور [[شمسي ڇت واريون تختيون]] ؛
* اڳ ۾ موجود ڇت جي مٿان لڳائي، مثال طور [[شمسي پينل]] کي [[ڇت جون سرون|سرن واري ڇت]] تي نصب ڪري؛
* هموار ڇت جي جھلي ۾ گرميءَ ذريعي ويلڊ ڪري، مثال طور PVC جھلي ۾؛
* يا هموار ڇت تي ڌار سهاري واري بناوت سان نصب ڪري، جنهن ۾ هوا جي زور سبب کڄڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ اضافي وزن پڻ رکيو ويندو آهيم== ڇتين جي شڪلين جي تصويري جھلڪ ==

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot; class=&quot;center&quot; caption=&quot;ڇتين جون مختلف شڪلون&quot;&gt;
File:Five roofs of Toji-ji, Kyoto.jpg|[[ڪيوٽو]] ۾ توجي-جي مندر جون پنج ڇتيون
File:Thai-roof.jpg|سينگاريل گيبل واري ڍلوان ڇت، [[چيانگ مائي]]، [[ٿائيلينڊ]]
File:Valsta säteri.jpg|سيٽري ڇت (ڍلوان ۾ عمودي تبديلي سان)، [[سويڊن]]
File:mount-gilead-ohio-jail.jpg|[[مينسارڊ ڇت]]، ضلعي جيل، [[مائونٽ گليئڊ، اوهايو]]
File:National_Taiwan_Science_Education_Center_Chinese_Roof.jpg|[[مخروطي ڇت]]، نانھائي اڪيڊمي، [[تائيپي]]
File:Concrete roof insulation in Haikou, Hainan, China - 04.JPG|هموار ڇتيون، جن مان ڪجهه ڇت وارا اڱڻ پڻ آهن، [[هايڪو]]، هينان، [[چين]]
File:Mandurah house.jpg|هلڪي ڍلوان واري هموار ڇت، رهائشي گهر، [[مغربي آسٽريليا]]
File:William Krisel butterfly roof home in Paradise Palms.jpg|[[تتلي نما ڇت]]، پيراڊائز پامز، آمريڪا جو ڏکڻ اولهه وارو علائقو
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== نمايان ڇتين جي تصويري جھلڪ ==

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot; class=&quot;center&quot; caption=&quot;دنيا جي مشهور ڇتين جا مثال&quot;&gt;
File:Hospices de beaune toit.jpg|[[فرانس]] ۾ [[اوپسيس ڊي بون]] جون گهڻ رنگيون سرن واريون ڇتيون
File:SydneyOperaHouse6 gobeirne.jpg|[[سڊني اوپيرا هائوس]] جي چمڪدار سيرامڪ سرن واري ڇت
File:Coupole du mihrab, Grande Mosquée de Kairouan.jpg|[[تيونس]] ۾ [[عقبه جي وڏي مسجد]] جو تراشيل پٿرن سان ٺهيل گنبذ
File:Cupola santamariadelfiore.jpg|[[فلورينس گرجاگھر]] جي گنبذ تي [[اِمبرڪس ۽ ٽيگيولا]] سرون
File:Taj gumbad.jpg|[[تاج محل]] جو سنگ مرمر جو گنبذ
File:Speyerer Dom Dach.jpg|[[جرمني]] ۾ [[شپائر گرجاگھر]] جي ٽامي واري ڇت
File:Kings chapel roof.jpg|[[انگلينڊ]] ۾ [[ڪنگز ڪاليج چيپل]] جي سيهي واري ڇت
File:Grand Palaais 501590 fh000033.jpg|[[پيرس]] ۾ [[گرانڊ پاليه]] جي شيشي واري ڇت
File:Sirrako slate roof.jpg|[[يونان]] جي [[سيراڪو]] ۾ سليٽ پٿر جي ڇت، وڪريل واديءَ واري بناوت ۽ مٿئين سينگاريل چوٽين سان
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== پڻ ڏسو ==

* [[نيري ڇت]]
* [[عمارت ۾ ضم ٿيل شمسي فوٽووولٽائيڪ نظام]]
* [[گهر جي ڇت جي بناوت]]
* [[يوناني ۽ رومي ڇتين جي فهرست]]
* [[ڇتين جي شڪلين جي فهرست]]
* [[ڇت جي صفائي]]
* [[رٻڙ جي ڇت واريون تختيون]]
* [[شمسي ڇت واريون تختيون]]
* [[تنشي معماري]]
* [[پتلي خول واري بناوت]]

==  ڇتين جا قسم== 

ڇتين جا ڪيترائي قسم آھن، جھڙوڪ؛
#سڌيون ڇتيون (Flat Roofs)
#سلاميءَ واريون ڇتيون (Sloped Roofs)
#ھڪ طرف سلاميءَ واريون ڇتيون
#ٻئي طرف سلاميءَ واريون نوڪدار ڇتيون
#ھپ روف (Hip Roof)
#گئمبريل روف (Gambrel Roof)
#مانسرڊ روف (Mansard Roof)
#ڊيڪ روف (Deck Roof)
#ڪارائيءَ جي ڏندن وانگر ”سا ٽٿ روف“ (Saw Tooth Roof)

ڇتين جي ڪن مختلف قسمن جو تفصيلوار بيان ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

=== سڌيون ڇتيون === 
 
عام طرح سان اڄ ڪلھ رھائشي جاين لاءِ سڌين ڇتين کي وڌيڪ پسند ڪيو وڃي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي سولائيءَ سان باھھ روڪ (Fire Proof)  بڻائي سگھجي ٿو. ازنسواءِ ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي مٽيءَ جو تھھ ڏيئي سولائيءَ سان ٿڌو رکي سگھجي ٿو.
تعميراتي طريقن جي لحاظ کان ھن قسم جي ڇتين کي ترتيب وار ھيٺئين ريت ورھائي سگھجي ٿو.
#آر-سي-سيءَ جون ڇتيون (R.C.C Flat Roofs)
#درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتيون (First class tile roofing)
#رينفورسڊ برڪ جون ڇتيون (Reinforced Brick Roofs)
#درجہ دوم ٽائيل ڇتيون (Second class tile roofing)
#جئڪ ڪمان ڇتيون (Jack Arch Roofing)
#ڪاٺ جي تختن جون سڌيون ڇتيون (Wooden flat Roofs)

مٿي ڄاڻايل قسم جي ڇتين مان ڪن خاص ۽ گھڻو استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇتين جو تفصيلوار بيان ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

===آر-سي-سيءَ جون سڌيون ڇتيون (Reinforced cement concrete flat roofs)===
ھن قسم جي ڇتين جو استعمال اڄڪلھھ عام ۽ مقبول ٿي چڪو آھي ۽ گھڻ منزلھ عمارتن لاءِ ڪارآمد پڻ آھي. ھن قسم جي ڇت کي ٿڌو رکڻ لاءِ عام طرح سان گرم علائقن ۾ ٽن انچن کان چئن انچن تائين مٽيءَ جو تھھ ڏيئي انھيءَ جي مٿان گاري جو پلستر (Mud Pluster) يا سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي مسالي سان سرن جون ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر جوڙ ۾ مسالو چڱيءَ طرح لڳايو وڃي جيئن برسات ۽ موسمي اثرن سبب کلي نھ وڃي. جوڙن بعد درزون چڱيءَ طرح ورتيون وينديون آھن. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو پڻ خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ پاڻي ڪھڙي بھ ريت ڇت تي بيٺل نھ رھي. ڇت جي سلامي احتياط سان رکي ويندي آھي ۽ فالتو مسالو، سرن جا  ٽڪرا ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ۽ ڪچرو صاف ڪري اڇليو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ڇت تمام وڏي آھي تھ انھيءَ کي مختلف حصن ۾ ورھائي سلامي ڏني ويندي آھي. تقريبا 1:60  کان 1:40  جي تناسب جي سلامي مناسب سمجھي ويندي آھي.

===ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ (Water proofing flat roofs) ===

ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي مٿين سطح (Surface) کي عام طرح سان صاف ڪري انھيءَ کي چڱيءَ طرح سڪايو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ کان پوءِ ڏامر (Bitumen) کي (190.56o C) 375o F ۽ (204.44o C) 400o F گرمي جي درجي تائين پگھاري سطح جي مٿان ٻن عليحده تھن جي صورت ۾ پوريءَ طرح پٿاريون ويندو آھي، جيئن ٻنھي تھن جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 1/16 انچ بيھي. اھڙيءَ صورت ۾ 100 مربع فوٽن تي 34 پائونڊ ڏامر استعمال ٿيندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد ڏامر جي مٿان جابلو ريتيءَ جو ھلڪو تھھ ڏنو ويندو آھي، اھڙي طرح جيئن 100 مربع فوٽن تي ھڪ مڪعب فوٽ جابلو ريتي استعمال ٿئي، انھيءَ بعد گھربل اوچائي4 ۾ مٽي ڀري انھيءَ مٿان مٽيءَ جي گاري جو پلستر يا سرن جي ٽائيلن جو تھھ ڏنو ويندو آھي. ڏامر جي مٿان جابلو ريتيءَ جو ڇڻڪار انھيءَ ڪري ڪيو ويندو آھي، جيئن اھو ڏامر جي تھھ کي مٽيءَ جي تھ کان جدا رکي.

درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتين (First class tile roofing)  ۽ درجھ دوم ٽائيل ڇتين (Second class tile roofing) جي صورت ۾ ڏامر جو تھھ سرن يا ٽائيل مٿان لڳايل سيمينٽ پلستر جي مڪمل ترائيءَ ۽ انھيءَ جي چڱيءَ طرح سڪڻ بعد ڏنو ويندو آھي ۽ آر-سي-سيءَ جي سلئب جي صورت ۾ پڻ انھيءَ جي مڪمل ترائي ۽ چڱيءَ طرح سڪڻ بعد ڏنو ويندو آھي.

انھيءَ کان علاوھ ڇتين کي پاڻيءَ روڪ بڻائڻ لاءِ ٻيو اھو بھ طريقو آھي تھ ڏامر جي بجاءِ 04 يا 05 گيج جي شفاف پلاسٽڪ يا پاليٿين چادر (04/05 Guage polythene sheet) استعمال ڪجي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال رکڻو آھي تھ اھا پاليٿين جي چادر ڪنھن بھ ھنڌان ڦاٽل نھ ھجي ۽ گھڻي ايراضيءَ جي حالت ۾ سلاميءَ جي طرف اھي شيٽون يا چادرون ھڪ ٻئي مٿان چڱيءَ طرح چڙھيل (Over-laped) ھئڻ کپن. اھي شيٽون ڇت جي مٿان تيڪي (Parapet wall) جي ھيٺ تائين ھئڻ گھرجن ٻيءَ صورت ۾ جيڪڏھن شيٽ کي صرف تيڪي تائين ڇڏيو ويندو تھ برسات جو پاڻي تيڪي جي ھيٺان لنگھڻ جي ڪوشش ڪندو ۽ ڇت کي نقصان پھچائيندو، پاليٿين پلاسٽڪ ھڪ ھڪ نباتاتي مرڪب آھي ۽ انھيءَ ۾ عمر ڀر جٽاءُ ۽ پائيداريءَ جي خاصيت آھي. ھن تي تيزابيت (Acid) ۽ چانيھي يا کار (Alkali) جو اثر نھ ٿو ٿئي.

پاڻيءَ کي ٽمڻ (Water proofing) کان روڪڻ لاءِ ڏامر جي ٺھيل ٺڪيل چادر جنھن کي بٽومين فيلٽ (Bitumen felt) سڏيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ جو بہ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ اھا ڪنھن بھ شڪل يا ڊؤل جي ڇت ۽ بناوت لاءِ استعمال ڪري سگھجي ٿي. ھيٺ ڏنل فھرست ۾ مختلف قسمن جي بٽومين فيلٽ ۽ انھيءَ جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ تور ڄاڻايل آھي.

===درجہ اول ٽائيل ڇتيون (First class tile roofing) ===
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون آر-سي-سي، ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي ڪامن،، پٽين، ٽيئرن ۽ گرڊرن مٿان 12&quot;x6&quot;x1 1/4&quot; جي سائيز جي سرن جي ٽائيلن جا ٻھ تھھ ڏيئي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جي ڇتين جي تعمير ھيٺئين ريت ڪئي ويندي آھي؛

*سرن جي ٽائيلن جو پھريون تھھ، پٽين مٿان جيڪي 12&quot; جي پور وڇوٽيءَ تي ڪامن مٿان (يا لوھھ جي گرڊرن مٿان ٽيئر رکي) رکيون وينديون آھن، 1:6 جي تناسب ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جي مسالي سان يا 1:2 جي تناسب ۾ چن ۽ سرخيءَ جي گچ سان لڳايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر ھڪ جوڙ ۾ مسالو چڱيءَ طرح لڳل ھجي.
*سرن جي پھرئين تھھ مٿان اڌ انچ جي ٿولھھ ۾ 1:6  جي تناسب جو سيمينٽ پلستر چاڙھي انھيءَ بعد ٽائيلن جو ٻيو تھھ مٿي ڄاڻايل طريقي سان چاڙھيو ويندو آھي پر خاص طرح سان اھو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ سرن جي ٻئي تھھ جا جوڙ پھرئين تھھ جي جوڙن سان نھ ملن بلڪ انھن جوڙن جي ابتڙ ھجن. ائين ڪرڻ سان مٿئين تھھ جا جوڙ ھيٺئين تھھ جي جوڙن سان نھ ملندا ۽ ڇت ٽمڻ (Leakage) جو امڪان گھٽ رھندو.
*ٽائيلن جي ٻئي تھھ مٿان اڌ انچ جو 1:6 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ پلستر چاڙھيو ويندو آھي
*بعد ۾ سيمينٽ پلستر جي مٿان ڏامر جو تھ  (مٿي ڄاڻايل طريقي سان) چاڙھي، انھيءَ جي مٿان جابلو  ريتي ڇٽي ويندي آھي، جيئن ڇت پاڻيءَ روڪ ٿي.
*انھيءَ بعد ڇت کي ٿڌو رکڻ لاءِ ٽن کان چئن انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ مٽيءَ (جيڪا ڪلر ۽ ٻئي گند ڪچري کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ھجي) جو تھ ڀري، انھيءَ مٿان ھڪ انچ جو مٽيءَ جي گادي جو پلستر ڪري، انھيءَ جي مٿان ڇيڻي جي ليپائي ڪبي آھي.

سرن جي ڀتين جي مٿان ۽ گرڊرن جي ھيٺان لوھھ جي بيڊ پليٽ ڏيڻ تمام ضروري آھي، جيئن گرڊرن جي بار سبب ڀتين جا گرڊر سان ملندڙ حصا ڪمزور ٿي، ٽائيم گذرڻ سان جھڪاءُ آڻي، نقصان نھ پھچائين. گرڊرن ۽ ٽيئرن جي صورت ۾ کين ڇت تي چاڙھڻ کان پھرين سنڌور (Red Oxide)  جي پينٽ جو تھھ ڏيئي، سڪائي پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان انئمل پينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ چاڙھي پوءِ ڀتين مٿان چاڙھجن، جيئن انھن مٿان ڪٽ (Rust) سولائيءَ سان نھ چڙھي. جيڪڏھن ائين نھ ڪبو تھ ٽائيلن چاڙھڻ بعد گرڊرن ۽ ٽيئرن جا صرف ھيٺيان حصا پينٽ ڪري سگھبا ۽ ٻيا دٻيل حصا پينٽ بنا رھجي وڃڻ جي حالت ۾ وقت گذرڻ سان ڪٽبا ويندا ۽ نتيجي ۾ اھي تمام گھٽ ٽائيم ھلندا. نتيجي ۾ ڇت تي ڪيل سمورو ڪم ايترو پائيدار نھ ٿيندو ۽ ٺھيل ڇت پنھنجي ٽائيم کان اڳ ۾ بدلائڻي پوندي.

ڇيڙن وارين ديوارن جي اندرين حصن ۽ پٽين يا ٽيئرن جي وچ ۾ 3 انچن کان 9 انچن جو مفاصلو ھئڻ گھرجي. ڇت جي ٽيڪي جي ديوار مٿان گولو (Drip Course)  ڏيڻ ضروري آھي، جيئن مينھن جو پاڻي انھيءَ کي نقصان نھ پھچائي 


===درجہ دوم ٽائيلن جون ڇتيون (Second class tile roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت جي تعمير پڻ درجھ اول ڇت جي تعمير وانگرگ ٿيندي آھي. فرق صرف اھو آھي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ٽائيلن جو صرف ھڪ تھھ چاڙھيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڊرپ ڪورس جي بجاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو گولو (C.C. Coping)  ڏنو ويندو آھي. 

===جئڪ آرچ ڇتيون (Jack Arch Roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ سرن يا سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جون ڪمانيون  (Arches) تعمير ڪيون وينديون آھن ۽ انھن ڪمانن جا ڇيڙا پالتو لوھ (Mild Steel)  جي ڪامن (Joists) مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ جئائسٽ وري ديوارن يا بيمن تي ٽڪيل ھوندا آھن.جئائسٽ 30 انچن کان 45 انچن جي مفاصلي تي رکيل ھوندا آھن. ڪانڪريٽ جي ٿولھھ ڪمانيءَ جي چوٽيءَ (Crown) وٽ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 6 انچ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ ڪمانيءَ جي بلندي ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ اھا خامي آھي تھ اھا سڌي سطح (Plain Surface) نٿي رھي. آخري ڇيڙن وارن حصن کي افقي ڇڪ (Horizontal thrust) کان روڪڻ لاءِ لوھھ جي جئائسٽ جي ٻاھرين جوڙن (Pairs)  وٽ ٻنڌ سيخون (Tie rods) لڳايون وينديون آھن. ٽاءِ راڊس 6 فوٽن جي مرڪزي (6 feet centre to centre) مفاصلي تي ھئڻ گھرجن. جئڪ آرچن جا گھيرا (Rings)  اڀ سرا (Brick on edge) يا سڌين سرن (Bricks on flat) جا ھئڻ گھرجن.

===رينفورسڊ برڪ ڇتيون (Reinforced Brick Roofs) ===
ھي ڇتيون پڻ آر-سي-سيءَ جي ڇتين وانگر  ۽ سڌيون ھونديون آھن، فرق صرف اھو ھوندو آھي جو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي جاءِ تي سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. سرن ۾ ڇت جي ڊيگھھ ۽ ويڪر جي طرف لڳاتار جوڙ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن جوڙن ۾ ڊزائن مطابق لوھھ جو سريو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. جوڙن جي ٿولھھ ٽي ڀاڱي چار انچ رکي ويندي آھي، جنھن  اندر سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو مسالو ڀريو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن جوڙن کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ سان ڀرڻو ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ جوڙن جي ٿولھھ ڏيڍ انچ کان ٻن انچن تائين رکڻ گھرجي. مکيھ سريو (Main reinforcement) ٿوري فاصلي طرف ۽ ورڇيندڙ سريو (Distribution bars) وڌيڪ فاصلي طرف وجھڻ گھرجي ۽ ورڇيندر سريو مکيھ سريي جي مٿان لڳائڻ گھرجي. رينفورسڊ برڪ جي ڪم جي ٿولھھ ھڪ سر جي ٿولھھ کان ٻن سرن جي ٿولھھ تائين ھئڻ گھرجي. ٻيءَ صورت ۾ وڌيڪ ٿولھھ واري ڇت نھايت ئي مھانگي پوندي.

ڇت جي مٿان ٻيو سمورو ڪم ائين ڪرڻ گھرجي جيئن آر-سي-سيءَ جي ڇت لاءِ ڄاڻايل آھي.
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون ڀروسي جھڙيون نھ ٿيون رھن ۽ انھيءَ سبب ڪري گھٽ استعمال ٿين ٿي
 
===ڇپرن واري يا ڪکائين ڇت (Thatched roof)===
ھن قسم جون ڇتيون عام طرح سان ٻن طرفن کان سلامي ڏيئي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن، جيئن برسات جو پاڻي ڇت جي مٿان بيھي نقصان نہ پھچائي.

ھن قسم جي ڇت ٺاھڻ لاءِ 1 ½ انچ ڊايا ميٽر جي بانس جا ٽڪڙا ھڪ فوٽ جي پور وڇوٽيءَ جي مفاصلي تي رکي ۽ انھن جي خلاف گوني ڪنڊ تي ڇھن انچن جي پور وڇوٽيءَ جي مفاصلي تي چڱيءَ طرح لڪڙا ٻڌي جوڙ جڪ (Frame work) ڪئي ويندي آھي. انھيءَ بعد 6 انچن کان 12 انچن جي ٿولھھ تائين سر، ٽوئا يا ڇپريون، ٽن ٽن انچن جي تھن جي صورت ۾ چاڙھيون وينديون آھن. اڪثر طور تي پھريون تھ بانس جي لڪڙن سان جوڙي جڪي تيار ڪري چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ڇت جي رال (Pitch) 35 ڊگرين جي لڳ ڀڳ رکي ويندي آھي.

ھن قسم جي ڇت اگر ھنرمندي ۽ ڪاريگري سان ٺاھي وڃي تھ سٺي نموني اڻ ٽمندڙ ۽ پاڻيءَ روڪ رھي ٿي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ باھھ لڳڻ جا امڪان تمام گھڻا رھن ٿا ۽ اڏوھي ۽ جيت لڳڻ جو خطرو پڻ رھي ٿو. جيڪڏھن انھن سڀني خطرن کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت جو مدو 15 سالن کان وڌيڪ نھ ٿو رھي.

===ائسبيسٽاس سيمينٽ جي ڇت (Asbestos cement corrugated sheet roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇت نھايت ئي عمده قسم جي ائسبيسٽاس ۽ سيمينٽ جي گڏيل مرڪب مان ٺھيل اھڙين چادرن سان ڍڪي ٺاھي ويندي آھي جن ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو نقص جھڙوڪ ڦوٽ، ڏار، ڀڳل ڪنڊون ۽ پاسا وغيرھ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن. ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪٽ يا زنگ (Rust)  لڳڻ جو خطرو نھ ٿو رھي. ھنن تي نھ اڏوھي لڳي ٿي سگھي ۽ نہ ئي وري انھن تي رنگ ڪرڻ جي ضرورت پوي ٿي، البتہ سردين ۾ انھن جي ھيٺان آلاڻ پيدا ٿي پوي ٿي. ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ باھ جو مقابلو ڪرڻ، ۽ موسمي اثرن کي ڪنھن حد تائين روڪڻ جي خاصيت رھي ٿي.

ھنن ڇتين ۾ (7mm) 9/32 in. واري ٿولھھ جي چادرن استعمال ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ڪامن (Purlins)  جي وچ ۾ وڌ ۾ وڌ 5 فوٽ 3 انچ  (1.6m) جو فاصلو ۽ ¼ انچ  (6 mm) جي ٿولھھ وارين چادرن جي حالت ۾ 4 فوٽ 6 انچ (1.4 m) ھئڻ گھرجي.
چادرن جو لسو پاسو ھميشھ مٿان ۽ وڪڙن وارو پاسو ھيٺان ھئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ پاسي وارو چڙھاڪو (Side lap) گھٽ ۾ گھٽ اڌ وڪڙ جيترو، جيڪو عموما (4.5 cm) 13/4&quot; جي برابر ھوندو آھي ۽ ڇيڙن وارو چڙھاڪو (End lap)  گھٽ ۾ گھٽ (15 cm) 6&quot; جي برابر ڏنو وڃي. جڏھن تھ پاسن وارا آزاد حصا گھٽ ۾ گھٽ (40 cm) 1'-4&quot; اڌارن کان ٻاھر نڪتل ھئڻ گھرجن.
چادرن کي قابو ڪرڻ لاءِ آڌار وارين پٽين وٽ چادرن جي وڪڙن جي چوٽين (Crowns) ۾ (8 mm) 3/16&quot; جا ڊرل مشين رستي سوراخ ڪڍي قلعي دار j  (Galvanised) ۽ L جي صورت وارا ڪنڍا (Hooks)  استعمال ڪري ڏامر ۽ قلعي دار (Galvanised iron) وائيسر (Washer)  ڏيئي انھن کي چادرن مٿان، نٽ پٺيان نٽ جي حساب سان جڪڙيو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ سوراخ ڪڍڻ واسطي چادرن کي ڪنھن ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ھرگز ڀڳو ۽ چيريو نھ وڃي انھن نٽن کي پھريائين ڍرو ڇڏيو وڃي ۽ جڏھن ڪافي چادرون وڇائجي وڃن تھ پوءِ انھن کي سوڙھو ۽ قابو ڪيو وڃي. سوراخن  جو قطر (Diameter)  استعمال ٿيندڙ بولٽن جي قطر کان 1/16 انچ وڌيڪ ھئڻ گھرجي. نقصان کان بچاءُ واسطي چادرن کي مٿي چاڙھي وڇائڻ لاءِ تختا يا ڏاڪڻون استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجن. جيڪڏھن ڪنھن بھ چادر کي نقصان پھچي تھ انھيءَ کي اڇلائي خارج ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي ٻي چادر استعمال ڪجي. تمام گھڻي احتياط ڪندي بھ جيڪڏھن انھن چادرن ۾ ڪي نظر انداز ڪرڻ جوڳا ٽنگ ٿي پون تھ انھن کي ڏامر يا ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي مرڪب سان بند ڪري سگھجي ٿو بشرطيڪ انھن مان پاڻي ٽمي نہ سگھي.  ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ ائسبيسٽاس سيمينٽ جي چادرن جا ٽي قسم ٿيندا آھن جن جو ڪجھھ تفصيل ھيٺ ڏجي ٿو.

*ايورائيٽ بگسڪس : (Everite Bigsix)

ھن قسم جون چادرون 2.758  فوٽ (7 cm) ويڪريون 1.312 فوٽن کان 84.9 فوٽ (4.0 ميٽر کان 3 ميٽرن تائين) ڊگھيون ۽ ¼ انچ (6 mm)  ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. انھن ۾ مجموعي طرح سان 5.7 وڪڙ ٿيندا آھن ۽ ھڪ کان ٻئي وڪڙ تائين اٽڪل  5 ¾ انچن جو مفاصلو ٿيندو آھي، جڏھن تھ وڪڙ جي چوٽيءَ ۽ تري يعني ھيٺ تائين اوچائي 13.2 انچ (5.4 cm)  ٿيندي آھي.

*ايورائٽ اسٽئنڊرڊ : (Everite Standard)

ھي چادرون ٻن قسمن جون ٿينديون آھن.، ھڪڙيون ننڍيون چادرون ۽ ٻيون وڏيون. ننڍيون چادرون 5.2 فوٽ (76 cm)  ويڪريون 3 ½ فوٽن (1.07 mm)  کان  12 ½ فوٽن (3.9 m) تائين ڊگھيون ۽ ¼  انچ (6 mm)  ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. ھن ۾ وڪڙن جي اوچائي ھڪ انچ (2.54 cm)  کان  1.13&quot;  (2.86 cm) تائين ۽ ٻن وڪڙن جي وچ ۾ درمياني مفاصلو 09.2 انچ (5.3 cm) ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھر چادر ۾ 5.10 وڪڙ (Corrugations)  ٿيندا آھن. وڏيون چادرون 3 3/8 فوٽن کان  3 ½ فوٽن تائين (05.1 ميٽرن کان 1.10 ميٽرن تائين) ويڪريون، 3 3/8 فوٽن کان 10 فوٽن تائين ( 04.1 ميٽرن کان 05.3 ميٽرن تائين) ڊگھيون ۽ ¼ انچ (6 mm) ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن. ور وڪڙن جي اوچائي 3/16&quot; (اٽڪل 5 سينٽيميٽرن کان 5.4 سينٽيميٽرن تائين) ۽  ان وڪڙن جي وچ وارو مفاصلو 5 ¾ انچ (146 cm) ٿيندو آھي.

*ٽرنال ٽريفورڊ : (Turnal Trafford)
ھي چادرون اٽڪل 3 5/8 فوٽ (13.1 ميٽر) ويڪريون، 4 فوٽن (1.22 ميٽر) کان 10 فوٽن (3.05 m) تائين ڊگھيون ھونديون آھن ۽ ھنن شيٽن ۾ ور وڪڙن جو تسلسل نھ ھوندو آھي، بلڪ ھر وڪڙ کان پوءِ ھموار سطح ھوندي آھي. ھر چادر ۾ اٽڪل چار وڪڙ ٿيندا آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون وڏين عمارتن جھڙوڪ گودامن، سينيما گھرن ۽ ڪارخانن ۾ استعمال ٿينديون آھن. 

===لوھ جي جستي ۽ ناليدر چادرن جون ڇتيون (Galvanised Corrugated Iron Sheet Roofing) ===
ھن قسم جي ڇتين ۾ 16 گيج کان وٺي 24 گيج جون لوھھ جون جستي ۽ ناليدار چادرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ انھن ڳالھين جو خاص خيال رکيو وڃي تھ ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪم ايندڙ شيٽون چڱيءَ طرح ۽ بلڪل پختيءَ طرح جستي ملمعي چڙھيل آھن. جيڪڏھن انھن پڙ ڇن ۾ ڪٽ، سفيد پائوڊر جھڙا ٽڪرا، گاٺ ۽ ڦوٽ نظر اچي تھ اھڙن پڙڇن (Sheets) کي ھرگز استعمال نہ ڪجي.

ھيءُ پڙڇ ھميشھ ڪاٺ يا لوھ جي گرڊرن ۽ ڪامن (Purlins) مٿان ڇھن انچن (15 cm) جو ڇيڙن وارو چڙھاڪو (End Overlap) ۽ ٻين وڪڙن (Corrugations) جو ھر سائيڊ کان سائيڊ وارو چڙھاڪو (Side lap) ڏيئي رکيا ويندا آھن. پڙڇن کي قابو رکڻ لاءِ ڪامن مٿان چاڙھڻ کان اڳ ۾ کين زمين تي رکي گھربل ھنڌن تي ڪنھن تکي اوزار سان ٽنگ ڪڍي، انھيءَ بعد مٿي چاڙھي کين بولٽن، اسڪرن، ڪلين ۽ ڪوڪن (Rivets) وغيره سان قابو ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ اھي سوراخ ھنن چادرن ۾ ھيٺان کان مٿي پار ڪرڻ جي حساب سان ۽ ھميشھ وڪڙن جي چوٽيءَ وٽ ڪڍڻ گھرجن. انھن شيٽن کي ھميشھ ملمعي وارن نٽن، بولٽن، ڏامر جي وائيسرن (Washers)  ۽ جستي ملمعي وارن وائيسرن وسيلي ڪامن (Purlins) سان مضبوط ڪري جڪڙيو وڃي. اھي ڪنڍا ۽ بولٽ 5/16 يا 8 ملي ميٽر جي قطر جا ۽ L يا J جي شبيھھ جا ٿيندا آھن. پيچن ھيٺان واشر مضبوطي حاصل ڪرڻ لاءِ لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھنن پڙڇن کي لڳائڻ وقت انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ پلون وٽ انھيءَ چادر جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ نالي (Corrugation) ٻيءَ ناليءَ جي مٿان چڙھيل ھجي ۽ ڊگھا پاسا 3 انچن کان 5 انچن تائين (يعني 7.5 سينٽيميٽرن کان 14 سينٽيميٽرن تائين) ھڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙھيل ھئڻ گھرجن. ھن قسم جي ڇت ۾ ڪم ايندڙ چادرون 2 فوٽ 3 انچن کان 4 فوٽ 4 انچن ( 65 cm کان 126 cm) تائين ويڪريون، 5 فوٽن کان 15 فوٽن (5.1 ميٽر کان 5.3 ميٽرن) تائين ڊگھيون 1/16 انچن کان ¼ انچ (1.66 mm کان 6.56 cm) تائين ٿلھيون اٺن (8) وڪڙن سان ۽ ھر ھڪ وڪڙ جي وچ کان ٻئي وڪڙ (pitch) جي وچ تائين 3 انچن (7.6 cm) جي مفاصلي واريون ٿينديون آھن. ھيءُ پڙڇ تور ۾ ھلڪا ۽ لڳائڻ (Fixing)  ۾ سولا ٿين ٿا. البتھ موسمي اثرن کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٺيڪ  نٿا ٿا رھن ۽ انھن منجھان گرمي توڙي سردي آسانيءَ سان لنگھي (To transmit) سگھي ٿي. بھرحال ھيءُ پڙڇ پائيدار ۽ باھ جو مقابلو ڪرڻ جي لائق آھي.

ھن قسم جون ڇتيون 1:5 جي تناسب کان وڌيڪ سڌيون نھ رکڻ گھرجن ۽ عام طور 1:2 جي تناسب واريون ڇتيون بھتر رھن ٿيون. 1:2 ½ جي تناسب وارين نصب ڪيل (Pitched) ڇتين جي صورت ۾ ڇيڙي وارو چڙھاڪو (End overlap) 9 انچن (23 cm) کان گھٽ ھئڻ نہ گهرجي.

ھن قسم جون ڇتيون ڇاپرن (Sheds) ۽ ڪارخانن وغيره لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن.  ھن قسم جي ڇتين جو مٿاڇرو ھڪ ڪرو ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن شيٽن جا ور وڪڙ (Corrugations) سڌا ۽ ھموار ھئڻ گهرجن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>d41zz5ztn1kxds3jk2zu10661adx7hv</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401052</id>
      <parentid>401051</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:08:03Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401052</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="47287" sha1="1mzl37dkp7pxr6bdzfaqc5iqoo6jy4p" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|عمارت جو مٿيون حفاظتي ڍڪ}}

[[فائل:Tak - Ystad-2022.jpg|thumb|2022ع ۾ [[يسٽاڊ]] جي مرڪزي علائقي ۾ مختلف عمارتن جون ڇتيون.]]

'''ڇت''' (انگريزي: ''Roof'') عمارت جو سڀ کان مٿيون حفاظتي ڍڪ هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ اهي سڀئي تعميراتي جزا ۽ مواد شامل هوندا آهن، جيڪي ان کي عمارت جي [[ڀت]]ن يا ٻين سهارن تي مضبوطيءَ سان قائم رکندا آهن. ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد عمارت ۽ ان جي رهواسين کي [[مينهن]]، [[برف]]، [[سج جي روشني]]، انتهائي گرمي يا سردي ۽ [[هوا]] جي اثرن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Harris, Cyril M. (editor). ''Dictionary of Architecture and Construction'', Third Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2000, p. 775.&lt;/ref&gt; ڇت عمارت جي ٻاهرئين حفاظتي ڍانچي (بلڊنگ انولپ) جو هڪ اهم حصو آهي.

ڪنهن به ڇت جي شڪل، بناوت ۽ خاصيتون ان عمارت جي استعمال، دستياب ڇت سازي جي مواد، مقامي تعميراتي روايتن، [[معماري]] جي ڊزائن ۽ تعميراتي عمل تي دارومدار رکن ٿيون. ڪيترين حالتن ۾ انهن تي مقامي يا قومي تعميراتي قانونن ۽ ضابطن جو پڻ اثر هوندو آهي.

گهڻن ملڪن ۾ ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد مينهن کان بچاءُ هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪجهه تعميرن ۾، جهڙوڪ [[ورانڊو]]، اهڙي ڇت استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي جيڪا سج جي سڌي روشني کان بچائي ٿي، پر هوا ۽ ٻين قدرتي عنصرن جي اچ وڃ کي برقرار رکي ٿي. ساڳيءَ طرح [[شيشي گهر]] (گارڊن ڪنزرويٽري) جي ڇت ٻوٽن کي سردي، هوا ۽ مينهن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي، جڏهن ته سج جي روشني اندر اچڻ جي اجازت به ڏيندي آهي.

ڇت کي اضافي رهائشي يا استعمال لائق جاءِ طور پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو، مثال طور [[ڇت وارو باغ]] (روف گارڊن).

== اشتقاق ==

لفظ '''ڇت''' جي انگريزي صورت ''Roof''، پراڻي انگريزي ٻوليءَ جي لفظ '''hrof''' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن جي معنيٰ ''ڇت''، [[ڇت (اندروني)|اندروني ڇت]] (Ceiling)، مٿيون حصو، چوٽي، آسمان يا جنت هئي. مجازي طور هي لفظ ڪنهن به شيءِ جي سڀ کان مٿاهين حصي يا بلند ترين نقطي لاءِ پڻ استعمال ٿيندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=https://www.etymonline.com/word/roof|title=Roof|website=Online Etymology Dictionary}}&lt;/ref&gt;

هي لفظ [[پروٽو-جرمني ٻولي]] جي لفظ '''خروفام khrofam''' مان نڪتل آهي، جنهن سان ٻين جرمني ٻولين جا ڪيترائي لاڳاپيل لفظ پڻ ملن ٿا. مثال طور [[ڊچ ٻولي]] ۾ '''roef''' جي معنيٰ ٻيڙيءَ جي ڪيبن يا ڍڪ، تابوت جي ڍڪ وغيره آهي، [[وچئين اعليٰ جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ '''rof''' جو مطلب ڇپر يا اوچو ڇت وارو حصو، جڏهن ته [[قديم نورس ٻولي]] ۾ '''hrof''' ٻيڙيءَ جي ڇپر يا ٻيڙي رکڻ واري ڍڪيل جاءِ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو.

لساني ماهرن موجب هي لفظ جرمني ٻولين کان ٻاهر ٻين ٻولي خاندانن سان ڪو واضح تعلق نٿو رکي. انگريزي ٻولي ئي اها واحد جرمني ٻولي آهي، جنهن ۾ ''روف'' لفظ پنهنجي عام معنيٰ، يعني عمارت جي مٿئين حفاظتي ڍڪ، لاءِ برقرار رهيو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻين جرمني ٻولين ۾ انهيءَ مفهوم لاءِ اهي لفظ استعمال ٿين ٿا، جيڪي پراڻي انگريزي جي '''þæc''' (ٿئچ؛ يعني ڇپر يا ڪکن جي ڇت) سان لاڳاپيل آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite OED|roof, n.}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== بناوتي جزا ==

ڇت جي ڊزائن جا بنيادي جزا هي آهن:

* مواد؛
* [[گهر جي ڇت جي بناوت|تعميراتي بناوت]]؛
* پائيداري.

=== مواد ===

ڇت ٺاهڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد علائقي، موسم، دستيابي ۽ تعميراتي ضرورتن موجب مختلف هوندا آهن. اهي [[ڪيلي]] جي پنن، ڪڻڪ جي [[ڀوسو|ڀوسي]] يا [[سامونڊي گاهه]] کان وٺي [[پرتدار شيشو]] (ليمينيٽيڊ گلاس)، [[ٽامو|ٽامي]]، [[ايلومينيم]] جي چادرن ۽ اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[ڪنڪريٽ]] تائين ٿي سگهن ٿا. دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾ [[ٺڪر]] جون [[ڇت جون سرون]] صدين، بلڪه هزارين سالن کان سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇت سازي جو مواد رهيون آهن.

ٻين عام ڇت سازي جي موادن ۾ [[اسفالٽ]]، [[ڪوئلي جي تار]]، [[اي پي ڊي ايم رٻڙ]] (EPDM Rubber)، [[هائپالون]]، [[پولي يوريٿين]] جو فوم، [[پولي ونائل ڪلورائيڊ]] (PVC)، [[سليٽ پٿر]]، [[ٽيفلون]] جو ڪپڙو، [[ٿرموپلاسٽڪ اوليفن]] (TPO)، ۽ [[ڪاٺ]] جون ڇتيون (ووڊ شيڪز ۽ شنگلز) شامل آهن.

=== تعميراتي بناوت ===

ڇت جي تعميراتي بناوت ان ڳالهه تي دارومدار رکي ٿي ته ان کي ڪهڙي طريقي سان سهارو ڏنو ويو آهي، هيٺئين خالي جاءِ کي ڪيئن ڍڪيو ويو آهي، ۽ ڇت ڍلوان (پچڊ) آهي يا هموار.

'''ڇت جي ڍلوان''' (روف پچ) ان زاويي کي چيو ويندو آهي، جنهن تي ڇت پنهنجي سڀ کان هيٺئين نقطي کان مٿي طرف اڀري ٿي. آمريڪا ۾ گهڻيون رهائشي عمارتون، سواءِ انتهائي خشڪ علائقن جي، ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون رکن ٿيون. جيتوڻيڪ جديد نيڪال جا نظام، جهڙوڪ پاڻيءَ جون ناليون، هموار ڇت کي به ڪارائتو بڻائي سگهن ٿا، پر روايت، جمالياتي حسن ۽ تعميراتي ضرورتن سبب اڄ به گهڻيون ڇتيون ڍلوان سان ٺاهيون وڃن ٿيون.

ڪجهه ڇت سازي جا مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]] (ٿيچ)، پاڻي نه رسڻ ۽ ڊگهي عمر لاءِ تيز ڍلوان جي گهرج رکن ٿا. جڏهن ته ٻيا مواد، جهڙوڪ [[پين ٽائل]] (Pantile)، تمام تيز ڍلوان تي مستحڪم ناهن رهندا، پر گهٽ ڍلوان تي موسم کان بهترين تحفظ فراهم ڪندا آهن.

جن علائقن ۾ برسات تمام گهٽ پوندي آهي، اتي لڳ ڀڳ هموار ڇت، جنهن ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ معمولي ڍلوان هجي، عام طور ڪافي هوندي آهي. اهڙين ڇتين ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ ناليون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن سان وڌيڪ ڍلوان جي ضرورت گهٽجي ويندي آهي.

ڇت جي تعمير ۾ ماهر ڪاريگر کي '''ڇت ساز''' (روفر) چيو ويندو آهي.

=== پائيداري ===

ڇت جي پائيداري انتهائي اهم هوندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڇت عمارت جو اهو حصو آهي، جتي مرمت يا تجديد لاءِ پهچڻ نسبتاً ڏکيو هوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن ڇت کي نقصان پهچي يا اها تباهه ٿي وڃي ته ان جا اثر سڄي عمارت جي حفاظت، استعمال ۽ عمر تي پئجي سگهن ٿا.

== شڪل ==

[[فائل:Roof diagram.jpg|thumb|upright=1.15|مغربي طرز جي ڇت جي ڪجهه حصن جا نالا]]

{{مکيه|ڇتين جي شڪلين جي فهرست}}

'''ڇتين جون شڪلون''' دنيا جي مختلف علائقن ۾ هڪ ٻئي کان گهڻو مختلف هونديون آهن. ڇت جي شڪل تي اثرانداز ٿيندڙ اهم عنصر مقامي [[آبهوا]]، ڇت جي ڍانچي لاءِ دستياب تعميراتي مواد، ۽ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي ڍڪ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://www.huffpost.com/entry/roofing-materials-to-prot_b_8959516 |title=Roofing Materials to Protect You From the Elements |website=HuffPost |date=12 January 2016}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڇتين جون بنيادي شڪلون هيٺيان آهن:

* [[هموار ڇت]] (Flat Roof)
* [[يڪ طرفي ڍلوان واري ڇت]] (Mono-pitched Roof)
* [[گيبل ڇت]] (Gable Roof)
* [[مينسارڊ ڇت]] (Mansard Roof)
* [[هپ ڇت]] (Hip Roof)
* [[تتلي نما ڇت]] (Butterfly Roof)
* [[قوسي ڇت]] (Arched Roof)
* [[گنبذي ڇت]] (Domed Roof)

انهن بنيادي شڪلين جون ڪيتريون ئي ٻيون صورتون پڻ موجود آهن.

جيڪي ڇتيون ڪيترن هموار حصن مان ٺهيل هونديون آهن، پر انهن حصن کي ڪنهن نه ڪنهن ڍلوان تي ٺاهيو ويندو آهي، انهن کي '''ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون''' (Pitched Roofs) چيو ويندو آهي. عام طور جيڪڏهن ڇت جو ڍلوان 10 درجن کان وڌيڪ هجي ته ان کي ڍلوان واري ڇت تصور ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;C. M. Harris, ''Dictionary of Architecture &amp; Construction''&lt;/ref&gt;

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇتيون ڍلوان واريون هونديون آهن، جن ۾ خاص طور [[گيبل ڇت]]، [[هپ ڇت]] ۽ [[اسڪليون ڇت]] (Skillion Roof) شامل آهن.

ڪجهه ڇتين جون شڪلون قدرتي (Organic) انداز تي ٻڌل هونديون آهن. اهڙيون شڪلون يا ته معمار جي ڊزائن جي نتيجي ۾ اختيار ڪيون وينديون آهن يا وري ان سبب پيدا ٿينديون آهن جو تعمير ۾ لچڪدار مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]]، استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

== حصا ==

ڇت ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندي آهي:

* ان جي '''سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت''' (سپورٽنگ اسٽرڪچر)؛
* ان جو '''ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه''' (آئوٽر ليئر)، جيڪو ڇت جو سڀ کان مٿيون موسم کان بچاءُ ڪندڙ حصو هوندو آهي.

ڪجهه عمارتن ۾ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه پاڻ ئي بار کڻندڙ بناوت (سيلف-سپورٽنگ اسٽرڪچر) طور پڻ ڪم ڪندو آهي.

عام طور ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت [[ڀت]]ن تي بيٺل هوندي آهي، جيتوڻيڪ ڪجهه تعميراتي انداز، جهڙوڪ [[جيوڊيزيڪ گنبذ]] ۽ [[اي-فريم گهر]]، ۾ ڀت ۽ ڇت جي وچ وارو فرق گهڻو نمايان نه رهندو آهي.

=== سهارو ===

{{Main|گهر جي ڇت جي بناوت}}

[[فائل:Linkopings stadsbibliotek roof2.jpg|thumb|[[سويڊن]] ۾ هڪ لائبريري جي ڇت]]

ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت عام طور ڊگهن ۽ مضبوط شهتيرن (بيم) تي ٻڌل هوندي آهي، جيڪي گهڻو ڪري [[ڪاٺ]] مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اوڻيهين صديءَ جي وچ ڌاري کان پوءِ [[ڪاسٽ لوهه]] ۽ [[فولاد]] پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيڻ لڳا.

جن ملڪن ۾ [[بانس]] جو استعمال عام آهي، اتي ان جي قدرتي لچڪ سبب ڇتين ۾ هلڪي وڪريل شڪل پيدا ٿيندي آهي، جيڪا خاص طور اوڀر ايشيائي، خاص ڪري [[جاپاني معمار]]ي جي سڃاڻپ سمجهي وڃي ٿي.

ڪاٺ اهڙو مواد آهي، جنهن سان مختلف قسمن جون ڇتيون آسانيءَ سان تعمير ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. ڪاٺ جي بناوت نه رڳو تعميراتي سهارو فراهم ڪندي آهي، پر جيڪڏهن ان کي ظاهر رکيو وڃي ته اها عمارت جي جمالياتي حسن ۾ پڻ اضافو ڪندي آهي.

پراڳاڙهي زماني کان وٺي پٿر جا افقي شهتير (لنٽيل) ڇتين کي سهارو ڏيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن، پر اهي تمام وڏن فاصلن کي ڍڪي نٿا سگهن. بعد ۾ [[قديم روم]] جي دور ۾ پٿر جي قوس (اسٽون آرڪ) جو وسيع استعمال شروع ٿيو، جنهن جي مختلف صورتن سان لڳ ڀڳ 140 فوٽ (43 ميٽر) تائين جا فاصلا ڍڪي سگهبا هئا.

پٿر جون قوسون ۽ [[والٽ (معماري)|والٽ]]، چاهي رٻن (Ribs) سان هجن يا بغير رٻن جي، لڳ ڀڳ ٻن هزارن سالن تائين وڏين عمارتن جي ڇتين جي بنيادي بناوت رهيون. اها روايت [[صنعتي انقلاب]] کان پوءِ آهستي آهستي ختم ٿيڻ لڳي، جڏهن لوهه جا شهتير استعمال ٿيڻ شروع ٿيا ۽ [[جوزف پيڪسٽن]] جهڙن معمارن جديد عمارتون، جهڙوڪ [[ڪرسٽل پيلس]] (1851ع)، تعمير ڪيون.

فولادي گرڊرن (اسٽيل گرڊر) ۾ مسلسل بهتري اچڻ سان اهي وڏين ڇتين ۽ بعد ۾ عام رهائشي گهرن جي تعمير ۾ به بنيادي سهارو بڻجي ويا. گرڊر جو هڪ ٻيو قسم [[رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ]] جو شهتير آهي، جنهن ۾ ڌاتي سلاخن کي ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر بند ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان تنشي قوتن جي مقابلي ۾ ان جي مضبوطي وڌي ويندي آهي.

ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت کي رهائش يا استعمال لائق جاءِ طور پڻ ڪم آندو ويندو آهي، جنهن کي ڇت جي فرش بندي (روف ڊيڪنگ) چيو ويندو آهي. اهڙي جاءِ کي ڪمري يا ٻين استعمالن لاءِ تبديل ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه ===

{{Main|تجارتي طور دستياب ڇت سازي جي موادن جي فهرست}}

ڇت جو ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد جي لحاظ کان تمام گهڻي تبديلي رکي ٿو. روايتي يا مقامي [[معماري]] ۾ ڇت لاءِ گهڻو ڪري قدرتي ٻوٽيدار مواد استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]]، جنهن مان سامونڊي گاهه سان ٺهيل ڇت لڳ ڀڳ چاليهن سالن تائين قائم رهي سگهي ٿي.

ايشيا جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ [[بانس]] کي ڇت جي سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه، ٻنهي طور استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. بانس جي ڊگهن ڦاڙيل ٽڪرن کي هڪ ٻئي مٿان چاڙهي وڇايو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان پاڻيءَ کان بچاءُ ڪندڙ مضبوط ڇت تيار ٿيندي آهي.

جن علائقن ۾ [[ڪاٺ]] وافر مقدار ۾ موجود هوندو آهي، اتي ڪاٺ جون ڇت واريون تختيون (شنگلز)، ٿلها ڪاٺي ٽڪرا (شيڪز) ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪجهه ملڪن ۾ مخصوص وڻن جي [[ڪل]] کي ٿلهين چادرن جي صورت ۾ لاهي ڇت طور پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.


ويهين صديءَ دوران گڏيل [[اسفالٽ]] وارين ڇت جي تختين (ڪمپوزيشن اسفالٽ شنگلز) جي تياري شروع ٿي. انهن جي عمر انهن جي ٿولهه ۽ معيار موجب مختلف هوندي آهي. سنهي قسم جون تختيون عام طور لڳ ڀڳ ويهه سال هلنديون آهن، جڏهن ته وڌيڪ ٿلهيون ۽ اعليٰ معيار جون تختيون گهڻي عرصي تائين، ڪڏهن ڪڏهن سڄي خدمت واري عمر تائين، استعمال ٿي سگهن ٿيون. انهن جي قيمت به عام طور سندن ٿولهه ۽ پائيداري تي دارومدار رکي ٿي.

جڏهن ڇت جي تختين جو مٿيون تهه پراڻو يا خراب ٿي وڃي ٿو ته عام طور پراڻيون تختيون، هيٺيون حفاظتي تهه (انڊرلي مينٽ) ۽ ڇت جون ميخون هٽائي نئينون تختيون لڳايون وينديون آهن. ٻيو طريقو اهو آهي ته نئون تهه پراڻين تختين جي مٿان ئي لڳايو وڃي. جيتوڻيڪ هي طريقو تيز ۽ گهٽ خرچائتو هوندو آهي، پر ان سان ڇت جي ڪاٺي بناوت (روف شيئٿنگ) جي جاچ ممڪن نه رهندي آهي ۽ جيڪڏهن پاڻيءَ سبب اندر ڪو نقصان ٿيو هجي ته ان جي مرمت به نٿي ٿي سگهي.

ان کان علاوه، پراڻين تختين جي مٿان نئون تهه لڳائڻ سان ميخون ڪاٺي بناوت تائين گهٽ پهچنديون آهن، جنهن ڪري انهن جي پڪڙ ڪمزور ٿي ويندي آهي. وڌيڪ اهم ڳالهه اها آهي ته اضافي مواد جو وزن ڇت جي مقرر مرده بار (ڊيڊ لوڊ) کان وڌي سگهي ٿو، جنهن سان ڇت جي ڊهڻ جو خطرو پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿو. انهيءَ سبب، جن ملڪن ۾ [[بين الاقوامي عمارتي ضابطو]] (انٽرنيشنل بلڊنگ ڪوڊ) لاڳو آهي، اتي جيڪڏهن ڇت تي اڳ ۾ ئي ٻن يا وڌيڪ تهن ۾ ڇت سازي جو مواد موجود هجي ته ان جي مٿان نئون تهه لڳائڻ جي اجازت نه هوندي. اهڙين حالتن ۾ نئين ڇت لڳائڻ کان اڳ پراڻو مواد مڪمل طور هٽائڻ لازمي هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Chapter 9 - Roof Assemblies|url=http://publicecodes.cyberregs.com/icod/irc/2012/icod_irc_2012_9_par135.htm}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[سليٽ پٿر]] ڇت سازي لاءِ هڪ انتهائي مناسب ۽ تمام گهڻي پائيدار مواد آهي. سليٽ جي ڇت عام طور 75 کان 150 سالن تائين، ۽ ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ان کان به وڌيڪ عرصي تائين قائم رهي سگهي ٿي. تنهن هوندي به، سليٽ جي ڇت لڳائڻ جو خرچ گهڻو هوندو آهي. مثال طور آمريڪا ۾ سليٽ جي ڇت جي قيمت ڪڏهن ڪڏهن سڄي گهر جي باقي تعمير جيتري ٿي سگهي ٿي.

سليٽ جي ڇت ۾ سڀ کان پهرين عام طور اهي ميخون خراب ٿينديون آهن، جن سان سليٽ جون تختيون ٻڌل هونديون آهن. وقت سان گڏ انهن ۾ زنگ لڳڻ سبب تختيون پنهنجي جاءِ تان سُرڪڻ لڳنديون آهن. برطانيا ۾ هن مسئلي کي ''نيل سڪنس'' (Nail Sickness) چيو ويندو آهي. انهيءَ ڪري سليٽ جي ڇتين لاءِ [[اسٽينليس اسٽيل]] يا [[ٽامو|ٽامي]] جون ميخون استعمال ڪرڻ جي سفارش ڪئي ويندي آهي، ۽ انهن کي پڻ موسم جي سڌي اثر کان محفوظ رکڻ ضروري هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Six Steps to Building a 150 Year Roof|url=https://kocaeliwebtasarim.medium.com/six-steps-to-building-a-150-year-roof-4624749b33c2}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[ايزبسٽاس]]، جيڪو گهڻو ڪري لهردار ڳنڍيل چادرن جي صورت ۾ استعمال ٿيندو هو، ويهين صديءَ دوران هڪ سستي، نه سڙندڙ ۽ بهترين حرارتي موصليت واري ڇت سازي جي مواد طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويو. پر بعد ۾ ايزبسٽاس جي کوٽائي، تياري ۽ استعمال سان لاڳاپيل سنگين صحت ۽ قانوني مسئلن جي ڪري ان کي نئين ڇت سازي جي مواد طور استعمال ڪرڻ تقريباً بند ڪيو ويو. تنهن هوندي به، خاص طور ڏکڻ آمريڪا ۽ ايشيا جي ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾ اڄ به ايزبسٽاس واريون پراڻيون ڇتيون موجود آهن.

[[گاهه واريون ڇتيون]]، جن کي جديد دور ۾ [[سائي ڇت]] (گرين روف) ۽ روايتي طور [[گاس واري ڇت]] (سوڊ روف) چيو ويندو آهي، سٺيون حرارتي موصليت واريون هونديون آهن. ماحولياتي تحفظ ۽ شهرن کي وڌيڪ سرسبز بڻائڻ لاءِ اهڙين ڇتين جي تعمير کي هاڻي وڌيڪ هٿي ڏني پئي وڃي. انهن ۾ موجود مٽي ۽ ٻوٽا قدرتي موصل (لونگ انسوليشن) طور ڪم ڪندا آهن، جنهن سان عمارت جي اندروني گرمي پد ۾ توازن برقرار رهندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|date=2020-02-06|title=Green and Cool Roofs|url=https://drawdown.org/solutions/green-and-cool-roofs}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[ايڊوب]] جون ڇتيون مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن ۾ ڪکن يا جانورن جا وار جهڙا ڳنڍيندڙ مواد ملايا ويندا آهن. پوءِ ان کي ڪاٺين جي ڄاري (ليٿ) تي پلستر ڪري هموار يا هلڪي ڍلوان واري ڇت ٺاهي ويندي آهي. اهڙيون ڇتيون گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٺاهيون وينديون آهن، جتي برسات تمام گهٽ پوندي آهي.

جن علائقن ۾ مٽي وافر مقدار ۾ موجود هوندي آهي، اتي پڪل [[ڇت جون سرون]] صدين کان ڇت سازي جو بنيادي مواد رهيون آهن. ڇت جون سرون ٺاهڻ ۽ ساڙڻ جي صنعت گهڻو ڪري سرن جي ڪارخانن سان لاڳاپيل هوندي آهي. ماضي ۾ انهن سرن جي شڪل ۽ رنگ هر علائقي جي سڃاڻپ هوندا هئا، پر اڄڪلهه خريد ڪندڙن جي ضرورت ۽ پسند مطابق مختلف شڪلين، رنگن ۽ اندازن جون سرون تجارتي بنيادن تي تيار ڪيون وڃن ٿيون. [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جون ڇت واريون سرون پڻ عام استعمال ٿين ٿيون، جيڪي ڪيترن ئي مختلف اندازن ۽ شڪلين ۾ موجود آهن.

ڌاتي چادرن، خاص طور [[ٽامو|ٽامي]] ۽ [[سيهو|سيهي]]، کي پڻ ڪيترن ئي صدين کان ڇت سازي ۾ استعمال ڪيو پيو وڃي. جيتوڻيڪ اهي مواد مهانگا آهن، پر انتهائي پائيدار پڻ آهن. مثال طور [[شارترس گرجاگھر]] (شارترس ڪيٿيڊرل) جي وڏي ٽامي واري ڇت ڪيترن ئي صدين کان موجود آهي، جيڪا وقت سان گڏ آڪسائيڊ ٿيڻ سبب هلڪي سائي رنگ جي ٿي وئي آهي.

سيهو، جيڪو ڪڏهن ڪڏهن گرجاگهرن جي ڇتين ۾ استعمال ٿيندو هو، گهڻو ڪري رهائشي گهرن جي ڇتين ۾ پاڻي نه رسڻ واري بندش (فليشنگ) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو، خاص طور سليٽ جي ڇتين جي وادين (ويليز) ۽ چمنين جي چوڌاري. ٽامي کي به ساڳئي مقصد لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو.

اوڻيهين صديءَ ۾ [[لوهه]] کي [[جست]] سان چڙهائي (گالوانائيزيشن) زنگ جي مزاحمت وڌائي وئي، جنهن سان هلڪو، آسانيءَ سان کڻي وڃڻ جهڙو ۽ پاڻي نه رسائيندڙ ڇت سازي جو مواد تيار ٿيو. گهٽ قيمت ۽ آسانيءَ سان لڳائڻ جي ڪري اهو سڄي دنيا ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ تجارتي ڇت سازي جي موادن مان هڪ بڻجي ويو.

ان کان پوءِ ڌاتي ڇتن جا ڪيترائي نوان قسم تيار ڪيا ويا. فولادي ڇت جون تختيون (اسٽيل شنگلز) ۽ بيهندڙ ڳانڍاپي واريون ڌاتي ڇتيون (اسٽينڊنگ-سيم روف) لڳائڻ جي طريقي ۽ هيٺ استعمال ٿيندڙ حفاظتي تهه (انڊرلي مينٽ) تي دارومدار ڪندي عام طور پنجاهه سال يا ان کان به وڌيڪ عرصي تائين قائم رهي سگهن ٿيون. انهن جي قيمت عام طور اسفالٽ واري ڇت ۽ سليٽ واري ڇت جي وچ واري سطح تي هوندي آهي.

ويهين صديءَ دوران ڇت سازي لاءِ ڪيترائي نوان مواد تيار ڪيا ويا، جن ۾ بٽومين تي ٻڌل مواد، رٻڙ تي ٻڌل ڇتيون، مختلف مصنوعي مادا، جهڙوڪ [[ٿرموپلاسٽڪ]]، ۽ [[شيشي جي فائبر]] تي ٻڌل مواد شامل آهن.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot; class=&quot;center&quot; caption=&quot;ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه&quot;&gt;
File:The Elms Jersey.jpg|[[سليٽ پٿر]]، [[جرسي]]
File:Miskolc omassa peasant house.jpg|ٺڪر جون ڇت واريون سرون، [[هنگري]]
File:Niigata NCM Peasant Rice Farmers House.jpg|چانورن جي ڪکن جي ڇت، [[جاپان]]
File:Njem house in Cameroon.jpg|[[ڪيلي]] جي پنن جي ڇت، [[ڪيمرون]]
File:Neot smadar.jpg|[[کجور]] جي ٽارين جي ڇت، [[نيوٽ سيمادار]]، [[اسرائيل]]
File:Minenverwalter Kolmannskuppe.jpg|ڌاتي چادرن واري ڇت، [[نيميبيا]]
File:Gassho-zukuri farmhouse-02.jpg|ڪکن جي ڇت جي مرمت، گاشو-زڪوري طرز جو گهر، [[جاپان]]
File:Stone Roofing House - Palchan - Kullu 2014-05-10 2507.JPG|ڇت سازي لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ پٿر، [[هماچل پرديش]]، [[ڀارت]]
File:Green Roof in Norway.png|گاهه واري ڇت، [[ناروي]]
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== ڪم ==

ڇت جو نظام (روف اسيمبلي) رڳو عمارت کي ڍڪڻ لاءِ نه هوندو آهي، بلڪه اهو ڪيترائي اهم ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

# '''پاڻي جي نيڪال:''' ڇت جو بنيادي ڪم برساتي پاڻي کي آسانيءَ سان وهي وڃڻ ڏيڻ آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي ڇت جي مٿاڇري تي بيهي نه رهي. بيٺل پاڻي ڇت جي بناوت تي اضافي زنده بار (لائيو لوڊ) وجهي ٿو، جيڪو تعميراتي حفاظت لاءِ خطرو بڻجي سگهي ٿو. ان کان علاوه، بيٺل پاڻي گهڻن ڇت سازي جي موادن جي عمر به گهٽائي ڇڏي ٿو. ڪجهه ٺاهيندڙ ڪمپنيون ته اهڙي حالت ۾ پنهنجي شين جي ضمانت (وارنٽي) پڻ ختم ڪري ڇڏينديون آهن.

# '''موسمي اثرن کان تحفظ:''' ڇت عمارت جي اندروني حصي کي [[مينهن]]، [[هوا]]، [[سج جي روشني]]، گرمي، سردي ۽ [[برف]] جهڙن موسمي عنصرن کان تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي.

# '''حرارتي موصليت:''' جديد تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن جي اڪثر ڇتين ۾ موصليت واريون تختيون (انسوليشن بورڊ) يا فائبر موصلي مواد (باٽ انسوليشن) شامل ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ تعميراتي ضابطا، جهڙوڪ بين الاقوامي عمارتي ضابطو (انٽرنيشنل بلڊنگ ڪوڊ) ۽ بين الاقوامي رهائشي ضابطو (انٽرنيشنل ريزيڊنشل ڪوڊ)، ڇت جي اندر گهربل گهٽ ۾ گهٽ حرارتي مزاحمت (آر-ويليو) پڻ مقرر ڪندا آهن.

# '''گهربل خدمت واري عمر تائين ڪارڪردگي برقرار رکڻ:''' هر معياري ڇت سازي واري مواد جي هڪ اندازي مطابق خدمت واري عمر هوندي آهي، جيڪا عملي تجربي تي ٻڌل هوندي آهي. مناسب سار سنڀال ۽ سخت طوفاني نقصان نه ٿيڻ جي صورت ۾ گهڻا ڇت سازي جا مواد پنهنجي ٺاهيندڙ جي ضمانت واري مدت کان به گهڻو وڌيڪ عرصو هلي سگهن ٿا. مثال طور:
#* ڌاتي ۽ [[ڇت جون سرون|سرن]] واريون ڇتيون عام طور 50 سال يا ان کان وڌيڪ هلي سگهن ٿيون.
#* اسفالٽ جون ڇت واريون تختيون (اسفالٽ شنگلز) لڳ ڀڳ 30 کان 50 سال قائم رهي سگهن ٿيون.
#* ڪوئلي جي تار تي ٻڌل گهڻ تهه واريون ڇتيون (ڪول ٽار بلڊ-اپ روفس) اٽڪل 40 سال يا ان کان وڌيڪ هلي سگهن ٿيون.
#* اڪيلي تهه واريون ڇتيون (سنگل پلاء روفس) عام طور 20 سال يا ان کان وڌيڪ عرصي تائين خدمت انجام ڏين ٿيون.

# '''خوبصورت ڏيک مهيا ڪرڻ:''' ڪجهه ڇت سازي جا نظام صرف پنهنجي فني ڪارڪردگي جي بنياد تي نه، پر انهن جي جمالياتي حسن جي ڪري پڻ چونڊيا ويندا آهن، بلڪل اهڙيءَ طرح جيئن عمارت جي ٻاهرين ڀتين جي سينگار لاءِ مختلف ڍڪ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. پرڪشش شڪل ۽ عمارت جي مجموعي ظاهري حسن (ڪرب اپيل) سبب ڪيترائي ماڻهو اهڙين ڇتين لاءِ وڌيڪ قيمت ادا ڪرڻ به قبول ڪندا آهن.

=== حرارتي موصليت ===

ڇت جو بنيادي مقصد ماڻهن ۽ انهن جي ملڪيت کي مختلف موسمي حالتن کان محفوظ رکڻ هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڇت جي حرارتي موصليت (ٿرمل انسوليشن) ان جي بناوت ۽ ڇت سازي جي مواد جي چونڊ ۾ اهم حيثيت رکي ٿي.

ڪجهه ڇت سازي جا مواد، خاص طور قدرتي فائبرن مان ٺهيل مواد، جهڙوڪ [[ڪکن جي ڇت]]، قدرتي طور تمام سٺي حرارتي موصليت رکن ٿا. جن موادن ۾ اها خاصيت گهٽ هوندي آهي، تن ۾ عام طور ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه جي هيٺان اضافي [[عمارتي موصليت|موصلي مواد]] لڳايو ويندو آهي.

ترقي يافته ملڪن ۾ گهڻين رهائشي عمارتن ۾ ڇت جي بناوتي حصن جي هيٺان [[اندروني ڇت]] (سيلنگ) لڳائي ويندي آهي. اندروني ڇت جو مقصد صرف گرمي ۽ سردي کان بچاءُ نه هوندو آهي، پر اها شور، مٽي، ۽ پکين جي فضلي يا انهن جي جسم تي موجود جُون جهڙين تڪليفن کان به تحفظ فراهم ڪندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڪيترائي پکي ڇتين ۾ آکيرا ٺاهيندا آهن.

[[ڪنڪريٽ]] جون ڇت واريون سرون پڻ حرارتي موصليت ۾ مددگار ثابت ٿينديون آهن. جيڪڏهن انهن کي اهڙي نموني لڳايو وڃي، جو سرن ۽ ڇت جي مٿاڇري جي وچ ۾ هوا جي هڪ خالي جاءِ موجود رهي، ته اها سج جي گرمي کي عمارت جي اندر منتقل ٿيڻ کان وڏي حد تائين گهٽائي سگهي ٿي.

ڇت جي موصليت لاءِ مختلف قسمن جا مواد استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* موٽو ڪپڙو (فيلٽ) يا پلاسٽڪ جون چادرون، جيڪي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن گرمي موٽائيندڙ (رفليڪٽو) مٿاڇري سان هونديون آهن ۽ ڇت جي سرن يا ٻين مواد جي هيٺان لڳايون وينديون آهن؛
* مصنوعي فوم جا موصلي تهه، جيڪي اندروني ڇت جي مٿان وڇايا ويندا آهن؛
* ٻيهر استعمال ٿيل ڪاغذ مان تيار ڪيل موصلي مواد ۽ ٻيا اهڙا مواد، جيڪي ڇت جي خالن ۾ ڀريا يا اسپري ذريعي داخل ڪيا ويندا آهن.

تازن سالن ۾ [[ٿڌي ڇت]] (ڪول روف) جو استعمال تيزيءَ سان وڌي رهيو آهي،&lt;ref name=&quot;10.3390/su13094665&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Farhan |first1=Syed Ahmad |last2=Ismail |first2=Fouad Ismail |last3=Kiwan |first3=Osamah |last4=Shafiq |first4=Nasir |last5=Zain-Ahmed |first5=Azni |last6=Husna |first6=Nadzhratul |last7=Hamid |first7=Afif Izwan Abd |title=Effect of Roof Tile Colour on Heat Conduction Transfer, Roof-Top Surface Temperature and Cooling Load in Modern Residential Buildings under the Tropical Climate of Malaysia |journal=Sustainability |year=2021 |volume=13 |issue=9 |page=4665 |doi=10.3390/su13094665}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ ڪجهه علائقن ۾ مقامي تعميراتي ضابطن تحت انهن جو استعمال لازمي پڻ قرار ڏنو ويو آهي. ٿڌي ڇت مان مراد اهڙي ڇت آهي، جيڪا سج جي شعاعن کي وڏي حد تائين موٽائي ڇڏيندي هجي (ھاء رفليڪٽوٽي) ۽ پاڻ ۾ جذب ٿيل گرمي کي به آسانيءَ سان خارج ڪري ڇڏيندي هجي (ھاء ٿرمل ايمٽنس).&lt;ref name=&quot;10.3390/su13094665&quot;/&gt;

جيڪڏهن ڇت ۾ مناسب موصليت ۽ هوا جي اچ وڃ (وينٽيليشن) جو بندوبست نه هجي ته ٿڌن علائقن ۾ ڇت جي ڪنارن تي [[برف جو بند]] (آئس ڊيم) ٺهي سگهي ٿو. اهو تڏهن ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ڇت جي مٿئين حصي مان گرمي ٻاهر نڪري ٿي، جنهن سبب اتي موجود برف ڳري وڃي ٿي. ڳريل پاڻي هيٺ لهي ڇت جي ڪنارن وٽ ٻيهر ڄمي وڃي ٿو ۽ برف جي ٿلهي تهه جي صورت اختيار ڪري ٿو. نتيجي ۾ پاڻي ڇت جي مواد هيٺان داخل ٿي سگهي ٿو، جنهن سان ڇت جي بناوت، نالين ۽ پاڻي جي نيڪال واري نظام کي نقصان پهچي سگهي ٿو.

=== پاڻي جو نيڪال ===

گهڻين ڇتين جو بنيادي ڪم برساتي پاڻي کي عمارت جي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ آهي. ڇت جي وڏي مٿاڇري تي مينهن جو گهڻو پاڻي گڏ ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان کي اهڙي نموني نيڪال ڪرڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، جو اهو عمارت کي نقصان نه پهچائي ۽ نه ئي رهواسين لاءِ ڪا تڪليف پيدا ڪري.

[[ايڊوب]] گهرن جون هموار ڇتيون عام طور تمام هلڪي ڍلوان رکنديون آهن. وچ اوڀر جي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾، جتي ڇت کي ويهڻ يا ٻين گهريلو مقصدن لاءِ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، ڇت جي چوڌاري حفاظتي ڀتيون ٺهيل هونديون آهن. اهڙين ڇتين ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ سوراخ پڻ رکيا ويندا آهن، جيئن پاڻي گڏ نه ٿئي ۽ ڇت جي سوراخ دار مواد مان اندر نه وهي.

جيتوڻيڪ هموار ڇتين ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال جا مسئلا وڌيڪ عام هوندا آهن، پر جيڪڏهن ڍلوان واري ڇت جي ڊزائن مناسب نه هجي يا ان جي مٿاڇري صحيح نموني ٺهيل نه هجي ته اهڙين ڇتين ۾ به ساڳيا مسئلا پيدا ٿي سگهن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://platinumroofingandconstruction.com/how-can-a-bad-roof-impact-your-overall-house/ |title=How Can A Bad Roof Impact Your Overall House? |website=Platinum Roofing &amp; Construction |date=18 November 2024}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڇت تي بيٺل پاڻي [[ڦپوند]] (Mold) جي واڌ ويجهه جو سبب بڻجي سگهي ٿو، جيڪا نه رڳو عمارت جي بناوت کي نقصان پهچائيندي آهي، پر رهندڙ ماڻهن جي صحت لاءِ پڻ نقصانڪار هوندي آهي. عام طور پاڻي جي نيڪال جي خرابي کي درست ڪرڻ، ڦپوند سبب ٿيندڙ نقصان جي مرمت ڪرڻ جي ڀيٽ ۾ گهڻو گهٽ خرچائتو هوندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last1=Cheng |first1=Jianwei |last2=Zhang |first2=Guanghul |chapter=Analysis of the runoff and seepage drainage effects of prefabricated roof double-layer drainage system |title=Advances in Frontier Research on Engineering Structures Volume 1 |year=2023 |pages=241–247}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ساڳيا مسئلا، پر گهڻي وڏي پيماني تي، جديد تجارتي عمارتن جي تعمير ۾ پڻ پيش اچن ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن مان گهڻين عمارتن جون ڇتيون هموار هونديون آهن. اهڙين وڏين ڇتين ۾ ٻاهرئين حفاظتي تهه جو مڪمل طور پاڻي نه رسائيندڙ (امپرميئبل) هجڻ انتهائي ضروري هوندو آهي. گهڻيون صنعتي ۽ تجارتي عمارتون گهٽ ڍلوان واريون روايتي ڇتيون استعمال ڪنديون آهن.

عام طور ڪنهن علائقي ۾ برسات جي مقدار ۽ ڇت جي ڍلوان ۾ سڌو تعلق هوندو آهي. جتي برسات گهٽ پوندي آهي، اتي گهرن جون ڇتيون به گهٽ ڍلوان واريون هونديون آهن، جڏهن ته گهڻي برسات يا برفباري وارن علائقن ۾ ڇتيون وڌيڪ تيز ڍلوان سان ٺاهيون وينديون آهن. مثال طور [[پاپوا نيو گني]] جا ڊگها گهر (لانگ ھائوسز) اهڙي طرز جي تعمير جا مثال آهن، جتي اوچي ڇت لڳ ڀڳ زمين تائين لهندي آهي. ساڳيءَ طرح جرمني ۽ هالينڊ جون تيز ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون برفباري وارن علائقن جي خاص سڃاڻپ آهن.

اتر آمريڪا جي ڪجهه علائقن، جهڙوڪ [[بفيلو، نيو يارڪ]] ۽ [[مونٽريال]]، ۾ تعميراتي ضابطن موجب ڇت جي گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ڍلوان 12 ۾ 6 (يعني 1:2 يا لڳ ڀڳ 30 درجا) هجڻ لازمي هوندي آهي.

تنهن هوندي به، ڪجهه علائقائي تعميراتي روايتون هن اصول کان مختلف آهن. مثال طور الپس جبلن جي ڪاٺين گهرن (Chalets) جون پٿر واريون ڇتيون عام طور نسبتاً گهٽ ڍلوان رکنديون آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن تي گڏ ٿيندڙ برف قدرتي حرارتي موصليت جو ڪم ڪندي آهي.

ڇت جي ڍلوان جو دارومدار استعمال ٿيندڙ ڇت سازي جي مواد تي پڻ هوندو آهي. مثال طور 12 ۾ 3 (1:4) يا ان کان وڌيڪ ڍلوان واريون ڇتيون عام طور اسفالٽ جون ڇت واريون تختيون، ڪاٺ جون ڇت واريون تختيون، لهردار فولادي چادرون، سليٽ يا ڇت جون سرون استعمال ڪري ٺاهيون وينديون آهن.

برسات دوران ڇت تان وهي ايندڙ پاڻي جيڪڏهن صحيح نموني نيڪال نه ٿئي ته اهو عمارت کي سخت نقصان پهچائي سگهي ٿو. جيڪڏهن پاڻي ڀتين تان وهي ته اهو گاري (مارٽر) يا ڀتين جي تختن مان اندر داخل ٿي سگهي ٿو، ۽ جيڪڏهن بنيادن جي چوڌاري گڏ ٿي وڃي ته اندر رِسڻ، [[چڙهندڙ نمي]] (رائزنگ نمي) يا [[خشڪ سڙ]] (ڊراء راٽ) جو سبب بڻجي سگهي ٿو.

انهيءَ ڪري گهڻين عمارتن ۾ اهڙو نظام رکيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو ڇت جو پاڻي ڀتين کان پري ڪري ڇڏي. انهيءَ مقصد لاءِ عام طور نڪتل ڇڄا (Overhanging Eaves) ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ان کان علاوه، جديد ۽ ڪيترين پراڻين عمارتن ۾ پاڻي جي نيڪال لاءِ واديون (ويليز)، ناليون (گٽرز)، پاڻي جا وهڪرا (واٽر اسپائوٽ)، پاڻي گڏ ڪرڻ وارا حصا (واٽر ھيڊ) ۽ [[پاڻي جي نيڪال وارو پائپ|نيڪال جا پائپ]] (ڊرين پائيپ) لڳايا ويندا آهن.

دنيا جي ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾ ڇت تان وهي ايندڙ برساتي پاڻي گڏ ڪري گهريلو استعمال لاءِ ذخيرو پڻ ڪيو ويندو آهي.

جن علائقن ۾ تمام گهڻي برفباري ٿيندي آهي، اتي ڌاتي ڇتيون وڌيڪ فائديمند سمجهيون وينديون آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن جي هموار مٿاڇري تان برف آسانيءَ سان هيٺ سُري ويندي آهي ۽ اهي ڪاٺ يا ڪنڪريٽ جي ڇتين جي ڀيٽ ۾ هوا جي زور کي به وڌيڪ بهتر نموني برداشت ڪري سگهنديون آهن.

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot; class=&quot;center&quot; caption=&quot;حرارتي موصليت، پاڻي جي نيڪال ۽ شمسي ڇتيون&quot; perrow=&quot;5&quot;&gt;
File:Snow on the roof.jpg|[[پولينڊ]] ۾ گهرن جي ڇتين تي [[برف]]
File:Ashdod 2005, rooftop view p2.JPG|وچ اوڀر ۾ هموار ڇتيون، [[اسرائيل]]
File:Jakriborg, juni 2005 x.jpg|اتر يورپ ۾ تيز ڍلوان واريون گيبل ڇتيون
File:雪中紫禁城 7.jpg|[[چين]] جي عمارتن جا نڪتل ڇڄا
File:PA120016.JPG|[[اسڪاٽلينڊ]] جي [[فائنڊهورن]] ۾ [[سائي ڇت]] ۽ شمسي پينل
&lt;/gallery&gt;

=== شمسي ڇتيون ===

جديد ڇت سازي جي نظامن ۾ اهڙيون [[شمسي ڇت واريون تختيون]] (سولر شنگلز) پڻ شامل آهن، جيڪي ڇت جي حفاظتي تهه طور ڪم ڪرڻ سان گڏ [[برق]] پڻ پيدا ڪنديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Gibbs |first=Jamie |date=2025-11-13 |title=Solar roof tiles |url=https://energysavingtrust.org.uk/solar-roof-tiles/ |website=Energy Saving Trust}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اهڙا شمسي نظام پڻ موجود آهن، جيڪي [[گرم پاڻي]]&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Gibbs |first=Jamie |title=Solar water heating |url=https://energysavingtrust.org.uk/advice/solar-water-heating/ |website=Energy Saving Trust}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا گرم هوا پيدا ڪندا آهن، ۽ ساڳئي وقت ڇت جي حفاظتي تهه طور به ڪم ڪندا آهن. ڪجهه جديد نظام [[حرارتي پمپ]] (ھيٽ پمپ) کي توانائي فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ مدد ڏين ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Paleja |first=Ameya |title=Germany unveils solar roof tile that powers heat pumps and homes |url=https://interestingengineering.com/energy/solar-roof-tile-heat-pump |website=Interesting Engineering}}&lt;/ref&gt;

وڌيڪ ترقي يافته شمسي ڇت جا نظام هڪ ئي وقت ڪيترائي ڪم سرانجام ڏئي سگهن ٿا، جهڙوڪ:

* [[برق]] پيدا ڪرڻ؛
* شمسي گرمي کي گڏ ڪري استعمال لائق حرارتي توانائي ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ؛
* ۽ عمارت جي ڇت جي حفاظتي تهه طور ڪم ڪرڻ.

شمسي نظامن کي ڇت سان مختلف طريقن سان ڳنڍي سگهجي ٿو، جهڙوڪ:

* ڍلوان واري ڇت جي حفاظتي تهه ۾ سڌي طرح شامل ڪري، مثال طور [[شمسي ڇت واريون تختيون]] ؛
* اڳ ۾ موجود ڇت جي مٿان لڳائي، مثال طور [[شمسي پينل]] کي [[ڇت جون سرون|سرن واري ڇت]] تي نصب ڪري؛
* هموار ڇت جي جھلي ۾ گرميءَ ذريعي ويلڊ ڪري، مثال طور PVC جھلي ۾؛
* يا هموار ڇت تي ڌار سهاري واري بناوت سان نصب ڪري، جنهن ۾ هوا جي زور سبب کڄڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ اضافي وزن پڻ رکيو ويندو آهيم== ڇتين جي شڪلين جي تصويري جھلڪ ==

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot; class=&quot;center&quot; caption=&quot;ڇتين جون مختلف شڪلون&quot;&gt;
File:Five roofs of Toji-ji, Kyoto.jpg|[[ڪيوٽو]] ۾ توجي-جي مندر جون پنج ڇتيون
File:Thai-roof.jpg|سينگاريل گيبل واري ڍلوان ڇت، [[چيانگ مائي]]، [[ٿائيلينڊ]]
File:Valsta säteri.jpg|سيٽري ڇت (ڍلوان ۾ عمودي تبديلي سان)، [[سويڊن]]
File:mount-gilead-ohio-jail.jpg|[[مينسارڊ ڇت]]، ضلعي جيل، [[مائونٽ گليئڊ، اوهايو]]
File:National_Taiwan_Science_Education_Center_Chinese_Roof.jpg|[[مخروطي ڇت]]، نانھائي اڪيڊمي، [[تائيپي]]
File:Concrete roof insulation in Haikou, Hainan, China - 04.JPG|هموار ڇتيون، جن مان ڪجهه ڇت وارا اڱڻ پڻ آهن، [[هايڪو]]، هينان، [[چين]]
File:Mandurah house.jpg|هلڪي ڍلوان واري هموار ڇت، رهائشي گهر، [[مغربي آسٽريليا]]
File:William Krisel butterfly roof home in Paradise Palms.jpg|[[تتلي نما ڇت]]، پيراڊائز پامز، آمريڪا جو ڏکڻ اولهه وارو علائقو
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== نمايان ڇتين جي تصويري جھلڪ ==

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot; class=&quot;center&quot; caption=&quot;دنيا جي مشهور ڇتين جا مثال&quot;&gt;
File:Hospices de beaune toit.jpg|[[فرانس]] ۾ [[اوپسيس ڊي بون]] جون گهڻ رنگيون سرن واريون ڇتيون
File:SydneyOperaHouse6 gobeirne.jpg|[[سڊني اوپيرا هائوس]] جي چمڪدار سيرامڪ سرن واري ڇت
File:Coupole du mihrab, Grande Mosquée de Kairouan.jpg|[[تيونس]] ۾ [[عقبه جي وڏي مسجد]] جو تراشيل پٿرن سان ٺهيل گنبذ
File:Cupola santamariadelfiore.jpg|[[فلورينس گرجاگھر]] جي گنبذ تي [[اِمبرڪس ۽ ٽيگيولا]] سرون
File:Taj gumbad.jpg|[[تاج محل]] جو سنگ مرمر جو گنبذ
File:Speyerer Dom Dach.jpg|[[جرمني]] ۾ [[شپائر گرجاگھر]] جي ٽامي واري ڇت
File:Kings chapel roof.jpg|[[انگلينڊ]] ۾ [[ڪنگز ڪاليج چيپل]] جي سيهي واري ڇت
File:Grand Palaais 501590 fh000033.jpg|[[پيرس]] ۾ [[گرانڊ پاليه]] جي شيشي واري ڇت
File:Sirrako slate roof.jpg|[[يونان]] جي [[سيراڪو]] ۾ سليٽ پٿر جي ڇت، وڪريل واديءَ واري بناوت ۽ مٿئين سينگاريل چوٽين سان
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== پڻ ڏسو ==

* [[نيري ڇت]]
* [[عمارت ۾ ضم ٿيل شمسي فوٽووولٽائيڪ نظام]]
* [[گهر جي ڇت جي بناوت]]
* [[يوناني ۽ رومي ڇتين جي فهرست]]
* [[ڇتين جي شڪلين جي فهرست]]
* [[ڇت جي صفائي]]
* [[رٻڙ جي ڇت واريون تختيون]]
* [[شمسي ڇت واريون تختيون]]
* [[تنشي معماري]]
* [[پتلي خول واري بناوت]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>1mzl37dkp7pxr6bdzfaqc5iqoo6jy4p</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>فرش</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>39342</id>
    <revision>
      <id>401053</id>
      <parentid>249298</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:14:44Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401053</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="87988" sha1="fh5f8msc5c4y7650cfxzo45maj447lg" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

==فرشن جا قسم== 
(Types of Floors)

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
==مٽيءَ جا فرش ==

(Earth floors)
ھيءُ فرش ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ تمام سٺي قسم جي مٽيءَ سان ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا. انھن ۾ مٽيءَ کي گھربل ليول تائين ڇھن ڇھن انچن جي تھن جي صورت ۾ ۽ ھر ھڪ تھھ کي چڱيءَ طرح پاڻيءَ جو ٽيھو ڏيئي ڌمڪ يا ٻي ڪنھن اھڙي شيءِ جھڙو (Compactors) وغيره سان دٻائي ۽ ڳتي ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا. ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سطح اھڙي ڳتيل (Consolidated) ھئڻ گھرجي جو انھيءَ جي مٿان بوٽ جي کڙيءَ ھڻڻ سان صرف ھلڪو نشان ٿئي.
ھن قسم جا فرش گھوڙن جي طنبيلي ۽ چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن.فرش  عمارت جي انھيءَ حصي کي چئجي ٿو جيڪو عمارت کي مختلف طبقن ۾ تقسيم ڪري ٿو جھڙوڪ زميني فرش يا گرائونڊ فلور (Ground Floor)، فرسٽ فلور، سيڪنڊ فلور وغيره. ھيءُ عمارت جو اھو حصو آھي جنھن جي مٿان انسان سولائيءَ ۽ بنا خطري چرپر ڪري سگھي ٿو. عمارت جي معيار جو اندازو انھيءَ ۾ لڳايل فرش سان ڪيو وڃي ٿو. 
فرش ھميشھ صاف ۽ سٿرو، لسو ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ اھڙو ھئڻ گھرجي جنھن منجھھ ڪا بھ پاڻيٺ وغيره جذب ٿي نھ سگھي. ٻين لفطن ۾ ائين چئي سگھجي ٿو تھ اھو بنا سوراخن جي ۽ اڻ سمندڙ (Impervious)  ھئڻ گھرجي. ھيٺئين منزل کان علاوه يا مٿاھين منزلن جا فرش تمام مضبوط ۽ پختا ھئڻ گھرجن. جيئن ماڻھو انھن مٿان بنا خوف خطري۽ سلامتيءَ سان رھي سگھن. زميني فرش (Ground Floor) جيئن تھ سنئون سڌو ڌرتيءَ جي مٿان ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو انھيءَ جي ڪري انھيءَ جي ھيٺ واري ڌرتي ڌمڪ سان چڱيءَ طرح دٻيل، سوڙھي ۽ نھري (compact)  ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ انھيءَ ڌرتي ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ نوعيت ۽ ضرورت مطابق اھڙو تھھ ڏنو وڃي جيئن انھيءَ منجھان پوسل (Moisture) لنگھي نھ سگھي. اھڙي قسم جا تھھ (Sub-floors)  فرشن کي پاڻيءَ روڪ (Water proof)، آواز روڪ (Sound proof)  ۽ نباتات اڀري اچڻ کي روڪڻ ۾ تمام گھڻي مدد ڪن  ٿا.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==مٽيءَ جي گادي جي ليپي جا فرش==


(Mud Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ گاري جي ليپي ھيٺان مٿي ڄاڻايل فرشن مطابق تياري ڪئي ويندي آھي ۽ پوءِ انھن مٽيءَ جي فرشن مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي جو تھھ ڏئي ۽ انھيءَ مٿان اٽڪل ھڪ ڀاڱي اٺ انچ ٿلھو ڇيڻي جو ليپو ڏيئي فرش کي ھڪ ڪرو ڪري ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.اسان جي ملڪ جي ٻھراڙين ۾ ھن قسم جا فرش عام طرح سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. انھن جي ٺاھڻ ۾ تمام خبرداريءَ کان ڪم وٺڻو پوندو آھي ۽ انھن کي تمام سھڻي نموني سنڀالي (Maintain) قائم رکيو ويندو آھي. گرمي توڙي سردي، ٻنھي موسمن ۾ ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ گرميءَ جو درجو (Temperature) ھڪ ڪرو رھندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ ڪري ھن قسم جا فرش اگھاڙي پيرين ھلندڙ ماڻھن لاءِ تمام عمده رھن ٿا. ھن قسم جا فرش تمام سستا، سولائيءَ سان ٺھيل ۽ مرمت ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ آسان ۽ انھيءَ سبب ڪري ڪجھھ پائيدار رھن ٿا..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پڪن فرشن لاءِ بنياد== 


(Base for Flooring)
پڪن فرشن ٺاھڻ لاءِ انھن جي ھيٺان پختي بنياد ٺاھڻ جي ضرورت پوندي آھي جيئن زمين مان نڪرندڙ پوسل، نباتاتي ٻوٽن جي واڌ ۽ ٻين شين کي روڪي سگھجي. انھن بنيادن کي پختو بڻائڻ لاءِ انھن ھيٺان ڪتب آيل مٽيءَ کي چڱيءَ طرح سان گھربل ليول جي حساب سان ڇھن-ڇھن انچن جي مٽيءَ جي تھن ۽ ھر ھڪ تھھ کي چڱيءَ طرح نھرو (Compact)  ڪري ۽ انھيءَ جي مٿاڇري کي چڱيءَ طرح سان سڌو ڪري انھيءَ جي مٿان ڪاري واريءَ (Pit of river Sand) جو ٽن-ٽن انچن جي حساب سان گھربل تھھ ڏيئي ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ حساب سان مذڪورھ فرش جي ھيٺئين لاغر ڪانڪريٽ جي تھھ (Layers of lean concrete)  کي بنياد (Base)  ۽ انھيءَ ھيٺان وڇايل واري جيڪا مٽي ۽ بنياد جي وچ ۾ گديلي (Cushion) جو ڪم ڏئي ٿي، انھيءَ کي اندريون تھھ (Under layer)  ۽ انھيءَ ھيٺان تيار ڪيل ۽ ھموار ڪيل ڀراءُ کي ھيٺيون بنياد (Sub-base)  چئبو آھي. اڳتي ھلي مختلف فرشن جي بيان ڪرڻ جي سلسلي ۾ ھر جاءِ تي ھنن لفظن جي تفصيلي بيان ڪرڻ بجاءِ انھن کي ساڳي نالي واري صورت ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو. انھيءَ ڪري ھنن لفظن کي چڱيءَ طرح ڌيان ۾ رکيو وڃي.مٿي ڄاڻايل واريءَ جي تھن کي ايترو دٻايو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي ٿولھھ ٽن انچن مان ڦري ٻھ انچ بيھي فرش کي گھربل ليول، بنياد (Base) ۾ ڏني وڃي. عام گھريلو فرشن ۾ 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ ڏنو وڃي. عام طرح سان انھيءَ بنياد (Base) جي ٿولھھ 4 انچ رکي ويندي آھي. جيڪڏھن علائقي ۾ تمام گھڻي سم سبب انھيءَ جو مٿي فرشن تائين پھچي نڪري اچڻ جو انديشو ھجي تھ انھيءَ حالت ۾ آزمايل ۽ اعتبار جوڳا سم روڪ مرڪب استعمال ڪجن ۽ گھڻي اڏوھيءَ وارن علائقن ۾ انھيءَ کي مارڻ جون ڪيميائي دوائون ھيٺئين بنياد (Sub-base) جي مٿان پٿاري پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان بنياد ٺاھيو وڃي غسلخاني جا فرش، ڪمرن جي فرشن کان گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ڏيڍ انچ ھيٺ رکڻ گھرجن. ليول ڪرڻ لاءِ پھرين ديوارن تي نشان لڳائڻ گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرفش==


(Brick or Tile Flooring)
ھن قسم جي فرشن لاءِ تمام عمديون پھرئين درجي واريون پڪل، چونڊيل سٺي ڳاڙھي رنگ واريون، سخت ۽ لسيون سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. سرن لڳائڻ کان اڳ بنيادي سطح Base) کي تارن واري برش سان صاف ڪري ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڌوئبو آھي. سلئبن جي مٿان، گرائونڊ فلور کان علاوھ ٻن منزلن جي صورت ۾، سلئبن کي تازي صورت واري حالت ۾ تارن واري برش سان کھرو ڪري ۽ پوءِ سرن لڳائڻ جي وقت مذڪورھ سطح کي ڌوئي، انھن مٿان ڪريل ۽ اکڙيل ڳنڍن ڳوڙھن ۽ ٻئي ابور کي مال صاف ڪري پوءِ انھن مٿان سرن يا ٽائيلن جي فرشبندي ڪئي ويندي آھي سرن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ کين چڱيءَ طرح پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر (Soak)  ڪيو ويندو آھي. ٽِيپ (Pointing)  نھ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ سرن جا جوڙ 3/16 انچن کان وڌيڪ نھ رکبا آھن ۽ جوڙن مان ٻاھر نڪري آيل مصالحي (Mortar) کي چوناڙي يا ماري (Trowel)  سان ماريو (Struck)  ويندو آھي يا انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي سان اگھي صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي. جڏھن تھ ٽيپ ڪرڻ واري حالت ۾ جوڙ 3/8 انچن کان وڌيڪ ٿلھا نھ رکبا آھن ۽ تازي حالت ۾ جوڙن ۾ ڪم آيل مصالحي کي ھڪ انچ تائين گھرو اکيڙيو (Rake) ويندو آھي، جنھن سطح تي فرشبندي ڪرڻي ھوندي آھي انھيءَ کي ¾ انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ مصالحو پٿاريو ويندو آھي. ڪم ختم ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي 6 ڏينھن تائين آلو رکيو ويندو آھي ۽ ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي حالت ۾ ٽيپ ڪرڻ کان پوءِ کين 14 ڏينھن تائين آلو رکڻو ھوندو آھي ھن قسم جي فرشبنديءَ ۾ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر ھڪ جوڙ ۾ خاص طور اڀي جوڙ ۾ مصالحو مٿي تائين چڱيءَ طرح ڀريل ھجي. جيڪڏھن ڪم ھلندڙ ھجي تھ انھيءَ ڪم جي پوري ٿيڻ تائين ھن قسم جي فرشن کي سج، مينھن، پاري يا ٿڌ، گھم ۽ موسم جي ڦرندڙ گھرندڙ اثرن کان بچاءُ ۾ رکجي.ھن قسم جي فرشن کي تيار ڪرڻ کان پوءِ کھري ڪاربورنڊم پٿرStone)  (Corborundum سان گسائي لسو ڪري ڌوئي پوءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھي فرش گھڻو ڪري گھر جي اڱڻن (Courtyard)  جي لاءِ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جا فرش==

(Cement Concrete or Conglomerate floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش عام طرح سان نھايت ئي گھڻو مقبول آھن. ھن قسم جا فرش ڪچي بنياد (Sub-base) جي تيار ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو (Base)  بنياد وجھي انھيءَ جي مٿان شيشي، ايليومينم (Aluminium) وغيره جي پٽين جا چوڪنڊا خانا ٺاھي انھن ۾ گھربل ٿولھھ (جيڪا اڪثر ڪري 1 انچ کان 4 انچن تائين ھوندي آھي) مطابق 1:2:4 جي تناسب جو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ استعمال ڪري ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. اھا فرشبندي خانن ذريعي انھيءَ ڪري ورڇي ويندي آھي جو سموري مطلوبہ ايراضي ۾  لاڳيتو فرش وجھڻ سان موسمي اثرن جي تبديليءَ سبب ڪانڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ واڌ سبب فرش ۾ ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن.  شيشي جي پٽين استعمال نھ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ گھربل فرش کي لڪيرن جي صورت ۾ سھڻي نموني عليحدھ عليحدھ خانن ۾ ورھائي پوءِ ھڪ ڇڏي ٻيو يعني واري سر Alternate) ڪاٺ جي پٽي ڏيئي مقرر ڪيل ٿولھھ جي حساب سان ڀريو ويندو آھي. ٻنھي صورتن ۾ انھن خانن کي ھڪ ئي انداز ۾ ورھايو ويندو آھي. پٽين استعمال نہ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ھڪ واري سان ڀريل فرش جي خانن کان پوءِ واري سر ڀرڻ وارا خانا 24 ڪلاڪن کان پوءِ ڀريا ويندا آھن. ھر ھڪ خاني جي ايراضي 16 مربع فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نھ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ انھن خانن جي ننڍي ۾ ننڍي سائيڊ (پاسو) 3 فوٽن کان ۽ وڏي ۾ وڏو پاسو 6.5 فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشبندي ٺاھڻ لاءِ مٿي ڄاڻايل ڳالھين سان گڏو گڏ ٻين ھيٺين ڳالھين جو خاص خيال رکيو وڃي.
(i)  شيشي يا ائليومينم جون پٽيون جيڪي فرش کي مختلف خانن ۾ ۽ ھڪجھڙي انداز (Symmetrical)  ۾ ورھائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن، اھي 1/8 انچن  (3 mm) ٿلھيون ۽ گھربل انداز جي ٽاپنگ (Topping)  جيتريون اوچيون (Deep)  ھئڻ گھرجن.
(ii) خانن ۾ ورھائڻ کان اڳ ۾ چوني جي ڪانڪريٽ (Lime Concrete) يا سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي بنيادي فرش (Base) کي، جيڪو بالڪل ھڪ ڪري (Uniform) تھھ جي صورت ۾، چڱيءَ طرح ڳتي نھرو ڪيل (Compacted)  ۽ گھربل فرش جي حساب ۾ بالڪل صحيح، انھيءَ جي پور وڇوٽ (Parallel)  ۽ ھڪ ئي دفعي سان وڌل ھوندو آھي. گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ستن ڏيھن تائين ترائي (Curing)  ڪري، سخت بنائي ۽ بعد ۾ فرش وجھڻ وقت پھريائين انھيءَ کي لوھھ جي تارن واري برش سان صاف ڪري انھيءَ مان مٽي ۽ ابور کي مال  کي ڪڍي ۽ سڪل ھئڻ جي حالت ۾ پاڻيءَ جو ٽيھو ڏيئي بعد ۾ خالص سيمينٽ ۽ پاڻيءَ جي پتري مرڪب جو تمام ھلڪو ٽيھو ڏيئي پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان فرش (Topping) وڇايو وڃي.
(iii)  زميني سطح کان مٿي تيار ڪيل منزلن واسطي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ڇتين (Slabs) وجھڻ وقت جلد ئي انھن مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش وڌو وڃي ۽ وقت گذري وڃڻ جي حالت ۾ انھن کي ٿورو گھرو ڪري اٽڪل ڏيڍ انچ ٿلھو، گھٽ مقدار واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جھڙوڪ 1:6:12  يا 1:4:8  جي تناسب وارو، تھھ چڙھي پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان ھن قسم جي ٽاپنگ (Topping)  چاڙھي وڃي.
(iv) بنياد (Base)  کي ڪڏھن بھ لسو نھ ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن ٽاپنگ انھيءَ سان مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙجي وڃي.
(v) سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو مسالو گھاٽو (Dense) رکيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ جو جھڪاءُ (Slump)  ڏيڍ انچ کان نھ وڌي. عام ڪمن لاءِ ھڪ ڪعب فوٽ تي ساڍن چئن کان پنجن گيلن تائين پاڻي استعمال ڪجي. پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب Water Cement Ratio)  0.04کان نھ وڌڻ گھرجي ۽ چلت (Workability)  کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ پٿر جي ٽڪرن ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ (Aggregate)  جي انداز کي ملائي بيھارڻ (Adjustment)  رستي ضابطو ڪيو وڃي
vi) ھڪ خاني (Panel)  جو مال ھڪ ئي دفعي (Lot) سان ملائي، ۽ سيمينٽ ملائڻ کان 5 منٽن اندر مال ملائڻ واري تختي (Mixing board) تان فرش تي ويھي آھستگيءَ سان لاھي، خانو ڀري، انھيءَ کي ڪرني ۽ سڌي پٽيءَ (Straight edge)  وسيلي پٿاري، سنئون ڪيو وڃي. پٿارڻ بعد انھيءَ کي 5 کان 10 منٽن تائين اٽڪل 5 پائونڊن جي ڪاٺ جي ٿاڦيءَ سان زور سان ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي سوڙھو ڳتيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ۾ ڄمڻ کان پوءِ سنھن سوراخن پيدا ٿيڻ جو انديشو نھ رھي.
(vii) سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ کي خانن ۾ پٿارڻ کان پوءِ  شروعاتي ٽائيم ۾ انھيءَ کي تمام گھڻو ٿاڦڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي. اھو جڏھن سخت ٿيڻ لڳي تھ انھيءَ کي تڪڙو تڪڙو لوھھ جي ڪرنيءَ (Trowel)  سان ماريو وڃي. سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ۾ سڌيءَ پٽيءَ ذريعي انھيءَ کي چڪاسيو وڃي ۽ جيڪڏھن ڪجھھ ھيٺاھيون مٿاھيون (Undulations) نظر اچن تھ انھن کي ختم ڪرڻ گھرجي. ازانسواءِ ٿاڦيءَ سان ٿڦڪين ڏيڻ بعد جيڪڏھن ڪو فالتو باريڪ مال (Stuff) نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي يڪدم خارج ڪيو وڃي.
(viii) جيڪڏھن ٿڦڪين ڏيڻ سان سطح جي مٿان سيمينٽ جي ڪريم جي پيسٽ نڪري اچي تھ ائين ڄاڻجي تھ مصالحي ۾ تمام گھڻو ۽ ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي پئجي ويو آھي. اھڙي مال کي خانن مان ڪڍي ۽ ٻئي اھڙي ٺاھيل مال کي خارج ڪيو وڃي.(ix) مٿي ڄاڻايل پٿارڻ ۽ دٻائڻ (Ramming) واري سلسلي کي آلي حالت ۾ ملايل (Wet mixing) ڪانڪريٽ جي ٽائيم کان پوءِ 30 منٽن اندر پورو ڪرڻ گھرجي.
(x) ھڪ ڇڏي ٻئي خاني ڀرڻ جي صورت ۾ ٻئي ڏينھن تي خانن ٺاھڻ وارين رھنمائي پٽين (Screeds) کي خبرداريءَ سان ڪڍيو وڃي ۽ ٺاھيل چونڪن يا خانن (Panels) جي پاسن کي چڪاسيو وڃي ۽ انھن کي ڀڄڻ نھ ڏجي. انھن پاسن تي ڪنھن اڻ جاذب (Non-absorbent)  ڪاغذ کي رکي ۽ مٿي تيار ٿيل چونڪي مٿان ويڙھيو وڃي، جيئن اڳتي ھلي رھيل خانن کي ڀرڻ وقت نئون مال اڳ ۾ ٺھيل چونڪن جي  
ڪنارن سان چنبڙي نھ پوي ۽ نھ ئي وري ٺھيل چونڪن مٿان پٿارجي وڃي. گھڻي خيال رکڻ کان پوءِ بھ جيڪڏھن ڪجھھ مصالحو انھن مٿان ڪري پوي تھ انھن کي تازي حالت ۾ ئي صاف ڪري ھٽايو وڃي.
(xi) ٽئين ڏينھن تي ڇڏيل خانا جيڪي ھڪ ڇڏي ٻئي (Alternate) جي اصول تي ڀرڻا آھن، انھن کي پورو ڪيو وڃي ۽ انھن جي ڀرڻ وقت اڳ ۾ ٺھيل چونڪن کي نقصان ٿيڻ نھ ڏجي. ھنن ڇڏيل خانن کي ڀرڻ تائين اڳ ٺاھيل چونڪن جي ڀِڳل سڻيءَ جي ڳوڻ رستي چڱيءَ طرح ترائي ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن کي ترائيءَ جي مدي تائين ھرگز سڪڻ نھ ڏجي. سموري فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ انھن مٿان جابلو واريءَ سان ٻارا ٺاھي، انھن اندر مسلسل پاڻيءَ جا دٻا ٺاھي اٽڪل 14 ڏينھن تائين ترائي ڪئي وڃي.
(xii)  ھن قسم جي فرش جي مٿاڇري کي سڪل سيمينٽ يا گھڻي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي مرڪب کي انھيءَ مٿان ڇڻڪاري ڪڏھن بھ لسو ۽ پختو ڪرڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ خراب سطح کي لڪائڻ لاءِ اھو ھڪ حسين ڌوڪي جي برابر آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم٬==


(Types of C.C. Floors)
ن قسم جي فرشن کي ٺاھڻ وارن طريقن جي لحاظ کان ٻن نمونن ۾ ورھائي سگھجي ٿو. ھڪ غير مفرد (Non-monolithic)  ۽ ٻيو ھڪ جان يا مفرد (Monolithic).
غير مفرد (Bonded) فرشن ۾ ڪانڪريٽ جو مٿيون تھھ اڪثر ھيٺئين تھھ (Base) جي وجھڻ کان ٽي ڏينھن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آھي، جيئن اھي ٻئي يڪ جان نھ ٿين، پر الڳ الڳ رھن. اھي فرش بھ يا تھ ھڪ تھھ جي صورت ۾ يا ٻن تھن جي صورت ۾ وڇايا ويندا آھن. ھڪ تھھ (Single layer) جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري (4 cm) 1 5/8 ٿلھو تھھ ھڪ ئي وقت وڇايو ويندو آھي. ٻن تھن (Two layers) جي صورت ۾ مٿي ڄاڻايل ٿولھھ کي ٻن حصن ۾ اھڙي نموني ورھايو ويندو آھي، جيئن ھڪ ئي وقت اھي ٻيئي تھھ پاڻ ۾ ملي وڃن. ھن ۾ ھيٺ واري ڪچي تھھ (Base) سان ملندڙ تھھ جي ٿولھھ 1 انچ (2.5 cm)  رکي ويندي آھي ۽ سڀ کان مٿئين تھھ جي ٿولھھ 5/8 انچ (1.5 cm)   رکي ويندي آھي. ازانسواءِ ھيٺئين تھھ ۾ گھڻو ڪري 1:3:6 جي تناسب ۾ ۽ مٿئين تھھ ۾ 1:2:3 جي تناسب ۾ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ھڪ جان يا مفرد (Monolithic)  قسم جا فرش اٽڪل ¾ انچ (2 cm)  ٿلھا ۽ ھيٺئين ڪچي ڪانڪريٽ (Base)  سان گڏو گڏ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جيئن ٻئي تھھ پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چڱيءَ طرح ملي ۽ سڪڻ کان پوءِ ھڪ ٿي وڃن. ھيٺئين بنياد (Base) ۽ ھن تھھ جي وڇائڻ ۾ 45 منٽن کان 4 ڪلاڪن تائين وقفو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ 1:2:4  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. عام طرح سان ھي مفرد قسم جا فرش اڄڪلھھ مروج نھ آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي مٿاڇري کي سخت بڻائڻ==

(Hardener Treatment)
سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري کي جڳھھ جي ۽ ضرورت جي نوعيت مطابق سخت ڪندڙ مرڪبن جھڙوڪ جست (Zinc)  ۽ مئگنيشيم فليوئوسليڪيٽيڊ (Magnesium Fluosilicated)، سوڊيم سليڪيٽ  (Sodium Silicate)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين ڪيميائي دوائن ملائڻ سان مضبوط بڻايو ويندو آھي. ھن ۾ زنڪ يا مئگنيشيم جي فليوئوسليڪيٽ جي اڌ پائونڊ کي ھڪ گئلن پاڻيءَ ۾ ملائي پھريون ليپ ڏنو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ کان پوءِ ضرورت مطابق ھر ٻيو ليپ ھر گئلن پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻن پائونڊن جي حساب سان ڏنو ويندو آھي. انھن ليپن ڏيڻ کان اڳ ۾ فرش کي چڱيءَ طرح سان ڌوئي، ھر ابور کي مال، تيل، رنگ ۽ ٻئي ھر ڌارئي مادي (Foreign substance) کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪرڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جو ليپ ھڪ گئلن ۾ 130 مربع فوٽ والاري (Cover)  ٿو، سڪڻ کان پوءِ ھن فرش کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪپڙي سان اگھڻ گھرجي.
ھيءُ فرش گھڻو ڪري رستن، گھٽين، فوٽ پاٿن، وڏن سماعت خانن (Auditoriums)، عام ميڙ وارن ھنڌن وغيره لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جا فرش==


(R.C.C Floors) ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن ۾ ڄاڻايل ڳالھين جو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھنن ۾ ڇتين وانگر ۽ ڊزائن مطابق لوھ جون سيخون استعمال ڪيو وينديون آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن. ھنن فرشن ۾ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو مٿيون تھھ 6 انچن (15 cm) کان 8 انچن (20 cm) تائين وڌو ويندو آھي. ھنن فرشن ۾ بنيادي تھھ گھڻو ڪري اٽڪل 4 انچ گھرو وڌو ويندو آھي. مٿئين تھھ جي اڌ عمق (Depth)  تي لوھ جو ڄار اھڙي نموني وڇايو ويندو آھي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين تھھ کان مٿي اڀريل رھي ۽ انھيءَ جي مٿان سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو گھربل تھھ (Cover) چڙھي.
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙن ھنڌن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن تي ڳري مشينري، ٽرئفڪ ۽ ٻين اھڙين ڳرين شين جي چرپر ٿيڻي ھوندي آھي، جھڙوڪ؛ ڪارخانا، جديد فيڪٽريون، ھيليڪاپٽرن ۽ جھازن جا رستا (Runways)  ۽ لارين ۽ موٽرن بيھارڻ وارا دالان وغيره.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن جون خاصيتون==

(Characteristics of C.C. Floors)
(i) ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پنھنجي پسند مطابق  مطابق گھربل رنگ ملائي خوبصورت بڻائي سگھجي ٿو.
(ii) ھنن فرشن جي سنڀال سولائيءَ سان ڪري سگھجي ٿي ۽ انھن تي گھٽ خرچ لڳي ٿو.
(iii) ھنن فرشن جي اڏاوت آسان ۽ پائيدار ھئڻ سبب انھن کي عام طرح سان رھائشي، تجارتي ۽ مجلسي عمارتن لاءِ استعمال ڪيو وڃي ٿو.
(iv) ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ باھھ سان مقابلو ڪرڻ جي ڪافي قوت ٿئي ٿي.
(v) ھي فرش غير جاذب (Impervious)  ۽ ٺوس ٿين ٿا.
(vi) ھنن کي آسانيءَ سان ڌوئي صاف ڪري سگھجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mosaic orTerrazzo floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن لاءِ پڻ بنياد ساڳئي نموني ٺاھيو ويندو آھي جيئن پھرين ڄاڻايو ويو آھي، انھيءَ جي مٿان ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ٻن تھن جي صورت ۾ ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ھيٺئين تھھ ۾ 1 انچ کان ¾ انچ (2.5 کان 2 سينٽيميٽر) جي عمق ۾ گھربل تناسب (جھڙوڪ؛ 1:2:4  يا 1:2 ½ :3 ½ وغيره) ۾ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ وڌو ويندو آھي ۽ مٿيون تھھ ¼ انچ (6 mm) ٿلھو رکيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ ۾ بلوري پٿر (Marble chips)  جا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آھن. ھن ۾ بلوري پٿر جي ٽڪرن ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب عام طرح سان 1:2 يعني ھڪ حصو سيمينٽ ۽ ٻھ حصا بلوري پٿر جا ٽڪرا ھوندو آھي ۽ ٻيو تھھ پھرئين تھھ چاڙھڻ کان پوءِ ٻئي ڏينھن چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. مٿئين تھھ کي گھربل تھھ کان ٿورو وڌيڪ ٿلھو رکيو ويندو آھي جيئن انھيءَ جي ڪٽڻ ۽ گسائڻ کان پوءِ اھو پوريءَ ۽ گھربل ٿولھھ ۾ بيھي. ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ جابلو ريتي ٿلھي (Coarse) گھربل سائيز  جي ۽ صاف ھئڻ گھرجي. بلوري ٽڪر (Marble chips) مضبوط ۽ 1/16 انچن کان 1/8انچن (1.55 mm کان 3 mm) جي سائيز جا ھئڻ گھرجن. وڏي سائيز جي ڪمرن ۽ ھالن ۾ ¼ انچن جي سائيز تائين بلوري ٽڪر استعمال ڪري سگھجن ٿا. بي ڊبليو ڊيءَ جي اسپيسيفڪيشنس مطابق مٿيون بلوري ٽڪرن جو تھھ 3/8″ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن تھ ھيٺيون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريت جو تھھ 1 انچ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ اھي ٻئي تھ يڪجان (Monolithic) ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن موزائيڪ فلور جي فرش جي ٽاپنگ جي جملي ٿولھھ 1 3/8″ کان گھٽ نھ بيھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ٻين ھيٺين ڳالھين جو خاص خيال رکيو وڃي.
(i) سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ھيٺئين تھھ ٺاھڻ تائين عليحده خانن ٺاھڻ، سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ملائڻ، انھيءَ کي پٿارڻ، انھيءَ جي گھاٽاڻ ۽ واٽر سيمينٽ رئشو (پاڻيءَ ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب) اڳ ۾ ڄاڻايل سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مطابق ھئڻ گھرجي.(ii) بلوري ٽڪرن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ کجيءَ جي ڦرھن جي ڇٻن ۾ وجھي چانورن وانگر پاڻيءَ سان ڌوئي بالڪل  صاف ڪري سڪائي پوءِ استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجي.
(iii) سڀ کان پھرين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي بنياد تي، جيڪو سنوت ۾ ۽ کھرو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي، گھربل ٿولھھ جي عمق وارين پتل (Brass)، ٽامي(Copper)، جست (Zinc)، شيشي (Glass)، يا ٻڙي نمبر (Zero Number) جي بلورن جي چوري جي ٺھيل پٽين سان ھڪ ڪرا، سھڻا ۽ گھربل ڊزائن جا خانا ٺاھيا وڃن.
(iv) گھربل تناسب جي حساب سان ماپ وارين پيتين ذريعي سيمينٽ ۽ بلور جي ٽڪرن کي پھرين سڪل حالت ۾ ڪنھن صاف پڪي فرشي ٽڪري تي پر ڪوشش ڪري تغاريءَ يا ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي ٿانو (Container)  ۾ وجھي ٿورو ٿورو پاڻي ملائي ايتري گھاٽاڻ (Workability)  تائين بيھارجي جيتري ۾ اھو استعمال ڪرڻ جي لائق بڻجي، پوءِ انھيءَ کي خانن اندر لاھي ترتيب سان لوھھ جي ڪرنيءَ ذريعي پٿاري ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي ڳتيو وڃي. جيڪڏھن ٿڦڪين ڏيڻ سان انھيءَ مان ڪريم نڪري تھ اھڙي ملاوٽ کي خارج ڪيو وڃي.
(v) ڪوشش ڪري بلوري ٽڪرن جو تھھ Mosaic topping) ايتري ٽائيم اندر ڏنو وڃي جيتري ۾ ھيٺيون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ لچڪدار (Plastic)  حالت ۾ ھجي. (عام طرح سان اھو ٻئي ڏينھن ڏنو ويندو آھي) پر جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل سڪي وڃي تھ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان خالص سيمينٽ ۽ پاڻي جو ھلڪو تھھ (Slurry)  ڏيئي پوءِ جلد ئي انھيءَ مٿان موزائيڪ جي داڻي جو تھھ چاڙھجي. انھيءَ تھھ مٿان ھلڪيون ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي انھيءَ کي ڪرني ۽ ليول واري پٽيءَ سان سڌو ڪري ۽ بالڪل صحيح ليول ۾ بيھارجي.
(vi)  ليول بيھارڻ ۽ ڪرنيءَ سان ٻھ ٽي گھمرا ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي ڳتڻ کان پوءِ اگر مٿاڇري تي ڪرنيءَ جا داغ ٿي بيھن تھ انھن کي ميساڻ جي ڪوشش ھرگز نھ ڪجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڳتي ھلي مٿان گسائڻ (Grinding)  کان پوءِ اھي داغ خود بھ خود ميٽجي ويندا.
(vii) انھيءَ کان پوءِ يڪدم ئي موزائيڪ جي تازي پيل فرش مٿان ڪرنيءَ جي مدد سان خالص سيمينٽ جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ انھيءَ مٿان ترائيءَ واسطي آليون ڳوڻيون رکجن.
(viii) ٽن ڏينھن بعد انھيءَ فرش جي مٿان تمام کھرن ڪاربورئنڊم بلاڪن رستي خوب طرح سان ھن فرش جي گسائي  ڪئي وڃي. اھا گسائي، مشين استعمال ڪرڻ سان تڪڙي ۽ عمدي رھي ٿي. ڪن خاص حالتن ۾ مشين نھ ھئڻ سبب انھيءَ کي ھٿ رستي انھن بلاڪن سان (جن کي عام طرح سان بٺي ڪوٺيو وڃي ٿو) زور سان رڳڙي لسو بنائي سگھجي ٿو. رڳڙائي يعني گسائي فرش مٿان سنھي ريتي ۽ پاڻي ھاري خوب طرح سان ڪرڻ گھرجي جيستائين داڻو ظاھر ٿي بيھي.
(ix) پھرين گسائي کان پوءِ فرش جي تھھ مٿان ڪجھھ سوراخ ٿي پون تھ انھن جي خالص سيمينٽ سان مرمت ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ فرش کي سڪڻ نھ ڏجي.
(x) ٻي رڳڙائي وري پنجن ڏينھن کان پوءِ وچولي کھرن ڀترن يعني بٺين سان ڪئي وڃي ۽ گشائيءَ دوران جيڪڏھن سوراخ وغيره نظر اچن تھ انھن جي خالص سيمينٽ سان مرمت ڪجي. انھيءَ سموري ڪم دوران فرش کي تر رھڻ ڏنو وڃي
(xi) آخر ۾ سنھن بٺين (Fine Sand-blocks)  رستي رڳڙي ۽ تمام گھڻي پاڻي ھارڻ بعد انھيءَ کي بالڪل صاف ۽ چِٽو ڪيو وڃي ۽ اھڙا فرش جن ۾ آخري گسائيءَ کان پوءِ بھ موزائيڪ جو داڻو نظر نھ اچي تھ انھن کي خارج ڪري ٻيھر ٺھرائڻ گھرجي.
(xii) آخري گسائيءَ کان پوءِ ھنن فرشن کي ھلڪي صابڻ (Mild Soap) سان ڌوئي تمام گھڻي پاڻيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ سڪڻ لاءِ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي ۽ جڏھن اھي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان سڪي وڃن تھ انھن مٿان آغزئيلڪ ائسڊ جو پائوڊر (Oxalic Acid Powder)  ھاري لڪڙن مٿان سڻيءَ جون ٻوريون لپيٽي تمام گھڻي زور سان گٺو وڃي ۽ انھن کي سڪڻ لاءِ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ وري ٻيھر پھرئين جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ (Oxalic Acid Powder)  پائوڊر ھاري ڪپڙي جي گدين (Cloth pads) سان انھيءَ کي گسايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي سڪائي پوءِ چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪجي.
(xiii) انھيءَ بعد فرش کي ڪنھن صاف تيل ۽ ڪاٺ جي ٻوري سان ڍڪي ڇڏجي ۽ رنگ روغن ۽ ٻين جاءِ جي سمورن ڪمن پوري ٿيڻ بعد انھن کي تمام سٺي پالش ڪري، ۽ صاف سٽ (Cotton Waste)  سان زور سان گسائي چمڪندڙ بنايو وڃي.
(xiv) رنگين فرشن ٺاھڻ واسطي سڪو ملائڻ وقت سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ گھربل رنگ سڪل حالت ۾ ملائي، پوءِ مٿي ڄاڻايل ھدايتن مطابق اڳتي وڌجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ٽيرازو ڊئڊو ۽ اسڪرٽنگ==

: (Terrazzo Dado and Skirting)بلوري پٿر جي داڻي  (Marble Chips) ۾ سيمينٽ ملائي ڀتين مٿان عمق جي صورت ۾ چاڙھي،  انھيءَ جي موزائيڪ فلورنگ وانگر گسائي وغيرھ ڪري، داڻي کي ظاھر ڪري، خوبصورت سطح ۾ آڻڻ کي ٽيرازو ڊئڊو يا اسڪرٽنگ سڏيو وڃي ٿو.

ان قسم جي سطح ٺاھڻ لاءِ انھن سڀني ڳالھين جو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي جيڪي موزائيڪ فلورنگ ۾ ڄاڻايون ويون آھن. اجڪلھھ جي رواج مطابق غسلخانن ۽ بورچيخانن کي ڇڏي ٻين سڀني ڪمرن وغيره ۾ موزائيڪ فلورنگ سان گڏ ان جھڙو ئي ڊئڊو 3 انچن کان 4 انچن تائين چئني ڀتين تي چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ طرح سان ڪمرا وغيرھ سھڻا بھ لڳندا آھن ۽ فرش ڌوئڻ وقت انھن ڪمرن جون ڀتيون پڻ خراب نھ ٿينديون آھن. جڏھن تھ بورچيخانن ۽ غسلخانن ۾ انھيءَ جي اوچائي اٽڪل 6 فوٽن تائين رکي ويندي آھي. پلستر ڪيل ڀتين جا اھي حصا جن تي ھيءُ ڊئڊو چاڙھيو ويندو آھي اھي کھرا ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ ڄاڻايل عمق مطابق انھن جي مٿان گھربل ڊئڊو ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ جي سيٽ ٿيڻ کان اڳ موزائيڪ جي داڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. داڻو (Chips) اڪثر ڪري 1 ½ نمبر جو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ٿورو ماربل پائوڊر ملائڻ سان انھيءَ کي گسائڻ ۾ آساني رھندي آھي انھيءَ ڪري فرش توڙي اسڪرٽنگ جي ڪم ۾ سيمينٽ ھڪ حصو، ماربل پائوڊر ½ حصو ۽ داڻو 2 حصا ملائي مناسب قسم جي آميزش حاصل ڪري سگھجي ٿي. اسڪرٽنگ ۽ ڊئڊو سڌا، ليول ۽ ساھل ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن ۽ فرش سان چڱيءَ طرح مليل (Flush)  ھئڻ گھرجن.
اھا ڳالھھ ذھن ۾ رکڻ گھرجي تھ فرش جو ڊئڊو ۽ ڀتين جي اسڪرٽنگ ۾ ڪٽائيءَ کان پوءِ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 70 سيڪڙو داڻا ھڪ ڪرا ڦھليل ۽ ظاھر ھئن گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ٽيرازو ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ڊئڊو==

: (Terrazzo Tile Floors and Dado)  اعشاري نظام جي رائج ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ھيءُ چؤنڪا 300 mm x 300 mm x 25 mm، (Tiles)  (يعني ڊيگھھ ۽ ويڪر ھر ھڪ 300 mm ۽ ٿولھھ 25 mm) ۾ ٺھڻ لڳا آھن. ھن قسم جي ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي بنياد تيار ڪرڻ کان پوءِ صاف سٿرو سيمينٽ لڳائي انھيءَ مٿان وڇايو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن جي جوڙن ۾ گھربل رنگ جي سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جي پٽڙيءَ پيسٽ جھڙو مسالو (Slurry)  ڀريو ويندو آھي.ھنن چؤنڪن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پھرين گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 36 ڪلاڪن تائين پاڻيءَ اندر ٻوڙي رکڻ گھرجي.ھن قسم جي ٽائيلن جو مٿيون داڻي وارو تھھ ½ جي ٿولھھ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ گھربل رنگ جو مقدار انھيءَ ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ سيمينٽ، جيڪو گھڻو ڪري سيمينٽ ۽ داڻي جي حساب ۾ 1:2 جي تناسب سان استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ جي ڏھھ سيڪڙو کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھگرجي. اھي چؤنڪا (Tiles) گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھر پائونڊ تي 2000 مربع انچ (2000 psi) واري سگھھ جو دٻاءُ سھڻ وارا ۽ ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪيل ھئڻ گھرجن ھي چؤنڪا 1 ½ انچ ٿولھھ جي 1:2:4 واري تناسب سان ٺھيل سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ مٿان 1:3 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو سراسري طور اڌ انچ ٿولھھ جو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ جي مٿان لڳايا وڃ. چؤنڪا لڳائي بس ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھن جي جوڙن ۾ (جي 1 1/16 انچن جي ٿولھھ کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن) گھربل رنگ جي سيمينٽ جو مسالو ڀريو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ لڳايل مٿاڇري کي ڇيڙڻ کان سواءِ اٽڪل ٻن ھفتن تائين پاڻيءَ سان تر رکيو وڃي. مٿاڇري جي سڪي وڃڻ کان پوءِ مٿي ڄاڻايل موزائيڪ فلورنگ وانگر انھيءَ کي چڱيءَ طرح چمڪائي پوءِ استعمال ڪيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پٿر جا فرش==

(Stone or Flagged Floor) ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش جو بنيادي تھھ اڳ ۾ ڄاڻايل خاصيتن وارو ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ فرش اندر استعمال ٿيندڙ پٿر ھڪ ئي سائيز جا ڀلي نھ ھئڻ گھرجن، ليڪن انھن جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ ڏيڍ انچ، ويڪر 14 انچ ۽ ڊيگھھ اڍائي فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي .انھن پٿرن جو مٿاڇرو تمام سھڻي انداز ۾ گھڙيل، گول ٽڪرن ۽ ورن وڪڙن کان پاڪ ھئڻ گھرجي. انھن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ ڪلاڪ تائين پاڻيءَ جي حوض اندر ڀڄائي رکڻ گھرجي .انھن جي ھيٺان وڇايل بنياد (Base) بالڪل ھڪ ئي ليول ۾ ھئڻ گھرجي. انھن کي ھڪ ئي انداز جي ويڪر ۽ اھم لنگھھ (Main entrance) جي ديوار جي پور وڇوٽ ھئڻ گھرجن. انھن جي ھڪ قطار جا جوڙ ٻيءَ گڏو گڏ قطار جي مفاصلي کان گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 8 انچن کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن، جيئن ھڪ قطار جا جوڙ ٻيءَ قطار کان ٽٽل رھن. انھن جو بنياد سرن جي فرفش جي بنياد وانگر ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن جا جوڙ عام طرح سان 1/8 انچن جي ٿولھھ جا ۽ 1:2 جي تناسب جي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي گاري جا ھئڻ گھرجن. پٿر ھميشھ پختي تھھ، جيڪو مترڪي (Mallet)  جي ڌڪن ھئڻ سان جانچي سگھجي ٿو، مٿان لڳائڻ گھرجن ۽ ھيٺئين بنياد جي نرم حصن (Soft patches) کي ٻاھر ڪڍي ٻيھر مضبوط ٺاھڻ گھرجي. پٿر جي چؤنڪن (Slabs) جي ڪنارن کان گاري (Mortar) کي پکڙجڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي ۽ ٽيپ نھ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙن ۾ آيل مال کي ڪرنيءَ (Trowel) رستي فلش (Flush)  ڪيو وڃي.  جيڪڏھن ٽيپ (Pointing) ڪرڻ مقصود ھجي تھ جوڙن کي ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي ھڪ جھڙي ٿولھھ وارين پٽين رستي ¼ انچن کان گھٽ ويڪرو نھ رکيو وڃي. جڏھن ھر ھڪ پٿر جي چؤنڪن جي قطار لڳي وڃي تھ ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي پٽين کي ڪڍي، جلد ئي جوڙن کي 1:1 جي تناسب واري سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان ڀريو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي پٿرن جي مٿاڇري کان 1/16 انچ ھيٺ ڪرنيءَ سان ٽڪي ٽيپ ڪئي وڃي . ڪم ھلندي ھنن فرشن جي ترائي جاري رکي وڃي ۽ ڪم پوري ٿيڻ کان پوءِ بھ 14 ڏينھن تائين ترائي ضرور ڪجي ۽ تيار ٿيل ففرش مٿان ڪنھن بھ قسم جا نشان ۽ گاري جا داغ ٿيڻ نھ ڏجن ۽ اھڙي قسم جا داغدار فرش ڪڏھن بھ قبول نھ ڪيا وڃن. فرش جي ڪنھن بھ حصي مٿان ٽن ڏينھن تائين ڪنھن کي بھ ھلڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي ۽ انھن مٿان 7 ڏينھن تائين ڪنھن بھ وزنيءَ شيءِ کي آڻڻ نھ گھرجي. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش==
: (Glazzed Tile Flooring) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي ھيٺيون تھھ (Base) سرن جي فرش وانگر ٺاھڻ گھرجي. چمڪدار چينيءَ جا چؤنڪا گھربل سائيز ۽ رنگ مطابق ھئڻ گھرجن. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھريائين ھيٺئين تھھ مٿان گھڻي سيمينٽ واري گارري کي پٿارڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد چؤنڪن کي ڪاٺ جي ھٿوڙي ۽ گز جي مدد سان گھربل انداز ۽ گھربل سلاميءَ مطابق لڳائڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 36 ڪلاڪن تائين پاڻيءَ جي حوض اندر ٽٻائي رکڻ گھرجي.  ٽائيلن کي گاري مٿان رکي، ھٿوڙي جي مدد سان زور سان ائين لڳائن گھرجي، جيئن ھيٺيون مسالو جوڙن مان ٻاھر نڪري اچي. فالتو مال کي يڪدم آلي حالت ۾ ڪنھن ڀِڳل ڪپڙي سان اگھي صاف ڪرڻ کپي. بھتر تھ ائين آھي تھ ڪاٺ جي ويلڻ رستي ٽائيلن کي دٻايو وڃي، جيئن ٽائيلن جي مجموعي سطح ھموار رھي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان 24 ڪلاڪ گذرڻ بعد جوڙن ۾ ٽاٽ يا ڪنھن برش جي مدد سان سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي رٻڙي (Slurry) ڀرڻ گھرجي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پوءِ ٽن ڏينھن تائين انھن مٿان ڪنھن بھ وزني شيءِ کي ھلڻ يا رکڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد انھن مٿان پالش ڪري، انھن کي صابڻ سان صاف ڪرڻ گھرجي. ھن ۽ ٻين سڀني قسمن جي ٽائيلن جي فرش لاءِ ٽائيلن کي گھربل سائيز ۽ نموني ۾ ٽڪڻ جي حالت ۾ صرف ڪارائي استعمال ڪئي وڃي جيئن انھن جا ڪنارا تکا ۽ صاف رھن ۽ انھن جا جوڙ دلڪش رھن. جاءِ جي مڪمل ٿيڻ تائين ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪاٺ جي فالتو ٻوري يا ڪنھن ٻي شيءِ سان ڍڪي رکڻ گھرجي جيئن اھو جاءِ جي رنگ روغن ۽ ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي شيءِ جي داغن وغيره کان صاف رھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر يا سنگ موسيٰ جا فرش==
(Marble or Black Marble Floors)
  
ھن قسم جا فرش پٿر جھڙي سخت شيءِ جي سنگمرمر جي ھڪ جھڙن چؤنڪن يا تختن (Slabs)  استعمال ڪرڻ سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جي فرشن وڇائڻ کان اڳ انھن جو ھيٺيون تھھ (Base) اڳ ۾ بيان ڪيل فرشن جي تھھ وانگر ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ھنن کي ھيٺئين تھھ سان جوڙڻ واسطي 1:2 جي تناسب وارو چوني جو گچ يا سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جو گچ ¾ انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ مٿان پٿاريو ويندو آھي. ھنن جي جوڙن ۾ چوني جي لاپي (Lime putty) استعمال ڪئي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي جوڙن اندر زور سان ڀريو ويندو آھي. انھن جوڙن کي بالڪل صاف ۽ خوبصورتيءَ سان ٺاھيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھن جوڙن جي ويڪر 1/16 انچن کان وڌيڪ نھ رکڻ ڏني ويندي آھي. پٿر جي سرن جي ٿولھھ ڪنھن بھ صورت ۾ ¾ انچ کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي. انھي پٽيءَ جي نموني ۾ فرشبندي ڪرڻ واسطي ڪو بھ سنگمرمر جو ٽڪر 18 انچن کان گھٽ ڊگھو نھ رکڻ ڏنو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھيٺ ڄاڻايل ھدايتن جو پڻ خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي. 
(i) سنگمرمر جون سرون گھربل رنگ، قسم ۽ سائيز جون ھئڻ گھرجن. ڪن اٽليءَ جي سفيد ۽ آسماني ماربل جھڙين سرن استعمال ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ۽ گھربل انداز جي ڊزائن ۾ نھ ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ جيڪڏھن پالش ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھن جو رنگ ساڳيو نھ بيھي تھ انھيءَ فرشبنديءَ کي خارج ڪرڻ گھرجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جي ماربل جي ٽڪرن جو رنگ پالش ڪرڻ بعد ئي اصلي صورت اختيار ڪندو آھي. 
(ii) ھي سنگمرمر جا ٽڪرا بالڪل صحيح طرح ڪارائيءَ رستي وڍيل، سڀني پاسن کان بالڪل چؤڪور، ھڪ ئي ٿولھھ ۾ ۽ ھڪ ئي سنوت ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن ۽ ڏاڪڻ، دروازن ۽ ورانڊن کان ٻاھر نڪتل ڪنارن جي صورت ۾ ھنن جا ڪنارا بُل نوز (Bul-nose) جي صورت ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن 
(iii) اڀن جوڙن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ چوني جي پٽيءَ ۾ چوني جي مقدار جيترو کؤنر استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجي 
(iv) ڪم ھلڻ دوران ۽ انھن ماربل جي ٽڪرن جي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ کين 10 ڏينھن تائين پاڻيءَ سان تر رکڻ گھرجي (v)جڏھن فرش پوريءَ طرح ڄمي يعني سيٽ (Set)  ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪاربورئنڊم پٿر (Carborandum Stone)، يا ڪنھن ٻئي سخت پٿر ۽ کھريءَ ريتيءَ ذريعي تمام گھڻو پاڻي جالاري گٺو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ لاءِ جيڪڏھن مشين استعمال ڪجي تھ نھايت ئي بھتر آھي. جوڙن جي پالش لاءِ نھايت ئي نرم (Soft) پٿر استعمال ڪجي. جڏھن کھرائپ ختم ٿي وڃي تھ واري ڌوئي مٿاڇري کي تمام سنھي ڪاربورئنڊم جي پٿر، سر يا ايمري پائوڊر سان گسائي لسو ڪيو وڃي 
(vi) لسي ڪرڻ کان پوءِ فرش تي پٽي پائوڊر ھاري انھيءَ کي اوني ڪپڙي جي گدين (Felt pads) يا ناريل جي ڇلڪن جي کوپن رستي گھي، تمام جھجھي پاڻي سان پالش ڪيو وڃي ۽ جاءِ جي ڪم ھلڻ دوران ھن فرش کي داغن ۽ ٻئي نقصان کان بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي==
: (Dry Brick Pavi) 
ھن قسم جي فرشبندي ۾ پھرئين درجي جون ۽ ڪوشش ڪري ھر عليحدھ ۽ لڳاتار ٽڪري ۾ ھڪ جھڙي رنگ جون سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. زمين جي مٿاڇري کي چڱيءَ طرح پاڻي ھاري ڌمڪ يا نھرو ڪندڙ مشين (Compactors) ذريعي وھاري نھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيدءَ کي صحيح طرح سان گھربل سلاميءَ ۽ ڪئمبر (Camber)  ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ جي مٿان اڌ انچ ٿلھو مٽيءَ جي گاري جو ليپو ڏيئي يا چئن انچن جو ڪاري واريءَ (River or pit sand) جو تھھ ڏيئي انھيءَ مٿان گھربل نموني ۾ سڪل سرون ڄمائي انھن جي فرشبندي ڪئي ويندي آھي. . ھن فرشبندي ۾ ڪوشش ڪري بالڪل باريڪ جوڙ رکيا وڃن ۽ ڪو بھ جوڙ ¼ انچ کان وڌيڪ ويڪرو نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ سرن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان زور سان جڪڙي قابو رکيو وڃي ٿو. فرشبندي ختم ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان ڪاري واري ھاري جوڙن کي انھيءَ واريءَ سان ڀريو ويندو آھي ۽ فرش مٿان بچيل فالتو واريءَ کي ٻھاري صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي، ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ سرن کي اڀي صورت ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جو فرش سڌين سرن جي فرشن کان مضبوط ٿيندو آھي.
ڪن خاص حالتن ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جو تمام پٽڙو گارو ھاري سرن جي جوڙن کي صرف مٿان جوڙڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي اھو گارو سرن جي جي درزن ۾ مٿئين حصي منجھان داخل ٿيندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشبندي گودامن، رستن، اڱڻن، رستن ۽ چبوترن لاءِ ڪئي ويندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪاٺ جا فرش==  
: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن فرش تمام گھڻا مھانگا ھوندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اھي تمام عمدي ڪاٺ جا ٺاھڻا ھوندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جو استعمال گھڻو ڪري جابلو علائقن (Hilly areas) جھڙوڪ مري وغيره جي اھڙن ھنڌن تي ڪيو ويندو آھي، جتي ڪاٺ تمام گھڻو ۽ سستو پوي ٿو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ڪن خاص حالتن (جتي سانت جي ضرورت ھوندي آھي) ۾ ھنن فرشن جي ضرورت پوندي آھي، جھڙوڪ ناچ خانھ (Dancing Halls) ۽ سماعت خانھ (Auditoriums) وغيره. ھن قسم جا فرش بالڪل پختا ۽ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن اھي وڌيڪ کان وڌيڪ بار کڻي سگھن. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي خوبصورتيءَ جي لحاظ کان نھايت ئي لسو ھئڻ گھرجي. جيئن تھ ڪاٺ ۾ مڙڻ جي نمايان خاصيت ٿيندي آھي، انھيءَ ڪري اھڙن فرشن ۾ ھر ھڪ فوٽ جي فاصلي (Span) تي 1/40 کان 1/30 انچن جي حساب سان اوچائي (Camber) ڏيڻ گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==مفرد يا ھيڪوٽا فرش==
: (Single Floors) 
ھن قسم جي حالت ۾ ھڪ ئي طريقي  سان ڪامون يا شھتير (Bridging joists)  کوڙي انھيءَ مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. اھي ڪامون ھر پاسي کان ديوار جي ڪڙين (Wall plates) مٿان رکيون وينديون آھن. اھي ڪامون اھڙيون تھ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جو انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جي تختن کي ڪوڪن رستي ٺوڪڻ ۾ ڪا بھ تڪليف محسوس نھ ٿئي. انھن ڪامن جي اصلي ۽ بنيادي گھرج اھا آھي تھ اھي بالڪل سخت ۽ مضبوط ھئڻ گھرجن تھ جيئن اھي گھڻي کان گھڻو بار جھلي سگھن. انھيءَ مقصد واسطي اھي حساب ڪيل قوت کان وڌيڪ سخت قوت واري ڪاٺ مان ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. انھن شھتيرن جي ويڪر گھڻو ڪري 2 انچن کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ اھي ھڪ شھتير جي مرڪز کان ٻئي شھتير جي مرڪز تائين ھڪ فوٽ جي مفاصلي جي حساب سان رکيا ويندا آھن. وڌيڪ مفاصلي رکڻ سان انھن جي مڙڻ جو انديشو رھندو آھي ۽ اھو مڙڻ (Deflection)  ھر ٻن شھتيرن جي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي 1/333 حصي کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ھنن ڪامن کي تازي گاري (Green mortar)  يا اوساريءَ سان لڳڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي، نھ تھ انھن جو ڪاٺ ڳرڻ لڳندو، جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ھر حالت ۾ سڪل رکڻو آھي انھيءَ ڪري شھتيرن ۽ ڀتين جي ڇيڙن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي پوري گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي.ڊزائن ڪرڻ بعد شھتيرن کي صحيح ماپ ۽ جاءِ تي کوڙي، انھيءَ مٿان 1 انچ کان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھا ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳائي ڪاٺ جا فرش تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==ٻٽا فرش== 
: (Double Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڄي ڪمري جي فاصلي مطابق شھتير (Bridging joists)  نھ کوڙيا ويندا اھن ۽ انھيءَ جي برعڪس اھي ٻين شھتيرن جن کي ٻڌندڙ شھتير يا صرف ٻڌندڙ (Binding joists or Binders) ۽ ٽيڪنيڪي ٻوليءَ ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ سڏيو ويندو آھي،  انھن مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن. ھي بائينڊرس، مٿان رکيل شھتيرن ھيٺان  90 ڊگريءَ جي سڌي ڪنڊ تي کوڙيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کي ديوارن مٿان 6 کان 8 فوٽن جي فاصلي تي رکيو ويندو آھي. ڪوشش ڪري ھي فرش درن کان ڪجھھ ھٽائي رکيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جا فرش ھڪ تھھ وارن فرشن کان وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي آواز کي ٻاھر وڃڻ کان بھتر نموني ۾ روڪي سگھندا آھن. ليڪن ھيٺ وارين ديوارن تي ڪن نڪتن وٽ ھنن جو بار اچي ڪٺو ٿيندو آھي. ھنن فرشن جي عمق، اوچائي وڌڻ سان گڏو گڏ وڌي ٿي، انھيءَ سبب جاءِ جي اوچائي پڻ وڌائڻي پوي ٿي ۽ نتيجي ۾ ھي فرش نھايت ئي مھانگا پون ٿا. انھيءَ ڪري ھي فرش گھڻو ڪري ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا  ھن قسم جا فرش 12 فوٽن کان مٿي واري مفاصلي لاءِ ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا ۽ انھن ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ جا ڇيڙا ڀتين ۾ نھ کوڙيا ويندا آھن پر اھي کليل ڇڏيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھن کي ھوا لڳي سگھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.

==ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽِيڻن شھتِيرن وارا فرش==
: (Triple joist or framed wooden floors)

جيڪڏھن ڪنھن ڪمري يا وڏي ھال جو ننڍي ۾ ننڍو فاصلو (Short span)  اٽڪل 25 فوٽ يا انھيءَ کان وڌي وڃي تھ ھن طريقي جا ڪاٺ جا فرش ٺاھيا وڃن. ھر فرش گرڊرن، بائينڊرس، شھتيرن (Bridging joists) ۽ ڪاٺ جي تختن رستي ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڀ کان پھرين، ڪمري جي ننڍي فاصلي جي رخ ۾ 13 کان 20 فوٽن جي وٿيءَ تي گرڊر رکيا ويندا آھن. اھي وٿيون بائينڊرس رستي، جيڪي گرڊرن جي گوني ڪنڊ (Right angles) جي طرف رکيون وينديون آھن، ڀريون وينديون آھن. فرش جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ رکڻ لاءِ بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن اندر ٽسڪ ۽ ٽينن جوائنٽس (Tusk and Tennon joints) رستي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. گرڊرن جي ڇيڙن ۽ ديوارن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي جيئن ڪاٺ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رھي. جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ھڪ وڌيڪ ڪاٺ جي گرڊر جو اضافو ڪجي ٿو ۽ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن (Binding joists) کي انھيءَ سان جوڙي ڪاٺ جو پڃرو ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ سبب ڪري گرڊرن جي ڪمزور ٿيڻ جو انديشو رھي ٿو. انھيءَ انديشي کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٻڌندر  شھتيرن جي ڇيڙن کي لوھھ جي پٽين (Iron Stirrups)  ذريعي عليحدھ رکيو وڃي ٿو. مکيھ گرڊرن ۽ ٻڌندر شھتيرن کي ايتري حد تائين اونھو رکيو ويندو آھي جيتري ۾ ڇت ۾ ڏار پوڻ نھ ڏنا وڃن. شھتير (Bridging joists)  ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کان ترڇا (Across) رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن کي يا تھ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن جي مٿان رکيو ويندو آھي يا تھ انھن کي مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙي فريم ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. شھتيرن جي ھڪ وچ کان ٻئي وچ تائين 1 فوٽ کان 1 ½ فوٽ تائين مفاصلو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ آخر ۾ ڪاٺ جي تختن کي انھن مٿان رکي فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن سان اھڙي نموني ۾ جڪڙيو ويندو آھي جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو ڪاٺ جي گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو رھي. ليڪن، شھتير (Bridging joists) بائينڊرس مٿان ائين رکيا ويندا آھن، جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو مٿي بيھي. انھيءَ طريقي سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي ٿولھ گھٽائي سگھجي ٿي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;. 

==زميني يا ھيٺيان فرش== 
: (Ground Floors 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ ڪاٺ جي ڳرڻ جي انديشي واسطي پوسل کان روڪڻ لاءِ خاص اپاءُ ورتا ويندا آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جي ھيٺا سيمينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ ڏنا ويندا آھن. عام طرح سان ھيٺيون تھھ گھٽ ملاوث جھڙوڪ 1:6:12  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ۽ مٿيون تھھ 1:2:4  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ڏنو ويندو آھي. ھر ھڪ تھھ جي ٿولھھ  سراسري طور 3 انچ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ طرح سان پوري تھھ جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 6 انچ رکي ويندي آھي. فني (ٽيڪنيڪي) لحاظ کان انھيءَ کي ”سائيٽ“ يا ”اوور سائيٽ“ (Site or Oversite)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ تھھ جي مٿان 6 فوٽ ۽ 5 انچ جي ھر ھڪ مرڪزي مفاصلي کان ٻئي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي حساب سان 4 انچ ٿلھيون ڪاٺ جي تختن (Sleepers) يا پٿر جي بلاڪن يا پڪسري اوساريءَ رستي ننڍيون ديوارون ٺاھي، جن کي (Dwarf walls) چئبو آھي، انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جون وال پليٽون (Walls plates)  لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ديوارون ڪمرن جي ٻنھي طرفن يعني ويڪر ۽ ڊيگھھ جي رخ ۾ ۽ ھڪ جھڙي انداز جي وڇوٽيءَ تي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. شھتير جن کي (Bridging joists) سڏيو وڃي ٿو ۽ عام طرح سان 4 انچ x 44 انچ جي سائيز جا ٿين ٿا، انھن کي پليٽن جي مٿان چاڙھي ڪلن  ڪوڪن ۽ پيچن وارن اسڪرن ذريعي قابو ڪيو وڃي ٿو. آخر ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ انچ ۽ وڌ ۾ وڌ ڏيڍ انچ ٿولھھ وارا ڪاٺ جا تختا شھتيرن مٿان جوڙي ھن قسم جا فرش ٺاھيا ڃن ٿا
ڪاٺ جي تختن ھيٺان کليل حصي مان ھوا جي بالڪل پوري گذر واسطي ھيٺ ڏنل ديوارن ۾ ٽنگ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ چوڪيءَ جي ليول (Plinth level)  ھيٺان پڻ سوراخن وارن بلاڪن جون ديوارون ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. وال پليٽن لڳائڻ کان اڳ ۾ ھيٺ وارين ننڍين ديوارن ۽ پاسي وارين ڀِتين مٿان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھو پوسل روڪڻ وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ (D.P.C)  چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ عام طرح سان، شھتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. تمام اھم عمارتن لاءِ ڪنھن خاص سبب لاءِ ساڳ جو ڪاٺ (Teak wood)  پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڪڏھن وري ساڳ جي ڪاٺ جا تختا ۽ ديال جي ڪاٺ جا شھتير استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ شيشم جي صحيح تيار ٿيل ڪاٺ جا تختا پڻ لڳايا ويندا آھن&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==رٻڙ جا فرش== 
: (Rubber Flooring) 
ھن قسمن جي فرشبنديءَ واسطي گندڪ ملايل رٻڙ جا مرڪب، جيڪي رٻڙ ۾ اھڙي طريقي سان ملائي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھيءَ جي مضبوطي ۽ لچڪ وڌي وڃي، سي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جي شڪل بالڪل سڌي ۽ پلين چادر جھڙي، يا چادرن ۾ خانا ٺاھي پلين يا چٽسالي ڪيل چؤنڪن جي نموني ۾، ۽ يا تھ عليحده عليحده چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ٿيندي آھي. اھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا اھڙي ڪنھن ٻئي ٺوس ۽ سخت بنيادي تھھ (Base)  مٿان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. فرش چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنياد کي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي دز (Dust)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين شين جھڙوڪ پوسل، چڪنائيءَ وغيرھ کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ بنيادي تھھ ۾ جيڪي بھ ھيٺاھيون ۽ مٿاھيون ھونديون آھن، انھن کي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان صحيح ڪري ليول ڪيو ويندو آھي. استعمال ٿيندڙ رٻڙ 1/8  انچن کان ½  انچن جي معيادي ٿولھھ جو ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھميشھ گندڪ (Suphur)، ٽمڻ ۽ کھراڻ کان پاڪ قسم جو رٻڙ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ انھيءَ جو مٿاڇرو لسو ھجي ۽ پاڻيءَ ۽ ڪنھن سٺي معيار واري صابڻ يا ڪنھن اھڙيءَ ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ڌوئڻ يا پالش ڪرڻ سان انھيءَ جي رنگ تي ڪو اثر نھ پوي.  رٻڙ چاڙھڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي ھيٺئين پاسي کي کھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ھڪ ئي وقت 25 مربع فوٽن کان وڌيڪ ايراضيءَ تي نھ چاڙھبو آھي. رٻڙ چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنيادي فرس مٿان ڪنھن سٺي چنبڙائيندڙ (Adhesive)  مرڪب جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ کي ڏھن کان پندرنھن منٽن تائين کليل ڇڏي ڏبو آھي تھ جيئن انھيءَ کي ھوا لڳي. بعد ۾ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل قسم ۽ ڊزائن جي رٻڙ جو پوش چاڙھي انھيءَ مٿان سھڻي نموني زور ڏيئي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي تھ جيئن فرش جي بنيادي تھھ ۽ رٻڙ جي چادر جي وچ ۾ ھوا نھ رھي ۽ رٻڙ فرش سان بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح ۽ سڌائيءَ ۾ چنبڙي. انھيءَ لاءِ عام طرح سان ننڍو لوھ جو رولر استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان پوءِ رٻڙ جي فرش کي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٽن ڏينھن تائين آزاد ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن سٺي صابڻ سان ڌوئي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جا فرش اھم جاين، آفيسن، اسپتالن، سينيمائن ۽ ھوٽلن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. معياري تعليمي درسگاھن ۽ آڊيٽوريم اندر پڻ ھن قسم جا فرش پسند ڪيا ويندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھنن مٿان ھلن سان آواز نٿو ٿئي ۽ سانت رھي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم جا فرش== 
: (Linoleum Floors) 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ رٻڙ جي فرشن وانگر سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ وغيره جي بنياد مٿان لينوليم جو پلاسٽڪ جھڙو پوش چاڙھي ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ڪيميا جي خيال کان لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل (Linseed oil)، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگ وغيره جو مرڪب آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب تھھ جھڙوڪ ڪنوس (Convas)  مٿان پٿاري فرش جو پوش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. اھو پوش خوشنما نمونن ۾ ٺاھي، بنيادي فرش مٿان چاڙھي، ھن قسم جا دلڪش فرش ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. لينوليم جا رٻڙ جي فرش وانگر الڳ الڳ چؤنڪ پڻ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، انھن کي لينوليم جا چؤنڪا سڏيو ويندو آھي. ھي فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ سستا ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي وقفي وقفي سان وارنش ۽ ميڻ (Wax)  لڳائڻ سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال ڪري انھن کي پائيدار بڻائي سگھبو آھي. لينوليم عام طرح سان رولن وانگر ويڙھيل ٿانن جي صورت ۾ ملندي آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب ڳنڍيندڙ مرڪب (Adhesive) رستي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد انھيءَ تھھ مٿان وارنش لڳائي، کين چمڪايو ويندو آھي. موٽر ڪارن، لارين، جھازن ۽ ريل گاڏين وغيره جا فرش، پڻ لينوليم سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش رھائشي گھرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ريسٽورانن لاءِ بھ نھايت موزون رھن ٿا. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جا فرش== 
: (Cork Floors) 
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙين جاين يا جاين جي انھن حصن لاءِ ڪارآمد آھن، جن کي سانت وارو يعني بنا گوڙ وارو (Noiseless)  ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي، جھڙوڪ آڊيٽوريم، پبلڪ لئبرريون، ٿئيٽر ۽ چرچون (گرجائون) وغيره.ھي فرش ڪارڪن جي چادرن يا ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. ڪارڪ جي شيٽن يعني چادرن جي تياري ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن کان مختلف نموني جي ٿيندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ٽائيلن ۾ صرف ڪارڪن استعمال ٿيندو آھي ۽ چادرن ۾ ڪارڪ جا ڇلڪا ۽ ٻورو، السيءَ جو تيل، ڪاٺ جو ٻورو ۽ رنگ وغيره استعمال ٿيندا آھن. ٻنھي قسمن جي فرشن جو ڪجھھ بيان ھيٺ پيش ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش==
: (Cork tiles Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ ڪارڪ جا چؤنڪا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي چؤنڪا مختلف ماپن ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. داونن يعني بارڊرن (Borders)  لاءِ 1 کان 3 فوٽن تائين ويڪريون ۽ 6 فوٽ ڊگھيون ڪارڪ جون پٽيون پڻ ٺھنديون آھن. انھن ٽائيلن جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8  انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. اھڙين  ٽائيلن جو ترو سڌو يا جھريءَ وارو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ٽائيلون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي ھيٺئين تھھ (Sub base) مٿان لڳايون وينديون آھن. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ ڪاٺ جو آھي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم ھئڻ گھرجي يا تھ ٻي صورت ۾ انھيءَ مٿان پِلاءِ (Ply)  لڳائي وڃي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھرين ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل صاف ۽ ھڪ جھڙو ھئڻ گھرجي، جنھن مٿان نرم گديءَ جو پترو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي، جيئن ڪاٺ جي لڏڻ سان ٽائيلن جي تھھ کي ڪو نقصان نھ پھچي. انھن ٽائيلن کي خاص قسم جي ڏامر ذريعي نرم گديءَ سان چنبڙايو ويندو آھي ۽ آخري حصي يا ڪنڊن وارن چؤنڪن کي ڪوڪن ذريعي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھ (Base)  سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ مٿان 1:3  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ گاري جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ مٿاڇري کي بلڪل سنوت ۾ آڻي، سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو ويندو آھي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي تمام چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪري انھيءَ مٿان ڏامر (Bitumen)  جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي، انھيءَ مٿان ٽائيلون وڇايون وينديون آھن. 
ڪارڪ اوڪ (Oak)  يعني شاھ بلوط جي سدا بھار وڻن جي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھيءُ وڻ بحريھ روم جي قريبي ملڪن ۾ ٿيندا آھن، جنھن جي کل تمام گھڻي ٿلھي ٿيندي آھي. انھيءَ کل کي ھر اٺن يا ڏھن سالن کان پوءِ لاٿو ويندو آھي، جنھن کي اٻاري، ٿورڙو آلو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ پوءِ انھن کي ڇلي ۽ خوب طرح سان گسائي، گرم ويلڻن مان ايتري وقت تائين لنگھائبو رھبو آھي جيستائين انھيءَ کل مان شيري جھڙي گھاٽي شيءِ ٻاھر نڪري اچي. انھيءَ گھاٽي شيءِ نڪرڻ سان ڪارڪ جي اندر سنھا سوراخ نھ رھندا آھن ۽ اھو وڌيڪ سخت ۽ ٺوس ٿي ويندو  آھي. ھيءُ شيري جھڙو مادو ڪارڪ جي ذرن کي پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چنبڙائي رکندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان پوءِ انھيءَ ڪارڪ کي گھربل ماپ جي چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ڪاٽي وٺبو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرش==
: (Cork Sheet Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پي-وي-سيءَ جا فرش==
: ( Polyvinyl Chloride i.e. P.V.C Floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش گھريلو جاين، ريل گاڏيءَ جي دٻن، دفترن، آڊيٽوريم جي ھالن ۽ ٿئيٽرن وغيره لاءِ موزون رھندا آھن. ھي فرش پڻ رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش گھڻو ڪري زيبائش لاءِ ئي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھنن فرشي چادرن ۽ چؤنڪن جي ٿولھھ 1/16  انچن کان ¼ انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. 
ھيءُ پي-وي-سيءَ جو مرڪب جديد دور جي ايجاد آھي جيڪو ٿرموپلاسٽڪ بائينڊرس، فلرس ۽ رنگن مان ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو. ھن قسم جون چادرون 3 فوٽن، 3 ½ فوٽن ۽ 6 فوٽن جي ويڪرائيءَ ۾ ۽ چؤنڪا 1 فوٽ، 2 فوٽن ۽ 3 فوٽن جي سائيز ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن ۽ اھي ھڪ قسم جو لچڪدار ۽ اڻ ٽمندر مٿاڇرو مھيا ڪنديون آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==شيشي جا فرش==
: (Glass Floors)
~ھن قسم جا فرش گرائونڊ فلور ۾ اھڙن حصن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن جي ھيٺان تھھ خانا ھجن ۽ انھن تھھ خانن ۾ روشني پھچائڻ جي ضرورت ھجي. ھن قسم جا فرش مختلف نمونن ۾ ڪاٺ جا مضبوط فريم ٺاھي انھن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا چؤنڪا وجھي تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. عمارتي شيشو عمدي قسم جو ۽ مضبوط استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8 انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش ==
: (Asphalt Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن جا ٻھ نمونا ٿيندا آھن، ھڪ ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ٻيا ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش. ھنن ٻنھي نمونن جا فرش سستا، لچڪدار (Resilient)، اڻ جاذب (Non absorbent) ، پوسل روڪ (Moisture proof) ، تيزاب روڪ (Acid proof)، تيل (Oil)  ۽ گريس (Greese) سان مقابلو ڪندڙ ٿيندا آھن. انھن خاصيتن سبب ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن وارا فرش سرڪاري آفيسن ۽ اسڪولن وغيره جھڙين عمارتن ۽ ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ قسم جا فرش گودامن، ڀانڊن، ڪارخانن ۽ ٻين اھڙي نوعيت جي عمارتن ائسفالٽ جي چؤنڪن کي سخت بنياد مھيا ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مٿان ھڪ ٻئي سان ڳنڍي ھن قسم جو فرض ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. پر جيڪڏھن ڪاٺ جي فرش مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سڀني ڪاٺ جي پٽين ۽ تختن کي مضبوطيءَ سان ڪوڪن وغيرھ جي رستي جڪڙيو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن وڇائڻ کان پھرين ڪاٺ جي سطح مٿان ائسفالٽ، بٽومين يا رچيل ائسفالٽ جي اوني ڪپڙي (Asphalt saturated felt)  جو اٽڪل 3/8 انچن جو ٿلھو تھھ پٿاريو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش (Asphalt mastic floor)  ٺاھڻ واسطي انھيءَ کي گرم ڪري، ڪنھن ٺوٺ سطح، جھڙوڪ ڪاٺ يا سيمينٽ مٿان پٿاري ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت==
.(Maintenance and Repair of Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪوشش ڪري روزانو آلي پوچيءَ سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن اھو فرش تمام گھڻو گندو نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڏوتو وڃي. صابڻ جي تھھ کي فرش جي ڪنھن بھ ٽڪري تي بنا ڌيان جي ڇڏڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ فرش ترڪڻو ٿي پوندو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ فرش جو اھو ٽڪرو جھڪو (Dull)  ٿي پوندو. فرش جي ڌوئڻ واسطي سوڍا کار يا ٻين اھڙين تيز شين استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ جيڪڏھن فرش جو ڪو بھ حصو ٽٽي يا ڪنھن بھ نموني مرمت طلب ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سمورو پانيل يا خانو (Panel)  ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي، بنيادي ڪانڪريٽ کي سخت برش سان صاف ڪري، انھيءَ کي پاڻيءَ سان آلو رکي، ھڪ رات تائين ڇڏي ڏيڻ گھرجي. رات گذرڻ کان پوءِ بيٺل پاڻيءَ کي ڪڍي صاف ڪري، صاف سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ چاڙھو وڃي ۽ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل ٿولھھ ۽ گھربل تناسب، جھڙوڪ 1:2:4  يا اھڙو ڪو ٻيو موزون تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد ڪانڪريٽ کي دٻائي، پاسن واري فرش جي ٿولھھ برابر آندو وڃي، جيئن سموري فرش جي ليول ھڪ جھڙي ٿي وڃي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن پاسن وارن پانيلن جا ڇيڙا نھ ڀڄن. انھيءَ بعد نئين ٺاھيل پانيل کي ڏھن ڏينھن تائين تر رکيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>fh5f8msc5c4y7650cfxzo45maj447lg</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401054</id>
      <parentid>401053</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:17:21Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401054</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="90445" sha1="q0v611ltfxz5tdxlu26d68g055mphoy" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

==فرشن جا قسم== 
(Types of Floors)

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
==مٽيءَ جا فرش ==

(Earth floors)
ھيءُ فرش ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ تمام سٺي قسم جي مٽيءَ سان ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا. انھن ۾ مٽيءَ کي گھربل ليول تائين ڇھن ڇھن انچن جي تھن جي صورت ۾ ۽ ھر ھڪ تھھ کي چڱيءَ طرح پاڻيءَ جو ٽيھو ڏيئي ڌمڪ يا ٻي ڪنھن اھڙي شيءِ جھڙو (Compactors) وغيره سان دٻائي ۽ ڳتي ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا. ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سطح اھڙي ڳتيل (Consolidated) ھئڻ گھرجي جو انھيءَ جي مٿان بوٽ جي کڙيءَ ھڻڻ سان صرف ھلڪو نشان ٿئي.
ھن قسم جا فرش گھوڙن جي طنبيلي ۽ چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن.فرش  عمارت جي انھيءَ حصي کي چئجي ٿو جيڪو عمارت کي مختلف طبقن ۾ تقسيم ڪري ٿو جھڙوڪ زميني فرش يا گرائونڊ فلور (Ground Floor)، فرسٽ فلور، سيڪنڊ فلور وغيره. ھيءُ عمارت جو اھو حصو آھي جنھن جي مٿان انسان سولائيءَ ۽ بنا خطري چرپر ڪري سگھي ٿو. عمارت جي معيار جو اندازو انھيءَ ۾ لڳايل فرش سان ڪيو وڃي ٿو. 
فرش ھميشھ صاف ۽ سٿرو، لسو ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ اھڙو ھئڻ گھرجي جنھن منجھھ ڪا بھ پاڻيٺ وغيره جذب ٿي نھ سگھي. ٻين لفطن ۾ ائين چئي سگھجي ٿو تھ اھو بنا سوراخن جي ۽ اڻ سمندڙ (Impervious)  ھئڻ گھرجي. ھيٺئين منزل کان علاوه يا مٿاھين منزلن جا فرش تمام مضبوط ۽ پختا ھئڻ گھرجن. جيئن ماڻھو انھن مٿان بنا خوف خطري۽ سلامتيءَ سان رھي سگھن. زميني فرش (Ground Floor) جيئن تھ سنئون سڌو ڌرتيءَ جي مٿان ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو انھيءَ جي ڪري انھيءَ جي ھيٺ واري ڌرتي ڌمڪ سان چڱيءَ طرح دٻيل، سوڙھي ۽ نھري (compact)  ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ انھيءَ ڌرتي ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ نوعيت ۽ ضرورت مطابق اھڙو تھھ ڏنو وڃي جيئن انھيءَ منجھان پوسل (Moisture) لنگھي نھ سگھي. اھڙي قسم جا تھھ (Sub-floors)  فرشن کي پاڻيءَ روڪ (Water proof)، آواز روڪ (Sound proof)  ۽ نباتات اڀري اچڻ کي روڪڻ ۾ تمام گھڻي مدد ڪن  ٿا.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==مٽيءَ جي گادي جي ليپي جا فرش==


(Mud Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ گاري جي ليپي ھيٺان مٿي ڄاڻايل فرشن مطابق تياري ڪئي ويندي آھي ۽ پوءِ انھن مٽيءَ جي فرشن مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي جو تھھ ڏئي ۽ انھيءَ مٿان اٽڪل ھڪ ڀاڱي اٺ انچ ٿلھو ڇيڻي جو ليپو ڏيئي فرش کي ھڪ ڪرو ڪري ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.اسان جي ملڪ جي ٻھراڙين ۾ ھن قسم جا فرش عام طرح سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. انھن جي ٺاھڻ ۾ تمام خبرداريءَ کان ڪم وٺڻو پوندو آھي ۽ انھن کي تمام سھڻي نموني سنڀالي (Maintain) قائم رکيو ويندو آھي. گرمي توڙي سردي، ٻنھي موسمن ۾ ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ گرميءَ جو درجو (Temperature) ھڪ ڪرو رھندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ ڪري ھن قسم جا فرش اگھاڙي پيرين ھلندڙ ماڻھن لاءِ تمام عمده رھن ٿا. ھن قسم جا فرش تمام سستا، سولائيءَ سان ٺھيل ۽ مرمت ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ آسان ۽ انھيءَ سبب ڪري ڪجھھ پائيدار رھن ٿا..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پڪن فرشن لاءِ بنياد== 


(Base for Flooring)
پڪن فرشن ٺاھڻ لاءِ انھن جي ھيٺان پختي بنياد ٺاھڻ جي ضرورت پوندي آھي جيئن زمين مان نڪرندڙ پوسل، نباتاتي ٻوٽن جي واڌ ۽ ٻين شين کي روڪي سگھجي. انھن بنيادن کي پختو بڻائڻ لاءِ انھن ھيٺان ڪتب آيل مٽيءَ کي چڱيءَ طرح سان گھربل ليول جي حساب سان ڇھن-ڇھن انچن جي مٽيءَ جي تھن ۽ ھر ھڪ تھھ کي چڱيءَ طرح نھرو (Compact)  ڪري ۽ انھيءَ جي مٿاڇري کي چڱيءَ طرح سان سڌو ڪري انھيءَ جي مٿان ڪاري واريءَ (Pit of river Sand) جو ٽن-ٽن انچن جي حساب سان گھربل تھھ ڏيئي ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ حساب سان مذڪورھ فرش جي ھيٺئين لاغر ڪانڪريٽ جي تھھ (Layers of lean concrete)  کي بنياد (Base)  ۽ انھيءَ ھيٺان وڇايل واري جيڪا مٽي ۽ بنياد جي وچ ۾ گديلي (Cushion) جو ڪم ڏئي ٿي، انھيءَ کي اندريون تھھ (Under layer)  ۽ انھيءَ ھيٺان تيار ڪيل ۽ ھموار ڪيل ڀراءُ کي ھيٺيون بنياد (Sub-base)  چئبو آھي. اڳتي ھلي مختلف فرشن جي بيان ڪرڻ جي سلسلي ۾ ھر جاءِ تي ھنن لفظن جي تفصيلي بيان ڪرڻ بجاءِ انھن کي ساڳي نالي واري صورت ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو. انھيءَ ڪري ھنن لفظن کي چڱيءَ طرح ڌيان ۾ رکيو وڃي.مٿي ڄاڻايل واريءَ جي تھن کي ايترو دٻايو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي ٿولھھ ٽن انچن مان ڦري ٻھ انچ بيھي فرش کي گھربل ليول، بنياد (Base) ۾ ڏني وڃي. عام گھريلو فرشن ۾ 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ ڏنو وڃي. عام طرح سان انھيءَ بنياد (Base) جي ٿولھھ 4 انچ رکي ويندي آھي. جيڪڏھن علائقي ۾ تمام گھڻي سم سبب انھيءَ جو مٿي فرشن تائين پھچي نڪري اچڻ جو انديشو ھجي تھ انھيءَ حالت ۾ آزمايل ۽ اعتبار جوڳا سم روڪ مرڪب استعمال ڪجن ۽ گھڻي اڏوھيءَ وارن علائقن ۾ انھيءَ کي مارڻ جون ڪيميائي دوائون ھيٺئين بنياد (Sub-base) جي مٿان پٿاري پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان بنياد ٺاھيو وڃي غسلخاني جا فرش، ڪمرن جي فرشن کان گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ڏيڍ انچ ھيٺ رکڻ گھرجن. ليول ڪرڻ لاءِ پھرين ديوارن تي نشان لڳائڻ گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرفش==


(Brick or Tile Flooring)
ھن قسم جي فرشن لاءِ تمام عمديون پھرئين درجي واريون پڪل، چونڊيل سٺي ڳاڙھي رنگ واريون، سخت ۽ لسيون سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. سرن لڳائڻ کان اڳ بنيادي سطح Base) کي تارن واري برش سان صاف ڪري ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڌوئبو آھي. سلئبن جي مٿان، گرائونڊ فلور کان علاوھ ٻن منزلن جي صورت ۾، سلئبن کي تازي صورت واري حالت ۾ تارن واري برش سان کھرو ڪري ۽ پوءِ سرن لڳائڻ جي وقت مذڪورھ سطح کي ڌوئي، انھن مٿان ڪريل ۽ اکڙيل ڳنڍن ڳوڙھن ۽ ٻئي ابور کي مال صاف ڪري پوءِ انھن مٿان سرن يا ٽائيلن جي فرشبندي ڪئي ويندي آھي سرن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ کين چڱيءَ طرح پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر (Soak)  ڪيو ويندو آھي. ٽِيپ (Pointing)  نھ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ سرن جا جوڙ 3/16 انچن کان وڌيڪ نھ رکبا آھن ۽ جوڙن مان ٻاھر نڪري آيل مصالحي (Mortar) کي چوناڙي يا ماري (Trowel)  سان ماريو (Struck)  ويندو آھي يا انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي سان اگھي صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي. جڏھن تھ ٽيپ ڪرڻ واري حالت ۾ جوڙ 3/8 انچن کان وڌيڪ ٿلھا نھ رکبا آھن ۽ تازي حالت ۾ جوڙن ۾ ڪم آيل مصالحي کي ھڪ انچ تائين گھرو اکيڙيو (Rake) ويندو آھي، جنھن سطح تي فرشبندي ڪرڻي ھوندي آھي انھيءَ کي ¾ انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ مصالحو پٿاريو ويندو آھي. ڪم ختم ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي 6 ڏينھن تائين آلو رکيو ويندو آھي ۽ ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي حالت ۾ ٽيپ ڪرڻ کان پوءِ کين 14 ڏينھن تائين آلو رکڻو ھوندو آھي ھن قسم جي فرشبنديءَ ۾ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر ھڪ جوڙ ۾ خاص طور اڀي جوڙ ۾ مصالحو مٿي تائين چڱيءَ طرح ڀريل ھجي. جيڪڏھن ڪم ھلندڙ ھجي تھ انھيءَ ڪم جي پوري ٿيڻ تائين ھن قسم جي فرشن کي سج، مينھن، پاري يا ٿڌ، گھم ۽ موسم جي ڦرندڙ گھرندڙ اثرن کان بچاءُ ۾ رکجي.ھن قسم جي فرشن کي تيار ڪرڻ کان پوءِ کھري ڪاربورنڊم پٿرStone)  (Corborundum سان گسائي لسو ڪري ڌوئي پوءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھي فرش گھڻو ڪري گھر جي اڱڻن (Courtyard)  جي لاءِ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جا فرش==

(Cement Concrete or Conglomerate floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش عام طرح سان نھايت ئي گھڻو مقبول آھن. ھن قسم جا فرش ڪچي بنياد (Sub-base) جي تيار ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو (Base)  بنياد وجھي انھيءَ جي مٿان شيشي، ايليومينم (Aluminium) وغيره جي پٽين جا چوڪنڊا خانا ٺاھي انھن ۾ گھربل ٿولھھ (جيڪا اڪثر ڪري 1 انچ کان 4 انچن تائين ھوندي آھي) مطابق 1:2:4 جي تناسب جو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ استعمال ڪري ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. اھا فرشبندي خانن ذريعي انھيءَ ڪري ورڇي ويندي آھي جو سموري مطلوبہ ايراضي ۾  لاڳيتو فرش وجھڻ سان موسمي اثرن جي تبديليءَ سبب ڪانڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ واڌ سبب فرش ۾ ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن.  شيشي جي پٽين استعمال نھ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ گھربل فرش کي لڪيرن جي صورت ۾ سھڻي نموني عليحدھ عليحدھ خانن ۾ ورھائي پوءِ ھڪ ڇڏي ٻيو يعني واري سر Alternate) ڪاٺ جي پٽي ڏيئي مقرر ڪيل ٿولھھ جي حساب سان ڀريو ويندو آھي. ٻنھي صورتن ۾ انھن خانن کي ھڪ ئي انداز ۾ ورھايو ويندو آھي. پٽين استعمال نہ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ھڪ واري سان ڀريل فرش جي خانن کان پوءِ واري سر ڀرڻ وارا خانا 24 ڪلاڪن کان پوءِ ڀريا ويندا آھن. ھر ھڪ خاني جي ايراضي 16 مربع فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نھ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ انھن خانن جي ننڍي ۾ ننڍي سائيڊ (پاسو) 3 فوٽن کان ۽ وڏي ۾ وڏو پاسو 6.5 فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشبندي ٺاھڻ لاءِ مٿي ڄاڻايل ڳالھين سان گڏو گڏ ٻين ھيٺين ڳالھين جو خاص خيال رکيو وڃي.
(i)  شيشي يا ائليومينم جون پٽيون جيڪي فرش کي مختلف خانن ۾ ۽ ھڪجھڙي انداز (Symmetrical)  ۾ ورھائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن، اھي 1/8 انچن  (3 mm) ٿلھيون ۽ گھربل انداز جي ٽاپنگ (Topping)  جيتريون اوچيون (Deep)  ھئڻ گھرجن.
(ii) خانن ۾ ورھائڻ کان اڳ ۾ چوني جي ڪانڪريٽ (Lime Concrete) يا سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي بنيادي فرش (Base) کي، جيڪو بالڪل ھڪ ڪري (Uniform) تھھ جي صورت ۾، چڱيءَ طرح ڳتي نھرو ڪيل (Compacted)  ۽ گھربل فرش جي حساب ۾ بالڪل صحيح، انھيءَ جي پور وڇوٽ (Parallel)  ۽ ھڪ ئي دفعي سان وڌل ھوندو آھي. گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ستن ڏيھن تائين ترائي (Curing)  ڪري، سخت بنائي ۽ بعد ۾ فرش وجھڻ وقت پھريائين انھيءَ کي لوھھ جي تارن واري برش سان صاف ڪري انھيءَ مان مٽي ۽ ابور کي مال  کي ڪڍي ۽ سڪل ھئڻ جي حالت ۾ پاڻيءَ جو ٽيھو ڏيئي بعد ۾ خالص سيمينٽ ۽ پاڻيءَ جي پتري مرڪب جو تمام ھلڪو ٽيھو ڏيئي پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان فرش (Topping) وڇايو وڃي.
(iii)  زميني سطح کان مٿي تيار ڪيل منزلن واسطي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ڇتين (Slabs) وجھڻ وقت جلد ئي انھن مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش وڌو وڃي ۽ وقت گذري وڃڻ جي حالت ۾ انھن کي ٿورو گھرو ڪري اٽڪل ڏيڍ انچ ٿلھو، گھٽ مقدار واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جھڙوڪ 1:6:12  يا 1:4:8  جي تناسب وارو، تھھ چڙھي پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان ھن قسم جي ٽاپنگ (Topping)  چاڙھي وڃي.
(iv) بنياد (Base)  کي ڪڏھن بھ لسو نھ ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن ٽاپنگ انھيءَ سان مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙجي وڃي.
(v) سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو مسالو گھاٽو (Dense) رکيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ جو جھڪاءُ (Slump)  ڏيڍ انچ کان نھ وڌي. عام ڪمن لاءِ ھڪ ڪعب فوٽ تي ساڍن چئن کان پنجن گيلن تائين پاڻي استعمال ڪجي. پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب Water Cement Ratio)  0.04کان نھ وڌڻ گھرجي ۽ چلت (Workability)  کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ پٿر جي ٽڪرن ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ (Aggregate)  جي انداز کي ملائي بيھارڻ (Adjustment)  رستي ضابطو ڪيو وڃي
vi) ھڪ خاني (Panel)  جو مال ھڪ ئي دفعي (Lot) سان ملائي، ۽ سيمينٽ ملائڻ کان 5 منٽن اندر مال ملائڻ واري تختي (Mixing board) تان فرش تي ويھي آھستگيءَ سان لاھي، خانو ڀري، انھيءَ کي ڪرني ۽ سڌي پٽيءَ (Straight edge)  وسيلي پٿاري، سنئون ڪيو وڃي. پٿارڻ بعد انھيءَ کي 5 کان 10 منٽن تائين اٽڪل 5 پائونڊن جي ڪاٺ جي ٿاڦيءَ سان زور سان ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي سوڙھو ڳتيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ۾ ڄمڻ کان پوءِ سنھن سوراخن پيدا ٿيڻ جو انديشو نھ رھي.
(vii) سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ کي خانن ۾ پٿارڻ کان پوءِ  شروعاتي ٽائيم ۾ انھيءَ کي تمام گھڻو ٿاڦڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي. اھو جڏھن سخت ٿيڻ لڳي تھ انھيءَ کي تڪڙو تڪڙو لوھھ جي ڪرنيءَ (Trowel)  سان ماريو وڃي. سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ۾ سڌيءَ پٽيءَ ذريعي انھيءَ کي چڪاسيو وڃي ۽ جيڪڏھن ڪجھھ ھيٺاھيون مٿاھيون (Undulations) نظر اچن تھ انھن کي ختم ڪرڻ گھرجي. ازانسواءِ ٿاڦيءَ سان ٿڦڪين ڏيڻ بعد جيڪڏھن ڪو فالتو باريڪ مال (Stuff) نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي يڪدم خارج ڪيو وڃي.
(viii) جيڪڏھن ٿڦڪين ڏيڻ سان سطح جي مٿان سيمينٽ جي ڪريم جي پيسٽ نڪري اچي تھ ائين ڄاڻجي تھ مصالحي ۾ تمام گھڻو ۽ ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي پئجي ويو آھي. اھڙي مال کي خانن مان ڪڍي ۽ ٻئي اھڙي ٺاھيل مال کي خارج ڪيو وڃي.(ix) مٿي ڄاڻايل پٿارڻ ۽ دٻائڻ (Ramming) واري سلسلي کي آلي حالت ۾ ملايل (Wet mixing) ڪانڪريٽ جي ٽائيم کان پوءِ 30 منٽن اندر پورو ڪرڻ گھرجي.
(x) ھڪ ڇڏي ٻئي خاني ڀرڻ جي صورت ۾ ٻئي ڏينھن تي خانن ٺاھڻ وارين رھنمائي پٽين (Screeds) کي خبرداريءَ سان ڪڍيو وڃي ۽ ٺاھيل چونڪن يا خانن (Panels) جي پاسن کي چڪاسيو وڃي ۽ انھن کي ڀڄڻ نھ ڏجي. انھن پاسن تي ڪنھن اڻ جاذب (Non-absorbent)  ڪاغذ کي رکي ۽ مٿي تيار ٿيل چونڪي مٿان ويڙھيو وڃي، جيئن اڳتي ھلي رھيل خانن کي ڀرڻ وقت نئون مال اڳ ۾ ٺھيل چونڪن جي  
ڪنارن سان چنبڙي نھ پوي ۽ نھ ئي وري ٺھيل چونڪن مٿان پٿارجي وڃي. گھڻي خيال رکڻ کان پوءِ بھ جيڪڏھن ڪجھھ مصالحو انھن مٿان ڪري پوي تھ انھن کي تازي حالت ۾ ئي صاف ڪري ھٽايو وڃي.
(xi) ٽئين ڏينھن تي ڇڏيل خانا جيڪي ھڪ ڇڏي ٻئي (Alternate) جي اصول تي ڀرڻا آھن، انھن کي پورو ڪيو وڃي ۽ انھن جي ڀرڻ وقت اڳ ۾ ٺھيل چونڪن کي نقصان ٿيڻ نھ ڏجي. ھنن ڇڏيل خانن کي ڀرڻ تائين اڳ ٺاھيل چونڪن جي ڀِڳل سڻيءَ جي ڳوڻ رستي چڱيءَ طرح ترائي ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن کي ترائيءَ جي مدي تائين ھرگز سڪڻ نھ ڏجي. سموري فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ انھن مٿان جابلو واريءَ سان ٻارا ٺاھي، انھن اندر مسلسل پاڻيءَ جا دٻا ٺاھي اٽڪل 14 ڏينھن تائين ترائي ڪئي وڃي.
(xii)  ھن قسم جي فرش جي مٿاڇري کي سڪل سيمينٽ يا گھڻي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي مرڪب کي انھيءَ مٿان ڇڻڪاري ڪڏھن بھ لسو ۽ پختو ڪرڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ خراب سطح کي لڪائڻ لاءِ اھو ھڪ حسين ڌوڪي جي برابر آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم٬==


(Types of C.C. Floors)
ن قسم جي فرشن کي ٺاھڻ وارن طريقن جي لحاظ کان ٻن نمونن ۾ ورھائي سگھجي ٿو. ھڪ غير مفرد (Non-monolithic)  ۽ ٻيو ھڪ جان يا مفرد (Monolithic).
غير مفرد (Bonded) فرشن ۾ ڪانڪريٽ جو مٿيون تھھ اڪثر ھيٺئين تھھ (Base) جي وجھڻ کان ٽي ڏينھن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آھي، جيئن اھي ٻئي يڪ جان نھ ٿين، پر الڳ الڳ رھن. اھي فرش بھ يا تھ ھڪ تھھ جي صورت ۾ يا ٻن تھن جي صورت ۾ وڇايا ويندا آھن. ھڪ تھھ (Single layer) جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري (4 cm) 1 5/8 ٿلھو تھھ ھڪ ئي وقت وڇايو ويندو آھي. ٻن تھن (Two layers) جي صورت ۾ مٿي ڄاڻايل ٿولھھ کي ٻن حصن ۾ اھڙي نموني ورھايو ويندو آھي، جيئن ھڪ ئي وقت اھي ٻيئي تھھ پاڻ ۾ ملي وڃن. ھن ۾ ھيٺ واري ڪچي تھھ (Base) سان ملندڙ تھھ جي ٿولھھ 1 انچ (2.5 cm)  رکي ويندي آھي ۽ سڀ کان مٿئين تھھ جي ٿولھھ 5/8 انچ (1.5 cm)   رکي ويندي آھي. ازانسواءِ ھيٺئين تھھ ۾ گھڻو ڪري 1:3:6 جي تناسب ۾ ۽ مٿئين تھھ ۾ 1:2:3 جي تناسب ۾ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ھڪ جان يا مفرد (Monolithic)  قسم جا فرش اٽڪل ¾ انچ (2 cm)  ٿلھا ۽ ھيٺئين ڪچي ڪانڪريٽ (Base)  سان گڏو گڏ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جيئن ٻئي تھھ پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چڱيءَ طرح ملي ۽ سڪڻ کان پوءِ ھڪ ٿي وڃن. ھيٺئين بنياد (Base) ۽ ھن تھھ جي وڇائڻ ۾ 45 منٽن کان 4 ڪلاڪن تائين وقفو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ 1:2:4  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. عام طرح سان ھي مفرد قسم جا فرش اڄڪلھھ مروج نھ آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي مٿاڇري کي سخت بڻائڻ==

(Hardener Treatment)
سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري کي جڳھھ جي ۽ ضرورت جي نوعيت مطابق سخت ڪندڙ مرڪبن جھڙوڪ جست (Zinc)  ۽ مئگنيشيم فليوئوسليڪيٽيڊ (Magnesium Fluosilicated)، سوڊيم سليڪيٽ  (Sodium Silicate)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين ڪيميائي دوائن ملائڻ سان مضبوط بڻايو ويندو آھي. ھن ۾ زنڪ يا مئگنيشيم جي فليوئوسليڪيٽ جي اڌ پائونڊ کي ھڪ گئلن پاڻيءَ ۾ ملائي پھريون ليپ ڏنو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ کان پوءِ ضرورت مطابق ھر ٻيو ليپ ھر گئلن پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻن پائونڊن جي حساب سان ڏنو ويندو آھي. انھن ليپن ڏيڻ کان اڳ ۾ فرش کي چڱيءَ طرح سان ڌوئي، ھر ابور کي مال، تيل، رنگ ۽ ٻئي ھر ڌارئي مادي (Foreign substance) کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪرڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جو ليپ ھڪ گئلن ۾ 130 مربع فوٽ والاري (Cover)  ٿو، سڪڻ کان پوءِ ھن فرش کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪپڙي سان اگھڻ گھرجي.
ھيءُ فرش گھڻو ڪري رستن، گھٽين، فوٽ پاٿن، وڏن سماعت خانن (Auditoriums)، عام ميڙ وارن ھنڌن وغيره لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جا فرش==


(R.C.C Floors) ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن ۾ ڄاڻايل ڳالھين جو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھنن ۾ ڇتين وانگر ۽ ڊزائن مطابق لوھ جون سيخون استعمال ڪيو وينديون آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن. ھنن فرشن ۾ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو مٿيون تھھ 6 انچن (15 cm) کان 8 انچن (20 cm) تائين وڌو ويندو آھي. ھنن فرشن ۾ بنيادي تھھ گھڻو ڪري اٽڪل 4 انچ گھرو وڌو ويندو آھي. مٿئين تھھ جي اڌ عمق (Depth)  تي لوھ جو ڄار اھڙي نموني وڇايو ويندو آھي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين تھھ کان مٿي اڀريل رھي ۽ انھيءَ جي مٿان سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو گھربل تھھ (Cover) چڙھي.
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙن ھنڌن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن تي ڳري مشينري، ٽرئفڪ ۽ ٻين اھڙين ڳرين شين جي چرپر ٿيڻي ھوندي آھي، جھڙوڪ؛ ڪارخانا، جديد فيڪٽريون، ھيليڪاپٽرن ۽ جھازن جا رستا (Runways)  ۽ لارين ۽ موٽرن بيھارڻ وارا دالان وغيره.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن جون خاصيتون==

(Characteristics of C.C. Floors)
(i) ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پنھنجي پسند مطابق  مطابق گھربل رنگ ملائي خوبصورت بڻائي سگھجي ٿو.
(ii) ھنن فرشن جي سنڀال سولائيءَ سان ڪري سگھجي ٿي ۽ انھن تي گھٽ خرچ لڳي ٿو.
(iii) ھنن فرشن جي اڏاوت آسان ۽ پائيدار ھئڻ سبب انھن کي عام طرح سان رھائشي، تجارتي ۽ مجلسي عمارتن لاءِ استعمال ڪيو وڃي ٿو.
(iv) ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ باھھ سان مقابلو ڪرڻ جي ڪافي قوت ٿئي ٿي.
(v) ھي فرش غير جاذب (Impervious)  ۽ ٺوس ٿين ٿا.
(vi) ھنن کي آسانيءَ سان ڌوئي صاف ڪري سگھجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mosaic orTerrazzo floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن لاءِ پڻ بنياد ساڳئي نموني ٺاھيو ويندو آھي جيئن پھرين ڄاڻايو ويو آھي، انھيءَ جي مٿان ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ٻن تھن جي صورت ۾ ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ھيٺئين تھھ ۾ 1 انچ کان ¾ انچ (2.5 کان 2 سينٽيميٽر) جي عمق ۾ گھربل تناسب (جھڙوڪ؛ 1:2:4  يا 1:2 ½ :3 ½ وغيره) ۾ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ وڌو ويندو آھي ۽ مٿيون تھھ ¼ انچ (6 mm) ٿلھو رکيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ ۾ بلوري پٿر (Marble chips)  جا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آھن. ھن ۾ بلوري پٿر جي ٽڪرن ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب عام طرح سان 1:2 يعني ھڪ حصو سيمينٽ ۽ ٻھ حصا بلوري پٿر جا ٽڪرا ھوندو آھي ۽ ٻيو تھھ پھرئين تھھ چاڙھڻ کان پوءِ ٻئي ڏينھن چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. مٿئين تھھ کي گھربل تھھ کان ٿورو وڌيڪ ٿلھو رکيو ويندو آھي جيئن انھيءَ جي ڪٽڻ ۽ گسائڻ کان پوءِ اھو پوريءَ ۽ گھربل ٿولھھ ۾ بيھي. ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ جابلو ريتي ٿلھي (Coarse) گھربل سائيز  جي ۽ صاف ھئڻ گھرجي. بلوري ٽڪر (Marble chips) مضبوط ۽ 1/16 انچن کان 1/8انچن (1.55 mm کان 3 mm) جي سائيز جا ھئڻ گھرجن. وڏي سائيز جي ڪمرن ۽ ھالن ۾ ¼ انچن جي سائيز تائين بلوري ٽڪر استعمال ڪري سگھجن ٿا. بي ڊبليو ڊيءَ جي اسپيسيفڪيشنس مطابق مٿيون بلوري ٽڪرن جو تھھ 3/8″ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن تھ ھيٺيون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريت جو تھھ 1 انچ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ اھي ٻئي تھ يڪجان (Monolithic) ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن موزائيڪ فلور جي فرش جي ٽاپنگ جي جملي ٿولھھ 1 3/8″ کان گھٽ نھ بيھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ٻين ھيٺين ڳالھين جو خاص خيال رکيو وڃي.
(i) سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ھيٺئين تھھ ٺاھڻ تائين عليحده خانن ٺاھڻ، سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ملائڻ، انھيءَ کي پٿارڻ، انھيءَ جي گھاٽاڻ ۽ واٽر سيمينٽ رئشو (پاڻيءَ ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب) اڳ ۾ ڄاڻايل سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مطابق ھئڻ گھرجي.(ii) بلوري ٽڪرن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ کجيءَ جي ڦرھن جي ڇٻن ۾ وجھي چانورن وانگر پاڻيءَ سان ڌوئي بالڪل  صاف ڪري سڪائي پوءِ استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجي.
(iii) سڀ کان پھرين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي بنياد تي، جيڪو سنوت ۾ ۽ کھرو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي، گھربل ٿولھھ جي عمق وارين پتل (Brass)، ٽامي(Copper)، جست (Zinc)، شيشي (Glass)، يا ٻڙي نمبر (Zero Number) جي بلورن جي چوري جي ٺھيل پٽين سان ھڪ ڪرا، سھڻا ۽ گھربل ڊزائن جا خانا ٺاھيا وڃن.
(iv) گھربل تناسب جي حساب سان ماپ وارين پيتين ذريعي سيمينٽ ۽ بلور جي ٽڪرن کي پھرين سڪل حالت ۾ ڪنھن صاف پڪي فرشي ٽڪري تي پر ڪوشش ڪري تغاريءَ يا ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي ٿانو (Container)  ۾ وجھي ٿورو ٿورو پاڻي ملائي ايتري گھاٽاڻ (Workability)  تائين بيھارجي جيتري ۾ اھو استعمال ڪرڻ جي لائق بڻجي، پوءِ انھيءَ کي خانن اندر لاھي ترتيب سان لوھھ جي ڪرنيءَ ذريعي پٿاري ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي ڳتيو وڃي. جيڪڏھن ٿڦڪين ڏيڻ سان انھيءَ مان ڪريم نڪري تھ اھڙي ملاوٽ کي خارج ڪيو وڃي.
(v) ڪوشش ڪري بلوري ٽڪرن جو تھھ Mosaic topping) ايتري ٽائيم اندر ڏنو وڃي جيتري ۾ ھيٺيون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ لچڪدار (Plastic)  حالت ۾ ھجي. (عام طرح سان اھو ٻئي ڏينھن ڏنو ويندو آھي) پر جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل سڪي وڃي تھ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان خالص سيمينٽ ۽ پاڻي جو ھلڪو تھھ (Slurry)  ڏيئي پوءِ جلد ئي انھيءَ مٿان موزائيڪ جي داڻي جو تھھ چاڙھجي. انھيءَ تھھ مٿان ھلڪيون ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي انھيءَ کي ڪرني ۽ ليول واري پٽيءَ سان سڌو ڪري ۽ بالڪل صحيح ليول ۾ بيھارجي.
(vi)  ليول بيھارڻ ۽ ڪرنيءَ سان ٻھ ٽي گھمرا ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي ڳتڻ کان پوءِ اگر مٿاڇري تي ڪرنيءَ جا داغ ٿي بيھن تھ انھن کي ميساڻ جي ڪوشش ھرگز نھ ڪجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڳتي ھلي مٿان گسائڻ (Grinding)  کان پوءِ اھي داغ خود بھ خود ميٽجي ويندا.
(vii) انھيءَ کان پوءِ يڪدم ئي موزائيڪ جي تازي پيل فرش مٿان ڪرنيءَ جي مدد سان خالص سيمينٽ جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ انھيءَ مٿان ترائيءَ واسطي آليون ڳوڻيون رکجن.
(viii) ٽن ڏينھن بعد انھيءَ فرش جي مٿان تمام کھرن ڪاربورئنڊم بلاڪن رستي خوب طرح سان ھن فرش جي گسائي  ڪئي وڃي. اھا گسائي، مشين استعمال ڪرڻ سان تڪڙي ۽ عمدي رھي ٿي. ڪن خاص حالتن ۾ مشين نھ ھئڻ سبب انھيءَ کي ھٿ رستي انھن بلاڪن سان (جن کي عام طرح سان بٺي ڪوٺيو وڃي ٿو) زور سان رڳڙي لسو بنائي سگھجي ٿو. رڳڙائي يعني گسائي فرش مٿان سنھي ريتي ۽ پاڻي ھاري خوب طرح سان ڪرڻ گھرجي جيستائين داڻو ظاھر ٿي بيھي.
(ix) پھرين گسائي کان پوءِ فرش جي تھھ مٿان ڪجھھ سوراخ ٿي پون تھ انھن جي خالص سيمينٽ سان مرمت ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ فرش کي سڪڻ نھ ڏجي.
(x) ٻي رڳڙائي وري پنجن ڏينھن کان پوءِ وچولي کھرن ڀترن يعني بٺين سان ڪئي وڃي ۽ گشائيءَ دوران جيڪڏھن سوراخ وغيره نظر اچن تھ انھن جي خالص سيمينٽ سان مرمت ڪجي. انھيءَ سموري ڪم دوران فرش کي تر رھڻ ڏنو وڃي
(xi) آخر ۾ سنھن بٺين (Fine Sand-blocks)  رستي رڳڙي ۽ تمام گھڻي پاڻي ھارڻ بعد انھيءَ کي بالڪل صاف ۽ چِٽو ڪيو وڃي ۽ اھڙا فرش جن ۾ آخري گسائيءَ کان پوءِ بھ موزائيڪ جو داڻو نظر نھ اچي تھ انھن کي خارج ڪري ٻيھر ٺھرائڻ گھرجي.
(xii) آخري گسائيءَ کان پوءِ ھنن فرشن کي ھلڪي صابڻ (Mild Soap) سان ڌوئي تمام گھڻي پاڻيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ سڪڻ لاءِ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي ۽ جڏھن اھي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان سڪي وڃن تھ انھن مٿان آغزئيلڪ ائسڊ جو پائوڊر (Oxalic Acid Powder)  ھاري لڪڙن مٿان سڻيءَ جون ٻوريون لپيٽي تمام گھڻي زور سان گٺو وڃي ۽ انھن کي سڪڻ لاءِ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ وري ٻيھر پھرئين جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ (Oxalic Acid Powder)  پائوڊر ھاري ڪپڙي جي گدين (Cloth pads) سان انھيءَ کي گسايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي سڪائي پوءِ چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪجي.
(xiii) انھيءَ بعد فرش کي ڪنھن صاف تيل ۽ ڪاٺ جي ٻوري سان ڍڪي ڇڏجي ۽ رنگ روغن ۽ ٻين جاءِ جي سمورن ڪمن پوري ٿيڻ بعد انھن کي تمام سٺي پالش ڪري، ۽ صاف سٽ (Cotton Waste)  سان زور سان گسائي چمڪندڙ بنايو وڃي.
(xiv) رنگين فرشن ٺاھڻ واسطي سڪو ملائڻ وقت سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ گھربل رنگ سڪل حالت ۾ ملائي، پوءِ مٿي ڄاڻايل ھدايتن مطابق اڳتي وڌجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ٽيرازو ڊئڊو ۽ اسڪرٽنگ==

: (Terrazzo Dado and Skirting)بلوري پٿر جي داڻي  (Marble Chips) ۾ سيمينٽ ملائي ڀتين مٿان عمق جي صورت ۾ چاڙھي،  انھيءَ جي موزائيڪ فلورنگ وانگر گسائي وغيرھ ڪري، داڻي کي ظاھر ڪري، خوبصورت سطح ۾ آڻڻ کي ٽيرازو ڊئڊو يا اسڪرٽنگ سڏيو وڃي ٿو.

ان قسم جي سطح ٺاھڻ لاءِ انھن سڀني ڳالھين جو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي جيڪي موزائيڪ فلورنگ ۾ ڄاڻايون ويون آھن. اجڪلھھ جي رواج مطابق غسلخانن ۽ بورچيخانن کي ڇڏي ٻين سڀني ڪمرن وغيره ۾ موزائيڪ فلورنگ سان گڏ ان جھڙو ئي ڊئڊو 3 انچن کان 4 انچن تائين چئني ڀتين تي چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ طرح سان ڪمرا وغيرھ سھڻا بھ لڳندا آھن ۽ فرش ڌوئڻ وقت انھن ڪمرن جون ڀتيون پڻ خراب نھ ٿينديون آھن. جڏھن تھ بورچيخانن ۽ غسلخانن ۾ انھيءَ جي اوچائي اٽڪل 6 فوٽن تائين رکي ويندي آھي. پلستر ڪيل ڀتين جا اھي حصا جن تي ھيءُ ڊئڊو چاڙھيو ويندو آھي اھي کھرا ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ ڄاڻايل عمق مطابق انھن جي مٿان گھربل ڊئڊو ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ جي سيٽ ٿيڻ کان اڳ موزائيڪ جي داڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. داڻو (Chips) اڪثر ڪري 1 ½ نمبر جو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ٿورو ماربل پائوڊر ملائڻ سان انھيءَ کي گسائڻ ۾ آساني رھندي آھي انھيءَ ڪري فرش توڙي اسڪرٽنگ جي ڪم ۾ سيمينٽ ھڪ حصو، ماربل پائوڊر ½ حصو ۽ داڻو 2 حصا ملائي مناسب قسم جي آميزش حاصل ڪري سگھجي ٿي. اسڪرٽنگ ۽ ڊئڊو سڌا، ليول ۽ ساھل ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن ۽ فرش سان چڱيءَ طرح مليل (Flush)  ھئڻ گھرجن.
اھا ڳالھھ ذھن ۾ رکڻ گھرجي تھ فرش جو ڊئڊو ۽ ڀتين جي اسڪرٽنگ ۾ ڪٽائيءَ کان پوءِ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 70 سيڪڙو داڻا ھڪ ڪرا ڦھليل ۽ ظاھر ھئن گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ٽيرازو ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ڊئڊو==

: (Terrazzo Tile Floors and Dado)  اعشاري نظام جي رائج ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ھيءُ چؤنڪا 300 mm x 300 mm x 25 mm، (Tiles)  (يعني ڊيگھھ ۽ ويڪر ھر ھڪ 300 mm ۽ ٿولھھ 25 mm) ۾ ٺھڻ لڳا آھن. ھن قسم جي ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي بنياد تيار ڪرڻ کان پوءِ صاف سٿرو سيمينٽ لڳائي انھيءَ مٿان وڇايو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن جي جوڙن ۾ گھربل رنگ جي سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جي پٽڙيءَ پيسٽ جھڙو مسالو (Slurry)  ڀريو ويندو آھي.ھنن چؤنڪن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پھرين گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 36 ڪلاڪن تائين پاڻيءَ اندر ٻوڙي رکڻ گھرجي.ھن قسم جي ٽائيلن جو مٿيون داڻي وارو تھھ ½ جي ٿولھھ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ گھربل رنگ جو مقدار انھيءَ ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ سيمينٽ، جيڪو گھڻو ڪري سيمينٽ ۽ داڻي جي حساب ۾ 1:2 جي تناسب سان استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ جي ڏھھ سيڪڙو کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھگرجي. اھي چؤنڪا (Tiles) گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھر پائونڊ تي 2000 مربع انچ (2000 psi) واري سگھھ جو دٻاءُ سھڻ وارا ۽ ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪيل ھئڻ گھرجن ھي چؤنڪا 1 ½ انچ ٿولھھ جي 1:2:4 واري تناسب سان ٺھيل سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ مٿان 1:3 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو سراسري طور اڌ انچ ٿولھھ جو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ جي مٿان لڳايا وڃ. چؤنڪا لڳائي بس ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھن جي جوڙن ۾ (جي 1 1/16 انچن جي ٿولھھ کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن) گھربل رنگ جي سيمينٽ جو مسالو ڀريو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ لڳايل مٿاڇري کي ڇيڙڻ کان سواءِ اٽڪل ٻن ھفتن تائين پاڻيءَ سان تر رکيو وڃي. مٿاڇري جي سڪي وڃڻ کان پوءِ مٿي ڄاڻايل موزائيڪ فلورنگ وانگر انھيءَ کي چڱيءَ طرح چمڪائي پوءِ استعمال ڪيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پٿر جا فرش==

(Stone or Flagged Floor) ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش جو بنيادي تھھ اڳ ۾ ڄاڻايل خاصيتن وارو ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ فرش اندر استعمال ٿيندڙ پٿر ھڪ ئي سائيز جا ڀلي نھ ھئڻ گھرجن، ليڪن انھن جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ ڏيڍ انچ، ويڪر 14 انچ ۽ ڊيگھھ اڍائي فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي .انھن پٿرن جو مٿاڇرو تمام سھڻي انداز ۾ گھڙيل، گول ٽڪرن ۽ ورن وڪڙن کان پاڪ ھئڻ گھرجي. انھن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ ڪلاڪ تائين پاڻيءَ جي حوض اندر ڀڄائي رکڻ گھرجي .انھن جي ھيٺان وڇايل بنياد (Base) بالڪل ھڪ ئي ليول ۾ ھئڻ گھرجي. انھن کي ھڪ ئي انداز جي ويڪر ۽ اھم لنگھھ (Main entrance) جي ديوار جي پور وڇوٽ ھئڻ گھرجن. انھن جي ھڪ قطار جا جوڙ ٻيءَ گڏو گڏ قطار جي مفاصلي کان گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 8 انچن کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن، جيئن ھڪ قطار جا جوڙ ٻيءَ قطار کان ٽٽل رھن. انھن جو بنياد سرن جي فرفش جي بنياد وانگر ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن جا جوڙ عام طرح سان 1/8 انچن جي ٿولھھ جا ۽ 1:2 جي تناسب جي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي گاري جا ھئڻ گھرجن. پٿر ھميشھ پختي تھھ، جيڪو مترڪي (Mallet)  جي ڌڪن ھئڻ سان جانچي سگھجي ٿو، مٿان لڳائڻ گھرجن ۽ ھيٺئين بنياد جي نرم حصن (Soft patches) کي ٻاھر ڪڍي ٻيھر مضبوط ٺاھڻ گھرجي. پٿر جي چؤنڪن (Slabs) جي ڪنارن کان گاري (Mortar) کي پکڙجڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي ۽ ٽيپ نھ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙن ۾ آيل مال کي ڪرنيءَ (Trowel) رستي فلش (Flush)  ڪيو وڃي.  جيڪڏھن ٽيپ (Pointing) ڪرڻ مقصود ھجي تھ جوڙن کي ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي ھڪ جھڙي ٿولھھ وارين پٽين رستي ¼ انچن کان گھٽ ويڪرو نھ رکيو وڃي. جڏھن ھر ھڪ پٿر جي چؤنڪن جي قطار لڳي وڃي تھ ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي پٽين کي ڪڍي، جلد ئي جوڙن کي 1:1 جي تناسب واري سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان ڀريو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي پٿرن جي مٿاڇري کان 1/16 انچ ھيٺ ڪرنيءَ سان ٽڪي ٽيپ ڪئي وڃي . ڪم ھلندي ھنن فرشن جي ترائي جاري رکي وڃي ۽ ڪم پوري ٿيڻ کان پوءِ بھ 14 ڏينھن تائين ترائي ضرور ڪجي ۽ تيار ٿيل ففرش مٿان ڪنھن بھ قسم جا نشان ۽ گاري جا داغ ٿيڻ نھ ڏجن ۽ اھڙي قسم جا داغدار فرش ڪڏھن بھ قبول نھ ڪيا وڃن. فرش جي ڪنھن بھ حصي مٿان ٽن ڏينھن تائين ڪنھن کي بھ ھلڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي ۽ انھن مٿان 7 ڏينھن تائين ڪنھن بھ وزنيءَ شيءِ کي آڻڻ نھ گھرجي. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش==
: (Glazzed Tile Flooring) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي ھيٺيون تھھ (Base) سرن جي فرش وانگر ٺاھڻ گھرجي. چمڪدار چينيءَ جا چؤنڪا گھربل سائيز ۽ رنگ مطابق ھئڻ گھرجن. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھريائين ھيٺئين تھھ مٿان گھڻي سيمينٽ واري گارري کي پٿارڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد چؤنڪن کي ڪاٺ جي ھٿوڙي ۽ گز جي مدد سان گھربل انداز ۽ گھربل سلاميءَ مطابق لڳائڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 36 ڪلاڪن تائين پاڻيءَ جي حوض اندر ٽٻائي رکڻ گھرجي.  ٽائيلن کي گاري مٿان رکي، ھٿوڙي جي مدد سان زور سان ائين لڳائن گھرجي، جيئن ھيٺيون مسالو جوڙن مان ٻاھر نڪري اچي. فالتو مال کي يڪدم آلي حالت ۾ ڪنھن ڀِڳل ڪپڙي سان اگھي صاف ڪرڻ کپي. بھتر تھ ائين آھي تھ ڪاٺ جي ويلڻ رستي ٽائيلن کي دٻايو وڃي، جيئن ٽائيلن جي مجموعي سطح ھموار رھي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان 24 ڪلاڪ گذرڻ بعد جوڙن ۾ ٽاٽ يا ڪنھن برش جي مدد سان سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي رٻڙي (Slurry) ڀرڻ گھرجي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پوءِ ٽن ڏينھن تائين انھن مٿان ڪنھن بھ وزني شيءِ کي ھلڻ يا رکڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد انھن مٿان پالش ڪري، انھن کي صابڻ سان صاف ڪرڻ گھرجي. ھن ۽ ٻين سڀني قسمن جي ٽائيلن جي فرش لاءِ ٽائيلن کي گھربل سائيز ۽ نموني ۾ ٽڪڻ جي حالت ۾ صرف ڪارائي استعمال ڪئي وڃي جيئن انھن جا ڪنارا تکا ۽ صاف رھن ۽ انھن جا جوڙ دلڪش رھن. جاءِ جي مڪمل ٿيڻ تائين ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪاٺ جي فالتو ٻوري يا ڪنھن ٻي شيءِ سان ڍڪي رکڻ گھرجي جيئن اھو جاءِ جي رنگ روغن ۽ ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي شيءِ جي داغن وغيره کان صاف رھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر يا سنگ موسيٰ جا فرش==
(Marble or Black Marble Floors)
  
ھن قسم جا فرش پٿر جھڙي سخت شيءِ جي سنگمرمر جي ھڪ جھڙن چؤنڪن يا تختن (Slabs)  استعمال ڪرڻ سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جي فرشن وڇائڻ کان اڳ انھن جو ھيٺيون تھھ (Base) اڳ ۾ بيان ڪيل فرشن جي تھھ وانگر ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ھنن کي ھيٺئين تھھ سان جوڙڻ واسطي 1:2 جي تناسب وارو چوني جو گچ يا سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جو گچ ¾ انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ مٿان پٿاريو ويندو آھي. ھنن جي جوڙن ۾ چوني جي لاپي (Lime putty) استعمال ڪئي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي جوڙن اندر زور سان ڀريو ويندو آھي. انھن جوڙن کي بالڪل صاف ۽ خوبصورتيءَ سان ٺاھيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھن جوڙن جي ويڪر 1/16 انچن کان وڌيڪ نھ رکڻ ڏني ويندي آھي. پٿر جي سرن جي ٿولھھ ڪنھن بھ صورت ۾ ¾ انچ کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي. انھي پٽيءَ جي نموني ۾ فرشبندي ڪرڻ واسطي ڪو بھ سنگمرمر جو ٽڪر 18 انچن کان گھٽ ڊگھو نھ رکڻ ڏنو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھيٺ ڄاڻايل ھدايتن جو پڻ خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي. 
(i) سنگمرمر جون سرون گھربل رنگ، قسم ۽ سائيز جون ھئڻ گھرجن. ڪن اٽليءَ جي سفيد ۽ آسماني ماربل جھڙين سرن استعمال ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ۽ گھربل انداز جي ڊزائن ۾ نھ ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ جيڪڏھن پالش ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھن جو رنگ ساڳيو نھ بيھي تھ انھيءَ فرشبنديءَ کي خارج ڪرڻ گھرجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جي ماربل جي ٽڪرن جو رنگ پالش ڪرڻ بعد ئي اصلي صورت اختيار ڪندو آھي. 
(ii) ھي سنگمرمر جا ٽڪرا بالڪل صحيح طرح ڪارائيءَ رستي وڍيل، سڀني پاسن کان بالڪل چؤڪور، ھڪ ئي ٿولھھ ۾ ۽ ھڪ ئي سنوت ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن ۽ ڏاڪڻ، دروازن ۽ ورانڊن کان ٻاھر نڪتل ڪنارن جي صورت ۾ ھنن جا ڪنارا بُل نوز (Bul-nose) جي صورت ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن 
(iii) اڀن جوڙن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ چوني جي پٽيءَ ۾ چوني جي مقدار جيترو کؤنر استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجي 
(iv) ڪم ھلڻ دوران ۽ انھن ماربل جي ٽڪرن جي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ کين 10 ڏينھن تائين پاڻيءَ سان تر رکڻ گھرجي (v)جڏھن فرش پوريءَ طرح ڄمي يعني سيٽ (Set)  ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪاربورئنڊم پٿر (Carborandum Stone)، يا ڪنھن ٻئي سخت پٿر ۽ کھريءَ ريتيءَ ذريعي تمام گھڻو پاڻي جالاري گٺو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ لاءِ جيڪڏھن مشين استعمال ڪجي تھ نھايت ئي بھتر آھي. جوڙن جي پالش لاءِ نھايت ئي نرم (Soft) پٿر استعمال ڪجي. جڏھن کھرائپ ختم ٿي وڃي تھ واري ڌوئي مٿاڇري کي تمام سنھي ڪاربورئنڊم جي پٿر، سر يا ايمري پائوڊر سان گسائي لسو ڪيو وڃي 
(vi) لسي ڪرڻ کان پوءِ فرش تي پٽي پائوڊر ھاري انھيءَ کي اوني ڪپڙي جي گدين (Felt pads) يا ناريل جي ڇلڪن جي کوپن رستي گھي، تمام جھجھي پاڻي سان پالش ڪيو وڃي ۽ جاءِ جي ڪم ھلڻ دوران ھن فرش کي داغن ۽ ٻئي نقصان کان بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي==
: (Dry Brick Pavi) 
ھن قسم جي فرشبندي ۾ پھرئين درجي جون ۽ ڪوشش ڪري ھر عليحدھ ۽ لڳاتار ٽڪري ۾ ھڪ جھڙي رنگ جون سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. زمين جي مٿاڇري کي چڱيءَ طرح پاڻي ھاري ڌمڪ يا نھرو ڪندڙ مشين (Compactors) ذريعي وھاري نھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيدءَ کي صحيح طرح سان گھربل سلاميءَ ۽ ڪئمبر (Camber)  ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ جي مٿان اڌ انچ ٿلھو مٽيءَ جي گاري جو ليپو ڏيئي يا چئن انچن جو ڪاري واريءَ (River or pit sand) جو تھھ ڏيئي انھيءَ مٿان گھربل نموني ۾ سڪل سرون ڄمائي انھن جي فرشبندي ڪئي ويندي آھي. . ھن فرشبندي ۾ ڪوشش ڪري بالڪل باريڪ جوڙ رکيا وڃن ۽ ڪو بھ جوڙ ¼ انچ کان وڌيڪ ويڪرو نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ سرن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان زور سان جڪڙي قابو رکيو وڃي ٿو. فرشبندي ختم ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان ڪاري واري ھاري جوڙن کي انھيءَ واريءَ سان ڀريو ويندو آھي ۽ فرش مٿان بچيل فالتو واريءَ کي ٻھاري صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي، ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ سرن کي اڀي صورت ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جو فرش سڌين سرن جي فرشن کان مضبوط ٿيندو آھي.
ڪن خاص حالتن ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جو تمام پٽڙو گارو ھاري سرن جي جوڙن کي صرف مٿان جوڙڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي اھو گارو سرن جي جي درزن ۾ مٿئين حصي منجھان داخل ٿيندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشبندي گودامن، رستن، اڱڻن، رستن ۽ چبوترن لاءِ ڪئي ويندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪاٺ جا فرش==  
: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن فرش تمام گھڻا مھانگا ھوندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اھي تمام عمدي ڪاٺ جا ٺاھڻا ھوندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جو استعمال گھڻو ڪري جابلو علائقن (Hilly areas) جھڙوڪ مري وغيره جي اھڙن ھنڌن تي ڪيو ويندو آھي، جتي ڪاٺ تمام گھڻو ۽ سستو پوي ٿو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ڪن خاص حالتن (جتي سانت جي ضرورت ھوندي آھي) ۾ ھنن فرشن جي ضرورت پوندي آھي، جھڙوڪ ناچ خانھ (Dancing Halls) ۽ سماعت خانھ (Auditoriums) وغيره. ھن قسم جا فرش بالڪل پختا ۽ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن اھي وڌيڪ کان وڌيڪ بار کڻي سگھن. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي خوبصورتيءَ جي لحاظ کان نھايت ئي لسو ھئڻ گھرجي. جيئن تھ ڪاٺ ۾ مڙڻ جي نمايان خاصيت ٿيندي آھي، انھيءَ ڪري اھڙن فرشن ۾ ھر ھڪ فوٽ جي فاصلي (Span) تي 1/40 کان 1/30 انچن جي حساب سان اوچائي (Camber) ڏيڻ گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==مفرد يا ھيڪوٽا فرش==
: (Single Floors) 
ھن قسم جي حالت ۾ ھڪ ئي طريقي  سان ڪامون يا شھتير (Bridging joists)  کوڙي انھيءَ مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. اھي ڪامون ھر پاسي کان ديوار جي ڪڙين (Wall plates) مٿان رکيون وينديون آھن. اھي ڪامون اھڙيون تھ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جو انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جي تختن کي ڪوڪن رستي ٺوڪڻ ۾ ڪا بھ تڪليف محسوس نھ ٿئي. انھن ڪامن جي اصلي ۽ بنيادي گھرج اھا آھي تھ اھي بالڪل سخت ۽ مضبوط ھئڻ گھرجن تھ جيئن اھي گھڻي کان گھڻو بار جھلي سگھن. انھيءَ مقصد واسطي اھي حساب ڪيل قوت کان وڌيڪ سخت قوت واري ڪاٺ مان ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. انھن شھتيرن جي ويڪر گھڻو ڪري 2 انچن کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ اھي ھڪ شھتير جي مرڪز کان ٻئي شھتير جي مرڪز تائين ھڪ فوٽ جي مفاصلي جي حساب سان رکيا ويندا آھن. وڌيڪ مفاصلي رکڻ سان انھن جي مڙڻ جو انديشو رھندو آھي ۽ اھو مڙڻ (Deflection)  ھر ٻن شھتيرن جي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي 1/333 حصي کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ھنن ڪامن کي تازي گاري (Green mortar)  يا اوساريءَ سان لڳڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي، نھ تھ انھن جو ڪاٺ ڳرڻ لڳندو، جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ھر حالت ۾ سڪل رکڻو آھي انھيءَ ڪري شھتيرن ۽ ڀتين جي ڇيڙن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي پوري گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي.ڊزائن ڪرڻ بعد شھتيرن کي صحيح ماپ ۽ جاءِ تي کوڙي، انھيءَ مٿان 1 انچ کان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھا ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳائي ڪاٺ جا فرش تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==ٻٽا فرش== 
: (Double Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڄي ڪمري جي فاصلي مطابق شھتير (Bridging joists)  نھ کوڙيا ويندا اھن ۽ انھيءَ جي برعڪس اھي ٻين شھتيرن جن کي ٻڌندڙ شھتير يا صرف ٻڌندڙ (Binding joists or Binders) ۽ ٽيڪنيڪي ٻوليءَ ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ سڏيو ويندو آھي،  انھن مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن. ھي بائينڊرس، مٿان رکيل شھتيرن ھيٺان  90 ڊگريءَ جي سڌي ڪنڊ تي کوڙيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کي ديوارن مٿان 6 کان 8 فوٽن جي فاصلي تي رکيو ويندو آھي. ڪوشش ڪري ھي فرش درن کان ڪجھھ ھٽائي رکيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جا فرش ھڪ تھھ وارن فرشن کان وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي آواز کي ٻاھر وڃڻ کان بھتر نموني ۾ روڪي سگھندا آھن. ليڪن ھيٺ وارين ديوارن تي ڪن نڪتن وٽ ھنن جو بار اچي ڪٺو ٿيندو آھي. ھنن فرشن جي عمق، اوچائي وڌڻ سان گڏو گڏ وڌي ٿي، انھيءَ سبب جاءِ جي اوچائي پڻ وڌائڻي پوي ٿي ۽ نتيجي ۾ ھي فرش نھايت ئي مھانگا پون ٿا. انھيءَ ڪري ھي فرش گھڻو ڪري ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا  ھن قسم جا فرش 12 فوٽن کان مٿي واري مفاصلي لاءِ ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا ۽ انھن ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ جا ڇيڙا ڀتين ۾ نھ کوڙيا ويندا آھن پر اھي کليل ڇڏيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھن کي ھوا لڳي سگھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.

==ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽِيڻن شھتِيرن وارا فرش==
: (Triple joist or framed wooden floors)

جيڪڏھن ڪنھن ڪمري يا وڏي ھال جو ننڍي ۾ ننڍو فاصلو (Short span)  اٽڪل 25 فوٽ يا انھيءَ کان وڌي وڃي تھ ھن طريقي جا ڪاٺ جا فرش ٺاھيا وڃن. ھر فرش گرڊرن، بائينڊرس، شھتيرن (Bridging joists) ۽ ڪاٺ جي تختن رستي ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڀ کان پھرين، ڪمري جي ننڍي فاصلي جي رخ ۾ 13 کان 20 فوٽن جي وٿيءَ تي گرڊر رکيا ويندا آھن. اھي وٿيون بائينڊرس رستي، جيڪي گرڊرن جي گوني ڪنڊ (Right angles) جي طرف رکيون وينديون آھن، ڀريون وينديون آھن. فرش جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ رکڻ لاءِ بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن اندر ٽسڪ ۽ ٽينن جوائنٽس (Tusk and Tennon joints) رستي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. گرڊرن جي ڇيڙن ۽ ديوارن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي جيئن ڪاٺ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رھي. جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ھڪ وڌيڪ ڪاٺ جي گرڊر جو اضافو ڪجي ٿو ۽ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن (Binding joists) کي انھيءَ سان جوڙي ڪاٺ جو پڃرو ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ سبب ڪري گرڊرن جي ڪمزور ٿيڻ جو انديشو رھي ٿو. انھيءَ انديشي کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٻڌندر  شھتيرن جي ڇيڙن کي لوھھ جي پٽين (Iron Stirrups)  ذريعي عليحدھ رکيو وڃي ٿو. مکيھ گرڊرن ۽ ٻڌندر شھتيرن کي ايتري حد تائين اونھو رکيو ويندو آھي جيتري ۾ ڇت ۾ ڏار پوڻ نھ ڏنا وڃن. شھتير (Bridging joists)  ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کان ترڇا (Across) رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن کي يا تھ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن جي مٿان رکيو ويندو آھي يا تھ انھن کي مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙي فريم ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. شھتيرن جي ھڪ وچ کان ٻئي وچ تائين 1 فوٽ کان 1 ½ فوٽ تائين مفاصلو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ آخر ۾ ڪاٺ جي تختن کي انھن مٿان رکي فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن سان اھڙي نموني ۾ جڪڙيو ويندو آھي جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو ڪاٺ جي گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو رھي. ليڪن، شھتير (Bridging joists) بائينڊرس مٿان ائين رکيا ويندا آھن، جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو مٿي بيھي. انھيءَ طريقي سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي ٿولھ گھٽائي سگھجي ٿي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;. 

==زميني يا ھيٺيان فرش== 
: (Ground Floors 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ ڪاٺ جي ڳرڻ جي انديشي واسطي پوسل کان روڪڻ لاءِ خاص اپاءُ ورتا ويندا آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جي ھيٺا سيمينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ ڏنا ويندا آھن. عام طرح سان ھيٺيون تھھ گھٽ ملاوث جھڙوڪ 1:6:12  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ۽ مٿيون تھھ 1:2:4  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ڏنو ويندو آھي. ھر ھڪ تھھ جي ٿولھھ  سراسري طور 3 انچ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ طرح سان پوري تھھ جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 6 انچ رکي ويندي آھي. فني (ٽيڪنيڪي) لحاظ کان انھيءَ کي ”سائيٽ“ يا ”اوور سائيٽ“ (Site or Oversite)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ تھھ جي مٿان 6 فوٽ ۽ 5 انچ جي ھر ھڪ مرڪزي مفاصلي کان ٻئي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي حساب سان 4 انچ ٿلھيون ڪاٺ جي تختن (Sleepers) يا پٿر جي بلاڪن يا پڪسري اوساريءَ رستي ننڍيون ديوارون ٺاھي، جن کي (Dwarf walls) چئبو آھي، انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جون وال پليٽون (Walls plates)  لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ديوارون ڪمرن جي ٻنھي طرفن يعني ويڪر ۽ ڊيگھھ جي رخ ۾ ۽ ھڪ جھڙي انداز جي وڇوٽيءَ تي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. شھتير جن کي (Bridging joists) سڏيو وڃي ٿو ۽ عام طرح سان 4 انچ x 44 انچ جي سائيز جا ٿين ٿا، انھن کي پليٽن جي مٿان چاڙھي ڪلن  ڪوڪن ۽ پيچن وارن اسڪرن ذريعي قابو ڪيو وڃي ٿو. آخر ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ انچ ۽ وڌ ۾ وڌ ڏيڍ انچ ٿولھھ وارا ڪاٺ جا تختا شھتيرن مٿان جوڙي ھن قسم جا فرش ٺاھيا ڃن ٿا
ڪاٺ جي تختن ھيٺان کليل حصي مان ھوا جي بالڪل پوري گذر واسطي ھيٺ ڏنل ديوارن ۾ ٽنگ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ چوڪيءَ جي ليول (Plinth level)  ھيٺان پڻ سوراخن وارن بلاڪن جون ديوارون ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. وال پليٽن لڳائڻ کان اڳ ۾ ھيٺ وارين ننڍين ديوارن ۽ پاسي وارين ڀِتين مٿان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھو پوسل روڪڻ وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ (D.P.C)  چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ عام طرح سان، شھتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. تمام اھم عمارتن لاءِ ڪنھن خاص سبب لاءِ ساڳ جو ڪاٺ (Teak wood)  پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڪڏھن وري ساڳ جي ڪاٺ جا تختا ۽ ديال جي ڪاٺ جا شھتير استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ شيشم جي صحيح تيار ٿيل ڪاٺ جا تختا پڻ لڳايا ويندا آھن&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==رٻڙ جا فرش== 
: (Rubber Flooring) 
ھن قسمن جي فرشبنديءَ واسطي گندڪ ملايل رٻڙ جا مرڪب، جيڪي رٻڙ ۾ اھڙي طريقي سان ملائي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھيءَ جي مضبوطي ۽ لچڪ وڌي وڃي، سي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جي شڪل بالڪل سڌي ۽ پلين چادر جھڙي، يا چادرن ۾ خانا ٺاھي پلين يا چٽسالي ڪيل چؤنڪن جي نموني ۾، ۽ يا تھ عليحده عليحده چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ٿيندي آھي. اھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا اھڙي ڪنھن ٻئي ٺوس ۽ سخت بنيادي تھھ (Base)  مٿان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. فرش چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنياد کي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي دز (Dust)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين شين جھڙوڪ پوسل، چڪنائيءَ وغيرھ کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ بنيادي تھھ ۾ جيڪي بھ ھيٺاھيون ۽ مٿاھيون ھونديون آھن، انھن کي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان صحيح ڪري ليول ڪيو ويندو آھي. استعمال ٿيندڙ رٻڙ 1/8  انچن کان ½  انچن جي معيادي ٿولھھ جو ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھميشھ گندڪ (Suphur)، ٽمڻ ۽ کھراڻ کان پاڪ قسم جو رٻڙ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ انھيءَ جو مٿاڇرو لسو ھجي ۽ پاڻيءَ ۽ ڪنھن سٺي معيار واري صابڻ يا ڪنھن اھڙيءَ ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ڌوئڻ يا پالش ڪرڻ سان انھيءَ جي رنگ تي ڪو اثر نھ پوي.  رٻڙ چاڙھڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي ھيٺئين پاسي کي کھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ھڪ ئي وقت 25 مربع فوٽن کان وڌيڪ ايراضيءَ تي نھ چاڙھبو آھي. رٻڙ چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنيادي فرس مٿان ڪنھن سٺي چنبڙائيندڙ (Adhesive)  مرڪب جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ کي ڏھن کان پندرنھن منٽن تائين کليل ڇڏي ڏبو آھي تھ جيئن انھيءَ کي ھوا لڳي. بعد ۾ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل قسم ۽ ڊزائن جي رٻڙ جو پوش چاڙھي انھيءَ مٿان سھڻي نموني زور ڏيئي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي تھ جيئن فرش جي بنيادي تھھ ۽ رٻڙ جي چادر جي وچ ۾ ھوا نھ رھي ۽ رٻڙ فرش سان بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح ۽ سڌائيءَ ۾ چنبڙي. انھيءَ لاءِ عام طرح سان ننڍو لوھ جو رولر استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان پوءِ رٻڙ جي فرش کي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٽن ڏينھن تائين آزاد ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن سٺي صابڻ سان ڌوئي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جا فرش اھم جاين، آفيسن، اسپتالن، سينيمائن ۽ ھوٽلن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. معياري تعليمي درسگاھن ۽ آڊيٽوريم اندر پڻ ھن قسم جا فرش پسند ڪيا ويندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھنن مٿان ھلن سان آواز نٿو ٿئي ۽ سانت رھي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم جا فرش== 
: (Linoleum Floors) 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ رٻڙ جي فرشن وانگر سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ وغيره جي بنياد مٿان لينوليم جو پلاسٽڪ جھڙو پوش چاڙھي ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ڪيميا جي خيال کان لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل (Linseed oil)، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگ وغيره جو مرڪب آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب تھھ جھڙوڪ ڪنوس (Convas)  مٿان پٿاري فرش جو پوش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. اھو پوش خوشنما نمونن ۾ ٺاھي، بنيادي فرش مٿان چاڙھي، ھن قسم جا دلڪش فرش ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. لينوليم جا رٻڙ جي فرش وانگر الڳ الڳ چؤنڪ پڻ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، انھن کي لينوليم جا چؤنڪا سڏيو ويندو آھي. ھي فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ سستا ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي وقفي وقفي سان وارنش ۽ ميڻ (Wax)  لڳائڻ سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال ڪري انھن کي پائيدار بڻائي سگھبو آھي. لينوليم عام طرح سان رولن وانگر ويڙھيل ٿانن جي صورت ۾ ملندي آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب ڳنڍيندڙ مرڪب (Adhesive) رستي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد انھيءَ تھھ مٿان وارنش لڳائي، کين چمڪايو ويندو آھي. موٽر ڪارن، لارين، جھازن ۽ ريل گاڏين وغيره جا فرش، پڻ لينوليم سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش رھائشي گھرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ريسٽورانن لاءِ بھ نھايت موزون رھن ٿا. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جا فرش== 
: (Cork Floors) 
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙين جاين يا جاين جي انھن حصن لاءِ ڪارآمد آھن، جن کي سانت وارو يعني بنا گوڙ وارو (Noiseless)  ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي، جھڙوڪ آڊيٽوريم، پبلڪ لئبرريون، ٿئيٽر ۽ چرچون (گرجائون) وغيره.ھي فرش ڪارڪن جي چادرن يا ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. ڪارڪ جي شيٽن يعني چادرن جي تياري ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن کان مختلف نموني جي ٿيندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ٽائيلن ۾ صرف ڪارڪن استعمال ٿيندو آھي ۽ چادرن ۾ ڪارڪ جا ڇلڪا ۽ ٻورو، السيءَ جو تيل، ڪاٺ جو ٻورو ۽ رنگ وغيره استعمال ٿيندا آھن. ٻنھي قسمن جي فرشن جو ڪجھھ بيان ھيٺ پيش ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش==
: (Cork tiles Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ ڪارڪ جا چؤنڪا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي چؤنڪا مختلف ماپن ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. داونن يعني بارڊرن (Borders)  لاءِ 1 کان 3 فوٽن تائين ويڪريون ۽ 6 فوٽ ڊگھيون ڪارڪ جون پٽيون پڻ ٺھنديون آھن. انھن ٽائيلن جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8  انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. اھڙين  ٽائيلن جو ترو سڌو يا جھريءَ وارو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ٽائيلون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي ھيٺئين تھھ (Sub base) مٿان لڳايون وينديون آھن. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ ڪاٺ جو آھي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم ھئڻ گھرجي يا تھ ٻي صورت ۾ انھيءَ مٿان پِلاءِ (Ply)  لڳائي وڃي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھرين ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل صاف ۽ ھڪ جھڙو ھئڻ گھرجي، جنھن مٿان نرم گديءَ جو پترو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي، جيئن ڪاٺ جي لڏڻ سان ٽائيلن جي تھھ کي ڪو نقصان نھ پھچي. انھن ٽائيلن کي خاص قسم جي ڏامر ذريعي نرم گديءَ سان چنبڙايو ويندو آھي ۽ آخري حصي يا ڪنڊن وارن چؤنڪن کي ڪوڪن ذريعي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھ (Base)  سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ مٿان 1:3  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ گاري جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ مٿاڇري کي بلڪل سنوت ۾ آڻي، سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو ويندو آھي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي تمام چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪري انھيءَ مٿان ڏامر (Bitumen)  جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي، انھيءَ مٿان ٽائيلون وڇايون وينديون آھن. 
ڪارڪ اوڪ (Oak)  يعني شاھ بلوط جي سدا بھار وڻن جي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھيءُ وڻ بحريھ روم جي قريبي ملڪن ۾ ٿيندا آھن، جنھن جي کل تمام گھڻي ٿلھي ٿيندي آھي. انھيءَ کل کي ھر اٺن يا ڏھن سالن کان پوءِ لاٿو ويندو آھي، جنھن کي اٻاري، ٿورڙو آلو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ پوءِ انھن کي ڇلي ۽ خوب طرح سان گسائي، گرم ويلڻن مان ايتري وقت تائين لنگھائبو رھبو آھي جيستائين انھيءَ کل مان شيري جھڙي گھاٽي شيءِ ٻاھر نڪري اچي. انھيءَ گھاٽي شيءِ نڪرڻ سان ڪارڪ جي اندر سنھا سوراخ نھ رھندا آھن ۽ اھو وڌيڪ سخت ۽ ٺوس ٿي ويندو  آھي. ھيءُ شيري جھڙو مادو ڪارڪ جي ذرن کي پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چنبڙائي رکندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان پوءِ انھيءَ ڪارڪ کي گھربل ماپ جي چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ڪاٽي وٺبو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرش==
: (Cork Sheet Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پي-وي-سيءَ جا فرش==
: ( Polyvinyl Chloride i.e. P.V.C Floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش گھريلو جاين، ريل گاڏيءَ جي دٻن، دفترن، آڊيٽوريم جي ھالن ۽ ٿئيٽرن وغيره لاءِ موزون رھندا آھن. ھي فرش پڻ رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش گھڻو ڪري زيبائش لاءِ ئي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھنن فرشي چادرن ۽ چؤنڪن جي ٿولھھ 1/16  انچن کان ¼ انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. 
ھيءُ پي-وي-سيءَ جو مرڪب جديد دور جي ايجاد آھي جيڪو ٿرموپلاسٽڪ بائينڊرس، فلرس ۽ رنگن مان ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو. ھن قسم جون چادرون 3 فوٽن، 3 ½ فوٽن ۽ 6 فوٽن جي ويڪرائيءَ ۾ ۽ چؤنڪا 1 فوٽ، 2 فوٽن ۽ 3 فوٽن جي سائيز ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن ۽ اھي ھڪ قسم جو لچڪدار ۽ اڻ ٽمندر مٿاڇرو مھيا ڪنديون آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==شيشي جا فرش==
: (Glass Floors)
~ھن قسم جا فرش گرائونڊ فلور ۾ اھڙن حصن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن جي ھيٺان تھھ خانا ھجن ۽ انھن تھھ خانن ۾ روشني پھچائڻ جي ضرورت ھجي. ھن قسم جا فرش مختلف نمونن ۾ ڪاٺ جا مضبوط فريم ٺاھي انھن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا چؤنڪا وجھي تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. عمارتي شيشو عمدي قسم جو ۽ مضبوط استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8 انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش ==
: (Asphalt Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن جا ٻھ نمونا ٿيندا آھن، ھڪ ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ٻيا ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش. ھنن ٻنھي نمونن جا فرش سستا، لچڪدار (Resilient)، اڻ جاذب (Non absorbent) ، پوسل روڪ (Moisture proof) ، تيزاب روڪ (Acid proof)، تيل (Oil)  ۽ گريس (Greese) سان مقابلو ڪندڙ ٿيندا آھن. انھن خاصيتن سبب ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن وارا فرش سرڪاري آفيسن ۽ اسڪولن وغيره جھڙين عمارتن ۽ ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ قسم جا فرش گودامن، ڀانڊن، ڪارخانن ۽ ٻين اھڙي نوعيت جي عمارتن ائسفالٽ جي چؤنڪن کي سخت بنياد مھيا ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مٿان ھڪ ٻئي سان ڳنڍي ھن قسم جو فرض ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. پر جيڪڏھن ڪاٺ جي فرش مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سڀني ڪاٺ جي پٽين ۽ تختن کي مضبوطيءَ سان ڪوڪن وغيرھ جي رستي جڪڙيو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن وڇائڻ کان پھرين ڪاٺ جي سطح مٿان ائسفالٽ، بٽومين يا رچيل ائسفالٽ جي اوني ڪپڙي (Asphalt saturated felt)  جو اٽڪل 3/8 انچن جو ٿلھو تھھ پٿاريو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش (Asphalt mastic floor)  ٺاھڻ واسطي انھيءَ کي گرم ڪري، ڪنھن ٺوٺ سطح، جھڙوڪ ڪاٺ يا سيمينٽ مٿان پٿاري ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت==
.(Maintenance and Repair of Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪوشش ڪري روزانو آلي پوچيءَ سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن اھو فرش تمام گھڻو گندو نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڏوتو وڃي. صابڻ جي تھھ کي فرش جي ڪنھن بھ ٽڪري تي بنا ڌيان جي ڇڏڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ فرش ترڪڻو ٿي پوندو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ فرش جو اھو ٽڪرو جھڪو (Dull)  ٿي پوندو. فرش جي ڌوئڻ واسطي سوڍا کار يا ٻين اھڙين تيز شين استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ جيڪڏھن فرش جو ڪو بھ حصو ٽٽي يا ڪنھن بھ نموني مرمت طلب ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سمورو پانيل يا خانو (Panel)  ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي، بنيادي ڪانڪريٽ کي سخت برش سان صاف ڪري، انھيءَ کي پاڻيءَ سان آلو رکي، ھڪ رات تائين ڇڏي ڏيڻ گھرجي. رات گذرڻ کان پوءِ بيٺل پاڻيءَ کي ڪڍي صاف ڪري، صاف سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ چاڙھو وڃي ۽ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل ٿولھھ ۽ گھربل تناسب، جھڙوڪ 1:2:4  يا اھڙو ڪو ٻيو موزون تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد ڪانڪريٽ کي دٻائي، پاسن واري فرش جي ٿولھھ برابر آندو وڃي، جيئن سموري فرش جي ليول ھڪ جھڙي ٿي وڃي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن پاسن وارن پانيلن جا ڇيڙا نھ ڀڄن. انھيءَ بعد نئين ٺاھيل پانيل کي ڏھن ڏينھن تائين تر رکيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>q0v611ltfxz5tdxlu26d68g055mphoy</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401055</id>
      <parentid>401054</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:17:58Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401055</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="90401" sha1="mq8uhddebroj8jvvrb5ij5gc04x5xlp" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==مٽيءَ جا فرش ==

(Earth floors)
ھيءُ فرش ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ تمام سٺي قسم جي مٽيءَ سان ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا. انھن ۾ مٽيءَ کي گھربل ليول تائين ڇھن ڇھن انچن جي تھن جي صورت ۾ ۽ ھر ھڪ تھھ کي چڱيءَ طرح پاڻيءَ جو ٽيھو ڏيئي ڌمڪ يا ٻي ڪنھن اھڙي شيءِ جھڙو (Compactors) وغيره سان دٻائي ۽ ڳتي ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا. ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سطح اھڙي ڳتيل (Consolidated) ھئڻ گھرجي جو انھيءَ جي مٿان بوٽ جي کڙيءَ ھڻڻ سان صرف ھلڪو نشان ٿئي.
ھن قسم جا فرش گھوڙن جي طنبيلي ۽ چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن.فرش  عمارت جي انھيءَ حصي کي چئجي ٿو جيڪو عمارت کي مختلف طبقن ۾ تقسيم ڪري ٿو جھڙوڪ زميني فرش يا گرائونڊ فلور (Ground Floor)، فرسٽ فلور، سيڪنڊ فلور وغيره. ھيءُ عمارت جو اھو حصو آھي جنھن جي مٿان انسان سولائيءَ ۽ بنا خطري چرپر ڪري سگھي ٿو. عمارت جي معيار جو اندازو انھيءَ ۾ لڳايل فرش سان ڪيو وڃي ٿو. 
فرش ھميشھ صاف ۽ سٿرو، لسو ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ اھڙو ھئڻ گھرجي جنھن منجھھ ڪا بھ پاڻيٺ وغيره جذب ٿي نھ سگھي. ٻين لفطن ۾ ائين چئي سگھجي ٿو تھ اھو بنا سوراخن جي ۽ اڻ سمندڙ (Impervious)  ھئڻ گھرجي. ھيٺئين منزل کان علاوه يا مٿاھين منزلن جا فرش تمام مضبوط ۽ پختا ھئڻ گھرجن. جيئن ماڻھو انھن مٿان بنا خوف خطري۽ سلامتيءَ سان رھي سگھن. زميني فرش (Ground Floor) جيئن تھ سنئون سڌو ڌرتيءَ جي مٿان ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو انھيءَ جي ڪري انھيءَ جي ھيٺ واري ڌرتي ڌمڪ سان چڱيءَ طرح دٻيل، سوڙھي ۽ نھري (compact)  ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ انھيءَ ڌرتي ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ نوعيت ۽ ضرورت مطابق اھڙو تھھ ڏنو وڃي جيئن انھيءَ منجھان پوسل (Moisture) لنگھي نھ سگھي. اھڙي قسم جا تھھ (Sub-floors)  فرشن کي پاڻيءَ روڪ (Water proof)، آواز روڪ (Sound proof)  ۽ نباتات اڀري اچڻ کي روڪڻ ۾ تمام گھڻي مدد ڪن  ٿا.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==مٽيءَ جي گادي جي ليپي جا فرش==


(Mud Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ گاري جي ليپي ھيٺان مٿي ڄاڻايل فرشن مطابق تياري ڪئي ويندي آھي ۽ پوءِ انھن مٽيءَ جي فرشن مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي جو تھھ ڏئي ۽ انھيءَ مٿان اٽڪل ھڪ ڀاڱي اٺ انچ ٿلھو ڇيڻي جو ليپو ڏيئي فرش کي ھڪ ڪرو ڪري ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.اسان جي ملڪ جي ٻھراڙين ۾ ھن قسم جا فرش عام طرح سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. انھن جي ٺاھڻ ۾ تمام خبرداريءَ کان ڪم وٺڻو پوندو آھي ۽ انھن کي تمام سھڻي نموني سنڀالي (Maintain) قائم رکيو ويندو آھي. گرمي توڙي سردي، ٻنھي موسمن ۾ ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ گرميءَ جو درجو (Temperature) ھڪ ڪرو رھندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ ڪري ھن قسم جا فرش اگھاڙي پيرين ھلندڙ ماڻھن لاءِ تمام عمده رھن ٿا. ھن قسم جا فرش تمام سستا، سولائيءَ سان ٺھيل ۽ مرمت ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ آسان ۽ انھيءَ سبب ڪري ڪجھھ پائيدار رھن ٿا..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پڪن فرشن لاءِ بنياد== 


(Base for Flooring)
پڪن فرشن ٺاھڻ لاءِ انھن جي ھيٺان پختي بنياد ٺاھڻ جي ضرورت پوندي آھي جيئن زمين مان نڪرندڙ پوسل، نباتاتي ٻوٽن جي واڌ ۽ ٻين شين کي روڪي سگھجي. انھن بنيادن کي پختو بڻائڻ لاءِ انھن ھيٺان ڪتب آيل مٽيءَ کي چڱيءَ طرح سان گھربل ليول جي حساب سان ڇھن-ڇھن انچن جي مٽيءَ جي تھن ۽ ھر ھڪ تھھ کي چڱيءَ طرح نھرو (Compact)  ڪري ۽ انھيءَ جي مٿاڇري کي چڱيءَ طرح سان سڌو ڪري انھيءَ جي مٿان ڪاري واريءَ (Pit of river Sand) جو ٽن-ٽن انچن جي حساب سان گھربل تھھ ڏيئي ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ حساب سان مذڪورھ فرش جي ھيٺئين لاغر ڪانڪريٽ جي تھھ (Layers of lean concrete)  کي بنياد (Base)  ۽ انھيءَ ھيٺان وڇايل واري جيڪا مٽي ۽ بنياد جي وچ ۾ گديلي (Cushion) جو ڪم ڏئي ٿي، انھيءَ کي اندريون تھھ (Under layer)  ۽ انھيءَ ھيٺان تيار ڪيل ۽ ھموار ڪيل ڀراءُ کي ھيٺيون بنياد (Sub-base)  چئبو آھي. اڳتي ھلي مختلف فرشن جي بيان ڪرڻ جي سلسلي ۾ ھر جاءِ تي ھنن لفظن جي تفصيلي بيان ڪرڻ بجاءِ انھن کي ساڳي نالي واري صورت ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو. انھيءَ ڪري ھنن لفظن کي چڱيءَ طرح ڌيان ۾ رکيو وڃي.مٿي ڄاڻايل واريءَ جي تھن کي ايترو دٻايو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي ٿولھھ ٽن انچن مان ڦري ٻھ انچ بيھي فرش کي گھربل ليول، بنياد (Base) ۾ ڏني وڃي. عام گھريلو فرشن ۾ 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ ڏنو وڃي. عام طرح سان انھيءَ بنياد (Base) جي ٿولھھ 4 انچ رکي ويندي آھي. جيڪڏھن علائقي ۾ تمام گھڻي سم سبب انھيءَ جو مٿي فرشن تائين پھچي نڪري اچڻ جو انديشو ھجي تھ انھيءَ حالت ۾ آزمايل ۽ اعتبار جوڳا سم روڪ مرڪب استعمال ڪجن ۽ گھڻي اڏوھيءَ وارن علائقن ۾ انھيءَ کي مارڻ جون ڪيميائي دوائون ھيٺئين بنياد (Sub-base) جي مٿان پٿاري پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان بنياد ٺاھيو وڃي غسلخاني جا فرش، ڪمرن جي فرشن کان گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ڏيڍ انچ ھيٺ رکڻ گھرجن. ليول ڪرڻ لاءِ پھرين ديوارن تي نشان لڳائڻ گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرفش==


(Brick or Tile Flooring)
ھن قسم جي فرشن لاءِ تمام عمديون پھرئين درجي واريون پڪل، چونڊيل سٺي ڳاڙھي رنگ واريون، سخت ۽ لسيون سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. سرن لڳائڻ کان اڳ بنيادي سطح Base) کي تارن واري برش سان صاف ڪري ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڌوئبو آھي. سلئبن جي مٿان، گرائونڊ فلور کان علاوھ ٻن منزلن جي صورت ۾، سلئبن کي تازي صورت واري حالت ۾ تارن واري برش سان کھرو ڪري ۽ پوءِ سرن لڳائڻ جي وقت مذڪورھ سطح کي ڌوئي، انھن مٿان ڪريل ۽ اکڙيل ڳنڍن ڳوڙھن ۽ ٻئي ابور کي مال صاف ڪري پوءِ انھن مٿان سرن يا ٽائيلن جي فرشبندي ڪئي ويندي آھي سرن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ کين چڱيءَ طرح پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر (Soak)  ڪيو ويندو آھي. ٽِيپ (Pointing)  نھ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ سرن جا جوڙ 3/16 انچن کان وڌيڪ نھ رکبا آھن ۽ جوڙن مان ٻاھر نڪري آيل مصالحي (Mortar) کي چوناڙي يا ماري (Trowel)  سان ماريو (Struck)  ويندو آھي يا انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي سان اگھي صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي. جڏھن تھ ٽيپ ڪرڻ واري حالت ۾ جوڙ 3/8 انچن کان وڌيڪ ٿلھا نھ رکبا آھن ۽ تازي حالت ۾ جوڙن ۾ ڪم آيل مصالحي کي ھڪ انچ تائين گھرو اکيڙيو (Rake) ويندو آھي، جنھن سطح تي فرشبندي ڪرڻي ھوندي آھي انھيءَ کي ¾ انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ مصالحو پٿاريو ويندو آھي. ڪم ختم ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي 6 ڏينھن تائين آلو رکيو ويندو آھي ۽ ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي حالت ۾ ٽيپ ڪرڻ کان پوءِ کين 14 ڏينھن تائين آلو رکڻو ھوندو آھي ھن قسم جي فرشبنديءَ ۾ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر ھڪ جوڙ ۾ خاص طور اڀي جوڙ ۾ مصالحو مٿي تائين چڱيءَ طرح ڀريل ھجي. جيڪڏھن ڪم ھلندڙ ھجي تھ انھيءَ ڪم جي پوري ٿيڻ تائين ھن قسم جي فرشن کي سج، مينھن، پاري يا ٿڌ، گھم ۽ موسم جي ڦرندڙ گھرندڙ اثرن کان بچاءُ ۾ رکجي.ھن قسم جي فرشن کي تيار ڪرڻ کان پوءِ کھري ڪاربورنڊم پٿرStone)  (Corborundum سان گسائي لسو ڪري ڌوئي پوءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھي فرش گھڻو ڪري گھر جي اڱڻن (Courtyard)  جي لاءِ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جا فرش==

(Cement Concrete or Conglomerate floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش عام طرح سان نھايت ئي گھڻو مقبول آھن. ھن قسم جا فرش ڪچي بنياد (Sub-base) جي تيار ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو (Base)  بنياد وجھي انھيءَ جي مٿان شيشي، ايليومينم (Aluminium) وغيره جي پٽين جا چوڪنڊا خانا ٺاھي انھن ۾ گھربل ٿولھھ (جيڪا اڪثر ڪري 1 انچ کان 4 انچن تائين ھوندي آھي) مطابق 1:2:4 جي تناسب جو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ استعمال ڪري ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. اھا فرشبندي خانن ذريعي انھيءَ ڪري ورڇي ويندي آھي جو سموري مطلوبہ ايراضي ۾  لاڳيتو فرش وجھڻ سان موسمي اثرن جي تبديليءَ سبب ڪانڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ واڌ سبب فرش ۾ ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن.  شيشي جي پٽين استعمال نھ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ گھربل فرش کي لڪيرن جي صورت ۾ سھڻي نموني عليحدھ عليحدھ خانن ۾ ورھائي پوءِ ھڪ ڇڏي ٻيو يعني واري سر Alternate) ڪاٺ جي پٽي ڏيئي مقرر ڪيل ٿولھھ جي حساب سان ڀريو ويندو آھي. ٻنھي صورتن ۾ انھن خانن کي ھڪ ئي انداز ۾ ورھايو ويندو آھي. پٽين استعمال نہ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ھڪ واري سان ڀريل فرش جي خانن کان پوءِ واري سر ڀرڻ وارا خانا 24 ڪلاڪن کان پوءِ ڀريا ويندا آھن. ھر ھڪ خاني جي ايراضي 16 مربع فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نھ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ انھن خانن جي ننڍي ۾ ننڍي سائيڊ (پاسو) 3 فوٽن کان ۽ وڏي ۾ وڏو پاسو 6.5 فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشبندي ٺاھڻ لاءِ مٿي ڄاڻايل ڳالھين سان گڏو گڏ ٻين ھيٺين ڳالھين جو خاص خيال رکيو وڃي.
(i)  شيشي يا ائليومينم جون پٽيون جيڪي فرش کي مختلف خانن ۾ ۽ ھڪجھڙي انداز (Symmetrical)  ۾ ورھائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن، اھي 1/8 انچن  (3 mm) ٿلھيون ۽ گھربل انداز جي ٽاپنگ (Topping)  جيتريون اوچيون (Deep)  ھئڻ گھرجن.
(ii) خانن ۾ ورھائڻ کان اڳ ۾ چوني جي ڪانڪريٽ (Lime Concrete) يا سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي بنيادي فرش (Base) کي، جيڪو بالڪل ھڪ ڪري (Uniform) تھھ جي صورت ۾، چڱيءَ طرح ڳتي نھرو ڪيل (Compacted)  ۽ گھربل فرش جي حساب ۾ بالڪل صحيح، انھيءَ جي پور وڇوٽ (Parallel)  ۽ ھڪ ئي دفعي سان وڌل ھوندو آھي. گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ستن ڏيھن تائين ترائي (Curing)  ڪري، سخت بنائي ۽ بعد ۾ فرش وجھڻ وقت پھريائين انھيءَ کي لوھھ جي تارن واري برش سان صاف ڪري انھيءَ مان مٽي ۽ ابور کي مال  کي ڪڍي ۽ سڪل ھئڻ جي حالت ۾ پاڻيءَ جو ٽيھو ڏيئي بعد ۾ خالص سيمينٽ ۽ پاڻيءَ جي پتري مرڪب جو تمام ھلڪو ٽيھو ڏيئي پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان فرش (Topping) وڇايو وڃي.
(iii)  زميني سطح کان مٿي تيار ڪيل منزلن واسطي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ڇتين (Slabs) وجھڻ وقت جلد ئي انھن مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش وڌو وڃي ۽ وقت گذري وڃڻ جي حالت ۾ انھن کي ٿورو گھرو ڪري اٽڪل ڏيڍ انچ ٿلھو، گھٽ مقدار واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جھڙوڪ 1:6:12  يا 1:4:8  جي تناسب وارو، تھھ چڙھي پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان ھن قسم جي ٽاپنگ (Topping)  چاڙھي وڃي.
(iv) بنياد (Base)  کي ڪڏھن بھ لسو نھ ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن ٽاپنگ انھيءَ سان مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙجي وڃي.
(v) سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو مسالو گھاٽو (Dense) رکيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ جو جھڪاءُ (Slump)  ڏيڍ انچ کان نھ وڌي. عام ڪمن لاءِ ھڪ ڪعب فوٽ تي ساڍن چئن کان پنجن گيلن تائين پاڻي استعمال ڪجي. پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب Water Cement Ratio)  0.04کان نھ وڌڻ گھرجي ۽ چلت (Workability)  کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ پٿر جي ٽڪرن ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ (Aggregate)  جي انداز کي ملائي بيھارڻ (Adjustment)  رستي ضابطو ڪيو وڃي
vi) ھڪ خاني (Panel)  جو مال ھڪ ئي دفعي (Lot) سان ملائي، ۽ سيمينٽ ملائڻ کان 5 منٽن اندر مال ملائڻ واري تختي (Mixing board) تان فرش تي ويھي آھستگيءَ سان لاھي، خانو ڀري، انھيءَ کي ڪرني ۽ سڌي پٽيءَ (Straight edge)  وسيلي پٿاري، سنئون ڪيو وڃي. پٿارڻ بعد انھيءَ کي 5 کان 10 منٽن تائين اٽڪل 5 پائونڊن جي ڪاٺ جي ٿاڦيءَ سان زور سان ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي سوڙھو ڳتيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ۾ ڄمڻ کان پوءِ سنھن سوراخن پيدا ٿيڻ جو انديشو نھ رھي.
(vii) سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ کي خانن ۾ پٿارڻ کان پوءِ  شروعاتي ٽائيم ۾ انھيءَ کي تمام گھڻو ٿاڦڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي. اھو جڏھن سخت ٿيڻ لڳي تھ انھيءَ کي تڪڙو تڪڙو لوھھ جي ڪرنيءَ (Trowel)  سان ماريو وڃي. سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ۾ سڌيءَ پٽيءَ ذريعي انھيءَ کي چڪاسيو وڃي ۽ جيڪڏھن ڪجھھ ھيٺاھيون مٿاھيون (Undulations) نظر اچن تھ انھن کي ختم ڪرڻ گھرجي. ازانسواءِ ٿاڦيءَ سان ٿڦڪين ڏيڻ بعد جيڪڏھن ڪو فالتو باريڪ مال (Stuff) نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي يڪدم خارج ڪيو وڃي.
(viii) جيڪڏھن ٿڦڪين ڏيڻ سان سطح جي مٿان سيمينٽ جي ڪريم جي پيسٽ نڪري اچي تھ ائين ڄاڻجي تھ مصالحي ۾ تمام گھڻو ۽ ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي پئجي ويو آھي. اھڙي مال کي خانن مان ڪڍي ۽ ٻئي اھڙي ٺاھيل مال کي خارج ڪيو وڃي.(ix) مٿي ڄاڻايل پٿارڻ ۽ دٻائڻ (Ramming) واري سلسلي کي آلي حالت ۾ ملايل (Wet mixing) ڪانڪريٽ جي ٽائيم کان پوءِ 30 منٽن اندر پورو ڪرڻ گھرجي.
(x) ھڪ ڇڏي ٻئي خاني ڀرڻ جي صورت ۾ ٻئي ڏينھن تي خانن ٺاھڻ وارين رھنمائي پٽين (Screeds) کي خبرداريءَ سان ڪڍيو وڃي ۽ ٺاھيل چونڪن يا خانن (Panels) جي پاسن کي چڪاسيو وڃي ۽ انھن کي ڀڄڻ نھ ڏجي. انھن پاسن تي ڪنھن اڻ جاذب (Non-absorbent)  ڪاغذ کي رکي ۽ مٿي تيار ٿيل چونڪي مٿان ويڙھيو وڃي، جيئن اڳتي ھلي رھيل خانن کي ڀرڻ وقت نئون مال اڳ ۾ ٺھيل چونڪن جي  
ڪنارن سان چنبڙي نھ پوي ۽ نھ ئي وري ٺھيل چونڪن مٿان پٿارجي وڃي. گھڻي خيال رکڻ کان پوءِ بھ جيڪڏھن ڪجھھ مصالحو انھن مٿان ڪري پوي تھ انھن کي تازي حالت ۾ ئي صاف ڪري ھٽايو وڃي.
(xi) ٽئين ڏينھن تي ڇڏيل خانا جيڪي ھڪ ڇڏي ٻئي (Alternate) جي اصول تي ڀرڻا آھن، انھن کي پورو ڪيو وڃي ۽ انھن جي ڀرڻ وقت اڳ ۾ ٺھيل چونڪن کي نقصان ٿيڻ نھ ڏجي. ھنن ڇڏيل خانن کي ڀرڻ تائين اڳ ٺاھيل چونڪن جي ڀِڳل سڻيءَ جي ڳوڻ رستي چڱيءَ طرح ترائي ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن کي ترائيءَ جي مدي تائين ھرگز سڪڻ نھ ڏجي. سموري فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ انھن مٿان جابلو واريءَ سان ٻارا ٺاھي، انھن اندر مسلسل پاڻيءَ جا دٻا ٺاھي اٽڪل 14 ڏينھن تائين ترائي ڪئي وڃي.
(xii)  ھن قسم جي فرش جي مٿاڇري کي سڪل سيمينٽ يا گھڻي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي مرڪب کي انھيءَ مٿان ڇڻڪاري ڪڏھن بھ لسو ۽ پختو ڪرڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ خراب سطح کي لڪائڻ لاءِ اھو ھڪ حسين ڌوڪي جي برابر آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم٬==


(Types of C.C. Floors)
ن قسم جي فرشن کي ٺاھڻ وارن طريقن جي لحاظ کان ٻن نمونن ۾ ورھائي سگھجي ٿو. ھڪ غير مفرد (Non-monolithic)  ۽ ٻيو ھڪ جان يا مفرد (Monolithic).
غير مفرد (Bonded) فرشن ۾ ڪانڪريٽ جو مٿيون تھھ اڪثر ھيٺئين تھھ (Base) جي وجھڻ کان ٽي ڏينھن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آھي، جيئن اھي ٻئي يڪ جان نھ ٿين، پر الڳ الڳ رھن. اھي فرش بھ يا تھ ھڪ تھھ جي صورت ۾ يا ٻن تھن جي صورت ۾ وڇايا ويندا آھن. ھڪ تھھ (Single layer) جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري (4 cm) 1 5/8 ٿلھو تھھ ھڪ ئي وقت وڇايو ويندو آھي. ٻن تھن (Two layers) جي صورت ۾ مٿي ڄاڻايل ٿولھھ کي ٻن حصن ۾ اھڙي نموني ورھايو ويندو آھي، جيئن ھڪ ئي وقت اھي ٻيئي تھھ پاڻ ۾ ملي وڃن. ھن ۾ ھيٺ واري ڪچي تھھ (Base) سان ملندڙ تھھ جي ٿولھھ 1 انچ (2.5 cm)  رکي ويندي آھي ۽ سڀ کان مٿئين تھھ جي ٿولھھ 5/8 انچ (1.5 cm)   رکي ويندي آھي. ازانسواءِ ھيٺئين تھھ ۾ گھڻو ڪري 1:3:6 جي تناسب ۾ ۽ مٿئين تھھ ۾ 1:2:3 جي تناسب ۾ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ھڪ جان يا مفرد (Monolithic)  قسم جا فرش اٽڪل ¾ انچ (2 cm)  ٿلھا ۽ ھيٺئين ڪچي ڪانڪريٽ (Base)  سان گڏو گڏ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جيئن ٻئي تھھ پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چڱيءَ طرح ملي ۽ سڪڻ کان پوءِ ھڪ ٿي وڃن. ھيٺئين بنياد (Base) ۽ ھن تھھ جي وڇائڻ ۾ 45 منٽن کان 4 ڪلاڪن تائين وقفو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ 1:2:4  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. عام طرح سان ھي مفرد قسم جا فرش اڄڪلھھ مروج نھ آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي مٿاڇري کي سخت بڻائڻ==

(Hardener Treatment)
سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري کي جڳھھ جي ۽ ضرورت جي نوعيت مطابق سخت ڪندڙ مرڪبن جھڙوڪ جست (Zinc)  ۽ مئگنيشيم فليوئوسليڪيٽيڊ (Magnesium Fluosilicated)، سوڊيم سليڪيٽ  (Sodium Silicate)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين ڪيميائي دوائن ملائڻ سان مضبوط بڻايو ويندو آھي. ھن ۾ زنڪ يا مئگنيشيم جي فليوئوسليڪيٽ جي اڌ پائونڊ کي ھڪ گئلن پاڻيءَ ۾ ملائي پھريون ليپ ڏنو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ کان پوءِ ضرورت مطابق ھر ٻيو ليپ ھر گئلن پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻن پائونڊن جي حساب سان ڏنو ويندو آھي. انھن ليپن ڏيڻ کان اڳ ۾ فرش کي چڱيءَ طرح سان ڌوئي، ھر ابور کي مال، تيل، رنگ ۽ ٻئي ھر ڌارئي مادي (Foreign substance) کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪرڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جو ليپ ھڪ گئلن ۾ 130 مربع فوٽ والاري (Cover)  ٿو، سڪڻ کان پوءِ ھن فرش کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪپڙي سان اگھڻ گھرجي.
ھيءُ فرش گھڻو ڪري رستن، گھٽين، فوٽ پاٿن، وڏن سماعت خانن (Auditoriums)، عام ميڙ وارن ھنڌن وغيره لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جا فرش==


(R.C.C Floors) ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن ۾ ڄاڻايل ڳالھين جو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھنن ۾ ڇتين وانگر ۽ ڊزائن مطابق لوھ جون سيخون استعمال ڪيو وينديون آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن. ھنن فرشن ۾ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو مٿيون تھھ 6 انچن (15 cm) کان 8 انچن (20 cm) تائين وڌو ويندو آھي. ھنن فرشن ۾ بنيادي تھھ گھڻو ڪري اٽڪل 4 انچ گھرو وڌو ويندو آھي. مٿئين تھھ جي اڌ عمق (Depth)  تي لوھ جو ڄار اھڙي نموني وڇايو ويندو آھي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين تھھ کان مٿي اڀريل رھي ۽ انھيءَ جي مٿان سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو گھربل تھھ (Cover) چڙھي.
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙن ھنڌن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن تي ڳري مشينري، ٽرئفڪ ۽ ٻين اھڙين ڳرين شين جي چرپر ٿيڻي ھوندي آھي، جھڙوڪ؛ ڪارخانا، جديد فيڪٽريون، ھيليڪاپٽرن ۽ جھازن جا رستا (Runways)  ۽ لارين ۽ موٽرن بيھارڻ وارا دالان وغيره.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن جون خاصيتون==

(Characteristics of C.C. Floors)
(i) ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پنھنجي پسند مطابق  مطابق گھربل رنگ ملائي خوبصورت بڻائي سگھجي ٿو.
(ii) ھنن فرشن جي سنڀال سولائيءَ سان ڪري سگھجي ٿي ۽ انھن تي گھٽ خرچ لڳي ٿو.
(iii) ھنن فرشن جي اڏاوت آسان ۽ پائيدار ھئڻ سبب انھن کي عام طرح سان رھائشي، تجارتي ۽ مجلسي عمارتن لاءِ استعمال ڪيو وڃي ٿو.
(iv) ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ باھھ سان مقابلو ڪرڻ جي ڪافي قوت ٿئي ٿي.
(v) ھي فرش غير جاذب (Impervious)  ۽ ٺوس ٿين ٿا.
(vi) ھنن کي آسانيءَ سان ڌوئي صاف ڪري سگھجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mosaic orTerrazzo floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن لاءِ پڻ بنياد ساڳئي نموني ٺاھيو ويندو آھي جيئن پھرين ڄاڻايو ويو آھي، انھيءَ جي مٿان ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ٻن تھن جي صورت ۾ ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ھيٺئين تھھ ۾ 1 انچ کان ¾ انچ (2.5 کان 2 سينٽيميٽر) جي عمق ۾ گھربل تناسب (جھڙوڪ؛ 1:2:4  يا 1:2 ½ :3 ½ وغيره) ۾ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ وڌو ويندو آھي ۽ مٿيون تھھ ¼ انچ (6 mm) ٿلھو رکيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ ۾ بلوري پٿر (Marble chips)  جا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آھن. ھن ۾ بلوري پٿر جي ٽڪرن ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب عام طرح سان 1:2 يعني ھڪ حصو سيمينٽ ۽ ٻھ حصا بلوري پٿر جا ٽڪرا ھوندو آھي ۽ ٻيو تھھ پھرئين تھھ چاڙھڻ کان پوءِ ٻئي ڏينھن چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. مٿئين تھھ کي گھربل تھھ کان ٿورو وڌيڪ ٿلھو رکيو ويندو آھي جيئن انھيءَ جي ڪٽڻ ۽ گسائڻ کان پوءِ اھو پوريءَ ۽ گھربل ٿولھھ ۾ بيھي. ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ جابلو ريتي ٿلھي (Coarse) گھربل سائيز  جي ۽ صاف ھئڻ گھرجي. بلوري ٽڪر (Marble chips) مضبوط ۽ 1/16 انچن کان 1/8انچن (1.55 mm کان 3 mm) جي سائيز جا ھئڻ گھرجن. وڏي سائيز جي ڪمرن ۽ ھالن ۾ ¼ انچن جي سائيز تائين بلوري ٽڪر استعمال ڪري سگھجن ٿا. بي ڊبليو ڊيءَ جي اسپيسيفڪيشنس مطابق مٿيون بلوري ٽڪرن جو تھھ 3/8″ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن تھ ھيٺيون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريت جو تھھ 1 انچ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ اھي ٻئي تھ يڪجان (Monolithic) ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن موزائيڪ فلور جي فرش جي ٽاپنگ جي جملي ٿولھھ 1 3/8″ کان گھٽ نھ بيھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ٻين ھيٺين ڳالھين جو خاص خيال رکيو وڃي.
(i) سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ھيٺئين تھھ ٺاھڻ تائين عليحده خانن ٺاھڻ، سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ملائڻ، انھيءَ کي پٿارڻ، انھيءَ جي گھاٽاڻ ۽ واٽر سيمينٽ رئشو (پاڻيءَ ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب) اڳ ۾ ڄاڻايل سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مطابق ھئڻ گھرجي.(ii) بلوري ٽڪرن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ کجيءَ جي ڦرھن جي ڇٻن ۾ وجھي چانورن وانگر پاڻيءَ سان ڌوئي بالڪل  صاف ڪري سڪائي پوءِ استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجي.
(iii) سڀ کان پھرين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي بنياد تي، جيڪو سنوت ۾ ۽ کھرو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي، گھربل ٿولھھ جي عمق وارين پتل (Brass)، ٽامي(Copper)، جست (Zinc)، شيشي (Glass)، يا ٻڙي نمبر (Zero Number) جي بلورن جي چوري جي ٺھيل پٽين سان ھڪ ڪرا، سھڻا ۽ گھربل ڊزائن جا خانا ٺاھيا وڃن.
(iv) گھربل تناسب جي حساب سان ماپ وارين پيتين ذريعي سيمينٽ ۽ بلور جي ٽڪرن کي پھرين سڪل حالت ۾ ڪنھن صاف پڪي فرشي ٽڪري تي پر ڪوشش ڪري تغاريءَ يا ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي ٿانو (Container)  ۾ وجھي ٿورو ٿورو پاڻي ملائي ايتري گھاٽاڻ (Workability)  تائين بيھارجي جيتري ۾ اھو استعمال ڪرڻ جي لائق بڻجي، پوءِ انھيءَ کي خانن اندر لاھي ترتيب سان لوھھ جي ڪرنيءَ ذريعي پٿاري ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي ڳتيو وڃي. جيڪڏھن ٿڦڪين ڏيڻ سان انھيءَ مان ڪريم نڪري تھ اھڙي ملاوٽ کي خارج ڪيو وڃي.
(v) ڪوشش ڪري بلوري ٽڪرن جو تھھ Mosaic topping) ايتري ٽائيم اندر ڏنو وڃي جيتري ۾ ھيٺيون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ لچڪدار (Plastic)  حالت ۾ ھجي. (عام طرح سان اھو ٻئي ڏينھن ڏنو ويندو آھي) پر جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل سڪي وڃي تھ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان خالص سيمينٽ ۽ پاڻي جو ھلڪو تھھ (Slurry)  ڏيئي پوءِ جلد ئي انھيءَ مٿان موزائيڪ جي داڻي جو تھھ چاڙھجي. انھيءَ تھھ مٿان ھلڪيون ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي انھيءَ کي ڪرني ۽ ليول واري پٽيءَ سان سڌو ڪري ۽ بالڪل صحيح ليول ۾ بيھارجي.
(vi)  ليول بيھارڻ ۽ ڪرنيءَ سان ٻھ ٽي گھمرا ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي ڳتڻ کان پوءِ اگر مٿاڇري تي ڪرنيءَ جا داغ ٿي بيھن تھ انھن کي ميساڻ جي ڪوشش ھرگز نھ ڪجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڳتي ھلي مٿان گسائڻ (Grinding)  کان پوءِ اھي داغ خود بھ خود ميٽجي ويندا.
(vii) انھيءَ کان پوءِ يڪدم ئي موزائيڪ جي تازي پيل فرش مٿان ڪرنيءَ جي مدد سان خالص سيمينٽ جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ انھيءَ مٿان ترائيءَ واسطي آليون ڳوڻيون رکجن.
(viii) ٽن ڏينھن بعد انھيءَ فرش جي مٿان تمام کھرن ڪاربورئنڊم بلاڪن رستي خوب طرح سان ھن فرش جي گسائي  ڪئي وڃي. اھا گسائي، مشين استعمال ڪرڻ سان تڪڙي ۽ عمدي رھي ٿي. ڪن خاص حالتن ۾ مشين نھ ھئڻ سبب انھيءَ کي ھٿ رستي انھن بلاڪن سان (جن کي عام طرح سان بٺي ڪوٺيو وڃي ٿو) زور سان رڳڙي لسو بنائي سگھجي ٿو. رڳڙائي يعني گسائي فرش مٿان سنھي ريتي ۽ پاڻي ھاري خوب طرح سان ڪرڻ گھرجي جيستائين داڻو ظاھر ٿي بيھي.
(ix) پھرين گسائي کان پوءِ فرش جي تھھ مٿان ڪجھھ سوراخ ٿي پون تھ انھن جي خالص سيمينٽ سان مرمت ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ فرش کي سڪڻ نھ ڏجي.
(x) ٻي رڳڙائي وري پنجن ڏينھن کان پوءِ وچولي کھرن ڀترن يعني بٺين سان ڪئي وڃي ۽ گشائيءَ دوران جيڪڏھن سوراخ وغيره نظر اچن تھ انھن جي خالص سيمينٽ سان مرمت ڪجي. انھيءَ سموري ڪم دوران فرش کي تر رھڻ ڏنو وڃي
(xi) آخر ۾ سنھن بٺين (Fine Sand-blocks)  رستي رڳڙي ۽ تمام گھڻي پاڻي ھارڻ بعد انھيءَ کي بالڪل صاف ۽ چِٽو ڪيو وڃي ۽ اھڙا فرش جن ۾ آخري گسائيءَ کان پوءِ بھ موزائيڪ جو داڻو نظر نھ اچي تھ انھن کي خارج ڪري ٻيھر ٺھرائڻ گھرجي.
(xii) آخري گسائيءَ کان پوءِ ھنن فرشن کي ھلڪي صابڻ (Mild Soap) سان ڌوئي تمام گھڻي پاڻيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ سڪڻ لاءِ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي ۽ جڏھن اھي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان سڪي وڃن تھ انھن مٿان آغزئيلڪ ائسڊ جو پائوڊر (Oxalic Acid Powder)  ھاري لڪڙن مٿان سڻيءَ جون ٻوريون لپيٽي تمام گھڻي زور سان گٺو وڃي ۽ انھن کي سڪڻ لاءِ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ وري ٻيھر پھرئين جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ (Oxalic Acid Powder)  پائوڊر ھاري ڪپڙي جي گدين (Cloth pads) سان انھيءَ کي گسايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي سڪائي پوءِ چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪجي.
(xiii) انھيءَ بعد فرش کي ڪنھن صاف تيل ۽ ڪاٺ جي ٻوري سان ڍڪي ڇڏجي ۽ رنگ روغن ۽ ٻين جاءِ جي سمورن ڪمن پوري ٿيڻ بعد انھن کي تمام سٺي پالش ڪري، ۽ صاف سٽ (Cotton Waste)  سان زور سان گسائي چمڪندڙ بنايو وڃي.
(xiv) رنگين فرشن ٺاھڻ واسطي سڪو ملائڻ وقت سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ گھربل رنگ سڪل حالت ۾ ملائي، پوءِ مٿي ڄاڻايل ھدايتن مطابق اڳتي وڌجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ٽيرازو ڊئڊو ۽ اسڪرٽنگ==

: (Terrazzo Dado and Skirting)بلوري پٿر جي داڻي  (Marble Chips) ۾ سيمينٽ ملائي ڀتين مٿان عمق جي صورت ۾ چاڙھي،  انھيءَ جي موزائيڪ فلورنگ وانگر گسائي وغيرھ ڪري، داڻي کي ظاھر ڪري، خوبصورت سطح ۾ آڻڻ کي ٽيرازو ڊئڊو يا اسڪرٽنگ سڏيو وڃي ٿو.

ان قسم جي سطح ٺاھڻ لاءِ انھن سڀني ڳالھين جو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي جيڪي موزائيڪ فلورنگ ۾ ڄاڻايون ويون آھن. اجڪلھھ جي رواج مطابق غسلخانن ۽ بورچيخانن کي ڇڏي ٻين سڀني ڪمرن وغيره ۾ موزائيڪ فلورنگ سان گڏ ان جھڙو ئي ڊئڊو 3 انچن کان 4 انچن تائين چئني ڀتين تي چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ طرح سان ڪمرا وغيرھ سھڻا بھ لڳندا آھن ۽ فرش ڌوئڻ وقت انھن ڪمرن جون ڀتيون پڻ خراب نھ ٿينديون آھن. جڏھن تھ بورچيخانن ۽ غسلخانن ۾ انھيءَ جي اوچائي اٽڪل 6 فوٽن تائين رکي ويندي آھي. پلستر ڪيل ڀتين جا اھي حصا جن تي ھيءُ ڊئڊو چاڙھيو ويندو آھي اھي کھرا ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ ڄاڻايل عمق مطابق انھن جي مٿان گھربل ڊئڊو ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ جي سيٽ ٿيڻ کان اڳ موزائيڪ جي داڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. داڻو (Chips) اڪثر ڪري 1 ½ نمبر جو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ٿورو ماربل پائوڊر ملائڻ سان انھيءَ کي گسائڻ ۾ آساني رھندي آھي انھيءَ ڪري فرش توڙي اسڪرٽنگ جي ڪم ۾ سيمينٽ ھڪ حصو، ماربل پائوڊر ½ حصو ۽ داڻو 2 حصا ملائي مناسب قسم جي آميزش حاصل ڪري سگھجي ٿي. اسڪرٽنگ ۽ ڊئڊو سڌا، ليول ۽ ساھل ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن ۽ فرش سان چڱيءَ طرح مليل (Flush)  ھئڻ گھرجن.
اھا ڳالھھ ذھن ۾ رکڻ گھرجي تھ فرش جو ڊئڊو ۽ ڀتين جي اسڪرٽنگ ۾ ڪٽائيءَ کان پوءِ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 70 سيڪڙو داڻا ھڪ ڪرا ڦھليل ۽ ظاھر ھئن گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ٽيرازو ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ڊئڊو==

: (Terrazzo Tile Floors and Dado)  اعشاري نظام جي رائج ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ھيءُ چؤنڪا 300 mm x 300 mm x 25 mm، (Tiles)  (يعني ڊيگھھ ۽ ويڪر ھر ھڪ 300 mm ۽ ٿولھھ 25 mm) ۾ ٺھڻ لڳا آھن. ھن قسم جي ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي بنياد تيار ڪرڻ کان پوءِ صاف سٿرو سيمينٽ لڳائي انھيءَ مٿان وڇايو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن جي جوڙن ۾ گھربل رنگ جي سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جي پٽڙيءَ پيسٽ جھڙو مسالو (Slurry)  ڀريو ويندو آھي.ھنن چؤنڪن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پھرين گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 36 ڪلاڪن تائين پاڻيءَ اندر ٻوڙي رکڻ گھرجي.ھن قسم جي ٽائيلن جو مٿيون داڻي وارو تھھ ½ جي ٿولھھ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ گھربل رنگ جو مقدار انھيءَ ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ سيمينٽ، جيڪو گھڻو ڪري سيمينٽ ۽ داڻي جي حساب ۾ 1:2 جي تناسب سان استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ جي ڏھھ سيڪڙو کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھگرجي. اھي چؤنڪا (Tiles) گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھر پائونڊ تي 2000 مربع انچ (2000 psi) واري سگھھ جو دٻاءُ سھڻ وارا ۽ ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪيل ھئڻ گھرجن ھي چؤنڪا 1 ½ انچ ٿولھھ جي 1:2:4 واري تناسب سان ٺھيل سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ مٿان 1:3 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو سراسري طور اڌ انچ ٿولھھ جو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ جي مٿان لڳايا وڃ. چؤنڪا لڳائي بس ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھن جي جوڙن ۾ (جي 1 1/16 انچن جي ٿولھھ کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن) گھربل رنگ جي سيمينٽ جو مسالو ڀريو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ لڳايل مٿاڇري کي ڇيڙڻ کان سواءِ اٽڪل ٻن ھفتن تائين پاڻيءَ سان تر رکيو وڃي. مٿاڇري جي سڪي وڃڻ کان پوءِ مٿي ڄاڻايل موزائيڪ فلورنگ وانگر انھيءَ کي چڱيءَ طرح چمڪائي پوءِ استعمال ڪيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پٿر جا فرش==

(Stone or Flagged Floor) ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش جو بنيادي تھھ اڳ ۾ ڄاڻايل خاصيتن وارو ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ فرش اندر استعمال ٿيندڙ پٿر ھڪ ئي سائيز جا ڀلي نھ ھئڻ گھرجن، ليڪن انھن جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ ڏيڍ انچ، ويڪر 14 انچ ۽ ڊيگھھ اڍائي فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي .انھن پٿرن جو مٿاڇرو تمام سھڻي انداز ۾ گھڙيل، گول ٽڪرن ۽ ورن وڪڙن کان پاڪ ھئڻ گھرجي. انھن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ ڪلاڪ تائين پاڻيءَ جي حوض اندر ڀڄائي رکڻ گھرجي .انھن جي ھيٺان وڇايل بنياد (Base) بالڪل ھڪ ئي ليول ۾ ھئڻ گھرجي. انھن کي ھڪ ئي انداز جي ويڪر ۽ اھم لنگھھ (Main entrance) جي ديوار جي پور وڇوٽ ھئڻ گھرجن. انھن جي ھڪ قطار جا جوڙ ٻيءَ گڏو گڏ قطار جي مفاصلي کان گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 8 انچن کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن، جيئن ھڪ قطار جا جوڙ ٻيءَ قطار کان ٽٽل رھن. انھن جو بنياد سرن جي فرفش جي بنياد وانگر ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن جا جوڙ عام طرح سان 1/8 انچن جي ٿولھھ جا ۽ 1:2 جي تناسب جي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي گاري جا ھئڻ گھرجن. پٿر ھميشھ پختي تھھ، جيڪو مترڪي (Mallet)  جي ڌڪن ھئڻ سان جانچي سگھجي ٿو، مٿان لڳائڻ گھرجن ۽ ھيٺئين بنياد جي نرم حصن (Soft patches) کي ٻاھر ڪڍي ٻيھر مضبوط ٺاھڻ گھرجي. پٿر جي چؤنڪن (Slabs) جي ڪنارن کان گاري (Mortar) کي پکڙجڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي ۽ ٽيپ نھ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙن ۾ آيل مال کي ڪرنيءَ (Trowel) رستي فلش (Flush)  ڪيو وڃي.  جيڪڏھن ٽيپ (Pointing) ڪرڻ مقصود ھجي تھ جوڙن کي ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي ھڪ جھڙي ٿولھھ وارين پٽين رستي ¼ انچن کان گھٽ ويڪرو نھ رکيو وڃي. جڏھن ھر ھڪ پٿر جي چؤنڪن جي قطار لڳي وڃي تھ ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي پٽين کي ڪڍي، جلد ئي جوڙن کي 1:1 جي تناسب واري سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان ڀريو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي پٿرن جي مٿاڇري کان 1/16 انچ ھيٺ ڪرنيءَ سان ٽڪي ٽيپ ڪئي وڃي . ڪم ھلندي ھنن فرشن جي ترائي جاري رکي وڃي ۽ ڪم پوري ٿيڻ کان پوءِ بھ 14 ڏينھن تائين ترائي ضرور ڪجي ۽ تيار ٿيل ففرش مٿان ڪنھن بھ قسم جا نشان ۽ گاري جا داغ ٿيڻ نھ ڏجن ۽ اھڙي قسم جا داغدار فرش ڪڏھن بھ قبول نھ ڪيا وڃن. فرش جي ڪنھن بھ حصي مٿان ٽن ڏينھن تائين ڪنھن کي بھ ھلڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي ۽ انھن مٿان 7 ڏينھن تائين ڪنھن بھ وزنيءَ شيءِ کي آڻڻ نھ گھرجي. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش==
: (Glazzed Tile Flooring) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي ھيٺيون تھھ (Base) سرن جي فرش وانگر ٺاھڻ گھرجي. چمڪدار چينيءَ جا چؤنڪا گھربل سائيز ۽ رنگ مطابق ھئڻ گھرجن. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھريائين ھيٺئين تھھ مٿان گھڻي سيمينٽ واري گارري کي پٿارڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد چؤنڪن کي ڪاٺ جي ھٿوڙي ۽ گز جي مدد سان گھربل انداز ۽ گھربل سلاميءَ مطابق لڳائڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 36 ڪلاڪن تائين پاڻيءَ جي حوض اندر ٽٻائي رکڻ گھرجي.  ٽائيلن کي گاري مٿان رکي، ھٿوڙي جي مدد سان زور سان ائين لڳائن گھرجي، جيئن ھيٺيون مسالو جوڙن مان ٻاھر نڪري اچي. فالتو مال کي يڪدم آلي حالت ۾ ڪنھن ڀِڳل ڪپڙي سان اگھي صاف ڪرڻ کپي. بھتر تھ ائين آھي تھ ڪاٺ جي ويلڻ رستي ٽائيلن کي دٻايو وڃي، جيئن ٽائيلن جي مجموعي سطح ھموار رھي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان 24 ڪلاڪ گذرڻ بعد جوڙن ۾ ٽاٽ يا ڪنھن برش جي مدد سان سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي رٻڙي (Slurry) ڀرڻ گھرجي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پوءِ ٽن ڏينھن تائين انھن مٿان ڪنھن بھ وزني شيءِ کي ھلڻ يا رکڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد انھن مٿان پالش ڪري، انھن کي صابڻ سان صاف ڪرڻ گھرجي. ھن ۽ ٻين سڀني قسمن جي ٽائيلن جي فرش لاءِ ٽائيلن کي گھربل سائيز ۽ نموني ۾ ٽڪڻ جي حالت ۾ صرف ڪارائي استعمال ڪئي وڃي جيئن انھن جا ڪنارا تکا ۽ صاف رھن ۽ انھن جا جوڙ دلڪش رھن. جاءِ جي مڪمل ٿيڻ تائين ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪاٺ جي فالتو ٻوري يا ڪنھن ٻي شيءِ سان ڍڪي رکڻ گھرجي جيئن اھو جاءِ جي رنگ روغن ۽ ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي شيءِ جي داغن وغيره کان صاف رھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر يا سنگ موسيٰ جا فرش==
(Marble or Black Marble Floors)
  
ھن قسم جا فرش پٿر جھڙي سخت شيءِ جي سنگمرمر جي ھڪ جھڙن چؤنڪن يا تختن (Slabs)  استعمال ڪرڻ سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جي فرشن وڇائڻ کان اڳ انھن جو ھيٺيون تھھ (Base) اڳ ۾ بيان ڪيل فرشن جي تھھ وانگر ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ھنن کي ھيٺئين تھھ سان جوڙڻ واسطي 1:2 جي تناسب وارو چوني جو گچ يا سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جو گچ ¾ انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ مٿان پٿاريو ويندو آھي. ھنن جي جوڙن ۾ چوني جي لاپي (Lime putty) استعمال ڪئي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي جوڙن اندر زور سان ڀريو ويندو آھي. انھن جوڙن کي بالڪل صاف ۽ خوبصورتيءَ سان ٺاھيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھن جوڙن جي ويڪر 1/16 انچن کان وڌيڪ نھ رکڻ ڏني ويندي آھي. پٿر جي سرن جي ٿولھھ ڪنھن بھ صورت ۾ ¾ انچ کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي. انھي پٽيءَ جي نموني ۾ فرشبندي ڪرڻ واسطي ڪو بھ سنگمرمر جو ٽڪر 18 انچن کان گھٽ ڊگھو نھ رکڻ ڏنو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھيٺ ڄاڻايل ھدايتن جو پڻ خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي. 
(i) سنگمرمر جون سرون گھربل رنگ، قسم ۽ سائيز جون ھئڻ گھرجن. ڪن اٽليءَ جي سفيد ۽ آسماني ماربل جھڙين سرن استعمال ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ۽ گھربل انداز جي ڊزائن ۾ نھ ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ جيڪڏھن پالش ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھن جو رنگ ساڳيو نھ بيھي تھ انھيءَ فرشبنديءَ کي خارج ڪرڻ گھرجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جي ماربل جي ٽڪرن جو رنگ پالش ڪرڻ بعد ئي اصلي صورت اختيار ڪندو آھي. 
(ii) ھي سنگمرمر جا ٽڪرا بالڪل صحيح طرح ڪارائيءَ رستي وڍيل، سڀني پاسن کان بالڪل چؤڪور، ھڪ ئي ٿولھھ ۾ ۽ ھڪ ئي سنوت ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن ۽ ڏاڪڻ، دروازن ۽ ورانڊن کان ٻاھر نڪتل ڪنارن جي صورت ۾ ھنن جا ڪنارا بُل نوز (Bul-nose) جي صورت ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن 
(iii) اڀن جوڙن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ چوني جي پٽيءَ ۾ چوني جي مقدار جيترو کؤنر استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجي 
(iv) ڪم ھلڻ دوران ۽ انھن ماربل جي ٽڪرن جي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ کين 10 ڏينھن تائين پاڻيءَ سان تر رکڻ گھرجي (v)جڏھن فرش پوريءَ طرح ڄمي يعني سيٽ (Set)  ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪاربورئنڊم پٿر (Carborandum Stone)، يا ڪنھن ٻئي سخت پٿر ۽ کھريءَ ريتيءَ ذريعي تمام گھڻو پاڻي جالاري گٺو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ لاءِ جيڪڏھن مشين استعمال ڪجي تھ نھايت ئي بھتر آھي. جوڙن جي پالش لاءِ نھايت ئي نرم (Soft) پٿر استعمال ڪجي. جڏھن کھرائپ ختم ٿي وڃي تھ واري ڌوئي مٿاڇري کي تمام سنھي ڪاربورئنڊم جي پٿر، سر يا ايمري پائوڊر سان گسائي لسو ڪيو وڃي 
(vi) لسي ڪرڻ کان پوءِ فرش تي پٽي پائوڊر ھاري انھيءَ کي اوني ڪپڙي جي گدين (Felt pads) يا ناريل جي ڇلڪن جي کوپن رستي گھي، تمام جھجھي پاڻي سان پالش ڪيو وڃي ۽ جاءِ جي ڪم ھلڻ دوران ھن فرش کي داغن ۽ ٻئي نقصان کان بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي==
: (Dry Brick Pavi) 
ھن قسم جي فرشبندي ۾ پھرئين درجي جون ۽ ڪوشش ڪري ھر عليحدھ ۽ لڳاتار ٽڪري ۾ ھڪ جھڙي رنگ جون سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. زمين جي مٿاڇري کي چڱيءَ طرح پاڻي ھاري ڌمڪ يا نھرو ڪندڙ مشين (Compactors) ذريعي وھاري نھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيدءَ کي صحيح طرح سان گھربل سلاميءَ ۽ ڪئمبر (Camber)  ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ جي مٿان اڌ انچ ٿلھو مٽيءَ جي گاري جو ليپو ڏيئي يا چئن انچن جو ڪاري واريءَ (River or pit sand) جو تھھ ڏيئي انھيءَ مٿان گھربل نموني ۾ سڪل سرون ڄمائي انھن جي فرشبندي ڪئي ويندي آھي. . ھن فرشبندي ۾ ڪوشش ڪري بالڪل باريڪ جوڙ رکيا وڃن ۽ ڪو بھ جوڙ ¼ انچ کان وڌيڪ ويڪرو نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ سرن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان زور سان جڪڙي قابو رکيو وڃي ٿو. فرشبندي ختم ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان ڪاري واري ھاري جوڙن کي انھيءَ واريءَ سان ڀريو ويندو آھي ۽ فرش مٿان بچيل فالتو واريءَ کي ٻھاري صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي، ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ سرن کي اڀي صورت ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جو فرش سڌين سرن جي فرشن کان مضبوط ٿيندو آھي.
ڪن خاص حالتن ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جو تمام پٽڙو گارو ھاري سرن جي جوڙن کي صرف مٿان جوڙڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي اھو گارو سرن جي جي درزن ۾ مٿئين حصي منجھان داخل ٿيندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشبندي گودامن، رستن، اڱڻن، رستن ۽ چبوترن لاءِ ڪئي ويندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪاٺ جا فرش==  
: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن فرش تمام گھڻا مھانگا ھوندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اھي تمام عمدي ڪاٺ جا ٺاھڻا ھوندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جو استعمال گھڻو ڪري جابلو علائقن (Hilly areas) جھڙوڪ مري وغيره جي اھڙن ھنڌن تي ڪيو ويندو آھي، جتي ڪاٺ تمام گھڻو ۽ سستو پوي ٿو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ڪن خاص حالتن (جتي سانت جي ضرورت ھوندي آھي) ۾ ھنن فرشن جي ضرورت پوندي آھي، جھڙوڪ ناچ خانھ (Dancing Halls) ۽ سماعت خانھ (Auditoriums) وغيره. ھن قسم جا فرش بالڪل پختا ۽ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن اھي وڌيڪ کان وڌيڪ بار کڻي سگھن. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي خوبصورتيءَ جي لحاظ کان نھايت ئي لسو ھئڻ گھرجي. جيئن تھ ڪاٺ ۾ مڙڻ جي نمايان خاصيت ٿيندي آھي، انھيءَ ڪري اھڙن فرشن ۾ ھر ھڪ فوٽ جي فاصلي (Span) تي 1/40 کان 1/30 انچن جي حساب سان اوچائي (Camber) ڏيڻ گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==مفرد يا ھيڪوٽا فرش==
: (Single Floors) 
ھن قسم جي حالت ۾ ھڪ ئي طريقي  سان ڪامون يا شھتير (Bridging joists)  کوڙي انھيءَ مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. اھي ڪامون ھر پاسي کان ديوار جي ڪڙين (Wall plates) مٿان رکيون وينديون آھن. اھي ڪامون اھڙيون تھ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جو انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جي تختن کي ڪوڪن رستي ٺوڪڻ ۾ ڪا بھ تڪليف محسوس نھ ٿئي. انھن ڪامن جي اصلي ۽ بنيادي گھرج اھا آھي تھ اھي بالڪل سخت ۽ مضبوط ھئڻ گھرجن تھ جيئن اھي گھڻي کان گھڻو بار جھلي سگھن. انھيءَ مقصد واسطي اھي حساب ڪيل قوت کان وڌيڪ سخت قوت واري ڪاٺ مان ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. انھن شھتيرن جي ويڪر گھڻو ڪري 2 انچن کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ اھي ھڪ شھتير جي مرڪز کان ٻئي شھتير جي مرڪز تائين ھڪ فوٽ جي مفاصلي جي حساب سان رکيا ويندا آھن. وڌيڪ مفاصلي رکڻ سان انھن جي مڙڻ جو انديشو رھندو آھي ۽ اھو مڙڻ (Deflection)  ھر ٻن شھتيرن جي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي 1/333 حصي کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ھنن ڪامن کي تازي گاري (Green mortar)  يا اوساريءَ سان لڳڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي، نھ تھ انھن جو ڪاٺ ڳرڻ لڳندو، جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ھر حالت ۾ سڪل رکڻو آھي انھيءَ ڪري شھتيرن ۽ ڀتين جي ڇيڙن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي پوري گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي.ڊزائن ڪرڻ بعد شھتيرن کي صحيح ماپ ۽ جاءِ تي کوڙي، انھيءَ مٿان 1 انچ کان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھا ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳائي ڪاٺ جا فرش تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==ٻٽا فرش== 
: (Double Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڄي ڪمري جي فاصلي مطابق شھتير (Bridging joists)  نھ کوڙيا ويندا اھن ۽ انھيءَ جي برعڪس اھي ٻين شھتيرن جن کي ٻڌندڙ شھتير يا صرف ٻڌندڙ (Binding joists or Binders) ۽ ٽيڪنيڪي ٻوليءَ ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ سڏيو ويندو آھي،  انھن مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن. ھي بائينڊرس، مٿان رکيل شھتيرن ھيٺان  90 ڊگريءَ جي سڌي ڪنڊ تي کوڙيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کي ديوارن مٿان 6 کان 8 فوٽن جي فاصلي تي رکيو ويندو آھي. ڪوشش ڪري ھي فرش درن کان ڪجھھ ھٽائي رکيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جا فرش ھڪ تھھ وارن فرشن کان وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي آواز کي ٻاھر وڃڻ کان بھتر نموني ۾ روڪي سگھندا آھن. ليڪن ھيٺ وارين ديوارن تي ڪن نڪتن وٽ ھنن جو بار اچي ڪٺو ٿيندو آھي. ھنن فرشن جي عمق، اوچائي وڌڻ سان گڏو گڏ وڌي ٿي، انھيءَ سبب جاءِ جي اوچائي پڻ وڌائڻي پوي ٿي ۽ نتيجي ۾ ھي فرش نھايت ئي مھانگا پون ٿا. انھيءَ ڪري ھي فرش گھڻو ڪري ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا  ھن قسم جا فرش 12 فوٽن کان مٿي واري مفاصلي لاءِ ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا ۽ انھن ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ جا ڇيڙا ڀتين ۾ نھ کوڙيا ويندا آھن پر اھي کليل ڇڏيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھن کي ھوا لڳي سگھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.

==ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽِيڻن شھتِيرن وارا فرش==
: (Triple joist or framed wooden floors)

جيڪڏھن ڪنھن ڪمري يا وڏي ھال جو ننڍي ۾ ننڍو فاصلو (Short span)  اٽڪل 25 فوٽ يا انھيءَ کان وڌي وڃي تھ ھن طريقي جا ڪاٺ جا فرش ٺاھيا وڃن. ھر فرش گرڊرن، بائينڊرس، شھتيرن (Bridging joists) ۽ ڪاٺ جي تختن رستي ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڀ کان پھرين، ڪمري جي ننڍي فاصلي جي رخ ۾ 13 کان 20 فوٽن جي وٿيءَ تي گرڊر رکيا ويندا آھن. اھي وٿيون بائينڊرس رستي، جيڪي گرڊرن جي گوني ڪنڊ (Right angles) جي طرف رکيون وينديون آھن، ڀريون وينديون آھن. فرش جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ رکڻ لاءِ بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن اندر ٽسڪ ۽ ٽينن جوائنٽس (Tusk and Tennon joints) رستي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. گرڊرن جي ڇيڙن ۽ ديوارن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي جيئن ڪاٺ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رھي. جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ھڪ وڌيڪ ڪاٺ جي گرڊر جو اضافو ڪجي ٿو ۽ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن (Binding joists) کي انھيءَ سان جوڙي ڪاٺ جو پڃرو ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ سبب ڪري گرڊرن جي ڪمزور ٿيڻ جو انديشو رھي ٿو. انھيءَ انديشي کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٻڌندر  شھتيرن جي ڇيڙن کي لوھھ جي پٽين (Iron Stirrups)  ذريعي عليحدھ رکيو وڃي ٿو. مکيھ گرڊرن ۽ ٻڌندر شھتيرن کي ايتري حد تائين اونھو رکيو ويندو آھي جيتري ۾ ڇت ۾ ڏار پوڻ نھ ڏنا وڃن. شھتير (Bridging joists)  ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کان ترڇا (Across) رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن کي يا تھ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن جي مٿان رکيو ويندو آھي يا تھ انھن کي مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙي فريم ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. شھتيرن جي ھڪ وچ کان ٻئي وچ تائين 1 فوٽ کان 1 ½ فوٽ تائين مفاصلو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ آخر ۾ ڪاٺ جي تختن کي انھن مٿان رکي فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن سان اھڙي نموني ۾ جڪڙيو ويندو آھي جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو ڪاٺ جي گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو رھي. ليڪن، شھتير (Bridging joists) بائينڊرس مٿان ائين رکيا ويندا آھن، جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو مٿي بيھي. انھيءَ طريقي سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي ٿولھ گھٽائي سگھجي ٿي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;. 

==زميني يا ھيٺيان فرش== 
: (Ground Floors 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ ڪاٺ جي ڳرڻ جي انديشي واسطي پوسل کان روڪڻ لاءِ خاص اپاءُ ورتا ويندا آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جي ھيٺا سيمينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ ڏنا ويندا آھن. عام طرح سان ھيٺيون تھھ گھٽ ملاوث جھڙوڪ 1:6:12  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ۽ مٿيون تھھ 1:2:4  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ڏنو ويندو آھي. ھر ھڪ تھھ جي ٿولھھ  سراسري طور 3 انچ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ طرح سان پوري تھھ جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 6 انچ رکي ويندي آھي. فني (ٽيڪنيڪي) لحاظ کان انھيءَ کي ”سائيٽ“ يا ”اوور سائيٽ“ (Site or Oversite)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ تھھ جي مٿان 6 فوٽ ۽ 5 انچ جي ھر ھڪ مرڪزي مفاصلي کان ٻئي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي حساب سان 4 انچ ٿلھيون ڪاٺ جي تختن (Sleepers) يا پٿر جي بلاڪن يا پڪسري اوساريءَ رستي ننڍيون ديوارون ٺاھي، جن کي (Dwarf walls) چئبو آھي، انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جون وال پليٽون (Walls plates)  لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ديوارون ڪمرن جي ٻنھي طرفن يعني ويڪر ۽ ڊيگھھ جي رخ ۾ ۽ ھڪ جھڙي انداز جي وڇوٽيءَ تي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. شھتير جن کي (Bridging joists) سڏيو وڃي ٿو ۽ عام طرح سان 4 انچ x 44 انچ جي سائيز جا ٿين ٿا، انھن کي پليٽن جي مٿان چاڙھي ڪلن  ڪوڪن ۽ پيچن وارن اسڪرن ذريعي قابو ڪيو وڃي ٿو. آخر ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ انچ ۽ وڌ ۾ وڌ ڏيڍ انچ ٿولھھ وارا ڪاٺ جا تختا شھتيرن مٿان جوڙي ھن قسم جا فرش ٺاھيا ڃن ٿا
ڪاٺ جي تختن ھيٺان کليل حصي مان ھوا جي بالڪل پوري گذر واسطي ھيٺ ڏنل ديوارن ۾ ٽنگ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ چوڪيءَ جي ليول (Plinth level)  ھيٺان پڻ سوراخن وارن بلاڪن جون ديوارون ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. وال پليٽن لڳائڻ کان اڳ ۾ ھيٺ وارين ننڍين ديوارن ۽ پاسي وارين ڀِتين مٿان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھو پوسل روڪڻ وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ (D.P.C)  چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ عام طرح سان، شھتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. تمام اھم عمارتن لاءِ ڪنھن خاص سبب لاءِ ساڳ جو ڪاٺ (Teak wood)  پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڪڏھن وري ساڳ جي ڪاٺ جا تختا ۽ ديال جي ڪاٺ جا شھتير استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ شيشم جي صحيح تيار ٿيل ڪاٺ جا تختا پڻ لڳايا ويندا آھن&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==رٻڙ جا فرش== 
: (Rubber Flooring) 
ھن قسمن جي فرشبنديءَ واسطي گندڪ ملايل رٻڙ جا مرڪب، جيڪي رٻڙ ۾ اھڙي طريقي سان ملائي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھيءَ جي مضبوطي ۽ لچڪ وڌي وڃي، سي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جي شڪل بالڪل سڌي ۽ پلين چادر جھڙي، يا چادرن ۾ خانا ٺاھي پلين يا چٽسالي ڪيل چؤنڪن جي نموني ۾، ۽ يا تھ عليحده عليحده چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ٿيندي آھي. اھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا اھڙي ڪنھن ٻئي ٺوس ۽ سخت بنيادي تھھ (Base)  مٿان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. فرش چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنياد کي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي دز (Dust)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين شين جھڙوڪ پوسل، چڪنائيءَ وغيرھ کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ بنيادي تھھ ۾ جيڪي بھ ھيٺاھيون ۽ مٿاھيون ھونديون آھن، انھن کي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان صحيح ڪري ليول ڪيو ويندو آھي. استعمال ٿيندڙ رٻڙ 1/8  انچن کان ½  انچن جي معيادي ٿولھھ جو ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھميشھ گندڪ (Suphur)، ٽمڻ ۽ کھراڻ کان پاڪ قسم جو رٻڙ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ انھيءَ جو مٿاڇرو لسو ھجي ۽ پاڻيءَ ۽ ڪنھن سٺي معيار واري صابڻ يا ڪنھن اھڙيءَ ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ڌوئڻ يا پالش ڪرڻ سان انھيءَ جي رنگ تي ڪو اثر نھ پوي.  رٻڙ چاڙھڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي ھيٺئين پاسي کي کھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ھڪ ئي وقت 25 مربع فوٽن کان وڌيڪ ايراضيءَ تي نھ چاڙھبو آھي. رٻڙ چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنيادي فرس مٿان ڪنھن سٺي چنبڙائيندڙ (Adhesive)  مرڪب جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ کي ڏھن کان پندرنھن منٽن تائين کليل ڇڏي ڏبو آھي تھ جيئن انھيءَ کي ھوا لڳي. بعد ۾ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل قسم ۽ ڊزائن جي رٻڙ جو پوش چاڙھي انھيءَ مٿان سھڻي نموني زور ڏيئي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي تھ جيئن فرش جي بنيادي تھھ ۽ رٻڙ جي چادر جي وچ ۾ ھوا نھ رھي ۽ رٻڙ فرش سان بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح ۽ سڌائيءَ ۾ چنبڙي. انھيءَ لاءِ عام طرح سان ننڍو لوھ جو رولر استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان پوءِ رٻڙ جي فرش کي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٽن ڏينھن تائين آزاد ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن سٺي صابڻ سان ڌوئي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جا فرش اھم جاين، آفيسن، اسپتالن، سينيمائن ۽ ھوٽلن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. معياري تعليمي درسگاھن ۽ آڊيٽوريم اندر پڻ ھن قسم جا فرش پسند ڪيا ويندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھنن مٿان ھلن سان آواز نٿو ٿئي ۽ سانت رھي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم جا فرش== 
: (Linoleum Floors) 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ رٻڙ جي فرشن وانگر سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ وغيره جي بنياد مٿان لينوليم جو پلاسٽڪ جھڙو پوش چاڙھي ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ڪيميا جي خيال کان لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل (Linseed oil)، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگ وغيره جو مرڪب آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب تھھ جھڙوڪ ڪنوس (Convas)  مٿان پٿاري فرش جو پوش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. اھو پوش خوشنما نمونن ۾ ٺاھي، بنيادي فرش مٿان چاڙھي، ھن قسم جا دلڪش فرش ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. لينوليم جا رٻڙ جي فرش وانگر الڳ الڳ چؤنڪ پڻ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، انھن کي لينوليم جا چؤنڪا سڏيو ويندو آھي. ھي فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ سستا ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي وقفي وقفي سان وارنش ۽ ميڻ (Wax)  لڳائڻ سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال ڪري انھن کي پائيدار بڻائي سگھبو آھي. لينوليم عام طرح سان رولن وانگر ويڙھيل ٿانن جي صورت ۾ ملندي آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب ڳنڍيندڙ مرڪب (Adhesive) رستي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد انھيءَ تھھ مٿان وارنش لڳائي، کين چمڪايو ويندو آھي. موٽر ڪارن، لارين، جھازن ۽ ريل گاڏين وغيره جا فرش، پڻ لينوليم سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش رھائشي گھرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ريسٽورانن لاءِ بھ نھايت موزون رھن ٿا. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جا فرش== 
: (Cork Floors) 
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙين جاين يا جاين جي انھن حصن لاءِ ڪارآمد آھن، جن کي سانت وارو يعني بنا گوڙ وارو (Noiseless)  ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي، جھڙوڪ آڊيٽوريم، پبلڪ لئبرريون، ٿئيٽر ۽ چرچون (گرجائون) وغيره.ھي فرش ڪارڪن جي چادرن يا ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. ڪارڪ جي شيٽن يعني چادرن جي تياري ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن کان مختلف نموني جي ٿيندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ٽائيلن ۾ صرف ڪارڪن استعمال ٿيندو آھي ۽ چادرن ۾ ڪارڪ جا ڇلڪا ۽ ٻورو، السيءَ جو تيل، ڪاٺ جو ٻورو ۽ رنگ وغيره استعمال ٿيندا آھن. ٻنھي قسمن جي فرشن جو ڪجھھ بيان ھيٺ پيش ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش==
: (Cork tiles Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ ڪارڪ جا چؤنڪا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي چؤنڪا مختلف ماپن ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. داونن يعني بارڊرن (Borders)  لاءِ 1 کان 3 فوٽن تائين ويڪريون ۽ 6 فوٽ ڊگھيون ڪارڪ جون پٽيون پڻ ٺھنديون آھن. انھن ٽائيلن جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8  انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. اھڙين  ٽائيلن جو ترو سڌو يا جھريءَ وارو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ٽائيلون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي ھيٺئين تھھ (Sub base) مٿان لڳايون وينديون آھن. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ ڪاٺ جو آھي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم ھئڻ گھرجي يا تھ ٻي صورت ۾ انھيءَ مٿان پِلاءِ (Ply)  لڳائي وڃي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھرين ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل صاف ۽ ھڪ جھڙو ھئڻ گھرجي، جنھن مٿان نرم گديءَ جو پترو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي، جيئن ڪاٺ جي لڏڻ سان ٽائيلن جي تھھ کي ڪو نقصان نھ پھچي. انھن ٽائيلن کي خاص قسم جي ڏامر ذريعي نرم گديءَ سان چنبڙايو ويندو آھي ۽ آخري حصي يا ڪنڊن وارن چؤنڪن کي ڪوڪن ذريعي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھ (Base)  سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ مٿان 1:3  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ گاري جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ مٿاڇري کي بلڪل سنوت ۾ آڻي، سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو ويندو آھي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي تمام چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪري انھيءَ مٿان ڏامر (Bitumen)  جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي، انھيءَ مٿان ٽائيلون وڇايون وينديون آھن. 
ڪارڪ اوڪ (Oak)  يعني شاھ بلوط جي سدا بھار وڻن جي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھيءُ وڻ بحريھ روم جي قريبي ملڪن ۾ ٿيندا آھن، جنھن جي کل تمام گھڻي ٿلھي ٿيندي آھي. انھيءَ کل کي ھر اٺن يا ڏھن سالن کان پوءِ لاٿو ويندو آھي، جنھن کي اٻاري، ٿورڙو آلو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ پوءِ انھن کي ڇلي ۽ خوب طرح سان گسائي، گرم ويلڻن مان ايتري وقت تائين لنگھائبو رھبو آھي جيستائين انھيءَ کل مان شيري جھڙي گھاٽي شيءِ ٻاھر نڪري اچي. انھيءَ گھاٽي شيءِ نڪرڻ سان ڪارڪ جي اندر سنھا سوراخ نھ رھندا آھن ۽ اھو وڌيڪ سخت ۽ ٺوس ٿي ويندو  آھي. ھيءُ شيري جھڙو مادو ڪارڪ جي ذرن کي پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چنبڙائي رکندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان پوءِ انھيءَ ڪارڪ کي گھربل ماپ جي چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ڪاٽي وٺبو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرش==
: (Cork Sheet Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پي-وي-سيءَ جا فرش==
: ( Polyvinyl Chloride i.e. P.V.C Floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش گھريلو جاين، ريل گاڏيءَ جي دٻن، دفترن، آڊيٽوريم جي ھالن ۽ ٿئيٽرن وغيره لاءِ موزون رھندا آھن. ھي فرش پڻ رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش گھڻو ڪري زيبائش لاءِ ئي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھنن فرشي چادرن ۽ چؤنڪن جي ٿولھھ 1/16  انچن کان ¼ انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. 
ھيءُ پي-وي-سيءَ جو مرڪب جديد دور جي ايجاد آھي جيڪو ٿرموپلاسٽڪ بائينڊرس، فلرس ۽ رنگن مان ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو. ھن قسم جون چادرون 3 فوٽن، 3 ½ فوٽن ۽ 6 فوٽن جي ويڪرائيءَ ۾ ۽ چؤنڪا 1 فوٽ، 2 فوٽن ۽ 3 فوٽن جي سائيز ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن ۽ اھي ھڪ قسم جو لچڪدار ۽ اڻ ٽمندر مٿاڇرو مھيا ڪنديون آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==شيشي جا فرش==
: (Glass Floors)
~ھن قسم جا فرش گرائونڊ فلور ۾ اھڙن حصن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن جي ھيٺان تھھ خانا ھجن ۽ انھن تھھ خانن ۾ روشني پھچائڻ جي ضرورت ھجي. ھن قسم جا فرش مختلف نمونن ۾ ڪاٺ جا مضبوط فريم ٺاھي انھن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا چؤنڪا وجھي تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. عمارتي شيشو عمدي قسم جو ۽ مضبوط استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8 انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش ==
: (Asphalt Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن جا ٻھ نمونا ٿيندا آھن، ھڪ ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ٻيا ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش. ھنن ٻنھي نمونن جا فرش سستا، لچڪدار (Resilient)، اڻ جاذب (Non absorbent) ، پوسل روڪ (Moisture proof) ، تيزاب روڪ (Acid proof)، تيل (Oil)  ۽ گريس (Greese) سان مقابلو ڪندڙ ٿيندا آھن. انھن خاصيتن سبب ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن وارا فرش سرڪاري آفيسن ۽ اسڪولن وغيره جھڙين عمارتن ۽ ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ قسم جا فرش گودامن، ڀانڊن، ڪارخانن ۽ ٻين اھڙي نوعيت جي عمارتن ائسفالٽ جي چؤنڪن کي سخت بنياد مھيا ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مٿان ھڪ ٻئي سان ڳنڍي ھن قسم جو فرض ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. پر جيڪڏھن ڪاٺ جي فرش مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سڀني ڪاٺ جي پٽين ۽ تختن کي مضبوطيءَ سان ڪوڪن وغيرھ جي رستي جڪڙيو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن وڇائڻ کان پھرين ڪاٺ جي سطح مٿان ائسفالٽ، بٽومين يا رچيل ائسفالٽ جي اوني ڪپڙي (Asphalt saturated felt)  جو اٽڪل 3/8 انچن جو ٿلھو تھھ پٿاريو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش (Asphalt mastic floor)  ٺاھڻ واسطي انھيءَ کي گرم ڪري، ڪنھن ٺوٺ سطح، جھڙوڪ ڪاٺ يا سيمينٽ مٿان پٿاري ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت==
.(Maintenance and Repair of Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪوشش ڪري روزانو آلي پوچيءَ سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن اھو فرش تمام گھڻو گندو نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڏوتو وڃي. صابڻ جي تھھ کي فرش جي ڪنھن بھ ٽڪري تي بنا ڌيان جي ڇڏڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ فرش ترڪڻو ٿي پوندو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ فرش جو اھو ٽڪرو جھڪو (Dull)  ٿي پوندو. فرش جي ڌوئڻ واسطي سوڍا کار يا ٻين اھڙين تيز شين استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ جيڪڏھن فرش جو ڪو بھ حصو ٽٽي يا ڪنھن بھ نموني مرمت طلب ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سمورو پانيل يا خانو (Panel)  ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي، بنيادي ڪانڪريٽ کي سخت برش سان صاف ڪري، انھيءَ کي پاڻيءَ سان آلو رکي، ھڪ رات تائين ڇڏي ڏيڻ گھرجي. رات گذرڻ کان پوءِ بيٺل پاڻيءَ کي ڪڍي صاف ڪري، صاف سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ چاڙھو وڃي ۽ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل ٿولھھ ۽ گھربل تناسب، جھڙوڪ 1:2:4  يا اھڙو ڪو ٻيو موزون تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد ڪانڪريٽ کي دٻائي، پاسن واري فرش جي ٿولھھ برابر آندو وڃي، جيئن سموري فرش جي ليول ھڪ جھڙي ٿي وڃي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن پاسن وارن پانيلن جا ڇيڙا نھ ڀڄن. انھيءَ بعد نئين ٺاھيل پانيل کي ڏھن ڏينھن تائين تر رکيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>mq8uhddebroj8jvvrb5ij5gc04x5xlp</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401056</id>
      <parentid>401055</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:19:50Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401056</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="89069" sha1="caeypvp6kdan5avhtv2jamxkzgcebo7" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

==مٽيءَ جي گادي جي ليپي جا فرش==


(Mud Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ گاري جي ليپي ھيٺان مٿي ڄاڻايل فرشن مطابق تياري ڪئي ويندي آھي ۽ پوءِ انھن مٽيءَ جي فرشن مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي جو تھھ ڏئي ۽ انھيءَ مٿان اٽڪل ھڪ ڀاڱي اٺ انچ ٿلھو ڇيڻي جو ليپو ڏيئي فرش کي ھڪ ڪرو ڪري ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.اسان جي ملڪ جي ٻھراڙين ۾ ھن قسم جا فرش عام طرح سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. انھن جي ٺاھڻ ۾ تمام خبرداريءَ کان ڪم وٺڻو پوندو آھي ۽ انھن کي تمام سھڻي نموني سنڀالي (Maintain) قائم رکيو ويندو آھي. گرمي توڙي سردي، ٻنھي موسمن ۾ ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ گرميءَ جو درجو (Temperature) ھڪ ڪرو رھندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ ڪري ھن قسم جا فرش اگھاڙي پيرين ھلندڙ ماڻھن لاءِ تمام عمده رھن ٿا. ھن قسم جا فرش تمام سستا، سولائيءَ سان ٺھيل ۽ مرمت ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ آسان ۽ انھيءَ سبب ڪري ڪجھھ پائيدار رھن ٿا..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پڪن فرشن لاءِ بنياد== 


(Base for Flooring)
پڪن فرشن ٺاھڻ لاءِ انھن جي ھيٺان پختي بنياد ٺاھڻ جي ضرورت پوندي آھي جيئن زمين مان نڪرندڙ پوسل، نباتاتي ٻوٽن جي واڌ ۽ ٻين شين کي روڪي سگھجي. انھن بنيادن کي پختو بڻائڻ لاءِ انھن ھيٺان ڪتب آيل مٽيءَ کي چڱيءَ طرح سان گھربل ليول جي حساب سان ڇھن-ڇھن انچن جي مٽيءَ جي تھن ۽ ھر ھڪ تھھ کي چڱيءَ طرح نھرو (Compact)  ڪري ۽ انھيءَ جي مٿاڇري کي چڱيءَ طرح سان سڌو ڪري انھيءَ جي مٿان ڪاري واريءَ (Pit of river Sand) جو ٽن-ٽن انچن جي حساب سان گھربل تھھ ڏيئي ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ حساب سان مذڪورھ فرش جي ھيٺئين لاغر ڪانڪريٽ جي تھھ (Layers of lean concrete)  کي بنياد (Base)  ۽ انھيءَ ھيٺان وڇايل واري جيڪا مٽي ۽ بنياد جي وچ ۾ گديلي (Cushion) جو ڪم ڏئي ٿي، انھيءَ کي اندريون تھھ (Under layer)  ۽ انھيءَ ھيٺان تيار ڪيل ۽ ھموار ڪيل ڀراءُ کي ھيٺيون بنياد (Sub-base)  چئبو آھي. اڳتي ھلي مختلف فرشن جي بيان ڪرڻ جي سلسلي ۾ ھر جاءِ تي ھنن لفظن جي تفصيلي بيان ڪرڻ بجاءِ انھن کي ساڳي نالي واري صورت ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو. انھيءَ ڪري ھنن لفظن کي چڱيءَ طرح ڌيان ۾ رکيو وڃي.مٿي ڄاڻايل واريءَ جي تھن کي ايترو دٻايو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي ٿولھھ ٽن انچن مان ڦري ٻھ انچ بيھي فرش کي گھربل ليول، بنياد (Base) ۾ ڏني وڃي. عام گھريلو فرشن ۾ 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ ڏنو وڃي. عام طرح سان انھيءَ بنياد (Base) جي ٿولھھ 4 انچ رکي ويندي آھي. جيڪڏھن علائقي ۾ تمام گھڻي سم سبب انھيءَ جو مٿي فرشن تائين پھچي نڪري اچڻ جو انديشو ھجي تھ انھيءَ حالت ۾ آزمايل ۽ اعتبار جوڳا سم روڪ مرڪب استعمال ڪجن ۽ گھڻي اڏوھيءَ وارن علائقن ۾ انھيءَ کي مارڻ جون ڪيميائي دوائون ھيٺئين بنياد (Sub-base) جي مٿان پٿاري پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان بنياد ٺاھيو وڃي غسلخاني جا فرش، ڪمرن جي فرشن کان گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ڏيڍ انچ ھيٺ رکڻ گھرجن. ليول ڪرڻ لاءِ پھرين ديوارن تي نشان لڳائڻ گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرفش==


(Brick or Tile Flooring)
ھن قسم جي فرشن لاءِ تمام عمديون پھرئين درجي واريون پڪل، چونڊيل سٺي ڳاڙھي رنگ واريون، سخت ۽ لسيون سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. سرن لڳائڻ کان اڳ بنيادي سطح Base) کي تارن واري برش سان صاف ڪري ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڌوئبو آھي. سلئبن جي مٿان، گرائونڊ فلور کان علاوھ ٻن منزلن جي صورت ۾، سلئبن کي تازي صورت واري حالت ۾ تارن واري برش سان کھرو ڪري ۽ پوءِ سرن لڳائڻ جي وقت مذڪورھ سطح کي ڌوئي، انھن مٿان ڪريل ۽ اکڙيل ڳنڍن ڳوڙھن ۽ ٻئي ابور کي مال صاف ڪري پوءِ انھن مٿان سرن يا ٽائيلن جي فرشبندي ڪئي ويندي آھي سرن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ کين چڱيءَ طرح پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر (Soak)  ڪيو ويندو آھي. ٽِيپ (Pointing)  نھ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ سرن جا جوڙ 3/16 انچن کان وڌيڪ نھ رکبا آھن ۽ جوڙن مان ٻاھر نڪري آيل مصالحي (Mortar) کي چوناڙي يا ماري (Trowel)  سان ماريو (Struck)  ويندو آھي يا انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي سان اگھي صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي. جڏھن تھ ٽيپ ڪرڻ واري حالت ۾ جوڙ 3/8 انچن کان وڌيڪ ٿلھا نھ رکبا آھن ۽ تازي حالت ۾ جوڙن ۾ ڪم آيل مصالحي کي ھڪ انچ تائين گھرو اکيڙيو (Rake) ويندو آھي، جنھن سطح تي فرشبندي ڪرڻي ھوندي آھي انھيءَ کي ¾ انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ مصالحو پٿاريو ويندو آھي. ڪم ختم ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي 6 ڏينھن تائين آلو رکيو ويندو آھي ۽ ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي حالت ۾ ٽيپ ڪرڻ کان پوءِ کين 14 ڏينھن تائين آلو رکڻو ھوندو آھي ھن قسم جي فرشبنديءَ ۾ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر ھڪ جوڙ ۾ خاص طور اڀي جوڙ ۾ مصالحو مٿي تائين چڱيءَ طرح ڀريل ھجي. جيڪڏھن ڪم ھلندڙ ھجي تھ انھيءَ ڪم جي پوري ٿيڻ تائين ھن قسم جي فرشن کي سج، مينھن، پاري يا ٿڌ، گھم ۽ موسم جي ڦرندڙ گھرندڙ اثرن کان بچاءُ ۾ رکجي.ھن قسم جي فرشن کي تيار ڪرڻ کان پوءِ کھري ڪاربورنڊم پٿرStone)  (Corborundum سان گسائي لسو ڪري ڌوئي پوءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھي فرش گھڻو ڪري گھر جي اڱڻن (Courtyard)  جي لاءِ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جا فرش==

(Cement Concrete or Conglomerate floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش عام طرح سان نھايت ئي گھڻو مقبول آھن. ھن قسم جا فرش ڪچي بنياد (Sub-base) جي تيار ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو (Base)  بنياد وجھي انھيءَ جي مٿان شيشي، ايليومينم (Aluminium) وغيره جي پٽين جا چوڪنڊا خانا ٺاھي انھن ۾ گھربل ٿولھھ (جيڪا اڪثر ڪري 1 انچ کان 4 انچن تائين ھوندي آھي) مطابق 1:2:4 جي تناسب جو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ استعمال ڪري ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. اھا فرشبندي خانن ذريعي انھيءَ ڪري ورڇي ويندي آھي جو سموري مطلوبہ ايراضي ۾  لاڳيتو فرش وجھڻ سان موسمي اثرن جي تبديليءَ سبب ڪانڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ واڌ سبب فرش ۾ ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن.  شيشي جي پٽين استعمال نھ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ گھربل فرش کي لڪيرن جي صورت ۾ سھڻي نموني عليحدھ عليحدھ خانن ۾ ورھائي پوءِ ھڪ ڇڏي ٻيو يعني واري سر Alternate) ڪاٺ جي پٽي ڏيئي مقرر ڪيل ٿولھھ جي حساب سان ڀريو ويندو آھي. ٻنھي صورتن ۾ انھن خانن کي ھڪ ئي انداز ۾ ورھايو ويندو آھي. پٽين استعمال نہ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ھڪ واري سان ڀريل فرش جي خانن کان پوءِ واري سر ڀرڻ وارا خانا 24 ڪلاڪن کان پوءِ ڀريا ويندا آھن. ھر ھڪ خاني جي ايراضي 16 مربع فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نھ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ انھن خانن جي ننڍي ۾ ننڍي سائيڊ (پاسو) 3 فوٽن کان ۽ وڏي ۾ وڏو پاسو 6.5 فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشبندي ٺاھڻ لاءِ مٿي ڄاڻايل ڳالھين سان گڏو گڏ ٻين ھيٺين ڳالھين جو خاص خيال رکيو وڃي.
(i)  شيشي يا ائليومينم جون پٽيون جيڪي فرش کي مختلف خانن ۾ ۽ ھڪجھڙي انداز (Symmetrical)  ۾ ورھائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن، اھي 1/8 انچن  (3 mm) ٿلھيون ۽ گھربل انداز جي ٽاپنگ (Topping)  جيتريون اوچيون (Deep)  ھئڻ گھرجن.
(ii) خانن ۾ ورھائڻ کان اڳ ۾ چوني جي ڪانڪريٽ (Lime Concrete) يا سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي بنيادي فرش (Base) کي، جيڪو بالڪل ھڪ ڪري (Uniform) تھھ جي صورت ۾، چڱيءَ طرح ڳتي نھرو ڪيل (Compacted)  ۽ گھربل فرش جي حساب ۾ بالڪل صحيح، انھيءَ جي پور وڇوٽ (Parallel)  ۽ ھڪ ئي دفعي سان وڌل ھوندو آھي. گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ستن ڏيھن تائين ترائي (Curing)  ڪري، سخت بنائي ۽ بعد ۾ فرش وجھڻ وقت پھريائين انھيءَ کي لوھھ جي تارن واري برش سان صاف ڪري انھيءَ مان مٽي ۽ ابور کي مال  کي ڪڍي ۽ سڪل ھئڻ جي حالت ۾ پاڻيءَ جو ٽيھو ڏيئي بعد ۾ خالص سيمينٽ ۽ پاڻيءَ جي پتري مرڪب جو تمام ھلڪو ٽيھو ڏيئي پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان فرش (Topping) وڇايو وڃي.
(iii)  زميني سطح کان مٿي تيار ڪيل منزلن واسطي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ڇتين (Slabs) وجھڻ وقت جلد ئي انھن مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش وڌو وڃي ۽ وقت گذري وڃڻ جي حالت ۾ انھن کي ٿورو گھرو ڪري اٽڪل ڏيڍ انچ ٿلھو، گھٽ مقدار واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جھڙوڪ 1:6:12  يا 1:4:8  جي تناسب وارو، تھھ چڙھي پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان ھن قسم جي ٽاپنگ (Topping)  چاڙھي وڃي.
(iv) بنياد (Base)  کي ڪڏھن بھ لسو نھ ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن ٽاپنگ انھيءَ سان مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙجي وڃي.
(v) سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو مسالو گھاٽو (Dense) رکيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ جو جھڪاءُ (Slump)  ڏيڍ انچ کان نھ وڌي. عام ڪمن لاءِ ھڪ ڪعب فوٽ تي ساڍن چئن کان پنجن گيلن تائين پاڻي استعمال ڪجي. پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب Water Cement Ratio)  0.04کان نھ وڌڻ گھرجي ۽ چلت (Workability)  کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ پٿر جي ٽڪرن ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ (Aggregate)  جي انداز کي ملائي بيھارڻ (Adjustment)  رستي ضابطو ڪيو وڃي
vi) ھڪ خاني (Panel)  جو مال ھڪ ئي دفعي (Lot) سان ملائي، ۽ سيمينٽ ملائڻ کان 5 منٽن اندر مال ملائڻ واري تختي (Mixing board) تان فرش تي ويھي آھستگيءَ سان لاھي، خانو ڀري، انھيءَ کي ڪرني ۽ سڌي پٽيءَ (Straight edge)  وسيلي پٿاري، سنئون ڪيو وڃي. پٿارڻ بعد انھيءَ کي 5 کان 10 منٽن تائين اٽڪل 5 پائونڊن جي ڪاٺ جي ٿاڦيءَ سان زور سان ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي سوڙھو ڳتيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ۾ ڄمڻ کان پوءِ سنھن سوراخن پيدا ٿيڻ جو انديشو نھ رھي.
(vii) سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ کي خانن ۾ پٿارڻ کان پوءِ  شروعاتي ٽائيم ۾ انھيءَ کي تمام گھڻو ٿاڦڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي. اھو جڏھن سخت ٿيڻ لڳي تھ انھيءَ کي تڪڙو تڪڙو لوھھ جي ڪرنيءَ (Trowel)  سان ماريو وڃي. سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ۾ سڌيءَ پٽيءَ ذريعي انھيءَ کي چڪاسيو وڃي ۽ جيڪڏھن ڪجھھ ھيٺاھيون مٿاھيون (Undulations) نظر اچن تھ انھن کي ختم ڪرڻ گھرجي. ازانسواءِ ٿاڦيءَ سان ٿڦڪين ڏيڻ بعد جيڪڏھن ڪو فالتو باريڪ مال (Stuff) نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي يڪدم خارج ڪيو وڃي.
(viii) جيڪڏھن ٿڦڪين ڏيڻ سان سطح جي مٿان سيمينٽ جي ڪريم جي پيسٽ نڪري اچي تھ ائين ڄاڻجي تھ مصالحي ۾ تمام گھڻو ۽ ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي پئجي ويو آھي. اھڙي مال کي خانن مان ڪڍي ۽ ٻئي اھڙي ٺاھيل مال کي خارج ڪيو وڃي.(ix) مٿي ڄاڻايل پٿارڻ ۽ دٻائڻ (Ramming) واري سلسلي کي آلي حالت ۾ ملايل (Wet mixing) ڪانڪريٽ جي ٽائيم کان پوءِ 30 منٽن اندر پورو ڪرڻ گھرجي.
(x) ھڪ ڇڏي ٻئي خاني ڀرڻ جي صورت ۾ ٻئي ڏينھن تي خانن ٺاھڻ وارين رھنمائي پٽين (Screeds) کي خبرداريءَ سان ڪڍيو وڃي ۽ ٺاھيل چونڪن يا خانن (Panels) جي پاسن کي چڪاسيو وڃي ۽ انھن کي ڀڄڻ نھ ڏجي. انھن پاسن تي ڪنھن اڻ جاذب (Non-absorbent)  ڪاغذ کي رکي ۽ مٿي تيار ٿيل چونڪي مٿان ويڙھيو وڃي، جيئن اڳتي ھلي رھيل خانن کي ڀرڻ وقت نئون مال اڳ ۾ ٺھيل چونڪن جي  
ڪنارن سان چنبڙي نھ پوي ۽ نھ ئي وري ٺھيل چونڪن مٿان پٿارجي وڃي. گھڻي خيال رکڻ کان پوءِ بھ جيڪڏھن ڪجھھ مصالحو انھن مٿان ڪري پوي تھ انھن کي تازي حالت ۾ ئي صاف ڪري ھٽايو وڃي.
(xi) ٽئين ڏينھن تي ڇڏيل خانا جيڪي ھڪ ڇڏي ٻئي (Alternate) جي اصول تي ڀرڻا آھن، انھن کي پورو ڪيو وڃي ۽ انھن جي ڀرڻ وقت اڳ ۾ ٺھيل چونڪن کي نقصان ٿيڻ نھ ڏجي. ھنن ڇڏيل خانن کي ڀرڻ تائين اڳ ٺاھيل چونڪن جي ڀِڳل سڻيءَ جي ڳوڻ رستي چڱيءَ طرح ترائي ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن کي ترائيءَ جي مدي تائين ھرگز سڪڻ نھ ڏجي. سموري فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ انھن مٿان جابلو واريءَ سان ٻارا ٺاھي، انھن اندر مسلسل پاڻيءَ جا دٻا ٺاھي اٽڪل 14 ڏينھن تائين ترائي ڪئي وڃي.
(xii)  ھن قسم جي فرش جي مٿاڇري کي سڪل سيمينٽ يا گھڻي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي مرڪب کي انھيءَ مٿان ڇڻڪاري ڪڏھن بھ لسو ۽ پختو ڪرڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ خراب سطح کي لڪائڻ لاءِ اھو ھڪ حسين ڌوڪي جي برابر آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم٬==


(Types of C.C. Floors)
ن قسم جي فرشن کي ٺاھڻ وارن طريقن جي لحاظ کان ٻن نمونن ۾ ورھائي سگھجي ٿو. ھڪ غير مفرد (Non-monolithic)  ۽ ٻيو ھڪ جان يا مفرد (Monolithic).
غير مفرد (Bonded) فرشن ۾ ڪانڪريٽ جو مٿيون تھھ اڪثر ھيٺئين تھھ (Base) جي وجھڻ کان ٽي ڏينھن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آھي، جيئن اھي ٻئي يڪ جان نھ ٿين، پر الڳ الڳ رھن. اھي فرش بھ يا تھ ھڪ تھھ جي صورت ۾ يا ٻن تھن جي صورت ۾ وڇايا ويندا آھن. ھڪ تھھ (Single layer) جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري (4 cm) 1 5/8 ٿلھو تھھ ھڪ ئي وقت وڇايو ويندو آھي. ٻن تھن (Two layers) جي صورت ۾ مٿي ڄاڻايل ٿولھھ کي ٻن حصن ۾ اھڙي نموني ورھايو ويندو آھي، جيئن ھڪ ئي وقت اھي ٻيئي تھھ پاڻ ۾ ملي وڃن. ھن ۾ ھيٺ واري ڪچي تھھ (Base) سان ملندڙ تھھ جي ٿولھھ 1 انچ (2.5 cm)  رکي ويندي آھي ۽ سڀ کان مٿئين تھھ جي ٿولھھ 5/8 انچ (1.5 cm)   رکي ويندي آھي. ازانسواءِ ھيٺئين تھھ ۾ گھڻو ڪري 1:3:6 جي تناسب ۾ ۽ مٿئين تھھ ۾ 1:2:3 جي تناسب ۾ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ھڪ جان يا مفرد (Monolithic)  قسم جا فرش اٽڪل ¾ انچ (2 cm)  ٿلھا ۽ ھيٺئين ڪچي ڪانڪريٽ (Base)  سان گڏو گڏ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جيئن ٻئي تھھ پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چڱيءَ طرح ملي ۽ سڪڻ کان پوءِ ھڪ ٿي وڃن. ھيٺئين بنياد (Base) ۽ ھن تھھ جي وڇائڻ ۾ 45 منٽن کان 4 ڪلاڪن تائين وقفو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ 1:2:4  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. عام طرح سان ھي مفرد قسم جا فرش اڄڪلھھ مروج نھ آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي مٿاڇري کي سخت بڻائڻ==

(Hardener Treatment)
سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري کي جڳھھ جي ۽ ضرورت جي نوعيت مطابق سخت ڪندڙ مرڪبن جھڙوڪ جست (Zinc)  ۽ مئگنيشيم فليوئوسليڪيٽيڊ (Magnesium Fluosilicated)، سوڊيم سليڪيٽ  (Sodium Silicate)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين ڪيميائي دوائن ملائڻ سان مضبوط بڻايو ويندو آھي. ھن ۾ زنڪ يا مئگنيشيم جي فليوئوسليڪيٽ جي اڌ پائونڊ کي ھڪ گئلن پاڻيءَ ۾ ملائي پھريون ليپ ڏنو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ کان پوءِ ضرورت مطابق ھر ٻيو ليپ ھر گئلن پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻن پائونڊن جي حساب سان ڏنو ويندو آھي. انھن ليپن ڏيڻ کان اڳ ۾ فرش کي چڱيءَ طرح سان ڌوئي، ھر ابور کي مال، تيل، رنگ ۽ ٻئي ھر ڌارئي مادي (Foreign substance) کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪرڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جو ليپ ھڪ گئلن ۾ 130 مربع فوٽ والاري (Cover)  ٿو، سڪڻ کان پوءِ ھن فرش کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪپڙي سان اگھڻ گھرجي.
ھيءُ فرش گھڻو ڪري رستن، گھٽين، فوٽ پاٿن، وڏن سماعت خانن (Auditoriums)، عام ميڙ وارن ھنڌن وغيره لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جا فرش==


(R.C.C Floors) ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن ۾ ڄاڻايل ڳالھين جو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھنن ۾ ڇتين وانگر ۽ ڊزائن مطابق لوھ جون سيخون استعمال ڪيو وينديون آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن. ھنن فرشن ۾ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو مٿيون تھھ 6 انچن (15 cm) کان 8 انچن (20 cm) تائين وڌو ويندو آھي. ھنن فرشن ۾ بنيادي تھھ گھڻو ڪري اٽڪل 4 انچ گھرو وڌو ويندو آھي. مٿئين تھھ جي اڌ عمق (Depth)  تي لوھ جو ڄار اھڙي نموني وڇايو ويندو آھي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين تھھ کان مٿي اڀريل رھي ۽ انھيءَ جي مٿان سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو گھربل تھھ (Cover) چڙھي.
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙن ھنڌن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن تي ڳري مشينري، ٽرئفڪ ۽ ٻين اھڙين ڳرين شين جي چرپر ٿيڻي ھوندي آھي، جھڙوڪ؛ ڪارخانا، جديد فيڪٽريون، ھيليڪاپٽرن ۽ جھازن جا رستا (Runways)  ۽ لارين ۽ موٽرن بيھارڻ وارا دالان وغيره.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن جون خاصيتون==

(Characteristics of C.C. Floors)
(i) ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پنھنجي پسند مطابق  مطابق گھربل رنگ ملائي خوبصورت بڻائي سگھجي ٿو.
(ii) ھنن فرشن جي سنڀال سولائيءَ سان ڪري سگھجي ٿي ۽ انھن تي گھٽ خرچ لڳي ٿو.
(iii) ھنن فرشن جي اڏاوت آسان ۽ پائيدار ھئڻ سبب انھن کي عام طرح سان رھائشي، تجارتي ۽ مجلسي عمارتن لاءِ استعمال ڪيو وڃي ٿو.
(iv) ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ باھھ سان مقابلو ڪرڻ جي ڪافي قوت ٿئي ٿي.
(v) ھي فرش غير جاذب (Impervious)  ۽ ٺوس ٿين ٿا.
(vi) ھنن کي آسانيءَ سان ڌوئي صاف ڪري سگھجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mosaic orTerrazzo floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن لاءِ پڻ بنياد ساڳئي نموني ٺاھيو ويندو آھي جيئن پھرين ڄاڻايو ويو آھي، انھيءَ جي مٿان ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ٻن تھن جي صورت ۾ ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ھيٺئين تھھ ۾ 1 انچ کان ¾ انچ (2.5 کان 2 سينٽيميٽر) جي عمق ۾ گھربل تناسب (جھڙوڪ؛ 1:2:4  يا 1:2 ½ :3 ½ وغيره) ۾ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ وڌو ويندو آھي ۽ مٿيون تھھ ¼ انچ (6 mm) ٿلھو رکيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ ۾ بلوري پٿر (Marble chips)  جا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آھن. ھن ۾ بلوري پٿر جي ٽڪرن ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب عام طرح سان 1:2 يعني ھڪ حصو سيمينٽ ۽ ٻھ حصا بلوري پٿر جا ٽڪرا ھوندو آھي ۽ ٻيو تھھ پھرئين تھھ چاڙھڻ کان پوءِ ٻئي ڏينھن چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. مٿئين تھھ کي گھربل تھھ کان ٿورو وڌيڪ ٿلھو رکيو ويندو آھي جيئن انھيءَ جي ڪٽڻ ۽ گسائڻ کان پوءِ اھو پوريءَ ۽ گھربل ٿولھھ ۾ بيھي. ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ جابلو ريتي ٿلھي (Coarse) گھربل سائيز  جي ۽ صاف ھئڻ گھرجي. بلوري ٽڪر (Marble chips) مضبوط ۽ 1/16 انچن کان 1/8انچن (1.55 mm کان 3 mm) جي سائيز جا ھئڻ گھرجن. وڏي سائيز جي ڪمرن ۽ ھالن ۾ ¼ انچن جي سائيز تائين بلوري ٽڪر استعمال ڪري سگھجن ٿا. بي ڊبليو ڊيءَ جي اسپيسيفڪيشنس مطابق مٿيون بلوري ٽڪرن جو تھھ 3/8″ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن تھ ھيٺيون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريت جو تھھ 1 انچ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ اھي ٻئي تھ يڪجان (Monolithic) ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن موزائيڪ فلور جي فرش جي ٽاپنگ جي جملي ٿولھھ 1 3/8″ کان گھٽ نھ بيھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ٻين ھيٺين ڳالھين جو خاص خيال رکيو وڃي.
(i) سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ھيٺئين تھھ ٺاھڻ تائين عليحده خانن ٺاھڻ، سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ملائڻ، انھيءَ کي پٿارڻ، انھيءَ جي گھاٽاڻ ۽ واٽر سيمينٽ رئشو (پاڻيءَ ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب) اڳ ۾ ڄاڻايل سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مطابق ھئڻ گھرجي.(ii) بلوري ٽڪرن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ کجيءَ جي ڦرھن جي ڇٻن ۾ وجھي چانورن وانگر پاڻيءَ سان ڌوئي بالڪل  صاف ڪري سڪائي پوءِ استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجي.
(iii) سڀ کان پھرين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي بنياد تي، جيڪو سنوت ۾ ۽ کھرو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي، گھربل ٿولھھ جي عمق وارين پتل (Brass)، ٽامي(Copper)، جست (Zinc)، شيشي (Glass)، يا ٻڙي نمبر (Zero Number) جي بلورن جي چوري جي ٺھيل پٽين سان ھڪ ڪرا، سھڻا ۽ گھربل ڊزائن جا خانا ٺاھيا وڃن.
(iv) گھربل تناسب جي حساب سان ماپ وارين پيتين ذريعي سيمينٽ ۽ بلور جي ٽڪرن کي پھرين سڪل حالت ۾ ڪنھن صاف پڪي فرشي ٽڪري تي پر ڪوشش ڪري تغاريءَ يا ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي ٿانو (Container)  ۾ وجھي ٿورو ٿورو پاڻي ملائي ايتري گھاٽاڻ (Workability)  تائين بيھارجي جيتري ۾ اھو استعمال ڪرڻ جي لائق بڻجي، پوءِ انھيءَ کي خانن اندر لاھي ترتيب سان لوھھ جي ڪرنيءَ ذريعي پٿاري ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي ڳتيو وڃي. جيڪڏھن ٿڦڪين ڏيڻ سان انھيءَ مان ڪريم نڪري تھ اھڙي ملاوٽ کي خارج ڪيو وڃي.
(v) ڪوشش ڪري بلوري ٽڪرن جو تھھ Mosaic topping) ايتري ٽائيم اندر ڏنو وڃي جيتري ۾ ھيٺيون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ لچڪدار (Plastic)  حالت ۾ ھجي. (عام طرح سان اھو ٻئي ڏينھن ڏنو ويندو آھي) پر جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل سڪي وڃي تھ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان خالص سيمينٽ ۽ پاڻي جو ھلڪو تھھ (Slurry)  ڏيئي پوءِ جلد ئي انھيءَ مٿان موزائيڪ جي داڻي جو تھھ چاڙھجي. انھيءَ تھھ مٿان ھلڪيون ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي انھيءَ کي ڪرني ۽ ليول واري پٽيءَ سان سڌو ڪري ۽ بالڪل صحيح ليول ۾ بيھارجي.
(vi)  ليول بيھارڻ ۽ ڪرنيءَ سان ٻھ ٽي گھمرا ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي ڳتڻ کان پوءِ اگر مٿاڇري تي ڪرنيءَ جا داغ ٿي بيھن تھ انھن کي ميساڻ جي ڪوشش ھرگز نھ ڪجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڳتي ھلي مٿان گسائڻ (Grinding)  کان پوءِ اھي داغ خود بھ خود ميٽجي ويندا.
(vii) انھيءَ کان پوءِ يڪدم ئي موزائيڪ جي تازي پيل فرش مٿان ڪرنيءَ جي مدد سان خالص سيمينٽ جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ انھيءَ مٿان ترائيءَ واسطي آليون ڳوڻيون رکجن.
(viii) ٽن ڏينھن بعد انھيءَ فرش جي مٿان تمام کھرن ڪاربورئنڊم بلاڪن رستي خوب طرح سان ھن فرش جي گسائي  ڪئي وڃي. اھا گسائي، مشين استعمال ڪرڻ سان تڪڙي ۽ عمدي رھي ٿي. ڪن خاص حالتن ۾ مشين نھ ھئڻ سبب انھيءَ کي ھٿ رستي انھن بلاڪن سان (جن کي عام طرح سان بٺي ڪوٺيو وڃي ٿو) زور سان رڳڙي لسو بنائي سگھجي ٿو. رڳڙائي يعني گسائي فرش مٿان سنھي ريتي ۽ پاڻي ھاري خوب طرح سان ڪرڻ گھرجي جيستائين داڻو ظاھر ٿي بيھي.
(ix) پھرين گسائي کان پوءِ فرش جي تھھ مٿان ڪجھھ سوراخ ٿي پون تھ انھن جي خالص سيمينٽ سان مرمت ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ فرش کي سڪڻ نھ ڏجي.
(x) ٻي رڳڙائي وري پنجن ڏينھن کان پوءِ وچولي کھرن ڀترن يعني بٺين سان ڪئي وڃي ۽ گشائيءَ دوران جيڪڏھن سوراخ وغيره نظر اچن تھ انھن جي خالص سيمينٽ سان مرمت ڪجي. انھيءَ سموري ڪم دوران فرش کي تر رھڻ ڏنو وڃي
(xi) آخر ۾ سنھن بٺين (Fine Sand-blocks)  رستي رڳڙي ۽ تمام گھڻي پاڻي ھارڻ بعد انھيءَ کي بالڪل صاف ۽ چِٽو ڪيو وڃي ۽ اھڙا فرش جن ۾ آخري گسائيءَ کان پوءِ بھ موزائيڪ جو داڻو نظر نھ اچي تھ انھن کي خارج ڪري ٻيھر ٺھرائڻ گھرجي.
(xii) آخري گسائيءَ کان پوءِ ھنن فرشن کي ھلڪي صابڻ (Mild Soap) سان ڌوئي تمام گھڻي پاڻيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ سڪڻ لاءِ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي ۽ جڏھن اھي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان سڪي وڃن تھ انھن مٿان آغزئيلڪ ائسڊ جو پائوڊر (Oxalic Acid Powder)  ھاري لڪڙن مٿان سڻيءَ جون ٻوريون لپيٽي تمام گھڻي زور سان گٺو وڃي ۽ انھن کي سڪڻ لاءِ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ وري ٻيھر پھرئين جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ (Oxalic Acid Powder)  پائوڊر ھاري ڪپڙي جي گدين (Cloth pads) سان انھيءَ کي گسايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي سڪائي پوءِ چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪجي.
(xiii) انھيءَ بعد فرش کي ڪنھن صاف تيل ۽ ڪاٺ جي ٻوري سان ڍڪي ڇڏجي ۽ رنگ روغن ۽ ٻين جاءِ جي سمورن ڪمن پوري ٿيڻ بعد انھن کي تمام سٺي پالش ڪري، ۽ صاف سٽ (Cotton Waste)  سان زور سان گسائي چمڪندڙ بنايو وڃي.
(xiv) رنگين فرشن ٺاھڻ واسطي سڪو ملائڻ وقت سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ گھربل رنگ سڪل حالت ۾ ملائي، پوءِ مٿي ڄاڻايل ھدايتن مطابق اڳتي وڌجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ٽيرازو ڊئڊو ۽ اسڪرٽنگ==

: (Terrazzo Dado and Skirting)بلوري پٿر جي داڻي  (Marble Chips) ۾ سيمينٽ ملائي ڀتين مٿان عمق جي صورت ۾ چاڙھي،  انھيءَ جي موزائيڪ فلورنگ وانگر گسائي وغيرھ ڪري، داڻي کي ظاھر ڪري، خوبصورت سطح ۾ آڻڻ کي ٽيرازو ڊئڊو يا اسڪرٽنگ سڏيو وڃي ٿو.

ان قسم جي سطح ٺاھڻ لاءِ انھن سڀني ڳالھين جو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي جيڪي موزائيڪ فلورنگ ۾ ڄاڻايون ويون آھن. اجڪلھھ جي رواج مطابق غسلخانن ۽ بورچيخانن کي ڇڏي ٻين سڀني ڪمرن وغيره ۾ موزائيڪ فلورنگ سان گڏ ان جھڙو ئي ڊئڊو 3 انچن کان 4 انچن تائين چئني ڀتين تي چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ طرح سان ڪمرا وغيرھ سھڻا بھ لڳندا آھن ۽ فرش ڌوئڻ وقت انھن ڪمرن جون ڀتيون پڻ خراب نھ ٿينديون آھن. جڏھن تھ بورچيخانن ۽ غسلخانن ۾ انھيءَ جي اوچائي اٽڪل 6 فوٽن تائين رکي ويندي آھي. پلستر ڪيل ڀتين جا اھي حصا جن تي ھيءُ ڊئڊو چاڙھيو ويندو آھي اھي کھرا ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ ڄاڻايل عمق مطابق انھن جي مٿان گھربل ڊئڊو ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ جي سيٽ ٿيڻ کان اڳ موزائيڪ جي داڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. داڻو (Chips) اڪثر ڪري 1 ½ نمبر جو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ٿورو ماربل پائوڊر ملائڻ سان انھيءَ کي گسائڻ ۾ آساني رھندي آھي انھيءَ ڪري فرش توڙي اسڪرٽنگ جي ڪم ۾ سيمينٽ ھڪ حصو، ماربل پائوڊر ½ حصو ۽ داڻو 2 حصا ملائي مناسب قسم جي آميزش حاصل ڪري سگھجي ٿي. اسڪرٽنگ ۽ ڊئڊو سڌا، ليول ۽ ساھل ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن ۽ فرش سان چڱيءَ طرح مليل (Flush)  ھئڻ گھرجن.
اھا ڳالھھ ذھن ۾ رکڻ گھرجي تھ فرش جو ڊئڊو ۽ ڀتين جي اسڪرٽنگ ۾ ڪٽائيءَ کان پوءِ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 70 سيڪڙو داڻا ھڪ ڪرا ڦھليل ۽ ظاھر ھئن گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ٽيرازو ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ڊئڊو==

: (Terrazzo Tile Floors and Dado)  اعشاري نظام جي رائج ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ھيءُ چؤنڪا 300 mm x 300 mm x 25 mm، (Tiles)  (يعني ڊيگھھ ۽ ويڪر ھر ھڪ 300 mm ۽ ٿولھھ 25 mm) ۾ ٺھڻ لڳا آھن. ھن قسم جي ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي بنياد تيار ڪرڻ کان پوءِ صاف سٿرو سيمينٽ لڳائي انھيءَ مٿان وڇايو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن جي جوڙن ۾ گھربل رنگ جي سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جي پٽڙيءَ پيسٽ جھڙو مسالو (Slurry)  ڀريو ويندو آھي.ھنن چؤنڪن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پھرين گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 36 ڪلاڪن تائين پاڻيءَ اندر ٻوڙي رکڻ گھرجي.ھن قسم جي ٽائيلن جو مٿيون داڻي وارو تھھ ½ جي ٿولھھ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ گھربل رنگ جو مقدار انھيءَ ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ سيمينٽ، جيڪو گھڻو ڪري سيمينٽ ۽ داڻي جي حساب ۾ 1:2 جي تناسب سان استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ جي ڏھھ سيڪڙو کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھگرجي. اھي چؤنڪا (Tiles) گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھر پائونڊ تي 2000 مربع انچ (2000 psi) واري سگھھ جو دٻاءُ سھڻ وارا ۽ ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪيل ھئڻ گھرجن ھي چؤنڪا 1 ½ انچ ٿولھھ جي 1:2:4 واري تناسب سان ٺھيل سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ مٿان 1:3 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو سراسري طور اڌ انچ ٿولھھ جو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ جي مٿان لڳايا وڃ. چؤنڪا لڳائي بس ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھن جي جوڙن ۾ (جي 1 1/16 انچن جي ٿولھھ کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن) گھربل رنگ جي سيمينٽ جو مسالو ڀريو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ لڳايل مٿاڇري کي ڇيڙڻ کان سواءِ اٽڪل ٻن ھفتن تائين پاڻيءَ سان تر رکيو وڃي. مٿاڇري جي سڪي وڃڻ کان پوءِ مٿي ڄاڻايل موزائيڪ فلورنگ وانگر انھيءَ کي چڱيءَ طرح چمڪائي پوءِ استعمال ڪيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پٿر جا فرش==

(Stone or Flagged Floor) ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش جو بنيادي تھھ اڳ ۾ ڄاڻايل خاصيتن وارو ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ فرش اندر استعمال ٿيندڙ پٿر ھڪ ئي سائيز جا ڀلي نھ ھئڻ گھرجن، ليڪن انھن جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ ڏيڍ انچ، ويڪر 14 انچ ۽ ڊيگھھ اڍائي فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي .انھن پٿرن جو مٿاڇرو تمام سھڻي انداز ۾ گھڙيل، گول ٽڪرن ۽ ورن وڪڙن کان پاڪ ھئڻ گھرجي. انھن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ ڪلاڪ تائين پاڻيءَ جي حوض اندر ڀڄائي رکڻ گھرجي .انھن جي ھيٺان وڇايل بنياد (Base) بالڪل ھڪ ئي ليول ۾ ھئڻ گھرجي. انھن کي ھڪ ئي انداز جي ويڪر ۽ اھم لنگھھ (Main entrance) جي ديوار جي پور وڇوٽ ھئڻ گھرجن. انھن جي ھڪ قطار جا جوڙ ٻيءَ گڏو گڏ قطار جي مفاصلي کان گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 8 انچن کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن، جيئن ھڪ قطار جا جوڙ ٻيءَ قطار کان ٽٽل رھن. انھن جو بنياد سرن جي فرفش جي بنياد وانگر ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن جا جوڙ عام طرح سان 1/8 انچن جي ٿولھھ جا ۽ 1:2 جي تناسب جي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي گاري جا ھئڻ گھرجن. پٿر ھميشھ پختي تھھ، جيڪو مترڪي (Mallet)  جي ڌڪن ھئڻ سان جانچي سگھجي ٿو، مٿان لڳائڻ گھرجن ۽ ھيٺئين بنياد جي نرم حصن (Soft patches) کي ٻاھر ڪڍي ٻيھر مضبوط ٺاھڻ گھرجي. پٿر جي چؤنڪن (Slabs) جي ڪنارن کان گاري (Mortar) کي پکڙجڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي ۽ ٽيپ نھ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙن ۾ آيل مال کي ڪرنيءَ (Trowel) رستي فلش (Flush)  ڪيو وڃي.  جيڪڏھن ٽيپ (Pointing) ڪرڻ مقصود ھجي تھ جوڙن کي ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي ھڪ جھڙي ٿولھھ وارين پٽين رستي ¼ انچن کان گھٽ ويڪرو نھ رکيو وڃي. جڏھن ھر ھڪ پٿر جي چؤنڪن جي قطار لڳي وڃي تھ ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي پٽين کي ڪڍي، جلد ئي جوڙن کي 1:1 جي تناسب واري سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان ڀريو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي پٿرن جي مٿاڇري کان 1/16 انچ ھيٺ ڪرنيءَ سان ٽڪي ٽيپ ڪئي وڃي . ڪم ھلندي ھنن فرشن جي ترائي جاري رکي وڃي ۽ ڪم پوري ٿيڻ کان پوءِ بھ 14 ڏينھن تائين ترائي ضرور ڪجي ۽ تيار ٿيل ففرش مٿان ڪنھن بھ قسم جا نشان ۽ گاري جا داغ ٿيڻ نھ ڏجن ۽ اھڙي قسم جا داغدار فرش ڪڏھن بھ قبول نھ ڪيا وڃن. فرش جي ڪنھن بھ حصي مٿان ٽن ڏينھن تائين ڪنھن کي بھ ھلڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي ۽ انھن مٿان 7 ڏينھن تائين ڪنھن بھ وزنيءَ شيءِ کي آڻڻ نھ گھرجي. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش==
: (Glazzed Tile Flooring) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي ھيٺيون تھھ (Base) سرن جي فرش وانگر ٺاھڻ گھرجي. چمڪدار چينيءَ جا چؤنڪا گھربل سائيز ۽ رنگ مطابق ھئڻ گھرجن. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھريائين ھيٺئين تھھ مٿان گھڻي سيمينٽ واري گارري کي پٿارڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد چؤنڪن کي ڪاٺ جي ھٿوڙي ۽ گز جي مدد سان گھربل انداز ۽ گھربل سلاميءَ مطابق لڳائڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 36 ڪلاڪن تائين پاڻيءَ جي حوض اندر ٽٻائي رکڻ گھرجي.  ٽائيلن کي گاري مٿان رکي، ھٿوڙي جي مدد سان زور سان ائين لڳائن گھرجي، جيئن ھيٺيون مسالو جوڙن مان ٻاھر نڪري اچي. فالتو مال کي يڪدم آلي حالت ۾ ڪنھن ڀِڳل ڪپڙي سان اگھي صاف ڪرڻ کپي. بھتر تھ ائين آھي تھ ڪاٺ جي ويلڻ رستي ٽائيلن کي دٻايو وڃي، جيئن ٽائيلن جي مجموعي سطح ھموار رھي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان 24 ڪلاڪ گذرڻ بعد جوڙن ۾ ٽاٽ يا ڪنھن برش جي مدد سان سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي رٻڙي (Slurry) ڀرڻ گھرجي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پوءِ ٽن ڏينھن تائين انھن مٿان ڪنھن بھ وزني شيءِ کي ھلڻ يا رکڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد انھن مٿان پالش ڪري، انھن کي صابڻ سان صاف ڪرڻ گھرجي. ھن ۽ ٻين سڀني قسمن جي ٽائيلن جي فرش لاءِ ٽائيلن کي گھربل سائيز ۽ نموني ۾ ٽڪڻ جي حالت ۾ صرف ڪارائي استعمال ڪئي وڃي جيئن انھن جا ڪنارا تکا ۽ صاف رھن ۽ انھن جا جوڙ دلڪش رھن. جاءِ جي مڪمل ٿيڻ تائين ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪاٺ جي فالتو ٻوري يا ڪنھن ٻي شيءِ سان ڍڪي رکڻ گھرجي جيئن اھو جاءِ جي رنگ روغن ۽ ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي شيءِ جي داغن وغيره کان صاف رھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر يا سنگ موسيٰ جا فرش==
(Marble or Black Marble Floors)
  
ھن قسم جا فرش پٿر جھڙي سخت شيءِ جي سنگمرمر جي ھڪ جھڙن چؤنڪن يا تختن (Slabs)  استعمال ڪرڻ سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جي فرشن وڇائڻ کان اڳ انھن جو ھيٺيون تھھ (Base) اڳ ۾ بيان ڪيل فرشن جي تھھ وانگر ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ھنن کي ھيٺئين تھھ سان جوڙڻ واسطي 1:2 جي تناسب وارو چوني جو گچ يا سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جو گچ ¾ انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ مٿان پٿاريو ويندو آھي. ھنن جي جوڙن ۾ چوني جي لاپي (Lime putty) استعمال ڪئي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي جوڙن اندر زور سان ڀريو ويندو آھي. انھن جوڙن کي بالڪل صاف ۽ خوبصورتيءَ سان ٺاھيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھن جوڙن جي ويڪر 1/16 انچن کان وڌيڪ نھ رکڻ ڏني ويندي آھي. پٿر جي سرن جي ٿولھھ ڪنھن بھ صورت ۾ ¾ انچ کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي. انھي پٽيءَ جي نموني ۾ فرشبندي ڪرڻ واسطي ڪو بھ سنگمرمر جو ٽڪر 18 انچن کان گھٽ ڊگھو نھ رکڻ ڏنو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھيٺ ڄاڻايل ھدايتن جو پڻ خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي. 
(i) سنگمرمر جون سرون گھربل رنگ، قسم ۽ سائيز جون ھئڻ گھرجن. ڪن اٽليءَ جي سفيد ۽ آسماني ماربل جھڙين سرن استعمال ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ۽ گھربل انداز جي ڊزائن ۾ نھ ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ جيڪڏھن پالش ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھن جو رنگ ساڳيو نھ بيھي تھ انھيءَ فرشبنديءَ کي خارج ڪرڻ گھرجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جي ماربل جي ٽڪرن جو رنگ پالش ڪرڻ بعد ئي اصلي صورت اختيار ڪندو آھي. 
(ii) ھي سنگمرمر جا ٽڪرا بالڪل صحيح طرح ڪارائيءَ رستي وڍيل، سڀني پاسن کان بالڪل چؤڪور، ھڪ ئي ٿولھھ ۾ ۽ ھڪ ئي سنوت ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن ۽ ڏاڪڻ، دروازن ۽ ورانڊن کان ٻاھر نڪتل ڪنارن جي صورت ۾ ھنن جا ڪنارا بُل نوز (Bul-nose) جي صورت ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن 
(iii) اڀن جوڙن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ چوني جي پٽيءَ ۾ چوني جي مقدار جيترو کؤنر استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجي 
(iv) ڪم ھلڻ دوران ۽ انھن ماربل جي ٽڪرن جي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ کين 10 ڏينھن تائين پاڻيءَ سان تر رکڻ گھرجي (v)جڏھن فرش پوريءَ طرح ڄمي يعني سيٽ (Set)  ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪاربورئنڊم پٿر (Carborandum Stone)، يا ڪنھن ٻئي سخت پٿر ۽ کھريءَ ريتيءَ ذريعي تمام گھڻو پاڻي جالاري گٺو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ لاءِ جيڪڏھن مشين استعمال ڪجي تھ نھايت ئي بھتر آھي. جوڙن جي پالش لاءِ نھايت ئي نرم (Soft) پٿر استعمال ڪجي. جڏھن کھرائپ ختم ٿي وڃي تھ واري ڌوئي مٿاڇري کي تمام سنھي ڪاربورئنڊم جي پٿر، سر يا ايمري پائوڊر سان گسائي لسو ڪيو وڃي 
(vi) لسي ڪرڻ کان پوءِ فرش تي پٽي پائوڊر ھاري انھيءَ کي اوني ڪپڙي جي گدين (Felt pads) يا ناريل جي ڇلڪن جي کوپن رستي گھي، تمام جھجھي پاڻي سان پالش ڪيو وڃي ۽ جاءِ جي ڪم ھلڻ دوران ھن فرش کي داغن ۽ ٻئي نقصان کان بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي==
: (Dry Brick Pavi) 
ھن قسم جي فرشبندي ۾ پھرئين درجي جون ۽ ڪوشش ڪري ھر عليحدھ ۽ لڳاتار ٽڪري ۾ ھڪ جھڙي رنگ جون سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. زمين جي مٿاڇري کي چڱيءَ طرح پاڻي ھاري ڌمڪ يا نھرو ڪندڙ مشين (Compactors) ذريعي وھاري نھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيدءَ کي صحيح طرح سان گھربل سلاميءَ ۽ ڪئمبر (Camber)  ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ جي مٿان اڌ انچ ٿلھو مٽيءَ جي گاري جو ليپو ڏيئي يا چئن انچن جو ڪاري واريءَ (River or pit sand) جو تھھ ڏيئي انھيءَ مٿان گھربل نموني ۾ سڪل سرون ڄمائي انھن جي فرشبندي ڪئي ويندي آھي. . ھن فرشبندي ۾ ڪوشش ڪري بالڪل باريڪ جوڙ رکيا وڃن ۽ ڪو بھ جوڙ ¼ انچ کان وڌيڪ ويڪرو نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ سرن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان زور سان جڪڙي قابو رکيو وڃي ٿو. فرشبندي ختم ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان ڪاري واري ھاري جوڙن کي انھيءَ واريءَ سان ڀريو ويندو آھي ۽ فرش مٿان بچيل فالتو واريءَ کي ٻھاري صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي، ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ سرن کي اڀي صورت ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جو فرش سڌين سرن جي فرشن کان مضبوط ٿيندو آھي.
ڪن خاص حالتن ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جو تمام پٽڙو گارو ھاري سرن جي جوڙن کي صرف مٿان جوڙڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي اھو گارو سرن جي جي درزن ۾ مٿئين حصي منجھان داخل ٿيندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشبندي گودامن، رستن، اڱڻن، رستن ۽ چبوترن لاءِ ڪئي ويندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪاٺ جا فرش==  
: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن فرش تمام گھڻا مھانگا ھوندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اھي تمام عمدي ڪاٺ جا ٺاھڻا ھوندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جو استعمال گھڻو ڪري جابلو علائقن (Hilly areas) جھڙوڪ مري وغيره جي اھڙن ھنڌن تي ڪيو ويندو آھي، جتي ڪاٺ تمام گھڻو ۽ سستو پوي ٿو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ڪن خاص حالتن (جتي سانت جي ضرورت ھوندي آھي) ۾ ھنن فرشن جي ضرورت پوندي آھي، جھڙوڪ ناچ خانھ (Dancing Halls) ۽ سماعت خانھ (Auditoriums) وغيره. ھن قسم جا فرش بالڪل پختا ۽ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن اھي وڌيڪ کان وڌيڪ بار کڻي سگھن. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي خوبصورتيءَ جي لحاظ کان نھايت ئي لسو ھئڻ گھرجي. جيئن تھ ڪاٺ ۾ مڙڻ جي نمايان خاصيت ٿيندي آھي، انھيءَ ڪري اھڙن فرشن ۾ ھر ھڪ فوٽ جي فاصلي (Span) تي 1/40 کان 1/30 انچن جي حساب سان اوچائي (Camber) ڏيڻ گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==مفرد يا ھيڪوٽا فرش==
: (Single Floors) 
ھن قسم جي حالت ۾ ھڪ ئي طريقي  سان ڪامون يا شھتير (Bridging joists)  کوڙي انھيءَ مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. اھي ڪامون ھر پاسي کان ديوار جي ڪڙين (Wall plates) مٿان رکيون وينديون آھن. اھي ڪامون اھڙيون تھ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جو انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جي تختن کي ڪوڪن رستي ٺوڪڻ ۾ ڪا بھ تڪليف محسوس نھ ٿئي. انھن ڪامن جي اصلي ۽ بنيادي گھرج اھا آھي تھ اھي بالڪل سخت ۽ مضبوط ھئڻ گھرجن تھ جيئن اھي گھڻي کان گھڻو بار جھلي سگھن. انھيءَ مقصد واسطي اھي حساب ڪيل قوت کان وڌيڪ سخت قوت واري ڪاٺ مان ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. انھن شھتيرن جي ويڪر گھڻو ڪري 2 انچن کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ اھي ھڪ شھتير جي مرڪز کان ٻئي شھتير جي مرڪز تائين ھڪ فوٽ جي مفاصلي جي حساب سان رکيا ويندا آھن. وڌيڪ مفاصلي رکڻ سان انھن جي مڙڻ جو انديشو رھندو آھي ۽ اھو مڙڻ (Deflection)  ھر ٻن شھتيرن جي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي 1/333 حصي کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ھنن ڪامن کي تازي گاري (Green mortar)  يا اوساريءَ سان لڳڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي، نھ تھ انھن جو ڪاٺ ڳرڻ لڳندو، جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ھر حالت ۾ سڪل رکڻو آھي انھيءَ ڪري شھتيرن ۽ ڀتين جي ڇيڙن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي پوري گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي.ڊزائن ڪرڻ بعد شھتيرن کي صحيح ماپ ۽ جاءِ تي کوڙي، انھيءَ مٿان 1 انچ کان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھا ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳائي ڪاٺ جا فرش تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==ٻٽا فرش== 
: (Double Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڄي ڪمري جي فاصلي مطابق شھتير (Bridging joists)  نھ کوڙيا ويندا اھن ۽ انھيءَ جي برعڪس اھي ٻين شھتيرن جن کي ٻڌندڙ شھتير يا صرف ٻڌندڙ (Binding joists or Binders) ۽ ٽيڪنيڪي ٻوليءَ ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ سڏيو ويندو آھي،  انھن مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن. ھي بائينڊرس، مٿان رکيل شھتيرن ھيٺان  90 ڊگريءَ جي سڌي ڪنڊ تي کوڙيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کي ديوارن مٿان 6 کان 8 فوٽن جي فاصلي تي رکيو ويندو آھي. ڪوشش ڪري ھي فرش درن کان ڪجھھ ھٽائي رکيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جا فرش ھڪ تھھ وارن فرشن کان وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي آواز کي ٻاھر وڃڻ کان بھتر نموني ۾ روڪي سگھندا آھن. ليڪن ھيٺ وارين ديوارن تي ڪن نڪتن وٽ ھنن جو بار اچي ڪٺو ٿيندو آھي. ھنن فرشن جي عمق، اوچائي وڌڻ سان گڏو گڏ وڌي ٿي، انھيءَ سبب جاءِ جي اوچائي پڻ وڌائڻي پوي ٿي ۽ نتيجي ۾ ھي فرش نھايت ئي مھانگا پون ٿا. انھيءَ ڪري ھي فرش گھڻو ڪري ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا  ھن قسم جا فرش 12 فوٽن کان مٿي واري مفاصلي لاءِ ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا ۽ انھن ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ جا ڇيڙا ڀتين ۾ نھ کوڙيا ويندا آھن پر اھي کليل ڇڏيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھن کي ھوا لڳي سگھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.

==ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽِيڻن شھتِيرن وارا فرش==
: (Triple joist or framed wooden floors)

جيڪڏھن ڪنھن ڪمري يا وڏي ھال جو ننڍي ۾ ننڍو فاصلو (Short span)  اٽڪل 25 فوٽ يا انھيءَ کان وڌي وڃي تھ ھن طريقي جا ڪاٺ جا فرش ٺاھيا وڃن. ھر فرش گرڊرن، بائينڊرس، شھتيرن (Bridging joists) ۽ ڪاٺ جي تختن رستي ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڀ کان پھرين، ڪمري جي ننڍي فاصلي جي رخ ۾ 13 کان 20 فوٽن جي وٿيءَ تي گرڊر رکيا ويندا آھن. اھي وٿيون بائينڊرس رستي، جيڪي گرڊرن جي گوني ڪنڊ (Right angles) جي طرف رکيون وينديون آھن، ڀريون وينديون آھن. فرش جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ رکڻ لاءِ بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن اندر ٽسڪ ۽ ٽينن جوائنٽس (Tusk and Tennon joints) رستي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. گرڊرن جي ڇيڙن ۽ ديوارن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي جيئن ڪاٺ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رھي. جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ھڪ وڌيڪ ڪاٺ جي گرڊر جو اضافو ڪجي ٿو ۽ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن (Binding joists) کي انھيءَ سان جوڙي ڪاٺ جو پڃرو ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ سبب ڪري گرڊرن جي ڪمزور ٿيڻ جو انديشو رھي ٿو. انھيءَ انديشي کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٻڌندر  شھتيرن جي ڇيڙن کي لوھھ جي پٽين (Iron Stirrups)  ذريعي عليحدھ رکيو وڃي ٿو. مکيھ گرڊرن ۽ ٻڌندر شھتيرن کي ايتري حد تائين اونھو رکيو ويندو آھي جيتري ۾ ڇت ۾ ڏار پوڻ نھ ڏنا وڃن. شھتير (Bridging joists)  ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کان ترڇا (Across) رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن کي يا تھ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن جي مٿان رکيو ويندو آھي يا تھ انھن کي مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙي فريم ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. شھتيرن جي ھڪ وچ کان ٻئي وچ تائين 1 فوٽ کان 1 ½ فوٽ تائين مفاصلو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ آخر ۾ ڪاٺ جي تختن کي انھن مٿان رکي فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن سان اھڙي نموني ۾ جڪڙيو ويندو آھي جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو ڪاٺ جي گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو رھي. ليڪن، شھتير (Bridging joists) بائينڊرس مٿان ائين رکيا ويندا آھن، جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو مٿي بيھي. انھيءَ طريقي سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي ٿولھ گھٽائي سگھجي ٿي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;. 

==زميني يا ھيٺيان فرش== 
: (Ground Floors 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ ڪاٺ جي ڳرڻ جي انديشي واسطي پوسل کان روڪڻ لاءِ خاص اپاءُ ورتا ويندا آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جي ھيٺا سيمينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ ڏنا ويندا آھن. عام طرح سان ھيٺيون تھھ گھٽ ملاوث جھڙوڪ 1:6:12  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ۽ مٿيون تھھ 1:2:4  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ڏنو ويندو آھي. ھر ھڪ تھھ جي ٿولھھ  سراسري طور 3 انچ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ طرح سان پوري تھھ جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 6 انچ رکي ويندي آھي. فني (ٽيڪنيڪي) لحاظ کان انھيءَ کي ”سائيٽ“ يا ”اوور سائيٽ“ (Site or Oversite)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ تھھ جي مٿان 6 فوٽ ۽ 5 انچ جي ھر ھڪ مرڪزي مفاصلي کان ٻئي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي حساب سان 4 انچ ٿلھيون ڪاٺ جي تختن (Sleepers) يا پٿر جي بلاڪن يا پڪسري اوساريءَ رستي ننڍيون ديوارون ٺاھي، جن کي (Dwarf walls) چئبو آھي، انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جون وال پليٽون (Walls plates)  لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ديوارون ڪمرن جي ٻنھي طرفن يعني ويڪر ۽ ڊيگھھ جي رخ ۾ ۽ ھڪ جھڙي انداز جي وڇوٽيءَ تي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. شھتير جن کي (Bridging joists) سڏيو وڃي ٿو ۽ عام طرح سان 4 انچ x 44 انچ جي سائيز جا ٿين ٿا، انھن کي پليٽن جي مٿان چاڙھي ڪلن  ڪوڪن ۽ پيچن وارن اسڪرن ذريعي قابو ڪيو وڃي ٿو. آخر ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ انچ ۽ وڌ ۾ وڌ ڏيڍ انچ ٿولھھ وارا ڪاٺ جا تختا شھتيرن مٿان جوڙي ھن قسم جا فرش ٺاھيا ڃن ٿا
ڪاٺ جي تختن ھيٺان کليل حصي مان ھوا جي بالڪل پوري گذر واسطي ھيٺ ڏنل ديوارن ۾ ٽنگ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ چوڪيءَ جي ليول (Plinth level)  ھيٺان پڻ سوراخن وارن بلاڪن جون ديوارون ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. وال پليٽن لڳائڻ کان اڳ ۾ ھيٺ وارين ننڍين ديوارن ۽ پاسي وارين ڀِتين مٿان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھو پوسل روڪڻ وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ (D.P.C)  چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ عام طرح سان، شھتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. تمام اھم عمارتن لاءِ ڪنھن خاص سبب لاءِ ساڳ جو ڪاٺ (Teak wood)  پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڪڏھن وري ساڳ جي ڪاٺ جا تختا ۽ ديال جي ڪاٺ جا شھتير استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ شيشم جي صحيح تيار ٿيل ڪاٺ جا تختا پڻ لڳايا ويندا آھن&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==رٻڙ جا فرش== 
: (Rubber Flooring) 
ھن قسمن جي فرشبنديءَ واسطي گندڪ ملايل رٻڙ جا مرڪب، جيڪي رٻڙ ۾ اھڙي طريقي سان ملائي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھيءَ جي مضبوطي ۽ لچڪ وڌي وڃي، سي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جي شڪل بالڪل سڌي ۽ پلين چادر جھڙي، يا چادرن ۾ خانا ٺاھي پلين يا چٽسالي ڪيل چؤنڪن جي نموني ۾، ۽ يا تھ عليحده عليحده چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ٿيندي آھي. اھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا اھڙي ڪنھن ٻئي ٺوس ۽ سخت بنيادي تھھ (Base)  مٿان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. فرش چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنياد کي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي دز (Dust)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين شين جھڙوڪ پوسل، چڪنائيءَ وغيرھ کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ بنيادي تھھ ۾ جيڪي بھ ھيٺاھيون ۽ مٿاھيون ھونديون آھن، انھن کي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان صحيح ڪري ليول ڪيو ويندو آھي. استعمال ٿيندڙ رٻڙ 1/8  انچن کان ½  انچن جي معيادي ٿولھھ جو ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھميشھ گندڪ (Suphur)، ٽمڻ ۽ کھراڻ کان پاڪ قسم جو رٻڙ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ انھيءَ جو مٿاڇرو لسو ھجي ۽ پاڻيءَ ۽ ڪنھن سٺي معيار واري صابڻ يا ڪنھن اھڙيءَ ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ڌوئڻ يا پالش ڪرڻ سان انھيءَ جي رنگ تي ڪو اثر نھ پوي.  رٻڙ چاڙھڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي ھيٺئين پاسي کي کھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ھڪ ئي وقت 25 مربع فوٽن کان وڌيڪ ايراضيءَ تي نھ چاڙھبو آھي. رٻڙ چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنيادي فرس مٿان ڪنھن سٺي چنبڙائيندڙ (Adhesive)  مرڪب جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ کي ڏھن کان پندرنھن منٽن تائين کليل ڇڏي ڏبو آھي تھ جيئن انھيءَ کي ھوا لڳي. بعد ۾ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل قسم ۽ ڊزائن جي رٻڙ جو پوش چاڙھي انھيءَ مٿان سھڻي نموني زور ڏيئي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي تھ جيئن فرش جي بنيادي تھھ ۽ رٻڙ جي چادر جي وچ ۾ ھوا نھ رھي ۽ رٻڙ فرش سان بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح ۽ سڌائيءَ ۾ چنبڙي. انھيءَ لاءِ عام طرح سان ننڍو لوھ جو رولر استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان پوءِ رٻڙ جي فرش کي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٽن ڏينھن تائين آزاد ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن سٺي صابڻ سان ڌوئي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جا فرش اھم جاين، آفيسن، اسپتالن، سينيمائن ۽ ھوٽلن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. معياري تعليمي درسگاھن ۽ آڊيٽوريم اندر پڻ ھن قسم جا فرش پسند ڪيا ويندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھنن مٿان ھلن سان آواز نٿو ٿئي ۽ سانت رھي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم جا فرش== 
: (Linoleum Floors) 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ رٻڙ جي فرشن وانگر سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ وغيره جي بنياد مٿان لينوليم جو پلاسٽڪ جھڙو پوش چاڙھي ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ڪيميا جي خيال کان لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل (Linseed oil)، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگ وغيره جو مرڪب آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب تھھ جھڙوڪ ڪنوس (Convas)  مٿان پٿاري فرش جو پوش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. اھو پوش خوشنما نمونن ۾ ٺاھي، بنيادي فرش مٿان چاڙھي، ھن قسم جا دلڪش فرش ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. لينوليم جا رٻڙ جي فرش وانگر الڳ الڳ چؤنڪ پڻ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، انھن کي لينوليم جا چؤنڪا سڏيو ويندو آھي. ھي فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ سستا ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي وقفي وقفي سان وارنش ۽ ميڻ (Wax)  لڳائڻ سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال ڪري انھن کي پائيدار بڻائي سگھبو آھي. لينوليم عام طرح سان رولن وانگر ويڙھيل ٿانن جي صورت ۾ ملندي آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب ڳنڍيندڙ مرڪب (Adhesive) رستي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد انھيءَ تھھ مٿان وارنش لڳائي، کين چمڪايو ويندو آھي. موٽر ڪارن، لارين، جھازن ۽ ريل گاڏين وغيره جا فرش، پڻ لينوليم سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش رھائشي گھرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ريسٽورانن لاءِ بھ نھايت موزون رھن ٿا. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جا فرش== 
: (Cork Floors) 
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙين جاين يا جاين جي انھن حصن لاءِ ڪارآمد آھن، جن کي سانت وارو يعني بنا گوڙ وارو (Noiseless)  ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي، جھڙوڪ آڊيٽوريم، پبلڪ لئبرريون، ٿئيٽر ۽ چرچون (گرجائون) وغيره.ھي فرش ڪارڪن جي چادرن يا ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. ڪارڪ جي شيٽن يعني چادرن جي تياري ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن کان مختلف نموني جي ٿيندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ٽائيلن ۾ صرف ڪارڪن استعمال ٿيندو آھي ۽ چادرن ۾ ڪارڪ جا ڇلڪا ۽ ٻورو، السيءَ جو تيل، ڪاٺ جو ٻورو ۽ رنگ وغيره استعمال ٿيندا آھن. ٻنھي قسمن جي فرشن جو ڪجھھ بيان ھيٺ پيش ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش==
: (Cork tiles Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ ڪارڪ جا چؤنڪا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي چؤنڪا مختلف ماپن ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. داونن يعني بارڊرن (Borders)  لاءِ 1 کان 3 فوٽن تائين ويڪريون ۽ 6 فوٽ ڊگھيون ڪارڪ جون پٽيون پڻ ٺھنديون آھن. انھن ٽائيلن جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8  انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. اھڙين  ٽائيلن جو ترو سڌو يا جھريءَ وارو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ٽائيلون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي ھيٺئين تھھ (Sub base) مٿان لڳايون وينديون آھن. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ ڪاٺ جو آھي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم ھئڻ گھرجي يا تھ ٻي صورت ۾ انھيءَ مٿان پِلاءِ (Ply)  لڳائي وڃي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھرين ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل صاف ۽ ھڪ جھڙو ھئڻ گھرجي، جنھن مٿان نرم گديءَ جو پترو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي، جيئن ڪاٺ جي لڏڻ سان ٽائيلن جي تھھ کي ڪو نقصان نھ پھچي. انھن ٽائيلن کي خاص قسم جي ڏامر ذريعي نرم گديءَ سان چنبڙايو ويندو آھي ۽ آخري حصي يا ڪنڊن وارن چؤنڪن کي ڪوڪن ذريعي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھ (Base)  سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ مٿان 1:3  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ گاري جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ مٿاڇري کي بلڪل سنوت ۾ آڻي، سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو ويندو آھي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي تمام چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪري انھيءَ مٿان ڏامر (Bitumen)  جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي، انھيءَ مٿان ٽائيلون وڇايون وينديون آھن. 
ڪارڪ اوڪ (Oak)  يعني شاھ بلوط جي سدا بھار وڻن جي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھيءُ وڻ بحريھ روم جي قريبي ملڪن ۾ ٿيندا آھن، جنھن جي کل تمام گھڻي ٿلھي ٿيندي آھي. انھيءَ کل کي ھر اٺن يا ڏھن سالن کان پوءِ لاٿو ويندو آھي، جنھن کي اٻاري، ٿورڙو آلو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ پوءِ انھن کي ڇلي ۽ خوب طرح سان گسائي، گرم ويلڻن مان ايتري وقت تائين لنگھائبو رھبو آھي جيستائين انھيءَ کل مان شيري جھڙي گھاٽي شيءِ ٻاھر نڪري اچي. انھيءَ گھاٽي شيءِ نڪرڻ سان ڪارڪ جي اندر سنھا سوراخ نھ رھندا آھن ۽ اھو وڌيڪ سخت ۽ ٺوس ٿي ويندو  آھي. ھيءُ شيري جھڙو مادو ڪارڪ جي ذرن کي پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چنبڙائي رکندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان پوءِ انھيءَ ڪارڪ کي گھربل ماپ جي چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ڪاٽي وٺبو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرش==
: (Cork Sheet Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پي-وي-سيءَ جا فرش==
: ( Polyvinyl Chloride i.e. P.V.C Floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش گھريلو جاين، ريل گاڏيءَ جي دٻن، دفترن، آڊيٽوريم جي ھالن ۽ ٿئيٽرن وغيره لاءِ موزون رھندا آھن. ھي فرش پڻ رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش گھڻو ڪري زيبائش لاءِ ئي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھنن فرشي چادرن ۽ چؤنڪن جي ٿولھھ 1/16  انچن کان ¼ انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. 
ھيءُ پي-وي-سيءَ جو مرڪب جديد دور جي ايجاد آھي جيڪو ٿرموپلاسٽڪ بائينڊرس، فلرس ۽ رنگن مان ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو. ھن قسم جون چادرون 3 فوٽن، 3 ½ فوٽن ۽ 6 فوٽن جي ويڪرائيءَ ۾ ۽ چؤنڪا 1 فوٽ، 2 فوٽن ۽ 3 فوٽن جي سائيز ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن ۽ اھي ھڪ قسم جو لچڪدار ۽ اڻ ٽمندر مٿاڇرو مھيا ڪنديون آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==شيشي جا فرش==
: (Glass Floors)
~ھن قسم جا فرش گرائونڊ فلور ۾ اھڙن حصن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن جي ھيٺان تھھ خانا ھجن ۽ انھن تھھ خانن ۾ روشني پھچائڻ جي ضرورت ھجي. ھن قسم جا فرش مختلف نمونن ۾ ڪاٺ جا مضبوط فريم ٺاھي انھن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا چؤنڪا وجھي تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. عمارتي شيشو عمدي قسم جو ۽ مضبوط استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8 انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش ==
: (Asphalt Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن جا ٻھ نمونا ٿيندا آھن، ھڪ ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ٻيا ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش. ھنن ٻنھي نمونن جا فرش سستا، لچڪدار (Resilient)، اڻ جاذب (Non absorbent) ، پوسل روڪ (Moisture proof) ، تيزاب روڪ (Acid proof)، تيل (Oil)  ۽ گريس (Greese) سان مقابلو ڪندڙ ٿيندا آھن. انھن خاصيتن سبب ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن وارا فرش سرڪاري آفيسن ۽ اسڪولن وغيره جھڙين عمارتن ۽ ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ قسم جا فرش گودامن، ڀانڊن، ڪارخانن ۽ ٻين اھڙي نوعيت جي عمارتن ائسفالٽ جي چؤنڪن کي سخت بنياد مھيا ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مٿان ھڪ ٻئي سان ڳنڍي ھن قسم جو فرض ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. پر جيڪڏھن ڪاٺ جي فرش مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سڀني ڪاٺ جي پٽين ۽ تختن کي مضبوطيءَ سان ڪوڪن وغيرھ جي رستي جڪڙيو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن وڇائڻ کان پھرين ڪاٺ جي سطح مٿان ائسفالٽ، بٽومين يا رچيل ائسفالٽ جي اوني ڪپڙي (Asphalt saturated felt)  جو اٽڪل 3/8 انچن جو ٿلھو تھھ پٿاريو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش (Asphalt mastic floor)  ٺاھڻ واسطي انھيءَ کي گرم ڪري، ڪنھن ٺوٺ سطح، جھڙوڪ ڪاٺ يا سيمينٽ مٿان پٿاري ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت==
.(Maintenance and Repair of Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪوشش ڪري روزانو آلي پوچيءَ سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن اھو فرش تمام گھڻو گندو نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڏوتو وڃي. صابڻ جي تھھ کي فرش جي ڪنھن بھ ٽڪري تي بنا ڌيان جي ڇڏڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ فرش ترڪڻو ٿي پوندو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ فرش جو اھو ٽڪرو جھڪو (Dull)  ٿي پوندو. فرش جي ڌوئڻ واسطي سوڍا کار يا ٻين اھڙين تيز شين استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ جيڪڏھن فرش جو ڪو بھ حصو ٽٽي يا ڪنھن بھ نموني مرمت طلب ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سمورو پانيل يا خانو (Panel)  ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي، بنيادي ڪانڪريٽ کي سخت برش سان صاف ڪري، انھيءَ کي پاڻيءَ سان آلو رکي، ھڪ رات تائين ڇڏي ڏيڻ گھرجي. رات گذرڻ کان پوءِ بيٺل پاڻيءَ کي ڪڍي صاف ڪري، صاف سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ چاڙھو وڃي ۽ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل ٿولھھ ۽ گھربل تناسب، جھڙوڪ 1:2:4  يا اھڙو ڪو ٻيو موزون تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد ڪانڪريٽ کي دٻائي، پاسن واري فرش جي ٿولھھ برابر آندو وڃي، جيئن سموري فرش جي ليول ھڪ جھڙي ٿي وڃي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن پاسن وارن پانيلن جا ڇيڙا نھ ڀڄن. انھيءَ بعد نئين ٺاھيل پانيل کي ڏھن ڏينھن تائين تر رکيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>caeypvp6kdan5avhtv2jamxkzgcebo7</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401057</id>
      <parentid>401056</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:20:57Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401057</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="88906" sha1="csjeh2s1jpt2rwgl3v02ocr26oboys0" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

==پڪن فرشن لاءِ بنياد== 


(Base for Flooring)
پڪن فرشن ٺاھڻ لاءِ انھن جي ھيٺان پختي بنياد ٺاھڻ جي ضرورت پوندي آھي جيئن زمين مان نڪرندڙ پوسل، نباتاتي ٻوٽن جي واڌ ۽ ٻين شين کي روڪي سگھجي. انھن بنيادن کي پختو بڻائڻ لاءِ انھن ھيٺان ڪتب آيل مٽيءَ کي چڱيءَ طرح سان گھربل ليول جي حساب سان ڇھن-ڇھن انچن جي مٽيءَ جي تھن ۽ ھر ھڪ تھھ کي چڱيءَ طرح نھرو (Compact)  ڪري ۽ انھيءَ جي مٿاڇري کي چڱيءَ طرح سان سڌو ڪري انھيءَ جي مٿان ڪاري واريءَ (Pit of river Sand) جو ٽن-ٽن انچن جي حساب سان گھربل تھھ ڏيئي ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ حساب سان مذڪورھ فرش جي ھيٺئين لاغر ڪانڪريٽ جي تھھ (Layers of lean concrete)  کي بنياد (Base)  ۽ انھيءَ ھيٺان وڇايل واري جيڪا مٽي ۽ بنياد جي وچ ۾ گديلي (Cushion) جو ڪم ڏئي ٿي، انھيءَ کي اندريون تھھ (Under layer)  ۽ انھيءَ ھيٺان تيار ڪيل ۽ ھموار ڪيل ڀراءُ کي ھيٺيون بنياد (Sub-base)  چئبو آھي. اڳتي ھلي مختلف فرشن جي بيان ڪرڻ جي سلسلي ۾ ھر جاءِ تي ھنن لفظن جي تفصيلي بيان ڪرڻ بجاءِ انھن کي ساڳي نالي واري صورت ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو. انھيءَ ڪري ھنن لفظن کي چڱيءَ طرح ڌيان ۾ رکيو وڃي.مٿي ڄاڻايل واريءَ جي تھن کي ايترو دٻايو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي ٿولھھ ٽن انچن مان ڦري ٻھ انچ بيھي فرش کي گھربل ليول، بنياد (Base) ۾ ڏني وڃي. عام گھريلو فرشن ۾ 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ ڏنو وڃي. عام طرح سان انھيءَ بنياد (Base) جي ٿولھھ 4 انچ رکي ويندي آھي. جيڪڏھن علائقي ۾ تمام گھڻي سم سبب انھيءَ جو مٿي فرشن تائين پھچي نڪري اچڻ جو انديشو ھجي تھ انھيءَ حالت ۾ آزمايل ۽ اعتبار جوڳا سم روڪ مرڪب استعمال ڪجن ۽ گھڻي اڏوھيءَ وارن علائقن ۾ انھيءَ کي مارڻ جون ڪيميائي دوائون ھيٺئين بنياد (Sub-base) جي مٿان پٿاري پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان بنياد ٺاھيو وڃي غسلخاني جا فرش، ڪمرن جي فرشن کان گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ڏيڍ انچ ھيٺ رکڻ گھرجن. ليول ڪرڻ لاءِ پھرين ديوارن تي نشان لڳائڻ گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرفش==


(Brick or Tile Flooring)
ھن قسم جي فرشن لاءِ تمام عمديون پھرئين درجي واريون پڪل، چونڊيل سٺي ڳاڙھي رنگ واريون، سخت ۽ لسيون سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. سرن لڳائڻ کان اڳ بنيادي سطح Base) کي تارن واري برش سان صاف ڪري ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڌوئبو آھي. سلئبن جي مٿان، گرائونڊ فلور کان علاوھ ٻن منزلن جي صورت ۾، سلئبن کي تازي صورت واري حالت ۾ تارن واري برش سان کھرو ڪري ۽ پوءِ سرن لڳائڻ جي وقت مذڪورھ سطح کي ڌوئي، انھن مٿان ڪريل ۽ اکڙيل ڳنڍن ڳوڙھن ۽ ٻئي ابور کي مال صاف ڪري پوءِ انھن مٿان سرن يا ٽائيلن جي فرشبندي ڪئي ويندي آھي سرن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ کين چڱيءَ طرح پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر (Soak)  ڪيو ويندو آھي. ٽِيپ (Pointing)  نھ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ سرن جا جوڙ 3/16 انچن کان وڌيڪ نھ رکبا آھن ۽ جوڙن مان ٻاھر نڪري آيل مصالحي (Mortar) کي چوناڙي يا ماري (Trowel)  سان ماريو (Struck)  ويندو آھي يا انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي سان اگھي صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي. جڏھن تھ ٽيپ ڪرڻ واري حالت ۾ جوڙ 3/8 انچن کان وڌيڪ ٿلھا نھ رکبا آھن ۽ تازي حالت ۾ جوڙن ۾ ڪم آيل مصالحي کي ھڪ انچ تائين گھرو اکيڙيو (Rake) ويندو آھي، جنھن سطح تي فرشبندي ڪرڻي ھوندي آھي انھيءَ کي ¾ انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ مصالحو پٿاريو ويندو آھي. ڪم ختم ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي 6 ڏينھن تائين آلو رکيو ويندو آھي ۽ ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي حالت ۾ ٽيپ ڪرڻ کان پوءِ کين 14 ڏينھن تائين آلو رکڻو ھوندو آھي ھن قسم جي فرشبنديءَ ۾ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر ھڪ جوڙ ۾ خاص طور اڀي جوڙ ۾ مصالحو مٿي تائين چڱيءَ طرح ڀريل ھجي. جيڪڏھن ڪم ھلندڙ ھجي تھ انھيءَ ڪم جي پوري ٿيڻ تائين ھن قسم جي فرشن کي سج، مينھن، پاري يا ٿڌ، گھم ۽ موسم جي ڦرندڙ گھرندڙ اثرن کان بچاءُ ۾ رکجي.ھن قسم جي فرشن کي تيار ڪرڻ کان پوءِ کھري ڪاربورنڊم پٿرStone)  (Corborundum سان گسائي لسو ڪري ڌوئي پوءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھي فرش گھڻو ڪري گھر جي اڱڻن (Courtyard)  جي لاءِ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جا فرش==

(Cement Concrete or Conglomerate floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش عام طرح سان نھايت ئي گھڻو مقبول آھن. ھن قسم جا فرش ڪچي بنياد (Sub-base) جي تيار ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو (Base)  بنياد وجھي انھيءَ جي مٿان شيشي، ايليومينم (Aluminium) وغيره جي پٽين جا چوڪنڊا خانا ٺاھي انھن ۾ گھربل ٿولھھ (جيڪا اڪثر ڪري 1 انچ کان 4 انچن تائين ھوندي آھي) مطابق 1:2:4 جي تناسب جو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ استعمال ڪري ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. اھا فرشبندي خانن ذريعي انھيءَ ڪري ورڇي ويندي آھي جو سموري مطلوبہ ايراضي ۾  لاڳيتو فرش وجھڻ سان موسمي اثرن جي تبديليءَ سبب ڪانڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ واڌ سبب فرش ۾ ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن.  شيشي جي پٽين استعمال نھ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ گھربل فرش کي لڪيرن جي صورت ۾ سھڻي نموني عليحدھ عليحدھ خانن ۾ ورھائي پوءِ ھڪ ڇڏي ٻيو يعني واري سر Alternate) ڪاٺ جي پٽي ڏيئي مقرر ڪيل ٿولھھ جي حساب سان ڀريو ويندو آھي. ٻنھي صورتن ۾ انھن خانن کي ھڪ ئي انداز ۾ ورھايو ويندو آھي. پٽين استعمال نہ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ھڪ واري سان ڀريل فرش جي خانن کان پوءِ واري سر ڀرڻ وارا خانا 24 ڪلاڪن کان پوءِ ڀريا ويندا آھن. ھر ھڪ خاني جي ايراضي 16 مربع فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نھ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ انھن خانن جي ننڍي ۾ ننڍي سائيڊ (پاسو) 3 فوٽن کان ۽ وڏي ۾ وڏو پاسو 6.5 فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشبندي ٺاھڻ لاءِ مٿي ڄاڻايل ڳالھين سان گڏو گڏ ٻين ھيٺين ڳالھين جو خاص خيال رکيو وڃي.
(i)  شيشي يا ائليومينم جون پٽيون جيڪي فرش کي مختلف خانن ۾ ۽ ھڪجھڙي انداز (Symmetrical)  ۾ ورھائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن، اھي 1/8 انچن  (3 mm) ٿلھيون ۽ گھربل انداز جي ٽاپنگ (Topping)  جيتريون اوچيون (Deep)  ھئڻ گھرجن.
(ii) خانن ۾ ورھائڻ کان اڳ ۾ چوني جي ڪانڪريٽ (Lime Concrete) يا سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي بنيادي فرش (Base) کي، جيڪو بالڪل ھڪ ڪري (Uniform) تھھ جي صورت ۾، چڱيءَ طرح ڳتي نھرو ڪيل (Compacted)  ۽ گھربل فرش جي حساب ۾ بالڪل صحيح، انھيءَ جي پور وڇوٽ (Parallel)  ۽ ھڪ ئي دفعي سان وڌل ھوندو آھي. گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ستن ڏيھن تائين ترائي (Curing)  ڪري، سخت بنائي ۽ بعد ۾ فرش وجھڻ وقت پھريائين انھيءَ کي لوھھ جي تارن واري برش سان صاف ڪري انھيءَ مان مٽي ۽ ابور کي مال  کي ڪڍي ۽ سڪل ھئڻ جي حالت ۾ پاڻيءَ جو ٽيھو ڏيئي بعد ۾ خالص سيمينٽ ۽ پاڻيءَ جي پتري مرڪب جو تمام ھلڪو ٽيھو ڏيئي پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان فرش (Topping) وڇايو وڃي.
(iii)  زميني سطح کان مٿي تيار ڪيل منزلن واسطي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ڇتين (Slabs) وجھڻ وقت جلد ئي انھن مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش وڌو وڃي ۽ وقت گذري وڃڻ جي حالت ۾ انھن کي ٿورو گھرو ڪري اٽڪل ڏيڍ انچ ٿلھو، گھٽ مقدار واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جھڙوڪ 1:6:12  يا 1:4:8  جي تناسب وارو، تھھ چڙھي پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان ھن قسم جي ٽاپنگ (Topping)  چاڙھي وڃي.
(iv) بنياد (Base)  کي ڪڏھن بھ لسو نھ ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن ٽاپنگ انھيءَ سان مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙجي وڃي.
(v) سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو مسالو گھاٽو (Dense) رکيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ جو جھڪاءُ (Slump)  ڏيڍ انچ کان نھ وڌي. عام ڪمن لاءِ ھڪ ڪعب فوٽ تي ساڍن چئن کان پنجن گيلن تائين پاڻي استعمال ڪجي. پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب Water Cement Ratio)  0.04کان نھ وڌڻ گھرجي ۽ چلت (Workability)  کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ پٿر جي ٽڪرن ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ (Aggregate)  جي انداز کي ملائي بيھارڻ (Adjustment)  رستي ضابطو ڪيو وڃي
vi) ھڪ خاني (Panel)  جو مال ھڪ ئي دفعي (Lot) سان ملائي، ۽ سيمينٽ ملائڻ کان 5 منٽن اندر مال ملائڻ واري تختي (Mixing board) تان فرش تي ويھي آھستگيءَ سان لاھي، خانو ڀري، انھيءَ کي ڪرني ۽ سڌي پٽيءَ (Straight edge)  وسيلي پٿاري، سنئون ڪيو وڃي. پٿارڻ بعد انھيءَ کي 5 کان 10 منٽن تائين اٽڪل 5 پائونڊن جي ڪاٺ جي ٿاڦيءَ سان زور سان ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي سوڙھو ڳتيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ۾ ڄمڻ کان پوءِ سنھن سوراخن پيدا ٿيڻ جو انديشو نھ رھي.
(vii) سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ کي خانن ۾ پٿارڻ کان پوءِ  شروعاتي ٽائيم ۾ انھيءَ کي تمام گھڻو ٿاڦڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي. اھو جڏھن سخت ٿيڻ لڳي تھ انھيءَ کي تڪڙو تڪڙو لوھھ جي ڪرنيءَ (Trowel)  سان ماريو وڃي. سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ۾ سڌيءَ پٽيءَ ذريعي انھيءَ کي چڪاسيو وڃي ۽ جيڪڏھن ڪجھھ ھيٺاھيون مٿاھيون (Undulations) نظر اچن تھ انھن کي ختم ڪرڻ گھرجي. ازانسواءِ ٿاڦيءَ سان ٿڦڪين ڏيڻ بعد جيڪڏھن ڪو فالتو باريڪ مال (Stuff) نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي يڪدم خارج ڪيو وڃي.
(viii) جيڪڏھن ٿڦڪين ڏيڻ سان سطح جي مٿان سيمينٽ جي ڪريم جي پيسٽ نڪري اچي تھ ائين ڄاڻجي تھ مصالحي ۾ تمام گھڻو ۽ ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي پئجي ويو آھي. اھڙي مال کي خانن مان ڪڍي ۽ ٻئي اھڙي ٺاھيل مال کي خارج ڪيو وڃي.(ix) مٿي ڄاڻايل پٿارڻ ۽ دٻائڻ (Ramming) واري سلسلي کي آلي حالت ۾ ملايل (Wet mixing) ڪانڪريٽ جي ٽائيم کان پوءِ 30 منٽن اندر پورو ڪرڻ گھرجي.
(x) ھڪ ڇڏي ٻئي خاني ڀرڻ جي صورت ۾ ٻئي ڏينھن تي خانن ٺاھڻ وارين رھنمائي پٽين (Screeds) کي خبرداريءَ سان ڪڍيو وڃي ۽ ٺاھيل چونڪن يا خانن (Panels) جي پاسن کي چڪاسيو وڃي ۽ انھن کي ڀڄڻ نھ ڏجي. انھن پاسن تي ڪنھن اڻ جاذب (Non-absorbent)  ڪاغذ کي رکي ۽ مٿي تيار ٿيل چونڪي مٿان ويڙھيو وڃي، جيئن اڳتي ھلي رھيل خانن کي ڀرڻ وقت نئون مال اڳ ۾ ٺھيل چونڪن جي  
ڪنارن سان چنبڙي نھ پوي ۽ نھ ئي وري ٺھيل چونڪن مٿان پٿارجي وڃي. گھڻي خيال رکڻ کان پوءِ بھ جيڪڏھن ڪجھھ مصالحو انھن مٿان ڪري پوي تھ انھن کي تازي حالت ۾ ئي صاف ڪري ھٽايو وڃي.
(xi) ٽئين ڏينھن تي ڇڏيل خانا جيڪي ھڪ ڇڏي ٻئي (Alternate) جي اصول تي ڀرڻا آھن، انھن کي پورو ڪيو وڃي ۽ انھن جي ڀرڻ وقت اڳ ۾ ٺھيل چونڪن کي نقصان ٿيڻ نھ ڏجي. ھنن ڇڏيل خانن کي ڀرڻ تائين اڳ ٺاھيل چونڪن جي ڀِڳل سڻيءَ جي ڳوڻ رستي چڱيءَ طرح ترائي ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن کي ترائيءَ جي مدي تائين ھرگز سڪڻ نھ ڏجي. سموري فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ انھن مٿان جابلو واريءَ سان ٻارا ٺاھي، انھن اندر مسلسل پاڻيءَ جا دٻا ٺاھي اٽڪل 14 ڏينھن تائين ترائي ڪئي وڃي.
(xii)  ھن قسم جي فرش جي مٿاڇري کي سڪل سيمينٽ يا گھڻي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي مرڪب کي انھيءَ مٿان ڇڻڪاري ڪڏھن بھ لسو ۽ پختو ڪرڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ خراب سطح کي لڪائڻ لاءِ اھو ھڪ حسين ڌوڪي جي برابر آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم٬==


(Types of C.C. Floors)
ن قسم جي فرشن کي ٺاھڻ وارن طريقن جي لحاظ کان ٻن نمونن ۾ ورھائي سگھجي ٿو. ھڪ غير مفرد (Non-monolithic)  ۽ ٻيو ھڪ جان يا مفرد (Monolithic).
غير مفرد (Bonded) فرشن ۾ ڪانڪريٽ جو مٿيون تھھ اڪثر ھيٺئين تھھ (Base) جي وجھڻ کان ٽي ڏينھن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آھي، جيئن اھي ٻئي يڪ جان نھ ٿين، پر الڳ الڳ رھن. اھي فرش بھ يا تھ ھڪ تھھ جي صورت ۾ يا ٻن تھن جي صورت ۾ وڇايا ويندا آھن. ھڪ تھھ (Single layer) جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري (4 cm) 1 5/8 ٿلھو تھھ ھڪ ئي وقت وڇايو ويندو آھي. ٻن تھن (Two layers) جي صورت ۾ مٿي ڄاڻايل ٿولھھ کي ٻن حصن ۾ اھڙي نموني ورھايو ويندو آھي، جيئن ھڪ ئي وقت اھي ٻيئي تھھ پاڻ ۾ ملي وڃن. ھن ۾ ھيٺ واري ڪچي تھھ (Base) سان ملندڙ تھھ جي ٿولھھ 1 انچ (2.5 cm)  رکي ويندي آھي ۽ سڀ کان مٿئين تھھ جي ٿولھھ 5/8 انچ (1.5 cm)   رکي ويندي آھي. ازانسواءِ ھيٺئين تھھ ۾ گھڻو ڪري 1:3:6 جي تناسب ۾ ۽ مٿئين تھھ ۾ 1:2:3 جي تناسب ۾ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ھڪ جان يا مفرد (Monolithic)  قسم جا فرش اٽڪل ¾ انچ (2 cm)  ٿلھا ۽ ھيٺئين ڪچي ڪانڪريٽ (Base)  سان گڏو گڏ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جيئن ٻئي تھھ پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چڱيءَ طرح ملي ۽ سڪڻ کان پوءِ ھڪ ٿي وڃن. ھيٺئين بنياد (Base) ۽ ھن تھھ جي وڇائڻ ۾ 45 منٽن کان 4 ڪلاڪن تائين وقفو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ 1:2:4  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. عام طرح سان ھي مفرد قسم جا فرش اڄڪلھھ مروج نھ آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي مٿاڇري کي سخت بڻائڻ==

(Hardener Treatment)
سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري کي جڳھھ جي ۽ ضرورت جي نوعيت مطابق سخت ڪندڙ مرڪبن جھڙوڪ جست (Zinc)  ۽ مئگنيشيم فليوئوسليڪيٽيڊ (Magnesium Fluosilicated)، سوڊيم سليڪيٽ  (Sodium Silicate)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين ڪيميائي دوائن ملائڻ سان مضبوط بڻايو ويندو آھي. ھن ۾ زنڪ يا مئگنيشيم جي فليوئوسليڪيٽ جي اڌ پائونڊ کي ھڪ گئلن پاڻيءَ ۾ ملائي پھريون ليپ ڏنو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ کان پوءِ ضرورت مطابق ھر ٻيو ليپ ھر گئلن پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻن پائونڊن جي حساب سان ڏنو ويندو آھي. انھن ليپن ڏيڻ کان اڳ ۾ فرش کي چڱيءَ طرح سان ڌوئي، ھر ابور کي مال، تيل، رنگ ۽ ٻئي ھر ڌارئي مادي (Foreign substance) کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪرڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جو ليپ ھڪ گئلن ۾ 130 مربع فوٽ والاري (Cover)  ٿو، سڪڻ کان پوءِ ھن فرش کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪپڙي سان اگھڻ گھرجي.
ھيءُ فرش گھڻو ڪري رستن، گھٽين، فوٽ پاٿن، وڏن سماعت خانن (Auditoriums)، عام ميڙ وارن ھنڌن وغيره لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جا فرش==


(R.C.C Floors) ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن ۾ ڄاڻايل ڳالھين جو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھنن ۾ ڇتين وانگر ۽ ڊزائن مطابق لوھ جون سيخون استعمال ڪيو وينديون آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن. ھنن فرشن ۾ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو مٿيون تھھ 6 انچن (15 cm) کان 8 انچن (20 cm) تائين وڌو ويندو آھي. ھنن فرشن ۾ بنيادي تھھ گھڻو ڪري اٽڪل 4 انچ گھرو وڌو ويندو آھي. مٿئين تھھ جي اڌ عمق (Depth)  تي لوھ جو ڄار اھڙي نموني وڇايو ويندو آھي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين تھھ کان مٿي اڀريل رھي ۽ انھيءَ جي مٿان سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو گھربل تھھ (Cover) چڙھي.
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙن ھنڌن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن تي ڳري مشينري، ٽرئفڪ ۽ ٻين اھڙين ڳرين شين جي چرپر ٿيڻي ھوندي آھي، جھڙوڪ؛ ڪارخانا، جديد فيڪٽريون، ھيليڪاپٽرن ۽ جھازن جا رستا (Runways)  ۽ لارين ۽ موٽرن بيھارڻ وارا دالان وغيره.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن جون خاصيتون==

(Characteristics of C.C. Floors)
(i) ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پنھنجي پسند مطابق  مطابق گھربل رنگ ملائي خوبصورت بڻائي سگھجي ٿو.
(ii) ھنن فرشن جي سنڀال سولائيءَ سان ڪري سگھجي ٿي ۽ انھن تي گھٽ خرچ لڳي ٿو.
(iii) ھنن فرشن جي اڏاوت آسان ۽ پائيدار ھئڻ سبب انھن کي عام طرح سان رھائشي، تجارتي ۽ مجلسي عمارتن لاءِ استعمال ڪيو وڃي ٿو.
(iv) ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ باھھ سان مقابلو ڪرڻ جي ڪافي قوت ٿئي ٿي.
(v) ھي فرش غير جاذب (Impervious)  ۽ ٺوس ٿين ٿا.
(vi) ھنن کي آسانيءَ سان ڌوئي صاف ڪري سگھجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mosaic orTerrazzo floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن لاءِ پڻ بنياد ساڳئي نموني ٺاھيو ويندو آھي جيئن پھرين ڄاڻايو ويو آھي، انھيءَ جي مٿان ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ٻن تھن جي صورت ۾ ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ھيٺئين تھھ ۾ 1 انچ کان ¾ انچ (2.5 کان 2 سينٽيميٽر) جي عمق ۾ گھربل تناسب (جھڙوڪ؛ 1:2:4  يا 1:2 ½ :3 ½ وغيره) ۾ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ وڌو ويندو آھي ۽ مٿيون تھھ ¼ انچ (6 mm) ٿلھو رکيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ ۾ بلوري پٿر (Marble chips)  جا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آھن. ھن ۾ بلوري پٿر جي ٽڪرن ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب عام طرح سان 1:2 يعني ھڪ حصو سيمينٽ ۽ ٻھ حصا بلوري پٿر جا ٽڪرا ھوندو آھي ۽ ٻيو تھھ پھرئين تھھ چاڙھڻ کان پوءِ ٻئي ڏينھن چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. مٿئين تھھ کي گھربل تھھ کان ٿورو وڌيڪ ٿلھو رکيو ويندو آھي جيئن انھيءَ جي ڪٽڻ ۽ گسائڻ کان پوءِ اھو پوريءَ ۽ گھربل ٿولھھ ۾ بيھي. ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ جابلو ريتي ٿلھي (Coarse) گھربل سائيز  جي ۽ صاف ھئڻ گھرجي. بلوري ٽڪر (Marble chips) مضبوط ۽ 1/16 انچن کان 1/8انچن (1.55 mm کان 3 mm) جي سائيز جا ھئڻ گھرجن. وڏي سائيز جي ڪمرن ۽ ھالن ۾ ¼ انچن جي سائيز تائين بلوري ٽڪر استعمال ڪري سگھجن ٿا. بي ڊبليو ڊيءَ جي اسپيسيفڪيشنس مطابق مٿيون بلوري ٽڪرن جو تھھ 3/8″ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن تھ ھيٺيون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريت جو تھھ 1 انچ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ اھي ٻئي تھ يڪجان (Monolithic) ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن موزائيڪ فلور جي فرش جي ٽاپنگ جي جملي ٿولھھ 1 3/8″ کان گھٽ نھ بيھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ٻين ھيٺين ڳالھين جو خاص خيال رکيو وڃي.
(i) سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ھيٺئين تھھ ٺاھڻ تائين عليحده خانن ٺاھڻ، سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ملائڻ، انھيءَ کي پٿارڻ، انھيءَ جي گھاٽاڻ ۽ واٽر سيمينٽ رئشو (پاڻيءَ ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب) اڳ ۾ ڄاڻايل سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مطابق ھئڻ گھرجي.(ii) بلوري ٽڪرن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ کجيءَ جي ڦرھن جي ڇٻن ۾ وجھي چانورن وانگر پاڻيءَ سان ڌوئي بالڪل  صاف ڪري سڪائي پوءِ استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجي.
(iii) سڀ کان پھرين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي بنياد تي، جيڪو سنوت ۾ ۽ کھرو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي، گھربل ٿولھھ جي عمق وارين پتل (Brass)، ٽامي(Copper)، جست (Zinc)، شيشي (Glass)، يا ٻڙي نمبر (Zero Number) جي بلورن جي چوري جي ٺھيل پٽين سان ھڪ ڪرا، سھڻا ۽ گھربل ڊزائن جا خانا ٺاھيا وڃن.
(iv) گھربل تناسب جي حساب سان ماپ وارين پيتين ذريعي سيمينٽ ۽ بلور جي ٽڪرن کي پھرين سڪل حالت ۾ ڪنھن صاف پڪي فرشي ٽڪري تي پر ڪوشش ڪري تغاريءَ يا ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي ٿانو (Container)  ۾ وجھي ٿورو ٿورو پاڻي ملائي ايتري گھاٽاڻ (Workability)  تائين بيھارجي جيتري ۾ اھو استعمال ڪرڻ جي لائق بڻجي، پوءِ انھيءَ کي خانن اندر لاھي ترتيب سان لوھھ جي ڪرنيءَ ذريعي پٿاري ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي ڳتيو وڃي. جيڪڏھن ٿڦڪين ڏيڻ سان انھيءَ مان ڪريم نڪري تھ اھڙي ملاوٽ کي خارج ڪيو وڃي.
(v) ڪوشش ڪري بلوري ٽڪرن جو تھھ Mosaic topping) ايتري ٽائيم اندر ڏنو وڃي جيتري ۾ ھيٺيون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ لچڪدار (Plastic)  حالت ۾ ھجي. (عام طرح سان اھو ٻئي ڏينھن ڏنو ويندو آھي) پر جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل سڪي وڃي تھ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان خالص سيمينٽ ۽ پاڻي جو ھلڪو تھھ (Slurry)  ڏيئي پوءِ جلد ئي انھيءَ مٿان موزائيڪ جي داڻي جو تھھ چاڙھجي. انھيءَ تھھ مٿان ھلڪيون ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي انھيءَ کي ڪرني ۽ ليول واري پٽيءَ سان سڌو ڪري ۽ بالڪل صحيح ليول ۾ بيھارجي.
(vi)  ليول بيھارڻ ۽ ڪرنيءَ سان ٻھ ٽي گھمرا ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي ڳتڻ کان پوءِ اگر مٿاڇري تي ڪرنيءَ جا داغ ٿي بيھن تھ انھن کي ميساڻ جي ڪوشش ھرگز نھ ڪجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڳتي ھلي مٿان گسائڻ (Grinding)  کان پوءِ اھي داغ خود بھ خود ميٽجي ويندا.
(vii) انھيءَ کان پوءِ يڪدم ئي موزائيڪ جي تازي پيل فرش مٿان ڪرنيءَ جي مدد سان خالص سيمينٽ جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ انھيءَ مٿان ترائيءَ واسطي آليون ڳوڻيون رکجن.
(viii) ٽن ڏينھن بعد انھيءَ فرش جي مٿان تمام کھرن ڪاربورئنڊم بلاڪن رستي خوب طرح سان ھن فرش جي گسائي  ڪئي وڃي. اھا گسائي، مشين استعمال ڪرڻ سان تڪڙي ۽ عمدي رھي ٿي. ڪن خاص حالتن ۾ مشين نھ ھئڻ سبب انھيءَ کي ھٿ رستي انھن بلاڪن سان (جن کي عام طرح سان بٺي ڪوٺيو وڃي ٿو) زور سان رڳڙي لسو بنائي سگھجي ٿو. رڳڙائي يعني گسائي فرش مٿان سنھي ريتي ۽ پاڻي ھاري خوب طرح سان ڪرڻ گھرجي جيستائين داڻو ظاھر ٿي بيھي.
(ix) پھرين گسائي کان پوءِ فرش جي تھھ مٿان ڪجھھ سوراخ ٿي پون تھ انھن جي خالص سيمينٽ سان مرمت ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ فرش کي سڪڻ نھ ڏجي.
(x) ٻي رڳڙائي وري پنجن ڏينھن کان پوءِ وچولي کھرن ڀترن يعني بٺين سان ڪئي وڃي ۽ گشائيءَ دوران جيڪڏھن سوراخ وغيره نظر اچن تھ انھن جي خالص سيمينٽ سان مرمت ڪجي. انھيءَ سموري ڪم دوران فرش کي تر رھڻ ڏنو وڃي
(xi) آخر ۾ سنھن بٺين (Fine Sand-blocks)  رستي رڳڙي ۽ تمام گھڻي پاڻي ھارڻ بعد انھيءَ کي بالڪل صاف ۽ چِٽو ڪيو وڃي ۽ اھڙا فرش جن ۾ آخري گسائيءَ کان پوءِ بھ موزائيڪ جو داڻو نظر نھ اچي تھ انھن کي خارج ڪري ٻيھر ٺھرائڻ گھرجي.
(xii) آخري گسائيءَ کان پوءِ ھنن فرشن کي ھلڪي صابڻ (Mild Soap) سان ڌوئي تمام گھڻي پاڻيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ سڪڻ لاءِ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي ۽ جڏھن اھي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان سڪي وڃن تھ انھن مٿان آغزئيلڪ ائسڊ جو پائوڊر (Oxalic Acid Powder)  ھاري لڪڙن مٿان سڻيءَ جون ٻوريون لپيٽي تمام گھڻي زور سان گٺو وڃي ۽ انھن کي سڪڻ لاءِ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ وري ٻيھر پھرئين جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ (Oxalic Acid Powder)  پائوڊر ھاري ڪپڙي جي گدين (Cloth pads) سان انھيءَ کي گسايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي سڪائي پوءِ چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪجي.
(xiii) انھيءَ بعد فرش کي ڪنھن صاف تيل ۽ ڪاٺ جي ٻوري سان ڍڪي ڇڏجي ۽ رنگ روغن ۽ ٻين جاءِ جي سمورن ڪمن پوري ٿيڻ بعد انھن کي تمام سٺي پالش ڪري، ۽ صاف سٽ (Cotton Waste)  سان زور سان گسائي چمڪندڙ بنايو وڃي.
(xiv) رنگين فرشن ٺاھڻ واسطي سڪو ملائڻ وقت سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ گھربل رنگ سڪل حالت ۾ ملائي، پوءِ مٿي ڄاڻايل ھدايتن مطابق اڳتي وڌجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ٽيرازو ڊئڊو ۽ اسڪرٽنگ==

: (Terrazzo Dado and Skirting)بلوري پٿر جي داڻي  (Marble Chips) ۾ سيمينٽ ملائي ڀتين مٿان عمق جي صورت ۾ چاڙھي،  انھيءَ جي موزائيڪ فلورنگ وانگر گسائي وغيرھ ڪري، داڻي کي ظاھر ڪري، خوبصورت سطح ۾ آڻڻ کي ٽيرازو ڊئڊو يا اسڪرٽنگ سڏيو وڃي ٿو.

ان قسم جي سطح ٺاھڻ لاءِ انھن سڀني ڳالھين جو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي جيڪي موزائيڪ فلورنگ ۾ ڄاڻايون ويون آھن. اجڪلھھ جي رواج مطابق غسلخانن ۽ بورچيخانن کي ڇڏي ٻين سڀني ڪمرن وغيره ۾ موزائيڪ فلورنگ سان گڏ ان جھڙو ئي ڊئڊو 3 انچن کان 4 انچن تائين چئني ڀتين تي چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ طرح سان ڪمرا وغيرھ سھڻا بھ لڳندا آھن ۽ فرش ڌوئڻ وقت انھن ڪمرن جون ڀتيون پڻ خراب نھ ٿينديون آھن. جڏھن تھ بورچيخانن ۽ غسلخانن ۾ انھيءَ جي اوچائي اٽڪل 6 فوٽن تائين رکي ويندي آھي. پلستر ڪيل ڀتين جا اھي حصا جن تي ھيءُ ڊئڊو چاڙھيو ويندو آھي اھي کھرا ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ ڄاڻايل عمق مطابق انھن جي مٿان گھربل ڊئڊو ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ جي سيٽ ٿيڻ کان اڳ موزائيڪ جي داڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. داڻو (Chips) اڪثر ڪري 1 ½ نمبر جو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ٿورو ماربل پائوڊر ملائڻ سان انھيءَ کي گسائڻ ۾ آساني رھندي آھي انھيءَ ڪري فرش توڙي اسڪرٽنگ جي ڪم ۾ سيمينٽ ھڪ حصو، ماربل پائوڊر ½ حصو ۽ داڻو 2 حصا ملائي مناسب قسم جي آميزش حاصل ڪري سگھجي ٿي. اسڪرٽنگ ۽ ڊئڊو سڌا، ليول ۽ ساھل ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن ۽ فرش سان چڱيءَ طرح مليل (Flush)  ھئڻ گھرجن.
اھا ڳالھھ ذھن ۾ رکڻ گھرجي تھ فرش جو ڊئڊو ۽ ڀتين جي اسڪرٽنگ ۾ ڪٽائيءَ کان پوءِ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 70 سيڪڙو داڻا ھڪ ڪرا ڦھليل ۽ ظاھر ھئن گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ٽيرازو ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ڊئڊو==

: (Terrazzo Tile Floors and Dado)  اعشاري نظام جي رائج ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ھيءُ چؤنڪا 300 mm x 300 mm x 25 mm، (Tiles)  (يعني ڊيگھھ ۽ ويڪر ھر ھڪ 300 mm ۽ ٿولھھ 25 mm) ۾ ٺھڻ لڳا آھن. ھن قسم جي ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي بنياد تيار ڪرڻ کان پوءِ صاف سٿرو سيمينٽ لڳائي انھيءَ مٿان وڇايو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن جي جوڙن ۾ گھربل رنگ جي سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جي پٽڙيءَ پيسٽ جھڙو مسالو (Slurry)  ڀريو ويندو آھي.ھنن چؤنڪن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پھرين گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 36 ڪلاڪن تائين پاڻيءَ اندر ٻوڙي رکڻ گھرجي.ھن قسم جي ٽائيلن جو مٿيون داڻي وارو تھھ ½ جي ٿولھھ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ گھربل رنگ جو مقدار انھيءَ ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ سيمينٽ، جيڪو گھڻو ڪري سيمينٽ ۽ داڻي جي حساب ۾ 1:2 جي تناسب سان استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ جي ڏھھ سيڪڙو کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھگرجي. اھي چؤنڪا (Tiles) گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھر پائونڊ تي 2000 مربع انچ (2000 psi) واري سگھھ جو دٻاءُ سھڻ وارا ۽ ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪيل ھئڻ گھرجن ھي چؤنڪا 1 ½ انچ ٿولھھ جي 1:2:4 واري تناسب سان ٺھيل سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ مٿان 1:3 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو سراسري طور اڌ انچ ٿولھھ جو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ جي مٿان لڳايا وڃ. چؤنڪا لڳائي بس ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھن جي جوڙن ۾ (جي 1 1/16 انچن جي ٿولھھ کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن) گھربل رنگ جي سيمينٽ جو مسالو ڀريو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ لڳايل مٿاڇري کي ڇيڙڻ کان سواءِ اٽڪل ٻن ھفتن تائين پاڻيءَ سان تر رکيو وڃي. مٿاڇري جي سڪي وڃڻ کان پوءِ مٿي ڄاڻايل موزائيڪ فلورنگ وانگر انھيءَ کي چڱيءَ طرح چمڪائي پوءِ استعمال ڪيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پٿر جا فرش==

(Stone or Flagged Floor) ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش جو بنيادي تھھ اڳ ۾ ڄاڻايل خاصيتن وارو ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ فرش اندر استعمال ٿيندڙ پٿر ھڪ ئي سائيز جا ڀلي نھ ھئڻ گھرجن، ليڪن انھن جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ ڏيڍ انچ، ويڪر 14 انچ ۽ ڊيگھھ اڍائي فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي .انھن پٿرن جو مٿاڇرو تمام سھڻي انداز ۾ گھڙيل، گول ٽڪرن ۽ ورن وڪڙن کان پاڪ ھئڻ گھرجي. انھن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ ڪلاڪ تائين پاڻيءَ جي حوض اندر ڀڄائي رکڻ گھرجي .انھن جي ھيٺان وڇايل بنياد (Base) بالڪل ھڪ ئي ليول ۾ ھئڻ گھرجي. انھن کي ھڪ ئي انداز جي ويڪر ۽ اھم لنگھھ (Main entrance) جي ديوار جي پور وڇوٽ ھئڻ گھرجن. انھن جي ھڪ قطار جا جوڙ ٻيءَ گڏو گڏ قطار جي مفاصلي کان گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 8 انچن کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن، جيئن ھڪ قطار جا جوڙ ٻيءَ قطار کان ٽٽل رھن. انھن جو بنياد سرن جي فرفش جي بنياد وانگر ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن جا جوڙ عام طرح سان 1/8 انچن جي ٿولھھ جا ۽ 1:2 جي تناسب جي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي گاري جا ھئڻ گھرجن. پٿر ھميشھ پختي تھھ، جيڪو مترڪي (Mallet)  جي ڌڪن ھئڻ سان جانچي سگھجي ٿو، مٿان لڳائڻ گھرجن ۽ ھيٺئين بنياد جي نرم حصن (Soft patches) کي ٻاھر ڪڍي ٻيھر مضبوط ٺاھڻ گھرجي. پٿر جي چؤنڪن (Slabs) جي ڪنارن کان گاري (Mortar) کي پکڙجڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي ۽ ٽيپ نھ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙن ۾ آيل مال کي ڪرنيءَ (Trowel) رستي فلش (Flush)  ڪيو وڃي.  جيڪڏھن ٽيپ (Pointing) ڪرڻ مقصود ھجي تھ جوڙن کي ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي ھڪ جھڙي ٿولھھ وارين پٽين رستي ¼ انچن کان گھٽ ويڪرو نھ رکيو وڃي. جڏھن ھر ھڪ پٿر جي چؤنڪن جي قطار لڳي وڃي تھ ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي پٽين کي ڪڍي، جلد ئي جوڙن کي 1:1 جي تناسب واري سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان ڀريو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي پٿرن جي مٿاڇري کان 1/16 انچ ھيٺ ڪرنيءَ سان ٽڪي ٽيپ ڪئي وڃي . ڪم ھلندي ھنن فرشن جي ترائي جاري رکي وڃي ۽ ڪم پوري ٿيڻ کان پوءِ بھ 14 ڏينھن تائين ترائي ضرور ڪجي ۽ تيار ٿيل ففرش مٿان ڪنھن بھ قسم جا نشان ۽ گاري جا داغ ٿيڻ نھ ڏجن ۽ اھڙي قسم جا داغدار فرش ڪڏھن بھ قبول نھ ڪيا وڃن. فرش جي ڪنھن بھ حصي مٿان ٽن ڏينھن تائين ڪنھن کي بھ ھلڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي ۽ انھن مٿان 7 ڏينھن تائين ڪنھن بھ وزنيءَ شيءِ کي آڻڻ نھ گھرجي. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش==
: (Glazzed Tile Flooring) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي ھيٺيون تھھ (Base) سرن جي فرش وانگر ٺاھڻ گھرجي. چمڪدار چينيءَ جا چؤنڪا گھربل سائيز ۽ رنگ مطابق ھئڻ گھرجن. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھريائين ھيٺئين تھھ مٿان گھڻي سيمينٽ واري گارري کي پٿارڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد چؤنڪن کي ڪاٺ جي ھٿوڙي ۽ گز جي مدد سان گھربل انداز ۽ گھربل سلاميءَ مطابق لڳائڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 36 ڪلاڪن تائين پاڻيءَ جي حوض اندر ٽٻائي رکڻ گھرجي.  ٽائيلن کي گاري مٿان رکي، ھٿوڙي جي مدد سان زور سان ائين لڳائن گھرجي، جيئن ھيٺيون مسالو جوڙن مان ٻاھر نڪري اچي. فالتو مال کي يڪدم آلي حالت ۾ ڪنھن ڀِڳل ڪپڙي سان اگھي صاف ڪرڻ کپي. بھتر تھ ائين آھي تھ ڪاٺ جي ويلڻ رستي ٽائيلن کي دٻايو وڃي، جيئن ٽائيلن جي مجموعي سطح ھموار رھي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان 24 ڪلاڪ گذرڻ بعد جوڙن ۾ ٽاٽ يا ڪنھن برش جي مدد سان سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي رٻڙي (Slurry) ڀرڻ گھرجي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پوءِ ٽن ڏينھن تائين انھن مٿان ڪنھن بھ وزني شيءِ کي ھلڻ يا رکڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد انھن مٿان پالش ڪري، انھن کي صابڻ سان صاف ڪرڻ گھرجي. ھن ۽ ٻين سڀني قسمن جي ٽائيلن جي فرش لاءِ ٽائيلن کي گھربل سائيز ۽ نموني ۾ ٽڪڻ جي حالت ۾ صرف ڪارائي استعمال ڪئي وڃي جيئن انھن جا ڪنارا تکا ۽ صاف رھن ۽ انھن جا جوڙ دلڪش رھن. جاءِ جي مڪمل ٿيڻ تائين ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪاٺ جي فالتو ٻوري يا ڪنھن ٻي شيءِ سان ڍڪي رکڻ گھرجي جيئن اھو جاءِ جي رنگ روغن ۽ ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي شيءِ جي داغن وغيره کان صاف رھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر يا سنگ موسيٰ جا فرش==
(Marble or Black Marble Floors)
  
ھن قسم جا فرش پٿر جھڙي سخت شيءِ جي سنگمرمر جي ھڪ جھڙن چؤنڪن يا تختن (Slabs)  استعمال ڪرڻ سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جي فرشن وڇائڻ کان اڳ انھن جو ھيٺيون تھھ (Base) اڳ ۾ بيان ڪيل فرشن جي تھھ وانگر ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ھنن کي ھيٺئين تھھ سان جوڙڻ واسطي 1:2 جي تناسب وارو چوني جو گچ يا سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جو گچ ¾ انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ مٿان پٿاريو ويندو آھي. ھنن جي جوڙن ۾ چوني جي لاپي (Lime putty) استعمال ڪئي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي جوڙن اندر زور سان ڀريو ويندو آھي. انھن جوڙن کي بالڪل صاف ۽ خوبصورتيءَ سان ٺاھيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھن جوڙن جي ويڪر 1/16 انچن کان وڌيڪ نھ رکڻ ڏني ويندي آھي. پٿر جي سرن جي ٿولھھ ڪنھن بھ صورت ۾ ¾ انچ کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي. انھي پٽيءَ جي نموني ۾ فرشبندي ڪرڻ واسطي ڪو بھ سنگمرمر جو ٽڪر 18 انچن کان گھٽ ڊگھو نھ رکڻ ڏنو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھيٺ ڄاڻايل ھدايتن جو پڻ خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي. 
(i) سنگمرمر جون سرون گھربل رنگ، قسم ۽ سائيز جون ھئڻ گھرجن. ڪن اٽليءَ جي سفيد ۽ آسماني ماربل جھڙين سرن استعمال ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ۽ گھربل انداز جي ڊزائن ۾ نھ ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ جيڪڏھن پالش ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھن جو رنگ ساڳيو نھ بيھي تھ انھيءَ فرشبنديءَ کي خارج ڪرڻ گھرجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جي ماربل جي ٽڪرن جو رنگ پالش ڪرڻ بعد ئي اصلي صورت اختيار ڪندو آھي. 
(ii) ھي سنگمرمر جا ٽڪرا بالڪل صحيح طرح ڪارائيءَ رستي وڍيل، سڀني پاسن کان بالڪل چؤڪور، ھڪ ئي ٿولھھ ۾ ۽ ھڪ ئي سنوت ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن ۽ ڏاڪڻ، دروازن ۽ ورانڊن کان ٻاھر نڪتل ڪنارن جي صورت ۾ ھنن جا ڪنارا بُل نوز (Bul-nose) جي صورت ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن 
(iii) اڀن جوڙن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ چوني جي پٽيءَ ۾ چوني جي مقدار جيترو کؤنر استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجي 
(iv) ڪم ھلڻ دوران ۽ انھن ماربل جي ٽڪرن جي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ کين 10 ڏينھن تائين پاڻيءَ سان تر رکڻ گھرجي (v)جڏھن فرش پوريءَ طرح ڄمي يعني سيٽ (Set)  ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪاربورئنڊم پٿر (Carborandum Stone)، يا ڪنھن ٻئي سخت پٿر ۽ کھريءَ ريتيءَ ذريعي تمام گھڻو پاڻي جالاري گٺو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ لاءِ جيڪڏھن مشين استعمال ڪجي تھ نھايت ئي بھتر آھي. جوڙن جي پالش لاءِ نھايت ئي نرم (Soft) پٿر استعمال ڪجي. جڏھن کھرائپ ختم ٿي وڃي تھ واري ڌوئي مٿاڇري کي تمام سنھي ڪاربورئنڊم جي پٿر، سر يا ايمري پائوڊر سان گسائي لسو ڪيو وڃي 
(vi) لسي ڪرڻ کان پوءِ فرش تي پٽي پائوڊر ھاري انھيءَ کي اوني ڪپڙي جي گدين (Felt pads) يا ناريل جي ڇلڪن جي کوپن رستي گھي، تمام جھجھي پاڻي سان پالش ڪيو وڃي ۽ جاءِ جي ڪم ھلڻ دوران ھن فرش کي داغن ۽ ٻئي نقصان کان بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي==
: (Dry Brick Pavi) 
ھن قسم جي فرشبندي ۾ پھرئين درجي جون ۽ ڪوشش ڪري ھر عليحدھ ۽ لڳاتار ٽڪري ۾ ھڪ جھڙي رنگ جون سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. زمين جي مٿاڇري کي چڱيءَ طرح پاڻي ھاري ڌمڪ يا نھرو ڪندڙ مشين (Compactors) ذريعي وھاري نھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيدءَ کي صحيح طرح سان گھربل سلاميءَ ۽ ڪئمبر (Camber)  ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ جي مٿان اڌ انچ ٿلھو مٽيءَ جي گاري جو ليپو ڏيئي يا چئن انچن جو ڪاري واريءَ (River or pit sand) جو تھھ ڏيئي انھيءَ مٿان گھربل نموني ۾ سڪل سرون ڄمائي انھن جي فرشبندي ڪئي ويندي آھي. . ھن فرشبندي ۾ ڪوشش ڪري بالڪل باريڪ جوڙ رکيا وڃن ۽ ڪو بھ جوڙ ¼ انچ کان وڌيڪ ويڪرو نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ سرن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان زور سان جڪڙي قابو رکيو وڃي ٿو. فرشبندي ختم ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان ڪاري واري ھاري جوڙن کي انھيءَ واريءَ سان ڀريو ويندو آھي ۽ فرش مٿان بچيل فالتو واريءَ کي ٻھاري صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي، ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ سرن کي اڀي صورت ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جو فرش سڌين سرن جي فرشن کان مضبوط ٿيندو آھي.
ڪن خاص حالتن ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جو تمام پٽڙو گارو ھاري سرن جي جوڙن کي صرف مٿان جوڙڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي اھو گارو سرن جي جي درزن ۾ مٿئين حصي منجھان داخل ٿيندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشبندي گودامن، رستن، اڱڻن، رستن ۽ چبوترن لاءِ ڪئي ويندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪاٺ جا فرش==  
: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن فرش تمام گھڻا مھانگا ھوندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اھي تمام عمدي ڪاٺ جا ٺاھڻا ھوندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جو استعمال گھڻو ڪري جابلو علائقن (Hilly areas) جھڙوڪ مري وغيره جي اھڙن ھنڌن تي ڪيو ويندو آھي، جتي ڪاٺ تمام گھڻو ۽ سستو پوي ٿو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ڪن خاص حالتن (جتي سانت جي ضرورت ھوندي آھي) ۾ ھنن فرشن جي ضرورت پوندي آھي، جھڙوڪ ناچ خانھ (Dancing Halls) ۽ سماعت خانھ (Auditoriums) وغيره. ھن قسم جا فرش بالڪل پختا ۽ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن اھي وڌيڪ کان وڌيڪ بار کڻي سگھن. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي خوبصورتيءَ جي لحاظ کان نھايت ئي لسو ھئڻ گھرجي. جيئن تھ ڪاٺ ۾ مڙڻ جي نمايان خاصيت ٿيندي آھي، انھيءَ ڪري اھڙن فرشن ۾ ھر ھڪ فوٽ جي فاصلي (Span) تي 1/40 کان 1/30 انچن جي حساب سان اوچائي (Camber) ڏيڻ گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==مفرد يا ھيڪوٽا فرش==
: (Single Floors) 
ھن قسم جي حالت ۾ ھڪ ئي طريقي  سان ڪامون يا شھتير (Bridging joists)  کوڙي انھيءَ مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. اھي ڪامون ھر پاسي کان ديوار جي ڪڙين (Wall plates) مٿان رکيون وينديون آھن. اھي ڪامون اھڙيون تھ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جو انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جي تختن کي ڪوڪن رستي ٺوڪڻ ۾ ڪا بھ تڪليف محسوس نھ ٿئي. انھن ڪامن جي اصلي ۽ بنيادي گھرج اھا آھي تھ اھي بالڪل سخت ۽ مضبوط ھئڻ گھرجن تھ جيئن اھي گھڻي کان گھڻو بار جھلي سگھن. انھيءَ مقصد واسطي اھي حساب ڪيل قوت کان وڌيڪ سخت قوت واري ڪاٺ مان ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. انھن شھتيرن جي ويڪر گھڻو ڪري 2 انچن کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ اھي ھڪ شھتير جي مرڪز کان ٻئي شھتير جي مرڪز تائين ھڪ فوٽ جي مفاصلي جي حساب سان رکيا ويندا آھن. وڌيڪ مفاصلي رکڻ سان انھن جي مڙڻ جو انديشو رھندو آھي ۽ اھو مڙڻ (Deflection)  ھر ٻن شھتيرن جي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي 1/333 حصي کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ھنن ڪامن کي تازي گاري (Green mortar)  يا اوساريءَ سان لڳڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي، نھ تھ انھن جو ڪاٺ ڳرڻ لڳندو، جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ھر حالت ۾ سڪل رکڻو آھي انھيءَ ڪري شھتيرن ۽ ڀتين جي ڇيڙن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي پوري گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي.ڊزائن ڪرڻ بعد شھتيرن کي صحيح ماپ ۽ جاءِ تي کوڙي، انھيءَ مٿان 1 انچ کان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھا ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳائي ڪاٺ جا فرش تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==ٻٽا فرش== 
: (Double Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڄي ڪمري جي فاصلي مطابق شھتير (Bridging joists)  نھ کوڙيا ويندا اھن ۽ انھيءَ جي برعڪس اھي ٻين شھتيرن جن کي ٻڌندڙ شھتير يا صرف ٻڌندڙ (Binding joists or Binders) ۽ ٽيڪنيڪي ٻوليءَ ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ سڏيو ويندو آھي،  انھن مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن. ھي بائينڊرس، مٿان رکيل شھتيرن ھيٺان  90 ڊگريءَ جي سڌي ڪنڊ تي کوڙيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کي ديوارن مٿان 6 کان 8 فوٽن جي فاصلي تي رکيو ويندو آھي. ڪوشش ڪري ھي فرش درن کان ڪجھھ ھٽائي رکيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جا فرش ھڪ تھھ وارن فرشن کان وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي آواز کي ٻاھر وڃڻ کان بھتر نموني ۾ روڪي سگھندا آھن. ليڪن ھيٺ وارين ديوارن تي ڪن نڪتن وٽ ھنن جو بار اچي ڪٺو ٿيندو آھي. ھنن فرشن جي عمق، اوچائي وڌڻ سان گڏو گڏ وڌي ٿي، انھيءَ سبب جاءِ جي اوچائي پڻ وڌائڻي پوي ٿي ۽ نتيجي ۾ ھي فرش نھايت ئي مھانگا پون ٿا. انھيءَ ڪري ھي فرش گھڻو ڪري ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا  ھن قسم جا فرش 12 فوٽن کان مٿي واري مفاصلي لاءِ ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا ۽ انھن ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ جا ڇيڙا ڀتين ۾ نھ کوڙيا ويندا آھن پر اھي کليل ڇڏيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھن کي ھوا لڳي سگھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.

==ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽِيڻن شھتِيرن وارا فرش==
: (Triple joist or framed wooden floors)

جيڪڏھن ڪنھن ڪمري يا وڏي ھال جو ننڍي ۾ ننڍو فاصلو (Short span)  اٽڪل 25 فوٽ يا انھيءَ کان وڌي وڃي تھ ھن طريقي جا ڪاٺ جا فرش ٺاھيا وڃن. ھر فرش گرڊرن، بائينڊرس، شھتيرن (Bridging joists) ۽ ڪاٺ جي تختن رستي ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڀ کان پھرين، ڪمري جي ننڍي فاصلي جي رخ ۾ 13 کان 20 فوٽن جي وٿيءَ تي گرڊر رکيا ويندا آھن. اھي وٿيون بائينڊرس رستي، جيڪي گرڊرن جي گوني ڪنڊ (Right angles) جي طرف رکيون وينديون آھن، ڀريون وينديون آھن. فرش جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ رکڻ لاءِ بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن اندر ٽسڪ ۽ ٽينن جوائنٽس (Tusk and Tennon joints) رستي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. گرڊرن جي ڇيڙن ۽ ديوارن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي جيئن ڪاٺ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رھي. جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ھڪ وڌيڪ ڪاٺ جي گرڊر جو اضافو ڪجي ٿو ۽ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن (Binding joists) کي انھيءَ سان جوڙي ڪاٺ جو پڃرو ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ سبب ڪري گرڊرن جي ڪمزور ٿيڻ جو انديشو رھي ٿو. انھيءَ انديشي کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٻڌندر  شھتيرن جي ڇيڙن کي لوھھ جي پٽين (Iron Stirrups)  ذريعي عليحدھ رکيو وڃي ٿو. مکيھ گرڊرن ۽ ٻڌندر شھتيرن کي ايتري حد تائين اونھو رکيو ويندو آھي جيتري ۾ ڇت ۾ ڏار پوڻ نھ ڏنا وڃن. شھتير (Bridging joists)  ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کان ترڇا (Across) رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن کي يا تھ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن جي مٿان رکيو ويندو آھي يا تھ انھن کي مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙي فريم ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. شھتيرن جي ھڪ وچ کان ٻئي وچ تائين 1 فوٽ کان 1 ½ فوٽ تائين مفاصلو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ آخر ۾ ڪاٺ جي تختن کي انھن مٿان رکي فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن سان اھڙي نموني ۾ جڪڙيو ويندو آھي جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو ڪاٺ جي گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو رھي. ليڪن، شھتير (Bridging joists) بائينڊرس مٿان ائين رکيا ويندا آھن، جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو مٿي بيھي. انھيءَ طريقي سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي ٿولھ گھٽائي سگھجي ٿي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;. 

==زميني يا ھيٺيان فرش== 
: (Ground Floors 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ ڪاٺ جي ڳرڻ جي انديشي واسطي پوسل کان روڪڻ لاءِ خاص اپاءُ ورتا ويندا آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جي ھيٺا سيمينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ ڏنا ويندا آھن. عام طرح سان ھيٺيون تھھ گھٽ ملاوث جھڙوڪ 1:6:12  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ۽ مٿيون تھھ 1:2:4  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ڏنو ويندو آھي. ھر ھڪ تھھ جي ٿولھھ  سراسري طور 3 انچ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ طرح سان پوري تھھ جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 6 انچ رکي ويندي آھي. فني (ٽيڪنيڪي) لحاظ کان انھيءَ کي ”سائيٽ“ يا ”اوور سائيٽ“ (Site or Oversite)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ تھھ جي مٿان 6 فوٽ ۽ 5 انچ جي ھر ھڪ مرڪزي مفاصلي کان ٻئي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي حساب سان 4 انچ ٿلھيون ڪاٺ جي تختن (Sleepers) يا پٿر جي بلاڪن يا پڪسري اوساريءَ رستي ننڍيون ديوارون ٺاھي، جن کي (Dwarf walls) چئبو آھي، انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جون وال پليٽون (Walls plates)  لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ديوارون ڪمرن جي ٻنھي طرفن يعني ويڪر ۽ ڊيگھھ جي رخ ۾ ۽ ھڪ جھڙي انداز جي وڇوٽيءَ تي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. شھتير جن کي (Bridging joists) سڏيو وڃي ٿو ۽ عام طرح سان 4 انچ x 44 انچ جي سائيز جا ٿين ٿا، انھن کي پليٽن جي مٿان چاڙھي ڪلن  ڪوڪن ۽ پيچن وارن اسڪرن ذريعي قابو ڪيو وڃي ٿو. آخر ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ انچ ۽ وڌ ۾ وڌ ڏيڍ انچ ٿولھھ وارا ڪاٺ جا تختا شھتيرن مٿان جوڙي ھن قسم جا فرش ٺاھيا ڃن ٿا
ڪاٺ جي تختن ھيٺان کليل حصي مان ھوا جي بالڪل پوري گذر واسطي ھيٺ ڏنل ديوارن ۾ ٽنگ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ چوڪيءَ جي ليول (Plinth level)  ھيٺان پڻ سوراخن وارن بلاڪن جون ديوارون ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. وال پليٽن لڳائڻ کان اڳ ۾ ھيٺ وارين ننڍين ديوارن ۽ پاسي وارين ڀِتين مٿان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھو پوسل روڪڻ وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ (D.P.C)  چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ عام طرح سان، شھتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. تمام اھم عمارتن لاءِ ڪنھن خاص سبب لاءِ ساڳ جو ڪاٺ (Teak wood)  پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڪڏھن وري ساڳ جي ڪاٺ جا تختا ۽ ديال جي ڪاٺ جا شھتير استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ شيشم جي صحيح تيار ٿيل ڪاٺ جا تختا پڻ لڳايا ويندا آھن&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==رٻڙ جا فرش== 
: (Rubber Flooring) 
ھن قسمن جي فرشبنديءَ واسطي گندڪ ملايل رٻڙ جا مرڪب، جيڪي رٻڙ ۾ اھڙي طريقي سان ملائي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھيءَ جي مضبوطي ۽ لچڪ وڌي وڃي، سي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جي شڪل بالڪل سڌي ۽ پلين چادر جھڙي، يا چادرن ۾ خانا ٺاھي پلين يا چٽسالي ڪيل چؤنڪن جي نموني ۾، ۽ يا تھ عليحده عليحده چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ٿيندي آھي. اھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا اھڙي ڪنھن ٻئي ٺوس ۽ سخت بنيادي تھھ (Base)  مٿان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. فرش چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنياد کي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي دز (Dust)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين شين جھڙوڪ پوسل، چڪنائيءَ وغيرھ کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ بنيادي تھھ ۾ جيڪي بھ ھيٺاھيون ۽ مٿاھيون ھونديون آھن، انھن کي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان صحيح ڪري ليول ڪيو ويندو آھي. استعمال ٿيندڙ رٻڙ 1/8  انچن کان ½  انچن جي معيادي ٿولھھ جو ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھميشھ گندڪ (Suphur)، ٽمڻ ۽ کھراڻ کان پاڪ قسم جو رٻڙ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ انھيءَ جو مٿاڇرو لسو ھجي ۽ پاڻيءَ ۽ ڪنھن سٺي معيار واري صابڻ يا ڪنھن اھڙيءَ ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ڌوئڻ يا پالش ڪرڻ سان انھيءَ جي رنگ تي ڪو اثر نھ پوي.  رٻڙ چاڙھڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي ھيٺئين پاسي کي کھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ھڪ ئي وقت 25 مربع فوٽن کان وڌيڪ ايراضيءَ تي نھ چاڙھبو آھي. رٻڙ چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنيادي فرس مٿان ڪنھن سٺي چنبڙائيندڙ (Adhesive)  مرڪب جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ کي ڏھن کان پندرنھن منٽن تائين کليل ڇڏي ڏبو آھي تھ جيئن انھيءَ کي ھوا لڳي. بعد ۾ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل قسم ۽ ڊزائن جي رٻڙ جو پوش چاڙھي انھيءَ مٿان سھڻي نموني زور ڏيئي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي تھ جيئن فرش جي بنيادي تھھ ۽ رٻڙ جي چادر جي وچ ۾ ھوا نھ رھي ۽ رٻڙ فرش سان بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح ۽ سڌائيءَ ۾ چنبڙي. انھيءَ لاءِ عام طرح سان ننڍو لوھ جو رولر استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان پوءِ رٻڙ جي فرش کي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٽن ڏينھن تائين آزاد ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن سٺي صابڻ سان ڌوئي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جا فرش اھم جاين، آفيسن، اسپتالن، سينيمائن ۽ ھوٽلن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. معياري تعليمي درسگاھن ۽ آڊيٽوريم اندر پڻ ھن قسم جا فرش پسند ڪيا ويندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھنن مٿان ھلن سان آواز نٿو ٿئي ۽ سانت رھي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم جا فرش== 
: (Linoleum Floors) 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ رٻڙ جي فرشن وانگر سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ وغيره جي بنياد مٿان لينوليم جو پلاسٽڪ جھڙو پوش چاڙھي ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ڪيميا جي خيال کان لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل (Linseed oil)، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگ وغيره جو مرڪب آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب تھھ جھڙوڪ ڪنوس (Convas)  مٿان پٿاري فرش جو پوش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. اھو پوش خوشنما نمونن ۾ ٺاھي، بنيادي فرش مٿان چاڙھي، ھن قسم جا دلڪش فرش ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. لينوليم جا رٻڙ جي فرش وانگر الڳ الڳ چؤنڪ پڻ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، انھن کي لينوليم جا چؤنڪا سڏيو ويندو آھي. ھي فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ سستا ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي وقفي وقفي سان وارنش ۽ ميڻ (Wax)  لڳائڻ سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال ڪري انھن کي پائيدار بڻائي سگھبو آھي. لينوليم عام طرح سان رولن وانگر ويڙھيل ٿانن جي صورت ۾ ملندي آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب ڳنڍيندڙ مرڪب (Adhesive) رستي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد انھيءَ تھھ مٿان وارنش لڳائي، کين چمڪايو ويندو آھي. موٽر ڪارن، لارين، جھازن ۽ ريل گاڏين وغيره جا فرش، پڻ لينوليم سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش رھائشي گھرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ريسٽورانن لاءِ بھ نھايت موزون رھن ٿا. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جا فرش== 
: (Cork Floors) 
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙين جاين يا جاين جي انھن حصن لاءِ ڪارآمد آھن، جن کي سانت وارو يعني بنا گوڙ وارو (Noiseless)  ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي، جھڙوڪ آڊيٽوريم، پبلڪ لئبرريون، ٿئيٽر ۽ چرچون (گرجائون) وغيره.ھي فرش ڪارڪن جي چادرن يا ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. ڪارڪ جي شيٽن يعني چادرن جي تياري ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن کان مختلف نموني جي ٿيندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ٽائيلن ۾ صرف ڪارڪن استعمال ٿيندو آھي ۽ چادرن ۾ ڪارڪ جا ڇلڪا ۽ ٻورو، السيءَ جو تيل، ڪاٺ جو ٻورو ۽ رنگ وغيره استعمال ٿيندا آھن. ٻنھي قسمن جي فرشن جو ڪجھھ بيان ھيٺ پيش ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش==
: (Cork tiles Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ ڪارڪ جا چؤنڪا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي چؤنڪا مختلف ماپن ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. داونن يعني بارڊرن (Borders)  لاءِ 1 کان 3 فوٽن تائين ويڪريون ۽ 6 فوٽ ڊگھيون ڪارڪ جون پٽيون پڻ ٺھنديون آھن. انھن ٽائيلن جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8  انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. اھڙين  ٽائيلن جو ترو سڌو يا جھريءَ وارو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ٽائيلون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي ھيٺئين تھھ (Sub base) مٿان لڳايون وينديون آھن. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ ڪاٺ جو آھي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم ھئڻ گھرجي يا تھ ٻي صورت ۾ انھيءَ مٿان پِلاءِ (Ply)  لڳائي وڃي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھرين ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل صاف ۽ ھڪ جھڙو ھئڻ گھرجي، جنھن مٿان نرم گديءَ جو پترو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي، جيئن ڪاٺ جي لڏڻ سان ٽائيلن جي تھھ کي ڪو نقصان نھ پھچي. انھن ٽائيلن کي خاص قسم جي ڏامر ذريعي نرم گديءَ سان چنبڙايو ويندو آھي ۽ آخري حصي يا ڪنڊن وارن چؤنڪن کي ڪوڪن ذريعي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھ (Base)  سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ مٿان 1:3  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ گاري جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ مٿاڇري کي بلڪل سنوت ۾ آڻي، سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو ويندو آھي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي تمام چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪري انھيءَ مٿان ڏامر (Bitumen)  جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي، انھيءَ مٿان ٽائيلون وڇايون وينديون آھن. 
ڪارڪ اوڪ (Oak)  يعني شاھ بلوط جي سدا بھار وڻن جي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھيءُ وڻ بحريھ روم جي قريبي ملڪن ۾ ٿيندا آھن، جنھن جي کل تمام گھڻي ٿلھي ٿيندي آھي. انھيءَ کل کي ھر اٺن يا ڏھن سالن کان پوءِ لاٿو ويندو آھي، جنھن کي اٻاري، ٿورڙو آلو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ پوءِ انھن کي ڇلي ۽ خوب طرح سان گسائي، گرم ويلڻن مان ايتري وقت تائين لنگھائبو رھبو آھي جيستائين انھيءَ کل مان شيري جھڙي گھاٽي شيءِ ٻاھر نڪري اچي. انھيءَ گھاٽي شيءِ نڪرڻ سان ڪارڪ جي اندر سنھا سوراخ نھ رھندا آھن ۽ اھو وڌيڪ سخت ۽ ٺوس ٿي ويندو  آھي. ھيءُ شيري جھڙو مادو ڪارڪ جي ذرن کي پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چنبڙائي رکندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان پوءِ انھيءَ ڪارڪ کي گھربل ماپ جي چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ڪاٽي وٺبو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرش==
: (Cork Sheet Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پي-وي-سيءَ جا فرش==
: ( Polyvinyl Chloride i.e. P.V.C Floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش گھريلو جاين، ريل گاڏيءَ جي دٻن، دفترن، آڊيٽوريم جي ھالن ۽ ٿئيٽرن وغيره لاءِ موزون رھندا آھن. ھي فرش پڻ رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش گھڻو ڪري زيبائش لاءِ ئي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھنن فرشي چادرن ۽ چؤنڪن جي ٿولھھ 1/16  انچن کان ¼ انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. 
ھيءُ پي-وي-سيءَ جو مرڪب جديد دور جي ايجاد آھي جيڪو ٿرموپلاسٽڪ بائينڊرس، فلرس ۽ رنگن مان ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو. ھن قسم جون چادرون 3 فوٽن، 3 ½ فوٽن ۽ 6 فوٽن جي ويڪرائيءَ ۾ ۽ چؤنڪا 1 فوٽ، 2 فوٽن ۽ 3 فوٽن جي سائيز ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن ۽ اھي ھڪ قسم جو لچڪدار ۽ اڻ ٽمندر مٿاڇرو مھيا ڪنديون آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==شيشي جا فرش==
: (Glass Floors)
~ھن قسم جا فرش گرائونڊ فلور ۾ اھڙن حصن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن جي ھيٺان تھھ خانا ھجن ۽ انھن تھھ خانن ۾ روشني پھچائڻ جي ضرورت ھجي. ھن قسم جا فرش مختلف نمونن ۾ ڪاٺ جا مضبوط فريم ٺاھي انھن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا چؤنڪا وجھي تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. عمارتي شيشو عمدي قسم جو ۽ مضبوط استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8 انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش ==
: (Asphalt Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن جا ٻھ نمونا ٿيندا آھن، ھڪ ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ٻيا ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش. ھنن ٻنھي نمونن جا فرش سستا، لچڪدار (Resilient)، اڻ جاذب (Non absorbent) ، پوسل روڪ (Moisture proof) ، تيزاب روڪ (Acid proof)، تيل (Oil)  ۽ گريس (Greese) سان مقابلو ڪندڙ ٿيندا آھن. انھن خاصيتن سبب ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن وارا فرش سرڪاري آفيسن ۽ اسڪولن وغيره جھڙين عمارتن ۽ ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ قسم جا فرش گودامن، ڀانڊن، ڪارخانن ۽ ٻين اھڙي نوعيت جي عمارتن ائسفالٽ جي چؤنڪن کي سخت بنياد مھيا ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مٿان ھڪ ٻئي سان ڳنڍي ھن قسم جو فرض ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. پر جيڪڏھن ڪاٺ جي فرش مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سڀني ڪاٺ جي پٽين ۽ تختن کي مضبوطيءَ سان ڪوڪن وغيرھ جي رستي جڪڙيو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن وڇائڻ کان پھرين ڪاٺ جي سطح مٿان ائسفالٽ، بٽومين يا رچيل ائسفالٽ جي اوني ڪپڙي (Asphalt saturated felt)  جو اٽڪل 3/8 انچن جو ٿلھو تھھ پٿاريو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش (Asphalt mastic floor)  ٺاھڻ واسطي انھيءَ کي گرم ڪري، ڪنھن ٺوٺ سطح، جھڙوڪ ڪاٺ يا سيمينٽ مٿان پٿاري ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت==
.(Maintenance and Repair of Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪوشش ڪري روزانو آلي پوچيءَ سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن اھو فرش تمام گھڻو گندو نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڏوتو وڃي. صابڻ جي تھھ کي فرش جي ڪنھن بھ ٽڪري تي بنا ڌيان جي ڇڏڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ فرش ترڪڻو ٿي پوندو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ فرش جو اھو ٽڪرو جھڪو (Dull)  ٿي پوندو. فرش جي ڌوئڻ واسطي سوڍا کار يا ٻين اھڙين تيز شين استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ جيڪڏھن فرش جو ڪو بھ حصو ٽٽي يا ڪنھن بھ نموني مرمت طلب ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سمورو پانيل يا خانو (Panel)  ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي، بنيادي ڪانڪريٽ کي سخت برش سان صاف ڪري، انھيءَ کي پاڻيءَ سان آلو رکي، ھڪ رات تائين ڇڏي ڏيڻ گھرجي. رات گذرڻ کان پوءِ بيٺل پاڻيءَ کي ڪڍي صاف ڪري، صاف سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ چاڙھو وڃي ۽ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل ٿولھھ ۽ گھربل تناسب، جھڙوڪ 1:2:4  يا اھڙو ڪو ٻيو موزون تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد ڪانڪريٽ کي دٻائي، پاسن واري فرش جي ٿولھھ برابر آندو وڃي، جيئن سموري فرش جي ليول ھڪ جھڙي ٿي وڃي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن پاسن وارن پانيلن جا ڇيڙا نھ ڀڄن. انھيءَ بعد نئين ٺاھيل پانيل کي ڏھن ڏينھن تائين تر رکيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>csjeh2s1jpt2rwgl3v02ocr26oboys0</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401058</id>
      <parentid>401057</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:24:10Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401058</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="88037" sha1="3s8m8fhx2cjg8izif7ijspyjptfpx45" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

==پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرفش==


(Brick or Tile Flooring)
ھن قسم جي فرشن لاءِ تمام عمديون پھرئين درجي واريون پڪل، چونڊيل سٺي ڳاڙھي رنگ واريون، سخت ۽ لسيون سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. سرن لڳائڻ کان اڳ بنيادي سطح Base) کي تارن واري برش سان صاف ڪري ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڌوئبو آھي. سلئبن جي مٿان، گرائونڊ فلور کان علاوھ ٻن منزلن جي صورت ۾، سلئبن کي تازي صورت واري حالت ۾ تارن واري برش سان کھرو ڪري ۽ پوءِ سرن لڳائڻ جي وقت مذڪورھ سطح کي ڌوئي، انھن مٿان ڪريل ۽ اکڙيل ڳنڍن ڳوڙھن ۽ ٻئي ابور کي مال صاف ڪري پوءِ انھن مٿان سرن يا ٽائيلن جي فرشبندي ڪئي ويندي آھي سرن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ کين چڱيءَ طرح پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر (Soak)  ڪيو ويندو آھي. ٽِيپ (Pointing)  نھ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ سرن جا جوڙ 3/16 انچن کان وڌيڪ نھ رکبا آھن ۽ جوڙن مان ٻاھر نڪري آيل مصالحي (Mortar) کي چوناڙي يا ماري (Trowel)  سان ماريو (Struck)  ويندو آھي يا انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي سان اگھي صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي. جڏھن تھ ٽيپ ڪرڻ واري حالت ۾ جوڙ 3/8 انچن کان وڌيڪ ٿلھا نھ رکبا آھن ۽ تازي حالت ۾ جوڙن ۾ ڪم آيل مصالحي کي ھڪ انچ تائين گھرو اکيڙيو (Rake) ويندو آھي، جنھن سطح تي فرشبندي ڪرڻي ھوندي آھي انھيءَ کي ¾ انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ مصالحو پٿاريو ويندو آھي. ڪم ختم ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي 6 ڏينھن تائين آلو رکيو ويندو آھي ۽ ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي حالت ۾ ٽيپ ڪرڻ کان پوءِ کين 14 ڏينھن تائين آلو رکڻو ھوندو آھي ھن قسم جي فرشبنديءَ ۾ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ ھر ھڪ جوڙ ۾ خاص طور اڀي جوڙ ۾ مصالحو مٿي تائين چڱيءَ طرح ڀريل ھجي. جيڪڏھن ڪم ھلندڙ ھجي تھ انھيءَ ڪم جي پوري ٿيڻ تائين ھن قسم جي فرشن کي سج، مينھن، پاري يا ٿڌ، گھم ۽ موسم جي ڦرندڙ گھرندڙ اثرن کان بچاءُ ۾ رکجي.ھن قسم جي فرشن کي تيار ڪرڻ کان پوءِ کھري ڪاربورنڊم پٿرStone)  (Corborundum سان گسائي لسو ڪري ڌوئي پوءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھي فرش گھڻو ڪري گھر جي اڱڻن (Courtyard)  جي لاءِ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جا فرش==

(Cement Concrete or Conglomerate floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش عام طرح سان نھايت ئي گھڻو مقبول آھن. ھن قسم جا فرش ڪچي بنياد (Sub-base) جي تيار ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو (Base)  بنياد وجھي انھيءَ جي مٿان شيشي، ايليومينم (Aluminium) وغيره جي پٽين جا چوڪنڊا خانا ٺاھي انھن ۾ گھربل ٿولھھ (جيڪا اڪثر ڪري 1 انچ کان 4 انچن تائين ھوندي آھي) مطابق 1:2:4 جي تناسب جو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ استعمال ڪري ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. اھا فرشبندي خانن ذريعي انھيءَ ڪري ورڇي ويندي آھي جو سموري مطلوبہ ايراضي ۾  لاڳيتو فرش وجھڻ سان موسمي اثرن جي تبديليءَ سبب ڪانڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ واڌ سبب فرش ۾ ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن.  شيشي جي پٽين استعمال نھ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ گھربل فرش کي لڪيرن جي صورت ۾ سھڻي نموني عليحدھ عليحدھ خانن ۾ ورھائي پوءِ ھڪ ڇڏي ٻيو يعني واري سر Alternate) ڪاٺ جي پٽي ڏيئي مقرر ڪيل ٿولھھ جي حساب سان ڀريو ويندو آھي. ٻنھي صورتن ۾ انھن خانن کي ھڪ ئي انداز ۾ ورھايو ويندو آھي. پٽين استعمال نہ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ھڪ واري سان ڀريل فرش جي خانن کان پوءِ واري سر ڀرڻ وارا خانا 24 ڪلاڪن کان پوءِ ڀريا ويندا آھن. ھر ھڪ خاني جي ايراضي 16 مربع فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نھ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ انھن خانن جي ننڍي ۾ ننڍي سائيڊ (پاسو) 3 فوٽن کان ۽ وڏي ۾ وڏو پاسو 6.5 فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشبندي ٺاھڻ لاءِ مٿي ڄاڻايل ڳالھين سان گڏو گڏ ٻين ھيٺين ڳالھين جو خاص خيال رکيو وڃي.
(i)  شيشي يا ائليومينم جون پٽيون جيڪي فرش کي مختلف خانن ۾ ۽ ھڪجھڙي انداز (Symmetrical)  ۾ ورھائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن، اھي 1/8 انچن  (3 mm) ٿلھيون ۽ گھربل انداز جي ٽاپنگ (Topping)  جيتريون اوچيون (Deep)  ھئڻ گھرجن.
(ii) خانن ۾ ورھائڻ کان اڳ ۾ چوني جي ڪانڪريٽ (Lime Concrete) يا سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي بنيادي فرش (Base) کي، جيڪو بالڪل ھڪ ڪري (Uniform) تھھ جي صورت ۾، چڱيءَ طرح ڳتي نھرو ڪيل (Compacted)  ۽ گھربل فرش جي حساب ۾ بالڪل صحيح، انھيءَ جي پور وڇوٽ (Parallel)  ۽ ھڪ ئي دفعي سان وڌل ھوندو آھي. گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ستن ڏيھن تائين ترائي (Curing)  ڪري، سخت بنائي ۽ بعد ۾ فرش وجھڻ وقت پھريائين انھيءَ کي لوھھ جي تارن واري برش سان صاف ڪري انھيءَ مان مٽي ۽ ابور کي مال  کي ڪڍي ۽ سڪل ھئڻ جي حالت ۾ پاڻيءَ جو ٽيھو ڏيئي بعد ۾ خالص سيمينٽ ۽ پاڻيءَ جي پتري مرڪب جو تمام ھلڪو ٽيھو ڏيئي پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان فرش (Topping) وڇايو وڃي.
(iii)  زميني سطح کان مٿي تيار ڪيل منزلن واسطي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ڇتين (Slabs) وجھڻ وقت جلد ئي انھن مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش وڌو وڃي ۽ وقت گذري وڃڻ جي حالت ۾ انھن کي ٿورو گھرو ڪري اٽڪل ڏيڍ انچ ٿلھو، گھٽ مقدار واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جھڙوڪ 1:6:12  يا 1:4:8  جي تناسب وارو، تھھ چڙھي پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان ھن قسم جي ٽاپنگ (Topping)  چاڙھي وڃي.
(iv) بنياد (Base)  کي ڪڏھن بھ لسو نھ ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن ٽاپنگ انھيءَ سان مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙجي وڃي.
(v) سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو مسالو گھاٽو (Dense) رکيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ جو جھڪاءُ (Slump)  ڏيڍ انچ کان نھ وڌي. عام ڪمن لاءِ ھڪ ڪعب فوٽ تي ساڍن چئن کان پنجن گيلن تائين پاڻي استعمال ڪجي. پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب Water Cement Ratio)  0.04کان نھ وڌڻ گھرجي ۽ چلت (Workability)  کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ پٿر جي ٽڪرن ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ (Aggregate)  جي انداز کي ملائي بيھارڻ (Adjustment)  رستي ضابطو ڪيو وڃي
vi) ھڪ خاني (Panel)  جو مال ھڪ ئي دفعي (Lot) سان ملائي، ۽ سيمينٽ ملائڻ کان 5 منٽن اندر مال ملائڻ واري تختي (Mixing board) تان فرش تي ويھي آھستگيءَ سان لاھي، خانو ڀري، انھيءَ کي ڪرني ۽ سڌي پٽيءَ (Straight edge)  وسيلي پٿاري، سنئون ڪيو وڃي. پٿارڻ بعد انھيءَ کي 5 کان 10 منٽن تائين اٽڪل 5 پائونڊن جي ڪاٺ جي ٿاڦيءَ سان زور سان ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي سوڙھو ڳتيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ۾ ڄمڻ کان پوءِ سنھن سوراخن پيدا ٿيڻ جو انديشو نھ رھي.
(vii) سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ کي خانن ۾ پٿارڻ کان پوءِ  شروعاتي ٽائيم ۾ انھيءَ کي تمام گھڻو ٿاڦڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي. اھو جڏھن سخت ٿيڻ لڳي تھ انھيءَ کي تڪڙو تڪڙو لوھھ جي ڪرنيءَ (Trowel)  سان ماريو وڃي. سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ۾ سڌيءَ پٽيءَ ذريعي انھيءَ کي چڪاسيو وڃي ۽ جيڪڏھن ڪجھھ ھيٺاھيون مٿاھيون (Undulations) نظر اچن تھ انھن کي ختم ڪرڻ گھرجي. ازانسواءِ ٿاڦيءَ سان ٿڦڪين ڏيڻ بعد جيڪڏھن ڪو فالتو باريڪ مال (Stuff) نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي يڪدم خارج ڪيو وڃي.
(viii) جيڪڏھن ٿڦڪين ڏيڻ سان سطح جي مٿان سيمينٽ جي ڪريم جي پيسٽ نڪري اچي تھ ائين ڄاڻجي تھ مصالحي ۾ تمام گھڻو ۽ ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي پئجي ويو آھي. اھڙي مال کي خانن مان ڪڍي ۽ ٻئي اھڙي ٺاھيل مال کي خارج ڪيو وڃي.(ix) مٿي ڄاڻايل پٿارڻ ۽ دٻائڻ (Ramming) واري سلسلي کي آلي حالت ۾ ملايل (Wet mixing) ڪانڪريٽ جي ٽائيم کان پوءِ 30 منٽن اندر پورو ڪرڻ گھرجي.
(x) ھڪ ڇڏي ٻئي خاني ڀرڻ جي صورت ۾ ٻئي ڏينھن تي خانن ٺاھڻ وارين رھنمائي پٽين (Screeds) کي خبرداريءَ سان ڪڍيو وڃي ۽ ٺاھيل چونڪن يا خانن (Panels) جي پاسن کي چڪاسيو وڃي ۽ انھن کي ڀڄڻ نھ ڏجي. انھن پاسن تي ڪنھن اڻ جاذب (Non-absorbent)  ڪاغذ کي رکي ۽ مٿي تيار ٿيل چونڪي مٿان ويڙھيو وڃي، جيئن اڳتي ھلي رھيل خانن کي ڀرڻ وقت نئون مال اڳ ۾ ٺھيل چونڪن جي  
ڪنارن سان چنبڙي نھ پوي ۽ نھ ئي وري ٺھيل چونڪن مٿان پٿارجي وڃي. گھڻي خيال رکڻ کان پوءِ بھ جيڪڏھن ڪجھھ مصالحو انھن مٿان ڪري پوي تھ انھن کي تازي حالت ۾ ئي صاف ڪري ھٽايو وڃي.
(xi) ٽئين ڏينھن تي ڇڏيل خانا جيڪي ھڪ ڇڏي ٻئي (Alternate) جي اصول تي ڀرڻا آھن، انھن کي پورو ڪيو وڃي ۽ انھن جي ڀرڻ وقت اڳ ۾ ٺھيل چونڪن کي نقصان ٿيڻ نھ ڏجي. ھنن ڇڏيل خانن کي ڀرڻ تائين اڳ ٺاھيل چونڪن جي ڀِڳل سڻيءَ جي ڳوڻ رستي چڱيءَ طرح ترائي ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن کي ترائيءَ جي مدي تائين ھرگز سڪڻ نھ ڏجي. سموري فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ انھن مٿان جابلو واريءَ سان ٻارا ٺاھي، انھن اندر مسلسل پاڻيءَ جا دٻا ٺاھي اٽڪل 14 ڏينھن تائين ترائي ڪئي وڃي.
(xii)  ھن قسم جي فرش جي مٿاڇري کي سڪل سيمينٽ يا گھڻي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي مرڪب کي انھيءَ مٿان ڇڻڪاري ڪڏھن بھ لسو ۽ پختو ڪرڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ خراب سطح کي لڪائڻ لاءِ اھو ھڪ حسين ڌوڪي جي برابر آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم٬==


(Types of C.C. Floors)
ن قسم جي فرشن کي ٺاھڻ وارن طريقن جي لحاظ کان ٻن نمونن ۾ ورھائي سگھجي ٿو. ھڪ غير مفرد (Non-monolithic)  ۽ ٻيو ھڪ جان يا مفرد (Monolithic).
غير مفرد (Bonded) فرشن ۾ ڪانڪريٽ جو مٿيون تھھ اڪثر ھيٺئين تھھ (Base) جي وجھڻ کان ٽي ڏينھن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آھي، جيئن اھي ٻئي يڪ جان نھ ٿين، پر الڳ الڳ رھن. اھي فرش بھ يا تھ ھڪ تھھ جي صورت ۾ يا ٻن تھن جي صورت ۾ وڇايا ويندا آھن. ھڪ تھھ (Single layer) جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري (4 cm) 1 5/8 ٿلھو تھھ ھڪ ئي وقت وڇايو ويندو آھي. ٻن تھن (Two layers) جي صورت ۾ مٿي ڄاڻايل ٿولھھ کي ٻن حصن ۾ اھڙي نموني ورھايو ويندو آھي، جيئن ھڪ ئي وقت اھي ٻيئي تھھ پاڻ ۾ ملي وڃن. ھن ۾ ھيٺ واري ڪچي تھھ (Base) سان ملندڙ تھھ جي ٿولھھ 1 انچ (2.5 cm)  رکي ويندي آھي ۽ سڀ کان مٿئين تھھ جي ٿولھھ 5/8 انچ (1.5 cm)   رکي ويندي آھي. ازانسواءِ ھيٺئين تھھ ۾ گھڻو ڪري 1:3:6 جي تناسب ۾ ۽ مٿئين تھھ ۾ 1:2:3 جي تناسب ۾ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ھڪ جان يا مفرد (Monolithic)  قسم جا فرش اٽڪل ¾ انچ (2 cm)  ٿلھا ۽ ھيٺئين ڪچي ڪانڪريٽ (Base)  سان گڏو گڏ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جيئن ٻئي تھھ پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چڱيءَ طرح ملي ۽ سڪڻ کان پوءِ ھڪ ٿي وڃن. ھيٺئين بنياد (Base) ۽ ھن تھھ جي وڇائڻ ۾ 45 منٽن کان 4 ڪلاڪن تائين وقفو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ 1:2:4  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. عام طرح سان ھي مفرد قسم جا فرش اڄڪلھھ مروج نھ آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي مٿاڇري کي سخت بڻائڻ==

(Hardener Treatment)
سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري کي جڳھھ جي ۽ ضرورت جي نوعيت مطابق سخت ڪندڙ مرڪبن جھڙوڪ جست (Zinc)  ۽ مئگنيشيم فليوئوسليڪيٽيڊ (Magnesium Fluosilicated)، سوڊيم سليڪيٽ  (Sodium Silicate)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين ڪيميائي دوائن ملائڻ سان مضبوط بڻايو ويندو آھي. ھن ۾ زنڪ يا مئگنيشيم جي فليوئوسليڪيٽ جي اڌ پائونڊ کي ھڪ گئلن پاڻيءَ ۾ ملائي پھريون ليپ ڏنو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ کان پوءِ ضرورت مطابق ھر ٻيو ليپ ھر گئلن پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻن پائونڊن جي حساب سان ڏنو ويندو آھي. انھن ليپن ڏيڻ کان اڳ ۾ فرش کي چڱيءَ طرح سان ڌوئي، ھر ابور کي مال، تيل، رنگ ۽ ٻئي ھر ڌارئي مادي (Foreign substance) کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪرڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جو ليپ ھڪ گئلن ۾ 130 مربع فوٽ والاري (Cover)  ٿو، سڪڻ کان پوءِ ھن فرش کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪپڙي سان اگھڻ گھرجي.
ھيءُ فرش گھڻو ڪري رستن، گھٽين، فوٽ پاٿن، وڏن سماعت خانن (Auditoriums)، عام ميڙ وارن ھنڌن وغيره لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جا فرش==


(R.C.C Floors) ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن ۾ ڄاڻايل ڳالھين جو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھنن ۾ ڇتين وانگر ۽ ڊزائن مطابق لوھ جون سيخون استعمال ڪيو وينديون آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن. ھنن فرشن ۾ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو مٿيون تھھ 6 انچن (15 cm) کان 8 انچن (20 cm) تائين وڌو ويندو آھي. ھنن فرشن ۾ بنيادي تھھ گھڻو ڪري اٽڪل 4 انچ گھرو وڌو ويندو آھي. مٿئين تھھ جي اڌ عمق (Depth)  تي لوھ جو ڄار اھڙي نموني وڇايو ويندو آھي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين تھھ کان مٿي اڀريل رھي ۽ انھيءَ جي مٿان سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو گھربل تھھ (Cover) چڙھي.
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙن ھنڌن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن تي ڳري مشينري، ٽرئفڪ ۽ ٻين اھڙين ڳرين شين جي چرپر ٿيڻي ھوندي آھي، جھڙوڪ؛ ڪارخانا، جديد فيڪٽريون، ھيليڪاپٽرن ۽ جھازن جا رستا (Runways)  ۽ لارين ۽ موٽرن بيھارڻ وارا دالان وغيره.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن جون خاصيتون==

(Characteristics of C.C. Floors)
(i) ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پنھنجي پسند مطابق  مطابق گھربل رنگ ملائي خوبصورت بڻائي سگھجي ٿو.
(ii) ھنن فرشن جي سنڀال سولائيءَ سان ڪري سگھجي ٿي ۽ انھن تي گھٽ خرچ لڳي ٿو.
(iii) ھنن فرشن جي اڏاوت آسان ۽ پائيدار ھئڻ سبب انھن کي عام طرح سان رھائشي، تجارتي ۽ مجلسي عمارتن لاءِ استعمال ڪيو وڃي ٿو.
(iv) ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ باھھ سان مقابلو ڪرڻ جي ڪافي قوت ٿئي ٿي.
(v) ھي فرش غير جاذب (Impervious)  ۽ ٺوس ٿين ٿا.
(vi) ھنن کي آسانيءَ سان ڌوئي صاف ڪري سگھجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mosaic orTerrazzo floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن لاءِ پڻ بنياد ساڳئي نموني ٺاھيو ويندو آھي جيئن پھرين ڄاڻايو ويو آھي، انھيءَ جي مٿان ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ٻن تھن جي صورت ۾ ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ھيٺئين تھھ ۾ 1 انچ کان ¾ انچ (2.5 کان 2 سينٽيميٽر) جي عمق ۾ گھربل تناسب (جھڙوڪ؛ 1:2:4  يا 1:2 ½ :3 ½ وغيره) ۾ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ وڌو ويندو آھي ۽ مٿيون تھھ ¼ انچ (6 mm) ٿلھو رکيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ ۾ بلوري پٿر (Marble chips)  جا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آھن. ھن ۾ بلوري پٿر جي ٽڪرن ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب عام طرح سان 1:2 يعني ھڪ حصو سيمينٽ ۽ ٻھ حصا بلوري پٿر جا ٽڪرا ھوندو آھي ۽ ٻيو تھھ پھرئين تھھ چاڙھڻ کان پوءِ ٻئي ڏينھن چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. مٿئين تھھ کي گھربل تھھ کان ٿورو وڌيڪ ٿلھو رکيو ويندو آھي جيئن انھيءَ جي ڪٽڻ ۽ گسائڻ کان پوءِ اھو پوريءَ ۽ گھربل ٿولھھ ۾ بيھي. ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ جابلو ريتي ٿلھي (Coarse) گھربل سائيز  جي ۽ صاف ھئڻ گھرجي. بلوري ٽڪر (Marble chips) مضبوط ۽ 1/16 انچن کان 1/8انچن (1.55 mm کان 3 mm) جي سائيز جا ھئڻ گھرجن. وڏي سائيز جي ڪمرن ۽ ھالن ۾ ¼ انچن جي سائيز تائين بلوري ٽڪر استعمال ڪري سگھجن ٿا. بي ڊبليو ڊيءَ جي اسپيسيفڪيشنس مطابق مٿيون بلوري ٽڪرن جو تھھ 3/8″ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن تھ ھيٺيون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريت جو تھھ 1 انچ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ اھي ٻئي تھ يڪجان (Monolithic) ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن موزائيڪ فلور جي فرش جي ٽاپنگ جي جملي ٿولھھ 1 3/8″ کان گھٽ نھ بيھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ٻين ھيٺين ڳالھين جو خاص خيال رکيو وڃي.
(i) سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ھيٺئين تھھ ٺاھڻ تائين عليحده خانن ٺاھڻ، سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ملائڻ، انھيءَ کي پٿارڻ، انھيءَ جي گھاٽاڻ ۽ واٽر سيمينٽ رئشو (پاڻيءَ ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب) اڳ ۾ ڄاڻايل سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مطابق ھئڻ گھرجي.(ii) بلوري ٽڪرن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ کجيءَ جي ڦرھن جي ڇٻن ۾ وجھي چانورن وانگر پاڻيءَ سان ڌوئي بالڪل  صاف ڪري سڪائي پوءِ استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجي.
(iii) سڀ کان پھرين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي بنياد تي، جيڪو سنوت ۾ ۽ کھرو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي، گھربل ٿولھھ جي عمق وارين پتل (Brass)، ٽامي(Copper)، جست (Zinc)، شيشي (Glass)، يا ٻڙي نمبر (Zero Number) جي بلورن جي چوري جي ٺھيل پٽين سان ھڪ ڪرا، سھڻا ۽ گھربل ڊزائن جا خانا ٺاھيا وڃن.
(iv) گھربل تناسب جي حساب سان ماپ وارين پيتين ذريعي سيمينٽ ۽ بلور جي ٽڪرن کي پھرين سڪل حالت ۾ ڪنھن صاف پڪي فرشي ٽڪري تي پر ڪوشش ڪري تغاريءَ يا ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي ٿانو (Container)  ۾ وجھي ٿورو ٿورو پاڻي ملائي ايتري گھاٽاڻ (Workability)  تائين بيھارجي جيتري ۾ اھو استعمال ڪرڻ جي لائق بڻجي، پوءِ انھيءَ کي خانن اندر لاھي ترتيب سان لوھھ جي ڪرنيءَ ذريعي پٿاري ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي ڳتيو وڃي. جيڪڏھن ٿڦڪين ڏيڻ سان انھيءَ مان ڪريم نڪري تھ اھڙي ملاوٽ کي خارج ڪيو وڃي.
(v) ڪوشش ڪري بلوري ٽڪرن جو تھھ Mosaic topping) ايتري ٽائيم اندر ڏنو وڃي جيتري ۾ ھيٺيون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ لچڪدار (Plastic)  حالت ۾ ھجي. (عام طرح سان اھو ٻئي ڏينھن ڏنو ويندو آھي) پر جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل سڪي وڃي تھ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان خالص سيمينٽ ۽ پاڻي جو ھلڪو تھھ (Slurry)  ڏيئي پوءِ جلد ئي انھيءَ مٿان موزائيڪ جي داڻي جو تھھ چاڙھجي. انھيءَ تھھ مٿان ھلڪيون ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي انھيءَ کي ڪرني ۽ ليول واري پٽيءَ سان سڌو ڪري ۽ بالڪل صحيح ليول ۾ بيھارجي.
(vi)  ليول بيھارڻ ۽ ڪرنيءَ سان ٻھ ٽي گھمرا ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي ڳتڻ کان پوءِ اگر مٿاڇري تي ڪرنيءَ جا داغ ٿي بيھن تھ انھن کي ميساڻ جي ڪوشش ھرگز نھ ڪجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڳتي ھلي مٿان گسائڻ (Grinding)  کان پوءِ اھي داغ خود بھ خود ميٽجي ويندا.
(vii) انھيءَ کان پوءِ يڪدم ئي موزائيڪ جي تازي پيل فرش مٿان ڪرنيءَ جي مدد سان خالص سيمينٽ جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ انھيءَ مٿان ترائيءَ واسطي آليون ڳوڻيون رکجن.
(viii) ٽن ڏينھن بعد انھيءَ فرش جي مٿان تمام کھرن ڪاربورئنڊم بلاڪن رستي خوب طرح سان ھن فرش جي گسائي  ڪئي وڃي. اھا گسائي، مشين استعمال ڪرڻ سان تڪڙي ۽ عمدي رھي ٿي. ڪن خاص حالتن ۾ مشين نھ ھئڻ سبب انھيءَ کي ھٿ رستي انھن بلاڪن سان (جن کي عام طرح سان بٺي ڪوٺيو وڃي ٿو) زور سان رڳڙي لسو بنائي سگھجي ٿو. رڳڙائي يعني گسائي فرش مٿان سنھي ريتي ۽ پاڻي ھاري خوب طرح سان ڪرڻ گھرجي جيستائين داڻو ظاھر ٿي بيھي.
(ix) پھرين گسائي کان پوءِ فرش جي تھھ مٿان ڪجھھ سوراخ ٿي پون تھ انھن جي خالص سيمينٽ سان مرمت ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ فرش کي سڪڻ نھ ڏجي.
(x) ٻي رڳڙائي وري پنجن ڏينھن کان پوءِ وچولي کھرن ڀترن يعني بٺين سان ڪئي وڃي ۽ گشائيءَ دوران جيڪڏھن سوراخ وغيره نظر اچن تھ انھن جي خالص سيمينٽ سان مرمت ڪجي. انھيءَ سموري ڪم دوران فرش کي تر رھڻ ڏنو وڃي
(xi) آخر ۾ سنھن بٺين (Fine Sand-blocks)  رستي رڳڙي ۽ تمام گھڻي پاڻي ھارڻ بعد انھيءَ کي بالڪل صاف ۽ چِٽو ڪيو وڃي ۽ اھڙا فرش جن ۾ آخري گسائيءَ کان پوءِ بھ موزائيڪ جو داڻو نظر نھ اچي تھ انھن کي خارج ڪري ٻيھر ٺھرائڻ گھرجي.
(xii) آخري گسائيءَ کان پوءِ ھنن فرشن کي ھلڪي صابڻ (Mild Soap) سان ڌوئي تمام گھڻي پاڻيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ سڪڻ لاءِ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي ۽ جڏھن اھي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان سڪي وڃن تھ انھن مٿان آغزئيلڪ ائسڊ جو پائوڊر (Oxalic Acid Powder)  ھاري لڪڙن مٿان سڻيءَ جون ٻوريون لپيٽي تمام گھڻي زور سان گٺو وڃي ۽ انھن کي سڪڻ لاءِ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ وري ٻيھر پھرئين جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ (Oxalic Acid Powder)  پائوڊر ھاري ڪپڙي جي گدين (Cloth pads) سان انھيءَ کي گسايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي سڪائي پوءِ چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪجي.
(xiii) انھيءَ بعد فرش کي ڪنھن صاف تيل ۽ ڪاٺ جي ٻوري سان ڍڪي ڇڏجي ۽ رنگ روغن ۽ ٻين جاءِ جي سمورن ڪمن پوري ٿيڻ بعد انھن کي تمام سٺي پالش ڪري، ۽ صاف سٽ (Cotton Waste)  سان زور سان گسائي چمڪندڙ بنايو وڃي.
(xiv) رنگين فرشن ٺاھڻ واسطي سڪو ملائڻ وقت سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ گھربل رنگ سڪل حالت ۾ ملائي، پوءِ مٿي ڄاڻايل ھدايتن مطابق اڳتي وڌجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ٽيرازو ڊئڊو ۽ اسڪرٽنگ==

: (Terrazzo Dado and Skirting)بلوري پٿر جي داڻي  (Marble Chips) ۾ سيمينٽ ملائي ڀتين مٿان عمق جي صورت ۾ چاڙھي،  انھيءَ جي موزائيڪ فلورنگ وانگر گسائي وغيرھ ڪري، داڻي کي ظاھر ڪري، خوبصورت سطح ۾ آڻڻ کي ٽيرازو ڊئڊو يا اسڪرٽنگ سڏيو وڃي ٿو.

ان قسم جي سطح ٺاھڻ لاءِ انھن سڀني ڳالھين جو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي جيڪي موزائيڪ فلورنگ ۾ ڄاڻايون ويون آھن. اجڪلھھ جي رواج مطابق غسلخانن ۽ بورچيخانن کي ڇڏي ٻين سڀني ڪمرن وغيره ۾ موزائيڪ فلورنگ سان گڏ ان جھڙو ئي ڊئڊو 3 انچن کان 4 انچن تائين چئني ڀتين تي چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ طرح سان ڪمرا وغيرھ سھڻا بھ لڳندا آھن ۽ فرش ڌوئڻ وقت انھن ڪمرن جون ڀتيون پڻ خراب نھ ٿينديون آھن. جڏھن تھ بورچيخانن ۽ غسلخانن ۾ انھيءَ جي اوچائي اٽڪل 6 فوٽن تائين رکي ويندي آھي. پلستر ڪيل ڀتين جا اھي حصا جن تي ھيءُ ڊئڊو چاڙھيو ويندو آھي اھي کھرا ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ ڄاڻايل عمق مطابق انھن جي مٿان گھربل ڊئڊو ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ جي سيٽ ٿيڻ کان اڳ موزائيڪ جي داڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. داڻو (Chips) اڪثر ڪري 1 ½ نمبر جو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ٿورو ماربل پائوڊر ملائڻ سان انھيءَ کي گسائڻ ۾ آساني رھندي آھي انھيءَ ڪري فرش توڙي اسڪرٽنگ جي ڪم ۾ سيمينٽ ھڪ حصو، ماربل پائوڊر ½ حصو ۽ داڻو 2 حصا ملائي مناسب قسم جي آميزش حاصل ڪري سگھجي ٿي. اسڪرٽنگ ۽ ڊئڊو سڌا، ليول ۽ ساھل ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن ۽ فرش سان چڱيءَ طرح مليل (Flush)  ھئڻ گھرجن.
اھا ڳالھھ ذھن ۾ رکڻ گھرجي تھ فرش جو ڊئڊو ۽ ڀتين جي اسڪرٽنگ ۾ ڪٽائيءَ کان پوءِ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 70 سيڪڙو داڻا ھڪ ڪرا ڦھليل ۽ ظاھر ھئن گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ٽيرازو ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ڊئڊو==

: (Terrazzo Tile Floors and Dado)  اعشاري نظام جي رائج ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ھيءُ چؤنڪا 300 mm x 300 mm x 25 mm، (Tiles)  (يعني ڊيگھھ ۽ ويڪر ھر ھڪ 300 mm ۽ ٿولھھ 25 mm) ۾ ٺھڻ لڳا آھن. ھن قسم جي ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي بنياد تيار ڪرڻ کان پوءِ صاف سٿرو سيمينٽ لڳائي انھيءَ مٿان وڇايو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن جي جوڙن ۾ گھربل رنگ جي سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جي پٽڙيءَ پيسٽ جھڙو مسالو (Slurry)  ڀريو ويندو آھي.ھنن چؤنڪن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پھرين گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 36 ڪلاڪن تائين پاڻيءَ اندر ٻوڙي رکڻ گھرجي.ھن قسم جي ٽائيلن جو مٿيون داڻي وارو تھھ ½ جي ٿولھھ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ گھربل رنگ جو مقدار انھيءَ ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ سيمينٽ، جيڪو گھڻو ڪري سيمينٽ ۽ داڻي جي حساب ۾ 1:2 جي تناسب سان استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ جي ڏھھ سيڪڙو کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھگرجي. اھي چؤنڪا (Tiles) گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھر پائونڊ تي 2000 مربع انچ (2000 psi) واري سگھھ جو دٻاءُ سھڻ وارا ۽ ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪيل ھئڻ گھرجن ھي چؤنڪا 1 ½ انچ ٿولھھ جي 1:2:4 واري تناسب سان ٺھيل سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ مٿان 1:3 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو سراسري طور اڌ انچ ٿولھھ جو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ جي مٿان لڳايا وڃ. چؤنڪا لڳائي بس ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھن جي جوڙن ۾ (جي 1 1/16 انچن جي ٿولھھ کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن) گھربل رنگ جي سيمينٽ جو مسالو ڀريو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ لڳايل مٿاڇري کي ڇيڙڻ کان سواءِ اٽڪل ٻن ھفتن تائين پاڻيءَ سان تر رکيو وڃي. مٿاڇري جي سڪي وڃڻ کان پوءِ مٿي ڄاڻايل موزائيڪ فلورنگ وانگر انھيءَ کي چڱيءَ طرح چمڪائي پوءِ استعمال ڪيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پٿر جا فرش==

(Stone or Flagged Floor) ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش جو بنيادي تھھ اڳ ۾ ڄاڻايل خاصيتن وارو ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ فرش اندر استعمال ٿيندڙ پٿر ھڪ ئي سائيز جا ڀلي نھ ھئڻ گھرجن، ليڪن انھن جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ ڏيڍ انچ، ويڪر 14 انچ ۽ ڊيگھھ اڍائي فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي .انھن پٿرن جو مٿاڇرو تمام سھڻي انداز ۾ گھڙيل، گول ٽڪرن ۽ ورن وڪڙن کان پاڪ ھئڻ گھرجي. انھن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ ڪلاڪ تائين پاڻيءَ جي حوض اندر ڀڄائي رکڻ گھرجي .انھن جي ھيٺان وڇايل بنياد (Base) بالڪل ھڪ ئي ليول ۾ ھئڻ گھرجي. انھن کي ھڪ ئي انداز جي ويڪر ۽ اھم لنگھھ (Main entrance) جي ديوار جي پور وڇوٽ ھئڻ گھرجن. انھن جي ھڪ قطار جا جوڙ ٻيءَ گڏو گڏ قطار جي مفاصلي کان گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 8 انچن کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن، جيئن ھڪ قطار جا جوڙ ٻيءَ قطار کان ٽٽل رھن. انھن جو بنياد سرن جي فرفش جي بنياد وانگر ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن جا جوڙ عام طرح سان 1/8 انچن جي ٿولھھ جا ۽ 1:2 جي تناسب جي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي گاري جا ھئڻ گھرجن. پٿر ھميشھ پختي تھھ، جيڪو مترڪي (Mallet)  جي ڌڪن ھئڻ سان جانچي سگھجي ٿو، مٿان لڳائڻ گھرجن ۽ ھيٺئين بنياد جي نرم حصن (Soft patches) کي ٻاھر ڪڍي ٻيھر مضبوط ٺاھڻ گھرجي. پٿر جي چؤنڪن (Slabs) جي ڪنارن کان گاري (Mortar) کي پکڙجڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي ۽ ٽيپ نھ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙن ۾ آيل مال کي ڪرنيءَ (Trowel) رستي فلش (Flush)  ڪيو وڃي.  جيڪڏھن ٽيپ (Pointing) ڪرڻ مقصود ھجي تھ جوڙن کي ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي ھڪ جھڙي ٿولھھ وارين پٽين رستي ¼ انچن کان گھٽ ويڪرو نھ رکيو وڃي. جڏھن ھر ھڪ پٿر جي چؤنڪن جي قطار لڳي وڃي تھ ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي پٽين کي ڪڍي، جلد ئي جوڙن کي 1:1 جي تناسب واري سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان ڀريو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي پٿرن جي مٿاڇري کان 1/16 انچ ھيٺ ڪرنيءَ سان ٽڪي ٽيپ ڪئي وڃي . ڪم ھلندي ھنن فرشن جي ترائي جاري رکي وڃي ۽ ڪم پوري ٿيڻ کان پوءِ بھ 14 ڏينھن تائين ترائي ضرور ڪجي ۽ تيار ٿيل ففرش مٿان ڪنھن بھ قسم جا نشان ۽ گاري جا داغ ٿيڻ نھ ڏجن ۽ اھڙي قسم جا داغدار فرش ڪڏھن بھ قبول نھ ڪيا وڃن. فرش جي ڪنھن بھ حصي مٿان ٽن ڏينھن تائين ڪنھن کي بھ ھلڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي ۽ انھن مٿان 7 ڏينھن تائين ڪنھن بھ وزنيءَ شيءِ کي آڻڻ نھ گھرجي. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش==
: (Glazzed Tile Flooring) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي ھيٺيون تھھ (Base) سرن جي فرش وانگر ٺاھڻ گھرجي. چمڪدار چينيءَ جا چؤنڪا گھربل سائيز ۽ رنگ مطابق ھئڻ گھرجن. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھريائين ھيٺئين تھھ مٿان گھڻي سيمينٽ واري گارري کي پٿارڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد چؤنڪن کي ڪاٺ جي ھٿوڙي ۽ گز جي مدد سان گھربل انداز ۽ گھربل سلاميءَ مطابق لڳائڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 36 ڪلاڪن تائين پاڻيءَ جي حوض اندر ٽٻائي رکڻ گھرجي.  ٽائيلن کي گاري مٿان رکي، ھٿوڙي جي مدد سان زور سان ائين لڳائن گھرجي، جيئن ھيٺيون مسالو جوڙن مان ٻاھر نڪري اچي. فالتو مال کي يڪدم آلي حالت ۾ ڪنھن ڀِڳل ڪپڙي سان اگھي صاف ڪرڻ کپي. بھتر تھ ائين آھي تھ ڪاٺ جي ويلڻ رستي ٽائيلن کي دٻايو وڃي، جيئن ٽائيلن جي مجموعي سطح ھموار رھي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان 24 ڪلاڪ گذرڻ بعد جوڙن ۾ ٽاٽ يا ڪنھن برش جي مدد سان سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي رٻڙي (Slurry) ڀرڻ گھرجي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پوءِ ٽن ڏينھن تائين انھن مٿان ڪنھن بھ وزني شيءِ کي ھلڻ يا رکڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد انھن مٿان پالش ڪري، انھن کي صابڻ سان صاف ڪرڻ گھرجي. ھن ۽ ٻين سڀني قسمن جي ٽائيلن جي فرش لاءِ ٽائيلن کي گھربل سائيز ۽ نموني ۾ ٽڪڻ جي حالت ۾ صرف ڪارائي استعمال ڪئي وڃي جيئن انھن جا ڪنارا تکا ۽ صاف رھن ۽ انھن جا جوڙ دلڪش رھن. جاءِ جي مڪمل ٿيڻ تائين ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪاٺ جي فالتو ٻوري يا ڪنھن ٻي شيءِ سان ڍڪي رکڻ گھرجي جيئن اھو جاءِ جي رنگ روغن ۽ ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي شيءِ جي داغن وغيره کان صاف رھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر يا سنگ موسيٰ جا فرش==
(Marble or Black Marble Floors)
  
ھن قسم جا فرش پٿر جھڙي سخت شيءِ جي سنگمرمر جي ھڪ جھڙن چؤنڪن يا تختن (Slabs)  استعمال ڪرڻ سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جي فرشن وڇائڻ کان اڳ انھن جو ھيٺيون تھھ (Base) اڳ ۾ بيان ڪيل فرشن جي تھھ وانگر ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ھنن کي ھيٺئين تھھ سان جوڙڻ واسطي 1:2 جي تناسب وارو چوني جو گچ يا سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جو گچ ¾ انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ مٿان پٿاريو ويندو آھي. ھنن جي جوڙن ۾ چوني جي لاپي (Lime putty) استعمال ڪئي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي جوڙن اندر زور سان ڀريو ويندو آھي. انھن جوڙن کي بالڪل صاف ۽ خوبصورتيءَ سان ٺاھيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھن جوڙن جي ويڪر 1/16 انچن کان وڌيڪ نھ رکڻ ڏني ويندي آھي. پٿر جي سرن جي ٿولھھ ڪنھن بھ صورت ۾ ¾ انچ کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي. انھي پٽيءَ جي نموني ۾ فرشبندي ڪرڻ واسطي ڪو بھ سنگمرمر جو ٽڪر 18 انچن کان گھٽ ڊگھو نھ رکڻ ڏنو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھيٺ ڄاڻايل ھدايتن جو پڻ خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي. 
(i) سنگمرمر جون سرون گھربل رنگ، قسم ۽ سائيز جون ھئڻ گھرجن. ڪن اٽليءَ جي سفيد ۽ آسماني ماربل جھڙين سرن استعمال ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ۽ گھربل انداز جي ڊزائن ۾ نھ ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ جيڪڏھن پالش ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھن جو رنگ ساڳيو نھ بيھي تھ انھيءَ فرشبنديءَ کي خارج ڪرڻ گھرجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جي ماربل جي ٽڪرن جو رنگ پالش ڪرڻ بعد ئي اصلي صورت اختيار ڪندو آھي. 
(ii) ھي سنگمرمر جا ٽڪرا بالڪل صحيح طرح ڪارائيءَ رستي وڍيل، سڀني پاسن کان بالڪل چؤڪور، ھڪ ئي ٿولھھ ۾ ۽ ھڪ ئي سنوت ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن ۽ ڏاڪڻ، دروازن ۽ ورانڊن کان ٻاھر نڪتل ڪنارن جي صورت ۾ ھنن جا ڪنارا بُل نوز (Bul-nose) جي صورت ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن 
(iii) اڀن جوڙن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ چوني جي پٽيءَ ۾ چوني جي مقدار جيترو کؤنر استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجي 
(iv) ڪم ھلڻ دوران ۽ انھن ماربل جي ٽڪرن جي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ کين 10 ڏينھن تائين پاڻيءَ سان تر رکڻ گھرجي (v)جڏھن فرش پوريءَ طرح ڄمي يعني سيٽ (Set)  ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪاربورئنڊم پٿر (Carborandum Stone)، يا ڪنھن ٻئي سخت پٿر ۽ کھريءَ ريتيءَ ذريعي تمام گھڻو پاڻي جالاري گٺو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ لاءِ جيڪڏھن مشين استعمال ڪجي تھ نھايت ئي بھتر آھي. جوڙن جي پالش لاءِ نھايت ئي نرم (Soft) پٿر استعمال ڪجي. جڏھن کھرائپ ختم ٿي وڃي تھ واري ڌوئي مٿاڇري کي تمام سنھي ڪاربورئنڊم جي پٿر، سر يا ايمري پائوڊر سان گسائي لسو ڪيو وڃي 
(vi) لسي ڪرڻ کان پوءِ فرش تي پٽي پائوڊر ھاري انھيءَ کي اوني ڪپڙي جي گدين (Felt pads) يا ناريل جي ڇلڪن جي کوپن رستي گھي، تمام جھجھي پاڻي سان پالش ڪيو وڃي ۽ جاءِ جي ڪم ھلڻ دوران ھن فرش کي داغن ۽ ٻئي نقصان کان بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي==
: (Dry Brick Pavi) 
ھن قسم جي فرشبندي ۾ پھرئين درجي جون ۽ ڪوشش ڪري ھر عليحدھ ۽ لڳاتار ٽڪري ۾ ھڪ جھڙي رنگ جون سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. زمين جي مٿاڇري کي چڱيءَ طرح پاڻي ھاري ڌمڪ يا نھرو ڪندڙ مشين (Compactors) ذريعي وھاري نھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيدءَ کي صحيح طرح سان گھربل سلاميءَ ۽ ڪئمبر (Camber)  ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ جي مٿان اڌ انچ ٿلھو مٽيءَ جي گاري جو ليپو ڏيئي يا چئن انچن جو ڪاري واريءَ (River or pit sand) جو تھھ ڏيئي انھيءَ مٿان گھربل نموني ۾ سڪل سرون ڄمائي انھن جي فرشبندي ڪئي ويندي آھي. . ھن فرشبندي ۾ ڪوشش ڪري بالڪل باريڪ جوڙ رکيا وڃن ۽ ڪو بھ جوڙ ¼ انچ کان وڌيڪ ويڪرو نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ سرن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان زور سان جڪڙي قابو رکيو وڃي ٿو. فرشبندي ختم ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان ڪاري واري ھاري جوڙن کي انھيءَ واريءَ سان ڀريو ويندو آھي ۽ فرش مٿان بچيل فالتو واريءَ کي ٻھاري صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي، ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ سرن کي اڀي صورت ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جو فرش سڌين سرن جي فرشن کان مضبوط ٿيندو آھي.
ڪن خاص حالتن ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جو تمام پٽڙو گارو ھاري سرن جي جوڙن کي صرف مٿان جوڙڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي اھو گارو سرن جي جي درزن ۾ مٿئين حصي منجھان داخل ٿيندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشبندي گودامن، رستن، اڱڻن، رستن ۽ چبوترن لاءِ ڪئي ويندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪاٺ جا فرش==  
: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن فرش تمام گھڻا مھانگا ھوندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اھي تمام عمدي ڪاٺ جا ٺاھڻا ھوندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جو استعمال گھڻو ڪري جابلو علائقن (Hilly areas) جھڙوڪ مري وغيره جي اھڙن ھنڌن تي ڪيو ويندو آھي، جتي ڪاٺ تمام گھڻو ۽ سستو پوي ٿو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ڪن خاص حالتن (جتي سانت جي ضرورت ھوندي آھي) ۾ ھنن فرشن جي ضرورت پوندي آھي، جھڙوڪ ناچ خانھ (Dancing Halls) ۽ سماعت خانھ (Auditoriums) وغيره. ھن قسم جا فرش بالڪل پختا ۽ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن اھي وڌيڪ کان وڌيڪ بار کڻي سگھن. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي خوبصورتيءَ جي لحاظ کان نھايت ئي لسو ھئڻ گھرجي. جيئن تھ ڪاٺ ۾ مڙڻ جي نمايان خاصيت ٿيندي آھي، انھيءَ ڪري اھڙن فرشن ۾ ھر ھڪ فوٽ جي فاصلي (Span) تي 1/40 کان 1/30 انچن جي حساب سان اوچائي (Camber) ڏيڻ گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==مفرد يا ھيڪوٽا فرش==
: (Single Floors) 
ھن قسم جي حالت ۾ ھڪ ئي طريقي  سان ڪامون يا شھتير (Bridging joists)  کوڙي انھيءَ مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. اھي ڪامون ھر پاسي کان ديوار جي ڪڙين (Wall plates) مٿان رکيون وينديون آھن. اھي ڪامون اھڙيون تھ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جو انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جي تختن کي ڪوڪن رستي ٺوڪڻ ۾ ڪا بھ تڪليف محسوس نھ ٿئي. انھن ڪامن جي اصلي ۽ بنيادي گھرج اھا آھي تھ اھي بالڪل سخت ۽ مضبوط ھئڻ گھرجن تھ جيئن اھي گھڻي کان گھڻو بار جھلي سگھن. انھيءَ مقصد واسطي اھي حساب ڪيل قوت کان وڌيڪ سخت قوت واري ڪاٺ مان ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. انھن شھتيرن جي ويڪر گھڻو ڪري 2 انچن کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ اھي ھڪ شھتير جي مرڪز کان ٻئي شھتير جي مرڪز تائين ھڪ فوٽ جي مفاصلي جي حساب سان رکيا ويندا آھن. وڌيڪ مفاصلي رکڻ سان انھن جي مڙڻ جو انديشو رھندو آھي ۽ اھو مڙڻ (Deflection)  ھر ٻن شھتيرن جي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي 1/333 حصي کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ھنن ڪامن کي تازي گاري (Green mortar)  يا اوساريءَ سان لڳڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي، نھ تھ انھن جو ڪاٺ ڳرڻ لڳندو، جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ھر حالت ۾ سڪل رکڻو آھي انھيءَ ڪري شھتيرن ۽ ڀتين جي ڇيڙن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي پوري گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي.ڊزائن ڪرڻ بعد شھتيرن کي صحيح ماپ ۽ جاءِ تي کوڙي، انھيءَ مٿان 1 انچ کان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھا ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳائي ڪاٺ جا فرش تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==ٻٽا فرش== 
: (Double Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڄي ڪمري جي فاصلي مطابق شھتير (Bridging joists)  نھ کوڙيا ويندا اھن ۽ انھيءَ جي برعڪس اھي ٻين شھتيرن جن کي ٻڌندڙ شھتير يا صرف ٻڌندڙ (Binding joists or Binders) ۽ ٽيڪنيڪي ٻوليءَ ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ سڏيو ويندو آھي،  انھن مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن. ھي بائينڊرس، مٿان رکيل شھتيرن ھيٺان  90 ڊگريءَ جي سڌي ڪنڊ تي کوڙيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کي ديوارن مٿان 6 کان 8 فوٽن جي فاصلي تي رکيو ويندو آھي. ڪوشش ڪري ھي فرش درن کان ڪجھھ ھٽائي رکيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جا فرش ھڪ تھھ وارن فرشن کان وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي آواز کي ٻاھر وڃڻ کان بھتر نموني ۾ روڪي سگھندا آھن. ليڪن ھيٺ وارين ديوارن تي ڪن نڪتن وٽ ھنن جو بار اچي ڪٺو ٿيندو آھي. ھنن فرشن جي عمق، اوچائي وڌڻ سان گڏو گڏ وڌي ٿي، انھيءَ سبب جاءِ جي اوچائي پڻ وڌائڻي پوي ٿي ۽ نتيجي ۾ ھي فرش نھايت ئي مھانگا پون ٿا. انھيءَ ڪري ھي فرش گھڻو ڪري ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا  ھن قسم جا فرش 12 فوٽن کان مٿي واري مفاصلي لاءِ ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا ۽ انھن ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ جا ڇيڙا ڀتين ۾ نھ کوڙيا ويندا آھن پر اھي کليل ڇڏيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھن کي ھوا لڳي سگھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.

==ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽِيڻن شھتِيرن وارا فرش==
: (Triple joist or framed wooden floors)

جيڪڏھن ڪنھن ڪمري يا وڏي ھال جو ننڍي ۾ ننڍو فاصلو (Short span)  اٽڪل 25 فوٽ يا انھيءَ کان وڌي وڃي تھ ھن طريقي جا ڪاٺ جا فرش ٺاھيا وڃن. ھر فرش گرڊرن، بائينڊرس، شھتيرن (Bridging joists) ۽ ڪاٺ جي تختن رستي ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڀ کان پھرين، ڪمري جي ننڍي فاصلي جي رخ ۾ 13 کان 20 فوٽن جي وٿيءَ تي گرڊر رکيا ويندا آھن. اھي وٿيون بائينڊرس رستي، جيڪي گرڊرن جي گوني ڪنڊ (Right angles) جي طرف رکيون وينديون آھن، ڀريون وينديون آھن. فرش جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ رکڻ لاءِ بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن اندر ٽسڪ ۽ ٽينن جوائنٽس (Tusk and Tennon joints) رستي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. گرڊرن جي ڇيڙن ۽ ديوارن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي جيئن ڪاٺ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رھي. جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ھڪ وڌيڪ ڪاٺ جي گرڊر جو اضافو ڪجي ٿو ۽ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن (Binding joists) کي انھيءَ سان جوڙي ڪاٺ جو پڃرو ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ سبب ڪري گرڊرن جي ڪمزور ٿيڻ جو انديشو رھي ٿو. انھيءَ انديشي کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٻڌندر  شھتيرن جي ڇيڙن کي لوھھ جي پٽين (Iron Stirrups)  ذريعي عليحدھ رکيو وڃي ٿو. مکيھ گرڊرن ۽ ٻڌندر شھتيرن کي ايتري حد تائين اونھو رکيو ويندو آھي جيتري ۾ ڇت ۾ ڏار پوڻ نھ ڏنا وڃن. شھتير (Bridging joists)  ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کان ترڇا (Across) رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن کي يا تھ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن جي مٿان رکيو ويندو آھي يا تھ انھن کي مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙي فريم ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. شھتيرن جي ھڪ وچ کان ٻئي وچ تائين 1 فوٽ کان 1 ½ فوٽ تائين مفاصلو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ آخر ۾ ڪاٺ جي تختن کي انھن مٿان رکي فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن سان اھڙي نموني ۾ جڪڙيو ويندو آھي جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو ڪاٺ جي گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو رھي. ليڪن، شھتير (Bridging joists) بائينڊرس مٿان ائين رکيا ويندا آھن، جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو مٿي بيھي. انھيءَ طريقي سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي ٿولھ گھٽائي سگھجي ٿي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;. 

==زميني يا ھيٺيان فرش== 
: (Ground Floors 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ ڪاٺ جي ڳرڻ جي انديشي واسطي پوسل کان روڪڻ لاءِ خاص اپاءُ ورتا ويندا آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جي ھيٺا سيمينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ ڏنا ويندا آھن. عام طرح سان ھيٺيون تھھ گھٽ ملاوث جھڙوڪ 1:6:12  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ۽ مٿيون تھھ 1:2:4  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ڏنو ويندو آھي. ھر ھڪ تھھ جي ٿولھھ  سراسري طور 3 انچ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ طرح سان پوري تھھ جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 6 انچ رکي ويندي آھي. فني (ٽيڪنيڪي) لحاظ کان انھيءَ کي ”سائيٽ“ يا ”اوور سائيٽ“ (Site or Oversite)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ تھھ جي مٿان 6 فوٽ ۽ 5 انچ جي ھر ھڪ مرڪزي مفاصلي کان ٻئي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي حساب سان 4 انچ ٿلھيون ڪاٺ جي تختن (Sleepers) يا پٿر جي بلاڪن يا پڪسري اوساريءَ رستي ننڍيون ديوارون ٺاھي، جن کي (Dwarf walls) چئبو آھي، انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جون وال پليٽون (Walls plates)  لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ديوارون ڪمرن جي ٻنھي طرفن يعني ويڪر ۽ ڊيگھھ جي رخ ۾ ۽ ھڪ جھڙي انداز جي وڇوٽيءَ تي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. شھتير جن کي (Bridging joists) سڏيو وڃي ٿو ۽ عام طرح سان 4 انچ x 44 انچ جي سائيز جا ٿين ٿا، انھن کي پليٽن جي مٿان چاڙھي ڪلن  ڪوڪن ۽ پيچن وارن اسڪرن ذريعي قابو ڪيو وڃي ٿو. آخر ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ انچ ۽ وڌ ۾ وڌ ڏيڍ انچ ٿولھھ وارا ڪاٺ جا تختا شھتيرن مٿان جوڙي ھن قسم جا فرش ٺاھيا ڃن ٿا
ڪاٺ جي تختن ھيٺان کليل حصي مان ھوا جي بالڪل پوري گذر واسطي ھيٺ ڏنل ديوارن ۾ ٽنگ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ چوڪيءَ جي ليول (Plinth level)  ھيٺان پڻ سوراخن وارن بلاڪن جون ديوارون ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. وال پليٽن لڳائڻ کان اڳ ۾ ھيٺ وارين ننڍين ديوارن ۽ پاسي وارين ڀِتين مٿان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھو پوسل روڪڻ وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ (D.P.C)  چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ عام طرح سان، شھتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. تمام اھم عمارتن لاءِ ڪنھن خاص سبب لاءِ ساڳ جو ڪاٺ (Teak wood)  پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڪڏھن وري ساڳ جي ڪاٺ جا تختا ۽ ديال جي ڪاٺ جا شھتير استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ شيشم جي صحيح تيار ٿيل ڪاٺ جا تختا پڻ لڳايا ويندا آھن&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==رٻڙ جا فرش== 
: (Rubber Flooring) 
ھن قسمن جي فرشبنديءَ واسطي گندڪ ملايل رٻڙ جا مرڪب، جيڪي رٻڙ ۾ اھڙي طريقي سان ملائي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھيءَ جي مضبوطي ۽ لچڪ وڌي وڃي، سي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جي شڪل بالڪل سڌي ۽ پلين چادر جھڙي، يا چادرن ۾ خانا ٺاھي پلين يا چٽسالي ڪيل چؤنڪن جي نموني ۾، ۽ يا تھ عليحده عليحده چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ٿيندي آھي. اھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا اھڙي ڪنھن ٻئي ٺوس ۽ سخت بنيادي تھھ (Base)  مٿان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. فرش چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنياد کي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي دز (Dust)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين شين جھڙوڪ پوسل، چڪنائيءَ وغيرھ کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ بنيادي تھھ ۾ جيڪي بھ ھيٺاھيون ۽ مٿاھيون ھونديون آھن، انھن کي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان صحيح ڪري ليول ڪيو ويندو آھي. استعمال ٿيندڙ رٻڙ 1/8  انچن کان ½  انچن جي معيادي ٿولھھ جو ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھميشھ گندڪ (Suphur)، ٽمڻ ۽ کھراڻ کان پاڪ قسم جو رٻڙ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ انھيءَ جو مٿاڇرو لسو ھجي ۽ پاڻيءَ ۽ ڪنھن سٺي معيار واري صابڻ يا ڪنھن اھڙيءَ ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ڌوئڻ يا پالش ڪرڻ سان انھيءَ جي رنگ تي ڪو اثر نھ پوي.  رٻڙ چاڙھڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي ھيٺئين پاسي کي کھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ھڪ ئي وقت 25 مربع فوٽن کان وڌيڪ ايراضيءَ تي نھ چاڙھبو آھي. رٻڙ چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنيادي فرس مٿان ڪنھن سٺي چنبڙائيندڙ (Adhesive)  مرڪب جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ کي ڏھن کان پندرنھن منٽن تائين کليل ڇڏي ڏبو آھي تھ جيئن انھيءَ کي ھوا لڳي. بعد ۾ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل قسم ۽ ڊزائن جي رٻڙ جو پوش چاڙھي انھيءَ مٿان سھڻي نموني زور ڏيئي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي تھ جيئن فرش جي بنيادي تھھ ۽ رٻڙ جي چادر جي وچ ۾ ھوا نھ رھي ۽ رٻڙ فرش سان بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح ۽ سڌائيءَ ۾ چنبڙي. انھيءَ لاءِ عام طرح سان ننڍو لوھ جو رولر استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان پوءِ رٻڙ جي فرش کي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٽن ڏينھن تائين آزاد ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن سٺي صابڻ سان ڌوئي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جا فرش اھم جاين، آفيسن، اسپتالن، سينيمائن ۽ ھوٽلن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. معياري تعليمي درسگاھن ۽ آڊيٽوريم اندر پڻ ھن قسم جا فرش پسند ڪيا ويندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھنن مٿان ھلن سان آواز نٿو ٿئي ۽ سانت رھي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم جا فرش== 
: (Linoleum Floors) 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ رٻڙ جي فرشن وانگر سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ وغيره جي بنياد مٿان لينوليم جو پلاسٽڪ جھڙو پوش چاڙھي ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ڪيميا جي خيال کان لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل (Linseed oil)، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگ وغيره جو مرڪب آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب تھھ جھڙوڪ ڪنوس (Convas)  مٿان پٿاري فرش جو پوش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. اھو پوش خوشنما نمونن ۾ ٺاھي، بنيادي فرش مٿان چاڙھي، ھن قسم جا دلڪش فرش ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. لينوليم جا رٻڙ جي فرش وانگر الڳ الڳ چؤنڪ پڻ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، انھن کي لينوليم جا چؤنڪا سڏيو ويندو آھي. ھي فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ سستا ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي وقفي وقفي سان وارنش ۽ ميڻ (Wax)  لڳائڻ سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال ڪري انھن کي پائيدار بڻائي سگھبو آھي. لينوليم عام طرح سان رولن وانگر ويڙھيل ٿانن جي صورت ۾ ملندي آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب ڳنڍيندڙ مرڪب (Adhesive) رستي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد انھيءَ تھھ مٿان وارنش لڳائي، کين چمڪايو ويندو آھي. موٽر ڪارن، لارين، جھازن ۽ ريل گاڏين وغيره جا فرش، پڻ لينوليم سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش رھائشي گھرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ريسٽورانن لاءِ بھ نھايت موزون رھن ٿا. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جا فرش== 
: (Cork Floors) 
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙين جاين يا جاين جي انھن حصن لاءِ ڪارآمد آھن، جن کي سانت وارو يعني بنا گوڙ وارو (Noiseless)  ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي، جھڙوڪ آڊيٽوريم، پبلڪ لئبرريون، ٿئيٽر ۽ چرچون (گرجائون) وغيره.ھي فرش ڪارڪن جي چادرن يا ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. ڪارڪ جي شيٽن يعني چادرن جي تياري ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن کان مختلف نموني جي ٿيندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ٽائيلن ۾ صرف ڪارڪن استعمال ٿيندو آھي ۽ چادرن ۾ ڪارڪ جا ڇلڪا ۽ ٻورو، السيءَ جو تيل، ڪاٺ جو ٻورو ۽ رنگ وغيره استعمال ٿيندا آھن. ٻنھي قسمن جي فرشن جو ڪجھھ بيان ھيٺ پيش ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش==
: (Cork tiles Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ ڪارڪ جا چؤنڪا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي چؤنڪا مختلف ماپن ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. داونن يعني بارڊرن (Borders)  لاءِ 1 کان 3 فوٽن تائين ويڪريون ۽ 6 فوٽ ڊگھيون ڪارڪ جون پٽيون پڻ ٺھنديون آھن. انھن ٽائيلن جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8  انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. اھڙين  ٽائيلن جو ترو سڌو يا جھريءَ وارو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ٽائيلون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي ھيٺئين تھھ (Sub base) مٿان لڳايون وينديون آھن. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ ڪاٺ جو آھي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم ھئڻ گھرجي يا تھ ٻي صورت ۾ انھيءَ مٿان پِلاءِ (Ply)  لڳائي وڃي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھرين ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل صاف ۽ ھڪ جھڙو ھئڻ گھرجي، جنھن مٿان نرم گديءَ جو پترو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي، جيئن ڪاٺ جي لڏڻ سان ٽائيلن جي تھھ کي ڪو نقصان نھ پھچي. انھن ٽائيلن کي خاص قسم جي ڏامر ذريعي نرم گديءَ سان چنبڙايو ويندو آھي ۽ آخري حصي يا ڪنڊن وارن چؤنڪن کي ڪوڪن ذريعي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھ (Base)  سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ مٿان 1:3  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ گاري جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ مٿاڇري کي بلڪل سنوت ۾ آڻي، سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو ويندو آھي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي تمام چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪري انھيءَ مٿان ڏامر (Bitumen)  جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي، انھيءَ مٿان ٽائيلون وڇايون وينديون آھن. 
ڪارڪ اوڪ (Oak)  يعني شاھ بلوط جي سدا بھار وڻن جي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھيءُ وڻ بحريھ روم جي قريبي ملڪن ۾ ٿيندا آھن، جنھن جي کل تمام گھڻي ٿلھي ٿيندي آھي. انھيءَ کل کي ھر اٺن يا ڏھن سالن کان پوءِ لاٿو ويندو آھي، جنھن کي اٻاري، ٿورڙو آلو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ پوءِ انھن کي ڇلي ۽ خوب طرح سان گسائي، گرم ويلڻن مان ايتري وقت تائين لنگھائبو رھبو آھي جيستائين انھيءَ کل مان شيري جھڙي گھاٽي شيءِ ٻاھر نڪري اچي. انھيءَ گھاٽي شيءِ نڪرڻ سان ڪارڪ جي اندر سنھا سوراخ نھ رھندا آھن ۽ اھو وڌيڪ سخت ۽ ٺوس ٿي ويندو  آھي. ھيءُ شيري جھڙو مادو ڪارڪ جي ذرن کي پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چنبڙائي رکندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان پوءِ انھيءَ ڪارڪ کي گھربل ماپ جي چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ڪاٽي وٺبو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرش==
: (Cork Sheet Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پي-وي-سيءَ جا فرش==
: ( Polyvinyl Chloride i.e. P.V.C Floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش گھريلو جاين، ريل گاڏيءَ جي دٻن، دفترن، آڊيٽوريم جي ھالن ۽ ٿئيٽرن وغيره لاءِ موزون رھندا آھن. ھي فرش پڻ رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش گھڻو ڪري زيبائش لاءِ ئي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھنن فرشي چادرن ۽ چؤنڪن جي ٿولھھ 1/16  انچن کان ¼ انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. 
ھيءُ پي-وي-سيءَ جو مرڪب جديد دور جي ايجاد آھي جيڪو ٿرموپلاسٽڪ بائينڊرس، فلرس ۽ رنگن مان ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو. ھن قسم جون چادرون 3 فوٽن، 3 ½ فوٽن ۽ 6 فوٽن جي ويڪرائيءَ ۾ ۽ چؤنڪا 1 فوٽ، 2 فوٽن ۽ 3 فوٽن جي سائيز ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن ۽ اھي ھڪ قسم جو لچڪدار ۽ اڻ ٽمندر مٿاڇرو مھيا ڪنديون آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==شيشي جا فرش==
: (Glass Floors)
~ھن قسم جا فرش گرائونڊ فلور ۾ اھڙن حصن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن جي ھيٺان تھھ خانا ھجن ۽ انھن تھھ خانن ۾ روشني پھچائڻ جي ضرورت ھجي. ھن قسم جا فرش مختلف نمونن ۾ ڪاٺ جا مضبوط فريم ٺاھي انھن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا چؤنڪا وجھي تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. عمارتي شيشو عمدي قسم جو ۽ مضبوط استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8 انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش ==
: (Asphalt Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن جا ٻھ نمونا ٿيندا آھن، ھڪ ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ٻيا ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش. ھنن ٻنھي نمونن جا فرش سستا، لچڪدار (Resilient)، اڻ جاذب (Non absorbent) ، پوسل روڪ (Moisture proof) ، تيزاب روڪ (Acid proof)، تيل (Oil)  ۽ گريس (Greese) سان مقابلو ڪندڙ ٿيندا آھن. انھن خاصيتن سبب ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن وارا فرش سرڪاري آفيسن ۽ اسڪولن وغيره جھڙين عمارتن ۽ ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ قسم جا فرش گودامن، ڀانڊن، ڪارخانن ۽ ٻين اھڙي نوعيت جي عمارتن ائسفالٽ جي چؤنڪن کي سخت بنياد مھيا ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مٿان ھڪ ٻئي سان ڳنڍي ھن قسم جو فرض ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. پر جيڪڏھن ڪاٺ جي فرش مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سڀني ڪاٺ جي پٽين ۽ تختن کي مضبوطيءَ سان ڪوڪن وغيرھ جي رستي جڪڙيو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن وڇائڻ کان پھرين ڪاٺ جي سطح مٿان ائسفالٽ، بٽومين يا رچيل ائسفالٽ جي اوني ڪپڙي (Asphalt saturated felt)  جو اٽڪل 3/8 انچن جو ٿلھو تھھ پٿاريو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش (Asphalt mastic floor)  ٺاھڻ واسطي انھيءَ کي گرم ڪري، ڪنھن ٺوٺ سطح، جھڙوڪ ڪاٺ يا سيمينٽ مٿان پٿاري ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت==
.(Maintenance and Repair of Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪوشش ڪري روزانو آلي پوچيءَ سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن اھو فرش تمام گھڻو گندو نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڏوتو وڃي. صابڻ جي تھھ کي فرش جي ڪنھن بھ ٽڪري تي بنا ڌيان جي ڇڏڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ فرش ترڪڻو ٿي پوندو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ فرش جو اھو ٽڪرو جھڪو (Dull)  ٿي پوندو. فرش جي ڌوئڻ واسطي سوڍا کار يا ٻين اھڙين تيز شين استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ جيڪڏھن فرش جو ڪو بھ حصو ٽٽي يا ڪنھن بھ نموني مرمت طلب ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سمورو پانيل يا خانو (Panel)  ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي، بنيادي ڪانڪريٽ کي سخت برش سان صاف ڪري، انھيءَ کي پاڻيءَ سان آلو رکي، ھڪ رات تائين ڇڏي ڏيڻ گھرجي. رات گذرڻ کان پوءِ بيٺل پاڻيءَ کي ڪڍي صاف ڪري، صاف سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ چاڙھو وڃي ۽ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل ٿولھھ ۽ گھربل تناسب، جھڙوڪ 1:2:4  يا اھڙو ڪو ٻيو موزون تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد ڪانڪريٽ کي دٻائي، پاسن واري فرش جي ٿولھھ برابر آندو وڃي، جيئن سموري فرش جي ليول ھڪ جھڙي ٿي وڃي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن پاسن وارن پانيلن جا ڇيڙا نھ ڀڄن. انھيءَ بعد نئين ٺاھيل پانيل کي ڏھن ڏينھن تائين تر رکيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>3s8m8fhx2cjg8izif7ijspyjptfpx45</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401059</id>
      <parentid>401058</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:26:44Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش */</comment>
      <origin>401059</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="87234" sha1="e2hx6kx6pio51vgf81w1s6xjvugee9p" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جا فرش==

(Cement Concrete or Conglomerate floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش عام طرح سان نھايت ئي گھڻو مقبول آھن. ھن قسم جا فرش ڪچي بنياد (Sub-base) جي تيار ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو (Base)  بنياد وجھي انھيءَ جي مٿان شيشي، ايليومينم (Aluminium) وغيره جي پٽين جا چوڪنڊا خانا ٺاھي انھن ۾ گھربل ٿولھھ (جيڪا اڪثر ڪري 1 انچ کان 4 انچن تائين ھوندي آھي) مطابق 1:2:4 جي تناسب جو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ استعمال ڪري ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. اھا فرشبندي خانن ذريعي انھيءَ ڪري ورڇي ويندي آھي جو سموري مطلوبہ ايراضي ۾  لاڳيتو فرش وجھڻ سان موسمي اثرن جي تبديليءَ سبب ڪانڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ واڌ سبب فرش ۾ ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن.  شيشي جي پٽين استعمال نھ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ گھربل فرش کي لڪيرن جي صورت ۾ سھڻي نموني عليحدھ عليحدھ خانن ۾ ورھائي پوءِ ھڪ ڇڏي ٻيو يعني واري سر Alternate) ڪاٺ جي پٽي ڏيئي مقرر ڪيل ٿولھھ جي حساب سان ڀريو ويندو آھي. ٻنھي صورتن ۾ انھن خانن کي ھڪ ئي انداز ۾ ورھايو ويندو آھي. پٽين استعمال نہ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ھڪ واري سان ڀريل فرش جي خانن کان پوءِ واري سر ڀرڻ وارا خانا 24 ڪلاڪن کان پوءِ ڀريا ويندا آھن. ھر ھڪ خاني جي ايراضي 16 مربع فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نھ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ انھن خانن جي ننڍي ۾ ننڍي سائيڊ (پاسو) 3 فوٽن کان ۽ وڏي ۾ وڏو پاسو 6.5 فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشبندي ٺاھڻ لاءِ مٿي ڄاڻايل ڳالھين سان گڏو گڏ ٻين ھيٺين ڳالھين جو خاص خيال رکيو وڃي.
(i)  شيشي يا ائليومينم جون پٽيون جيڪي فرش کي مختلف خانن ۾ ۽ ھڪجھڙي انداز (Symmetrical)  ۾ ورھائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن، اھي 1/8 انچن  (3 mm) ٿلھيون ۽ گھربل انداز جي ٽاپنگ (Topping)  جيتريون اوچيون (Deep)  ھئڻ گھرجن.
(ii) خانن ۾ ورھائڻ کان اڳ ۾ چوني جي ڪانڪريٽ (Lime Concrete) يا سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي بنيادي فرش (Base) کي، جيڪو بالڪل ھڪ ڪري (Uniform) تھھ جي صورت ۾، چڱيءَ طرح ڳتي نھرو ڪيل (Compacted)  ۽ گھربل فرش جي حساب ۾ بالڪل صحيح، انھيءَ جي پور وڇوٽ (Parallel)  ۽ ھڪ ئي دفعي سان وڌل ھوندو آھي. گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ستن ڏيھن تائين ترائي (Curing)  ڪري، سخت بنائي ۽ بعد ۾ فرش وجھڻ وقت پھريائين انھيءَ کي لوھھ جي تارن واري برش سان صاف ڪري انھيءَ مان مٽي ۽ ابور کي مال  کي ڪڍي ۽ سڪل ھئڻ جي حالت ۾ پاڻيءَ جو ٽيھو ڏيئي بعد ۾ خالص سيمينٽ ۽ پاڻيءَ جي پتري مرڪب جو تمام ھلڪو ٽيھو ڏيئي پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان فرش (Topping) وڇايو وڃي.
(iii)  زميني سطح کان مٿي تيار ڪيل منزلن واسطي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ڇتين (Slabs) وجھڻ وقت جلد ئي انھن مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش وڌو وڃي ۽ وقت گذري وڃڻ جي حالت ۾ انھن کي ٿورو گھرو ڪري اٽڪل ڏيڍ انچ ٿلھو، گھٽ مقدار واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جھڙوڪ 1:6:12  يا 1:4:8  جي تناسب وارو، تھھ چڙھي پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان ھن قسم جي ٽاپنگ (Topping)  چاڙھي وڃي.
(iv) بنياد (Base)  کي ڪڏھن بھ لسو نھ ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن ٽاپنگ انھيءَ سان مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙجي وڃي.
(v) سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو مسالو گھاٽو (Dense) رکيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ جو جھڪاءُ (Slump)  ڏيڍ انچ کان نھ وڌي. عام ڪمن لاءِ ھڪ ڪعب فوٽ تي ساڍن چئن کان پنجن گيلن تائين پاڻي استعمال ڪجي. پاڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب Water Cement Ratio)  0.04کان نھ وڌڻ گھرجي ۽ چلت (Workability)  کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ پٿر جي ٽڪرن ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ (Aggregate)  جي انداز کي ملائي بيھارڻ (Adjustment)  رستي ضابطو ڪيو وڃي
vi) ھڪ خاني (Panel)  جو مال ھڪ ئي دفعي (Lot) سان ملائي، ۽ سيمينٽ ملائڻ کان 5 منٽن اندر مال ملائڻ واري تختي (Mixing board) تان فرش تي ويھي آھستگيءَ سان لاھي، خانو ڀري، انھيءَ کي ڪرني ۽ سڌي پٽيءَ (Straight edge)  وسيلي پٿاري، سنئون ڪيو وڃي. پٿارڻ بعد انھيءَ کي 5 کان 10 منٽن تائين اٽڪل 5 پائونڊن جي ڪاٺ جي ٿاڦيءَ سان زور سان ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي سوڙھو ڳتيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ۾ ڄمڻ کان پوءِ سنھن سوراخن پيدا ٿيڻ جو انديشو نھ رھي.
(vii) سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ کي خانن ۾ پٿارڻ کان پوءِ  شروعاتي ٽائيم ۾ انھيءَ کي تمام گھڻو ٿاڦڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي. اھو جڏھن سخت ٿيڻ لڳي تھ انھيءَ کي تڪڙو تڪڙو لوھھ جي ڪرنيءَ (Trowel)  سان ماريو وڃي. سخت ٿيڻ کان اڳ ۾ سڌيءَ پٽيءَ ذريعي انھيءَ کي چڪاسيو وڃي ۽ جيڪڏھن ڪجھھ ھيٺاھيون مٿاھيون (Undulations) نظر اچن تھ انھن کي ختم ڪرڻ گھرجي. ازانسواءِ ٿاڦيءَ سان ٿڦڪين ڏيڻ بعد جيڪڏھن ڪو فالتو باريڪ مال (Stuff) نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي يڪدم خارج ڪيو وڃي.
(viii) جيڪڏھن ٿڦڪين ڏيڻ سان سطح جي مٿان سيمينٽ جي ڪريم جي پيسٽ نڪري اچي تھ ائين ڄاڻجي تھ مصالحي ۾ تمام گھڻو ۽ ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي پئجي ويو آھي. اھڙي مال کي خانن مان ڪڍي ۽ ٻئي اھڙي ٺاھيل مال کي خارج ڪيو وڃي.(ix) مٿي ڄاڻايل پٿارڻ ۽ دٻائڻ (Ramming) واري سلسلي کي آلي حالت ۾ ملايل (Wet mixing) ڪانڪريٽ جي ٽائيم کان پوءِ 30 منٽن اندر پورو ڪرڻ گھرجي.
(x) ھڪ ڇڏي ٻئي خاني ڀرڻ جي صورت ۾ ٻئي ڏينھن تي خانن ٺاھڻ وارين رھنمائي پٽين (Screeds) کي خبرداريءَ سان ڪڍيو وڃي ۽ ٺاھيل چونڪن يا خانن (Panels) جي پاسن کي چڪاسيو وڃي ۽ انھن کي ڀڄڻ نھ ڏجي. انھن پاسن تي ڪنھن اڻ جاذب (Non-absorbent)  ڪاغذ کي رکي ۽ مٿي تيار ٿيل چونڪي مٿان ويڙھيو وڃي، جيئن اڳتي ھلي رھيل خانن کي ڀرڻ وقت نئون مال اڳ ۾ ٺھيل چونڪن جي  
ڪنارن سان چنبڙي نھ پوي ۽ نھ ئي وري ٺھيل چونڪن مٿان پٿارجي وڃي. گھڻي خيال رکڻ کان پوءِ بھ جيڪڏھن ڪجھھ مصالحو انھن مٿان ڪري پوي تھ انھن کي تازي حالت ۾ ئي صاف ڪري ھٽايو وڃي.
(xi) ٽئين ڏينھن تي ڇڏيل خانا جيڪي ھڪ ڇڏي ٻئي (Alternate) جي اصول تي ڀرڻا آھن، انھن کي پورو ڪيو وڃي ۽ انھن جي ڀرڻ وقت اڳ ۾ ٺھيل چونڪن کي نقصان ٿيڻ نھ ڏجي. ھنن ڇڏيل خانن کي ڀرڻ تائين اڳ ٺاھيل چونڪن جي ڀِڳل سڻيءَ جي ڳوڻ رستي چڱيءَ طرح ترائي ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن کي ترائيءَ جي مدي تائين ھرگز سڪڻ نھ ڏجي. سموري فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ انھن مٿان جابلو واريءَ سان ٻارا ٺاھي، انھن اندر مسلسل پاڻيءَ جا دٻا ٺاھي اٽڪل 14 ڏينھن تائين ترائي ڪئي وڃي.
(xii)  ھن قسم جي فرش جي مٿاڇري کي سڪل سيمينٽ يا گھڻي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي مرڪب کي انھيءَ مٿان ڇڻڪاري ڪڏھن بھ لسو ۽ پختو ڪرڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ خراب سطح کي لڪائڻ لاءِ اھو ھڪ حسين ڌوڪي جي برابر آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم٬==


(Types of C.C. Floors)
ن قسم جي فرشن کي ٺاھڻ وارن طريقن جي لحاظ کان ٻن نمونن ۾ ورھائي سگھجي ٿو. ھڪ غير مفرد (Non-monolithic)  ۽ ٻيو ھڪ جان يا مفرد (Monolithic).
غير مفرد (Bonded) فرشن ۾ ڪانڪريٽ جو مٿيون تھھ اڪثر ھيٺئين تھھ (Base) جي وجھڻ کان ٽي ڏينھن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آھي، جيئن اھي ٻئي يڪ جان نھ ٿين، پر الڳ الڳ رھن. اھي فرش بھ يا تھ ھڪ تھھ جي صورت ۾ يا ٻن تھن جي صورت ۾ وڇايا ويندا آھن. ھڪ تھھ (Single layer) جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري (4 cm) 1 5/8 ٿلھو تھھ ھڪ ئي وقت وڇايو ويندو آھي. ٻن تھن (Two layers) جي صورت ۾ مٿي ڄاڻايل ٿولھھ کي ٻن حصن ۾ اھڙي نموني ورھايو ويندو آھي، جيئن ھڪ ئي وقت اھي ٻيئي تھھ پاڻ ۾ ملي وڃن. ھن ۾ ھيٺ واري ڪچي تھھ (Base) سان ملندڙ تھھ جي ٿولھھ 1 انچ (2.5 cm)  رکي ويندي آھي ۽ سڀ کان مٿئين تھھ جي ٿولھھ 5/8 انچ (1.5 cm)   رکي ويندي آھي. ازانسواءِ ھيٺئين تھھ ۾ گھڻو ڪري 1:3:6 جي تناسب ۾ ۽ مٿئين تھھ ۾ 1:2:3 جي تناسب ۾ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ھڪ جان يا مفرد (Monolithic)  قسم جا فرش اٽڪل ¾ انچ (2 cm)  ٿلھا ۽ ھيٺئين ڪچي ڪانڪريٽ (Base)  سان گڏو گڏ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جيئن ٻئي تھھ پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چڱيءَ طرح ملي ۽ سڪڻ کان پوءِ ھڪ ٿي وڃن. ھيٺئين بنياد (Base) ۽ ھن تھھ جي وڇائڻ ۾ 45 منٽن کان 4 ڪلاڪن تائين وقفو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ 1:2:4  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. عام طرح سان ھي مفرد قسم جا فرش اڄڪلھھ مروج نھ آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي مٿاڇري کي سخت بڻائڻ==

(Hardener Treatment)
سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري کي جڳھھ جي ۽ ضرورت جي نوعيت مطابق سخت ڪندڙ مرڪبن جھڙوڪ جست (Zinc)  ۽ مئگنيشيم فليوئوسليڪيٽيڊ (Magnesium Fluosilicated)، سوڊيم سليڪيٽ  (Sodium Silicate)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين ڪيميائي دوائن ملائڻ سان مضبوط بڻايو ويندو آھي. ھن ۾ زنڪ يا مئگنيشيم جي فليوئوسليڪيٽ جي اڌ پائونڊ کي ھڪ گئلن پاڻيءَ ۾ ملائي پھريون ليپ ڏنو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ کان پوءِ ضرورت مطابق ھر ٻيو ليپ ھر گئلن پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻن پائونڊن جي حساب سان ڏنو ويندو آھي. انھن ليپن ڏيڻ کان اڳ ۾ فرش کي چڱيءَ طرح سان ڌوئي، ھر ابور کي مال، تيل، رنگ ۽ ٻئي ھر ڌارئي مادي (Foreign substance) کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪرڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جو ليپ ھڪ گئلن ۾ 130 مربع فوٽ والاري (Cover)  ٿو، سڪڻ کان پوءِ ھن فرش کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪپڙي سان اگھڻ گھرجي.
ھيءُ فرش گھڻو ڪري رستن، گھٽين، فوٽ پاٿن، وڏن سماعت خانن (Auditoriums)، عام ميڙ وارن ھنڌن وغيره لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جا فرش==


(R.C.C Floors) ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن ۾ ڄاڻايل ڳالھين جو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھنن ۾ ڇتين وانگر ۽ ڊزائن مطابق لوھ جون سيخون استعمال ڪيو وينديون آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن. ھنن فرشن ۾ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو مٿيون تھھ 6 انچن (15 cm) کان 8 انچن (20 cm) تائين وڌو ويندو آھي. ھنن فرشن ۾ بنيادي تھھ گھڻو ڪري اٽڪل 4 انچ گھرو وڌو ويندو آھي. مٿئين تھھ جي اڌ عمق (Depth)  تي لوھ جو ڄار اھڙي نموني وڇايو ويندو آھي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين تھھ کان مٿي اڀريل رھي ۽ انھيءَ جي مٿان سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو گھربل تھھ (Cover) چڙھي.
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙن ھنڌن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن تي ڳري مشينري، ٽرئفڪ ۽ ٻين اھڙين ڳرين شين جي چرپر ٿيڻي ھوندي آھي، جھڙوڪ؛ ڪارخانا، جديد فيڪٽريون، ھيليڪاپٽرن ۽ جھازن جا رستا (Runways)  ۽ لارين ۽ موٽرن بيھارڻ وارا دالان وغيره.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن جون خاصيتون==

(Characteristics of C.C. Floors)
(i) ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پنھنجي پسند مطابق  مطابق گھربل رنگ ملائي خوبصورت بڻائي سگھجي ٿو.
(ii) ھنن فرشن جي سنڀال سولائيءَ سان ڪري سگھجي ٿي ۽ انھن تي گھٽ خرچ لڳي ٿو.
(iii) ھنن فرشن جي اڏاوت آسان ۽ پائيدار ھئڻ سبب انھن کي عام طرح سان رھائشي، تجارتي ۽ مجلسي عمارتن لاءِ استعمال ڪيو وڃي ٿو.
(iv) ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ باھھ سان مقابلو ڪرڻ جي ڪافي قوت ٿئي ٿي.
(v) ھي فرش غير جاذب (Impervious)  ۽ ٺوس ٿين ٿا.
(vi) ھنن کي آسانيءَ سان ڌوئي صاف ڪري سگھجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mosaic orTerrazzo floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن لاءِ پڻ بنياد ساڳئي نموني ٺاھيو ويندو آھي جيئن پھرين ڄاڻايو ويو آھي، انھيءَ جي مٿان ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ٻن تھن جي صورت ۾ ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ھيٺئين تھھ ۾ 1 انچ کان ¾ انچ (2.5 کان 2 سينٽيميٽر) جي عمق ۾ گھربل تناسب (جھڙوڪ؛ 1:2:4  يا 1:2 ½ :3 ½ وغيره) ۾ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ وڌو ويندو آھي ۽ مٿيون تھھ ¼ انچ (6 mm) ٿلھو رکيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ ۾ بلوري پٿر (Marble chips)  جا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آھن. ھن ۾ بلوري پٿر جي ٽڪرن ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب عام طرح سان 1:2 يعني ھڪ حصو سيمينٽ ۽ ٻھ حصا بلوري پٿر جا ٽڪرا ھوندو آھي ۽ ٻيو تھھ پھرئين تھھ چاڙھڻ کان پوءِ ٻئي ڏينھن چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. مٿئين تھھ کي گھربل تھھ کان ٿورو وڌيڪ ٿلھو رکيو ويندو آھي جيئن انھيءَ جي ڪٽڻ ۽ گسائڻ کان پوءِ اھو پوريءَ ۽ گھربل ٿولھھ ۾ بيھي. ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ جابلو ريتي ٿلھي (Coarse) گھربل سائيز  جي ۽ صاف ھئڻ گھرجي. بلوري ٽڪر (Marble chips) مضبوط ۽ 1/16 انچن کان 1/8انچن (1.55 mm کان 3 mm) جي سائيز جا ھئڻ گھرجن. وڏي سائيز جي ڪمرن ۽ ھالن ۾ ¼ انچن جي سائيز تائين بلوري ٽڪر استعمال ڪري سگھجن ٿا. بي ڊبليو ڊيءَ جي اسپيسيفڪيشنس مطابق مٿيون بلوري ٽڪرن جو تھھ 3/8″ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن تھ ھيٺيون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريت جو تھھ 1 انچ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ اھي ٻئي تھ يڪجان (Monolithic) ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن موزائيڪ فلور جي فرش جي ٽاپنگ جي جملي ٿولھھ 1 3/8″ کان گھٽ نھ بيھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ٻين ھيٺين ڳالھين جو خاص خيال رکيو وڃي.
(i) سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ھيٺئين تھھ ٺاھڻ تائين عليحده خانن ٺاھڻ، سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ملائڻ، انھيءَ کي پٿارڻ، انھيءَ جي گھاٽاڻ ۽ واٽر سيمينٽ رئشو (پاڻيءَ ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب) اڳ ۾ ڄاڻايل سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مطابق ھئڻ گھرجي.(ii) بلوري ٽڪرن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ کجيءَ جي ڦرھن جي ڇٻن ۾ وجھي چانورن وانگر پاڻيءَ سان ڌوئي بالڪل  صاف ڪري سڪائي پوءِ استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجي.
(iii) سڀ کان پھرين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي بنياد تي، جيڪو سنوت ۾ ۽ کھرو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي، گھربل ٿولھھ جي عمق وارين پتل (Brass)، ٽامي(Copper)، جست (Zinc)، شيشي (Glass)، يا ٻڙي نمبر (Zero Number) جي بلورن جي چوري جي ٺھيل پٽين سان ھڪ ڪرا، سھڻا ۽ گھربل ڊزائن جا خانا ٺاھيا وڃن.
(iv) گھربل تناسب جي حساب سان ماپ وارين پيتين ذريعي سيمينٽ ۽ بلور جي ٽڪرن کي پھرين سڪل حالت ۾ ڪنھن صاف پڪي فرشي ٽڪري تي پر ڪوشش ڪري تغاريءَ يا ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي ٿانو (Container)  ۾ وجھي ٿورو ٿورو پاڻي ملائي ايتري گھاٽاڻ (Workability)  تائين بيھارجي جيتري ۾ اھو استعمال ڪرڻ جي لائق بڻجي، پوءِ انھيءَ کي خانن اندر لاھي ترتيب سان لوھھ جي ڪرنيءَ ذريعي پٿاري ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي ڳتيو وڃي. جيڪڏھن ٿڦڪين ڏيڻ سان انھيءَ مان ڪريم نڪري تھ اھڙي ملاوٽ کي خارج ڪيو وڃي.
(v) ڪوشش ڪري بلوري ٽڪرن جو تھھ Mosaic topping) ايتري ٽائيم اندر ڏنو وڃي جيتري ۾ ھيٺيون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ لچڪدار (Plastic)  حالت ۾ ھجي. (عام طرح سان اھو ٻئي ڏينھن ڏنو ويندو آھي) پر جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل سڪي وڃي تھ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان خالص سيمينٽ ۽ پاڻي جو ھلڪو تھھ (Slurry)  ڏيئي پوءِ جلد ئي انھيءَ مٿان موزائيڪ جي داڻي جو تھھ چاڙھجي. انھيءَ تھھ مٿان ھلڪيون ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي انھيءَ کي ڪرني ۽ ليول واري پٽيءَ سان سڌو ڪري ۽ بالڪل صحيح ليول ۾ بيھارجي.
(vi)  ليول بيھارڻ ۽ ڪرنيءَ سان ٻھ ٽي گھمرا ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي ڳتڻ کان پوءِ اگر مٿاڇري تي ڪرنيءَ جا داغ ٿي بيھن تھ انھن کي ميساڻ جي ڪوشش ھرگز نھ ڪجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڳتي ھلي مٿان گسائڻ (Grinding)  کان پوءِ اھي داغ خود بھ خود ميٽجي ويندا.
(vii) انھيءَ کان پوءِ يڪدم ئي موزائيڪ جي تازي پيل فرش مٿان ڪرنيءَ جي مدد سان خالص سيمينٽ جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ انھيءَ مٿان ترائيءَ واسطي آليون ڳوڻيون رکجن.
(viii) ٽن ڏينھن بعد انھيءَ فرش جي مٿان تمام کھرن ڪاربورئنڊم بلاڪن رستي خوب طرح سان ھن فرش جي گسائي  ڪئي وڃي. اھا گسائي، مشين استعمال ڪرڻ سان تڪڙي ۽ عمدي رھي ٿي. ڪن خاص حالتن ۾ مشين نھ ھئڻ سبب انھيءَ کي ھٿ رستي انھن بلاڪن سان (جن کي عام طرح سان بٺي ڪوٺيو وڃي ٿو) زور سان رڳڙي لسو بنائي سگھجي ٿو. رڳڙائي يعني گسائي فرش مٿان سنھي ريتي ۽ پاڻي ھاري خوب طرح سان ڪرڻ گھرجي جيستائين داڻو ظاھر ٿي بيھي.
(ix) پھرين گسائي کان پوءِ فرش جي تھھ مٿان ڪجھھ سوراخ ٿي پون تھ انھن جي خالص سيمينٽ سان مرمت ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ فرش کي سڪڻ نھ ڏجي.
(x) ٻي رڳڙائي وري پنجن ڏينھن کان پوءِ وچولي کھرن ڀترن يعني بٺين سان ڪئي وڃي ۽ گشائيءَ دوران جيڪڏھن سوراخ وغيره نظر اچن تھ انھن جي خالص سيمينٽ سان مرمت ڪجي. انھيءَ سموري ڪم دوران فرش کي تر رھڻ ڏنو وڃي
(xi) آخر ۾ سنھن بٺين (Fine Sand-blocks)  رستي رڳڙي ۽ تمام گھڻي پاڻي ھارڻ بعد انھيءَ کي بالڪل صاف ۽ چِٽو ڪيو وڃي ۽ اھڙا فرش جن ۾ آخري گسائيءَ کان پوءِ بھ موزائيڪ جو داڻو نظر نھ اچي تھ انھن کي خارج ڪري ٻيھر ٺھرائڻ گھرجي.
(xii) آخري گسائيءَ کان پوءِ ھنن فرشن کي ھلڪي صابڻ (Mild Soap) سان ڌوئي تمام گھڻي پاڻيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ سڪڻ لاءِ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي ۽ جڏھن اھي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان سڪي وڃن تھ انھن مٿان آغزئيلڪ ائسڊ جو پائوڊر (Oxalic Acid Powder)  ھاري لڪڙن مٿان سڻيءَ جون ٻوريون لپيٽي تمام گھڻي زور سان گٺو وڃي ۽ انھن کي سڪڻ لاءِ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ وري ٻيھر پھرئين جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ (Oxalic Acid Powder)  پائوڊر ھاري ڪپڙي جي گدين (Cloth pads) سان انھيءَ کي گسايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي سڪائي پوءِ چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪجي.
(xiii) انھيءَ بعد فرش کي ڪنھن صاف تيل ۽ ڪاٺ جي ٻوري سان ڍڪي ڇڏجي ۽ رنگ روغن ۽ ٻين جاءِ جي سمورن ڪمن پوري ٿيڻ بعد انھن کي تمام سٺي پالش ڪري، ۽ صاف سٽ (Cotton Waste)  سان زور سان گسائي چمڪندڙ بنايو وڃي.
(xiv) رنگين فرشن ٺاھڻ واسطي سڪو ملائڻ وقت سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ گھربل رنگ سڪل حالت ۾ ملائي، پوءِ مٿي ڄاڻايل ھدايتن مطابق اڳتي وڌجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ٽيرازو ڊئڊو ۽ اسڪرٽنگ==

: (Terrazzo Dado and Skirting)بلوري پٿر جي داڻي  (Marble Chips) ۾ سيمينٽ ملائي ڀتين مٿان عمق جي صورت ۾ چاڙھي،  انھيءَ جي موزائيڪ فلورنگ وانگر گسائي وغيرھ ڪري، داڻي کي ظاھر ڪري، خوبصورت سطح ۾ آڻڻ کي ٽيرازو ڊئڊو يا اسڪرٽنگ سڏيو وڃي ٿو.

ان قسم جي سطح ٺاھڻ لاءِ انھن سڀني ڳالھين جو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي جيڪي موزائيڪ فلورنگ ۾ ڄاڻايون ويون آھن. اجڪلھھ جي رواج مطابق غسلخانن ۽ بورچيخانن کي ڇڏي ٻين سڀني ڪمرن وغيره ۾ موزائيڪ فلورنگ سان گڏ ان جھڙو ئي ڊئڊو 3 انچن کان 4 انچن تائين چئني ڀتين تي چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ طرح سان ڪمرا وغيرھ سھڻا بھ لڳندا آھن ۽ فرش ڌوئڻ وقت انھن ڪمرن جون ڀتيون پڻ خراب نھ ٿينديون آھن. جڏھن تھ بورچيخانن ۽ غسلخانن ۾ انھيءَ جي اوچائي اٽڪل 6 فوٽن تائين رکي ويندي آھي. پلستر ڪيل ڀتين جا اھي حصا جن تي ھيءُ ڊئڊو چاڙھيو ويندو آھي اھي کھرا ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ ڄاڻايل عمق مطابق انھن جي مٿان گھربل ڊئڊو ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ جي سيٽ ٿيڻ کان اڳ موزائيڪ جي داڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. داڻو (Chips) اڪثر ڪري 1 ½ نمبر جو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ٿورو ماربل پائوڊر ملائڻ سان انھيءَ کي گسائڻ ۾ آساني رھندي آھي انھيءَ ڪري فرش توڙي اسڪرٽنگ جي ڪم ۾ سيمينٽ ھڪ حصو، ماربل پائوڊر ½ حصو ۽ داڻو 2 حصا ملائي مناسب قسم جي آميزش حاصل ڪري سگھجي ٿي. اسڪرٽنگ ۽ ڊئڊو سڌا، ليول ۽ ساھل ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن ۽ فرش سان چڱيءَ طرح مليل (Flush)  ھئڻ گھرجن.
اھا ڳالھھ ذھن ۾ رکڻ گھرجي تھ فرش جو ڊئڊو ۽ ڀتين جي اسڪرٽنگ ۾ ڪٽائيءَ کان پوءِ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 70 سيڪڙو داڻا ھڪ ڪرا ڦھليل ۽ ظاھر ھئن گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ٽيرازو ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ڊئڊو==

: (Terrazzo Tile Floors and Dado)  اعشاري نظام جي رائج ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ھيءُ چؤنڪا 300 mm x 300 mm x 25 mm، (Tiles)  (يعني ڊيگھھ ۽ ويڪر ھر ھڪ 300 mm ۽ ٿولھھ 25 mm) ۾ ٺھڻ لڳا آھن. ھن قسم جي ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي بنياد تيار ڪرڻ کان پوءِ صاف سٿرو سيمينٽ لڳائي انھيءَ مٿان وڇايو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن جي جوڙن ۾ گھربل رنگ جي سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جي پٽڙيءَ پيسٽ جھڙو مسالو (Slurry)  ڀريو ويندو آھي.ھنن چؤنڪن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پھرين گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 36 ڪلاڪن تائين پاڻيءَ اندر ٻوڙي رکڻ گھرجي.ھن قسم جي ٽائيلن جو مٿيون داڻي وارو تھھ ½ جي ٿولھھ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ گھربل رنگ جو مقدار انھيءَ ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ سيمينٽ، جيڪو گھڻو ڪري سيمينٽ ۽ داڻي جي حساب ۾ 1:2 جي تناسب سان استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ جي ڏھھ سيڪڙو کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھگرجي. اھي چؤنڪا (Tiles) گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھر پائونڊ تي 2000 مربع انچ (2000 psi) واري سگھھ جو دٻاءُ سھڻ وارا ۽ ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪيل ھئڻ گھرجن ھي چؤنڪا 1 ½ انچ ٿولھھ جي 1:2:4 واري تناسب سان ٺھيل سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ مٿان 1:3 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو سراسري طور اڌ انچ ٿولھھ جو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ جي مٿان لڳايا وڃ. چؤنڪا لڳائي بس ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھن جي جوڙن ۾ (جي 1 1/16 انچن جي ٿولھھ کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن) گھربل رنگ جي سيمينٽ جو مسالو ڀريو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ لڳايل مٿاڇري کي ڇيڙڻ کان سواءِ اٽڪل ٻن ھفتن تائين پاڻيءَ سان تر رکيو وڃي. مٿاڇري جي سڪي وڃڻ کان پوءِ مٿي ڄاڻايل موزائيڪ فلورنگ وانگر انھيءَ کي چڱيءَ طرح چمڪائي پوءِ استعمال ڪيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پٿر جا فرش==

(Stone or Flagged Floor) ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش جو بنيادي تھھ اڳ ۾ ڄاڻايل خاصيتن وارو ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ فرش اندر استعمال ٿيندڙ پٿر ھڪ ئي سائيز جا ڀلي نھ ھئڻ گھرجن، ليڪن انھن جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ ڏيڍ انچ، ويڪر 14 انچ ۽ ڊيگھھ اڍائي فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي .انھن پٿرن جو مٿاڇرو تمام سھڻي انداز ۾ گھڙيل، گول ٽڪرن ۽ ورن وڪڙن کان پاڪ ھئڻ گھرجي. انھن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ ڪلاڪ تائين پاڻيءَ جي حوض اندر ڀڄائي رکڻ گھرجي .انھن جي ھيٺان وڇايل بنياد (Base) بالڪل ھڪ ئي ليول ۾ ھئڻ گھرجي. انھن کي ھڪ ئي انداز جي ويڪر ۽ اھم لنگھھ (Main entrance) جي ديوار جي پور وڇوٽ ھئڻ گھرجن. انھن جي ھڪ قطار جا جوڙ ٻيءَ گڏو گڏ قطار جي مفاصلي کان گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 8 انچن کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن، جيئن ھڪ قطار جا جوڙ ٻيءَ قطار کان ٽٽل رھن. انھن جو بنياد سرن جي فرفش جي بنياد وانگر ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن جا جوڙ عام طرح سان 1/8 انچن جي ٿولھھ جا ۽ 1:2 جي تناسب جي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي گاري جا ھئڻ گھرجن. پٿر ھميشھ پختي تھھ، جيڪو مترڪي (Mallet)  جي ڌڪن ھئڻ سان جانچي سگھجي ٿو، مٿان لڳائڻ گھرجن ۽ ھيٺئين بنياد جي نرم حصن (Soft patches) کي ٻاھر ڪڍي ٻيھر مضبوط ٺاھڻ گھرجي. پٿر جي چؤنڪن (Slabs) جي ڪنارن کان گاري (Mortar) کي پکڙجڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي ۽ ٽيپ نھ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙن ۾ آيل مال کي ڪرنيءَ (Trowel) رستي فلش (Flush)  ڪيو وڃي.  جيڪڏھن ٽيپ (Pointing) ڪرڻ مقصود ھجي تھ جوڙن کي ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي ھڪ جھڙي ٿولھھ وارين پٽين رستي ¼ انچن کان گھٽ ويڪرو نھ رکيو وڃي. جڏھن ھر ھڪ پٿر جي چؤنڪن جي قطار لڳي وڃي تھ ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي پٽين کي ڪڍي، جلد ئي جوڙن کي 1:1 جي تناسب واري سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان ڀريو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي پٿرن جي مٿاڇري کان 1/16 انچ ھيٺ ڪرنيءَ سان ٽڪي ٽيپ ڪئي وڃي . ڪم ھلندي ھنن فرشن جي ترائي جاري رکي وڃي ۽ ڪم پوري ٿيڻ کان پوءِ بھ 14 ڏينھن تائين ترائي ضرور ڪجي ۽ تيار ٿيل ففرش مٿان ڪنھن بھ قسم جا نشان ۽ گاري جا داغ ٿيڻ نھ ڏجن ۽ اھڙي قسم جا داغدار فرش ڪڏھن بھ قبول نھ ڪيا وڃن. فرش جي ڪنھن بھ حصي مٿان ٽن ڏينھن تائين ڪنھن کي بھ ھلڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي ۽ انھن مٿان 7 ڏينھن تائين ڪنھن بھ وزنيءَ شيءِ کي آڻڻ نھ گھرجي. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش==
: (Glazzed Tile Flooring) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي ھيٺيون تھھ (Base) سرن جي فرش وانگر ٺاھڻ گھرجي. چمڪدار چينيءَ جا چؤنڪا گھربل سائيز ۽ رنگ مطابق ھئڻ گھرجن. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھريائين ھيٺئين تھھ مٿان گھڻي سيمينٽ واري گارري کي پٿارڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد چؤنڪن کي ڪاٺ جي ھٿوڙي ۽ گز جي مدد سان گھربل انداز ۽ گھربل سلاميءَ مطابق لڳائڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 36 ڪلاڪن تائين پاڻيءَ جي حوض اندر ٽٻائي رکڻ گھرجي.  ٽائيلن کي گاري مٿان رکي، ھٿوڙي جي مدد سان زور سان ائين لڳائن گھرجي، جيئن ھيٺيون مسالو جوڙن مان ٻاھر نڪري اچي. فالتو مال کي يڪدم آلي حالت ۾ ڪنھن ڀِڳل ڪپڙي سان اگھي صاف ڪرڻ کپي. بھتر تھ ائين آھي تھ ڪاٺ جي ويلڻ رستي ٽائيلن کي دٻايو وڃي، جيئن ٽائيلن جي مجموعي سطح ھموار رھي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان 24 ڪلاڪ گذرڻ بعد جوڙن ۾ ٽاٽ يا ڪنھن برش جي مدد سان سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي رٻڙي (Slurry) ڀرڻ گھرجي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پوءِ ٽن ڏينھن تائين انھن مٿان ڪنھن بھ وزني شيءِ کي ھلڻ يا رکڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد انھن مٿان پالش ڪري، انھن کي صابڻ سان صاف ڪرڻ گھرجي. ھن ۽ ٻين سڀني قسمن جي ٽائيلن جي فرش لاءِ ٽائيلن کي گھربل سائيز ۽ نموني ۾ ٽڪڻ جي حالت ۾ صرف ڪارائي استعمال ڪئي وڃي جيئن انھن جا ڪنارا تکا ۽ صاف رھن ۽ انھن جا جوڙ دلڪش رھن. جاءِ جي مڪمل ٿيڻ تائين ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪاٺ جي فالتو ٻوري يا ڪنھن ٻي شيءِ سان ڍڪي رکڻ گھرجي جيئن اھو جاءِ جي رنگ روغن ۽ ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي شيءِ جي داغن وغيره کان صاف رھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر يا سنگ موسيٰ جا فرش==
(Marble or Black Marble Floors)
  
ھن قسم جا فرش پٿر جھڙي سخت شيءِ جي سنگمرمر جي ھڪ جھڙن چؤنڪن يا تختن (Slabs)  استعمال ڪرڻ سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جي فرشن وڇائڻ کان اڳ انھن جو ھيٺيون تھھ (Base) اڳ ۾ بيان ڪيل فرشن جي تھھ وانگر ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ھنن کي ھيٺئين تھھ سان جوڙڻ واسطي 1:2 جي تناسب وارو چوني جو گچ يا سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جو گچ ¾ انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ مٿان پٿاريو ويندو آھي. ھنن جي جوڙن ۾ چوني جي لاپي (Lime putty) استعمال ڪئي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي جوڙن اندر زور سان ڀريو ويندو آھي. انھن جوڙن کي بالڪل صاف ۽ خوبصورتيءَ سان ٺاھيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھن جوڙن جي ويڪر 1/16 انچن کان وڌيڪ نھ رکڻ ڏني ويندي آھي. پٿر جي سرن جي ٿولھھ ڪنھن بھ صورت ۾ ¾ انچ کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي. انھي پٽيءَ جي نموني ۾ فرشبندي ڪرڻ واسطي ڪو بھ سنگمرمر جو ٽڪر 18 انچن کان گھٽ ڊگھو نھ رکڻ ڏنو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھيٺ ڄاڻايل ھدايتن جو پڻ خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي. 
(i) سنگمرمر جون سرون گھربل رنگ، قسم ۽ سائيز جون ھئڻ گھرجن. ڪن اٽليءَ جي سفيد ۽ آسماني ماربل جھڙين سرن استعمال ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ۽ گھربل انداز جي ڊزائن ۾ نھ ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ جيڪڏھن پالش ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھن جو رنگ ساڳيو نھ بيھي تھ انھيءَ فرشبنديءَ کي خارج ڪرڻ گھرجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جي ماربل جي ٽڪرن جو رنگ پالش ڪرڻ بعد ئي اصلي صورت اختيار ڪندو آھي. 
(ii) ھي سنگمرمر جا ٽڪرا بالڪل صحيح طرح ڪارائيءَ رستي وڍيل، سڀني پاسن کان بالڪل چؤڪور، ھڪ ئي ٿولھھ ۾ ۽ ھڪ ئي سنوت ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن ۽ ڏاڪڻ، دروازن ۽ ورانڊن کان ٻاھر نڪتل ڪنارن جي صورت ۾ ھنن جا ڪنارا بُل نوز (Bul-nose) جي صورت ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن 
(iii) اڀن جوڙن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ چوني جي پٽيءَ ۾ چوني جي مقدار جيترو کؤنر استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجي 
(iv) ڪم ھلڻ دوران ۽ انھن ماربل جي ٽڪرن جي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ کين 10 ڏينھن تائين پاڻيءَ سان تر رکڻ گھرجي (v)جڏھن فرش پوريءَ طرح ڄمي يعني سيٽ (Set)  ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪاربورئنڊم پٿر (Carborandum Stone)، يا ڪنھن ٻئي سخت پٿر ۽ کھريءَ ريتيءَ ذريعي تمام گھڻو پاڻي جالاري گٺو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ لاءِ جيڪڏھن مشين استعمال ڪجي تھ نھايت ئي بھتر آھي. جوڙن جي پالش لاءِ نھايت ئي نرم (Soft) پٿر استعمال ڪجي. جڏھن کھرائپ ختم ٿي وڃي تھ واري ڌوئي مٿاڇري کي تمام سنھي ڪاربورئنڊم جي پٿر، سر يا ايمري پائوڊر سان گسائي لسو ڪيو وڃي 
(vi) لسي ڪرڻ کان پوءِ فرش تي پٽي پائوڊر ھاري انھيءَ کي اوني ڪپڙي جي گدين (Felt pads) يا ناريل جي ڇلڪن جي کوپن رستي گھي، تمام جھجھي پاڻي سان پالش ڪيو وڃي ۽ جاءِ جي ڪم ھلڻ دوران ھن فرش کي داغن ۽ ٻئي نقصان کان بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي==
: (Dry Brick Pavi) 
ھن قسم جي فرشبندي ۾ پھرئين درجي جون ۽ ڪوشش ڪري ھر عليحدھ ۽ لڳاتار ٽڪري ۾ ھڪ جھڙي رنگ جون سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. زمين جي مٿاڇري کي چڱيءَ طرح پاڻي ھاري ڌمڪ يا نھرو ڪندڙ مشين (Compactors) ذريعي وھاري نھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيدءَ کي صحيح طرح سان گھربل سلاميءَ ۽ ڪئمبر (Camber)  ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ جي مٿان اڌ انچ ٿلھو مٽيءَ جي گاري جو ليپو ڏيئي يا چئن انچن جو ڪاري واريءَ (River or pit sand) جو تھھ ڏيئي انھيءَ مٿان گھربل نموني ۾ سڪل سرون ڄمائي انھن جي فرشبندي ڪئي ويندي آھي. . ھن فرشبندي ۾ ڪوشش ڪري بالڪل باريڪ جوڙ رکيا وڃن ۽ ڪو بھ جوڙ ¼ انچ کان وڌيڪ ويڪرو نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ سرن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان زور سان جڪڙي قابو رکيو وڃي ٿو. فرشبندي ختم ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان ڪاري واري ھاري جوڙن کي انھيءَ واريءَ سان ڀريو ويندو آھي ۽ فرش مٿان بچيل فالتو واريءَ کي ٻھاري صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي، ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ سرن کي اڀي صورت ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جو فرش سڌين سرن جي فرشن کان مضبوط ٿيندو آھي.
ڪن خاص حالتن ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جو تمام پٽڙو گارو ھاري سرن جي جوڙن کي صرف مٿان جوڙڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي اھو گارو سرن جي جي درزن ۾ مٿئين حصي منجھان داخل ٿيندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشبندي گودامن، رستن، اڱڻن، رستن ۽ چبوترن لاءِ ڪئي ويندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪاٺ جا فرش==  
: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن فرش تمام گھڻا مھانگا ھوندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اھي تمام عمدي ڪاٺ جا ٺاھڻا ھوندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جو استعمال گھڻو ڪري جابلو علائقن (Hilly areas) جھڙوڪ مري وغيره جي اھڙن ھنڌن تي ڪيو ويندو آھي، جتي ڪاٺ تمام گھڻو ۽ سستو پوي ٿو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ڪن خاص حالتن (جتي سانت جي ضرورت ھوندي آھي) ۾ ھنن فرشن جي ضرورت پوندي آھي، جھڙوڪ ناچ خانھ (Dancing Halls) ۽ سماعت خانھ (Auditoriums) وغيره. ھن قسم جا فرش بالڪل پختا ۽ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن اھي وڌيڪ کان وڌيڪ بار کڻي سگھن. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي خوبصورتيءَ جي لحاظ کان نھايت ئي لسو ھئڻ گھرجي. جيئن تھ ڪاٺ ۾ مڙڻ جي نمايان خاصيت ٿيندي آھي، انھيءَ ڪري اھڙن فرشن ۾ ھر ھڪ فوٽ جي فاصلي (Span) تي 1/40 کان 1/30 انچن جي حساب سان اوچائي (Camber) ڏيڻ گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==مفرد يا ھيڪوٽا فرش==
: (Single Floors) 
ھن قسم جي حالت ۾ ھڪ ئي طريقي  سان ڪامون يا شھتير (Bridging joists)  کوڙي انھيءَ مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. اھي ڪامون ھر پاسي کان ديوار جي ڪڙين (Wall plates) مٿان رکيون وينديون آھن. اھي ڪامون اھڙيون تھ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جو انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جي تختن کي ڪوڪن رستي ٺوڪڻ ۾ ڪا بھ تڪليف محسوس نھ ٿئي. انھن ڪامن جي اصلي ۽ بنيادي گھرج اھا آھي تھ اھي بالڪل سخت ۽ مضبوط ھئڻ گھرجن تھ جيئن اھي گھڻي کان گھڻو بار جھلي سگھن. انھيءَ مقصد واسطي اھي حساب ڪيل قوت کان وڌيڪ سخت قوت واري ڪاٺ مان ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. انھن شھتيرن جي ويڪر گھڻو ڪري 2 انچن کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ اھي ھڪ شھتير جي مرڪز کان ٻئي شھتير جي مرڪز تائين ھڪ فوٽ جي مفاصلي جي حساب سان رکيا ويندا آھن. وڌيڪ مفاصلي رکڻ سان انھن جي مڙڻ جو انديشو رھندو آھي ۽ اھو مڙڻ (Deflection)  ھر ٻن شھتيرن جي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي 1/333 حصي کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ھنن ڪامن کي تازي گاري (Green mortar)  يا اوساريءَ سان لڳڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي، نھ تھ انھن جو ڪاٺ ڳرڻ لڳندو، جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ھر حالت ۾ سڪل رکڻو آھي انھيءَ ڪري شھتيرن ۽ ڀتين جي ڇيڙن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي پوري گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي.ڊزائن ڪرڻ بعد شھتيرن کي صحيح ماپ ۽ جاءِ تي کوڙي، انھيءَ مٿان 1 انچ کان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھا ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳائي ڪاٺ جا فرش تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==ٻٽا فرش== 
: (Double Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڄي ڪمري جي فاصلي مطابق شھتير (Bridging joists)  نھ کوڙيا ويندا اھن ۽ انھيءَ جي برعڪس اھي ٻين شھتيرن جن کي ٻڌندڙ شھتير يا صرف ٻڌندڙ (Binding joists or Binders) ۽ ٽيڪنيڪي ٻوليءَ ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ سڏيو ويندو آھي،  انھن مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن. ھي بائينڊرس، مٿان رکيل شھتيرن ھيٺان  90 ڊگريءَ جي سڌي ڪنڊ تي کوڙيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کي ديوارن مٿان 6 کان 8 فوٽن جي فاصلي تي رکيو ويندو آھي. ڪوشش ڪري ھي فرش درن کان ڪجھھ ھٽائي رکيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جا فرش ھڪ تھھ وارن فرشن کان وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي آواز کي ٻاھر وڃڻ کان بھتر نموني ۾ روڪي سگھندا آھن. ليڪن ھيٺ وارين ديوارن تي ڪن نڪتن وٽ ھنن جو بار اچي ڪٺو ٿيندو آھي. ھنن فرشن جي عمق، اوچائي وڌڻ سان گڏو گڏ وڌي ٿي، انھيءَ سبب جاءِ جي اوچائي پڻ وڌائڻي پوي ٿي ۽ نتيجي ۾ ھي فرش نھايت ئي مھانگا پون ٿا. انھيءَ ڪري ھي فرش گھڻو ڪري ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا  ھن قسم جا فرش 12 فوٽن کان مٿي واري مفاصلي لاءِ ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا ۽ انھن ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ جا ڇيڙا ڀتين ۾ نھ کوڙيا ويندا آھن پر اھي کليل ڇڏيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھن کي ھوا لڳي سگھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.

==ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽِيڻن شھتِيرن وارا فرش==
: (Triple joist or framed wooden floors)

جيڪڏھن ڪنھن ڪمري يا وڏي ھال جو ننڍي ۾ ننڍو فاصلو (Short span)  اٽڪل 25 فوٽ يا انھيءَ کان وڌي وڃي تھ ھن طريقي جا ڪاٺ جا فرش ٺاھيا وڃن. ھر فرش گرڊرن، بائينڊرس، شھتيرن (Bridging joists) ۽ ڪاٺ جي تختن رستي ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڀ کان پھرين، ڪمري جي ننڍي فاصلي جي رخ ۾ 13 کان 20 فوٽن جي وٿيءَ تي گرڊر رکيا ويندا آھن. اھي وٿيون بائينڊرس رستي، جيڪي گرڊرن جي گوني ڪنڊ (Right angles) جي طرف رکيون وينديون آھن، ڀريون وينديون آھن. فرش جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ رکڻ لاءِ بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن اندر ٽسڪ ۽ ٽينن جوائنٽس (Tusk and Tennon joints) رستي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. گرڊرن جي ڇيڙن ۽ ديوارن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي جيئن ڪاٺ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رھي. جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ھڪ وڌيڪ ڪاٺ جي گرڊر جو اضافو ڪجي ٿو ۽ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن (Binding joists) کي انھيءَ سان جوڙي ڪاٺ جو پڃرو ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ سبب ڪري گرڊرن جي ڪمزور ٿيڻ جو انديشو رھي ٿو. انھيءَ انديشي کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٻڌندر  شھتيرن جي ڇيڙن کي لوھھ جي پٽين (Iron Stirrups)  ذريعي عليحدھ رکيو وڃي ٿو. مکيھ گرڊرن ۽ ٻڌندر شھتيرن کي ايتري حد تائين اونھو رکيو ويندو آھي جيتري ۾ ڇت ۾ ڏار پوڻ نھ ڏنا وڃن. شھتير (Bridging joists)  ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کان ترڇا (Across) رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن کي يا تھ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن جي مٿان رکيو ويندو آھي يا تھ انھن کي مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙي فريم ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. شھتيرن جي ھڪ وچ کان ٻئي وچ تائين 1 فوٽ کان 1 ½ فوٽ تائين مفاصلو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ آخر ۾ ڪاٺ جي تختن کي انھن مٿان رکي فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن سان اھڙي نموني ۾ جڪڙيو ويندو آھي جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو ڪاٺ جي گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو رھي. ليڪن، شھتير (Bridging joists) بائينڊرس مٿان ائين رکيا ويندا آھن، جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو مٿي بيھي. انھيءَ طريقي سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي ٿولھ گھٽائي سگھجي ٿي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;. 

==زميني يا ھيٺيان فرش== 
: (Ground Floors 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ ڪاٺ جي ڳرڻ جي انديشي واسطي پوسل کان روڪڻ لاءِ خاص اپاءُ ورتا ويندا آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جي ھيٺا سيمينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ ڏنا ويندا آھن. عام طرح سان ھيٺيون تھھ گھٽ ملاوث جھڙوڪ 1:6:12  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ۽ مٿيون تھھ 1:2:4  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ڏنو ويندو آھي. ھر ھڪ تھھ جي ٿولھھ  سراسري طور 3 انچ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ طرح سان پوري تھھ جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 6 انچ رکي ويندي آھي. فني (ٽيڪنيڪي) لحاظ کان انھيءَ کي ”سائيٽ“ يا ”اوور سائيٽ“ (Site or Oversite)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ تھھ جي مٿان 6 فوٽ ۽ 5 انچ جي ھر ھڪ مرڪزي مفاصلي کان ٻئي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي حساب سان 4 انچ ٿلھيون ڪاٺ جي تختن (Sleepers) يا پٿر جي بلاڪن يا پڪسري اوساريءَ رستي ننڍيون ديوارون ٺاھي، جن کي (Dwarf walls) چئبو آھي، انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جون وال پليٽون (Walls plates)  لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ديوارون ڪمرن جي ٻنھي طرفن يعني ويڪر ۽ ڊيگھھ جي رخ ۾ ۽ ھڪ جھڙي انداز جي وڇوٽيءَ تي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. شھتير جن کي (Bridging joists) سڏيو وڃي ٿو ۽ عام طرح سان 4 انچ x 44 انچ جي سائيز جا ٿين ٿا، انھن کي پليٽن جي مٿان چاڙھي ڪلن  ڪوڪن ۽ پيچن وارن اسڪرن ذريعي قابو ڪيو وڃي ٿو. آخر ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ انچ ۽ وڌ ۾ وڌ ڏيڍ انچ ٿولھھ وارا ڪاٺ جا تختا شھتيرن مٿان جوڙي ھن قسم جا فرش ٺاھيا ڃن ٿا
ڪاٺ جي تختن ھيٺان کليل حصي مان ھوا جي بالڪل پوري گذر واسطي ھيٺ ڏنل ديوارن ۾ ٽنگ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ چوڪيءَ جي ليول (Plinth level)  ھيٺان پڻ سوراخن وارن بلاڪن جون ديوارون ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. وال پليٽن لڳائڻ کان اڳ ۾ ھيٺ وارين ننڍين ديوارن ۽ پاسي وارين ڀِتين مٿان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھو پوسل روڪڻ وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ (D.P.C)  چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ عام طرح سان، شھتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. تمام اھم عمارتن لاءِ ڪنھن خاص سبب لاءِ ساڳ جو ڪاٺ (Teak wood)  پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڪڏھن وري ساڳ جي ڪاٺ جا تختا ۽ ديال جي ڪاٺ جا شھتير استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ شيشم جي صحيح تيار ٿيل ڪاٺ جا تختا پڻ لڳايا ويندا آھن&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==رٻڙ جا فرش== 
: (Rubber Flooring) 
ھن قسمن جي فرشبنديءَ واسطي گندڪ ملايل رٻڙ جا مرڪب، جيڪي رٻڙ ۾ اھڙي طريقي سان ملائي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھيءَ جي مضبوطي ۽ لچڪ وڌي وڃي، سي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جي شڪل بالڪل سڌي ۽ پلين چادر جھڙي، يا چادرن ۾ خانا ٺاھي پلين يا چٽسالي ڪيل چؤنڪن جي نموني ۾، ۽ يا تھ عليحده عليحده چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ٿيندي آھي. اھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا اھڙي ڪنھن ٻئي ٺوس ۽ سخت بنيادي تھھ (Base)  مٿان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. فرش چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنياد کي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي دز (Dust)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين شين جھڙوڪ پوسل، چڪنائيءَ وغيرھ کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ بنيادي تھھ ۾ جيڪي بھ ھيٺاھيون ۽ مٿاھيون ھونديون آھن، انھن کي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان صحيح ڪري ليول ڪيو ويندو آھي. استعمال ٿيندڙ رٻڙ 1/8  انچن کان ½  انچن جي معيادي ٿولھھ جو ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھميشھ گندڪ (Suphur)، ٽمڻ ۽ کھراڻ کان پاڪ قسم جو رٻڙ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ انھيءَ جو مٿاڇرو لسو ھجي ۽ پاڻيءَ ۽ ڪنھن سٺي معيار واري صابڻ يا ڪنھن اھڙيءَ ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ڌوئڻ يا پالش ڪرڻ سان انھيءَ جي رنگ تي ڪو اثر نھ پوي.  رٻڙ چاڙھڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي ھيٺئين پاسي کي کھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ھڪ ئي وقت 25 مربع فوٽن کان وڌيڪ ايراضيءَ تي نھ چاڙھبو آھي. رٻڙ چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنيادي فرس مٿان ڪنھن سٺي چنبڙائيندڙ (Adhesive)  مرڪب جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ کي ڏھن کان پندرنھن منٽن تائين کليل ڇڏي ڏبو آھي تھ جيئن انھيءَ کي ھوا لڳي. بعد ۾ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل قسم ۽ ڊزائن جي رٻڙ جو پوش چاڙھي انھيءَ مٿان سھڻي نموني زور ڏيئي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي تھ جيئن فرش جي بنيادي تھھ ۽ رٻڙ جي چادر جي وچ ۾ ھوا نھ رھي ۽ رٻڙ فرش سان بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح ۽ سڌائيءَ ۾ چنبڙي. انھيءَ لاءِ عام طرح سان ننڍو لوھ جو رولر استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان پوءِ رٻڙ جي فرش کي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٽن ڏينھن تائين آزاد ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن سٺي صابڻ سان ڌوئي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جا فرش اھم جاين، آفيسن، اسپتالن، سينيمائن ۽ ھوٽلن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. معياري تعليمي درسگاھن ۽ آڊيٽوريم اندر پڻ ھن قسم جا فرش پسند ڪيا ويندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھنن مٿان ھلن سان آواز نٿو ٿئي ۽ سانت رھي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم جا فرش== 
: (Linoleum Floors) 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ رٻڙ جي فرشن وانگر سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ وغيره جي بنياد مٿان لينوليم جو پلاسٽڪ جھڙو پوش چاڙھي ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ڪيميا جي خيال کان لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل (Linseed oil)، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگ وغيره جو مرڪب آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب تھھ جھڙوڪ ڪنوس (Convas)  مٿان پٿاري فرش جو پوش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. اھو پوش خوشنما نمونن ۾ ٺاھي، بنيادي فرش مٿان چاڙھي، ھن قسم جا دلڪش فرش ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. لينوليم جا رٻڙ جي فرش وانگر الڳ الڳ چؤنڪ پڻ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، انھن کي لينوليم جا چؤنڪا سڏيو ويندو آھي. ھي فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ سستا ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي وقفي وقفي سان وارنش ۽ ميڻ (Wax)  لڳائڻ سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال ڪري انھن کي پائيدار بڻائي سگھبو آھي. لينوليم عام طرح سان رولن وانگر ويڙھيل ٿانن جي صورت ۾ ملندي آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب ڳنڍيندڙ مرڪب (Adhesive) رستي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد انھيءَ تھھ مٿان وارنش لڳائي، کين چمڪايو ويندو آھي. موٽر ڪارن، لارين، جھازن ۽ ريل گاڏين وغيره جا فرش، پڻ لينوليم سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش رھائشي گھرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ريسٽورانن لاءِ بھ نھايت موزون رھن ٿا. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جا فرش== 
: (Cork Floors) 
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙين جاين يا جاين جي انھن حصن لاءِ ڪارآمد آھن، جن کي سانت وارو يعني بنا گوڙ وارو (Noiseless)  ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي، جھڙوڪ آڊيٽوريم، پبلڪ لئبرريون، ٿئيٽر ۽ چرچون (گرجائون) وغيره.ھي فرش ڪارڪن جي چادرن يا ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. ڪارڪ جي شيٽن يعني چادرن جي تياري ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن کان مختلف نموني جي ٿيندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ٽائيلن ۾ صرف ڪارڪن استعمال ٿيندو آھي ۽ چادرن ۾ ڪارڪ جا ڇلڪا ۽ ٻورو، السيءَ جو تيل، ڪاٺ جو ٻورو ۽ رنگ وغيره استعمال ٿيندا آھن. ٻنھي قسمن جي فرشن جو ڪجھھ بيان ھيٺ پيش ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش==
: (Cork tiles Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ ڪارڪ جا چؤنڪا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي چؤنڪا مختلف ماپن ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. داونن يعني بارڊرن (Borders)  لاءِ 1 کان 3 فوٽن تائين ويڪريون ۽ 6 فوٽ ڊگھيون ڪارڪ جون پٽيون پڻ ٺھنديون آھن. انھن ٽائيلن جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8  انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. اھڙين  ٽائيلن جو ترو سڌو يا جھريءَ وارو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ٽائيلون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي ھيٺئين تھھ (Sub base) مٿان لڳايون وينديون آھن. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ ڪاٺ جو آھي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم ھئڻ گھرجي يا تھ ٻي صورت ۾ انھيءَ مٿان پِلاءِ (Ply)  لڳائي وڃي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھرين ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل صاف ۽ ھڪ جھڙو ھئڻ گھرجي، جنھن مٿان نرم گديءَ جو پترو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي، جيئن ڪاٺ جي لڏڻ سان ٽائيلن جي تھھ کي ڪو نقصان نھ پھچي. انھن ٽائيلن کي خاص قسم جي ڏامر ذريعي نرم گديءَ سان چنبڙايو ويندو آھي ۽ آخري حصي يا ڪنڊن وارن چؤنڪن کي ڪوڪن ذريعي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھ (Base)  سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ مٿان 1:3  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ گاري جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ مٿاڇري کي بلڪل سنوت ۾ آڻي، سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو ويندو آھي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي تمام چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪري انھيءَ مٿان ڏامر (Bitumen)  جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي، انھيءَ مٿان ٽائيلون وڇايون وينديون آھن. 
ڪارڪ اوڪ (Oak)  يعني شاھ بلوط جي سدا بھار وڻن جي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھيءُ وڻ بحريھ روم جي قريبي ملڪن ۾ ٿيندا آھن، جنھن جي کل تمام گھڻي ٿلھي ٿيندي آھي. انھيءَ کل کي ھر اٺن يا ڏھن سالن کان پوءِ لاٿو ويندو آھي، جنھن کي اٻاري، ٿورڙو آلو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ پوءِ انھن کي ڇلي ۽ خوب طرح سان گسائي، گرم ويلڻن مان ايتري وقت تائين لنگھائبو رھبو آھي جيستائين انھيءَ کل مان شيري جھڙي گھاٽي شيءِ ٻاھر نڪري اچي. انھيءَ گھاٽي شيءِ نڪرڻ سان ڪارڪ جي اندر سنھا سوراخ نھ رھندا آھن ۽ اھو وڌيڪ سخت ۽ ٺوس ٿي ويندو  آھي. ھيءُ شيري جھڙو مادو ڪارڪ جي ذرن کي پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چنبڙائي رکندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان پوءِ انھيءَ ڪارڪ کي گھربل ماپ جي چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ڪاٽي وٺبو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرش==
: (Cork Sheet Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پي-وي-سيءَ جا فرش==
: ( Polyvinyl Chloride i.e. P.V.C Floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش گھريلو جاين، ريل گاڏيءَ جي دٻن، دفترن، آڊيٽوريم جي ھالن ۽ ٿئيٽرن وغيره لاءِ موزون رھندا آھن. ھي فرش پڻ رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش گھڻو ڪري زيبائش لاءِ ئي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھنن فرشي چادرن ۽ چؤنڪن جي ٿولھھ 1/16  انچن کان ¼ انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. 
ھيءُ پي-وي-سيءَ جو مرڪب جديد دور جي ايجاد آھي جيڪو ٿرموپلاسٽڪ بائينڊرس، فلرس ۽ رنگن مان ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو. ھن قسم جون چادرون 3 فوٽن، 3 ½ فوٽن ۽ 6 فوٽن جي ويڪرائيءَ ۾ ۽ چؤنڪا 1 فوٽ، 2 فوٽن ۽ 3 فوٽن جي سائيز ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن ۽ اھي ھڪ قسم جو لچڪدار ۽ اڻ ٽمندر مٿاڇرو مھيا ڪنديون آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==شيشي جا فرش==
: (Glass Floors)
~ھن قسم جا فرش گرائونڊ فلور ۾ اھڙن حصن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن جي ھيٺان تھھ خانا ھجن ۽ انھن تھھ خانن ۾ روشني پھچائڻ جي ضرورت ھجي. ھن قسم جا فرش مختلف نمونن ۾ ڪاٺ جا مضبوط فريم ٺاھي انھن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا چؤنڪا وجھي تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. عمارتي شيشو عمدي قسم جو ۽ مضبوط استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8 انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش ==
: (Asphalt Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن جا ٻھ نمونا ٿيندا آھن، ھڪ ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ٻيا ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش. ھنن ٻنھي نمونن جا فرش سستا، لچڪدار (Resilient)، اڻ جاذب (Non absorbent) ، پوسل روڪ (Moisture proof) ، تيزاب روڪ (Acid proof)، تيل (Oil)  ۽ گريس (Greese) سان مقابلو ڪندڙ ٿيندا آھن. انھن خاصيتن سبب ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن وارا فرش سرڪاري آفيسن ۽ اسڪولن وغيره جھڙين عمارتن ۽ ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ قسم جا فرش گودامن، ڀانڊن، ڪارخانن ۽ ٻين اھڙي نوعيت جي عمارتن ائسفالٽ جي چؤنڪن کي سخت بنياد مھيا ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مٿان ھڪ ٻئي سان ڳنڍي ھن قسم جو فرض ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. پر جيڪڏھن ڪاٺ جي فرش مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سڀني ڪاٺ جي پٽين ۽ تختن کي مضبوطيءَ سان ڪوڪن وغيرھ جي رستي جڪڙيو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن وڇائڻ کان پھرين ڪاٺ جي سطح مٿان ائسفالٽ، بٽومين يا رچيل ائسفالٽ جي اوني ڪپڙي (Asphalt saturated felt)  جو اٽڪل 3/8 انچن جو ٿلھو تھھ پٿاريو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش (Asphalt mastic floor)  ٺاھڻ واسطي انھيءَ کي گرم ڪري، ڪنھن ٺوٺ سطح، جھڙوڪ ڪاٺ يا سيمينٽ مٿان پٿاري ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت==
.(Maintenance and Repair of Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪوشش ڪري روزانو آلي پوچيءَ سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن اھو فرش تمام گھڻو گندو نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڏوتو وڃي. صابڻ جي تھھ کي فرش جي ڪنھن بھ ٽڪري تي بنا ڌيان جي ڇڏڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ فرش ترڪڻو ٿي پوندو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ فرش جو اھو ٽڪرو جھڪو (Dull)  ٿي پوندو. فرش جي ڌوئڻ واسطي سوڍا کار يا ٻين اھڙين تيز شين استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ جيڪڏھن فرش جو ڪو بھ حصو ٽٽي يا ڪنھن بھ نموني مرمت طلب ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سمورو پانيل يا خانو (Panel)  ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي، بنيادي ڪانڪريٽ کي سخت برش سان صاف ڪري، انھيءَ کي پاڻيءَ سان آلو رکي، ھڪ رات تائين ڇڏي ڏيڻ گھرجي. رات گذرڻ کان پوءِ بيٺل پاڻيءَ کي ڪڍي صاف ڪري، صاف سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ چاڙھو وڃي ۽ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل ٿولھھ ۽ گھربل تناسب، جھڙوڪ 1:2:4  يا اھڙو ڪو ٻيو موزون تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد ڪانڪريٽ کي دٻائي، پاسن واري فرش جي ٿولھھ برابر آندو وڃي، جيئن سموري فرش جي ليول ھڪ جھڙي ٿي وڃي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن پاسن وارن پانيلن جا ڇيڙا نھ ڀڄن. انھيءَ بعد نئين ٺاھيل پانيل کي ڏھن ڏينھن تائين تر رکيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>e2hx6kx6pio51vgf81w1s6xjvugee9p</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401060</id>
      <parentid>401059</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:29:14Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401060</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="80989" sha1="c992rqzrptp4hp4bpdkhpn3hs3njeqx" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

==سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم٬==


(Types of C.C. Floors)
ن قسم جي فرشن کي ٺاھڻ وارن طريقن جي لحاظ کان ٻن نمونن ۾ ورھائي سگھجي ٿو. ھڪ غير مفرد (Non-monolithic)  ۽ ٻيو ھڪ جان يا مفرد (Monolithic).
غير مفرد (Bonded) فرشن ۾ ڪانڪريٽ جو مٿيون تھھ اڪثر ھيٺئين تھھ (Base) جي وجھڻ کان ٽي ڏينھن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آھي، جيئن اھي ٻئي يڪ جان نھ ٿين، پر الڳ الڳ رھن. اھي فرش بھ يا تھ ھڪ تھھ جي صورت ۾ يا ٻن تھن جي صورت ۾ وڇايا ويندا آھن. ھڪ تھھ (Single layer) جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري (4 cm) 1 5/8 ٿلھو تھھ ھڪ ئي وقت وڇايو ويندو آھي. ٻن تھن (Two layers) جي صورت ۾ مٿي ڄاڻايل ٿولھھ کي ٻن حصن ۾ اھڙي نموني ورھايو ويندو آھي، جيئن ھڪ ئي وقت اھي ٻيئي تھھ پاڻ ۾ ملي وڃن. ھن ۾ ھيٺ واري ڪچي تھھ (Base) سان ملندڙ تھھ جي ٿولھھ 1 انچ (2.5 cm)  رکي ويندي آھي ۽ سڀ کان مٿئين تھھ جي ٿولھھ 5/8 انچ (1.5 cm)   رکي ويندي آھي. ازانسواءِ ھيٺئين تھھ ۾ گھڻو ڪري 1:3:6 جي تناسب ۾ ۽ مٿئين تھھ ۾ 1:2:3 جي تناسب ۾ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ھڪ جان يا مفرد (Monolithic)  قسم جا فرش اٽڪل ¾ انچ (2 cm)  ٿلھا ۽ ھيٺئين ڪچي ڪانڪريٽ (Base)  سان گڏو گڏ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جيئن ٻئي تھھ پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چڱيءَ طرح ملي ۽ سڪڻ کان پوءِ ھڪ ٿي وڃن. ھيٺئين بنياد (Base) ۽ ھن تھھ جي وڇائڻ ۾ 45 منٽن کان 4 ڪلاڪن تائين وقفو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ 1:2:4  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. عام طرح سان ھي مفرد قسم جا فرش اڄڪلھھ مروج نھ آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي مٿاڇري کي سخت بڻائڻ==

(Hardener Treatment)
سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري کي جڳھھ جي ۽ ضرورت جي نوعيت مطابق سخت ڪندڙ مرڪبن جھڙوڪ جست (Zinc)  ۽ مئگنيشيم فليوئوسليڪيٽيڊ (Magnesium Fluosilicated)، سوڊيم سليڪيٽ  (Sodium Silicate)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين ڪيميائي دوائن ملائڻ سان مضبوط بڻايو ويندو آھي. ھن ۾ زنڪ يا مئگنيشيم جي فليوئوسليڪيٽ جي اڌ پائونڊ کي ھڪ گئلن پاڻيءَ ۾ ملائي پھريون ليپ ڏنو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ کان پوءِ ضرورت مطابق ھر ٻيو ليپ ھر گئلن پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻن پائونڊن جي حساب سان ڏنو ويندو آھي. انھن ليپن ڏيڻ کان اڳ ۾ فرش کي چڱيءَ طرح سان ڌوئي، ھر ابور کي مال، تيل، رنگ ۽ ٻئي ھر ڌارئي مادي (Foreign substance) کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪرڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جو ليپ ھڪ گئلن ۾ 130 مربع فوٽ والاري (Cover)  ٿو، سڪڻ کان پوءِ ھن فرش کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪپڙي سان اگھڻ گھرجي.
ھيءُ فرش گھڻو ڪري رستن، گھٽين، فوٽ پاٿن، وڏن سماعت خانن (Auditoriums)، عام ميڙ وارن ھنڌن وغيره لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جا فرش==


(R.C.C Floors) ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن ۾ ڄاڻايل ڳالھين جو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھنن ۾ ڇتين وانگر ۽ ڊزائن مطابق لوھ جون سيخون استعمال ڪيو وينديون آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن. ھنن فرشن ۾ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو مٿيون تھھ 6 انچن (15 cm) کان 8 انچن (20 cm) تائين وڌو ويندو آھي. ھنن فرشن ۾ بنيادي تھھ گھڻو ڪري اٽڪل 4 انچ گھرو وڌو ويندو آھي. مٿئين تھھ جي اڌ عمق (Depth)  تي لوھ جو ڄار اھڙي نموني وڇايو ويندو آھي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين تھھ کان مٿي اڀريل رھي ۽ انھيءَ جي مٿان سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو گھربل تھھ (Cover) چڙھي.
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙن ھنڌن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن تي ڳري مشينري، ٽرئفڪ ۽ ٻين اھڙين ڳرين شين جي چرپر ٿيڻي ھوندي آھي، جھڙوڪ؛ ڪارخانا، جديد فيڪٽريون، ھيليڪاپٽرن ۽ جھازن جا رستا (Runways)  ۽ لارين ۽ موٽرن بيھارڻ وارا دالان وغيره.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن جون خاصيتون==

(Characteristics of C.C. Floors)
(i) ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پنھنجي پسند مطابق  مطابق گھربل رنگ ملائي خوبصورت بڻائي سگھجي ٿو.
(ii) ھنن فرشن جي سنڀال سولائيءَ سان ڪري سگھجي ٿي ۽ انھن تي گھٽ خرچ لڳي ٿو.
(iii) ھنن فرشن جي اڏاوت آسان ۽ پائيدار ھئڻ سبب انھن کي عام طرح سان رھائشي، تجارتي ۽ مجلسي عمارتن لاءِ استعمال ڪيو وڃي ٿو.
(iv) ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ باھھ سان مقابلو ڪرڻ جي ڪافي قوت ٿئي ٿي.
(v) ھي فرش غير جاذب (Impervious)  ۽ ٺوس ٿين ٿا.
(vi) ھنن کي آسانيءَ سان ڌوئي صاف ڪري سگھجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mosaic orTerrazzo floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن لاءِ پڻ بنياد ساڳئي نموني ٺاھيو ويندو آھي جيئن پھرين ڄاڻايو ويو آھي، انھيءَ جي مٿان ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ٻن تھن جي صورت ۾ ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ھيٺئين تھھ ۾ 1 انچ کان ¾ انچ (2.5 کان 2 سينٽيميٽر) جي عمق ۾ گھربل تناسب (جھڙوڪ؛ 1:2:4  يا 1:2 ½ :3 ½ وغيره) ۾ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ وڌو ويندو آھي ۽ مٿيون تھھ ¼ انچ (6 mm) ٿلھو رکيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ ۾ بلوري پٿر (Marble chips)  جا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آھن. ھن ۾ بلوري پٿر جي ٽڪرن ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب عام طرح سان 1:2 يعني ھڪ حصو سيمينٽ ۽ ٻھ حصا بلوري پٿر جا ٽڪرا ھوندو آھي ۽ ٻيو تھھ پھرئين تھھ چاڙھڻ کان پوءِ ٻئي ڏينھن چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. مٿئين تھھ کي گھربل تھھ کان ٿورو وڌيڪ ٿلھو رکيو ويندو آھي جيئن انھيءَ جي ڪٽڻ ۽ گسائڻ کان پوءِ اھو پوريءَ ۽ گھربل ٿولھھ ۾ بيھي. ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ جابلو ريتي ٿلھي (Coarse) گھربل سائيز  جي ۽ صاف ھئڻ گھرجي. بلوري ٽڪر (Marble chips) مضبوط ۽ 1/16 انچن کان 1/8انچن (1.55 mm کان 3 mm) جي سائيز جا ھئڻ گھرجن. وڏي سائيز جي ڪمرن ۽ ھالن ۾ ¼ انچن جي سائيز تائين بلوري ٽڪر استعمال ڪري سگھجن ٿا. بي ڊبليو ڊيءَ جي اسپيسيفڪيشنس مطابق مٿيون بلوري ٽڪرن جو تھھ 3/8″ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن تھ ھيٺيون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريت جو تھھ 1 انچ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ اھي ٻئي تھ يڪجان (Monolithic) ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن موزائيڪ فلور جي فرش جي ٽاپنگ جي جملي ٿولھھ 1 3/8″ کان گھٽ نھ بيھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ٻين ھيٺين ڳالھين جو خاص خيال رکيو وڃي.
(i) سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ھيٺئين تھھ ٺاھڻ تائين عليحده خانن ٺاھڻ، سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ملائڻ، انھيءَ کي پٿارڻ، انھيءَ جي گھاٽاڻ ۽ واٽر سيمينٽ رئشو (پاڻيءَ ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب) اڳ ۾ ڄاڻايل سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مطابق ھئڻ گھرجي.(ii) بلوري ٽڪرن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ کجيءَ جي ڦرھن جي ڇٻن ۾ وجھي چانورن وانگر پاڻيءَ سان ڌوئي بالڪل  صاف ڪري سڪائي پوءِ استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجي.
(iii) سڀ کان پھرين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي بنياد تي، جيڪو سنوت ۾ ۽ کھرو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي، گھربل ٿولھھ جي عمق وارين پتل (Brass)، ٽامي(Copper)، جست (Zinc)، شيشي (Glass)، يا ٻڙي نمبر (Zero Number) جي بلورن جي چوري جي ٺھيل پٽين سان ھڪ ڪرا، سھڻا ۽ گھربل ڊزائن جا خانا ٺاھيا وڃن.
(iv) گھربل تناسب جي حساب سان ماپ وارين پيتين ذريعي سيمينٽ ۽ بلور جي ٽڪرن کي پھرين سڪل حالت ۾ ڪنھن صاف پڪي فرشي ٽڪري تي پر ڪوشش ڪري تغاريءَ يا ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي ٿانو (Container)  ۾ وجھي ٿورو ٿورو پاڻي ملائي ايتري گھاٽاڻ (Workability)  تائين بيھارجي جيتري ۾ اھو استعمال ڪرڻ جي لائق بڻجي، پوءِ انھيءَ کي خانن اندر لاھي ترتيب سان لوھھ جي ڪرنيءَ ذريعي پٿاري ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي ڳتيو وڃي. جيڪڏھن ٿڦڪين ڏيڻ سان انھيءَ مان ڪريم نڪري تھ اھڙي ملاوٽ کي خارج ڪيو وڃي.
(v) ڪوشش ڪري بلوري ٽڪرن جو تھھ Mosaic topping) ايتري ٽائيم اندر ڏنو وڃي جيتري ۾ ھيٺيون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ لچڪدار (Plastic)  حالت ۾ ھجي. (عام طرح سان اھو ٻئي ڏينھن ڏنو ويندو آھي) پر جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل سڪي وڃي تھ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان خالص سيمينٽ ۽ پاڻي جو ھلڪو تھھ (Slurry)  ڏيئي پوءِ جلد ئي انھيءَ مٿان موزائيڪ جي داڻي جو تھھ چاڙھجي. انھيءَ تھھ مٿان ھلڪيون ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي انھيءَ کي ڪرني ۽ ليول واري پٽيءَ سان سڌو ڪري ۽ بالڪل صحيح ليول ۾ بيھارجي.
(vi)  ليول بيھارڻ ۽ ڪرنيءَ سان ٻھ ٽي گھمرا ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي ڳتڻ کان پوءِ اگر مٿاڇري تي ڪرنيءَ جا داغ ٿي بيھن تھ انھن کي ميساڻ جي ڪوشش ھرگز نھ ڪجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڳتي ھلي مٿان گسائڻ (Grinding)  کان پوءِ اھي داغ خود بھ خود ميٽجي ويندا.
(vii) انھيءَ کان پوءِ يڪدم ئي موزائيڪ جي تازي پيل فرش مٿان ڪرنيءَ جي مدد سان خالص سيمينٽ جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ انھيءَ مٿان ترائيءَ واسطي آليون ڳوڻيون رکجن.
(viii) ٽن ڏينھن بعد انھيءَ فرش جي مٿان تمام کھرن ڪاربورئنڊم بلاڪن رستي خوب طرح سان ھن فرش جي گسائي  ڪئي وڃي. اھا گسائي، مشين استعمال ڪرڻ سان تڪڙي ۽ عمدي رھي ٿي. ڪن خاص حالتن ۾ مشين نھ ھئڻ سبب انھيءَ کي ھٿ رستي انھن بلاڪن سان (جن کي عام طرح سان بٺي ڪوٺيو وڃي ٿو) زور سان رڳڙي لسو بنائي سگھجي ٿو. رڳڙائي يعني گسائي فرش مٿان سنھي ريتي ۽ پاڻي ھاري خوب طرح سان ڪرڻ گھرجي جيستائين داڻو ظاھر ٿي بيھي.
(ix) پھرين گسائي کان پوءِ فرش جي تھھ مٿان ڪجھھ سوراخ ٿي پون تھ انھن جي خالص سيمينٽ سان مرمت ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ فرش کي سڪڻ نھ ڏجي.
(x) ٻي رڳڙائي وري پنجن ڏينھن کان پوءِ وچولي کھرن ڀترن يعني بٺين سان ڪئي وڃي ۽ گشائيءَ دوران جيڪڏھن سوراخ وغيره نظر اچن تھ انھن جي خالص سيمينٽ سان مرمت ڪجي. انھيءَ سموري ڪم دوران فرش کي تر رھڻ ڏنو وڃي
(xi) آخر ۾ سنھن بٺين (Fine Sand-blocks)  رستي رڳڙي ۽ تمام گھڻي پاڻي ھارڻ بعد انھيءَ کي بالڪل صاف ۽ چِٽو ڪيو وڃي ۽ اھڙا فرش جن ۾ آخري گسائيءَ کان پوءِ بھ موزائيڪ جو داڻو نظر نھ اچي تھ انھن کي خارج ڪري ٻيھر ٺھرائڻ گھرجي.
(xii) آخري گسائيءَ کان پوءِ ھنن فرشن کي ھلڪي صابڻ (Mild Soap) سان ڌوئي تمام گھڻي پاڻيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ سڪڻ لاءِ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي ۽ جڏھن اھي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان سڪي وڃن تھ انھن مٿان آغزئيلڪ ائسڊ جو پائوڊر (Oxalic Acid Powder)  ھاري لڪڙن مٿان سڻيءَ جون ٻوريون لپيٽي تمام گھڻي زور سان گٺو وڃي ۽ انھن کي سڪڻ لاءِ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ وري ٻيھر پھرئين جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ (Oxalic Acid Powder)  پائوڊر ھاري ڪپڙي جي گدين (Cloth pads) سان انھيءَ کي گسايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي سڪائي پوءِ چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪجي.
(xiii) انھيءَ بعد فرش کي ڪنھن صاف تيل ۽ ڪاٺ جي ٻوري سان ڍڪي ڇڏجي ۽ رنگ روغن ۽ ٻين جاءِ جي سمورن ڪمن پوري ٿيڻ بعد انھن کي تمام سٺي پالش ڪري، ۽ صاف سٽ (Cotton Waste)  سان زور سان گسائي چمڪندڙ بنايو وڃي.
(xiv) رنگين فرشن ٺاھڻ واسطي سڪو ملائڻ وقت سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ گھربل رنگ سڪل حالت ۾ ملائي، پوءِ مٿي ڄاڻايل ھدايتن مطابق اڳتي وڌجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ٽيرازو ڊئڊو ۽ اسڪرٽنگ==

: (Terrazzo Dado and Skirting)بلوري پٿر جي داڻي  (Marble Chips) ۾ سيمينٽ ملائي ڀتين مٿان عمق جي صورت ۾ چاڙھي،  انھيءَ جي موزائيڪ فلورنگ وانگر گسائي وغيرھ ڪري، داڻي کي ظاھر ڪري، خوبصورت سطح ۾ آڻڻ کي ٽيرازو ڊئڊو يا اسڪرٽنگ سڏيو وڃي ٿو.

ان قسم جي سطح ٺاھڻ لاءِ انھن سڀني ڳالھين جو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي جيڪي موزائيڪ فلورنگ ۾ ڄاڻايون ويون آھن. اجڪلھھ جي رواج مطابق غسلخانن ۽ بورچيخانن کي ڇڏي ٻين سڀني ڪمرن وغيره ۾ موزائيڪ فلورنگ سان گڏ ان جھڙو ئي ڊئڊو 3 انچن کان 4 انچن تائين چئني ڀتين تي چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ طرح سان ڪمرا وغيرھ سھڻا بھ لڳندا آھن ۽ فرش ڌوئڻ وقت انھن ڪمرن جون ڀتيون پڻ خراب نھ ٿينديون آھن. جڏھن تھ بورچيخانن ۽ غسلخانن ۾ انھيءَ جي اوچائي اٽڪل 6 فوٽن تائين رکي ويندي آھي. پلستر ڪيل ڀتين جا اھي حصا جن تي ھيءُ ڊئڊو چاڙھيو ويندو آھي اھي کھرا ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ ڄاڻايل عمق مطابق انھن جي مٿان گھربل ڊئڊو ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ جي سيٽ ٿيڻ کان اڳ موزائيڪ جي داڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. داڻو (Chips) اڪثر ڪري 1 ½ نمبر جو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ٿورو ماربل پائوڊر ملائڻ سان انھيءَ کي گسائڻ ۾ آساني رھندي آھي انھيءَ ڪري فرش توڙي اسڪرٽنگ جي ڪم ۾ سيمينٽ ھڪ حصو، ماربل پائوڊر ½ حصو ۽ داڻو 2 حصا ملائي مناسب قسم جي آميزش حاصل ڪري سگھجي ٿي. اسڪرٽنگ ۽ ڊئڊو سڌا، ليول ۽ ساھل ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن ۽ فرش سان چڱيءَ طرح مليل (Flush)  ھئڻ گھرجن.
اھا ڳالھھ ذھن ۾ رکڻ گھرجي تھ فرش جو ڊئڊو ۽ ڀتين جي اسڪرٽنگ ۾ ڪٽائيءَ کان پوءِ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 70 سيڪڙو داڻا ھڪ ڪرا ڦھليل ۽ ظاھر ھئن گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ٽيرازو ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ڊئڊو==

: (Terrazzo Tile Floors and Dado)  اعشاري نظام جي رائج ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ھيءُ چؤنڪا 300 mm x 300 mm x 25 mm، (Tiles)  (يعني ڊيگھھ ۽ ويڪر ھر ھڪ 300 mm ۽ ٿولھھ 25 mm) ۾ ٺھڻ لڳا آھن. ھن قسم جي ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي بنياد تيار ڪرڻ کان پوءِ صاف سٿرو سيمينٽ لڳائي انھيءَ مٿان وڇايو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن جي جوڙن ۾ گھربل رنگ جي سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جي پٽڙيءَ پيسٽ جھڙو مسالو (Slurry)  ڀريو ويندو آھي.ھنن چؤنڪن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پھرين گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 36 ڪلاڪن تائين پاڻيءَ اندر ٻوڙي رکڻ گھرجي.ھن قسم جي ٽائيلن جو مٿيون داڻي وارو تھھ ½ جي ٿولھھ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ گھربل رنگ جو مقدار انھيءَ ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ سيمينٽ، جيڪو گھڻو ڪري سيمينٽ ۽ داڻي جي حساب ۾ 1:2 جي تناسب سان استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ جي ڏھھ سيڪڙو کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھگرجي. اھي چؤنڪا (Tiles) گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھر پائونڊ تي 2000 مربع انچ (2000 psi) واري سگھھ جو دٻاءُ سھڻ وارا ۽ ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪيل ھئڻ گھرجن ھي چؤنڪا 1 ½ انچ ٿولھھ جي 1:2:4 واري تناسب سان ٺھيل سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ مٿان 1:3 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو سراسري طور اڌ انچ ٿولھھ جو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ جي مٿان لڳايا وڃ. چؤنڪا لڳائي بس ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھن جي جوڙن ۾ (جي 1 1/16 انچن جي ٿولھھ کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن) گھربل رنگ جي سيمينٽ جو مسالو ڀريو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ لڳايل مٿاڇري کي ڇيڙڻ کان سواءِ اٽڪل ٻن ھفتن تائين پاڻيءَ سان تر رکيو وڃي. مٿاڇري جي سڪي وڃڻ کان پوءِ مٿي ڄاڻايل موزائيڪ فلورنگ وانگر انھيءَ کي چڱيءَ طرح چمڪائي پوءِ استعمال ڪيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پٿر جا فرش==

(Stone or Flagged Floor) ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش جو بنيادي تھھ اڳ ۾ ڄاڻايل خاصيتن وارو ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ فرش اندر استعمال ٿيندڙ پٿر ھڪ ئي سائيز جا ڀلي نھ ھئڻ گھرجن، ليڪن انھن جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ ڏيڍ انچ، ويڪر 14 انچ ۽ ڊيگھھ اڍائي فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي .انھن پٿرن جو مٿاڇرو تمام سھڻي انداز ۾ گھڙيل، گول ٽڪرن ۽ ورن وڪڙن کان پاڪ ھئڻ گھرجي. انھن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ ڪلاڪ تائين پاڻيءَ جي حوض اندر ڀڄائي رکڻ گھرجي .انھن جي ھيٺان وڇايل بنياد (Base) بالڪل ھڪ ئي ليول ۾ ھئڻ گھرجي. انھن کي ھڪ ئي انداز جي ويڪر ۽ اھم لنگھھ (Main entrance) جي ديوار جي پور وڇوٽ ھئڻ گھرجن. انھن جي ھڪ قطار جا جوڙ ٻيءَ گڏو گڏ قطار جي مفاصلي کان گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 8 انچن کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن، جيئن ھڪ قطار جا جوڙ ٻيءَ قطار کان ٽٽل رھن. انھن جو بنياد سرن جي فرفش جي بنياد وانگر ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن جا جوڙ عام طرح سان 1/8 انچن جي ٿولھھ جا ۽ 1:2 جي تناسب جي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي گاري جا ھئڻ گھرجن. پٿر ھميشھ پختي تھھ، جيڪو مترڪي (Mallet)  جي ڌڪن ھئڻ سان جانچي سگھجي ٿو، مٿان لڳائڻ گھرجن ۽ ھيٺئين بنياد جي نرم حصن (Soft patches) کي ٻاھر ڪڍي ٻيھر مضبوط ٺاھڻ گھرجي. پٿر جي چؤنڪن (Slabs) جي ڪنارن کان گاري (Mortar) کي پکڙجڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي ۽ ٽيپ نھ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙن ۾ آيل مال کي ڪرنيءَ (Trowel) رستي فلش (Flush)  ڪيو وڃي.  جيڪڏھن ٽيپ (Pointing) ڪرڻ مقصود ھجي تھ جوڙن کي ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي ھڪ جھڙي ٿولھھ وارين پٽين رستي ¼ انچن کان گھٽ ويڪرو نھ رکيو وڃي. جڏھن ھر ھڪ پٿر جي چؤنڪن جي قطار لڳي وڃي تھ ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي پٽين کي ڪڍي، جلد ئي جوڙن کي 1:1 جي تناسب واري سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان ڀريو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي پٿرن جي مٿاڇري کان 1/16 انچ ھيٺ ڪرنيءَ سان ٽڪي ٽيپ ڪئي وڃي . ڪم ھلندي ھنن فرشن جي ترائي جاري رکي وڃي ۽ ڪم پوري ٿيڻ کان پوءِ بھ 14 ڏينھن تائين ترائي ضرور ڪجي ۽ تيار ٿيل ففرش مٿان ڪنھن بھ قسم جا نشان ۽ گاري جا داغ ٿيڻ نھ ڏجن ۽ اھڙي قسم جا داغدار فرش ڪڏھن بھ قبول نھ ڪيا وڃن. فرش جي ڪنھن بھ حصي مٿان ٽن ڏينھن تائين ڪنھن کي بھ ھلڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي ۽ انھن مٿان 7 ڏينھن تائين ڪنھن بھ وزنيءَ شيءِ کي آڻڻ نھ گھرجي. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش==
: (Glazzed Tile Flooring) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي ھيٺيون تھھ (Base) سرن جي فرش وانگر ٺاھڻ گھرجي. چمڪدار چينيءَ جا چؤنڪا گھربل سائيز ۽ رنگ مطابق ھئڻ گھرجن. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھريائين ھيٺئين تھھ مٿان گھڻي سيمينٽ واري گارري کي پٿارڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد چؤنڪن کي ڪاٺ جي ھٿوڙي ۽ گز جي مدد سان گھربل انداز ۽ گھربل سلاميءَ مطابق لڳائڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 36 ڪلاڪن تائين پاڻيءَ جي حوض اندر ٽٻائي رکڻ گھرجي.  ٽائيلن کي گاري مٿان رکي، ھٿوڙي جي مدد سان زور سان ائين لڳائن گھرجي، جيئن ھيٺيون مسالو جوڙن مان ٻاھر نڪري اچي. فالتو مال کي يڪدم آلي حالت ۾ ڪنھن ڀِڳل ڪپڙي سان اگھي صاف ڪرڻ کپي. بھتر تھ ائين آھي تھ ڪاٺ جي ويلڻ رستي ٽائيلن کي دٻايو وڃي، جيئن ٽائيلن جي مجموعي سطح ھموار رھي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان 24 ڪلاڪ گذرڻ بعد جوڙن ۾ ٽاٽ يا ڪنھن برش جي مدد سان سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي رٻڙي (Slurry) ڀرڻ گھرجي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پوءِ ٽن ڏينھن تائين انھن مٿان ڪنھن بھ وزني شيءِ کي ھلڻ يا رکڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد انھن مٿان پالش ڪري، انھن کي صابڻ سان صاف ڪرڻ گھرجي. ھن ۽ ٻين سڀني قسمن جي ٽائيلن جي فرش لاءِ ٽائيلن کي گھربل سائيز ۽ نموني ۾ ٽڪڻ جي حالت ۾ صرف ڪارائي استعمال ڪئي وڃي جيئن انھن جا ڪنارا تکا ۽ صاف رھن ۽ انھن جا جوڙ دلڪش رھن. جاءِ جي مڪمل ٿيڻ تائين ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪاٺ جي فالتو ٻوري يا ڪنھن ٻي شيءِ سان ڍڪي رکڻ گھرجي جيئن اھو جاءِ جي رنگ روغن ۽ ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي شيءِ جي داغن وغيره کان صاف رھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر يا سنگ موسيٰ جا فرش==
(Marble or Black Marble Floors)
  
ھن قسم جا فرش پٿر جھڙي سخت شيءِ جي سنگمرمر جي ھڪ جھڙن چؤنڪن يا تختن (Slabs)  استعمال ڪرڻ سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جي فرشن وڇائڻ کان اڳ انھن جو ھيٺيون تھھ (Base) اڳ ۾ بيان ڪيل فرشن جي تھھ وانگر ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ھنن کي ھيٺئين تھھ سان جوڙڻ واسطي 1:2 جي تناسب وارو چوني جو گچ يا سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جو گچ ¾ انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ مٿان پٿاريو ويندو آھي. ھنن جي جوڙن ۾ چوني جي لاپي (Lime putty) استعمال ڪئي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي جوڙن اندر زور سان ڀريو ويندو آھي. انھن جوڙن کي بالڪل صاف ۽ خوبصورتيءَ سان ٺاھيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھن جوڙن جي ويڪر 1/16 انچن کان وڌيڪ نھ رکڻ ڏني ويندي آھي. پٿر جي سرن جي ٿولھھ ڪنھن بھ صورت ۾ ¾ انچ کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي. انھي پٽيءَ جي نموني ۾ فرشبندي ڪرڻ واسطي ڪو بھ سنگمرمر جو ٽڪر 18 انچن کان گھٽ ڊگھو نھ رکڻ ڏنو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھيٺ ڄاڻايل ھدايتن جو پڻ خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي. 
(i) سنگمرمر جون سرون گھربل رنگ، قسم ۽ سائيز جون ھئڻ گھرجن. ڪن اٽليءَ جي سفيد ۽ آسماني ماربل جھڙين سرن استعمال ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ۽ گھربل انداز جي ڊزائن ۾ نھ ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ جيڪڏھن پالش ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھن جو رنگ ساڳيو نھ بيھي تھ انھيءَ فرشبنديءَ کي خارج ڪرڻ گھرجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جي ماربل جي ٽڪرن جو رنگ پالش ڪرڻ بعد ئي اصلي صورت اختيار ڪندو آھي. 
(ii) ھي سنگمرمر جا ٽڪرا بالڪل صحيح طرح ڪارائيءَ رستي وڍيل، سڀني پاسن کان بالڪل چؤڪور، ھڪ ئي ٿولھھ ۾ ۽ ھڪ ئي سنوت ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن ۽ ڏاڪڻ، دروازن ۽ ورانڊن کان ٻاھر نڪتل ڪنارن جي صورت ۾ ھنن جا ڪنارا بُل نوز (Bul-nose) جي صورت ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن 
(iii) اڀن جوڙن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ چوني جي پٽيءَ ۾ چوني جي مقدار جيترو کؤنر استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجي 
(iv) ڪم ھلڻ دوران ۽ انھن ماربل جي ٽڪرن جي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ کين 10 ڏينھن تائين پاڻيءَ سان تر رکڻ گھرجي (v)جڏھن فرش پوريءَ طرح ڄمي يعني سيٽ (Set)  ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪاربورئنڊم پٿر (Carborandum Stone)، يا ڪنھن ٻئي سخت پٿر ۽ کھريءَ ريتيءَ ذريعي تمام گھڻو پاڻي جالاري گٺو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ لاءِ جيڪڏھن مشين استعمال ڪجي تھ نھايت ئي بھتر آھي. جوڙن جي پالش لاءِ نھايت ئي نرم (Soft) پٿر استعمال ڪجي. جڏھن کھرائپ ختم ٿي وڃي تھ واري ڌوئي مٿاڇري کي تمام سنھي ڪاربورئنڊم جي پٿر، سر يا ايمري پائوڊر سان گسائي لسو ڪيو وڃي 
(vi) لسي ڪرڻ کان پوءِ فرش تي پٽي پائوڊر ھاري انھيءَ کي اوني ڪپڙي جي گدين (Felt pads) يا ناريل جي ڇلڪن جي کوپن رستي گھي، تمام جھجھي پاڻي سان پالش ڪيو وڃي ۽ جاءِ جي ڪم ھلڻ دوران ھن فرش کي داغن ۽ ٻئي نقصان کان بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي==
: (Dry Brick Pavi) 
ھن قسم جي فرشبندي ۾ پھرئين درجي جون ۽ ڪوشش ڪري ھر عليحدھ ۽ لڳاتار ٽڪري ۾ ھڪ جھڙي رنگ جون سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. زمين جي مٿاڇري کي چڱيءَ طرح پاڻي ھاري ڌمڪ يا نھرو ڪندڙ مشين (Compactors) ذريعي وھاري نھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيدءَ کي صحيح طرح سان گھربل سلاميءَ ۽ ڪئمبر (Camber)  ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ جي مٿان اڌ انچ ٿلھو مٽيءَ جي گاري جو ليپو ڏيئي يا چئن انچن جو ڪاري واريءَ (River or pit sand) جو تھھ ڏيئي انھيءَ مٿان گھربل نموني ۾ سڪل سرون ڄمائي انھن جي فرشبندي ڪئي ويندي آھي. . ھن فرشبندي ۾ ڪوشش ڪري بالڪل باريڪ جوڙ رکيا وڃن ۽ ڪو بھ جوڙ ¼ انچ کان وڌيڪ ويڪرو نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ سرن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان زور سان جڪڙي قابو رکيو وڃي ٿو. فرشبندي ختم ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان ڪاري واري ھاري جوڙن کي انھيءَ واريءَ سان ڀريو ويندو آھي ۽ فرش مٿان بچيل فالتو واريءَ کي ٻھاري صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي، ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ سرن کي اڀي صورت ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جو فرش سڌين سرن جي فرشن کان مضبوط ٿيندو آھي.
ڪن خاص حالتن ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جو تمام پٽڙو گارو ھاري سرن جي جوڙن کي صرف مٿان جوڙڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي اھو گارو سرن جي جي درزن ۾ مٿئين حصي منجھان داخل ٿيندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشبندي گودامن، رستن، اڱڻن، رستن ۽ چبوترن لاءِ ڪئي ويندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪاٺ جا فرش==  
: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن فرش تمام گھڻا مھانگا ھوندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اھي تمام عمدي ڪاٺ جا ٺاھڻا ھوندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جو استعمال گھڻو ڪري جابلو علائقن (Hilly areas) جھڙوڪ مري وغيره جي اھڙن ھنڌن تي ڪيو ويندو آھي، جتي ڪاٺ تمام گھڻو ۽ سستو پوي ٿو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ڪن خاص حالتن (جتي سانت جي ضرورت ھوندي آھي) ۾ ھنن فرشن جي ضرورت پوندي آھي، جھڙوڪ ناچ خانھ (Dancing Halls) ۽ سماعت خانھ (Auditoriums) وغيره. ھن قسم جا فرش بالڪل پختا ۽ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن اھي وڌيڪ کان وڌيڪ بار کڻي سگھن. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي خوبصورتيءَ جي لحاظ کان نھايت ئي لسو ھئڻ گھرجي. جيئن تھ ڪاٺ ۾ مڙڻ جي نمايان خاصيت ٿيندي آھي، انھيءَ ڪري اھڙن فرشن ۾ ھر ھڪ فوٽ جي فاصلي (Span) تي 1/40 کان 1/30 انچن جي حساب سان اوچائي (Camber) ڏيڻ گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==مفرد يا ھيڪوٽا فرش==
: (Single Floors) 
ھن قسم جي حالت ۾ ھڪ ئي طريقي  سان ڪامون يا شھتير (Bridging joists)  کوڙي انھيءَ مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. اھي ڪامون ھر پاسي کان ديوار جي ڪڙين (Wall plates) مٿان رکيون وينديون آھن. اھي ڪامون اھڙيون تھ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جو انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جي تختن کي ڪوڪن رستي ٺوڪڻ ۾ ڪا بھ تڪليف محسوس نھ ٿئي. انھن ڪامن جي اصلي ۽ بنيادي گھرج اھا آھي تھ اھي بالڪل سخت ۽ مضبوط ھئڻ گھرجن تھ جيئن اھي گھڻي کان گھڻو بار جھلي سگھن. انھيءَ مقصد واسطي اھي حساب ڪيل قوت کان وڌيڪ سخت قوت واري ڪاٺ مان ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. انھن شھتيرن جي ويڪر گھڻو ڪري 2 انچن کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ اھي ھڪ شھتير جي مرڪز کان ٻئي شھتير جي مرڪز تائين ھڪ فوٽ جي مفاصلي جي حساب سان رکيا ويندا آھن. وڌيڪ مفاصلي رکڻ سان انھن جي مڙڻ جو انديشو رھندو آھي ۽ اھو مڙڻ (Deflection)  ھر ٻن شھتيرن جي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي 1/333 حصي کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ھنن ڪامن کي تازي گاري (Green mortar)  يا اوساريءَ سان لڳڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي، نھ تھ انھن جو ڪاٺ ڳرڻ لڳندو، جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ھر حالت ۾ سڪل رکڻو آھي انھيءَ ڪري شھتيرن ۽ ڀتين جي ڇيڙن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي پوري گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي.ڊزائن ڪرڻ بعد شھتيرن کي صحيح ماپ ۽ جاءِ تي کوڙي، انھيءَ مٿان 1 انچ کان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھا ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳائي ڪاٺ جا فرش تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==ٻٽا فرش== 
: (Double Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڄي ڪمري جي فاصلي مطابق شھتير (Bridging joists)  نھ کوڙيا ويندا اھن ۽ انھيءَ جي برعڪس اھي ٻين شھتيرن جن کي ٻڌندڙ شھتير يا صرف ٻڌندڙ (Binding joists or Binders) ۽ ٽيڪنيڪي ٻوليءَ ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ سڏيو ويندو آھي،  انھن مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن. ھي بائينڊرس، مٿان رکيل شھتيرن ھيٺان  90 ڊگريءَ جي سڌي ڪنڊ تي کوڙيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کي ديوارن مٿان 6 کان 8 فوٽن جي فاصلي تي رکيو ويندو آھي. ڪوشش ڪري ھي فرش درن کان ڪجھھ ھٽائي رکيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جا فرش ھڪ تھھ وارن فرشن کان وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي آواز کي ٻاھر وڃڻ کان بھتر نموني ۾ روڪي سگھندا آھن. ليڪن ھيٺ وارين ديوارن تي ڪن نڪتن وٽ ھنن جو بار اچي ڪٺو ٿيندو آھي. ھنن فرشن جي عمق، اوچائي وڌڻ سان گڏو گڏ وڌي ٿي، انھيءَ سبب جاءِ جي اوچائي پڻ وڌائڻي پوي ٿي ۽ نتيجي ۾ ھي فرش نھايت ئي مھانگا پون ٿا. انھيءَ ڪري ھي فرش گھڻو ڪري ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا  ھن قسم جا فرش 12 فوٽن کان مٿي واري مفاصلي لاءِ ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا ۽ انھن ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ جا ڇيڙا ڀتين ۾ نھ کوڙيا ويندا آھن پر اھي کليل ڇڏيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھن کي ھوا لڳي سگھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.

==ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽِيڻن شھتِيرن وارا فرش==
: (Triple joist or framed wooden floors)

جيڪڏھن ڪنھن ڪمري يا وڏي ھال جو ننڍي ۾ ننڍو فاصلو (Short span)  اٽڪل 25 فوٽ يا انھيءَ کان وڌي وڃي تھ ھن طريقي جا ڪاٺ جا فرش ٺاھيا وڃن. ھر فرش گرڊرن، بائينڊرس، شھتيرن (Bridging joists) ۽ ڪاٺ جي تختن رستي ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڀ کان پھرين، ڪمري جي ننڍي فاصلي جي رخ ۾ 13 کان 20 فوٽن جي وٿيءَ تي گرڊر رکيا ويندا آھن. اھي وٿيون بائينڊرس رستي، جيڪي گرڊرن جي گوني ڪنڊ (Right angles) جي طرف رکيون وينديون آھن، ڀريون وينديون آھن. فرش جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ رکڻ لاءِ بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن اندر ٽسڪ ۽ ٽينن جوائنٽس (Tusk and Tennon joints) رستي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. گرڊرن جي ڇيڙن ۽ ديوارن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي جيئن ڪاٺ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رھي. جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ھڪ وڌيڪ ڪاٺ جي گرڊر جو اضافو ڪجي ٿو ۽ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن (Binding joists) کي انھيءَ سان جوڙي ڪاٺ جو پڃرو ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ سبب ڪري گرڊرن جي ڪمزور ٿيڻ جو انديشو رھي ٿو. انھيءَ انديشي کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٻڌندر  شھتيرن جي ڇيڙن کي لوھھ جي پٽين (Iron Stirrups)  ذريعي عليحدھ رکيو وڃي ٿو. مکيھ گرڊرن ۽ ٻڌندر شھتيرن کي ايتري حد تائين اونھو رکيو ويندو آھي جيتري ۾ ڇت ۾ ڏار پوڻ نھ ڏنا وڃن. شھتير (Bridging joists)  ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کان ترڇا (Across) رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن کي يا تھ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن جي مٿان رکيو ويندو آھي يا تھ انھن کي مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙي فريم ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. شھتيرن جي ھڪ وچ کان ٻئي وچ تائين 1 فوٽ کان 1 ½ فوٽ تائين مفاصلو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ آخر ۾ ڪاٺ جي تختن کي انھن مٿان رکي فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن سان اھڙي نموني ۾ جڪڙيو ويندو آھي جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو ڪاٺ جي گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو رھي. ليڪن، شھتير (Bridging joists) بائينڊرس مٿان ائين رکيا ويندا آھن، جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو مٿي بيھي. انھيءَ طريقي سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي ٿولھ گھٽائي سگھجي ٿي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;. 

==زميني يا ھيٺيان فرش== 
: (Ground Floors 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ ڪاٺ جي ڳرڻ جي انديشي واسطي پوسل کان روڪڻ لاءِ خاص اپاءُ ورتا ويندا آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جي ھيٺا سيمينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ ڏنا ويندا آھن. عام طرح سان ھيٺيون تھھ گھٽ ملاوث جھڙوڪ 1:6:12  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ۽ مٿيون تھھ 1:2:4  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ڏنو ويندو آھي. ھر ھڪ تھھ جي ٿولھھ  سراسري طور 3 انچ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ طرح سان پوري تھھ جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 6 انچ رکي ويندي آھي. فني (ٽيڪنيڪي) لحاظ کان انھيءَ کي ”سائيٽ“ يا ”اوور سائيٽ“ (Site or Oversite)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ تھھ جي مٿان 6 فوٽ ۽ 5 انچ جي ھر ھڪ مرڪزي مفاصلي کان ٻئي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي حساب سان 4 انچ ٿلھيون ڪاٺ جي تختن (Sleepers) يا پٿر جي بلاڪن يا پڪسري اوساريءَ رستي ننڍيون ديوارون ٺاھي، جن کي (Dwarf walls) چئبو آھي، انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جون وال پليٽون (Walls plates)  لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ديوارون ڪمرن جي ٻنھي طرفن يعني ويڪر ۽ ڊيگھھ جي رخ ۾ ۽ ھڪ جھڙي انداز جي وڇوٽيءَ تي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. شھتير جن کي (Bridging joists) سڏيو وڃي ٿو ۽ عام طرح سان 4 انچ x 44 انچ جي سائيز جا ٿين ٿا، انھن کي پليٽن جي مٿان چاڙھي ڪلن  ڪوڪن ۽ پيچن وارن اسڪرن ذريعي قابو ڪيو وڃي ٿو. آخر ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ انچ ۽ وڌ ۾ وڌ ڏيڍ انچ ٿولھھ وارا ڪاٺ جا تختا شھتيرن مٿان جوڙي ھن قسم جا فرش ٺاھيا ڃن ٿا
ڪاٺ جي تختن ھيٺان کليل حصي مان ھوا جي بالڪل پوري گذر واسطي ھيٺ ڏنل ديوارن ۾ ٽنگ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ چوڪيءَ جي ليول (Plinth level)  ھيٺان پڻ سوراخن وارن بلاڪن جون ديوارون ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. وال پليٽن لڳائڻ کان اڳ ۾ ھيٺ وارين ننڍين ديوارن ۽ پاسي وارين ڀِتين مٿان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھو پوسل روڪڻ وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ (D.P.C)  چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ عام طرح سان، شھتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. تمام اھم عمارتن لاءِ ڪنھن خاص سبب لاءِ ساڳ جو ڪاٺ (Teak wood)  پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڪڏھن وري ساڳ جي ڪاٺ جا تختا ۽ ديال جي ڪاٺ جا شھتير استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ شيشم جي صحيح تيار ٿيل ڪاٺ جا تختا پڻ لڳايا ويندا آھن&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==رٻڙ جا فرش== 
: (Rubber Flooring) 
ھن قسمن جي فرشبنديءَ واسطي گندڪ ملايل رٻڙ جا مرڪب، جيڪي رٻڙ ۾ اھڙي طريقي سان ملائي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھيءَ جي مضبوطي ۽ لچڪ وڌي وڃي، سي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جي شڪل بالڪل سڌي ۽ پلين چادر جھڙي، يا چادرن ۾ خانا ٺاھي پلين يا چٽسالي ڪيل چؤنڪن جي نموني ۾، ۽ يا تھ عليحده عليحده چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ٿيندي آھي. اھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا اھڙي ڪنھن ٻئي ٺوس ۽ سخت بنيادي تھھ (Base)  مٿان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. فرش چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنياد کي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي دز (Dust)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين شين جھڙوڪ پوسل، چڪنائيءَ وغيرھ کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ بنيادي تھھ ۾ جيڪي بھ ھيٺاھيون ۽ مٿاھيون ھونديون آھن، انھن کي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان صحيح ڪري ليول ڪيو ويندو آھي. استعمال ٿيندڙ رٻڙ 1/8  انچن کان ½  انچن جي معيادي ٿولھھ جو ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھميشھ گندڪ (Suphur)، ٽمڻ ۽ کھراڻ کان پاڪ قسم جو رٻڙ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ انھيءَ جو مٿاڇرو لسو ھجي ۽ پاڻيءَ ۽ ڪنھن سٺي معيار واري صابڻ يا ڪنھن اھڙيءَ ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ڌوئڻ يا پالش ڪرڻ سان انھيءَ جي رنگ تي ڪو اثر نھ پوي.  رٻڙ چاڙھڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي ھيٺئين پاسي کي کھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ھڪ ئي وقت 25 مربع فوٽن کان وڌيڪ ايراضيءَ تي نھ چاڙھبو آھي. رٻڙ چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنيادي فرس مٿان ڪنھن سٺي چنبڙائيندڙ (Adhesive)  مرڪب جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ کي ڏھن کان پندرنھن منٽن تائين کليل ڇڏي ڏبو آھي تھ جيئن انھيءَ کي ھوا لڳي. بعد ۾ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل قسم ۽ ڊزائن جي رٻڙ جو پوش چاڙھي انھيءَ مٿان سھڻي نموني زور ڏيئي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي تھ جيئن فرش جي بنيادي تھھ ۽ رٻڙ جي چادر جي وچ ۾ ھوا نھ رھي ۽ رٻڙ فرش سان بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح ۽ سڌائيءَ ۾ چنبڙي. انھيءَ لاءِ عام طرح سان ننڍو لوھ جو رولر استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان پوءِ رٻڙ جي فرش کي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٽن ڏينھن تائين آزاد ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن سٺي صابڻ سان ڌوئي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جا فرش اھم جاين، آفيسن، اسپتالن، سينيمائن ۽ ھوٽلن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. معياري تعليمي درسگاھن ۽ آڊيٽوريم اندر پڻ ھن قسم جا فرش پسند ڪيا ويندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھنن مٿان ھلن سان آواز نٿو ٿئي ۽ سانت رھي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم جا فرش== 
: (Linoleum Floors) 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ رٻڙ جي فرشن وانگر سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ وغيره جي بنياد مٿان لينوليم جو پلاسٽڪ جھڙو پوش چاڙھي ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ڪيميا جي خيال کان لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل (Linseed oil)، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگ وغيره جو مرڪب آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب تھھ جھڙوڪ ڪنوس (Convas)  مٿان پٿاري فرش جو پوش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. اھو پوش خوشنما نمونن ۾ ٺاھي، بنيادي فرش مٿان چاڙھي، ھن قسم جا دلڪش فرش ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. لينوليم جا رٻڙ جي فرش وانگر الڳ الڳ چؤنڪ پڻ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، انھن کي لينوليم جا چؤنڪا سڏيو ويندو آھي. ھي فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ سستا ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي وقفي وقفي سان وارنش ۽ ميڻ (Wax)  لڳائڻ سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال ڪري انھن کي پائيدار بڻائي سگھبو آھي. لينوليم عام طرح سان رولن وانگر ويڙھيل ٿانن جي صورت ۾ ملندي آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب ڳنڍيندڙ مرڪب (Adhesive) رستي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد انھيءَ تھھ مٿان وارنش لڳائي، کين چمڪايو ويندو آھي. موٽر ڪارن، لارين، جھازن ۽ ريل گاڏين وغيره جا فرش، پڻ لينوليم سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش رھائشي گھرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ريسٽورانن لاءِ بھ نھايت موزون رھن ٿا. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جا فرش== 
: (Cork Floors) 
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙين جاين يا جاين جي انھن حصن لاءِ ڪارآمد آھن، جن کي سانت وارو يعني بنا گوڙ وارو (Noiseless)  ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي، جھڙوڪ آڊيٽوريم، پبلڪ لئبرريون، ٿئيٽر ۽ چرچون (گرجائون) وغيره.ھي فرش ڪارڪن جي چادرن يا ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. ڪارڪ جي شيٽن يعني چادرن جي تياري ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن کان مختلف نموني جي ٿيندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ٽائيلن ۾ صرف ڪارڪن استعمال ٿيندو آھي ۽ چادرن ۾ ڪارڪ جا ڇلڪا ۽ ٻورو، السيءَ جو تيل، ڪاٺ جو ٻورو ۽ رنگ وغيره استعمال ٿيندا آھن. ٻنھي قسمن جي فرشن جو ڪجھھ بيان ھيٺ پيش ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش==
: (Cork tiles Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ ڪارڪ جا چؤنڪا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي چؤنڪا مختلف ماپن ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. داونن يعني بارڊرن (Borders)  لاءِ 1 کان 3 فوٽن تائين ويڪريون ۽ 6 فوٽ ڊگھيون ڪارڪ جون پٽيون پڻ ٺھنديون آھن. انھن ٽائيلن جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8  انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. اھڙين  ٽائيلن جو ترو سڌو يا جھريءَ وارو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ٽائيلون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي ھيٺئين تھھ (Sub base) مٿان لڳايون وينديون آھن. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ ڪاٺ جو آھي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم ھئڻ گھرجي يا تھ ٻي صورت ۾ انھيءَ مٿان پِلاءِ (Ply)  لڳائي وڃي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھرين ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل صاف ۽ ھڪ جھڙو ھئڻ گھرجي، جنھن مٿان نرم گديءَ جو پترو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي، جيئن ڪاٺ جي لڏڻ سان ٽائيلن جي تھھ کي ڪو نقصان نھ پھچي. انھن ٽائيلن کي خاص قسم جي ڏامر ذريعي نرم گديءَ سان چنبڙايو ويندو آھي ۽ آخري حصي يا ڪنڊن وارن چؤنڪن کي ڪوڪن ذريعي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھ (Base)  سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ مٿان 1:3  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ گاري جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ مٿاڇري کي بلڪل سنوت ۾ آڻي، سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو ويندو آھي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي تمام چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪري انھيءَ مٿان ڏامر (Bitumen)  جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي، انھيءَ مٿان ٽائيلون وڇايون وينديون آھن. 
ڪارڪ اوڪ (Oak)  يعني شاھ بلوط جي سدا بھار وڻن جي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھيءُ وڻ بحريھ روم جي قريبي ملڪن ۾ ٿيندا آھن، جنھن جي کل تمام گھڻي ٿلھي ٿيندي آھي. انھيءَ کل کي ھر اٺن يا ڏھن سالن کان پوءِ لاٿو ويندو آھي، جنھن کي اٻاري، ٿورڙو آلو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ پوءِ انھن کي ڇلي ۽ خوب طرح سان گسائي، گرم ويلڻن مان ايتري وقت تائين لنگھائبو رھبو آھي جيستائين انھيءَ کل مان شيري جھڙي گھاٽي شيءِ ٻاھر نڪري اچي. انھيءَ گھاٽي شيءِ نڪرڻ سان ڪارڪ جي اندر سنھا سوراخ نھ رھندا آھن ۽ اھو وڌيڪ سخت ۽ ٺوس ٿي ويندو  آھي. ھيءُ شيري جھڙو مادو ڪارڪ جي ذرن کي پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چنبڙائي رکندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان پوءِ انھيءَ ڪارڪ کي گھربل ماپ جي چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ڪاٽي وٺبو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرش==
: (Cork Sheet Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پي-وي-سيءَ جا فرش==
: ( Polyvinyl Chloride i.e. P.V.C Floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش گھريلو جاين، ريل گاڏيءَ جي دٻن، دفترن، آڊيٽوريم جي ھالن ۽ ٿئيٽرن وغيره لاءِ موزون رھندا آھن. ھي فرش پڻ رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش گھڻو ڪري زيبائش لاءِ ئي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھنن فرشي چادرن ۽ چؤنڪن جي ٿولھھ 1/16  انچن کان ¼ انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. 
ھيءُ پي-وي-سيءَ جو مرڪب جديد دور جي ايجاد آھي جيڪو ٿرموپلاسٽڪ بائينڊرس، فلرس ۽ رنگن مان ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو. ھن قسم جون چادرون 3 فوٽن، 3 ½ فوٽن ۽ 6 فوٽن جي ويڪرائيءَ ۾ ۽ چؤنڪا 1 فوٽ، 2 فوٽن ۽ 3 فوٽن جي سائيز ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن ۽ اھي ھڪ قسم جو لچڪدار ۽ اڻ ٽمندر مٿاڇرو مھيا ڪنديون آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==شيشي جا فرش==
: (Glass Floors)
~ھن قسم جا فرش گرائونڊ فلور ۾ اھڙن حصن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن جي ھيٺان تھھ خانا ھجن ۽ انھن تھھ خانن ۾ روشني پھچائڻ جي ضرورت ھجي. ھن قسم جا فرش مختلف نمونن ۾ ڪاٺ جا مضبوط فريم ٺاھي انھن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا چؤنڪا وجھي تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. عمارتي شيشو عمدي قسم جو ۽ مضبوط استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8 انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش ==
: (Asphalt Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن جا ٻھ نمونا ٿيندا آھن، ھڪ ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ٻيا ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش. ھنن ٻنھي نمونن جا فرش سستا، لچڪدار (Resilient)، اڻ جاذب (Non absorbent) ، پوسل روڪ (Moisture proof) ، تيزاب روڪ (Acid proof)، تيل (Oil)  ۽ گريس (Greese) سان مقابلو ڪندڙ ٿيندا آھن. انھن خاصيتن سبب ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن وارا فرش سرڪاري آفيسن ۽ اسڪولن وغيره جھڙين عمارتن ۽ ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ قسم جا فرش گودامن، ڀانڊن، ڪارخانن ۽ ٻين اھڙي نوعيت جي عمارتن ائسفالٽ جي چؤنڪن کي سخت بنياد مھيا ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مٿان ھڪ ٻئي سان ڳنڍي ھن قسم جو فرض ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. پر جيڪڏھن ڪاٺ جي فرش مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سڀني ڪاٺ جي پٽين ۽ تختن کي مضبوطيءَ سان ڪوڪن وغيرھ جي رستي جڪڙيو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن وڇائڻ کان پھرين ڪاٺ جي سطح مٿان ائسفالٽ، بٽومين يا رچيل ائسفالٽ جي اوني ڪپڙي (Asphalt saturated felt)  جو اٽڪل 3/8 انچن جو ٿلھو تھھ پٿاريو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش (Asphalt mastic floor)  ٺاھڻ واسطي انھيءَ کي گرم ڪري، ڪنھن ٺوٺ سطح، جھڙوڪ ڪاٺ يا سيمينٽ مٿان پٿاري ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت==
.(Maintenance and Repair of Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪوشش ڪري روزانو آلي پوچيءَ سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن اھو فرش تمام گھڻو گندو نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڏوتو وڃي. صابڻ جي تھھ کي فرش جي ڪنھن بھ ٽڪري تي بنا ڌيان جي ڇڏڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ فرش ترڪڻو ٿي پوندو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ فرش جو اھو ٽڪرو جھڪو (Dull)  ٿي پوندو. فرش جي ڌوئڻ واسطي سوڍا کار يا ٻين اھڙين تيز شين استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ جيڪڏھن فرش جو ڪو بھ حصو ٽٽي يا ڪنھن بھ نموني مرمت طلب ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سمورو پانيل يا خانو (Panel)  ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي، بنيادي ڪانڪريٽ کي سخت برش سان صاف ڪري، انھيءَ کي پاڻيءَ سان آلو رکي، ھڪ رات تائين ڇڏي ڏيڻ گھرجي. رات گذرڻ کان پوءِ بيٺل پاڻيءَ کي ڪڍي صاف ڪري، صاف سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ چاڙھو وڃي ۽ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل ٿولھھ ۽ گھربل تناسب، جھڙوڪ 1:2:4  يا اھڙو ڪو ٻيو موزون تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد ڪانڪريٽ کي دٻائي، پاسن واري فرش جي ٿولھھ برابر آندو وڃي، جيئن سموري فرش جي ليول ھڪ جھڙي ٿي وڃي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن پاسن وارن پانيلن جا ڇيڙا نھ ڀڄن. انھيءَ بعد نئين ٺاھيل پانيل کي ڏھن ڏينھن تائين تر رکيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>c992rqzrptp4hp4bpdkhpn3hs3njeqx</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401061</id>
      <parentid>401060</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:31:36Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401061</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="80191" sha1="q1r7clmd6583ft1lohmdls58fr7amaq" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

==فرشن جي مٿاڇري کي سخت بڻائڻ==

(Hardener Treatment)
سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي مٿاڇري کي جڳھھ جي ۽ ضرورت جي نوعيت مطابق سخت ڪندڙ مرڪبن جھڙوڪ جست (Zinc)  ۽ مئگنيشيم فليوئوسليڪيٽيڊ (Magnesium Fluosilicated)، سوڊيم سليڪيٽ  (Sodium Silicate)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين ڪيميائي دوائن ملائڻ سان مضبوط بڻايو ويندو آھي. ھن ۾ زنڪ يا مئگنيشيم جي فليوئوسليڪيٽ جي اڌ پائونڊ کي ھڪ گئلن پاڻيءَ ۾ ملائي پھريون ليپ ڏنو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ کان پوءِ ضرورت مطابق ھر ٻيو ليپ ھر گئلن پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻن پائونڊن جي حساب سان ڏنو ويندو آھي. انھن ليپن ڏيڻ کان اڳ ۾ فرش کي چڱيءَ طرح سان ڌوئي، ھر ابور کي مال، تيل، رنگ ۽ ٻئي ھر ڌارئي مادي (Foreign substance) کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪرڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جو ليپ ھڪ گئلن ۾ 130 مربع فوٽ والاري (Cover)  ٿو، سڪڻ کان پوءِ ھن فرش کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪپڙي سان اگھڻ گھرجي.
ھيءُ فرش گھڻو ڪري رستن، گھٽين، فوٽ پاٿن، وڏن سماعت خانن (Auditoriums)، عام ميڙ وارن ھنڌن وغيره لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جا فرش==


(R.C.C Floors) ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن ۾ ڄاڻايل ڳالھين جو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھنن ۾ ڇتين وانگر ۽ ڊزائن مطابق لوھ جون سيخون استعمال ڪيو وينديون آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن. ھنن فرشن ۾ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو مٿيون تھھ 6 انچن (15 cm) کان 8 انچن (20 cm) تائين وڌو ويندو آھي. ھنن فرشن ۾ بنيادي تھھ گھڻو ڪري اٽڪل 4 انچ گھرو وڌو ويندو آھي. مٿئين تھھ جي اڌ عمق (Depth)  تي لوھ جو ڄار اھڙي نموني وڇايو ويندو آھي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين تھھ کان مٿي اڀريل رھي ۽ انھيءَ جي مٿان سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو گھربل تھھ (Cover) چڙھي.
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙن ھنڌن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن تي ڳري مشينري، ٽرئفڪ ۽ ٻين اھڙين ڳرين شين جي چرپر ٿيڻي ھوندي آھي، جھڙوڪ؛ ڪارخانا، جديد فيڪٽريون، ھيليڪاپٽرن ۽ جھازن جا رستا (Runways)  ۽ لارين ۽ موٽرن بيھارڻ وارا دالان وغيره.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن جون خاصيتون==

(Characteristics of C.C. Floors)
(i) ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پنھنجي پسند مطابق  مطابق گھربل رنگ ملائي خوبصورت بڻائي سگھجي ٿو.
(ii) ھنن فرشن جي سنڀال سولائيءَ سان ڪري سگھجي ٿي ۽ انھن تي گھٽ خرچ لڳي ٿو.
(iii) ھنن فرشن جي اڏاوت آسان ۽ پائيدار ھئڻ سبب انھن کي عام طرح سان رھائشي، تجارتي ۽ مجلسي عمارتن لاءِ استعمال ڪيو وڃي ٿو.
(iv) ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ باھھ سان مقابلو ڪرڻ جي ڪافي قوت ٿئي ٿي.
(v) ھي فرش غير جاذب (Impervious)  ۽ ٺوس ٿين ٿا.
(vi) ھنن کي آسانيءَ سان ڌوئي صاف ڪري سگھجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mosaic orTerrazzo floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن لاءِ پڻ بنياد ساڳئي نموني ٺاھيو ويندو آھي جيئن پھرين ڄاڻايو ويو آھي، انھيءَ جي مٿان ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ٻن تھن جي صورت ۾ ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ھيٺئين تھھ ۾ 1 انچ کان ¾ انچ (2.5 کان 2 سينٽيميٽر) جي عمق ۾ گھربل تناسب (جھڙوڪ؛ 1:2:4  يا 1:2 ½ :3 ½ وغيره) ۾ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ وڌو ويندو آھي ۽ مٿيون تھھ ¼ انچ (6 mm) ٿلھو رکيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ ۾ بلوري پٿر (Marble chips)  جا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آھن. ھن ۾ بلوري پٿر جي ٽڪرن ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب عام طرح سان 1:2 يعني ھڪ حصو سيمينٽ ۽ ٻھ حصا بلوري پٿر جا ٽڪرا ھوندو آھي ۽ ٻيو تھھ پھرئين تھھ چاڙھڻ کان پوءِ ٻئي ڏينھن چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. مٿئين تھھ کي گھربل تھھ کان ٿورو وڌيڪ ٿلھو رکيو ويندو آھي جيئن انھيءَ جي ڪٽڻ ۽ گسائڻ کان پوءِ اھو پوريءَ ۽ گھربل ٿولھھ ۾ بيھي. ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ جابلو ريتي ٿلھي (Coarse) گھربل سائيز  جي ۽ صاف ھئڻ گھرجي. بلوري ٽڪر (Marble chips) مضبوط ۽ 1/16 انچن کان 1/8انچن (1.55 mm کان 3 mm) جي سائيز جا ھئڻ گھرجن. وڏي سائيز جي ڪمرن ۽ ھالن ۾ ¼ انچن جي سائيز تائين بلوري ٽڪر استعمال ڪري سگھجن ٿا. بي ڊبليو ڊيءَ جي اسپيسيفڪيشنس مطابق مٿيون بلوري ٽڪرن جو تھھ 3/8″ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن تھ ھيٺيون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريت جو تھھ 1 انچ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ اھي ٻئي تھ يڪجان (Monolithic) ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن موزائيڪ فلور جي فرش جي ٽاپنگ جي جملي ٿولھھ 1 3/8″ کان گھٽ نھ بيھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ٻين ھيٺين ڳالھين جو خاص خيال رکيو وڃي.
(i) سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ھيٺئين تھھ ٺاھڻ تائين عليحده خانن ٺاھڻ، سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ملائڻ، انھيءَ کي پٿارڻ، انھيءَ جي گھاٽاڻ ۽ واٽر سيمينٽ رئشو (پاڻيءَ ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب) اڳ ۾ ڄاڻايل سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مطابق ھئڻ گھرجي.(ii) بلوري ٽڪرن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ کجيءَ جي ڦرھن جي ڇٻن ۾ وجھي چانورن وانگر پاڻيءَ سان ڌوئي بالڪل  صاف ڪري سڪائي پوءِ استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجي.
(iii) سڀ کان پھرين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي بنياد تي، جيڪو سنوت ۾ ۽ کھرو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي، گھربل ٿولھھ جي عمق وارين پتل (Brass)، ٽامي(Copper)، جست (Zinc)، شيشي (Glass)، يا ٻڙي نمبر (Zero Number) جي بلورن جي چوري جي ٺھيل پٽين سان ھڪ ڪرا، سھڻا ۽ گھربل ڊزائن جا خانا ٺاھيا وڃن.
(iv) گھربل تناسب جي حساب سان ماپ وارين پيتين ذريعي سيمينٽ ۽ بلور جي ٽڪرن کي پھرين سڪل حالت ۾ ڪنھن صاف پڪي فرشي ٽڪري تي پر ڪوشش ڪري تغاريءَ يا ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي ٿانو (Container)  ۾ وجھي ٿورو ٿورو پاڻي ملائي ايتري گھاٽاڻ (Workability)  تائين بيھارجي جيتري ۾ اھو استعمال ڪرڻ جي لائق بڻجي، پوءِ انھيءَ کي خانن اندر لاھي ترتيب سان لوھھ جي ڪرنيءَ ذريعي پٿاري ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي ڳتيو وڃي. جيڪڏھن ٿڦڪين ڏيڻ سان انھيءَ مان ڪريم نڪري تھ اھڙي ملاوٽ کي خارج ڪيو وڃي.
(v) ڪوشش ڪري بلوري ٽڪرن جو تھھ Mosaic topping) ايتري ٽائيم اندر ڏنو وڃي جيتري ۾ ھيٺيون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ لچڪدار (Plastic)  حالت ۾ ھجي. (عام طرح سان اھو ٻئي ڏينھن ڏنو ويندو آھي) پر جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل سڪي وڃي تھ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان خالص سيمينٽ ۽ پاڻي جو ھلڪو تھھ (Slurry)  ڏيئي پوءِ جلد ئي انھيءَ مٿان موزائيڪ جي داڻي جو تھھ چاڙھجي. انھيءَ تھھ مٿان ھلڪيون ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي انھيءَ کي ڪرني ۽ ليول واري پٽيءَ سان سڌو ڪري ۽ بالڪل صحيح ليول ۾ بيھارجي.
(vi)  ليول بيھارڻ ۽ ڪرنيءَ سان ٻھ ٽي گھمرا ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي ڳتڻ کان پوءِ اگر مٿاڇري تي ڪرنيءَ جا داغ ٿي بيھن تھ انھن کي ميساڻ جي ڪوشش ھرگز نھ ڪجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڳتي ھلي مٿان گسائڻ (Grinding)  کان پوءِ اھي داغ خود بھ خود ميٽجي ويندا.
(vii) انھيءَ کان پوءِ يڪدم ئي موزائيڪ جي تازي پيل فرش مٿان ڪرنيءَ جي مدد سان خالص سيمينٽ جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ انھيءَ مٿان ترائيءَ واسطي آليون ڳوڻيون رکجن.
(viii) ٽن ڏينھن بعد انھيءَ فرش جي مٿان تمام کھرن ڪاربورئنڊم بلاڪن رستي خوب طرح سان ھن فرش جي گسائي  ڪئي وڃي. اھا گسائي، مشين استعمال ڪرڻ سان تڪڙي ۽ عمدي رھي ٿي. ڪن خاص حالتن ۾ مشين نھ ھئڻ سبب انھيءَ کي ھٿ رستي انھن بلاڪن سان (جن کي عام طرح سان بٺي ڪوٺيو وڃي ٿو) زور سان رڳڙي لسو بنائي سگھجي ٿو. رڳڙائي يعني گسائي فرش مٿان سنھي ريتي ۽ پاڻي ھاري خوب طرح سان ڪرڻ گھرجي جيستائين داڻو ظاھر ٿي بيھي.
(ix) پھرين گسائي کان پوءِ فرش جي تھھ مٿان ڪجھھ سوراخ ٿي پون تھ انھن جي خالص سيمينٽ سان مرمت ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ فرش کي سڪڻ نھ ڏجي.
(x) ٻي رڳڙائي وري پنجن ڏينھن کان پوءِ وچولي کھرن ڀترن يعني بٺين سان ڪئي وڃي ۽ گشائيءَ دوران جيڪڏھن سوراخ وغيره نظر اچن تھ انھن جي خالص سيمينٽ سان مرمت ڪجي. انھيءَ سموري ڪم دوران فرش کي تر رھڻ ڏنو وڃي
(xi) آخر ۾ سنھن بٺين (Fine Sand-blocks)  رستي رڳڙي ۽ تمام گھڻي پاڻي ھارڻ بعد انھيءَ کي بالڪل صاف ۽ چِٽو ڪيو وڃي ۽ اھڙا فرش جن ۾ آخري گسائيءَ کان پوءِ بھ موزائيڪ جو داڻو نظر نھ اچي تھ انھن کي خارج ڪري ٻيھر ٺھرائڻ گھرجي.
(xii) آخري گسائيءَ کان پوءِ ھنن فرشن کي ھلڪي صابڻ (Mild Soap) سان ڌوئي تمام گھڻي پاڻيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ سڪڻ لاءِ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي ۽ جڏھن اھي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان سڪي وڃن تھ انھن مٿان آغزئيلڪ ائسڊ جو پائوڊر (Oxalic Acid Powder)  ھاري لڪڙن مٿان سڻيءَ جون ٻوريون لپيٽي تمام گھڻي زور سان گٺو وڃي ۽ انھن کي سڪڻ لاءِ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ وري ٻيھر پھرئين جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ (Oxalic Acid Powder)  پائوڊر ھاري ڪپڙي جي گدين (Cloth pads) سان انھيءَ کي گسايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي سڪائي پوءِ چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪجي.
(xiii) انھيءَ بعد فرش کي ڪنھن صاف تيل ۽ ڪاٺ جي ٻوري سان ڍڪي ڇڏجي ۽ رنگ روغن ۽ ٻين جاءِ جي سمورن ڪمن پوري ٿيڻ بعد انھن کي تمام سٺي پالش ڪري، ۽ صاف سٽ (Cotton Waste)  سان زور سان گسائي چمڪندڙ بنايو وڃي.
(xiv) رنگين فرشن ٺاھڻ واسطي سڪو ملائڻ وقت سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ گھربل رنگ سڪل حالت ۾ ملائي، پوءِ مٿي ڄاڻايل ھدايتن مطابق اڳتي وڌجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ٽيرازو ڊئڊو ۽ اسڪرٽنگ==

: (Terrazzo Dado and Skirting)بلوري پٿر جي داڻي  (Marble Chips) ۾ سيمينٽ ملائي ڀتين مٿان عمق جي صورت ۾ چاڙھي،  انھيءَ جي موزائيڪ فلورنگ وانگر گسائي وغيرھ ڪري، داڻي کي ظاھر ڪري، خوبصورت سطح ۾ آڻڻ کي ٽيرازو ڊئڊو يا اسڪرٽنگ سڏيو وڃي ٿو.

ان قسم جي سطح ٺاھڻ لاءِ انھن سڀني ڳالھين جو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي جيڪي موزائيڪ فلورنگ ۾ ڄاڻايون ويون آھن. اجڪلھھ جي رواج مطابق غسلخانن ۽ بورچيخانن کي ڇڏي ٻين سڀني ڪمرن وغيره ۾ موزائيڪ فلورنگ سان گڏ ان جھڙو ئي ڊئڊو 3 انچن کان 4 انچن تائين چئني ڀتين تي چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ طرح سان ڪمرا وغيرھ سھڻا بھ لڳندا آھن ۽ فرش ڌوئڻ وقت انھن ڪمرن جون ڀتيون پڻ خراب نھ ٿينديون آھن. جڏھن تھ بورچيخانن ۽ غسلخانن ۾ انھيءَ جي اوچائي اٽڪل 6 فوٽن تائين رکي ويندي آھي. پلستر ڪيل ڀتين جا اھي حصا جن تي ھيءُ ڊئڊو چاڙھيو ويندو آھي اھي کھرا ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ ڄاڻايل عمق مطابق انھن جي مٿان گھربل ڊئڊو ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ جي سيٽ ٿيڻ کان اڳ موزائيڪ جي داڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. داڻو (Chips) اڪثر ڪري 1 ½ نمبر جو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ٿورو ماربل پائوڊر ملائڻ سان انھيءَ کي گسائڻ ۾ آساني رھندي آھي انھيءَ ڪري فرش توڙي اسڪرٽنگ جي ڪم ۾ سيمينٽ ھڪ حصو، ماربل پائوڊر ½ حصو ۽ داڻو 2 حصا ملائي مناسب قسم جي آميزش حاصل ڪري سگھجي ٿي. اسڪرٽنگ ۽ ڊئڊو سڌا، ليول ۽ ساھل ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن ۽ فرش سان چڱيءَ طرح مليل (Flush)  ھئڻ گھرجن.
اھا ڳالھھ ذھن ۾ رکڻ گھرجي تھ فرش جو ڊئڊو ۽ ڀتين جي اسڪرٽنگ ۾ ڪٽائيءَ کان پوءِ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 70 سيڪڙو داڻا ھڪ ڪرا ڦھليل ۽ ظاھر ھئن گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ٽيرازو ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ڊئڊو==

: (Terrazzo Tile Floors and Dado)  اعشاري نظام جي رائج ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ھيءُ چؤنڪا 300 mm x 300 mm x 25 mm، (Tiles)  (يعني ڊيگھھ ۽ ويڪر ھر ھڪ 300 mm ۽ ٿولھھ 25 mm) ۾ ٺھڻ لڳا آھن. ھن قسم جي ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي بنياد تيار ڪرڻ کان پوءِ صاف سٿرو سيمينٽ لڳائي انھيءَ مٿان وڇايو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن جي جوڙن ۾ گھربل رنگ جي سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جي پٽڙيءَ پيسٽ جھڙو مسالو (Slurry)  ڀريو ويندو آھي.ھنن چؤنڪن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پھرين گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 36 ڪلاڪن تائين پاڻيءَ اندر ٻوڙي رکڻ گھرجي.ھن قسم جي ٽائيلن جو مٿيون داڻي وارو تھھ ½ جي ٿولھھ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ گھربل رنگ جو مقدار انھيءَ ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ سيمينٽ، جيڪو گھڻو ڪري سيمينٽ ۽ داڻي جي حساب ۾ 1:2 جي تناسب سان استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ جي ڏھھ سيڪڙو کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھگرجي. اھي چؤنڪا (Tiles) گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھر پائونڊ تي 2000 مربع انچ (2000 psi) واري سگھھ جو دٻاءُ سھڻ وارا ۽ ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪيل ھئڻ گھرجن ھي چؤنڪا 1 ½ انچ ٿولھھ جي 1:2:4 واري تناسب سان ٺھيل سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ مٿان 1:3 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو سراسري طور اڌ انچ ٿولھھ جو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ جي مٿان لڳايا وڃ. چؤنڪا لڳائي بس ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھن جي جوڙن ۾ (جي 1 1/16 انچن جي ٿولھھ کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن) گھربل رنگ جي سيمينٽ جو مسالو ڀريو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ لڳايل مٿاڇري کي ڇيڙڻ کان سواءِ اٽڪل ٻن ھفتن تائين پاڻيءَ سان تر رکيو وڃي. مٿاڇري جي سڪي وڃڻ کان پوءِ مٿي ڄاڻايل موزائيڪ فلورنگ وانگر انھيءَ کي چڱيءَ طرح چمڪائي پوءِ استعمال ڪيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پٿر جا فرش==

(Stone or Flagged Floor) ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش جو بنيادي تھھ اڳ ۾ ڄاڻايل خاصيتن وارو ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ فرش اندر استعمال ٿيندڙ پٿر ھڪ ئي سائيز جا ڀلي نھ ھئڻ گھرجن، ليڪن انھن جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ ڏيڍ انچ، ويڪر 14 انچ ۽ ڊيگھھ اڍائي فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي .انھن پٿرن جو مٿاڇرو تمام سھڻي انداز ۾ گھڙيل، گول ٽڪرن ۽ ورن وڪڙن کان پاڪ ھئڻ گھرجي. انھن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ ڪلاڪ تائين پاڻيءَ جي حوض اندر ڀڄائي رکڻ گھرجي .انھن جي ھيٺان وڇايل بنياد (Base) بالڪل ھڪ ئي ليول ۾ ھئڻ گھرجي. انھن کي ھڪ ئي انداز جي ويڪر ۽ اھم لنگھھ (Main entrance) جي ديوار جي پور وڇوٽ ھئڻ گھرجن. انھن جي ھڪ قطار جا جوڙ ٻيءَ گڏو گڏ قطار جي مفاصلي کان گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 8 انچن کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن، جيئن ھڪ قطار جا جوڙ ٻيءَ قطار کان ٽٽل رھن. انھن جو بنياد سرن جي فرفش جي بنياد وانگر ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن جا جوڙ عام طرح سان 1/8 انچن جي ٿولھھ جا ۽ 1:2 جي تناسب جي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي گاري جا ھئڻ گھرجن. پٿر ھميشھ پختي تھھ، جيڪو مترڪي (Mallet)  جي ڌڪن ھئڻ سان جانچي سگھجي ٿو، مٿان لڳائڻ گھرجن ۽ ھيٺئين بنياد جي نرم حصن (Soft patches) کي ٻاھر ڪڍي ٻيھر مضبوط ٺاھڻ گھرجي. پٿر جي چؤنڪن (Slabs) جي ڪنارن کان گاري (Mortar) کي پکڙجڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي ۽ ٽيپ نھ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙن ۾ آيل مال کي ڪرنيءَ (Trowel) رستي فلش (Flush)  ڪيو وڃي.  جيڪڏھن ٽيپ (Pointing) ڪرڻ مقصود ھجي تھ جوڙن کي ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي ھڪ جھڙي ٿولھھ وارين پٽين رستي ¼ انچن کان گھٽ ويڪرو نھ رکيو وڃي. جڏھن ھر ھڪ پٿر جي چؤنڪن جي قطار لڳي وڃي تھ ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي پٽين کي ڪڍي، جلد ئي جوڙن کي 1:1 جي تناسب واري سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان ڀريو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي پٿرن جي مٿاڇري کان 1/16 انچ ھيٺ ڪرنيءَ سان ٽڪي ٽيپ ڪئي وڃي . ڪم ھلندي ھنن فرشن جي ترائي جاري رکي وڃي ۽ ڪم پوري ٿيڻ کان پوءِ بھ 14 ڏينھن تائين ترائي ضرور ڪجي ۽ تيار ٿيل ففرش مٿان ڪنھن بھ قسم جا نشان ۽ گاري جا داغ ٿيڻ نھ ڏجن ۽ اھڙي قسم جا داغدار فرش ڪڏھن بھ قبول نھ ڪيا وڃن. فرش جي ڪنھن بھ حصي مٿان ٽن ڏينھن تائين ڪنھن کي بھ ھلڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي ۽ انھن مٿان 7 ڏينھن تائين ڪنھن بھ وزنيءَ شيءِ کي آڻڻ نھ گھرجي. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش==
: (Glazzed Tile Flooring) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي ھيٺيون تھھ (Base) سرن جي فرش وانگر ٺاھڻ گھرجي. چمڪدار چينيءَ جا چؤنڪا گھربل سائيز ۽ رنگ مطابق ھئڻ گھرجن. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھريائين ھيٺئين تھھ مٿان گھڻي سيمينٽ واري گارري کي پٿارڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد چؤنڪن کي ڪاٺ جي ھٿوڙي ۽ گز جي مدد سان گھربل انداز ۽ گھربل سلاميءَ مطابق لڳائڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 36 ڪلاڪن تائين پاڻيءَ جي حوض اندر ٽٻائي رکڻ گھرجي.  ٽائيلن کي گاري مٿان رکي، ھٿوڙي جي مدد سان زور سان ائين لڳائن گھرجي، جيئن ھيٺيون مسالو جوڙن مان ٻاھر نڪري اچي. فالتو مال کي يڪدم آلي حالت ۾ ڪنھن ڀِڳل ڪپڙي سان اگھي صاف ڪرڻ کپي. بھتر تھ ائين آھي تھ ڪاٺ جي ويلڻ رستي ٽائيلن کي دٻايو وڃي، جيئن ٽائيلن جي مجموعي سطح ھموار رھي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان 24 ڪلاڪ گذرڻ بعد جوڙن ۾ ٽاٽ يا ڪنھن برش جي مدد سان سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي رٻڙي (Slurry) ڀرڻ گھرجي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پوءِ ٽن ڏينھن تائين انھن مٿان ڪنھن بھ وزني شيءِ کي ھلڻ يا رکڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد انھن مٿان پالش ڪري، انھن کي صابڻ سان صاف ڪرڻ گھرجي. ھن ۽ ٻين سڀني قسمن جي ٽائيلن جي فرش لاءِ ٽائيلن کي گھربل سائيز ۽ نموني ۾ ٽڪڻ جي حالت ۾ صرف ڪارائي استعمال ڪئي وڃي جيئن انھن جا ڪنارا تکا ۽ صاف رھن ۽ انھن جا جوڙ دلڪش رھن. جاءِ جي مڪمل ٿيڻ تائين ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪاٺ جي فالتو ٻوري يا ڪنھن ٻي شيءِ سان ڍڪي رکڻ گھرجي جيئن اھو جاءِ جي رنگ روغن ۽ ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي شيءِ جي داغن وغيره کان صاف رھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر يا سنگ موسيٰ جا فرش==
(Marble or Black Marble Floors)
  
ھن قسم جا فرش پٿر جھڙي سخت شيءِ جي سنگمرمر جي ھڪ جھڙن چؤنڪن يا تختن (Slabs)  استعمال ڪرڻ سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جي فرشن وڇائڻ کان اڳ انھن جو ھيٺيون تھھ (Base) اڳ ۾ بيان ڪيل فرشن جي تھھ وانگر ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ھنن کي ھيٺئين تھھ سان جوڙڻ واسطي 1:2 جي تناسب وارو چوني جو گچ يا سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جو گچ ¾ انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ مٿان پٿاريو ويندو آھي. ھنن جي جوڙن ۾ چوني جي لاپي (Lime putty) استعمال ڪئي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي جوڙن اندر زور سان ڀريو ويندو آھي. انھن جوڙن کي بالڪل صاف ۽ خوبصورتيءَ سان ٺاھيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھن جوڙن جي ويڪر 1/16 انچن کان وڌيڪ نھ رکڻ ڏني ويندي آھي. پٿر جي سرن جي ٿولھھ ڪنھن بھ صورت ۾ ¾ انچ کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي. انھي پٽيءَ جي نموني ۾ فرشبندي ڪرڻ واسطي ڪو بھ سنگمرمر جو ٽڪر 18 انچن کان گھٽ ڊگھو نھ رکڻ ڏنو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھيٺ ڄاڻايل ھدايتن جو پڻ خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي. 
(i) سنگمرمر جون سرون گھربل رنگ، قسم ۽ سائيز جون ھئڻ گھرجن. ڪن اٽليءَ جي سفيد ۽ آسماني ماربل جھڙين سرن استعمال ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ۽ گھربل انداز جي ڊزائن ۾ نھ ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ جيڪڏھن پالش ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھن جو رنگ ساڳيو نھ بيھي تھ انھيءَ فرشبنديءَ کي خارج ڪرڻ گھرجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جي ماربل جي ٽڪرن جو رنگ پالش ڪرڻ بعد ئي اصلي صورت اختيار ڪندو آھي. 
(ii) ھي سنگمرمر جا ٽڪرا بالڪل صحيح طرح ڪارائيءَ رستي وڍيل، سڀني پاسن کان بالڪل چؤڪور، ھڪ ئي ٿولھھ ۾ ۽ ھڪ ئي سنوت ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن ۽ ڏاڪڻ، دروازن ۽ ورانڊن کان ٻاھر نڪتل ڪنارن جي صورت ۾ ھنن جا ڪنارا بُل نوز (Bul-nose) جي صورت ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن 
(iii) اڀن جوڙن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ چوني جي پٽيءَ ۾ چوني جي مقدار جيترو کؤنر استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجي 
(iv) ڪم ھلڻ دوران ۽ انھن ماربل جي ٽڪرن جي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ کين 10 ڏينھن تائين پاڻيءَ سان تر رکڻ گھرجي (v)جڏھن فرش پوريءَ طرح ڄمي يعني سيٽ (Set)  ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪاربورئنڊم پٿر (Carborandum Stone)، يا ڪنھن ٻئي سخت پٿر ۽ کھريءَ ريتيءَ ذريعي تمام گھڻو پاڻي جالاري گٺو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ لاءِ جيڪڏھن مشين استعمال ڪجي تھ نھايت ئي بھتر آھي. جوڙن جي پالش لاءِ نھايت ئي نرم (Soft) پٿر استعمال ڪجي. جڏھن کھرائپ ختم ٿي وڃي تھ واري ڌوئي مٿاڇري کي تمام سنھي ڪاربورئنڊم جي پٿر، سر يا ايمري پائوڊر سان گسائي لسو ڪيو وڃي 
(vi) لسي ڪرڻ کان پوءِ فرش تي پٽي پائوڊر ھاري انھيءَ کي اوني ڪپڙي جي گدين (Felt pads) يا ناريل جي ڇلڪن جي کوپن رستي گھي، تمام جھجھي پاڻي سان پالش ڪيو وڃي ۽ جاءِ جي ڪم ھلڻ دوران ھن فرش کي داغن ۽ ٻئي نقصان کان بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي==
: (Dry Brick Pavi) 
ھن قسم جي فرشبندي ۾ پھرئين درجي جون ۽ ڪوشش ڪري ھر عليحدھ ۽ لڳاتار ٽڪري ۾ ھڪ جھڙي رنگ جون سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. زمين جي مٿاڇري کي چڱيءَ طرح پاڻي ھاري ڌمڪ يا نھرو ڪندڙ مشين (Compactors) ذريعي وھاري نھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيدءَ کي صحيح طرح سان گھربل سلاميءَ ۽ ڪئمبر (Camber)  ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ جي مٿان اڌ انچ ٿلھو مٽيءَ جي گاري جو ليپو ڏيئي يا چئن انچن جو ڪاري واريءَ (River or pit sand) جو تھھ ڏيئي انھيءَ مٿان گھربل نموني ۾ سڪل سرون ڄمائي انھن جي فرشبندي ڪئي ويندي آھي. . ھن فرشبندي ۾ ڪوشش ڪري بالڪل باريڪ جوڙ رکيا وڃن ۽ ڪو بھ جوڙ ¼ انچ کان وڌيڪ ويڪرو نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ سرن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان زور سان جڪڙي قابو رکيو وڃي ٿو. فرشبندي ختم ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان ڪاري واري ھاري جوڙن کي انھيءَ واريءَ سان ڀريو ويندو آھي ۽ فرش مٿان بچيل فالتو واريءَ کي ٻھاري صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي، ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ سرن کي اڀي صورت ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جو فرش سڌين سرن جي فرشن کان مضبوط ٿيندو آھي.
ڪن خاص حالتن ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جو تمام پٽڙو گارو ھاري سرن جي جوڙن کي صرف مٿان جوڙڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي اھو گارو سرن جي جي درزن ۾ مٿئين حصي منجھان داخل ٿيندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشبندي گودامن، رستن، اڱڻن، رستن ۽ چبوترن لاءِ ڪئي ويندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪاٺ جا فرش==  
: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن فرش تمام گھڻا مھانگا ھوندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اھي تمام عمدي ڪاٺ جا ٺاھڻا ھوندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جو استعمال گھڻو ڪري جابلو علائقن (Hilly areas) جھڙوڪ مري وغيره جي اھڙن ھنڌن تي ڪيو ويندو آھي، جتي ڪاٺ تمام گھڻو ۽ سستو پوي ٿو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ڪن خاص حالتن (جتي سانت جي ضرورت ھوندي آھي) ۾ ھنن فرشن جي ضرورت پوندي آھي، جھڙوڪ ناچ خانھ (Dancing Halls) ۽ سماعت خانھ (Auditoriums) وغيره. ھن قسم جا فرش بالڪل پختا ۽ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن اھي وڌيڪ کان وڌيڪ بار کڻي سگھن. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي خوبصورتيءَ جي لحاظ کان نھايت ئي لسو ھئڻ گھرجي. جيئن تھ ڪاٺ ۾ مڙڻ جي نمايان خاصيت ٿيندي آھي، انھيءَ ڪري اھڙن فرشن ۾ ھر ھڪ فوٽ جي فاصلي (Span) تي 1/40 کان 1/30 انچن جي حساب سان اوچائي (Camber) ڏيڻ گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==مفرد يا ھيڪوٽا فرش==
: (Single Floors) 
ھن قسم جي حالت ۾ ھڪ ئي طريقي  سان ڪامون يا شھتير (Bridging joists)  کوڙي انھيءَ مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. اھي ڪامون ھر پاسي کان ديوار جي ڪڙين (Wall plates) مٿان رکيون وينديون آھن. اھي ڪامون اھڙيون تھ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جو انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جي تختن کي ڪوڪن رستي ٺوڪڻ ۾ ڪا بھ تڪليف محسوس نھ ٿئي. انھن ڪامن جي اصلي ۽ بنيادي گھرج اھا آھي تھ اھي بالڪل سخت ۽ مضبوط ھئڻ گھرجن تھ جيئن اھي گھڻي کان گھڻو بار جھلي سگھن. انھيءَ مقصد واسطي اھي حساب ڪيل قوت کان وڌيڪ سخت قوت واري ڪاٺ مان ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. انھن شھتيرن جي ويڪر گھڻو ڪري 2 انچن کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ اھي ھڪ شھتير جي مرڪز کان ٻئي شھتير جي مرڪز تائين ھڪ فوٽ جي مفاصلي جي حساب سان رکيا ويندا آھن. وڌيڪ مفاصلي رکڻ سان انھن جي مڙڻ جو انديشو رھندو آھي ۽ اھو مڙڻ (Deflection)  ھر ٻن شھتيرن جي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي 1/333 حصي کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ھنن ڪامن کي تازي گاري (Green mortar)  يا اوساريءَ سان لڳڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي، نھ تھ انھن جو ڪاٺ ڳرڻ لڳندو، جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ھر حالت ۾ سڪل رکڻو آھي انھيءَ ڪري شھتيرن ۽ ڀتين جي ڇيڙن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي پوري گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي.ڊزائن ڪرڻ بعد شھتيرن کي صحيح ماپ ۽ جاءِ تي کوڙي، انھيءَ مٿان 1 انچ کان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھا ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳائي ڪاٺ جا فرش تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==ٻٽا فرش== 
: (Double Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڄي ڪمري جي فاصلي مطابق شھتير (Bridging joists)  نھ کوڙيا ويندا اھن ۽ انھيءَ جي برعڪس اھي ٻين شھتيرن جن کي ٻڌندڙ شھتير يا صرف ٻڌندڙ (Binding joists or Binders) ۽ ٽيڪنيڪي ٻوليءَ ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ سڏيو ويندو آھي،  انھن مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن. ھي بائينڊرس، مٿان رکيل شھتيرن ھيٺان  90 ڊگريءَ جي سڌي ڪنڊ تي کوڙيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کي ديوارن مٿان 6 کان 8 فوٽن جي فاصلي تي رکيو ويندو آھي. ڪوشش ڪري ھي فرش درن کان ڪجھھ ھٽائي رکيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جا فرش ھڪ تھھ وارن فرشن کان وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي آواز کي ٻاھر وڃڻ کان بھتر نموني ۾ روڪي سگھندا آھن. ليڪن ھيٺ وارين ديوارن تي ڪن نڪتن وٽ ھنن جو بار اچي ڪٺو ٿيندو آھي. ھنن فرشن جي عمق، اوچائي وڌڻ سان گڏو گڏ وڌي ٿي، انھيءَ سبب جاءِ جي اوچائي پڻ وڌائڻي پوي ٿي ۽ نتيجي ۾ ھي فرش نھايت ئي مھانگا پون ٿا. انھيءَ ڪري ھي فرش گھڻو ڪري ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا  ھن قسم جا فرش 12 فوٽن کان مٿي واري مفاصلي لاءِ ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا ۽ انھن ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ جا ڇيڙا ڀتين ۾ نھ کوڙيا ويندا آھن پر اھي کليل ڇڏيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھن کي ھوا لڳي سگھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.

==ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽِيڻن شھتِيرن وارا فرش==
: (Triple joist or framed wooden floors)

جيڪڏھن ڪنھن ڪمري يا وڏي ھال جو ننڍي ۾ ننڍو فاصلو (Short span)  اٽڪل 25 فوٽ يا انھيءَ کان وڌي وڃي تھ ھن طريقي جا ڪاٺ جا فرش ٺاھيا وڃن. ھر فرش گرڊرن، بائينڊرس، شھتيرن (Bridging joists) ۽ ڪاٺ جي تختن رستي ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڀ کان پھرين، ڪمري جي ننڍي فاصلي جي رخ ۾ 13 کان 20 فوٽن جي وٿيءَ تي گرڊر رکيا ويندا آھن. اھي وٿيون بائينڊرس رستي، جيڪي گرڊرن جي گوني ڪنڊ (Right angles) جي طرف رکيون وينديون آھن، ڀريون وينديون آھن. فرش جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ رکڻ لاءِ بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن اندر ٽسڪ ۽ ٽينن جوائنٽس (Tusk and Tennon joints) رستي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. گرڊرن جي ڇيڙن ۽ ديوارن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي جيئن ڪاٺ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رھي. جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ھڪ وڌيڪ ڪاٺ جي گرڊر جو اضافو ڪجي ٿو ۽ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن (Binding joists) کي انھيءَ سان جوڙي ڪاٺ جو پڃرو ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ سبب ڪري گرڊرن جي ڪمزور ٿيڻ جو انديشو رھي ٿو. انھيءَ انديشي کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٻڌندر  شھتيرن جي ڇيڙن کي لوھھ جي پٽين (Iron Stirrups)  ذريعي عليحدھ رکيو وڃي ٿو. مکيھ گرڊرن ۽ ٻڌندر شھتيرن کي ايتري حد تائين اونھو رکيو ويندو آھي جيتري ۾ ڇت ۾ ڏار پوڻ نھ ڏنا وڃن. شھتير (Bridging joists)  ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کان ترڇا (Across) رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن کي يا تھ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن جي مٿان رکيو ويندو آھي يا تھ انھن کي مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙي فريم ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. شھتيرن جي ھڪ وچ کان ٻئي وچ تائين 1 فوٽ کان 1 ½ فوٽ تائين مفاصلو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ آخر ۾ ڪاٺ جي تختن کي انھن مٿان رکي فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن سان اھڙي نموني ۾ جڪڙيو ويندو آھي جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو ڪاٺ جي گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو رھي. ليڪن، شھتير (Bridging joists) بائينڊرس مٿان ائين رکيا ويندا آھن، جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو مٿي بيھي. انھيءَ طريقي سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي ٿولھ گھٽائي سگھجي ٿي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;. 

==زميني يا ھيٺيان فرش== 
: (Ground Floors 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ ڪاٺ جي ڳرڻ جي انديشي واسطي پوسل کان روڪڻ لاءِ خاص اپاءُ ورتا ويندا آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جي ھيٺا سيمينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ ڏنا ويندا آھن. عام طرح سان ھيٺيون تھھ گھٽ ملاوث جھڙوڪ 1:6:12  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ۽ مٿيون تھھ 1:2:4  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ڏنو ويندو آھي. ھر ھڪ تھھ جي ٿولھھ  سراسري طور 3 انچ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ طرح سان پوري تھھ جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 6 انچ رکي ويندي آھي. فني (ٽيڪنيڪي) لحاظ کان انھيءَ کي ”سائيٽ“ يا ”اوور سائيٽ“ (Site or Oversite)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ تھھ جي مٿان 6 فوٽ ۽ 5 انچ جي ھر ھڪ مرڪزي مفاصلي کان ٻئي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي حساب سان 4 انچ ٿلھيون ڪاٺ جي تختن (Sleepers) يا پٿر جي بلاڪن يا پڪسري اوساريءَ رستي ننڍيون ديوارون ٺاھي، جن کي (Dwarf walls) چئبو آھي، انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جون وال پليٽون (Walls plates)  لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ديوارون ڪمرن جي ٻنھي طرفن يعني ويڪر ۽ ڊيگھھ جي رخ ۾ ۽ ھڪ جھڙي انداز جي وڇوٽيءَ تي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. شھتير جن کي (Bridging joists) سڏيو وڃي ٿو ۽ عام طرح سان 4 انچ x 44 انچ جي سائيز جا ٿين ٿا، انھن کي پليٽن جي مٿان چاڙھي ڪلن  ڪوڪن ۽ پيچن وارن اسڪرن ذريعي قابو ڪيو وڃي ٿو. آخر ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ انچ ۽ وڌ ۾ وڌ ڏيڍ انچ ٿولھھ وارا ڪاٺ جا تختا شھتيرن مٿان جوڙي ھن قسم جا فرش ٺاھيا ڃن ٿا
ڪاٺ جي تختن ھيٺان کليل حصي مان ھوا جي بالڪل پوري گذر واسطي ھيٺ ڏنل ديوارن ۾ ٽنگ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ چوڪيءَ جي ليول (Plinth level)  ھيٺان پڻ سوراخن وارن بلاڪن جون ديوارون ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. وال پليٽن لڳائڻ کان اڳ ۾ ھيٺ وارين ننڍين ديوارن ۽ پاسي وارين ڀِتين مٿان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھو پوسل روڪڻ وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ (D.P.C)  چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ عام طرح سان، شھتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. تمام اھم عمارتن لاءِ ڪنھن خاص سبب لاءِ ساڳ جو ڪاٺ (Teak wood)  پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڪڏھن وري ساڳ جي ڪاٺ جا تختا ۽ ديال جي ڪاٺ جا شھتير استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ شيشم جي صحيح تيار ٿيل ڪاٺ جا تختا پڻ لڳايا ويندا آھن&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==رٻڙ جا فرش== 
: (Rubber Flooring) 
ھن قسمن جي فرشبنديءَ واسطي گندڪ ملايل رٻڙ جا مرڪب، جيڪي رٻڙ ۾ اھڙي طريقي سان ملائي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھيءَ جي مضبوطي ۽ لچڪ وڌي وڃي، سي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جي شڪل بالڪل سڌي ۽ پلين چادر جھڙي، يا چادرن ۾ خانا ٺاھي پلين يا چٽسالي ڪيل چؤنڪن جي نموني ۾، ۽ يا تھ عليحده عليحده چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ٿيندي آھي. اھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا اھڙي ڪنھن ٻئي ٺوس ۽ سخت بنيادي تھھ (Base)  مٿان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. فرش چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنياد کي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي دز (Dust)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين شين جھڙوڪ پوسل، چڪنائيءَ وغيرھ کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ بنيادي تھھ ۾ جيڪي بھ ھيٺاھيون ۽ مٿاھيون ھونديون آھن، انھن کي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان صحيح ڪري ليول ڪيو ويندو آھي. استعمال ٿيندڙ رٻڙ 1/8  انچن کان ½  انچن جي معيادي ٿولھھ جو ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھميشھ گندڪ (Suphur)، ٽمڻ ۽ کھراڻ کان پاڪ قسم جو رٻڙ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ انھيءَ جو مٿاڇرو لسو ھجي ۽ پاڻيءَ ۽ ڪنھن سٺي معيار واري صابڻ يا ڪنھن اھڙيءَ ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ڌوئڻ يا پالش ڪرڻ سان انھيءَ جي رنگ تي ڪو اثر نھ پوي.  رٻڙ چاڙھڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي ھيٺئين پاسي کي کھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ھڪ ئي وقت 25 مربع فوٽن کان وڌيڪ ايراضيءَ تي نھ چاڙھبو آھي. رٻڙ چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنيادي فرس مٿان ڪنھن سٺي چنبڙائيندڙ (Adhesive)  مرڪب جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ کي ڏھن کان پندرنھن منٽن تائين کليل ڇڏي ڏبو آھي تھ جيئن انھيءَ کي ھوا لڳي. بعد ۾ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل قسم ۽ ڊزائن جي رٻڙ جو پوش چاڙھي انھيءَ مٿان سھڻي نموني زور ڏيئي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي تھ جيئن فرش جي بنيادي تھھ ۽ رٻڙ جي چادر جي وچ ۾ ھوا نھ رھي ۽ رٻڙ فرش سان بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح ۽ سڌائيءَ ۾ چنبڙي. انھيءَ لاءِ عام طرح سان ننڍو لوھ جو رولر استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان پوءِ رٻڙ جي فرش کي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٽن ڏينھن تائين آزاد ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن سٺي صابڻ سان ڌوئي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جا فرش اھم جاين، آفيسن، اسپتالن، سينيمائن ۽ ھوٽلن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. معياري تعليمي درسگاھن ۽ آڊيٽوريم اندر پڻ ھن قسم جا فرش پسند ڪيا ويندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھنن مٿان ھلن سان آواز نٿو ٿئي ۽ سانت رھي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم جا فرش== 
: (Linoleum Floors) 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ رٻڙ جي فرشن وانگر سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ وغيره جي بنياد مٿان لينوليم جو پلاسٽڪ جھڙو پوش چاڙھي ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ڪيميا جي خيال کان لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل (Linseed oil)، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگ وغيره جو مرڪب آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب تھھ جھڙوڪ ڪنوس (Convas)  مٿان پٿاري فرش جو پوش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. اھو پوش خوشنما نمونن ۾ ٺاھي، بنيادي فرش مٿان چاڙھي، ھن قسم جا دلڪش فرش ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. لينوليم جا رٻڙ جي فرش وانگر الڳ الڳ چؤنڪ پڻ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، انھن کي لينوليم جا چؤنڪا سڏيو ويندو آھي. ھي فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ سستا ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي وقفي وقفي سان وارنش ۽ ميڻ (Wax)  لڳائڻ سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال ڪري انھن کي پائيدار بڻائي سگھبو آھي. لينوليم عام طرح سان رولن وانگر ويڙھيل ٿانن جي صورت ۾ ملندي آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب ڳنڍيندڙ مرڪب (Adhesive) رستي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد انھيءَ تھھ مٿان وارنش لڳائي، کين چمڪايو ويندو آھي. موٽر ڪارن، لارين، جھازن ۽ ريل گاڏين وغيره جا فرش، پڻ لينوليم سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش رھائشي گھرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ريسٽورانن لاءِ بھ نھايت موزون رھن ٿا. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جا فرش== 
: (Cork Floors) 
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙين جاين يا جاين جي انھن حصن لاءِ ڪارآمد آھن، جن کي سانت وارو يعني بنا گوڙ وارو (Noiseless)  ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي، جھڙوڪ آڊيٽوريم، پبلڪ لئبرريون، ٿئيٽر ۽ چرچون (گرجائون) وغيره.ھي فرش ڪارڪن جي چادرن يا ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. ڪارڪ جي شيٽن يعني چادرن جي تياري ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن کان مختلف نموني جي ٿيندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ٽائيلن ۾ صرف ڪارڪن استعمال ٿيندو آھي ۽ چادرن ۾ ڪارڪ جا ڇلڪا ۽ ٻورو، السيءَ جو تيل، ڪاٺ جو ٻورو ۽ رنگ وغيره استعمال ٿيندا آھن. ٻنھي قسمن جي فرشن جو ڪجھھ بيان ھيٺ پيش ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش==
: (Cork tiles Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ ڪارڪ جا چؤنڪا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي چؤنڪا مختلف ماپن ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. داونن يعني بارڊرن (Borders)  لاءِ 1 کان 3 فوٽن تائين ويڪريون ۽ 6 فوٽ ڊگھيون ڪارڪ جون پٽيون پڻ ٺھنديون آھن. انھن ٽائيلن جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8  انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. اھڙين  ٽائيلن جو ترو سڌو يا جھريءَ وارو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ٽائيلون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي ھيٺئين تھھ (Sub base) مٿان لڳايون وينديون آھن. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ ڪاٺ جو آھي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم ھئڻ گھرجي يا تھ ٻي صورت ۾ انھيءَ مٿان پِلاءِ (Ply)  لڳائي وڃي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھرين ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل صاف ۽ ھڪ جھڙو ھئڻ گھرجي، جنھن مٿان نرم گديءَ جو پترو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي، جيئن ڪاٺ جي لڏڻ سان ٽائيلن جي تھھ کي ڪو نقصان نھ پھچي. انھن ٽائيلن کي خاص قسم جي ڏامر ذريعي نرم گديءَ سان چنبڙايو ويندو آھي ۽ آخري حصي يا ڪنڊن وارن چؤنڪن کي ڪوڪن ذريعي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھ (Base)  سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ مٿان 1:3  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ گاري جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ مٿاڇري کي بلڪل سنوت ۾ آڻي، سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو ويندو آھي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي تمام چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪري انھيءَ مٿان ڏامر (Bitumen)  جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي، انھيءَ مٿان ٽائيلون وڇايون وينديون آھن. 
ڪارڪ اوڪ (Oak)  يعني شاھ بلوط جي سدا بھار وڻن جي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھيءُ وڻ بحريھ روم جي قريبي ملڪن ۾ ٿيندا آھن، جنھن جي کل تمام گھڻي ٿلھي ٿيندي آھي. انھيءَ کل کي ھر اٺن يا ڏھن سالن کان پوءِ لاٿو ويندو آھي، جنھن کي اٻاري، ٿورڙو آلو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ پوءِ انھن کي ڇلي ۽ خوب طرح سان گسائي، گرم ويلڻن مان ايتري وقت تائين لنگھائبو رھبو آھي جيستائين انھيءَ کل مان شيري جھڙي گھاٽي شيءِ ٻاھر نڪري اچي. انھيءَ گھاٽي شيءِ نڪرڻ سان ڪارڪ جي اندر سنھا سوراخ نھ رھندا آھن ۽ اھو وڌيڪ سخت ۽ ٺوس ٿي ويندو  آھي. ھيءُ شيري جھڙو مادو ڪارڪ جي ذرن کي پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چنبڙائي رکندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان پوءِ انھيءَ ڪارڪ کي گھربل ماپ جي چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ڪاٽي وٺبو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرش==
: (Cork Sheet Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پي-وي-سيءَ جا فرش==
: ( Polyvinyl Chloride i.e. P.V.C Floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش گھريلو جاين، ريل گاڏيءَ جي دٻن، دفترن، آڊيٽوريم جي ھالن ۽ ٿئيٽرن وغيره لاءِ موزون رھندا آھن. ھي فرش پڻ رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش گھڻو ڪري زيبائش لاءِ ئي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھنن فرشي چادرن ۽ چؤنڪن جي ٿولھھ 1/16  انچن کان ¼ انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. 
ھيءُ پي-وي-سيءَ جو مرڪب جديد دور جي ايجاد آھي جيڪو ٿرموپلاسٽڪ بائينڊرس، فلرس ۽ رنگن مان ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو. ھن قسم جون چادرون 3 فوٽن، 3 ½ فوٽن ۽ 6 فوٽن جي ويڪرائيءَ ۾ ۽ چؤنڪا 1 فوٽ، 2 فوٽن ۽ 3 فوٽن جي سائيز ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن ۽ اھي ھڪ قسم جو لچڪدار ۽ اڻ ٽمندر مٿاڇرو مھيا ڪنديون آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==شيشي جا فرش==
: (Glass Floors)
~ھن قسم جا فرش گرائونڊ فلور ۾ اھڙن حصن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن جي ھيٺان تھھ خانا ھجن ۽ انھن تھھ خانن ۾ روشني پھچائڻ جي ضرورت ھجي. ھن قسم جا فرش مختلف نمونن ۾ ڪاٺ جا مضبوط فريم ٺاھي انھن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا چؤنڪا وجھي تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. عمارتي شيشو عمدي قسم جو ۽ مضبوط استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8 انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش ==
: (Asphalt Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن جا ٻھ نمونا ٿيندا آھن، ھڪ ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ٻيا ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش. ھنن ٻنھي نمونن جا فرش سستا، لچڪدار (Resilient)، اڻ جاذب (Non absorbent) ، پوسل روڪ (Moisture proof) ، تيزاب روڪ (Acid proof)، تيل (Oil)  ۽ گريس (Greese) سان مقابلو ڪندڙ ٿيندا آھن. انھن خاصيتن سبب ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن وارا فرش سرڪاري آفيسن ۽ اسڪولن وغيره جھڙين عمارتن ۽ ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ قسم جا فرش گودامن، ڀانڊن، ڪارخانن ۽ ٻين اھڙي نوعيت جي عمارتن ائسفالٽ جي چؤنڪن کي سخت بنياد مھيا ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مٿان ھڪ ٻئي سان ڳنڍي ھن قسم جو فرض ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. پر جيڪڏھن ڪاٺ جي فرش مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سڀني ڪاٺ جي پٽين ۽ تختن کي مضبوطيءَ سان ڪوڪن وغيرھ جي رستي جڪڙيو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن وڇائڻ کان پھرين ڪاٺ جي سطح مٿان ائسفالٽ، بٽومين يا رچيل ائسفالٽ جي اوني ڪپڙي (Asphalt saturated felt)  جو اٽڪل 3/8 انچن جو ٿلھو تھھ پٿاريو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش (Asphalt mastic floor)  ٺاھڻ واسطي انھيءَ کي گرم ڪري، ڪنھن ٺوٺ سطح، جھڙوڪ ڪاٺ يا سيمينٽ مٿان پٿاري ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت==
.(Maintenance and Repair of Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪوشش ڪري روزانو آلي پوچيءَ سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن اھو فرش تمام گھڻو گندو نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڏوتو وڃي. صابڻ جي تھھ کي فرش جي ڪنھن بھ ٽڪري تي بنا ڌيان جي ڇڏڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ فرش ترڪڻو ٿي پوندو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ فرش جو اھو ٽڪرو جھڪو (Dull)  ٿي پوندو. فرش جي ڌوئڻ واسطي سوڍا کار يا ٻين اھڙين تيز شين استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ جيڪڏھن فرش جو ڪو بھ حصو ٽٽي يا ڪنھن بھ نموني مرمت طلب ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سمورو پانيل يا خانو (Panel)  ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي، بنيادي ڪانڪريٽ کي سخت برش سان صاف ڪري، انھيءَ کي پاڻيءَ سان آلو رکي، ھڪ رات تائين ڇڏي ڏيڻ گھرجي. رات گذرڻ کان پوءِ بيٺل پاڻيءَ کي ڪڍي صاف ڪري، صاف سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ چاڙھو وڃي ۽ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل ٿولھھ ۽ گھربل تناسب، جھڙوڪ 1:2:4  يا اھڙو ڪو ٻيو موزون تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد ڪانڪريٽ کي دٻائي، پاسن واري فرش جي ٿولھھ برابر آندو وڃي، جيئن سموري فرش جي ليول ھڪ جھڙي ٿي وڃي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن پاسن وارن پانيلن جا ڇيڙا نھ ڀڄن. انھيءَ بعد نئين ٺاھيل پانيل کي ڏھن ڏينھن تائين تر رکيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>q1r7clmd6583ft1lohmdls58fr7amaq</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401062</id>
      <parentid>401061</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:31:58Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401062</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="78708" sha1="hhi8iiu4emq1xflamow2syf3jbz0nhx" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

==مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جا فرش==


(R.C.C Floors) ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن ۾ ڄاڻايل ڳالھين جو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھنن ۾ ڇتين وانگر ۽ ڊزائن مطابق لوھ جون سيخون استعمال ڪيو وينديون آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن. ھنن فرشن ۾ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو مٿيون تھھ 6 انچن (15 cm) کان 8 انچن (20 cm) تائين وڌو ويندو آھي. ھنن فرشن ۾ بنيادي تھھ گھڻو ڪري اٽڪل 4 انچ گھرو وڌو ويندو آھي. مٿئين تھھ جي اڌ عمق (Depth)  تي لوھ جو ڄار اھڙي نموني وڇايو ويندو آھي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين تھھ کان مٿي اڀريل رھي ۽ انھيءَ جي مٿان سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو گھربل تھھ (Cover) چڙھي.
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙن ھنڌن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن تي ڳري مشينري، ٽرئفڪ ۽ ٻين اھڙين ڳرين شين جي چرپر ٿيڻي ھوندي آھي، جھڙوڪ؛ ڪارخانا، جديد فيڪٽريون، ھيليڪاپٽرن ۽ جھازن جا رستا (Runways)  ۽ لارين ۽ موٽرن بيھارڻ وارا دالان وغيره.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن جون خاصيتون==

(Characteristics of C.C. Floors)
(i) ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پنھنجي پسند مطابق  مطابق گھربل رنگ ملائي خوبصورت بڻائي سگھجي ٿو.
(ii) ھنن فرشن جي سنڀال سولائيءَ سان ڪري سگھجي ٿي ۽ انھن تي گھٽ خرچ لڳي ٿو.
(iii) ھنن فرشن جي اڏاوت آسان ۽ پائيدار ھئڻ سبب انھن کي عام طرح سان رھائشي، تجارتي ۽ مجلسي عمارتن لاءِ استعمال ڪيو وڃي ٿو.
(iv) ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ باھھ سان مقابلو ڪرڻ جي ڪافي قوت ٿئي ٿي.
(v) ھي فرش غير جاذب (Impervious)  ۽ ٺوس ٿين ٿا.
(vi) ھنن کي آسانيءَ سان ڌوئي صاف ڪري سگھجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mosaic orTerrazzo floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن لاءِ پڻ بنياد ساڳئي نموني ٺاھيو ويندو آھي جيئن پھرين ڄاڻايو ويو آھي، انھيءَ جي مٿان ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ٻن تھن جي صورت ۾ ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ھيٺئين تھھ ۾ 1 انچ کان ¾ انچ (2.5 کان 2 سينٽيميٽر) جي عمق ۾ گھربل تناسب (جھڙوڪ؛ 1:2:4  يا 1:2 ½ :3 ½ وغيره) ۾ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ وڌو ويندو آھي ۽ مٿيون تھھ ¼ انچ (6 mm) ٿلھو رکيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ ۾ بلوري پٿر (Marble chips)  جا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آھن. ھن ۾ بلوري پٿر جي ٽڪرن ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب عام طرح سان 1:2 يعني ھڪ حصو سيمينٽ ۽ ٻھ حصا بلوري پٿر جا ٽڪرا ھوندو آھي ۽ ٻيو تھھ پھرئين تھھ چاڙھڻ کان پوءِ ٻئي ڏينھن چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. مٿئين تھھ کي گھربل تھھ کان ٿورو وڌيڪ ٿلھو رکيو ويندو آھي جيئن انھيءَ جي ڪٽڻ ۽ گسائڻ کان پوءِ اھو پوريءَ ۽ گھربل ٿولھھ ۾ بيھي. ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ جابلو ريتي ٿلھي (Coarse) گھربل سائيز  جي ۽ صاف ھئڻ گھرجي. بلوري ٽڪر (Marble chips) مضبوط ۽ 1/16 انچن کان 1/8انچن (1.55 mm کان 3 mm) جي سائيز جا ھئڻ گھرجن. وڏي سائيز جي ڪمرن ۽ ھالن ۾ ¼ انچن جي سائيز تائين بلوري ٽڪر استعمال ڪري سگھجن ٿا. بي ڊبليو ڊيءَ جي اسپيسيفڪيشنس مطابق مٿيون بلوري ٽڪرن جو تھھ 3/8″ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن تھ ھيٺيون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريت جو تھھ 1 انچ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ اھي ٻئي تھ يڪجان (Monolithic) ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن موزائيڪ فلور جي فرش جي ٽاپنگ جي جملي ٿولھھ 1 3/8″ کان گھٽ نھ بيھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ٻين ھيٺين ڳالھين جو خاص خيال رکيو وڃي.
(i) سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ھيٺئين تھھ ٺاھڻ تائين عليحده خانن ٺاھڻ، سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ملائڻ، انھيءَ کي پٿارڻ، انھيءَ جي گھاٽاڻ ۽ واٽر سيمينٽ رئشو (پاڻيءَ ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب) اڳ ۾ ڄاڻايل سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مطابق ھئڻ گھرجي.(ii) بلوري ٽڪرن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ کجيءَ جي ڦرھن جي ڇٻن ۾ وجھي چانورن وانگر پاڻيءَ سان ڌوئي بالڪل  صاف ڪري سڪائي پوءِ استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجي.
(iii) سڀ کان پھرين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي بنياد تي، جيڪو سنوت ۾ ۽ کھرو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي، گھربل ٿولھھ جي عمق وارين پتل (Brass)، ٽامي(Copper)، جست (Zinc)، شيشي (Glass)، يا ٻڙي نمبر (Zero Number) جي بلورن جي چوري جي ٺھيل پٽين سان ھڪ ڪرا، سھڻا ۽ گھربل ڊزائن جا خانا ٺاھيا وڃن.
(iv) گھربل تناسب جي حساب سان ماپ وارين پيتين ذريعي سيمينٽ ۽ بلور جي ٽڪرن کي پھرين سڪل حالت ۾ ڪنھن صاف پڪي فرشي ٽڪري تي پر ڪوشش ڪري تغاريءَ يا ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي ٿانو (Container)  ۾ وجھي ٿورو ٿورو پاڻي ملائي ايتري گھاٽاڻ (Workability)  تائين بيھارجي جيتري ۾ اھو استعمال ڪرڻ جي لائق بڻجي، پوءِ انھيءَ کي خانن اندر لاھي ترتيب سان لوھھ جي ڪرنيءَ ذريعي پٿاري ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي ڳتيو وڃي. جيڪڏھن ٿڦڪين ڏيڻ سان انھيءَ مان ڪريم نڪري تھ اھڙي ملاوٽ کي خارج ڪيو وڃي.
(v) ڪوشش ڪري بلوري ٽڪرن جو تھھ Mosaic topping) ايتري ٽائيم اندر ڏنو وڃي جيتري ۾ ھيٺيون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ لچڪدار (Plastic)  حالت ۾ ھجي. (عام طرح سان اھو ٻئي ڏينھن ڏنو ويندو آھي) پر جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل سڪي وڃي تھ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان خالص سيمينٽ ۽ پاڻي جو ھلڪو تھھ (Slurry)  ڏيئي پوءِ جلد ئي انھيءَ مٿان موزائيڪ جي داڻي جو تھھ چاڙھجي. انھيءَ تھھ مٿان ھلڪيون ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي انھيءَ کي ڪرني ۽ ليول واري پٽيءَ سان سڌو ڪري ۽ بالڪل صحيح ليول ۾ بيھارجي.
(vi)  ليول بيھارڻ ۽ ڪرنيءَ سان ٻھ ٽي گھمرا ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي ڳتڻ کان پوءِ اگر مٿاڇري تي ڪرنيءَ جا داغ ٿي بيھن تھ انھن کي ميساڻ جي ڪوشش ھرگز نھ ڪجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڳتي ھلي مٿان گسائڻ (Grinding)  کان پوءِ اھي داغ خود بھ خود ميٽجي ويندا.
(vii) انھيءَ کان پوءِ يڪدم ئي موزائيڪ جي تازي پيل فرش مٿان ڪرنيءَ جي مدد سان خالص سيمينٽ جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ انھيءَ مٿان ترائيءَ واسطي آليون ڳوڻيون رکجن.
(viii) ٽن ڏينھن بعد انھيءَ فرش جي مٿان تمام کھرن ڪاربورئنڊم بلاڪن رستي خوب طرح سان ھن فرش جي گسائي  ڪئي وڃي. اھا گسائي، مشين استعمال ڪرڻ سان تڪڙي ۽ عمدي رھي ٿي. ڪن خاص حالتن ۾ مشين نھ ھئڻ سبب انھيءَ کي ھٿ رستي انھن بلاڪن سان (جن کي عام طرح سان بٺي ڪوٺيو وڃي ٿو) زور سان رڳڙي لسو بنائي سگھجي ٿو. رڳڙائي يعني گسائي فرش مٿان سنھي ريتي ۽ پاڻي ھاري خوب طرح سان ڪرڻ گھرجي جيستائين داڻو ظاھر ٿي بيھي.
(ix) پھرين گسائي کان پوءِ فرش جي تھھ مٿان ڪجھھ سوراخ ٿي پون تھ انھن جي خالص سيمينٽ سان مرمت ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ فرش کي سڪڻ نھ ڏجي.
(x) ٻي رڳڙائي وري پنجن ڏينھن کان پوءِ وچولي کھرن ڀترن يعني بٺين سان ڪئي وڃي ۽ گشائيءَ دوران جيڪڏھن سوراخ وغيره نظر اچن تھ انھن جي خالص سيمينٽ سان مرمت ڪجي. انھيءَ سموري ڪم دوران فرش کي تر رھڻ ڏنو وڃي
(xi) آخر ۾ سنھن بٺين (Fine Sand-blocks)  رستي رڳڙي ۽ تمام گھڻي پاڻي ھارڻ بعد انھيءَ کي بالڪل صاف ۽ چِٽو ڪيو وڃي ۽ اھڙا فرش جن ۾ آخري گسائيءَ کان پوءِ بھ موزائيڪ جو داڻو نظر نھ اچي تھ انھن کي خارج ڪري ٻيھر ٺھرائڻ گھرجي.
(xii) آخري گسائيءَ کان پوءِ ھنن فرشن کي ھلڪي صابڻ (Mild Soap) سان ڌوئي تمام گھڻي پاڻيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ سڪڻ لاءِ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي ۽ جڏھن اھي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان سڪي وڃن تھ انھن مٿان آغزئيلڪ ائسڊ جو پائوڊر (Oxalic Acid Powder)  ھاري لڪڙن مٿان سڻيءَ جون ٻوريون لپيٽي تمام گھڻي زور سان گٺو وڃي ۽ انھن کي سڪڻ لاءِ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ وري ٻيھر پھرئين جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ (Oxalic Acid Powder)  پائوڊر ھاري ڪپڙي جي گدين (Cloth pads) سان انھيءَ کي گسايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي سڪائي پوءِ چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪجي.
(xiii) انھيءَ بعد فرش کي ڪنھن صاف تيل ۽ ڪاٺ جي ٻوري سان ڍڪي ڇڏجي ۽ رنگ روغن ۽ ٻين جاءِ جي سمورن ڪمن پوري ٿيڻ بعد انھن کي تمام سٺي پالش ڪري، ۽ صاف سٽ (Cotton Waste)  سان زور سان گسائي چمڪندڙ بنايو وڃي.
(xiv) رنگين فرشن ٺاھڻ واسطي سڪو ملائڻ وقت سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ گھربل رنگ سڪل حالت ۾ ملائي، پوءِ مٿي ڄاڻايل ھدايتن مطابق اڳتي وڌجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ٽيرازو ڊئڊو ۽ اسڪرٽنگ==

: (Terrazzo Dado and Skirting)بلوري پٿر جي داڻي  (Marble Chips) ۾ سيمينٽ ملائي ڀتين مٿان عمق جي صورت ۾ چاڙھي،  انھيءَ جي موزائيڪ فلورنگ وانگر گسائي وغيرھ ڪري، داڻي کي ظاھر ڪري، خوبصورت سطح ۾ آڻڻ کي ٽيرازو ڊئڊو يا اسڪرٽنگ سڏيو وڃي ٿو.

ان قسم جي سطح ٺاھڻ لاءِ انھن سڀني ڳالھين جو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي جيڪي موزائيڪ فلورنگ ۾ ڄاڻايون ويون آھن. اجڪلھھ جي رواج مطابق غسلخانن ۽ بورچيخانن کي ڇڏي ٻين سڀني ڪمرن وغيره ۾ موزائيڪ فلورنگ سان گڏ ان جھڙو ئي ڊئڊو 3 انچن کان 4 انچن تائين چئني ڀتين تي چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ طرح سان ڪمرا وغيرھ سھڻا بھ لڳندا آھن ۽ فرش ڌوئڻ وقت انھن ڪمرن جون ڀتيون پڻ خراب نھ ٿينديون آھن. جڏھن تھ بورچيخانن ۽ غسلخانن ۾ انھيءَ جي اوچائي اٽڪل 6 فوٽن تائين رکي ويندي آھي. پلستر ڪيل ڀتين جا اھي حصا جن تي ھيءُ ڊئڊو چاڙھيو ويندو آھي اھي کھرا ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ ڄاڻايل عمق مطابق انھن جي مٿان گھربل ڊئڊو ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ جي سيٽ ٿيڻ کان اڳ موزائيڪ جي داڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. داڻو (Chips) اڪثر ڪري 1 ½ نمبر جو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ٿورو ماربل پائوڊر ملائڻ سان انھيءَ کي گسائڻ ۾ آساني رھندي آھي انھيءَ ڪري فرش توڙي اسڪرٽنگ جي ڪم ۾ سيمينٽ ھڪ حصو، ماربل پائوڊر ½ حصو ۽ داڻو 2 حصا ملائي مناسب قسم جي آميزش حاصل ڪري سگھجي ٿي. اسڪرٽنگ ۽ ڊئڊو سڌا، ليول ۽ ساھل ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن ۽ فرش سان چڱيءَ طرح مليل (Flush)  ھئڻ گھرجن.
اھا ڳالھھ ذھن ۾ رکڻ گھرجي تھ فرش جو ڊئڊو ۽ ڀتين جي اسڪرٽنگ ۾ ڪٽائيءَ کان پوءِ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 70 سيڪڙو داڻا ھڪ ڪرا ڦھليل ۽ ظاھر ھئن گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ٽيرازو ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ڊئڊو==

: (Terrazzo Tile Floors and Dado)  اعشاري نظام جي رائج ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ھيءُ چؤنڪا 300 mm x 300 mm x 25 mm، (Tiles)  (يعني ڊيگھھ ۽ ويڪر ھر ھڪ 300 mm ۽ ٿولھھ 25 mm) ۾ ٺھڻ لڳا آھن. ھن قسم جي ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي بنياد تيار ڪرڻ کان پوءِ صاف سٿرو سيمينٽ لڳائي انھيءَ مٿان وڇايو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن جي جوڙن ۾ گھربل رنگ جي سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جي پٽڙيءَ پيسٽ جھڙو مسالو (Slurry)  ڀريو ويندو آھي.ھنن چؤنڪن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پھرين گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 36 ڪلاڪن تائين پاڻيءَ اندر ٻوڙي رکڻ گھرجي.ھن قسم جي ٽائيلن جو مٿيون داڻي وارو تھھ ½ جي ٿولھھ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ گھربل رنگ جو مقدار انھيءَ ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ سيمينٽ، جيڪو گھڻو ڪري سيمينٽ ۽ داڻي جي حساب ۾ 1:2 جي تناسب سان استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ جي ڏھھ سيڪڙو کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھگرجي. اھي چؤنڪا (Tiles) گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھر پائونڊ تي 2000 مربع انچ (2000 psi) واري سگھھ جو دٻاءُ سھڻ وارا ۽ ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪيل ھئڻ گھرجن ھي چؤنڪا 1 ½ انچ ٿولھھ جي 1:2:4 واري تناسب سان ٺھيل سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ مٿان 1:3 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو سراسري طور اڌ انچ ٿولھھ جو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ جي مٿان لڳايا وڃ. چؤنڪا لڳائي بس ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھن جي جوڙن ۾ (جي 1 1/16 انچن جي ٿولھھ کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن) گھربل رنگ جي سيمينٽ جو مسالو ڀريو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ لڳايل مٿاڇري کي ڇيڙڻ کان سواءِ اٽڪل ٻن ھفتن تائين پاڻيءَ سان تر رکيو وڃي. مٿاڇري جي سڪي وڃڻ کان پوءِ مٿي ڄاڻايل موزائيڪ فلورنگ وانگر انھيءَ کي چڱيءَ طرح چمڪائي پوءِ استعمال ڪيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پٿر جا فرش==

(Stone or Flagged Floor) ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش جو بنيادي تھھ اڳ ۾ ڄاڻايل خاصيتن وارو ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ فرش اندر استعمال ٿيندڙ پٿر ھڪ ئي سائيز جا ڀلي نھ ھئڻ گھرجن، ليڪن انھن جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ ڏيڍ انچ، ويڪر 14 انچ ۽ ڊيگھھ اڍائي فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي .انھن پٿرن جو مٿاڇرو تمام سھڻي انداز ۾ گھڙيل، گول ٽڪرن ۽ ورن وڪڙن کان پاڪ ھئڻ گھرجي. انھن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ ڪلاڪ تائين پاڻيءَ جي حوض اندر ڀڄائي رکڻ گھرجي .انھن جي ھيٺان وڇايل بنياد (Base) بالڪل ھڪ ئي ليول ۾ ھئڻ گھرجي. انھن کي ھڪ ئي انداز جي ويڪر ۽ اھم لنگھھ (Main entrance) جي ديوار جي پور وڇوٽ ھئڻ گھرجن. انھن جي ھڪ قطار جا جوڙ ٻيءَ گڏو گڏ قطار جي مفاصلي کان گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 8 انچن کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن، جيئن ھڪ قطار جا جوڙ ٻيءَ قطار کان ٽٽل رھن. انھن جو بنياد سرن جي فرفش جي بنياد وانگر ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن جا جوڙ عام طرح سان 1/8 انچن جي ٿولھھ جا ۽ 1:2 جي تناسب جي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي گاري جا ھئڻ گھرجن. پٿر ھميشھ پختي تھھ، جيڪو مترڪي (Mallet)  جي ڌڪن ھئڻ سان جانچي سگھجي ٿو، مٿان لڳائڻ گھرجن ۽ ھيٺئين بنياد جي نرم حصن (Soft patches) کي ٻاھر ڪڍي ٻيھر مضبوط ٺاھڻ گھرجي. پٿر جي چؤنڪن (Slabs) جي ڪنارن کان گاري (Mortar) کي پکڙجڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي ۽ ٽيپ نھ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙن ۾ آيل مال کي ڪرنيءَ (Trowel) رستي فلش (Flush)  ڪيو وڃي.  جيڪڏھن ٽيپ (Pointing) ڪرڻ مقصود ھجي تھ جوڙن کي ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي ھڪ جھڙي ٿولھھ وارين پٽين رستي ¼ انچن کان گھٽ ويڪرو نھ رکيو وڃي. جڏھن ھر ھڪ پٿر جي چؤنڪن جي قطار لڳي وڃي تھ ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي پٽين کي ڪڍي، جلد ئي جوڙن کي 1:1 جي تناسب واري سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان ڀريو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي پٿرن جي مٿاڇري کان 1/16 انچ ھيٺ ڪرنيءَ سان ٽڪي ٽيپ ڪئي وڃي . ڪم ھلندي ھنن فرشن جي ترائي جاري رکي وڃي ۽ ڪم پوري ٿيڻ کان پوءِ بھ 14 ڏينھن تائين ترائي ضرور ڪجي ۽ تيار ٿيل ففرش مٿان ڪنھن بھ قسم جا نشان ۽ گاري جا داغ ٿيڻ نھ ڏجن ۽ اھڙي قسم جا داغدار فرش ڪڏھن بھ قبول نھ ڪيا وڃن. فرش جي ڪنھن بھ حصي مٿان ٽن ڏينھن تائين ڪنھن کي بھ ھلڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي ۽ انھن مٿان 7 ڏينھن تائين ڪنھن بھ وزنيءَ شيءِ کي آڻڻ نھ گھرجي. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش==
: (Glazzed Tile Flooring) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي ھيٺيون تھھ (Base) سرن جي فرش وانگر ٺاھڻ گھرجي. چمڪدار چينيءَ جا چؤنڪا گھربل سائيز ۽ رنگ مطابق ھئڻ گھرجن. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھريائين ھيٺئين تھھ مٿان گھڻي سيمينٽ واري گارري کي پٿارڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد چؤنڪن کي ڪاٺ جي ھٿوڙي ۽ گز جي مدد سان گھربل انداز ۽ گھربل سلاميءَ مطابق لڳائڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 36 ڪلاڪن تائين پاڻيءَ جي حوض اندر ٽٻائي رکڻ گھرجي.  ٽائيلن کي گاري مٿان رکي، ھٿوڙي جي مدد سان زور سان ائين لڳائن گھرجي، جيئن ھيٺيون مسالو جوڙن مان ٻاھر نڪري اچي. فالتو مال کي يڪدم آلي حالت ۾ ڪنھن ڀِڳل ڪپڙي سان اگھي صاف ڪرڻ کپي. بھتر تھ ائين آھي تھ ڪاٺ جي ويلڻ رستي ٽائيلن کي دٻايو وڃي، جيئن ٽائيلن جي مجموعي سطح ھموار رھي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان 24 ڪلاڪ گذرڻ بعد جوڙن ۾ ٽاٽ يا ڪنھن برش جي مدد سان سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي رٻڙي (Slurry) ڀرڻ گھرجي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پوءِ ٽن ڏينھن تائين انھن مٿان ڪنھن بھ وزني شيءِ کي ھلڻ يا رکڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد انھن مٿان پالش ڪري، انھن کي صابڻ سان صاف ڪرڻ گھرجي. ھن ۽ ٻين سڀني قسمن جي ٽائيلن جي فرش لاءِ ٽائيلن کي گھربل سائيز ۽ نموني ۾ ٽڪڻ جي حالت ۾ صرف ڪارائي استعمال ڪئي وڃي جيئن انھن جا ڪنارا تکا ۽ صاف رھن ۽ انھن جا جوڙ دلڪش رھن. جاءِ جي مڪمل ٿيڻ تائين ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪاٺ جي فالتو ٻوري يا ڪنھن ٻي شيءِ سان ڍڪي رکڻ گھرجي جيئن اھو جاءِ جي رنگ روغن ۽ ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي شيءِ جي داغن وغيره کان صاف رھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر يا سنگ موسيٰ جا فرش==
(Marble or Black Marble Floors)
  
ھن قسم جا فرش پٿر جھڙي سخت شيءِ جي سنگمرمر جي ھڪ جھڙن چؤنڪن يا تختن (Slabs)  استعمال ڪرڻ سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جي فرشن وڇائڻ کان اڳ انھن جو ھيٺيون تھھ (Base) اڳ ۾ بيان ڪيل فرشن جي تھھ وانگر ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ھنن کي ھيٺئين تھھ سان جوڙڻ واسطي 1:2 جي تناسب وارو چوني جو گچ يا سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جو گچ ¾ انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ مٿان پٿاريو ويندو آھي. ھنن جي جوڙن ۾ چوني جي لاپي (Lime putty) استعمال ڪئي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي جوڙن اندر زور سان ڀريو ويندو آھي. انھن جوڙن کي بالڪل صاف ۽ خوبصورتيءَ سان ٺاھيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھن جوڙن جي ويڪر 1/16 انچن کان وڌيڪ نھ رکڻ ڏني ويندي آھي. پٿر جي سرن جي ٿولھھ ڪنھن بھ صورت ۾ ¾ انچ کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي. انھي پٽيءَ جي نموني ۾ فرشبندي ڪرڻ واسطي ڪو بھ سنگمرمر جو ٽڪر 18 انچن کان گھٽ ڊگھو نھ رکڻ ڏنو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھيٺ ڄاڻايل ھدايتن جو پڻ خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي. 
(i) سنگمرمر جون سرون گھربل رنگ، قسم ۽ سائيز جون ھئڻ گھرجن. ڪن اٽليءَ جي سفيد ۽ آسماني ماربل جھڙين سرن استعمال ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ۽ گھربل انداز جي ڊزائن ۾ نھ ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ جيڪڏھن پالش ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھن جو رنگ ساڳيو نھ بيھي تھ انھيءَ فرشبنديءَ کي خارج ڪرڻ گھرجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جي ماربل جي ٽڪرن جو رنگ پالش ڪرڻ بعد ئي اصلي صورت اختيار ڪندو آھي. 
(ii) ھي سنگمرمر جا ٽڪرا بالڪل صحيح طرح ڪارائيءَ رستي وڍيل، سڀني پاسن کان بالڪل چؤڪور، ھڪ ئي ٿولھھ ۾ ۽ ھڪ ئي سنوت ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن ۽ ڏاڪڻ، دروازن ۽ ورانڊن کان ٻاھر نڪتل ڪنارن جي صورت ۾ ھنن جا ڪنارا بُل نوز (Bul-nose) جي صورت ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن 
(iii) اڀن جوڙن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ چوني جي پٽيءَ ۾ چوني جي مقدار جيترو کؤنر استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجي 
(iv) ڪم ھلڻ دوران ۽ انھن ماربل جي ٽڪرن جي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ کين 10 ڏينھن تائين پاڻيءَ سان تر رکڻ گھرجي (v)جڏھن فرش پوريءَ طرح ڄمي يعني سيٽ (Set)  ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪاربورئنڊم پٿر (Carborandum Stone)، يا ڪنھن ٻئي سخت پٿر ۽ کھريءَ ريتيءَ ذريعي تمام گھڻو پاڻي جالاري گٺو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ لاءِ جيڪڏھن مشين استعمال ڪجي تھ نھايت ئي بھتر آھي. جوڙن جي پالش لاءِ نھايت ئي نرم (Soft) پٿر استعمال ڪجي. جڏھن کھرائپ ختم ٿي وڃي تھ واري ڌوئي مٿاڇري کي تمام سنھي ڪاربورئنڊم جي پٿر، سر يا ايمري پائوڊر سان گسائي لسو ڪيو وڃي 
(vi) لسي ڪرڻ کان پوءِ فرش تي پٽي پائوڊر ھاري انھيءَ کي اوني ڪپڙي جي گدين (Felt pads) يا ناريل جي ڇلڪن جي کوپن رستي گھي، تمام جھجھي پاڻي سان پالش ڪيو وڃي ۽ جاءِ جي ڪم ھلڻ دوران ھن فرش کي داغن ۽ ٻئي نقصان کان بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي==
: (Dry Brick Pavi) 
ھن قسم جي فرشبندي ۾ پھرئين درجي جون ۽ ڪوشش ڪري ھر عليحدھ ۽ لڳاتار ٽڪري ۾ ھڪ جھڙي رنگ جون سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. زمين جي مٿاڇري کي چڱيءَ طرح پاڻي ھاري ڌمڪ يا نھرو ڪندڙ مشين (Compactors) ذريعي وھاري نھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيدءَ کي صحيح طرح سان گھربل سلاميءَ ۽ ڪئمبر (Camber)  ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ جي مٿان اڌ انچ ٿلھو مٽيءَ جي گاري جو ليپو ڏيئي يا چئن انچن جو ڪاري واريءَ (River or pit sand) جو تھھ ڏيئي انھيءَ مٿان گھربل نموني ۾ سڪل سرون ڄمائي انھن جي فرشبندي ڪئي ويندي آھي. . ھن فرشبندي ۾ ڪوشش ڪري بالڪل باريڪ جوڙ رکيا وڃن ۽ ڪو بھ جوڙ ¼ انچ کان وڌيڪ ويڪرو نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ سرن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان زور سان جڪڙي قابو رکيو وڃي ٿو. فرشبندي ختم ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان ڪاري واري ھاري جوڙن کي انھيءَ واريءَ سان ڀريو ويندو آھي ۽ فرش مٿان بچيل فالتو واريءَ کي ٻھاري صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي، ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ سرن کي اڀي صورت ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جو فرش سڌين سرن جي فرشن کان مضبوط ٿيندو آھي.
ڪن خاص حالتن ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جو تمام پٽڙو گارو ھاري سرن جي جوڙن کي صرف مٿان جوڙڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي اھو گارو سرن جي جي درزن ۾ مٿئين حصي منجھان داخل ٿيندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشبندي گودامن، رستن، اڱڻن، رستن ۽ چبوترن لاءِ ڪئي ويندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪاٺ جا فرش==  
: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن فرش تمام گھڻا مھانگا ھوندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اھي تمام عمدي ڪاٺ جا ٺاھڻا ھوندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جو استعمال گھڻو ڪري جابلو علائقن (Hilly areas) جھڙوڪ مري وغيره جي اھڙن ھنڌن تي ڪيو ويندو آھي، جتي ڪاٺ تمام گھڻو ۽ سستو پوي ٿو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ڪن خاص حالتن (جتي سانت جي ضرورت ھوندي آھي) ۾ ھنن فرشن جي ضرورت پوندي آھي، جھڙوڪ ناچ خانھ (Dancing Halls) ۽ سماعت خانھ (Auditoriums) وغيره. ھن قسم جا فرش بالڪل پختا ۽ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن اھي وڌيڪ کان وڌيڪ بار کڻي سگھن. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي خوبصورتيءَ جي لحاظ کان نھايت ئي لسو ھئڻ گھرجي. جيئن تھ ڪاٺ ۾ مڙڻ جي نمايان خاصيت ٿيندي آھي، انھيءَ ڪري اھڙن فرشن ۾ ھر ھڪ فوٽ جي فاصلي (Span) تي 1/40 کان 1/30 انچن جي حساب سان اوچائي (Camber) ڏيڻ گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==مفرد يا ھيڪوٽا فرش==
: (Single Floors) 
ھن قسم جي حالت ۾ ھڪ ئي طريقي  سان ڪامون يا شھتير (Bridging joists)  کوڙي انھيءَ مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. اھي ڪامون ھر پاسي کان ديوار جي ڪڙين (Wall plates) مٿان رکيون وينديون آھن. اھي ڪامون اھڙيون تھ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جو انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جي تختن کي ڪوڪن رستي ٺوڪڻ ۾ ڪا بھ تڪليف محسوس نھ ٿئي. انھن ڪامن جي اصلي ۽ بنيادي گھرج اھا آھي تھ اھي بالڪل سخت ۽ مضبوط ھئڻ گھرجن تھ جيئن اھي گھڻي کان گھڻو بار جھلي سگھن. انھيءَ مقصد واسطي اھي حساب ڪيل قوت کان وڌيڪ سخت قوت واري ڪاٺ مان ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. انھن شھتيرن جي ويڪر گھڻو ڪري 2 انچن کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ اھي ھڪ شھتير جي مرڪز کان ٻئي شھتير جي مرڪز تائين ھڪ فوٽ جي مفاصلي جي حساب سان رکيا ويندا آھن. وڌيڪ مفاصلي رکڻ سان انھن جي مڙڻ جو انديشو رھندو آھي ۽ اھو مڙڻ (Deflection)  ھر ٻن شھتيرن جي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي 1/333 حصي کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ھنن ڪامن کي تازي گاري (Green mortar)  يا اوساريءَ سان لڳڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي، نھ تھ انھن جو ڪاٺ ڳرڻ لڳندو، جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ھر حالت ۾ سڪل رکڻو آھي انھيءَ ڪري شھتيرن ۽ ڀتين جي ڇيڙن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي پوري گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي.ڊزائن ڪرڻ بعد شھتيرن کي صحيح ماپ ۽ جاءِ تي کوڙي، انھيءَ مٿان 1 انچ کان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھا ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳائي ڪاٺ جا فرش تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==ٻٽا فرش== 
: (Double Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڄي ڪمري جي فاصلي مطابق شھتير (Bridging joists)  نھ کوڙيا ويندا اھن ۽ انھيءَ جي برعڪس اھي ٻين شھتيرن جن کي ٻڌندڙ شھتير يا صرف ٻڌندڙ (Binding joists or Binders) ۽ ٽيڪنيڪي ٻوليءَ ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ سڏيو ويندو آھي،  انھن مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن. ھي بائينڊرس، مٿان رکيل شھتيرن ھيٺان  90 ڊگريءَ جي سڌي ڪنڊ تي کوڙيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کي ديوارن مٿان 6 کان 8 فوٽن جي فاصلي تي رکيو ويندو آھي. ڪوشش ڪري ھي فرش درن کان ڪجھھ ھٽائي رکيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جا فرش ھڪ تھھ وارن فرشن کان وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي آواز کي ٻاھر وڃڻ کان بھتر نموني ۾ روڪي سگھندا آھن. ليڪن ھيٺ وارين ديوارن تي ڪن نڪتن وٽ ھنن جو بار اچي ڪٺو ٿيندو آھي. ھنن فرشن جي عمق، اوچائي وڌڻ سان گڏو گڏ وڌي ٿي، انھيءَ سبب جاءِ جي اوچائي پڻ وڌائڻي پوي ٿي ۽ نتيجي ۾ ھي فرش نھايت ئي مھانگا پون ٿا. انھيءَ ڪري ھي فرش گھڻو ڪري ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا  ھن قسم جا فرش 12 فوٽن کان مٿي واري مفاصلي لاءِ ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا ۽ انھن ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ جا ڇيڙا ڀتين ۾ نھ کوڙيا ويندا آھن پر اھي کليل ڇڏيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھن کي ھوا لڳي سگھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.

==ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽِيڻن شھتِيرن وارا فرش==
: (Triple joist or framed wooden floors)

جيڪڏھن ڪنھن ڪمري يا وڏي ھال جو ننڍي ۾ ننڍو فاصلو (Short span)  اٽڪل 25 فوٽ يا انھيءَ کان وڌي وڃي تھ ھن طريقي جا ڪاٺ جا فرش ٺاھيا وڃن. ھر فرش گرڊرن، بائينڊرس، شھتيرن (Bridging joists) ۽ ڪاٺ جي تختن رستي ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڀ کان پھرين، ڪمري جي ننڍي فاصلي جي رخ ۾ 13 کان 20 فوٽن جي وٿيءَ تي گرڊر رکيا ويندا آھن. اھي وٿيون بائينڊرس رستي، جيڪي گرڊرن جي گوني ڪنڊ (Right angles) جي طرف رکيون وينديون آھن، ڀريون وينديون آھن. فرش جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ رکڻ لاءِ بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن اندر ٽسڪ ۽ ٽينن جوائنٽس (Tusk and Tennon joints) رستي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. گرڊرن جي ڇيڙن ۽ ديوارن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي جيئن ڪاٺ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رھي. جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ھڪ وڌيڪ ڪاٺ جي گرڊر جو اضافو ڪجي ٿو ۽ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن (Binding joists) کي انھيءَ سان جوڙي ڪاٺ جو پڃرو ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ سبب ڪري گرڊرن جي ڪمزور ٿيڻ جو انديشو رھي ٿو. انھيءَ انديشي کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٻڌندر  شھتيرن جي ڇيڙن کي لوھھ جي پٽين (Iron Stirrups)  ذريعي عليحدھ رکيو وڃي ٿو. مکيھ گرڊرن ۽ ٻڌندر شھتيرن کي ايتري حد تائين اونھو رکيو ويندو آھي جيتري ۾ ڇت ۾ ڏار پوڻ نھ ڏنا وڃن. شھتير (Bridging joists)  ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کان ترڇا (Across) رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن کي يا تھ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن جي مٿان رکيو ويندو آھي يا تھ انھن کي مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙي فريم ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. شھتيرن جي ھڪ وچ کان ٻئي وچ تائين 1 فوٽ کان 1 ½ فوٽ تائين مفاصلو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ آخر ۾ ڪاٺ جي تختن کي انھن مٿان رکي فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن سان اھڙي نموني ۾ جڪڙيو ويندو آھي جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو ڪاٺ جي گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو رھي. ليڪن، شھتير (Bridging joists) بائينڊرس مٿان ائين رکيا ويندا آھن، جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو مٿي بيھي. انھيءَ طريقي سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي ٿولھ گھٽائي سگھجي ٿي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;. 

==زميني يا ھيٺيان فرش== 
: (Ground Floors 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ ڪاٺ جي ڳرڻ جي انديشي واسطي پوسل کان روڪڻ لاءِ خاص اپاءُ ورتا ويندا آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جي ھيٺا سيمينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ ڏنا ويندا آھن. عام طرح سان ھيٺيون تھھ گھٽ ملاوث جھڙوڪ 1:6:12  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ۽ مٿيون تھھ 1:2:4  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ڏنو ويندو آھي. ھر ھڪ تھھ جي ٿولھھ  سراسري طور 3 انچ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ طرح سان پوري تھھ جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 6 انچ رکي ويندي آھي. فني (ٽيڪنيڪي) لحاظ کان انھيءَ کي ”سائيٽ“ يا ”اوور سائيٽ“ (Site or Oversite)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ تھھ جي مٿان 6 فوٽ ۽ 5 انچ جي ھر ھڪ مرڪزي مفاصلي کان ٻئي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي حساب سان 4 انچ ٿلھيون ڪاٺ جي تختن (Sleepers) يا پٿر جي بلاڪن يا پڪسري اوساريءَ رستي ننڍيون ديوارون ٺاھي، جن کي (Dwarf walls) چئبو آھي، انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جون وال پليٽون (Walls plates)  لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ديوارون ڪمرن جي ٻنھي طرفن يعني ويڪر ۽ ڊيگھھ جي رخ ۾ ۽ ھڪ جھڙي انداز جي وڇوٽيءَ تي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. شھتير جن کي (Bridging joists) سڏيو وڃي ٿو ۽ عام طرح سان 4 انچ x 44 انچ جي سائيز جا ٿين ٿا، انھن کي پليٽن جي مٿان چاڙھي ڪلن  ڪوڪن ۽ پيچن وارن اسڪرن ذريعي قابو ڪيو وڃي ٿو. آخر ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ انچ ۽ وڌ ۾ وڌ ڏيڍ انچ ٿولھھ وارا ڪاٺ جا تختا شھتيرن مٿان جوڙي ھن قسم جا فرش ٺاھيا ڃن ٿا
ڪاٺ جي تختن ھيٺان کليل حصي مان ھوا جي بالڪل پوري گذر واسطي ھيٺ ڏنل ديوارن ۾ ٽنگ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ چوڪيءَ جي ليول (Plinth level)  ھيٺان پڻ سوراخن وارن بلاڪن جون ديوارون ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. وال پليٽن لڳائڻ کان اڳ ۾ ھيٺ وارين ننڍين ديوارن ۽ پاسي وارين ڀِتين مٿان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھو پوسل روڪڻ وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ (D.P.C)  چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ عام طرح سان، شھتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. تمام اھم عمارتن لاءِ ڪنھن خاص سبب لاءِ ساڳ جو ڪاٺ (Teak wood)  پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڪڏھن وري ساڳ جي ڪاٺ جا تختا ۽ ديال جي ڪاٺ جا شھتير استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ شيشم جي صحيح تيار ٿيل ڪاٺ جا تختا پڻ لڳايا ويندا آھن&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==رٻڙ جا فرش== 
: (Rubber Flooring) 
ھن قسمن جي فرشبنديءَ واسطي گندڪ ملايل رٻڙ جا مرڪب، جيڪي رٻڙ ۾ اھڙي طريقي سان ملائي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھيءَ جي مضبوطي ۽ لچڪ وڌي وڃي، سي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جي شڪل بالڪل سڌي ۽ پلين چادر جھڙي، يا چادرن ۾ خانا ٺاھي پلين يا چٽسالي ڪيل چؤنڪن جي نموني ۾، ۽ يا تھ عليحده عليحده چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ٿيندي آھي. اھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا اھڙي ڪنھن ٻئي ٺوس ۽ سخت بنيادي تھھ (Base)  مٿان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. فرش چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنياد کي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي دز (Dust)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين شين جھڙوڪ پوسل، چڪنائيءَ وغيرھ کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ بنيادي تھھ ۾ جيڪي بھ ھيٺاھيون ۽ مٿاھيون ھونديون آھن، انھن کي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان صحيح ڪري ليول ڪيو ويندو آھي. استعمال ٿيندڙ رٻڙ 1/8  انچن کان ½  انچن جي معيادي ٿولھھ جو ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھميشھ گندڪ (Suphur)، ٽمڻ ۽ کھراڻ کان پاڪ قسم جو رٻڙ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ انھيءَ جو مٿاڇرو لسو ھجي ۽ پاڻيءَ ۽ ڪنھن سٺي معيار واري صابڻ يا ڪنھن اھڙيءَ ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ڌوئڻ يا پالش ڪرڻ سان انھيءَ جي رنگ تي ڪو اثر نھ پوي.  رٻڙ چاڙھڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي ھيٺئين پاسي کي کھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ھڪ ئي وقت 25 مربع فوٽن کان وڌيڪ ايراضيءَ تي نھ چاڙھبو آھي. رٻڙ چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنيادي فرس مٿان ڪنھن سٺي چنبڙائيندڙ (Adhesive)  مرڪب جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ کي ڏھن کان پندرنھن منٽن تائين کليل ڇڏي ڏبو آھي تھ جيئن انھيءَ کي ھوا لڳي. بعد ۾ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل قسم ۽ ڊزائن جي رٻڙ جو پوش چاڙھي انھيءَ مٿان سھڻي نموني زور ڏيئي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي تھ جيئن فرش جي بنيادي تھھ ۽ رٻڙ جي چادر جي وچ ۾ ھوا نھ رھي ۽ رٻڙ فرش سان بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح ۽ سڌائيءَ ۾ چنبڙي. انھيءَ لاءِ عام طرح سان ننڍو لوھ جو رولر استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان پوءِ رٻڙ جي فرش کي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٽن ڏينھن تائين آزاد ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن سٺي صابڻ سان ڌوئي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جا فرش اھم جاين، آفيسن، اسپتالن، سينيمائن ۽ ھوٽلن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. معياري تعليمي درسگاھن ۽ آڊيٽوريم اندر پڻ ھن قسم جا فرش پسند ڪيا ويندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھنن مٿان ھلن سان آواز نٿو ٿئي ۽ سانت رھي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم جا فرش== 
: (Linoleum Floors) 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ رٻڙ جي فرشن وانگر سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ وغيره جي بنياد مٿان لينوليم جو پلاسٽڪ جھڙو پوش چاڙھي ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ڪيميا جي خيال کان لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل (Linseed oil)، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگ وغيره جو مرڪب آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب تھھ جھڙوڪ ڪنوس (Convas)  مٿان پٿاري فرش جو پوش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. اھو پوش خوشنما نمونن ۾ ٺاھي، بنيادي فرش مٿان چاڙھي، ھن قسم جا دلڪش فرش ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. لينوليم جا رٻڙ جي فرش وانگر الڳ الڳ چؤنڪ پڻ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، انھن کي لينوليم جا چؤنڪا سڏيو ويندو آھي. ھي فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ سستا ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي وقفي وقفي سان وارنش ۽ ميڻ (Wax)  لڳائڻ سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال ڪري انھن کي پائيدار بڻائي سگھبو آھي. لينوليم عام طرح سان رولن وانگر ويڙھيل ٿانن جي صورت ۾ ملندي آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب ڳنڍيندڙ مرڪب (Adhesive) رستي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد انھيءَ تھھ مٿان وارنش لڳائي، کين چمڪايو ويندو آھي. موٽر ڪارن، لارين، جھازن ۽ ريل گاڏين وغيره جا فرش، پڻ لينوليم سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش رھائشي گھرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ريسٽورانن لاءِ بھ نھايت موزون رھن ٿا. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جا فرش== 
: (Cork Floors) 
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙين جاين يا جاين جي انھن حصن لاءِ ڪارآمد آھن، جن کي سانت وارو يعني بنا گوڙ وارو (Noiseless)  ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي، جھڙوڪ آڊيٽوريم، پبلڪ لئبرريون، ٿئيٽر ۽ چرچون (گرجائون) وغيره.ھي فرش ڪارڪن جي چادرن يا ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. ڪارڪ جي شيٽن يعني چادرن جي تياري ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن کان مختلف نموني جي ٿيندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ٽائيلن ۾ صرف ڪارڪن استعمال ٿيندو آھي ۽ چادرن ۾ ڪارڪ جا ڇلڪا ۽ ٻورو، السيءَ جو تيل، ڪاٺ جو ٻورو ۽ رنگ وغيره استعمال ٿيندا آھن. ٻنھي قسمن جي فرشن جو ڪجھھ بيان ھيٺ پيش ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش==
: (Cork tiles Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ ڪارڪ جا چؤنڪا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي چؤنڪا مختلف ماپن ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. داونن يعني بارڊرن (Borders)  لاءِ 1 کان 3 فوٽن تائين ويڪريون ۽ 6 فوٽ ڊگھيون ڪارڪ جون پٽيون پڻ ٺھنديون آھن. انھن ٽائيلن جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8  انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. اھڙين  ٽائيلن جو ترو سڌو يا جھريءَ وارو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ٽائيلون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي ھيٺئين تھھ (Sub base) مٿان لڳايون وينديون آھن. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ ڪاٺ جو آھي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم ھئڻ گھرجي يا تھ ٻي صورت ۾ انھيءَ مٿان پِلاءِ (Ply)  لڳائي وڃي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھرين ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل صاف ۽ ھڪ جھڙو ھئڻ گھرجي، جنھن مٿان نرم گديءَ جو پترو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي، جيئن ڪاٺ جي لڏڻ سان ٽائيلن جي تھھ کي ڪو نقصان نھ پھچي. انھن ٽائيلن کي خاص قسم جي ڏامر ذريعي نرم گديءَ سان چنبڙايو ويندو آھي ۽ آخري حصي يا ڪنڊن وارن چؤنڪن کي ڪوڪن ذريعي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھ (Base)  سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ مٿان 1:3  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ گاري جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ مٿاڇري کي بلڪل سنوت ۾ آڻي، سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو ويندو آھي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي تمام چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪري انھيءَ مٿان ڏامر (Bitumen)  جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي، انھيءَ مٿان ٽائيلون وڇايون وينديون آھن. 
ڪارڪ اوڪ (Oak)  يعني شاھ بلوط جي سدا بھار وڻن جي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھيءُ وڻ بحريھ روم جي قريبي ملڪن ۾ ٿيندا آھن، جنھن جي کل تمام گھڻي ٿلھي ٿيندي آھي. انھيءَ کل کي ھر اٺن يا ڏھن سالن کان پوءِ لاٿو ويندو آھي، جنھن کي اٻاري، ٿورڙو آلو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ پوءِ انھن کي ڇلي ۽ خوب طرح سان گسائي، گرم ويلڻن مان ايتري وقت تائين لنگھائبو رھبو آھي جيستائين انھيءَ کل مان شيري جھڙي گھاٽي شيءِ ٻاھر نڪري اچي. انھيءَ گھاٽي شيءِ نڪرڻ سان ڪارڪ جي اندر سنھا سوراخ نھ رھندا آھن ۽ اھو وڌيڪ سخت ۽ ٺوس ٿي ويندو  آھي. ھيءُ شيري جھڙو مادو ڪارڪ جي ذرن کي پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چنبڙائي رکندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان پوءِ انھيءَ ڪارڪ کي گھربل ماپ جي چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ڪاٽي وٺبو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرش==
: (Cork Sheet Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پي-وي-سيءَ جا فرش==
: ( Polyvinyl Chloride i.e. P.V.C Floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش گھريلو جاين، ريل گاڏيءَ جي دٻن، دفترن، آڊيٽوريم جي ھالن ۽ ٿئيٽرن وغيره لاءِ موزون رھندا آھن. ھي فرش پڻ رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش گھڻو ڪري زيبائش لاءِ ئي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھنن فرشي چادرن ۽ چؤنڪن جي ٿولھھ 1/16  انچن کان ¼ انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. 
ھيءُ پي-وي-سيءَ جو مرڪب جديد دور جي ايجاد آھي جيڪو ٿرموپلاسٽڪ بائينڊرس، فلرس ۽ رنگن مان ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو. ھن قسم جون چادرون 3 فوٽن، 3 ½ فوٽن ۽ 6 فوٽن جي ويڪرائيءَ ۾ ۽ چؤنڪا 1 فوٽ، 2 فوٽن ۽ 3 فوٽن جي سائيز ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن ۽ اھي ھڪ قسم جو لچڪدار ۽ اڻ ٽمندر مٿاڇرو مھيا ڪنديون آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==شيشي جا فرش==
: (Glass Floors)
~ھن قسم جا فرش گرائونڊ فلور ۾ اھڙن حصن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن جي ھيٺان تھھ خانا ھجن ۽ انھن تھھ خانن ۾ روشني پھچائڻ جي ضرورت ھجي. ھن قسم جا فرش مختلف نمونن ۾ ڪاٺ جا مضبوط فريم ٺاھي انھن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا چؤنڪا وجھي تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. عمارتي شيشو عمدي قسم جو ۽ مضبوط استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8 انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش ==
: (Asphalt Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن جا ٻھ نمونا ٿيندا آھن، ھڪ ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ٻيا ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش. ھنن ٻنھي نمونن جا فرش سستا، لچڪدار (Resilient)، اڻ جاذب (Non absorbent) ، پوسل روڪ (Moisture proof) ، تيزاب روڪ (Acid proof)، تيل (Oil)  ۽ گريس (Greese) سان مقابلو ڪندڙ ٿيندا آھن. انھن خاصيتن سبب ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن وارا فرش سرڪاري آفيسن ۽ اسڪولن وغيره جھڙين عمارتن ۽ ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ قسم جا فرش گودامن، ڀانڊن، ڪارخانن ۽ ٻين اھڙي نوعيت جي عمارتن ائسفالٽ جي چؤنڪن کي سخت بنياد مھيا ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مٿان ھڪ ٻئي سان ڳنڍي ھن قسم جو فرض ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. پر جيڪڏھن ڪاٺ جي فرش مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سڀني ڪاٺ جي پٽين ۽ تختن کي مضبوطيءَ سان ڪوڪن وغيرھ جي رستي جڪڙيو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن وڇائڻ کان پھرين ڪاٺ جي سطح مٿان ائسفالٽ، بٽومين يا رچيل ائسفالٽ جي اوني ڪپڙي (Asphalt saturated felt)  جو اٽڪل 3/8 انچن جو ٿلھو تھھ پٿاريو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش (Asphalt mastic floor)  ٺاھڻ واسطي انھيءَ کي گرم ڪري، ڪنھن ٺوٺ سطح، جھڙوڪ ڪاٺ يا سيمينٽ مٿان پٿاري ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت==
.(Maintenance and Repair of Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪوشش ڪري روزانو آلي پوچيءَ سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن اھو فرش تمام گھڻو گندو نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڏوتو وڃي. صابڻ جي تھھ کي فرش جي ڪنھن بھ ٽڪري تي بنا ڌيان جي ڇڏڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ فرش ترڪڻو ٿي پوندو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ فرش جو اھو ٽڪرو جھڪو (Dull)  ٿي پوندو. فرش جي ڌوئڻ واسطي سوڍا کار يا ٻين اھڙين تيز شين استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ جيڪڏھن فرش جو ڪو بھ حصو ٽٽي يا ڪنھن بھ نموني مرمت طلب ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سمورو پانيل يا خانو (Panel)  ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي، بنيادي ڪانڪريٽ کي سخت برش سان صاف ڪري، انھيءَ کي پاڻيءَ سان آلو رکي، ھڪ رات تائين ڇڏي ڏيڻ گھرجي. رات گذرڻ کان پوءِ بيٺل پاڻيءَ کي ڪڍي صاف ڪري، صاف سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ چاڙھو وڃي ۽ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل ٿولھھ ۽ گھربل تناسب، جھڙوڪ 1:2:4  يا اھڙو ڪو ٻيو موزون تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد ڪانڪريٽ کي دٻائي، پاسن واري فرش جي ٿولھھ برابر آندو وڃي، جيئن سموري فرش جي ليول ھڪ جھڙي ٿي وڃي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن پاسن وارن پانيلن جا ڇيڙا نھ ڀڄن. انھيءَ بعد نئين ٺاھيل پانيل کي ڏھن ڏينھن تائين تر رکيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>hhi8iiu4emq1xflamow2syf3jbz0nhx</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401063</id>
      <parentid>401062</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:33:24Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش */</comment>
      <origin>401063</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="78703" sha1="mv3e7tm87ua4acog2jw5ylrqvxehjk1" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

==سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن جون خاصيتون==

(Characteristics of C.C. Floors)
(i) ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پنھنجي پسند مطابق  مطابق گھربل رنگ ملائي خوبصورت بڻائي سگھجي ٿو.
(ii) ھنن فرشن جي سنڀال سولائيءَ سان ڪري سگھجي ٿي ۽ انھن تي گھٽ خرچ لڳي ٿو.
(iii) ھنن فرشن جي اڏاوت آسان ۽ پائيدار ھئڻ سبب انھن کي عام طرح سان رھائشي، تجارتي ۽ مجلسي عمارتن لاءِ استعمال ڪيو وڃي ٿو.
(iv) ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ باھھ سان مقابلو ڪرڻ جي ڪافي قوت ٿئي ٿي.
(v) ھي فرش غير جاذب (Impervious)  ۽ ٺوس ٿين ٿا.
(vi) ھنن کي آسانيءَ سان ڌوئي صاف ڪري سگھجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mosaic orTerrazzo floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن لاءِ پڻ بنياد ساڳئي نموني ٺاھيو ويندو آھي جيئن پھرين ڄاڻايو ويو آھي، انھيءَ جي مٿان ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ٻن تھن جي صورت ۾ ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ھيٺئين تھھ ۾ 1 انچ کان ¾ انچ (2.5 کان 2 سينٽيميٽر) جي عمق ۾ گھربل تناسب (جھڙوڪ؛ 1:2:4  يا 1:2 ½ :3 ½ وغيره) ۾ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ وڌو ويندو آھي ۽ مٿيون تھھ ¼ انچ (6 mm) ٿلھو رکيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ ۾ بلوري پٿر (Marble chips)  جا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آھن. ھن ۾ بلوري پٿر جي ٽڪرن ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب عام طرح سان 1:2 يعني ھڪ حصو سيمينٽ ۽ ٻھ حصا بلوري پٿر جا ٽڪرا ھوندو آھي ۽ ٻيو تھھ پھرئين تھھ چاڙھڻ کان پوءِ ٻئي ڏينھن چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. مٿئين تھھ کي گھربل تھھ کان ٿورو وڌيڪ ٿلھو رکيو ويندو آھي جيئن انھيءَ جي ڪٽڻ ۽ گسائڻ کان پوءِ اھو پوريءَ ۽ گھربل ٿولھھ ۾ بيھي. ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ جابلو ريتي ٿلھي (Coarse) گھربل سائيز  جي ۽ صاف ھئڻ گھرجي. بلوري ٽڪر (Marble chips) مضبوط ۽ 1/16 انچن کان 1/8انچن (1.55 mm کان 3 mm) جي سائيز جا ھئڻ گھرجن. وڏي سائيز جي ڪمرن ۽ ھالن ۾ ¼ انچن جي سائيز تائين بلوري ٽڪر استعمال ڪري سگھجن ٿا. بي ڊبليو ڊيءَ جي اسپيسيفڪيشنس مطابق مٿيون بلوري ٽڪرن جو تھھ 3/8″ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن تھ ھيٺيون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريت جو تھھ 1 انچ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ اھي ٻئي تھ يڪجان (Monolithic) ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن موزائيڪ فلور جي فرش جي ٽاپنگ جي جملي ٿولھھ 1 3/8″ کان گھٽ نھ بيھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ٻين ھيٺين ڳالھين جو خاص خيال رکيو وڃي.
(i) سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ھيٺئين تھھ ٺاھڻ تائين عليحده خانن ٺاھڻ، سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ملائڻ، انھيءَ کي پٿارڻ، انھيءَ جي گھاٽاڻ ۽ واٽر سيمينٽ رئشو (پاڻيءَ ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب) اڳ ۾ ڄاڻايل سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مطابق ھئڻ گھرجي.(ii) بلوري ٽڪرن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ کجيءَ جي ڦرھن جي ڇٻن ۾ وجھي چانورن وانگر پاڻيءَ سان ڌوئي بالڪل  صاف ڪري سڪائي پوءِ استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجي.
(iii) سڀ کان پھرين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي بنياد تي، جيڪو سنوت ۾ ۽ کھرو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي، گھربل ٿولھھ جي عمق وارين پتل (Brass)، ٽامي(Copper)، جست (Zinc)، شيشي (Glass)، يا ٻڙي نمبر (Zero Number) جي بلورن جي چوري جي ٺھيل پٽين سان ھڪ ڪرا، سھڻا ۽ گھربل ڊزائن جا خانا ٺاھيا وڃن.
(iv) گھربل تناسب جي حساب سان ماپ وارين پيتين ذريعي سيمينٽ ۽ بلور جي ٽڪرن کي پھرين سڪل حالت ۾ ڪنھن صاف پڪي فرشي ٽڪري تي پر ڪوشش ڪري تغاريءَ يا ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي ٿانو (Container)  ۾ وجھي ٿورو ٿورو پاڻي ملائي ايتري گھاٽاڻ (Workability)  تائين بيھارجي جيتري ۾ اھو استعمال ڪرڻ جي لائق بڻجي، پوءِ انھيءَ کي خانن اندر لاھي ترتيب سان لوھھ جي ڪرنيءَ ذريعي پٿاري ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي ڳتيو وڃي. جيڪڏھن ٿڦڪين ڏيڻ سان انھيءَ مان ڪريم نڪري تھ اھڙي ملاوٽ کي خارج ڪيو وڃي.
(v) ڪوشش ڪري بلوري ٽڪرن جو تھھ Mosaic topping) ايتري ٽائيم اندر ڏنو وڃي جيتري ۾ ھيٺيون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ لچڪدار (Plastic)  حالت ۾ ھجي. (عام طرح سان اھو ٻئي ڏينھن ڏنو ويندو آھي) پر جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل سڪي وڃي تھ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان خالص سيمينٽ ۽ پاڻي جو ھلڪو تھھ (Slurry)  ڏيئي پوءِ جلد ئي انھيءَ مٿان موزائيڪ جي داڻي جو تھھ چاڙھجي. انھيءَ تھھ مٿان ھلڪيون ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي انھيءَ کي ڪرني ۽ ليول واري پٽيءَ سان سڌو ڪري ۽ بالڪل صحيح ليول ۾ بيھارجي.
(vi)  ليول بيھارڻ ۽ ڪرنيءَ سان ٻھ ٽي گھمرا ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي ڳتڻ کان پوءِ اگر مٿاڇري تي ڪرنيءَ جا داغ ٿي بيھن تھ انھن کي ميساڻ جي ڪوشش ھرگز نھ ڪجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڳتي ھلي مٿان گسائڻ (Grinding)  کان پوءِ اھي داغ خود بھ خود ميٽجي ويندا.
(vii) انھيءَ کان پوءِ يڪدم ئي موزائيڪ جي تازي پيل فرش مٿان ڪرنيءَ جي مدد سان خالص سيمينٽ جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ انھيءَ مٿان ترائيءَ واسطي آليون ڳوڻيون رکجن.
(viii) ٽن ڏينھن بعد انھيءَ فرش جي مٿان تمام کھرن ڪاربورئنڊم بلاڪن رستي خوب طرح سان ھن فرش جي گسائي  ڪئي وڃي. اھا گسائي، مشين استعمال ڪرڻ سان تڪڙي ۽ عمدي رھي ٿي. ڪن خاص حالتن ۾ مشين نھ ھئڻ سبب انھيءَ کي ھٿ رستي انھن بلاڪن سان (جن کي عام طرح سان بٺي ڪوٺيو وڃي ٿو) زور سان رڳڙي لسو بنائي سگھجي ٿو. رڳڙائي يعني گسائي فرش مٿان سنھي ريتي ۽ پاڻي ھاري خوب طرح سان ڪرڻ گھرجي جيستائين داڻو ظاھر ٿي بيھي.
(ix) پھرين گسائي کان پوءِ فرش جي تھھ مٿان ڪجھھ سوراخ ٿي پون تھ انھن جي خالص سيمينٽ سان مرمت ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ فرش کي سڪڻ نھ ڏجي.
(x) ٻي رڳڙائي وري پنجن ڏينھن کان پوءِ وچولي کھرن ڀترن يعني بٺين سان ڪئي وڃي ۽ گشائيءَ دوران جيڪڏھن سوراخ وغيره نظر اچن تھ انھن جي خالص سيمينٽ سان مرمت ڪجي. انھيءَ سموري ڪم دوران فرش کي تر رھڻ ڏنو وڃي
(xi) آخر ۾ سنھن بٺين (Fine Sand-blocks)  رستي رڳڙي ۽ تمام گھڻي پاڻي ھارڻ بعد انھيءَ کي بالڪل صاف ۽ چِٽو ڪيو وڃي ۽ اھڙا فرش جن ۾ آخري گسائيءَ کان پوءِ بھ موزائيڪ جو داڻو نظر نھ اچي تھ انھن کي خارج ڪري ٻيھر ٺھرائڻ گھرجي.
(xii) آخري گسائيءَ کان پوءِ ھنن فرشن کي ھلڪي صابڻ (Mild Soap) سان ڌوئي تمام گھڻي پاڻيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ سڪڻ لاءِ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي ۽ جڏھن اھي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان سڪي وڃن تھ انھن مٿان آغزئيلڪ ائسڊ جو پائوڊر (Oxalic Acid Powder)  ھاري لڪڙن مٿان سڻيءَ جون ٻوريون لپيٽي تمام گھڻي زور سان گٺو وڃي ۽ انھن کي سڪڻ لاءِ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ وري ٻيھر پھرئين جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ (Oxalic Acid Powder)  پائوڊر ھاري ڪپڙي جي گدين (Cloth pads) سان انھيءَ کي گسايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي سڪائي پوءِ چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪجي.
(xiii) انھيءَ بعد فرش کي ڪنھن صاف تيل ۽ ڪاٺ جي ٻوري سان ڍڪي ڇڏجي ۽ رنگ روغن ۽ ٻين جاءِ جي سمورن ڪمن پوري ٿيڻ بعد انھن کي تمام سٺي پالش ڪري، ۽ صاف سٽ (Cotton Waste)  سان زور سان گسائي چمڪندڙ بنايو وڃي.
(xiv) رنگين فرشن ٺاھڻ واسطي سڪو ملائڻ وقت سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ گھربل رنگ سڪل حالت ۾ ملائي، پوءِ مٿي ڄاڻايل ھدايتن مطابق اڳتي وڌجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ٽيرازو ڊئڊو ۽ اسڪرٽنگ==

: (Terrazzo Dado and Skirting)بلوري پٿر جي داڻي  (Marble Chips) ۾ سيمينٽ ملائي ڀتين مٿان عمق جي صورت ۾ چاڙھي،  انھيءَ جي موزائيڪ فلورنگ وانگر گسائي وغيرھ ڪري، داڻي کي ظاھر ڪري، خوبصورت سطح ۾ آڻڻ کي ٽيرازو ڊئڊو يا اسڪرٽنگ سڏيو وڃي ٿو.

ان قسم جي سطح ٺاھڻ لاءِ انھن سڀني ڳالھين جو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي جيڪي موزائيڪ فلورنگ ۾ ڄاڻايون ويون آھن. اجڪلھھ جي رواج مطابق غسلخانن ۽ بورچيخانن کي ڇڏي ٻين سڀني ڪمرن وغيره ۾ موزائيڪ فلورنگ سان گڏ ان جھڙو ئي ڊئڊو 3 انچن کان 4 انچن تائين چئني ڀتين تي چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ طرح سان ڪمرا وغيرھ سھڻا بھ لڳندا آھن ۽ فرش ڌوئڻ وقت انھن ڪمرن جون ڀتيون پڻ خراب نھ ٿينديون آھن. جڏھن تھ بورچيخانن ۽ غسلخانن ۾ انھيءَ جي اوچائي اٽڪل 6 فوٽن تائين رکي ويندي آھي. پلستر ڪيل ڀتين جا اھي حصا جن تي ھيءُ ڊئڊو چاڙھيو ويندو آھي اھي کھرا ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ ڄاڻايل عمق مطابق انھن جي مٿان گھربل ڊئڊو ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ جي سيٽ ٿيڻ کان اڳ موزائيڪ جي داڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. داڻو (Chips) اڪثر ڪري 1 ½ نمبر جو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ٿورو ماربل پائوڊر ملائڻ سان انھيءَ کي گسائڻ ۾ آساني رھندي آھي انھيءَ ڪري فرش توڙي اسڪرٽنگ جي ڪم ۾ سيمينٽ ھڪ حصو، ماربل پائوڊر ½ حصو ۽ داڻو 2 حصا ملائي مناسب قسم جي آميزش حاصل ڪري سگھجي ٿي. اسڪرٽنگ ۽ ڊئڊو سڌا، ليول ۽ ساھل ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن ۽ فرش سان چڱيءَ طرح مليل (Flush)  ھئڻ گھرجن.
اھا ڳالھھ ذھن ۾ رکڻ گھرجي تھ فرش جو ڊئڊو ۽ ڀتين جي اسڪرٽنگ ۾ ڪٽائيءَ کان پوءِ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 70 سيڪڙو داڻا ھڪ ڪرا ڦھليل ۽ ظاھر ھئن گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ٽيرازو ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ڊئڊو==

: (Terrazzo Tile Floors and Dado)  اعشاري نظام جي رائج ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ھيءُ چؤنڪا 300 mm x 300 mm x 25 mm، (Tiles)  (يعني ڊيگھھ ۽ ويڪر ھر ھڪ 300 mm ۽ ٿولھھ 25 mm) ۾ ٺھڻ لڳا آھن. ھن قسم جي ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي بنياد تيار ڪرڻ کان پوءِ صاف سٿرو سيمينٽ لڳائي انھيءَ مٿان وڇايو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن جي جوڙن ۾ گھربل رنگ جي سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جي پٽڙيءَ پيسٽ جھڙو مسالو (Slurry)  ڀريو ويندو آھي.ھنن چؤنڪن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پھرين گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 36 ڪلاڪن تائين پاڻيءَ اندر ٻوڙي رکڻ گھرجي.ھن قسم جي ٽائيلن جو مٿيون داڻي وارو تھھ ½ جي ٿولھھ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ گھربل رنگ جو مقدار انھيءَ ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ سيمينٽ، جيڪو گھڻو ڪري سيمينٽ ۽ داڻي جي حساب ۾ 1:2 جي تناسب سان استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ جي ڏھھ سيڪڙو کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھگرجي. اھي چؤنڪا (Tiles) گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھر پائونڊ تي 2000 مربع انچ (2000 psi) واري سگھھ جو دٻاءُ سھڻ وارا ۽ ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪيل ھئڻ گھرجن ھي چؤنڪا 1 ½ انچ ٿولھھ جي 1:2:4 واري تناسب سان ٺھيل سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ مٿان 1:3 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو سراسري طور اڌ انچ ٿولھھ جو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ جي مٿان لڳايا وڃ. چؤنڪا لڳائي بس ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھن جي جوڙن ۾ (جي 1 1/16 انچن جي ٿولھھ کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن) گھربل رنگ جي سيمينٽ جو مسالو ڀريو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ لڳايل مٿاڇري کي ڇيڙڻ کان سواءِ اٽڪل ٻن ھفتن تائين پاڻيءَ سان تر رکيو وڃي. مٿاڇري جي سڪي وڃڻ کان پوءِ مٿي ڄاڻايل موزائيڪ فلورنگ وانگر انھيءَ کي چڱيءَ طرح چمڪائي پوءِ استعمال ڪيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پٿر جا فرش==

(Stone or Flagged Floor) ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش جو بنيادي تھھ اڳ ۾ ڄاڻايل خاصيتن وارو ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ فرش اندر استعمال ٿيندڙ پٿر ھڪ ئي سائيز جا ڀلي نھ ھئڻ گھرجن، ليڪن انھن جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ ڏيڍ انچ، ويڪر 14 انچ ۽ ڊيگھھ اڍائي فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي .انھن پٿرن جو مٿاڇرو تمام سھڻي انداز ۾ گھڙيل، گول ٽڪرن ۽ ورن وڪڙن کان پاڪ ھئڻ گھرجي. انھن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ ڪلاڪ تائين پاڻيءَ جي حوض اندر ڀڄائي رکڻ گھرجي .انھن جي ھيٺان وڇايل بنياد (Base) بالڪل ھڪ ئي ليول ۾ ھئڻ گھرجي. انھن کي ھڪ ئي انداز جي ويڪر ۽ اھم لنگھھ (Main entrance) جي ديوار جي پور وڇوٽ ھئڻ گھرجن. انھن جي ھڪ قطار جا جوڙ ٻيءَ گڏو گڏ قطار جي مفاصلي کان گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 8 انچن کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن، جيئن ھڪ قطار جا جوڙ ٻيءَ قطار کان ٽٽل رھن. انھن جو بنياد سرن جي فرفش جي بنياد وانگر ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن جا جوڙ عام طرح سان 1/8 انچن جي ٿولھھ جا ۽ 1:2 جي تناسب جي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي گاري جا ھئڻ گھرجن. پٿر ھميشھ پختي تھھ، جيڪو مترڪي (Mallet)  جي ڌڪن ھئڻ سان جانچي سگھجي ٿو، مٿان لڳائڻ گھرجن ۽ ھيٺئين بنياد جي نرم حصن (Soft patches) کي ٻاھر ڪڍي ٻيھر مضبوط ٺاھڻ گھرجي. پٿر جي چؤنڪن (Slabs) جي ڪنارن کان گاري (Mortar) کي پکڙجڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي ۽ ٽيپ نھ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙن ۾ آيل مال کي ڪرنيءَ (Trowel) رستي فلش (Flush)  ڪيو وڃي.  جيڪڏھن ٽيپ (Pointing) ڪرڻ مقصود ھجي تھ جوڙن کي ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي ھڪ جھڙي ٿولھھ وارين پٽين رستي ¼ انچن کان گھٽ ويڪرو نھ رکيو وڃي. جڏھن ھر ھڪ پٿر جي چؤنڪن جي قطار لڳي وڃي تھ ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي پٽين کي ڪڍي، جلد ئي جوڙن کي 1:1 جي تناسب واري سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان ڀريو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي پٿرن جي مٿاڇري کان 1/16 انچ ھيٺ ڪرنيءَ سان ٽڪي ٽيپ ڪئي وڃي . ڪم ھلندي ھنن فرشن جي ترائي جاري رکي وڃي ۽ ڪم پوري ٿيڻ کان پوءِ بھ 14 ڏينھن تائين ترائي ضرور ڪجي ۽ تيار ٿيل ففرش مٿان ڪنھن بھ قسم جا نشان ۽ گاري جا داغ ٿيڻ نھ ڏجن ۽ اھڙي قسم جا داغدار فرش ڪڏھن بھ قبول نھ ڪيا وڃن. فرش جي ڪنھن بھ حصي مٿان ٽن ڏينھن تائين ڪنھن کي بھ ھلڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي ۽ انھن مٿان 7 ڏينھن تائين ڪنھن بھ وزنيءَ شيءِ کي آڻڻ نھ گھرجي. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش==
: (Glazzed Tile Flooring) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي ھيٺيون تھھ (Base) سرن جي فرش وانگر ٺاھڻ گھرجي. چمڪدار چينيءَ جا چؤنڪا گھربل سائيز ۽ رنگ مطابق ھئڻ گھرجن. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھريائين ھيٺئين تھھ مٿان گھڻي سيمينٽ واري گارري کي پٿارڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد چؤنڪن کي ڪاٺ جي ھٿوڙي ۽ گز جي مدد سان گھربل انداز ۽ گھربل سلاميءَ مطابق لڳائڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 36 ڪلاڪن تائين پاڻيءَ جي حوض اندر ٽٻائي رکڻ گھرجي.  ٽائيلن کي گاري مٿان رکي، ھٿوڙي جي مدد سان زور سان ائين لڳائن گھرجي، جيئن ھيٺيون مسالو جوڙن مان ٻاھر نڪري اچي. فالتو مال کي يڪدم آلي حالت ۾ ڪنھن ڀِڳل ڪپڙي سان اگھي صاف ڪرڻ کپي. بھتر تھ ائين آھي تھ ڪاٺ جي ويلڻ رستي ٽائيلن کي دٻايو وڃي، جيئن ٽائيلن جي مجموعي سطح ھموار رھي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان 24 ڪلاڪ گذرڻ بعد جوڙن ۾ ٽاٽ يا ڪنھن برش جي مدد سان سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي رٻڙي (Slurry) ڀرڻ گھرجي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پوءِ ٽن ڏينھن تائين انھن مٿان ڪنھن بھ وزني شيءِ کي ھلڻ يا رکڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد انھن مٿان پالش ڪري، انھن کي صابڻ سان صاف ڪرڻ گھرجي. ھن ۽ ٻين سڀني قسمن جي ٽائيلن جي فرش لاءِ ٽائيلن کي گھربل سائيز ۽ نموني ۾ ٽڪڻ جي حالت ۾ صرف ڪارائي استعمال ڪئي وڃي جيئن انھن جا ڪنارا تکا ۽ صاف رھن ۽ انھن جا جوڙ دلڪش رھن. جاءِ جي مڪمل ٿيڻ تائين ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪاٺ جي فالتو ٻوري يا ڪنھن ٻي شيءِ سان ڍڪي رکڻ گھرجي جيئن اھو جاءِ جي رنگ روغن ۽ ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي شيءِ جي داغن وغيره کان صاف رھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر يا سنگ موسيٰ جا فرش==
(Marble or Black Marble Floors)
  
ھن قسم جا فرش پٿر جھڙي سخت شيءِ جي سنگمرمر جي ھڪ جھڙن چؤنڪن يا تختن (Slabs)  استعمال ڪرڻ سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جي فرشن وڇائڻ کان اڳ انھن جو ھيٺيون تھھ (Base) اڳ ۾ بيان ڪيل فرشن جي تھھ وانگر ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ھنن کي ھيٺئين تھھ سان جوڙڻ واسطي 1:2 جي تناسب وارو چوني جو گچ يا سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جو گچ ¾ انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ مٿان پٿاريو ويندو آھي. ھنن جي جوڙن ۾ چوني جي لاپي (Lime putty) استعمال ڪئي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي جوڙن اندر زور سان ڀريو ويندو آھي. انھن جوڙن کي بالڪل صاف ۽ خوبصورتيءَ سان ٺاھيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھن جوڙن جي ويڪر 1/16 انچن کان وڌيڪ نھ رکڻ ڏني ويندي آھي. پٿر جي سرن جي ٿولھھ ڪنھن بھ صورت ۾ ¾ انچ کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي. انھي پٽيءَ جي نموني ۾ فرشبندي ڪرڻ واسطي ڪو بھ سنگمرمر جو ٽڪر 18 انچن کان گھٽ ڊگھو نھ رکڻ ڏنو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھيٺ ڄاڻايل ھدايتن جو پڻ خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي. 
(i) سنگمرمر جون سرون گھربل رنگ، قسم ۽ سائيز جون ھئڻ گھرجن. ڪن اٽليءَ جي سفيد ۽ آسماني ماربل جھڙين سرن استعمال ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ۽ گھربل انداز جي ڊزائن ۾ نھ ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ جيڪڏھن پالش ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھن جو رنگ ساڳيو نھ بيھي تھ انھيءَ فرشبنديءَ کي خارج ڪرڻ گھرجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جي ماربل جي ٽڪرن جو رنگ پالش ڪرڻ بعد ئي اصلي صورت اختيار ڪندو آھي. 
(ii) ھي سنگمرمر جا ٽڪرا بالڪل صحيح طرح ڪارائيءَ رستي وڍيل، سڀني پاسن کان بالڪل چؤڪور، ھڪ ئي ٿولھھ ۾ ۽ ھڪ ئي سنوت ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن ۽ ڏاڪڻ، دروازن ۽ ورانڊن کان ٻاھر نڪتل ڪنارن جي صورت ۾ ھنن جا ڪنارا بُل نوز (Bul-nose) جي صورت ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن 
(iii) اڀن جوڙن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ چوني جي پٽيءَ ۾ چوني جي مقدار جيترو کؤنر استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجي 
(iv) ڪم ھلڻ دوران ۽ انھن ماربل جي ٽڪرن جي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ کين 10 ڏينھن تائين پاڻيءَ سان تر رکڻ گھرجي (v)جڏھن فرش پوريءَ طرح ڄمي يعني سيٽ (Set)  ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪاربورئنڊم پٿر (Carborandum Stone)، يا ڪنھن ٻئي سخت پٿر ۽ کھريءَ ريتيءَ ذريعي تمام گھڻو پاڻي جالاري گٺو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ لاءِ جيڪڏھن مشين استعمال ڪجي تھ نھايت ئي بھتر آھي. جوڙن جي پالش لاءِ نھايت ئي نرم (Soft) پٿر استعمال ڪجي. جڏھن کھرائپ ختم ٿي وڃي تھ واري ڌوئي مٿاڇري کي تمام سنھي ڪاربورئنڊم جي پٿر، سر يا ايمري پائوڊر سان گسائي لسو ڪيو وڃي 
(vi) لسي ڪرڻ کان پوءِ فرش تي پٽي پائوڊر ھاري انھيءَ کي اوني ڪپڙي جي گدين (Felt pads) يا ناريل جي ڇلڪن جي کوپن رستي گھي، تمام جھجھي پاڻي سان پالش ڪيو وڃي ۽ جاءِ جي ڪم ھلڻ دوران ھن فرش کي داغن ۽ ٻئي نقصان کان بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي==
: (Dry Brick Pavi) 
ھن قسم جي فرشبندي ۾ پھرئين درجي جون ۽ ڪوشش ڪري ھر عليحدھ ۽ لڳاتار ٽڪري ۾ ھڪ جھڙي رنگ جون سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. زمين جي مٿاڇري کي چڱيءَ طرح پاڻي ھاري ڌمڪ يا نھرو ڪندڙ مشين (Compactors) ذريعي وھاري نھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيدءَ کي صحيح طرح سان گھربل سلاميءَ ۽ ڪئمبر (Camber)  ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ جي مٿان اڌ انچ ٿلھو مٽيءَ جي گاري جو ليپو ڏيئي يا چئن انچن جو ڪاري واريءَ (River or pit sand) جو تھھ ڏيئي انھيءَ مٿان گھربل نموني ۾ سڪل سرون ڄمائي انھن جي فرشبندي ڪئي ويندي آھي. . ھن فرشبندي ۾ ڪوشش ڪري بالڪل باريڪ جوڙ رکيا وڃن ۽ ڪو بھ جوڙ ¼ انچ کان وڌيڪ ويڪرو نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ سرن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان زور سان جڪڙي قابو رکيو وڃي ٿو. فرشبندي ختم ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان ڪاري واري ھاري جوڙن کي انھيءَ واريءَ سان ڀريو ويندو آھي ۽ فرش مٿان بچيل فالتو واريءَ کي ٻھاري صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي، ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ سرن کي اڀي صورت ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جو فرش سڌين سرن جي فرشن کان مضبوط ٿيندو آھي.
ڪن خاص حالتن ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جو تمام پٽڙو گارو ھاري سرن جي جوڙن کي صرف مٿان جوڙڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي اھو گارو سرن جي جي درزن ۾ مٿئين حصي منجھان داخل ٿيندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشبندي گودامن، رستن، اڱڻن، رستن ۽ چبوترن لاءِ ڪئي ويندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪاٺ جا فرش==  
: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن فرش تمام گھڻا مھانگا ھوندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اھي تمام عمدي ڪاٺ جا ٺاھڻا ھوندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جو استعمال گھڻو ڪري جابلو علائقن (Hilly areas) جھڙوڪ مري وغيره جي اھڙن ھنڌن تي ڪيو ويندو آھي، جتي ڪاٺ تمام گھڻو ۽ سستو پوي ٿو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ڪن خاص حالتن (جتي سانت جي ضرورت ھوندي آھي) ۾ ھنن فرشن جي ضرورت پوندي آھي، جھڙوڪ ناچ خانھ (Dancing Halls) ۽ سماعت خانھ (Auditoriums) وغيره. ھن قسم جا فرش بالڪل پختا ۽ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن اھي وڌيڪ کان وڌيڪ بار کڻي سگھن. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي خوبصورتيءَ جي لحاظ کان نھايت ئي لسو ھئڻ گھرجي. جيئن تھ ڪاٺ ۾ مڙڻ جي نمايان خاصيت ٿيندي آھي، انھيءَ ڪري اھڙن فرشن ۾ ھر ھڪ فوٽ جي فاصلي (Span) تي 1/40 کان 1/30 انچن جي حساب سان اوچائي (Camber) ڏيڻ گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==مفرد يا ھيڪوٽا فرش==
: (Single Floors) 
ھن قسم جي حالت ۾ ھڪ ئي طريقي  سان ڪامون يا شھتير (Bridging joists)  کوڙي انھيءَ مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. اھي ڪامون ھر پاسي کان ديوار جي ڪڙين (Wall plates) مٿان رکيون وينديون آھن. اھي ڪامون اھڙيون تھ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جو انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جي تختن کي ڪوڪن رستي ٺوڪڻ ۾ ڪا بھ تڪليف محسوس نھ ٿئي. انھن ڪامن جي اصلي ۽ بنيادي گھرج اھا آھي تھ اھي بالڪل سخت ۽ مضبوط ھئڻ گھرجن تھ جيئن اھي گھڻي کان گھڻو بار جھلي سگھن. انھيءَ مقصد واسطي اھي حساب ڪيل قوت کان وڌيڪ سخت قوت واري ڪاٺ مان ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. انھن شھتيرن جي ويڪر گھڻو ڪري 2 انچن کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ اھي ھڪ شھتير جي مرڪز کان ٻئي شھتير جي مرڪز تائين ھڪ فوٽ جي مفاصلي جي حساب سان رکيا ويندا آھن. وڌيڪ مفاصلي رکڻ سان انھن جي مڙڻ جو انديشو رھندو آھي ۽ اھو مڙڻ (Deflection)  ھر ٻن شھتيرن جي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي 1/333 حصي کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ھنن ڪامن کي تازي گاري (Green mortar)  يا اوساريءَ سان لڳڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي، نھ تھ انھن جو ڪاٺ ڳرڻ لڳندو، جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ھر حالت ۾ سڪل رکڻو آھي انھيءَ ڪري شھتيرن ۽ ڀتين جي ڇيڙن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي پوري گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي.ڊزائن ڪرڻ بعد شھتيرن کي صحيح ماپ ۽ جاءِ تي کوڙي، انھيءَ مٿان 1 انچ کان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھا ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳائي ڪاٺ جا فرش تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==ٻٽا فرش== 
: (Double Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڄي ڪمري جي فاصلي مطابق شھتير (Bridging joists)  نھ کوڙيا ويندا اھن ۽ انھيءَ جي برعڪس اھي ٻين شھتيرن جن کي ٻڌندڙ شھتير يا صرف ٻڌندڙ (Binding joists or Binders) ۽ ٽيڪنيڪي ٻوليءَ ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ سڏيو ويندو آھي،  انھن مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن. ھي بائينڊرس، مٿان رکيل شھتيرن ھيٺان  90 ڊگريءَ جي سڌي ڪنڊ تي کوڙيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کي ديوارن مٿان 6 کان 8 فوٽن جي فاصلي تي رکيو ويندو آھي. ڪوشش ڪري ھي فرش درن کان ڪجھھ ھٽائي رکيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جا فرش ھڪ تھھ وارن فرشن کان وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي آواز کي ٻاھر وڃڻ کان بھتر نموني ۾ روڪي سگھندا آھن. ليڪن ھيٺ وارين ديوارن تي ڪن نڪتن وٽ ھنن جو بار اچي ڪٺو ٿيندو آھي. ھنن فرشن جي عمق، اوچائي وڌڻ سان گڏو گڏ وڌي ٿي، انھيءَ سبب جاءِ جي اوچائي پڻ وڌائڻي پوي ٿي ۽ نتيجي ۾ ھي فرش نھايت ئي مھانگا پون ٿا. انھيءَ ڪري ھي فرش گھڻو ڪري ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا  ھن قسم جا فرش 12 فوٽن کان مٿي واري مفاصلي لاءِ ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا ۽ انھن ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ جا ڇيڙا ڀتين ۾ نھ کوڙيا ويندا آھن پر اھي کليل ڇڏيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھن کي ھوا لڳي سگھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.

==ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽِيڻن شھتِيرن وارا فرش==
: (Triple joist or framed wooden floors)

جيڪڏھن ڪنھن ڪمري يا وڏي ھال جو ننڍي ۾ ننڍو فاصلو (Short span)  اٽڪل 25 فوٽ يا انھيءَ کان وڌي وڃي تھ ھن طريقي جا ڪاٺ جا فرش ٺاھيا وڃن. ھر فرش گرڊرن، بائينڊرس، شھتيرن (Bridging joists) ۽ ڪاٺ جي تختن رستي ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڀ کان پھرين، ڪمري جي ننڍي فاصلي جي رخ ۾ 13 کان 20 فوٽن جي وٿيءَ تي گرڊر رکيا ويندا آھن. اھي وٿيون بائينڊرس رستي، جيڪي گرڊرن جي گوني ڪنڊ (Right angles) جي طرف رکيون وينديون آھن، ڀريون وينديون آھن. فرش جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ رکڻ لاءِ بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن اندر ٽسڪ ۽ ٽينن جوائنٽس (Tusk and Tennon joints) رستي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. گرڊرن جي ڇيڙن ۽ ديوارن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي جيئن ڪاٺ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رھي. جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ھڪ وڌيڪ ڪاٺ جي گرڊر جو اضافو ڪجي ٿو ۽ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن (Binding joists) کي انھيءَ سان جوڙي ڪاٺ جو پڃرو ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ سبب ڪري گرڊرن جي ڪمزور ٿيڻ جو انديشو رھي ٿو. انھيءَ انديشي کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٻڌندر  شھتيرن جي ڇيڙن کي لوھھ جي پٽين (Iron Stirrups)  ذريعي عليحدھ رکيو وڃي ٿو. مکيھ گرڊرن ۽ ٻڌندر شھتيرن کي ايتري حد تائين اونھو رکيو ويندو آھي جيتري ۾ ڇت ۾ ڏار پوڻ نھ ڏنا وڃن. شھتير (Bridging joists)  ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کان ترڇا (Across) رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن کي يا تھ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن جي مٿان رکيو ويندو آھي يا تھ انھن کي مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙي فريم ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. شھتيرن جي ھڪ وچ کان ٻئي وچ تائين 1 فوٽ کان 1 ½ فوٽ تائين مفاصلو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ آخر ۾ ڪاٺ جي تختن کي انھن مٿان رکي فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن سان اھڙي نموني ۾ جڪڙيو ويندو آھي جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو ڪاٺ جي گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو رھي. ليڪن، شھتير (Bridging joists) بائينڊرس مٿان ائين رکيا ويندا آھن، جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو مٿي بيھي. انھيءَ طريقي سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي ٿولھ گھٽائي سگھجي ٿي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;. 

==زميني يا ھيٺيان فرش== 
: (Ground Floors 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ ڪاٺ جي ڳرڻ جي انديشي واسطي پوسل کان روڪڻ لاءِ خاص اپاءُ ورتا ويندا آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جي ھيٺا سيمينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ ڏنا ويندا آھن. عام طرح سان ھيٺيون تھھ گھٽ ملاوث جھڙوڪ 1:6:12  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ۽ مٿيون تھھ 1:2:4  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ڏنو ويندو آھي. ھر ھڪ تھھ جي ٿولھھ  سراسري طور 3 انچ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ طرح سان پوري تھھ جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 6 انچ رکي ويندي آھي. فني (ٽيڪنيڪي) لحاظ کان انھيءَ کي ”سائيٽ“ يا ”اوور سائيٽ“ (Site or Oversite)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ تھھ جي مٿان 6 فوٽ ۽ 5 انچ جي ھر ھڪ مرڪزي مفاصلي کان ٻئي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي حساب سان 4 انچ ٿلھيون ڪاٺ جي تختن (Sleepers) يا پٿر جي بلاڪن يا پڪسري اوساريءَ رستي ننڍيون ديوارون ٺاھي، جن کي (Dwarf walls) چئبو آھي، انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جون وال پليٽون (Walls plates)  لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ديوارون ڪمرن جي ٻنھي طرفن يعني ويڪر ۽ ڊيگھھ جي رخ ۾ ۽ ھڪ جھڙي انداز جي وڇوٽيءَ تي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. شھتير جن کي (Bridging joists) سڏيو وڃي ٿو ۽ عام طرح سان 4 انچ x 44 انچ جي سائيز جا ٿين ٿا، انھن کي پليٽن جي مٿان چاڙھي ڪلن  ڪوڪن ۽ پيچن وارن اسڪرن ذريعي قابو ڪيو وڃي ٿو. آخر ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ انچ ۽ وڌ ۾ وڌ ڏيڍ انچ ٿولھھ وارا ڪاٺ جا تختا شھتيرن مٿان جوڙي ھن قسم جا فرش ٺاھيا ڃن ٿا
ڪاٺ جي تختن ھيٺان کليل حصي مان ھوا جي بالڪل پوري گذر واسطي ھيٺ ڏنل ديوارن ۾ ٽنگ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ چوڪيءَ جي ليول (Plinth level)  ھيٺان پڻ سوراخن وارن بلاڪن جون ديوارون ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. وال پليٽن لڳائڻ کان اڳ ۾ ھيٺ وارين ننڍين ديوارن ۽ پاسي وارين ڀِتين مٿان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھو پوسل روڪڻ وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ (D.P.C)  چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ عام طرح سان، شھتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. تمام اھم عمارتن لاءِ ڪنھن خاص سبب لاءِ ساڳ جو ڪاٺ (Teak wood)  پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڪڏھن وري ساڳ جي ڪاٺ جا تختا ۽ ديال جي ڪاٺ جا شھتير استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ شيشم جي صحيح تيار ٿيل ڪاٺ جا تختا پڻ لڳايا ويندا آھن&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==رٻڙ جا فرش== 
: (Rubber Flooring) 
ھن قسمن جي فرشبنديءَ واسطي گندڪ ملايل رٻڙ جا مرڪب، جيڪي رٻڙ ۾ اھڙي طريقي سان ملائي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھيءَ جي مضبوطي ۽ لچڪ وڌي وڃي، سي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جي شڪل بالڪل سڌي ۽ پلين چادر جھڙي، يا چادرن ۾ خانا ٺاھي پلين يا چٽسالي ڪيل چؤنڪن جي نموني ۾، ۽ يا تھ عليحده عليحده چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ٿيندي آھي. اھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا اھڙي ڪنھن ٻئي ٺوس ۽ سخت بنيادي تھھ (Base)  مٿان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. فرش چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنياد کي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي دز (Dust)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين شين جھڙوڪ پوسل، چڪنائيءَ وغيرھ کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ بنيادي تھھ ۾ جيڪي بھ ھيٺاھيون ۽ مٿاھيون ھونديون آھن، انھن کي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان صحيح ڪري ليول ڪيو ويندو آھي. استعمال ٿيندڙ رٻڙ 1/8  انچن کان ½  انچن جي معيادي ٿولھھ جو ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھميشھ گندڪ (Suphur)، ٽمڻ ۽ کھراڻ کان پاڪ قسم جو رٻڙ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ انھيءَ جو مٿاڇرو لسو ھجي ۽ پاڻيءَ ۽ ڪنھن سٺي معيار واري صابڻ يا ڪنھن اھڙيءَ ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ڌوئڻ يا پالش ڪرڻ سان انھيءَ جي رنگ تي ڪو اثر نھ پوي.  رٻڙ چاڙھڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي ھيٺئين پاسي کي کھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ھڪ ئي وقت 25 مربع فوٽن کان وڌيڪ ايراضيءَ تي نھ چاڙھبو آھي. رٻڙ چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنيادي فرس مٿان ڪنھن سٺي چنبڙائيندڙ (Adhesive)  مرڪب جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ کي ڏھن کان پندرنھن منٽن تائين کليل ڇڏي ڏبو آھي تھ جيئن انھيءَ کي ھوا لڳي. بعد ۾ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل قسم ۽ ڊزائن جي رٻڙ جو پوش چاڙھي انھيءَ مٿان سھڻي نموني زور ڏيئي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي تھ جيئن فرش جي بنيادي تھھ ۽ رٻڙ جي چادر جي وچ ۾ ھوا نھ رھي ۽ رٻڙ فرش سان بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح ۽ سڌائيءَ ۾ چنبڙي. انھيءَ لاءِ عام طرح سان ننڍو لوھ جو رولر استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان پوءِ رٻڙ جي فرش کي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٽن ڏينھن تائين آزاد ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن سٺي صابڻ سان ڌوئي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جا فرش اھم جاين، آفيسن، اسپتالن، سينيمائن ۽ ھوٽلن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. معياري تعليمي درسگاھن ۽ آڊيٽوريم اندر پڻ ھن قسم جا فرش پسند ڪيا ويندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھنن مٿان ھلن سان آواز نٿو ٿئي ۽ سانت رھي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم جا فرش== 
: (Linoleum Floors) 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ رٻڙ جي فرشن وانگر سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ وغيره جي بنياد مٿان لينوليم جو پلاسٽڪ جھڙو پوش چاڙھي ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ڪيميا جي خيال کان لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل (Linseed oil)، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگ وغيره جو مرڪب آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب تھھ جھڙوڪ ڪنوس (Convas)  مٿان پٿاري فرش جو پوش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. اھو پوش خوشنما نمونن ۾ ٺاھي، بنيادي فرش مٿان چاڙھي، ھن قسم جا دلڪش فرش ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. لينوليم جا رٻڙ جي فرش وانگر الڳ الڳ چؤنڪ پڻ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، انھن کي لينوليم جا چؤنڪا سڏيو ويندو آھي. ھي فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ سستا ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي وقفي وقفي سان وارنش ۽ ميڻ (Wax)  لڳائڻ سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال ڪري انھن کي پائيدار بڻائي سگھبو آھي. لينوليم عام طرح سان رولن وانگر ويڙھيل ٿانن جي صورت ۾ ملندي آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب ڳنڍيندڙ مرڪب (Adhesive) رستي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد انھيءَ تھھ مٿان وارنش لڳائي، کين چمڪايو ويندو آھي. موٽر ڪارن، لارين، جھازن ۽ ريل گاڏين وغيره جا فرش، پڻ لينوليم سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش رھائشي گھرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ريسٽورانن لاءِ بھ نھايت موزون رھن ٿا. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جا فرش== 
: (Cork Floors) 
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙين جاين يا جاين جي انھن حصن لاءِ ڪارآمد آھن، جن کي سانت وارو يعني بنا گوڙ وارو (Noiseless)  ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي، جھڙوڪ آڊيٽوريم، پبلڪ لئبرريون، ٿئيٽر ۽ چرچون (گرجائون) وغيره.ھي فرش ڪارڪن جي چادرن يا ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. ڪارڪ جي شيٽن يعني چادرن جي تياري ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن کان مختلف نموني جي ٿيندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ٽائيلن ۾ صرف ڪارڪن استعمال ٿيندو آھي ۽ چادرن ۾ ڪارڪ جا ڇلڪا ۽ ٻورو، السيءَ جو تيل، ڪاٺ جو ٻورو ۽ رنگ وغيره استعمال ٿيندا آھن. ٻنھي قسمن جي فرشن جو ڪجھھ بيان ھيٺ پيش ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش==
: (Cork tiles Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ ڪارڪ جا چؤنڪا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي چؤنڪا مختلف ماپن ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. داونن يعني بارڊرن (Borders)  لاءِ 1 کان 3 فوٽن تائين ويڪريون ۽ 6 فوٽ ڊگھيون ڪارڪ جون پٽيون پڻ ٺھنديون آھن. انھن ٽائيلن جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8  انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. اھڙين  ٽائيلن جو ترو سڌو يا جھريءَ وارو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ٽائيلون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي ھيٺئين تھھ (Sub base) مٿان لڳايون وينديون آھن. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ ڪاٺ جو آھي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم ھئڻ گھرجي يا تھ ٻي صورت ۾ انھيءَ مٿان پِلاءِ (Ply)  لڳائي وڃي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھرين ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل صاف ۽ ھڪ جھڙو ھئڻ گھرجي، جنھن مٿان نرم گديءَ جو پترو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي، جيئن ڪاٺ جي لڏڻ سان ٽائيلن جي تھھ کي ڪو نقصان نھ پھچي. انھن ٽائيلن کي خاص قسم جي ڏامر ذريعي نرم گديءَ سان چنبڙايو ويندو آھي ۽ آخري حصي يا ڪنڊن وارن چؤنڪن کي ڪوڪن ذريعي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھ (Base)  سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ مٿان 1:3  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ گاري جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ مٿاڇري کي بلڪل سنوت ۾ آڻي، سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو ويندو آھي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي تمام چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪري انھيءَ مٿان ڏامر (Bitumen)  جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي، انھيءَ مٿان ٽائيلون وڇايون وينديون آھن. 
ڪارڪ اوڪ (Oak)  يعني شاھ بلوط جي سدا بھار وڻن جي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھيءُ وڻ بحريھ روم جي قريبي ملڪن ۾ ٿيندا آھن، جنھن جي کل تمام گھڻي ٿلھي ٿيندي آھي. انھيءَ کل کي ھر اٺن يا ڏھن سالن کان پوءِ لاٿو ويندو آھي، جنھن کي اٻاري، ٿورڙو آلو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ پوءِ انھن کي ڇلي ۽ خوب طرح سان گسائي، گرم ويلڻن مان ايتري وقت تائين لنگھائبو رھبو آھي جيستائين انھيءَ کل مان شيري جھڙي گھاٽي شيءِ ٻاھر نڪري اچي. انھيءَ گھاٽي شيءِ نڪرڻ سان ڪارڪ جي اندر سنھا سوراخ نھ رھندا آھن ۽ اھو وڌيڪ سخت ۽ ٺوس ٿي ويندو  آھي. ھيءُ شيري جھڙو مادو ڪارڪ جي ذرن کي پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چنبڙائي رکندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان پوءِ انھيءَ ڪارڪ کي گھربل ماپ جي چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ڪاٽي وٺبو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرش==
: (Cork Sheet Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پي-وي-سيءَ جا فرش==
: ( Polyvinyl Chloride i.e. P.V.C Floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش گھريلو جاين، ريل گاڏيءَ جي دٻن، دفترن، آڊيٽوريم جي ھالن ۽ ٿئيٽرن وغيره لاءِ موزون رھندا آھن. ھي فرش پڻ رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش گھڻو ڪري زيبائش لاءِ ئي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھنن فرشي چادرن ۽ چؤنڪن جي ٿولھھ 1/16  انچن کان ¼ انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. 
ھيءُ پي-وي-سيءَ جو مرڪب جديد دور جي ايجاد آھي جيڪو ٿرموپلاسٽڪ بائينڊرس، فلرس ۽ رنگن مان ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو. ھن قسم جون چادرون 3 فوٽن، 3 ½ فوٽن ۽ 6 فوٽن جي ويڪرائيءَ ۾ ۽ چؤنڪا 1 فوٽ، 2 فوٽن ۽ 3 فوٽن جي سائيز ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن ۽ اھي ھڪ قسم جو لچڪدار ۽ اڻ ٽمندر مٿاڇرو مھيا ڪنديون آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==شيشي جا فرش==
: (Glass Floors)
~ھن قسم جا فرش گرائونڊ فلور ۾ اھڙن حصن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن جي ھيٺان تھھ خانا ھجن ۽ انھن تھھ خانن ۾ روشني پھچائڻ جي ضرورت ھجي. ھن قسم جا فرش مختلف نمونن ۾ ڪاٺ جا مضبوط فريم ٺاھي انھن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا چؤنڪا وجھي تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. عمارتي شيشو عمدي قسم جو ۽ مضبوط استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8 انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش ==
: (Asphalt Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن جا ٻھ نمونا ٿيندا آھن، ھڪ ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ٻيا ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش. ھنن ٻنھي نمونن جا فرش سستا، لچڪدار (Resilient)، اڻ جاذب (Non absorbent) ، پوسل روڪ (Moisture proof) ، تيزاب روڪ (Acid proof)، تيل (Oil)  ۽ گريس (Greese) سان مقابلو ڪندڙ ٿيندا آھن. انھن خاصيتن سبب ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن وارا فرش سرڪاري آفيسن ۽ اسڪولن وغيره جھڙين عمارتن ۽ ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ قسم جا فرش گودامن، ڀانڊن، ڪارخانن ۽ ٻين اھڙي نوعيت جي عمارتن ائسفالٽ جي چؤنڪن کي سخت بنياد مھيا ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مٿان ھڪ ٻئي سان ڳنڍي ھن قسم جو فرض ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. پر جيڪڏھن ڪاٺ جي فرش مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سڀني ڪاٺ جي پٽين ۽ تختن کي مضبوطيءَ سان ڪوڪن وغيرھ جي رستي جڪڙيو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن وڇائڻ کان پھرين ڪاٺ جي سطح مٿان ائسفالٽ، بٽومين يا رچيل ائسفالٽ جي اوني ڪپڙي (Asphalt saturated felt)  جو اٽڪل 3/8 انچن جو ٿلھو تھھ پٿاريو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش (Asphalt mastic floor)  ٺاھڻ واسطي انھيءَ کي گرم ڪري، ڪنھن ٺوٺ سطح، جھڙوڪ ڪاٺ يا سيمينٽ مٿان پٿاري ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت==
.(Maintenance and Repair of Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪوشش ڪري روزانو آلي پوچيءَ سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن اھو فرش تمام گھڻو گندو نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڏوتو وڃي. صابڻ جي تھھ کي فرش جي ڪنھن بھ ٽڪري تي بنا ڌيان جي ڇڏڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ فرش ترڪڻو ٿي پوندو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ فرش جو اھو ٽڪرو جھڪو (Dull)  ٿي پوندو. فرش جي ڌوئڻ واسطي سوڍا کار يا ٻين اھڙين تيز شين استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ جيڪڏھن فرش جو ڪو بھ حصو ٽٽي يا ڪنھن بھ نموني مرمت طلب ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سمورو پانيل يا خانو (Panel)  ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي، بنيادي ڪانڪريٽ کي سخت برش سان صاف ڪري، انھيءَ کي پاڻيءَ سان آلو رکي، ھڪ رات تائين ڇڏي ڏيڻ گھرجي. رات گذرڻ کان پوءِ بيٺل پاڻيءَ کي ڪڍي صاف ڪري، صاف سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ چاڙھو وڃي ۽ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل ٿولھھ ۽ گھربل تناسب، جھڙوڪ 1:2:4  يا اھڙو ڪو ٻيو موزون تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد ڪانڪريٽ کي دٻائي، پاسن واري فرش جي ٿولھھ برابر آندو وڃي، جيئن سموري فرش جي ليول ھڪ جھڙي ٿي وڃي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن پاسن وارن پانيلن جا ڇيڙا نھ ڀڄن. انھيءَ بعد نئين ٺاھيل پانيل کي ڏھن ڏينھن تائين تر رکيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>mv3e7tm87ua4acog2jw5ylrqvxehjk1</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401064</id>
      <parentid>401063</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:33:47Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401064</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="77825" sha1="gckjuagvdw3a4nx7mjv710cwxncj9qb" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mosaic orTerrazzo floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن لاءِ پڻ بنياد ساڳئي نموني ٺاھيو ويندو آھي جيئن پھرين ڄاڻايو ويو آھي، انھيءَ جي مٿان ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ٻن تھن جي صورت ۾ ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ھيٺئين تھھ ۾ 1 انچ کان ¾ انچ (2.5 کان 2 سينٽيميٽر) جي عمق ۾ گھربل تناسب (جھڙوڪ؛ 1:2:4  يا 1:2 ½ :3 ½ وغيره) ۾ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ وڌو ويندو آھي ۽ مٿيون تھھ ¼ انچ (6 mm) ٿلھو رکيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ ۾ بلوري پٿر (Marble chips)  جا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آھن. ھن ۾ بلوري پٿر جي ٽڪرن ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب عام طرح سان 1:2 يعني ھڪ حصو سيمينٽ ۽ ٻھ حصا بلوري پٿر جا ٽڪرا ھوندو آھي ۽ ٻيو تھھ پھرئين تھھ چاڙھڻ کان پوءِ ٻئي ڏينھن چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. مٿئين تھھ کي گھربل تھھ کان ٿورو وڌيڪ ٿلھو رکيو ويندو آھي جيئن انھيءَ جي ڪٽڻ ۽ گسائڻ کان پوءِ اھو پوريءَ ۽ گھربل ٿولھھ ۾ بيھي. ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ جابلو ريتي ٿلھي (Coarse) گھربل سائيز  جي ۽ صاف ھئڻ گھرجي. بلوري ٽڪر (Marble chips) مضبوط ۽ 1/16 انچن کان 1/8انچن (1.55 mm کان 3 mm) جي سائيز جا ھئڻ گھرجن. وڏي سائيز جي ڪمرن ۽ ھالن ۾ ¼ انچن جي سائيز تائين بلوري ٽڪر استعمال ڪري سگھجن ٿا. بي ڊبليو ڊيءَ جي اسپيسيفڪيشنس مطابق مٿيون بلوري ٽڪرن جو تھھ 3/8″ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن تھ ھيٺيون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريت جو تھھ 1 انچ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ اھي ٻئي تھ يڪجان (Monolithic) ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن موزائيڪ فلور جي فرش جي ٽاپنگ جي جملي ٿولھھ 1 3/8″ کان گھٽ نھ بيھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ٻين ھيٺين ڳالھين جو خاص خيال رکيو وڃي.
(i) سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ھيٺئين تھھ ٺاھڻ تائين عليحده خانن ٺاھڻ، سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي ملائڻ، انھيءَ کي پٿارڻ، انھيءَ جي گھاٽاڻ ۽ واٽر سيمينٽ رئشو (پاڻيءَ ۽ سيمينٽ جو تناسب) اڳ ۾ ڄاڻايل سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مطابق ھئڻ گھرجي.(ii) بلوري ٽڪرن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ کجيءَ جي ڦرھن جي ڇٻن ۾ وجھي چانورن وانگر پاڻيءَ سان ڌوئي بالڪل  صاف ڪري سڪائي پوءِ استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجي.
(iii) سڀ کان پھرين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي بنياد تي، جيڪو سنوت ۾ ۽ کھرو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي، گھربل ٿولھھ جي عمق وارين پتل (Brass)، ٽامي(Copper)، جست (Zinc)، شيشي (Glass)، يا ٻڙي نمبر (Zero Number) جي بلورن جي چوري جي ٺھيل پٽين سان ھڪ ڪرا، سھڻا ۽ گھربل ڊزائن جا خانا ٺاھيا وڃن.
(iv) گھربل تناسب جي حساب سان ماپ وارين پيتين ذريعي سيمينٽ ۽ بلور جي ٽڪرن کي پھرين سڪل حالت ۾ ڪنھن صاف پڪي فرشي ٽڪري تي پر ڪوشش ڪري تغاريءَ يا ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي ٿانو (Container)  ۾ وجھي ٿورو ٿورو پاڻي ملائي ايتري گھاٽاڻ (Workability)  تائين بيھارجي جيتري ۾ اھو استعمال ڪرڻ جي لائق بڻجي، پوءِ انھيءَ کي خانن اندر لاھي ترتيب سان لوھھ جي ڪرنيءَ ذريعي پٿاري ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي ڳتيو وڃي. جيڪڏھن ٿڦڪين ڏيڻ سان انھيءَ مان ڪريم نڪري تھ اھڙي ملاوٽ کي خارج ڪيو وڃي.
(v) ڪوشش ڪري بلوري ٽڪرن جو تھھ Mosaic topping) ايتري ٽائيم اندر ڏنو وڃي جيتري ۾ ھيٺيون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ لچڪدار (Plastic)  حالت ۾ ھجي. (عام طرح سان اھو ٻئي ڏينھن ڏنو ويندو آھي) پر جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل سڪي وڃي تھ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان خالص سيمينٽ ۽ پاڻي جو ھلڪو تھھ (Slurry)  ڏيئي پوءِ جلد ئي انھيءَ مٿان موزائيڪ جي داڻي جو تھھ چاڙھجي. انھيءَ تھھ مٿان ھلڪيون ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي انھيءَ کي ڪرني ۽ ليول واري پٽيءَ سان سڌو ڪري ۽ بالڪل صحيح ليول ۾ بيھارجي.
(vi)  ليول بيھارڻ ۽ ڪرنيءَ سان ٻھ ٽي گھمرا ٿڦڪيون ڏيئي ڳتڻ کان پوءِ اگر مٿاڇري تي ڪرنيءَ جا داغ ٿي بيھن تھ انھن کي ميساڻ جي ڪوشش ھرگز نھ ڪجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڳتي ھلي مٿان گسائڻ (Grinding)  کان پوءِ اھي داغ خود بھ خود ميٽجي ويندا.
(vii) انھيءَ کان پوءِ يڪدم ئي موزائيڪ جي تازي پيل فرش مٿان ڪرنيءَ جي مدد سان خالص سيمينٽ جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ انھيءَ مٿان ترائيءَ واسطي آليون ڳوڻيون رکجن.
(viii) ٽن ڏينھن بعد انھيءَ فرش جي مٿان تمام کھرن ڪاربورئنڊم بلاڪن رستي خوب طرح سان ھن فرش جي گسائي  ڪئي وڃي. اھا گسائي، مشين استعمال ڪرڻ سان تڪڙي ۽ عمدي رھي ٿي. ڪن خاص حالتن ۾ مشين نھ ھئڻ سبب انھيءَ کي ھٿ رستي انھن بلاڪن سان (جن کي عام طرح سان بٺي ڪوٺيو وڃي ٿو) زور سان رڳڙي لسو بنائي سگھجي ٿو. رڳڙائي يعني گسائي فرش مٿان سنھي ريتي ۽ پاڻي ھاري خوب طرح سان ڪرڻ گھرجي جيستائين داڻو ظاھر ٿي بيھي.
(ix) پھرين گسائي کان پوءِ فرش جي تھھ مٿان ڪجھھ سوراخ ٿي پون تھ انھن جي خالص سيمينٽ سان مرمت ڪرڻ گھرجي ۽ فرش کي سڪڻ نھ ڏجي.
(x) ٻي رڳڙائي وري پنجن ڏينھن کان پوءِ وچولي کھرن ڀترن يعني بٺين سان ڪئي وڃي ۽ گشائيءَ دوران جيڪڏھن سوراخ وغيره نظر اچن تھ انھن جي خالص سيمينٽ سان مرمت ڪجي. انھيءَ سموري ڪم دوران فرش کي تر رھڻ ڏنو وڃي
(xi) آخر ۾ سنھن بٺين (Fine Sand-blocks)  رستي رڳڙي ۽ تمام گھڻي پاڻي ھارڻ بعد انھيءَ کي بالڪل صاف ۽ چِٽو ڪيو وڃي ۽ اھڙا فرش جن ۾ آخري گسائيءَ کان پوءِ بھ موزائيڪ جو داڻو نظر نھ اچي تھ انھن کي خارج ڪري ٻيھر ٺھرائڻ گھرجي.
(xii) آخري گسائيءَ کان پوءِ ھنن فرشن کي ھلڪي صابڻ (Mild Soap) سان ڌوئي تمام گھڻي پاڻيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ سڪڻ لاءِ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي ۽ جڏھن اھي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان سڪي وڃن تھ انھن مٿان آغزئيلڪ ائسڊ جو پائوڊر (Oxalic Acid Powder)  ھاري لڪڙن مٿان سڻيءَ جون ٻوريون لپيٽي تمام گھڻي زور سان گٺو وڃي ۽ انھن کي سڪڻ لاءِ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ وري ٻيھر پھرئين جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ (Oxalic Acid Powder)  پائوڊر ھاري ڪپڙي جي گدين (Cloth pads) سان انھيءَ کي گسايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي سڪائي پوءِ چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪجي.
(xiii) انھيءَ بعد فرش کي ڪنھن صاف تيل ۽ ڪاٺ جي ٻوري سان ڍڪي ڇڏجي ۽ رنگ روغن ۽ ٻين جاءِ جي سمورن ڪمن پوري ٿيڻ بعد انھن کي تمام سٺي پالش ڪري، ۽ صاف سٽ (Cotton Waste)  سان زور سان گسائي چمڪندڙ بنايو وڃي.
(xiv) رنگين فرشن ٺاھڻ واسطي سڪو ملائڻ وقت سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ گھربل رنگ سڪل حالت ۾ ملائي، پوءِ مٿي ڄاڻايل ھدايتن مطابق اڳتي وڌجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ٽيرازو ڊئڊو ۽ اسڪرٽنگ==

: (Terrazzo Dado and Skirting)بلوري پٿر جي داڻي  (Marble Chips) ۾ سيمينٽ ملائي ڀتين مٿان عمق جي صورت ۾ چاڙھي،  انھيءَ جي موزائيڪ فلورنگ وانگر گسائي وغيرھ ڪري، داڻي کي ظاھر ڪري، خوبصورت سطح ۾ آڻڻ کي ٽيرازو ڊئڊو يا اسڪرٽنگ سڏيو وڃي ٿو.

ان قسم جي سطح ٺاھڻ لاءِ انھن سڀني ڳالھين جو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي جيڪي موزائيڪ فلورنگ ۾ ڄاڻايون ويون آھن. اجڪلھھ جي رواج مطابق غسلخانن ۽ بورچيخانن کي ڇڏي ٻين سڀني ڪمرن وغيره ۾ موزائيڪ فلورنگ سان گڏ ان جھڙو ئي ڊئڊو 3 انچن کان 4 انچن تائين چئني ڀتين تي چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ طرح سان ڪمرا وغيرھ سھڻا بھ لڳندا آھن ۽ فرش ڌوئڻ وقت انھن ڪمرن جون ڀتيون پڻ خراب نھ ٿينديون آھن. جڏھن تھ بورچيخانن ۽ غسلخانن ۾ انھيءَ جي اوچائي اٽڪل 6 فوٽن تائين رکي ويندي آھي. پلستر ڪيل ڀتين جا اھي حصا جن تي ھيءُ ڊئڊو چاڙھيو ويندو آھي اھي کھرا ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ ڄاڻايل عمق مطابق انھن جي مٿان گھربل ڊئڊو ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ جي سيٽ ٿيڻ کان اڳ موزائيڪ جي داڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. داڻو (Chips) اڪثر ڪري 1 ½ نمبر جو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ٿورو ماربل پائوڊر ملائڻ سان انھيءَ کي گسائڻ ۾ آساني رھندي آھي انھيءَ ڪري فرش توڙي اسڪرٽنگ جي ڪم ۾ سيمينٽ ھڪ حصو، ماربل پائوڊر ½ حصو ۽ داڻو 2 حصا ملائي مناسب قسم جي آميزش حاصل ڪري سگھجي ٿي. اسڪرٽنگ ۽ ڊئڊو سڌا، ليول ۽ ساھل ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن ۽ فرش سان چڱيءَ طرح مليل (Flush)  ھئڻ گھرجن.
اھا ڳالھھ ذھن ۾ رکڻ گھرجي تھ فرش جو ڊئڊو ۽ ڀتين جي اسڪرٽنگ ۾ ڪٽائيءَ کان پوءِ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 70 سيڪڙو داڻا ھڪ ڪرا ڦھليل ۽ ظاھر ھئن گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ٽيرازو ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ڊئڊو==

: (Terrazzo Tile Floors and Dado)  اعشاري نظام جي رائج ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ھيءُ چؤنڪا 300 mm x 300 mm x 25 mm، (Tiles)  (يعني ڊيگھھ ۽ ويڪر ھر ھڪ 300 mm ۽ ٿولھھ 25 mm) ۾ ٺھڻ لڳا آھن. ھن قسم جي ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي بنياد تيار ڪرڻ کان پوءِ صاف سٿرو سيمينٽ لڳائي انھيءَ مٿان وڇايو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن جي جوڙن ۾ گھربل رنگ جي سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جي پٽڙيءَ پيسٽ جھڙو مسالو (Slurry)  ڀريو ويندو آھي.ھنن چؤنڪن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پھرين گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 36 ڪلاڪن تائين پاڻيءَ اندر ٻوڙي رکڻ گھرجي.ھن قسم جي ٽائيلن جو مٿيون داڻي وارو تھھ ½ جي ٿولھھ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ گھربل رنگ جو مقدار انھيءَ ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ سيمينٽ، جيڪو گھڻو ڪري سيمينٽ ۽ داڻي جي حساب ۾ 1:2 جي تناسب سان استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ جي ڏھھ سيڪڙو کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھگرجي. اھي چؤنڪا (Tiles) گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھر پائونڊ تي 2000 مربع انچ (2000 psi) واري سگھھ جو دٻاءُ سھڻ وارا ۽ ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪيل ھئڻ گھرجن ھي چؤنڪا 1 ½ انچ ٿولھھ جي 1:2:4 واري تناسب سان ٺھيل سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ مٿان 1:3 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو سراسري طور اڌ انچ ٿولھھ جو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ جي مٿان لڳايا وڃ. چؤنڪا لڳائي بس ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھن جي جوڙن ۾ (جي 1 1/16 انچن جي ٿولھھ کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن) گھربل رنگ جي سيمينٽ جو مسالو ڀريو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ لڳايل مٿاڇري کي ڇيڙڻ کان سواءِ اٽڪل ٻن ھفتن تائين پاڻيءَ سان تر رکيو وڃي. مٿاڇري جي سڪي وڃڻ کان پوءِ مٿي ڄاڻايل موزائيڪ فلورنگ وانگر انھيءَ کي چڱيءَ طرح چمڪائي پوءِ استعمال ڪيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پٿر جا فرش==

(Stone or Flagged Floor) ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش جو بنيادي تھھ اڳ ۾ ڄاڻايل خاصيتن وارو ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ فرش اندر استعمال ٿيندڙ پٿر ھڪ ئي سائيز جا ڀلي نھ ھئڻ گھرجن، ليڪن انھن جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ ڏيڍ انچ، ويڪر 14 انچ ۽ ڊيگھھ اڍائي فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي .انھن پٿرن جو مٿاڇرو تمام سھڻي انداز ۾ گھڙيل، گول ٽڪرن ۽ ورن وڪڙن کان پاڪ ھئڻ گھرجي. انھن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ ڪلاڪ تائين پاڻيءَ جي حوض اندر ڀڄائي رکڻ گھرجي .انھن جي ھيٺان وڇايل بنياد (Base) بالڪل ھڪ ئي ليول ۾ ھئڻ گھرجي. انھن کي ھڪ ئي انداز جي ويڪر ۽ اھم لنگھھ (Main entrance) جي ديوار جي پور وڇوٽ ھئڻ گھرجن. انھن جي ھڪ قطار جا جوڙ ٻيءَ گڏو گڏ قطار جي مفاصلي کان گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 8 انچن کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن، جيئن ھڪ قطار جا جوڙ ٻيءَ قطار کان ٽٽل رھن. انھن جو بنياد سرن جي فرفش جي بنياد وانگر ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن جا جوڙ عام طرح سان 1/8 انچن جي ٿولھھ جا ۽ 1:2 جي تناسب جي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي گاري جا ھئڻ گھرجن. پٿر ھميشھ پختي تھھ، جيڪو مترڪي (Mallet)  جي ڌڪن ھئڻ سان جانچي سگھجي ٿو، مٿان لڳائڻ گھرجن ۽ ھيٺئين بنياد جي نرم حصن (Soft patches) کي ٻاھر ڪڍي ٻيھر مضبوط ٺاھڻ گھرجي. پٿر جي چؤنڪن (Slabs) جي ڪنارن کان گاري (Mortar) کي پکڙجڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي ۽ ٽيپ نھ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙن ۾ آيل مال کي ڪرنيءَ (Trowel) رستي فلش (Flush)  ڪيو وڃي.  جيڪڏھن ٽيپ (Pointing) ڪرڻ مقصود ھجي تھ جوڙن کي ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي ھڪ جھڙي ٿولھھ وارين پٽين رستي ¼ انچن کان گھٽ ويڪرو نھ رکيو وڃي. جڏھن ھر ھڪ پٿر جي چؤنڪن جي قطار لڳي وڃي تھ ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي پٽين کي ڪڍي، جلد ئي جوڙن کي 1:1 جي تناسب واري سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان ڀريو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي پٿرن جي مٿاڇري کان 1/16 انچ ھيٺ ڪرنيءَ سان ٽڪي ٽيپ ڪئي وڃي . ڪم ھلندي ھنن فرشن جي ترائي جاري رکي وڃي ۽ ڪم پوري ٿيڻ کان پوءِ بھ 14 ڏينھن تائين ترائي ضرور ڪجي ۽ تيار ٿيل ففرش مٿان ڪنھن بھ قسم جا نشان ۽ گاري جا داغ ٿيڻ نھ ڏجن ۽ اھڙي قسم جا داغدار فرش ڪڏھن بھ قبول نھ ڪيا وڃن. فرش جي ڪنھن بھ حصي مٿان ٽن ڏينھن تائين ڪنھن کي بھ ھلڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي ۽ انھن مٿان 7 ڏينھن تائين ڪنھن بھ وزنيءَ شيءِ کي آڻڻ نھ گھرجي. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش==
: (Glazzed Tile Flooring) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي ھيٺيون تھھ (Base) سرن جي فرش وانگر ٺاھڻ گھرجي. چمڪدار چينيءَ جا چؤنڪا گھربل سائيز ۽ رنگ مطابق ھئڻ گھرجن. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھريائين ھيٺئين تھھ مٿان گھڻي سيمينٽ واري گارري کي پٿارڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد چؤنڪن کي ڪاٺ جي ھٿوڙي ۽ گز جي مدد سان گھربل انداز ۽ گھربل سلاميءَ مطابق لڳائڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 36 ڪلاڪن تائين پاڻيءَ جي حوض اندر ٽٻائي رکڻ گھرجي.  ٽائيلن کي گاري مٿان رکي، ھٿوڙي جي مدد سان زور سان ائين لڳائن گھرجي، جيئن ھيٺيون مسالو جوڙن مان ٻاھر نڪري اچي. فالتو مال کي يڪدم آلي حالت ۾ ڪنھن ڀِڳل ڪپڙي سان اگھي صاف ڪرڻ کپي. بھتر تھ ائين آھي تھ ڪاٺ جي ويلڻ رستي ٽائيلن کي دٻايو وڃي، جيئن ٽائيلن جي مجموعي سطح ھموار رھي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان 24 ڪلاڪ گذرڻ بعد جوڙن ۾ ٽاٽ يا ڪنھن برش جي مدد سان سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي رٻڙي (Slurry) ڀرڻ گھرجي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پوءِ ٽن ڏينھن تائين انھن مٿان ڪنھن بھ وزني شيءِ کي ھلڻ يا رکڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد انھن مٿان پالش ڪري، انھن کي صابڻ سان صاف ڪرڻ گھرجي. ھن ۽ ٻين سڀني قسمن جي ٽائيلن جي فرش لاءِ ٽائيلن کي گھربل سائيز ۽ نموني ۾ ٽڪڻ جي حالت ۾ صرف ڪارائي استعمال ڪئي وڃي جيئن انھن جا ڪنارا تکا ۽ صاف رھن ۽ انھن جا جوڙ دلڪش رھن. جاءِ جي مڪمل ٿيڻ تائين ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪاٺ جي فالتو ٻوري يا ڪنھن ٻي شيءِ سان ڍڪي رکڻ گھرجي جيئن اھو جاءِ جي رنگ روغن ۽ ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي شيءِ جي داغن وغيره کان صاف رھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر يا سنگ موسيٰ جا فرش==
(Marble or Black Marble Floors)
  
ھن قسم جا فرش پٿر جھڙي سخت شيءِ جي سنگمرمر جي ھڪ جھڙن چؤنڪن يا تختن (Slabs)  استعمال ڪرڻ سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جي فرشن وڇائڻ کان اڳ انھن جو ھيٺيون تھھ (Base) اڳ ۾ بيان ڪيل فرشن جي تھھ وانگر ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ھنن کي ھيٺئين تھھ سان جوڙڻ واسطي 1:2 جي تناسب وارو چوني جو گچ يا سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جو گچ ¾ انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ مٿان پٿاريو ويندو آھي. ھنن جي جوڙن ۾ چوني جي لاپي (Lime putty) استعمال ڪئي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي جوڙن اندر زور سان ڀريو ويندو آھي. انھن جوڙن کي بالڪل صاف ۽ خوبصورتيءَ سان ٺاھيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھن جوڙن جي ويڪر 1/16 انچن کان وڌيڪ نھ رکڻ ڏني ويندي آھي. پٿر جي سرن جي ٿولھھ ڪنھن بھ صورت ۾ ¾ انچ کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي. انھي پٽيءَ جي نموني ۾ فرشبندي ڪرڻ واسطي ڪو بھ سنگمرمر جو ٽڪر 18 انچن کان گھٽ ڊگھو نھ رکڻ ڏنو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھيٺ ڄاڻايل ھدايتن جو پڻ خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي. 
(i) سنگمرمر جون سرون گھربل رنگ، قسم ۽ سائيز جون ھئڻ گھرجن. ڪن اٽليءَ جي سفيد ۽ آسماني ماربل جھڙين سرن استعمال ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ۽ گھربل انداز جي ڊزائن ۾ نھ ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ جيڪڏھن پالش ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھن جو رنگ ساڳيو نھ بيھي تھ انھيءَ فرشبنديءَ کي خارج ڪرڻ گھرجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جي ماربل جي ٽڪرن جو رنگ پالش ڪرڻ بعد ئي اصلي صورت اختيار ڪندو آھي. 
(ii) ھي سنگمرمر جا ٽڪرا بالڪل صحيح طرح ڪارائيءَ رستي وڍيل، سڀني پاسن کان بالڪل چؤڪور، ھڪ ئي ٿولھھ ۾ ۽ ھڪ ئي سنوت ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن ۽ ڏاڪڻ، دروازن ۽ ورانڊن کان ٻاھر نڪتل ڪنارن جي صورت ۾ ھنن جا ڪنارا بُل نوز (Bul-nose) جي صورت ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن 
(iii) اڀن جوڙن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ چوني جي پٽيءَ ۾ چوني جي مقدار جيترو کؤنر استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجي 
(iv) ڪم ھلڻ دوران ۽ انھن ماربل جي ٽڪرن جي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ کين 10 ڏينھن تائين پاڻيءَ سان تر رکڻ گھرجي (v)جڏھن فرش پوريءَ طرح ڄمي يعني سيٽ (Set)  ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪاربورئنڊم پٿر (Carborandum Stone)، يا ڪنھن ٻئي سخت پٿر ۽ کھريءَ ريتيءَ ذريعي تمام گھڻو پاڻي جالاري گٺو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ لاءِ جيڪڏھن مشين استعمال ڪجي تھ نھايت ئي بھتر آھي. جوڙن جي پالش لاءِ نھايت ئي نرم (Soft) پٿر استعمال ڪجي. جڏھن کھرائپ ختم ٿي وڃي تھ واري ڌوئي مٿاڇري کي تمام سنھي ڪاربورئنڊم جي پٿر، سر يا ايمري پائوڊر سان گسائي لسو ڪيو وڃي 
(vi) لسي ڪرڻ کان پوءِ فرش تي پٽي پائوڊر ھاري انھيءَ کي اوني ڪپڙي جي گدين (Felt pads) يا ناريل جي ڇلڪن جي کوپن رستي گھي، تمام جھجھي پاڻي سان پالش ڪيو وڃي ۽ جاءِ جي ڪم ھلڻ دوران ھن فرش کي داغن ۽ ٻئي نقصان کان بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي==
: (Dry Brick Pavi) 
ھن قسم جي فرشبندي ۾ پھرئين درجي جون ۽ ڪوشش ڪري ھر عليحدھ ۽ لڳاتار ٽڪري ۾ ھڪ جھڙي رنگ جون سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. زمين جي مٿاڇري کي چڱيءَ طرح پاڻي ھاري ڌمڪ يا نھرو ڪندڙ مشين (Compactors) ذريعي وھاري نھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيدءَ کي صحيح طرح سان گھربل سلاميءَ ۽ ڪئمبر (Camber)  ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ جي مٿان اڌ انچ ٿلھو مٽيءَ جي گاري جو ليپو ڏيئي يا چئن انچن جو ڪاري واريءَ (River or pit sand) جو تھھ ڏيئي انھيءَ مٿان گھربل نموني ۾ سڪل سرون ڄمائي انھن جي فرشبندي ڪئي ويندي آھي. . ھن فرشبندي ۾ ڪوشش ڪري بالڪل باريڪ جوڙ رکيا وڃن ۽ ڪو بھ جوڙ ¼ انچ کان وڌيڪ ويڪرو نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ سرن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان زور سان جڪڙي قابو رکيو وڃي ٿو. فرشبندي ختم ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان ڪاري واري ھاري جوڙن کي انھيءَ واريءَ سان ڀريو ويندو آھي ۽ فرش مٿان بچيل فالتو واريءَ کي ٻھاري صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي، ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ سرن کي اڀي صورت ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جو فرش سڌين سرن جي فرشن کان مضبوط ٿيندو آھي.
ڪن خاص حالتن ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جو تمام پٽڙو گارو ھاري سرن جي جوڙن کي صرف مٿان جوڙڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي اھو گارو سرن جي جي درزن ۾ مٿئين حصي منجھان داخل ٿيندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشبندي گودامن، رستن، اڱڻن، رستن ۽ چبوترن لاءِ ڪئي ويندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪاٺ جا فرش==  
: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن فرش تمام گھڻا مھانگا ھوندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اھي تمام عمدي ڪاٺ جا ٺاھڻا ھوندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جو استعمال گھڻو ڪري جابلو علائقن (Hilly areas) جھڙوڪ مري وغيره جي اھڙن ھنڌن تي ڪيو ويندو آھي، جتي ڪاٺ تمام گھڻو ۽ سستو پوي ٿو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ڪن خاص حالتن (جتي سانت جي ضرورت ھوندي آھي) ۾ ھنن فرشن جي ضرورت پوندي آھي، جھڙوڪ ناچ خانھ (Dancing Halls) ۽ سماعت خانھ (Auditoriums) وغيره. ھن قسم جا فرش بالڪل پختا ۽ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن اھي وڌيڪ کان وڌيڪ بار کڻي سگھن. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي خوبصورتيءَ جي لحاظ کان نھايت ئي لسو ھئڻ گھرجي. جيئن تھ ڪاٺ ۾ مڙڻ جي نمايان خاصيت ٿيندي آھي، انھيءَ ڪري اھڙن فرشن ۾ ھر ھڪ فوٽ جي فاصلي (Span) تي 1/40 کان 1/30 انچن جي حساب سان اوچائي (Camber) ڏيڻ گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==مفرد يا ھيڪوٽا فرش==
: (Single Floors) 
ھن قسم جي حالت ۾ ھڪ ئي طريقي  سان ڪامون يا شھتير (Bridging joists)  کوڙي انھيءَ مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. اھي ڪامون ھر پاسي کان ديوار جي ڪڙين (Wall plates) مٿان رکيون وينديون آھن. اھي ڪامون اھڙيون تھ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جو انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جي تختن کي ڪوڪن رستي ٺوڪڻ ۾ ڪا بھ تڪليف محسوس نھ ٿئي. انھن ڪامن جي اصلي ۽ بنيادي گھرج اھا آھي تھ اھي بالڪل سخت ۽ مضبوط ھئڻ گھرجن تھ جيئن اھي گھڻي کان گھڻو بار جھلي سگھن. انھيءَ مقصد واسطي اھي حساب ڪيل قوت کان وڌيڪ سخت قوت واري ڪاٺ مان ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. انھن شھتيرن جي ويڪر گھڻو ڪري 2 انچن کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ اھي ھڪ شھتير جي مرڪز کان ٻئي شھتير جي مرڪز تائين ھڪ فوٽ جي مفاصلي جي حساب سان رکيا ويندا آھن. وڌيڪ مفاصلي رکڻ سان انھن جي مڙڻ جو انديشو رھندو آھي ۽ اھو مڙڻ (Deflection)  ھر ٻن شھتيرن جي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي 1/333 حصي کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ھنن ڪامن کي تازي گاري (Green mortar)  يا اوساريءَ سان لڳڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي، نھ تھ انھن جو ڪاٺ ڳرڻ لڳندو، جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ھر حالت ۾ سڪل رکڻو آھي انھيءَ ڪري شھتيرن ۽ ڀتين جي ڇيڙن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي پوري گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي.ڊزائن ڪرڻ بعد شھتيرن کي صحيح ماپ ۽ جاءِ تي کوڙي، انھيءَ مٿان 1 انچ کان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھا ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳائي ڪاٺ جا فرش تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==ٻٽا فرش== 
: (Double Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڄي ڪمري جي فاصلي مطابق شھتير (Bridging joists)  نھ کوڙيا ويندا اھن ۽ انھيءَ جي برعڪس اھي ٻين شھتيرن جن کي ٻڌندڙ شھتير يا صرف ٻڌندڙ (Binding joists or Binders) ۽ ٽيڪنيڪي ٻوليءَ ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ سڏيو ويندو آھي،  انھن مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن. ھي بائينڊرس، مٿان رکيل شھتيرن ھيٺان  90 ڊگريءَ جي سڌي ڪنڊ تي کوڙيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کي ديوارن مٿان 6 کان 8 فوٽن جي فاصلي تي رکيو ويندو آھي. ڪوشش ڪري ھي فرش درن کان ڪجھھ ھٽائي رکيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جا فرش ھڪ تھھ وارن فرشن کان وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي آواز کي ٻاھر وڃڻ کان بھتر نموني ۾ روڪي سگھندا آھن. ليڪن ھيٺ وارين ديوارن تي ڪن نڪتن وٽ ھنن جو بار اچي ڪٺو ٿيندو آھي. ھنن فرشن جي عمق، اوچائي وڌڻ سان گڏو گڏ وڌي ٿي، انھيءَ سبب جاءِ جي اوچائي پڻ وڌائڻي پوي ٿي ۽ نتيجي ۾ ھي فرش نھايت ئي مھانگا پون ٿا. انھيءَ ڪري ھي فرش گھڻو ڪري ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا  ھن قسم جا فرش 12 فوٽن کان مٿي واري مفاصلي لاءِ ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا ۽ انھن ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ جا ڇيڙا ڀتين ۾ نھ کوڙيا ويندا آھن پر اھي کليل ڇڏيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھن کي ھوا لڳي سگھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.

==ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽِيڻن شھتِيرن وارا فرش==
: (Triple joist or framed wooden floors)

جيڪڏھن ڪنھن ڪمري يا وڏي ھال جو ننڍي ۾ ننڍو فاصلو (Short span)  اٽڪل 25 فوٽ يا انھيءَ کان وڌي وڃي تھ ھن طريقي جا ڪاٺ جا فرش ٺاھيا وڃن. ھر فرش گرڊرن، بائينڊرس، شھتيرن (Bridging joists) ۽ ڪاٺ جي تختن رستي ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڀ کان پھرين، ڪمري جي ننڍي فاصلي جي رخ ۾ 13 کان 20 فوٽن جي وٿيءَ تي گرڊر رکيا ويندا آھن. اھي وٿيون بائينڊرس رستي، جيڪي گرڊرن جي گوني ڪنڊ (Right angles) جي طرف رکيون وينديون آھن، ڀريون وينديون آھن. فرش جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ رکڻ لاءِ بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن اندر ٽسڪ ۽ ٽينن جوائنٽس (Tusk and Tennon joints) رستي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. گرڊرن جي ڇيڙن ۽ ديوارن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي جيئن ڪاٺ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رھي. جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ھڪ وڌيڪ ڪاٺ جي گرڊر جو اضافو ڪجي ٿو ۽ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن (Binding joists) کي انھيءَ سان جوڙي ڪاٺ جو پڃرو ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ سبب ڪري گرڊرن جي ڪمزور ٿيڻ جو انديشو رھي ٿو. انھيءَ انديشي کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٻڌندر  شھتيرن جي ڇيڙن کي لوھھ جي پٽين (Iron Stirrups)  ذريعي عليحدھ رکيو وڃي ٿو. مکيھ گرڊرن ۽ ٻڌندر شھتيرن کي ايتري حد تائين اونھو رکيو ويندو آھي جيتري ۾ ڇت ۾ ڏار پوڻ نھ ڏنا وڃن. شھتير (Bridging joists)  ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کان ترڇا (Across) رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن کي يا تھ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن جي مٿان رکيو ويندو آھي يا تھ انھن کي مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙي فريم ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. شھتيرن جي ھڪ وچ کان ٻئي وچ تائين 1 فوٽ کان 1 ½ فوٽ تائين مفاصلو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ آخر ۾ ڪاٺ جي تختن کي انھن مٿان رکي فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن سان اھڙي نموني ۾ جڪڙيو ويندو آھي جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو ڪاٺ جي گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو رھي. ليڪن، شھتير (Bridging joists) بائينڊرس مٿان ائين رکيا ويندا آھن، جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو مٿي بيھي. انھيءَ طريقي سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي ٿولھ گھٽائي سگھجي ٿي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;. 

==زميني يا ھيٺيان فرش== 
: (Ground Floors 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ ڪاٺ جي ڳرڻ جي انديشي واسطي پوسل کان روڪڻ لاءِ خاص اپاءُ ورتا ويندا آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جي ھيٺا سيمينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ ڏنا ويندا آھن. عام طرح سان ھيٺيون تھھ گھٽ ملاوث جھڙوڪ 1:6:12  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ۽ مٿيون تھھ 1:2:4  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ڏنو ويندو آھي. ھر ھڪ تھھ جي ٿولھھ  سراسري طور 3 انچ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ طرح سان پوري تھھ جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 6 انچ رکي ويندي آھي. فني (ٽيڪنيڪي) لحاظ کان انھيءَ کي ”سائيٽ“ يا ”اوور سائيٽ“ (Site or Oversite)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ تھھ جي مٿان 6 فوٽ ۽ 5 انچ جي ھر ھڪ مرڪزي مفاصلي کان ٻئي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي حساب سان 4 انچ ٿلھيون ڪاٺ جي تختن (Sleepers) يا پٿر جي بلاڪن يا پڪسري اوساريءَ رستي ننڍيون ديوارون ٺاھي، جن کي (Dwarf walls) چئبو آھي، انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جون وال پليٽون (Walls plates)  لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ديوارون ڪمرن جي ٻنھي طرفن يعني ويڪر ۽ ڊيگھھ جي رخ ۾ ۽ ھڪ جھڙي انداز جي وڇوٽيءَ تي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. شھتير جن کي (Bridging joists) سڏيو وڃي ٿو ۽ عام طرح سان 4 انچ x 44 انچ جي سائيز جا ٿين ٿا، انھن کي پليٽن جي مٿان چاڙھي ڪلن  ڪوڪن ۽ پيچن وارن اسڪرن ذريعي قابو ڪيو وڃي ٿو. آخر ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ انچ ۽ وڌ ۾ وڌ ڏيڍ انچ ٿولھھ وارا ڪاٺ جا تختا شھتيرن مٿان جوڙي ھن قسم جا فرش ٺاھيا ڃن ٿا
ڪاٺ جي تختن ھيٺان کليل حصي مان ھوا جي بالڪل پوري گذر واسطي ھيٺ ڏنل ديوارن ۾ ٽنگ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ چوڪيءَ جي ليول (Plinth level)  ھيٺان پڻ سوراخن وارن بلاڪن جون ديوارون ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. وال پليٽن لڳائڻ کان اڳ ۾ ھيٺ وارين ننڍين ديوارن ۽ پاسي وارين ڀِتين مٿان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھو پوسل روڪڻ وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ (D.P.C)  چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ عام طرح سان، شھتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. تمام اھم عمارتن لاءِ ڪنھن خاص سبب لاءِ ساڳ جو ڪاٺ (Teak wood)  پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڪڏھن وري ساڳ جي ڪاٺ جا تختا ۽ ديال جي ڪاٺ جا شھتير استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ شيشم جي صحيح تيار ٿيل ڪاٺ جا تختا پڻ لڳايا ويندا آھن&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==رٻڙ جا فرش== 
: (Rubber Flooring) 
ھن قسمن جي فرشبنديءَ واسطي گندڪ ملايل رٻڙ جا مرڪب، جيڪي رٻڙ ۾ اھڙي طريقي سان ملائي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھيءَ جي مضبوطي ۽ لچڪ وڌي وڃي، سي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جي شڪل بالڪل سڌي ۽ پلين چادر جھڙي، يا چادرن ۾ خانا ٺاھي پلين يا چٽسالي ڪيل چؤنڪن جي نموني ۾، ۽ يا تھ عليحده عليحده چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ٿيندي آھي. اھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا اھڙي ڪنھن ٻئي ٺوس ۽ سخت بنيادي تھھ (Base)  مٿان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. فرش چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنياد کي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي دز (Dust)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين شين جھڙوڪ پوسل، چڪنائيءَ وغيرھ کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ بنيادي تھھ ۾ جيڪي بھ ھيٺاھيون ۽ مٿاھيون ھونديون آھن، انھن کي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان صحيح ڪري ليول ڪيو ويندو آھي. استعمال ٿيندڙ رٻڙ 1/8  انچن کان ½  انچن جي معيادي ٿولھھ جو ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھميشھ گندڪ (Suphur)، ٽمڻ ۽ کھراڻ کان پاڪ قسم جو رٻڙ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ انھيءَ جو مٿاڇرو لسو ھجي ۽ پاڻيءَ ۽ ڪنھن سٺي معيار واري صابڻ يا ڪنھن اھڙيءَ ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ڌوئڻ يا پالش ڪرڻ سان انھيءَ جي رنگ تي ڪو اثر نھ پوي.  رٻڙ چاڙھڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي ھيٺئين پاسي کي کھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ھڪ ئي وقت 25 مربع فوٽن کان وڌيڪ ايراضيءَ تي نھ چاڙھبو آھي. رٻڙ چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنيادي فرس مٿان ڪنھن سٺي چنبڙائيندڙ (Adhesive)  مرڪب جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ کي ڏھن کان پندرنھن منٽن تائين کليل ڇڏي ڏبو آھي تھ جيئن انھيءَ کي ھوا لڳي. بعد ۾ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل قسم ۽ ڊزائن جي رٻڙ جو پوش چاڙھي انھيءَ مٿان سھڻي نموني زور ڏيئي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي تھ جيئن فرش جي بنيادي تھھ ۽ رٻڙ جي چادر جي وچ ۾ ھوا نھ رھي ۽ رٻڙ فرش سان بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح ۽ سڌائيءَ ۾ چنبڙي. انھيءَ لاءِ عام طرح سان ننڍو لوھ جو رولر استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان پوءِ رٻڙ جي فرش کي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٽن ڏينھن تائين آزاد ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن سٺي صابڻ سان ڌوئي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جا فرش اھم جاين، آفيسن، اسپتالن، سينيمائن ۽ ھوٽلن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. معياري تعليمي درسگاھن ۽ آڊيٽوريم اندر پڻ ھن قسم جا فرش پسند ڪيا ويندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھنن مٿان ھلن سان آواز نٿو ٿئي ۽ سانت رھي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم جا فرش== 
: (Linoleum Floors) 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ رٻڙ جي فرشن وانگر سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ وغيره جي بنياد مٿان لينوليم جو پلاسٽڪ جھڙو پوش چاڙھي ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ڪيميا جي خيال کان لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل (Linseed oil)، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگ وغيره جو مرڪب آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب تھھ جھڙوڪ ڪنوس (Convas)  مٿان پٿاري فرش جو پوش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. اھو پوش خوشنما نمونن ۾ ٺاھي، بنيادي فرش مٿان چاڙھي، ھن قسم جا دلڪش فرش ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. لينوليم جا رٻڙ جي فرش وانگر الڳ الڳ چؤنڪ پڻ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، انھن کي لينوليم جا چؤنڪا سڏيو ويندو آھي. ھي فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ سستا ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي وقفي وقفي سان وارنش ۽ ميڻ (Wax)  لڳائڻ سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال ڪري انھن کي پائيدار بڻائي سگھبو آھي. لينوليم عام طرح سان رولن وانگر ويڙھيل ٿانن جي صورت ۾ ملندي آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب ڳنڍيندڙ مرڪب (Adhesive) رستي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد انھيءَ تھھ مٿان وارنش لڳائي، کين چمڪايو ويندو آھي. موٽر ڪارن، لارين، جھازن ۽ ريل گاڏين وغيره جا فرش، پڻ لينوليم سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش رھائشي گھرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ريسٽورانن لاءِ بھ نھايت موزون رھن ٿا. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جا فرش== 
: (Cork Floors) 
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙين جاين يا جاين جي انھن حصن لاءِ ڪارآمد آھن، جن کي سانت وارو يعني بنا گوڙ وارو (Noiseless)  ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي، جھڙوڪ آڊيٽوريم، پبلڪ لئبرريون، ٿئيٽر ۽ چرچون (گرجائون) وغيره.ھي فرش ڪارڪن جي چادرن يا ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. ڪارڪ جي شيٽن يعني چادرن جي تياري ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن کان مختلف نموني جي ٿيندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ٽائيلن ۾ صرف ڪارڪن استعمال ٿيندو آھي ۽ چادرن ۾ ڪارڪ جا ڇلڪا ۽ ٻورو، السيءَ جو تيل، ڪاٺ جو ٻورو ۽ رنگ وغيره استعمال ٿيندا آھن. ٻنھي قسمن جي فرشن جو ڪجھھ بيان ھيٺ پيش ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش==
: (Cork tiles Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ ڪارڪ جا چؤنڪا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي چؤنڪا مختلف ماپن ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. داونن يعني بارڊرن (Borders)  لاءِ 1 کان 3 فوٽن تائين ويڪريون ۽ 6 فوٽ ڊگھيون ڪارڪ جون پٽيون پڻ ٺھنديون آھن. انھن ٽائيلن جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8  انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. اھڙين  ٽائيلن جو ترو سڌو يا جھريءَ وارو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ٽائيلون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي ھيٺئين تھھ (Sub base) مٿان لڳايون وينديون آھن. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ ڪاٺ جو آھي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم ھئڻ گھرجي يا تھ ٻي صورت ۾ انھيءَ مٿان پِلاءِ (Ply)  لڳائي وڃي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھرين ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل صاف ۽ ھڪ جھڙو ھئڻ گھرجي، جنھن مٿان نرم گديءَ جو پترو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي، جيئن ڪاٺ جي لڏڻ سان ٽائيلن جي تھھ کي ڪو نقصان نھ پھچي. انھن ٽائيلن کي خاص قسم جي ڏامر ذريعي نرم گديءَ سان چنبڙايو ويندو آھي ۽ آخري حصي يا ڪنڊن وارن چؤنڪن کي ڪوڪن ذريعي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھ (Base)  سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ مٿان 1:3  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ گاري جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ مٿاڇري کي بلڪل سنوت ۾ آڻي، سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو ويندو آھي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي تمام چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪري انھيءَ مٿان ڏامر (Bitumen)  جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي، انھيءَ مٿان ٽائيلون وڇايون وينديون آھن. 
ڪارڪ اوڪ (Oak)  يعني شاھ بلوط جي سدا بھار وڻن جي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھيءُ وڻ بحريھ روم جي قريبي ملڪن ۾ ٿيندا آھن، جنھن جي کل تمام گھڻي ٿلھي ٿيندي آھي. انھيءَ کل کي ھر اٺن يا ڏھن سالن کان پوءِ لاٿو ويندو آھي، جنھن کي اٻاري، ٿورڙو آلو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ پوءِ انھن کي ڇلي ۽ خوب طرح سان گسائي، گرم ويلڻن مان ايتري وقت تائين لنگھائبو رھبو آھي جيستائين انھيءَ کل مان شيري جھڙي گھاٽي شيءِ ٻاھر نڪري اچي. انھيءَ گھاٽي شيءِ نڪرڻ سان ڪارڪ جي اندر سنھا سوراخ نھ رھندا آھن ۽ اھو وڌيڪ سخت ۽ ٺوس ٿي ويندو  آھي. ھيءُ شيري جھڙو مادو ڪارڪ جي ذرن کي پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چنبڙائي رکندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان پوءِ انھيءَ ڪارڪ کي گھربل ماپ جي چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ڪاٽي وٺبو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرش==
: (Cork Sheet Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پي-وي-سيءَ جا فرش==
: ( Polyvinyl Chloride i.e. P.V.C Floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش گھريلو جاين، ريل گاڏيءَ جي دٻن، دفترن، آڊيٽوريم جي ھالن ۽ ٿئيٽرن وغيره لاءِ موزون رھندا آھن. ھي فرش پڻ رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش گھڻو ڪري زيبائش لاءِ ئي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھنن فرشي چادرن ۽ چؤنڪن جي ٿولھھ 1/16  انچن کان ¼ انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. 
ھيءُ پي-وي-سيءَ جو مرڪب جديد دور جي ايجاد آھي جيڪو ٿرموپلاسٽڪ بائينڊرس، فلرس ۽ رنگن مان ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو. ھن قسم جون چادرون 3 فوٽن، 3 ½ فوٽن ۽ 6 فوٽن جي ويڪرائيءَ ۾ ۽ چؤنڪا 1 فوٽ، 2 فوٽن ۽ 3 فوٽن جي سائيز ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن ۽ اھي ھڪ قسم جو لچڪدار ۽ اڻ ٽمندر مٿاڇرو مھيا ڪنديون آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==شيشي جا فرش==
: (Glass Floors)
~ھن قسم جا فرش گرائونڊ فلور ۾ اھڙن حصن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن جي ھيٺان تھھ خانا ھجن ۽ انھن تھھ خانن ۾ روشني پھچائڻ جي ضرورت ھجي. ھن قسم جا فرش مختلف نمونن ۾ ڪاٺ جا مضبوط فريم ٺاھي انھن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا چؤنڪا وجھي تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. عمارتي شيشو عمدي قسم جو ۽ مضبوط استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8 انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش ==
: (Asphalt Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن جا ٻھ نمونا ٿيندا آھن، ھڪ ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ٻيا ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش. ھنن ٻنھي نمونن جا فرش سستا، لچڪدار (Resilient)، اڻ جاذب (Non absorbent) ، پوسل روڪ (Moisture proof) ، تيزاب روڪ (Acid proof)، تيل (Oil)  ۽ گريس (Greese) سان مقابلو ڪندڙ ٿيندا آھن. انھن خاصيتن سبب ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن وارا فرش سرڪاري آفيسن ۽ اسڪولن وغيره جھڙين عمارتن ۽ ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ قسم جا فرش گودامن، ڀانڊن، ڪارخانن ۽ ٻين اھڙي نوعيت جي عمارتن ائسفالٽ جي چؤنڪن کي سخت بنياد مھيا ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مٿان ھڪ ٻئي سان ڳنڍي ھن قسم جو فرض ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. پر جيڪڏھن ڪاٺ جي فرش مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سڀني ڪاٺ جي پٽين ۽ تختن کي مضبوطيءَ سان ڪوڪن وغيرھ جي رستي جڪڙيو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن وڇائڻ کان پھرين ڪاٺ جي سطح مٿان ائسفالٽ، بٽومين يا رچيل ائسفالٽ جي اوني ڪپڙي (Asphalt saturated felt)  جو اٽڪل 3/8 انچن جو ٿلھو تھھ پٿاريو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش (Asphalt mastic floor)  ٺاھڻ واسطي انھيءَ کي گرم ڪري، ڪنھن ٺوٺ سطح، جھڙوڪ ڪاٺ يا سيمينٽ مٿان پٿاري ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت==
.(Maintenance and Repair of Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪوشش ڪري روزانو آلي پوچيءَ سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن اھو فرش تمام گھڻو گندو نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڏوتو وڃي. صابڻ جي تھھ کي فرش جي ڪنھن بھ ٽڪري تي بنا ڌيان جي ڇڏڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ فرش ترڪڻو ٿي پوندو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ فرش جو اھو ٽڪرو جھڪو (Dull)  ٿي پوندو. فرش جي ڌوئڻ واسطي سوڍا کار يا ٻين اھڙين تيز شين استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ جيڪڏھن فرش جو ڪو بھ حصو ٽٽي يا ڪنھن بھ نموني مرمت طلب ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سمورو پانيل يا خانو (Panel)  ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي، بنيادي ڪانڪريٽ کي سخت برش سان صاف ڪري، انھيءَ کي پاڻيءَ سان آلو رکي، ھڪ رات تائين ڇڏي ڏيڻ گھرجي. رات گذرڻ کان پوءِ بيٺل پاڻيءَ کي ڪڍي صاف ڪري، صاف سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ چاڙھو وڃي ۽ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل ٿولھھ ۽ گھربل تناسب، جھڙوڪ 1:2:4  يا اھڙو ڪو ٻيو موزون تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد ڪانڪريٽ کي دٻائي، پاسن واري فرش جي ٿولھھ برابر آندو وڃي، جيئن سموري فرش جي ليول ھڪ جھڙي ٿي وڃي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن پاسن وارن پانيلن جا ڇيڙا نھ ڀڄن. انھيءَ بعد نئين ٺاھيل پانيل کي ڏھن ڏينھن تائين تر رکيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>gckjuagvdw3a4nx7mjv710cwxncj9qb</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401065</id>
      <parentid>401064</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:35:13Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401065</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="70993" sha1="eqly0ape5bpx7n084ln43jbigpzsfoh" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش ===

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش'''  اعليٰ درجي جا آرائشي فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ هيٺيون بنيادي تهه سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿئين تهه ۾ سفيد يا رنگين سيمينٽ سان بلوري پٿر (ماربل چپس) جا ننڍا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي فرش کي خوبصورت ۽ پائيدار بڻائيندا آهن.
فرش کي مختلف خانن يا ڊزائنن ۾ ورهائڻ لاءِ پتل، ٽامي، جست يا شيشي جون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. موزائيڪ جي تهه کي وجهي، مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) کان پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائينڊنگ) ۽ پالش ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مٿاڇري هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ بلوري داڻا نمايان ٿي ظاهر ٿيندا آهن. رنگين موزائيڪ فرشن لاءِ سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ مناسب رنگ پڻ ملائي سگهجن ٿا.
هي فرش رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، ڊگهي عمر وارا، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

==ٽيرازو ڊئڊو ۽ اسڪرٽنگ==

: (Terrazzo Dado and Skirting)بلوري پٿر جي داڻي  (Marble Chips) ۾ سيمينٽ ملائي ڀتين مٿان عمق جي صورت ۾ چاڙھي،  انھيءَ جي موزائيڪ فلورنگ وانگر گسائي وغيرھ ڪري، داڻي کي ظاھر ڪري، خوبصورت سطح ۾ آڻڻ کي ٽيرازو ڊئڊو يا اسڪرٽنگ سڏيو وڃي ٿو.

ان قسم جي سطح ٺاھڻ لاءِ انھن سڀني ڳالھين جو خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي جيڪي موزائيڪ فلورنگ ۾ ڄاڻايون ويون آھن. اجڪلھھ جي رواج مطابق غسلخانن ۽ بورچيخانن کي ڇڏي ٻين سڀني ڪمرن وغيره ۾ موزائيڪ فلورنگ سان گڏ ان جھڙو ئي ڊئڊو 3 انچن کان 4 انچن تائين چئني ڀتين تي چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ طرح سان ڪمرا وغيرھ سھڻا بھ لڳندا آھن ۽ فرش ڌوئڻ وقت انھن ڪمرن جون ڀتيون پڻ خراب نھ ٿينديون آھن. جڏھن تھ بورچيخانن ۽ غسلخانن ۾ انھيءَ جي اوچائي اٽڪل 6 فوٽن تائين رکي ويندي آھي. پلستر ڪيل ڀتين جا اھي حصا جن تي ھيءُ ڊئڊو چاڙھيو ويندو آھي اھي کھرا ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ ڄاڻايل عمق مطابق انھن جي مٿان گھربل ڊئڊو ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ جي سيٽ ٿيڻ کان اڳ موزائيڪ جي داڻي ۽ سيمينٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. داڻو (Chips) اڪثر ڪري 1 ½ نمبر جو استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ٿورو ماربل پائوڊر ملائڻ سان انھيءَ کي گسائڻ ۾ آساني رھندي آھي انھيءَ ڪري فرش توڙي اسڪرٽنگ جي ڪم ۾ سيمينٽ ھڪ حصو، ماربل پائوڊر ½ حصو ۽ داڻو 2 حصا ملائي مناسب قسم جي آميزش حاصل ڪري سگھجي ٿي. اسڪرٽنگ ۽ ڊئڊو سڌا، ليول ۽ ساھل ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن ۽ فرش سان چڱيءَ طرح مليل (Flush)  ھئڻ گھرجن.
اھا ڳالھھ ذھن ۾ رکڻ گھرجي تھ فرش جو ڊئڊو ۽ ڀتين جي اسڪرٽنگ ۾ ڪٽائيءَ کان پوءِ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 70 سيڪڙو داڻا ھڪ ڪرا ڦھليل ۽ ظاھر ھئن گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ٽيرازو ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ڊئڊو==

: (Terrazzo Tile Floors and Dado)  اعشاري نظام جي رائج ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ھيءُ چؤنڪا 300 mm x 300 mm x 25 mm، (Tiles)  (يعني ڊيگھھ ۽ ويڪر ھر ھڪ 300 mm ۽ ٿولھھ 25 mm) ۾ ٺھڻ لڳا آھن. ھن قسم جي ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي بنياد تيار ڪرڻ کان پوءِ صاف سٿرو سيمينٽ لڳائي انھيءَ مٿان وڇايو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن جي جوڙن ۾ گھربل رنگ جي سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جي پٽڙيءَ پيسٽ جھڙو مسالو (Slurry)  ڀريو ويندو آھي.ھنن چؤنڪن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پھرين گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 36 ڪلاڪن تائين پاڻيءَ اندر ٻوڙي رکڻ گھرجي.ھن قسم جي ٽائيلن جو مٿيون داڻي وارو تھھ ½ جي ٿولھھ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ گھربل رنگ جو مقدار انھيءَ ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ سيمينٽ، جيڪو گھڻو ڪري سيمينٽ ۽ داڻي جي حساب ۾ 1:2 جي تناسب سان استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ جي ڏھھ سيڪڙو کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھگرجي. اھي چؤنڪا (Tiles) گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھر پائونڊ تي 2000 مربع انچ (2000 psi) واري سگھھ جو دٻاءُ سھڻ وارا ۽ ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪيل ھئڻ گھرجن ھي چؤنڪا 1 ½ انچ ٿولھھ جي 1:2:4 واري تناسب سان ٺھيل سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ مٿان 1:3 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو سراسري طور اڌ انچ ٿولھھ جو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ جي مٿان لڳايا وڃ. چؤنڪا لڳائي بس ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھن جي جوڙن ۾ (جي 1 1/16 انچن جي ٿولھھ کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن) گھربل رنگ جي سيمينٽ جو مسالو ڀريو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ لڳايل مٿاڇري کي ڇيڙڻ کان سواءِ اٽڪل ٻن ھفتن تائين پاڻيءَ سان تر رکيو وڃي. مٿاڇري جي سڪي وڃڻ کان پوءِ مٿي ڄاڻايل موزائيڪ فلورنگ وانگر انھيءَ کي چڱيءَ طرح چمڪائي پوءِ استعمال ڪيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پٿر جا فرش==

(Stone or Flagged Floor) ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش جو بنيادي تھھ اڳ ۾ ڄاڻايل خاصيتن وارو ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ فرش اندر استعمال ٿيندڙ پٿر ھڪ ئي سائيز جا ڀلي نھ ھئڻ گھرجن، ليڪن انھن جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ ڏيڍ انچ، ويڪر 14 انچ ۽ ڊيگھھ اڍائي فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي .انھن پٿرن جو مٿاڇرو تمام سھڻي انداز ۾ گھڙيل، گول ٽڪرن ۽ ورن وڪڙن کان پاڪ ھئڻ گھرجي. انھن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ ڪلاڪ تائين پاڻيءَ جي حوض اندر ڀڄائي رکڻ گھرجي .انھن جي ھيٺان وڇايل بنياد (Base) بالڪل ھڪ ئي ليول ۾ ھئڻ گھرجي. انھن کي ھڪ ئي انداز جي ويڪر ۽ اھم لنگھھ (Main entrance) جي ديوار جي پور وڇوٽ ھئڻ گھرجن. انھن جي ھڪ قطار جا جوڙ ٻيءَ گڏو گڏ قطار جي مفاصلي کان گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 8 انچن کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن، جيئن ھڪ قطار جا جوڙ ٻيءَ قطار کان ٽٽل رھن. انھن جو بنياد سرن جي فرفش جي بنياد وانگر ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن جا جوڙ عام طرح سان 1/8 انچن جي ٿولھھ جا ۽ 1:2 جي تناسب جي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي گاري جا ھئڻ گھرجن. پٿر ھميشھ پختي تھھ، جيڪو مترڪي (Mallet)  جي ڌڪن ھئڻ سان جانچي سگھجي ٿو، مٿان لڳائڻ گھرجن ۽ ھيٺئين بنياد جي نرم حصن (Soft patches) کي ٻاھر ڪڍي ٻيھر مضبوط ٺاھڻ گھرجي. پٿر جي چؤنڪن (Slabs) جي ڪنارن کان گاري (Mortar) کي پکڙجڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي ۽ ٽيپ نھ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙن ۾ آيل مال کي ڪرنيءَ (Trowel) رستي فلش (Flush)  ڪيو وڃي.  جيڪڏھن ٽيپ (Pointing) ڪرڻ مقصود ھجي تھ جوڙن کي ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي ھڪ جھڙي ٿولھھ وارين پٽين رستي ¼ انچن کان گھٽ ويڪرو نھ رکيو وڃي. جڏھن ھر ھڪ پٿر جي چؤنڪن جي قطار لڳي وڃي تھ ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي پٽين کي ڪڍي، جلد ئي جوڙن کي 1:1 جي تناسب واري سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان ڀريو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي پٿرن جي مٿاڇري کان 1/16 انچ ھيٺ ڪرنيءَ سان ٽڪي ٽيپ ڪئي وڃي . ڪم ھلندي ھنن فرشن جي ترائي جاري رکي وڃي ۽ ڪم پوري ٿيڻ کان پوءِ بھ 14 ڏينھن تائين ترائي ضرور ڪجي ۽ تيار ٿيل ففرش مٿان ڪنھن بھ قسم جا نشان ۽ گاري جا داغ ٿيڻ نھ ڏجن ۽ اھڙي قسم جا داغدار فرش ڪڏھن بھ قبول نھ ڪيا وڃن. فرش جي ڪنھن بھ حصي مٿان ٽن ڏينھن تائين ڪنھن کي بھ ھلڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي ۽ انھن مٿان 7 ڏينھن تائين ڪنھن بھ وزنيءَ شيءِ کي آڻڻ نھ گھرجي. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش==
: (Glazzed Tile Flooring) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي ھيٺيون تھھ (Base) سرن جي فرش وانگر ٺاھڻ گھرجي. چمڪدار چينيءَ جا چؤنڪا گھربل سائيز ۽ رنگ مطابق ھئڻ گھرجن. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھريائين ھيٺئين تھھ مٿان گھڻي سيمينٽ واري گارري کي پٿارڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد چؤنڪن کي ڪاٺ جي ھٿوڙي ۽ گز جي مدد سان گھربل انداز ۽ گھربل سلاميءَ مطابق لڳائڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 36 ڪلاڪن تائين پاڻيءَ جي حوض اندر ٽٻائي رکڻ گھرجي.  ٽائيلن کي گاري مٿان رکي، ھٿوڙي جي مدد سان زور سان ائين لڳائن گھرجي، جيئن ھيٺيون مسالو جوڙن مان ٻاھر نڪري اچي. فالتو مال کي يڪدم آلي حالت ۾ ڪنھن ڀِڳل ڪپڙي سان اگھي صاف ڪرڻ کپي. بھتر تھ ائين آھي تھ ڪاٺ جي ويلڻ رستي ٽائيلن کي دٻايو وڃي، جيئن ٽائيلن جي مجموعي سطح ھموار رھي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان 24 ڪلاڪ گذرڻ بعد جوڙن ۾ ٽاٽ يا ڪنھن برش جي مدد سان سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي رٻڙي (Slurry) ڀرڻ گھرجي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پوءِ ٽن ڏينھن تائين انھن مٿان ڪنھن بھ وزني شيءِ کي ھلڻ يا رکڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد انھن مٿان پالش ڪري، انھن کي صابڻ سان صاف ڪرڻ گھرجي. ھن ۽ ٻين سڀني قسمن جي ٽائيلن جي فرش لاءِ ٽائيلن کي گھربل سائيز ۽ نموني ۾ ٽڪڻ جي حالت ۾ صرف ڪارائي استعمال ڪئي وڃي جيئن انھن جا ڪنارا تکا ۽ صاف رھن ۽ انھن جا جوڙ دلڪش رھن. جاءِ جي مڪمل ٿيڻ تائين ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪاٺ جي فالتو ٻوري يا ڪنھن ٻي شيءِ سان ڍڪي رکڻ گھرجي جيئن اھو جاءِ جي رنگ روغن ۽ ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي شيءِ جي داغن وغيره کان صاف رھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر يا سنگ موسيٰ جا فرش==
(Marble or Black Marble Floors)
  
ھن قسم جا فرش پٿر جھڙي سخت شيءِ جي سنگمرمر جي ھڪ جھڙن چؤنڪن يا تختن (Slabs)  استعمال ڪرڻ سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جي فرشن وڇائڻ کان اڳ انھن جو ھيٺيون تھھ (Base) اڳ ۾ بيان ڪيل فرشن جي تھھ وانگر ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ھنن کي ھيٺئين تھھ سان جوڙڻ واسطي 1:2 جي تناسب وارو چوني جو گچ يا سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جو گچ ¾ انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ مٿان پٿاريو ويندو آھي. ھنن جي جوڙن ۾ چوني جي لاپي (Lime putty) استعمال ڪئي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي جوڙن اندر زور سان ڀريو ويندو آھي. انھن جوڙن کي بالڪل صاف ۽ خوبصورتيءَ سان ٺاھيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھن جوڙن جي ويڪر 1/16 انچن کان وڌيڪ نھ رکڻ ڏني ويندي آھي. پٿر جي سرن جي ٿولھھ ڪنھن بھ صورت ۾ ¾ انچ کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي. انھي پٽيءَ جي نموني ۾ فرشبندي ڪرڻ واسطي ڪو بھ سنگمرمر جو ٽڪر 18 انچن کان گھٽ ڊگھو نھ رکڻ ڏنو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھيٺ ڄاڻايل ھدايتن جو پڻ خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي. 
(i) سنگمرمر جون سرون گھربل رنگ، قسم ۽ سائيز جون ھئڻ گھرجن. ڪن اٽليءَ جي سفيد ۽ آسماني ماربل جھڙين سرن استعمال ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ۽ گھربل انداز جي ڊزائن ۾ نھ ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ جيڪڏھن پالش ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھن جو رنگ ساڳيو نھ بيھي تھ انھيءَ فرشبنديءَ کي خارج ڪرڻ گھرجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جي ماربل جي ٽڪرن جو رنگ پالش ڪرڻ بعد ئي اصلي صورت اختيار ڪندو آھي. 
(ii) ھي سنگمرمر جا ٽڪرا بالڪل صحيح طرح ڪارائيءَ رستي وڍيل، سڀني پاسن کان بالڪل چؤڪور، ھڪ ئي ٿولھھ ۾ ۽ ھڪ ئي سنوت ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن ۽ ڏاڪڻ، دروازن ۽ ورانڊن کان ٻاھر نڪتل ڪنارن جي صورت ۾ ھنن جا ڪنارا بُل نوز (Bul-nose) جي صورت ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن 
(iii) اڀن جوڙن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ چوني جي پٽيءَ ۾ چوني جي مقدار جيترو کؤنر استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجي 
(iv) ڪم ھلڻ دوران ۽ انھن ماربل جي ٽڪرن جي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ کين 10 ڏينھن تائين پاڻيءَ سان تر رکڻ گھرجي (v)جڏھن فرش پوريءَ طرح ڄمي يعني سيٽ (Set)  ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪاربورئنڊم پٿر (Carborandum Stone)، يا ڪنھن ٻئي سخت پٿر ۽ کھريءَ ريتيءَ ذريعي تمام گھڻو پاڻي جالاري گٺو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ لاءِ جيڪڏھن مشين استعمال ڪجي تھ نھايت ئي بھتر آھي. جوڙن جي پالش لاءِ نھايت ئي نرم (Soft) پٿر استعمال ڪجي. جڏھن کھرائپ ختم ٿي وڃي تھ واري ڌوئي مٿاڇري کي تمام سنھي ڪاربورئنڊم جي پٿر، سر يا ايمري پائوڊر سان گسائي لسو ڪيو وڃي 
(vi) لسي ڪرڻ کان پوءِ فرش تي پٽي پائوڊر ھاري انھيءَ کي اوني ڪپڙي جي گدين (Felt pads) يا ناريل جي ڇلڪن جي کوپن رستي گھي، تمام جھجھي پاڻي سان پالش ڪيو وڃي ۽ جاءِ جي ڪم ھلڻ دوران ھن فرش کي داغن ۽ ٻئي نقصان کان بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي==
: (Dry Brick Pavi) 
ھن قسم جي فرشبندي ۾ پھرئين درجي جون ۽ ڪوشش ڪري ھر عليحدھ ۽ لڳاتار ٽڪري ۾ ھڪ جھڙي رنگ جون سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. زمين جي مٿاڇري کي چڱيءَ طرح پاڻي ھاري ڌمڪ يا نھرو ڪندڙ مشين (Compactors) ذريعي وھاري نھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيدءَ کي صحيح طرح سان گھربل سلاميءَ ۽ ڪئمبر (Camber)  ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ جي مٿان اڌ انچ ٿلھو مٽيءَ جي گاري جو ليپو ڏيئي يا چئن انچن جو ڪاري واريءَ (River or pit sand) جو تھھ ڏيئي انھيءَ مٿان گھربل نموني ۾ سڪل سرون ڄمائي انھن جي فرشبندي ڪئي ويندي آھي. . ھن فرشبندي ۾ ڪوشش ڪري بالڪل باريڪ جوڙ رکيا وڃن ۽ ڪو بھ جوڙ ¼ انچ کان وڌيڪ ويڪرو نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ سرن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان زور سان جڪڙي قابو رکيو وڃي ٿو. فرشبندي ختم ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان ڪاري واري ھاري جوڙن کي انھيءَ واريءَ سان ڀريو ويندو آھي ۽ فرش مٿان بچيل فالتو واريءَ کي ٻھاري صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي، ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ سرن کي اڀي صورت ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جو فرش سڌين سرن جي فرشن کان مضبوط ٿيندو آھي.
ڪن خاص حالتن ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جو تمام پٽڙو گارو ھاري سرن جي جوڙن کي صرف مٿان جوڙڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي اھو گارو سرن جي جي درزن ۾ مٿئين حصي منجھان داخل ٿيندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشبندي گودامن، رستن، اڱڻن، رستن ۽ چبوترن لاءِ ڪئي ويندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪاٺ جا فرش==  
: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن فرش تمام گھڻا مھانگا ھوندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اھي تمام عمدي ڪاٺ جا ٺاھڻا ھوندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جو استعمال گھڻو ڪري جابلو علائقن (Hilly areas) جھڙوڪ مري وغيره جي اھڙن ھنڌن تي ڪيو ويندو آھي، جتي ڪاٺ تمام گھڻو ۽ سستو پوي ٿو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ڪن خاص حالتن (جتي سانت جي ضرورت ھوندي آھي) ۾ ھنن فرشن جي ضرورت پوندي آھي، جھڙوڪ ناچ خانھ (Dancing Halls) ۽ سماعت خانھ (Auditoriums) وغيره. ھن قسم جا فرش بالڪل پختا ۽ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن اھي وڌيڪ کان وڌيڪ بار کڻي سگھن. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي خوبصورتيءَ جي لحاظ کان نھايت ئي لسو ھئڻ گھرجي. جيئن تھ ڪاٺ ۾ مڙڻ جي نمايان خاصيت ٿيندي آھي، انھيءَ ڪري اھڙن فرشن ۾ ھر ھڪ فوٽ جي فاصلي (Span) تي 1/40 کان 1/30 انچن جي حساب سان اوچائي (Camber) ڏيڻ گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==مفرد يا ھيڪوٽا فرش==
: (Single Floors) 
ھن قسم جي حالت ۾ ھڪ ئي طريقي  سان ڪامون يا شھتير (Bridging joists)  کوڙي انھيءَ مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. اھي ڪامون ھر پاسي کان ديوار جي ڪڙين (Wall plates) مٿان رکيون وينديون آھن. اھي ڪامون اھڙيون تھ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جو انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جي تختن کي ڪوڪن رستي ٺوڪڻ ۾ ڪا بھ تڪليف محسوس نھ ٿئي. انھن ڪامن جي اصلي ۽ بنيادي گھرج اھا آھي تھ اھي بالڪل سخت ۽ مضبوط ھئڻ گھرجن تھ جيئن اھي گھڻي کان گھڻو بار جھلي سگھن. انھيءَ مقصد واسطي اھي حساب ڪيل قوت کان وڌيڪ سخت قوت واري ڪاٺ مان ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. انھن شھتيرن جي ويڪر گھڻو ڪري 2 انچن کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ اھي ھڪ شھتير جي مرڪز کان ٻئي شھتير جي مرڪز تائين ھڪ فوٽ جي مفاصلي جي حساب سان رکيا ويندا آھن. وڌيڪ مفاصلي رکڻ سان انھن جي مڙڻ جو انديشو رھندو آھي ۽ اھو مڙڻ (Deflection)  ھر ٻن شھتيرن جي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي 1/333 حصي کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ھنن ڪامن کي تازي گاري (Green mortar)  يا اوساريءَ سان لڳڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي، نھ تھ انھن جو ڪاٺ ڳرڻ لڳندو، جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ھر حالت ۾ سڪل رکڻو آھي انھيءَ ڪري شھتيرن ۽ ڀتين جي ڇيڙن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي پوري گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي.ڊزائن ڪرڻ بعد شھتيرن کي صحيح ماپ ۽ جاءِ تي کوڙي، انھيءَ مٿان 1 انچ کان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھا ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳائي ڪاٺ جا فرش تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==ٻٽا فرش== 
: (Double Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڄي ڪمري جي فاصلي مطابق شھتير (Bridging joists)  نھ کوڙيا ويندا اھن ۽ انھيءَ جي برعڪس اھي ٻين شھتيرن جن کي ٻڌندڙ شھتير يا صرف ٻڌندڙ (Binding joists or Binders) ۽ ٽيڪنيڪي ٻوليءَ ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ سڏيو ويندو آھي،  انھن مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن. ھي بائينڊرس، مٿان رکيل شھتيرن ھيٺان  90 ڊگريءَ جي سڌي ڪنڊ تي کوڙيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کي ديوارن مٿان 6 کان 8 فوٽن جي فاصلي تي رکيو ويندو آھي. ڪوشش ڪري ھي فرش درن کان ڪجھھ ھٽائي رکيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جا فرش ھڪ تھھ وارن فرشن کان وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي آواز کي ٻاھر وڃڻ کان بھتر نموني ۾ روڪي سگھندا آھن. ليڪن ھيٺ وارين ديوارن تي ڪن نڪتن وٽ ھنن جو بار اچي ڪٺو ٿيندو آھي. ھنن فرشن جي عمق، اوچائي وڌڻ سان گڏو گڏ وڌي ٿي، انھيءَ سبب جاءِ جي اوچائي پڻ وڌائڻي پوي ٿي ۽ نتيجي ۾ ھي فرش نھايت ئي مھانگا پون ٿا. انھيءَ ڪري ھي فرش گھڻو ڪري ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا  ھن قسم جا فرش 12 فوٽن کان مٿي واري مفاصلي لاءِ ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا ۽ انھن ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ جا ڇيڙا ڀتين ۾ نھ کوڙيا ويندا آھن پر اھي کليل ڇڏيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھن کي ھوا لڳي سگھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.

==ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽِيڻن شھتِيرن وارا فرش==
: (Triple joist or framed wooden floors)

جيڪڏھن ڪنھن ڪمري يا وڏي ھال جو ننڍي ۾ ننڍو فاصلو (Short span)  اٽڪل 25 فوٽ يا انھيءَ کان وڌي وڃي تھ ھن طريقي جا ڪاٺ جا فرش ٺاھيا وڃن. ھر فرش گرڊرن، بائينڊرس، شھتيرن (Bridging joists) ۽ ڪاٺ جي تختن رستي ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڀ کان پھرين، ڪمري جي ننڍي فاصلي جي رخ ۾ 13 کان 20 فوٽن جي وٿيءَ تي گرڊر رکيا ويندا آھن. اھي وٿيون بائينڊرس رستي، جيڪي گرڊرن جي گوني ڪنڊ (Right angles) جي طرف رکيون وينديون آھن، ڀريون وينديون آھن. فرش جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ رکڻ لاءِ بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن اندر ٽسڪ ۽ ٽينن جوائنٽس (Tusk and Tennon joints) رستي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. گرڊرن جي ڇيڙن ۽ ديوارن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي جيئن ڪاٺ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رھي. جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ھڪ وڌيڪ ڪاٺ جي گرڊر جو اضافو ڪجي ٿو ۽ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن (Binding joists) کي انھيءَ سان جوڙي ڪاٺ جو پڃرو ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ سبب ڪري گرڊرن جي ڪمزور ٿيڻ جو انديشو رھي ٿو. انھيءَ انديشي کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٻڌندر  شھتيرن جي ڇيڙن کي لوھھ جي پٽين (Iron Stirrups)  ذريعي عليحدھ رکيو وڃي ٿو. مکيھ گرڊرن ۽ ٻڌندر شھتيرن کي ايتري حد تائين اونھو رکيو ويندو آھي جيتري ۾ ڇت ۾ ڏار پوڻ نھ ڏنا وڃن. شھتير (Bridging joists)  ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کان ترڇا (Across) رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن کي يا تھ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن جي مٿان رکيو ويندو آھي يا تھ انھن کي مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙي فريم ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. شھتيرن جي ھڪ وچ کان ٻئي وچ تائين 1 فوٽ کان 1 ½ فوٽ تائين مفاصلو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ آخر ۾ ڪاٺ جي تختن کي انھن مٿان رکي فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن سان اھڙي نموني ۾ جڪڙيو ويندو آھي جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو ڪاٺ جي گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو رھي. ليڪن، شھتير (Bridging joists) بائينڊرس مٿان ائين رکيا ويندا آھن، جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو مٿي بيھي. انھيءَ طريقي سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي ٿولھ گھٽائي سگھجي ٿي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;. 

==زميني يا ھيٺيان فرش== 
: (Ground Floors 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ ڪاٺ جي ڳرڻ جي انديشي واسطي پوسل کان روڪڻ لاءِ خاص اپاءُ ورتا ويندا آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جي ھيٺا سيمينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ ڏنا ويندا آھن. عام طرح سان ھيٺيون تھھ گھٽ ملاوث جھڙوڪ 1:6:12  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ۽ مٿيون تھھ 1:2:4  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ڏنو ويندو آھي. ھر ھڪ تھھ جي ٿولھھ  سراسري طور 3 انچ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ طرح سان پوري تھھ جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 6 انچ رکي ويندي آھي. فني (ٽيڪنيڪي) لحاظ کان انھيءَ کي ”سائيٽ“ يا ”اوور سائيٽ“ (Site or Oversite)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ تھھ جي مٿان 6 فوٽ ۽ 5 انچ جي ھر ھڪ مرڪزي مفاصلي کان ٻئي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي حساب سان 4 انچ ٿلھيون ڪاٺ جي تختن (Sleepers) يا پٿر جي بلاڪن يا پڪسري اوساريءَ رستي ننڍيون ديوارون ٺاھي، جن کي (Dwarf walls) چئبو آھي، انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جون وال پليٽون (Walls plates)  لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ديوارون ڪمرن جي ٻنھي طرفن يعني ويڪر ۽ ڊيگھھ جي رخ ۾ ۽ ھڪ جھڙي انداز جي وڇوٽيءَ تي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. شھتير جن کي (Bridging joists) سڏيو وڃي ٿو ۽ عام طرح سان 4 انچ x 44 انچ جي سائيز جا ٿين ٿا، انھن کي پليٽن جي مٿان چاڙھي ڪلن  ڪوڪن ۽ پيچن وارن اسڪرن ذريعي قابو ڪيو وڃي ٿو. آخر ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ انچ ۽ وڌ ۾ وڌ ڏيڍ انچ ٿولھھ وارا ڪاٺ جا تختا شھتيرن مٿان جوڙي ھن قسم جا فرش ٺاھيا ڃن ٿا
ڪاٺ جي تختن ھيٺان کليل حصي مان ھوا جي بالڪل پوري گذر واسطي ھيٺ ڏنل ديوارن ۾ ٽنگ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ چوڪيءَ جي ليول (Plinth level)  ھيٺان پڻ سوراخن وارن بلاڪن جون ديوارون ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. وال پليٽن لڳائڻ کان اڳ ۾ ھيٺ وارين ننڍين ديوارن ۽ پاسي وارين ڀِتين مٿان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھو پوسل روڪڻ وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ (D.P.C)  چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ عام طرح سان، شھتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. تمام اھم عمارتن لاءِ ڪنھن خاص سبب لاءِ ساڳ جو ڪاٺ (Teak wood)  پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڪڏھن وري ساڳ جي ڪاٺ جا تختا ۽ ديال جي ڪاٺ جا شھتير استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ شيشم جي صحيح تيار ٿيل ڪاٺ جا تختا پڻ لڳايا ويندا آھن&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==رٻڙ جا فرش== 
: (Rubber Flooring) 
ھن قسمن جي فرشبنديءَ واسطي گندڪ ملايل رٻڙ جا مرڪب، جيڪي رٻڙ ۾ اھڙي طريقي سان ملائي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھيءَ جي مضبوطي ۽ لچڪ وڌي وڃي، سي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جي شڪل بالڪل سڌي ۽ پلين چادر جھڙي، يا چادرن ۾ خانا ٺاھي پلين يا چٽسالي ڪيل چؤنڪن جي نموني ۾، ۽ يا تھ عليحده عليحده چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ٿيندي آھي. اھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا اھڙي ڪنھن ٻئي ٺوس ۽ سخت بنيادي تھھ (Base)  مٿان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. فرش چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنياد کي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي دز (Dust)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين شين جھڙوڪ پوسل، چڪنائيءَ وغيرھ کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ بنيادي تھھ ۾ جيڪي بھ ھيٺاھيون ۽ مٿاھيون ھونديون آھن، انھن کي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان صحيح ڪري ليول ڪيو ويندو آھي. استعمال ٿيندڙ رٻڙ 1/8  انچن کان ½  انچن جي معيادي ٿولھھ جو ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھميشھ گندڪ (Suphur)، ٽمڻ ۽ کھراڻ کان پاڪ قسم جو رٻڙ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ انھيءَ جو مٿاڇرو لسو ھجي ۽ پاڻيءَ ۽ ڪنھن سٺي معيار واري صابڻ يا ڪنھن اھڙيءَ ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ڌوئڻ يا پالش ڪرڻ سان انھيءَ جي رنگ تي ڪو اثر نھ پوي.  رٻڙ چاڙھڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي ھيٺئين پاسي کي کھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ھڪ ئي وقت 25 مربع فوٽن کان وڌيڪ ايراضيءَ تي نھ چاڙھبو آھي. رٻڙ چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنيادي فرس مٿان ڪنھن سٺي چنبڙائيندڙ (Adhesive)  مرڪب جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ کي ڏھن کان پندرنھن منٽن تائين کليل ڇڏي ڏبو آھي تھ جيئن انھيءَ کي ھوا لڳي. بعد ۾ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل قسم ۽ ڊزائن جي رٻڙ جو پوش چاڙھي انھيءَ مٿان سھڻي نموني زور ڏيئي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي تھ جيئن فرش جي بنيادي تھھ ۽ رٻڙ جي چادر جي وچ ۾ ھوا نھ رھي ۽ رٻڙ فرش سان بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح ۽ سڌائيءَ ۾ چنبڙي. انھيءَ لاءِ عام طرح سان ننڍو لوھ جو رولر استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان پوءِ رٻڙ جي فرش کي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٽن ڏينھن تائين آزاد ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن سٺي صابڻ سان ڌوئي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جا فرش اھم جاين، آفيسن، اسپتالن، سينيمائن ۽ ھوٽلن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. معياري تعليمي درسگاھن ۽ آڊيٽوريم اندر پڻ ھن قسم جا فرش پسند ڪيا ويندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھنن مٿان ھلن سان آواز نٿو ٿئي ۽ سانت رھي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم جا فرش== 
: (Linoleum Floors) 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ رٻڙ جي فرشن وانگر سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ وغيره جي بنياد مٿان لينوليم جو پلاسٽڪ جھڙو پوش چاڙھي ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ڪيميا جي خيال کان لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل (Linseed oil)، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگ وغيره جو مرڪب آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب تھھ جھڙوڪ ڪنوس (Convas)  مٿان پٿاري فرش جو پوش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. اھو پوش خوشنما نمونن ۾ ٺاھي، بنيادي فرش مٿان چاڙھي، ھن قسم جا دلڪش فرش ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. لينوليم جا رٻڙ جي فرش وانگر الڳ الڳ چؤنڪ پڻ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، انھن کي لينوليم جا چؤنڪا سڏيو ويندو آھي. ھي فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ سستا ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي وقفي وقفي سان وارنش ۽ ميڻ (Wax)  لڳائڻ سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال ڪري انھن کي پائيدار بڻائي سگھبو آھي. لينوليم عام طرح سان رولن وانگر ويڙھيل ٿانن جي صورت ۾ ملندي آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب ڳنڍيندڙ مرڪب (Adhesive) رستي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد انھيءَ تھھ مٿان وارنش لڳائي، کين چمڪايو ويندو آھي. موٽر ڪارن، لارين، جھازن ۽ ريل گاڏين وغيره جا فرش، پڻ لينوليم سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش رھائشي گھرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ريسٽورانن لاءِ بھ نھايت موزون رھن ٿا. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جا فرش== 
: (Cork Floors) 
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙين جاين يا جاين جي انھن حصن لاءِ ڪارآمد آھن، جن کي سانت وارو يعني بنا گوڙ وارو (Noiseless)  ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي، جھڙوڪ آڊيٽوريم، پبلڪ لئبرريون، ٿئيٽر ۽ چرچون (گرجائون) وغيره.ھي فرش ڪارڪن جي چادرن يا ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. ڪارڪ جي شيٽن يعني چادرن جي تياري ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن کان مختلف نموني جي ٿيندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ٽائيلن ۾ صرف ڪارڪن استعمال ٿيندو آھي ۽ چادرن ۾ ڪارڪ جا ڇلڪا ۽ ٻورو، السيءَ جو تيل، ڪاٺ جو ٻورو ۽ رنگ وغيره استعمال ٿيندا آھن. ٻنھي قسمن جي فرشن جو ڪجھھ بيان ھيٺ پيش ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش==
: (Cork tiles Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ ڪارڪ جا چؤنڪا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي چؤنڪا مختلف ماپن ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. داونن يعني بارڊرن (Borders)  لاءِ 1 کان 3 فوٽن تائين ويڪريون ۽ 6 فوٽ ڊگھيون ڪارڪ جون پٽيون پڻ ٺھنديون آھن. انھن ٽائيلن جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8  انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. اھڙين  ٽائيلن جو ترو سڌو يا جھريءَ وارو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ٽائيلون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي ھيٺئين تھھ (Sub base) مٿان لڳايون وينديون آھن. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ ڪاٺ جو آھي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم ھئڻ گھرجي يا تھ ٻي صورت ۾ انھيءَ مٿان پِلاءِ (Ply)  لڳائي وڃي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھرين ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل صاف ۽ ھڪ جھڙو ھئڻ گھرجي، جنھن مٿان نرم گديءَ جو پترو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي، جيئن ڪاٺ جي لڏڻ سان ٽائيلن جي تھھ کي ڪو نقصان نھ پھچي. انھن ٽائيلن کي خاص قسم جي ڏامر ذريعي نرم گديءَ سان چنبڙايو ويندو آھي ۽ آخري حصي يا ڪنڊن وارن چؤنڪن کي ڪوڪن ذريعي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھ (Base)  سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ مٿان 1:3  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ گاري جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ مٿاڇري کي بلڪل سنوت ۾ آڻي، سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو ويندو آھي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي تمام چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪري انھيءَ مٿان ڏامر (Bitumen)  جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي، انھيءَ مٿان ٽائيلون وڇايون وينديون آھن. 
ڪارڪ اوڪ (Oak)  يعني شاھ بلوط جي سدا بھار وڻن جي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھيءُ وڻ بحريھ روم جي قريبي ملڪن ۾ ٿيندا آھن، جنھن جي کل تمام گھڻي ٿلھي ٿيندي آھي. انھيءَ کل کي ھر اٺن يا ڏھن سالن کان پوءِ لاٿو ويندو آھي، جنھن کي اٻاري، ٿورڙو آلو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ پوءِ انھن کي ڇلي ۽ خوب طرح سان گسائي، گرم ويلڻن مان ايتري وقت تائين لنگھائبو رھبو آھي جيستائين انھيءَ کل مان شيري جھڙي گھاٽي شيءِ ٻاھر نڪري اچي. انھيءَ گھاٽي شيءِ نڪرڻ سان ڪارڪ جي اندر سنھا سوراخ نھ رھندا آھن ۽ اھو وڌيڪ سخت ۽ ٺوس ٿي ويندو  آھي. ھيءُ شيري جھڙو مادو ڪارڪ جي ذرن کي پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چنبڙائي رکندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان پوءِ انھيءَ ڪارڪ کي گھربل ماپ جي چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ڪاٽي وٺبو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرش==
: (Cork Sheet Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پي-وي-سيءَ جا فرش==
: ( Polyvinyl Chloride i.e. P.V.C Floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش گھريلو جاين، ريل گاڏيءَ جي دٻن، دفترن، آڊيٽوريم جي ھالن ۽ ٿئيٽرن وغيره لاءِ موزون رھندا آھن. ھي فرش پڻ رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش گھڻو ڪري زيبائش لاءِ ئي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھنن فرشي چادرن ۽ چؤنڪن جي ٿولھھ 1/16  انچن کان ¼ انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. 
ھيءُ پي-وي-سيءَ جو مرڪب جديد دور جي ايجاد آھي جيڪو ٿرموپلاسٽڪ بائينڊرس، فلرس ۽ رنگن مان ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو. ھن قسم جون چادرون 3 فوٽن، 3 ½ فوٽن ۽ 6 فوٽن جي ويڪرائيءَ ۾ ۽ چؤنڪا 1 فوٽ، 2 فوٽن ۽ 3 فوٽن جي سائيز ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن ۽ اھي ھڪ قسم جو لچڪدار ۽ اڻ ٽمندر مٿاڇرو مھيا ڪنديون آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==شيشي جا فرش==
: (Glass Floors)
~ھن قسم جا فرش گرائونڊ فلور ۾ اھڙن حصن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن جي ھيٺان تھھ خانا ھجن ۽ انھن تھھ خانن ۾ روشني پھچائڻ جي ضرورت ھجي. ھن قسم جا فرش مختلف نمونن ۾ ڪاٺ جا مضبوط فريم ٺاھي انھن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا چؤنڪا وجھي تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. عمارتي شيشو عمدي قسم جو ۽ مضبوط استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8 انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش ==
: (Asphalt Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن جا ٻھ نمونا ٿيندا آھن، ھڪ ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ٻيا ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش. ھنن ٻنھي نمونن جا فرش سستا، لچڪدار (Resilient)، اڻ جاذب (Non absorbent) ، پوسل روڪ (Moisture proof) ، تيزاب روڪ (Acid proof)، تيل (Oil)  ۽ گريس (Greese) سان مقابلو ڪندڙ ٿيندا آھن. انھن خاصيتن سبب ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن وارا فرش سرڪاري آفيسن ۽ اسڪولن وغيره جھڙين عمارتن ۽ ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ قسم جا فرش گودامن، ڀانڊن، ڪارخانن ۽ ٻين اھڙي نوعيت جي عمارتن ائسفالٽ جي چؤنڪن کي سخت بنياد مھيا ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مٿان ھڪ ٻئي سان ڳنڍي ھن قسم جو فرض ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. پر جيڪڏھن ڪاٺ جي فرش مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سڀني ڪاٺ جي پٽين ۽ تختن کي مضبوطيءَ سان ڪوڪن وغيرھ جي رستي جڪڙيو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن وڇائڻ کان پھرين ڪاٺ جي سطح مٿان ائسفالٽ، بٽومين يا رچيل ائسفالٽ جي اوني ڪپڙي (Asphalt saturated felt)  جو اٽڪل 3/8 انچن جو ٿلھو تھھ پٿاريو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش (Asphalt mastic floor)  ٺاھڻ واسطي انھيءَ کي گرم ڪري، ڪنھن ٺوٺ سطح، جھڙوڪ ڪاٺ يا سيمينٽ مٿان پٿاري ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت==
.(Maintenance and Repair of Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪوشش ڪري روزانو آلي پوچيءَ سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن اھو فرش تمام گھڻو گندو نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڏوتو وڃي. صابڻ جي تھھ کي فرش جي ڪنھن بھ ٽڪري تي بنا ڌيان جي ڇڏڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ فرش ترڪڻو ٿي پوندو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ فرش جو اھو ٽڪرو جھڪو (Dull)  ٿي پوندو. فرش جي ڌوئڻ واسطي سوڍا کار يا ٻين اھڙين تيز شين استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ جيڪڏھن فرش جو ڪو بھ حصو ٽٽي يا ڪنھن بھ نموني مرمت طلب ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سمورو پانيل يا خانو (Panel)  ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي، بنيادي ڪانڪريٽ کي سخت برش سان صاف ڪري، انھيءَ کي پاڻيءَ سان آلو رکي، ھڪ رات تائين ڇڏي ڏيڻ گھرجي. رات گذرڻ کان پوءِ بيٺل پاڻيءَ کي ڪڍي صاف ڪري، صاف سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ چاڙھو وڃي ۽ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل ٿولھھ ۽ گھربل تناسب، جھڙوڪ 1:2:4  يا اھڙو ڪو ٻيو موزون تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد ڪانڪريٽ کي دٻائي، پاسن واري فرش جي ٿولھھ برابر آندو وڃي، جيئن سموري فرش جي ليول ھڪ جھڙي ٿي وڃي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن پاسن وارن پانيلن جا ڇيڙا نھ ڀڄن. انھيءَ بعد نئين ٺاھيل پانيل کي ڏھن ڏينھن تائين تر رکيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>eqly0ape5bpx7n084ln43jbigpzsfoh</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401066</id>
      <parentid>401065</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:36:10Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401066</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="68500" sha1="qjz945g9hbonftrotgbnuhzhs1lvl18" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش ===

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش'''  اعليٰ درجي جا آرائشي فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ هيٺيون بنيادي تهه سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿئين تهه ۾ سفيد يا رنگين سيمينٽ سان بلوري پٿر (ماربل چپس) جا ننڍا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي فرش کي خوبصورت ۽ پائيدار بڻائيندا آهن.
فرش کي مختلف خانن يا ڊزائنن ۾ ورهائڻ لاءِ پتل، ٽامي، جست يا شيشي جون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. موزائيڪ جي تهه کي وجهي، مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) کان پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائينڊنگ) ۽ پالش ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مٿاڇري هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ بلوري داڻا نمايان ٿي ظاهر ٿيندا آهن. رنگين موزائيڪ فرشن لاءِ سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ مناسب رنگ پڻ ملائي سگهجن ٿا.
هي فرش رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، ڊگهي عمر وارا، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

==ٽيرازو ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ڊئڊو==

: (Terrazzo Tile Floors and Dado)  اعشاري نظام جي رائج ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ھيءُ چؤنڪا 300 mm x 300 mm x 25 mm، (Tiles)  (يعني ڊيگھھ ۽ ويڪر ھر ھڪ 300 mm ۽ ٿولھھ 25 mm) ۾ ٺھڻ لڳا آھن. ھن قسم جي ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي بنياد تيار ڪرڻ کان پوءِ صاف سٿرو سيمينٽ لڳائي انھيءَ مٿان وڇايو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن جي جوڙن ۾ گھربل رنگ جي سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جي پٽڙيءَ پيسٽ جھڙو مسالو (Slurry)  ڀريو ويندو آھي.ھنن چؤنڪن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پھرين گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 36 ڪلاڪن تائين پاڻيءَ اندر ٻوڙي رکڻ گھرجي.ھن قسم جي ٽائيلن جو مٿيون داڻي وارو تھھ ½ جي ٿولھھ کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ گھربل رنگ جو مقدار انھيءَ ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ سيمينٽ، جيڪو گھڻو ڪري سيمينٽ ۽ داڻي جي حساب ۾ 1:2 جي تناسب سان استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ جي ڏھھ سيڪڙو کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھگرجي. اھي چؤنڪا (Tiles) گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھر پائونڊ تي 2000 مربع انچ (2000 psi) واري سگھھ جو دٻاءُ سھڻ وارا ۽ ڪارخاني ۾ تيار ڪيل ھئڻ گھرجن ھي چؤنڪا 1 ½ انچ ٿولھھ جي 1:2:4 واري تناسب سان ٺھيل سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ مٿان 1:3 جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جو سراسري طور اڌ انچ ٿولھھ جو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ جي مٿان لڳايا وڃ. چؤنڪا لڳائي بس ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھن جي جوڙن ۾ (جي 1 1/16 انچن جي ٿولھھ کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن) گھربل رنگ جي سيمينٽ جو مسالو ڀريو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ لڳايل مٿاڇري کي ڇيڙڻ کان سواءِ اٽڪل ٻن ھفتن تائين پاڻيءَ سان تر رکيو وڃي. مٿاڇري جي سڪي وڃڻ کان پوءِ مٿي ڄاڻايل موزائيڪ فلورنگ وانگر انھيءَ کي چڱيءَ طرح چمڪائي پوءِ استعمال ڪيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پٿر جا فرش==

(Stone or Flagged Floor) ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش جو بنيادي تھھ اڳ ۾ ڄاڻايل خاصيتن وارو ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ فرش اندر استعمال ٿيندڙ پٿر ھڪ ئي سائيز جا ڀلي نھ ھئڻ گھرجن، ليڪن انھن جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ ڏيڍ انچ، ويڪر 14 انچ ۽ ڊيگھھ اڍائي فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي .انھن پٿرن جو مٿاڇرو تمام سھڻي انداز ۾ گھڙيل، گول ٽڪرن ۽ ورن وڪڙن کان پاڪ ھئڻ گھرجي. انھن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ ڪلاڪ تائين پاڻيءَ جي حوض اندر ڀڄائي رکڻ گھرجي .انھن جي ھيٺان وڇايل بنياد (Base) بالڪل ھڪ ئي ليول ۾ ھئڻ گھرجي. انھن کي ھڪ ئي انداز جي ويڪر ۽ اھم لنگھھ (Main entrance) جي ديوار جي پور وڇوٽ ھئڻ گھرجن. انھن جي ھڪ قطار جا جوڙ ٻيءَ گڏو گڏ قطار جي مفاصلي کان گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 8 انچن کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن، جيئن ھڪ قطار جا جوڙ ٻيءَ قطار کان ٽٽل رھن. انھن جو بنياد سرن جي فرفش جي بنياد وانگر ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن جا جوڙ عام طرح سان 1/8 انچن جي ٿولھھ جا ۽ 1:2 جي تناسب جي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي گاري جا ھئڻ گھرجن. پٿر ھميشھ پختي تھھ، جيڪو مترڪي (Mallet)  جي ڌڪن ھئڻ سان جانچي سگھجي ٿو، مٿان لڳائڻ گھرجن ۽ ھيٺئين بنياد جي نرم حصن (Soft patches) کي ٻاھر ڪڍي ٻيھر مضبوط ٺاھڻ گھرجي. پٿر جي چؤنڪن (Slabs) جي ڪنارن کان گاري (Mortar) کي پکڙجڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي ۽ ٽيپ نھ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙن ۾ آيل مال کي ڪرنيءَ (Trowel) رستي فلش (Flush)  ڪيو وڃي.  جيڪڏھن ٽيپ (Pointing) ڪرڻ مقصود ھجي تھ جوڙن کي ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي ھڪ جھڙي ٿولھھ وارين پٽين رستي ¼ انچن کان گھٽ ويڪرو نھ رکيو وڃي. جڏھن ھر ھڪ پٿر جي چؤنڪن جي قطار لڳي وڃي تھ ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي پٽين کي ڪڍي، جلد ئي جوڙن کي 1:1 جي تناسب واري سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان ڀريو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي پٿرن جي مٿاڇري کان 1/16 انچ ھيٺ ڪرنيءَ سان ٽڪي ٽيپ ڪئي وڃي . ڪم ھلندي ھنن فرشن جي ترائي جاري رکي وڃي ۽ ڪم پوري ٿيڻ کان پوءِ بھ 14 ڏينھن تائين ترائي ضرور ڪجي ۽ تيار ٿيل ففرش مٿان ڪنھن بھ قسم جا نشان ۽ گاري جا داغ ٿيڻ نھ ڏجن ۽ اھڙي قسم جا داغدار فرش ڪڏھن بھ قبول نھ ڪيا وڃن. فرش جي ڪنھن بھ حصي مٿان ٽن ڏينھن تائين ڪنھن کي بھ ھلڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي ۽ انھن مٿان 7 ڏينھن تائين ڪنھن بھ وزنيءَ شيءِ کي آڻڻ نھ گھرجي. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش==
: (Glazzed Tile Flooring) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي ھيٺيون تھھ (Base) سرن جي فرش وانگر ٺاھڻ گھرجي. چمڪدار چينيءَ جا چؤنڪا گھربل سائيز ۽ رنگ مطابق ھئڻ گھرجن. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھريائين ھيٺئين تھھ مٿان گھڻي سيمينٽ واري گارري کي پٿارڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد چؤنڪن کي ڪاٺ جي ھٿوڙي ۽ گز جي مدد سان گھربل انداز ۽ گھربل سلاميءَ مطابق لڳائڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 36 ڪلاڪن تائين پاڻيءَ جي حوض اندر ٽٻائي رکڻ گھرجي.  ٽائيلن کي گاري مٿان رکي، ھٿوڙي جي مدد سان زور سان ائين لڳائن گھرجي، جيئن ھيٺيون مسالو جوڙن مان ٻاھر نڪري اچي. فالتو مال کي يڪدم آلي حالت ۾ ڪنھن ڀِڳل ڪپڙي سان اگھي صاف ڪرڻ کپي. بھتر تھ ائين آھي تھ ڪاٺ جي ويلڻ رستي ٽائيلن کي دٻايو وڃي، جيئن ٽائيلن جي مجموعي سطح ھموار رھي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان 24 ڪلاڪ گذرڻ بعد جوڙن ۾ ٽاٽ يا ڪنھن برش جي مدد سان سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي رٻڙي (Slurry) ڀرڻ گھرجي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پوءِ ٽن ڏينھن تائين انھن مٿان ڪنھن بھ وزني شيءِ کي ھلڻ يا رکڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد انھن مٿان پالش ڪري، انھن کي صابڻ سان صاف ڪرڻ گھرجي. ھن ۽ ٻين سڀني قسمن جي ٽائيلن جي فرش لاءِ ٽائيلن کي گھربل سائيز ۽ نموني ۾ ٽڪڻ جي حالت ۾ صرف ڪارائي استعمال ڪئي وڃي جيئن انھن جا ڪنارا تکا ۽ صاف رھن ۽ انھن جا جوڙ دلڪش رھن. جاءِ جي مڪمل ٿيڻ تائين ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪاٺ جي فالتو ٻوري يا ڪنھن ٻي شيءِ سان ڍڪي رکڻ گھرجي جيئن اھو جاءِ جي رنگ روغن ۽ ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي شيءِ جي داغن وغيره کان صاف رھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر يا سنگ موسيٰ جا فرش==
(Marble or Black Marble Floors)
  
ھن قسم جا فرش پٿر جھڙي سخت شيءِ جي سنگمرمر جي ھڪ جھڙن چؤنڪن يا تختن (Slabs)  استعمال ڪرڻ سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جي فرشن وڇائڻ کان اڳ انھن جو ھيٺيون تھھ (Base) اڳ ۾ بيان ڪيل فرشن جي تھھ وانگر ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ھنن کي ھيٺئين تھھ سان جوڙڻ واسطي 1:2 جي تناسب وارو چوني جو گچ يا سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جو گچ ¾ انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ مٿان پٿاريو ويندو آھي. ھنن جي جوڙن ۾ چوني جي لاپي (Lime putty) استعمال ڪئي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي جوڙن اندر زور سان ڀريو ويندو آھي. انھن جوڙن کي بالڪل صاف ۽ خوبصورتيءَ سان ٺاھيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھن جوڙن جي ويڪر 1/16 انچن کان وڌيڪ نھ رکڻ ڏني ويندي آھي. پٿر جي سرن جي ٿولھھ ڪنھن بھ صورت ۾ ¾ انچ کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي. انھي پٽيءَ جي نموني ۾ فرشبندي ڪرڻ واسطي ڪو بھ سنگمرمر جو ٽڪر 18 انچن کان گھٽ ڊگھو نھ رکڻ ڏنو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھيٺ ڄاڻايل ھدايتن جو پڻ خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي. 
(i) سنگمرمر جون سرون گھربل رنگ، قسم ۽ سائيز جون ھئڻ گھرجن. ڪن اٽليءَ جي سفيد ۽ آسماني ماربل جھڙين سرن استعمال ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ۽ گھربل انداز جي ڊزائن ۾ نھ ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ جيڪڏھن پالش ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھن جو رنگ ساڳيو نھ بيھي تھ انھيءَ فرشبنديءَ کي خارج ڪرڻ گھرجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جي ماربل جي ٽڪرن جو رنگ پالش ڪرڻ بعد ئي اصلي صورت اختيار ڪندو آھي. 
(ii) ھي سنگمرمر جا ٽڪرا بالڪل صحيح طرح ڪارائيءَ رستي وڍيل، سڀني پاسن کان بالڪل چؤڪور، ھڪ ئي ٿولھھ ۾ ۽ ھڪ ئي سنوت ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن ۽ ڏاڪڻ، دروازن ۽ ورانڊن کان ٻاھر نڪتل ڪنارن جي صورت ۾ ھنن جا ڪنارا بُل نوز (Bul-nose) جي صورت ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن 
(iii) اڀن جوڙن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ چوني جي پٽيءَ ۾ چوني جي مقدار جيترو کؤنر استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجي 
(iv) ڪم ھلڻ دوران ۽ انھن ماربل جي ٽڪرن جي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ کين 10 ڏينھن تائين پاڻيءَ سان تر رکڻ گھرجي (v)جڏھن فرش پوريءَ طرح ڄمي يعني سيٽ (Set)  ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪاربورئنڊم پٿر (Carborandum Stone)، يا ڪنھن ٻئي سخت پٿر ۽ کھريءَ ريتيءَ ذريعي تمام گھڻو پاڻي جالاري گٺو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ لاءِ جيڪڏھن مشين استعمال ڪجي تھ نھايت ئي بھتر آھي. جوڙن جي پالش لاءِ نھايت ئي نرم (Soft) پٿر استعمال ڪجي. جڏھن کھرائپ ختم ٿي وڃي تھ واري ڌوئي مٿاڇري کي تمام سنھي ڪاربورئنڊم جي پٿر، سر يا ايمري پائوڊر سان گسائي لسو ڪيو وڃي 
(vi) لسي ڪرڻ کان پوءِ فرش تي پٽي پائوڊر ھاري انھيءَ کي اوني ڪپڙي جي گدين (Felt pads) يا ناريل جي ڇلڪن جي کوپن رستي گھي، تمام جھجھي پاڻي سان پالش ڪيو وڃي ۽ جاءِ جي ڪم ھلڻ دوران ھن فرش کي داغن ۽ ٻئي نقصان کان بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي==
: (Dry Brick Pavi) 
ھن قسم جي فرشبندي ۾ پھرئين درجي جون ۽ ڪوشش ڪري ھر عليحدھ ۽ لڳاتار ٽڪري ۾ ھڪ جھڙي رنگ جون سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. زمين جي مٿاڇري کي چڱيءَ طرح پاڻي ھاري ڌمڪ يا نھرو ڪندڙ مشين (Compactors) ذريعي وھاري نھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيدءَ کي صحيح طرح سان گھربل سلاميءَ ۽ ڪئمبر (Camber)  ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ جي مٿان اڌ انچ ٿلھو مٽيءَ جي گاري جو ليپو ڏيئي يا چئن انچن جو ڪاري واريءَ (River or pit sand) جو تھھ ڏيئي انھيءَ مٿان گھربل نموني ۾ سڪل سرون ڄمائي انھن جي فرشبندي ڪئي ويندي آھي. . ھن فرشبندي ۾ ڪوشش ڪري بالڪل باريڪ جوڙ رکيا وڃن ۽ ڪو بھ جوڙ ¼ انچ کان وڌيڪ ويڪرو نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ سرن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان زور سان جڪڙي قابو رکيو وڃي ٿو. فرشبندي ختم ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان ڪاري واري ھاري جوڙن کي انھيءَ واريءَ سان ڀريو ويندو آھي ۽ فرش مٿان بچيل فالتو واريءَ کي ٻھاري صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي، ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ سرن کي اڀي صورت ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جو فرش سڌين سرن جي فرشن کان مضبوط ٿيندو آھي.
ڪن خاص حالتن ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جو تمام پٽڙو گارو ھاري سرن جي جوڙن کي صرف مٿان جوڙڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي اھو گارو سرن جي جي درزن ۾ مٿئين حصي منجھان داخل ٿيندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشبندي گودامن، رستن، اڱڻن، رستن ۽ چبوترن لاءِ ڪئي ويندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪاٺ جا فرش==  
: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن فرش تمام گھڻا مھانگا ھوندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اھي تمام عمدي ڪاٺ جا ٺاھڻا ھوندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جو استعمال گھڻو ڪري جابلو علائقن (Hilly areas) جھڙوڪ مري وغيره جي اھڙن ھنڌن تي ڪيو ويندو آھي، جتي ڪاٺ تمام گھڻو ۽ سستو پوي ٿو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ڪن خاص حالتن (جتي سانت جي ضرورت ھوندي آھي) ۾ ھنن فرشن جي ضرورت پوندي آھي، جھڙوڪ ناچ خانھ (Dancing Halls) ۽ سماعت خانھ (Auditoriums) وغيره. ھن قسم جا فرش بالڪل پختا ۽ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن اھي وڌيڪ کان وڌيڪ بار کڻي سگھن. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي خوبصورتيءَ جي لحاظ کان نھايت ئي لسو ھئڻ گھرجي. جيئن تھ ڪاٺ ۾ مڙڻ جي نمايان خاصيت ٿيندي آھي، انھيءَ ڪري اھڙن فرشن ۾ ھر ھڪ فوٽ جي فاصلي (Span) تي 1/40 کان 1/30 انچن جي حساب سان اوچائي (Camber) ڏيڻ گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==مفرد يا ھيڪوٽا فرش==
: (Single Floors) 
ھن قسم جي حالت ۾ ھڪ ئي طريقي  سان ڪامون يا شھتير (Bridging joists)  کوڙي انھيءَ مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. اھي ڪامون ھر پاسي کان ديوار جي ڪڙين (Wall plates) مٿان رکيون وينديون آھن. اھي ڪامون اھڙيون تھ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جو انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جي تختن کي ڪوڪن رستي ٺوڪڻ ۾ ڪا بھ تڪليف محسوس نھ ٿئي. انھن ڪامن جي اصلي ۽ بنيادي گھرج اھا آھي تھ اھي بالڪل سخت ۽ مضبوط ھئڻ گھرجن تھ جيئن اھي گھڻي کان گھڻو بار جھلي سگھن. انھيءَ مقصد واسطي اھي حساب ڪيل قوت کان وڌيڪ سخت قوت واري ڪاٺ مان ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. انھن شھتيرن جي ويڪر گھڻو ڪري 2 انچن کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ اھي ھڪ شھتير جي مرڪز کان ٻئي شھتير جي مرڪز تائين ھڪ فوٽ جي مفاصلي جي حساب سان رکيا ويندا آھن. وڌيڪ مفاصلي رکڻ سان انھن جي مڙڻ جو انديشو رھندو آھي ۽ اھو مڙڻ (Deflection)  ھر ٻن شھتيرن جي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي 1/333 حصي کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ھنن ڪامن کي تازي گاري (Green mortar)  يا اوساريءَ سان لڳڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي، نھ تھ انھن جو ڪاٺ ڳرڻ لڳندو، جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ھر حالت ۾ سڪل رکڻو آھي انھيءَ ڪري شھتيرن ۽ ڀتين جي ڇيڙن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي پوري گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي.ڊزائن ڪرڻ بعد شھتيرن کي صحيح ماپ ۽ جاءِ تي کوڙي، انھيءَ مٿان 1 انچ کان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھا ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳائي ڪاٺ جا فرش تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==ٻٽا فرش== 
: (Double Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڄي ڪمري جي فاصلي مطابق شھتير (Bridging joists)  نھ کوڙيا ويندا اھن ۽ انھيءَ جي برعڪس اھي ٻين شھتيرن جن کي ٻڌندڙ شھتير يا صرف ٻڌندڙ (Binding joists or Binders) ۽ ٽيڪنيڪي ٻوليءَ ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ سڏيو ويندو آھي،  انھن مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن. ھي بائينڊرس، مٿان رکيل شھتيرن ھيٺان  90 ڊگريءَ جي سڌي ڪنڊ تي کوڙيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کي ديوارن مٿان 6 کان 8 فوٽن جي فاصلي تي رکيو ويندو آھي. ڪوشش ڪري ھي فرش درن کان ڪجھھ ھٽائي رکيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جا فرش ھڪ تھھ وارن فرشن کان وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي آواز کي ٻاھر وڃڻ کان بھتر نموني ۾ روڪي سگھندا آھن. ليڪن ھيٺ وارين ديوارن تي ڪن نڪتن وٽ ھنن جو بار اچي ڪٺو ٿيندو آھي. ھنن فرشن جي عمق، اوچائي وڌڻ سان گڏو گڏ وڌي ٿي، انھيءَ سبب جاءِ جي اوچائي پڻ وڌائڻي پوي ٿي ۽ نتيجي ۾ ھي فرش نھايت ئي مھانگا پون ٿا. انھيءَ ڪري ھي فرش گھڻو ڪري ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا  ھن قسم جا فرش 12 فوٽن کان مٿي واري مفاصلي لاءِ ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا ۽ انھن ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ جا ڇيڙا ڀتين ۾ نھ کوڙيا ويندا آھن پر اھي کليل ڇڏيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھن کي ھوا لڳي سگھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.

==ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽِيڻن شھتِيرن وارا فرش==
: (Triple joist or framed wooden floors)

جيڪڏھن ڪنھن ڪمري يا وڏي ھال جو ننڍي ۾ ننڍو فاصلو (Short span)  اٽڪل 25 فوٽ يا انھيءَ کان وڌي وڃي تھ ھن طريقي جا ڪاٺ جا فرش ٺاھيا وڃن. ھر فرش گرڊرن، بائينڊرس، شھتيرن (Bridging joists) ۽ ڪاٺ جي تختن رستي ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڀ کان پھرين، ڪمري جي ننڍي فاصلي جي رخ ۾ 13 کان 20 فوٽن جي وٿيءَ تي گرڊر رکيا ويندا آھن. اھي وٿيون بائينڊرس رستي، جيڪي گرڊرن جي گوني ڪنڊ (Right angles) جي طرف رکيون وينديون آھن، ڀريون وينديون آھن. فرش جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ رکڻ لاءِ بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن اندر ٽسڪ ۽ ٽينن جوائنٽس (Tusk and Tennon joints) رستي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. گرڊرن جي ڇيڙن ۽ ديوارن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي جيئن ڪاٺ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رھي. جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ھڪ وڌيڪ ڪاٺ جي گرڊر جو اضافو ڪجي ٿو ۽ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن (Binding joists) کي انھيءَ سان جوڙي ڪاٺ جو پڃرو ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ سبب ڪري گرڊرن جي ڪمزور ٿيڻ جو انديشو رھي ٿو. انھيءَ انديشي کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٻڌندر  شھتيرن جي ڇيڙن کي لوھھ جي پٽين (Iron Stirrups)  ذريعي عليحدھ رکيو وڃي ٿو. مکيھ گرڊرن ۽ ٻڌندر شھتيرن کي ايتري حد تائين اونھو رکيو ويندو آھي جيتري ۾ ڇت ۾ ڏار پوڻ نھ ڏنا وڃن. شھتير (Bridging joists)  ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کان ترڇا (Across) رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن کي يا تھ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن جي مٿان رکيو ويندو آھي يا تھ انھن کي مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙي فريم ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. شھتيرن جي ھڪ وچ کان ٻئي وچ تائين 1 فوٽ کان 1 ½ فوٽ تائين مفاصلو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ آخر ۾ ڪاٺ جي تختن کي انھن مٿان رکي فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن سان اھڙي نموني ۾ جڪڙيو ويندو آھي جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو ڪاٺ جي گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو رھي. ليڪن، شھتير (Bridging joists) بائينڊرس مٿان ائين رکيا ويندا آھن، جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو مٿي بيھي. انھيءَ طريقي سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي ٿولھ گھٽائي سگھجي ٿي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;. 

==زميني يا ھيٺيان فرش== 
: (Ground Floors 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ ڪاٺ جي ڳرڻ جي انديشي واسطي پوسل کان روڪڻ لاءِ خاص اپاءُ ورتا ويندا آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جي ھيٺا سيمينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ ڏنا ويندا آھن. عام طرح سان ھيٺيون تھھ گھٽ ملاوث جھڙوڪ 1:6:12  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ۽ مٿيون تھھ 1:2:4  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ڏنو ويندو آھي. ھر ھڪ تھھ جي ٿولھھ  سراسري طور 3 انچ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ طرح سان پوري تھھ جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 6 انچ رکي ويندي آھي. فني (ٽيڪنيڪي) لحاظ کان انھيءَ کي ”سائيٽ“ يا ”اوور سائيٽ“ (Site or Oversite)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ تھھ جي مٿان 6 فوٽ ۽ 5 انچ جي ھر ھڪ مرڪزي مفاصلي کان ٻئي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي حساب سان 4 انچ ٿلھيون ڪاٺ جي تختن (Sleepers) يا پٿر جي بلاڪن يا پڪسري اوساريءَ رستي ننڍيون ديوارون ٺاھي، جن کي (Dwarf walls) چئبو آھي، انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جون وال پليٽون (Walls plates)  لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ديوارون ڪمرن جي ٻنھي طرفن يعني ويڪر ۽ ڊيگھھ جي رخ ۾ ۽ ھڪ جھڙي انداز جي وڇوٽيءَ تي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. شھتير جن کي (Bridging joists) سڏيو وڃي ٿو ۽ عام طرح سان 4 انچ x 44 انچ جي سائيز جا ٿين ٿا، انھن کي پليٽن جي مٿان چاڙھي ڪلن  ڪوڪن ۽ پيچن وارن اسڪرن ذريعي قابو ڪيو وڃي ٿو. آخر ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ انچ ۽ وڌ ۾ وڌ ڏيڍ انچ ٿولھھ وارا ڪاٺ جا تختا شھتيرن مٿان جوڙي ھن قسم جا فرش ٺاھيا ڃن ٿا
ڪاٺ جي تختن ھيٺان کليل حصي مان ھوا جي بالڪل پوري گذر واسطي ھيٺ ڏنل ديوارن ۾ ٽنگ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ چوڪيءَ جي ليول (Plinth level)  ھيٺان پڻ سوراخن وارن بلاڪن جون ديوارون ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. وال پليٽن لڳائڻ کان اڳ ۾ ھيٺ وارين ننڍين ديوارن ۽ پاسي وارين ڀِتين مٿان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھو پوسل روڪڻ وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ (D.P.C)  چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ عام طرح سان، شھتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. تمام اھم عمارتن لاءِ ڪنھن خاص سبب لاءِ ساڳ جو ڪاٺ (Teak wood)  پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڪڏھن وري ساڳ جي ڪاٺ جا تختا ۽ ديال جي ڪاٺ جا شھتير استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ شيشم جي صحيح تيار ٿيل ڪاٺ جا تختا پڻ لڳايا ويندا آھن&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==رٻڙ جا فرش== 
: (Rubber Flooring) 
ھن قسمن جي فرشبنديءَ واسطي گندڪ ملايل رٻڙ جا مرڪب، جيڪي رٻڙ ۾ اھڙي طريقي سان ملائي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھيءَ جي مضبوطي ۽ لچڪ وڌي وڃي، سي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جي شڪل بالڪل سڌي ۽ پلين چادر جھڙي، يا چادرن ۾ خانا ٺاھي پلين يا چٽسالي ڪيل چؤنڪن جي نموني ۾، ۽ يا تھ عليحده عليحده چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ٿيندي آھي. اھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا اھڙي ڪنھن ٻئي ٺوس ۽ سخت بنيادي تھھ (Base)  مٿان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. فرش چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنياد کي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي دز (Dust)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين شين جھڙوڪ پوسل، چڪنائيءَ وغيرھ کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ بنيادي تھھ ۾ جيڪي بھ ھيٺاھيون ۽ مٿاھيون ھونديون آھن، انھن کي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان صحيح ڪري ليول ڪيو ويندو آھي. استعمال ٿيندڙ رٻڙ 1/8  انچن کان ½  انچن جي معيادي ٿولھھ جو ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھميشھ گندڪ (Suphur)، ٽمڻ ۽ کھراڻ کان پاڪ قسم جو رٻڙ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ انھيءَ جو مٿاڇرو لسو ھجي ۽ پاڻيءَ ۽ ڪنھن سٺي معيار واري صابڻ يا ڪنھن اھڙيءَ ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ڌوئڻ يا پالش ڪرڻ سان انھيءَ جي رنگ تي ڪو اثر نھ پوي.  رٻڙ چاڙھڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي ھيٺئين پاسي کي کھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ھڪ ئي وقت 25 مربع فوٽن کان وڌيڪ ايراضيءَ تي نھ چاڙھبو آھي. رٻڙ چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنيادي فرس مٿان ڪنھن سٺي چنبڙائيندڙ (Adhesive)  مرڪب جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ کي ڏھن کان پندرنھن منٽن تائين کليل ڇڏي ڏبو آھي تھ جيئن انھيءَ کي ھوا لڳي. بعد ۾ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل قسم ۽ ڊزائن جي رٻڙ جو پوش چاڙھي انھيءَ مٿان سھڻي نموني زور ڏيئي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي تھ جيئن فرش جي بنيادي تھھ ۽ رٻڙ جي چادر جي وچ ۾ ھوا نھ رھي ۽ رٻڙ فرش سان بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح ۽ سڌائيءَ ۾ چنبڙي. انھيءَ لاءِ عام طرح سان ننڍو لوھ جو رولر استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان پوءِ رٻڙ جي فرش کي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٽن ڏينھن تائين آزاد ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن سٺي صابڻ سان ڌوئي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جا فرش اھم جاين، آفيسن، اسپتالن، سينيمائن ۽ ھوٽلن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. معياري تعليمي درسگاھن ۽ آڊيٽوريم اندر پڻ ھن قسم جا فرش پسند ڪيا ويندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھنن مٿان ھلن سان آواز نٿو ٿئي ۽ سانت رھي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم جا فرش== 
: (Linoleum Floors) 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ رٻڙ جي فرشن وانگر سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ وغيره جي بنياد مٿان لينوليم جو پلاسٽڪ جھڙو پوش چاڙھي ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ڪيميا جي خيال کان لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل (Linseed oil)، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگ وغيره جو مرڪب آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب تھھ جھڙوڪ ڪنوس (Convas)  مٿان پٿاري فرش جو پوش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. اھو پوش خوشنما نمونن ۾ ٺاھي، بنيادي فرش مٿان چاڙھي، ھن قسم جا دلڪش فرش ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. لينوليم جا رٻڙ جي فرش وانگر الڳ الڳ چؤنڪ پڻ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، انھن کي لينوليم جا چؤنڪا سڏيو ويندو آھي. ھي فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ سستا ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي وقفي وقفي سان وارنش ۽ ميڻ (Wax)  لڳائڻ سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال ڪري انھن کي پائيدار بڻائي سگھبو آھي. لينوليم عام طرح سان رولن وانگر ويڙھيل ٿانن جي صورت ۾ ملندي آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب ڳنڍيندڙ مرڪب (Adhesive) رستي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد انھيءَ تھھ مٿان وارنش لڳائي، کين چمڪايو ويندو آھي. موٽر ڪارن، لارين، جھازن ۽ ريل گاڏين وغيره جا فرش، پڻ لينوليم سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش رھائشي گھرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ريسٽورانن لاءِ بھ نھايت موزون رھن ٿا. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جا فرش== 
: (Cork Floors) 
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙين جاين يا جاين جي انھن حصن لاءِ ڪارآمد آھن، جن کي سانت وارو يعني بنا گوڙ وارو (Noiseless)  ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي، جھڙوڪ آڊيٽوريم، پبلڪ لئبرريون، ٿئيٽر ۽ چرچون (گرجائون) وغيره.ھي فرش ڪارڪن جي چادرن يا ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. ڪارڪ جي شيٽن يعني چادرن جي تياري ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن کان مختلف نموني جي ٿيندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ٽائيلن ۾ صرف ڪارڪن استعمال ٿيندو آھي ۽ چادرن ۾ ڪارڪ جا ڇلڪا ۽ ٻورو، السيءَ جو تيل، ڪاٺ جو ٻورو ۽ رنگ وغيره استعمال ٿيندا آھن. ٻنھي قسمن جي فرشن جو ڪجھھ بيان ھيٺ پيش ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش==
: (Cork tiles Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ ڪارڪ جا چؤنڪا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي چؤنڪا مختلف ماپن ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. داونن يعني بارڊرن (Borders)  لاءِ 1 کان 3 فوٽن تائين ويڪريون ۽ 6 فوٽ ڊگھيون ڪارڪ جون پٽيون پڻ ٺھنديون آھن. انھن ٽائيلن جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8  انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. اھڙين  ٽائيلن جو ترو سڌو يا جھريءَ وارو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ٽائيلون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي ھيٺئين تھھ (Sub base) مٿان لڳايون وينديون آھن. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ ڪاٺ جو آھي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم ھئڻ گھرجي يا تھ ٻي صورت ۾ انھيءَ مٿان پِلاءِ (Ply)  لڳائي وڃي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھرين ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل صاف ۽ ھڪ جھڙو ھئڻ گھرجي، جنھن مٿان نرم گديءَ جو پترو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي، جيئن ڪاٺ جي لڏڻ سان ٽائيلن جي تھھ کي ڪو نقصان نھ پھچي. انھن ٽائيلن کي خاص قسم جي ڏامر ذريعي نرم گديءَ سان چنبڙايو ويندو آھي ۽ آخري حصي يا ڪنڊن وارن چؤنڪن کي ڪوڪن ذريعي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھ (Base)  سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ مٿان 1:3  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ گاري جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ مٿاڇري کي بلڪل سنوت ۾ آڻي، سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو ويندو آھي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي تمام چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪري انھيءَ مٿان ڏامر (Bitumen)  جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي، انھيءَ مٿان ٽائيلون وڇايون وينديون آھن. 
ڪارڪ اوڪ (Oak)  يعني شاھ بلوط جي سدا بھار وڻن جي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھيءُ وڻ بحريھ روم جي قريبي ملڪن ۾ ٿيندا آھن، جنھن جي کل تمام گھڻي ٿلھي ٿيندي آھي. انھيءَ کل کي ھر اٺن يا ڏھن سالن کان پوءِ لاٿو ويندو آھي، جنھن کي اٻاري، ٿورڙو آلو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ پوءِ انھن کي ڇلي ۽ خوب طرح سان گسائي، گرم ويلڻن مان ايتري وقت تائين لنگھائبو رھبو آھي جيستائين انھيءَ کل مان شيري جھڙي گھاٽي شيءِ ٻاھر نڪري اچي. انھيءَ گھاٽي شيءِ نڪرڻ سان ڪارڪ جي اندر سنھا سوراخ نھ رھندا آھن ۽ اھو وڌيڪ سخت ۽ ٺوس ٿي ويندو  آھي. ھيءُ شيري جھڙو مادو ڪارڪ جي ذرن کي پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چنبڙائي رکندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان پوءِ انھيءَ ڪارڪ کي گھربل ماپ جي چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ڪاٽي وٺبو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرش==
: (Cork Sheet Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پي-وي-سيءَ جا فرش==
: ( Polyvinyl Chloride i.e. P.V.C Floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش گھريلو جاين، ريل گاڏيءَ جي دٻن، دفترن، آڊيٽوريم جي ھالن ۽ ٿئيٽرن وغيره لاءِ موزون رھندا آھن. ھي فرش پڻ رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش گھڻو ڪري زيبائش لاءِ ئي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھنن فرشي چادرن ۽ چؤنڪن جي ٿولھھ 1/16  انچن کان ¼ انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. 
ھيءُ پي-وي-سيءَ جو مرڪب جديد دور جي ايجاد آھي جيڪو ٿرموپلاسٽڪ بائينڊرس، فلرس ۽ رنگن مان ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو. ھن قسم جون چادرون 3 فوٽن، 3 ½ فوٽن ۽ 6 فوٽن جي ويڪرائيءَ ۾ ۽ چؤنڪا 1 فوٽ، 2 فوٽن ۽ 3 فوٽن جي سائيز ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن ۽ اھي ھڪ قسم جو لچڪدار ۽ اڻ ٽمندر مٿاڇرو مھيا ڪنديون آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==شيشي جا فرش==
: (Glass Floors)
~ھن قسم جا فرش گرائونڊ فلور ۾ اھڙن حصن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن جي ھيٺان تھھ خانا ھجن ۽ انھن تھھ خانن ۾ روشني پھچائڻ جي ضرورت ھجي. ھن قسم جا فرش مختلف نمونن ۾ ڪاٺ جا مضبوط فريم ٺاھي انھن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا چؤنڪا وجھي تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. عمارتي شيشو عمدي قسم جو ۽ مضبوط استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8 انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش ==
: (Asphalt Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن جا ٻھ نمونا ٿيندا آھن، ھڪ ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ٻيا ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش. ھنن ٻنھي نمونن جا فرش سستا، لچڪدار (Resilient)، اڻ جاذب (Non absorbent) ، پوسل روڪ (Moisture proof) ، تيزاب روڪ (Acid proof)، تيل (Oil)  ۽ گريس (Greese) سان مقابلو ڪندڙ ٿيندا آھن. انھن خاصيتن سبب ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن وارا فرش سرڪاري آفيسن ۽ اسڪولن وغيره جھڙين عمارتن ۽ ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ قسم جا فرش گودامن، ڀانڊن، ڪارخانن ۽ ٻين اھڙي نوعيت جي عمارتن ائسفالٽ جي چؤنڪن کي سخت بنياد مھيا ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مٿان ھڪ ٻئي سان ڳنڍي ھن قسم جو فرض ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. پر جيڪڏھن ڪاٺ جي فرش مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سڀني ڪاٺ جي پٽين ۽ تختن کي مضبوطيءَ سان ڪوڪن وغيرھ جي رستي جڪڙيو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن وڇائڻ کان پھرين ڪاٺ جي سطح مٿان ائسفالٽ، بٽومين يا رچيل ائسفالٽ جي اوني ڪپڙي (Asphalt saturated felt)  جو اٽڪل 3/8 انچن جو ٿلھو تھھ پٿاريو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش (Asphalt mastic floor)  ٺاھڻ واسطي انھيءَ کي گرم ڪري، ڪنھن ٺوٺ سطح، جھڙوڪ ڪاٺ يا سيمينٽ مٿان پٿاري ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت==
.(Maintenance and Repair of Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪوشش ڪري روزانو آلي پوچيءَ سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن اھو فرش تمام گھڻو گندو نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڏوتو وڃي. صابڻ جي تھھ کي فرش جي ڪنھن بھ ٽڪري تي بنا ڌيان جي ڇڏڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ فرش ترڪڻو ٿي پوندو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ فرش جو اھو ٽڪرو جھڪو (Dull)  ٿي پوندو. فرش جي ڌوئڻ واسطي سوڍا کار يا ٻين اھڙين تيز شين استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ جيڪڏھن فرش جو ڪو بھ حصو ٽٽي يا ڪنھن بھ نموني مرمت طلب ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سمورو پانيل يا خانو (Panel)  ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي، بنيادي ڪانڪريٽ کي سخت برش سان صاف ڪري، انھيءَ کي پاڻيءَ سان آلو رکي، ھڪ رات تائين ڇڏي ڏيڻ گھرجي. رات گذرڻ کان پوءِ بيٺل پاڻيءَ کي ڪڍي صاف ڪري، صاف سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ چاڙھو وڃي ۽ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل ٿولھھ ۽ گھربل تناسب، جھڙوڪ 1:2:4  يا اھڙو ڪو ٻيو موزون تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد ڪانڪريٽ کي دٻائي، پاسن واري فرش جي ٿولھھ برابر آندو وڃي، جيئن سموري فرش جي ليول ھڪ جھڙي ٿي وڃي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن پاسن وارن پانيلن جا ڇيڙا نھ ڀڄن. انھيءَ بعد نئين ٺاھيل پانيل کي ڏھن ڏينھن تائين تر رکيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>qjz945g9hbonftrotgbnuhzhs1lvl18</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401067</id>
      <parentid>401066</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:36:37Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401067</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="66137" sha1="nnxj8u8xiwel38e3er7qp7bzgf5chgt" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش ===

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش'''  اعليٰ درجي جا آرائشي فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ هيٺيون بنيادي تهه سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿئين تهه ۾ سفيد يا رنگين سيمينٽ سان بلوري پٿر (ماربل چپس) جا ننڍا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي فرش کي خوبصورت ۽ پائيدار بڻائيندا آهن.
فرش کي مختلف خانن يا ڊزائنن ۾ ورهائڻ لاءِ پتل، ٽامي، جست يا شيشي جون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. موزائيڪ جي تهه کي وجهي، مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) کان پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائينڊنگ) ۽ پالش ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مٿاڇري هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ بلوري داڻا نمايان ٿي ظاهر ٿيندا آهن. رنگين موزائيڪ فرشن لاءِ سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ مناسب رنگ پڻ ملائي سگهجن ٿا.
هي فرش رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، ڊگهي عمر وارا، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

==پٿر جا فرش==

(Stone or Flagged Floor) ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش جو بنيادي تھھ اڳ ۾ ڄاڻايل خاصيتن وارو ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ فرش اندر استعمال ٿيندڙ پٿر ھڪ ئي سائيز جا ڀلي نھ ھئڻ گھرجن، ليڪن انھن جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ ڏيڍ انچ، ويڪر 14 انچ ۽ ڊيگھھ اڍائي فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي .انھن پٿرن جو مٿاڇرو تمام سھڻي انداز ۾ گھڙيل، گول ٽڪرن ۽ ورن وڪڙن کان پاڪ ھئڻ گھرجي. انھن کي استعمال ڪرڻ کان اڳ ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ ڪلاڪ تائين پاڻيءَ جي حوض اندر ڀڄائي رکڻ گھرجي .انھن جي ھيٺان وڇايل بنياد (Base) بالڪل ھڪ ئي ليول ۾ ھئڻ گھرجي. انھن کي ھڪ ئي انداز جي ويڪر ۽ اھم لنگھھ (Main entrance) جي ديوار جي پور وڇوٽ ھئڻ گھرجن. انھن جي ھڪ قطار جا جوڙ ٻيءَ گڏو گڏ قطار جي مفاصلي کان گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 8 انچن کان گھٽ نھ ھئڻ گھرجن، جيئن ھڪ قطار جا جوڙ ٻيءَ قطار کان ٽٽل رھن. انھن جو بنياد سرن جي فرفش جي بنياد وانگر ھئڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن جا جوڙ عام طرح سان 1/8 انچن جي ٿولھھ جا ۽ 1:2 جي تناسب جي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي گاري جا ھئڻ گھرجن. پٿر ھميشھ پختي تھھ، جيڪو مترڪي (Mallet)  جي ڌڪن ھئڻ سان جانچي سگھجي ٿو، مٿان لڳائڻ گھرجن ۽ ھيٺئين بنياد جي نرم حصن (Soft patches) کي ٻاھر ڪڍي ٻيھر مضبوط ٺاھڻ گھرجي. پٿر جي چؤنڪن (Slabs) جي ڪنارن کان گاري (Mortar) کي پکڙجڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي ۽ ٽيپ نھ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙن ۾ آيل مال کي ڪرنيءَ (Trowel) رستي فلش (Flush)  ڪيو وڃي.  جيڪڏھن ٽيپ (Pointing) ڪرڻ مقصود ھجي تھ جوڙن کي ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي ھڪ جھڙي ٿولھھ وارين پٽين رستي ¼ انچن کان گھٽ ويڪرو نھ رکيو وڃي. جڏھن ھر ھڪ پٿر جي چؤنڪن جي قطار لڳي وڃي تھ ڪاٺ يا لوھھ جي پٽين کي ڪڍي، جلد ئي جوڙن کي 1:1 جي تناسب واري سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان ڀريو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي پٿرن جي مٿاڇري کان 1/16 انچ ھيٺ ڪرنيءَ سان ٽڪي ٽيپ ڪئي وڃي . ڪم ھلندي ھنن فرشن جي ترائي جاري رکي وڃي ۽ ڪم پوري ٿيڻ کان پوءِ بھ 14 ڏينھن تائين ترائي ضرور ڪجي ۽ تيار ٿيل ففرش مٿان ڪنھن بھ قسم جا نشان ۽ گاري جا داغ ٿيڻ نھ ڏجن ۽ اھڙي قسم جا داغدار فرش ڪڏھن بھ قبول نھ ڪيا وڃن. فرش جي ڪنھن بھ حصي مٿان ٽن ڏينھن تائين ڪنھن کي بھ ھلڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي ۽ انھن مٿان 7 ڏينھن تائين ڪنھن بھ وزنيءَ شيءِ کي آڻڻ نھ گھرجي. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش==
: (Glazzed Tile Flooring) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي ھيٺيون تھھ (Base) سرن جي فرش وانگر ٺاھڻ گھرجي. چمڪدار چينيءَ جا چؤنڪا گھربل سائيز ۽ رنگ مطابق ھئڻ گھرجن. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھريائين ھيٺئين تھھ مٿان گھڻي سيمينٽ واري گارري کي پٿارڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد چؤنڪن کي ڪاٺ جي ھٿوڙي ۽ گز جي مدد سان گھربل انداز ۽ گھربل سلاميءَ مطابق لڳائڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 36 ڪلاڪن تائين پاڻيءَ جي حوض اندر ٽٻائي رکڻ گھرجي.  ٽائيلن کي گاري مٿان رکي، ھٿوڙي جي مدد سان زور سان ائين لڳائن گھرجي، جيئن ھيٺيون مسالو جوڙن مان ٻاھر نڪري اچي. فالتو مال کي يڪدم آلي حالت ۾ ڪنھن ڀِڳل ڪپڙي سان اگھي صاف ڪرڻ کپي. بھتر تھ ائين آھي تھ ڪاٺ جي ويلڻ رستي ٽائيلن کي دٻايو وڃي، جيئن ٽائيلن جي مجموعي سطح ھموار رھي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان 24 ڪلاڪ گذرڻ بعد جوڙن ۾ ٽاٽ يا ڪنھن برش جي مدد سان سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي رٻڙي (Slurry) ڀرڻ گھرجي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پوءِ ٽن ڏينھن تائين انھن مٿان ڪنھن بھ وزني شيءِ کي ھلڻ يا رکڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد انھن مٿان پالش ڪري، انھن کي صابڻ سان صاف ڪرڻ گھرجي. ھن ۽ ٻين سڀني قسمن جي ٽائيلن جي فرش لاءِ ٽائيلن کي گھربل سائيز ۽ نموني ۾ ٽڪڻ جي حالت ۾ صرف ڪارائي استعمال ڪئي وڃي جيئن انھن جا ڪنارا تکا ۽ صاف رھن ۽ انھن جا جوڙ دلڪش رھن. جاءِ جي مڪمل ٿيڻ تائين ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪاٺ جي فالتو ٻوري يا ڪنھن ٻي شيءِ سان ڍڪي رکڻ گھرجي جيئن اھو جاءِ جي رنگ روغن ۽ ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي شيءِ جي داغن وغيره کان صاف رھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر يا سنگ موسيٰ جا فرش==
(Marble or Black Marble Floors)
  
ھن قسم جا فرش پٿر جھڙي سخت شيءِ جي سنگمرمر جي ھڪ جھڙن چؤنڪن يا تختن (Slabs)  استعمال ڪرڻ سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جي فرشن وڇائڻ کان اڳ انھن جو ھيٺيون تھھ (Base) اڳ ۾ بيان ڪيل فرشن جي تھھ وانگر ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ھنن کي ھيٺئين تھھ سان جوڙڻ واسطي 1:2 جي تناسب وارو چوني جو گچ يا سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جو گچ ¾ انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ مٿان پٿاريو ويندو آھي. ھنن جي جوڙن ۾ چوني جي لاپي (Lime putty) استعمال ڪئي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي جوڙن اندر زور سان ڀريو ويندو آھي. انھن جوڙن کي بالڪل صاف ۽ خوبصورتيءَ سان ٺاھيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھن جوڙن جي ويڪر 1/16 انچن کان وڌيڪ نھ رکڻ ڏني ويندي آھي. پٿر جي سرن جي ٿولھھ ڪنھن بھ صورت ۾ ¾ انچ کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي. انھي پٽيءَ جي نموني ۾ فرشبندي ڪرڻ واسطي ڪو بھ سنگمرمر جو ٽڪر 18 انچن کان گھٽ ڊگھو نھ رکڻ ڏنو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھيٺ ڄاڻايل ھدايتن جو پڻ خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي. 
(i) سنگمرمر جون سرون گھربل رنگ، قسم ۽ سائيز جون ھئڻ گھرجن. ڪن اٽليءَ جي سفيد ۽ آسماني ماربل جھڙين سرن استعمال ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ۽ گھربل انداز جي ڊزائن ۾ نھ ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ جيڪڏھن پالش ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھن جو رنگ ساڳيو نھ بيھي تھ انھيءَ فرشبنديءَ کي خارج ڪرڻ گھرجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جي ماربل جي ٽڪرن جو رنگ پالش ڪرڻ بعد ئي اصلي صورت اختيار ڪندو آھي. 
(ii) ھي سنگمرمر جا ٽڪرا بالڪل صحيح طرح ڪارائيءَ رستي وڍيل، سڀني پاسن کان بالڪل چؤڪور، ھڪ ئي ٿولھھ ۾ ۽ ھڪ ئي سنوت ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن ۽ ڏاڪڻ، دروازن ۽ ورانڊن کان ٻاھر نڪتل ڪنارن جي صورت ۾ ھنن جا ڪنارا بُل نوز (Bul-nose) جي صورت ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن 
(iii) اڀن جوڙن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ چوني جي پٽيءَ ۾ چوني جي مقدار جيترو کؤنر استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجي 
(iv) ڪم ھلڻ دوران ۽ انھن ماربل جي ٽڪرن جي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ کين 10 ڏينھن تائين پاڻيءَ سان تر رکڻ گھرجي (v)جڏھن فرش پوريءَ طرح ڄمي يعني سيٽ (Set)  ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪاربورئنڊم پٿر (Carborandum Stone)، يا ڪنھن ٻئي سخت پٿر ۽ کھريءَ ريتيءَ ذريعي تمام گھڻو پاڻي جالاري گٺو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ لاءِ جيڪڏھن مشين استعمال ڪجي تھ نھايت ئي بھتر آھي. جوڙن جي پالش لاءِ نھايت ئي نرم (Soft) پٿر استعمال ڪجي. جڏھن کھرائپ ختم ٿي وڃي تھ واري ڌوئي مٿاڇري کي تمام سنھي ڪاربورئنڊم جي پٿر، سر يا ايمري پائوڊر سان گسائي لسو ڪيو وڃي 
(vi) لسي ڪرڻ کان پوءِ فرش تي پٽي پائوڊر ھاري انھيءَ کي اوني ڪپڙي جي گدين (Felt pads) يا ناريل جي ڇلڪن جي کوپن رستي گھي، تمام جھجھي پاڻي سان پالش ڪيو وڃي ۽ جاءِ جي ڪم ھلڻ دوران ھن فرش کي داغن ۽ ٻئي نقصان کان بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي==
: (Dry Brick Pavi) 
ھن قسم جي فرشبندي ۾ پھرئين درجي جون ۽ ڪوشش ڪري ھر عليحدھ ۽ لڳاتار ٽڪري ۾ ھڪ جھڙي رنگ جون سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. زمين جي مٿاڇري کي چڱيءَ طرح پاڻي ھاري ڌمڪ يا نھرو ڪندڙ مشين (Compactors) ذريعي وھاري نھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيدءَ کي صحيح طرح سان گھربل سلاميءَ ۽ ڪئمبر (Camber)  ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ جي مٿان اڌ انچ ٿلھو مٽيءَ جي گاري جو ليپو ڏيئي يا چئن انچن جو ڪاري واريءَ (River or pit sand) جو تھھ ڏيئي انھيءَ مٿان گھربل نموني ۾ سڪل سرون ڄمائي انھن جي فرشبندي ڪئي ويندي آھي. . ھن فرشبندي ۾ ڪوشش ڪري بالڪل باريڪ جوڙ رکيا وڃن ۽ ڪو بھ جوڙ ¼ انچ کان وڌيڪ ويڪرو نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ سرن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان زور سان جڪڙي قابو رکيو وڃي ٿو. فرشبندي ختم ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان ڪاري واري ھاري جوڙن کي انھيءَ واريءَ سان ڀريو ويندو آھي ۽ فرش مٿان بچيل فالتو واريءَ کي ٻھاري صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي، ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ سرن کي اڀي صورت ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جو فرش سڌين سرن جي فرشن کان مضبوط ٿيندو آھي.
ڪن خاص حالتن ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جو تمام پٽڙو گارو ھاري سرن جي جوڙن کي صرف مٿان جوڙڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي اھو گارو سرن جي جي درزن ۾ مٿئين حصي منجھان داخل ٿيندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشبندي گودامن، رستن، اڱڻن، رستن ۽ چبوترن لاءِ ڪئي ويندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪاٺ جا فرش==  
: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن فرش تمام گھڻا مھانگا ھوندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اھي تمام عمدي ڪاٺ جا ٺاھڻا ھوندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جو استعمال گھڻو ڪري جابلو علائقن (Hilly areas) جھڙوڪ مري وغيره جي اھڙن ھنڌن تي ڪيو ويندو آھي، جتي ڪاٺ تمام گھڻو ۽ سستو پوي ٿو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ڪن خاص حالتن (جتي سانت جي ضرورت ھوندي آھي) ۾ ھنن فرشن جي ضرورت پوندي آھي، جھڙوڪ ناچ خانھ (Dancing Halls) ۽ سماعت خانھ (Auditoriums) وغيره. ھن قسم جا فرش بالڪل پختا ۽ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن اھي وڌيڪ کان وڌيڪ بار کڻي سگھن. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي خوبصورتيءَ جي لحاظ کان نھايت ئي لسو ھئڻ گھرجي. جيئن تھ ڪاٺ ۾ مڙڻ جي نمايان خاصيت ٿيندي آھي، انھيءَ ڪري اھڙن فرشن ۾ ھر ھڪ فوٽ جي فاصلي (Span) تي 1/40 کان 1/30 انچن جي حساب سان اوچائي (Camber) ڏيڻ گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==مفرد يا ھيڪوٽا فرش==
: (Single Floors) 
ھن قسم جي حالت ۾ ھڪ ئي طريقي  سان ڪامون يا شھتير (Bridging joists)  کوڙي انھيءَ مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. اھي ڪامون ھر پاسي کان ديوار جي ڪڙين (Wall plates) مٿان رکيون وينديون آھن. اھي ڪامون اھڙيون تھ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جو انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جي تختن کي ڪوڪن رستي ٺوڪڻ ۾ ڪا بھ تڪليف محسوس نھ ٿئي. انھن ڪامن جي اصلي ۽ بنيادي گھرج اھا آھي تھ اھي بالڪل سخت ۽ مضبوط ھئڻ گھرجن تھ جيئن اھي گھڻي کان گھڻو بار جھلي سگھن. انھيءَ مقصد واسطي اھي حساب ڪيل قوت کان وڌيڪ سخت قوت واري ڪاٺ مان ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. انھن شھتيرن جي ويڪر گھڻو ڪري 2 انچن کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ اھي ھڪ شھتير جي مرڪز کان ٻئي شھتير جي مرڪز تائين ھڪ فوٽ جي مفاصلي جي حساب سان رکيا ويندا آھن. وڌيڪ مفاصلي رکڻ سان انھن جي مڙڻ جو انديشو رھندو آھي ۽ اھو مڙڻ (Deflection)  ھر ٻن شھتيرن جي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي 1/333 حصي کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ھنن ڪامن کي تازي گاري (Green mortar)  يا اوساريءَ سان لڳڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي، نھ تھ انھن جو ڪاٺ ڳرڻ لڳندو، جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ھر حالت ۾ سڪل رکڻو آھي انھيءَ ڪري شھتيرن ۽ ڀتين جي ڇيڙن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي پوري گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي.ڊزائن ڪرڻ بعد شھتيرن کي صحيح ماپ ۽ جاءِ تي کوڙي، انھيءَ مٿان 1 انچ کان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھا ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳائي ڪاٺ جا فرش تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==ٻٽا فرش== 
: (Double Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڄي ڪمري جي فاصلي مطابق شھتير (Bridging joists)  نھ کوڙيا ويندا اھن ۽ انھيءَ جي برعڪس اھي ٻين شھتيرن جن کي ٻڌندڙ شھتير يا صرف ٻڌندڙ (Binding joists or Binders) ۽ ٽيڪنيڪي ٻوليءَ ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ سڏيو ويندو آھي،  انھن مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن. ھي بائينڊرس، مٿان رکيل شھتيرن ھيٺان  90 ڊگريءَ جي سڌي ڪنڊ تي کوڙيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کي ديوارن مٿان 6 کان 8 فوٽن جي فاصلي تي رکيو ويندو آھي. ڪوشش ڪري ھي فرش درن کان ڪجھھ ھٽائي رکيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جا فرش ھڪ تھھ وارن فرشن کان وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي آواز کي ٻاھر وڃڻ کان بھتر نموني ۾ روڪي سگھندا آھن. ليڪن ھيٺ وارين ديوارن تي ڪن نڪتن وٽ ھنن جو بار اچي ڪٺو ٿيندو آھي. ھنن فرشن جي عمق، اوچائي وڌڻ سان گڏو گڏ وڌي ٿي، انھيءَ سبب جاءِ جي اوچائي پڻ وڌائڻي پوي ٿي ۽ نتيجي ۾ ھي فرش نھايت ئي مھانگا پون ٿا. انھيءَ ڪري ھي فرش گھڻو ڪري ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا  ھن قسم جا فرش 12 فوٽن کان مٿي واري مفاصلي لاءِ ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا ۽ انھن ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ جا ڇيڙا ڀتين ۾ نھ کوڙيا ويندا آھن پر اھي کليل ڇڏيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھن کي ھوا لڳي سگھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.

==ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽِيڻن شھتِيرن وارا فرش==
: (Triple joist or framed wooden floors)

جيڪڏھن ڪنھن ڪمري يا وڏي ھال جو ننڍي ۾ ننڍو فاصلو (Short span)  اٽڪل 25 فوٽ يا انھيءَ کان وڌي وڃي تھ ھن طريقي جا ڪاٺ جا فرش ٺاھيا وڃن. ھر فرش گرڊرن، بائينڊرس، شھتيرن (Bridging joists) ۽ ڪاٺ جي تختن رستي ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڀ کان پھرين، ڪمري جي ننڍي فاصلي جي رخ ۾ 13 کان 20 فوٽن جي وٿيءَ تي گرڊر رکيا ويندا آھن. اھي وٿيون بائينڊرس رستي، جيڪي گرڊرن جي گوني ڪنڊ (Right angles) جي طرف رکيون وينديون آھن، ڀريون وينديون آھن. فرش جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ رکڻ لاءِ بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن اندر ٽسڪ ۽ ٽينن جوائنٽس (Tusk and Tennon joints) رستي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. گرڊرن جي ڇيڙن ۽ ديوارن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي جيئن ڪاٺ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رھي. جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ھڪ وڌيڪ ڪاٺ جي گرڊر جو اضافو ڪجي ٿو ۽ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن (Binding joists) کي انھيءَ سان جوڙي ڪاٺ جو پڃرو ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ سبب ڪري گرڊرن جي ڪمزور ٿيڻ جو انديشو رھي ٿو. انھيءَ انديشي کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٻڌندر  شھتيرن جي ڇيڙن کي لوھھ جي پٽين (Iron Stirrups)  ذريعي عليحدھ رکيو وڃي ٿو. مکيھ گرڊرن ۽ ٻڌندر شھتيرن کي ايتري حد تائين اونھو رکيو ويندو آھي جيتري ۾ ڇت ۾ ڏار پوڻ نھ ڏنا وڃن. شھتير (Bridging joists)  ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کان ترڇا (Across) رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن کي يا تھ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن جي مٿان رکيو ويندو آھي يا تھ انھن کي مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙي فريم ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. شھتيرن جي ھڪ وچ کان ٻئي وچ تائين 1 فوٽ کان 1 ½ فوٽ تائين مفاصلو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ آخر ۾ ڪاٺ جي تختن کي انھن مٿان رکي فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن سان اھڙي نموني ۾ جڪڙيو ويندو آھي جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو ڪاٺ جي گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو رھي. ليڪن، شھتير (Bridging joists) بائينڊرس مٿان ائين رکيا ويندا آھن، جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو مٿي بيھي. انھيءَ طريقي سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي ٿولھ گھٽائي سگھجي ٿي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;. 

==زميني يا ھيٺيان فرش== 
: (Ground Floors 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ ڪاٺ جي ڳرڻ جي انديشي واسطي پوسل کان روڪڻ لاءِ خاص اپاءُ ورتا ويندا آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جي ھيٺا سيمينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ ڏنا ويندا آھن. عام طرح سان ھيٺيون تھھ گھٽ ملاوث جھڙوڪ 1:6:12  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ۽ مٿيون تھھ 1:2:4  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ڏنو ويندو آھي. ھر ھڪ تھھ جي ٿولھھ  سراسري طور 3 انچ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ طرح سان پوري تھھ جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 6 انچ رکي ويندي آھي. فني (ٽيڪنيڪي) لحاظ کان انھيءَ کي ”سائيٽ“ يا ”اوور سائيٽ“ (Site or Oversite)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ تھھ جي مٿان 6 فوٽ ۽ 5 انچ جي ھر ھڪ مرڪزي مفاصلي کان ٻئي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي حساب سان 4 انچ ٿلھيون ڪاٺ جي تختن (Sleepers) يا پٿر جي بلاڪن يا پڪسري اوساريءَ رستي ننڍيون ديوارون ٺاھي، جن کي (Dwarf walls) چئبو آھي، انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جون وال پليٽون (Walls plates)  لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ديوارون ڪمرن جي ٻنھي طرفن يعني ويڪر ۽ ڊيگھھ جي رخ ۾ ۽ ھڪ جھڙي انداز جي وڇوٽيءَ تي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. شھتير جن کي (Bridging joists) سڏيو وڃي ٿو ۽ عام طرح سان 4 انچ x 44 انچ جي سائيز جا ٿين ٿا، انھن کي پليٽن جي مٿان چاڙھي ڪلن  ڪوڪن ۽ پيچن وارن اسڪرن ذريعي قابو ڪيو وڃي ٿو. آخر ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ انچ ۽ وڌ ۾ وڌ ڏيڍ انچ ٿولھھ وارا ڪاٺ جا تختا شھتيرن مٿان جوڙي ھن قسم جا فرش ٺاھيا ڃن ٿا
ڪاٺ جي تختن ھيٺان کليل حصي مان ھوا جي بالڪل پوري گذر واسطي ھيٺ ڏنل ديوارن ۾ ٽنگ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ چوڪيءَ جي ليول (Plinth level)  ھيٺان پڻ سوراخن وارن بلاڪن جون ديوارون ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. وال پليٽن لڳائڻ کان اڳ ۾ ھيٺ وارين ننڍين ديوارن ۽ پاسي وارين ڀِتين مٿان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھو پوسل روڪڻ وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ (D.P.C)  چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ عام طرح سان، شھتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. تمام اھم عمارتن لاءِ ڪنھن خاص سبب لاءِ ساڳ جو ڪاٺ (Teak wood)  پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڪڏھن وري ساڳ جي ڪاٺ جا تختا ۽ ديال جي ڪاٺ جا شھتير استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ شيشم جي صحيح تيار ٿيل ڪاٺ جا تختا پڻ لڳايا ويندا آھن&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==رٻڙ جا فرش== 
: (Rubber Flooring) 
ھن قسمن جي فرشبنديءَ واسطي گندڪ ملايل رٻڙ جا مرڪب، جيڪي رٻڙ ۾ اھڙي طريقي سان ملائي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھيءَ جي مضبوطي ۽ لچڪ وڌي وڃي، سي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جي شڪل بالڪل سڌي ۽ پلين چادر جھڙي، يا چادرن ۾ خانا ٺاھي پلين يا چٽسالي ڪيل چؤنڪن جي نموني ۾، ۽ يا تھ عليحده عليحده چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ٿيندي آھي. اھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا اھڙي ڪنھن ٻئي ٺوس ۽ سخت بنيادي تھھ (Base)  مٿان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. فرش چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنياد کي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي دز (Dust)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين شين جھڙوڪ پوسل، چڪنائيءَ وغيرھ کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ بنيادي تھھ ۾ جيڪي بھ ھيٺاھيون ۽ مٿاھيون ھونديون آھن، انھن کي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان صحيح ڪري ليول ڪيو ويندو آھي. استعمال ٿيندڙ رٻڙ 1/8  انچن کان ½  انچن جي معيادي ٿولھھ جو ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھميشھ گندڪ (Suphur)، ٽمڻ ۽ کھراڻ کان پاڪ قسم جو رٻڙ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ انھيءَ جو مٿاڇرو لسو ھجي ۽ پاڻيءَ ۽ ڪنھن سٺي معيار واري صابڻ يا ڪنھن اھڙيءَ ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ڌوئڻ يا پالش ڪرڻ سان انھيءَ جي رنگ تي ڪو اثر نھ پوي.  رٻڙ چاڙھڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي ھيٺئين پاسي کي کھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ھڪ ئي وقت 25 مربع فوٽن کان وڌيڪ ايراضيءَ تي نھ چاڙھبو آھي. رٻڙ چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنيادي فرس مٿان ڪنھن سٺي چنبڙائيندڙ (Adhesive)  مرڪب جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ کي ڏھن کان پندرنھن منٽن تائين کليل ڇڏي ڏبو آھي تھ جيئن انھيءَ کي ھوا لڳي. بعد ۾ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل قسم ۽ ڊزائن جي رٻڙ جو پوش چاڙھي انھيءَ مٿان سھڻي نموني زور ڏيئي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي تھ جيئن فرش جي بنيادي تھھ ۽ رٻڙ جي چادر جي وچ ۾ ھوا نھ رھي ۽ رٻڙ فرش سان بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح ۽ سڌائيءَ ۾ چنبڙي. انھيءَ لاءِ عام طرح سان ننڍو لوھ جو رولر استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان پوءِ رٻڙ جي فرش کي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٽن ڏينھن تائين آزاد ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن سٺي صابڻ سان ڌوئي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جا فرش اھم جاين، آفيسن، اسپتالن، سينيمائن ۽ ھوٽلن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. معياري تعليمي درسگاھن ۽ آڊيٽوريم اندر پڻ ھن قسم جا فرش پسند ڪيا ويندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھنن مٿان ھلن سان آواز نٿو ٿئي ۽ سانت رھي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم جا فرش== 
: (Linoleum Floors) 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ رٻڙ جي فرشن وانگر سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ وغيره جي بنياد مٿان لينوليم جو پلاسٽڪ جھڙو پوش چاڙھي ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ڪيميا جي خيال کان لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل (Linseed oil)، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگ وغيره جو مرڪب آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب تھھ جھڙوڪ ڪنوس (Convas)  مٿان پٿاري فرش جو پوش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. اھو پوش خوشنما نمونن ۾ ٺاھي، بنيادي فرش مٿان چاڙھي، ھن قسم جا دلڪش فرش ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. لينوليم جا رٻڙ جي فرش وانگر الڳ الڳ چؤنڪ پڻ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، انھن کي لينوليم جا چؤنڪا سڏيو ويندو آھي. ھي فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ سستا ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي وقفي وقفي سان وارنش ۽ ميڻ (Wax)  لڳائڻ سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال ڪري انھن کي پائيدار بڻائي سگھبو آھي. لينوليم عام طرح سان رولن وانگر ويڙھيل ٿانن جي صورت ۾ ملندي آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب ڳنڍيندڙ مرڪب (Adhesive) رستي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد انھيءَ تھھ مٿان وارنش لڳائي، کين چمڪايو ويندو آھي. موٽر ڪارن، لارين، جھازن ۽ ريل گاڏين وغيره جا فرش، پڻ لينوليم سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش رھائشي گھرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ريسٽورانن لاءِ بھ نھايت موزون رھن ٿا. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جا فرش== 
: (Cork Floors) 
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙين جاين يا جاين جي انھن حصن لاءِ ڪارآمد آھن، جن کي سانت وارو يعني بنا گوڙ وارو (Noiseless)  ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي، جھڙوڪ آڊيٽوريم، پبلڪ لئبرريون، ٿئيٽر ۽ چرچون (گرجائون) وغيره.ھي فرش ڪارڪن جي چادرن يا ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. ڪارڪ جي شيٽن يعني چادرن جي تياري ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن کان مختلف نموني جي ٿيندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ٽائيلن ۾ صرف ڪارڪن استعمال ٿيندو آھي ۽ چادرن ۾ ڪارڪ جا ڇلڪا ۽ ٻورو، السيءَ جو تيل، ڪاٺ جو ٻورو ۽ رنگ وغيره استعمال ٿيندا آھن. ٻنھي قسمن جي فرشن جو ڪجھھ بيان ھيٺ پيش ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش==
: (Cork tiles Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ ڪارڪ جا چؤنڪا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي چؤنڪا مختلف ماپن ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. داونن يعني بارڊرن (Borders)  لاءِ 1 کان 3 فوٽن تائين ويڪريون ۽ 6 فوٽ ڊگھيون ڪارڪ جون پٽيون پڻ ٺھنديون آھن. انھن ٽائيلن جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8  انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. اھڙين  ٽائيلن جو ترو سڌو يا جھريءَ وارو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ٽائيلون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي ھيٺئين تھھ (Sub base) مٿان لڳايون وينديون آھن. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ ڪاٺ جو آھي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم ھئڻ گھرجي يا تھ ٻي صورت ۾ انھيءَ مٿان پِلاءِ (Ply)  لڳائي وڃي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھرين ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل صاف ۽ ھڪ جھڙو ھئڻ گھرجي، جنھن مٿان نرم گديءَ جو پترو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي، جيئن ڪاٺ جي لڏڻ سان ٽائيلن جي تھھ کي ڪو نقصان نھ پھچي. انھن ٽائيلن کي خاص قسم جي ڏامر ذريعي نرم گديءَ سان چنبڙايو ويندو آھي ۽ آخري حصي يا ڪنڊن وارن چؤنڪن کي ڪوڪن ذريعي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھ (Base)  سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ مٿان 1:3  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ گاري جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ مٿاڇري کي بلڪل سنوت ۾ آڻي، سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو ويندو آھي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي تمام چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪري انھيءَ مٿان ڏامر (Bitumen)  جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي، انھيءَ مٿان ٽائيلون وڇايون وينديون آھن. 
ڪارڪ اوڪ (Oak)  يعني شاھ بلوط جي سدا بھار وڻن جي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھيءُ وڻ بحريھ روم جي قريبي ملڪن ۾ ٿيندا آھن، جنھن جي کل تمام گھڻي ٿلھي ٿيندي آھي. انھيءَ کل کي ھر اٺن يا ڏھن سالن کان پوءِ لاٿو ويندو آھي، جنھن کي اٻاري، ٿورڙو آلو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ پوءِ انھن کي ڇلي ۽ خوب طرح سان گسائي، گرم ويلڻن مان ايتري وقت تائين لنگھائبو رھبو آھي جيستائين انھيءَ کل مان شيري جھڙي گھاٽي شيءِ ٻاھر نڪري اچي. انھيءَ گھاٽي شيءِ نڪرڻ سان ڪارڪ جي اندر سنھا سوراخ نھ رھندا آھن ۽ اھو وڌيڪ سخت ۽ ٺوس ٿي ويندو  آھي. ھيءُ شيري جھڙو مادو ڪارڪ جي ذرن کي پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چنبڙائي رکندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان پوءِ انھيءَ ڪارڪ کي گھربل ماپ جي چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ڪاٽي وٺبو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرش==
: (Cork Sheet Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پي-وي-سيءَ جا فرش==
: ( Polyvinyl Chloride i.e. P.V.C Floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش گھريلو جاين، ريل گاڏيءَ جي دٻن، دفترن، آڊيٽوريم جي ھالن ۽ ٿئيٽرن وغيره لاءِ موزون رھندا آھن. ھي فرش پڻ رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش گھڻو ڪري زيبائش لاءِ ئي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھنن فرشي چادرن ۽ چؤنڪن جي ٿولھھ 1/16  انچن کان ¼ انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. 
ھيءُ پي-وي-سيءَ جو مرڪب جديد دور جي ايجاد آھي جيڪو ٿرموپلاسٽڪ بائينڊرس، فلرس ۽ رنگن مان ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو. ھن قسم جون چادرون 3 فوٽن، 3 ½ فوٽن ۽ 6 فوٽن جي ويڪرائيءَ ۾ ۽ چؤنڪا 1 فوٽ، 2 فوٽن ۽ 3 فوٽن جي سائيز ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن ۽ اھي ھڪ قسم جو لچڪدار ۽ اڻ ٽمندر مٿاڇرو مھيا ڪنديون آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==شيشي جا فرش==
: (Glass Floors)
~ھن قسم جا فرش گرائونڊ فلور ۾ اھڙن حصن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن جي ھيٺان تھھ خانا ھجن ۽ انھن تھھ خانن ۾ روشني پھچائڻ جي ضرورت ھجي. ھن قسم جا فرش مختلف نمونن ۾ ڪاٺ جا مضبوط فريم ٺاھي انھن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا چؤنڪا وجھي تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. عمارتي شيشو عمدي قسم جو ۽ مضبوط استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8 انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش ==
: (Asphalt Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن جا ٻھ نمونا ٿيندا آھن، ھڪ ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ٻيا ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش. ھنن ٻنھي نمونن جا فرش سستا، لچڪدار (Resilient)، اڻ جاذب (Non absorbent) ، پوسل روڪ (Moisture proof) ، تيزاب روڪ (Acid proof)، تيل (Oil)  ۽ گريس (Greese) سان مقابلو ڪندڙ ٿيندا آھن. انھن خاصيتن سبب ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن وارا فرش سرڪاري آفيسن ۽ اسڪولن وغيره جھڙين عمارتن ۽ ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ قسم جا فرش گودامن، ڀانڊن، ڪارخانن ۽ ٻين اھڙي نوعيت جي عمارتن ائسفالٽ جي چؤنڪن کي سخت بنياد مھيا ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مٿان ھڪ ٻئي سان ڳنڍي ھن قسم جو فرض ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. پر جيڪڏھن ڪاٺ جي فرش مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سڀني ڪاٺ جي پٽين ۽ تختن کي مضبوطيءَ سان ڪوڪن وغيرھ جي رستي جڪڙيو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن وڇائڻ کان پھرين ڪاٺ جي سطح مٿان ائسفالٽ، بٽومين يا رچيل ائسفالٽ جي اوني ڪپڙي (Asphalt saturated felt)  جو اٽڪل 3/8 انچن جو ٿلھو تھھ پٿاريو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش (Asphalt mastic floor)  ٺاھڻ واسطي انھيءَ کي گرم ڪري، ڪنھن ٺوٺ سطح، جھڙوڪ ڪاٺ يا سيمينٽ مٿان پٿاري ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت==
.(Maintenance and Repair of Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪوشش ڪري روزانو آلي پوچيءَ سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن اھو فرش تمام گھڻو گندو نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڏوتو وڃي. صابڻ جي تھھ کي فرش جي ڪنھن بھ ٽڪري تي بنا ڌيان جي ڇڏڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ فرش ترڪڻو ٿي پوندو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ فرش جو اھو ٽڪرو جھڪو (Dull)  ٿي پوندو. فرش جي ڌوئڻ واسطي سوڍا کار يا ٻين اھڙين تيز شين استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ جيڪڏھن فرش جو ڪو بھ حصو ٽٽي يا ڪنھن بھ نموني مرمت طلب ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سمورو پانيل يا خانو (Panel)  ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي، بنيادي ڪانڪريٽ کي سخت برش سان صاف ڪري، انھيءَ کي پاڻيءَ سان آلو رکي، ھڪ رات تائين ڇڏي ڏيڻ گھرجي. رات گذرڻ کان پوءِ بيٺل پاڻيءَ کي ڪڍي صاف ڪري، صاف سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ چاڙھو وڃي ۽ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل ٿولھھ ۽ گھربل تناسب، جھڙوڪ 1:2:4  يا اھڙو ڪو ٻيو موزون تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد ڪانڪريٽ کي دٻائي، پاسن واري فرش جي ٿولھھ برابر آندو وڃي، جيئن سموري فرش جي ليول ھڪ جھڙي ٿي وڃي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن پاسن وارن پانيلن جا ڇيڙا نھ ڀڄن. انھيءَ بعد نئين ٺاھيل پانيل کي ڏھن ڏينھن تائين تر رکيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>nnxj8u8xiwel38e3er7qp7bzgf5chgt</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401068</id>
      <parentid>401067</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:38:12Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401068</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="64230" sha1="k4gm2l6gmegcwu9uj5gm3pmhn9h0rq9" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش ===

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش'''  اعليٰ درجي جا آرائشي فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ هيٺيون بنيادي تهه سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿئين تهه ۾ سفيد يا رنگين سيمينٽ سان بلوري پٿر (ماربل چپس) جا ننڍا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي فرش کي خوبصورت ۽ پائيدار بڻائيندا آهن.
فرش کي مختلف خانن يا ڊزائنن ۾ ورهائڻ لاءِ پتل، ٽامي، جست يا شيشي جون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. موزائيڪ جي تهه کي وجهي، مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) کان پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائينڊنگ) ۽ پالش ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مٿاڇري هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ بلوري داڻا نمايان ٿي ظاهر ٿيندا آهن. رنگين موزائيڪ فرشن لاءِ سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ مناسب رنگ پڻ ملائي سگهجن ٿا.
هي فرش رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، ڊگهي عمر وارا، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پٿر جا فرش ===

'''پٿر جا فرش'''  مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا فرش هوندا آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي هڪجهڙي ٿولهه وارن قدرتي پٿرن جي چؤنڪن  سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. پٿرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن کي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان مناسب جوڙن سميت لڳايو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برابر ورهائجي ۽ فرش مضبوط رهي.
فرش جي جوڙن کي ضرورت موجب ٽيپ (پوائنٽگ) ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڪم مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور سرڪاري عمارتن، برآمدن، اڱڻن، راهدارين ۽ ٻين هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين قائم رهندڙ فرش گهربل هجي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

==چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش==
: (Glazzed Tile Flooring) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي ھيٺيون تھھ (Base) سرن جي فرش وانگر ٺاھڻ گھرجي. چمڪدار چينيءَ جا چؤنڪا گھربل سائيز ۽ رنگ مطابق ھئڻ گھرجن. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھريائين ھيٺئين تھھ مٿان گھڻي سيمينٽ واري گارري کي پٿارڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد چؤنڪن کي ڪاٺ جي ھٿوڙي ۽ گز جي مدد سان گھربل انداز ۽ گھربل سلاميءَ مطابق لڳائڻ گھرجي ۽ انھن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ 36 ڪلاڪن تائين پاڻيءَ جي حوض اندر ٽٻائي رکڻ گھرجي.  ٽائيلن کي گاري مٿان رکي، ھٿوڙي جي مدد سان زور سان ائين لڳائن گھرجي، جيئن ھيٺيون مسالو جوڙن مان ٻاھر نڪري اچي. فالتو مال کي يڪدم آلي حالت ۾ ڪنھن ڀِڳل ڪپڙي سان اگھي صاف ڪرڻ کپي. بھتر تھ ائين آھي تھ ڪاٺ جي ويلڻ رستي ٽائيلن کي دٻايو وڃي، جيئن ٽائيلن جي مجموعي سطح ھموار رھي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان 24 ڪلاڪ گذرڻ بعد جوڙن ۾ ٽاٽ يا ڪنھن برش جي مدد سان سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي رٻڙي (Slurry) ڀرڻ گھرجي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پوءِ ٽن ڏينھن تائين انھن مٿان ڪنھن بھ وزني شيءِ کي ھلڻ يا رکڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد انھن مٿان پالش ڪري، انھن کي صابڻ سان صاف ڪرڻ گھرجي. ھن ۽ ٻين سڀني قسمن جي ٽائيلن جي فرش لاءِ ٽائيلن کي گھربل سائيز ۽ نموني ۾ ٽڪڻ جي حالت ۾ صرف ڪارائي استعمال ڪئي وڃي جيئن انھن جا ڪنارا تکا ۽ صاف رھن ۽ انھن جا جوڙ دلڪش رھن. جاءِ جي مڪمل ٿيڻ تائين ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪاٺ جي فالتو ٻوري يا ڪنھن ٻي شيءِ سان ڍڪي رکڻ گھرجي جيئن اھو جاءِ جي رنگ روغن ۽ ٻئي ڪنھن اھڙي شيءِ جي داغن وغيره کان صاف رھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر يا سنگ موسيٰ جا فرش==
(Marble or Black Marble Floors)
  
ھن قسم جا فرش پٿر جھڙي سخت شيءِ جي سنگمرمر جي ھڪ جھڙن چؤنڪن يا تختن (Slabs)  استعمال ڪرڻ سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جي فرشن وڇائڻ کان اڳ انھن جو ھيٺيون تھھ (Base) اڳ ۾ بيان ڪيل فرشن جي تھھ وانگر ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ھنن کي ھيٺئين تھھ سان جوڙڻ واسطي 1:2 جي تناسب وارو چوني جو گچ يا سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جو گچ ¾ انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ مٿان پٿاريو ويندو آھي. ھنن جي جوڙن ۾ چوني جي لاپي (Lime putty) استعمال ڪئي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي جوڙن اندر زور سان ڀريو ويندو آھي. انھن جوڙن کي بالڪل صاف ۽ خوبصورتيءَ سان ٺاھيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھن جوڙن جي ويڪر 1/16 انچن کان وڌيڪ نھ رکڻ ڏني ويندي آھي. پٿر جي سرن جي ٿولھھ ڪنھن بھ صورت ۾ ¾ انچ کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي. انھي پٽيءَ جي نموني ۾ فرشبندي ڪرڻ واسطي ڪو بھ سنگمرمر جو ٽڪر 18 انچن کان گھٽ ڊگھو نھ رکڻ ڏنو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھيٺ ڄاڻايل ھدايتن جو پڻ خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي. 
(i) سنگمرمر جون سرون گھربل رنگ، قسم ۽ سائيز جون ھئڻ گھرجن. ڪن اٽليءَ جي سفيد ۽ آسماني ماربل جھڙين سرن استعمال ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ۽ گھربل انداز جي ڊزائن ۾ نھ ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ جيڪڏھن پالش ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھن جو رنگ ساڳيو نھ بيھي تھ انھيءَ فرشبنديءَ کي خارج ڪرڻ گھرجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جي ماربل جي ٽڪرن جو رنگ پالش ڪرڻ بعد ئي اصلي صورت اختيار ڪندو آھي. 
(ii) ھي سنگمرمر جا ٽڪرا بالڪل صحيح طرح ڪارائيءَ رستي وڍيل، سڀني پاسن کان بالڪل چؤڪور، ھڪ ئي ٿولھھ ۾ ۽ ھڪ ئي سنوت ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن ۽ ڏاڪڻ، دروازن ۽ ورانڊن کان ٻاھر نڪتل ڪنارن جي صورت ۾ ھنن جا ڪنارا بُل نوز (Bul-nose) جي صورت ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن 
(iii) اڀن جوڙن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ چوني جي پٽيءَ ۾ چوني جي مقدار جيترو کؤنر استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجي 
(iv) ڪم ھلڻ دوران ۽ انھن ماربل جي ٽڪرن جي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ کين 10 ڏينھن تائين پاڻيءَ سان تر رکڻ گھرجي (v)جڏھن فرش پوريءَ طرح ڄمي يعني سيٽ (Set)  ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪاربورئنڊم پٿر (Carborandum Stone)، يا ڪنھن ٻئي سخت پٿر ۽ کھريءَ ريتيءَ ذريعي تمام گھڻو پاڻي جالاري گٺو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ لاءِ جيڪڏھن مشين استعمال ڪجي تھ نھايت ئي بھتر آھي. جوڙن جي پالش لاءِ نھايت ئي نرم (Soft) پٿر استعمال ڪجي. جڏھن کھرائپ ختم ٿي وڃي تھ واري ڌوئي مٿاڇري کي تمام سنھي ڪاربورئنڊم جي پٿر، سر يا ايمري پائوڊر سان گسائي لسو ڪيو وڃي 
(vi) لسي ڪرڻ کان پوءِ فرش تي پٽي پائوڊر ھاري انھيءَ کي اوني ڪپڙي جي گدين (Felt pads) يا ناريل جي ڇلڪن جي کوپن رستي گھي، تمام جھجھي پاڻي سان پالش ڪيو وڃي ۽ جاءِ جي ڪم ھلڻ دوران ھن فرش کي داغن ۽ ٻئي نقصان کان بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي==
: (Dry Brick Pavi) 
ھن قسم جي فرشبندي ۾ پھرئين درجي جون ۽ ڪوشش ڪري ھر عليحدھ ۽ لڳاتار ٽڪري ۾ ھڪ جھڙي رنگ جون سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. زمين جي مٿاڇري کي چڱيءَ طرح پاڻي ھاري ڌمڪ يا نھرو ڪندڙ مشين (Compactors) ذريعي وھاري نھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيدءَ کي صحيح طرح سان گھربل سلاميءَ ۽ ڪئمبر (Camber)  ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ جي مٿان اڌ انچ ٿلھو مٽيءَ جي گاري جو ليپو ڏيئي يا چئن انچن جو ڪاري واريءَ (River or pit sand) جو تھھ ڏيئي انھيءَ مٿان گھربل نموني ۾ سڪل سرون ڄمائي انھن جي فرشبندي ڪئي ويندي آھي. . ھن فرشبندي ۾ ڪوشش ڪري بالڪل باريڪ جوڙ رکيا وڃن ۽ ڪو بھ جوڙ ¼ انچ کان وڌيڪ ويڪرو نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ سرن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان زور سان جڪڙي قابو رکيو وڃي ٿو. فرشبندي ختم ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان ڪاري واري ھاري جوڙن کي انھيءَ واريءَ سان ڀريو ويندو آھي ۽ فرش مٿان بچيل فالتو واريءَ کي ٻھاري صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي، ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ سرن کي اڀي صورت ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جو فرش سڌين سرن جي فرشن کان مضبوط ٿيندو آھي.
ڪن خاص حالتن ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جو تمام پٽڙو گارو ھاري سرن جي جوڙن کي صرف مٿان جوڙڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي اھو گارو سرن جي جي درزن ۾ مٿئين حصي منجھان داخل ٿيندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشبندي گودامن، رستن، اڱڻن، رستن ۽ چبوترن لاءِ ڪئي ويندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪاٺ جا فرش==  
: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن فرش تمام گھڻا مھانگا ھوندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اھي تمام عمدي ڪاٺ جا ٺاھڻا ھوندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جو استعمال گھڻو ڪري جابلو علائقن (Hilly areas) جھڙوڪ مري وغيره جي اھڙن ھنڌن تي ڪيو ويندو آھي، جتي ڪاٺ تمام گھڻو ۽ سستو پوي ٿو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ڪن خاص حالتن (جتي سانت جي ضرورت ھوندي آھي) ۾ ھنن فرشن جي ضرورت پوندي آھي، جھڙوڪ ناچ خانھ (Dancing Halls) ۽ سماعت خانھ (Auditoriums) وغيره. ھن قسم جا فرش بالڪل پختا ۽ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن اھي وڌيڪ کان وڌيڪ بار کڻي سگھن. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي خوبصورتيءَ جي لحاظ کان نھايت ئي لسو ھئڻ گھرجي. جيئن تھ ڪاٺ ۾ مڙڻ جي نمايان خاصيت ٿيندي آھي، انھيءَ ڪري اھڙن فرشن ۾ ھر ھڪ فوٽ جي فاصلي (Span) تي 1/40 کان 1/30 انچن جي حساب سان اوچائي (Camber) ڏيڻ گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==مفرد يا ھيڪوٽا فرش==
: (Single Floors) 
ھن قسم جي حالت ۾ ھڪ ئي طريقي  سان ڪامون يا شھتير (Bridging joists)  کوڙي انھيءَ مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. اھي ڪامون ھر پاسي کان ديوار جي ڪڙين (Wall plates) مٿان رکيون وينديون آھن. اھي ڪامون اھڙيون تھ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جو انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جي تختن کي ڪوڪن رستي ٺوڪڻ ۾ ڪا بھ تڪليف محسوس نھ ٿئي. انھن ڪامن جي اصلي ۽ بنيادي گھرج اھا آھي تھ اھي بالڪل سخت ۽ مضبوط ھئڻ گھرجن تھ جيئن اھي گھڻي کان گھڻو بار جھلي سگھن. انھيءَ مقصد واسطي اھي حساب ڪيل قوت کان وڌيڪ سخت قوت واري ڪاٺ مان ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. انھن شھتيرن جي ويڪر گھڻو ڪري 2 انچن کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ اھي ھڪ شھتير جي مرڪز کان ٻئي شھتير جي مرڪز تائين ھڪ فوٽ جي مفاصلي جي حساب سان رکيا ويندا آھن. وڌيڪ مفاصلي رکڻ سان انھن جي مڙڻ جو انديشو رھندو آھي ۽ اھو مڙڻ (Deflection)  ھر ٻن شھتيرن جي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي 1/333 حصي کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ھنن ڪامن کي تازي گاري (Green mortar)  يا اوساريءَ سان لڳڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي، نھ تھ انھن جو ڪاٺ ڳرڻ لڳندو، جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ھر حالت ۾ سڪل رکڻو آھي انھيءَ ڪري شھتيرن ۽ ڀتين جي ڇيڙن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي پوري گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي.ڊزائن ڪرڻ بعد شھتيرن کي صحيح ماپ ۽ جاءِ تي کوڙي، انھيءَ مٿان 1 انچ کان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھا ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳائي ڪاٺ جا فرش تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==ٻٽا فرش== 
: (Double Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڄي ڪمري جي فاصلي مطابق شھتير (Bridging joists)  نھ کوڙيا ويندا اھن ۽ انھيءَ جي برعڪس اھي ٻين شھتيرن جن کي ٻڌندڙ شھتير يا صرف ٻڌندڙ (Binding joists or Binders) ۽ ٽيڪنيڪي ٻوليءَ ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ سڏيو ويندو آھي،  انھن مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن. ھي بائينڊرس، مٿان رکيل شھتيرن ھيٺان  90 ڊگريءَ جي سڌي ڪنڊ تي کوڙيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کي ديوارن مٿان 6 کان 8 فوٽن جي فاصلي تي رکيو ويندو آھي. ڪوشش ڪري ھي فرش درن کان ڪجھھ ھٽائي رکيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جا فرش ھڪ تھھ وارن فرشن کان وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي آواز کي ٻاھر وڃڻ کان بھتر نموني ۾ روڪي سگھندا آھن. ليڪن ھيٺ وارين ديوارن تي ڪن نڪتن وٽ ھنن جو بار اچي ڪٺو ٿيندو آھي. ھنن فرشن جي عمق، اوچائي وڌڻ سان گڏو گڏ وڌي ٿي، انھيءَ سبب جاءِ جي اوچائي پڻ وڌائڻي پوي ٿي ۽ نتيجي ۾ ھي فرش نھايت ئي مھانگا پون ٿا. انھيءَ ڪري ھي فرش گھڻو ڪري ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا  ھن قسم جا فرش 12 فوٽن کان مٿي واري مفاصلي لاءِ ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا ۽ انھن ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ جا ڇيڙا ڀتين ۾ نھ کوڙيا ويندا آھن پر اھي کليل ڇڏيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھن کي ھوا لڳي سگھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.

==ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽِيڻن شھتِيرن وارا فرش==
: (Triple joist or framed wooden floors)

جيڪڏھن ڪنھن ڪمري يا وڏي ھال جو ننڍي ۾ ننڍو فاصلو (Short span)  اٽڪل 25 فوٽ يا انھيءَ کان وڌي وڃي تھ ھن طريقي جا ڪاٺ جا فرش ٺاھيا وڃن. ھر فرش گرڊرن، بائينڊرس، شھتيرن (Bridging joists) ۽ ڪاٺ جي تختن رستي ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڀ کان پھرين، ڪمري جي ننڍي فاصلي جي رخ ۾ 13 کان 20 فوٽن جي وٿيءَ تي گرڊر رکيا ويندا آھن. اھي وٿيون بائينڊرس رستي، جيڪي گرڊرن جي گوني ڪنڊ (Right angles) جي طرف رکيون وينديون آھن، ڀريون وينديون آھن. فرش جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ رکڻ لاءِ بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن اندر ٽسڪ ۽ ٽينن جوائنٽس (Tusk and Tennon joints) رستي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. گرڊرن جي ڇيڙن ۽ ديوارن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي جيئن ڪاٺ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رھي. جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ھڪ وڌيڪ ڪاٺ جي گرڊر جو اضافو ڪجي ٿو ۽ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن (Binding joists) کي انھيءَ سان جوڙي ڪاٺ جو پڃرو ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ سبب ڪري گرڊرن جي ڪمزور ٿيڻ جو انديشو رھي ٿو. انھيءَ انديشي کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٻڌندر  شھتيرن جي ڇيڙن کي لوھھ جي پٽين (Iron Stirrups)  ذريعي عليحدھ رکيو وڃي ٿو. مکيھ گرڊرن ۽ ٻڌندر شھتيرن کي ايتري حد تائين اونھو رکيو ويندو آھي جيتري ۾ ڇت ۾ ڏار پوڻ نھ ڏنا وڃن. شھتير (Bridging joists)  ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کان ترڇا (Across) رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن کي يا تھ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن جي مٿان رکيو ويندو آھي يا تھ انھن کي مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙي فريم ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. شھتيرن جي ھڪ وچ کان ٻئي وچ تائين 1 فوٽ کان 1 ½ فوٽ تائين مفاصلو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ آخر ۾ ڪاٺ جي تختن کي انھن مٿان رکي فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن سان اھڙي نموني ۾ جڪڙيو ويندو آھي جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو ڪاٺ جي گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو رھي. ليڪن، شھتير (Bridging joists) بائينڊرس مٿان ائين رکيا ويندا آھن، جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو مٿي بيھي. انھيءَ طريقي سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي ٿولھ گھٽائي سگھجي ٿي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;. 

==زميني يا ھيٺيان فرش== 
: (Ground Floors 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ ڪاٺ جي ڳرڻ جي انديشي واسطي پوسل کان روڪڻ لاءِ خاص اپاءُ ورتا ويندا آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جي ھيٺا سيمينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ ڏنا ويندا آھن. عام طرح سان ھيٺيون تھھ گھٽ ملاوث جھڙوڪ 1:6:12  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ۽ مٿيون تھھ 1:2:4  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ڏنو ويندو آھي. ھر ھڪ تھھ جي ٿولھھ  سراسري طور 3 انچ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ طرح سان پوري تھھ جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 6 انچ رکي ويندي آھي. فني (ٽيڪنيڪي) لحاظ کان انھيءَ کي ”سائيٽ“ يا ”اوور سائيٽ“ (Site or Oversite)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ تھھ جي مٿان 6 فوٽ ۽ 5 انچ جي ھر ھڪ مرڪزي مفاصلي کان ٻئي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي حساب سان 4 انچ ٿلھيون ڪاٺ جي تختن (Sleepers) يا پٿر جي بلاڪن يا پڪسري اوساريءَ رستي ننڍيون ديوارون ٺاھي، جن کي (Dwarf walls) چئبو آھي، انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جون وال پليٽون (Walls plates)  لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ديوارون ڪمرن جي ٻنھي طرفن يعني ويڪر ۽ ڊيگھھ جي رخ ۾ ۽ ھڪ جھڙي انداز جي وڇوٽيءَ تي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. شھتير جن کي (Bridging joists) سڏيو وڃي ٿو ۽ عام طرح سان 4 انچ x 44 انچ جي سائيز جا ٿين ٿا، انھن کي پليٽن جي مٿان چاڙھي ڪلن  ڪوڪن ۽ پيچن وارن اسڪرن ذريعي قابو ڪيو وڃي ٿو. آخر ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ انچ ۽ وڌ ۾ وڌ ڏيڍ انچ ٿولھھ وارا ڪاٺ جا تختا شھتيرن مٿان جوڙي ھن قسم جا فرش ٺاھيا ڃن ٿا
ڪاٺ جي تختن ھيٺان کليل حصي مان ھوا جي بالڪل پوري گذر واسطي ھيٺ ڏنل ديوارن ۾ ٽنگ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ چوڪيءَ جي ليول (Plinth level)  ھيٺان پڻ سوراخن وارن بلاڪن جون ديوارون ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. وال پليٽن لڳائڻ کان اڳ ۾ ھيٺ وارين ننڍين ديوارن ۽ پاسي وارين ڀِتين مٿان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھو پوسل روڪڻ وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ (D.P.C)  چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ عام طرح سان، شھتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. تمام اھم عمارتن لاءِ ڪنھن خاص سبب لاءِ ساڳ جو ڪاٺ (Teak wood)  پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڪڏھن وري ساڳ جي ڪاٺ جا تختا ۽ ديال جي ڪاٺ جا شھتير استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ شيشم جي صحيح تيار ٿيل ڪاٺ جا تختا پڻ لڳايا ويندا آھن&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==رٻڙ جا فرش== 
: (Rubber Flooring) 
ھن قسمن جي فرشبنديءَ واسطي گندڪ ملايل رٻڙ جا مرڪب، جيڪي رٻڙ ۾ اھڙي طريقي سان ملائي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھيءَ جي مضبوطي ۽ لچڪ وڌي وڃي، سي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جي شڪل بالڪل سڌي ۽ پلين چادر جھڙي، يا چادرن ۾ خانا ٺاھي پلين يا چٽسالي ڪيل چؤنڪن جي نموني ۾، ۽ يا تھ عليحده عليحده چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ٿيندي آھي. اھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا اھڙي ڪنھن ٻئي ٺوس ۽ سخت بنيادي تھھ (Base)  مٿان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. فرش چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنياد کي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي دز (Dust)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين شين جھڙوڪ پوسل، چڪنائيءَ وغيرھ کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ بنيادي تھھ ۾ جيڪي بھ ھيٺاھيون ۽ مٿاھيون ھونديون آھن، انھن کي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان صحيح ڪري ليول ڪيو ويندو آھي. استعمال ٿيندڙ رٻڙ 1/8  انچن کان ½  انچن جي معيادي ٿولھھ جو ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھميشھ گندڪ (Suphur)، ٽمڻ ۽ کھراڻ کان پاڪ قسم جو رٻڙ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ انھيءَ جو مٿاڇرو لسو ھجي ۽ پاڻيءَ ۽ ڪنھن سٺي معيار واري صابڻ يا ڪنھن اھڙيءَ ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ڌوئڻ يا پالش ڪرڻ سان انھيءَ جي رنگ تي ڪو اثر نھ پوي.  رٻڙ چاڙھڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي ھيٺئين پاسي کي کھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ھڪ ئي وقت 25 مربع فوٽن کان وڌيڪ ايراضيءَ تي نھ چاڙھبو آھي. رٻڙ چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنيادي فرس مٿان ڪنھن سٺي چنبڙائيندڙ (Adhesive)  مرڪب جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ کي ڏھن کان پندرنھن منٽن تائين کليل ڇڏي ڏبو آھي تھ جيئن انھيءَ کي ھوا لڳي. بعد ۾ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل قسم ۽ ڊزائن جي رٻڙ جو پوش چاڙھي انھيءَ مٿان سھڻي نموني زور ڏيئي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي تھ جيئن فرش جي بنيادي تھھ ۽ رٻڙ جي چادر جي وچ ۾ ھوا نھ رھي ۽ رٻڙ فرش سان بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح ۽ سڌائيءَ ۾ چنبڙي. انھيءَ لاءِ عام طرح سان ننڍو لوھ جو رولر استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان پوءِ رٻڙ جي فرش کي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٽن ڏينھن تائين آزاد ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن سٺي صابڻ سان ڌوئي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جا فرش اھم جاين، آفيسن، اسپتالن، سينيمائن ۽ ھوٽلن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. معياري تعليمي درسگاھن ۽ آڊيٽوريم اندر پڻ ھن قسم جا فرش پسند ڪيا ويندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھنن مٿان ھلن سان آواز نٿو ٿئي ۽ سانت رھي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم جا فرش== 
: (Linoleum Floors) 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ رٻڙ جي فرشن وانگر سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ وغيره جي بنياد مٿان لينوليم جو پلاسٽڪ جھڙو پوش چاڙھي ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ڪيميا جي خيال کان لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل (Linseed oil)، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگ وغيره جو مرڪب آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب تھھ جھڙوڪ ڪنوس (Convas)  مٿان پٿاري فرش جو پوش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. اھو پوش خوشنما نمونن ۾ ٺاھي، بنيادي فرش مٿان چاڙھي، ھن قسم جا دلڪش فرش ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. لينوليم جا رٻڙ جي فرش وانگر الڳ الڳ چؤنڪ پڻ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، انھن کي لينوليم جا چؤنڪا سڏيو ويندو آھي. ھي فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ سستا ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي وقفي وقفي سان وارنش ۽ ميڻ (Wax)  لڳائڻ سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال ڪري انھن کي پائيدار بڻائي سگھبو آھي. لينوليم عام طرح سان رولن وانگر ويڙھيل ٿانن جي صورت ۾ ملندي آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب ڳنڍيندڙ مرڪب (Adhesive) رستي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد انھيءَ تھھ مٿان وارنش لڳائي، کين چمڪايو ويندو آھي. موٽر ڪارن، لارين، جھازن ۽ ريل گاڏين وغيره جا فرش، پڻ لينوليم سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش رھائشي گھرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ريسٽورانن لاءِ بھ نھايت موزون رھن ٿا. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جا فرش== 
: (Cork Floors) 
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙين جاين يا جاين جي انھن حصن لاءِ ڪارآمد آھن، جن کي سانت وارو يعني بنا گوڙ وارو (Noiseless)  ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي، جھڙوڪ آڊيٽوريم، پبلڪ لئبرريون، ٿئيٽر ۽ چرچون (گرجائون) وغيره.ھي فرش ڪارڪن جي چادرن يا ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. ڪارڪ جي شيٽن يعني چادرن جي تياري ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن کان مختلف نموني جي ٿيندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ٽائيلن ۾ صرف ڪارڪن استعمال ٿيندو آھي ۽ چادرن ۾ ڪارڪ جا ڇلڪا ۽ ٻورو، السيءَ جو تيل، ڪاٺ جو ٻورو ۽ رنگ وغيره استعمال ٿيندا آھن. ٻنھي قسمن جي فرشن جو ڪجھھ بيان ھيٺ پيش ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش==
: (Cork tiles Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ ڪارڪ جا چؤنڪا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي چؤنڪا مختلف ماپن ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. داونن يعني بارڊرن (Borders)  لاءِ 1 کان 3 فوٽن تائين ويڪريون ۽ 6 فوٽ ڊگھيون ڪارڪ جون پٽيون پڻ ٺھنديون آھن. انھن ٽائيلن جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8  انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. اھڙين  ٽائيلن جو ترو سڌو يا جھريءَ وارو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ٽائيلون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي ھيٺئين تھھ (Sub base) مٿان لڳايون وينديون آھن. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ ڪاٺ جو آھي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم ھئڻ گھرجي يا تھ ٻي صورت ۾ انھيءَ مٿان پِلاءِ (Ply)  لڳائي وڃي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھرين ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل صاف ۽ ھڪ جھڙو ھئڻ گھرجي، جنھن مٿان نرم گديءَ جو پترو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي، جيئن ڪاٺ جي لڏڻ سان ٽائيلن جي تھھ کي ڪو نقصان نھ پھچي. انھن ٽائيلن کي خاص قسم جي ڏامر ذريعي نرم گديءَ سان چنبڙايو ويندو آھي ۽ آخري حصي يا ڪنڊن وارن چؤنڪن کي ڪوڪن ذريعي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھ (Base)  سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ مٿان 1:3  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ گاري جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ مٿاڇري کي بلڪل سنوت ۾ آڻي، سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو ويندو آھي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي تمام چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪري انھيءَ مٿان ڏامر (Bitumen)  جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي، انھيءَ مٿان ٽائيلون وڇايون وينديون آھن. 
ڪارڪ اوڪ (Oak)  يعني شاھ بلوط جي سدا بھار وڻن جي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھيءُ وڻ بحريھ روم جي قريبي ملڪن ۾ ٿيندا آھن، جنھن جي کل تمام گھڻي ٿلھي ٿيندي آھي. انھيءَ کل کي ھر اٺن يا ڏھن سالن کان پوءِ لاٿو ويندو آھي، جنھن کي اٻاري، ٿورڙو آلو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ پوءِ انھن کي ڇلي ۽ خوب طرح سان گسائي، گرم ويلڻن مان ايتري وقت تائين لنگھائبو رھبو آھي جيستائين انھيءَ کل مان شيري جھڙي گھاٽي شيءِ ٻاھر نڪري اچي. انھيءَ گھاٽي شيءِ نڪرڻ سان ڪارڪ جي اندر سنھا سوراخ نھ رھندا آھن ۽ اھو وڌيڪ سخت ۽ ٺوس ٿي ويندو  آھي. ھيءُ شيري جھڙو مادو ڪارڪ جي ذرن کي پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چنبڙائي رکندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان پوءِ انھيءَ ڪارڪ کي گھربل ماپ جي چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ڪاٽي وٺبو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرش==
: (Cork Sheet Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پي-وي-سيءَ جا فرش==
: ( Polyvinyl Chloride i.e. P.V.C Floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش گھريلو جاين، ريل گاڏيءَ جي دٻن، دفترن، آڊيٽوريم جي ھالن ۽ ٿئيٽرن وغيره لاءِ موزون رھندا آھن. ھي فرش پڻ رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش گھڻو ڪري زيبائش لاءِ ئي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھنن فرشي چادرن ۽ چؤنڪن جي ٿولھھ 1/16  انچن کان ¼ انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. 
ھيءُ پي-وي-سيءَ جو مرڪب جديد دور جي ايجاد آھي جيڪو ٿرموپلاسٽڪ بائينڊرس، فلرس ۽ رنگن مان ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو. ھن قسم جون چادرون 3 فوٽن، 3 ½ فوٽن ۽ 6 فوٽن جي ويڪرائيءَ ۾ ۽ چؤنڪا 1 فوٽ، 2 فوٽن ۽ 3 فوٽن جي سائيز ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن ۽ اھي ھڪ قسم جو لچڪدار ۽ اڻ ٽمندر مٿاڇرو مھيا ڪنديون آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==شيشي جا فرش==
: (Glass Floors)
~ھن قسم جا فرش گرائونڊ فلور ۾ اھڙن حصن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن جي ھيٺان تھھ خانا ھجن ۽ انھن تھھ خانن ۾ روشني پھچائڻ جي ضرورت ھجي. ھن قسم جا فرش مختلف نمونن ۾ ڪاٺ جا مضبوط فريم ٺاھي انھن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا چؤنڪا وجھي تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. عمارتي شيشو عمدي قسم جو ۽ مضبوط استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8 انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش ==
: (Asphalt Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن جا ٻھ نمونا ٿيندا آھن، ھڪ ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ٻيا ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش. ھنن ٻنھي نمونن جا فرش سستا، لچڪدار (Resilient)، اڻ جاذب (Non absorbent) ، پوسل روڪ (Moisture proof) ، تيزاب روڪ (Acid proof)، تيل (Oil)  ۽ گريس (Greese) سان مقابلو ڪندڙ ٿيندا آھن. انھن خاصيتن سبب ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن وارا فرش سرڪاري آفيسن ۽ اسڪولن وغيره جھڙين عمارتن ۽ ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ قسم جا فرش گودامن، ڀانڊن، ڪارخانن ۽ ٻين اھڙي نوعيت جي عمارتن ائسفالٽ جي چؤنڪن کي سخت بنياد مھيا ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مٿان ھڪ ٻئي سان ڳنڍي ھن قسم جو فرض ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. پر جيڪڏھن ڪاٺ جي فرش مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سڀني ڪاٺ جي پٽين ۽ تختن کي مضبوطيءَ سان ڪوڪن وغيرھ جي رستي جڪڙيو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن وڇائڻ کان پھرين ڪاٺ جي سطح مٿان ائسفالٽ، بٽومين يا رچيل ائسفالٽ جي اوني ڪپڙي (Asphalt saturated felt)  جو اٽڪل 3/8 انچن جو ٿلھو تھھ پٿاريو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش (Asphalt mastic floor)  ٺاھڻ واسطي انھيءَ کي گرم ڪري، ڪنھن ٺوٺ سطح، جھڙوڪ ڪاٺ يا سيمينٽ مٿان پٿاري ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت==
.(Maintenance and Repair of Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪوشش ڪري روزانو آلي پوچيءَ سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن اھو فرش تمام گھڻو گندو نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڏوتو وڃي. صابڻ جي تھھ کي فرش جي ڪنھن بھ ٽڪري تي بنا ڌيان جي ڇڏڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ فرش ترڪڻو ٿي پوندو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ فرش جو اھو ٽڪرو جھڪو (Dull)  ٿي پوندو. فرش جي ڌوئڻ واسطي سوڍا کار يا ٻين اھڙين تيز شين استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ جيڪڏھن فرش جو ڪو بھ حصو ٽٽي يا ڪنھن بھ نموني مرمت طلب ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سمورو پانيل يا خانو (Panel)  ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي، بنيادي ڪانڪريٽ کي سخت برش سان صاف ڪري، انھيءَ کي پاڻيءَ سان آلو رکي، ھڪ رات تائين ڇڏي ڏيڻ گھرجي. رات گذرڻ کان پوءِ بيٺل پاڻيءَ کي ڪڍي صاف ڪري، صاف سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ چاڙھو وڃي ۽ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل ٿولھھ ۽ گھربل تناسب، جھڙوڪ 1:2:4  يا اھڙو ڪو ٻيو موزون تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد ڪانڪريٽ کي دٻائي، پاسن واري فرش جي ٿولھھ برابر آندو وڃي، جيئن سموري فرش جي ليول ھڪ جھڙي ٿي وڃي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن پاسن وارن پانيلن جا ڇيڙا نھ ڀڄن. انھيءَ بعد نئين ٺاھيل پانيل کي ڏھن ڏينھن تائين تر رکيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>k4gm2l6gmegcwu9uj5gm3pmhn9h0rq9</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401069</id>
      <parentid>401068</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:39:53Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش */</comment>
      <origin>401069</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="63257" sha1="degcrwzn4ogbpgzp4pvh31ess4ioswe" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش ===

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش'''  اعليٰ درجي جا آرائشي فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ هيٺيون بنيادي تهه سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿئين تهه ۾ سفيد يا رنگين سيمينٽ سان بلوري پٿر (ماربل چپس) جا ننڍا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي فرش کي خوبصورت ۽ پائيدار بڻائيندا آهن.
فرش کي مختلف خانن يا ڊزائنن ۾ ورهائڻ لاءِ پتل، ٽامي، جست يا شيشي جون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. موزائيڪ جي تهه کي وجهي، مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) کان پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائينڊنگ) ۽ پالش ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مٿاڇري هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ بلوري داڻا نمايان ٿي ظاهر ٿيندا آهن. رنگين موزائيڪ فرشن لاءِ سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ مناسب رنگ پڻ ملائي سگهجن ٿا.
هي فرش رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، ڊگهي عمر وارا، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پٿر جا فرش ===

'''پٿر جا فرش'''  مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا فرش هوندا آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي هڪجهڙي ٿولهه وارن قدرتي پٿرن جي چؤنڪن  سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. پٿرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن کي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان مناسب جوڙن سميت لڳايو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برابر ورهائجي ۽ فرش مضبوط رهي.
فرش جي جوڙن کي ضرورت موجب ٽيپ (پوائنٽگ) ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڪم مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور سرڪاري عمارتن، برآمدن، اڱڻن، راهدارين ۽ ٻين هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين قائم رهندڙ فرش گهربل هجي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش ===

'''چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش''' (گليزڊ ٽائل فلورنگ) هموار، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش فرش آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي چمڪدار ٽائيلن سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ٽائيلن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ پوءِ سيمينٽ جي گاري تي صحيح ليول ۽ سلاميءَ سان وڇايو ويندو آهي، جيئن جوڙ مضبوط ۽ سطح هموار رهي.
ٽائيلون لڳائڻ کان پوءِ جوڙن ۾ سيمينٽ جي رٻڙي (سلري) ڀري ويندي آهي ۽ مناسب ترائي  کان پوءِ فرش کي صاف ۽ پالش ڪيو ويندو آهي. تعمير دوران فرش کي داغن ۽ نقصان کان بچائڻ لاءِ ڍڪي رکيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، غسل خانن، باورچي خانن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

==بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر يا سنگ موسيٰ جا فرش==
(Marble or Black Marble Floors)
  
ھن قسم جا فرش پٿر جھڙي سخت شيءِ جي سنگمرمر جي ھڪ جھڙن چؤنڪن يا تختن (Slabs)  استعمال ڪرڻ سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جي فرشن وڇائڻ کان اڳ انھن جو ھيٺيون تھھ (Base) اڳ ۾ بيان ڪيل فرشن جي تھھ وانگر ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ھنن کي ھيٺئين تھھ سان جوڙڻ واسطي 1:2 جي تناسب وارو چوني جو گچ يا سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جو گچ ¾ انچن جي ٿولھھ ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ مٿان پٿاريو ويندو آھي. ھنن جي جوڙن ۾ چوني جي لاپي (Lime putty) استعمال ڪئي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي جوڙن اندر زور سان ڀريو ويندو آھي. انھن جوڙن کي بالڪل صاف ۽ خوبصورتيءَ سان ٺاھيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھن جوڙن جي ويڪر 1/16 انچن کان وڌيڪ نھ رکڻ ڏني ويندي آھي. پٿر جي سرن جي ٿولھھ ڪنھن بھ صورت ۾ ¾ انچ کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي. انھي پٽيءَ جي نموني ۾ فرشبندي ڪرڻ واسطي ڪو بھ سنگمرمر جو ٽڪر 18 انچن کان گھٽ ڊگھو نھ رکڻ ڏنو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھيٺ ڄاڻايل ھدايتن جو پڻ خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي. 
(i) سنگمرمر جون سرون گھربل رنگ، قسم ۽ سائيز جون ھئڻ گھرجن. ڪن اٽليءَ جي سفيد ۽ آسماني ماربل جھڙين سرن استعمال ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ ۽ گھربل انداز جي ڊزائن ۾ نھ ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ جيڪڏھن پالش ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھن جو رنگ ساڳيو نھ بيھي تھ انھيءَ فرشبنديءَ کي خارج ڪرڻ گھرجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جي ماربل جي ٽڪرن جو رنگ پالش ڪرڻ بعد ئي اصلي صورت اختيار ڪندو آھي. 
(ii) ھي سنگمرمر جا ٽڪرا بالڪل صحيح طرح ڪارائيءَ رستي وڍيل، سڀني پاسن کان بالڪل چؤڪور، ھڪ ئي ٿولھھ ۾ ۽ ھڪ ئي سنوت ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن ۽ ڏاڪڻ، دروازن ۽ ورانڊن کان ٻاھر نڪتل ڪنارن جي صورت ۾ ھنن جا ڪنارا بُل نوز (Bul-nose) جي صورت ۾ ھئڻ گھرجن 
(iii) اڀن جوڙن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ چوني جي پٽيءَ ۾ چوني جي مقدار جيترو کؤنر استعمال ڪرڻ گھرجي 
(iv) ڪم ھلڻ دوران ۽ انھن ماربل جي ٽڪرن جي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ کين 10 ڏينھن تائين پاڻيءَ سان تر رکڻ گھرجي (v)جڏھن فرش پوريءَ طرح ڄمي يعني سيٽ (Set)  ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪاربورئنڊم پٿر (Carborandum Stone)، يا ڪنھن ٻئي سخت پٿر ۽ کھريءَ ريتيءَ ذريعي تمام گھڻو پاڻي جالاري گٺو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ لاءِ جيڪڏھن مشين استعمال ڪجي تھ نھايت ئي بھتر آھي. جوڙن جي پالش لاءِ نھايت ئي نرم (Soft) پٿر استعمال ڪجي. جڏھن کھرائپ ختم ٿي وڃي تھ واري ڌوئي مٿاڇري کي تمام سنھي ڪاربورئنڊم جي پٿر، سر يا ايمري پائوڊر سان گسائي لسو ڪيو وڃي 
(vi) لسي ڪرڻ کان پوءِ فرش تي پٽي پائوڊر ھاري انھيءَ کي اوني ڪپڙي جي گدين (Felt pads) يا ناريل جي ڇلڪن جي کوپن رستي گھي، تمام جھجھي پاڻي سان پالش ڪيو وڃي ۽ جاءِ جي ڪم ھلڻ دوران ھن فرش کي داغن ۽ ٻئي نقصان کان بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي==
: (Dry Brick Pavi) 
ھن قسم جي فرشبندي ۾ پھرئين درجي جون ۽ ڪوشش ڪري ھر عليحدھ ۽ لڳاتار ٽڪري ۾ ھڪ جھڙي رنگ جون سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. زمين جي مٿاڇري کي چڱيءَ طرح پاڻي ھاري ڌمڪ يا نھرو ڪندڙ مشين (Compactors) ذريعي وھاري نھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيدءَ کي صحيح طرح سان گھربل سلاميءَ ۽ ڪئمبر (Camber)  ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ جي مٿان اڌ انچ ٿلھو مٽيءَ جي گاري جو ليپو ڏيئي يا چئن انچن جو ڪاري واريءَ (River or pit sand) جو تھھ ڏيئي انھيءَ مٿان گھربل نموني ۾ سڪل سرون ڄمائي انھن جي فرشبندي ڪئي ويندي آھي. . ھن فرشبندي ۾ ڪوشش ڪري بالڪل باريڪ جوڙ رکيا وڃن ۽ ڪو بھ جوڙ ¼ انچ کان وڌيڪ ويڪرو نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ سرن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان زور سان جڪڙي قابو رکيو وڃي ٿو. فرشبندي ختم ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان ڪاري واري ھاري جوڙن کي انھيءَ واريءَ سان ڀريو ويندو آھي ۽ فرش مٿان بچيل فالتو واريءَ کي ٻھاري صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي، ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ سرن کي اڀي صورت ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جو فرش سڌين سرن جي فرشن کان مضبوط ٿيندو آھي.
ڪن خاص حالتن ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جو تمام پٽڙو گارو ھاري سرن جي جوڙن کي صرف مٿان جوڙڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي اھو گارو سرن جي جي درزن ۾ مٿئين حصي منجھان داخل ٿيندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشبندي گودامن، رستن، اڱڻن، رستن ۽ چبوترن لاءِ ڪئي ويندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪاٺ جا فرش==  
: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن فرش تمام گھڻا مھانگا ھوندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اھي تمام عمدي ڪاٺ جا ٺاھڻا ھوندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جو استعمال گھڻو ڪري جابلو علائقن (Hilly areas) جھڙوڪ مري وغيره جي اھڙن ھنڌن تي ڪيو ويندو آھي، جتي ڪاٺ تمام گھڻو ۽ سستو پوي ٿو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ڪن خاص حالتن (جتي سانت جي ضرورت ھوندي آھي) ۾ ھنن فرشن جي ضرورت پوندي آھي، جھڙوڪ ناچ خانھ (Dancing Halls) ۽ سماعت خانھ (Auditoriums) وغيره. ھن قسم جا فرش بالڪل پختا ۽ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن اھي وڌيڪ کان وڌيڪ بار کڻي سگھن. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي خوبصورتيءَ جي لحاظ کان نھايت ئي لسو ھئڻ گھرجي. جيئن تھ ڪاٺ ۾ مڙڻ جي نمايان خاصيت ٿيندي آھي، انھيءَ ڪري اھڙن فرشن ۾ ھر ھڪ فوٽ جي فاصلي (Span) تي 1/40 کان 1/30 انچن جي حساب سان اوچائي (Camber) ڏيڻ گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==مفرد يا ھيڪوٽا فرش==
: (Single Floors) 
ھن قسم جي حالت ۾ ھڪ ئي طريقي  سان ڪامون يا شھتير (Bridging joists)  کوڙي انھيءَ مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. اھي ڪامون ھر پاسي کان ديوار جي ڪڙين (Wall plates) مٿان رکيون وينديون آھن. اھي ڪامون اھڙيون تھ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جو انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جي تختن کي ڪوڪن رستي ٺوڪڻ ۾ ڪا بھ تڪليف محسوس نھ ٿئي. انھن ڪامن جي اصلي ۽ بنيادي گھرج اھا آھي تھ اھي بالڪل سخت ۽ مضبوط ھئڻ گھرجن تھ جيئن اھي گھڻي کان گھڻو بار جھلي سگھن. انھيءَ مقصد واسطي اھي حساب ڪيل قوت کان وڌيڪ سخت قوت واري ڪاٺ مان ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. انھن شھتيرن جي ويڪر گھڻو ڪري 2 انچن کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ اھي ھڪ شھتير جي مرڪز کان ٻئي شھتير جي مرڪز تائين ھڪ فوٽ جي مفاصلي جي حساب سان رکيا ويندا آھن. وڌيڪ مفاصلي رکڻ سان انھن جي مڙڻ جو انديشو رھندو آھي ۽ اھو مڙڻ (Deflection)  ھر ٻن شھتيرن جي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي 1/333 حصي کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ھنن ڪامن کي تازي گاري (Green mortar)  يا اوساريءَ سان لڳڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي، نھ تھ انھن جو ڪاٺ ڳرڻ لڳندو، جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ھر حالت ۾ سڪل رکڻو آھي انھيءَ ڪري شھتيرن ۽ ڀتين جي ڇيڙن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي پوري گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي.ڊزائن ڪرڻ بعد شھتيرن کي صحيح ماپ ۽ جاءِ تي کوڙي، انھيءَ مٿان 1 انچ کان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھا ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳائي ڪاٺ جا فرش تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==ٻٽا فرش== 
: (Double Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڄي ڪمري جي فاصلي مطابق شھتير (Bridging joists)  نھ کوڙيا ويندا اھن ۽ انھيءَ جي برعڪس اھي ٻين شھتيرن جن کي ٻڌندڙ شھتير يا صرف ٻڌندڙ (Binding joists or Binders) ۽ ٽيڪنيڪي ٻوليءَ ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ سڏيو ويندو آھي،  انھن مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن. ھي بائينڊرس، مٿان رکيل شھتيرن ھيٺان  90 ڊگريءَ جي سڌي ڪنڊ تي کوڙيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کي ديوارن مٿان 6 کان 8 فوٽن جي فاصلي تي رکيو ويندو آھي. ڪوشش ڪري ھي فرش درن کان ڪجھھ ھٽائي رکيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جا فرش ھڪ تھھ وارن فرشن کان وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي آواز کي ٻاھر وڃڻ کان بھتر نموني ۾ روڪي سگھندا آھن. ليڪن ھيٺ وارين ديوارن تي ڪن نڪتن وٽ ھنن جو بار اچي ڪٺو ٿيندو آھي. ھنن فرشن جي عمق، اوچائي وڌڻ سان گڏو گڏ وڌي ٿي، انھيءَ سبب جاءِ جي اوچائي پڻ وڌائڻي پوي ٿي ۽ نتيجي ۾ ھي فرش نھايت ئي مھانگا پون ٿا. انھيءَ ڪري ھي فرش گھڻو ڪري ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا  ھن قسم جا فرش 12 فوٽن کان مٿي واري مفاصلي لاءِ ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا ۽ انھن ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ جا ڇيڙا ڀتين ۾ نھ کوڙيا ويندا آھن پر اھي کليل ڇڏيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھن کي ھوا لڳي سگھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.

==ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽِيڻن شھتِيرن وارا فرش==
: (Triple joist or framed wooden floors)

جيڪڏھن ڪنھن ڪمري يا وڏي ھال جو ننڍي ۾ ننڍو فاصلو (Short span)  اٽڪل 25 فوٽ يا انھيءَ کان وڌي وڃي تھ ھن طريقي جا ڪاٺ جا فرش ٺاھيا وڃن. ھر فرش گرڊرن، بائينڊرس، شھتيرن (Bridging joists) ۽ ڪاٺ جي تختن رستي ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڀ کان پھرين، ڪمري جي ننڍي فاصلي جي رخ ۾ 13 کان 20 فوٽن جي وٿيءَ تي گرڊر رکيا ويندا آھن. اھي وٿيون بائينڊرس رستي، جيڪي گرڊرن جي گوني ڪنڊ (Right angles) جي طرف رکيون وينديون آھن، ڀريون وينديون آھن. فرش جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ رکڻ لاءِ بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن اندر ٽسڪ ۽ ٽينن جوائنٽس (Tusk and Tennon joints) رستي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. گرڊرن جي ڇيڙن ۽ ديوارن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي جيئن ڪاٺ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رھي. جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ھڪ وڌيڪ ڪاٺ جي گرڊر جو اضافو ڪجي ٿو ۽ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن (Binding joists) کي انھيءَ سان جوڙي ڪاٺ جو پڃرو ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ سبب ڪري گرڊرن جي ڪمزور ٿيڻ جو انديشو رھي ٿو. انھيءَ انديشي کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٻڌندر  شھتيرن جي ڇيڙن کي لوھھ جي پٽين (Iron Stirrups)  ذريعي عليحدھ رکيو وڃي ٿو. مکيھ گرڊرن ۽ ٻڌندر شھتيرن کي ايتري حد تائين اونھو رکيو ويندو آھي جيتري ۾ ڇت ۾ ڏار پوڻ نھ ڏنا وڃن. شھتير (Bridging joists)  ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کان ترڇا (Across) رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن کي يا تھ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن جي مٿان رکيو ويندو آھي يا تھ انھن کي مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙي فريم ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. شھتيرن جي ھڪ وچ کان ٻئي وچ تائين 1 فوٽ کان 1 ½ فوٽ تائين مفاصلو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ آخر ۾ ڪاٺ جي تختن کي انھن مٿان رکي فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن سان اھڙي نموني ۾ جڪڙيو ويندو آھي جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو ڪاٺ جي گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو رھي. ليڪن، شھتير (Bridging joists) بائينڊرس مٿان ائين رکيا ويندا آھن، جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو مٿي بيھي. انھيءَ طريقي سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي ٿولھ گھٽائي سگھجي ٿي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;. 

==زميني يا ھيٺيان فرش== 
: (Ground Floors 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ ڪاٺ جي ڳرڻ جي انديشي واسطي پوسل کان روڪڻ لاءِ خاص اپاءُ ورتا ويندا آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جي ھيٺا سيمينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ ڏنا ويندا آھن. عام طرح سان ھيٺيون تھھ گھٽ ملاوث جھڙوڪ 1:6:12  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ۽ مٿيون تھھ 1:2:4  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ڏنو ويندو آھي. ھر ھڪ تھھ جي ٿولھھ  سراسري طور 3 انچ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ طرح سان پوري تھھ جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 6 انچ رکي ويندي آھي. فني (ٽيڪنيڪي) لحاظ کان انھيءَ کي ”سائيٽ“ يا ”اوور سائيٽ“ (Site or Oversite)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ تھھ جي مٿان 6 فوٽ ۽ 5 انچ جي ھر ھڪ مرڪزي مفاصلي کان ٻئي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي حساب سان 4 انچ ٿلھيون ڪاٺ جي تختن (Sleepers) يا پٿر جي بلاڪن يا پڪسري اوساريءَ رستي ننڍيون ديوارون ٺاھي، جن کي (Dwarf walls) چئبو آھي، انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جون وال پليٽون (Walls plates)  لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ديوارون ڪمرن جي ٻنھي طرفن يعني ويڪر ۽ ڊيگھھ جي رخ ۾ ۽ ھڪ جھڙي انداز جي وڇوٽيءَ تي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. شھتير جن کي (Bridging joists) سڏيو وڃي ٿو ۽ عام طرح سان 4 انچ x 44 انچ جي سائيز جا ٿين ٿا، انھن کي پليٽن جي مٿان چاڙھي ڪلن  ڪوڪن ۽ پيچن وارن اسڪرن ذريعي قابو ڪيو وڃي ٿو. آخر ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ انچ ۽ وڌ ۾ وڌ ڏيڍ انچ ٿولھھ وارا ڪاٺ جا تختا شھتيرن مٿان جوڙي ھن قسم جا فرش ٺاھيا ڃن ٿا
ڪاٺ جي تختن ھيٺان کليل حصي مان ھوا جي بالڪل پوري گذر واسطي ھيٺ ڏنل ديوارن ۾ ٽنگ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ چوڪيءَ جي ليول (Plinth level)  ھيٺان پڻ سوراخن وارن بلاڪن جون ديوارون ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. وال پليٽن لڳائڻ کان اڳ ۾ ھيٺ وارين ننڍين ديوارن ۽ پاسي وارين ڀِتين مٿان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھو پوسل روڪڻ وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ (D.P.C)  چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ عام طرح سان، شھتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. تمام اھم عمارتن لاءِ ڪنھن خاص سبب لاءِ ساڳ جو ڪاٺ (Teak wood)  پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڪڏھن وري ساڳ جي ڪاٺ جا تختا ۽ ديال جي ڪاٺ جا شھتير استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ شيشم جي صحيح تيار ٿيل ڪاٺ جا تختا پڻ لڳايا ويندا آھن&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==رٻڙ جا فرش== 
: (Rubber Flooring) 
ھن قسمن جي فرشبنديءَ واسطي گندڪ ملايل رٻڙ جا مرڪب، جيڪي رٻڙ ۾ اھڙي طريقي سان ملائي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھيءَ جي مضبوطي ۽ لچڪ وڌي وڃي، سي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جي شڪل بالڪل سڌي ۽ پلين چادر جھڙي، يا چادرن ۾ خانا ٺاھي پلين يا چٽسالي ڪيل چؤنڪن جي نموني ۾، ۽ يا تھ عليحده عليحده چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ٿيندي آھي. اھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا اھڙي ڪنھن ٻئي ٺوس ۽ سخت بنيادي تھھ (Base)  مٿان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. فرش چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنياد کي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي دز (Dust)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين شين جھڙوڪ پوسل، چڪنائيءَ وغيرھ کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ بنيادي تھھ ۾ جيڪي بھ ھيٺاھيون ۽ مٿاھيون ھونديون آھن، انھن کي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان صحيح ڪري ليول ڪيو ويندو آھي. استعمال ٿيندڙ رٻڙ 1/8  انچن کان ½  انچن جي معيادي ٿولھھ جو ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھميشھ گندڪ (Suphur)، ٽمڻ ۽ کھراڻ کان پاڪ قسم جو رٻڙ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ انھيءَ جو مٿاڇرو لسو ھجي ۽ پاڻيءَ ۽ ڪنھن سٺي معيار واري صابڻ يا ڪنھن اھڙيءَ ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ڌوئڻ يا پالش ڪرڻ سان انھيءَ جي رنگ تي ڪو اثر نھ پوي.  رٻڙ چاڙھڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي ھيٺئين پاسي کي کھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ھڪ ئي وقت 25 مربع فوٽن کان وڌيڪ ايراضيءَ تي نھ چاڙھبو آھي. رٻڙ چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنيادي فرس مٿان ڪنھن سٺي چنبڙائيندڙ (Adhesive)  مرڪب جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ کي ڏھن کان پندرنھن منٽن تائين کليل ڇڏي ڏبو آھي تھ جيئن انھيءَ کي ھوا لڳي. بعد ۾ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل قسم ۽ ڊزائن جي رٻڙ جو پوش چاڙھي انھيءَ مٿان سھڻي نموني زور ڏيئي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي تھ جيئن فرش جي بنيادي تھھ ۽ رٻڙ جي چادر جي وچ ۾ ھوا نھ رھي ۽ رٻڙ فرش سان بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح ۽ سڌائيءَ ۾ چنبڙي. انھيءَ لاءِ عام طرح سان ننڍو لوھ جو رولر استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان پوءِ رٻڙ جي فرش کي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٽن ڏينھن تائين آزاد ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن سٺي صابڻ سان ڌوئي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جا فرش اھم جاين، آفيسن، اسپتالن، سينيمائن ۽ ھوٽلن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. معياري تعليمي درسگاھن ۽ آڊيٽوريم اندر پڻ ھن قسم جا فرش پسند ڪيا ويندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھنن مٿان ھلن سان آواز نٿو ٿئي ۽ سانت رھي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم جا فرش== 
: (Linoleum Floors) 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ رٻڙ جي فرشن وانگر سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ وغيره جي بنياد مٿان لينوليم جو پلاسٽڪ جھڙو پوش چاڙھي ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ڪيميا جي خيال کان لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل (Linseed oil)، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگ وغيره جو مرڪب آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب تھھ جھڙوڪ ڪنوس (Convas)  مٿان پٿاري فرش جو پوش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. اھو پوش خوشنما نمونن ۾ ٺاھي، بنيادي فرش مٿان چاڙھي، ھن قسم جا دلڪش فرش ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. لينوليم جا رٻڙ جي فرش وانگر الڳ الڳ چؤنڪ پڻ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، انھن کي لينوليم جا چؤنڪا سڏيو ويندو آھي. ھي فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ سستا ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي وقفي وقفي سان وارنش ۽ ميڻ (Wax)  لڳائڻ سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال ڪري انھن کي پائيدار بڻائي سگھبو آھي. لينوليم عام طرح سان رولن وانگر ويڙھيل ٿانن جي صورت ۾ ملندي آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب ڳنڍيندڙ مرڪب (Adhesive) رستي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد انھيءَ تھھ مٿان وارنش لڳائي، کين چمڪايو ويندو آھي. موٽر ڪارن، لارين، جھازن ۽ ريل گاڏين وغيره جا فرش، پڻ لينوليم سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش رھائشي گھرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ريسٽورانن لاءِ بھ نھايت موزون رھن ٿا. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جا فرش== 
: (Cork Floors) 
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙين جاين يا جاين جي انھن حصن لاءِ ڪارآمد آھن، جن کي سانت وارو يعني بنا گوڙ وارو (Noiseless)  ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي، جھڙوڪ آڊيٽوريم، پبلڪ لئبرريون، ٿئيٽر ۽ چرچون (گرجائون) وغيره.ھي فرش ڪارڪن جي چادرن يا ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. ڪارڪ جي شيٽن يعني چادرن جي تياري ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن کان مختلف نموني جي ٿيندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ٽائيلن ۾ صرف ڪارڪن استعمال ٿيندو آھي ۽ چادرن ۾ ڪارڪ جا ڇلڪا ۽ ٻورو، السيءَ جو تيل، ڪاٺ جو ٻورو ۽ رنگ وغيره استعمال ٿيندا آھن. ٻنھي قسمن جي فرشن جو ڪجھھ بيان ھيٺ پيش ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش==
: (Cork tiles Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ ڪارڪ جا چؤنڪا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي چؤنڪا مختلف ماپن ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. داونن يعني بارڊرن (Borders)  لاءِ 1 کان 3 فوٽن تائين ويڪريون ۽ 6 فوٽ ڊگھيون ڪارڪ جون پٽيون پڻ ٺھنديون آھن. انھن ٽائيلن جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8  انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. اھڙين  ٽائيلن جو ترو سڌو يا جھريءَ وارو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ٽائيلون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي ھيٺئين تھھ (Sub base) مٿان لڳايون وينديون آھن. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ ڪاٺ جو آھي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم ھئڻ گھرجي يا تھ ٻي صورت ۾ انھيءَ مٿان پِلاءِ (Ply)  لڳائي وڃي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھرين ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل صاف ۽ ھڪ جھڙو ھئڻ گھرجي، جنھن مٿان نرم گديءَ جو پترو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي، جيئن ڪاٺ جي لڏڻ سان ٽائيلن جي تھھ کي ڪو نقصان نھ پھچي. انھن ٽائيلن کي خاص قسم جي ڏامر ذريعي نرم گديءَ سان چنبڙايو ويندو آھي ۽ آخري حصي يا ڪنڊن وارن چؤنڪن کي ڪوڪن ذريعي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھ (Base)  سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ مٿان 1:3  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ گاري جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ مٿاڇري کي بلڪل سنوت ۾ آڻي، سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو ويندو آھي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي تمام چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪري انھيءَ مٿان ڏامر (Bitumen)  جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي، انھيءَ مٿان ٽائيلون وڇايون وينديون آھن. 
ڪارڪ اوڪ (Oak)  يعني شاھ بلوط جي سدا بھار وڻن جي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھيءُ وڻ بحريھ روم جي قريبي ملڪن ۾ ٿيندا آھن، جنھن جي کل تمام گھڻي ٿلھي ٿيندي آھي. انھيءَ کل کي ھر اٺن يا ڏھن سالن کان پوءِ لاٿو ويندو آھي، جنھن کي اٻاري، ٿورڙو آلو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ پوءِ انھن کي ڇلي ۽ خوب طرح سان گسائي، گرم ويلڻن مان ايتري وقت تائين لنگھائبو رھبو آھي جيستائين انھيءَ کل مان شيري جھڙي گھاٽي شيءِ ٻاھر نڪري اچي. انھيءَ گھاٽي شيءِ نڪرڻ سان ڪارڪ جي اندر سنھا سوراخ نھ رھندا آھن ۽ اھو وڌيڪ سخت ۽ ٺوس ٿي ويندو  آھي. ھيءُ شيري جھڙو مادو ڪارڪ جي ذرن کي پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چنبڙائي رکندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان پوءِ انھيءَ ڪارڪ کي گھربل ماپ جي چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ڪاٽي وٺبو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرش==
: (Cork Sheet Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پي-وي-سيءَ جا فرش==
: ( Polyvinyl Chloride i.e. P.V.C Floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش گھريلو جاين، ريل گاڏيءَ جي دٻن، دفترن، آڊيٽوريم جي ھالن ۽ ٿئيٽرن وغيره لاءِ موزون رھندا آھن. ھي فرش پڻ رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش گھڻو ڪري زيبائش لاءِ ئي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھنن فرشي چادرن ۽ چؤنڪن جي ٿولھھ 1/16  انچن کان ¼ انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. 
ھيءُ پي-وي-سيءَ جو مرڪب جديد دور جي ايجاد آھي جيڪو ٿرموپلاسٽڪ بائينڊرس، فلرس ۽ رنگن مان ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو. ھن قسم جون چادرون 3 فوٽن، 3 ½ فوٽن ۽ 6 فوٽن جي ويڪرائيءَ ۾ ۽ چؤنڪا 1 فوٽ، 2 فوٽن ۽ 3 فوٽن جي سائيز ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن ۽ اھي ھڪ قسم جو لچڪدار ۽ اڻ ٽمندر مٿاڇرو مھيا ڪنديون آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==شيشي جا فرش==
: (Glass Floors)
~ھن قسم جا فرش گرائونڊ فلور ۾ اھڙن حصن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن جي ھيٺان تھھ خانا ھجن ۽ انھن تھھ خانن ۾ روشني پھچائڻ جي ضرورت ھجي. ھن قسم جا فرش مختلف نمونن ۾ ڪاٺ جا مضبوط فريم ٺاھي انھن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا چؤنڪا وجھي تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. عمارتي شيشو عمدي قسم جو ۽ مضبوط استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8 انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش ==
: (Asphalt Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن جا ٻھ نمونا ٿيندا آھن، ھڪ ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ٻيا ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش. ھنن ٻنھي نمونن جا فرش سستا، لچڪدار (Resilient)، اڻ جاذب (Non absorbent) ، پوسل روڪ (Moisture proof) ، تيزاب روڪ (Acid proof)، تيل (Oil)  ۽ گريس (Greese) سان مقابلو ڪندڙ ٿيندا آھن. انھن خاصيتن سبب ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن وارا فرش سرڪاري آفيسن ۽ اسڪولن وغيره جھڙين عمارتن ۽ ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ قسم جا فرش گودامن، ڀانڊن، ڪارخانن ۽ ٻين اھڙي نوعيت جي عمارتن ائسفالٽ جي چؤنڪن کي سخت بنياد مھيا ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مٿان ھڪ ٻئي سان ڳنڍي ھن قسم جو فرض ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. پر جيڪڏھن ڪاٺ جي فرش مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سڀني ڪاٺ جي پٽين ۽ تختن کي مضبوطيءَ سان ڪوڪن وغيرھ جي رستي جڪڙيو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن وڇائڻ کان پھرين ڪاٺ جي سطح مٿان ائسفالٽ، بٽومين يا رچيل ائسفالٽ جي اوني ڪپڙي (Asphalt saturated felt)  جو اٽڪل 3/8 انچن جو ٿلھو تھھ پٿاريو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش (Asphalt mastic floor)  ٺاھڻ واسطي انھيءَ کي گرم ڪري، ڪنھن ٺوٺ سطح، جھڙوڪ ڪاٺ يا سيمينٽ مٿان پٿاري ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت==
.(Maintenance and Repair of Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪوشش ڪري روزانو آلي پوچيءَ سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن اھو فرش تمام گھڻو گندو نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڏوتو وڃي. صابڻ جي تھھ کي فرش جي ڪنھن بھ ٽڪري تي بنا ڌيان جي ڇڏڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ فرش ترڪڻو ٿي پوندو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ فرش جو اھو ٽڪرو جھڪو (Dull)  ٿي پوندو. فرش جي ڌوئڻ واسطي سوڍا کار يا ٻين اھڙين تيز شين استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ جيڪڏھن فرش جو ڪو بھ حصو ٽٽي يا ڪنھن بھ نموني مرمت طلب ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سمورو پانيل يا خانو (Panel)  ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي، بنيادي ڪانڪريٽ کي سخت برش سان صاف ڪري، انھيءَ کي پاڻيءَ سان آلو رکي، ھڪ رات تائين ڇڏي ڏيڻ گھرجي. رات گذرڻ کان پوءِ بيٺل پاڻيءَ کي ڪڍي صاف ڪري، صاف سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ چاڙھو وڃي ۽ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل ٿولھھ ۽ گھربل تناسب، جھڙوڪ 1:2:4  يا اھڙو ڪو ٻيو موزون تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد ڪانڪريٽ کي دٻائي، پاسن واري فرش جي ٿولھھ برابر آندو وڃي، جيئن سموري فرش جي ليول ھڪ جھڙي ٿي وڃي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن پاسن وارن پانيلن جا ڇيڙا نھ ڀڄن. انھيءَ بعد نئين ٺاھيل پانيل کي ڏھن ڏينھن تائين تر رکيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>degcrwzn4ogbpgzp4pvh31ess4ioswe</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401070</id>
      <parentid>401069</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:41:19Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401070</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="60721" sha1="d11uf72h95qhdkwf80qkqqaksd8cdsa" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش ===

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش'''  اعليٰ درجي جا آرائشي فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ هيٺيون بنيادي تهه سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿئين تهه ۾ سفيد يا رنگين سيمينٽ سان بلوري پٿر (ماربل چپس) جا ننڍا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي فرش کي خوبصورت ۽ پائيدار بڻائيندا آهن.
فرش کي مختلف خانن يا ڊزائنن ۾ ورهائڻ لاءِ پتل، ٽامي، جست يا شيشي جون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. موزائيڪ جي تهه کي وجهي، مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) کان پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائينڊنگ) ۽ پالش ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مٿاڇري هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ بلوري داڻا نمايان ٿي ظاهر ٿيندا آهن. رنگين موزائيڪ فرشن لاءِ سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ مناسب رنگ پڻ ملائي سگهجن ٿا.
هي فرش رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، ڊگهي عمر وارا، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پٿر جا فرش ===

'''پٿر جا فرش'''  مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا فرش هوندا آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي هڪجهڙي ٿولهه وارن قدرتي پٿرن جي چؤنڪن  سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. پٿرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن کي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان مناسب جوڙن سميت لڳايو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برابر ورهائجي ۽ فرش مضبوط رهي.
فرش جي جوڙن کي ضرورت موجب ٽيپ (پوائنٽگ) ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڪم مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور سرڪاري عمارتن، برآمدن، اڱڻن، راهدارين ۽ ٻين هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين قائم رهندڙ فرش گهربل هجي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش ===

'''چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش''' (گليزڊ ٽائل فلورنگ) هموار، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش فرش آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي چمڪدار ٽائيلن سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ٽائيلن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ پوءِ سيمينٽ جي گاري تي صحيح ليول ۽ سلاميءَ سان وڇايو ويندو آهي، جيئن جوڙ مضبوط ۽ سطح هموار رهي.
ٽائيلون لڳائڻ کان پوءِ جوڙن ۾ سيمينٽ جي رٻڙي (سلري) ڀري ويندي آهي ۽ مناسب ترائي  کان پوءِ فرش کي صاف ۽ پالش ڪيو ويندو آهي. تعمير دوران فرش کي داغن ۽ نقصان کان بچائڻ لاءِ ڍڪي رکيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، غسل خانن، باورچي خانن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بلوري پٿر (سنگمرمر) جا فرش ===

'''بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار، خوبصورتي ۽ پائيداري جي ڪري ممتاز فرش سمجهيا وڃن ٿا. اهي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد  تي هڪجهڙي سائيز ۽ ٿولهه وارن سنگمرمر جي چؤنڪن يا تختن کي سيمينٽ يا چوني جي گاري سان وڇائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. جوڙ تمام سنها رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ انهن کي چوني جي لاپي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي ته جيئن فرش هموار ۽ دلڪش نظر اچي.
فرش وڇائڻ کان پوءِ مناسب ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي ۽ پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائنڊنگ) ۽ پالش ذريعي مٿاڇري کي هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ خوبصورت بڻايو ويندو آهي. سنگمرمر جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، هوٽلن، سرڪاري عمارتن، مسجدن ۽ ٻين اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي خوبصورتي، صفائي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي اهميت ڏني ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

==سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي==
: (Dry Brick Pavi) 
ھن قسم جي فرشبندي ۾ پھرئين درجي جون ۽ ڪوشش ڪري ھر عليحدھ ۽ لڳاتار ٽڪري ۾ ھڪ جھڙي رنگ جون سرون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. زمين جي مٿاڇري کي چڱيءَ طرح پاڻي ھاري ڌمڪ يا نھرو ڪندڙ مشين (Compactors) ذريعي وھاري نھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيدءَ کي صحيح طرح سان گھربل سلاميءَ ۽ ڪئمبر (Camber)  ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ جي مٿان اڌ انچ ٿلھو مٽيءَ جي گاري جو ليپو ڏيئي يا چئن انچن جو ڪاري واريءَ (River or pit sand) جو تھھ ڏيئي انھيءَ مٿان گھربل نموني ۾ سڪل سرون ڄمائي انھن جي فرشبندي ڪئي ويندي آھي. . ھن فرشبندي ۾ ڪوشش ڪري بالڪل باريڪ جوڙ رکيا وڃن ۽ ڪو بھ جوڙ ¼ انچ کان وڌيڪ ويڪرو نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ سرن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان جوڙڻ لاءِ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو مسالو استعمال نٿو ڪيو وڃي بلڪ انھن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان زور سان جڪڙي قابو رکيو وڃي ٿو. فرشبندي ختم ڪرڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان ڪاري واري ھاري جوڙن کي انھيءَ واريءَ سان ڀريو ويندو آھي ۽ فرش مٿان بچيل فالتو واريءَ کي ٻھاري صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي، ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ سرن کي اڀي صورت ۾ رکيو ويندو آھي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھن قسم جو فرش سڌين سرن جي فرشن کان مضبوط ٿيندو آھي.
ڪن خاص حالتن ۾ سيمينٽ ۽ جابلو ريتيءَ جو تمام پٽڙو گارو ھاري سرن جي جوڙن کي صرف مٿان جوڙڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي اھو گارو سرن جي جي درزن ۾ مٿئين حصي منجھان داخل ٿيندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشبندي گودامن، رستن، اڱڻن، رستن ۽ چبوترن لاءِ ڪئي ويندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪاٺ جا فرش==  
: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن فرش تمام گھڻا مھانگا ھوندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اھي تمام عمدي ڪاٺ جا ٺاھڻا ھوندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جو استعمال گھڻو ڪري جابلو علائقن (Hilly areas) جھڙوڪ مري وغيره جي اھڙن ھنڌن تي ڪيو ويندو آھي، جتي ڪاٺ تمام گھڻو ۽ سستو پوي ٿو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ڪن خاص حالتن (جتي سانت جي ضرورت ھوندي آھي) ۾ ھنن فرشن جي ضرورت پوندي آھي، جھڙوڪ ناچ خانھ (Dancing Halls) ۽ سماعت خانھ (Auditoriums) وغيره. ھن قسم جا فرش بالڪل پختا ۽ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن اھي وڌيڪ کان وڌيڪ بار کڻي سگھن. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي خوبصورتيءَ جي لحاظ کان نھايت ئي لسو ھئڻ گھرجي. جيئن تھ ڪاٺ ۾ مڙڻ جي نمايان خاصيت ٿيندي آھي، انھيءَ ڪري اھڙن فرشن ۾ ھر ھڪ فوٽ جي فاصلي (Span) تي 1/40 کان 1/30 انچن جي حساب سان اوچائي (Camber) ڏيڻ گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==مفرد يا ھيڪوٽا فرش==
: (Single Floors) 
ھن قسم جي حالت ۾ ھڪ ئي طريقي  سان ڪامون يا شھتير (Bridging joists)  کوڙي انھيءَ مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. اھي ڪامون ھر پاسي کان ديوار جي ڪڙين (Wall plates) مٿان رکيون وينديون آھن. اھي ڪامون اھڙيون تھ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جو انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جي تختن کي ڪوڪن رستي ٺوڪڻ ۾ ڪا بھ تڪليف محسوس نھ ٿئي. انھن ڪامن جي اصلي ۽ بنيادي گھرج اھا آھي تھ اھي بالڪل سخت ۽ مضبوط ھئڻ گھرجن تھ جيئن اھي گھڻي کان گھڻو بار جھلي سگھن. انھيءَ مقصد واسطي اھي حساب ڪيل قوت کان وڌيڪ سخت قوت واري ڪاٺ مان ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. انھن شھتيرن جي ويڪر گھڻو ڪري 2 انچن کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ اھي ھڪ شھتير جي مرڪز کان ٻئي شھتير جي مرڪز تائين ھڪ فوٽ جي مفاصلي جي حساب سان رکيا ويندا آھن. وڌيڪ مفاصلي رکڻ سان انھن جي مڙڻ جو انديشو رھندو آھي ۽ اھو مڙڻ (Deflection)  ھر ٻن شھتيرن جي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي 1/333 حصي کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ھنن ڪامن کي تازي گاري (Green mortar)  يا اوساريءَ سان لڳڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي، نھ تھ انھن جو ڪاٺ ڳرڻ لڳندو، جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ھر حالت ۾ سڪل رکڻو آھي انھيءَ ڪري شھتيرن ۽ ڀتين جي ڇيڙن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي پوري گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي.ڊزائن ڪرڻ بعد شھتيرن کي صحيح ماپ ۽ جاءِ تي کوڙي، انھيءَ مٿان 1 انچ کان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھا ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳائي ڪاٺ جا فرش تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==ٻٽا فرش== 
: (Double Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڄي ڪمري جي فاصلي مطابق شھتير (Bridging joists)  نھ کوڙيا ويندا اھن ۽ انھيءَ جي برعڪس اھي ٻين شھتيرن جن کي ٻڌندڙ شھتير يا صرف ٻڌندڙ (Binding joists or Binders) ۽ ٽيڪنيڪي ٻوليءَ ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ سڏيو ويندو آھي،  انھن مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن. ھي بائينڊرس، مٿان رکيل شھتيرن ھيٺان  90 ڊگريءَ جي سڌي ڪنڊ تي کوڙيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کي ديوارن مٿان 6 کان 8 فوٽن جي فاصلي تي رکيو ويندو آھي. ڪوشش ڪري ھي فرش درن کان ڪجھھ ھٽائي رکيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جا فرش ھڪ تھھ وارن فرشن کان وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي آواز کي ٻاھر وڃڻ کان بھتر نموني ۾ روڪي سگھندا آھن. ليڪن ھيٺ وارين ديوارن تي ڪن نڪتن وٽ ھنن جو بار اچي ڪٺو ٿيندو آھي. ھنن فرشن جي عمق، اوچائي وڌڻ سان گڏو گڏ وڌي ٿي، انھيءَ سبب جاءِ جي اوچائي پڻ وڌائڻي پوي ٿي ۽ نتيجي ۾ ھي فرش نھايت ئي مھانگا پون ٿا. انھيءَ ڪري ھي فرش گھڻو ڪري ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا  ھن قسم جا فرش 12 فوٽن کان مٿي واري مفاصلي لاءِ ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا ۽ انھن ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ جا ڇيڙا ڀتين ۾ نھ کوڙيا ويندا آھن پر اھي کليل ڇڏيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھن کي ھوا لڳي سگھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.

==ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽِيڻن شھتِيرن وارا فرش==
: (Triple joist or framed wooden floors)

جيڪڏھن ڪنھن ڪمري يا وڏي ھال جو ننڍي ۾ ننڍو فاصلو (Short span)  اٽڪل 25 فوٽ يا انھيءَ کان وڌي وڃي تھ ھن طريقي جا ڪاٺ جا فرش ٺاھيا وڃن. ھر فرش گرڊرن، بائينڊرس، شھتيرن (Bridging joists) ۽ ڪاٺ جي تختن رستي ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڀ کان پھرين، ڪمري جي ننڍي فاصلي جي رخ ۾ 13 کان 20 فوٽن جي وٿيءَ تي گرڊر رکيا ويندا آھن. اھي وٿيون بائينڊرس رستي، جيڪي گرڊرن جي گوني ڪنڊ (Right angles) جي طرف رکيون وينديون آھن، ڀريون وينديون آھن. فرش جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ رکڻ لاءِ بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن اندر ٽسڪ ۽ ٽينن جوائنٽس (Tusk and Tennon joints) رستي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. گرڊرن جي ڇيڙن ۽ ديوارن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي جيئن ڪاٺ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رھي. جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ھڪ وڌيڪ ڪاٺ جي گرڊر جو اضافو ڪجي ٿو ۽ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن (Binding joists) کي انھيءَ سان جوڙي ڪاٺ جو پڃرو ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ سبب ڪري گرڊرن جي ڪمزور ٿيڻ جو انديشو رھي ٿو. انھيءَ انديشي کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٻڌندر  شھتيرن جي ڇيڙن کي لوھھ جي پٽين (Iron Stirrups)  ذريعي عليحدھ رکيو وڃي ٿو. مکيھ گرڊرن ۽ ٻڌندر شھتيرن کي ايتري حد تائين اونھو رکيو ويندو آھي جيتري ۾ ڇت ۾ ڏار پوڻ نھ ڏنا وڃن. شھتير (Bridging joists)  ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کان ترڇا (Across) رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن کي يا تھ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن جي مٿان رکيو ويندو آھي يا تھ انھن کي مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙي فريم ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. شھتيرن جي ھڪ وچ کان ٻئي وچ تائين 1 فوٽ کان 1 ½ فوٽ تائين مفاصلو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ آخر ۾ ڪاٺ جي تختن کي انھن مٿان رکي فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن سان اھڙي نموني ۾ جڪڙيو ويندو آھي جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو ڪاٺ جي گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو رھي. ليڪن، شھتير (Bridging joists) بائينڊرس مٿان ائين رکيا ويندا آھن، جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو مٿي بيھي. انھيءَ طريقي سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي ٿولھ گھٽائي سگھجي ٿي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;. 

==زميني يا ھيٺيان فرش== 
: (Ground Floors 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ ڪاٺ جي ڳرڻ جي انديشي واسطي پوسل کان روڪڻ لاءِ خاص اپاءُ ورتا ويندا آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جي ھيٺا سيمينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ ڏنا ويندا آھن. عام طرح سان ھيٺيون تھھ گھٽ ملاوث جھڙوڪ 1:6:12  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ۽ مٿيون تھھ 1:2:4  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ڏنو ويندو آھي. ھر ھڪ تھھ جي ٿولھھ  سراسري طور 3 انچ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ طرح سان پوري تھھ جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 6 انچ رکي ويندي آھي. فني (ٽيڪنيڪي) لحاظ کان انھيءَ کي ”سائيٽ“ يا ”اوور سائيٽ“ (Site or Oversite)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ تھھ جي مٿان 6 فوٽ ۽ 5 انچ جي ھر ھڪ مرڪزي مفاصلي کان ٻئي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي حساب سان 4 انچ ٿلھيون ڪاٺ جي تختن (Sleepers) يا پٿر جي بلاڪن يا پڪسري اوساريءَ رستي ننڍيون ديوارون ٺاھي، جن کي (Dwarf walls) چئبو آھي، انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جون وال پليٽون (Walls plates)  لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ديوارون ڪمرن جي ٻنھي طرفن يعني ويڪر ۽ ڊيگھھ جي رخ ۾ ۽ ھڪ جھڙي انداز جي وڇوٽيءَ تي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. شھتير جن کي (Bridging joists) سڏيو وڃي ٿو ۽ عام طرح سان 4 انچ x 44 انچ جي سائيز جا ٿين ٿا، انھن کي پليٽن جي مٿان چاڙھي ڪلن  ڪوڪن ۽ پيچن وارن اسڪرن ذريعي قابو ڪيو وڃي ٿو. آخر ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ انچ ۽ وڌ ۾ وڌ ڏيڍ انچ ٿولھھ وارا ڪاٺ جا تختا شھتيرن مٿان جوڙي ھن قسم جا فرش ٺاھيا ڃن ٿا
ڪاٺ جي تختن ھيٺان کليل حصي مان ھوا جي بالڪل پوري گذر واسطي ھيٺ ڏنل ديوارن ۾ ٽنگ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ چوڪيءَ جي ليول (Plinth level)  ھيٺان پڻ سوراخن وارن بلاڪن جون ديوارون ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. وال پليٽن لڳائڻ کان اڳ ۾ ھيٺ وارين ننڍين ديوارن ۽ پاسي وارين ڀِتين مٿان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھو پوسل روڪڻ وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ (D.P.C)  چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ عام طرح سان، شھتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. تمام اھم عمارتن لاءِ ڪنھن خاص سبب لاءِ ساڳ جو ڪاٺ (Teak wood)  پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڪڏھن وري ساڳ جي ڪاٺ جا تختا ۽ ديال جي ڪاٺ جا شھتير استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ شيشم جي صحيح تيار ٿيل ڪاٺ جا تختا پڻ لڳايا ويندا آھن&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==رٻڙ جا فرش== 
: (Rubber Flooring) 
ھن قسمن جي فرشبنديءَ واسطي گندڪ ملايل رٻڙ جا مرڪب، جيڪي رٻڙ ۾ اھڙي طريقي سان ملائي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھيءَ جي مضبوطي ۽ لچڪ وڌي وڃي، سي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جي شڪل بالڪل سڌي ۽ پلين چادر جھڙي، يا چادرن ۾ خانا ٺاھي پلين يا چٽسالي ڪيل چؤنڪن جي نموني ۾، ۽ يا تھ عليحده عليحده چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ٿيندي آھي. اھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا اھڙي ڪنھن ٻئي ٺوس ۽ سخت بنيادي تھھ (Base)  مٿان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. فرش چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنياد کي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي دز (Dust)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين شين جھڙوڪ پوسل، چڪنائيءَ وغيرھ کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ بنيادي تھھ ۾ جيڪي بھ ھيٺاھيون ۽ مٿاھيون ھونديون آھن، انھن کي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان صحيح ڪري ليول ڪيو ويندو آھي. استعمال ٿيندڙ رٻڙ 1/8  انچن کان ½  انچن جي معيادي ٿولھھ جو ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھميشھ گندڪ (Suphur)، ٽمڻ ۽ کھراڻ کان پاڪ قسم جو رٻڙ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ انھيءَ جو مٿاڇرو لسو ھجي ۽ پاڻيءَ ۽ ڪنھن سٺي معيار واري صابڻ يا ڪنھن اھڙيءَ ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ڌوئڻ يا پالش ڪرڻ سان انھيءَ جي رنگ تي ڪو اثر نھ پوي.  رٻڙ چاڙھڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي ھيٺئين پاسي کي کھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ھڪ ئي وقت 25 مربع فوٽن کان وڌيڪ ايراضيءَ تي نھ چاڙھبو آھي. رٻڙ چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنيادي فرس مٿان ڪنھن سٺي چنبڙائيندڙ (Adhesive)  مرڪب جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ کي ڏھن کان پندرنھن منٽن تائين کليل ڇڏي ڏبو آھي تھ جيئن انھيءَ کي ھوا لڳي. بعد ۾ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل قسم ۽ ڊزائن جي رٻڙ جو پوش چاڙھي انھيءَ مٿان سھڻي نموني زور ڏيئي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي تھ جيئن فرش جي بنيادي تھھ ۽ رٻڙ جي چادر جي وچ ۾ ھوا نھ رھي ۽ رٻڙ فرش سان بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح ۽ سڌائيءَ ۾ چنبڙي. انھيءَ لاءِ عام طرح سان ننڍو لوھ جو رولر استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان پوءِ رٻڙ جي فرش کي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٽن ڏينھن تائين آزاد ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن سٺي صابڻ سان ڌوئي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جا فرش اھم جاين، آفيسن، اسپتالن، سينيمائن ۽ ھوٽلن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. معياري تعليمي درسگاھن ۽ آڊيٽوريم اندر پڻ ھن قسم جا فرش پسند ڪيا ويندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھنن مٿان ھلن سان آواز نٿو ٿئي ۽ سانت رھي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم جا فرش== 
: (Linoleum Floors) 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ رٻڙ جي فرشن وانگر سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ وغيره جي بنياد مٿان لينوليم جو پلاسٽڪ جھڙو پوش چاڙھي ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ڪيميا جي خيال کان لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل (Linseed oil)، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگ وغيره جو مرڪب آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب تھھ جھڙوڪ ڪنوس (Convas)  مٿان پٿاري فرش جو پوش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. اھو پوش خوشنما نمونن ۾ ٺاھي، بنيادي فرش مٿان چاڙھي، ھن قسم جا دلڪش فرش ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. لينوليم جا رٻڙ جي فرش وانگر الڳ الڳ چؤنڪ پڻ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، انھن کي لينوليم جا چؤنڪا سڏيو ويندو آھي. ھي فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ سستا ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي وقفي وقفي سان وارنش ۽ ميڻ (Wax)  لڳائڻ سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال ڪري انھن کي پائيدار بڻائي سگھبو آھي. لينوليم عام طرح سان رولن وانگر ويڙھيل ٿانن جي صورت ۾ ملندي آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب ڳنڍيندڙ مرڪب (Adhesive) رستي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد انھيءَ تھھ مٿان وارنش لڳائي، کين چمڪايو ويندو آھي. موٽر ڪارن، لارين، جھازن ۽ ريل گاڏين وغيره جا فرش، پڻ لينوليم سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش رھائشي گھرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ريسٽورانن لاءِ بھ نھايت موزون رھن ٿا. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جا فرش== 
: (Cork Floors) 
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙين جاين يا جاين جي انھن حصن لاءِ ڪارآمد آھن، جن کي سانت وارو يعني بنا گوڙ وارو (Noiseless)  ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي، جھڙوڪ آڊيٽوريم، پبلڪ لئبرريون، ٿئيٽر ۽ چرچون (گرجائون) وغيره.ھي فرش ڪارڪن جي چادرن يا ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. ڪارڪ جي شيٽن يعني چادرن جي تياري ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن کان مختلف نموني جي ٿيندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ٽائيلن ۾ صرف ڪارڪن استعمال ٿيندو آھي ۽ چادرن ۾ ڪارڪ جا ڇلڪا ۽ ٻورو، السيءَ جو تيل، ڪاٺ جو ٻورو ۽ رنگ وغيره استعمال ٿيندا آھن. ٻنھي قسمن جي فرشن جو ڪجھھ بيان ھيٺ پيش ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش==
: (Cork tiles Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ ڪارڪ جا چؤنڪا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي چؤنڪا مختلف ماپن ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. داونن يعني بارڊرن (Borders)  لاءِ 1 کان 3 فوٽن تائين ويڪريون ۽ 6 فوٽ ڊگھيون ڪارڪ جون پٽيون پڻ ٺھنديون آھن. انھن ٽائيلن جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8  انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. اھڙين  ٽائيلن جو ترو سڌو يا جھريءَ وارو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ٽائيلون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي ھيٺئين تھھ (Sub base) مٿان لڳايون وينديون آھن. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ ڪاٺ جو آھي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم ھئڻ گھرجي يا تھ ٻي صورت ۾ انھيءَ مٿان پِلاءِ (Ply)  لڳائي وڃي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھرين ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل صاف ۽ ھڪ جھڙو ھئڻ گھرجي، جنھن مٿان نرم گديءَ جو پترو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي، جيئن ڪاٺ جي لڏڻ سان ٽائيلن جي تھھ کي ڪو نقصان نھ پھچي. انھن ٽائيلن کي خاص قسم جي ڏامر ذريعي نرم گديءَ سان چنبڙايو ويندو آھي ۽ آخري حصي يا ڪنڊن وارن چؤنڪن کي ڪوڪن ذريعي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھ (Base)  سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ مٿان 1:3  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ گاري جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ مٿاڇري کي بلڪل سنوت ۾ آڻي، سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو ويندو آھي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي تمام چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪري انھيءَ مٿان ڏامر (Bitumen)  جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي، انھيءَ مٿان ٽائيلون وڇايون وينديون آھن. 
ڪارڪ اوڪ (Oak)  يعني شاھ بلوط جي سدا بھار وڻن جي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھيءُ وڻ بحريھ روم جي قريبي ملڪن ۾ ٿيندا آھن، جنھن جي کل تمام گھڻي ٿلھي ٿيندي آھي. انھيءَ کل کي ھر اٺن يا ڏھن سالن کان پوءِ لاٿو ويندو آھي، جنھن کي اٻاري، ٿورڙو آلو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ پوءِ انھن کي ڇلي ۽ خوب طرح سان گسائي، گرم ويلڻن مان ايتري وقت تائين لنگھائبو رھبو آھي جيستائين انھيءَ کل مان شيري جھڙي گھاٽي شيءِ ٻاھر نڪري اچي. انھيءَ گھاٽي شيءِ نڪرڻ سان ڪارڪ جي اندر سنھا سوراخ نھ رھندا آھن ۽ اھو وڌيڪ سخت ۽ ٺوس ٿي ويندو  آھي. ھيءُ شيري جھڙو مادو ڪارڪ جي ذرن کي پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چنبڙائي رکندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان پوءِ انھيءَ ڪارڪ کي گھربل ماپ جي چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ڪاٽي وٺبو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرش==
: (Cork Sheet Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پي-وي-سيءَ جا فرش==
: ( Polyvinyl Chloride i.e. P.V.C Floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش گھريلو جاين، ريل گاڏيءَ جي دٻن، دفترن، آڊيٽوريم جي ھالن ۽ ٿئيٽرن وغيره لاءِ موزون رھندا آھن. ھي فرش پڻ رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش گھڻو ڪري زيبائش لاءِ ئي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھنن فرشي چادرن ۽ چؤنڪن جي ٿولھھ 1/16  انچن کان ¼ انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. 
ھيءُ پي-وي-سيءَ جو مرڪب جديد دور جي ايجاد آھي جيڪو ٿرموپلاسٽڪ بائينڊرس، فلرس ۽ رنگن مان ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو. ھن قسم جون چادرون 3 فوٽن، 3 ½ فوٽن ۽ 6 فوٽن جي ويڪرائيءَ ۾ ۽ چؤنڪا 1 فوٽ، 2 فوٽن ۽ 3 فوٽن جي سائيز ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن ۽ اھي ھڪ قسم جو لچڪدار ۽ اڻ ٽمندر مٿاڇرو مھيا ڪنديون آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==شيشي جا فرش==
: (Glass Floors)
~ھن قسم جا فرش گرائونڊ فلور ۾ اھڙن حصن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن جي ھيٺان تھھ خانا ھجن ۽ انھن تھھ خانن ۾ روشني پھچائڻ جي ضرورت ھجي. ھن قسم جا فرش مختلف نمونن ۾ ڪاٺ جا مضبوط فريم ٺاھي انھن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا چؤنڪا وجھي تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. عمارتي شيشو عمدي قسم جو ۽ مضبوط استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8 انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش ==
: (Asphalt Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن جا ٻھ نمونا ٿيندا آھن، ھڪ ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ٻيا ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش. ھنن ٻنھي نمونن جا فرش سستا، لچڪدار (Resilient)، اڻ جاذب (Non absorbent) ، پوسل روڪ (Moisture proof) ، تيزاب روڪ (Acid proof)، تيل (Oil)  ۽ گريس (Greese) سان مقابلو ڪندڙ ٿيندا آھن. انھن خاصيتن سبب ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن وارا فرش سرڪاري آفيسن ۽ اسڪولن وغيره جھڙين عمارتن ۽ ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ قسم جا فرش گودامن، ڀانڊن، ڪارخانن ۽ ٻين اھڙي نوعيت جي عمارتن ائسفالٽ جي چؤنڪن کي سخت بنياد مھيا ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مٿان ھڪ ٻئي سان ڳنڍي ھن قسم جو فرض ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. پر جيڪڏھن ڪاٺ جي فرش مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سڀني ڪاٺ جي پٽين ۽ تختن کي مضبوطيءَ سان ڪوڪن وغيرھ جي رستي جڪڙيو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن وڇائڻ کان پھرين ڪاٺ جي سطح مٿان ائسفالٽ، بٽومين يا رچيل ائسفالٽ جي اوني ڪپڙي (Asphalt saturated felt)  جو اٽڪل 3/8 انچن جو ٿلھو تھھ پٿاريو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش (Asphalt mastic floor)  ٺاھڻ واسطي انھيءَ کي گرم ڪري، ڪنھن ٺوٺ سطح، جھڙوڪ ڪاٺ يا سيمينٽ مٿان پٿاري ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت==
.(Maintenance and Repair of Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪوشش ڪري روزانو آلي پوچيءَ سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن اھو فرش تمام گھڻو گندو نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڏوتو وڃي. صابڻ جي تھھ کي فرش جي ڪنھن بھ ٽڪري تي بنا ڌيان جي ڇڏڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ فرش ترڪڻو ٿي پوندو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ فرش جو اھو ٽڪرو جھڪو (Dull)  ٿي پوندو. فرش جي ڌوئڻ واسطي سوڍا کار يا ٻين اھڙين تيز شين استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ جيڪڏھن فرش جو ڪو بھ حصو ٽٽي يا ڪنھن بھ نموني مرمت طلب ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سمورو پانيل يا خانو (Panel)  ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي، بنيادي ڪانڪريٽ کي سخت برش سان صاف ڪري، انھيءَ کي پاڻيءَ سان آلو رکي، ھڪ رات تائين ڇڏي ڏيڻ گھرجي. رات گذرڻ کان پوءِ بيٺل پاڻيءَ کي ڪڍي صاف ڪري، صاف سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ چاڙھو وڃي ۽ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل ٿولھھ ۽ گھربل تناسب، جھڙوڪ 1:2:4  يا اھڙو ڪو ٻيو موزون تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد ڪانڪريٽ کي دٻائي، پاسن واري فرش جي ٿولھھ برابر آندو وڃي، جيئن سموري فرش جي ليول ھڪ جھڙي ٿي وڃي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن پاسن وارن پانيلن جا ڇيڙا نھ ڀڄن. انھيءَ بعد نئين ٺاھيل پانيل کي ڏھن ڏينھن تائين تر رکيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>d11uf72h95qhdkwf80qkqqaksd8cdsa</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401071</id>
      <parentid>401070</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:42:22Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401071</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="59482" sha1="9fmeslw29kzlq2c3s0vhtscl4q13exw" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش ===

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش'''  اعليٰ درجي جا آرائشي فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ هيٺيون بنيادي تهه سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿئين تهه ۾ سفيد يا رنگين سيمينٽ سان بلوري پٿر (ماربل چپس) جا ننڍا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي فرش کي خوبصورت ۽ پائيدار بڻائيندا آهن.
فرش کي مختلف خانن يا ڊزائنن ۾ ورهائڻ لاءِ پتل، ٽامي، جست يا شيشي جون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. موزائيڪ جي تهه کي وجهي، مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) کان پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائينڊنگ) ۽ پالش ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مٿاڇري هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ بلوري داڻا نمايان ٿي ظاهر ٿيندا آهن. رنگين موزائيڪ فرشن لاءِ سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ مناسب رنگ پڻ ملائي سگهجن ٿا.
هي فرش رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، ڊگهي عمر وارا، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پٿر جا فرش ===

'''پٿر جا فرش'''  مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا فرش هوندا آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي هڪجهڙي ٿولهه وارن قدرتي پٿرن جي چؤنڪن  سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. پٿرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن کي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان مناسب جوڙن سميت لڳايو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برابر ورهائجي ۽ فرش مضبوط رهي.
فرش جي جوڙن کي ضرورت موجب ٽيپ (پوائنٽگ) ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڪم مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور سرڪاري عمارتن، برآمدن، اڱڻن، راهدارين ۽ ٻين هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين قائم رهندڙ فرش گهربل هجي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش ===

'''چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش''' (گليزڊ ٽائل فلورنگ) هموار، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش فرش آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي چمڪدار ٽائيلن سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ٽائيلن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ پوءِ سيمينٽ جي گاري تي صحيح ليول ۽ سلاميءَ سان وڇايو ويندو آهي، جيئن جوڙ مضبوط ۽ سطح هموار رهي.
ٽائيلون لڳائڻ کان پوءِ جوڙن ۾ سيمينٽ جي رٻڙي (سلري) ڀري ويندي آهي ۽ مناسب ترائي  کان پوءِ فرش کي صاف ۽ پالش ڪيو ويندو آهي. تعمير دوران فرش کي داغن ۽ نقصان کان بچائڻ لاءِ ڍڪي رکيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، غسل خانن، باورچي خانن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بلوري پٿر (سنگمرمر) جا فرش ===

'''بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار، خوبصورتي ۽ پائيداري جي ڪري ممتاز فرش سمجهيا وڃن ٿا. اهي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد  تي هڪجهڙي سائيز ۽ ٿولهه وارن سنگمرمر جي چؤنڪن يا تختن کي سيمينٽ يا چوني جي گاري سان وڇائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. جوڙ تمام سنها رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ انهن کي چوني جي لاپي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي ته جيئن فرش هموار ۽ دلڪش نظر اچي.
فرش وڇائڻ کان پوءِ مناسب ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي ۽ پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائنڊنگ) ۽ پالش ذريعي مٿاڇري کي هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ خوبصورت بڻايو ويندو آهي. سنگمرمر جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، هوٽلن، سرڪاري عمارتن، مسجدن ۽ ٻين اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي خوبصورتي، صفائي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي اهميت ڏني ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي ===

'''سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي''' اهڙي فرشبندي آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون بغير گاري جي، چڱيءَ طرح هموار ۽ نهر ڪيل زمين يا واريءَ جي بنياد تي ويجهو ويجهو وڇايون وينديون آهن. سرن جي جوڙن کي سنهو رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن ۾ باريڪ واري ڀري سرن کي مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾ صرف مٿاڇري تي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي پتلي گاري سان جوڙ بند ڪيا ويندا آهن.
هي قسم جو فرش مضبوط، اقتصادي ۽ مرمت ۾ آسان هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري گودامن، اڱڻن، رستن، چبوترن ۽ گهٽ ٽرئفڪ وارن علائقن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

==ڪاٺ جا فرش==  
: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن فرش تمام گھڻا مھانگا ھوندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اھي تمام عمدي ڪاٺ جا ٺاھڻا ھوندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جو استعمال گھڻو ڪري جابلو علائقن (Hilly areas) جھڙوڪ مري وغيره جي اھڙن ھنڌن تي ڪيو ويندو آھي، جتي ڪاٺ تمام گھڻو ۽ سستو پوي ٿو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ڪن خاص حالتن (جتي سانت جي ضرورت ھوندي آھي) ۾ ھنن فرشن جي ضرورت پوندي آھي، جھڙوڪ ناچ خانھ (Dancing Halls) ۽ سماعت خانھ (Auditoriums) وغيره. ھن قسم جا فرش بالڪل پختا ۽ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن اھي وڌيڪ کان وڌيڪ بار کڻي سگھن. انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي خوبصورتيءَ جي لحاظ کان نھايت ئي لسو ھئڻ گھرجي. جيئن تھ ڪاٺ ۾ مڙڻ جي نمايان خاصيت ٿيندي آھي، انھيءَ ڪري اھڙن فرشن ۾ ھر ھڪ فوٽ جي فاصلي (Span) تي 1/40 کان 1/30 انچن جي حساب سان اوچائي (Camber) ڏيڻ گھرجن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==مفرد يا ھيڪوٽا فرش==
: (Single Floors) 
ھن قسم جي حالت ۾ ھڪ ئي طريقي  سان ڪامون يا شھتير (Bridging joists)  کوڙي انھيءَ مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. اھي ڪامون ھر پاسي کان ديوار جي ڪڙين (Wall plates) مٿان رکيون وينديون آھن. اھي ڪامون اھڙيون تھ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جو انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جي تختن کي ڪوڪن رستي ٺوڪڻ ۾ ڪا بھ تڪليف محسوس نھ ٿئي. انھن ڪامن جي اصلي ۽ بنيادي گھرج اھا آھي تھ اھي بالڪل سخت ۽ مضبوط ھئڻ گھرجن تھ جيئن اھي گھڻي کان گھڻو بار جھلي سگھن. انھيءَ مقصد واسطي اھي حساب ڪيل قوت کان وڌيڪ سخت قوت واري ڪاٺ مان ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. انھن شھتيرن جي ويڪر گھڻو ڪري 2 انچن کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ اھي ھڪ شھتير جي مرڪز کان ٻئي شھتير جي مرڪز تائين ھڪ فوٽ جي مفاصلي جي حساب سان رکيا ويندا آھن. وڌيڪ مفاصلي رکڻ سان انھن جي مڙڻ جو انديشو رھندو آھي ۽ اھو مڙڻ (Deflection)  ھر ٻن شھتيرن جي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي 1/333 حصي کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ھنن ڪامن کي تازي گاري (Green mortar)  يا اوساريءَ سان لڳڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي، نھ تھ انھن جو ڪاٺ ڳرڻ لڳندو، جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ھر حالت ۾ سڪل رکڻو آھي انھيءَ ڪري شھتيرن ۽ ڀتين جي ڇيڙن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي پوري گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي.ڊزائن ڪرڻ بعد شھتيرن کي صحيح ماپ ۽ جاءِ تي کوڙي، انھيءَ مٿان 1 انچ کان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھا ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳائي ڪاٺ جا فرش تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==ٻٽا فرش== 
: (Double Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڄي ڪمري جي فاصلي مطابق شھتير (Bridging joists)  نھ کوڙيا ويندا اھن ۽ انھيءَ جي برعڪس اھي ٻين شھتيرن جن کي ٻڌندڙ شھتير يا صرف ٻڌندڙ (Binding joists or Binders) ۽ ٽيڪنيڪي ٻوليءَ ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ سڏيو ويندو آھي،  انھن مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن. ھي بائينڊرس، مٿان رکيل شھتيرن ھيٺان  90 ڊگريءَ جي سڌي ڪنڊ تي کوڙيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کي ديوارن مٿان 6 کان 8 فوٽن جي فاصلي تي رکيو ويندو آھي. ڪوشش ڪري ھي فرش درن کان ڪجھھ ھٽائي رکيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جا فرش ھڪ تھھ وارن فرشن کان وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي آواز کي ٻاھر وڃڻ کان بھتر نموني ۾ روڪي سگھندا آھن. ليڪن ھيٺ وارين ديوارن تي ڪن نڪتن وٽ ھنن جو بار اچي ڪٺو ٿيندو آھي. ھنن فرشن جي عمق، اوچائي وڌڻ سان گڏو گڏ وڌي ٿي، انھيءَ سبب جاءِ جي اوچائي پڻ وڌائڻي پوي ٿي ۽ نتيجي ۾ ھي فرش نھايت ئي مھانگا پون ٿا. انھيءَ ڪري ھي فرش گھڻو ڪري ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا  ھن قسم جا فرش 12 فوٽن کان مٿي واري مفاصلي لاءِ ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا ۽ انھن ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ جا ڇيڙا ڀتين ۾ نھ کوڙيا ويندا آھن پر اھي کليل ڇڏيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھن کي ھوا لڳي سگھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.

==ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽِيڻن شھتِيرن وارا فرش==
: (Triple joist or framed wooden floors)

جيڪڏھن ڪنھن ڪمري يا وڏي ھال جو ننڍي ۾ ننڍو فاصلو (Short span)  اٽڪل 25 فوٽ يا انھيءَ کان وڌي وڃي تھ ھن طريقي جا ڪاٺ جا فرش ٺاھيا وڃن. ھر فرش گرڊرن، بائينڊرس، شھتيرن (Bridging joists) ۽ ڪاٺ جي تختن رستي ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڀ کان پھرين، ڪمري جي ننڍي فاصلي جي رخ ۾ 13 کان 20 فوٽن جي وٿيءَ تي گرڊر رکيا ويندا آھن. اھي وٿيون بائينڊرس رستي، جيڪي گرڊرن جي گوني ڪنڊ (Right angles) جي طرف رکيون وينديون آھن، ڀريون وينديون آھن. فرش جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ رکڻ لاءِ بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن اندر ٽسڪ ۽ ٽينن جوائنٽس (Tusk and Tennon joints) رستي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. گرڊرن جي ڇيڙن ۽ ديوارن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي جيئن ڪاٺ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رھي. جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ھڪ وڌيڪ ڪاٺ جي گرڊر جو اضافو ڪجي ٿو ۽ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن (Binding joists) کي انھيءَ سان جوڙي ڪاٺ جو پڃرو ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ سبب ڪري گرڊرن جي ڪمزور ٿيڻ جو انديشو رھي ٿو. انھيءَ انديشي کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٻڌندر  شھتيرن جي ڇيڙن کي لوھھ جي پٽين (Iron Stirrups)  ذريعي عليحدھ رکيو وڃي ٿو. مکيھ گرڊرن ۽ ٻڌندر شھتيرن کي ايتري حد تائين اونھو رکيو ويندو آھي جيتري ۾ ڇت ۾ ڏار پوڻ نھ ڏنا وڃن. شھتير (Bridging joists)  ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کان ترڇا (Across) رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن کي يا تھ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن جي مٿان رکيو ويندو آھي يا تھ انھن کي مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙي فريم ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. شھتيرن جي ھڪ وچ کان ٻئي وچ تائين 1 فوٽ کان 1 ½ فوٽ تائين مفاصلو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ آخر ۾ ڪاٺ جي تختن کي انھن مٿان رکي فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن سان اھڙي نموني ۾ جڪڙيو ويندو آھي جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو ڪاٺ جي گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو رھي. ليڪن، شھتير (Bridging joists) بائينڊرس مٿان ائين رکيا ويندا آھن، جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو مٿي بيھي. انھيءَ طريقي سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي ٿولھ گھٽائي سگھجي ٿي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;. 

==زميني يا ھيٺيان فرش== 
: (Ground Floors 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ ڪاٺ جي ڳرڻ جي انديشي واسطي پوسل کان روڪڻ لاءِ خاص اپاءُ ورتا ويندا آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جي ھيٺا سيمينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ ڏنا ويندا آھن. عام طرح سان ھيٺيون تھھ گھٽ ملاوث جھڙوڪ 1:6:12  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ۽ مٿيون تھھ 1:2:4  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ڏنو ويندو آھي. ھر ھڪ تھھ جي ٿولھھ  سراسري طور 3 انچ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ طرح سان پوري تھھ جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 6 انچ رکي ويندي آھي. فني (ٽيڪنيڪي) لحاظ کان انھيءَ کي ”سائيٽ“ يا ”اوور سائيٽ“ (Site or Oversite)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ تھھ جي مٿان 6 فوٽ ۽ 5 انچ جي ھر ھڪ مرڪزي مفاصلي کان ٻئي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي حساب سان 4 انچ ٿلھيون ڪاٺ جي تختن (Sleepers) يا پٿر جي بلاڪن يا پڪسري اوساريءَ رستي ننڍيون ديوارون ٺاھي، جن کي (Dwarf walls) چئبو آھي، انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جون وال پليٽون (Walls plates)  لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ديوارون ڪمرن جي ٻنھي طرفن يعني ويڪر ۽ ڊيگھھ جي رخ ۾ ۽ ھڪ جھڙي انداز جي وڇوٽيءَ تي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. شھتير جن کي (Bridging joists) سڏيو وڃي ٿو ۽ عام طرح سان 4 انچ x 44 انچ جي سائيز جا ٿين ٿا، انھن کي پليٽن جي مٿان چاڙھي ڪلن  ڪوڪن ۽ پيچن وارن اسڪرن ذريعي قابو ڪيو وڃي ٿو. آخر ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ انچ ۽ وڌ ۾ وڌ ڏيڍ انچ ٿولھھ وارا ڪاٺ جا تختا شھتيرن مٿان جوڙي ھن قسم جا فرش ٺاھيا ڃن ٿا
ڪاٺ جي تختن ھيٺان کليل حصي مان ھوا جي بالڪل پوري گذر واسطي ھيٺ ڏنل ديوارن ۾ ٽنگ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ چوڪيءَ جي ليول (Plinth level)  ھيٺان پڻ سوراخن وارن بلاڪن جون ديوارون ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. وال پليٽن لڳائڻ کان اڳ ۾ ھيٺ وارين ننڍين ديوارن ۽ پاسي وارين ڀِتين مٿان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھو پوسل روڪڻ وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ (D.P.C)  چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ عام طرح سان، شھتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. تمام اھم عمارتن لاءِ ڪنھن خاص سبب لاءِ ساڳ جو ڪاٺ (Teak wood)  پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڪڏھن وري ساڳ جي ڪاٺ جا تختا ۽ ديال جي ڪاٺ جا شھتير استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ شيشم جي صحيح تيار ٿيل ڪاٺ جا تختا پڻ لڳايا ويندا آھن&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==رٻڙ جا فرش== 
: (Rubber Flooring) 
ھن قسمن جي فرشبنديءَ واسطي گندڪ ملايل رٻڙ جا مرڪب، جيڪي رٻڙ ۾ اھڙي طريقي سان ملائي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھيءَ جي مضبوطي ۽ لچڪ وڌي وڃي، سي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جي شڪل بالڪل سڌي ۽ پلين چادر جھڙي، يا چادرن ۾ خانا ٺاھي پلين يا چٽسالي ڪيل چؤنڪن جي نموني ۾، ۽ يا تھ عليحده عليحده چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ٿيندي آھي. اھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا اھڙي ڪنھن ٻئي ٺوس ۽ سخت بنيادي تھھ (Base)  مٿان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. فرش چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنياد کي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي دز (Dust)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين شين جھڙوڪ پوسل، چڪنائيءَ وغيرھ کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ بنيادي تھھ ۾ جيڪي بھ ھيٺاھيون ۽ مٿاھيون ھونديون آھن، انھن کي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان صحيح ڪري ليول ڪيو ويندو آھي. استعمال ٿيندڙ رٻڙ 1/8  انچن کان ½  انچن جي معيادي ٿولھھ جو ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھميشھ گندڪ (Suphur)، ٽمڻ ۽ کھراڻ کان پاڪ قسم جو رٻڙ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ انھيءَ جو مٿاڇرو لسو ھجي ۽ پاڻيءَ ۽ ڪنھن سٺي معيار واري صابڻ يا ڪنھن اھڙيءَ ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ڌوئڻ يا پالش ڪرڻ سان انھيءَ جي رنگ تي ڪو اثر نھ پوي.  رٻڙ چاڙھڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي ھيٺئين پاسي کي کھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ھڪ ئي وقت 25 مربع فوٽن کان وڌيڪ ايراضيءَ تي نھ چاڙھبو آھي. رٻڙ چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنيادي فرس مٿان ڪنھن سٺي چنبڙائيندڙ (Adhesive)  مرڪب جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ کي ڏھن کان پندرنھن منٽن تائين کليل ڇڏي ڏبو آھي تھ جيئن انھيءَ کي ھوا لڳي. بعد ۾ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل قسم ۽ ڊزائن جي رٻڙ جو پوش چاڙھي انھيءَ مٿان سھڻي نموني زور ڏيئي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي تھ جيئن فرش جي بنيادي تھھ ۽ رٻڙ جي چادر جي وچ ۾ ھوا نھ رھي ۽ رٻڙ فرش سان بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح ۽ سڌائيءَ ۾ چنبڙي. انھيءَ لاءِ عام طرح سان ننڍو لوھ جو رولر استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان پوءِ رٻڙ جي فرش کي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٽن ڏينھن تائين آزاد ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن سٺي صابڻ سان ڌوئي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جا فرش اھم جاين، آفيسن، اسپتالن، سينيمائن ۽ ھوٽلن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. معياري تعليمي درسگاھن ۽ آڊيٽوريم اندر پڻ ھن قسم جا فرش پسند ڪيا ويندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھنن مٿان ھلن سان آواز نٿو ٿئي ۽ سانت رھي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم جا فرش== 
: (Linoleum Floors) 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ رٻڙ جي فرشن وانگر سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ وغيره جي بنياد مٿان لينوليم جو پلاسٽڪ جھڙو پوش چاڙھي ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ڪيميا جي خيال کان لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل (Linseed oil)، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگ وغيره جو مرڪب آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب تھھ جھڙوڪ ڪنوس (Convas)  مٿان پٿاري فرش جو پوش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. اھو پوش خوشنما نمونن ۾ ٺاھي، بنيادي فرش مٿان چاڙھي، ھن قسم جا دلڪش فرش ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. لينوليم جا رٻڙ جي فرش وانگر الڳ الڳ چؤنڪ پڻ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، انھن کي لينوليم جا چؤنڪا سڏيو ويندو آھي. ھي فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ سستا ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي وقفي وقفي سان وارنش ۽ ميڻ (Wax)  لڳائڻ سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال ڪري انھن کي پائيدار بڻائي سگھبو آھي. لينوليم عام طرح سان رولن وانگر ويڙھيل ٿانن جي صورت ۾ ملندي آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب ڳنڍيندڙ مرڪب (Adhesive) رستي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد انھيءَ تھھ مٿان وارنش لڳائي، کين چمڪايو ويندو آھي. موٽر ڪارن، لارين، جھازن ۽ ريل گاڏين وغيره جا فرش، پڻ لينوليم سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش رھائشي گھرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ريسٽورانن لاءِ بھ نھايت موزون رھن ٿا. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جا فرش== 
: (Cork Floors) 
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙين جاين يا جاين جي انھن حصن لاءِ ڪارآمد آھن، جن کي سانت وارو يعني بنا گوڙ وارو (Noiseless)  ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي، جھڙوڪ آڊيٽوريم، پبلڪ لئبرريون، ٿئيٽر ۽ چرچون (گرجائون) وغيره.ھي فرش ڪارڪن جي چادرن يا ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. ڪارڪ جي شيٽن يعني چادرن جي تياري ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن کان مختلف نموني جي ٿيندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ٽائيلن ۾ صرف ڪارڪن استعمال ٿيندو آھي ۽ چادرن ۾ ڪارڪ جا ڇلڪا ۽ ٻورو، السيءَ جو تيل، ڪاٺ جو ٻورو ۽ رنگ وغيره استعمال ٿيندا آھن. ٻنھي قسمن جي فرشن جو ڪجھھ بيان ھيٺ پيش ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش==
: (Cork tiles Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ ڪارڪ جا چؤنڪا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي چؤنڪا مختلف ماپن ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. داونن يعني بارڊرن (Borders)  لاءِ 1 کان 3 فوٽن تائين ويڪريون ۽ 6 فوٽ ڊگھيون ڪارڪ جون پٽيون پڻ ٺھنديون آھن. انھن ٽائيلن جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8  انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. اھڙين  ٽائيلن جو ترو سڌو يا جھريءَ وارو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ٽائيلون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي ھيٺئين تھھ (Sub base) مٿان لڳايون وينديون آھن. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ ڪاٺ جو آھي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم ھئڻ گھرجي يا تھ ٻي صورت ۾ انھيءَ مٿان پِلاءِ (Ply)  لڳائي وڃي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھرين ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل صاف ۽ ھڪ جھڙو ھئڻ گھرجي، جنھن مٿان نرم گديءَ جو پترو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي، جيئن ڪاٺ جي لڏڻ سان ٽائيلن جي تھھ کي ڪو نقصان نھ پھچي. انھن ٽائيلن کي خاص قسم جي ڏامر ذريعي نرم گديءَ سان چنبڙايو ويندو آھي ۽ آخري حصي يا ڪنڊن وارن چؤنڪن کي ڪوڪن ذريعي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھ (Base)  سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ مٿان 1:3  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ گاري جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ مٿاڇري کي بلڪل سنوت ۾ آڻي، سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو ويندو آھي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي تمام چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪري انھيءَ مٿان ڏامر (Bitumen)  جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي، انھيءَ مٿان ٽائيلون وڇايون وينديون آھن. 
ڪارڪ اوڪ (Oak)  يعني شاھ بلوط جي سدا بھار وڻن جي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھيءُ وڻ بحريھ روم جي قريبي ملڪن ۾ ٿيندا آھن، جنھن جي کل تمام گھڻي ٿلھي ٿيندي آھي. انھيءَ کل کي ھر اٺن يا ڏھن سالن کان پوءِ لاٿو ويندو آھي، جنھن کي اٻاري، ٿورڙو آلو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ پوءِ انھن کي ڇلي ۽ خوب طرح سان گسائي، گرم ويلڻن مان ايتري وقت تائين لنگھائبو رھبو آھي جيستائين انھيءَ کل مان شيري جھڙي گھاٽي شيءِ ٻاھر نڪري اچي. انھيءَ گھاٽي شيءِ نڪرڻ سان ڪارڪ جي اندر سنھا سوراخ نھ رھندا آھن ۽ اھو وڌيڪ سخت ۽ ٺوس ٿي ويندو  آھي. ھيءُ شيري جھڙو مادو ڪارڪ جي ذرن کي پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چنبڙائي رکندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان پوءِ انھيءَ ڪارڪ کي گھربل ماپ جي چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ڪاٽي وٺبو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرش==
: (Cork Sheet Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پي-وي-سيءَ جا فرش==
: ( Polyvinyl Chloride i.e. P.V.C Floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش گھريلو جاين، ريل گاڏيءَ جي دٻن، دفترن، آڊيٽوريم جي ھالن ۽ ٿئيٽرن وغيره لاءِ موزون رھندا آھن. ھي فرش پڻ رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش گھڻو ڪري زيبائش لاءِ ئي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھنن فرشي چادرن ۽ چؤنڪن جي ٿولھھ 1/16  انچن کان ¼ انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. 
ھيءُ پي-وي-سيءَ جو مرڪب جديد دور جي ايجاد آھي جيڪو ٿرموپلاسٽڪ بائينڊرس، فلرس ۽ رنگن مان ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو. ھن قسم جون چادرون 3 فوٽن، 3 ½ فوٽن ۽ 6 فوٽن جي ويڪرائيءَ ۾ ۽ چؤنڪا 1 فوٽ، 2 فوٽن ۽ 3 فوٽن جي سائيز ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن ۽ اھي ھڪ قسم جو لچڪدار ۽ اڻ ٽمندر مٿاڇرو مھيا ڪنديون آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==شيشي جا فرش==
: (Glass Floors)
~ھن قسم جا فرش گرائونڊ فلور ۾ اھڙن حصن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن جي ھيٺان تھھ خانا ھجن ۽ انھن تھھ خانن ۾ روشني پھچائڻ جي ضرورت ھجي. ھن قسم جا فرش مختلف نمونن ۾ ڪاٺ جا مضبوط فريم ٺاھي انھن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا چؤنڪا وجھي تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. عمارتي شيشو عمدي قسم جو ۽ مضبوط استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8 انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش ==
: (Asphalt Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن جا ٻھ نمونا ٿيندا آھن، ھڪ ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ٻيا ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش. ھنن ٻنھي نمونن جا فرش سستا، لچڪدار (Resilient)، اڻ جاذب (Non absorbent) ، پوسل روڪ (Moisture proof) ، تيزاب روڪ (Acid proof)، تيل (Oil)  ۽ گريس (Greese) سان مقابلو ڪندڙ ٿيندا آھن. انھن خاصيتن سبب ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن وارا فرش سرڪاري آفيسن ۽ اسڪولن وغيره جھڙين عمارتن ۽ ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ قسم جا فرش گودامن، ڀانڊن، ڪارخانن ۽ ٻين اھڙي نوعيت جي عمارتن ائسفالٽ جي چؤنڪن کي سخت بنياد مھيا ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مٿان ھڪ ٻئي سان ڳنڍي ھن قسم جو فرض ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. پر جيڪڏھن ڪاٺ جي فرش مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سڀني ڪاٺ جي پٽين ۽ تختن کي مضبوطيءَ سان ڪوڪن وغيرھ جي رستي جڪڙيو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن وڇائڻ کان پھرين ڪاٺ جي سطح مٿان ائسفالٽ، بٽومين يا رچيل ائسفالٽ جي اوني ڪپڙي (Asphalt saturated felt)  جو اٽڪل 3/8 انچن جو ٿلھو تھھ پٿاريو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش (Asphalt mastic floor)  ٺاھڻ واسطي انھيءَ کي گرم ڪري، ڪنھن ٺوٺ سطح، جھڙوڪ ڪاٺ يا سيمينٽ مٿان پٿاري ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت==
.(Maintenance and Repair of Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪوشش ڪري روزانو آلي پوچيءَ سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن اھو فرش تمام گھڻو گندو نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڏوتو وڃي. صابڻ جي تھھ کي فرش جي ڪنھن بھ ٽڪري تي بنا ڌيان جي ڇڏڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ فرش ترڪڻو ٿي پوندو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ فرش جو اھو ٽڪرو جھڪو (Dull)  ٿي پوندو. فرش جي ڌوئڻ واسطي سوڍا کار يا ٻين اھڙين تيز شين استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ جيڪڏھن فرش جو ڪو بھ حصو ٽٽي يا ڪنھن بھ نموني مرمت طلب ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سمورو پانيل يا خانو (Panel)  ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي، بنيادي ڪانڪريٽ کي سخت برش سان صاف ڪري، انھيءَ کي پاڻيءَ سان آلو رکي، ھڪ رات تائين ڇڏي ڏيڻ گھرجي. رات گذرڻ کان پوءِ بيٺل پاڻيءَ کي ڪڍي صاف ڪري، صاف سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ چاڙھو وڃي ۽ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل ٿولھھ ۽ گھربل تناسب، جھڙوڪ 1:2:4  يا اھڙو ڪو ٻيو موزون تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد ڪانڪريٽ کي دٻائي، پاسن واري فرش جي ٿولھھ برابر آندو وڃي، جيئن سموري فرش جي ليول ھڪ جھڙي ٿي وڃي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن پاسن وارن پانيلن جا ڇيڙا نھ ڀڄن. انھيءَ بعد نئين ٺاھيل پانيل کي ڏھن ڏينھن تائين تر رکيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>9fmeslw29kzlq2c3s0vhtscl4q13exw</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401072</id>
      <parentid>401071</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:43:41Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* ڪاٺ جا فرش */</comment>
      <origin>401072</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="59296" sha1="78fnyg3i7y7t9zx68q504haj10poy6a" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش ===

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش'''  اعليٰ درجي جا آرائشي فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ هيٺيون بنيادي تهه سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿئين تهه ۾ سفيد يا رنگين سيمينٽ سان بلوري پٿر (ماربل چپس) جا ننڍا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي فرش کي خوبصورت ۽ پائيدار بڻائيندا آهن.
فرش کي مختلف خانن يا ڊزائنن ۾ ورهائڻ لاءِ پتل، ٽامي، جست يا شيشي جون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. موزائيڪ جي تهه کي وجهي، مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) کان پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائينڊنگ) ۽ پالش ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مٿاڇري هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ بلوري داڻا نمايان ٿي ظاهر ٿيندا آهن. رنگين موزائيڪ فرشن لاءِ سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ مناسب رنگ پڻ ملائي سگهجن ٿا.
هي فرش رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، ڊگهي عمر وارا، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پٿر جا فرش ===

'''پٿر جا فرش'''  مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا فرش هوندا آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي هڪجهڙي ٿولهه وارن قدرتي پٿرن جي چؤنڪن  سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. پٿرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن کي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان مناسب جوڙن سميت لڳايو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برابر ورهائجي ۽ فرش مضبوط رهي.
فرش جي جوڙن کي ضرورت موجب ٽيپ (پوائنٽگ) ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڪم مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور سرڪاري عمارتن، برآمدن، اڱڻن، راهدارين ۽ ٻين هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين قائم رهندڙ فرش گهربل هجي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش ===

'''چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش''' (گليزڊ ٽائل فلورنگ) هموار، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش فرش آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي چمڪدار ٽائيلن سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ٽائيلن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ پوءِ سيمينٽ جي گاري تي صحيح ليول ۽ سلاميءَ سان وڇايو ويندو آهي، جيئن جوڙ مضبوط ۽ سطح هموار رهي.
ٽائيلون لڳائڻ کان پوءِ جوڙن ۾ سيمينٽ جي رٻڙي (سلري) ڀري ويندي آهي ۽ مناسب ترائي  کان پوءِ فرش کي صاف ۽ پالش ڪيو ويندو آهي. تعمير دوران فرش کي داغن ۽ نقصان کان بچائڻ لاءِ ڍڪي رکيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، غسل خانن، باورچي خانن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بلوري پٿر (سنگمرمر) جا فرش ===

'''بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار، خوبصورتي ۽ پائيداري جي ڪري ممتاز فرش سمجهيا وڃن ٿا. اهي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد  تي هڪجهڙي سائيز ۽ ٿولهه وارن سنگمرمر جي چؤنڪن يا تختن کي سيمينٽ يا چوني جي گاري سان وڇائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. جوڙ تمام سنها رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ انهن کي چوني جي لاپي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي ته جيئن فرش هموار ۽ دلڪش نظر اچي.
فرش وڇائڻ کان پوءِ مناسب ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي ۽ پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائنڊنگ) ۽ پالش ذريعي مٿاڇري کي هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ خوبصورت بڻايو ويندو آهي. سنگمرمر جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، هوٽلن، سرڪاري عمارتن، مسجدن ۽ ٻين اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي خوبصورتي، صفائي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي اهميت ڏني ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي ===

'''سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي''' اهڙي فرشبندي آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون بغير گاري جي، چڱيءَ طرح هموار ۽ نهر ڪيل زمين يا واريءَ جي بنياد تي ويجهو ويجهو وڇايون وينديون آهن. سرن جي جوڙن کي سنهو رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن ۾ باريڪ واري ڀري سرن کي مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾ صرف مٿاڇري تي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي پتلي گاري سان جوڙ بند ڪيا ويندا آهن.
هي قسم جو فرش مضبوط، اقتصادي ۽ مرمت ۾ آسان هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري گودامن، اڱڻن، رستن، چبوترن ۽ گهٽ ٽرئفڪ وارن علائقن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار جا، خوبصورت ۽ آرامده فرش آهن، جيڪي مضبوط ۽ معياري ڪاٺ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي نسبتاً مهانگا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سندن استعمال گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڪاٺ آسانيءَ سان دستياب هجي، يا اهڙين عمارتن ۾ جتي آواز جي موٽ گهٽ رکڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ ضروري هجي، جهڙوڪ ناچ گهر، آڊيٽوريم ۽ جابلو علائقن جون عمارتون.
ڪاٺ جي لچڪدار خاصيت کي نظر ۾ رکندي، اهڙن فرشن جي جوڙجڪ ۾ مناسب چيمبر ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۽ استحڪام برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

==مفرد يا ھيڪوٽا فرش==
: (Single Floors) 
ھن قسم جي حالت ۾ ھڪ ئي طريقي  سان ڪامون يا شھتير (Bridging joists)  کوڙي انھيءَ مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. اھي ڪامون ھر پاسي کان ديوار جي ڪڙين (Wall plates) مٿان رکيون وينديون آھن. اھي ڪامون اھڙيون تھ سخت ھئڻ گھرجن جو انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جي تختن کي ڪوڪن رستي ٺوڪڻ ۾ ڪا بھ تڪليف محسوس نھ ٿئي. انھن ڪامن جي اصلي ۽ بنيادي گھرج اھا آھي تھ اھي بالڪل سخت ۽ مضبوط ھئڻ گھرجن تھ جيئن اھي گھڻي کان گھڻو بار جھلي سگھن. انھيءَ مقصد واسطي اھي حساب ڪيل قوت کان وڌيڪ سخت قوت واري ڪاٺ مان ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. انھن شھتيرن جي ويڪر گھڻو ڪري 2 انچن کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ اھي ھڪ شھتير جي مرڪز کان ٻئي شھتير جي مرڪز تائين ھڪ فوٽ جي مفاصلي جي حساب سان رکيا ويندا آھن. وڌيڪ مفاصلي رکڻ سان انھن جي مڙڻ جو انديشو رھندو آھي ۽ اھو مڙڻ (Deflection)  ھر ٻن شھتيرن جي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي 1/333 حصي کان وڌيڪ نھ ھئڻ گھرجي. ھنن ڪامن کي تازي گاري (Green mortar)  يا اوساريءَ سان لڳڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي، نھ تھ انھن جو ڪاٺ ڳرڻ لڳندو، جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ھر حالت ۾ سڪل رکڻو آھي انھيءَ ڪري شھتيرن ۽ ڀتين جي ڇيڙن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي پوري گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي.ڊزائن ڪرڻ بعد شھتيرن کي صحيح ماپ ۽ جاءِ تي کوڙي، انھيءَ مٿان 1 انچ کان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھا ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳائي ڪاٺ جا فرش تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==ٻٽا فرش== 
: (Double Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڄي ڪمري جي فاصلي مطابق شھتير (Bridging joists)  نھ کوڙيا ويندا اھن ۽ انھيءَ جي برعڪس اھي ٻين شھتيرن جن کي ٻڌندڙ شھتير يا صرف ٻڌندڙ (Binding joists or Binders) ۽ ٽيڪنيڪي ٻوليءَ ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ سڏيو ويندو آھي،  انھن مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن. ھي بائينڊرس، مٿان رکيل شھتيرن ھيٺان  90 ڊگريءَ جي سڌي ڪنڊ تي کوڙيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کي ديوارن مٿان 6 کان 8 فوٽن جي فاصلي تي رکيو ويندو آھي. ڪوشش ڪري ھي فرش درن کان ڪجھھ ھٽائي رکيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جا فرش ھڪ تھھ وارن فرشن کان وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي آواز کي ٻاھر وڃڻ کان بھتر نموني ۾ روڪي سگھندا آھن. ليڪن ھيٺ وارين ديوارن تي ڪن نڪتن وٽ ھنن جو بار اچي ڪٺو ٿيندو آھي. ھنن فرشن جي عمق، اوچائي وڌڻ سان گڏو گڏ وڌي ٿي، انھيءَ سبب جاءِ جي اوچائي پڻ وڌائڻي پوي ٿي ۽ نتيجي ۾ ھي فرش نھايت ئي مھانگا پون ٿا. انھيءَ ڪري ھي فرش گھڻو ڪري ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا  ھن قسم جا فرش 12 فوٽن کان مٿي واري مفاصلي لاءِ ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا ۽ انھن ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ جا ڇيڙا ڀتين ۾ نھ کوڙيا ويندا آھن پر اھي کليل ڇڏيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھن کي ھوا لڳي سگھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.

==ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽِيڻن شھتِيرن وارا فرش==
: (Triple joist or framed wooden floors)

جيڪڏھن ڪنھن ڪمري يا وڏي ھال جو ننڍي ۾ ننڍو فاصلو (Short span)  اٽڪل 25 فوٽ يا انھيءَ کان وڌي وڃي تھ ھن طريقي جا ڪاٺ جا فرش ٺاھيا وڃن. ھر فرش گرڊرن، بائينڊرس، شھتيرن (Bridging joists) ۽ ڪاٺ جي تختن رستي ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڀ کان پھرين، ڪمري جي ننڍي فاصلي جي رخ ۾ 13 کان 20 فوٽن جي وٿيءَ تي گرڊر رکيا ويندا آھن. اھي وٿيون بائينڊرس رستي، جيڪي گرڊرن جي گوني ڪنڊ (Right angles) جي طرف رکيون وينديون آھن، ڀريون وينديون آھن. فرش جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ رکڻ لاءِ بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن اندر ٽسڪ ۽ ٽينن جوائنٽس (Tusk and Tennon joints) رستي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. گرڊرن جي ڇيڙن ۽ ديوارن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي جيئن ڪاٺ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رھي. جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ھڪ وڌيڪ ڪاٺ جي گرڊر جو اضافو ڪجي ٿو ۽ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن (Binding joists) کي انھيءَ سان جوڙي ڪاٺ جو پڃرو ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ سبب ڪري گرڊرن جي ڪمزور ٿيڻ جو انديشو رھي ٿو. انھيءَ انديشي کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٻڌندر  شھتيرن جي ڇيڙن کي لوھھ جي پٽين (Iron Stirrups)  ذريعي عليحدھ رکيو وڃي ٿو. مکيھ گرڊرن ۽ ٻڌندر شھتيرن کي ايتري حد تائين اونھو رکيو ويندو آھي جيتري ۾ ڇت ۾ ڏار پوڻ نھ ڏنا وڃن. شھتير (Bridging joists)  ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کان ترڇا (Across) رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن کي يا تھ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن جي مٿان رکيو ويندو آھي يا تھ انھن کي مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙي فريم ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. شھتيرن جي ھڪ وچ کان ٻئي وچ تائين 1 فوٽ کان 1 ½ فوٽ تائين مفاصلو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ آخر ۾ ڪاٺ جي تختن کي انھن مٿان رکي فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن سان اھڙي نموني ۾ جڪڙيو ويندو آھي جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو ڪاٺ جي گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو رھي. ليڪن، شھتير (Bridging joists) بائينڊرس مٿان ائين رکيا ويندا آھن، جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو مٿي بيھي. انھيءَ طريقي سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي ٿولھ گھٽائي سگھجي ٿي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;. 

==زميني يا ھيٺيان فرش== 
: (Ground Floors 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ ڪاٺ جي ڳرڻ جي انديشي واسطي پوسل کان روڪڻ لاءِ خاص اپاءُ ورتا ويندا آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جي ھيٺا سيمينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ ڏنا ويندا آھن. عام طرح سان ھيٺيون تھھ گھٽ ملاوث جھڙوڪ 1:6:12  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ۽ مٿيون تھھ 1:2:4  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ڏنو ويندو آھي. ھر ھڪ تھھ جي ٿولھھ  سراسري طور 3 انچ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ طرح سان پوري تھھ جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 6 انچ رکي ويندي آھي. فني (ٽيڪنيڪي) لحاظ کان انھيءَ کي ”سائيٽ“ يا ”اوور سائيٽ“ (Site or Oversite)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ تھھ جي مٿان 6 فوٽ ۽ 5 انچ جي ھر ھڪ مرڪزي مفاصلي کان ٻئي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي حساب سان 4 انچ ٿلھيون ڪاٺ جي تختن (Sleepers) يا پٿر جي بلاڪن يا پڪسري اوساريءَ رستي ننڍيون ديوارون ٺاھي، جن کي (Dwarf walls) چئبو آھي، انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جون وال پليٽون (Walls plates)  لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ديوارون ڪمرن جي ٻنھي طرفن يعني ويڪر ۽ ڊيگھھ جي رخ ۾ ۽ ھڪ جھڙي انداز جي وڇوٽيءَ تي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. شھتير جن کي (Bridging joists) سڏيو وڃي ٿو ۽ عام طرح سان 4 انچ x 44 انچ جي سائيز جا ٿين ٿا، انھن کي پليٽن جي مٿان چاڙھي ڪلن  ڪوڪن ۽ پيچن وارن اسڪرن ذريعي قابو ڪيو وڃي ٿو. آخر ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ انچ ۽ وڌ ۾ وڌ ڏيڍ انچ ٿولھھ وارا ڪاٺ جا تختا شھتيرن مٿان جوڙي ھن قسم جا فرش ٺاھيا ڃن ٿا
ڪاٺ جي تختن ھيٺان کليل حصي مان ھوا جي بالڪل پوري گذر واسطي ھيٺ ڏنل ديوارن ۾ ٽنگ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ چوڪيءَ جي ليول (Plinth level)  ھيٺان پڻ سوراخن وارن بلاڪن جون ديوارون ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. وال پليٽن لڳائڻ کان اڳ ۾ ھيٺ وارين ننڍين ديوارن ۽ پاسي وارين ڀِتين مٿان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھو پوسل روڪڻ وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ (D.P.C)  چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ عام طرح سان، شھتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. تمام اھم عمارتن لاءِ ڪنھن خاص سبب لاءِ ساڳ جو ڪاٺ (Teak wood)  پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڪڏھن وري ساڳ جي ڪاٺ جا تختا ۽ ديال جي ڪاٺ جا شھتير استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ شيشم جي صحيح تيار ٿيل ڪاٺ جا تختا پڻ لڳايا ويندا آھن&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==رٻڙ جا فرش== 
: (Rubber Flooring) 
ھن قسمن جي فرشبنديءَ واسطي گندڪ ملايل رٻڙ جا مرڪب، جيڪي رٻڙ ۾ اھڙي طريقي سان ملائي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھيءَ جي مضبوطي ۽ لچڪ وڌي وڃي، سي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جي شڪل بالڪل سڌي ۽ پلين چادر جھڙي، يا چادرن ۾ خانا ٺاھي پلين يا چٽسالي ڪيل چؤنڪن جي نموني ۾، ۽ يا تھ عليحده عليحده چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ٿيندي آھي. اھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا اھڙي ڪنھن ٻئي ٺوس ۽ سخت بنيادي تھھ (Base)  مٿان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. فرش چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنياد کي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي دز (Dust)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين شين جھڙوڪ پوسل، چڪنائيءَ وغيرھ کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ بنيادي تھھ ۾ جيڪي بھ ھيٺاھيون ۽ مٿاھيون ھونديون آھن، انھن کي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان صحيح ڪري ليول ڪيو ويندو آھي. استعمال ٿيندڙ رٻڙ 1/8  انچن کان ½  انچن جي معيادي ٿولھھ جو ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھميشھ گندڪ (Suphur)، ٽمڻ ۽ کھراڻ کان پاڪ قسم جو رٻڙ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ انھيءَ جو مٿاڇرو لسو ھجي ۽ پاڻيءَ ۽ ڪنھن سٺي معيار واري صابڻ يا ڪنھن اھڙيءَ ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ڌوئڻ يا پالش ڪرڻ سان انھيءَ جي رنگ تي ڪو اثر نھ پوي.  رٻڙ چاڙھڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي ھيٺئين پاسي کي کھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ھڪ ئي وقت 25 مربع فوٽن کان وڌيڪ ايراضيءَ تي نھ چاڙھبو آھي. رٻڙ چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنيادي فرس مٿان ڪنھن سٺي چنبڙائيندڙ (Adhesive)  مرڪب جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ کي ڏھن کان پندرنھن منٽن تائين کليل ڇڏي ڏبو آھي تھ جيئن انھيءَ کي ھوا لڳي. بعد ۾ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل قسم ۽ ڊزائن جي رٻڙ جو پوش چاڙھي انھيءَ مٿان سھڻي نموني زور ڏيئي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي تھ جيئن فرش جي بنيادي تھھ ۽ رٻڙ جي چادر جي وچ ۾ ھوا نھ رھي ۽ رٻڙ فرش سان بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح ۽ سڌائيءَ ۾ چنبڙي. انھيءَ لاءِ عام طرح سان ننڍو لوھ جو رولر استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان پوءِ رٻڙ جي فرش کي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٽن ڏينھن تائين آزاد ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن سٺي صابڻ سان ڌوئي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جا فرش اھم جاين، آفيسن، اسپتالن، سينيمائن ۽ ھوٽلن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. معياري تعليمي درسگاھن ۽ آڊيٽوريم اندر پڻ ھن قسم جا فرش پسند ڪيا ويندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھنن مٿان ھلن سان آواز نٿو ٿئي ۽ سانت رھي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم جا فرش== 
: (Linoleum Floors) 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ رٻڙ جي فرشن وانگر سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ وغيره جي بنياد مٿان لينوليم جو پلاسٽڪ جھڙو پوش چاڙھي ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ڪيميا جي خيال کان لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل (Linseed oil)، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگ وغيره جو مرڪب آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب تھھ جھڙوڪ ڪنوس (Convas)  مٿان پٿاري فرش جو پوش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. اھو پوش خوشنما نمونن ۾ ٺاھي، بنيادي فرش مٿان چاڙھي، ھن قسم جا دلڪش فرش ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. لينوليم جا رٻڙ جي فرش وانگر الڳ الڳ چؤنڪ پڻ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، انھن کي لينوليم جا چؤنڪا سڏيو ويندو آھي. ھي فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ سستا ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي وقفي وقفي سان وارنش ۽ ميڻ (Wax)  لڳائڻ سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال ڪري انھن کي پائيدار بڻائي سگھبو آھي. لينوليم عام طرح سان رولن وانگر ويڙھيل ٿانن جي صورت ۾ ملندي آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب ڳنڍيندڙ مرڪب (Adhesive) رستي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد انھيءَ تھھ مٿان وارنش لڳائي، کين چمڪايو ويندو آھي. موٽر ڪارن، لارين، جھازن ۽ ريل گاڏين وغيره جا فرش، پڻ لينوليم سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش رھائشي گھرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ريسٽورانن لاءِ بھ نھايت موزون رھن ٿا. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جا فرش== 
: (Cork Floors) 
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙين جاين يا جاين جي انھن حصن لاءِ ڪارآمد آھن، جن کي سانت وارو يعني بنا گوڙ وارو (Noiseless)  ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي، جھڙوڪ آڊيٽوريم، پبلڪ لئبرريون، ٿئيٽر ۽ چرچون (گرجائون) وغيره.ھي فرش ڪارڪن جي چادرن يا ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. ڪارڪ جي شيٽن يعني چادرن جي تياري ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن کان مختلف نموني جي ٿيندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ٽائيلن ۾ صرف ڪارڪن استعمال ٿيندو آھي ۽ چادرن ۾ ڪارڪ جا ڇلڪا ۽ ٻورو، السيءَ جو تيل، ڪاٺ جو ٻورو ۽ رنگ وغيره استعمال ٿيندا آھن. ٻنھي قسمن جي فرشن جو ڪجھھ بيان ھيٺ پيش ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش==
: (Cork tiles Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ ڪارڪ جا چؤنڪا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي چؤنڪا مختلف ماپن ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. داونن يعني بارڊرن (Borders)  لاءِ 1 کان 3 فوٽن تائين ويڪريون ۽ 6 فوٽ ڊگھيون ڪارڪ جون پٽيون پڻ ٺھنديون آھن. انھن ٽائيلن جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8  انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. اھڙين  ٽائيلن جو ترو سڌو يا جھريءَ وارو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ٽائيلون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي ھيٺئين تھھ (Sub base) مٿان لڳايون وينديون آھن. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ ڪاٺ جو آھي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم ھئڻ گھرجي يا تھ ٻي صورت ۾ انھيءَ مٿان پِلاءِ (Ply)  لڳائي وڃي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھرين ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل صاف ۽ ھڪ جھڙو ھئڻ گھرجي، جنھن مٿان نرم گديءَ جو پترو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي، جيئن ڪاٺ جي لڏڻ سان ٽائيلن جي تھھ کي ڪو نقصان نھ پھچي. انھن ٽائيلن کي خاص قسم جي ڏامر ذريعي نرم گديءَ سان چنبڙايو ويندو آھي ۽ آخري حصي يا ڪنڊن وارن چؤنڪن کي ڪوڪن ذريعي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھ (Base)  سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ مٿان 1:3  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ گاري جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ مٿاڇري کي بلڪل سنوت ۾ آڻي، سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو ويندو آھي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي تمام چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪري انھيءَ مٿان ڏامر (Bitumen)  جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي، انھيءَ مٿان ٽائيلون وڇايون وينديون آھن. 
ڪارڪ اوڪ (Oak)  يعني شاھ بلوط جي سدا بھار وڻن جي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھيءُ وڻ بحريھ روم جي قريبي ملڪن ۾ ٿيندا آھن، جنھن جي کل تمام گھڻي ٿلھي ٿيندي آھي. انھيءَ کل کي ھر اٺن يا ڏھن سالن کان پوءِ لاٿو ويندو آھي، جنھن کي اٻاري، ٿورڙو آلو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ پوءِ انھن کي ڇلي ۽ خوب طرح سان گسائي، گرم ويلڻن مان ايتري وقت تائين لنگھائبو رھبو آھي جيستائين انھيءَ کل مان شيري جھڙي گھاٽي شيءِ ٻاھر نڪري اچي. انھيءَ گھاٽي شيءِ نڪرڻ سان ڪارڪ جي اندر سنھا سوراخ نھ رھندا آھن ۽ اھو وڌيڪ سخت ۽ ٺوس ٿي ويندو  آھي. ھيءُ شيري جھڙو مادو ڪارڪ جي ذرن کي پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چنبڙائي رکندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان پوءِ انھيءَ ڪارڪ کي گھربل ماپ جي چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ڪاٽي وٺبو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرش==
: (Cork Sheet Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پي-وي-سيءَ جا فرش==
: ( Polyvinyl Chloride i.e. P.V.C Floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش گھريلو جاين، ريل گاڏيءَ جي دٻن، دفترن، آڊيٽوريم جي ھالن ۽ ٿئيٽرن وغيره لاءِ موزون رھندا آھن. ھي فرش پڻ رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش گھڻو ڪري زيبائش لاءِ ئي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھنن فرشي چادرن ۽ چؤنڪن جي ٿولھھ 1/16  انچن کان ¼ انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. 
ھيءُ پي-وي-سيءَ جو مرڪب جديد دور جي ايجاد آھي جيڪو ٿرموپلاسٽڪ بائينڊرس، فلرس ۽ رنگن مان ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو. ھن قسم جون چادرون 3 فوٽن، 3 ½ فوٽن ۽ 6 فوٽن جي ويڪرائيءَ ۾ ۽ چؤنڪا 1 فوٽ، 2 فوٽن ۽ 3 فوٽن جي سائيز ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن ۽ اھي ھڪ قسم جو لچڪدار ۽ اڻ ٽمندر مٿاڇرو مھيا ڪنديون آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==شيشي جا فرش==
: (Glass Floors)
~ھن قسم جا فرش گرائونڊ فلور ۾ اھڙن حصن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن جي ھيٺان تھھ خانا ھجن ۽ انھن تھھ خانن ۾ روشني پھچائڻ جي ضرورت ھجي. ھن قسم جا فرش مختلف نمونن ۾ ڪاٺ جا مضبوط فريم ٺاھي انھن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا چؤنڪا وجھي تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. عمارتي شيشو عمدي قسم جو ۽ مضبوط استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8 انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش ==
: (Asphalt Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن جا ٻھ نمونا ٿيندا آھن، ھڪ ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ٻيا ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش. ھنن ٻنھي نمونن جا فرش سستا، لچڪدار (Resilient)، اڻ جاذب (Non absorbent) ، پوسل روڪ (Moisture proof) ، تيزاب روڪ (Acid proof)، تيل (Oil)  ۽ گريس (Greese) سان مقابلو ڪندڙ ٿيندا آھن. انھن خاصيتن سبب ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن وارا فرش سرڪاري آفيسن ۽ اسڪولن وغيره جھڙين عمارتن ۽ ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ قسم جا فرش گودامن، ڀانڊن، ڪارخانن ۽ ٻين اھڙي نوعيت جي عمارتن ائسفالٽ جي چؤنڪن کي سخت بنياد مھيا ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مٿان ھڪ ٻئي سان ڳنڍي ھن قسم جو فرض ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. پر جيڪڏھن ڪاٺ جي فرش مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سڀني ڪاٺ جي پٽين ۽ تختن کي مضبوطيءَ سان ڪوڪن وغيرھ جي رستي جڪڙيو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن وڇائڻ کان پھرين ڪاٺ جي سطح مٿان ائسفالٽ، بٽومين يا رچيل ائسفالٽ جي اوني ڪپڙي (Asphalt saturated felt)  جو اٽڪل 3/8 انچن جو ٿلھو تھھ پٿاريو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش (Asphalt mastic floor)  ٺاھڻ واسطي انھيءَ کي گرم ڪري، ڪنھن ٺوٺ سطح، جھڙوڪ ڪاٺ يا سيمينٽ مٿان پٿاري ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت==
.(Maintenance and Repair of Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪوشش ڪري روزانو آلي پوچيءَ سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن اھو فرش تمام گھڻو گندو نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڏوتو وڃي. صابڻ جي تھھ کي فرش جي ڪنھن بھ ٽڪري تي بنا ڌيان جي ڇڏڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ فرش ترڪڻو ٿي پوندو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ فرش جو اھو ٽڪرو جھڪو (Dull)  ٿي پوندو. فرش جي ڌوئڻ واسطي سوڍا کار يا ٻين اھڙين تيز شين استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ جيڪڏھن فرش جو ڪو بھ حصو ٽٽي يا ڪنھن بھ نموني مرمت طلب ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سمورو پانيل يا خانو (Panel)  ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي، بنيادي ڪانڪريٽ کي سخت برش سان صاف ڪري، انھيءَ کي پاڻيءَ سان آلو رکي، ھڪ رات تائين ڇڏي ڏيڻ گھرجي. رات گذرڻ کان پوءِ بيٺل پاڻيءَ کي ڪڍي صاف ڪري، صاف سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ چاڙھو وڃي ۽ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل ٿولھھ ۽ گھربل تناسب، جھڙوڪ 1:2:4  يا اھڙو ڪو ٻيو موزون تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد ڪانڪريٽ کي دٻائي، پاسن واري فرش جي ٿولھھ برابر آندو وڃي، جيئن سموري فرش جي ليول ھڪ جھڙي ٿي وڃي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن پاسن وارن پانيلن جا ڇيڙا نھ ڀڄن. انھيءَ بعد نئين ٺاھيل پانيل کي ڏھن ڏينھن تائين تر رکيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>78fnyg3i7y7t9zx68q504haj10poy6a</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401073</id>
      <parentid>401072</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:45:14Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401073</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="58225" sha1="5pxv8gxsuktcprnieqb2mplt5w0936y" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش ===

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش'''  اعليٰ درجي جا آرائشي فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ هيٺيون بنيادي تهه سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿئين تهه ۾ سفيد يا رنگين سيمينٽ سان بلوري پٿر (ماربل چپس) جا ننڍا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي فرش کي خوبصورت ۽ پائيدار بڻائيندا آهن.
فرش کي مختلف خانن يا ڊزائنن ۾ ورهائڻ لاءِ پتل، ٽامي، جست يا شيشي جون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. موزائيڪ جي تهه کي وجهي، مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) کان پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائينڊنگ) ۽ پالش ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مٿاڇري هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ بلوري داڻا نمايان ٿي ظاهر ٿيندا آهن. رنگين موزائيڪ فرشن لاءِ سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ مناسب رنگ پڻ ملائي سگهجن ٿا.
هي فرش رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، ڊگهي عمر وارا، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پٿر جا فرش ===

'''پٿر جا فرش'''  مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا فرش هوندا آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي هڪجهڙي ٿولهه وارن قدرتي پٿرن جي چؤنڪن  سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. پٿرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن کي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان مناسب جوڙن سميت لڳايو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برابر ورهائجي ۽ فرش مضبوط رهي.
فرش جي جوڙن کي ضرورت موجب ٽيپ (پوائنٽگ) ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڪم مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور سرڪاري عمارتن، برآمدن، اڱڻن، راهدارين ۽ ٻين هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين قائم رهندڙ فرش گهربل هجي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش ===

'''چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش''' (گليزڊ ٽائل فلورنگ) هموار، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش فرش آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي چمڪدار ٽائيلن سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ٽائيلن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ پوءِ سيمينٽ جي گاري تي صحيح ليول ۽ سلاميءَ سان وڇايو ويندو آهي، جيئن جوڙ مضبوط ۽ سطح هموار رهي.
ٽائيلون لڳائڻ کان پوءِ جوڙن ۾ سيمينٽ جي رٻڙي (سلري) ڀري ويندي آهي ۽ مناسب ترائي  کان پوءِ فرش کي صاف ۽ پالش ڪيو ويندو آهي. تعمير دوران فرش کي داغن ۽ نقصان کان بچائڻ لاءِ ڍڪي رکيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، غسل خانن، باورچي خانن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بلوري پٿر (سنگمرمر) جا فرش ===

'''بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار، خوبصورتي ۽ پائيداري جي ڪري ممتاز فرش سمجهيا وڃن ٿا. اهي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد  تي هڪجهڙي سائيز ۽ ٿولهه وارن سنگمرمر جي چؤنڪن يا تختن کي سيمينٽ يا چوني جي گاري سان وڇائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. جوڙ تمام سنها رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ انهن کي چوني جي لاپي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي ته جيئن فرش هموار ۽ دلڪش نظر اچي.
فرش وڇائڻ کان پوءِ مناسب ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي ۽ پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائنڊنگ) ۽ پالش ذريعي مٿاڇري کي هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ خوبصورت بڻايو ويندو آهي. سنگمرمر جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، هوٽلن، سرڪاري عمارتن، مسجدن ۽ ٻين اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي خوبصورتي، صفائي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي اهميت ڏني ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي ===

'''سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي''' اهڙي فرشبندي آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون بغير گاري جي، چڱيءَ طرح هموار ۽ نهر ڪيل زمين يا واريءَ جي بنياد تي ويجهو ويجهو وڇايون وينديون آهن. سرن جي جوڙن کي سنهو رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن ۾ باريڪ واري ڀري سرن کي مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾ صرف مٿاڇري تي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي پتلي گاري سان جوڙ بند ڪيا ويندا آهن.
هي قسم جو فرش مضبوط، اقتصادي ۽ مرمت ۾ آسان هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري گودامن، اڱڻن، رستن، چبوترن ۽ گهٽ ٽرئفڪ وارن علائقن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار جا، خوبصورت ۽ آرامده فرش آهن، جيڪي مضبوط ۽ معياري ڪاٺ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي نسبتاً مهانگا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سندن استعمال گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڪاٺ آسانيءَ سان دستياب هجي، يا اهڙين عمارتن ۾ جتي آواز جي موٽ گهٽ رکڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ ضروري هجي، جهڙوڪ ناچ گهر، آڊيٽوريم ۽ جابلو علائقن جون عمارتون.
ڪاٺ جي لچڪدار خاصيت کي نظر ۾ رکندي، اهڙن فرشن جي جوڙجڪ ۾ مناسب چيمبر ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۽ استحڪام برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ==

'''مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ ڪاٺ جا شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکي، انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آهن. شهتير مضبوط ۽ مناسب ماپ وارا هوندا آهن ته جيئن فرش محفوظ نموني بار برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ مڙڻ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ رهي.
ڪاٺ کي نمي کان بچائڻ لاءِ شهتيرن کي تازي گاري سان سڌي رابطي ۾ نه رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڀتين جي ويجهو مناسب هواداري (وينٽيليشن) پڻ ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي عمر ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

==ٻٽا فرش== 
: (Double Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڄي ڪمري جي فاصلي مطابق شھتير (Bridging joists)  نھ کوڙيا ويندا اھن ۽ انھيءَ جي برعڪس اھي ٻين شھتيرن جن کي ٻڌندڙ شھتير يا صرف ٻڌندڙ (Binding joists or Binders) ۽ ٽيڪنيڪي ٻوليءَ ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ سڏيو ويندو آھي،  انھن مٿان رکيا ويندا آھن. ھي بائينڊرس، مٿان رکيل شھتيرن ھيٺان  90 ڊگريءَ جي سڌي ڪنڊ تي کوڙيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کي ديوارن مٿان 6 کان 8 فوٽن جي فاصلي تي رکيو ويندو آھي. ڪوشش ڪري ھي فرش درن کان ڪجھھ ھٽائي رکيا ويندا آھن. ھن قسم جا فرش ھڪ تھھ وارن فرشن کان وڌيڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي آواز کي ٻاھر وڃڻ کان بھتر نموني ۾ روڪي سگھندا آھن. ليڪن ھيٺ وارين ديوارن تي ڪن نڪتن وٽ ھنن جو بار اچي ڪٺو ٿيندو آھي. ھنن فرشن جي عمق، اوچائي وڌڻ سان گڏو گڏ وڌي ٿي، انھيءَ سبب جاءِ جي اوچائي پڻ وڌائڻي پوي ٿي ۽ نتيجي ۾ ھي فرش نھايت ئي مھانگا پون ٿا. انھيءَ ڪري ھي فرش گھڻو ڪري ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا  ھن قسم جا فرش 12 فوٽن کان مٿي واري مفاصلي لاءِ ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا ۽ انھن ۾ ”بائينڊرس“ جا ڇيڙا ڀتين ۾ نھ کوڙيا ويندا آھن پر اھي کليل ڇڏيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھن کي ھوا لڳي سگھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.

==ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽِيڻن شھتِيرن وارا فرش==
: (Triple joist or framed wooden floors)

جيڪڏھن ڪنھن ڪمري يا وڏي ھال جو ننڍي ۾ ننڍو فاصلو (Short span)  اٽڪل 25 فوٽ يا انھيءَ کان وڌي وڃي تھ ھن طريقي جا ڪاٺ جا فرش ٺاھيا وڃن. ھر فرش گرڊرن، بائينڊرس، شھتيرن (Bridging joists) ۽ ڪاٺ جي تختن رستي ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڀ کان پھرين، ڪمري جي ننڍي فاصلي جي رخ ۾ 13 کان 20 فوٽن جي وٿيءَ تي گرڊر رکيا ويندا آھن. اھي وٿيون بائينڊرس رستي، جيڪي گرڊرن جي گوني ڪنڊ (Right angles) جي طرف رکيون وينديون آھن، ڀريون وينديون آھن. فرش جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ رکڻ لاءِ بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن اندر ٽسڪ ۽ ٽينن جوائنٽس (Tusk and Tennon joints) رستي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. گرڊرن جي ڇيڙن ۽ ديوارن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي جيئن ڪاٺ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رھي. جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ھڪ وڌيڪ ڪاٺ جي گرڊر جو اضافو ڪجي ٿو ۽ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن (Binding joists) کي انھيءَ سان جوڙي ڪاٺ جو پڃرو ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ سبب ڪري گرڊرن جي ڪمزور ٿيڻ جو انديشو رھي ٿو. انھيءَ انديشي کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٻڌندر  شھتيرن جي ڇيڙن کي لوھھ جي پٽين (Iron Stirrups)  ذريعي عليحدھ رکيو وڃي ٿو. مکيھ گرڊرن ۽ ٻڌندر شھتيرن کي ايتري حد تائين اونھو رکيو ويندو آھي جيتري ۾ ڇت ۾ ڏار پوڻ نھ ڏنا وڃن. شھتير (Bridging joists)  ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کان ترڇا (Across) رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن کي يا تھ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن جي مٿان رکيو ويندو آھي يا تھ انھن کي مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙي فريم ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. شھتيرن جي ھڪ وچ کان ٻئي وچ تائين 1 فوٽ کان 1 ½ فوٽ تائين مفاصلو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ آخر ۾ ڪاٺ جي تختن کي انھن مٿان رکي فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن سان اھڙي نموني ۾ جڪڙيو ويندو آھي جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو ڪاٺ جي گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو رھي. ليڪن، شھتير (Bridging joists) بائينڊرس مٿان ائين رکيا ويندا آھن، جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو مٿي بيھي. انھيءَ طريقي سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي ٿولھ گھٽائي سگھجي ٿي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;. 

==زميني يا ھيٺيان فرش== 
: (Ground Floors 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ ڪاٺ جي ڳرڻ جي انديشي واسطي پوسل کان روڪڻ لاءِ خاص اپاءُ ورتا ويندا آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جي ھيٺا سيمينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ ڏنا ويندا آھن. عام طرح سان ھيٺيون تھھ گھٽ ملاوث جھڙوڪ 1:6:12  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ۽ مٿيون تھھ 1:2:4  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ڏنو ويندو آھي. ھر ھڪ تھھ جي ٿولھھ  سراسري طور 3 انچ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ طرح سان پوري تھھ جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 6 انچ رکي ويندي آھي. فني (ٽيڪنيڪي) لحاظ کان انھيءَ کي ”سائيٽ“ يا ”اوور سائيٽ“ (Site or Oversite)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ تھھ جي مٿان 6 فوٽ ۽ 5 انچ جي ھر ھڪ مرڪزي مفاصلي کان ٻئي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي حساب سان 4 انچ ٿلھيون ڪاٺ جي تختن (Sleepers) يا پٿر جي بلاڪن يا پڪسري اوساريءَ رستي ننڍيون ديوارون ٺاھي، جن کي (Dwarf walls) چئبو آھي، انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جون وال پليٽون (Walls plates)  لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ديوارون ڪمرن جي ٻنھي طرفن يعني ويڪر ۽ ڊيگھھ جي رخ ۾ ۽ ھڪ جھڙي انداز جي وڇوٽيءَ تي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. شھتير جن کي (Bridging joists) سڏيو وڃي ٿو ۽ عام طرح سان 4 انچ x 44 انچ جي سائيز جا ٿين ٿا، انھن کي پليٽن جي مٿان چاڙھي ڪلن  ڪوڪن ۽ پيچن وارن اسڪرن ذريعي قابو ڪيو وڃي ٿو. آخر ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ انچ ۽ وڌ ۾ وڌ ڏيڍ انچ ٿولھھ وارا ڪاٺ جا تختا شھتيرن مٿان جوڙي ھن قسم جا فرش ٺاھيا ڃن ٿا
ڪاٺ جي تختن ھيٺان کليل حصي مان ھوا جي بالڪل پوري گذر واسطي ھيٺ ڏنل ديوارن ۾ ٽنگ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ چوڪيءَ جي ليول (Plinth level)  ھيٺان پڻ سوراخن وارن بلاڪن جون ديوارون ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. وال پليٽن لڳائڻ کان اڳ ۾ ھيٺ وارين ننڍين ديوارن ۽ پاسي وارين ڀِتين مٿان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھو پوسل روڪڻ وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ (D.P.C)  چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ عام طرح سان، شھتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. تمام اھم عمارتن لاءِ ڪنھن خاص سبب لاءِ ساڳ جو ڪاٺ (Teak wood)  پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڪڏھن وري ساڳ جي ڪاٺ جا تختا ۽ ديال جي ڪاٺ جا شھتير استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ شيشم جي صحيح تيار ٿيل ڪاٺ جا تختا پڻ لڳايا ويندا آھن&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==رٻڙ جا فرش== 
: (Rubber Flooring) 
ھن قسمن جي فرشبنديءَ واسطي گندڪ ملايل رٻڙ جا مرڪب، جيڪي رٻڙ ۾ اھڙي طريقي سان ملائي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھيءَ جي مضبوطي ۽ لچڪ وڌي وڃي، سي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جي شڪل بالڪل سڌي ۽ پلين چادر جھڙي، يا چادرن ۾ خانا ٺاھي پلين يا چٽسالي ڪيل چؤنڪن جي نموني ۾، ۽ يا تھ عليحده عليحده چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ٿيندي آھي. اھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا اھڙي ڪنھن ٻئي ٺوس ۽ سخت بنيادي تھھ (Base)  مٿان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. فرش چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنياد کي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي دز (Dust)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين شين جھڙوڪ پوسل، چڪنائيءَ وغيرھ کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ بنيادي تھھ ۾ جيڪي بھ ھيٺاھيون ۽ مٿاھيون ھونديون آھن، انھن کي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان صحيح ڪري ليول ڪيو ويندو آھي. استعمال ٿيندڙ رٻڙ 1/8  انچن کان ½  انچن جي معيادي ٿولھھ جو ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھميشھ گندڪ (Suphur)، ٽمڻ ۽ کھراڻ کان پاڪ قسم جو رٻڙ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ انھيءَ جو مٿاڇرو لسو ھجي ۽ پاڻيءَ ۽ ڪنھن سٺي معيار واري صابڻ يا ڪنھن اھڙيءَ ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ڌوئڻ يا پالش ڪرڻ سان انھيءَ جي رنگ تي ڪو اثر نھ پوي.  رٻڙ چاڙھڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي ھيٺئين پاسي کي کھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ھڪ ئي وقت 25 مربع فوٽن کان وڌيڪ ايراضيءَ تي نھ چاڙھبو آھي. رٻڙ چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنيادي فرس مٿان ڪنھن سٺي چنبڙائيندڙ (Adhesive)  مرڪب جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ کي ڏھن کان پندرنھن منٽن تائين کليل ڇڏي ڏبو آھي تھ جيئن انھيءَ کي ھوا لڳي. بعد ۾ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل قسم ۽ ڊزائن جي رٻڙ جو پوش چاڙھي انھيءَ مٿان سھڻي نموني زور ڏيئي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي تھ جيئن فرش جي بنيادي تھھ ۽ رٻڙ جي چادر جي وچ ۾ ھوا نھ رھي ۽ رٻڙ فرش سان بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح ۽ سڌائيءَ ۾ چنبڙي. انھيءَ لاءِ عام طرح سان ننڍو لوھ جو رولر استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان پوءِ رٻڙ جي فرش کي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٽن ڏينھن تائين آزاد ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن سٺي صابڻ سان ڌوئي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جا فرش اھم جاين، آفيسن، اسپتالن، سينيمائن ۽ ھوٽلن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. معياري تعليمي درسگاھن ۽ آڊيٽوريم اندر پڻ ھن قسم جا فرش پسند ڪيا ويندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھنن مٿان ھلن سان آواز نٿو ٿئي ۽ سانت رھي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم جا فرش== 
: (Linoleum Floors) 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ رٻڙ جي فرشن وانگر سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ وغيره جي بنياد مٿان لينوليم جو پلاسٽڪ جھڙو پوش چاڙھي ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ڪيميا جي خيال کان لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل (Linseed oil)، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگ وغيره جو مرڪب آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب تھھ جھڙوڪ ڪنوس (Convas)  مٿان پٿاري فرش جو پوش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. اھو پوش خوشنما نمونن ۾ ٺاھي، بنيادي فرش مٿان چاڙھي، ھن قسم جا دلڪش فرش ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. لينوليم جا رٻڙ جي فرش وانگر الڳ الڳ چؤنڪ پڻ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، انھن کي لينوليم جا چؤنڪا سڏيو ويندو آھي. ھي فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ سستا ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي وقفي وقفي سان وارنش ۽ ميڻ (Wax)  لڳائڻ سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال ڪري انھن کي پائيدار بڻائي سگھبو آھي. لينوليم عام طرح سان رولن وانگر ويڙھيل ٿانن جي صورت ۾ ملندي آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب ڳنڍيندڙ مرڪب (Adhesive) رستي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد انھيءَ تھھ مٿان وارنش لڳائي، کين چمڪايو ويندو آھي. موٽر ڪارن، لارين، جھازن ۽ ريل گاڏين وغيره جا فرش، پڻ لينوليم سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش رھائشي گھرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ريسٽورانن لاءِ بھ نھايت موزون رھن ٿا. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جا فرش== 
: (Cork Floors) 
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙين جاين يا جاين جي انھن حصن لاءِ ڪارآمد آھن، جن کي سانت وارو يعني بنا گوڙ وارو (Noiseless)  ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي، جھڙوڪ آڊيٽوريم، پبلڪ لئبرريون، ٿئيٽر ۽ چرچون (گرجائون) وغيره.ھي فرش ڪارڪن جي چادرن يا ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. ڪارڪ جي شيٽن يعني چادرن جي تياري ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن کان مختلف نموني جي ٿيندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ٽائيلن ۾ صرف ڪارڪن استعمال ٿيندو آھي ۽ چادرن ۾ ڪارڪ جا ڇلڪا ۽ ٻورو، السيءَ جو تيل، ڪاٺ جو ٻورو ۽ رنگ وغيره استعمال ٿيندا آھن. ٻنھي قسمن جي فرشن جو ڪجھھ بيان ھيٺ پيش ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش==
: (Cork tiles Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ ڪارڪ جا چؤنڪا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي چؤنڪا مختلف ماپن ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. داونن يعني بارڊرن (Borders)  لاءِ 1 کان 3 فوٽن تائين ويڪريون ۽ 6 فوٽ ڊگھيون ڪارڪ جون پٽيون پڻ ٺھنديون آھن. انھن ٽائيلن جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8  انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. اھڙين  ٽائيلن جو ترو سڌو يا جھريءَ وارو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ٽائيلون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي ھيٺئين تھھ (Sub base) مٿان لڳايون وينديون آھن. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ ڪاٺ جو آھي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم ھئڻ گھرجي يا تھ ٻي صورت ۾ انھيءَ مٿان پِلاءِ (Ply)  لڳائي وڃي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھرين ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل صاف ۽ ھڪ جھڙو ھئڻ گھرجي، جنھن مٿان نرم گديءَ جو پترو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي، جيئن ڪاٺ جي لڏڻ سان ٽائيلن جي تھھ کي ڪو نقصان نھ پھچي. انھن ٽائيلن کي خاص قسم جي ڏامر ذريعي نرم گديءَ سان چنبڙايو ويندو آھي ۽ آخري حصي يا ڪنڊن وارن چؤنڪن کي ڪوڪن ذريعي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھ (Base)  سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ مٿان 1:3  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ گاري جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ مٿاڇري کي بلڪل سنوت ۾ آڻي، سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو ويندو آھي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي تمام چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪري انھيءَ مٿان ڏامر (Bitumen)  جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي، انھيءَ مٿان ٽائيلون وڇايون وينديون آھن. 
ڪارڪ اوڪ (Oak)  يعني شاھ بلوط جي سدا بھار وڻن جي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھيءُ وڻ بحريھ روم جي قريبي ملڪن ۾ ٿيندا آھن، جنھن جي کل تمام گھڻي ٿلھي ٿيندي آھي. انھيءَ کل کي ھر اٺن يا ڏھن سالن کان پوءِ لاٿو ويندو آھي، جنھن کي اٻاري، ٿورڙو آلو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ پوءِ انھن کي ڇلي ۽ خوب طرح سان گسائي، گرم ويلڻن مان ايتري وقت تائين لنگھائبو رھبو آھي جيستائين انھيءَ کل مان شيري جھڙي گھاٽي شيءِ ٻاھر نڪري اچي. انھيءَ گھاٽي شيءِ نڪرڻ سان ڪارڪ جي اندر سنھا سوراخ نھ رھندا آھن ۽ اھو وڌيڪ سخت ۽ ٺوس ٿي ويندو  آھي. ھيءُ شيري جھڙو مادو ڪارڪ جي ذرن کي پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چنبڙائي رکندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان پوءِ انھيءَ ڪارڪ کي گھربل ماپ جي چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ڪاٽي وٺبو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرش==
: (Cork Sheet Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پي-وي-سيءَ جا فرش==
: ( Polyvinyl Chloride i.e. P.V.C Floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش گھريلو جاين، ريل گاڏيءَ جي دٻن، دفترن، آڊيٽوريم جي ھالن ۽ ٿئيٽرن وغيره لاءِ موزون رھندا آھن. ھي فرش پڻ رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش گھڻو ڪري زيبائش لاءِ ئي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھنن فرشي چادرن ۽ چؤنڪن جي ٿولھھ 1/16  انچن کان ¼ انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. 
ھيءُ پي-وي-سيءَ جو مرڪب جديد دور جي ايجاد آھي جيڪو ٿرموپلاسٽڪ بائينڊرس، فلرس ۽ رنگن مان ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو. ھن قسم جون چادرون 3 فوٽن، 3 ½ فوٽن ۽ 6 فوٽن جي ويڪرائيءَ ۾ ۽ چؤنڪا 1 فوٽ، 2 فوٽن ۽ 3 فوٽن جي سائيز ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن ۽ اھي ھڪ قسم جو لچڪدار ۽ اڻ ٽمندر مٿاڇرو مھيا ڪنديون آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==شيشي جا فرش==
: (Glass Floors)
~ھن قسم جا فرش گرائونڊ فلور ۾ اھڙن حصن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن جي ھيٺان تھھ خانا ھجن ۽ انھن تھھ خانن ۾ روشني پھچائڻ جي ضرورت ھجي. ھن قسم جا فرش مختلف نمونن ۾ ڪاٺ جا مضبوط فريم ٺاھي انھن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا چؤنڪا وجھي تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. عمارتي شيشو عمدي قسم جو ۽ مضبوط استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8 انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش ==
: (Asphalt Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن جا ٻھ نمونا ٿيندا آھن، ھڪ ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ٻيا ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش. ھنن ٻنھي نمونن جا فرش سستا، لچڪدار (Resilient)، اڻ جاذب (Non absorbent) ، پوسل روڪ (Moisture proof) ، تيزاب روڪ (Acid proof)، تيل (Oil)  ۽ گريس (Greese) سان مقابلو ڪندڙ ٿيندا آھن. انھن خاصيتن سبب ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن وارا فرش سرڪاري آفيسن ۽ اسڪولن وغيره جھڙين عمارتن ۽ ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ قسم جا فرش گودامن، ڀانڊن، ڪارخانن ۽ ٻين اھڙي نوعيت جي عمارتن ائسفالٽ جي چؤنڪن کي سخت بنياد مھيا ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مٿان ھڪ ٻئي سان ڳنڍي ھن قسم جو فرض ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. پر جيڪڏھن ڪاٺ جي فرش مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سڀني ڪاٺ جي پٽين ۽ تختن کي مضبوطيءَ سان ڪوڪن وغيرھ جي رستي جڪڙيو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن وڇائڻ کان پھرين ڪاٺ جي سطح مٿان ائسفالٽ، بٽومين يا رچيل ائسفالٽ جي اوني ڪپڙي (Asphalt saturated felt)  جو اٽڪل 3/8 انچن جو ٿلھو تھھ پٿاريو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش (Asphalt mastic floor)  ٺاھڻ واسطي انھيءَ کي گرم ڪري، ڪنھن ٺوٺ سطح، جھڙوڪ ڪاٺ يا سيمينٽ مٿان پٿاري ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت==
.(Maintenance and Repair of Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪوشش ڪري روزانو آلي پوچيءَ سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن اھو فرش تمام گھڻو گندو نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڏوتو وڃي. صابڻ جي تھھ کي فرش جي ڪنھن بھ ٽڪري تي بنا ڌيان جي ڇڏڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ فرش ترڪڻو ٿي پوندو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ فرش جو اھو ٽڪرو جھڪو (Dull)  ٿي پوندو. فرش جي ڌوئڻ واسطي سوڍا کار يا ٻين اھڙين تيز شين استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ جيڪڏھن فرش جو ڪو بھ حصو ٽٽي يا ڪنھن بھ نموني مرمت طلب ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سمورو پانيل يا خانو (Panel)  ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي، بنيادي ڪانڪريٽ کي سخت برش سان صاف ڪري، انھيءَ کي پاڻيءَ سان آلو رکي، ھڪ رات تائين ڇڏي ڏيڻ گھرجي. رات گذرڻ کان پوءِ بيٺل پاڻيءَ کي ڪڍي صاف ڪري، صاف سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ چاڙھو وڃي ۽ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل ٿولھھ ۽ گھربل تناسب، جھڙوڪ 1:2:4  يا اھڙو ڪو ٻيو موزون تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد ڪانڪريٽ کي دٻائي، پاسن واري فرش جي ٿولھھ برابر آندو وڃي، جيئن سموري فرش جي ليول ھڪ جھڙي ٿي وڃي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن پاسن وارن پانيلن جا ڇيڙا نھ ڀڄن. انھيءَ بعد نئين ٺاھيل پانيل کي ڏھن ڏينھن تائين تر رکيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>5pxv8gxsuktcprnieqb2mplt5w0936y</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401074</id>
      <parentid>401073</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:46:39Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401074</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="57535" sha1="1y624l4wv5uwmna2s178kc1ijmk8n9x" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش ===

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش'''  اعليٰ درجي جا آرائشي فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ هيٺيون بنيادي تهه سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿئين تهه ۾ سفيد يا رنگين سيمينٽ سان بلوري پٿر (ماربل چپس) جا ننڍا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي فرش کي خوبصورت ۽ پائيدار بڻائيندا آهن.
فرش کي مختلف خانن يا ڊزائنن ۾ ورهائڻ لاءِ پتل، ٽامي، جست يا شيشي جون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. موزائيڪ جي تهه کي وجهي، مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) کان پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائينڊنگ) ۽ پالش ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مٿاڇري هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ بلوري داڻا نمايان ٿي ظاهر ٿيندا آهن. رنگين موزائيڪ فرشن لاءِ سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ مناسب رنگ پڻ ملائي سگهجن ٿا.
هي فرش رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، ڊگهي عمر وارا، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پٿر جا فرش ===

'''پٿر جا فرش'''  مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا فرش هوندا آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي هڪجهڙي ٿولهه وارن قدرتي پٿرن جي چؤنڪن  سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. پٿرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن کي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان مناسب جوڙن سميت لڳايو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برابر ورهائجي ۽ فرش مضبوط رهي.
فرش جي جوڙن کي ضرورت موجب ٽيپ (پوائنٽگ) ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڪم مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور سرڪاري عمارتن، برآمدن، اڱڻن، راهدارين ۽ ٻين هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين قائم رهندڙ فرش گهربل هجي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش ===

'''چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش''' (گليزڊ ٽائل فلورنگ) هموار، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش فرش آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي چمڪدار ٽائيلن سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ٽائيلن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ پوءِ سيمينٽ جي گاري تي صحيح ليول ۽ سلاميءَ سان وڇايو ويندو آهي، جيئن جوڙ مضبوط ۽ سطح هموار رهي.
ٽائيلون لڳائڻ کان پوءِ جوڙن ۾ سيمينٽ جي رٻڙي (سلري) ڀري ويندي آهي ۽ مناسب ترائي  کان پوءِ فرش کي صاف ۽ پالش ڪيو ويندو آهي. تعمير دوران فرش کي داغن ۽ نقصان کان بچائڻ لاءِ ڍڪي رکيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، غسل خانن، باورچي خانن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بلوري پٿر (سنگمرمر) جا فرش ===

'''بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار، خوبصورتي ۽ پائيداري جي ڪري ممتاز فرش سمجهيا وڃن ٿا. اهي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد  تي هڪجهڙي سائيز ۽ ٿولهه وارن سنگمرمر جي چؤنڪن يا تختن کي سيمينٽ يا چوني جي گاري سان وڇائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. جوڙ تمام سنها رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ انهن کي چوني جي لاپي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي ته جيئن فرش هموار ۽ دلڪش نظر اچي.
فرش وڇائڻ کان پوءِ مناسب ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي ۽ پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائنڊنگ) ۽ پالش ذريعي مٿاڇري کي هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ خوبصورت بڻايو ويندو آهي. سنگمرمر جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، هوٽلن، سرڪاري عمارتن، مسجدن ۽ ٻين اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي خوبصورتي، صفائي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي اهميت ڏني ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي ===

'''سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي''' اهڙي فرشبندي آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون بغير گاري جي، چڱيءَ طرح هموار ۽ نهر ڪيل زمين يا واريءَ جي بنياد تي ويجهو ويجهو وڇايون وينديون آهن. سرن جي جوڙن کي سنهو رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن ۾ باريڪ واري ڀري سرن کي مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾ صرف مٿاڇري تي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي پتلي گاري سان جوڙ بند ڪيا ويندا آهن.
هي قسم جو فرش مضبوط، اقتصادي ۽ مرمت ۾ آسان هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري گودامن، اڱڻن، رستن، چبوترن ۽ گهٽ ٽرئفڪ وارن علائقن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار جا، خوبصورت ۽ آرامده فرش آهن، جيڪي مضبوط ۽ معياري ڪاٺ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي نسبتاً مهانگا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سندن استعمال گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڪاٺ آسانيءَ سان دستياب هجي، يا اهڙين عمارتن ۾ جتي آواز جي موٽ گهٽ رکڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ ضروري هجي، جهڙوڪ ناچ گهر، آڊيٽوريم ۽ جابلو علائقن جون عمارتون.
ڪاٺ جي لچڪدار خاصيت کي نظر ۾ رکندي، اهڙن فرشن جي جوڙجڪ ۾ مناسب چيمبر ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۽ استحڪام برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ==

'''مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ ڪاٺ جا شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکي، انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آهن. شهتير مضبوط ۽ مناسب ماپ وارا هوندا آهن ته جيئن فرش محفوظ نموني بار برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ مڙڻ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ رهي.
ڪاٺ کي نمي کان بچائڻ لاءِ شهتيرن کي تازي گاري سان سڌي رابطي ۾ نه رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڀتين جي ويجهو مناسب هواداري (وينٽيليشن) پڻ ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي عمر ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ مٿيان شهتير سڌو سنئون ديوارن تي رکڻ بدران هيٺان رکيل ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن (بائينڊرز) تي ٽيڪايا ويندا آهن. بائينڊر شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکيا ويندا آهن، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
هي فرش مفرد ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط هوندا آهن ۽ آواز جي منتقلي کي به بهتر نموني گهٽائيندا آهن. البت انهن جي تعمير وڌيڪ پيچيده ۽ مهانگي هوندي آهي، تنهنڪري اهي عام طور وڏن مفاصلي وارن ڪمرن ۽ ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

==ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽِيڻن شھتِيرن وارا فرش==
: (Triple joist or framed wooden floors)

جيڪڏھن ڪنھن ڪمري يا وڏي ھال جو ننڍي ۾ ننڍو فاصلو (Short span)  اٽڪل 25 فوٽ يا انھيءَ کان وڌي وڃي تھ ھن طريقي جا ڪاٺ جا فرش ٺاھيا وڃن. ھر فرش گرڊرن، بائينڊرس، شھتيرن (Bridging joists) ۽ ڪاٺ جي تختن رستي ٺاھيا وڃن ٿا. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ سڀ کان پھرين، ڪمري جي ننڍي فاصلي جي رخ ۾ 13 کان 20 فوٽن جي وٿيءَ تي گرڊر رکيا ويندا آھن. اھي وٿيون بائينڊرس رستي، جيڪي گرڊرن جي گوني ڪنڊ (Right angles) جي طرف رکيون وينديون آھن، ڀريون وينديون آھن. فرش جي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٿولھھ رکڻ لاءِ بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن اندر ٽسڪ ۽ ٽينن جوائنٽس (Tusk and Tennon joints) رستي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. گرڊرن جي ڇيڙن ۽ ديوارن جي وچ ۾ ھوا جي گذر واسطي وٿي ڇڏي ويندي آھي جيئن ڪاٺ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رھي. جيئن تھ ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ھڪ وڌيڪ ڪاٺ جي گرڊر جو اضافو ڪجي ٿو ۽ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن (Binding joists) کي انھيءَ سان جوڙي ڪاٺ جو پڃرو ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو، انھيءَ سبب ڪري گرڊرن جي ڪمزور ٿيڻ جو انديشو رھي ٿو. انھيءَ انديشي کي روڪڻ لاءِ ٻڌندر  شھتيرن جي ڇيڙن کي لوھھ جي پٽين (Iron Stirrups)  ذريعي عليحدھ رکيو وڃي ٿو. مکيھ گرڊرن ۽ ٻڌندر شھتيرن کي ايتري حد تائين اونھو رکيو ويندو آھي جيتري ۾ ڇت ۾ ڏار پوڻ نھ ڏنا وڃن. شھتير (Bridging joists)  ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن کان ترڇا (Across) رکيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھن کي يا تھ ٻڌندڙ شھتيرن جي مٿان رکيو ويندو آھي يا تھ انھن کي مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙي فريم ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. شھتيرن جي ھڪ وچ کان ٻئي وچ تائين 1 فوٽ کان 1 ½ فوٽ تائين مفاصلو ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ آخر ۾ ڪاٺ جي تختن کي انھن مٿان رکي فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. بائينڊرس کي گرڊرن سان اھڙي نموني ۾ جڪڙيو ويندو آھي جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو ڪاٺ جي گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو رھي. ليڪن، شھتير (Bridging joists) بائينڊرس مٿان ائين رکيا ويندا آھن، جيئن انھن جو مٿاڇرو گرڊرن جي مٿاڇري کان بالڪل ٿورڙو مٿي بيھي. انھيءَ طريقي سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي ٿولھ گھٽائي سگھجي ٿي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;. 

==زميني يا ھيٺيان فرش== 
: (Ground Floors 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ ڪاٺ جي ڳرڻ جي انديشي واسطي پوسل کان روڪڻ لاءِ خاص اپاءُ ورتا ويندا آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جي ھيٺا سيمينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ ڏنا ويندا آھن. عام طرح سان ھيٺيون تھھ گھٽ ملاوث جھڙوڪ 1:6:12  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ۽ مٿيون تھھ 1:2:4  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ڏنو ويندو آھي. ھر ھڪ تھھ جي ٿولھھ  سراسري طور 3 انچ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ طرح سان پوري تھھ جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 6 انچ رکي ويندي آھي. فني (ٽيڪنيڪي) لحاظ کان انھيءَ کي ”سائيٽ“ يا ”اوور سائيٽ“ (Site or Oversite)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ تھھ جي مٿان 6 فوٽ ۽ 5 انچ جي ھر ھڪ مرڪزي مفاصلي کان ٻئي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي حساب سان 4 انچ ٿلھيون ڪاٺ جي تختن (Sleepers) يا پٿر جي بلاڪن يا پڪسري اوساريءَ رستي ننڍيون ديوارون ٺاھي، جن کي (Dwarf walls) چئبو آھي، انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جون وال پليٽون (Walls plates)  لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ديوارون ڪمرن جي ٻنھي طرفن يعني ويڪر ۽ ڊيگھھ جي رخ ۾ ۽ ھڪ جھڙي انداز جي وڇوٽيءَ تي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. شھتير جن کي (Bridging joists) سڏيو وڃي ٿو ۽ عام طرح سان 4 انچ x 44 انچ جي سائيز جا ٿين ٿا، انھن کي پليٽن جي مٿان چاڙھي ڪلن  ڪوڪن ۽ پيچن وارن اسڪرن ذريعي قابو ڪيو وڃي ٿو. آخر ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ انچ ۽ وڌ ۾ وڌ ڏيڍ انچ ٿولھھ وارا ڪاٺ جا تختا شھتيرن مٿان جوڙي ھن قسم جا فرش ٺاھيا ڃن ٿا
ڪاٺ جي تختن ھيٺان کليل حصي مان ھوا جي بالڪل پوري گذر واسطي ھيٺ ڏنل ديوارن ۾ ٽنگ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ چوڪيءَ جي ليول (Plinth level)  ھيٺان پڻ سوراخن وارن بلاڪن جون ديوارون ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. وال پليٽن لڳائڻ کان اڳ ۾ ھيٺ وارين ننڍين ديوارن ۽ پاسي وارين ڀِتين مٿان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھو پوسل روڪڻ وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ (D.P.C)  چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ عام طرح سان، شھتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. تمام اھم عمارتن لاءِ ڪنھن خاص سبب لاءِ ساڳ جو ڪاٺ (Teak wood)  پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڪڏھن وري ساڳ جي ڪاٺ جا تختا ۽ ديال جي ڪاٺ جا شھتير استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ شيشم جي صحيح تيار ٿيل ڪاٺ جا تختا پڻ لڳايا ويندا آھن&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==رٻڙ جا فرش== 
: (Rubber Flooring) 
ھن قسمن جي فرشبنديءَ واسطي گندڪ ملايل رٻڙ جا مرڪب، جيڪي رٻڙ ۾ اھڙي طريقي سان ملائي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھيءَ جي مضبوطي ۽ لچڪ وڌي وڃي، سي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جي شڪل بالڪل سڌي ۽ پلين چادر جھڙي، يا چادرن ۾ خانا ٺاھي پلين يا چٽسالي ڪيل چؤنڪن جي نموني ۾، ۽ يا تھ عليحده عليحده چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ٿيندي آھي. اھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا اھڙي ڪنھن ٻئي ٺوس ۽ سخت بنيادي تھھ (Base)  مٿان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. فرش چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنياد کي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي دز (Dust)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين شين جھڙوڪ پوسل، چڪنائيءَ وغيرھ کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ بنيادي تھھ ۾ جيڪي بھ ھيٺاھيون ۽ مٿاھيون ھونديون آھن، انھن کي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان صحيح ڪري ليول ڪيو ويندو آھي. استعمال ٿيندڙ رٻڙ 1/8  انچن کان ½  انچن جي معيادي ٿولھھ جو ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھميشھ گندڪ (Suphur)، ٽمڻ ۽ کھراڻ کان پاڪ قسم جو رٻڙ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ انھيءَ جو مٿاڇرو لسو ھجي ۽ پاڻيءَ ۽ ڪنھن سٺي معيار واري صابڻ يا ڪنھن اھڙيءَ ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ڌوئڻ يا پالش ڪرڻ سان انھيءَ جي رنگ تي ڪو اثر نھ پوي.  رٻڙ چاڙھڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي ھيٺئين پاسي کي کھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ھڪ ئي وقت 25 مربع فوٽن کان وڌيڪ ايراضيءَ تي نھ چاڙھبو آھي. رٻڙ چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنيادي فرس مٿان ڪنھن سٺي چنبڙائيندڙ (Adhesive)  مرڪب جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ کي ڏھن کان پندرنھن منٽن تائين کليل ڇڏي ڏبو آھي تھ جيئن انھيءَ کي ھوا لڳي. بعد ۾ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل قسم ۽ ڊزائن جي رٻڙ جو پوش چاڙھي انھيءَ مٿان سھڻي نموني زور ڏيئي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي تھ جيئن فرش جي بنيادي تھھ ۽ رٻڙ جي چادر جي وچ ۾ ھوا نھ رھي ۽ رٻڙ فرش سان بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح ۽ سڌائيءَ ۾ چنبڙي. انھيءَ لاءِ عام طرح سان ننڍو لوھ جو رولر استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان پوءِ رٻڙ جي فرش کي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٽن ڏينھن تائين آزاد ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن سٺي صابڻ سان ڌوئي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جا فرش اھم جاين، آفيسن، اسپتالن، سينيمائن ۽ ھوٽلن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. معياري تعليمي درسگاھن ۽ آڊيٽوريم اندر پڻ ھن قسم جا فرش پسند ڪيا ويندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھنن مٿان ھلن سان آواز نٿو ٿئي ۽ سانت رھي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم جا فرش== 
: (Linoleum Floors) 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ رٻڙ جي فرشن وانگر سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ وغيره جي بنياد مٿان لينوليم جو پلاسٽڪ جھڙو پوش چاڙھي ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ڪيميا جي خيال کان لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل (Linseed oil)، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگ وغيره جو مرڪب آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب تھھ جھڙوڪ ڪنوس (Convas)  مٿان پٿاري فرش جو پوش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. اھو پوش خوشنما نمونن ۾ ٺاھي، بنيادي فرش مٿان چاڙھي، ھن قسم جا دلڪش فرش ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. لينوليم جا رٻڙ جي فرش وانگر الڳ الڳ چؤنڪ پڻ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، انھن کي لينوليم جا چؤنڪا سڏيو ويندو آھي. ھي فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ سستا ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي وقفي وقفي سان وارنش ۽ ميڻ (Wax)  لڳائڻ سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال ڪري انھن کي پائيدار بڻائي سگھبو آھي. لينوليم عام طرح سان رولن وانگر ويڙھيل ٿانن جي صورت ۾ ملندي آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب ڳنڍيندڙ مرڪب (Adhesive) رستي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد انھيءَ تھھ مٿان وارنش لڳائي، کين چمڪايو ويندو آھي. موٽر ڪارن، لارين، جھازن ۽ ريل گاڏين وغيره جا فرش، پڻ لينوليم سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش رھائشي گھرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ريسٽورانن لاءِ بھ نھايت موزون رھن ٿا. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جا فرش== 
: (Cork Floors) 
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙين جاين يا جاين جي انھن حصن لاءِ ڪارآمد آھن، جن کي سانت وارو يعني بنا گوڙ وارو (Noiseless)  ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي، جھڙوڪ آڊيٽوريم، پبلڪ لئبرريون، ٿئيٽر ۽ چرچون (گرجائون) وغيره.ھي فرش ڪارڪن جي چادرن يا ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. ڪارڪ جي شيٽن يعني چادرن جي تياري ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن کان مختلف نموني جي ٿيندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ٽائيلن ۾ صرف ڪارڪن استعمال ٿيندو آھي ۽ چادرن ۾ ڪارڪ جا ڇلڪا ۽ ٻورو، السيءَ جو تيل، ڪاٺ جو ٻورو ۽ رنگ وغيره استعمال ٿيندا آھن. ٻنھي قسمن جي فرشن جو ڪجھھ بيان ھيٺ پيش ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش==
: (Cork tiles Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ ڪارڪ جا چؤنڪا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي چؤنڪا مختلف ماپن ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. داونن يعني بارڊرن (Borders)  لاءِ 1 کان 3 فوٽن تائين ويڪريون ۽ 6 فوٽ ڊگھيون ڪارڪ جون پٽيون پڻ ٺھنديون آھن. انھن ٽائيلن جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8  انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. اھڙين  ٽائيلن جو ترو سڌو يا جھريءَ وارو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ٽائيلون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي ھيٺئين تھھ (Sub base) مٿان لڳايون وينديون آھن. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ ڪاٺ جو آھي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم ھئڻ گھرجي يا تھ ٻي صورت ۾ انھيءَ مٿان پِلاءِ (Ply)  لڳائي وڃي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھرين ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل صاف ۽ ھڪ جھڙو ھئڻ گھرجي، جنھن مٿان نرم گديءَ جو پترو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي، جيئن ڪاٺ جي لڏڻ سان ٽائيلن جي تھھ کي ڪو نقصان نھ پھچي. انھن ٽائيلن کي خاص قسم جي ڏامر ذريعي نرم گديءَ سان چنبڙايو ويندو آھي ۽ آخري حصي يا ڪنڊن وارن چؤنڪن کي ڪوڪن ذريعي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھ (Base)  سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ مٿان 1:3  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ گاري جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ مٿاڇري کي بلڪل سنوت ۾ آڻي، سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو ويندو آھي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي تمام چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪري انھيءَ مٿان ڏامر (Bitumen)  جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي، انھيءَ مٿان ٽائيلون وڇايون وينديون آھن. 
ڪارڪ اوڪ (Oak)  يعني شاھ بلوط جي سدا بھار وڻن جي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھيءُ وڻ بحريھ روم جي قريبي ملڪن ۾ ٿيندا آھن، جنھن جي کل تمام گھڻي ٿلھي ٿيندي آھي. انھيءَ کل کي ھر اٺن يا ڏھن سالن کان پوءِ لاٿو ويندو آھي، جنھن کي اٻاري، ٿورڙو آلو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ پوءِ انھن کي ڇلي ۽ خوب طرح سان گسائي، گرم ويلڻن مان ايتري وقت تائين لنگھائبو رھبو آھي جيستائين انھيءَ کل مان شيري جھڙي گھاٽي شيءِ ٻاھر نڪري اچي. انھيءَ گھاٽي شيءِ نڪرڻ سان ڪارڪ جي اندر سنھا سوراخ نھ رھندا آھن ۽ اھو وڌيڪ سخت ۽ ٺوس ٿي ويندو  آھي. ھيءُ شيري جھڙو مادو ڪارڪ جي ذرن کي پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چنبڙائي رکندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان پوءِ انھيءَ ڪارڪ کي گھربل ماپ جي چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ڪاٽي وٺبو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرش==
: (Cork Sheet Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پي-وي-سيءَ جا فرش==
: ( Polyvinyl Chloride i.e. P.V.C Floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش گھريلو جاين، ريل گاڏيءَ جي دٻن، دفترن، آڊيٽوريم جي ھالن ۽ ٿئيٽرن وغيره لاءِ موزون رھندا آھن. ھي فرش پڻ رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش گھڻو ڪري زيبائش لاءِ ئي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھنن فرشي چادرن ۽ چؤنڪن جي ٿولھھ 1/16  انچن کان ¼ انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. 
ھيءُ پي-وي-سيءَ جو مرڪب جديد دور جي ايجاد آھي جيڪو ٿرموپلاسٽڪ بائينڊرس، فلرس ۽ رنگن مان ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو. ھن قسم جون چادرون 3 فوٽن، 3 ½ فوٽن ۽ 6 فوٽن جي ويڪرائيءَ ۾ ۽ چؤنڪا 1 فوٽ، 2 فوٽن ۽ 3 فوٽن جي سائيز ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن ۽ اھي ھڪ قسم جو لچڪدار ۽ اڻ ٽمندر مٿاڇرو مھيا ڪنديون آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==شيشي جا فرش==
: (Glass Floors)
~ھن قسم جا فرش گرائونڊ فلور ۾ اھڙن حصن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن جي ھيٺان تھھ خانا ھجن ۽ انھن تھھ خانن ۾ روشني پھچائڻ جي ضرورت ھجي. ھن قسم جا فرش مختلف نمونن ۾ ڪاٺ جا مضبوط فريم ٺاھي انھن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا چؤنڪا وجھي تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. عمارتي شيشو عمدي قسم جو ۽ مضبوط استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8 انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش ==
: (Asphalt Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن جا ٻھ نمونا ٿيندا آھن، ھڪ ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ٻيا ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش. ھنن ٻنھي نمونن جا فرش سستا، لچڪدار (Resilient)، اڻ جاذب (Non absorbent) ، پوسل روڪ (Moisture proof) ، تيزاب روڪ (Acid proof)، تيل (Oil)  ۽ گريس (Greese) سان مقابلو ڪندڙ ٿيندا آھن. انھن خاصيتن سبب ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن وارا فرش سرڪاري آفيسن ۽ اسڪولن وغيره جھڙين عمارتن ۽ ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ قسم جا فرش گودامن، ڀانڊن، ڪارخانن ۽ ٻين اھڙي نوعيت جي عمارتن ائسفالٽ جي چؤنڪن کي سخت بنياد مھيا ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مٿان ھڪ ٻئي سان ڳنڍي ھن قسم جو فرض ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. پر جيڪڏھن ڪاٺ جي فرش مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سڀني ڪاٺ جي پٽين ۽ تختن کي مضبوطيءَ سان ڪوڪن وغيرھ جي رستي جڪڙيو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن وڇائڻ کان پھرين ڪاٺ جي سطح مٿان ائسفالٽ، بٽومين يا رچيل ائسفالٽ جي اوني ڪپڙي (Asphalt saturated felt)  جو اٽڪل 3/8 انچن جو ٿلھو تھھ پٿاريو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش (Asphalt mastic floor)  ٺاھڻ واسطي انھيءَ کي گرم ڪري، ڪنھن ٺوٺ سطح، جھڙوڪ ڪاٺ يا سيمينٽ مٿان پٿاري ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت==
.(Maintenance and Repair of Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪوشش ڪري روزانو آلي پوچيءَ سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن اھو فرش تمام گھڻو گندو نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڏوتو وڃي. صابڻ جي تھھ کي فرش جي ڪنھن بھ ٽڪري تي بنا ڌيان جي ڇڏڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ فرش ترڪڻو ٿي پوندو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ فرش جو اھو ٽڪرو جھڪو (Dull)  ٿي پوندو. فرش جي ڌوئڻ واسطي سوڍا کار يا ٻين اھڙين تيز شين استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ جيڪڏھن فرش جو ڪو بھ حصو ٽٽي يا ڪنھن بھ نموني مرمت طلب ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سمورو پانيل يا خانو (Panel)  ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي، بنيادي ڪانڪريٽ کي سخت برش سان صاف ڪري، انھيءَ کي پاڻيءَ سان آلو رکي، ھڪ رات تائين ڇڏي ڏيڻ گھرجي. رات گذرڻ کان پوءِ بيٺل پاڻيءَ کي ڪڍي صاف ڪري، صاف سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ چاڙھو وڃي ۽ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل ٿولھھ ۽ گھربل تناسب، جھڙوڪ 1:2:4  يا اھڙو ڪو ٻيو موزون تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد ڪانڪريٽ کي دٻائي، پاسن واري فرش جي ٿولھھ برابر آندو وڃي، جيئن سموري فرش جي ليول ھڪ جھڙي ٿي وڃي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن پاسن وارن پانيلن جا ڇيڙا نھ ڀڄن. انھيءَ بعد نئين ٺاھيل پانيل کي ڏھن ڏينھن تائين تر رکيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>1y624l4wv5uwmna2s178kc1ijmk8n9x</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401075</id>
      <parentid>401074</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:48:30Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* ڪاٺ جي پڃري (ٽيڻن شهتيرن) وارا فرش */</comment>
      <origin>401075</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="55839" sha1="h3jlb28vlt08ig33tla9wzrq4f7c82u" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش ===

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش'''  اعليٰ درجي جا آرائشي فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ هيٺيون بنيادي تهه سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿئين تهه ۾ سفيد يا رنگين سيمينٽ سان بلوري پٿر (ماربل چپس) جا ننڍا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي فرش کي خوبصورت ۽ پائيدار بڻائيندا آهن.
فرش کي مختلف خانن يا ڊزائنن ۾ ورهائڻ لاءِ پتل، ٽامي، جست يا شيشي جون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. موزائيڪ جي تهه کي وجهي، مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) کان پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائينڊنگ) ۽ پالش ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مٿاڇري هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ بلوري داڻا نمايان ٿي ظاهر ٿيندا آهن. رنگين موزائيڪ فرشن لاءِ سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ مناسب رنگ پڻ ملائي سگهجن ٿا.
هي فرش رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، ڊگهي عمر وارا، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پٿر جا فرش ===

'''پٿر جا فرش'''  مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا فرش هوندا آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي هڪجهڙي ٿولهه وارن قدرتي پٿرن جي چؤنڪن  سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. پٿرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن کي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان مناسب جوڙن سميت لڳايو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برابر ورهائجي ۽ فرش مضبوط رهي.
فرش جي جوڙن کي ضرورت موجب ٽيپ (پوائنٽگ) ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڪم مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور سرڪاري عمارتن، برآمدن، اڱڻن، راهدارين ۽ ٻين هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين قائم رهندڙ فرش گهربل هجي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش ===

'''چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش''' (گليزڊ ٽائل فلورنگ) هموار، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش فرش آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي چمڪدار ٽائيلن سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ٽائيلن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ پوءِ سيمينٽ جي گاري تي صحيح ليول ۽ سلاميءَ سان وڇايو ويندو آهي، جيئن جوڙ مضبوط ۽ سطح هموار رهي.
ٽائيلون لڳائڻ کان پوءِ جوڙن ۾ سيمينٽ جي رٻڙي (سلري) ڀري ويندي آهي ۽ مناسب ترائي  کان پوءِ فرش کي صاف ۽ پالش ڪيو ويندو آهي. تعمير دوران فرش کي داغن ۽ نقصان کان بچائڻ لاءِ ڍڪي رکيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، غسل خانن، باورچي خانن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بلوري پٿر (سنگمرمر) جا فرش ===

'''بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار، خوبصورتي ۽ پائيداري جي ڪري ممتاز فرش سمجهيا وڃن ٿا. اهي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد  تي هڪجهڙي سائيز ۽ ٿولهه وارن سنگمرمر جي چؤنڪن يا تختن کي سيمينٽ يا چوني جي گاري سان وڇائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. جوڙ تمام سنها رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ انهن کي چوني جي لاپي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي ته جيئن فرش هموار ۽ دلڪش نظر اچي.
فرش وڇائڻ کان پوءِ مناسب ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي ۽ پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائنڊنگ) ۽ پالش ذريعي مٿاڇري کي هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ خوبصورت بڻايو ويندو آهي. سنگمرمر جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، هوٽلن، سرڪاري عمارتن، مسجدن ۽ ٻين اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي خوبصورتي، صفائي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي اهميت ڏني ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي ===

'''سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي''' اهڙي فرشبندي آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون بغير گاري جي، چڱيءَ طرح هموار ۽ نهر ڪيل زمين يا واريءَ جي بنياد تي ويجهو ويجهو وڇايون وينديون آهن. سرن جي جوڙن کي سنهو رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن ۾ باريڪ واري ڀري سرن کي مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾ صرف مٿاڇري تي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي پتلي گاري سان جوڙ بند ڪيا ويندا آهن.
هي قسم جو فرش مضبوط، اقتصادي ۽ مرمت ۾ آسان هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري گودامن، اڱڻن، رستن، چبوترن ۽ گهٽ ٽرئفڪ وارن علائقن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار جا، خوبصورت ۽ آرامده فرش آهن، جيڪي مضبوط ۽ معياري ڪاٺ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي نسبتاً مهانگا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سندن استعمال گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڪاٺ آسانيءَ سان دستياب هجي، يا اهڙين عمارتن ۾ جتي آواز جي موٽ گهٽ رکڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ ضروري هجي، جهڙوڪ ناچ گهر، آڊيٽوريم ۽ جابلو علائقن جون عمارتون.
ڪاٺ جي لچڪدار خاصيت کي نظر ۾ رکندي، اهڙن فرشن جي جوڙجڪ ۾ مناسب چيمبر ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۽ استحڪام برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ==

'''مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ ڪاٺ جا شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکي، انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آهن. شهتير مضبوط ۽ مناسب ماپ وارا هوندا آهن ته جيئن فرش محفوظ نموني بار برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ مڙڻ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ رهي.
ڪاٺ کي نمي کان بچائڻ لاءِ شهتيرن کي تازي گاري سان سڌي رابطي ۾ نه رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڀتين جي ويجهو مناسب هواداري (وينٽيليشن) پڻ ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي عمر ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ مٿيان شهتير سڌو سنئون ديوارن تي رکڻ بدران هيٺان رکيل ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن (بائينڊرز) تي ٽيڪايا ويندا آهن. بائينڊر شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکيا ويندا آهن، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
هي فرش مفرد ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط هوندا آهن ۽ آواز جي منتقلي کي به بهتر نموني گهٽائيندا آهن. البت انهن جي تعمير وڌيڪ پيچيده ۽ مهانگي هوندي آهي، تنهنڪري اهي عام طور وڏن مفاصلي وارن ڪمرن ۽ ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== ڪاٺ جي پڃري (ٽيڻن شهتيرن) وارا فرش ==

'''ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽيڻن شهتيرن وارا فرش''' . وڏن ڪمرن يا هالن لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مفاصلو عام ڪاٺ جي فرشن کان وڌيڪ هجي. انهن ۾ مکيه گرڊر، ٻڌندڙ شهتير، وچ وارا شهتير ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا گڏجي هڪ مضبوط ڍانچو ٺاهيندا آهن، جنهن سان بار ڪيترن حصن ۾ ورهائجي ويندو آهي.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪاٺ کي نمي کان بچائڻ لاءِ مناسب هواداري (وينٽيليشن) ڏني ويندي آهي ۽ گرڊرن، بائينڊرن ۽ شهتيرن کي لوهي پٽن ۽ مضبوط جوائنٽن سان ڳنڍيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي، استحڪام ۽ ڊگهي عمر يقيني بڻجي ٿي. اهڙا فرش وڏي مفاصلي وارن هالن، عوامي عمارتن ۽ ٻين وسيع جڳهن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

==زميني يا ھيٺيان فرش== 
: (Ground Floors 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ ڪاٺ جي ڳرڻ جي انديشي واسطي پوسل کان روڪڻ لاءِ خاص اپاءُ ورتا ويندا آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جي ھيٺا سيمينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ ڏنا ويندا آھن. عام طرح سان ھيٺيون تھھ گھٽ ملاوث جھڙوڪ 1:6:12  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ۽ مٿيون تھھ 1:2:4  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ڏنو ويندو آھي. ھر ھڪ تھھ جي ٿولھھ  سراسري طور 3 انچ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ طرح سان پوري تھھ جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 6 انچ رکي ويندي آھي. فني (ٽيڪنيڪي) لحاظ کان انھيءَ کي ”سائيٽ“ يا ”اوور سائيٽ“ (Site or Oversite)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ تھھ جي مٿان 6 فوٽ ۽ 5 انچ جي ھر ھڪ مرڪزي مفاصلي کان ٻئي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي حساب سان 4 انچ ٿلھيون ڪاٺ جي تختن (Sleepers) يا پٿر جي بلاڪن يا پڪسري اوساريءَ رستي ننڍيون ديوارون ٺاھي، جن کي (Dwarf walls) چئبو آھي، انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جون وال پليٽون (Walls plates)  لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ديوارون ڪمرن جي ٻنھي طرفن يعني ويڪر ۽ ڊيگھھ جي رخ ۾ ۽ ھڪ جھڙي انداز جي وڇوٽيءَ تي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. شھتير جن کي (Bridging joists) سڏيو وڃي ٿو ۽ عام طرح سان 4 انچ x 44 انچ جي سائيز جا ٿين ٿا، انھن کي پليٽن جي مٿان چاڙھي ڪلن  ڪوڪن ۽ پيچن وارن اسڪرن ذريعي قابو ڪيو وڃي ٿو. آخر ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ انچ ۽ وڌ ۾ وڌ ڏيڍ انچ ٿولھھ وارا ڪاٺ جا تختا شھتيرن مٿان جوڙي ھن قسم جا فرش ٺاھيا ڃن ٿا
ڪاٺ جي تختن ھيٺان کليل حصي مان ھوا جي بالڪل پوري گذر واسطي ھيٺ ڏنل ديوارن ۾ ٽنگ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ چوڪيءَ جي ليول (Plinth level)  ھيٺان پڻ سوراخن وارن بلاڪن جون ديوارون ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. وال پليٽن لڳائڻ کان اڳ ۾ ھيٺ وارين ننڍين ديوارن ۽ پاسي وارين ڀِتين مٿان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھو پوسل روڪڻ وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ (D.P.C)  چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ عام طرح سان، شھتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. تمام اھم عمارتن لاءِ ڪنھن خاص سبب لاءِ ساڳ جو ڪاٺ (Teak wood)  پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڪڏھن وري ساڳ جي ڪاٺ جا تختا ۽ ديال جي ڪاٺ جا شھتير استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ شيشم جي صحيح تيار ٿيل ڪاٺ جا تختا پڻ لڳايا ويندا آھن&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==رٻڙ جا فرش== 
: (Rubber Flooring) 
ھن قسمن جي فرشبنديءَ واسطي گندڪ ملايل رٻڙ جا مرڪب، جيڪي رٻڙ ۾ اھڙي طريقي سان ملائي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھيءَ جي مضبوطي ۽ لچڪ وڌي وڃي، سي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جي شڪل بالڪل سڌي ۽ پلين چادر جھڙي، يا چادرن ۾ خانا ٺاھي پلين يا چٽسالي ڪيل چؤنڪن جي نموني ۾، ۽ يا تھ عليحده عليحده چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ٿيندي آھي. اھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا اھڙي ڪنھن ٻئي ٺوس ۽ سخت بنيادي تھھ (Base)  مٿان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. فرش چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنياد کي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي دز (Dust)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين شين جھڙوڪ پوسل، چڪنائيءَ وغيرھ کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ بنيادي تھھ ۾ جيڪي بھ ھيٺاھيون ۽ مٿاھيون ھونديون آھن، انھن کي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان صحيح ڪري ليول ڪيو ويندو آھي. استعمال ٿيندڙ رٻڙ 1/8  انچن کان ½  انچن جي معيادي ٿولھھ جو ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھميشھ گندڪ (Suphur)، ٽمڻ ۽ کھراڻ کان پاڪ قسم جو رٻڙ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ انھيءَ جو مٿاڇرو لسو ھجي ۽ پاڻيءَ ۽ ڪنھن سٺي معيار واري صابڻ يا ڪنھن اھڙيءَ ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ڌوئڻ يا پالش ڪرڻ سان انھيءَ جي رنگ تي ڪو اثر نھ پوي.  رٻڙ چاڙھڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي ھيٺئين پاسي کي کھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ھڪ ئي وقت 25 مربع فوٽن کان وڌيڪ ايراضيءَ تي نھ چاڙھبو آھي. رٻڙ چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنيادي فرس مٿان ڪنھن سٺي چنبڙائيندڙ (Adhesive)  مرڪب جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ کي ڏھن کان پندرنھن منٽن تائين کليل ڇڏي ڏبو آھي تھ جيئن انھيءَ کي ھوا لڳي. بعد ۾ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل قسم ۽ ڊزائن جي رٻڙ جو پوش چاڙھي انھيءَ مٿان سھڻي نموني زور ڏيئي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي تھ جيئن فرش جي بنيادي تھھ ۽ رٻڙ جي چادر جي وچ ۾ ھوا نھ رھي ۽ رٻڙ فرش سان بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح ۽ سڌائيءَ ۾ چنبڙي. انھيءَ لاءِ عام طرح سان ننڍو لوھ جو رولر استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان پوءِ رٻڙ جي فرش کي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٽن ڏينھن تائين آزاد ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن سٺي صابڻ سان ڌوئي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جا فرش اھم جاين، آفيسن، اسپتالن، سينيمائن ۽ ھوٽلن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. معياري تعليمي درسگاھن ۽ آڊيٽوريم اندر پڻ ھن قسم جا فرش پسند ڪيا ويندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھنن مٿان ھلن سان آواز نٿو ٿئي ۽ سانت رھي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم جا فرش== 
: (Linoleum Floors) 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ رٻڙ جي فرشن وانگر سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ وغيره جي بنياد مٿان لينوليم جو پلاسٽڪ جھڙو پوش چاڙھي ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ڪيميا جي خيال کان لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل (Linseed oil)، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگ وغيره جو مرڪب آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب تھھ جھڙوڪ ڪنوس (Convas)  مٿان پٿاري فرش جو پوش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. اھو پوش خوشنما نمونن ۾ ٺاھي، بنيادي فرش مٿان چاڙھي، ھن قسم جا دلڪش فرش ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. لينوليم جا رٻڙ جي فرش وانگر الڳ الڳ چؤنڪ پڻ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، انھن کي لينوليم جا چؤنڪا سڏيو ويندو آھي. ھي فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ سستا ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي وقفي وقفي سان وارنش ۽ ميڻ (Wax)  لڳائڻ سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال ڪري انھن کي پائيدار بڻائي سگھبو آھي. لينوليم عام طرح سان رولن وانگر ويڙھيل ٿانن جي صورت ۾ ملندي آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب ڳنڍيندڙ مرڪب (Adhesive) رستي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد انھيءَ تھھ مٿان وارنش لڳائي، کين چمڪايو ويندو آھي. موٽر ڪارن، لارين، جھازن ۽ ريل گاڏين وغيره جا فرش، پڻ لينوليم سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش رھائشي گھرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ريسٽورانن لاءِ بھ نھايت موزون رھن ٿا. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جا فرش== 
: (Cork Floors) 
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙين جاين يا جاين جي انھن حصن لاءِ ڪارآمد آھن، جن کي سانت وارو يعني بنا گوڙ وارو (Noiseless)  ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي، جھڙوڪ آڊيٽوريم، پبلڪ لئبرريون، ٿئيٽر ۽ چرچون (گرجائون) وغيره.ھي فرش ڪارڪن جي چادرن يا ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. ڪارڪ جي شيٽن يعني چادرن جي تياري ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن کان مختلف نموني جي ٿيندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ٽائيلن ۾ صرف ڪارڪن استعمال ٿيندو آھي ۽ چادرن ۾ ڪارڪ جا ڇلڪا ۽ ٻورو، السيءَ جو تيل، ڪاٺ جو ٻورو ۽ رنگ وغيره استعمال ٿيندا آھن. ٻنھي قسمن جي فرشن جو ڪجھھ بيان ھيٺ پيش ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش==
: (Cork tiles Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ ڪارڪ جا چؤنڪا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي چؤنڪا مختلف ماپن ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. داونن يعني بارڊرن (Borders)  لاءِ 1 کان 3 فوٽن تائين ويڪريون ۽ 6 فوٽ ڊگھيون ڪارڪ جون پٽيون پڻ ٺھنديون آھن. انھن ٽائيلن جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8  انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. اھڙين  ٽائيلن جو ترو سڌو يا جھريءَ وارو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ٽائيلون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي ھيٺئين تھھ (Sub base) مٿان لڳايون وينديون آھن. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ ڪاٺ جو آھي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم ھئڻ گھرجي يا تھ ٻي صورت ۾ انھيءَ مٿان پِلاءِ (Ply)  لڳائي وڃي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھرين ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل صاف ۽ ھڪ جھڙو ھئڻ گھرجي، جنھن مٿان نرم گديءَ جو پترو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي، جيئن ڪاٺ جي لڏڻ سان ٽائيلن جي تھھ کي ڪو نقصان نھ پھچي. انھن ٽائيلن کي خاص قسم جي ڏامر ذريعي نرم گديءَ سان چنبڙايو ويندو آھي ۽ آخري حصي يا ڪنڊن وارن چؤنڪن کي ڪوڪن ذريعي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھ (Base)  سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ مٿان 1:3  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ گاري جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ مٿاڇري کي بلڪل سنوت ۾ آڻي، سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو ويندو آھي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي تمام چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪري انھيءَ مٿان ڏامر (Bitumen)  جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي، انھيءَ مٿان ٽائيلون وڇايون وينديون آھن. 
ڪارڪ اوڪ (Oak)  يعني شاھ بلوط جي سدا بھار وڻن جي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھيءُ وڻ بحريھ روم جي قريبي ملڪن ۾ ٿيندا آھن، جنھن جي کل تمام گھڻي ٿلھي ٿيندي آھي. انھيءَ کل کي ھر اٺن يا ڏھن سالن کان پوءِ لاٿو ويندو آھي، جنھن کي اٻاري، ٿورڙو آلو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ پوءِ انھن کي ڇلي ۽ خوب طرح سان گسائي، گرم ويلڻن مان ايتري وقت تائين لنگھائبو رھبو آھي جيستائين انھيءَ کل مان شيري جھڙي گھاٽي شيءِ ٻاھر نڪري اچي. انھيءَ گھاٽي شيءِ نڪرڻ سان ڪارڪ جي اندر سنھا سوراخ نھ رھندا آھن ۽ اھو وڌيڪ سخت ۽ ٺوس ٿي ويندو  آھي. ھيءُ شيري جھڙو مادو ڪارڪ جي ذرن کي پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چنبڙائي رکندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان پوءِ انھيءَ ڪارڪ کي گھربل ماپ جي چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ڪاٽي وٺبو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرش==
: (Cork Sheet Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پي-وي-سيءَ جا فرش==
: ( Polyvinyl Chloride i.e. P.V.C Floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش گھريلو جاين، ريل گاڏيءَ جي دٻن، دفترن، آڊيٽوريم جي ھالن ۽ ٿئيٽرن وغيره لاءِ موزون رھندا آھن. ھي فرش پڻ رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش گھڻو ڪري زيبائش لاءِ ئي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھنن فرشي چادرن ۽ چؤنڪن جي ٿولھھ 1/16  انچن کان ¼ انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. 
ھيءُ پي-وي-سيءَ جو مرڪب جديد دور جي ايجاد آھي جيڪو ٿرموپلاسٽڪ بائينڊرس، فلرس ۽ رنگن مان ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو. ھن قسم جون چادرون 3 فوٽن، 3 ½ فوٽن ۽ 6 فوٽن جي ويڪرائيءَ ۾ ۽ چؤنڪا 1 فوٽ، 2 فوٽن ۽ 3 فوٽن جي سائيز ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن ۽ اھي ھڪ قسم جو لچڪدار ۽ اڻ ٽمندر مٿاڇرو مھيا ڪنديون آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==شيشي جا فرش==
: (Glass Floors)
~ھن قسم جا فرش گرائونڊ فلور ۾ اھڙن حصن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن جي ھيٺان تھھ خانا ھجن ۽ انھن تھھ خانن ۾ روشني پھچائڻ جي ضرورت ھجي. ھن قسم جا فرش مختلف نمونن ۾ ڪاٺ جا مضبوط فريم ٺاھي انھن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا چؤنڪا وجھي تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. عمارتي شيشو عمدي قسم جو ۽ مضبوط استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8 انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش ==
: (Asphalt Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن جا ٻھ نمونا ٿيندا آھن، ھڪ ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ٻيا ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش. ھنن ٻنھي نمونن جا فرش سستا، لچڪدار (Resilient)، اڻ جاذب (Non absorbent) ، پوسل روڪ (Moisture proof) ، تيزاب روڪ (Acid proof)، تيل (Oil)  ۽ گريس (Greese) سان مقابلو ڪندڙ ٿيندا آھن. انھن خاصيتن سبب ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن وارا فرش سرڪاري آفيسن ۽ اسڪولن وغيره جھڙين عمارتن ۽ ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ قسم جا فرش گودامن، ڀانڊن، ڪارخانن ۽ ٻين اھڙي نوعيت جي عمارتن ائسفالٽ جي چؤنڪن کي سخت بنياد مھيا ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مٿان ھڪ ٻئي سان ڳنڍي ھن قسم جو فرض ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. پر جيڪڏھن ڪاٺ جي فرش مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سڀني ڪاٺ جي پٽين ۽ تختن کي مضبوطيءَ سان ڪوڪن وغيرھ جي رستي جڪڙيو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن وڇائڻ کان پھرين ڪاٺ جي سطح مٿان ائسفالٽ، بٽومين يا رچيل ائسفالٽ جي اوني ڪپڙي (Asphalt saturated felt)  جو اٽڪل 3/8 انچن جو ٿلھو تھھ پٿاريو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش (Asphalt mastic floor)  ٺاھڻ واسطي انھيءَ کي گرم ڪري، ڪنھن ٺوٺ سطح، جھڙوڪ ڪاٺ يا سيمينٽ مٿان پٿاري ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت==
.(Maintenance and Repair of Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪوشش ڪري روزانو آلي پوچيءَ سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن اھو فرش تمام گھڻو گندو نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڏوتو وڃي. صابڻ جي تھھ کي فرش جي ڪنھن بھ ٽڪري تي بنا ڌيان جي ڇڏڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ فرش ترڪڻو ٿي پوندو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ فرش جو اھو ٽڪرو جھڪو (Dull)  ٿي پوندو. فرش جي ڌوئڻ واسطي سوڍا کار يا ٻين اھڙين تيز شين استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ جيڪڏھن فرش جو ڪو بھ حصو ٽٽي يا ڪنھن بھ نموني مرمت طلب ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سمورو پانيل يا خانو (Panel)  ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي، بنيادي ڪانڪريٽ کي سخت برش سان صاف ڪري، انھيءَ کي پاڻيءَ سان آلو رکي، ھڪ رات تائين ڇڏي ڏيڻ گھرجي. رات گذرڻ کان پوءِ بيٺل پاڻيءَ کي ڪڍي صاف ڪري، صاف سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ چاڙھو وڃي ۽ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل ٿولھھ ۽ گھربل تناسب، جھڙوڪ 1:2:4  يا اھڙو ڪو ٻيو موزون تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد ڪانڪريٽ کي دٻائي، پاسن واري فرش جي ٿولھھ برابر آندو وڃي، جيئن سموري فرش جي ليول ھڪ جھڙي ٿي وڃي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن پاسن وارن پانيلن جا ڇيڙا نھ ڀڄن. انھيءَ بعد نئين ٺاھيل پانيل کي ڏھن ڏينھن تائين تر رکيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>h3jlb28vlt08ig33tla9wzrq4f7c82u</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401076</id>
      <parentid>401075</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:48:55Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401076</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="55841" sha1="mhfiezik4b28u9ukm8itq5wzvt1r8pm" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش ===

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش'''  اعليٰ درجي جا آرائشي فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ هيٺيون بنيادي تهه سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿئين تهه ۾ سفيد يا رنگين سيمينٽ سان بلوري پٿر (ماربل چپس) جا ننڍا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي فرش کي خوبصورت ۽ پائيدار بڻائيندا آهن.
فرش کي مختلف خانن يا ڊزائنن ۾ ورهائڻ لاءِ پتل، ٽامي، جست يا شيشي جون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. موزائيڪ جي تهه کي وجهي، مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) کان پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائينڊنگ) ۽ پالش ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مٿاڇري هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ بلوري داڻا نمايان ٿي ظاهر ٿيندا آهن. رنگين موزائيڪ فرشن لاءِ سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ مناسب رنگ پڻ ملائي سگهجن ٿا.
هي فرش رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، ڊگهي عمر وارا، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پٿر جا فرش ===

'''پٿر جا فرش'''  مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا فرش هوندا آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي هڪجهڙي ٿولهه وارن قدرتي پٿرن جي چؤنڪن  سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. پٿرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن کي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان مناسب جوڙن سميت لڳايو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برابر ورهائجي ۽ فرش مضبوط رهي.
فرش جي جوڙن کي ضرورت موجب ٽيپ (پوائنٽگ) ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڪم مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور سرڪاري عمارتن، برآمدن، اڱڻن، راهدارين ۽ ٻين هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين قائم رهندڙ فرش گهربل هجي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش ===

'''چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش''' (گليزڊ ٽائل فلورنگ) هموار، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش فرش آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي چمڪدار ٽائيلن سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ٽائيلن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ پوءِ سيمينٽ جي گاري تي صحيح ليول ۽ سلاميءَ سان وڇايو ويندو آهي، جيئن جوڙ مضبوط ۽ سطح هموار رهي.
ٽائيلون لڳائڻ کان پوءِ جوڙن ۾ سيمينٽ جي رٻڙي (سلري) ڀري ويندي آهي ۽ مناسب ترائي  کان پوءِ فرش کي صاف ۽ پالش ڪيو ويندو آهي. تعمير دوران فرش کي داغن ۽ نقصان کان بچائڻ لاءِ ڍڪي رکيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، غسل خانن، باورچي خانن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بلوري پٿر (سنگمرمر) جا فرش ===

'''بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار، خوبصورتي ۽ پائيداري جي ڪري ممتاز فرش سمجهيا وڃن ٿا. اهي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد  تي هڪجهڙي سائيز ۽ ٿولهه وارن سنگمرمر جي چؤنڪن يا تختن کي سيمينٽ يا چوني جي گاري سان وڇائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. جوڙ تمام سنها رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ انهن کي چوني جي لاپي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي ته جيئن فرش هموار ۽ دلڪش نظر اچي.
فرش وڇائڻ کان پوءِ مناسب ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي ۽ پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائنڊنگ) ۽ پالش ذريعي مٿاڇري کي هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ خوبصورت بڻايو ويندو آهي. سنگمرمر جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، هوٽلن، سرڪاري عمارتن، مسجدن ۽ ٻين اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي خوبصورتي، صفائي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي اهميت ڏني ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي ===

'''سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي''' اهڙي فرشبندي آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون بغير گاري جي، چڱيءَ طرح هموار ۽ نهر ڪيل زمين يا واريءَ جي بنياد تي ويجهو ويجهو وڇايون وينديون آهن. سرن جي جوڙن کي سنهو رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن ۾ باريڪ واري ڀري سرن کي مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾ صرف مٿاڇري تي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي پتلي گاري سان جوڙ بند ڪيا ويندا آهن.
هي قسم جو فرش مضبوط، اقتصادي ۽ مرمت ۾ آسان هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري گودامن، اڱڻن، رستن، چبوترن ۽ گهٽ ٽرئفڪ وارن علائقن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار جا، خوبصورت ۽ آرامده فرش آهن، جيڪي مضبوط ۽ معياري ڪاٺ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي نسبتاً مهانگا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سندن استعمال گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڪاٺ آسانيءَ سان دستياب هجي، يا اهڙين عمارتن ۾ جتي آواز جي موٽ گهٽ رکڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ ضروري هجي، جهڙوڪ ناچ گهر، آڊيٽوريم ۽ جابلو علائقن جون عمارتون.
ڪاٺ جي لچڪدار خاصيت کي نظر ۾ رکندي، اهڙن فرشن جي جوڙجڪ ۾ مناسب چيمبر ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۽ استحڪام برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ ڪاٺ جا شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکي، انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آهن. شهتير مضبوط ۽ مناسب ماپ وارا هوندا آهن ته جيئن فرش محفوظ نموني بار برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ مڙڻ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ رهي.
ڪاٺ کي نمي کان بچائڻ لاءِ شهتيرن کي تازي گاري سان سڌي رابطي ۾ نه رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڀتين جي ويجهو مناسب هواداري (وينٽيليشن) پڻ ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي عمر ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ مٿيان شهتير سڌو سنئون ديوارن تي رکڻ بدران هيٺان رکيل ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن (بائينڊرز) تي ٽيڪايا ويندا آهن. بائينڊر شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکيا ويندا آهن، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
هي فرش مفرد ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط هوندا آهن ۽ آواز جي منتقلي کي به بهتر نموني گهٽائيندا آهن. البت انهن جي تعمير وڌيڪ پيچيده ۽ مهانگي هوندي آهي، تنهنڪري اهي عام طور وڏن مفاصلي وارن ڪمرن ۽ ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== ڪاٺ جي پڃري (ٽيڻن شهتيرن) وارا فرش ==

'''ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽيڻن شهتيرن وارا فرش''' . وڏن ڪمرن يا هالن لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مفاصلو عام ڪاٺ جي فرشن کان وڌيڪ هجي. انهن ۾ مکيه گرڊر، ٻڌندڙ شهتير، وچ وارا شهتير ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا گڏجي هڪ مضبوط ڍانچو ٺاهيندا آهن، جنهن سان بار ڪيترن حصن ۾ ورهائجي ويندو آهي.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪاٺ کي نمي کان بچائڻ لاءِ مناسب هواداري (وينٽيليشن) ڏني ويندي آهي ۽ گرڊرن، بائينڊرن ۽ شهتيرن کي لوهي پٽن ۽ مضبوط جوائنٽن سان ڳنڍيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي، استحڪام ۽ ڊگهي عمر يقيني بڻجي ٿي. اهڙا فرش وڏي مفاصلي وارن هالن، عوامي عمارتن ۽ ٻين وسيع جڳهن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

==زميني يا ھيٺيان فرش== 
: (Ground Floors 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ ڪاٺ جي ڳرڻ جي انديشي واسطي پوسل کان روڪڻ لاءِ خاص اپاءُ ورتا ويندا آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جي ھيٺا سيمينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ ڏنا ويندا آھن. عام طرح سان ھيٺيون تھھ گھٽ ملاوث جھڙوڪ 1:6:12  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ۽ مٿيون تھھ 1:2:4  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ڏنو ويندو آھي. ھر ھڪ تھھ جي ٿولھھ  سراسري طور 3 انچ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ طرح سان پوري تھھ جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 6 انچ رکي ويندي آھي. فني (ٽيڪنيڪي) لحاظ کان انھيءَ کي ”سائيٽ“ يا ”اوور سائيٽ“ (Site or Oversite)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ تھھ جي مٿان 6 فوٽ ۽ 5 انچ جي ھر ھڪ مرڪزي مفاصلي کان ٻئي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي حساب سان 4 انچ ٿلھيون ڪاٺ جي تختن (Sleepers) يا پٿر جي بلاڪن يا پڪسري اوساريءَ رستي ننڍيون ديوارون ٺاھي، جن کي (Dwarf walls) چئبو آھي، انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جون وال پليٽون (Walls plates)  لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ديوارون ڪمرن جي ٻنھي طرفن يعني ويڪر ۽ ڊيگھھ جي رخ ۾ ۽ ھڪ جھڙي انداز جي وڇوٽيءَ تي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. شھتير جن کي (Bridging joists) سڏيو وڃي ٿو ۽ عام طرح سان 4 انچ x 44 انچ جي سائيز جا ٿين ٿا، انھن کي پليٽن جي مٿان چاڙھي ڪلن  ڪوڪن ۽ پيچن وارن اسڪرن ذريعي قابو ڪيو وڃي ٿو. آخر ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ انچ ۽ وڌ ۾ وڌ ڏيڍ انچ ٿولھھ وارا ڪاٺ جا تختا شھتيرن مٿان جوڙي ھن قسم جا فرش ٺاھيا ڃن ٿا
ڪاٺ جي تختن ھيٺان کليل حصي مان ھوا جي بالڪل پوري گذر واسطي ھيٺ ڏنل ديوارن ۾ ٽنگ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ چوڪيءَ جي ليول (Plinth level)  ھيٺان پڻ سوراخن وارن بلاڪن جون ديوارون ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. وال پليٽن لڳائڻ کان اڳ ۾ ھيٺ وارين ننڍين ديوارن ۽ پاسي وارين ڀِتين مٿان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھو پوسل روڪڻ وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ (D.P.C)  چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ عام طرح سان، شھتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. تمام اھم عمارتن لاءِ ڪنھن خاص سبب لاءِ ساڳ جو ڪاٺ (Teak wood)  پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڪڏھن وري ساڳ جي ڪاٺ جا تختا ۽ ديال جي ڪاٺ جا شھتير استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ شيشم جي صحيح تيار ٿيل ڪاٺ جا تختا پڻ لڳايا ويندا آھن&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==رٻڙ جا فرش== 
: (Rubber Flooring) 
ھن قسمن جي فرشبنديءَ واسطي گندڪ ملايل رٻڙ جا مرڪب، جيڪي رٻڙ ۾ اھڙي طريقي سان ملائي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھيءَ جي مضبوطي ۽ لچڪ وڌي وڃي، سي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جي شڪل بالڪل سڌي ۽ پلين چادر جھڙي، يا چادرن ۾ خانا ٺاھي پلين يا چٽسالي ڪيل چؤنڪن جي نموني ۾، ۽ يا تھ عليحده عليحده چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ٿيندي آھي. اھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا اھڙي ڪنھن ٻئي ٺوس ۽ سخت بنيادي تھھ (Base)  مٿان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. فرش چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنياد کي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي دز (Dust)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين شين جھڙوڪ پوسل، چڪنائيءَ وغيرھ کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ بنيادي تھھ ۾ جيڪي بھ ھيٺاھيون ۽ مٿاھيون ھونديون آھن، انھن کي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان صحيح ڪري ليول ڪيو ويندو آھي. استعمال ٿيندڙ رٻڙ 1/8  انچن کان ½  انچن جي معيادي ٿولھھ جو ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھميشھ گندڪ (Suphur)، ٽمڻ ۽ کھراڻ کان پاڪ قسم جو رٻڙ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ انھيءَ جو مٿاڇرو لسو ھجي ۽ پاڻيءَ ۽ ڪنھن سٺي معيار واري صابڻ يا ڪنھن اھڙيءَ ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ڌوئڻ يا پالش ڪرڻ سان انھيءَ جي رنگ تي ڪو اثر نھ پوي.  رٻڙ چاڙھڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي ھيٺئين پاسي کي کھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ھڪ ئي وقت 25 مربع فوٽن کان وڌيڪ ايراضيءَ تي نھ چاڙھبو آھي. رٻڙ چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنيادي فرس مٿان ڪنھن سٺي چنبڙائيندڙ (Adhesive)  مرڪب جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ کي ڏھن کان پندرنھن منٽن تائين کليل ڇڏي ڏبو آھي تھ جيئن انھيءَ کي ھوا لڳي. بعد ۾ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل قسم ۽ ڊزائن جي رٻڙ جو پوش چاڙھي انھيءَ مٿان سھڻي نموني زور ڏيئي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي تھ جيئن فرش جي بنيادي تھھ ۽ رٻڙ جي چادر جي وچ ۾ ھوا نھ رھي ۽ رٻڙ فرش سان بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح ۽ سڌائيءَ ۾ چنبڙي. انھيءَ لاءِ عام طرح سان ننڍو لوھ جو رولر استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان پوءِ رٻڙ جي فرش کي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٽن ڏينھن تائين آزاد ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن سٺي صابڻ سان ڌوئي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جا فرش اھم جاين، آفيسن، اسپتالن، سينيمائن ۽ ھوٽلن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. معياري تعليمي درسگاھن ۽ آڊيٽوريم اندر پڻ ھن قسم جا فرش پسند ڪيا ويندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھنن مٿان ھلن سان آواز نٿو ٿئي ۽ سانت رھي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم جا فرش== 
: (Linoleum Floors) 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ رٻڙ جي فرشن وانگر سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ وغيره جي بنياد مٿان لينوليم جو پلاسٽڪ جھڙو پوش چاڙھي ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ڪيميا جي خيال کان لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل (Linseed oil)، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگ وغيره جو مرڪب آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب تھھ جھڙوڪ ڪنوس (Convas)  مٿان پٿاري فرش جو پوش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. اھو پوش خوشنما نمونن ۾ ٺاھي، بنيادي فرش مٿان چاڙھي، ھن قسم جا دلڪش فرش ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. لينوليم جا رٻڙ جي فرش وانگر الڳ الڳ چؤنڪ پڻ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، انھن کي لينوليم جا چؤنڪا سڏيو ويندو آھي. ھي فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ سستا ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي وقفي وقفي سان وارنش ۽ ميڻ (Wax)  لڳائڻ سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال ڪري انھن کي پائيدار بڻائي سگھبو آھي. لينوليم عام طرح سان رولن وانگر ويڙھيل ٿانن جي صورت ۾ ملندي آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب ڳنڍيندڙ مرڪب (Adhesive) رستي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد انھيءَ تھھ مٿان وارنش لڳائي، کين چمڪايو ويندو آھي. موٽر ڪارن، لارين، جھازن ۽ ريل گاڏين وغيره جا فرش، پڻ لينوليم سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش رھائشي گھرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ريسٽورانن لاءِ بھ نھايت موزون رھن ٿا. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جا فرش== 
: (Cork Floors) 
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙين جاين يا جاين جي انھن حصن لاءِ ڪارآمد آھن، جن کي سانت وارو يعني بنا گوڙ وارو (Noiseless)  ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي، جھڙوڪ آڊيٽوريم، پبلڪ لئبرريون، ٿئيٽر ۽ چرچون (گرجائون) وغيره.ھي فرش ڪارڪن جي چادرن يا ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. ڪارڪ جي شيٽن يعني چادرن جي تياري ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن کان مختلف نموني جي ٿيندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ٽائيلن ۾ صرف ڪارڪن استعمال ٿيندو آھي ۽ چادرن ۾ ڪارڪ جا ڇلڪا ۽ ٻورو، السيءَ جو تيل، ڪاٺ جو ٻورو ۽ رنگ وغيره استعمال ٿيندا آھن. ٻنھي قسمن جي فرشن جو ڪجھھ بيان ھيٺ پيش ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش==
: (Cork tiles Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ ڪارڪ جا چؤنڪا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي چؤنڪا مختلف ماپن ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. داونن يعني بارڊرن (Borders)  لاءِ 1 کان 3 فوٽن تائين ويڪريون ۽ 6 فوٽ ڊگھيون ڪارڪ جون پٽيون پڻ ٺھنديون آھن. انھن ٽائيلن جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8  انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. اھڙين  ٽائيلن جو ترو سڌو يا جھريءَ وارو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ٽائيلون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي ھيٺئين تھھ (Sub base) مٿان لڳايون وينديون آھن. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ ڪاٺ جو آھي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم ھئڻ گھرجي يا تھ ٻي صورت ۾ انھيءَ مٿان پِلاءِ (Ply)  لڳائي وڃي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھرين ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل صاف ۽ ھڪ جھڙو ھئڻ گھرجي، جنھن مٿان نرم گديءَ جو پترو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي، جيئن ڪاٺ جي لڏڻ سان ٽائيلن جي تھھ کي ڪو نقصان نھ پھچي. انھن ٽائيلن کي خاص قسم جي ڏامر ذريعي نرم گديءَ سان چنبڙايو ويندو آھي ۽ آخري حصي يا ڪنڊن وارن چؤنڪن کي ڪوڪن ذريعي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھ (Base)  سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ مٿان 1:3  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ گاري جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ مٿاڇري کي بلڪل سنوت ۾ آڻي، سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو ويندو آھي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي تمام چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪري انھيءَ مٿان ڏامر (Bitumen)  جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي، انھيءَ مٿان ٽائيلون وڇايون وينديون آھن. 
ڪارڪ اوڪ (Oak)  يعني شاھ بلوط جي سدا بھار وڻن جي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھيءُ وڻ بحريھ روم جي قريبي ملڪن ۾ ٿيندا آھن، جنھن جي کل تمام گھڻي ٿلھي ٿيندي آھي. انھيءَ کل کي ھر اٺن يا ڏھن سالن کان پوءِ لاٿو ويندو آھي، جنھن کي اٻاري، ٿورڙو آلو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ پوءِ انھن کي ڇلي ۽ خوب طرح سان گسائي، گرم ويلڻن مان ايتري وقت تائين لنگھائبو رھبو آھي جيستائين انھيءَ کل مان شيري جھڙي گھاٽي شيءِ ٻاھر نڪري اچي. انھيءَ گھاٽي شيءِ نڪرڻ سان ڪارڪ جي اندر سنھا سوراخ نھ رھندا آھن ۽ اھو وڌيڪ سخت ۽ ٺوس ٿي ويندو  آھي. ھيءُ شيري جھڙو مادو ڪارڪ جي ذرن کي پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چنبڙائي رکندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان پوءِ انھيءَ ڪارڪ کي گھربل ماپ جي چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ڪاٽي وٺبو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرش==
: (Cork Sheet Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پي-وي-سيءَ جا فرش==
: ( Polyvinyl Chloride i.e. P.V.C Floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش گھريلو جاين، ريل گاڏيءَ جي دٻن، دفترن، آڊيٽوريم جي ھالن ۽ ٿئيٽرن وغيره لاءِ موزون رھندا آھن. ھي فرش پڻ رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش گھڻو ڪري زيبائش لاءِ ئي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھنن فرشي چادرن ۽ چؤنڪن جي ٿولھھ 1/16  انچن کان ¼ انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. 
ھيءُ پي-وي-سيءَ جو مرڪب جديد دور جي ايجاد آھي جيڪو ٿرموپلاسٽڪ بائينڊرس، فلرس ۽ رنگن مان ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو. ھن قسم جون چادرون 3 فوٽن، 3 ½ فوٽن ۽ 6 فوٽن جي ويڪرائيءَ ۾ ۽ چؤنڪا 1 فوٽ، 2 فوٽن ۽ 3 فوٽن جي سائيز ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن ۽ اھي ھڪ قسم جو لچڪدار ۽ اڻ ٽمندر مٿاڇرو مھيا ڪنديون آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==شيشي جا فرش==
: (Glass Floors)
~ھن قسم جا فرش گرائونڊ فلور ۾ اھڙن حصن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن جي ھيٺان تھھ خانا ھجن ۽ انھن تھھ خانن ۾ روشني پھچائڻ جي ضرورت ھجي. ھن قسم جا فرش مختلف نمونن ۾ ڪاٺ جا مضبوط فريم ٺاھي انھن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا چؤنڪا وجھي تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. عمارتي شيشو عمدي قسم جو ۽ مضبوط استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8 انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش ==
: (Asphalt Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن جا ٻھ نمونا ٿيندا آھن، ھڪ ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ٻيا ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش. ھنن ٻنھي نمونن جا فرش سستا، لچڪدار (Resilient)، اڻ جاذب (Non absorbent) ، پوسل روڪ (Moisture proof) ، تيزاب روڪ (Acid proof)، تيل (Oil)  ۽ گريس (Greese) سان مقابلو ڪندڙ ٿيندا آھن. انھن خاصيتن سبب ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن وارا فرش سرڪاري آفيسن ۽ اسڪولن وغيره جھڙين عمارتن ۽ ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ قسم جا فرش گودامن، ڀانڊن، ڪارخانن ۽ ٻين اھڙي نوعيت جي عمارتن ائسفالٽ جي چؤنڪن کي سخت بنياد مھيا ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مٿان ھڪ ٻئي سان ڳنڍي ھن قسم جو فرض ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. پر جيڪڏھن ڪاٺ جي فرش مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سڀني ڪاٺ جي پٽين ۽ تختن کي مضبوطيءَ سان ڪوڪن وغيرھ جي رستي جڪڙيو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن وڇائڻ کان پھرين ڪاٺ جي سطح مٿان ائسفالٽ، بٽومين يا رچيل ائسفالٽ جي اوني ڪپڙي (Asphalt saturated felt)  جو اٽڪل 3/8 انچن جو ٿلھو تھھ پٿاريو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش (Asphalt mastic floor)  ٺاھڻ واسطي انھيءَ کي گرم ڪري، ڪنھن ٺوٺ سطح، جھڙوڪ ڪاٺ يا سيمينٽ مٿان پٿاري ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت==
.(Maintenance and Repair of Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪوشش ڪري روزانو آلي پوچيءَ سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن اھو فرش تمام گھڻو گندو نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڏوتو وڃي. صابڻ جي تھھ کي فرش جي ڪنھن بھ ٽڪري تي بنا ڌيان جي ڇڏڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ فرش ترڪڻو ٿي پوندو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ فرش جو اھو ٽڪرو جھڪو (Dull)  ٿي پوندو. فرش جي ڌوئڻ واسطي سوڍا کار يا ٻين اھڙين تيز شين استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ جيڪڏھن فرش جو ڪو بھ حصو ٽٽي يا ڪنھن بھ نموني مرمت طلب ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سمورو پانيل يا خانو (Panel)  ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي، بنيادي ڪانڪريٽ کي سخت برش سان صاف ڪري، انھيءَ کي پاڻيءَ سان آلو رکي، ھڪ رات تائين ڇڏي ڏيڻ گھرجي. رات گذرڻ کان پوءِ بيٺل پاڻيءَ کي ڪڍي صاف ڪري، صاف سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ چاڙھو وڃي ۽ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل ٿولھھ ۽ گھربل تناسب، جھڙوڪ 1:2:4  يا اھڙو ڪو ٻيو موزون تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد ڪانڪريٽ کي دٻائي، پاسن واري فرش جي ٿولھھ برابر آندو وڃي، جيئن سموري فرش جي ليول ھڪ جھڙي ٿي وڃي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن پاسن وارن پانيلن جا ڇيڙا نھ ڀڄن. انھيءَ بعد نئين ٺاھيل پانيل کي ڏھن ڏينھن تائين تر رکيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>mhfiezik4b28u9ukm8itq5wzvt1r8pm</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401077</id>
      <parentid>401076</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:49:55Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401077</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="55929" sha1="n2ut4yqve0xqvgivd2qorp8pszm9fn5" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش ===

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش'''  اعليٰ درجي جا آرائشي فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ هيٺيون بنيادي تهه سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿئين تهه ۾ سفيد يا رنگين سيمينٽ سان بلوري پٿر (ماربل چپس) جا ننڍا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي فرش کي خوبصورت ۽ پائيدار بڻائيندا آهن.
فرش کي مختلف خانن يا ڊزائنن ۾ ورهائڻ لاءِ پتل، ٽامي، جست يا شيشي جون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. موزائيڪ جي تهه کي وجهي، مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) کان پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائينڊنگ) ۽ پالش ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مٿاڇري هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ بلوري داڻا نمايان ٿي ظاهر ٿيندا آهن. رنگين موزائيڪ فرشن لاءِ سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ مناسب رنگ پڻ ملائي سگهجن ٿا.
هي فرش رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، ڊگهي عمر وارا، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پٿر جا فرش ===

'''پٿر جا فرش'''  مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا فرش هوندا آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي هڪجهڙي ٿولهه وارن قدرتي پٿرن جي چؤنڪن  سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. پٿرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن کي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان مناسب جوڙن سميت لڳايو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برابر ورهائجي ۽ فرش مضبوط رهي.
فرش جي جوڙن کي ضرورت موجب ٽيپ (پوائنٽگ) ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڪم مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور سرڪاري عمارتن، برآمدن، اڱڻن، راهدارين ۽ ٻين هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين قائم رهندڙ فرش گهربل هجي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش ===

'''چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش''' (گليزڊ ٽائل فلورنگ) هموار، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش فرش آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي چمڪدار ٽائيلن سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ٽائيلن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ پوءِ سيمينٽ جي گاري تي صحيح ليول ۽ سلاميءَ سان وڇايو ويندو آهي، جيئن جوڙ مضبوط ۽ سطح هموار رهي.
ٽائيلون لڳائڻ کان پوءِ جوڙن ۾ سيمينٽ جي رٻڙي (سلري) ڀري ويندي آهي ۽ مناسب ترائي  کان پوءِ فرش کي صاف ۽ پالش ڪيو ويندو آهي. تعمير دوران فرش کي داغن ۽ نقصان کان بچائڻ لاءِ ڍڪي رکيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، غسل خانن، باورچي خانن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بلوري پٿر (سنگمرمر) جا فرش ===

'''بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار، خوبصورتي ۽ پائيداري جي ڪري ممتاز فرش سمجهيا وڃن ٿا. اهي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد  تي هڪجهڙي سائيز ۽ ٿولهه وارن سنگمرمر جي چؤنڪن يا تختن کي سيمينٽ يا چوني جي گاري سان وڇائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. جوڙ تمام سنها رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ انهن کي چوني جي لاپي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي ته جيئن فرش هموار ۽ دلڪش نظر اچي.
فرش وڇائڻ کان پوءِ مناسب ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي ۽ پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائنڊنگ) ۽ پالش ذريعي مٿاڇري کي هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ خوبصورت بڻايو ويندو آهي. سنگمرمر جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، هوٽلن، سرڪاري عمارتن، مسجدن ۽ ٻين اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي خوبصورتي، صفائي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي اهميت ڏني ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي ===

'''سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي''' اهڙي فرشبندي آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون بغير گاري جي، چڱيءَ طرح هموار ۽ نهر ڪيل زمين يا واريءَ جي بنياد تي ويجهو ويجهو وڇايون وينديون آهن. سرن جي جوڙن کي سنهو رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن ۾ باريڪ واري ڀري سرن کي مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾ صرف مٿاڇري تي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي پتلي گاري سان جوڙ بند ڪيا ويندا آهن.
هي قسم جو فرش مضبوط، اقتصادي ۽ مرمت ۾ آسان هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري گودامن، اڱڻن، رستن، چبوترن ۽ گهٽ ٽرئفڪ وارن علائقن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار جا، خوبصورت ۽ آرامده فرش آهن، جيڪي مضبوط ۽ معياري ڪاٺ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي نسبتاً مهانگا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سندن استعمال گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڪاٺ آسانيءَ سان دستياب هجي، يا اهڙين عمارتن ۾ جتي آواز جي موٽ گهٽ رکڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ ضروري هجي، جهڙوڪ ناچ گهر، آڊيٽوريم ۽ جابلو علائقن جون عمارتون.
ڪاٺ جي لچڪدار خاصيت کي نظر ۾ رکندي، اهڙن فرشن جي جوڙجڪ ۾ مناسب چيمبر ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۽ استحڪام برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ ڪاٺ جا شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکي، انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آهن. شهتير مضبوط ۽ مناسب ماپ وارا هوندا آهن ته جيئن فرش محفوظ نموني بار برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ مڙڻ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ رهي.
ڪاٺ کي نمي کان بچائڻ لاءِ شهتيرن کي تازي گاري سان سڌي رابطي ۾ نه رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڀتين جي ويجهو مناسب هواداري (وينٽيليشن) پڻ ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي عمر ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ مٿيان شهتير سڌو سنئون ديوارن تي رکڻ بدران هيٺان رکيل ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن (بائينڊرز) تي ٽيڪايا ويندا آهن. بائينڊر شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکيا ويندا آهن، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
هي فرش مفرد ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط هوندا آهن ۽ آواز جي منتقلي کي به بهتر نموني گهٽائيندا آهن. البت انهن جي تعمير وڌيڪ پيچيده ۽ مهانگي هوندي آهي، تنهنڪري اهي عام طور وڏن مفاصلي وارن ڪمرن ۽ ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جي پڃري (ٽيڻن شهتيرن) وارا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽيڻن شهتيرن وارا فرش''' وڏن ڪمرن ۽ هالن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مفاصلو عام ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي گنجائش کان وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. انهن جي بناوت ۾ مکيه گرڊر، ٻڌندڙ شهتير، وچ وارا شهتير ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا گڏجي هڪ مضبوط ڍانچو ٺاهيندا آهن، جنهن سان بار مناسب نموني ورهائجي ويندو آهي.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪاٺ کي نمي ۽ ڳرڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مناسب هواداري جو انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته گرڊرن، ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن ۽ وچ وارن شهتيرن کي لوهي پٽن ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپن ذريعي پاڻ ۾ ٻڌيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي، استحڪام ۽ پائيداري وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور وڏن هالن، عوامي عمارتن ۽ ٻين وسيع اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

==زميني يا ھيٺيان فرش== 
: (Ground Floors 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ ڪاٺ جي ڳرڻ جي انديشي واسطي پوسل کان روڪڻ لاءِ خاص اپاءُ ورتا ويندا آھن، انھيءَ ڪري ھنن جي ھيٺا سيمينٽ جا ٻھ تھھ ڏنا ويندا آھن. عام طرح سان ھيٺيون تھھ گھٽ ملاوث جھڙوڪ 1:6:12  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ۽ مٿيون تھھ 1:2:4  جي تناسب واري گاري سان ڏنو ويندو آھي. ھر ھڪ تھھ جي ٿولھھ  سراسري طور 3 انچ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ طرح سان پوري تھھ جي مجموعي ٿولھھ 6 انچ رکي ويندي آھي. فني (ٽيڪنيڪي) لحاظ کان انھيءَ کي ”سائيٽ“ يا ”اوور سائيٽ“ (Site or Oversite)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ تھھ جي مٿان 6 فوٽ ۽ 5 انچ جي ھر ھڪ مرڪزي مفاصلي کان ٻئي مرڪزي مفاصلي جي حساب سان 4 انچ ٿلھيون ڪاٺ جي تختن (Sleepers) يا پٿر جي بلاڪن يا پڪسري اوساريءَ رستي ننڍيون ديوارون ٺاھي، جن کي (Dwarf walls) چئبو آھي، انھن مٿان ڪاٺ جون وال پليٽون (Walls plates)  لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ديوارون ڪمرن جي ٻنھي طرفن يعني ويڪر ۽ ڊيگھھ جي رخ ۾ ۽ ھڪ جھڙي انداز جي وڇوٽيءَ تي ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. شھتير جن کي (Bridging joists) سڏيو وڃي ٿو ۽ عام طرح سان 4 انچ x 44 انچ جي سائيز جا ٿين ٿا، انھن کي پليٽن جي مٿان چاڙھي ڪلن  ڪوڪن ۽ پيچن وارن اسڪرن ذريعي قابو ڪيو وڃي ٿو. آخر ۾ گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ھڪ انچ ۽ وڌ ۾ وڌ ڏيڍ انچ ٿولھھ وارا ڪاٺ جا تختا شھتيرن مٿان جوڙي ھن قسم جا فرش ٺاھيا ڃن ٿا
ڪاٺ جي تختن ھيٺان کليل حصي مان ھوا جي بالڪل پوري گذر واسطي ھيٺ ڏنل ديوارن ۾ ٽنگ ڇڏيا ويندا آھن ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ چوڪيءَ جي ليول (Plinth level)  ھيٺان پڻ سوراخن وارن بلاڪن جون ديوارون ٺاھيون وينديون آھن. وال پليٽن لڳائڻ کان اڳ ۾ ھيٺ وارين ننڍين ديوارن ۽ پاسي وارين ڀِتين مٿان 1 ½ انچ ٿلھو پوسل روڪڻ وارو سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ (D.P.C)  چاڙھيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ عام طرح سان، شھتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. تمام اھم عمارتن لاءِ ڪنھن خاص سبب لاءِ ساڳ جو ڪاٺ (Teak wood)  پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ڪڏھن وري ساڳ جي ڪاٺ جا تختا ۽ ديال جي ڪاٺ جا شھتير استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ شيشم جي صحيح تيار ٿيل ڪاٺ جا تختا پڻ لڳايا ويندا آھن&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==رٻڙ جا فرش== 
: (Rubber Flooring) 
ھن قسمن جي فرشبنديءَ واسطي گندڪ ملايل رٻڙ جا مرڪب، جيڪي رٻڙ ۾ اھڙي طريقي سان ملائي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھيءَ جي مضبوطي ۽ لچڪ وڌي وڃي، سي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جي شڪل بالڪل سڌي ۽ پلين چادر جھڙي، يا چادرن ۾ خانا ٺاھي پلين يا چٽسالي ڪيل چؤنڪن جي نموني ۾، ۽ يا تھ عليحده عليحده چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ٿيندي آھي. اھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا اھڙي ڪنھن ٻئي ٺوس ۽ سخت بنيادي تھھ (Base)  مٿان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. فرش چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنياد کي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي دز (Dust)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين شين جھڙوڪ پوسل، چڪنائيءَ وغيرھ کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ بنيادي تھھ ۾ جيڪي بھ ھيٺاھيون ۽ مٿاھيون ھونديون آھن، انھن کي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان صحيح ڪري ليول ڪيو ويندو آھي. استعمال ٿيندڙ رٻڙ 1/8  انچن کان ½  انچن جي معيادي ٿولھھ جو ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھميشھ گندڪ (Suphur)، ٽمڻ ۽ کھراڻ کان پاڪ قسم جو رٻڙ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ انھيءَ جو مٿاڇرو لسو ھجي ۽ پاڻيءَ ۽ ڪنھن سٺي معيار واري صابڻ يا ڪنھن اھڙيءَ ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ڌوئڻ يا پالش ڪرڻ سان انھيءَ جي رنگ تي ڪو اثر نھ پوي.  رٻڙ چاڙھڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي ھيٺئين پاسي کي کھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ھڪ ئي وقت 25 مربع فوٽن کان وڌيڪ ايراضيءَ تي نھ چاڙھبو آھي. رٻڙ چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنيادي فرس مٿان ڪنھن سٺي چنبڙائيندڙ (Adhesive)  مرڪب جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ کي ڏھن کان پندرنھن منٽن تائين کليل ڇڏي ڏبو آھي تھ جيئن انھيءَ کي ھوا لڳي. بعد ۾ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل قسم ۽ ڊزائن جي رٻڙ جو پوش چاڙھي انھيءَ مٿان سھڻي نموني زور ڏيئي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي تھ جيئن فرش جي بنيادي تھھ ۽ رٻڙ جي چادر جي وچ ۾ ھوا نھ رھي ۽ رٻڙ فرش سان بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح ۽ سڌائيءَ ۾ چنبڙي. انھيءَ لاءِ عام طرح سان ننڍو لوھ جو رولر استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان پوءِ رٻڙ جي فرش کي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٽن ڏينھن تائين آزاد ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن سٺي صابڻ سان ڌوئي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جا فرش اھم جاين، آفيسن، اسپتالن، سينيمائن ۽ ھوٽلن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. معياري تعليمي درسگاھن ۽ آڊيٽوريم اندر پڻ ھن قسم جا فرش پسند ڪيا ويندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھنن مٿان ھلن سان آواز نٿو ٿئي ۽ سانت رھي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم جا فرش== 
: (Linoleum Floors) 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ رٻڙ جي فرشن وانگر سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ وغيره جي بنياد مٿان لينوليم جو پلاسٽڪ جھڙو پوش چاڙھي ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ڪيميا جي خيال کان لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل (Linseed oil)، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگ وغيره جو مرڪب آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب تھھ جھڙوڪ ڪنوس (Convas)  مٿان پٿاري فرش جو پوش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. اھو پوش خوشنما نمونن ۾ ٺاھي، بنيادي فرش مٿان چاڙھي، ھن قسم جا دلڪش فرش ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. لينوليم جا رٻڙ جي فرش وانگر الڳ الڳ چؤنڪ پڻ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، انھن کي لينوليم جا چؤنڪا سڏيو ويندو آھي. ھي فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ سستا ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي وقفي وقفي سان وارنش ۽ ميڻ (Wax)  لڳائڻ سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال ڪري انھن کي پائيدار بڻائي سگھبو آھي. لينوليم عام طرح سان رولن وانگر ويڙھيل ٿانن جي صورت ۾ ملندي آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب ڳنڍيندڙ مرڪب (Adhesive) رستي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد انھيءَ تھھ مٿان وارنش لڳائي، کين چمڪايو ويندو آھي. موٽر ڪارن، لارين، جھازن ۽ ريل گاڏين وغيره جا فرش، پڻ لينوليم سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش رھائشي گھرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ريسٽورانن لاءِ بھ نھايت موزون رھن ٿا. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جا فرش== 
: (Cork Floors) 
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙين جاين يا جاين جي انھن حصن لاءِ ڪارآمد آھن، جن کي سانت وارو يعني بنا گوڙ وارو (Noiseless)  ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي، جھڙوڪ آڊيٽوريم، پبلڪ لئبرريون، ٿئيٽر ۽ چرچون (گرجائون) وغيره.ھي فرش ڪارڪن جي چادرن يا ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. ڪارڪ جي شيٽن يعني چادرن جي تياري ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن کان مختلف نموني جي ٿيندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ٽائيلن ۾ صرف ڪارڪن استعمال ٿيندو آھي ۽ چادرن ۾ ڪارڪ جا ڇلڪا ۽ ٻورو، السيءَ جو تيل، ڪاٺ جو ٻورو ۽ رنگ وغيره استعمال ٿيندا آھن. ٻنھي قسمن جي فرشن جو ڪجھھ بيان ھيٺ پيش ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش==
: (Cork tiles Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ ڪارڪ جا چؤنڪا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي چؤنڪا مختلف ماپن ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. داونن يعني بارڊرن (Borders)  لاءِ 1 کان 3 فوٽن تائين ويڪريون ۽ 6 فوٽ ڊگھيون ڪارڪ جون پٽيون پڻ ٺھنديون آھن. انھن ٽائيلن جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8  انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. اھڙين  ٽائيلن جو ترو سڌو يا جھريءَ وارو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ٽائيلون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي ھيٺئين تھھ (Sub base) مٿان لڳايون وينديون آھن. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ ڪاٺ جو آھي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم ھئڻ گھرجي يا تھ ٻي صورت ۾ انھيءَ مٿان پِلاءِ (Ply)  لڳائي وڃي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھرين ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل صاف ۽ ھڪ جھڙو ھئڻ گھرجي، جنھن مٿان نرم گديءَ جو پترو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي، جيئن ڪاٺ جي لڏڻ سان ٽائيلن جي تھھ کي ڪو نقصان نھ پھچي. انھن ٽائيلن کي خاص قسم جي ڏامر ذريعي نرم گديءَ سان چنبڙايو ويندو آھي ۽ آخري حصي يا ڪنڊن وارن چؤنڪن کي ڪوڪن ذريعي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھ (Base)  سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ مٿان 1:3  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ گاري جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ مٿاڇري کي بلڪل سنوت ۾ آڻي، سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو ويندو آھي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي تمام چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪري انھيءَ مٿان ڏامر (Bitumen)  جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي، انھيءَ مٿان ٽائيلون وڇايون وينديون آھن. 
ڪارڪ اوڪ (Oak)  يعني شاھ بلوط جي سدا بھار وڻن جي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھيءُ وڻ بحريھ روم جي قريبي ملڪن ۾ ٿيندا آھن، جنھن جي کل تمام گھڻي ٿلھي ٿيندي آھي. انھيءَ کل کي ھر اٺن يا ڏھن سالن کان پوءِ لاٿو ويندو آھي، جنھن کي اٻاري، ٿورڙو آلو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ پوءِ انھن کي ڇلي ۽ خوب طرح سان گسائي، گرم ويلڻن مان ايتري وقت تائين لنگھائبو رھبو آھي جيستائين انھيءَ کل مان شيري جھڙي گھاٽي شيءِ ٻاھر نڪري اچي. انھيءَ گھاٽي شيءِ نڪرڻ سان ڪارڪ جي اندر سنھا سوراخ نھ رھندا آھن ۽ اھو وڌيڪ سخت ۽ ٺوس ٿي ويندو  آھي. ھيءُ شيري جھڙو مادو ڪارڪ جي ذرن کي پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چنبڙائي رکندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان پوءِ انھيءَ ڪارڪ کي گھربل ماپ جي چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ڪاٽي وٺبو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرش==
: (Cork Sheet Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پي-وي-سيءَ جا فرش==
: ( Polyvinyl Chloride i.e. P.V.C Floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش گھريلو جاين، ريل گاڏيءَ جي دٻن، دفترن، آڊيٽوريم جي ھالن ۽ ٿئيٽرن وغيره لاءِ موزون رھندا آھن. ھي فرش پڻ رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش گھڻو ڪري زيبائش لاءِ ئي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھنن فرشي چادرن ۽ چؤنڪن جي ٿولھھ 1/16  انچن کان ¼ انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. 
ھيءُ پي-وي-سيءَ جو مرڪب جديد دور جي ايجاد آھي جيڪو ٿرموپلاسٽڪ بائينڊرس، فلرس ۽ رنگن مان ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو. ھن قسم جون چادرون 3 فوٽن، 3 ½ فوٽن ۽ 6 فوٽن جي ويڪرائيءَ ۾ ۽ چؤنڪا 1 فوٽ، 2 فوٽن ۽ 3 فوٽن جي سائيز ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن ۽ اھي ھڪ قسم جو لچڪدار ۽ اڻ ٽمندر مٿاڇرو مھيا ڪنديون آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==شيشي جا فرش==
: (Glass Floors)
~ھن قسم جا فرش گرائونڊ فلور ۾ اھڙن حصن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن جي ھيٺان تھھ خانا ھجن ۽ انھن تھھ خانن ۾ روشني پھچائڻ جي ضرورت ھجي. ھن قسم جا فرش مختلف نمونن ۾ ڪاٺ جا مضبوط فريم ٺاھي انھن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا چؤنڪا وجھي تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. عمارتي شيشو عمدي قسم جو ۽ مضبوط استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8 انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش ==
: (Asphalt Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن جا ٻھ نمونا ٿيندا آھن، ھڪ ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ٻيا ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش. ھنن ٻنھي نمونن جا فرش سستا، لچڪدار (Resilient)، اڻ جاذب (Non absorbent) ، پوسل روڪ (Moisture proof) ، تيزاب روڪ (Acid proof)، تيل (Oil)  ۽ گريس (Greese) سان مقابلو ڪندڙ ٿيندا آھن. انھن خاصيتن سبب ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن وارا فرش سرڪاري آفيسن ۽ اسڪولن وغيره جھڙين عمارتن ۽ ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ قسم جا فرش گودامن، ڀانڊن، ڪارخانن ۽ ٻين اھڙي نوعيت جي عمارتن ائسفالٽ جي چؤنڪن کي سخت بنياد مھيا ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مٿان ھڪ ٻئي سان ڳنڍي ھن قسم جو فرض ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. پر جيڪڏھن ڪاٺ جي فرش مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سڀني ڪاٺ جي پٽين ۽ تختن کي مضبوطيءَ سان ڪوڪن وغيرھ جي رستي جڪڙيو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن وڇائڻ کان پھرين ڪاٺ جي سطح مٿان ائسفالٽ، بٽومين يا رچيل ائسفالٽ جي اوني ڪپڙي (Asphalt saturated felt)  جو اٽڪل 3/8 انچن جو ٿلھو تھھ پٿاريو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش (Asphalt mastic floor)  ٺاھڻ واسطي انھيءَ کي گرم ڪري، ڪنھن ٺوٺ سطح، جھڙوڪ ڪاٺ يا سيمينٽ مٿان پٿاري ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت==
.(Maintenance and Repair of Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪوشش ڪري روزانو آلي پوچيءَ سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن اھو فرش تمام گھڻو گندو نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڏوتو وڃي. صابڻ جي تھھ کي فرش جي ڪنھن بھ ٽڪري تي بنا ڌيان جي ڇڏڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ فرش ترڪڻو ٿي پوندو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ فرش جو اھو ٽڪرو جھڪو (Dull)  ٿي پوندو. فرش جي ڌوئڻ واسطي سوڍا کار يا ٻين اھڙين تيز شين استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ جيڪڏھن فرش جو ڪو بھ حصو ٽٽي يا ڪنھن بھ نموني مرمت طلب ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سمورو پانيل يا خانو (Panel)  ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي، بنيادي ڪانڪريٽ کي سخت برش سان صاف ڪري، انھيءَ کي پاڻيءَ سان آلو رکي، ھڪ رات تائين ڇڏي ڏيڻ گھرجي. رات گذرڻ کان پوءِ بيٺل پاڻيءَ کي ڪڍي صاف ڪري، صاف سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ چاڙھو وڃي ۽ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل ٿولھھ ۽ گھربل تناسب، جھڙوڪ 1:2:4  يا اھڙو ڪو ٻيو موزون تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد ڪانڪريٽ کي دٻائي، پاسن واري فرش جي ٿولھھ برابر آندو وڃي، جيئن سموري فرش جي ليول ھڪ جھڙي ٿي وڃي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن پاسن وارن پانيلن جا ڇيڙا نھ ڀڄن. انھيءَ بعد نئين ٺاھيل پانيل کي ڏھن ڏينھن تائين تر رکيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>n2ut4yqve0xqvgivd2qorp8pszm9fn5</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401078</id>
      <parentid>401077</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:51:06Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401078</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="53984" sha1="r3j9y64ztcf3k41y6ysdgtz1ugrtbv8" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش ===

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش'''  اعليٰ درجي جا آرائشي فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ هيٺيون بنيادي تهه سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿئين تهه ۾ سفيد يا رنگين سيمينٽ سان بلوري پٿر (ماربل چپس) جا ننڍا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي فرش کي خوبصورت ۽ پائيدار بڻائيندا آهن.
فرش کي مختلف خانن يا ڊزائنن ۾ ورهائڻ لاءِ پتل، ٽامي، جست يا شيشي جون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. موزائيڪ جي تهه کي وجهي، مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) کان پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائينڊنگ) ۽ پالش ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مٿاڇري هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ بلوري داڻا نمايان ٿي ظاهر ٿيندا آهن. رنگين موزائيڪ فرشن لاءِ سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ مناسب رنگ پڻ ملائي سگهجن ٿا.
هي فرش رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، ڊگهي عمر وارا، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پٿر جا فرش ===

'''پٿر جا فرش'''  مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا فرش هوندا آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي هڪجهڙي ٿولهه وارن قدرتي پٿرن جي چؤنڪن  سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. پٿرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن کي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان مناسب جوڙن سميت لڳايو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برابر ورهائجي ۽ فرش مضبوط رهي.
فرش جي جوڙن کي ضرورت موجب ٽيپ (پوائنٽگ) ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڪم مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور سرڪاري عمارتن، برآمدن، اڱڻن، راهدارين ۽ ٻين هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين قائم رهندڙ فرش گهربل هجي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش ===

'''چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش''' (گليزڊ ٽائل فلورنگ) هموار، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش فرش آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي چمڪدار ٽائيلن سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ٽائيلن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ پوءِ سيمينٽ جي گاري تي صحيح ليول ۽ سلاميءَ سان وڇايو ويندو آهي، جيئن جوڙ مضبوط ۽ سطح هموار رهي.
ٽائيلون لڳائڻ کان پوءِ جوڙن ۾ سيمينٽ جي رٻڙي (سلري) ڀري ويندي آهي ۽ مناسب ترائي  کان پوءِ فرش کي صاف ۽ پالش ڪيو ويندو آهي. تعمير دوران فرش کي داغن ۽ نقصان کان بچائڻ لاءِ ڍڪي رکيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، غسل خانن، باورچي خانن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بلوري پٿر (سنگمرمر) جا فرش ===

'''بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار، خوبصورتي ۽ پائيداري جي ڪري ممتاز فرش سمجهيا وڃن ٿا. اهي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد  تي هڪجهڙي سائيز ۽ ٿولهه وارن سنگمرمر جي چؤنڪن يا تختن کي سيمينٽ يا چوني جي گاري سان وڇائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. جوڙ تمام سنها رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ انهن کي چوني جي لاپي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي ته جيئن فرش هموار ۽ دلڪش نظر اچي.
فرش وڇائڻ کان پوءِ مناسب ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي ۽ پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائنڊنگ) ۽ پالش ذريعي مٿاڇري کي هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ خوبصورت بڻايو ويندو آهي. سنگمرمر جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، هوٽلن، سرڪاري عمارتن، مسجدن ۽ ٻين اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي خوبصورتي، صفائي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي اهميت ڏني ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي ===

'''سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي''' اهڙي فرشبندي آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون بغير گاري جي، چڱيءَ طرح هموار ۽ نهر ڪيل زمين يا واريءَ جي بنياد تي ويجهو ويجهو وڇايون وينديون آهن. سرن جي جوڙن کي سنهو رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن ۾ باريڪ واري ڀري سرن کي مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾ صرف مٿاڇري تي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي پتلي گاري سان جوڙ بند ڪيا ويندا آهن.
هي قسم جو فرش مضبوط، اقتصادي ۽ مرمت ۾ آسان هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري گودامن، اڱڻن، رستن، چبوترن ۽ گهٽ ٽرئفڪ وارن علائقن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار جا، خوبصورت ۽ آرامده فرش آهن، جيڪي مضبوط ۽ معياري ڪاٺ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي نسبتاً مهانگا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سندن استعمال گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڪاٺ آسانيءَ سان دستياب هجي، يا اهڙين عمارتن ۾ جتي آواز جي موٽ گهٽ رکڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ ضروري هجي، جهڙوڪ ناچ گهر، آڊيٽوريم ۽ جابلو علائقن جون عمارتون.
ڪاٺ جي لچڪدار خاصيت کي نظر ۾ رکندي، اهڙن فرشن جي جوڙجڪ ۾ مناسب چيمبر ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۽ استحڪام برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ ڪاٺ جا شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکي، انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آهن. شهتير مضبوط ۽ مناسب ماپ وارا هوندا آهن ته جيئن فرش محفوظ نموني بار برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ مڙڻ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ رهي.
ڪاٺ کي نمي کان بچائڻ لاءِ شهتيرن کي تازي گاري سان سڌي رابطي ۾ نه رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڀتين جي ويجهو مناسب هواداري (وينٽيليشن) پڻ ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي عمر ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ مٿيان شهتير سڌو سنئون ديوارن تي رکڻ بدران هيٺان رکيل ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن (بائينڊرز) تي ٽيڪايا ويندا آهن. بائينڊر شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکيا ويندا آهن، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
هي فرش مفرد ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط هوندا آهن ۽ آواز جي منتقلي کي به بهتر نموني گهٽائيندا آهن. البت انهن جي تعمير وڌيڪ پيچيده ۽ مهانگي هوندي آهي، تنهنڪري اهي عام طور وڏن مفاصلي وارن ڪمرن ۽ ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جي پڃري (ٽيڻن شهتيرن) وارا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽيڻن شهتيرن وارا فرش''' وڏن ڪمرن ۽ هالن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مفاصلو عام ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي گنجائش کان وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. انهن جي بناوت ۾ مکيه گرڊر، ٻڌندڙ شهتير، وچ وارا شهتير ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا گڏجي هڪ مضبوط ڍانچو ٺاهيندا آهن، جنهن سان بار مناسب نموني ورهائجي ويندو آهي.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪاٺ کي نمي ۽ ڳرڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مناسب هواداري جو انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته گرڊرن، ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن ۽ وچ وارن شهتيرن کي لوهي پٽن ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپن ذريعي پاڻ ۾ ٻڌيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي، استحڪام ۽ پائيداري وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور وڏن هالن، عوامي عمارتن ۽ ٻين وسيع اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زميني يا هيٺيان فرش ===

'''زميني يا هيٺيان فرش''' اهڙا ڪاٺ جا فرش آهن، جيڪي سڌيءَ طرح زمين جي مٿان تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ کي پوسل ۽ نمي کان محفوظ رکڻ لاءِ سڀ کان پهرين سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو بنيادي تهه تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان ننڍيون اوساريون يا سليپر رکي انهن تي وال پليٽون ۽ شهتير نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن، ۽ آخر ۾ انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا وڇايا ويندا آهن.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ مناسب هواداري جو خاص انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن ڪاٺ سڪي رهي ۽ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رهي. شهتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ عام طور ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ ساڳ يا شيشم جو ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

==رٻڙ جا فرش== 
: (Rubber Flooring) 
ھن قسمن جي فرشبنديءَ واسطي گندڪ ملايل رٻڙ جا مرڪب، جيڪي رٻڙ ۾ اھڙي طريقي سان ملائي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھيءَ جي مضبوطي ۽ لچڪ وڌي وڃي، سي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جي شڪل بالڪل سڌي ۽ پلين چادر جھڙي، يا چادرن ۾ خانا ٺاھي پلين يا چٽسالي ڪيل چؤنڪن جي نموني ۾، ۽ يا تھ عليحده عليحده چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ٿيندي آھي. اھي فرش سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا اھڙي ڪنھن ٻئي ٺوس ۽ سخت بنيادي تھھ (Base)  مٿان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. فرش چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنياد کي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي دز (Dust)  ۽ ٻين اھڙين شين جھڙوڪ پوسل، چڪنائيءَ وغيرھ کان پاڪ ۽ صاف ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ بنيادي تھھ ۾ جيڪي بھ ھيٺاھيون ۽ مٿاھيون ھونديون آھن، انھن کي بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح سان صحيح ڪري ليول ڪيو ويندو آھي. استعمال ٿيندڙ رٻڙ 1/8  انچن کان ½  انچن جي معيادي ٿولھھ جو ٿيندو آھي ۽ ھميشھ گندڪ (Suphur)، ٽمڻ ۽ کھراڻ کان پاڪ قسم جو رٻڙ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان سواءِ انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو چڱيءَ طرح خيال ڪيو ويندو آھي تھ انھيءَ جو مٿاڇرو لسو ھجي ۽ پاڻيءَ ۽ ڪنھن سٺي معيار واري صابڻ يا ڪنھن اھڙيءَ ٻيءَ شيءِ سان ڌوئڻ يا پالش ڪرڻ سان انھيءَ جي رنگ تي ڪو اثر نھ پوي.  رٻڙ چاڙھڻ لاءِ انھيءَ جي ھيٺئين پاسي کي کھرو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ ھڪ ئي وقت 25 مربع فوٽن کان وڌيڪ ايراضيءَ تي نھ چاڙھبو آھي. رٻڙ چاڙھڻ کان پھرين بنيادي فرس مٿان ڪنھن سٺي چنبڙائيندڙ (Adhesive)  مرڪب جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي انھيءَ کي ڏھن کان پندرنھن منٽن تائين کليل ڇڏي ڏبو آھي تھ جيئن انھيءَ کي ھوا لڳي. بعد ۾ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل قسم ۽ ڊزائن جي رٻڙ جو پوش چاڙھي انھيءَ مٿان سھڻي نموني زور ڏيئي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي تھ جيئن فرش جي بنيادي تھھ ۽ رٻڙ جي چادر جي وچ ۾ ھوا نھ رھي ۽ رٻڙ فرش سان بالڪل چڱيءَ طرح ۽ سڌائيءَ ۾ چنبڙي. انھيءَ لاءِ عام طرح سان ننڍو لوھ جو رولر استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ کان پوءِ رٻڙ جي فرش کي گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ٽن ڏينھن تائين آزاد ڇڏيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن سٺي صابڻ سان ڌوئي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جا فرش اھم جاين، آفيسن، اسپتالن، سينيمائن ۽ ھوٽلن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. معياري تعليمي درسگاھن ۽ آڊيٽوريم اندر پڻ ھن قسم جا فرش پسند ڪيا ويندا آھن، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ھنن مٿان ھلن سان آواز نٿو ٿئي ۽ سانت رھي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم جا فرش== 
: (Linoleum Floors) 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ رٻڙ جي فرشن وانگر سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ وغيره جي بنياد مٿان لينوليم جو پلاسٽڪ جھڙو پوش چاڙھي ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ڪيميا جي خيال کان لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل (Linseed oil)، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگ وغيره جو مرڪب آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب تھھ جھڙوڪ ڪنوس (Convas)  مٿان پٿاري فرش جو پوش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. اھو پوش خوشنما نمونن ۾ ٺاھي، بنيادي فرش مٿان چاڙھي، ھن قسم جا دلڪش فرش ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. لينوليم جا رٻڙ جي فرش وانگر الڳ الڳ چؤنڪ پڻ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، انھن کي لينوليم جا چؤنڪا سڏيو ويندو آھي. ھي فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ سستا ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي وقفي وقفي سان وارنش ۽ ميڻ (Wax)  لڳائڻ سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال ڪري انھن کي پائيدار بڻائي سگھبو آھي. لينوليم عام طرح سان رولن وانگر ويڙھيل ٿانن جي صورت ۾ ملندي آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب ڳنڍيندڙ مرڪب (Adhesive) رستي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد انھيءَ تھھ مٿان وارنش لڳائي، کين چمڪايو ويندو آھي. موٽر ڪارن، لارين، جھازن ۽ ريل گاڏين وغيره جا فرش، پڻ لينوليم سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش رھائشي گھرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ريسٽورانن لاءِ بھ نھايت موزون رھن ٿا. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جا فرش== 
: (Cork Floors) 
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙين جاين يا جاين جي انھن حصن لاءِ ڪارآمد آھن، جن کي سانت وارو يعني بنا گوڙ وارو (Noiseless)  ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي، جھڙوڪ آڊيٽوريم، پبلڪ لئبرريون، ٿئيٽر ۽ چرچون (گرجائون) وغيره.ھي فرش ڪارڪن جي چادرن يا ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. ڪارڪ جي شيٽن يعني چادرن جي تياري ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن کان مختلف نموني جي ٿيندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ٽائيلن ۾ صرف ڪارڪن استعمال ٿيندو آھي ۽ چادرن ۾ ڪارڪ جا ڇلڪا ۽ ٻورو، السيءَ جو تيل، ڪاٺ جو ٻورو ۽ رنگ وغيره استعمال ٿيندا آھن. ٻنھي قسمن جي فرشن جو ڪجھھ بيان ھيٺ پيش ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش==
: (Cork tiles Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ ڪارڪ جا چؤنڪا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي چؤنڪا مختلف ماپن ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. داونن يعني بارڊرن (Borders)  لاءِ 1 کان 3 فوٽن تائين ويڪريون ۽ 6 فوٽ ڊگھيون ڪارڪ جون پٽيون پڻ ٺھنديون آھن. انھن ٽائيلن جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8  انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. اھڙين  ٽائيلن جو ترو سڌو يا جھريءَ وارو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ٽائيلون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي ھيٺئين تھھ (Sub base) مٿان لڳايون وينديون آھن. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ ڪاٺ جو آھي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم ھئڻ گھرجي يا تھ ٻي صورت ۾ انھيءَ مٿان پِلاءِ (Ply)  لڳائي وڃي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھرين ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل صاف ۽ ھڪ جھڙو ھئڻ گھرجي، جنھن مٿان نرم گديءَ جو پترو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي، جيئن ڪاٺ جي لڏڻ سان ٽائيلن جي تھھ کي ڪو نقصان نھ پھچي. انھن ٽائيلن کي خاص قسم جي ڏامر ذريعي نرم گديءَ سان چنبڙايو ويندو آھي ۽ آخري حصي يا ڪنڊن وارن چؤنڪن کي ڪوڪن ذريعي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھ (Base)  سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ مٿان 1:3  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ گاري جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ مٿاڇري کي بلڪل سنوت ۾ آڻي، سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو ويندو آھي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي تمام چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪري انھيءَ مٿان ڏامر (Bitumen)  جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي، انھيءَ مٿان ٽائيلون وڇايون وينديون آھن. 
ڪارڪ اوڪ (Oak)  يعني شاھ بلوط جي سدا بھار وڻن جي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھيءُ وڻ بحريھ روم جي قريبي ملڪن ۾ ٿيندا آھن، جنھن جي کل تمام گھڻي ٿلھي ٿيندي آھي. انھيءَ کل کي ھر اٺن يا ڏھن سالن کان پوءِ لاٿو ويندو آھي، جنھن کي اٻاري، ٿورڙو آلو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ پوءِ انھن کي ڇلي ۽ خوب طرح سان گسائي، گرم ويلڻن مان ايتري وقت تائين لنگھائبو رھبو آھي جيستائين انھيءَ کل مان شيري جھڙي گھاٽي شيءِ ٻاھر نڪري اچي. انھيءَ گھاٽي شيءِ نڪرڻ سان ڪارڪ جي اندر سنھا سوراخ نھ رھندا آھن ۽ اھو وڌيڪ سخت ۽ ٺوس ٿي ويندو  آھي. ھيءُ شيري جھڙو مادو ڪارڪ جي ذرن کي پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چنبڙائي رکندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان پوءِ انھيءَ ڪارڪ کي گھربل ماپ جي چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ڪاٽي وٺبو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرش==
: (Cork Sheet Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پي-وي-سيءَ جا فرش==
: ( Polyvinyl Chloride i.e. P.V.C Floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش گھريلو جاين، ريل گاڏيءَ جي دٻن، دفترن، آڊيٽوريم جي ھالن ۽ ٿئيٽرن وغيره لاءِ موزون رھندا آھن. ھي فرش پڻ رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش گھڻو ڪري زيبائش لاءِ ئي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھنن فرشي چادرن ۽ چؤنڪن جي ٿولھھ 1/16  انچن کان ¼ انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. 
ھيءُ پي-وي-سيءَ جو مرڪب جديد دور جي ايجاد آھي جيڪو ٿرموپلاسٽڪ بائينڊرس، فلرس ۽ رنگن مان ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو. ھن قسم جون چادرون 3 فوٽن، 3 ½ فوٽن ۽ 6 فوٽن جي ويڪرائيءَ ۾ ۽ چؤنڪا 1 فوٽ، 2 فوٽن ۽ 3 فوٽن جي سائيز ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن ۽ اھي ھڪ قسم جو لچڪدار ۽ اڻ ٽمندر مٿاڇرو مھيا ڪنديون آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==شيشي جا فرش==
: (Glass Floors)
~ھن قسم جا فرش گرائونڊ فلور ۾ اھڙن حصن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن جي ھيٺان تھھ خانا ھجن ۽ انھن تھھ خانن ۾ روشني پھچائڻ جي ضرورت ھجي. ھن قسم جا فرش مختلف نمونن ۾ ڪاٺ جا مضبوط فريم ٺاھي انھن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا چؤنڪا وجھي تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. عمارتي شيشو عمدي قسم جو ۽ مضبوط استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8 انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش ==
: (Asphalt Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن جا ٻھ نمونا ٿيندا آھن، ھڪ ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ٻيا ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش. ھنن ٻنھي نمونن جا فرش سستا، لچڪدار (Resilient)، اڻ جاذب (Non absorbent) ، پوسل روڪ (Moisture proof) ، تيزاب روڪ (Acid proof)، تيل (Oil)  ۽ گريس (Greese) سان مقابلو ڪندڙ ٿيندا آھن. انھن خاصيتن سبب ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن وارا فرش سرڪاري آفيسن ۽ اسڪولن وغيره جھڙين عمارتن ۽ ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ قسم جا فرش گودامن، ڀانڊن، ڪارخانن ۽ ٻين اھڙي نوعيت جي عمارتن ائسفالٽ جي چؤنڪن کي سخت بنياد مھيا ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مٿان ھڪ ٻئي سان ڳنڍي ھن قسم جو فرض ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. پر جيڪڏھن ڪاٺ جي فرش مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سڀني ڪاٺ جي پٽين ۽ تختن کي مضبوطيءَ سان ڪوڪن وغيرھ جي رستي جڪڙيو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن وڇائڻ کان پھرين ڪاٺ جي سطح مٿان ائسفالٽ، بٽومين يا رچيل ائسفالٽ جي اوني ڪپڙي (Asphalt saturated felt)  جو اٽڪل 3/8 انچن جو ٿلھو تھھ پٿاريو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش (Asphalt mastic floor)  ٺاھڻ واسطي انھيءَ کي گرم ڪري، ڪنھن ٺوٺ سطح، جھڙوڪ ڪاٺ يا سيمينٽ مٿان پٿاري ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت==
.(Maintenance and Repair of Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪوشش ڪري روزانو آلي پوچيءَ سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن اھو فرش تمام گھڻو گندو نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڏوتو وڃي. صابڻ جي تھھ کي فرش جي ڪنھن بھ ٽڪري تي بنا ڌيان جي ڇڏڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ فرش ترڪڻو ٿي پوندو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ فرش جو اھو ٽڪرو جھڪو (Dull)  ٿي پوندو. فرش جي ڌوئڻ واسطي سوڍا کار يا ٻين اھڙين تيز شين استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ جيڪڏھن فرش جو ڪو بھ حصو ٽٽي يا ڪنھن بھ نموني مرمت طلب ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سمورو پانيل يا خانو (Panel)  ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي، بنيادي ڪانڪريٽ کي سخت برش سان صاف ڪري، انھيءَ کي پاڻيءَ سان آلو رکي، ھڪ رات تائين ڇڏي ڏيڻ گھرجي. رات گذرڻ کان پوءِ بيٺل پاڻيءَ کي ڪڍي صاف ڪري، صاف سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ چاڙھو وڃي ۽ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل ٿولھھ ۽ گھربل تناسب، جھڙوڪ 1:2:4  يا اھڙو ڪو ٻيو موزون تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد ڪانڪريٽ کي دٻائي، پاسن واري فرش جي ٿولھھ برابر آندو وڃي، جيئن سموري فرش جي ليول ھڪ جھڙي ٿي وڃي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن پاسن وارن پانيلن جا ڇيڙا نھ ڀڄن. انھيءَ بعد نئين ٺاھيل پانيل کي ڏھن ڏينھن تائين تر رکيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>r3j9y64ztcf3k41y6ysdgtz1ugrtbv8</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401079</id>
      <parentid>401078</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:52:08Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401079</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="51608" sha1="n3hcg6igi5yreinh2bmdb89lfx7n3ns" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش ===

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش'''  اعليٰ درجي جا آرائشي فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ هيٺيون بنيادي تهه سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿئين تهه ۾ سفيد يا رنگين سيمينٽ سان بلوري پٿر (ماربل چپس) جا ننڍا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي فرش کي خوبصورت ۽ پائيدار بڻائيندا آهن.
فرش کي مختلف خانن يا ڊزائنن ۾ ورهائڻ لاءِ پتل، ٽامي، جست يا شيشي جون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. موزائيڪ جي تهه کي وجهي، مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) کان پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائينڊنگ) ۽ پالش ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مٿاڇري هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ بلوري داڻا نمايان ٿي ظاهر ٿيندا آهن. رنگين موزائيڪ فرشن لاءِ سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ مناسب رنگ پڻ ملائي سگهجن ٿا.
هي فرش رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، ڊگهي عمر وارا، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پٿر جا فرش ===

'''پٿر جا فرش'''  مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا فرش هوندا آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي هڪجهڙي ٿولهه وارن قدرتي پٿرن جي چؤنڪن  سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. پٿرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن کي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان مناسب جوڙن سميت لڳايو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برابر ورهائجي ۽ فرش مضبوط رهي.
فرش جي جوڙن کي ضرورت موجب ٽيپ (پوائنٽگ) ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڪم مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور سرڪاري عمارتن، برآمدن، اڱڻن، راهدارين ۽ ٻين هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين قائم رهندڙ فرش گهربل هجي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش ===

'''چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش''' (گليزڊ ٽائل فلورنگ) هموار، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش فرش آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي چمڪدار ٽائيلن سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ٽائيلن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ پوءِ سيمينٽ جي گاري تي صحيح ليول ۽ سلاميءَ سان وڇايو ويندو آهي، جيئن جوڙ مضبوط ۽ سطح هموار رهي.
ٽائيلون لڳائڻ کان پوءِ جوڙن ۾ سيمينٽ جي رٻڙي (سلري) ڀري ويندي آهي ۽ مناسب ترائي  کان پوءِ فرش کي صاف ۽ پالش ڪيو ويندو آهي. تعمير دوران فرش کي داغن ۽ نقصان کان بچائڻ لاءِ ڍڪي رکيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، غسل خانن، باورچي خانن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بلوري پٿر (سنگمرمر) جا فرش ===

'''بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار، خوبصورتي ۽ پائيداري جي ڪري ممتاز فرش سمجهيا وڃن ٿا. اهي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد  تي هڪجهڙي سائيز ۽ ٿولهه وارن سنگمرمر جي چؤنڪن يا تختن کي سيمينٽ يا چوني جي گاري سان وڇائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. جوڙ تمام سنها رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ انهن کي چوني جي لاپي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي ته جيئن فرش هموار ۽ دلڪش نظر اچي.
فرش وڇائڻ کان پوءِ مناسب ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي ۽ پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائنڊنگ) ۽ پالش ذريعي مٿاڇري کي هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ خوبصورت بڻايو ويندو آهي. سنگمرمر جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، هوٽلن، سرڪاري عمارتن، مسجدن ۽ ٻين اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي خوبصورتي، صفائي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي اهميت ڏني ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي ===

'''سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي''' اهڙي فرشبندي آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون بغير گاري جي، چڱيءَ طرح هموار ۽ نهر ڪيل زمين يا واريءَ جي بنياد تي ويجهو ويجهو وڇايون وينديون آهن. سرن جي جوڙن کي سنهو رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن ۾ باريڪ واري ڀري سرن کي مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾ صرف مٿاڇري تي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي پتلي گاري سان جوڙ بند ڪيا ويندا آهن.
هي قسم جو فرش مضبوط، اقتصادي ۽ مرمت ۾ آسان هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري گودامن، اڱڻن، رستن، چبوترن ۽ گهٽ ٽرئفڪ وارن علائقن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار جا، خوبصورت ۽ آرامده فرش آهن، جيڪي مضبوط ۽ معياري ڪاٺ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي نسبتاً مهانگا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سندن استعمال گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڪاٺ آسانيءَ سان دستياب هجي، يا اهڙين عمارتن ۾ جتي آواز جي موٽ گهٽ رکڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ ضروري هجي، جهڙوڪ ناچ گهر، آڊيٽوريم ۽ جابلو علائقن جون عمارتون.
ڪاٺ جي لچڪدار خاصيت کي نظر ۾ رکندي، اهڙن فرشن جي جوڙجڪ ۾ مناسب چيمبر ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۽ استحڪام برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ ڪاٺ جا شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکي، انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آهن. شهتير مضبوط ۽ مناسب ماپ وارا هوندا آهن ته جيئن فرش محفوظ نموني بار برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ مڙڻ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ رهي.
ڪاٺ کي نمي کان بچائڻ لاءِ شهتيرن کي تازي گاري سان سڌي رابطي ۾ نه رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڀتين جي ويجهو مناسب هواداري (وينٽيليشن) پڻ ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي عمر ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ مٿيان شهتير سڌو سنئون ديوارن تي رکڻ بدران هيٺان رکيل ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن (بائينڊرز) تي ٽيڪايا ويندا آهن. بائينڊر شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکيا ويندا آهن، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
هي فرش مفرد ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط هوندا آهن ۽ آواز جي منتقلي کي به بهتر نموني گهٽائيندا آهن. البت انهن جي تعمير وڌيڪ پيچيده ۽ مهانگي هوندي آهي، تنهنڪري اهي عام طور وڏن مفاصلي وارن ڪمرن ۽ ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جي پڃري (ٽيڻن شهتيرن) وارا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽيڻن شهتيرن وارا فرش''' وڏن ڪمرن ۽ هالن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مفاصلو عام ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي گنجائش کان وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. انهن جي بناوت ۾ مکيه گرڊر، ٻڌندڙ شهتير، وچ وارا شهتير ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا گڏجي هڪ مضبوط ڍانچو ٺاهيندا آهن، جنهن سان بار مناسب نموني ورهائجي ويندو آهي.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪاٺ کي نمي ۽ ڳرڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مناسب هواداري جو انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته گرڊرن، ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن ۽ وچ وارن شهتيرن کي لوهي پٽن ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپن ذريعي پاڻ ۾ ٻڌيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي، استحڪام ۽ پائيداري وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور وڏن هالن، عوامي عمارتن ۽ ٻين وسيع اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زميني يا هيٺيان فرش ===

'''زميني يا هيٺيان فرش''' اهڙا ڪاٺ جا فرش آهن، جيڪي سڌيءَ طرح زمين جي مٿان تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ کي پوسل ۽ نمي کان محفوظ رکڻ لاءِ سڀ کان پهرين سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو بنيادي تهه تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان ننڍيون اوساريون يا سليپر رکي انهن تي وال پليٽون ۽ شهتير نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن، ۽ آخر ۾ انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا وڇايا ويندا آهن.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ مناسب هواداري جو خاص انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن ڪاٺ سڪي رهي ۽ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رهي. شهتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ عام طور ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ ساڳ يا شيشم جو ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== رٻڙ جا فرش ===

'''رٻڙ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي گندڪ سان مضبوط ڪيل رٻڙ مان تيار ڪيل چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي مضبوط بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. فرش لڳائڻ کان اڳ بنياد کي هموار، سڪل ۽ دز، چڪنائي ۽ پوسل کان پاڪ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان رٻڙ مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي وڃي.
رٻڙ جا فرش لچڪدار، خاموش، پائيدار ۽ هلڻ ۾ آرامده هوندا آهن. انهن تي هلڻ سان شور گهٽ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهي اسپتالن، آفيسن، هوٽلن، سئنيما گهرن، آڊيٽوريمن، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

==لينوليم جا فرش== 
: (Linoleum Floors) 
ھنن فرشن کي پڻ رٻڙ جي فرشن وانگر سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ وغيره جي بنياد مٿان لينوليم جو پلاسٽڪ جھڙو پوش چاڙھي ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. ڪيميا جي خيال کان لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل (Linseed oil)، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگ وغيره جو مرڪب آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب تھھ جھڙوڪ ڪنوس (Convas)  مٿان پٿاري فرش جو پوش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. اھو پوش خوشنما نمونن ۾ ٺاھي، بنيادي فرش مٿان چاڙھي، ھن قسم جا دلڪش فرش ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. لينوليم جا رٻڙ جي فرش وانگر الڳ الڳ چؤنڪ پڻ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، انھن کي لينوليم جا چؤنڪا سڏيو ويندو آھي. ھي فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ سستا ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي وقفي وقفي سان وارنش ۽ ميڻ (Wax)  لڳائڻ سان ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال ڪري انھن کي پائيدار بڻائي سگھبو آھي. لينوليم عام طرح سان رولن وانگر ويڙھيل ٿانن جي صورت ۾ ملندي آھي، جنھن کي ڪنھن مناسب ڳنڍيندڙ مرڪب (Adhesive) رستي چنبڙايو ويندو آھي. انھيءَ بعد انھيءَ تھھ مٿان وارنش لڳائي، کين چمڪايو ويندو آھي. موٽر ڪارن، لارين، جھازن ۽ ريل گاڏين وغيره جا فرش، پڻ لينوليم سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش رھائشي گھرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ريسٽورانن لاءِ بھ نھايت موزون رھن ٿا. &lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جا فرش== 
: (Cork Floors) 
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙين جاين يا جاين جي انھن حصن لاءِ ڪارآمد آھن، جن کي سانت وارو يعني بنا گوڙ وارو (Noiseless)  ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي، جھڙوڪ آڊيٽوريم، پبلڪ لئبرريون، ٿئيٽر ۽ چرچون (گرجائون) وغيره.ھي فرش ڪارڪن جي چادرن يا ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. ڪارڪ جي شيٽن يعني چادرن جي تياري ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن کان مختلف نموني جي ٿيندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ٽائيلن ۾ صرف ڪارڪن استعمال ٿيندو آھي ۽ چادرن ۾ ڪارڪ جا ڇلڪا ۽ ٻورو، السيءَ جو تيل، ڪاٺ جو ٻورو ۽ رنگ وغيره استعمال ٿيندا آھن. ٻنھي قسمن جي فرشن جو ڪجھھ بيان ھيٺ پيش ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش==
: (Cork tiles Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ ڪارڪ جا چؤنڪا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي چؤنڪا مختلف ماپن ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. داونن يعني بارڊرن (Borders)  لاءِ 1 کان 3 فوٽن تائين ويڪريون ۽ 6 فوٽ ڊگھيون ڪارڪ جون پٽيون پڻ ٺھنديون آھن. انھن ٽائيلن جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8  انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. اھڙين  ٽائيلن جو ترو سڌو يا جھريءَ وارو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ٽائيلون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي ھيٺئين تھھ (Sub base) مٿان لڳايون وينديون آھن. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ ڪاٺ جو آھي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم ھئڻ گھرجي يا تھ ٻي صورت ۾ انھيءَ مٿان پِلاءِ (Ply)  لڳائي وڃي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھرين ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل صاف ۽ ھڪ جھڙو ھئڻ گھرجي، جنھن مٿان نرم گديءَ جو پترو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي، جيئن ڪاٺ جي لڏڻ سان ٽائيلن جي تھھ کي ڪو نقصان نھ پھچي. انھن ٽائيلن کي خاص قسم جي ڏامر ذريعي نرم گديءَ سان چنبڙايو ويندو آھي ۽ آخري حصي يا ڪنڊن وارن چؤنڪن کي ڪوڪن ذريعي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھ (Base)  سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ مٿان 1:3  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ گاري جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ مٿاڇري کي بلڪل سنوت ۾ آڻي، سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو ويندو آھي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي تمام چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪري انھيءَ مٿان ڏامر (Bitumen)  جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي، انھيءَ مٿان ٽائيلون وڇايون وينديون آھن. 
ڪارڪ اوڪ (Oak)  يعني شاھ بلوط جي سدا بھار وڻن جي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھيءُ وڻ بحريھ روم جي قريبي ملڪن ۾ ٿيندا آھن، جنھن جي کل تمام گھڻي ٿلھي ٿيندي آھي. انھيءَ کل کي ھر اٺن يا ڏھن سالن کان پوءِ لاٿو ويندو آھي، جنھن کي اٻاري، ٿورڙو آلو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ پوءِ انھن کي ڇلي ۽ خوب طرح سان گسائي، گرم ويلڻن مان ايتري وقت تائين لنگھائبو رھبو آھي جيستائين انھيءَ کل مان شيري جھڙي گھاٽي شيءِ ٻاھر نڪري اچي. انھيءَ گھاٽي شيءِ نڪرڻ سان ڪارڪ جي اندر سنھا سوراخ نھ رھندا آھن ۽ اھو وڌيڪ سخت ۽ ٺوس ٿي ويندو  آھي. ھيءُ شيري جھڙو مادو ڪارڪ جي ذرن کي پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چنبڙائي رکندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان پوءِ انھيءَ ڪارڪ کي گھربل ماپ جي چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ڪاٽي وٺبو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرش==
: (Cork Sheet Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پي-وي-سيءَ جا فرش==
: ( Polyvinyl Chloride i.e. P.V.C Floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش گھريلو جاين، ريل گاڏيءَ جي دٻن، دفترن، آڊيٽوريم جي ھالن ۽ ٿئيٽرن وغيره لاءِ موزون رھندا آھن. ھي فرش پڻ رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش گھڻو ڪري زيبائش لاءِ ئي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھنن فرشي چادرن ۽ چؤنڪن جي ٿولھھ 1/16  انچن کان ¼ انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. 
ھيءُ پي-وي-سيءَ جو مرڪب جديد دور جي ايجاد آھي جيڪو ٿرموپلاسٽڪ بائينڊرس، فلرس ۽ رنگن مان ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو. ھن قسم جون چادرون 3 فوٽن، 3 ½ فوٽن ۽ 6 فوٽن جي ويڪرائيءَ ۾ ۽ چؤنڪا 1 فوٽ، 2 فوٽن ۽ 3 فوٽن جي سائيز ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن ۽ اھي ھڪ قسم جو لچڪدار ۽ اڻ ٽمندر مٿاڇرو مھيا ڪنديون آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==شيشي جا فرش==
: (Glass Floors)
~ھن قسم جا فرش گرائونڊ فلور ۾ اھڙن حصن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن جي ھيٺان تھھ خانا ھجن ۽ انھن تھھ خانن ۾ روشني پھچائڻ جي ضرورت ھجي. ھن قسم جا فرش مختلف نمونن ۾ ڪاٺ جا مضبوط فريم ٺاھي انھن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا چؤنڪا وجھي تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. عمارتي شيشو عمدي قسم جو ۽ مضبوط استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8 انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش ==
: (Asphalt Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن جا ٻھ نمونا ٿيندا آھن، ھڪ ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ٻيا ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش. ھنن ٻنھي نمونن جا فرش سستا، لچڪدار (Resilient)، اڻ جاذب (Non absorbent) ، پوسل روڪ (Moisture proof) ، تيزاب روڪ (Acid proof)، تيل (Oil)  ۽ گريس (Greese) سان مقابلو ڪندڙ ٿيندا آھن. انھن خاصيتن سبب ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن وارا فرش سرڪاري آفيسن ۽ اسڪولن وغيره جھڙين عمارتن ۽ ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ قسم جا فرش گودامن، ڀانڊن، ڪارخانن ۽ ٻين اھڙي نوعيت جي عمارتن ائسفالٽ جي چؤنڪن کي سخت بنياد مھيا ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مٿان ھڪ ٻئي سان ڳنڍي ھن قسم جو فرض ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. پر جيڪڏھن ڪاٺ جي فرش مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سڀني ڪاٺ جي پٽين ۽ تختن کي مضبوطيءَ سان ڪوڪن وغيرھ جي رستي جڪڙيو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن وڇائڻ کان پھرين ڪاٺ جي سطح مٿان ائسفالٽ، بٽومين يا رچيل ائسفالٽ جي اوني ڪپڙي (Asphalt saturated felt)  جو اٽڪل 3/8 انچن جو ٿلھو تھھ پٿاريو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش (Asphalt mastic floor)  ٺاھڻ واسطي انھيءَ کي گرم ڪري، ڪنھن ٺوٺ سطح، جھڙوڪ ڪاٺ يا سيمينٽ مٿان پٿاري ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت==
.(Maintenance and Repair of Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪوشش ڪري روزانو آلي پوچيءَ سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن اھو فرش تمام گھڻو گندو نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڏوتو وڃي. صابڻ جي تھھ کي فرش جي ڪنھن بھ ٽڪري تي بنا ڌيان جي ڇڏڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ فرش ترڪڻو ٿي پوندو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ فرش جو اھو ٽڪرو جھڪو (Dull)  ٿي پوندو. فرش جي ڌوئڻ واسطي سوڍا کار يا ٻين اھڙين تيز شين استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ جيڪڏھن فرش جو ڪو بھ حصو ٽٽي يا ڪنھن بھ نموني مرمت طلب ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سمورو پانيل يا خانو (Panel)  ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي، بنيادي ڪانڪريٽ کي سخت برش سان صاف ڪري، انھيءَ کي پاڻيءَ سان آلو رکي، ھڪ رات تائين ڇڏي ڏيڻ گھرجي. رات گذرڻ کان پوءِ بيٺل پاڻيءَ کي ڪڍي صاف ڪري، صاف سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ چاڙھو وڃي ۽ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل ٿولھھ ۽ گھربل تناسب، جھڙوڪ 1:2:4  يا اھڙو ڪو ٻيو موزون تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد ڪانڪريٽ کي دٻائي، پاسن واري فرش جي ٿولھھ برابر آندو وڃي، جيئن سموري فرش جي ليول ھڪ جھڙي ٿي وڃي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن پاسن وارن پانيلن جا ڇيڙا نھ ڀڄن. انھيءَ بعد نئين ٺاھيل پانيل کي ڏھن ڏينھن تائين تر رکيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>n3hcg6igi5yreinh2bmdb89lfx7n3ns</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401080</id>
      <parentid>401079</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:53:17Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401080</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="51009" sha1="4w0o9p16p75xw2gz2wabzxk9vcq8558" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش ===

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش'''  اعليٰ درجي جا آرائشي فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ هيٺيون بنيادي تهه سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿئين تهه ۾ سفيد يا رنگين سيمينٽ سان بلوري پٿر (ماربل چپس) جا ننڍا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي فرش کي خوبصورت ۽ پائيدار بڻائيندا آهن.
فرش کي مختلف خانن يا ڊزائنن ۾ ورهائڻ لاءِ پتل، ٽامي، جست يا شيشي جون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. موزائيڪ جي تهه کي وجهي، مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) کان پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائينڊنگ) ۽ پالش ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مٿاڇري هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ بلوري داڻا نمايان ٿي ظاهر ٿيندا آهن. رنگين موزائيڪ فرشن لاءِ سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ مناسب رنگ پڻ ملائي سگهجن ٿا.
هي فرش رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، ڊگهي عمر وارا، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پٿر جا فرش ===

'''پٿر جا فرش'''  مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا فرش هوندا آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي هڪجهڙي ٿولهه وارن قدرتي پٿرن جي چؤنڪن  سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. پٿرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن کي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان مناسب جوڙن سميت لڳايو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برابر ورهائجي ۽ فرش مضبوط رهي.
فرش جي جوڙن کي ضرورت موجب ٽيپ (پوائنٽگ) ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڪم مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور سرڪاري عمارتن، برآمدن، اڱڻن، راهدارين ۽ ٻين هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين قائم رهندڙ فرش گهربل هجي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش ===

'''چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش''' (گليزڊ ٽائل فلورنگ) هموار، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش فرش آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي چمڪدار ٽائيلن سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ٽائيلن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ پوءِ سيمينٽ جي گاري تي صحيح ليول ۽ سلاميءَ سان وڇايو ويندو آهي، جيئن جوڙ مضبوط ۽ سطح هموار رهي.
ٽائيلون لڳائڻ کان پوءِ جوڙن ۾ سيمينٽ جي رٻڙي (سلري) ڀري ويندي آهي ۽ مناسب ترائي  کان پوءِ فرش کي صاف ۽ پالش ڪيو ويندو آهي. تعمير دوران فرش کي داغن ۽ نقصان کان بچائڻ لاءِ ڍڪي رکيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، غسل خانن، باورچي خانن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بلوري پٿر (سنگمرمر) جا فرش ===

'''بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار، خوبصورتي ۽ پائيداري جي ڪري ممتاز فرش سمجهيا وڃن ٿا. اهي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد  تي هڪجهڙي سائيز ۽ ٿولهه وارن سنگمرمر جي چؤنڪن يا تختن کي سيمينٽ يا چوني جي گاري سان وڇائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. جوڙ تمام سنها رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ انهن کي چوني جي لاپي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي ته جيئن فرش هموار ۽ دلڪش نظر اچي.
فرش وڇائڻ کان پوءِ مناسب ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي ۽ پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائنڊنگ) ۽ پالش ذريعي مٿاڇري کي هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ خوبصورت بڻايو ويندو آهي. سنگمرمر جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، هوٽلن، سرڪاري عمارتن، مسجدن ۽ ٻين اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي خوبصورتي، صفائي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي اهميت ڏني ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي ===

'''سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي''' اهڙي فرشبندي آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون بغير گاري جي، چڱيءَ طرح هموار ۽ نهر ڪيل زمين يا واريءَ جي بنياد تي ويجهو ويجهو وڇايون وينديون آهن. سرن جي جوڙن کي سنهو رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن ۾ باريڪ واري ڀري سرن کي مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾ صرف مٿاڇري تي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي پتلي گاري سان جوڙ بند ڪيا ويندا آهن.
هي قسم جو فرش مضبوط، اقتصادي ۽ مرمت ۾ آسان هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري گودامن، اڱڻن، رستن، چبوترن ۽ گهٽ ٽرئفڪ وارن علائقن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار جا، خوبصورت ۽ آرامده فرش آهن، جيڪي مضبوط ۽ معياري ڪاٺ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي نسبتاً مهانگا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سندن استعمال گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڪاٺ آسانيءَ سان دستياب هجي، يا اهڙين عمارتن ۾ جتي آواز جي موٽ گهٽ رکڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ ضروري هجي، جهڙوڪ ناچ گهر، آڊيٽوريم ۽ جابلو علائقن جون عمارتون.
ڪاٺ جي لچڪدار خاصيت کي نظر ۾ رکندي، اهڙن فرشن جي جوڙجڪ ۾ مناسب چيمبر ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۽ استحڪام برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ ڪاٺ جا شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکي، انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آهن. شهتير مضبوط ۽ مناسب ماپ وارا هوندا آهن ته جيئن فرش محفوظ نموني بار برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ مڙڻ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ رهي.
ڪاٺ کي نمي کان بچائڻ لاءِ شهتيرن کي تازي گاري سان سڌي رابطي ۾ نه رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڀتين جي ويجهو مناسب هواداري (وينٽيليشن) پڻ ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي عمر ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ مٿيان شهتير سڌو سنئون ديوارن تي رکڻ بدران هيٺان رکيل ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن (بائينڊرز) تي ٽيڪايا ويندا آهن. بائينڊر شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکيا ويندا آهن، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
هي فرش مفرد ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط هوندا آهن ۽ آواز جي منتقلي کي به بهتر نموني گهٽائيندا آهن. البت انهن جي تعمير وڌيڪ پيچيده ۽ مهانگي هوندي آهي، تنهنڪري اهي عام طور وڏن مفاصلي وارن ڪمرن ۽ ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جي پڃري (ٽيڻن شهتيرن) وارا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽيڻن شهتيرن وارا فرش''' وڏن ڪمرن ۽ هالن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مفاصلو عام ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي گنجائش کان وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. انهن جي بناوت ۾ مکيه گرڊر، ٻڌندڙ شهتير، وچ وارا شهتير ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا گڏجي هڪ مضبوط ڍانچو ٺاهيندا آهن، جنهن سان بار مناسب نموني ورهائجي ويندو آهي.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪاٺ کي نمي ۽ ڳرڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مناسب هواداري جو انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته گرڊرن، ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن ۽ وچ وارن شهتيرن کي لوهي پٽن ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپن ذريعي پاڻ ۾ ٻڌيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي، استحڪام ۽ پائيداري وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور وڏن هالن، عوامي عمارتن ۽ ٻين وسيع اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زميني يا هيٺيان فرش ===

'''زميني يا هيٺيان فرش''' اهڙا ڪاٺ جا فرش آهن، جيڪي سڌيءَ طرح زمين جي مٿان تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ کي پوسل ۽ نمي کان محفوظ رکڻ لاءِ سڀ کان پهرين سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو بنيادي تهه تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان ننڍيون اوساريون يا سليپر رکي انهن تي وال پليٽون ۽ شهتير نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن، ۽ آخر ۾ انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا وڇايا ويندا آهن.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ مناسب هواداري جو خاص انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن ڪاٺ سڪي رهي ۽ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رهي. شهتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ عام طور ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ ساڳ يا شيشم جو ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== رٻڙ جا فرش ===

'''رٻڙ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي گندڪ سان مضبوط ڪيل رٻڙ مان تيار ڪيل چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي مضبوط بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. فرش لڳائڻ کان اڳ بنياد کي هموار، سڪل ۽ دز، چڪنائي ۽ پوسل کان پاڪ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان رٻڙ مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي وڃي.
رٻڙ جا فرش لچڪدار، خاموش، پائيدار ۽ هلڻ ۾ آرامده هوندا آهن. انهن تي هلڻ سان شور گهٽ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهي اسپتالن، آفيسن، هوٽلن، سئنيما گهرن، آڊيٽوريمن، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== لينوليم جا فرش ===

'''لينوليم جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي لينوليم جي چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب (ايڊھيسو) سان لڳائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري، رنگن ۽ ٻين قدرتي جزن مان تيار ٿيندڙ هڪ پائيدار فرشي مواد آهي، جيڪو مختلف رنگن ۽ نمونن ۾ دستياب هوندو آهي.
لينوليم جا فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ نسبتاً سستا هوندا آهن ۽ مناسب سنڀال، جهڙوڪ وارنش يا موم (ويڪس) لڳائڻ سان سندن عمر وڌائي سگهجي ٿي. اهي رهائشي گهرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن، ريسٽورانن ۽ مختلف گاڏين، جهڙوڪ موٽر ڪارن، بسن، ريل گاڏين ۽ جهازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

==ڪارڪ جا فرش== 
: (Cork Floors) 
ھن قسم جا فرش اھڙين جاين يا جاين جي انھن حصن لاءِ ڪارآمد آھن، جن کي سانت وارو يعني بنا گوڙ وارو (Noiseless)  ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي، جھڙوڪ آڊيٽوريم، پبلڪ لئبرريون، ٿئيٽر ۽ چرچون (گرجائون) وغيره.ھي فرش ڪارڪن جي چادرن يا ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. ڪارڪ جي شيٽن يعني چادرن جي تياري ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن کان مختلف نموني جي ٿيندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ ٽائيلن ۾ صرف ڪارڪن استعمال ٿيندو آھي ۽ چادرن ۾ ڪارڪ جا ڇلڪا ۽ ٻورو، السيءَ جو تيل، ڪاٺ جو ٻورو ۽ رنگ وغيره استعمال ٿيندا آھن. ٻنھي قسمن جي فرشن جو ڪجھھ بيان ھيٺ پيش ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش==
: (Cork tiles Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ ڪارڪ جا چؤنڪا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي چؤنڪا مختلف ماپن ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. داونن يعني بارڊرن (Borders)  لاءِ 1 کان 3 فوٽن تائين ويڪريون ۽ 6 فوٽ ڊگھيون ڪارڪ جون پٽيون پڻ ٺھنديون آھن. انھن ٽائيلن جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8  انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. اھڙين  ٽائيلن جو ترو سڌو يا جھريءَ وارو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ٽائيلون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي ھيٺئين تھھ (Sub base) مٿان لڳايون وينديون آھن. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ ڪاٺ جو آھي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم ھئڻ گھرجي يا تھ ٻي صورت ۾ انھيءَ مٿان پِلاءِ (Ply)  لڳائي وڃي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھرين ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل صاف ۽ ھڪ جھڙو ھئڻ گھرجي، جنھن مٿان نرم گديءَ جو پترو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي، جيئن ڪاٺ جي لڏڻ سان ٽائيلن جي تھھ کي ڪو نقصان نھ پھچي. انھن ٽائيلن کي خاص قسم جي ڏامر ذريعي نرم گديءَ سان چنبڙايو ويندو آھي ۽ آخري حصي يا ڪنڊن وارن چؤنڪن کي ڪوڪن ذريعي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھ (Base)  سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ مٿان 1:3  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ گاري جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ مٿاڇري کي بلڪل سنوت ۾ آڻي، سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو ويندو آھي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي تمام چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪري انھيءَ مٿان ڏامر (Bitumen)  جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي، انھيءَ مٿان ٽائيلون وڇايون وينديون آھن. 
ڪارڪ اوڪ (Oak)  يعني شاھ بلوط جي سدا بھار وڻن جي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھيءُ وڻ بحريھ روم جي قريبي ملڪن ۾ ٿيندا آھن، جنھن جي کل تمام گھڻي ٿلھي ٿيندي آھي. انھيءَ کل کي ھر اٺن يا ڏھن سالن کان پوءِ لاٿو ويندو آھي، جنھن کي اٻاري، ٿورڙو آلو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ پوءِ انھن کي ڇلي ۽ خوب طرح سان گسائي، گرم ويلڻن مان ايتري وقت تائين لنگھائبو رھبو آھي جيستائين انھيءَ کل مان شيري جھڙي گھاٽي شيءِ ٻاھر نڪري اچي. انھيءَ گھاٽي شيءِ نڪرڻ سان ڪارڪ جي اندر سنھا سوراخ نھ رھندا آھن ۽ اھو وڌيڪ سخت ۽ ٺوس ٿي ويندو  آھي. ھيءُ شيري جھڙو مادو ڪارڪ جي ذرن کي پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چنبڙائي رکندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان پوءِ انھيءَ ڪارڪ کي گھربل ماپ جي چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ڪاٽي وٺبو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرش==
: (Cork Sheet Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پي-وي-سيءَ جا فرش==
: ( Polyvinyl Chloride i.e. P.V.C Floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش گھريلو جاين، ريل گاڏيءَ جي دٻن، دفترن، آڊيٽوريم جي ھالن ۽ ٿئيٽرن وغيره لاءِ موزون رھندا آھن. ھي فرش پڻ رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش گھڻو ڪري زيبائش لاءِ ئي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھنن فرشي چادرن ۽ چؤنڪن جي ٿولھھ 1/16  انچن کان ¼ انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. 
ھيءُ پي-وي-سيءَ جو مرڪب جديد دور جي ايجاد آھي جيڪو ٿرموپلاسٽڪ بائينڊرس، فلرس ۽ رنگن مان ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو. ھن قسم جون چادرون 3 فوٽن، 3 ½ فوٽن ۽ 6 فوٽن جي ويڪرائيءَ ۾ ۽ چؤنڪا 1 فوٽ، 2 فوٽن ۽ 3 فوٽن جي سائيز ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن ۽ اھي ھڪ قسم جو لچڪدار ۽ اڻ ٽمندر مٿاڇرو مھيا ڪنديون آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==شيشي جا فرش==
: (Glass Floors)
~ھن قسم جا فرش گرائونڊ فلور ۾ اھڙن حصن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن جي ھيٺان تھھ خانا ھجن ۽ انھن تھھ خانن ۾ روشني پھچائڻ جي ضرورت ھجي. ھن قسم جا فرش مختلف نمونن ۾ ڪاٺ جا مضبوط فريم ٺاھي انھن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا چؤنڪا وجھي تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. عمارتي شيشو عمدي قسم جو ۽ مضبوط استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8 انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش ==
: (Asphalt Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن جا ٻھ نمونا ٿيندا آھن، ھڪ ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ٻيا ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش. ھنن ٻنھي نمونن جا فرش سستا، لچڪدار (Resilient)، اڻ جاذب (Non absorbent) ، پوسل روڪ (Moisture proof) ، تيزاب روڪ (Acid proof)، تيل (Oil)  ۽ گريس (Greese) سان مقابلو ڪندڙ ٿيندا آھن. انھن خاصيتن سبب ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن وارا فرش سرڪاري آفيسن ۽ اسڪولن وغيره جھڙين عمارتن ۽ ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ قسم جا فرش گودامن، ڀانڊن، ڪارخانن ۽ ٻين اھڙي نوعيت جي عمارتن ائسفالٽ جي چؤنڪن کي سخت بنياد مھيا ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مٿان ھڪ ٻئي سان ڳنڍي ھن قسم جو فرض ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. پر جيڪڏھن ڪاٺ جي فرش مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سڀني ڪاٺ جي پٽين ۽ تختن کي مضبوطيءَ سان ڪوڪن وغيرھ جي رستي جڪڙيو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن وڇائڻ کان پھرين ڪاٺ جي سطح مٿان ائسفالٽ، بٽومين يا رچيل ائسفالٽ جي اوني ڪپڙي (Asphalt saturated felt)  جو اٽڪل 3/8 انچن جو ٿلھو تھھ پٿاريو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش (Asphalt mastic floor)  ٺاھڻ واسطي انھيءَ کي گرم ڪري، ڪنھن ٺوٺ سطح، جھڙوڪ ڪاٺ يا سيمينٽ مٿان پٿاري ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت==
.(Maintenance and Repair of Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪوشش ڪري روزانو آلي پوچيءَ سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن اھو فرش تمام گھڻو گندو نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڏوتو وڃي. صابڻ جي تھھ کي فرش جي ڪنھن بھ ٽڪري تي بنا ڌيان جي ڇڏڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ فرش ترڪڻو ٿي پوندو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ فرش جو اھو ٽڪرو جھڪو (Dull)  ٿي پوندو. فرش جي ڌوئڻ واسطي سوڍا کار يا ٻين اھڙين تيز شين استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ جيڪڏھن فرش جو ڪو بھ حصو ٽٽي يا ڪنھن بھ نموني مرمت طلب ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سمورو پانيل يا خانو (Panel)  ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي، بنيادي ڪانڪريٽ کي سخت برش سان صاف ڪري، انھيءَ کي پاڻيءَ سان آلو رکي، ھڪ رات تائين ڇڏي ڏيڻ گھرجي. رات گذرڻ کان پوءِ بيٺل پاڻيءَ کي ڪڍي صاف ڪري، صاف سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ چاڙھو وڃي ۽ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل ٿولھھ ۽ گھربل تناسب، جھڙوڪ 1:2:4  يا اھڙو ڪو ٻيو موزون تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد ڪانڪريٽ کي دٻائي، پاسن واري فرش جي ٿولھھ برابر آندو وڃي، جيئن سموري فرش جي ليول ھڪ جھڙي ٿي وڃي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن پاسن وارن پانيلن جا ڇيڙا نھ ڀڄن. انھيءَ بعد نئين ٺاھيل پانيل کي ڏھن ڏينھن تائين تر رکيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>4w0o9p16p75xw2gz2wabzxk9vcq8558</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401081</id>
      <parentid>401080</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:54:18Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* ڪارڪ جا فرش */</comment>
      <origin>401081</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="51006" sha1="alluwwabk755489t83fqywlz8kzfdku" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش ===

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش'''  اعليٰ درجي جا آرائشي فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ هيٺيون بنيادي تهه سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿئين تهه ۾ سفيد يا رنگين سيمينٽ سان بلوري پٿر (ماربل چپس) جا ننڍا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي فرش کي خوبصورت ۽ پائيدار بڻائيندا آهن.
فرش کي مختلف خانن يا ڊزائنن ۾ ورهائڻ لاءِ پتل، ٽامي، جست يا شيشي جون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. موزائيڪ جي تهه کي وجهي، مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) کان پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائينڊنگ) ۽ پالش ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مٿاڇري هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ بلوري داڻا نمايان ٿي ظاهر ٿيندا آهن. رنگين موزائيڪ فرشن لاءِ سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ مناسب رنگ پڻ ملائي سگهجن ٿا.
هي فرش رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، ڊگهي عمر وارا، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پٿر جا فرش ===

'''پٿر جا فرش'''  مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا فرش هوندا آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي هڪجهڙي ٿولهه وارن قدرتي پٿرن جي چؤنڪن  سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. پٿرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن کي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان مناسب جوڙن سميت لڳايو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برابر ورهائجي ۽ فرش مضبوط رهي.
فرش جي جوڙن کي ضرورت موجب ٽيپ (پوائنٽگ) ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڪم مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور سرڪاري عمارتن، برآمدن، اڱڻن، راهدارين ۽ ٻين هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين قائم رهندڙ فرش گهربل هجي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش ===

'''چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش''' (گليزڊ ٽائل فلورنگ) هموار، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش فرش آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي چمڪدار ٽائيلن سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ٽائيلن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ پوءِ سيمينٽ جي گاري تي صحيح ليول ۽ سلاميءَ سان وڇايو ويندو آهي، جيئن جوڙ مضبوط ۽ سطح هموار رهي.
ٽائيلون لڳائڻ کان پوءِ جوڙن ۾ سيمينٽ جي رٻڙي (سلري) ڀري ويندي آهي ۽ مناسب ترائي  کان پوءِ فرش کي صاف ۽ پالش ڪيو ويندو آهي. تعمير دوران فرش کي داغن ۽ نقصان کان بچائڻ لاءِ ڍڪي رکيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، غسل خانن، باورچي خانن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بلوري پٿر (سنگمرمر) جا فرش ===

'''بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار، خوبصورتي ۽ پائيداري جي ڪري ممتاز فرش سمجهيا وڃن ٿا. اهي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد  تي هڪجهڙي سائيز ۽ ٿولهه وارن سنگمرمر جي چؤنڪن يا تختن کي سيمينٽ يا چوني جي گاري سان وڇائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. جوڙ تمام سنها رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ انهن کي چوني جي لاپي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي ته جيئن فرش هموار ۽ دلڪش نظر اچي.
فرش وڇائڻ کان پوءِ مناسب ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي ۽ پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائنڊنگ) ۽ پالش ذريعي مٿاڇري کي هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ خوبصورت بڻايو ويندو آهي. سنگمرمر جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، هوٽلن، سرڪاري عمارتن، مسجدن ۽ ٻين اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي خوبصورتي، صفائي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي اهميت ڏني ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي ===

'''سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي''' اهڙي فرشبندي آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون بغير گاري جي، چڱيءَ طرح هموار ۽ نهر ڪيل زمين يا واريءَ جي بنياد تي ويجهو ويجهو وڇايون وينديون آهن. سرن جي جوڙن کي سنهو رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن ۾ باريڪ واري ڀري سرن کي مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾ صرف مٿاڇري تي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي پتلي گاري سان جوڙ بند ڪيا ويندا آهن.
هي قسم جو فرش مضبوط، اقتصادي ۽ مرمت ۾ آسان هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري گودامن، اڱڻن، رستن، چبوترن ۽ گهٽ ٽرئفڪ وارن علائقن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار جا، خوبصورت ۽ آرامده فرش آهن، جيڪي مضبوط ۽ معياري ڪاٺ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي نسبتاً مهانگا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سندن استعمال گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڪاٺ آسانيءَ سان دستياب هجي، يا اهڙين عمارتن ۾ جتي آواز جي موٽ گهٽ رکڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ ضروري هجي، جهڙوڪ ناچ گهر، آڊيٽوريم ۽ جابلو علائقن جون عمارتون.
ڪاٺ جي لچڪدار خاصيت کي نظر ۾ رکندي، اهڙن فرشن جي جوڙجڪ ۾ مناسب چيمبر ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۽ استحڪام برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ ڪاٺ جا شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکي، انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آهن. شهتير مضبوط ۽ مناسب ماپ وارا هوندا آهن ته جيئن فرش محفوظ نموني بار برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ مڙڻ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ رهي.
ڪاٺ کي نمي کان بچائڻ لاءِ شهتيرن کي تازي گاري سان سڌي رابطي ۾ نه رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڀتين جي ويجهو مناسب هواداري (وينٽيليشن) پڻ ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي عمر ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ مٿيان شهتير سڌو سنئون ديوارن تي رکڻ بدران هيٺان رکيل ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن (بائينڊرز) تي ٽيڪايا ويندا آهن. بائينڊر شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکيا ويندا آهن، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
هي فرش مفرد ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط هوندا آهن ۽ آواز جي منتقلي کي به بهتر نموني گهٽائيندا آهن. البت انهن جي تعمير وڌيڪ پيچيده ۽ مهانگي هوندي آهي، تنهنڪري اهي عام طور وڏن مفاصلي وارن ڪمرن ۽ ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جي پڃري (ٽيڻن شهتيرن) وارا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽيڻن شهتيرن وارا فرش''' وڏن ڪمرن ۽ هالن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مفاصلو عام ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي گنجائش کان وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. انهن جي بناوت ۾ مکيه گرڊر، ٻڌندڙ شهتير، وچ وارا شهتير ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا گڏجي هڪ مضبوط ڍانچو ٺاهيندا آهن، جنهن سان بار مناسب نموني ورهائجي ويندو آهي.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪاٺ کي نمي ۽ ڳرڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مناسب هواداري جو انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته گرڊرن، ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن ۽ وچ وارن شهتيرن کي لوهي پٽن ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپن ذريعي پاڻ ۾ ٻڌيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي، استحڪام ۽ پائيداري وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور وڏن هالن، عوامي عمارتن ۽ ٻين وسيع اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زميني يا هيٺيان فرش ===

'''زميني يا هيٺيان فرش''' اهڙا ڪاٺ جا فرش آهن، جيڪي سڌيءَ طرح زمين جي مٿان تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ کي پوسل ۽ نمي کان محفوظ رکڻ لاءِ سڀ کان پهرين سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو بنيادي تهه تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان ننڍيون اوساريون يا سليپر رکي انهن تي وال پليٽون ۽ شهتير نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن، ۽ آخر ۾ انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا وڇايا ويندا آهن.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ مناسب هواداري جو خاص انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن ڪاٺ سڪي رهي ۽ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رهي. شهتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ عام طور ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ ساڳ يا شيشم جو ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== رٻڙ جا فرش ===

'''رٻڙ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي گندڪ سان مضبوط ڪيل رٻڙ مان تيار ڪيل چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي مضبوط بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. فرش لڳائڻ کان اڳ بنياد کي هموار، سڪل ۽ دز، چڪنائي ۽ پوسل کان پاڪ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان رٻڙ مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي وڃي.
رٻڙ جا فرش لچڪدار، خاموش، پائيدار ۽ هلڻ ۾ آرامده هوندا آهن. انهن تي هلڻ سان شور گهٽ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهي اسپتالن، آفيسن، هوٽلن، سئنيما گهرن، آڊيٽوريمن، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== لينوليم جا فرش ===

'''لينوليم جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي لينوليم جي چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب (ايڊھيسو) سان لڳائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري، رنگن ۽ ٻين قدرتي جزن مان تيار ٿيندڙ هڪ پائيدار فرشي مواد آهي، جيڪو مختلف رنگن ۽ نمونن ۾ دستياب هوندو آهي.
لينوليم جا فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ نسبتاً سستا هوندا آهن ۽ مناسب سنڀال، جهڙوڪ وارنش يا موم (ويڪس) لڳائڻ سان سندن عمر وڌائي سگهجي ٿي. اهي رهائشي گهرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن، ريسٽورانن ۽ مختلف گاڏين، جهڙوڪ موٽر ڪارن، بسن، ريل گاڏين ۽ جهازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪارڪ جا فرش ===

'''ڪارڪ جا فرش''' (Cork Floors) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي آواز گهٽ پيدا ڪرڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيت سبب آڊيٽوريم، عوامي لائبريرين، ٿيئٽرن، گرجائن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي ڪارڪ جي چادرن يا ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ موجود هوندا آهن. ڪارڪ جون ٽائيلون خالص ڪارڪ مان، جڏهن ته ڪارڪ جون چادرون ڪارڪ جي ٻوري، السيءَ جي تيل، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگن جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن سبب اهي وڌيڪ مضبوط ۽ پائيدار هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

==ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش==
: (Cork tiles Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرش ۾ ڪارڪ جا چؤنڪا استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي چؤنڪا مختلف ماپن ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن. داونن يعني بارڊرن (Borders)  لاءِ 1 کان 3 فوٽن تائين ويڪريون ۽ 6 فوٽ ڊگھيون ڪارڪ جون پٽيون پڻ ٺھنديون آھن. انھن ٽائيلن جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8  انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. اھڙين  ٽائيلن جو ترو سڌو يا جھريءَ وارو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ٽائيلون سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي ھيٺئين تھھ (Sub base) مٿان لڳايون وينديون آھن. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھھ ڪاٺ جو آھي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم ھئڻ گھرجي يا تھ ٻي صورت ۾ انھيءَ مٿان پِلاءِ (Ply)  لڳائي وڃي. ٽائيلن لڳائڻ کان پھرين ھيٺيون تھھ بالڪل صاف ۽ ھڪ جھڙو ھئڻ گھرجي، جنھن مٿان نرم گديءَ جو پترو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي، جيئن ڪاٺ جي لڏڻ سان ٽائيلن جي تھھ کي ڪو نقصان نھ پھچي. انھن ٽائيلن کي خاص قسم جي ڏامر ذريعي نرم گديءَ سان چنبڙايو ويندو آھي ۽ آخري حصي يا ڪنڊن وارن چؤنڪن کي ڪوڪن ذريعي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. جيڪڏھن ھيٺيون تھ (Base)  سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ مٿان 1:3  جي تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ۽ گاري جو تھھ چاڙھي ۽ مٿاڇري کي بلڪل سنوت ۾ آڻي، سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو ويندو آھي. سڪڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي تمام چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪري انھيءَ مٿان ڏامر (Bitumen)  جو ھڪ جھڙو تھھ چاڙھي، انھيءَ مٿان ٽائيلون وڇايون وينديون آھن. 
ڪارڪ اوڪ (Oak)  يعني شاھ بلوط جي سدا بھار وڻن جي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آھي. ھيءُ وڻ بحريھ روم جي قريبي ملڪن ۾ ٿيندا آھن، جنھن جي کل تمام گھڻي ٿلھي ٿيندي آھي. انھيءَ کل کي ھر اٺن يا ڏھن سالن کان پوءِ لاٿو ويندو آھي، جنھن کي اٻاري، ٿورڙو آلو ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ پوءِ انھن کي ڇلي ۽ خوب طرح سان گسائي، گرم ويلڻن مان ايتري وقت تائين لنگھائبو رھبو آھي جيستائين انھيءَ کل مان شيري جھڙي گھاٽي شيءِ ٻاھر نڪري اچي. انھيءَ گھاٽي شيءِ نڪرڻ سان ڪارڪ جي اندر سنھا سوراخ نھ رھندا آھن ۽ اھو وڌيڪ سخت ۽ ٺوس ٿي ويندو  آھي. ھيءُ شيري جھڙو مادو ڪارڪ جي ذرن کي پاڻ ۾ ھڪ ٻئي سان چنبڙائي رکندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان پوءِ انھيءَ ڪارڪ کي گھربل ماپ جي چؤنڪن جي صورت ۾ ڪاٽي وٺبو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرش==
: (Cork Sheet Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پي-وي-سيءَ جا فرش==
: ( Polyvinyl Chloride i.e. P.V.C Floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش گھريلو جاين، ريل گاڏيءَ جي دٻن، دفترن، آڊيٽوريم جي ھالن ۽ ٿئيٽرن وغيره لاءِ موزون رھندا آھن. ھي فرش پڻ رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش گھڻو ڪري زيبائش لاءِ ئي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھنن فرشي چادرن ۽ چؤنڪن جي ٿولھھ 1/16  انچن کان ¼ انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. 
ھيءُ پي-وي-سيءَ جو مرڪب جديد دور جي ايجاد آھي جيڪو ٿرموپلاسٽڪ بائينڊرس، فلرس ۽ رنگن مان ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو. ھن قسم جون چادرون 3 فوٽن، 3 ½ فوٽن ۽ 6 فوٽن جي ويڪرائيءَ ۾ ۽ چؤنڪا 1 فوٽ، 2 فوٽن ۽ 3 فوٽن جي سائيز ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن ۽ اھي ھڪ قسم جو لچڪدار ۽ اڻ ٽمندر مٿاڇرو مھيا ڪنديون آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==شيشي جا فرش==
: (Glass Floors)
~ھن قسم جا فرش گرائونڊ فلور ۾ اھڙن حصن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن جي ھيٺان تھھ خانا ھجن ۽ انھن تھھ خانن ۾ روشني پھچائڻ جي ضرورت ھجي. ھن قسم جا فرش مختلف نمونن ۾ ڪاٺ جا مضبوط فريم ٺاھي انھن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا چؤنڪا وجھي تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. عمارتي شيشو عمدي قسم جو ۽ مضبوط استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8 انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش ==
: (Asphalt Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن جا ٻھ نمونا ٿيندا آھن، ھڪ ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ٻيا ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش. ھنن ٻنھي نمونن جا فرش سستا، لچڪدار (Resilient)، اڻ جاذب (Non absorbent) ، پوسل روڪ (Moisture proof) ، تيزاب روڪ (Acid proof)، تيل (Oil)  ۽ گريس (Greese) سان مقابلو ڪندڙ ٿيندا آھن. انھن خاصيتن سبب ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن وارا فرش سرڪاري آفيسن ۽ اسڪولن وغيره جھڙين عمارتن ۽ ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ قسم جا فرش گودامن، ڀانڊن، ڪارخانن ۽ ٻين اھڙي نوعيت جي عمارتن ائسفالٽ جي چؤنڪن کي سخت بنياد مھيا ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مٿان ھڪ ٻئي سان ڳنڍي ھن قسم جو فرض ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. پر جيڪڏھن ڪاٺ جي فرش مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سڀني ڪاٺ جي پٽين ۽ تختن کي مضبوطيءَ سان ڪوڪن وغيرھ جي رستي جڪڙيو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن وڇائڻ کان پھرين ڪاٺ جي سطح مٿان ائسفالٽ، بٽومين يا رچيل ائسفالٽ جي اوني ڪپڙي (Asphalt saturated felt)  جو اٽڪل 3/8 انچن جو ٿلھو تھھ پٿاريو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش (Asphalt mastic floor)  ٺاھڻ واسطي انھيءَ کي گرم ڪري، ڪنھن ٺوٺ سطح، جھڙوڪ ڪاٺ يا سيمينٽ مٿان پٿاري ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت==
.(Maintenance and Repair of Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪوشش ڪري روزانو آلي پوچيءَ سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن اھو فرش تمام گھڻو گندو نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڏوتو وڃي. صابڻ جي تھھ کي فرش جي ڪنھن بھ ٽڪري تي بنا ڌيان جي ڇڏڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ فرش ترڪڻو ٿي پوندو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ فرش جو اھو ٽڪرو جھڪو (Dull)  ٿي پوندو. فرش جي ڌوئڻ واسطي سوڍا کار يا ٻين اھڙين تيز شين استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ جيڪڏھن فرش جو ڪو بھ حصو ٽٽي يا ڪنھن بھ نموني مرمت طلب ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سمورو پانيل يا خانو (Panel)  ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي، بنيادي ڪانڪريٽ کي سخت برش سان صاف ڪري، انھيءَ کي پاڻيءَ سان آلو رکي، ھڪ رات تائين ڇڏي ڏيڻ گھرجي. رات گذرڻ کان پوءِ بيٺل پاڻيءَ کي ڪڍي صاف ڪري، صاف سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ چاڙھو وڃي ۽ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل ٿولھھ ۽ گھربل تناسب، جھڙوڪ 1:2:4  يا اھڙو ڪو ٻيو موزون تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد ڪانڪريٽ کي دٻائي، پاسن واري فرش جي ٿولھھ برابر آندو وڃي، جيئن سموري فرش جي ليول ھڪ جھڙي ٿي وڃي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن پاسن وارن پانيلن جا ڇيڙا نھ ڀڄن. انھيءَ بعد نئين ٺاھيل پانيل کي ڏھن ڏينھن تائين تر رکيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>alluwwabk755489t83fqywlz8kzfdku</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401082</id>
      <parentid>401081</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:55:43Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401082</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="49109" sha1="exvjwbigr0aub71jnln7ud282k1m5d4" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش ===

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش'''  اعليٰ درجي جا آرائشي فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ هيٺيون بنيادي تهه سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿئين تهه ۾ سفيد يا رنگين سيمينٽ سان بلوري پٿر (ماربل چپس) جا ننڍا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي فرش کي خوبصورت ۽ پائيدار بڻائيندا آهن.
فرش کي مختلف خانن يا ڊزائنن ۾ ورهائڻ لاءِ پتل، ٽامي، جست يا شيشي جون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. موزائيڪ جي تهه کي وجهي، مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) کان پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائينڊنگ) ۽ پالش ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مٿاڇري هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ بلوري داڻا نمايان ٿي ظاهر ٿيندا آهن. رنگين موزائيڪ فرشن لاءِ سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ مناسب رنگ پڻ ملائي سگهجن ٿا.
هي فرش رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، ڊگهي عمر وارا، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پٿر جا فرش ===

'''پٿر جا فرش'''  مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا فرش هوندا آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي هڪجهڙي ٿولهه وارن قدرتي پٿرن جي چؤنڪن  سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. پٿرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن کي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان مناسب جوڙن سميت لڳايو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برابر ورهائجي ۽ فرش مضبوط رهي.
فرش جي جوڙن کي ضرورت موجب ٽيپ (پوائنٽگ) ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڪم مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور سرڪاري عمارتن، برآمدن، اڱڻن، راهدارين ۽ ٻين هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين قائم رهندڙ فرش گهربل هجي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش ===

'''چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش''' (گليزڊ ٽائل فلورنگ) هموار، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش فرش آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي چمڪدار ٽائيلن سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ٽائيلن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ پوءِ سيمينٽ جي گاري تي صحيح ليول ۽ سلاميءَ سان وڇايو ويندو آهي، جيئن جوڙ مضبوط ۽ سطح هموار رهي.
ٽائيلون لڳائڻ کان پوءِ جوڙن ۾ سيمينٽ جي رٻڙي (سلري) ڀري ويندي آهي ۽ مناسب ترائي  کان پوءِ فرش کي صاف ۽ پالش ڪيو ويندو آهي. تعمير دوران فرش کي داغن ۽ نقصان کان بچائڻ لاءِ ڍڪي رکيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، غسل خانن، باورچي خانن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بلوري پٿر (سنگمرمر) جا فرش ===

'''بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار، خوبصورتي ۽ پائيداري جي ڪري ممتاز فرش سمجهيا وڃن ٿا. اهي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد  تي هڪجهڙي سائيز ۽ ٿولهه وارن سنگمرمر جي چؤنڪن يا تختن کي سيمينٽ يا چوني جي گاري سان وڇائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. جوڙ تمام سنها رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ انهن کي چوني جي لاپي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي ته جيئن فرش هموار ۽ دلڪش نظر اچي.
فرش وڇائڻ کان پوءِ مناسب ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي ۽ پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائنڊنگ) ۽ پالش ذريعي مٿاڇري کي هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ خوبصورت بڻايو ويندو آهي. سنگمرمر جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، هوٽلن، سرڪاري عمارتن، مسجدن ۽ ٻين اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي خوبصورتي، صفائي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي اهميت ڏني ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي ===

'''سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي''' اهڙي فرشبندي آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون بغير گاري جي، چڱيءَ طرح هموار ۽ نهر ڪيل زمين يا واريءَ جي بنياد تي ويجهو ويجهو وڇايون وينديون آهن. سرن جي جوڙن کي سنهو رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن ۾ باريڪ واري ڀري سرن کي مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾ صرف مٿاڇري تي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي پتلي گاري سان جوڙ بند ڪيا ويندا آهن.
هي قسم جو فرش مضبوط، اقتصادي ۽ مرمت ۾ آسان هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري گودامن، اڱڻن، رستن، چبوترن ۽ گهٽ ٽرئفڪ وارن علائقن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار جا، خوبصورت ۽ آرامده فرش آهن، جيڪي مضبوط ۽ معياري ڪاٺ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي نسبتاً مهانگا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سندن استعمال گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڪاٺ آسانيءَ سان دستياب هجي، يا اهڙين عمارتن ۾ جتي آواز جي موٽ گهٽ رکڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ ضروري هجي، جهڙوڪ ناچ گهر، آڊيٽوريم ۽ جابلو علائقن جون عمارتون.
ڪاٺ جي لچڪدار خاصيت کي نظر ۾ رکندي، اهڙن فرشن جي جوڙجڪ ۾ مناسب چيمبر ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۽ استحڪام برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ ڪاٺ جا شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکي، انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آهن. شهتير مضبوط ۽ مناسب ماپ وارا هوندا آهن ته جيئن فرش محفوظ نموني بار برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ مڙڻ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ رهي.
ڪاٺ کي نمي کان بچائڻ لاءِ شهتيرن کي تازي گاري سان سڌي رابطي ۾ نه رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڀتين جي ويجهو مناسب هواداري (وينٽيليشن) پڻ ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي عمر ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ مٿيان شهتير سڌو سنئون ديوارن تي رکڻ بدران هيٺان رکيل ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن (بائينڊرز) تي ٽيڪايا ويندا آهن. بائينڊر شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکيا ويندا آهن، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
هي فرش مفرد ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط هوندا آهن ۽ آواز جي منتقلي کي به بهتر نموني گهٽائيندا آهن. البت انهن جي تعمير وڌيڪ پيچيده ۽ مهانگي هوندي آهي، تنهنڪري اهي عام طور وڏن مفاصلي وارن ڪمرن ۽ ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جي پڃري (ٽيڻن شهتيرن) وارا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽيڻن شهتيرن وارا فرش''' وڏن ڪمرن ۽ هالن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مفاصلو عام ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي گنجائش کان وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. انهن جي بناوت ۾ مکيه گرڊر، ٻڌندڙ شهتير، وچ وارا شهتير ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا گڏجي هڪ مضبوط ڍانچو ٺاهيندا آهن، جنهن سان بار مناسب نموني ورهائجي ويندو آهي.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪاٺ کي نمي ۽ ڳرڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مناسب هواداري جو انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته گرڊرن، ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن ۽ وچ وارن شهتيرن کي لوهي پٽن ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپن ذريعي پاڻ ۾ ٻڌيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي، استحڪام ۽ پائيداري وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور وڏن هالن، عوامي عمارتن ۽ ٻين وسيع اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زميني يا هيٺيان فرش ===

'''زميني يا هيٺيان فرش''' اهڙا ڪاٺ جا فرش آهن، جيڪي سڌيءَ طرح زمين جي مٿان تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ کي پوسل ۽ نمي کان محفوظ رکڻ لاءِ سڀ کان پهرين سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو بنيادي تهه تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان ننڍيون اوساريون يا سليپر رکي انهن تي وال پليٽون ۽ شهتير نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن، ۽ آخر ۾ انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا وڇايا ويندا آهن.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ مناسب هواداري جو خاص انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن ڪاٺ سڪي رهي ۽ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رهي. شهتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ عام طور ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ ساڳ يا شيشم جو ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== رٻڙ جا فرش ===

'''رٻڙ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي گندڪ سان مضبوط ڪيل رٻڙ مان تيار ڪيل چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي مضبوط بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. فرش لڳائڻ کان اڳ بنياد کي هموار، سڪل ۽ دز، چڪنائي ۽ پوسل کان پاڪ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان رٻڙ مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي وڃي.
رٻڙ جا فرش لچڪدار، خاموش، پائيدار ۽ هلڻ ۾ آرامده هوندا آهن. انهن تي هلڻ سان شور گهٽ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهي اسپتالن، آفيسن، هوٽلن، سئنيما گهرن، آڊيٽوريمن، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== لينوليم جا فرش ===

'''لينوليم جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي لينوليم جي چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب (ايڊھيسو) سان لڳائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري، رنگن ۽ ٻين قدرتي جزن مان تيار ٿيندڙ هڪ پائيدار فرشي مواد آهي، جيڪو مختلف رنگن ۽ نمونن ۾ دستياب هوندو آهي.
لينوليم جا فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ نسبتاً سستا هوندا آهن ۽ مناسب سنڀال، جهڙوڪ وارنش يا موم (ويڪس) لڳائڻ سان سندن عمر وڌائي سگهجي ٿي. اهي رهائشي گهرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن، ريسٽورانن ۽ مختلف گاڏين، جهڙوڪ موٽر ڪارن، بسن، ريل گاڏين ۽ جهازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪارڪ جا فرش ===

'''ڪارڪ جا فرش''' (Cork Floors) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي آواز گهٽ پيدا ڪرڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيت سبب آڊيٽوريم، عوامي لائبريرين، ٿيئٽرن، گرجائن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي ڪارڪ جي چادرن يا ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ موجود هوندا آهن. ڪارڪ جون ٽائيلون خالص ڪارڪ مان، جڏهن ته ڪارڪ جون چادرون ڪارڪ جي ٻوري، السيءَ جي تيل، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگن جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن سبب اهي وڌيڪ مضبوط ۽ پائيدار هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش''' ڪارڪ جي تيار ڪيل ٽائيلن يا بارڊر پٽين کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي هموار بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب يا ڏامر (Bitumen) سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي عام طور نرم گدي يا پلاءِ جي تهه استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي ته جيئن فرش جي حرڪت سبب ٽائيلن کي نقصان نه پهچي.
ڪارڪ، '''ڪارڪ اوڪ''' (Cork Oak) وڻ جي ٿلهي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا هر 8 کان 10 سالن بعد لاهي خاص عملن ذريعي سخت، مضبوط ۽ هلڪي وزن واري مواد ۾ تبديل ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪارڪ جا فرش آواز جذب ڪرڻ، گرميءَ کان بچاءُ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيتن سبب آفيسن، لائبريرين، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن لاءِ موزون سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

==ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرش==
: (Cork Sheet Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پي-وي-سيءَ جا فرش==
: ( Polyvinyl Chloride i.e. P.V.C Floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش گھريلو جاين، ريل گاڏيءَ جي دٻن، دفترن، آڊيٽوريم جي ھالن ۽ ٿئيٽرن وغيره لاءِ موزون رھندا آھن. ھي فرش پڻ رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش گھڻو ڪري زيبائش لاءِ ئي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھنن فرشي چادرن ۽ چؤنڪن جي ٿولھھ 1/16  انچن کان ¼ انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. 
ھيءُ پي-وي-سيءَ جو مرڪب جديد دور جي ايجاد آھي جيڪو ٿرموپلاسٽڪ بائينڊرس، فلرس ۽ رنگن مان ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو. ھن قسم جون چادرون 3 فوٽن، 3 ½ فوٽن ۽ 6 فوٽن جي ويڪرائيءَ ۾ ۽ چؤنڪا 1 فوٽ، 2 فوٽن ۽ 3 فوٽن جي سائيز ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن ۽ اھي ھڪ قسم جو لچڪدار ۽ اڻ ٽمندر مٿاڇرو مھيا ڪنديون آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==شيشي جا فرش==
: (Glass Floors)
~ھن قسم جا فرش گرائونڊ فلور ۾ اھڙن حصن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن جي ھيٺان تھھ خانا ھجن ۽ انھن تھھ خانن ۾ روشني پھچائڻ جي ضرورت ھجي. ھن قسم جا فرش مختلف نمونن ۾ ڪاٺ جا مضبوط فريم ٺاھي انھن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا چؤنڪا وجھي تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. عمارتي شيشو عمدي قسم جو ۽ مضبوط استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8 انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش ==
: (Asphalt Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن جا ٻھ نمونا ٿيندا آھن، ھڪ ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ٻيا ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش. ھنن ٻنھي نمونن جا فرش سستا، لچڪدار (Resilient)، اڻ جاذب (Non absorbent) ، پوسل روڪ (Moisture proof) ، تيزاب روڪ (Acid proof)، تيل (Oil)  ۽ گريس (Greese) سان مقابلو ڪندڙ ٿيندا آھن. انھن خاصيتن سبب ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن وارا فرش سرڪاري آفيسن ۽ اسڪولن وغيره جھڙين عمارتن ۽ ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ قسم جا فرش گودامن، ڀانڊن، ڪارخانن ۽ ٻين اھڙي نوعيت جي عمارتن ائسفالٽ جي چؤنڪن کي سخت بنياد مھيا ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مٿان ھڪ ٻئي سان ڳنڍي ھن قسم جو فرض ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. پر جيڪڏھن ڪاٺ جي فرش مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سڀني ڪاٺ جي پٽين ۽ تختن کي مضبوطيءَ سان ڪوڪن وغيرھ جي رستي جڪڙيو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن وڇائڻ کان پھرين ڪاٺ جي سطح مٿان ائسفالٽ، بٽومين يا رچيل ائسفالٽ جي اوني ڪپڙي (Asphalt saturated felt)  جو اٽڪل 3/8 انچن جو ٿلھو تھھ پٿاريو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش (Asphalt mastic floor)  ٺاھڻ واسطي انھيءَ کي گرم ڪري، ڪنھن ٺوٺ سطح، جھڙوڪ ڪاٺ يا سيمينٽ مٿان پٿاري ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت==
.(Maintenance and Repair of Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪوشش ڪري روزانو آلي پوچيءَ سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن اھو فرش تمام گھڻو گندو نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڏوتو وڃي. صابڻ جي تھھ کي فرش جي ڪنھن بھ ٽڪري تي بنا ڌيان جي ڇڏڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ فرش ترڪڻو ٿي پوندو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ فرش جو اھو ٽڪرو جھڪو (Dull)  ٿي پوندو. فرش جي ڌوئڻ واسطي سوڍا کار يا ٻين اھڙين تيز شين استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ جيڪڏھن فرش جو ڪو بھ حصو ٽٽي يا ڪنھن بھ نموني مرمت طلب ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سمورو پانيل يا خانو (Panel)  ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي، بنيادي ڪانڪريٽ کي سخت برش سان صاف ڪري، انھيءَ کي پاڻيءَ سان آلو رکي، ھڪ رات تائين ڇڏي ڏيڻ گھرجي. رات گذرڻ کان پوءِ بيٺل پاڻيءَ کي ڪڍي صاف ڪري، صاف سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ چاڙھو وڃي ۽ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل ٿولھھ ۽ گھربل تناسب، جھڙوڪ 1:2:4  يا اھڙو ڪو ٻيو موزون تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد ڪانڪريٽ کي دٻائي، پاسن واري فرش جي ٿولھھ برابر آندو وڃي، جيئن سموري فرش جي ليول ھڪ جھڙي ٿي وڃي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن پاسن وارن پانيلن جا ڇيڙا نھ ڀڄن. انھيءَ بعد نئين ٺاھيل پانيل کي ڏھن ڏينھن تائين تر رکيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>exvjwbigr0aub71jnln7ud282k1m5d4</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401083</id>
      <parentid>401082</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:56:43Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401083</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="49059" sha1="swanw7ydm0y6vx5bu14j61vir5c969o" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش ===

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش'''  اعليٰ درجي جا آرائشي فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ هيٺيون بنيادي تهه سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿئين تهه ۾ سفيد يا رنگين سيمينٽ سان بلوري پٿر (ماربل چپس) جا ننڍا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي فرش کي خوبصورت ۽ پائيدار بڻائيندا آهن.
فرش کي مختلف خانن يا ڊزائنن ۾ ورهائڻ لاءِ پتل، ٽامي، جست يا شيشي جون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. موزائيڪ جي تهه کي وجهي، مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) کان پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائينڊنگ) ۽ پالش ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مٿاڇري هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ بلوري داڻا نمايان ٿي ظاهر ٿيندا آهن. رنگين موزائيڪ فرشن لاءِ سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ مناسب رنگ پڻ ملائي سگهجن ٿا.
هي فرش رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، ڊگهي عمر وارا، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پٿر جا فرش ===

'''پٿر جا فرش'''  مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا فرش هوندا آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي هڪجهڙي ٿولهه وارن قدرتي پٿرن جي چؤنڪن  سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. پٿرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن کي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان مناسب جوڙن سميت لڳايو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برابر ورهائجي ۽ فرش مضبوط رهي.
فرش جي جوڙن کي ضرورت موجب ٽيپ (پوائنٽگ) ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڪم مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور سرڪاري عمارتن، برآمدن، اڱڻن، راهدارين ۽ ٻين هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين قائم رهندڙ فرش گهربل هجي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش ===

'''چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش''' (گليزڊ ٽائل فلورنگ) هموار، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش فرش آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي چمڪدار ٽائيلن سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ٽائيلن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ پوءِ سيمينٽ جي گاري تي صحيح ليول ۽ سلاميءَ سان وڇايو ويندو آهي، جيئن جوڙ مضبوط ۽ سطح هموار رهي.
ٽائيلون لڳائڻ کان پوءِ جوڙن ۾ سيمينٽ جي رٻڙي (سلري) ڀري ويندي آهي ۽ مناسب ترائي  کان پوءِ فرش کي صاف ۽ پالش ڪيو ويندو آهي. تعمير دوران فرش کي داغن ۽ نقصان کان بچائڻ لاءِ ڍڪي رکيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، غسل خانن، باورچي خانن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بلوري پٿر (سنگمرمر) جا فرش ===

'''بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار، خوبصورتي ۽ پائيداري جي ڪري ممتاز فرش سمجهيا وڃن ٿا. اهي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد  تي هڪجهڙي سائيز ۽ ٿولهه وارن سنگمرمر جي چؤنڪن يا تختن کي سيمينٽ يا چوني جي گاري سان وڇائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. جوڙ تمام سنها رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ انهن کي چوني جي لاپي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي ته جيئن فرش هموار ۽ دلڪش نظر اچي.
فرش وڇائڻ کان پوءِ مناسب ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي ۽ پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائنڊنگ) ۽ پالش ذريعي مٿاڇري کي هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ خوبصورت بڻايو ويندو آهي. سنگمرمر جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، هوٽلن، سرڪاري عمارتن، مسجدن ۽ ٻين اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي خوبصورتي، صفائي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي اهميت ڏني ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي ===

'''سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي''' اهڙي فرشبندي آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون بغير گاري جي، چڱيءَ طرح هموار ۽ نهر ڪيل زمين يا واريءَ جي بنياد تي ويجهو ويجهو وڇايون وينديون آهن. سرن جي جوڙن کي سنهو رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن ۾ باريڪ واري ڀري سرن کي مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾ صرف مٿاڇري تي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي پتلي گاري سان جوڙ بند ڪيا ويندا آهن.
هي قسم جو فرش مضبوط، اقتصادي ۽ مرمت ۾ آسان هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري گودامن، اڱڻن، رستن، چبوترن ۽ گهٽ ٽرئفڪ وارن علائقن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار جا، خوبصورت ۽ آرامده فرش آهن، جيڪي مضبوط ۽ معياري ڪاٺ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي نسبتاً مهانگا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سندن استعمال گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڪاٺ آسانيءَ سان دستياب هجي، يا اهڙين عمارتن ۾ جتي آواز جي موٽ گهٽ رکڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ ضروري هجي، جهڙوڪ ناچ گهر، آڊيٽوريم ۽ جابلو علائقن جون عمارتون.
ڪاٺ جي لچڪدار خاصيت کي نظر ۾ رکندي، اهڙن فرشن جي جوڙجڪ ۾ مناسب چيمبر ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۽ استحڪام برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ ڪاٺ جا شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکي، انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آهن. شهتير مضبوط ۽ مناسب ماپ وارا هوندا آهن ته جيئن فرش محفوظ نموني بار برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ مڙڻ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ رهي.
ڪاٺ کي نمي کان بچائڻ لاءِ شهتيرن کي تازي گاري سان سڌي رابطي ۾ نه رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڀتين جي ويجهو مناسب هواداري (وينٽيليشن) پڻ ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي عمر ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ مٿيان شهتير سڌو سنئون ديوارن تي رکڻ بدران هيٺان رکيل ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن (بائينڊرز) تي ٽيڪايا ويندا آهن. بائينڊر شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکيا ويندا آهن، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
هي فرش مفرد ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط هوندا آهن ۽ آواز جي منتقلي کي به بهتر نموني گهٽائيندا آهن. البت انهن جي تعمير وڌيڪ پيچيده ۽ مهانگي هوندي آهي، تنهنڪري اهي عام طور وڏن مفاصلي وارن ڪمرن ۽ ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جي پڃري (ٽيڻن شهتيرن) وارا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽيڻن شهتيرن وارا فرش''' وڏن ڪمرن ۽ هالن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مفاصلو عام ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي گنجائش کان وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. انهن جي بناوت ۾ مکيه گرڊر، ٻڌندڙ شهتير، وچ وارا شهتير ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا گڏجي هڪ مضبوط ڍانچو ٺاهيندا آهن، جنهن سان بار مناسب نموني ورهائجي ويندو آهي.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪاٺ کي نمي ۽ ڳرڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مناسب هواداري جو انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته گرڊرن، ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن ۽ وچ وارن شهتيرن کي لوهي پٽن ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپن ذريعي پاڻ ۾ ٻڌيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي، استحڪام ۽ پائيداري وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور وڏن هالن، عوامي عمارتن ۽ ٻين وسيع اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زميني يا هيٺيان فرش ===

'''زميني يا هيٺيان فرش''' اهڙا ڪاٺ جا فرش آهن، جيڪي سڌيءَ طرح زمين جي مٿان تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ کي پوسل ۽ نمي کان محفوظ رکڻ لاءِ سڀ کان پهرين سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو بنيادي تهه تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان ننڍيون اوساريون يا سليپر رکي انهن تي وال پليٽون ۽ شهتير نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن، ۽ آخر ۾ انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا وڇايا ويندا آهن.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ مناسب هواداري جو خاص انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن ڪاٺ سڪي رهي ۽ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رهي. شهتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ عام طور ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ ساڳ يا شيشم جو ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== رٻڙ جا فرش ===

'''رٻڙ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي گندڪ سان مضبوط ڪيل رٻڙ مان تيار ڪيل چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي مضبوط بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. فرش لڳائڻ کان اڳ بنياد کي هموار، سڪل ۽ دز، چڪنائي ۽ پوسل کان پاڪ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان رٻڙ مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي وڃي.
رٻڙ جا فرش لچڪدار، خاموش، پائيدار ۽ هلڻ ۾ آرامده هوندا آهن. انهن تي هلڻ سان شور گهٽ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهي اسپتالن، آفيسن، هوٽلن، سئنيما گهرن، آڊيٽوريمن، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== لينوليم جا فرش ===

'''لينوليم جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي لينوليم جي چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب (ايڊھيسو) سان لڳائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري، رنگن ۽ ٻين قدرتي جزن مان تيار ٿيندڙ هڪ پائيدار فرشي مواد آهي، جيڪو مختلف رنگن ۽ نمونن ۾ دستياب هوندو آهي.
لينوليم جا فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ نسبتاً سستا هوندا آهن ۽ مناسب سنڀال، جهڙوڪ وارنش يا موم (ويڪس) لڳائڻ سان سندن عمر وڌائي سگهجي ٿي. اهي رهائشي گهرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن، ريسٽورانن ۽ مختلف گاڏين، جهڙوڪ موٽر ڪارن، بسن، ريل گاڏين ۽ جهازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪارڪ جا فرش ===

'''ڪارڪ جا فرش''' (Cork Floors) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي آواز گهٽ پيدا ڪرڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيت سبب آڊيٽوريم، عوامي لائبريرين، ٿيئٽرن، گرجائن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي ڪارڪ جي چادرن يا ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ موجود هوندا آهن. ڪارڪ جون ٽائيلون خالص ڪارڪ مان، جڏهن ته ڪارڪ جون چادرون ڪارڪ جي ٻوري، السيءَ جي تيل، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگن جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن سبب اهي وڌيڪ مضبوط ۽ پائيدار هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش''' ڪارڪ جي تيار ڪيل ٽائيلن يا بارڊر پٽين کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي هموار بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب يا ڏامر (Bitumen) سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي عام طور نرم گدي يا پلاءِ جي تهه استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي ته جيئن فرش جي حرڪت سبب ٽائيلن کي نقصان نه پهچي.
ڪارڪ، '''ڪارڪ اوڪ''' (Cork Oak) وڻ جي ٿلهي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا هر 8 کان 10 سالن بعد لاهي خاص عملن ذريعي سخت، مضبوط ۽ هلڪي وزن واري مواد ۾ تبديل ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪارڪ جا فرش آواز جذب ڪرڻ، گرميءَ کان بچاءُ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيتن سبب آفيسن، لائبريرين، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن لاءِ موزون سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==پي-وي-سيءَ جا فرش==
: ( Polyvinyl Chloride i.e. P.V.C Floors)
ھن قسم جا فرش گھريلو جاين، ريل گاڏيءَ جي دٻن، دفترن، آڊيٽوريم جي ھالن ۽ ٿئيٽرن وغيره لاءِ موزون رھندا آھن. ھي فرش پڻ رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ ھن قسم جا فرش گھڻو ڪري زيبائش لاءِ ئي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. ھنن فرشي چادرن ۽ چؤنڪن جي ٿولھھ 1/16  انچن کان ¼ انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي. 
ھيءُ پي-وي-سيءَ جو مرڪب جديد دور جي ايجاد آھي جيڪو ٿرموپلاسٽڪ بائينڊرس، فلرس ۽ رنگن مان ٺاھيو وڃي ٿو. ھن قسم جون چادرون 3 فوٽن، 3 ½ فوٽن ۽ 6 فوٽن جي ويڪرائيءَ ۾ ۽ چؤنڪا 1 فوٽ، 2 فوٽن ۽ 3 فوٽن جي سائيز ۾ دستياب ھوندا آھن ۽ اھي ھڪ قسم جو لچڪدار ۽ اڻ ٽمندر مٿاڇرو مھيا ڪنديون آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==شيشي جا فرش==
: (Glass Floors)
~ھن قسم جا فرش گرائونڊ فلور ۾ اھڙن حصن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن جي ھيٺان تھھ خانا ھجن ۽ انھن تھھ خانن ۾ روشني پھچائڻ جي ضرورت ھجي. ھن قسم جا فرش مختلف نمونن ۾ ڪاٺ جا مضبوط فريم ٺاھي انھن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا چؤنڪا وجھي تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. عمارتي شيشو عمدي قسم جو ۽ مضبوط استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8 انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش ==
: (Asphalt Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن جا ٻھ نمونا ٿيندا آھن، ھڪ ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ٻيا ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش. ھنن ٻنھي نمونن جا فرش سستا، لچڪدار (Resilient)، اڻ جاذب (Non absorbent) ، پوسل روڪ (Moisture proof) ، تيزاب روڪ (Acid proof)، تيل (Oil)  ۽ گريس (Greese) سان مقابلو ڪندڙ ٿيندا آھن. انھن خاصيتن سبب ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن وارا فرش سرڪاري آفيسن ۽ اسڪولن وغيره جھڙين عمارتن ۽ ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ قسم جا فرش گودامن، ڀانڊن، ڪارخانن ۽ ٻين اھڙي نوعيت جي عمارتن ائسفالٽ جي چؤنڪن کي سخت بنياد مھيا ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مٿان ھڪ ٻئي سان ڳنڍي ھن قسم جو فرض ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. پر جيڪڏھن ڪاٺ جي فرش مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سڀني ڪاٺ جي پٽين ۽ تختن کي مضبوطيءَ سان ڪوڪن وغيرھ جي رستي جڪڙيو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن وڇائڻ کان پھرين ڪاٺ جي سطح مٿان ائسفالٽ، بٽومين يا رچيل ائسفالٽ جي اوني ڪپڙي (Asphalt saturated felt)  جو اٽڪل 3/8 انچن جو ٿلھو تھھ پٿاريو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش (Asphalt mastic floor)  ٺاھڻ واسطي انھيءَ کي گرم ڪري، ڪنھن ٺوٺ سطح، جھڙوڪ ڪاٺ يا سيمينٽ مٿان پٿاري ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت==
.(Maintenance and Repair of Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪوشش ڪري روزانو آلي پوچيءَ سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن اھو فرش تمام گھڻو گندو نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڏوتو وڃي. صابڻ جي تھھ کي فرش جي ڪنھن بھ ٽڪري تي بنا ڌيان جي ڇڏڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ فرش ترڪڻو ٿي پوندو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ فرش جو اھو ٽڪرو جھڪو (Dull)  ٿي پوندو. فرش جي ڌوئڻ واسطي سوڍا کار يا ٻين اھڙين تيز شين استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ جيڪڏھن فرش جو ڪو بھ حصو ٽٽي يا ڪنھن بھ نموني مرمت طلب ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سمورو پانيل يا خانو (Panel)  ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي، بنيادي ڪانڪريٽ کي سخت برش سان صاف ڪري، انھيءَ کي پاڻيءَ سان آلو رکي، ھڪ رات تائين ڇڏي ڏيڻ گھرجي. رات گذرڻ کان پوءِ بيٺل پاڻيءَ کي ڪڍي صاف ڪري، صاف سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ چاڙھو وڃي ۽ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل ٿولھھ ۽ گھربل تناسب، جھڙوڪ 1:2:4  يا اھڙو ڪو ٻيو موزون تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد ڪانڪريٽ کي دٻائي، پاسن واري فرش جي ٿولھھ برابر آندو وڃي، جيئن سموري فرش جي ليول ھڪ جھڙي ٿي وڃي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن پاسن وارن پانيلن جا ڇيڙا نھ ڀڄن. انھيءَ بعد نئين ٺاھيل پانيل کي ڏھن ڏينھن تائين تر رکيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>swanw7ydm0y6vx5bu14j61vir5c969o</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401084</id>
      <parentid>401083</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:58:48Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401084</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="49059" sha1="1k1eqezfk0p7x1frvts44dx7j4342d3" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش ===

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش'''  اعليٰ درجي جا آرائشي فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ هيٺيون بنيادي تهه سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿئين تهه ۾ سفيد يا رنگين سيمينٽ سان بلوري پٿر (ماربل چپس) جا ننڍا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي فرش کي خوبصورت ۽ پائيدار بڻائيندا آهن.
فرش کي مختلف خانن يا ڊزائنن ۾ ورهائڻ لاءِ پتل، ٽامي، جست يا شيشي جون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. موزائيڪ جي تهه کي وجهي، مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) کان پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائينڊنگ) ۽ پالش ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مٿاڇري هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ بلوري داڻا نمايان ٿي ظاهر ٿيندا آهن. رنگين موزائيڪ فرشن لاءِ سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ مناسب رنگ پڻ ملائي سگهجن ٿا.
هي فرش رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، ڊگهي عمر وارا، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پٿر جا فرش ===

'''پٿر جا فرش'''  مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا فرش هوندا آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي هڪجهڙي ٿولهه وارن قدرتي پٿرن جي چؤنڪن  سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. پٿرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن کي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان مناسب جوڙن سميت لڳايو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برابر ورهائجي ۽ فرش مضبوط رهي.
فرش جي جوڙن کي ضرورت موجب ٽيپ (پوائنٽگ) ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڪم مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور سرڪاري عمارتن، برآمدن، اڱڻن، راهدارين ۽ ٻين هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين قائم رهندڙ فرش گهربل هجي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش ===

'''چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش''' (گليزڊ ٽائل فلورنگ) هموار، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش فرش آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي چمڪدار ٽائيلن سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ٽائيلن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ پوءِ سيمينٽ جي گاري تي صحيح ليول ۽ سلاميءَ سان وڇايو ويندو آهي، جيئن جوڙ مضبوط ۽ سطح هموار رهي.
ٽائيلون لڳائڻ کان پوءِ جوڙن ۾ سيمينٽ جي رٻڙي (سلري) ڀري ويندي آهي ۽ مناسب ترائي  کان پوءِ فرش کي صاف ۽ پالش ڪيو ويندو آهي. تعمير دوران فرش کي داغن ۽ نقصان کان بچائڻ لاءِ ڍڪي رکيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، غسل خانن، باورچي خانن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بلوري پٿر (سنگمرمر) جا فرش ===

'''بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار، خوبصورتي ۽ پائيداري جي ڪري ممتاز فرش سمجهيا وڃن ٿا. اهي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد  تي هڪجهڙي سائيز ۽ ٿولهه وارن سنگمرمر جي چؤنڪن يا تختن کي سيمينٽ يا چوني جي گاري سان وڇائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. جوڙ تمام سنها رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ انهن کي چوني جي لاپي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي ته جيئن فرش هموار ۽ دلڪش نظر اچي.
فرش وڇائڻ کان پوءِ مناسب ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي ۽ پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائنڊنگ) ۽ پالش ذريعي مٿاڇري کي هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ خوبصورت بڻايو ويندو آهي. سنگمرمر جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، هوٽلن، سرڪاري عمارتن، مسجدن ۽ ٻين اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي خوبصورتي، صفائي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي اهميت ڏني ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي ===

'''سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي''' اهڙي فرشبندي آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون بغير گاري جي، چڱيءَ طرح هموار ۽ نهر ڪيل زمين يا واريءَ جي بنياد تي ويجهو ويجهو وڇايون وينديون آهن. سرن جي جوڙن کي سنهو رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن ۾ باريڪ واري ڀري سرن کي مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾ صرف مٿاڇري تي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي پتلي گاري سان جوڙ بند ڪيا ويندا آهن.
هي قسم جو فرش مضبوط، اقتصادي ۽ مرمت ۾ آسان هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري گودامن، اڱڻن، رستن، چبوترن ۽ گهٽ ٽرئفڪ وارن علائقن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار جا، خوبصورت ۽ آرامده فرش آهن، جيڪي مضبوط ۽ معياري ڪاٺ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي نسبتاً مهانگا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سندن استعمال گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڪاٺ آسانيءَ سان دستياب هجي، يا اهڙين عمارتن ۾ جتي آواز جي موٽ گهٽ رکڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ ضروري هجي، جهڙوڪ ناچ گهر، آڊيٽوريم ۽ جابلو علائقن جون عمارتون.
ڪاٺ جي لچڪدار خاصيت کي نظر ۾ رکندي، اهڙن فرشن جي جوڙجڪ ۾ مناسب چيمبر ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۽ استحڪام برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ ڪاٺ جا شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکي، انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آهن. شهتير مضبوط ۽ مناسب ماپ وارا هوندا آهن ته جيئن فرش محفوظ نموني بار برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ مڙڻ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ رهي.
ڪاٺ کي نمي کان بچائڻ لاءِ شهتيرن کي تازي گاري سان سڌي رابطي ۾ نه رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڀتين جي ويجهو مناسب هواداري (وينٽيليشن) پڻ ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي عمر ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ مٿيان شهتير سڌو سنئون ديوارن تي رکڻ بدران هيٺان رکيل ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن (بائينڊرز) تي ٽيڪايا ويندا آهن. بائينڊر شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکيا ويندا آهن، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
هي فرش مفرد ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط هوندا آهن ۽ آواز جي منتقلي کي به بهتر نموني گهٽائيندا آهن. البت انهن جي تعمير وڌيڪ پيچيده ۽ مهانگي هوندي آهي، تنهنڪري اهي عام طور وڏن مفاصلي وارن ڪمرن ۽ ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جي پڃري (ٽيڻن شهتيرن) وارا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽيڻن شهتيرن وارا فرش''' وڏن ڪمرن ۽ هالن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مفاصلو عام ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي گنجائش کان وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. انهن جي بناوت ۾ مکيه گرڊر، ٻڌندڙ شهتير، وچ وارا شهتير ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا گڏجي هڪ مضبوط ڍانچو ٺاهيندا آهن، جنهن سان بار مناسب نموني ورهائجي ويندو آهي.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪاٺ کي نمي ۽ ڳرڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مناسب هواداري جو انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته گرڊرن، ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن ۽ وچ وارن شهتيرن کي لوهي پٽن ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپن ذريعي پاڻ ۾ ٻڌيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي، استحڪام ۽ پائيداري وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور وڏن هالن، عوامي عمارتن ۽ ٻين وسيع اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زميني يا هيٺيان فرش ===

'''زميني يا هيٺيان فرش''' اهڙا ڪاٺ جا فرش آهن، جيڪي سڌيءَ طرح زمين جي مٿان تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ کي پوسل ۽ نمي کان محفوظ رکڻ لاءِ سڀ کان پهرين سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو بنيادي تهه تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان ننڍيون اوساريون يا سليپر رکي انهن تي وال پليٽون ۽ شهتير نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن، ۽ آخر ۾ انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا وڇايا ويندا آهن.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ مناسب هواداري جو خاص انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن ڪاٺ سڪي رهي ۽ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رهي. شهتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ عام طور ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ ساڳ يا شيشم جو ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== رٻڙ جا فرش ===

'''رٻڙ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي گندڪ سان مضبوط ڪيل رٻڙ مان تيار ڪيل چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي مضبوط بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. فرش لڳائڻ کان اڳ بنياد کي هموار، سڪل ۽ دز، چڪنائي ۽ پوسل کان پاڪ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان رٻڙ مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي وڃي.
رٻڙ جا فرش لچڪدار، خاموش، پائيدار ۽ هلڻ ۾ آرامده هوندا آهن. انهن تي هلڻ سان شور گهٽ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهي اسپتالن، آفيسن، هوٽلن، سئنيما گهرن، آڊيٽوريمن، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== لينوليم جا فرش ===

'''لينوليم جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي لينوليم جي چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب (ايڊھيسو) سان لڳائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري، رنگن ۽ ٻين قدرتي جزن مان تيار ٿيندڙ هڪ پائيدار فرشي مواد آهي، جيڪو مختلف رنگن ۽ نمونن ۾ دستياب هوندو آهي.
لينوليم جا فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ نسبتاً سستا هوندا آهن ۽ مناسب سنڀال، جهڙوڪ وارنش يا موم (ويڪس) لڳائڻ سان سندن عمر وڌائي سگهجي ٿي. اهي رهائشي گهرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن، ريسٽورانن ۽ مختلف گاڏين، جهڙوڪ موٽر ڪارن، بسن، ريل گاڏين ۽ جهازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪارڪ جا فرش ===

'''ڪارڪ جا فرش''' (Cork Floors) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي آواز گهٽ پيدا ڪرڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيت سبب آڊيٽوريم، عوامي لائبريرين، ٿيئٽرن، گرجائن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي ڪارڪ جي چادرن يا ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ موجود هوندا آهن. ڪارڪ جون ٽائيلون خالص ڪارڪ مان، جڏهن ته ڪارڪ جون چادرون ڪارڪ جي ٻوري، السيءَ جي تيل، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگن جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن سبب اهي وڌيڪ مضبوط ۽ پائيدار هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش''' ڪارڪ جي تيار ڪيل ٽائيلن يا بارڊر پٽين کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي هموار بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب يا ڏامر (Bitumen) سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي عام طور نرم گدي يا پلاءِ جي تهه استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي ته جيئن فرش جي حرڪت سبب ٽائيلن کي نقصان نه پهچي.
ڪارڪ، '''ڪارڪ اوڪ''' (Cork Oak) وڻ جي ٿلهي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا هر 8 کان 10 سالن بعد لاهي خاص عملن ذريعي سخت، مضبوط ۽ هلڪي وزن واري مواد ۾ تبديل ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪارڪ جا فرش آواز جذب ڪرڻ، گرميءَ کان بچاءُ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيتن سبب آفيسن، لائبريرين، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن لاءِ موزون سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پي-وي-سي جا فرش ===

'''پي-وي-سي جا فرش''' (پولي ونيل ڪلورائيڊ فرش جديد تعميراتي فرشن مان آهن، جيڪي گهرن، آفيسن، ريلوي ڊٻن، آڊيٽوريمن ۽ ٿيئٽرن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن. اهي عام طور رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر هموار بنياد تي لڳايا ويندا آهن ۽ پنهنجي خوبصورتي، لچڪ، پاڻي نه جذب ڪرڻ ۽ آسان صفائي جي خاصيتن سبب مقبول آهن.
پي-وي-سي شيٽون ۽ ٽائيلون ٿرموپلاسٽڪ مرڪبن، فلرن ۽ رنگن مان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي مختلف سائيزن ۽ ٿولهين ۾ دستياب هونديون آهن ۽ هڪ مضبوط، هموار ۽ پائيدار فرشي مٿاڇرو فراهم ڪنديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

==شيشي جا فرش==
: (Glass Floors)
~ھن قسم جا فرش گرائونڊ فلور ۾ اھڙن حصن تي ٺاھيا ويندا آھن، جن جي ھيٺان تھھ خانا ھجن ۽ انھن تھھ خانن ۾ روشني پھچائڻ جي ضرورت ھجي. ھن قسم جا فرش مختلف نمونن ۾ ڪاٺ جا مضبوط فريم ٺاھي انھن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا چؤنڪا وجھي تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. عمارتي شيشو عمدي قسم جو ۽ مضبوط استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ جي ٿولھھ ¼ انچن کان 5/8 انچن تائين ٿيندي آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش ==
: (Asphalt Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن جا ٻھ نمونا ٿيندا آھن، ھڪ ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ٻيا ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش. ھنن ٻنھي نمونن جا فرش سستا، لچڪدار (Resilient)، اڻ جاذب (Non absorbent) ، پوسل روڪ (Moisture proof) ، تيزاب روڪ (Acid proof)، تيل (Oil)  ۽ گريس (Greese) سان مقابلو ڪندڙ ٿيندا آھن. انھن خاصيتن سبب ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن وارا فرش سرڪاري آفيسن ۽ اسڪولن وغيره جھڙين عمارتن ۽ ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ قسم جا فرش گودامن، ڀانڊن، ڪارخانن ۽ ٻين اھڙي نوعيت جي عمارتن ائسفالٽ جي چؤنڪن کي سخت بنياد مھيا ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مٿان ھڪ ٻئي سان ڳنڍي ھن قسم جو فرض ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. پر جيڪڏھن ڪاٺ جي فرش مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سڀني ڪاٺ جي پٽين ۽ تختن کي مضبوطيءَ سان ڪوڪن وغيرھ جي رستي جڪڙيو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن وڇائڻ کان پھرين ڪاٺ جي سطح مٿان ائسفالٽ، بٽومين يا رچيل ائسفالٽ جي اوني ڪپڙي (Asphalt saturated felt)  جو اٽڪل 3/8 انچن جو ٿلھو تھھ پٿاريو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش (Asphalt mastic floor)  ٺاھڻ واسطي انھيءَ کي گرم ڪري، ڪنھن ٺوٺ سطح، جھڙوڪ ڪاٺ يا سيمينٽ مٿان پٿاري ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت==
.(Maintenance and Repair of Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪوشش ڪري روزانو آلي پوچيءَ سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن اھو فرش تمام گھڻو گندو نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڏوتو وڃي. صابڻ جي تھھ کي فرش جي ڪنھن بھ ٽڪري تي بنا ڌيان جي ڇڏڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ فرش ترڪڻو ٿي پوندو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ فرش جو اھو ٽڪرو جھڪو (Dull)  ٿي پوندو. فرش جي ڌوئڻ واسطي سوڍا کار يا ٻين اھڙين تيز شين استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ جيڪڏھن فرش جو ڪو بھ حصو ٽٽي يا ڪنھن بھ نموني مرمت طلب ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سمورو پانيل يا خانو (Panel)  ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي، بنيادي ڪانڪريٽ کي سخت برش سان صاف ڪري، انھيءَ کي پاڻيءَ سان آلو رکي، ھڪ رات تائين ڇڏي ڏيڻ گھرجي. رات گذرڻ کان پوءِ بيٺل پاڻيءَ کي ڪڍي صاف ڪري، صاف سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ چاڙھو وڃي ۽ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل ٿولھھ ۽ گھربل تناسب، جھڙوڪ 1:2:4  يا اھڙو ڪو ٻيو موزون تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد ڪانڪريٽ کي دٻائي، پاسن واري فرش جي ٿولھھ برابر آندو وڃي، جيئن سموري فرش جي ليول ھڪ جھڙي ٿي وڃي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن پاسن وارن پانيلن جا ڇيڙا نھ ڀڄن. انھيءَ بعد نئين ٺاھيل پانيل کي ڏھن ڏينھن تائين تر رکيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>1k1eqezfk0p7x1frvts44dx7j4342d3</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401085</id>
      <parentid>401084</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T01:59:55Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401085</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="49322" sha1="80qoteddsrfp4dcakgt6s2vpp95bphu" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش ===

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش'''  اعليٰ درجي جا آرائشي فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ هيٺيون بنيادي تهه سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿئين تهه ۾ سفيد يا رنگين سيمينٽ سان بلوري پٿر (ماربل چپس) جا ننڍا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي فرش کي خوبصورت ۽ پائيدار بڻائيندا آهن.
فرش کي مختلف خانن يا ڊزائنن ۾ ورهائڻ لاءِ پتل، ٽامي، جست يا شيشي جون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. موزائيڪ جي تهه کي وجهي، مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) کان پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائينڊنگ) ۽ پالش ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مٿاڇري هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ بلوري داڻا نمايان ٿي ظاهر ٿيندا آهن. رنگين موزائيڪ فرشن لاءِ سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ مناسب رنگ پڻ ملائي سگهجن ٿا.
هي فرش رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، ڊگهي عمر وارا، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پٿر جا فرش ===

'''پٿر جا فرش'''  مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا فرش هوندا آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي هڪجهڙي ٿولهه وارن قدرتي پٿرن جي چؤنڪن  سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. پٿرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن کي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان مناسب جوڙن سميت لڳايو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برابر ورهائجي ۽ فرش مضبوط رهي.
فرش جي جوڙن کي ضرورت موجب ٽيپ (پوائنٽگ) ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڪم مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور سرڪاري عمارتن، برآمدن، اڱڻن، راهدارين ۽ ٻين هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين قائم رهندڙ فرش گهربل هجي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش ===

'''چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش''' (گليزڊ ٽائل فلورنگ) هموار، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش فرش آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي چمڪدار ٽائيلن سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ٽائيلن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ پوءِ سيمينٽ جي گاري تي صحيح ليول ۽ سلاميءَ سان وڇايو ويندو آهي، جيئن جوڙ مضبوط ۽ سطح هموار رهي.
ٽائيلون لڳائڻ کان پوءِ جوڙن ۾ سيمينٽ جي رٻڙي (سلري) ڀري ويندي آهي ۽ مناسب ترائي  کان پوءِ فرش کي صاف ۽ پالش ڪيو ويندو آهي. تعمير دوران فرش کي داغن ۽ نقصان کان بچائڻ لاءِ ڍڪي رکيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، غسل خانن، باورچي خانن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بلوري پٿر (سنگمرمر) جا فرش ===

'''بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار، خوبصورتي ۽ پائيداري جي ڪري ممتاز فرش سمجهيا وڃن ٿا. اهي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد  تي هڪجهڙي سائيز ۽ ٿولهه وارن سنگمرمر جي چؤنڪن يا تختن کي سيمينٽ يا چوني جي گاري سان وڇائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. جوڙ تمام سنها رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ انهن کي چوني جي لاپي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي ته جيئن فرش هموار ۽ دلڪش نظر اچي.
فرش وڇائڻ کان پوءِ مناسب ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي ۽ پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائنڊنگ) ۽ پالش ذريعي مٿاڇري کي هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ خوبصورت بڻايو ويندو آهي. سنگمرمر جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، هوٽلن، سرڪاري عمارتن، مسجدن ۽ ٻين اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي خوبصورتي، صفائي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي اهميت ڏني ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي ===

'''سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي''' اهڙي فرشبندي آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون بغير گاري جي، چڱيءَ طرح هموار ۽ نهر ڪيل زمين يا واريءَ جي بنياد تي ويجهو ويجهو وڇايون وينديون آهن. سرن جي جوڙن کي سنهو رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن ۾ باريڪ واري ڀري سرن کي مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾ صرف مٿاڇري تي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي پتلي گاري سان جوڙ بند ڪيا ويندا آهن.
هي قسم جو فرش مضبوط، اقتصادي ۽ مرمت ۾ آسان هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري گودامن، اڱڻن، رستن، چبوترن ۽ گهٽ ٽرئفڪ وارن علائقن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار جا، خوبصورت ۽ آرامده فرش آهن، جيڪي مضبوط ۽ معياري ڪاٺ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي نسبتاً مهانگا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سندن استعمال گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڪاٺ آسانيءَ سان دستياب هجي، يا اهڙين عمارتن ۾ جتي آواز جي موٽ گهٽ رکڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ ضروري هجي، جهڙوڪ ناچ گهر، آڊيٽوريم ۽ جابلو علائقن جون عمارتون.
ڪاٺ جي لچڪدار خاصيت کي نظر ۾ رکندي، اهڙن فرشن جي جوڙجڪ ۾ مناسب چيمبر ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۽ استحڪام برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ ڪاٺ جا شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکي، انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آهن. شهتير مضبوط ۽ مناسب ماپ وارا هوندا آهن ته جيئن فرش محفوظ نموني بار برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ مڙڻ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ رهي.
ڪاٺ کي نمي کان بچائڻ لاءِ شهتيرن کي تازي گاري سان سڌي رابطي ۾ نه رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڀتين جي ويجهو مناسب هواداري (وينٽيليشن) پڻ ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي عمر ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ مٿيان شهتير سڌو سنئون ديوارن تي رکڻ بدران هيٺان رکيل ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن (بائينڊرز) تي ٽيڪايا ويندا آهن. بائينڊر شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکيا ويندا آهن، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
هي فرش مفرد ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط هوندا آهن ۽ آواز جي منتقلي کي به بهتر نموني گهٽائيندا آهن. البت انهن جي تعمير وڌيڪ پيچيده ۽ مهانگي هوندي آهي، تنهنڪري اهي عام طور وڏن مفاصلي وارن ڪمرن ۽ ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جي پڃري (ٽيڻن شهتيرن) وارا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽيڻن شهتيرن وارا فرش''' وڏن ڪمرن ۽ هالن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مفاصلو عام ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي گنجائش کان وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. انهن جي بناوت ۾ مکيه گرڊر، ٻڌندڙ شهتير، وچ وارا شهتير ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا گڏجي هڪ مضبوط ڍانچو ٺاهيندا آهن، جنهن سان بار مناسب نموني ورهائجي ويندو آهي.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪاٺ کي نمي ۽ ڳرڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مناسب هواداري جو انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته گرڊرن، ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن ۽ وچ وارن شهتيرن کي لوهي پٽن ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپن ذريعي پاڻ ۾ ٻڌيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي، استحڪام ۽ پائيداري وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور وڏن هالن، عوامي عمارتن ۽ ٻين وسيع اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زميني يا هيٺيان فرش ===

'''زميني يا هيٺيان فرش''' اهڙا ڪاٺ جا فرش آهن، جيڪي سڌيءَ طرح زمين جي مٿان تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ کي پوسل ۽ نمي کان محفوظ رکڻ لاءِ سڀ کان پهرين سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو بنيادي تهه تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان ننڍيون اوساريون يا سليپر رکي انهن تي وال پليٽون ۽ شهتير نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن، ۽ آخر ۾ انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا وڇايا ويندا آهن.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ مناسب هواداري جو خاص انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن ڪاٺ سڪي رهي ۽ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رهي. شهتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ عام طور ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ ساڳ يا شيشم جو ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== رٻڙ جا فرش ===

'''رٻڙ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي گندڪ سان مضبوط ڪيل رٻڙ مان تيار ڪيل چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي مضبوط بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. فرش لڳائڻ کان اڳ بنياد کي هموار، سڪل ۽ دز، چڪنائي ۽ پوسل کان پاڪ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان رٻڙ مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي وڃي.
رٻڙ جا فرش لچڪدار، خاموش، پائيدار ۽ هلڻ ۾ آرامده هوندا آهن. انهن تي هلڻ سان شور گهٽ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهي اسپتالن، آفيسن، هوٽلن، سئنيما گهرن، آڊيٽوريمن، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== لينوليم جا فرش ===

'''لينوليم جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي لينوليم جي چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب (ايڊھيسو) سان لڳائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري، رنگن ۽ ٻين قدرتي جزن مان تيار ٿيندڙ هڪ پائيدار فرشي مواد آهي، جيڪو مختلف رنگن ۽ نمونن ۾ دستياب هوندو آهي.
لينوليم جا فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ نسبتاً سستا هوندا آهن ۽ مناسب سنڀال، جهڙوڪ وارنش يا موم (ويڪس) لڳائڻ سان سندن عمر وڌائي سگهجي ٿي. اهي رهائشي گهرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن، ريسٽورانن ۽ مختلف گاڏين، جهڙوڪ موٽر ڪارن، بسن، ريل گاڏين ۽ جهازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪارڪ جا فرش ===

'''ڪارڪ جا فرش''' (Cork Floors) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي آواز گهٽ پيدا ڪرڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيت سبب آڊيٽوريم، عوامي لائبريرين، ٿيئٽرن، گرجائن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي ڪارڪ جي چادرن يا ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ موجود هوندا آهن. ڪارڪ جون ٽائيلون خالص ڪارڪ مان، جڏهن ته ڪارڪ جون چادرون ڪارڪ جي ٻوري، السيءَ جي تيل، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگن جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن سبب اهي وڌيڪ مضبوط ۽ پائيدار هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش''' ڪارڪ جي تيار ڪيل ٽائيلن يا بارڊر پٽين کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي هموار بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب يا ڏامر (Bitumen) سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي عام طور نرم گدي يا پلاءِ جي تهه استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي ته جيئن فرش جي حرڪت سبب ٽائيلن کي نقصان نه پهچي.
ڪارڪ، '''ڪارڪ اوڪ''' (Cork Oak) وڻ جي ٿلهي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا هر 8 کان 10 سالن بعد لاهي خاص عملن ذريعي سخت، مضبوط ۽ هلڪي وزن واري مواد ۾ تبديل ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪارڪ جا فرش آواز جذب ڪرڻ، گرميءَ کان بچاءُ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيتن سبب آفيسن، لائبريرين، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن لاءِ موزون سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پي-وي-سي جا فرش ===

'''پي-وي-سي جا فرش''' (پولي ونيل ڪلورائيڊ فرش جديد تعميراتي فرشن مان آهن، جيڪي گهرن، آفيسن، ريلوي ڊٻن، آڊيٽوريمن ۽ ٿيئٽرن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن. اهي عام طور رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر هموار بنياد تي لڳايا ويندا آهن ۽ پنهنجي خوبصورتي، لچڪ، پاڻي نه جذب ڪرڻ ۽ آسان صفائي جي خاصيتن سبب مقبول آهن.
پي-وي-سي شيٽون ۽ ٽائيلون ٿرموپلاسٽڪ مرڪبن، فلرن ۽ رنگن مان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي مختلف سائيزن ۽ ٿولهين ۾ دستياب هونديون آهن ۽ هڪ مضبوط، هموار ۽ پائيدار فرشي مٿاڇرو فراهم ڪنديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== شيشي جا فرش ===

'''شيشي جا فرش''' انهن هنڌن تي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن، جتي هيٺئين ماڙ يا تهه خاني تائين قدرتي روشني پهچائڻ ضروري هجي. اهي مضبوط ڪاٺ يا ڌاتوءَ جي فريمن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا پينل لڳائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. استعمال ٿيندڙ شيشو اعليٰ معيار جو، مضبوط ۽ مناسب ٿولهه وارو هوندو آهي ته جيئن هلڻ جو بار محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي. اهڙا فرش جديد عمارتن، تجارتي مرڪزن ۽ روشنيءَ جي خاص ضرورت وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش ==
: (Asphalt Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن جا ٻھ نمونا ٿيندا آھن، ھڪ ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن جا فرش ۽ ٻيا ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش. ھنن ٻنھي نمونن جا فرش سستا، لچڪدار (Resilient)، اڻ جاذب (Non absorbent) ، پوسل روڪ (Moisture proof) ، تيزاب روڪ (Acid proof)، تيل (Oil)  ۽ گريس (Greese) سان مقابلو ڪندڙ ٿيندا آھن. انھن خاصيتن سبب ائسفالٽ ٽائيلن وارا فرش سرڪاري آفيسن ۽ اسڪولن وغيره جھڙين عمارتن ۽ ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ قسم جا فرش گودامن، ڀانڊن، ڪارخانن ۽ ٻين اھڙي نوعيت جي عمارتن ائسفالٽ جي چؤنڪن کي سخت بنياد مھيا ڪرڻ لاءِ سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرش مٿان ھڪ ٻئي سان ڳنڍي ھن قسم جو فرض ٺاھيو ويندو آھي. پر جيڪڏھن ڪاٺ جي فرش مٿان ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھڻو ھوندو آھي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سڀني ڪاٺ جي پٽين ۽ تختن کي مضبوطيءَ سان ڪوڪن وغيرھ جي رستي جڪڙيو ويندو آھي. ٽائيلن وڇائڻ کان پھرين ڪاٺ جي سطح مٿان ائسفالٽ، بٽومين يا رچيل ائسفالٽ جي اوني ڪپڙي (Asphalt saturated felt)  جو اٽڪل 3/8 انچن جو ٿلھو تھھ پٿاريو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش (Asphalt mastic floor)  ٺاھڻ واسطي انھيءَ کي گرم ڪري، ڪنھن ٺوٺ سطح، جھڙوڪ ڪاٺ يا سيمينٽ مٿان پٿاري ھن قسم جو فرش ٺاھيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت==
.(Maintenance and Repair of Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪوشش ڪري روزانو آلي پوچيءَ سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن اھو فرش تمام گھڻو گندو نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڏوتو وڃي. صابڻ جي تھھ کي فرش جي ڪنھن بھ ٽڪري تي بنا ڌيان جي ڇڏڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ فرش ترڪڻو ٿي پوندو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ فرش جو اھو ٽڪرو جھڪو (Dull)  ٿي پوندو. فرش جي ڌوئڻ واسطي سوڍا کار يا ٻين اھڙين تيز شين استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ جيڪڏھن فرش جو ڪو بھ حصو ٽٽي يا ڪنھن بھ نموني مرمت طلب ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سمورو پانيل يا خانو (Panel)  ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي، بنيادي ڪانڪريٽ کي سخت برش سان صاف ڪري، انھيءَ کي پاڻيءَ سان آلو رکي، ھڪ رات تائين ڇڏي ڏيڻ گھرجي. رات گذرڻ کان پوءِ بيٺل پاڻيءَ کي ڪڍي صاف ڪري، صاف سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ چاڙھو وڃي ۽ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل ٿولھھ ۽ گھربل تناسب، جھڙوڪ 1:2:4  يا اھڙو ڪو ٻيو موزون تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد ڪانڪريٽ کي دٻائي، پاسن واري فرش جي ٿولھھ برابر آندو وڃي، جيئن سموري فرش جي ليول ھڪ جھڙي ٿي وڃي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن پاسن وارن پانيلن جا ڇيڙا نھ ڀڄن. انھيءَ بعد نئين ٺاھيل پانيل کي ڏھن ڏينھن تائين تر رکيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>80qoteddsrfp4dcakgt6s2vpp95bphu</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401086</id>
      <parentid>401085</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T02:00:50Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401086</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="48712" sha1="jzx8gc50pn96r9dxiqg5zw1vhj6w3xp" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش ===

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش'''  اعليٰ درجي جا آرائشي فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ هيٺيون بنيادي تهه سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿئين تهه ۾ سفيد يا رنگين سيمينٽ سان بلوري پٿر (ماربل چپس) جا ننڍا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي فرش کي خوبصورت ۽ پائيدار بڻائيندا آهن.
فرش کي مختلف خانن يا ڊزائنن ۾ ورهائڻ لاءِ پتل، ٽامي، جست يا شيشي جون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. موزائيڪ جي تهه کي وجهي، مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) کان پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائينڊنگ) ۽ پالش ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مٿاڇري هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ بلوري داڻا نمايان ٿي ظاهر ٿيندا آهن. رنگين موزائيڪ فرشن لاءِ سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ مناسب رنگ پڻ ملائي سگهجن ٿا.
هي فرش رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، ڊگهي عمر وارا، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پٿر جا فرش ===

'''پٿر جا فرش'''  مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا فرش هوندا آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي هڪجهڙي ٿولهه وارن قدرتي پٿرن جي چؤنڪن  سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. پٿرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن کي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان مناسب جوڙن سميت لڳايو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برابر ورهائجي ۽ فرش مضبوط رهي.
فرش جي جوڙن کي ضرورت موجب ٽيپ (پوائنٽگ) ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڪم مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور سرڪاري عمارتن، برآمدن، اڱڻن، راهدارين ۽ ٻين هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين قائم رهندڙ فرش گهربل هجي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش ===

'''چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش''' (گليزڊ ٽائل فلورنگ) هموار، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش فرش آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي چمڪدار ٽائيلن سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ٽائيلن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ پوءِ سيمينٽ جي گاري تي صحيح ليول ۽ سلاميءَ سان وڇايو ويندو آهي، جيئن جوڙ مضبوط ۽ سطح هموار رهي.
ٽائيلون لڳائڻ کان پوءِ جوڙن ۾ سيمينٽ جي رٻڙي (سلري) ڀري ويندي آهي ۽ مناسب ترائي  کان پوءِ فرش کي صاف ۽ پالش ڪيو ويندو آهي. تعمير دوران فرش کي داغن ۽ نقصان کان بچائڻ لاءِ ڍڪي رکيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، غسل خانن، باورچي خانن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بلوري پٿر (سنگمرمر) جا فرش ===

'''بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار، خوبصورتي ۽ پائيداري جي ڪري ممتاز فرش سمجهيا وڃن ٿا. اهي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد  تي هڪجهڙي سائيز ۽ ٿولهه وارن سنگمرمر جي چؤنڪن يا تختن کي سيمينٽ يا چوني جي گاري سان وڇائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. جوڙ تمام سنها رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ انهن کي چوني جي لاپي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي ته جيئن فرش هموار ۽ دلڪش نظر اچي.
فرش وڇائڻ کان پوءِ مناسب ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي ۽ پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائنڊنگ) ۽ پالش ذريعي مٿاڇري کي هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ خوبصورت بڻايو ويندو آهي. سنگمرمر جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، هوٽلن، سرڪاري عمارتن، مسجدن ۽ ٻين اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي خوبصورتي، صفائي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي اهميت ڏني ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي ===

'''سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي''' اهڙي فرشبندي آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون بغير گاري جي، چڱيءَ طرح هموار ۽ نهر ڪيل زمين يا واريءَ جي بنياد تي ويجهو ويجهو وڇايون وينديون آهن. سرن جي جوڙن کي سنهو رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن ۾ باريڪ واري ڀري سرن کي مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾ صرف مٿاڇري تي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي پتلي گاري سان جوڙ بند ڪيا ويندا آهن.
هي قسم جو فرش مضبوط، اقتصادي ۽ مرمت ۾ آسان هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري گودامن، اڱڻن، رستن، چبوترن ۽ گهٽ ٽرئفڪ وارن علائقن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار جا، خوبصورت ۽ آرامده فرش آهن، جيڪي مضبوط ۽ معياري ڪاٺ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي نسبتاً مهانگا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سندن استعمال گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڪاٺ آسانيءَ سان دستياب هجي، يا اهڙين عمارتن ۾ جتي آواز جي موٽ گهٽ رکڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ ضروري هجي، جهڙوڪ ناچ گهر، آڊيٽوريم ۽ جابلو علائقن جون عمارتون.
ڪاٺ جي لچڪدار خاصيت کي نظر ۾ رکندي، اهڙن فرشن جي جوڙجڪ ۾ مناسب چيمبر ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۽ استحڪام برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ ڪاٺ جا شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکي، انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آهن. شهتير مضبوط ۽ مناسب ماپ وارا هوندا آهن ته جيئن فرش محفوظ نموني بار برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ مڙڻ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ رهي.
ڪاٺ کي نمي کان بچائڻ لاءِ شهتيرن کي تازي گاري سان سڌي رابطي ۾ نه رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڀتين جي ويجهو مناسب هواداري (وينٽيليشن) پڻ ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي عمر ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ مٿيان شهتير سڌو سنئون ديوارن تي رکڻ بدران هيٺان رکيل ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن (بائينڊرز) تي ٽيڪايا ويندا آهن. بائينڊر شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکيا ويندا آهن، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
هي فرش مفرد ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط هوندا آهن ۽ آواز جي منتقلي کي به بهتر نموني گهٽائيندا آهن. البت انهن جي تعمير وڌيڪ پيچيده ۽ مهانگي هوندي آهي، تنهنڪري اهي عام طور وڏن مفاصلي وارن ڪمرن ۽ ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جي پڃري (ٽيڻن شهتيرن) وارا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽيڻن شهتيرن وارا فرش''' وڏن ڪمرن ۽ هالن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مفاصلو عام ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي گنجائش کان وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. انهن جي بناوت ۾ مکيه گرڊر، ٻڌندڙ شهتير، وچ وارا شهتير ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا گڏجي هڪ مضبوط ڍانچو ٺاهيندا آهن، جنهن سان بار مناسب نموني ورهائجي ويندو آهي.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪاٺ کي نمي ۽ ڳرڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مناسب هواداري جو انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته گرڊرن، ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن ۽ وچ وارن شهتيرن کي لوهي پٽن ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپن ذريعي پاڻ ۾ ٻڌيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي، استحڪام ۽ پائيداري وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور وڏن هالن، عوامي عمارتن ۽ ٻين وسيع اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زميني يا هيٺيان فرش ===

'''زميني يا هيٺيان فرش''' اهڙا ڪاٺ جا فرش آهن، جيڪي سڌيءَ طرح زمين جي مٿان تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ کي پوسل ۽ نمي کان محفوظ رکڻ لاءِ سڀ کان پهرين سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو بنيادي تهه تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان ننڍيون اوساريون يا سليپر رکي انهن تي وال پليٽون ۽ شهتير نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن، ۽ آخر ۾ انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا وڇايا ويندا آهن.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ مناسب هواداري جو خاص انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن ڪاٺ سڪي رهي ۽ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رهي. شهتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ عام طور ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ ساڳ يا شيشم جو ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== رٻڙ جا فرش ===

'''رٻڙ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي گندڪ سان مضبوط ڪيل رٻڙ مان تيار ڪيل چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي مضبوط بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. فرش لڳائڻ کان اڳ بنياد کي هموار، سڪل ۽ دز، چڪنائي ۽ پوسل کان پاڪ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان رٻڙ مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي وڃي.
رٻڙ جا فرش لچڪدار، خاموش، پائيدار ۽ هلڻ ۾ آرامده هوندا آهن. انهن تي هلڻ سان شور گهٽ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهي اسپتالن، آفيسن، هوٽلن، سئنيما گهرن، آڊيٽوريمن، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== لينوليم جا فرش ===

'''لينوليم جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي لينوليم جي چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب (ايڊھيسو) سان لڳائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري، رنگن ۽ ٻين قدرتي جزن مان تيار ٿيندڙ هڪ پائيدار فرشي مواد آهي، جيڪو مختلف رنگن ۽ نمونن ۾ دستياب هوندو آهي.
لينوليم جا فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ نسبتاً سستا هوندا آهن ۽ مناسب سنڀال، جهڙوڪ وارنش يا موم (ويڪس) لڳائڻ سان سندن عمر وڌائي سگهجي ٿي. اهي رهائشي گهرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن، ريسٽورانن ۽ مختلف گاڏين، جهڙوڪ موٽر ڪارن، بسن، ريل گاڏين ۽ جهازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪارڪ جا فرش ===

'''ڪارڪ جا فرش''' (Cork Floors) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي آواز گهٽ پيدا ڪرڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيت سبب آڊيٽوريم، عوامي لائبريرين، ٿيئٽرن، گرجائن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي ڪارڪ جي چادرن يا ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ موجود هوندا آهن. ڪارڪ جون ٽائيلون خالص ڪارڪ مان، جڏهن ته ڪارڪ جون چادرون ڪارڪ جي ٻوري، السيءَ جي تيل، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگن جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن سبب اهي وڌيڪ مضبوط ۽ پائيدار هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش''' ڪارڪ جي تيار ڪيل ٽائيلن يا بارڊر پٽين کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي هموار بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب يا ڏامر (Bitumen) سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي عام طور نرم گدي يا پلاءِ جي تهه استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي ته جيئن فرش جي حرڪت سبب ٽائيلن کي نقصان نه پهچي.
ڪارڪ، '''ڪارڪ اوڪ''' (Cork Oak) وڻ جي ٿلهي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا هر 8 کان 10 سالن بعد لاهي خاص عملن ذريعي سخت، مضبوط ۽ هلڪي وزن واري مواد ۾ تبديل ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪارڪ جا فرش آواز جذب ڪرڻ، گرميءَ کان بچاءُ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيتن سبب آفيسن، لائبريرين، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن لاءِ موزون سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پي-وي-سي جا فرش ===

'''پي-وي-سي جا فرش''' (پولي ونيل ڪلورائيڊ فرش جديد تعميراتي فرشن مان آهن، جيڪي گهرن، آفيسن، ريلوي ڊٻن، آڊيٽوريمن ۽ ٿيئٽرن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن. اهي عام طور رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر هموار بنياد تي لڳايا ويندا آهن ۽ پنهنجي خوبصورتي، لچڪ، پاڻي نه جذب ڪرڻ ۽ آسان صفائي جي خاصيتن سبب مقبول آهن.
پي-وي-سي شيٽون ۽ ٽائيلون ٿرموپلاسٽڪ مرڪبن، فلرن ۽ رنگن مان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي مختلف سائيزن ۽ ٿولهين ۾ دستياب هونديون آهن ۽ هڪ مضبوط، هموار ۽ پائيدار فرشي مٿاڇرو فراهم ڪنديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== شيشي جا فرش ===

'''شيشي جا فرش''' انهن هنڌن تي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن، جتي هيٺئين ماڙ يا تهه خاني تائين قدرتي روشني پهچائڻ ضروري هجي. اهي مضبوط ڪاٺ يا ڌاتوءَ جي فريمن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا پينل لڳائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. استعمال ٿيندڙ شيشو اعليٰ معيار جو، مضبوط ۽ مناسب ٿولهه وارو هوندو آهي ته جيئن هلڻ جو بار محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي. اهڙا فرش جديد عمارتن، تجارتي مرڪزن ۽ روشنيءَ جي خاص ضرورت وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ائسفالٽ جا فرش ===

'''ائسفالٽ جا فرش''' ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن: '''ائسفالٽ ٽائيل فرش''' ۽ '''ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش'''. اهي فرش سستا، لچڪدار، پاڻي ۽ پوسل کان محفوظ، تيزاب، تيل ۽ گريس جي اثرن جي مزاحمت ڪندڙ هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سرڪاري آفيسن، اسڪولن، گودامن، ڪارخانن ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.
ائسفالٽ ٽائيلون عام طور هموار سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا مضبوط ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب سان لڳايون وينديون آهن، جڏهن ته ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ گرم حالت ۾ بنياد تي پٿاري تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان هڪ مضبوط، هموار ۽ پاڻي نه جذب ڪندڙ فرش حاصل ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

==فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت==
.(Maintenance and Repair of Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي ڪوشش ڪري روزانو آلي پوچيءَ سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. جڏھن اھو فرش تمام گھڻو گندو نظر اچي تھ انھيءَ کي نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻيءَ سان ڏوتو وڃي. صابڻ جي تھھ کي فرش جي ڪنھن بھ ٽڪري تي بنا ڌيان جي ڇڏڻ نھ ڏنو وڃي. ڇاڪاڻ تھ فرش ترڪڻو ٿي پوندو. انھيءَ کان سواءِ فرش جو اھو ٽڪرو جھڪو (Dull)  ٿي پوندو. فرش جي ڌوئڻ واسطي سوڍا کار يا ٻين اھڙين تيز شين استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي مرمت ڪرڻ لاءِ جيڪڏھن فرش جو ڪو بھ حصو ٽٽي يا ڪنھن بھ نموني مرمت طلب ھجي تھ انھيءَ صورت ۾ سمورو پانيل يا خانو (Panel)  ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي، بنيادي ڪانڪريٽ کي سخت برش سان صاف ڪري، انھيءَ کي پاڻيءَ سان آلو رکي، ھڪ رات تائين ڇڏي ڏيڻ گھرجي. رات گذرڻ کان پوءِ بيٺل پاڻيءَ کي ڪڍي صاف ڪري، صاف سيمينٽ جو ھلڪو تھھ چاڙھو وڃي ۽ پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان گھربل ٿولھھ ۽ گھربل تناسب، جھڙوڪ 1:2:4  يا اھڙو ڪو ٻيو موزون تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جو تھھ چاڙھيو وڃي. انھيءَ بعد ڪانڪريٽ کي دٻائي، پاسن واري فرش جي ٿولھھ برابر آندو وڃي، جيئن سموري فرش جي ليول ھڪ جھڙي ٿي وڃي. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو بھ خيال ڪيو وڃي تھ جيئن پاسن وارن پانيلن جا ڇيڙا نھ ڀڄن. انھيءَ بعد نئين ٺاھيل پانيل کي ڏھن ڏينھن تائين تر رکيو وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>jzx8gc50pn96r9dxiqg5zw1vhj6w3xp</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401087</id>
      <parentid>401086</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T02:01:53Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401087</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="47907" sha1="23jl52dzx8ldv7pljpy4bue1ttkywj3" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش ===

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش'''  اعليٰ درجي جا آرائشي فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ هيٺيون بنيادي تهه سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿئين تهه ۾ سفيد يا رنگين سيمينٽ سان بلوري پٿر (ماربل چپس) جا ننڍا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي فرش کي خوبصورت ۽ پائيدار بڻائيندا آهن.
فرش کي مختلف خانن يا ڊزائنن ۾ ورهائڻ لاءِ پتل، ٽامي، جست يا شيشي جون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. موزائيڪ جي تهه کي وجهي، مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) کان پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائينڊنگ) ۽ پالش ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مٿاڇري هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ بلوري داڻا نمايان ٿي ظاهر ٿيندا آهن. رنگين موزائيڪ فرشن لاءِ سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ مناسب رنگ پڻ ملائي سگهجن ٿا.
هي فرش رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، ڊگهي عمر وارا، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پٿر جا فرش ===

'''پٿر جا فرش'''  مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا فرش هوندا آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي هڪجهڙي ٿولهه وارن قدرتي پٿرن جي چؤنڪن  سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. پٿرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن کي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان مناسب جوڙن سميت لڳايو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برابر ورهائجي ۽ فرش مضبوط رهي.
فرش جي جوڙن کي ضرورت موجب ٽيپ (پوائنٽگ) ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڪم مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور سرڪاري عمارتن، برآمدن، اڱڻن، راهدارين ۽ ٻين هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين قائم رهندڙ فرش گهربل هجي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش ===

'''چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش''' (گليزڊ ٽائل فلورنگ) هموار، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش فرش آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي چمڪدار ٽائيلن سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ٽائيلن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ پوءِ سيمينٽ جي گاري تي صحيح ليول ۽ سلاميءَ سان وڇايو ويندو آهي، جيئن جوڙ مضبوط ۽ سطح هموار رهي.
ٽائيلون لڳائڻ کان پوءِ جوڙن ۾ سيمينٽ جي رٻڙي (سلري) ڀري ويندي آهي ۽ مناسب ترائي  کان پوءِ فرش کي صاف ۽ پالش ڪيو ويندو آهي. تعمير دوران فرش کي داغن ۽ نقصان کان بچائڻ لاءِ ڍڪي رکيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، غسل خانن، باورچي خانن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بلوري پٿر (سنگمرمر) جا فرش ===

'''بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار، خوبصورتي ۽ پائيداري جي ڪري ممتاز فرش سمجهيا وڃن ٿا. اهي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد  تي هڪجهڙي سائيز ۽ ٿولهه وارن سنگمرمر جي چؤنڪن يا تختن کي سيمينٽ يا چوني جي گاري سان وڇائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. جوڙ تمام سنها رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ انهن کي چوني جي لاپي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي ته جيئن فرش هموار ۽ دلڪش نظر اچي.
فرش وڇائڻ کان پوءِ مناسب ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي ۽ پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائنڊنگ) ۽ پالش ذريعي مٿاڇري کي هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ خوبصورت بڻايو ويندو آهي. سنگمرمر جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، هوٽلن، سرڪاري عمارتن، مسجدن ۽ ٻين اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي خوبصورتي، صفائي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي اهميت ڏني ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي ===

'''سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي''' اهڙي فرشبندي آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون بغير گاري جي، چڱيءَ طرح هموار ۽ نهر ڪيل زمين يا واريءَ جي بنياد تي ويجهو ويجهو وڇايون وينديون آهن. سرن جي جوڙن کي سنهو رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن ۾ باريڪ واري ڀري سرن کي مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾ صرف مٿاڇري تي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي پتلي گاري سان جوڙ بند ڪيا ويندا آهن.
هي قسم جو فرش مضبوط، اقتصادي ۽ مرمت ۾ آسان هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري گودامن، اڱڻن، رستن، چبوترن ۽ گهٽ ٽرئفڪ وارن علائقن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار جا، خوبصورت ۽ آرامده فرش آهن، جيڪي مضبوط ۽ معياري ڪاٺ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي نسبتاً مهانگا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سندن استعمال گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڪاٺ آسانيءَ سان دستياب هجي، يا اهڙين عمارتن ۾ جتي آواز جي موٽ گهٽ رکڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ ضروري هجي، جهڙوڪ ناچ گهر، آڊيٽوريم ۽ جابلو علائقن جون عمارتون.
ڪاٺ جي لچڪدار خاصيت کي نظر ۾ رکندي، اهڙن فرشن جي جوڙجڪ ۾ مناسب چيمبر ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۽ استحڪام برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ ڪاٺ جا شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکي، انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آهن. شهتير مضبوط ۽ مناسب ماپ وارا هوندا آهن ته جيئن فرش محفوظ نموني بار برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ مڙڻ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ رهي.
ڪاٺ کي نمي کان بچائڻ لاءِ شهتيرن کي تازي گاري سان سڌي رابطي ۾ نه رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڀتين جي ويجهو مناسب هواداري (وينٽيليشن) پڻ ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي عمر ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ مٿيان شهتير سڌو سنئون ديوارن تي رکڻ بدران هيٺان رکيل ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن (بائينڊرز) تي ٽيڪايا ويندا آهن. بائينڊر شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکيا ويندا آهن، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
هي فرش مفرد ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط هوندا آهن ۽ آواز جي منتقلي کي به بهتر نموني گهٽائيندا آهن. البت انهن جي تعمير وڌيڪ پيچيده ۽ مهانگي هوندي آهي، تنهنڪري اهي عام طور وڏن مفاصلي وارن ڪمرن ۽ ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جي پڃري (ٽيڻن شهتيرن) وارا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽيڻن شهتيرن وارا فرش''' وڏن ڪمرن ۽ هالن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مفاصلو عام ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي گنجائش کان وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. انهن جي بناوت ۾ مکيه گرڊر، ٻڌندڙ شهتير، وچ وارا شهتير ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا گڏجي هڪ مضبوط ڍانچو ٺاهيندا آهن، جنهن سان بار مناسب نموني ورهائجي ويندو آهي.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪاٺ کي نمي ۽ ڳرڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مناسب هواداري جو انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته گرڊرن، ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن ۽ وچ وارن شهتيرن کي لوهي پٽن ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپن ذريعي پاڻ ۾ ٻڌيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي، استحڪام ۽ پائيداري وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور وڏن هالن، عوامي عمارتن ۽ ٻين وسيع اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زميني يا هيٺيان فرش ===

'''زميني يا هيٺيان فرش''' اهڙا ڪاٺ جا فرش آهن، جيڪي سڌيءَ طرح زمين جي مٿان تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ کي پوسل ۽ نمي کان محفوظ رکڻ لاءِ سڀ کان پهرين سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو بنيادي تهه تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان ننڍيون اوساريون يا سليپر رکي انهن تي وال پليٽون ۽ شهتير نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن، ۽ آخر ۾ انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا وڇايا ويندا آهن.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ مناسب هواداري جو خاص انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن ڪاٺ سڪي رهي ۽ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رهي. شهتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ عام طور ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ ساڳ يا شيشم جو ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== رٻڙ جا فرش ===

'''رٻڙ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي گندڪ سان مضبوط ڪيل رٻڙ مان تيار ڪيل چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي مضبوط بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. فرش لڳائڻ کان اڳ بنياد کي هموار، سڪل ۽ دز، چڪنائي ۽ پوسل کان پاڪ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان رٻڙ مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي وڃي.
رٻڙ جا فرش لچڪدار، خاموش، پائيدار ۽ هلڻ ۾ آرامده هوندا آهن. انهن تي هلڻ سان شور گهٽ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهي اسپتالن، آفيسن، هوٽلن، سئنيما گهرن، آڊيٽوريمن، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== لينوليم جا فرش ===

'''لينوليم جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي لينوليم جي چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب (ايڊھيسو) سان لڳائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري، رنگن ۽ ٻين قدرتي جزن مان تيار ٿيندڙ هڪ پائيدار فرشي مواد آهي، جيڪو مختلف رنگن ۽ نمونن ۾ دستياب هوندو آهي.
لينوليم جا فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ نسبتاً سستا هوندا آهن ۽ مناسب سنڀال، جهڙوڪ وارنش يا موم (ويڪس) لڳائڻ سان سندن عمر وڌائي سگهجي ٿي. اهي رهائشي گهرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن، ريسٽورانن ۽ مختلف گاڏين، جهڙوڪ موٽر ڪارن، بسن، ريل گاڏين ۽ جهازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪارڪ جا فرش ===

'''ڪارڪ جا فرش''' (Cork Floors) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي آواز گهٽ پيدا ڪرڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيت سبب آڊيٽوريم، عوامي لائبريرين، ٿيئٽرن، گرجائن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي ڪارڪ جي چادرن يا ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ موجود هوندا آهن. ڪارڪ جون ٽائيلون خالص ڪارڪ مان، جڏهن ته ڪارڪ جون چادرون ڪارڪ جي ٻوري، السيءَ جي تيل، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگن جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن سبب اهي وڌيڪ مضبوط ۽ پائيدار هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش''' ڪارڪ جي تيار ڪيل ٽائيلن يا بارڊر پٽين کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي هموار بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب يا ڏامر (Bitumen) سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي عام طور نرم گدي يا پلاءِ جي تهه استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي ته جيئن فرش جي حرڪت سبب ٽائيلن کي نقصان نه پهچي.
ڪارڪ، '''ڪارڪ اوڪ''' (Cork Oak) وڻ جي ٿلهي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا هر 8 کان 10 سالن بعد لاهي خاص عملن ذريعي سخت، مضبوط ۽ هلڪي وزن واري مواد ۾ تبديل ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪارڪ جا فرش آواز جذب ڪرڻ، گرميءَ کان بچاءُ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيتن سبب آفيسن، لائبريرين، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن لاءِ موزون سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پي-وي-سي جا فرش ===

'''پي-وي-سي جا فرش''' (پولي ونيل ڪلورائيڊ فرش جديد تعميراتي فرشن مان آهن، جيڪي گهرن، آفيسن، ريلوي ڊٻن، آڊيٽوريمن ۽ ٿيئٽرن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن. اهي عام طور رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر هموار بنياد تي لڳايا ويندا آهن ۽ پنهنجي خوبصورتي، لچڪ، پاڻي نه جذب ڪرڻ ۽ آسان صفائي جي خاصيتن سبب مقبول آهن.
پي-وي-سي شيٽون ۽ ٽائيلون ٿرموپلاسٽڪ مرڪبن، فلرن ۽ رنگن مان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي مختلف سائيزن ۽ ٿولهين ۾ دستياب هونديون آهن ۽ هڪ مضبوط، هموار ۽ پائيدار فرشي مٿاڇرو فراهم ڪنديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== شيشي جا فرش ===

'''شيشي جا فرش''' انهن هنڌن تي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن، جتي هيٺئين ماڙ يا تهه خاني تائين قدرتي روشني پهچائڻ ضروري هجي. اهي مضبوط ڪاٺ يا ڌاتوءَ جي فريمن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا پينل لڳائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. استعمال ٿيندڙ شيشو اعليٰ معيار جو، مضبوط ۽ مناسب ٿولهه وارو هوندو آهي ته جيئن هلڻ جو بار محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي. اهڙا فرش جديد عمارتن، تجارتي مرڪزن ۽ روشنيءَ جي خاص ضرورت وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ائسفالٽ جا فرش ===

'''ائسفالٽ جا فرش''' ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن: '''ائسفالٽ ٽائيل فرش''' ۽ '''ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش'''. اهي فرش سستا، لچڪدار، پاڻي ۽ پوسل کان محفوظ، تيزاب، تيل ۽ گريس جي اثرن جي مزاحمت ڪندڙ هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سرڪاري آفيسن، اسڪولن، گودامن، ڪارخانن ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.
ائسفالٽ ٽائيلون عام طور هموار سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا مضبوط ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب سان لڳايون وينديون آهن، جڏهن ته ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ گرم حالت ۾ بنياد تي پٿاري تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان هڪ مضبوط، هموار ۽ پاڻي نه جذب ڪندڙ فرش حاصل ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت ==

فرشن جي ڊگهي عمر ۽ سٺي ڪارڪردگي لاءِ انهن جي باقاعده صفائي ۽ سنڀال ضروري آهي. فرش کي روزانو آلي پوچي سان صاف ڪرڻ گهرجي، جڏهن ته گهڻي گندگي جي صورت ۾ نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻي استعمال ڪجي. تيزابي يا کاري صفائي ڪندڙ شيون استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي فرش جي مٿاڇري کي نقصان پهچائي سگهن ٿيون.
جيڪڏهن فرش جو ڪو حصو ٽٽي يا خراب ٿي وڃي، ته متاثر ٿيل پينل کي هٽائي بنيادي سطح صاف ڪري نئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ سان ساڳئي ليول تي مرمت ڪرڻ گهرجي. مرمت ٿيل حصي کي مناسب ترائي ڏيڻ سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

==موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرش==

: (Mozaic or Terrazo Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن ۾ پڻ ڪنھن بھ حصي جي خراب ٿيڻ سان انھيءَ کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ جي فرشن وانگر پانيل جي شڪل ۾ ھيٺئين تھھ تائين ڪڍي ساڳئي رنگ ۽ داڻي جي ملاوٽ ۽ انھيءَ لڳ فرش جي ليول جي برابر رکڻ گھرجي. ھن قسم جي فرشن کي پڻ صاف پاڻيءَ ۽ پوچيءَ رستي ھر روز صاف ڪيو وڃي. پوچيءَ لاءِ پراڻا ان جا سوئيٽر پائيدار رھن ٿا ۽ انھن سان صفائي پڻ سٺي نموني ٿئي ٿي. اھڙا داغ جي پوچيءَ جي رستي صاف نھ ٿي سگھن، تھ انھن کي ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ ائسڊ (Dilute oxalic acid)  رستي ميساري آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري سڪڻ ڇڏي ڏنو وڃي. صفائيءَ واسطي ڪڏھن بھ سوڍا کار يا تکي تيزاب کي استعمال نہ ڪيو وڃي.
گھڻي ٽائيم گذرڻ يا ڪنھن ٻئي سبب ڪري موزائيڪ جو فرفش تمام گھڻو خراب ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي قسم جي پالش سان چٽو ۽ چمڪندر بڻايو وڃي. انھيءَ لاءِ سڀ کان پھرين ھلڪي آگزئيلڪ تيزاب سان فرش کي صاف ڪيو وڃي. تيزاب سان ڌوئڻ کان پوءِ انھيءَ کي آلي ڪپڙي جي پوچيءَ سان صاف ڪري پوءِ ڪنھن صاف نرم ڪپڙي سان چوھڻ رستي سڪايو وڃي. بعد ۾ عمدي قسم جي پالش کي صاف ريشمي سٽ يعني ڪاٽن ويسٽ سان فرش مٿان مھٽي انھيءَ کي چمڪايو وڃي. پالش ڪرڻ وقت فرش کي تمام گھڻو لسو ۽ سڻڀو رکڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن تِرڪڻ جو امڪان نھ رھي.
موزائيڪ وجھڻ وقت ضرورت کان وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪرڻ سبب سڪڻ کان پوءِ فرش اندر سنھڙا ڏار (Hair Cracks)  پيدا ٿي پوندا آھن، جن جي مرمت ڏاڍي مشڪل ٿي پوندي آھي. بھرحال انھن ڏارن اندر ڪنھن بھ قسم جي دز، مٽي ۽ پاڻيءَ داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ انھن کي صاف سيمينٽ جي ھلڪي ۽ عمدي ڪريم سان صاف پاڻيءَ رستي مھٽيو وڃي، جيئن انھيءَ ڪريم رستي اھي ڏار چڱيءَ طرح ڀرجي وڃن. انھيءَ بعد اٽڪل ڏھن ڏينھن تائين مرمت ڪيل حصن جي پاڻي رستي ترائي ڪئي وڃي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>23jl52dzx8ldv7pljpy4bue1ttkywj3</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401088</id>
      <parentid>401087</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T02:03:16Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401088</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="46371" sha1="bdeh2140t7223skokooyh0sfce4ikes" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش ===

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش'''  اعليٰ درجي جا آرائشي فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ هيٺيون بنيادي تهه سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿئين تهه ۾ سفيد يا رنگين سيمينٽ سان بلوري پٿر (ماربل چپس) جا ننڍا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي فرش کي خوبصورت ۽ پائيدار بڻائيندا آهن.
فرش کي مختلف خانن يا ڊزائنن ۾ ورهائڻ لاءِ پتل، ٽامي، جست يا شيشي جون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. موزائيڪ جي تهه کي وجهي، مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) کان پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائينڊنگ) ۽ پالش ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مٿاڇري هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ بلوري داڻا نمايان ٿي ظاهر ٿيندا آهن. رنگين موزائيڪ فرشن لاءِ سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ مناسب رنگ پڻ ملائي سگهجن ٿا.
هي فرش رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، ڊگهي عمر وارا، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پٿر جا فرش ===

'''پٿر جا فرش'''  مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا فرش هوندا آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي هڪجهڙي ٿولهه وارن قدرتي پٿرن جي چؤنڪن  سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. پٿرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن کي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان مناسب جوڙن سميت لڳايو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برابر ورهائجي ۽ فرش مضبوط رهي.
فرش جي جوڙن کي ضرورت موجب ٽيپ (پوائنٽگ) ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڪم مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور سرڪاري عمارتن، برآمدن، اڱڻن، راهدارين ۽ ٻين هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين قائم رهندڙ فرش گهربل هجي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش ===

'''چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش''' (گليزڊ ٽائل فلورنگ) هموار، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش فرش آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي چمڪدار ٽائيلن سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ٽائيلن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ پوءِ سيمينٽ جي گاري تي صحيح ليول ۽ سلاميءَ سان وڇايو ويندو آهي، جيئن جوڙ مضبوط ۽ سطح هموار رهي.
ٽائيلون لڳائڻ کان پوءِ جوڙن ۾ سيمينٽ جي رٻڙي (سلري) ڀري ويندي آهي ۽ مناسب ترائي  کان پوءِ فرش کي صاف ۽ پالش ڪيو ويندو آهي. تعمير دوران فرش کي داغن ۽ نقصان کان بچائڻ لاءِ ڍڪي رکيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، غسل خانن، باورچي خانن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بلوري پٿر (سنگمرمر) جا فرش ===

'''بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار، خوبصورتي ۽ پائيداري جي ڪري ممتاز فرش سمجهيا وڃن ٿا. اهي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد  تي هڪجهڙي سائيز ۽ ٿولهه وارن سنگمرمر جي چؤنڪن يا تختن کي سيمينٽ يا چوني جي گاري سان وڇائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. جوڙ تمام سنها رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ انهن کي چوني جي لاپي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي ته جيئن فرش هموار ۽ دلڪش نظر اچي.
فرش وڇائڻ کان پوءِ مناسب ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي ۽ پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائنڊنگ) ۽ پالش ذريعي مٿاڇري کي هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ خوبصورت بڻايو ويندو آهي. سنگمرمر جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، هوٽلن، سرڪاري عمارتن، مسجدن ۽ ٻين اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي خوبصورتي، صفائي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي اهميت ڏني ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي ===

'''سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي''' اهڙي فرشبندي آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون بغير گاري جي، چڱيءَ طرح هموار ۽ نهر ڪيل زمين يا واريءَ جي بنياد تي ويجهو ويجهو وڇايون وينديون آهن. سرن جي جوڙن کي سنهو رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن ۾ باريڪ واري ڀري سرن کي مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾ صرف مٿاڇري تي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي پتلي گاري سان جوڙ بند ڪيا ويندا آهن.
هي قسم جو فرش مضبوط، اقتصادي ۽ مرمت ۾ آسان هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري گودامن، اڱڻن، رستن، چبوترن ۽ گهٽ ٽرئفڪ وارن علائقن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار جا، خوبصورت ۽ آرامده فرش آهن، جيڪي مضبوط ۽ معياري ڪاٺ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي نسبتاً مهانگا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سندن استعمال گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڪاٺ آسانيءَ سان دستياب هجي، يا اهڙين عمارتن ۾ جتي آواز جي موٽ گهٽ رکڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ ضروري هجي، جهڙوڪ ناچ گهر، آڊيٽوريم ۽ جابلو علائقن جون عمارتون.
ڪاٺ جي لچڪدار خاصيت کي نظر ۾ رکندي، اهڙن فرشن جي جوڙجڪ ۾ مناسب چيمبر ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۽ استحڪام برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ ڪاٺ جا شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکي، انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آهن. شهتير مضبوط ۽ مناسب ماپ وارا هوندا آهن ته جيئن فرش محفوظ نموني بار برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ مڙڻ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ رهي.
ڪاٺ کي نمي کان بچائڻ لاءِ شهتيرن کي تازي گاري سان سڌي رابطي ۾ نه رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڀتين جي ويجهو مناسب هواداري (وينٽيليشن) پڻ ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي عمر ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ مٿيان شهتير سڌو سنئون ديوارن تي رکڻ بدران هيٺان رکيل ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن (بائينڊرز) تي ٽيڪايا ويندا آهن. بائينڊر شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکيا ويندا آهن، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
هي فرش مفرد ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط هوندا آهن ۽ آواز جي منتقلي کي به بهتر نموني گهٽائيندا آهن. البت انهن جي تعمير وڌيڪ پيچيده ۽ مهانگي هوندي آهي، تنهنڪري اهي عام طور وڏن مفاصلي وارن ڪمرن ۽ ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جي پڃري (ٽيڻن شهتيرن) وارا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽيڻن شهتيرن وارا فرش''' وڏن ڪمرن ۽ هالن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مفاصلو عام ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي گنجائش کان وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. انهن جي بناوت ۾ مکيه گرڊر، ٻڌندڙ شهتير، وچ وارا شهتير ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا گڏجي هڪ مضبوط ڍانچو ٺاهيندا آهن، جنهن سان بار مناسب نموني ورهائجي ويندو آهي.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪاٺ کي نمي ۽ ڳرڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مناسب هواداري جو انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته گرڊرن، ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن ۽ وچ وارن شهتيرن کي لوهي پٽن ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپن ذريعي پاڻ ۾ ٻڌيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي، استحڪام ۽ پائيداري وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور وڏن هالن، عوامي عمارتن ۽ ٻين وسيع اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زميني يا هيٺيان فرش ===

'''زميني يا هيٺيان فرش''' اهڙا ڪاٺ جا فرش آهن، جيڪي سڌيءَ طرح زمين جي مٿان تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ کي پوسل ۽ نمي کان محفوظ رکڻ لاءِ سڀ کان پهرين سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو بنيادي تهه تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان ننڍيون اوساريون يا سليپر رکي انهن تي وال پليٽون ۽ شهتير نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن، ۽ آخر ۾ انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا وڇايا ويندا آهن.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ مناسب هواداري جو خاص انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن ڪاٺ سڪي رهي ۽ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رهي. شهتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ عام طور ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ ساڳ يا شيشم جو ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== رٻڙ جا فرش ===

'''رٻڙ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي گندڪ سان مضبوط ڪيل رٻڙ مان تيار ڪيل چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي مضبوط بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. فرش لڳائڻ کان اڳ بنياد کي هموار، سڪل ۽ دز، چڪنائي ۽ پوسل کان پاڪ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان رٻڙ مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي وڃي.
رٻڙ جا فرش لچڪدار، خاموش، پائيدار ۽ هلڻ ۾ آرامده هوندا آهن. انهن تي هلڻ سان شور گهٽ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهي اسپتالن، آفيسن، هوٽلن، سئنيما گهرن، آڊيٽوريمن، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== لينوليم جا فرش ===

'''لينوليم جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي لينوليم جي چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب (ايڊھيسو) سان لڳائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري، رنگن ۽ ٻين قدرتي جزن مان تيار ٿيندڙ هڪ پائيدار فرشي مواد آهي، جيڪو مختلف رنگن ۽ نمونن ۾ دستياب هوندو آهي.
لينوليم جا فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ نسبتاً سستا هوندا آهن ۽ مناسب سنڀال، جهڙوڪ وارنش يا موم (ويڪس) لڳائڻ سان سندن عمر وڌائي سگهجي ٿي. اهي رهائشي گهرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن، ريسٽورانن ۽ مختلف گاڏين، جهڙوڪ موٽر ڪارن، بسن، ريل گاڏين ۽ جهازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪارڪ جا فرش ===

'''ڪارڪ جا فرش''' (Cork Floors) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي آواز گهٽ پيدا ڪرڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيت سبب آڊيٽوريم، عوامي لائبريرين، ٿيئٽرن، گرجائن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي ڪارڪ جي چادرن يا ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ موجود هوندا آهن. ڪارڪ جون ٽائيلون خالص ڪارڪ مان، جڏهن ته ڪارڪ جون چادرون ڪارڪ جي ٻوري، السيءَ جي تيل، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگن جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن سبب اهي وڌيڪ مضبوط ۽ پائيدار هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش''' ڪارڪ جي تيار ڪيل ٽائيلن يا بارڊر پٽين کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي هموار بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب يا ڏامر (Bitumen) سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي عام طور نرم گدي يا پلاءِ جي تهه استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي ته جيئن فرش جي حرڪت سبب ٽائيلن کي نقصان نه پهچي.
ڪارڪ، '''ڪارڪ اوڪ''' (Cork Oak) وڻ جي ٿلهي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا هر 8 کان 10 سالن بعد لاهي خاص عملن ذريعي سخت، مضبوط ۽ هلڪي وزن واري مواد ۾ تبديل ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪارڪ جا فرش آواز جذب ڪرڻ، گرميءَ کان بچاءُ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيتن سبب آفيسن، لائبريرين، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن لاءِ موزون سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پي-وي-سي جا فرش ===

'''پي-وي-سي جا فرش''' (پولي ونيل ڪلورائيڊ فرش جديد تعميراتي فرشن مان آهن، جيڪي گهرن، آفيسن، ريلوي ڊٻن، آڊيٽوريمن ۽ ٿيئٽرن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن. اهي عام طور رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر هموار بنياد تي لڳايا ويندا آهن ۽ پنهنجي خوبصورتي، لچڪ، پاڻي نه جذب ڪرڻ ۽ آسان صفائي جي خاصيتن سبب مقبول آهن.
پي-وي-سي شيٽون ۽ ٽائيلون ٿرموپلاسٽڪ مرڪبن، فلرن ۽ رنگن مان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي مختلف سائيزن ۽ ٿولهين ۾ دستياب هونديون آهن ۽ هڪ مضبوط، هموار ۽ پائيدار فرشي مٿاڇرو فراهم ڪنديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== شيشي جا فرش ===

'''شيشي جا فرش''' انهن هنڌن تي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن، جتي هيٺئين ماڙ يا تهه خاني تائين قدرتي روشني پهچائڻ ضروري هجي. اهي مضبوط ڪاٺ يا ڌاتوءَ جي فريمن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا پينل لڳائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. استعمال ٿيندڙ شيشو اعليٰ معيار جو، مضبوط ۽ مناسب ٿولهه وارو هوندو آهي ته جيئن هلڻ جو بار محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي. اهڙا فرش جديد عمارتن، تجارتي مرڪزن ۽ روشنيءَ جي خاص ضرورت وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ائسفالٽ جا فرش ===

'''ائسفالٽ جا فرش''' ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن: '''ائسفالٽ ٽائيل فرش''' ۽ '''ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش'''. اهي فرش سستا، لچڪدار، پاڻي ۽ پوسل کان محفوظ، تيزاب، تيل ۽ گريس جي اثرن جي مزاحمت ڪندڙ هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سرڪاري آفيسن، اسڪولن، گودامن، ڪارخانن ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.
ائسفالٽ ٽائيلون عام طور هموار سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا مضبوط ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب سان لڳايون وينديون آهن، جڏهن ته ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ گرم حالت ۾ بنياد تي پٿاري تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان هڪ مضبوط، هموار ۽ پاڻي نه جذب ڪندڙ فرش حاصل ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت ==

فرشن جي ڊگهي عمر ۽ سٺي ڪارڪردگي لاءِ انهن جي باقاعده صفائي ۽ سنڀال ضروري آهي. فرش کي روزانو آلي پوچي سان صاف ڪرڻ گهرجي، جڏهن ته گهڻي گندگي جي صورت ۾ نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻي استعمال ڪجي. تيزابي يا کاري صفائي ڪندڙ شيون استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي فرش جي مٿاڇري کي نقصان پهچائي سگهن ٿيون.
جيڪڏهن فرش جو ڪو حصو ٽٽي يا خراب ٿي وڃي، ته متاثر ٿيل پينل کي هٽائي بنيادي سطح صاف ڪري نئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ سان ساڳئي ليول تي مرمت ڪرڻ گهرجي. مرمت ٿيل حصي کي مناسب ترائي ڏيڻ سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرشن''' جي سنڀال لاءِ انهن کي روزانو صاف پاڻي ۽ نرم پوچي سان صاف رکڻ گهرجي. سخت داغن کي هلڪي آڪسيلڪ ائسڊ. سان صاف ڪري سگهجي ٿو، پر تيزابي يا کاري صفائي ڪندڙ شيون استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي. وقت سان چمڪ گهٽجڻ جي صورت ۾ مناسب پالش ذريعي فرش کي ٻيهر چمڪايو ويندو آهي.
جيڪڏهن فرش جو ڪو حصو خراب ٿي وڃي ته متاثر ٿيل پينل کي هٽائي ساڳئي رنگ، داڻي ۽ ليول سان نئون موزائيڪ لڳايو وڃي. سنهڙا ڏار. ظاهر ٿيڻ جي صورت ۾ انهن کي سيمينٽ جي باريڪ ڪريم سان ڀري مناسب ترائي  ڪئي وڃي، جيئن پاڻي ۽ مٽي اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهي ۽ فرش جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

==ڪاٺ جا فرش==

: (Wooden Floors) 
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي اڏوھي لڳڻ ۽ ڳرڻ کان ڪنھن سٺي اڏوھي مارڻ جي دوا ۽ موزون پالش رستي بچائي رکڻ گھرجي. خراب ٿيل يا ڳري ويل فرش جي ڪاٺ جي حصي کي ھڪدم ڪٽي ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي موزون ڪاٺ لڳايو وڃي ۽ انھيءَ کي رندي ذريعي ٻئي فرش جي ليول سان سڌو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن نئين ڪاٺ واري حصي ۽ پراڻي ڪاٺ واري حصي جي ليول ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو فرق نھ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt; 

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>bdeh2140t7223skokooyh0sfce4ikes</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401089</id>
      <parentid>401088</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T02:03:59Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401089</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="46457" sha1="o2tt9qc6clp7o2scsd5r7povmgfwxnt" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش ===

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش'''  اعليٰ درجي جا آرائشي فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ هيٺيون بنيادي تهه سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿئين تهه ۾ سفيد يا رنگين سيمينٽ سان بلوري پٿر (ماربل چپس) جا ننڍا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي فرش کي خوبصورت ۽ پائيدار بڻائيندا آهن.
فرش کي مختلف خانن يا ڊزائنن ۾ ورهائڻ لاءِ پتل، ٽامي، جست يا شيشي جون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. موزائيڪ جي تهه کي وجهي، مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) کان پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائينڊنگ) ۽ پالش ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مٿاڇري هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ بلوري داڻا نمايان ٿي ظاهر ٿيندا آهن. رنگين موزائيڪ فرشن لاءِ سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ مناسب رنگ پڻ ملائي سگهجن ٿا.
هي فرش رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، ڊگهي عمر وارا، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پٿر جا فرش ===

'''پٿر جا فرش'''  مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا فرش هوندا آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي هڪجهڙي ٿولهه وارن قدرتي پٿرن جي چؤنڪن  سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. پٿرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن کي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان مناسب جوڙن سميت لڳايو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برابر ورهائجي ۽ فرش مضبوط رهي.
فرش جي جوڙن کي ضرورت موجب ٽيپ (پوائنٽگ) ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڪم مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور سرڪاري عمارتن، برآمدن، اڱڻن، راهدارين ۽ ٻين هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين قائم رهندڙ فرش گهربل هجي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش ===

'''چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش''' (گليزڊ ٽائل فلورنگ) هموار، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش فرش آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي چمڪدار ٽائيلن سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ٽائيلن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ پوءِ سيمينٽ جي گاري تي صحيح ليول ۽ سلاميءَ سان وڇايو ويندو آهي، جيئن جوڙ مضبوط ۽ سطح هموار رهي.
ٽائيلون لڳائڻ کان پوءِ جوڙن ۾ سيمينٽ جي رٻڙي (سلري) ڀري ويندي آهي ۽ مناسب ترائي  کان پوءِ فرش کي صاف ۽ پالش ڪيو ويندو آهي. تعمير دوران فرش کي داغن ۽ نقصان کان بچائڻ لاءِ ڍڪي رکيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، غسل خانن، باورچي خانن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بلوري پٿر (سنگمرمر) جا فرش ===

'''بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار، خوبصورتي ۽ پائيداري جي ڪري ممتاز فرش سمجهيا وڃن ٿا. اهي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد  تي هڪجهڙي سائيز ۽ ٿولهه وارن سنگمرمر جي چؤنڪن يا تختن کي سيمينٽ يا چوني جي گاري سان وڇائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. جوڙ تمام سنها رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ انهن کي چوني جي لاپي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي ته جيئن فرش هموار ۽ دلڪش نظر اچي.
فرش وڇائڻ کان پوءِ مناسب ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي ۽ پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائنڊنگ) ۽ پالش ذريعي مٿاڇري کي هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ خوبصورت بڻايو ويندو آهي. سنگمرمر جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، هوٽلن، سرڪاري عمارتن، مسجدن ۽ ٻين اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي خوبصورتي، صفائي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي اهميت ڏني ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي ===

'''سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي''' اهڙي فرشبندي آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون بغير گاري جي، چڱيءَ طرح هموار ۽ نهر ڪيل زمين يا واريءَ جي بنياد تي ويجهو ويجهو وڇايون وينديون آهن. سرن جي جوڙن کي سنهو رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن ۾ باريڪ واري ڀري سرن کي مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾ صرف مٿاڇري تي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي پتلي گاري سان جوڙ بند ڪيا ويندا آهن.
هي قسم جو فرش مضبوط، اقتصادي ۽ مرمت ۾ آسان هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري گودامن، اڱڻن، رستن، چبوترن ۽ گهٽ ٽرئفڪ وارن علائقن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار جا، خوبصورت ۽ آرامده فرش آهن، جيڪي مضبوط ۽ معياري ڪاٺ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي نسبتاً مهانگا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سندن استعمال گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڪاٺ آسانيءَ سان دستياب هجي، يا اهڙين عمارتن ۾ جتي آواز جي موٽ گهٽ رکڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ ضروري هجي، جهڙوڪ ناچ گهر، آڊيٽوريم ۽ جابلو علائقن جون عمارتون.
ڪاٺ جي لچڪدار خاصيت کي نظر ۾ رکندي، اهڙن فرشن جي جوڙجڪ ۾ مناسب چيمبر ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۽ استحڪام برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ ڪاٺ جا شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکي، انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آهن. شهتير مضبوط ۽ مناسب ماپ وارا هوندا آهن ته جيئن فرش محفوظ نموني بار برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ مڙڻ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ رهي.
ڪاٺ کي نمي کان بچائڻ لاءِ شهتيرن کي تازي گاري سان سڌي رابطي ۾ نه رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڀتين جي ويجهو مناسب هواداري (وينٽيليشن) پڻ ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي عمر ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ مٿيان شهتير سڌو سنئون ديوارن تي رکڻ بدران هيٺان رکيل ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن (بائينڊرز) تي ٽيڪايا ويندا آهن. بائينڊر شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکيا ويندا آهن، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
هي فرش مفرد ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط هوندا آهن ۽ آواز جي منتقلي کي به بهتر نموني گهٽائيندا آهن. البت انهن جي تعمير وڌيڪ پيچيده ۽ مهانگي هوندي آهي، تنهنڪري اهي عام طور وڏن مفاصلي وارن ڪمرن ۽ ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جي پڃري (ٽيڻن شهتيرن) وارا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽيڻن شهتيرن وارا فرش''' وڏن ڪمرن ۽ هالن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مفاصلو عام ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي گنجائش کان وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. انهن جي بناوت ۾ مکيه گرڊر، ٻڌندڙ شهتير، وچ وارا شهتير ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا گڏجي هڪ مضبوط ڍانچو ٺاهيندا آهن، جنهن سان بار مناسب نموني ورهائجي ويندو آهي.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪاٺ کي نمي ۽ ڳرڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مناسب هواداري جو انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته گرڊرن، ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن ۽ وچ وارن شهتيرن کي لوهي پٽن ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپن ذريعي پاڻ ۾ ٻڌيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي، استحڪام ۽ پائيداري وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور وڏن هالن، عوامي عمارتن ۽ ٻين وسيع اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زميني يا هيٺيان فرش ===

'''زميني يا هيٺيان فرش''' اهڙا ڪاٺ جا فرش آهن، جيڪي سڌيءَ طرح زمين جي مٿان تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ کي پوسل ۽ نمي کان محفوظ رکڻ لاءِ سڀ کان پهرين سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو بنيادي تهه تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان ننڍيون اوساريون يا سليپر رکي انهن تي وال پليٽون ۽ شهتير نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن، ۽ آخر ۾ انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا وڇايا ويندا آهن.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ مناسب هواداري جو خاص انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن ڪاٺ سڪي رهي ۽ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رهي. شهتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ عام طور ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ ساڳ يا شيشم جو ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== رٻڙ جا فرش ===

'''رٻڙ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي گندڪ سان مضبوط ڪيل رٻڙ مان تيار ڪيل چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي مضبوط بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. فرش لڳائڻ کان اڳ بنياد کي هموار، سڪل ۽ دز، چڪنائي ۽ پوسل کان پاڪ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان رٻڙ مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي وڃي.
رٻڙ جا فرش لچڪدار، خاموش، پائيدار ۽ هلڻ ۾ آرامده هوندا آهن. انهن تي هلڻ سان شور گهٽ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهي اسپتالن، آفيسن، هوٽلن، سئنيما گهرن، آڊيٽوريمن، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== لينوليم جا فرش ===

'''لينوليم جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي لينوليم جي چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب (ايڊھيسو) سان لڳائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري، رنگن ۽ ٻين قدرتي جزن مان تيار ٿيندڙ هڪ پائيدار فرشي مواد آهي، جيڪو مختلف رنگن ۽ نمونن ۾ دستياب هوندو آهي.
لينوليم جا فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ نسبتاً سستا هوندا آهن ۽ مناسب سنڀال، جهڙوڪ وارنش يا موم (ويڪس) لڳائڻ سان سندن عمر وڌائي سگهجي ٿي. اهي رهائشي گهرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن، ريسٽورانن ۽ مختلف گاڏين، جهڙوڪ موٽر ڪارن، بسن، ريل گاڏين ۽ جهازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪارڪ جا فرش ===

'''ڪارڪ جا فرش''' (Cork Floors) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي آواز گهٽ پيدا ڪرڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيت سبب آڊيٽوريم، عوامي لائبريرين، ٿيئٽرن، گرجائن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي ڪارڪ جي چادرن يا ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ موجود هوندا آهن. ڪارڪ جون ٽائيلون خالص ڪارڪ مان، جڏهن ته ڪارڪ جون چادرون ڪارڪ جي ٻوري، السيءَ جي تيل، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگن جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن سبب اهي وڌيڪ مضبوط ۽ پائيدار هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش''' ڪارڪ جي تيار ڪيل ٽائيلن يا بارڊر پٽين کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي هموار بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب يا ڏامر (Bitumen) سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي عام طور نرم گدي يا پلاءِ جي تهه استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي ته جيئن فرش جي حرڪت سبب ٽائيلن کي نقصان نه پهچي.
ڪارڪ، '''ڪارڪ اوڪ''' (Cork Oak) وڻ جي ٿلهي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا هر 8 کان 10 سالن بعد لاهي خاص عملن ذريعي سخت، مضبوط ۽ هلڪي وزن واري مواد ۾ تبديل ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪارڪ جا فرش آواز جذب ڪرڻ، گرميءَ کان بچاءُ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيتن سبب آفيسن، لائبريرين، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن لاءِ موزون سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پي-وي-سي جا فرش ===

'''پي-وي-سي جا فرش''' (پولي ونيل ڪلورائيڊ فرش جديد تعميراتي فرشن مان آهن، جيڪي گهرن، آفيسن، ريلوي ڊٻن، آڊيٽوريمن ۽ ٿيئٽرن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن. اهي عام طور رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر هموار بنياد تي لڳايا ويندا آهن ۽ پنهنجي خوبصورتي، لچڪ، پاڻي نه جذب ڪرڻ ۽ آسان صفائي جي خاصيتن سبب مقبول آهن.
پي-وي-سي شيٽون ۽ ٽائيلون ٿرموپلاسٽڪ مرڪبن، فلرن ۽ رنگن مان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي مختلف سائيزن ۽ ٿولهين ۾ دستياب هونديون آهن ۽ هڪ مضبوط، هموار ۽ پائيدار فرشي مٿاڇرو فراهم ڪنديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== شيشي جا فرش ===

'''شيشي جا فرش''' انهن هنڌن تي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن، جتي هيٺئين ماڙ يا تهه خاني تائين قدرتي روشني پهچائڻ ضروري هجي. اهي مضبوط ڪاٺ يا ڌاتوءَ جي فريمن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا پينل لڳائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. استعمال ٿيندڙ شيشو اعليٰ معيار جو، مضبوط ۽ مناسب ٿولهه وارو هوندو آهي ته جيئن هلڻ جو بار محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي. اهڙا فرش جديد عمارتن، تجارتي مرڪزن ۽ روشنيءَ جي خاص ضرورت وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ائسفالٽ جا فرش ===

'''ائسفالٽ جا فرش''' ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن: '''ائسفالٽ ٽائيل فرش''' ۽ '''ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش'''. اهي فرش سستا، لچڪدار، پاڻي ۽ پوسل کان محفوظ، تيزاب، تيل ۽ گريس جي اثرن جي مزاحمت ڪندڙ هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سرڪاري آفيسن، اسڪولن، گودامن، ڪارخانن ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.
ائسفالٽ ٽائيلون عام طور هموار سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا مضبوط ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب سان لڳايون وينديون آهن، جڏهن ته ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ گرم حالت ۾ بنياد تي پٿاري تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان هڪ مضبوط، هموار ۽ پاڻي نه جذب ڪندڙ فرش حاصل ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت ==

فرشن جي ڊگهي عمر ۽ سٺي ڪارڪردگي لاءِ انهن جي باقاعده صفائي ۽ سنڀال ضروري آهي. فرش کي روزانو آلي پوچي سان صاف ڪرڻ گهرجي، جڏهن ته گهڻي گندگي جي صورت ۾ نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻي استعمال ڪجي. تيزابي يا کاري صفائي ڪندڙ شيون استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي فرش جي مٿاڇري کي نقصان پهچائي سگهن ٿيون.
جيڪڏهن فرش جو ڪو حصو ٽٽي يا خراب ٿي وڃي، ته متاثر ٿيل پينل کي هٽائي بنيادي سطح صاف ڪري نئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ سان ساڳئي ليول تي مرمت ڪرڻ گهرجي. مرمت ٿيل حصي کي مناسب ترائي ڏيڻ سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرشن''' جي سنڀال لاءِ انهن کي روزانو صاف پاڻي ۽ نرم پوچي سان صاف رکڻ گهرجي. سخت داغن کي هلڪي آڪسيلڪ ائسڊ. سان صاف ڪري سگهجي ٿو، پر تيزابي يا کاري صفائي ڪندڙ شيون استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي. وقت سان چمڪ گهٽجڻ جي صورت ۾ مناسب پالش ذريعي فرش کي ٻيهر چمڪايو ويندو آهي.
جيڪڏهن فرش جو ڪو حصو خراب ٿي وڃي ته متاثر ٿيل پينل کي هٽائي ساڳئي رنگ، داڻي ۽ ليول سان نئون موزائيڪ لڳايو وڃي. سنهڙا ڏار. ظاهر ٿيڻ جي صورت ۾ انهن کي سيمينٽ جي باريڪ ڪريم سان ڀري مناسب ترائي  ڪئي وڃي، جيئن پاڻي ۽ مٽي اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهي ۽ فرش جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ڪاٺ جي فرشن''' کي اڏوهي، نمي ۽ سڙڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ باقاعدي حفاظتي دوائن ۽ مناسب پالش جو استعمال ضروري آهي. جيڪڏهن فرش جو ڪو حصو خراب يا سڙي وڃي، ته ان کي هٽائي ساڳئي قسم جي ڪاٺ سان تبديل ڪيو وڃي ۽ نئين ڪاٺ کي رندي ذريعي موجوده فرش جي ليول مطابق هموار ڪيو وڃي، جيئن فرش جي مضبوطي، خوبصورتي ۽ همواري برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

==لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش==

: (Linoleum and Rubber Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن جي سنڀال واسطي کين ڪنھن ھلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪبو رھجي ۽ انھن کي وقفي سان پالش ڪبو رھجي. صاف ڪرڻ واسطي گھڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪيو وڃي، جيئن اھو ھيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ مسالي جي تھ تائين پھچي فرش کي نقصان نھ پھچائي. جڏھن ھن قسم جو فرش تمام گھڻو ميرو ٿي وڃي تھ انھيءَ کي ڪنھن عمدي صاف ڪندڙ (Cleanser) مرڪب رستي صاف ڪيو وڃي. ھن قسم جي فرش کي تيز صابن رستي زور سان ملي صاف ڪرڻ کان احتياط ڪيو وڃي. ھن فرش ۾ ھيٺا ڪاٺ جو بنياد ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڏار پئجي ويندا آھن ۽ اھو ڪڏھن ڪڏھن ھيٺان اکڙجي پوندو آھي. اھڙن فرشن جي مرمت، ٿيل نقصان جي نوعيت تي مدار رکي ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>o2tt9qc6clp7o2scsd5r7povmgfwxnt</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401090</id>
      <parentid>401089</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T02:04:45Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401090</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="46367" sha1="io0uj3wmcey1tzm20hbp2g8b4ih0zq9" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش ===

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش'''  اعليٰ درجي جا آرائشي فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ هيٺيون بنيادي تهه سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿئين تهه ۾ سفيد يا رنگين سيمينٽ سان بلوري پٿر (ماربل چپس) جا ننڍا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي فرش کي خوبصورت ۽ پائيدار بڻائيندا آهن.
فرش کي مختلف خانن يا ڊزائنن ۾ ورهائڻ لاءِ پتل، ٽامي، جست يا شيشي جون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. موزائيڪ جي تهه کي وجهي، مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) کان پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائينڊنگ) ۽ پالش ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مٿاڇري هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ بلوري داڻا نمايان ٿي ظاهر ٿيندا آهن. رنگين موزائيڪ فرشن لاءِ سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ مناسب رنگ پڻ ملائي سگهجن ٿا.
هي فرش رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، ڊگهي عمر وارا، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پٿر جا فرش ===

'''پٿر جا فرش'''  مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا فرش هوندا آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي هڪجهڙي ٿولهه وارن قدرتي پٿرن جي چؤنڪن  سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. پٿرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن کي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان مناسب جوڙن سميت لڳايو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برابر ورهائجي ۽ فرش مضبوط رهي.
فرش جي جوڙن کي ضرورت موجب ٽيپ (پوائنٽگ) ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڪم مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور سرڪاري عمارتن، برآمدن، اڱڻن، راهدارين ۽ ٻين هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين قائم رهندڙ فرش گهربل هجي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش ===

'''چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش''' (گليزڊ ٽائل فلورنگ) هموار، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش فرش آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي چمڪدار ٽائيلن سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ٽائيلن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ پوءِ سيمينٽ جي گاري تي صحيح ليول ۽ سلاميءَ سان وڇايو ويندو آهي، جيئن جوڙ مضبوط ۽ سطح هموار رهي.
ٽائيلون لڳائڻ کان پوءِ جوڙن ۾ سيمينٽ جي رٻڙي (سلري) ڀري ويندي آهي ۽ مناسب ترائي  کان پوءِ فرش کي صاف ۽ پالش ڪيو ويندو آهي. تعمير دوران فرش کي داغن ۽ نقصان کان بچائڻ لاءِ ڍڪي رکيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، غسل خانن، باورچي خانن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بلوري پٿر (سنگمرمر) جا فرش ===

'''بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار، خوبصورتي ۽ پائيداري جي ڪري ممتاز فرش سمجهيا وڃن ٿا. اهي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد  تي هڪجهڙي سائيز ۽ ٿولهه وارن سنگمرمر جي چؤنڪن يا تختن کي سيمينٽ يا چوني جي گاري سان وڇائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. جوڙ تمام سنها رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ انهن کي چوني جي لاپي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي ته جيئن فرش هموار ۽ دلڪش نظر اچي.
فرش وڇائڻ کان پوءِ مناسب ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي ۽ پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائنڊنگ) ۽ پالش ذريعي مٿاڇري کي هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ خوبصورت بڻايو ويندو آهي. سنگمرمر جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، هوٽلن، سرڪاري عمارتن، مسجدن ۽ ٻين اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي خوبصورتي، صفائي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي اهميت ڏني ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي ===

'''سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي''' اهڙي فرشبندي آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون بغير گاري جي، چڱيءَ طرح هموار ۽ نهر ڪيل زمين يا واريءَ جي بنياد تي ويجهو ويجهو وڇايون وينديون آهن. سرن جي جوڙن کي سنهو رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن ۾ باريڪ واري ڀري سرن کي مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾ صرف مٿاڇري تي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي پتلي گاري سان جوڙ بند ڪيا ويندا آهن.
هي قسم جو فرش مضبوط، اقتصادي ۽ مرمت ۾ آسان هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري گودامن، اڱڻن، رستن، چبوترن ۽ گهٽ ٽرئفڪ وارن علائقن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار جا، خوبصورت ۽ آرامده فرش آهن، جيڪي مضبوط ۽ معياري ڪاٺ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي نسبتاً مهانگا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سندن استعمال گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڪاٺ آسانيءَ سان دستياب هجي، يا اهڙين عمارتن ۾ جتي آواز جي موٽ گهٽ رکڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ ضروري هجي، جهڙوڪ ناچ گهر، آڊيٽوريم ۽ جابلو علائقن جون عمارتون.
ڪاٺ جي لچڪدار خاصيت کي نظر ۾ رکندي، اهڙن فرشن جي جوڙجڪ ۾ مناسب چيمبر ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۽ استحڪام برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ ڪاٺ جا شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکي، انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آهن. شهتير مضبوط ۽ مناسب ماپ وارا هوندا آهن ته جيئن فرش محفوظ نموني بار برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ مڙڻ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ رهي.
ڪاٺ کي نمي کان بچائڻ لاءِ شهتيرن کي تازي گاري سان سڌي رابطي ۾ نه رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڀتين جي ويجهو مناسب هواداري (وينٽيليشن) پڻ ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي عمر ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ مٿيان شهتير سڌو سنئون ديوارن تي رکڻ بدران هيٺان رکيل ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن (بائينڊرز) تي ٽيڪايا ويندا آهن. بائينڊر شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکيا ويندا آهن، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
هي فرش مفرد ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط هوندا آهن ۽ آواز جي منتقلي کي به بهتر نموني گهٽائيندا آهن. البت انهن جي تعمير وڌيڪ پيچيده ۽ مهانگي هوندي آهي، تنهنڪري اهي عام طور وڏن مفاصلي وارن ڪمرن ۽ ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جي پڃري (ٽيڻن شهتيرن) وارا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽيڻن شهتيرن وارا فرش''' وڏن ڪمرن ۽ هالن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مفاصلو عام ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي گنجائش کان وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. انهن جي بناوت ۾ مکيه گرڊر، ٻڌندڙ شهتير، وچ وارا شهتير ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا گڏجي هڪ مضبوط ڍانچو ٺاهيندا آهن، جنهن سان بار مناسب نموني ورهائجي ويندو آهي.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪاٺ کي نمي ۽ ڳرڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مناسب هواداري جو انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته گرڊرن، ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن ۽ وچ وارن شهتيرن کي لوهي پٽن ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپن ذريعي پاڻ ۾ ٻڌيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي، استحڪام ۽ پائيداري وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور وڏن هالن، عوامي عمارتن ۽ ٻين وسيع اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زميني يا هيٺيان فرش ===

'''زميني يا هيٺيان فرش''' اهڙا ڪاٺ جا فرش آهن، جيڪي سڌيءَ طرح زمين جي مٿان تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ کي پوسل ۽ نمي کان محفوظ رکڻ لاءِ سڀ کان پهرين سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو بنيادي تهه تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان ننڍيون اوساريون يا سليپر رکي انهن تي وال پليٽون ۽ شهتير نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن، ۽ آخر ۾ انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا وڇايا ويندا آهن.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ مناسب هواداري جو خاص انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن ڪاٺ سڪي رهي ۽ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رهي. شهتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ عام طور ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ ساڳ يا شيشم جو ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== رٻڙ جا فرش ===

'''رٻڙ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي گندڪ سان مضبوط ڪيل رٻڙ مان تيار ڪيل چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي مضبوط بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. فرش لڳائڻ کان اڳ بنياد کي هموار، سڪل ۽ دز، چڪنائي ۽ پوسل کان پاڪ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان رٻڙ مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي وڃي.
رٻڙ جا فرش لچڪدار، خاموش، پائيدار ۽ هلڻ ۾ آرامده هوندا آهن. انهن تي هلڻ سان شور گهٽ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهي اسپتالن، آفيسن، هوٽلن، سئنيما گهرن، آڊيٽوريمن، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== لينوليم جا فرش ===

'''لينوليم جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي لينوليم جي چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب (ايڊھيسو) سان لڳائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري، رنگن ۽ ٻين قدرتي جزن مان تيار ٿيندڙ هڪ پائيدار فرشي مواد آهي، جيڪو مختلف رنگن ۽ نمونن ۾ دستياب هوندو آهي.
لينوليم جا فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ نسبتاً سستا هوندا آهن ۽ مناسب سنڀال، جهڙوڪ وارنش يا موم (ويڪس) لڳائڻ سان سندن عمر وڌائي سگهجي ٿي. اهي رهائشي گهرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن، ريسٽورانن ۽ مختلف گاڏين، جهڙوڪ موٽر ڪارن، بسن، ريل گاڏين ۽ جهازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪارڪ جا فرش ===

'''ڪارڪ جا فرش''' (Cork Floors) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي آواز گهٽ پيدا ڪرڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيت سبب آڊيٽوريم، عوامي لائبريرين، ٿيئٽرن، گرجائن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي ڪارڪ جي چادرن يا ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ موجود هوندا آهن. ڪارڪ جون ٽائيلون خالص ڪارڪ مان، جڏهن ته ڪارڪ جون چادرون ڪارڪ جي ٻوري، السيءَ جي تيل، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگن جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن سبب اهي وڌيڪ مضبوط ۽ پائيدار هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش''' ڪارڪ جي تيار ڪيل ٽائيلن يا بارڊر پٽين کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي هموار بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب يا ڏامر (Bitumen) سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي عام طور نرم گدي يا پلاءِ جي تهه استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي ته جيئن فرش جي حرڪت سبب ٽائيلن کي نقصان نه پهچي.
ڪارڪ، '''ڪارڪ اوڪ''' (Cork Oak) وڻ جي ٿلهي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا هر 8 کان 10 سالن بعد لاهي خاص عملن ذريعي سخت، مضبوط ۽ هلڪي وزن واري مواد ۾ تبديل ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪارڪ جا فرش آواز جذب ڪرڻ، گرميءَ کان بچاءُ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيتن سبب آفيسن، لائبريرين، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن لاءِ موزون سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پي-وي-سي جا فرش ===

'''پي-وي-سي جا فرش''' (پولي ونيل ڪلورائيڊ فرش جديد تعميراتي فرشن مان آهن، جيڪي گهرن، آفيسن، ريلوي ڊٻن، آڊيٽوريمن ۽ ٿيئٽرن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن. اهي عام طور رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر هموار بنياد تي لڳايا ويندا آهن ۽ پنهنجي خوبصورتي، لچڪ، پاڻي نه جذب ڪرڻ ۽ آسان صفائي جي خاصيتن سبب مقبول آهن.
پي-وي-سي شيٽون ۽ ٽائيلون ٿرموپلاسٽڪ مرڪبن، فلرن ۽ رنگن مان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي مختلف سائيزن ۽ ٿولهين ۾ دستياب هونديون آهن ۽ هڪ مضبوط، هموار ۽ پائيدار فرشي مٿاڇرو فراهم ڪنديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== شيشي جا فرش ===

'''شيشي جا فرش''' انهن هنڌن تي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن، جتي هيٺئين ماڙ يا تهه خاني تائين قدرتي روشني پهچائڻ ضروري هجي. اهي مضبوط ڪاٺ يا ڌاتوءَ جي فريمن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا پينل لڳائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. استعمال ٿيندڙ شيشو اعليٰ معيار جو، مضبوط ۽ مناسب ٿولهه وارو هوندو آهي ته جيئن هلڻ جو بار محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي. اهڙا فرش جديد عمارتن، تجارتي مرڪزن ۽ روشنيءَ جي خاص ضرورت وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ائسفالٽ جا فرش ===

'''ائسفالٽ جا فرش''' ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن: '''ائسفالٽ ٽائيل فرش''' ۽ '''ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش'''. اهي فرش سستا، لچڪدار، پاڻي ۽ پوسل کان محفوظ، تيزاب، تيل ۽ گريس جي اثرن جي مزاحمت ڪندڙ هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سرڪاري آفيسن، اسڪولن، گودامن، ڪارخانن ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.
ائسفالٽ ٽائيلون عام طور هموار سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا مضبوط ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب سان لڳايون وينديون آهن، جڏهن ته ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ گرم حالت ۾ بنياد تي پٿاري تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان هڪ مضبوط، هموار ۽ پاڻي نه جذب ڪندڙ فرش حاصل ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت ==

فرشن جي ڊگهي عمر ۽ سٺي ڪارڪردگي لاءِ انهن جي باقاعده صفائي ۽ سنڀال ضروري آهي. فرش کي روزانو آلي پوچي سان صاف ڪرڻ گهرجي، جڏهن ته گهڻي گندگي جي صورت ۾ نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻي استعمال ڪجي. تيزابي يا کاري صفائي ڪندڙ شيون استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي فرش جي مٿاڇري کي نقصان پهچائي سگهن ٿيون.
جيڪڏهن فرش جو ڪو حصو ٽٽي يا خراب ٿي وڃي، ته متاثر ٿيل پينل کي هٽائي بنيادي سطح صاف ڪري نئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ سان ساڳئي ليول تي مرمت ڪرڻ گهرجي. مرمت ٿيل حصي کي مناسب ترائي ڏيڻ سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرشن''' جي سنڀال لاءِ انهن کي روزانو صاف پاڻي ۽ نرم پوچي سان صاف رکڻ گهرجي. سخت داغن کي هلڪي آڪسيلڪ ائسڊ. سان صاف ڪري سگهجي ٿو، پر تيزابي يا کاري صفائي ڪندڙ شيون استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي. وقت سان چمڪ گهٽجڻ جي صورت ۾ مناسب پالش ذريعي فرش کي ٻيهر چمڪايو ويندو آهي.
جيڪڏهن فرش جو ڪو حصو خراب ٿي وڃي ته متاثر ٿيل پينل کي هٽائي ساڳئي رنگ، داڻي ۽ ليول سان نئون موزائيڪ لڳايو وڃي. سنهڙا ڏار. ظاهر ٿيڻ جي صورت ۾ انهن کي سيمينٽ جي باريڪ ڪريم سان ڀري مناسب ترائي  ڪئي وڃي، جيئن پاڻي ۽ مٽي اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهي ۽ فرش جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ڪاٺ جي فرشن''' کي اڏوهي، نمي ۽ سڙڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ باقاعدي حفاظتي دوائن ۽ مناسب پالش جو استعمال ضروري آهي. جيڪڏهن فرش جو ڪو حصو خراب يا سڙي وڃي، ته ان کي هٽائي ساڳئي قسم جي ڪاٺ سان تبديل ڪيو وڃي ۽ نئين ڪاٺ کي رندي ذريعي موجوده فرش جي ليول مطابق هموار ڪيو وڃي، جيئن فرش جي مضبوطي، خوبصورتي ۽ همواري برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش''' صاف رکڻ لاءِ انهن کي هلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان باقاعدي صاف ڪرڻ ۽ وقت بوقت پالش ڪرڻ گهرجي. صفائي دوران گهڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال کان پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي، جيئن پاڻي هيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ تهه تائين نه پهچي. سخت داغن کي مناسب صاف ڪندڙ مرڪب سان هٽائڻ گهرجي، جڏهن ته تيزابي يا سخت صفائي ڪندڙ شيون استعمال نه ڪيون وڃن.
جيڪڏهن فرش ۾ ڏار پئجي وڃن يا اهو بنياد کان الڳ ٿي وڃي، ته ان جي مرمت نقصان جي نوعيت موجب ڪئي وڃي ۽ ضرورت پوڻ تي خراب ٿيل حصو نئين مواد سان تبديل ڪيو وڃي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

==ائسفالٽ جا فرش==
 : (Asphalt Floors)
ھن قسم جي فرشن کي صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ  کين گرم پاڻي ۽ ڪنھن عمدي نموني جي شيءِ (Detergent)  سان ڌوئڻ گھرجي. انھيءَ بعد کين آلي ڪپڙي سان، اگھي ھر ڪنھن قسم جي سڻڀ جي داغن جھڙوڪ تيل، گريس ۽ چرٻيءَ وغيره کان پاڪ ڪيو وڃي، جيئن انھن جي چيڙھھ سان مٽي ۽ ٻيو اھڙي قسم جو گند ڪچرو ڄمي خراب ۽ گدلو نظر نھ اچي.
ھن قسم جي فرشن واسطي تمام گھڻو ڌيان رکڻو پوندو آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ اڪثر ڪري ھيٺئين فرش جي خراب ھئڻ جي صورت ۾ ائسفالٽ ڦنڊي پوندو آھي. انھيءَ صورت ۾ خراب حصي کي تمام گھڻي خيال سان ڪڍي انھيءَ جي جاءِ تي نئون ائسفالٽ وڇائي انھيءَ کي ٻئي پراڻي لڳل ڀر واري فرش جي سنوت ۾ آندو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>io0uj3wmcey1tzm20hbp2g8b4ih0zq9</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401091</id>
      <parentid>401090</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T02:05:56Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401091</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="46148" sha1="im3jpypz1087yog0otzrmyke3q3kqah" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش ===

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش'''  اعليٰ درجي جا آرائشي فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ هيٺيون بنيادي تهه سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿئين تهه ۾ سفيد يا رنگين سيمينٽ سان بلوري پٿر (ماربل چپس) جا ننڍا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي فرش کي خوبصورت ۽ پائيدار بڻائيندا آهن.
فرش کي مختلف خانن يا ڊزائنن ۾ ورهائڻ لاءِ پتل، ٽامي، جست يا شيشي جون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. موزائيڪ جي تهه کي وجهي، مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) کان پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائينڊنگ) ۽ پالش ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مٿاڇري هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ بلوري داڻا نمايان ٿي ظاهر ٿيندا آهن. رنگين موزائيڪ فرشن لاءِ سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ مناسب رنگ پڻ ملائي سگهجن ٿا.
هي فرش رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، ڊگهي عمر وارا، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پٿر جا فرش ===

'''پٿر جا فرش'''  مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا فرش هوندا آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي هڪجهڙي ٿولهه وارن قدرتي پٿرن جي چؤنڪن  سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. پٿرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن کي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان مناسب جوڙن سميت لڳايو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برابر ورهائجي ۽ فرش مضبوط رهي.
فرش جي جوڙن کي ضرورت موجب ٽيپ (پوائنٽگ) ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڪم مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور سرڪاري عمارتن، برآمدن، اڱڻن، راهدارين ۽ ٻين هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين قائم رهندڙ فرش گهربل هجي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش ===

'''چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش''' (گليزڊ ٽائل فلورنگ) هموار، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش فرش آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي چمڪدار ٽائيلن سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ٽائيلن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ پوءِ سيمينٽ جي گاري تي صحيح ليول ۽ سلاميءَ سان وڇايو ويندو آهي، جيئن جوڙ مضبوط ۽ سطح هموار رهي.
ٽائيلون لڳائڻ کان پوءِ جوڙن ۾ سيمينٽ جي رٻڙي (سلري) ڀري ويندي آهي ۽ مناسب ترائي  کان پوءِ فرش کي صاف ۽ پالش ڪيو ويندو آهي. تعمير دوران فرش کي داغن ۽ نقصان کان بچائڻ لاءِ ڍڪي رکيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، غسل خانن، باورچي خانن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بلوري پٿر (سنگمرمر) جا فرش ===

'''بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار، خوبصورتي ۽ پائيداري جي ڪري ممتاز فرش سمجهيا وڃن ٿا. اهي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد  تي هڪجهڙي سائيز ۽ ٿولهه وارن سنگمرمر جي چؤنڪن يا تختن کي سيمينٽ يا چوني جي گاري سان وڇائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. جوڙ تمام سنها رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ انهن کي چوني جي لاپي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي ته جيئن فرش هموار ۽ دلڪش نظر اچي.
فرش وڇائڻ کان پوءِ مناسب ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي ۽ پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائنڊنگ) ۽ پالش ذريعي مٿاڇري کي هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ خوبصورت بڻايو ويندو آهي. سنگمرمر جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، هوٽلن، سرڪاري عمارتن، مسجدن ۽ ٻين اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي خوبصورتي، صفائي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي اهميت ڏني ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي ===

'''سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي''' اهڙي فرشبندي آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون بغير گاري جي، چڱيءَ طرح هموار ۽ نهر ڪيل زمين يا واريءَ جي بنياد تي ويجهو ويجهو وڇايون وينديون آهن. سرن جي جوڙن کي سنهو رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن ۾ باريڪ واري ڀري سرن کي مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾ صرف مٿاڇري تي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي پتلي گاري سان جوڙ بند ڪيا ويندا آهن.
هي قسم جو فرش مضبوط، اقتصادي ۽ مرمت ۾ آسان هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري گودامن، اڱڻن، رستن، چبوترن ۽ گهٽ ٽرئفڪ وارن علائقن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار جا، خوبصورت ۽ آرامده فرش آهن، جيڪي مضبوط ۽ معياري ڪاٺ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي نسبتاً مهانگا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سندن استعمال گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڪاٺ آسانيءَ سان دستياب هجي، يا اهڙين عمارتن ۾ جتي آواز جي موٽ گهٽ رکڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ ضروري هجي، جهڙوڪ ناچ گهر، آڊيٽوريم ۽ جابلو علائقن جون عمارتون.
ڪاٺ جي لچڪدار خاصيت کي نظر ۾ رکندي، اهڙن فرشن جي جوڙجڪ ۾ مناسب چيمبر ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۽ استحڪام برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ ڪاٺ جا شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکي، انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آهن. شهتير مضبوط ۽ مناسب ماپ وارا هوندا آهن ته جيئن فرش محفوظ نموني بار برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ مڙڻ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ رهي.
ڪاٺ کي نمي کان بچائڻ لاءِ شهتيرن کي تازي گاري سان سڌي رابطي ۾ نه رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڀتين جي ويجهو مناسب هواداري (وينٽيليشن) پڻ ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي عمر ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ مٿيان شهتير سڌو سنئون ديوارن تي رکڻ بدران هيٺان رکيل ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن (بائينڊرز) تي ٽيڪايا ويندا آهن. بائينڊر شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکيا ويندا آهن، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
هي فرش مفرد ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط هوندا آهن ۽ آواز جي منتقلي کي به بهتر نموني گهٽائيندا آهن. البت انهن جي تعمير وڌيڪ پيچيده ۽ مهانگي هوندي آهي، تنهنڪري اهي عام طور وڏن مفاصلي وارن ڪمرن ۽ ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جي پڃري (ٽيڻن شهتيرن) وارا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽيڻن شهتيرن وارا فرش''' وڏن ڪمرن ۽ هالن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مفاصلو عام ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي گنجائش کان وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. انهن جي بناوت ۾ مکيه گرڊر، ٻڌندڙ شهتير، وچ وارا شهتير ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا گڏجي هڪ مضبوط ڍانچو ٺاهيندا آهن، جنهن سان بار مناسب نموني ورهائجي ويندو آهي.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪاٺ کي نمي ۽ ڳرڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مناسب هواداري جو انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته گرڊرن، ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن ۽ وچ وارن شهتيرن کي لوهي پٽن ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپن ذريعي پاڻ ۾ ٻڌيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي، استحڪام ۽ پائيداري وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور وڏن هالن، عوامي عمارتن ۽ ٻين وسيع اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زميني يا هيٺيان فرش ===

'''زميني يا هيٺيان فرش''' اهڙا ڪاٺ جا فرش آهن، جيڪي سڌيءَ طرح زمين جي مٿان تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ کي پوسل ۽ نمي کان محفوظ رکڻ لاءِ سڀ کان پهرين سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو بنيادي تهه تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان ننڍيون اوساريون يا سليپر رکي انهن تي وال پليٽون ۽ شهتير نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن، ۽ آخر ۾ انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا وڇايا ويندا آهن.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ مناسب هواداري جو خاص انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن ڪاٺ سڪي رهي ۽ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رهي. شهتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ عام طور ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ ساڳ يا شيشم جو ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== رٻڙ جا فرش ===

'''رٻڙ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي گندڪ سان مضبوط ڪيل رٻڙ مان تيار ڪيل چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي مضبوط بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. فرش لڳائڻ کان اڳ بنياد کي هموار، سڪل ۽ دز، چڪنائي ۽ پوسل کان پاڪ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان رٻڙ مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي وڃي.
رٻڙ جا فرش لچڪدار، خاموش، پائيدار ۽ هلڻ ۾ آرامده هوندا آهن. انهن تي هلڻ سان شور گهٽ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهي اسپتالن، آفيسن، هوٽلن، سئنيما گهرن، آڊيٽوريمن، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== لينوليم جا فرش ===

'''لينوليم جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي لينوليم جي چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب (ايڊھيسو) سان لڳائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري، رنگن ۽ ٻين قدرتي جزن مان تيار ٿيندڙ هڪ پائيدار فرشي مواد آهي، جيڪو مختلف رنگن ۽ نمونن ۾ دستياب هوندو آهي.
لينوليم جا فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ نسبتاً سستا هوندا آهن ۽ مناسب سنڀال، جهڙوڪ وارنش يا موم (ويڪس) لڳائڻ سان سندن عمر وڌائي سگهجي ٿي. اهي رهائشي گهرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن، ريسٽورانن ۽ مختلف گاڏين، جهڙوڪ موٽر ڪارن، بسن، ريل گاڏين ۽ جهازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪارڪ جا فرش ===

'''ڪارڪ جا فرش''' (Cork Floors) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي آواز گهٽ پيدا ڪرڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيت سبب آڊيٽوريم، عوامي لائبريرين، ٿيئٽرن، گرجائن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي ڪارڪ جي چادرن يا ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ موجود هوندا آهن. ڪارڪ جون ٽائيلون خالص ڪارڪ مان، جڏهن ته ڪارڪ جون چادرون ڪارڪ جي ٻوري، السيءَ جي تيل، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگن جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن سبب اهي وڌيڪ مضبوط ۽ پائيدار هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش''' ڪارڪ جي تيار ڪيل ٽائيلن يا بارڊر پٽين کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي هموار بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب يا ڏامر (Bitumen) سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي عام طور نرم گدي يا پلاءِ جي تهه استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي ته جيئن فرش جي حرڪت سبب ٽائيلن کي نقصان نه پهچي.
ڪارڪ، '''ڪارڪ اوڪ''' (Cork Oak) وڻ جي ٿلهي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا هر 8 کان 10 سالن بعد لاهي خاص عملن ذريعي سخت، مضبوط ۽ هلڪي وزن واري مواد ۾ تبديل ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪارڪ جا فرش آواز جذب ڪرڻ، گرميءَ کان بچاءُ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيتن سبب آفيسن، لائبريرين، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن لاءِ موزون سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پي-وي-سي جا فرش ===

'''پي-وي-سي جا فرش''' (پولي ونيل ڪلورائيڊ فرش جديد تعميراتي فرشن مان آهن، جيڪي گهرن، آفيسن، ريلوي ڊٻن، آڊيٽوريمن ۽ ٿيئٽرن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن. اهي عام طور رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر هموار بنياد تي لڳايا ويندا آهن ۽ پنهنجي خوبصورتي، لچڪ، پاڻي نه جذب ڪرڻ ۽ آسان صفائي جي خاصيتن سبب مقبول آهن.
پي-وي-سي شيٽون ۽ ٽائيلون ٿرموپلاسٽڪ مرڪبن، فلرن ۽ رنگن مان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي مختلف سائيزن ۽ ٿولهين ۾ دستياب هونديون آهن ۽ هڪ مضبوط، هموار ۽ پائيدار فرشي مٿاڇرو فراهم ڪنديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== شيشي جا فرش ===

'''شيشي جا فرش''' انهن هنڌن تي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن، جتي هيٺئين ماڙ يا تهه خاني تائين قدرتي روشني پهچائڻ ضروري هجي. اهي مضبوط ڪاٺ يا ڌاتوءَ جي فريمن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا پينل لڳائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. استعمال ٿيندڙ شيشو اعليٰ معيار جو، مضبوط ۽ مناسب ٿولهه وارو هوندو آهي ته جيئن هلڻ جو بار محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي. اهڙا فرش جديد عمارتن، تجارتي مرڪزن ۽ روشنيءَ جي خاص ضرورت وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ائسفالٽ جا فرش ===

'''ائسفالٽ جا فرش''' ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن: '''ائسفالٽ ٽائيل فرش''' ۽ '''ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش'''. اهي فرش سستا، لچڪدار، پاڻي ۽ پوسل کان محفوظ، تيزاب، تيل ۽ گريس جي اثرن جي مزاحمت ڪندڙ هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سرڪاري آفيسن، اسڪولن، گودامن، ڪارخانن ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.
ائسفالٽ ٽائيلون عام طور هموار سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا مضبوط ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب سان لڳايون وينديون آهن، جڏهن ته ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ گرم حالت ۾ بنياد تي پٿاري تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان هڪ مضبوط، هموار ۽ پاڻي نه جذب ڪندڙ فرش حاصل ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت ==

فرشن جي ڊگهي عمر ۽ سٺي ڪارڪردگي لاءِ انهن جي باقاعده صفائي ۽ سنڀال ضروري آهي. فرش کي روزانو آلي پوچي سان صاف ڪرڻ گهرجي، جڏهن ته گهڻي گندگي جي صورت ۾ نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻي استعمال ڪجي. تيزابي يا کاري صفائي ڪندڙ شيون استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي فرش جي مٿاڇري کي نقصان پهچائي سگهن ٿيون.
جيڪڏهن فرش جو ڪو حصو ٽٽي يا خراب ٿي وڃي، ته متاثر ٿيل پينل کي هٽائي بنيادي سطح صاف ڪري نئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ سان ساڳئي ليول تي مرمت ڪرڻ گهرجي. مرمت ٿيل حصي کي مناسب ترائي ڏيڻ سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرشن''' جي سنڀال لاءِ انهن کي روزانو صاف پاڻي ۽ نرم پوچي سان صاف رکڻ گهرجي. سخت داغن کي هلڪي آڪسيلڪ ائسڊ. سان صاف ڪري سگهجي ٿو، پر تيزابي يا کاري صفائي ڪندڙ شيون استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي. وقت سان چمڪ گهٽجڻ جي صورت ۾ مناسب پالش ذريعي فرش کي ٻيهر چمڪايو ويندو آهي.
جيڪڏهن فرش جو ڪو حصو خراب ٿي وڃي ته متاثر ٿيل پينل کي هٽائي ساڳئي رنگ، داڻي ۽ ليول سان نئون موزائيڪ لڳايو وڃي. سنهڙا ڏار. ظاهر ٿيڻ جي صورت ۾ انهن کي سيمينٽ جي باريڪ ڪريم سان ڀري مناسب ترائي  ڪئي وڃي، جيئن پاڻي ۽ مٽي اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهي ۽ فرش جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ڪاٺ جي فرشن''' کي اڏوهي، نمي ۽ سڙڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ باقاعدي حفاظتي دوائن ۽ مناسب پالش جو استعمال ضروري آهي. جيڪڏهن فرش جو ڪو حصو خراب يا سڙي وڃي، ته ان کي هٽائي ساڳئي قسم جي ڪاٺ سان تبديل ڪيو وڃي ۽ نئين ڪاٺ کي رندي ذريعي موجوده فرش جي ليول مطابق هموار ڪيو وڃي، جيئن فرش جي مضبوطي، خوبصورتي ۽ همواري برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش''' صاف رکڻ لاءِ انهن کي هلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان باقاعدي صاف ڪرڻ ۽ وقت بوقت پالش ڪرڻ گهرجي. صفائي دوران گهڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال کان پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي، جيئن پاڻي هيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ تهه تائين نه پهچي. سخت داغن کي مناسب صاف ڪندڙ مرڪب سان هٽائڻ گهرجي، جڏهن ته تيزابي يا سخت صفائي ڪندڙ شيون استعمال نه ڪيون وڃن.
جيڪڏهن فرش ۾ ڏار پئجي وڃن يا اهو بنياد کان الڳ ٿي وڃي، ته ان جي مرمت نقصان جي نوعيت موجب ڪئي وڃي ۽ ضرورت پوڻ تي خراب ٿيل حصو نئين مواد سان تبديل ڪيو وڃي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ائسفالٽ جا فرش''' صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ انهن کي گرم پاڻي ۽ مناسب صفائي ڪندڙ مرڪب (ڊٽرجنٽ) سان ڌوئڻ گهرجي، پوءِ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري تيل، گريس ۽ ٻين چرٻي وارن داغن کان پاڪ رکڻ گهرجي، جيئن مٽي ۽ گند نه ڄمي.
جيڪڏهن بنيادي تهه جي خرابي سبب فرش ڦاٽي يا اڀري وڃي، ته خراب ٿيل حصو احتياط سان هٽائي ساڳئي قسم جي نئين ائسفالٽ سان مرمت ڪري، ان کي موجوده فرش جي ليول ۽ سنوت مطابق هموار ڪيو وڃي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>im3jpypz1087yog0otzrmyke3q3kqah</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401092</id>
      <parentid>401091</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T02:07:16Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401092</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="46459" sha1="9dwwz9rca3klkuj9hoe7hrkoj8v1mo7" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش ===

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش'''  اعليٰ درجي جا آرائشي فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ هيٺيون بنيادي تهه سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿئين تهه ۾ سفيد يا رنگين سيمينٽ سان بلوري پٿر (ماربل چپس) جا ننڍا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي فرش کي خوبصورت ۽ پائيدار بڻائيندا آهن.
فرش کي مختلف خانن يا ڊزائنن ۾ ورهائڻ لاءِ پتل، ٽامي، جست يا شيشي جون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. موزائيڪ جي تهه کي وجهي، مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) کان پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائينڊنگ) ۽ پالش ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مٿاڇري هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ بلوري داڻا نمايان ٿي ظاهر ٿيندا آهن. رنگين موزائيڪ فرشن لاءِ سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ مناسب رنگ پڻ ملائي سگهجن ٿا.
هي فرش رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، ڊگهي عمر وارا، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پٿر جا فرش ===

'''پٿر جا فرش'''  مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا فرش هوندا آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي هڪجهڙي ٿولهه وارن قدرتي پٿرن جي چؤنڪن  سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. پٿرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن کي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان مناسب جوڙن سميت لڳايو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برابر ورهائجي ۽ فرش مضبوط رهي.
فرش جي جوڙن کي ضرورت موجب ٽيپ (پوائنٽگ) ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڪم مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور سرڪاري عمارتن، برآمدن، اڱڻن، راهدارين ۽ ٻين هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين قائم رهندڙ فرش گهربل هجي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش ===

'''چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش''' (گليزڊ ٽائل فلورنگ) هموار، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش فرش آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي چمڪدار ٽائيلن سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ٽائيلن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ پوءِ سيمينٽ جي گاري تي صحيح ليول ۽ سلاميءَ سان وڇايو ويندو آهي، جيئن جوڙ مضبوط ۽ سطح هموار رهي.
ٽائيلون لڳائڻ کان پوءِ جوڙن ۾ سيمينٽ جي رٻڙي (سلري) ڀري ويندي آهي ۽ مناسب ترائي  کان پوءِ فرش کي صاف ۽ پالش ڪيو ويندو آهي. تعمير دوران فرش کي داغن ۽ نقصان کان بچائڻ لاءِ ڍڪي رکيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، غسل خانن، باورچي خانن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بلوري پٿر (سنگمرمر) جا فرش ===

'''بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار، خوبصورتي ۽ پائيداري جي ڪري ممتاز فرش سمجهيا وڃن ٿا. اهي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد  تي هڪجهڙي سائيز ۽ ٿولهه وارن سنگمرمر جي چؤنڪن يا تختن کي سيمينٽ يا چوني جي گاري سان وڇائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. جوڙ تمام سنها رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ انهن کي چوني جي لاپي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي ته جيئن فرش هموار ۽ دلڪش نظر اچي.
فرش وڇائڻ کان پوءِ مناسب ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي ۽ پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائنڊنگ) ۽ پالش ذريعي مٿاڇري کي هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ خوبصورت بڻايو ويندو آهي. سنگمرمر جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، هوٽلن، سرڪاري عمارتن، مسجدن ۽ ٻين اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي خوبصورتي، صفائي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي اهميت ڏني ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي ===

'''سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي''' اهڙي فرشبندي آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون بغير گاري جي، چڱيءَ طرح هموار ۽ نهر ڪيل زمين يا واريءَ جي بنياد تي ويجهو ويجهو وڇايون وينديون آهن. سرن جي جوڙن کي سنهو رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن ۾ باريڪ واري ڀري سرن کي مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾ صرف مٿاڇري تي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي پتلي گاري سان جوڙ بند ڪيا ويندا آهن.
هي قسم جو فرش مضبوط، اقتصادي ۽ مرمت ۾ آسان هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري گودامن، اڱڻن، رستن، چبوترن ۽ گهٽ ٽرئفڪ وارن علائقن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار جا، خوبصورت ۽ آرامده فرش آهن، جيڪي مضبوط ۽ معياري ڪاٺ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي نسبتاً مهانگا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سندن استعمال گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڪاٺ آسانيءَ سان دستياب هجي، يا اهڙين عمارتن ۾ جتي آواز جي موٽ گهٽ رکڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ ضروري هجي، جهڙوڪ ناچ گهر، آڊيٽوريم ۽ جابلو علائقن جون عمارتون.
ڪاٺ جي لچڪدار خاصيت کي نظر ۾ رکندي، اهڙن فرشن جي جوڙجڪ ۾ مناسب چيمبر ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۽ استحڪام برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ ڪاٺ جا شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکي، انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آهن. شهتير مضبوط ۽ مناسب ماپ وارا هوندا آهن ته جيئن فرش محفوظ نموني بار برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ مڙڻ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ رهي.
ڪاٺ کي نمي کان بچائڻ لاءِ شهتيرن کي تازي گاري سان سڌي رابطي ۾ نه رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڀتين جي ويجهو مناسب هواداري (وينٽيليشن) پڻ ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي عمر ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ مٿيان شهتير سڌو سنئون ديوارن تي رکڻ بدران هيٺان رکيل ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن (بائينڊرز) تي ٽيڪايا ويندا آهن. بائينڊر شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکيا ويندا آهن، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
هي فرش مفرد ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط هوندا آهن ۽ آواز جي منتقلي کي به بهتر نموني گهٽائيندا آهن. البت انهن جي تعمير وڌيڪ پيچيده ۽ مهانگي هوندي آهي، تنهنڪري اهي عام طور وڏن مفاصلي وارن ڪمرن ۽ ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جي پڃري (ٽيڻن شهتيرن) وارا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽيڻن شهتيرن وارا فرش''' وڏن ڪمرن ۽ هالن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مفاصلو عام ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي گنجائش کان وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. انهن جي بناوت ۾ مکيه گرڊر، ٻڌندڙ شهتير، وچ وارا شهتير ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا گڏجي هڪ مضبوط ڍانچو ٺاهيندا آهن، جنهن سان بار مناسب نموني ورهائجي ويندو آهي.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪاٺ کي نمي ۽ ڳرڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مناسب هواداري جو انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته گرڊرن، ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن ۽ وچ وارن شهتيرن کي لوهي پٽن ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپن ذريعي پاڻ ۾ ٻڌيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي، استحڪام ۽ پائيداري وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور وڏن هالن، عوامي عمارتن ۽ ٻين وسيع اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زميني يا هيٺيان فرش ===

'''زميني يا هيٺيان فرش''' اهڙا ڪاٺ جا فرش آهن، جيڪي سڌيءَ طرح زمين جي مٿان تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ کي پوسل ۽ نمي کان محفوظ رکڻ لاءِ سڀ کان پهرين سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو بنيادي تهه تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان ننڍيون اوساريون يا سليپر رکي انهن تي وال پليٽون ۽ شهتير نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن، ۽ آخر ۾ انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا وڇايا ويندا آهن.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ مناسب هواداري جو خاص انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن ڪاٺ سڪي رهي ۽ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رهي. شهتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ عام طور ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ ساڳ يا شيشم جو ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== رٻڙ جا فرش ===

'''رٻڙ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي گندڪ سان مضبوط ڪيل رٻڙ مان تيار ڪيل چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي مضبوط بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. فرش لڳائڻ کان اڳ بنياد کي هموار، سڪل ۽ دز، چڪنائي ۽ پوسل کان پاڪ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان رٻڙ مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي وڃي.
رٻڙ جا فرش لچڪدار، خاموش، پائيدار ۽ هلڻ ۾ آرامده هوندا آهن. انهن تي هلڻ سان شور گهٽ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهي اسپتالن، آفيسن، هوٽلن، سئنيما گهرن، آڊيٽوريمن، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== لينوليم جا فرش ===

'''لينوليم جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي لينوليم جي چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب (ايڊھيسو) سان لڳائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري، رنگن ۽ ٻين قدرتي جزن مان تيار ٿيندڙ هڪ پائيدار فرشي مواد آهي، جيڪو مختلف رنگن ۽ نمونن ۾ دستياب هوندو آهي.
لينوليم جا فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ نسبتاً سستا هوندا آهن ۽ مناسب سنڀال، جهڙوڪ وارنش يا موم (ويڪس) لڳائڻ سان سندن عمر وڌائي سگهجي ٿي. اهي رهائشي گهرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن، ريسٽورانن ۽ مختلف گاڏين، جهڙوڪ موٽر ڪارن، بسن، ريل گاڏين ۽ جهازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪارڪ جا فرش ===

'''ڪارڪ جا فرش''' (Cork Floors) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي آواز گهٽ پيدا ڪرڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيت سبب آڊيٽوريم، عوامي لائبريرين، ٿيئٽرن، گرجائن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي ڪارڪ جي چادرن يا ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ موجود هوندا آهن. ڪارڪ جون ٽائيلون خالص ڪارڪ مان، جڏهن ته ڪارڪ جون چادرون ڪارڪ جي ٻوري، السيءَ جي تيل، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگن جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن سبب اهي وڌيڪ مضبوط ۽ پائيدار هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش''' ڪارڪ جي تيار ڪيل ٽائيلن يا بارڊر پٽين کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي هموار بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب يا ڏامر (Bitumen) سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي عام طور نرم گدي يا پلاءِ جي تهه استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي ته جيئن فرش جي حرڪت سبب ٽائيلن کي نقصان نه پهچي.
ڪارڪ، '''ڪارڪ اوڪ''' (Cork Oak) وڻ جي ٿلهي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا هر 8 کان 10 سالن بعد لاهي خاص عملن ذريعي سخت، مضبوط ۽ هلڪي وزن واري مواد ۾ تبديل ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪارڪ جا فرش آواز جذب ڪرڻ، گرميءَ کان بچاءُ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيتن سبب آفيسن، لائبريرين، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن لاءِ موزون سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پي-وي-سي جا فرش ===

'''پي-وي-سي جا فرش''' (پولي ونيل ڪلورائيڊ فرش جديد تعميراتي فرشن مان آهن، جيڪي گهرن، آفيسن، ريلوي ڊٻن، آڊيٽوريمن ۽ ٿيئٽرن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن. اهي عام طور رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر هموار بنياد تي لڳايا ويندا آهن ۽ پنهنجي خوبصورتي، لچڪ، پاڻي نه جذب ڪرڻ ۽ آسان صفائي جي خاصيتن سبب مقبول آهن.
پي-وي-سي شيٽون ۽ ٽائيلون ٿرموپلاسٽڪ مرڪبن، فلرن ۽ رنگن مان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي مختلف سائيزن ۽ ٿولهين ۾ دستياب هونديون آهن ۽ هڪ مضبوط، هموار ۽ پائيدار فرشي مٿاڇرو فراهم ڪنديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== شيشي جا فرش ===

'''شيشي جا فرش''' انهن هنڌن تي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن، جتي هيٺئين ماڙ يا تهه خاني تائين قدرتي روشني پهچائڻ ضروري هجي. اهي مضبوط ڪاٺ يا ڌاتوءَ جي فريمن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا پينل لڳائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. استعمال ٿيندڙ شيشو اعليٰ معيار جو، مضبوط ۽ مناسب ٿولهه وارو هوندو آهي ته جيئن هلڻ جو بار محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي. اهڙا فرش جديد عمارتن، تجارتي مرڪزن ۽ روشنيءَ جي خاص ضرورت وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ائسفالٽ جا فرش ===

'''ائسفالٽ جا فرش''' ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن: '''ائسفالٽ ٽائيل فرش''' ۽ '''ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش'''. اهي فرش سستا، لچڪدار، پاڻي ۽ پوسل کان محفوظ، تيزاب، تيل ۽ گريس جي اثرن جي مزاحمت ڪندڙ هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سرڪاري آفيسن، اسڪولن، گودامن، ڪارخانن ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.
ائسفالٽ ٽائيلون عام طور هموار سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا مضبوط ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب سان لڳايون وينديون آهن، جڏهن ته ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ گرم حالت ۾ بنياد تي پٿاري تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان هڪ مضبوط، هموار ۽ پاڻي نه جذب ڪندڙ فرش حاصل ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت ==

فرشن جي ڊگهي عمر ۽ سٺي ڪارڪردگي لاءِ انهن جي باقاعده صفائي ۽ سنڀال ضروري آهي. فرش کي روزانو آلي پوچي سان صاف ڪرڻ گهرجي، جڏهن ته گهڻي گندگي جي صورت ۾ نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻي استعمال ڪجي. تيزابي يا کاري صفائي ڪندڙ شيون استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي فرش جي مٿاڇري کي نقصان پهچائي سگهن ٿيون.
جيڪڏهن فرش جو ڪو حصو ٽٽي يا خراب ٿي وڃي، ته متاثر ٿيل پينل کي هٽائي بنيادي سطح صاف ڪري نئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ سان ساڳئي ليول تي مرمت ڪرڻ گهرجي. مرمت ٿيل حصي کي مناسب ترائي ڏيڻ سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرشن''' جي سنڀال لاءِ انهن کي روزانو صاف پاڻي ۽ نرم پوچي سان صاف رکڻ گهرجي. سخت داغن کي هلڪي آڪسيلڪ ائسڊ. سان صاف ڪري سگهجي ٿو، پر تيزابي يا کاري صفائي ڪندڙ شيون استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي. وقت سان چمڪ گهٽجڻ جي صورت ۾ مناسب پالش ذريعي فرش کي ٻيهر چمڪايو ويندو آهي.
جيڪڏهن فرش جو ڪو حصو خراب ٿي وڃي ته متاثر ٿيل پينل کي هٽائي ساڳئي رنگ، داڻي ۽ ليول سان نئون موزائيڪ لڳايو وڃي. سنهڙا ڏار. ظاهر ٿيڻ جي صورت ۾ انهن کي سيمينٽ جي باريڪ ڪريم سان ڀري مناسب ترائي  ڪئي وڃي، جيئن پاڻي ۽ مٽي اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهي ۽ فرش جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ڪاٺ جي فرشن''' کي اڏوهي، نمي ۽ سڙڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ باقاعدي حفاظتي دوائن ۽ مناسب پالش جو استعمال ضروري آهي. جيڪڏهن فرش جو ڪو حصو خراب يا سڙي وڃي، ته ان کي هٽائي ساڳئي قسم جي ڪاٺ سان تبديل ڪيو وڃي ۽ نئين ڪاٺ کي رندي ذريعي موجوده فرش جي ليول مطابق هموار ڪيو وڃي، جيئن فرش جي مضبوطي، خوبصورتي ۽ همواري برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش''' صاف رکڻ لاءِ انهن کي هلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان باقاعدي صاف ڪرڻ ۽ وقت بوقت پالش ڪرڻ گهرجي. صفائي دوران گهڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال کان پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي، جيئن پاڻي هيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ تهه تائين نه پهچي. سخت داغن کي مناسب صاف ڪندڙ مرڪب سان هٽائڻ گهرجي، جڏهن ته تيزابي يا سخت صفائي ڪندڙ شيون استعمال نه ڪيون وڃن.
جيڪڏهن فرش ۾ ڏار پئجي وڃن يا اهو بنياد کان الڳ ٿي وڃي، ته ان جي مرمت نقصان جي نوعيت موجب ڪئي وڃي ۽ ضرورت پوڻ تي خراب ٿيل حصو نئين مواد سان تبديل ڪيو وڃي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ائسفالٽ جا فرش''' صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ انهن کي گرم پاڻي ۽ مناسب صفائي ڪندڙ مرڪب (ڊٽرجنٽ) سان ڌوئڻ گهرجي، پوءِ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري تيل، گريس ۽ ٻين چرٻي وارن داغن کان پاڪ رکڻ گهرجي، جيئن مٽي ۽ گند نه ڄمي.
جيڪڏهن بنيادي تهه جي خرابي سبب فرش ڦاٽي يا اڀري وڃي، ته خراب ٿيل حصو احتياط سان هٽائي ساڳئي قسم جي نئين ائسفالٽ سان مرمت ڪري، ان کي موجوده فرش جي ليول ۽ سنوت مطابق هموار ڪيو وڃي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== پڻ ڏسو ==
* [[فرش جي ايراضي]]
* [[فرش جي صفائي]]
* [[فرش جو پوش]]
* [[فرشن جي نمبرنگ]]
* [[فرش جو نقشو]]
* [[پاڻمرادو صاف ٿيندڙ فرش]]
* [[حساس فرش]]
* [[فٽ پاٿ]]
* [[ٺوس زميني فرش]]
* [[منزل (عمارت)]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>9dwwz9rca3klkuj9hoe7hrkoj8v1mo7</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401093</id>
      <parentid>401092</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T02:07:58Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401093</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="46664" sha1="jf2c8ylce6gazjjer0u5ubr63dj1613" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش ===

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش'''  اعليٰ درجي جا آرائشي فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ هيٺيون بنيادي تهه سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿئين تهه ۾ سفيد يا رنگين سيمينٽ سان بلوري پٿر (ماربل چپس) جا ننڍا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي فرش کي خوبصورت ۽ پائيدار بڻائيندا آهن.
فرش کي مختلف خانن يا ڊزائنن ۾ ورهائڻ لاءِ پتل، ٽامي، جست يا شيشي جون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. موزائيڪ جي تهه کي وجهي، مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) کان پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائينڊنگ) ۽ پالش ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مٿاڇري هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ بلوري داڻا نمايان ٿي ظاهر ٿيندا آهن. رنگين موزائيڪ فرشن لاءِ سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ مناسب رنگ پڻ ملائي سگهجن ٿا.
هي فرش رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، ڊگهي عمر وارا، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پٿر جا فرش ===

'''پٿر جا فرش'''  مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا فرش هوندا آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي هڪجهڙي ٿولهه وارن قدرتي پٿرن جي چؤنڪن  سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. پٿرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن کي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان مناسب جوڙن سميت لڳايو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برابر ورهائجي ۽ فرش مضبوط رهي.
فرش جي جوڙن کي ضرورت موجب ٽيپ (پوائنٽگ) ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڪم مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور سرڪاري عمارتن، برآمدن، اڱڻن، راهدارين ۽ ٻين هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين قائم رهندڙ فرش گهربل هجي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش ===

'''چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش''' (گليزڊ ٽائل فلورنگ) هموار، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش فرش آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي چمڪدار ٽائيلن سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ٽائيلن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ پوءِ سيمينٽ جي گاري تي صحيح ليول ۽ سلاميءَ سان وڇايو ويندو آهي، جيئن جوڙ مضبوط ۽ سطح هموار رهي.
ٽائيلون لڳائڻ کان پوءِ جوڙن ۾ سيمينٽ جي رٻڙي (سلري) ڀري ويندي آهي ۽ مناسب ترائي  کان پوءِ فرش کي صاف ۽ پالش ڪيو ويندو آهي. تعمير دوران فرش کي داغن ۽ نقصان کان بچائڻ لاءِ ڍڪي رکيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، غسل خانن، باورچي خانن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بلوري پٿر (سنگمرمر) جا فرش ===

'''بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار، خوبصورتي ۽ پائيداري جي ڪري ممتاز فرش سمجهيا وڃن ٿا. اهي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد  تي هڪجهڙي سائيز ۽ ٿولهه وارن سنگمرمر جي چؤنڪن يا تختن کي سيمينٽ يا چوني جي گاري سان وڇائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. جوڙ تمام سنها رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ انهن کي چوني جي لاپي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي ته جيئن فرش هموار ۽ دلڪش نظر اچي.
فرش وڇائڻ کان پوءِ مناسب ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي ۽ پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائنڊنگ) ۽ پالش ذريعي مٿاڇري کي هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ خوبصورت بڻايو ويندو آهي. سنگمرمر جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، هوٽلن، سرڪاري عمارتن، مسجدن ۽ ٻين اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي خوبصورتي، صفائي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي اهميت ڏني ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي ===

'''سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي''' اهڙي فرشبندي آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون بغير گاري جي، چڱيءَ طرح هموار ۽ نهر ڪيل زمين يا واريءَ جي بنياد تي ويجهو ويجهو وڇايون وينديون آهن. سرن جي جوڙن کي سنهو رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن ۾ باريڪ واري ڀري سرن کي مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾ صرف مٿاڇري تي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي پتلي گاري سان جوڙ بند ڪيا ويندا آهن.
هي قسم جو فرش مضبوط، اقتصادي ۽ مرمت ۾ آسان هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري گودامن، اڱڻن، رستن، چبوترن ۽ گهٽ ٽرئفڪ وارن علائقن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار جا، خوبصورت ۽ آرامده فرش آهن، جيڪي مضبوط ۽ معياري ڪاٺ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي نسبتاً مهانگا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سندن استعمال گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڪاٺ آسانيءَ سان دستياب هجي، يا اهڙين عمارتن ۾ جتي آواز جي موٽ گهٽ رکڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ ضروري هجي، جهڙوڪ ناچ گهر، آڊيٽوريم ۽ جابلو علائقن جون عمارتون.
ڪاٺ جي لچڪدار خاصيت کي نظر ۾ رکندي، اهڙن فرشن جي جوڙجڪ ۾ مناسب چيمبر ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۽ استحڪام برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ ڪاٺ جا شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکي، انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آهن. شهتير مضبوط ۽ مناسب ماپ وارا هوندا آهن ته جيئن فرش محفوظ نموني بار برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ مڙڻ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ رهي.
ڪاٺ کي نمي کان بچائڻ لاءِ شهتيرن کي تازي گاري سان سڌي رابطي ۾ نه رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڀتين جي ويجهو مناسب هواداري (وينٽيليشن) پڻ ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي عمر ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ مٿيان شهتير سڌو سنئون ديوارن تي رکڻ بدران هيٺان رکيل ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن (بائينڊرز) تي ٽيڪايا ويندا آهن. بائينڊر شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکيا ويندا آهن، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
هي فرش مفرد ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط هوندا آهن ۽ آواز جي منتقلي کي به بهتر نموني گهٽائيندا آهن. البت انهن جي تعمير وڌيڪ پيچيده ۽ مهانگي هوندي آهي، تنهنڪري اهي عام طور وڏن مفاصلي وارن ڪمرن ۽ ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جي پڃري (ٽيڻن شهتيرن) وارا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽيڻن شهتيرن وارا فرش''' وڏن ڪمرن ۽ هالن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مفاصلو عام ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي گنجائش کان وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. انهن جي بناوت ۾ مکيه گرڊر، ٻڌندڙ شهتير، وچ وارا شهتير ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا گڏجي هڪ مضبوط ڍانچو ٺاهيندا آهن، جنهن سان بار مناسب نموني ورهائجي ويندو آهي.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪاٺ کي نمي ۽ ڳرڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مناسب هواداري جو انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته گرڊرن، ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن ۽ وچ وارن شهتيرن کي لوهي پٽن ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپن ذريعي پاڻ ۾ ٻڌيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي، استحڪام ۽ پائيداري وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور وڏن هالن، عوامي عمارتن ۽ ٻين وسيع اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زميني يا هيٺيان فرش ===

'''زميني يا هيٺيان فرش''' اهڙا ڪاٺ جا فرش آهن، جيڪي سڌيءَ طرح زمين جي مٿان تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ کي پوسل ۽ نمي کان محفوظ رکڻ لاءِ سڀ کان پهرين سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو بنيادي تهه تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان ننڍيون اوساريون يا سليپر رکي انهن تي وال پليٽون ۽ شهتير نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن، ۽ آخر ۾ انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا وڇايا ويندا آهن.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ مناسب هواداري جو خاص انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن ڪاٺ سڪي رهي ۽ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رهي. شهتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ عام طور ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ ساڳ يا شيشم جو ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== رٻڙ جا فرش ===

'''رٻڙ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي گندڪ سان مضبوط ڪيل رٻڙ مان تيار ڪيل چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي مضبوط بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. فرش لڳائڻ کان اڳ بنياد کي هموار، سڪل ۽ دز، چڪنائي ۽ پوسل کان پاڪ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان رٻڙ مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي وڃي.
رٻڙ جا فرش لچڪدار، خاموش، پائيدار ۽ هلڻ ۾ آرامده هوندا آهن. انهن تي هلڻ سان شور گهٽ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهي اسپتالن، آفيسن، هوٽلن، سئنيما گهرن، آڊيٽوريمن، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== لينوليم جا فرش ===

'''لينوليم جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي لينوليم جي چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب (ايڊھيسو) سان لڳائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري، رنگن ۽ ٻين قدرتي جزن مان تيار ٿيندڙ هڪ پائيدار فرشي مواد آهي، جيڪو مختلف رنگن ۽ نمونن ۾ دستياب هوندو آهي.
لينوليم جا فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ نسبتاً سستا هوندا آهن ۽ مناسب سنڀال، جهڙوڪ وارنش يا موم (ويڪس) لڳائڻ سان سندن عمر وڌائي سگهجي ٿي. اهي رهائشي گهرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن، ريسٽورانن ۽ مختلف گاڏين، جهڙوڪ موٽر ڪارن، بسن، ريل گاڏين ۽ جهازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪارڪ جا فرش ===

'''ڪارڪ جا فرش''' (Cork Floors) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي آواز گهٽ پيدا ڪرڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيت سبب آڊيٽوريم، عوامي لائبريرين، ٿيئٽرن، گرجائن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي ڪارڪ جي چادرن يا ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ موجود هوندا آهن. ڪارڪ جون ٽائيلون خالص ڪارڪ مان، جڏهن ته ڪارڪ جون چادرون ڪارڪ جي ٻوري، السيءَ جي تيل، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگن جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن سبب اهي وڌيڪ مضبوط ۽ پائيدار هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش''' ڪارڪ جي تيار ڪيل ٽائيلن يا بارڊر پٽين کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي هموار بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب يا ڏامر (Bitumen) سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي عام طور نرم گدي يا پلاءِ جي تهه استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي ته جيئن فرش جي حرڪت سبب ٽائيلن کي نقصان نه پهچي.
ڪارڪ، '''ڪارڪ اوڪ''' (Cork Oak) وڻ جي ٿلهي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا هر 8 کان 10 سالن بعد لاهي خاص عملن ذريعي سخت، مضبوط ۽ هلڪي وزن واري مواد ۾ تبديل ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪارڪ جا فرش آواز جذب ڪرڻ، گرميءَ کان بچاءُ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيتن سبب آفيسن، لائبريرين، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن لاءِ موزون سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پي-وي-سي جا فرش ===

'''پي-وي-سي جا فرش''' (پولي ونيل ڪلورائيڊ فرش جديد تعميراتي فرشن مان آهن، جيڪي گهرن، آفيسن، ريلوي ڊٻن، آڊيٽوريمن ۽ ٿيئٽرن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن. اهي عام طور رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر هموار بنياد تي لڳايا ويندا آهن ۽ پنهنجي خوبصورتي، لچڪ، پاڻي نه جذب ڪرڻ ۽ آسان صفائي جي خاصيتن سبب مقبول آهن.
پي-وي-سي شيٽون ۽ ٽائيلون ٿرموپلاسٽڪ مرڪبن، فلرن ۽ رنگن مان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي مختلف سائيزن ۽ ٿولهين ۾ دستياب هونديون آهن ۽ هڪ مضبوط، هموار ۽ پائيدار فرشي مٿاڇرو فراهم ڪنديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== شيشي جا فرش ===

'''شيشي جا فرش''' انهن هنڌن تي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن، جتي هيٺئين ماڙ يا تهه خاني تائين قدرتي روشني پهچائڻ ضروري هجي. اهي مضبوط ڪاٺ يا ڌاتوءَ جي فريمن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا پينل لڳائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. استعمال ٿيندڙ شيشو اعليٰ معيار جو، مضبوط ۽ مناسب ٿولهه وارو هوندو آهي ته جيئن هلڻ جو بار محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي. اهڙا فرش جديد عمارتن، تجارتي مرڪزن ۽ روشنيءَ جي خاص ضرورت وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ائسفالٽ جا فرش ===

'''ائسفالٽ جا فرش''' ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن: '''ائسفالٽ ٽائيل فرش''' ۽ '''ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش'''. اهي فرش سستا، لچڪدار، پاڻي ۽ پوسل کان محفوظ، تيزاب، تيل ۽ گريس جي اثرن جي مزاحمت ڪندڙ هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سرڪاري آفيسن، اسڪولن، گودامن، ڪارخانن ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.
ائسفالٽ ٽائيلون عام طور هموار سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا مضبوط ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب سان لڳايون وينديون آهن، جڏهن ته ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ گرم حالت ۾ بنياد تي پٿاري تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان هڪ مضبوط، هموار ۽ پاڻي نه جذب ڪندڙ فرش حاصل ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت ==

فرشن جي ڊگهي عمر ۽ سٺي ڪارڪردگي لاءِ انهن جي باقاعده صفائي ۽ سنڀال ضروري آهي. فرش کي روزانو آلي پوچي سان صاف ڪرڻ گهرجي، جڏهن ته گهڻي گندگي جي صورت ۾ نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻي استعمال ڪجي. تيزابي يا کاري صفائي ڪندڙ شيون استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي فرش جي مٿاڇري کي نقصان پهچائي سگهن ٿيون.
جيڪڏهن فرش جو ڪو حصو ٽٽي يا خراب ٿي وڃي، ته متاثر ٿيل پينل کي هٽائي بنيادي سطح صاف ڪري نئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ سان ساڳئي ليول تي مرمت ڪرڻ گهرجي. مرمت ٿيل حصي کي مناسب ترائي ڏيڻ سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرشن''' جي سنڀال لاءِ انهن کي روزانو صاف پاڻي ۽ نرم پوچي سان صاف رکڻ گهرجي. سخت داغن کي هلڪي آڪسيلڪ ائسڊ. سان صاف ڪري سگهجي ٿو، پر تيزابي يا کاري صفائي ڪندڙ شيون استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي. وقت سان چمڪ گهٽجڻ جي صورت ۾ مناسب پالش ذريعي فرش کي ٻيهر چمڪايو ويندو آهي.
جيڪڏهن فرش جو ڪو حصو خراب ٿي وڃي ته متاثر ٿيل پينل کي هٽائي ساڳئي رنگ، داڻي ۽ ليول سان نئون موزائيڪ لڳايو وڃي. سنهڙا ڏار. ظاهر ٿيڻ جي صورت ۾ انهن کي سيمينٽ جي باريڪ ڪريم سان ڀري مناسب ترائي  ڪئي وڃي، جيئن پاڻي ۽ مٽي اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهي ۽ فرش جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ڪاٺ جي فرشن''' کي اڏوهي، نمي ۽ سڙڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ باقاعدي حفاظتي دوائن ۽ مناسب پالش جو استعمال ضروري آهي. جيڪڏهن فرش جو ڪو حصو خراب يا سڙي وڃي، ته ان کي هٽائي ساڳئي قسم جي ڪاٺ سان تبديل ڪيو وڃي ۽ نئين ڪاٺ کي رندي ذريعي موجوده فرش جي ليول مطابق هموار ڪيو وڃي، جيئن فرش جي مضبوطي، خوبصورتي ۽ همواري برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش''' صاف رکڻ لاءِ انهن کي هلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان باقاعدي صاف ڪرڻ ۽ وقت بوقت پالش ڪرڻ گهرجي. صفائي دوران گهڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال کان پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي، جيئن پاڻي هيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ تهه تائين نه پهچي. سخت داغن کي مناسب صاف ڪندڙ مرڪب سان هٽائڻ گهرجي، جڏهن ته تيزابي يا سخت صفائي ڪندڙ شيون استعمال نه ڪيون وڃن.
جيڪڏهن فرش ۾ ڏار پئجي وڃن يا اهو بنياد کان الڳ ٿي وڃي، ته ان جي مرمت نقصان جي نوعيت موجب ڪئي وڃي ۽ ضرورت پوڻ تي خراب ٿيل حصو نئين مواد سان تبديل ڪيو وڃي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ائسفالٽ جا فرش''' صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ انهن کي گرم پاڻي ۽ مناسب صفائي ڪندڙ مرڪب (ڊٽرجنٽ) سان ڌوئڻ گهرجي، پوءِ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري تيل، گريس ۽ ٻين چرٻي وارن داغن کان پاڪ رکڻ گهرجي، جيئن مٽي ۽ گند نه ڄمي.
جيڪڏهن بنيادي تهه جي خرابي سبب فرش ڦاٽي يا اڀري وڃي، ته خراب ٿيل حصو احتياط سان هٽائي ساڳئي قسم جي نئين ائسفالٽ سان مرمت ڪري، ان کي موجوده فرش جي ليول ۽ سنوت مطابق هموار ڪيو وڃي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== پڻ ڏسو ==
* [[فرش جي ايراضي]]
* [[فرش جي صفائي]]
* [[فرش جو پوش]]
* [[فرشن جي نمبرنگ]]
* [[فرش جو نقشو]]
* [[پاڻمرادو صاف ٿيندڙ فرش]]
* [[حساس فرش]]
* [[فٽ پاٿ]]
* [[ٺوس زميني فرش]]
* [[منزل (عمارت)]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
== ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا ==
{{Wiktionary}}
{{Commonscat-inline|Floors}}

{{Room}}

{{Authority control}}

[[زمرو:فرش]]
[[زمرو:تعميراتي مواد]]
[[زمرو:ڍانچائي نظام]]
[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>jf2c8ylce6gazjjer0u5ubr63dj1613</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401094</id>
      <parentid>401093</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T02:11:06Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401094</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="49010" sha1="e9urwumpixi9lkx5ydkfzxqnhz4s0gc" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

==تاريخي ڪاٺ جا فرش==

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر تائين، جڏهن فولاد ۽ آرمڊ ڪنڪريٽ جهڙا جديد تعميراتي مواد عام نه ٿيا هئا، تڏهن فرش اڪثر ڪاٺ جا ٺهندا هئا. اهڙن فرشن جي جوڙجڪ ۾ مکيه شهتير، وچ وارا شهتير (Joists) ۽ انهن جي مٿان نر ۽ مادا (Tongue and Groove) سان ڳنڍيل ڪاٺ جا تختا استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا. شهتيرن جي سائيز ۽ وڇوٽ عمارت جي بار ۽ ڪمري جي مفاصلي موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Nosban |title=Manuel du menuisier en meubles et en bâtiments |publisher=Librairie encyclopédique de Roret |year=1832}}&lt;/ref&gt;

قديم عمارتن ۾ فرش جو هيٺيون حصو، جيڪو ڇت طور به نظر ايندو هو، کليل شهتيرن، مولڊنگ، نقش نگاري ۽ رنگ سازي سان سينگاريو ويندو هو. مٿئين سطح تي ڪيترين عمارتن ۾ ''پارڪيٽ'' (Parquet) جا نفيس ڪاٺي فرش وڇايا ويندا هئا، جڏهن ته شهتيرن جي وچ واري جاءِ کي پلستر يا گاري سان ڀري آواز جي روڪ، گرميءَ جي بندش ۽ مضبوطي وڌائي ويندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Viollet-le-Duc |first=Eugène |title=Dictionnaire raisonné de l'architecture française du XIe au XVIe siècle |publisher=Bance et Morel |year=1854–1868}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Morisot |first=Joseph |title=Tableaux détaillés des prix de tous les ouvrages du bâtiment |publisher=Carilian |year=1814}}&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ دوران ڪاٺ جي فرشن جا ڪيترائي نمونا رائج هئا، جن ۾ عام تختن وارا فرش، فرائيس (Frise) وارا فرش ۽ ''هنگري پوائنٽ'' (Point de Hongrie) جهڙا آرائشي پارڪيٽ شامل هئا. جديد تعميراتي مواد جي رواج کان پوءِ به ڪيترائي تاريخي ڪاٺي فرش يورپ جي محلن، گرجائن ۽ قديم عمارتن ۾ اڄ تائين محفوظ آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Morisot |first=Joseph |title=Tableaux détaillés des prix de tous les ouvrages du bâtiment |publisher=Carilian |year=1814}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش ===

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش'''  اعليٰ درجي جا آرائشي فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ هيٺيون بنيادي تهه سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿئين تهه ۾ سفيد يا رنگين سيمينٽ سان بلوري پٿر (ماربل چپس) جا ننڍا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي فرش کي خوبصورت ۽ پائيدار بڻائيندا آهن.
فرش کي مختلف خانن يا ڊزائنن ۾ ورهائڻ لاءِ پتل، ٽامي، جست يا شيشي جون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. موزائيڪ جي تهه کي وجهي، مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) کان پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائينڊنگ) ۽ پالش ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مٿاڇري هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ بلوري داڻا نمايان ٿي ظاهر ٿيندا آهن. رنگين موزائيڪ فرشن لاءِ سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ مناسب رنگ پڻ ملائي سگهجن ٿا.
هي فرش رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، ڊگهي عمر وارا، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پٿر جا فرش ===

'''پٿر جا فرش'''  مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا فرش هوندا آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي هڪجهڙي ٿولهه وارن قدرتي پٿرن جي چؤنڪن  سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. پٿرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن کي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان مناسب جوڙن سميت لڳايو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برابر ورهائجي ۽ فرش مضبوط رهي.
فرش جي جوڙن کي ضرورت موجب ٽيپ (پوائنٽگ) ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڪم مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور سرڪاري عمارتن، برآمدن، اڱڻن، راهدارين ۽ ٻين هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين قائم رهندڙ فرش گهربل هجي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش ===

'''چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش''' (گليزڊ ٽائل فلورنگ) هموار، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش فرش آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي چمڪدار ٽائيلن سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ٽائيلن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ پوءِ سيمينٽ جي گاري تي صحيح ليول ۽ سلاميءَ سان وڇايو ويندو آهي، جيئن جوڙ مضبوط ۽ سطح هموار رهي.
ٽائيلون لڳائڻ کان پوءِ جوڙن ۾ سيمينٽ جي رٻڙي (سلري) ڀري ويندي آهي ۽ مناسب ترائي  کان پوءِ فرش کي صاف ۽ پالش ڪيو ويندو آهي. تعمير دوران فرش کي داغن ۽ نقصان کان بچائڻ لاءِ ڍڪي رکيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، غسل خانن، باورچي خانن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بلوري پٿر (سنگمرمر) جا فرش ===

'''بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار، خوبصورتي ۽ پائيداري جي ڪري ممتاز فرش سمجهيا وڃن ٿا. اهي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد  تي هڪجهڙي سائيز ۽ ٿولهه وارن سنگمرمر جي چؤنڪن يا تختن کي سيمينٽ يا چوني جي گاري سان وڇائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. جوڙ تمام سنها رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ انهن کي چوني جي لاپي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي ته جيئن فرش هموار ۽ دلڪش نظر اچي.
فرش وڇائڻ کان پوءِ مناسب ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي ۽ پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائنڊنگ) ۽ پالش ذريعي مٿاڇري کي هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ خوبصورت بڻايو ويندو آهي. سنگمرمر جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، هوٽلن، سرڪاري عمارتن، مسجدن ۽ ٻين اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي خوبصورتي، صفائي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي اهميت ڏني ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي ===

'''سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي''' اهڙي فرشبندي آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون بغير گاري جي، چڱيءَ طرح هموار ۽ نهر ڪيل زمين يا واريءَ جي بنياد تي ويجهو ويجهو وڇايون وينديون آهن. سرن جي جوڙن کي سنهو رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن ۾ باريڪ واري ڀري سرن کي مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾ صرف مٿاڇري تي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي پتلي گاري سان جوڙ بند ڪيا ويندا آهن.
هي قسم جو فرش مضبوط، اقتصادي ۽ مرمت ۾ آسان هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري گودامن، اڱڻن، رستن، چبوترن ۽ گهٽ ٽرئفڪ وارن علائقن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار جا، خوبصورت ۽ آرامده فرش آهن، جيڪي مضبوط ۽ معياري ڪاٺ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي نسبتاً مهانگا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سندن استعمال گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڪاٺ آسانيءَ سان دستياب هجي، يا اهڙين عمارتن ۾ جتي آواز جي موٽ گهٽ رکڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ ضروري هجي، جهڙوڪ ناچ گهر، آڊيٽوريم ۽ جابلو علائقن جون عمارتون.
ڪاٺ جي لچڪدار خاصيت کي نظر ۾ رکندي، اهڙن فرشن جي جوڙجڪ ۾ مناسب چيمبر ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۽ استحڪام برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ ڪاٺ جا شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکي، انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آهن. شهتير مضبوط ۽ مناسب ماپ وارا هوندا آهن ته جيئن فرش محفوظ نموني بار برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ مڙڻ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ رهي.
ڪاٺ کي نمي کان بچائڻ لاءِ شهتيرن کي تازي گاري سان سڌي رابطي ۾ نه رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڀتين جي ويجهو مناسب هواداري (وينٽيليشن) پڻ ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي عمر ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ مٿيان شهتير سڌو سنئون ديوارن تي رکڻ بدران هيٺان رکيل ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن (بائينڊرز) تي ٽيڪايا ويندا آهن. بائينڊر شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکيا ويندا آهن، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
هي فرش مفرد ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط هوندا آهن ۽ آواز جي منتقلي کي به بهتر نموني گهٽائيندا آهن. البت انهن جي تعمير وڌيڪ پيچيده ۽ مهانگي هوندي آهي، تنهنڪري اهي عام طور وڏن مفاصلي وارن ڪمرن ۽ ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جي پڃري (ٽيڻن شهتيرن) وارا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽيڻن شهتيرن وارا فرش''' وڏن ڪمرن ۽ هالن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مفاصلو عام ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي گنجائش کان وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. انهن جي بناوت ۾ مکيه گرڊر، ٻڌندڙ شهتير، وچ وارا شهتير ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا گڏجي هڪ مضبوط ڍانچو ٺاهيندا آهن، جنهن سان بار مناسب نموني ورهائجي ويندو آهي.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪاٺ کي نمي ۽ ڳرڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مناسب هواداري جو انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته گرڊرن، ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن ۽ وچ وارن شهتيرن کي لوهي پٽن ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپن ذريعي پاڻ ۾ ٻڌيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي، استحڪام ۽ پائيداري وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور وڏن هالن، عوامي عمارتن ۽ ٻين وسيع اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زميني يا هيٺيان فرش ===

'''زميني يا هيٺيان فرش''' اهڙا ڪاٺ جا فرش آهن، جيڪي سڌيءَ طرح زمين جي مٿان تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ کي پوسل ۽ نمي کان محفوظ رکڻ لاءِ سڀ کان پهرين سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو بنيادي تهه تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان ننڍيون اوساريون يا سليپر رکي انهن تي وال پليٽون ۽ شهتير نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن، ۽ آخر ۾ انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا وڇايا ويندا آهن.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ مناسب هواداري جو خاص انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن ڪاٺ سڪي رهي ۽ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رهي. شهتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ عام طور ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ ساڳ يا شيشم جو ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== رٻڙ جا فرش ===

'''رٻڙ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي گندڪ سان مضبوط ڪيل رٻڙ مان تيار ڪيل چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي مضبوط بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. فرش لڳائڻ کان اڳ بنياد کي هموار، سڪل ۽ دز، چڪنائي ۽ پوسل کان پاڪ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان رٻڙ مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي وڃي.
رٻڙ جا فرش لچڪدار، خاموش، پائيدار ۽ هلڻ ۾ آرامده هوندا آهن. انهن تي هلڻ سان شور گهٽ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهي اسپتالن، آفيسن، هوٽلن، سئنيما گهرن، آڊيٽوريمن، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== لينوليم جا فرش ===

'''لينوليم جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي لينوليم جي چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب (ايڊھيسو) سان لڳائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري، رنگن ۽ ٻين قدرتي جزن مان تيار ٿيندڙ هڪ پائيدار فرشي مواد آهي، جيڪو مختلف رنگن ۽ نمونن ۾ دستياب هوندو آهي.
لينوليم جا فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ نسبتاً سستا هوندا آهن ۽ مناسب سنڀال، جهڙوڪ وارنش يا موم (ويڪس) لڳائڻ سان سندن عمر وڌائي سگهجي ٿي. اهي رهائشي گهرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن، ريسٽورانن ۽ مختلف گاڏين، جهڙوڪ موٽر ڪارن، بسن، ريل گاڏين ۽ جهازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪارڪ جا فرش ===

'''ڪارڪ جا فرش''' (Cork Floors) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي آواز گهٽ پيدا ڪرڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيت سبب آڊيٽوريم، عوامي لائبريرين، ٿيئٽرن، گرجائن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي ڪارڪ جي چادرن يا ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ موجود هوندا آهن. ڪارڪ جون ٽائيلون خالص ڪارڪ مان، جڏهن ته ڪارڪ جون چادرون ڪارڪ جي ٻوري، السيءَ جي تيل، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگن جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن سبب اهي وڌيڪ مضبوط ۽ پائيدار هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش''' ڪارڪ جي تيار ڪيل ٽائيلن يا بارڊر پٽين کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي هموار بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب يا ڏامر (Bitumen) سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي عام طور نرم گدي يا پلاءِ جي تهه استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي ته جيئن فرش جي حرڪت سبب ٽائيلن کي نقصان نه پهچي.
ڪارڪ، '''ڪارڪ اوڪ''' (Cork Oak) وڻ جي ٿلهي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا هر 8 کان 10 سالن بعد لاهي خاص عملن ذريعي سخت، مضبوط ۽ هلڪي وزن واري مواد ۾ تبديل ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪارڪ جا فرش آواز جذب ڪرڻ، گرميءَ کان بچاءُ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيتن سبب آفيسن، لائبريرين، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن لاءِ موزون سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پي-وي-سي جا فرش ===

'''پي-وي-سي جا فرش''' (پولي ونيل ڪلورائيڊ فرش جديد تعميراتي فرشن مان آهن، جيڪي گهرن، آفيسن، ريلوي ڊٻن، آڊيٽوريمن ۽ ٿيئٽرن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن. اهي عام طور رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر هموار بنياد تي لڳايا ويندا آهن ۽ پنهنجي خوبصورتي، لچڪ، پاڻي نه جذب ڪرڻ ۽ آسان صفائي جي خاصيتن سبب مقبول آهن.
پي-وي-سي شيٽون ۽ ٽائيلون ٿرموپلاسٽڪ مرڪبن، فلرن ۽ رنگن مان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي مختلف سائيزن ۽ ٿولهين ۾ دستياب هونديون آهن ۽ هڪ مضبوط، هموار ۽ پائيدار فرشي مٿاڇرو فراهم ڪنديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== شيشي جا فرش ===

'''شيشي جا فرش''' انهن هنڌن تي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن، جتي هيٺئين ماڙ يا تهه خاني تائين قدرتي روشني پهچائڻ ضروري هجي. اهي مضبوط ڪاٺ يا ڌاتوءَ جي فريمن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا پينل لڳائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. استعمال ٿيندڙ شيشو اعليٰ معيار جو، مضبوط ۽ مناسب ٿولهه وارو هوندو آهي ته جيئن هلڻ جو بار محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي. اهڙا فرش جديد عمارتن، تجارتي مرڪزن ۽ روشنيءَ جي خاص ضرورت وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ائسفالٽ جا فرش ===

'''ائسفالٽ جا فرش''' ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن: '''ائسفالٽ ٽائيل فرش''' ۽ '''ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش'''. اهي فرش سستا، لچڪدار، پاڻي ۽ پوسل کان محفوظ، تيزاب، تيل ۽ گريس جي اثرن جي مزاحمت ڪندڙ هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سرڪاري آفيسن، اسڪولن، گودامن، ڪارخانن ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.
ائسفالٽ ٽائيلون عام طور هموار سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا مضبوط ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب سان لڳايون وينديون آهن، جڏهن ته ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ گرم حالت ۾ بنياد تي پٿاري تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان هڪ مضبوط، هموار ۽ پاڻي نه جذب ڪندڙ فرش حاصل ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت ==

فرشن جي ڊگهي عمر ۽ سٺي ڪارڪردگي لاءِ انهن جي باقاعده صفائي ۽ سنڀال ضروري آهي. فرش کي روزانو آلي پوچي سان صاف ڪرڻ گهرجي، جڏهن ته گهڻي گندگي جي صورت ۾ نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻي استعمال ڪجي. تيزابي يا کاري صفائي ڪندڙ شيون استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي فرش جي مٿاڇري کي نقصان پهچائي سگهن ٿيون.
جيڪڏهن فرش جو ڪو حصو ٽٽي يا خراب ٿي وڃي، ته متاثر ٿيل پينل کي هٽائي بنيادي سطح صاف ڪري نئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ سان ساڳئي ليول تي مرمت ڪرڻ گهرجي. مرمت ٿيل حصي کي مناسب ترائي ڏيڻ سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرشن''' جي سنڀال لاءِ انهن کي روزانو صاف پاڻي ۽ نرم پوچي سان صاف رکڻ گهرجي. سخت داغن کي هلڪي آڪسيلڪ ائسڊ. سان صاف ڪري سگهجي ٿو، پر تيزابي يا کاري صفائي ڪندڙ شيون استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي. وقت سان چمڪ گهٽجڻ جي صورت ۾ مناسب پالش ذريعي فرش کي ٻيهر چمڪايو ويندو آهي.
جيڪڏهن فرش جو ڪو حصو خراب ٿي وڃي ته متاثر ٿيل پينل کي هٽائي ساڳئي رنگ، داڻي ۽ ليول سان نئون موزائيڪ لڳايو وڃي. سنهڙا ڏار. ظاهر ٿيڻ جي صورت ۾ انهن کي سيمينٽ جي باريڪ ڪريم سان ڀري مناسب ترائي  ڪئي وڃي، جيئن پاڻي ۽ مٽي اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهي ۽ فرش جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ڪاٺ جي فرشن''' کي اڏوهي، نمي ۽ سڙڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ باقاعدي حفاظتي دوائن ۽ مناسب پالش جو استعمال ضروري آهي. جيڪڏهن فرش جو ڪو حصو خراب يا سڙي وڃي، ته ان کي هٽائي ساڳئي قسم جي ڪاٺ سان تبديل ڪيو وڃي ۽ نئين ڪاٺ کي رندي ذريعي موجوده فرش جي ليول مطابق هموار ڪيو وڃي، جيئن فرش جي مضبوطي، خوبصورتي ۽ همواري برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش''' صاف رکڻ لاءِ انهن کي هلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان باقاعدي صاف ڪرڻ ۽ وقت بوقت پالش ڪرڻ گهرجي. صفائي دوران گهڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال کان پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي، جيئن پاڻي هيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ تهه تائين نه پهچي. سخت داغن کي مناسب صاف ڪندڙ مرڪب سان هٽائڻ گهرجي، جڏهن ته تيزابي يا سخت صفائي ڪندڙ شيون استعمال نه ڪيون وڃن.
جيڪڏهن فرش ۾ ڏار پئجي وڃن يا اهو بنياد کان الڳ ٿي وڃي، ته ان جي مرمت نقصان جي نوعيت موجب ڪئي وڃي ۽ ضرورت پوڻ تي خراب ٿيل حصو نئين مواد سان تبديل ڪيو وڃي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ائسفالٽ جا فرش''' صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ انهن کي گرم پاڻي ۽ مناسب صفائي ڪندڙ مرڪب (ڊٽرجنٽ) سان ڌوئڻ گهرجي، پوءِ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري تيل، گريس ۽ ٻين چرٻي وارن داغن کان پاڪ رکڻ گهرجي، جيئن مٽي ۽ گند نه ڄمي.
جيڪڏهن بنيادي تهه جي خرابي سبب فرش ڦاٽي يا اڀري وڃي، ته خراب ٿيل حصو احتياط سان هٽائي ساڳئي قسم جي نئين ائسفالٽ سان مرمت ڪري، ان کي موجوده فرش جي ليول ۽ سنوت مطابق هموار ڪيو وڃي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== پڻ ڏسو ==
* [[فرش جي ايراضي]]
* [[فرش جي صفائي]]
* [[فرش جو پوش]]
* [[فرشن جي نمبرنگ]]
* [[فرش جو نقشو]]
* [[پاڻمرادو صاف ٿيندڙ فرش]]
* [[حساس فرش]]
* [[فٽ پاٿ]]
* [[ٺوس زميني فرش]]
* [[منزل (عمارت)]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
== ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا ==
{{Wiktionary}}
{{Commonscat-inline|Floors}}

{{Room}}

{{Authority control}}

[[زمرو:فرش]]
[[زمرو:تعميراتي مواد]]
[[زمرو:ڍانچائي نظام]]
[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>e9urwumpixi9lkx5ydkfzxqnhz4s0gc</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401095</id>
      <parentid>401094</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T02:18:24Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401095</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="58819" sha1="fyt1m2m32wyb34sboz5yen7ejfb28to" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== قديم فرش ==

[[File:Plafond.XIVe.siecle.png|thumb|[[اوژن ويوليه-لو-ڊڪ]]، ''Dictionnaire raisonné de l'architecture française du XIe au XVIe siècle''، چوڏهين صديءَ جي فرش جي ڳانڍاپي جو تفصيلي خاڪو.]]
[[File:Plafond chambre marquise Comartin.jpg|thumb|فرانسيسي طرز جي ڇت، يعني هيٺان کان ڏٺل ڪاٺ جو فرش؛ [[ڪورماٽن قلعو]]، مارڪيز جو ڪمرو، [[فرانس]].]]
[[File:Schloss Werdenberg 2Stock Halle Balkendecke.jpg|thumb|هيٺان کان ڏٺل قديم ڪاٺ جو فرش، [[ويرڊنبرگ قلعو]]، [[ويرڊنبرگ]]، اوڀر [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]].]]
[[File:Chamber with Colonnades 03.jpg|thumb|هيٺان کان ڏٺل قديم ڪاٺ جو فرش، [[وڏن استادن جو محل]]، [[روڊس]]، [[يونان]].]]

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي پڇاڙيءَ تائين، جڏهن وڪڙ برداشت ڪندڙ ٻيا تعميراتي مواد، جهڙوڪ [[فولاد]] ۽ [[رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ]]، عام مارڪيٽ ۾ اچڻ لڳا، تڏهن فرانسيسي لفظ ''پلانشي'' بنيادي طور ڪاٺ مان تيار ڪيل بناوت لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو. [[جان نيڪو]] پنهنجي 1606ع واري لغت ''Thresor de la langue francoyse'' ۾ ڄاڻايو آهي ته ''پلانشي'' لفظ ''پلانش''، يعني ڪاٺ جي تختي، مان نڪتل آهي ۽ ان مان مراد ننڍن شهتيرن مٿان وڇايل تختن جي بناوت هئي. ان کي ''سوليي'' پڻ سڏيو ويندو هو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي تختا هيٺين سهارن مٿان وڇايا ويندا هئا. بعد ۾ مجازي ۽ وسيع استعمال وسيلي هي اصطلاح ٻين مواد مان ٺهيل اهڙين بناوتن لاءِ پڻ ڪتب اچڻ لڳو، جيڪي هيٺين سهارن مٿان رکيل هونديون هيون. تنهن هوندي به، پنهنجي اصل فني معنيٰ ۾ ''پلانشي'' ڪاٺ جي تختن سان ڍڪيل فرش کي چيو ويندو هو؛ انهيءَ ڪري عمارت جي هر [[منزل]] لازمي طور ڪاٺ جو فرش نه هوندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;[[جان نيڪو]]، ''Le Thresor de la langue francoyse''، 1606ع.&lt;/ref&gt; اهڙي فرش جي تياريءَ ۾ واڍو، نجار، پارڪيٽ ٺاهيندڙ ۽، جڏهن شهتيرن جي وچ ۾ ڀراءُ ڪرڻو هوندو هو، تڏهن رازي پڻ حصو وٺندا هئا. انهن مان هر ڪاريگر لاءِ ''فرش'' جي اصطلاح جو فني مفهوم سندس ڪم جي نوعيت موجب مختلف هوندو هو.

تعمير دوران واڍو پهرين فرش کي سهارو ڏيندڙ مکيه [[شهتير]] نصب ڪندو هو. انهن کي ڪهاڙيءَ سان چؤرس ڪري، پوءِ ٻٽي ڌار واري واڍڪي اوزار سان آخري شڪل ڏني ويندي هئي. ان کان پوءِ نجار انهن شهتيرن جي مٿئين مٿاڇري ۾ لڳ ڀڳ ٽي [[انچ]]، يعني اٽڪل {{unité|8|cm}}، ڊگها ۽ ٽي انچ ويڪرا کڏا ٺاهيندو هو. اهي کڏا لڳ ڀڳ اڌ [[فوٽ]]، يعني اٽڪل {{unité|16|cm}}، جي وٿيءَ تي رکيا ويندا هئا&lt;ref&gt;ان دور جي فرانسيسي ماپن موجب هڪ [[انچ]]، هڪ [[فوٽ]] جو ٻارهون حصو هو؛ هڪ لائين، هڪ انچ جو ٻارهون حصو هئي. هڪ فوٽ {{unité|324|mm}}، هڪ انچ {{unité|27|mm}}، هڪ لائين {{unité|2.25|mm}} ۽ هڪ توئز {{unité|1949|mm}}، يعني ڇهه فوٽ، جي برابر هئي.&lt;/ref&gt;، ۽ انهن کي اهڙي نموني تراشيو ويندو هو، جو هڪ شهتير جا کڏا سامهون واري شهتير جي کڏن سان بلڪل هڪ ليڪ ۾ اچن. انهن کڏن ۾ ننڍا [[فرشي شهتير]] يا تقريباً ٽي انچ چؤرس ڪاٺ جا ٽڪرا رکيا ويندا هئا، جيڪي هڪ مکيه شهتير کان ٻئي مکيه شهتير تائين ويندا هئا ۽ ٻنهي ڇيڙن وٽ کڏن ۾ ٽيڪيل هوندا هئا.

انهن ننڍن شهتيرن جي ماپ هميشه هڪجهڙي نه هوندي هئي. جڏهن مٿين منزلن جو فرش تمام ڳرو نه رکڻو هوندو هو، تڏهن انهن جي اوچائي ڪڏهن رڳو ٻه انچ، يعني لڳ ڀڳ {{unité|5|cm}}، هوندي هئي. وڏن ڪمرن، وڌيڪ بار کڻندڙ فرشن يا زميني منزل جي نمي وارن هنڌن تي، جتي فرش کي زمين کان مٿي کڻڻ ضروري هوندو هو، انهن کي چار انچ، يعني اٽڪل {{unité|11|cm}}، اوچو يا ڪڏهن ڇهه انچ، يعني لڳ ڀڳ {{unité|16|cm}}، اوچو ۽ چار انچ ويڪرو رکيو ويندو هو.

ننڍن شهتيرن جي نصب ٿيڻ کان پوءِ انهن جي مٿان آڏا ڪاٺ جا تختا وڇايا ويندا هئا. اهي تختا سڌا، هموار ۽ چڱيءَ طرح رنديل هوندا هئا ۽ کين [[نر ۽ مادا ڳانڍاپو|نر ۽ مادا ڳانڍاپي]] سان پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيو ويندو هو. انهن تختن جي ٿولهه پندرهن کان ارڙهن لائينن، يعني لڳ ڀڳ {{unité|33-40|mm}}، تائين هوندي هئي. تختن کي تمام چپٽي مٿن وارن يا بنا مٿن وارن ڪوڪن سان ننڍن شهتيرن تي جڪڙيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Roret&quot;&gt;{{ouvrage | auteur = M. Nosban | titre = Manuel du menuisier en meubles et en bâtiments | éditeur = Librairie encyclopédie de [[نيڪولا روري]] | année = 1832 | lire en ligne = https://books.google.be/books?id=ShHxOvOLieQC&amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;hl=fr&amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;q&amp;f=false}}.&lt;/ref&gt;{{etc}}

هن قسم جي فرش ۾ [[اندروني ڇت]] اصل ۾ فرش جي حقيقي بناوت جو هيٺان کان نظر ايندڙ روپ هوندي هئي. ان ۾ مکيه ۽ ننڍا شهتير کليل نظر ايندا هئا، جن کي ڪڏهن سادي مولڊنگ سان ۽ ڪڏهن تمام نفيس اُڪير ۽ نقش نگاريءَ سان سينگاريو ويندو هو. اهڙين ڇتين ۾ ڪجهه حصا ٻاهر نڪتل ۽ ڪجهه اندر دٻيل هوندا هئا، جيڪي ڪڏهن خانن يا کوپن جهڙيون شڪليون ٺاهيندا هئا؛ انهن کي نقش، ڪنڊارين ۽ رنگين چٽساليءَ سان سينگاريو ويندو هو. فرانس ۾ چوڏهين صديءَ کان اڳ جون اهڙيون ڇتيون اڄ محفوظ ناهن، جيتوڻيڪ اهو معلوم آهي ته اهي ان دور کان اڳ به موجود هيون، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙا فرش ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جن جي هيٺان پلستر نه لڳايو ويندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;[[اوژن ويوليه-لو-ڊڪ]]، ''Dictionnaire raisonné de l'architecture française du XIe au XVIe siècle''، 10 جلد، پيرس، Bance et Morel، 1854ع کان 1868ع.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پارڪيٽ]] ڪاٺ جي وڌيڪ نفيس نجاريءَ يا ٻئي آرائشي فرش جي صورت هوندي هئي، جيڪا بنيادي ڪاٺي فرش جي مٿان وڇائي ويندي هئي. ان کان اڳ بنيادي فرش تي ڪاٺ جون سنهيون سهارو ڏيندڙ پٽيون لڳايون وينديون هيون. پارڪيٽ ٺاهڻ جا ٻه بنيادي طريقا رائج هئا: پٽين وارو پارڪيٽ ۽ ڳنڍيل خانن وارو پارڪيٽ.&lt;ref name=&quot;Roret&quot;/&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ ۾ ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي ننڍن شهتيرن جي وچ واري جاءِ کي ڪڏهن پلستر يا مٽيءَ ۽ ٻوٽي واري گاري سان ڀريو ويندو هو. اهو ڪم رازي يا پلستر ڪندڙ ڪاريگر ڪندو هو. [[اوساري]] جي اصطلاحن ۾ اهڙن فرشن جا هي قسم ڌار ڪيا ويندا هئا:

* '''کوکلو فرش'''، جنهن ۾ ننڍن شهتيرن جي وچ واري جاءِ خالي ڇڏي ويندي هئي؛&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.71&quot;/&gt;
* '''ڀريل فرش'''، جنهن ۾ شهتيرن جي وچ واري جاءِ ڀڳل پلستر ۽ نئين پلستر سان اهڙيءَ طرح ڀري ويندي هئي، جو ڀراءُ ڪاٺ جي مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين سطح سان برابر اچي؛&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.71&quot;/&gt;
* '''دٻيل يا وچ-خاني وارو فرش'''، جنهن ۾ لڳاتار ڪاٺيون پٽيون يا ڇلرن جهڙو ڍڪ وڇائي، ان جي مٿان پلستر يا مٽيءَ وارو گارو وڌو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته هيٺان ڪاٺ جا شهتير کليل نظر ايندا هئا؛&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.71&quot;/&gt;
* '''فرش جو ڀراءُ'''، جنهن مان مراد مقرر ٿولهه واري اوساري هئي، جيڪا ڪاٺين پٽين يا شهتيرن جي وچ واري ڀراءَ مٿان وڌي فرش جي هموار بنيادي سطح ٺاهيندي هئي، يا ان سطح مٿان سرون يا ٽائيل لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي هئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.71&quot;&gt;{{Ouvrage |auteur=[[جوزف موريسو]] | titre=Tableaux détaillés des prix de tous les ouvrages du bâtiment (maçonnerie) |éditeur=Carilian |année=1814 |passage=71 |lire en ligne=https://books.google.be/books?id=vGIUAAAAQAAJ&amp;pg=PR3}}.&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ [[ڪاٺي ڍانچاسازي]] جي فني اصطلاح موجب فرش عام طور ننڍن شهتيرن، ڏاڪڻ يا چمنيءَ جي چوڌاري رکيل خاص شهتيرن ۽ انهن کي ڳنڍيندڙ آڏن ڪاٺي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.35&quot;/&gt; [[نجاري]] جي اصطلاح ۾، فرش مان مراد پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيل تختن يا ڪنارن واري ڪاٺ جي پٽين مان ٺهيل اها نجاري هوندي هئي، جيڪا پارڪيٽ وانگر ڪمرن جي بنيادي هموار تهه کي ڍڪڻ يا زميني منزل جي ڪمرن جي زمين مٿان وڇائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي هئي. بناوت جي لحاظ کان ان جا ڪيترائي قسم ڌار ڪيا ويندا هئا:&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.40&quot;/&gt;

* '''عام تختن وارو فرش''': اهڙو فرش، جيڪو مڪمل ڪاٺي تختن مان ٺهندو هو؛ تختا ڪچا به ٿي سگهندا هئا يا نر ۽ مادا ڳانڍاپي سان پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.40&quot;/&gt;
* '''سنهي پٽين وارو فرش''': اهڙو فرش، جنهن ۾ تختن کي ويڪر ۾ ٻن يا ٽن سنهين پٽين ۾ چيري، پوءِ نر ۽ مادا ڳانڍاپي سان پاڻ ۾ ملائبو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.40&quot;/&gt;
* '''انگريزي نموني جو سنهي پٽين وارو فرش''': اهو اڳئين قسم جهڙو هوندو هو، پر سنهين پٽين جا ڇيڙا هڪ ٻئي جي ڀيٽ ۾ واري وٽيءَ سان اڳتي پوئتي رکيا ويندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.40&quot;/&gt;
* '''هنگريائي نوڪ وارو فرش'''، جنهن کي سرخس نموني يا ڪئپيوچن نموني وارو فرش پڻ چيو ويندو هو: هن ۾ ننڍيون ڪاٺي پٽيون استعمال ٿينديون هيون، جن جا ٻئي ڇيڙا ترڇي ڪنڊ سان ڪٽيا ويندا هئا ۽ پوءِ انهن کي هر خاني ۾ ترڇي رخ سان وڇايو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.40&quot;/&gt;

''پلانشيي'' ان عمل کي چيو ويندو هو، جنهن ۾ نر ۽ مادا ڳانڍاپي سان پاڻ ۾ ملائي تيار ڪيل ڪاٺ جا تختا، هيٺين ڪاٺي پٽين تي رکي ڪوڪن سان مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙيا ويندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.40&quot;&gt;{{Ouvrage |auteur = [[جوزف موريسو]] |titre=Tableaux détaillés des prix de tous les ouvrages du bâtiment (menuiserie) |éditeur=Carilian |année=1814 |passage=40 |lire en ligne=https://books.google.be/books?id=vGIUAAAAQAAJ&amp;pg=PR3}}.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش ===

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش'''  اعليٰ درجي جا آرائشي فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ هيٺيون بنيادي تهه سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿئين تهه ۾ سفيد يا رنگين سيمينٽ سان بلوري پٿر (ماربل چپس) جا ننڍا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي فرش کي خوبصورت ۽ پائيدار بڻائيندا آهن.
فرش کي مختلف خانن يا ڊزائنن ۾ ورهائڻ لاءِ پتل، ٽامي، جست يا شيشي جون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. موزائيڪ جي تهه کي وجهي، مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) کان پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائينڊنگ) ۽ پالش ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مٿاڇري هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ بلوري داڻا نمايان ٿي ظاهر ٿيندا آهن. رنگين موزائيڪ فرشن لاءِ سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ مناسب رنگ پڻ ملائي سگهجن ٿا.
هي فرش رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، ڊگهي عمر وارا، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پٿر جا فرش ===

'''پٿر جا فرش'''  مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا فرش هوندا آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي هڪجهڙي ٿولهه وارن قدرتي پٿرن جي چؤنڪن  سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. پٿرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن کي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان مناسب جوڙن سميت لڳايو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برابر ورهائجي ۽ فرش مضبوط رهي.
فرش جي جوڙن کي ضرورت موجب ٽيپ (پوائنٽگ) ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڪم مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور سرڪاري عمارتن، برآمدن، اڱڻن، راهدارين ۽ ٻين هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين قائم رهندڙ فرش گهربل هجي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش ===

'''چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش''' (گليزڊ ٽائل فلورنگ) هموار، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش فرش آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي چمڪدار ٽائيلن سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ٽائيلن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ پوءِ سيمينٽ جي گاري تي صحيح ليول ۽ سلاميءَ سان وڇايو ويندو آهي، جيئن جوڙ مضبوط ۽ سطح هموار رهي.
ٽائيلون لڳائڻ کان پوءِ جوڙن ۾ سيمينٽ جي رٻڙي (سلري) ڀري ويندي آهي ۽ مناسب ترائي  کان پوءِ فرش کي صاف ۽ پالش ڪيو ويندو آهي. تعمير دوران فرش کي داغن ۽ نقصان کان بچائڻ لاءِ ڍڪي رکيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، غسل خانن، باورچي خانن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بلوري پٿر (سنگمرمر) جا فرش ===

'''بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار، خوبصورتي ۽ پائيداري جي ڪري ممتاز فرش سمجهيا وڃن ٿا. اهي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد  تي هڪجهڙي سائيز ۽ ٿولهه وارن سنگمرمر جي چؤنڪن يا تختن کي سيمينٽ يا چوني جي گاري سان وڇائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. جوڙ تمام سنها رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ انهن کي چوني جي لاپي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي ته جيئن فرش هموار ۽ دلڪش نظر اچي.
فرش وڇائڻ کان پوءِ مناسب ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي ۽ پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائنڊنگ) ۽ پالش ذريعي مٿاڇري کي هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ خوبصورت بڻايو ويندو آهي. سنگمرمر جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، هوٽلن، سرڪاري عمارتن، مسجدن ۽ ٻين اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي خوبصورتي، صفائي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي اهميت ڏني ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي ===

'''سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي''' اهڙي فرشبندي آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون بغير گاري جي، چڱيءَ طرح هموار ۽ نهر ڪيل زمين يا واريءَ جي بنياد تي ويجهو ويجهو وڇايون وينديون آهن. سرن جي جوڙن کي سنهو رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن ۾ باريڪ واري ڀري سرن کي مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾ صرف مٿاڇري تي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي پتلي گاري سان جوڙ بند ڪيا ويندا آهن.
هي قسم جو فرش مضبوط، اقتصادي ۽ مرمت ۾ آسان هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري گودامن، اڱڻن، رستن، چبوترن ۽ گهٽ ٽرئفڪ وارن علائقن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار جا، خوبصورت ۽ آرامده فرش آهن، جيڪي مضبوط ۽ معياري ڪاٺ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي نسبتاً مهانگا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سندن استعمال گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڪاٺ آسانيءَ سان دستياب هجي، يا اهڙين عمارتن ۾ جتي آواز جي موٽ گهٽ رکڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ ضروري هجي، جهڙوڪ ناچ گهر، آڊيٽوريم ۽ جابلو علائقن جون عمارتون.
ڪاٺ جي لچڪدار خاصيت کي نظر ۾ رکندي، اهڙن فرشن جي جوڙجڪ ۾ مناسب چيمبر ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۽ استحڪام برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ ڪاٺ جا شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکي، انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آهن. شهتير مضبوط ۽ مناسب ماپ وارا هوندا آهن ته جيئن فرش محفوظ نموني بار برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ مڙڻ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ رهي.
ڪاٺ کي نمي کان بچائڻ لاءِ شهتيرن کي تازي گاري سان سڌي رابطي ۾ نه رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڀتين جي ويجهو مناسب هواداري (وينٽيليشن) پڻ ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي عمر ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ مٿيان شهتير سڌو سنئون ديوارن تي رکڻ بدران هيٺان رکيل ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن (بائينڊرز) تي ٽيڪايا ويندا آهن. بائينڊر شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکيا ويندا آهن، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
هي فرش مفرد ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط هوندا آهن ۽ آواز جي منتقلي کي به بهتر نموني گهٽائيندا آهن. البت انهن جي تعمير وڌيڪ پيچيده ۽ مهانگي هوندي آهي، تنهنڪري اهي عام طور وڏن مفاصلي وارن ڪمرن ۽ ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جي پڃري (ٽيڻن شهتيرن) وارا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽيڻن شهتيرن وارا فرش''' وڏن ڪمرن ۽ هالن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مفاصلو عام ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي گنجائش کان وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. انهن جي بناوت ۾ مکيه گرڊر، ٻڌندڙ شهتير، وچ وارا شهتير ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا گڏجي هڪ مضبوط ڍانچو ٺاهيندا آهن، جنهن سان بار مناسب نموني ورهائجي ويندو آهي.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪاٺ کي نمي ۽ ڳرڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مناسب هواداري جو انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته گرڊرن، ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن ۽ وچ وارن شهتيرن کي لوهي پٽن ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپن ذريعي پاڻ ۾ ٻڌيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي، استحڪام ۽ پائيداري وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور وڏن هالن، عوامي عمارتن ۽ ٻين وسيع اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زميني يا هيٺيان فرش ===

'''زميني يا هيٺيان فرش''' اهڙا ڪاٺ جا فرش آهن، جيڪي سڌيءَ طرح زمين جي مٿان تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ کي پوسل ۽ نمي کان محفوظ رکڻ لاءِ سڀ کان پهرين سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو بنيادي تهه تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان ننڍيون اوساريون يا سليپر رکي انهن تي وال پليٽون ۽ شهتير نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن، ۽ آخر ۾ انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا وڇايا ويندا آهن.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ مناسب هواداري جو خاص انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن ڪاٺ سڪي رهي ۽ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رهي. شهتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ عام طور ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ ساڳ يا شيشم جو ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== رٻڙ جا فرش ===

'''رٻڙ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي گندڪ سان مضبوط ڪيل رٻڙ مان تيار ڪيل چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي مضبوط بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. فرش لڳائڻ کان اڳ بنياد کي هموار، سڪل ۽ دز، چڪنائي ۽ پوسل کان پاڪ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان رٻڙ مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي وڃي.
رٻڙ جا فرش لچڪدار، خاموش، پائيدار ۽ هلڻ ۾ آرامده هوندا آهن. انهن تي هلڻ سان شور گهٽ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهي اسپتالن، آفيسن، هوٽلن، سئنيما گهرن، آڊيٽوريمن، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== لينوليم جا فرش ===

'''لينوليم جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي لينوليم جي چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب (ايڊھيسو) سان لڳائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري، رنگن ۽ ٻين قدرتي جزن مان تيار ٿيندڙ هڪ پائيدار فرشي مواد آهي، جيڪو مختلف رنگن ۽ نمونن ۾ دستياب هوندو آهي.
لينوليم جا فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ نسبتاً سستا هوندا آهن ۽ مناسب سنڀال، جهڙوڪ وارنش يا موم (ويڪس) لڳائڻ سان سندن عمر وڌائي سگهجي ٿي. اهي رهائشي گهرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن، ريسٽورانن ۽ مختلف گاڏين، جهڙوڪ موٽر ڪارن، بسن، ريل گاڏين ۽ جهازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪارڪ جا فرش ===

'''ڪارڪ جا فرش''' (Cork Floors) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي آواز گهٽ پيدا ڪرڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيت سبب آڊيٽوريم، عوامي لائبريرين، ٿيئٽرن، گرجائن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي ڪارڪ جي چادرن يا ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ موجود هوندا آهن. ڪارڪ جون ٽائيلون خالص ڪارڪ مان، جڏهن ته ڪارڪ جون چادرون ڪارڪ جي ٻوري، السيءَ جي تيل، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگن جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن سبب اهي وڌيڪ مضبوط ۽ پائيدار هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش''' ڪارڪ جي تيار ڪيل ٽائيلن يا بارڊر پٽين کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي هموار بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب يا ڏامر (Bitumen) سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي عام طور نرم گدي يا پلاءِ جي تهه استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي ته جيئن فرش جي حرڪت سبب ٽائيلن کي نقصان نه پهچي.
ڪارڪ، '''ڪارڪ اوڪ''' (Cork Oak) وڻ جي ٿلهي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا هر 8 کان 10 سالن بعد لاهي خاص عملن ذريعي سخت، مضبوط ۽ هلڪي وزن واري مواد ۾ تبديل ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪارڪ جا فرش آواز جذب ڪرڻ، گرميءَ کان بچاءُ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيتن سبب آفيسن، لائبريرين، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن لاءِ موزون سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پي-وي-سي جا فرش ===

'''پي-وي-سي جا فرش''' (پولي ونيل ڪلورائيڊ فرش جديد تعميراتي فرشن مان آهن، جيڪي گهرن، آفيسن، ريلوي ڊٻن، آڊيٽوريمن ۽ ٿيئٽرن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن. اهي عام طور رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر هموار بنياد تي لڳايا ويندا آهن ۽ پنهنجي خوبصورتي، لچڪ، پاڻي نه جذب ڪرڻ ۽ آسان صفائي جي خاصيتن سبب مقبول آهن.
پي-وي-سي شيٽون ۽ ٽائيلون ٿرموپلاسٽڪ مرڪبن، فلرن ۽ رنگن مان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي مختلف سائيزن ۽ ٿولهين ۾ دستياب هونديون آهن ۽ هڪ مضبوط، هموار ۽ پائيدار فرشي مٿاڇرو فراهم ڪنديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== شيشي جا فرش ===

'''شيشي جا فرش''' انهن هنڌن تي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن، جتي هيٺئين ماڙ يا تهه خاني تائين قدرتي روشني پهچائڻ ضروري هجي. اهي مضبوط ڪاٺ يا ڌاتوءَ جي فريمن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا پينل لڳائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. استعمال ٿيندڙ شيشو اعليٰ معيار جو، مضبوط ۽ مناسب ٿولهه وارو هوندو آهي ته جيئن هلڻ جو بار محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي. اهڙا فرش جديد عمارتن، تجارتي مرڪزن ۽ روشنيءَ جي خاص ضرورت وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ائسفالٽ جا فرش ===

'''ائسفالٽ جا فرش''' ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن: '''ائسفالٽ ٽائيل فرش''' ۽ '''ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش'''. اهي فرش سستا، لچڪدار، پاڻي ۽ پوسل کان محفوظ، تيزاب، تيل ۽ گريس جي اثرن جي مزاحمت ڪندڙ هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سرڪاري آفيسن، اسڪولن، گودامن، ڪارخانن ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.
ائسفالٽ ٽائيلون عام طور هموار سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا مضبوط ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب سان لڳايون وينديون آهن، جڏهن ته ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ گرم حالت ۾ بنياد تي پٿاري تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان هڪ مضبوط، هموار ۽ پاڻي نه جذب ڪندڙ فرش حاصل ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت ==

فرشن جي ڊگهي عمر ۽ سٺي ڪارڪردگي لاءِ انهن جي باقاعده صفائي ۽ سنڀال ضروري آهي. فرش کي روزانو آلي پوچي سان صاف ڪرڻ گهرجي، جڏهن ته گهڻي گندگي جي صورت ۾ نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻي استعمال ڪجي. تيزابي يا کاري صفائي ڪندڙ شيون استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي فرش جي مٿاڇري کي نقصان پهچائي سگهن ٿيون.
جيڪڏهن فرش جو ڪو حصو ٽٽي يا خراب ٿي وڃي، ته متاثر ٿيل پينل کي هٽائي بنيادي سطح صاف ڪري نئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ سان ساڳئي ليول تي مرمت ڪرڻ گهرجي. مرمت ٿيل حصي کي مناسب ترائي ڏيڻ سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرشن''' جي سنڀال لاءِ انهن کي روزانو صاف پاڻي ۽ نرم پوچي سان صاف رکڻ گهرجي. سخت داغن کي هلڪي آڪسيلڪ ائسڊ. سان صاف ڪري سگهجي ٿو، پر تيزابي يا کاري صفائي ڪندڙ شيون استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي. وقت سان چمڪ گهٽجڻ جي صورت ۾ مناسب پالش ذريعي فرش کي ٻيهر چمڪايو ويندو آهي.
جيڪڏهن فرش جو ڪو حصو خراب ٿي وڃي ته متاثر ٿيل پينل کي هٽائي ساڳئي رنگ، داڻي ۽ ليول سان نئون موزائيڪ لڳايو وڃي. سنهڙا ڏار. ظاهر ٿيڻ جي صورت ۾ انهن کي سيمينٽ جي باريڪ ڪريم سان ڀري مناسب ترائي  ڪئي وڃي، جيئن پاڻي ۽ مٽي اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهي ۽ فرش جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ڪاٺ جي فرشن''' کي اڏوهي، نمي ۽ سڙڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ باقاعدي حفاظتي دوائن ۽ مناسب پالش جو استعمال ضروري آهي. جيڪڏهن فرش جو ڪو حصو خراب يا سڙي وڃي، ته ان کي هٽائي ساڳئي قسم جي ڪاٺ سان تبديل ڪيو وڃي ۽ نئين ڪاٺ کي رندي ذريعي موجوده فرش جي ليول مطابق هموار ڪيو وڃي، جيئن فرش جي مضبوطي، خوبصورتي ۽ همواري برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش''' صاف رکڻ لاءِ انهن کي هلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان باقاعدي صاف ڪرڻ ۽ وقت بوقت پالش ڪرڻ گهرجي. صفائي دوران گهڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال کان پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي، جيئن پاڻي هيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ تهه تائين نه پهچي. سخت داغن کي مناسب صاف ڪندڙ مرڪب سان هٽائڻ گهرجي، جڏهن ته تيزابي يا سخت صفائي ڪندڙ شيون استعمال نه ڪيون وڃن.
جيڪڏهن فرش ۾ ڏار پئجي وڃن يا اهو بنياد کان الڳ ٿي وڃي، ته ان جي مرمت نقصان جي نوعيت موجب ڪئي وڃي ۽ ضرورت پوڻ تي خراب ٿيل حصو نئين مواد سان تبديل ڪيو وڃي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ائسفالٽ جا فرش''' صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ انهن کي گرم پاڻي ۽ مناسب صفائي ڪندڙ مرڪب (ڊٽرجنٽ) سان ڌوئڻ گهرجي، پوءِ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري تيل، گريس ۽ ٻين چرٻي وارن داغن کان پاڪ رکڻ گهرجي، جيئن مٽي ۽ گند نه ڄمي.
جيڪڏهن بنيادي تهه جي خرابي سبب فرش ڦاٽي يا اڀري وڃي، ته خراب ٿيل حصو احتياط سان هٽائي ساڳئي قسم جي نئين ائسفالٽ سان مرمت ڪري، ان کي موجوده فرش جي ليول ۽ سنوت مطابق هموار ڪيو وڃي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== پڻ ڏسو ==
* [[فرش جي ايراضي]]
* [[فرش جي صفائي]]
* [[فرش جو پوش]]
* [[فرشن جي نمبرنگ]]
* [[فرش جو نقشو]]
* [[پاڻمرادو صاف ٿيندڙ فرش]]
* [[حساس فرش]]
* [[فٽ پاٿ]]
* [[ٺوس زميني فرش]]
* [[منزل (عمارت)]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
== ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا ==
{{Wiktionary}}
{{Commonscat-inline|Floors}}

{{Room}}

{{Authority control}}

[[زمرو:فرش]]
[[زمرو:تعميراتي مواد]]
[[زمرو:ڍانچائي نظام]]
[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>fyt1m2m32wyb34sboz5yen7ejfb28to</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401096</id>
      <parentid>401095</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T02:22:07Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401096</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="58846" sha1="9arezet553oi21bknp4ez6ylwyzd3aw" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== قديم فرش ==

[[File:Plafond.XIVe.siecle.png|thumb|[[اوژن ويوليه-لو-ڊڪ]]، ''Dictionnaire raisonné de l'architecture française du XIe au XVIe siècle''، چوڏهين صديءَ جي فرش جي ڳانڍاپي جو تفصيلي خاڪو.]]
[[File:Plafond chambre marquise Comartin.jpg|thumb|فرانسيسي طرز جي ڇت، يعني هيٺان کان ڏٺل ڪاٺ جو فرش؛ [[ڪورماٽن قلعو]]، مارڪيز جو ڪمرو، [[فرانس]].]]
[[File:Schloss Werdenberg 2Stock Halle Balkendecke.jpg|thumb|هيٺان کان ڏٺل قديم ڪاٺ جو فرش، [[ويرڊنبرگ قلعو]]، [[ويرڊنبرگ]]، اوڀر [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]].]]
[[File:Chamber with Colonnades 03.jpg|thumb|هيٺان کان ڏٺل قديم ڪاٺ جو فرش، [[وڏن استادن جو محل]]، [[روڊس]]، [[يونان]].]]

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي پڇاڙيءَ تائين، جڏهن وڪڙ برداشت ڪندڙ ٻيا تعميراتي مواد، جهڙوڪ [[فولاد]] ۽ [[رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ]]، عام مارڪيٽ ۾ اچڻ لڳا، تڏهن فرانسيسي لفظ ''پلانشي'' بنيادي طور ڪاٺ مان تيار ڪيل بناوت لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو. [[جان نيڪو]] پنهنجي 1606ع واري لغت ''Thresor de la langue francoyse'' ۾ ڄاڻايو آهي ته ''پلانشي'' لفظ ''پلانش''، يعني ڪاٺ جي تختي، مان نڪتل آهي ۽ ان مان مراد ننڍن شهتيرن مٿان وڇايل تختن جي بناوت هئي. ان کي ''سوليي'' پڻ سڏيو ويندو هو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي تختا هيٺين سهارن مٿان وڇايا ويندا هئا. بعد ۾ مجازي ۽ وسيع استعمال وسيلي هي اصطلاح ٻين مواد مان ٺهيل اهڙين بناوتن لاءِ پڻ ڪتب اچڻ لڳو، جيڪي هيٺين سهارن مٿان رکيل هونديون هيون. تنهن هوندي به، پنهنجي اصل فني معنيٰ ۾ ''پلانشي'' ڪاٺ جي تختن سان ڍڪيل فرش کي چيو ويندو هو؛ انهيءَ ڪري عمارت جي هر [[منزل]] لازمي طور ڪاٺ جو فرش نه هوندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;[[جان نيڪو]]، ''Le Thresor de la langue francoyse''، 1606ع.&lt;/ref&gt; اهڙي فرش جي تياريءَ ۾ واڍو، نجار، پارڪيٽ ٺاهيندڙ ۽، جڏهن شهتيرن جي وچ ۾ ڀراءُ ڪرڻو هوندو هو، تڏهن رازي پڻ حصو وٺندا هئا. انهن مان هر ڪاريگر لاءِ ''فرش'' جي اصطلاح جو فني مفهوم سندس ڪم جي نوعيت موجب مختلف هوندو هو.

تعمير دوران واڍو پهرين فرش کي سهارو ڏيندڙ مکيه [[شهتير]] نصب ڪندو هو. انهن کي ڪهاڙيءَ سان چؤرس ڪري، پوءِ ٻٽي ڌار واري واڍڪي اوزار سان آخري شڪل ڏني ويندي هئي. ان کان پوءِ نجار انهن شهتيرن جي مٿئين مٿاڇري ۾ لڳ ڀڳ ٽي [[انچ]]، يعني اٽڪل {{unité|8|cm}}، ڊگها ۽ ٽي انچ ويڪرا کڏا ٺاهيندو هو. اهي کڏا لڳ ڀڳ اڌ [[فوٽ]]، يعني اٽڪل {{unité|16|cm}}، جي وٿيءَ تي رکيا ويندا هئا&lt;ref&gt;ان دور جي فرانسيسي ماپن موجب هڪ [[انچ]]، هڪ [[فوٽ]] جو ٻارهون حصو هو؛ هڪ لائين، هڪ انچ جو ٻارهون حصو هئي. هڪ فوٽ {{unité|324|mm}}، هڪ انچ {{unité|27|mm}}، هڪ لائين {{unité|2.25|mm}} ۽ هڪ توئز {{unité|1949|mm}}، يعني ڇهه فوٽ، جي برابر هئي.&lt;/ref&gt;، ۽ انهن کي اهڙي نموني تراشيو ويندو هو، جو هڪ شهتير جا کڏا سامهون واري شهتير جي کڏن سان بلڪل هڪ ليڪ ۾ اچن. انهن کڏن ۾ ننڍا [[فرشي شهتير]] يا تقريباً ٽي انچ چؤرس ڪاٺ جا ٽڪرا رکيا ويندا هئا، جيڪي هڪ مکيه شهتير کان ٻئي مکيه شهتير تائين ويندا هئا ۽ ٻنهي ڇيڙن وٽ کڏن ۾ ٽيڪيل هوندا هئا.

انهن ننڍن شهتيرن جي ماپ هميشه هڪجهڙي نه هوندي هئي. جڏهن مٿين منزلن جو فرش تمام ڳرو نه رکڻو هوندو هو، تڏهن انهن جي اوچائي ڪڏهن رڳو ٻه انچ، يعني لڳ ڀڳ 5 سينٽي ميٽر، هوندي هئي. وڏن ڪمرن، وڌيڪ بار کڻندڙ فرشن يا زميني منزل جي نمي وارن هنڌن تي، جتي فرش کي زمين کان مٿي کڻڻ ضروري هوندو هو، انهن کي چار انچ، يعني اٽڪل 11 سينٽي ميٽر، اوچو يا ڪڏهن ڇهه انچ، يعني لڳ ڀڳ 16 سينٽي ميٽر، اوچو ۽ چار انچ ويڪرو رکيو ويندو هو.

ننڍن شهتيرن جي نصب ٿيڻ کان پوءِ انهن جي مٿان آڏا ڪاٺ جا تختا وڇايا ويندا هئا. اهي تختا سڌا، هموار ۽ چڱيءَ طرح رنديل هوندا هئا ۽ کين [[نر ۽ مادا ڳانڍاپو|نر ۽ مادا ڳانڍاپي]] سان پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيو ويندو هو. انهن تختن جي ٿولهه پندرهن کان ارڙهن لائينن، يعني لڳ ڀڳ 33 کان 40 ملي ميٽر، تائين هوندي هئي. تختن کي تمام چپٽي مٿن وارن يا بنا مٿن وارن ڪوڪن سان ننڍن شهتيرن تي جڪڙيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Roret&quot;&gt;{{ouvrage | auteur = M. Nosban | titre = Manuel du menuisier en meubles et en bâtiments | éditeur = Librairie encyclopédie de [[نيڪولا روري]] | année = 1832 | lire en ligne = https://books.google.be/books?id=ShHxOvOLieQC&amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;hl=fr&amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;q&amp;f=false}}.&lt;/ref&gt;{{etc}}

هن قسم جي فرش ۾ [[اندروني ڇت]] اصل ۾ فرش جي حقيقي بناوت جو هيٺان کان نظر ايندڙ روپ هوندي هئي. ان ۾ مکيه ۽ ننڍا شهتير کليل نظر ايندا هئا، جن کي ڪڏهن سادي مولڊنگ سان ۽ ڪڏهن تمام نفيس اُڪير ۽ نقش نگاريءَ سان سينگاريو ويندو هو. اهڙين ڇتين ۾ ڪجهه حصا ٻاهر نڪتل ۽ ڪجهه اندر دٻيل هوندا هئا، جيڪي ڪڏهن خانن يا کوپن جهڙيون شڪليون ٺاهيندا هئا؛ انهن کي نقش، ڪنڊارين ۽ رنگين چٽساليءَ سان سينگاريو ويندو هو. فرانس ۾ چوڏهين صديءَ کان اڳ جون اهڙيون ڇتيون اڄ محفوظ ناهن، جيتوڻيڪ اهو معلوم آهي ته اهي ان دور کان اڳ به موجود هيون، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙا فرش ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جن جي هيٺان پلستر نه لڳايو ويندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;[[اوژن ويوليه-لو-ڊڪ]]، ''Dictionnaire raisonné de l'architecture française du XIe au XVIe siècle''، 10 جلد، پيرس، Bance et Morel، 1854ع کان 1868ع.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پارڪيٽ]] ڪاٺ جي وڌيڪ نفيس نجاريءَ يا ٻئي آرائشي فرش جي صورت هوندي هئي، جيڪا بنيادي ڪاٺي فرش جي مٿان وڇائي ويندي هئي. ان کان اڳ بنيادي فرش تي ڪاٺ جون سنهيون سهارو ڏيندڙ پٽيون لڳايون وينديون هيون. پارڪيٽ ٺاهڻ جا ٻه بنيادي طريقا رائج هئا: پٽين وارو پارڪيٽ ۽ ڳنڍيل خانن وارو پارڪيٽ.&lt;ref name=&quot;Roret&quot;/&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ ۾ ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي ننڍن شهتيرن جي وچ واري جاءِ کي ڪڏهن پلستر يا مٽيءَ ۽ ٻوٽي واري گاري سان ڀريو ويندو هو. اهو ڪم رازي يا پلستر ڪندڙ ڪاريگر ڪندو هو. [[اوساري]] جي اصطلاحن ۾ اهڙن فرشن جا هي قسم ڌار ڪيا ويندا هئا:

* '''کوکلو فرش'''، جنهن ۾ ننڍن شهتيرن جي وچ واري جاءِ خالي ڇڏي ويندي هئي؛&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.71&quot;/&gt;
* '''ڀريل فرش'''، جنهن ۾ شهتيرن جي وچ واري جاءِ ڀڳل پلستر ۽ نئين پلستر سان اهڙيءَ طرح ڀري ويندي هئي، جو ڀراءُ ڪاٺ جي مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين سطح سان برابر اچي؛&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.71&quot;/&gt;
* '''دٻيل يا وچ-خاني وارو فرش'''، جنهن ۾ لڳاتار ڪاٺيون پٽيون يا ڇلرن جهڙو ڍڪ وڇائي، ان جي مٿان پلستر يا مٽيءَ وارو گارو وڌو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته هيٺان ڪاٺ جا شهتير کليل نظر ايندا هئا؛&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.71&quot;/&gt;
* '''فرش جو ڀراءُ'''، جنهن مان مراد مقرر ٿولهه واري اوساري هئي، جيڪا ڪاٺين پٽين يا شهتيرن جي وچ واري ڀراءَ مٿان وڌي فرش جي هموار بنيادي سطح ٺاهيندي هئي، يا ان سطح مٿان سرون يا ٽائيل لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي هئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.71&quot;&gt;{{Ouvrage |auteur=[[جوزف موريسو]] | titre=Tableaux détaillés des prix de tous les ouvrages du bâtiment (maçonnerie) |éditeur=Carilian |année=1814 |passage=71 |lire en ligne=https://books.google.be/books?id=vGIUAAAAQAAJ&amp;pg=PR3}}.&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ [[ڪاٺي ڍانچاسازي]] جي فني اصطلاح موجب فرش عام طور ننڍن شهتيرن، ڏاڪڻ يا چمنيءَ جي چوڌاري رکيل خاص شهتيرن ۽ انهن کي ڳنڍيندڙ آڏن ڪاٺي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.35&quot;/&gt; [[نجاري]] جي اصطلاح ۾، فرش مان مراد پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيل تختن يا ڪنارن واري ڪاٺ جي پٽين مان ٺهيل اها نجاري هوندي هئي، جيڪا پارڪيٽ وانگر ڪمرن جي بنيادي هموار تهه کي ڍڪڻ يا زميني منزل جي ڪمرن جي زمين مٿان وڇائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي هئي. بناوت جي لحاظ کان ان جا ڪيترائي قسم ڌار ڪيا ويندا هئا:&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.40&quot;/&gt;

* '''عام تختن وارو فرش''': اهڙو فرش، جيڪو مڪمل ڪاٺي تختن مان ٺهندو هو؛ تختا ڪچا به ٿي سگهندا هئا يا نر ۽ مادا ڳانڍاپي سان پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.40&quot;/&gt;
* '''سنهي پٽين وارو فرش''': اهڙو فرش، جنهن ۾ تختن کي ويڪر ۾ ٻن يا ٽن سنهين پٽين ۾ چيري، پوءِ نر ۽ مادا ڳانڍاپي سان پاڻ ۾ ملائبو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.40&quot;/&gt;
* '''انگريزي نموني جو سنهي پٽين وارو فرش''': اهو اڳئين قسم جهڙو هوندو هو، پر سنهين پٽين جا ڇيڙا هڪ ٻئي جي ڀيٽ ۾ واري وٽيءَ سان اڳتي پوئتي رکيا ويندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.40&quot;/&gt;
* '''هنگريائي نوڪ وارو فرش'''، جنهن کي سرخس نموني يا ڪئپيوچن نموني وارو فرش پڻ چيو ويندو هو: هن ۾ ننڍيون ڪاٺي پٽيون استعمال ٿينديون هيون، جن جا ٻئي ڇيڙا ترڇي ڪنڊ سان ڪٽيا ويندا هئا ۽ پوءِ انهن کي هر خاني ۾ ترڇي رخ سان وڇايو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.40&quot;/&gt;

''پلانشيي'' ان عمل کي چيو ويندو هو، جنهن ۾ نر ۽ مادا ڳانڍاپي سان پاڻ ۾ ملائي تيار ڪيل ڪاٺ جا تختا، هيٺين ڪاٺي پٽين تي رکي ڪوڪن سان مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙيا ويندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.40&quot;&gt;{{Ouvrage |auteur = [[جوزف موريسو]] |titre=Tableaux détaillés des prix de tous les ouvrages du bâtiment (menuiserie) |éditeur=Carilian |année=1814 |passage=40 |lire en ligne=https://books.google.be/books?id=vGIUAAAAQAAJ&amp;pg=PR3}}.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش ===

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش'''  اعليٰ درجي جا آرائشي فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ هيٺيون بنيادي تهه سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿئين تهه ۾ سفيد يا رنگين سيمينٽ سان بلوري پٿر (ماربل چپس) جا ننڍا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي فرش کي خوبصورت ۽ پائيدار بڻائيندا آهن.
فرش کي مختلف خانن يا ڊزائنن ۾ ورهائڻ لاءِ پتل، ٽامي، جست يا شيشي جون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. موزائيڪ جي تهه کي وجهي، مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) کان پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائينڊنگ) ۽ پالش ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مٿاڇري هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ بلوري داڻا نمايان ٿي ظاهر ٿيندا آهن. رنگين موزائيڪ فرشن لاءِ سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ مناسب رنگ پڻ ملائي سگهجن ٿا.
هي فرش رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، ڊگهي عمر وارا، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پٿر جا فرش ===

'''پٿر جا فرش'''  مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا فرش هوندا آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي هڪجهڙي ٿولهه وارن قدرتي پٿرن جي چؤنڪن  سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. پٿرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن کي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان مناسب جوڙن سميت لڳايو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برابر ورهائجي ۽ فرش مضبوط رهي.
فرش جي جوڙن کي ضرورت موجب ٽيپ (پوائنٽگ) ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڪم مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور سرڪاري عمارتن، برآمدن، اڱڻن، راهدارين ۽ ٻين هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين قائم رهندڙ فرش گهربل هجي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش ===

'''چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش''' (گليزڊ ٽائل فلورنگ) هموار، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش فرش آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي چمڪدار ٽائيلن سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ٽائيلن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ پوءِ سيمينٽ جي گاري تي صحيح ليول ۽ سلاميءَ سان وڇايو ويندو آهي، جيئن جوڙ مضبوط ۽ سطح هموار رهي.
ٽائيلون لڳائڻ کان پوءِ جوڙن ۾ سيمينٽ جي رٻڙي (سلري) ڀري ويندي آهي ۽ مناسب ترائي  کان پوءِ فرش کي صاف ۽ پالش ڪيو ويندو آهي. تعمير دوران فرش کي داغن ۽ نقصان کان بچائڻ لاءِ ڍڪي رکيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، غسل خانن، باورچي خانن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بلوري پٿر (سنگمرمر) جا فرش ===

'''بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار، خوبصورتي ۽ پائيداري جي ڪري ممتاز فرش سمجهيا وڃن ٿا. اهي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد  تي هڪجهڙي سائيز ۽ ٿولهه وارن سنگمرمر جي چؤنڪن يا تختن کي سيمينٽ يا چوني جي گاري سان وڇائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. جوڙ تمام سنها رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ انهن کي چوني جي لاپي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي ته جيئن فرش هموار ۽ دلڪش نظر اچي.
فرش وڇائڻ کان پوءِ مناسب ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي ۽ پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائنڊنگ) ۽ پالش ذريعي مٿاڇري کي هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ خوبصورت بڻايو ويندو آهي. سنگمرمر جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، هوٽلن، سرڪاري عمارتن، مسجدن ۽ ٻين اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي خوبصورتي، صفائي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي اهميت ڏني ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي ===

'''سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي''' اهڙي فرشبندي آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون بغير گاري جي، چڱيءَ طرح هموار ۽ نهر ڪيل زمين يا واريءَ جي بنياد تي ويجهو ويجهو وڇايون وينديون آهن. سرن جي جوڙن کي سنهو رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن ۾ باريڪ واري ڀري سرن کي مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾ صرف مٿاڇري تي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي پتلي گاري سان جوڙ بند ڪيا ويندا آهن.
هي قسم جو فرش مضبوط، اقتصادي ۽ مرمت ۾ آسان هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري گودامن، اڱڻن، رستن، چبوترن ۽ گهٽ ٽرئفڪ وارن علائقن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار جا، خوبصورت ۽ آرامده فرش آهن، جيڪي مضبوط ۽ معياري ڪاٺ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي نسبتاً مهانگا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سندن استعمال گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڪاٺ آسانيءَ سان دستياب هجي، يا اهڙين عمارتن ۾ جتي آواز جي موٽ گهٽ رکڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ ضروري هجي، جهڙوڪ ناچ گهر، آڊيٽوريم ۽ جابلو علائقن جون عمارتون.
ڪاٺ جي لچڪدار خاصيت کي نظر ۾ رکندي، اهڙن فرشن جي جوڙجڪ ۾ مناسب چيمبر ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۽ استحڪام برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ ڪاٺ جا شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکي، انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آهن. شهتير مضبوط ۽ مناسب ماپ وارا هوندا آهن ته جيئن فرش محفوظ نموني بار برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ مڙڻ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ رهي.
ڪاٺ کي نمي کان بچائڻ لاءِ شهتيرن کي تازي گاري سان سڌي رابطي ۾ نه رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڀتين جي ويجهو مناسب هواداري (وينٽيليشن) پڻ ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي عمر ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ مٿيان شهتير سڌو سنئون ديوارن تي رکڻ بدران هيٺان رکيل ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن (بائينڊرز) تي ٽيڪايا ويندا آهن. بائينڊر شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکيا ويندا آهن، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
هي فرش مفرد ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط هوندا آهن ۽ آواز جي منتقلي کي به بهتر نموني گهٽائيندا آهن. البت انهن جي تعمير وڌيڪ پيچيده ۽ مهانگي هوندي آهي، تنهنڪري اهي عام طور وڏن مفاصلي وارن ڪمرن ۽ ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جي پڃري (ٽيڻن شهتيرن) وارا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽيڻن شهتيرن وارا فرش''' وڏن ڪمرن ۽ هالن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مفاصلو عام ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي گنجائش کان وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. انهن جي بناوت ۾ مکيه گرڊر، ٻڌندڙ شهتير، وچ وارا شهتير ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا گڏجي هڪ مضبوط ڍانچو ٺاهيندا آهن، جنهن سان بار مناسب نموني ورهائجي ويندو آهي.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪاٺ کي نمي ۽ ڳرڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مناسب هواداري جو انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته گرڊرن، ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن ۽ وچ وارن شهتيرن کي لوهي پٽن ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپن ذريعي پاڻ ۾ ٻڌيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي، استحڪام ۽ پائيداري وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور وڏن هالن، عوامي عمارتن ۽ ٻين وسيع اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زميني يا هيٺيان فرش ===

'''زميني يا هيٺيان فرش''' اهڙا ڪاٺ جا فرش آهن، جيڪي سڌيءَ طرح زمين جي مٿان تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ کي پوسل ۽ نمي کان محفوظ رکڻ لاءِ سڀ کان پهرين سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو بنيادي تهه تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان ننڍيون اوساريون يا سليپر رکي انهن تي وال پليٽون ۽ شهتير نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن، ۽ آخر ۾ انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا وڇايا ويندا آهن.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ مناسب هواداري جو خاص انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن ڪاٺ سڪي رهي ۽ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رهي. شهتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ عام طور ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ ساڳ يا شيشم جو ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== رٻڙ جا فرش ===

'''رٻڙ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي گندڪ سان مضبوط ڪيل رٻڙ مان تيار ڪيل چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي مضبوط بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. فرش لڳائڻ کان اڳ بنياد کي هموار، سڪل ۽ دز، چڪنائي ۽ پوسل کان پاڪ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان رٻڙ مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي وڃي.
رٻڙ جا فرش لچڪدار، خاموش، پائيدار ۽ هلڻ ۾ آرامده هوندا آهن. انهن تي هلڻ سان شور گهٽ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهي اسپتالن، آفيسن، هوٽلن، سئنيما گهرن، آڊيٽوريمن، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== لينوليم جا فرش ===

'''لينوليم جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي لينوليم جي چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب (ايڊھيسو) سان لڳائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري، رنگن ۽ ٻين قدرتي جزن مان تيار ٿيندڙ هڪ پائيدار فرشي مواد آهي، جيڪو مختلف رنگن ۽ نمونن ۾ دستياب هوندو آهي.
لينوليم جا فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ نسبتاً سستا هوندا آهن ۽ مناسب سنڀال، جهڙوڪ وارنش يا موم (ويڪس) لڳائڻ سان سندن عمر وڌائي سگهجي ٿي. اهي رهائشي گهرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن، ريسٽورانن ۽ مختلف گاڏين، جهڙوڪ موٽر ڪارن، بسن، ريل گاڏين ۽ جهازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪارڪ جا فرش ===

'''ڪارڪ جا فرش''' (Cork Floors) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي آواز گهٽ پيدا ڪرڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيت سبب آڊيٽوريم، عوامي لائبريرين، ٿيئٽرن، گرجائن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي ڪارڪ جي چادرن يا ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ موجود هوندا آهن. ڪارڪ جون ٽائيلون خالص ڪارڪ مان، جڏهن ته ڪارڪ جون چادرون ڪارڪ جي ٻوري، السيءَ جي تيل، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگن جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن سبب اهي وڌيڪ مضبوط ۽ پائيدار هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش''' ڪارڪ جي تيار ڪيل ٽائيلن يا بارڊر پٽين کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي هموار بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب يا ڏامر (Bitumen) سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي عام طور نرم گدي يا پلاءِ جي تهه استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي ته جيئن فرش جي حرڪت سبب ٽائيلن کي نقصان نه پهچي.
ڪارڪ، '''ڪارڪ اوڪ''' (Cork Oak) وڻ جي ٿلهي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا هر 8 کان 10 سالن بعد لاهي خاص عملن ذريعي سخت، مضبوط ۽ هلڪي وزن واري مواد ۾ تبديل ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪارڪ جا فرش آواز جذب ڪرڻ، گرميءَ کان بچاءُ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيتن سبب آفيسن، لائبريرين، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن لاءِ موزون سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پي-وي-سي جا فرش ===

'''پي-وي-سي جا فرش''' (پولي ونيل ڪلورائيڊ فرش جديد تعميراتي فرشن مان آهن، جيڪي گهرن، آفيسن، ريلوي ڊٻن، آڊيٽوريمن ۽ ٿيئٽرن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن. اهي عام طور رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر هموار بنياد تي لڳايا ويندا آهن ۽ پنهنجي خوبصورتي، لچڪ، پاڻي نه جذب ڪرڻ ۽ آسان صفائي جي خاصيتن سبب مقبول آهن.
پي-وي-سي شيٽون ۽ ٽائيلون ٿرموپلاسٽڪ مرڪبن، فلرن ۽ رنگن مان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي مختلف سائيزن ۽ ٿولهين ۾ دستياب هونديون آهن ۽ هڪ مضبوط، هموار ۽ پائيدار فرشي مٿاڇرو فراهم ڪنديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== شيشي جا فرش ===

'''شيشي جا فرش''' انهن هنڌن تي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن، جتي هيٺئين ماڙ يا تهه خاني تائين قدرتي روشني پهچائڻ ضروري هجي. اهي مضبوط ڪاٺ يا ڌاتوءَ جي فريمن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا پينل لڳائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. استعمال ٿيندڙ شيشو اعليٰ معيار جو، مضبوط ۽ مناسب ٿولهه وارو هوندو آهي ته جيئن هلڻ جو بار محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي. اهڙا فرش جديد عمارتن، تجارتي مرڪزن ۽ روشنيءَ جي خاص ضرورت وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ائسفالٽ جا فرش ===

'''ائسفالٽ جا فرش''' ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن: '''ائسفالٽ ٽائيل فرش''' ۽ '''ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش'''. اهي فرش سستا، لچڪدار، پاڻي ۽ پوسل کان محفوظ، تيزاب، تيل ۽ گريس جي اثرن جي مزاحمت ڪندڙ هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سرڪاري آفيسن، اسڪولن، گودامن، ڪارخانن ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.
ائسفالٽ ٽائيلون عام طور هموار سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا مضبوط ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب سان لڳايون وينديون آهن، جڏهن ته ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ گرم حالت ۾ بنياد تي پٿاري تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان هڪ مضبوط، هموار ۽ پاڻي نه جذب ڪندڙ فرش حاصل ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت ==

فرشن جي ڊگهي عمر ۽ سٺي ڪارڪردگي لاءِ انهن جي باقاعده صفائي ۽ سنڀال ضروري آهي. فرش کي روزانو آلي پوچي سان صاف ڪرڻ گهرجي، جڏهن ته گهڻي گندگي جي صورت ۾ نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻي استعمال ڪجي. تيزابي يا کاري صفائي ڪندڙ شيون استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي فرش جي مٿاڇري کي نقصان پهچائي سگهن ٿيون.
جيڪڏهن فرش جو ڪو حصو ٽٽي يا خراب ٿي وڃي، ته متاثر ٿيل پينل کي هٽائي بنيادي سطح صاف ڪري نئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ سان ساڳئي ليول تي مرمت ڪرڻ گهرجي. مرمت ٿيل حصي کي مناسب ترائي ڏيڻ سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرشن''' جي سنڀال لاءِ انهن کي روزانو صاف پاڻي ۽ نرم پوچي سان صاف رکڻ گهرجي. سخت داغن کي هلڪي آڪسيلڪ ائسڊ. سان صاف ڪري سگهجي ٿو، پر تيزابي يا کاري صفائي ڪندڙ شيون استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي. وقت سان چمڪ گهٽجڻ جي صورت ۾ مناسب پالش ذريعي فرش کي ٻيهر چمڪايو ويندو آهي.
جيڪڏهن فرش جو ڪو حصو خراب ٿي وڃي ته متاثر ٿيل پينل کي هٽائي ساڳئي رنگ، داڻي ۽ ليول سان نئون موزائيڪ لڳايو وڃي. سنهڙا ڏار. ظاهر ٿيڻ جي صورت ۾ انهن کي سيمينٽ جي باريڪ ڪريم سان ڀري مناسب ترائي  ڪئي وڃي، جيئن پاڻي ۽ مٽي اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهي ۽ فرش جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ڪاٺ جي فرشن''' کي اڏوهي، نمي ۽ سڙڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ باقاعدي حفاظتي دوائن ۽ مناسب پالش جو استعمال ضروري آهي. جيڪڏهن فرش جو ڪو حصو خراب يا سڙي وڃي، ته ان کي هٽائي ساڳئي قسم جي ڪاٺ سان تبديل ڪيو وڃي ۽ نئين ڪاٺ کي رندي ذريعي موجوده فرش جي ليول مطابق هموار ڪيو وڃي، جيئن فرش جي مضبوطي، خوبصورتي ۽ همواري برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش''' صاف رکڻ لاءِ انهن کي هلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان باقاعدي صاف ڪرڻ ۽ وقت بوقت پالش ڪرڻ گهرجي. صفائي دوران گهڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال کان پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي، جيئن پاڻي هيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ تهه تائين نه پهچي. سخت داغن کي مناسب صاف ڪندڙ مرڪب سان هٽائڻ گهرجي، جڏهن ته تيزابي يا سخت صفائي ڪندڙ شيون استعمال نه ڪيون وڃن.
جيڪڏهن فرش ۾ ڏار پئجي وڃن يا اهو بنياد کان الڳ ٿي وڃي، ته ان جي مرمت نقصان جي نوعيت موجب ڪئي وڃي ۽ ضرورت پوڻ تي خراب ٿيل حصو نئين مواد سان تبديل ڪيو وڃي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ائسفالٽ جا فرش''' صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ انهن کي گرم پاڻي ۽ مناسب صفائي ڪندڙ مرڪب (ڊٽرجنٽ) سان ڌوئڻ گهرجي، پوءِ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري تيل، گريس ۽ ٻين چرٻي وارن داغن کان پاڪ رکڻ گهرجي، جيئن مٽي ۽ گند نه ڄمي.
جيڪڏهن بنيادي تهه جي خرابي سبب فرش ڦاٽي يا اڀري وڃي، ته خراب ٿيل حصو احتياط سان هٽائي ساڳئي قسم جي نئين ائسفالٽ سان مرمت ڪري، ان کي موجوده فرش جي ليول ۽ سنوت مطابق هموار ڪيو وڃي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== پڻ ڏسو ==
* [[فرش جي ايراضي]]
* [[فرش جي صفائي]]
* [[فرش جو پوش]]
* [[فرشن جي نمبرنگ]]
* [[فرش جو نقشو]]
* [[پاڻمرادو صاف ٿيندڙ فرش]]
* [[حساس فرش]]
* [[فٽ پاٿ]]
* [[ٺوس زميني فرش]]
* [[منزل (عمارت)]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
== ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا ==
{{Wiktionary}}
{{Commonscat-inline|Floors}}

{{Room}}

{{Authority control}}

[[زمرو:فرش]]
[[زمرو:تعميراتي مواد]]
[[زمرو:ڍانچائي نظام]]
[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>9arezet553oi21bknp4ez6ylwyzd3aw</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401097</id>
      <parentid>401096</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T02:25:48Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401097</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="58798" sha1="na90au6ihn8hdroo6yazdlm1bk3wfk6" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== قديم فرش ==

[[File:Plafond.XIVe.siecle.png|thumb|[[اوژن ويوليه-لو-ڊڪ]]، ''Dictionnaire raisonné de l'architecture française du XIe au XVIe siècle''، چوڏهين صديءَ جي فرش جي ڳانڍاپي جو تفصيلي خاڪو.]]
[[File:Plafond chambre marquise Comartin.jpg|thumb|فرانسيسي طرز جي ڇت، يعني هيٺان کان ڏٺل ڪاٺ جو فرش؛ [[ڪورماٽن قلعو]]، مارڪيز جو ڪمرو، [[فرانس]].]]
[[File:Schloss Werdenberg 2Stock Halle Balkendecke.jpg|thumb|هيٺان کان ڏٺل قديم ڪاٺ جو فرش، [[ويرڊنبرگ قلعو]]، [[ويرڊنبرگ]]، اوڀر [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]].]]
[[File:Chamber with Colonnades 03.jpg|thumb|هيٺان کان ڏٺل قديم ڪاٺ جو فرش، [[وڏن استادن جو محل]]، [[روڊس]]، [[يونان]].]]

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي پڇاڙيءَ تائين، جڏهن وڪڙ برداشت ڪندڙ ٻيا تعميراتي مواد، جهڙوڪ [[فولاد]] ۽ [[رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ]]، عام مارڪيٽ ۾ اچڻ لڳا، تڏهن فرانسيسي لفظ ''پلانشي'' بنيادي طور ڪاٺ مان تيار ڪيل بناوت لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو. [[جان نيڪو]] پنهنجي 1606ع واري لغت ''Thresor de la langue francoyse'' ۾ ڄاڻايو آهي ته ''پلانشي'' لفظ ''پلانش''، يعني ڪاٺ جي تختي، مان نڪتل آهي ۽ ان مان مراد ننڍن شهتيرن مٿان وڇايل تختن جي بناوت هئي. ان کي ''سوليي'' پڻ سڏيو ويندو هو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي تختا هيٺين سهارن مٿان وڇايا ويندا هئا. بعد ۾ مجازي ۽ وسيع استعمال وسيلي هي اصطلاح ٻين مواد مان ٺهيل اهڙين بناوتن لاءِ پڻ ڪتب اچڻ لڳو، جيڪي هيٺين سهارن مٿان رکيل هونديون هيون. تنهن هوندي به، پنهنجي اصل فني معنيٰ ۾ ''پلانشي'' ڪاٺ جي تختن سان ڍڪيل فرش کي چيو ويندو هو؛ انهيءَ ڪري عمارت جي هر [[منزل]] لازمي طور ڪاٺ جو فرش نه هوندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;[[جان نيڪو]]، ''Le Thresor de la langue francoyse''، 1606ع.&lt;/ref&gt; اهڙي فرش جي تياريءَ ۾ واڍو، نجار، پارڪيٽ ٺاهيندڙ ۽، جڏهن شهتيرن جي وچ ۾ ڀراءُ ڪرڻو هوندو هو، تڏهن رازي پڻ حصو وٺندا هئا. انهن مان هر ڪاريگر لاءِ ''فرش'' جي اصطلاح جو فني مفهوم سندس ڪم جي نوعيت موجب مختلف هوندو هو.

تعمير دوران واڍو پهرين فرش کي سهارو ڏيندڙ مکيه [[شهتير]] نصب ڪندو هو. انهن کي ڪهاڙيءَ سان چؤرس ڪري، پوءِ ٻٽي ڌار واري واڍڪي اوزار سان آخري شڪل ڏني ويندي هئي. ان کان پوءِ نجار انهن شهتيرن جي مٿئين مٿاڇري ۾ لڳ ڀڳ ٽي [[انچ]]، يعني اٽڪل 8 س.م ڊگها ۽ ٽي انچ ويڪرا کڏا ٺاهيندو هو. اهي کڏا لڳ ڀڳ اڌ [[فوٽ]]، يعني اٽڪل 16 س.م، جي وٿيءَ تي رکيا ويندا هئا&lt;ref&gt;ان دور جي فرانسيسي ماپن موجب هڪ [[انچ]]، هڪ [[فوٽ]] جو ٻارهون حصو هو؛ هڪ لائين، هڪ انچ جو ٻارهون حصو هئي. هڪ فوٽ 324 م.م، هڪ انچ 27 م.م، هڪ لائين 2.25 م.م  ۽ هڪ توئز 1949 م.م.، يعني ڇهه فوٽ، جي برابر هئي.&lt;/ref&gt;، ۽ انهن کي اهڙي نموني تراشيو ويندو هو، جو هڪ شهتير جا کڏا سامهون واري شهتير جي کڏن سان بلڪل هڪ ليڪ ۾ اچن. انهن کڏن ۾ ننڍا [[فرشي شهتير]] يا تقريباً ٽي انچ چؤرس ڪاٺ جا ٽڪرا رکيا ويندا هئا، جيڪي هڪ مکيه شهتير کان ٻئي مکيه شهتير تائين ويندا هئا ۽ ٻنهي ڇيڙن وٽ کڏن ۾ ٽيڪيل هوندا هئا.

انهن ننڍن شهتيرن جي ماپ هميشه هڪجهڙي نه هوندي هئي. جڏهن مٿين منزلن جو فرش تمام ڳرو نه رکڻو هوندو هو، تڏهن انهن جي اوچائي ڪڏهن رڳو ٻه انچ، يعني لڳ ڀڳ 5 سينٽي ميٽر، هوندي هئي. وڏن ڪمرن، وڌيڪ بار کڻندڙ فرشن يا زميني منزل جي نمي وارن هنڌن تي، جتي فرش کي زمين کان مٿي کڻڻ ضروري هوندو هو، انهن کي چار انچ، يعني اٽڪل 11 سينٽي ميٽر، اوچو يا ڪڏهن ڇهه انچ، يعني لڳ ڀڳ 16 سينٽي ميٽر، اوچو ۽ چار انچ ويڪرو رکيو ويندو هو.

ننڍن شهتيرن جي نصب ٿيڻ کان پوءِ انهن جي مٿان آڏا ڪاٺ جا تختا وڇايا ويندا هئا. اهي تختا سڌا، هموار ۽ چڱيءَ طرح رنديل هوندا هئا ۽ کين [[نر ۽ مادا ڳانڍاپو|نر ۽ مادا ڳانڍاپي]] سان پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيو ويندو هو. انهن تختن جي ٿولهه پندرهن کان ارڙهن لائينن، يعني لڳ ڀڳ 33 کان 40 ملي ميٽر، تائين هوندي هئي. تختن کي تمام چپٽي مٿن وارن يا بنا مٿن وارن ڪوڪن سان ننڍن شهتيرن تي جڪڙيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Roret&quot;&gt;{{ouvrage | auteur = M. Nosban | titre = Manuel du menuisier en meubles et en bâtiments | éditeur = Librairie encyclopédie de [[نيڪولا روري]] | année = 1832 | lire en ligne = https://books.google.be/books?id=ShHxOvOLieQC&amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;hl=fr&amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;q&amp;f=false}}.&lt;/ref&gt;{{etc}}

هن قسم جي فرش ۾ [[اندروني ڇت]] اصل ۾ فرش جي حقيقي بناوت جو هيٺان کان نظر ايندڙ روپ هوندي هئي. ان ۾ مکيه ۽ ننڍا شهتير کليل نظر ايندا هئا، جن کي ڪڏهن سادي مولڊنگ سان ۽ ڪڏهن تمام نفيس اُڪير ۽ نقش نگاريءَ سان سينگاريو ويندو هو. اهڙين ڇتين ۾ ڪجهه حصا ٻاهر نڪتل ۽ ڪجهه اندر دٻيل هوندا هئا، جيڪي ڪڏهن خانن يا کوپن جهڙيون شڪليون ٺاهيندا هئا؛ انهن کي نقش، ڪنڊارين ۽ رنگين چٽساليءَ سان سينگاريو ويندو هو. فرانس ۾ چوڏهين صديءَ کان اڳ جون اهڙيون ڇتيون اڄ محفوظ ناهن، جيتوڻيڪ اهو معلوم آهي ته اهي ان دور کان اڳ به موجود هيون، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙا فرش ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جن جي هيٺان پلستر نه لڳايو ويندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;[[اوژن ويوليه-لو-ڊڪ]]، ''Dictionnaire raisonné de l'architecture française du XIe au XVIe siècle''، 10 جلد، پيرس، Bance et Morel، 1854ع کان 1868ع.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پارڪيٽ]] ڪاٺ جي وڌيڪ نفيس نجاريءَ يا ٻئي آرائشي فرش جي صورت هوندي هئي، جيڪا بنيادي ڪاٺي فرش جي مٿان وڇائي ويندي هئي. ان کان اڳ بنيادي فرش تي ڪاٺ جون سنهيون سهارو ڏيندڙ پٽيون لڳايون وينديون هيون. پارڪيٽ ٺاهڻ جا ٻه بنيادي طريقا رائج هئا: پٽين وارو پارڪيٽ ۽ ڳنڍيل خانن وارو پارڪيٽ.&lt;ref name=&quot;Roret&quot;/&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ ۾ ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي ننڍن شهتيرن جي وچ واري جاءِ کي ڪڏهن پلستر يا مٽيءَ ۽ ٻوٽي واري گاري سان ڀريو ويندو هو. اهو ڪم رازي يا پلستر ڪندڙ ڪاريگر ڪندو هو. [[اوساري]] جي اصطلاحن ۾ اهڙن فرشن جا هي قسم ڌار ڪيا ويندا هئا:

* '''کوکلو فرش'''، جنهن ۾ ننڍن شهتيرن جي وچ واري جاءِ خالي ڇڏي ويندي هئي؛&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.71&quot;/&gt;
* '''ڀريل فرش'''، جنهن ۾ شهتيرن جي وچ واري جاءِ ڀڳل پلستر ۽ نئين پلستر سان اهڙيءَ طرح ڀري ويندي هئي، جو ڀراءُ ڪاٺ جي مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين سطح سان برابر اچي؛&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.71&quot;/&gt;
* '''دٻيل يا وچ-خاني وارو فرش'''، جنهن ۾ لڳاتار ڪاٺيون پٽيون يا ڇلرن جهڙو ڍڪ وڇائي، ان جي مٿان پلستر يا مٽيءَ وارو گارو وڌو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته هيٺان ڪاٺ جا شهتير کليل نظر ايندا هئا؛&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.71&quot;/&gt;
* '''فرش جو ڀراءُ'''، جنهن مان مراد مقرر ٿولهه واري اوساري هئي، جيڪا ڪاٺين پٽين يا شهتيرن جي وچ واري ڀراءَ مٿان وڌي فرش جي هموار بنيادي سطح ٺاهيندي هئي، يا ان سطح مٿان سرون يا ٽائيل لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي هئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.71&quot;&gt;{{Ouvrage |auteur=[[جوزف موريسو]] | titre=Tableaux détaillés des prix de tous les ouvrages du bâtiment (maçonnerie) |éditeur=Carilian |année=1814 |passage=71 |lire en ligne=https://books.google.be/books?id=vGIUAAAAQAAJ&amp;pg=PR3}}.&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ [[ڪاٺي ڍانچاسازي]] جي فني اصطلاح موجب فرش عام طور ننڍن شهتيرن، ڏاڪڻ يا چمنيءَ جي چوڌاري رکيل خاص شهتيرن ۽ انهن کي ڳنڍيندڙ آڏن ڪاٺي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.35&quot;/&gt; [[نجاري]] جي اصطلاح ۾، فرش مان مراد پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيل تختن يا ڪنارن واري ڪاٺ جي پٽين مان ٺهيل اها نجاري هوندي هئي، جيڪا پارڪيٽ وانگر ڪمرن جي بنيادي هموار تهه کي ڍڪڻ يا زميني منزل جي ڪمرن جي زمين مٿان وڇائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي هئي. بناوت جي لحاظ کان ان جا ڪيترائي قسم ڌار ڪيا ويندا هئا:&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.40&quot;/&gt;

* '''عام تختن وارو فرش''': اهڙو فرش، جيڪو مڪمل ڪاٺي تختن مان ٺهندو هو؛ تختا ڪچا به ٿي سگهندا هئا يا نر ۽ مادا ڳانڍاپي سان پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.40&quot;/&gt;
* '''سنهي پٽين وارو فرش''': اهڙو فرش، جنهن ۾ تختن کي ويڪر ۾ ٻن يا ٽن سنهين پٽين ۾ چيري، پوءِ نر ۽ مادا ڳانڍاپي سان پاڻ ۾ ملائبو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.40&quot;/&gt;
* '''انگريزي نموني جو سنهي پٽين وارو فرش''': اهو اڳئين قسم جهڙو هوندو هو، پر سنهين پٽين جا ڇيڙا هڪ ٻئي جي ڀيٽ ۾ واري وٽيءَ سان اڳتي پوئتي رکيا ويندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.40&quot;/&gt;
* '''هنگريائي نوڪ وارو فرش'''، جنهن کي سرخس نموني يا ڪئپيوچن نموني وارو فرش پڻ چيو ويندو هو: هن ۾ ننڍيون ڪاٺي پٽيون استعمال ٿينديون هيون، جن جا ٻئي ڇيڙا ترڇي ڪنڊ سان ڪٽيا ويندا هئا ۽ پوءِ انهن کي هر خاني ۾ ترڇي رخ سان وڇايو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.40&quot;/&gt;

''پلانشيي'' ان عمل کي چيو ويندو هو، جنهن ۾ نر ۽ مادا ڳانڍاپي سان پاڻ ۾ ملائي تيار ڪيل ڪاٺ جا تختا، هيٺين ڪاٺي پٽين تي رکي ڪوڪن سان مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙيا ويندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.40&quot;&gt;{{Ouvrage |auteur = [[جوزف موريسو]] |titre=Tableaux détaillés des prix de tous les ouvrages du bâtiment (menuiserie) |éditeur=Carilian |année=1814 |passage=40 |lire en ligne=https://books.google.be/books?id=vGIUAAAAQAAJ&amp;pg=PR3}}.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش ===

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش'''  اعليٰ درجي جا آرائشي فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ هيٺيون بنيادي تهه سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿئين تهه ۾ سفيد يا رنگين سيمينٽ سان بلوري پٿر (ماربل چپس) جا ننڍا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي فرش کي خوبصورت ۽ پائيدار بڻائيندا آهن.
فرش کي مختلف خانن يا ڊزائنن ۾ ورهائڻ لاءِ پتل، ٽامي، جست يا شيشي جون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. موزائيڪ جي تهه کي وجهي، مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) کان پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائينڊنگ) ۽ پالش ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مٿاڇري هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ بلوري داڻا نمايان ٿي ظاهر ٿيندا آهن. رنگين موزائيڪ فرشن لاءِ سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ مناسب رنگ پڻ ملائي سگهجن ٿا.
هي فرش رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، ڊگهي عمر وارا، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پٿر جا فرش ===

'''پٿر جا فرش'''  مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا فرش هوندا آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي هڪجهڙي ٿولهه وارن قدرتي پٿرن جي چؤنڪن  سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. پٿرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن کي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان مناسب جوڙن سميت لڳايو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برابر ورهائجي ۽ فرش مضبوط رهي.
فرش جي جوڙن کي ضرورت موجب ٽيپ (پوائنٽگ) ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڪم مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور سرڪاري عمارتن، برآمدن، اڱڻن، راهدارين ۽ ٻين هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين قائم رهندڙ فرش گهربل هجي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش ===

'''چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش''' (گليزڊ ٽائل فلورنگ) هموار، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش فرش آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي چمڪدار ٽائيلن سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ٽائيلن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ پوءِ سيمينٽ جي گاري تي صحيح ليول ۽ سلاميءَ سان وڇايو ويندو آهي، جيئن جوڙ مضبوط ۽ سطح هموار رهي.
ٽائيلون لڳائڻ کان پوءِ جوڙن ۾ سيمينٽ جي رٻڙي (سلري) ڀري ويندي آهي ۽ مناسب ترائي  کان پوءِ فرش کي صاف ۽ پالش ڪيو ويندو آهي. تعمير دوران فرش کي داغن ۽ نقصان کان بچائڻ لاءِ ڍڪي رکيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، غسل خانن، باورچي خانن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بلوري پٿر (سنگمرمر) جا فرش ===

'''بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار، خوبصورتي ۽ پائيداري جي ڪري ممتاز فرش سمجهيا وڃن ٿا. اهي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد  تي هڪجهڙي سائيز ۽ ٿولهه وارن سنگمرمر جي چؤنڪن يا تختن کي سيمينٽ يا چوني جي گاري سان وڇائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. جوڙ تمام سنها رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ انهن کي چوني جي لاپي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي ته جيئن فرش هموار ۽ دلڪش نظر اچي.
فرش وڇائڻ کان پوءِ مناسب ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي ۽ پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائنڊنگ) ۽ پالش ذريعي مٿاڇري کي هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ خوبصورت بڻايو ويندو آهي. سنگمرمر جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، هوٽلن، سرڪاري عمارتن، مسجدن ۽ ٻين اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي خوبصورتي، صفائي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي اهميت ڏني ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي ===

'''سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي''' اهڙي فرشبندي آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون بغير گاري جي، چڱيءَ طرح هموار ۽ نهر ڪيل زمين يا واريءَ جي بنياد تي ويجهو ويجهو وڇايون وينديون آهن. سرن جي جوڙن کي سنهو رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن ۾ باريڪ واري ڀري سرن کي مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾ صرف مٿاڇري تي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي پتلي گاري سان جوڙ بند ڪيا ويندا آهن.
هي قسم جو فرش مضبوط، اقتصادي ۽ مرمت ۾ آسان هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري گودامن، اڱڻن، رستن، چبوترن ۽ گهٽ ٽرئفڪ وارن علائقن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار جا، خوبصورت ۽ آرامده فرش آهن، جيڪي مضبوط ۽ معياري ڪاٺ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي نسبتاً مهانگا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سندن استعمال گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڪاٺ آسانيءَ سان دستياب هجي، يا اهڙين عمارتن ۾ جتي آواز جي موٽ گهٽ رکڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ ضروري هجي، جهڙوڪ ناچ گهر، آڊيٽوريم ۽ جابلو علائقن جون عمارتون.
ڪاٺ جي لچڪدار خاصيت کي نظر ۾ رکندي، اهڙن فرشن جي جوڙجڪ ۾ مناسب چيمبر ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۽ استحڪام برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ ڪاٺ جا شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکي، انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آهن. شهتير مضبوط ۽ مناسب ماپ وارا هوندا آهن ته جيئن فرش محفوظ نموني بار برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ مڙڻ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ رهي.
ڪاٺ کي نمي کان بچائڻ لاءِ شهتيرن کي تازي گاري سان سڌي رابطي ۾ نه رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڀتين جي ويجهو مناسب هواداري (وينٽيليشن) پڻ ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي عمر ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ مٿيان شهتير سڌو سنئون ديوارن تي رکڻ بدران هيٺان رکيل ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن (بائينڊرز) تي ٽيڪايا ويندا آهن. بائينڊر شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکيا ويندا آهن، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
هي فرش مفرد ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط هوندا آهن ۽ آواز جي منتقلي کي به بهتر نموني گهٽائيندا آهن. البت انهن جي تعمير وڌيڪ پيچيده ۽ مهانگي هوندي آهي، تنهنڪري اهي عام طور وڏن مفاصلي وارن ڪمرن ۽ ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جي پڃري (ٽيڻن شهتيرن) وارا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽيڻن شهتيرن وارا فرش''' وڏن ڪمرن ۽ هالن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مفاصلو عام ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي گنجائش کان وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. انهن جي بناوت ۾ مکيه گرڊر، ٻڌندڙ شهتير، وچ وارا شهتير ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا گڏجي هڪ مضبوط ڍانچو ٺاهيندا آهن، جنهن سان بار مناسب نموني ورهائجي ويندو آهي.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪاٺ کي نمي ۽ ڳرڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مناسب هواداري جو انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته گرڊرن، ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن ۽ وچ وارن شهتيرن کي لوهي پٽن ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپن ذريعي پاڻ ۾ ٻڌيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي، استحڪام ۽ پائيداري وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور وڏن هالن، عوامي عمارتن ۽ ٻين وسيع اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زميني يا هيٺيان فرش ===

'''زميني يا هيٺيان فرش''' اهڙا ڪاٺ جا فرش آهن، جيڪي سڌيءَ طرح زمين جي مٿان تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ کي پوسل ۽ نمي کان محفوظ رکڻ لاءِ سڀ کان پهرين سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو بنيادي تهه تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان ننڍيون اوساريون يا سليپر رکي انهن تي وال پليٽون ۽ شهتير نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن، ۽ آخر ۾ انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا وڇايا ويندا آهن.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ مناسب هواداري جو خاص انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن ڪاٺ سڪي رهي ۽ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رهي. شهتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ عام طور ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ ساڳ يا شيشم جو ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== رٻڙ جا فرش ===

'''رٻڙ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي گندڪ سان مضبوط ڪيل رٻڙ مان تيار ڪيل چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي مضبوط بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. فرش لڳائڻ کان اڳ بنياد کي هموار، سڪل ۽ دز، چڪنائي ۽ پوسل کان پاڪ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان رٻڙ مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي وڃي.
رٻڙ جا فرش لچڪدار، خاموش، پائيدار ۽ هلڻ ۾ آرامده هوندا آهن. انهن تي هلڻ سان شور گهٽ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهي اسپتالن، آفيسن، هوٽلن، سئنيما گهرن، آڊيٽوريمن، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== لينوليم جا فرش ===

'''لينوليم جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي لينوليم جي چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب (ايڊھيسو) سان لڳائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري، رنگن ۽ ٻين قدرتي جزن مان تيار ٿيندڙ هڪ پائيدار فرشي مواد آهي، جيڪو مختلف رنگن ۽ نمونن ۾ دستياب هوندو آهي.
لينوليم جا فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ نسبتاً سستا هوندا آهن ۽ مناسب سنڀال، جهڙوڪ وارنش يا موم (ويڪس) لڳائڻ سان سندن عمر وڌائي سگهجي ٿي. اهي رهائشي گهرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن، ريسٽورانن ۽ مختلف گاڏين، جهڙوڪ موٽر ڪارن، بسن، ريل گاڏين ۽ جهازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪارڪ جا فرش ===

'''ڪارڪ جا فرش''' (Cork Floors) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي آواز گهٽ پيدا ڪرڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيت سبب آڊيٽوريم، عوامي لائبريرين، ٿيئٽرن، گرجائن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي ڪارڪ جي چادرن يا ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ موجود هوندا آهن. ڪارڪ جون ٽائيلون خالص ڪارڪ مان، جڏهن ته ڪارڪ جون چادرون ڪارڪ جي ٻوري، السيءَ جي تيل، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگن جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن سبب اهي وڌيڪ مضبوط ۽ پائيدار هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش''' ڪارڪ جي تيار ڪيل ٽائيلن يا بارڊر پٽين کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي هموار بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب يا ڏامر (Bitumen) سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي عام طور نرم گدي يا پلاءِ جي تهه استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي ته جيئن فرش جي حرڪت سبب ٽائيلن کي نقصان نه پهچي.
ڪارڪ، '''ڪارڪ اوڪ''' (Cork Oak) وڻ جي ٿلهي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا هر 8 کان 10 سالن بعد لاهي خاص عملن ذريعي سخت، مضبوط ۽ هلڪي وزن واري مواد ۾ تبديل ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪارڪ جا فرش آواز جذب ڪرڻ، گرميءَ کان بچاءُ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيتن سبب آفيسن، لائبريرين، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن لاءِ موزون سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پي-وي-سي جا فرش ===

'''پي-وي-سي جا فرش''' (پولي ونيل ڪلورائيڊ فرش جديد تعميراتي فرشن مان آهن، جيڪي گهرن، آفيسن، ريلوي ڊٻن، آڊيٽوريمن ۽ ٿيئٽرن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن. اهي عام طور رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر هموار بنياد تي لڳايا ويندا آهن ۽ پنهنجي خوبصورتي، لچڪ، پاڻي نه جذب ڪرڻ ۽ آسان صفائي جي خاصيتن سبب مقبول آهن.
پي-وي-سي شيٽون ۽ ٽائيلون ٿرموپلاسٽڪ مرڪبن، فلرن ۽ رنگن مان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي مختلف سائيزن ۽ ٿولهين ۾ دستياب هونديون آهن ۽ هڪ مضبوط، هموار ۽ پائيدار فرشي مٿاڇرو فراهم ڪنديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== شيشي جا فرش ===

'''شيشي جا فرش''' انهن هنڌن تي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن، جتي هيٺئين ماڙ يا تهه خاني تائين قدرتي روشني پهچائڻ ضروري هجي. اهي مضبوط ڪاٺ يا ڌاتوءَ جي فريمن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا پينل لڳائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. استعمال ٿيندڙ شيشو اعليٰ معيار جو، مضبوط ۽ مناسب ٿولهه وارو هوندو آهي ته جيئن هلڻ جو بار محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي. اهڙا فرش جديد عمارتن، تجارتي مرڪزن ۽ روشنيءَ جي خاص ضرورت وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ائسفالٽ جا فرش ===

'''ائسفالٽ جا فرش''' ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن: '''ائسفالٽ ٽائيل فرش''' ۽ '''ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش'''. اهي فرش سستا، لچڪدار، پاڻي ۽ پوسل کان محفوظ، تيزاب، تيل ۽ گريس جي اثرن جي مزاحمت ڪندڙ هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سرڪاري آفيسن، اسڪولن، گودامن، ڪارخانن ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.
ائسفالٽ ٽائيلون عام طور هموار سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا مضبوط ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب سان لڳايون وينديون آهن، جڏهن ته ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ گرم حالت ۾ بنياد تي پٿاري تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان هڪ مضبوط، هموار ۽ پاڻي نه جذب ڪندڙ فرش حاصل ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت ==

فرشن جي ڊگهي عمر ۽ سٺي ڪارڪردگي لاءِ انهن جي باقاعده صفائي ۽ سنڀال ضروري آهي. فرش کي روزانو آلي پوچي سان صاف ڪرڻ گهرجي، جڏهن ته گهڻي گندگي جي صورت ۾ نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻي استعمال ڪجي. تيزابي يا کاري صفائي ڪندڙ شيون استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي فرش جي مٿاڇري کي نقصان پهچائي سگهن ٿيون.
جيڪڏهن فرش جو ڪو حصو ٽٽي يا خراب ٿي وڃي، ته متاثر ٿيل پينل کي هٽائي بنيادي سطح صاف ڪري نئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ سان ساڳئي ليول تي مرمت ڪرڻ گهرجي. مرمت ٿيل حصي کي مناسب ترائي ڏيڻ سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرشن''' جي سنڀال لاءِ انهن کي روزانو صاف پاڻي ۽ نرم پوچي سان صاف رکڻ گهرجي. سخت داغن کي هلڪي آڪسيلڪ ائسڊ. سان صاف ڪري سگهجي ٿو، پر تيزابي يا کاري صفائي ڪندڙ شيون استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي. وقت سان چمڪ گهٽجڻ جي صورت ۾ مناسب پالش ذريعي فرش کي ٻيهر چمڪايو ويندو آهي.
جيڪڏهن فرش جو ڪو حصو خراب ٿي وڃي ته متاثر ٿيل پينل کي هٽائي ساڳئي رنگ، داڻي ۽ ليول سان نئون موزائيڪ لڳايو وڃي. سنهڙا ڏار. ظاهر ٿيڻ جي صورت ۾ انهن کي سيمينٽ جي باريڪ ڪريم سان ڀري مناسب ترائي  ڪئي وڃي، جيئن پاڻي ۽ مٽي اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهي ۽ فرش جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ڪاٺ جي فرشن''' کي اڏوهي، نمي ۽ سڙڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ باقاعدي حفاظتي دوائن ۽ مناسب پالش جو استعمال ضروري آهي. جيڪڏهن فرش جو ڪو حصو خراب يا سڙي وڃي، ته ان کي هٽائي ساڳئي قسم جي ڪاٺ سان تبديل ڪيو وڃي ۽ نئين ڪاٺ کي رندي ذريعي موجوده فرش جي ليول مطابق هموار ڪيو وڃي، جيئن فرش جي مضبوطي، خوبصورتي ۽ همواري برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش''' صاف رکڻ لاءِ انهن کي هلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان باقاعدي صاف ڪرڻ ۽ وقت بوقت پالش ڪرڻ گهرجي. صفائي دوران گهڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال کان پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي، جيئن پاڻي هيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ تهه تائين نه پهچي. سخت داغن کي مناسب صاف ڪندڙ مرڪب سان هٽائڻ گهرجي، جڏهن ته تيزابي يا سخت صفائي ڪندڙ شيون استعمال نه ڪيون وڃن.
جيڪڏهن فرش ۾ ڏار پئجي وڃن يا اهو بنياد کان الڳ ٿي وڃي، ته ان جي مرمت نقصان جي نوعيت موجب ڪئي وڃي ۽ ضرورت پوڻ تي خراب ٿيل حصو نئين مواد سان تبديل ڪيو وڃي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ائسفالٽ جا فرش''' صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ انهن کي گرم پاڻي ۽ مناسب صفائي ڪندڙ مرڪب (ڊٽرجنٽ) سان ڌوئڻ گهرجي، پوءِ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري تيل، گريس ۽ ٻين چرٻي وارن داغن کان پاڪ رکڻ گهرجي، جيئن مٽي ۽ گند نه ڄمي.
جيڪڏهن بنيادي تهه جي خرابي سبب فرش ڦاٽي يا اڀري وڃي، ته خراب ٿيل حصو احتياط سان هٽائي ساڳئي قسم جي نئين ائسفالٽ سان مرمت ڪري، ان کي موجوده فرش جي ليول ۽ سنوت مطابق هموار ڪيو وڃي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== پڻ ڏسو ==
* [[فرش جي ايراضي]]
* [[فرش جي صفائي]]
* [[فرش جو پوش]]
* [[فرشن جي نمبرنگ]]
* [[فرش جو نقشو]]
* [[پاڻمرادو صاف ٿيندڙ فرش]]
* [[حساس فرش]]
* [[فٽ پاٿ]]
* [[ٺوس زميني فرش]]
* [[منزل (عمارت)]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
== ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا ==
{{Wiktionary}}
{{Commonscat-inline|Floors}}

{{Room}}

{{Authority control}}

[[زمرو:فرش]]
[[زمرو:تعميراتي مواد]]
[[زمرو:ڍانچائي نظام]]
[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>na90au6ihn8hdroo6yazdlm1bk3wfk6</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401098</id>
      <parentid>401097</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T02:29:31Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401098</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="58868" sha1="cbn3nsjepgxnwj3srodn2hphj0k6suu" xml:space="preserve">{{مختصر وضاحت|ڪمري يا بند جڳهه جي هلڻ لاءِ هيٺئين مٿاڇري}}

{{Multiple image
|perrow=2
|total_width=450
|image1=Parquet flooring in Musée des arts décoratifs de Strasbourg.jpg
|image2=Interieur, detailopname van tegelvloer in gang - Winsum - 20530931 - RCE.jpg
|image3=Paris 9e Le Salon des Miroirs 426.jpg
|image4=Interieur tuinkoepel, vloertegel, behandeld als schelpengrot - Leek - 20530013 - RCE.jpg
|image5=Soft Floor.jpg
|footer=فرشن جا مختلف مثال
}}

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به بند جڳهه، جهڙوڪ [[ڪمرو]] يا [[گاڏي]]، جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي. فرش جون صورتون قدرتي [[غار]]ن جي سادي مٽيءَ واري زمين کان وٺي جديد ٽيڪنالاجي سان تيار ڪيل گهڻ-تهي بناوتن تائين مختلف ٿي سگهن ٿيون. فرش [[پٿر]]، [[ڪاٺ جو فرش|ڪاٺ]]، [[بانس جو فرش|بانس]]، [[ڌاتو]] يا ڪنهن ٻئي اهڙي مواد مان تيار ٿي سگهي ٿو، جيڪو متوقع بار کي برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت رکي.

[[عمارت]] جي مختلف سطحن کي پڻ عام طور '''فرش''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيتوڻيڪ انهن کي [[منزل]] به سڏيو ويندو آهي.

عام طور فرش ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: هڪ '''بنيادي فرش''' (سب فلور)، جيڪو سهارو ۽ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي، ۽ ٻيو '''فرش جو مٿيون تهه''' (فلور ڪورنگ)، جيڪو هلڻ لاءِ مناسب ۽ آرامده مٿاڇري فراهم ڪندو آهي.

جديد عمارتن ۾ بنيادي فرش جي اندر اڪثر [[برق]] جون تارون، [[پلمبنگ]] جا پائپ ۽ ٻيون خدمتي سهولتون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ فرش کي ڪيترين ئي ضرورتن، خاص طور حفاظتي گهرجن، کي پورو ڪرڻو هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ انهن جي تعمير لاڳو [[تعميراتي ضابطو|تعميراتي ضابطن]] مطابق ڪئي ويندي آهي.

فرش عام طور [[شهتير]]ن يا [[جوئسٽ]]ن تي تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=9ZDpdupFBoQC&amp;q=%C2%A0Floors+may+be+built+on+beams+or+joists&amp;pg=PA19|title=Wood Frame House Construction|last=Anderson|first=L. O.|date=April 2002|publisher=The Minerva Group, Inc.|isbn=9780894991677}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا وري اڳواٽ تيار ڪيل [[خالي مرڪز واري ڪنڪريٽ سليب]] (ھالو-ڪور سليب) جهڙيون بناوتون پڻ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. بنيادي فرش انهن سهارو ڏيندڙ حصن تي مختلف طريقن سان نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي، پر سهارو ڏيندڙ بناوت ۽ بنيادي فرش گڏجي اهڙي مضبوط سطح تيار ڪندا آهن، جنهن تي ماڻهو محفوظ نموني هلي سگهن.

[[Image:Ephraim Hawley House circa 1670 original oak flooring.JPG|thumb|200px|ڪاٺ جو فرش]]

'''فرش''' ڪنهن به [[عمارت]] يا بند جڳهه جي هيٺئين هلڻ لائق مٿاڇري کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا ماڻهن جي محفوظ چرپر، سامان جي رکڻ ۽ عمارت جي استعمال لاءِ بنيادي سطح فراهم ڪري ٿي. عمارت جي مختلف سطحن، جهڙوڪ [[زميني منزل]] (گرائونڊ فلور)، پهرين منزل، ٻي منزل وغيره، کي پڻ عام طور فرش چيو ويندو آهي.

فرش عمارت جي اهم تعميراتي عنصرن مان هڪ آهي، ۽ ان جي معيار جو عمارت جي مجموعي معيار، آرام ۽ پائيداري تي سڌو اثر پوندو آهي. هڪ سٺو فرش هموار، مضبوط، صاف رکڻ ۾ آسان، سوراخن کان پاڪ ۽ پاڻي يا ٻين رطوبتن کي جذب نه ڪندڙ (امپرويئس) هجڻ گهرجي، جيئن صفائي، صحت ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين استعمال کي يقيني بڻائي سگهجي.

زميني منزل کان مٿانهين منزلن جا فرش اهڙي نموني ڊزائن ۽ تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن، جو اهي متوقع بار کي محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهن ۽ رهواسين کي بي خوف ۽ محفوظ استعمال جي سهولت فراهم ڪن.

زميني فرش سڌو سنئون زمين جي مٿان تعمير ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي هيٺان موجود زمين جو چڱيءَ طرح دٻايل، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ مستحڪم هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين ۽ فرش جي وچ ۾ ضرورت مطابق هڪ حفاظتي تهه (سب فلور) پڻ ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيڪو زمين مان ايندڙ نمي کي فرش تائين پهچڻ کان روڪيندو آهي.

اهڙا بنيادي تهه فرش کي [[پاڻي روڪ]] (واٽر پروفنگ)، [[آواز روڪ]] (سائونڊ پروفنگ) ۽ زمين مان ٻوٽن يا گاهه جي اُڀرڻ کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;

== قديم فرش ==

[[File:Plafond.XIVe.siecle.png|thumb|[[اوژن ويوليه-لو-ڊڪ]]، ''Dictionnaire raisonné de l'architecture française du XIe au XVIe siècle''، چوڏهين صديءَ جي فرش جي ڳانڍاپي جو تفصيلي خاڪو.]]
[[File:Plafond chambre marquise Comartin.jpg|thumb|فرانسيسي طرز جي ڇت، يعني هيٺان کان ڏٺل ڪاٺ جو فرش؛ [[ڪورماٽن قلعو]]، مارڪيز جو ڪمرو، [[فرانس]].]]
[[File:Schloss Werdenberg 2Stock Halle Balkendecke.jpg|thumb|هيٺان کان ڏٺل قديم ڪاٺ جو فرش، [[ويرڊنبرگ قلعو]]، [[ويرڊنبرگ]]، اوڀر [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]].]]
[[File:Chamber with Colonnades 03.jpg|thumb|هيٺان کان ڏٺل قديم ڪاٺ جو فرش، [[وڏن استادن جو محل]]، [[روڊس]]، [[يونان]].]]

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي پڇاڙيءَ تائين، جڏهن وڪڙ برداشت ڪندڙ ٻيا تعميراتي مواد، جهڙوڪ [[فولاد]] ۽ [[رِيئنفورسڊ سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ]]، عام مارڪيٽ ۾ اچڻ لڳا، تڏهن فرانسيسي لفظ ''پلانشي'' بنيادي طور ڪاٺ مان تيار ڪيل بناوت لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو هو. [[جان نيڪو]] پنهنجي 1606ع واري لغت ''Thresor de la langue francoyse'' ۾ ڄاڻايو آهي ته ''پلانشي'' لفظ ''پلانش''، يعني ڪاٺ جي تختي، مان نڪتل آهي ۽ ان مان مراد ننڍن شهتيرن مٿان وڇايل تختن جي بناوت هئي. ان کي ''سوليي'' پڻ سڏيو ويندو هو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي تختا هيٺين سهارن مٿان وڇايا ويندا هئا. بعد ۾ مجازي ۽ وسيع استعمال وسيلي هي اصطلاح ٻين مواد مان ٺهيل اهڙين بناوتن لاءِ پڻ ڪتب اچڻ لڳو، جيڪي هيٺين سهارن مٿان رکيل هونديون هيون. تنهن هوندي به، پنهنجي اصل فني معنيٰ ۾ ''پلانشي'' ڪاٺ جي تختن سان ڍڪيل فرش کي چيو ويندو هو؛ انهيءَ ڪري عمارت جي هر [[منزل]] لازمي طور ڪاٺ جو فرش نه هوندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;[[جان نيڪو]]، ''لو ٿريزور دُ لا لانگ فرانسواز'' (فرانسيسي ٻوليءَ جو لغوي خزانو)، 1606ع.&lt;/ref&gt; اهڙي فرش جي تياريءَ ۾ واڍو، نجار، پارڪيٽ ٺاهيندڙ ۽، جڏهن شهتيرن جي وچ ۾ ڀراءُ ڪرڻو هوندو هو، تڏهن رازا پڻ حصو وٺندا هئا. انهن مان هر ڪاريگر لاءِ ''فرش'' جي اصطلاح جو فني مفهوم سندس ڪم جي نوعيت موجب مختلف هوندو هو.

تعمير دوران واڍو پهرين فرش کي سهارو ڏيندڙ مکيه [[شهتير]] نصب ڪندو هو. انهن کي ڪهاڙيءَ سان چؤرس ڪري، پوءِ ٻٽي ڌار واري واڍڪي اوزار سان آخري شڪل ڏني ويندي هئي. ان کان پوءِ نجار انهن شهتيرن جي مٿئين مٿاڇري ۾ لڳ ڀڳ ٽي [[انچ]]، يعني اٽڪل 8 س.م ڊگها ۽ ٽي انچ ويڪرا کڏا ٺاهيندو هو. اهي کڏا لڳ ڀڳ اڌ [[فوٽ]]، يعني اٽڪل 16 س.م، جي وٿيءَ تي رکيا ويندا هئا&lt;ref&gt;ان دور جي فرانسيسي ماپن موجب هڪ [[انچ]]، هڪ [[فوٽ]] جو ٻارهون حصو هو؛ هڪ لائين، هڪ انچ جو ٻارهون حصو هئي. هڪ فوٽ 324 م.م، هڪ انچ 27 م.م، هڪ لائين 2.25 م.م  ۽ هڪ توئز 1949 م.م.، يعني ڇهه فوٽ، جي برابر هئي.&lt;/ref&gt;، ۽ انهن کي اهڙي نموني تراشيو ويندو هو، جو هڪ شهتير جا کڏا سامهون واري شهتير جي کڏن سان بلڪل هڪ ليڪ ۾ اچن. انهن کڏن ۾ ننڍا [[فرشي شهتير]] يا تقريباً ٽي انچ چؤرس ڪاٺ جا ٽڪرا رکيا ويندا هئا، جيڪي هڪ مکيه شهتير کان ٻئي مکيه شهتير تائين ويندا هئا ۽ ٻنهي ڇيڙن وٽ کڏن ۾ ٽيڪيل هوندا هئا.

انهن ننڍن شهتيرن جي ماپ هميشه هڪجهڙي نه هوندي هئي. جڏهن مٿين منزلن جو فرش تمام ڳرو نه رکڻو هوندو هو، تڏهن انهن جي اوچائي ڪڏهن رڳو ٻه انچ، يعني لڳ ڀڳ 5 سينٽي ميٽر، هوندي هئي. وڏن ڪمرن، وڌيڪ بار کڻندڙ فرشن يا زميني منزل جي نمي وارن هنڌن تي، جتي فرش کي زمين کان مٿي کڻڻ ضروري هوندو هو، انهن کي چار انچ، يعني اٽڪل 11 سينٽي ميٽر، اوچو يا ڪڏهن ڇهه انچ، يعني لڳ ڀڳ 16 سينٽي ميٽر، اوچو ۽ چار انچ ويڪرو رکيو ويندو هو.

ننڍن شهتيرن جي نصب ٿيڻ کان پوءِ انهن جي مٿان آڏا ڪاٺ جا تختا وڇايا ويندا هئا. اهي تختا سڌا، هموار ۽ چڱيءَ طرح رنديل هوندا هئا ۽ کين [[نر ۽ مادا ڳانڍاپو|نر ۽ مادا ڳانڍاپي]] سان پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيو ويندو هو. انهن تختن جي ٿولهه پندرهن کان ارڙهن لائينن، يعني لڳ ڀڳ 33 کان 40 ملي ميٽر، تائين هوندي هئي. تختن کي تمام چپٽي مٿن وارن يا بنا مٿن وارن ڪوڪن سان ننڍن شهتيرن تي جڪڙيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Roret&quot;&gt;{{ouvrage | auteur = M. Nosban | titre = Manuel du menuisier en meubles et en bâtiments | éditeur = Librairie encyclopédie de [[نيڪولا روري]] | année = 1832 | lire en ligne = https://books.google.be/books?id=ShHxOvOLieQC&amp;printsec=frontcover&amp;hl=fr&amp;source=gbs_ge_summary_r&amp;cad=0#v=onepage&amp;q&amp;f=false}}.&lt;/ref&gt;

هن قسم جي فرش ۾ [[اندروني ڇت]] اصل ۾ فرش جي حقيقي بناوت جو هيٺان کان نظر ايندڙ روپ هوندي هئي. ان ۾ مکيه ۽ ننڍا شهتير کليل نظر ايندا هئا، جن کي ڪڏهن سادي مولڊنگ سان ۽ ڪڏهن تمام نفيس اُڪير ۽ نقش نگاريءَ سان سينگاريو ويندو هو. اهڙين ڇتين ۾ ڪجهه حصا ٻاهر نڪتل ۽ ڪجهه اندر دٻيل هوندا هئا، جيڪي ڪڏهن خانن يا کوپن جهڙيون شڪليون ٺاهيندا هئا؛ انهن کي نقش، ڪنڊارين ۽ رنگين چٽساليءَ سان سينگاريو ويندو هو. فرانس ۾ چوڏهين صديءَ کان اڳ جون اهڙيون ڇتيون اڄ محفوظ ناهن، جيتوڻيڪ اهو معلوم آهي ته اهي ان دور کان اڳ به موجود هيون، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙا فرش ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جن جي هيٺان پلستر نه لڳايو ويندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;[[اوژن ويوليه-لو-ڊڪ]]، ''Dictionnaire raisonné de l'architecture française du XIe au XVIe siècle''، 10 جلد، پيرس، Bance et Morel، 1854ع کان 1868ع.&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پارڪيٽ]] ڪاٺ جي وڌيڪ نفيس نجاريءَ يا ٻئي آرائشي فرش جي صورت هوندي هئي، جيڪا بنيادي ڪاٺي فرش جي مٿان وڇائي ويندي هئي. ان کان اڳ بنيادي فرش تي ڪاٺ جون سنهيون سهارو ڏيندڙ پٽيون لڳايون وينديون هيون. پارڪيٽ ٺاهڻ جا ٻه بنيادي طريقا رائج هئا: پٽين وارو پارڪيٽ ۽ ڳنڍيل خانن وارو پارڪيٽ.&lt;ref name=&quot;Roret&quot;/&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ ۾ ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي ننڍن شهتيرن جي وچ واري جاءِ کي ڪڏهن پلستر يا مٽيءَ ۽ ٻوٽي واري گاري سان ڀريو ويندو هو. اهو ڪم رازي يا پلستر ڪندڙ ڪاريگر ڪندو هو. [[اوساري]] جي اصطلاحن ۾ اهڙن فرشن جا هي قسم ڌار ڪيا ويندا هئا:

* '''کوکلو فرش'''، جنهن ۾ ننڍن شهتيرن جي وچ واري جاءِ خالي ڇڏي ويندي هئي؛&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.71&quot;/&gt;
* '''ڀريل فرش'''، جنهن ۾ شهتيرن جي وچ واري جاءِ ڀڳل پلستر ۽ نئين پلستر سان اهڙيءَ طرح ڀري ويندي هئي، جو ڀراءُ ڪاٺ جي مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين سطح سان برابر اچي؛&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.71&quot;/&gt;
* '''دٻيل يا وچ-خاني وارو فرش'''، جنهن ۾ لڳاتار ڪاٺيون پٽيون يا ڇلرن جهڙو ڍڪ وڇائي، ان جي مٿان پلستر يا مٽيءَ وارو گارو وڌو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته هيٺان ڪاٺ جا شهتير کليل نظر ايندا هئا؛&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.71&quot;/&gt;
* '''فرش جو ڀراءُ'''، جنهن مان مراد مقرر ٿولهه واري اوساري هئي، جيڪا ڪاٺين پٽين يا شهتيرن جي وچ واري ڀراءَ مٿان وڌي فرش جي هموار بنيادي سطح ٺاهيندي هئي، يا ان سطح مٿان سرون يا ٽائيل لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي هئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.71&quot;&gt;{{Ouvrage |auteur=[[جوزف موريسو]] | titre=Tableaux détaillés des prix de tous les ouvrages du bâtiment (maçonnerie) |éditeur=Carilian |année=1814 |passage=71 |lire en ligne=https://books.google.be/books?id=vGIUAAAAQAAJ&amp;pg=PR3}}.&lt;/ref&gt;

اوڻيهين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ [[ڪاٺي ڍانچاسازي]] جي فني اصطلاح موجب فرش عام طور ننڍن شهتيرن، ڏاڪڻ يا چمنيءَ جي چوڌاري رکيل خاص شهتيرن ۽ انهن کي ڳنڍيندڙ آڏن ڪاٺي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.35&quot;/&gt; [[نجاري]] جي اصطلاح ۾، فرش مان مراد پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيل تختن يا ڪنارن واري ڪاٺ جي پٽين مان ٺهيل اها نجاري هوندي هئي، جيڪا پارڪيٽ وانگر ڪمرن جي بنيادي هموار تهه کي ڍڪڻ يا زميني منزل جي ڪمرن جي زمين مٿان وڇائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي هئي. بناوت جي لحاظ کان ان جا ڪيترائي قسم ڌار ڪيا ويندا هئا:&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.40&quot;/&gt;

* '''عام تختن وارو فرش''': اهڙو فرش، جيڪو مڪمل ڪاٺي تختن مان ٺهندو هو؛ تختا ڪچا به ٿي سگهندا هئا يا نر ۽ مادا ڳانڍاپي سان پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.40&quot;/&gt;
* '''سنهي پٽين وارو فرش''': اهڙو فرش، جنهن ۾ تختن کي ويڪر ۾ ٻن يا ٽن سنهين پٽين ۾ چيري، پوءِ نر ۽ مادا ڳانڍاپي سان پاڻ ۾ ملائبو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.40&quot;/&gt;
* '''انگريزي نموني جو سنهي پٽين وارو فرش''': اهو اڳئين قسم جهڙو هوندو هو، پر سنهين پٽين جا ڇيڙا هڪ ٻئي جي ڀيٽ ۾ واري وٽيءَ سان اڳتي پوئتي رکيا ويندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.40&quot;/&gt;
* '''هنگريائي نوڪ وارو فرش'''، جنهن کي سرخس نموني يا ڪئپيوچن نموني وارو فرش پڻ چيو ويندو هو: هن ۾ ننڍيون ڪاٺي پٽيون استعمال ٿينديون هيون، جن جا ٻئي ڇيڙا ترڇي ڪنڊ سان ڪٽيا ويندا هئا ۽ پوءِ انهن کي هر خاني ۾ ترڇي رخ سان وڇايو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.40&quot;/&gt;

''پلانشيي'' ان عمل کي چيو ويندو هو، جنهن ۾ نر ۽ مادا ڳانڍاپي سان پاڻ ۾ ملائي تيار ڪيل ڪاٺ جا تختا، هيٺين ڪاٺي پٽين تي رکي ڪوڪن سان مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙيا ويندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Morisot_p.40&quot;&gt;{{Ouvrage |auteur = [[جوزف موريسو]] |titre=Tableaux détaillés des prix de tous les ouvrages du bâtiment (menuiserie) |éditeur=Carilian |année=1814 |passage=40 |lire en ligne=https://books.google.be/books?id=vGIUAAAAQAAJ&amp;pg=PR3}}.&lt;/ref&gt;

== خاص فرشي بناوتون ==

[[فائل:Rietberg Mosaik.JPG|thumb|فرشن ۾ [[شيشو]]، [[موزائيڪ]] يا ٻيا فني سينگار پڻ شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا، جيئن [[زوريخ]]، [[سوئٽزرلينڊ]] جي [[ريئٽبرگ عجائب گهر]] ۾ موجود هي موزائيڪ.]]

[[فائل:Warrington Hotel, Maida Vale, W9 (13583180833).jpg|thumb|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جو موزائيڪ، برطانيا ۾ هڪ عمارت جي داخلي دروازي وٽ.]]

جڏهن ڪو خاص قسم جو فرش، جهڙوڪ [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور)، ڪنهن ٻئي فرش جي مٿان لڳايو ويندو آهي، ته ٻنهي سطحن کي مختلف حالتن ۾ بنيادي فرش (سب فلور) سڏيو وڃي سگهي ٿو.

خاص فرشي بناوتون مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* [[بالڪوني]] – ڀت کان ٻاهر نڪتل فرشي پليٽفارم.
* [[تَرندڙ فرش]] (فلوٽنگ فلور) – آواز يا وائبريشن کي گهٽ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرش.
* [[شيشي جو فرش]] – جهڙوڪ شيشي جي هيٺئين حصي وارا لفٽ.
* [[نائيٽنگيل فرش]] – اهڙو فرش، جيڪو ان تي هلڻ سان آواز پيدا ڪري، جيئن اڻڄاتل ماڻهوءَ جي اچ وڃ جو پتو پئجي سگهي.
* [[اوچو فرش]] (رئزڊ فلور) – جنهن جي هيٺان برقي تارون، پائپ ۽ ٻيون سهولتون آسانيءَ سان پهچي مرمت ڪري سگهجن.
* [[لچڪدار فرش]] (اسپرنگ فلور) – رانديگرن ۽ رقاصن جي ڪارڪردگي ۽ حفاظت بهتر ڪرڻ لاءِ ٺهيل فرش.
* [[ڍلوان وارو اسٽيج فرش]] (رئڪڊ فلور) – ٿيٽرن ۾ اهڙو فرش، جيڪو تماشائين کي اسٽيج تي موجود فنڪارن جو بهتر نظارو مهيا ڪري.

[[فائل:Mysore 1 22.jpg|250px|thumb|right|فرش جون سرون]]

{{Multiple image
 | align = right
 | direction = horizontal
 | image1 = Mendel I 096 v.jpg
 | width1 = 150
 | caption1 = راهب فرش صاف ڪندي (1472ع)
 | image2 = HMS Rodney sailors scrubbing deck.jpg
 | width2 = 155
 | caption2 = جنگي ٻيڙي [[ايڇ ايم ايس روڊني]] جي ڊيڪ جو فرش صاف ڪندي ملاح
}}

فرش جا قسم جو دارومدار انھن ۾ استعمال ڪيل مال (Material) جي نوعيت تي رکي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جا فرش''' (ارٿ فلور) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي ڪلر کان پاڪ ۽ سٺي معيار واري مٽيءَ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جي تعمير دوران مٽي کي مرحليوار تهن ۾ وڇائي هر تهه کي پاڻي ڏئي ڌمڪ يا مشيني ڪمپيڪٽر ذريعي چڱيءَ طرح دٻايو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوط ۽ ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽ) بنياد تيار ٿئي. تيار ٿيل فرش جي مٿاڇري ايتري سخت هوندي آهي، جو ان تي هلڻ سان رڳو هلڪو نشان پوندو آهي.

مٽيءَ جا فرش گهٽ خرچائتا هوندا آهن، پر نمي، گهڻي استعمال ۽ موسم جي اثرن جي مقابلي ۾ انهن جي پائيداري محدود هوندي آهي. انهيءَ ڪري اهي عام طور گھوڙن جي اصطبلن، چوپائي مال جي ڇاپرن ۽ عارضي يا زرعي عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش ===

'''مٽيءَ جي ليپي وارا فرش''' ({{lang-en|Mud Floors}}) مٽيءَ جي مضبوط بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن جي مٿان مٽيءَ جي ليپي ۽ آخر ۾ ڇيڻي (گوبر) جي سنهي ليپ هڻي هموار مٿاڇري ٺاهي ويندي آهي. پاڪستان، خاص طور سنڌ جي ٻهراڙين ۾، هي فرش روايتي طور وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.
اهي فرش گهٽ خرچائتا، آسانيءَ سان تعمير ۽ مرمت لائق هوندا آهن. مناسب سار سنڀال سان ڪافي عرصي تائين قائم رهن ٿا ۽ گرمي توڙي سردي جي موسمن ۾ اندروني گرمي پد نسبتاً هڪجهڙو رکڻ جي صلاحيت سبب اگهاڙي پيرين هلڻ لاءِ آرامده سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪن فرشن جو بنياد ===

'''پڪن فرشن جو بنياد'''  فرش جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ نمي کان تحفظ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان جو مقصد زمين مان ايندڙ نمي، نباتاتي واڌ ۽ ٻين نقصانڪار اثرن کي روڪڻ هوندو آهي. بنياد جي تياري دوران زمين کي مرحليوار دٻائي (ڪامپيڪشن) هموار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان دريائي واريءَ جو تهه ۽ پوءِ لاغر [[ڪنڪريٽ]] (لين ڪنڪريٽ) جو تهه وڌو ويندو آهي.

فرش جي هيٺيان مختلف تهه هيٺين ريت سڃاتا وڃن ٿا:

* '''هيٺيون بنياد''' (سب-بيس) – دٻايل ۽ هموار ڪيل زميني ڀراءُ.
* '''اندريون تهه''' (انڊر ليئر) – واريءَ جو تهه، جيڪو بنياد ۽ زمين جي وچ ۾ گديلي (ڪشن) جو ڪم ڪندو آهي.
* '''بنياد''' (بيس) – لاغر ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه، جنهن جي مٿان اصل فرش ٺاهيو ويندو آهي.

رهائشي عمارتن ۾ بنياد لاءِ عام طور 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن جي ٿولهه اٽڪل 4 انچ هوندي آهي. جتي زميني نمي يا اڏوهيءَ جو خطرو وڌيڪ هجي، اتي مناسب نمي روڪ (ڊيمپ-پروفنگ) ۽ اڏوهيءَ جي روڪٿام جا اپاءَ پڻ اختيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. عام طور غسلخاني جو فرش ٻين ڪمرن جي فرش کان لڳ ڀڳ ڏيڍ انچ هيٺ رکيو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن پاڻي آسانيءَ سان نيڪال ٿي سگهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش ===

'''پڪين سرن يا ٽائيلن جا فرش''' (برڪ يا ٽائل فلورنگ) فرش سازي جو هڪ روايتي ۽ پائيدار قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون يا [[ٽائيل]] استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. فرش ٺاهڻ کان اڳ بنياد (بيس) کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿين منزلن ۾ [[ڪنڪريٽ]] جي سليب جي مٿاڇري کي کَهرو ڪري صاف ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن سرون يا ٽائيلون مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي سگهن. سرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ٻوڙي تر ڪيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن اهي مصالحي مان پاڻي نه ڇڪين.

سرن يا ٽائيلن کي سيمينٽ جي مصالحي تي مناسب جوڙن سان وڇايو ويندو آهي. جيڪڏهن جوڙن ۾ ٽِيپ (پوائنٽنگ) نه ڪئي وڃي ته انهن جي ويڪر گهٽ رکي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته ٽيپ ڪرڻ جي صورت ۾ جوڙ ڪجهه وڌيڪ ويڪرا رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ پوءِ انهن کي مناسب مصالحي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي. فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ان کي مقرر عرصي تائين آلو (ڪيوئرنگ) رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
استعمال کان اڳ اهڙي فرش کي عام طور کَهري [[ڪاربورنڊم]] پٿر (ڪاربورنڊم اسٽون) سان گسائي هموار ۽ لسو ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش خاص طور گهرن جي [[اڱڻ]]ن ۽ کليل جڳهن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، نسبتاً سستا ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش''' (سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ فلورنگ) رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ فرشن مان آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، پائيدار، هموار ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ سار سنڀال طلب هوندا آهن. اهڙا فرش عام طور تيار ڪيل [[هيٺيون بنياد]] (سب-بيس) ۽ [[بنياد]] (بيس) جي مٿان 1:2:4 تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي مٿئين تهه (ٽاپنگ) سان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته بنيادي تهه لاءِ اڪثر 1:4:8 يا 1:6:12 تناسب واري لاغر ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

ڪنڪريٽ جي سوس ۽ حرارتي ڦهلاءَ سبب ڏار پوڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ فرش کي شيشي يا [[ايلومينيم]] جي پٽين، يا عارضي ڪاٺين پٽين جي مدد سان ننڍن چونڪن (پينل) ۾ ورهايو ويندو آهي. هر چونڪي جي ايراضي عام طور 16 چورس فوٽن کان وڌيڪ نه رکي ويندي آهي، جيئن فرش جي پائيداري برقرار رهي.

سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرش جي تعمير دوران بنياد کي چڱيءَ طرح صاف، ڳتيل (ڪامپيڪٽيڊ) ۽ تر ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ڪنڪريٽ کي مناسب پاڻي-سيمينٽ تناسب (واٽر-سيمينٽ ريشو) سان تيار ڪري هڪ ئي مرحلي ۾ هر چونڪي ۾ وڇايو ويندو آهي. ڪنڪريٽ کي پٿارڻ کان پوءِ دٻائي، هموار ڪري ۽ لوهي ڪرني سان سنواريو ويندو آهي، ته جيئن مٿاڇري مضبوط، هموار ۽ سوراخن کان پاڪ رهي.

فرش مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن تائين مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) ڪئي ويندي آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اها ڪنڪريٽ جي مضبوطي، پائيداري ۽ ڏارن کان بچاءَ لاءِ ضروري هوندي آهي. تعميراتي ماهرن موجب خراب مٿاڇري لڪائڻ لاءِ سڪل سيمينٽ يا وڌيڪ سيمينٽ واري ليپ هڻڻ مناسب عمل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهڙي مٿاڇري ڊگهي عرصي تائين پائيدار ثابت نه ٿيندي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جا قسم ===

'''سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  تعمير جي طريقي موجب بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن:

* '''غير مفرد فرش'''  – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون ڪنڪريٽ جو تهه بنياد  کان ڪجهه ڏينهن پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري ٻئي تهه مڪمل طور هڪ جان ناهن ٿيندا. اهي هڪ تهه  يا ٻن تهن  جي صورت ۾ تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيون ۽ مٿيون تهه مختلف تناسب واري سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن.

* '''مفرد يا هڪ جان فرش''' – هن قسم ۾ مٿيون تهه بنياد سان گڏ يا ٿوري وقفي کان پوءِ وڌو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻئي تهه پاڻ ۾ مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍجي هڪ گڏيل بناوت اختيار ڪندا آهن. اهڙن فرشن ۾ عام طور 1:2:4 تناسب وارو سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر جديد تعمير ۾ هن قسم جو استعمال نسبتاً گهٽ ٿي ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش ===

'''مستحڪم سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جا فرش'''  عام سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي فرشن جو وڌيڪ مضبوط قسم آهن، جن ۾ [[لوهه]] جون سلاخون (ريئنفورسمينٽ) تعميراتي ڊزائن مطابق ڪنڪريٽ جي اندر شامل ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي سلاخون فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ نمايان اضافو ڪن ٿيون.
آر سي سي فرشن ۾ ڪنڪريٽ جي ٿولهه ۽ فولادي ڄار جي ترتيب تعميراتي ضرورت ۽ ڊزائن موجب مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته سلاخن جي چوڌاري مناسب ڪنڪريٽ جو حفاظتي تهه (Cover) پڻ رکيو ويندو آهي، جيئن مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهي.
هن قسم جا فرش انهن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي ڳري مشينري، تيز ٽرئفڪ يا وڏا بار برداشت ڪرڻا پوندا آهن، جهڙوڪ ڪارخانا، صنعتي عمارتون، جهازن ۽ هيليڪاپٽرن جا رن وي، ۽ گاڏين جي پارڪنگ جا دالان.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش ===

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو جا فرش'''  اعليٰ درجي جا آرائشي فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جي بنياد تي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ هيٺيون بنيادي تهه سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته مٿئين تهه ۾ سفيد يا رنگين سيمينٽ سان بلوري پٿر (ماربل چپس) جا ننڍا ٽڪرا ملايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي فرش کي خوبصورت ۽ پائيدار بڻائيندا آهن.
فرش کي مختلف خانن يا ڊزائنن ۾ ورهائڻ لاءِ پتل، ٽامي، جست يا شيشي جون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن. موزائيڪ جي تهه کي وجهي، مناسب ترائي (ڪيوئرنگ) کان پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائينڊنگ) ۽ پالش ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مٿاڇري هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ بلوري داڻا نمايان ٿي ظاهر ٿيندا آهن. رنگين موزائيڪ فرشن لاءِ سفيد سيمينٽ ۾ مناسب رنگ پڻ ملائي سگهجن ٿا.
هي فرش رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي مضبوط، ڊگهي عمر وارا، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پٿر جا فرش ===

'''پٿر جا فرش'''  مضبوط، پائيدار ۽ ڊگهي عمر وارا فرش هوندا آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي هڪجهڙي ٿولهه وارن قدرتي پٿرن جي چؤنڪن  سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. پٿرن کي وڇائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن کي سيمينٽ ۽ واريءَ جي گاري سان مناسب جوڙن سميت لڳايو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برابر ورهائجي ۽ فرش مضبوط رهي.
فرش جي جوڙن کي ضرورت موجب ٽيپ (پوائنٽگ) ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڪم مڪمل ٿيڻ کان پوءِ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 14 ڏينهن ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور سرڪاري عمارتن، برآمدن، اڱڻن، راهدارين ۽ ٻين هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مضبوط ۽ ڊگهي عرصي تائين قائم رهندڙ فرش گهربل هجي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش ===

'''چينيءَ جي چؤنڪن جا فرش''' (گليزڊ ٽائل فلورنگ) هموار، صفائيءَ ۾ آسان ۽ جمالياتي لحاظ کان دلڪش فرش آهن، جيڪي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد تي چمڪدار ٽائيلن سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ٽائيلن کي لڳائڻ کان اڳ پاڻيءَ ۾ ڀڄايو ويندو آهي ۽ پوءِ سيمينٽ جي گاري تي صحيح ليول ۽ سلاميءَ سان وڇايو ويندو آهي، جيئن جوڙ مضبوط ۽ سطح هموار رهي.
ٽائيلون لڳائڻ کان پوءِ جوڙن ۾ سيمينٽ جي رٻڙي (سلري) ڀري ويندي آهي ۽ مناسب ترائي  کان پوءِ فرش کي صاف ۽ پالش ڪيو ويندو آهي. تعمير دوران فرش کي داغن ۽ نقصان کان بچائڻ لاءِ ڍڪي رکيو ويندو آهي. هي قسم جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، غسل خانن، باورچي خانن، اسپتالن، آفيسن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بلوري پٿر (سنگمرمر) جا فرش ===

'''بلوري پٿر يا سنگمرمر جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار، خوبصورتي ۽ پائيداري جي ڪري ممتاز فرش سمجهيا وڃن ٿا. اهي چڱيءَ طرح تيار ڪيل بنياد  تي هڪجهڙي سائيز ۽ ٿولهه وارن سنگمرمر جي چؤنڪن يا تختن کي سيمينٽ يا چوني جي گاري سان وڇائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. جوڙ تمام سنها رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ انهن کي چوني جي لاپي سان ڀريو ويندو آهي ته جيئن فرش هموار ۽ دلڪش نظر اچي.
فرش وڇائڻ کان پوءِ مناسب ترائي ڪئي ويندي آهي ۽ پوءِ مرحليوار گسائي (گرائنڊنگ) ۽ پالش ذريعي مٿاڇري کي هموار، چمڪندڙ ۽ خوبصورت بڻايو ويندو آهي. سنگمرمر جا فرش رهائشي گهرن، هوٽلن، سرڪاري عمارتن، مسجدن ۽ ٻين اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي خوبصورتي، صفائي ۽ ڊگهي عمر کي اهميت ڏني ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي ===

'''سڪل سرن جي فرشبندي''' اهڙي فرشبندي آهي، جنهن ۾ پهرين درجي جون پڪيون سرون بغير گاري جي، چڱيءَ طرح هموار ۽ نهر ڪيل زمين يا واريءَ جي بنياد تي ويجهو ويجهو وڇايون وينديون آهن. سرن جي جوڙن کي سنهو رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ انهن ۾ باريڪ واري ڀري سرن کي مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪجهه حالتن ۾ صرف مٿاڇري تي سيمينٽ ۽ ريتيءَ جي پتلي گاري سان جوڙ بند ڪيا ويندا آهن.
هي قسم جو فرش مضبوط، اقتصادي ۽ مرمت ۾ آسان هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري گودامن، اڱڻن، رستن، چبوترن ۽ گهٽ ٽرئفڪ وارن علائقن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اعليٰ معيار جا، خوبصورت ۽ آرامده فرش آهن، جيڪي مضبوط ۽ معياري ڪاٺ مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي نسبتاً مهانگا هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سندن استعمال گهڻو ڪري انهن علائقن ۾ ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڪاٺ آسانيءَ سان دستياب هجي، يا اهڙين عمارتن ۾ جتي آواز جي موٽ گهٽ رکڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ ضروري هجي، جهڙوڪ ناچ گهر، آڊيٽوريم ۽ جابلو علائقن جون عمارتون.
ڪاٺ جي لچڪدار خاصيت کي نظر ۾ رکندي، اهڙن فرشن جي جوڙجڪ ۾ مناسب چيمبر ڏنو ويندو آهي، جيئن بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۽ استحڪام برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''مفرد يا هيڪوٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ ڪاٺ جا شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکي، انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آهن. شهتير مضبوط ۽ مناسب ماپ وارا هوندا آهن ته جيئن فرش محفوظ نموني بار برداشت ڪري سگهي ۽ مڙڻ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ رهي.
ڪاٺ کي نمي کان بچائڻ لاءِ شهتيرن کي تازي گاري سان سڌي رابطي ۾ نه رکيو ويندو آهي ۽ ڀتين جي ويجهو مناسب هواداري (وينٽيليشن) پڻ ڏني ويندي آهي، جنهن سان ڪاٺ جي عمر ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش ===

'''ٻٽا ڪاٺ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جن ۾ مٿيان شهتير سڌو سنئون ديوارن تي رکڻ بدران هيٺان رکيل ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن (بائينڊرز) تي ٽيڪايا ويندا آهن. بائينڊر شهتير ديوارن تي مقرر مفاصلي سان رکيا ويندا آهن، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ بار برداشت ڪرڻ جي صلاحيت ۾ اضافو ٿيندو آهي.
هي فرش مفرد ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ مضبوط هوندا آهن ۽ آواز جي منتقلي کي به بهتر نموني گهٽائيندا آهن. البت انهن جي تعمير وڌيڪ پيچيده ۽ مهانگي هوندي آهي، تنهنڪري اهي عام طور وڏن مفاصلي وارن ڪمرن ۽ ڇتين ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪاٺ جي پڃري (ٽيڻن شهتيرن) وارا فرش ===

'''ڪاٺ جي پڃري يا ٽيڻن شهتيرن وارا فرش''' وڏن ڪمرن ۽ هالن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي مفاصلو عام ڪاٺ جي فرشن جي گنجائش کان وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. انهن جي بناوت ۾ مکيه گرڊر، ٻڌندڙ شهتير، وچ وارا شهتير ۽ ڪاٺ جا تختا گڏجي هڪ مضبوط ڍانچو ٺاهيندا آهن، جنهن سان بار مناسب نموني ورهائجي ويندو آهي.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ ڪاٺ کي نمي ۽ ڳرڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ مناسب هواداري جو انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته گرڊرن، ٻڌندڙ شهتيرن ۽ وچ وارن شهتيرن کي لوهي پٽن ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپن ذريعي پاڻ ۾ ٻڌيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان فرش جي مضبوطي، استحڪام ۽ پائيداري وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙا فرش عام طور وڏن هالن، عوامي عمارتن ۽ ٻين وسيع اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== زميني يا هيٺيان فرش ===

'''زميني يا هيٺيان فرش''' اهڙا ڪاٺ جا فرش آهن، جيڪي سڌيءَ طرح زمين جي مٿان تعمير ڪيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ کي پوسل ۽ نمي کان محفوظ رکڻ لاءِ سڀ کان پهرين سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ جو بنيادي تهه تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن جي مٿان ننڍيون اوساريون يا سليپر رکي انهن تي وال پليٽون ۽ شهتير نصب ڪيا ويندا آهن، ۽ آخر ۾ انهن جي مٿان ڪاٺ جا تختا وڇايا ويندا آهن.
هن قسم جي فرشن ۾ مناسب هواداري جو خاص انتظام ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن ڪاٺ سڪي رهي ۽ ڳرڻ کان محفوظ رهي. شهتيرن ۽ تختن لاءِ عام طور ديال جو ڪاٺ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته اعليٰ درجي جي عمارتن ۾ ساڳ يا شيشم جو ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== رٻڙ جا فرش ===

'''رٻڙ جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي گندڪ سان مضبوط ڪيل رٻڙ مان تيار ڪيل چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي مضبوط بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. فرش لڳائڻ کان اڳ بنياد کي هموار، سڪل ۽ دز، چڪنائي ۽ پوسل کان پاڪ رکيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان رٻڙ مضبوطيءَ سان چنبڙي وڃي.
رٻڙ جا فرش لچڪدار، خاموش، پائيدار ۽ هلڻ ۾ آرامده هوندا آهن. انهن تي هلڻ سان شور گهٽ پيدا ٿيندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهي اسپتالن، آفيسن، هوٽلن، سئنيما گهرن، آڊيٽوريمن، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين عوامي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== لينوليم جا فرش ===

'''لينوليم جا فرش''' اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي سيمينٽ ڪنڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي لينوليم جي چادرن يا چؤنڪن کي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب (ايڊھيسو) سان لڳائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. لينوليم السيءَ جي تيل، ڪارڪ جي دز، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري، رنگن ۽ ٻين قدرتي جزن مان تيار ٿيندڙ هڪ پائيدار فرشي مواد آهي، جيڪو مختلف رنگن ۽ نمونن ۾ دستياب هوندو آهي.
لينوليم جا فرش رٻڙ جي فرشن جي ڀيٽ ۾ نسبتاً سستا هوندا آهن ۽ مناسب سنڀال، جهڙوڪ وارنش يا موم (ويڪس) لڳائڻ سان سندن عمر وڌائي سگهجي ٿي. اهي رهائشي گهرن، اسپتالن، آفيسن، ريسٽورانن ۽ مختلف گاڏين، جهڙوڪ موٽر ڪارن، بسن، ريل گاڏين ۽ جهازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڪارڪ جا فرش ===

'''ڪارڪ جا فرش''' (Cork Floors) اهڙا فرش آهن، جيڪي آواز گهٽ پيدا ڪرڻ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيت سبب آڊيٽوريم، عوامي لائبريرين، ٿيئٽرن، گرجائن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي ڪارڪ جي چادرن يا ٽائيلن جي صورت ۾ موجود هوندا آهن. ڪارڪ جون ٽائيلون خالص ڪارڪ مان، جڏهن ته ڪارڪ جون چادرون ڪارڪ جي ٻوري، السيءَ جي تيل، ڪاٺ جي ٻوري ۽ رنگن جي ملاوٽ سان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن سبب اهي وڌيڪ مضبوط ۽ پائيدار هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن جا فرش''' ڪارڪ جي تيار ڪيل ٽائيلن يا بارڊر پٽين کي سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي هموار بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب يا ڏامر (Bitumen) سان لڳائي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي عام طور نرم گدي يا پلاءِ جي تهه استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي ته جيئن فرش جي حرڪت سبب ٽائيلن کي نقصان نه پهچي.
ڪارڪ، '''ڪارڪ اوڪ''' (Cork Oak) وڻ جي ٿلهي کل مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا هر 8 کان 10 سالن بعد لاهي خاص عملن ذريعي سخت، مضبوط ۽ هلڪي وزن واري مواد ۾ تبديل ڪئي ويندي آهي. ڪارڪ جا فرش آواز جذب ڪرڻ، گرميءَ کان بچاءُ ۽ آرامده هلڻ جي خاصيتن سبب آفيسن، لائبريرين، تعليمي ادارن ۽ ٻين خاموش ماحول وارن هنڌن لاءِ موزون سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

ڪارڪ جي چادرن جا فرشن ۾ ڪارڪ جي ٽائيلن بدران ڪارڪ جون شيٽون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. ھن قسم جون چادرون مختلف ماپن ۽ رنگن ۾ دستياب ھونديون آھن. ھنن چادرن کي پڻ ٽائيلن وانگر ھيٺئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا ڪاٺ جي سخت ۽ ٺوس تھھ مٿان چنبڙائي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== پي-وي-سي جا فرش ===

'''پي-وي-سي جا فرش''' (پولي ونيل ڪلورائيڊ فرش جديد تعميراتي فرشن مان آهن، جيڪي گهرن، آفيسن، ريلوي ڊٻن، آڊيٽوريمن ۽ ٿيئٽرن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن. اهي عام طور رٻڙ يا لينوليم جي فرشن وانگر هموار بنياد تي لڳايا ويندا آهن ۽ پنهنجي خوبصورتي، لچڪ، پاڻي نه جذب ڪرڻ ۽ آسان صفائي جي خاصيتن سبب مقبول آهن.
پي-وي-سي شيٽون ۽ ٽائيلون ٿرموپلاسٽڪ مرڪبن، فلرن ۽ رنگن مان تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن. اهي مختلف سائيزن ۽ ٿولهين ۾ دستياب هونديون آهن ۽ هڪ مضبوط، هموار ۽ پائيدار فرشي مٿاڇرو فراهم ڪنديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== شيشي جا فرش ===

'''شيشي جا فرش''' انهن هنڌن تي ٺاهيا ويندا آهن، جتي هيٺئين ماڙ يا تهه خاني تائين قدرتي روشني پهچائڻ ضروري هجي. اهي مضبوط ڪاٺ يا ڌاتوءَ جي فريمن ۾ عمارتي شيشي جون شيٽون يا پينل لڳائي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. استعمال ٿيندڙ شيشو اعليٰ معيار جو، مضبوط ۽ مناسب ٿولهه وارو هوندو آهي ته جيئن هلڻ جو بار محفوظ نموني برداشت ڪري سگهي. اهڙا فرش جديد عمارتن، تجارتي مرڪزن ۽ روشنيءَ جي خاص ضرورت وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ائسفالٽ جا فرش ===

'''ائسفالٽ جا فرش''' ٻن قسمن جا هوندا آهن: '''ائسفالٽ ٽائيل فرش''' ۽ '''ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ فرش'''. اهي فرش سستا، لچڪدار، پاڻي ۽ پوسل کان محفوظ، تيزاب، تيل ۽ گريس جي اثرن جي مزاحمت ڪندڙ هوندا آهن، تنهنڪري سرڪاري آفيسن، اسڪولن، گودامن، ڪارخانن ۽ صنعتي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.
ائسفالٽ ٽائيلون عام طور هموار سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ يا مضبوط ڪاٺ جي بنياد تي خاص چنبڙائيندڙ مرڪب سان لڳايون وينديون آهن، جڏهن ته ائسفالٽ ماسٽڪ گرم حالت ۾ بنياد تي پٿاري تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سان هڪ مضبوط، هموار ۽ پاڻي نه جذب ڪندڙ فرش حاصل ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== فرشن جي سنڀال ۽ مرمت ==

فرشن جي ڊگهي عمر ۽ سٺي ڪارڪردگي لاءِ انهن جي باقاعده صفائي ۽ سنڀال ضروري آهي. فرش کي روزانو آلي پوچي سان صاف ڪرڻ گهرجي، جڏهن ته گهڻي گندگي جي صورت ۾ نرم صابڻ ۽ پاڻي استعمال ڪجي. تيزابي يا کاري صفائي ڪندڙ شيون استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي فرش جي مٿاڇري کي نقصان پهچائي سگهن ٿيون.
جيڪڏهن فرش جو ڪو حصو ٽٽي يا خراب ٿي وڃي، ته متاثر ٿيل پينل کي هٽائي بنيادي سطح صاف ڪري نئين سيمينٽ ڪانڪريٽ سان ساڳئي ليول تي مرمت ڪرڻ گهرجي. مرمت ٿيل حصي کي مناسب ترائي ڏيڻ سان فرش جي مضبوطي ۽ پائيداري برقرار رهندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''موزائيڪ يا ٽيرازو فرشن''' جي سنڀال لاءِ انهن کي روزانو صاف پاڻي ۽ نرم پوچي سان صاف رکڻ گهرجي. سخت داغن کي هلڪي آڪسيلڪ ائسڊ. سان صاف ڪري سگهجي ٿو، پر تيزابي يا کاري صفائي ڪندڙ شيون استعمال ڪرڻ کان پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي. وقت سان چمڪ گهٽجڻ جي صورت ۾ مناسب پالش ذريعي فرش کي ٻيهر چمڪايو ويندو آهي.
جيڪڏهن فرش جو ڪو حصو خراب ٿي وڃي ته متاثر ٿيل پينل کي هٽائي ساڳئي رنگ، داڻي ۽ ليول سان نئون موزائيڪ لڳايو وڃي. سنهڙا ڏار. ظاهر ٿيڻ جي صورت ۾ انهن کي سيمينٽ جي باريڪ ڪريم سان ڀري مناسب ترائي  ڪئي وڃي، جيئن پاڻي ۽ مٽي اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهي ۽ فرش جي مضبوطي برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ڪاٺ جي فرشن''' کي اڏوهي، نمي ۽ سڙڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ باقاعدي حفاظتي دوائن ۽ مناسب پالش جو استعمال ضروري آهي. جيڪڏهن فرش جو ڪو حصو خراب يا سڙي وڃي، ته ان کي هٽائي ساڳئي قسم جي ڪاٺ سان تبديل ڪيو وڃي ۽ نئين ڪاٺ کي رندي ذريعي موجوده فرش جي ليول مطابق هموار ڪيو وڃي، جيئن فرش جي مضبوطي، خوبصورتي ۽ همواري برقرار رهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''لينوليم ۽ رٻڙ جا فرش''' صاف رکڻ لاءِ انهن کي هلڪي صابڻ ۽ آلي ڪپڙي سان باقاعدي صاف ڪرڻ ۽ وقت بوقت پالش ڪرڻ گهرجي. صفائي دوران گهڻي پاڻيءَ جي استعمال کان پاسو ڪرڻ گهرجي، جيئن پاڻي هيٺئين چنبڙائيندڙ تهه تائين نه پهچي. سخت داغن کي مناسب صاف ڪندڙ مرڪب سان هٽائڻ گهرجي، جڏهن ته تيزابي يا سخت صفائي ڪندڙ شيون استعمال نه ڪيون وڃن.
جيڪڏهن فرش ۾ ڏار پئجي وڃن يا اهو بنياد کان الڳ ٿي وڃي، ته ان جي مرمت نقصان جي نوعيت موجب ڪئي وڃي ۽ ضرورت پوڻ تي خراب ٿيل حصو نئين مواد سان تبديل ڪيو وڃي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

'''ائسفالٽ جا فرش''' صاف ۽ پائيدار رکڻ لاءِ انهن کي گرم پاڻي ۽ مناسب صفائي ڪندڙ مرڪب (ڊٽرجنٽ) سان ڌوئڻ گهرجي، پوءِ آلي ڪپڙي سان صاف ڪري تيل، گريس ۽ ٻين چرٻي وارن داغن کان پاڪ رکڻ گهرجي، جيئن مٽي ۽ گند نه ڄمي.
جيڪڏهن بنيادي تهه جي خرابي سبب فرش ڦاٽي يا اڀري وڃي، ته خراب ٿيل حصو احتياط سان هٽائي ساڳئي قسم جي نئين ائسفالٽ سان مرمت ڪري، ان کي موجوده فرش جي ليول ۽ سنوت مطابق هموار ڪيو وڃي.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: ''عمارت سازي''؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ.&lt;/ref&gt;

== پڻ ڏسو ==
* [[فرش جي ايراضي]]
* [[فرش جي صفائي]]
* [[فرش جو پوش]]
* [[فرشن جي نمبرنگ]]
* [[فرش جو نقشو]]
* [[پاڻمرادو صاف ٿيندڙ فرش]]
* [[حساس فرش]]
* [[فٽ پاٿ]]
* [[ٺوس زميني فرش]]
* [[منزل (عمارت)]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
== ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا ==
{{Wiktionary}}
{{Commonscat-inline|Floors}}

{{Room}}

{{Authority control}}

[[زمرو:فرش]]
[[زمرو:تعميراتي مواد]]
[[زمرو:ڍانچائي نظام]]
[[زمرو:فن تعمير]]</text>
      <sha1>cbn3nsjepgxnwj3srodn2hphj0k6suu</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>دروازو</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>39343</id>
    <revision>
      <id>401099</id>
      <parentid>252070</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T02:35:21Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401099</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="23480" sha1="og15x3bdtv6jl8iv9ux45yl94xx64va" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|داخل ٿيڻ ۽ ٻاهر نڪرڻ لاءِ حرڪت ڪندڙ رڪاوٽ}}

[[File:L-door.png|thumb|در جو خاڪو]]

'''در''' يا '''دروازو''' هڪ [[قبضو|قبضن]] تي لڳل يا ٻيءَ ڪنهن طريقي سان حرڪت ڪندڙ رڪاوٽ هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪنهن بند جاءِ ۾ داخل ٿيڻ (ورود) ۽ ٻاهر نڪرڻ (خروج) جي سهولت فراهم ڪري ٿو. ڀت ۾ در لاءِ ٺهيل کليل حصي کي '''درگاهه''' يا '''دروازي جو کليل حصو''' چيو ويندو آهي. در جو بنيادي مقصد رسائيءَ تي ضابطو رکندي [[سيڪيورٽي]] فراهم ڪرڻ آهي. عام طور تي اهو اهڙو پٽ يا تختو هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[عمارت]]، [[ڪمرو|ڪمري]] يا [[گاڏي]] جي دروازي جي کليل حصي ۾ فِٽ ڪيو ويندو آهي. در مختلف مواد مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن جو انتخاب انهن جي استعمال ۽ مقصد مطابق ڪيو ويندو آهي. اڪثر در [[قبضو|قبضن]] ذريعي لڳايا ويندا آهن، پر ڪي سلائيڊ ٿيڻ، فولڊ ٿيڻ يا ٻين حرڪتي طريقن سان به ڪم ڪندا آهن.

در مختلف طريقن سان کلي ۽ بند ٿي سگهن ٿا، جهڙوڪ قبضي تي ڦرڻ، فريم سان متوازي سلائيڊ ٿيڻ، فولڊ ٿيڻ يا مرڪزي محور تي ڦرڻ. انهن جو مقصد ماڻهن يا شين جي داخلا ۽ اخراج کي آسان يا محدود ڪرڻ هوندو آهي. گهڻن درن ۾ اندروني ۽ ٻاهرين پاسي جي بناوت هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي، پر ڪجهه حالتن ۾، جهڙوڪ [[گاڏي]] جي درن ۾، ٻنهي پاسن جي جوڙجڪ مختلف هوندي آهي.

گهڻن درن ۾ [[تالو]] لڳائڻ جو انتظام هوندو آهي، جنهن ذريعي صرف مجاز ماڻهو، مثال طور [[چاٻي]] استعمال ڪري، در کولي سگهندا آهن. درن تي اڪثر کڙڪائڻ لاءِ ڌاتوءَ جا ٺڪاءُ (Knockers) يا [[در جي گهنٽي]] پڻ لڳل هوندي آهي، ته جيئن ٻاهران بيٺل ماڻهو پنهنجي موجودگيءَ جو اطلاع ڏئي سگهن. رسائي فراهم ڪرڻ کان علاوه، در خانگي زندگي (Privacy) جي حفاظت، مختلف استعمال وارن حصن کي الڳ رکڻ، [[روشني]] ۽ [[هوا جي اچ وڃ]] کي ضابطو ڪرڻ، گرمي يا ٿڌ کي برقرار رکڻ، آواز کي گهٽائڻ ۽ [[باهه]] جي پکڙجڻ کي روڪڻ جهڙا اهم ڪم پڻ سرانجام ڏيندا آهن.

در صرف تعميراتي عنصر نه، پر جمالياتي، علامتي ۽ رسمن سان لاڳاپيل اهميت پڻ رکن ٿا. ڪيترين ثقافتن ۾ در جي چاٻي حاصل ڪرڻ ٻاهرئين ماڻهو کان اندروني يا بااختيار حيثيت حاصل ڪرڻ جي علامت سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڏسو، مثال طور، [[Black Rod|Gentleman Usher of the Black Rod]] جون درباني ذميواريون.&lt;/ref&gt; [[ادب]] ۽ [[فن]] ۾ پڻ در ۽ درگاهون تبديلي، نئين مرحلي ۾ داخل ٿيڻ يا علامتي معنيٰ جي اظهار لاءِ استعارن ۽ تمثيلن طور گهڻو استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

'''دروازو'''---Door يا Gate . اردوءَ ۾ دروازہ:جديد دور جي عمارتن ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڪاٺ جا دروازا استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا. تاڪن جي حساب سان اھي ھڪ تاڪ وارا   ۽ ٻن تاڪن وارا ٿين ٿا..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر: سنڌي ادبي بورڊ،ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;
[[فائل:Door in Georgia.jpg|380px|thumb|جارجيا ملڪ جو دروازو]]
جاءِ اندر مختلف قسم جي ڪمرن ۾ استعمال جي نوعيت مطابق انھن جي ماپ جو تعين ڪيو وڃي ٿو. اھي اھڙي ماپ جا ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن انھن ڪمرن ۾ گھربل سامان آسانيءَ سان لنگھي سگھي. عام طرح سان غسلخانن ۽ بيت الخلاءِ اندر داخل ٿيڻ لاءِ دروازن جي ماپ 6′-4″x2′-6″  رکجي تھ بھتر آھي. ٻين ڪمرن لاءِ دروازن جي سراسري ماپ 7′-0″x3′-8″ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ ڪوشش ڪري 6′-4″x3′-0″ کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي. بھرحال دروازن جي ماپ واسطي ڪنھن بھ قسم جو پڪو پختو قائدو مڙھيل نھ آھي. ڪچيءَ طرح ۽ اندازي جي حساب سان ھيٺئين فارمولا سان دروازن جي ماپ جو تعين ڪري سگھجي ٿو.
ويڪر =(Width)  اوچائي 4-(Height)  فوٽ 
ڪمرن اندر دروازا ڪنڊ کان اٽڪل 6 انچن کان 9 انچن تائين پري رکجن تھ بھتر آھي، ليڪن انھن جي لڳائڻ لاءِ جديد طرز جي عمارت جي علم کي ذھن ۾ رکڻ وڌيڪ سٺو آھي.
اڄڪلھ دروازن جي چؤڪاٺن ۾ چائنٺ (سل)  نھ لڳائي ويندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ انھيءَ جي لڳائڻ سان ھڪ تھ ٿاٻي کائڻ جو تمام گھڻو انديشو رھي ٿو ۽ ٻيو تھ صفائي ڪرڻ ۾ دقت ٿئي ٿي، ليڪن ايئرڪنڊيشنڊ ڪمرن لاءِ چائنٺ لڳائڻ تمام ضروري آھي تھ جيئن تاڪن ھيٺان وٿي نہ رھي. وڏن شھرن ۾ آر-سي-سيءَ جي بوتي وارين عمارتن ۾ 4 ½ انچن جي اوساريءَ وارين ڀتين ۾ ڀت جي پوري ٿولھھ تائين ويڪرا چؤڪاٺا استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا. عام رواجي ۽ سرڪاري عمارتن ۾ چؤڪاٺن لاءِ 0′-4″x0′-3″ جي سائيز جون ڪاٺ جون پٽيون گھڙايون وينديون آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

[[فائل:Knocking at front door of The National Archives Building - 01.jpg|380px|thumb|واشنگٽن ۾ نيشنل آرڪائيوز بلڊنگ جو دروازو]]
دروازو ھڪ حرڪت وارو ڍانچو آهي جنھن ذريعي ڪنھن چوديواريءَ يا گاڏي وغيره ۾ ڪنھن جي داخلا يا روڪ کي ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪبو آهي. عام طور تي ان جو ھڪ يا ٻه [[تاڪ]] ھوندا آھن جيڪي درين يا بغير درين جي ھوندا آھن. تاڪ چاھي ھڪڙو ھجي يا ٻہ ،  [[ڇوڪاٺو|چوڪاٺي]] يا [[چونڪو|چونڪي]] سان [[انجيس|انجيسن]] جي مدد سان ڳنڍيل ھوندو/ھوندا آھن ۽ انھن کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪڙو يا ڪنڍو لڳائي استعمال ڪيو آھي جنھن ۾ تالو لڳائبو آهي. اھي ھوا ۽ روشنيءَ جي ضابطي لاءِ بہ استعمال ٿيندا آھن.
جاءِ اندر داخل ٿيڻ ۽ انھيءَ جي مختلف اندرين حصن جو پاڻ ۾ رابطو رکڻ لاءِ دروازا لڳايا ويندا آھن. موسم آھر انھن کي کولي رکڻ سان جاءِ اندر روشني وڌندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھوا جو گذر پڻ سٺيءَ طرح سان ٿيندو آھي. انھيءَ سان گڏ دروازن لڳائڻ سبب چوريءَ ٿيڻ جو انديشو گھٽ رھندو آھي ۽ گھر ۾ رھندڙ ڀاتين جي پوشيدگي (Privacy)  رھندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==دروازن جا قسم==

''''پٽين وارا دروازا'''' 
: (Ledged Doors).
ھن قسم جا دروازا بلڪل سادا ۽ عام ھوندا آھن. ھنن جو استعمال ٻھراڙين ۾ گھڻو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ڪاٺ جي اڀين تاڪين سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي تاڪيون وري سڌين ٽيڪ وارين پٽين (Ledges) سان مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙيل ھونديون آھي.
اڀريون تاڪيون (Battens)  گھڻو ڪري ھڪ انچ ٿلھيون ۽ ڇھھ انچ ويڪريون ھونديون آھن ۽ اھي V جوڙ سان کانچي ۾ جڪڙيل ھونديون آھن، جنھن کي ٽيڪنيڪي يعني فني لغت ۾ Tongued and Grooved چوندا آھن. سڌيون پٽيون (Ledges)  گھڻو ڪري ڏيڍ انچ ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن ۽ انھن کي اڀين تاڪين (Battens)  مٿان اشڪنجي سان جڪڙي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. ٽي سڌيون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن؛ ھڪ مٿان، ٻي وچ ۾ ۽ ٽين ھيٺان. تاڪ کي T نموني جي انجيسن ذريعي ٽنگيو ويندو آھي، جيڪي سڌين پٽين مٿان لڳائبيون آھن. ھن قسم جا دروازا اھڙن ھنڌن تي لڳايا ويندا آھن، جتي خوبصورتي درڪار نھ ھوندي آھي.

'''''سڌين ۽ وتر وارين پٽين وارا دروازا'''''
: (Ledged and braced doors )
بنيادي طرح ھي دروازا سڌين پٽين وارن دروازن جھڙا ھوندا. (پٽين وارا دروازا)
آھن ۽ فرق صرف اھو آھي تھ ھنن کي وڌيڪ پختو بڻائڻ لاءِ سڌين پٽين جھڙي ماپ جون وڌيڪ پٽيون وتر ۾ (DiagonallY) لڳايون وينديون آھن. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ وتر وارين پٽين کي ٽنگيل پاسي کان مٿي سلامي ڏني وڃي، جيئن اھي دٻاءُ (Compression)  ۾ رھي، مضبوطي مھيا ڪن. عام طريقي سان سڌيون پٽيون ھڻي، دروازي کي چاڙھي، پوءِ انھن مٿان ڪوڪن رستي وتر واريون پٽيون (Battens)  لڳائبيون آھن. ھي دروازا پڻ سادن ۽ عارضي ڪمن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. .&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
'''''چؤڪاٺن (فريمن) ۽ پٽين وارا دروازا'''''
: (Ledged and Framed Doors)   
ھن قسم جي دروازن ۾  ڊولائتي نموني چؤڪاٺا ٺاھي ۽ تاڪ ھنيا ويندا آھن، جنھن سبب انھن جي مضبوطي وڌندي آھي. ازانسواءِ انھن ۾ اٽڪل چار انچ ويڪريون ۽ ڏيڍ انچ ٿلھيون پاسن واريون اڀيون پٽيون (Styles)  لڳائڻ سبب مضبوطيءَ سان گڏ اھي پرڪشش ۽ وڻندڙ لڳندا آھن. جڏھن تھ سڌيون ٽيڪ واريون پٽيون (Ledges)  ۽ اڀيون تاڪيون (Battens)  پڻ معمول مطابق لڳايون وينديون آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''چؤڪاٺن اندر ٽيڏين پٽين وارا دروازا'''''
: (Ledged, framed and braced doors) 
ھي دروازا ذري گھٽ چؤڪاٺن ۽ پٽين وارن دروازن جھڙا ٿيندا اھن. ھنن ۾ صرف وتر وارين وٽين جو اضافو ڪيو ويندو آھي، جنھن سبب ھي وڌيڪ مضبوط ۽ پائيدار ٿيندا آھن ۽ گھڻو ڪري ٻاھر لڳايا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''چؤڪاٺن ۽ ھموار تختن وارا دروازا'''''
: (Framed and Panelled doors)
 
ھن قسم جا دروازا نھايت ئي عام ۽  تمام گھڻو استعمال ۾ ايندا آھن. تاڪن جي فريم کي عمودي ۽ افقي پٽين ذريعي متعدد حصن ۾ ورھايو ويندو آھي، انھن پٽين ۾ پانيلن (Panells)  کي جوڙڻ واسطي جھري ٺھيل ھوندي آھي جن ۾ ھموار يعني سڌا يا مٿي اڀريل پانيل ڦاسائي تاڪ تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جون ڊزائينون مختلف ٿينديون آھن، ليڪن ٺاھڻ جو طريقو ساڳيو ئي ھوندو آھي. پانيلن جو تعداد دروازي جي نوعيت ۽ ماڻھن جي پسند تي مدار رکي ٿو. ھن قسم جي دروازن ۾ سسڻ جو رجحان گھٽ ھوندو آھي. ھنن دروازن جي عام رواجي سائيز 7'-0″x4′-0″،  7'-0″x3′-0″،  6'-6″x4′-0″ وغيره رکي ويندي آھي. تاڪن جي ٿولھ مختلف ڳالھين تي مدار رکي ٿي جھڙوڪ، ڪم جي نوعيت، دروازن لڳائڻ وارو ھنڌ، پانيلن جو تعداد وغيره. تاڪن جي ٿولھھ اٽڪل 1 انچ کان 1 ½ انچ رکي ويندي آھي.

'''''شيشن ۽ تختن وارا دروازا'''''
: (Glazed and paneled doors or sash doors 
        
گھرن ۽ ڪمرن اندر انھن جي نوعيت مطابق ۽ گھربل روشنيءَ پٽاندڙ سمورا تاڪ شيشي جي پانيلن يا تختن يا ڪجھھ حصي تئين شيشي جي پانيلن ۽ بچيل حصي تائين ڪاٺ جي پانيلن سان ٺاھي استعمال ڪيا ويندا اھن. عام طرح سان شيشي ۽ ڪاٺ جي حصن جو تناسب 2:1 رکيو ويندو آھي. شيشي کي روڪڻ لاءِ ڪاٺ جون سنھيون پٽيون (Beads)  يا پٽي (Putty)  لڳائي ويندي آھي. شيشي واري ايراضي وڌائڻ جي صورت ۾ تاڪ جي وچين سڌي پٽيءَ (Lock rail)  جي مٿان وارين تاڪ جي پاسي وارين اڀين پٽين (Styles) جي ويڪر گھٽائي ويندي آھي .ھن قسم جا دروازا آفيسن، اسپتالن، لائبرين، شاپنگ سينٽرن ۽ شورومس وغيره ۾ لڳايا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''فلش ڊورس : (Flush Doors)'''''
 
ھن قسم جي دروازن جي بناوت ۾ پختا ۽ گھربل طرح سان تاڪن جا فريم ٺاھي انھن مٿان ڪمرشل پلاءِ يا ٽِيڪ پلاءِ (Commercial ply or Teak ply)  وغيره لڳائي ويندي آھي. ھي دروازا ٽن قسمن جا ٿيندا آھن جھڙوڪ فريم وارا فلش ڊورس، پؤرا فلش دروازا (Hollow flush doors) ۽ ورقن يا تھن وارا فلش دروازا (Laminated flush doors) فريم وارن  فلشن دروازن جا تاڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي ٻاھرين اڀين پٽين (Styles)، سڌين پٽين (Rails)، ننڍڙين پٽين (Ribs) ۽ پلاءِ ووڊ (Plywood) مان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. پھرين تاڪ جي فريم لاءِ انھن ۾ ڪم ايندڙ جوڙجڪ کي ٺاھي، انھن مٿان ٻنھي پاسي پلاءِ ووڊ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. پترن ورقن يا تھن مان ٺھيل دروازن کي نھرا دروازا (Solid doors) سڏيو ويندو آھي. انھن دروازن ٺاھڻ واسطي ڪاٺ جي سنھن ورقن کي تمام گھڻي داٻ سان گلوءَ رستي ڳنڍي ھڪ نھري (Solid) مضبوط قسم جو ٻنھي پاسن کان سڌو تختو ٺاھي (جنھن کي تاڪ جو نھرو اندر Solid core کڻي چئجي) انھيءَ مٿان ٻنھي پاسي پلاءِ جي سنھي چادر چاڙھي، تاڪ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.انھن جا ٻئي ٻاھريان پاسا ٻين دروازن جي ڀيٽ ۾ جلدي ميرا نھ ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي سولائيءَ سان صاف ڪري سگھبو آھي.

'''''ڄاريءَ وارا دروازا'''''
: (Wire gauze doors)

ھن قسم جي دروازن جي تاڪن لاءِ، انھن جي اڀين ۽ سڌين پٽين ۾ چؤڪور خانن ۾ ننڍي کانچي اندر ڄاري ڦاسائي، انھيءَ کي مضبوطيءَ لاءِ ڪوڪن سان اھڙي نموني ۾ جڪڙي تھ جيئن ڄاريءَ ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو گھنج نھ رھي. پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان چؤڌاري ڪاٺ جي سنھي پٽي (Beading) چاڙھي ويندي آھي. تاڪن جي تالي واريءَ سڌي پٽيءَ (Lock rail) مٿان آٽوميٽڪ اسپرنگ لڳايا ويندا آھن، تھ جيئن ڌڪي سان ٻاھر کولڻ کان پوءِ اھي خودبخود جلدي بند ٿي وڃن. ھن قسم جا دروازا قدرتي ھوا جي ڦھلاءُ (Circulation) سان گڏ ھر ڪنھن قسم جي اڏامندڙ جيوڙي جھڙوڪ مڇر ۽ مک وغيره کي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ نھايت ئي ڪارآمد رھن ٿا. انھيءَ ڪري گھرن، اسپتالن، رڌڻن، ڄاريءَ جي ڪٻٽن، مٺائيءَ وغيره جي دڪانن، ھوٽلن ۽ ٻين اھڙين جڳھين تي ڪثرت سان استعمال ٿين ٿا.

'''''جھڪيل يا لڙيل پٽين وارا دروازا'''''
: (Louvered doors)

ھن قسم جي دروازن جي تاڪن ۾ سنھيون پٽيون اھڙي نموني ٽيڏيون لڳايون وينديون آھن تھ جيئن انھن جي وچ ۾ ھڪ جھڙي وٿي رھي. اھي پٽيون سڄي تاڪ يا انھيءَ جي ڪنھن بھ حصي ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ايتري ٽيڏائيءَ (Inclination)  تي لڳائبيون آھن، تھ جيئن ٻاھرين نظر اندر نھ پوي ۽ نھ ئي وري اندران ٻاھر ڏسي سگھجي. اھڙا دروازا ھوا جي گذر سان گڏ پوشيدگي (Privacy)  پڻ مھيا ڪن ٿا.

'''''ڦرندڙ دروازا'''''
: (Revolving doors)

ھن قسم جي دروازن ۾ پوري وچ تي ٽيڪ مٿان آمھون سامھون چار تاڪ اھڙي نموني لڳايا ويندا آھن، جي صرف ھڪ ئي طرف ڦري سگھن. اھڙي نموني ماڻھو انھن منجھان ھڪ پاسي داخل ٿي سگھندو آھي ۽ ٻئي طرف کان ٻاھر نڪري سگھندو آھي. اھڙن دروزن ۾ مرضيءَ مطابق شيشا يا ڪاٺ جا سنھا تختا (Panells) لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھي دروازا گھڻيءَ رش وارن ھنڌن لاءِ موزون رھن ٿا ۽ انھيءَ سبب انھن کي ھوٽلن ۽ تماشگاھن (Theatres)  وغيره ۾ لڳايو ويندو آھي.

'''''گسڪندڙ دروازا'''''
: (Sliding doors)

ھن قسم جا دروازا سڄي ۽ کاٻي پاسي گسڪي سگھندڙ تاڪن وارا ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي اندر يا ٻاھر نھ کلي سگھندا آھن. انھن جا تاڪ مرضيءَ مطابق ڪاٺ جي ۽ شيشي جي پانيلن لڳائڻ سان بلڪل اونداھا، بلڪل روشن ۽ ڪنھن حصي تائين روشن بنائي سگھجن .ھي دروازا گدامن، ڇاپرن، دڪانن ۽ نماءُ وارن ڪمرن وغيرھ ۾ لڳايا ويندا آھن ۽ جڳھھ بچائڻ جي خيال کان گھرن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن.

'''''ويڙھجندڙ دروازا'''''
: (Rolling doors) 
  
ھي دروازا لوھ جا ٺھيل ھوندا آھن ۽ مٿان کان ھيٺ لاھي بند ڪري سگھبا آھن ۽ ساڳئي نموني ھيٺ کان مٿي ويڙھي کولي سگھبا آھن. انھيءَ سبب انھن کي ويڙھجي سگھجندڙ دروازا (Collapsible doors) چئبو آھي. انھن ۾ لوھھ جي ٿلھي چادر جو فريم ٺھيل ھوندو آھي، جنھن ۾ دروازي جي سولائيءَ سان ھيٺ مٿي چرڻ لاءِ کانچو ڇڏيل ھوندو آھي. مٿي وري ھڪ قسم جو ڊرم (Drum) ھوندو آھي، انھيءَ ۾ اسپرنگ لڳل ھوندا آھن، جي دروازي جي لوھي پتري تاڪ کي سولائيءَ سان ھيٺ مٿي ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڪندا آھن. وڏي سائيز جي تاڪ جي صورت ۾ بال بيئرنگ (Ball Bearings) پڻ لڳل ھوندا آھن.  ڊرم جو قطر (Diameter)  8 انچن کان 12 انچن تائين ٿيندو آھي. دروازي جي اسپرنگن ۽ بيئرنگن کي ميڻ (grease)  وغيره ڏئي، انھن کي ڪٽ کان بچائي رکڻ سان گڏ تاڪ کي ٿوري ئي ڌڪي ۽ ڇڪ ڏيڻ سان دروازو آسانيءَ سان بند ڪري ۽ کولي سگھجي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.ھي دروازا موٽر گيراجن، نماءُ وارن ڪمرن (Show rooms)، دڪانن ۽ گودامن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا.

'''':ڳتجندڙ دروازا'''''
: (Collapsible doors)

 
ھي دروازا لوھھ جا ٺھيل ھوندا آھن. ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ جوڙجڪ ۾ ٻنھي اڀن پاسن اندر ناليءَ وانگر خال ڇڏيل ھوندو آھي، جن سان اٽڪل  5/8 انچ کان ¾ انچ ويڪريون لوھھ جي پٽين جون ناليون (Channels)  ڳنڍيل ھونديون آھن. اھڙيءَ طرح انھن پٽين ۾ اتڪل اڌ انچ کان 5/8  انچ ويڪرو اڀو خال (Gap) ٺھي بيھندو آھي. اھڙي قسم جا ٽڪرا ھڪ ٻئي جي وچ کان اٽڪل 3 ¾ انچن جي مفاصلي تي ٺھي بيھندا آھن، جن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان لوھھ جي ڪيئنچيءَ جي انداز وارن لوھھ جي ٽڪرن (Cross Iron pieces) سان ڳنڍيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي ٺھيل لوھھ جي پختن پٽين جي ٽڪرن سان ٺھيل خالن وارن تاڪن کي پاسن  طرف ڌڪي يا ڇڪي کوھي ۽ بند ڪري سگھبو آھي. ھن قسم جا دروازا ڪافي مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ مارڪيٽ  ۾ داخل ٿيڻ وارن کليل حصن، گيراجن ۽ ٻين اھڙن ئي کليل ھنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==تاريخ==
[[فائل:old door.jpg|380px|thumb|ايران جي شھر ڪاشان ۾ ھڪ دروازو]]

قديم تاريخي دروازن ۾  سليمان جي ھيڪل (Temple of Solomon) قابل ذڪر آھي جيڪو زيتون جي ڪاٺيءَ جو ٺھيل ھيو.قديم مصر ۾ به ھڪ يا ٻن ڪلاڪن جي دروازن جو استعمال ٿيندو ھو. قديم آثارن جي ماھرن سوئيٽزرلينڊ مان پنج ھزار سال پراڻو دروازو دريافت ڪيو آھي.&lt;ref&gt;[http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/ Swiss archaeologists find 5000-year-old door] {{webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101108222716/http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/ |date=2010-11-08 }}&lt;/ref&gt; پراڻي دور ۾ مذھبي عبادت گاھن جي دروازن تي سون ۽ چانديءَ جي دروازن لڳائڻ جو پڻ تائين تاريخ ۾ ذڪر ملي ٿو.

[[فائل:stone door.jpg|left|380px|thumb|
 انڊيا جي ھئمپيء ۾ پٿر جو دروازو]]
[[فائل:Door-Post Socket (4690606141).jpg|380px|thumb| پرسيپولس جو وڏي دروازي جو لنگھ]]
 
 [[فائل:Plaster cast of folding doors, Pompeii.jpg|380px|thumb|قديم روم جو پومپي شھر جو پھرين صدي عيسويءَ جو تھبند (Folding) دروازو]]

==دروازي جي ڪم ڪرڻ جو طريقو==

[[فائل:Types of doors.png|thumb|دروازي جي ڪم ڪرڻ جو مشيني طريقو]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>og15x3bdtv6jl8iv9ux45yl94xx64va</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401100</id>
      <parentid>401099</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T02:37:35Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401100</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="30226" sha1="qm2kxpyaqejb7kn7kj0yf00wd0abdnh" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|داخل ٿيڻ ۽ ٻاهر نڪرڻ لاءِ حرڪت ڪندڙ رڪاوٽ}}

[[File:L-door.png|thumb|در جو خاڪو]]

'''در''' يا '''دروازو''' هڪ [[قبضو|قبضن]] تي لڳل يا ٻيءَ ڪنهن طريقي سان حرڪت ڪندڙ رڪاوٽ هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪنهن بند جاءِ ۾ داخل ٿيڻ (ورود) ۽ ٻاهر نڪرڻ (خروج) جي سهولت فراهم ڪري ٿو. ڀت ۾ در لاءِ ٺهيل کليل حصي کي '''درگاهه''' يا '''دروازي جو کليل حصو''' چيو ويندو آهي. در جو بنيادي مقصد رسائيءَ تي ضابطو رکندي [[سيڪيورٽي]] فراهم ڪرڻ آهي. عام طور تي اهو اهڙو پٽ يا تختو هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[عمارت]]، [[ڪمرو|ڪمري]] يا [[گاڏي]] جي دروازي جي کليل حصي ۾ فِٽ ڪيو ويندو آهي. در مختلف مواد مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن جو انتخاب انهن جي استعمال ۽ مقصد مطابق ڪيو ويندو آهي. اڪثر در [[قبضو|قبضن]] ذريعي لڳايا ويندا آهن، پر ڪي سلائيڊ ٿيڻ، فولڊ ٿيڻ يا ٻين حرڪتي طريقن سان به ڪم ڪندا آهن.

در مختلف طريقن سان کلي ۽ بند ٿي سگهن ٿا، جهڙوڪ قبضي تي ڦرڻ، فريم سان متوازي سلائيڊ ٿيڻ، فولڊ ٿيڻ يا مرڪزي محور تي ڦرڻ. انهن جو مقصد ماڻهن يا شين جي داخلا ۽ اخراج کي آسان يا محدود ڪرڻ هوندو آهي. گهڻن درن ۾ اندروني ۽ ٻاهرين پاسي جي بناوت هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي، پر ڪجهه حالتن ۾، جهڙوڪ [[گاڏي]] جي درن ۾، ٻنهي پاسن جي جوڙجڪ مختلف هوندي آهي.

گهڻن درن ۾ [[تالو]] لڳائڻ جو انتظام هوندو آهي، جنهن ذريعي صرف مجاز ماڻهو، مثال طور [[چاٻي]] استعمال ڪري، در کولي سگهندا آهن. درن تي اڪثر کڙڪائڻ لاءِ ڌاتوءَ جا ٺڪاءُ (Knockers) يا [[در جي گهنٽي]] پڻ لڳل هوندي آهي، ته جيئن ٻاهران بيٺل ماڻهو پنهنجي موجودگيءَ جو اطلاع ڏئي سگهن. رسائي فراهم ڪرڻ کان علاوه، در خانگي زندگي (Privacy) جي حفاظت، مختلف استعمال وارن حصن کي الڳ رکڻ، [[روشني]] ۽ [[هوا جي اچ وڃ]] کي ضابطو ڪرڻ، گرمي يا ٿڌ کي برقرار رکڻ، آواز کي گهٽائڻ ۽ [[باهه]] جي پکڙجڻ کي روڪڻ جهڙا اهم ڪم پڻ سرانجام ڏيندا آهن.

در صرف تعميراتي عنصر نه، پر جمالياتي، علامتي ۽ رسمن سان لاڳاپيل اهميت پڻ رکن ٿا. ڪيترين ثقافتن ۾ در جي چاٻي حاصل ڪرڻ ٻاهرئين ماڻهو کان اندروني يا بااختيار حيثيت حاصل ڪرڻ جي علامت سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڏسو، مثال طور، [[Black Rod|Gentleman Usher of the Black Rod]] جون درباني ذميواريون.&lt;/ref&gt; [[ادب]] ۽ [[فن]] ۾ پڻ در ۽ درگاهون تبديلي، نئين مرحلي ۾ داخل ٿيڻ يا علامتي معنيٰ جي اظهار لاءِ استعارن ۽ تمثيلن طور گهڻو استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

'''دروازو'''---Door يا Gate . اردوءَ ۾ دروازہ:جديد دور جي عمارتن ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڪاٺ جا دروازا استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا. تاڪن جي حساب سان اھي ھڪ تاڪ وارا   ۽ ٻن تاڪن وارا ٿين ٿا..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر: سنڌي ادبي بورڊ،ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;
[[فائل:Door in Georgia.jpg|380px|thumb|جارجيا ملڪ جو دروازو]]
جاءِ اندر مختلف قسم جي ڪمرن ۾ استعمال جي نوعيت مطابق انھن جي ماپ جو تعين ڪيو وڃي ٿو. اھي اھڙي ماپ جا ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن انھن ڪمرن ۾ گھربل سامان آسانيءَ سان لنگھي سگھي. عام طرح سان غسلخانن ۽ بيت الخلاءِ اندر داخل ٿيڻ لاءِ دروازن جي ماپ 6′-4″x2′-6″  رکجي تھ بھتر آھي. ٻين ڪمرن لاءِ دروازن جي سراسري ماپ 7′-0″x3′-8″ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ ڪوشش ڪري 6′-4″x3′-0″ کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي. بھرحال دروازن جي ماپ واسطي ڪنھن بھ قسم جو پڪو پختو قائدو مڙھيل نھ آھي. ڪچيءَ طرح ۽ اندازي جي حساب سان ھيٺئين فارمولا سان دروازن جي ماپ جو تعين ڪري سگھجي ٿو.
ويڪر =(Width)  اوچائي 4-(Height)  فوٽ 
ڪمرن اندر دروازا ڪنڊ کان اٽڪل 6 انچن کان 9 انچن تائين پري رکجن تھ بھتر آھي، ليڪن انھن جي لڳائڻ لاءِ جديد طرز جي عمارت جي علم کي ذھن ۾ رکڻ وڌيڪ سٺو آھي.
اڄڪلھ دروازن جي چؤڪاٺن ۾ چائنٺ (سل)  نھ لڳائي ويندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ انھيءَ جي لڳائڻ سان ھڪ تھ ٿاٻي کائڻ جو تمام گھڻو انديشو رھي ٿو ۽ ٻيو تھ صفائي ڪرڻ ۾ دقت ٿئي ٿي، ليڪن ايئرڪنڊيشنڊ ڪمرن لاءِ چائنٺ لڳائڻ تمام ضروري آھي تھ جيئن تاڪن ھيٺان وٿي نہ رھي. وڏن شھرن ۾ آر-سي-سيءَ جي بوتي وارين عمارتن ۾ 4 ½ انچن جي اوساريءَ وارين ڀتين ۾ ڀت جي پوري ٿولھھ تائين ويڪرا چؤڪاٺا استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا. عام رواجي ۽ سرڪاري عمارتن ۾ چؤڪاٺن لاءِ 0′-4″x0′-3″ جي سائيز جون ڪاٺ جون پٽيون گھڙايون وينديون آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

[[فائل:Knocking at front door of The National Archives Building - 01.jpg|380px|thumb|واشنگٽن ۾ نيشنل آرڪائيوز بلڊنگ جو دروازو]]
دروازو ھڪ حرڪت وارو ڍانچو آهي جنھن ذريعي ڪنھن چوديواريءَ يا گاڏي وغيره ۾ ڪنھن جي داخلا يا روڪ کي ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪبو آهي. عام طور تي ان جو ھڪ يا ٻه [[تاڪ]] ھوندا آھن جيڪي درين يا بغير درين جي ھوندا آھن. تاڪ چاھي ھڪڙو ھجي يا ٻہ ،  [[ڇوڪاٺو|چوڪاٺي]] يا [[چونڪو|چونڪي]] سان [[انجيس|انجيسن]] جي مدد سان ڳنڍيل ھوندو/ھوندا آھن ۽ انھن کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪڙو يا ڪنڍو لڳائي استعمال ڪيو آھي جنھن ۾ تالو لڳائبو آهي. اھي ھوا ۽ روشنيءَ جي ضابطي لاءِ بہ استعمال ٿيندا آھن.
جاءِ اندر داخل ٿيڻ ۽ انھيءَ جي مختلف اندرين حصن جو پاڻ ۾ رابطو رکڻ لاءِ دروازا لڳايا ويندا آھن. موسم آھر انھن کي کولي رکڻ سان جاءِ اندر روشني وڌندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھوا جو گذر پڻ سٺيءَ طرح سان ٿيندو آھي. انھيءَ سان گڏ دروازن لڳائڻ سبب چوريءَ ٿيڻ جو انديشو گھٽ رھندو آھي ۽ گھر ۾ رھندڙ ڀاتين جي پوشيدگي (Privacy)  رھندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== تاريخ ==
&lt;!-- هن حصي ۾ 1911ع جي ''Encyclopædia Britannica'' جي &quot;Door&quot; واري مقالي مان ورتل متن شامل آهي. --&gt;

قديم ترين دروازن جا ثبوت [[قديم مصر]] جي مقبرن جي ڀتين تي ٺهيل تصويرن مان ملن ٿا، جن ۾ هڪ يا ٻه تاڪن وارا دروازا ڏيکاريل آهن، جيڪي عام طور ڪاٺ جي هڪڙي ٽڪري مان ٺهيل هوندا هئا. مصري مقبرن ۾ ''ڪوڙا دروازا'' (فالس ڊورز) پڻ ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جن بابت عقيدو هو ته اهي فوت ٿيل ماڻهن جي آخرت ڏانهن وڃڻ جا علامتي دروازا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Weiss |first=Daniel |date=2022 |title=Features - Magical Mystery Door - Archaeology Magazine - November/December 2022 |url=https://archaeology.org/issues/november-december-2022/features/egypt-stela-false-door/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Archaeology Magazine |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

مصر جي انتهائي خشڪ آبهوا سبب دروازن کي وڪڙجڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ چوڪاٺن جي گهڻي ضرورت نه پوندي هئي، پر ٻين علائقن ۾ دروازن کي مضبوط رکڻ لاءِ چوڪاٺن وارو ڍانچو تيار ڪيو ويندو هو. رومي معمار ويتروويوس موجب اهڙن دروازن ۾ عمودي پٽيون (Stiles) ۽ افقي پٽيون (Rails) هونديون هيون، جڏهن ته وچ وارا پينل انهن جي نالن ۾ فٽ ڪيا ويندا هئا. عمودي پٽين مان هڪ قبضن سان ڳنڍيل ''هينگنگ اسٽائل'' ۽ ٻي ''ميٽنگ اسٽائل'' سڏبي هئي، جڏهن ته افقي حصن ۾ مٿيون، وچيون ۽ هيٺيون ريل شامل هونديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Marcus Vitruvius Pollio |url=https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Vitruvius/4*.html |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=University of Chicago}}&lt;/ref&gt;

قديم ترين دروازا ڪاٺ جا هوندا هئا. [[بائيبل]] ۾ [[حضرت سليمان]] جي مندر بابت بيان ٿيل آهي ته ان جا دروازا زيتون جي ڪاٺ مان ٺهيل، نفيس نقش نگاري سان سينگاريل ۽ سون سان مڙهيل هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Bible Project: Book of 1 Kings 6 - New American Standard Bible |url=https://www.bibleproject.com/bible/nasb/1-kings/6 |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=BibleProject |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; [[هومر]] جي تحريرن مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ان دور ۾ ڪي دروازا چاندي يا پتل سان ڍڪيل هوندا هئا. زيتون کان علاوه ايلم، ديودار، بلوط ۽ سرو جي ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ٿيندي هئي. آثار قديمه جي ماهرن سوئٽزرلينڊ جي شهر [[زيورخ]] ڀرسان پنج هزار سال پراڻا ٻه ڪاٺ جا دروازا پڻ دريافت ڪيا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://archive.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101108222716/http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/|url-status=dead|title=Swiss archaeologists find 5,000-year-old door|first=Frank|last=Jordans|date=October 20, 2010|archive-date=November 8, 2010|via=The Boston Globe}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://blog.nationalmuseum.ch/en/2019/01/close-the-door/|title=Close the door!|first=Samuel van|last=Willigen|date=January 17, 2019|website=Swiss National Museum - Swiss history blog}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{multiple image
| align=
| total_width=550
| direction=horizontal
| footer=
| image1=stone door.jpg
| caption1=هيمپي (ڀارت) ۾ پٿر جو دروازو
| image2=Door-Post Socket (4690606141).jpg
| caption2=پرسيپولس (هاڻوڪو [[ايران]]) مان دريافت ٿيل وڏي دروازي جو بنيادي ساکٽ
}}

قديم دور جا دروازا مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ لڳل محورن (Pintles) وسيلي ڦرندا هئا، جيڪي مٿئين ڪڙي (Lintel) ۽ هيٺئين چائنٺ (Sill) ۾ ٺهيل ساکٽن اندر ويهندا هئا. اهي ساکٽ گهڻو ڪري بازالٽ يا گرينائيٽ جهڙي سخت پٿر مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا. [[نپپور]] مان 2000 ق.م. جا دريافت ٿيل اهڙا ساکٽ ڊوليرائيٽ پٿر جا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=The Museum Journal {{!}} Two Door Sockets of the Kings of Ur |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/journal/1211/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=The Museum Journal |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[بلاوات]] جي دروازن جا محور ڪانسي سان ڍڪيل هئا، جيڪي اڄ [[برٽش ميوزيم]] ۾ محفوظ آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Assyrian sculpture and Balawat Gates |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/galleries/assyrian-sculpture-and-balawat-gates |access-date=2025-04-05 |website=British Museum}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهي ٻه تاڪن وارا دروازا هئا، جن مان هر تاڪ لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|2.54|m|in|abbr=on}} ويڪرو ۽ {{convert|8.2|m|ft|abbr=on}} اوچو هو. انهن کي {{convert|25.4|cm|in|abbr=on}} ويڪريون ڪانسي جون پٽيون لڳل هيون، جن تي ابھريل نقاشي ڪئي وئي هئي. ڪاٺ جا دروازا لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|7.62|cm|in|abbr=on}} ٿلها هئا، جڏهن ته قبضي واري عمودي پٽي جو قطر {{convert|360|mm|in}} کان وڌيڪ هو. مختلف ماپن جي ٻين ڪانسي جي ڍڪڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ڪاٺ جي محورن کي ڌاتو سان محفوظ ڪرڻ ان دور ۾ عام رواج هو.

سوريا جي [[حوران]] علائقي ۾، جتي ڪاٺ جي کوٽ هئي، اتي دروازا پٿر مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/W_1864-0301-1 |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=British Museum}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن مان {{convert|1.63|by|0.79|m|in|abbr=on}} ماپ وارو هڪ پٿريلو دروازو [[برٽش ميوزيم]] ۾ محفوظ آهي، جنهن جي وچ واري ڪنڊ مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته اهو ٻه تاڪي دروازي جو هڪ حصو هو. شام جي شهر بُصرى ويجهو ڪُفَير ۾ سياح برڪهارٽ کي {{convert|2.74|to|3.048|m|ft|abbr=on}} اوچا پٿريلا دروازا مليا، جيڪي قديم شهر جي داخلي دروازن طور استعمال ٿيندا هئا. [[ايٽروريا]] ۾ پڻ پٿر جي دروازن جا ڪيترائي مثال ملن ٿا.

==دروازن جا قسم==

''''پٽين وارا دروازا'''' 
: (Ledged Doors).
ھن قسم جا دروازا بلڪل سادا ۽ عام ھوندا آھن. ھنن جو استعمال ٻھراڙين ۾ گھڻو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ڪاٺ جي اڀين تاڪين سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي تاڪيون وري سڌين ٽيڪ وارين پٽين (Ledges) سان مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙيل ھونديون آھي.
اڀريون تاڪيون (Battens)  گھڻو ڪري ھڪ انچ ٿلھيون ۽ ڇھھ انچ ويڪريون ھونديون آھن ۽ اھي V جوڙ سان کانچي ۾ جڪڙيل ھونديون آھن، جنھن کي ٽيڪنيڪي يعني فني لغت ۾ Tongued and Grooved چوندا آھن. سڌيون پٽيون (Ledges)  گھڻو ڪري ڏيڍ انچ ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن ۽ انھن کي اڀين تاڪين (Battens)  مٿان اشڪنجي سان جڪڙي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. ٽي سڌيون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن؛ ھڪ مٿان، ٻي وچ ۾ ۽ ٽين ھيٺان. تاڪ کي T نموني جي انجيسن ذريعي ٽنگيو ويندو آھي، جيڪي سڌين پٽين مٿان لڳائبيون آھن. ھن قسم جا دروازا اھڙن ھنڌن تي لڳايا ويندا آھن، جتي خوبصورتي درڪار نھ ھوندي آھي.

'''''سڌين ۽ وتر وارين پٽين وارا دروازا'''''
: (Ledged and braced doors )
بنيادي طرح ھي دروازا سڌين پٽين وارن دروازن جھڙا ھوندا. (پٽين وارا دروازا)
آھن ۽ فرق صرف اھو آھي تھ ھنن کي وڌيڪ پختو بڻائڻ لاءِ سڌين پٽين جھڙي ماپ جون وڌيڪ پٽيون وتر ۾ (DiagonallY) لڳايون وينديون آھن. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ وتر وارين پٽين کي ٽنگيل پاسي کان مٿي سلامي ڏني وڃي، جيئن اھي دٻاءُ (Compression)  ۾ رھي، مضبوطي مھيا ڪن. عام طريقي سان سڌيون پٽيون ھڻي، دروازي کي چاڙھي، پوءِ انھن مٿان ڪوڪن رستي وتر واريون پٽيون (Battens)  لڳائبيون آھن. ھي دروازا پڻ سادن ۽ عارضي ڪمن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. .&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
'''''چؤڪاٺن (فريمن) ۽ پٽين وارا دروازا'''''
: (Ledged and Framed Doors)   
ھن قسم جي دروازن ۾  ڊولائتي نموني چؤڪاٺا ٺاھي ۽ تاڪ ھنيا ويندا آھن، جنھن سبب انھن جي مضبوطي وڌندي آھي. ازانسواءِ انھن ۾ اٽڪل چار انچ ويڪريون ۽ ڏيڍ انچ ٿلھيون پاسن واريون اڀيون پٽيون (Styles)  لڳائڻ سبب مضبوطيءَ سان گڏ اھي پرڪشش ۽ وڻندڙ لڳندا آھن. جڏھن تھ سڌيون ٽيڪ واريون پٽيون (Ledges)  ۽ اڀيون تاڪيون (Battens)  پڻ معمول مطابق لڳايون وينديون آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''چؤڪاٺن اندر ٽيڏين پٽين وارا دروازا'''''
: (Ledged, framed and braced doors) 
ھي دروازا ذري گھٽ چؤڪاٺن ۽ پٽين وارن دروازن جھڙا ٿيندا اھن. ھنن ۾ صرف وتر وارين وٽين جو اضافو ڪيو ويندو آھي، جنھن سبب ھي وڌيڪ مضبوط ۽ پائيدار ٿيندا آھن ۽ گھڻو ڪري ٻاھر لڳايا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''چؤڪاٺن ۽ ھموار تختن وارا دروازا'''''
: (Framed and Panelled doors)
 
ھن قسم جا دروازا نھايت ئي عام ۽  تمام گھڻو استعمال ۾ ايندا آھن. تاڪن جي فريم کي عمودي ۽ افقي پٽين ذريعي متعدد حصن ۾ ورھايو ويندو آھي، انھن پٽين ۾ پانيلن (Panells)  کي جوڙڻ واسطي جھري ٺھيل ھوندي آھي جن ۾ ھموار يعني سڌا يا مٿي اڀريل پانيل ڦاسائي تاڪ تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جون ڊزائينون مختلف ٿينديون آھن، ليڪن ٺاھڻ جو طريقو ساڳيو ئي ھوندو آھي. پانيلن جو تعداد دروازي جي نوعيت ۽ ماڻھن جي پسند تي مدار رکي ٿو. ھن قسم جي دروازن ۾ سسڻ جو رجحان گھٽ ھوندو آھي. ھنن دروازن جي عام رواجي سائيز 7'-0″x4′-0″،  7'-0″x3′-0″،  6'-6″x4′-0″ وغيره رکي ويندي آھي. تاڪن جي ٿولھ مختلف ڳالھين تي مدار رکي ٿي جھڙوڪ، ڪم جي نوعيت، دروازن لڳائڻ وارو ھنڌ، پانيلن جو تعداد وغيره. تاڪن جي ٿولھھ اٽڪل 1 انچ کان 1 ½ انچ رکي ويندي آھي.

'''''شيشن ۽ تختن وارا دروازا'''''
: (Glazed and paneled doors or sash doors 
        
گھرن ۽ ڪمرن اندر انھن جي نوعيت مطابق ۽ گھربل روشنيءَ پٽاندڙ سمورا تاڪ شيشي جي پانيلن يا تختن يا ڪجھھ حصي تئين شيشي جي پانيلن ۽ بچيل حصي تائين ڪاٺ جي پانيلن سان ٺاھي استعمال ڪيا ويندا اھن. عام طرح سان شيشي ۽ ڪاٺ جي حصن جو تناسب 2:1 رکيو ويندو آھي. شيشي کي روڪڻ لاءِ ڪاٺ جون سنھيون پٽيون (Beads)  يا پٽي (Putty)  لڳائي ويندي آھي. شيشي واري ايراضي وڌائڻ جي صورت ۾ تاڪ جي وچين سڌي پٽيءَ (Lock rail)  جي مٿان وارين تاڪ جي پاسي وارين اڀين پٽين (Styles) جي ويڪر گھٽائي ويندي آھي .ھن قسم جا دروازا آفيسن، اسپتالن، لائبرين، شاپنگ سينٽرن ۽ شورومس وغيره ۾ لڳايا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''فلش ڊورس : (Flush Doors)'''''
 
ھن قسم جي دروازن جي بناوت ۾ پختا ۽ گھربل طرح سان تاڪن جا فريم ٺاھي انھن مٿان ڪمرشل پلاءِ يا ٽِيڪ پلاءِ (Commercial ply or Teak ply)  وغيره لڳائي ويندي آھي. ھي دروازا ٽن قسمن جا ٿيندا آھن جھڙوڪ فريم وارا فلش ڊورس، پؤرا فلش دروازا (Hollow flush doors) ۽ ورقن يا تھن وارا فلش دروازا (Laminated flush doors) فريم وارن  فلشن دروازن جا تاڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي ٻاھرين اڀين پٽين (Styles)، سڌين پٽين (Rails)، ننڍڙين پٽين (Ribs) ۽ پلاءِ ووڊ (Plywood) مان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. پھرين تاڪ جي فريم لاءِ انھن ۾ ڪم ايندڙ جوڙجڪ کي ٺاھي، انھن مٿان ٻنھي پاسي پلاءِ ووڊ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. پترن ورقن يا تھن مان ٺھيل دروازن کي نھرا دروازا (Solid doors) سڏيو ويندو آھي. انھن دروازن ٺاھڻ واسطي ڪاٺ جي سنھن ورقن کي تمام گھڻي داٻ سان گلوءَ رستي ڳنڍي ھڪ نھري (Solid) مضبوط قسم جو ٻنھي پاسن کان سڌو تختو ٺاھي (جنھن کي تاڪ جو نھرو اندر Solid core کڻي چئجي) انھيءَ مٿان ٻنھي پاسي پلاءِ جي سنھي چادر چاڙھي، تاڪ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.انھن جا ٻئي ٻاھريان پاسا ٻين دروازن جي ڀيٽ ۾ جلدي ميرا نھ ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي سولائيءَ سان صاف ڪري سگھبو آھي.

'''''ڄاريءَ وارا دروازا'''''
: (Wire gauze doors)

ھن قسم جي دروازن جي تاڪن لاءِ، انھن جي اڀين ۽ سڌين پٽين ۾ چؤڪور خانن ۾ ننڍي کانچي اندر ڄاري ڦاسائي، انھيءَ کي مضبوطيءَ لاءِ ڪوڪن سان اھڙي نموني ۾ جڪڙي تھ جيئن ڄاريءَ ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو گھنج نھ رھي. پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان چؤڌاري ڪاٺ جي سنھي پٽي (Beading) چاڙھي ويندي آھي. تاڪن جي تالي واريءَ سڌي پٽيءَ (Lock rail) مٿان آٽوميٽڪ اسپرنگ لڳايا ويندا آھن، تھ جيئن ڌڪي سان ٻاھر کولڻ کان پوءِ اھي خودبخود جلدي بند ٿي وڃن. ھن قسم جا دروازا قدرتي ھوا جي ڦھلاءُ (Circulation) سان گڏ ھر ڪنھن قسم جي اڏامندڙ جيوڙي جھڙوڪ مڇر ۽ مک وغيره کي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ نھايت ئي ڪارآمد رھن ٿا. انھيءَ ڪري گھرن، اسپتالن، رڌڻن، ڄاريءَ جي ڪٻٽن، مٺائيءَ وغيره جي دڪانن، ھوٽلن ۽ ٻين اھڙين جڳھين تي ڪثرت سان استعمال ٿين ٿا.

'''''جھڪيل يا لڙيل پٽين وارا دروازا'''''
: (Louvered doors)

ھن قسم جي دروازن جي تاڪن ۾ سنھيون پٽيون اھڙي نموني ٽيڏيون لڳايون وينديون آھن تھ جيئن انھن جي وچ ۾ ھڪ جھڙي وٿي رھي. اھي پٽيون سڄي تاڪ يا انھيءَ جي ڪنھن بھ حصي ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ايتري ٽيڏائيءَ (Inclination)  تي لڳائبيون آھن، تھ جيئن ٻاھرين نظر اندر نھ پوي ۽ نھ ئي وري اندران ٻاھر ڏسي سگھجي. اھڙا دروازا ھوا جي گذر سان گڏ پوشيدگي (Privacy)  پڻ مھيا ڪن ٿا.

'''''ڦرندڙ دروازا'''''
: (Revolving doors)

ھن قسم جي دروازن ۾ پوري وچ تي ٽيڪ مٿان آمھون سامھون چار تاڪ اھڙي نموني لڳايا ويندا آھن، جي صرف ھڪ ئي طرف ڦري سگھن. اھڙي نموني ماڻھو انھن منجھان ھڪ پاسي داخل ٿي سگھندو آھي ۽ ٻئي طرف کان ٻاھر نڪري سگھندو آھي. اھڙن دروزن ۾ مرضيءَ مطابق شيشا يا ڪاٺ جا سنھا تختا (Panells) لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھي دروازا گھڻيءَ رش وارن ھنڌن لاءِ موزون رھن ٿا ۽ انھيءَ سبب انھن کي ھوٽلن ۽ تماشگاھن (Theatres)  وغيره ۾ لڳايو ويندو آھي.

'''''گسڪندڙ دروازا'''''
: (Sliding doors)

ھن قسم جا دروازا سڄي ۽ کاٻي پاسي گسڪي سگھندڙ تاڪن وارا ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي اندر يا ٻاھر نھ کلي سگھندا آھن. انھن جا تاڪ مرضيءَ مطابق ڪاٺ جي ۽ شيشي جي پانيلن لڳائڻ سان بلڪل اونداھا، بلڪل روشن ۽ ڪنھن حصي تائين روشن بنائي سگھجن .ھي دروازا گدامن، ڇاپرن، دڪانن ۽ نماءُ وارن ڪمرن وغيرھ ۾ لڳايا ويندا آھن ۽ جڳھھ بچائڻ جي خيال کان گھرن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن.

'''''ويڙھجندڙ دروازا'''''
: (Rolling doors) 
  
ھي دروازا لوھ جا ٺھيل ھوندا آھن ۽ مٿان کان ھيٺ لاھي بند ڪري سگھبا آھن ۽ ساڳئي نموني ھيٺ کان مٿي ويڙھي کولي سگھبا آھن. انھيءَ سبب انھن کي ويڙھجي سگھجندڙ دروازا (Collapsible doors) چئبو آھي. انھن ۾ لوھھ جي ٿلھي چادر جو فريم ٺھيل ھوندو آھي، جنھن ۾ دروازي جي سولائيءَ سان ھيٺ مٿي چرڻ لاءِ کانچو ڇڏيل ھوندو آھي. مٿي وري ھڪ قسم جو ڊرم (Drum) ھوندو آھي، انھيءَ ۾ اسپرنگ لڳل ھوندا آھن، جي دروازي جي لوھي پتري تاڪ کي سولائيءَ سان ھيٺ مٿي ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڪندا آھن. وڏي سائيز جي تاڪ جي صورت ۾ بال بيئرنگ (Ball Bearings) پڻ لڳل ھوندا آھن.  ڊرم جو قطر (Diameter)  8 انچن کان 12 انچن تائين ٿيندو آھي. دروازي جي اسپرنگن ۽ بيئرنگن کي ميڻ (grease)  وغيره ڏئي، انھن کي ڪٽ کان بچائي رکڻ سان گڏ تاڪ کي ٿوري ئي ڌڪي ۽ ڇڪ ڏيڻ سان دروازو آسانيءَ سان بند ڪري ۽ کولي سگھجي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.ھي دروازا موٽر گيراجن، نماءُ وارن ڪمرن (Show rooms)، دڪانن ۽ گودامن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا.

'''':ڳتجندڙ دروازا'''''
: (Collapsible doors)

 
ھي دروازا لوھھ جا ٺھيل ھوندا آھن. ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ جوڙجڪ ۾ ٻنھي اڀن پاسن اندر ناليءَ وانگر خال ڇڏيل ھوندو آھي، جن سان اٽڪل  5/8 انچ کان ¾ انچ ويڪريون لوھھ جي پٽين جون ناليون (Channels)  ڳنڍيل ھونديون آھن. اھڙيءَ طرح انھن پٽين ۾ اتڪل اڌ انچ کان 5/8  انچ ويڪرو اڀو خال (Gap) ٺھي بيھندو آھي. اھڙي قسم جا ٽڪرا ھڪ ٻئي جي وچ کان اٽڪل 3 ¾ انچن جي مفاصلي تي ٺھي بيھندا آھن، جن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان لوھھ جي ڪيئنچيءَ جي انداز وارن لوھھ جي ٽڪرن (Cross Iron pieces) سان ڳنڍيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي ٺھيل لوھھ جي پختن پٽين جي ٽڪرن سان ٺھيل خالن وارن تاڪن کي پاسن  طرف ڌڪي يا ڇڪي کوھي ۽ بند ڪري سگھبو آھي. ھن قسم جا دروازا ڪافي مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ مارڪيٽ  ۾ داخل ٿيڻ وارن کليل حصن، گيراجن ۽ ٻين اھڙن ئي کليل ھنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==تاريخ==
[[فائل:old door.jpg|380px|thumb|ايران جي شھر ڪاشان ۾ ھڪ دروازو]]

قديم تاريخي دروازن ۾  سليمان جي ھيڪل (Temple of Solomon) قابل ذڪر آھي جيڪو زيتون جي ڪاٺيءَ جو ٺھيل ھيو.قديم مصر ۾ به ھڪ يا ٻن ڪلاڪن جي دروازن جو استعمال ٿيندو ھو. قديم آثارن جي ماھرن سوئيٽزرلينڊ مان پنج ھزار سال پراڻو دروازو دريافت ڪيو آھي.&lt;ref&gt;[http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/ Swiss archaeologists find 5000-year-old door] {{webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101108222716/http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/ |date=2010-11-08 }}&lt;/ref&gt; پراڻي دور ۾ مذھبي عبادت گاھن جي دروازن تي سون ۽ چانديءَ جي دروازن لڳائڻ جو پڻ تائين تاريخ ۾ ذڪر ملي ٿو.

[[فائل:stone door.jpg|left|380px|thumb|
 انڊيا جي ھئمپيء ۾ پٿر جو دروازو]]
[[فائل:Door-Post Socket (4690606141).jpg|380px|thumb| پرسيپولس جو وڏي دروازي جو لنگھ]]
 
 [[فائل:Plaster cast of folding doors, Pompeii.jpg|380px|thumb|قديم روم جو پومپي شھر جو پھرين صدي عيسويءَ جو تھبند (Folding) دروازو]]

==دروازي جي ڪم ڪرڻ جو طريقو==

[[فائل:Types of doors.png|thumb|دروازي جي ڪم ڪرڻ جو مشيني طريقو]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>qm2kxpyaqejb7kn7kj0yf00wd0abdnh</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401101</id>
      <parentid>401100</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T03:33:34Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401101</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="37408" sha1="b8jgb83ah2iggwhmdt60dv0g9ruynzv" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|داخل ٿيڻ ۽ ٻاهر نڪرڻ لاءِ حرڪت ڪندڙ رڪاوٽ}}

[[File:L-door.png|thumb|در جو خاڪو]]

'''در''' يا '''دروازو''' هڪ [[قبضو|قبضن]] تي لڳل يا ٻيءَ ڪنهن طريقي سان حرڪت ڪندڙ رڪاوٽ هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪنهن بند جاءِ ۾ داخل ٿيڻ (ورود) ۽ ٻاهر نڪرڻ (خروج) جي سهولت فراهم ڪري ٿو. ڀت ۾ در لاءِ ٺهيل کليل حصي کي '''درگاهه''' يا '''دروازي جو کليل حصو''' چيو ويندو آهي. در جو بنيادي مقصد رسائيءَ تي ضابطو رکندي [[سيڪيورٽي]] فراهم ڪرڻ آهي. عام طور تي اهو اهڙو پٽ يا تختو هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[عمارت]]، [[ڪمرو|ڪمري]] يا [[گاڏي]] جي دروازي جي کليل حصي ۾ فِٽ ڪيو ويندو آهي. در مختلف مواد مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن جو انتخاب انهن جي استعمال ۽ مقصد مطابق ڪيو ويندو آهي. اڪثر در [[قبضو|قبضن]] ذريعي لڳايا ويندا آهن، پر ڪي سلائيڊ ٿيڻ، فولڊ ٿيڻ يا ٻين حرڪتي طريقن سان به ڪم ڪندا آهن.

در مختلف طريقن سان کلي ۽ بند ٿي سگهن ٿا، جهڙوڪ قبضي تي ڦرڻ، فريم سان متوازي سلائيڊ ٿيڻ، فولڊ ٿيڻ يا مرڪزي محور تي ڦرڻ. انهن جو مقصد ماڻهن يا شين جي داخلا ۽ اخراج کي آسان يا محدود ڪرڻ هوندو آهي. گهڻن درن ۾ اندروني ۽ ٻاهرين پاسي جي بناوت هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي، پر ڪجهه حالتن ۾، جهڙوڪ [[گاڏي]] جي درن ۾، ٻنهي پاسن جي جوڙجڪ مختلف هوندي آهي.

گهڻن درن ۾ [[تالو]] لڳائڻ جو انتظام هوندو آهي، جنهن ذريعي صرف مجاز ماڻهو، مثال طور [[چاٻي]] استعمال ڪري، در کولي سگهندا آهن. درن تي اڪثر کڙڪائڻ لاءِ ڌاتوءَ جا ٺڪاءُ (Knockers) يا [[در جي گهنٽي]] پڻ لڳل هوندي آهي، ته جيئن ٻاهران بيٺل ماڻهو پنهنجي موجودگيءَ جو اطلاع ڏئي سگهن. رسائي فراهم ڪرڻ کان علاوه، در خانگي زندگي (Privacy) جي حفاظت، مختلف استعمال وارن حصن کي الڳ رکڻ، [[روشني]] ۽ [[هوا جي اچ وڃ]] کي ضابطو ڪرڻ، گرمي يا ٿڌ کي برقرار رکڻ، آواز کي گهٽائڻ ۽ [[باهه]] جي پکڙجڻ کي روڪڻ جهڙا اهم ڪم پڻ سرانجام ڏيندا آهن.

در صرف تعميراتي عنصر نه، پر جمالياتي، علامتي ۽ رسمن سان لاڳاپيل اهميت پڻ رکن ٿا. ڪيترين ثقافتن ۾ در جي چاٻي حاصل ڪرڻ ٻاهرئين ماڻهو کان اندروني يا بااختيار حيثيت حاصل ڪرڻ جي علامت سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڏسو، مثال طور، [[Black Rod|Gentleman Usher of the Black Rod]] جون درباني ذميواريون.&lt;/ref&gt; [[ادب]] ۽ [[فن]] ۾ پڻ در ۽ درگاهون تبديلي، نئين مرحلي ۾ داخل ٿيڻ يا علامتي معنيٰ جي اظهار لاءِ استعارن ۽ تمثيلن طور گهڻو استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

'''دروازو'''---Door يا Gate . اردوءَ ۾ دروازہ:جديد دور جي عمارتن ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڪاٺ جا دروازا استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا. تاڪن جي حساب سان اھي ھڪ تاڪ وارا   ۽ ٻن تاڪن وارا ٿين ٿا..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر: سنڌي ادبي بورڊ،ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;
[[فائل:Door in Georgia.jpg|380px|thumb|جارجيا ملڪ جو دروازو]]
جاءِ اندر مختلف قسم جي ڪمرن ۾ استعمال جي نوعيت مطابق انھن جي ماپ جو تعين ڪيو وڃي ٿو. اھي اھڙي ماپ جا ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن انھن ڪمرن ۾ گھربل سامان آسانيءَ سان لنگھي سگھي. عام طرح سان غسلخانن ۽ بيت الخلاءِ اندر داخل ٿيڻ لاءِ دروازن جي ماپ 6′-4″x2′-6″  رکجي تھ بھتر آھي. ٻين ڪمرن لاءِ دروازن جي سراسري ماپ 7′-0″x3′-8″ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ ڪوشش ڪري 6′-4″x3′-0″ کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي. بھرحال دروازن جي ماپ واسطي ڪنھن بھ قسم جو پڪو پختو قائدو مڙھيل نھ آھي. ڪچيءَ طرح ۽ اندازي جي حساب سان ھيٺئين فارمولا سان دروازن جي ماپ جو تعين ڪري سگھجي ٿو.
ويڪر =(Width)  اوچائي 4-(Height)  فوٽ 
ڪمرن اندر دروازا ڪنڊ کان اٽڪل 6 انچن کان 9 انچن تائين پري رکجن تھ بھتر آھي، ليڪن انھن جي لڳائڻ لاءِ جديد طرز جي عمارت جي علم کي ذھن ۾ رکڻ وڌيڪ سٺو آھي.
اڄڪلھ دروازن جي چؤڪاٺن ۾ چائنٺ (سل)  نھ لڳائي ويندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ انھيءَ جي لڳائڻ سان ھڪ تھ ٿاٻي کائڻ جو تمام گھڻو انديشو رھي ٿو ۽ ٻيو تھ صفائي ڪرڻ ۾ دقت ٿئي ٿي، ليڪن ايئرڪنڊيشنڊ ڪمرن لاءِ چائنٺ لڳائڻ تمام ضروري آھي تھ جيئن تاڪن ھيٺان وٿي نہ رھي. وڏن شھرن ۾ آر-سي-سيءَ جي بوتي وارين عمارتن ۾ 4 ½ انچن جي اوساريءَ وارين ڀتين ۾ ڀت جي پوري ٿولھھ تائين ويڪرا چؤڪاٺا استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا. عام رواجي ۽ سرڪاري عمارتن ۾ چؤڪاٺن لاءِ 0′-4″x0′-3″ جي سائيز جون ڪاٺ جون پٽيون گھڙايون وينديون آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

[[فائل:Knocking at front door of The National Archives Building - 01.jpg|380px|thumb|واشنگٽن ۾ نيشنل آرڪائيوز بلڊنگ جو دروازو]]
دروازو ھڪ حرڪت وارو ڍانچو آهي جنھن ذريعي ڪنھن چوديواريءَ يا گاڏي وغيره ۾ ڪنھن جي داخلا يا روڪ کي ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪبو آهي. عام طور تي ان جو ھڪ يا ٻه [[تاڪ]] ھوندا آھن جيڪي درين يا بغير درين جي ھوندا آھن. تاڪ چاھي ھڪڙو ھجي يا ٻہ ،  [[ڇوڪاٺو|چوڪاٺي]] يا [[چونڪو|چونڪي]] سان [[انجيس|انجيسن]] جي مدد سان ڳنڍيل ھوندو/ھوندا آھن ۽ انھن کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪڙو يا ڪنڍو لڳائي استعمال ڪيو آھي جنھن ۾ تالو لڳائبو آهي. اھي ھوا ۽ روشنيءَ جي ضابطي لاءِ بہ استعمال ٿيندا آھن.
جاءِ اندر داخل ٿيڻ ۽ انھيءَ جي مختلف اندرين حصن جو پاڻ ۾ رابطو رکڻ لاءِ دروازا لڳايا ويندا آھن. موسم آھر انھن کي کولي رکڻ سان جاءِ اندر روشني وڌندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھوا جو گذر پڻ سٺيءَ طرح سان ٿيندو آھي. انھيءَ سان گڏ دروازن لڳائڻ سبب چوريءَ ٿيڻ جو انديشو گھٽ رھندو آھي ۽ گھر ۾ رھندڙ ڀاتين جي پوشيدگي (Privacy)  رھندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== تاريخ ==
&lt;!-- هن حصي ۾ 1911ع جي ''Encyclopædia Britannica'' جي &quot;Door&quot; واري مقالي مان ورتل متن شامل آهي. --&gt;

قديم ترين دروازن جا ثبوت [[قديم مصر]] جي مقبرن جي ڀتين تي ٺهيل تصويرن مان ملن ٿا، جن ۾ هڪ يا ٻه تاڪن وارا دروازا ڏيکاريل آهن، جيڪي عام طور ڪاٺ جي هڪڙي ٽڪري مان ٺهيل هوندا هئا. مصري مقبرن ۾ ''ڪوڙا دروازا'' (فالس ڊورز) پڻ ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جن بابت عقيدو هو ته اهي فوت ٿيل ماڻهن جي آخرت ڏانهن وڃڻ جا علامتي دروازا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Weiss |first=Daniel |date=2022 |title=Features - Magical Mystery Door - Archaeology Magazine - November/December 2022 |url=https://archaeology.org/issues/november-december-2022/features/egypt-stela-false-door/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Archaeology Magazine |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

مصر جي انتهائي خشڪ آبهوا سبب دروازن کي وڪڙجڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ چوڪاٺن جي گهڻي ضرورت نه پوندي هئي، پر ٻين علائقن ۾ دروازن کي مضبوط رکڻ لاءِ چوڪاٺن وارو ڍانچو تيار ڪيو ويندو هو. رومي معمار ويتروويوس موجب اهڙن دروازن ۾ عمودي پٽيون (Stiles) ۽ افقي پٽيون (Rails) هونديون هيون، جڏهن ته وچ وارا پينل انهن جي نالن ۾ فٽ ڪيا ويندا هئا. عمودي پٽين مان هڪ قبضن سان ڳنڍيل ''هينگنگ اسٽائل'' ۽ ٻي ''ميٽنگ اسٽائل'' سڏبي هئي، جڏهن ته افقي حصن ۾ مٿيون، وچيون ۽ هيٺيون ريل شامل هونديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Marcus Vitruvius Pollio |url=https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Vitruvius/4*.html |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=University of Chicago}}&lt;/ref&gt;

قديم ترين دروازا ڪاٺ جا هوندا هئا. [[بائيبل]] ۾ [[حضرت سليمان]] جي مندر بابت بيان ٿيل آهي ته ان جا دروازا زيتون جي ڪاٺ مان ٺهيل، نفيس نقش نگاري سان سينگاريل ۽ سون سان مڙهيل هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Bible Project: Book of 1 Kings 6 - New American Standard Bible |url=https://www.bibleproject.com/bible/nasb/1-kings/6 |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=BibleProject |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; [[هومر]] جي تحريرن مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ان دور ۾ ڪي دروازا چاندي يا پتل سان ڍڪيل هوندا هئا. زيتون کان علاوه ايلم، ديودار، بلوط ۽ سرو جي ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ٿيندي هئي. آثار قديمه جي ماهرن سوئٽزرلينڊ جي شهر [[زيورخ]] ڀرسان پنج هزار سال پراڻا ٻه ڪاٺ جا دروازا پڻ دريافت ڪيا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://archive.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101108222716/http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/|url-status=dead|title=Swiss archaeologists find 5,000-year-old door|first=Frank|last=Jordans|date=October 20, 2010|archive-date=November 8, 2010|via=The Boston Globe}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://blog.nationalmuseum.ch/en/2019/01/close-the-door/|title=Close the door!|first=Samuel van|last=Willigen|date=January 17, 2019|website=Swiss National Museum - Swiss history blog}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{multiple image
| align=
| total_width=550
| direction=horizontal
| footer=
| image1=stone door.jpg
| caption1=هيمپي (ڀارت) ۾ پٿر جو دروازو
| image2=Door-Post Socket (4690606141).jpg
| caption2=پرسيپولس (هاڻوڪو [[ايران]]) مان دريافت ٿيل وڏي دروازي جو بنيادي ساکٽ
}}

قديم دور جا دروازا مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ لڳل محورن (Pintles) وسيلي ڦرندا هئا، جيڪي مٿئين ڪڙي (Lintel) ۽ هيٺئين چائنٺ (Sill) ۾ ٺهيل ساکٽن اندر ويهندا هئا. اهي ساکٽ گهڻو ڪري بازالٽ يا گرينائيٽ جهڙي سخت پٿر مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا. [[نپپور]] مان 2000 ق.م. جا دريافت ٿيل اهڙا ساکٽ ڊوليرائيٽ پٿر جا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=The Museum Journal {{!}} Two Door Sockets of the Kings of Ur |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/journal/1211/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=The Museum Journal |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[بلاوات]] جي دروازن جا محور ڪانسي سان ڍڪيل هئا، جيڪي اڄ [[برٽش ميوزيم]] ۾ محفوظ آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Assyrian sculpture and Balawat Gates |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/galleries/assyrian-sculpture-and-balawat-gates |access-date=2025-04-05 |website=British Museum}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهي ٻه تاڪن وارا دروازا هئا، جن مان هر تاڪ لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|2.54|m|in|abbr=on}} ويڪرو ۽ {{convert|8.2|m|ft|abbr=on}} اوچو هو. انهن کي {{convert|25.4|cm|in|abbr=on}} ويڪريون ڪانسي جون پٽيون لڳل هيون، جن تي ابھريل نقاشي ڪئي وئي هئي. ڪاٺ جا دروازا لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|7.62|cm|in|abbr=on}} ٿلها هئا، جڏهن ته قبضي واري عمودي پٽي جو قطر {{convert|360|mm|in}} کان وڌيڪ هو. مختلف ماپن جي ٻين ڪانسي جي ڍڪڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ڪاٺ جي محورن کي ڌاتو سان محفوظ ڪرڻ ان دور ۾ عام رواج هو.

سوريا جي [[حوران]] علائقي ۾، جتي ڪاٺ جي کوٽ هئي، اتي دروازا پٿر مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/W_1864-0301-1 |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=British Museum}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن مان {{convert|1.63|by|0.79|m|in|abbr=on}} ماپ وارو هڪ پٿريلو دروازو [[برٽش ميوزيم]] ۾ محفوظ آهي، جنهن جي وچ واري ڪنڊ مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته اهو ٻه تاڪي دروازي جو هڪ حصو هو. شام جي شهر بُصرى ويجهو ڪُفَير ۾ سياح برڪهارٽ کي {{convert|2.74|to|3.048|m|ft|abbr=on}} اوچا پٿريلا دروازا مليا، جيڪي قديم شهر جي داخلي دروازن طور استعمال ٿيندا هئا. [[ايٽروريا]] ۾ پڻ پٿر جي دروازن جا ڪيترائي مثال ملن ٿا.

[[File:Plaster cast of folding doors, Pompeii.jpg|thumb|left|upright|[[پومپيئي]] ۾ پهرين صدي عيسويءَ جا [[قديم روم]] جا فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازا، جيڪي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي نوڪلاسيڪي دروازن سان مشابهت رکن ٿا.]]

قديم [[يونان]] ۽ [[قديم روم]] ۾ هڪ تاڪي، ٻه تاڪي، ٽي تاڪي، سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ ۽ فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازن جا تاڪ قبضن سان پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا ۽ کلي پوئتي ويڙهجي ويندا هئا. [[اگريجينٽم]] ۾ ٿيرون جي مقبري تي پٿر ۾ تراشيل هڪ چار پينلن وارو دروازو موجود آهي. بلنڊيل مجموعي (Blundell Collection) ۾ محفوظ هڪ بيس رليف تي مندر جو ٻه تاڪي دروازو ڏيکاريل آهي، جنهن جي هر تاڪ ۾ پنج پينل آهن.

قديم رومي ڌاتوڪاريءَ جا بهترين مثال روم جي [[چرچ آف ايس ايس ڪوزماس ۽ ڊيمين]] جا ڪانسي جا دروازا آهن. اهي ٻه تاڪي آهن، هر تاڪ ۾ ٻه پينل آهن ۽ سڄو چوڪاٺو پڻ ڪانسي جو ٺهيل آهي. [[پينٿيون, روم|پينٿيون]] جا ڪانسي جا دروازا به ساڳئي طرز جا آهن، جن ۾ مٿئين، وچئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ اضافي افقي پينل موجود آهن. رومي دور جا ٻه ٻيا اهم ڪانسي جا دروازا [[ليٽران بيسيليڪا]] ۾ موجود آهن.

يوناني عالم [[اسڪندريه جو ھيرون ]] پهرين صدي عيسويءَ ۾، جڏهن [[رومي مصر]] قائم هو، دنيا جو سڀ کان پراڻو سڃاتل خودڪار دروازو تيار ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;needham volume 4 part 2 162&quot;&gt;{{Cite book|editor-last=Needham |editor-first=Joseph |year=1986 |title=Science and Civilization in China: Mechanical Engineering |volume=IV:2 |publisher=Cambridge University Press |page=162 |orig-year=1965 |editor-last2=Wang |editor-first2=Ling |isbn=0-521-05803-1 |ol=7716140M}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ چين ۾ [[Emperor Yang of Sui]] (604–618ع) جي دور حڪومت ۾ شاهي لائبريري لاءِ پيرن جي حرڪت سان کلندڙ خودڪار دروازو تيار ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;needham volume 4 part 2 162&quot; /&gt; عرب موجد [[ال-Jazari]] پڻ پاڻيءَ جي طاقت سان هلندڙ خودڪار دروازن جا نقشا ۽ وضاحتون پيش ڪيون.&lt;ref&gt;Howard R. Turner (1997), ''Science in Medieval Islam: An Illustrated Introduction'', p. 181, [[University of Texas Press]], {{ISBN|0-292-78149-0}}.&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|journal=Archivio Italiano di Urologia e Andrologia |title=Primitive robotic procedures: Automotions for medical liquids in 12th century Asia minor|year=2014 |doi=10.4081/aiua.2014.4.300|last1=Penbegul |first1=Necmettin |last2=Atar |first2=Murat |last3=Kendirci |first3=Muammer |last4=Bozkurt |first4=Yasar |last5=Hatipoglu |first5=Namık Kemal |last6=Verit |first6=Ayhan |last7=Kadıoglu |first7=Ates |volume=86 |issue=4 |pages=300–303 |pmid=25641458 |doi-access=free }}&lt;/ref&gt;

وچئين دور ۾ [[ٽامو]] ۽ ان جون مصرعون تعميراتي فن ۾ اهم حيثيت رکنديون هيون. [[بيت لحم]] جي [[Church of the Nativity|چرچ آف دي نيٽوٽي]] (ڇهين صدي) جا دروازا ڪانسي جي نقشدار پٽن سان ڍڪيل آهن. [[Hagia Sophia]]، [[قسطنطنيه]] جا اٺين ۽ نائين صديءَ جا دروازا به ڪانسي جا آهن، جڏهن ته [[Aachen|آڪس-لا-شاپيل]] جي گرجاگھر جا نائين صديءَ جا ڪانسي جا دروازا غالباً قسطنطنيه مان آندا ويا هئا، جيئن [[St Mark's Basilica|سينٽ مارڪس بيسيليڪا]]، وينس جا ڪجهه دروازا پڻ. جرمنيءَ جي آڪسن گرجاگھر جا ڪانسي جا دروازا لڳ ڀڳ 800ع جا آهن. [[فلورينس]] جي ڪئٿڊرل جي بپتسما گاهه جا ڪانسي جا دروازا 1423ع ۾ [[Ghiberti]] مڪمل ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;Architecture, European Copper Institute; {{cite web |url=http://eurocopper.org/copper/copper-architecture.html |title=Find out how useful copper is to design and architecture! |access-date=2012-09-12 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20121009005711/http://eurocopper.org/copper/copper-architecture.html |archive-date=2012-10-09 }}&lt;/ref&gt; {{crossreference|(ڏسو پڻ: [[Copper in architecture]].)}}

[[File:Tür, Villa Boscoreale.jpg|left|thumb|upright|پهرين صدي عيسويءَ جي [[قديم روم]] جي ڀت تي ٺهيل رنگين تصوير، جنهن ۾ نفيس سينگاريل دروازو ڏيکاريل آهي.]]

يارهين ۽ ٻارهين صديءَ جا ڪانسي جا ڪيترائي تاريخي دروازا اڄ به موجود آهن. انهن مان سڀ کان پراڻو جرمنيءَ جي [[Hildesheim]] وارو دروازو (1015ع) آهي. هِلڊسهايم جي هن طرز بعد ۾ پولينڊ جي [[Gniezno Doors|گنيزنو دروازن]] جي جوڙجڪ تي به اثر وڌو. ڏکڻ اٽلي ۽ سسلي جا ٻيا اهم مثال هي آهن: [[Amalfi Cathedral|سينٽ اينڊريا]]، امالفي (1060ع)، [[Salerno]] (1099ع)، [[Canosa di Puglia]] (1111ع)، [[Troia (FG)|ٽروا]] جا ٻه دروازا (1119ع ۽ 1124ع)، [[Ravello]] (1179ع)، جيڪي ٽراني جي باريسانو ٺاهيا، جنهن [[Trani cathedral]] جا دروازا پڻ تيار ڪيا؛ جڏهن ته [[Monreale]] ۽ [[Duomo di Pisa|پيسا]] جي گرجاگهرن جا دروازا [[Bonano of Pisa]] جا ٺاهيل آهن.

انهن سڀني دروازن ۾ قبضي واري عمودي پٽي جا محور مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ هوندا هئا. تعميراتي ماهرن کي صحيح طرح معلوم نه آهي ته روايتي محوري نظام کان قبضن (Hinges) ڏانهن تبديلي ڪڏهن آئي، پر ان تبديليءَ سان دروازن کي مضبوط ڪرڻ ۽ سينگارڻ جو نئون طريقو رائج ٿيو. ان لاءِ مختلف نمونن جون ٺڪيل لوهي پٽيون استعمال ٿينديون هيون، جيڪي قبضن جو ڪم به ڏينديون هيون. عام طور ٽي سينگاريل پٽيون دروازي سان لڳل هونديون هيون، جڏهن ته انهن سان گڏ لوهي ڪڙا عمودي محورن تي چڙهندا هئا، جيڪي پٿر يا ڪاٺ جي چوڪاٺ ۾ لڳل هوندا هئا. اهڙي نموني جو ٻارهين صديءَ جو هڪ ابتدائي مثال [[Lincoln Cathedral|لنڪن ڪئٿڊرل]] ۾ موجود آهي. فرانس ۾ [[Notre Dame de Paris|نوٽر ڊيم، پيرس]] جي دروازن جو ڌاتوءَ وارو ڪم هن فن جو هڪ شاندار نمونو آهي، جڏهن ته فرانس ۽ انگلينڊ ۾ به اهڙا ڪيترائي مثال موجود آهن.

==دروازن جا قسم==

''''پٽين وارا دروازا'''' 
: (Ledged Doors).
ھن قسم جا دروازا بلڪل سادا ۽ عام ھوندا آھن. ھنن جو استعمال ٻھراڙين ۾ گھڻو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ڪاٺ جي اڀين تاڪين سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي تاڪيون وري سڌين ٽيڪ وارين پٽين (Ledges) سان مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙيل ھونديون آھي.
اڀريون تاڪيون (Battens)  گھڻو ڪري ھڪ انچ ٿلھيون ۽ ڇھھ انچ ويڪريون ھونديون آھن ۽ اھي V جوڙ سان کانچي ۾ جڪڙيل ھونديون آھن، جنھن کي ٽيڪنيڪي يعني فني لغت ۾ Tongued and Grooved چوندا آھن. سڌيون پٽيون (Ledges)  گھڻو ڪري ڏيڍ انچ ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن ۽ انھن کي اڀين تاڪين (Battens)  مٿان اشڪنجي سان جڪڙي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. ٽي سڌيون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن؛ ھڪ مٿان، ٻي وچ ۾ ۽ ٽين ھيٺان. تاڪ کي T نموني جي انجيسن ذريعي ٽنگيو ويندو آھي، جيڪي سڌين پٽين مٿان لڳائبيون آھن. ھن قسم جا دروازا اھڙن ھنڌن تي لڳايا ويندا آھن، جتي خوبصورتي درڪار نھ ھوندي آھي.

'''''سڌين ۽ وتر وارين پٽين وارا دروازا'''''
: (Ledged and braced doors )
بنيادي طرح ھي دروازا سڌين پٽين وارن دروازن جھڙا ھوندا. (پٽين وارا دروازا)
آھن ۽ فرق صرف اھو آھي تھ ھنن کي وڌيڪ پختو بڻائڻ لاءِ سڌين پٽين جھڙي ماپ جون وڌيڪ پٽيون وتر ۾ (DiagonallY) لڳايون وينديون آھن. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ وتر وارين پٽين کي ٽنگيل پاسي کان مٿي سلامي ڏني وڃي، جيئن اھي دٻاءُ (Compression)  ۾ رھي، مضبوطي مھيا ڪن. عام طريقي سان سڌيون پٽيون ھڻي، دروازي کي چاڙھي، پوءِ انھن مٿان ڪوڪن رستي وتر واريون پٽيون (Battens)  لڳائبيون آھن. ھي دروازا پڻ سادن ۽ عارضي ڪمن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. .&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
'''''چؤڪاٺن (فريمن) ۽ پٽين وارا دروازا'''''
: (Ledged and Framed Doors)   
ھن قسم جي دروازن ۾  ڊولائتي نموني چؤڪاٺا ٺاھي ۽ تاڪ ھنيا ويندا آھن، جنھن سبب انھن جي مضبوطي وڌندي آھي. ازانسواءِ انھن ۾ اٽڪل چار انچ ويڪريون ۽ ڏيڍ انچ ٿلھيون پاسن واريون اڀيون پٽيون (Styles)  لڳائڻ سبب مضبوطيءَ سان گڏ اھي پرڪشش ۽ وڻندڙ لڳندا آھن. جڏھن تھ سڌيون ٽيڪ واريون پٽيون (Ledges)  ۽ اڀيون تاڪيون (Battens)  پڻ معمول مطابق لڳايون وينديون آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''چؤڪاٺن اندر ٽيڏين پٽين وارا دروازا'''''
: (Ledged, framed and braced doors) 
ھي دروازا ذري گھٽ چؤڪاٺن ۽ پٽين وارن دروازن جھڙا ٿيندا اھن. ھنن ۾ صرف وتر وارين وٽين جو اضافو ڪيو ويندو آھي، جنھن سبب ھي وڌيڪ مضبوط ۽ پائيدار ٿيندا آھن ۽ گھڻو ڪري ٻاھر لڳايا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''چؤڪاٺن ۽ ھموار تختن وارا دروازا'''''
: (Framed and Panelled doors)
 
ھن قسم جا دروازا نھايت ئي عام ۽  تمام گھڻو استعمال ۾ ايندا آھن. تاڪن جي فريم کي عمودي ۽ افقي پٽين ذريعي متعدد حصن ۾ ورھايو ويندو آھي، انھن پٽين ۾ پانيلن (Panells)  کي جوڙڻ واسطي جھري ٺھيل ھوندي آھي جن ۾ ھموار يعني سڌا يا مٿي اڀريل پانيل ڦاسائي تاڪ تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جون ڊزائينون مختلف ٿينديون آھن، ليڪن ٺاھڻ جو طريقو ساڳيو ئي ھوندو آھي. پانيلن جو تعداد دروازي جي نوعيت ۽ ماڻھن جي پسند تي مدار رکي ٿو. ھن قسم جي دروازن ۾ سسڻ جو رجحان گھٽ ھوندو آھي. ھنن دروازن جي عام رواجي سائيز 7'-0″x4′-0″،  7'-0″x3′-0″،  6'-6″x4′-0″ وغيره رکي ويندي آھي. تاڪن جي ٿولھ مختلف ڳالھين تي مدار رکي ٿي جھڙوڪ، ڪم جي نوعيت، دروازن لڳائڻ وارو ھنڌ، پانيلن جو تعداد وغيره. تاڪن جي ٿولھھ اٽڪل 1 انچ کان 1 ½ انچ رکي ويندي آھي.

'''''شيشن ۽ تختن وارا دروازا'''''
: (Glazed and paneled doors or sash doors 
        
گھرن ۽ ڪمرن اندر انھن جي نوعيت مطابق ۽ گھربل روشنيءَ پٽاندڙ سمورا تاڪ شيشي جي پانيلن يا تختن يا ڪجھھ حصي تئين شيشي جي پانيلن ۽ بچيل حصي تائين ڪاٺ جي پانيلن سان ٺاھي استعمال ڪيا ويندا اھن. عام طرح سان شيشي ۽ ڪاٺ جي حصن جو تناسب 2:1 رکيو ويندو آھي. شيشي کي روڪڻ لاءِ ڪاٺ جون سنھيون پٽيون (Beads)  يا پٽي (Putty)  لڳائي ويندي آھي. شيشي واري ايراضي وڌائڻ جي صورت ۾ تاڪ جي وچين سڌي پٽيءَ (Lock rail)  جي مٿان وارين تاڪ جي پاسي وارين اڀين پٽين (Styles) جي ويڪر گھٽائي ويندي آھي .ھن قسم جا دروازا آفيسن، اسپتالن، لائبرين، شاپنگ سينٽرن ۽ شورومس وغيره ۾ لڳايا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''فلش ڊورس : (Flush Doors)'''''
 
ھن قسم جي دروازن جي بناوت ۾ پختا ۽ گھربل طرح سان تاڪن جا فريم ٺاھي انھن مٿان ڪمرشل پلاءِ يا ٽِيڪ پلاءِ (Commercial ply or Teak ply)  وغيره لڳائي ويندي آھي. ھي دروازا ٽن قسمن جا ٿيندا آھن جھڙوڪ فريم وارا فلش ڊورس، پؤرا فلش دروازا (Hollow flush doors) ۽ ورقن يا تھن وارا فلش دروازا (Laminated flush doors) فريم وارن  فلشن دروازن جا تاڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي ٻاھرين اڀين پٽين (Styles)، سڌين پٽين (Rails)، ننڍڙين پٽين (Ribs) ۽ پلاءِ ووڊ (Plywood) مان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. پھرين تاڪ جي فريم لاءِ انھن ۾ ڪم ايندڙ جوڙجڪ کي ٺاھي، انھن مٿان ٻنھي پاسي پلاءِ ووڊ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. پترن ورقن يا تھن مان ٺھيل دروازن کي نھرا دروازا (Solid doors) سڏيو ويندو آھي. انھن دروازن ٺاھڻ واسطي ڪاٺ جي سنھن ورقن کي تمام گھڻي داٻ سان گلوءَ رستي ڳنڍي ھڪ نھري (Solid) مضبوط قسم جو ٻنھي پاسن کان سڌو تختو ٺاھي (جنھن کي تاڪ جو نھرو اندر Solid core کڻي چئجي) انھيءَ مٿان ٻنھي پاسي پلاءِ جي سنھي چادر چاڙھي، تاڪ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.انھن جا ٻئي ٻاھريان پاسا ٻين دروازن جي ڀيٽ ۾ جلدي ميرا نھ ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي سولائيءَ سان صاف ڪري سگھبو آھي.

'''''ڄاريءَ وارا دروازا'''''
: (Wire gauze doors)

ھن قسم جي دروازن جي تاڪن لاءِ، انھن جي اڀين ۽ سڌين پٽين ۾ چؤڪور خانن ۾ ننڍي کانچي اندر ڄاري ڦاسائي، انھيءَ کي مضبوطيءَ لاءِ ڪوڪن سان اھڙي نموني ۾ جڪڙي تھ جيئن ڄاريءَ ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو گھنج نھ رھي. پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان چؤڌاري ڪاٺ جي سنھي پٽي (Beading) چاڙھي ويندي آھي. تاڪن جي تالي واريءَ سڌي پٽيءَ (Lock rail) مٿان آٽوميٽڪ اسپرنگ لڳايا ويندا آھن، تھ جيئن ڌڪي سان ٻاھر کولڻ کان پوءِ اھي خودبخود جلدي بند ٿي وڃن. ھن قسم جا دروازا قدرتي ھوا جي ڦھلاءُ (Circulation) سان گڏ ھر ڪنھن قسم جي اڏامندڙ جيوڙي جھڙوڪ مڇر ۽ مک وغيره کي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ نھايت ئي ڪارآمد رھن ٿا. انھيءَ ڪري گھرن، اسپتالن، رڌڻن، ڄاريءَ جي ڪٻٽن، مٺائيءَ وغيره جي دڪانن، ھوٽلن ۽ ٻين اھڙين جڳھين تي ڪثرت سان استعمال ٿين ٿا.

'''''جھڪيل يا لڙيل پٽين وارا دروازا'''''
: (Louvered doors)

ھن قسم جي دروازن جي تاڪن ۾ سنھيون پٽيون اھڙي نموني ٽيڏيون لڳايون وينديون آھن تھ جيئن انھن جي وچ ۾ ھڪ جھڙي وٿي رھي. اھي پٽيون سڄي تاڪ يا انھيءَ جي ڪنھن بھ حصي ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ايتري ٽيڏائيءَ (Inclination)  تي لڳائبيون آھن، تھ جيئن ٻاھرين نظر اندر نھ پوي ۽ نھ ئي وري اندران ٻاھر ڏسي سگھجي. اھڙا دروازا ھوا جي گذر سان گڏ پوشيدگي (Privacy)  پڻ مھيا ڪن ٿا.

'''''ڦرندڙ دروازا'''''
: (Revolving doors)

ھن قسم جي دروازن ۾ پوري وچ تي ٽيڪ مٿان آمھون سامھون چار تاڪ اھڙي نموني لڳايا ويندا آھن، جي صرف ھڪ ئي طرف ڦري سگھن. اھڙي نموني ماڻھو انھن منجھان ھڪ پاسي داخل ٿي سگھندو آھي ۽ ٻئي طرف کان ٻاھر نڪري سگھندو آھي. اھڙن دروزن ۾ مرضيءَ مطابق شيشا يا ڪاٺ جا سنھا تختا (Panells) لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھي دروازا گھڻيءَ رش وارن ھنڌن لاءِ موزون رھن ٿا ۽ انھيءَ سبب انھن کي ھوٽلن ۽ تماشگاھن (Theatres)  وغيره ۾ لڳايو ويندو آھي.

'''''گسڪندڙ دروازا'''''
: (Sliding doors)

ھن قسم جا دروازا سڄي ۽ کاٻي پاسي گسڪي سگھندڙ تاڪن وارا ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي اندر يا ٻاھر نھ کلي سگھندا آھن. انھن جا تاڪ مرضيءَ مطابق ڪاٺ جي ۽ شيشي جي پانيلن لڳائڻ سان بلڪل اونداھا، بلڪل روشن ۽ ڪنھن حصي تائين روشن بنائي سگھجن .ھي دروازا گدامن، ڇاپرن، دڪانن ۽ نماءُ وارن ڪمرن وغيرھ ۾ لڳايا ويندا آھن ۽ جڳھھ بچائڻ جي خيال کان گھرن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن.

'''''ويڙھجندڙ دروازا'''''
: (Rolling doors) 
  
ھي دروازا لوھ جا ٺھيل ھوندا آھن ۽ مٿان کان ھيٺ لاھي بند ڪري سگھبا آھن ۽ ساڳئي نموني ھيٺ کان مٿي ويڙھي کولي سگھبا آھن. انھيءَ سبب انھن کي ويڙھجي سگھجندڙ دروازا (Collapsible doors) چئبو آھي. انھن ۾ لوھھ جي ٿلھي چادر جو فريم ٺھيل ھوندو آھي، جنھن ۾ دروازي جي سولائيءَ سان ھيٺ مٿي چرڻ لاءِ کانچو ڇڏيل ھوندو آھي. مٿي وري ھڪ قسم جو ڊرم (Drum) ھوندو آھي، انھيءَ ۾ اسپرنگ لڳل ھوندا آھن، جي دروازي جي لوھي پتري تاڪ کي سولائيءَ سان ھيٺ مٿي ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڪندا آھن. وڏي سائيز جي تاڪ جي صورت ۾ بال بيئرنگ (Ball Bearings) پڻ لڳل ھوندا آھن.  ڊرم جو قطر (Diameter)  8 انچن کان 12 انچن تائين ٿيندو آھي. دروازي جي اسپرنگن ۽ بيئرنگن کي ميڻ (grease)  وغيره ڏئي، انھن کي ڪٽ کان بچائي رکڻ سان گڏ تاڪ کي ٿوري ئي ڌڪي ۽ ڇڪ ڏيڻ سان دروازو آسانيءَ سان بند ڪري ۽ کولي سگھجي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.ھي دروازا موٽر گيراجن، نماءُ وارن ڪمرن (Show rooms)، دڪانن ۽ گودامن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا.

'''':ڳتجندڙ دروازا'''''
: (Collapsible doors)

 
ھي دروازا لوھھ جا ٺھيل ھوندا آھن. ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ جوڙجڪ ۾ ٻنھي اڀن پاسن اندر ناليءَ وانگر خال ڇڏيل ھوندو آھي، جن سان اٽڪل  5/8 انچ کان ¾ انچ ويڪريون لوھھ جي پٽين جون ناليون (Channels)  ڳنڍيل ھونديون آھن. اھڙيءَ طرح انھن پٽين ۾ اتڪل اڌ انچ کان 5/8  انچ ويڪرو اڀو خال (Gap) ٺھي بيھندو آھي. اھڙي قسم جا ٽڪرا ھڪ ٻئي جي وچ کان اٽڪل 3 ¾ انچن جي مفاصلي تي ٺھي بيھندا آھن، جن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان لوھھ جي ڪيئنچيءَ جي انداز وارن لوھھ جي ٽڪرن (Cross Iron pieces) سان ڳنڍيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي ٺھيل لوھھ جي پختن پٽين جي ٽڪرن سان ٺھيل خالن وارن تاڪن کي پاسن  طرف ڌڪي يا ڇڪي کوھي ۽ بند ڪري سگھبو آھي. ھن قسم جا دروازا ڪافي مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ مارڪيٽ  ۾ داخل ٿيڻ وارن کليل حصن، گيراجن ۽ ٻين اھڙن ئي کليل ھنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==تاريخ==
[[فائل:old door.jpg|380px|thumb|ايران جي شھر ڪاشان ۾ ھڪ دروازو]]

قديم تاريخي دروازن ۾  سليمان جي ھيڪل (Temple of Solomon) قابل ذڪر آھي جيڪو زيتون جي ڪاٺيءَ جو ٺھيل ھيو.قديم مصر ۾ به ھڪ يا ٻن ڪلاڪن جي دروازن جو استعمال ٿيندو ھو. قديم آثارن جي ماھرن سوئيٽزرلينڊ مان پنج ھزار سال پراڻو دروازو دريافت ڪيو آھي.&lt;ref&gt;[http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/ Swiss archaeologists find 5000-year-old door] {{webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101108222716/http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/ |date=2010-11-08 }}&lt;/ref&gt; پراڻي دور ۾ مذھبي عبادت گاھن جي دروازن تي سون ۽ چانديءَ جي دروازن لڳائڻ جو پڻ تائين تاريخ ۾ ذڪر ملي ٿو.

[[فائل:stone door.jpg|left|380px|thumb|
 انڊيا جي ھئمپيء ۾ پٿر جو دروازو]]
[[فائل:Door-Post Socket (4690606141).jpg|380px|thumb| پرسيپولس جو وڏي دروازي جو لنگھ]]
 
 [[فائل:Plaster cast of folding doors, Pompeii.jpg|380px|thumb|قديم روم جو پومپي شھر جو پھرين صدي عيسويءَ جو تھبند (Folding) دروازو]]

==دروازي جي ڪم ڪرڻ جو طريقو==

[[فائل:Types of doors.png|thumb|دروازي جي ڪم ڪرڻ جو مشيني طريقو]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>b8jgb83ah2iggwhmdt60dv0g9ruynzv</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401138</id>
      <parentid>401101</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T10:09:52Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401138</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="37376" sha1="0df819y6ypsorzlvx3kl7lzo4i40l5u" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|داخل ٿيڻ ۽ ٻاهر نڪرڻ لاءِ حرڪت ڪندڙ رڪاوٽ}}

[[File:L-door.png|thumb|در جو خاڪو]]

'''در''' يا '''دروازو''' هڪ [[قبضو|قبضن]] تي لڳل يا ٻيءَ ڪنهن طريقي سان حرڪت ڪندڙ رڪاوٽ هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪنهن بند جاءِ ۾ داخل ٿيڻ (ورود) ۽ ٻاهر نڪرڻ (خروج) جي سهولت فراهم ڪري ٿو. ڀت ۾ در لاءِ ٺهيل کليل حصي کي '''درگاهه''' يا '''دروازي جو کليل حصو''' چيو ويندو آهي. در جو بنيادي مقصد رسائيءَ تي ضابطو رکندي [[سيڪيورٽي]] فراهم ڪرڻ آهي. عام طور تي اهو اهڙو پٽ يا تختو هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[عمارت]]، [[ڪمرو|ڪمري]] يا [[گاڏي]] جي دروازي جي کليل حصي ۾ فِٽ ڪيو ويندو آهي. در مختلف مواد مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن جو انتخاب انهن جي استعمال ۽ مقصد مطابق ڪيو ويندو آهي. اڪثر در [[قبضو|قبضن]] ذريعي لڳايا ويندا آهن، پر ڪي سلائيڊ ٿيڻ، فولڊ ٿيڻ يا ٻين حرڪتي طريقن سان به ڪم ڪندا آهن.

در مختلف طريقن سان کلي ۽ بند ٿي سگهن ٿا، جهڙوڪ قبضي تي ڦرڻ، فريم سان متوازي سلائيڊ ٿيڻ، فولڊ ٿيڻ يا مرڪزي محور تي ڦرڻ. انهن جو مقصد ماڻهن يا شين جي داخلا ۽ اخراج کي آسان يا محدود ڪرڻ هوندو آهي. گهڻن درن ۾ اندروني ۽ ٻاهرين پاسي جي بناوت هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي، پر ڪجهه حالتن ۾، جهڙوڪ [[گاڏي]] جي درن ۾، ٻنهي پاسن جي جوڙجڪ مختلف هوندي آهي.

گهڻن درن ۾ [[تالو]] لڳائڻ جو انتظام هوندو آهي، جنهن ذريعي صرف مجاز ماڻهو، مثال طور [[چاٻي]] استعمال ڪري، در کولي سگهندا آهن. درن تي اڪثر کڙڪائڻ لاءِ ڌاتوءَ جا ٺڪاءُ (Knockers) يا [[در جي گهنٽي]] پڻ لڳل هوندي آهي، ته جيئن ٻاهران بيٺل ماڻهو پنهنجي موجودگيءَ جو اطلاع ڏئي سگهن. رسائي فراهم ڪرڻ کان علاوه، در خانگي زندگي (Privacy) جي حفاظت، مختلف استعمال وارن حصن کي الڳ رکڻ، [[روشني]] ۽ [[هوا جي اچ وڃ]] کي ضابطو ڪرڻ، گرمي يا ٿڌ کي برقرار رکڻ، آواز کي گهٽائڻ ۽ [[باهه]] جي پکڙجڻ کي روڪڻ جهڙا اهم ڪم پڻ سرانجام ڏيندا آهن.

در صرف تعميراتي عنصر نه، پر جمالياتي، علامتي ۽ رسمن سان لاڳاپيل اهميت پڻ رکن ٿا. ڪيترين ثقافتن ۾ در جي چاٻي حاصل ڪرڻ ٻاهرئين ماڻهو کان اندروني يا بااختيار حيثيت حاصل ڪرڻ جي علامت سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڏسو، مثال طور، [[Black Rod|Gentleman Usher of the Black Rod]] جون درباني ذميواريون.&lt;/ref&gt; [[ادب]] ۽ [[فن]] ۾ پڻ در ۽ درگاهون تبديلي، نئين مرحلي ۾ داخل ٿيڻ يا علامتي معنيٰ جي اظهار لاءِ استعارن ۽ تمثيلن طور گهڻو استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

'''دروازو'''---Door يا Gate . اردوءَ ۾ دروازہ:جديد دور جي عمارتن ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڪاٺ جا دروازا استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا. تاڪن جي حساب سان اھي ھڪ تاڪ وارا   ۽ ٻن تاڪن وارا ٿين ٿا..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر: سنڌي ادبي بورڊ،ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;
[[فائل:Door in Georgia.jpg|380px|thumb|جارجيا ملڪ جو دروازو]]
جاءِ اندر مختلف قسم جي ڪمرن ۾ استعمال جي نوعيت مطابق انھن جي ماپ جو تعين ڪيو وڃي ٿو. اھي اھڙي ماپ جا ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن انھن ڪمرن ۾ گھربل سامان آسانيءَ سان لنگھي سگھي. عام طرح سان غسلخانن ۽ بيت الخلاءِ اندر داخل ٿيڻ لاءِ دروازن جي ماپ 6′-4″x2′-6″  رکجي تھ بھتر آھي. ٻين ڪمرن لاءِ دروازن جي سراسري ماپ 7′-0″x3′-8″ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ ڪوشش ڪري 6′-4″x3′-0″ کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي. بھرحال دروازن جي ماپ واسطي ڪنھن بھ قسم جو پڪو پختو قائدو مڙھيل نھ آھي. ڪچيءَ طرح ۽ اندازي جي حساب سان ھيٺئين فارمولا سان دروازن جي ماپ جو تعين ڪري سگھجي ٿو.
ويڪر =(Width)  اوچائي 4-(Height)  فوٽ 
ڪمرن اندر دروازا ڪنڊ کان اٽڪل 6 انچن کان 9 انچن تائين پري رکجن تھ بھتر آھي، ليڪن انھن جي لڳائڻ لاءِ جديد طرز جي عمارت جي علم کي ذھن ۾ رکڻ وڌيڪ سٺو آھي.
اڄڪلھ دروازن جي چؤڪاٺن ۾ چائنٺ (سل)  نھ لڳائي ويندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ انھيءَ جي لڳائڻ سان ھڪ تھ ٿاٻي کائڻ جو تمام گھڻو انديشو رھي ٿو ۽ ٻيو تھ صفائي ڪرڻ ۾ دقت ٿئي ٿي، ليڪن ايئرڪنڊيشنڊ ڪمرن لاءِ چائنٺ لڳائڻ تمام ضروري آھي تھ جيئن تاڪن ھيٺان وٿي نہ رھي. وڏن شھرن ۾ آر-سي-سيءَ جي بوتي وارين عمارتن ۾ 4 ½ انچن جي اوساريءَ وارين ڀتين ۾ ڀت جي پوري ٿولھھ تائين ويڪرا چؤڪاٺا استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا. عام رواجي ۽ سرڪاري عمارتن ۾ چؤڪاٺن لاءِ 0′-4″x0′-3″ جي سائيز جون ڪاٺ جون پٽيون گھڙايون وينديون آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

[[فائل:Knocking at front door of The National Archives Building - 01.jpg|380px|thumb|واشنگٽن ۾ نيشنل آرڪائيوز بلڊنگ جو دروازو]]
دروازو ھڪ حرڪت وارو ڍانچو آهي جنھن ذريعي ڪنھن چوديواريءَ يا گاڏي وغيره ۾ ڪنھن جي داخلا يا روڪ کي ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪبو آهي. عام طور تي ان جو ھڪ يا ٻه [[تاڪ]] ھوندا آھن جيڪي درين يا بغير درين جي ھوندا آھن. تاڪ چاھي ھڪڙو ھجي يا ٻہ ،  [[ڇوڪاٺو|چوڪاٺي]] يا [[چونڪو|چونڪي]] سان [[انجيس|انجيسن]] جي مدد سان ڳنڍيل ھوندو/ھوندا آھن ۽ انھن کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪڙو يا ڪنڍو لڳائي استعمال ڪيو آھي جنھن ۾ تالو لڳائبو آهي. اھي ھوا ۽ روشنيءَ جي ضابطي لاءِ بہ استعمال ٿيندا آھن.
جاءِ اندر داخل ٿيڻ ۽ انھيءَ جي مختلف اندرين حصن جو پاڻ ۾ رابطو رکڻ لاءِ دروازا لڳايا ويندا آھن. موسم آھر انھن کي کولي رکڻ سان جاءِ اندر روشني وڌندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھوا جو گذر پڻ سٺيءَ طرح سان ٿيندو آھي. انھيءَ سان گڏ دروازن لڳائڻ سبب چوريءَ ٿيڻ جو انديشو گھٽ رھندو آھي ۽ گھر ۾ رھندڙ ڀاتين جي پوشيدگي (Privacy)  رھندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== تاريخ ==
&lt;!-- هن حصي ۾ 1911ع جي ''Encyclopædia Britannica'' جي &quot;Door&quot; واري مقالي مان ورتل متن شامل آهي. --&gt;

قديم ترين دروازن جا ثبوت [[قديم مصر]] جي مقبرن جي ڀتين تي ٺهيل تصويرن مان ملن ٿا، جن ۾ هڪ يا ٻه تاڪن وارا دروازا ڏيکاريل آهن، جيڪي عام طور ڪاٺ جي هڪڙي ٽڪري مان ٺهيل هوندا هئا. مصري مقبرن ۾ ''ڪوڙا دروازا'' (فالس ڊورز) پڻ ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جن بابت عقيدو هو ته اهي فوت ٿيل ماڻهن جي آخرت ڏانهن وڃڻ جا علامتي دروازا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Weiss |first=Daniel |date=2022 |title=Features - Magical Mystery Door - Archaeology Magazine - November/December 2022 |url=https://archaeology.org/issues/november-december-2022/features/egypt-stela-false-door/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Archaeology Magazine |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

مصر جي انتهائي خشڪ آبهوا سبب دروازن کي وڪڙجڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ چوڪاٺن جي گهڻي ضرورت نه پوندي هئي، پر ٻين علائقن ۾ دروازن کي مضبوط رکڻ لاءِ چوڪاٺن وارو ڍانچو تيار ڪيو ويندو هو. رومي معمار ويتروويوس موجب اهڙن دروازن ۾ عمودي پٽيون (Stiles) ۽ افقي پٽيون (Rails) هونديون هيون، جڏهن ته وچ وارا پينل انهن جي نالن ۾ فٽ ڪيا ويندا هئا. عمودي پٽين مان هڪ قبضن سان ڳنڍيل ''هينگنگ اسٽائل'' ۽ ٻي ''ميٽنگ اسٽائل'' سڏبي هئي، جڏهن ته افقي حصن ۾ مٿيون، وچيون ۽ هيٺيون ريل شامل هونديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Marcus Vitruvius Pollio |url=https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Vitruvius/4*.html |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=University of Chicago}}&lt;/ref&gt;

قديم ترين دروازا ڪاٺ جا هوندا هئا. [[بائيبل]] ۾ [[حضرت سليمان]] جي مندر بابت بيان ٿيل آهي ته ان جا دروازا زيتون جي ڪاٺ مان ٺهيل، نفيس نقش نگاري سان سينگاريل ۽ سون سان مڙهيل هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Bible Project: Book of 1 Kings 6 - New American Standard Bible |url=https://www.bibleproject.com/bible/nasb/1-kings/6 |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=BibleProject |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; [[هومر]] جي تحريرن مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ان دور ۾ ڪي دروازا چاندي يا پتل سان ڍڪيل هوندا هئا. زيتون کان علاوه ايلم، ديودار، بلوط ۽ سرو جي ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ٿيندي هئي. آثار قديمه جي ماهرن سوئٽزرلينڊ جي شهر [[زيورخ]] ڀرسان پنج هزار سال پراڻا ٻه ڪاٺ جا دروازا پڻ دريافت ڪيا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://archive.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101108222716/http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/|url-status=dead|title=Swiss archaeologists find 5,000-year-old door|first=Frank|last=Jordans|date=October 20, 2010|archive-date=November 8, 2010|via=The Boston Globe}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://blog.nationalmuseum.ch/en/2019/01/close-the-door/|title=Close the door!|first=Samuel van|last=Willigen|date=January 17, 2019|website=Swiss National Museum - Swiss history blog}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{multiple image
| align=
| total_width=550
| direction=horizontal
| footer=
| image1=stone door.jpg
| caption1=هيمپي (ڀارت) ۾ پٿر جو دروازو
| image2=Door-Post Socket (4690606141).jpg
| caption2=پرسيپولس (هاڻوڪو [[ايران]]) مان دريافت ٿيل وڏي دروازي جو بنيادي ساکٽ
}}

قديم دور جا دروازا مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ لڳل محورن (Pintles) وسيلي ڦرندا هئا، جيڪي مٿئين ڪڙي (Lintel) ۽ هيٺئين چائنٺ (Sill) ۾ ٺهيل ساکٽن اندر ويهندا هئا. اهي ساکٽ گهڻو ڪري بازالٽ يا گرينائيٽ جهڙي سخت پٿر مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا. [[نپپور]] مان 2000 ق.م. جا دريافت ٿيل اهڙا ساکٽ ڊوليرائيٽ پٿر جا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=The Museum Journal {{!}} Two Door Sockets of the Kings of Ur |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/journal/1211/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=The Museum Journal |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[بلاوات]] جي دروازن جا محور ڪانسي سان ڍڪيل هئا، جيڪي اڄ [[برٽش ميوزيم]] ۾ محفوظ آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Assyrian sculpture and Balawat Gates |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/galleries/assyrian-sculpture-and-balawat-gates |access-date=2025-04-05 |website=British Museum}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهي ٻه تاڪن وارا دروازا هئا، جن مان هر تاڪ لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|2.54|m|in|abbr=on}} ويڪرو ۽ {{convert|8.2|m|ft|abbr=on}} اوچو هو. انهن کي {{convert|25.4|cm|in|abbr=on}} ويڪريون ڪانسي جون پٽيون لڳل هيون، جن تي ابھريل نقاشي ڪئي وئي هئي. ڪاٺ جا دروازا لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|7.62|cm|in|abbr=on}} ٿلها هئا، جڏهن ته قبضي واري عمودي پٽي جو قطر {{convert|360|mm|in}} کان وڌيڪ هو. مختلف ماپن جي ٻين ڪانسي جي ڍڪڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ڪاٺ جي محورن کي ڌاتو سان محفوظ ڪرڻ ان دور ۾ عام رواج هو.

شام جي [[حوران]] علائقي ۾، جتي ڪاٺ جي کوٽ هئي، اتي دروازا پٿر مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/W_1864-0301-1 |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=British Museum}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن مان {{convert|1.63|by|0.79|m|in|abbr=on}} ماپ وارو هڪ پٿريلو دروازو [[برٽش ميوزيم]] ۾ محفوظ آهي، جنهن جي وچ واري ڪنڊ مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته اهو ٻه تاڪي دروازي جو هڪ حصو هو. شام جي شهر بُصرى ويجهو ڪُفَير ۾ سياح برڪهارٽ کي {{convert|2.74|to|3.048|m|ft|abbr=on}} اوچا پٿريلا دروازا مليا، جيڪي قديم شهر جي داخلي دروازن طور استعمال ٿيندا هئا. [[ايٽروريا]] ۾ پڻ پٿر جي دروازن جا ڪيترائي مثال ملن ٿا.

[[File:Plaster cast of folding doors, Pompeii.jpg|thumb|left|upright|[[پومپيئي]] ۾ پهرين صدي عيسويءَ جا [[قديم روم]] جا فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازا، جيڪي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي نوڪلاسيڪي دروازن سان مشابهت رکن ٿا.]]

قديم [[يونان]] ۽ [[قديم روم]] ۾ هڪ تاڪي، ٻه تاڪي، ٽي تاڪي، سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ ۽ فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازن جا تاڪ قبضن سان پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا ۽ کلي پوئتي ويڙهجي ويندا هئا. [[اگريجينٽم]] ۾ ٿيرون جي مقبري تي پٿر ۾ تراشيل هڪ چار پينلن وارو دروازو موجود آهي. [[بلنڊيل مجموعو|بلنڊيل مجموعي]] (Blundell) ۾ محفوظ هڪ بيس رليف تي مندر جو ٻه تاڪي دروازو ڏيکاريل آهي، جنهن جي هر تاڪ ۾ پنج پينل آهن.

قديم رومي ڌاتوڪاريءَ جا بهترين مثال روم جي [[چرچ آف ايس ايس ڪوزماس ۽ ڊيمين]] جا ڪانسي جا دروازا آهن. اهي ٻه تاڪي آهن، هر تاڪ ۾ ٻه پينل آهن ۽ سڄو چوڪاٺو پڻ ڪانسي جو ٺهيل آهي. [[پينٿيون, روم|پينٿيون]] جا ڪانسي جا دروازا به ساڳئي طرز جا آهن، جن ۾ مٿئين، وچئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ اضافي افقي پينل موجود آهن. رومي دور جا ٻه ٻيا اهم ڪانسي جا دروازا [[ليٽران بيسيليڪا]] ۾ موجود آهن.

يوناني عالم [[اسڪندريه جو ھيرون ]] پهرين صدي عيسويءَ ۾، جڏهن [[رومي مصر]] قائم هو، دنيا جو سڀ کان پراڻو سڃاتل خودڪار دروازو تيار ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;needham volume 4 part 2 162&quot;&gt;{{Cite book|editor-last=Needham |editor-first=Joseph |year=1986 |title=Science and Civilization in China: Mechanical Engineering |volume=IV:2 |publisher=Cambridge University Press |page=162 |orig-year=1965 |editor-last2=Wang |editor-first2=Ling |isbn=0-521-05803-1 |ol=7716140M}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ چين ۾ [[سئي خاندان جو شهنشاهه يانگ]] (604–618ع) جي دور حڪومت ۾ شاهي لائبريري لاءِ پيرن جي حرڪت سان کلندڙ خودڪار دروازو تيار ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;needham volume 4 part 2 162&quot; /&gt; عرب موجد [[الجزري]] پڻ پاڻيءَ جي طاقت سان هلندڙ خودڪار دروازن جا نقشا ۽ وضاحتون پيش ڪيون.&lt;ref&gt;Howard R. Turner (1997), ''Science in Medieval Islam: An Illustrated Introduction'', p. 181, [[University of Texas Press]], {{ISBN|0-292-78149-0}}.&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|journal=Archivio Italiano di Urologia e Andrologia |title=Primitive robotic procedures: Automotions for medical liquids in 12th century Asia minor|year=2014 |doi=10.4081/aiua.2014.4.300|last1=Penbegul |first1=Necmettin |last2=Atar |first2=Murat |last3=Kendirci |first3=Muammer |last4=Bozkurt |first4=Yasar |last5=Hatipoglu |first5=Namık Kemal |last6=Verit |first6=Ayhan |last7=Kadıoglu |first7=Ates |volume=86 |issue=4 |pages=300–303 |pmid=25641458 |doi-access=free }}&lt;/ref&gt;

وچئين دور ۾ [[ٽامو]] ۽ ان جون مصرعون تعميراتي فن ۾ اهم حيثيت رکنديون هيون. [[بيت لحم]] جي [[چرچ آف دي نيٽوٽي]] (ڇهين صدي) جا دروازا ڪانسي جي نقشدار پٽن سان ڍڪيل آهن. [[ھاگيا صوفيه]]، [[قسطنطنيه]] جا اٺين ۽ نائين صديءَ جا دروازا به ڪانسي جا آهن، جڏهن ته [[آڪس-لا-شاپيل]] جي گرجاگھر جا نائين صديءَ جا ڪانسي جا دروازا غالباً قسطنطنيه مان آندا ويا هئا، جيئن [[سينٽ مارڪس بيسيليڪا]]، وينس جا ڪجهه دروازا پڻ. جرمنيءَ جي آڪسن گرجاگھر جا ڪانسي جا دروازا لڳ ڀڳ 800ع جا آهن. [[فلورينس]] جي ڪئٿڊرل جي بپتسما گاهه جا ڪانسي جا دروازا 1423ع ۾ [[گيبرتي]] مڪمل ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;Architecture, European Copper Institute; {{cite web |url=http://eurocopper.org/copper/copper-architecture.html |title=Find out how useful copper is to design and architecture! |access-date=2012-09-12 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20121009005711/http://eurocopper.org/copper/copper-architecture.html |archive-date=2012-10-09 }}&lt;/ref&gt; {{crossreference|(ڏسو پڻ: [[Copper in architecture]].)}}

[[File:Tür, Villa Boscoreale.jpg|left|thumb|upright|پهرين صدي عيسويءَ جي [[قديم روم]] جي ڀت تي ٺهيل رنگين تصوير، جنهن ۾ نفيس سينگاريل دروازو ڏيکاريل آهي.]]

يارهين ۽ ٻارهين صديءَ جا ڪانسي جا ڪيترائي تاريخي دروازا اڄ به موجود آهن. انهن مان سڀ کان پراڻو جرمنيءَ جي [[هلڊسهايم]] وارو دروازو (1015ع) آهي. هلڊسهايم جي هن طرز بعد ۾ پولينڊ جي [[گنيزنو دروازن]] جي جوڙجڪ تي به اثر وڌو. ڏکڻ اٽلي ۽ سسلي جا ٻيا اهم مثال هي آهن: [[سينٽ اينڊريا، امالفي]] (1060ع)، [[ساليرنو]] (1099ع)، [[ڪانوسا دي پوليا]] (1111ع)، [[ٽروا]] جا ٻه دروازا (1119ع ۽ 1124ع)، [[راويلو]] (1179ع)، جيڪي ٽراني جي باريسانو ٺاهيا، جنهن [[ٽراني گرجاگھر]] جا دروازا پڻ تيار ڪيا؛ جڏهن ته [[مونريالي]] ۽ [[پيسا گرجاگھر]] جا دروازا [[پيسا جي بونانو]] جا ٺاهيل آهن.

انهن سڀني دروازن ۾ قبضي واري عمودي پٽي جا محور مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ هوندا هئا. تعميراتي ماهرن کي صحيح طرح معلوم نه آهي ته روايتي محوري نظام کان قبضن (ھنجز) ڏانهن تبديلي ڪڏهن آئي، پر ان تبديليءَ سان دروازن کي مضبوط ڪرڻ ۽ سينگارڻ جو نئون طريقو رائج ٿيو. ان لاءِ مختلف نمونن جون ٺڪيل لوهي پٽيون استعمال ٿينديون هيون، جيڪي قبضن جو ڪم به ڏينديون هيون. عام طور ٽي سينگاريل پٽيون دروازي سان لڳل هونديون هيون، جڏهن ته انهن سان گڏ لوهي ڪڙا عمودي محورن تي چڙهندا هئا، جيڪي پٿر يا ڪاٺ جي چوڪاٺ ۾ لڳل هوندا هئا. اهڙي نموني جو ٻارهين صديءَ جو هڪ ابتدائي مثال [[لنڪن ڪئٿڊرل]] ۾ موجود آهي. فرانس ۾ [[نوٽر ڊيم، پيرس]] جي دروازن جو ڌاتوءَ وارو ڪم هن فن جو هڪ شاندار نمونو آهي، جڏهن ته فرانس ۽ انگلينڊ ۾ به اهڙا ڪيترائي مثال موجود آهن.

==دروازن جا قسم==

''''پٽين وارا دروازا'''' 
: (Ledged Doors).
ھن قسم جا دروازا بلڪل سادا ۽ عام ھوندا آھن. ھنن جو استعمال ٻھراڙين ۾ گھڻو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ڪاٺ جي اڀين تاڪين سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي تاڪيون وري سڌين ٽيڪ وارين پٽين (Ledges) سان مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙيل ھونديون آھي.
اڀريون تاڪيون (Battens)  گھڻو ڪري ھڪ انچ ٿلھيون ۽ ڇھھ انچ ويڪريون ھونديون آھن ۽ اھي V جوڙ سان کانچي ۾ جڪڙيل ھونديون آھن، جنھن کي ٽيڪنيڪي يعني فني لغت ۾ Tongued and Grooved چوندا آھن. سڌيون پٽيون (Ledges)  گھڻو ڪري ڏيڍ انچ ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن ۽ انھن کي اڀين تاڪين (Battens)  مٿان اشڪنجي سان جڪڙي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. ٽي سڌيون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن؛ ھڪ مٿان، ٻي وچ ۾ ۽ ٽين ھيٺان. تاڪ کي T نموني جي انجيسن ذريعي ٽنگيو ويندو آھي، جيڪي سڌين پٽين مٿان لڳائبيون آھن. ھن قسم جا دروازا اھڙن ھنڌن تي لڳايا ويندا آھن، جتي خوبصورتي درڪار نھ ھوندي آھي.

'''''سڌين ۽ وتر وارين پٽين وارا دروازا'''''
: (Ledged and braced doors )
بنيادي طرح ھي دروازا سڌين پٽين وارن دروازن جھڙا ھوندا. (پٽين وارا دروازا)
آھن ۽ فرق صرف اھو آھي تھ ھنن کي وڌيڪ پختو بڻائڻ لاءِ سڌين پٽين جھڙي ماپ جون وڌيڪ پٽيون وتر ۾ (DiagonallY) لڳايون وينديون آھن. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ وتر وارين پٽين کي ٽنگيل پاسي کان مٿي سلامي ڏني وڃي، جيئن اھي دٻاءُ (Compression)  ۾ رھي، مضبوطي مھيا ڪن. عام طريقي سان سڌيون پٽيون ھڻي، دروازي کي چاڙھي، پوءِ انھن مٿان ڪوڪن رستي وتر واريون پٽيون (Battens)  لڳائبيون آھن. ھي دروازا پڻ سادن ۽ عارضي ڪمن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. .&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
'''''چؤڪاٺن (فريمن) ۽ پٽين وارا دروازا'''''
: (Ledged and Framed Doors)   
ھن قسم جي دروازن ۾  ڊولائتي نموني چؤڪاٺا ٺاھي ۽ تاڪ ھنيا ويندا آھن، جنھن سبب انھن جي مضبوطي وڌندي آھي. ازانسواءِ انھن ۾ اٽڪل چار انچ ويڪريون ۽ ڏيڍ انچ ٿلھيون پاسن واريون اڀيون پٽيون (Styles)  لڳائڻ سبب مضبوطيءَ سان گڏ اھي پرڪشش ۽ وڻندڙ لڳندا آھن. جڏھن تھ سڌيون ٽيڪ واريون پٽيون (Ledges)  ۽ اڀيون تاڪيون (Battens)  پڻ معمول مطابق لڳايون وينديون آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''چؤڪاٺن اندر ٽيڏين پٽين وارا دروازا'''''
: (Ledged, framed and braced doors) 
ھي دروازا ذري گھٽ چؤڪاٺن ۽ پٽين وارن دروازن جھڙا ٿيندا اھن. ھنن ۾ صرف وتر وارين وٽين جو اضافو ڪيو ويندو آھي، جنھن سبب ھي وڌيڪ مضبوط ۽ پائيدار ٿيندا آھن ۽ گھڻو ڪري ٻاھر لڳايا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''چؤڪاٺن ۽ ھموار تختن وارا دروازا'''''
: (Framed and Panelled doors)
 
ھن قسم جا دروازا نھايت ئي عام ۽  تمام گھڻو استعمال ۾ ايندا آھن. تاڪن جي فريم کي عمودي ۽ افقي پٽين ذريعي متعدد حصن ۾ ورھايو ويندو آھي، انھن پٽين ۾ پانيلن (Panells)  کي جوڙڻ واسطي جھري ٺھيل ھوندي آھي جن ۾ ھموار يعني سڌا يا مٿي اڀريل پانيل ڦاسائي تاڪ تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جون ڊزائينون مختلف ٿينديون آھن، ليڪن ٺاھڻ جو طريقو ساڳيو ئي ھوندو آھي. پانيلن جو تعداد دروازي جي نوعيت ۽ ماڻھن جي پسند تي مدار رکي ٿو. ھن قسم جي دروازن ۾ سسڻ جو رجحان گھٽ ھوندو آھي. ھنن دروازن جي عام رواجي سائيز 7'-0″x4′-0″،  7'-0″x3′-0″،  6'-6″x4′-0″ وغيره رکي ويندي آھي. تاڪن جي ٿولھ مختلف ڳالھين تي مدار رکي ٿي جھڙوڪ، ڪم جي نوعيت، دروازن لڳائڻ وارو ھنڌ، پانيلن جو تعداد وغيره. تاڪن جي ٿولھھ اٽڪل 1 انچ کان 1 ½ انچ رکي ويندي آھي.

'''''شيشن ۽ تختن وارا دروازا'''''
: (Glazed and paneled doors or sash doors 
        
گھرن ۽ ڪمرن اندر انھن جي نوعيت مطابق ۽ گھربل روشنيءَ پٽاندڙ سمورا تاڪ شيشي جي پانيلن يا تختن يا ڪجھھ حصي تئين شيشي جي پانيلن ۽ بچيل حصي تائين ڪاٺ جي پانيلن سان ٺاھي استعمال ڪيا ويندا اھن. عام طرح سان شيشي ۽ ڪاٺ جي حصن جو تناسب 2:1 رکيو ويندو آھي. شيشي کي روڪڻ لاءِ ڪاٺ جون سنھيون پٽيون (Beads)  يا پٽي (Putty)  لڳائي ويندي آھي. شيشي واري ايراضي وڌائڻ جي صورت ۾ تاڪ جي وچين سڌي پٽيءَ (Lock rail)  جي مٿان وارين تاڪ جي پاسي وارين اڀين پٽين (Styles) جي ويڪر گھٽائي ويندي آھي .ھن قسم جا دروازا آفيسن، اسپتالن، لائبرين، شاپنگ سينٽرن ۽ شورومس وغيره ۾ لڳايا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''فلش ڊورس : (Flush Doors)'''''
 
ھن قسم جي دروازن جي بناوت ۾ پختا ۽ گھربل طرح سان تاڪن جا فريم ٺاھي انھن مٿان ڪمرشل پلاءِ يا ٽِيڪ پلاءِ (Commercial ply or Teak ply)  وغيره لڳائي ويندي آھي. ھي دروازا ٽن قسمن جا ٿيندا آھن جھڙوڪ فريم وارا فلش ڊورس، پؤرا فلش دروازا (Hollow flush doors) ۽ ورقن يا تھن وارا فلش دروازا (Laminated flush doors) فريم وارن  فلشن دروازن جا تاڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي ٻاھرين اڀين پٽين (Styles)، سڌين پٽين (Rails)، ننڍڙين پٽين (Ribs) ۽ پلاءِ ووڊ (Plywood) مان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. پھرين تاڪ جي فريم لاءِ انھن ۾ ڪم ايندڙ جوڙجڪ کي ٺاھي، انھن مٿان ٻنھي پاسي پلاءِ ووڊ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. پترن ورقن يا تھن مان ٺھيل دروازن کي نھرا دروازا (Solid doors) سڏيو ويندو آھي. انھن دروازن ٺاھڻ واسطي ڪاٺ جي سنھن ورقن کي تمام گھڻي داٻ سان گلوءَ رستي ڳنڍي ھڪ نھري (Solid) مضبوط قسم جو ٻنھي پاسن کان سڌو تختو ٺاھي (جنھن کي تاڪ جو نھرو اندر Solid core کڻي چئجي) انھيءَ مٿان ٻنھي پاسي پلاءِ جي سنھي چادر چاڙھي، تاڪ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.انھن جا ٻئي ٻاھريان پاسا ٻين دروازن جي ڀيٽ ۾ جلدي ميرا نھ ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي سولائيءَ سان صاف ڪري سگھبو آھي.

'''''ڄاريءَ وارا دروازا'''''
: (Wire gauze doors)

ھن قسم جي دروازن جي تاڪن لاءِ، انھن جي اڀين ۽ سڌين پٽين ۾ چؤڪور خانن ۾ ننڍي کانچي اندر ڄاري ڦاسائي، انھيءَ کي مضبوطيءَ لاءِ ڪوڪن سان اھڙي نموني ۾ جڪڙي تھ جيئن ڄاريءَ ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو گھنج نھ رھي. پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان چؤڌاري ڪاٺ جي سنھي پٽي (Beading) چاڙھي ويندي آھي. تاڪن جي تالي واريءَ سڌي پٽيءَ (Lock rail) مٿان آٽوميٽڪ اسپرنگ لڳايا ويندا آھن، تھ جيئن ڌڪي سان ٻاھر کولڻ کان پوءِ اھي خودبخود جلدي بند ٿي وڃن. ھن قسم جا دروازا قدرتي ھوا جي ڦھلاءُ (Circulation) سان گڏ ھر ڪنھن قسم جي اڏامندڙ جيوڙي جھڙوڪ مڇر ۽ مک وغيره کي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ نھايت ئي ڪارآمد رھن ٿا. انھيءَ ڪري گھرن، اسپتالن، رڌڻن، ڄاريءَ جي ڪٻٽن، مٺائيءَ وغيره جي دڪانن، ھوٽلن ۽ ٻين اھڙين جڳھين تي ڪثرت سان استعمال ٿين ٿا.

'''''جھڪيل يا لڙيل پٽين وارا دروازا'''''
: (Louvered doors)

ھن قسم جي دروازن جي تاڪن ۾ سنھيون پٽيون اھڙي نموني ٽيڏيون لڳايون وينديون آھن تھ جيئن انھن جي وچ ۾ ھڪ جھڙي وٿي رھي. اھي پٽيون سڄي تاڪ يا انھيءَ جي ڪنھن بھ حصي ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ايتري ٽيڏائيءَ (Inclination)  تي لڳائبيون آھن، تھ جيئن ٻاھرين نظر اندر نھ پوي ۽ نھ ئي وري اندران ٻاھر ڏسي سگھجي. اھڙا دروازا ھوا جي گذر سان گڏ پوشيدگي (Privacy)  پڻ مھيا ڪن ٿا.

'''''ڦرندڙ دروازا'''''
: (Revolving doors)

ھن قسم جي دروازن ۾ پوري وچ تي ٽيڪ مٿان آمھون سامھون چار تاڪ اھڙي نموني لڳايا ويندا آھن، جي صرف ھڪ ئي طرف ڦري سگھن. اھڙي نموني ماڻھو انھن منجھان ھڪ پاسي داخل ٿي سگھندو آھي ۽ ٻئي طرف کان ٻاھر نڪري سگھندو آھي. اھڙن دروزن ۾ مرضيءَ مطابق شيشا يا ڪاٺ جا سنھا تختا (Panells) لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھي دروازا گھڻيءَ رش وارن ھنڌن لاءِ موزون رھن ٿا ۽ انھيءَ سبب انھن کي ھوٽلن ۽ تماشگاھن (Theatres)  وغيره ۾ لڳايو ويندو آھي.

'''''گسڪندڙ دروازا'''''
: (Sliding doors)

ھن قسم جا دروازا سڄي ۽ کاٻي پاسي گسڪي سگھندڙ تاڪن وارا ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي اندر يا ٻاھر نھ کلي سگھندا آھن. انھن جا تاڪ مرضيءَ مطابق ڪاٺ جي ۽ شيشي جي پانيلن لڳائڻ سان بلڪل اونداھا، بلڪل روشن ۽ ڪنھن حصي تائين روشن بنائي سگھجن .ھي دروازا گدامن، ڇاپرن، دڪانن ۽ نماءُ وارن ڪمرن وغيرھ ۾ لڳايا ويندا آھن ۽ جڳھھ بچائڻ جي خيال کان گھرن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن.

'''''ويڙھجندڙ دروازا'''''
: (Rolling doors) 
  
ھي دروازا لوھ جا ٺھيل ھوندا آھن ۽ مٿان کان ھيٺ لاھي بند ڪري سگھبا آھن ۽ ساڳئي نموني ھيٺ کان مٿي ويڙھي کولي سگھبا آھن. انھيءَ سبب انھن کي ويڙھجي سگھجندڙ دروازا (Collapsible doors) چئبو آھي. انھن ۾ لوھھ جي ٿلھي چادر جو فريم ٺھيل ھوندو آھي، جنھن ۾ دروازي جي سولائيءَ سان ھيٺ مٿي چرڻ لاءِ کانچو ڇڏيل ھوندو آھي. مٿي وري ھڪ قسم جو ڊرم (Drum) ھوندو آھي، انھيءَ ۾ اسپرنگ لڳل ھوندا آھن، جي دروازي جي لوھي پتري تاڪ کي سولائيءَ سان ھيٺ مٿي ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڪندا آھن. وڏي سائيز جي تاڪ جي صورت ۾ بال بيئرنگ (Ball Bearings) پڻ لڳل ھوندا آھن.  ڊرم جو قطر (Diameter)  8 انچن کان 12 انچن تائين ٿيندو آھي. دروازي جي اسپرنگن ۽ بيئرنگن کي ميڻ (grease)  وغيره ڏئي، انھن کي ڪٽ کان بچائي رکڻ سان گڏ تاڪ کي ٿوري ئي ڌڪي ۽ ڇڪ ڏيڻ سان دروازو آسانيءَ سان بند ڪري ۽ کولي سگھجي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.ھي دروازا موٽر گيراجن، نماءُ وارن ڪمرن (Show rooms)، دڪانن ۽ گودامن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا.

'''':ڳتجندڙ دروازا'''''
: (Collapsible doors)

 
ھي دروازا لوھھ جا ٺھيل ھوندا آھن. ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ جوڙجڪ ۾ ٻنھي اڀن پاسن اندر ناليءَ وانگر خال ڇڏيل ھوندو آھي، جن سان اٽڪل  5/8 انچ کان ¾ انچ ويڪريون لوھھ جي پٽين جون ناليون (Channels)  ڳنڍيل ھونديون آھن. اھڙيءَ طرح انھن پٽين ۾ اتڪل اڌ انچ کان 5/8  انچ ويڪرو اڀو خال (Gap) ٺھي بيھندو آھي. اھڙي قسم جا ٽڪرا ھڪ ٻئي جي وچ کان اٽڪل 3 ¾ انچن جي مفاصلي تي ٺھي بيھندا آھن، جن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان لوھھ جي ڪيئنچيءَ جي انداز وارن لوھھ جي ٽڪرن (Cross Iron pieces) سان ڳنڍيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي ٺھيل لوھھ جي پختن پٽين جي ٽڪرن سان ٺھيل خالن وارن تاڪن کي پاسن  طرف ڌڪي يا ڇڪي کوھي ۽ بند ڪري سگھبو آھي. ھن قسم جا دروازا ڪافي مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ مارڪيٽ  ۾ داخل ٿيڻ وارن کليل حصن، گيراجن ۽ ٻين اھڙن ئي کليل ھنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==تاريخ==
[[فائل:old door.jpg|380px|thumb|ايران جي شھر ڪاشان ۾ ھڪ دروازو]]

قديم تاريخي دروازن ۾  سليمان جي ھيڪل (Temple of Solomon) قابل ذڪر آھي جيڪو زيتون جي ڪاٺيءَ جو ٺھيل ھيو.قديم مصر ۾ به ھڪ يا ٻن ڪلاڪن جي دروازن جو استعمال ٿيندو ھو. قديم آثارن جي ماھرن سوئيٽزرلينڊ مان پنج ھزار سال پراڻو دروازو دريافت ڪيو آھي.&lt;ref&gt;[http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/ Swiss archaeologists find 5000-year-old door] {{webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101108222716/http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/ |date=2010-11-08 }}&lt;/ref&gt; پراڻي دور ۾ مذھبي عبادت گاھن جي دروازن تي سون ۽ چانديءَ جي دروازن لڳائڻ جو پڻ تائين تاريخ ۾ ذڪر ملي ٿو.

[[فائل:stone door.jpg|left|380px|thumb|
 انڊيا جي ھئمپيء ۾ پٿر جو دروازو]]
[[فائل:Door-Post Socket (4690606141).jpg|380px|thumb| پرسيپولس جو وڏي دروازي جو لنگھ]]
 
 [[فائل:Plaster cast of folding doors, Pompeii.jpg|380px|thumb|قديم روم جو پومپي شھر جو پھرين صدي عيسويءَ جو تھبند (Folding) دروازو]]

==دروازي جي ڪم ڪرڻ جو طريقو==

[[فائل:Types of doors.png|thumb|دروازي جي ڪم ڪرڻ جو مشيني طريقو]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>0df819y6ypsorzlvx3kl7lzo4i40l5u</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401139</id>
      <parentid>401138</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T10:10:54Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401139</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="37409" sha1="61bztliduhwu8wp77kg98jsrva0yvk3" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|داخل ٿيڻ ۽ ٻاهر نڪرڻ لاءِ حرڪت ڪندڙ رڪاوٽ}}

[[File:L-door.png|thumb|در جو خاڪو]]

'''در''' يا '''دروازو''' هڪ [[قبضو|قبضن]] تي لڳل يا ٻيءَ ڪنهن طريقي سان حرڪت ڪندڙ رڪاوٽ هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪنهن بند جاءِ ۾ داخل ٿيڻ (ورود) ۽ ٻاهر نڪرڻ (خروج) جي سهولت فراهم ڪري ٿو. ڀت ۾ در لاءِ ٺهيل کليل حصي کي '''درگاهه''' يا '''دروازي جو کليل حصو''' چيو ويندو آهي. در جو بنيادي مقصد رسائيءَ تي ضابطو رکندي [[سيڪيورٽي]] فراهم ڪرڻ آهي. عام طور تي اهو اهڙو پٽ يا تختو هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[عمارت]]، [[ڪمرو|ڪمري]] يا [[گاڏي]] جي دروازي جي کليل حصي ۾ فِٽ ڪيو ويندو آهي. در مختلف مواد مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن جو انتخاب انهن جي استعمال ۽ مقصد مطابق ڪيو ويندو آهي. اڪثر در [[قبضو|قبضن]] ذريعي لڳايا ويندا آهن، پر ڪي سلائيڊ ٿيڻ، فولڊ ٿيڻ يا ٻين حرڪتي طريقن سان به ڪم ڪندا آهن.

در مختلف طريقن سان کلي ۽ بند ٿي سگهن ٿا، جهڙوڪ قبضي تي ڦرڻ، فريم سان متوازي سلائيڊ ٿيڻ، فولڊ ٿيڻ يا مرڪزي محور تي ڦرڻ. انهن جو مقصد ماڻهن يا شين جي داخلا ۽ اخراج کي آسان يا محدود ڪرڻ هوندو آهي. گهڻن درن ۾ اندروني ۽ ٻاهرين پاسي جي بناوت هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي، پر ڪجهه حالتن ۾، جهڙوڪ [[گاڏي]] جي درن ۾، ٻنهي پاسن جي جوڙجڪ مختلف هوندي آهي.

گهڻن درن ۾ [[تالو]] لڳائڻ جو انتظام هوندو آهي، جنهن ذريعي صرف مجاز ماڻهو، مثال طور [[چاٻي]] استعمال ڪري، در کولي سگهندا آهن. درن تي اڪثر کڙڪائڻ لاءِ ڌاتوءَ جا ٺڪاءُ (Knockers) يا [[در جي گهنٽي]] پڻ لڳل هوندي آهي، ته جيئن ٻاهران بيٺل ماڻهو پنهنجي موجودگيءَ جو اطلاع ڏئي سگهن. رسائي فراهم ڪرڻ کان علاوه، در خانگي زندگي (Privacy) جي حفاظت، مختلف استعمال وارن حصن کي الڳ رکڻ، [[روشني]] ۽ [[هوا جي اچ وڃ]] کي ضابطو ڪرڻ، گرمي يا ٿڌ کي برقرار رکڻ، آواز کي گهٽائڻ ۽ [[باهه]] جي پکڙجڻ کي روڪڻ جهڙا اهم ڪم پڻ سرانجام ڏيندا آهن.

در صرف تعميراتي عنصر نه، پر جمالياتي، علامتي ۽ رسمن سان لاڳاپيل اهميت پڻ رکن ٿا. ڪيترين ثقافتن ۾ در جي چاٻي حاصل ڪرڻ ٻاهرئين ماڻهو کان اندروني يا بااختيار حيثيت حاصل ڪرڻ جي علامت سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڏسو، مثال طور، [[Black Rod|Gentleman Usher of the Black Rod]] جون درباني ذميواريون.&lt;/ref&gt; [[ادب]] ۽ [[فن]] ۾ پڻ در ۽ درگاهون تبديلي، نئين مرحلي ۾ داخل ٿيڻ يا علامتي معنيٰ جي اظهار لاءِ استعارن ۽ تمثيلن طور گهڻو استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

'''دروازو'''- انگريزي ۾: ڊور يا گيٽ . اردوءَ ۾ دروازہ:جديد دور جي عمارتن ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڪاٺ جا دروازا استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا. تاڪن جي حساب سان اھي ھڪ تاڪ وارا   ۽ ٻن تاڪن وارا ٿين ٿا..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر: سنڌي ادبي بورڊ،ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;
[[فائل:Door in Georgia.jpg|380px|thumb|جارجيا ملڪ جو دروازو]]
جاءِ اندر مختلف قسم جي ڪمرن ۾ استعمال جي نوعيت مطابق انھن جي ماپ جو تعين ڪيو وڃي ٿو. اھي اھڙي ماپ جا ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن انھن ڪمرن ۾ گھربل سامان آسانيءَ سان لنگھي سگھي. عام طرح سان غسلخانن ۽ بيت الخلاءِ اندر داخل ٿيڻ لاءِ دروازن جي ماپ 6′-4″x2′-6″  رکجي تھ بھتر آھي. ٻين ڪمرن لاءِ دروازن جي سراسري ماپ 7′-0″x3′-8″ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ ڪوشش ڪري 6′-4″x3′-0″ کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي. بھرحال دروازن جي ماپ واسطي ڪنھن بھ قسم جو پڪو پختو قائدو مڙھيل نھ آھي. ڪچيءَ طرح ۽ اندازي جي حساب سان ھيٺئين فارمولا سان دروازن جي ماپ جو تعين ڪري سگھجي ٿو.
ويڪر =(Width)  اوچائي 4-(Height)  فوٽ 
ڪمرن اندر دروازا ڪنڊ کان اٽڪل 6 انچن کان 9 انچن تائين پري رکجن تھ بھتر آھي، ليڪن انھن جي لڳائڻ لاءِ جديد طرز جي عمارت جي علم کي ذھن ۾ رکڻ وڌيڪ سٺو آھي.
اڄڪلھ دروازن جي چؤڪاٺن ۾ چائنٺ (سل)  نھ لڳائي ويندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ انھيءَ جي لڳائڻ سان ھڪ تھ ٿاٻي کائڻ جو تمام گھڻو انديشو رھي ٿو ۽ ٻيو تھ صفائي ڪرڻ ۾ دقت ٿئي ٿي، ليڪن ايئرڪنڊيشنڊ ڪمرن لاءِ چائنٺ لڳائڻ تمام ضروري آھي تھ جيئن تاڪن ھيٺان وٿي نہ رھي. وڏن شھرن ۾ آر-سي-سيءَ جي بوتي وارين عمارتن ۾ 4 ½ انچن جي اوساريءَ وارين ڀتين ۾ ڀت جي پوري ٿولھھ تائين ويڪرا چؤڪاٺا استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا. عام رواجي ۽ سرڪاري عمارتن ۾ چؤڪاٺن لاءِ 0′-4″x0′-3″ جي سائيز جون ڪاٺ جون پٽيون گھڙايون وينديون آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

[[فائل:Knocking at front door of The National Archives Building - 01.jpg|380px|thumb|واشنگٽن ۾ نيشنل آرڪائيوز بلڊنگ جو دروازو]]
دروازو ھڪ حرڪت وارو ڍانچو آهي جنھن ذريعي ڪنھن چوديواريءَ يا گاڏي وغيره ۾ ڪنھن جي داخلا يا روڪ کي ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪبو آهي. عام طور تي ان جو ھڪ يا ٻه [[تاڪ]] ھوندا آھن جيڪي درين يا بغير درين جي ھوندا آھن. تاڪ چاھي ھڪڙو ھجي يا ٻہ ،  [[ڇوڪاٺو|چوڪاٺي]] يا [[چونڪو|چونڪي]] سان [[انجيس|انجيسن]] جي مدد سان ڳنڍيل ھوندو/ھوندا آھن ۽ انھن کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪڙو يا ڪنڍو لڳائي استعمال ڪيو آھي جنھن ۾ تالو لڳائبو آهي. اھي ھوا ۽ روشنيءَ جي ضابطي لاءِ بہ استعمال ٿيندا آھن.
جاءِ اندر داخل ٿيڻ ۽ انھيءَ جي مختلف اندرين حصن جو پاڻ ۾ رابطو رکڻ لاءِ دروازا لڳايا ويندا آھن. موسم آھر انھن کي کولي رکڻ سان جاءِ اندر روشني وڌندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھوا جو گذر پڻ سٺيءَ طرح سان ٿيندو آھي. انھيءَ سان گڏ دروازن لڳائڻ سبب چوريءَ ٿيڻ جو انديشو گھٽ رھندو آھي ۽ گھر ۾ رھندڙ ڀاتين جي پوشيدگي (پرائيويسي)  رھندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== تاريخ ==
&lt;!-- هن حصي ۾ 1911ع جي ''Encyclopædia Britannica'' جي &quot;Door&quot; واري مقالي مان ورتل متن شامل آهي. --&gt;

قديم ترين دروازن جا ثبوت [[قديم مصر]] جي مقبرن جي ڀتين تي ٺهيل تصويرن مان ملن ٿا، جن ۾ هڪ يا ٻه تاڪن وارا دروازا ڏيکاريل آهن، جيڪي عام طور ڪاٺ جي هڪڙي ٽڪري مان ٺهيل هوندا هئا. مصري مقبرن ۾ ''ڪوڙا دروازا'' (فالس ڊورز) پڻ ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جن بابت عقيدو هو ته اهي فوت ٿيل ماڻهن جي آخرت ڏانهن وڃڻ جا علامتي دروازا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Weiss |first=Daniel |date=2022 |title=Features - Magical Mystery Door - Archaeology Magazine - November/December 2022 |url=https://archaeology.org/issues/november-december-2022/features/egypt-stela-false-door/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Archaeology Magazine |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

مصر جي انتهائي خشڪ آبهوا سبب دروازن کي وڪڙجڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ چوڪاٺن جي گهڻي ضرورت نه پوندي هئي، پر ٻين علائقن ۾ دروازن کي مضبوط رکڻ لاءِ چوڪاٺن وارو ڍانچو تيار ڪيو ويندو هو. رومي معمار ويتروويوس موجب اهڙن دروازن ۾ عمودي پٽيون (Stiles) ۽ افقي پٽيون (Rails) هونديون هيون، جڏهن ته وچ وارا پينل انهن جي نالن ۾ فٽ ڪيا ويندا هئا. عمودي پٽين مان هڪ قبضن سان ڳنڍيل ''هينگنگ اسٽائل'' ۽ ٻي ''ميٽنگ اسٽائل'' سڏبي هئي، جڏهن ته افقي حصن ۾ مٿيون، وچيون ۽ هيٺيون ريل شامل هونديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Marcus Vitruvius Pollio |url=https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Vitruvius/4*.html |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=University of Chicago}}&lt;/ref&gt;

قديم ترين دروازا ڪاٺ جا هوندا هئا. [[بائيبل]] ۾ [[حضرت سليمان]] جي مندر بابت بيان ٿيل آهي ته ان جا دروازا زيتون جي ڪاٺ مان ٺهيل، نفيس نقش نگاري سان سينگاريل ۽ سون سان مڙهيل هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Bible Project: Book of 1 Kings 6 - New American Standard Bible |url=https://www.bibleproject.com/bible/nasb/1-kings/6 |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=BibleProject |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; [[هومر]] جي تحريرن مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ان دور ۾ ڪي دروازا چاندي يا پتل سان ڍڪيل هوندا هئا. زيتون کان علاوه ايلم، ديودار، بلوط ۽ سرو جي ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ٿيندي هئي. آثار قديمه جي ماهرن سوئٽزرلينڊ جي شهر [[زيورخ]] ڀرسان پنج هزار سال پراڻا ٻه ڪاٺ جا دروازا پڻ دريافت ڪيا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://archive.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101108222716/http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/|url-status=dead|title=Swiss archaeologists find 5,000-year-old door|first=Frank|last=Jordans|date=October 20, 2010|archive-date=November 8, 2010|via=The Boston Globe}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://blog.nationalmuseum.ch/en/2019/01/close-the-door/|title=Close the door!|first=Samuel van|last=Willigen|date=January 17, 2019|website=Swiss National Museum - Swiss history blog}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{multiple image
| align=
| total_width=550
| direction=horizontal
| footer=
| image1=stone door.jpg
| caption1=هيمپي (ڀارت) ۾ پٿر جو دروازو
| image2=Door-Post Socket (4690606141).jpg
| caption2=پرسيپولس (هاڻوڪو [[ايران]]) مان دريافت ٿيل وڏي دروازي جو بنيادي ساکٽ
}}

قديم دور جا دروازا مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ لڳل محورن (Pintles) وسيلي ڦرندا هئا، جيڪي مٿئين ڪڙي (Lintel) ۽ هيٺئين چائنٺ (Sill) ۾ ٺهيل ساکٽن اندر ويهندا هئا. اهي ساکٽ گهڻو ڪري بازالٽ يا گرينائيٽ جهڙي سخت پٿر مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا. [[نپپور]] مان 2000 ق.م. جا دريافت ٿيل اهڙا ساکٽ ڊوليرائيٽ پٿر جا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=The Museum Journal {{!}} Two Door Sockets of the Kings of Ur |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/journal/1211/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=The Museum Journal |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[بلاوات]] جي دروازن جا محور ڪانسي سان ڍڪيل هئا، جيڪي اڄ [[برٽش ميوزيم]] ۾ محفوظ آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Assyrian sculpture and Balawat Gates |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/galleries/assyrian-sculpture-and-balawat-gates |access-date=2025-04-05 |website=British Museum}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهي ٻه تاڪن وارا دروازا هئا، جن مان هر تاڪ لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|2.54|m|in|abbr=on}} ويڪرو ۽ {{convert|8.2|m|ft|abbr=on}} اوچو هو. انهن کي {{convert|25.4|cm|in|abbr=on}} ويڪريون ڪانسي جون پٽيون لڳل هيون، جن تي ابھريل نقاشي ڪئي وئي هئي. ڪاٺ جا دروازا لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|7.62|cm|in|abbr=on}} ٿلها هئا، جڏهن ته قبضي واري عمودي پٽي جو قطر {{convert|360|mm|in}} کان وڌيڪ هو. مختلف ماپن جي ٻين ڪانسي جي ڍڪڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ڪاٺ جي محورن کي ڌاتو سان محفوظ ڪرڻ ان دور ۾ عام رواج هو.

شام جي [[حوران]] علائقي ۾، جتي ڪاٺ جي کوٽ هئي، اتي دروازا پٿر مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/W_1864-0301-1 |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=British Museum}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن مان {{convert|1.63|by|0.79|m|in|abbr=on}} ماپ وارو هڪ پٿريلو دروازو [[برٽش ميوزيم]] ۾ محفوظ آهي، جنهن جي وچ واري ڪنڊ مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته اهو ٻه تاڪي دروازي جو هڪ حصو هو. شام جي شهر بُصرى ويجهو ڪُفَير ۾ سياح برڪهارٽ کي {{convert|2.74|to|3.048|m|ft|abbr=on}} اوچا پٿريلا دروازا مليا، جيڪي قديم شهر جي داخلي دروازن طور استعمال ٿيندا هئا. [[ايٽروريا]] ۾ پڻ پٿر جي دروازن جا ڪيترائي مثال ملن ٿا.

[[File:Plaster cast of folding doors, Pompeii.jpg|thumb|left|upright|[[پومپيئي]] ۾ پهرين صدي عيسويءَ جا [[قديم روم]] جا فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازا، جيڪي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي نوڪلاسيڪي دروازن سان مشابهت رکن ٿا.]]

قديم [[يونان]] ۽ [[قديم روم]] ۾ هڪ تاڪي، ٻه تاڪي، ٽي تاڪي، سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ ۽ فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازن جا تاڪ قبضن سان پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا ۽ کلي پوئتي ويڙهجي ويندا هئا. [[اگريجينٽم]] ۾ ٿيرون جي مقبري تي پٿر ۾ تراشيل هڪ چار پينلن وارو دروازو موجود آهي. [[بلنڊيل مجموعو|بلنڊيل مجموعي]] (Blundell) ۾ محفوظ هڪ بيس رليف تي مندر جو ٻه تاڪي دروازو ڏيکاريل آهي، جنهن جي هر تاڪ ۾ پنج پينل آهن.

قديم رومي ڌاتوڪاريءَ جا بهترين مثال روم جي [[چرچ آف ايس ايس ڪوزماس ۽ ڊيمين]] جا ڪانسي جا دروازا آهن. اهي ٻه تاڪي آهن، هر تاڪ ۾ ٻه پينل آهن ۽ سڄو چوڪاٺو پڻ ڪانسي جو ٺهيل آهي. [[پينٿيون, روم|پينٿيون]] جا ڪانسي جا دروازا به ساڳئي طرز جا آهن، جن ۾ مٿئين، وچئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ اضافي افقي پينل موجود آهن. رومي دور جا ٻه ٻيا اهم ڪانسي جا دروازا [[ليٽران بيسيليڪا]] ۾ موجود آهن.

يوناني عالم [[اسڪندريه جو ھيرون ]] پهرين صدي عيسويءَ ۾، جڏهن [[رومي مصر]] قائم هو، دنيا جو سڀ کان پراڻو سڃاتل خودڪار دروازو تيار ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;needham volume 4 part 2 162&quot;&gt;{{Cite book|editor-last=Needham |editor-first=Joseph |year=1986 |title=Science and Civilization in China: Mechanical Engineering |volume=IV:2 |publisher=Cambridge University Press |page=162 |orig-year=1965 |editor-last2=Wang |editor-first2=Ling |isbn=0-521-05803-1 |ol=7716140M}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ چين ۾ [[سئي خاندان جو شهنشاهه يانگ]] (604–618ع) جي دور حڪومت ۾ شاهي لائبريري لاءِ پيرن جي حرڪت سان کلندڙ خودڪار دروازو تيار ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;needham volume 4 part 2 162&quot; /&gt; عرب موجد [[الجزري]] پڻ پاڻيءَ جي طاقت سان هلندڙ خودڪار دروازن جا نقشا ۽ وضاحتون پيش ڪيون.&lt;ref&gt;Howard R. Turner (1997), ''Science in Medieval Islam: An Illustrated Introduction'', p. 181, [[University of Texas Press]], {{ISBN|0-292-78149-0}}.&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|journal=Archivio Italiano di Urologia e Andrologia |title=Primitive robotic procedures: Automotions for medical liquids in 12th century Asia minor|year=2014 |doi=10.4081/aiua.2014.4.300|last1=Penbegul |first1=Necmettin |last2=Atar |first2=Murat |last3=Kendirci |first3=Muammer |last4=Bozkurt |first4=Yasar |last5=Hatipoglu |first5=Namık Kemal |last6=Verit |first6=Ayhan |last7=Kadıoglu |first7=Ates |volume=86 |issue=4 |pages=300–303 |pmid=25641458 |doi-access=free }}&lt;/ref&gt;

وچئين دور ۾ [[ٽامو]] ۽ ان جون مصرعون تعميراتي فن ۾ اهم حيثيت رکنديون هيون. [[بيت لحم]] جي [[چرچ آف دي نيٽوٽي]] (ڇهين صدي) جا دروازا ڪانسي جي نقشدار پٽن سان ڍڪيل آهن. [[ھاگيا صوفيه]]، [[قسطنطنيه]] جا اٺين ۽ نائين صديءَ جا دروازا به ڪانسي جا آهن، جڏهن ته [[آڪس-لا-شاپيل]] جي گرجاگھر جا نائين صديءَ جا ڪانسي جا دروازا غالباً قسطنطنيه مان آندا ويا هئا، جيئن [[سينٽ مارڪس بيسيليڪا]]، وينس جا ڪجهه دروازا پڻ. جرمنيءَ جي آڪسن گرجاگھر جا ڪانسي جا دروازا لڳ ڀڳ 800ع جا آهن. [[فلورينس]] جي ڪئٿڊرل جي بپتسما گاهه جا ڪانسي جا دروازا 1423ع ۾ [[گيبرتي]] مڪمل ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;Architecture, European Copper Institute; {{cite web |url=http://eurocopper.org/copper/copper-architecture.html |title=Find out how useful copper is to design and architecture! |access-date=2012-09-12 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20121009005711/http://eurocopper.org/copper/copper-architecture.html |archive-date=2012-10-09 }}&lt;/ref&gt; {{crossreference|(ڏسو پڻ: [[Copper in architecture]].)}}

[[File:Tür, Villa Boscoreale.jpg|left|thumb|upright|پهرين صدي عيسويءَ جي [[قديم روم]] جي ڀت تي ٺهيل رنگين تصوير، جنهن ۾ نفيس سينگاريل دروازو ڏيکاريل آهي.]]

يارهين ۽ ٻارهين صديءَ جا ڪانسي جا ڪيترائي تاريخي دروازا اڄ به موجود آهن. انهن مان سڀ کان پراڻو جرمنيءَ جي [[هلڊسهايم]] وارو دروازو (1015ع) آهي. هلڊسهايم جي هن طرز بعد ۾ پولينڊ جي [[گنيزنو دروازن]] جي جوڙجڪ تي به اثر وڌو. ڏکڻ اٽلي ۽ سسلي جا ٻيا اهم مثال هي آهن: [[سينٽ اينڊريا، امالفي]] (1060ع)، [[ساليرنو]] (1099ع)، [[ڪانوسا دي پوليا]] (1111ع)، [[ٽروا]] جا ٻه دروازا (1119ع ۽ 1124ع)، [[راويلو]] (1179ع)، جيڪي ٽراني جي باريسانو ٺاهيا، جنهن [[ٽراني گرجاگھر]] جا دروازا پڻ تيار ڪيا؛ جڏهن ته [[مونريالي]] ۽ [[پيسا گرجاگھر]] جا دروازا [[پيسا جي بونانو]] جا ٺاهيل آهن.

انهن سڀني دروازن ۾ قبضي واري عمودي پٽي جا محور مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ هوندا هئا. تعميراتي ماهرن کي صحيح طرح معلوم نه آهي ته روايتي محوري نظام کان قبضن (ھنجز) ڏانهن تبديلي ڪڏهن آئي، پر ان تبديليءَ سان دروازن کي مضبوط ڪرڻ ۽ سينگارڻ جو نئون طريقو رائج ٿيو. ان لاءِ مختلف نمونن جون ٺڪيل لوهي پٽيون استعمال ٿينديون هيون، جيڪي قبضن جو ڪم به ڏينديون هيون. عام طور ٽي سينگاريل پٽيون دروازي سان لڳل هونديون هيون، جڏهن ته انهن سان گڏ لوهي ڪڙا عمودي محورن تي چڙهندا هئا، جيڪي پٿر يا ڪاٺ جي چوڪاٺ ۾ لڳل هوندا هئا. اهڙي نموني جو ٻارهين صديءَ جو هڪ ابتدائي مثال [[لنڪن ڪئٿڊرل]] ۾ موجود آهي. فرانس ۾ [[نوٽر ڊيم، پيرس]] جي دروازن جو ڌاتوءَ وارو ڪم هن فن جو هڪ شاندار نمونو آهي، جڏهن ته فرانس ۽ انگلينڊ ۾ به اهڙا ڪيترائي مثال موجود آهن.

==دروازن جا قسم==

''''پٽين وارا دروازا'''' 
: (Ledged Doors).
ھن قسم جا دروازا بلڪل سادا ۽ عام ھوندا آھن. ھنن جو استعمال ٻھراڙين ۾ گھڻو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ڪاٺ جي اڀين تاڪين سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي تاڪيون وري سڌين ٽيڪ وارين پٽين (Ledges) سان مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙيل ھونديون آھي.
اڀريون تاڪيون (Battens)  گھڻو ڪري ھڪ انچ ٿلھيون ۽ ڇھھ انچ ويڪريون ھونديون آھن ۽ اھي V جوڙ سان کانچي ۾ جڪڙيل ھونديون آھن، جنھن کي ٽيڪنيڪي يعني فني لغت ۾ Tongued and Grooved چوندا آھن. سڌيون پٽيون (Ledges)  گھڻو ڪري ڏيڍ انچ ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن ۽ انھن کي اڀين تاڪين (Battens)  مٿان اشڪنجي سان جڪڙي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. ٽي سڌيون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن؛ ھڪ مٿان، ٻي وچ ۾ ۽ ٽين ھيٺان. تاڪ کي T نموني جي انجيسن ذريعي ٽنگيو ويندو آھي، جيڪي سڌين پٽين مٿان لڳائبيون آھن. ھن قسم جا دروازا اھڙن ھنڌن تي لڳايا ويندا آھن، جتي خوبصورتي درڪار نھ ھوندي آھي.

'''''سڌين ۽ وتر وارين پٽين وارا دروازا'''''
: (Ledged and braced doors )
بنيادي طرح ھي دروازا سڌين پٽين وارن دروازن جھڙا ھوندا. (پٽين وارا دروازا)
آھن ۽ فرق صرف اھو آھي تھ ھنن کي وڌيڪ پختو بڻائڻ لاءِ سڌين پٽين جھڙي ماپ جون وڌيڪ پٽيون وتر ۾ (DiagonallY) لڳايون وينديون آھن. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ وتر وارين پٽين کي ٽنگيل پاسي کان مٿي سلامي ڏني وڃي، جيئن اھي دٻاءُ (Compression)  ۾ رھي، مضبوطي مھيا ڪن. عام طريقي سان سڌيون پٽيون ھڻي، دروازي کي چاڙھي، پوءِ انھن مٿان ڪوڪن رستي وتر واريون پٽيون (Battens)  لڳائبيون آھن. ھي دروازا پڻ سادن ۽ عارضي ڪمن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. .&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
'''''چؤڪاٺن (فريمن) ۽ پٽين وارا دروازا'''''
: (Ledged and Framed Doors)   
ھن قسم جي دروازن ۾  ڊولائتي نموني چؤڪاٺا ٺاھي ۽ تاڪ ھنيا ويندا آھن، جنھن سبب انھن جي مضبوطي وڌندي آھي. ازانسواءِ انھن ۾ اٽڪل چار انچ ويڪريون ۽ ڏيڍ انچ ٿلھيون پاسن واريون اڀيون پٽيون (Styles)  لڳائڻ سبب مضبوطيءَ سان گڏ اھي پرڪشش ۽ وڻندڙ لڳندا آھن. جڏھن تھ سڌيون ٽيڪ واريون پٽيون (Ledges)  ۽ اڀيون تاڪيون (Battens)  پڻ معمول مطابق لڳايون وينديون آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''چؤڪاٺن اندر ٽيڏين پٽين وارا دروازا'''''
: (Ledged, framed and braced doors) 
ھي دروازا ذري گھٽ چؤڪاٺن ۽ پٽين وارن دروازن جھڙا ٿيندا اھن. ھنن ۾ صرف وتر وارين وٽين جو اضافو ڪيو ويندو آھي، جنھن سبب ھي وڌيڪ مضبوط ۽ پائيدار ٿيندا آھن ۽ گھڻو ڪري ٻاھر لڳايا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''چؤڪاٺن ۽ ھموار تختن وارا دروازا'''''
: (Framed and Panelled doors)
 
ھن قسم جا دروازا نھايت ئي عام ۽  تمام گھڻو استعمال ۾ ايندا آھن. تاڪن جي فريم کي عمودي ۽ افقي پٽين ذريعي متعدد حصن ۾ ورھايو ويندو آھي، انھن پٽين ۾ پانيلن (Panells)  کي جوڙڻ واسطي جھري ٺھيل ھوندي آھي جن ۾ ھموار يعني سڌا يا مٿي اڀريل پانيل ڦاسائي تاڪ تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جون ڊزائينون مختلف ٿينديون آھن، ليڪن ٺاھڻ جو طريقو ساڳيو ئي ھوندو آھي. پانيلن جو تعداد دروازي جي نوعيت ۽ ماڻھن جي پسند تي مدار رکي ٿو. ھن قسم جي دروازن ۾ سسڻ جو رجحان گھٽ ھوندو آھي. ھنن دروازن جي عام رواجي سائيز 7'-0″x4′-0″،  7'-0″x3′-0″،  6'-6″x4′-0″ وغيره رکي ويندي آھي. تاڪن جي ٿولھ مختلف ڳالھين تي مدار رکي ٿي جھڙوڪ، ڪم جي نوعيت، دروازن لڳائڻ وارو ھنڌ، پانيلن جو تعداد وغيره. تاڪن جي ٿولھھ اٽڪل 1 انچ کان 1 ½ انچ رکي ويندي آھي.

'''''شيشن ۽ تختن وارا دروازا'''''
: (Glazed and paneled doors or sash doors 
        
گھرن ۽ ڪمرن اندر انھن جي نوعيت مطابق ۽ گھربل روشنيءَ پٽاندڙ سمورا تاڪ شيشي جي پانيلن يا تختن يا ڪجھھ حصي تئين شيشي جي پانيلن ۽ بچيل حصي تائين ڪاٺ جي پانيلن سان ٺاھي استعمال ڪيا ويندا اھن. عام طرح سان شيشي ۽ ڪاٺ جي حصن جو تناسب 2:1 رکيو ويندو آھي. شيشي کي روڪڻ لاءِ ڪاٺ جون سنھيون پٽيون (Beads)  يا پٽي (Putty)  لڳائي ويندي آھي. شيشي واري ايراضي وڌائڻ جي صورت ۾ تاڪ جي وچين سڌي پٽيءَ (Lock rail)  جي مٿان وارين تاڪ جي پاسي وارين اڀين پٽين (Styles) جي ويڪر گھٽائي ويندي آھي .ھن قسم جا دروازا آفيسن، اسپتالن، لائبرين، شاپنگ سينٽرن ۽ شورومس وغيره ۾ لڳايا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''فلش ڊورس : (Flush Doors)'''''
 
ھن قسم جي دروازن جي بناوت ۾ پختا ۽ گھربل طرح سان تاڪن جا فريم ٺاھي انھن مٿان ڪمرشل پلاءِ يا ٽِيڪ پلاءِ (Commercial ply or Teak ply)  وغيره لڳائي ويندي آھي. ھي دروازا ٽن قسمن جا ٿيندا آھن جھڙوڪ فريم وارا فلش ڊورس، پؤرا فلش دروازا (Hollow flush doors) ۽ ورقن يا تھن وارا فلش دروازا (Laminated flush doors) فريم وارن  فلشن دروازن جا تاڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي ٻاھرين اڀين پٽين (Styles)، سڌين پٽين (Rails)، ننڍڙين پٽين (Ribs) ۽ پلاءِ ووڊ (Plywood) مان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. پھرين تاڪ جي فريم لاءِ انھن ۾ ڪم ايندڙ جوڙجڪ کي ٺاھي، انھن مٿان ٻنھي پاسي پلاءِ ووڊ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. پترن ورقن يا تھن مان ٺھيل دروازن کي نھرا دروازا (Solid doors) سڏيو ويندو آھي. انھن دروازن ٺاھڻ واسطي ڪاٺ جي سنھن ورقن کي تمام گھڻي داٻ سان گلوءَ رستي ڳنڍي ھڪ نھري (Solid) مضبوط قسم جو ٻنھي پاسن کان سڌو تختو ٺاھي (جنھن کي تاڪ جو نھرو اندر Solid core کڻي چئجي) انھيءَ مٿان ٻنھي پاسي پلاءِ جي سنھي چادر چاڙھي، تاڪ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.انھن جا ٻئي ٻاھريان پاسا ٻين دروازن جي ڀيٽ ۾ جلدي ميرا نھ ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي سولائيءَ سان صاف ڪري سگھبو آھي.

'''''ڄاريءَ وارا دروازا'''''
: (Wire gauze doors)

ھن قسم جي دروازن جي تاڪن لاءِ، انھن جي اڀين ۽ سڌين پٽين ۾ چؤڪور خانن ۾ ننڍي کانچي اندر ڄاري ڦاسائي، انھيءَ کي مضبوطيءَ لاءِ ڪوڪن سان اھڙي نموني ۾ جڪڙي تھ جيئن ڄاريءَ ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو گھنج نھ رھي. پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان چؤڌاري ڪاٺ جي سنھي پٽي (Beading) چاڙھي ويندي آھي. تاڪن جي تالي واريءَ سڌي پٽيءَ (Lock rail) مٿان آٽوميٽڪ اسپرنگ لڳايا ويندا آھن، تھ جيئن ڌڪي سان ٻاھر کولڻ کان پوءِ اھي خودبخود جلدي بند ٿي وڃن. ھن قسم جا دروازا قدرتي ھوا جي ڦھلاءُ (Circulation) سان گڏ ھر ڪنھن قسم جي اڏامندڙ جيوڙي جھڙوڪ مڇر ۽ مک وغيره کي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ نھايت ئي ڪارآمد رھن ٿا. انھيءَ ڪري گھرن، اسپتالن، رڌڻن، ڄاريءَ جي ڪٻٽن، مٺائيءَ وغيره جي دڪانن، ھوٽلن ۽ ٻين اھڙين جڳھين تي ڪثرت سان استعمال ٿين ٿا.

'''''جھڪيل يا لڙيل پٽين وارا دروازا'''''
: (Louvered doors)

ھن قسم جي دروازن جي تاڪن ۾ سنھيون پٽيون اھڙي نموني ٽيڏيون لڳايون وينديون آھن تھ جيئن انھن جي وچ ۾ ھڪ جھڙي وٿي رھي. اھي پٽيون سڄي تاڪ يا انھيءَ جي ڪنھن بھ حصي ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ايتري ٽيڏائيءَ (Inclination)  تي لڳائبيون آھن، تھ جيئن ٻاھرين نظر اندر نھ پوي ۽ نھ ئي وري اندران ٻاھر ڏسي سگھجي. اھڙا دروازا ھوا جي گذر سان گڏ پوشيدگي (Privacy)  پڻ مھيا ڪن ٿا.

'''''ڦرندڙ دروازا'''''
: (Revolving doors)

ھن قسم جي دروازن ۾ پوري وچ تي ٽيڪ مٿان آمھون سامھون چار تاڪ اھڙي نموني لڳايا ويندا آھن، جي صرف ھڪ ئي طرف ڦري سگھن. اھڙي نموني ماڻھو انھن منجھان ھڪ پاسي داخل ٿي سگھندو آھي ۽ ٻئي طرف کان ٻاھر نڪري سگھندو آھي. اھڙن دروزن ۾ مرضيءَ مطابق شيشا يا ڪاٺ جا سنھا تختا (Panells) لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھي دروازا گھڻيءَ رش وارن ھنڌن لاءِ موزون رھن ٿا ۽ انھيءَ سبب انھن کي ھوٽلن ۽ تماشگاھن (Theatres)  وغيره ۾ لڳايو ويندو آھي.

'''''گسڪندڙ دروازا'''''
: (Sliding doors)

ھن قسم جا دروازا سڄي ۽ کاٻي پاسي گسڪي سگھندڙ تاڪن وارا ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي اندر يا ٻاھر نھ کلي سگھندا آھن. انھن جا تاڪ مرضيءَ مطابق ڪاٺ جي ۽ شيشي جي پانيلن لڳائڻ سان بلڪل اونداھا، بلڪل روشن ۽ ڪنھن حصي تائين روشن بنائي سگھجن .ھي دروازا گدامن، ڇاپرن، دڪانن ۽ نماءُ وارن ڪمرن وغيرھ ۾ لڳايا ويندا آھن ۽ جڳھھ بچائڻ جي خيال کان گھرن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن.

'''''ويڙھجندڙ دروازا'''''
: (Rolling doors) 
  
ھي دروازا لوھ جا ٺھيل ھوندا آھن ۽ مٿان کان ھيٺ لاھي بند ڪري سگھبا آھن ۽ ساڳئي نموني ھيٺ کان مٿي ويڙھي کولي سگھبا آھن. انھيءَ سبب انھن کي ويڙھجي سگھجندڙ دروازا (Collapsible doors) چئبو آھي. انھن ۾ لوھھ جي ٿلھي چادر جو فريم ٺھيل ھوندو آھي، جنھن ۾ دروازي جي سولائيءَ سان ھيٺ مٿي چرڻ لاءِ کانچو ڇڏيل ھوندو آھي. مٿي وري ھڪ قسم جو ڊرم (Drum) ھوندو آھي، انھيءَ ۾ اسپرنگ لڳل ھوندا آھن، جي دروازي جي لوھي پتري تاڪ کي سولائيءَ سان ھيٺ مٿي ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڪندا آھن. وڏي سائيز جي تاڪ جي صورت ۾ بال بيئرنگ (Ball Bearings) پڻ لڳل ھوندا آھن.  ڊرم جو قطر (Diameter)  8 انچن کان 12 انچن تائين ٿيندو آھي. دروازي جي اسپرنگن ۽ بيئرنگن کي ميڻ (grease)  وغيره ڏئي، انھن کي ڪٽ کان بچائي رکڻ سان گڏ تاڪ کي ٿوري ئي ڌڪي ۽ ڇڪ ڏيڻ سان دروازو آسانيءَ سان بند ڪري ۽ کولي سگھجي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.ھي دروازا موٽر گيراجن، نماءُ وارن ڪمرن (Show rooms)، دڪانن ۽ گودامن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا.

'''':ڳتجندڙ دروازا'''''
: (Collapsible doors)

 
ھي دروازا لوھھ جا ٺھيل ھوندا آھن. ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ جوڙجڪ ۾ ٻنھي اڀن پاسن اندر ناليءَ وانگر خال ڇڏيل ھوندو آھي، جن سان اٽڪل  5/8 انچ کان ¾ انچ ويڪريون لوھھ جي پٽين جون ناليون (Channels)  ڳنڍيل ھونديون آھن. اھڙيءَ طرح انھن پٽين ۾ اتڪل اڌ انچ کان 5/8  انچ ويڪرو اڀو خال (Gap) ٺھي بيھندو آھي. اھڙي قسم جا ٽڪرا ھڪ ٻئي جي وچ کان اٽڪل 3 ¾ انچن جي مفاصلي تي ٺھي بيھندا آھن، جن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان لوھھ جي ڪيئنچيءَ جي انداز وارن لوھھ جي ٽڪرن (Cross Iron pieces) سان ڳنڍيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي ٺھيل لوھھ جي پختن پٽين جي ٽڪرن سان ٺھيل خالن وارن تاڪن کي پاسن  طرف ڌڪي يا ڇڪي کوھي ۽ بند ڪري سگھبو آھي. ھن قسم جا دروازا ڪافي مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ مارڪيٽ  ۾ داخل ٿيڻ وارن کليل حصن، گيراجن ۽ ٻين اھڙن ئي کليل ھنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==تاريخ==
[[فائل:old door.jpg|380px|thumb|ايران جي شھر ڪاشان ۾ ھڪ دروازو]]

قديم تاريخي دروازن ۾  سليمان جي ھيڪل (Temple of Solomon) قابل ذڪر آھي جيڪو زيتون جي ڪاٺيءَ جو ٺھيل ھيو.قديم مصر ۾ به ھڪ يا ٻن ڪلاڪن جي دروازن جو استعمال ٿيندو ھو. قديم آثارن جي ماھرن سوئيٽزرلينڊ مان پنج ھزار سال پراڻو دروازو دريافت ڪيو آھي.&lt;ref&gt;[http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/ Swiss archaeologists find 5000-year-old door] {{webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101108222716/http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/ |date=2010-11-08 }}&lt;/ref&gt; پراڻي دور ۾ مذھبي عبادت گاھن جي دروازن تي سون ۽ چانديءَ جي دروازن لڳائڻ جو پڻ تائين تاريخ ۾ ذڪر ملي ٿو.

[[فائل:stone door.jpg|left|380px|thumb|
 انڊيا جي ھئمپيء ۾ پٿر جو دروازو]]
[[فائل:Door-Post Socket (4690606141).jpg|380px|thumb| پرسيپولس جو وڏي دروازي جو لنگھ]]
 
 [[فائل:Plaster cast of folding doors, Pompeii.jpg|380px|thumb|قديم روم جو پومپي شھر جو پھرين صدي عيسويءَ جو تھبند (Folding) دروازو]]

==دروازي جي ڪم ڪرڻ جو طريقو==

[[فائل:Types of doors.png|thumb|دروازي جي ڪم ڪرڻ جو مشيني طريقو]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>61bztliduhwu8wp77kg98jsrva0yvk3</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401140</id>
      <parentid>401139</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T10:14:33Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401140</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="37489" sha1="572bez8d9dz5ej1aw1jgqwwswvmuolu" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|داخل ٿيڻ ۽ ٻاهر نڪرڻ لاءِ حرڪت ڪندڙ رڪاوٽ}}

[[File:L-door.png|thumb|در جو خاڪو]]

'''در''' يا '''دروازو''' هڪ [[قبضو|قبضن]] تي لڳل يا ٻيءَ ڪنهن طريقي سان حرڪت ڪندڙ رڪاوٽ هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪنهن بند جاءِ ۾ داخل ٿيڻ (ورود) ۽ ٻاهر نڪرڻ (خروج) جي سهولت فراهم ڪري ٿو. ڀت ۾ در لاءِ ٺهيل کليل حصي کي '''درگاهه''' يا '''دروازي جو کليل حصو''' چيو ويندو آهي. در جو بنيادي مقصد رسائيءَ تي ضابطو رکندي [[سيڪيورٽي]] فراهم ڪرڻ آهي. عام طور تي اهو اهڙو پٽ يا تختو هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[عمارت]]، [[ڪمرو|ڪمري]] يا [[گاڏي]] جي دروازي جي کليل حصي ۾ فِٽ ڪيو ويندو آهي. در مختلف مواد مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن جو انتخاب انهن جي استعمال ۽ مقصد مطابق ڪيو ويندو آهي. اڪثر در [[قبضو|قبضن]] ذريعي لڳايا ويندا آهن، پر ڪي سلائيڊ ٿيڻ، فولڊ ٿيڻ يا ٻين حرڪتي طريقن سان به ڪم ڪندا آهن.

در مختلف طريقن سان کلي ۽ بند ٿي سگهن ٿا، جهڙوڪ قبضي تي ڦرڻ، فريم سان متوازي سلائيڊ ٿيڻ، فولڊ ٿيڻ يا مرڪزي محور تي ڦرڻ. انهن جو مقصد ماڻهن يا شين جي داخلا ۽ اخراج کي آسان يا محدود ڪرڻ هوندو آهي. گهڻن درن ۾ اندروني ۽ ٻاهرين پاسي جي بناوت هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي، پر ڪجهه حالتن ۾، جهڙوڪ [[گاڏي]] جي درن ۾، ٻنهي پاسن جي جوڙجڪ مختلف هوندي آهي.

گهڻن درن ۾ [[تالو]] لڳائڻ جو انتظام هوندو آهي، جنهن ذريعي صرف مجاز ماڻهو، مثال طور [[چاٻي]] استعمال ڪري، در کولي سگهندا آهن. درن تي اڪثر کڙڪائڻ لاءِ ڌاتوءَ جا [[کڙڪائندڙ (اوزار)|کڙڪائندڙ]]  (ڊور ناڪرس) يا [[در جي گهنٽي]] پڻ لڳل هوندي آهي، ته جيئن ٻاهران بيٺل ماڻهو پنهنجي موجودگيءَ جو اطلاع ڏئي سگهن. رسائي فراهم ڪرڻ کان علاوه، در خانگي زندگي (پرائيويسي) جي حفاظت، مختلف استعمال وارن حصن کي الڳ رکڻ، [[روشني]] ۽ [[هوا جي اچ وڃ]] کي ضابطو ڪرڻ، گرمي يا ٿڌ کي برقرار رکڻ، آواز کي گهٽائڻ ۽ [[باهه]] جي پکڙجڻ کي روڪڻ جهڙا اهم ڪم پڻ سرانجام ڏيندا آهن.

در صرف تعميراتي عنصر نه، پر جمالياتي، علامتي ۽ رسمن سان لاڳاپيل اهميت پڻ رکن ٿا. ڪيترين ثقافتن ۾ در جي چاٻي حاصل ڪرڻ ٻاهرئين ماڻهو کان اندروني يا بااختيار حيثيت حاصل ڪرڻ جي علامت سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڏسو، مثال طور، [[بليڪ راڊ|بليڪ راڊ جو معزز اشر]] جون درباني ذميواريون.&lt;/ref&gt; [[ادب]] ۽ [[فن]] ۾ پڻ در ۽ درگاهون تبديلي، نئين مرحلي ۾ داخل ٿيڻ يا علامتي معنيٰ جي اظهار لاءِ استعارن ۽ تمثيلن طور گهڻو استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

'''دروازو'''- انگريزي ۾: ڊور يا گيٽ . اردوءَ ۾ دروازہ:جديد دور جي عمارتن ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڪاٺ جا دروازا استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا. تاڪن جي حساب سان اھي ھڪ تاڪ وارا   ۽ ٻن تاڪن وارا ٿين ٿا..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر: سنڌي ادبي بورڊ،ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;
[[فائل:Door in Georgia.jpg|380px|thumb|جارجيا ملڪ جو دروازو]]
جاءِ اندر مختلف قسم جي ڪمرن ۾ استعمال جي نوعيت مطابق انھن جي ماپ جو تعين ڪيو وڃي ٿو. اھي اھڙي ماپ جا ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن انھن ڪمرن ۾ گھربل سامان آسانيءَ سان لنگھي سگھي. عام طرح سان غسلخانن ۽ بيت الخلاءِ اندر داخل ٿيڻ لاءِ دروازن جي ماپ 6′-4″x2′-6″  رکجي تھ بھتر آھي. ٻين ڪمرن لاءِ دروازن جي سراسري ماپ 7′-0″x3′-8″ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ ڪوشش ڪري 6′-4″x3′-0″ کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي. بھرحال دروازن جي ماپ واسطي ڪنھن بھ قسم جو پڪو پختو قائدو مڙھيل نھ آھي. ڪچيءَ طرح ۽ اندازي جي حساب سان ھيٺئين فارمولا سان دروازن جي ماپ جو تعين ڪري سگھجي ٿو.
ويڪر =(ويڪر)  اوچائي 4-(اوچائي)  فوٽ 
ڪمرن اندر دروازا ڪنڊ کان اٽڪل 6 انچن کان 9 انچن تائين پري رکجن تھ بھتر آھي، ليڪن انھن جي لڳائڻ لاءِ جديد طرز جي عمارت جي علم کي ذھن ۾ رکڻ وڌيڪ سٺو آھي.
اڄڪلھ دروازن جي چؤڪاٺن ۾ چائنٺ (سل)  نھ لڳائي ويندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ انھيءَ جي لڳائڻ سان ھڪ تھ ٿاٻي کائڻ جو تمام گھڻو انديشو رھي ٿو ۽ ٻيو تھ صفائي ڪرڻ ۾ دقت ٿئي ٿي، ليڪن ايئرڪنڊيشنڊ ڪمرن لاءِ چائنٺ لڳائڻ تمام ضروري آھي تھ جيئن تاڪن ھيٺان وٿي نہ رھي. وڏن شھرن ۾ آر-سي-سيءَ جي بوتي وارين عمارتن ۾ 4 ½ انچن جي اوساريءَ وارين ڀتين ۾ ڀت جي پوري ٿولھھ تائين ويڪرا چؤڪاٺا استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا. عام رواجي ۽ سرڪاري عمارتن ۾ چؤڪاٺن لاءِ 0′-4″x0′-3″ جي سائيز جون ڪاٺ جون پٽيون گھڙايون وينديون آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

[[فائل:Knocking at front door of The National Archives Building - 01.jpg|380px|thumb|واشنگٽن ۾ نيشنل آرڪائيوز بلڊنگ جو دروازو]]
دروازو ھڪ حرڪت وارو ڍانچو آهي جنھن ذريعي ڪنھن چوديواريءَ يا گاڏي وغيره ۾ ڪنھن جي داخلا يا روڪ کي ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪبو آهي. عام طور تي ان جو ھڪ يا ٻه [[تاڪ]] ھوندا آھن جيڪي درين يا بغير درين جي ھوندا آھن. تاڪ چاھي ھڪڙو ھجي يا ٻہ ،  [[ڇوڪاٺو|چوڪاٺي]] يا [[چونڪو|چونڪي]] سان [[انجيس|انجيسن]] جي مدد سان ڳنڍيل ھوندو/ھوندا آھن ۽ انھن کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪڙو يا ڪنڍو لڳائي استعمال ڪيو آھي جنھن ۾ تالو لڳائبو آهي. اھي ھوا ۽ روشنيءَ جي ضابطي لاءِ بہ استعمال ٿيندا آھن.
جاءِ اندر داخل ٿيڻ ۽ انھيءَ جي مختلف اندرين حصن جو پاڻ ۾ رابطو رکڻ لاءِ دروازا لڳايا ويندا آھن. موسم آھر انھن کي کولي رکڻ سان جاءِ اندر روشني وڌندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھوا جو گذر پڻ سٺيءَ طرح سان ٿيندو آھي. انھيءَ سان گڏ دروازن لڳائڻ سبب چوريءَ ٿيڻ جو انديشو گھٽ رھندو آھي ۽ گھر ۾ رھندڙ ڀاتين جي پوشيدگي (پرائيويسي)  رھندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== تاريخ ==
&lt;!-- هن حصي ۾ 1911ع جي ''Encyclopædia Britannica'' جي &quot;Door&quot; واري مقالي مان ورتل متن شامل آهي. --&gt;

قديم ترين دروازن جا ثبوت [[قديم مصر]] جي مقبرن جي ڀتين تي ٺهيل تصويرن مان ملن ٿا، جن ۾ هڪ يا ٻه تاڪن وارا دروازا ڏيکاريل آهن، جيڪي عام طور ڪاٺ جي هڪڙي ٽڪري مان ٺهيل هوندا هئا. مصري مقبرن ۾ ''ڪوڙا دروازا'' (فالس ڊورز) پڻ ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جن بابت عقيدو هو ته اهي فوت ٿيل ماڻهن جي آخرت ڏانهن وڃڻ جا علامتي دروازا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Weiss |first=Daniel |date=2022 |title=Features - Magical Mystery Door - Archaeology Magazine - November/December 2022 |url=https://archaeology.org/issues/november-december-2022/features/egypt-stela-false-door/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Archaeology Magazine |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

مصر جي انتهائي خشڪ آبهوا سبب دروازن کي وڪڙجڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ چوڪاٺن جي گهڻي ضرورت نه پوندي هئي، پر ٻين علائقن ۾ دروازن کي مضبوط رکڻ لاءِ چوڪاٺن وارو ڍانچو تيار ڪيو ويندو هو. رومي معمار ويتروويوس موجب اهڙن دروازن ۾ عمودي پٽيون (Stiles) ۽ افقي پٽيون (Rails) هونديون هيون، جڏهن ته وچ وارا پينل انهن جي نالن ۾ فٽ ڪيا ويندا هئا. عمودي پٽين مان هڪ قبضن سان ڳنڍيل ''هينگنگ اسٽائل'' ۽ ٻي ''ميٽنگ اسٽائل'' سڏبي هئي، جڏهن ته افقي حصن ۾ مٿيون، وچيون ۽ هيٺيون ريل شامل هونديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Marcus Vitruvius Pollio |url=https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Vitruvius/4*.html |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=University of Chicago}}&lt;/ref&gt;

قديم ترين دروازا ڪاٺ جا هوندا هئا. [[بائيبل]] ۾ [[حضرت سليمان]] جي مندر بابت بيان ٿيل آهي ته ان جا دروازا زيتون جي ڪاٺ مان ٺهيل، نفيس نقش نگاري سان سينگاريل ۽ سون سان مڙهيل هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Bible Project: Book of 1 Kings 6 - New American Standard Bible |url=https://www.bibleproject.com/bible/nasb/1-kings/6 |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=BibleProject |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; [[هومر]] جي تحريرن مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ان دور ۾ ڪي دروازا چاندي يا پتل سان ڍڪيل هوندا هئا. زيتون کان علاوه ايلم، ديودار، بلوط ۽ سرو جي ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ٿيندي هئي. آثار قديمه جي ماهرن سوئٽزرلينڊ جي شهر [[زيورخ]] ڀرسان پنج هزار سال پراڻا ٻه ڪاٺ جا دروازا پڻ دريافت ڪيا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://archive.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101108222716/http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/|url-status=dead|title=Swiss archaeologists find 5,000-year-old door|first=Frank|last=Jordans|date=October 20, 2010|archive-date=November 8, 2010|via=The Boston Globe}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://blog.nationalmuseum.ch/en/2019/01/close-the-door/|title=Close the door!|first=Samuel van|last=Willigen|date=January 17, 2019|website=Swiss National Museum - Swiss history blog}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{multiple image
| align=
| total_width=550
| direction=horizontal
| footer=
| image1=stone door.jpg
| caption1=هيمپي (ڀارت) ۾ پٿر جو دروازو
| image2=Door-Post Socket (4690606141).jpg
| caption2=پرسيپولس (هاڻوڪو [[ايران]]) مان دريافت ٿيل وڏي دروازي جو بنيادي ساکٽ
}}

قديم دور جا دروازا مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ لڳل محورن (Pintles) وسيلي ڦرندا هئا، جيڪي مٿئين ڪڙي (Lintel) ۽ هيٺئين چائنٺ (Sill) ۾ ٺهيل ساکٽن اندر ويهندا هئا. اهي ساکٽ گهڻو ڪري بازالٽ يا گرينائيٽ جهڙي سخت پٿر مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا. [[نپپور]] مان 2000 ق.م. جا دريافت ٿيل اهڙا ساکٽ ڊوليرائيٽ پٿر جا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=The Museum Journal {{!}} Two Door Sockets of the Kings of Ur |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/journal/1211/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=The Museum Journal |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[بلاوات]] جي دروازن جا محور ڪانسي سان ڍڪيل هئا، جيڪي اڄ [[برٽش ميوزيم]] ۾ محفوظ آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Assyrian sculpture and Balawat Gates |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/galleries/assyrian-sculpture-and-balawat-gates |access-date=2025-04-05 |website=British Museum}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهي ٻه تاڪن وارا دروازا هئا، جن مان هر تاڪ لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|2.54|m|in|abbr=on}} ويڪرو ۽ {{convert|8.2|m|ft|abbr=on}} اوچو هو. انهن کي {{convert|25.4|cm|in|abbr=on}} ويڪريون ڪانسي جون پٽيون لڳل هيون، جن تي ابھريل نقاشي ڪئي وئي هئي. ڪاٺ جا دروازا لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|7.62|cm|in|abbr=on}} ٿلها هئا، جڏهن ته قبضي واري عمودي پٽي جو قطر {{convert|360|mm|in}} کان وڌيڪ هو. مختلف ماپن جي ٻين ڪانسي جي ڍڪڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ڪاٺ جي محورن کي ڌاتو سان محفوظ ڪرڻ ان دور ۾ عام رواج هو.

شام جي [[حوران]] علائقي ۾، جتي ڪاٺ جي کوٽ هئي، اتي دروازا پٿر مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/W_1864-0301-1 |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=British Museum}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن مان {{convert|1.63|by|0.79|m|in|abbr=on}} ماپ وارو هڪ پٿريلو دروازو [[برٽش ميوزيم]] ۾ محفوظ آهي، جنهن جي وچ واري ڪنڊ مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته اهو ٻه تاڪي دروازي جو هڪ حصو هو. شام جي شهر بُصرى ويجهو ڪُفَير ۾ سياح برڪهارٽ کي {{convert|2.74|to|3.048|m|ft|abbr=on}} اوچا پٿريلا دروازا مليا، جيڪي قديم شهر جي داخلي دروازن طور استعمال ٿيندا هئا. [[ايٽروريا]] ۾ پڻ پٿر جي دروازن جا ڪيترائي مثال ملن ٿا.

[[File:Plaster cast of folding doors, Pompeii.jpg|thumb|left|upright|[[پومپيئي]] ۾ پهرين صدي عيسويءَ جا [[قديم روم]] جا فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازا، جيڪي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي نوڪلاسيڪي دروازن سان مشابهت رکن ٿا.]]

قديم [[يونان]] ۽ [[قديم روم]] ۾ هڪ تاڪي، ٻه تاڪي، ٽي تاڪي، سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ ۽ فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازن جا تاڪ قبضن سان پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا ۽ کلي پوئتي ويڙهجي ويندا هئا. [[اگريجينٽم]] ۾ ٿيرون جي مقبري تي پٿر ۾ تراشيل هڪ چار پينلن وارو دروازو موجود آهي. [[بلنڊيل مجموعو|بلنڊيل مجموعي]] (Blundell) ۾ محفوظ هڪ بيس رليف تي مندر جو ٻه تاڪي دروازو ڏيکاريل آهي، جنهن جي هر تاڪ ۾ پنج پينل آهن.

قديم رومي ڌاتوڪاريءَ جا بهترين مثال روم جي [[چرچ آف ايس ايس ڪوزماس ۽ ڊيمين]] جا ڪانسي جا دروازا آهن. اهي ٻه تاڪي آهن، هر تاڪ ۾ ٻه پينل آهن ۽ سڄو چوڪاٺو پڻ ڪانسي جو ٺهيل آهي. [[پينٿيون, روم|پينٿيون]] جا ڪانسي جا دروازا به ساڳئي طرز جا آهن، جن ۾ مٿئين، وچئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ اضافي افقي پينل موجود آهن. رومي دور جا ٻه ٻيا اهم ڪانسي جا دروازا [[ليٽران بيسيليڪا]] ۾ موجود آهن.

يوناني عالم [[اسڪندريه جو ھيرون ]] پهرين صدي عيسويءَ ۾، جڏهن [[رومي مصر]] قائم هو، دنيا جو سڀ کان پراڻو سڃاتل خودڪار دروازو تيار ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;needham volume 4 part 2 162&quot;&gt;{{Cite book|editor-last=Needham |editor-first=Joseph |year=1986 |title=Science and Civilization in China: Mechanical Engineering |volume=IV:2 |publisher=Cambridge University Press |page=162 |orig-year=1965 |editor-last2=Wang |editor-first2=Ling |isbn=0-521-05803-1 |ol=7716140M}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ چين ۾ [[سئي خاندان جو شهنشاهه يانگ]] (604–618ع) جي دور حڪومت ۾ شاهي لائبريري لاءِ پيرن جي حرڪت سان کلندڙ خودڪار دروازو تيار ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;needham volume 4 part 2 162&quot; /&gt; عرب موجد [[الجزري]] پڻ پاڻيءَ جي طاقت سان هلندڙ خودڪار دروازن جا نقشا ۽ وضاحتون پيش ڪيون.&lt;ref&gt;Howard R. Turner (1997), ''Science in Medieval Islam: An Illustrated Introduction'', p. 181, [[University of Texas Press]], {{ISBN|0-292-78149-0}}.&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|journal=Archivio Italiano di Urologia e Andrologia |title=Primitive robotic procedures: Automotions for medical liquids in 12th century Asia minor|year=2014 |doi=10.4081/aiua.2014.4.300|last1=Penbegul |first1=Necmettin |last2=Atar |first2=Murat |last3=Kendirci |first3=Muammer |last4=Bozkurt |first4=Yasar |last5=Hatipoglu |first5=Namık Kemal |last6=Verit |first6=Ayhan |last7=Kadıoglu |first7=Ates |volume=86 |issue=4 |pages=300–303 |pmid=25641458 |doi-access=free }}&lt;/ref&gt;

وچئين دور ۾ [[ٽامو]] ۽ ان جون مصرعون تعميراتي فن ۾ اهم حيثيت رکنديون هيون. [[بيت لحم]] جي [[چرچ آف دي نيٽوٽي]] (ڇهين صدي) جا دروازا ڪانسي جي نقشدار پٽن سان ڍڪيل آهن. [[ھاگيا صوفيه]]، [[قسطنطنيه]] جا اٺين ۽ نائين صديءَ جا دروازا به ڪانسي جا آهن، جڏهن ته [[آڪس-لا-شاپيل]] جي گرجاگھر جا نائين صديءَ جا ڪانسي جا دروازا غالباً قسطنطنيه مان آندا ويا هئا، جيئن [[سينٽ مارڪس بيسيليڪا]]، وينس جا ڪجهه دروازا پڻ. جرمنيءَ جي آڪسن گرجاگھر جا ڪانسي جا دروازا لڳ ڀڳ 800ع جا آهن. [[فلورينس]] جي ڪئٿڊرل جي بپتسما گاهه جا ڪانسي جا دروازا 1423ع ۾ [[گيبرتي]] مڪمل ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;Architecture, European Copper Institute; {{cite web |url=http://eurocopper.org/copper/copper-architecture.html |title=Find out how useful copper is to design and architecture! |access-date=2012-09-12 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20121009005711/http://eurocopper.org/copper/copper-architecture.html |archive-date=2012-10-09 }}&lt;/ref&gt; {{crossreference|(ڏسو پڻ: [[Copper in architecture]].)}}

[[File:Tür, Villa Boscoreale.jpg|left|thumb|upright|پهرين صدي عيسويءَ جي [[قديم روم]] جي ڀت تي ٺهيل رنگين تصوير، جنهن ۾ نفيس سينگاريل دروازو ڏيکاريل آهي.]]

يارهين ۽ ٻارهين صديءَ جا ڪانسي جا ڪيترائي تاريخي دروازا اڄ به موجود آهن. انهن مان سڀ کان پراڻو جرمنيءَ جي [[هلڊسهايم]] وارو دروازو (1015ع) آهي. هلڊسهايم جي هن طرز بعد ۾ پولينڊ جي [[گنيزنو دروازن]] جي جوڙجڪ تي به اثر وڌو. ڏکڻ اٽلي ۽ سسلي جا ٻيا اهم مثال هي آهن: [[سينٽ اينڊريا، امالفي]] (1060ع)، [[ساليرنو]] (1099ع)، [[ڪانوسا دي پوليا]] (1111ع)، [[ٽروا]] جا ٻه دروازا (1119ع ۽ 1124ع)، [[راويلو]] (1179ع)، جيڪي ٽراني جي باريسانو ٺاهيا، جنهن [[ٽراني گرجاگھر]] جا دروازا پڻ تيار ڪيا؛ جڏهن ته [[مونريالي]] ۽ [[پيسا گرجاگھر]] جا دروازا [[پيسا جي بونانو]] جا ٺاهيل آهن.

انهن سڀني دروازن ۾ قبضي واري عمودي پٽي جا محور مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ هوندا هئا. تعميراتي ماهرن کي صحيح طرح معلوم نه آهي ته روايتي محوري نظام کان قبضن (ھنجز) ڏانهن تبديلي ڪڏهن آئي، پر ان تبديليءَ سان دروازن کي مضبوط ڪرڻ ۽ سينگارڻ جو نئون طريقو رائج ٿيو. ان لاءِ مختلف نمونن جون ٺڪيل لوهي پٽيون استعمال ٿينديون هيون، جيڪي قبضن جو ڪم به ڏينديون هيون. عام طور ٽي سينگاريل پٽيون دروازي سان لڳل هونديون هيون، جڏهن ته انهن سان گڏ لوهي ڪڙا عمودي محورن تي چڙهندا هئا، جيڪي پٿر يا ڪاٺ جي چوڪاٺ ۾ لڳل هوندا هئا. اهڙي نموني جو ٻارهين صديءَ جو هڪ ابتدائي مثال [[لنڪن ڪئٿڊرل]] ۾ موجود آهي. فرانس ۾ [[نوٽر ڊيم، پيرس]] جي دروازن جو ڌاتوءَ وارو ڪم هن فن جو هڪ شاندار نمونو آهي، جڏهن ته فرانس ۽ انگلينڊ ۾ به اهڙا ڪيترائي مثال موجود آهن.

==دروازن جا قسم==

''''پٽين وارا دروازا'''' 
: (Ledged Doors).
ھن قسم جا دروازا بلڪل سادا ۽ عام ھوندا آھن. ھنن جو استعمال ٻھراڙين ۾ گھڻو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ڪاٺ جي اڀين تاڪين سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي تاڪيون وري سڌين ٽيڪ وارين پٽين (Ledges) سان مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙيل ھونديون آھي.
اڀريون تاڪيون (Battens)  گھڻو ڪري ھڪ انچ ٿلھيون ۽ ڇھھ انچ ويڪريون ھونديون آھن ۽ اھي V جوڙ سان کانچي ۾ جڪڙيل ھونديون آھن، جنھن کي ٽيڪنيڪي يعني فني لغت ۾ Tongued and Grooved چوندا آھن. سڌيون پٽيون (Ledges)  گھڻو ڪري ڏيڍ انچ ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن ۽ انھن کي اڀين تاڪين (Battens)  مٿان اشڪنجي سان جڪڙي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. ٽي سڌيون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن؛ ھڪ مٿان، ٻي وچ ۾ ۽ ٽين ھيٺان. تاڪ کي T نموني جي انجيسن ذريعي ٽنگيو ويندو آھي، جيڪي سڌين پٽين مٿان لڳائبيون آھن. ھن قسم جا دروازا اھڙن ھنڌن تي لڳايا ويندا آھن، جتي خوبصورتي درڪار نھ ھوندي آھي.

'''''سڌين ۽ وتر وارين پٽين وارا دروازا'''''
: (Ledged and braced doors )
بنيادي طرح ھي دروازا سڌين پٽين وارن دروازن جھڙا ھوندا. (پٽين وارا دروازا)
آھن ۽ فرق صرف اھو آھي تھ ھنن کي وڌيڪ پختو بڻائڻ لاءِ سڌين پٽين جھڙي ماپ جون وڌيڪ پٽيون وتر ۾ (DiagonallY) لڳايون وينديون آھن. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ وتر وارين پٽين کي ٽنگيل پاسي کان مٿي سلامي ڏني وڃي، جيئن اھي دٻاءُ (Compression)  ۾ رھي، مضبوطي مھيا ڪن. عام طريقي سان سڌيون پٽيون ھڻي، دروازي کي چاڙھي، پوءِ انھن مٿان ڪوڪن رستي وتر واريون پٽيون (Battens)  لڳائبيون آھن. ھي دروازا پڻ سادن ۽ عارضي ڪمن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. .&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
'''''چؤڪاٺن (فريمن) ۽ پٽين وارا دروازا'''''
: (Ledged and Framed Doors)   
ھن قسم جي دروازن ۾  ڊولائتي نموني چؤڪاٺا ٺاھي ۽ تاڪ ھنيا ويندا آھن، جنھن سبب انھن جي مضبوطي وڌندي آھي. ازانسواءِ انھن ۾ اٽڪل چار انچ ويڪريون ۽ ڏيڍ انچ ٿلھيون پاسن واريون اڀيون پٽيون (Styles)  لڳائڻ سبب مضبوطيءَ سان گڏ اھي پرڪشش ۽ وڻندڙ لڳندا آھن. جڏھن تھ سڌيون ٽيڪ واريون پٽيون (Ledges)  ۽ اڀيون تاڪيون (Battens)  پڻ معمول مطابق لڳايون وينديون آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''چؤڪاٺن اندر ٽيڏين پٽين وارا دروازا'''''
: (Ledged, framed and braced doors) 
ھي دروازا ذري گھٽ چؤڪاٺن ۽ پٽين وارن دروازن جھڙا ٿيندا اھن. ھنن ۾ صرف وتر وارين وٽين جو اضافو ڪيو ويندو آھي، جنھن سبب ھي وڌيڪ مضبوط ۽ پائيدار ٿيندا آھن ۽ گھڻو ڪري ٻاھر لڳايا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''چؤڪاٺن ۽ ھموار تختن وارا دروازا'''''
: (Framed and Panelled doors)
 
ھن قسم جا دروازا نھايت ئي عام ۽  تمام گھڻو استعمال ۾ ايندا آھن. تاڪن جي فريم کي عمودي ۽ افقي پٽين ذريعي متعدد حصن ۾ ورھايو ويندو آھي، انھن پٽين ۾ پانيلن (Panells)  کي جوڙڻ واسطي جھري ٺھيل ھوندي آھي جن ۾ ھموار يعني سڌا يا مٿي اڀريل پانيل ڦاسائي تاڪ تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جون ڊزائينون مختلف ٿينديون آھن، ليڪن ٺاھڻ جو طريقو ساڳيو ئي ھوندو آھي. پانيلن جو تعداد دروازي جي نوعيت ۽ ماڻھن جي پسند تي مدار رکي ٿو. ھن قسم جي دروازن ۾ سسڻ جو رجحان گھٽ ھوندو آھي. ھنن دروازن جي عام رواجي سائيز 7'-0″x4′-0″،  7'-0″x3′-0″،  6'-6″x4′-0″ وغيره رکي ويندي آھي. تاڪن جي ٿولھ مختلف ڳالھين تي مدار رکي ٿي جھڙوڪ، ڪم جي نوعيت، دروازن لڳائڻ وارو ھنڌ، پانيلن جو تعداد وغيره. تاڪن جي ٿولھھ اٽڪل 1 انچ کان 1 ½ انچ رکي ويندي آھي.

'''''شيشن ۽ تختن وارا دروازا'''''
: (Glazed and paneled doors or sash doors 
        
گھرن ۽ ڪمرن اندر انھن جي نوعيت مطابق ۽ گھربل روشنيءَ پٽاندڙ سمورا تاڪ شيشي جي پانيلن يا تختن يا ڪجھھ حصي تئين شيشي جي پانيلن ۽ بچيل حصي تائين ڪاٺ جي پانيلن سان ٺاھي استعمال ڪيا ويندا اھن. عام طرح سان شيشي ۽ ڪاٺ جي حصن جو تناسب 2:1 رکيو ويندو آھي. شيشي کي روڪڻ لاءِ ڪاٺ جون سنھيون پٽيون (Beads)  يا پٽي (Putty)  لڳائي ويندي آھي. شيشي واري ايراضي وڌائڻ جي صورت ۾ تاڪ جي وچين سڌي پٽيءَ (Lock rail)  جي مٿان وارين تاڪ جي پاسي وارين اڀين پٽين (Styles) جي ويڪر گھٽائي ويندي آھي .ھن قسم جا دروازا آفيسن، اسپتالن، لائبرين، شاپنگ سينٽرن ۽ شورومس وغيره ۾ لڳايا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''فلش ڊورس : (Flush Doors)'''''
 
ھن قسم جي دروازن جي بناوت ۾ پختا ۽ گھربل طرح سان تاڪن جا فريم ٺاھي انھن مٿان ڪمرشل پلاءِ يا ٽِيڪ پلاءِ (Commercial ply or Teak ply)  وغيره لڳائي ويندي آھي. ھي دروازا ٽن قسمن جا ٿيندا آھن جھڙوڪ فريم وارا فلش ڊورس، پؤرا فلش دروازا (Hollow flush doors) ۽ ورقن يا تھن وارا فلش دروازا (Laminated flush doors) فريم وارن  فلشن دروازن جا تاڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي ٻاھرين اڀين پٽين (Styles)، سڌين پٽين (Rails)، ننڍڙين پٽين (Ribs) ۽ پلاءِ ووڊ (Plywood) مان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. پھرين تاڪ جي فريم لاءِ انھن ۾ ڪم ايندڙ جوڙجڪ کي ٺاھي، انھن مٿان ٻنھي پاسي پلاءِ ووڊ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. پترن ورقن يا تھن مان ٺھيل دروازن کي نھرا دروازا (Solid doors) سڏيو ويندو آھي. انھن دروازن ٺاھڻ واسطي ڪاٺ جي سنھن ورقن کي تمام گھڻي داٻ سان گلوءَ رستي ڳنڍي ھڪ نھري (Solid) مضبوط قسم جو ٻنھي پاسن کان سڌو تختو ٺاھي (جنھن کي تاڪ جو نھرو اندر Solid core کڻي چئجي) انھيءَ مٿان ٻنھي پاسي پلاءِ جي سنھي چادر چاڙھي، تاڪ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.انھن جا ٻئي ٻاھريان پاسا ٻين دروازن جي ڀيٽ ۾ جلدي ميرا نھ ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي سولائيءَ سان صاف ڪري سگھبو آھي.

'''''ڄاريءَ وارا دروازا'''''
: (Wire gauze doors)

ھن قسم جي دروازن جي تاڪن لاءِ، انھن جي اڀين ۽ سڌين پٽين ۾ چؤڪور خانن ۾ ننڍي کانچي اندر ڄاري ڦاسائي، انھيءَ کي مضبوطيءَ لاءِ ڪوڪن سان اھڙي نموني ۾ جڪڙي تھ جيئن ڄاريءَ ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو گھنج نھ رھي. پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان چؤڌاري ڪاٺ جي سنھي پٽي (Beading) چاڙھي ويندي آھي. تاڪن جي تالي واريءَ سڌي پٽيءَ (Lock rail) مٿان آٽوميٽڪ اسپرنگ لڳايا ويندا آھن، تھ جيئن ڌڪي سان ٻاھر کولڻ کان پوءِ اھي خودبخود جلدي بند ٿي وڃن. ھن قسم جا دروازا قدرتي ھوا جي ڦھلاءُ (Circulation) سان گڏ ھر ڪنھن قسم جي اڏامندڙ جيوڙي جھڙوڪ مڇر ۽ مک وغيره کي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ نھايت ئي ڪارآمد رھن ٿا. انھيءَ ڪري گھرن، اسپتالن، رڌڻن، ڄاريءَ جي ڪٻٽن، مٺائيءَ وغيره جي دڪانن، ھوٽلن ۽ ٻين اھڙين جڳھين تي ڪثرت سان استعمال ٿين ٿا.

'''''جھڪيل يا لڙيل پٽين وارا دروازا'''''
: (Louvered doors)

ھن قسم جي دروازن جي تاڪن ۾ سنھيون پٽيون اھڙي نموني ٽيڏيون لڳايون وينديون آھن تھ جيئن انھن جي وچ ۾ ھڪ جھڙي وٿي رھي. اھي پٽيون سڄي تاڪ يا انھيءَ جي ڪنھن بھ حصي ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ايتري ٽيڏائيءَ (Inclination)  تي لڳائبيون آھن، تھ جيئن ٻاھرين نظر اندر نھ پوي ۽ نھ ئي وري اندران ٻاھر ڏسي سگھجي. اھڙا دروازا ھوا جي گذر سان گڏ پوشيدگي (Privacy)  پڻ مھيا ڪن ٿا.

'''''ڦرندڙ دروازا'''''
: (Revolving doors)

ھن قسم جي دروازن ۾ پوري وچ تي ٽيڪ مٿان آمھون سامھون چار تاڪ اھڙي نموني لڳايا ويندا آھن، جي صرف ھڪ ئي طرف ڦري سگھن. اھڙي نموني ماڻھو انھن منجھان ھڪ پاسي داخل ٿي سگھندو آھي ۽ ٻئي طرف کان ٻاھر نڪري سگھندو آھي. اھڙن دروزن ۾ مرضيءَ مطابق شيشا يا ڪاٺ جا سنھا تختا (Panells) لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھي دروازا گھڻيءَ رش وارن ھنڌن لاءِ موزون رھن ٿا ۽ انھيءَ سبب انھن کي ھوٽلن ۽ تماشگاھن (Theatres)  وغيره ۾ لڳايو ويندو آھي.

'''''گسڪندڙ دروازا'''''
: (Sliding doors)

ھن قسم جا دروازا سڄي ۽ کاٻي پاسي گسڪي سگھندڙ تاڪن وارا ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي اندر يا ٻاھر نھ کلي سگھندا آھن. انھن جا تاڪ مرضيءَ مطابق ڪاٺ جي ۽ شيشي جي پانيلن لڳائڻ سان بلڪل اونداھا، بلڪل روشن ۽ ڪنھن حصي تائين روشن بنائي سگھجن .ھي دروازا گدامن، ڇاپرن، دڪانن ۽ نماءُ وارن ڪمرن وغيرھ ۾ لڳايا ويندا آھن ۽ جڳھھ بچائڻ جي خيال کان گھرن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن.

'''''ويڙھجندڙ دروازا'''''
: (Rolling doors) 
  
ھي دروازا لوھ جا ٺھيل ھوندا آھن ۽ مٿان کان ھيٺ لاھي بند ڪري سگھبا آھن ۽ ساڳئي نموني ھيٺ کان مٿي ويڙھي کولي سگھبا آھن. انھيءَ سبب انھن کي ويڙھجي سگھجندڙ دروازا (Collapsible doors) چئبو آھي. انھن ۾ لوھھ جي ٿلھي چادر جو فريم ٺھيل ھوندو آھي، جنھن ۾ دروازي جي سولائيءَ سان ھيٺ مٿي چرڻ لاءِ کانچو ڇڏيل ھوندو آھي. مٿي وري ھڪ قسم جو ڊرم (Drum) ھوندو آھي، انھيءَ ۾ اسپرنگ لڳل ھوندا آھن، جي دروازي جي لوھي پتري تاڪ کي سولائيءَ سان ھيٺ مٿي ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڪندا آھن. وڏي سائيز جي تاڪ جي صورت ۾ بال بيئرنگ (Ball Bearings) پڻ لڳل ھوندا آھن.  ڊرم جو قطر (Diameter)  8 انچن کان 12 انچن تائين ٿيندو آھي. دروازي جي اسپرنگن ۽ بيئرنگن کي ميڻ (grease)  وغيره ڏئي، انھن کي ڪٽ کان بچائي رکڻ سان گڏ تاڪ کي ٿوري ئي ڌڪي ۽ ڇڪ ڏيڻ سان دروازو آسانيءَ سان بند ڪري ۽ کولي سگھجي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.ھي دروازا موٽر گيراجن، نماءُ وارن ڪمرن (Show rooms)، دڪانن ۽ گودامن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا.

'''':ڳتجندڙ دروازا'''''
: (Collapsible doors)

 
ھي دروازا لوھھ جا ٺھيل ھوندا آھن. ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ جوڙجڪ ۾ ٻنھي اڀن پاسن اندر ناليءَ وانگر خال ڇڏيل ھوندو آھي، جن سان اٽڪل  5/8 انچ کان ¾ انچ ويڪريون لوھھ جي پٽين جون ناليون (Channels)  ڳنڍيل ھونديون آھن. اھڙيءَ طرح انھن پٽين ۾ اتڪل اڌ انچ کان 5/8  انچ ويڪرو اڀو خال (Gap) ٺھي بيھندو آھي. اھڙي قسم جا ٽڪرا ھڪ ٻئي جي وچ کان اٽڪل 3 ¾ انچن جي مفاصلي تي ٺھي بيھندا آھن، جن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان لوھھ جي ڪيئنچيءَ جي انداز وارن لوھھ جي ٽڪرن (Cross Iron pieces) سان ڳنڍيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي ٺھيل لوھھ جي پختن پٽين جي ٽڪرن سان ٺھيل خالن وارن تاڪن کي پاسن  طرف ڌڪي يا ڇڪي کوھي ۽ بند ڪري سگھبو آھي. ھن قسم جا دروازا ڪافي مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ مارڪيٽ  ۾ داخل ٿيڻ وارن کليل حصن، گيراجن ۽ ٻين اھڙن ئي کليل ھنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==تاريخ==
[[فائل:old door.jpg|380px|thumb|ايران جي شھر ڪاشان ۾ ھڪ دروازو]]

قديم تاريخي دروازن ۾  سليمان جي ھيڪل (Temple of Solomon) قابل ذڪر آھي جيڪو زيتون جي ڪاٺيءَ جو ٺھيل ھيو.قديم مصر ۾ به ھڪ يا ٻن ڪلاڪن جي دروازن جو استعمال ٿيندو ھو. قديم آثارن جي ماھرن سوئيٽزرلينڊ مان پنج ھزار سال پراڻو دروازو دريافت ڪيو آھي.&lt;ref&gt;[http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/ Swiss archaeologists find 5000-year-old door] {{webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101108222716/http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/ |date=2010-11-08 }}&lt;/ref&gt; پراڻي دور ۾ مذھبي عبادت گاھن جي دروازن تي سون ۽ چانديءَ جي دروازن لڳائڻ جو پڻ تائين تاريخ ۾ ذڪر ملي ٿو.

[[فائل:stone door.jpg|left|380px|thumb|
 انڊيا جي ھئمپيء ۾ پٿر جو دروازو]]
[[فائل:Door-Post Socket (4690606141).jpg|380px|thumb| پرسيپولس جو وڏي دروازي جو لنگھ]]
 
 [[فائل:Plaster cast of folding doors, Pompeii.jpg|380px|thumb|قديم روم جو پومپي شھر جو پھرين صدي عيسويءَ جو تھبند (Folding) دروازو]]

==دروازي جي ڪم ڪرڻ جو طريقو==

[[فائل:Types of doors.png|thumb|دروازي جي ڪم ڪرڻ جو مشيني طريقو]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>572bez8d9dz5ej1aw1jgqwwswvmuolu</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401141</id>
      <parentid>401140</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T10:25:36Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401141</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="51142" sha1="albsfa2bonyzrzn4s4zf7fje1rwndzp" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|داخل ٿيڻ ۽ ٻاهر نڪرڻ لاءِ حرڪت ڪندڙ رڪاوٽ}}

[[File:L-door.png|thumb|در جو خاڪو]]

'''در''' يا '''دروازو''' هڪ [[قبضو|قبضن]] تي لڳل يا ٻيءَ ڪنهن طريقي سان حرڪت ڪندڙ رڪاوٽ هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪنهن بند جاءِ ۾ داخل ٿيڻ (ورود) ۽ ٻاهر نڪرڻ (خروج) جي سهولت فراهم ڪري ٿو. ڀت ۾ در لاءِ ٺهيل کليل حصي کي '''درگاهه''' يا '''دروازي جو کليل حصو''' چيو ويندو آهي. در جو بنيادي مقصد رسائيءَ تي ضابطو رکندي [[سيڪيورٽي]] فراهم ڪرڻ آهي. عام طور تي اهو اهڙو پٽ يا تختو هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[عمارت]]، [[ڪمرو|ڪمري]] يا [[گاڏي]] جي دروازي جي کليل حصي ۾ فِٽ ڪيو ويندو آهي. در مختلف مواد مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن جو انتخاب انهن جي استعمال ۽ مقصد مطابق ڪيو ويندو آهي. اڪثر در [[قبضو|قبضن]] ذريعي لڳايا ويندا آهن، پر ڪي سلائيڊ ٿيڻ، فولڊ ٿيڻ يا ٻين حرڪتي طريقن سان به ڪم ڪندا آهن.

در مختلف طريقن سان کلي ۽ بند ٿي سگهن ٿا، جهڙوڪ قبضي تي ڦرڻ، فريم سان متوازي سلائيڊ ٿيڻ، فولڊ ٿيڻ يا مرڪزي محور تي ڦرڻ. انهن جو مقصد ماڻهن يا شين جي داخلا ۽ اخراج کي آسان يا محدود ڪرڻ هوندو آهي. گهڻن درن ۾ اندروني ۽ ٻاهرين پاسي جي بناوت هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي، پر ڪجهه حالتن ۾، جهڙوڪ [[گاڏي]] جي درن ۾، ٻنهي پاسن جي جوڙجڪ مختلف هوندي آهي.

گهڻن درن ۾ [[تالو]] لڳائڻ جو انتظام هوندو آهي، جنهن ذريعي صرف مجاز ماڻهو، مثال طور [[چاٻي]] استعمال ڪري، در کولي سگهندا آهن. درن تي اڪثر کڙڪائڻ لاءِ ڌاتوءَ جا [[کڙڪائندڙ (اوزار)|کڙڪائندڙ]]  (ڊور ناڪرس) يا [[در جي گهنٽي]] پڻ لڳل هوندي آهي، ته جيئن ٻاهران بيٺل ماڻهو پنهنجي موجودگيءَ جو اطلاع ڏئي سگهن. رسائي فراهم ڪرڻ کان علاوه، در خانگي زندگي (پرائيويسي) جي حفاظت، مختلف استعمال وارن حصن کي الڳ رکڻ، [[روشني]] ۽ [[هوا جي اچ وڃ]] کي ضابطو ڪرڻ، گرمي يا ٿڌ کي برقرار رکڻ، آواز کي گهٽائڻ ۽ [[باهه]] جي پکڙجڻ کي روڪڻ جهڙا اهم ڪم پڻ سرانجام ڏيندا آهن.

در صرف تعميراتي عنصر نه، پر جمالياتي، علامتي ۽ رسمن سان لاڳاپيل اهميت پڻ رکن ٿا. ڪيترين ثقافتن ۾ در جي چاٻي حاصل ڪرڻ ٻاهرئين ماڻهو کان اندروني يا بااختيار حيثيت حاصل ڪرڻ جي علامت سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڏسو، مثال طور، [[بليڪ راڊ|بليڪ راڊ جو معزز اشر]] جون درباني ذميواريون.&lt;/ref&gt; [[ادب]] ۽ [[فن]] ۾ پڻ در ۽ درگاهون تبديلي، نئين مرحلي ۾ داخل ٿيڻ يا علامتي معنيٰ جي اظهار لاءِ استعارن ۽ تمثيلن طور گهڻو استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

'''دروازو'''- انگريزي ۾: ڊور يا گيٽ . اردوءَ ۾ دروازہ:جديد دور جي عمارتن ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڪاٺ جا دروازا استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا. تاڪن جي حساب سان اھي ھڪ تاڪ وارا   ۽ ٻن تاڪن وارا ٿين ٿا..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر: سنڌي ادبي بورڊ،ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;
[[فائل:Door in Georgia.jpg|380px|thumb|جارجيا ملڪ جو دروازو]]
جاءِ اندر مختلف قسم جي ڪمرن ۾ استعمال جي نوعيت مطابق انھن جي ماپ جو تعين ڪيو وڃي ٿو. اھي اھڙي ماپ جا ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن انھن ڪمرن ۾ گھربل سامان آسانيءَ سان لنگھي سگھي. عام طرح سان غسلخانن ۽ بيت الخلاءِ اندر داخل ٿيڻ لاءِ دروازن جي ماپ 6′-4″x2′-6″  رکجي تھ بھتر آھي. ٻين ڪمرن لاءِ دروازن جي سراسري ماپ 7′-0″x3′-8″ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ ڪوشش ڪري 6′-4″x3′-0″ کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي. بھرحال دروازن جي ماپ واسطي ڪنھن بھ قسم جو پڪو پختو قائدو مڙھيل نھ آھي. ڪچيءَ طرح ۽ اندازي جي حساب سان ھيٺئين فارمولا سان دروازن جي ماپ جو تعين ڪري سگھجي ٿو.
ويڪر =(ويڪر)  اوچائي 4-(اوچائي)  فوٽ 
ڪمرن اندر دروازا ڪنڊ کان اٽڪل 6 انچن کان 9 انچن تائين پري رکجن تھ بھتر آھي، ليڪن انھن جي لڳائڻ لاءِ جديد طرز جي عمارت جي علم کي ذھن ۾ رکڻ وڌيڪ سٺو آھي.
اڄڪلھ دروازن جي چؤڪاٺن ۾ چائنٺ (سل)  نھ لڳائي ويندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ انھيءَ جي لڳائڻ سان ھڪ تھ ٿاٻي کائڻ جو تمام گھڻو انديشو رھي ٿو ۽ ٻيو تھ صفائي ڪرڻ ۾ دقت ٿئي ٿي، ليڪن ايئرڪنڊيشنڊ ڪمرن لاءِ چائنٺ لڳائڻ تمام ضروري آھي تھ جيئن تاڪن ھيٺان وٿي نہ رھي. وڏن شھرن ۾ آر-سي-سيءَ جي بوتي وارين عمارتن ۾ 4 ½ انچن جي اوساريءَ وارين ڀتين ۾ ڀت جي پوري ٿولھھ تائين ويڪرا چؤڪاٺا استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا. عام رواجي ۽ سرڪاري عمارتن ۾ چؤڪاٺن لاءِ 0′-4″x0′-3″ جي سائيز جون ڪاٺ جون پٽيون گھڙايون وينديون آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

[[فائل:Knocking at front door of The National Archives Building - 01.jpg|380px|thumb|واشنگٽن ۾ نيشنل آرڪائيوز بلڊنگ جو دروازو]]
دروازو ھڪ حرڪت وارو ڍانچو آهي جنھن ذريعي ڪنھن چوديواريءَ يا گاڏي وغيره ۾ ڪنھن جي داخلا يا روڪ کي ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪبو آهي. عام طور تي ان جو ھڪ يا ٻه [[تاڪ]] ھوندا آھن جيڪي درين يا بغير درين جي ھوندا آھن. تاڪ چاھي ھڪڙو ھجي يا ٻہ ،  [[ڇوڪاٺو|چوڪاٺي]] يا [[چونڪو|چونڪي]] سان [[انجيس|انجيسن]] جي مدد سان ڳنڍيل ھوندو/ھوندا آھن ۽ انھن کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪڙو يا ڪنڍو لڳائي استعمال ڪيو آھي جنھن ۾ تالو لڳائبو آهي. اھي ھوا ۽ روشنيءَ جي ضابطي لاءِ بہ استعمال ٿيندا آھن.
جاءِ اندر داخل ٿيڻ ۽ انھيءَ جي مختلف اندرين حصن جو پاڻ ۾ رابطو رکڻ لاءِ دروازا لڳايا ويندا آھن. موسم آھر انھن کي کولي رکڻ سان جاءِ اندر روشني وڌندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھوا جو گذر پڻ سٺيءَ طرح سان ٿيندو آھي. انھيءَ سان گڏ دروازن لڳائڻ سبب چوريءَ ٿيڻ جو انديشو گھٽ رھندو آھي ۽ گھر ۾ رھندڙ ڀاتين جي پوشيدگي (پرائيويسي)  رھندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== تاريخ ==
&lt;!-- هن حصي ۾ 1911ع جي ''Encyclopædia Britannica'' جي &quot;Door&quot; واري مقالي مان ورتل متن شامل آهي. --&gt;

قديم ترين دروازن جا ثبوت [[قديم مصر]] جي مقبرن جي ڀتين تي ٺهيل تصويرن مان ملن ٿا، جن ۾ هڪ يا ٻه تاڪن وارا دروازا ڏيکاريل آهن، جيڪي عام طور ڪاٺ جي هڪڙي ٽڪري مان ٺهيل هوندا هئا. مصري مقبرن ۾ ''ڪوڙا دروازا'' (فالس ڊورز) پڻ ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جن بابت عقيدو هو ته اهي فوت ٿيل ماڻهن جي آخرت ڏانهن وڃڻ جا علامتي دروازا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Weiss |first=Daniel |date=2022 |title=Features - Magical Mystery Door - Archaeology Magazine - November/December 2022 |url=https://archaeology.org/issues/november-december-2022/features/egypt-stela-false-door/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Archaeology Magazine |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

مصر جي انتهائي خشڪ آبهوا سبب دروازن کي وڪڙجڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ چوڪاٺن جي گهڻي ضرورت نه پوندي هئي، پر ٻين علائقن ۾ دروازن کي مضبوط رکڻ لاءِ چوڪاٺن وارو ڍانچو تيار ڪيو ويندو هو. رومي معمار ويتروويوس موجب اهڙن دروازن ۾ عمودي پٽيون (Stiles) ۽ افقي پٽيون (Rails) هونديون هيون، جڏهن ته وچ وارا پينل انهن جي نالن ۾ فٽ ڪيا ويندا هئا. عمودي پٽين مان هڪ قبضن سان ڳنڍيل ''هينگنگ اسٽائل'' ۽ ٻي ''ميٽنگ اسٽائل'' سڏبي هئي، جڏهن ته افقي حصن ۾ مٿيون، وچيون ۽ هيٺيون ريل شامل هونديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Marcus Vitruvius Pollio |url=https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Vitruvius/4*.html |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=University of Chicago}}&lt;/ref&gt;

قديم ترين دروازا ڪاٺ جا هوندا هئا. [[بائيبل]] ۾ [[حضرت سليمان]] جي مندر بابت بيان ٿيل آهي ته ان جا دروازا زيتون جي ڪاٺ مان ٺهيل، نفيس نقش نگاري سان سينگاريل ۽ سون سان مڙهيل هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Bible Project: Book of 1 Kings 6 - New American Standard Bible |url=https://www.bibleproject.com/bible/nasb/1-kings/6 |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=BibleProject |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; [[هومر]] جي تحريرن مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ان دور ۾ ڪي دروازا چاندي يا پتل سان ڍڪيل هوندا هئا. زيتون کان علاوه ايلم، ديودار، بلوط ۽ سرو جي ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ٿيندي هئي. آثار قديمه جي ماهرن سوئٽزرلينڊ جي شهر [[زيورخ]] ڀرسان پنج هزار سال پراڻا ٻه ڪاٺ جا دروازا پڻ دريافت ڪيا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://archive.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101108222716/http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/|url-status=dead|title=Swiss archaeologists find 5,000-year-old door|first=Frank|last=Jordans|date=October 20, 2010|archive-date=November 8, 2010|via=The Boston Globe}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://blog.nationalmuseum.ch/en/2019/01/close-the-door/|title=Close the door!|first=Samuel van|last=Willigen|date=January 17, 2019|website=Swiss National Museum - Swiss history blog}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{multiple image
| align=
| total_width=550
| direction=horizontal
| footer=
| image1=stone door.jpg
| caption1=هيمپي (ڀارت) ۾ پٿر جو دروازو
| image2=Door-Post Socket (4690606141).jpg
| caption2=پرسيپولس (هاڻوڪو [[ايران]]) مان دريافت ٿيل وڏي دروازي جو بنيادي ساکٽ
}}

قديم دور جا دروازا مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ لڳل محورن (Pintles) وسيلي ڦرندا هئا، جيڪي مٿئين ڪڙي (Lintel) ۽ هيٺئين چائنٺ (Sill) ۾ ٺهيل ساکٽن اندر ويهندا هئا. اهي ساکٽ گهڻو ڪري بازالٽ يا گرينائيٽ جهڙي سخت پٿر مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا. [[نپپور]] مان 2000 ق.م. جا دريافت ٿيل اهڙا ساکٽ ڊوليرائيٽ پٿر جا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=The Museum Journal {{!}} Two Door Sockets of the Kings of Ur |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/journal/1211/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=The Museum Journal |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[بلاوات]] جي دروازن جا محور ڪانسي سان ڍڪيل هئا، جيڪي اڄ [[برٽش ميوزيم]] ۾ محفوظ آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Assyrian sculpture and Balawat Gates |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/galleries/assyrian-sculpture-and-balawat-gates |access-date=2025-04-05 |website=British Museum}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهي ٻه تاڪن وارا دروازا هئا، جن مان هر تاڪ لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|2.54|m|in|abbr=on}} ويڪرو ۽ {{convert|8.2|m|ft|abbr=on}} اوچو هو. انهن کي {{convert|25.4|cm|in|abbr=on}} ويڪريون ڪانسي جون پٽيون لڳل هيون، جن تي ابھريل نقاشي ڪئي وئي هئي. ڪاٺ جا دروازا لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|7.62|cm|in|abbr=on}} ٿلها هئا، جڏهن ته قبضي واري عمودي پٽي جو قطر {{convert|360|mm|in}} کان وڌيڪ هو. مختلف ماپن جي ٻين ڪانسي جي ڍڪڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ڪاٺ جي محورن کي ڌاتو سان محفوظ ڪرڻ ان دور ۾ عام رواج هو.

شام جي [[حوران]] علائقي ۾، جتي ڪاٺ جي کوٽ هئي، اتي دروازا پٿر مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/W_1864-0301-1 |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=British Museum}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن مان {{convert|1.63|by|0.79|m|in|abbr=on}} ماپ وارو هڪ پٿريلو دروازو [[برٽش ميوزيم]] ۾ محفوظ آهي، جنهن جي وچ واري ڪنڊ مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته اهو ٻه تاڪي دروازي جو هڪ حصو هو. شام جي شهر بُصرى ويجهو ڪُفَير ۾ سياح برڪهارٽ کي {{convert|2.74|to|3.048|m|ft|abbr=on}} اوچا پٿريلا دروازا مليا، جيڪي قديم شهر جي داخلي دروازن طور استعمال ٿيندا هئا. [[ايٽروريا]] ۾ پڻ پٿر جي دروازن جا ڪيترائي مثال ملن ٿا.

[[File:Plaster cast of folding doors, Pompeii.jpg|thumb|left|upright|[[پومپيئي]] ۾ پهرين صدي عيسويءَ جا [[قديم روم]] جا فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازا، جيڪي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي نوڪلاسيڪي دروازن سان مشابهت رکن ٿا.]]

قديم [[يونان]] ۽ [[قديم روم]] ۾ هڪ تاڪي، ٻه تاڪي، ٽي تاڪي، سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ ۽ فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازن جا تاڪ قبضن سان پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا ۽ کلي پوئتي ويڙهجي ويندا هئا. [[اگريجينٽم]] ۾ ٿيرون جي مقبري تي پٿر ۾ تراشيل هڪ چار پينلن وارو دروازو موجود آهي. [[بلنڊيل مجموعو|بلنڊيل مجموعي]] (Blundell) ۾ محفوظ هڪ بيس رليف تي مندر جو ٻه تاڪي دروازو ڏيکاريل آهي، جنهن جي هر تاڪ ۾ پنج پينل آهن.

قديم رومي ڌاتوڪاريءَ جا بهترين مثال روم جي [[چرچ آف ايس ايس ڪوزماس ۽ ڊيمين]] جا ڪانسي جا دروازا آهن. اهي ٻه تاڪي آهن، هر تاڪ ۾ ٻه پينل آهن ۽ سڄو چوڪاٺو پڻ ڪانسي جو ٺهيل آهي. [[پينٿيون, روم|پينٿيون]] جا ڪانسي جا دروازا به ساڳئي طرز جا آهن، جن ۾ مٿئين، وچئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ اضافي افقي پينل موجود آهن. رومي دور جا ٻه ٻيا اهم ڪانسي جا دروازا [[ليٽران بيسيليڪا]] ۾ موجود آهن.

يوناني عالم [[اسڪندريه جو ھيرون ]] پهرين صدي عيسويءَ ۾، جڏهن [[رومي مصر]] قائم هو، دنيا جو سڀ کان پراڻو سڃاتل خودڪار دروازو تيار ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;needham volume 4 part 2 162&quot;&gt;{{Cite book|editor-last=Needham |editor-first=Joseph |year=1986 |title=Science and Civilization in China: Mechanical Engineering |volume=IV:2 |publisher=Cambridge University Press |page=162 |orig-year=1965 |editor-last2=Wang |editor-first2=Ling |isbn=0-521-05803-1 |ol=7716140M}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ چين ۾ [[سئي خاندان جو شهنشاهه يانگ]] (604–618ع) جي دور حڪومت ۾ شاهي لائبريري لاءِ پيرن جي حرڪت سان کلندڙ خودڪار دروازو تيار ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;needham volume 4 part 2 162&quot; /&gt; عرب موجد [[الجزري]] پڻ پاڻيءَ جي طاقت سان هلندڙ خودڪار دروازن جا نقشا ۽ وضاحتون پيش ڪيون.&lt;ref&gt;Howard R. Turner (1997), ''Science in Medieval Islam: An Illustrated Introduction'', p. 181, [[University of Texas Press]], {{ISBN|0-292-78149-0}}.&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|journal=Archivio Italiano di Urologia e Andrologia |title=Primitive robotic procedures: Automotions for medical liquids in 12th century Asia minor|year=2014 |doi=10.4081/aiua.2014.4.300|last1=Penbegul |first1=Necmettin |last2=Atar |first2=Murat |last3=Kendirci |first3=Muammer |last4=Bozkurt |first4=Yasar |last5=Hatipoglu |first5=Namık Kemal |last6=Verit |first6=Ayhan |last7=Kadıoglu |first7=Ates |volume=86 |issue=4 |pages=300–303 |pmid=25641458 |doi-access=free }}&lt;/ref&gt;

وچئين دور ۾ [[ٽامو]] ۽ ان جون مصرعون تعميراتي فن ۾ اهم حيثيت رکنديون هيون. [[بيت لحم]] جي [[چرچ آف دي نيٽوٽي]] (ڇهين صدي) جا دروازا ڪانسي جي نقشدار پٽن سان ڍڪيل آهن. [[ھاگيا صوفيه]]، [[قسطنطنيه]] جا اٺين ۽ نائين صديءَ جا دروازا به ڪانسي جا آهن، جڏهن ته [[آڪس-لا-شاپيل]] جي گرجاگھر جا نائين صديءَ جا ڪانسي جا دروازا غالباً قسطنطنيه مان آندا ويا هئا، جيئن [[سينٽ مارڪس بيسيليڪا]]، وينس جا ڪجهه دروازا پڻ. جرمنيءَ جي آڪسن گرجاگھر جا ڪانسي جا دروازا لڳ ڀڳ 800ع جا آهن. [[فلورينس]] جي ڪئٿڊرل جي بپتسما گاهه جا ڪانسي جا دروازا 1423ع ۾ [[گيبرتي]] مڪمل ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;Architecture, European Copper Institute; {{cite web |url=http://eurocopper.org/copper/copper-architecture.html |title=Find out how useful copper is to design and architecture! |access-date=2012-09-12 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20121009005711/http://eurocopper.org/copper/copper-architecture.html |archive-date=2012-10-09 }}&lt;/ref&gt; {{crossreference|(ڏسو پڻ: [[Copper in architecture]].)}}

[[File:Tür, Villa Boscoreale.jpg|left|thumb|upright|پهرين صدي عيسويءَ جي [[قديم روم]] جي ڀت تي ٺهيل رنگين تصوير، جنهن ۾ نفيس سينگاريل دروازو ڏيکاريل آهي.]]

يارهين ۽ ٻارهين صديءَ جا ڪانسي جا ڪيترائي تاريخي دروازا اڄ به موجود آهن. انهن مان سڀ کان پراڻو جرمنيءَ جي [[هلڊسهايم]] وارو دروازو (1015ع) آهي. هلڊسهايم جي هن طرز بعد ۾ پولينڊ جي [[گنيزنو دروازن]] جي جوڙجڪ تي به اثر وڌو. ڏکڻ اٽلي ۽ سسلي جا ٻيا اهم مثال هي آهن: [[سينٽ اينڊريا، امالفي]] (1060ع)، [[ساليرنو]] (1099ع)، [[ڪانوسا دي پوليا]] (1111ع)، [[ٽروا]] جا ٻه دروازا (1119ع ۽ 1124ع)، [[راويلو]] (1179ع)، جيڪي ٽراني جي باريسانو ٺاهيا، جنهن [[ٽراني گرجاگھر]] جا دروازا پڻ تيار ڪيا؛ جڏهن ته [[مونريالي]] ۽ [[پيسا گرجاگھر]] جا دروازا [[پيسا جي بونانو]] جا ٺاهيل آهن.

انهن سڀني دروازن ۾ قبضي واري عمودي پٽي جا محور مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ هوندا هئا. تعميراتي ماهرن کي صحيح طرح معلوم نه آهي ته روايتي محوري نظام کان قبضن (ھنجز) ڏانهن تبديلي ڪڏهن آئي، پر ان تبديليءَ سان دروازن کي مضبوط ڪرڻ ۽ سينگارڻ جو نئون طريقو رائج ٿيو. ان لاءِ مختلف نمونن جون ٺڪيل لوهي پٽيون استعمال ٿينديون هيون، جيڪي قبضن جو ڪم به ڏينديون هيون. عام طور ٽي سينگاريل پٽيون دروازي سان لڳل هونديون هيون، جڏهن ته انهن سان گڏ لوهي ڪڙا عمودي محورن تي چڙهندا هئا، جيڪي پٿر يا ڪاٺ جي چوڪاٺ ۾ لڳل هوندا هئا. اهڙي نموني جو ٻارهين صديءَ جو هڪ ابتدائي مثال [[لنڪن ڪئٿڊرل]] ۾ موجود آهي. فرانس ۾ [[نوٽر ڊيم، پيرس]] جي دروازن جو ڌاتوءَ وارو ڪم هن فن جو هڪ شاندار نمونو آهي، جڏهن ته فرانس ۽ انگلينڊ ۾ به اهڙا ڪيترائي مثال موجود آهن.

اٽلي ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ مشهور دروازن ۾ [[فلورنس جي سينٽ جيوواني بپتسما گهر]] جا دروازا شامل آهن، جيڪي مڪمل طور ڪانسي جا ٺهيل آهن، جن ۾ [[دروازي جو چوڪاٺو]] پڻ ڪانسي جو آهي. ڏاکڻي دروازي تي موجود انساني شڪلين، پکين ۽ ٻوٽن جي نفيس نقش نگاري [[ايندريا پيزانو]] 1330ع ۾ تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته اوڀر وارو دروازو [[گيبرتي]] 1425ع کان 1452ع جي وچ ۾ ٺاهيو، جيڪو پنهنجي فني حسن سبب تمام گهڻو مشهور آهي. اترئين دروازي (1402ع–1424ع) ۾ گيبرتي، ايندريا پيزانو جي ساڳي پينلن ۽ تصويري ترتيب واري طرز کي اختيار ڪيو، پر اوڀرئين دروازي ۾ مستطيل پينلن کي ابھريل نقش نگاري (Bas-relief) سان سينگاريو ويو، جن ۾ مقدس صحيفن جا منظر ۽ بيشمار انساني شڪلون ڏيکاريل آهن. انهن دروازن کي ئي اهو مشهور لقب ''جنت جا دروازا'' ڏنو ويو، جنهن جو ذڪر [[مائيڪل اينجلو]] پڻ ڪيو.

[[قاهره]] جي مسجدن جا دروازا بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا هئا. هڪ قسم ۾ دروازن تي ڪانسي يا لوهه جون چادرون چاڙهي انهن تي نفيس نقش نگاري يا اُڀريل سينگار ڪيو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته ٻئي قسم جا دروازا ڪاٺ جي فريم سان ٺهيل هوندا هئا، جن تي چورس ۽ هيرن جهڙن پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيل نمونن جي سينگار هوندي هئي. هن ٻئي طرز جي شروعات [[قبطي]] فن تعمير مان ٿي. [[پالرمو]] جي محل جا دروازا، جيڪي نارمن حڪمرانن لاءِ ساراسين ڪاريگرن تيار ڪيا، اڄ به بهترين حالت ۾ محفوظ آهن. اهڙي ئي سينگار واري طرز جا دروازا [[ويرونا]] ۾ پڻ ملن ٿا، جتي دروازن جي عمودي ۽ افقي ڪاٺين جا ڪنارا ترڇا ۽ ڪَٽيل نموني سان تيار ڪيا ويا آهن.

[[فائل:Дом компании Зингер, Россия, Санкт-Петербург.JPG|thumb|upright|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جي عنصرن سان سينگاريل شيشي جو دروازو، [[سنگر هائوس]]، [[سينٽ پيٽرسبرگ]]، روس]]

نشاةِ ثانيه جي دور ۾ اٽلي جا دروازا نسبتاً سادا رکيا ويندا هئا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اتي جي معمارن وڌيڪ توجهه دروازن جي چوڌاري ٺهيل داخلي بناوت (Doorway) تي ڏيندا هئا. ان جي ابتڙ، فرانس ۽ جرمني ۾ دروازن کي نهايت نفاست سان اُڪيريو ويندو هو، خاص طور [[لوئي چوڏهون طرز]] ۽ [[لوئي پندرهون طرز]] جي دور ۾. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن انهن ۾ ٿنڀا، ڇَجا، ٽڪنڊا محراب (Pediment) ۽ طاقون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون هيون، جڏهن ته چوڌاري ڀت سادي معمارِي واري هوندي هئي. اٽلي ۾ دروازن جي وڏائي وڌائڻ لاءِ پينلن جو تعداد وڌايو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته فرانس ۾ ان جي ابتڙ نسبتاً گهٽ پينلن کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي هئي. [[فونتين بلو]] جي محل جو هڪ وڏو ٻه-تاڪي دروازو اهڙي نموني ٺاهيو ويو آهي، جو ڏسڻ ۾ ڄڻ هڪ ئي وڏي پينل مان ٺهيل هجي.

فرانس ۾ نشاةِ ثانيه جي سڀ کان قديم دروازن مان هڪ [[سينٽ سووير گرجاگھر، ايڪس-آن-پرووانس]] (1503ع) جو دروازو آهي. ان جي هيٺين پينلن ۾ [[گوٿڪ فن تعمير|گوٿڪ]] طرز جي طاقن اندر لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|3|ft|m|abbr=on}} اوچيون انساني شڪلون اُڪيريل آهن، جڏهن ته مٿين پينلن ۾ لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|2|ft|m|abbr=on}} اوچين شڪلين سان ٻٽي قطار وارا طاق ۽ انهن مٿان ڇپر نما سينگار موجود آهي. اهي سڀ نقش [[ديودار]] جي ڪاٺ تي اُڪيريا ويا آهن. [[بووي گرجاگھر]] جو ڏاکڻو دروازو ڪيترن ئي لحاظ کان فرانس جي بهترين دروازن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، جتي مٿين پينلن تي ابھريل نقش نگاري سان مذهبي منظر ۽ ڇپر نما سينگار ٺاهيا ويا آهن. [[جيزور]] جي گرجاگھر (1575ع) جا دروازا پڻ طاقن اندر انساني شڪلين سان سينگاريل آهن، جيڪي طبقاتي ٿنڀن سان هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيا ويا آهن. [[روئن]] جي [[سينٽ ميڪلو]] گرجاگھر ۾ ٽي نهايت خوبصورت اُڪيريل دروازا آهن؛ انهن مان [[ژان گوجون]] جا تيار ڪيل دروازا ٻنهي پاسن تي طاقن اندر شڪلين ۽ وچ ۾ نفيس مجسماڪاريءَ سبب خاص شهرت رکن ٿا. لڳ ڀڳ چاليهه کان پنجاهه سال پوءِ ٺاهيل ٻين دروازن کي ابھريل نقش نگاري، قدرتي منظرن، انساني شڪلين ۽ پيچيده آرائشي بارڊرن سان سينگاريو ويو.

[[ناسا]] جي [[گاڏين جي اسيمبلي عمارت]]، جيڪا [[ڪينيڊي خلائي مرڪز]] ۾ واقع آهي، دنيا جا چار سڀ کان وڏا دروازا رکي ٿي. هيءَ عمارت شروعات ۾ [[اپولو پروگرام|اپولو]] مشنن لاءِ [[سيٽرن پنجون]] راڪيٽن جي اسيمبلي لاءِ تعمير ڪئي وئي هئي، ۽ بعد ۾ [[خلائي شٽل]] پروگرام جي سهائتا لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي رهي. انهن چئن مان هر هڪ دروازي جي اوچائي {{convert|139|m|ft|abbr=off|sp=us}} آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.nasa.gov/centers/kennedy/pdf/718659main_VAB.pdf|title=Vehicle Assembly Building Fact Sheet|website=NASA|access-date=2016-06-03|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20161011224909/https://www.nasa.gov/centers/kennedy/pdf/718659main_VAB.pdf|archive-date=2016-10-11}}&lt;/ref&gt;

انگلينڊ جو سڀ کان قديم محفوظ دروازو [[ويسٽمنسٽر ائبي]] ۾ موجود آهي، جيڪو 1050ع جو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite news |url=https://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/uk_news/4743899.stm |work=BBC News |title=Abbey oak door 'Britain's oldest' |date=2005-08-03 |access-date=2010-05-01 |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20060620190404/http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/uk/4743899.stm |archive-date=2006-06-20}}&lt;/ref&gt; سترهين صديءَ ۾ انگلينڊ ۾ دروازن جي پينلن کي ابھريل [[بوليڪشن]] يا ٻاهر نڪتل سينگاريل ڍانچن سان سينگاريو ويندو هو، جن تي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن نهايت نفيس اُڪير به ڪئي ويندي هئي. ارڙهين صديءَ ۾ دروازن جي [[سينگاريل قالب]]، جيڪي [[عمودي ڪاٺي]] ۽ [[فريم ۽ پينل]] تي ٺهندا هئا، تن کي [[ايگ اينڊ ڊارٽ]] نموني جي [[معماري سينگار]] سان اُڪيريو ويندو هو.

&lt;gallery widths=&quot;170&quot; heights=&quot;200&quot; mode=&quot;packed&quot; caption=&quot;دروازن جي مختصر بصري تاريخ&quot;&gt;
File:Fragment from a tomb door MET 23.3.174f-emf.jpg|[[قديم مصري فن تعمير|قديم مصري]] مقبري جي دروازي جو ٽڪرو، لڳ ڀڳ 2150–1981 ق.م، [[ميٽروپوليٽن عجائب گهر]]، [[نيويارڪ شهر]]
File:The Hercules Sarcophagus depicting the Twelve Labors of Hercules, 150-160 AD, Kayseri Archaeological Museum, Turkey (26261172056) (lighter version).jpg|[[قديم يوناني فن تعمير|قديم يوناني]] طرز جو دروازو، هرڪيولس جي تابوت تي اُڪريل، [[قيصريه آثار قديمه عجائب گهر]]، [[قيصريه]]، [[ترڪي]]
File:Bronze door, Basilica di San Giovanni, 2013.jpg|[[قديم رومي فن تعمير|قديم رومي]] ڪانسي جا دروازا، [[ڪوريا جوليا]]، جيڪي هاڻي [[سينٽ جان ليٽران بيسليڪا]]، [[روم]] ۾ موجود آهن
File:Gate, ash-Shibak Fort, Ibra (North ash-Sharqiyah Governorate) Origin- Surat, India (Mughal Empire) Teak wood and brass.jpg|[[هندستاني فن تعمير|هندستاني]] [[مغل فن تعمير|مغل]] دور جو ساڳوان ۽ پتل جو دروازو
File:Tenghua Jiuguan 21 2015-04.JPG|روايتي [[چيني فن تعمير|چيني]] فولڊنگ دروازا، [[قديم وسٽيريا عجائب گهر]]، [[چانگجو]]، [[چين]]
File:Lateral door church Theotokos Gorgoepikoos Athens, Greece.jpg|[[بازنطيني فن تعمير|بازنطيني]] دروازو، [[ننڍي ميٽروپولس]]، [[اٿينس]]، [[يونان]]
File:Door in Morocco, 2010.jpg|[[اسلامي فن تعمير|اسلامي]] طرز جو دروازو، [[اسلامي هندسي نمونا]] سان سينگاريل، [[مراڪش]]
File:'Berfrestone' (DB) door and tympanum arch St Nicholas Church Barfrestone Kent England 1.jpg|[[رومانسڪ فن تعمير|رومانسڪ]] طرز جو دروازو، [[سينٽ نڪولس گرجاگهر]]، [[بارفريسٽون]]، [[ڪينٽ]]، [[انگلينڊ]]
File:Doorway detail, St Magnus Cathedral, Kirkwall, Orkney.jpg|[[گوٿڪ فن تعمير|گوٿڪ]] دروازو، [[سينٽ ميگنس گرجاگهر]]، [[ڪرڪوال]]، [[اسڪاٽلينڊ]]
File:Iconography - Saint Basil's Cathedral (19970306871).jpg|[[روسي فن تعمير|روسي]] دروازو، [[سينٽ بيسل گرجاگهر]]، [[ماسڪو]]
File:The entrance of the Antim Monastery Church.jpg|[[برانڪووينيسڪ طرز]] جو دروازو، [[انتيم خانقاه]]، [[بخاريسٽ]]، [[رومانيا]]، جنهن جي مٿان [[پسانيه]] لکيل آهي
File:Gdańsk (158).JPG|[[نشاة ثانيه فن تعمير|نشاة ثانيه]] طرز جو دروازو، [[گدانسڪ]]، [[پولينڊ]]
File:Chateau de Versailles Vestibule Haut 11 (lighter and fixed angles).jpg|[[باروڪ]] طرز جو دروازو، [[ورسائي محل]]، [[ورسائي]]، [[فرانس]]
File:Porte rue Monsieur-le-Prince Paris.jpg|[[روڪوڪو]] طرز جو دروازو، رو مونسيو لي پرنس، [[پيرس]]
File:P1210063 Paris III rue des Francs-Bourgeois n26 rwk.jpg|[[لوئي سورهون طرز]] جو دروازو، [[هوٽل مورتيي دي ساندرويل]]، رو دي فران بورجوا، [[پيرس]]
File:Pierre Rousseau - Double-Leaf Doors - 1942.2.12 - Cleveland Museum of Art.tif|[[نوڪلاسيڪي فن تعمير|نوڪلاسيڪي]] رنگيل ٻٽو دروازو (1790ع واري ڏهاڪي)، [[پيئر روسو]]، [[ڪليولينڊ آرٽ ميوزيم]]، [[آمريڪا]]
File:Brooklyn Museum 1994.92 Door with Lock (2).jpg|[[اولهه آفريڪا|اولهه آفريڪي]] تالي وارو ڪاٺ ۽ لوهه جو دروازو، اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر يا ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات، [[برڪينا فاسو]]، [[بروڪلن ميوزيم]]، [[نيويارڪ شهر]]
File:Zespół klasztoru Gandan (39).jpg|[[گاندانتيگچنلين خانقاه]]، [[منگوليا]] جو سينگاريل دروازو
File:P1250574 Paris V rue Malebranche n3 porte gothique bis encours.jpg|[[گوٿڪ احيا فن تعمير|گوٿڪ احيا]] طرز جو دروازو، رو مالبرانش، [[پيرس]]
File:Egyptian Revival mausoleum, Forest Home Cemetery.jpg|[[مصري احيا فن تعمير|مصري احيا]] طرز جي مقبري جو دروازو، فاريسٽ هوم قبرستان، [[وسڪانسن]]، [[آمريڪا]]
File:Armoiries de lIrlande à lambassade dIrlande à Paris.jpg|[[روڪوڪو احيا]] طرز جو دروازو، [[هوٽل دي بريتوي]]، [[پيرس]]
File:3-5, Strada Icoanei, Bucharest (Romania) 1.jpg|[[رومانوي احيا فن تعمير|رومانوي احيا]] طرز جو دروازو، [[شڪوالا سينٽرالا نيشنل ڪاليج]]، [[بخاريسٽ]]
File:Paris Porte cochère rue La Bruyère 2012.jpg|اوڻيهين صديءَ جو [[انتخابي فن تعمير|انتخابي]] ڪلاسيڪي طرز جو دروازو، رو لا بروئير، [[پيرس]]
File:Entrance of the George Enescu Museum.jpg|[[بيو آرٽس فن تعمير|بيو آرٽس]] طرز جو دروازو، [[ڪانتاڪوزينو محل]]، [[بخاريسٽ]]
File:Porte et marquise CCI Nancy.jpg|[[آرٽ نووو]] ڌاتو ۽ شيشي جو دروازو، [[نانسي]]، [[فرانس]]، مٿان وڏي شفاف [[ڇڄ]] سان
File:49-53, Calea Victoriei, Bucharest (Romania) 10.jpg|[[سادو ڪلاسيڪي فن تعمير|سادو ڪلاسيڪي]] طرز جو دروازو، [[بخاريسٽ شاهي محل]]، جيڪو هاڻي [[رومانيا جو قومي عجائب گهر براءِ فنون]] آهي
File:La Maison Bleue, porte d'entrée - Angers - 20110119.jpg|[[آرٽ ڊيڪو]] طرز جو دروازو، [[انجيه]]، [[فرانس]]
File:Fischerkirche (main door), Born a. Darß.jpg|ڪاٺ جو گرجاگهر جو دروازو، [[بورن آف ڊارس]]، [[جرمني]]
&lt;/gallery&gt;

==دروازن جا قسم==

''''پٽين وارا دروازا'''' 
: (Ledged Doors).
ھن قسم جا دروازا بلڪل سادا ۽ عام ھوندا آھن. ھنن جو استعمال ٻھراڙين ۾ گھڻو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ڪاٺ جي اڀين تاڪين سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي تاڪيون وري سڌين ٽيڪ وارين پٽين (Ledges) سان مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙيل ھونديون آھي.
اڀريون تاڪيون (Battens)  گھڻو ڪري ھڪ انچ ٿلھيون ۽ ڇھھ انچ ويڪريون ھونديون آھن ۽ اھي V جوڙ سان کانچي ۾ جڪڙيل ھونديون آھن، جنھن کي ٽيڪنيڪي يعني فني لغت ۾ Tongued and Grooved چوندا آھن. سڌيون پٽيون (Ledges)  گھڻو ڪري ڏيڍ انچ ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن ۽ انھن کي اڀين تاڪين (Battens)  مٿان اشڪنجي سان جڪڙي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. ٽي سڌيون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن؛ ھڪ مٿان، ٻي وچ ۾ ۽ ٽين ھيٺان. تاڪ کي T نموني جي انجيسن ذريعي ٽنگيو ويندو آھي، جيڪي سڌين پٽين مٿان لڳائبيون آھن. ھن قسم جا دروازا اھڙن ھنڌن تي لڳايا ويندا آھن، جتي خوبصورتي درڪار نھ ھوندي آھي.

'''''سڌين ۽ وتر وارين پٽين وارا دروازا'''''
: (Ledged and braced doors )
بنيادي طرح ھي دروازا سڌين پٽين وارن دروازن جھڙا ھوندا. (پٽين وارا دروازا)
آھن ۽ فرق صرف اھو آھي تھ ھنن کي وڌيڪ پختو بڻائڻ لاءِ سڌين پٽين جھڙي ماپ جون وڌيڪ پٽيون وتر ۾ (DiagonallY) لڳايون وينديون آھن. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ وتر وارين پٽين کي ٽنگيل پاسي کان مٿي سلامي ڏني وڃي، جيئن اھي دٻاءُ (Compression)  ۾ رھي، مضبوطي مھيا ڪن. عام طريقي سان سڌيون پٽيون ھڻي، دروازي کي چاڙھي، پوءِ انھن مٿان ڪوڪن رستي وتر واريون پٽيون (Battens)  لڳائبيون آھن. ھي دروازا پڻ سادن ۽ عارضي ڪمن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. .&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
'''''چؤڪاٺن (فريمن) ۽ پٽين وارا دروازا'''''
: (Ledged and Framed Doors)   
ھن قسم جي دروازن ۾  ڊولائتي نموني چؤڪاٺا ٺاھي ۽ تاڪ ھنيا ويندا آھن، جنھن سبب انھن جي مضبوطي وڌندي آھي. ازانسواءِ انھن ۾ اٽڪل چار انچ ويڪريون ۽ ڏيڍ انچ ٿلھيون پاسن واريون اڀيون پٽيون (Styles)  لڳائڻ سبب مضبوطيءَ سان گڏ اھي پرڪشش ۽ وڻندڙ لڳندا آھن. جڏھن تھ سڌيون ٽيڪ واريون پٽيون (Ledges)  ۽ اڀيون تاڪيون (Battens)  پڻ معمول مطابق لڳايون وينديون آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''چؤڪاٺن اندر ٽيڏين پٽين وارا دروازا'''''
: (Ledged, framed and braced doors) 
ھي دروازا ذري گھٽ چؤڪاٺن ۽ پٽين وارن دروازن جھڙا ٿيندا اھن. ھنن ۾ صرف وتر وارين وٽين جو اضافو ڪيو ويندو آھي، جنھن سبب ھي وڌيڪ مضبوط ۽ پائيدار ٿيندا آھن ۽ گھڻو ڪري ٻاھر لڳايا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''چؤڪاٺن ۽ ھموار تختن وارا دروازا'''''
: (Framed and Panelled doors)
 
ھن قسم جا دروازا نھايت ئي عام ۽  تمام گھڻو استعمال ۾ ايندا آھن. تاڪن جي فريم کي عمودي ۽ افقي پٽين ذريعي متعدد حصن ۾ ورھايو ويندو آھي، انھن پٽين ۾ پانيلن (Panells)  کي جوڙڻ واسطي جھري ٺھيل ھوندي آھي جن ۾ ھموار يعني سڌا يا مٿي اڀريل پانيل ڦاسائي تاڪ تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جون ڊزائينون مختلف ٿينديون آھن، ليڪن ٺاھڻ جو طريقو ساڳيو ئي ھوندو آھي. پانيلن جو تعداد دروازي جي نوعيت ۽ ماڻھن جي پسند تي مدار رکي ٿو. ھن قسم جي دروازن ۾ سسڻ جو رجحان گھٽ ھوندو آھي. ھنن دروازن جي عام رواجي سائيز 7'-0″x4′-0″،  7'-0″x3′-0″،  6'-6″x4′-0″ وغيره رکي ويندي آھي. تاڪن جي ٿولھ مختلف ڳالھين تي مدار رکي ٿي جھڙوڪ، ڪم جي نوعيت، دروازن لڳائڻ وارو ھنڌ، پانيلن جو تعداد وغيره. تاڪن جي ٿولھھ اٽڪل 1 انچ کان 1 ½ انچ رکي ويندي آھي.

'''''شيشن ۽ تختن وارا دروازا'''''
: (Glazed and paneled doors or sash doors 
        
گھرن ۽ ڪمرن اندر انھن جي نوعيت مطابق ۽ گھربل روشنيءَ پٽاندڙ سمورا تاڪ شيشي جي پانيلن يا تختن يا ڪجھھ حصي تئين شيشي جي پانيلن ۽ بچيل حصي تائين ڪاٺ جي پانيلن سان ٺاھي استعمال ڪيا ويندا اھن. عام طرح سان شيشي ۽ ڪاٺ جي حصن جو تناسب 2:1 رکيو ويندو آھي. شيشي کي روڪڻ لاءِ ڪاٺ جون سنھيون پٽيون (Beads)  يا پٽي (Putty)  لڳائي ويندي آھي. شيشي واري ايراضي وڌائڻ جي صورت ۾ تاڪ جي وچين سڌي پٽيءَ (Lock rail)  جي مٿان وارين تاڪ جي پاسي وارين اڀين پٽين (Styles) جي ويڪر گھٽائي ويندي آھي .ھن قسم جا دروازا آفيسن، اسپتالن، لائبرين، شاپنگ سينٽرن ۽ شورومس وغيره ۾ لڳايا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''فلش ڊورس : (Flush Doors)'''''
 
ھن قسم جي دروازن جي بناوت ۾ پختا ۽ گھربل طرح سان تاڪن جا فريم ٺاھي انھن مٿان ڪمرشل پلاءِ يا ٽِيڪ پلاءِ (Commercial ply or Teak ply)  وغيره لڳائي ويندي آھي. ھي دروازا ٽن قسمن جا ٿيندا آھن جھڙوڪ فريم وارا فلش ڊورس، پؤرا فلش دروازا (Hollow flush doors) ۽ ورقن يا تھن وارا فلش دروازا (Laminated flush doors) فريم وارن  فلشن دروازن جا تاڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي ٻاھرين اڀين پٽين (Styles)، سڌين پٽين (Rails)، ننڍڙين پٽين (Ribs) ۽ پلاءِ ووڊ (Plywood) مان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. پھرين تاڪ جي فريم لاءِ انھن ۾ ڪم ايندڙ جوڙجڪ کي ٺاھي، انھن مٿان ٻنھي پاسي پلاءِ ووڊ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. پترن ورقن يا تھن مان ٺھيل دروازن کي نھرا دروازا (Solid doors) سڏيو ويندو آھي. انھن دروازن ٺاھڻ واسطي ڪاٺ جي سنھن ورقن کي تمام گھڻي داٻ سان گلوءَ رستي ڳنڍي ھڪ نھري (Solid) مضبوط قسم جو ٻنھي پاسن کان سڌو تختو ٺاھي (جنھن کي تاڪ جو نھرو اندر Solid core کڻي چئجي) انھيءَ مٿان ٻنھي پاسي پلاءِ جي سنھي چادر چاڙھي، تاڪ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.انھن جا ٻئي ٻاھريان پاسا ٻين دروازن جي ڀيٽ ۾ جلدي ميرا نھ ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي سولائيءَ سان صاف ڪري سگھبو آھي.

'''''ڄاريءَ وارا دروازا'''''
: (Wire gauze doors)

ھن قسم جي دروازن جي تاڪن لاءِ، انھن جي اڀين ۽ سڌين پٽين ۾ چؤڪور خانن ۾ ننڍي کانچي اندر ڄاري ڦاسائي، انھيءَ کي مضبوطيءَ لاءِ ڪوڪن سان اھڙي نموني ۾ جڪڙي تھ جيئن ڄاريءَ ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو گھنج نھ رھي. پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان چؤڌاري ڪاٺ جي سنھي پٽي (Beading) چاڙھي ويندي آھي. تاڪن جي تالي واريءَ سڌي پٽيءَ (Lock rail) مٿان آٽوميٽڪ اسپرنگ لڳايا ويندا آھن، تھ جيئن ڌڪي سان ٻاھر کولڻ کان پوءِ اھي خودبخود جلدي بند ٿي وڃن. ھن قسم جا دروازا قدرتي ھوا جي ڦھلاءُ (Circulation) سان گڏ ھر ڪنھن قسم جي اڏامندڙ جيوڙي جھڙوڪ مڇر ۽ مک وغيره کي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ نھايت ئي ڪارآمد رھن ٿا. انھيءَ ڪري گھرن، اسپتالن، رڌڻن، ڄاريءَ جي ڪٻٽن، مٺائيءَ وغيره جي دڪانن، ھوٽلن ۽ ٻين اھڙين جڳھين تي ڪثرت سان استعمال ٿين ٿا.

'''''جھڪيل يا لڙيل پٽين وارا دروازا'''''
: (Louvered doors)

ھن قسم جي دروازن جي تاڪن ۾ سنھيون پٽيون اھڙي نموني ٽيڏيون لڳايون وينديون آھن تھ جيئن انھن جي وچ ۾ ھڪ جھڙي وٿي رھي. اھي پٽيون سڄي تاڪ يا انھيءَ جي ڪنھن بھ حصي ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ايتري ٽيڏائيءَ (Inclination)  تي لڳائبيون آھن، تھ جيئن ٻاھرين نظر اندر نھ پوي ۽ نھ ئي وري اندران ٻاھر ڏسي سگھجي. اھڙا دروازا ھوا جي گذر سان گڏ پوشيدگي (Privacy)  پڻ مھيا ڪن ٿا.

'''''ڦرندڙ دروازا'''''
: (Revolving doors)

ھن قسم جي دروازن ۾ پوري وچ تي ٽيڪ مٿان آمھون سامھون چار تاڪ اھڙي نموني لڳايا ويندا آھن، جي صرف ھڪ ئي طرف ڦري سگھن. اھڙي نموني ماڻھو انھن منجھان ھڪ پاسي داخل ٿي سگھندو آھي ۽ ٻئي طرف کان ٻاھر نڪري سگھندو آھي. اھڙن دروزن ۾ مرضيءَ مطابق شيشا يا ڪاٺ جا سنھا تختا (Panells) لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھي دروازا گھڻيءَ رش وارن ھنڌن لاءِ موزون رھن ٿا ۽ انھيءَ سبب انھن کي ھوٽلن ۽ تماشگاھن (Theatres)  وغيره ۾ لڳايو ويندو آھي.

'''''گسڪندڙ دروازا'''''
: (Sliding doors)

ھن قسم جا دروازا سڄي ۽ کاٻي پاسي گسڪي سگھندڙ تاڪن وارا ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي اندر يا ٻاھر نھ کلي سگھندا آھن. انھن جا تاڪ مرضيءَ مطابق ڪاٺ جي ۽ شيشي جي پانيلن لڳائڻ سان بلڪل اونداھا، بلڪل روشن ۽ ڪنھن حصي تائين روشن بنائي سگھجن .ھي دروازا گدامن، ڇاپرن، دڪانن ۽ نماءُ وارن ڪمرن وغيرھ ۾ لڳايا ويندا آھن ۽ جڳھھ بچائڻ جي خيال کان گھرن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن.

'''''ويڙھجندڙ دروازا'''''
: (Rolling doors) 
  
ھي دروازا لوھ جا ٺھيل ھوندا آھن ۽ مٿان کان ھيٺ لاھي بند ڪري سگھبا آھن ۽ ساڳئي نموني ھيٺ کان مٿي ويڙھي کولي سگھبا آھن. انھيءَ سبب انھن کي ويڙھجي سگھجندڙ دروازا (Collapsible doors) چئبو آھي. انھن ۾ لوھھ جي ٿلھي چادر جو فريم ٺھيل ھوندو آھي، جنھن ۾ دروازي جي سولائيءَ سان ھيٺ مٿي چرڻ لاءِ کانچو ڇڏيل ھوندو آھي. مٿي وري ھڪ قسم جو ڊرم (Drum) ھوندو آھي، انھيءَ ۾ اسپرنگ لڳل ھوندا آھن، جي دروازي جي لوھي پتري تاڪ کي سولائيءَ سان ھيٺ مٿي ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڪندا آھن. وڏي سائيز جي تاڪ جي صورت ۾ بال بيئرنگ (Ball Bearings) پڻ لڳل ھوندا آھن.  ڊرم جو قطر (Diameter)  8 انچن کان 12 انچن تائين ٿيندو آھي. دروازي جي اسپرنگن ۽ بيئرنگن کي ميڻ (grease)  وغيره ڏئي، انھن کي ڪٽ کان بچائي رکڻ سان گڏ تاڪ کي ٿوري ئي ڌڪي ۽ ڇڪ ڏيڻ سان دروازو آسانيءَ سان بند ڪري ۽ کولي سگھجي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.ھي دروازا موٽر گيراجن، نماءُ وارن ڪمرن (Show rooms)، دڪانن ۽ گودامن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا.

'''':ڳتجندڙ دروازا'''''
: (Collapsible doors)

 
ھي دروازا لوھھ جا ٺھيل ھوندا آھن. ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ جوڙجڪ ۾ ٻنھي اڀن پاسن اندر ناليءَ وانگر خال ڇڏيل ھوندو آھي، جن سان اٽڪل  5/8 انچ کان ¾ انچ ويڪريون لوھھ جي پٽين جون ناليون (Channels)  ڳنڍيل ھونديون آھن. اھڙيءَ طرح انھن پٽين ۾ اتڪل اڌ انچ کان 5/8  انچ ويڪرو اڀو خال (Gap) ٺھي بيھندو آھي. اھڙي قسم جا ٽڪرا ھڪ ٻئي جي وچ کان اٽڪل 3 ¾ انچن جي مفاصلي تي ٺھي بيھندا آھن، جن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان لوھھ جي ڪيئنچيءَ جي انداز وارن لوھھ جي ٽڪرن (Cross Iron pieces) سان ڳنڍيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي ٺھيل لوھھ جي پختن پٽين جي ٽڪرن سان ٺھيل خالن وارن تاڪن کي پاسن  طرف ڌڪي يا ڇڪي کوھي ۽ بند ڪري سگھبو آھي. ھن قسم جا دروازا ڪافي مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ مارڪيٽ  ۾ داخل ٿيڻ وارن کليل حصن، گيراجن ۽ ٻين اھڙن ئي کليل ھنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==تاريخ==
[[فائل:old door.jpg|380px|thumb|ايران جي شھر ڪاشان ۾ ھڪ دروازو]]

قديم تاريخي دروازن ۾  سليمان جي ھيڪل (Temple of Solomon) قابل ذڪر آھي جيڪو زيتون جي ڪاٺيءَ جو ٺھيل ھيو.قديم مصر ۾ به ھڪ يا ٻن ڪلاڪن جي دروازن جو استعمال ٿيندو ھو. قديم آثارن جي ماھرن سوئيٽزرلينڊ مان پنج ھزار سال پراڻو دروازو دريافت ڪيو آھي.&lt;ref&gt;[http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/ Swiss archaeologists find 5000-year-old door] {{webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101108222716/http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/ |date=2010-11-08 }}&lt;/ref&gt; پراڻي دور ۾ مذھبي عبادت گاھن جي دروازن تي سون ۽ چانديءَ جي دروازن لڳائڻ جو پڻ تائين تاريخ ۾ ذڪر ملي ٿو.

[[فائل:stone door.jpg|left|380px|thumb|
 انڊيا جي ھئمپيء ۾ پٿر جو دروازو]]
[[فائل:Door-Post Socket (4690606141).jpg|380px|thumb| پرسيپولس جو وڏي دروازي جو لنگھ]]
 
 [[فائل:Plaster cast of folding doors, Pompeii.jpg|380px|thumb|قديم روم جو پومپي شھر جو پھرين صدي عيسويءَ جو تھبند (Folding) دروازو]]

==دروازي جي ڪم ڪرڻ جو طريقو==

[[فائل:Types of doors.png|thumb|دروازي جي ڪم ڪرڻ جو مشيني طريقو]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>albsfa2bonyzrzn4s4zf7fje1rwndzp</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401142</id>
      <parentid>401141</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T10:30:45Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401142</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="61832" sha1="7k6w0cu9q68f47q9ohgk6edwa2rz8v9" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|داخل ٿيڻ ۽ ٻاهر نڪرڻ لاءِ حرڪت ڪندڙ رڪاوٽ}}

[[File:L-door.png|thumb|در جو خاڪو]]

'''در''' يا '''دروازو''' هڪ [[قبضو|قبضن]] تي لڳل يا ٻيءَ ڪنهن طريقي سان حرڪت ڪندڙ رڪاوٽ هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪنهن بند جاءِ ۾ داخل ٿيڻ (ورود) ۽ ٻاهر نڪرڻ (خروج) جي سهولت فراهم ڪري ٿو. ڀت ۾ در لاءِ ٺهيل کليل حصي کي '''درگاهه''' يا '''دروازي جو کليل حصو''' چيو ويندو آهي. در جو بنيادي مقصد رسائيءَ تي ضابطو رکندي [[سيڪيورٽي]] فراهم ڪرڻ آهي. عام طور تي اهو اهڙو پٽ يا تختو هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[عمارت]]، [[ڪمرو|ڪمري]] يا [[گاڏي]] جي دروازي جي کليل حصي ۾ فِٽ ڪيو ويندو آهي. در مختلف مواد مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن جو انتخاب انهن جي استعمال ۽ مقصد مطابق ڪيو ويندو آهي. اڪثر در [[قبضو|قبضن]] ذريعي لڳايا ويندا آهن، پر ڪي سلائيڊ ٿيڻ، فولڊ ٿيڻ يا ٻين حرڪتي طريقن سان به ڪم ڪندا آهن.

در مختلف طريقن سان کلي ۽ بند ٿي سگهن ٿا، جهڙوڪ قبضي تي ڦرڻ، فريم سان متوازي سلائيڊ ٿيڻ، فولڊ ٿيڻ يا مرڪزي محور تي ڦرڻ. انهن جو مقصد ماڻهن يا شين جي داخلا ۽ اخراج کي آسان يا محدود ڪرڻ هوندو آهي. گهڻن درن ۾ اندروني ۽ ٻاهرين پاسي جي بناوت هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي، پر ڪجهه حالتن ۾، جهڙوڪ [[گاڏي]] جي درن ۾، ٻنهي پاسن جي جوڙجڪ مختلف هوندي آهي.

گهڻن درن ۾ [[تالو]] لڳائڻ جو انتظام هوندو آهي، جنهن ذريعي صرف مجاز ماڻهو، مثال طور [[چاٻي]] استعمال ڪري، در کولي سگهندا آهن. درن تي اڪثر کڙڪائڻ لاءِ ڌاتوءَ جا [[کڙڪائندڙ (اوزار)|کڙڪائندڙ]]  (ڊور ناڪرس) يا [[در جي گهنٽي]] پڻ لڳل هوندي آهي، ته جيئن ٻاهران بيٺل ماڻهو پنهنجي موجودگيءَ جو اطلاع ڏئي سگهن. رسائي فراهم ڪرڻ کان علاوه، در خانگي زندگي (پرائيويسي) جي حفاظت، مختلف استعمال وارن حصن کي الڳ رکڻ، [[روشني]] ۽ [[هوا جي اچ وڃ]] کي ضابطو ڪرڻ، گرمي يا ٿڌ کي برقرار رکڻ، آواز کي گهٽائڻ ۽ [[باهه]] جي پکڙجڻ کي روڪڻ جهڙا اهم ڪم پڻ سرانجام ڏيندا آهن.

در صرف تعميراتي عنصر نه، پر جمالياتي، علامتي ۽ رسمن سان لاڳاپيل اهميت پڻ رکن ٿا. ڪيترين ثقافتن ۾ در جي چاٻي حاصل ڪرڻ ٻاهرئين ماڻهو کان اندروني يا بااختيار حيثيت حاصل ڪرڻ جي علامت سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڏسو، مثال طور، [[بليڪ راڊ|بليڪ راڊ جو معزز اشر]] جون درباني ذميواريون.&lt;/ref&gt; [[ادب]] ۽ [[فن]] ۾ پڻ در ۽ درگاهون تبديلي، نئين مرحلي ۾ داخل ٿيڻ يا علامتي معنيٰ جي اظهار لاءِ استعارن ۽ تمثيلن طور گهڻو استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

'''دروازو'''- انگريزي ۾: ڊور يا گيٽ . اردوءَ ۾ دروازہ:جديد دور جي عمارتن ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڪاٺ جا دروازا استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا. تاڪن جي حساب سان اھي ھڪ تاڪ وارا   ۽ ٻن تاڪن وارا ٿين ٿا..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر: سنڌي ادبي بورڊ،ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;
[[فائل:Door in Georgia.jpg|380px|thumb|جارجيا ملڪ جو دروازو]]
جاءِ اندر مختلف قسم جي ڪمرن ۾ استعمال جي نوعيت مطابق انھن جي ماپ جو تعين ڪيو وڃي ٿو. اھي اھڙي ماپ جا ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن انھن ڪمرن ۾ گھربل سامان آسانيءَ سان لنگھي سگھي. عام طرح سان غسلخانن ۽ بيت الخلاءِ اندر داخل ٿيڻ لاءِ دروازن جي ماپ 6′-4″x2′-6″  رکجي تھ بھتر آھي. ٻين ڪمرن لاءِ دروازن جي سراسري ماپ 7′-0″x3′-8″ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ ڪوشش ڪري 6′-4″x3′-0″ کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي. بھرحال دروازن جي ماپ واسطي ڪنھن بھ قسم جو پڪو پختو قائدو مڙھيل نھ آھي. ڪچيءَ طرح ۽ اندازي جي حساب سان ھيٺئين فارمولا سان دروازن جي ماپ جو تعين ڪري سگھجي ٿو.
ويڪر =(ويڪر)  اوچائي 4-(اوچائي)  فوٽ 
ڪمرن اندر دروازا ڪنڊ کان اٽڪل 6 انچن کان 9 انچن تائين پري رکجن تھ بھتر آھي، ليڪن انھن جي لڳائڻ لاءِ جديد طرز جي عمارت جي علم کي ذھن ۾ رکڻ وڌيڪ سٺو آھي.
اڄڪلھ دروازن جي چؤڪاٺن ۾ چائنٺ (سل)  نھ لڳائي ويندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ انھيءَ جي لڳائڻ سان ھڪ تھ ٿاٻي کائڻ جو تمام گھڻو انديشو رھي ٿو ۽ ٻيو تھ صفائي ڪرڻ ۾ دقت ٿئي ٿي، ليڪن ايئرڪنڊيشنڊ ڪمرن لاءِ چائنٺ لڳائڻ تمام ضروري آھي تھ جيئن تاڪن ھيٺان وٿي نہ رھي. وڏن شھرن ۾ آر-سي-سيءَ جي بوتي وارين عمارتن ۾ 4 ½ انچن جي اوساريءَ وارين ڀتين ۾ ڀت جي پوري ٿولھھ تائين ويڪرا چؤڪاٺا استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا. عام رواجي ۽ سرڪاري عمارتن ۾ چؤڪاٺن لاءِ 0′-4″x0′-3″ جي سائيز جون ڪاٺ جون پٽيون گھڙايون وينديون آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

[[فائل:Knocking at front door of The National Archives Building - 01.jpg|380px|thumb|واشنگٽن ۾ نيشنل آرڪائيوز بلڊنگ جو دروازو]]
دروازو ھڪ حرڪت وارو ڍانچو آهي جنھن ذريعي ڪنھن چوديواريءَ يا گاڏي وغيره ۾ ڪنھن جي داخلا يا روڪ کي ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪبو آهي. عام طور تي ان جو ھڪ يا ٻه [[تاڪ]] ھوندا آھن جيڪي درين يا بغير درين جي ھوندا آھن. تاڪ چاھي ھڪڙو ھجي يا ٻہ ،  [[ڇوڪاٺو|چوڪاٺي]] يا [[چونڪو|چونڪي]] سان [[انجيس|انجيسن]] جي مدد سان ڳنڍيل ھوندو/ھوندا آھن ۽ انھن کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪڙو يا ڪنڍو لڳائي استعمال ڪيو آھي جنھن ۾ تالو لڳائبو آهي. اھي ھوا ۽ روشنيءَ جي ضابطي لاءِ بہ استعمال ٿيندا آھن.
جاءِ اندر داخل ٿيڻ ۽ انھيءَ جي مختلف اندرين حصن جو پاڻ ۾ رابطو رکڻ لاءِ دروازا لڳايا ويندا آھن. موسم آھر انھن کي کولي رکڻ سان جاءِ اندر روشني وڌندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھوا جو گذر پڻ سٺيءَ طرح سان ٿيندو آھي. انھيءَ سان گڏ دروازن لڳائڻ سبب چوريءَ ٿيڻ جو انديشو گھٽ رھندو آھي ۽ گھر ۾ رھندڙ ڀاتين جي پوشيدگي (پرائيويسي)  رھندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== تاريخ ==
&lt;!-- هن حصي ۾ 1911ع جي ''Encyclopædia Britannica'' جي &quot;Door&quot; واري مقالي مان ورتل متن شامل آهي. --&gt;

قديم ترين دروازن جا ثبوت [[قديم مصر]] جي مقبرن جي ڀتين تي ٺهيل تصويرن مان ملن ٿا، جن ۾ هڪ يا ٻه تاڪن وارا دروازا ڏيکاريل آهن، جيڪي عام طور ڪاٺ جي هڪڙي ٽڪري مان ٺهيل هوندا هئا. مصري مقبرن ۾ ''ڪوڙا دروازا'' (فالس ڊورز) پڻ ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جن بابت عقيدو هو ته اهي فوت ٿيل ماڻهن جي آخرت ڏانهن وڃڻ جا علامتي دروازا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Weiss |first=Daniel |date=2022 |title=Features - Magical Mystery Door - Archaeology Magazine - November/December 2022 |url=https://archaeology.org/issues/november-december-2022/features/egypt-stela-false-door/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Archaeology Magazine |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

مصر جي انتهائي خشڪ آبهوا سبب دروازن کي وڪڙجڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ چوڪاٺن جي گهڻي ضرورت نه پوندي هئي، پر ٻين علائقن ۾ دروازن کي مضبوط رکڻ لاءِ چوڪاٺن وارو ڍانچو تيار ڪيو ويندو هو. رومي معمار ويتروويوس موجب اهڙن دروازن ۾ عمودي پٽيون (Stiles) ۽ افقي پٽيون (Rails) هونديون هيون، جڏهن ته وچ وارا پينل انهن جي نالن ۾ فٽ ڪيا ويندا هئا. عمودي پٽين مان هڪ قبضن سان ڳنڍيل ''هينگنگ اسٽائل'' ۽ ٻي ''ميٽنگ اسٽائل'' سڏبي هئي، جڏهن ته افقي حصن ۾ مٿيون، وچيون ۽ هيٺيون ريل شامل هونديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Marcus Vitruvius Pollio |url=https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Vitruvius/4*.html |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=University of Chicago}}&lt;/ref&gt;

قديم ترين دروازا ڪاٺ جا هوندا هئا. [[بائيبل]] ۾ [[حضرت سليمان]] جي مندر بابت بيان ٿيل آهي ته ان جا دروازا زيتون جي ڪاٺ مان ٺهيل، نفيس نقش نگاري سان سينگاريل ۽ سون سان مڙهيل هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Bible Project: Book of 1 Kings 6 - New American Standard Bible |url=https://www.bibleproject.com/bible/nasb/1-kings/6 |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=BibleProject |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; [[هومر]] جي تحريرن مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ان دور ۾ ڪي دروازا چاندي يا پتل سان ڍڪيل هوندا هئا. زيتون کان علاوه ايلم، ديودار، بلوط ۽ سرو جي ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ٿيندي هئي. آثار قديمه جي ماهرن سوئٽزرلينڊ جي شهر [[زيورخ]] ڀرسان پنج هزار سال پراڻا ٻه ڪاٺ جا دروازا پڻ دريافت ڪيا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://archive.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101108222716/http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/|url-status=dead|title=Swiss archaeologists find 5,000-year-old door|first=Frank|last=Jordans|date=October 20, 2010|archive-date=November 8, 2010|via=The Boston Globe}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://blog.nationalmuseum.ch/en/2019/01/close-the-door/|title=Close the door!|first=Samuel van|last=Willigen|date=January 17, 2019|website=Swiss National Museum - Swiss history blog}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{multiple image
| align=
| total_width=550
| direction=horizontal
| footer=
| image1=stone door.jpg
| caption1=هيمپي (ڀارت) ۾ پٿر جو دروازو
| image2=Door-Post Socket (4690606141).jpg
| caption2=پرسيپولس (هاڻوڪو [[ايران]]) مان دريافت ٿيل وڏي دروازي جو بنيادي ساکٽ
}}

قديم دور جا دروازا مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ لڳل محورن (Pintles) وسيلي ڦرندا هئا، جيڪي مٿئين ڪڙي (Lintel) ۽ هيٺئين چائنٺ (Sill) ۾ ٺهيل ساکٽن اندر ويهندا هئا. اهي ساکٽ گهڻو ڪري بازالٽ يا گرينائيٽ جهڙي سخت پٿر مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا. [[نپپور]] مان 2000 ق.م. جا دريافت ٿيل اهڙا ساکٽ ڊوليرائيٽ پٿر جا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=The Museum Journal {{!}} Two Door Sockets of the Kings of Ur |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/journal/1211/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=The Museum Journal |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[بلاوات]] جي دروازن جا محور ڪانسي سان ڍڪيل هئا، جيڪي اڄ [[برٽش ميوزيم]] ۾ محفوظ آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Assyrian sculpture and Balawat Gates |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/galleries/assyrian-sculpture-and-balawat-gates |access-date=2025-04-05 |website=British Museum}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهي ٻه تاڪن وارا دروازا هئا، جن مان هر تاڪ لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|2.54|m|in|abbr=on}} ويڪرو ۽ {{convert|8.2|m|ft|abbr=on}} اوچو هو. انهن کي {{convert|25.4|cm|in|abbr=on}} ويڪريون ڪانسي جون پٽيون لڳل هيون، جن تي ابھريل نقاشي ڪئي وئي هئي. ڪاٺ جا دروازا لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|7.62|cm|in|abbr=on}} ٿلها هئا، جڏهن ته قبضي واري عمودي پٽي جو قطر {{convert|360|mm|in}} کان وڌيڪ هو. مختلف ماپن جي ٻين ڪانسي جي ڍڪڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ڪاٺ جي محورن کي ڌاتو سان محفوظ ڪرڻ ان دور ۾ عام رواج هو.

شام جي [[حوران]] علائقي ۾، جتي ڪاٺ جي کوٽ هئي، اتي دروازا پٿر مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/W_1864-0301-1 |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=British Museum}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن مان {{convert|1.63|by|0.79|m|in|abbr=on}} ماپ وارو هڪ پٿريلو دروازو [[برٽش ميوزيم]] ۾ محفوظ آهي، جنهن جي وچ واري ڪنڊ مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته اهو ٻه تاڪي دروازي جو هڪ حصو هو. شام جي شهر بُصرى ويجهو ڪُفَير ۾ سياح برڪهارٽ کي {{convert|2.74|to|3.048|m|ft|abbr=on}} اوچا پٿريلا دروازا مليا، جيڪي قديم شهر جي داخلي دروازن طور استعمال ٿيندا هئا. [[ايٽروريا]] ۾ پڻ پٿر جي دروازن جا ڪيترائي مثال ملن ٿا.

[[File:Plaster cast of folding doors, Pompeii.jpg|thumb|left|upright|[[پومپيئي]] ۾ پهرين صدي عيسويءَ جا [[قديم روم]] جا فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازا، جيڪي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي نوڪلاسيڪي دروازن سان مشابهت رکن ٿا.]]

قديم [[يونان]] ۽ [[قديم روم]] ۾ هڪ تاڪي، ٻه تاڪي، ٽي تاڪي، سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ ۽ فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازن جا تاڪ قبضن سان پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا ۽ کلي پوئتي ويڙهجي ويندا هئا. [[اگريجينٽم]] ۾ ٿيرون جي مقبري تي پٿر ۾ تراشيل هڪ چار پينلن وارو دروازو موجود آهي. [[بلنڊيل مجموعو|بلنڊيل مجموعي]] (Blundell) ۾ محفوظ هڪ بيس رليف تي مندر جو ٻه تاڪي دروازو ڏيکاريل آهي، جنهن جي هر تاڪ ۾ پنج پينل آهن.

قديم رومي ڌاتوڪاريءَ جا بهترين مثال روم جي [[چرچ آف ايس ايس ڪوزماس ۽ ڊيمين]] جا ڪانسي جا دروازا آهن. اهي ٻه تاڪي آهن، هر تاڪ ۾ ٻه پينل آهن ۽ سڄو چوڪاٺو پڻ ڪانسي جو ٺهيل آهي. [[پينٿيون, روم|پينٿيون]] جا ڪانسي جا دروازا به ساڳئي طرز جا آهن، جن ۾ مٿئين، وچئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ اضافي افقي پينل موجود آهن. رومي دور جا ٻه ٻيا اهم ڪانسي جا دروازا [[ليٽران بيسيليڪا]] ۾ موجود آهن.

يوناني عالم [[اسڪندريه جو ھيرون ]] پهرين صدي عيسويءَ ۾، جڏهن [[رومي مصر]] قائم هو، دنيا جو سڀ کان پراڻو سڃاتل خودڪار دروازو تيار ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;needham volume 4 part 2 162&quot;&gt;{{Cite book|editor-last=Needham |editor-first=Joseph |year=1986 |title=Science and Civilization in China: Mechanical Engineering |volume=IV:2 |publisher=Cambridge University Press |page=162 |orig-year=1965 |editor-last2=Wang |editor-first2=Ling |isbn=0-521-05803-1 |ol=7716140M}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ چين ۾ [[سئي خاندان جو شهنشاهه يانگ]] (604–618ع) جي دور حڪومت ۾ شاهي لائبريري لاءِ پيرن جي حرڪت سان کلندڙ خودڪار دروازو تيار ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;needham volume 4 part 2 162&quot; /&gt; عرب موجد [[الجزري]] پڻ پاڻيءَ جي طاقت سان هلندڙ خودڪار دروازن جا نقشا ۽ وضاحتون پيش ڪيون.&lt;ref&gt;Howard R. Turner (1997), ''Science in Medieval Islam: An Illustrated Introduction'', p. 181, [[University of Texas Press]], {{ISBN|0-292-78149-0}}.&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|journal=Archivio Italiano di Urologia e Andrologia |title=Primitive robotic procedures: Automotions for medical liquids in 12th century Asia minor|year=2014 |doi=10.4081/aiua.2014.4.300|last1=Penbegul |first1=Necmettin |last2=Atar |first2=Murat |last3=Kendirci |first3=Muammer |last4=Bozkurt |first4=Yasar |last5=Hatipoglu |first5=Namık Kemal |last6=Verit |first6=Ayhan |last7=Kadıoglu |first7=Ates |volume=86 |issue=4 |pages=300–303 |pmid=25641458 |doi-access=free }}&lt;/ref&gt;

وچئين دور ۾ [[ٽامو]] ۽ ان جون مصرعون تعميراتي فن ۾ اهم حيثيت رکنديون هيون. [[بيت لحم]] جي [[چرچ آف دي نيٽوٽي]] (ڇهين صدي) جا دروازا ڪانسي جي نقشدار پٽن سان ڍڪيل آهن. [[ھاگيا صوفيه]]، [[قسطنطنيه]] جا اٺين ۽ نائين صديءَ جا دروازا به ڪانسي جا آهن، جڏهن ته [[آڪس-لا-شاپيل]] جي گرجاگھر جا نائين صديءَ جا ڪانسي جا دروازا غالباً قسطنطنيه مان آندا ويا هئا، جيئن [[سينٽ مارڪس بيسيليڪا]]، وينس جا ڪجهه دروازا پڻ. جرمنيءَ جي آڪسن گرجاگھر جا ڪانسي جا دروازا لڳ ڀڳ 800ع جا آهن. [[فلورينس]] جي ڪئٿڊرل جي بپتسما گاهه جا ڪانسي جا دروازا 1423ع ۾ [[گيبرتي]] مڪمل ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;Architecture, European Copper Institute; {{cite web |url=http://eurocopper.org/copper/copper-architecture.html |title=Find out how useful copper is to design and architecture! |access-date=2012-09-12 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20121009005711/http://eurocopper.org/copper/copper-architecture.html |archive-date=2012-10-09 }}&lt;/ref&gt; {{crossreference|(ڏسو پڻ: [[Copper in architecture]].)}}

[[File:Tür, Villa Boscoreale.jpg|left|thumb|upright|پهرين صدي عيسويءَ جي [[قديم روم]] جي ڀت تي ٺهيل رنگين تصوير، جنهن ۾ نفيس سينگاريل دروازو ڏيکاريل آهي.]]

يارهين ۽ ٻارهين صديءَ جا ڪانسي جا ڪيترائي تاريخي دروازا اڄ به موجود آهن. انهن مان سڀ کان پراڻو جرمنيءَ جي [[هلڊسهايم]] وارو دروازو (1015ع) آهي. هلڊسهايم جي هن طرز بعد ۾ پولينڊ جي [[گنيزنو دروازن]] جي جوڙجڪ تي به اثر وڌو. ڏکڻ اٽلي ۽ سسلي جا ٻيا اهم مثال هي آهن: [[سينٽ اينڊريا، امالفي]] (1060ع)، [[ساليرنو]] (1099ع)، [[ڪانوسا دي پوليا]] (1111ع)، [[ٽروا]] جا ٻه دروازا (1119ع ۽ 1124ع)، [[راويلو]] (1179ع)، جيڪي ٽراني جي باريسانو ٺاهيا، جنهن [[ٽراني گرجاگھر]] جا دروازا پڻ تيار ڪيا؛ جڏهن ته [[مونريالي]] ۽ [[پيسا گرجاگھر]] جا دروازا [[پيسا جي بونانو]] جا ٺاهيل آهن.

انهن سڀني دروازن ۾ قبضي واري عمودي پٽي جا محور مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ هوندا هئا. تعميراتي ماهرن کي صحيح طرح معلوم نه آهي ته روايتي محوري نظام کان قبضن (ھنجز) ڏانهن تبديلي ڪڏهن آئي، پر ان تبديليءَ سان دروازن کي مضبوط ڪرڻ ۽ سينگارڻ جو نئون طريقو رائج ٿيو. ان لاءِ مختلف نمونن جون ٺڪيل لوهي پٽيون استعمال ٿينديون هيون، جيڪي قبضن جو ڪم به ڏينديون هيون. عام طور ٽي سينگاريل پٽيون دروازي سان لڳل هونديون هيون، جڏهن ته انهن سان گڏ لوهي ڪڙا عمودي محورن تي چڙهندا هئا، جيڪي پٿر يا ڪاٺ جي چوڪاٺ ۾ لڳل هوندا هئا. اهڙي نموني جو ٻارهين صديءَ جو هڪ ابتدائي مثال [[لنڪن ڪئٿڊرل]] ۾ موجود آهي. فرانس ۾ [[نوٽر ڊيم، پيرس]] جي دروازن جو ڌاتوءَ وارو ڪم هن فن جو هڪ شاندار نمونو آهي، جڏهن ته فرانس ۽ انگلينڊ ۾ به اهڙا ڪيترائي مثال موجود آهن.

اٽلي ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ مشهور دروازن ۾ [[فلورنس جي سينٽ جيوواني بپتسما گهر]] جا دروازا شامل آهن، جيڪي مڪمل طور ڪانسي جا ٺهيل آهن، جن ۾ [[دروازي جو چوڪاٺو]] پڻ ڪانسي جو آهي. ڏاکڻي دروازي تي موجود انساني شڪلين، پکين ۽ ٻوٽن جي نفيس نقش نگاري [[ايندريا پيزانو]] 1330ع ۾ تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته اوڀر وارو دروازو [[گيبرتي]] 1425ع کان 1452ع جي وچ ۾ ٺاهيو، جيڪو پنهنجي فني حسن سبب تمام گهڻو مشهور آهي. اترئين دروازي (1402ع–1424ع) ۾ گيبرتي، ايندريا پيزانو جي ساڳي پينلن ۽ تصويري ترتيب واري طرز کي اختيار ڪيو، پر اوڀرئين دروازي ۾ مستطيل پينلن کي ابھريل نقش نگاري (Bas-relief) سان سينگاريو ويو، جن ۾ مقدس صحيفن جا منظر ۽ بيشمار انساني شڪلون ڏيکاريل آهن. انهن دروازن کي ئي اهو مشهور لقب ''جنت جا دروازا'' ڏنو ويو، جنهن جو ذڪر [[مائيڪل اينجلو]] پڻ ڪيو.

[[قاهره]] جي مسجدن جا دروازا بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا هئا. هڪ قسم ۾ دروازن تي ڪانسي يا لوهه جون چادرون چاڙهي انهن تي نفيس نقش نگاري يا اُڀريل سينگار ڪيو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته ٻئي قسم جا دروازا ڪاٺ جي فريم سان ٺهيل هوندا هئا، جن تي چورس ۽ هيرن جهڙن پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيل نمونن جي سينگار هوندي هئي. هن ٻئي طرز جي شروعات [[قبطي]] فن تعمير مان ٿي. [[پالرمو]] جي محل جا دروازا، جيڪي نارمن حڪمرانن لاءِ ساراسين ڪاريگرن تيار ڪيا، اڄ به بهترين حالت ۾ محفوظ آهن. اهڙي ئي سينگار واري طرز جا دروازا [[ويرونا]] ۾ پڻ ملن ٿا، جتي دروازن جي عمودي ۽ افقي ڪاٺين جا ڪنارا ترڇا ۽ ڪَٽيل نموني سان تيار ڪيا ويا آهن.

[[فائل:Дом компании Зингер, Россия, Санкт-Петербург.JPG|thumb|upright|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جي عنصرن سان سينگاريل شيشي جو دروازو، [[سنگر هائوس]]، [[سينٽ پيٽرسبرگ]]، روس]]

نشاةِ ثانيه جي دور ۾ اٽلي جا دروازا نسبتاً سادا رکيا ويندا هئا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اتي جي معمارن وڌيڪ توجهه دروازن جي چوڌاري ٺهيل داخلي بناوت (Doorway) تي ڏيندا هئا. ان جي ابتڙ، فرانس ۽ جرمني ۾ دروازن کي نهايت نفاست سان اُڪيريو ويندو هو، خاص طور [[لوئي چوڏهون طرز]] ۽ [[لوئي پندرهون طرز]] جي دور ۾. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن انهن ۾ ٿنڀا، ڇَجا، ٽڪنڊا محراب (Pediment) ۽ طاقون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون هيون، جڏهن ته چوڌاري ڀت سادي معمارِي واري هوندي هئي. اٽلي ۾ دروازن جي وڏائي وڌائڻ لاءِ پينلن جو تعداد وڌايو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته فرانس ۾ ان جي ابتڙ نسبتاً گهٽ پينلن کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي هئي. [[فونتين بلو]] جي محل جو هڪ وڏو ٻه-تاڪي دروازو اهڙي نموني ٺاهيو ويو آهي، جو ڏسڻ ۾ ڄڻ هڪ ئي وڏي پينل مان ٺهيل هجي.

فرانس ۾ نشاةِ ثانيه جي سڀ کان قديم دروازن مان هڪ [[سينٽ سووير گرجاگھر، ايڪس-آن-پرووانس]] (1503ع) جو دروازو آهي. ان جي هيٺين پينلن ۾ [[گوٿڪ فن تعمير|گوٿڪ]] طرز جي طاقن اندر لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|3|ft|m|abbr=on}} اوچيون انساني شڪلون اُڪيريل آهن، جڏهن ته مٿين پينلن ۾ لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|2|ft|m|abbr=on}} اوچين شڪلين سان ٻٽي قطار وارا طاق ۽ انهن مٿان ڇپر نما سينگار موجود آهي. اهي سڀ نقش [[ديودار]] جي ڪاٺ تي اُڪيريا ويا آهن. [[بووي گرجاگھر]] جو ڏاکڻو دروازو ڪيترن ئي لحاظ کان فرانس جي بهترين دروازن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، جتي مٿين پينلن تي ابھريل نقش نگاري سان مذهبي منظر ۽ ڇپر نما سينگار ٺاهيا ويا آهن. [[جيزور]] جي گرجاگھر (1575ع) جا دروازا پڻ طاقن اندر انساني شڪلين سان سينگاريل آهن، جيڪي طبقاتي ٿنڀن سان هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيا ويا آهن. [[روئن]] جي [[سينٽ ميڪلو]] گرجاگھر ۾ ٽي نهايت خوبصورت اُڪيريل دروازا آهن؛ انهن مان [[ژان گوجون]] جا تيار ڪيل دروازا ٻنهي پاسن تي طاقن اندر شڪلين ۽ وچ ۾ نفيس مجسماڪاريءَ سبب خاص شهرت رکن ٿا. لڳ ڀڳ چاليهه کان پنجاهه سال پوءِ ٺاهيل ٻين دروازن کي ابھريل نقش نگاري، قدرتي منظرن، انساني شڪلين ۽ پيچيده آرائشي بارڊرن سان سينگاريو ويو.

[[ناسا]] جي [[گاڏين جي اسيمبلي عمارت]]، جيڪا [[ڪينيڊي خلائي مرڪز]] ۾ واقع آهي، دنيا جا چار سڀ کان وڏا دروازا رکي ٿي. هيءَ عمارت شروعات ۾ [[اپولو پروگرام|اپولو]] مشنن لاءِ [[سيٽرن پنجون]] راڪيٽن جي اسيمبلي لاءِ تعمير ڪئي وئي هئي، ۽ بعد ۾ [[خلائي شٽل]] پروگرام جي سهائتا لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي رهي. انهن چئن مان هر هڪ دروازي جي اوچائي {{convert|139|m|ft|abbr=off|sp=us}} آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.nasa.gov/centers/kennedy/pdf/718659main_VAB.pdf|title=Vehicle Assembly Building Fact Sheet|website=NASA|access-date=2016-06-03|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20161011224909/https://www.nasa.gov/centers/kennedy/pdf/718659main_VAB.pdf|archive-date=2016-10-11}}&lt;/ref&gt;

انگلينڊ جو سڀ کان قديم محفوظ دروازو [[ويسٽمنسٽر ائبي]] ۾ موجود آهي، جيڪو 1050ع جو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite news |url=https://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/uk_news/4743899.stm |work=BBC News |title=Abbey oak door 'Britain's oldest' |date=2005-08-03 |access-date=2010-05-01 |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20060620190404/http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/uk/4743899.stm |archive-date=2006-06-20}}&lt;/ref&gt; سترهين صديءَ ۾ انگلينڊ ۾ دروازن جي پينلن کي ابھريل [[بوليڪشن]] يا ٻاهر نڪتل سينگاريل ڍانچن سان سينگاريو ويندو هو، جن تي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن نهايت نفيس اُڪير به ڪئي ويندي هئي. ارڙهين صديءَ ۾ دروازن جي [[سينگاريل قالب]]، جيڪي [[عمودي ڪاٺي]] ۽ [[فريم ۽ پينل]] تي ٺهندا هئا، تن کي [[ايگ اينڊ ڊارٽ]] نموني جي [[معماري سينگار]] سان اُڪيريو ويندو هو.

&lt;gallery widths=&quot;170&quot; heights=&quot;200&quot; mode=&quot;packed&quot; caption=&quot;دروازن جي مختصر بصري تاريخ&quot;&gt;
File:Fragment from a tomb door MET 23.3.174f-emf.jpg|[[قديم مصري فن تعمير|قديم مصري]] مقبري جي دروازي جو ٽڪرو، لڳ ڀڳ 2150–1981 ق.م، [[ميٽروپوليٽن عجائب گهر]]، [[نيويارڪ شهر]]
File:The Hercules Sarcophagus depicting the Twelve Labors of Hercules, 150-160 AD, Kayseri Archaeological Museum, Turkey (26261172056) (lighter version).jpg|[[قديم يوناني فن تعمير|قديم يوناني]] طرز جو دروازو، هرڪيولس جي تابوت تي اُڪريل، [[قيصريه آثار قديمه عجائب گهر]]، [[قيصريه]]، [[ترڪي]]
File:Bronze door, Basilica di San Giovanni, 2013.jpg|[[قديم رومي فن تعمير|قديم رومي]] ڪانسي جا دروازا، [[ڪوريا جوليا]]، جيڪي هاڻي [[سينٽ جان ليٽران بيسليڪا]]، [[روم]] ۾ موجود آهن
File:Gate, ash-Shibak Fort, Ibra (North ash-Sharqiyah Governorate) Origin- Surat, India (Mughal Empire) Teak wood and brass.jpg|[[هندستاني فن تعمير|هندستاني]] [[مغل فن تعمير|مغل]] دور جو ساڳوان ۽ پتل جو دروازو
File:Tenghua Jiuguan 21 2015-04.JPG|روايتي [[چيني فن تعمير|چيني]] فولڊنگ دروازا، [[قديم وسٽيريا عجائب گهر]]، [[چانگجو]]، [[چين]]
File:Lateral door church Theotokos Gorgoepikoos Athens, Greece.jpg|[[بازنطيني فن تعمير|بازنطيني]] دروازو، [[ننڍي ميٽروپولس]]، [[اٿينس]]، [[يونان]]
File:Door in Morocco, 2010.jpg|[[اسلامي فن تعمير|اسلامي]] طرز جو دروازو، [[اسلامي هندسي نمونا]] سان سينگاريل، [[مراڪش]]
File:'Berfrestone' (DB) door and tympanum arch St Nicholas Church Barfrestone Kent England 1.jpg|[[رومانسڪ فن تعمير|رومانسڪ]] طرز جو دروازو، [[سينٽ نڪولس گرجاگهر]]، [[بارفريسٽون]]، [[ڪينٽ]]، [[انگلينڊ]]
File:Doorway detail, St Magnus Cathedral, Kirkwall, Orkney.jpg|[[گوٿڪ فن تعمير|گوٿڪ]] دروازو، [[سينٽ ميگنس گرجاگهر]]، [[ڪرڪوال]]، [[اسڪاٽلينڊ]]
File:Iconography - Saint Basil's Cathedral (19970306871).jpg|[[روسي فن تعمير|روسي]] دروازو، [[سينٽ بيسل گرجاگهر]]، [[ماسڪو]]
File:The entrance of the Antim Monastery Church.jpg|[[برانڪووينيسڪ طرز]] جو دروازو، [[انتيم خانقاه]]، [[بخاريسٽ]]، [[رومانيا]]، جنهن جي مٿان [[پسانيه]] لکيل آهي
File:Gdańsk (158).JPG|[[نشاة ثانيه فن تعمير|نشاة ثانيه]] طرز جو دروازو، [[گدانسڪ]]، [[پولينڊ]]
File:Chateau de Versailles Vestibule Haut 11 (lighter and fixed angles).jpg|[[باروڪ]] طرز جو دروازو، [[ورسائي محل]]، [[ورسائي]]، [[فرانس]]
File:Porte rue Monsieur-le-Prince Paris.jpg|[[روڪوڪو]] طرز جو دروازو، رو مونسيو لي پرنس، [[پيرس]]
File:P1210063 Paris III rue des Francs-Bourgeois n26 rwk.jpg|[[لوئي سورهون طرز]] جو دروازو، [[هوٽل مورتيي دي ساندرويل]]، رو دي فران بورجوا، [[پيرس]]
File:Pierre Rousseau - Double-Leaf Doors - 1942.2.12 - Cleveland Museum of Art.tif|[[نوڪلاسيڪي فن تعمير|نوڪلاسيڪي]] رنگيل ٻٽو دروازو (1790ع واري ڏهاڪي)، [[پيئر روسو]]، [[ڪليولينڊ آرٽ ميوزيم]]، [[آمريڪا]]
File:Brooklyn Museum 1994.92 Door with Lock (2).jpg|[[اولهه آفريڪا|اولهه آفريڪي]] تالي وارو ڪاٺ ۽ لوهه جو دروازو، اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر يا ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات، [[برڪينا فاسو]]، [[بروڪلن ميوزيم]]، [[نيويارڪ شهر]]
File:Zespół klasztoru Gandan (39).jpg|[[گاندانتيگچنلين خانقاه]]، [[منگوليا]] جو سينگاريل دروازو
File:P1250574 Paris V rue Malebranche n3 porte gothique bis encours.jpg|[[گوٿڪ احيا فن تعمير|گوٿڪ احيا]] طرز جو دروازو، رو مالبرانش، [[پيرس]]
File:Egyptian Revival mausoleum, Forest Home Cemetery.jpg|[[مصري احيا فن تعمير|مصري احيا]] طرز جي مقبري جو دروازو، فاريسٽ هوم قبرستان، [[وسڪانسن]]، [[آمريڪا]]
File:Armoiries de lIrlande à lambassade dIrlande à Paris.jpg|[[روڪوڪو احيا]] طرز جو دروازو، [[هوٽل دي بريتوي]]، [[پيرس]]
File:3-5, Strada Icoanei, Bucharest (Romania) 1.jpg|[[رومانوي احيا فن تعمير|رومانوي احيا]] طرز جو دروازو، [[شڪوالا سينٽرالا نيشنل ڪاليج]]، [[بخاريسٽ]]
File:Paris Porte cochère rue La Bruyère 2012.jpg|اوڻيهين صديءَ جو [[انتخابي فن تعمير|انتخابي]] ڪلاسيڪي طرز جو دروازو، رو لا بروئير، [[پيرس]]
File:Entrance of the George Enescu Museum.jpg|[[بيو آرٽس فن تعمير|بيو آرٽس]] طرز جو دروازو، [[ڪانتاڪوزينو محل]]، [[بخاريسٽ]]
File:Porte et marquise CCI Nancy.jpg|[[آرٽ نووو]] ڌاتو ۽ شيشي جو دروازو، [[نانسي]]، [[فرانس]]، مٿان وڏي شفاف [[ڇڄ]] سان
File:49-53, Calea Victoriei, Bucharest (Romania) 10.jpg|[[سادو ڪلاسيڪي فن تعمير|سادو ڪلاسيڪي]] طرز جو دروازو، [[بخاريسٽ شاهي محل]]، جيڪو هاڻي [[رومانيا جو قومي عجائب گهر براءِ فنون]] آهي
File:La Maison Bleue, porte d'entrée - Angers - 20110119.jpg|[[آرٽ ڊيڪو]] طرز جو دروازو، [[انجيه]]، [[فرانس]]
File:Fischerkirche (main door), Born a. Darß.jpg|ڪاٺ جو گرجاگهر جو دروازو، [[بورن آف ڊارس]]، [[جرمني]]
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== بناوت ۽ طرزون ==
[[فائل:Florença - Portões do Paraíso (146).jpg|thumb|upright|[[فلورنس بپتسما گهر]] جو دروازو، جنهن کي ''جنت جا دروازا'' چيو وڃي ٿو، 1425ع–1452ع، سونهري ڪانسي جو ٺهيل، اوچائي: 5.2 ميٽر]]
[[فائل:Kunsthistorisches Museum entrance.jpg|thumb|upright|[[ڪنسٽ هسٽوريشيز ميوزيم]] ([[ويانا]]، [[آسٽريا]]) جو داخلا دروازو]]

دروازن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جيڪي مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن:

* سڀ کان عام قسم '''هڪ تاڪي وارو دروازو''' آهي، جيڪو هڪ مضبوط تاڪي تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي ۽ پوري دروازي جي کليل حصي کي ڍڪي ڇڏيندو آهي. هن بنيادي جوڙجڪ جون ڪيترائي صورتون آهن، جهڙوڪ '''ٻه تاڪي وارو دروازو''' يا '''ٻٽو دروازو'''.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=External Single Door, Fully Glazed Leaf {{!}} NBS {{!}} BIM Library |url=https://source.thenbs.com/en/product/external-single-door-fully-glazed-leaf/7dHSpVWugYzrD2KEV7Zn74/wCWU2QXh2M5kYY78qJaQAo |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=source.thenbs.com |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''اڌ دروازو''' يا '''[[ڊچ دروازو]]''' يا '''اصطبل وارو دروازو''' افقي رخ ۾ ٻن حصن ۾ ورهايل هوندو آهي. هن قسم جو دروازو رهائشي گهرن ۾ به اختيار ڪيو ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Ray |first=Emily |date=2025-07-14 |title=Here's Why A Dutch Door Makes An Entryway More Beautiful &amp; Functional |url=https://www.housedigest.com/1908450/dutch-door-entryway-benefits/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=House Digest |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''[[سيلون]] جا دروازا''' هلڪا جهولندڙ ٻن تاڪن وارا دروازا هوندا آهن، جيڪي عام طور عوامي شراب خانن ۾ ملندا آهن ۽ خاص طور آمريڪي اولهه سان لاڳاپيل سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Martin |first=Hannah |date=2022-09-01 |title=Are Saloon Doors About to Have a Moment? |url=https://www.architecturaldigest.com/story/are-saloon-doors-about-to-have-a-moment |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Architectural Digest |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Hart |first=Morgan |date=2025-04-21 |title=Giddy Up: Western-Themed Bars in Utah • Salt Lake Magazine |url=https://saltlakemagazine.com/western-bars-utah/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Salt Lake Magazine |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''لڪل دروازو''' (انگريزي:بلائينڊ ڊور، گب ڊور يا جب ڊور) اهڙو دروازو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ٻاهران ڪا به چؤڪاٺ، هينڊل يا هلندڙ حصو ظاهر نه هوندو آهي. اهو ڀر واري ڀت سان اهڙي نموني ملي ويندو آهي، جو ڀت جو حصو ئي محسوس ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Nicholson |first=Peter |title=The New and Improved Practical Builder |location=London |publisher=Thomas Kelly|date=1841 |pages=97–98}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''فرانسيسي دروازو''' ساڳي نموني اندر يا ٻاهر کلي ٿو جيئن '''[[فرانسيسي دريون]]'''. اهو پاسي کان انجيسن تي لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ وچ ۾ ڪا عمودي ورهاست نه هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=2024-06-13 |title=What Are French Windows and Doors? |url=https://www.lomaxwood.co.uk/news/what-are-french-windows-and-doors/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Lomax &amp; Wood |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''[[جهروڪيدار دروازو]]''' ۾ ڪاٺ جون مقرر يا هلندڙ پٽيون (جن کي [[جهروڪي]] پڻ چيو وڃي ٿو) لڳل هونديون آهن، جيڪي هوا جي اچ وڃ کي ممڪن بڻائينديون آهن، پر اندر جي نجي ماحول کي برقرار رکندي روشنيءَ جي سڌي گذر کي روڪينديون آهن. اهڙا دروازا نسبتاً ڪمزور هوندا آهن، تنهن ڪري گهڻو ڪري [[ڪپڙن جي الماري|المارين]] ۽ ڪپڙا سڪائڻ وارن ڪمرن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي حفاظت کان وڌيڪ هوا جي اچ وڃ اهم هوندي آهي. ساڳئي قسم جي جوڙجڪ [[دريءَ جا پردا]] ٺاهڻ لاءِ به استعمال ٿيندي آهي. 1929ع ۾ [[سيگيٽ]]، [[فلوريڊا]] ۾ گوينڊولين ۽ پاول ڪراسلي جي تعمير ڪرايل گهر ۾ ٻه جهروڪيدار دروازا لڳايا ويا، جيڪي هوا جي مناسب گردش سان گڏ اهڙي نجيت فراهم ڪندا هئا، جو ڪنهن به رخ کان اندر ڏسڻ ممڪن نه هوندو هو.

* '''مرڪب دروازو''' هڪ تاڪي وارو دروازو هوندو آهي، جيڪو مڪمل مضبوط يا شيشي سان ٺهيل ٿي سگهي ٿو ۽ عام طور تي اندر اعليٰ ڪثافت واري فوم سان ڀريل هوندو آهي. برطانيا ۾ اهڙن دروازن کي عام طور BS PAS 23/24 معيار موجب تصديق ٿيل هوندو آهي ۽ ''سڪيوئرڊ باء ڊزائين'' جي حفاظتي معيارن سان مطابقت رکندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://thecrimepreventionwebsite.com/pas-242012-enhanced-security-doorsets/573/what-does-certificated-to-pas-24-actually-mean/|title=What does 'certificated' to PAS 24 actually mean?|work=thecrimepreventionwebsite.com|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140125223650/http://thecrimepreventionwebsite.com/pas-242012-enhanced-security-doorsets/573/what-does-certificated-to-pas-24-actually-mean|archive-date=2014-01-25}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Doors and Locks |url=https://www.securedbydesign.com/guidance/standards-explained#doors-and-locks |website=Secured by Design |publisher=Police Crime Prevention Initiative |access-date=29 October 2019}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''فولادي حفاظتي دروازو''' مضبوط فولاد مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ گهڻو ڪري [[بئنڪ خزانو|خزانن]] ۽ [[محفوظ ڪمرو|محفوظ ڪمرن]] ۾ حملي جي مزاحمت لاءِ لڳايو ويندو آهي. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن انهن جي ٻاهرين سطح تي ڪاٺ جا پينل پڻ لڳايا ويندا آهن ته جيئن عام دروازن جهڙا نظر اچن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://henleyssecuritydoors.co.uk/|title=Henleys Security Doors|website=Henleys Security Doors|access-date=25 May 2016|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160530035319/http://henleyssecuritydoors.co.uk/|archive-date=30 May 2016}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''هموار دروازو''' مڪمل طور تي سڌي ۽ هموار سطح وارو هوندو آهي. ان ۾ هلڪي ڪاٺ جي فريم تي [[پلائيووڊ]] يا [[وچولي ڪثافت وارو فائبر بورڊ]] لڳايو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته اندر جا خالي حصا گهڻو ڪري گتي جي مواد سان ڀريا ويندا آهن. ٻاهرين سطح سخت فائبر بورڊ مان پڻ ٺهي سگهي ٿي، جنهن جو مشهور نالو [[ميسونائيٽ]] آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Masonite International Corporation |url=https://visitjones.com/historic_locations/masonite-international-corporation/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Visit Laurel &amp; Jones County |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''ڍانچي وارو دروازو''' جو اندروني ڍانچو هموار دروازي جهڙو هوندو آهي، پر ان جي ٻاهرئين سطح ٺهيل نمونيدار MDF يا [[ميسونائيٽ]] مان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=2020-06-17 |title=What Should I Go For- Veneered Doors vs Moulded Doors |url=https://www.articlecube.com/what-should-i-go-veneered-doors-vs-moulded-doors |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=ArticleCube |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''تختن ۽ آڏين پٽين وارو دروازو''' ڪيترن عمودي تختن مان ٺهندو آهي، جيڪي ٻن يا وڌيڪ افقي ڪاٺين سان ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن مضبوطي لاءِ ترڇيون ڪاٺيون پڻ لڳايون وينديون آهن.

* '''[[پيادل دروازو]]''' وڏي دروازي جي اندر ٺهيل ننڍو دروازو هوندو آهي، جيڪو وڏي دروازي کي کولڻ کان سواءِ ماڻهن جي اچ وڃ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا دروازا وڏن گرجاگهرن، گيراجن يا جهازن جي هينگرن ۾ ڏسي سگهجن ٿا.

* '''ٻٽو ويڙهيندڙ دروازو''' ڪيترن حصن تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي، جيڪي ويڙهجي هڪ ٻئي سان لڳي ويندا آهن. اهي گهڻو ڪري ڪاٺ يا ايلومينيم مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن ۽ مڪمل کلي وڃڻ تي ڪمري جي ورهاڱي وانگر نظر ايندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.thedoorzone.co.uk/|title=Front Doors, Garage Doors Insights from The Door Zone|website=The Door Zone|language=en-GB|access-date=2017-05-11|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170507074631/http://www.thedoorzone.co.uk/|archive-date=2017-05-07}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=CPD 07 2025: Mastering sliding and bi-fold doors |url=https://www.housingtoday.co.uk/cpd/cpd-07-2025-mastering-sliding-and-bi-fold-doors/5136701.article |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Housing Today |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''[[سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ شيشي جو دروازو]]'''، جنهن کي ڪڏهن آرڪيڊيا يا پيٽيو دروازو پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، [[شيشو|شيشي]] مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي ۽ پاسي ڏانهن سرڪي کلي ٿو. ڪيترن قسمن ۾ ڄاري پڻ لڳل هوندي آهي.

* '''ڪوڙو دروازو''' اهڙي آرائشي بناوت هوندي آهي، جيڪا ظاهري طرح دروازي يا دريءَ جهڙي لڳندي آهي، پر حقيقت ۾ کلي نه سگهندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Digital Giza {{!}} Frequently Asked Questions |url=http://giza.fas.harvard.edu/faq/ |access-date=2025-10-15 |website=giza.fas.harvard.edu}}&lt;/ref&gt; [[قديم مصري فن تعمير]] ۾ اهو مقبرن جو عام جزو هو، جتي اهو آخرت ڏانهن ويندڙ دروازي جي علامت سمجهيو ويندو هو. اهڙي قسم جا ڪوڙا دروازا ريگستاني قبيلن جي تدفيني اڏاوتن، جهڙوڪ [[لبيا]] جي غرزا ۾ پڻ ملن ٿا.

==دروازن جا قسم==

''''پٽين وارا دروازا'''' 
: (Ledged Doors).
ھن قسم جا دروازا بلڪل سادا ۽ عام ھوندا آھن. ھنن جو استعمال ٻھراڙين ۾ گھڻو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ڪاٺ جي اڀين تاڪين سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي تاڪيون وري سڌين ٽيڪ وارين پٽين (Ledges) سان مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙيل ھونديون آھي.
اڀريون تاڪيون (Battens)  گھڻو ڪري ھڪ انچ ٿلھيون ۽ ڇھھ انچ ويڪريون ھونديون آھن ۽ اھي V جوڙ سان کانچي ۾ جڪڙيل ھونديون آھن، جنھن کي ٽيڪنيڪي يعني فني لغت ۾ Tongued and Grooved چوندا آھن. سڌيون پٽيون (Ledges)  گھڻو ڪري ڏيڍ انچ ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن ۽ انھن کي اڀين تاڪين (Battens)  مٿان اشڪنجي سان جڪڙي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. ٽي سڌيون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن؛ ھڪ مٿان، ٻي وچ ۾ ۽ ٽين ھيٺان. تاڪ کي T نموني جي انجيسن ذريعي ٽنگيو ويندو آھي، جيڪي سڌين پٽين مٿان لڳائبيون آھن. ھن قسم جا دروازا اھڙن ھنڌن تي لڳايا ويندا آھن، جتي خوبصورتي درڪار نھ ھوندي آھي.

'''''سڌين ۽ وتر وارين پٽين وارا دروازا'''''
: (Ledged and braced doors )
بنيادي طرح ھي دروازا سڌين پٽين وارن دروازن جھڙا ھوندا. (پٽين وارا دروازا)
آھن ۽ فرق صرف اھو آھي تھ ھنن کي وڌيڪ پختو بڻائڻ لاءِ سڌين پٽين جھڙي ماپ جون وڌيڪ پٽيون وتر ۾ (DiagonallY) لڳايون وينديون آھن. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ وتر وارين پٽين کي ٽنگيل پاسي کان مٿي سلامي ڏني وڃي، جيئن اھي دٻاءُ (Compression)  ۾ رھي، مضبوطي مھيا ڪن. عام طريقي سان سڌيون پٽيون ھڻي، دروازي کي چاڙھي، پوءِ انھن مٿان ڪوڪن رستي وتر واريون پٽيون (Battens)  لڳائبيون آھن. ھي دروازا پڻ سادن ۽ عارضي ڪمن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. .&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
'''''چؤڪاٺن (فريمن) ۽ پٽين وارا دروازا'''''
: (Ledged and Framed Doors)   
ھن قسم جي دروازن ۾  ڊولائتي نموني چؤڪاٺا ٺاھي ۽ تاڪ ھنيا ويندا آھن، جنھن سبب انھن جي مضبوطي وڌندي آھي. ازانسواءِ انھن ۾ اٽڪل چار انچ ويڪريون ۽ ڏيڍ انچ ٿلھيون پاسن واريون اڀيون پٽيون (Styles)  لڳائڻ سبب مضبوطيءَ سان گڏ اھي پرڪشش ۽ وڻندڙ لڳندا آھن. جڏھن تھ سڌيون ٽيڪ واريون پٽيون (Ledges)  ۽ اڀيون تاڪيون (Battens)  پڻ معمول مطابق لڳايون وينديون آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''چؤڪاٺن اندر ٽيڏين پٽين وارا دروازا'''''
: (Ledged, framed and braced doors) 
ھي دروازا ذري گھٽ چؤڪاٺن ۽ پٽين وارن دروازن جھڙا ٿيندا اھن. ھنن ۾ صرف وتر وارين وٽين جو اضافو ڪيو ويندو آھي، جنھن سبب ھي وڌيڪ مضبوط ۽ پائيدار ٿيندا آھن ۽ گھڻو ڪري ٻاھر لڳايا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''چؤڪاٺن ۽ ھموار تختن وارا دروازا'''''
: (Framed and Panelled doors)
 
ھن قسم جا دروازا نھايت ئي عام ۽  تمام گھڻو استعمال ۾ ايندا آھن. تاڪن جي فريم کي عمودي ۽ افقي پٽين ذريعي متعدد حصن ۾ ورھايو ويندو آھي، انھن پٽين ۾ پانيلن (Panells)  کي جوڙڻ واسطي جھري ٺھيل ھوندي آھي جن ۾ ھموار يعني سڌا يا مٿي اڀريل پانيل ڦاسائي تاڪ تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جون ڊزائينون مختلف ٿينديون آھن، ليڪن ٺاھڻ جو طريقو ساڳيو ئي ھوندو آھي. پانيلن جو تعداد دروازي جي نوعيت ۽ ماڻھن جي پسند تي مدار رکي ٿو. ھن قسم جي دروازن ۾ سسڻ جو رجحان گھٽ ھوندو آھي. ھنن دروازن جي عام رواجي سائيز 7'-0″x4′-0″،  7'-0″x3′-0″،  6'-6″x4′-0″ وغيره رکي ويندي آھي. تاڪن جي ٿولھ مختلف ڳالھين تي مدار رکي ٿي جھڙوڪ، ڪم جي نوعيت، دروازن لڳائڻ وارو ھنڌ، پانيلن جو تعداد وغيره. تاڪن جي ٿولھھ اٽڪل 1 انچ کان 1 ½ انچ رکي ويندي آھي.

'''''شيشن ۽ تختن وارا دروازا'''''
: (Glazed and paneled doors or sash doors 
        
گھرن ۽ ڪمرن اندر انھن جي نوعيت مطابق ۽ گھربل روشنيءَ پٽاندڙ سمورا تاڪ شيشي جي پانيلن يا تختن يا ڪجھھ حصي تئين شيشي جي پانيلن ۽ بچيل حصي تائين ڪاٺ جي پانيلن سان ٺاھي استعمال ڪيا ويندا اھن. عام طرح سان شيشي ۽ ڪاٺ جي حصن جو تناسب 2:1 رکيو ويندو آھي. شيشي کي روڪڻ لاءِ ڪاٺ جون سنھيون پٽيون (Beads)  يا پٽي (Putty)  لڳائي ويندي آھي. شيشي واري ايراضي وڌائڻ جي صورت ۾ تاڪ جي وچين سڌي پٽيءَ (Lock rail)  جي مٿان وارين تاڪ جي پاسي وارين اڀين پٽين (Styles) جي ويڪر گھٽائي ويندي آھي .ھن قسم جا دروازا آفيسن، اسپتالن، لائبرين، شاپنگ سينٽرن ۽ شورومس وغيره ۾ لڳايا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''فلش ڊورس : (Flush Doors)'''''
 
ھن قسم جي دروازن جي بناوت ۾ پختا ۽ گھربل طرح سان تاڪن جا فريم ٺاھي انھن مٿان ڪمرشل پلاءِ يا ٽِيڪ پلاءِ (Commercial ply or Teak ply)  وغيره لڳائي ويندي آھي. ھي دروازا ٽن قسمن جا ٿيندا آھن جھڙوڪ فريم وارا فلش ڊورس، پؤرا فلش دروازا (Hollow flush doors) ۽ ورقن يا تھن وارا فلش دروازا (Laminated flush doors) فريم وارن  فلشن دروازن جا تاڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي ٻاھرين اڀين پٽين (Styles)، سڌين پٽين (Rails)، ننڍڙين پٽين (Ribs) ۽ پلاءِ ووڊ (Plywood) مان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. پھرين تاڪ جي فريم لاءِ انھن ۾ ڪم ايندڙ جوڙجڪ کي ٺاھي، انھن مٿان ٻنھي پاسي پلاءِ ووڊ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. پترن ورقن يا تھن مان ٺھيل دروازن کي نھرا دروازا (Solid doors) سڏيو ويندو آھي. انھن دروازن ٺاھڻ واسطي ڪاٺ جي سنھن ورقن کي تمام گھڻي داٻ سان گلوءَ رستي ڳنڍي ھڪ نھري (Solid) مضبوط قسم جو ٻنھي پاسن کان سڌو تختو ٺاھي (جنھن کي تاڪ جو نھرو اندر Solid core کڻي چئجي) انھيءَ مٿان ٻنھي پاسي پلاءِ جي سنھي چادر چاڙھي، تاڪ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.انھن جا ٻئي ٻاھريان پاسا ٻين دروازن جي ڀيٽ ۾ جلدي ميرا نھ ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي سولائيءَ سان صاف ڪري سگھبو آھي.

'''''ڄاريءَ وارا دروازا'''''
: (Wire gauze doors)

ھن قسم جي دروازن جي تاڪن لاءِ، انھن جي اڀين ۽ سڌين پٽين ۾ چؤڪور خانن ۾ ننڍي کانچي اندر ڄاري ڦاسائي، انھيءَ کي مضبوطيءَ لاءِ ڪوڪن سان اھڙي نموني ۾ جڪڙي تھ جيئن ڄاريءَ ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو گھنج نھ رھي. پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان چؤڌاري ڪاٺ جي سنھي پٽي (Beading) چاڙھي ويندي آھي. تاڪن جي تالي واريءَ سڌي پٽيءَ (Lock rail) مٿان آٽوميٽڪ اسپرنگ لڳايا ويندا آھن، تھ جيئن ڌڪي سان ٻاھر کولڻ کان پوءِ اھي خودبخود جلدي بند ٿي وڃن. ھن قسم جا دروازا قدرتي ھوا جي ڦھلاءُ (Circulation) سان گڏ ھر ڪنھن قسم جي اڏامندڙ جيوڙي جھڙوڪ مڇر ۽ مک وغيره کي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ نھايت ئي ڪارآمد رھن ٿا. انھيءَ ڪري گھرن، اسپتالن، رڌڻن، ڄاريءَ جي ڪٻٽن، مٺائيءَ وغيره جي دڪانن، ھوٽلن ۽ ٻين اھڙين جڳھين تي ڪثرت سان استعمال ٿين ٿا.

'''''جھڪيل يا لڙيل پٽين وارا دروازا'''''
: (Louvered doors)

ھن قسم جي دروازن جي تاڪن ۾ سنھيون پٽيون اھڙي نموني ٽيڏيون لڳايون وينديون آھن تھ جيئن انھن جي وچ ۾ ھڪ جھڙي وٿي رھي. اھي پٽيون سڄي تاڪ يا انھيءَ جي ڪنھن بھ حصي ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ايتري ٽيڏائيءَ (Inclination)  تي لڳائبيون آھن، تھ جيئن ٻاھرين نظر اندر نھ پوي ۽ نھ ئي وري اندران ٻاھر ڏسي سگھجي. اھڙا دروازا ھوا جي گذر سان گڏ پوشيدگي (Privacy)  پڻ مھيا ڪن ٿا.

'''''ڦرندڙ دروازا'''''
: (Revolving doors)

ھن قسم جي دروازن ۾ پوري وچ تي ٽيڪ مٿان آمھون سامھون چار تاڪ اھڙي نموني لڳايا ويندا آھن، جي صرف ھڪ ئي طرف ڦري سگھن. اھڙي نموني ماڻھو انھن منجھان ھڪ پاسي داخل ٿي سگھندو آھي ۽ ٻئي طرف کان ٻاھر نڪري سگھندو آھي. اھڙن دروزن ۾ مرضيءَ مطابق شيشا يا ڪاٺ جا سنھا تختا (Panells) لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھي دروازا گھڻيءَ رش وارن ھنڌن لاءِ موزون رھن ٿا ۽ انھيءَ سبب انھن کي ھوٽلن ۽ تماشگاھن (Theatres)  وغيره ۾ لڳايو ويندو آھي.

'''''گسڪندڙ دروازا'''''
: (Sliding doors)

ھن قسم جا دروازا سڄي ۽ کاٻي پاسي گسڪي سگھندڙ تاڪن وارا ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي اندر يا ٻاھر نھ کلي سگھندا آھن. انھن جا تاڪ مرضيءَ مطابق ڪاٺ جي ۽ شيشي جي پانيلن لڳائڻ سان بلڪل اونداھا، بلڪل روشن ۽ ڪنھن حصي تائين روشن بنائي سگھجن .ھي دروازا گدامن، ڇاپرن، دڪانن ۽ نماءُ وارن ڪمرن وغيرھ ۾ لڳايا ويندا آھن ۽ جڳھھ بچائڻ جي خيال کان گھرن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن.

'''''ويڙھجندڙ دروازا'''''
: (Rolling doors) 
  
ھي دروازا لوھ جا ٺھيل ھوندا آھن ۽ مٿان کان ھيٺ لاھي بند ڪري سگھبا آھن ۽ ساڳئي نموني ھيٺ کان مٿي ويڙھي کولي سگھبا آھن. انھيءَ سبب انھن کي ويڙھجي سگھجندڙ دروازا (Collapsible doors) چئبو آھي. انھن ۾ لوھھ جي ٿلھي چادر جو فريم ٺھيل ھوندو آھي، جنھن ۾ دروازي جي سولائيءَ سان ھيٺ مٿي چرڻ لاءِ کانچو ڇڏيل ھوندو آھي. مٿي وري ھڪ قسم جو ڊرم (Drum) ھوندو آھي، انھيءَ ۾ اسپرنگ لڳل ھوندا آھن، جي دروازي جي لوھي پتري تاڪ کي سولائيءَ سان ھيٺ مٿي ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڪندا آھن. وڏي سائيز جي تاڪ جي صورت ۾ بال بيئرنگ (Ball Bearings) پڻ لڳل ھوندا آھن.  ڊرم جو قطر (Diameter)  8 انچن کان 12 انچن تائين ٿيندو آھي. دروازي جي اسپرنگن ۽ بيئرنگن کي ميڻ (grease)  وغيره ڏئي، انھن کي ڪٽ کان بچائي رکڻ سان گڏ تاڪ کي ٿوري ئي ڌڪي ۽ ڇڪ ڏيڻ سان دروازو آسانيءَ سان بند ڪري ۽ کولي سگھجي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.ھي دروازا موٽر گيراجن، نماءُ وارن ڪمرن (Show rooms)، دڪانن ۽ گودامن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا.

'''':ڳتجندڙ دروازا'''''
: (Collapsible doors)

 
ھي دروازا لوھھ جا ٺھيل ھوندا آھن. ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ جوڙجڪ ۾ ٻنھي اڀن پاسن اندر ناليءَ وانگر خال ڇڏيل ھوندو آھي، جن سان اٽڪل  5/8 انچ کان ¾ انچ ويڪريون لوھھ جي پٽين جون ناليون (Channels)  ڳنڍيل ھونديون آھن. اھڙيءَ طرح انھن پٽين ۾ اتڪل اڌ انچ کان 5/8  انچ ويڪرو اڀو خال (Gap) ٺھي بيھندو آھي. اھڙي قسم جا ٽڪرا ھڪ ٻئي جي وچ کان اٽڪل 3 ¾ انچن جي مفاصلي تي ٺھي بيھندا آھن، جن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان لوھھ جي ڪيئنچيءَ جي انداز وارن لوھھ جي ٽڪرن (Cross Iron pieces) سان ڳنڍيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي ٺھيل لوھھ جي پختن پٽين جي ٽڪرن سان ٺھيل خالن وارن تاڪن کي پاسن  طرف ڌڪي يا ڇڪي کوھي ۽ بند ڪري سگھبو آھي. ھن قسم جا دروازا ڪافي مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ مارڪيٽ  ۾ داخل ٿيڻ وارن کليل حصن، گيراجن ۽ ٻين اھڙن ئي کليل ھنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==تاريخ==
[[فائل:old door.jpg|380px|thumb|ايران جي شھر ڪاشان ۾ ھڪ دروازو]]

قديم تاريخي دروازن ۾  سليمان جي ھيڪل (Temple of Solomon) قابل ذڪر آھي جيڪو زيتون جي ڪاٺيءَ جو ٺھيل ھيو.قديم مصر ۾ به ھڪ يا ٻن ڪلاڪن جي دروازن جو استعمال ٿيندو ھو. قديم آثارن جي ماھرن سوئيٽزرلينڊ مان پنج ھزار سال پراڻو دروازو دريافت ڪيو آھي.&lt;ref&gt;[http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/ Swiss archaeologists find 5000-year-old door] {{webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101108222716/http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/ |date=2010-11-08 }}&lt;/ref&gt; پراڻي دور ۾ مذھبي عبادت گاھن جي دروازن تي سون ۽ چانديءَ جي دروازن لڳائڻ جو پڻ تائين تاريخ ۾ ذڪر ملي ٿو.

[[فائل:stone door.jpg|left|380px|thumb|
 انڊيا جي ھئمپيء ۾ پٿر جو دروازو]]
[[فائل:Door-Post Socket (4690606141).jpg|380px|thumb| پرسيپولس جو وڏي دروازي جو لنگھ]]
 
 [[فائل:Plaster cast of folding doors, Pompeii.jpg|380px|thumb|قديم روم جو پومپي شھر جو پھرين صدي عيسويءَ جو تھبند (Folding) دروازو]]

==دروازي جي ڪم ڪرڻ جو طريقو==

[[فائل:Types of doors.png|thumb|دروازي جي ڪم ڪرڻ جو مشيني طريقو]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>7k6w0cu9q68f47q9ohgk6edwa2rz8v9</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401147</id>
      <parentid>401142</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T10:54:03Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* قسم */</comment>
      <origin>401147</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="73190" sha1="2jdy3uqq9era2nzl175zfvzopl9szsr" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|داخل ٿيڻ ۽ ٻاهر نڪرڻ لاءِ حرڪت ڪندڙ رڪاوٽ}}

[[File:L-door.png|thumb|در جو خاڪو]]

'''در''' يا '''دروازو''' هڪ [[قبضو|قبضن]] تي لڳل يا ٻيءَ ڪنهن طريقي سان حرڪت ڪندڙ رڪاوٽ هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪنهن بند جاءِ ۾ داخل ٿيڻ (ورود) ۽ ٻاهر نڪرڻ (خروج) جي سهولت فراهم ڪري ٿو. ڀت ۾ در لاءِ ٺهيل کليل حصي کي '''درگاهه''' يا '''دروازي جو کليل حصو''' چيو ويندو آهي. در جو بنيادي مقصد رسائيءَ تي ضابطو رکندي [[سيڪيورٽي]] فراهم ڪرڻ آهي. عام طور تي اهو اهڙو پٽ يا تختو هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[عمارت]]، [[ڪمرو|ڪمري]] يا [[گاڏي]] جي دروازي جي کليل حصي ۾ فِٽ ڪيو ويندو آهي. در مختلف مواد مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن جو انتخاب انهن جي استعمال ۽ مقصد مطابق ڪيو ويندو آهي. اڪثر در [[قبضو|قبضن]] ذريعي لڳايا ويندا آهن، پر ڪي سلائيڊ ٿيڻ، فولڊ ٿيڻ يا ٻين حرڪتي طريقن سان به ڪم ڪندا آهن.

در مختلف طريقن سان کلي ۽ بند ٿي سگهن ٿا، جهڙوڪ قبضي تي ڦرڻ، فريم سان متوازي سلائيڊ ٿيڻ، فولڊ ٿيڻ يا مرڪزي محور تي ڦرڻ. انهن جو مقصد ماڻهن يا شين جي داخلا ۽ اخراج کي آسان يا محدود ڪرڻ هوندو آهي. گهڻن درن ۾ اندروني ۽ ٻاهرين پاسي جي بناوت هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي، پر ڪجهه حالتن ۾، جهڙوڪ [[گاڏي]] جي درن ۾، ٻنهي پاسن جي جوڙجڪ مختلف هوندي آهي.

گهڻن درن ۾ [[تالو]] لڳائڻ جو انتظام هوندو آهي، جنهن ذريعي صرف مجاز ماڻهو، مثال طور [[چاٻي]] استعمال ڪري، در کولي سگهندا آهن. درن تي اڪثر کڙڪائڻ لاءِ ڌاتوءَ جا [[کڙڪائندڙ (اوزار)|کڙڪائندڙ]]  (ڊور ناڪرس) يا [[در جي گهنٽي]] پڻ لڳل هوندي آهي، ته جيئن ٻاهران بيٺل ماڻهو پنهنجي موجودگيءَ جو اطلاع ڏئي سگهن. رسائي فراهم ڪرڻ کان علاوه، در خانگي زندگي (پرائيويسي) جي حفاظت، مختلف استعمال وارن حصن کي الڳ رکڻ، [[روشني]] ۽ [[هوا جي اچ وڃ]] کي ضابطو ڪرڻ، گرمي يا ٿڌ کي برقرار رکڻ، آواز کي گهٽائڻ ۽ [[باهه]] جي پکڙجڻ کي روڪڻ جهڙا اهم ڪم پڻ سرانجام ڏيندا آهن.

در صرف تعميراتي عنصر نه، پر جمالياتي، علامتي ۽ رسمن سان لاڳاپيل اهميت پڻ رکن ٿا. ڪيترين ثقافتن ۾ در جي چاٻي حاصل ڪرڻ ٻاهرئين ماڻهو کان اندروني يا بااختيار حيثيت حاصل ڪرڻ جي علامت سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڏسو، مثال طور، [[بليڪ راڊ|بليڪ راڊ جو معزز اشر]] جون درباني ذميواريون.&lt;/ref&gt; [[ادب]] ۽ [[فن]] ۾ پڻ در ۽ درگاهون تبديلي، نئين مرحلي ۾ داخل ٿيڻ يا علامتي معنيٰ جي اظهار لاءِ استعارن ۽ تمثيلن طور گهڻو استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

'''دروازو'''- انگريزي ۾: ڊور يا گيٽ . اردوءَ ۾ دروازہ:جديد دور جي عمارتن ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڪاٺ جا دروازا استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا. تاڪن جي حساب سان اھي ھڪ تاڪ وارا   ۽ ٻن تاڪن وارا ٿين ٿا..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر: سنڌي ادبي بورڊ،ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;
[[فائل:Door in Georgia.jpg|380px|thumb|جارجيا ملڪ جو دروازو]]
جاءِ اندر مختلف قسم جي ڪمرن ۾ استعمال جي نوعيت مطابق انھن جي ماپ جو تعين ڪيو وڃي ٿو. اھي اھڙي ماپ جا ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن انھن ڪمرن ۾ گھربل سامان آسانيءَ سان لنگھي سگھي. عام طرح سان غسلخانن ۽ بيت الخلاءِ اندر داخل ٿيڻ لاءِ دروازن جي ماپ 6′-4″x2′-6″  رکجي تھ بھتر آھي. ٻين ڪمرن لاءِ دروازن جي سراسري ماپ 7′-0″x3′-8″ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ ڪوشش ڪري 6′-4″x3′-0″ کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي. بھرحال دروازن جي ماپ واسطي ڪنھن بھ قسم جو پڪو پختو قائدو مڙھيل نھ آھي. ڪچيءَ طرح ۽ اندازي جي حساب سان ھيٺئين فارمولا سان دروازن جي ماپ جو تعين ڪري سگھجي ٿو.
ويڪر =(ويڪر)  اوچائي 4-(اوچائي)  فوٽ 
ڪمرن اندر دروازا ڪنڊ کان اٽڪل 6 انچن کان 9 انچن تائين پري رکجن تھ بھتر آھي، ليڪن انھن جي لڳائڻ لاءِ جديد طرز جي عمارت جي علم کي ذھن ۾ رکڻ وڌيڪ سٺو آھي.
اڄڪلھ دروازن جي چؤڪاٺن ۾ چائنٺ (سل)  نھ لڳائي ويندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ انھيءَ جي لڳائڻ سان ھڪ تھ ٿاٻي کائڻ جو تمام گھڻو انديشو رھي ٿو ۽ ٻيو تھ صفائي ڪرڻ ۾ دقت ٿئي ٿي، ليڪن ايئرڪنڊيشنڊ ڪمرن لاءِ چائنٺ لڳائڻ تمام ضروري آھي تھ جيئن تاڪن ھيٺان وٿي نہ رھي. وڏن شھرن ۾ آر-سي-سيءَ جي بوتي وارين عمارتن ۾ 4 ½ انچن جي اوساريءَ وارين ڀتين ۾ ڀت جي پوري ٿولھھ تائين ويڪرا چؤڪاٺا استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا. عام رواجي ۽ سرڪاري عمارتن ۾ چؤڪاٺن لاءِ 0′-4″x0′-3″ جي سائيز جون ڪاٺ جون پٽيون گھڙايون وينديون آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

[[فائل:Knocking at front door of The National Archives Building - 01.jpg|380px|thumb|واشنگٽن ۾ نيشنل آرڪائيوز بلڊنگ جو دروازو]]
دروازو ھڪ حرڪت وارو ڍانچو آهي جنھن ذريعي ڪنھن چوديواريءَ يا گاڏي وغيره ۾ ڪنھن جي داخلا يا روڪ کي ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪبو آهي. عام طور تي ان جو ھڪ يا ٻه [[تاڪ]] ھوندا آھن جيڪي درين يا بغير درين جي ھوندا آھن. تاڪ چاھي ھڪڙو ھجي يا ٻہ ،  [[ڇوڪاٺو|چوڪاٺي]] يا [[چونڪو|چونڪي]] سان [[انجيس|انجيسن]] جي مدد سان ڳنڍيل ھوندو/ھوندا آھن ۽ انھن کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪڙو يا ڪنڍو لڳائي استعمال ڪيو آھي جنھن ۾ تالو لڳائبو آهي. اھي ھوا ۽ روشنيءَ جي ضابطي لاءِ بہ استعمال ٿيندا آھن.
جاءِ اندر داخل ٿيڻ ۽ انھيءَ جي مختلف اندرين حصن جو پاڻ ۾ رابطو رکڻ لاءِ دروازا لڳايا ويندا آھن. موسم آھر انھن کي کولي رکڻ سان جاءِ اندر روشني وڌندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھوا جو گذر پڻ سٺيءَ طرح سان ٿيندو آھي. انھيءَ سان گڏ دروازن لڳائڻ سبب چوريءَ ٿيڻ جو انديشو گھٽ رھندو آھي ۽ گھر ۾ رھندڙ ڀاتين جي پوشيدگي (پرائيويسي)  رھندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== تاريخ ==
&lt;!-- هن حصي ۾ 1911ع جي ''Encyclopædia Britannica'' جي &quot;Door&quot; واري مقالي مان ورتل متن شامل آهي. --&gt;

قديم ترين دروازن جا ثبوت [[قديم مصر]] جي مقبرن جي ڀتين تي ٺهيل تصويرن مان ملن ٿا، جن ۾ هڪ يا ٻه تاڪن وارا دروازا ڏيکاريل آهن، جيڪي عام طور ڪاٺ جي هڪڙي ٽڪري مان ٺهيل هوندا هئا. مصري مقبرن ۾ ''ڪوڙا دروازا'' (فالس ڊورز) پڻ ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جن بابت عقيدو هو ته اهي فوت ٿيل ماڻهن جي آخرت ڏانهن وڃڻ جا علامتي دروازا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Weiss |first=Daniel |date=2022 |title=Features - Magical Mystery Door - Archaeology Magazine - November/December 2022 |url=https://archaeology.org/issues/november-december-2022/features/egypt-stela-false-door/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Archaeology Magazine |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

مصر جي انتهائي خشڪ آبهوا سبب دروازن کي وڪڙجڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ چوڪاٺن جي گهڻي ضرورت نه پوندي هئي، پر ٻين علائقن ۾ دروازن کي مضبوط رکڻ لاءِ چوڪاٺن وارو ڍانچو تيار ڪيو ويندو هو. رومي معمار ويتروويوس موجب اهڙن دروازن ۾ عمودي پٽيون (Stiles) ۽ افقي پٽيون (Rails) هونديون هيون، جڏهن ته وچ وارا پينل انهن جي نالن ۾ فٽ ڪيا ويندا هئا. عمودي پٽين مان هڪ قبضن سان ڳنڍيل ''هينگنگ اسٽائل'' ۽ ٻي ''ميٽنگ اسٽائل'' سڏبي هئي، جڏهن ته افقي حصن ۾ مٿيون، وچيون ۽ هيٺيون ريل شامل هونديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Marcus Vitruvius Pollio |url=https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Vitruvius/4*.html |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=University of Chicago}}&lt;/ref&gt;

قديم ترين دروازا ڪاٺ جا هوندا هئا. [[بائيبل]] ۾ [[حضرت سليمان]] جي مندر بابت بيان ٿيل آهي ته ان جا دروازا زيتون جي ڪاٺ مان ٺهيل، نفيس نقش نگاري سان سينگاريل ۽ سون سان مڙهيل هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Bible Project: Book of 1 Kings 6 - New American Standard Bible |url=https://www.bibleproject.com/bible/nasb/1-kings/6 |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=BibleProject |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; [[هومر]] جي تحريرن مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ان دور ۾ ڪي دروازا چاندي يا پتل سان ڍڪيل هوندا هئا. زيتون کان علاوه ايلم، ديودار، بلوط ۽ سرو جي ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ٿيندي هئي. آثار قديمه جي ماهرن سوئٽزرلينڊ جي شهر [[زيورخ]] ڀرسان پنج هزار سال پراڻا ٻه ڪاٺ جا دروازا پڻ دريافت ڪيا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://archive.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101108222716/http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/|url-status=dead|title=Swiss archaeologists find 5,000-year-old door|first=Frank|last=Jordans|date=October 20, 2010|archive-date=November 8, 2010|via=The Boston Globe}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://blog.nationalmuseum.ch/en/2019/01/close-the-door/|title=Close the door!|first=Samuel van|last=Willigen|date=January 17, 2019|website=Swiss National Museum - Swiss history blog}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{multiple image
| align=
| total_width=550
| direction=horizontal
| footer=
| image1=stone door.jpg
| caption1=هيمپي (ڀارت) ۾ پٿر جو دروازو
| image2=Door-Post Socket (4690606141).jpg
| caption2=پرسيپولس (هاڻوڪو [[ايران]]) مان دريافت ٿيل وڏي دروازي جو بنيادي ساکٽ
}}

قديم دور جا دروازا مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ لڳل محورن (Pintles) وسيلي ڦرندا هئا، جيڪي مٿئين ڪڙي (Lintel) ۽ هيٺئين چائنٺ (Sill) ۾ ٺهيل ساکٽن اندر ويهندا هئا. اهي ساکٽ گهڻو ڪري بازالٽ يا گرينائيٽ جهڙي سخت پٿر مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا. [[نپپور]] مان 2000 ق.م. جا دريافت ٿيل اهڙا ساکٽ ڊوليرائيٽ پٿر جا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=The Museum Journal {{!}} Two Door Sockets of the Kings of Ur |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/journal/1211/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=The Museum Journal |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[بلاوات]] جي دروازن جا محور ڪانسي سان ڍڪيل هئا، جيڪي اڄ [[برٽش ميوزيم]] ۾ محفوظ آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Assyrian sculpture and Balawat Gates |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/galleries/assyrian-sculpture-and-balawat-gates |access-date=2025-04-05 |website=British Museum}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهي ٻه تاڪن وارا دروازا هئا، جن مان هر تاڪ لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|2.54|m|in|abbr=on}} ويڪرو ۽ {{convert|8.2|m|ft|abbr=on}} اوچو هو. انهن کي {{convert|25.4|cm|in|abbr=on}} ويڪريون ڪانسي جون پٽيون لڳل هيون، جن تي ابھريل نقاشي ڪئي وئي هئي. ڪاٺ جا دروازا لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|7.62|cm|in|abbr=on}} ٿلها هئا، جڏهن ته قبضي واري عمودي پٽي جو قطر {{convert|360|mm|in}} کان وڌيڪ هو. مختلف ماپن جي ٻين ڪانسي جي ڍڪڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ڪاٺ جي محورن کي ڌاتو سان محفوظ ڪرڻ ان دور ۾ عام رواج هو.

شام جي [[حوران]] علائقي ۾، جتي ڪاٺ جي کوٽ هئي، اتي دروازا پٿر مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/W_1864-0301-1 |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=British Museum}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن مان {{convert|1.63|by|0.79|m|in|abbr=on}} ماپ وارو هڪ پٿريلو دروازو [[برٽش ميوزيم]] ۾ محفوظ آهي، جنهن جي وچ واري ڪنڊ مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته اهو ٻه تاڪي دروازي جو هڪ حصو هو. شام جي شهر بُصرى ويجهو ڪُفَير ۾ سياح برڪهارٽ کي {{convert|2.74|to|3.048|m|ft|abbr=on}} اوچا پٿريلا دروازا مليا، جيڪي قديم شهر جي داخلي دروازن طور استعمال ٿيندا هئا. [[ايٽروريا]] ۾ پڻ پٿر جي دروازن جا ڪيترائي مثال ملن ٿا.

[[File:Plaster cast of folding doors, Pompeii.jpg|thumb|left|upright|[[پومپيئي]] ۾ پهرين صدي عيسويءَ جا [[قديم روم]] جا فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازا، جيڪي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي نوڪلاسيڪي دروازن سان مشابهت رکن ٿا.]]

قديم [[يونان]] ۽ [[قديم روم]] ۾ هڪ تاڪي، ٻه تاڪي، ٽي تاڪي، سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ ۽ فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازن جا تاڪ قبضن سان پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا ۽ کلي پوئتي ويڙهجي ويندا هئا. [[اگريجينٽم]] ۾ ٿيرون جي مقبري تي پٿر ۾ تراشيل هڪ چار پينلن وارو دروازو موجود آهي. [[بلنڊيل مجموعو|بلنڊيل مجموعي]] (Blundell) ۾ محفوظ هڪ بيس رليف تي مندر جو ٻه تاڪي دروازو ڏيکاريل آهي، جنهن جي هر تاڪ ۾ پنج پينل آهن.

قديم رومي ڌاتوڪاريءَ جا بهترين مثال روم جي [[چرچ آف ايس ايس ڪوزماس ۽ ڊيمين]] جا ڪانسي جا دروازا آهن. اهي ٻه تاڪي آهن، هر تاڪ ۾ ٻه پينل آهن ۽ سڄو چوڪاٺو پڻ ڪانسي جو ٺهيل آهي. [[پينٿيون, روم|پينٿيون]] جا ڪانسي جا دروازا به ساڳئي طرز جا آهن، جن ۾ مٿئين، وچئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ اضافي افقي پينل موجود آهن. رومي دور جا ٻه ٻيا اهم ڪانسي جا دروازا [[ليٽران بيسيليڪا]] ۾ موجود آهن.

يوناني عالم [[اسڪندريه جو ھيرون ]] پهرين صدي عيسويءَ ۾، جڏهن [[رومي مصر]] قائم هو، دنيا جو سڀ کان پراڻو سڃاتل خودڪار دروازو تيار ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;needham volume 4 part 2 162&quot;&gt;{{Cite book|editor-last=Needham |editor-first=Joseph |year=1986 |title=Science and Civilization in China: Mechanical Engineering |volume=IV:2 |publisher=Cambridge University Press |page=162 |orig-year=1965 |editor-last2=Wang |editor-first2=Ling |isbn=0-521-05803-1 |ol=7716140M}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ چين ۾ [[سئي خاندان جو شهنشاهه يانگ]] (604–618ع) جي دور حڪومت ۾ شاهي لائبريري لاءِ پيرن جي حرڪت سان کلندڙ خودڪار دروازو تيار ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;needham volume 4 part 2 162&quot; /&gt; عرب موجد [[الجزري]] پڻ پاڻيءَ جي طاقت سان هلندڙ خودڪار دروازن جا نقشا ۽ وضاحتون پيش ڪيون.&lt;ref&gt;Howard R. Turner (1997), ''Science in Medieval Islam: An Illustrated Introduction'', p. 181, [[University of Texas Press]], {{ISBN|0-292-78149-0}}.&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|journal=Archivio Italiano di Urologia e Andrologia |title=Primitive robotic procedures: Automotions for medical liquids in 12th century Asia minor|year=2014 |doi=10.4081/aiua.2014.4.300|last1=Penbegul |first1=Necmettin |last2=Atar |first2=Murat |last3=Kendirci |first3=Muammer |last4=Bozkurt |first4=Yasar |last5=Hatipoglu |first5=Namık Kemal |last6=Verit |first6=Ayhan |last7=Kadıoglu |first7=Ates |volume=86 |issue=4 |pages=300–303 |pmid=25641458 |doi-access=free }}&lt;/ref&gt;

وچئين دور ۾ [[ٽامو]] ۽ ان جون مصرعون تعميراتي فن ۾ اهم حيثيت رکنديون هيون. [[بيت لحم]] جي [[چرچ آف دي نيٽوٽي]] (ڇهين صدي) جا دروازا ڪانسي جي نقشدار پٽن سان ڍڪيل آهن. [[ھاگيا صوفيه]]، [[قسطنطنيه]] جا اٺين ۽ نائين صديءَ جا دروازا به ڪانسي جا آهن، جڏهن ته [[آڪس-لا-شاپيل]] جي گرجاگھر جا نائين صديءَ جا ڪانسي جا دروازا غالباً قسطنطنيه مان آندا ويا هئا، جيئن [[سينٽ مارڪس بيسيليڪا]]، وينس جا ڪجهه دروازا پڻ. جرمنيءَ جي آڪسن گرجاگھر جا ڪانسي جا دروازا لڳ ڀڳ 800ع جا آهن. [[فلورينس]] جي ڪئٿڊرل جي بپتسما گاهه جا ڪانسي جا دروازا 1423ع ۾ [[گيبرتي]] مڪمل ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;Architecture, European Copper Institute; {{cite web |url=http://eurocopper.org/copper/copper-architecture.html |title=Find out how useful copper is to design and architecture! |access-date=2012-09-12 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20121009005711/http://eurocopper.org/copper/copper-architecture.html |archive-date=2012-10-09 }}&lt;/ref&gt; {{crossreference|(ڏسو پڻ: [[Copper in architecture]].)}}

[[File:Tür, Villa Boscoreale.jpg|left|thumb|upright|پهرين صدي عيسويءَ جي [[قديم روم]] جي ڀت تي ٺهيل رنگين تصوير، جنهن ۾ نفيس سينگاريل دروازو ڏيکاريل آهي.]]

يارهين ۽ ٻارهين صديءَ جا ڪانسي جا ڪيترائي تاريخي دروازا اڄ به موجود آهن. انهن مان سڀ کان پراڻو جرمنيءَ جي [[هلڊسهايم]] وارو دروازو (1015ع) آهي. هلڊسهايم جي هن طرز بعد ۾ پولينڊ جي [[گنيزنو دروازن]] جي جوڙجڪ تي به اثر وڌو. ڏکڻ اٽلي ۽ سسلي جا ٻيا اهم مثال هي آهن: [[سينٽ اينڊريا، امالفي]] (1060ع)، [[ساليرنو]] (1099ع)، [[ڪانوسا دي پوليا]] (1111ع)، [[ٽروا]] جا ٻه دروازا (1119ع ۽ 1124ع)، [[راويلو]] (1179ع)، جيڪي ٽراني جي باريسانو ٺاهيا، جنهن [[ٽراني گرجاگھر]] جا دروازا پڻ تيار ڪيا؛ جڏهن ته [[مونريالي]] ۽ [[پيسا گرجاگھر]] جا دروازا [[پيسا جي بونانو]] جا ٺاهيل آهن.

انهن سڀني دروازن ۾ قبضي واري عمودي پٽي جا محور مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ هوندا هئا. تعميراتي ماهرن کي صحيح طرح معلوم نه آهي ته روايتي محوري نظام کان قبضن (ھنجز) ڏانهن تبديلي ڪڏهن آئي، پر ان تبديليءَ سان دروازن کي مضبوط ڪرڻ ۽ سينگارڻ جو نئون طريقو رائج ٿيو. ان لاءِ مختلف نمونن جون ٺڪيل لوهي پٽيون استعمال ٿينديون هيون، جيڪي قبضن جو ڪم به ڏينديون هيون. عام طور ٽي سينگاريل پٽيون دروازي سان لڳل هونديون هيون، جڏهن ته انهن سان گڏ لوهي ڪڙا عمودي محورن تي چڙهندا هئا، جيڪي پٿر يا ڪاٺ جي چوڪاٺ ۾ لڳل هوندا هئا. اهڙي نموني جو ٻارهين صديءَ جو هڪ ابتدائي مثال [[لنڪن ڪئٿڊرل]] ۾ موجود آهي. فرانس ۾ [[نوٽر ڊيم، پيرس]] جي دروازن جو ڌاتوءَ وارو ڪم هن فن جو هڪ شاندار نمونو آهي، جڏهن ته فرانس ۽ انگلينڊ ۾ به اهڙا ڪيترائي مثال موجود آهن.

اٽلي ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ مشهور دروازن ۾ [[فلورنس جي سينٽ جيوواني بپتسما گهر]] جا دروازا شامل آهن، جيڪي مڪمل طور ڪانسي جا ٺهيل آهن، جن ۾ [[دروازي جو چوڪاٺو]] پڻ ڪانسي جو آهي. ڏاکڻي دروازي تي موجود انساني شڪلين، پکين ۽ ٻوٽن جي نفيس نقش نگاري [[ايندريا پيزانو]] 1330ع ۾ تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته اوڀر وارو دروازو [[گيبرتي]] 1425ع کان 1452ع جي وچ ۾ ٺاهيو، جيڪو پنهنجي فني حسن سبب تمام گهڻو مشهور آهي. اترئين دروازي (1402ع–1424ع) ۾ گيبرتي، ايندريا پيزانو جي ساڳي پينلن ۽ تصويري ترتيب واري طرز کي اختيار ڪيو، پر اوڀرئين دروازي ۾ مستطيل پينلن کي ابھريل نقش نگاري (Bas-relief) سان سينگاريو ويو، جن ۾ مقدس صحيفن جا منظر ۽ بيشمار انساني شڪلون ڏيکاريل آهن. انهن دروازن کي ئي اهو مشهور لقب ''جنت جا دروازا'' ڏنو ويو، جنهن جو ذڪر [[مائيڪل اينجلو]] پڻ ڪيو.

[[قاهره]] جي مسجدن جا دروازا بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا هئا. هڪ قسم ۾ دروازن تي ڪانسي يا لوهه جون چادرون چاڙهي انهن تي نفيس نقش نگاري يا اُڀريل سينگار ڪيو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته ٻئي قسم جا دروازا ڪاٺ جي فريم سان ٺهيل هوندا هئا، جن تي چورس ۽ هيرن جهڙن پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيل نمونن جي سينگار هوندي هئي. هن ٻئي طرز جي شروعات [[قبطي]] فن تعمير مان ٿي. [[پالرمو]] جي محل جا دروازا، جيڪي نارمن حڪمرانن لاءِ ساراسين ڪاريگرن تيار ڪيا، اڄ به بهترين حالت ۾ محفوظ آهن. اهڙي ئي سينگار واري طرز جا دروازا [[ويرونا]] ۾ پڻ ملن ٿا، جتي دروازن جي عمودي ۽ افقي ڪاٺين جا ڪنارا ترڇا ۽ ڪَٽيل نموني سان تيار ڪيا ويا آهن.

[[فائل:Дом компании Зингер, Россия, Санкт-Петербург.JPG|thumb|upright|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جي عنصرن سان سينگاريل شيشي جو دروازو، [[سنگر هائوس]]، [[سينٽ پيٽرسبرگ]]، روس]]

نشاةِ ثانيه جي دور ۾ اٽلي جا دروازا نسبتاً سادا رکيا ويندا هئا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اتي جي معمارن وڌيڪ توجهه دروازن جي چوڌاري ٺهيل داخلي بناوت (Doorway) تي ڏيندا هئا. ان جي ابتڙ، فرانس ۽ جرمني ۾ دروازن کي نهايت نفاست سان اُڪيريو ويندو هو، خاص طور [[لوئي چوڏهون طرز]] ۽ [[لوئي پندرهون طرز]] جي دور ۾. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن انهن ۾ ٿنڀا، ڇَجا، ٽڪنڊا محراب (Pediment) ۽ طاقون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون هيون، جڏهن ته چوڌاري ڀت سادي معمارِي واري هوندي هئي. اٽلي ۾ دروازن جي وڏائي وڌائڻ لاءِ پينلن جو تعداد وڌايو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته فرانس ۾ ان جي ابتڙ نسبتاً گهٽ پينلن کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي هئي. [[فونتين بلو]] جي محل جو هڪ وڏو ٻه-تاڪي دروازو اهڙي نموني ٺاهيو ويو آهي، جو ڏسڻ ۾ ڄڻ هڪ ئي وڏي پينل مان ٺهيل هجي.

فرانس ۾ نشاةِ ثانيه جي سڀ کان قديم دروازن مان هڪ [[سينٽ سووير گرجاگھر، ايڪس-آن-پرووانس]] (1503ع) جو دروازو آهي. ان جي هيٺين پينلن ۾ [[گوٿڪ فن تعمير|گوٿڪ]] طرز جي طاقن اندر لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|3|ft|m|abbr=on}} اوچيون انساني شڪلون اُڪيريل آهن، جڏهن ته مٿين پينلن ۾ لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|2|ft|m|abbr=on}} اوچين شڪلين سان ٻٽي قطار وارا طاق ۽ انهن مٿان ڇپر نما سينگار موجود آهي. اهي سڀ نقش [[ديودار]] جي ڪاٺ تي اُڪيريا ويا آهن. [[بووي گرجاگھر]] جو ڏاکڻو دروازو ڪيترن ئي لحاظ کان فرانس جي بهترين دروازن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، جتي مٿين پينلن تي ابھريل نقش نگاري سان مذهبي منظر ۽ ڇپر نما سينگار ٺاهيا ويا آهن. [[جيزور]] جي گرجاگھر (1575ع) جا دروازا پڻ طاقن اندر انساني شڪلين سان سينگاريل آهن، جيڪي طبقاتي ٿنڀن سان هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيا ويا آهن. [[روئن]] جي [[سينٽ ميڪلو]] گرجاگھر ۾ ٽي نهايت خوبصورت اُڪيريل دروازا آهن؛ انهن مان [[ژان گوجون]] جا تيار ڪيل دروازا ٻنهي پاسن تي طاقن اندر شڪلين ۽ وچ ۾ نفيس مجسماڪاريءَ سبب خاص شهرت رکن ٿا. لڳ ڀڳ چاليهه کان پنجاهه سال پوءِ ٺاهيل ٻين دروازن کي ابھريل نقش نگاري، قدرتي منظرن، انساني شڪلين ۽ پيچيده آرائشي بارڊرن سان سينگاريو ويو.

[[ناسا]] جي [[گاڏين جي اسيمبلي عمارت]]، جيڪا [[ڪينيڊي خلائي مرڪز]] ۾ واقع آهي، دنيا جا چار سڀ کان وڏا دروازا رکي ٿي. هيءَ عمارت شروعات ۾ [[اپولو پروگرام|اپولو]] مشنن لاءِ [[سيٽرن پنجون]] راڪيٽن جي اسيمبلي لاءِ تعمير ڪئي وئي هئي، ۽ بعد ۾ [[خلائي شٽل]] پروگرام جي سهائتا لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي رهي. انهن چئن مان هر هڪ دروازي جي اوچائي {{convert|139|m|ft|abbr=off|sp=us}} آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.nasa.gov/centers/kennedy/pdf/718659main_VAB.pdf|title=Vehicle Assembly Building Fact Sheet|website=NASA|access-date=2016-06-03|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20161011224909/https://www.nasa.gov/centers/kennedy/pdf/718659main_VAB.pdf|archive-date=2016-10-11}}&lt;/ref&gt;

انگلينڊ جو سڀ کان قديم محفوظ دروازو [[ويسٽمنسٽر ائبي]] ۾ موجود آهي، جيڪو 1050ع جو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite news |url=https://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/uk_news/4743899.stm |work=BBC News |title=Abbey oak door 'Britain's oldest' |date=2005-08-03 |access-date=2010-05-01 |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20060620190404/http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/uk/4743899.stm |archive-date=2006-06-20}}&lt;/ref&gt; سترهين صديءَ ۾ انگلينڊ ۾ دروازن جي پينلن کي ابھريل [[بوليڪشن]] يا ٻاهر نڪتل سينگاريل ڍانچن سان سينگاريو ويندو هو، جن تي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن نهايت نفيس اُڪير به ڪئي ويندي هئي. ارڙهين صديءَ ۾ دروازن جي [[سينگاريل قالب]]، جيڪي [[عمودي ڪاٺي]] ۽ [[فريم ۽ پينل]] تي ٺهندا هئا، تن کي [[ايگ اينڊ ڊارٽ]] نموني جي [[معماري سينگار]] سان اُڪيريو ويندو هو.

&lt;gallery widths=&quot;170&quot; heights=&quot;200&quot; mode=&quot;packed&quot; caption=&quot;دروازن جي مختصر بصري تاريخ&quot;&gt;
File:Fragment from a tomb door MET 23.3.174f-emf.jpg|[[قديم مصري فن تعمير|قديم مصري]] مقبري جي دروازي جو ٽڪرو، لڳ ڀڳ 2150–1981 ق.م، [[ميٽروپوليٽن عجائب گهر]]، [[نيويارڪ شهر]]
File:The Hercules Sarcophagus depicting the Twelve Labors of Hercules, 150-160 AD, Kayseri Archaeological Museum, Turkey (26261172056) (lighter version).jpg|[[قديم يوناني فن تعمير|قديم يوناني]] طرز جو دروازو، هرڪيولس جي تابوت تي اُڪريل، [[قيصريه آثار قديمه عجائب گهر]]، [[قيصريه]]، [[ترڪي]]
File:Bronze door, Basilica di San Giovanni, 2013.jpg|[[قديم رومي فن تعمير|قديم رومي]] ڪانسي جا دروازا، [[ڪوريا جوليا]]، جيڪي هاڻي [[سينٽ جان ليٽران بيسليڪا]]، [[روم]] ۾ موجود آهن
File:Gate, ash-Shibak Fort, Ibra (North ash-Sharqiyah Governorate) Origin- Surat, India (Mughal Empire) Teak wood and brass.jpg|[[هندستاني فن تعمير|هندستاني]] [[مغل فن تعمير|مغل]] دور جو ساڳوان ۽ پتل جو دروازو
File:Tenghua Jiuguan 21 2015-04.JPG|روايتي [[چيني فن تعمير|چيني]] فولڊنگ دروازا، [[قديم وسٽيريا عجائب گهر]]، [[چانگجو]]، [[چين]]
File:Lateral door church Theotokos Gorgoepikoos Athens, Greece.jpg|[[بازنطيني فن تعمير|بازنطيني]] دروازو، [[ننڍي ميٽروپولس]]، [[اٿينس]]، [[يونان]]
File:Door in Morocco, 2010.jpg|[[اسلامي فن تعمير|اسلامي]] طرز جو دروازو، [[اسلامي هندسي نمونا]] سان سينگاريل، [[مراڪش]]
File:'Berfrestone' (DB) door and tympanum arch St Nicholas Church Barfrestone Kent England 1.jpg|[[رومانسڪ فن تعمير|رومانسڪ]] طرز جو دروازو، [[سينٽ نڪولس گرجاگهر]]، [[بارفريسٽون]]، [[ڪينٽ]]، [[انگلينڊ]]
File:Doorway detail, St Magnus Cathedral, Kirkwall, Orkney.jpg|[[گوٿڪ فن تعمير|گوٿڪ]] دروازو، [[سينٽ ميگنس گرجاگهر]]، [[ڪرڪوال]]، [[اسڪاٽلينڊ]]
File:Iconography - Saint Basil's Cathedral (19970306871).jpg|[[روسي فن تعمير|روسي]] دروازو، [[سينٽ بيسل گرجاگهر]]، [[ماسڪو]]
File:The entrance of the Antim Monastery Church.jpg|[[برانڪووينيسڪ طرز]] جو دروازو، [[انتيم خانقاه]]، [[بخاريسٽ]]، [[رومانيا]]، جنهن جي مٿان [[پسانيه]] لکيل آهي
File:Gdańsk (158).JPG|[[نشاة ثانيه فن تعمير|نشاة ثانيه]] طرز جو دروازو، [[گدانسڪ]]، [[پولينڊ]]
File:Chateau de Versailles Vestibule Haut 11 (lighter and fixed angles).jpg|[[باروڪ]] طرز جو دروازو، [[ورسائي محل]]، [[ورسائي]]، [[فرانس]]
File:Porte rue Monsieur-le-Prince Paris.jpg|[[روڪوڪو]] طرز جو دروازو، رو مونسيو لي پرنس، [[پيرس]]
File:P1210063 Paris III rue des Francs-Bourgeois n26 rwk.jpg|[[لوئي سورهون طرز]] جو دروازو، [[هوٽل مورتيي دي ساندرويل]]، رو دي فران بورجوا، [[پيرس]]
File:Pierre Rousseau - Double-Leaf Doors - 1942.2.12 - Cleveland Museum of Art.tif|[[نوڪلاسيڪي فن تعمير|نوڪلاسيڪي]] رنگيل ٻٽو دروازو (1790ع واري ڏهاڪي)، [[پيئر روسو]]، [[ڪليولينڊ آرٽ ميوزيم]]، [[آمريڪا]]
File:Brooklyn Museum 1994.92 Door with Lock (2).jpg|[[اولهه آفريڪا|اولهه آفريڪي]] تالي وارو ڪاٺ ۽ لوهه جو دروازو، اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر يا ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات، [[برڪينا فاسو]]، [[بروڪلن ميوزيم]]، [[نيويارڪ شهر]]
File:Zespół klasztoru Gandan (39).jpg|[[گاندانتيگچنلين خانقاه]]، [[منگوليا]] جو سينگاريل دروازو
File:P1250574 Paris V rue Malebranche n3 porte gothique bis encours.jpg|[[گوٿڪ احيا فن تعمير|گوٿڪ احيا]] طرز جو دروازو، رو مالبرانش، [[پيرس]]
File:Egyptian Revival mausoleum, Forest Home Cemetery.jpg|[[مصري احيا فن تعمير|مصري احيا]] طرز جي مقبري جو دروازو، فاريسٽ هوم قبرستان، [[وسڪانسن]]، [[آمريڪا]]
File:Armoiries de lIrlande à lambassade dIrlande à Paris.jpg|[[روڪوڪو احيا]] طرز جو دروازو، [[هوٽل دي بريتوي]]، [[پيرس]]
File:3-5, Strada Icoanei, Bucharest (Romania) 1.jpg|[[رومانوي احيا فن تعمير|رومانوي احيا]] طرز جو دروازو، [[شڪوالا سينٽرالا نيشنل ڪاليج]]، [[بخاريسٽ]]
File:Paris Porte cochère rue La Bruyère 2012.jpg|اوڻيهين صديءَ جو [[انتخابي فن تعمير|انتخابي]] ڪلاسيڪي طرز جو دروازو، رو لا بروئير، [[پيرس]]
File:Entrance of the George Enescu Museum.jpg|[[بيو آرٽس فن تعمير|بيو آرٽس]] طرز جو دروازو، [[ڪانتاڪوزينو محل]]، [[بخاريسٽ]]
File:Porte et marquise CCI Nancy.jpg|[[آرٽ نووو]] ڌاتو ۽ شيشي جو دروازو، [[نانسي]]، [[فرانس]]، مٿان وڏي شفاف [[ڇڄ]] سان
File:49-53, Calea Victoriei, Bucharest (Romania) 10.jpg|[[سادو ڪلاسيڪي فن تعمير|سادو ڪلاسيڪي]] طرز جو دروازو، [[بخاريسٽ شاهي محل]]، جيڪو هاڻي [[رومانيا جو قومي عجائب گهر براءِ فنون]] آهي
File:La Maison Bleue, porte d'entrée - Angers - 20110119.jpg|[[آرٽ ڊيڪو]] طرز جو دروازو، [[انجيه]]، [[فرانس]]
File:Fischerkirche (main door), Born a. Darß.jpg|ڪاٺ جو گرجاگهر جو دروازو، [[بورن آف ڊارس]]، [[جرمني]]
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== بناوت ۽ طرزون ==
[[فائل:Florença - Portões do Paraíso (146).jpg|thumb|upright|[[فلورنس بپتسما گهر]] جو دروازو، جنهن کي ''جنت جا دروازا'' چيو وڃي ٿو، 1425ع–1452ع، سونهري ڪانسي جو ٺهيل، اوچائي: 5.2 ميٽر]]
[[فائل:Kunsthistorisches Museum entrance.jpg|thumb|upright|[[ڪنسٽ هسٽوريشيز ميوزيم]] ([[ويانا]]، [[آسٽريا]]) جو داخلا دروازو]]

دروازن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جيڪي مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن:

* سڀ کان عام قسم '''هڪ تاڪي وارو دروازو''' آهي، جيڪو هڪ مضبوط تاڪي تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي ۽ پوري دروازي جي کليل حصي کي ڍڪي ڇڏيندو آهي. هن بنيادي جوڙجڪ جون ڪيترائي صورتون آهن، جهڙوڪ '''ٻه تاڪي وارو دروازو''' يا '''ٻٽو دروازو'''.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=External Single Door, Fully Glazed Leaf {{!}} NBS {{!}} BIM Library |url=https://source.thenbs.com/en/product/external-single-door-fully-glazed-leaf/7dHSpVWugYzrD2KEV7Zn74/wCWU2QXh2M5kYY78qJaQAo |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=source.thenbs.com |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''اڌ دروازو''' يا '''[[ڊچ دروازو]]''' يا '''اصطبل وارو دروازو''' افقي رخ ۾ ٻن حصن ۾ ورهايل هوندو آهي. هن قسم جو دروازو رهائشي گهرن ۾ به اختيار ڪيو ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Ray |first=Emily |date=2025-07-14 |title=Here's Why A Dutch Door Makes An Entryway More Beautiful &amp; Functional |url=https://www.housedigest.com/1908450/dutch-door-entryway-benefits/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=House Digest |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''[[سيلون]] جا دروازا''' هلڪا جهولندڙ ٻن تاڪن وارا دروازا هوندا آهن، جيڪي عام طور عوامي شراب خانن ۾ ملندا آهن ۽ خاص طور آمريڪي اولهه سان لاڳاپيل سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Martin |first=Hannah |date=2022-09-01 |title=Are Saloon Doors About to Have a Moment? |url=https://www.architecturaldigest.com/story/are-saloon-doors-about-to-have-a-moment |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Architectural Digest |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Hart |first=Morgan |date=2025-04-21 |title=Giddy Up: Western-Themed Bars in Utah • Salt Lake Magazine |url=https://saltlakemagazine.com/western-bars-utah/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Salt Lake Magazine |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''لڪل دروازو''' (انگريزي:بلائينڊ ڊور، گب ڊور يا جب ڊور) اهڙو دروازو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ٻاهران ڪا به چؤڪاٺ، هينڊل يا هلندڙ حصو ظاهر نه هوندو آهي. اهو ڀر واري ڀت سان اهڙي نموني ملي ويندو آهي، جو ڀت جو حصو ئي محسوس ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Nicholson |first=Peter |title=The New and Improved Practical Builder |location=London |publisher=Thomas Kelly|date=1841 |pages=97–98}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''فرانسيسي دروازو''' ساڳي نموني اندر يا ٻاهر کلي ٿو جيئن '''[[فرانسيسي دريون]]'''. اهو پاسي کان انجيسن تي لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ وچ ۾ ڪا عمودي ورهاست نه هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=2024-06-13 |title=What Are French Windows and Doors? |url=https://www.lomaxwood.co.uk/news/what-are-french-windows-and-doors/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Lomax &amp; Wood |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''[[جهروڪيدار دروازو]]''' ۾ ڪاٺ جون مقرر يا هلندڙ پٽيون (جن کي [[جهروڪي]] پڻ چيو وڃي ٿو) لڳل هونديون آهن، جيڪي هوا جي اچ وڃ کي ممڪن بڻائينديون آهن، پر اندر جي نجي ماحول کي برقرار رکندي روشنيءَ جي سڌي گذر کي روڪينديون آهن. اهڙا دروازا نسبتاً ڪمزور هوندا آهن، تنهن ڪري گهڻو ڪري [[ڪپڙن جي الماري|المارين]] ۽ ڪپڙا سڪائڻ وارن ڪمرن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي حفاظت کان وڌيڪ هوا جي اچ وڃ اهم هوندي آهي. ساڳئي قسم جي جوڙجڪ [[دريءَ جا پردا]] ٺاهڻ لاءِ به استعمال ٿيندي آهي. 1929ع ۾ [[سيگيٽ]]، [[فلوريڊا]] ۾ گوينڊولين ۽ پاول ڪراسلي جي تعمير ڪرايل گهر ۾ ٻه جهروڪيدار دروازا لڳايا ويا، جيڪي هوا جي مناسب گردش سان گڏ اهڙي نجيت فراهم ڪندا هئا، جو ڪنهن به رخ کان اندر ڏسڻ ممڪن نه هوندو هو.

* '''مرڪب دروازو''' هڪ تاڪي وارو دروازو هوندو آهي، جيڪو مڪمل مضبوط يا شيشي سان ٺهيل ٿي سگهي ٿو ۽ عام طور تي اندر اعليٰ ڪثافت واري فوم سان ڀريل هوندو آهي. برطانيا ۾ اهڙن دروازن کي عام طور BS PAS 23/24 معيار موجب تصديق ٿيل هوندو آهي ۽ ''سڪيوئرڊ باء ڊزائين'' جي حفاظتي معيارن سان مطابقت رکندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://thecrimepreventionwebsite.com/pas-242012-enhanced-security-doorsets/573/what-does-certificated-to-pas-24-actually-mean/|title=What does 'certificated' to PAS 24 actually mean?|work=thecrimepreventionwebsite.com|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140125223650/http://thecrimepreventionwebsite.com/pas-242012-enhanced-security-doorsets/573/what-does-certificated-to-pas-24-actually-mean|archive-date=2014-01-25}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Doors and Locks |url=https://www.securedbydesign.com/guidance/standards-explained#doors-and-locks |website=Secured by Design |publisher=Police Crime Prevention Initiative |access-date=29 October 2019}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''فولادي حفاظتي دروازو''' مضبوط فولاد مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ گهڻو ڪري [[بئنڪ خزانو|خزانن]] ۽ [[محفوظ ڪمرو|محفوظ ڪمرن]] ۾ حملي جي مزاحمت لاءِ لڳايو ويندو آهي. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن انهن جي ٻاهرين سطح تي ڪاٺ جا پينل پڻ لڳايا ويندا آهن ته جيئن عام دروازن جهڙا نظر اچن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://henleyssecuritydoors.co.uk/|title=Henleys Security Doors|website=Henleys Security Doors|access-date=25 May 2016|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160530035319/http://henleyssecuritydoors.co.uk/|archive-date=30 May 2016}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''هموار دروازو''' مڪمل طور تي سڌي ۽ هموار سطح وارو هوندو آهي. ان ۾ هلڪي ڪاٺ جي فريم تي [[پلائيووڊ]] يا [[وچولي ڪثافت وارو فائبر بورڊ]] لڳايو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته اندر جا خالي حصا گهڻو ڪري گتي جي مواد سان ڀريا ويندا آهن. ٻاهرين سطح سخت فائبر بورڊ مان پڻ ٺهي سگهي ٿي، جنهن جو مشهور نالو [[ميسونائيٽ]] آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Masonite International Corporation |url=https://visitjones.com/historic_locations/masonite-international-corporation/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Visit Laurel &amp; Jones County |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''ڍانچي وارو دروازو''' جو اندروني ڍانچو هموار دروازي جهڙو هوندو آهي، پر ان جي ٻاهرئين سطح ٺهيل نمونيدار MDF يا [[ميسونائيٽ]] مان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=2020-06-17 |title=What Should I Go For- Veneered Doors vs Moulded Doors |url=https://www.articlecube.com/what-should-i-go-veneered-doors-vs-moulded-doors |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=ArticleCube |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''تختن ۽ آڏين پٽين وارو دروازو''' ڪيترن عمودي تختن مان ٺهندو آهي، جيڪي ٻن يا وڌيڪ افقي ڪاٺين سان ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن مضبوطي لاءِ ترڇيون ڪاٺيون پڻ لڳايون وينديون آهن.

* '''[[پيادل دروازو]]''' وڏي دروازي جي اندر ٺهيل ننڍو دروازو هوندو آهي، جيڪو وڏي دروازي کي کولڻ کان سواءِ ماڻهن جي اچ وڃ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا دروازا وڏن گرجاگهرن، گيراجن يا جهازن جي هينگرن ۾ ڏسي سگهجن ٿا.

* '''ٻٽو ويڙهيندڙ دروازو''' ڪيترن حصن تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي، جيڪي ويڙهجي هڪ ٻئي سان لڳي ويندا آهن. اهي گهڻو ڪري ڪاٺ يا ايلومينيم مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن ۽ مڪمل کلي وڃڻ تي ڪمري جي ورهاڱي وانگر نظر ايندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.thedoorzone.co.uk/|title=Front Doors, Garage Doors Insights from The Door Zone|website=The Door Zone|language=en-GB|access-date=2017-05-11|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170507074631/http://www.thedoorzone.co.uk/|archive-date=2017-05-07}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=CPD 07 2025: Mastering sliding and bi-fold doors |url=https://www.housingtoday.co.uk/cpd/cpd-07-2025-mastering-sliding-and-bi-fold-doors/5136701.article |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Housing Today |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''[[سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ شيشي جو دروازو]]'''، جنهن کي ڪڏهن آرڪيڊيا يا پيٽيو دروازو پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، [[شيشو|شيشي]] مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي ۽ پاسي ڏانهن سرڪي کلي ٿو. ڪيترن قسمن ۾ ڄاري پڻ لڳل هوندي آهي.

* '''ڪوڙو دروازو''' اهڙي آرائشي بناوت هوندي آهي، جيڪا ظاهري طرح دروازي يا دريءَ جهڙي لڳندي آهي، پر حقيقت ۾ کلي نه سگهندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Digital Giza {{!}} Frequently Asked Questions |url=http://giza.fas.harvard.edu/faq/ |access-date=2025-10-15 |website=giza.fas.harvard.edu}}&lt;/ref&gt; [[قديم مصري فن تعمير]] ۾ اهو مقبرن جو عام جزو هو، جتي اهو آخرت ڏانهن ويندڙ دروازي جي علامت سمجهيو ويندو هو. اهڙي قسم جا ڪوڙا دروازا ريگستاني قبيلن جي تدفيني اڏاوتن، جهڙوڪ [[لبيا]] جي غرزا ۾ پڻ ملن ٿا.

== قسم ==

[[فائل:Types of doors.png|thumb|دروازن جي ڪم ڪندڙ طريقن جا بنيادي قسم]]

=== انجيسن وارا دروازا ===

گهڻا دروازا هڪ پاسي [[انجيس]] سان لڳل هوندا آهن، جنهن سبب دروازو هڪ طرف ڦري کلي سگهي ٿو، پر ٻي طرف نه. عام طور ڦرڻ جو محور عمودي هوندو آهي. ڪن حالتن ۾، جهڙوڪ انجيسن وارا گيراج دروازا، اهو محور دروازي جي مٿان افقي به ٿي سگهي ٿو.

دروازن کي اهڙي نموني به انجيسن تي لڳائي سگهجي ٿو، جو ڦرڻ وارو محور دروازي جي سطح ۾ نه هجي، جيئن دروازو کلڻ وقت گهٽ جاءِ والاري. اهڙي جوڙجڪ لاءِ خاص ميڪانيزم استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڦرڻ وارو محور دروازي جي کلڻ واري رخ کان مختلف پاسي هوندو آهي. اهڙي قسم جي جوڙجڪ ريل گاڏين ۽ هوائي جهازن ۾ ڏسڻ ۾ ايندي آهي، مثال طور غسل خاني جا دروازا، جيڪي اندر جي طرف کلندا آهن.

* '''جهولندڙ دروازو''' ۾ خاص هڪ طرفي انجيسون لڳل هونديون آهن، جيڪي ان کي اندر يا ٻاهر کلڻ جي اجازت ڏينديون آهن، ۽ عام طور اسپرنگ جي مدد سان پاڻمرادو بند ٿي ويندو آهي.

* '''ٻنهي طرفن کلندڙ دروازو'''، جنهن جو پيٽنٽ 1880ع ۾ ڊچ-آمريڪي انجنيئر لورينز بومر حاصل ڪيو، ٻنهي طرفن کلندو آهي. اهو گهڻو ڪري ريسٽورنٽن جي رڌڻ گهرن جهڙين جڳهن تي استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جتي ماڻهن جي اچ وڃ گهڻي هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;[https://www.bommer.com/about-us/ About us] Bommer&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://idighardware.com/2016/06/double-acting-doors/|title=Double-Acting Doors|first=Lori|last=Greene|date=June 27, 2016}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''باغيچو دروازو''' ظاهري طرح [[فرانسيسي دريون|فرانسيسي دري]] جهڙو هوندو آهي، پر وڌيڪ محفوظ هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ رڳو هڪ تاڪ کلندو آهي. هلندڙ تاڪي جي انجيس مقرر تاڪي جي ڀرسان هوندي آهي، جڏهن ته ڪڙو ٻن تاڪن جي وچ بدران ڀت جي [[چوڪاٺو|چوڪاٺي]] ۾ لڳل هوندو آهي يا [[ايسپينوليٽ]] بولٽ سان بند ڪيو ويندو آهي.

* '''ڪنويڪشن دروازو''' (Lev door) فرش کان ڇت تائين اوچائي وارو اندريون دروازو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ عام دروازي جي مٿئين ڀت بدران اضافي مٿيون تاڪ هوندو آهي. ٻنهي تاڪن جي وچ ۾ [[مٿيون روشن دان]] هجي به سگهي ٿو يا نه به. اهڙي جوڙجڪ گرم هوا جي مؤثر گردش کي ممڪن بڻائيندي آهي.{{Citation needed|date=December 2025}}

=== سرڪندڙ دروازا ===

ڪڏهن ڪڏهن اهڙا دروازا وڌيڪ ڪارائتا هوندا آهن، جيڪي ريلن تي سرڪي کلي بند ٿيندا آهن، خاص طور جاءِ بچائڻ يا خوبصورتيءَ جي مقصد لاءِ.

'''اوورليپ سرڪندڙ دروازو''' ٻن يا وڌيڪ حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي. اهي دروازا مٿئين متوازي ريلن تي هڪ ٻئي جي اڳيان پٺيان سرڪندا آهن. گهڻو ڪري المارين ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي هڪ وقت ۾ رڳو هڪ حصو کولي سگهجي ٿو. بند ٿيڻ وقت انهن جا تاڪ ٿورو هڪ ٻئي تي چڙهيل هوندا آهن، تنهن ڪري وچ ۾ وٿي نظر نه ايندي آهي.

اهي دروازا جيڪي ڀت جي اندر ٺهيل خالي جاءِ ۾ سرڪي وڃن، '''[[پاڪيٽ دروازو]]''' سڏبا آهن. اهي تنگ جڳهن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي رازداري به ضروري هجي. دروازي جو تاڪ مٿئين ريل ۽ ڦيٿن تي لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ ڀت جي اندر هلي ويندو آهي.

سرڪندڙ شيشي جا دروازا ڪيترن ئي گهرن ۾، خاص طور پٺئين صحن ڏانهن داخلا لاءِ، عام آهن. اهي واپاري عمارتن جي داخلي دروازن طور به وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جيتوڻيڪ باهه کان بچاءَ واري هنگامي نڪرڻ جي دروازن ۾ شامل نه هوندا آهن. جيڪو تاڪ هلندو آهي، ان کي &quot;فعال تاڪ&quot; ۽ جيڪو مقرر رهندو آهي، ان کي &quot;غير فعال تاڪ&quot; چيو ويندو آهي.

=== ڦرندڙ دروازا ===

* '''[[ڦرندڙ دروازو]]''' ۾ عام طور چار تاڪ مرڪزي محور سان لڳل هوندا آهن، جيڪي عمودي محور جي چوڌاري ڦرندا آهن. اهڙو دروازو ٻنهي طرفن کان ماڻهن جي اچ وڃ کي بغير ٽڪرائجڻ جي ممڪن بڻائيندو آهي ۽ اندروني ۽ ٻاهرين هوا جي وچ ۾ پردو برقرار رکندو آهي.

* '''مرڪزي محور وارو دروازو''' عام انجيسن بدران مرڪزي محور تي لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪناري کان ڪجهه فاصلي تي هوندو آهي، تنهن ڪري ٻنهي پاسن تي خالي جاءِ پيدا ٿيندي آهي. ڪڏهن محور بلڪل وچ تي هوندو آهي، جنهن سان ٻه برابر کلڻ وارا حصا ٺهندا آهن.

=== تيز رفتار دروازا ===

'''[[تيز رفتار دروازو]]''' تمام تيزيءَ سان کلڻ ۽ بند ٿيڻ وارو دروازو هوندو آهي، جنهن جي رفتار ڪڏهن 4 ميٽر في سيڪنڊ تائين پهچي سگهي ٿي. اهي خاص طور صنعتي شعبي ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي پيداوار، گرمي پد ۽ هوا جي دٻاءَ تي دروازي جي رفتار اثرانداز ٿيندي آهي.

تيز رفتار [[صفائي وارو ڪمرو|صفائي وارن ڪمرن]] جا دروازا، جيڪي گهڻو ڪري شفاف مواد ۽ بي داغ فولاد جي فريم مان ٺهندا آهن، دواسازي جي صنعت ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن ته جيئن ڪم ڪندڙ علائقن جي وچ ۾ اچ وڃ دوران آلودگي گهٽ کان گهٽ رهي.

اهي دروازا هر سال ٻه لک کان وڌيڪ ڀيرا کلڻ ۽ بند ٿيڻ جي سگهه سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. انهن ۾ مضبوط پرزا، توازن برقرار رکڻ وارو نظام ۽ بجلي بند ٿيڻ وقت هنگامي طور کلڻ جو انتظام هوندو آهي. شروع ۾ انهن جا پردا PVC مان ٺهندا هئا، پر پوءِ ايلومينيم ۽ ايڪريلڪ شيشي جا حصا به استعمال ٿيڻ لڳا. ٿڌ خانن لاءِ اعليٰ موصليت وارا تيز رفتار دروازا پڻ تيار ڪيا ويا آهن ته جيئن توانائي جي بچت ممڪن بڻجي.

اتر آمريڪا ۾ دروازن جي صنعت جي تنظيم DASMA موجب، اعليٰ ڪارڪردگيءَ وارا دروازا اهي آهن، جيڪي رهائشي نه هجن، بجليءَ سان هلن، ڦرندڙ، ويڙهيندڙ، سرڪندڙ يا جهولندڙ هجن، روزانو گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 100 ڀيرا يا گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 508 ملي ميٽر في سيڪنڊ جي رفتار سان هلن، ۽ اضافي فني معيار به پوريون ڪن.

=== خودڪار دروازا ===

'''[[خودڪار دروازو|خودڪار کلندڙ دروازا]]''' بجلي، چشمي يا ٻنهي جي مدد سان پاڻمرادو کلندا ۽ بند ٿيندا آهن. انهن کي هلائڻ جا مختلف طريقا آهن:

# [[حساس اوزار]] ويجهو ايندڙ ماڻهو يا شيءِ کي سڃاڻي دروازو کولي ٿو. اهڙن حساس اوزارن جا قسم هي آهن:
#* [[دٻاءُ ماپيندڙ حساس اوزار]]، جهڙوڪ فرش تي رکيل چٽ، جيڪو ماڻهو بيهڻ سان عمل ۾ اچي.
#* [[انفراريڊ]] شعاع يا پردو، جيڪو نظر نه ايندڙ روشني موڪلي ٿو؛ شعاع رڪجڻ سان دروازو کلي ٿو.
#* [[حرڪت ماپيندڙ حساس اوزار]]، جيڪو گهٽ طاقت واري مائڪروويو ريڊار ذريعي حرڪت معلوم ڪري ٿو.
#* پري کان ڪم ڪندڙ حساس اوزار، جيڪو [[ريموٽ ڪنٽرول]] يا گاڏي ۾ لڳل نظام ذريعي دروازو کولي ٿو. اهو گهڻو ڪري گيراج دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.
# [[سوئچ]] هٿ سان هلائبو آهي، جهڙوڪ بٽڻ يا ڪارڊ سوائپ ڪرڻ وارو نظام.
# دروازي کي ڌڪڻ يا ڇڪڻ سان پاڻمرادو کلڻ ۽ بند ٿيڻ وارو عمل شروع ٿي ويندو آهي. اهڙن دروازن کي طاقت سان مددگار دروازا پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

خودڪار دروازن ۾ عام طور حفاظتي حساس اوزار به لڳل هوندا آهن، جيڪي دروازي کي ڪنهن ماڻهو يا شيءِ سان ٽڪرائجڻ کان بچائيندا آهن. اهي گهڻو ڪري انفراريڊ شعاع يا دٻاءُ واري چٽ تي ٻڌل هوندا آهن. جديد خودڪار دروازن ۾ بجلي بند ٿيڻ جي صورت ۾ به کلڻ جو انتظام موجود هوندو آهي.

=== ٻيا قسم ===

[[فائل:Puertas seccionales.jpg|thumb|right|صنعتي حصيدار دروازا]]

* '''مٿي کڄندڙ دروازو''' يا '''مٿيون دروازو''' گهڻو ڪري گيراجن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. انجيسن بدران ان ۾ توازن يا چشمي وارو نظام هوندو آهي، جنهن جي مدد سان دروازو مٿي کڄي افقي حالت ۾ بيهي رهندو آهي. [[رولر شٽر]] يا '''حصيدار مٿيون دروازو''' ان جو هڪ قسم آهي.

* '''[[ٽيمبور دروازو]]''' يا رولر دروازو سنهين افقي پٽين مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، جيڪو عمودي ريلن تي سرڪي مٿي ۽ هيٺ ٿيندو آهي. اهو گهڻو ڪري المارين ۽ وندر مرڪزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

* '''اوورليپ وارا ٻٽا دروازا'''، جيڪي خاص طور برطانيا ۾ هن نالي سان سڃاتا وڃن ٿا، اهڙا ٻه تاڪي وارا دروازا هوندا آهن، جن جي ملندڙ ڪنڊن تي هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهندڙ ڪنارو هوندو آهي. آمريڪي باهه کان بچاءَ وارن معيارن موجب انهن ۾ حفاظتي ڪنارو يا آسٽريگل پٽي لڳائي باهه جي مزاحمت وڌائي سگهجي ٿي.

*''''پٽين وارا دروازا'''' 
: (Ledged Doors).
ھن قسم جا دروازا بلڪل سادا ۽ عام ھوندا آھن. ھنن جو استعمال ٻھراڙين ۾ گھڻو ٿيندو آھي. ھي ڪاٺ جي اڀين تاڪين سان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن ۽ اھي تاڪيون وري سڌين ٽيڪ وارين پٽين (ليج) سان مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙيل ھونديون آھي.
اڀريون تاڪيون (بيٽن)  گھڻو ڪري ھڪ انچ ٿلھيون ۽ ڇھھ انچ ويڪريون ھونديون آھن ۽ اھي V جوڙ سان کانچي ۾ جڪڙيل ھونديون آھن، جنھن کي ٽيڪنيڪي يعني فني لغت ۾ ''ٽنگڊ اينڊ گرووڊ'' چوندا آھن. سڌيون پٽيون (ليجز)  گھڻو ڪري ڏيڍ انچ ٿلھيون ٿينديون آھن ۽ انھن کي اڀين تاڪين (بيٽن)  مٿان اشڪنجي سان جڪڙي قابو ڪيو ويندو آھي. ٽي سڌيون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن؛ ھڪ مٿان، ٻي وچ ۾ ۽ ٽين ھيٺان. تاڪ کي T نموني جي انجيسن ذريعي ٽنگيو ويندو آھي، جيڪي سڌين پٽين مٿان لڳائبيون آھن. ھن قسم جا دروازا اھڙن ھنڌن تي لڳايا ويندا آھن، جتي خوبصورتي درڪار نھ ھوندي آھي.

*'''''سڌين ۽ وتر وارين پٽين وارا دروازا''''': (ليجڊ اينڊ بريسڊ ڊور )
بنيادي طرح ھي دروازا سڌين پٽين وارن دروازن جھڙا ھوندا. (پٽين وارا دروازا)
آھن ۽ فرق صرف اھو آھي تھ ھنن کي وڌيڪ پختو بڻائڻ لاءِ سڌين پٽين جھڙي ماپ جون وڌيڪ پٽيون وتر ۾ (ڊائگونلي) لڳايون وينديون آھن. انھيءَ ڳالھھ جو خاص خيال رکيو ويندو آھي تھ وتر وارين پٽين کي ٽنگيل پاسي کان مٿي سلامي ڏني وڃي، جيئن اھي دٻاءُ (ڪمپريشن)  ۾ رھي، مضبوطي مھيا ڪن. عام طريقي سان سڌيون پٽيون ھڻي، دروازي کي چاڙھي، پوءِ انھن مٿان ڪوڪن رستي وتر واريون پٽيون (بيٽنس)  لڳائبيون آھن. ھي دروازا پڻ سادن ۽ عارضي ڪمن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. .&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;
 
*'''''چؤڪاٺن (فريمن) ۽ پٽين وارا دروازا''''': (ليجڊ اينڊ فريمڊ ڊور)   
ھن قسم جي دروازن ۾  ڊولائتي نموني چؤڪاٺا ٺاھي ۽ تاڪ ھنيا ويندا آھن، جنھن سبب انھن جي مضبوطي وڌندي آھي. ازانسواءِ انھن ۾ اٽڪل چار انچ ويڪريون ۽ ڏيڍ انچ ٿلھيون پاسن واريون اڀيون پٽيون (Styles)  لڳائڻ سبب مضبوطيءَ سان گڏ اھي پرڪشش ۽ وڻندڙ لڳندا آھن. جڏھن تھ سڌيون ٽيڪ واريون پٽيون (ليجز)  ۽ اڀيون تاڪيون (بيٽنس)  پڻ معمول مطابق لڳايون وينديون آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

*'''''چؤڪاٺن اندر ٽيڏين پٽين وارا دروازا''''': (ليجڊ, فريمڊ اينڊ بريسڊ ڊور) 
ھي دروازا ذري گھٽ چؤڪاٺن ۽ پٽين وارن دروازن جھڙا ٿيندا اھن. ھنن ۾ صرف وتر وارين وٽين جو اضافو ڪيو ويندو آھي، جنھن سبب ھي وڌيڪ مضبوط ۽ پائيدار ٿيندا آھن ۽ گھڻو ڪري ٻاھر لڳايا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

*'''''چؤڪاٺن ۽ ھموار تختن وارا دروازا''''': (فريمڊ اينڊ پينلڊ ڊور) 
ھن قسم جا دروازا نھايت ئي عام ۽  تمام گھڻو استعمال ۾ ايندا آھن. تاڪن جي فريم کي عمودي ۽ افقي پٽين ذريعي متعدد حصن ۾ ورھايو ويندو آھي، انھن پٽين ۾ پئنلن (Panells)  کي جوڙڻ واسطي جھري ٺھيل ھوندي آھي جن ۾ ھموار يعني سڌا يا مٿي اڀريل پانيل ڦاسائي تاڪ تيار ڪيا ويندا آھن. انھن جون ڊزائينون مختلف ٿينديون آھن، ليڪن ٺاھڻ جو طريقو ساڳيو ئي ھوندو آھي. پانيلن جو تعداد دروازي جي نوعيت ۽ ماڻھن جي پسند تي مدار رکي ٿو. ھن قسم جي دروازن ۾ سسڻ جو رجحان گھٽ ھوندو آھي. ھنن دروازن جي عام رواجي سائيز 7'-0″x4′-0″،  7'-0″x3′-0″،  6'-6″x4′-0″ وغيره رکي ويندي آھي. تاڪن جي ٿولھ مختلف ڳالھين تي مدار رکي ٿي جھڙوڪ، ڪم جي نوعيت، دروازن لڳائڻ وارو ھنڌ، پانيلن جو تعداد وغيره. تاڪن جي ٿولھھ اٽڪل 1 انچ کان 1 ½ انچ رکي ويندي آھي.

*'''''شيشن ۽ تختن وارا دروازا'''''
: (گليزڊ اينڊ پينلڊ ڊور يا سيش ڊور)
گھرن ۽ ڪمرن اندر انھن جي نوعيت مطابق ۽ گھربل روشنيءَ پٽاندڙ سمورا تاڪ شيشي جي پانيلن يا تختن يا ڪجھھ حصي تئين شيشي جي پانيلن ۽ بچيل حصي تائين ڪاٺ جي پانيلن سان ٺاھي استعمال ڪيا ويندا اھن. عام طرح سان شيشي ۽ ڪاٺ جي حصن جو تناسب 2:1 رکيو ويندو آھي. شيشي کي روڪڻ لاءِ ڪاٺ جون سنھيون پٽيون (Beads)  يا پٽي (Putty)  لڳائي ويندي آھي. شيشي واري ايراضي وڌائڻ جي صورت ۾ تاڪ جي وچين سڌي پٽيءَ (لاڪ ريل)  جي مٿان وارين تاڪ جي پاسي وارين اڀين پٽين (اسٽائلز) جي ويڪر گھٽائي ويندي آھي .ھن قسم جا دروازا آفيسن، اسپتالن، لائبرين، شاپنگ سينٽرن ۽ شورومس وغيره ۾ لڳايا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

*'''''فلش ڊور'''''
 ھن قسم جي دروازن جي بناوت ۾ پختا ۽ گھربل طرح سان تاڪن جا فريم ٺاھي انھن مٿان ڪمرشل پلاءِ يا ٽِيڪ پلاءِ (ڪمرشل پلاء يا ٽيڪ پلاء)  وغيره لڳائي ويندي آھي. ھي دروازا ٽن قسمن جا ٿيندا آھن جھڙوڪ فريم وارا فلش ڊورس، پؤرا (خالي) فلش دروازا (ھالو فلش ڊور) ۽ ورقن يا تھن وارا فلش دروازا (ليمينيٽيڊ فلش ڊور) فريم وارن  فلشن دروازن جا تاڪ مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي ٻاھرين اڀين پٽين (اسٽائلز)، سڌين پٽين (ريلس)، ننڍڙين پٽين (Ribs) ۽ پلاءِ ووڊ (پلائووڊ) مان ٺاھيا ويندا آھن. پھرين تاڪ جي فريم لاءِ انھن ۾ ڪم ايندڙ جوڙجڪ کي ٺاھي، انھن مٿان ٻنھي پاسي پلاءِ ووڊ جا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. پترن ورقن يا تھن مان ٺھيل دروازن کي نھرا دروازا (سالڊ ڊور) سڏيو ويندو آھي. انھن دروازن ٺاھڻ واسطي ڪاٺ جي سنھن ورقن کي تمام گھڻي داٻ سان گلوءَ رستي ڳنڍي ھڪ نھري (سالڊ) مضبوط قسم جو ٻنھي پاسن کان سڌو تختو ٺاھي (جنھن کي تاڪ جو نھرو اندر سالڊ ڪور کڻي چئجي) انھيءَ مٿان ٻنھي پاسي پلاءِ جي سنھي چادر چاڙھي، تاڪ ٺاھيا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.انھن جا ٻئي ٻاھريان پاسا ٻين دروازن جي ڀيٽ ۾ جلدي ميرا نھ ٿيندا آھن ۽ انھن کي سولائيءَ سان صاف ڪري سگھبو آھي.

*'''''ڄاريءَ وارا دروازا''''': (وائر گاز ڊور) ھن قسم جي دروازن جي تاڪن لاءِ، انھن جي اڀين ۽ سڌين پٽين ۾ چؤڪور خانن ۾ ننڍي کانچي اندر ڄاري ڦاسائي، انھيءَ کي مضبوطيءَ لاءِ ڪوڪن سان اھڙي نموني ۾ جڪڙي تھ جيئن ڄاريءَ ۾ ڪنھن بھ قسم جو گھنج نھ رھي. پوءِ انھيءَ مٿان چؤڌاري ڪاٺ جي سنھي پٽي (Beading) چاڙھي ويندي آھي. تاڪن جي تالي واريءَ سڌي پٽيءَ (لاڪ ريل) مٿان آٽوميٽڪ اسپرنگ لڳايا ويندا آھن، تھ جيئن ڌڪي سان ٻاھر کولڻ کان پوءِ اھي خودبخود جلدي بند ٿي وڃن. ھن قسم جا دروازا قدرتي ھوا جي ڦھلاءُ (سرڪيوليشن) سان گڏ ھر ڪنھن قسم جي اڏامندڙ جيوڙي جھڙوڪ مڇر ۽ مک وغيره کي اندر داخل ٿيڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ نھايت ئي ڪارآمد رھن ٿا. انھيءَ ڪري گھرن، اسپتالن، رڌڻن، ڄاريءَ جي ڪٻٽن، مٺائيءَ وغيره جي دڪانن، ھوٽلن ۽ ٻين اھڙين جڳھين تي ڪثرت سان استعمال ٿين ٿا.

*'''''جھڪيل يا لڙيل پٽين وارا دروازا''''': (لوورڊ ڊور) ھن قسم جي دروازن جي تاڪن ۾ سنھيون پٽيون اھڙي نموني ٽيڏيون لڳايون وينديون آھن تھ جيئن انھن جي وچ ۾ ھڪ جھڙي وٿي رھي. اھي پٽيون سڄي تاڪ يا انھيءَ جي ڪنھن بھ حصي ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ايتري ٽيڏائيءَ (انڪلنيشن)  تي لڳائبيون آھن، تھ جيئن ٻاھرين نظر اندر نھ پوي ۽ نھ ئي وري اندران ٻاھر ڏسي سگھجي. اھڙا دروازا ھوا جي گذر سان گڏ پوشيدگي (پرائيويسي)  پڻ مھيا ڪن ٿا.

*'''''ڦرندڙ دروازا''''': (روالونگ ڊور)
ھن قسم جي دروازن ۾ پوري وچ تي ٽيڪ مٿان آمھون سامھون چار تاڪ اھڙي نموني لڳايا ويندا آھن، جي صرف ھڪ ئي طرف ڦري سگھن. اھڙي نموني ماڻھو انھن منجھان ھڪ پاسي داخل ٿي سگھندو آھي ۽ ٻئي طرف کان ٻاھر نڪري سگھندو آھي. اھڙن دروزن ۾ مرضيءَ مطابق شيشا يا ڪاٺ جا سنھا تختا (پينل) لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھي دروازا گھڻيءَ رش وارن ھنڌن لاءِ موزون رھن ٿا ۽ انھيءَ سبب انھن کي ھوٽلن ۽ تماشگاھن (ٿيئٽر)  وغيره ۾ لڳايو ويندو آھي.

*'''''گسڪندڙ دروازا''''': (سلائيڊنگ ڊور) ھن قسم جا دروازا سڄي ۽ کاٻي پاسي گسڪي سگھندڙ تاڪن وارا ٿيندا آھن ۽ اھي اندر يا ٻاھر نھ کلي سگھندا آھن. انھن جا تاڪ مرضيءَ مطابق ڪاٺ جي ۽ شيشي جي پانيلن لڳائڻ سان بلڪل اونداھا، بلڪل روشن ۽ ڪنھن حصي تائين روشن بنائي سگھجن .ھي دروازا گدامن، ڇاپرن، دڪانن ۽ نماءُ وارن ڪمرن وغيرھ ۾ لڳايا ويندا آھن ۽ جڳھھ بچائڻ جي خيال کان گھرن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن.

'''''ويڙھجندڙ دروازا''''': (رولنگ ڊور) 
  ھي دروازا لوھ جا ٺھيل ھوندا آھن ۽ مٿان کان ھيٺ لاھي بند ڪري سگھبا آھن ۽ ساڳئي نموني ھيٺ کان مٿي ويڙھي کولي سگھبا آھن. انھيءَ سبب انھن کي ويڙھجي سگھجندڙ دروازا (ڪوليپسيبل ڊور) چئبو آھي. انھن ۾ لوھھ جي ٿلھي چادر جو فريم ٺھيل ھوندو آھي، جنھن ۾ دروازي جي سولائيءَ سان ھيٺ مٿي چرڻ لاءِ کانچو ڇڏيل ھوندو آھي. مٿي وري ھڪ قسم جو ڊرم ھوندو آھي، انھيءَ ۾ اسپرنگ لڳل ھوندا آھن، جي دروازي جي لوھي پتري تاڪ کي سولائيءَ سان ھيٺ مٿي ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڪندا آھن. وڏي سائيز جي تاڪ جي صورت ۾ بال بيئرنگ پڻ لڳل ھوندا آھن.  ڊرم جو قطر (ڊائاميٽر)  8 انچن کان 12 انچن تائين ٿيندو آھي. دروازي جي اسپرنگن ۽ بيئرنگن کي ميڻ (گريز)  وغيره ڏئي، انھن کي ڪٽ کان بچائي رکڻ سان گڏ تاڪ کي ٿوري ئي ڌڪي ۽ ڇڪ ڏيڻ سان دروازو آسانيءَ سان بند ڪري ۽ کولي سگھجي ٿو..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;.ھي دروازا موٽر گيراجن، نماءُ وارن ڪمرن (شو روم)، دڪانن ۽ گودامن وغيره ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا.

*'''':ڳتجندڙ دروازا''''': (ڪوليپسيبل ڊور) ھي دروازا لوھھ جا ٺھيل ھوندا آھن. ھن ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ جوڙجڪ ۾ ٻنھي اڀن پاسن اندر ناليءَ وانگر خال ڇڏيل ھوندو آھي، جن سان اٽڪل  5/8 انچ کان ¾ انچ ويڪريون لوھھ جي پٽين جون ناليون (چينل)  ڳنڍيل ھونديون آھن. اھڙيءَ طرح انھن پٽين ۾ اتڪل اڌ انچ کان 5/8  انچ ويڪرو اڀو خال (گيپ) ٺھي بيھندو آھي. اھڙي قسم جا ٽڪرا ھڪ ٻئي جي وچ کان اٽڪل 3 ¾ انچن جي مفاصلي تي ٺھي بيھندا آھن، جن کي ھڪ ٻئي سان لوھھ جي ڪيئنچيءَ جي انداز وارن لوھھ جي ٽڪرن (ڪراس آئرن پيسز) سان ڳنڍيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جي ٺھيل لوھھ جي پختن پٽين جي ٽڪرن سان ٺھيل خالن وارن تاڪن کي پاسن  طرف ڌڪي يا ڇڪي کوھي ۽ بند ڪري سگھبو آھي. ھن قسم جا دروازا ڪافي مضبوط ٿيندا آھن ۽ مارڪيٽ  ۾ داخل ٿيڻ وارن کليل حصن، گيراجن ۽ ٻين اھڙن ئي کليل ھنڌن تي استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

==تاريخ==
[[فائل:old door.jpg|380px|thumb|ايران جي شھر ڪاشان ۾ ھڪ دروازو]]

قديم تاريخي دروازن ۾  سليمان جي ھيڪل (Temple of Solomon) قابل ذڪر آھي جيڪو زيتون جي ڪاٺيءَ جو ٺھيل ھيو.قديم مصر ۾ به ھڪ يا ٻن ڪلاڪن جي دروازن جو استعمال ٿيندو ھو. قديم آثارن جي ماھرن سوئيٽزرلينڊ مان پنج ھزار سال پراڻو دروازو دريافت ڪيو آھي.&lt;ref&gt;[http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/ Swiss archaeologists find 5000-year-old door] {{webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101108222716/http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/ |date=2010-11-08 }}&lt;/ref&gt; پراڻي دور ۾ مذھبي عبادت گاھن جي دروازن تي سون ۽ چانديءَ جي دروازن لڳائڻ جو پڻ تائين تاريخ ۾ ذڪر ملي ٿو.

[[فائل:stone door.jpg|left|380px|thumb|
 انڊيا جي ھئمپيء ۾ پٿر جو دروازو]]
[[فائل:Door-Post Socket (4690606141).jpg|380px|thumb| پرسيپولس جو وڏي دروازي جو لنگھ]]
 
 [[فائل:Plaster cast of folding doors, Pompeii.jpg|380px|thumb|قديم روم جو پومپي شھر جو پھرين صدي عيسويءَ جو تھبند (Folding) دروازو]]

==دروازي جي ڪم ڪرڻ جو طريقو==

[[فائل:Types of doors.png|thumb|دروازي جي ڪم ڪرڻ جو مشيني طريقو]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>2jdy3uqq9era2nzl175zfvzopl9szsr</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401148</id>
      <parentid>401147</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T11:03:54Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* قسم */</comment>
      <origin>401148</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="55480" sha1="6ixnizu87bk5e2rw0cnaili576nxhat" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|داخل ٿيڻ ۽ ٻاهر نڪرڻ لاءِ حرڪت ڪندڙ رڪاوٽ}}

[[File:L-door.png|thumb|در جو خاڪو]]

'''در''' يا '''دروازو''' هڪ [[قبضو|قبضن]] تي لڳل يا ٻيءَ ڪنهن طريقي سان حرڪت ڪندڙ رڪاوٽ هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪنهن بند جاءِ ۾ داخل ٿيڻ (ورود) ۽ ٻاهر نڪرڻ (خروج) جي سهولت فراهم ڪري ٿو. ڀت ۾ در لاءِ ٺهيل کليل حصي کي '''درگاهه''' يا '''دروازي جو کليل حصو''' چيو ويندو آهي. در جو بنيادي مقصد رسائيءَ تي ضابطو رکندي [[سيڪيورٽي]] فراهم ڪرڻ آهي. عام طور تي اهو اهڙو پٽ يا تختو هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[عمارت]]، [[ڪمرو|ڪمري]] يا [[گاڏي]] جي دروازي جي کليل حصي ۾ فِٽ ڪيو ويندو آهي. در مختلف مواد مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن جو انتخاب انهن جي استعمال ۽ مقصد مطابق ڪيو ويندو آهي. اڪثر در [[قبضو|قبضن]] ذريعي لڳايا ويندا آهن، پر ڪي سلائيڊ ٿيڻ، فولڊ ٿيڻ يا ٻين حرڪتي طريقن سان به ڪم ڪندا آهن.

در مختلف طريقن سان کلي ۽ بند ٿي سگهن ٿا، جهڙوڪ قبضي تي ڦرڻ، فريم سان متوازي سلائيڊ ٿيڻ، فولڊ ٿيڻ يا مرڪزي محور تي ڦرڻ. انهن جو مقصد ماڻهن يا شين جي داخلا ۽ اخراج کي آسان يا محدود ڪرڻ هوندو آهي. گهڻن درن ۾ اندروني ۽ ٻاهرين پاسي جي بناوت هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي، پر ڪجهه حالتن ۾، جهڙوڪ [[گاڏي]] جي درن ۾، ٻنهي پاسن جي جوڙجڪ مختلف هوندي آهي.

گهڻن درن ۾ [[تالو]] لڳائڻ جو انتظام هوندو آهي، جنهن ذريعي صرف مجاز ماڻهو، مثال طور [[چاٻي]] استعمال ڪري، در کولي سگهندا آهن. درن تي اڪثر کڙڪائڻ لاءِ ڌاتوءَ جا [[کڙڪائندڙ (اوزار)|کڙڪائندڙ]]  (ڊور ناڪرس) يا [[در جي گهنٽي]] پڻ لڳل هوندي آهي، ته جيئن ٻاهران بيٺل ماڻهو پنهنجي موجودگيءَ جو اطلاع ڏئي سگهن. رسائي فراهم ڪرڻ کان علاوه، در خانگي زندگي (پرائيويسي) جي حفاظت، مختلف استعمال وارن حصن کي الڳ رکڻ، [[روشني]] ۽ [[هوا جي اچ وڃ]] کي ضابطو ڪرڻ، گرمي يا ٿڌ کي برقرار رکڻ، آواز کي گهٽائڻ ۽ [[باهه]] جي پکڙجڻ کي روڪڻ جهڙا اهم ڪم پڻ سرانجام ڏيندا آهن.

در صرف تعميراتي عنصر نه، پر جمالياتي، علامتي ۽ رسمن سان لاڳاپيل اهميت پڻ رکن ٿا. ڪيترين ثقافتن ۾ در جي چاٻي حاصل ڪرڻ ٻاهرئين ماڻهو کان اندروني يا بااختيار حيثيت حاصل ڪرڻ جي علامت سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڏسو، مثال طور، [[بليڪ راڊ|بليڪ راڊ جو معزز اشر]] جون درباني ذميواريون.&lt;/ref&gt; [[ادب]] ۽ [[فن]] ۾ پڻ در ۽ درگاهون تبديلي، نئين مرحلي ۾ داخل ٿيڻ يا علامتي معنيٰ جي اظهار لاءِ استعارن ۽ تمثيلن طور گهڻو استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

'''دروازو'''- انگريزي ۾: ڊور يا گيٽ . اردوءَ ۾ دروازہ:جديد دور جي عمارتن ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڪاٺ جا دروازا استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا. تاڪن جي حساب سان اھي ھڪ تاڪ وارا   ۽ ٻن تاڪن وارا ٿين ٿا..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر: سنڌي ادبي بورڊ،ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;
[[فائل:Door in Georgia.jpg|380px|thumb|جارجيا ملڪ جو دروازو]]
جاءِ اندر مختلف قسم جي ڪمرن ۾ استعمال جي نوعيت مطابق انھن جي ماپ جو تعين ڪيو وڃي ٿو. اھي اھڙي ماپ جا ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن انھن ڪمرن ۾ گھربل سامان آسانيءَ سان لنگھي سگھي. عام طرح سان غسلخانن ۽ بيت الخلاءِ اندر داخل ٿيڻ لاءِ دروازن جي ماپ 6′-4″x2′-6″  رکجي تھ بھتر آھي. ٻين ڪمرن لاءِ دروازن جي سراسري ماپ 7′-0″x3′-8″ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ ڪوشش ڪري 6′-4″x3′-0″ کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي. بھرحال دروازن جي ماپ واسطي ڪنھن بھ قسم جو پڪو پختو قائدو مڙھيل نھ آھي. ڪچيءَ طرح ۽ اندازي جي حساب سان ھيٺئين فارمولا سان دروازن جي ماپ جو تعين ڪري سگھجي ٿو.
ويڪر =(ويڪر)  اوچائي 4-(اوچائي)  فوٽ 
ڪمرن اندر دروازا ڪنڊ کان اٽڪل 6 انچن کان 9 انچن تائين پري رکجن تھ بھتر آھي، ليڪن انھن جي لڳائڻ لاءِ جديد طرز جي عمارت جي علم کي ذھن ۾ رکڻ وڌيڪ سٺو آھي.
اڄڪلھ دروازن جي چؤڪاٺن ۾ چائنٺ (سل)  نھ لڳائي ويندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ انھيءَ جي لڳائڻ سان ھڪ تھ ٿاٻي کائڻ جو تمام گھڻو انديشو رھي ٿو ۽ ٻيو تھ صفائي ڪرڻ ۾ دقت ٿئي ٿي، ليڪن ايئرڪنڊيشنڊ ڪمرن لاءِ چائنٺ لڳائڻ تمام ضروري آھي تھ جيئن تاڪن ھيٺان وٿي نہ رھي. وڏن شھرن ۾ آر-سي-سيءَ جي بوتي وارين عمارتن ۾ 4 ½ انچن جي اوساريءَ وارين ڀتين ۾ ڀت جي پوري ٿولھھ تائين ويڪرا چؤڪاٺا استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا. عام رواجي ۽ سرڪاري عمارتن ۾ چؤڪاٺن لاءِ 0′-4″x0′-3″ جي سائيز جون ڪاٺ جون پٽيون گھڙايون وينديون آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

[[فائل:Knocking at front door of The National Archives Building - 01.jpg|380px|thumb|واشنگٽن ۾ نيشنل آرڪائيوز بلڊنگ جو دروازو]]
دروازو ھڪ حرڪت وارو ڍانچو آهي جنھن ذريعي ڪنھن چوديواريءَ يا گاڏي وغيره ۾ ڪنھن جي داخلا يا روڪ کي ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪبو آهي. عام طور تي ان جو ھڪ يا ٻه [[تاڪ]] ھوندا آھن جيڪي درين يا بغير درين جي ھوندا آھن. تاڪ چاھي ھڪڙو ھجي يا ٻہ ،  [[ڇوڪاٺو|چوڪاٺي]] يا [[چونڪو|چونڪي]] سان [[انجيس|انجيسن]] جي مدد سان ڳنڍيل ھوندو/ھوندا آھن ۽ انھن کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪڙو يا ڪنڍو لڳائي استعمال ڪيو آھي جنھن ۾ تالو لڳائبو آهي. اھي ھوا ۽ روشنيءَ جي ضابطي لاءِ بہ استعمال ٿيندا آھن.
جاءِ اندر داخل ٿيڻ ۽ انھيءَ جي مختلف اندرين حصن جو پاڻ ۾ رابطو رکڻ لاءِ دروازا لڳايا ويندا آھن. موسم آھر انھن کي کولي رکڻ سان جاءِ اندر روشني وڌندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھوا جو گذر پڻ سٺيءَ طرح سان ٿيندو آھي. انھيءَ سان گڏ دروازن لڳائڻ سبب چوريءَ ٿيڻ جو انديشو گھٽ رھندو آھي ۽ گھر ۾ رھندڙ ڀاتين جي پوشيدگي (پرائيويسي)  رھندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== تاريخ ==
&lt;!-- هن حصي ۾ 1911ع جي ''Encyclopædia Britannica'' جي &quot;Door&quot; واري مقالي مان ورتل متن شامل آهي. --&gt;

قديم ترين دروازن جا ثبوت [[قديم مصر]] جي مقبرن جي ڀتين تي ٺهيل تصويرن مان ملن ٿا، جن ۾ هڪ يا ٻه تاڪن وارا دروازا ڏيکاريل آهن، جيڪي عام طور ڪاٺ جي هڪڙي ٽڪري مان ٺهيل هوندا هئا. مصري مقبرن ۾ ''ڪوڙا دروازا'' (فالس ڊورز) پڻ ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جن بابت عقيدو هو ته اهي فوت ٿيل ماڻهن جي آخرت ڏانهن وڃڻ جا علامتي دروازا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Weiss |first=Daniel |date=2022 |title=Features - Magical Mystery Door - Archaeology Magazine - November/December 2022 |url=https://archaeology.org/issues/november-december-2022/features/egypt-stela-false-door/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Archaeology Magazine |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

مصر جي انتهائي خشڪ آبهوا سبب دروازن کي وڪڙجڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ چوڪاٺن جي گهڻي ضرورت نه پوندي هئي، پر ٻين علائقن ۾ دروازن کي مضبوط رکڻ لاءِ چوڪاٺن وارو ڍانچو تيار ڪيو ويندو هو. رومي معمار ويتروويوس موجب اهڙن دروازن ۾ عمودي پٽيون (Stiles) ۽ افقي پٽيون (Rails) هونديون هيون، جڏهن ته وچ وارا پينل انهن جي نالن ۾ فٽ ڪيا ويندا هئا. عمودي پٽين مان هڪ قبضن سان ڳنڍيل ''هينگنگ اسٽائل'' ۽ ٻي ''ميٽنگ اسٽائل'' سڏبي هئي، جڏهن ته افقي حصن ۾ مٿيون، وچيون ۽ هيٺيون ريل شامل هونديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Marcus Vitruvius Pollio |url=https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Vitruvius/4*.html |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=University of Chicago}}&lt;/ref&gt;

قديم ترين دروازا ڪاٺ جا هوندا هئا. [[بائيبل]] ۾ [[حضرت سليمان]] جي مندر بابت بيان ٿيل آهي ته ان جا دروازا زيتون جي ڪاٺ مان ٺهيل، نفيس نقش نگاري سان سينگاريل ۽ سون سان مڙهيل هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Bible Project: Book of 1 Kings 6 - New American Standard Bible |url=https://www.bibleproject.com/bible/nasb/1-kings/6 |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=BibleProject |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; [[هومر]] جي تحريرن مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ان دور ۾ ڪي دروازا چاندي يا پتل سان ڍڪيل هوندا هئا. زيتون کان علاوه ايلم، ديودار، بلوط ۽ سرو جي ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ٿيندي هئي. آثار قديمه جي ماهرن سوئٽزرلينڊ جي شهر [[زيورخ]] ڀرسان پنج هزار سال پراڻا ٻه ڪاٺ جا دروازا پڻ دريافت ڪيا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://archive.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101108222716/http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/|url-status=dead|title=Swiss archaeologists find 5,000-year-old door|first=Frank|last=Jordans|date=October 20, 2010|archive-date=November 8, 2010|via=The Boston Globe}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://blog.nationalmuseum.ch/en/2019/01/close-the-door/|title=Close the door!|first=Samuel van|last=Willigen|date=January 17, 2019|website=Swiss National Museum - Swiss history blog}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{multiple image
| align=
| total_width=550
| direction=horizontal
| footer=
| image1=stone door.jpg
| caption1=هيمپي (ڀارت) ۾ پٿر جو دروازو
| image2=Door-Post Socket (4690606141).jpg
| caption2=پرسيپولس (هاڻوڪو [[ايران]]) مان دريافت ٿيل وڏي دروازي جو بنيادي ساکٽ
}}

قديم دور جا دروازا مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ لڳل محورن (Pintles) وسيلي ڦرندا هئا، جيڪي مٿئين ڪڙي (Lintel) ۽ هيٺئين چائنٺ (Sill) ۾ ٺهيل ساکٽن اندر ويهندا هئا. اهي ساکٽ گهڻو ڪري بازالٽ يا گرينائيٽ جهڙي سخت پٿر مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا. [[نپپور]] مان 2000 ق.م. جا دريافت ٿيل اهڙا ساکٽ ڊوليرائيٽ پٿر جا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=The Museum Journal {{!}} Two Door Sockets of the Kings of Ur |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/journal/1211/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=The Museum Journal |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[بلاوات]] جي دروازن جا محور ڪانسي سان ڍڪيل هئا، جيڪي اڄ [[برٽش ميوزيم]] ۾ محفوظ آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Assyrian sculpture and Balawat Gates |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/galleries/assyrian-sculpture-and-balawat-gates |access-date=2025-04-05 |website=British Museum}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهي ٻه تاڪن وارا دروازا هئا، جن مان هر تاڪ لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|2.54|m|in|abbr=on}} ويڪرو ۽ {{convert|8.2|m|ft|abbr=on}} اوچو هو. انهن کي {{convert|25.4|cm|in|abbr=on}} ويڪريون ڪانسي جون پٽيون لڳل هيون، جن تي ابھريل نقاشي ڪئي وئي هئي. ڪاٺ جا دروازا لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|7.62|cm|in|abbr=on}} ٿلها هئا، جڏهن ته قبضي واري عمودي پٽي جو قطر {{convert|360|mm|in}} کان وڌيڪ هو. مختلف ماپن جي ٻين ڪانسي جي ڍڪڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ڪاٺ جي محورن کي ڌاتو سان محفوظ ڪرڻ ان دور ۾ عام رواج هو.

شام جي [[حوران]] علائقي ۾، جتي ڪاٺ جي کوٽ هئي، اتي دروازا پٿر مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/W_1864-0301-1 |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=British Museum}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن مان {{convert|1.63|by|0.79|m|in|abbr=on}} ماپ وارو هڪ پٿريلو دروازو [[برٽش ميوزيم]] ۾ محفوظ آهي، جنهن جي وچ واري ڪنڊ مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته اهو ٻه تاڪي دروازي جو هڪ حصو هو. شام جي شهر بُصرى ويجهو ڪُفَير ۾ سياح برڪهارٽ کي {{convert|2.74|to|3.048|m|ft|abbr=on}} اوچا پٿريلا دروازا مليا، جيڪي قديم شهر جي داخلي دروازن طور استعمال ٿيندا هئا. [[ايٽروريا]] ۾ پڻ پٿر جي دروازن جا ڪيترائي مثال ملن ٿا.

[[File:Plaster cast of folding doors, Pompeii.jpg|thumb|left|upright|[[پومپيئي]] ۾ پهرين صدي عيسويءَ جا [[قديم روم]] جا فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازا، جيڪي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي نوڪلاسيڪي دروازن سان مشابهت رکن ٿا.]]

قديم [[يونان]] ۽ [[قديم روم]] ۾ هڪ تاڪي، ٻه تاڪي، ٽي تاڪي، سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ ۽ فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازن جا تاڪ قبضن سان پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا ۽ کلي پوئتي ويڙهجي ويندا هئا. [[اگريجينٽم]] ۾ ٿيرون جي مقبري تي پٿر ۾ تراشيل هڪ چار پينلن وارو دروازو موجود آهي. [[بلنڊيل مجموعو|بلنڊيل مجموعي]] (Blundell) ۾ محفوظ هڪ بيس رليف تي مندر جو ٻه تاڪي دروازو ڏيکاريل آهي، جنهن جي هر تاڪ ۾ پنج پينل آهن.

قديم رومي ڌاتوڪاريءَ جا بهترين مثال روم جي [[چرچ آف ايس ايس ڪوزماس ۽ ڊيمين]] جا ڪانسي جا دروازا آهن. اهي ٻه تاڪي آهن، هر تاڪ ۾ ٻه پينل آهن ۽ سڄو چوڪاٺو پڻ ڪانسي جو ٺهيل آهي. [[پينٿيون, روم|پينٿيون]] جا ڪانسي جا دروازا به ساڳئي طرز جا آهن، جن ۾ مٿئين، وچئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ اضافي افقي پينل موجود آهن. رومي دور جا ٻه ٻيا اهم ڪانسي جا دروازا [[ليٽران بيسيليڪا]] ۾ موجود آهن.

يوناني عالم [[اسڪندريه جو ھيرون ]] پهرين صدي عيسويءَ ۾، جڏهن [[رومي مصر]] قائم هو، دنيا جو سڀ کان پراڻو سڃاتل خودڪار دروازو تيار ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;needham volume 4 part 2 162&quot;&gt;{{Cite book|editor-last=Needham |editor-first=Joseph |year=1986 |title=Science and Civilization in China: Mechanical Engineering |volume=IV:2 |publisher=Cambridge University Press |page=162 |orig-year=1965 |editor-last2=Wang |editor-first2=Ling |isbn=0-521-05803-1 |ol=7716140M}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ چين ۾ [[سئي خاندان جو شهنشاهه يانگ]] (604–618ع) جي دور حڪومت ۾ شاهي لائبريري لاءِ پيرن جي حرڪت سان کلندڙ خودڪار دروازو تيار ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;needham volume 4 part 2 162&quot; /&gt; عرب موجد [[الجزري]] پڻ پاڻيءَ جي طاقت سان هلندڙ خودڪار دروازن جا نقشا ۽ وضاحتون پيش ڪيون.&lt;ref&gt;Howard R. Turner (1997), ''Science in Medieval Islam: An Illustrated Introduction'', p. 181, [[University of Texas Press]], {{ISBN|0-292-78149-0}}.&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|journal=Archivio Italiano di Urologia e Andrologia |title=Primitive robotic procedures: Automotions for medical liquids in 12th century Asia minor|year=2014 |doi=10.4081/aiua.2014.4.300|last1=Penbegul |first1=Necmettin |last2=Atar |first2=Murat |last3=Kendirci |first3=Muammer |last4=Bozkurt |first4=Yasar |last5=Hatipoglu |first5=Namık Kemal |last6=Verit |first6=Ayhan |last7=Kadıoglu |first7=Ates |volume=86 |issue=4 |pages=300–303 |pmid=25641458 |doi-access=free }}&lt;/ref&gt;

وچئين دور ۾ [[ٽامو]] ۽ ان جون مصرعون تعميراتي فن ۾ اهم حيثيت رکنديون هيون. [[بيت لحم]] جي [[چرچ آف دي نيٽوٽي]] (ڇهين صدي) جا دروازا ڪانسي جي نقشدار پٽن سان ڍڪيل آهن. [[ھاگيا صوفيه]]، [[قسطنطنيه]] جا اٺين ۽ نائين صديءَ جا دروازا به ڪانسي جا آهن، جڏهن ته [[آڪس-لا-شاپيل]] جي گرجاگھر جا نائين صديءَ جا ڪانسي جا دروازا غالباً قسطنطنيه مان آندا ويا هئا، جيئن [[سينٽ مارڪس بيسيليڪا]]، وينس جا ڪجهه دروازا پڻ. جرمنيءَ جي آڪسن گرجاگھر جا ڪانسي جا دروازا لڳ ڀڳ 800ع جا آهن. [[فلورينس]] جي ڪئٿڊرل جي بپتسما گاهه جا ڪانسي جا دروازا 1423ع ۾ [[گيبرتي]] مڪمل ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;Architecture, European Copper Institute; {{cite web |url=http://eurocopper.org/copper/copper-architecture.html |title=Find out how useful copper is to design and architecture! |access-date=2012-09-12 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20121009005711/http://eurocopper.org/copper/copper-architecture.html |archive-date=2012-10-09 }}&lt;/ref&gt; {{crossreference|(ڏسو پڻ: [[Copper in architecture]].)}}

[[File:Tür, Villa Boscoreale.jpg|left|thumb|upright|پهرين صدي عيسويءَ جي [[قديم روم]] جي ڀت تي ٺهيل رنگين تصوير، جنهن ۾ نفيس سينگاريل دروازو ڏيکاريل آهي.]]

يارهين ۽ ٻارهين صديءَ جا ڪانسي جا ڪيترائي تاريخي دروازا اڄ به موجود آهن. انهن مان سڀ کان پراڻو جرمنيءَ جي [[هلڊسهايم]] وارو دروازو (1015ع) آهي. هلڊسهايم جي هن طرز بعد ۾ پولينڊ جي [[گنيزنو دروازن]] جي جوڙجڪ تي به اثر وڌو. ڏکڻ اٽلي ۽ سسلي جا ٻيا اهم مثال هي آهن: [[سينٽ اينڊريا، امالفي]] (1060ع)، [[ساليرنو]] (1099ع)، [[ڪانوسا دي پوليا]] (1111ع)، [[ٽروا]] جا ٻه دروازا (1119ع ۽ 1124ع)، [[راويلو]] (1179ع)، جيڪي ٽراني جي باريسانو ٺاهيا، جنهن [[ٽراني گرجاگھر]] جا دروازا پڻ تيار ڪيا؛ جڏهن ته [[مونريالي]] ۽ [[پيسا گرجاگھر]] جا دروازا [[پيسا جي بونانو]] جا ٺاهيل آهن.

انهن سڀني دروازن ۾ قبضي واري عمودي پٽي جا محور مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ هوندا هئا. تعميراتي ماهرن کي صحيح طرح معلوم نه آهي ته روايتي محوري نظام کان قبضن (ھنجز) ڏانهن تبديلي ڪڏهن آئي، پر ان تبديليءَ سان دروازن کي مضبوط ڪرڻ ۽ سينگارڻ جو نئون طريقو رائج ٿيو. ان لاءِ مختلف نمونن جون ٺڪيل لوهي پٽيون استعمال ٿينديون هيون، جيڪي قبضن جو ڪم به ڏينديون هيون. عام طور ٽي سينگاريل پٽيون دروازي سان لڳل هونديون هيون، جڏهن ته انهن سان گڏ لوهي ڪڙا عمودي محورن تي چڙهندا هئا، جيڪي پٿر يا ڪاٺ جي چوڪاٺ ۾ لڳل هوندا هئا. اهڙي نموني جو ٻارهين صديءَ جو هڪ ابتدائي مثال [[لنڪن ڪئٿڊرل]] ۾ موجود آهي. فرانس ۾ [[نوٽر ڊيم، پيرس]] جي دروازن جو ڌاتوءَ وارو ڪم هن فن جو هڪ شاندار نمونو آهي، جڏهن ته فرانس ۽ انگلينڊ ۾ به اهڙا ڪيترائي مثال موجود آهن.

اٽلي ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ مشهور دروازن ۾ [[فلورنس جي سينٽ جيوواني بپتسما گهر]] جا دروازا شامل آهن، جيڪي مڪمل طور ڪانسي جا ٺهيل آهن، جن ۾ [[دروازي جو چوڪاٺو]] پڻ ڪانسي جو آهي. ڏاکڻي دروازي تي موجود انساني شڪلين، پکين ۽ ٻوٽن جي نفيس نقش نگاري [[ايندريا پيزانو]] 1330ع ۾ تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته اوڀر وارو دروازو [[گيبرتي]] 1425ع کان 1452ع جي وچ ۾ ٺاهيو، جيڪو پنهنجي فني حسن سبب تمام گهڻو مشهور آهي. اترئين دروازي (1402ع–1424ع) ۾ گيبرتي، ايندريا پيزانو جي ساڳي پينلن ۽ تصويري ترتيب واري طرز کي اختيار ڪيو، پر اوڀرئين دروازي ۾ مستطيل پينلن کي ابھريل نقش نگاري (Bas-relief) سان سينگاريو ويو، جن ۾ مقدس صحيفن جا منظر ۽ بيشمار انساني شڪلون ڏيکاريل آهن. انهن دروازن کي ئي اهو مشهور لقب ''جنت جا دروازا'' ڏنو ويو، جنهن جو ذڪر [[مائيڪل اينجلو]] پڻ ڪيو.

[[قاهره]] جي مسجدن جا دروازا بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا هئا. هڪ قسم ۾ دروازن تي ڪانسي يا لوهه جون چادرون چاڙهي انهن تي نفيس نقش نگاري يا اُڀريل سينگار ڪيو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته ٻئي قسم جا دروازا ڪاٺ جي فريم سان ٺهيل هوندا هئا، جن تي چورس ۽ هيرن جهڙن پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيل نمونن جي سينگار هوندي هئي. هن ٻئي طرز جي شروعات [[قبطي]] فن تعمير مان ٿي. [[پالرمو]] جي محل جا دروازا، جيڪي نارمن حڪمرانن لاءِ ساراسين ڪاريگرن تيار ڪيا، اڄ به بهترين حالت ۾ محفوظ آهن. اهڙي ئي سينگار واري طرز جا دروازا [[ويرونا]] ۾ پڻ ملن ٿا، جتي دروازن جي عمودي ۽ افقي ڪاٺين جا ڪنارا ترڇا ۽ ڪَٽيل نموني سان تيار ڪيا ويا آهن.

[[فائل:Дом компании Зингер, Россия, Санкт-Петербург.JPG|thumb|upright|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جي عنصرن سان سينگاريل شيشي جو دروازو، [[سنگر هائوس]]، [[سينٽ پيٽرسبرگ]]، روس]]

نشاةِ ثانيه جي دور ۾ اٽلي جا دروازا نسبتاً سادا رکيا ويندا هئا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اتي جي معمارن وڌيڪ توجهه دروازن جي چوڌاري ٺهيل داخلي بناوت (Doorway) تي ڏيندا هئا. ان جي ابتڙ، فرانس ۽ جرمني ۾ دروازن کي نهايت نفاست سان اُڪيريو ويندو هو، خاص طور [[لوئي چوڏهون طرز]] ۽ [[لوئي پندرهون طرز]] جي دور ۾. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن انهن ۾ ٿنڀا، ڇَجا، ٽڪنڊا محراب (Pediment) ۽ طاقون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون هيون، جڏهن ته چوڌاري ڀت سادي معمارِي واري هوندي هئي. اٽلي ۾ دروازن جي وڏائي وڌائڻ لاءِ پينلن جو تعداد وڌايو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته فرانس ۾ ان جي ابتڙ نسبتاً گهٽ پينلن کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي هئي. [[فونتين بلو]] جي محل جو هڪ وڏو ٻه-تاڪي دروازو اهڙي نموني ٺاهيو ويو آهي، جو ڏسڻ ۾ ڄڻ هڪ ئي وڏي پينل مان ٺهيل هجي.

فرانس ۾ نشاةِ ثانيه جي سڀ کان قديم دروازن مان هڪ [[سينٽ سووير گرجاگھر، ايڪس-آن-پرووانس]] (1503ع) جو دروازو آهي. ان جي هيٺين پينلن ۾ [[گوٿڪ فن تعمير|گوٿڪ]] طرز جي طاقن اندر لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|3|ft|m|abbr=on}} اوچيون انساني شڪلون اُڪيريل آهن، جڏهن ته مٿين پينلن ۾ لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|2|ft|m|abbr=on}} اوچين شڪلين سان ٻٽي قطار وارا طاق ۽ انهن مٿان ڇپر نما سينگار موجود آهي. اهي سڀ نقش [[ديودار]] جي ڪاٺ تي اُڪيريا ويا آهن. [[بووي گرجاگھر]] جو ڏاکڻو دروازو ڪيترن ئي لحاظ کان فرانس جي بهترين دروازن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، جتي مٿين پينلن تي ابھريل نقش نگاري سان مذهبي منظر ۽ ڇپر نما سينگار ٺاهيا ويا آهن. [[جيزور]] جي گرجاگھر (1575ع) جا دروازا پڻ طاقن اندر انساني شڪلين سان سينگاريل آهن، جيڪي طبقاتي ٿنڀن سان هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيا ويا آهن. [[روئن]] جي [[سينٽ ميڪلو]] گرجاگھر ۾ ٽي نهايت خوبصورت اُڪيريل دروازا آهن؛ انهن مان [[ژان گوجون]] جا تيار ڪيل دروازا ٻنهي پاسن تي طاقن اندر شڪلين ۽ وچ ۾ نفيس مجسماڪاريءَ سبب خاص شهرت رکن ٿا. لڳ ڀڳ چاليهه کان پنجاهه سال پوءِ ٺاهيل ٻين دروازن کي ابھريل نقش نگاري، قدرتي منظرن، انساني شڪلين ۽ پيچيده آرائشي بارڊرن سان سينگاريو ويو.

[[ناسا]] جي [[گاڏين جي اسيمبلي عمارت]]، جيڪا [[ڪينيڊي خلائي مرڪز]] ۾ واقع آهي، دنيا جا چار سڀ کان وڏا دروازا رکي ٿي. هيءَ عمارت شروعات ۾ [[اپولو پروگرام|اپولو]] مشنن لاءِ [[سيٽرن پنجون]] راڪيٽن جي اسيمبلي لاءِ تعمير ڪئي وئي هئي، ۽ بعد ۾ [[خلائي شٽل]] پروگرام جي سهائتا لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي رهي. انهن چئن مان هر هڪ دروازي جي اوچائي {{convert|139|m|ft|abbr=off|sp=us}} آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.nasa.gov/centers/kennedy/pdf/718659main_VAB.pdf|title=Vehicle Assembly Building Fact Sheet|website=NASA|access-date=2016-06-03|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20161011224909/https://www.nasa.gov/centers/kennedy/pdf/718659main_VAB.pdf|archive-date=2016-10-11}}&lt;/ref&gt;

انگلينڊ جو سڀ کان قديم محفوظ دروازو [[ويسٽمنسٽر ائبي]] ۾ موجود آهي، جيڪو 1050ع جو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite news |url=https://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/uk_news/4743899.stm |work=BBC News |title=Abbey oak door 'Britain's oldest' |date=2005-08-03 |access-date=2010-05-01 |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20060620190404/http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/uk/4743899.stm |archive-date=2006-06-20}}&lt;/ref&gt; سترهين صديءَ ۾ انگلينڊ ۾ دروازن جي پينلن کي ابھريل [[بوليڪشن]] يا ٻاهر نڪتل سينگاريل ڍانچن سان سينگاريو ويندو هو، جن تي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن نهايت نفيس اُڪير به ڪئي ويندي هئي. ارڙهين صديءَ ۾ دروازن جي [[سينگاريل قالب]]، جيڪي [[عمودي ڪاٺي]] ۽ [[فريم ۽ پينل]] تي ٺهندا هئا، تن کي [[ايگ اينڊ ڊارٽ]] نموني جي [[معماري سينگار]] سان اُڪيريو ويندو هو.

&lt;gallery widths=&quot;170&quot; heights=&quot;200&quot; mode=&quot;packed&quot; caption=&quot;دروازن جي مختصر بصري تاريخ&quot;&gt;
File:Fragment from a tomb door MET 23.3.174f-emf.jpg|[[قديم مصري فن تعمير|قديم مصري]] مقبري جي دروازي جو ٽڪرو، لڳ ڀڳ 2150–1981 ق.م، [[ميٽروپوليٽن عجائب گهر]]، [[نيويارڪ شهر]]
File:The Hercules Sarcophagus depicting the Twelve Labors of Hercules, 150-160 AD, Kayseri Archaeological Museum, Turkey (26261172056) (lighter version).jpg|[[قديم يوناني فن تعمير|قديم يوناني]] طرز جو دروازو، هرڪيولس جي تابوت تي اُڪريل، [[قيصريه آثار قديمه عجائب گهر]]، [[قيصريه]]، [[ترڪي]]
File:Bronze door, Basilica di San Giovanni, 2013.jpg|[[قديم رومي فن تعمير|قديم رومي]] ڪانسي جا دروازا، [[ڪوريا جوليا]]، جيڪي هاڻي [[سينٽ جان ليٽران بيسليڪا]]، [[روم]] ۾ موجود آهن
File:Gate, ash-Shibak Fort, Ibra (North ash-Sharqiyah Governorate) Origin- Surat, India (Mughal Empire) Teak wood and brass.jpg|[[هندستاني فن تعمير|هندستاني]] [[مغل فن تعمير|مغل]] دور جو ساڳوان ۽ پتل جو دروازو
File:Tenghua Jiuguan 21 2015-04.JPG|روايتي [[چيني فن تعمير|چيني]] فولڊنگ دروازا، [[قديم وسٽيريا عجائب گهر]]، [[چانگجو]]، [[چين]]
File:Lateral door church Theotokos Gorgoepikoos Athens, Greece.jpg|[[بازنطيني فن تعمير|بازنطيني]] دروازو، [[ننڍي ميٽروپولس]]، [[اٿينس]]، [[يونان]]
File:Door in Morocco, 2010.jpg|[[اسلامي فن تعمير|اسلامي]] طرز جو دروازو، [[اسلامي هندسي نمونا]] سان سينگاريل، [[مراڪش]]
File:'Berfrestone' (DB) door and tympanum arch St Nicholas Church Barfrestone Kent England 1.jpg|[[رومانسڪ فن تعمير|رومانسڪ]] طرز جو دروازو، [[سينٽ نڪولس گرجاگهر]]، [[بارفريسٽون]]، [[ڪينٽ]]، [[انگلينڊ]]
File:Doorway detail, St Magnus Cathedral, Kirkwall, Orkney.jpg|[[گوٿڪ فن تعمير|گوٿڪ]] دروازو، [[سينٽ ميگنس گرجاگهر]]، [[ڪرڪوال]]، [[اسڪاٽلينڊ]]
File:Iconography - Saint Basil's Cathedral (19970306871).jpg|[[روسي فن تعمير|روسي]] دروازو، [[سينٽ بيسل گرجاگهر]]، [[ماسڪو]]
File:The entrance of the Antim Monastery Church.jpg|[[برانڪووينيسڪ طرز]] جو دروازو، [[انتيم خانقاه]]، [[بخاريسٽ]]، [[رومانيا]]، جنهن جي مٿان [[پسانيه]] لکيل آهي
File:Gdańsk (158).JPG|[[نشاة ثانيه فن تعمير|نشاة ثانيه]] طرز جو دروازو، [[گدانسڪ]]، [[پولينڊ]]
File:Chateau de Versailles Vestibule Haut 11 (lighter and fixed angles).jpg|[[باروڪ]] طرز جو دروازو، [[ورسائي محل]]، [[ورسائي]]، [[فرانس]]
File:Porte rue Monsieur-le-Prince Paris.jpg|[[روڪوڪو]] طرز جو دروازو، رو مونسيو لي پرنس، [[پيرس]]
File:P1210063 Paris III rue des Francs-Bourgeois n26 rwk.jpg|[[لوئي سورهون طرز]] جو دروازو، [[هوٽل مورتيي دي ساندرويل]]، رو دي فران بورجوا، [[پيرس]]
File:Pierre Rousseau - Double-Leaf Doors - 1942.2.12 - Cleveland Museum of Art.tif|[[نوڪلاسيڪي فن تعمير|نوڪلاسيڪي]] رنگيل ٻٽو دروازو (1790ع واري ڏهاڪي)، [[پيئر روسو]]، [[ڪليولينڊ آرٽ ميوزيم]]، [[آمريڪا]]
File:Brooklyn Museum 1994.92 Door with Lock (2).jpg|[[اولهه آفريڪا|اولهه آفريڪي]] تالي وارو ڪاٺ ۽ لوهه جو دروازو، اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر يا ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات، [[برڪينا فاسو]]، [[بروڪلن ميوزيم]]، [[نيويارڪ شهر]]
File:Zespół klasztoru Gandan (39).jpg|[[گاندانتيگچنلين خانقاه]]، [[منگوليا]] جو سينگاريل دروازو
File:P1250574 Paris V rue Malebranche n3 porte gothique bis encours.jpg|[[گوٿڪ احيا فن تعمير|گوٿڪ احيا]] طرز جو دروازو، رو مالبرانش، [[پيرس]]
File:Egyptian Revival mausoleum, Forest Home Cemetery.jpg|[[مصري احيا فن تعمير|مصري احيا]] طرز جي مقبري جو دروازو، فاريسٽ هوم قبرستان، [[وسڪانسن]]، [[آمريڪا]]
File:Armoiries de lIrlande à lambassade dIrlande à Paris.jpg|[[روڪوڪو احيا]] طرز جو دروازو، [[هوٽل دي بريتوي]]، [[پيرس]]
File:3-5, Strada Icoanei, Bucharest (Romania) 1.jpg|[[رومانوي احيا فن تعمير|رومانوي احيا]] طرز جو دروازو، [[شڪوالا سينٽرالا نيشنل ڪاليج]]، [[بخاريسٽ]]
File:Paris Porte cochère rue La Bruyère 2012.jpg|اوڻيهين صديءَ جو [[انتخابي فن تعمير|انتخابي]] ڪلاسيڪي طرز جو دروازو، رو لا بروئير، [[پيرس]]
File:Entrance of the George Enescu Museum.jpg|[[بيو آرٽس فن تعمير|بيو آرٽس]] طرز جو دروازو، [[ڪانتاڪوزينو محل]]، [[بخاريسٽ]]
File:Porte et marquise CCI Nancy.jpg|[[آرٽ نووو]] ڌاتو ۽ شيشي جو دروازو، [[نانسي]]، [[فرانس]]، مٿان وڏي شفاف [[ڇڄ]] سان
File:49-53, Calea Victoriei, Bucharest (Romania) 10.jpg|[[سادو ڪلاسيڪي فن تعمير|سادو ڪلاسيڪي]] طرز جو دروازو، [[بخاريسٽ شاهي محل]]، جيڪو هاڻي [[رومانيا جو قومي عجائب گهر براءِ فنون]] آهي
File:La Maison Bleue, porte d'entrée - Angers - 20110119.jpg|[[آرٽ ڊيڪو]] طرز جو دروازو، [[انجيه]]، [[فرانس]]
File:Fischerkirche (main door), Born a. Darß.jpg|ڪاٺ جو گرجاگهر جو دروازو، [[بورن آف ڊارس]]، [[جرمني]]
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== بناوت ۽ طرزون ==
[[فائل:Florença - Portões do Paraíso (146).jpg|thumb|upright|[[فلورنس بپتسما گهر]] جو دروازو، جنهن کي ''جنت جا دروازا'' چيو وڃي ٿو، 1425ع–1452ع، سونهري ڪانسي جو ٺهيل، اوچائي: 5.2 ميٽر]]
[[فائل:Kunsthistorisches Museum entrance.jpg|thumb|upright|[[ڪنسٽ هسٽوريشيز ميوزيم]] ([[ويانا]]، [[آسٽريا]]) جو داخلا دروازو]]

دروازن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جيڪي مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن:

* سڀ کان عام قسم '''هڪ تاڪي وارو دروازو''' آهي، جيڪو هڪ مضبوط تاڪي تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي ۽ پوري دروازي جي کليل حصي کي ڍڪي ڇڏيندو آهي. هن بنيادي جوڙجڪ جون ڪيترائي صورتون آهن، جهڙوڪ '''ٻه تاڪي وارو دروازو''' يا '''ٻٽو دروازو'''.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=External Single Door, Fully Glazed Leaf {{!}} NBS {{!}} BIM Library |url=https://source.thenbs.com/en/product/external-single-door-fully-glazed-leaf/7dHSpVWugYzrD2KEV7Zn74/wCWU2QXh2M5kYY78qJaQAo |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=source.thenbs.com |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''اڌ دروازو''' يا '''[[ڊچ دروازو]]''' يا '''اصطبل وارو دروازو''' افقي رخ ۾ ٻن حصن ۾ ورهايل هوندو آهي. هن قسم جو دروازو رهائشي گهرن ۾ به اختيار ڪيو ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Ray |first=Emily |date=2025-07-14 |title=Here's Why A Dutch Door Makes An Entryway More Beautiful &amp; Functional |url=https://www.housedigest.com/1908450/dutch-door-entryway-benefits/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=House Digest |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''[[سيلون]] جا دروازا''' هلڪا جهولندڙ ٻن تاڪن وارا دروازا هوندا آهن، جيڪي عام طور عوامي شراب خانن ۾ ملندا آهن ۽ خاص طور آمريڪي اولهه سان لاڳاپيل سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Martin |first=Hannah |date=2022-09-01 |title=Are Saloon Doors About to Have a Moment? |url=https://www.architecturaldigest.com/story/are-saloon-doors-about-to-have-a-moment |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Architectural Digest |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Hart |first=Morgan |date=2025-04-21 |title=Giddy Up: Western-Themed Bars in Utah • Salt Lake Magazine |url=https://saltlakemagazine.com/western-bars-utah/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Salt Lake Magazine |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''لڪل دروازو''' (انگريزي:بلائينڊ ڊور، گب ڊور يا جب ڊور) اهڙو دروازو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ٻاهران ڪا به چؤڪاٺ، هينڊل يا هلندڙ حصو ظاهر نه هوندو آهي. اهو ڀر واري ڀت سان اهڙي نموني ملي ويندو آهي، جو ڀت جو حصو ئي محسوس ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Nicholson |first=Peter |title=The New and Improved Practical Builder |location=London |publisher=Thomas Kelly|date=1841 |pages=97–98}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''فرانسيسي دروازو''' ساڳي نموني اندر يا ٻاهر کلي ٿو جيئن '''[[فرانسيسي دريون]]'''. اهو پاسي کان انجيسن تي لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ وچ ۾ ڪا عمودي ورهاست نه هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=2024-06-13 |title=What Are French Windows and Doors? |url=https://www.lomaxwood.co.uk/news/what-are-french-windows-and-doors/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Lomax &amp; Wood |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''[[جهروڪيدار دروازو]]''' ۾ ڪاٺ جون مقرر يا هلندڙ پٽيون (جن کي [[جهروڪي]] پڻ چيو وڃي ٿو) لڳل هونديون آهن، جيڪي هوا جي اچ وڃ کي ممڪن بڻائينديون آهن، پر اندر جي نجي ماحول کي برقرار رکندي روشنيءَ جي سڌي گذر کي روڪينديون آهن. اهڙا دروازا نسبتاً ڪمزور هوندا آهن، تنهن ڪري گهڻو ڪري [[ڪپڙن جي الماري|المارين]] ۽ ڪپڙا سڪائڻ وارن ڪمرن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي حفاظت کان وڌيڪ هوا جي اچ وڃ اهم هوندي آهي. ساڳئي قسم جي جوڙجڪ [[دريءَ جا پردا]] ٺاهڻ لاءِ به استعمال ٿيندي آهي. 1929ع ۾ [[سيگيٽ]]، [[فلوريڊا]] ۾ گوينڊولين ۽ پاول ڪراسلي جي تعمير ڪرايل گهر ۾ ٻه جهروڪيدار دروازا لڳايا ويا، جيڪي هوا جي مناسب گردش سان گڏ اهڙي نجيت فراهم ڪندا هئا، جو ڪنهن به رخ کان اندر ڏسڻ ممڪن نه هوندو هو.

* '''مرڪب دروازو''' هڪ تاڪي وارو دروازو هوندو آهي، جيڪو مڪمل مضبوط يا شيشي سان ٺهيل ٿي سگهي ٿو ۽ عام طور تي اندر اعليٰ ڪثافت واري فوم سان ڀريل هوندو آهي. برطانيا ۾ اهڙن دروازن کي عام طور BS PAS 23/24 معيار موجب تصديق ٿيل هوندو آهي ۽ ''سڪيوئرڊ باء ڊزائين'' جي حفاظتي معيارن سان مطابقت رکندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://thecrimepreventionwebsite.com/pas-242012-enhanced-security-doorsets/573/what-does-certificated-to-pas-24-actually-mean/|title=What does 'certificated' to PAS 24 actually mean?|work=thecrimepreventionwebsite.com|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140125223650/http://thecrimepreventionwebsite.com/pas-242012-enhanced-security-doorsets/573/what-does-certificated-to-pas-24-actually-mean|archive-date=2014-01-25}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Doors and Locks |url=https://www.securedbydesign.com/guidance/standards-explained#doors-and-locks |website=Secured by Design |publisher=Police Crime Prevention Initiative |access-date=29 October 2019}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''فولادي حفاظتي دروازو''' مضبوط فولاد مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ گهڻو ڪري [[بئنڪ خزانو|خزانن]] ۽ [[محفوظ ڪمرو|محفوظ ڪمرن]] ۾ حملي جي مزاحمت لاءِ لڳايو ويندو آهي. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن انهن جي ٻاهرين سطح تي ڪاٺ جا پينل پڻ لڳايا ويندا آهن ته جيئن عام دروازن جهڙا نظر اچن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://henleyssecuritydoors.co.uk/|title=Henleys Security Doors|website=Henleys Security Doors|access-date=25 May 2016|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160530035319/http://henleyssecuritydoors.co.uk/|archive-date=30 May 2016}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''هموار دروازو''' مڪمل طور تي سڌي ۽ هموار سطح وارو هوندو آهي. ان ۾ هلڪي ڪاٺ جي فريم تي [[پلائيووڊ]] يا [[وچولي ڪثافت وارو فائبر بورڊ]] لڳايو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته اندر جا خالي حصا گهڻو ڪري گتي جي مواد سان ڀريا ويندا آهن. ٻاهرين سطح سخت فائبر بورڊ مان پڻ ٺهي سگهي ٿي، جنهن جو مشهور نالو [[ميسونائيٽ]] آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Masonite International Corporation |url=https://visitjones.com/historic_locations/masonite-international-corporation/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Visit Laurel &amp; Jones County |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''ڍانچي وارو دروازو''' جو اندروني ڍانچو هموار دروازي جهڙو هوندو آهي، پر ان جي ٻاهرئين سطح ٺهيل نمونيدار MDF يا [[ميسونائيٽ]] مان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=2020-06-17 |title=What Should I Go For- Veneered Doors vs Moulded Doors |url=https://www.articlecube.com/what-should-i-go-veneered-doors-vs-moulded-doors |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=ArticleCube |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''تختن ۽ آڏين پٽين وارو دروازو''' ڪيترن عمودي تختن مان ٺهندو آهي، جيڪي ٻن يا وڌيڪ افقي ڪاٺين سان ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن مضبوطي لاءِ ترڇيون ڪاٺيون پڻ لڳايون وينديون آهن.

* '''[[پيادل دروازو]]''' وڏي دروازي جي اندر ٺهيل ننڍو دروازو هوندو آهي، جيڪو وڏي دروازي کي کولڻ کان سواءِ ماڻهن جي اچ وڃ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا دروازا وڏن گرجاگهرن، گيراجن يا جهازن جي هينگرن ۾ ڏسي سگهجن ٿا.

* '''ٻٽو ويڙهيندڙ دروازو''' ڪيترن حصن تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي، جيڪي ويڙهجي هڪ ٻئي سان لڳي ويندا آهن. اهي گهڻو ڪري ڪاٺ يا ايلومينيم مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن ۽ مڪمل کلي وڃڻ تي ڪمري جي ورهاڱي وانگر نظر ايندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.thedoorzone.co.uk/|title=Front Doors, Garage Doors Insights from The Door Zone|website=The Door Zone|language=en-GB|access-date=2017-05-11|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170507074631/http://www.thedoorzone.co.uk/|archive-date=2017-05-07}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=CPD 07 2025: Mastering sliding and bi-fold doors |url=https://www.housingtoday.co.uk/cpd/cpd-07-2025-mastering-sliding-and-bi-fold-doors/5136701.article |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Housing Today |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''[[سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ شيشي جو دروازو]]'''، جنهن کي ڪڏهن آرڪيڊيا يا پيٽيو دروازو پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، [[شيشو|شيشي]] مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي ۽ پاسي ڏانهن سرڪي کلي ٿو. ڪيترن قسمن ۾ ڄاري پڻ لڳل هوندي آهي.

* '''ڪوڙو دروازو''' اهڙي آرائشي بناوت هوندي آهي، جيڪا ظاهري طرح دروازي يا دريءَ جهڙي لڳندي آهي، پر حقيقت ۾ کلي نه سگهندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Digital Giza {{!}} Frequently Asked Questions |url=http://giza.fas.harvard.edu/faq/ |access-date=2025-10-15 |website=giza.fas.harvard.edu}}&lt;/ref&gt; [[قديم مصري فن تعمير]] ۾ اهو مقبرن جو عام جزو هو، جتي اهو آخرت ڏانهن ويندڙ دروازي جي علامت سمجهيو ويندو هو. اهڙي قسم جا ڪوڙا دروازا ريگستاني قبيلن جي تدفيني اڏاوتن، جهڙوڪ [[لبيا]] جي غرزا ۾ پڻ ملن ٿا.

== قسم ==

دروازن کي سندن جوڙجڪ، استعمال ۽ کلڻ جي طريقي موجب مختلف قسمن ۾ ورهايو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book
|last=انصاري
|first=ضياءُ الدين
|title=عمارت سازي
|publisher=سنڌي ادبي بورڊ
|location=ڄامشورو
|year=1990
}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== جوڙجڪ موجب قسم ===

* '''پٽين وارا دروازا''' (Ledged doors): هي سادا دروازا عمودي ڪاٺين جي پٽين (بيٽن) ۽ افقي ٽيڪن (ليجز) سان ٺهندا آهن. انهن جو استعمال گهڻو ڪري ٻهراڙي وارن علائقن ۽ عارضي عمارتن ۾ ٿيندو آهي.

* '''پٽين ۽ وترين ٽيڪن وارا دروازا''' (Ledged and braced doors): هن قسم ۾ افقي ٽيڪن سان گڏ وتريون ٽيڪون پڻ لڳايون وينديون آهن، جيڪي دروازي کي وڌيڪ مضبوطي ۽ استحڪام فراهم ڪنديون آهن.

* '''چوڪاٺ ۽ پٽين وارا دروازا''' (Ledged and framed doors): انهن ۾ پٽين سان گڏ چوڪاٺ به شامل هوندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازي جي مضبوطي ۽ خوبصورتي وڌي ويندي آهي.

* '''چوڪاٺ، پٽين ۽ وترين ٽيڪن وارا دروازا''' (Ledged, framed and braced doors): هي اڳئين قسم جو وڌيڪ مضبوط نمونو آهي، جيڪو گهڻو ڪري ٻاهرين استعمال لاءِ مناسب هوندو آهي.

* '''چوڪاٺ ۽ پينلن وارا دروازا''' (Framed and panelled doors): هي سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ دروازا آهن. چوڪاٺ جي اندر ڪاٺ يا ٻين مواد جا پينل لڳايا ويندا آهن، جن جون مختلف بناوتون ۽ ڊزائنون هونديون آهن.

* '''شيشي ۽ پينلن وارا دروازا''' (Glazed and panelled doors): انهن ۾ شيشي ۽ ڪاٺ جا پينل گڏيل نموني استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جنهن سان قدرتي روشني اندر داخل ٿيندي آهي. اهي آفيسن، اسپتالن، لائبريرين، دڪانن ۽ نمائشگاهن ۾ عام آهن.

* '''فلش دروازا''' (Flush doors): هنن جا ٻاهريان پاسا هموار هوندا آهن ۽ اندران مضبوط فريم يا سالڊ ڪور تي پلائيووڊ يا ساڳئي قسم جي چادر لڳل هوندي آهي. اهي هلڪا، پائيدار ۽ سنڀالڻ ۾ آسان هوندا آهن.

* '''ڄاريءَ وارا دروازا''' (Wire gauze doors): انهن ۾ ڌاتي ڄاري لڳل هوندي آهي، جيڪا هوا جي وهڪري کي برقرار رکندي آهي ۽ مڇرن، مکين ۽ ٻين جيتن جي داخلا روڪيندي آهي.

* '''لوور وارا دروازا''' (Louvered doors): انهن ۾ ترڇيون پٽيون لڳل هونديون آهن، جيڪي هوا جي گذر کي ممڪن بڻائينديون آهن، جڏهن ته رازداري پڻ برقرار رهندي آهي.

=== کلڻ جي طريقي موجب قسم ===

[[فائل:Types of doors.png|thumb|دروازن جي ڪم ڪندڙ طريقن جا بنيادي قسم]]

==== انجيسن وارا دروازا ====

گهڻا دروازا هڪ پاسي [[انجيس]] سان لڳل هوندا آهن، جنهن سبب اهي هڪ رخ ۾ ڦري کلندا آهن. عام طور ڦرڻ جو محور عمودي هوندو آهي، پر ڪن حالتن ۾، جهڙوڪ گيراج دروازن ۾، اهو افقي به ٿي سگهي ٿو.

* '''جهولندڙ دروازو''' (Swing door): خاص انجيسن سان لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪي ان کي اندر يا ٻاهر کلڻ ڏينديون آهن، ۽ اڪثر اسپرنگ ذريعي پاڻمرادو بند ٿي ويندو آهي.

* '''ٻنهي طرفن کلندڙ دروازو''' (Double-acting door): ٻنهي طرفن کلڻ جي صلاحيت رکي ٿو. اهڙا دروازا ريسٽورنٽن جي رڌڻ گهرن ۽ گهڻي آمدرفت وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

* '''باغيچو دروازو''' (Garden door): فرانسيسي دريءَ جهڙو هوندو آهي، پر وڌيڪ محفوظ هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ صرف هڪ تاڪ کلندو آهي.

* '''ڪنويڪشن دروازو''' (Convection door): فرش کان ڇت تائين اوچائي وارو اندريون دروازو، جيڪو گرم هوا جي گردش ۾ مددگار هوندو آهي.

==== سرڪندڙ دروازا ====

سرڪندڙ دروازا ريلن تي هڪ پاسي کان ٻئي پاسي سرڪي کلندا ۽ بند ٿيندا آهن، تنهنڪري جاءِ جي بچت ٿيندي آهي.

* '''اوورليپ سرڪندڙ دروازو''' (Bypass door): ٻه يا وڌيڪ تاڪ هڪ ٻئي جي اڳيان پٺيان سرڪندا آهن ۽ گهڻو ڪري المارين ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

* '''[[پاڪيٽ دروازو]]''' (Pocket door): ڀت جي اندر ٺهيل خالي جاءِ ۾ سرڪي ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري تنگ جڳهن لاءِ موزون هوندو آهي.

* '''سرڪندڙ شيشي جو دروازو''' (Sliding glass door): گهرن، هوٽلن ۽ واپاري عمارتن ۾، خاص طور صحن يا باغ ڏانهن داخلا لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

==== ڦرندڙ دروازا ====

* '''[[ڦرندڙ دروازو]]''' (Revolving door): مرڪزي محور جي چوڌاري ڦرندڙ ڪيترن تاڪن تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ٻنهي طرفن کان اچ وڃ کي آسان بڻائيندو آهي.

* '''مرڪزي محور وارو دروازو''' (Pivot door): انجيسن بدران مرڪزي محور تي لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪناري يا وچ تي ٿي سگهي ٿو.

==== تيز رفتار دروازا ====

'''[[تيز رفتار دروازو]]''' (High-speed door) صنعتي استعمال لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. اهو تمام تيزيءَ سان کلندو ۽ بند ٿيندو آهي ۽ ڪارخانن، صفائي وارن ڪمرن ۽ ٿڌ خانن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

==== خودڪار دروازا ====

'''[[خودڪار دروازو]]''' بجلي، چشمي يا ٻنهي جي مدد سان پاڻمرادو کلندو ۽ بند ٿيندو آهي. اهي حساس اوزارن، حرڪت معلوم ڪندڙ نظام، ريموٽ ڪنٽرول يا هٿ سان هلندڙ سوئچ ذريعي ڪم ڪندا آهن. جديد خودڪار دروازن ۾ حفاظتي حساس اوزار پڻ لڳل هوندا آهن، جيڪي ماڻهن يا شين سان ٽڪرائجڻ کان بچائيندا آهن.

==== ٻيا قسم ====

* '''مٿي کڄندڙ دروازو''' (Up-and-over door): گهڻو ڪري گيراجن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي ۽ مٿي کڄي افقي حالت ۾ بيهي رهندو آهي.

* '''[[ٽيمبور دروازو]]''' (Tambour door): سنهين افقي پٽين مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ريلن تي مٿي ۽ هيٺ ٿيندو آهي.

* '''ويڙهندڙ دروازو''' (Rolling door): فولادي پٽين مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڊرم تي ويڙهجي کلندو ۽ بند ٿيندو آهي. گيراجن، گودامن ۽ دڪانن ۾ عام آهي.

* '''ڳتجندڙ دروازو''' (Collapsible door): فولادي پٽن ۽ ڪينچي جهڙي جوڙجڪ تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي، جيڪو پاسن ڏانهن ويڙهجي کلندو ۽ بند ٿيندو آهي. مارڪيٽن، گيراجن ۽ وڏين داخلي جڳهن تي استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

==تاريخ==
[[فائل:old door.jpg|380px|thumb|ايران جي شھر ڪاشان ۾ ھڪ دروازو]]

قديم تاريخي دروازن ۾  سليمان جي ھيڪل (Temple of Solomon) قابل ذڪر آھي جيڪو زيتون جي ڪاٺيءَ جو ٺھيل ھيو.قديم مصر ۾ به ھڪ يا ٻن ڪلاڪن جي دروازن جو استعمال ٿيندو ھو. قديم آثارن جي ماھرن سوئيٽزرلينڊ مان پنج ھزار سال پراڻو دروازو دريافت ڪيو آھي.&lt;ref&gt;[http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/ Swiss archaeologists find 5000-year-old door] {{webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101108222716/http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/ |date=2010-11-08 }}&lt;/ref&gt; پراڻي دور ۾ مذھبي عبادت گاھن جي دروازن تي سون ۽ چانديءَ جي دروازن لڳائڻ جو پڻ تائين تاريخ ۾ ذڪر ملي ٿو.

[[فائل:stone door.jpg|left|380px|thumb|
 انڊيا جي ھئمپيء ۾ پٿر جو دروازو]]
[[فائل:Door-Post Socket (4690606141).jpg|380px|thumb| پرسيپولس جو وڏي دروازي جو لنگھ]]
 
 [[فائل:Plaster cast of folding doors, Pompeii.jpg|380px|thumb|قديم روم جو پومپي شھر جو پھرين صدي عيسويءَ جو تھبند (Folding) دروازو]]

==دروازي جي ڪم ڪرڻ جو طريقو==

[[فائل:Types of doors.png|thumb|دروازي جي ڪم ڪرڻ جو مشيني طريقو]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>6ixnizu87bk5e2rw0cnaili576nxhat</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401149</id>
      <parentid>401148</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T11:04:44Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401149</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="54015" sha1="q5jadgj1w4mhl2cb59n0sgdkmgirchf" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|داخل ٿيڻ ۽ ٻاهر نڪرڻ لاءِ حرڪت ڪندڙ رڪاوٽ}}

[[File:L-door.png|thumb|در جو خاڪو]]

'''در''' يا '''دروازو''' هڪ [[قبضو|قبضن]] تي لڳل يا ٻيءَ ڪنهن طريقي سان حرڪت ڪندڙ رڪاوٽ هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪنهن بند جاءِ ۾ داخل ٿيڻ (ورود) ۽ ٻاهر نڪرڻ (خروج) جي سهولت فراهم ڪري ٿو. ڀت ۾ در لاءِ ٺهيل کليل حصي کي '''درگاهه''' يا '''دروازي جو کليل حصو''' چيو ويندو آهي. در جو بنيادي مقصد رسائيءَ تي ضابطو رکندي [[سيڪيورٽي]] فراهم ڪرڻ آهي. عام طور تي اهو اهڙو پٽ يا تختو هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[عمارت]]، [[ڪمرو|ڪمري]] يا [[گاڏي]] جي دروازي جي کليل حصي ۾ فِٽ ڪيو ويندو آهي. در مختلف مواد مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن جو انتخاب انهن جي استعمال ۽ مقصد مطابق ڪيو ويندو آهي. اڪثر در [[قبضو|قبضن]] ذريعي لڳايا ويندا آهن، پر ڪي سلائيڊ ٿيڻ، فولڊ ٿيڻ يا ٻين حرڪتي طريقن سان به ڪم ڪندا آهن.

در مختلف طريقن سان کلي ۽ بند ٿي سگهن ٿا، جهڙوڪ قبضي تي ڦرڻ، فريم سان متوازي سلائيڊ ٿيڻ، فولڊ ٿيڻ يا مرڪزي محور تي ڦرڻ. انهن جو مقصد ماڻهن يا شين جي داخلا ۽ اخراج کي آسان يا محدود ڪرڻ هوندو آهي. گهڻن درن ۾ اندروني ۽ ٻاهرين پاسي جي بناوت هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي، پر ڪجهه حالتن ۾، جهڙوڪ [[گاڏي]] جي درن ۾، ٻنهي پاسن جي جوڙجڪ مختلف هوندي آهي.

گهڻن درن ۾ [[تالو]] لڳائڻ جو انتظام هوندو آهي، جنهن ذريعي صرف مجاز ماڻهو، مثال طور [[چاٻي]] استعمال ڪري، در کولي سگهندا آهن. درن تي اڪثر کڙڪائڻ لاءِ ڌاتوءَ جا [[کڙڪائندڙ (اوزار)|کڙڪائندڙ]]  (ڊور ناڪرس) يا [[در جي گهنٽي]] پڻ لڳل هوندي آهي، ته جيئن ٻاهران بيٺل ماڻهو پنهنجي موجودگيءَ جو اطلاع ڏئي سگهن. رسائي فراهم ڪرڻ کان علاوه، در خانگي زندگي (پرائيويسي) جي حفاظت، مختلف استعمال وارن حصن کي الڳ رکڻ، [[روشني]] ۽ [[هوا جي اچ وڃ]] کي ضابطو ڪرڻ، گرمي يا ٿڌ کي برقرار رکڻ، آواز کي گهٽائڻ ۽ [[باهه]] جي پکڙجڻ کي روڪڻ جهڙا اهم ڪم پڻ سرانجام ڏيندا آهن.

در صرف تعميراتي عنصر نه، پر جمالياتي، علامتي ۽ رسمن سان لاڳاپيل اهميت پڻ رکن ٿا. ڪيترين ثقافتن ۾ در جي چاٻي حاصل ڪرڻ ٻاهرئين ماڻهو کان اندروني يا بااختيار حيثيت حاصل ڪرڻ جي علامت سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڏسو، مثال طور، [[بليڪ راڊ|بليڪ راڊ جو معزز اشر]] جون درباني ذميواريون.&lt;/ref&gt; [[ادب]] ۽ [[فن]] ۾ پڻ در ۽ درگاهون تبديلي، نئين مرحلي ۾ داخل ٿيڻ يا علامتي معنيٰ جي اظهار لاءِ استعارن ۽ تمثيلن طور گهڻو استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

'''دروازو'''- انگريزي ۾: ڊور يا گيٽ . اردوءَ ۾ دروازہ:جديد دور جي عمارتن ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڪاٺ جا دروازا استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا. تاڪن جي حساب سان اھي ھڪ تاڪ وارا   ۽ ٻن تاڪن وارا ٿين ٿا..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر: سنڌي ادبي بورڊ،ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;
[[فائل:Door in Georgia.jpg|380px|thumb|جارجيا ملڪ جو دروازو]]
جاءِ اندر مختلف قسم جي ڪمرن ۾ استعمال جي نوعيت مطابق انھن جي ماپ جو تعين ڪيو وڃي ٿو. اھي اھڙي ماپ جا ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن انھن ڪمرن ۾ گھربل سامان آسانيءَ سان لنگھي سگھي. عام طرح سان غسلخانن ۽ بيت الخلاءِ اندر داخل ٿيڻ لاءِ دروازن جي ماپ 6′-4″x2′-6″  رکجي تھ بھتر آھي. ٻين ڪمرن لاءِ دروازن جي سراسري ماپ 7′-0″x3′-8″ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ ڪوشش ڪري 6′-4″x3′-0″ کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي. بھرحال دروازن جي ماپ واسطي ڪنھن بھ قسم جو پڪو پختو قائدو مڙھيل نھ آھي. ڪچيءَ طرح ۽ اندازي جي حساب سان ھيٺئين فارمولا سان دروازن جي ماپ جو تعين ڪري سگھجي ٿو.
ويڪر =(ويڪر)  اوچائي 4-(اوچائي)  فوٽ 
ڪمرن اندر دروازا ڪنڊ کان اٽڪل 6 انچن کان 9 انچن تائين پري رکجن تھ بھتر آھي، ليڪن انھن جي لڳائڻ لاءِ جديد طرز جي عمارت جي علم کي ذھن ۾ رکڻ وڌيڪ سٺو آھي.
اڄڪلھ دروازن جي چؤڪاٺن ۾ چائنٺ (سل)  نھ لڳائي ويندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ انھيءَ جي لڳائڻ سان ھڪ تھ ٿاٻي کائڻ جو تمام گھڻو انديشو رھي ٿو ۽ ٻيو تھ صفائي ڪرڻ ۾ دقت ٿئي ٿي، ليڪن ايئرڪنڊيشنڊ ڪمرن لاءِ چائنٺ لڳائڻ تمام ضروري آھي تھ جيئن تاڪن ھيٺان وٿي نہ رھي. وڏن شھرن ۾ آر-سي-سيءَ جي بوتي وارين عمارتن ۾ 4 ½ انچن جي اوساريءَ وارين ڀتين ۾ ڀت جي پوري ٿولھھ تائين ويڪرا چؤڪاٺا استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا. عام رواجي ۽ سرڪاري عمارتن ۾ چؤڪاٺن لاءِ 0′-4″x0′-3″ جي سائيز جون ڪاٺ جون پٽيون گھڙايون وينديون آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

[[فائل:Knocking at front door of The National Archives Building - 01.jpg|380px|thumb|واشنگٽن ۾ نيشنل آرڪائيوز بلڊنگ جو دروازو]]
دروازو ھڪ حرڪت وارو ڍانچو آهي جنھن ذريعي ڪنھن چوديواريءَ يا گاڏي وغيره ۾ ڪنھن جي داخلا يا روڪ کي ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪبو آهي. عام طور تي ان جو ھڪ يا ٻه [[تاڪ]] ھوندا آھن جيڪي درين يا بغير درين جي ھوندا آھن. تاڪ چاھي ھڪڙو ھجي يا ٻہ ،  [[ڇوڪاٺو|چوڪاٺي]] يا [[چونڪو|چونڪي]] سان [[انجيس|انجيسن]] جي مدد سان ڳنڍيل ھوندو/ھوندا آھن ۽ انھن کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪڙو يا ڪنڍو لڳائي استعمال ڪيو آھي جنھن ۾ تالو لڳائبو آهي. اھي ھوا ۽ روشنيءَ جي ضابطي لاءِ بہ استعمال ٿيندا آھن.
جاءِ اندر داخل ٿيڻ ۽ انھيءَ جي مختلف اندرين حصن جو پاڻ ۾ رابطو رکڻ لاءِ دروازا لڳايا ويندا آھن. موسم آھر انھن کي کولي رکڻ سان جاءِ اندر روشني وڌندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھوا جو گذر پڻ سٺيءَ طرح سان ٿيندو آھي. انھيءَ سان گڏ دروازن لڳائڻ سبب چوريءَ ٿيڻ جو انديشو گھٽ رھندو آھي ۽ گھر ۾ رھندڙ ڀاتين جي پوشيدگي (پرائيويسي)  رھندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== تاريخ ==
&lt;!-- هن حصي ۾ 1911ع جي ''Encyclopædia Britannica'' جي &quot;Door&quot; واري مقالي مان ورتل متن شامل آهي. --&gt;

قديم ترين دروازن جا ثبوت [[قديم مصر]] جي مقبرن جي ڀتين تي ٺهيل تصويرن مان ملن ٿا، جن ۾ هڪ يا ٻه تاڪن وارا دروازا ڏيکاريل آهن، جيڪي عام طور ڪاٺ جي هڪڙي ٽڪري مان ٺهيل هوندا هئا. مصري مقبرن ۾ ''ڪوڙا دروازا'' (فالس ڊورز) پڻ ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جن بابت عقيدو هو ته اهي فوت ٿيل ماڻهن جي آخرت ڏانهن وڃڻ جا علامتي دروازا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Weiss |first=Daniel |date=2022 |title=Features - Magical Mystery Door - Archaeology Magazine - November/December 2022 |url=https://archaeology.org/issues/november-december-2022/features/egypt-stela-false-door/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Archaeology Magazine |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

مصر جي انتهائي خشڪ آبهوا سبب دروازن کي وڪڙجڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ چوڪاٺن جي گهڻي ضرورت نه پوندي هئي، پر ٻين علائقن ۾ دروازن کي مضبوط رکڻ لاءِ چوڪاٺن وارو ڍانچو تيار ڪيو ويندو هو. رومي معمار ويتروويوس موجب اهڙن دروازن ۾ عمودي پٽيون (Stiles) ۽ افقي پٽيون (Rails) هونديون هيون، جڏهن ته وچ وارا پينل انهن جي نالن ۾ فٽ ڪيا ويندا هئا. عمودي پٽين مان هڪ قبضن سان ڳنڍيل ''هينگنگ اسٽائل'' ۽ ٻي ''ميٽنگ اسٽائل'' سڏبي هئي، جڏهن ته افقي حصن ۾ مٿيون، وچيون ۽ هيٺيون ريل شامل هونديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Marcus Vitruvius Pollio |url=https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Vitruvius/4*.html |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=University of Chicago}}&lt;/ref&gt;

قديم ترين دروازا ڪاٺ جا هوندا هئا. [[بائيبل]] ۾ [[حضرت سليمان]] جي مندر بابت بيان ٿيل آهي ته ان جا دروازا زيتون جي ڪاٺ مان ٺهيل، نفيس نقش نگاري سان سينگاريل ۽ سون سان مڙهيل هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Bible Project: Book of 1 Kings 6 - New American Standard Bible |url=https://www.bibleproject.com/bible/nasb/1-kings/6 |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=BibleProject |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; [[هومر]] جي تحريرن مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ان دور ۾ ڪي دروازا چاندي يا پتل سان ڍڪيل هوندا هئا. زيتون کان علاوه ايلم، ديودار، بلوط ۽ سرو جي ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ٿيندي هئي. آثار قديمه جي ماهرن سوئٽزرلينڊ جي شهر [[زيورخ]] ڀرسان پنج هزار سال پراڻا ٻه ڪاٺ جا دروازا پڻ دريافت ڪيا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://archive.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101108222716/http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/|url-status=dead|title=Swiss archaeologists find 5,000-year-old door|first=Frank|last=Jordans|date=October 20, 2010|archive-date=November 8, 2010|via=The Boston Globe}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://blog.nationalmuseum.ch/en/2019/01/close-the-door/|title=Close the door!|first=Samuel van|last=Willigen|date=January 17, 2019|website=Swiss National Museum - Swiss history blog}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{multiple image
| align=
| total_width=550
| direction=horizontal
| footer=
| image1=stone door.jpg
| caption1=هيمپي (ڀارت) ۾ پٿر جو دروازو
| image2=Door-Post Socket (4690606141).jpg
| caption2=پرسيپولس (هاڻوڪو [[ايران]]) مان دريافت ٿيل وڏي دروازي جو بنيادي ساکٽ
}}

قديم دور جا دروازا مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ لڳل محورن (Pintles) وسيلي ڦرندا هئا، جيڪي مٿئين ڪڙي (Lintel) ۽ هيٺئين چائنٺ (Sill) ۾ ٺهيل ساکٽن اندر ويهندا هئا. اهي ساکٽ گهڻو ڪري بازالٽ يا گرينائيٽ جهڙي سخت پٿر مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا. [[نپپور]] مان 2000 ق.م. جا دريافت ٿيل اهڙا ساکٽ ڊوليرائيٽ پٿر جا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=The Museum Journal {{!}} Two Door Sockets of the Kings of Ur |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/journal/1211/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=The Museum Journal |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[بلاوات]] جي دروازن جا محور ڪانسي سان ڍڪيل هئا، جيڪي اڄ [[برٽش ميوزيم]] ۾ محفوظ آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Assyrian sculpture and Balawat Gates |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/galleries/assyrian-sculpture-and-balawat-gates |access-date=2025-04-05 |website=British Museum}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهي ٻه تاڪن وارا دروازا هئا، جن مان هر تاڪ لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|2.54|m|in|abbr=on}} ويڪرو ۽ {{convert|8.2|m|ft|abbr=on}} اوچو هو. انهن کي {{convert|25.4|cm|in|abbr=on}} ويڪريون ڪانسي جون پٽيون لڳل هيون، جن تي ابھريل نقاشي ڪئي وئي هئي. ڪاٺ جا دروازا لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|7.62|cm|in|abbr=on}} ٿلها هئا، جڏهن ته قبضي واري عمودي پٽي جو قطر {{convert|360|mm|in}} کان وڌيڪ هو. مختلف ماپن جي ٻين ڪانسي جي ڍڪڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ڪاٺ جي محورن کي ڌاتو سان محفوظ ڪرڻ ان دور ۾ عام رواج هو.

شام جي [[حوران]] علائقي ۾، جتي ڪاٺ جي کوٽ هئي، اتي دروازا پٿر مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/W_1864-0301-1 |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=British Museum}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن مان {{convert|1.63|by|0.79|m|in|abbr=on}} ماپ وارو هڪ پٿريلو دروازو [[برٽش ميوزيم]] ۾ محفوظ آهي، جنهن جي وچ واري ڪنڊ مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته اهو ٻه تاڪي دروازي جو هڪ حصو هو. شام جي شهر بُصرى ويجهو ڪُفَير ۾ سياح برڪهارٽ کي {{convert|2.74|to|3.048|m|ft|abbr=on}} اوچا پٿريلا دروازا مليا، جيڪي قديم شهر جي داخلي دروازن طور استعمال ٿيندا هئا. [[ايٽروريا]] ۾ پڻ پٿر جي دروازن جا ڪيترائي مثال ملن ٿا.

[[File:Plaster cast of folding doors, Pompeii.jpg|thumb|left|upright|[[پومپيئي]] ۾ پهرين صدي عيسويءَ جا [[قديم روم]] جا فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازا، جيڪي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي نوڪلاسيڪي دروازن سان مشابهت رکن ٿا.]]

قديم [[يونان]] ۽ [[قديم روم]] ۾ هڪ تاڪي، ٻه تاڪي، ٽي تاڪي، سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ ۽ فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازن جا تاڪ قبضن سان پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا ۽ کلي پوئتي ويڙهجي ويندا هئا. [[اگريجينٽم]] ۾ ٿيرون جي مقبري تي پٿر ۾ تراشيل هڪ چار پينلن وارو دروازو موجود آهي. [[بلنڊيل مجموعو|بلنڊيل مجموعي]] (Blundell) ۾ محفوظ هڪ بيس رليف تي مندر جو ٻه تاڪي دروازو ڏيکاريل آهي، جنهن جي هر تاڪ ۾ پنج پينل آهن.

قديم رومي ڌاتوڪاريءَ جا بهترين مثال روم جي [[چرچ آف ايس ايس ڪوزماس ۽ ڊيمين]] جا ڪانسي جا دروازا آهن. اهي ٻه تاڪي آهن، هر تاڪ ۾ ٻه پينل آهن ۽ سڄو چوڪاٺو پڻ ڪانسي جو ٺهيل آهي. [[پينٿيون, روم|پينٿيون]] جا ڪانسي جا دروازا به ساڳئي طرز جا آهن، جن ۾ مٿئين، وچئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ اضافي افقي پينل موجود آهن. رومي دور جا ٻه ٻيا اهم ڪانسي جا دروازا [[ليٽران بيسيليڪا]] ۾ موجود آهن.

يوناني عالم [[اسڪندريه جو ھيرون ]] پهرين صدي عيسويءَ ۾، جڏهن [[رومي مصر]] قائم هو، دنيا جو سڀ کان پراڻو سڃاتل خودڪار دروازو تيار ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;needham volume 4 part 2 162&quot;&gt;{{Cite book|editor-last=Needham |editor-first=Joseph |year=1986 |title=Science and Civilization in China: Mechanical Engineering |volume=IV:2 |publisher=Cambridge University Press |page=162 |orig-year=1965 |editor-last2=Wang |editor-first2=Ling |isbn=0-521-05803-1 |ol=7716140M}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ چين ۾ [[سئي خاندان جو شهنشاهه يانگ]] (604–618ع) جي دور حڪومت ۾ شاهي لائبريري لاءِ پيرن جي حرڪت سان کلندڙ خودڪار دروازو تيار ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;needham volume 4 part 2 162&quot; /&gt; عرب موجد [[الجزري]] پڻ پاڻيءَ جي طاقت سان هلندڙ خودڪار دروازن جا نقشا ۽ وضاحتون پيش ڪيون.&lt;ref&gt;Howard R. Turner (1997), ''Science in Medieval Islam: An Illustrated Introduction'', p. 181, [[University of Texas Press]], {{ISBN|0-292-78149-0}}.&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|journal=Archivio Italiano di Urologia e Andrologia |title=Primitive robotic procedures: Automotions for medical liquids in 12th century Asia minor|year=2014 |doi=10.4081/aiua.2014.4.300|last1=Penbegul |first1=Necmettin |last2=Atar |first2=Murat |last3=Kendirci |first3=Muammer |last4=Bozkurt |first4=Yasar |last5=Hatipoglu |first5=Namık Kemal |last6=Verit |first6=Ayhan |last7=Kadıoglu |first7=Ates |volume=86 |issue=4 |pages=300–303 |pmid=25641458 |doi-access=free }}&lt;/ref&gt;

وچئين دور ۾ [[ٽامو]] ۽ ان جون مصرعون تعميراتي فن ۾ اهم حيثيت رکنديون هيون. [[بيت لحم]] جي [[چرچ آف دي نيٽوٽي]] (ڇهين صدي) جا دروازا ڪانسي جي نقشدار پٽن سان ڍڪيل آهن. [[ھاگيا صوفيه]]، [[قسطنطنيه]] جا اٺين ۽ نائين صديءَ جا دروازا به ڪانسي جا آهن، جڏهن ته [[آڪس-لا-شاپيل]] جي گرجاگھر جا نائين صديءَ جا ڪانسي جا دروازا غالباً قسطنطنيه مان آندا ويا هئا، جيئن [[سينٽ مارڪس بيسيليڪا]]، وينس جا ڪجهه دروازا پڻ. جرمنيءَ جي آڪسن گرجاگھر جا ڪانسي جا دروازا لڳ ڀڳ 800ع جا آهن. [[فلورينس]] جي ڪئٿڊرل جي بپتسما گاهه جا ڪانسي جا دروازا 1423ع ۾ [[گيبرتي]] مڪمل ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;Architecture, European Copper Institute; {{cite web |url=http://eurocopper.org/copper/copper-architecture.html |title=Find out how useful copper is to design and architecture! |access-date=2012-09-12 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20121009005711/http://eurocopper.org/copper/copper-architecture.html |archive-date=2012-10-09 }}&lt;/ref&gt; {{crossreference|(ڏسو پڻ: [[Copper in architecture]].)}}

[[File:Tür, Villa Boscoreale.jpg|left|thumb|upright|پهرين صدي عيسويءَ جي [[قديم روم]] جي ڀت تي ٺهيل رنگين تصوير، جنهن ۾ نفيس سينگاريل دروازو ڏيکاريل آهي.]]

يارهين ۽ ٻارهين صديءَ جا ڪانسي جا ڪيترائي تاريخي دروازا اڄ به موجود آهن. انهن مان سڀ کان پراڻو جرمنيءَ جي [[هلڊسهايم]] وارو دروازو (1015ع) آهي. هلڊسهايم جي هن طرز بعد ۾ پولينڊ جي [[گنيزنو دروازن]] جي جوڙجڪ تي به اثر وڌو. ڏکڻ اٽلي ۽ سسلي جا ٻيا اهم مثال هي آهن: [[سينٽ اينڊريا، امالفي]] (1060ع)، [[ساليرنو]] (1099ع)، [[ڪانوسا دي پوليا]] (1111ع)، [[ٽروا]] جا ٻه دروازا (1119ع ۽ 1124ع)، [[راويلو]] (1179ع)، جيڪي ٽراني جي باريسانو ٺاهيا، جنهن [[ٽراني گرجاگھر]] جا دروازا پڻ تيار ڪيا؛ جڏهن ته [[مونريالي]] ۽ [[پيسا گرجاگھر]] جا دروازا [[پيسا جي بونانو]] جا ٺاهيل آهن.

انهن سڀني دروازن ۾ قبضي واري عمودي پٽي جا محور مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ هوندا هئا. تعميراتي ماهرن کي صحيح طرح معلوم نه آهي ته روايتي محوري نظام کان قبضن (ھنجز) ڏانهن تبديلي ڪڏهن آئي، پر ان تبديليءَ سان دروازن کي مضبوط ڪرڻ ۽ سينگارڻ جو نئون طريقو رائج ٿيو. ان لاءِ مختلف نمونن جون ٺڪيل لوهي پٽيون استعمال ٿينديون هيون، جيڪي قبضن جو ڪم به ڏينديون هيون. عام طور ٽي سينگاريل پٽيون دروازي سان لڳل هونديون هيون، جڏهن ته انهن سان گڏ لوهي ڪڙا عمودي محورن تي چڙهندا هئا، جيڪي پٿر يا ڪاٺ جي چوڪاٺ ۾ لڳل هوندا هئا. اهڙي نموني جو ٻارهين صديءَ جو هڪ ابتدائي مثال [[لنڪن ڪئٿڊرل]] ۾ موجود آهي. فرانس ۾ [[نوٽر ڊيم، پيرس]] جي دروازن جو ڌاتوءَ وارو ڪم هن فن جو هڪ شاندار نمونو آهي، جڏهن ته فرانس ۽ انگلينڊ ۾ به اهڙا ڪيترائي مثال موجود آهن.

اٽلي ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ مشهور دروازن ۾ [[فلورنس جي سينٽ جيوواني بپتسما گهر]] جا دروازا شامل آهن، جيڪي مڪمل طور ڪانسي جا ٺهيل آهن، جن ۾ [[دروازي جو چوڪاٺو]] پڻ ڪانسي جو آهي. ڏاکڻي دروازي تي موجود انساني شڪلين، پکين ۽ ٻوٽن جي نفيس نقش نگاري [[ايندريا پيزانو]] 1330ع ۾ تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته اوڀر وارو دروازو [[گيبرتي]] 1425ع کان 1452ع جي وچ ۾ ٺاهيو، جيڪو پنهنجي فني حسن سبب تمام گهڻو مشهور آهي. اترئين دروازي (1402ع–1424ع) ۾ گيبرتي، ايندريا پيزانو جي ساڳي پينلن ۽ تصويري ترتيب واري طرز کي اختيار ڪيو، پر اوڀرئين دروازي ۾ مستطيل پينلن کي ابھريل نقش نگاري (Bas-relief) سان سينگاريو ويو، جن ۾ مقدس صحيفن جا منظر ۽ بيشمار انساني شڪلون ڏيکاريل آهن. انهن دروازن کي ئي اهو مشهور لقب ''جنت جا دروازا'' ڏنو ويو، جنهن جو ذڪر [[مائيڪل اينجلو]] پڻ ڪيو.

[[قاهره]] جي مسجدن جا دروازا بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا هئا. هڪ قسم ۾ دروازن تي ڪانسي يا لوهه جون چادرون چاڙهي انهن تي نفيس نقش نگاري يا اُڀريل سينگار ڪيو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته ٻئي قسم جا دروازا ڪاٺ جي فريم سان ٺهيل هوندا هئا، جن تي چورس ۽ هيرن جهڙن پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيل نمونن جي سينگار هوندي هئي. هن ٻئي طرز جي شروعات [[قبطي]] فن تعمير مان ٿي. [[پالرمو]] جي محل جا دروازا، جيڪي نارمن حڪمرانن لاءِ ساراسين ڪاريگرن تيار ڪيا، اڄ به بهترين حالت ۾ محفوظ آهن. اهڙي ئي سينگار واري طرز جا دروازا [[ويرونا]] ۾ پڻ ملن ٿا، جتي دروازن جي عمودي ۽ افقي ڪاٺين جا ڪنارا ترڇا ۽ ڪَٽيل نموني سان تيار ڪيا ويا آهن.

[[فائل:Дом компании Зингер, Россия, Санкт-Петербург.JPG|thumb|upright|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جي عنصرن سان سينگاريل شيشي جو دروازو، [[سنگر هائوس]]، [[سينٽ پيٽرسبرگ]]، روس]]

نشاةِ ثانيه جي دور ۾ اٽلي جا دروازا نسبتاً سادا رکيا ويندا هئا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اتي جي معمارن وڌيڪ توجهه دروازن جي چوڌاري ٺهيل داخلي بناوت (Doorway) تي ڏيندا هئا. ان جي ابتڙ، فرانس ۽ جرمني ۾ دروازن کي نهايت نفاست سان اُڪيريو ويندو هو، خاص طور [[لوئي چوڏهون طرز]] ۽ [[لوئي پندرهون طرز]] جي دور ۾. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن انهن ۾ ٿنڀا، ڇَجا، ٽڪنڊا محراب (Pediment) ۽ طاقون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون هيون، جڏهن ته چوڌاري ڀت سادي معمارِي واري هوندي هئي. اٽلي ۾ دروازن جي وڏائي وڌائڻ لاءِ پينلن جو تعداد وڌايو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته فرانس ۾ ان جي ابتڙ نسبتاً گهٽ پينلن کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي هئي. [[فونتين بلو]] جي محل جو هڪ وڏو ٻه-تاڪي دروازو اهڙي نموني ٺاهيو ويو آهي، جو ڏسڻ ۾ ڄڻ هڪ ئي وڏي پينل مان ٺهيل هجي.

فرانس ۾ نشاةِ ثانيه جي سڀ کان قديم دروازن مان هڪ [[سينٽ سووير گرجاگھر، ايڪس-آن-پرووانس]] (1503ع) جو دروازو آهي. ان جي هيٺين پينلن ۾ [[گوٿڪ فن تعمير|گوٿڪ]] طرز جي طاقن اندر لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|3|ft|m|abbr=on}} اوچيون انساني شڪلون اُڪيريل آهن، جڏهن ته مٿين پينلن ۾ لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|2|ft|m|abbr=on}} اوچين شڪلين سان ٻٽي قطار وارا طاق ۽ انهن مٿان ڇپر نما سينگار موجود آهي. اهي سڀ نقش [[ديودار]] جي ڪاٺ تي اُڪيريا ويا آهن. [[بووي گرجاگھر]] جو ڏاکڻو دروازو ڪيترن ئي لحاظ کان فرانس جي بهترين دروازن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، جتي مٿين پينلن تي ابھريل نقش نگاري سان مذهبي منظر ۽ ڇپر نما سينگار ٺاهيا ويا آهن. [[جيزور]] جي گرجاگھر (1575ع) جا دروازا پڻ طاقن اندر انساني شڪلين سان سينگاريل آهن، جيڪي طبقاتي ٿنڀن سان هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيا ويا آهن. [[روئن]] جي [[سينٽ ميڪلو]] گرجاگھر ۾ ٽي نهايت خوبصورت اُڪيريل دروازا آهن؛ انهن مان [[ژان گوجون]] جا تيار ڪيل دروازا ٻنهي پاسن تي طاقن اندر شڪلين ۽ وچ ۾ نفيس مجسماڪاريءَ سبب خاص شهرت رکن ٿا. لڳ ڀڳ چاليهه کان پنجاهه سال پوءِ ٺاهيل ٻين دروازن کي ابھريل نقش نگاري، قدرتي منظرن، انساني شڪلين ۽ پيچيده آرائشي بارڊرن سان سينگاريو ويو.

[[ناسا]] جي [[گاڏين جي اسيمبلي عمارت]]، جيڪا [[ڪينيڊي خلائي مرڪز]] ۾ واقع آهي، دنيا جا چار سڀ کان وڏا دروازا رکي ٿي. هيءَ عمارت شروعات ۾ [[اپولو پروگرام|اپولو]] مشنن لاءِ [[سيٽرن پنجون]] راڪيٽن جي اسيمبلي لاءِ تعمير ڪئي وئي هئي، ۽ بعد ۾ [[خلائي شٽل]] پروگرام جي سهائتا لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي رهي. انهن چئن مان هر هڪ دروازي جي اوچائي {{convert|139|m|ft|abbr=off|sp=us}} آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.nasa.gov/centers/kennedy/pdf/718659main_VAB.pdf|title=Vehicle Assembly Building Fact Sheet|website=NASA|access-date=2016-06-03|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20161011224909/https://www.nasa.gov/centers/kennedy/pdf/718659main_VAB.pdf|archive-date=2016-10-11}}&lt;/ref&gt;

انگلينڊ جو سڀ کان قديم محفوظ دروازو [[ويسٽمنسٽر ائبي]] ۾ موجود آهي، جيڪو 1050ع جو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite news |url=https://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/uk_news/4743899.stm |work=BBC News |title=Abbey oak door 'Britain's oldest' |date=2005-08-03 |access-date=2010-05-01 |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20060620190404/http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/uk/4743899.stm |archive-date=2006-06-20}}&lt;/ref&gt; سترهين صديءَ ۾ انگلينڊ ۾ دروازن جي پينلن کي ابھريل [[بوليڪشن]] يا ٻاهر نڪتل سينگاريل ڍانچن سان سينگاريو ويندو هو، جن تي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن نهايت نفيس اُڪير به ڪئي ويندي هئي. ارڙهين صديءَ ۾ دروازن جي [[سينگاريل قالب]]، جيڪي [[عمودي ڪاٺي]] ۽ [[فريم ۽ پينل]] تي ٺهندا هئا، تن کي [[ايگ اينڊ ڊارٽ]] نموني جي [[معماري سينگار]] سان اُڪيريو ويندو هو.

&lt;gallery widths=&quot;170&quot; heights=&quot;200&quot; mode=&quot;packed&quot; caption=&quot;دروازن جي مختصر بصري تاريخ&quot;&gt;
File:Fragment from a tomb door MET 23.3.174f-emf.jpg|[[قديم مصري فن تعمير|قديم مصري]] مقبري جي دروازي جو ٽڪرو، لڳ ڀڳ 2150–1981 ق.م، [[ميٽروپوليٽن عجائب گهر]]، [[نيويارڪ شهر]]
File:The Hercules Sarcophagus depicting the Twelve Labors of Hercules, 150-160 AD, Kayseri Archaeological Museum, Turkey (26261172056) (lighter version).jpg|[[قديم يوناني فن تعمير|قديم يوناني]] طرز جو دروازو، هرڪيولس جي تابوت تي اُڪريل، [[قيصريه آثار قديمه عجائب گهر]]، [[قيصريه]]، [[ترڪي]]
File:Bronze door, Basilica di San Giovanni, 2013.jpg|[[قديم رومي فن تعمير|قديم رومي]] ڪانسي جا دروازا، [[ڪوريا جوليا]]، جيڪي هاڻي [[سينٽ جان ليٽران بيسليڪا]]، [[روم]] ۾ موجود آهن
File:Gate, ash-Shibak Fort, Ibra (North ash-Sharqiyah Governorate) Origin- Surat, India (Mughal Empire) Teak wood and brass.jpg|[[هندستاني فن تعمير|هندستاني]] [[مغل فن تعمير|مغل]] دور جو ساڳوان ۽ پتل جو دروازو
File:Tenghua Jiuguan 21 2015-04.JPG|روايتي [[چيني فن تعمير|چيني]] فولڊنگ دروازا، [[قديم وسٽيريا عجائب گهر]]، [[چانگجو]]، [[چين]]
File:Lateral door church Theotokos Gorgoepikoos Athens, Greece.jpg|[[بازنطيني فن تعمير|بازنطيني]] دروازو، [[ننڍي ميٽروپولس]]، [[اٿينس]]، [[يونان]]
File:Door in Morocco, 2010.jpg|[[اسلامي فن تعمير|اسلامي]] طرز جو دروازو، [[اسلامي هندسي نمونا]] سان سينگاريل، [[مراڪش]]
File:'Berfrestone' (DB) door and tympanum arch St Nicholas Church Barfrestone Kent England 1.jpg|[[رومانسڪ فن تعمير|رومانسڪ]] طرز جو دروازو، [[سينٽ نڪولس گرجاگهر]]، [[بارفريسٽون]]، [[ڪينٽ]]، [[انگلينڊ]]
File:Doorway detail, St Magnus Cathedral, Kirkwall, Orkney.jpg|[[گوٿڪ فن تعمير|گوٿڪ]] دروازو، [[سينٽ ميگنس گرجاگهر]]، [[ڪرڪوال]]، [[اسڪاٽلينڊ]]
File:Iconography - Saint Basil's Cathedral (19970306871).jpg|[[روسي فن تعمير|روسي]] دروازو، [[سينٽ بيسل گرجاگهر]]، [[ماسڪو]]
File:The entrance of the Antim Monastery Church.jpg|[[برانڪووينيسڪ طرز]] جو دروازو، [[انتيم خانقاه]]، [[بخاريسٽ]]، [[رومانيا]]، جنهن جي مٿان [[پسانيه]] لکيل آهي
File:Gdańsk (158).JPG|[[نشاة ثانيه فن تعمير|نشاة ثانيه]] طرز جو دروازو، [[گدانسڪ]]، [[پولينڊ]]
File:Chateau de Versailles Vestibule Haut 11 (lighter and fixed angles).jpg|[[باروڪ]] طرز جو دروازو، [[ورسائي محل]]، [[ورسائي]]، [[فرانس]]
File:Porte rue Monsieur-le-Prince Paris.jpg|[[روڪوڪو]] طرز جو دروازو، رو مونسيو لي پرنس، [[پيرس]]
File:P1210063 Paris III rue des Francs-Bourgeois n26 rwk.jpg|[[لوئي سورهون طرز]] جو دروازو، [[هوٽل مورتيي دي ساندرويل]]، رو دي فران بورجوا، [[پيرس]]
File:Pierre Rousseau - Double-Leaf Doors - 1942.2.12 - Cleveland Museum of Art.tif|[[نوڪلاسيڪي فن تعمير|نوڪلاسيڪي]] رنگيل ٻٽو دروازو (1790ع واري ڏهاڪي)، [[پيئر روسو]]، [[ڪليولينڊ آرٽ ميوزيم]]، [[آمريڪا]]
File:Brooklyn Museum 1994.92 Door with Lock (2).jpg|[[اولهه آفريڪا|اولهه آفريڪي]] تالي وارو ڪاٺ ۽ لوهه جو دروازو، اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر يا ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات، [[برڪينا فاسو]]، [[بروڪلن ميوزيم]]، [[نيويارڪ شهر]]
File:Zespół klasztoru Gandan (39).jpg|[[گاندانتيگچنلين خانقاه]]، [[منگوليا]] جو سينگاريل دروازو
File:P1250574 Paris V rue Malebranche n3 porte gothique bis encours.jpg|[[گوٿڪ احيا فن تعمير|گوٿڪ احيا]] طرز جو دروازو، رو مالبرانش، [[پيرس]]
File:Egyptian Revival mausoleum, Forest Home Cemetery.jpg|[[مصري احيا فن تعمير|مصري احيا]] طرز جي مقبري جو دروازو، فاريسٽ هوم قبرستان، [[وسڪانسن]]، [[آمريڪا]]
File:Armoiries de lIrlande à lambassade dIrlande à Paris.jpg|[[روڪوڪو احيا]] طرز جو دروازو، [[هوٽل دي بريتوي]]، [[پيرس]]
File:3-5, Strada Icoanei, Bucharest (Romania) 1.jpg|[[رومانوي احيا فن تعمير|رومانوي احيا]] طرز جو دروازو، [[شڪوالا سينٽرالا نيشنل ڪاليج]]، [[بخاريسٽ]]
File:Paris Porte cochère rue La Bruyère 2012.jpg|اوڻيهين صديءَ جو [[انتخابي فن تعمير|انتخابي]] ڪلاسيڪي طرز جو دروازو، رو لا بروئير، [[پيرس]]
File:Entrance of the George Enescu Museum.jpg|[[بيو آرٽس فن تعمير|بيو آرٽس]] طرز جو دروازو، [[ڪانتاڪوزينو محل]]، [[بخاريسٽ]]
File:Porte et marquise CCI Nancy.jpg|[[آرٽ نووو]] ڌاتو ۽ شيشي جو دروازو، [[نانسي]]، [[فرانس]]، مٿان وڏي شفاف [[ڇڄ]] سان
File:49-53, Calea Victoriei, Bucharest (Romania) 10.jpg|[[سادو ڪلاسيڪي فن تعمير|سادو ڪلاسيڪي]] طرز جو دروازو، [[بخاريسٽ شاهي محل]]، جيڪو هاڻي [[رومانيا جو قومي عجائب گهر براءِ فنون]] آهي
File:La Maison Bleue, porte d'entrée - Angers - 20110119.jpg|[[آرٽ ڊيڪو]] طرز جو دروازو، [[انجيه]]، [[فرانس]]
File:Fischerkirche (main door), Born a. Darß.jpg|ڪاٺ جو گرجاگهر جو دروازو، [[بورن آف ڊارس]]، [[جرمني]]
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== بناوت ۽ طرزون ==
[[فائل:Florença - Portões do Paraíso (146).jpg|thumb|upright|[[فلورنس بپتسما گهر]] جو دروازو، جنهن کي ''جنت جا دروازا'' چيو وڃي ٿو، 1425ع–1452ع، سونهري ڪانسي جو ٺهيل، اوچائي: 5.2 ميٽر]]
[[فائل:Kunsthistorisches Museum entrance.jpg|thumb|upright|[[ڪنسٽ هسٽوريشيز ميوزيم]] ([[ويانا]]، [[آسٽريا]]) جو داخلا دروازو]]

دروازن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جيڪي مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن:

* سڀ کان عام قسم '''هڪ تاڪي وارو دروازو''' آهي، جيڪو هڪ مضبوط تاڪي تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي ۽ پوري دروازي جي کليل حصي کي ڍڪي ڇڏيندو آهي. هن بنيادي جوڙجڪ جون ڪيترائي صورتون آهن، جهڙوڪ '''ٻه تاڪي وارو دروازو''' يا '''ٻٽو دروازو'''.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=External Single Door, Fully Glazed Leaf {{!}} NBS {{!}} BIM Library |url=https://source.thenbs.com/en/product/external-single-door-fully-glazed-leaf/7dHSpVWugYzrD2KEV7Zn74/wCWU2QXh2M5kYY78qJaQAo |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=source.thenbs.com |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''اڌ دروازو''' يا '''[[ڊچ دروازو]]''' يا '''اصطبل وارو دروازو''' افقي رخ ۾ ٻن حصن ۾ ورهايل هوندو آهي. هن قسم جو دروازو رهائشي گهرن ۾ به اختيار ڪيو ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Ray |first=Emily |date=2025-07-14 |title=Here's Why A Dutch Door Makes An Entryway More Beautiful &amp; Functional |url=https://www.housedigest.com/1908450/dutch-door-entryway-benefits/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=House Digest |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''[[سيلون]] جا دروازا''' هلڪا جهولندڙ ٻن تاڪن وارا دروازا هوندا آهن، جيڪي عام طور عوامي شراب خانن ۾ ملندا آهن ۽ خاص طور آمريڪي اولهه سان لاڳاپيل سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Martin |first=Hannah |date=2022-09-01 |title=Are Saloon Doors About to Have a Moment? |url=https://www.architecturaldigest.com/story/are-saloon-doors-about-to-have-a-moment |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Architectural Digest |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Hart |first=Morgan |date=2025-04-21 |title=Giddy Up: Western-Themed Bars in Utah • Salt Lake Magazine |url=https://saltlakemagazine.com/western-bars-utah/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Salt Lake Magazine |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''لڪل دروازو''' (انگريزي:بلائينڊ ڊور، گب ڊور يا جب ڊور) اهڙو دروازو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ٻاهران ڪا به چؤڪاٺ، هينڊل يا هلندڙ حصو ظاهر نه هوندو آهي. اهو ڀر واري ڀت سان اهڙي نموني ملي ويندو آهي، جو ڀت جو حصو ئي محسوس ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Nicholson |first=Peter |title=The New and Improved Practical Builder |location=London |publisher=Thomas Kelly|date=1841 |pages=97–98}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''فرانسيسي دروازو''' ساڳي نموني اندر يا ٻاهر کلي ٿو جيئن '''[[فرانسيسي دريون]]'''. اهو پاسي کان انجيسن تي لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ وچ ۾ ڪا عمودي ورهاست نه هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=2024-06-13 |title=What Are French Windows and Doors? |url=https://www.lomaxwood.co.uk/news/what-are-french-windows-and-doors/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Lomax &amp; Wood |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''[[جهروڪيدار دروازو]]''' ۾ ڪاٺ جون مقرر يا هلندڙ پٽيون (جن کي [[جهروڪي]] پڻ چيو وڃي ٿو) لڳل هونديون آهن، جيڪي هوا جي اچ وڃ کي ممڪن بڻائينديون آهن، پر اندر جي نجي ماحول کي برقرار رکندي روشنيءَ جي سڌي گذر کي روڪينديون آهن. اهڙا دروازا نسبتاً ڪمزور هوندا آهن، تنهن ڪري گهڻو ڪري [[ڪپڙن جي الماري|المارين]] ۽ ڪپڙا سڪائڻ وارن ڪمرن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي حفاظت کان وڌيڪ هوا جي اچ وڃ اهم هوندي آهي. ساڳئي قسم جي جوڙجڪ [[دريءَ جا پردا]] ٺاهڻ لاءِ به استعمال ٿيندي آهي. 1929ع ۾ [[سيگيٽ]]، [[فلوريڊا]] ۾ گوينڊولين ۽ پاول ڪراسلي جي تعمير ڪرايل گهر ۾ ٻه جهروڪيدار دروازا لڳايا ويا، جيڪي هوا جي مناسب گردش سان گڏ اهڙي نجيت فراهم ڪندا هئا، جو ڪنهن به رخ کان اندر ڏسڻ ممڪن نه هوندو هو.

* '''مرڪب دروازو''' هڪ تاڪي وارو دروازو هوندو آهي، جيڪو مڪمل مضبوط يا شيشي سان ٺهيل ٿي سگهي ٿو ۽ عام طور تي اندر اعليٰ ڪثافت واري فوم سان ڀريل هوندو آهي. برطانيا ۾ اهڙن دروازن کي عام طور BS PAS 23/24 معيار موجب تصديق ٿيل هوندو آهي ۽ ''سڪيوئرڊ باء ڊزائين'' جي حفاظتي معيارن سان مطابقت رکندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://thecrimepreventionwebsite.com/pas-242012-enhanced-security-doorsets/573/what-does-certificated-to-pas-24-actually-mean/|title=What does 'certificated' to PAS 24 actually mean?|work=thecrimepreventionwebsite.com|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140125223650/http://thecrimepreventionwebsite.com/pas-242012-enhanced-security-doorsets/573/what-does-certificated-to-pas-24-actually-mean|archive-date=2014-01-25}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Doors and Locks |url=https://www.securedbydesign.com/guidance/standards-explained#doors-and-locks |website=Secured by Design |publisher=Police Crime Prevention Initiative |access-date=29 October 2019}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''فولادي حفاظتي دروازو''' مضبوط فولاد مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ گهڻو ڪري [[بئنڪ خزانو|خزانن]] ۽ [[محفوظ ڪمرو|محفوظ ڪمرن]] ۾ حملي جي مزاحمت لاءِ لڳايو ويندو آهي. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن انهن جي ٻاهرين سطح تي ڪاٺ جا پينل پڻ لڳايا ويندا آهن ته جيئن عام دروازن جهڙا نظر اچن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://henleyssecuritydoors.co.uk/|title=Henleys Security Doors|website=Henleys Security Doors|access-date=25 May 2016|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160530035319/http://henleyssecuritydoors.co.uk/|archive-date=30 May 2016}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''هموار دروازو''' مڪمل طور تي سڌي ۽ هموار سطح وارو هوندو آهي. ان ۾ هلڪي ڪاٺ جي فريم تي [[پلائيووڊ]] يا [[وچولي ڪثافت وارو فائبر بورڊ]] لڳايو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته اندر جا خالي حصا گهڻو ڪري گتي جي مواد سان ڀريا ويندا آهن. ٻاهرين سطح سخت فائبر بورڊ مان پڻ ٺهي سگهي ٿي، جنهن جو مشهور نالو [[ميسونائيٽ]] آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Masonite International Corporation |url=https://visitjones.com/historic_locations/masonite-international-corporation/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Visit Laurel &amp; Jones County |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''ڍانچي وارو دروازو''' جو اندروني ڍانچو هموار دروازي جهڙو هوندو آهي، پر ان جي ٻاهرئين سطح ٺهيل نمونيدار MDF يا [[ميسونائيٽ]] مان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=2020-06-17 |title=What Should I Go For- Veneered Doors vs Moulded Doors |url=https://www.articlecube.com/what-should-i-go-veneered-doors-vs-moulded-doors |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=ArticleCube |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''تختن ۽ آڏين پٽين وارو دروازو''' ڪيترن عمودي تختن مان ٺهندو آهي، جيڪي ٻن يا وڌيڪ افقي ڪاٺين سان ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن مضبوطي لاءِ ترڇيون ڪاٺيون پڻ لڳايون وينديون آهن.

* '''[[پيادل دروازو]]''' وڏي دروازي جي اندر ٺهيل ننڍو دروازو هوندو آهي، جيڪو وڏي دروازي کي کولڻ کان سواءِ ماڻهن جي اچ وڃ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا دروازا وڏن گرجاگهرن، گيراجن يا جهازن جي هينگرن ۾ ڏسي سگهجن ٿا.

* '''ٻٽو ويڙهيندڙ دروازو''' ڪيترن حصن تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي، جيڪي ويڙهجي هڪ ٻئي سان لڳي ويندا آهن. اهي گهڻو ڪري ڪاٺ يا ايلومينيم مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن ۽ مڪمل کلي وڃڻ تي ڪمري جي ورهاڱي وانگر نظر ايندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.thedoorzone.co.uk/|title=Front Doors, Garage Doors Insights from The Door Zone|website=The Door Zone|language=en-GB|access-date=2017-05-11|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170507074631/http://www.thedoorzone.co.uk/|archive-date=2017-05-07}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=CPD 07 2025: Mastering sliding and bi-fold doors |url=https://www.housingtoday.co.uk/cpd/cpd-07-2025-mastering-sliding-and-bi-fold-doors/5136701.article |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Housing Today |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''[[سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ شيشي جو دروازو]]'''، جنهن کي ڪڏهن آرڪيڊيا يا پيٽيو دروازو پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، [[شيشو|شيشي]] مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي ۽ پاسي ڏانهن سرڪي کلي ٿو. ڪيترن قسمن ۾ ڄاري پڻ لڳل هوندي آهي.

* '''ڪوڙو دروازو''' اهڙي آرائشي بناوت هوندي آهي، جيڪا ظاهري طرح دروازي يا دريءَ جهڙي لڳندي آهي، پر حقيقت ۾ کلي نه سگهندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Digital Giza {{!}} Frequently Asked Questions |url=http://giza.fas.harvard.edu/faq/ |access-date=2025-10-15 |website=giza.fas.harvard.edu}}&lt;/ref&gt; [[قديم مصري فن تعمير]] ۾ اهو مقبرن جو عام جزو هو، جتي اهو آخرت ڏانهن ويندڙ دروازي جي علامت سمجهيو ويندو هو. اهڙي قسم جا ڪوڙا دروازا ريگستاني قبيلن جي تدفيني اڏاوتن، جهڙوڪ [[لبيا]] جي غرزا ۾ پڻ ملن ٿا.

== قسم ==

دروازن کي سندن جوڙجڪ، استعمال ۽ کلڻ جي طريقي موجب مختلف قسمن ۾ ورهايو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book
|last=انصاري
|first=ضياءُ الدين
|title=عمارت سازي
|publisher=سنڌي ادبي بورڊ
|location=ڄامشورو
|year=1990
}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== جوڙجڪ موجب قسم ===

* '''پٽين وارا دروازا''' (Ledged doors): هي سادا دروازا عمودي ڪاٺين جي پٽين (بيٽن) ۽ افقي ٽيڪن (ليجز) سان ٺهندا آهن. انهن جو استعمال گهڻو ڪري ٻهراڙي وارن علائقن ۽ عارضي عمارتن ۾ ٿيندو آهي.

* '''پٽين ۽ وترين ٽيڪن وارا دروازا''' (Ledged and braced doors): هن قسم ۾ افقي ٽيڪن سان گڏ وتريون ٽيڪون پڻ لڳايون وينديون آهن، جيڪي دروازي کي وڌيڪ مضبوطي ۽ استحڪام فراهم ڪنديون آهن.

* '''چوڪاٺ ۽ پٽين وارا دروازا''' (Ledged and framed doors): انهن ۾ پٽين سان گڏ چوڪاٺ به شامل هوندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازي جي مضبوطي ۽ خوبصورتي وڌي ويندي آهي.

* '''چوڪاٺ، پٽين ۽ وترين ٽيڪن وارا دروازا''' (Ledged, framed and braced doors): هي اڳئين قسم جو وڌيڪ مضبوط نمونو آهي، جيڪو گهڻو ڪري ٻاهرين استعمال لاءِ مناسب هوندو آهي.

* '''چوڪاٺ ۽ پينلن وارا دروازا''' (Framed and panelled doors): هي سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ دروازا آهن. چوڪاٺ جي اندر ڪاٺ يا ٻين مواد جا پينل لڳايا ويندا آهن، جن جون مختلف بناوتون ۽ ڊزائنون هونديون آهن.

* '''شيشي ۽ پينلن وارا دروازا''' (Glazed and panelled doors): انهن ۾ شيشي ۽ ڪاٺ جا پينل گڏيل نموني استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جنهن سان قدرتي روشني اندر داخل ٿيندي آهي. اهي آفيسن، اسپتالن، لائبريرين، دڪانن ۽ نمائشگاهن ۾ عام آهن.

* '''فلش دروازا''' (Flush doors): هنن جا ٻاهريان پاسا هموار هوندا آهن ۽ اندران مضبوط فريم يا سالڊ ڪور تي پلائيووڊ يا ساڳئي قسم جي چادر لڳل هوندي آهي. اهي هلڪا، پائيدار ۽ سنڀالڻ ۾ آسان هوندا آهن.

* '''ڄاريءَ وارا دروازا''' (Wire gauze doors): انهن ۾ ڌاتي ڄاري لڳل هوندي آهي، جيڪا هوا جي وهڪري کي برقرار رکندي آهي ۽ مڇرن، مکين ۽ ٻين جيتن جي داخلا روڪيندي آهي.

* '''لوور وارا دروازا''' (Louvered doors): انهن ۾ ترڇيون پٽيون لڳل هونديون آهن، جيڪي هوا جي گذر کي ممڪن بڻائينديون آهن، جڏهن ته رازداري پڻ برقرار رهندي آهي.

=== کلڻ جي طريقي موجب قسم ===

[[فائل:Types of doors.png|thumb|دروازن جي ڪم ڪندڙ طريقن جا بنيادي قسم]]

==== انجيسن وارا دروازا ====

گهڻا دروازا هڪ پاسي [[انجيس]] سان لڳل هوندا آهن، جنهن سبب اهي هڪ رخ ۾ ڦري کلندا آهن. عام طور ڦرڻ جو محور عمودي هوندو آهي، پر ڪن حالتن ۾، جهڙوڪ گيراج دروازن ۾، اهو افقي به ٿي سگهي ٿو.

* '''جهولندڙ دروازو''' (Swing door): خاص انجيسن سان لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪي ان کي اندر يا ٻاهر کلڻ ڏينديون آهن، ۽ اڪثر اسپرنگ ذريعي پاڻمرادو بند ٿي ويندو آهي.

* '''ٻنهي طرفن کلندڙ دروازو''' (Double-acting door): ٻنهي طرفن کلڻ جي صلاحيت رکي ٿو. اهڙا دروازا ريسٽورنٽن جي رڌڻ گهرن ۽ گهڻي آمدرفت وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

* '''باغيچو دروازو''' (Garden door): فرانسيسي دريءَ جهڙو هوندو آهي، پر وڌيڪ محفوظ هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ صرف هڪ تاڪ کلندو آهي.

* '''ڪنويڪشن دروازو''' (Convection door): فرش کان ڇت تائين اوچائي وارو اندريون دروازو، جيڪو گرم هوا جي گردش ۾ مددگار هوندو آهي.

==== سرڪندڙ دروازا ====

سرڪندڙ دروازا ريلن تي هڪ پاسي کان ٻئي پاسي سرڪي کلندا ۽ بند ٿيندا آهن، تنهنڪري جاءِ جي بچت ٿيندي آهي.

* '''اوورليپ سرڪندڙ دروازو''' (Bypass door): ٻه يا وڌيڪ تاڪ هڪ ٻئي جي اڳيان پٺيان سرڪندا آهن ۽ گهڻو ڪري المارين ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

* '''[[پاڪيٽ دروازو]]''' (Pocket door): ڀت جي اندر ٺهيل خالي جاءِ ۾ سرڪي ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري تنگ جڳهن لاءِ موزون هوندو آهي.

* '''سرڪندڙ شيشي جو دروازو''' (Sliding glass door): گهرن، هوٽلن ۽ واپاري عمارتن ۾، خاص طور صحن يا باغ ڏانهن داخلا لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

==== ڦرندڙ دروازا ====

* '''[[ڦرندڙ دروازو]]''' (Revolving door): مرڪزي محور جي چوڌاري ڦرندڙ ڪيترن تاڪن تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ٻنهي طرفن کان اچ وڃ کي آسان بڻائيندو آهي.

* '''مرڪزي محور وارو دروازو''' (Pivot door): انجيسن بدران مرڪزي محور تي لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪناري يا وچ تي ٿي سگهي ٿو.

==== تيز رفتار دروازا ====

'''[[تيز رفتار دروازو]]''' (High-speed door) صنعتي استعمال لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. اهو تمام تيزيءَ سان کلندو ۽ بند ٿيندو آهي ۽ ڪارخانن، صفائي وارن ڪمرن ۽ ٿڌ خانن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

==== خودڪار دروازا ====

'''[[خودڪار دروازو]]''' بجلي، چشمي يا ٻنهي جي مدد سان پاڻمرادو کلندو ۽ بند ٿيندو آهي. اهي حساس اوزارن، حرڪت معلوم ڪندڙ نظام، ريموٽ ڪنٽرول يا هٿ سان هلندڙ سوئچ ذريعي ڪم ڪندا آهن. جديد خودڪار دروازن ۾ حفاظتي حساس اوزار پڻ لڳل هوندا آهن، جيڪي ماڻهن يا شين سان ٽڪرائجڻ کان بچائيندا آهن.

==== ٻيا قسم ====

* '''مٿي کڄندڙ دروازو''' (Up-and-over door): گهڻو ڪري گيراجن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي ۽ مٿي کڄي افقي حالت ۾ بيهي رهندو آهي.

* '''[[ٽيمبور دروازو]]''' (Tambour door): سنهين افقي پٽين مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ريلن تي مٿي ۽ هيٺ ٿيندو آهي.

* '''ويڙهندڙ دروازو''' (Rolling door): فولادي پٽين مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڊرم تي ويڙهجي کلندو ۽ بند ٿيندو آهي. گيراجن، گودامن ۽ دڪانن ۾ عام آهي.

* '''ڳتجندڙ دروازو''' (Collapsible door): فولادي پٽن ۽ ڪينچي جهڙي جوڙجڪ تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي، جيڪو پاسن ڏانهن ويڙهجي کلندو ۽ بند ٿيندو آهي. مارڪيٽن، گيراجن ۽ وڏين داخلي جڳهن تي استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

==دروازي جي ڪم ڪرڻ جو طريقو==

[[فائل:Types of doors.png|thumb|دروازي جي ڪم ڪرڻ جو مشيني طريقو]]

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>q5jadgj1w4mhl2cb59n0sgdkmgirchf</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401150</id>
      <parentid>401149</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T11:05:02Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401150</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="53868" sha1="qlka87xs0q9empj9ilbzmew4mm3y1js" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|داخل ٿيڻ ۽ ٻاهر نڪرڻ لاءِ حرڪت ڪندڙ رڪاوٽ}}

[[File:L-door.png|thumb|در جو خاڪو]]

'''در''' يا '''دروازو''' هڪ [[قبضو|قبضن]] تي لڳل يا ٻيءَ ڪنهن طريقي سان حرڪت ڪندڙ رڪاوٽ هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪنهن بند جاءِ ۾ داخل ٿيڻ (ورود) ۽ ٻاهر نڪرڻ (خروج) جي سهولت فراهم ڪري ٿو. ڀت ۾ در لاءِ ٺهيل کليل حصي کي '''درگاهه''' يا '''دروازي جو کليل حصو''' چيو ويندو آهي. در جو بنيادي مقصد رسائيءَ تي ضابطو رکندي [[سيڪيورٽي]] فراهم ڪرڻ آهي. عام طور تي اهو اهڙو پٽ يا تختو هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[عمارت]]، [[ڪمرو|ڪمري]] يا [[گاڏي]] جي دروازي جي کليل حصي ۾ فِٽ ڪيو ويندو آهي. در مختلف مواد مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن جو انتخاب انهن جي استعمال ۽ مقصد مطابق ڪيو ويندو آهي. اڪثر در [[قبضو|قبضن]] ذريعي لڳايا ويندا آهن، پر ڪي سلائيڊ ٿيڻ، فولڊ ٿيڻ يا ٻين حرڪتي طريقن سان به ڪم ڪندا آهن.

در مختلف طريقن سان کلي ۽ بند ٿي سگهن ٿا، جهڙوڪ قبضي تي ڦرڻ، فريم سان متوازي سلائيڊ ٿيڻ، فولڊ ٿيڻ يا مرڪزي محور تي ڦرڻ. انهن جو مقصد ماڻهن يا شين جي داخلا ۽ اخراج کي آسان يا محدود ڪرڻ هوندو آهي. گهڻن درن ۾ اندروني ۽ ٻاهرين پاسي جي بناوت هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي، پر ڪجهه حالتن ۾، جهڙوڪ [[گاڏي]] جي درن ۾، ٻنهي پاسن جي جوڙجڪ مختلف هوندي آهي.

گهڻن درن ۾ [[تالو]] لڳائڻ جو انتظام هوندو آهي، جنهن ذريعي صرف مجاز ماڻهو، مثال طور [[چاٻي]] استعمال ڪري، در کولي سگهندا آهن. درن تي اڪثر کڙڪائڻ لاءِ ڌاتوءَ جا [[کڙڪائندڙ (اوزار)|کڙڪائندڙ]]  (ڊور ناڪرس) يا [[در جي گهنٽي]] پڻ لڳل هوندي آهي، ته جيئن ٻاهران بيٺل ماڻهو پنهنجي موجودگيءَ جو اطلاع ڏئي سگهن. رسائي فراهم ڪرڻ کان علاوه، در خانگي زندگي (پرائيويسي) جي حفاظت، مختلف استعمال وارن حصن کي الڳ رکڻ، [[روشني]] ۽ [[هوا جي اچ وڃ]] کي ضابطو ڪرڻ، گرمي يا ٿڌ کي برقرار رکڻ، آواز کي گهٽائڻ ۽ [[باهه]] جي پکڙجڻ کي روڪڻ جهڙا اهم ڪم پڻ سرانجام ڏيندا آهن.

در صرف تعميراتي عنصر نه، پر جمالياتي، علامتي ۽ رسمن سان لاڳاپيل اهميت پڻ رکن ٿا. ڪيترين ثقافتن ۾ در جي چاٻي حاصل ڪرڻ ٻاهرئين ماڻهو کان اندروني يا بااختيار حيثيت حاصل ڪرڻ جي علامت سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڏسو، مثال طور، [[بليڪ راڊ|بليڪ راڊ جو معزز اشر]] جون درباني ذميواريون.&lt;/ref&gt; [[ادب]] ۽ [[فن]] ۾ پڻ در ۽ درگاهون تبديلي، نئين مرحلي ۾ داخل ٿيڻ يا علامتي معنيٰ جي اظهار لاءِ استعارن ۽ تمثيلن طور گهڻو استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

'''دروازو'''- انگريزي ۾: ڊور يا گيٽ . اردوءَ ۾ دروازہ:جديد دور جي عمارتن ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڪاٺ جا دروازا استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا. تاڪن جي حساب سان اھي ھڪ تاڪ وارا   ۽ ٻن تاڪن وارا ٿين ٿا..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر: سنڌي ادبي بورڊ،ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;
[[فائل:Door in Georgia.jpg|380px|thumb|جارجيا ملڪ جو دروازو]]
جاءِ اندر مختلف قسم جي ڪمرن ۾ استعمال جي نوعيت مطابق انھن جي ماپ جو تعين ڪيو وڃي ٿو. اھي اھڙي ماپ جا ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن انھن ڪمرن ۾ گھربل سامان آسانيءَ سان لنگھي سگھي. عام طرح سان غسلخانن ۽ بيت الخلاءِ اندر داخل ٿيڻ لاءِ دروازن جي ماپ 6′-4″x2′-6″  رکجي تھ بھتر آھي. ٻين ڪمرن لاءِ دروازن جي سراسري ماپ 7′-0″x3′-8″ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ ڪوشش ڪري 6′-4″x3′-0″ کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي. بھرحال دروازن جي ماپ واسطي ڪنھن بھ قسم جو پڪو پختو قائدو مڙھيل نھ آھي. ڪچيءَ طرح ۽ اندازي جي حساب سان ھيٺئين فارمولا سان دروازن جي ماپ جو تعين ڪري سگھجي ٿو.
ويڪر =(ويڪر)  اوچائي 4-(اوچائي)  فوٽ 
ڪمرن اندر دروازا ڪنڊ کان اٽڪل 6 انچن کان 9 انچن تائين پري رکجن تھ بھتر آھي، ليڪن انھن جي لڳائڻ لاءِ جديد طرز جي عمارت جي علم کي ذھن ۾ رکڻ وڌيڪ سٺو آھي.
اڄڪلھ دروازن جي چؤڪاٺن ۾ چائنٺ (سل)  نھ لڳائي ويندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ انھيءَ جي لڳائڻ سان ھڪ تھ ٿاٻي کائڻ جو تمام گھڻو انديشو رھي ٿو ۽ ٻيو تھ صفائي ڪرڻ ۾ دقت ٿئي ٿي، ليڪن ايئرڪنڊيشنڊ ڪمرن لاءِ چائنٺ لڳائڻ تمام ضروري آھي تھ جيئن تاڪن ھيٺان وٿي نہ رھي. وڏن شھرن ۾ آر-سي-سيءَ جي بوتي وارين عمارتن ۾ 4 ½ انچن جي اوساريءَ وارين ڀتين ۾ ڀت جي پوري ٿولھھ تائين ويڪرا چؤڪاٺا استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا. عام رواجي ۽ سرڪاري عمارتن ۾ چؤڪاٺن لاءِ 0′-4″x0′-3″ جي سائيز جون ڪاٺ جون پٽيون گھڙايون وينديون آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

[[فائل:Knocking at front door of The National Archives Building - 01.jpg|380px|thumb|واشنگٽن ۾ نيشنل آرڪائيوز بلڊنگ جو دروازو]]
دروازو ھڪ حرڪت وارو ڍانچو آهي جنھن ذريعي ڪنھن چوديواريءَ يا گاڏي وغيره ۾ ڪنھن جي داخلا يا روڪ کي ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪبو آهي. عام طور تي ان جو ھڪ يا ٻه [[تاڪ]] ھوندا آھن جيڪي درين يا بغير درين جي ھوندا آھن. تاڪ چاھي ھڪڙو ھجي يا ٻہ ،  [[ڇوڪاٺو|چوڪاٺي]] يا [[چونڪو|چونڪي]] سان [[انجيس|انجيسن]] جي مدد سان ڳنڍيل ھوندو/ھوندا آھن ۽ انھن کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪڙو يا ڪنڍو لڳائي استعمال ڪيو آھي جنھن ۾ تالو لڳائبو آهي. اھي ھوا ۽ روشنيءَ جي ضابطي لاءِ بہ استعمال ٿيندا آھن.
جاءِ اندر داخل ٿيڻ ۽ انھيءَ جي مختلف اندرين حصن جو پاڻ ۾ رابطو رکڻ لاءِ دروازا لڳايا ويندا آھن. موسم آھر انھن کي کولي رکڻ سان جاءِ اندر روشني وڌندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھوا جو گذر پڻ سٺيءَ طرح سان ٿيندو آھي. انھيءَ سان گڏ دروازن لڳائڻ سبب چوريءَ ٿيڻ جو انديشو گھٽ رھندو آھي ۽ گھر ۾ رھندڙ ڀاتين جي پوشيدگي (پرائيويسي)  رھندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== تاريخ ==
&lt;!-- هن حصي ۾ 1911ع جي ''Encyclopædia Britannica'' جي &quot;Door&quot; واري مقالي مان ورتل متن شامل آهي. --&gt;

قديم ترين دروازن جا ثبوت [[قديم مصر]] جي مقبرن جي ڀتين تي ٺهيل تصويرن مان ملن ٿا، جن ۾ هڪ يا ٻه تاڪن وارا دروازا ڏيکاريل آهن، جيڪي عام طور ڪاٺ جي هڪڙي ٽڪري مان ٺهيل هوندا هئا. مصري مقبرن ۾ ''ڪوڙا دروازا'' (فالس ڊورز) پڻ ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جن بابت عقيدو هو ته اهي فوت ٿيل ماڻهن جي آخرت ڏانهن وڃڻ جا علامتي دروازا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Weiss |first=Daniel |date=2022 |title=Features - Magical Mystery Door - Archaeology Magazine - November/December 2022 |url=https://archaeology.org/issues/november-december-2022/features/egypt-stela-false-door/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Archaeology Magazine |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

مصر جي انتهائي خشڪ آبهوا سبب دروازن کي وڪڙجڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ چوڪاٺن جي گهڻي ضرورت نه پوندي هئي، پر ٻين علائقن ۾ دروازن کي مضبوط رکڻ لاءِ چوڪاٺن وارو ڍانچو تيار ڪيو ويندو هو. رومي معمار ويتروويوس موجب اهڙن دروازن ۾ عمودي پٽيون (Stiles) ۽ افقي پٽيون (Rails) هونديون هيون، جڏهن ته وچ وارا پينل انهن جي نالن ۾ فٽ ڪيا ويندا هئا. عمودي پٽين مان هڪ قبضن سان ڳنڍيل ''هينگنگ اسٽائل'' ۽ ٻي ''ميٽنگ اسٽائل'' سڏبي هئي، جڏهن ته افقي حصن ۾ مٿيون، وچيون ۽ هيٺيون ريل شامل هونديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Marcus Vitruvius Pollio |url=https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Vitruvius/4*.html |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=University of Chicago}}&lt;/ref&gt;

قديم ترين دروازا ڪاٺ جا هوندا هئا. [[بائيبل]] ۾ [[حضرت سليمان]] جي مندر بابت بيان ٿيل آهي ته ان جا دروازا زيتون جي ڪاٺ مان ٺهيل، نفيس نقش نگاري سان سينگاريل ۽ سون سان مڙهيل هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Bible Project: Book of 1 Kings 6 - New American Standard Bible |url=https://www.bibleproject.com/bible/nasb/1-kings/6 |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=BibleProject |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; [[هومر]] جي تحريرن مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ان دور ۾ ڪي دروازا چاندي يا پتل سان ڍڪيل هوندا هئا. زيتون کان علاوه ايلم، ديودار، بلوط ۽ سرو جي ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ٿيندي هئي. آثار قديمه جي ماهرن سوئٽزرلينڊ جي شهر [[زيورخ]] ڀرسان پنج هزار سال پراڻا ٻه ڪاٺ جا دروازا پڻ دريافت ڪيا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://archive.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101108222716/http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/|url-status=dead|title=Swiss archaeologists find 5,000-year-old door|first=Frank|last=Jordans|date=October 20, 2010|archive-date=November 8, 2010|via=The Boston Globe}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://blog.nationalmuseum.ch/en/2019/01/close-the-door/|title=Close the door!|first=Samuel van|last=Willigen|date=January 17, 2019|website=Swiss National Museum - Swiss history blog}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{multiple image
| align=
| total_width=550
| direction=horizontal
| footer=
| image1=stone door.jpg
| caption1=هيمپي (ڀارت) ۾ پٿر جو دروازو
| image2=Door-Post Socket (4690606141).jpg
| caption2=پرسيپولس (هاڻوڪو [[ايران]]) مان دريافت ٿيل وڏي دروازي جو بنيادي ساکٽ
}}

قديم دور جا دروازا مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ لڳل محورن (Pintles) وسيلي ڦرندا هئا، جيڪي مٿئين ڪڙي (Lintel) ۽ هيٺئين چائنٺ (Sill) ۾ ٺهيل ساکٽن اندر ويهندا هئا. اهي ساکٽ گهڻو ڪري بازالٽ يا گرينائيٽ جهڙي سخت پٿر مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا. [[نپپور]] مان 2000 ق.م. جا دريافت ٿيل اهڙا ساکٽ ڊوليرائيٽ پٿر جا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=The Museum Journal {{!}} Two Door Sockets of the Kings of Ur |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/journal/1211/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=The Museum Journal |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[بلاوات]] جي دروازن جا محور ڪانسي سان ڍڪيل هئا، جيڪي اڄ [[برٽش ميوزيم]] ۾ محفوظ آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Assyrian sculpture and Balawat Gates |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/galleries/assyrian-sculpture-and-balawat-gates |access-date=2025-04-05 |website=British Museum}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهي ٻه تاڪن وارا دروازا هئا، جن مان هر تاڪ لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|2.54|m|in|abbr=on}} ويڪرو ۽ {{convert|8.2|m|ft|abbr=on}} اوچو هو. انهن کي {{convert|25.4|cm|in|abbr=on}} ويڪريون ڪانسي جون پٽيون لڳل هيون، جن تي ابھريل نقاشي ڪئي وئي هئي. ڪاٺ جا دروازا لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|7.62|cm|in|abbr=on}} ٿلها هئا، جڏهن ته قبضي واري عمودي پٽي جو قطر {{convert|360|mm|in}} کان وڌيڪ هو. مختلف ماپن جي ٻين ڪانسي جي ڍڪڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ڪاٺ جي محورن کي ڌاتو سان محفوظ ڪرڻ ان دور ۾ عام رواج هو.

شام جي [[حوران]] علائقي ۾، جتي ڪاٺ جي کوٽ هئي، اتي دروازا پٿر مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/W_1864-0301-1 |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=British Museum}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن مان {{convert|1.63|by|0.79|m|in|abbr=on}} ماپ وارو هڪ پٿريلو دروازو [[برٽش ميوزيم]] ۾ محفوظ آهي، جنهن جي وچ واري ڪنڊ مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته اهو ٻه تاڪي دروازي جو هڪ حصو هو. شام جي شهر بُصرى ويجهو ڪُفَير ۾ سياح برڪهارٽ کي {{convert|2.74|to|3.048|m|ft|abbr=on}} اوچا پٿريلا دروازا مليا، جيڪي قديم شهر جي داخلي دروازن طور استعمال ٿيندا هئا. [[ايٽروريا]] ۾ پڻ پٿر جي دروازن جا ڪيترائي مثال ملن ٿا.

[[File:Plaster cast of folding doors, Pompeii.jpg|thumb|left|upright|[[پومپيئي]] ۾ پهرين صدي عيسويءَ جا [[قديم روم]] جا فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازا، جيڪي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي نوڪلاسيڪي دروازن سان مشابهت رکن ٿا.]]

قديم [[يونان]] ۽ [[قديم روم]] ۾ هڪ تاڪي، ٻه تاڪي، ٽي تاڪي، سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ ۽ فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازن جا تاڪ قبضن سان پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا ۽ کلي پوئتي ويڙهجي ويندا هئا. [[اگريجينٽم]] ۾ ٿيرون جي مقبري تي پٿر ۾ تراشيل هڪ چار پينلن وارو دروازو موجود آهي. [[بلنڊيل مجموعو|بلنڊيل مجموعي]] (Blundell) ۾ محفوظ هڪ بيس رليف تي مندر جو ٻه تاڪي دروازو ڏيکاريل آهي، جنهن جي هر تاڪ ۾ پنج پينل آهن.

قديم رومي ڌاتوڪاريءَ جا بهترين مثال روم جي [[چرچ آف ايس ايس ڪوزماس ۽ ڊيمين]] جا ڪانسي جا دروازا آهن. اهي ٻه تاڪي آهن، هر تاڪ ۾ ٻه پينل آهن ۽ سڄو چوڪاٺو پڻ ڪانسي جو ٺهيل آهي. [[پينٿيون, روم|پينٿيون]] جا ڪانسي جا دروازا به ساڳئي طرز جا آهن، جن ۾ مٿئين، وچئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ اضافي افقي پينل موجود آهن. رومي دور جا ٻه ٻيا اهم ڪانسي جا دروازا [[ليٽران بيسيليڪا]] ۾ موجود آهن.

يوناني عالم [[اسڪندريه جو ھيرون ]] پهرين صدي عيسويءَ ۾، جڏهن [[رومي مصر]] قائم هو، دنيا جو سڀ کان پراڻو سڃاتل خودڪار دروازو تيار ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;needham volume 4 part 2 162&quot;&gt;{{Cite book|editor-last=Needham |editor-first=Joseph |year=1986 |title=Science and Civilization in China: Mechanical Engineering |volume=IV:2 |publisher=Cambridge University Press |page=162 |orig-year=1965 |editor-last2=Wang |editor-first2=Ling |isbn=0-521-05803-1 |ol=7716140M}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ چين ۾ [[سئي خاندان جو شهنشاهه يانگ]] (604–618ع) جي دور حڪومت ۾ شاهي لائبريري لاءِ پيرن جي حرڪت سان کلندڙ خودڪار دروازو تيار ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;needham volume 4 part 2 162&quot; /&gt; عرب موجد [[الجزري]] پڻ پاڻيءَ جي طاقت سان هلندڙ خودڪار دروازن جا نقشا ۽ وضاحتون پيش ڪيون.&lt;ref&gt;Howard R. Turner (1997), ''Science in Medieval Islam: An Illustrated Introduction'', p. 181, [[University of Texas Press]], {{ISBN|0-292-78149-0}}.&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|journal=Archivio Italiano di Urologia e Andrologia |title=Primitive robotic procedures: Automotions for medical liquids in 12th century Asia minor|year=2014 |doi=10.4081/aiua.2014.4.300|last1=Penbegul |first1=Necmettin |last2=Atar |first2=Murat |last3=Kendirci |first3=Muammer |last4=Bozkurt |first4=Yasar |last5=Hatipoglu |first5=Namık Kemal |last6=Verit |first6=Ayhan |last7=Kadıoglu |first7=Ates |volume=86 |issue=4 |pages=300–303 |pmid=25641458 |doi-access=free }}&lt;/ref&gt;

وچئين دور ۾ [[ٽامو]] ۽ ان جون مصرعون تعميراتي فن ۾ اهم حيثيت رکنديون هيون. [[بيت لحم]] جي [[چرچ آف دي نيٽوٽي]] (ڇهين صدي) جا دروازا ڪانسي جي نقشدار پٽن سان ڍڪيل آهن. [[ھاگيا صوفيه]]، [[قسطنطنيه]] جا اٺين ۽ نائين صديءَ جا دروازا به ڪانسي جا آهن، جڏهن ته [[آڪس-لا-شاپيل]] جي گرجاگھر جا نائين صديءَ جا ڪانسي جا دروازا غالباً قسطنطنيه مان آندا ويا هئا، جيئن [[سينٽ مارڪس بيسيليڪا]]، وينس جا ڪجهه دروازا پڻ. جرمنيءَ جي آڪسن گرجاگھر جا ڪانسي جا دروازا لڳ ڀڳ 800ع جا آهن. [[فلورينس]] جي ڪئٿڊرل جي بپتسما گاهه جا ڪانسي جا دروازا 1423ع ۾ [[گيبرتي]] مڪمل ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;Architecture, European Copper Institute; {{cite web |url=http://eurocopper.org/copper/copper-architecture.html |title=Find out how useful copper is to design and architecture! |access-date=2012-09-12 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20121009005711/http://eurocopper.org/copper/copper-architecture.html |archive-date=2012-10-09 }}&lt;/ref&gt; {{crossreference|(ڏسو پڻ: [[Copper in architecture]].)}}

[[File:Tür, Villa Boscoreale.jpg|left|thumb|upright|پهرين صدي عيسويءَ جي [[قديم روم]] جي ڀت تي ٺهيل رنگين تصوير، جنهن ۾ نفيس سينگاريل دروازو ڏيکاريل آهي.]]

يارهين ۽ ٻارهين صديءَ جا ڪانسي جا ڪيترائي تاريخي دروازا اڄ به موجود آهن. انهن مان سڀ کان پراڻو جرمنيءَ جي [[هلڊسهايم]] وارو دروازو (1015ع) آهي. هلڊسهايم جي هن طرز بعد ۾ پولينڊ جي [[گنيزنو دروازن]] جي جوڙجڪ تي به اثر وڌو. ڏکڻ اٽلي ۽ سسلي جا ٻيا اهم مثال هي آهن: [[سينٽ اينڊريا، امالفي]] (1060ع)، [[ساليرنو]] (1099ع)، [[ڪانوسا دي پوليا]] (1111ع)، [[ٽروا]] جا ٻه دروازا (1119ع ۽ 1124ع)، [[راويلو]] (1179ع)، جيڪي ٽراني جي باريسانو ٺاهيا، جنهن [[ٽراني گرجاگھر]] جا دروازا پڻ تيار ڪيا؛ جڏهن ته [[مونريالي]] ۽ [[پيسا گرجاگھر]] جا دروازا [[پيسا جي بونانو]] جا ٺاهيل آهن.

انهن سڀني دروازن ۾ قبضي واري عمودي پٽي جا محور مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ هوندا هئا. تعميراتي ماهرن کي صحيح طرح معلوم نه آهي ته روايتي محوري نظام کان قبضن (ھنجز) ڏانهن تبديلي ڪڏهن آئي، پر ان تبديليءَ سان دروازن کي مضبوط ڪرڻ ۽ سينگارڻ جو نئون طريقو رائج ٿيو. ان لاءِ مختلف نمونن جون ٺڪيل لوهي پٽيون استعمال ٿينديون هيون، جيڪي قبضن جو ڪم به ڏينديون هيون. عام طور ٽي سينگاريل پٽيون دروازي سان لڳل هونديون هيون، جڏهن ته انهن سان گڏ لوهي ڪڙا عمودي محورن تي چڙهندا هئا، جيڪي پٿر يا ڪاٺ جي چوڪاٺ ۾ لڳل هوندا هئا. اهڙي نموني جو ٻارهين صديءَ جو هڪ ابتدائي مثال [[لنڪن ڪئٿڊرل]] ۾ موجود آهي. فرانس ۾ [[نوٽر ڊيم، پيرس]] جي دروازن جو ڌاتوءَ وارو ڪم هن فن جو هڪ شاندار نمونو آهي، جڏهن ته فرانس ۽ انگلينڊ ۾ به اهڙا ڪيترائي مثال موجود آهن.

اٽلي ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ مشهور دروازن ۾ [[فلورنس جي سينٽ جيوواني بپتسما گهر]] جا دروازا شامل آهن، جيڪي مڪمل طور ڪانسي جا ٺهيل آهن، جن ۾ [[دروازي جو چوڪاٺو]] پڻ ڪانسي جو آهي. ڏاکڻي دروازي تي موجود انساني شڪلين، پکين ۽ ٻوٽن جي نفيس نقش نگاري [[ايندريا پيزانو]] 1330ع ۾ تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته اوڀر وارو دروازو [[گيبرتي]] 1425ع کان 1452ع جي وچ ۾ ٺاهيو، جيڪو پنهنجي فني حسن سبب تمام گهڻو مشهور آهي. اترئين دروازي (1402ع–1424ع) ۾ گيبرتي، ايندريا پيزانو جي ساڳي پينلن ۽ تصويري ترتيب واري طرز کي اختيار ڪيو، پر اوڀرئين دروازي ۾ مستطيل پينلن کي ابھريل نقش نگاري (Bas-relief) سان سينگاريو ويو، جن ۾ مقدس صحيفن جا منظر ۽ بيشمار انساني شڪلون ڏيکاريل آهن. انهن دروازن کي ئي اهو مشهور لقب ''جنت جا دروازا'' ڏنو ويو، جنهن جو ذڪر [[مائيڪل اينجلو]] پڻ ڪيو.

[[قاهره]] جي مسجدن جا دروازا بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا هئا. هڪ قسم ۾ دروازن تي ڪانسي يا لوهه جون چادرون چاڙهي انهن تي نفيس نقش نگاري يا اُڀريل سينگار ڪيو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته ٻئي قسم جا دروازا ڪاٺ جي فريم سان ٺهيل هوندا هئا، جن تي چورس ۽ هيرن جهڙن پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيل نمونن جي سينگار هوندي هئي. هن ٻئي طرز جي شروعات [[قبطي]] فن تعمير مان ٿي. [[پالرمو]] جي محل جا دروازا، جيڪي نارمن حڪمرانن لاءِ ساراسين ڪاريگرن تيار ڪيا، اڄ به بهترين حالت ۾ محفوظ آهن. اهڙي ئي سينگار واري طرز جا دروازا [[ويرونا]] ۾ پڻ ملن ٿا، جتي دروازن جي عمودي ۽ افقي ڪاٺين جا ڪنارا ترڇا ۽ ڪَٽيل نموني سان تيار ڪيا ويا آهن.

[[فائل:Дом компании Зингер, Россия, Санкт-Петербург.JPG|thumb|upright|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جي عنصرن سان سينگاريل شيشي جو دروازو، [[سنگر هائوس]]، [[سينٽ پيٽرسبرگ]]، روس]]

نشاةِ ثانيه جي دور ۾ اٽلي جا دروازا نسبتاً سادا رکيا ويندا هئا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اتي جي معمارن وڌيڪ توجهه دروازن جي چوڌاري ٺهيل داخلي بناوت (Doorway) تي ڏيندا هئا. ان جي ابتڙ، فرانس ۽ جرمني ۾ دروازن کي نهايت نفاست سان اُڪيريو ويندو هو، خاص طور [[لوئي چوڏهون طرز]] ۽ [[لوئي پندرهون طرز]] جي دور ۾. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن انهن ۾ ٿنڀا، ڇَجا، ٽڪنڊا محراب (Pediment) ۽ طاقون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون هيون، جڏهن ته چوڌاري ڀت سادي معمارِي واري هوندي هئي. اٽلي ۾ دروازن جي وڏائي وڌائڻ لاءِ پينلن جو تعداد وڌايو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته فرانس ۾ ان جي ابتڙ نسبتاً گهٽ پينلن کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي هئي. [[فونتين بلو]] جي محل جو هڪ وڏو ٻه-تاڪي دروازو اهڙي نموني ٺاهيو ويو آهي، جو ڏسڻ ۾ ڄڻ هڪ ئي وڏي پينل مان ٺهيل هجي.

فرانس ۾ نشاةِ ثانيه جي سڀ کان قديم دروازن مان هڪ [[سينٽ سووير گرجاگھر، ايڪس-آن-پرووانس]] (1503ع) جو دروازو آهي. ان جي هيٺين پينلن ۾ [[گوٿڪ فن تعمير|گوٿڪ]] طرز جي طاقن اندر لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|3|ft|m|abbr=on}} اوچيون انساني شڪلون اُڪيريل آهن، جڏهن ته مٿين پينلن ۾ لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|2|ft|m|abbr=on}} اوچين شڪلين سان ٻٽي قطار وارا طاق ۽ انهن مٿان ڇپر نما سينگار موجود آهي. اهي سڀ نقش [[ديودار]] جي ڪاٺ تي اُڪيريا ويا آهن. [[بووي گرجاگھر]] جو ڏاکڻو دروازو ڪيترن ئي لحاظ کان فرانس جي بهترين دروازن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، جتي مٿين پينلن تي ابھريل نقش نگاري سان مذهبي منظر ۽ ڇپر نما سينگار ٺاهيا ويا آهن. [[جيزور]] جي گرجاگھر (1575ع) جا دروازا پڻ طاقن اندر انساني شڪلين سان سينگاريل آهن، جيڪي طبقاتي ٿنڀن سان هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيا ويا آهن. [[روئن]] جي [[سينٽ ميڪلو]] گرجاگھر ۾ ٽي نهايت خوبصورت اُڪيريل دروازا آهن؛ انهن مان [[ژان گوجون]] جا تيار ڪيل دروازا ٻنهي پاسن تي طاقن اندر شڪلين ۽ وچ ۾ نفيس مجسماڪاريءَ سبب خاص شهرت رکن ٿا. لڳ ڀڳ چاليهه کان پنجاهه سال پوءِ ٺاهيل ٻين دروازن کي ابھريل نقش نگاري، قدرتي منظرن، انساني شڪلين ۽ پيچيده آرائشي بارڊرن سان سينگاريو ويو.

[[ناسا]] جي [[گاڏين جي اسيمبلي عمارت]]، جيڪا [[ڪينيڊي خلائي مرڪز]] ۾ واقع آهي، دنيا جا چار سڀ کان وڏا دروازا رکي ٿي. هيءَ عمارت شروعات ۾ [[اپولو پروگرام|اپولو]] مشنن لاءِ [[سيٽرن پنجون]] راڪيٽن جي اسيمبلي لاءِ تعمير ڪئي وئي هئي، ۽ بعد ۾ [[خلائي شٽل]] پروگرام جي سهائتا لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي رهي. انهن چئن مان هر هڪ دروازي جي اوچائي {{convert|139|m|ft|abbr=off|sp=us}} آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.nasa.gov/centers/kennedy/pdf/718659main_VAB.pdf|title=Vehicle Assembly Building Fact Sheet|website=NASA|access-date=2016-06-03|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20161011224909/https://www.nasa.gov/centers/kennedy/pdf/718659main_VAB.pdf|archive-date=2016-10-11}}&lt;/ref&gt;

انگلينڊ جو سڀ کان قديم محفوظ دروازو [[ويسٽمنسٽر ائبي]] ۾ موجود آهي، جيڪو 1050ع جو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite news |url=https://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/uk_news/4743899.stm |work=BBC News |title=Abbey oak door 'Britain's oldest' |date=2005-08-03 |access-date=2010-05-01 |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20060620190404/http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/uk/4743899.stm |archive-date=2006-06-20}}&lt;/ref&gt; سترهين صديءَ ۾ انگلينڊ ۾ دروازن جي پينلن کي ابھريل [[بوليڪشن]] يا ٻاهر نڪتل سينگاريل ڍانچن سان سينگاريو ويندو هو، جن تي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن نهايت نفيس اُڪير به ڪئي ويندي هئي. ارڙهين صديءَ ۾ دروازن جي [[سينگاريل قالب]]، جيڪي [[عمودي ڪاٺي]] ۽ [[فريم ۽ پينل]] تي ٺهندا هئا، تن کي [[ايگ اينڊ ڊارٽ]] نموني جي [[معماري سينگار]] سان اُڪيريو ويندو هو.

&lt;gallery widths=&quot;170&quot; heights=&quot;200&quot; mode=&quot;packed&quot; caption=&quot;دروازن جي مختصر بصري تاريخ&quot;&gt;
File:Fragment from a tomb door MET 23.3.174f-emf.jpg|[[قديم مصري فن تعمير|قديم مصري]] مقبري جي دروازي جو ٽڪرو، لڳ ڀڳ 2150–1981 ق.م، [[ميٽروپوليٽن عجائب گهر]]، [[نيويارڪ شهر]]
File:The Hercules Sarcophagus depicting the Twelve Labors of Hercules, 150-160 AD, Kayseri Archaeological Museum, Turkey (26261172056) (lighter version).jpg|[[قديم يوناني فن تعمير|قديم يوناني]] طرز جو دروازو، هرڪيولس جي تابوت تي اُڪريل، [[قيصريه آثار قديمه عجائب گهر]]، [[قيصريه]]، [[ترڪي]]
File:Bronze door, Basilica di San Giovanni, 2013.jpg|[[قديم رومي فن تعمير|قديم رومي]] ڪانسي جا دروازا، [[ڪوريا جوليا]]، جيڪي هاڻي [[سينٽ جان ليٽران بيسليڪا]]، [[روم]] ۾ موجود آهن
File:Gate, ash-Shibak Fort, Ibra (North ash-Sharqiyah Governorate) Origin- Surat, India (Mughal Empire) Teak wood and brass.jpg|[[هندستاني فن تعمير|هندستاني]] [[مغل فن تعمير|مغل]] دور جو ساڳوان ۽ پتل جو دروازو
File:Tenghua Jiuguan 21 2015-04.JPG|روايتي [[چيني فن تعمير|چيني]] فولڊنگ دروازا، [[قديم وسٽيريا عجائب گهر]]، [[چانگجو]]، [[چين]]
File:Lateral door church Theotokos Gorgoepikoos Athens, Greece.jpg|[[بازنطيني فن تعمير|بازنطيني]] دروازو، [[ننڍي ميٽروپولس]]، [[اٿينس]]، [[يونان]]
File:Door in Morocco, 2010.jpg|[[اسلامي فن تعمير|اسلامي]] طرز جو دروازو، [[اسلامي هندسي نمونا]] سان سينگاريل، [[مراڪش]]
File:'Berfrestone' (DB) door and tympanum arch St Nicholas Church Barfrestone Kent England 1.jpg|[[رومانسڪ فن تعمير|رومانسڪ]] طرز جو دروازو، [[سينٽ نڪولس گرجاگهر]]، [[بارفريسٽون]]، [[ڪينٽ]]، [[انگلينڊ]]
File:Doorway detail, St Magnus Cathedral, Kirkwall, Orkney.jpg|[[گوٿڪ فن تعمير|گوٿڪ]] دروازو، [[سينٽ ميگنس گرجاگهر]]، [[ڪرڪوال]]، [[اسڪاٽلينڊ]]
File:Iconography - Saint Basil's Cathedral (19970306871).jpg|[[روسي فن تعمير|روسي]] دروازو، [[سينٽ بيسل گرجاگهر]]، [[ماسڪو]]
File:The entrance of the Antim Monastery Church.jpg|[[برانڪووينيسڪ طرز]] جو دروازو، [[انتيم خانقاه]]، [[بخاريسٽ]]، [[رومانيا]]، جنهن جي مٿان [[پسانيه]] لکيل آهي
File:Gdańsk (158).JPG|[[نشاة ثانيه فن تعمير|نشاة ثانيه]] طرز جو دروازو، [[گدانسڪ]]، [[پولينڊ]]
File:Chateau de Versailles Vestibule Haut 11 (lighter and fixed angles).jpg|[[باروڪ]] طرز جو دروازو، [[ورسائي محل]]، [[ورسائي]]، [[فرانس]]
File:Porte rue Monsieur-le-Prince Paris.jpg|[[روڪوڪو]] طرز جو دروازو، رو مونسيو لي پرنس، [[پيرس]]
File:P1210063 Paris III rue des Francs-Bourgeois n26 rwk.jpg|[[لوئي سورهون طرز]] جو دروازو، [[هوٽل مورتيي دي ساندرويل]]، رو دي فران بورجوا، [[پيرس]]
File:Pierre Rousseau - Double-Leaf Doors - 1942.2.12 - Cleveland Museum of Art.tif|[[نوڪلاسيڪي فن تعمير|نوڪلاسيڪي]] رنگيل ٻٽو دروازو (1790ع واري ڏهاڪي)، [[پيئر روسو]]، [[ڪليولينڊ آرٽ ميوزيم]]، [[آمريڪا]]
File:Brooklyn Museum 1994.92 Door with Lock (2).jpg|[[اولهه آفريڪا|اولهه آفريڪي]] تالي وارو ڪاٺ ۽ لوهه جو دروازو، اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر يا ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات، [[برڪينا فاسو]]، [[بروڪلن ميوزيم]]، [[نيويارڪ شهر]]
File:Zespół klasztoru Gandan (39).jpg|[[گاندانتيگچنلين خانقاه]]، [[منگوليا]] جو سينگاريل دروازو
File:P1250574 Paris V rue Malebranche n3 porte gothique bis encours.jpg|[[گوٿڪ احيا فن تعمير|گوٿڪ احيا]] طرز جو دروازو، رو مالبرانش، [[پيرس]]
File:Egyptian Revival mausoleum, Forest Home Cemetery.jpg|[[مصري احيا فن تعمير|مصري احيا]] طرز جي مقبري جو دروازو، فاريسٽ هوم قبرستان، [[وسڪانسن]]، [[آمريڪا]]
File:Armoiries de lIrlande à lambassade dIrlande à Paris.jpg|[[روڪوڪو احيا]] طرز جو دروازو، [[هوٽل دي بريتوي]]، [[پيرس]]
File:3-5, Strada Icoanei, Bucharest (Romania) 1.jpg|[[رومانوي احيا فن تعمير|رومانوي احيا]] طرز جو دروازو، [[شڪوالا سينٽرالا نيشنل ڪاليج]]، [[بخاريسٽ]]
File:Paris Porte cochère rue La Bruyère 2012.jpg|اوڻيهين صديءَ جو [[انتخابي فن تعمير|انتخابي]] ڪلاسيڪي طرز جو دروازو، رو لا بروئير، [[پيرس]]
File:Entrance of the George Enescu Museum.jpg|[[بيو آرٽس فن تعمير|بيو آرٽس]] طرز جو دروازو، [[ڪانتاڪوزينو محل]]، [[بخاريسٽ]]
File:Porte et marquise CCI Nancy.jpg|[[آرٽ نووو]] ڌاتو ۽ شيشي جو دروازو، [[نانسي]]، [[فرانس]]، مٿان وڏي شفاف [[ڇڄ]] سان
File:49-53, Calea Victoriei, Bucharest (Romania) 10.jpg|[[سادو ڪلاسيڪي فن تعمير|سادو ڪلاسيڪي]] طرز جو دروازو، [[بخاريسٽ شاهي محل]]، جيڪو هاڻي [[رومانيا جو قومي عجائب گهر براءِ فنون]] آهي
File:La Maison Bleue, porte d'entrée - Angers - 20110119.jpg|[[آرٽ ڊيڪو]] طرز جو دروازو، [[انجيه]]، [[فرانس]]
File:Fischerkirche (main door), Born a. Darß.jpg|ڪاٺ جو گرجاگهر جو دروازو، [[بورن آف ڊارس]]، [[جرمني]]
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== بناوت ۽ طرزون ==
[[فائل:Florença - Portões do Paraíso (146).jpg|thumb|upright|[[فلورنس بپتسما گهر]] جو دروازو، جنهن کي ''جنت جا دروازا'' چيو وڃي ٿو، 1425ع–1452ع، سونهري ڪانسي جو ٺهيل، اوچائي: 5.2 ميٽر]]
[[فائل:Kunsthistorisches Museum entrance.jpg|thumb|upright|[[ڪنسٽ هسٽوريشيز ميوزيم]] ([[ويانا]]، [[آسٽريا]]) جو داخلا دروازو]]

دروازن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جيڪي مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن:

* سڀ کان عام قسم '''هڪ تاڪي وارو دروازو''' آهي، جيڪو هڪ مضبوط تاڪي تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي ۽ پوري دروازي جي کليل حصي کي ڍڪي ڇڏيندو آهي. هن بنيادي جوڙجڪ جون ڪيترائي صورتون آهن، جهڙوڪ '''ٻه تاڪي وارو دروازو''' يا '''ٻٽو دروازو'''.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=External Single Door, Fully Glazed Leaf {{!}} NBS {{!}} BIM Library |url=https://source.thenbs.com/en/product/external-single-door-fully-glazed-leaf/7dHSpVWugYzrD2KEV7Zn74/wCWU2QXh2M5kYY78qJaQAo |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=source.thenbs.com |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''اڌ دروازو''' يا '''[[ڊچ دروازو]]''' يا '''اصطبل وارو دروازو''' افقي رخ ۾ ٻن حصن ۾ ورهايل هوندو آهي. هن قسم جو دروازو رهائشي گهرن ۾ به اختيار ڪيو ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Ray |first=Emily |date=2025-07-14 |title=Here's Why A Dutch Door Makes An Entryway More Beautiful &amp; Functional |url=https://www.housedigest.com/1908450/dutch-door-entryway-benefits/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=House Digest |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''[[سيلون]] جا دروازا''' هلڪا جهولندڙ ٻن تاڪن وارا دروازا هوندا آهن، جيڪي عام طور عوامي شراب خانن ۾ ملندا آهن ۽ خاص طور آمريڪي اولهه سان لاڳاپيل سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Martin |first=Hannah |date=2022-09-01 |title=Are Saloon Doors About to Have a Moment? |url=https://www.architecturaldigest.com/story/are-saloon-doors-about-to-have-a-moment |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Architectural Digest |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Hart |first=Morgan |date=2025-04-21 |title=Giddy Up: Western-Themed Bars in Utah • Salt Lake Magazine |url=https://saltlakemagazine.com/western-bars-utah/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Salt Lake Magazine |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''لڪل دروازو''' (انگريزي:بلائينڊ ڊور، گب ڊور يا جب ڊور) اهڙو دروازو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ٻاهران ڪا به چؤڪاٺ، هينڊل يا هلندڙ حصو ظاهر نه هوندو آهي. اهو ڀر واري ڀت سان اهڙي نموني ملي ويندو آهي، جو ڀت جو حصو ئي محسوس ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Nicholson |first=Peter |title=The New and Improved Practical Builder |location=London |publisher=Thomas Kelly|date=1841 |pages=97–98}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''فرانسيسي دروازو''' ساڳي نموني اندر يا ٻاهر کلي ٿو جيئن '''[[فرانسيسي دريون]]'''. اهو پاسي کان انجيسن تي لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ وچ ۾ ڪا عمودي ورهاست نه هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=2024-06-13 |title=What Are French Windows and Doors? |url=https://www.lomaxwood.co.uk/news/what-are-french-windows-and-doors/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Lomax &amp; Wood |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''[[جهروڪيدار دروازو]]''' ۾ ڪاٺ جون مقرر يا هلندڙ پٽيون (جن کي [[جهروڪي]] پڻ چيو وڃي ٿو) لڳل هونديون آهن، جيڪي هوا جي اچ وڃ کي ممڪن بڻائينديون آهن، پر اندر جي نجي ماحول کي برقرار رکندي روشنيءَ جي سڌي گذر کي روڪينديون آهن. اهڙا دروازا نسبتاً ڪمزور هوندا آهن، تنهن ڪري گهڻو ڪري [[ڪپڙن جي الماري|المارين]] ۽ ڪپڙا سڪائڻ وارن ڪمرن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي حفاظت کان وڌيڪ هوا جي اچ وڃ اهم هوندي آهي. ساڳئي قسم جي جوڙجڪ [[دريءَ جا پردا]] ٺاهڻ لاءِ به استعمال ٿيندي آهي. 1929ع ۾ [[سيگيٽ]]، [[فلوريڊا]] ۾ گوينڊولين ۽ پاول ڪراسلي جي تعمير ڪرايل گهر ۾ ٻه جهروڪيدار دروازا لڳايا ويا، جيڪي هوا جي مناسب گردش سان گڏ اهڙي نجيت فراهم ڪندا هئا، جو ڪنهن به رخ کان اندر ڏسڻ ممڪن نه هوندو هو.

* '''مرڪب دروازو''' هڪ تاڪي وارو دروازو هوندو آهي، جيڪو مڪمل مضبوط يا شيشي سان ٺهيل ٿي سگهي ٿو ۽ عام طور تي اندر اعليٰ ڪثافت واري فوم سان ڀريل هوندو آهي. برطانيا ۾ اهڙن دروازن کي عام طور BS PAS 23/24 معيار موجب تصديق ٿيل هوندو آهي ۽ ''سڪيوئرڊ باء ڊزائين'' جي حفاظتي معيارن سان مطابقت رکندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://thecrimepreventionwebsite.com/pas-242012-enhanced-security-doorsets/573/what-does-certificated-to-pas-24-actually-mean/|title=What does 'certificated' to PAS 24 actually mean?|work=thecrimepreventionwebsite.com|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140125223650/http://thecrimepreventionwebsite.com/pas-242012-enhanced-security-doorsets/573/what-does-certificated-to-pas-24-actually-mean|archive-date=2014-01-25}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Doors and Locks |url=https://www.securedbydesign.com/guidance/standards-explained#doors-and-locks |website=Secured by Design |publisher=Police Crime Prevention Initiative |access-date=29 October 2019}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''فولادي حفاظتي دروازو''' مضبوط فولاد مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ گهڻو ڪري [[بئنڪ خزانو|خزانن]] ۽ [[محفوظ ڪمرو|محفوظ ڪمرن]] ۾ حملي جي مزاحمت لاءِ لڳايو ويندو آهي. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن انهن جي ٻاهرين سطح تي ڪاٺ جا پينل پڻ لڳايا ويندا آهن ته جيئن عام دروازن جهڙا نظر اچن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://henleyssecuritydoors.co.uk/|title=Henleys Security Doors|website=Henleys Security Doors|access-date=25 May 2016|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160530035319/http://henleyssecuritydoors.co.uk/|archive-date=30 May 2016}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''هموار دروازو''' مڪمل طور تي سڌي ۽ هموار سطح وارو هوندو آهي. ان ۾ هلڪي ڪاٺ جي فريم تي [[پلائيووڊ]] يا [[وچولي ڪثافت وارو فائبر بورڊ]] لڳايو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته اندر جا خالي حصا گهڻو ڪري گتي جي مواد سان ڀريا ويندا آهن. ٻاهرين سطح سخت فائبر بورڊ مان پڻ ٺهي سگهي ٿي، جنهن جو مشهور نالو [[ميسونائيٽ]] آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Masonite International Corporation |url=https://visitjones.com/historic_locations/masonite-international-corporation/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Visit Laurel &amp; Jones County |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''ڍانچي وارو دروازو''' جو اندروني ڍانچو هموار دروازي جهڙو هوندو آهي، پر ان جي ٻاهرئين سطح ٺهيل نمونيدار MDF يا [[ميسونائيٽ]] مان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=2020-06-17 |title=What Should I Go For- Veneered Doors vs Moulded Doors |url=https://www.articlecube.com/what-should-i-go-veneered-doors-vs-moulded-doors |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=ArticleCube |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''تختن ۽ آڏين پٽين وارو دروازو''' ڪيترن عمودي تختن مان ٺهندو آهي، جيڪي ٻن يا وڌيڪ افقي ڪاٺين سان ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن مضبوطي لاءِ ترڇيون ڪاٺيون پڻ لڳايون وينديون آهن.

* '''[[پيادل دروازو]]''' وڏي دروازي جي اندر ٺهيل ننڍو دروازو هوندو آهي، جيڪو وڏي دروازي کي کولڻ کان سواءِ ماڻهن جي اچ وڃ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا دروازا وڏن گرجاگهرن، گيراجن يا جهازن جي هينگرن ۾ ڏسي سگهجن ٿا.

* '''ٻٽو ويڙهيندڙ دروازو''' ڪيترن حصن تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي، جيڪي ويڙهجي هڪ ٻئي سان لڳي ويندا آهن. اهي گهڻو ڪري ڪاٺ يا ايلومينيم مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن ۽ مڪمل کلي وڃڻ تي ڪمري جي ورهاڱي وانگر نظر ايندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.thedoorzone.co.uk/|title=Front Doors, Garage Doors Insights from The Door Zone|website=The Door Zone|language=en-GB|access-date=2017-05-11|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170507074631/http://www.thedoorzone.co.uk/|archive-date=2017-05-07}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=CPD 07 2025: Mastering sliding and bi-fold doors |url=https://www.housingtoday.co.uk/cpd/cpd-07-2025-mastering-sliding-and-bi-fold-doors/5136701.article |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Housing Today |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''[[سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ شيشي جو دروازو]]'''، جنهن کي ڪڏهن آرڪيڊيا يا پيٽيو دروازو پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، [[شيشو|شيشي]] مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي ۽ پاسي ڏانهن سرڪي کلي ٿو. ڪيترن قسمن ۾ ڄاري پڻ لڳل هوندي آهي.

* '''ڪوڙو دروازو''' اهڙي آرائشي بناوت هوندي آهي، جيڪا ظاهري طرح دروازي يا دريءَ جهڙي لڳندي آهي، پر حقيقت ۾ کلي نه سگهندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Digital Giza {{!}} Frequently Asked Questions |url=http://giza.fas.harvard.edu/faq/ |access-date=2025-10-15 |website=giza.fas.harvard.edu}}&lt;/ref&gt; [[قديم مصري فن تعمير]] ۾ اهو مقبرن جو عام جزو هو، جتي اهو آخرت ڏانهن ويندڙ دروازي جي علامت سمجهيو ويندو هو. اهڙي قسم جا ڪوڙا دروازا ريگستاني قبيلن جي تدفيني اڏاوتن، جهڙوڪ [[لبيا]] جي غرزا ۾ پڻ ملن ٿا.

== قسم ==

دروازن کي سندن جوڙجڪ، استعمال ۽ کلڻ جي طريقي موجب مختلف قسمن ۾ ورهايو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book
|last=انصاري
|first=ضياءُ الدين
|title=عمارت سازي
|publisher=سنڌي ادبي بورڊ
|location=ڄامشورو
|year=1990
}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== جوڙجڪ موجب قسم ===

* '''پٽين وارا دروازا''' (Ledged doors): هي سادا دروازا عمودي ڪاٺين جي پٽين (بيٽن) ۽ افقي ٽيڪن (ليجز) سان ٺهندا آهن. انهن جو استعمال گهڻو ڪري ٻهراڙي وارن علائقن ۽ عارضي عمارتن ۾ ٿيندو آهي.

* '''پٽين ۽ وترين ٽيڪن وارا دروازا''' (Ledged and braced doors): هن قسم ۾ افقي ٽيڪن سان گڏ وتريون ٽيڪون پڻ لڳايون وينديون آهن، جيڪي دروازي کي وڌيڪ مضبوطي ۽ استحڪام فراهم ڪنديون آهن.

* '''چوڪاٺ ۽ پٽين وارا دروازا''' (Ledged and framed doors): انهن ۾ پٽين سان گڏ چوڪاٺ به شامل هوندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازي جي مضبوطي ۽ خوبصورتي وڌي ويندي آهي.

* '''چوڪاٺ، پٽين ۽ وترين ٽيڪن وارا دروازا''' (Ledged, framed and braced doors): هي اڳئين قسم جو وڌيڪ مضبوط نمونو آهي، جيڪو گهڻو ڪري ٻاهرين استعمال لاءِ مناسب هوندو آهي.

* '''چوڪاٺ ۽ پينلن وارا دروازا''' (Framed and panelled doors): هي سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ دروازا آهن. چوڪاٺ جي اندر ڪاٺ يا ٻين مواد جا پينل لڳايا ويندا آهن، جن جون مختلف بناوتون ۽ ڊزائنون هونديون آهن.

* '''شيشي ۽ پينلن وارا دروازا''' (Glazed and panelled doors): انهن ۾ شيشي ۽ ڪاٺ جا پينل گڏيل نموني استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جنهن سان قدرتي روشني اندر داخل ٿيندي آهي. اهي آفيسن، اسپتالن، لائبريرين، دڪانن ۽ نمائشگاهن ۾ عام آهن.

* '''فلش دروازا''' (Flush doors): هنن جا ٻاهريان پاسا هموار هوندا آهن ۽ اندران مضبوط فريم يا سالڊ ڪور تي پلائيووڊ يا ساڳئي قسم جي چادر لڳل هوندي آهي. اهي هلڪا، پائيدار ۽ سنڀالڻ ۾ آسان هوندا آهن.

* '''ڄاريءَ وارا دروازا''' (Wire gauze doors): انهن ۾ ڌاتي ڄاري لڳل هوندي آهي، جيڪا هوا جي وهڪري کي برقرار رکندي آهي ۽ مڇرن، مکين ۽ ٻين جيتن جي داخلا روڪيندي آهي.

* '''لوور وارا دروازا''' (Louvered doors): انهن ۾ ترڇيون پٽيون لڳل هونديون آهن، جيڪي هوا جي گذر کي ممڪن بڻائينديون آهن، جڏهن ته رازداري پڻ برقرار رهندي آهي.

=== کلڻ جي طريقي موجب قسم ===

[[فائل:Types of doors.png|thumb|دروازن جي ڪم ڪندڙ طريقن جا بنيادي قسم]]

==== انجيسن وارا دروازا ====

گهڻا دروازا هڪ پاسي [[انجيس]] سان لڳل هوندا آهن، جنهن سبب اهي هڪ رخ ۾ ڦري کلندا آهن. عام طور ڦرڻ جو محور عمودي هوندو آهي، پر ڪن حالتن ۾، جهڙوڪ گيراج دروازن ۾، اهو افقي به ٿي سگهي ٿو.

* '''جهولندڙ دروازو''' (Swing door): خاص انجيسن سان لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪي ان کي اندر يا ٻاهر کلڻ ڏينديون آهن، ۽ اڪثر اسپرنگ ذريعي پاڻمرادو بند ٿي ويندو آهي.

* '''ٻنهي طرفن کلندڙ دروازو''' (Double-acting door): ٻنهي طرفن کلڻ جي صلاحيت رکي ٿو. اهڙا دروازا ريسٽورنٽن جي رڌڻ گهرن ۽ گهڻي آمدرفت وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

* '''باغيچو دروازو''' (Garden door): فرانسيسي دريءَ جهڙو هوندو آهي، پر وڌيڪ محفوظ هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ صرف هڪ تاڪ کلندو آهي.

* '''ڪنويڪشن دروازو''' (Convection door): فرش کان ڇت تائين اوچائي وارو اندريون دروازو، جيڪو گرم هوا جي گردش ۾ مددگار هوندو آهي.

==== سرڪندڙ دروازا ====

سرڪندڙ دروازا ريلن تي هڪ پاسي کان ٻئي پاسي سرڪي کلندا ۽ بند ٿيندا آهن، تنهنڪري جاءِ جي بچت ٿيندي آهي.

* '''اوورليپ سرڪندڙ دروازو''' (Bypass door): ٻه يا وڌيڪ تاڪ هڪ ٻئي جي اڳيان پٺيان سرڪندا آهن ۽ گهڻو ڪري المارين ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

* '''[[پاڪيٽ دروازو]]''' (Pocket door): ڀت جي اندر ٺهيل خالي جاءِ ۾ سرڪي ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري تنگ جڳهن لاءِ موزون هوندو آهي.

* '''سرڪندڙ شيشي جو دروازو''' (Sliding glass door): گهرن، هوٽلن ۽ واپاري عمارتن ۾، خاص طور صحن يا باغ ڏانهن داخلا لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

==== ڦرندڙ دروازا ====

* '''[[ڦرندڙ دروازو]]''' (Revolving door): مرڪزي محور جي چوڌاري ڦرندڙ ڪيترن تاڪن تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ٻنهي طرفن کان اچ وڃ کي آسان بڻائيندو آهي.

* '''مرڪزي محور وارو دروازو''' (Pivot door): انجيسن بدران مرڪزي محور تي لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪناري يا وچ تي ٿي سگهي ٿو.

==== تيز رفتار دروازا ====

'''[[تيز رفتار دروازو]]''' (High-speed door) صنعتي استعمال لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. اهو تمام تيزيءَ سان کلندو ۽ بند ٿيندو آهي ۽ ڪارخانن، صفائي وارن ڪمرن ۽ ٿڌ خانن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

==== خودڪار دروازا ====

'''[[خودڪار دروازو]]''' بجلي، چشمي يا ٻنهي جي مدد سان پاڻمرادو کلندو ۽ بند ٿيندو آهي. اهي حساس اوزارن، حرڪت معلوم ڪندڙ نظام، ريموٽ ڪنٽرول يا هٿ سان هلندڙ سوئچ ذريعي ڪم ڪندا آهن. جديد خودڪار دروازن ۾ حفاظتي حساس اوزار پڻ لڳل هوندا آهن، جيڪي ماڻهن يا شين سان ٽڪرائجڻ کان بچائيندا آهن.

==== ٻيا قسم ====

* '''مٿي کڄندڙ دروازو''' (Up-and-over door): گهڻو ڪري گيراجن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي ۽ مٿي کڄي افقي حالت ۾ بيهي رهندو آهي.

* '''[[ٽيمبور دروازو]]''' (Tambour door): سنهين افقي پٽين مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ريلن تي مٿي ۽ هيٺ ٿيندو آهي.

* '''ويڙهندڙ دروازو''' (Rolling door): فولادي پٽين مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڊرم تي ويڙهجي کلندو ۽ بند ٿيندو آهي. گيراجن، گودامن ۽ دڪانن ۾ عام آهي.

* '''ڳتجندڙ دروازو''' (Collapsible door): فولادي پٽن ۽ ڪينچي جهڙي جوڙجڪ تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي، جيڪو پاسن ڏانهن ويڙهجي کلندو ۽ بند ٿيندو آهي. مارڪيٽن، گيراجن ۽ وڏين داخلي جڳهن تي استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>qlka87xs0q9empj9ilbzmew4mm3y1js</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401151</id>
      <parentid>401150</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T11:08:27Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401151</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="59013" sha1="9m50l6dbzt05wnkjhq9r4oiarpk724j" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|داخل ٿيڻ ۽ ٻاهر نڪرڻ لاءِ حرڪت ڪندڙ رڪاوٽ}}

[[File:L-door.png|thumb|در جو خاڪو]]

'''در''' يا '''دروازو''' هڪ [[قبضو|قبضن]] تي لڳل يا ٻيءَ ڪنهن طريقي سان حرڪت ڪندڙ رڪاوٽ هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪنهن بند جاءِ ۾ داخل ٿيڻ (ورود) ۽ ٻاهر نڪرڻ (خروج) جي سهولت فراهم ڪري ٿو. ڀت ۾ در لاءِ ٺهيل کليل حصي کي '''درگاهه''' يا '''دروازي جو کليل حصو''' چيو ويندو آهي. در جو بنيادي مقصد رسائيءَ تي ضابطو رکندي [[سيڪيورٽي]] فراهم ڪرڻ آهي. عام طور تي اهو اهڙو پٽ يا تختو هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[عمارت]]، [[ڪمرو|ڪمري]] يا [[گاڏي]] جي دروازي جي کليل حصي ۾ فِٽ ڪيو ويندو آهي. در مختلف مواد مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن جو انتخاب انهن جي استعمال ۽ مقصد مطابق ڪيو ويندو آهي. اڪثر در [[قبضو|قبضن]] ذريعي لڳايا ويندا آهن، پر ڪي سلائيڊ ٿيڻ، فولڊ ٿيڻ يا ٻين حرڪتي طريقن سان به ڪم ڪندا آهن.

در مختلف طريقن سان کلي ۽ بند ٿي سگهن ٿا، جهڙوڪ قبضي تي ڦرڻ، فريم سان متوازي سلائيڊ ٿيڻ، فولڊ ٿيڻ يا مرڪزي محور تي ڦرڻ. انهن جو مقصد ماڻهن يا شين جي داخلا ۽ اخراج کي آسان يا محدود ڪرڻ هوندو آهي. گهڻن درن ۾ اندروني ۽ ٻاهرين پاسي جي بناوت هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي، پر ڪجهه حالتن ۾، جهڙوڪ [[گاڏي]] جي درن ۾، ٻنهي پاسن جي جوڙجڪ مختلف هوندي آهي.

گهڻن درن ۾ [[تالو]] لڳائڻ جو انتظام هوندو آهي، جنهن ذريعي صرف مجاز ماڻهو، مثال طور [[چاٻي]] استعمال ڪري، در کولي سگهندا آهن. درن تي اڪثر کڙڪائڻ لاءِ ڌاتوءَ جا [[کڙڪائندڙ (اوزار)|کڙڪائندڙ]]  (ڊور ناڪرس) يا [[در جي گهنٽي]] پڻ لڳل هوندي آهي، ته جيئن ٻاهران بيٺل ماڻهو پنهنجي موجودگيءَ جو اطلاع ڏئي سگهن. رسائي فراهم ڪرڻ کان علاوه، در خانگي زندگي (پرائيويسي) جي حفاظت، مختلف استعمال وارن حصن کي الڳ رکڻ، [[روشني]] ۽ [[هوا جي اچ وڃ]] کي ضابطو ڪرڻ، گرمي يا ٿڌ کي برقرار رکڻ، آواز کي گهٽائڻ ۽ [[باهه]] جي پکڙجڻ کي روڪڻ جهڙا اهم ڪم پڻ سرانجام ڏيندا آهن.

در صرف تعميراتي عنصر نه، پر جمالياتي، علامتي ۽ رسمن سان لاڳاپيل اهميت پڻ رکن ٿا. ڪيترين ثقافتن ۾ در جي چاٻي حاصل ڪرڻ ٻاهرئين ماڻهو کان اندروني يا بااختيار حيثيت حاصل ڪرڻ جي علامت سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڏسو، مثال طور، [[بليڪ راڊ|بليڪ راڊ جو معزز اشر]] جون درباني ذميواريون.&lt;/ref&gt; [[ادب]] ۽ [[فن]] ۾ پڻ در ۽ درگاهون تبديلي، نئين مرحلي ۾ داخل ٿيڻ يا علامتي معنيٰ جي اظهار لاءِ استعارن ۽ تمثيلن طور گهڻو استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

'''دروازو'''- انگريزي ۾: ڊور يا گيٽ . اردوءَ ۾ دروازہ:جديد دور جي عمارتن ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڪاٺ جا دروازا استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا. تاڪن جي حساب سان اھي ھڪ تاڪ وارا   ۽ ٻن تاڪن وارا ٿين ٿا..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر: سنڌي ادبي بورڊ،ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;
[[فائل:Door in Georgia.jpg|380px|thumb|جارجيا ملڪ جو دروازو]]
جاءِ اندر مختلف قسم جي ڪمرن ۾ استعمال جي نوعيت مطابق انھن جي ماپ جو تعين ڪيو وڃي ٿو. اھي اھڙي ماپ جا ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن انھن ڪمرن ۾ گھربل سامان آسانيءَ سان لنگھي سگھي. عام طرح سان غسلخانن ۽ بيت الخلاءِ اندر داخل ٿيڻ لاءِ دروازن جي ماپ 6′-4″x2′-6″  رکجي تھ بھتر آھي. ٻين ڪمرن لاءِ دروازن جي سراسري ماپ 7′-0″x3′-8″ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ ڪوشش ڪري 6′-4″x3′-0″ کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي. بھرحال دروازن جي ماپ واسطي ڪنھن بھ قسم جو پڪو پختو قائدو مڙھيل نھ آھي. ڪچيءَ طرح ۽ اندازي جي حساب سان ھيٺئين فارمولا سان دروازن جي ماپ جو تعين ڪري سگھجي ٿو.
ويڪر =(ويڪر)  اوچائي 4-(اوچائي)  فوٽ 
ڪمرن اندر دروازا ڪنڊ کان اٽڪل 6 انچن کان 9 انچن تائين پري رکجن تھ بھتر آھي، ليڪن انھن جي لڳائڻ لاءِ جديد طرز جي عمارت جي علم کي ذھن ۾ رکڻ وڌيڪ سٺو آھي.
اڄڪلھ دروازن جي چؤڪاٺن ۾ چائنٺ (سل)  نھ لڳائي ويندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ انھيءَ جي لڳائڻ سان ھڪ تھ ٿاٻي کائڻ جو تمام گھڻو انديشو رھي ٿو ۽ ٻيو تھ صفائي ڪرڻ ۾ دقت ٿئي ٿي، ليڪن ايئرڪنڊيشنڊ ڪمرن لاءِ چائنٺ لڳائڻ تمام ضروري آھي تھ جيئن تاڪن ھيٺان وٿي نہ رھي. وڏن شھرن ۾ آر-سي-سيءَ جي بوتي وارين عمارتن ۾ 4 ½ انچن جي اوساريءَ وارين ڀتين ۾ ڀت جي پوري ٿولھھ تائين ويڪرا چؤڪاٺا استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا. عام رواجي ۽ سرڪاري عمارتن ۾ چؤڪاٺن لاءِ 0′-4″x0′-3″ جي سائيز جون ڪاٺ جون پٽيون گھڙايون وينديون آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

[[فائل:Knocking at front door of The National Archives Building - 01.jpg|380px|thumb|واشنگٽن ۾ نيشنل آرڪائيوز بلڊنگ جو دروازو]]
دروازو ھڪ حرڪت وارو ڍانچو آهي جنھن ذريعي ڪنھن چوديواريءَ يا گاڏي وغيره ۾ ڪنھن جي داخلا يا روڪ کي ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪبو آهي. عام طور تي ان جو ھڪ يا ٻه [[تاڪ]] ھوندا آھن جيڪي درين يا بغير درين جي ھوندا آھن. تاڪ چاھي ھڪڙو ھجي يا ٻہ ،  [[ڇوڪاٺو|چوڪاٺي]] يا [[چونڪو|چونڪي]] سان [[انجيس|انجيسن]] جي مدد سان ڳنڍيل ھوندو/ھوندا آھن ۽ انھن کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪڙو يا ڪنڍو لڳائي استعمال ڪيو آھي جنھن ۾ تالو لڳائبو آهي. اھي ھوا ۽ روشنيءَ جي ضابطي لاءِ بہ استعمال ٿيندا آھن.
جاءِ اندر داخل ٿيڻ ۽ انھيءَ جي مختلف اندرين حصن جو پاڻ ۾ رابطو رکڻ لاءِ دروازا لڳايا ويندا آھن. موسم آھر انھن کي کولي رکڻ سان جاءِ اندر روشني وڌندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھوا جو گذر پڻ سٺيءَ طرح سان ٿيندو آھي. انھيءَ سان گڏ دروازن لڳائڻ سبب چوريءَ ٿيڻ جو انديشو گھٽ رھندو آھي ۽ گھر ۾ رھندڙ ڀاتين جي پوشيدگي (پرائيويسي)  رھندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== تاريخ ==
&lt;!-- هن حصي ۾ 1911ع جي ''Encyclopædia Britannica'' جي &quot;Door&quot; واري مقالي مان ورتل متن شامل آهي. --&gt;

قديم ترين دروازن جا ثبوت [[قديم مصر]] جي مقبرن جي ڀتين تي ٺهيل تصويرن مان ملن ٿا، جن ۾ هڪ يا ٻه تاڪن وارا دروازا ڏيکاريل آهن، جيڪي عام طور ڪاٺ جي هڪڙي ٽڪري مان ٺهيل هوندا هئا. مصري مقبرن ۾ ''ڪوڙا دروازا'' (فالس ڊورز) پڻ ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جن بابت عقيدو هو ته اهي فوت ٿيل ماڻهن جي آخرت ڏانهن وڃڻ جا علامتي دروازا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Weiss |first=Daniel |date=2022 |title=Features - Magical Mystery Door - Archaeology Magazine - November/December 2022 |url=https://archaeology.org/issues/november-december-2022/features/egypt-stela-false-door/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Archaeology Magazine |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

مصر جي انتهائي خشڪ آبهوا سبب دروازن کي وڪڙجڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ چوڪاٺن جي گهڻي ضرورت نه پوندي هئي، پر ٻين علائقن ۾ دروازن کي مضبوط رکڻ لاءِ چوڪاٺن وارو ڍانچو تيار ڪيو ويندو هو. رومي معمار ويتروويوس موجب اهڙن دروازن ۾ عمودي پٽيون (Stiles) ۽ افقي پٽيون (Rails) هونديون هيون، جڏهن ته وچ وارا پينل انهن جي نالن ۾ فٽ ڪيا ويندا هئا. عمودي پٽين مان هڪ قبضن سان ڳنڍيل ''هينگنگ اسٽائل'' ۽ ٻي ''ميٽنگ اسٽائل'' سڏبي هئي، جڏهن ته افقي حصن ۾ مٿيون، وچيون ۽ هيٺيون ريل شامل هونديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Marcus Vitruvius Pollio |url=https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Vitruvius/4*.html |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=University of Chicago}}&lt;/ref&gt;

قديم ترين دروازا ڪاٺ جا هوندا هئا. [[بائيبل]] ۾ [[حضرت سليمان]] جي مندر بابت بيان ٿيل آهي ته ان جا دروازا زيتون جي ڪاٺ مان ٺهيل، نفيس نقش نگاري سان سينگاريل ۽ سون سان مڙهيل هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Bible Project: Book of 1 Kings 6 - New American Standard Bible |url=https://www.bibleproject.com/bible/nasb/1-kings/6 |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=BibleProject |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; [[هومر]] جي تحريرن مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ان دور ۾ ڪي دروازا چاندي يا پتل سان ڍڪيل هوندا هئا. زيتون کان علاوه ايلم، ديودار، بلوط ۽ سرو جي ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ٿيندي هئي. آثار قديمه جي ماهرن سوئٽزرلينڊ جي شهر [[زيورخ]] ڀرسان پنج هزار سال پراڻا ٻه ڪاٺ جا دروازا پڻ دريافت ڪيا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://archive.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101108222716/http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/|url-status=dead|title=Swiss archaeologists find 5,000-year-old door|first=Frank|last=Jordans|date=October 20, 2010|archive-date=November 8, 2010|via=The Boston Globe}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://blog.nationalmuseum.ch/en/2019/01/close-the-door/|title=Close the door!|first=Samuel van|last=Willigen|date=January 17, 2019|website=Swiss National Museum - Swiss history blog}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{multiple image
| align=
| total_width=550
| direction=horizontal
| footer=
| image1=stone door.jpg
| caption1=هيمپي (ڀارت) ۾ پٿر جو دروازو
| image2=Door-Post Socket (4690606141).jpg
| caption2=پرسيپولس (هاڻوڪو [[ايران]]) مان دريافت ٿيل وڏي دروازي جو بنيادي ساکٽ
}}

قديم دور جا دروازا مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ لڳل محورن (Pintles) وسيلي ڦرندا هئا، جيڪي مٿئين ڪڙي (Lintel) ۽ هيٺئين چائنٺ (Sill) ۾ ٺهيل ساکٽن اندر ويهندا هئا. اهي ساکٽ گهڻو ڪري بازالٽ يا گرينائيٽ جهڙي سخت پٿر مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا. [[نپپور]] مان 2000 ق.م. جا دريافت ٿيل اهڙا ساکٽ ڊوليرائيٽ پٿر جا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=The Museum Journal {{!}} Two Door Sockets of the Kings of Ur |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/journal/1211/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=The Museum Journal |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[بلاوات]] جي دروازن جا محور ڪانسي سان ڍڪيل هئا، جيڪي اڄ [[برٽش ميوزيم]] ۾ محفوظ آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Assyrian sculpture and Balawat Gates |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/galleries/assyrian-sculpture-and-balawat-gates |access-date=2025-04-05 |website=British Museum}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهي ٻه تاڪن وارا دروازا هئا، جن مان هر تاڪ لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|2.54|m|in|abbr=on}} ويڪرو ۽ {{convert|8.2|m|ft|abbr=on}} اوچو هو. انهن کي {{convert|25.4|cm|in|abbr=on}} ويڪريون ڪانسي جون پٽيون لڳل هيون، جن تي ابھريل نقاشي ڪئي وئي هئي. ڪاٺ جا دروازا لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|7.62|cm|in|abbr=on}} ٿلها هئا، جڏهن ته قبضي واري عمودي پٽي جو قطر {{convert|360|mm|in}} کان وڌيڪ هو. مختلف ماپن جي ٻين ڪانسي جي ڍڪڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ڪاٺ جي محورن کي ڌاتو سان محفوظ ڪرڻ ان دور ۾ عام رواج هو.

شام جي [[حوران]] علائقي ۾، جتي ڪاٺ جي کوٽ هئي، اتي دروازا پٿر مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/W_1864-0301-1 |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=British Museum}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن مان {{convert|1.63|by|0.79|m|in|abbr=on}} ماپ وارو هڪ پٿريلو دروازو [[برٽش ميوزيم]] ۾ محفوظ آهي، جنهن جي وچ واري ڪنڊ مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته اهو ٻه تاڪي دروازي جو هڪ حصو هو. شام جي شهر بُصرى ويجهو ڪُفَير ۾ سياح برڪهارٽ کي {{convert|2.74|to|3.048|m|ft|abbr=on}} اوچا پٿريلا دروازا مليا، جيڪي قديم شهر جي داخلي دروازن طور استعمال ٿيندا هئا. [[ايٽروريا]] ۾ پڻ پٿر جي دروازن جا ڪيترائي مثال ملن ٿا.

[[File:Plaster cast of folding doors, Pompeii.jpg|thumb|left|upright|[[پومپيئي]] ۾ پهرين صدي عيسويءَ جا [[قديم روم]] جا فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازا، جيڪي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي نوڪلاسيڪي دروازن سان مشابهت رکن ٿا.]]

قديم [[يونان]] ۽ [[قديم روم]] ۾ هڪ تاڪي، ٻه تاڪي، ٽي تاڪي، سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ ۽ فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازن جا تاڪ قبضن سان پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا ۽ کلي پوئتي ويڙهجي ويندا هئا. [[اگريجينٽم]] ۾ ٿيرون جي مقبري تي پٿر ۾ تراشيل هڪ چار پينلن وارو دروازو موجود آهي. [[بلنڊيل مجموعو|بلنڊيل مجموعي]] (Blundell) ۾ محفوظ هڪ بيس رليف تي مندر جو ٻه تاڪي دروازو ڏيکاريل آهي، جنهن جي هر تاڪ ۾ پنج پينل آهن.

قديم رومي ڌاتوڪاريءَ جا بهترين مثال روم جي [[چرچ آف ايس ايس ڪوزماس ۽ ڊيمين]] جا ڪانسي جا دروازا آهن. اهي ٻه تاڪي آهن، هر تاڪ ۾ ٻه پينل آهن ۽ سڄو چوڪاٺو پڻ ڪانسي جو ٺهيل آهي. [[پينٿيون, روم|پينٿيون]] جا ڪانسي جا دروازا به ساڳئي طرز جا آهن، جن ۾ مٿئين، وچئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ اضافي افقي پينل موجود آهن. رومي دور جا ٻه ٻيا اهم ڪانسي جا دروازا [[ليٽران بيسيليڪا]] ۾ موجود آهن.

يوناني عالم [[اسڪندريه جو ھيرون ]] پهرين صدي عيسويءَ ۾، جڏهن [[رومي مصر]] قائم هو، دنيا جو سڀ کان پراڻو سڃاتل خودڪار دروازو تيار ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;needham volume 4 part 2 162&quot;&gt;{{Cite book|editor-last=Needham |editor-first=Joseph |year=1986 |title=Science and Civilization in China: Mechanical Engineering |volume=IV:2 |publisher=Cambridge University Press |page=162 |orig-year=1965 |editor-last2=Wang |editor-first2=Ling |isbn=0-521-05803-1 |ol=7716140M}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ چين ۾ [[سئي خاندان جو شهنشاهه يانگ]] (604–618ع) جي دور حڪومت ۾ شاهي لائبريري لاءِ پيرن جي حرڪت سان کلندڙ خودڪار دروازو تيار ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;needham volume 4 part 2 162&quot; /&gt; عرب موجد [[الجزري]] پڻ پاڻيءَ جي طاقت سان هلندڙ خودڪار دروازن جا نقشا ۽ وضاحتون پيش ڪيون.&lt;ref&gt;Howard R. Turner (1997), ''Science in Medieval Islam: An Illustrated Introduction'', p. 181, [[University of Texas Press]], {{ISBN|0-292-78149-0}}.&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|journal=Archivio Italiano di Urologia e Andrologia |title=Primitive robotic procedures: Automotions for medical liquids in 12th century Asia minor|year=2014 |doi=10.4081/aiua.2014.4.300|last1=Penbegul |first1=Necmettin |last2=Atar |first2=Murat |last3=Kendirci |first3=Muammer |last4=Bozkurt |first4=Yasar |last5=Hatipoglu |first5=Namık Kemal |last6=Verit |first6=Ayhan |last7=Kadıoglu |first7=Ates |volume=86 |issue=4 |pages=300–303 |pmid=25641458 |doi-access=free }}&lt;/ref&gt;

وچئين دور ۾ [[ٽامو]] ۽ ان جون مصرعون تعميراتي فن ۾ اهم حيثيت رکنديون هيون. [[بيت لحم]] جي [[چرچ آف دي نيٽوٽي]] (ڇهين صدي) جا دروازا ڪانسي جي نقشدار پٽن سان ڍڪيل آهن. [[ھاگيا صوفيه]]، [[قسطنطنيه]] جا اٺين ۽ نائين صديءَ جا دروازا به ڪانسي جا آهن، جڏهن ته [[آڪس-لا-شاپيل]] جي گرجاگھر جا نائين صديءَ جا ڪانسي جا دروازا غالباً قسطنطنيه مان آندا ويا هئا، جيئن [[سينٽ مارڪس بيسيليڪا]]، وينس جا ڪجهه دروازا پڻ. جرمنيءَ جي آڪسن گرجاگھر جا ڪانسي جا دروازا لڳ ڀڳ 800ع جا آهن. [[فلورينس]] جي ڪئٿڊرل جي بپتسما گاهه جا ڪانسي جا دروازا 1423ع ۾ [[گيبرتي]] مڪمل ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;Architecture, European Copper Institute; {{cite web |url=http://eurocopper.org/copper/copper-architecture.html |title=Find out how useful copper is to design and architecture! |access-date=2012-09-12 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20121009005711/http://eurocopper.org/copper/copper-architecture.html |archive-date=2012-10-09 }}&lt;/ref&gt; {{crossreference|(ڏسو پڻ: [[Copper in architecture]].)}}

[[File:Tür, Villa Boscoreale.jpg|left|thumb|upright|پهرين صدي عيسويءَ جي [[قديم روم]] جي ڀت تي ٺهيل رنگين تصوير، جنهن ۾ نفيس سينگاريل دروازو ڏيکاريل آهي.]]

يارهين ۽ ٻارهين صديءَ جا ڪانسي جا ڪيترائي تاريخي دروازا اڄ به موجود آهن. انهن مان سڀ کان پراڻو جرمنيءَ جي [[هلڊسهايم]] وارو دروازو (1015ع) آهي. هلڊسهايم جي هن طرز بعد ۾ پولينڊ جي [[گنيزنو دروازن]] جي جوڙجڪ تي به اثر وڌو. ڏکڻ اٽلي ۽ سسلي جا ٻيا اهم مثال هي آهن: [[سينٽ اينڊريا، امالفي]] (1060ع)، [[ساليرنو]] (1099ع)، [[ڪانوسا دي پوليا]] (1111ع)، [[ٽروا]] جا ٻه دروازا (1119ع ۽ 1124ع)، [[راويلو]] (1179ع)، جيڪي ٽراني جي باريسانو ٺاهيا، جنهن [[ٽراني گرجاگھر]] جا دروازا پڻ تيار ڪيا؛ جڏهن ته [[مونريالي]] ۽ [[پيسا گرجاگھر]] جا دروازا [[پيسا جي بونانو]] جا ٺاهيل آهن.

انهن سڀني دروازن ۾ قبضي واري عمودي پٽي جا محور مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ هوندا هئا. تعميراتي ماهرن کي صحيح طرح معلوم نه آهي ته روايتي محوري نظام کان قبضن (ھنجز) ڏانهن تبديلي ڪڏهن آئي، پر ان تبديليءَ سان دروازن کي مضبوط ڪرڻ ۽ سينگارڻ جو نئون طريقو رائج ٿيو. ان لاءِ مختلف نمونن جون ٺڪيل لوهي پٽيون استعمال ٿينديون هيون، جيڪي قبضن جو ڪم به ڏينديون هيون. عام طور ٽي سينگاريل پٽيون دروازي سان لڳل هونديون هيون، جڏهن ته انهن سان گڏ لوهي ڪڙا عمودي محورن تي چڙهندا هئا، جيڪي پٿر يا ڪاٺ جي چوڪاٺ ۾ لڳل هوندا هئا. اهڙي نموني جو ٻارهين صديءَ جو هڪ ابتدائي مثال [[لنڪن ڪئٿڊرل]] ۾ موجود آهي. فرانس ۾ [[نوٽر ڊيم، پيرس]] جي دروازن جو ڌاتوءَ وارو ڪم هن فن جو هڪ شاندار نمونو آهي، جڏهن ته فرانس ۽ انگلينڊ ۾ به اهڙا ڪيترائي مثال موجود آهن.

اٽلي ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ مشهور دروازن ۾ [[فلورنس جي سينٽ جيوواني بپتسما گهر]] جا دروازا شامل آهن، جيڪي مڪمل طور ڪانسي جا ٺهيل آهن، جن ۾ [[دروازي جو چوڪاٺو]] پڻ ڪانسي جو آهي. ڏاکڻي دروازي تي موجود انساني شڪلين، پکين ۽ ٻوٽن جي نفيس نقش نگاري [[ايندريا پيزانو]] 1330ع ۾ تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته اوڀر وارو دروازو [[گيبرتي]] 1425ع کان 1452ع جي وچ ۾ ٺاهيو، جيڪو پنهنجي فني حسن سبب تمام گهڻو مشهور آهي. اترئين دروازي (1402ع–1424ع) ۾ گيبرتي، ايندريا پيزانو جي ساڳي پينلن ۽ تصويري ترتيب واري طرز کي اختيار ڪيو، پر اوڀرئين دروازي ۾ مستطيل پينلن کي ابھريل نقش نگاري (Bas-relief) سان سينگاريو ويو، جن ۾ مقدس صحيفن جا منظر ۽ بيشمار انساني شڪلون ڏيکاريل آهن. انهن دروازن کي ئي اهو مشهور لقب ''جنت جا دروازا'' ڏنو ويو، جنهن جو ذڪر [[مائيڪل اينجلو]] پڻ ڪيو.

[[قاهره]] جي مسجدن جا دروازا بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا هئا. هڪ قسم ۾ دروازن تي ڪانسي يا لوهه جون چادرون چاڙهي انهن تي نفيس نقش نگاري يا اُڀريل سينگار ڪيو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته ٻئي قسم جا دروازا ڪاٺ جي فريم سان ٺهيل هوندا هئا، جن تي چورس ۽ هيرن جهڙن پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيل نمونن جي سينگار هوندي هئي. هن ٻئي طرز جي شروعات [[قبطي]] فن تعمير مان ٿي. [[پالرمو]] جي محل جا دروازا، جيڪي نارمن حڪمرانن لاءِ ساراسين ڪاريگرن تيار ڪيا، اڄ به بهترين حالت ۾ محفوظ آهن. اهڙي ئي سينگار واري طرز جا دروازا [[ويرونا]] ۾ پڻ ملن ٿا، جتي دروازن جي عمودي ۽ افقي ڪاٺين جا ڪنارا ترڇا ۽ ڪَٽيل نموني سان تيار ڪيا ويا آهن.

[[فائل:Дом компании Зингер, Россия, Санкт-Петербург.JPG|thumb|upright|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جي عنصرن سان سينگاريل شيشي جو دروازو، [[سنگر هائوس]]، [[سينٽ پيٽرسبرگ]]، روس]]

نشاةِ ثانيه جي دور ۾ اٽلي جا دروازا نسبتاً سادا رکيا ويندا هئا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اتي جي معمارن وڌيڪ توجهه دروازن جي چوڌاري ٺهيل داخلي بناوت (Doorway) تي ڏيندا هئا. ان جي ابتڙ، فرانس ۽ جرمني ۾ دروازن کي نهايت نفاست سان اُڪيريو ويندو هو، خاص طور [[لوئي چوڏهون طرز]] ۽ [[لوئي پندرهون طرز]] جي دور ۾. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن انهن ۾ ٿنڀا، ڇَجا، ٽڪنڊا محراب (Pediment) ۽ طاقون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون هيون، جڏهن ته چوڌاري ڀت سادي معمارِي واري هوندي هئي. اٽلي ۾ دروازن جي وڏائي وڌائڻ لاءِ پينلن جو تعداد وڌايو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته فرانس ۾ ان جي ابتڙ نسبتاً گهٽ پينلن کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي هئي. [[فونتين بلو]] جي محل جو هڪ وڏو ٻه-تاڪي دروازو اهڙي نموني ٺاهيو ويو آهي، جو ڏسڻ ۾ ڄڻ هڪ ئي وڏي پينل مان ٺهيل هجي.

فرانس ۾ نشاةِ ثانيه جي سڀ کان قديم دروازن مان هڪ [[سينٽ سووير گرجاگھر، ايڪس-آن-پرووانس]] (1503ع) جو دروازو آهي. ان جي هيٺين پينلن ۾ [[گوٿڪ فن تعمير|گوٿڪ]] طرز جي طاقن اندر لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|3|ft|m|abbr=on}} اوچيون انساني شڪلون اُڪيريل آهن، جڏهن ته مٿين پينلن ۾ لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|2|ft|m|abbr=on}} اوچين شڪلين سان ٻٽي قطار وارا طاق ۽ انهن مٿان ڇپر نما سينگار موجود آهي. اهي سڀ نقش [[ديودار]] جي ڪاٺ تي اُڪيريا ويا آهن. [[بووي گرجاگھر]] جو ڏاکڻو دروازو ڪيترن ئي لحاظ کان فرانس جي بهترين دروازن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، جتي مٿين پينلن تي ابھريل نقش نگاري سان مذهبي منظر ۽ ڇپر نما سينگار ٺاهيا ويا آهن. [[جيزور]] جي گرجاگھر (1575ع) جا دروازا پڻ طاقن اندر انساني شڪلين سان سينگاريل آهن، جيڪي طبقاتي ٿنڀن سان هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيا ويا آهن. [[روئن]] جي [[سينٽ ميڪلو]] گرجاگھر ۾ ٽي نهايت خوبصورت اُڪيريل دروازا آهن؛ انهن مان [[ژان گوجون]] جا تيار ڪيل دروازا ٻنهي پاسن تي طاقن اندر شڪلين ۽ وچ ۾ نفيس مجسماڪاريءَ سبب خاص شهرت رکن ٿا. لڳ ڀڳ چاليهه کان پنجاهه سال پوءِ ٺاهيل ٻين دروازن کي ابھريل نقش نگاري، قدرتي منظرن، انساني شڪلين ۽ پيچيده آرائشي بارڊرن سان سينگاريو ويو.

[[ناسا]] جي [[گاڏين جي اسيمبلي عمارت]]، جيڪا [[ڪينيڊي خلائي مرڪز]] ۾ واقع آهي، دنيا جا چار سڀ کان وڏا دروازا رکي ٿي. هيءَ عمارت شروعات ۾ [[اپولو پروگرام|اپولو]] مشنن لاءِ [[سيٽرن پنجون]] راڪيٽن جي اسيمبلي لاءِ تعمير ڪئي وئي هئي، ۽ بعد ۾ [[خلائي شٽل]] پروگرام جي سهائتا لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي رهي. انهن چئن مان هر هڪ دروازي جي اوچائي {{convert|139|m|ft|abbr=off|sp=us}} آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.nasa.gov/centers/kennedy/pdf/718659main_VAB.pdf|title=Vehicle Assembly Building Fact Sheet|website=NASA|access-date=2016-06-03|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20161011224909/https://www.nasa.gov/centers/kennedy/pdf/718659main_VAB.pdf|archive-date=2016-10-11}}&lt;/ref&gt;

انگلينڊ جو سڀ کان قديم محفوظ دروازو [[ويسٽمنسٽر ائبي]] ۾ موجود آهي، جيڪو 1050ع جو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite news |url=https://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/uk_news/4743899.stm |work=BBC News |title=Abbey oak door 'Britain's oldest' |date=2005-08-03 |access-date=2010-05-01 |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20060620190404/http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/uk/4743899.stm |archive-date=2006-06-20}}&lt;/ref&gt; سترهين صديءَ ۾ انگلينڊ ۾ دروازن جي پينلن کي ابھريل [[بوليڪشن]] يا ٻاهر نڪتل سينگاريل ڍانچن سان سينگاريو ويندو هو، جن تي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن نهايت نفيس اُڪير به ڪئي ويندي هئي. ارڙهين صديءَ ۾ دروازن جي [[سينگاريل قالب]]، جيڪي [[عمودي ڪاٺي]] ۽ [[فريم ۽ پينل]] تي ٺهندا هئا، تن کي [[ايگ اينڊ ڊارٽ]] نموني جي [[معماري سينگار]] سان اُڪيريو ويندو هو.

&lt;gallery widths=&quot;170&quot; heights=&quot;200&quot; mode=&quot;packed&quot; caption=&quot;دروازن جي مختصر بصري تاريخ&quot;&gt;
File:Fragment from a tomb door MET 23.3.174f-emf.jpg|[[قديم مصري فن تعمير|قديم مصري]] مقبري جي دروازي جو ٽڪرو، لڳ ڀڳ 2150–1981 ق.م، [[ميٽروپوليٽن عجائب گهر]]، [[نيويارڪ شهر]]
File:The Hercules Sarcophagus depicting the Twelve Labors of Hercules, 150-160 AD, Kayseri Archaeological Museum, Turkey (26261172056) (lighter version).jpg|[[قديم يوناني فن تعمير|قديم يوناني]] طرز جو دروازو، هرڪيولس جي تابوت تي اُڪريل، [[قيصريه آثار قديمه عجائب گهر]]، [[قيصريه]]، [[ترڪي]]
File:Bronze door, Basilica di San Giovanni, 2013.jpg|[[قديم رومي فن تعمير|قديم رومي]] ڪانسي جا دروازا، [[ڪوريا جوليا]]، جيڪي هاڻي [[سينٽ جان ليٽران بيسليڪا]]، [[روم]] ۾ موجود آهن
File:Gate, ash-Shibak Fort, Ibra (North ash-Sharqiyah Governorate) Origin- Surat, India (Mughal Empire) Teak wood and brass.jpg|[[هندستاني فن تعمير|هندستاني]] [[مغل فن تعمير|مغل]] دور جو ساڳوان ۽ پتل جو دروازو
File:Tenghua Jiuguan 21 2015-04.JPG|روايتي [[چيني فن تعمير|چيني]] فولڊنگ دروازا، [[قديم وسٽيريا عجائب گهر]]، [[چانگجو]]، [[چين]]
File:Lateral door church Theotokos Gorgoepikoos Athens, Greece.jpg|[[بازنطيني فن تعمير|بازنطيني]] دروازو، [[ننڍي ميٽروپولس]]، [[اٿينس]]، [[يونان]]
File:Door in Morocco, 2010.jpg|[[اسلامي فن تعمير|اسلامي]] طرز جو دروازو، [[اسلامي هندسي نمونا]] سان سينگاريل، [[مراڪش]]
File:'Berfrestone' (DB) door and tympanum arch St Nicholas Church Barfrestone Kent England 1.jpg|[[رومانسڪ فن تعمير|رومانسڪ]] طرز جو دروازو، [[سينٽ نڪولس گرجاگهر]]، [[بارفريسٽون]]، [[ڪينٽ]]، [[انگلينڊ]]
File:Doorway detail, St Magnus Cathedral, Kirkwall, Orkney.jpg|[[گوٿڪ فن تعمير|گوٿڪ]] دروازو، [[سينٽ ميگنس گرجاگهر]]، [[ڪرڪوال]]، [[اسڪاٽلينڊ]]
File:Iconography - Saint Basil's Cathedral (19970306871).jpg|[[روسي فن تعمير|روسي]] دروازو، [[سينٽ بيسل گرجاگهر]]، [[ماسڪو]]
File:The entrance of the Antim Monastery Church.jpg|[[برانڪووينيسڪ طرز]] جو دروازو، [[انتيم خانقاه]]، [[بخاريسٽ]]، [[رومانيا]]، جنهن جي مٿان [[پسانيه]] لکيل آهي
File:Gdańsk (158).JPG|[[نشاة ثانيه فن تعمير|نشاة ثانيه]] طرز جو دروازو، [[گدانسڪ]]، [[پولينڊ]]
File:Chateau de Versailles Vestibule Haut 11 (lighter and fixed angles).jpg|[[باروڪ]] طرز جو دروازو، [[ورسائي محل]]، [[ورسائي]]، [[فرانس]]
File:Porte rue Monsieur-le-Prince Paris.jpg|[[روڪوڪو]] طرز جو دروازو، رو مونسيو لي پرنس، [[پيرس]]
File:P1210063 Paris III rue des Francs-Bourgeois n26 rwk.jpg|[[لوئي سورهون طرز]] جو دروازو، [[هوٽل مورتيي دي ساندرويل]]، رو دي فران بورجوا، [[پيرس]]
File:Pierre Rousseau - Double-Leaf Doors - 1942.2.12 - Cleveland Museum of Art.tif|[[نوڪلاسيڪي فن تعمير|نوڪلاسيڪي]] رنگيل ٻٽو دروازو (1790ع واري ڏهاڪي)، [[پيئر روسو]]، [[ڪليولينڊ آرٽ ميوزيم]]، [[آمريڪا]]
File:Brooklyn Museum 1994.92 Door with Lock (2).jpg|[[اولهه آفريڪا|اولهه آفريڪي]] تالي وارو ڪاٺ ۽ لوهه جو دروازو، اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر يا ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات، [[برڪينا فاسو]]، [[بروڪلن ميوزيم]]، [[نيويارڪ شهر]]
File:Zespół klasztoru Gandan (39).jpg|[[گاندانتيگچنلين خانقاه]]، [[منگوليا]] جو سينگاريل دروازو
File:P1250574 Paris V rue Malebranche n3 porte gothique bis encours.jpg|[[گوٿڪ احيا فن تعمير|گوٿڪ احيا]] طرز جو دروازو، رو مالبرانش، [[پيرس]]
File:Egyptian Revival mausoleum, Forest Home Cemetery.jpg|[[مصري احيا فن تعمير|مصري احيا]] طرز جي مقبري جو دروازو، فاريسٽ هوم قبرستان، [[وسڪانسن]]، [[آمريڪا]]
File:Armoiries de lIrlande à lambassade dIrlande à Paris.jpg|[[روڪوڪو احيا]] طرز جو دروازو، [[هوٽل دي بريتوي]]، [[پيرس]]
File:3-5, Strada Icoanei, Bucharest (Romania) 1.jpg|[[رومانوي احيا فن تعمير|رومانوي احيا]] طرز جو دروازو، [[شڪوالا سينٽرالا نيشنل ڪاليج]]، [[بخاريسٽ]]
File:Paris Porte cochère rue La Bruyère 2012.jpg|اوڻيهين صديءَ جو [[انتخابي فن تعمير|انتخابي]] ڪلاسيڪي طرز جو دروازو، رو لا بروئير، [[پيرس]]
File:Entrance of the George Enescu Museum.jpg|[[بيو آرٽس فن تعمير|بيو آرٽس]] طرز جو دروازو، [[ڪانتاڪوزينو محل]]، [[بخاريسٽ]]
File:Porte et marquise CCI Nancy.jpg|[[آرٽ نووو]] ڌاتو ۽ شيشي جو دروازو، [[نانسي]]، [[فرانس]]، مٿان وڏي شفاف [[ڇڄ]] سان
File:49-53, Calea Victoriei, Bucharest (Romania) 10.jpg|[[سادو ڪلاسيڪي فن تعمير|سادو ڪلاسيڪي]] طرز جو دروازو، [[بخاريسٽ شاهي محل]]، جيڪو هاڻي [[رومانيا جو قومي عجائب گهر براءِ فنون]] آهي
File:La Maison Bleue, porte d'entrée - Angers - 20110119.jpg|[[آرٽ ڊيڪو]] طرز جو دروازو، [[انجيه]]، [[فرانس]]
File:Fischerkirche (main door), Born a. Darß.jpg|ڪاٺ جو گرجاگهر جو دروازو، [[بورن آف ڊارس]]، [[جرمني]]
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== بناوت ۽ طرزون ==
[[فائل:Florença - Portões do Paraíso (146).jpg|thumb|upright|[[فلورنس بپتسما گهر]] جو دروازو، جنهن کي ''جنت جا دروازا'' چيو وڃي ٿو، 1425ع–1452ع، سونهري ڪانسي جو ٺهيل، اوچائي: 5.2 ميٽر]]
[[فائل:Kunsthistorisches Museum entrance.jpg|thumb|upright|[[ڪنسٽ هسٽوريشيز ميوزيم]] ([[ويانا]]، [[آسٽريا]]) جو داخلا دروازو]]

دروازن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جيڪي مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن:

* سڀ کان عام قسم '''هڪ تاڪي وارو دروازو''' آهي، جيڪو هڪ مضبوط تاڪي تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي ۽ پوري دروازي جي کليل حصي کي ڍڪي ڇڏيندو آهي. هن بنيادي جوڙجڪ جون ڪيترائي صورتون آهن، جهڙوڪ '''ٻه تاڪي وارو دروازو''' يا '''ٻٽو دروازو'''.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=External Single Door, Fully Glazed Leaf {{!}} NBS {{!}} BIM Library |url=https://source.thenbs.com/en/product/external-single-door-fully-glazed-leaf/7dHSpVWugYzrD2KEV7Zn74/wCWU2QXh2M5kYY78qJaQAo |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=source.thenbs.com |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''اڌ دروازو''' يا '''[[ڊچ دروازو]]''' يا '''اصطبل وارو دروازو''' افقي رخ ۾ ٻن حصن ۾ ورهايل هوندو آهي. هن قسم جو دروازو رهائشي گهرن ۾ به اختيار ڪيو ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Ray |first=Emily |date=2025-07-14 |title=Here's Why A Dutch Door Makes An Entryway More Beautiful &amp; Functional |url=https://www.housedigest.com/1908450/dutch-door-entryway-benefits/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=House Digest |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''[[سيلون]] جا دروازا''' هلڪا جهولندڙ ٻن تاڪن وارا دروازا هوندا آهن، جيڪي عام طور عوامي شراب خانن ۾ ملندا آهن ۽ خاص طور آمريڪي اولهه سان لاڳاپيل سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Martin |first=Hannah |date=2022-09-01 |title=Are Saloon Doors About to Have a Moment? |url=https://www.architecturaldigest.com/story/are-saloon-doors-about-to-have-a-moment |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Architectural Digest |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Hart |first=Morgan |date=2025-04-21 |title=Giddy Up: Western-Themed Bars in Utah • Salt Lake Magazine |url=https://saltlakemagazine.com/western-bars-utah/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Salt Lake Magazine |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''لڪل دروازو''' (انگريزي:بلائينڊ ڊور، گب ڊور يا جب ڊور) اهڙو دروازو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ٻاهران ڪا به چؤڪاٺ، هينڊل يا هلندڙ حصو ظاهر نه هوندو آهي. اهو ڀر واري ڀت سان اهڙي نموني ملي ويندو آهي، جو ڀت جو حصو ئي محسوس ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Nicholson |first=Peter |title=The New and Improved Practical Builder |location=London |publisher=Thomas Kelly|date=1841 |pages=97–98}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''فرانسيسي دروازو''' ساڳي نموني اندر يا ٻاهر کلي ٿو جيئن '''[[فرانسيسي دريون]]'''. اهو پاسي کان انجيسن تي لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ وچ ۾ ڪا عمودي ورهاست نه هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=2024-06-13 |title=What Are French Windows and Doors? |url=https://www.lomaxwood.co.uk/news/what-are-french-windows-and-doors/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Lomax &amp; Wood |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''[[جهروڪيدار دروازو]]''' ۾ ڪاٺ جون مقرر يا هلندڙ پٽيون (جن کي [[جهروڪي]] پڻ چيو وڃي ٿو) لڳل هونديون آهن، جيڪي هوا جي اچ وڃ کي ممڪن بڻائينديون آهن، پر اندر جي نجي ماحول کي برقرار رکندي روشنيءَ جي سڌي گذر کي روڪينديون آهن. اهڙا دروازا نسبتاً ڪمزور هوندا آهن، تنهن ڪري گهڻو ڪري [[ڪپڙن جي الماري|المارين]] ۽ ڪپڙا سڪائڻ وارن ڪمرن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي حفاظت کان وڌيڪ هوا جي اچ وڃ اهم هوندي آهي. ساڳئي قسم جي جوڙجڪ [[دريءَ جا پردا]] ٺاهڻ لاءِ به استعمال ٿيندي آهي. 1929ع ۾ [[سيگيٽ]]، [[فلوريڊا]] ۾ گوينڊولين ۽ پاول ڪراسلي جي تعمير ڪرايل گهر ۾ ٻه جهروڪيدار دروازا لڳايا ويا، جيڪي هوا جي مناسب گردش سان گڏ اهڙي نجيت فراهم ڪندا هئا، جو ڪنهن به رخ کان اندر ڏسڻ ممڪن نه هوندو هو.

* '''مرڪب دروازو''' هڪ تاڪي وارو دروازو هوندو آهي، جيڪو مڪمل مضبوط يا شيشي سان ٺهيل ٿي سگهي ٿو ۽ عام طور تي اندر اعليٰ ڪثافت واري فوم سان ڀريل هوندو آهي. برطانيا ۾ اهڙن دروازن کي عام طور BS PAS 23/24 معيار موجب تصديق ٿيل هوندو آهي ۽ ''سڪيوئرڊ باء ڊزائين'' جي حفاظتي معيارن سان مطابقت رکندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://thecrimepreventionwebsite.com/pas-242012-enhanced-security-doorsets/573/what-does-certificated-to-pas-24-actually-mean/|title=What does 'certificated' to PAS 24 actually mean?|work=thecrimepreventionwebsite.com|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140125223650/http://thecrimepreventionwebsite.com/pas-242012-enhanced-security-doorsets/573/what-does-certificated-to-pas-24-actually-mean|archive-date=2014-01-25}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Doors and Locks |url=https://www.securedbydesign.com/guidance/standards-explained#doors-and-locks |website=Secured by Design |publisher=Police Crime Prevention Initiative |access-date=29 October 2019}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''فولادي حفاظتي دروازو''' مضبوط فولاد مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ گهڻو ڪري [[بئنڪ خزانو|خزانن]] ۽ [[محفوظ ڪمرو|محفوظ ڪمرن]] ۾ حملي جي مزاحمت لاءِ لڳايو ويندو آهي. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن انهن جي ٻاهرين سطح تي ڪاٺ جا پينل پڻ لڳايا ويندا آهن ته جيئن عام دروازن جهڙا نظر اچن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://henleyssecuritydoors.co.uk/|title=Henleys Security Doors|website=Henleys Security Doors|access-date=25 May 2016|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160530035319/http://henleyssecuritydoors.co.uk/|archive-date=30 May 2016}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''هموار دروازو''' مڪمل طور تي سڌي ۽ هموار سطح وارو هوندو آهي. ان ۾ هلڪي ڪاٺ جي فريم تي [[پلائيووڊ]] يا [[وچولي ڪثافت وارو فائبر بورڊ]] لڳايو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته اندر جا خالي حصا گهڻو ڪري گتي جي مواد سان ڀريا ويندا آهن. ٻاهرين سطح سخت فائبر بورڊ مان پڻ ٺهي سگهي ٿي، جنهن جو مشهور نالو [[ميسونائيٽ]] آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Masonite International Corporation |url=https://visitjones.com/historic_locations/masonite-international-corporation/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Visit Laurel &amp; Jones County |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''ڍانچي وارو دروازو''' جو اندروني ڍانچو هموار دروازي جهڙو هوندو آهي، پر ان جي ٻاهرئين سطح ٺهيل نمونيدار MDF يا [[ميسونائيٽ]] مان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=2020-06-17 |title=What Should I Go For- Veneered Doors vs Moulded Doors |url=https://www.articlecube.com/what-should-i-go-veneered-doors-vs-moulded-doors |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=ArticleCube |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''تختن ۽ آڏين پٽين وارو دروازو''' ڪيترن عمودي تختن مان ٺهندو آهي، جيڪي ٻن يا وڌيڪ افقي ڪاٺين سان ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن مضبوطي لاءِ ترڇيون ڪاٺيون پڻ لڳايون وينديون آهن.

* '''[[پيادل دروازو]]''' وڏي دروازي جي اندر ٺهيل ننڍو دروازو هوندو آهي، جيڪو وڏي دروازي کي کولڻ کان سواءِ ماڻهن جي اچ وڃ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا دروازا وڏن گرجاگهرن، گيراجن يا جهازن جي هينگرن ۾ ڏسي سگهجن ٿا.

* '''ٻٽو ويڙهيندڙ دروازو''' ڪيترن حصن تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي، جيڪي ويڙهجي هڪ ٻئي سان لڳي ويندا آهن. اهي گهڻو ڪري ڪاٺ يا ايلومينيم مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن ۽ مڪمل کلي وڃڻ تي ڪمري جي ورهاڱي وانگر نظر ايندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.thedoorzone.co.uk/|title=Front Doors, Garage Doors Insights from The Door Zone|website=The Door Zone|language=en-GB|access-date=2017-05-11|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170507074631/http://www.thedoorzone.co.uk/|archive-date=2017-05-07}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=CPD 07 2025: Mastering sliding and bi-fold doors |url=https://www.housingtoday.co.uk/cpd/cpd-07-2025-mastering-sliding-and-bi-fold-doors/5136701.article |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Housing Today |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''[[سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ شيشي جو دروازو]]'''، جنهن کي ڪڏهن آرڪيڊيا يا پيٽيو دروازو پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، [[شيشو|شيشي]] مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي ۽ پاسي ڏانهن سرڪي کلي ٿو. ڪيترن قسمن ۾ ڄاري پڻ لڳل هوندي آهي.

* '''ڪوڙو دروازو''' اهڙي آرائشي بناوت هوندي آهي، جيڪا ظاهري طرح دروازي يا دريءَ جهڙي لڳندي آهي، پر حقيقت ۾ کلي نه سگهندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Digital Giza {{!}} Frequently Asked Questions |url=http://giza.fas.harvard.edu/faq/ |access-date=2025-10-15 |website=giza.fas.harvard.edu}}&lt;/ref&gt; [[قديم مصري فن تعمير]] ۾ اهو مقبرن جو عام جزو هو، جتي اهو آخرت ڏانهن ويندڙ دروازي جي علامت سمجهيو ويندو هو. اهڙي قسم جا ڪوڙا دروازا ريگستاني قبيلن جي تدفيني اڏاوتن، جهڙوڪ [[لبيا]] جي غرزا ۾ پڻ ملن ٿا.

== قسم ==

دروازن کي سندن جوڙجڪ، استعمال ۽ کلڻ جي طريقي موجب مختلف قسمن ۾ ورهايو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book
|last=انصاري
|first=ضياءُ الدين
|title=عمارت سازي
|publisher=سنڌي ادبي بورڊ
|location=ڄامشورو
|year=1990
}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== جوڙجڪ موجب قسم ===

* '''پٽين وارا دروازا''' (Ledged doors): هي سادا دروازا عمودي ڪاٺين جي پٽين (بيٽن) ۽ افقي ٽيڪن (ليجز) سان ٺهندا آهن. انهن جو استعمال گهڻو ڪري ٻهراڙي وارن علائقن ۽ عارضي عمارتن ۾ ٿيندو آهي.

* '''پٽين ۽ وترين ٽيڪن وارا دروازا''' (Ledged and braced doors): هن قسم ۾ افقي ٽيڪن سان گڏ وتريون ٽيڪون پڻ لڳايون وينديون آهن، جيڪي دروازي کي وڌيڪ مضبوطي ۽ استحڪام فراهم ڪنديون آهن.

* '''چوڪاٺ ۽ پٽين وارا دروازا''' (Ledged and framed doors): انهن ۾ پٽين سان گڏ چوڪاٺ به شامل هوندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازي جي مضبوطي ۽ خوبصورتي وڌي ويندي آهي.

* '''چوڪاٺ، پٽين ۽ وترين ٽيڪن وارا دروازا''' (Ledged, framed and braced doors): هي اڳئين قسم جو وڌيڪ مضبوط نمونو آهي، جيڪو گهڻو ڪري ٻاهرين استعمال لاءِ مناسب هوندو آهي.

* '''چوڪاٺ ۽ پينلن وارا دروازا''' (Framed and panelled doors): هي سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ دروازا آهن. چوڪاٺ جي اندر ڪاٺ يا ٻين مواد جا پينل لڳايا ويندا آهن، جن جون مختلف بناوتون ۽ ڊزائنون هونديون آهن.

* '''شيشي ۽ پينلن وارا دروازا''' (Glazed and panelled doors): انهن ۾ شيشي ۽ ڪاٺ جا پينل گڏيل نموني استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جنهن سان قدرتي روشني اندر داخل ٿيندي آهي. اهي آفيسن، اسپتالن، لائبريرين، دڪانن ۽ نمائشگاهن ۾ عام آهن.

* '''فلش دروازا''' (Flush doors): هنن جا ٻاهريان پاسا هموار هوندا آهن ۽ اندران مضبوط فريم يا سالڊ ڪور تي پلائيووڊ يا ساڳئي قسم جي چادر لڳل هوندي آهي. اهي هلڪا، پائيدار ۽ سنڀالڻ ۾ آسان هوندا آهن.

* '''ڄاريءَ وارا دروازا''' (Wire gauze doors): انهن ۾ ڌاتي ڄاري لڳل هوندي آهي، جيڪا هوا جي وهڪري کي برقرار رکندي آهي ۽ مڇرن، مکين ۽ ٻين جيتن جي داخلا روڪيندي آهي.

* '''لوور وارا دروازا''' (Louvered doors): انهن ۾ ترڇيون پٽيون لڳل هونديون آهن، جيڪي هوا جي گذر کي ممڪن بڻائينديون آهن، جڏهن ته رازداري پڻ برقرار رهندي آهي.

=== کلڻ جي طريقي موجب قسم ===

[[فائل:Types of doors.png|thumb|دروازن جي ڪم ڪندڙ طريقن جا بنيادي قسم]]

==== انجيسن وارا دروازا ====

گهڻا دروازا هڪ پاسي [[انجيس]] سان لڳل هوندا آهن، جنهن سبب اهي هڪ رخ ۾ ڦري کلندا آهن. عام طور ڦرڻ جو محور عمودي هوندو آهي، پر ڪن حالتن ۾، جهڙوڪ گيراج دروازن ۾، اهو افقي به ٿي سگهي ٿو.

* '''جهولندڙ دروازو''' (Swing door): خاص انجيسن سان لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪي ان کي اندر يا ٻاهر کلڻ ڏينديون آهن، ۽ اڪثر اسپرنگ ذريعي پاڻمرادو بند ٿي ويندو آهي.

* '''ٻنهي طرفن کلندڙ دروازو''' (Double-acting door): ٻنهي طرفن کلڻ جي صلاحيت رکي ٿو. اهڙا دروازا ريسٽورنٽن جي رڌڻ گهرن ۽ گهڻي آمدرفت وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

* '''باغيچو دروازو''' (Garden door): فرانسيسي دريءَ جهڙو هوندو آهي، پر وڌيڪ محفوظ هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ صرف هڪ تاڪ کلندو آهي.

* '''ڪنويڪشن دروازو''' (Convection door): فرش کان ڇت تائين اوچائي وارو اندريون دروازو، جيڪو گرم هوا جي گردش ۾ مددگار هوندو آهي.

==== سرڪندڙ دروازا ====

سرڪندڙ دروازا ريلن تي هڪ پاسي کان ٻئي پاسي سرڪي کلندا ۽ بند ٿيندا آهن، تنهنڪري جاءِ جي بچت ٿيندي آهي.

* '''اوورليپ سرڪندڙ دروازو''' (Bypass door): ٻه يا وڌيڪ تاڪ هڪ ٻئي جي اڳيان پٺيان سرڪندا آهن ۽ گهڻو ڪري المارين ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

* '''[[پاڪيٽ دروازو]]''' (Pocket door): ڀت جي اندر ٺهيل خالي جاءِ ۾ سرڪي ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري تنگ جڳهن لاءِ موزون هوندو آهي.

* '''سرڪندڙ شيشي جو دروازو''' (Sliding glass door): گهرن، هوٽلن ۽ واپاري عمارتن ۾، خاص طور صحن يا باغ ڏانهن داخلا لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

==== ڦرندڙ دروازا ====

* '''[[ڦرندڙ دروازو]]''' (Revolving door): مرڪزي محور جي چوڌاري ڦرندڙ ڪيترن تاڪن تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ٻنهي طرفن کان اچ وڃ کي آسان بڻائيندو آهي.

* '''مرڪزي محور وارو دروازو''' (Pivot door): انجيسن بدران مرڪزي محور تي لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪناري يا وچ تي ٿي سگهي ٿو.

==== تيز رفتار دروازا ====

'''[[تيز رفتار دروازو]]''' (High-speed door) صنعتي استعمال لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. اهو تمام تيزيءَ سان کلندو ۽ بند ٿيندو آهي ۽ ڪارخانن، صفائي وارن ڪمرن ۽ ٿڌ خانن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

==== خودڪار دروازا ====

'''[[خودڪار دروازو]]''' بجلي، چشمي يا ٻنهي جي مدد سان پاڻمرادو کلندو ۽ بند ٿيندو آهي. اهي حساس اوزارن، حرڪت معلوم ڪندڙ نظام، ريموٽ ڪنٽرول يا هٿ سان هلندڙ سوئچ ذريعي ڪم ڪندا آهن. جديد خودڪار دروازن ۾ حفاظتي حساس اوزار پڻ لڳل هوندا آهن، جيڪي ماڻهن يا شين سان ٽڪرائجڻ کان بچائيندا آهن.

==== ٻيا قسم ====

* '''مٿي کڄندڙ دروازو''' (Up-and-over door): گهڻو ڪري گيراجن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي ۽ مٿي کڄي افقي حالت ۾ بيهي رهندو آهي.

* '''[[ٽيمبور دروازو]]''' (Tambour door): سنهين افقي پٽين مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ريلن تي مٿي ۽ هيٺ ٿيندو آهي.

* '''ويڙهندڙ دروازو''' (Rolling door): فولادي پٽين مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڊرم تي ويڙهجي کلندو ۽ بند ٿيندو آهي. گيراجن، گودامن ۽ دڪانن ۾ عام آهي.

* '''ڳتجندڙ دروازو''' (Collapsible door): فولادي پٽن ۽ ڪينچي جهڙي جوڙجڪ تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي، جيڪو پاسن ڏانهن ويڙهجي کلندو ۽ بند ٿيندو آهي. مارڪيٽن، گيراجن ۽ وڏين داخلي جڳهن تي استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

== استعمال ==

[[فائل:Miersch, 17 rue Nicolas Welter-001.jpg|thumb|[[لڪسمبرگ]] ۾ هڪ دروازي جي مٿان شفاف ڇڄو]]

تعميراتي دروازن جا عام توڙي خاص مقصدن لاءِ ڪيترائي استعمال ٿيندا آهن. عام طور دروازا اندروني جڳهن، جهڙوڪ المارين، ڪمرن ۽ ٻين حصن کي هڪ ٻئي کان الڳ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيئن [[سهولت]]، [[رازداري]]، [[سلامتي]] ۽ [[تحفظ]] برقرار رهي. دروازا عمارت جي ٻاهرين حصي کان اندر داخل ٿيڻ وارن رستن کي محفوظ ڪرڻ، [[آبهوا]] جي ضابطي ۽ حفاظت لاءِ پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

دروازن جا ڪجهه خاص استعمال پڻ هي آهن:

* '''[[ڌماڪي کان بچاءُ وارو دروازو]]''' (Blast-proof door): اهڙو دروازو جيڪو عمارت يا اڏاوت ۾ داخلا مهيا ڪرڻ سان گڏ ڌماڪن جي زور کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

* '''باغيچو دروازو''' (Garden door): اهڙو دروازو جيڪو پٺئين صحن يا [[باغ]] ڏانهن کلي ٿو. هي اصطلاح خاص طور تي [[فرانسيسي دريون]] يا ٻٽي فرانسيسي دروازن (جن ۾ پينلن بدران شيشي جا خانا هوندا آهن) لاءِ، [[سرڪندڙ شيشي جو دروازو|سرڪندڙ شيشي جي دروازي]] جي بدران استعمال ٿيندو آهي. هي اصطلاح ''پيٽيو دروازن'' (Patio doors) لاءِ پڻ استعمال ٿي سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Patio Doors vs Garden Doors: What's The Difference? |url=https://www.uswindow-door.com/blog/patio-doors-vs-garden-doors-whats-the-difference |access-date=2022-09-13 |website=www.uswindow-door.com |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''لڪل دروازو''' (Jib door): اهڙو دروازو جنهن جي مٿاڇري ڀر واري ڀت جي سينگار، ڍانچي ۽ رنگ سان هم آهنگ هوندي آهي، جنهن ڪري اهو آساني سان نظر نٿو اچي. اهڙا دروازا تاريخي انگريزي گهرن ۾ گهڻو ڪري خادمن جي اچ وڃ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last1=Azzarito |first1=Amy |title=The Elements of a Home: Curious Histories behind Everyday Household Objects, from Pillows to Forks |date=17 March 2020 |publisher=Chronicle Books |isbn=978-1-4521-7902-5 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=bVPODwAAQBAJ&amp;pg=PA101 |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{rp|101}}

* '''[[پالتو جانورن جو دروازو]]''' (Pet door)، جيڪو [[ٻليءَ جو دروازو]] (Cat flap) يا ڪتي جو دروازو پڻ سڏبو آهي، دروازي ۾ ٺهيل اهڙو کلڻ وارو حصو هوندو آهي، جيڪو پالتو جانورن کي مکيه دروازو کولڻ کان سواءِ اندر اچڻ ۽ ٻاهر وڃڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. اهو رٻڙ جي هڪ سادي پردي سان ڍڪيل ٿي سگهي ٿو يا مٿئين پاسي انجيسن تي لڳل ننڍو دروازو به ٿي سگهي ٿو، جنهن کي جانور پاڻ ڌڪي کولي سگهن ٿا. پالتو جانورن جا دروازا سرڪندڙ شيشي جي دروازي ۾ مستقل يا عارضي پينل طور پڻ لڳائي سگهجن ٿا. ڪجهه دروازا هڪ طرفي هوندا آهن، جيڪي رڳو ٻاهر وڃڻ جي اجازت ڏيندا آهن، جڏهن ته جديد برقي دروازن ۾ خاص اليڪٽرانڪ سڃاڻپ وارو ٽيگ رکندڙ جانورن کي ئي اندر اچڻ جي اجازت هوندي آهي.

* '''[[ٽريپ دروازو]]''' (Trapdoor): اهڙو دروازو جيڪو [[ڇت]] يا [[فرش]] ۾ افقي رخ سان لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ گهڻو ڪري ڏاڪڻ ذريعي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

* '''پاڻيءَ وارو دروازو''' يا '''پاڻيءَ جي داخلا وارو دروازو''' (Water door): اهڙو دروازو، جهڙوڪ [[وينس]] ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ، جيڪو پاڻيءَ تي ٺهيل عمارت، مثال طور واهه جي ڪناري واري عمارت، مان سڌو پاڻي ڏانهن کلي ٿو، جتان ماڻهو پنهنجي ذاتي ٻيڙي يا [[پاڻيءَ واري ٽيڪسي]] ۾ چڙهي يا لهي سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.seevenice.it/en/doors-in-venice-among-water-art-and-architecture/|website=See Venice, Italy|title=Doors in Venice: among water, art and architecture|date=20 March 2016|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180103074300/http://www.seevenice.it/en/doors-in-venice-among-water-art-and-architecture/|archive-date=2018-01-03}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Water doors make frequent appearances in [[Donna Leon]]'s books, and in some are important plot devices, as in [[Donna Leon#Commissario Guido Brunetti novels|''Acqua Alta'' aka ''Death in High Water'' (1996) and ''Beastly Things'' (2012)]].&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>9m50l6dbzt05wnkjhq9r4oiarpk724j</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401155</id>
      <parentid>401151</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T11:11:19Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401155</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="79225" sha1="65cv4bhhc6qpdwon561c8jbt6qf65yo" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|داخل ٿيڻ ۽ ٻاهر نڪرڻ لاءِ حرڪت ڪندڙ رڪاوٽ}}

[[File:L-door.png|thumb|در جو خاڪو]]

'''در''' يا '''دروازو''' هڪ [[قبضو|قبضن]] تي لڳل يا ٻيءَ ڪنهن طريقي سان حرڪت ڪندڙ رڪاوٽ هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪنهن بند جاءِ ۾ داخل ٿيڻ (ورود) ۽ ٻاهر نڪرڻ (خروج) جي سهولت فراهم ڪري ٿو. ڀت ۾ در لاءِ ٺهيل کليل حصي کي '''درگاهه''' يا '''دروازي جو کليل حصو''' چيو ويندو آهي. در جو بنيادي مقصد رسائيءَ تي ضابطو رکندي [[سيڪيورٽي]] فراهم ڪرڻ آهي. عام طور تي اهو اهڙو پٽ يا تختو هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[عمارت]]، [[ڪمرو|ڪمري]] يا [[گاڏي]] جي دروازي جي کليل حصي ۾ فِٽ ڪيو ويندو آهي. در مختلف مواد مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن جو انتخاب انهن جي استعمال ۽ مقصد مطابق ڪيو ويندو آهي. اڪثر در [[قبضو|قبضن]] ذريعي لڳايا ويندا آهن، پر ڪي سلائيڊ ٿيڻ، فولڊ ٿيڻ يا ٻين حرڪتي طريقن سان به ڪم ڪندا آهن.

در مختلف طريقن سان کلي ۽ بند ٿي سگهن ٿا، جهڙوڪ قبضي تي ڦرڻ، فريم سان متوازي سلائيڊ ٿيڻ، فولڊ ٿيڻ يا مرڪزي محور تي ڦرڻ. انهن جو مقصد ماڻهن يا شين جي داخلا ۽ اخراج کي آسان يا محدود ڪرڻ هوندو آهي. گهڻن درن ۾ اندروني ۽ ٻاهرين پاسي جي بناوت هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي، پر ڪجهه حالتن ۾، جهڙوڪ [[گاڏي]] جي درن ۾، ٻنهي پاسن جي جوڙجڪ مختلف هوندي آهي.

گهڻن درن ۾ [[تالو]] لڳائڻ جو انتظام هوندو آهي، جنهن ذريعي صرف مجاز ماڻهو، مثال طور [[چاٻي]] استعمال ڪري، در کولي سگهندا آهن. درن تي اڪثر کڙڪائڻ لاءِ ڌاتوءَ جا [[کڙڪائندڙ (اوزار)|کڙڪائندڙ]]  (ڊور ناڪرس) يا [[در جي گهنٽي]] پڻ لڳل هوندي آهي، ته جيئن ٻاهران بيٺل ماڻهو پنهنجي موجودگيءَ جو اطلاع ڏئي سگهن. رسائي فراهم ڪرڻ کان علاوه، در خانگي زندگي (پرائيويسي) جي حفاظت، مختلف استعمال وارن حصن کي الڳ رکڻ، [[روشني]] ۽ [[هوا جي اچ وڃ]] کي ضابطو ڪرڻ، گرمي يا ٿڌ کي برقرار رکڻ، آواز کي گهٽائڻ ۽ [[باهه]] جي پکڙجڻ کي روڪڻ جهڙا اهم ڪم پڻ سرانجام ڏيندا آهن.

در صرف تعميراتي عنصر نه، پر جمالياتي، علامتي ۽ رسمن سان لاڳاپيل اهميت پڻ رکن ٿا. ڪيترين ثقافتن ۾ در جي چاٻي حاصل ڪرڻ ٻاهرئين ماڻهو کان اندروني يا بااختيار حيثيت حاصل ڪرڻ جي علامت سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڏسو، مثال طور، [[بليڪ راڊ|بليڪ راڊ جو معزز اشر]] جون درباني ذميواريون.&lt;/ref&gt; [[ادب]] ۽ [[فن]] ۾ پڻ در ۽ درگاهون تبديلي، نئين مرحلي ۾ داخل ٿيڻ يا علامتي معنيٰ جي اظهار لاءِ استعارن ۽ تمثيلن طور گهڻو استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

'''دروازو'''- انگريزي ۾: ڊور يا گيٽ . اردوءَ ۾ دروازہ:جديد دور جي عمارتن ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڪاٺ جا دروازا استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا. تاڪن جي حساب سان اھي ھڪ تاڪ وارا   ۽ ٻن تاڪن وارا ٿين ٿا..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر: سنڌي ادبي بورڊ،ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;
[[فائل:Door in Georgia.jpg|380px|thumb|جارجيا ملڪ جو دروازو]]
جاءِ اندر مختلف قسم جي ڪمرن ۾ استعمال جي نوعيت مطابق انھن جي ماپ جو تعين ڪيو وڃي ٿو. اھي اھڙي ماپ جا ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن انھن ڪمرن ۾ گھربل سامان آسانيءَ سان لنگھي سگھي. عام طرح سان غسلخانن ۽ بيت الخلاءِ اندر داخل ٿيڻ لاءِ دروازن جي ماپ 6′-4″x2′-6″  رکجي تھ بھتر آھي. ٻين ڪمرن لاءِ دروازن جي سراسري ماپ 7′-0″x3′-8″ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ ڪوشش ڪري 6′-4″x3′-0″ کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي. بھرحال دروازن جي ماپ واسطي ڪنھن بھ قسم جو پڪو پختو قائدو مڙھيل نھ آھي. ڪچيءَ طرح ۽ اندازي جي حساب سان ھيٺئين فارمولا سان دروازن جي ماپ جو تعين ڪري سگھجي ٿو.
ويڪر =(ويڪر)  اوچائي 4-(اوچائي)  فوٽ 
ڪمرن اندر دروازا ڪنڊ کان اٽڪل 6 انچن کان 9 انچن تائين پري رکجن تھ بھتر آھي، ليڪن انھن جي لڳائڻ لاءِ جديد طرز جي عمارت جي علم کي ذھن ۾ رکڻ وڌيڪ سٺو آھي.
اڄڪلھ دروازن جي چؤڪاٺن ۾ چائنٺ (سل)  نھ لڳائي ويندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ انھيءَ جي لڳائڻ سان ھڪ تھ ٿاٻي کائڻ جو تمام گھڻو انديشو رھي ٿو ۽ ٻيو تھ صفائي ڪرڻ ۾ دقت ٿئي ٿي، ليڪن ايئرڪنڊيشنڊ ڪمرن لاءِ چائنٺ لڳائڻ تمام ضروري آھي تھ جيئن تاڪن ھيٺان وٿي نہ رھي. وڏن شھرن ۾ آر-سي-سيءَ جي بوتي وارين عمارتن ۾ 4 ½ انچن جي اوساريءَ وارين ڀتين ۾ ڀت جي پوري ٿولھھ تائين ويڪرا چؤڪاٺا استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا. عام رواجي ۽ سرڪاري عمارتن ۾ چؤڪاٺن لاءِ 0′-4″x0′-3″ جي سائيز جون ڪاٺ جون پٽيون گھڙايون وينديون آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

[[فائل:Knocking at front door of The National Archives Building - 01.jpg|380px|thumb|واشنگٽن ۾ نيشنل آرڪائيوز بلڊنگ جو دروازو]]
دروازو ھڪ حرڪت وارو ڍانچو آهي جنھن ذريعي ڪنھن چوديواريءَ يا گاڏي وغيره ۾ ڪنھن جي داخلا يا روڪ کي ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪبو آهي. عام طور تي ان جو ھڪ يا ٻه [[تاڪ]] ھوندا آھن جيڪي درين يا بغير درين جي ھوندا آھن. تاڪ چاھي ھڪڙو ھجي يا ٻہ ،  [[ڇوڪاٺو|چوڪاٺي]] يا [[چونڪو|چونڪي]] سان [[انجيس|انجيسن]] جي مدد سان ڳنڍيل ھوندو/ھوندا آھن ۽ انھن کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪڙو يا ڪنڍو لڳائي استعمال ڪيو آھي جنھن ۾ تالو لڳائبو آهي. اھي ھوا ۽ روشنيءَ جي ضابطي لاءِ بہ استعمال ٿيندا آھن.
جاءِ اندر داخل ٿيڻ ۽ انھيءَ جي مختلف اندرين حصن جو پاڻ ۾ رابطو رکڻ لاءِ دروازا لڳايا ويندا آھن. موسم آھر انھن کي کولي رکڻ سان جاءِ اندر روشني وڌندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھوا جو گذر پڻ سٺيءَ طرح سان ٿيندو آھي. انھيءَ سان گڏ دروازن لڳائڻ سبب چوريءَ ٿيڻ جو انديشو گھٽ رھندو آھي ۽ گھر ۾ رھندڙ ڀاتين جي پوشيدگي (پرائيويسي)  رھندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== تاريخ ==
&lt;!-- هن حصي ۾ 1911ع جي ''Encyclopædia Britannica'' جي &quot;Door&quot; واري مقالي مان ورتل متن شامل آهي. --&gt;

قديم ترين دروازن جا ثبوت [[قديم مصر]] جي مقبرن جي ڀتين تي ٺهيل تصويرن مان ملن ٿا، جن ۾ هڪ يا ٻه تاڪن وارا دروازا ڏيکاريل آهن، جيڪي عام طور ڪاٺ جي هڪڙي ٽڪري مان ٺهيل هوندا هئا. مصري مقبرن ۾ ''ڪوڙا دروازا'' (فالس ڊورز) پڻ ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جن بابت عقيدو هو ته اهي فوت ٿيل ماڻهن جي آخرت ڏانهن وڃڻ جا علامتي دروازا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Weiss |first=Daniel |date=2022 |title=Features - Magical Mystery Door - Archaeology Magazine - November/December 2022 |url=https://archaeology.org/issues/november-december-2022/features/egypt-stela-false-door/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Archaeology Magazine |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

مصر جي انتهائي خشڪ آبهوا سبب دروازن کي وڪڙجڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ چوڪاٺن جي گهڻي ضرورت نه پوندي هئي، پر ٻين علائقن ۾ دروازن کي مضبوط رکڻ لاءِ چوڪاٺن وارو ڍانچو تيار ڪيو ويندو هو. رومي معمار ويتروويوس موجب اهڙن دروازن ۾ عمودي پٽيون (Stiles) ۽ افقي پٽيون (Rails) هونديون هيون، جڏهن ته وچ وارا پينل انهن جي نالن ۾ فٽ ڪيا ويندا هئا. عمودي پٽين مان هڪ قبضن سان ڳنڍيل ''هينگنگ اسٽائل'' ۽ ٻي ''ميٽنگ اسٽائل'' سڏبي هئي، جڏهن ته افقي حصن ۾ مٿيون، وچيون ۽ هيٺيون ريل شامل هونديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Marcus Vitruvius Pollio |url=https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Vitruvius/4*.html |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=University of Chicago}}&lt;/ref&gt;

قديم ترين دروازا ڪاٺ جا هوندا هئا. [[بائيبل]] ۾ [[حضرت سليمان]] جي مندر بابت بيان ٿيل آهي ته ان جا دروازا زيتون جي ڪاٺ مان ٺهيل، نفيس نقش نگاري سان سينگاريل ۽ سون سان مڙهيل هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Bible Project: Book of 1 Kings 6 - New American Standard Bible |url=https://www.bibleproject.com/bible/nasb/1-kings/6 |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=BibleProject |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; [[هومر]] جي تحريرن مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ان دور ۾ ڪي دروازا چاندي يا پتل سان ڍڪيل هوندا هئا. زيتون کان علاوه ايلم، ديودار، بلوط ۽ سرو جي ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ٿيندي هئي. آثار قديمه جي ماهرن سوئٽزرلينڊ جي شهر [[زيورخ]] ڀرسان پنج هزار سال پراڻا ٻه ڪاٺ جا دروازا پڻ دريافت ڪيا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://archive.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101108222716/http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/|url-status=dead|title=Swiss archaeologists find 5,000-year-old door|first=Frank|last=Jordans|date=October 20, 2010|archive-date=November 8, 2010|via=The Boston Globe}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://blog.nationalmuseum.ch/en/2019/01/close-the-door/|title=Close the door!|first=Samuel van|last=Willigen|date=January 17, 2019|website=Swiss National Museum - Swiss history blog}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{multiple image
| align=
| total_width=550
| direction=horizontal
| footer=
| image1=stone door.jpg
| caption1=هيمپي (ڀارت) ۾ پٿر جو دروازو
| image2=Door-Post Socket (4690606141).jpg
| caption2=پرسيپولس (هاڻوڪو [[ايران]]) مان دريافت ٿيل وڏي دروازي جو بنيادي ساکٽ
}}

قديم دور جا دروازا مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ لڳل محورن (Pintles) وسيلي ڦرندا هئا، جيڪي مٿئين ڪڙي (Lintel) ۽ هيٺئين چائنٺ (Sill) ۾ ٺهيل ساکٽن اندر ويهندا هئا. اهي ساکٽ گهڻو ڪري بازالٽ يا گرينائيٽ جهڙي سخت پٿر مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا. [[نپپور]] مان 2000 ق.م. جا دريافت ٿيل اهڙا ساکٽ ڊوليرائيٽ پٿر جا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=The Museum Journal {{!}} Two Door Sockets of the Kings of Ur |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/journal/1211/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=The Museum Journal |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[بلاوات]] جي دروازن جا محور ڪانسي سان ڍڪيل هئا، جيڪي اڄ [[برٽش ميوزيم]] ۾ محفوظ آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Assyrian sculpture and Balawat Gates |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/galleries/assyrian-sculpture-and-balawat-gates |access-date=2025-04-05 |website=British Museum}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهي ٻه تاڪن وارا دروازا هئا، جن مان هر تاڪ لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|2.54|m|in|abbr=on}} ويڪرو ۽ {{convert|8.2|m|ft|abbr=on}} اوچو هو. انهن کي {{convert|25.4|cm|in|abbr=on}} ويڪريون ڪانسي جون پٽيون لڳل هيون، جن تي ابھريل نقاشي ڪئي وئي هئي. ڪاٺ جا دروازا لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|7.62|cm|in|abbr=on}} ٿلها هئا، جڏهن ته قبضي واري عمودي پٽي جو قطر {{convert|360|mm|in}} کان وڌيڪ هو. مختلف ماپن جي ٻين ڪانسي جي ڍڪڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ڪاٺ جي محورن کي ڌاتو سان محفوظ ڪرڻ ان دور ۾ عام رواج هو.

شام جي [[حوران]] علائقي ۾، جتي ڪاٺ جي کوٽ هئي، اتي دروازا پٿر مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/W_1864-0301-1 |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=British Museum}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن مان {{convert|1.63|by|0.79|m|in|abbr=on}} ماپ وارو هڪ پٿريلو دروازو [[برٽش ميوزيم]] ۾ محفوظ آهي، جنهن جي وچ واري ڪنڊ مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته اهو ٻه تاڪي دروازي جو هڪ حصو هو. شام جي شهر بُصرى ويجهو ڪُفَير ۾ سياح برڪهارٽ کي {{convert|2.74|to|3.048|m|ft|abbr=on}} اوچا پٿريلا دروازا مليا، جيڪي قديم شهر جي داخلي دروازن طور استعمال ٿيندا هئا. [[ايٽروريا]] ۾ پڻ پٿر جي دروازن جا ڪيترائي مثال ملن ٿا.

[[File:Plaster cast of folding doors, Pompeii.jpg|thumb|left|upright|[[پومپيئي]] ۾ پهرين صدي عيسويءَ جا [[قديم روم]] جا فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازا، جيڪي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي نوڪلاسيڪي دروازن سان مشابهت رکن ٿا.]]

قديم [[يونان]] ۽ [[قديم روم]] ۾ هڪ تاڪي، ٻه تاڪي، ٽي تاڪي، سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ ۽ فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازن جا تاڪ قبضن سان پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا ۽ کلي پوئتي ويڙهجي ويندا هئا. [[اگريجينٽم]] ۾ ٿيرون جي مقبري تي پٿر ۾ تراشيل هڪ چار پينلن وارو دروازو موجود آهي. [[بلنڊيل مجموعو|بلنڊيل مجموعي]] (Blundell) ۾ محفوظ هڪ بيس رليف تي مندر جو ٻه تاڪي دروازو ڏيکاريل آهي، جنهن جي هر تاڪ ۾ پنج پينل آهن.

قديم رومي ڌاتوڪاريءَ جا بهترين مثال روم جي [[چرچ آف ايس ايس ڪوزماس ۽ ڊيمين]] جا ڪانسي جا دروازا آهن. اهي ٻه تاڪي آهن، هر تاڪ ۾ ٻه پينل آهن ۽ سڄو چوڪاٺو پڻ ڪانسي جو ٺهيل آهي. [[پينٿيون, روم|پينٿيون]] جا ڪانسي جا دروازا به ساڳئي طرز جا آهن، جن ۾ مٿئين، وچئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ اضافي افقي پينل موجود آهن. رومي دور جا ٻه ٻيا اهم ڪانسي جا دروازا [[ليٽران بيسيليڪا]] ۾ موجود آهن.

يوناني عالم [[اسڪندريه جو ھيرون ]] پهرين صدي عيسويءَ ۾، جڏهن [[رومي مصر]] قائم هو، دنيا جو سڀ کان پراڻو سڃاتل خودڪار دروازو تيار ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;needham volume 4 part 2 162&quot;&gt;{{Cite book|editor-last=Needham |editor-first=Joseph |year=1986 |title=Science and Civilization in China: Mechanical Engineering |volume=IV:2 |publisher=Cambridge University Press |page=162 |orig-year=1965 |editor-last2=Wang |editor-first2=Ling |isbn=0-521-05803-1 |ol=7716140M}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ چين ۾ [[سئي خاندان جو شهنشاهه يانگ]] (604–618ع) جي دور حڪومت ۾ شاهي لائبريري لاءِ پيرن جي حرڪت سان کلندڙ خودڪار دروازو تيار ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;needham volume 4 part 2 162&quot; /&gt; عرب موجد [[الجزري]] پڻ پاڻيءَ جي طاقت سان هلندڙ خودڪار دروازن جا نقشا ۽ وضاحتون پيش ڪيون.&lt;ref&gt;Howard R. Turner (1997), ''Science in Medieval Islam: An Illustrated Introduction'', p. 181, [[University of Texas Press]], {{ISBN|0-292-78149-0}}.&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|journal=Archivio Italiano di Urologia e Andrologia |title=Primitive robotic procedures: Automotions for medical liquids in 12th century Asia minor|year=2014 |doi=10.4081/aiua.2014.4.300|last1=Penbegul |first1=Necmettin |last2=Atar |first2=Murat |last3=Kendirci |first3=Muammer |last4=Bozkurt |first4=Yasar |last5=Hatipoglu |first5=Namık Kemal |last6=Verit |first6=Ayhan |last7=Kadıoglu |first7=Ates |volume=86 |issue=4 |pages=300–303 |pmid=25641458 |doi-access=free }}&lt;/ref&gt;

وچئين دور ۾ [[ٽامو]] ۽ ان جون مصرعون تعميراتي فن ۾ اهم حيثيت رکنديون هيون. [[بيت لحم]] جي [[چرچ آف دي نيٽوٽي]] (ڇهين صدي) جا دروازا ڪانسي جي نقشدار پٽن سان ڍڪيل آهن. [[ھاگيا صوفيه]]، [[قسطنطنيه]] جا اٺين ۽ نائين صديءَ جا دروازا به ڪانسي جا آهن، جڏهن ته [[آڪس-لا-شاپيل]] جي گرجاگھر جا نائين صديءَ جا ڪانسي جا دروازا غالباً قسطنطنيه مان آندا ويا هئا، جيئن [[سينٽ مارڪس بيسيليڪا]]، وينس جا ڪجهه دروازا پڻ. جرمنيءَ جي آڪسن گرجاگھر جا ڪانسي جا دروازا لڳ ڀڳ 800ع جا آهن. [[فلورينس]] جي ڪئٿڊرل جي بپتسما گاهه جا ڪانسي جا دروازا 1423ع ۾ [[گيبرتي]] مڪمل ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;Architecture, European Copper Institute; {{cite web |url=http://eurocopper.org/copper/copper-architecture.html |title=Find out how useful copper is to design and architecture! |access-date=2012-09-12 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20121009005711/http://eurocopper.org/copper/copper-architecture.html |archive-date=2012-10-09 }}&lt;/ref&gt; {{crossreference|(ڏسو پڻ: [[Copper in architecture]].)}}

[[File:Tür, Villa Boscoreale.jpg|left|thumb|upright|پهرين صدي عيسويءَ جي [[قديم روم]] جي ڀت تي ٺهيل رنگين تصوير، جنهن ۾ نفيس سينگاريل دروازو ڏيکاريل آهي.]]

يارهين ۽ ٻارهين صديءَ جا ڪانسي جا ڪيترائي تاريخي دروازا اڄ به موجود آهن. انهن مان سڀ کان پراڻو جرمنيءَ جي [[هلڊسهايم]] وارو دروازو (1015ع) آهي. هلڊسهايم جي هن طرز بعد ۾ پولينڊ جي [[گنيزنو دروازن]] جي جوڙجڪ تي به اثر وڌو. ڏکڻ اٽلي ۽ سسلي جا ٻيا اهم مثال هي آهن: [[سينٽ اينڊريا، امالفي]] (1060ع)، [[ساليرنو]] (1099ع)، [[ڪانوسا دي پوليا]] (1111ع)، [[ٽروا]] جا ٻه دروازا (1119ع ۽ 1124ع)، [[راويلو]] (1179ع)، جيڪي ٽراني جي باريسانو ٺاهيا، جنهن [[ٽراني گرجاگھر]] جا دروازا پڻ تيار ڪيا؛ جڏهن ته [[مونريالي]] ۽ [[پيسا گرجاگھر]] جا دروازا [[پيسا جي بونانو]] جا ٺاهيل آهن.

انهن سڀني دروازن ۾ قبضي واري عمودي پٽي جا محور مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ هوندا هئا. تعميراتي ماهرن کي صحيح طرح معلوم نه آهي ته روايتي محوري نظام کان قبضن (ھنجز) ڏانهن تبديلي ڪڏهن آئي، پر ان تبديليءَ سان دروازن کي مضبوط ڪرڻ ۽ سينگارڻ جو نئون طريقو رائج ٿيو. ان لاءِ مختلف نمونن جون ٺڪيل لوهي پٽيون استعمال ٿينديون هيون، جيڪي قبضن جو ڪم به ڏينديون هيون. عام طور ٽي سينگاريل پٽيون دروازي سان لڳل هونديون هيون، جڏهن ته انهن سان گڏ لوهي ڪڙا عمودي محورن تي چڙهندا هئا، جيڪي پٿر يا ڪاٺ جي چوڪاٺ ۾ لڳل هوندا هئا. اهڙي نموني جو ٻارهين صديءَ جو هڪ ابتدائي مثال [[لنڪن ڪئٿڊرل]] ۾ موجود آهي. فرانس ۾ [[نوٽر ڊيم، پيرس]] جي دروازن جو ڌاتوءَ وارو ڪم هن فن جو هڪ شاندار نمونو آهي، جڏهن ته فرانس ۽ انگلينڊ ۾ به اهڙا ڪيترائي مثال موجود آهن.

اٽلي ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ مشهور دروازن ۾ [[فلورنس جي سينٽ جيوواني بپتسما گهر]] جا دروازا شامل آهن، جيڪي مڪمل طور ڪانسي جا ٺهيل آهن، جن ۾ [[دروازي جو چوڪاٺو]] پڻ ڪانسي جو آهي. ڏاکڻي دروازي تي موجود انساني شڪلين، پکين ۽ ٻوٽن جي نفيس نقش نگاري [[ايندريا پيزانو]] 1330ع ۾ تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته اوڀر وارو دروازو [[گيبرتي]] 1425ع کان 1452ع جي وچ ۾ ٺاهيو، جيڪو پنهنجي فني حسن سبب تمام گهڻو مشهور آهي. اترئين دروازي (1402ع–1424ع) ۾ گيبرتي، ايندريا پيزانو جي ساڳي پينلن ۽ تصويري ترتيب واري طرز کي اختيار ڪيو، پر اوڀرئين دروازي ۾ مستطيل پينلن کي ابھريل نقش نگاري (Bas-relief) سان سينگاريو ويو، جن ۾ مقدس صحيفن جا منظر ۽ بيشمار انساني شڪلون ڏيکاريل آهن. انهن دروازن کي ئي اهو مشهور لقب ''جنت جا دروازا'' ڏنو ويو، جنهن جو ذڪر [[مائيڪل اينجلو]] پڻ ڪيو.

[[قاهره]] جي مسجدن جا دروازا بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا هئا. هڪ قسم ۾ دروازن تي ڪانسي يا لوهه جون چادرون چاڙهي انهن تي نفيس نقش نگاري يا اُڀريل سينگار ڪيو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته ٻئي قسم جا دروازا ڪاٺ جي فريم سان ٺهيل هوندا هئا، جن تي چورس ۽ هيرن جهڙن پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيل نمونن جي سينگار هوندي هئي. هن ٻئي طرز جي شروعات [[قبطي]] فن تعمير مان ٿي. [[پالرمو]] جي محل جا دروازا، جيڪي نارمن حڪمرانن لاءِ ساراسين ڪاريگرن تيار ڪيا، اڄ به بهترين حالت ۾ محفوظ آهن. اهڙي ئي سينگار واري طرز جا دروازا [[ويرونا]] ۾ پڻ ملن ٿا، جتي دروازن جي عمودي ۽ افقي ڪاٺين جا ڪنارا ترڇا ۽ ڪَٽيل نموني سان تيار ڪيا ويا آهن.

[[فائل:Дом компании Зингер, Россия, Санкт-Петербург.JPG|thumb|upright|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جي عنصرن سان سينگاريل شيشي جو دروازو، [[سنگر هائوس]]، [[سينٽ پيٽرسبرگ]]، روس]]

نشاةِ ثانيه جي دور ۾ اٽلي جا دروازا نسبتاً سادا رکيا ويندا هئا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اتي جي معمارن وڌيڪ توجهه دروازن جي چوڌاري ٺهيل داخلي بناوت (Doorway) تي ڏيندا هئا. ان جي ابتڙ، فرانس ۽ جرمني ۾ دروازن کي نهايت نفاست سان اُڪيريو ويندو هو، خاص طور [[لوئي چوڏهون طرز]] ۽ [[لوئي پندرهون طرز]] جي دور ۾. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن انهن ۾ ٿنڀا، ڇَجا، ٽڪنڊا محراب (Pediment) ۽ طاقون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون هيون، جڏهن ته چوڌاري ڀت سادي معمارِي واري هوندي هئي. اٽلي ۾ دروازن جي وڏائي وڌائڻ لاءِ پينلن جو تعداد وڌايو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته فرانس ۾ ان جي ابتڙ نسبتاً گهٽ پينلن کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي هئي. [[فونتين بلو]] جي محل جو هڪ وڏو ٻه-تاڪي دروازو اهڙي نموني ٺاهيو ويو آهي، جو ڏسڻ ۾ ڄڻ هڪ ئي وڏي پينل مان ٺهيل هجي.

فرانس ۾ نشاةِ ثانيه جي سڀ کان قديم دروازن مان هڪ [[سينٽ سووير گرجاگھر، ايڪس-آن-پرووانس]] (1503ع) جو دروازو آهي. ان جي هيٺين پينلن ۾ [[گوٿڪ فن تعمير|گوٿڪ]] طرز جي طاقن اندر لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|3|ft|m|abbr=on}} اوچيون انساني شڪلون اُڪيريل آهن، جڏهن ته مٿين پينلن ۾ لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|2|ft|m|abbr=on}} اوچين شڪلين سان ٻٽي قطار وارا طاق ۽ انهن مٿان ڇپر نما سينگار موجود آهي. اهي سڀ نقش [[ديودار]] جي ڪاٺ تي اُڪيريا ويا آهن. [[بووي گرجاگھر]] جو ڏاکڻو دروازو ڪيترن ئي لحاظ کان فرانس جي بهترين دروازن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، جتي مٿين پينلن تي ابھريل نقش نگاري سان مذهبي منظر ۽ ڇپر نما سينگار ٺاهيا ويا آهن. [[جيزور]] جي گرجاگھر (1575ع) جا دروازا پڻ طاقن اندر انساني شڪلين سان سينگاريل آهن، جيڪي طبقاتي ٿنڀن سان هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيا ويا آهن. [[روئن]] جي [[سينٽ ميڪلو]] گرجاگھر ۾ ٽي نهايت خوبصورت اُڪيريل دروازا آهن؛ انهن مان [[ژان گوجون]] جا تيار ڪيل دروازا ٻنهي پاسن تي طاقن اندر شڪلين ۽ وچ ۾ نفيس مجسماڪاريءَ سبب خاص شهرت رکن ٿا. لڳ ڀڳ چاليهه کان پنجاهه سال پوءِ ٺاهيل ٻين دروازن کي ابھريل نقش نگاري، قدرتي منظرن، انساني شڪلين ۽ پيچيده آرائشي بارڊرن سان سينگاريو ويو.

[[ناسا]] جي [[گاڏين جي اسيمبلي عمارت]]، جيڪا [[ڪينيڊي خلائي مرڪز]] ۾ واقع آهي، دنيا جا چار سڀ کان وڏا دروازا رکي ٿي. هيءَ عمارت شروعات ۾ [[اپولو پروگرام|اپولو]] مشنن لاءِ [[سيٽرن پنجون]] راڪيٽن جي اسيمبلي لاءِ تعمير ڪئي وئي هئي، ۽ بعد ۾ [[خلائي شٽل]] پروگرام جي سهائتا لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي رهي. انهن چئن مان هر هڪ دروازي جي اوچائي {{convert|139|m|ft|abbr=off|sp=us}} آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.nasa.gov/centers/kennedy/pdf/718659main_VAB.pdf|title=Vehicle Assembly Building Fact Sheet|website=NASA|access-date=2016-06-03|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20161011224909/https://www.nasa.gov/centers/kennedy/pdf/718659main_VAB.pdf|archive-date=2016-10-11}}&lt;/ref&gt;

انگلينڊ جو سڀ کان قديم محفوظ دروازو [[ويسٽمنسٽر ائبي]] ۾ موجود آهي، جيڪو 1050ع جو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite news |url=https://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/uk_news/4743899.stm |work=BBC News |title=Abbey oak door 'Britain's oldest' |date=2005-08-03 |access-date=2010-05-01 |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20060620190404/http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/uk/4743899.stm |archive-date=2006-06-20}}&lt;/ref&gt; سترهين صديءَ ۾ انگلينڊ ۾ دروازن جي پينلن کي ابھريل [[بوليڪشن]] يا ٻاهر نڪتل سينگاريل ڍانچن سان سينگاريو ويندو هو، جن تي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن نهايت نفيس اُڪير به ڪئي ويندي هئي. ارڙهين صديءَ ۾ دروازن جي [[سينگاريل قالب]]، جيڪي [[عمودي ڪاٺي]] ۽ [[فريم ۽ پينل]] تي ٺهندا هئا، تن کي [[ايگ اينڊ ڊارٽ]] نموني جي [[معماري سينگار]] سان اُڪيريو ويندو هو.

&lt;gallery widths=&quot;170&quot; heights=&quot;200&quot; mode=&quot;packed&quot; caption=&quot;دروازن جي مختصر بصري تاريخ&quot;&gt;
File:Fragment from a tomb door MET 23.3.174f-emf.jpg|[[قديم مصري فن تعمير|قديم مصري]] مقبري جي دروازي جو ٽڪرو، لڳ ڀڳ 2150–1981 ق.م، [[ميٽروپوليٽن عجائب گهر]]، [[نيويارڪ شهر]]
File:The Hercules Sarcophagus depicting the Twelve Labors of Hercules, 150-160 AD, Kayseri Archaeological Museum, Turkey (26261172056) (lighter version).jpg|[[قديم يوناني فن تعمير|قديم يوناني]] طرز جو دروازو، هرڪيولس جي تابوت تي اُڪريل، [[قيصريه آثار قديمه عجائب گهر]]، [[قيصريه]]، [[ترڪي]]
File:Bronze door, Basilica di San Giovanni, 2013.jpg|[[قديم رومي فن تعمير|قديم رومي]] ڪانسي جا دروازا، [[ڪوريا جوليا]]، جيڪي هاڻي [[سينٽ جان ليٽران بيسليڪا]]، [[روم]] ۾ موجود آهن
File:Gate, ash-Shibak Fort, Ibra (North ash-Sharqiyah Governorate) Origin- Surat, India (Mughal Empire) Teak wood and brass.jpg|[[هندستاني فن تعمير|هندستاني]] [[مغل فن تعمير|مغل]] دور جو ساڳوان ۽ پتل جو دروازو
File:Tenghua Jiuguan 21 2015-04.JPG|روايتي [[چيني فن تعمير|چيني]] فولڊنگ دروازا، [[قديم وسٽيريا عجائب گهر]]، [[چانگجو]]، [[چين]]
File:Lateral door church Theotokos Gorgoepikoos Athens, Greece.jpg|[[بازنطيني فن تعمير|بازنطيني]] دروازو، [[ننڍي ميٽروپولس]]، [[اٿينس]]، [[يونان]]
File:Door in Morocco, 2010.jpg|[[اسلامي فن تعمير|اسلامي]] طرز جو دروازو، [[اسلامي هندسي نمونا]] سان سينگاريل، [[مراڪش]]
File:'Berfrestone' (DB) door and tympanum arch St Nicholas Church Barfrestone Kent England 1.jpg|[[رومانسڪ فن تعمير|رومانسڪ]] طرز جو دروازو، [[سينٽ نڪولس گرجاگهر]]، [[بارفريسٽون]]، [[ڪينٽ]]، [[انگلينڊ]]
File:Doorway detail, St Magnus Cathedral, Kirkwall, Orkney.jpg|[[گوٿڪ فن تعمير|گوٿڪ]] دروازو، [[سينٽ ميگنس گرجاگهر]]، [[ڪرڪوال]]، [[اسڪاٽلينڊ]]
File:Iconography - Saint Basil's Cathedral (19970306871).jpg|[[روسي فن تعمير|روسي]] دروازو، [[سينٽ بيسل گرجاگهر]]، [[ماسڪو]]
File:The entrance of the Antim Monastery Church.jpg|[[برانڪووينيسڪ طرز]] جو دروازو، [[انتيم خانقاه]]، [[بخاريسٽ]]، [[رومانيا]]، جنهن جي مٿان [[پسانيه]] لکيل آهي
File:Gdańsk (158).JPG|[[نشاة ثانيه فن تعمير|نشاة ثانيه]] طرز جو دروازو، [[گدانسڪ]]، [[پولينڊ]]
File:Chateau de Versailles Vestibule Haut 11 (lighter and fixed angles).jpg|[[باروڪ]] طرز جو دروازو، [[ورسائي محل]]، [[ورسائي]]، [[فرانس]]
File:Porte rue Monsieur-le-Prince Paris.jpg|[[روڪوڪو]] طرز جو دروازو، رو مونسيو لي پرنس، [[پيرس]]
File:P1210063 Paris III rue des Francs-Bourgeois n26 rwk.jpg|[[لوئي سورهون طرز]] جو دروازو، [[هوٽل مورتيي دي ساندرويل]]، رو دي فران بورجوا، [[پيرس]]
File:Pierre Rousseau - Double-Leaf Doors - 1942.2.12 - Cleveland Museum of Art.tif|[[نوڪلاسيڪي فن تعمير|نوڪلاسيڪي]] رنگيل ٻٽو دروازو (1790ع واري ڏهاڪي)، [[پيئر روسو]]، [[ڪليولينڊ آرٽ ميوزيم]]، [[آمريڪا]]
File:Brooklyn Museum 1994.92 Door with Lock (2).jpg|[[اولهه آفريڪا|اولهه آفريڪي]] تالي وارو ڪاٺ ۽ لوهه جو دروازو، اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر يا ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات، [[برڪينا فاسو]]، [[بروڪلن ميوزيم]]، [[نيويارڪ شهر]]
File:Zespół klasztoru Gandan (39).jpg|[[گاندانتيگچنلين خانقاه]]، [[منگوليا]] جو سينگاريل دروازو
File:P1250574 Paris V rue Malebranche n3 porte gothique bis encours.jpg|[[گوٿڪ احيا فن تعمير|گوٿڪ احيا]] طرز جو دروازو، رو مالبرانش، [[پيرس]]
File:Egyptian Revival mausoleum, Forest Home Cemetery.jpg|[[مصري احيا فن تعمير|مصري احيا]] طرز جي مقبري جو دروازو، فاريسٽ هوم قبرستان، [[وسڪانسن]]، [[آمريڪا]]
File:Armoiries de lIrlande à lambassade dIrlande à Paris.jpg|[[روڪوڪو احيا]] طرز جو دروازو، [[هوٽل دي بريتوي]]، [[پيرس]]
File:3-5, Strada Icoanei, Bucharest (Romania) 1.jpg|[[رومانوي احيا فن تعمير|رومانوي احيا]] طرز جو دروازو، [[شڪوالا سينٽرالا نيشنل ڪاليج]]، [[بخاريسٽ]]
File:Paris Porte cochère rue La Bruyère 2012.jpg|اوڻيهين صديءَ جو [[انتخابي فن تعمير|انتخابي]] ڪلاسيڪي طرز جو دروازو، رو لا بروئير، [[پيرس]]
File:Entrance of the George Enescu Museum.jpg|[[بيو آرٽس فن تعمير|بيو آرٽس]] طرز جو دروازو، [[ڪانتاڪوزينو محل]]، [[بخاريسٽ]]
File:Porte et marquise CCI Nancy.jpg|[[آرٽ نووو]] ڌاتو ۽ شيشي جو دروازو، [[نانسي]]، [[فرانس]]، مٿان وڏي شفاف [[ڇڄ]] سان
File:49-53, Calea Victoriei, Bucharest (Romania) 10.jpg|[[سادو ڪلاسيڪي فن تعمير|سادو ڪلاسيڪي]] طرز جو دروازو، [[بخاريسٽ شاهي محل]]، جيڪو هاڻي [[رومانيا جو قومي عجائب گهر براءِ فنون]] آهي
File:La Maison Bleue, porte d'entrée - Angers - 20110119.jpg|[[آرٽ ڊيڪو]] طرز جو دروازو، [[انجيه]]، [[فرانس]]
File:Fischerkirche (main door), Born a. Darß.jpg|ڪاٺ جو گرجاگهر جو دروازو، [[بورن آف ڊارس]]، [[جرمني]]
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== بناوت ۽ طرزون ==
[[فائل:Florença - Portões do Paraíso (146).jpg|thumb|upright|[[فلورنس بپتسما گهر]] جو دروازو، جنهن کي ''جنت جا دروازا'' چيو وڃي ٿو، 1425ع–1452ع، سونهري ڪانسي جو ٺهيل، اوچائي: 5.2 ميٽر]]
[[فائل:Kunsthistorisches Museum entrance.jpg|thumb|upright|[[ڪنسٽ هسٽوريشيز ميوزيم]] ([[ويانا]]، [[آسٽريا]]) جو داخلا دروازو]]

دروازن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جيڪي مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن:

* سڀ کان عام قسم '''هڪ تاڪي وارو دروازو''' آهي، جيڪو هڪ مضبوط تاڪي تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي ۽ پوري دروازي جي کليل حصي کي ڍڪي ڇڏيندو آهي. هن بنيادي جوڙجڪ جون ڪيترائي صورتون آهن، جهڙوڪ '''ٻه تاڪي وارو دروازو''' يا '''ٻٽو دروازو'''.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=External Single Door, Fully Glazed Leaf {{!}} NBS {{!}} BIM Library |url=https://source.thenbs.com/en/product/external-single-door-fully-glazed-leaf/7dHSpVWugYzrD2KEV7Zn74/wCWU2QXh2M5kYY78qJaQAo |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=source.thenbs.com |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''اڌ دروازو''' يا '''[[ڊچ دروازو]]''' يا '''اصطبل وارو دروازو''' افقي رخ ۾ ٻن حصن ۾ ورهايل هوندو آهي. هن قسم جو دروازو رهائشي گهرن ۾ به اختيار ڪيو ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Ray |first=Emily |date=2025-07-14 |title=Here's Why A Dutch Door Makes An Entryway More Beautiful &amp; Functional |url=https://www.housedigest.com/1908450/dutch-door-entryway-benefits/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=House Digest |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''[[سيلون]] جا دروازا''' هلڪا جهولندڙ ٻن تاڪن وارا دروازا هوندا آهن، جيڪي عام طور عوامي شراب خانن ۾ ملندا آهن ۽ خاص طور آمريڪي اولهه سان لاڳاپيل سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Martin |first=Hannah |date=2022-09-01 |title=Are Saloon Doors About to Have a Moment? |url=https://www.architecturaldigest.com/story/are-saloon-doors-about-to-have-a-moment |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Architectural Digest |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Hart |first=Morgan |date=2025-04-21 |title=Giddy Up: Western-Themed Bars in Utah • Salt Lake Magazine |url=https://saltlakemagazine.com/western-bars-utah/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Salt Lake Magazine |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''لڪل دروازو''' (انگريزي:بلائينڊ ڊور، گب ڊور يا جب ڊور) اهڙو دروازو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ٻاهران ڪا به چؤڪاٺ، هينڊل يا هلندڙ حصو ظاهر نه هوندو آهي. اهو ڀر واري ڀت سان اهڙي نموني ملي ويندو آهي، جو ڀت جو حصو ئي محسوس ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Nicholson |first=Peter |title=The New and Improved Practical Builder |location=London |publisher=Thomas Kelly|date=1841 |pages=97–98}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''فرانسيسي دروازو''' ساڳي نموني اندر يا ٻاهر کلي ٿو جيئن '''[[فرانسيسي دريون]]'''. اهو پاسي کان انجيسن تي لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ وچ ۾ ڪا عمودي ورهاست نه هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=2024-06-13 |title=What Are French Windows and Doors? |url=https://www.lomaxwood.co.uk/news/what-are-french-windows-and-doors/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Lomax &amp; Wood |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''[[جهروڪيدار دروازو]]''' ۾ ڪاٺ جون مقرر يا هلندڙ پٽيون (جن کي [[جهروڪي]] پڻ چيو وڃي ٿو) لڳل هونديون آهن، جيڪي هوا جي اچ وڃ کي ممڪن بڻائينديون آهن، پر اندر جي نجي ماحول کي برقرار رکندي روشنيءَ جي سڌي گذر کي روڪينديون آهن. اهڙا دروازا نسبتاً ڪمزور هوندا آهن، تنهن ڪري گهڻو ڪري [[ڪپڙن جي الماري|المارين]] ۽ ڪپڙا سڪائڻ وارن ڪمرن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي حفاظت کان وڌيڪ هوا جي اچ وڃ اهم هوندي آهي. ساڳئي قسم جي جوڙجڪ [[دريءَ جا پردا]] ٺاهڻ لاءِ به استعمال ٿيندي آهي. 1929ع ۾ [[سيگيٽ]]، [[فلوريڊا]] ۾ گوينڊولين ۽ پاول ڪراسلي جي تعمير ڪرايل گهر ۾ ٻه جهروڪيدار دروازا لڳايا ويا، جيڪي هوا جي مناسب گردش سان گڏ اهڙي نجيت فراهم ڪندا هئا، جو ڪنهن به رخ کان اندر ڏسڻ ممڪن نه هوندو هو.

* '''مرڪب دروازو''' هڪ تاڪي وارو دروازو هوندو آهي، جيڪو مڪمل مضبوط يا شيشي سان ٺهيل ٿي سگهي ٿو ۽ عام طور تي اندر اعليٰ ڪثافت واري فوم سان ڀريل هوندو آهي. برطانيا ۾ اهڙن دروازن کي عام طور BS PAS 23/24 معيار موجب تصديق ٿيل هوندو آهي ۽ ''سڪيوئرڊ باء ڊزائين'' جي حفاظتي معيارن سان مطابقت رکندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://thecrimepreventionwebsite.com/pas-242012-enhanced-security-doorsets/573/what-does-certificated-to-pas-24-actually-mean/|title=What does 'certificated' to PAS 24 actually mean?|work=thecrimepreventionwebsite.com|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140125223650/http://thecrimepreventionwebsite.com/pas-242012-enhanced-security-doorsets/573/what-does-certificated-to-pas-24-actually-mean|archive-date=2014-01-25}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Doors and Locks |url=https://www.securedbydesign.com/guidance/standards-explained#doors-and-locks |website=Secured by Design |publisher=Police Crime Prevention Initiative |access-date=29 October 2019}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''فولادي حفاظتي دروازو''' مضبوط فولاد مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ گهڻو ڪري [[بئنڪ خزانو|خزانن]] ۽ [[محفوظ ڪمرو|محفوظ ڪمرن]] ۾ حملي جي مزاحمت لاءِ لڳايو ويندو آهي. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن انهن جي ٻاهرين سطح تي ڪاٺ جا پينل پڻ لڳايا ويندا آهن ته جيئن عام دروازن جهڙا نظر اچن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://henleyssecuritydoors.co.uk/|title=Henleys Security Doors|website=Henleys Security Doors|access-date=25 May 2016|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160530035319/http://henleyssecuritydoors.co.uk/|archive-date=30 May 2016}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''هموار دروازو''' مڪمل طور تي سڌي ۽ هموار سطح وارو هوندو آهي. ان ۾ هلڪي ڪاٺ جي فريم تي [[پلائيووڊ]] يا [[وچولي ڪثافت وارو فائبر بورڊ]] لڳايو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته اندر جا خالي حصا گهڻو ڪري گتي جي مواد سان ڀريا ويندا آهن. ٻاهرين سطح سخت فائبر بورڊ مان پڻ ٺهي سگهي ٿي، جنهن جو مشهور نالو [[ميسونائيٽ]] آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Masonite International Corporation |url=https://visitjones.com/historic_locations/masonite-international-corporation/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Visit Laurel &amp; Jones County |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''ڍانچي وارو دروازو''' جو اندروني ڍانچو هموار دروازي جهڙو هوندو آهي، پر ان جي ٻاهرئين سطح ٺهيل نمونيدار MDF يا [[ميسونائيٽ]] مان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=2020-06-17 |title=What Should I Go For- Veneered Doors vs Moulded Doors |url=https://www.articlecube.com/what-should-i-go-veneered-doors-vs-moulded-doors |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=ArticleCube |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''تختن ۽ آڏين پٽين وارو دروازو''' ڪيترن عمودي تختن مان ٺهندو آهي، جيڪي ٻن يا وڌيڪ افقي ڪاٺين سان ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن مضبوطي لاءِ ترڇيون ڪاٺيون پڻ لڳايون وينديون آهن.

* '''[[پيادل دروازو]]''' وڏي دروازي جي اندر ٺهيل ننڍو دروازو هوندو آهي، جيڪو وڏي دروازي کي کولڻ کان سواءِ ماڻهن جي اچ وڃ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا دروازا وڏن گرجاگهرن، گيراجن يا جهازن جي هينگرن ۾ ڏسي سگهجن ٿا.

* '''ٻٽو ويڙهيندڙ دروازو''' ڪيترن حصن تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي، جيڪي ويڙهجي هڪ ٻئي سان لڳي ويندا آهن. اهي گهڻو ڪري ڪاٺ يا ايلومينيم مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن ۽ مڪمل کلي وڃڻ تي ڪمري جي ورهاڱي وانگر نظر ايندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.thedoorzone.co.uk/|title=Front Doors, Garage Doors Insights from The Door Zone|website=The Door Zone|language=en-GB|access-date=2017-05-11|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170507074631/http://www.thedoorzone.co.uk/|archive-date=2017-05-07}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=CPD 07 2025: Mastering sliding and bi-fold doors |url=https://www.housingtoday.co.uk/cpd/cpd-07-2025-mastering-sliding-and-bi-fold-doors/5136701.article |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Housing Today |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''[[سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ شيشي جو دروازو]]'''، جنهن کي ڪڏهن آرڪيڊيا يا پيٽيو دروازو پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، [[شيشو|شيشي]] مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي ۽ پاسي ڏانهن سرڪي کلي ٿو. ڪيترن قسمن ۾ ڄاري پڻ لڳل هوندي آهي.

* '''ڪوڙو دروازو''' اهڙي آرائشي بناوت هوندي آهي، جيڪا ظاهري طرح دروازي يا دريءَ جهڙي لڳندي آهي، پر حقيقت ۾ کلي نه سگهندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Digital Giza {{!}} Frequently Asked Questions |url=http://giza.fas.harvard.edu/faq/ |access-date=2025-10-15 |website=giza.fas.harvard.edu}}&lt;/ref&gt; [[قديم مصري فن تعمير]] ۾ اهو مقبرن جو عام جزو هو، جتي اهو آخرت ڏانهن ويندڙ دروازي جي علامت سمجهيو ويندو هو. اهڙي قسم جا ڪوڙا دروازا ريگستاني قبيلن جي تدفيني اڏاوتن، جهڙوڪ [[لبيا]] جي غرزا ۾ پڻ ملن ٿا.

== قسم ==

دروازن کي سندن جوڙجڪ، استعمال ۽ کلڻ جي طريقي موجب مختلف قسمن ۾ ورهايو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book
|last=انصاري
|first=ضياءُ الدين
|title=عمارت سازي
|publisher=سنڌي ادبي بورڊ
|location=ڄامشورو
|year=1990
}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== جوڙجڪ موجب قسم ===

* '''پٽين وارا دروازا''' (Ledged doors): هي سادا دروازا عمودي ڪاٺين جي پٽين (بيٽن) ۽ افقي ٽيڪن (ليجز) سان ٺهندا آهن. انهن جو استعمال گهڻو ڪري ٻهراڙي وارن علائقن ۽ عارضي عمارتن ۾ ٿيندو آهي.

* '''پٽين ۽ وترين ٽيڪن وارا دروازا''' (Ledged and braced doors): هن قسم ۾ افقي ٽيڪن سان گڏ وتريون ٽيڪون پڻ لڳايون وينديون آهن، جيڪي دروازي کي وڌيڪ مضبوطي ۽ استحڪام فراهم ڪنديون آهن.

* '''چوڪاٺ ۽ پٽين وارا دروازا''' (Ledged and framed doors): انهن ۾ پٽين سان گڏ چوڪاٺ به شامل هوندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازي جي مضبوطي ۽ خوبصورتي وڌي ويندي آهي.

* '''چوڪاٺ، پٽين ۽ وترين ٽيڪن وارا دروازا''' (Ledged, framed and braced doors): هي اڳئين قسم جو وڌيڪ مضبوط نمونو آهي، جيڪو گهڻو ڪري ٻاهرين استعمال لاءِ مناسب هوندو آهي.

* '''چوڪاٺ ۽ پينلن وارا دروازا''' (Framed and panelled doors): هي سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ دروازا آهن. چوڪاٺ جي اندر ڪاٺ يا ٻين مواد جا پينل لڳايا ويندا آهن، جن جون مختلف بناوتون ۽ ڊزائنون هونديون آهن.

* '''شيشي ۽ پينلن وارا دروازا''' (Glazed and panelled doors): انهن ۾ شيشي ۽ ڪاٺ جا پينل گڏيل نموني استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جنهن سان قدرتي روشني اندر داخل ٿيندي آهي. اهي آفيسن، اسپتالن، لائبريرين، دڪانن ۽ نمائشگاهن ۾ عام آهن.

* '''فلش دروازا''' (Flush doors): هنن جا ٻاهريان پاسا هموار هوندا آهن ۽ اندران مضبوط فريم يا سالڊ ڪور تي پلائيووڊ يا ساڳئي قسم جي چادر لڳل هوندي آهي. اهي هلڪا، پائيدار ۽ سنڀالڻ ۾ آسان هوندا آهن.

* '''ڄاريءَ وارا دروازا''' (Wire gauze doors): انهن ۾ ڌاتي ڄاري لڳل هوندي آهي، جيڪا هوا جي وهڪري کي برقرار رکندي آهي ۽ مڇرن، مکين ۽ ٻين جيتن جي داخلا روڪيندي آهي.

* '''لوور وارا دروازا''' (Louvered doors): انهن ۾ ترڇيون پٽيون لڳل هونديون آهن، جيڪي هوا جي گذر کي ممڪن بڻائينديون آهن، جڏهن ته رازداري پڻ برقرار رهندي آهي.

=== کلڻ جي طريقي موجب قسم ===

[[فائل:Types of doors.png|thumb|دروازن جي ڪم ڪندڙ طريقن جا بنيادي قسم]]

==== انجيسن وارا دروازا ====

گهڻا دروازا هڪ پاسي [[انجيس]] سان لڳل هوندا آهن، جنهن سبب اهي هڪ رخ ۾ ڦري کلندا آهن. عام طور ڦرڻ جو محور عمودي هوندو آهي، پر ڪن حالتن ۾، جهڙوڪ گيراج دروازن ۾، اهو افقي به ٿي سگهي ٿو.

* '''جهولندڙ دروازو''' (Swing door): خاص انجيسن سان لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪي ان کي اندر يا ٻاهر کلڻ ڏينديون آهن، ۽ اڪثر اسپرنگ ذريعي پاڻمرادو بند ٿي ويندو آهي.

* '''ٻنهي طرفن کلندڙ دروازو''' (Double-acting door): ٻنهي طرفن کلڻ جي صلاحيت رکي ٿو. اهڙا دروازا ريسٽورنٽن جي رڌڻ گهرن ۽ گهڻي آمدرفت وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

* '''باغيچو دروازو''' (Garden door): فرانسيسي دريءَ جهڙو هوندو آهي، پر وڌيڪ محفوظ هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ صرف هڪ تاڪ کلندو آهي.

* '''ڪنويڪشن دروازو''' (Convection door): فرش کان ڇت تائين اوچائي وارو اندريون دروازو، جيڪو گرم هوا جي گردش ۾ مددگار هوندو آهي.

==== سرڪندڙ دروازا ====

سرڪندڙ دروازا ريلن تي هڪ پاسي کان ٻئي پاسي سرڪي کلندا ۽ بند ٿيندا آهن، تنهنڪري جاءِ جي بچت ٿيندي آهي.

* '''اوورليپ سرڪندڙ دروازو''' (Bypass door): ٻه يا وڌيڪ تاڪ هڪ ٻئي جي اڳيان پٺيان سرڪندا آهن ۽ گهڻو ڪري المارين ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

* '''[[پاڪيٽ دروازو]]''' (Pocket door): ڀت جي اندر ٺهيل خالي جاءِ ۾ سرڪي ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري تنگ جڳهن لاءِ موزون هوندو آهي.

* '''سرڪندڙ شيشي جو دروازو''' (Sliding glass door): گهرن، هوٽلن ۽ واپاري عمارتن ۾، خاص طور صحن يا باغ ڏانهن داخلا لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

==== ڦرندڙ دروازا ====

* '''[[ڦرندڙ دروازو]]''' (Revolving door): مرڪزي محور جي چوڌاري ڦرندڙ ڪيترن تاڪن تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ٻنهي طرفن کان اچ وڃ کي آسان بڻائيندو آهي.

* '''مرڪزي محور وارو دروازو''' (Pivot door): انجيسن بدران مرڪزي محور تي لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪناري يا وچ تي ٿي سگهي ٿو.

==== تيز رفتار دروازا ====

'''[[تيز رفتار دروازو]]''' (High-speed door) صنعتي استعمال لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. اهو تمام تيزيءَ سان کلندو ۽ بند ٿيندو آهي ۽ ڪارخانن، صفائي وارن ڪمرن ۽ ٿڌ خانن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

==== خودڪار دروازا ====

'''[[خودڪار دروازو]]''' بجلي، چشمي يا ٻنهي جي مدد سان پاڻمرادو کلندو ۽ بند ٿيندو آهي. اهي حساس اوزارن، حرڪت معلوم ڪندڙ نظام، ريموٽ ڪنٽرول يا هٿ سان هلندڙ سوئچ ذريعي ڪم ڪندا آهن. جديد خودڪار دروازن ۾ حفاظتي حساس اوزار پڻ لڳل هوندا آهن، جيڪي ماڻهن يا شين سان ٽڪرائجڻ کان بچائيندا آهن.

==== ٻيا قسم ====

* '''مٿي کڄندڙ دروازو''' (Up-and-over door): گهڻو ڪري گيراجن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي ۽ مٿي کڄي افقي حالت ۾ بيهي رهندو آهي.

* '''[[ٽيمبور دروازو]]''' (Tambour door): سنهين افقي پٽين مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ريلن تي مٿي ۽ هيٺ ٿيندو آهي.

* '''ويڙهندڙ دروازو''' (Rolling door): فولادي پٽين مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڊرم تي ويڙهجي کلندو ۽ بند ٿيندو آهي. گيراجن، گودامن ۽ دڪانن ۾ عام آهي.

* '''ڳتجندڙ دروازو''' (Collapsible door): فولادي پٽن ۽ ڪينچي جهڙي جوڙجڪ تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي، جيڪو پاسن ڏانهن ويڙهجي کلندو ۽ بند ٿيندو آهي. مارڪيٽن، گيراجن ۽ وڏين داخلي جڳهن تي استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

== استعمال ==

[[فائل:Miersch, 17 rue Nicolas Welter-001.jpg|thumb|[[لڪسمبرگ]] ۾ هڪ دروازي جي مٿان شفاف ڇڄو]]

تعميراتي دروازن جا عام توڙي خاص مقصدن لاءِ ڪيترائي استعمال ٿيندا آهن. عام طور دروازا اندروني جڳهن، جهڙوڪ المارين، ڪمرن ۽ ٻين حصن کي هڪ ٻئي کان الڳ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيئن [[سهولت]]، [[رازداري]]، [[سلامتي]] ۽ [[تحفظ]] برقرار رهي. دروازا عمارت جي ٻاهرين حصي کان اندر داخل ٿيڻ وارن رستن کي محفوظ ڪرڻ، [[آبهوا]] جي ضابطي ۽ حفاظت لاءِ پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

دروازن جا ڪجهه خاص استعمال پڻ هي آهن:

* '''[[ڌماڪي کان بچاءُ وارو دروازو]]''' (Blast-proof door): اهڙو دروازو جيڪو عمارت يا اڏاوت ۾ داخلا مهيا ڪرڻ سان گڏ ڌماڪن جي زور کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

* '''باغيچو دروازو''' (Garden door): اهڙو دروازو جيڪو پٺئين صحن يا [[باغ]] ڏانهن کلي ٿو. هي اصطلاح خاص طور تي [[فرانسيسي دريون]] يا ٻٽي فرانسيسي دروازن (جن ۾ پينلن بدران شيشي جا خانا هوندا آهن) لاءِ، [[سرڪندڙ شيشي جو دروازو|سرڪندڙ شيشي جي دروازي]] جي بدران استعمال ٿيندو آهي. هي اصطلاح ''پيٽيو دروازن'' (Patio doors) لاءِ پڻ استعمال ٿي سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Patio Doors vs Garden Doors: What's The Difference? |url=https://www.uswindow-door.com/blog/patio-doors-vs-garden-doors-whats-the-difference |access-date=2022-09-13 |website=www.uswindow-door.com |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''لڪل دروازو''' (Jib door): اهڙو دروازو جنهن جي مٿاڇري ڀر واري ڀت جي سينگار، ڍانچي ۽ رنگ سان هم آهنگ هوندي آهي، جنهن ڪري اهو آساني سان نظر نٿو اچي. اهڙا دروازا تاريخي انگريزي گهرن ۾ گهڻو ڪري خادمن جي اچ وڃ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last1=Azzarito |first1=Amy |title=The Elements of a Home: Curious Histories behind Everyday Household Objects, from Pillows to Forks |date=17 March 2020 |publisher=Chronicle Books |isbn=978-1-4521-7902-5 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=bVPODwAAQBAJ&amp;pg=PA101 |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{rp|101}}

* '''[[پالتو جانورن جو دروازو]]''' (Pet door)، جيڪو [[ٻليءَ جو دروازو]] (Cat flap) يا ڪتي جو دروازو پڻ سڏبو آهي، دروازي ۾ ٺهيل اهڙو کلڻ وارو حصو هوندو آهي، جيڪو پالتو جانورن کي مکيه دروازو کولڻ کان سواءِ اندر اچڻ ۽ ٻاهر وڃڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. اهو رٻڙ جي هڪ سادي پردي سان ڍڪيل ٿي سگهي ٿو يا مٿئين پاسي انجيسن تي لڳل ننڍو دروازو به ٿي سگهي ٿو، جنهن کي جانور پاڻ ڌڪي کولي سگهن ٿا. پالتو جانورن جا دروازا سرڪندڙ شيشي جي دروازي ۾ مستقل يا عارضي پينل طور پڻ لڳائي سگهجن ٿا. ڪجهه دروازا هڪ طرفي هوندا آهن، جيڪي رڳو ٻاهر وڃڻ جي اجازت ڏيندا آهن، جڏهن ته جديد برقي دروازن ۾ خاص اليڪٽرانڪ سڃاڻپ وارو ٽيگ رکندڙ جانورن کي ئي اندر اچڻ جي اجازت هوندي آهي.

* '''[[ٽريپ دروازو]]''' (Trapdoor): اهڙو دروازو جيڪو [[ڇت]] يا [[فرش]] ۾ افقي رخ سان لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ گهڻو ڪري ڏاڪڻ ذريعي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

* '''پاڻيءَ وارو دروازو''' يا '''پاڻيءَ جي داخلا وارو دروازو''' (Water door): اهڙو دروازو، جهڙوڪ [[وينس]] ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ، جيڪو پاڻيءَ تي ٺهيل عمارت، مثال طور واهه جي ڪناري واري عمارت، مان سڌو پاڻي ڏانهن کلي ٿو، جتان ماڻهو پنهنجي ذاتي ٻيڙي يا [[پاڻيءَ واري ٽيڪسي]] ۾ چڙهي يا لهي سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.seevenice.it/en/doors-in-venice-among-water-art-and-architecture/|website=See Venice, Italy|title=Doors in Venice: among water, art and architecture|date=20 March 2016|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180103074300/http://www.seevenice.it/en/doors-in-venice-among-water-art-and-architecture/|archive-date=2018-01-03}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Water doors make frequent appearances in [[Donna Leon]]'s books, and in some are important plot devices, as in [[Donna Leon#Commissario Guido Brunetti novels|''Acqua Alta'' aka ''Death in High Water'' (1996) and ''Beastly Things'' (2012)]].&lt;/ref&gt;

== جوڙجڪ ۽ جزا ==

[[فائل:Door-glossary.png|thumb|پينل يا شيشي واري دروازي جا مختلف حصا]]
[[فائل:Door-midrail-detail.png|thumb|وچين ريل، لاڪ ريل ۽ گنسٽاڪ اسٽائل جي ڳانڍاپي جو نمونو]]
[[فائل:Frame-filled-door.gif|thumb|فريم ۽ ڀريل دروازو]]
[[فائل:hollow door.jpg|thumb|اندروني بناوت ڏيکارڻ لاءِ هڪ پاسي کان کليل خالي (هولو) دروازو]]

=== پينلن واري جوڙجڪ ===

پينلن وارا دروازا، جن کي '''اسٽائل ۽ ريل وارا دروازا''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، [[فريم ۽ پينل]] واري جوڙجڪ سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. يورپي معيار '''EN 12519''' انهن اصطلاحن جي وضاحت ڪري ٿو، جيڪي يورپي ملڪن ۾ سرڪاري طور استعمال ٿين ٿا. انهن جا بنيادي حصا هيٺ ڏجن ٿا:

* '''[[اسٽائل]]''' (Stiles) – اهي عمودي ڪاٺيون پٽيون هونديون آهن، جيڪي دروازي جي پوري اوچائي تائين هونديون آهن ۽ ان جا ساڄا ۽ کاٻا ڪنارا ٺاهينديون آهن. هڪ پاسي انجيسون لڳل هونديون آهن، جنهن کي ''هينگنگ اسٽائل'' چيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن⁠تہ ٻئي پاسي هٿيو، تالو، بولٽ يا ڪڙو لڳل هوندو آهي، جنهن کي ''ليچ اسٽائل'' چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''[[فريم ۽ پينل|ريلون]]''' (Rails) – اهي افقي پٽيون هونديون آهن، جيڪي مٿئين، هيٺئين ۽ ڪڏهن وچئين حصي ۾ لڳل هونديون آهن. اهي ٻنهي اسٽائلن کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍينديون آهن ۽ دروازي کي ٻن يا وڌيڪ پينلن ۾ ورهائينديون آهن. مٿئين پٽي کي ''ٽاپ ريل''، هيٺئين کي ''باٽم ريل'' يا ''ڪِڪ ريل'' چيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن⁠تہ تالي جي اوچائيءَ تي لڳل وچئين پٽي ''لاڪ ريل'' ۽ ٻين وچين پٽين کي ''ڪراس ريل'' سڏيو ويندو آهي.

* '''[[ملين]]''' (Mullions) – اهي اختياري سنهيون عمودي پٽيون هونديون آهن، جيڪي ٻن ريلن جي وچ ۾ لڳي دروازي کي وڌيڪ عمودي حصن يا پينلن ۾ ورهائينديون آهن. دروازن ۾ هي اصطلاح ڪڏهن استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر برطانيا ۽ آسٽريليا ۾ اهو گهڻو ڪري دريَن جي عمودي حصن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

* '''منٽن''' (Muntin) – اختياري عمودي پٽيون، جيڪي دروازي کي وڌيڪ ننڍن پينلن ۾ ورهائينديون آهن.

* '''پينل''' (Panels) – اهي وڏا ۽ ويڪرا تختا هوندا آهن، جيڪي اسٽائلن، ريلن ۽ ملينن جي وچ واري خالي جاءِ ڀريندا آهن. عام طور اهي ٻين حصن ۾ ٺهيل کانچن (Grooves) ۾ فٽ ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن سان دروازي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهندي آهي. پينل هموار يا اڀريل (Raised) شڪل جا ٿي سگهن ٿا. اهي مستقل طور چنبڙيل به ٿي سگهن ٿا يا هلڪي چرپر لاءِ آزاد (Floating panel) به رکيا ويندا آهن.

* '''شيشي جو پينل''' (Light) – پينل جي بدران لڳايل شيشي جو ٽڪرو، جيڪو دروازي کي دريءَ جهڙي خاصيت فراهم ڪندو آهي.

=== تختن ۽ پٽين واري جوڙجڪ ===

هي دروازن جي قديم ترين بناوتن مان هڪ آهي، جنهن کي '''ليجز ۽ بريسز وارا دروازا''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. هن جوڙجڪ ۾ بنيادي طور عمودي ڪاٺيون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن.

* '''تختا''' (Planks) – اهي عام طور 9 انچ يا ان کان وڌيڪ ويڪرا ڪاٺ جا تختا هوندا آهن، جيڪي دروازي جي پوري اوچائي تائين لڳايا ويندا آهن ۽ هڪ ٻئي سان گڏ رکي دروازي جي سموري ويڪر مڪمل ڪندا آهن.

* '''ليجز ۽ بريسز''' (Ledges and Braces) – ليجز افقي پٽيون هونديون آهن، جن تي عمودي تختا مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙيا ويندا آهن. اهي تختن کي گڏ رکڻ ۽ دروازي کي مضبوطي ڏيڻ جو ڪم ڪنديون آهن. جيڪڏهن اهي پٽيون ترڇيون لڳايون وڃن ته انهن کي '''بريسز''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪي دروازي کي وڪڙجڻ يا شڪل بگڙجڻ کان بچائينديون آهن. ڪجهه پراڻن دروازن ۾ ڪاٺين ليجز جي بدران لوهي جون پٽيون استعمال ٿينديون هيون، جيڪي انجيسن سان به ڳنڍيل هونديون هيون.

=== ليجز ۽ بريسز واري بناوت ===

هيءَ جوڙجڪ تختن ۽ پٽين واري دروازي جهڙي ئي هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ عمودي تختن کي افقي ۽ ترڇين پٽين جي مدد سان وڌيڪ مضبوط بڻايو ويندو آهي.

=== ڌڪ جي مزاحمت وارا دروازا ===

ڌڪ جي مزاحمت وارن دروازن جا اسٽائل گول ڪنارن سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن، ته جيئن ٽڪر لڳڻ وقت توانائي پکڙجي وڃي ۽ ڪنارن جي ٽٽڻ، ڇڄڻ يا ڏار پوڻ جو امڪان گهٽجي وڃي. انهن جا ڪنارا گهڻو ڪري انجنيئرڊ مواد مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهڙا دروازا اسپتالن، اسڪولن، هوٽلن ۽ ٻين گهڻي اچ وڃ وارن هنڌن لاءِ موزون هوندا آهن.

=== فريم ۽ ڀريل دروازا ===

هن قسم ۾ مضبوط ڪاٺ جو فريم تيار ڪري، ان جي هڪ پاسي زبان ۽ نالي (Tongue and Groove) واريون ڪاٺيون پٽيون لڳايون وينديون آهن. اهي گهڻو ڪري ٻاهرين استعمال لاءِ ٺاهيا ويندا آهن، جتي تختا موسم واري پاسي رکيا ويندا آهن.

=== هموار جوڙجڪ (Flushing) ===

فَلش دروازي مان مراد اهو آهي ته دروازي جي مٿاڇري ڀت جي ٻنهي پاسن سان هڪجهڙي هموار سطح تي هجي ۽ ٻاهر نڪري نظر نه اچي.

=== مولڊ ٿيل جوڙجڪ ===

* '''[[اسٽائل]] ۽ [[فريم ۽ پينل|ريلون]]''' – اهي عام پينل دروازن جي ڀيٽ ۾ نسبتاً سنهيون هونديون آهن ۽ دروازي جا ٻاهريان ڪنارا ٺاهينديون آهن.

* '''اندروني ڀرائي (Core material)''' – اهو مواد، جيڪو دروازي جي اندر ڀريو ويندو آهي ته جيئن خالي جاءِ ڀرجي، مضبوطي وڌي ۽ آواز گهٽ پيدا ٿئي.

** '''خالي ڪور''' (Hollow-core) – ان ۾ عام طور [[ڄاري]]، [[ماکيءَ جي ڇتي جهڙي ڄاري]]، ناريل ٿيل ڪارڊبورڊ، پوليسٽائرين فوم يا سنهيون ڪاٺيون پٽيون استعمال ٿينديون آهن. ڪڏهن ڪاٺ جا بلاڪ به استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهڙا دروازا گهڻو ڪري اندرين ڪمرن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web| url = https://gumroad.com/tales/p/upgrade-your-home-with-contemporary-flush-doors| url-status = dead| archive-url = https://web.archive.org/web/20200920180938/https://gumroad.com/tales/p/upgrade-your-home-with-contemporary-flush-doors| archive-date = 2020-09-20| title = Upgrade Your Home With Contemporary Flush Doors - Melissa Goodman}}&lt;/ref&gt;

*** '''لاڪ بلاڪ''' – خالي ڪور واري دروازي جي اندر تالي جي جاءِ ڀرسان لڳايل مضبوط ڪاٺ جو ٽڪرو، جنهن تي تالو ۽ ٻيو هارڊويئر محفوظ نموني لڳائي سگهجي.

** '''اسٽيو ڪور''' (Stave-core) – هن ۾ سنهيون ڪاٺيون پٽيون هڪ ٻئي مٿان ترتيب سان لڳل هونديون آهن، جنهن سان تقريباً مڪمل ڪاٺي ڀرائي حاصل ٿيندي آهي.

** '''سالڊ ڪور''' (Solid-core) – هن قسم ۾ گهٽ ڪثافت وارو [[پارٽيڪل بورڊ]] يا [[فوم]] استعمال ڪري دروازي جي سموري اندروني جاءِ ڀري ويندي آهي. اهڙا فَلش دروازا، خاص طور فوم ڪور وارا، ٻاهرين استعمال لاءِ وڌيڪ موزون هوندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي بهتر گرمي بندش ۽ وڌيڪ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندا آهن.

* '''ٻاهرين چادر''' (Skin) – دروازي جي ٻنهي پاسن تي HDF يا [[وچولي ڪثافت وارو فائبر بورڊ|MDF]] جون چادرون لڳايون وينديون آهن.

=== دروازي جي کلڻ جو رخ ===

دروازي جي کلڻ جو رخ (Door handing يا Door swing) عام طور دروازي جي ٻاهرئين يا گهٽ محفوظ پاسي کان بيهي طئي ڪيو ويندو آهي، يعني ان پاسي کان جتان چاٻي سان دروازو کوليو وڃي يا جتي کان عام طور ٻاهران اندر داخل ٿيو وڃي.

ٻاهرين دروازن ۾ کلڻ جو صحيح رخ مقرر ڪرڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ مٿيون حصو ۽ چوڪاٺو اهڙي نموني ٺاهيو ويندو آهي جو مينهن جو پاڻي اندر نه اچي ۽ آسانيءَ سان وهي وڃي. جيڪڏهن دروازي جو رخ غلط چونڊيو وڃي ته دروازو صحيح نموني بند نه ٿيندو، چوڪاٺ سان ٽڪرائجي سگهي ٿو يا پاڻي اندر داخل ٿي سگهي ٿو. اتر آمريڪا ۾ گهڻا دروازا اڳواٽ انجيسن سميت چوڪاٺ ۾ لڳل صورت ۾ تيار ٿيندا آهن.

جيڪڏهن ٻاهران بيهڻ وقت انجيسون ساڄي پاسي هجن ته اهو '''ساڄي هٿ وارو دروازو'''، ۽ جيڪڏهن کاٻي پاسي هجن ته '''کاٻي هٿ وارو دروازو''' سڏبو آهي. جيڪڏهن دروازو اوهان ڏانهن کلي ته ان کي '''ريورس سوئنگ''' ۽ جيڪڏهن اوهان کان پري کلي ته '''عام سوئنگ''' چيو ويندو آهي.

=== بنيادي مواد ===

اڄڪلهه ٻاهرين دروازن جي سڃاڻپ گهڻو ڪري انهن جي تياري ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد جي بنياد تي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جهڙوڪ [[ڪاٺ]]، [[اسٽيل]]، [[فائبر گلاس]]، [[يو پي وي سي]] (ونائل)، [[ايلومينيم]]، جامع (Composite) مواد ۽ [[شيشو]].

[[فائل:Quinta da Boa Vista 13.jpg|thumb|upright|[[سائو ڪرسٽوواو محل]] ۾ ڪاٺ ۽ لوهي ڪم سان ٺهيل نوڪلاسيڪي طرز جو دروازو]]

* '''ڪاٺ جا دروازا''' پنهنجي قدرتي خوبصورتي سبب سڀ کان وڌيڪ پسند ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي گهڻو ڪري آرڊر موجب تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، پر انهن جون ڪجهه خاميون به آهن، جهڙوڪ وڌيڪ قيمت، باقاعده رنگ يا پالش جي ضرورت، ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ حرارتي موصليت.&lt;ref&gt;Exterior Doors; Energy.gov; {{cite web |url=http://energy.gov/energysaver/articles/doors |title=Doors |access-date=2015-03-05 |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150304181502/http://energy.gov/energysaver/articles/doors |archive-date=2015-03-04 }}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن جي حفاظت لاءِ مٿان ڇپر يا شيڊ هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، جيڪو سج جي الٽرا وائلٽ شعاعن ۽ مينهن کان بچاءُ ڪري.

* '''اسٽيل جا دروازا''' رهائشي عمارتن جي مکيه داخلي دروازن لاءِ عام چونڊ آهن. انهن جي اندر گهڻو ڪري [[پولي يورٿين]] يا ٻيو فوم ڀريو ويندو آهي، جيڪو گرمي بندش ۽ توانائيءَ جي بچت ۾ مدد ڏيندو آهي. اهي عام طور مضبوط چوڪاٺ ۽ تالي واري نظام سان گڏ ايندا آهن، تنهن ڪري ڪاٺ جي دروازن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ محفوظ ۽ خرچ جي لحاظ کان فائديمند هوندا آهن.

* '''جامع، فائبر گلاس ۽ ونائل جا دروازا''' جديد عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن. انهن ۾ حرارتي موصليت بهتر هوندي آهي ۽ اهي توانائي بچائڻ وارن معيارن، جهڙوڪ ''Energy Star'' ۽ ''Passive House''، سان مطابقت رکن ٿا.

=== موصليت ۽ موسم بندي ===

دروازن جي حرارتي موصليت کي '''آر-ويليو (R-value)''' ذريعي ماپيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو ٻڌائي ٿو ته دروازو گرمي جي منتقلي کي ڪيتري حد تائين روڪي ٿو. جيتوڻيڪ ڪنهن دروازي جو آر-ويليو وڌيڪ هجي، پر جيڪڏهن ان ۾ وڏا شيشي جا حصا هجن يا استعمال ٿيل مواد مناسب نه هجي ته مجموعي توانائي بچت گهٽجي سگهي ٿي. ان ڪري دروازن جي ڪنارن تي موسم بند ڪندڙ پٽين (Weatherstripping) جو استعمال توانائي جي بچت لاءِ نهايت اهم سمجهيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Doors |url=https://www.energy.gov/energysaver/doors |access-date=2026-04-04 |website=Energy.gov |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Weatherstripping |url=https://www.energy.gov/energysaver/weatherstripping |access-date=2026-04-04 |website=Energy.gov |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ماپون ===

==== آمريڪا ====

[[فائل:&quot;Bilt-well&quot; mill work - DPLA - 2582a4be187e8ed28cd57e998727936e (page 104) (cropped).jpg|thumb|upright|ايڊمز-راجرز ڪمپني جي دروازن جي فهرست]]

آمريڪا ۾ معياري دروازن جون ماپون عام طور هر 2 انچ جي واڌ سان مقرر ڪيون وينديون آهن. رواجي دروازن جي اوچائي 78 يا 80 انچ، جڏهن ته ويڪر 18، 24، 26، 28، 30 يا 36 انچ هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;options at homedepot.com&lt;/ref&gt; گهڻن رهائشي ڪمرن جي وچ وارا دروازا 30 × 80 انچ جا هوندا آهن.

رهائشي ٻاهرين دروازي جي معياري ماپ 36 × 80 انچ هوندي آهي، جڏهن ته ويل چيئر جي اچ وڃ لاءِ اندرين دروازن جي گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ويڪر 36 انچ مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. پراڻين عمارتن ۾ نسبتاً ننڍي ماپ جا دروازا پڻ عام ملن ٿا.

دروازن جي ٿولهه عام طور اندرين دروازن لاءِ 1⅜ انچ ۽ ٻاهرين دروازن لاءِ 1¾ انچ هوندي آهي.

المارين، اسٽور رومن، ڊريسنگ رومن، سيلرن ۽ ٻين ننڍين جڳهن جا دروازا اڪثر عام دروازن کان ننڍا هوندا آهن.

گيراج جا دروازا عام طور هڪ گاڏي لاءِ 84 يا 96 انچ ويڪرا ۽ ٻن گاڏين لاءِ لڳ ڀڳ 192 انچ ويڪرا هوندا آهن. وڏي ماپ سبب اهي اڪثر حصن (Sectional) ۾ ورهايل هوندا آهن، جيئن آساني سان مٿي کڄي سگهن.

==== يورپ ====

يورپ ۾ معياري دروازن جون ماپون '''DIN 18101''' ۽ لاڳاپيل يورپي معيارن '''DIN EN 14351-1''' ۽ '''DIN EN 14351-2''' موجب مقرر ڪيون وينديون آهن. انهن معيارن ۾ ٻاهرين ۽ اندرين دروازن جي تياري، ماپن ۽ سي اي (CE) نشان لڳائڻ جون گهرجون بيان ڪيل آهن.

عام اندرين دروازي جي ماپ تقريباً '''860 × 1985 ملي ميٽر''' هوندي آهي، جڏهن ته جديد DIN معيار مختلف اوچائين ۽ ويڪرن لاءِ 125 ملي ميٽر جي وقفي سان وڌيڪ لچڪدار ماپون پڻ مهيا ڪن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.baunetzwissen.de/standardartikel/Fenster-und-Tueren_Tuerblattgroessen-nach-DIN-18101_155263.html |title=Türblattgrößen nach DIN 18101 |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150219203924/http://www.baunetzwissen.de/standardartikel/Fenster-und-Tueren_Tuerblattgroessen-nach-DIN-18101_155263.html |archive-date=2015-02-19}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.zeg-holz.de/news/aktuelle-news/article/17/din-18101-ma.html?no_cache=1 |title=DIN 18101 Maßnorm für Türen grundlegend überarbeitet |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150122032619/http://www.zeg-holz.de/news/aktuelle-news/article/17/din-18101-ma.html?no_cache=1 |archive-date=2015-01-22}}&lt;/ref&gt;

==== ٻين ملڪن جون معياري ماپون ====

* ڏکڻ آفريڪا: 813 × 2032 ملي ميٽر
* برطانيا: 762 × 1981 ملي ميٽر
* ڀارت: اندريون 800 × 2045 ملي ميٽر؛ ٻاهريون 1000 × 2045 ملي ميٽر
* آسٽريليا: 820 × 2040 ملي ميٽر&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=What are the Standard Door Sizes in your Country? |url=https://doorsdirect.co.za/blogs/blog/what-are-the-standard-door-sizes-in-your-country |access-date=2026-04-04 |website=Doors Direct |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== چوڪاٺو ۽ دروازي جا حصا ===

[[فائل:Panel door.jpg|thumb|right|پينل واري دروازي جا بنيادي حصا]]

دروازي جو چوڪاٺو عام طور ٻن عمودي پاسن (Jambs)، مٿئين افقي حصي (Lintel يا Head jamb) ۽، خاص طور ٻاهرين دروازن ۾، هيٺئين حصي (Threshold يا Sill) تي مشتمل هوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن دروازي ۾ هڪ کان وڌيڪ هلندڙ حصا هجن ته هر حصي کي '''تاڪ''' (Leaf) چيو ويندو آهي.

دروازي جي چوڪاٺي جا اهم حصا هي آهن:

* '''[[لنٽل]]''' (Lintel) – دروازي جي مٿان لڳل افقي شهتير، جيڪو مٿئين ڀت جو وزن سنڀاليندو آهي.

* '''[[جيمب]]''' (Jamb) – چوڪاٺ جا ٻئي عمودي پاسا، جن تي انجيسون لڳنديون آهن ۽ جن سان تالو بند ٿيندو آهي.

* '''[[دروازي جو چوڪاٺو]]''' (Door frame يا Door casing) – لنٽل ۽ ٻنهي جيمبن مان ٺهندڙ مڪمل چوڪاٺو.

* '''سيل''' (Sill) – ٻاهرين دروازن ۾ هيٺيون افقي حصو، جيڪو چوڪاٺ کي سهارو ڏيندو آهي.

* '''[[دروازي جي ڏاڪڻي]]''' (Threshold) – دروازي جي هيٺان لڳل پٽي، جيڪا اندرين فرش ۽ سيل جي وچ واري وٿي کي ڍڪيندي آهي.

* '''[[ڊور اسٽاپ]]''' (Doorstop) – چوڪاٺ جي اندر لڳل سنهي پٽي، جيڪا دروازي کي وڌيڪ اندر کلي انجيسن کي نقصان پهچائڻ کان روڪيندي آهي.

* '''[[آرڪيٽريو]]''' (Architrave) – چوڪاٺ جي چوڌاري لڳل سينگاريل قالب يا پٽي، جيڪا دروازي کي آرائشي ڏيک ڏيندي آهي.

* '''[[پائندان]]''' (Doormat) – دروازي جي اڳيان يا پٺيان وڇايل چٽ، جنهن جو مقصد مٽي ۽ گند کي گهر اندر وڃڻ کان روڪڻ آهي.

=== دروازي جو هارڊويئر ===

{{Main|Door furniture}}

دروازي جو '''هارڊويئر''' يا '''دروازي جو سامان''' انهن سڀني حصن کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪي دروازي سان لڳل هجن ۽ ان جي استعمال يا خوبصورتي ۾ اضافو ڪن، جهڙوڪ انجيسون، هٿيا، ٺڪاءُ، ڪڙا، تالا، دروازي جا اسٽاپ ۽ ٻيا لاڳاپيل اوزار.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>65cv4bhhc6qpdwon561c8jbt6qf65yo</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401156</id>
      <parentid>401155</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T11:14:51Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401156</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="80613" sha1="jae4snnccky3fm6ryfyueyr869mm6q0" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|داخل ٿيڻ ۽ ٻاهر نڪرڻ لاءِ حرڪت ڪندڙ رڪاوٽ}}

[[File:L-door.png|thumb|در جو خاڪو]]

'''در''' يا '''دروازو''' هڪ [[قبضو|قبضن]] تي لڳل يا ٻيءَ ڪنهن طريقي سان حرڪت ڪندڙ رڪاوٽ هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪنهن بند جاءِ ۾ داخل ٿيڻ (ورود) ۽ ٻاهر نڪرڻ (خروج) جي سهولت فراهم ڪري ٿو. ڀت ۾ در لاءِ ٺهيل کليل حصي کي '''درگاهه''' يا '''دروازي جو کليل حصو''' چيو ويندو آهي. در جو بنيادي مقصد رسائيءَ تي ضابطو رکندي [[سيڪيورٽي]] فراهم ڪرڻ آهي. عام طور تي اهو اهڙو پٽ يا تختو هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[عمارت]]، [[ڪمرو|ڪمري]] يا [[گاڏي]] جي دروازي جي کليل حصي ۾ فِٽ ڪيو ويندو آهي. در مختلف مواد مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن جو انتخاب انهن جي استعمال ۽ مقصد مطابق ڪيو ويندو آهي. اڪثر در [[قبضو|قبضن]] ذريعي لڳايا ويندا آهن، پر ڪي سلائيڊ ٿيڻ، فولڊ ٿيڻ يا ٻين حرڪتي طريقن سان به ڪم ڪندا آهن.

در مختلف طريقن سان کلي ۽ بند ٿي سگهن ٿا، جهڙوڪ قبضي تي ڦرڻ، فريم سان متوازي سلائيڊ ٿيڻ، فولڊ ٿيڻ يا مرڪزي محور تي ڦرڻ. انهن جو مقصد ماڻهن يا شين جي داخلا ۽ اخراج کي آسان يا محدود ڪرڻ هوندو آهي. گهڻن درن ۾ اندروني ۽ ٻاهرين پاسي جي بناوت هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي، پر ڪجهه حالتن ۾، جهڙوڪ [[گاڏي]] جي درن ۾، ٻنهي پاسن جي جوڙجڪ مختلف هوندي آهي.

گهڻن درن ۾ [[تالو]] لڳائڻ جو انتظام هوندو آهي، جنهن ذريعي صرف مجاز ماڻهو، مثال طور [[چاٻي]] استعمال ڪري، در کولي سگهندا آهن. درن تي اڪثر کڙڪائڻ لاءِ ڌاتوءَ جا [[کڙڪائندڙ (اوزار)|کڙڪائندڙ]]  (ڊور ناڪرس) يا [[در جي گهنٽي]] پڻ لڳل هوندي آهي، ته جيئن ٻاهران بيٺل ماڻهو پنهنجي موجودگيءَ جو اطلاع ڏئي سگهن. رسائي فراهم ڪرڻ کان علاوه، در خانگي زندگي (پرائيويسي) جي حفاظت، مختلف استعمال وارن حصن کي الڳ رکڻ، [[روشني]] ۽ [[هوا جي اچ وڃ]] کي ضابطو ڪرڻ، گرمي يا ٿڌ کي برقرار رکڻ، آواز کي گهٽائڻ ۽ [[باهه]] جي پکڙجڻ کي روڪڻ جهڙا اهم ڪم پڻ سرانجام ڏيندا آهن.

در صرف تعميراتي عنصر نه، پر جمالياتي، علامتي ۽ رسمن سان لاڳاپيل اهميت پڻ رکن ٿا. ڪيترين ثقافتن ۾ در جي چاٻي حاصل ڪرڻ ٻاهرئين ماڻهو کان اندروني يا بااختيار حيثيت حاصل ڪرڻ جي علامت سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڏسو، مثال طور، [[بليڪ راڊ|بليڪ راڊ جو معزز اشر]] جون درباني ذميواريون.&lt;/ref&gt; [[ادب]] ۽ [[فن]] ۾ پڻ در ۽ درگاهون تبديلي، نئين مرحلي ۾ داخل ٿيڻ يا علامتي معنيٰ جي اظهار لاءِ استعارن ۽ تمثيلن طور گهڻو استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

'''دروازو'''- انگريزي ۾: ڊور يا گيٽ . اردوءَ ۾ دروازہ:جديد دور جي عمارتن ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڪاٺ جا دروازا استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا. تاڪن جي حساب سان اھي ھڪ تاڪ وارا   ۽ ٻن تاڪن وارا ٿين ٿا..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر: سنڌي ادبي بورڊ،ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;
[[فائل:Door in Georgia.jpg|380px|thumb|جارجيا ملڪ جو دروازو]]
جاءِ اندر مختلف قسم جي ڪمرن ۾ استعمال جي نوعيت مطابق انھن جي ماپ جو تعين ڪيو وڃي ٿو. اھي اھڙي ماپ جا ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن انھن ڪمرن ۾ گھربل سامان آسانيءَ سان لنگھي سگھي. عام طرح سان غسلخانن ۽ بيت الخلاءِ اندر داخل ٿيڻ لاءِ دروازن جي ماپ 6′-4″x2′-6″  رکجي تھ بھتر آھي. ٻين ڪمرن لاءِ دروازن جي سراسري ماپ 7′-0″x3′-8″ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ ڪوشش ڪري 6′-4″x3′-0″ کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي. بھرحال دروازن جي ماپ واسطي ڪنھن بھ قسم جو پڪو پختو قائدو مڙھيل نھ آھي. ڪچيءَ طرح ۽ اندازي جي حساب سان ھيٺئين فارمولا سان دروازن جي ماپ جو تعين ڪري سگھجي ٿو.
ويڪر =(ويڪر)  اوچائي 4-(اوچائي)  فوٽ 
ڪمرن اندر دروازا ڪنڊ کان اٽڪل 6 انچن کان 9 انچن تائين پري رکجن تھ بھتر آھي، ليڪن انھن جي لڳائڻ لاءِ جديد طرز جي عمارت جي علم کي ذھن ۾ رکڻ وڌيڪ سٺو آھي.
اڄڪلھ دروازن جي چؤڪاٺن ۾ چائنٺ (سل)  نھ لڳائي ويندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ انھيءَ جي لڳائڻ سان ھڪ تھ ٿاٻي کائڻ جو تمام گھڻو انديشو رھي ٿو ۽ ٻيو تھ صفائي ڪرڻ ۾ دقت ٿئي ٿي، ليڪن ايئرڪنڊيشنڊ ڪمرن لاءِ چائنٺ لڳائڻ تمام ضروري آھي تھ جيئن تاڪن ھيٺان وٿي نہ رھي. وڏن شھرن ۾ آر-سي-سيءَ جي بوتي وارين عمارتن ۾ 4 ½ انچن جي اوساريءَ وارين ڀتين ۾ ڀت جي پوري ٿولھھ تائين ويڪرا چؤڪاٺا استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا. عام رواجي ۽ سرڪاري عمارتن ۾ چؤڪاٺن لاءِ 0′-4″x0′-3″ جي سائيز جون ڪاٺ جون پٽيون گھڙايون وينديون آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

[[فائل:Knocking at front door of The National Archives Building - 01.jpg|380px|thumb|واشنگٽن ۾ نيشنل آرڪائيوز بلڊنگ جو دروازو]]
دروازو ھڪ حرڪت وارو ڍانچو آهي جنھن ذريعي ڪنھن چوديواريءَ يا گاڏي وغيره ۾ ڪنھن جي داخلا يا روڪ کي ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪبو آهي. عام طور تي ان جو ھڪ يا ٻه [[تاڪ]] ھوندا آھن جيڪي درين يا بغير درين جي ھوندا آھن. تاڪ چاھي ھڪڙو ھجي يا ٻہ ،  [[ڇوڪاٺو|چوڪاٺي]] يا [[چونڪو|چونڪي]] سان [[انجيس|انجيسن]] جي مدد سان ڳنڍيل ھوندو/ھوندا آھن ۽ انھن کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪڙو يا ڪنڍو لڳائي استعمال ڪيو آھي جنھن ۾ تالو لڳائبو آهي. اھي ھوا ۽ روشنيءَ جي ضابطي لاءِ بہ استعمال ٿيندا آھن.
جاءِ اندر داخل ٿيڻ ۽ انھيءَ جي مختلف اندرين حصن جو پاڻ ۾ رابطو رکڻ لاءِ دروازا لڳايا ويندا آھن. موسم آھر انھن کي کولي رکڻ سان جاءِ اندر روشني وڌندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھوا جو گذر پڻ سٺيءَ طرح سان ٿيندو آھي. انھيءَ سان گڏ دروازن لڳائڻ سبب چوريءَ ٿيڻ جو انديشو گھٽ رھندو آھي ۽ گھر ۾ رھندڙ ڀاتين جي پوشيدگي (پرائيويسي)  رھندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== تاريخ ==
&lt;!-- هن حصي ۾ 1911ع جي ''Encyclopædia Britannica'' جي &quot;Door&quot; واري مقالي مان ورتل متن شامل آهي. --&gt;

قديم ترين دروازن جا ثبوت [[قديم مصر]] جي مقبرن جي ڀتين تي ٺهيل تصويرن مان ملن ٿا، جن ۾ هڪ يا ٻه تاڪن وارا دروازا ڏيکاريل آهن، جيڪي عام طور ڪاٺ جي هڪڙي ٽڪري مان ٺهيل هوندا هئا. مصري مقبرن ۾ ''ڪوڙا دروازا'' (فالس ڊورز) پڻ ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جن بابت عقيدو هو ته اهي فوت ٿيل ماڻهن جي آخرت ڏانهن وڃڻ جا علامتي دروازا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Weiss |first=Daniel |date=2022 |title=Features - Magical Mystery Door - Archaeology Magazine - November/December 2022 |url=https://archaeology.org/issues/november-december-2022/features/egypt-stela-false-door/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Archaeology Magazine |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

مصر جي انتهائي خشڪ آبهوا سبب دروازن کي وڪڙجڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ چوڪاٺن جي گهڻي ضرورت نه پوندي هئي، پر ٻين علائقن ۾ دروازن کي مضبوط رکڻ لاءِ چوڪاٺن وارو ڍانچو تيار ڪيو ويندو هو. رومي معمار ويتروويوس موجب اهڙن دروازن ۾ عمودي پٽيون (Stiles) ۽ افقي پٽيون (Rails) هونديون هيون، جڏهن ته وچ وارا پينل انهن جي نالن ۾ فٽ ڪيا ويندا هئا. عمودي پٽين مان هڪ قبضن سان ڳنڍيل ''هينگنگ اسٽائل'' ۽ ٻي ''ميٽنگ اسٽائل'' سڏبي هئي، جڏهن ته افقي حصن ۾ مٿيون، وچيون ۽ هيٺيون ريل شامل هونديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Marcus Vitruvius Pollio |url=https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Vitruvius/4*.html |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=University of Chicago}}&lt;/ref&gt;

قديم ترين دروازا ڪاٺ جا هوندا هئا. [[بائيبل]] ۾ [[حضرت سليمان]] جي مندر بابت بيان ٿيل آهي ته ان جا دروازا زيتون جي ڪاٺ مان ٺهيل، نفيس نقش نگاري سان سينگاريل ۽ سون سان مڙهيل هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Bible Project: Book of 1 Kings 6 - New American Standard Bible |url=https://www.bibleproject.com/bible/nasb/1-kings/6 |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=BibleProject |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; [[هومر]] جي تحريرن مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ان دور ۾ ڪي دروازا چاندي يا پتل سان ڍڪيل هوندا هئا. زيتون کان علاوه ايلم، ديودار، بلوط ۽ سرو جي ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ٿيندي هئي. آثار قديمه جي ماهرن سوئٽزرلينڊ جي شهر [[زيورخ]] ڀرسان پنج هزار سال پراڻا ٻه ڪاٺ جا دروازا پڻ دريافت ڪيا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://archive.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101108222716/http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/|url-status=dead|title=Swiss archaeologists find 5,000-year-old door|first=Frank|last=Jordans|date=October 20, 2010|archive-date=November 8, 2010|via=The Boston Globe}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://blog.nationalmuseum.ch/en/2019/01/close-the-door/|title=Close the door!|first=Samuel van|last=Willigen|date=January 17, 2019|website=Swiss National Museum - Swiss history blog}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{multiple image
| align=
| total_width=550
| direction=horizontal
| footer=
| image1=stone door.jpg
| caption1=هيمپي (ڀارت) ۾ پٿر جو دروازو
| image2=Door-Post Socket (4690606141).jpg
| caption2=پرسيپولس (هاڻوڪو [[ايران]]) مان دريافت ٿيل وڏي دروازي جو بنيادي ساکٽ
}}

قديم دور جا دروازا مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ لڳل محورن (Pintles) وسيلي ڦرندا هئا، جيڪي مٿئين ڪڙي (Lintel) ۽ هيٺئين چائنٺ (Sill) ۾ ٺهيل ساکٽن اندر ويهندا هئا. اهي ساکٽ گهڻو ڪري بازالٽ يا گرينائيٽ جهڙي سخت پٿر مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا. [[نپپور]] مان 2000 ق.م. جا دريافت ٿيل اهڙا ساکٽ ڊوليرائيٽ پٿر جا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=The Museum Journal {{!}} Two Door Sockets of the Kings of Ur |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/journal/1211/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=The Museum Journal |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[بلاوات]] جي دروازن جا محور ڪانسي سان ڍڪيل هئا، جيڪي اڄ [[برٽش ميوزيم]] ۾ محفوظ آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Assyrian sculpture and Balawat Gates |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/galleries/assyrian-sculpture-and-balawat-gates |access-date=2025-04-05 |website=British Museum}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهي ٻه تاڪن وارا دروازا هئا، جن مان هر تاڪ لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|2.54|m|in|abbr=on}} ويڪرو ۽ {{convert|8.2|m|ft|abbr=on}} اوچو هو. انهن کي {{convert|25.4|cm|in|abbr=on}} ويڪريون ڪانسي جون پٽيون لڳل هيون، جن تي ابھريل نقاشي ڪئي وئي هئي. ڪاٺ جا دروازا لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|7.62|cm|in|abbr=on}} ٿلها هئا، جڏهن ته قبضي واري عمودي پٽي جو قطر {{convert|360|mm|in}} کان وڌيڪ هو. مختلف ماپن جي ٻين ڪانسي جي ڍڪڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ڪاٺ جي محورن کي ڌاتو سان محفوظ ڪرڻ ان دور ۾ عام رواج هو.

شام جي [[حوران]] علائقي ۾، جتي ڪاٺ جي کوٽ هئي، اتي دروازا پٿر مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/W_1864-0301-1 |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=British Museum}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن مان {{convert|1.63|by|0.79|m|in|abbr=on}} ماپ وارو هڪ پٿريلو دروازو [[برٽش ميوزيم]] ۾ محفوظ آهي، جنهن جي وچ واري ڪنڊ مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته اهو ٻه تاڪي دروازي جو هڪ حصو هو. شام جي شهر بُصرى ويجهو ڪُفَير ۾ سياح برڪهارٽ کي {{convert|2.74|to|3.048|m|ft|abbr=on}} اوچا پٿريلا دروازا مليا، جيڪي قديم شهر جي داخلي دروازن طور استعمال ٿيندا هئا. [[ايٽروريا]] ۾ پڻ پٿر جي دروازن جا ڪيترائي مثال ملن ٿا.

[[File:Plaster cast of folding doors, Pompeii.jpg|thumb|left|upright|[[پومپيئي]] ۾ پهرين صدي عيسويءَ جا [[قديم روم]] جا فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازا، جيڪي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي نوڪلاسيڪي دروازن سان مشابهت رکن ٿا.]]

قديم [[يونان]] ۽ [[قديم روم]] ۾ هڪ تاڪي، ٻه تاڪي، ٽي تاڪي، سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ ۽ فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازن جا تاڪ قبضن سان پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا ۽ کلي پوئتي ويڙهجي ويندا هئا. [[اگريجينٽم]] ۾ ٿيرون جي مقبري تي پٿر ۾ تراشيل هڪ چار پينلن وارو دروازو موجود آهي. [[بلنڊيل مجموعو|بلنڊيل مجموعي]] (Blundell) ۾ محفوظ هڪ بيس رليف تي مندر جو ٻه تاڪي دروازو ڏيکاريل آهي، جنهن جي هر تاڪ ۾ پنج پينل آهن.

قديم رومي ڌاتوڪاريءَ جا بهترين مثال روم جي [[چرچ آف ايس ايس ڪوزماس ۽ ڊيمين]] جا ڪانسي جا دروازا آهن. اهي ٻه تاڪي آهن، هر تاڪ ۾ ٻه پينل آهن ۽ سڄو چوڪاٺو پڻ ڪانسي جو ٺهيل آهي. [[پينٿيون, روم|پينٿيون]] جا ڪانسي جا دروازا به ساڳئي طرز جا آهن، جن ۾ مٿئين، وچئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ اضافي افقي پينل موجود آهن. رومي دور جا ٻه ٻيا اهم ڪانسي جا دروازا [[ليٽران بيسيليڪا]] ۾ موجود آهن.

يوناني عالم [[اسڪندريه جو ھيرون ]] پهرين صدي عيسويءَ ۾، جڏهن [[رومي مصر]] قائم هو، دنيا جو سڀ کان پراڻو سڃاتل خودڪار دروازو تيار ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;needham volume 4 part 2 162&quot;&gt;{{Cite book|editor-last=Needham |editor-first=Joseph |year=1986 |title=Science and Civilization in China: Mechanical Engineering |volume=IV:2 |publisher=Cambridge University Press |page=162 |orig-year=1965 |editor-last2=Wang |editor-first2=Ling |isbn=0-521-05803-1 |ol=7716140M}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ چين ۾ [[سئي خاندان جو شهنشاهه يانگ]] (604–618ع) جي دور حڪومت ۾ شاهي لائبريري لاءِ پيرن جي حرڪت سان کلندڙ خودڪار دروازو تيار ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;needham volume 4 part 2 162&quot; /&gt; عرب موجد [[الجزري]] پڻ پاڻيءَ جي طاقت سان هلندڙ خودڪار دروازن جا نقشا ۽ وضاحتون پيش ڪيون.&lt;ref&gt;Howard R. Turner (1997), ''Science in Medieval Islam: An Illustrated Introduction'', p. 181, [[University of Texas Press]], {{ISBN|0-292-78149-0}}.&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|journal=Archivio Italiano di Urologia e Andrologia |title=Primitive robotic procedures: Automotions for medical liquids in 12th century Asia minor|year=2014 |doi=10.4081/aiua.2014.4.300|last1=Penbegul |first1=Necmettin |last2=Atar |first2=Murat |last3=Kendirci |first3=Muammer |last4=Bozkurt |first4=Yasar |last5=Hatipoglu |first5=Namık Kemal |last6=Verit |first6=Ayhan |last7=Kadıoglu |first7=Ates |volume=86 |issue=4 |pages=300–303 |pmid=25641458 |doi-access=free }}&lt;/ref&gt;

وچئين دور ۾ [[ٽامو]] ۽ ان جون مصرعون تعميراتي فن ۾ اهم حيثيت رکنديون هيون. [[بيت لحم]] جي [[چرچ آف دي نيٽوٽي]] (ڇهين صدي) جا دروازا ڪانسي جي نقشدار پٽن سان ڍڪيل آهن. [[ھاگيا صوفيه]]، [[قسطنطنيه]] جا اٺين ۽ نائين صديءَ جا دروازا به ڪانسي جا آهن، جڏهن ته [[آڪس-لا-شاپيل]] جي گرجاگھر جا نائين صديءَ جا ڪانسي جا دروازا غالباً قسطنطنيه مان آندا ويا هئا، جيئن [[سينٽ مارڪس بيسيليڪا]]، وينس جا ڪجهه دروازا پڻ. جرمنيءَ جي آڪسن گرجاگھر جا ڪانسي جا دروازا لڳ ڀڳ 800ع جا آهن. [[فلورينس]] جي ڪئٿڊرل جي بپتسما گاهه جا ڪانسي جا دروازا 1423ع ۾ [[گيبرتي]] مڪمل ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;Architecture, European Copper Institute; {{cite web |url=http://eurocopper.org/copper/copper-architecture.html |title=Find out how useful copper is to design and architecture! |access-date=2012-09-12 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20121009005711/http://eurocopper.org/copper/copper-architecture.html |archive-date=2012-10-09 }}&lt;/ref&gt; {{crossreference|(ڏسو پڻ: [[Copper in architecture]].)}}

[[File:Tür, Villa Boscoreale.jpg|left|thumb|upright|پهرين صدي عيسويءَ جي [[قديم روم]] جي ڀت تي ٺهيل رنگين تصوير، جنهن ۾ نفيس سينگاريل دروازو ڏيکاريل آهي.]]

يارهين ۽ ٻارهين صديءَ جا ڪانسي جا ڪيترائي تاريخي دروازا اڄ به موجود آهن. انهن مان سڀ کان پراڻو جرمنيءَ جي [[هلڊسهايم]] وارو دروازو (1015ع) آهي. هلڊسهايم جي هن طرز بعد ۾ پولينڊ جي [[گنيزنو دروازن]] جي جوڙجڪ تي به اثر وڌو. ڏکڻ اٽلي ۽ سسلي جا ٻيا اهم مثال هي آهن: [[سينٽ اينڊريا، امالفي]] (1060ع)، [[ساليرنو]] (1099ع)، [[ڪانوسا دي پوليا]] (1111ع)، [[ٽروا]] جا ٻه دروازا (1119ع ۽ 1124ع)، [[راويلو]] (1179ع)، جيڪي ٽراني جي باريسانو ٺاهيا، جنهن [[ٽراني گرجاگھر]] جا دروازا پڻ تيار ڪيا؛ جڏهن ته [[مونريالي]] ۽ [[پيسا گرجاگھر]] جا دروازا [[پيسا جي بونانو]] جا ٺاهيل آهن.

انهن سڀني دروازن ۾ قبضي واري عمودي پٽي جا محور مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ هوندا هئا. تعميراتي ماهرن کي صحيح طرح معلوم نه آهي ته روايتي محوري نظام کان قبضن (ھنجز) ڏانهن تبديلي ڪڏهن آئي، پر ان تبديليءَ سان دروازن کي مضبوط ڪرڻ ۽ سينگارڻ جو نئون طريقو رائج ٿيو. ان لاءِ مختلف نمونن جون ٺڪيل لوهي پٽيون استعمال ٿينديون هيون، جيڪي قبضن جو ڪم به ڏينديون هيون. عام طور ٽي سينگاريل پٽيون دروازي سان لڳل هونديون هيون، جڏهن ته انهن سان گڏ لوهي ڪڙا عمودي محورن تي چڙهندا هئا، جيڪي پٿر يا ڪاٺ جي چوڪاٺ ۾ لڳل هوندا هئا. اهڙي نموني جو ٻارهين صديءَ جو هڪ ابتدائي مثال [[لنڪن ڪئٿڊرل]] ۾ موجود آهي. فرانس ۾ [[نوٽر ڊيم، پيرس]] جي دروازن جو ڌاتوءَ وارو ڪم هن فن جو هڪ شاندار نمونو آهي، جڏهن ته فرانس ۽ انگلينڊ ۾ به اهڙا ڪيترائي مثال موجود آهن.

اٽلي ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ مشهور دروازن ۾ [[فلورنس جي سينٽ جيوواني بپتسما گهر]] جا دروازا شامل آهن، جيڪي مڪمل طور ڪانسي جا ٺهيل آهن، جن ۾ [[دروازي جو چوڪاٺو]] پڻ ڪانسي جو آهي. ڏاکڻي دروازي تي موجود انساني شڪلين، پکين ۽ ٻوٽن جي نفيس نقش نگاري [[ايندريا پيزانو]] 1330ع ۾ تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته اوڀر وارو دروازو [[گيبرتي]] 1425ع کان 1452ع جي وچ ۾ ٺاهيو، جيڪو پنهنجي فني حسن سبب تمام گهڻو مشهور آهي. اترئين دروازي (1402ع–1424ع) ۾ گيبرتي، ايندريا پيزانو جي ساڳي پينلن ۽ تصويري ترتيب واري طرز کي اختيار ڪيو، پر اوڀرئين دروازي ۾ مستطيل پينلن کي ابھريل نقش نگاري (Bas-relief) سان سينگاريو ويو، جن ۾ مقدس صحيفن جا منظر ۽ بيشمار انساني شڪلون ڏيکاريل آهن. انهن دروازن کي ئي اهو مشهور لقب ''جنت جا دروازا'' ڏنو ويو، جنهن جو ذڪر [[مائيڪل اينجلو]] پڻ ڪيو.

[[قاهره]] جي مسجدن جا دروازا بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا هئا. هڪ قسم ۾ دروازن تي ڪانسي يا لوهه جون چادرون چاڙهي انهن تي نفيس نقش نگاري يا اُڀريل سينگار ڪيو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته ٻئي قسم جا دروازا ڪاٺ جي فريم سان ٺهيل هوندا هئا، جن تي چورس ۽ هيرن جهڙن پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيل نمونن جي سينگار هوندي هئي. هن ٻئي طرز جي شروعات [[قبطي]] فن تعمير مان ٿي. [[پالرمو]] جي محل جا دروازا، جيڪي نارمن حڪمرانن لاءِ ساراسين ڪاريگرن تيار ڪيا، اڄ به بهترين حالت ۾ محفوظ آهن. اهڙي ئي سينگار واري طرز جا دروازا [[ويرونا]] ۾ پڻ ملن ٿا، جتي دروازن جي عمودي ۽ افقي ڪاٺين جا ڪنارا ترڇا ۽ ڪَٽيل نموني سان تيار ڪيا ويا آهن.

[[فائل:Дом компании Зингер, Россия, Санкт-Петербург.JPG|thumb|upright|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جي عنصرن سان سينگاريل شيشي جو دروازو، [[سنگر هائوس]]، [[سينٽ پيٽرسبرگ]]، روس]]

نشاةِ ثانيه جي دور ۾ اٽلي جا دروازا نسبتاً سادا رکيا ويندا هئا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اتي جي معمارن وڌيڪ توجهه دروازن جي چوڌاري ٺهيل داخلي بناوت (Doorway) تي ڏيندا هئا. ان جي ابتڙ، فرانس ۽ جرمني ۾ دروازن کي نهايت نفاست سان اُڪيريو ويندو هو، خاص طور [[لوئي چوڏهون طرز]] ۽ [[لوئي پندرهون طرز]] جي دور ۾. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن انهن ۾ ٿنڀا، ڇَجا، ٽڪنڊا محراب (Pediment) ۽ طاقون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون هيون، جڏهن ته چوڌاري ڀت سادي معمارِي واري هوندي هئي. اٽلي ۾ دروازن جي وڏائي وڌائڻ لاءِ پينلن جو تعداد وڌايو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته فرانس ۾ ان جي ابتڙ نسبتاً گهٽ پينلن کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي هئي. [[فونتين بلو]] جي محل جو هڪ وڏو ٻه-تاڪي دروازو اهڙي نموني ٺاهيو ويو آهي، جو ڏسڻ ۾ ڄڻ هڪ ئي وڏي پينل مان ٺهيل هجي.

فرانس ۾ نشاةِ ثانيه جي سڀ کان قديم دروازن مان هڪ [[سينٽ سووير گرجاگھر، ايڪس-آن-پرووانس]] (1503ع) جو دروازو آهي. ان جي هيٺين پينلن ۾ [[گوٿڪ فن تعمير|گوٿڪ]] طرز جي طاقن اندر لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|3|ft|m|abbr=on}} اوچيون انساني شڪلون اُڪيريل آهن، جڏهن ته مٿين پينلن ۾ لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|2|ft|m|abbr=on}} اوچين شڪلين سان ٻٽي قطار وارا طاق ۽ انهن مٿان ڇپر نما سينگار موجود آهي. اهي سڀ نقش [[ديودار]] جي ڪاٺ تي اُڪيريا ويا آهن. [[بووي گرجاگھر]] جو ڏاکڻو دروازو ڪيترن ئي لحاظ کان فرانس جي بهترين دروازن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، جتي مٿين پينلن تي ابھريل نقش نگاري سان مذهبي منظر ۽ ڇپر نما سينگار ٺاهيا ويا آهن. [[جيزور]] جي گرجاگھر (1575ع) جا دروازا پڻ طاقن اندر انساني شڪلين سان سينگاريل آهن، جيڪي طبقاتي ٿنڀن سان هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيا ويا آهن. [[روئن]] جي [[سينٽ ميڪلو]] گرجاگھر ۾ ٽي نهايت خوبصورت اُڪيريل دروازا آهن؛ انهن مان [[ژان گوجون]] جا تيار ڪيل دروازا ٻنهي پاسن تي طاقن اندر شڪلين ۽ وچ ۾ نفيس مجسماڪاريءَ سبب خاص شهرت رکن ٿا. لڳ ڀڳ چاليهه کان پنجاهه سال پوءِ ٺاهيل ٻين دروازن کي ابھريل نقش نگاري، قدرتي منظرن، انساني شڪلين ۽ پيچيده آرائشي بارڊرن سان سينگاريو ويو.

[[ناسا]] جي [[گاڏين جي اسيمبلي عمارت]]، جيڪا [[ڪينيڊي خلائي مرڪز]] ۾ واقع آهي، دنيا جا چار سڀ کان وڏا دروازا رکي ٿي. هيءَ عمارت شروعات ۾ [[اپولو پروگرام|اپولو]] مشنن لاءِ [[سيٽرن پنجون]] راڪيٽن جي اسيمبلي لاءِ تعمير ڪئي وئي هئي، ۽ بعد ۾ [[خلائي شٽل]] پروگرام جي سهائتا لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي رهي. انهن چئن مان هر هڪ دروازي جي اوچائي {{convert|139|m|ft|abbr=off|sp=us}} آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.nasa.gov/centers/kennedy/pdf/718659main_VAB.pdf|title=Vehicle Assembly Building Fact Sheet|website=NASA|access-date=2016-06-03|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20161011224909/https://www.nasa.gov/centers/kennedy/pdf/718659main_VAB.pdf|archive-date=2016-10-11}}&lt;/ref&gt;

انگلينڊ جو سڀ کان قديم محفوظ دروازو [[ويسٽمنسٽر ائبي]] ۾ موجود آهي، جيڪو 1050ع جو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite news |url=https://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/uk_news/4743899.stm |work=BBC News |title=Abbey oak door 'Britain's oldest' |date=2005-08-03 |access-date=2010-05-01 |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20060620190404/http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/uk/4743899.stm |archive-date=2006-06-20}}&lt;/ref&gt; سترهين صديءَ ۾ انگلينڊ ۾ دروازن جي پينلن کي ابھريل [[بوليڪشن]] يا ٻاهر نڪتل سينگاريل ڍانچن سان سينگاريو ويندو هو، جن تي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن نهايت نفيس اُڪير به ڪئي ويندي هئي. ارڙهين صديءَ ۾ دروازن جي [[سينگاريل قالب]]، جيڪي [[عمودي ڪاٺي]] ۽ [[فريم ۽ پينل]] تي ٺهندا هئا، تن کي [[ايگ اينڊ ڊارٽ]] نموني جي [[معماري سينگار]] سان اُڪيريو ويندو هو.

&lt;gallery widths=&quot;170&quot; heights=&quot;200&quot; mode=&quot;packed&quot; caption=&quot;دروازن جي مختصر بصري تاريخ&quot;&gt;
File:Fragment from a tomb door MET 23.3.174f-emf.jpg|[[قديم مصري فن تعمير|قديم مصري]] مقبري جي دروازي جو ٽڪرو، لڳ ڀڳ 2150–1981 ق.م، [[ميٽروپوليٽن عجائب گهر]]، [[نيويارڪ شهر]]
File:The Hercules Sarcophagus depicting the Twelve Labors of Hercules, 150-160 AD, Kayseri Archaeological Museum, Turkey (26261172056) (lighter version).jpg|[[قديم يوناني فن تعمير|قديم يوناني]] طرز جو دروازو، هرڪيولس جي تابوت تي اُڪريل، [[قيصريه آثار قديمه عجائب گهر]]، [[قيصريه]]، [[ترڪي]]
File:Bronze door, Basilica di San Giovanni, 2013.jpg|[[قديم رومي فن تعمير|قديم رومي]] ڪانسي جا دروازا، [[ڪوريا جوليا]]، جيڪي هاڻي [[سينٽ جان ليٽران بيسليڪا]]، [[روم]] ۾ موجود آهن
File:Gate, ash-Shibak Fort, Ibra (North ash-Sharqiyah Governorate) Origin- Surat, India (Mughal Empire) Teak wood and brass.jpg|[[هندستاني فن تعمير|هندستاني]] [[مغل فن تعمير|مغل]] دور جو ساڳوان ۽ پتل جو دروازو
File:Tenghua Jiuguan 21 2015-04.JPG|روايتي [[چيني فن تعمير|چيني]] فولڊنگ دروازا، [[قديم وسٽيريا عجائب گهر]]، [[چانگجو]]، [[چين]]
File:Lateral door church Theotokos Gorgoepikoos Athens, Greece.jpg|[[بازنطيني فن تعمير|بازنطيني]] دروازو، [[ننڍي ميٽروپولس]]، [[اٿينس]]، [[يونان]]
File:Door in Morocco, 2010.jpg|[[اسلامي فن تعمير|اسلامي]] طرز جو دروازو، [[اسلامي هندسي نمونا]] سان سينگاريل، [[مراڪش]]
File:'Berfrestone' (DB) door and tympanum arch St Nicholas Church Barfrestone Kent England 1.jpg|[[رومانسڪ فن تعمير|رومانسڪ]] طرز جو دروازو، [[سينٽ نڪولس گرجاگهر]]، [[بارفريسٽون]]، [[ڪينٽ]]، [[انگلينڊ]]
File:Doorway detail, St Magnus Cathedral, Kirkwall, Orkney.jpg|[[گوٿڪ فن تعمير|گوٿڪ]] دروازو، [[سينٽ ميگنس گرجاگهر]]، [[ڪرڪوال]]، [[اسڪاٽلينڊ]]
File:Iconography - Saint Basil's Cathedral (19970306871).jpg|[[روسي فن تعمير|روسي]] دروازو، [[سينٽ بيسل گرجاگهر]]، [[ماسڪو]]
File:The entrance of the Antim Monastery Church.jpg|[[برانڪووينيسڪ طرز]] جو دروازو، [[انتيم خانقاه]]، [[بخاريسٽ]]، [[رومانيا]]، جنهن جي مٿان [[پسانيه]] لکيل آهي
File:Gdańsk (158).JPG|[[نشاة ثانيه فن تعمير|نشاة ثانيه]] طرز جو دروازو، [[گدانسڪ]]، [[پولينڊ]]
File:Chateau de Versailles Vestibule Haut 11 (lighter and fixed angles).jpg|[[باروڪ]] طرز جو دروازو، [[ورسائي محل]]، [[ورسائي]]، [[فرانس]]
File:Porte rue Monsieur-le-Prince Paris.jpg|[[روڪوڪو]] طرز جو دروازو، رو مونسيو لي پرنس، [[پيرس]]
File:P1210063 Paris III rue des Francs-Bourgeois n26 rwk.jpg|[[لوئي سورهون طرز]] جو دروازو، [[هوٽل مورتيي دي ساندرويل]]، رو دي فران بورجوا، [[پيرس]]
File:Pierre Rousseau - Double-Leaf Doors - 1942.2.12 - Cleveland Museum of Art.tif|[[نوڪلاسيڪي فن تعمير|نوڪلاسيڪي]] رنگيل ٻٽو دروازو (1790ع واري ڏهاڪي)، [[پيئر روسو]]، [[ڪليولينڊ آرٽ ميوزيم]]، [[آمريڪا]]
File:Brooklyn Museum 1994.92 Door with Lock (2).jpg|[[اولهه آفريڪا|اولهه آفريڪي]] تالي وارو ڪاٺ ۽ لوهه جو دروازو، اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر يا ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات، [[برڪينا فاسو]]، [[بروڪلن ميوزيم]]، [[نيويارڪ شهر]]
File:Zespół klasztoru Gandan (39).jpg|[[گاندانتيگچنلين خانقاه]]، [[منگوليا]] جو سينگاريل دروازو
File:P1250574 Paris V rue Malebranche n3 porte gothique bis encours.jpg|[[گوٿڪ احيا فن تعمير|گوٿڪ احيا]] طرز جو دروازو، رو مالبرانش، [[پيرس]]
File:Egyptian Revival mausoleum, Forest Home Cemetery.jpg|[[مصري احيا فن تعمير|مصري احيا]] طرز جي مقبري جو دروازو، فاريسٽ هوم قبرستان، [[وسڪانسن]]، [[آمريڪا]]
File:Armoiries de lIrlande à lambassade dIrlande à Paris.jpg|[[روڪوڪو احيا]] طرز جو دروازو، [[هوٽل دي بريتوي]]، [[پيرس]]
File:3-5, Strada Icoanei, Bucharest (Romania) 1.jpg|[[رومانوي احيا فن تعمير|رومانوي احيا]] طرز جو دروازو، [[شڪوالا سينٽرالا نيشنل ڪاليج]]، [[بخاريسٽ]]
File:Paris Porte cochère rue La Bruyère 2012.jpg|اوڻيهين صديءَ جو [[انتخابي فن تعمير|انتخابي]] ڪلاسيڪي طرز جو دروازو، رو لا بروئير، [[پيرس]]
File:Entrance of the George Enescu Museum.jpg|[[بيو آرٽس فن تعمير|بيو آرٽس]] طرز جو دروازو، [[ڪانتاڪوزينو محل]]، [[بخاريسٽ]]
File:Porte et marquise CCI Nancy.jpg|[[آرٽ نووو]] ڌاتو ۽ شيشي جو دروازو، [[نانسي]]، [[فرانس]]، مٿان وڏي شفاف [[ڇڄ]] سان
File:49-53, Calea Victoriei, Bucharest (Romania) 10.jpg|[[سادو ڪلاسيڪي فن تعمير|سادو ڪلاسيڪي]] طرز جو دروازو، [[بخاريسٽ شاهي محل]]، جيڪو هاڻي [[رومانيا جو قومي عجائب گهر براءِ فنون]] آهي
File:La Maison Bleue, porte d'entrée - Angers - 20110119.jpg|[[آرٽ ڊيڪو]] طرز جو دروازو، [[انجيه]]، [[فرانس]]
File:Fischerkirche (main door), Born a. Darß.jpg|ڪاٺ جو گرجاگهر جو دروازو، [[بورن آف ڊارس]]، [[جرمني]]
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== بناوت ۽ طرزون ==
[[فائل:Florença - Portões do Paraíso (146).jpg|thumb|upright|[[فلورنس بپتسما گهر]] جو دروازو، جنهن کي ''جنت جا دروازا'' چيو وڃي ٿو، 1425ع–1452ع، سونهري ڪانسي جو ٺهيل، اوچائي: 5.2 ميٽر]]
[[فائل:Kunsthistorisches Museum entrance.jpg|thumb|upright|[[ڪنسٽ هسٽوريشيز ميوزيم]] ([[ويانا]]، [[آسٽريا]]) جو داخلا دروازو]]

دروازن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جيڪي مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن:

* سڀ کان عام قسم '''هڪ تاڪي وارو دروازو''' آهي، جيڪو هڪ مضبوط تاڪي تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي ۽ پوري دروازي جي کليل حصي کي ڍڪي ڇڏيندو آهي. هن بنيادي جوڙجڪ جون ڪيترائي صورتون آهن، جهڙوڪ '''ٻه تاڪي وارو دروازو''' يا '''ٻٽو دروازو'''.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=External Single Door, Fully Glazed Leaf {{!}} NBS {{!}} BIM Library |url=https://source.thenbs.com/en/product/external-single-door-fully-glazed-leaf/7dHSpVWugYzrD2KEV7Zn74/wCWU2QXh2M5kYY78qJaQAo |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=source.thenbs.com |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''اڌ دروازو''' يا '''[[ڊچ دروازو]]''' يا '''اصطبل وارو دروازو''' افقي رخ ۾ ٻن حصن ۾ ورهايل هوندو آهي. هن قسم جو دروازو رهائشي گهرن ۾ به اختيار ڪيو ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Ray |first=Emily |date=2025-07-14 |title=Here's Why A Dutch Door Makes An Entryway More Beautiful &amp; Functional |url=https://www.housedigest.com/1908450/dutch-door-entryway-benefits/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=House Digest |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''[[سيلون]] جا دروازا''' هلڪا جهولندڙ ٻن تاڪن وارا دروازا هوندا آهن، جيڪي عام طور عوامي شراب خانن ۾ ملندا آهن ۽ خاص طور آمريڪي اولهه سان لاڳاپيل سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Martin |first=Hannah |date=2022-09-01 |title=Are Saloon Doors About to Have a Moment? |url=https://www.architecturaldigest.com/story/are-saloon-doors-about-to-have-a-moment |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Architectural Digest |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Hart |first=Morgan |date=2025-04-21 |title=Giddy Up: Western-Themed Bars in Utah • Salt Lake Magazine |url=https://saltlakemagazine.com/western-bars-utah/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Salt Lake Magazine |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''لڪل دروازو''' (انگريزي:بلائينڊ ڊور، گب ڊور يا جب ڊور) اهڙو دروازو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ٻاهران ڪا به چؤڪاٺ، هينڊل يا هلندڙ حصو ظاهر نه هوندو آهي. اهو ڀر واري ڀت سان اهڙي نموني ملي ويندو آهي، جو ڀت جو حصو ئي محسوس ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Nicholson |first=Peter |title=The New and Improved Practical Builder |location=London |publisher=Thomas Kelly|date=1841 |pages=97–98}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''فرانسيسي دروازو''' ساڳي نموني اندر يا ٻاهر کلي ٿو جيئن '''[[فرانسيسي دريون]]'''. اهو پاسي کان انجيسن تي لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ وچ ۾ ڪا عمودي ورهاست نه هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=2024-06-13 |title=What Are French Windows and Doors? |url=https://www.lomaxwood.co.uk/news/what-are-french-windows-and-doors/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Lomax &amp; Wood |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''[[جهروڪيدار دروازو]]''' ۾ ڪاٺ جون مقرر يا هلندڙ پٽيون (جن کي [[جهروڪي]] پڻ چيو وڃي ٿو) لڳل هونديون آهن، جيڪي هوا جي اچ وڃ کي ممڪن بڻائينديون آهن، پر اندر جي نجي ماحول کي برقرار رکندي روشنيءَ جي سڌي گذر کي روڪينديون آهن. اهڙا دروازا نسبتاً ڪمزور هوندا آهن، تنهن ڪري گهڻو ڪري [[ڪپڙن جي الماري|المارين]] ۽ ڪپڙا سڪائڻ وارن ڪمرن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي حفاظت کان وڌيڪ هوا جي اچ وڃ اهم هوندي آهي. ساڳئي قسم جي جوڙجڪ [[دريءَ جا پردا]] ٺاهڻ لاءِ به استعمال ٿيندي آهي. 1929ع ۾ [[سيگيٽ]]، [[فلوريڊا]] ۾ گوينڊولين ۽ پاول ڪراسلي جي تعمير ڪرايل گهر ۾ ٻه جهروڪيدار دروازا لڳايا ويا، جيڪي هوا جي مناسب گردش سان گڏ اهڙي نجيت فراهم ڪندا هئا، جو ڪنهن به رخ کان اندر ڏسڻ ممڪن نه هوندو هو.

* '''مرڪب دروازو''' هڪ تاڪي وارو دروازو هوندو آهي، جيڪو مڪمل مضبوط يا شيشي سان ٺهيل ٿي سگهي ٿو ۽ عام طور تي اندر اعليٰ ڪثافت واري فوم سان ڀريل هوندو آهي. برطانيا ۾ اهڙن دروازن کي عام طور BS PAS 23/24 معيار موجب تصديق ٿيل هوندو آهي ۽ ''سڪيوئرڊ باء ڊزائين'' جي حفاظتي معيارن سان مطابقت رکندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://thecrimepreventionwebsite.com/pas-242012-enhanced-security-doorsets/573/what-does-certificated-to-pas-24-actually-mean/|title=What does 'certificated' to PAS 24 actually mean?|work=thecrimepreventionwebsite.com|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140125223650/http://thecrimepreventionwebsite.com/pas-242012-enhanced-security-doorsets/573/what-does-certificated-to-pas-24-actually-mean|archive-date=2014-01-25}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Doors and Locks |url=https://www.securedbydesign.com/guidance/standards-explained#doors-and-locks |website=Secured by Design |publisher=Police Crime Prevention Initiative |access-date=29 October 2019}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''فولادي حفاظتي دروازو''' مضبوط فولاد مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ گهڻو ڪري [[بئنڪ خزانو|خزانن]] ۽ [[محفوظ ڪمرو|محفوظ ڪمرن]] ۾ حملي جي مزاحمت لاءِ لڳايو ويندو آهي. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن انهن جي ٻاهرين سطح تي ڪاٺ جا پينل پڻ لڳايا ويندا آهن ته جيئن عام دروازن جهڙا نظر اچن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://henleyssecuritydoors.co.uk/|title=Henleys Security Doors|website=Henleys Security Doors|access-date=25 May 2016|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160530035319/http://henleyssecuritydoors.co.uk/|archive-date=30 May 2016}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''هموار دروازو''' مڪمل طور تي سڌي ۽ هموار سطح وارو هوندو آهي. ان ۾ هلڪي ڪاٺ جي فريم تي [[پلائيووڊ]] يا [[وچولي ڪثافت وارو فائبر بورڊ]] لڳايو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته اندر جا خالي حصا گهڻو ڪري گتي جي مواد سان ڀريا ويندا آهن. ٻاهرين سطح سخت فائبر بورڊ مان پڻ ٺهي سگهي ٿي، جنهن جو مشهور نالو [[ميسونائيٽ]] آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Masonite International Corporation |url=https://visitjones.com/historic_locations/masonite-international-corporation/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Visit Laurel &amp; Jones County |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''ڍانچي وارو دروازو''' جو اندروني ڍانچو هموار دروازي جهڙو هوندو آهي، پر ان جي ٻاهرئين سطح ٺهيل نمونيدار MDF يا [[ميسونائيٽ]] مان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=2020-06-17 |title=What Should I Go For- Veneered Doors vs Moulded Doors |url=https://www.articlecube.com/what-should-i-go-veneered-doors-vs-moulded-doors |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=ArticleCube |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''تختن ۽ آڏين پٽين وارو دروازو''' ڪيترن عمودي تختن مان ٺهندو آهي، جيڪي ٻن يا وڌيڪ افقي ڪاٺين سان ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن مضبوطي لاءِ ترڇيون ڪاٺيون پڻ لڳايون وينديون آهن.

* '''[[پيادل دروازو]]''' وڏي دروازي جي اندر ٺهيل ننڍو دروازو هوندو آهي، جيڪو وڏي دروازي کي کولڻ کان سواءِ ماڻهن جي اچ وڃ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا دروازا وڏن گرجاگهرن، گيراجن يا جهازن جي هينگرن ۾ ڏسي سگهجن ٿا.

* '''ٻٽو ويڙهيندڙ دروازو''' ڪيترن حصن تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي، جيڪي ويڙهجي هڪ ٻئي سان لڳي ويندا آهن. اهي گهڻو ڪري ڪاٺ يا ايلومينيم مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن ۽ مڪمل کلي وڃڻ تي ڪمري جي ورهاڱي وانگر نظر ايندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.thedoorzone.co.uk/|title=Front Doors, Garage Doors Insights from The Door Zone|website=The Door Zone|language=en-GB|access-date=2017-05-11|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170507074631/http://www.thedoorzone.co.uk/|archive-date=2017-05-07}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=CPD 07 2025: Mastering sliding and bi-fold doors |url=https://www.housingtoday.co.uk/cpd/cpd-07-2025-mastering-sliding-and-bi-fold-doors/5136701.article |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Housing Today |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''[[سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ شيشي جو دروازو]]'''، جنهن کي ڪڏهن آرڪيڊيا يا پيٽيو دروازو پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، [[شيشو|شيشي]] مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي ۽ پاسي ڏانهن سرڪي کلي ٿو. ڪيترن قسمن ۾ ڄاري پڻ لڳل هوندي آهي.

* '''ڪوڙو دروازو''' اهڙي آرائشي بناوت هوندي آهي، جيڪا ظاهري طرح دروازي يا دريءَ جهڙي لڳندي آهي، پر حقيقت ۾ کلي نه سگهندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Digital Giza {{!}} Frequently Asked Questions |url=http://giza.fas.harvard.edu/faq/ |access-date=2025-10-15 |website=giza.fas.harvard.edu}}&lt;/ref&gt; [[قديم مصري فن تعمير]] ۾ اهو مقبرن جو عام جزو هو، جتي اهو آخرت ڏانهن ويندڙ دروازي جي علامت سمجهيو ويندو هو. اهڙي قسم جا ڪوڙا دروازا ريگستاني قبيلن جي تدفيني اڏاوتن، جهڙوڪ [[لبيا]] جي غرزا ۾ پڻ ملن ٿا.

== قسم ==

دروازن کي سندن جوڙجڪ، استعمال ۽ کلڻ جي طريقي موجب مختلف قسمن ۾ ورهايو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book
|last=انصاري
|first=ضياءُ الدين
|title=عمارت سازي
|publisher=سنڌي ادبي بورڊ
|location=ڄامشورو
|year=1990
}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== جوڙجڪ موجب قسم ===

* '''پٽين وارا دروازا''' (Ledged doors): هي سادا دروازا عمودي ڪاٺين جي پٽين (بيٽن) ۽ افقي ٽيڪن (ليجز) سان ٺهندا آهن. انهن جو استعمال گهڻو ڪري ٻهراڙي وارن علائقن ۽ عارضي عمارتن ۾ ٿيندو آهي.

* '''پٽين ۽ وترين ٽيڪن وارا دروازا''' (Ledged and braced doors): هن قسم ۾ افقي ٽيڪن سان گڏ وتريون ٽيڪون پڻ لڳايون وينديون آهن، جيڪي دروازي کي وڌيڪ مضبوطي ۽ استحڪام فراهم ڪنديون آهن.

* '''چوڪاٺ ۽ پٽين وارا دروازا''' (Ledged and framed doors): انهن ۾ پٽين سان گڏ چوڪاٺ به شامل هوندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازي جي مضبوطي ۽ خوبصورتي وڌي ويندي آهي.

* '''چوڪاٺ، پٽين ۽ وترين ٽيڪن وارا دروازا''' (Ledged, framed and braced doors): هي اڳئين قسم جو وڌيڪ مضبوط نمونو آهي، جيڪو گهڻو ڪري ٻاهرين استعمال لاءِ مناسب هوندو آهي.

* '''چوڪاٺ ۽ پينلن وارا دروازا''' (Framed and panelled doors): هي سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ دروازا آهن. چوڪاٺ جي اندر ڪاٺ يا ٻين مواد جا پينل لڳايا ويندا آهن، جن جون مختلف بناوتون ۽ ڊزائنون هونديون آهن.

* '''شيشي ۽ پينلن وارا دروازا''' (Glazed and panelled doors): انهن ۾ شيشي ۽ ڪاٺ جا پينل گڏيل نموني استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جنهن سان قدرتي روشني اندر داخل ٿيندي آهي. اهي آفيسن، اسپتالن، لائبريرين، دڪانن ۽ نمائشگاهن ۾ عام آهن.

* '''فلش دروازا''' (Flush doors): هنن جا ٻاهريان پاسا هموار هوندا آهن ۽ اندران مضبوط فريم يا سالڊ ڪور تي پلائيووڊ يا ساڳئي قسم جي چادر لڳل هوندي آهي. اهي هلڪا، پائيدار ۽ سنڀالڻ ۾ آسان هوندا آهن.

* '''ڄاريءَ وارا دروازا''' (Wire gauze doors): انهن ۾ ڌاتي ڄاري لڳل هوندي آهي، جيڪا هوا جي وهڪري کي برقرار رکندي آهي ۽ مڇرن، مکين ۽ ٻين جيتن جي داخلا روڪيندي آهي.

* '''لوور وارا دروازا''' (Louvered doors): انهن ۾ ترڇيون پٽيون لڳل هونديون آهن، جيڪي هوا جي گذر کي ممڪن بڻائينديون آهن، جڏهن ته رازداري پڻ برقرار رهندي آهي.

=== کلڻ جي طريقي موجب قسم ===

[[فائل:Types of doors.png|thumb|دروازن جي ڪم ڪندڙ طريقن جا بنيادي قسم]]

==== انجيسن وارا دروازا ====

گهڻا دروازا هڪ پاسي [[انجيس]] سان لڳل هوندا آهن، جنهن سبب اهي هڪ رخ ۾ ڦري کلندا آهن. عام طور ڦرڻ جو محور عمودي هوندو آهي، پر ڪن حالتن ۾، جهڙوڪ گيراج دروازن ۾، اهو افقي به ٿي سگهي ٿو.

* '''جهولندڙ دروازو''' (Swing door): خاص انجيسن سان لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪي ان کي اندر يا ٻاهر کلڻ ڏينديون آهن، ۽ اڪثر اسپرنگ ذريعي پاڻمرادو بند ٿي ويندو آهي.

* '''ٻنهي طرفن کلندڙ دروازو''' (Double-acting door): ٻنهي طرفن کلڻ جي صلاحيت رکي ٿو. اهڙا دروازا ريسٽورنٽن جي رڌڻ گهرن ۽ گهڻي آمدرفت وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

* '''باغيچو دروازو''' (Garden door): فرانسيسي دريءَ جهڙو هوندو آهي، پر وڌيڪ محفوظ هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ صرف هڪ تاڪ کلندو آهي.

* '''ڪنويڪشن دروازو''' (Convection door): فرش کان ڇت تائين اوچائي وارو اندريون دروازو، جيڪو گرم هوا جي گردش ۾ مددگار هوندو آهي.

==== سرڪندڙ دروازا ====

سرڪندڙ دروازا ريلن تي هڪ پاسي کان ٻئي پاسي سرڪي کلندا ۽ بند ٿيندا آهن، تنهنڪري جاءِ جي بچت ٿيندي آهي.

* '''اوورليپ سرڪندڙ دروازو''' (Bypass door): ٻه يا وڌيڪ تاڪ هڪ ٻئي جي اڳيان پٺيان سرڪندا آهن ۽ گهڻو ڪري المارين ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

* '''[[پاڪيٽ دروازو]]''' (Pocket door): ڀت جي اندر ٺهيل خالي جاءِ ۾ سرڪي ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري تنگ جڳهن لاءِ موزون هوندو آهي.

* '''سرڪندڙ شيشي جو دروازو''' (Sliding glass door): گهرن، هوٽلن ۽ واپاري عمارتن ۾، خاص طور صحن يا باغ ڏانهن داخلا لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

==== ڦرندڙ دروازا ====

* '''[[ڦرندڙ دروازو]]''' (Revolving door): مرڪزي محور جي چوڌاري ڦرندڙ ڪيترن تاڪن تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ٻنهي طرفن کان اچ وڃ کي آسان بڻائيندو آهي.

* '''مرڪزي محور وارو دروازو''' (Pivot door): انجيسن بدران مرڪزي محور تي لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪناري يا وچ تي ٿي سگهي ٿو.

==== تيز رفتار دروازا ====

'''[[تيز رفتار دروازو]]''' (High-speed door) صنعتي استعمال لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. اهو تمام تيزيءَ سان کلندو ۽ بند ٿيندو آهي ۽ ڪارخانن، صفائي وارن ڪمرن ۽ ٿڌ خانن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

==== خودڪار دروازا ====

'''[[خودڪار دروازو]]''' بجلي، چشمي يا ٻنهي جي مدد سان پاڻمرادو کلندو ۽ بند ٿيندو آهي. اهي حساس اوزارن، حرڪت معلوم ڪندڙ نظام، ريموٽ ڪنٽرول يا هٿ سان هلندڙ سوئچ ذريعي ڪم ڪندا آهن. جديد خودڪار دروازن ۾ حفاظتي حساس اوزار پڻ لڳل هوندا آهن، جيڪي ماڻهن يا شين سان ٽڪرائجڻ کان بچائيندا آهن.

==== ٻيا قسم ====

* '''مٿي کڄندڙ دروازو''' (Up-and-over door): گهڻو ڪري گيراجن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي ۽ مٿي کڄي افقي حالت ۾ بيهي رهندو آهي.

* '''[[ٽيمبور دروازو]]''' (Tambour door): سنهين افقي پٽين مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ريلن تي مٿي ۽ هيٺ ٿيندو آهي.

* '''ويڙهندڙ دروازو''' (Rolling door): فولادي پٽين مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڊرم تي ويڙهجي کلندو ۽ بند ٿيندو آهي. گيراجن، گودامن ۽ دڪانن ۾ عام آهي.

* '''ڳتجندڙ دروازو''' (Collapsible door): فولادي پٽن ۽ ڪينچي جهڙي جوڙجڪ تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي، جيڪو پاسن ڏانهن ويڙهجي کلندو ۽ بند ٿيندو آهي. مارڪيٽن، گيراجن ۽ وڏين داخلي جڳهن تي استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

== استعمال ==

[[فائل:Miersch, 17 rue Nicolas Welter-001.jpg|thumb|[[لڪسمبرگ]] ۾ هڪ دروازي جي مٿان شفاف ڇڄو]]

تعميراتي دروازن جا عام توڙي خاص مقصدن لاءِ ڪيترائي استعمال ٿيندا آهن. عام طور دروازا اندروني جڳهن، جهڙوڪ المارين، ڪمرن ۽ ٻين حصن کي هڪ ٻئي کان الڳ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيئن [[سهولت]]، [[رازداري]]، [[سلامتي]] ۽ [[تحفظ]] برقرار رهي. دروازا عمارت جي ٻاهرين حصي کان اندر داخل ٿيڻ وارن رستن کي محفوظ ڪرڻ، [[آبهوا]] جي ضابطي ۽ حفاظت لاءِ پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

دروازن جا ڪجهه خاص استعمال پڻ هي آهن:

* '''[[ڌماڪي کان بچاءُ وارو دروازو]]''' (Blast-proof door): اهڙو دروازو جيڪو عمارت يا اڏاوت ۾ داخلا مهيا ڪرڻ سان گڏ ڌماڪن جي زور کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

* '''باغيچو دروازو''' (Garden door): اهڙو دروازو جيڪو پٺئين صحن يا [[باغ]] ڏانهن کلي ٿو. هي اصطلاح خاص طور تي [[فرانسيسي دريون]] يا ٻٽي فرانسيسي دروازن (جن ۾ پينلن بدران شيشي جا خانا هوندا آهن) لاءِ، [[سرڪندڙ شيشي جو دروازو|سرڪندڙ شيشي جي دروازي]] جي بدران استعمال ٿيندو آهي. هي اصطلاح ''پيٽيو دروازن'' (Patio doors) لاءِ پڻ استعمال ٿي سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Patio Doors vs Garden Doors: What's The Difference? |url=https://www.uswindow-door.com/blog/patio-doors-vs-garden-doors-whats-the-difference |access-date=2022-09-13 |website=www.uswindow-door.com |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''لڪل دروازو''' (Jib door): اهڙو دروازو جنهن جي مٿاڇري ڀر واري ڀت جي سينگار، ڍانچي ۽ رنگ سان هم آهنگ هوندي آهي، جنهن ڪري اهو آساني سان نظر نٿو اچي. اهڙا دروازا تاريخي انگريزي گهرن ۾ گهڻو ڪري خادمن جي اچ وڃ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last1=Azzarito |first1=Amy |title=The Elements of a Home: Curious Histories behind Everyday Household Objects, from Pillows to Forks |date=17 March 2020 |publisher=Chronicle Books |isbn=978-1-4521-7902-5 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=bVPODwAAQBAJ&amp;pg=PA101 |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{rp|101}}

* '''[[پالتو جانورن جو دروازو]]''' (Pet door)، جيڪو [[ٻليءَ جو دروازو]] (Cat flap) يا ڪتي جو دروازو پڻ سڏبو آهي، دروازي ۾ ٺهيل اهڙو کلڻ وارو حصو هوندو آهي، جيڪو پالتو جانورن کي مکيه دروازو کولڻ کان سواءِ اندر اچڻ ۽ ٻاهر وڃڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. اهو رٻڙ جي هڪ سادي پردي سان ڍڪيل ٿي سگهي ٿو يا مٿئين پاسي انجيسن تي لڳل ننڍو دروازو به ٿي سگهي ٿو، جنهن کي جانور پاڻ ڌڪي کولي سگهن ٿا. پالتو جانورن جا دروازا سرڪندڙ شيشي جي دروازي ۾ مستقل يا عارضي پينل طور پڻ لڳائي سگهجن ٿا. ڪجهه دروازا هڪ طرفي هوندا آهن، جيڪي رڳو ٻاهر وڃڻ جي اجازت ڏيندا آهن، جڏهن ته جديد برقي دروازن ۾ خاص اليڪٽرانڪ سڃاڻپ وارو ٽيگ رکندڙ جانورن کي ئي اندر اچڻ جي اجازت هوندي آهي.

* '''[[ٽريپ دروازو]]''' (Trapdoor): اهڙو دروازو جيڪو [[ڇت]] يا [[فرش]] ۾ افقي رخ سان لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ گهڻو ڪري ڏاڪڻ ذريعي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

* '''پاڻيءَ وارو دروازو''' يا '''پاڻيءَ جي داخلا وارو دروازو''' (Water door): اهڙو دروازو، جهڙوڪ [[وينس]] ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ، جيڪو پاڻيءَ تي ٺهيل عمارت، مثال طور واهه جي ڪناري واري عمارت، مان سڌو پاڻي ڏانهن کلي ٿو، جتان ماڻهو پنهنجي ذاتي ٻيڙي يا [[پاڻيءَ واري ٽيڪسي]] ۾ چڙهي يا لهي سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.seevenice.it/en/doors-in-venice-among-water-art-and-architecture/|website=See Venice, Italy|title=Doors in Venice: among water, art and architecture|date=20 March 2016|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180103074300/http://www.seevenice.it/en/doors-in-venice-among-water-art-and-architecture/|archive-date=2018-01-03}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Water doors make frequent appearances in [[Donna Leon]]'s books, and in some are important plot devices, as in [[Donna Leon#Commissario Guido Brunetti novels|''Acqua Alta'' aka ''Death in High Water'' (1996) and ''Beastly Things'' (2012)]].&lt;/ref&gt;

== جوڙجڪ ۽ جزا ==

[[فائل:Door-glossary.png|thumb|پينل يا شيشي واري دروازي جا مختلف حصا]]
[[فائل:Door-midrail-detail.png|thumb|وچين ريل، لاڪ ريل ۽ گنسٽاڪ اسٽائل جي ڳانڍاپي جو نمونو]]
[[فائل:Frame-filled-door.gif|thumb|فريم ۽ ڀريل دروازو]]
[[فائل:hollow door.jpg|thumb|اندروني بناوت ڏيکارڻ لاءِ هڪ پاسي کان کليل خالي (هولو) دروازو]]

=== پينلن واري جوڙجڪ ===

پينلن وارا دروازا، جن کي '''اسٽائل ۽ ريل وارا دروازا''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، [[فريم ۽ پينل]] واري جوڙجڪ سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. يورپي معيار '''EN 12519''' انهن اصطلاحن جي وضاحت ڪري ٿو، جيڪي يورپي ملڪن ۾ سرڪاري طور استعمال ٿين ٿا. انهن جا بنيادي حصا هيٺ ڏجن ٿا:

* '''[[اسٽائل]]''' (Stiles) – اهي عمودي ڪاٺيون پٽيون هونديون آهن، جيڪي دروازي جي پوري اوچائي تائين هونديون آهن ۽ ان جا ساڄا ۽ کاٻا ڪنارا ٺاهينديون آهن. هڪ پاسي انجيسون لڳل هونديون آهن، جنهن کي ''هينگنگ اسٽائل'' چيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن⁠تہ ٻئي پاسي هٿيو، تالو، بولٽ يا ڪڙو لڳل هوندو آهي، جنهن کي ''ليچ اسٽائل'' چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''[[فريم ۽ پينل|ريلون]]''' (Rails) – اهي افقي پٽيون هونديون آهن، جيڪي مٿئين، هيٺئين ۽ ڪڏهن وچئين حصي ۾ لڳل هونديون آهن. اهي ٻنهي اسٽائلن کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍينديون آهن ۽ دروازي کي ٻن يا وڌيڪ پينلن ۾ ورهائينديون آهن. مٿئين پٽي کي ''ٽاپ ريل''، هيٺئين کي ''باٽم ريل'' يا ''ڪِڪ ريل'' چيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن⁠تہ تالي جي اوچائيءَ تي لڳل وچئين پٽي ''لاڪ ريل'' ۽ ٻين وچين پٽين کي ''ڪراس ريل'' سڏيو ويندو آهي.

* '''[[ملين]]''' (Mullions) – اهي اختياري سنهيون عمودي پٽيون هونديون آهن، جيڪي ٻن ريلن جي وچ ۾ لڳي دروازي کي وڌيڪ عمودي حصن يا پينلن ۾ ورهائينديون آهن. دروازن ۾ هي اصطلاح ڪڏهن استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر برطانيا ۽ آسٽريليا ۾ اهو گهڻو ڪري دريَن جي عمودي حصن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

* '''منٽن''' (Muntin) – اختياري عمودي پٽيون، جيڪي دروازي کي وڌيڪ ننڍن پينلن ۾ ورهائينديون آهن.

* '''پينل''' (Panels) – اهي وڏا ۽ ويڪرا تختا هوندا آهن، جيڪي اسٽائلن، ريلن ۽ ملينن جي وچ واري خالي جاءِ ڀريندا آهن. عام طور اهي ٻين حصن ۾ ٺهيل کانچن (Grooves) ۾ فٽ ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن سان دروازي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهندي آهي. پينل هموار يا اڀريل (Raised) شڪل جا ٿي سگهن ٿا. اهي مستقل طور چنبڙيل به ٿي سگهن ٿا يا هلڪي چرپر لاءِ آزاد (Floating panel) به رکيا ويندا آهن.

* '''شيشي جو پينل''' (Light) – پينل جي بدران لڳايل شيشي جو ٽڪرو، جيڪو دروازي کي دريءَ جهڙي خاصيت فراهم ڪندو آهي.

=== تختن ۽ پٽين واري جوڙجڪ ===

هي دروازن جي قديم ترين بناوتن مان هڪ آهي، جنهن کي '''ليجز ۽ بريسز وارا دروازا''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. هن جوڙجڪ ۾ بنيادي طور عمودي ڪاٺيون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن.

* '''تختا''' (Planks) – اهي عام طور 9 انچ يا ان کان وڌيڪ ويڪرا ڪاٺ جا تختا هوندا آهن، جيڪي دروازي جي پوري اوچائي تائين لڳايا ويندا آهن ۽ هڪ ٻئي سان گڏ رکي دروازي جي سموري ويڪر مڪمل ڪندا آهن.

* '''ليجز ۽ بريسز''' (Ledges and Braces) – ليجز افقي پٽيون هونديون آهن، جن تي عمودي تختا مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙيا ويندا آهن. اهي تختن کي گڏ رکڻ ۽ دروازي کي مضبوطي ڏيڻ جو ڪم ڪنديون آهن. جيڪڏهن اهي پٽيون ترڇيون لڳايون وڃن ته انهن کي '''بريسز''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪي دروازي کي وڪڙجڻ يا شڪل بگڙجڻ کان بچائينديون آهن. ڪجهه پراڻن دروازن ۾ ڪاٺين ليجز جي بدران لوهي جون پٽيون استعمال ٿينديون هيون، جيڪي انجيسن سان به ڳنڍيل هونديون هيون.

=== ليجز ۽ بريسز واري بناوت ===

هيءَ جوڙجڪ تختن ۽ پٽين واري دروازي جهڙي ئي هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ عمودي تختن کي افقي ۽ ترڇين پٽين جي مدد سان وڌيڪ مضبوط بڻايو ويندو آهي.

=== ڌڪ جي مزاحمت وارا دروازا ===

ڌڪ جي مزاحمت وارن دروازن جا اسٽائل گول ڪنارن سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن، ته جيئن ٽڪر لڳڻ وقت توانائي پکڙجي وڃي ۽ ڪنارن جي ٽٽڻ، ڇڄڻ يا ڏار پوڻ جو امڪان گهٽجي وڃي. انهن جا ڪنارا گهڻو ڪري انجنيئرڊ مواد مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهڙا دروازا اسپتالن، اسڪولن، هوٽلن ۽ ٻين گهڻي اچ وڃ وارن هنڌن لاءِ موزون هوندا آهن.

=== فريم ۽ ڀريل دروازا ===

هن قسم ۾ مضبوط ڪاٺ جو فريم تيار ڪري، ان جي هڪ پاسي زبان ۽ نالي (Tongue and Groove) واريون ڪاٺيون پٽيون لڳايون وينديون آهن. اهي گهڻو ڪري ٻاهرين استعمال لاءِ ٺاهيا ويندا آهن، جتي تختا موسم واري پاسي رکيا ويندا آهن.

=== هموار جوڙجڪ (Flushing) ===

فَلش دروازي مان مراد اهو آهي ته دروازي جي مٿاڇري ڀت جي ٻنهي پاسن سان هڪجهڙي هموار سطح تي هجي ۽ ٻاهر نڪري نظر نه اچي.

=== مولڊ ٿيل جوڙجڪ ===

* '''[[اسٽائل]] ۽ [[فريم ۽ پينل|ريلون]]''' – اهي عام پينل دروازن جي ڀيٽ ۾ نسبتاً سنهيون هونديون آهن ۽ دروازي جا ٻاهريان ڪنارا ٺاهينديون آهن.

* '''اندروني ڀرائي (Core material)''' – اهو مواد، جيڪو دروازي جي اندر ڀريو ويندو آهي ته جيئن خالي جاءِ ڀرجي، مضبوطي وڌي ۽ آواز گهٽ پيدا ٿئي.

** '''خالي ڪور''' (Hollow-core) – ان ۾ عام طور [[ڄاري]]، [[ماکيءَ جي ڇتي جهڙي ڄاري]]، ناريل ٿيل ڪارڊبورڊ، پوليسٽائرين فوم يا سنهيون ڪاٺيون پٽيون استعمال ٿينديون آهن. ڪڏهن ڪاٺ جا بلاڪ به استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهڙا دروازا گهڻو ڪري اندرين ڪمرن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web| url = https://gumroad.com/tales/p/upgrade-your-home-with-contemporary-flush-doors| url-status = dead| archive-url = https://web.archive.org/web/20200920180938/https://gumroad.com/tales/p/upgrade-your-home-with-contemporary-flush-doors| archive-date = 2020-09-20| title = Upgrade Your Home With Contemporary Flush Doors - Melissa Goodman}}&lt;/ref&gt;

*** '''لاڪ بلاڪ''' – خالي ڪور واري دروازي جي اندر تالي جي جاءِ ڀرسان لڳايل مضبوط ڪاٺ جو ٽڪرو، جنهن تي تالو ۽ ٻيو هارڊويئر محفوظ نموني لڳائي سگهجي.

** '''اسٽيو ڪور''' (Stave-core) – هن ۾ سنهيون ڪاٺيون پٽيون هڪ ٻئي مٿان ترتيب سان لڳل هونديون آهن، جنهن سان تقريباً مڪمل ڪاٺي ڀرائي حاصل ٿيندي آهي.

** '''سالڊ ڪور''' (Solid-core) – هن قسم ۾ گهٽ ڪثافت وارو [[پارٽيڪل بورڊ]] يا [[فوم]] استعمال ڪري دروازي جي سموري اندروني جاءِ ڀري ويندي آهي. اهڙا فَلش دروازا، خاص طور فوم ڪور وارا، ٻاهرين استعمال لاءِ وڌيڪ موزون هوندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي بهتر گرمي بندش ۽ وڌيڪ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندا آهن.

* '''ٻاهرين چادر''' (Skin) – دروازي جي ٻنهي پاسن تي HDF يا [[وچولي ڪثافت وارو فائبر بورڊ|MDF]] جون چادرون لڳايون وينديون آهن.

=== دروازي جي کلڻ جو رخ ===

دروازي جي کلڻ جو رخ (Door handing يا Door swing) عام طور دروازي جي ٻاهرئين يا گهٽ محفوظ پاسي کان بيهي طئي ڪيو ويندو آهي، يعني ان پاسي کان جتان چاٻي سان دروازو کوليو وڃي يا جتي کان عام طور ٻاهران اندر داخل ٿيو وڃي.

ٻاهرين دروازن ۾ کلڻ جو صحيح رخ مقرر ڪرڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ مٿيون حصو ۽ چوڪاٺو اهڙي نموني ٺاهيو ويندو آهي جو مينهن جو پاڻي اندر نه اچي ۽ آسانيءَ سان وهي وڃي. جيڪڏهن دروازي جو رخ غلط چونڊيو وڃي ته دروازو صحيح نموني بند نه ٿيندو، چوڪاٺ سان ٽڪرائجي سگهي ٿو يا پاڻي اندر داخل ٿي سگهي ٿو. اتر آمريڪا ۾ گهڻا دروازا اڳواٽ انجيسن سميت چوڪاٺ ۾ لڳل صورت ۾ تيار ٿيندا آهن.

جيڪڏهن ٻاهران بيهڻ وقت انجيسون ساڄي پاسي هجن ته اهو '''ساڄي هٿ وارو دروازو'''، ۽ جيڪڏهن کاٻي پاسي هجن ته '''کاٻي هٿ وارو دروازو''' سڏبو آهي. جيڪڏهن دروازو اوهان ڏانهن کلي ته ان کي '''ريورس سوئنگ''' ۽ جيڪڏهن اوهان کان پري کلي ته '''عام سوئنگ''' چيو ويندو آهي.

=== بنيادي مواد ===

اڄڪلهه ٻاهرين دروازن جي سڃاڻپ گهڻو ڪري انهن جي تياري ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد جي بنياد تي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جهڙوڪ [[ڪاٺ]]، [[اسٽيل]]، [[فائبر گلاس]]، [[يو پي وي سي]] (ونائل)، [[ايلومينيم]]، جامع (Composite) مواد ۽ [[شيشو]].

[[فائل:Quinta da Boa Vista 13.jpg|thumb|upright|[[سائو ڪرسٽوواو محل]] ۾ ڪاٺ ۽ لوهي ڪم سان ٺهيل نوڪلاسيڪي طرز جو دروازو]]

* '''ڪاٺ جا دروازا''' پنهنجي قدرتي خوبصورتي سبب سڀ کان وڌيڪ پسند ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي گهڻو ڪري آرڊر موجب تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، پر انهن جون ڪجهه خاميون به آهن، جهڙوڪ وڌيڪ قيمت، باقاعده رنگ يا پالش جي ضرورت، ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ حرارتي موصليت.&lt;ref&gt;Exterior Doors; Energy.gov; {{cite web |url=http://energy.gov/energysaver/articles/doors |title=Doors |access-date=2015-03-05 |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150304181502/http://energy.gov/energysaver/articles/doors |archive-date=2015-03-04 }}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن جي حفاظت لاءِ مٿان ڇپر يا شيڊ هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، جيڪو سج جي الٽرا وائلٽ شعاعن ۽ مينهن کان بچاءُ ڪري.

* '''اسٽيل جا دروازا''' رهائشي عمارتن جي مکيه داخلي دروازن لاءِ عام چونڊ آهن. انهن جي اندر گهڻو ڪري [[پولي يورٿين]] يا ٻيو فوم ڀريو ويندو آهي، جيڪو گرمي بندش ۽ توانائيءَ جي بچت ۾ مدد ڏيندو آهي. اهي عام طور مضبوط چوڪاٺ ۽ تالي واري نظام سان گڏ ايندا آهن، تنهن ڪري ڪاٺ جي دروازن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ محفوظ ۽ خرچ جي لحاظ کان فائديمند هوندا آهن.

* '''جامع، فائبر گلاس ۽ ونائل جا دروازا''' جديد عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن. انهن ۾ حرارتي موصليت بهتر هوندي آهي ۽ اهي توانائي بچائڻ وارن معيارن، جهڙوڪ ''Energy Star'' ۽ ''Passive House''، سان مطابقت رکن ٿا.

=== موصليت ۽ موسم بندي ===

دروازن جي حرارتي موصليت کي '''آر-ويليو (R-value)''' ذريعي ماپيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو ٻڌائي ٿو ته دروازو گرمي جي منتقلي کي ڪيتري حد تائين روڪي ٿو. جيتوڻيڪ ڪنهن دروازي جو آر-ويليو وڌيڪ هجي، پر جيڪڏهن ان ۾ وڏا شيشي جا حصا هجن يا استعمال ٿيل مواد مناسب نه هجي ته مجموعي توانائي بچت گهٽجي سگهي ٿي. ان ڪري دروازن جي ڪنارن تي موسم بند ڪندڙ پٽين (Weatherstripping) جو استعمال توانائي جي بچت لاءِ نهايت اهم سمجهيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Doors |url=https://www.energy.gov/energysaver/doors |access-date=2026-04-04 |website=Energy.gov |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Weatherstripping |url=https://www.energy.gov/energysaver/weatherstripping |access-date=2026-04-04 |website=Energy.gov |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ماپون ===

==== آمريڪا ====

[[فائل:&quot;Bilt-well&quot; mill work - DPLA - 2582a4be187e8ed28cd57e998727936e (page 104) (cropped).jpg|thumb|upright|ايڊمز-راجرز ڪمپني جي دروازن جي فهرست]]

آمريڪا ۾ معياري دروازن جون ماپون عام طور هر 2 انچ جي واڌ سان مقرر ڪيون وينديون آهن. رواجي دروازن جي اوچائي 78 يا 80 انچ، جڏهن ته ويڪر 18، 24، 26، 28، 30 يا 36 انچ هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;options at homedepot.com&lt;/ref&gt; گهڻن رهائشي ڪمرن جي وچ وارا دروازا 30 × 80 انچ جا هوندا آهن.

رهائشي ٻاهرين دروازي جي معياري ماپ 36 × 80 انچ هوندي آهي، جڏهن ته ويل چيئر جي اچ وڃ لاءِ اندرين دروازن جي گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ويڪر 36 انچ مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. پراڻين عمارتن ۾ نسبتاً ننڍي ماپ جا دروازا پڻ عام ملن ٿا.

دروازن جي ٿولهه عام طور اندرين دروازن لاءِ 1⅜ انچ ۽ ٻاهرين دروازن لاءِ 1¾ انچ هوندي آهي.

المارين، اسٽور رومن، ڊريسنگ رومن، سيلرن ۽ ٻين ننڍين جڳهن جا دروازا اڪثر عام دروازن کان ننڍا هوندا آهن.

گيراج جا دروازا عام طور هڪ گاڏي لاءِ 84 يا 96 انچ ويڪرا ۽ ٻن گاڏين لاءِ لڳ ڀڳ 192 انچ ويڪرا هوندا آهن. وڏي ماپ سبب اهي اڪثر حصن (Sectional) ۾ ورهايل هوندا آهن، جيئن آساني سان مٿي کڄي سگهن.

==== يورپ ====

يورپ ۾ معياري دروازن جون ماپون '''DIN 18101''' ۽ لاڳاپيل يورپي معيارن '''DIN EN 14351-1''' ۽ '''DIN EN 14351-2''' موجب مقرر ڪيون وينديون آهن. انهن معيارن ۾ ٻاهرين ۽ اندرين دروازن جي تياري، ماپن ۽ سي اي (CE) نشان لڳائڻ جون گهرجون بيان ڪيل آهن.

عام اندرين دروازي جي ماپ تقريباً '''860 × 1985 ملي ميٽر''' هوندي آهي، جڏهن ته جديد DIN معيار مختلف اوچائين ۽ ويڪرن لاءِ 125 ملي ميٽر جي وقفي سان وڌيڪ لچڪدار ماپون پڻ مهيا ڪن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.baunetzwissen.de/standardartikel/Fenster-und-Tueren_Tuerblattgroessen-nach-DIN-18101_155263.html |title=Türblattgrößen nach DIN 18101 |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150219203924/http://www.baunetzwissen.de/standardartikel/Fenster-und-Tueren_Tuerblattgroessen-nach-DIN-18101_155263.html |archive-date=2015-02-19}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.zeg-holz.de/news/aktuelle-news/article/17/din-18101-ma.html?no_cache=1 |title=DIN 18101 Maßnorm für Türen grundlegend überarbeitet |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150122032619/http://www.zeg-holz.de/news/aktuelle-news/article/17/din-18101-ma.html?no_cache=1 |archive-date=2015-01-22}}&lt;/ref&gt;

==== ٻين ملڪن جون معياري ماپون ====

* ڏکڻ آفريڪا: 813 × 2032 ملي ميٽر
* برطانيا: 762 × 1981 ملي ميٽر
* ڀارت: اندريون 800 × 2045 ملي ميٽر؛ ٻاهريون 1000 × 2045 ملي ميٽر
* آسٽريليا: 820 × 2040 ملي ميٽر&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=What are the Standard Door Sizes in your Country? |url=https://doorsdirect.co.za/blogs/blog/what-are-the-standard-door-sizes-in-your-country |access-date=2026-04-04 |website=Doors Direct |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== چوڪاٺو ۽ دروازي جا حصا ===

[[فائل:Panel door.jpg|thumb|right|پينل واري دروازي جا بنيادي حصا]]

دروازي جو چوڪاٺو عام طور ٻن عمودي پاسن (Jambs)، مٿئين افقي حصي (Lintel يا Head jamb) ۽، خاص طور ٻاهرين دروازن ۾، هيٺئين حصي (Threshold يا Sill) تي مشتمل هوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن دروازي ۾ هڪ کان وڌيڪ هلندڙ حصا هجن ته هر حصي کي '''تاڪ''' (Leaf) چيو ويندو آهي.

دروازي جي چوڪاٺي جا اهم حصا هي آهن:

* '''[[لنٽل]]''' (Lintel) – دروازي جي مٿان لڳل افقي شهتير، جيڪو مٿئين ڀت جو وزن سنڀاليندو آهي.

* '''[[جيمب]]''' (Jamb) – چوڪاٺ جا ٻئي عمودي پاسا، جن تي انجيسون لڳنديون آهن ۽ جن سان تالو بند ٿيندو آهي.

* '''[[دروازي جو چوڪاٺو]]''' (Door frame يا Door casing) – لنٽل ۽ ٻنهي جيمبن مان ٺهندڙ مڪمل چوڪاٺو.

* '''سيل''' (Sill) – ٻاهرين دروازن ۾ هيٺيون افقي حصو، جيڪو چوڪاٺ کي سهارو ڏيندو آهي.

* '''[[دروازي جي ڏاڪڻي]]''' (Threshold) – دروازي جي هيٺان لڳل پٽي، جيڪا اندرين فرش ۽ سيل جي وچ واري وٿي کي ڍڪيندي آهي.

* '''[[ڊور اسٽاپ]]''' (Doorstop) – چوڪاٺ جي اندر لڳل سنهي پٽي، جيڪا دروازي کي وڌيڪ اندر کلي انجيسن کي نقصان پهچائڻ کان روڪيندي آهي.

* '''[[آرڪيٽريو]]''' (Architrave) – چوڪاٺ جي چوڌاري لڳل سينگاريل قالب يا پٽي، جيڪا دروازي کي آرائشي ڏيک ڏيندي آهي.

* '''[[پائندان]]''' (Doormat) – دروازي جي اڳيان يا پٺيان وڇايل چٽ، جنهن جو مقصد مٽي ۽ گند کي گهر اندر وڃڻ کان روڪڻ آهي.

=== دروازي جو هارڊويئر ===

{{Main|دروازي جو فرنيچر }}

دروازي جو '''هارڊويئر''' يا '''دروازي جو سامان''' انهن سڀني حصن کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪي دروازي سان لڳل هجن ۽ ان جي استعمال يا خوبصورتي ۾ اضافو ڪن، جهڙوڪ انجيسون، هٿيا، ٺڪاءُ، ڪڙا، تالا، دروازي جا اسٽاپ ۽ ٻيا لاڳاپيل اوزار.

=== تصويري نمونا ===

&lt;gallery mode=packed widths=&quot;170px&quot; heights=&quot;170px&quot;&gt;
Door lock.jpg|رهائشي دروازي تي لڳل عام [[دروازي جو سامان]]؛ جنهن ۾ [[ليٽر باڪس]]، [[دروازي جو ٺڪاءُ]]، [[ليچ]] ۽ ٻه [[تالو|تالا]] شامل آهن.
Paris Rue de Douai5134.JPG|پيرس ۾ [[پُٽي]] هٿان جهليل [[ڪارٽوش]] سان سينگاريل دروازي جو ٺڪاءُ.
Galerie dorée071.jpg|پيرس جي [[هوٽل ڊي ٽولوز]] ۾ موجود گيلري دوري (Galerie dorée) جا آرائشي دروازي جا هٿيا.
St. Pancras Station (door &amp; hinge). Camden.JPG|لنڊن جي [[سينٽ پينڪراس ريلوي اسٽيشن]] جي دروازي جي انجيس.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

=== لاڳاپيل سامان ===

'''دروازي جو سامان'''  انهن سڀني اوزارن ۽ حصن کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪي دروازي يا ڪڏهن دراز سان لڳايا ويندا آهن ته جيئن ان جي ڪارڪردگي، حفاظت يا ظاهري خوبصورتي ۾ اضافو ٿئي. انهن ۾ [[انجيس]]، [[دروازي جو هٿيو]]، [[دروازي جو ٺڪاءُ]]، [[دروازي جو اسٽاپ]]، [[تالو]]، [[ليچ]]، [[بولٽ]]، [[دروازي جو بند ڪندڙ]] ۽ ٻيا لاڳاپيل جزا شامل آهن.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>jae4snnccky3fm6ryfyueyr869mm6q0</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401158</id>
      <parentid>401156</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T11:20:25Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401158</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="92532" sha1="aykvsgz1192gxlu0xtntgujwh40223d" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|داخل ٿيڻ ۽ ٻاهر نڪرڻ لاءِ حرڪت ڪندڙ رڪاوٽ}}

[[File:L-door.png|thumb|در جو خاڪو]]

'''در''' يا '''دروازو''' هڪ [[قبضو|قبضن]] تي لڳل يا ٻيءَ ڪنهن طريقي سان حرڪت ڪندڙ رڪاوٽ هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪنهن بند جاءِ ۾ داخل ٿيڻ (ورود) ۽ ٻاهر نڪرڻ (خروج) جي سهولت فراهم ڪري ٿو. ڀت ۾ در لاءِ ٺهيل کليل حصي کي '''درگاهه''' يا '''دروازي جو کليل حصو''' چيو ويندو آهي. در جو بنيادي مقصد رسائيءَ تي ضابطو رکندي [[سيڪيورٽي]] فراهم ڪرڻ آهي. عام طور تي اهو اهڙو پٽ يا تختو هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[عمارت]]، [[ڪمرو|ڪمري]] يا [[گاڏي]] جي دروازي جي کليل حصي ۾ فِٽ ڪيو ويندو آهي. در مختلف مواد مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن جو انتخاب انهن جي استعمال ۽ مقصد مطابق ڪيو ويندو آهي. اڪثر در [[قبضو|قبضن]] ذريعي لڳايا ويندا آهن، پر ڪي سلائيڊ ٿيڻ، فولڊ ٿيڻ يا ٻين حرڪتي طريقن سان به ڪم ڪندا آهن.

در مختلف طريقن سان کلي ۽ بند ٿي سگهن ٿا، جهڙوڪ قبضي تي ڦرڻ، فريم سان متوازي سلائيڊ ٿيڻ، فولڊ ٿيڻ يا مرڪزي محور تي ڦرڻ. انهن جو مقصد ماڻهن يا شين جي داخلا ۽ اخراج کي آسان يا محدود ڪرڻ هوندو آهي. گهڻن درن ۾ اندروني ۽ ٻاهرين پاسي جي بناوت هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي، پر ڪجهه حالتن ۾، جهڙوڪ [[گاڏي]] جي درن ۾، ٻنهي پاسن جي جوڙجڪ مختلف هوندي آهي.

گهڻن درن ۾ [[تالو]] لڳائڻ جو انتظام هوندو آهي، جنهن ذريعي صرف مجاز ماڻهو، مثال طور [[چاٻي]] استعمال ڪري، در کولي سگهندا آهن. درن تي اڪثر کڙڪائڻ لاءِ ڌاتوءَ جا [[کڙڪائندڙ (اوزار)|کڙڪائندڙ]]  (ڊور ناڪرس) يا [[در جي گهنٽي]] پڻ لڳل هوندي آهي، ته جيئن ٻاهران بيٺل ماڻهو پنهنجي موجودگيءَ جو اطلاع ڏئي سگهن. رسائي فراهم ڪرڻ کان علاوه، در خانگي زندگي (پرائيويسي) جي حفاظت، مختلف استعمال وارن حصن کي الڳ رکڻ، [[روشني]] ۽ [[هوا جي اچ وڃ]] کي ضابطو ڪرڻ، گرمي يا ٿڌ کي برقرار رکڻ، آواز کي گهٽائڻ ۽ [[باهه]] جي پکڙجڻ کي روڪڻ جهڙا اهم ڪم پڻ سرانجام ڏيندا آهن.

در صرف تعميراتي عنصر نه، پر جمالياتي، علامتي ۽ رسمن سان لاڳاپيل اهميت پڻ رکن ٿا. ڪيترين ثقافتن ۾ در جي چاٻي حاصل ڪرڻ ٻاهرئين ماڻهو کان اندروني يا بااختيار حيثيت حاصل ڪرڻ جي علامت سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڏسو، مثال طور، [[بليڪ راڊ|بليڪ راڊ جو معزز اشر]] جون درباني ذميواريون.&lt;/ref&gt; [[ادب]] ۽ [[فن]] ۾ پڻ در ۽ درگاهون تبديلي، نئين مرحلي ۾ داخل ٿيڻ يا علامتي معنيٰ جي اظهار لاءِ استعارن ۽ تمثيلن طور گهڻو استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

'''دروازو'''- انگريزي ۾: ڊور يا گيٽ . اردوءَ ۾ دروازہ:جديد دور جي عمارتن ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڪاٺ جا دروازا استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا. تاڪن جي حساب سان اھي ھڪ تاڪ وارا   ۽ ٻن تاڪن وارا ٿين ٿا..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر: سنڌي ادبي بورڊ،ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;
[[فائل:Door in Georgia.jpg|380px|thumb|جارجيا ملڪ جو دروازو]]
جاءِ اندر مختلف قسم جي ڪمرن ۾ استعمال جي نوعيت مطابق انھن جي ماپ جو تعين ڪيو وڃي ٿو. اھي اھڙي ماپ جا ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن انھن ڪمرن ۾ گھربل سامان آسانيءَ سان لنگھي سگھي. عام طرح سان غسلخانن ۽ بيت الخلاءِ اندر داخل ٿيڻ لاءِ دروازن جي ماپ 6′-4″x2′-6″  رکجي تھ بھتر آھي. ٻين ڪمرن لاءِ دروازن جي سراسري ماپ 7′-0″x3′-8″ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ ڪوشش ڪري 6′-4″x3′-0″ کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي. بھرحال دروازن جي ماپ واسطي ڪنھن بھ قسم جو پڪو پختو قائدو مڙھيل نھ آھي. ڪچيءَ طرح ۽ اندازي جي حساب سان ھيٺئين فارمولا سان دروازن جي ماپ جو تعين ڪري سگھجي ٿو.
ويڪر =(ويڪر)  اوچائي 4-(اوچائي)  فوٽ 
ڪمرن اندر دروازا ڪنڊ کان اٽڪل 6 انچن کان 9 انچن تائين پري رکجن تھ بھتر آھي، ليڪن انھن جي لڳائڻ لاءِ جديد طرز جي عمارت جي علم کي ذھن ۾ رکڻ وڌيڪ سٺو آھي.
اڄڪلھ دروازن جي چؤڪاٺن ۾ چائنٺ (سل)  نھ لڳائي ويندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ انھيءَ جي لڳائڻ سان ھڪ تھ ٿاٻي کائڻ جو تمام گھڻو انديشو رھي ٿو ۽ ٻيو تھ صفائي ڪرڻ ۾ دقت ٿئي ٿي، ليڪن ايئرڪنڊيشنڊ ڪمرن لاءِ چائنٺ لڳائڻ تمام ضروري آھي تھ جيئن تاڪن ھيٺان وٿي نہ رھي. وڏن شھرن ۾ آر-سي-سيءَ جي بوتي وارين عمارتن ۾ 4 ½ انچن جي اوساريءَ وارين ڀتين ۾ ڀت جي پوري ٿولھھ تائين ويڪرا چؤڪاٺا استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا. عام رواجي ۽ سرڪاري عمارتن ۾ چؤڪاٺن لاءِ 0′-4″x0′-3″ جي سائيز جون ڪاٺ جون پٽيون گھڙايون وينديون آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

[[فائل:Knocking at front door of The National Archives Building - 01.jpg|380px|thumb|واشنگٽن ۾ نيشنل آرڪائيوز بلڊنگ جو دروازو]]
دروازو ھڪ حرڪت وارو ڍانچو آهي جنھن ذريعي ڪنھن چوديواريءَ يا گاڏي وغيره ۾ ڪنھن جي داخلا يا روڪ کي ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪبو آهي. عام طور تي ان جو ھڪ يا ٻه [[تاڪ]] ھوندا آھن جيڪي درين يا بغير درين جي ھوندا آھن. تاڪ چاھي ھڪڙو ھجي يا ٻہ ،  [[ڇوڪاٺو|چوڪاٺي]] يا [[چونڪو|چونڪي]] سان [[انجيس|انجيسن]] جي مدد سان ڳنڍيل ھوندو/ھوندا آھن ۽ انھن کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪڙو يا ڪنڍو لڳائي استعمال ڪيو آھي جنھن ۾ تالو لڳائبو آهي. اھي ھوا ۽ روشنيءَ جي ضابطي لاءِ بہ استعمال ٿيندا آھن.
جاءِ اندر داخل ٿيڻ ۽ انھيءَ جي مختلف اندرين حصن جو پاڻ ۾ رابطو رکڻ لاءِ دروازا لڳايا ويندا آھن. موسم آھر انھن کي کولي رکڻ سان جاءِ اندر روشني وڌندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھوا جو گذر پڻ سٺيءَ طرح سان ٿيندو آھي. انھيءَ سان گڏ دروازن لڳائڻ سبب چوريءَ ٿيڻ جو انديشو گھٽ رھندو آھي ۽ گھر ۾ رھندڙ ڀاتين جي پوشيدگي (پرائيويسي)  رھندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== تاريخ ==
&lt;!-- هن حصي ۾ 1911ع جي ''Encyclopædia Britannica'' جي &quot;Door&quot; واري مقالي مان ورتل متن شامل آهي. --&gt;

قديم ترين دروازن جا ثبوت [[قديم مصر]] جي مقبرن جي ڀتين تي ٺهيل تصويرن مان ملن ٿا، جن ۾ هڪ يا ٻه تاڪن وارا دروازا ڏيکاريل آهن، جيڪي عام طور ڪاٺ جي هڪڙي ٽڪري مان ٺهيل هوندا هئا. مصري مقبرن ۾ ''ڪوڙا دروازا'' (فالس ڊورز) پڻ ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جن بابت عقيدو هو ته اهي فوت ٿيل ماڻهن جي آخرت ڏانهن وڃڻ جا علامتي دروازا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Weiss |first=Daniel |date=2022 |title=Features - Magical Mystery Door - Archaeology Magazine - November/December 2022 |url=https://archaeology.org/issues/november-december-2022/features/egypt-stela-false-door/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Archaeology Magazine |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

مصر جي انتهائي خشڪ آبهوا سبب دروازن کي وڪڙجڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ چوڪاٺن جي گهڻي ضرورت نه پوندي هئي، پر ٻين علائقن ۾ دروازن کي مضبوط رکڻ لاءِ چوڪاٺن وارو ڍانچو تيار ڪيو ويندو هو. رومي معمار ويتروويوس موجب اهڙن دروازن ۾ عمودي پٽيون (Stiles) ۽ افقي پٽيون (Rails) هونديون هيون، جڏهن ته وچ وارا پينل انهن جي نالن ۾ فٽ ڪيا ويندا هئا. عمودي پٽين مان هڪ قبضن سان ڳنڍيل ''هينگنگ اسٽائل'' ۽ ٻي ''ميٽنگ اسٽائل'' سڏبي هئي، جڏهن ته افقي حصن ۾ مٿيون، وچيون ۽ هيٺيون ريل شامل هونديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Marcus Vitruvius Pollio |url=https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Vitruvius/4*.html |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=University of Chicago}}&lt;/ref&gt;

قديم ترين دروازا ڪاٺ جا هوندا هئا. [[بائيبل]] ۾ [[حضرت سليمان]] جي مندر بابت بيان ٿيل آهي ته ان جا دروازا زيتون جي ڪاٺ مان ٺهيل، نفيس نقش نگاري سان سينگاريل ۽ سون سان مڙهيل هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Bible Project: Book of 1 Kings 6 - New American Standard Bible |url=https://www.bibleproject.com/bible/nasb/1-kings/6 |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=BibleProject |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; [[هومر]] جي تحريرن مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ان دور ۾ ڪي دروازا چاندي يا پتل سان ڍڪيل هوندا هئا. زيتون کان علاوه ايلم، ديودار، بلوط ۽ سرو جي ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ٿيندي هئي. آثار قديمه جي ماهرن سوئٽزرلينڊ جي شهر [[زيورخ]] ڀرسان پنج هزار سال پراڻا ٻه ڪاٺ جا دروازا پڻ دريافت ڪيا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://archive.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101108222716/http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/|url-status=dead|title=Swiss archaeologists find 5,000-year-old door|first=Frank|last=Jordans|date=October 20, 2010|archive-date=November 8, 2010|via=The Boston Globe}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://blog.nationalmuseum.ch/en/2019/01/close-the-door/|title=Close the door!|first=Samuel van|last=Willigen|date=January 17, 2019|website=Swiss National Museum - Swiss history blog}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{multiple image
| align=
| total_width=550
| direction=horizontal
| footer=
| image1=stone door.jpg
| caption1=هيمپي (ڀارت) ۾ پٿر جو دروازو
| image2=Door-Post Socket (4690606141).jpg
| caption2=پرسيپولس (هاڻوڪو [[ايران]]) مان دريافت ٿيل وڏي دروازي جو بنيادي ساکٽ
}}

قديم دور جا دروازا مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ لڳل محورن (Pintles) وسيلي ڦرندا هئا، جيڪي مٿئين ڪڙي (Lintel) ۽ هيٺئين چائنٺ (Sill) ۾ ٺهيل ساکٽن اندر ويهندا هئا. اهي ساکٽ گهڻو ڪري بازالٽ يا گرينائيٽ جهڙي سخت پٿر مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا. [[نپپور]] مان 2000 ق.م. جا دريافت ٿيل اهڙا ساکٽ ڊوليرائيٽ پٿر جا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=The Museum Journal {{!}} Two Door Sockets of the Kings of Ur |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/journal/1211/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=The Museum Journal |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[بلاوات]] جي دروازن جا محور ڪانسي سان ڍڪيل هئا، جيڪي اڄ [[برٽش ميوزيم]] ۾ محفوظ آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Assyrian sculpture and Balawat Gates |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/galleries/assyrian-sculpture-and-balawat-gates |access-date=2025-04-05 |website=British Museum}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهي ٻه تاڪن وارا دروازا هئا، جن مان هر تاڪ لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|2.54|m|in|abbr=on}} ويڪرو ۽ {{convert|8.2|m|ft|abbr=on}} اوچو هو. انهن کي {{convert|25.4|cm|in|abbr=on}} ويڪريون ڪانسي جون پٽيون لڳل هيون، جن تي ابھريل نقاشي ڪئي وئي هئي. ڪاٺ جا دروازا لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|7.62|cm|in|abbr=on}} ٿلها هئا، جڏهن ته قبضي واري عمودي پٽي جو قطر {{convert|360|mm|in}} کان وڌيڪ هو. مختلف ماپن جي ٻين ڪانسي جي ڍڪڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ڪاٺ جي محورن کي ڌاتو سان محفوظ ڪرڻ ان دور ۾ عام رواج هو.

شام جي [[حوران]] علائقي ۾، جتي ڪاٺ جي کوٽ هئي، اتي دروازا پٿر مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/W_1864-0301-1 |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=British Museum}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن مان {{convert|1.63|by|0.79|m|in|abbr=on}} ماپ وارو هڪ پٿريلو دروازو [[برٽش ميوزيم]] ۾ محفوظ آهي، جنهن جي وچ واري ڪنڊ مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته اهو ٻه تاڪي دروازي جو هڪ حصو هو. شام جي شهر بُصرى ويجهو ڪُفَير ۾ سياح برڪهارٽ کي {{convert|2.74|to|3.048|m|ft|abbr=on}} اوچا پٿريلا دروازا مليا، جيڪي قديم شهر جي داخلي دروازن طور استعمال ٿيندا هئا. [[ايٽروريا]] ۾ پڻ پٿر جي دروازن جا ڪيترائي مثال ملن ٿا.

[[File:Plaster cast of folding doors, Pompeii.jpg|thumb|left|upright|[[پومپيئي]] ۾ پهرين صدي عيسويءَ جا [[قديم روم]] جا فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازا، جيڪي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي نوڪلاسيڪي دروازن سان مشابهت رکن ٿا.]]

قديم [[يونان]] ۽ [[قديم روم]] ۾ هڪ تاڪي، ٻه تاڪي، ٽي تاڪي، سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ ۽ فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازن جا تاڪ قبضن سان پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا ۽ کلي پوئتي ويڙهجي ويندا هئا. [[اگريجينٽم]] ۾ ٿيرون جي مقبري تي پٿر ۾ تراشيل هڪ چار پينلن وارو دروازو موجود آهي. [[بلنڊيل مجموعو|بلنڊيل مجموعي]] (Blundell) ۾ محفوظ هڪ بيس رليف تي مندر جو ٻه تاڪي دروازو ڏيکاريل آهي، جنهن جي هر تاڪ ۾ پنج پينل آهن.

قديم رومي ڌاتوڪاريءَ جا بهترين مثال روم جي [[چرچ آف ايس ايس ڪوزماس ۽ ڊيمين]] جا ڪانسي جا دروازا آهن. اهي ٻه تاڪي آهن، هر تاڪ ۾ ٻه پينل آهن ۽ سڄو چوڪاٺو پڻ ڪانسي جو ٺهيل آهي. [[پينٿيون, روم|پينٿيون]] جا ڪانسي جا دروازا به ساڳئي طرز جا آهن، جن ۾ مٿئين، وچئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ اضافي افقي پينل موجود آهن. رومي دور جا ٻه ٻيا اهم ڪانسي جا دروازا [[ليٽران بيسيليڪا]] ۾ موجود آهن.

يوناني عالم [[اسڪندريه جو ھيرون ]] پهرين صدي عيسويءَ ۾، جڏهن [[رومي مصر]] قائم هو، دنيا جو سڀ کان پراڻو سڃاتل خودڪار دروازو تيار ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;needham volume 4 part 2 162&quot;&gt;{{Cite book|editor-last=Needham |editor-first=Joseph |year=1986 |title=Science and Civilization in China: Mechanical Engineering |volume=IV:2 |publisher=Cambridge University Press |page=162 |orig-year=1965 |editor-last2=Wang |editor-first2=Ling |isbn=0-521-05803-1 |ol=7716140M}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ چين ۾ [[سئي خاندان جو شهنشاهه يانگ]] (604–618ع) جي دور حڪومت ۾ شاهي لائبريري لاءِ پيرن جي حرڪت سان کلندڙ خودڪار دروازو تيار ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;needham volume 4 part 2 162&quot; /&gt; عرب موجد [[الجزري]] پڻ پاڻيءَ جي طاقت سان هلندڙ خودڪار دروازن جا نقشا ۽ وضاحتون پيش ڪيون.&lt;ref&gt;Howard R. Turner (1997), ''Science in Medieval Islam: An Illustrated Introduction'', p. 181, [[University of Texas Press]], {{ISBN|0-292-78149-0}}.&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|journal=Archivio Italiano di Urologia e Andrologia |title=Primitive robotic procedures: Automotions for medical liquids in 12th century Asia minor|year=2014 |doi=10.4081/aiua.2014.4.300|last1=Penbegul |first1=Necmettin |last2=Atar |first2=Murat |last3=Kendirci |first3=Muammer |last4=Bozkurt |first4=Yasar |last5=Hatipoglu |first5=Namık Kemal |last6=Verit |first6=Ayhan |last7=Kadıoglu |first7=Ates |volume=86 |issue=4 |pages=300–303 |pmid=25641458 |doi-access=free }}&lt;/ref&gt;

وچئين دور ۾ [[ٽامو]] ۽ ان جون مصرعون تعميراتي فن ۾ اهم حيثيت رکنديون هيون. [[بيت لحم]] جي [[چرچ آف دي نيٽوٽي]] (ڇهين صدي) جا دروازا ڪانسي جي نقشدار پٽن سان ڍڪيل آهن. [[ھاگيا صوفيه]]، [[قسطنطنيه]] جا اٺين ۽ نائين صديءَ جا دروازا به ڪانسي جا آهن، جڏهن ته [[آڪس-لا-شاپيل]] جي گرجاگھر جا نائين صديءَ جا ڪانسي جا دروازا غالباً قسطنطنيه مان آندا ويا هئا، جيئن [[سينٽ مارڪس بيسيليڪا]]، وينس جا ڪجهه دروازا پڻ. جرمنيءَ جي آڪسن گرجاگھر جا ڪانسي جا دروازا لڳ ڀڳ 800ع جا آهن. [[فلورينس]] جي ڪئٿڊرل جي بپتسما گاهه جا ڪانسي جا دروازا 1423ع ۾ [[گيبرتي]] مڪمل ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;Architecture, European Copper Institute; {{cite web |url=http://eurocopper.org/copper/copper-architecture.html |title=Find out how useful copper is to design and architecture! |access-date=2012-09-12 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20121009005711/http://eurocopper.org/copper/copper-architecture.html |archive-date=2012-10-09 }}&lt;/ref&gt; {{crossreference|(ڏسو پڻ: [[Copper in architecture]].)}}

[[File:Tür, Villa Boscoreale.jpg|left|thumb|upright|پهرين صدي عيسويءَ جي [[قديم روم]] جي ڀت تي ٺهيل رنگين تصوير، جنهن ۾ نفيس سينگاريل دروازو ڏيکاريل آهي.]]

يارهين ۽ ٻارهين صديءَ جا ڪانسي جا ڪيترائي تاريخي دروازا اڄ به موجود آهن. انهن مان سڀ کان پراڻو جرمنيءَ جي [[هلڊسهايم]] وارو دروازو (1015ع) آهي. هلڊسهايم جي هن طرز بعد ۾ پولينڊ جي [[گنيزنو دروازن]] جي جوڙجڪ تي به اثر وڌو. ڏکڻ اٽلي ۽ سسلي جا ٻيا اهم مثال هي آهن: [[سينٽ اينڊريا، امالفي]] (1060ع)، [[ساليرنو]] (1099ع)، [[ڪانوسا دي پوليا]] (1111ع)، [[ٽروا]] جا ٻه دروازا (1119ع ۽ 1124ع)، [[راويلو]] (1179ع)، جيڪي ٽراني جي باريسانو ٺاهيا، جنهن [[ٽراني گرجاگھر]] جا دروازا پڻ تيار ڪيا؛ جڏهن ته [[مونريالي]] ۽ [[پيسا گرجاگھر]] جا دروازا [[پيسا جي بونانو]] جا ٺاهيل آهن.

انهن سڀني دروازن ۾ قبضي واري عمودي پٽي جا محور مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ هوندا هئا. تعميراتي ماهرن کي صحيح طرح معلوم نه آهي ته روايتي محوري نظام کان قبضن (ھنجز) ڏانهن تبديلي ڪڏهن آئي، پر ان تبديليءَ سان دروازن کي مضبوط ڪرڻ ۽ سينگارڻ جو نئون طريقو رائج ٿيو. ان لاءِ مختلف نمونن جون ٺڪيل لوهي پٽيون استعمال ٿينديون هيون، جيڪي قبضن جو ڪم به ڏينديون هيون. عام طور ٽي سينگاريل پٽيون دروازي سان لڳل هونديون هيون، جڏهن ته انهن سان گڏ لوهي ڪڙا عمودي محورن تي چڙهندا هئا، جيڪي پٿر يا ڪاٺ جي چوڪاٺ ۾ لڳل هوندا هئا. اهڙي نموني جو ٻارهين صديءَ جو هڪ ابتدائي مثال [[لنڪن ڪئٿڊرل]] ۾ موجود آهي. فرانس ۾ [[نوٽر ڊيم، پيرس]] جي دروازن جو ڌاتوءَ وارو ڪم هن فن جو هڪ شاندار نمونو آهي، جڏهن ته فرانس ۽ انگلينڊ ۾ به اهڙا ڪيترائي مثال موجود آهن.

اٽلي ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ مشهور دروازن ۾ [[فلورنس جي سينٽ جيوواني بپتسما گهر]] جا دروازا شامل آهن، جيڪي مڪمل طور ڪانسي جا ٺهيل آهن، جن ۾ [[دروازي جو چوڪاٺو]] پڻ ڪانسي جو آهي. ڏاکڻي دروازي تي موجود انساني شڪلين، پکين ۽ ٻوٽن جي نفيس نقش نگاري [[ايندريا پيزانو]] 1330ع ۾ تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته اوڀر وارو دروازو [[گيبرتي]] 1425ع کان 1452ع جي وچ ۾ ٺاهيو، جيڪو پنهنجي فني حسن سبب تمام گهڻو مشهور آهي. اترئين دروازي (1402ع–1424ع) ۾ گيبرتي، ايندريا پيزانو جي ساڳي پينلن ۽ تصويري ترتيب واري طرز کي اختيار ڪيو، پر اوڀرئين دروازي ۾ مستطيل پينلن کي ابھريل نقش نگاري (Bas-relief) سان سينگاريو ويو، جن ۾ مقدس صحيفن جا منظر ۽ بيشمار انساني شڪلون ڏيکاريل آهن. انهن دروازن کي ئي اهو مشهور لقب ''جنت جا دروازا'' ڏنو ويو، جنهن جو ذڪر [[مائيڪل اينجلو]] پڻ ڪيو.

[[قاهره]] جي مسجدن جا دروازا بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا هئا. هڪ قسم ۾ دروازن تي ڪانسي يا لوهه جون چادرون چاڙهي انهن تي نفيس نقش نگاري يا اُڀريل سينگار ڪيو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته ٻئي قسم جا دروازا ڪاٺ جي فريم سان ٺهيل هوندا هئا، جن تي چورس ۽ هيرن جهڙن پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيل نمونن جي سينگار هوندي هئي. هن ٻئي طرز جي شروعات [[قبطي]] فن تعمير مان ٿي. [[پالرمو]] جي محل جا دروازا، جيڪي نارمن حڪمرانن لاءِ ساراسين ڪاريگرن تيار ڪيا، اڄ به بهترين حالت ۾ محفوظ آهن. اهڙي ئي سينگار واري طرز جا دروازا [[ويرونا]] ۾ پڻ ملن ٿا، جتي دروازن جي عمودي ۽ افقي ڪاٺين جا ڪنارا ترڇا ۽ ڪَٽيل نموني سان تيار ڪيا ويا آهن.

[[فائل:Дом компании Зингер, Россия, Санкт-Петербург.JPG|thumb|upright|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جي عنصرن سان سينگاريل شيشي جو دروازو، [[سنگر هائوس]]، [[سينٽ پيٽرسبرگ]]، روس]]

نشاةِ ثانيه جي دور ۾ اٽلي جا دروازا نسبتاً سادا رکيا ويندا هئا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اتي جي معمارن وڌيڪ توجهه دروازن جي چوڌاري ٺهيل داخلي بناوت (Doorway) تي ڏيندا هئا. ان جي ابتڙ، فرانس ۽ جرمني ۾ دروازن کي نهايت نفاست سان اُڪيريو ويندو هو، خاص طور [[لوئي چوڏهون طرز]] ۽ [[لوئي پندرهون طرز]] جي دور ۾. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن انهن ۾ ٿنڀا، ڇَجا، ٽڪنڊا محراب (Pediment) ۽ طاقون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون هيون، جڏهن ته چوڌاري ڀت سادي معمارِي واري هوندي هئي. اٽلي ۾ دروازن جي وڏائي وڌائڻ لاءِ پينلن جو تعداد وڌايو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته فرانس ۾ ان جي ابتڙ نسبتاً گهٽ پينلن کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي هئي. [[فونتين بلو]] جي محل جو هڪ وڏو ٻه-تاڪي دروازو اهڙي نموني ٺاهيو ويو آهي، جو ڏسڻ ۾ ڄڻ هڪ ئي وڏي پينل مان ٺهيل هجي.

فرانس ۾ نشاةِ ثانيه جي سڀ کان قديم دروازن مان هڪ [[سينٽ سووير گرجاگھر، ايڪس-آن-پرووانس]] (1503ع) جو دروازو آهي. ان جي هيٺين پينلن ۾ [[گوٿڪ فن تعمير|گوٿڪ]] طرز جي طاقن اندر لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|3|ft|m|abbr=on}} اوچيون انساني شڪلون اُڪيريل آهن، جڏهن ته مٿين پينلن ۾ لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|2|ft|m|abbr=on}} اوچين شڪلين سان ٻٽي قطار وارا طاق ۽ انهن مٿان ڇپر نما سينگار موجود آهي. اهي سڀ نقش [[ديودار]] جي ڪاٺ تي اُڪيريا ويا آهن. [[بووي گرجاگھر]] جو ڏاکڻو دروازو ڪيترن ئي لحاظ کان فرانس جي بهترين دروازن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، جتي مٿين پينلن تي ابھريل نقش نگاري سان مذهبي منظر ۽ ڇپر نما سينگار ٺاهيا ويا آهن. [[جيزور]] جي گرجاگھر (1575ع) جا دروازا پڻ طاقن اندر انساني شڪلين سان سينگاريل آهن، جيڪي طبقاتي ٿنڀن سان هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيا ويا آهن. [[روئن]] جي [[سينٽ ميڪلو]] گرجاگھر ۾ ٽي نهايت خوبصورت اُڪيريل دروازا آهن؛ انهن مان [[ژان گوجون]] جا تيار ڪيل دروازا ٻنهي پاسن تي طاقن اندر شڪلين ۽ وچ ۾ نفيس مجسماڪاريءَ سبب خاص شهرت رکن ٿا. لڳ ڀڳ چاليهه کان پنجاهه سال پوءِ ٺاهيل ٻين دروازن کي ابھريل نقش نگاري، قدرتي منظرن، انساني شڪلين ۽ پيچيده آرائشي بارڊرن سان سينگاريو ويو.

[[ناسا]] جي [[گاڏين جي اسيمبلي عمارت]]، جيڪا [[ڪينيڊي خلائي مرڪز]] ۾ واقع آهي، دنيا جا چار سڀ کان وڏا دروازا رکي ٿي. هيءَ عمارت شروعات ۾ [[اپولو پروگرام|اپولو]] مشنن لاءِ [[سيٽرن پنجون]] راڪيٽن جي اسيمبلي لاءِ تعمير ڪئي وئي هئي، ۽ بعد ۾ [[خلائي شٽل]] پروگرام جي سهائتا لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي رهي. انهن چئن مان هر هڪ دروازي جي اوچائي {{convert|139|m|ft|abbr=off|sp=us}} آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.nasa.gov/centers/kennedy/pdf/718659main_VAB.pdf|title=Vehicle Assembly Building Fact Sheet|website=NASA|access-date=2016-06-03|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20161011224909/https://www.nasa.gov/centers/kennedy/pdf/718659main_VAB.pdf|archive-date=2016-10-11}}&lt;/ref&gt;

انگلينڊ جو سڀ کان قديم محفوظ دروازو [[ويسٽمنسٽر ائبي]] ۾ موجود آهي، جيڪو 1050ع جو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite news |url=https://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/uk_news/4743899.stm |work=BBC News |title=Abbey oak door 'Britain's oldest' |date=2005-08-03 |access-date=2010-05-01 |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20060620190404/http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/uk/4743899.stm |archive-date=2006-06-20}}&lt;/ref&gt; سترهين صديءَ ۾ انگلينڊ ۾ دروازن جي پينلن کي ابھريل [[بوليڪشن]] يا ٻاهر نڪتل سينگاريل ڍانچن سان سينگاريو ويندو هو، جن تي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن نهايت نفيس اُڪير به ڪئي ويندي هئي. ارڙهين صديءَ ۾ دروازن جي [[سينگاريل قالب]]، جيڪي [[عمودي ڪاٺي]] ۽ [[فريم ۽ پينل]] تي ٺهندا هئا، تن کي [[ايگ اينڊ ڊارٽ]] نموني جي [[معماري سينگار]] سان اُڪيريو ويندو هو.

&lt;gallery widths=&quot;170&quot; heights=&quot;200&quot; mode=&quot;packed&quot; caption=&quot;دروازن جي مختصر بصري تاريخ&quot;&gt;
File:Fragment from a tomb door MET 23.3.174f-emf.jpg|[[قديم مصري فن تعمير|قديم مصري]] مقبري جي دروازي جو ٽڪرو، لڳ ڀڳ 2150–1981 ق.م، [[ميٽروپوليٽن عجائب گهر]]، [[نيويارڪ شهر]]
File:The Hercules Sarcophagus depicting the Twelve Labors of Hercules, 150-160 AD, Kayseri Archaeological Museum, Turkey (26261172056) (lighter version).jpg|[[قديم يوناني فن تعمير|قديم يوناني]] طرز جو دروازو، هرڪيولس جي تابوت تي اُڪريل، [[قيصريه آثار قديمه عجائب گهر]]، [[قيصريه]]، [[ترڪي]]
File:Bronze door, Basilica di San Giovanni, 2013.jpg|[[قديم رومي فن تعمير|قديم رومي]] ڪانسي جا دروازا، [[ڪوريا جوليا]]، جيڪي هاڻي [[سينٽ جان ليٽران بيسليڪا]]، [[روم]] ۾ موجود آهن
File:Gate, ash-Shibak Fort, Ibra (North ash-Sharqiyah Governorate) Origin- Surat, India (Mughal Empire) Teak wood and brass.jpg|[[هندستاني فن تعمير|هندستاني]] [[مغل فن تعمير|مغل]] دور جو ساڳوان ۽ پتل جو دروازو
File:Tenghua Jiuguan 21 2015-04.JPG|روايتي [[چيني فن تعمير|چيني]] فولڊنگ دروازا، [[قديم وسٽيريا عجائب گهر]]، [[چانگجو]]، [[چين]]
File:Lateral door church Theotokos Gorgoepikoos Athens, Greece.jpg|[[بازنطيني فن تعمير|بازنطيني]] دروازو، [[ننڍي ميٽروپولس]]، [[اٿينس]]، [[يونان]]
File:Door in Morocco, 2010.jpg|[[اسلامي فن تعمير|اسلامي]] طرز جو دروازو، [[اسلامي هندسي نمونا]] سان سينگاريل، [[مراڪش]]
File:'Berfrestone' (DB) door and tympanum arch St Nicholas Church Barfrestone Kent England 1.jpg|[[رومانسڪ فن تعمير|رومانسڪ]] طرز جو دروازو، [[سينٽ نڪولس گرجاگهر]]، [[بارفريسٽون]]، [[ڪينٽ]]، [[انگلينڊ]]
File:Doorway detail, St Magnus Cathedral, Kirkwall, Orkney.jpg|[[گوٿڪ فن تعمير|گوٿڪ]] دروازو، [[سينٽ ميگنس گرجاگهر]]، [[ڪرڪوال]]، [[اسڪاٽلينڊ]]
File:Iconography - Saint Basil's Cathedral (19970306871).jpg|[[روسي فن تعمير|روسي]] دروازو، [[سينٽ بيسل گرجاگهر]]، [[ماسڪو]]
File:The entrance of the Antim Monastery Church.jpg|[[برانڪووينيسڪ طرز]] جو دروازو، [[انتيم خانقاه]]، [[بخاريسٽ]]، [[رومانيا]]، جنهن جي مٿان [[پسانيه]] لکيل آهي
File:Gdańsk (158).JPG|[[نشاة ثانيه فن تعمير|نشاة ثانيه]] طرز جو دروازو، [[گدانسڪ]]، [[پولينڊ]]
File:Chateau de Versailles Vestibule Haut 11 (lighter and fixed angles).jpg|[[باروڪ]] طرز جو دروازو، [[ورسائي محل]]، [[ورسائي]]، [[فرانس]]
File:Porte rue Monsieur-le-Prince Paris.jpg|[[روڪوڪو]] طرز جو دروازو، رو مونسيو لي پرنس، [[پيرس]]
File:P1210063 Paris III rue des Francs-Bourgeois n26 rwk.jpg|[[لوئي سورهون طرز]] جو دروازو، [[هوٽل مورتيي دي ساندرويل]]، رو دي فران بورجوا، [[پيرس]]
File:Pierre Rousseau - Double-Leaf Doors - 1942.2.12 - Cleveland Museum of Art.tif|[[نوڪلاسيڪي فن تعمير|نوڪلاسيڪي]] رنگيل ٻٽو دروازو (1790ع واري ڏهاڪي)، [[پيئر روسو]]، [[ڪليولينڊ آرٽ ميوزيم]]، [[آمريڪا]]
File:Brooklyn Museum 1994.92 Door with Lock (2).jpg|[[اولهه آفريڪا|اولهه آفريڪي]] تالي وارو ڪاٺ ۽ لوهه جو دروازو، اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر يا ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات، [[برڪينا فاسو]]، [[بروڪلن ميوزيم]]، [[نيويارڪ شهر]]
File:Zespół klasztoru Gandan (39).jpg|[[گاندانتيگچنلين خانقاه]]، [[منگوليا]] جو سينگاريل دروازو
File:P1250574 Paris V rue Malebranche n3 porte gothique bis encours.jpg|[[گوٿڪ احيا فن تعمير|گوٿڪ احيا]] طرز جو دروازو، رو مالبرانش، [[پيرس]]
File:Egyptian Revival mausoleum, Forest Home Cemetery.jpg|[[مصري احيا فن تعمير|مصري احيا]] طرز جي مقبري جو دروازو، فاريسٽ هوم قبرستان، [[وسڪانسن]]، [[آمريڪا]]
File:Armoiries de lIrlande à lambassade dIrlande à Paris.jpg|[[روڪوڪو احيا]] طرز جو دروازو، [[هوٽل دي بريتوي]]، [[پيرس]]
File:3-5, Strada Icoanei, Bucharest (Romania) 1.jpg|[[رومانوي احيا فن تعمير|رومانوي احيا]] طرز جو دروازو، [[شڪوالا سينٽرالا نيشنل ڪاليج]]، [[بخاريسٽ]]
File:Paris Porte cochère rue La Bruyère 2012.jpg|اوڻيهين صديءَ جو [[انتخابي فن تعمير|انتخابي]] ڪلاسيڪي طرز جو دروازو، رو لا بروئير، [[پيرس]]
File:Entrance of the George Enescu Museum.jpg|[[بيو آرٽس فن تعمير|بيو آرٽس]] طرز جو دروازو، [[ڪانتاڪوزينو محل]]، [[بخاريسٽ]]
File:Porte et marquise CCI Nancy.jpg|[[آرٽ نووو]] ڌاتو ۽ شيشي جو دروازو، [[نانسي]]، [[فرانس]]، مٿان وڏي شفاف [[ڇڄ]] سان
File:49-53, Calea Victoriei, Bucharest (Romania) 10.jpg|[[سادو ڪلاسيڪي فن تعمير|سادو ڪلاسيڪي]] طرز جو دروازو، [[بخاريسٽ شاهي محل]]، جيڪو هاڻي [[رومانيا جو قومي عجائب گهر براءِ فنون]] آهي
File:La Maison Bleue, porte d'entrée - Angers - 20110119.jpg|[[آرٽ ڊيڪو]] طرز جو دروازو، [[انجيه]]، [[فرانس]]
File:Fischerkirche (main door), Born a. Darß.jpg|ڪاٺ جو گرجاگهر جو دروازو، [[بورن آف ڊارس]]، [[جرمني]]
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== بناوت ۽ طرزون ==
[[فائل:Florença - Portões do Paraíso (146).jpg|thumb|upright|[[فلورنس بپتسما گهر]] جو دروازو، جنهن کي ''جنت جا دروازا'' چيو وڃي ٿو، 1425ع–1452ع، سونهري ڪانسي جو ٺهيل، اوچائي: 5.2 ميٽر]]
[[فائل:Kunsthistorisches Museum entrance.jpg|thumb|upright|[[ڪنسٽ هسٽوريشيز ميوزيم]] ([[ويانا]]، [[آسٽريا]]) جو داخلا دروازو]]

دروازن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جيڪي مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن:

* سڀ کان عام قسم '''هڪ تاڪي وارو دروازو''' آهي، جيڪو هڪ مضبوط تاڪي تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي ۽ پوري دروازي جي کليل حصي کي ڍڪي ڇڏيندو آهي. هن بنيادي جوڙجڪ جون ڪيترائي صورتون آهن، جهڙوڪ '''ٻه تاڪي وارو دروازو''' يا '''ٻٽو دروازو'''.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=External Single Door, Fully Glazed Leaf {{!}} NBS {{!}} BIM Library |url=https://source.thenbs.com/en/product/external-single-door-fully-glazed-leaf/7dHSpVWugYzrD2KEV7Zn74/wCWU2QXh2M5kYY78qJaQAo |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=source.thenbs.com |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''اڌ دروازو''' يا '''[[ڊچ دروازو]]''' يا '''اصطبل وارو دروازو''' افقي رخ ۾ ٻن حصن ۾ ورهايل هوندو آهي. هن قسم جو دروازو رهائشي گهرن ۾ به اختيار ڪيو ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Ray |first=Emily |date=2025-07-14 |title=Here's Why A Dutch Door Makes An Entryway More Beautiful &amp; Functional |url=https://www.housedigest.com/1908450/dutch-door-entryway-benefits/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=House Digest |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''[[سيلون]] جا دروازا''' هلڪا جهولندڙ ٻن تاڪن وارا دروازا هوندا آهن، جيڪي عام طور عوامي شراب خانن ۾ ملندا آهن ۽ خاص طور آمريڪي اولهه سان لاڳاپيل سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Martin |first=Hannah |date=2022-09-01 |title=Are Saloon Doors About to Have a Moment? |url=https://www.architecturaldigest.com/story/are-saloon-doors-about-to-have-a-moment |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Architectural Digest |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Hart |first=Morgan |date=2025-04-21 |title=Giddy Up: Western-Themed Bars in Utah • Salt Lake Magazine |url=https://saltlakemagazine.com/western-bars-utah/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Salt Lake Magazine |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''لڪل دروازو''' (انگريزي:بلائينڊ ڊور، گب ڊور يا جب ڊور) اهڙو دروازو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ٻاهران ڪا به چؤڪاٺ، هينڊل يا هلندڙ حصو ظاهر نه هوندو آهي. اهو ڀر واري ڀت سان اهڙي نموني ملي ويندو آهي، جو ڀت جو حصو ئي محسوس ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Nicholson |first=Peter |title=The New and Improved Practical Builder |location=London |publisher=Thomas Kelly|date=1841 |pages=97–98}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''فرانسيسي دروازو''' ساڳي نموني اندر يا ٻاهر کلي ٿو جيئن '''[[فرانسيسي دريون]]'''. اهو پاسي کان انجيسن تي لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ وچ ۾ ڪا عمودي ورهاست نه هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=2024-06-13 |title=What Are French Windows and Doors? |url=https://www.lomaxwood.co.uk/news/what-are-french-windows-and-doors/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Lomax &amp; Wood |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''[[جهروڪيدار دروازو]]''' ۾ ڪاٺ جون مقرر يا هلندڙ پٽيون (جن کي [[جهروڪي]] پڻ چيو وڃي ٿو) لڳل هونديون آهن، جيڪي هوا جي اچ وڃ کي ممڪن بڻائينديون آهن، پر اندر جي نجي ماحول کي برقرار رکندي روشنيءَ جي سڌي گذر کي روڪينديون آهن. اهڙا دروازا نسبتاً ڪمزور هوندا آهن، تنهن ڪري گهڻو ڪري [[ڪپڙن جي الماري|المارين]] ۽ ڪپڙا سڪائڻ وارن ڪمرن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي حفاظت کان وڌيڪ هوا جي اچ وڃ اهم هوندي آهي. ساڳئي قسم جي جوڙجڪ [[دريءَ جا پردا]] ٺاهڻ لاءِ به استعمال ٿيندي آهي. 1929ع ۾ [[سيگيٽ]]، [[فلوريڊا]] ۾ گوينڊولين ۽ پاول ڪراسلي جي تعمير ڪرايل گهر ۾ ٻه جهروڪيدار دروازا لڳايا ويا، جيڪي هوا جي مناسب گردش سان گڏ اهڙي نجيت فراهم ڪندا هئا، جو ڪنهن به رخ کان اندر ڏسڻ ممڪن نه هوندو هو.

* '''مرڪب دروازو''' هڪ تاڪي وارو دروازو هوندو آهي، جيڪو مڪمل مضبوط يا شيشي سان ٺهيل ٿي سگهي ٿو ۽ عام طور تي اندر اعليٰ ڪثافت واري فوم سان ڀريل هوندو آهي. برطانيا ۾ اهڙن دروازن کي عام طور BS PAS 23/24 معيار موجب تصديق ٿيل هوندو آهي ۽ ''سڪيوئرڊ باء ڊزائين'' جي حفاظتي معيارن سان مطابقت رکندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://thecrimepreventionwebsite.com/pas-242012-enhanced-security-doorsets/573/what-does-certificated-to-pas-24-actually-mean/|title=What does 'certificated' to PAS 24 actually mean?|work=thecrimepreventionwebsite.com|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140125223650/http://thecrimepreventionwebsite.com/pas-242012-enhanced-security-doorsets/573/what-does-certificated-to-pas-24-actually-mean|archive-date=2014-01-25}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Doors and Locks |url=https://www.securedbydesign.com/guidance/standards-explained#doors-and-locks |website=Secured by Design |publisher=Police Crime Prevention Initiative |access-date=29 October 2019}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''فولادي حفاظتي دروازو''' مضبوط فولاد مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ گهڻو ڪري [[بئنڪ خزانو|خزانن]] ۽ [[محفوظ ڪمرو|محفوظ ڪمرن]] ۾ حملي جي مزاحمت لاءِ لڳايو ويندو آهي. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن انهن جي ٻاهرين سطح تي ڪاٺ جا پينل پڻ لڳايا ويندا آهن ته جيئن عام دروازن جهڙا نظر اچن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://henleyssecuritydoors.co.uk/|title=Henleys Security Doors|website=Henleys Security Doors|access-date=25 May 2016|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160530035319/http://henleyssecuritydoors.co.uk/|archive-date=30 May 2016}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''هموار دروازو''' مڪمل طور تي سڌي ۽ هموار سطح وارو هوندو آهي. ان ۾ هلڪي ڪاٺ جي فريم تي [[پلائيووڊ]] يا [[وچولي ڪثافت وارو فائبر بورڊ]] لڳايو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته اندر جا خالي حصا گهڻو ڪري گتي جي مواد سان ڀريا ويندا آهن. ٻاهرين سطح سخت فائبر بورڊ مان پڻ ٺهي سگهي ٿي، جنهن جو مشهور نالو [[ميسونائيٽ]] آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Masonite International Corporation |url=https://visitjones.com/historic_locations/masonite-international-corporation/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Visit Laurel &amp; Jones County |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''ڍانچي وارو دروازو''' جو اندروني ڍانچو هموار دروازي جهڙو هوندو آهي، پر ان جي ٻاهرئين سطح ٺهيل نمونيدار MDF يا [[ميسونائيٽ]] مان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=2020-06-17 |title=What Should I Go For- Veneered Doors vs Moulded Doors |url=https://www.articlecube.com/what-should-i-go-veneered-doors-vs-moulded-doors |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=ArticleCube |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''تختن ۽ آڏين پٽين وارو دروازو''' ڪيترن عمودي تختن مان ٺهندو آهي، جيڪي ٻن يا وڌيڪ افقي ڪاٺين سان ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن مضبوطي لاءِ ترڇيون ڪاٺيون پڻ لڳايون وينديون آهن.

* '''[[پيادل دروازو]]''' وڏي دروازي جي اندر ٺهيل ننڍو دروازو هوندو آهي، جيڪو وڏي دروازي کي کولڻ کان سواءِ ماڻهن جي اچ وڃ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا دروازا وڏن گرجاگهرن، گيراجن يا جهازن جي هينگرن ۾ ڏسي سگهجن ٿا.

* '''ٻٽو ويڙهيندڙ دروازو''' ڪيترن حصن تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي، جيڪي ويڙهجي هڪ ٻئي سان لڳي ويندا آهن. اهي گهڻو ڪري ڪاٺ يا ايلومينيم مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن ۽ مڪمل کلي وڃڻ تي ڪمري جي ورهاڱي وانگر نظر ايندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.thedoorzone.co.uk/|title=Front Doors, Garage Doors Insights from The Door Zone|website=The Door Zone|language=en-GB|access-date=2017-05-11|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170507074631/http://www.thedoorzone.co.uk/|archive-date=2017-05-07}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=CPD 07 2025: Mastering sliding and bi-fold doors |url=https://www.housingtoday.co.uk/cpd/cpd-07-2025-mastering-sliding-and-bi-fold-doors/5136701.article |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Housing Today |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''[[سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ شيشي جو دروازو]]'''، جنهن کي ڪڏهن آرڪيڊيا يا پيٽيو دروازو پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، [[شيشو|شيشي]] مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي ۽ پاسي ڏانهن سرڪي کلي ٿو. ڪيترن قسمن ۾ ڄاري پڻ لڳل هوندي آهي.

* '''ڪوڙو دروازو''' اهڙي آرائشي بناوت هوندي آهي، جيڪا ظاهري طرح دروازي يا دريءَ جهڙي لڳندي آهي، پر حقيقت ۾ کلي نه سگهندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Digital Giza {{!}} Frequently Asked Questions |url=http://giza.fas.harvard.edu/faq/ |access-date=2025-10-15 |website=giza.fas.harvard.edu}}&lt;/ref&gt; [[قديم مصري فن تعمير]] ۾ اهو مقبرن جو عام جزو هو، جتي اهو آخرت ڏانهن ويندڙ دروازي جي علامت سمجهيو ويندو هو. اهڙي قسم جا ڪوڙا دروازا ريگستاني قبيلن جي تدفيني اڏاوتن، جهڙوڪ [[لبيا]] جي غرزا ۾ پڻ ملن ٿا.

== قسم ==

دروازن کي سندن جوڙجڪ، استعمال ۽ کلڻ جي طريقي موجب مختلف قسمن ۾ ورهايو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book
|last=انصاري
|first=ضياءُ الدين
|title=عمارت سازي
|publisher=سنڌي ادبي بورڊ
|location=ڄامشورو
|year=1990
}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== جوڙجڪ موجب قسم ===

* '''پٽين وارا دروازا''' (Ledged doors): هي سادا دروازا عمودي ڪاٺين جي پٽين (بيٽن) ۽ افقي ٽيڪن (ليجز) سان ٺهندا آهن. انهن جو استعمال گهڻو ڪري ٻهراڙي وارن علائقن ۽ عارضي عمارتن ۾ ٿيندو آهي.

* '''پٽين ۽ وترين ٽيڪن وارا دروازا''' (Ledged and braced doors): هن قسم ۾ افقي ٽيڪن سان گڏ وتريون ٽيڪون پڻ لڳايون وينديون آهن، جيڪي دروازي کي وڌيڪ مضبوطي ۽ استحڪام فراهم ڪنديون آهن.

* '''چوڪاٺ ۽ پٽين وارا دروازا''' (Ledged and framed doors): انهن ۾ پٽين سان گڏ چوڪاٺ به شامل هوندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازي جي مضبوطي ۽ خوبصورتي وڌي ويندي آهي.

* '''چوڪاٺ، پٽين ۽ وترين ٽيڪن وارا دروازا''' (Ledged, framed and braced doors): هي اڳئين قسم جو وڌيڪ مضبوط نمونو آهي، جيڪو گهڻو ڪري ٻاهرين استعمال لاءِ مناسب هوندو آهي.

* '''چوڪاٺ ۽ پينلن وارا دروازا''' (Framed and panelled doors): هي سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ دروازا آهن. چوڪاٺ جي اندر ڪاٺ يا ٻين مواد جا پينل لڳايا ويندا آهن، جن جون مختلف بناوتون ۽ ڊزائنون هونديون آهن.

* '''شيشي ۽ پينلن وارا دروازا''' (Glazed and panelled doors): انهن ۾ شيشي ۽ ڪاٺ جا پينل گڏيل نموني استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جنهن سان قدرتي روشني اندر داخل ٿيندي آهي. اهي آفيسن، اسپتالن، لائبريرين، دڪانن ۽ نمائشگاهن ۾ عام آهن.

* '''فلش دروازا''' (Flush doors): هنن جا ٻاهريان پاسا هموار هوندا آهن ۽ اندران مضبوط فريم يا سالڊ ڪور تي پلائيووڊ يا ساڳئي قسم جي چادر لڳل هوندي آهي. اهي هلڪا، پائيدار ۽ سنڀالڻ ۾ آسان هوندا آهن.

* '''ڄاريءَ وارا دروازا''' (Wire gauze doors): انهن ۾ ڌاتي ڄاري لڳل هوندي آهي، جيڪا هوا جي وهڪري کي برقرار رکندي آهي ۽ مڇرن، مکين ۽ ٻين جيتن جي داخلا روڪيندي آهي.

* '''لوور وارا دروازا''' (Louvered doors): انهن ۾ ترڇيون پٽيون لڳل هونديون آهن، جيڪي هوا جي گذر کي ممڪن بڻائينديون آهن، جڏهن ته رازداري پڻ برقرار رهندي آهي.

=== کلڻ جي طريقي موجب قسم ===

[[فائل:Types of doors.png|thumb|دروازن جي ڪم ڪندڙ طريقن جا بنيادي قسم]]

==== انجيسن وارا دروازا ====

گهڻا دروازا هڪ پاسي [[انجيس]] سان لڳل هوندا آهن، جنهن سبب اهي هڪ رخ ۾ ڦري کلندا آهن. عام طور ڦرڻ جو محور عمودي هوندو آهي، پر ڪن حالتن ۾، جهڙوڪ گيراج دروازن ۾، اهو افقي به ٿي سگهي ٿو.

* '''جهولندڙ دروازو''' (Swing door): خاص انجيسن سان لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪي ان کي اندر يا ٻاهر کلڻ ڏينديون آهن، ۽ اڪثر اسپرنگ ذريعي پاڻمرادو بند ٿي ويندو آهي.

* '''ٻنهي طرفن کلندڙ دروازو''' (Double-acting door): ٻنهي طرفن کلڻ جي صلاحيت رکي ٿو. اهڙا دروازا ريسٽورنٽن جي رڌڻ گهرن ۽ گهڻي آمدرفت وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

* '''باغيچو دروازو''' (Garden door): فرانسيسي دريءَ جهڙو هوندو آهي، پر وڌيڪ محفوظ هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ صرف هڪ تاڪ کلندو آهي.

* '''ڪنويڪشن دروازو''' (Convection door): فرش کان ڇت تائين اوچائي وارو اندريون دروازو، جيڪو گرم هوا جي گردش ۾ مددگار هوندو آهي.

==== سرڪندڙ دروازا ====

سرڪندڙ دروازا ريلن تي هڪ پاسي کان ٻئي پاسي سرڪي کلندا ۽ بند ٿيندا آهن، تنهنڪري جاءِ جي بچت ٿيندي آهي.

* '''اوورليپ سرڪندڙ دروازو''' (Bypass door): ٻه يا وڌيڪ تاڪ هڪ ٻئي جي اڳيان پٺيان سرڪندا آهن ۽ گهڻو ڪري المارين ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

* '''[[پاڪيٽ دروازو]]''' (Pocket door): ڀت جي اندر ٺهيل خالي جاءِ ۾ سرڪي ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري تنگ جڳهن لاءِ موزون هوندو آهي.

* '''سرڪندڙ شيشي جو دروازو''' (Sliding glass door): گهرن، هوٽلن ۽ واپاري عمارتن ۾، خاص طور صحن يا باغ ڏانهن داخلا لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

==== ڦرندڙ دروازا ====

* '''[[ڦرندڙ دروازو]]''' (Revolving door): مرڪزي محور جي چوڌاري ڦرندڙ ڪيترن تاڪن تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ٻنهي طرفن کان اچ وڃ کي آسان بڻائيندو آهي.

* '''مرڪزي محور وارو دروازو''' (Pivot door): انجيسن بدران مرڪزي محور تي لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪناري يا وچ تي ٿي سگهي ٿو.

==== تيز رفتار دروازا ====

'''[[تيز رفتار دروازو]]''' (High-speed door) صنعتي استعمال لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. اهو تمام تيزيءَ سان کلندو ۽ بند ٿيندو آهي ۽ ڪارخانن، صفائي وارن ڪمرن ۽ ٿڌ خانن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

==== خودڪار دروازا ====

'''[[خودڪار دروازو]]''' بجلي، چشمي يا ٻنهي جي مدد سان پاڻمرادو کلندو ۽ بند ٿيندو آهي. اهي حساس اوزارن، حرڪت معلوم ڪندڙ نظام، ريموٽ ڪنٽرول يا هٿ سان هلندڙ سوئچ ذريعي ڪم ڪندا آهن. جديد خودڪار دروازن ۾ حفاظتي حساس اوزار پڻ لڳل هوندا آهن، جيڪي ماڻهن يا شين سان ٽڪرائجڻ کان بچائيندا آهن.

==== ٻيا قسم ====

* '''مٿي کڄندڙ دروازو''' (Up-and-over door): گهڻو ڪري گيراجن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي ۽ مٿي کڄي افقي حالت ۾ بيهي رهندو آهي.

* '''[[ٽيمبور دروازو]]''' (Tambour door): سنهين افقي پٽين مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ريلن تي مٿي ۽ هيٺ ٿيندو آهي.

* '''ويڙهندڙ دروازو''' (Rolling door): فولادي پٽين مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڊرم تي ويڙهجي کلندو ۽ بند ٿيندو آهي. گيراجن، گودامن ۽ دڪانن ۾ عام آهي.

* '''ڳتجندڙ دروازو''' (Collapsible door): فولادي پٽن ۽ ڪينچي جهڙي جوڙجڪ تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي، جيڪو پاسن ڏانهن ويڙهجي کلندو ۽ بند ٿيندو آهي. مارڪيٽن، گيراجن ۽ وڏين داخلي جڳهن تي استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

== استعمال ==

[[فائل:Miersch, 17 rue Nicolas Welter-001.jpg|thumb|[[لڪسمبرگ]] ۾ هڪ دروازي جي مٿان شفاف ڇڄو]]

تعميراتي دروازن جا عام توڙي خاص مقصدن لاءِ ڪيترائي استعمال ٿيندا آهن. عام طور دروازا اندروني جڳهن، جهڙوڪ المارين، ڪمرن ۽ ٻين حصن کي هڪ ٻئي کان الڳ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيئن [[سهولت]]، [[رازداري]]، [[سلامتي]] ۽ [[تحفظ]] برقرار رهي. دروازا عمارت جي ٻاهرين حصي کان اندر داخل ٿيڻ وارن رستن کي محفوظ ڪرڻ، [[آبهوا]] جي ضابطي ۽ حفاظت لاءِ پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

دروازن جا ڪجهه خاص استعمال پڻ هي آهن:

* '''[[ڌماڪي کان بچاءُ وارو دروازو]]''' (Blast-proof door): اهڙو دروازو جيڪو عمارت يا اڏاوت ۾ داخلا مهيا ڪرڻ سان گڏ ڌماڪن جي زور کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

* '''باغيچو دروازو''' (Garden door): اهڙو دروازو جيڪو پٺئين صحن يا [[باغ]] ڏانهن کلي ٿو. هي اصطلاح خاص طور تي [[فرانسيسي دريون]] يا ٻٽي فرانسيسي دروازن (جن ۾ پينلن بدران شيشي جا خانا هوندا آهن) لاءِ، [[سرڪندڙ شيشي جو دروازو|سرڪندڙ شيشي جي دروازي]] جي بدران استعمال ٿيندو آهي. هي اصطلاح ''پيٽيو دروازن'' (Patio doors) لاءِ پڻ استعمال ٿي سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Patio Doors vs Garden Doors: What's The Difference? |url=https://www.uswindow-door.com/blog/patio-doors-vs-garden-doors-whats-the-difference |access-date=2022-09-13 |website=www.uswindow-door.com |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''لڪل دروازو''' (Jib door): اهڙو دروازو جنهن جي مٿاڇري ڀر واري ڀت جي سينگار، ڍانچي ۽ رنگ سان هم آهنگ هوندي آهي، جنهن ڪري اهو آساني سان نظر نٿو اچي. اهڙا دروازا تاريخي انگريزي گهرن ۾ گهڻو ڪري خادمن جي اچ وڃ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last1=Azzarito |first1=Amy |title=The Elements of a Home: Curious Histories behind Everyday Household Objects, from Pillows to Forks |date=17 March 2020 |publisher=Chronicle Books |isbn=978-1-4521-7902-5 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=bVPODwAAQBAJ&amp;pg=PA101 |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{rp|101}}

* '''[[پالتو جانورن جو دروازو]]''' (Pet door)، جيڪو [[ٻليءَ جو دروازو]] (Cat flap) يا ڪتي جو دروازو پڻ سڏبو آهي، دروازي ۾ ٺهيل اهڙو کلڻ وارو حصو هوندو آهي، جيڪو پالتو جانورن کي مکيه دروازو کولڻ کان سواءِ اندر اچڻ ۽ ٻاهر وڃڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. اهو رٻڙ جي هڪ سادي پردي سان ڍڪيل ٿي سگهي ٿو يا مٿئين پاسي انجيسن تي لڳل ننڍو دروازو به ٿي سگهي ٿو، جنهن کي جانور پاڻ ڌڪي کولي سگهن ٿا. پالتو جانورن جا دروازا سرڪندڙ شيشي جي دروازي ۾ مستقل يا عارضي پينل طور پڻ لڳائي سگهجن ٿا. ڪجهه دروازا هڪ طرفي هوندا آهن، جيڪي رڳو ٻاهر وڃڻ جي اجازت ڏيندا آهن، جڏهن ته جديد برقي دروازن ۾ خاص اليڪٽرانڪ سڃاڻپ وارو ٽيگ رکندڙ جانورن کي ئي اندر اچڻ جي اجازت هوندي آهي.

* '''[[ٽريپ دروازو]]''' (Trapdoor): اهڙو دروازو جيڪو [[ڇت]] يا [[فرش]] ۾ افقي رخ سان لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ گهڻو ڪري ڏاڪڻ ذريعي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

* '''پاڻيءَ وارو دروازو''' يا '''پاڻيءَ جي داخلا وارو دروازو''' (Water door): اهڙو دروازو، جهڙوڪ [[وينس]] ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ، جيڪو پاڻيءَ تي ٺهيل عمارت، مثال طور واهه جي ڪناري واري عمارت، مان سڌو پاڻي ڏانهن کلي ٿو، جتان ماڻهو پنهنجي ذاتي ٻيڙي يا [[پاڻيءَ واري ٽيڪسي]] ۾ چڙهي يا لهي سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.seevenice.it/en/doors-in-venice-among-water-art-and-architecture/|website=See Venice, Italy|title=Doors in Venice: among water, art and architecture|date=20 March 2016|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180103074300/http://www.seevenice.it/en/doors-in-venice-among-water-art-and-architecture/|archive-date=2018-01-03}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Water doors make frequent appearances in [[Donna Leon]]'s books, and in some are important plot devices, as in [[Donna Leon#Commissario Guido Brunetti novels|''Acqua Alta'' aka ''Death in High Water'' (1996) and ''Beastly Things'' (2012)]].&lt;/ref&gt;

== جوڙجڪ ۽ جزا ==

[[فائل:Door-glossary.png|thumb|پينل يا شيشي واري دروازي جا مختلف حصا]]
[[فائل:Door-midrail-detail.png|thumb|وچين ريل، لاڪ ريل ۽ گنسٽاڪ اسٽائل جي ڳانڍاپي جو نمونو]]
[[فائل:Frame-filled-door.gif|thumb|فريم ۽ ڀريل دروازو]]
[[فائل:hollow door.jpg|thumb|اندروني بناوت ڏيکارڻ لاءِ هڪ پاسي کان کليل خالي (هولو) دروازو]]

=== پينلن واري جوڙجڪ ===

پينلن وارا دروازا، جن کي '''اسٽائل ۽ ريل وارا دروازا''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، [[فريم ۽ پينل]] واري جوڙجڪ سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. يورپي معيار '''EN 12519''' انهن اصطلاحن جي وضاحت ڪري ٿو، جيڪي يورپي ملڪن ۾ سرڪاري طور استعمال ٿين ٿا. انهن جا بنيادي حصا هيٺ ڏجن ٿا:

* '''[[اسٽائل]]''' (Stiles) – اهي عمودي ڪاٺيون پٽيون هونديون آهن، جيڪي دروازي جي پوري اوچائي تائين هونديون آهن ۽ ان جا ساڄا ۽ کاٻا ڪنارا ٺاهينديون آهن. هڪ پاسي انجيسون لڳل هونديون آهن، جنهن کي ''هينگنگ اسٽائل'' چيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن⁠تہ ٻئي پاسي هٿيو، تالو، بولٽ يا ڪڙو لڳل هوندو آهي، جنهن کي ''ليچ اسٽائل'' چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''[[فريم ۽ پينل|ريلون]]''' (Rails) – اهي افقي پٽيون هونديون آهن، جيڪي مٿئين، هيٺئين ۽ ڪڏهن وچئين حصي ۾ لڳل هونديون آهن. اهي ٻنهي اسٽائلن کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍينديون آهن ۽ دروازي کي ٻن يا وڌيڪ پينلن ۾ ورهائينديون آهن. مٿئين پٽي کي ''ٽاپ ريل''، هيٺئين کي ''باٽم ريل'' يا ''ڪِڪ ريل'' چيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن⁠تہ تالي جي اوچائيءَ تي لڳل وچئين پٽي ''لاڪ ريل'' ۽ ٻين وچين پٽين کي ''ڪراس ريل'' سڏيو ويندو آهي.

* '''[[ملين]]''' (Mullions) – اهي اختياري سنهيون عمودي پٽيون هونديون آهن، جيڪي ٻن ريلن جي وچ ۾ لڳي دروازي کي وڌيڪ عمودي حصن يا پينلن ۾ ورهائينديون آهن. دروازن ۾ هي اصطلاح ڪڏهن استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر برطانيا ۽ آسٽريليا ۾ اهو گهڻو ڪري دريَن جي عمودي حصن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

* '''منٽن''' (Muntin) – اختياري عمودي پٽيون، جيڪي دروازي کي وڌيڪ ننڍن پينلن ۾ ورهائينديون آهن.

* '''پينل''' (Panels) – اهي وڏا ۽ ويڪرا تختا هوندا آهن، جيڪي اسٽائلن، ريلن ۽ ملينن جي وچ واري خالي جاءِ ڀريندا آهن. عام طور اهي ٻين حصن ۾ ٺهيل کانچن (Grooves) ۾ فٽ ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن سان دروازي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهندي آهي. پينل هموار يا اڀريل (Raised) شڪل جا ٿي سگهن ٿا. اهي مستقل طور چنبڙيل به ٿي سگهن ٿا يا هلڪي چرپر لاءِ آزاد (Floating panel) به رکيا ويندا آهن.

* '''شيشي جو پينل''' (Light) – پينل جي بدران لڳايل شيشي جو ٽڪرو، جيڪو دروازي کي دريءَ جهڙي خاصيت فراهم ڪندو آهي.

=== تختن ۽ پٽين واري جوڙجڪ ===

هي دروازن جي قديم ترين بناوتن مان هڪ آهي، جنهن کي '''ليجز ۽ بريسز وارا دروازا''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. هن جوڙجڪ ۾ بنيادي طور عمودي ڪاٺيون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن.

* '''تختا''' (Planks) – اهي عام طور 9 انچ يا ان کان وڌيڪ ويڪرا ڪاٺ جا تختا هوندا آهن، جيڪي دروازي جي پوري اوچائي تائين لڳايا ويندا آهن ۽ هڪ ٻئي سان گڏ رکي دروازي جي سموري ويڪر مڪمل ڪندا آهن.

* '''ليجز ۽ بريسز''' (Ledges and Braces) – ليجز افقي پٽيون هونديون آهن، جن تي عمودي تختا مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙيا ويندا آهن. اهي تختن کي گڏ رکڻ ۽ دروازي کي مضبوطي ڏيڻ جو ڪم ڪنديون آهن. جيڪڏهن اهي پٽيون ترڇيون لڳايون وڃن ته انهن کي '''بريسز''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪي دروازي کي وڪڙجڻ يا شڪل بگڙجڻ کان بچائينديون آهن. ڪجهه پراڻن دروازن ۾ ڪاٺين ليجز جي بدران لوهي جون پٽيون استعمال ٿينديون هيون، جيڪي انجيسن سان به ڳنڍيل هونديون هيون.

=== ليجز ۽ بريسز واري بناوت ===

هيءَ جوڙجڪ تختن ۽ پٽين واري دروازي جهڙي ئي هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ عمودي تختن کي افقي ۽ ترڇين پٽين جي مدد سان وڌيڪ مضبوط بڻايو ويندو آهي.

=== ڌڪ جي مزاحمت وارا دروازا ===

ڌڪ جي مزاحمت وارن دروازن جا اسٽائل گول ڪنارن سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن، ته جيئن ٽڪر لڳڻ وقت توانائي پکڙجي وڃي ۽ ڪنارن جي ٽٽڻ، ڇڄڻ يا ڏار پوڻ جو امڪان گهٽجي وڃي. انهن جا ڪنارا گهڻو ڪري انجنيئرڊ مواد مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهڙا دروازا اسپتالن، اسڪولن، هوٽلن ۽ ٻين گهڻي اچ وڃ وارن هنڌن لاءِ موزون هوندا آهن.

=== فريم ۽ ڀريل دروازا ===

هن قسم ۾ مضبوط ڪاٺ جو فريم تيار ڪري، ان جي هڪ پاسي زبان ۽ نالي (Tongue and Groove) واريون ڪاٺيون پٽيون لڳايون وينديون آهن. اهي گهڻو ڪري ٻاهرين استعمال لاءِ ٺاهيا ويندا آهن، جتي تختا موسم واري پاسي رکيا ويندا آهن.

=== هموار جوڙجڪ (Flushing) ===

فَلش دروازي مان مراد اهو آهي ته دروازي جي مٿاڇري ڀت جي ٻنهي پاسن سان هڪجهڙي هموار سطح تي هجي ۽ ٻاهر نڪري نظر نه اچي.

=== مولڊ ٿيل جوڙجڪ ===

* '''[[اسٽائل]] ۽ [[فريم ۽ پينل|ريلون]]''' – اهي عام پينل دروازن جي ڀيٽ ۾ نسبتاً سنهيون هونديون آهن ۽ دروازي جا ٻاهريان ڪنارا ٺاهينديون آهن.

* '''اندروني ڀرائي (Core material)''' – اهو مواد، جيڪو دروازي جي اندر ڀريو ويندو آهي ته جيئن خالي جاءِ ڀرجي، مضبوطي وڌي ۽ آواز گهٽ پيدا ٿئي.

** '''خالي ڪور''' (Hollow-core) – ان ۾ عام طور [[ڄاري]]، [[ماکيءَ جي ڇتي جهڙي ڄاري]]، ناريل ٿيل ڪارڊبورڊ، پوليسٽائرين فوم يا سنهيون ڪاٺيون پٽيون استعمال ٿينديون آهن. ڪڏهن ڪاٺ جا بلاڪ به استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهڙا دروازا گهڻو ڪري اندرين ڪمرن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web| url = https://gumroad.com/tales/p/upgrade-your-home-with-contemporary-flush-doors| url-status = dead| archive-url = https://web.archive.org/web/20200920180938/https://gumroad.com/tales/p/upgrade-your-home-with-contemporary-flush-doors| archive-date = 2020-09-20| title = Upgrade Your Home With Contemporary Flush Doors - Melissa Goodman}}&lt;/ref&gt;

*** '''لاڪ بلاڪ''' – خالي ڪور واري دروازي جي اندر تالي جي جاءِ ڀرسان لڳايل مضبوط ڪاٺ جو ٽڪرو، جنهن تي تالو ۽ ٻيو هارڊويئر محفوظ نموني لڳائي سگهجي.

** '''اسٽيو ڪور''' (Stave-core) – هن ۾ سنهيون ڪاٺيون پٽيون هڪ ٻئي مٿان ترتيب سان لڳل هونديون آهن، جنهن سان تقريباً مڪمل ڪاٺي ڀرائي حاصل ٿيندي آهي.

** '''سالڊ ڪور''' (Solid-core) – هن قسم ۾ گهٽ ڪثافت وارو [[پارٽيڪل بورڊ]] يا [[فوم]] استعمال ڪري دروازي جي سموري اندروني جاءِ ڀري ويندي آهي. اهڙا فَلش دروازا، خاص طور فوم ڪور وارا، ٻاهرين استعمال لاءِ وڌيڪ موزون هوندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي بهتر گرمي بندش ۽ وڌيڪ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندا آهن.

* '''ٻاهرين چادر''' (Skin) – دروازي جي ٻنهي پاسن تي HDF يا [[وچولي ڪثافت وارو فائبر بورڊ|MDF]] جون چادرون لڳايون وينديون آهن.

=== دروازي جي کلڻ جو رخ ===

دروازي جي کلڻ جو رخ (Door handing يا Door swing) عام طور دروازي جي ٻاهرئين يا گهٽ محفوظ پاسي کان بيهي طئي ڪيو ويندو آهي، يعني ان پاسي کان جتان چاٻي سان دروازو کوليو وڃي يا جتي کان عام طور ٻاهران اندر داخل ٿيو وڃي.

ٻاهرين دروازن ۾ کلڻ جو صحيح رخ مقرر ڪرڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ مٿيون حصو ۽ چوڪاٺو اهڙي نموني ٺاهيو ويندو آهي جو مينهن جو پاڻي اندر نه اچي ۽ آسانيءَ سان وهي وڃي. جيڪڏهن دروازي جو رخ غلط چونڊيو وڃي ته دروازو صحيح نموني بند نه ٿيندو، چوڪاٺ سان ٽڪرائجي سگهي ٿو يا پاڻي اندر داخل ٿي سگهي ٿو. اتر آمريڪا ۾ گهڻا دروازا اڳواٽ انجيسن سميت چوڪاٺ ۾ لڳل صورت ۾ تيار ٿيندا آهن.

جيڪڏهن ٻاهران بيهڻ وقت انجيسون ساڄي پاسي هجن ته اهو '''ساڄي هٿ وارو دروازو'''، ۽ جيڪڏهن کاٻي پاسي هجن ته '''کاٻي هٿ وارو دروازو''' سڏبو آهي. جيڪڏهن دروازو اوهان ڏانهن کلي ته ان کي '''ريورس سوئنگ''' ۽ جيڪڏهن اوهان کان پري کلي ته '''عام سوئنگ''' چيو ويندو آهي.

=== بنيادي مواد ===

اڄڪلهه ٻاهرين دروازن جي سڃاڻپ گهڻو ڪري انهن جي تياري ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد جي بنياد تي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جهڙوڪ [[ڪاٺ]]، [[اسٽيل]]، [[فائبر گلاس]]، [[يو پي وي سي]] (ونائل)، [[ايلومينيم]]، جامع (Composite) مواد ۽ [[شيشو]].

[[فائل:Quinta da Boa Vista 13.jpg|thumb|upright|[[سائو ڪرسٽوواو محل]] ۾ ڪاٺ ۽ لوهي ڪم سان ٺهيل نوڪلاسيڪي طرز جو دروازو]]

* '''ڪاٺ جا دروازا''' پنهنجي قدرتي خوبصورتي سبب سڀ کان وڌيڪ پسند ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي گهڻو ڪري آرڊر موجب تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، پر انهن جون ڪجهه خاميون به آهن، جهڙوڪ وڌيڪ قيمت، باقاعده رنگ يا پالش جي ضرورت، ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ حرارتي موصليت.&lt;ref&gt;Exterior Doors; Energy.gov; {{cite web |url=http://energy.gov/energysaver/articles/doors |title=Doors |access-date=2015-03-05 |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150304181502/http://energy.gov/energysaver/articles/doors |archive-date=2015-03-04 }}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن جي حفاظت لاءِ مٿان ڇپر يا شيڊ هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، جيڪو سج جي الٽرا وائلٽ شعاعن ۽ مينهن کان بچاءُ ڪري.

* '''اسٽيل جا دروازا''' رهائشي عمارتن جي مکيه داخلي دروازن لاءِ عام چونڊ آهن. انهن جي اندر گهڻو ڪري [[پولي يورٿين]] يا ٻيو فوم ڀريو ويندو آهي، جيڪو گرمي بندش ۽ توانائيءَ جي بچت ۾ مدد ڏيندو آهي. اهي عام طور مضبوط چوڪاٺ ۽ تالي واري نظام سان گڏ ايندا آهن، تنهن ڪري ڪاٺ جي دروازن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ محفوظ ۽ خرچ جي لحاظ کان فائديمند هوندا آهن.

* '''جامع، فائبر گلاس ۽ ونائل جا دروازا''' جديد عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن. انهن ۾ حرارتي موصليت بهتر هوندي آهي ۽ اهي توانائي بچائڻ وارن معيارن، جهڙوڪ ''Energy Star'' ۽ ''Passive House''، سان مطابقت رکن ٿا.

=== موصليت ۽ موسم بندي ===

دروازن جي حرارتي موصليت کي '''آر-ويليو (R-value)''' ذريعي ماپيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو ٻڌائي ٿو ته دروازو گرمي جي منتقلي کي ڪيتري حد تائين روڪي ٿو. جيتوڻيڪ ڪنهن دروازي جو آر-ويليو وڌيڪ هجي، پر جيڪڏهن ان ۾ وڏا شيشي جا حصا هجن يا استعمال ٿيل مواد مناسب نه هجي ته مجموعي توانائي بچت گهٽجي سگهي ٿي. ان ڪري دروازن جي ڪنارن تي موسم بند ڪندڙ پٽين (Weatherstripping) جو استعمال توانائي جي بچت لاءِ نهايت اهم سمجهيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Doors |url=https://www.energy.gov/energysaver/doors |access-date=2026-04-04 |website=Energy.gov |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Weatherstripping |url=https://www.energy.gov/energysaver/weatherstripping |access-date=2026-04-04 |website=Energy.gov |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ماپون ===

==== آمريڪا ====

[[فائل:&quot;Bilt-well&quot; mill work - DPLA - 2582a4be187e8ed28cd57e998727936e (page 104) (cropped).jpg|thumb|upright|ايڊمز-راجرز ڪمپني جي دروازن جي فهرست]]

آمريڪا ۾ معياري دروازن جون ماپون عام طور هر 2 انچ جي واڌ سان مقرر ڪيون وينديون آهن. رواجي دروازن جي اوچائي 78 يا 80 انچ، جڏهن ته ويڪر 18، 24، 26، 28، 30 يا 36 انچ هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;options at homedepot.com&lt;/ref&gt; گهڻن رهائشي ڪمرن جي وچ وارا دروازا 30 × 80 انچ جا هوندا آهن.

رهائشي ٻاهرين دروازي جي معياري ماپ 36 × 80 انچ هوندي آهي، جڏهن ته ويل چيئر جي اچ وڃ لاءِ اندرين دروازن جي گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ويڪر 36 انچ مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. پراڻين عمارتن ۾ نسبتاً ننڍي ماپ جا دروازا پڻ عام ملن ٿا.

دروازن جي ٿولهه عام طور اندرين دروازن لاءِ 1⅜ انچ ۽ ٻاهرين دروازن لاءِ 1¾ انچ هوندي آهي.

المارين، اسٽور رومن، ڊريسنگ رومن، سيلرن ۽ ٻين ننڍين جڳهن جا دروازا اڪثر عام دروازن کان ننڍا هوندا آهن.

گيراج جا دروازا عام طور هڪ گاڏي لاءِ 84 يا 96 انچ ويڪرا ۽ ٻن گاڏين لاءِ لڳ ڀڳ 192 انچ ويڪرا هوندا آهن. وڏي ماپ سبب اهي اڪثر حصن (Sectional) ۾ ورهايل هوندا آهن، جيئن آساني سان مٿي کڄي سگهن.

==== يورپ ====

يورپ ۾ معياري دروازن جون ماپون '''DIN 18101''' ۽ لاڳاپيل يورپي معيارن '''DIN EN 14351-1''' ۽ '''DIN EN 14351-2''' موجب مقرر ڪيون وينديون آهن. انهن معيارن ۾ ٻاهرين ۽ اندرين دروازن جي تياري، ماپن ۽ سي اي (CE) نشان لڳائڻ جون گهرجون بيان ڪيل آهن.

عام اندرين دروازي جي ماپ تقريباً '''860 × 1985 ملي ميٽر''' هوندي آهي، جڏهن ته جديد DIN معيار مختلف اوچائين ۽ ويڪرن لاءِ 125 ملي ميٽر جي وقفي سان وڌيڪ لچڪدار ماپون پڻ مهيا ڪن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.baunetzwissen.de/standardartikel/Fenster-und-Tueren_Tuerblattgroessen-nach-DIN-18101_155263.html |title=Türblattgrößen nach DIN 18101 |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150219203924/http://www.baunetzwissen.de/standardartikel/Fenster-und-Tueren_Tuerblattgroessen-nach-DIN-18101_155263.html |archive-date=2015-02-19}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.zeg-holz.de/news/aktuelle-news/article/17/din-18101-ma.html?no_cache=1 |title=DIN 18101 Maßnorm für Türen grundlegend überarbeitet |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150122032619/http://www.zeg-holz.de/news/aktuelle-news/article/17/din-18101-ma.html?no_cache=1 |archive-date=2015-01-22}}&lt;/ref&gt;

==== ٻين ملڪن جون معياري ماپون ====

* ڏکڻ آفريڪا: 813 × 2032 ملي ميٽر
* برطانيا: 762 × 1981 ملي ميٽر
* ڀارت: اندريون 800 × 2045 ملي ميٽر؛ ٻاهريون 1000 × 2045 ملي ميٽر
* آسٽريليا: 820 × 2040 ملي ميٽر&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=What are the Standard Door Sizes in your Country? |url=https://doorsdirect.co.za/blogs/blog/what-are-the-standard-door-sizes-in-your-country |access-date=2026-04-04 |website=Doors Direct |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== چوڪاٺو ۽ دروازي جا حصا ===

[[فائل:Panel door.jpg|thumb|right|پينل واري دروازي جا بنيادي حصا]]

دروازي جو چوڪاٺو عام طور ٻن عمودي پاسن (Jambs)، مٿئين افقي حصي (Lintel يا Head jamb) ۽، خاص طور ٻاهرين دروازن ۾، هيٺئين حصي (Threshold يا Sill) تي مشتمل هوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن دروازي ۾ هڪ کان وڌيڪ هلندڙ حصا هجن ته هر حصي کي '''تاڪ''' (Leaf) چيو ويندو آهي.

دروازي جي چوڪاٺي جا اهم حصا هي آهن:

* '''[[لنٽل]]''' (Lintel) – دروازي جي مٿان لڳل افقي شهتير، جيڪو مٿئين ڀت جو وزن سنڀاليندو آهي.

* '''[[جيمب]]''' (Jamb) – چوڪاٺ جا ٻئي عمودي پاسا، جن تي انجيسون لڳنديون آهن ۽ جن سان تالو بند ٿيندو آهي.

* '''[[دروازي جو چوڪاٺو]]''' (Door frame يا Door casing) – لنٽل ۽ ٻنهي جيمبن مان ٺهندڙ مڪمل چوڪاٺو.

* '''سيل''' (Sill) – ٻاهرين دروازن ۾ هيٺيون افقي حصو، جيڪو چوڪاٺ کي سهارو ڏيندو آهي.

* '''[[دروازي جي ڏاڪڻي]]''' (Threshold) – دروازي جي هيٺان لڳل پٽي، جيڪا اندرين فرش ۽ سيل جي وچ واري وٿي کي ڍڪيندي آهي.

* '''[[ڊور اسٽاپ]]''' (Doorstop) – چوڪاٺ جي اندر لڳل سنهي پٽي، جيڪا دروازي کي وڌيڪ اندر کلي انجيسن کي نقصان پهچائڻ کان روڪيندي آهي.

* '''[[آرڪيٽريو]]''' (Architrave) – چوڪاٺ جي چوڌاري لڳل سينگاريل قالب يا پٽي، جيڪا دروازي کي آرائشي ڏيک ڏيندي آهي.

* '''[[پائندان]]''' (Doormat) – دروازي جي اڳيان يا پٺيان وڇايل چٽ، جنهن جو مقصد مٽي ۽ گند کي گهر اندر وڃڻ کان روڪڻ آهي.

=== دروازي جو هارڊويئر ===

{{Main|دروازي جو فرنيچر }}

دروازي جو '''هارڊويئر''' يا '''دروازي جو سامان''' انهن سڀني حصن کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪي دروازي سان لڳل هجن ۽ ان جي استعمال يا خوبصورتي ۾ اضافو ڪن، جهڙوڪ انجيسون، هٿيا، ٺڪاءُ، ڪڙا، تالا، دروازي جا اسٽاپ ۽ ٻيا لاڳاپيل اوزار.

=== تصويري نمونا ===

&lt;gallery mode=packed widths=&quot;170px&quot; heights=&quot;170px&quot;&gt;
Door lock.jpg|رهائشي دروازي تي لڳل عام [[دروازي جو سامان]]؛ جنهن ۾ [[ليٽر باڪس]]، [[دروازي جو ٺڪاءُ]]، [[ليچ]] ۽ ٻه [[تالو|تالا]] شامل آهن.
Paris Rue de Douai5134.JPG|پيرس ۾ [[پُٽي]] هٿان جهليل [[ڪارٽوش]] سان سينگاريل دروازي جو ٺڪاءُ.
Galerie dorée071.jpg|پيرس جي [[هوٽل ڊي ٽولوز]] ۾ موجود گيلري دوري (Galerie dorée) جا آرائشي دروازي جا هٿيا.
St. Pancras Station (door &amp; hinge). Camden.JPG|لنڊن جي [[سينٽ پينڪراس ريلوي اسٽيشن]] جي دروازي جي انجيس.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

=== لاڳاپيل سامان ===

'''دروازي جو سامان'''  انهن سڀني اوزارن ۽ حصن کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪي دروازي يا ڪڏهن دراز سان لڳايا ويندا آهن ته جيئن ان جي ڪارڪردگي، حفاظت يا ظاهري خوبصورتي ۾ اضافو ٿئي. انهن ۾ [[انجيس]]، [[دروازي جو هٿيو]]، [[دروازي جو ٺڪاءُ]]، [[دروازي جو اسٽاپ]]، [[تالو]]، [[ليچ]]، [[بولٽ]]، [[دروازي جو بند ڪندڙ]] ۽ ٻيا لاڳاپيل جزا شامل آهن.

== حفاظت ==

'''دروازن جي حفاظت''' (ڊور سيفٽي) مان مراد دروازن سان لاڳاپيل [[حادثو|حادثن]] جي روڪٿام آهي. اهڙا حادثا مختلف هنڌن تي ۽ مختلف صورتن ۾ پيش ايندا آهن، جن ۾ گاڏين جا دروازا، گيراج جا دروازا ۽ عمارتن جا دروازا شامل آهن. انهن حادثن جي شدت ۽ تڪرار ۾ به فرق هوندو آهي. آمريڪا جي [[نيشنل سيفٽي ڪائونسل]] موجب هر سال لڳ ڀڳ 300,000 ماڻهو دروازن سان لاڳاپيل زخمن جو شڪار ٿين ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.redwoodsgroup.com/JCCs/documents/J_RMA_ProtectingChildrensFingers_12.10.05.pdf|title=Protecting Children's Fingers from Door Injuries|work=The Redwoods Group|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120324033919/http://www.redwoodsgroup.com/JCCs/documents/J_RMA_ProtectingChildrensFingers_12.10.05.pdf|archive-date=2012-03-24}}&lt;/ref&gt;

دروازن سان ٿيندڙ حادثا معمولي نقصان کان وٺي شديد انساني زخمن تائين ٿي سگهن ٿا. ڪڏهن دروازا ڀتين يا ٻين شين کي نقصان پهچائيندا آهن، جڏهن⁠تہ ڪڏهن آڱرين، هٿن يا پيرن کي سخت زخمي ڪري ڇڏيندا آهن. بند ٿيندڙ دروازي جا انجيسن وارا حصا في چورس انچ تي لڳ ڀڳ 40 [[ٽن]] دٻاءُ وجهي سگهن ٿا. اهڙن حادثن سبب قانوني دعوائن جو انگ پڻ وڌيو آهي، تنهن ڪري اهي ادارا، جتي گاڏين يا عمارتن جا دروازا مناسب حفاظتي انتظامن کان سواءِ هجن، قانوني ذميواري کي منهن ڏئي سگهن ٿا.

آمريڪي [[جنرل سروسز ايڊمنسٽريشن]] ٻارن جي سنڀال وارن مرڪزن بابت هدايت ڪندي چوي ٿي:

{{blockquote|ٻارن جي آڱرين کي جهولندڙ دروازن يا گيٽن جي انجيس واري جاءِ ۾ چڀجڻ يا زخمي ٿيڻ کان بچائڻ انتهائي ضروري آهي. اهڙا سادا حفاظتي اوزار موجود آهن، جيڪي انجيس واري پاسي لڳائي سگهجن ٿا ۽ هن قسم جي زخمن کان بچائين ٿا. دروازو بند ٿيڻ وقت اهي ٻار جي هٿ کي خطري واري جاءِ کان پري ڌڪي ڇڏين ٿا. ننڍڙا ٻار دروازن ۽ گيٽن جي انجيس واري پاسي سان ٽڪرائجڻ سبب به زخمي ٿي سگهن ٿا. صرف پيانو انجيس استعمال ڪرڻ هن مسئلي جو مناسب حل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ گهڻي استعمال سان اهي ڍرا ٿي سگهن ٿا. ان جي بدران انجيسن تي لڳندڙ سستا حفاظتي اوزار استعمال ڪرڻ گهرجن.&lt;ref&gt;USA General Services Administration Child Care Center Design Guide, June 1998&lt;/ref&gt;}}

=== کلڻ جو رخ ===

جيڪڏهن ڪو دروازو ڪنهن ڪمري مان ٻاهر دالان يا راهداري ڏانهن کلي ٿو، ته ان سان هلندڙ ماڻهوءَ سان ٽڪرائجڻ جو خطرو موجود هوندو آهي. ان جي ابتڙ، اندر کُلندڙ دروازن ۾ اهڙو خطرو نسبتاً گهٽ هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڪمري اندر موجود ماڻهو عام طور دروازي جي ويجهو تيزيءَ سان نه هلندا آهن. ڪيترين حالتن ۾ اهڙو خطرو مناسب [[معماري]] ڊزائن ذريعي گهٽائي سگهجي ٿو، جنهن ۾ ڪمري جا دروازا اندر جي طرف کلن. جتي اهو ممڪن نه هجي، اتي دروازي ۾ [[ڏسڻ وارو شيشو|ڏسڻ وارو پينل]] لڳائڻ سان حادثي کان بچي سگهجي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;Home Safety Guidelines for Architects &amp; Builders, NBS GCR 78-156, BOSTI, December 1978&lt;/ref&gt;

اندر کلندڙ دروازا هنگامي حالتن ۾ ماڻهن جي نڪرڻ ۾ به رڪاوٽ بڻجي سگهن ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ هجوم دروازي تي دٻاءُ وجهي سگهي ٿو ۽ دروازو کلڻ کان رهجي وڃي. اهڙي سبب هيٺيان مشهور حادثا پيش آيا:

* [[گرو گرجاگهر ۾ باهه]]، ناروي (1822ع)
* [[وڪٽوريا هال سانحو]]، برطانيا (1883ع)
* [[گلين سينيما سانحو]]، برطانيا (1929ع)
* [[ڪوڪونٽ گروو باهه]]، آمريڪا (1942ع)

اڄڪلهه وڏين، خاص طور عوامي عمارتن جا ٻاهريان دروازا گهڻو ڪري ٻاهر جي طرف کلندا آهن، جڏهن⁠تہ گهرن ۽ انفرادي ڪمرن جا دروازا اڪثر اندر جي طرف کلندا آهن.

=== ڊور اسٽاپ ===

[[ڊور اسٽاپ]] سادا حفاظتي اوزار آهن، جيڪي دروازي کي ڀت يا ٻي ڪنهن شيءِ سان ٽڪرائجڻ کان بچائيندا آهن. اهي يا ته دروازي جي حرڪت جو ڌڪ جذب ڪندا آهن يا دروازي کي غير ارادي طور هلڻ کان روڪيندا آهن.

=== حفاظتي محافظ ===

دروازن جا حفاظتي محافظ (ڊور گارڊس)، جن کي انجيس محافظ يا آڱرين جي حفاظت ڪندڙ اوزار پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، خاص طور ٻارن جي آڱرين کي دروازي ۾ ڦاسجڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن. اهي عام طور رٻڙ يا پلاسٽڪ جا هوندا آهن، جيڪي دروازي ۽ چوڪاٺ جي وچ واري انجيس واري خال کي ڍڪي ڇڏيندا آهن. ٻيا حفاظتي اوزار دروازي جي بند ٿيڻ وقت آڱرين کي ڌڪ واري پاسي کان ٻاهر ڪڍي ڇڏيندا آهن.

دروازن جي حفاظت جا مختلف درجا هوندا آهن. ڪجهه اوزار رڳو سامهون واري پاسي کي محفوظ ڪندا آهن، جڏهن⁠تہ مڪمل حفاظتي نظام انجيس جي ٻنهي پاسن کي ڍڪي ڇڏيندو آهي. مناسب حفاظتي سطح جو تعين [[خطري جو جائزو]] (رسڪ اسيسمنٽ) ذريعي ڪيو ويندو آهي.

هٿيي واري پاسي به حفاظتي اوزار لڳائي سگهجن ٿا، جيڪي دروازي کي زور سان چوڪاٺ تي لڳڻ کان روڪيندا آهن، جنهن سان آڱرين يا هٿن جي زخمي ٿيڻ جو خطرو گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

=== شيشي جا دروازا ===

[[شيشي جو دروازو|شيشي جا دروازا]] اهڙي خطري جو سبب بڻجي سگهن ٿا، جڏهن ماڻهو دروازي جي موجودگيءَ کان بي خبر هجي يا ان کي کليل سمجهي ٽڪرائجي وڃي. اهو خطرو خاص طور [[سرڪندڙ شيشي جو دروازو|سرڪندڙ شيشي جي دروازن]] ۾ وڌيڪ هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن ۾ وڏا شيشي جا پينل هوندا آهن. شيشي تي [[اسٽيڪر]] يا ٻيون خبردار ڪندڙ نشانيون لڳائڻ سان دروازو وڌيڪ نمايان ٿيندو آهي ۽ حادثن جو امڪان گهٽجي ويندو آهي. برطانيا ۾ ورڪ پليس (ھيلٿ اينڊ سيفٽي) ريگيوليشنز 1992 جي ضابطي 14 موجب شيشي وارن دروازن ۽ دريَن کي واضح نموني نشان لڳائڻ لازمي آهي. آسٽريليا جي معيار AS1288 ۽ AS2208 موجب اهڙا دروازا ليمينيٽيڊ يا ٽيمپرڊ شيشي جا هجڻ گهرجن.

=== باهه کان بچاءُ ===

{{Main|باھ کان بچڻ وارو در}}

عمارتن ۾ اڪثر اهڙا خاص دروازا لڳايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي باهه يا دونهي جي پکڙجڻ کي روڪڻ لاءِ پاڻمرادو بند ٿي ويندا آهن. جيڪڏهن باهه کان بچاءَ وارا دروازا غلط نموني لڳايا وڃن يا انهن ۾ غير مجاز تبديليون ڪيون وڃن ته باهه دوران خطرو وڌي سگهي ٿو. ڪيترن دروازن ۾ [[دروازي بند ڪندڙ]] (ڊور ڪلوزر) لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي کي بند رکندو آهي. اهي دروازا باهه جي مزاحمتي مواد مان ٺهيل هوندا آهن ۽ باهه کي هڪ حصي کان ٻئي حصي تائين پکڙجڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ رڪاوٽ جو ڪم ڏيندا آهن، تنهن ڪري انهن جي باقاعده سار سنڀال ضروري آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=What is the purpose of a fire door? {{!}} Fire Protection Association |url=https://www.thefpa.co.uk/advice-and-guidance/advice-and-guidance-articles/what-is-the-purpose-of-a-fire-door- |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=www.thefpa.co.uk |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== گاڏيون ===

{{Main|گاڏي جو در}}

گاڏين جا دروازا سندن ويجهي بناوت سبب هٿن يا آڱرين جي ڦاسجڻ جو وڌيڪ خطرو پيدا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=z5t7QL7PY5MC&amp;dq=injury+to+occupants+from+the+movement+of+car+doors+occurs.&amp;pg=PA2 |title=Special Study: NTSB-HSS. |date=1972 |publisher=National Transportation Safety Board |location=Illinois, USA |pages=2 |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

عام رستن تي هلندڙ سائيڪل سوارن لاءِ به اوچتو کليل گاڏي جي دروازي سان ٽڪرائجڻ، جنهن کي [[ڊورنگ]] چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ اهم خطرو آهي. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ سائيڪل سوار گهڻو ڪري بيٺل گاڏين جي ويجهو هلندا آهن، تنهن ڪري اهي هن قسم جي حادثن جو وڌيڪ شڪار ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Johnson |first=Marilyn |date=2013 |title=Cyclists and open vehicle doors: Crash characteristics and risk factors |journal=[[Safety Science]] |volume=59 |pages=135–140 |doi=10.1016/j.ssci.2013.04.010}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== هوائي جهاز ===

{{Further|بي اختيار ڊيڪمپريشن}}

[[هوائي جهاز]]ن ۾ دٻاءُ هيٺ رکيل مسافر خاني يا سامان خاني جا دروازا جيڪڏهن اڏام دوران کلي وڃن ته اوچتو دٻاءُ گهٽجڻ (ڊيڪمپريشن) جو خطرو پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿو. اهڙي حالت ۾ هوا تيزيءَ سان ٻاهر نڪرندي آهي، جنهن سان غير محفوظ ماڻهو، سامان يا ٻيون شيون جهاز کان ٻاهر اڇلجي سگهن ٿيون ۽ دٻاءَ جي فرق سبب جهاز جي اندروني جوڙجڪ کي به نقصان پهچي سگهي ٿو. ان خطري کان بچڻ لاءِ گهڻن جهازن ۾ [[پلگ دروازو]] استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو اندر جي طرف کلي ٿو ۽ هوا جو دٻاءُ پاڻ ئي ان کي وڌيڪ مضبوط نموني بند رکي ٿو. گهڻا مسافر خاني جا دروازا ۽ هنگامي نڪرڻ جا رستا هن قسم جا هوندا آهن، جڏهن⁠تہ سامان خاني جا دروازا گهڻو ڪري ٻاهر جي طرف کلندا آهن ته جيئن اندر وڌيڪ جاءِ ملي سگهي.

ٻاهر کلندڙ دروازن جي ناڪامي سبب هيٺيان مشهور هوائي حادثا پيش اچي چڪا آهن:

* [[آمريڪن ايئرلائنز اڏام 96]] (1972ع) – جوڙجڪ جي خامي
* [[ترڪش ايئرلائنز اڏام 981]] (1974ع) – جوڙجڪ جي خامي
* [[1975 ٽان سون نهٽ سي-5 حادثو]] – ناقص سار سنڀال
* [[يونائيٽيڊ ايئرلائنز اڏام 811]] (1989ع) – جوڙجڪ جي خامي

=== ٻيڙيون ===

{{Main|بحري جھاز جو در }}

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>aykvsgz1192gxlu0xtntgujwh40223d</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401159</id>
      <parentid>401158</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T11:21:44Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401159</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="93535" sha1="oqyhv58o22vewoswf511vqi5ora93nb" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|داخل ٿيڻ ۽ ٻاهر نڪرڻ لاءِ حرڪت ڪندڙ رڪاوٽ}}

[[File:L-door.png|thumb|در جو خاڪو]]

'''در''' يا '''دروازو''' هڪ [[قبضو|قبضن]] تي لڳل يا ٻيءَ ڪنهن طريقي سان حرڪت ڪندڙ رڪاوٽ هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪنهن بند جاءِ ۾ داخل ٿيڻ (ورود) ۽ ٻاهر نڪرڻ (خروج) جي سهولت فراهم ڪري ٿو. ڀت ۾ در لاءِ ٺهيل کليل حصي کي '''درگاهه''' يا '''دروازي جو کليل حصو''' چيو ويندو آهي. در جو بنيادي مقصد رسائيءَ تي ضابطو رکندي [[سيڪيورٽي]] فراهم ڪرڻ آهي. عام طور تي اهو اهڙو پٽ يا تختو هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[عمارت]]، [[ڪمرو|ڪمري]] يا [[گاڏي]] جي دروازي جي کليل حصي ۾ فِٽ ڪيو ويندو آهي. در مختلف مواد مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، جن جو انتخاب انهن جي استعمال ۽ مقصد مطابق ڪيو ويندو آهي. اڪثر در [[قبضو|قبضن]] ذريعي لڳايا ويندا آهن، پر ڪي سلائيڊ ٿيڻ، فولڊ ٿيڻ يا ٻين حرڪتي طريقن سان به ڪم ڪندا آهن.

در مختلف طريقن سان کلي ۽ بند ٿي سگهن ٿا، جهڙوڪ قبضي تي ڦرڻ، فريم سان متوازي سلائيڊ ٿيڻ، فولڊ ٿيڻ يا مرڪزي محور تي ڦرڻ. انهن جو مقصد ماڻهن يا شين جي داخلا ۽ اخراج کي آسان يا محدود ڪرڻ هوندو آهي. گهڻن درن ۾ اندروني ۽ ٻاهرين پاسي جي بناوت هڪجهڙي هوندي آهي، پر ڪجهه حالتن ۾، جهڙوڪ [[گاڏي]] جي درن ۾، ٻنهي پاسن جي جوڙجڪ مختلف هوندي آهي.

گهڻن درن ۾ [[تالو]] لڳائڻ جو انتظام هوندو آهي، جنهن ذريعي صرف مجاز ماڻهو، مثال طور [[چاٻي]] استعمال ڪري، در کولي سگهندا آهن. درن تي اڪثر کڙڪائڻ لاءِ ڌاتوءَ جا [[کڙڪائندڙ (اوزار)|کڙڪائندڙ]]  (ڊور ناڪرس) يا [[در جي گهنٽي]] پڻ لڳل هوندي آهي، ته جيئن ٻاهران بيٺل ماڻهو پنهنجي موجودگيءَ جو اطلاع ڏئي سگهن. رسائي فراهم ڪرڻ کان علاوه، در خانگي زندگي (پرائيويسي) جي حفاظت، مختلف استعمال وارن حصن کي الڳ رکڻ، [[روشني]] ۽ [[هوا جي اچ وڃ]] کي ضابطو ڪرڻ، گرمي يا ٿڌ کي برقرار رکڻ، آواز کي گهٽائڻ ۽ [[باهه]] جي پکڙجڻ کي روڪڻ جهڙا اهم ڪم پڻ سرانجام ڏيندا آهن.

در صرف تعميراتي عنصر نه، پر جمالياتي، علامتي ۽ رسمن سان لاڳاپيل اهميت پڻ رکن ٿا. ڪيترين ثقافتن ۾ در جي چاٻي حاصل ڪرڻ ٻاهرئين ماڻهو کان اندروني يا بااختيار حيثيت حاصل ڪرڻ جي علامت سمجهي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;ڏسو، مثال طور، [[بليڪ راڊ|بليڪ راڊ جو معزز اشر]] جون درباني ذميواريون.&lt;/ref&gt; [[ادب]] ۽ [[فن]] ۾ پڻ در ۽ درگاهون تبديلي، نئين مرحلي ۾ داخل ٿيڻ يا علامتي معنيٰ جي اظهار لاءِ استعارن ۽ تمثيلن طور گهڻو استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

'''دروازو'''- انگريزي ۾: ڊور يا گيٽ . اردوءَ ۾ دروازہ:جديد دور جي عمارتن ۾ گھڻو ڪري ڪاٺ جا دروازا استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا. تاڪن جي حساب سان اھي ھڪ تاڪ وارا   ۽ ٻن تاڪن وارا ٿين ٿا..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر: سنڌي ادبي بورڊ،ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;
[[فائل:Door in Georgia.jpg|380px|thumb|جارجيا ملڪ جو دروازو]]
جاءِ اندر مختلف قسم جي ڪمرن ۾ استعمال جي نوعيت مطابق انھن جي ماپ جو تعين ڪيو وڃي ٿو. اھي اھڙي ماپ جا ھئڻ گھرجن جيئن انھن ڪمرن ۾ گھربل سامان آسانيءَ سان لنگھي سگھي. عام طرح سان غسلخانن ۽ بيت الخلاءِ اندر داخل ٿيڻ لاءِ دروازن جي ماپ 6′-4″x2′-6″  رکجي تھ بھتر آھي. ٻين ڪمرن لاءِ دروازن جي سراسري ماپ 7′-0″x3′-8″ رکي ويندي آھي ۽ ڪوشش ڪري 6′-4″x3′-0″ کان گھٽ نھ رکي ويندي آھي. بھرحال دروازن جي ماپ واسطي ڪنھن بھ قسم جو پڪو پختو قائدو مڙھيل نھ آھي. ڪچيءَ طرح ۽ اندازي جي حساب سان ھيٺئين فارمولا سان دروازن جي ماپ جو تعين ڪري سگھجي ٿو.
ويڪر =(ويڪر)  اوچائي 4-(اوچائي)  فوٽ 
ڪمرن اندر دروازا ڪنڊ کان اٽڪل 6 انچن کان 9 انچن تائين پري رکجن تھ بھتر آھي، ليڪن انھن جي لڳائڻ لاءِ جديد طرز جي عمارت جي علم کي ذھن ۾ رکڻ وڌيڪ سٺو آھي.
اڄڪلھ دروازن جي چؤڪاٺن ۾ چائنٺ (سل)  نھ لڳائي ويندي آھي، ڇاڪاڻ تھ انھيءَ جي لڳائڻ سان ھڪ تھ ٿاٻي کائڻ جو تمام گھڻو انديشو رھي ٿو ۽ ٻيو تھ صفائي ڪرڻ ۾ دقت ٿئي ٿي، ليڪن ايئرڪنڊيشنڊ ڪمرن لاءِ چائنٺ لڳائڻ تمام ضروري آھي تھ جيئن تاڪن ھيٺان وٿي نہ رھي. وڏن شھرن ۾ آر-سي-سيءَ جي بوتي وارين عمارتن ۾ 4 ½ انچن جي اوساريءَ وارين ڀتين ۾ ڀت جي پوري ٿولھھ تائين ويڪرا چؤڪاٺا استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا. عام رواجي ۽ سرڪاري عمارتن ۾ چؤڪاٺن لاءِ 0′-4″x0′-3″ جي سائيز جون ڪاٺ جون پٽيون گھڙايون وينديون آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

[[فائل:Knocking at front door of The National Archives Building - 01.jpg|380px|thumb|واشنگٽن ۾ نيشنل آرڪائيوز بلڊنگ جو دروازو]]
دروازو ھڪ حرڪت وارو ڍانچو آهي جنھن ذريعي ڪنھن چوديواريءَ يا گاڏي وغيره ۾ ڪنھن جي داخلا يا روڪ کي ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪبو آهي. عام طور تي ان جو ھڪ يا ٻه [[تاڪ]] ھوندا آھن جيڪي درين يا بغير درين جي ھوندا آھن. تاڪ چاھي ھڪڙو ھجي يا ٻہ ،  [[ڇوڪاٺو|چوڪاٺي]] يا [[چونڪو|چونڪي]] سان [[انجيس|انجيسن]] جي مدد سان ڳنڍيل ھوندو/ھوندا آھن ۽ انھن کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪڙو يا ڪنڍو لڳائي استعمال ڪيو آھي جنھن ۾ تالو لڳائبو آهي. اھي ھوا ۽ روشنيءَ جي ضابطي لاءِ بہ استعمال ٿيندا آھن.
جاءِ اندر داخل ٿيڻ ۽ انھيءَ جي مختلف اندرين حصن جو پاڻ ۾ رابطو رکڻ لاءِ دروازا لڳايا ويندا آھن. موسم آھر انھن کي کولي رکڻ سان جاءِ اندر روشني وڌندي آھي ۽ انھيءَ کان سواءِ ھوا جو گذر پڻ سٺيءَ طرح سان ٿيندو آھي. انھيءَ سان گڏ دروازن لڳائڻ سبب چوريءَ ٿيڻ جو انديشو گھٽ رھندو آھي ۽ گھر ۾ رھندڙ ڀاتين جي پوشيدگي (پرائيويسي)  رھندي آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== تاريخ ==
&lt;!-- هن حصي ۾ 1911ع جي ''Encyclopædia Britannica'' جي &quot;Door&quot; واري مقالي مان ورتل متن شامل آهي. --&gt;

قديم ترين دروازن جا ثبوت [[قديم مصر]] جي مقبرن جي ڀتين تي ٺهيل تصويرن مان ملن ٿا، جن ۾ هڪ يا ٻه تاڪن وارا دروازا ڏيکاريل آهن، جيڪي عام طور ڪاٺ جي هڪڙي ٽڪري مان ٺهيل هوندا هئا. مصري مقبرن ۾ ''ڪوڙا دروازا'' (فالس ڊورز) پڻ ٺاهيا ويندا هئا، جن بابت عقيدو هو ته اهي فوت ٿيل ماڻهن جي آخرت ڏانهن وڃڻ جا علامتي دروازا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Weiss |first=Daniel |date=2022 |title=Features - Magical Mystery Door - Archaeology Magazine - November/December 2022 |url=https://archaeology.org/issues/november-december-2022/features/egypt-stela-false-door/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Archaeology Magazine |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

مصر جي انتهائي خشڪ آبهوا سبب دروازن کي وڪڙجڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ چوڪاٺن جي گهڻي ضرورت نه پوندي هئي، پر ٻين علائقن ۾ دروازن کي مضبوط رکڻ لاءِ چوڪاٺن وارو ڍانچو تيار ڪيو ويندو هو. رومي معمار ويتروويوس موجب اهڙن دروازن ۾ عمودي پٽيون (Stiles) ۽ افقي پٽيون (Rails) هونديون هيون، جڏهن ته وچ وارا پينل انهن جي نالن ۾ فٽ ڪيا ويندا هئا. عمودي پٽين مان هڪ قبضن سان ڳنڍيل ''هينگنگ اسٽائل'' ۽ ٻي ''ميٽنگ اسٽائل'' سڏبي هئي، جڏهن ته افقي حصن ۾ مٿيون، وچيون ۽ هيٺيون ريل شامل هونديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Marcus Vitruvius Pollio |url=https://penelope.uchicago.edu/Thayer/E/Roman/Texts/Vitruvius/4*.html |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=University of Chicago}}&lt;/ref&gt;

قديم ترين دروازا ڪاٺ جا هوندا هئا. [[بائيبل]] ۾ [[حضرت سليمان]] جي مندر بابت بيان ٿيل آهي ته ان جا دروازا زيتون جي ڪاٺ مان ٺهيل، نفيس نقش نگاري سان سينگاريل ۽ سون سان مڙهيل هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Bible Project: Book of 1 Kings 6 - New American Standard Bible |url=https://www.bibleproject.com/bible/nasb/1-kings/6 |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=BibleProject |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; [[هومر]] جي تحريرن مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ان دور ۾ ڪي دروازا چاندي يا پتل سان ڍڪيل هوندا هئا. زيتون کان علاوه ايلم، ديودار، بلوط ۽ سرو جي ڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ٿيندي هئي. آثار قديمه جي ماهرن سوئٽزرلينڊ جي شهر [[زيورخ]] ڀرسان پنج هزار سال پراڻا ٻه ڪاٺ جا دروازا پڻ دريافت ڪيا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://archive.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20101108222716/http://www.boston.com/news/world/europe/articles/2010/10/20/swiss_archaeologists_find_5000_year_old_door/|url-status=dead|title=Swiss archaeologists find 5,000-year-old door|first=Frank|last=Jordans|date=October 20, 2010|archive-date=November 8, 2010|via=The Boston Globe}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://blog.nationalmuseum.ch/en/2019/01/close-the-door/|title=Close the door!|first=Samuel van|last=Willigen|date=January 17, 2019|website=Swiss National Museum - Swiss history blog}}&lt;/ref&gt;

{{multiple image
| align=
| total_width=550
| direction=horizontal
| footer=
| image1=stone door.jpg
| caption1=هيمپي (ڀارت) ۾ پٿر جو دروازو
| image2=Door-Post Socket (4690606141).jpg
| caption2=پرسيپولس (هاڻوڪو [[ايران]]) مان دريافت ٿيل وڏي دروازي جو بنيادي ساکٽ
}}

قديم دور جا دروازا مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ لڳل محورن (Pintles) وسيلي ڦرندا هئا، جيڪي مٿئين ڪڙي (Lintel) ۽ هيٺئين چائنٺ (Sill) ۾ ٺهيل ساکٽن اندر ويهندا هئا. اهي ساکٽ گهڻو ڪري بازالٽ يا گرينائيٽ جهڙي سخت پٿر مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا. [[نپپور]] مان 2000 ق.م. جا دريافت ٿيل اهڙا ساکٽ ڊوليرائيٽ پٿر جا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=The Museum Journal {{!}} Two Door Sockets of the Kings of Ur |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/journal/1211/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=The Museum Journal |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[بلاوات]] جي دروازن جا محور ڪانسي سان ڍڪيل هئا، جيڪي اڄ [[برٽش ميوزيم]] ۾ محفوظ آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Assyrian sculpture and Balawat Gates |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/galleries/assyrian-sculpture-and-balawat-gates |access-date=2025-04-05 |website=British Museum}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهي ٻه تاڪن وارا دروازا هئا، جن مان هر تاڪ لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|2.54|m|in|abbr=on}} ويڪرو ۽ {{convert|8.2|m|ft|abbr=on}} اوچو هو. انهن کي {{convert|25.4|cm|in|abbr=on}} ويڪريون ڪانسي جون پٽيون لڳل هيون، جن تي ابھريل نقاشي ڪئي وئي هئي. ڪاٺ جا دروازا لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|7.62|cm|in|abbr=on}} ٿلها هئا، جڏهن ته قبضي واري عمودي پٽي جو قطر {{convert|360|mm|in}} کان وڌيڪ هو. مختلف ماپن جي ٻين ڪانسي جي ڍڪڻين مان معلوم ٿئي ٿو ته ڪاٺ جي محورن کي ڌاتو سان محفوظ ڪرڻ ان دور ۾ عام رواج هو.

شام جي [[حوران]] علائقي ۾، جتي ڪاٺ جي کوٽ هئي، اتي دروازا پٿر مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/W_1864-0301-1 |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=British Museum}}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن مان {{convert|1.63|by|0.79|m|in|abbr=on}} ماپ وارو هڪ پٿريلو دروازو [[برٽش ميوزيم]] ۾ محفوظ آهي، جنهن جي وچ واري ڪنڊ مان ظاهر ٿئي ٿو ته اهو ٻه تاڪي دروازي جو هڪ حصو هو. شام جي شهر بُصرى ويجهو ڪُفَير ۾ سياح برڪهارٽ کي {{convert|2.74|to|3.048|m|ft|abbr=on}} اوچا پٿريلا دروازا مليا، جيڪي قديم شهر جي داخلي دروازن طور استعمال ٿيندا هئا. [[ايٽروريا]] ۾ پڻ پٿر جي دروازن جا ڪيترائي مثال ملن ٿا.

[[File:Plaster cast of folding doors, Pompeii.jpg|thumb|left|upright|[[پومپيئي]] ۾ پهرين صدي عيسويءَ جا [[قديم روم]] جا فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازا، جيڪي اوڻيهين صديءَ جي نوڪلاسيڪي دروازن سان مشابهت رکن ٿا.]]

قديم [[يونان]] ۽ [[قديم روم]] ۾ هڪ تاڪي، ٻه تاڪي، ٽي تاڪي، سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ ۽ فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. فولڊ ٿيندڙ دروازن جا تاڪ قبضن سان پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا ۽ کلي پوئتي ويڙهجي ويندا هئا. [[اگريجينٽم]] ۾ ٿيرون جي مقبري تي پٿر ۾ تراشيل هڪ چار پينلن وارو دروازو موجود آهي. [[بلنڊيل مجموعو|بلنڊيل مجموعي]] (Blundell) ۾ محفوظ هڪ بيس رليف تي مندر جو ٻه تاڪي دروازو ڏيکاريل آهي، جنهن جي هر تاڪ ۾ پنج پينل آهن.

قديم رومي ڌاتوڪاريءَ جا بهترين مثال روم جي [[چرچ آف ايس ايس ڪوزماس ۽ ڊيمين]] جا ڪانسي جا دروازا آهن. اهي ٻه تاڪي آهن، هر تاڪ ۾ ٻه پينل آهن ۽ سڄو چوڪاٺو پڻ ڪانسي جو ٺهيل آهي. [[پينٿيون, روم|پينٿيون]] جا ڪانسي جا دروازا به ساڳئي طرز جا آهن، جن ۾ مٿئين، وچئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ اضافي افقي پينل موجود آهن. رومي دور جا ٻه ٻيا اهم ڪانسي جا دروازا [[ليٽران بيسيليڪا]] ۾ موجود آهن.

يوناني عالم [[اسڪندريه جو ھيرون ]] پهرين صدي عيسويءَ ۾، جڏهن [[رومي مصر]] قائم هو، دنيا جو سڀ کان پراڻو سڃاتل خودڪار دروازو تيار ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;needham volume 4 part 2 162&quot;&gt;{{Cite book|editor-last=Needham |editor-first=Joseph |year=1986 |title=Science and Civilization in China: Mechanical Engineering |volume=IV:2 |publisher=Cambridge University Press |page=162 |orig-year=1965 |editor-last2=Wang |editor-first2=Ling |isbn=0-521-05803-1 |ol=7716140M}}&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان پوءِ چين ۾ [[سئي خاندان جو شهنشاهه يانگ]] (604–618ع) جي دور حڪومت ۾ شاهي لائبريري لاءِ پيرن جي حرڪت سان کلندڙ خودڪار دروازو تيار ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref name=&quot;needham volume 4 part 2 162&quot; /&gt; عرب موجد [[الجزري]] پڻ پاڻيءَ جي طاقت سان هلندڙ خودڪار دروازن جا نقشا ۽ وضاحتون پيش ڪيون.&lt;ref&gt;Howard R. Turner (1997), ''Science in Medieval Islam: An Illustrated Introduction'', p. 181, [[University of Texas Press]], {{ISBN|0-292-78149-0}}.&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal|journal=Archivio Italiano di Urologia e Andrologia |title=Primitive robotic procedures: Automotions for medical liquids in 12th century Asia minor|year=2014 |doi=10.4081/aiua.2014.4.300|last1=Penbegul |first1=Necmettin |last2=Atar |first2=Murat |last3=Kendirci |first3=Muammer |last4=Bozkurt |first4=Yasar |last5=Hatipoglu |first5=Namık Kemal |last6=Verit |first6=Ayhan |last7=Kadıoglu |first7=Ates |volume=86 |issue=4 |pages=300–303 |pmid=25641458 |doi-access=free }}&lt;/ref&gt;

وچئين دور ۾ [[ٽامو]] ۽ ان جون مصرعون تعميراتي فن ۾ اهم حيثيت رکنديون هيون. [[بيت لحم]] جي [[چرچ آف دي نيٽوٽي]] (ڇهين صدي) جا دروازا ڪانسي جي نقشدار پٽن سان ڍڪيل آهن. [[ھاگيا صوفيه]]، [[قسطنطنيه]] جا اٺين ۽ نائين صديءَ جا دروازا به ڪانسي جا آهن، جڏهن ته [[آڪس-لا-شاپيل]] جي گرجاگھر جا نائين صديءَ جا ڪانسي جا دروازا غالباً قسطنطنيه مان آندا ويا هئا، جيئن [[سينٽ مارڪس بيسيليڪا]]، وينس جا ڪجهه دروازا پڻ. جرمنيءَ جي آڪسن گرجاگھر جا ڪانسي جا دروازا لڳ ڀڳ 800ع جا آهن. [[فلورينس]] جي ڪئٿڊرل جي بپتسما گاهه جا ڪانسي جا دروازا 1423ع ۾ [[گيبرتي]] مڪمل ڪيا.&lt;ref&gt;Architecture, European Copper Institute; {{cite web |url=http://eurocopper.org/copper/copper-architecture.html |title=Find out how useful copper is to design and architecture! |access-date=2012-09-12 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20121009005711/http://eurocopper.org/copper/copper-architecture.html |archive-date=2012-10-09 }}&lt;/ref&gt; {{crossreference|(ڏسو پڻ: [[Copper in architecture]].)}}

[[File:Tür, Villa Boscoreale.jpg|left|thumb|upright|پهرين صدي عيسويءَ جي [[قديم روم]] جي ڀت تي ٺهيل رنگين تصوير، جنهن ۾ نفيس سينگاريل دروازو ڏيکاريل آهي.]]

يارهين ۽ ٻارهين صديءَ جا ڪانسي جا ڪيترائي تاريخي دروازا اڄ به موجود آهن. انهن مان سڀ کان پراڻو جرمنيءَ جي [[هلڊسهايم]] وارو دروازو (1015ع) آهي. هلڊسهايم جي هن طرز بعد ۾ پولينڊ جي [[گنيزنو دروازن]] جي جوڙجڪ تي به اثر وڌو. ڏکڻ اٽلي ۽ سسلي جا ٻيا اهم مثال هي آهن: [[سينٽ اينڊريا، امالفي]] (1060ع)، [[ساليرنو]] (1099ع)، [[ڪانوسا دي پوليا]] (1111ع)، [[ٽروا]] جا ٻه دروازا (1119ع ۽ 1124ع)، [[راويلو]] (1179ع)، جيڪي ٽراني جي باريسانو ٺاهيا، جنهن [[ٽراني گرجاگھر]] جا دروازا پڻ تيار ڪيا؛ جڏهن ته [[مونريالي]] ۽ [[پيسا گرجاگھر]] جا دروازا [[پيسا جي بونانو]] جا ٺاهيل آهن.

انهن سڀني دروازن ۾ قبضي واري عمودي پٽي جا محور مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين حصي ۾ هوندا هئا. تعميراتي ماهرن کي صحيح طرح معلوم نه آهي ته روايتي محوري نظام کان قبضن (ھنجز) ڏانهن تبديلي ڪڏهن آئي، پر ان تبديليءَ سان دروازن کي مضبوط ڪرڻ ۽ سينگارڻ جو نئون طريقو رائج ٿيو. ان لاءِ مختلف نمونن جون ٺڪيل لوهي پٽيون استعمال ٿينديون هيون، جيڪي قبضن جو ڪم به ڏينديون هيون. عام طور ٽي سينگاريل پٽيون دروازي سان لڳل هونديون هيون، جڏهن ته انهن سان گڏ لوهي ڪڙا عمودي محورن تي چڙهندا هئا، جيڪي پٿر يا ڪاٺ جي چوڪاٺ ۾ لڳل هوندا هئا. اهڙي نموني جو ٻارهين صديءَ جو هڪ ابتدائي مثال [[لنڪن ڪئٿڊرل]] ۾ موجود آهي. فرانس ۾ [[نوٽر ڊيم، پيرس]] جي دروازن جو ڌاتوءَ وارو ڪم هن فن جو هڪ شاندار نمونو آهي، جڏهن ته فرانس ۽ انگلينڊ ۾ به اهڙا ڪيترائي مثال موجود آهن.

اٽلي ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ مشهور دروازن ۾ [[فلورنس جي سينٽ جيوواني بپتسما گهر]] جا دروازا شامل آهن، جيڪي مڪمل طور ڪانسي جا ٺهيل آهن، جن ۾ [[دروازي جو چوڪاٺو]] پڻ ڪانسي جو آهي. ڏاکڻي دروازي تي موجود انساني شڪلين، پکين ۽ ٻوٽن جي نفيس نقش نگاري [[ايندريا پيزانو]] 1330ع ۾ تيار ڪئي، جڏهن ته اوڀر وارو دروازو [[گيبرتي]] 1425ع کان 1452ع جي وچ ۾ ٺاهيو، جيڪو پنهنجي فني حسن سبب تمام گهڻو مشهور آهي. اترئين دروازي (1402ع–1424ع) ۾ گيبرتي، ايندريا پيزانو جي ساڳي پينلن ۽ تصويري ترتيب واري طرز کي اختيار ڪيو، پر اوڀرئين دروازي ۾ مستطيل پينلن کي ابھريل نقش نگاري (Bas-relief) سان سينگاريو ويو، جن ۾ مقدس صحيفن جا منظر ۽ بيشمار انساني شڪلون ڏيکاريل آهن. انهن دروازن کي ئي اهو مشهور لقب ''جنت جا دروازا'' ڏنو ويو، جنهن جو ذڪر [[مائيڪل اينجلو]] پڻ ڪيو.

[[قاهره]] جي مسجدن جا دروازا بنيادي طور ٻن قسمن جا هوندا هئا. هڪ قسم ۾ دروازن تي ڪانسي يا لوهه جون چادرون چاڙهي انهن تي نفيس نقش نگاري يا اُڀريل سينگار ڪيو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته ٻئي قسم جا دروازا ڪاٺ جي فريم سان ٺهيل هوندا هئا، جن تي چورس ۽ هيرن جهڙن پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيل نمونن جي سينگار هوندي هئي. هن ٻئي طرز جي شروعات [[قبطي]] فن تعمير مان ٿي. [[پالرمو]] جي محل جا دروازا، جيڪي نارمن حڪمرانن لاءِ ساراسين ڪاريگرن تيار ڪيا، اڄ به بهترين حالت ۾ محفوظ آهن. اهڙي ئي سينگار واري طرز جا دروازا [[ويرونا]] ۾ پڻ ملن ٿا، جتي دروازن جي عمودي ۽ افقي ڪاٺين جا ڪنارا ترڇا ۽ ڪَٽيل نموني سان تيار ڪيا ويا آهن.

[[فائل:Дом компании Зингер, Россия, Санкт-Петербург.JPG|thumb|upright|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جي عنصرن سان سينگاريل شيشي جو دروازو، [[سنگر هائوس]]، [[سينٽ پيٽرسبرگ]]، روس]]

نشاةِ ثانيه جي دور ۾ اٽلي جا دروازا نسبتاً سادا رکيا ويندا هئا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اتي جي معمارن وڌيڪ توجهه دروازن جي چوڌاري ٺهيل داخلي بناوت (Doorway) تي ڏيندا هئا. ان جي ابتڙ، فرانس ۽ جرمني ۾ دروازن کي نهايت نفاست سان اُڪيريو ويندو هو، خاص طور [[لوئي چوڏهون طرز]] ۽ [[لوئي پندرهون طرز]] جي دور ۾. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن انهن ۾ ٿنڀا، ڇَجا، ٽڪنڊا محراب (Pediment) ۽ طاقون پڻ شامل ڪيون وينديون هيون، جڏهن ته چوڌاري ڀت سادي معمارِي واري هوندي هئي. اٽلي ۾ دروازن جي وڏائي وڌائڻ لاءِ پينلن جو تعداد وڌايو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته فرانس ۾ ان جي ابتڙ نسبتاً گهٽ پينلن کي ترجيح ڏني ويندي هئي. [[فونتين بلو]] جي محل جو هڪ وڏو ٻه-تاڪي دروازو اهڙي نموني ٺاهيو ويو آهي، جو ڏسڻ ۾ ڄڻ هڪ ئي وڏي پينل مان ٺهيل هجي.

فرانس ۾ نشاةِ ثانيه جي سڀ کان قديم دروازن مان هڪ [[سينٽ سووير گرجاگھر، ايڪس-آن-پرووانس]] (1503ع) جو دروازو آهي. ان جي هيٺين پينلن ۾ [[گوٿڪ فن تعمير|گوٿڪ]] طرز جي طاقن اندر لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|3|ft|m|abbr=on}} اوچيون انساني شڪلون اُڪيريل آهن، جڏهن ته مٿين پينلن ۾ لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|2|ft|m|abbr=on}} اوچين شڪلين سان ٻٽي قطار وارا طاق ۽ انهن مٿان ڇپر نما سينگار موجود آهي. اهي سڀ نقش [[ديودار]] جي ڪاٺ تي اُڪيريا ويا آهن. [[بووي گرجاگھر]] جو ڏاکڻو دروازو ڪيترن ئي لحاظ کان فرانس جي بهترين دروازن مان هڪ سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، جتي مٿين پينلن تي ابھريل نقش نگاري سان مذهبي منظر ۽ ڇپر نما سينگار ٺاهيا ويا آهن. [[جيزور]] جي گرجاگھر (1575ع) جا دروازا پڻ طاقن اندر انساني شڪلين سان سينگاريل آهن، جيڪي طبقاتي ٿنڀن سان هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيا ويا آهن. [[روئن]] جي [[سينٽ ميڪلو]] گرجاگھر ۾ ٽي نهايت خوبصورت اُڪيريل دروازا آهن؛ انهن مان [[ژان گوجون]] جا تيار ڪيل دروازا ٻنهي پاسن تي طاقن اندر شڪلين ۽ وچ ۾ نفيس مجسماڪاريءَ سبب خاص شهرت رکن ٿا. لڳ ڀڳ چاليهه کان پنجاهه سال پوءِ ٺاهيل ٻين دروازن کي ابھريل نقش نگاري، قدرتي منظرن، انساني شڪلين ۽ پيچيده آرائشي بارڊرن سان سينگاريو ويو.

[[ناسا]] جي [[گاڏين جي اسيمبلي عمارت]]، جيڪا [[ڪينيڊي خلائي مرڪز]] ۾ واقع آهي، دنيا جا چار سڀ کان وڏا دروازا رکي ٿي. هيءَ عمارت شروعات ۾ [[اپولو پروگرام|اپولو]] مشنن لاءِ [[سيٽرن پنجون]] راڪيٽن جي اسيمبلي لاءِ تعمير ڪئي وئي هئي، ۽ بعد ۾ [[خلائي شٽل]] پروگرام جي سهائتا لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي رهي. انهن چئن مان هر هڪ دروازي جي اوچائي {{convert|139|m|ft|abbr=off|sp=us}} آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.nasa.gov/centers/kennedy/pdf/718659main_VAB.pdf|title=Vehicle Assembly Building Fact Sheet|website=NASA|access-date=2016-06-03|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20161011224909/https://www.nasa.gov/centers/kennedy/pdf/718659main_VAB.pdf|archive-date=2016-10-11}}&lt;/ref&gt;

انگلينڊ جو سڀ کان قديم محفوظ دروازو [[ويسٽمنسٽر ائبي]] ۾ موجود آهي، جيڪو 1050ع جو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite news |url=https://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/uk_news/4743899.stm |work=BBC News |title=Abbey oak door 'Britain's oldest' |date=2005-08-03 |access-date=2010-05-01 |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20060620190404/http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/uk/4743899.stm |archive-date=2006-06-20}}&lt;/ref&gt; سترهين صديءَ ۾ انگلينڊ ۾ دروازن جي پينلن کي ابھريل [[بوليڪشن]] يا ٻاهر نڪتل سينگاريل ڍانچن سان سينگاريو ويندو هو، جن تي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن نهايت نفيس اُڪير به ڪئي ويندي هئي. ارڙهين صديءَ ۾ دروازن جي [[سينگاريل قالب]]، جيڪي [[عمودي ڪاٺي]] ۽ [[فريم ۽ پينل]] تي ٺهندا هئا، تن کي [[ايگ اينڊ ڊارٽ]] نموني جي [[معماري سينگار]] سان اُڪيريو ويندو هو.

&lt;gallery widths=&quot;170&quot; heights=&quot;200&quot; mode=&quot;packed&quot; caption=&quot;دروازن جي مختصر بصري تاريخ&quot;&gt;
File:Fragment from a tomb door MET 23.3.174f-emf.jpg|[[قديم مصري فن تعمير|قديم مصري]] مقبري جي دروازي جو ٽڪرو، لڳ ڀڳ 2150–1981 ق.م، [[ميٽروپوليٽن عجائب گهر]]، [[نيويارڪ شهر]]
File:The Hercules Sarcophagus depicting the Twelve Labors of Hercules, 150-160 AD, Kayseri Archaeological Museum, Turkey (26261172056) (lighter version).jpg|[[قديم يوناني فن تعمير|قديم يوناني]] طرز جو دروازو، هرڪيولس جي تابوت تي اُڪريل، [[قيصريه آثار قديمه عجائب گهر]]، [[قيصريه]]، [[ترڪي]]
File:Bronze door, Basilica di San Giovanni, 2013.jpg|[[قديم رومي فن تعمير|قديم رومي]] ڪانسي جا دروازا، [[ڪوريا جوليا]]، جيڪي هاڻي [[سينٽ جان ليٽران بيسليڪا]]، [[روم]] ۾ موجود آهن
File:Gate, ash-Shibak Fort, Ibra (North ash-Sharqiyah Governorate) Origin- Surat, India (Mughal Empire) Teak wood and brass.jpg|[[هندستاني فن تعمير|هندستاني]] [[مغل فن تعمير|مغل]] دور جو ساڳوان ۽ پتل جو دروازو
File:Tenghua Jiuguan 21 2015-04.JPG|روايتي [[چيني فن تعمير|چيني]] فولڊنگ دروازا، [[قديم وسٽيريا عجائب گهر]]، [[چانگجو]]، [[چين]]
File:Lateral door church Theotokos Gorgoepikoos Athens, Greece.jpg|[[بازنطيني فن تعمير|بازنطيني]] دروازو، [[ننڍي ميٽروپولس]]، [[اٿينس]]، [[يونان]]
File:Door in Morocco, 2010.jpg|[[اسلامي فن تعمير|اسلامي]] طرز جو دروازو، [[اسلامي هندسي نمونا]] سان سينگاريل، [[مراڪش]]
File:'Berfrestone' (DB) door and tympanum arch St Nicholas Church Barfrestone Kent England 1.jpg|[[رومانسڪ فن تعمير|رومانسڪ]] طرز جو دروازو، [[سينٽ نڪولس گرجاگهر]]، [[بارفريسٽون]]، [[ڪينٽ]]، [[انگلينڊ]]
File:Doorway detail, St Magnus Cathedral, Kirkwall, Orkney.jpg|[[گوٿڪ فن تعمير|گوٿڪ]] دروازو، [[سينٽ ميگنس گرجاگهر]]، [[ڪرڪوال]]، [[اسڪاٽلينڊ]]
File:Iconography - Saint Basil's Cathedral (19970306871).jpg|[[روسي فن تعمير|روسي]] دروازو، [[سينٽ بيسل گرجاگهر]]، [[ماسڪو]]
File:The entrance of the Antim Monastery Church.jpg|[[برانڪووينيسڪ طرز]] جو دروازو، [[انتيم خانقاه]]، [[بخاريسٽ]]، [[رومانيا]]، جنهن جي مٿان [[پسانيه]] لکيل آهي
File:Gdańsk (158).JPG|[[نشاة ثانيه فن تعمير|نشاة ثانيه]] طرز جو دروازو، [[گدانسڪ]]، [[پولينڊ]]
File:Chateau de Versailles Vestibule Haut 11 (lighter and fixed angles).jpg|[[باروڪ]] طرز جو دروازو، [[ورسائي محل]]، [[ورسائي]]، [[فرانس]]
File:Porte rue Monsieur-le-Prince Paris.jpg|[[روڪوڪو]] طرز جو دروازو، رو مونسيو لي پرنس، [[پيرس]]
File:P1210063 Paris III rue des Francs-Bourgeois n26 rwk.jpg|[[لوئي سورهون طرز]] جو دروازو، [[هوٽل مورتيي دي ساندرويل]]، رو دي فران بورجوا، [[پيرس]]
File:Pierre Rousseau - Double-Leaf Doors - 1942.2.12 - Cleveland Museum of Art.tif|[[نوڪلاسيڪي فن تعمير|نوڪلاسيڪي]] رنگيل ٻٽو دروازو (1790ع واري ڏهاڪي)، [[پيئر روسو]]، [[ڪليولينڊ آرٽ ميوزيم]]، [[آمريڪا]]
File:Brooklyn Museum 1994.92 Door with Lock (2).jpg|[[اولهه آفريڪا|اولهه آفريڪي]] تالي وارو ڪاٺ ۽ لوهه جو دروازو، اوڻيهين صديءَ جي آخر يا ويهين صديءَ جي شروعات، [[برڪينا فاسو]]، [[بروڪلن ميوزيم]]، [[نيويارڪ شهر]]
File:Zespół klasztoru Gandan (39).jpg|[[گاندانتيگچنلين خانقاه]]، [[منگوليا]] جو سينگاريل دروازو
File:P1250574 Paris V rue Malebranche n3 porte gothique bis encours.jpg|[[گوٿڪ احيا فن تعمير|گوٿڪ احيا]] طرز جو دروازو، رو مالبرانش، [[پيرس]]
File:Egyptian Revival mausoleum, Forest Home Cemetery.jpg|[[مصري احيا فن تعمير|مصري احيا]] طرز جي مقبري جو دروازو، فاريسٽ هوم قبرستان، [[وسڪانسن]]، [[آمريڪا]]
File:Armoiries de lIrlande à lambassade dIrlande à Paris.jpg|[[روڪوڪو احيا]] طرز جو دروازو، [[هوٽل دي بريتوي]]، [[پيرس]]
File:3-5, Strada Icoanei, Bucharest (Romania) 1.jpg|[[رومانوي احيا فن تعمير|رومانوي احيا]] طرز جو دروازو، [[شڪوالا سينٽرالا نيشنل ڪاليج]]، [[بخاريسٽ]]
File:Paris Porte cochère rue La Bruyère 2012.jpg|اوڻيهين صديءَ جو [[انتخابي فن تعمير|انتخابي]] ڪلاسيڪي طرز جو دروازو، رو لا بروئير، [[پيرس]]
File:Entrance of the George Enescu Museum.jpg|[[بيو آرٽس فن تعمير|بيو آرٽس]] طرز جو دروازو، [[ڪانتاڪوزينو محل]]، [[بخاريسٽ]]
File:Porte et marquise CCI Nancy.jpg|[[آرٽ نووو]] ڌاتو ۽ شيشي جو دروازو، [[نانسي]]، [[فرانس]]، مٿان وڏي شفاف [[ڇڄ]] سان
File:49-53, Calea Victoriei, Bucharest (Romania) 10.jpg|[[سادو ڪلاسيڪي فن تعمير|سادو ڪلاسيڪي]] طرز جو دروازو، [[بخاريسٽ شاهي محل]]، جيڪو هاڻي [[رومانيا جو قومي عجائب گهر براءِ فنون]] آهي
File:La Maison Bleue, porte d'entrée - Angers - 20110119.jpg|[[آرٽ ڊيڪو]] طرز جو دروازو، [[انجيه]]، [[فرانس]]
File:Fischerkirche (main door), Born a. Darß.jpg|ڪاٺ جو گرجاگهر جو دروازو، [[بورن آف ڊارس]]، [[جرمني]]
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== بناوت ۽ طرزون ==
[[فائل:Florença - Portões do Paraíso (146).jpg|thumb|upright|[[فلورنس بپتسما گهر]] جو دروازو، جنهن کي ''جنت جا دروازا'' چيو وڃي ٿو، 1425ع–1452ع، سونهري ڪانسي جو ٺهيل، اوچائي: 5.2 ميٽر]]
[[فائل:Kunsthistorisches Museum entrance.jpg|thumb|upright|[[ڪنسٽ هسٽوريشيز ميوزيم]] ([[ويانا]]، [[آسٽريا]]) جو داخلا دروازو]]

دروازن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جيڪي مختلف مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن:

* سڀ کان عام قسم '''هڪ تاڪي وارو دروازو''' آهي، جيڪو هڪ مضبوط تاڪي تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي ۽ پوري دروازي جي کليل حصي کي ڍڪي ڇڏيندو آهي. هن بنيادي جوڙجڪ جون ڪيترائي صورتون آهن، جهڙوڪ '''ٻه تاڪي وارو دروازو''' يا '''ٻٽو دروازو'''.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=External Single Door, Fully Glazed Leaf {{!}} NBS {{!}} BIM Library |url=https://source.thenbs.com/en/product/external-single-door-fully-glazed-leaf/7dHSpVWugYzrD2KEV7Zn74/wCWU2QXh2M5kYY78qJaQAo |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=source.thenbs.com |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''اڌ دروازو''' يا '''[[ڊچ دروازو]]''' يا '''اصطبل وارو دروازو''' افقي رخ ۾ ٻن حصن ۾ ورهايل هوندو آهي. هن قسم جو دروازو رهائشي گهرن ۾ به اختيار ڪيو ويو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Ray |first=Emily |date=2025-07-14 |title=Here's Why A Dutch Door Makes An Entryway More Beautiful &amp; Functional |url=https://www.housedigest.com/1908450/dutch-door-entryway-benefits/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=House Digest |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''[[سيلون]] جا دروازا''' هلڪا جهولندڙ ٻن تاڪن وارا دروازا هوندا آهن، جيڪي عام طور عوامي شراب خانن ۾ ملندا آهن ۽ خاص طور آمريڪي اولهه سان لاڳاپيل سمجهيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Martin |first=Hannah |date=2022-09-01 |title=Are Saloon Doors About to Have a Moment? |url=https://www.architecturaldigest.com/story/are-saloon-doors-about-to-have-a-moment |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Architectural Digest |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Hart |first=Morgan |date=2025-04-21 |title=Giddy Up: Western-Themed Bars in Utah • Salt Lake Magazine |url=https://saltlakemagazine.com/western-bars-utah/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Salt Lake Magazine |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''لڪل دروازو''' (انگريزي:بلائينڊ ڊور، گب ڊور يا جب ڊور) اهڙو دروازو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ٻاهران ڪا به چؤڪاٺ، هينڊل يا هلندڙ حصو ظاهر نه هوندو آهي. اهو ڀر واري ڀت سان اهڙي نموني ملي ويندو آهي، جو ڀت جو حصو ئي محسوس ٿيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Nicholson |first=Peter |title=The New and Improved Practical Builder |location=London |publisher=Thomas Kelly|date=1841 |pages=97–98}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''فرانسيسي دروازو''' ساڳي نموني اندر يا ٻاهر کلي ٿو جيئن '''[[فرانسيسي دريون]]'''. اهو پاسي کان انجيسن تي لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ وچ ۾ ڪا عمودي ورهاست نه هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=2024-06-13 |title=What Are French Windows and Doors? |url=https://www.lomaxwood.co.uk/news/what-are-french-windows-and-doors/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Lomax &amp; Wood |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''[[جهروڪيدار دروازو]]''' ۾ ڪاٺ جون مقرر يا هلندڙ پٽيون (جن کي [[جهروڪي]] پڻ چيو وڃي ٿو) لڳل هونديون آهن، جيڪي هوا جي اچ وڃ کي ممڪن بڻائينديون آهن، پر اندر جي نجي ماحول کي برقرار رکندي روشنيءَ جي سڌي گذر کي روڪينديون آهن. اهڙا دروازا نسبتاً ڪمزور هوندا آهن، تنهن ڪري گهڻو ڪري [[ڪپڙن جي الماري|المارين]] ۽ ڪپڙا سڪائڻ وارن ڪمرن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جتي حفاظت کان وڌيڪ هوا جي اچ وڃ اهم هوندي آهي. ساڳئي قسم جي جوڙجڪ [[دريءَ جا پردا]] ٺاهڻ لاءِ به استعمال ٿيندي آهي. 1929ع ۾ [[سيگيٽ]]، [[فلوريڊا]] ۾ گوينڊولين ۽ پاول ڪراسلي جي تعمير ڪرايل گهر ۾ ٻه جهروڪيدار دروازا لڳايا ويا، جيڪي هوا جي مناسب گردش سان گڏ اهڙي نجيت فراهم ڪندا هئا، جو ڪنهن به رخ کان اندر ڏسڻ ممڪن نه هوندو هو.

* '''مرڪب دروازو''' هڪ تاڪي وارو دروازو هوندو آهي، جيڪو مڪمل مضبوط يا شيشي سان ٺهيل ٿي سگهي ٿو ۽ عام طور تي اندر اعليٰ ڪثافت واري فوم سان ڀريل هوندو آهي. برطانيا ۾ اهڙن دروازن کي عام طور BS PAS 23/24 معيار موجب تصديق ٿيل هوندو آهي ۽ ''سڪيوئرڊ باء ڊزائين'' جي حفاظتي معيارن سان مطابقت رکندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://thecrimepreventionwebsite.com/pas-242012-enhanced-security-doorsets/573/what-does-certificated-to-pas-24-actually-mean/|title=What does 'certificated' to PAS 24 actually mean?|work=thecrimepreventionwebsite.com|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140125223650/http://thecrimepreventionwebsite.com/pas-242012-enhanced-security-doorsets/573/what-does-certificated-to-pas-24-actually-mean|archive-date=2014-01-25}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Doors and Locks |url=https://www.securedbydesign.com/guidance/standards-explained#doors-and-locks |website=Secured by Design |publisher=Police Crime Prevention Initiative |access-date=29 October 2019}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''فولادي حفاظتي دروازو''' مضبوط فولاد مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ گهڻو ڪري [[بئنڪ خزانو|خزانن]] ۽ [[محفوظ ڪمرو|محفوظ ڪمرن]] ۾ حملي جي مزاحمت لاءِ لڳايو ويندو آهي. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن انهن جي ٻاهرين سطح تي ڪاٺ جا پينل پڻ لڳايا ويندا آهن ته جيئن عام دروازن جهڙا نظر اچن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://henleyssecuritydoors.co.uk/|title=Henleys Security Doors|website=Henleys Security Doors|access-date=25 May 2016|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160530035319/http://henleyssecuritydoors.co.uk/|archive-date=30 May 2016}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''هموار دروازو''' مڪمل طور تي سڌي ۽ هموار سطح وارو هوندو آهي. ان ۾ هلڪي ڪاٺ جي فريم تي [[پلائيووڊ]] يا [[وچولي ڪثافت وارو فائبر بورڊ]] لڳايو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته اندر جا خالي حصا گهڻو ڪري گتي جي مواد سان ڀريا ويندا آهن. ٻاهرين سطح سخت فائبر بورڊ مان پڻ ٺهي سگهي ٿي، جنهن جو مشهور نالو [[ميسونائيٽ]] آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Masonite International Corporation |url=https://visitjones.com/historic_locations/masonite-international-corporation/ |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Visit Laurel &amp; Jones County |language=en-US}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''ڍانچي وارو دروازو''' جو اندروني ڍانچو هموار دروازي جهڙو هوندو آهي، پر ان جي ٻاهرئين سطح ٺهيل نمونيدار MDF يا [[ميسونائيٽ]] مان تيار ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=2020-06-17 |title=What Should I Go For- Veneered Doors vs Moulded Doors |url=https://www.articlecube.com/what-should-i-go-veneered-doors-vs-moulded-doors |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=ArticleCube |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''تختن ۽ آڏين پٽين وارو دروازو''' ڪيترن عمودي تختن مان ٺهندو آهي، جيڪي ٻن يا وڌيڪ افقي ڪاٺين سان ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن مضبوطي لاءِ ترڇيون ڪاٺيون پڻ لڳايون وينديون آهن.

* '''[[پيادل دروازو]]''' وڏي دروازي جي اندر ٺهيل ننڍو دروازو هوندو آهي، جيڪو وڏي دروازي کي کولڻ کان سواءِ ماڻهن جي اچ وڃ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. اهڙا دروازا وڏن گرجاگهرن، گيراجن يا جهازن جي هينگرن ۾ ڏسي سگهجن ٿا.

* '''ٻٽو ويڙهيندڙ دروازو''' ڪيترن حصن تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي، جيڪي ويڙهجي هڪ ٻئي سان لڳي ويندا آهن. اهي گهڻو ڪري ڪاٺ يا ايلومينيم مان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن ۽ مڪمل کلي وڃڻ تي ڪمري جي ورهاڱي وانگر نظر ايندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.thedoorzone.co.uk/|title=Front Doors, Garage Doors Insights from The Door Zone|website=The Door Zone|language=en-GB|access-date=2017-05-11|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20170507074631/http://www.thedoorzone.co.uk/|archive-date=2017-05-07}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=CPD 07 2025: Mastering sliding and bi-fold doors |url=https://www.housingtoday.co.uk/cpd/cpd-07-2025-mastering-sliding-and-bi-fold-doors/5136701.article |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=Housing Today |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''[[سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ شيشي جو دروازو]]'''، جنهن کي ڪڏهن آرڪيڊيا يا پيٽيو دروازو پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، [[شيشو|شيشي]] مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي ۽ پاسي ڏانهن سرڪي کلي ٿو. ڪيترن قسمن ۾ ڄاري پڻ لڳل هوندي آهي.

* '''ڪوڙو دروازو''' اهڙي آرائشي بناوت هوندي آهي، جيڪا ظاهري طرح دروازي يا دريءَ جهڙي لڳندي آهي، پر حقيقت ۾ کلي نه سگهندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Digital Giza {{!}} Frequently Asked Questions |url=http://giza.fas.harvard.edu/faq/ |access-date=2025-10-15 |website=giza.fas.harvard.edu}}&lt;/ref&gt; [[قديم مصري فن تعمير]] ۾ اهو مقبرن جو عام جزو هو، جتي اهو آخرت ڏانهن ويندڙ دروازي جي علامت سمجهيو ويندو هو. اهڙي قسم جا ڪوڙا دروازا ريگستاني قبيلن جي تدفيني اڏاوتن، جهڙوڪ [[لبيا]] جي غرزا ۾ پڻ ملن ٿا.

== قسم ==

دروازن کي سندن جوڙجڪ، استعمال ۽ کلڻ جي طريقي موجب مختلف قسمن ۾ ورهايو وڃي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book
|last=انصاري
|first=ضياءُ الدين
|title=عمارت سازي
|publisher=سنڌي ادبي بورڊ
|location=ڄامشورو
|year=1990
}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== جوڙجڪ موجب قسم ===

* '''پٽين وارا دروازا''' (Ledged doors): هي سادا دروازا عمودي ڪاٺين جي پٽين (بيٽن) ۽ افقي ٽيڪن (ليجز) سان ٺهندا آهن. انهن جو استعمال گهڻو ڪري ٻهراڙي وارن علائقن ۽ عارضي عمارتن ۾ ٿيندو آهي.

* '''پٽين ۽ وترين ٽيڪن وارا دروازا''' (Ledged and braced doors): هن قسم ۾ افقي ٽيڪن سان گڏ وتريون ٽيڪون پڻ لڳايون وينديون آهن، جيڪي دروازي کي وڌيڪ مضبوطي ۽ استحڪام فراهم ڪنديون آهن.

* '''چوڪاٺ ۽ پٽين وارا دروازا''' (Ledged and framed doors): انهن ۾ پٽين سان گڏ چوڪاٺ به شامل هوندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازي جي مضبوطي ۽ خوبصورتي وڌي ويندي آهي.

* '''چوڪاٺ، پٽين ۽ وترين ٽيڪن وارا دروازا''' (Ledged, framed and braced doors): هي اڳئين قسم جو وڌيڪ مضبوط نمونو آهي، جيڪو گهڻو ڪري ٻاهرين استعمال لاءِ مناسب هوندو آهي.

* '''چوڪاٺ ۽ پينلن وارا دروازا''' (Framed and panelled doors): هي سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ دروازا آهن. چوڪاٺ جي اندر ڪاٺ يا ٻين مواد جا پينل لڳايا ويندا آهن، جن جون مختلف بناوتون ۽ ڊزائنون هونديون آهن.

* '''شيشي ۽ پينلن وارا دروازا''' (Glazed and panelled doors): انهن ۾ شيشي ۽ ڪاٺ جا پينل گڏيل نموني استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جنهن سان قدرتي روشني اندر داخل ٿيندي آهي. اهي آفيسن، اسپتالن، لائبريرين، دڪانن ۽ نمائشگاهن ۾ عام آهن.

* '''فلش دروازا''' (Flush doors): هنن جا ٻاهريان پاسا هموار هوندا آهن ۽ اندران مضبوط فريم يا سالڊ ڪور تي پلائيووڊ يا ساڳئي قسم جي چادر لڳل هوندي آهي. اهي هلڪا، پائيدار ۽ سنڀالڻ ۾ آسان هوندا آهن.

* '''ڄاريءَ وارا دروازا''' (Wire gauze doors): انهن ۾ ڌاتي ڄاري لڳل هوندي آهي، جيڪا هوا جي وهڪري کي برقرار رکندي آهي ۽ مڇرن، مکين ۽ ٻين جيتن جي داخلا روڪيندي آهي.

* '''لوور وارا دروازا''' (Louvered doors): انهن ۾ ترڇيون پٽيون لڳل هونديون آهن، جيڪي هوا جي گذر کي ممڪن بڻائينديون آهن، جڏهن ته رازداري پڻ برقرار رهندي آهي.

=== کلڻ جي طريقي موجب قسم ===

[[فائل:Types of doors.png|thumb|دروازن جي ڪم ڪندڙ طريقن جا بنيادي قسم]]

==== انجيسن وارا دروازا ====

گهڻا دروازا هڪ پاسي [[انجيس]] سان لڳل هوندا آهن، جنهن سبب اهي هڪ رخ ۾ ڦري کلندا آهن. عام طور ڦرڻ جو محور عمودي هوندو آهي، پر ڪن حالتن ۾، جهڙوڪ گيراج دروازن ۾، اهو افقي به ٿي سگهي ٿو.

* '''جهولندڙ دروازو''' (Swing door): خاص انجيسن سان لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪي ان کي اندر يا ٻاهر کلڻ ڏينديون آهن، ۽ اڪثر اسپرنگ ذريعي پاڻمرادو بند ٿي ويندو آهي.

* '''ٻنهي طرفن کلندڙ دروازو''' (Double-acting door): ٻنهي طرفن کلڻ جي صلاحيت رکي ٿو. اهڙا دروازا ريسٽورنٽن جي رڌڻ گهرن ۽ گهڻي آمدرفت وارن هنڌن تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

* '''باغيچو دروازو''' (Garden door): فرانسيسي دريءَ جهڙو هوندو آهي، پر وڌيڪ محفوظ هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ صرف هڪ تاڪ کلندو آهي.

* '''ڪنويڪشن دروازو''' (Convection door): فرش کان ڇت تائين اوچائي وارو اندريون دروازو، جيڪو گرم هوا جي گردش ۾ مددگار هوندو آهي.

==== سرڪندڙ دروازا ====

سرڪندڙ دروازا ريلن تي هڪ پاسي کان ٻئي پاسي سرڪي کلندا ۽ بند ٿيندا آهن، تنهنڪري جاءِ جي بچت ٿيندي آهي.

* '''اوورليپ سرڪندڙ دروازو''' (Bypass door): ٻه يا وڌيڪ تاڪ هڪ ٻئي جي اڳيان پٺيان سرڪندا آهن ۽ گهڻو ڪري المارين ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

* '''[[پاڪيٽ دروازو]]''' (Pocket door): ڀت جي اندر ٺهيل خالي جاءِ ۾ سرڪي ويندو آهي، تنهنڪري تنگ جڳهن لاءِ موزون هوندو آهي.

* '''سرڪندڙ شيشي جو دروازو''' (Sliding glass door): گهرن، هوٽلن ۽ واپاري عمارتن ۾، خاص طور صحن يا باغ ڏانهن داخلا لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

==== ڦرندڙ دروازا ====

* '''[[ڦرندڙ دروازو]]''' (Revolving door): مرڪزي محور جي چوڌاري ڦرندڙ ڪيترن تاڪن تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ٻنهي طرفن کان اچ وڃ کي آسان بڻائيندو آهي.

* '''مرڪزي محور وارو دروازو''' (Pivot door): انجيسن بدران مرڪزي محور تي لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪناري يا وچ تي ٿي سگهي ٿو.

==== تيز رفتار دروازا ====

'''[[تيز رفتار دروازو]]''' (High-speed door) صنعتي استعمال لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. اهو تمام تيزيءَ سان کلندو ۽ بند ٿيندو آهي ۽ ڪارخانن، صفائي وارن ڪمرن ۽ ٿڌ خانن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

==== خودڪار دروازا ====

'''[[خودڪار دروازو]]''' بجلي، چشمي يا ٻنهي جي مدد سان پاڻمرادو کلندو ۽ بند ٿيندو آهي. اهي حساس اوزارن، حرڪت معلوم ڪندڙ نظام، ريموٽ ڪنٽرول يا هٿ سان هلندڙ سوئچ ذريعي ڪم ڪندا آهن. جديد خودڪار دروازن ۾ حفاظتي حساس اوزار پڻ لڳل هوندا آهن، جيڪي ماڻهن يا شين سان ٽڪرائجڻ کان بچائيندا آهن.

==== ٻيا قسم ====

* '''مٿي کڄندڙ دروازو''' (Up-and-over door): گهڻو ڪري گيراجن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي ۽ مٿي کڄي افقي حالت ۾ بيهي رهندو آهي.

* '''[[ٽيمبور دروازو]]''' (Tambour door): سنهين افقي پٽين مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ريلن تي مٿي ۽ هيٺ ٿيندو آهي.

* '''ويڙهندڙ دروازو''' (Rolling door): فولادي پٽين مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڊرم تي ويڙهجي کلندو ۽ بند ٿيندو آهي. گيراجن، گودامن ۽ دڪانن ۾ عام آهي.

* '''ڳتجندڙ دروازو''' (Collapsible door): فولادي پٽن ۽ ڪينچي جهڙي جوڙجڪ تي ٻڌل هوندو آهي، جيڪو پاسن ڏانهن ويڙهجي کلندو ۽ بند ٿيندو آهي. مارڪيٽن، گيراجن ۽ وڏين داخلي جڳهن تي استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

== استعمال ==

[[فائل:Miersch, 17 rue Nicolas Welter-001.jpg|thumb|[[لڪسمبرگ]] ۾ هڪ دروازي جي مٿان شفاف ڇڄو]]

تعميراتي دروازن جا عام توڙي خاص مقصدن لاءِ ڪيترائي استعمال ٿيندا آهن. عام طور دروازا اندروني جڳهن، جهڙوڪ المارين، ڪمرن ۽ ٻين حصن کي هڪ ٻئي کان الڳ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيئن [[سهولت]]، [[رازداري]]، [[سلامتي]] ۽ [[تحفظ]] برقرار رهي. دروازا عمارت جي ٻاهرين حصي کان اندر داخل ٿيڻ وارن رستن کي محفوظ ڪرڻ، [[آبهوا]] جي ضابطي ۽ حفاظت لاءِ پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

دروازن جا ڪجهه خاص استعمال پڻ هي آهن:

* '''[[ڌماڪي کان بچاءُ وارو دروازو]]''' (Blast-proof door): اهڙو دروازو جيڪو عمارت يا اڏاوت ۾ داخلا مهيا ڪرڻ سان گڏ ڌماڪن جي زور کان تحفظ فراهم ڪرڻ لاءِ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.

* '''باغيچو دروازو''' (Garden door): اهڙو دروازو جيڪو پٺئين صحن يا [[باغ]] ڏانهن کلي ٿو. هي اصطلاح خاص طور تي [[فرانسيسي دريون]] يا ٻٽي فرانسيسي دروازن (جن ۾ پينلن بدران شيشي جا خانا هوندا آهن) لاءِ، [[سرڪندڙ شيشي جو دروازو|سرڪندڙ شيشي جي دروازي]] جي بدران استعمال ٿيندو آهي. هي اصطلاح ''پيٽيو دروازن'' (Patio doors) لاءِ پڻ استعمال ٿي سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Patio Doors vs Garden Doors: What's The Difference? |url=https://www.uswindow-door.com/blog/patio-doors-vs-garden-doors-whats-the-difference |access-date=2022-09-13 |website=www.uswindow-door.com |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''لڪل دروازو''' (Jib door): اهڙو دروازو جنهن جي مٿاڇري ڀر واري ڀت جي سينگار، ڍانچي ۽ رنگ سان هم آهنگ هوندي آهي، جنهن ڪري اهو آساني سان نظر نٿو اچي. اهڙا دروازا تاريخي انگريزي گهرن ۾ گهڻو ڪري خادمن جي اچ وڃ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا هئا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last1=Azzarito |first1=Amy |title=The Elements of a Home: Curious Histories behind Everyday Household Objects, from Pillows to Forks |date=17 March 2020 |publisher=Chronicle Books |isbn=978-1-4521-7902-5 |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=bVPODwAAQBAJ&amp;pg=PA101 |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;{{rp|101}}

* '''[[پالتو جانورن جو دروازو]]''' (Pet door)، جيڪو [[ٻليءَ جو دروازو]] (Cat flap) يا ڪتي جو دروازو پڻ سڏبو آهي، دروازي ۾ ٺهيل اهڙو کلڻ وارو حصو هوندو آهي، جيڪو پالتو جانورن کي مکيه دروازو کولڻ کان سواءِ اندر اچڻ ۽ ٻاهر وڃڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. اهو رٻڙ جي هڪ سادي پردي سان ڍڪيل ٿي سگهي ٿو يا مٿئين پاسي انجيسن تي لڳل ننڍو دروازو به ٿي سگهي ٿو، جنهن کي جانور پاڻ ڌڪي کولي سگهن ٿا. پالتو جانورن جا دروازا سرڪندڙ شيشي جي دروازي ۾ مستقل يا عارضي پينل طور پڻ لڳائي سگهجن ٿا. ڪجهه دروازا هڪ طرفي هوندا آهن، جيڪي رڳو ٻاهر وڃڻ جي اجازت ڏيندا آهن، جڏهن ته جديد برقي دروازن ۾ خاص اليڪٽرانڪ سڃاڻپ وارو ٽيگ رکندڙ جانورن کي ئي اندر اچڻ جي اجازت هوندي آهي.

* '''[[ٽريپ دروازو]]''' (Trapdoor): اهڙو دروازو جيڪو [[ڇت]] يا [[فرش]] ۾ افقي رخ سان لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ گهڻو ڪري ڏاڪڻ ذريعي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

* '''پاڻيءَ وارو دروازو''' يا '''پاڻيءَ جي داخلا وارو دروازو''' (Water door): اهڙو دروازو، جهڙوڪ [[وينس]] ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ، جيڪو پاڻيءَ تي ٺهيل عمارت، مثال طور واهه جي ڪناري واري عمارت، مان سڌو پاڻي ڏانهن کلي ٿو، جتان ماڻهو پنهنجي ذاتي ٻيڙي يا [[پاڻيءَ واري ٽيڪسي]] ۾ چڙهي يا لهي سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.seevenice.it/en/doors-in-venice-among-water-art-and-architecture/|website=See Venice, Italy|title=Doors in Venice: among water, art and architecture|date=20 March 2016|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180103074300/http://www.seevenice.it/en/doors-in-venice-among-water-art-and-architecture/|archive-date=2018-01-03}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;Water doors make frequent appearances in [[Donna Leon]]'s books, and in some are important plot devices, as in [[Donna Leon#Commissario Guido Brunetti novels|''Acqua Alta'' aka ''Death in High Water'' (1996) and ''Beastly Things'' (2012)]].&lt;/ref&gt;

== جوڙجڪ ۽ جزا ==

[[فائل:Door-glossary.png|thumb|پينل يا شيشي واري دروازي جا مختلف حصا]]
[[فائل:Door-midrail-detail.png|thumb|وچين ريل، لاڪ ريل ۽ گنسٽاڪ اسٽائل جي ڳانڍاپي جو نمونو]]
[[فائل:Frame-filled-door.gif|thumb|فريم ۽ ڀريل دروازو]]
[[فائل:hollow door.jpg|thumb|اندروني بناوت ڏيکارڻ لاءِ هڪ پاسي کان کليل خالي (هولو) دروازو]]

=== پينلن واري جوڙجڪ ===

پينلن وارا دروازا، جن کي '''اسٽائل ۽ ريل وارا دروازا''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، [[فريم ۽ پينل]] واري جوڙجڪ سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن. يورپي معيار '''EN 12519''' انهن اصطلاحن جي وضاحت ڪري ٿو، جيڪي يورپي ملڪن ۾ سرڪاري طور استعمال ٿين ٿا. انهن جا بنيادي حصا هيٺ ڏجن ٿا:

* '''[[اسٽائل]]''' (Stiles) – اهي عمودي ڪاٺيون پٽيون هونديون آهن، جيڪي دروازي جي پوري اوچائي تائين هونديون آهن ۽ ان جا ساڄا ۽ کاٻا ڪنارا ٺاهينديون آهن. هڪ پاسي انجيسون لڳل هونديون آهن، جنهن کي ''هينگنگ اسٽائل'' چيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن⁠تہ ٻئي پاسي هٿيو، تالو، بولٽ يا ڪڙو لڳل هوندو آهي، جنهن کي ''ليچ اسٽائل'' چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''[[فريم ۽ پينل|ريلون]]''' (Rails) – اهي افقي پٽيون هونديون آهن، جيڪي مٿئين، هيٺئين ۽ ڪڏهن وچئين حصي ۾ لڳل هونديون آهن. اهي ٻنهي اسٽائلن کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍينديون آهن ۽ دروازي کي ٻن يا وڌيڪ پينلن ۾ ورهائينديون آهن. مٿئين پٽي کي ''ٽاپ ريل''، هيٺئين کي ''باٽم ريل'' يا ''ڪِڪ ريل'' چيو ويندو آهي، جڏهن⁠تہ تالي جي اوچائيءَ تي لڳل وچئين پٽي ''لاڪ ريل'' ۽ ٻين وچين پٽين کي ''ڪراس ريل'' سڏيو ويندو آهي.

* '''[[ملين]]''' (Mullions) – اهي اختياري سنهيون عمودي پٽيون هونديون آهن، جيڪي ٻن ريلن جي وچ ۾ لڳي دروازي کي وڌيڪ عمودي حصن يا پينلن ۾ ورهائينديون آهن. دروازن ۾ هي اصطلاح ڪڏهن استعمال ٿيندو آهي، پر برطانيا ۽ آسٽريليا ۾ اهو گهڻو ڪري دريَن جي عمودي حصن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

* '''منٽن''' (Muntin) – اختياري عمودي پٽيون، جيڪي دروازي کي وڌيڪ ننڍن پينلن ۾ ورهائينديون آهن.

* '''پينل''' (Panels) – اهي وڏا ۽ ويڪرا تختا هوندا آهن، جيڪي اسٽائلن، ريلن ۽ ملينن جي وچ واري خالي جاءِ ڀريندا آهن. عام طور اهي ٻين حصن ۾ ٺهيل کانچن (Grooves) ۾ فٽ ڪيا ويندا آهن، جنهن سان دروازي جي مضبوطي برقرار رهندي آهي. پينل هموار يا اڀريل (Raised) شڪل جا ٿي سگهن ٿا. اهي مستقل طور چنبڙيل به ٿي سگهن ٿا يا هلڪي چرپر لاءِ آزاد (Floating panel) به رکيا ويندا آهن.

* '''شيشي جو پينل''' (Light) – پينل جي بدران لڳايل شيشي جو ٽڪرو، جيڪو دروازي کي دريءَ جهڙي خاصيت فراهم ڪندو آهي.

=== تختن ۽ پٽين واري جوڙجڪ ===

هي دروازن جي قديم ترين بناوتن مان هڪ آهي، جنهن کي '''ليجز ۽ بريسز وارا دروازا''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. هن جوڙجڪ ۾ بنيادي طور عمودي ڪاٺيون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آهن.

* '''تختا''' (Planks) – اهي عام طور 9 انچ يا ان کان وڌيڪ ويڪرا ڪاٺ جا تختا هوندا آهن، جيڪي دروازي جي پوري اوچائي تائين لڳايا ويندا آهن ۽ هڪ ٻئي سان گڏ رکي دروازي جي سموري ويڪر مڪمل ڪندا آهن.

* '''ليجز ۽ بريسز''' (Ledges and Braces) – ليجز افقي پٽيون هونديون آهن، جن تي عمودي تختا مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙيا ويندا آهن. اهي تختن کي گڏ رکڻ ۽ دروازي کي مضبوطي ڏيڻ جو ڪم ڪنديون آهن. جيڪڏهن اهي پٽيون ترڇيون لڳايون وڃن ته انهن کي '''بريسز''' چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪي دروازي کي وڪڙجڻ يا شڪل بگڙجڻ کان بچائينديون آهن. ڪجهه پراڻن دروازن ۾ ڪاٺين ليجز جي بدران لوهي جون پٽيون استعمال ٿينديون هيون، جيڪي انجيسن سان به ڳنڍيل هونديون هيون.

=== ليجز ۽ بريسز واري بناوت ===

هيءَ جوڙجڪ تختن ۽ پٽين واري دروازي جهڙي ئي هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ عمودي تختن کي افقي ۽ ترڇين پٽين جي مدد سان وڌيڪ مضبوط بڻايو ويندو آهي.

=== ڌڪ جي مزاحمت وارا دروازا ===

ڌڪ جي مزاحمت وارن دروازن جا اسٽائل گول ڪنارن سان ٺاهيا ويندا آهن، ته جيئن ٽڪر لڳڻ وقت توانائي پکڙجي وڃي ۽ ڪنارن جي ٽٽڻ، ڇڄڻ يا ڏار پوڻ جو امڪان گهٽجي وڃي. انهن جا ڪنارا گهڻو ڪري انجنيئرڊ مواد مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهڙا دروازا اسپتالن، اسڪولن، هوٽلن ۽ ٻين گهڻي اچ وڃ وارن هنڌن لاءِ موزون هوندا آهن.

=== فريم ۽ ڀريل دروازا ===

هن قسم ۾ مضبوط ڪاٺ جو فريم تيار ڪري، ان جي هڪ پاسي زبان ۽ نالي (Tongue and Groove) واريون ڪاٺيون پٽيون لڳايون وينديون آهن. اهي گهڻو ڪري ٻاهرين استعمال لاءِ ٺاهيا ويندا آهن، جتي تختا موسم واري پاسي رکيا ويندا آهن.

=== هموار جوڙجڪ (Flushing) ===

فَلش دروازي مان مراد اهو آهي ته دروازي جي مٿاڇري ڀت جي ٻنهي پاسن سان هڪجهڙي هموار سطح تي هجي ۽ ٻاهر نڪري نظر نه اچي.

=== مولڊ ٿيل جوڙجڪ ===

* '''[[اسٽائل]] ۽ [[فريم ۽ پينل|ريلون]]''' – اهي عام پينل دروازن جي ڀيٽ ۾ نسبتاً سنهيون هونديون آهن ۽ دروازي جا ٻاهريان ڪنارا ٺاهينديون آهن.

* '''اندروني ڀرائي (Core material)''' – اهو مواد، جيڪو دروازي جي اندر ڀريو ويندو آهي ته جيئن خالي جاءِ ڀرجي، مضبوطي وڌي ۽ آواز گهٽ پيدا ٿئي.

** '''خالي ڪور''' (Hollow-core) – ان ۾ عام طور [[ڄاري]]، [[ماکيءَ جي ڇتي جهڙي ڄاري]]، ناريل ٿيل ڪارڊبورڊ، پوليسٽائرين فوم يا سنهيون ڪاٺيون پٽيون استعمال ٿينديون آهن. ڪڏهن ڪاٺ جا بلاڪ به استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهڙا دروازا گهڻو ڪري اندرين ڪمرن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web| url = https://gumroad.com/tales/p/upgrade-your-home-with-contemporary-flush-doors| url-status = dead| archive-url = https://web.archive.org/web/20200920180938/https://gumroad.com/tales/p/upgrade-your-home-with-contemporary-flush-doors| archive-date = 2020-09-20| title = Upgrade Your Home With Contemporary Flush Doors - Melissa Goodman}}&lt;/ref&gt;

*** '''لاڪ بلاڪ''' – خالي ڪور واري دروازي جي اندر تالي جي جاءِ ڀرسان لڳايل مضبوط ڪاٺ جو ٽڪرو، جنهن تي تالو ۽ ٻيو هارڊويئر محفوظ نموني لڳائي سگهجي.

** '''اسٽيو ڪور''' (Stave-core) – هن ۾ سنهيون ڪاٺيون پٽيون هڪ ٻئي مٿان ترتيب سان لڳل هونديون آهن، جنهن سان تقريباً مڪمل ڪاٺي ڀرائي حاصل ٿيندي آهي.

** '''سالڊ ڪور''' (Solid-core) – هن قسم ۾ گهٽ ڪثافت وارو [[پارٽيڪل بورڊ]] يا [[فوم]] استعمال ڪري دروازي جي سموري اندروني جاءِ ڀري ويندي آهي. اهڙا فَلش دروازا، خاص طور فوم ڪور وارا، ٻاهرين استعمال لاءِ وڌيڪ موزون هوندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي بهتر گرمي بندش ۽ وڌيڪ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندا آهن.

* '''ٻاهرين چادر''' (Skin) – دروازي جي ٻنهي پاسن تي HDF يا [[وچولي ڪثافت وارو فائبر بورڊ|MDF]] جون چادرون لڳايون وينديون آهن.

=== دروازي جي کلڻ جو رخ ===

دروازي جي کلڻ جو رخ (Door handing يا Door swing) عام طور دروازي جي ٻاهرئين يا گهٽ محفوظ پاسي کان بيهي طئي ڪيو ويندو آهي، يعني ان پاسي کان جتان چاٻي سان دروازو کوليو وڃي يا جتي کان عام طور ٻاهران اندر داخل ٿيو وڃي.

ٻاهرين دروازن ۾ کلڻ جو صحيح رخ مقرر ڪرڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ مٿيون حصو ۽ چوڪاٺو اهڙي نموني ٺاهيو ويندو آهي جو مينهن جو پاڻي اندر نه اچي ۽ آسانيءَ سان وهي وڃي. جيڪڏهن دروازي جو رخ غلط چونڊيو وڃي ته دروازو صحيح نموني بند نه ٿيندو، چوڪاٺ سان ٽڪرائجي سگهي ٿو يا پاڻي اندر داخل ٿي سگهي ٿو. اتر آمريڪا ۾ گهڻا دروازا اڳواٽ انجيسن سميت چوڪاٺ ۾ لڳل صورت ۾ تيار ٿيندا آهن.

جيڪڏهن ٻاهران بيهڻ وقت انجيسون ساڄي پاسي هجن ته اهو '''ساڄي هٿ وارو دروازو'''، ۽ جيڪڏهن کاٻي پاسي هجن ته '''کاٻي هٿ وارو دروازو''' سڏبو آهي. جيڪڏهن دروازو اوهان ڏانهن کلي ته ان کي '''ريورس سوئنگ''' ۽ جيڪڏهن اوهان کان پري کلي ته '''عام سوئنگ''' چيو ويندو آهي.

=== بنيادي مواد ===

اڄڪلهه ٻاهرين دروازن جي سڃاڻپ گهڻو ڪري انهن جي تياري ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ مواد جي بنياد تي ڪئي ويندي آهي، جهڙوڪ [[ڪاٺ]]، [[اسٽيل]]، [[فائبر گلاس]]، [[يو پي وي سي]] (ونائل)، [[ايلومينيم]]، جامع (Composite) مواد ۽ [[شيشو]].

[[فائل:Quinta da Boa Vista 13.jpg|thumb|upright|[[سائو ڪرسٽوواو محل]] ۾ ڪاٺ ۽ لوهي ڪم سان ٺهيل نوڪلاسيڪي طرز جو دروازو]]

* '''ڪاٺ جا دروازا''' پنهنجي قدرتي خوبصورتي سبب سڀ کان وڌيڪ پسند ڪيا ويندا آهن. اهي گهڻو ڪري آرڊر موجب تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن، پر انهن جون ڪجهه خاميون به آهن، جهڙوڪ وڌيڪ قيمت، باقاعده رنگ يا پالش جي ضرورت، ۽ نسبتاً گهٽ حرارتي موصليت.&lt;ref&gt;Exterior Doors; Energy.gov; {{cite web |url=http://energy.gov/energysaver/articles/doors |title=Doors |access-date=2015-03-05 |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150304181502/http://energy.gov/energysaver/articles/doors |archive-date=2015-03-04 }}&lt;/ref&gt; انهن جي حفاظت لاءِ مٿان ڇپر يا شيڊ هجڻ ضروري هوندو آهي، جيڪو سج جي الٽرا وائلٽ شعاعن ۽ مينهن کان بچاءُ ڪري.

* '''اسٽيل جا دروازا''' رهائشي عمارتن جي مکيه داخلي دروازن لاءِ عام چونڊ آهن. انهن جي اندر گهڻو ڪري [[پولي يورٿين]] يا ٻيو فوم ڀريو ويندو آهي، جيڪو گرمي بندش ۽ توانائيءَ جي بچت ۾ مدد ڏيندو آهي. اهي عام طور مضبوط چوڪاٺ ۽ تالي واري نظام سان گڏ ايندا آهن، تنهن ڪري ڪاٺ جي دروازن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ محفوظ ۽ خرچ جي لحاظ کان فائديمند هوندا آهن.

* '''جامع، فائبر گلاس ۽ ونائل جا دروازا''' جديد عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن. انهن ۾ حرارتي موصليت بهتر هوندي آهي ۽ اهي توانائي بچائڻ وارن معيارن، جهڙوڪ ''Energy Star'' ۽ ''Passive House''، سان مطابقت رکن ٿا.

=== موصليت ۽ موسم بندي ===

دروازن جي حرارتي موصليت کي '''آر-ويليو (R-value)''' ذريعي ماپيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو ٻڌائي ٿو ته دروازو گرمي جي منتقلي کي ڪيتري حد تائين روڪي ٿو. جيتوڻيڪ ڪنهن دروازي جو آر-ويليو وڌيڪ هجي، پر جيڪڏهن ان ۾ وڏا شيشي جا حصا هجن يا استعمال ٿيل مواد مناسب نه هجي ته مجموعي توانائي بچت گهٽجي سگهي ٿي. ان ڪري دروازن جي ڪنارن تي موسم بند ڪندڙ پٽين (Weatherstripping) جو استعمال توانائي جي بچت لاءِ نهايت اهم سمجهيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Doors |url=https://www.energy.gov/energysaver/doors |access-date=2026-04-04 |website=Energy.gov |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Weatherstripping |url=https://www.energy.gov/energysaver/weatherstripping |access-date=2026-04-04 |website=Energy.gov |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ماپون ===

==== آمريڪا ====

[[فائل:&quot;Bilt-well&quot; mill work - DPLA - 2582a4be187e8ed28cd57e998727936e (page 104) (cropped).jpg|thumb|upright|ايڊمز-راجرز ڪمپني جي دروازن جي فهرست]]

آمريڪا ۾ معياري دروازن جون ماپون عام طور هر 2 انچ جي واڌ سان مقرر ڪيون وينديون آهن. رواجي دروازن جي اوچائي 78 يا 80 انچ، جڏهن ته ويڪر 18، 24، 26، 28، 30 يا 36 انچ هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;options at homedepot.com&lt;/ref&gt; گهڻن رهائشي ڪمرن جي وچ وارا دروازا 30 × 80 انچ جا هوندا آهن.

رهائشي ٻاهرين دروازي جي معياري ماپ 36 × 80 انچ هوندي آهي، جڏهن ته ويل چيئر جي اچ وڃ لاءِ اندرين دروازن جي گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ويڪر 36 انچ مقرر ڪئي ويندي آهي. پراڻين عمارتن ۾ نسبتاً ننڍي ماپ جا دروازا پڻ عام ملن ٿا.

دروازن جي ٿولهه عام طور اندرين دروازن لاءِ 1⅜ انچ ۽ ٻاهرين دروازن لاءِ 1¾ انچ هوندي آهي.

المارين، اسٽور رومن، ڊريسنگ رومن، سيلرن ۽ ٻين ننڍين جڳهن جا دروازا اڪثر عام دروازن کان ننڍا هوندا آهن.

گيراج جا دروازا عام طور هڪ گاڏي لاءِ 84 يا 96 انچ ويڪرا ۽ ٻن گاڏين لاءِ لڳ ڀڳ 192 انچ ويڪرا هوندا آهن. وڏي ماپ سبب اهي اڪثر حصن (Sectional) ۾ ورهايل هوندا آهن، جيئن آساني سان مٿي کڄي سگهن.

==== يورپ ====

يورپ ۾ معياري دروازن جون ماپون '''DIN 18101''' ۽ لاڳاپيل يورپي معيارن '''DIN EN 14351-1''' ۽ '''DIN EN 14351-2''' موجب مقرر ڪيون وينديون آهن. انهن معيارن ۾ ٻاهرين ۽ اندرين دروازن جي تياري، ماپن ۽ سي اي (CE) نشان لڳائڻ جون گهرجون بيان ڪيل آهن.

عام اندرين دروازي جي ماپ تقريباً '''860 × 1985 ملي ميٽر''' هوندي آهي، جڏهن ته جديد DIN معيار مختلف اوچائين ۽ ويڪرن لاءِ 125 ملي ميٽر جي وقفي سان وڌيڪ لچڪدار ماپون پڻ مهيا ڪن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.baunetzwissen.de/standardartikel/Fenster-und-Tueren_Tuerblattgroessen-nach-DIN-18101_155263.html |title=Türblattgrößen nach DIN 18101 |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150219203924/http://www.baunetzwissen.de/standardartikel/Fenster-und-Tueren_Tuerblattgroessen-nach-DIN-18101_155263.html |archive-date=2015-02-19}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.zeg-holz.de/news/aktuelle-news/article/17/din-18101-ma.html?no_cache=1 |title=DIN 18101 Maßnorm für Türen grundlegend überarbeitet |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20150122032619/http://www.zeg-holz.de/news/aktuelle-news/article/17/din-18101-ma.html?no_cache=1 |archive-date=2015-01-22}}&lt;/ref&gt;

==== ٻين ملڪن جون معياري ماپون ====

* ڏکڻ آفريڪا: 813 × 2032 ملي ميٽر
* برطانيا: 762 × 1981 ملي ميٽر
* ڀارت: اندريون 800 × 2045 ملي ميٽر؛ ٻاهريون 1000 × 2045 ملي ميٽر
* آسٽريليا: 820 × 2040 ملي ميٽر&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=What are the Standard Door Sizes in your Country? |url=https://doorsdirect.co.za/blogs/blog/what-are-the-standard-door-sizes-in-your-country |access-date=2026-04-04 |website=Doors Direct |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== چوڪاٺو ۽ دروازي جا حصا ===

[[فائل:Panel door.jpg|thumb|right|پينل واري دروازي جا بنيادي حصا]]

دروازي جو چوڪاٺو عام طور ٻن عمودي پاسن (Jambs)، مٿئين افقي حصي (Lintel يا Head jamb) ۽، خاص طور ٻاهرين دروازن ۾، هيٺئين حصي (Threshold يا Sill) تي مشتمل هوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن دروازي ۾ هڪ کان وڌيڪ هلندڙ حصا هجن ته هر حصي کي '''تاڪ''' (Leaf) چيو ويندو آهي.

دروازي جي چوڪاٺي جا اهم حصا هي آهن:

* '''[[لنٽل]]''' (Lintel) – دروازي جي مٿان لڳل افقي شهتير، جيڪو مٿئين ڀت جو وزن سنڀاليندو آهي.

* '''[[جيمب]]''' (Jamb) – چوڪاٺ جا ٻئي عمودي پاسا، جن تي انجيسون لڳنديون آهن ۽ جن سان تالو بند ٿيندو آهي.

* '''[[دروازي جو چوڪاٺو]]''' (Door frame يا Door casing) – لنٽل ۽ ٻنهي جيمبن مان ٺهندڙ مڪمل چوڪاٺو.

* '''سيل''' (Sill) – ٻاهرين دروازن ۾ هيٺيون افقي حصو، جيڪو چوڪاٺ کي سهارو ڏيندو آهي.

* '''[[دروازي جي ڏاڪڻي]]''' (Threshold) – دروازي جي هيٺان لڳل پٽي، جيڪا اندرين فرش ۽ سيل جي وچ واري وٿي کي ڍڪيندي آهي.

* '''[[ڊور اسٽاپ]]''' (Doorstop) – چوڪاٺ جي اندر لڳل سنهي پٽي، جيڪا دروازي کي وڌيڪ اندر کلي انجيسن کي نقصان پهچائڻ کان روڪيندي آهي.

* '''[[آرڪيٽريو]]''' (Architrave) – چوڪاٺ جي چوڌاري لڳل سينگاريل قالب يا پٽي، جيڪا دروازي کي آرائشي ڏيک ڏيندي آهي.

* '''[[پائندان]]''' (Doormat) – دروازي جي اڳيان يا پٺيان وڇايل چٽ، جنهن جو مقصد مٽي ۽ گند کي گهر اندر وڃڻ کان روڪڻ آهي.

=== دروازي جو هارڊويئر ===

{{Main|دروازي جو فرنيچر }}

دروازي جو '''هارڊويئر''' يا '''دروازي جو سامان''' انهن سڀني حصن کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪي دروازي سان لڳل هجن ۽ ان جي استعمال يا خوبصورتي ۾ اضافو ڪن، جهڙوڪ انجيسون، هٿيا، ٺڪاءُ، ڪڙا، تالا، دروازي جا اسٽاپ ۽ ٻيا لاڳاپيل اوزار.

=== تصويري نمونا ===

&lt;gallery mode=packed widths=&quot;170px&quot; heights=&quot;170px&quot;&gt;
Door lock.jpg|رهائشي دروازي تي لڳل عام [[دروازي جو سامان]]؛ جنهن ۾ [[ليٽر باڪس]]، [[دروازي جو ٺڪاءُ]]، [[ليچ]] ۽ ٻه [[تالو|تالا]] شامل آهن.
Paris Rue de Douai5134.JPG|پيرس ۾ [[پُٽي]] هٿان جهليل [[ڪارٽوش]] سان سينگاريل دروازي جو ٺڪاءُ.
Galerie dorée071.jpg|پيرس جي [[هوٽل ڊي ٽولوز]] ۾ موجود گيلري دوري (Galerie dorée) جا آرائشي دروازي جا هٿيا.
St. Pancras Station (door &amp; hinge). Camden.JPG|لنڊن جي [[سينٽ پينڪراس ريلوي اسٽيشن]] جي دروازي جي انجيس.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

=== لاڳاپيل سامان ===

'''دروازي جو سامان'''  انهن سڀني اوزارن ۽ حصن کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪي دروازي يا ڪڏهن دراز سان لڳايا ويندا آهن ته جيئن ان جي ڪارڪردگي، حفاظت يا ظاهري خوبصورتي ۾ اضافو ٿئي. انهن ۾ [[انجيس]]، [[دروازي جو هٿيو]]، [[دروازي جو ٺڪاءُ]]، [[دروازي جو اسٽاپ]]، [[تالو]]، [[ليچ]]، [[بولٽ]]، [[دروازي جو بند ڪندڙ]] ۽ ٻيا لاڳاپيل جزا شامل آهن.

== حفاظت ==

'''دروازن جي حفاظت''' (ڊور سيفٽي) مان مراد دروازن سان لاڳاپيل [[حادثو|حادثن]] جي روڪٿام آهي. اهڙا حادثا مختلف هنڌن تي ۽ مختلف صورتن ۾ پيش ايندا آهن، جن ۾ گاڏين جا دروازا، گيراج جا دروازا ۽ عمارتن جا دروازا شامل آهن. انهن حادثن جي شدت ۽ تڪرار ۾ به فرق هوندو آهي. آمريڪا جي [[نيشنل سيفٽي ڪائونسل]] موجب هر سال لڳ ڀڳ 300,000 ماڻهو دروازن سان لاڳاپيل زخمن جو شڪار ٿين ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.redwoodsgroup.com/JCCs/documents/J_RMA_ProtectingChildrensFingers_12.10.05.pdf|title=Protecting Children's Fingers from Door Injuries|work=The Redwoods Group|url-status=live|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120324033919/http://www.redwoodsgroup.com/JCCs/documents/J_RMA_ProtectingChildrensFingers_12.10.05.pdf|archive-date=2012-03-24}}&lt;/ref&gt;

دروازن سان ٿيندڙ حادثا معمولي نقصان کان وٺي شديد انساني زخمن تائين ٿي سگهن ٿا. ڪڏهن دروازا ڀتين يا ٻين شين کي نقصان پهچائيندا آهن، جڏهن⁠تہ ڪڏهن آڱرين، هٿن يا پيرن کي سخت زخمي ڪري ڇڏيندا آهن. بند ٿيندڙ دروازي جا انجيسن وارا حصا في چورس انچ تي لڳ ڀڳ 40 [[ٽن]] دٻاءُ وجهي سگهن ٿا. اهڙن حادثن سبب قانوني دعوائن جو انگ پڻ وڌيو آهي، تنهن ڪري اهي ادارا، جتي گاڏين يا عمارتن جا دروازا مناسب حفاظتي انتظامن کان سواءِ هجن، قانوني ذميواري کي منهن ڏئي سگهن ٿا.

آمريڪي [[جنرل سروسز ايڊمنسٽريشن]] ٻارن جي سنڀال وارن مرڪزن بابت هدايت ڪندي چوي ٿي:

{{blockquote|ٻارن جي آڱرين کي جهولندڙ دروازن يا گيٽن جي انجيس واري جاءِ ۾ چڀجڻ يا زخمي ٿيڻ کان بچائڻ انتهائي ضروري آهي. اهڙا سادا حفاظتي اوزار موجود آهن، جيڪي انجيس واري پاسي لڳائي سگهجن ٿا ۽ هن قسم جي زخمن کان بچائين ٿا. دروازو بند ٿيڻ وقت اهي ٻار جي هٿ کي خطري واري جاءِ کان پري ڌڪي ڇڏين ٿا. ننڍڙا ٻار دروازن ۽ گيٽن جي انجيس واري پاسي سان ٽڪرائجڻ سبب به زخمي ٿي سگهن ٿا. صرف پيانو انجيس استعمال ڪرڻ هن مسئلي جو مناسب حل نه آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ گهڻي استعمال سان اهي ڍرا ٿي سگهن ٿا. ان جي بدران انجيسن تي لڳندڙ سستا حفاظتي اوزار استعمال ڪرڻ گهرجن.&lt;ref&gt;USA General Services Administration Child Care Center Design Guide, June 1998&lt;/ref&gt;}}

=== کلڻ جو رخ ===

جيڪڏهن ڪو دروازو ڪنهن ڪمري مان ٻاهر دالان يا راهداري ڏانهن کلي ٿو، ته ان سان هلندڙ ماڻهوءَ سان ٽڪرائجڻ جو خطرو موجود هوندو آهي. ان جي ابتڙ، اندر کُلندڙ دروازن ۾ اهڙو خطرو نسبتاً گهٽ هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ ڪمري اندر موجود ماڻهو عام طور دروازي جي ويجهو تيزيءَ سان نه هلندا آهن. ڪيترين حالتن ۾ اهڙو خطرو مناسب [[معماري]] ڊزائن ذريعي گهٽائي سگهجي ٿو، جنهن ۾ ڪمري جا دروازا اندر جي طرف کلن. جتي اهو ممڪن نه هجي، اتي دروازي ۾ [[ڏسڻ وارو شيشو|ڏسڻ وارو پينل]] لڳائڻ سان حادثي کان بچي سگهجي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;Home Safety Guidelines for Architects &amp; Builders, NBS GCR 78-156, BOSTI, December 1978&lt;/ref&gt;

اندر کلندڙ دروازا هنگامي حالتن ۾ ماڻهن جي نڪرڻ ۾ به رڪاوٽ بڻجي سگهن ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ هجوم دروازي تي دٻاءُ وجهي سگهي ٿو ۽ دروازو کلڻ کان رهجي وڃي. اهڙي سبب هيٺيان مشهور حادثا پيش آيا:

* [[گرو گرجاگهر ۾ باهه]]، ناروي (1822ع)
* [[وڪٽوريا هال سانحو]]، برطانيا (1883ع)
* [[گلين سينيما سانحو]]، برطانيا (1929ع)
* [[ڪوڪونٽ گروو باهه]]، آمريڪا (1942ع)

اڄڪلهه وڏين، خاص طور عوامي عمارتن جا ٻاهريان دروازا گهڻو ڪري ٻاهر جي طرف کلندا آهن، جڏهن⁠تہ گهرن ۽ انفرادي ڪمرن جا دروازا اڪثر اندر جي طرف کلندا آهن.

=== ڊور اسٽاپ ===

[[ڊور اسٽاپ]] سادا حفاظتي اوزار آهن، جيڪي دروازي کي ڀت يا ٻي ڪنهن شيءِ سان ٽڪرائجڻ کان بچائيندا آهن. اهي يا ته دروازي جي حرڪت جو ڌڪ جذب ڪندا آهن يا دروازي کي غير ارادي طور هلڻ کان روڪيندا آهن.

=== حفاظتي محافظ ===

دروازن جا حفاظتي محافظ (ڊور گارڊس)، جن کي انجيس محافظ يا آڱرين جي حفاظت ڪندڙ اوزار پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، خاص طور ٻارن جي آڱرين کي دروازي ۾ ڦاسجڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن. اهي عام طور رٻڙ يا پلاسٽڪ جا هوندا آهن، جيڪي دروازي ۽ چوڪاٺ جي وچ واري انجيس واري خال کي ڍڪي ڇڏيندا آهن. ٻيا حفاظتي اوزار دروازي جي بند ٿيڻ وقت آڱرين کي ڌڪ واري پاسي کان ٻاهر ڪڍي ڇڏيندا آهن.

دروازن جي حفاظت جا مختلف درجا هوندا آهن. ڪجهه اوزار رڳو سامهون واري پاسي کي محفوظ ڪندا آهن، جڏهن⁠تہ مڪمل حفاظتي نظام انجيس جي ٻنهي پاسن کي ڍڪي ڇڏيندو آهي. مناسب حفاظتي سطح جو تعين [[خطري جو جائزو]] (رسڪ اسيسمنٽ) ذريعي ڪيو ويندو آهي.

هٿيي واري پاسي به حفاظتي اوزار لڳائي سگهجن ٿا، جيڪي دروازي کي زور سان چوڪاٺ تي لڳڻ کان روڪيندا آهن، جنهن سان آڱرين يا هٿن جي زخمي ٿيڻ جو خطرو گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

=== شيشي جا دروازا ===

[[شيشي جو دروازو|شيشي جا دروازا]] اهڙي خطري جو سبب بڻجي سگهن ٿا، جڏهن ماڻهو دروازي جي موجودگيءَ کان بي خبر هجي يا ان کي کليل سمجهي ٽڪرائجي وڃي. اهو خطرو خاص طور [[سرڪندڙ شيشي جو دروازو|سرڪندڙ شيشي جي دروازن]] ۾ وڌيڪ هوندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن ۾ وڏا شيشي جا پينل هوندا آهن. شيشي تي [[اسٽيڪر]] يا ٻيون خبردار ڪندڙ نشانيون لڳائڻ سان دروازو وڌيڪ نمايان ٿيندو آهي ۽ حادثن جو امڪان گهٽجي ويندو آهي. برطانيا ۾ ورڪ پليس (ھيلٿ اينڊ سيفٽي) ريگيوليشنز 1992 جي ضابطي 14 موجب شيشي وارن دروازن ۽ دريَن کي واضح نموني نشان لڳائڻ لازمي آهي. آسٽريليا جي معيار AS1288 ۽ AS2208 موجب اهڙا دروازا ليمينيٽيڊ يا ٽيمپرڊ شيشي جا هجڻ گهرجن.

=== باهه کان بچاءُ ===

{{Main|باھ کان بچڻ وارو در}}

عمارتن ۾ اڪثر اهڙا خاص دروازا لڳايا ويندا آهن، جيڪي باهه يا دونهي جي پکڙجڻ کي روڪڻ لاءِ پاڻمرادو بند ٿي ويندا آهن. جيڪڏهن باهه کان بچاءَ وارا دروازا غلط نموني لڳايا وڃن يا انهن ۾ غير مجاز تبديليون ڪيون وڃن ته باهه دوران خطرو وڌي سگهي ٿو. ڪيترن دروازن ۾ [[دروازي بند ڪندڙ]] (ڊور ڪلوزر) لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي کي بند رکندو آهي. اهي دروازا باهه جي مزاحمتي مواد مان ٺهيل هوندا آهن ۽ باهه کي هڪ حصي کان ٻئي حصي تائين پکڙجڻ کان روڪڻ لاءِ رڪاوٽ جو ڪم ڏيندا آهن، تنهن ڪري انهن جي باقاعده سار سنڀال ضروري آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=What is the purpose of a fire door? {{!}} Fire Protection Association |url=https://www.thefpa.co.uk/advice-and-guidance/advice-and-guidance-articles/what-is-the-purpose-of-a-fire-door- |access-date=2026-04-05 |website=www.thefpa.co.uk |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== گاڏيون ===

{{Main|گاڏي جو در}}

گاڏين جا دروازا سندن ويجهي بناوت سبب هٿن يا آڱرين جي ڦاسجڻ جو وڌيڪ خطرو پيدا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |url=https://books.google.com/books?id=z5t7QL7PY5MC&amp;dq=injury+to+occupants+from+the+movement+of+car+doors+occurs.&amp;pg=PA2 |title=Special Study: NTSB-HSS. |date=1972 |publisher=National Transportation Safety Board |location=Illinois, USA |pages=2 |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

عام رستن تي هلندڙ سائيڪل سوارن لاءِ به اوچتو کليل گاڏي جي دروازي سان ٽڪرائجڻ، جنهن کي [[ڊورنگ]] چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ اهم خطرو آهي. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ سائيڪل سوار گهڻو ڪري بيٺل گاڏين جي ويجهو هلندا آهن، تنهن ڪري اهي هن قسم جي حادثن جو وڌيڪ شڪار ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last=Johnson |first=Marilyn |date=2013 |title=Cyclists and open vehicle doors: Crash characteristics and risk factors |journal=[[Safety Science]] |volume=59 |pages=135–140 |doi=10.1016/j.ssci.2013.04.010}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== هوائي جهاز ===

{{Further|بي اختيار ڊيڪمپريشن}}

[[هوائي جهاز]]ن ۾ دٻاءُ هيٺ رکيل مسافر خاني يا سامان خاني جا دروازا جيڪڏهن اڏام دوران کلي وڃن ته اوچتو دٻاءُ گهٽجڻ (ڊيڪمپريشن) جو خطرو پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿو. اهڙي حالت ۾ هوا تيزيءَ سان ٻاهر نڪرندي آهي، جنهن سان غير محفوظ ماڻهو، سامان يا ٻيون شيون جهاز کان ٻاهر اڇلجي سگهن ٿيون ۽ دٻاءَ جي فرق سبب جهاز جي اندروني جوڙجڪ کي به نقصان پهچي سگهي ٿو. ان خطري کان بچڻ لاءِ گهڻن جهازن ۾ [[پلگ دروازو]] استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو اندر جي طرف کلي ٿو ۽ هوا جو دٻاءُ پاڻ ئي ان کي وڌيڪ مضبوط نموني بند رکي ٿو. گهڻا مسافر خاني جا دروازا ۽ هنگامي نڪرڻ جا رستا هن قسم جا هوندا آهن، جڏهن⁠تہ سامان خاني جا دروازا گهڻو ڪري ٻاهر جي طرف کلندا آهن ته جيئن اندر وڌيڪ جاءِ ملي سگهي.

ٻاهر کلندڙ دروازن جي ناڪامي سبب هيٺيان مشهور هوائي حادثا پيش اچي چڪا آهن:

* [[آمريڪن ايئرلائنز اڏام 96]] (1972ع) – جوڙجڪ جي خامي
* [[ترڪش ايئرلائنز اڏام 981]] (1974ع) – جوڙجڪ جي خامي
* [[1975 ٽان سون نهٽ سي-5 حادثو]] – ناقص سار سنڀال
* [[يونائيٽيڊ ايئرلائنز اڏام 811]] (1989ع) – جوڙجڪ جي خامي

=== ٻيڙيون ===

{{Main|بحري جھاز جو در }}

== پڻ ڏسو ==
{{div col|colwidth=25em}}
* {{anl|حياتياتي سڃاڻپ}}
* {{anl|بند سرڪٽ ٽيليويزن}}
* {{anl|ڪوئلي جو خانو}}
* {{anl|دروازي جو لوپ}}
* {{anl|دروازي جي حفاظت}}
* {{anl|گبز چوڪاٺو}}
* {{anl|ٻٽي ڪنڊ وارا دروازا}}
* {{anl|برقي تالو}}
* {{anl|انجيس موڙيندڙ اوزار}}
* {{anl|سڃاڻپ وارو دستاويز}}
* {{anl|آئي پي ڪيمرا}}
* {{anl|جانس}}
* {{anl|ڪي ڪارڊ تالو}}
* {{anl|تالا سازي}}
* {{anl|تالو کولڻ}}
* {{anl|منطقي حفاظت}}
* {{anl|پليٽفارم اسڪرين دروازا}}
* {{anl|سرڪندڙ دروازو}}
{{div col end}}

== حوالا ==
{{reflist}}

== عام ذريعا ==
* {{EB1911 |last=Spiers |first=Richard Phené |wstitle=Door |volume=8 |pages=419–420}}

== ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا ==
* {{Commons category-inline|Doors}}

{{Room}}
{{Locksmithing}}
{{Authority control}}

[[زمرو:دروازا]]
[[زمرو:دروازن جا قسم]]</text>
      <sha1>oqyhv58o22vewoswf511vqi5ora93nb</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>چؤنڪو</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>39344</id>
    <revision>
      <id>401160</id>
      <parentid>105799</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T11:26:35Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401160</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="625" sha1="ss1t1u6osv872zvlp5knm97p3bxu9u5" xml:space="preserve">'''چؤنڪ''' (Frame)  درين، دروازن ۽ روشندانن جي تاڪن کي سھارو ڏيڻ لاءِ ٺاھيل ڪاٺ جي بوتي کي ”فريم“ چئجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;

'''سرو''' --(سين تي زبر) --Head. 
سر = مٿو. سرو : مٿي وارو پاسو.
ڪاٺ جي فريم جي مٿينءَ سڌي پٽيءَ کي ”ھيڊ“ يا سرو  چئجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>ss1t1u6osv872zvlp5knm97p3bxu9u5</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401164</id>
      <parentid>401160</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T11:36:28Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401164</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="4519" sha1="hj5lrsl84xwt33xkc2tzbcu878mje35" xml:space="preserve">'''چؤڪاٺو'''، '''چؤنڪو''' يا '''فريم''' ({{lang-en|Door frame}}) دروازن، درين ۽ روشندانن جي تاڪن کي سهارو ڏيڻ ۽ انهن کي ڀت سان مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍڻ لاءِ ٺهيل مقرر بناوت کي چيو ويندو آهي. عام طور چؤڪاٺو ٻن عمودي پاسن (جيمب)، مٿئين افقي حصي (سرو يا هيڊ) ۽ ٻاهرين دروازن ۾ هيٺئين حصي (سيل) تي مشتمل هوندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازي جي کلڻ، بند ٿيڻ ۽ تالي سميت ٻين اوزارن کي صحيح نموني ڪم ڪرڻ لاءِ بنياد ملي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |title=Door frame |encyclopedia=Wikipedia |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Door_frame}}&lt;/ref&gt;

قديم زماني کان چؤڪاٺو تعمير جو بنيادي جزو رهيو آهي. شروعاتي دور ۾ اهو گهڻو ڪري ڪاٺ مان تيار ڪيو ويندو هو، جڏهن⁠تہ اهم عمارتن ۾ پٿر جا چؤڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ٿيندا هئا. وقت سان گڏ تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي جي ترقي سبب اسٽيل، ايلومينيم، جامع (ڪمپوزٽ) مواد ۽ يو پي وي سي (uPVC) جا چؤڪاٺ به عام استعمال ۾ اچي ويا آهن. ڪيترين تهذيبن ۾ دروازن جا چؤڪاٺ رڳو اڏاوتي جزو نه، پر سينگار ۽ فنِ تعمير جو اهم حصو پڻ رهيا آهن، جن تي نقش نگاري، خطاطي ۽ مجسماڪاري ڪئي ويندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |title=Door frame |encyclopedia=Wikipedia |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Door_frame}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |title=Doors and Door Frames |encyclopedia=Encyclopaedia Iranica |url=https://iranicaonline.org/articles/doors-and-door-frames}}&lt;/ref&gt;

چؤڪاٺو دروازي جو وزن برداشت ڪرڻ، انجيسن ۽ تالي کي مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙڻ، دروازي جي درست هم آهنگي برقرار رکڻ ۽ ڀت ۽ دروازي جي وچ واري وٿي کي مڪمل ڪرڻ جو ڪم ڪندو آهي. ٻاهرين دروازن ۾ اهو مينهن جي پاڻي، مٽي ۽ هوا جي داخلا گهٽائڻ ۾ پڻ مددگار هوندو آهي، جڏهن⁠تہ جديد عمارتن ۾ گرمي بندش، آواز جي موصليت ۽ باهه کان بچاءَ لاءِ به خاص قسم جا چؤڪاٺ استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |title=Door frame |encyclopedia=Wikipedia |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Door_frame}}&lt;/ref&gt;

چؤڪاٺ مختلف مواد ۽ استعمال موجب ڪيترن ئي قسمن جا ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ ڪاٺ جا چؤڪاٺ، اسٽيل جا چؤڪاٺ، ايلومينيم جا چؤڪاٺ، يو پي وي سي (uPVC) جا چؤڪاٺ ۽ جامع مواد (ڪمپوزٽ) جا چؤڪاٺ شامل آهن. تعميراتي لحاظ کان به انهن جا مختلف قسم آهن، جهڙوڪ کليل چؤڪاٺو (اوپن فريم)، بند چؤڪاٺو (ڪلوزڊ فريم)، ڪنڊ وارو چؤڪاٺو (ڪارنر فريم)، بلاڪ چؤڪاٺو (بلاڪ فريم) ۽ ويڙهيل يا لپيٽيندڙ چؤڪاٺو (Wrap-around)، جيڪي ڀت جي نوعيت ۽ دروازي جي استعمال مطابق چونڊيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |title=Door frame |encyclopedia=Wikipedia |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Door_frame}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Types of Door Frames |url=https://www.angi.com/articles/types-of-door-frames.htm}}&lt;/ref&gt;

==== سرو ====

'''سرو''' ({{lang-en|Head jamb}}) چؤڪاٺي جو مٿيون افقي حصو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ٻنهي عمودي پاسن کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍي چؤڪاٺ کي مڪمل شڪل ڏيندو آهي. اهو دروازي جي مٿئين حصي کي سهارو ڏيڻ سان گڏ سڄي چؤڪاٺ جي مضبوطي ۽ هم چورس هجڻ کي برقرار رکندو آهي. تعميراتي اصطلاحن ۾ ان کي '''هيڊ''' يا '''هيڊ جيمب''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |title=Door frame |encyclopedia=Wikipedia |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Door_frame}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>hj5lrsl84xwt33xkc2tzbcu878mje35</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401165</id>
      <parentid>401164</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T11:38:36Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401165</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="4879" sha1="2li7y3rqmau90pjol5atkemwr6y85na" xml:space="preserve">
&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot; heights=&quot;180&quot;&gt;
File:Jamb (PSF).png|'''چؤڪاٺو''' (Door jamb) جو خاڪو
File:Panel door.jpg|چؤڪاٺي ۽ پينل واري دروازي جا بنيادي حصا
File:Dörrkarm.svg|چؤڪاٺي، ڀت ۽ دروازي جو ڪراس سيڪشن
File:Door-glossary.png|دروازي ۽ چؤڪاٺي جا فني جزا
&lt;/gallery&gt;


'''چؤڪاٺو'''، '''چؤنڪو''' يا '''فريم''' ({{lang-en|Door frame}}) دروازن، درين ۽ روشندانن جي تاڪن کي سهارو ڏيڻ ۽ انهن کي ڀت سان مضبوطيءَ سان ڳنڍڻ لاءِ ٺهيل مقرر بناوت کي چيو ويندو آهي. عام طور چؤڪاٺو ٻن عمودي پاسن (جيمب)، مٿئين افقي حصي (سرو يا هيڊ) ۽ ٻاهرين دروازن ۾ هيٺئين حصي (سيل) تي مشتمل هوندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازي جي کلڻ، بند ٿيڻ ۽ تالي سميت ٻين اوزارن کي صحيح نموني ڪم ڪرڻ لاءِ بنياد ملي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛ ليکڪ: ضياءُ الدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو.&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |title=Door frame |encyclopedia=Wikipedia |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Door_frame}}&lt;/ref&gt;

قديم زماني کان چؤڪاٺو تعمير جو بنيادي جزو رهيو آهي. شروعاتي دور ۾ اهو گهڻو ڪري ڪاٺ مان تيار ڪيو ويندو هو، جڏهن⁠تہ اهم عمارتن ۾ پٿر جا چؤڪاٺ پڻ استعمال ٿيندا هئا. وقت سان گڏ تعميراتي ٽيڪنالاجي جي ترقي سبب اسٽيل، ايلومينيم، جامع (ڪمپوزٽ) مواد ۽ يو پي وي سي (uPVC) جا چؤڪاٺ به عام استعمال ۾ اچي ويا آهن. ڪيترين تهذيبن ۾ دروازن جا چؤڪاٺ رڳو اڏاوتي جزو نه، پر سينگار ۽ فنِ تعمير جو اهم حصو پڻ رهيا آهن، جن تي نقش نگاري، خطاطي ۽ مجسماڪاري ڪئي ويندي هئي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |title=Door frame |encyclopedia=Wikipedia |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Door_frame}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |title=Doors and Door Frames |encyclopedia=Encyclopaedia Iranica |url=https://iranicaonline.org/articles/doors-and-door-frames}}&lt;/ref&gt;

چؤڪاٺو دروازي جو وزن برداشت ڪرڻ، انجيسن ۽ تالي کي مضبوطيءَ سان جڪڙڻ، دروازي جي درست هم آهنگي برقرار رکڻ ۽ ڀت ۽ دروازي جي وچ واري وٿي کي مڪمل ڪرڻ جو ڪم ڪندو آهي. ٻاهرين دروازن ۾ اهو مينهن جي پاڻي، مٽي ۽ هوا جي داخلا گهٽائڻ ۾ پڻ مددگار هوندو آهي، جڏهن⁠تہ جديد عمارتن ۾ گرمي بندش، آواز جي موصليت ۽ باهه کان بچاءَ لاءِ به خاص قسم جا چؤڪاٺ استعمال ڪيا وڃن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |title=Door frame |encyclopedia=Wikipedia |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Door_frame}}&lt;/ref&gt;

چؤڪاٺ مختلف مواد ۽ استعمال موجب ڪيترن ئي قسمن جا ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ ڪاٺ جا چؤڪاٺ، اسٽيل جا چؤڪاٺ، ايلومينيم جا چؤڪاٺ، يو پي وي سي (uPVC) جا چؤڪاٺ ۽ جامع مواد (ڪمپوزٽ) جا چؤڪاٺ شامل آهن. تعميراتي لحاظ کان به انهن جا مختلف قسم آهن، جهڙوڪ کليل چؤڪاٺو (اوپن فريم)، بند چؤڪاٺو (ڪلوزڊ فريم)، ڪنڊ وارو چؤڪاٺو (ڪارنر فريم)، بلاڪ چؤڪاٺو (بلاڪ فريم) ۽ ويڙهيل يا لپيٽيندڙ چؤڪاٺو (Wrap-around)، جيڪي ڀت جي نوعيت ۽ دروازي جي استعمال مطابق چونڊيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |title=Door frame |encyclopedia=Wikipedia |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Door_frame}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Types of Door Frames |url=https://www.angi.com/articles/types-of-door-frames.htm}}&lt;/ref&gt;

==== سرو ====

'''سرو''' ({{lang-en|Head jamb}}) چؤڪاٺي جو مٿيون افقي حصو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ٻنهي عمودي پاسن کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍي چؤڪاٺ کي مڪمل شڪل ڏيندو آهي. اهو دروازي جي مٿئين حصي کي سهارو ڏيڻ سان گڏ سڄي چؤڪاٺ جي مضبوطي ۽ هم چورس هجڻ کي برقرار رکندو آهي. تعميراتي اصطلاحن ۾ ان کي '''هيڊ''' يا '''هيڊ جيمب''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite encyclopedia |title=Door frame |encyclopedia=Wikipedia |url=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Door_frame}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>2li7y3rqmau90pjol5atkemwr6y85na</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>انجيس</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>39349</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400860</id>
      <parentid>400813</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:54:25Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400860</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="25691" sha1="mcrsnhisc7td7srskjgygkr8w3hbovb" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|ٻن مضبوط شين کي ڳنڍيندڙ ميخانياتي ڳانڍاپو}}

[[File:Carrollton New Orleans hinge brass inside.jpg|thumb|upright|پتل مان ٺهيل سينگاريل دروازي جي انجيس]]
[[File:Hamburgerpaumelle.JPG|thumb|upright|بيرل انجيس (Barrel hinge)]]

'''انجيس''' يا '''قبضو''' ({{lang-en|'''Hinge'''}}) هڪ [[ميڪانياتي بيئرنگ]] (Mechanical bearing) آهي، جيڪو ٻن مضبوط شين کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيندو آهي ۽ عام طور انهن مان هڪ کي مقرر محور جي چوڌاري محدود زاويي تائين ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. مثالي قبضي (آئيڊيل ھنج) ۾ ڳنڍيل ٻئي حصا رڳو هڪ مقرر محور جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ٻيون سموريون حرڪتون، جهڙوڪ اڳتي پٺتي سرڪڻ يا ٻين رخن ۾ گردش، روڪيل هونديون آهن. ان ڪري ميخانيات ۾ قبضي کي ''هڪ درجي واري آزادي'' (ون ڊگري آف فريڊم) وارو ڳانڍاپو سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

قبضا يا انجيسون لچڪدار مواد (فليڪسيبل مٽيريل) مان به ٺاهي سگهجن ٿا يا وري ڌاتوءَ جي حرڪت ڪندڙ حصن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن. حياتيات (بائيولاجي) ۾ به ڪيترائي [[جوڙ]] (جوائنٽ) قبضي وانگر ڪم ڪندا آهن، جن مان [[ڪُلهي جي جوڙ]] جي بدران ''ٺوٺ جو جوڙ''  هڪ نمايان مثال آهي، جيڪو بنيادي طور هڪ ئي رخ ۾ وڪڙجڻ ۽ سڌو ٿيڻ جي حرڪت جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو.

انجيسون يا قبضا سڀ کان وڌيڪ دروازن، دريائن ۽ المارين جي کُلڻ ۽ بند ٿيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، پر انهن کان علاوه فولڊ ٿيندڙ [[ڏاڪڻ]]، موٽر گاڏين جي بونٽ، صندوقن، ڍڪڻن ۽ وڏين متحرڪ [[پل|پلين]]  جي جوڙجڪ ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

درين ۽ دروازن کي لڳائڻ ۽ انھن اندر مختلف جزن ذريعي ڳانڍاپو رکڻ واسطي ھيٺين قسمن جي قبضن يا انجيسن جي  ضرورت پوندي آھي.

== تاريخ ==

قديم آثارن مان پٿر، سنگِ مرمر، ڪاٺ ۽ ڪانسي  مان ٺهيل انجيسون يا قبضا مليا آهن، جن مان ڪجهه گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[قديم مصر]] جي دور سان تعلق رکن ٿا. بهرحال، اهو يقيني طور طئي ڪرڻ ڏکيو آهي ته قبضي جو پهريون استعمال دنيا جي ڪهڙي هنڌ ۽ ڪهڙي زماني ۾ ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

قديم مصر ۾ دروازن لاءِ هڪ خاص ''محوري قبضي'' (Pivot hinge) وارو نظام استعمال ٿيندو هو. هن طريقي ۾ دروازي جي مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين ڪنڍن تي ڪاٺ جا گول ڪنڊا (Dowels) لڳايا ويندا هئا يا اهي سڌو دروازي جي ڪاٺ مان تراشيا ويندا هئا. اهي ڪنڍا پٿر ۾ ٺهيل گول کڏن (Stone sockets) ۾ ويهندا هئا، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دروازو آسانيءَ سان پنهنجي محور تي ڦرندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Museum Bulletin – An Early Egyptian Door-Socket |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/bulletin/1315/}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door – British Museum |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/Y_EA705}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[قديم روم]] ۾ قبضي کي لاطيني ٻوليءَ ۾ ڪارڊو:''Cardō'' چيو ويندو هو. انهيءَ لفظ تان ئي رومي ديوي ''ڪارڊيا'' (Cardea)، جيڪا دروازن ۽ قبضي جي محافظ ديوي سمجهي ويندي هئي، جو نالو پيو، ۽ رومي شهرن جي مکيه اتر–ڏکڻ واري شاهراهه کي پڻ ''ڪارڊو'' سڏيو ويندو هو. لاطيني لفظ ''ڪارڊو'' جو مفهوم &quot;اهو بنيادي جزو، جنهن تي ڪا شيءِ ڦري يا جنهن تي ڪنهن شيءِ جو دارومدار هجي&quot; هو، ۽ انهيءَ مان جديد انگريزي لفظن، جهڙوڪ ''ڪارڊينل''، جي پڻ ابتدا ٿي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

'''آڪسفورڊ انگريزي لغت''' (آڪسفورڊ انگلش ڊڪشنري) موجب انگريزي لفظ  ھنج''Hinge'' جو تعلق لفظ ''Hang'' (لڙڪڻ يا ٽنگجڻ) سان آهي، جيڪو ٻنهي لفظن جي تاريخي لساني ارتقا ڏانهن اشارو ڪري ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=hinge |url=https://www.oed.com/dictionary/hinge_n}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== عمارتن ۾ رسائي ==

گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[وچئين دور]] (ميڊيول پيرئڊ) کان وٺي مضبوط قلعن ۽ دفاعي عمارتن ۾ [[ڇڪيل پل]] (Drawbridge) لاءِ قبضا استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن. اهڙن قبضي جي مدد سان پل کي ضرورت موجب مٿي کڻي يا هيٺ لاهي سگهجي ٿو، جنهن سان قلعي جي حفاظت ۽ داخلا تي ڪنٽرول رکڻ آسان ٿيندو هو.

جديد [[تعمير]] (آرڪيٽيڪچر) ۾ به قبضا انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي وقت سان گڏ بنياد جي ويهڻ (بلڊنگ سيٽلمينٽ) جو امڪان هجي. اهڙين حالتن ۾ قبضا عمارت جي ڪجهه حصن کي محدود حرڪت جي اجازت ڏيندا آهن، جنهن سان ڍانچي تي غيرضروري دٻاءُ گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

ان جو هڪ مشهور مثال آمريڪي رياست [[ڪيليفورنيا]] جي [[برزبين, ڪيليفورنيا|برزبين]] شهر ۾ واقع [[ڊيڪن بلڊنگ]] آهي. هن عمارت جي داخلي رئمپ (ramp) کي هڪ وڏي قبضي تي نصب ڪيو ويو هو ته جيئن [[کنبا| کُنبن]] (Piles) تي ٺهيل ۽ نرم خليجي مٽي (Bay mud) تي بيٺل عمارت جي ويهڻ دوران رئمپ محفوظ طريقي سان پنهنجي حالت بدلائي سگهي. هي انتظام ڪيترن ئي سالن تائين اثرائتو رهيو، پر آڪٽوبر 2006ع ۾ رئمپ کي نقصان پهچڻ ۽ ان جي ڍلان حد کان وڌيڪ وڌي وڃڻ سبب ان کي تبديل ڪيو ويو.

== وڏيون اڏاوتون ==

قبضا  وڏين اڏاوتن، جهڙوڪ اوچين شاهراهن، ريلوي واءِڊڪٽن (viaducts)، پلن ۽ ٻين انجنيئرنگ ڍانچن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جو مقصد اڏاوت جي مختلف حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ واري دٻاءَ'' (بينڊنگ اسٽريسز) جي منتقلي کي گهٽائڻ يا مڪمل طور روڪڻ هوندو آهي، جنهن سان خاص طور زلزلي دوران ڍانچي جي نقصان جو خطرو گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

سادن سلائيڊنگ ڳانڍاپن جي ڀيٽ ۾ قبضي کي ترجيح ڏيڻ جو اهم سبب اهو آهي ته اهو هڪ طرف محدود گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، جڏهن ته ٻئي طرف ڀرپاسي وارن اڏاوتي حصن کي هڪ ٻئي کان ڌار ٿيڻ کان بچائي ٿو. اهڙيءَ طرح ڍانچي جي استحڪام برقرار رهي ٿي ۽ زلزلي يا حرارتي تبديليءَ سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ حرڪتن کي محفوظ نموني جذب ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

جيڪڏهن ڪنهن قبضي ذريعي ٻن اڏاوتي حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ وارو لمحو'' (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) منتقل نه ٿئي، ته اهڙي قبضي کي تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ ''صفر لمحي وارو قبضو'' (زيرو مومينٽ ھنج) چيو ويندو آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا تجزياتي ماڊلن ۽ عملي انجنيئرنگ ٻنهي ۾ وڏي اهميت رکن ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي اڏاوت ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻائن جي ورهاست کي بهتر نموني ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏين ٿا.

== خلائي جهاز ==

خلائي جهازن (اسپيس ڪرافٽ) ۾ استعمال لاءِ ڪيترن ئي قسمن جا ''خودڪار کُلندڙ ۽ پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضا'' (سيلف-ايڪچوئيٽنگ, سيلف-لاڪنگ ھنجز) تيار ڪيا ويا آهن. اهي قبضا خاص طور انهن اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جيڪي راڪيٽ جي لانچ دوران ويڙهيل يا بند حالت ۾ رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ خلاءَ ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ پاڻمرادو کُلي پنهنجي ڪم ڪندڙ شڪل اختيار ڪندا آهن.

اهڙي قسم جا قبضا [[کُلندڙ خلائي اڏاوتن]] (ڊپلائبل اسٽرڪچرز) ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ [[شمسي پينل]]، مصنوعي سوراخي ريڊار (سنٿيٽڪ اپرچر راڊار) جون اينٽينائون، ڊگها بوم (Booms)، ريڊيئيٽر ۽ ٻيا خلائي جزا شامل آهن. انهن قبضي جي مدد سان هي حصا محدود جاءِ ۾ محفوظ نموني رکي سگهجن ٿا ۽ مدار ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ بغير انساني مداخلت جي صحيح نموني کُلي ۽ لاڪ ٿي وڃن ٿا، جنهن سان خلائي جهاز جي اعتبار، ڪارڪردگي ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو اچي ٿو.

== اصطلاحات ==

[[File:Basic hinge.svg|thumb|upright|بنيادي قبضي جا حصا]]

* '''پن''' ({{lang-en|Pin}}) – ڌاتوءَ يا ٻين مضبوط مواد مان ٺهيل راڊ، جيڪا قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن (ليوز) کي ''نڪل'' (Knuckle) جي اندر پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍي رکي ٿي ۽ انهن کي محور جي چوڌاري ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي. هن کي '''پنٽل''' (Pintle) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''نڪل''' – قبضي جو سوراخدار، اڪثر گول شڪل وارو حصو، جيڪو قبضي جو گڏيل محور ٺاهيندو آهي. ٻنهي پٽن جا نڪل هڪ ٻئي سان وڇايل ترتيب ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن ۽ پن انهن سڀني مان لنگهندي انهن کي گڏ رکي ٿي.

* '''پٽو''' (ليف) – قبضي جا عام طور ٻه چپٽا حصا، جيڪي نڪل جي ٻنهي پاسن کان نڪرن ٿا ۽ پن جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن. اهي ئي حصا دروازي، دري يا ٻين شين سان لڳايا ويندا آهن.

* '''اينڊ پلي''' (End play) – پن جي محور سان گڏ قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن جي وچ ۾ ٿيندڙ محوري حرڪت. هي ننڍڙي چرپر پٽن کي بغير اٽڪڻ جي آسانيءَ سان ڦرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندي آهي ۽ عام طور نڪلن جي وچ واري وٿي (نڪل گيپ) سان طئي ٿيندي آهي.

* '''ٿولهه''' (Gauge) – قبضي جي پٽن جي ٿولهه.

* '''قبضي جي ويڪر''' – هڪ پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ کان ٻي پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين ماپيل مفاصلو، جيڪو پن جي محور تي عمودي هوندو آهي.

* '''قبضي جي ڊيگهه''' – قبضي جي پٽن جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي هوندي آهي.

* '''نڪل جي ڊيگهه''' (Knuckle length) – هڪ نڪل جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي ماپي ويندي آهي.

* '''پٽي جي ويڪر''' (Leaf width) – پن جي مرڪز کان پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''پچ''' (Pitch) – هڪ نڪل جي پڇاڙيءَ کان ساڳئي پٽي تي موجود ڀر واري نڪل جي ساڳئي ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''ڊور اسٽاپ''' (Doorstop) – هڪ عام اصطلاح، جيڪو قبضي جي پٽن ۾ پن جي ڀيٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ غيرضروري يا ڍِلي ڪنڊائتي چرپر لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. اهڙي چرپر قبضي جي گهسجي وڃڻ يا ڍِلي ٿيڻ سبب پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي.

== قسم ==

=== بيرل قبضو ===
'''بيرل قبضو''' (Barrel hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪيترن ڳنڍيل سوراخدار حصن (Knuckles) تي مشتمل هوندو آهي ۽ انهن مان گذرندڙ هڪ محور يا پن (Pin) ذريعي گڏ رکيو ويندو آهي. ''بيرل'' اصل ۾ هڪ خالي سلينڊر هوندو آهي، جنهن جي چوڌاري قبضو گردش ڪندو آهي. جديد دور ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ اڪثر قبضا بيرل قبضي جي بنيادي اصول تي ڪم ڪندا آهن.

=== بٽ قبضو / مارٽس قبضو ===
'''بٽ قبضو''' (Butt hinge) يا '''مارٽس قبضو''' (Mortise hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي ۽ دروازي جي فريم ۾ ڪٽيل کوکلي جاءِ (Mortise) اندر لڳايو ويندو آهي، جنهن سبب دروازو بند ٿيڻ تي قبضو تقريباً لڪل نظر ايندو آهي. ڪجهه قبضا '''اڌ مارٽس''' قسم جا به هوندا آهن، جن ۾ صرف هڪ پٽو (Leaf) کوکلي جاءِ ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مٿاڇري تي رهندو آهي. گهڻا مارٽس قبضا پنهنجي گردش واري بناوت سبب بيرل قبضي جي درجي ۾ پڻ اچن ٿا.

=== بٽر فلائي يا پارليامينٽ قبضو ===
'''بٽر فلائي قبضو''' (Butterfly hinge) يا برطانيا ۾ '''پارليامينٽ قبضو''' (Parliament hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا تختي کي مڪمل طور لڳ ڀڳ '''180°''' تائين کولڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت سان لڳي سڌو ٿي بيهي سگهي ٿو. بٽر فلائي قبضا پنهنجي سينگاريل شڪل سبب فرنيچر ۽ آرائشي دروازن ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== ڪيس قبضو ===
'''ڪيس قبضو''' (Case hinge) بناوت ۾ بٽ قبضي سان ملندڙ جلندڙ هوندو آهي، پر عام طور وڌيڪ سينگاريل هوندو آهي. اهو سوٽڪيسن، بريف ڪيسن، ڪاٺ جي دٻن، زيورن جي دٻين ۽ ٻين اهڙين شين ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جتي مضبوط ڳانڍاپي سان گڏ ظاهري خوبصورتي پڻ اهم هجي.

=== لڪل قبضو ===
'''لڪل قبضو''' (Concealed hinge) خاص طور فرنيچر جي دروازن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. هي قبضو دروازو بند ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ٻاهران نظر نٿو اچي. ان جا ٻه بنيادي حصا هوندا آهن: (1) '''ڪپ''' (Cup) ۽ '''بازو''' (آرم)، ۽ (2) '''مائونٽنگ پليٽ'''. انهن کي '''ڪپ قبضو''' (ڪپ ھنج) يا '''يورو قبضو''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي يورپ ۾ تيار ٿيا ۽ ميٽرڪ ماپن تي ٻڌل معيار استعمال ڪندا آهن. گهڻا لڪل قبضا پيچن جي ذريعي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ به آسانيءَ سان ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) ڏئي سگهجن ٿا، جنهن سان دروازي جي اوچائي، پاسيري پوزيشن ۽ کوٽائي درست ڪري سگهجي ٿي.

=== لڳاتار يا پيانو قبضو ===
'''لڳاتار قبضو''' (Continuous hinge) يا '''پيانو قبضو''' (Piano hinge) بيرل قبضي جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو دروازي، دٻي، ڍڪ يا پينل جي پوري ڊيگهه تائين پکڙيل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا سوراخن سان يا بغير سوراخن جي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن ۽ ڊگهي سهاري سبب وزن کي هڪجهڙو ورهائيندا آهن.

=== فليگ قبضو ===
'''فليگ قبضو''' (Flag hinge) ٻن حصن تي ٻڌل سادو قبضو هوندو آهي. هڪ حصي ۾ لڳل پن ٻئي حصي جي سوراخ ۾ داخل ٿيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو يا ٻيو حصو آسانيءَ سان الڳ به ڪري سگهجي ٿو. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا هٽائي سگهجندڙ دروازن ۽ مشينن ۾ عام استعمال ٿيندا آهن ۽ ساڄي ۽ کاٻي ٻنهي قسمن ۾ موجود هوندا آهن.

=== ايڇ قبضو ===
'''ايڇ قبضو''' (H hinge) انگريزي اکر '''H''' جي شڪل جهڙو بيرل قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو سطح سان برابر لڳندڙ (فلش-مائونٽيڊ) دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ننڍا H قبضا عام طور المارين ۽ ڪٻٽن لاءِ، جڏهن ته وڏا H قبضا ڪمرا يا المارين جا دروازا لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== ايڇ ايل قبضو ===
'''ايڇ ايل قبضو''' (HL hinge) روايتي قبضو آهي، جيڪو سترهين، ارڙهين ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ دوران رهائشي ڪمرن، گذرگاهن ۽ المارين جي دروازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو هو. اوچن دروازن ۾ ڪڏهن ٻن H قبضي جي وچ ۾ اضافي HL قبضو پڻ لڳايو ويندو هو.

=== هڪ طرفو قبضو ===
'''هڪ طرفو قبضو''' (ون-وي ھنج) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا ٻئي حصي کي رڳو هڪ ئي رخ ۾ کُلڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. اهو ٻن طرفن کان کُلندڙ (ڊبل-ايڪشن) قبضي جي ابتڙ هوندو آهي.

=== محوري قبضو ===
'''محوري قبضو''' (Pivot hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي جي هيٺئين حصي ۽ مٿئين فريم ۾ لڳل محور تي گردش ڪندو آهي. هن کي '''ڊبل ايڪشن فلور قبضو''' (ڊبل-ايڪٽنگ فلور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. قديم خشڪ پٿر وارين عمارتن ۽ ڪجهه پراڻين ڪاٺيءَ جي عمارتن ۾ اهڙي قسم جا قبضا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. هلڪن وزن وارن دروازن لاءِ اهي نسبتاً گهٽ خرچ وارو ۽ ڪارائتو حل سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.

=== پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو ===
'''پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو''' (سيلف-ڪلوزنگ ھنج) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو بند ڪرڻ لاءِ اندروني ميخانياتي نظام لڳل هوندو آهي. هن ۾ اڪثر بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار (اسپيڊ ڪنٽرول) کي ضابطو ڪرڻ جو نظام پڻ شامل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا عام طور اسپرنگ  جي مدد سان دروازي کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ قوت پيدا ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ميخانياتي يا هائيڊرولڪ ڊيمپر (Damper) دروازي جي بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار کي ڪنٽرول ڪندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح هي قبضو هڪ ئي وقت قبضي ۽ [[دروازو بند ڪندڙ اوزار]] (ڊور ڪلوزر) ٻنهي جو ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي.

=== اسپرنگ قبضو ===
'''اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Spring hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جنهن جي اندر اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي. هي اسپرنگ قبضي جي پٽن کي کولڻ يا بند ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو کليل يا بند حالت ۾ رکڻ لاءِ گهربل قوت فراهم ڪندو آهي. اسپرنگ قبضا عام طور باهه کان بچاءَ وارن دروازن، رهائشي عمارتن ۽ تجارتي جڳهن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو ===
'''مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو''' (Swing clear hing})، جنهن کي '''آف سيٽ دروازي جو قبضو''' (آف سيٽ ڊور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙو قبضو آهي جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل طور پنهنجي کُلڻ واري جاءِ کان ٻاهر ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ دروازي جي کليل حالت ۾ گذرگاهه جي ويڪر وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا خاص طور انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي معذور ماڻهن جي رسائي بابت تعميراتي معيارن تي عمل ڪرڻ ضروري هجي.

=== بٽلر ٽري قبضو ===
'''بٽلر ٽري قبضو''' (Butler tray hinge) خاص قسم جو قبضو آهي، جيڪو لڳ ڀڳ 90 درجا موڙي پوءِ سڌو سنئون لاڪ ٿي ويندو آهي. اهو عام طور اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جي مٿئين حصي تي پيش ڪرڻ لاءِ الڳ ٽري لڳل هوندي آهي.

=== ڪارڊ ميز قبضو ===
'''ڪارڊ ميز قبضو''' (ڪارڊ ٽيبل ھنج) اهڙو مارٽس قبضو آهي، جيڪو روايتي يا جديد نموني جي ڪارڊ ميزن جي ڪنارن ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي. هي ميز جي مٿئين حصي کي پاڻ تي ٻيڻو ٿي ويڙهڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان ميز کي آسانيءَ سان بند يا محفوظ ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ ===
'''ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ''' (ڪارپنٽيئر جوائنٽ) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو وڪريل ڪراس سيڪشن (ڪروڊ ڪراس-سيڪشن) وارين ڪيترين سنهين ڌاتي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندو آهي. هي خاص جوڙجڪ لچڪدار حرڪت ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپو فراهم ڪندي آهي.

=== ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو ===
'''ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو''' (ڊراپ-ليف ٽيبل ھنج) ميز جي مٿاڇري جي هيٺان لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جا پاسا ضرورت مطابق هيٺ ڪري يا مٿي کڻي سگهجن ٿا. هي قبضا گهڻو ڪري ''رول جوائنٽ'' واري ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ ===
'''قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ''' (ھنجڊ ايڪسپينشن جوائنٽ) اهڙو توسيعي ڳانڍاپو آهي، جنهن ۾ قبضا لڳل هوندا آهن ته جيئن اڏاوت يا مشين جو حصو صرف هڪ ئي سطح  ۾ وڪڙي سگهي. هي جوڙ حرارتي واڌ ويجهه يا حرڪت سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻاءُ کي گهٽائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

==قسم==
دروازن ۽ درين جي نوعيت مطابق عام طرح سان ھيٺ ڄاڻايل قسم جون انجيسون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن.&lt;br&gt;
(i) بُٽ انجيس يا ڪتابي انجيسون: (Butt Hingest
ھن قسم جون انجيسون عام طرح سان استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. انھن جو ھڪ حصو تاڪ جي پاسي ۾ ۽ ٻيو حصو چوڪاٺي جي پاتام ۾ اسڪرن ذريعي لڳايو ويندو آھي. انجيسن لڳائڻ وقت اسڪرن يا پيچن کي ھٿوڙيءَ سان ٺوڪي نھ لڳائجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ ائين ڪرڻ سان ڪجھھ وقت کان پوءِ اھي ڍرا ٿي نڪري ايندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري انھن کي اسڪرو ڊرائيور يعني پيچ ڪش سان لڳائڻ گھرجي.&lt;br&gt;
(ii) ٽي – انجيسون يا پڇر انجيسون: (T- Hinges)&lt;br&gt; 
ھي ھڪ قسم جو گھاڙو لوھ (Wrought iron)  جون فتيلون آھن، ھنن جي ڊگھي ٻانھن وارو حصو تاڪ جي افقيءَ پٽيءَ ۾ اسڪرن سان لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ٻيو ڌاتيءَ جي پٽيءَ وارو حصو چوڪاٺي ۾ جڙيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جون انجيسون معمولي قسم جي دروازن لاءِ ٺيڪ آھن ۽ کين ڳرن ۽ سٺي قسم جي دروازن ۾ استعمال نھ ڪرڻ گھرجي.&lt;br&gt;
(iii) ٻن طرفن واريون انجيسون: (Back flap Hinges) 
ھن قسم جون ٻھ طرفيون انجيسون اھڙن ھنڌن تي استعمال ڪبيون آھن، جتي اھڙا تہ سنھا تاڪ لڳائبا آھن جو سادين انجيسن جو لڳائڻ ممڪن نہ ھوندو آھي.
(iv) ڪوڪن واريون انجيسون: (Pin Hinges) 
جڏھن تاڪن جو وزن ايترو ڳرو ھوندو آھي جو ٻين قسمن جي انجيسن سان انھن کي نہ لڳائي سگھبو آھي تھ اھڙيءَ حالت ۾ ھن قسم جون ڪلين واريون انجيسون لڳائبيون آھن.

&lt;gallery&gt;
 Image:HingesOldB.jpg|Ancient   pivot hinges قديم [[پيوٽ انجيس]].
Image:Hinge2P2.jpg|گھاڙي لوھ wrought iron مان ٺھيل بيرل انجيس.
Image:Hinge2P3.jpg| پتل جي ٺھيل پٽيءَ واري بيرل انجيس.
Image:Hinge3P.jpg|ٻنھي پاسن کان فٽ ٿيندڙ بٽ انجيس جا منڍا.
Image:Topfscharnier.jpg|فرنيچر جي در جو اسپرنگ تالو .
Image:Hinge 01.jpg|ڪٽ لڳل يا ڪسيل انجيس.
Image:Haar hung doors (99309543).jpg|ٽنگيل در جي انجيس جو هڪ قسم.
Image:Mint box polypropylene lid.JPG|دٻي واري انجيس جو هڪ قسم.
&lt;/gallery&gt;</text>
      <sha1>mcrsnhisc7td7srskjgygkr8w3hbovb</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400861</id>
      <parentid>400860</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T13:01:14Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400861</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="29608" sha1="75t9gqnwbk003p8lauh7lpffxqfrbvw" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|ٻن مضبوط شين کي ڳنڍيندڙ ميخانياتي ڳانڍاپو}}

[[File:Carrollton New Orleans hinge brass inside.jpg|thumb|upright|پتل مان ٺهيل سينگاريل دروازي جي انجيس]]
[[File:Hamburgerpaumelle.JPG|thumb|upright|بيرل انجيس (Barrel hinge)]]

'''انجيس''' يا '''قبضو''' ({{lang-en|'''Hinge'''}}) هڪ [[ميڪانياتي بيئرنگ]] (Mechanical bearing) آهي، جيڪو ٻن مضبوط شين کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيندو آهي ۽ عام طور انهن مان هڪ کي مقرر محور جي چوڌاري محدود زاويي تائين ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. مثالي قبضي (آئيڊيل ھنج) ۾ ڳنڍيل ٻئي حصا رڳو هڪ مقرر محور جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ٻيون سموريون حرڪتون، جهڙوڪ اڳتي پٺتي سرڪڻ يا ٻين رخن ۾ گردش، روڪيل هونديون آهن. ان ڪري ميخانيات ۾ قبضي کي ''هڪ درجي واري آزادي'' (ون ڊگري آف فريڊم) وارو ڳانڍاپو سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

قبضا يا انجيسون لچڪدار مواد (فليڪسيبل مٽيريل) مان به ٺاهي سگهجن ٿا يا وري ڌاتوءَ جي حرڪت ڪندڙ حصن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن. حياتيات (بائيولاجي) ۾ به ڪيترائي [[جوڙ]] (جوائنٽ) قبضي وانگر ڪم ڪندا آهن، جن مان [[ڪُلهي جي جوڙ]] جي بدران ''ٺوٺ جو جوڙ''  هڪ نمايان مثال آهي، جيڪو بنيادي طور هڪ ئي رخ ۾ وڪڙجڻ ۽ سڌو ٿيڻ جي حرڪت جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو.

انجيسون يا قبضا سڀ کان وڌيڪ دروازن، دريائن ۽ المارين جي کُلڻ ۽ بند ٿيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، پر انهن کان علاوه فولڊ ٿيندڙ [[ڏاڪڻ]]، موٽر گاڏين جي بونٽ، صندوقن، ڍڪڻن ۽ وڏين متحرڪ [[پل|پلين]]  جي جوڙجڪ ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

درين ۽ دروازن کي لڳائڻ ۽ انھن اندر مختلف جزن ذريعي ڳانڍاپو رکڻ واسطي ھيٺين قسمن جي قبضن يا انجيسن جي  ضرورت پوندي آھي.

== تاريخ ==

قديم آثارن مان پٿر، سنگِ مرمر، ڪاٺ ۽ ڪانسي  مان ٺهيل انجيسون يا قبضا مليا آهن، جن مان ڪجهه گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[قديم مصر]] جي دور سان تعلق رکن ٿا. بهرحال، اهو يقيني طور طئي ڪرڻ ڏکيو آهي ته قبضي جو پهريون استعمال دنيا جي ڪهڙي هنڌ ۽ ڪهڙي زماني ۾ ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

قديم مصر ۾ دروازن لاءِ هڪ خاص ''محوري قبضي'' (Pivot hinge) وارو نظام استعمال ٿيندو هو. هن طريقي ۾ دروازي جي مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين ڪنڍن تي ڪاٺ جا گول ڪنڊا (Dowels) لڳايا ويندا هئا يا اهي سڌو دروازي جي ڪاٺ مان تراشيا ويندا هئا. اهي ڪنڍا پٿر ۾ ٺهيل گول کڏن (Stone sockets) ۾ ويهندا هئا، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دروازو آسانيءَ سان پنهنجي محور تي ڦرندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Museum Bulletin – An Early Egyptian Door-Socket |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/bulletin/1315/}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door – British Museum |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/Y_EA705}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[قديم روم]] ۾ قبضي کي لاطيني ٻوليءَ ۾ ڪارڊو:''Cardō'' چيو ويندو هو. انهيءَ لفظ تان ئي رومي ديوي ''ڪارڊيا'' (Cardea)، جيڪا دروازن ۽ قبضي جي محافظ ديوي سمجهي ويندي هئي، جو نالو پيو، ۽ رومي شهرن جي مکيه اتر–ڏکڻ واري شاهراهه کي پڻ ''ڪارڊو'' سڏيو ويندو هو. لاطيني لفظ ''ڪارڊو'' جو مفهوم &quot;اهو بنيادي جزو، جنهن تي ڪا شيءِ ڦري يا جنهن تي ڪنهن شيءِ جو دارومدار هجي&quot; هو، ۽ انهيءَ مان جديد انگريزي لفظن، جهڙوڪ ''ڪارڊينل''، جي پڻ ابتدا ٿي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

'''آڪسفورڊ انگريزي لغت''' (آڪسفورڊ انگلش ڊڪشنري) موجب انگريزي لفظ  ھنج''Hinge'' جو تعلق لفظ ''Hang'' (لڙڪڻ يا ٽنگجڻ) سان آهي، جيڪو ٻنهي لفظن جي تاريخي لساني ارتقا ڏانهن اشارو ڪري ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=hinge |url=https://www.oed.com/dictionary/hinge_n}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== عمارتن ۾ رسائي ==

گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[وچئين دور]] (ميڊيول پيرئڊ) کان وٺي مضبوط قلعن ۽ دفاعي عمارتن ۾ [[ڇڪيل پل]] (Drawbridge) لاءِ قبضا استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن. اهڙن قبضي جي مدد سان پل کي ضرورت موجب مٿي کڻي يا هيٺ لاهي سگهجي ٿو، جنهن سان قلعي جي حفاظت ۽ داخلا تي ڪنٽرول رکڻ آسان ٿيندو هو.

جديد [[تعمير]] (آرڪيٽيڪچر) ۾ به قبضا انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي وقت سان گڏ بنياد جي ويهڻ (بلڊنگ سيٽلمينٽ) جو امڪان هجي. اهڙين حالتن ۾ قبضا عمارت جي ڪجهه حصن کي محدود حرڪت جي اجازت ڏيندا آهن، جنهن سان ڍانچي تي غيرضروري دٻاءُ گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

ان جو هڪ مشهور مثال آمريڪي رياست [[ڪيليفورنيا]] جي [[برزبين, ڪيليفورنيا|برزبين]] شهر ۾ واقع [[ڊيڪن بلڊنگ]] آهي. هن عمارت جي داخلي رئمپ (ramp) کي هڪ وڏي قبضي تي نصب ڪيو ويو هو ته جيئن [[کنبا| کُنبن]] (Piles) تي ٺهيل ۽ نرم خليجي مٽي (Bay mud) تي بيٺل عمارت جي ويهڻ دوران رئمپ محفوظ طريقي سان پنهنجي حالت بدلائي سگهي. هي انتظام ڪيترن ئي سالن تائين اثرائتو رهيو، پر آڪٽوبر 2006ع ۾ رئمپ کي نقصان پهچڻ ۽ ان جي ڍلان حد کان وڌيڪ وڌي وڃڻ سبب ان کي تبديل ڪيو ويو.

== وڏيون اڏاوتون ==

قبضا  وڏين اڏاوتن، جهڙوڪ اوچين شاهراهن، ريلوي واءِڊڪٽن (viaducts)، پلن ۽ ٻين انجنيئرنگ ڍانچن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جو مقصد اڏاوت جي مختلف حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ واري دٻاءَ'' (بينڊنگ اسٽريسز) جي منتقلي کي گهٽائڻ يا مڪمل طور روڪڻ هوندو آهي، جنهن سان خاص طور زلزلي دوران ڍانچي جي نقصان جو خطرو گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

سادن سلائيڊنگ ڳانڍاپن جي ڀيٽ ۾ قبضي کي ترجيح ڏيڻ جو اهم سبب اهو آهي ته اهو هڪ طرف محدود گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، جڏهن ته ٻئي طرف ڀرپاسي وارن اڏاوتي حصن کي هڪ ٻئي کان ڌار ٿيڻ کان بچائي ٿو. اهڙيءَ طرح ڍانچي جي استحڪام برقرار رهي ٿي ۽ زلزلي يا حرارتي تبديليءَ سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ حرڪتن کي محفوظ نموني جذب ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

جيڪڏهن ڪنهن قبضي ذريعي ٻن اڏاوتي حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ وارو لمحو'' (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) منتقل نه ٿئي، ته اهڙي قبضي کي تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ ''صفر لمحي وارو قبضو'' (زيرو مومينٽ ھنج) چيو ويندو آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا تجزياتي ماڊلن ۽ عملي انجنيئرنگ ٻنهي ۾ وڏي اهميت رکن ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي اڏاوت ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻائن جي ورهاست کي بهتر نموني ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏين ٿا.

== خلائي جهاز ==

خلائي جهازن (اسپيس ڪرافٽ) ۾ استعمال لاءِ ڪيترن ئي قسمن جا ''خودڪار کُلندڙ ۽ پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضا'' (سيلف-ايڪچوئيٽنگ, سيلف-لاڪنگ ھنجز) تيار ڪيا ويا آهن. اهي قبضا خاص طور انهن اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جيڪي راڪيٽ جي لانچ دوران ويڙهيل يا بند حالت ۾ رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ خلاءَ ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ پاڻمرادو کُلي پنهنجي ڪم ڪندڙ شڪل اختيار ڪندا آهن.

اهڙي قسم جا قبضا [[کُلندڙ خلائي اڏاوتن]] (ڊپلائبل اسٽرڪچرز) ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ [[شمسي پينل]]، مصنوعي سوراخي ريڊار (سنٿيٽڪ اپرچر راڊار) جون اينٽينائون، ڊگها بوم (Booms)، ريڊيئيٽر ۽ ٻيا خلائي جزا شامل آهن. انهن قبضي جي مدد سان هي حصا محدود جاءِ ۾ محفوظ نموني رکي سگهجن ٿا ۽ مدار ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ بغير انساني مداخلت جي صحيح نموني کُلي ۽ لاڪ ٿي وڃن ٿا، جنهن سان خلائي جهاز جي اعتبار، ڪارڪردگي ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو اچي ٿو.

== اصطلاحات ==

[[File:Basic hinge.svg|thumb|upright|بنيادي قبضي جا حصا]]

* '''پن''' ({{lang-en|Pin}}) – ڌاتوءَ يا ٻين مضبوط مواد مان ٺهيل راڊ، جيڪا قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن (ليوز) کي ''نڪل'' (Knuckle) جي اندر پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍي رکي ٿي ۽ انهن کي محور جي چوڌاري ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي. هن کي '''پنٽل''' (Pintle) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''نڪل''' – قبضي جو سوراخدار، اڪثر گول شڪل وارو حصو، جيڪو قبضي جو گڏيل محور ٺاهيندو آهي. ٻنهي پٽن جا نڪل هڪ ٻئي سان وڇايل ترتيب ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن ۽ پن انهن سڀني مان لنگهندي انهن کي گڏ رکي ٿي.

* '''پٽو''' (ليف) – قبضي جا عام طور ٻه چپٽا حصا، جيڪي نڪل جي ٻنهي پاسن کان نڪرن ٿا ۽ پن جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن. اهي ئي حصا دروازي، دري يا ٻين شين سان لڳايا ويندا آهن.

* '''اينڊ پلي''' (End play) – پن جي محور سان گڏ قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن جي وچ ۾ ٿيندڙ محوري حرڪت. هي ننڍڙي چرپر پٽن کي بغير اٽڪڻ جي آسانيءَ سان ڦرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندي آهي ۽ عام طور نڪلن جي وچ واري وٿي (نڪل گيپ) سان طئي ٿيندي آهي.

* '''ٿولهه''' (Gauge) – قبضي جي پٽن جي ٿولهه.

* '''قبضي جي ويڪر''' – هڪ پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ کان ٻي پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين ماپيل مفاصلو، جيڪو پن جي محور تي عمودي هوندو آهي.

* '''قبضي جي ڊيگهه''' – قبضي جي پٽن جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي هوندي آهي.

* '''نڪل جي ڊيگهه''' (Knuckle length) – هڪ نڪل جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي ماپي ويندي آهي.

* '''پٽي جي ويڪر''' (Leaf width) – پن جي مرڪز کان پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''پچ''' (Pitch) – هڪ نڪل جي پڇاڙيءَ کان ساڳئي پٽي تي موجود ڀر واري نڪل جي ساڳئي ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''ڊور اسٽاپ''' (Doorstop) – هڪ عام اصطلاح، جيڪو قبضي جي پٽن ۾ پن جي ڀيٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ غيرضروري يا ڍِلي ڪنڊائتي چرپر لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. اهڙي چرپر قبضي جي گهسجي وڃڻ يا ڍِلي ٿيڻ سبب پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي.

== قسم ==

=== بيرل قبضو ===
'''بيرل قبضو''' (Barrel hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪيترن ڳنڍيل سوراخدار حصن (Knuckles) تي مشتمل هوندو آهي ۽ انهن مان گذرندڙ هڪ محور يا پن (Pin) ذريعي گڏ رکيو ويندو آهي. ''بيرل'' اصل ۾ هڪ خالي سلينڊر هوندو آهي، جنهن جي چوڌاري قبضو گردش ڪندو آهي. جديد دور ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ اڪثر قبضا بيرل قبضي جي بنيادي اصول تي ڪم ڪندا آهن.

=== بٽ قبضو / مارٽس قبضو ===
'''بٽ قبضو''' (Butt hinge) يا '''مارٽس قبضو''' (Mortise hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي ۽ دروازي جي فريم ۾ ڪٽيل کوکلي جاءِ (Mortise) اندر لڳايو ويندو آهي، جنهن سبب دروازو بند ٿيڻ تي قبضو تقريباً لڪل نظر ايندو آهي. ڪجهه قبضا '''اڌ مارٽس''' قسم جا به هوندا آهن، جن ۾ صرف هڪ پٽو (Leaf) کوکلي جاءِ ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مٿاڇري تي رهندو آهي. گهڻا مارٽس قبضا پنهنجي گردش واري بناوت سبب بيرل قبضي جي درجي ۾ پڻ اچن ٿا.

=== بٽر فلائي يا پارليامينٽ قبضو ===
'''بٽر فلائي قبضو''' (Butterfly hinge) يا برطانيا ۾ '''پارليامينٽ قبضو''' (Parliament hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا تختي کي مڪمل طور لڳ ڀڳ '''180°''' تائين کولڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت سان لڳي سڌو ٿي بيهي سگهي ٿو. بٽر فلائي قبضا پنهنجي سينگاريل شڪل سبب فرنيچر ۽ آرائشي دروازن ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== ڪيس قبضو ===
'''ڪيس قبضو''' (Case hinge) بناوت ۾ بٽ قبضي سان ملندڙ جلندڙ هوندو آهي، پر عام طور وڌيڪ سينگاريل هوندو آهي. اهو سوٽڪيسن، بريف ڪيسن، ڪاٺ جي دٻن، زيورن جي دٻين ۽ ٻين اهڙين شين ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جتي مضبوط ڳانڍاپي سان گڏ ظاهري خوبصورتي پڻ اهم هجي.

=== لڪل قبضو ===
'''لڪل قبضو''' (Concealed hinge) خاص طور فرنيچر جي دروازن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. هي قبضو دروازو بند ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ٻاهران نظر نٿو اچي. ان جا ٻه بنيادي حصا هوندا آهن: (1) '''ڪپ''' (Cup) ۽ '''بازو''' (آرم)، ۽ (2) '''مائونٽنگ پليٽ'''. انهن کي '''ڪپ قبضو''' (ڪپ ھنج) يا '''يورو قبضو''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي يورپ ۾ تيار ٿيا ۽ ميٽرڪ ماپن تي ٻڌل معيار استعمال ڪندا آهن. گهڻا لڪل قبضا پيچن جي ذريعي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ به آسانيءَ سان ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) ڏئي سگهجن ٿا، جنهن سان دروازي جي اوچائي، پاسيري پوزيشن ۽ کوٽائي درست ڪري سگهجي ٿي.

=== لڳاتار يا پيانو قبضو ===
'''لڳاتار قبضو''' (Continuous hinge) يا '''پيانو قبضو''' (Piano hinge) بيرل قبضي جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو دروازي، دٻي، ڍڪ يا پينل جي پوري ڊيگهه تائين پکڙيل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا سوراخن سان يا بغير سوراخن جي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن ۽ ڊگهي سهاري سبب وزن کي هڪجهڙو ورهائيندا آهن.

=== فليگ قبضو ===
'''فليگ قبضو''' (Flag hinge) ٻن حصن تي ٻڌل سادو قبضو هوندو آهي. هڪ حصي ۾ لڳل پن ٻئي حصي جي سوراخ ۾ داخل ٿيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو يا ٻيو حصو آسانيءَ سان الڳ به ڪري سگهجي ٿو. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا هٽائي سگهجندڙ دروازن ۽ مشينن ۾ عام استعمال ٿيندا آهن ۽ ساڄي ۽ کاٻي ٻنهي قسمن ۾ موجود هوندا آهن.

=== ايڇ قبضو ===
'''ايڇ قبضو''' (H hinge) انگريزي اکر '''H''' جي شڪل جهڙو بيرل قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو سطح سان برابر لڳندڙ (فلش-مائونٽيڊ) دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ننڍا H قبضا عام طور المارين ۽ ڪٻٽن لاءِ، جڏهن ته وڏا H قبضا ڪمرا يا المارين جا دروازا لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== ايڇ ايل قبضو ===
'''ايڇ ايل قبضو''' (HL hinge) روايتي قبضو آهي، جيڪو سترهين، ارڙهين ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ دوران رهائشي ڪمرن، گذرگاهن ۽ المارين جي دروازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو هو. اوچن دروازن ۾ ڪڏهن ٻن H قبضي جي وچ ۾ اضافي HL قبضو پڻ لڳايو ويندو هو.

=== هڪ طرفو قبضو ===
'''هڪ طرفو قبضو''' (ون-وي ھنج) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا ٻئي حصي کي رڳو هڪ ئي رخ ۾ کُلڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. اهو ٻن طرفن کان کُلندڙ (ڊبل-ايڪشن) قبضي جي ابتڙ هوندو آهي.

=== محوري قبضو ===
'''محوري قبضو''' (Pivot hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي جي هيٺئين حصي ۽ مٿئين فريم ۾ لڳل محور تي گردش ڪندو آهي. هن کي '''ڊبل ايڪشن فلور قبضو''' (ڊبل-ايڪٽنگ فلور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. قديم خشڪ پٿر وارين عمارتن ۽ ڪجهه پراڻين ڪاٺيءَ جي عمارتن ۾ اهڙي قسم جا قبضا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. هلڪن وزن وارن دروازن لاءِ اهي نسبتاً گهٽ خرچ وارو ۽ ڪارائتو حل سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.

=== پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو ===
'''پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو''' (سيلف-ڪلوزنگ ھنج) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو بند ڪرڻ لاءِ اندروني ميخانياتي نظام لڳل هوندو آهي. هن ۾ اڪثر بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار (اسپيڊ ڪنٽرول) کي ضابطو ڪرڻ جو نظام پڻ شامل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا عام طور اسپرنگ  جي مدد سان دروازي کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ قوت پيدا ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ميخانياتي يا هائيڊرولڪ ڊيمپر (Damper) دروازي جي بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار کي ڪنٽرول ڪندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح هي قبضو هڪ ئي وقت قبضي ۽ [[دروازو بند ڪندڙ اوزار]] (ڊور ڪلوزر) ٻنهي جو ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي.

=== اسپرنگ قبضو ===
'''اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Spring hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جنهن جي اندر اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي. هي اسپرنگ قبضي جي پٽن کي کولڻ يا بند ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو کليل يا بند حالت ۾ رکڻ لاءِ گهربل قوت فراهم ڪندو آهي. اسپرنگ قبضا عام طور باهه کان بچاءَ وارن دروازن، رهائشي عمارتن ۽ تجارتي جڳهن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو ===
'''مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو''' (Swing clear hing})، جنهن کي '''آف سيٽ دروازي جو قبضو''' (آف سيٽ ڊور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙو قبضو آهي جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل طور پنهنجي کُلڻ واري جاءِ کان ٻاهر ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ دروازي جي کليل حالت ۾ گذرگاهه جي ويڪر وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا خاص طور انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي معذور ماڻهن جي رسائي بابت تعميراتي معيارن تي عمل ڪرڻ ضروري هجي.

=== بٽلر ٽري قبضو ===
'''بٽلر ٽري قبضو''' (Butler tray hinge) خاص قسم جو قبضو آهي، جيڪو لڳ ڀڳ 90 درجا موڙي پوءِ سڌو سنئون لاڪ ٿي ويندو آهي. اهو عام طور اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جي مٿئين حصي تي پيش ڪرڻ لاءِ الڳ ٽري لڳل هوندي آهي.

=== ڪارڊ ميز قبضو ===
'''ڪارڊ ميز قبضو''' (ڪارڊ ٽيبل ھنج) اهڙو مارٽس قبضو آهي، جيڪو روايتي يا جديد نموني جي ڪارڊ ميزن جي ڪنارن ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي. هي ميز جي مٿئين حصي کي پاڻ تي ٻيڻو ٿي ويڙهڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان ميز کي آسانيءَ سان بند يا محفوظ ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ ===
'''ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ''' (ڪارپنٽيئر جوائنٽ) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو وڪريل ڪراس سيڪشن (ڪروڊ ڪراس-سيڪشن) وارين ڪيترين سنهين ڌاتي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندو آهي. هي خاص جوڙجڪ لچڪدار حرڪت ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپو فراهم ڪندي آهي.

=== ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو ===
'''ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو''' (ڊراپ-ليف ٽيبل ھنج) ميز جي مٿاڇري جي هيٺان لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جا پاسا ضرورت مطابق هيٺ ڪري يا مٿي کڻي سگهجن ٿا. هي قبضا گهڻو ڪري ''رول جوائنٽ'' واري ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ ===
'''قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ''' (ھنجڊ ايڪسپينشن جوائنٽ) اهڙو توسيعي ڳانڍاپو آهي، جنهن ۾ قبضا لڳل هوندا آهن ته جيئن اڏاوت يا مشين جو حصو صرف هڪ ئي سطح  ۾ وڪڙي سگهي. هي جوڙ حرارتي واڌ ويجهه يا حرڪت سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻاءُ کي گهٽائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== لِونگ قبضو ===
'''لِونگ قبضو''' (Living hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڌاتوءَ جي پن (Pin) يا نڪل (Knuckle) کان سواءِ رڳو هڪ لچڪدار مواد، اڪثر ڪري پلاسٽڪ، مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي ٻن حصن جي وچ ۾ هڪ ئي ٽڪري طور ٺهندو آهي ۽ ان ۾ الڳ حرڪت ڪندڙ حصا نه هوندا آهن. اهڙي جوڙجڪ سبب ان جي تياري سادي، هلڪي ۽ گهٽ خرچ واري هوندي آهي، پر بار بار وڪڙجڻ سبب وقت سان گڏ ٿڪاوٽ يا ٽٽڻ جو امڪان ٻين قبضي جي قسمن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. لِونگ قبضا پلاسٽڪ جي دٻين، بوتلن جي ڍڪڻن، دوائن جي پيڪنگ ۽ ٻين مولڊ ڪيل شين ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== ٻيا قسم ===
قبضي جا ٻيا ڪيترائي قسم پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* '''ڪوچ قبضو''' (Coach hinge) – گاڏين، وڏن دروازن ۽ ڳري ڪاٺيءَ جي اڏاوتن لاءِ مضبوط قبضو.
* '''ڪائونٽر فليپ قبضو'''  – ڪائونٽرن يا ميزن جي کُلندڙ پٽن (Flaps) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ قبضو.
* '''ڪرينڪ يا طوفان-مزاحمتي قبضو''' (Cranked or storm-proof hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن جي شڪل وڪريل هوندي آهي ۽ جيڪو دروازي يا دري کي موسم جي اثرن کان بهتر تحفظ فراهم ڪندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو غير اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Double-action non-spring hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو ٻنهي رخن ۾ گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، پر ان ۾ اسپرنگ شامل نه هوندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو اسپرنگ قبضو''' – ٻنهي رخن ۾ کُلندڙ قبضو، جنهن ۾ اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو وچ يا بند حالت ڏانهن موٽائيندو آهي.
* '''فلش قبضو''' (Flush hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو بغير مارٽس (Mortise) ٺاهڻ جي سڌو مٿاڇري تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.
* '''رگڙ وارو قبضو''' (فرڪشن ھنج) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو رگڙ جي قوت سان دروازي يا دري کي گهربل حالت ۾ بيهارڻ ۾ مدد ڪندو آهي.
* '''لفٽ-آف قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي قبضي مان سڌو مٿي کڻي آسانيءَ سان الڳ ڪري سگهجي ٿو، بغير قبضي کي کولڻ جي.
* '''پنج قبضو''' (Pinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ جلدي ڪڍي سگهجندڙ پن (ڪئڪ-رليز پن) لڳل هوندو آهي.
* '''اڀرندڙ بٽ قبضو''' (Rising butt hinge) يا '''ڪيم لفٽ قبضو''' (Cam lift hinge) – هن قبضي جو نڪل سرپل شڪل وارو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازو کُلڻ وقت ان کي ٿورو مٿي کڻي ويندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح دروازو قالين يا اڻبرابر فرش سان نه ٽڪرائيندو آهي، ۽ بند ٿيڻ وقت پنهنجي وزن جي ڪري پاڻ هيٺ اچي بند ٿي ويندو آهي.
* '''سيڪيورٽي قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو دروازي کي زبردستي ڪڍڻ يا ٽوڙڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ خاص حفاظتي بناوت سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.
* '''ٽي قبضو''' (Tee hinge) – انگريزي اکر '''T''' جي شڪل وارو قبضو، جيڪو عام طور ڪاٺيءَ جي دروازن، باڙن، گودامن ۽ باغيچي جي دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڊگهو افقي حصو وزن کي بهتر نموني ورهائيندو آهي.

==قسم==
دروازن ۽ درين جي نوعيت مطابق عام طرح سان ھيٺ ڄاڻايل قسم جون انجيسون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن.&lt;br&gt;
(i) بُٽ انجيس يا ڪتابي انجيسون: (Butt Hingest
ھن قسم جون انجيسون عام طرح سان استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. انھن جو ھڪ حصو تاڪ جي پاسي ۾ ۽ ٻيو حصو چوڪاٺي جي پاتام ۾ اسڪرن ذريعي لڳايو ويندو آھي. انجيسن لڳائڻ وقت اسڪرن يا پيچن کي ھٿوڙيءَ سان ٺوڪي نھ لڳائجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ ائين ڪرڻ سان ڪجھھ وقت کان پوءِ اھي ڍرا ٿي نڪري ايندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري انھن کي اسڪرو ڊرائيور يعني پيچ ڪش سان لڳائڻ گھرجي.&lt;br&gt;
(ii) ٽي – انجيسون يا پڇر انجيسون: (T- Hinges)&lt;br&gt; 
ھي ھڪ قسم جو گھاڙو لوھ (Wrought iron)  جون فتيلون آھن، ھنن جي ڊگھي ٻانھن وارو حصو تاڪ جي افقيءَ پٽيءَ ۾ اسڪرن سان لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ٻيو ڌاتيءَ جي پٽيءَ وارو حصو چوڪاٺي ۾ جڙيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جون انجيسون معمولي قسم جي دروازن لاءِ ٺيڪ آھن ۽ کين ڳرن ۽ سٺي قسم جي دروازن ۾ استعمال نھ ڪرڻ گھرجي.&lt;br&gt;
(iii) ٻن طرفن واريون انجيسون: (Back flap Hinges) 
ھن قسم جون ٻھ طرفيون انجيسون اھڙن ھنڌن تي استعمال ڪبيون آھن، جتي اھڙا تہ سنھا تاڪ لڳائبا آھن جو سادين انجيسن جو لڳائڻ ممڪن نہ ھوندو آھي.
(iv) ڪوڪن واريون انجيسون: (Pin Hinges) 
جڏھن تاڪن جو وزن ايترو ڳرو ھوندو آھي جو ٻين قسمن جي انجيسن سان انھن کي نہ لڳائي سگھبو آھي تھ اھڙيءَ حالت ۾ ھن قسم جون ڪلين واريون انجيسون لڳائبيون آھن.

&lt;gallery&gt;
 Image:HingesOldB.jpg|Ancient   pivot hinges قديم [[پيوٽ انجيس]].
Image:Hinge2P2.jpg|گھاڙي لوھ wrought iron مان ٺھيل بيرل انجيس.
Image:Hinge2P3.jpg| پتل جي ٺھيل پٽيءَ واري بيرل انجيس.
Image:Hinge3P.jpg|ٻنھي پاسن کان فٽ ٿيندڙ بٽ انجيس جا منڍا.
Image:Topfscharnier.jpg|فرنيچر جي در جو اسپرنگ تالو .
Image:Hinge 01.jpg|ڪٽ لڳل يا ڪسيل انجيس.
Image:Haar hung doors (99309543).jpg|ٽنگيل در جي انجيس جو هڪ قسم.
Image:Mint box polypropylene lid.JPG|دٻي واري انجيس جو هڪ قسم.
&lt;/gallery&gt;</text>
      <sha1>75t9gqnwbk003p8lauh7lpffxqfrbvw</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400863</id>
      <parentid>400861</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T13:04:09Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* ٻيا قسم */</comment>
      <origin>400863</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="29899" sha1="e27g7jvu2jvrnlz8yzikpzrn1boxbk5" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|ٻن مضبوط شين کي ڳنڍيندڙ ميخانياتي ڳانڍاپو}}

[[File:Carrollton New Orleans hinge brass inside.jpg|thumb|upright|پتل مان ٺهيل سينگاريل دروازي جي انجيس]]
[[File:Hamburgerpaumelle.JPG|thumb|upright|بيرل انجيس (Barrel hinge)]]

'''انجيس''' يا '''قبضو''' ({{lang-en|'''Hinge'''}}) هڪ [[ميڪانياتي بيئرنگ]] (Mechanical bearing) آهي، جيڪو ٻن مضبوط شين کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيندو آهي ۽ عام طور انهن مان هڪ کي مقرر محور جي چوڌاري محدود زاويي تائين ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. مثالي قبضي (آئيڊيل ھنج) ۾ ڳنڍيل ٻئي حصا رڳو هڪ مقرر محور جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ٻيون سموريون حرڪتون، جهڙوڪ اڳتي پٺتي سرڪڻ يا ٻين رخن ۾ گردش، روڪيل هونديون آهن. ان ڪري ميخانيات ۾ قبضي کي ''هڪ درجي واري آزادي'' (ون ڊگري آف فريڊم) وارو ڳانڍاپو سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

قبضا يا انجيسون لچڪدار مواد (فليڪسيبل مٽيريل) مان به ٺاهي سگهجن ٿا يا وري ڌاتوءَ جي حرڪت ڪندڙ حصن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن. حياتيات (بائيولاجي) ۾ به ڪيترائي [[جوڙ]] (جوائنٽ) قبضي وانگر ڪم ڪندا آهن، جن مان [[ڪُلهي جي جوڙ]] جي بدران ''ٺوٺ جو جوڙ''  هڪ نمايان مثال آهي، جيڪو بنيادي طور هڪ ئي رخ ۾ وڪڙجڻ ۽ سڌو ٿيڻ جي حرڪت جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو.

انجيسون يا قبضا سڀ کان وڌيڪ دروازن، دريائن ۽ المارين جي کُلڻ ۽ بند ٿيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، پر انهن کان علاوه فولڊ ٿيندڙ [[ڏاڪڻ]]، موٽر گاڏين جي بونٽ، صندوقن، ڍڪڻن ۽ وڏين متحرڪ [[پل|پلين]]  جي جوڙجڪ ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

درين ۽ دروازن کي لڳائڻ ۽ انھن اندر مختلف جزن ذريعي ڳانڍاپو رکڻ واسطي ھيٺين قسمن جي قبضن يا انجيسن جي  ضرورت پوندي آھي.

== تاريخ ==

قديم آثارن مان پٿر، سنگِ مرمر، ڪاٺ ۽ ڪانسي  مان ٺهيل انجيسون يا قبضا مليا آهن، جن مان ڪجهه گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[قديم مصر]] جي دور سان تعلق رکن ٿا. بهرحال، اهو يقيني طور طئي ڪرڻ ڏکيو آهي ته قبضي جو پهريون استعمال دنيا جي ڪهڙي هنڌ ۽ ڪهڙي زماني ۾ ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

قديم مصر ۾ دروازن لاءِ هڪ خاص ''محوري قبضي'' (Pivot hinge) وارو نظام استعمال ٿيندو هو. هن طريقي ۾ دروازي جي مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين ڪنڍن تي ڪاٺ جا گول ڪنڊا (Dowels) لڳايا ويندا هئا يا اهي سڌو دروازي جي ڪاٺ مان تراشيا ويندا هئا. اهي ڪنڍا پٿر ۾ ٺهيل گول کڏن (Stone sockets) ۾ ويهندا هئا، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دروازو آسانيءَ سان پنهنجي محور تي ڦرندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Museum Bulletin – An Early Egyptian Door-Socket |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/bulletin/1315/}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door – British Museum |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/Y_EA705}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[قديم روم]] ۾ قبضي کي لاطيني ٻوليءَ ۾ ڪارڊو:''Cardō'' چيو ويندو هو. انهيءَ لفظ تان ئي رومي ديوي ''ڪارڊيا'' (Cardea)، جيڪا دروازن ۽ قبضي جي محافظ ديوي سمجهي ويندي هئي، جو نالو پيو، ۽ رومي شهرن جي مکيه اتر–ڏکڻ واري شاهراهه کي پڻ ''ڪارڊو'' سڏيو ويندو هو. لاطيني لفظ ''ڪارڊو'' جو مفهوم &quot;اهو بنيادي جزو، جنهن تي ڪا شيءِ ڦري يا جنهن تي ڪنهن شيءِ جو دارومدار هجي&quot; هو، ۽ انهيءَ مان جديد انگريزي لفظن، جهڙوڪ ''ڪارڊينل''، جي پڻ ابتدا ٿي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

'''آڪسفورڊ انگريزي لغت''' (آڪسفورڊ انگلش ڊڪشنري) موجب انگريزي لفظ  ھنج''Hinge'' جو تعلق لفظ ''Hang'' (لڙڪڻ يا ٽنگجڻ) سان آهي، جيڪو ٻنهي لفظن جي تاريخي لساني ارتقا ڏانهن اشارو ڪري ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=hinge |url=https://www.oed.com/dictionary/hinge_n}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== عمارتن ۾ رسائي ==

گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[وچئين دور]] (ميڊيول پيرئڊ) کان وٺي مضبوط قلعن ۽ دفاعي عمارتن ۾ [[ڇڪيل پل]] (Drawbridge) لاءِ قبضا استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن. اهڙن قبضي جي مدد سان پل کي ضرورت موجب مٿي کڻي يا هيٺ لاهي سگهجي ٿو، جنهن سان قلعي جي حفاظت ۽ داخلا تي ڪنٽرول رکڻ آسان ٿيندو هو.

جديد [[تعمير]] (آرڪيٽيڪچر) ۾ به قبضا انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي وقت سان گڏ بنياد جي ويهڻ (بلڊنگ سيٽلمينٽ) جو امڪان هجي. اهڙين حالتن ۾ قبضا عمارت جي ڪجهه حصن کي محدود حرڪت جي اجازت ڏيندا آهن، جنهن سان ڍانچي تي غيرضروري دٻاءُ گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

ان جو هڪ مشهور مثال آمريڪي رياست [[ڪيليفورنيا]] جي [[برزبين, ڪيليفورنيا|برزبين]] شهر ۾ واقع [[ڊيڪن بلڊنگ]] آهي. هن عمارت جي داخلي رئمپ (ramp) کي هڪ وڏي قبضي تي نصب ڪيو ويو هو ته جيئن [[کنبا| کُنبن]] (Piles) تي ٺهيل ۽ نرم خليجي مٽي (Bay mud) تي بيٺل عمارت جي ويهڻ دوران رئمپ محفوظ طريقي سان پنهنجي حالت بدلائي سگهي. هي انتظام ڪيترن ئي سالن تائين اثرائتو رهيو، پر آڪٽوبر 2006ع ۾ رئمپ کي نقصان پهچڻ ۽ ان جي ڍلان حد کان وڌيڪ وڌي وڃڻ سبب ان کي تبديل ڪيو ويو.

== وڏيون اڏاوتون ==

قبضا  وڏين اڏاوتن، جهڙوڪ اوچين شاهراهن، ريلوي واءِڊڪٽن (viaducts)، پلن ۽ ٻين انجنيئرنگ ڍانچن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جو مقصد اڏاوت جي مختلف حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ واري دٻاءَ'' (بينڊنگ اسٽريسز) جي منتقلي کي گهٽائڻ يا مڪمل طور روڪڻ هوندو آهي، جنهن سان خاص طور زلزلي دوران ڍانچي جي نقصان جو خطرو گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

سادن سلائيڊنگ ڳانڍاپن جي ڀيٽ ۾ قبضي کي ترجيح ڏيڻ جو اهم سبب اهو آهي ته اهو هڪ طرف محدود گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، جڏهن ته ٻئي طرف ڀرپاسي وارن اڏاوتي حصن کي هڪ ٻئي کان ڌار ٿيڻ کان بچائي ٿو. اهڙيءَ طرح ڍانچي جي استحڪام برقرار رهي ٿي ۽ زلزلي يا حرارتي تبديليءَ سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ حرڪتن کي محفوظ نموني جذب ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

جيڪڏهن ڪنهن قبضي ذريعي ٻن اڏاوتي حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ وارو لمحو'' (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) منتقل نه ٿئي، ته اهڙي قبضي کي تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ ''صفر لمحي وارو قبضو'' (زيرو مومينٽ ھنج) چيو ويندو آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا تجزياتي ماڊلن ۽ عملي انجنيئرنگ ٻنهي ۾ وڏي اهميت رکن ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي اڏاوت ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻائن جي ورهاست کي بهتر نموني ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏين ٿا.

== خلائي جهاز ==

خلائي جهازن (اسپيس ڪرافٽ) ۾ استعمال لاءِ ڪيترن ئي قسمن جا ''خودڪار کُلندڙ ۽ پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضا'' (سيلف-ايڪچوئيٽنگ, سيلف-لاڪنگ ھنجز) تيار ڪيا ويا آهن. اهي قبضا خاص طور انهن اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جيڪي راڪيٽ جي لانچ دوران ويڙهيل يا بند حالت ۾ رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ خلاءَ ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ پاڻمرادو کُلي پنهنجي ڪم ڪندڙ شڪل اختيار ڪندا آهن.

اهڙي قسم جا قبضا [[کُلندڙ خلائي اڏاوتن]] (ڊپلائبل اسٽرڪچرز) ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ [[شمسي پينل]]، مصنوعي سوراخي ريڊار (سنٿيٽڪ اپرچر راڊار) جون اينٽينائون، ڊگها بوم (Booms)، ريڊيئيٽر ۽ ٻيا خلائي جزا شامل آهن. انهن قبضي جي مدد سان هي حصا محدود جاءِ ۾ محفوظ نموني رکي سگهجن ٿا ۽ مدار ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ بغير انساني مداخلت جي صحيح نموني کُلي ۽ لاڪ ٿي وڃن ٿا، جنهن سان خلائي جهاز جي اعتبار، ڪارڪردگي ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو اچي ٿو.

== اصطلاحات ==

[[File:Basic hinge.svg|thumb|upright|بنيادي قبضي جا حصا]]

* '''پن''' ({{lang-en|Pin}}) – ڌاتوءَ يا ٻين مضبوط مواد مان ٺهيل راڊ، جيڪا قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن (ليوز) کي ''نڪل'' (Knuckle) جي اندر پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍي رکي ٿي ۽ انهن کي محور جي چوڌاري ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي. هن کي '''پنٽل''' (Pintle) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''نڪل''' – قبضي جو سوراخدار، اڪثر گول شڪل وارو حصو، جيڪو قبضي جو گڏيل محور ٺاهيندو آهي. ٻنهي پٽن جا نڪل هڪ ٻئي سان وڇايل ترتيب ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن ۽ پن انهن سڀني مان لنگهندي انهن کي گڏ رکي ٿي.

* '''پٽو''' (ليف) – قبضي جا عام طور ٻه چپٽا حصا، جيڪي نڪل جي ٻنهي پاسن کان نڪرن ٿا ۽ پن جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن. اهي ئي حصا دروازي، دري يا ٻين شين سان لڳايا ويندا آهن.

* '''اينڊ پلي''' (End play) – پن جي محور سان گڏ قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن جي وچ ۾ ٿيندڙ محوري حرڪت. هي ننڍڙي چرپر پٽن کي بغير اٽڪڻ جي آسانيءَ سان ڦرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندي آهي ۽ عام طور نڪلن جي وچ واري وٿي (نڪل گيپ) سان طئي ٿيندي آهي.

* '''ٿولهه''' (Gauge) – قبضي جي پٽن جي ٿولهه.

* '''قبضي جي ويڪر''' – هڪ پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ کان ٻي پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين ماپيل مفاصلو، جيڪو پن جي محور تي عمودي هوندو آهي.

* '''قبضي جي ڊيگهه''' – قبضي جي پٽن جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي هوندي آهي.

* '''نڪل جي ڊيگهه''' (Knuckle length) – هڪ نڪل جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي ماپي ويندي آهي.

* '''پٽي جي ويڪر''' (Leaf width) – پن جي مرڪز کان پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''پچ''' (Pitch) – هڪ نڪل جي پڇاڙيءَ کان ساڳئي پٽي تي موجود ڀر واري نڪل جي ساڳئي ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''ڊور اسٽاپ''' (Doorstop) – هڪ عام اصطلاح، جيڪو قبضي جي پٽن ۾ پن جي ڀيٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ غيرضروري يا ڍِلي ڪنڊائتي چرپر لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. اهڙي چرپر قبضي جي گهسجي وڃڻ يا ڍِلي ٿيڻ سبب پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي.

== قسم ==

=== بيرل قبضو ===
'''بيرل قبضو''' (Barrel hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪيترن ڳنڍيل سوراخدار حصن (Knuckles) تي مشتمل هوندو آهي ۽ انهن مان گذرندڙ هڪ محور يا پن (Pin) ذريعي گڏ رکيو ويندو آهي. ''بيرل'' اصل ۾ هڪ خالي سلينڊر هوندو آهي، جنهن جي چوڌاري قبضو گردش ڪندو آهي. جديد دور ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ اڪثر قبضا بيرل قبضي جي بنيادي اصول تي ڪم ڪندا آهن.

=== بٽ قبضو / مارٽس قبضو ===
'''بٽ قبضو''' (Butt hinge) يا '''مارٽس قبضو''' (Mortise hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي ۽ دروازي جي فريم ۾ ڪٽيل کوکلي جاءِ (Mortise) اندر لڳايو ويندو آهي، جنهن سبب دروازو بند ٿيڻ تي قبضو تقريباً لڪل نظر ايندو آهي. ڪجهه قبضا '''اڌ مارٽس''' قسم جا به هوندا آهن، جن ۾ صرف هڪ پٽو (Leaf) کوکلي جاءِ ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مٿاڇري تي رهندو آهي. گهڻا مارٽس قبضا پنهنجي گردش واري بناوت سبب بيرل قبضي جي درجي ۾ پڻ اچن ٿا.

=== بٽر فلائي يا پارليامينٽ قبضو ===
'''بٽر فلائي قبضو''' (Butterfly hinge) يا برطانيا ۾ '''پارليامينٽ قبضو''' (Parliament hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا تختي کي مڪمل طور لڳ ڀڳ '''180°''' تائين کولڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت سان لڳي سڌو ٿي بيهي سگهي ٿو. بٽر فلائي قبضا پنهنجي سينگاريل شڪل سبب فرنيچر ۽ آرائشي دروازن ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== ڪيس قبضو ===
'''ڪيس قبضو''' (Case hinge) بناوت ۾ بٽ قبضي سان ملندڙ جلندڙ هوندو آهي، پر عام طور وڌيڪ سينگاريل هوندو آهي. اهو سوٽڪيسن، بريف ڪيسن، ڪاٺ جي دٻن، زيورن جي دٻين ۽ ٻين اهڙين شين ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جتي مضبوط ڳانڍاپي سان گڏ ظاهري خوبصورتي پڻ اهم هجي.

=== لڪل قبضو ===
'''لڪل قبضو''' (Concealed hinge) خاص طور فرنيچر جي دروازن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. هي قبضو دروازو بند ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ٻاهران نظر نٿو اچي. ان جا ٻه بنيادي حصا هوندا آهن: (1) '''ڪپ''' (Cup) ۽ '''بازو''' (آرم)، ۽ (2) '''مائونٽنگ پليٽ'''. انهن کي '''ڪپ قبضو''' (ڪپ ھنج) يا '''يورو قبضو''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي يورپ ۾ تيار ٿيا ۽ ميٽرڪ ماپن تي ٻڌل معيار استعمال ڪندا آهن. گهڻا لڪل قبضا پيچن جي ذريعي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ به آسانيءَ سان ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) ڏئي سگهجن ٿا، جنهن سان دروازي جي اوچائي، پاسيري پوزيشن ۽ کوٽائي درست ڪري سگهجي ٿي.

=== لڳاتار يا پيانو قبضو ===
'''لڳاتار قبضو''' (Continuous hinge) يا '''پيانو قبضو''' (Piano hinge) بيرل قبضي جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو دروازي، دٻي، ڍڪ يا پينل جي پوري ڊيگهه تائين پکڙيل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا سوراخن سان يا بغير سوراخن جي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن ۽ ڊگهي سهاري سبب وزن کي هڪجهڙو ورهائيندا آهن.

=== فليگ قبضو ===
'''فليگ قبضو''' (Flag hinge) ٻن حصن تي ٻڌل سادو قبضو هوندو آهي. هڪ حصي ۾ لڳل پن ٻئي حصي جي سوراخ ۾ داخل ٿيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو يا ٻيو حصو آسانيءَ سان الڳ به ڪري سگهجي ٿو. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا هٽائي سگهجندڙ دروازن ۽ مشينن ۾ عام استعمال ٿيندا آهن ۽ ساڄي ۽ کاٻي ٻنهي قسمن ۾ موجود هوندا آهن.

=== ايڇ قبضو ===
'''ايڇ قبضو''' (H hinge) انگريزي اکر '''H''' جي شڪل جهڙو بيرل قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو سطح سان برابر لڳندڙ (فلش-مائونٽيڊ) دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ننڍا H قبضا عام طور المارين ۽ ڪٻٽن لاءِ، جڏهن ته وڏا H قبضا ڪمرا يا المارين جا دروازا لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== ايڇ ايل قبضو ===
'''ايڇ ايل قبضو''' (HL hinge) روايتي قبضو آهي، جيڪو سترهين، ارڙهين ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ دوران رهائشي ڪمرن، گذرگاهن ۽ المارين جي دروازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو هو. اوچن دروازن ۾ ڪڏهن ٻن H قبضي جي وچ ۾ اضافي HL قبضو پڻ لڳايو ويندو هو.

=== هڪ طرفو قبضو ===
'''هڪ طرفو قبضو''' (ون-وي ھنج) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا ٻئي حصي کي رڳو هڪ ئي رخ ۾ کُلڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. اهو ٻن طرفن کان کُلندڙ (ڊبل-ايڪشن) قبضي جي ابتڙ هوندو آهي.

=== محوري قبضو ===
'''محوري قبضو''' (Pivot hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي جي هيٺئين حصي ۽ مٿئين فريم ۾ لڳل محور تي گردش ڪندو آهي. هن کي '''ڊبل ايڪشن فلور قبضو''' (ڊبل-ايڪٽنگ فلور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. قديم خشڪ پٿر وارين عمارتن ۽ ڪجهه پراڻين ڪاٺيءَ جي عمارتن ۾ اهڙي قسم جا قبضا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. هلڪن وزن وارن دروازن لاءِ اهي نسبتاً گهٽ خرچ وارو ۽ ڪارائتو حل سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.

=== پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو ===
'''پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو''' (سيلف-ڪلوزنگ ھنج) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو بند ڪرڻ لاءِ اندروني ميخانياتي نظام لڳل هوندو آهي. هن ۾ اڪثر بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار (اسپيڊ ڪنٽرول) کي ضابطو ڪرڻ جو نظام پڻ شامل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا عام طور اسپرنگ  جي مدد سان دروازي کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ قوت پيدا ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ميخانياتي يا هائيڊرولڪ ڊيمپر (Damper) دروازي جي بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار کي ڪنٽرول ڪندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح هي قبضو هڪ ئي وقت قبضي ۽ [[دروازو بند ڪندڙ اوزار]] (ڊور ڪلوزر) ٻنهي جو ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي.

=== اسپرنگ قبضو ===
'''اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Spring hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جنهن جي اندر اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي. هي اسپرنگ قبضي جي پٽن کي کولڻ يا بند ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو کليل يا بند حالت ۾ رکڻ لاءِ گهربل قوت فراهم ڪندو آهي. اسپرنگ قبضا عام طور باهه کان بچاءَ وارن دروازن، رهائشي عمارتن ۽ تجارتي جڳهن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو ===
'''مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو''' (Swing clear hing})، جنهن کي '''آف سيٽ دروازي جو قبضو''' (آف سيٽ ڊور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙو قبضو آهي جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل طور پنهنجي کُلڻ واري جاءِ کان ٻاهر ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ دروازي جي کليل حالت ۾ گذرگاهه جي ويڪر وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا خاص طور انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي معذور ماڻهن جي رسائي بابت تعميراتي معيارن تي عمل ڪرڻ ضروري هجي.

=== بٽلر ٽري قبضو ===
'''بٽلر ٽري قبضو''' (Butler tray hinge) خاص قسم جو قبضو آهي، جيڪو لڳ ڀڳ 90 درجا موڙي پوءِ سڌو سنئون لاڪ ٿي ويندو آهي. اهو عام طور اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جي مٿئين حصي تي پيش ڪرڻ لاءِ الڳ ٽري لڳل هوندي آهي.

=== ڪارڊ ميز قبضو ===
'''ڪارڊ ميز قبضو''' (ڪارڊ ٽيبل ھنج) اهڙو مارٽس قبضو آهي، جيڪو روايتي يا جديد نموني جي ڪارڊ ميزن جي ڪنارن ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي. هي ميز جي مٿئين حصي کي پاڻ تي ٻيڻو ٿي ويڙهڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان ميز کي آسانيءَ سان بند يا محفوظ ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ ===
'''ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ''' (ڪارپنٽيئر جوائنٽ) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو وڪريل ڪراس سيڪشن (ڪروڊ ڪراس-سيڪشن) وارين ڪيترين سنهين ڌاتي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندو آهي. هي خاص جوڙجڪ لچڪدار حرڪت ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپو فراهم ڪندي آهي.

=== ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو ===
'''ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو''' (ڊراپ-ليف ٽيبل ھنج) ميز جي مٿاڇري جي هيٺان لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جا پاسا ضرورت مطابق هيٺ ڪري يا مٿي کڻي سگهجن ٿا. هي قبضا گهڻو ڪري ''رول جوائنٽ'' واري ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ ===
'''قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ''' (ھنجڊ ايڪسپينشن جوائنٽ) اهڙو توسيعي ڳانڍاپو آهي، جنهن ۾ قبضا لڳل هوندا آهن ته جيئن اڏاوت يا مشين جو حصو صرف هڪ ئي سطح  ۾ وڪڙي سگهي. هي جوڙ حرارتي واڌ ويجهه يا حرڪت سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻاءُ کي گهٽائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== لِونگ قبضو ===
'''لِونگ قبضو''' (Living hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڌاتوءَ جي پن (Pin) يا نڪل (Knuckle) کان سواءِ رڳو هڪ لچڪدار مواد، اڪثر ڪري پلاسٽڪ، مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي ٻن حصن جي وچ ۾ هڪ ئي ٽڪري طور ٺهندو آهي ۽ ان ۾ الڳ حرڪت ڪندڙ حصا نه هوندا آهن. اهڙي جوڙجڪ سبب ان جي تياري سادي، هلڪي ۽ گهٽ خرچ واري هوندي آهي، پر بار بار وڪڙجڻ سبب وقت سان گڏ ٿڪاوٽ يا ٽٽڻ جو امڪان ٻين قبضي جي قسمن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. لِونگ قبضا پلاسٽڪ جي دٻين، بوتلن جي ڍڪڻن، دوائن جي پيڪنگ ۽ ٻين مولڊ ڪيل شين ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== ٻيا قسم ===
قبضي جا ٻيا ڪيترائي قسم پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* '''ڪوچ قبضو''' (Coach hinge) – گاڏين، وڏن دروازن ۽ ڳري ڪاٺيءَ جي اڏاوتن لاءِ مضبوط قبضو.
* '''ڪائونٽر فليپ قبضو'''  – ڪائونٽرن يا ميزن جي کُلندڙ پٽن (Flaps) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ قبضو.
* '''ڪرينڪ يا طوفان-مزاحمتي قبضو''' (Cranked or storm-proof hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن جي شڪل وڪريل هوندي آهي ۽ جيڪو دروازي يا دري کي موسم جي اثرن کان بهتر تحفظ فراهم ڪندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو غير اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Double-action non-spring hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو ٻنهي رخن ۾ گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، پر ان ۾ اسپرنگ شامل نه هوندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو اسپرنگ قبضو''' – ٻنهي رخن ۾ کُلندڙ قبضو، جنهن ۾ اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو وچ يا بند حالت ڏانهن موٽائيندو آهي.
* '''فلش قبضو''' (Flush hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو بغير مارٽس (Mortise) ٺاهڻ جي سڌو مٿاڇري تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.
* '''رگڙ وارو قبضو''' (فرڪشن ھنج) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو رگڙ جي قوت سان دروازي يا دري کي گهربل حالت ۾ بيهارڻ ۾ مدد ڪندو آهي.
* '''لفٽ-آف قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي قبضي مان سڌو مٿي کڻي آسانيءَ سان الڳ ڪري سگهجي ٿو، بغير قبضي کي کولڻ جي.
* '''پنج قبضو''' (Pinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ جلدي ڪڍي سگهجندڙ پن (ڪئڪ-رليز پن) لڳل هوندو آهي.
* '''اڀرندڙ بٽ قبضو''' (Rising butt hinge) يا '''ڪيم لفٽ قبضو''' (Cam lift hinge) – هن قبضي جو نڪل سرپل شڪل وارو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازو کُلڻ وقت ان کي ٿورو مٿي کڻي ويندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح دروازو قالين يا اڻبرابر فرش سان نه ٽڪرائيندو آهي، ۽ بند ٿيڻ وقت پنهنجي وزن جي ڪري پاڻ هيٺ اچي بند ٿي ويندو آهي&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite
 web |last=Metcalf |first=Zoe |date=2025-09-30 |title=Upgrade Your Doors: The Hidden Benefits of Rising Butt Hinges |url=https://www.cookebrothers.co.uk/latest-news/2025/09/30/benefits-of-rising-butt-hinges/ |access-date=2026-04-17 |website=Cooke Brothers |language=en-GB}}&lt;/ref&gt;.
* '''سيڪيورٽي قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو دروازي کي زبردستي ڪڍڻ يا ٽوڙڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ خاص حفاظتي بناوت سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.
* '''ٽي قبضو''' (Tee hinge) – انگريزي اکر '''T''' جي شڪل وارو قبضو، جيڪو عام طور ڪاٺيءَ جي دروازن، باڙن، گودامن ۽ باغيچي جي دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڊگهو افقي حصو وزن کي بهتر نموني ورهائيندو آهي.

==قسم==
دروازن ۽ درين جي نوعيت مطابق عام طرح سان ھيٺ ڄاڻايل قسم جون انجيسون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن.&lt;br&gt;
(i) بُٽ انجيس يا ڪتابي انجيسون: (Butt Hingest
ھن قسم جون انجيسون عام طرح سان استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. انھن جو ھڪ حصو تاڪ جي پاسي ۾ ۽ ٻيو حصو چوڪاٺي جي پاتام ۾ اسڪرن ذريعي لڳايو ويندو آھي. انجيسن لڳائڻ وقت اسڪرن يا پيچن کي ھٿوڙيءَ سان ٺوڪي نھ لڳائجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ ائين ڪرڻ سان ڪجھھ وقت کان پوءِ اھي ڍرا ٿي نڪري ايندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري انھن کي اسڪرو ڊرائيور يعني پيچ ڪش سان لڳائڻ گھرجي.&lt;br&gt;
(ii) ٽي – انجيسون يا پڇر انجيسون: (T- Hinges)&lt;br&gt; 
ھي ھڪ قسم جو گھاڙو لوھ (Wrought iron)  جون فتيلون آھن، ھنن جي ڊگھي ٻانھن وارو حصو تاڪ جي افقيءَ پٽيءَ ۾ اسڪرن سان لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ٻيو ڌاتيءَ جي پٽيءَ وارو حصو چوڪاٺي ۾ جڙيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جون انجيسون معمولي قسم جي دروازن لاءِ ٺيڪ آھن ۽ کين ڳرن ۽ سٺي قسم جي دروازن ۾ استعمال نھ ڪرڻ گھرجي.&lt;br&gt;
(iii) ٻن طرفن واريون انجيسون: (Back flap Hinges) 
ھن قسم جون ٻھ طرفيون انجيسون اھڙن ھنڌن تي استعمال ڪبيون آھن، جتي اھڙا تہ سنھا تاڪ لڳائبا آھن جو سادين انجيسن جو لڳائڻ ممڪن نہ ھوندو آھي.
(iv) ڪوڪن واريون انجيسون: (Pin Hinges) 
جڏھن تاڪن جو وزن ايترو ڳرو ھوندو آھي جو ٻين قسمن جي انجيسن سان انھن کي نہ لڳائي سگھبو آھي تھ اھڙيءَ حالت ۾ ھن قسم جون ڪلين واريون انجيسون لڳائبيون آھن.

&lt;gallery&gt;
 Image:HingesOldB.jpg|Ancient   pivot hinges قديم [[پيوٽ انجيس]].
Image:Hinge2P2.jpg|گھاڙي لوھ wrought iron مان ٺھيل بيرل انجيس.
Image:Hinge2P3.jpg| پتل جي ٺھيل پٽيءَ واري بيرل انجيس.
Image:Hinge3P.jpg|ٻنھي پاسن کان فٽ ٿيندڙ بٽ انجيس جا منڍا.
Image:Topfscharnier.jpg|فرنيچر جي در جو اسپرنگ تالو .
Image:Hinge 01.jpg|ڪٽ لڳل يا ڪسيل انجيس.
Image:Haar hung doors (99309543).jpg|ٽنگيل در جي انجيس جو هڪ قسم.
Image:Mint box polypropylene lid.JPG|دٻي واري انجيس جو هڪ قسم.
&lt;/gallery&gt;</text>
      <sha1>e27g7jvu2jvrnlz8yzikpzrn1boxbk5</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400867</id>
      <parentid>400863</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T13:06:16Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400867</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="30289" sha1="drguigsykpeofefqeecanonew5xhaq5" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|ٻن مضبوط شين کي ڳنڍيندڙ ميخانياتي ڳانڍاپو}}

[[File:Carrollton New Orleans hinge brass inside.jpg|thumb|upright|پتل مان ٺهيل سينگاريل دروازي جي انجيس]]
[[File:Hamburgerpaumelle.JPG|thumb|upright|بيرل انجيس (Barrel hinge)]]

'''انجيس''' يا '''قبضو''' ({{lang-en|'''Hinge'''}}) هڪ [[ميڪانياتي بيئرنگ]] (Mechanical bearing) آهي، جيڪو ٻن مضبوط شين کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيندو آهي ۽ عام طور انهن مان هڪ کي مقرر محور جي چوڌاري محدود زاويي تائين ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. مثالي قبضي (آئيڊيل ھنج) ۾ ڳنڍيل ٻئي حصا رڳو هڪ مقرر محور جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ٻيون سموريون حرڪتون، جهڙوڪ اڳتي پٺتي سرڪڻ يا ٻين رخن ۾ گردش، روڪيل هونديون آهن. ان ڪري ميخانيات ۾ قبضي کي ''هڪ درجي واري آزادي'' (ون ڊگري آف فريڊم) وارو ڳانڍاپو سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

قبضا يا انجيسون لچڪدار مواد (فليڪسيبل مٽيريل) مان به ٺاهي سگهجن ٿا يا وري ڌاتوءَ جي حرڪت ڪندڙ حصن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن. حياتيات (بائيولاجي) ۾ به ڪيترائي [[جوڙ]] (جوائنٽ) قبضي وانگر ڪم ڪندا آهن، جن مان [[ڪُلهي جي جوڙ]] جي بدران ''ٺوٺ جو جوڙ''  هڪ نمايان مثال آهي، جيڪو بنيادي طور هڪ ئي رخ ۾ وڪڙجڻ ۽ سڌو ٿيڻ جي حرڪت جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو.

انجيسون يا قبضا سڀ کان وڌيڪ دروازن، دريائن ۽ المارين جي کُلڻ ۽ بند ٿيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، پر انهن کان علاوه فولڊ ٿيندڙ [[ڏاڪڻ]]، موٽر گاڏين جي بونٽ، صندوقن، ڍڪڻن ۽ وڏين متحرڪ [[پل|پلين]]  جي جوڙجڪ ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

درين ۽ دروازن کي لڳائڻ ۽ انھن اندر مختلف جزن ذريعي ڳانڍاپو رکڻ واسطي ھيٺين قسمن جي قبضن يا انجيسن جي  ضرورت پوندي آھي.

== تاريخ ==

قديم آثارن مان پٿر، سنگِ مرمر، ڪاٺ ۽ ڪانسي  مان ٺهيل انجيسون يا قبضا مليا آهن، جن مان ڪجهه گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[قديم مصر]] جي دور سان تعلق رکن ٿا. بهرحال، اهو يقيني طور طئي ڪرڻ ڏکيو آهي ته قبضي جو پهريون استعمال دنيا جي ڪهڙي هنڌ ۽ ڪهڙي زماني ۾ ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

قديم مصر ۾ دروازن لاءِ هڪ خاص ''محوري قبضي'' (Pivot hinge) وارو نظام استعمال ٿيندو هو. هن طريقي ۾ دروازي جي مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين ڪنڍن تي ڪاٺ جا گول ڪنڊا (Dowels) لڳايا ويندا هئا يا اهي سڌو دروازي جي ڪاٺ مان تراشيا ويندا هئا. اهي ڪنڍا پٿر ۾ ٺهيل گول کڏن (Stone sockets) ۾ ويهندا هئا، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دروازو آسانيءَ سان پنهنجي محور تي ڦرندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Museum Bulletin – An Early Egyptian Door-Socket |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/bulletin/1315/}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door – British Museum |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/Y_EA705}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[قديم روم]] ۾ قبضي کي لاطيني ٻوليءَ ۾ ڪارڊو:''Cardō'' چيو ويندو هو. انهيءَ لفظ تان ئي رومي ديوي ''ڪارڊيا'' (Cardea)، جيڪا دروازن ۽ قبضي جي محافظ ديوي سمجهي ويندي هئي، جو نالو پيو، ۽ رومي شهرن جي مکيه اتر–ڏکڻ واري شاهراهه کي پڻ ''ڪارڊو'' سڏيو ويندو هو. لاطيني لفظ ''ڪارڊو'' جو مفهوم &quot;اهو بنيادي جزو، جنهن تي ڪا شيءِ ڦري يا جنهن تي ڪنهن شيءِ جو دارومدار هجي&quot; هو، ۽ انهيءَ مان جديد انگريزي لفظن، جهڙوڪ ''ڪارڊينل''، جي پڻ ابتدا ٿي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

'''آڪسفورڊ انگريزي لغت''' (آڪسفورڊ انگلش ڊڪشنري) موجب انگريزي لفظ  ھنج''Hinge'' جو تعلق لفظ ''Hang'' (لڙڪڻ يا ٽنگجڻ) سان آهي، جيڪو ٻنهي لفظن جي تاريخي لساني ارتقا ڏانهن اشارو ڪري ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=hinge |url=https://www.oed.com/dictionary/hinge_n}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== عمارتن ۾ رسائي ==

گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[وچئين دور]] (ميڊيول پيرئڊ) کان وٺي مضبوط قلعن ۽ دفاعي عمارتن ۾ [[ڇڪيل پل]] (Drawbridge) لاءِ قبضا استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن. اهڙن قبضي جي مدد سان پل کي ضرورت موجب مٿي کڻي يا هيٺ لاهي سگهجي ٿو، جنهن سان قلعي جي حفاظت ۽ داخلا تي ڪنٽرول رکڻ آسان ٿيندو هو.

جديد [[تعمير]] (آرڪيٽيڪچر) ۾ به قبضا انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي وقت سان گڏ بنياد جي ويهڻ (بلڊنگ سيٽلمينٽ) جو امڪان هجي. اهڙين حالتن ۾ قبضا عمارت جي ڪجهه حصن کي محدود حرڪت جي اجازت ڏيندا آهن، جنهن سان ڍانچي تي غيرضروري دٻاءُ گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

ان جو هڪ مشهور مثال آمريڪي رياست [[ڪيليفورنيا]] جي [[برزبين, ڪيليفورنيا|برزبين]] شهر ۾ واقع [[ڊيڪن بلڊنگ]] آهي. هن عمارت جي داخلي رئمپ (ramp) کي هڪ وڏي قبضي تي نصب ڪيو ويو هو ته جيئن [[کنبا| کُنبن]] (Piles) تي ٺهيل ۽ نرم خليجي مٽي (Bay mud) تي بيٺل عمارت جي ويهڻ دوران رئمپ محفوظ طريقي سان پنهنجي حالت بدلائي سگهي. هي انتظام ڪيترن ئي سالن تائين اثرائتو رهيو، پر آڪٽوبر 2006ع ۾ رئمپ کي نقصان پهچڻ ۽ ان جي ڍلان حد کان وڌيڪ وڌي وڃڻ سبب ان کي تبديل ڪيو ويو.

== وڏيون اڏاوتون ==

قبضا  وڏين اڏاوتن، جهڙوڪ اوچين شاهراهن، ريلوي واءِڊڪٽن (viaducts)، پلن ۽ ٻين انجنيئرنگ ڍانچن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جو مقصد اڏاوت جي مختلف حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ واري دٻاءَ'' (بينڊنگ اسٽريسز) جي منتقلي کي گهٽائڻ يا مڪمل طور روڪڻ هوندو آهي، جنهن سان خاص طور زلزلي دوران ڍانچي جي نقصان جو خطرو گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

سادن سلائيڊنگ ڳانڍاپن جي ڀيٽ ۾ قبضي کي ترجيح ڏيڻ جو اهم سبب اهو آهي ته اهو هڪ طرف محدود گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، جڏهن ته ٻئي طرف ڀرپاسي وارن اڏاوتي حصن کي هڪ ٻئي کان ڌار ٿيڻ کان بچائي ٿو. اهڙيءَ طرح ڍانچي جي استحڪام برقرار رهي ٿي ۽ زلزلي يا حرارتي تبديليءَ سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ حرڪتن کي محفوظ نموني جذب ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

جيڪڏهن ڪنهن قبضي ذريعي ٻن اڏاوتي حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ وارو لمحو'' (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) منتقل نه ٿئي، ته اهڙي قبضي کي تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ ''صفر لمحي وارو قبضو'' (زيرو مومينٽ ھنج) چيو ويندو آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا تجزياتي ماڊلن ۽ عملي انجنيئرنگ ٻنهي ۾ وڏي اهميت رکن ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي اڏاوت ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻائن جي ورهاست کي بهتر نموني ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏين ٿا.

== خلائي جهاز ==

خلائي جهازن (اسپيس ڪرافٽ) ۾ استعمال لاءِ ڪيترن ئي قسمن جا ''خودڪار کُلندڙ ۽ پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضا'' (سيلف-ايڪچوئيٽنگ, سيلف-لاڪنگ ھنجز) تيار ڪيا ويا آهن. اهي قبضا خاص طور انهن اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جيڪي راڪيٽ جي لانچ دوران ويڙهيل يا بند حالت ۾ رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ خلاءَ ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ پاڻمرادو کُلي پنهنجي ڪم ڪندڙ شڪل اختيار ڪندا آهن.

اهڙي قسم جا قبضا [[کُلندڙ خلائي اڏاوتن]] (ڊپلائبل اسٽرڪچرز) ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ [[شمسي پينل]]، مصنوعي سوراخي ريڊار (سنٿيٽڪ اپرچر راڊار) جون اينٽينائون، ڊگها بوم (Booms)، ريڊيئيٽر ۽ ٻيا خلائي جزا شامل آهن. انهن قبضي جي مدد سان هي حصا محدود جاءِ ۾ محفوظ نموني رکي سگهجن ٿا ۽ مدار ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ بغير انساني مداخلت جي صحيح نموني کُلي ۽ لاڪ ٿي وڃن ٿا، جنهن سان خلائي جهاز جي اعتبار، ڪارڪردگي ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو اچي ٿو.

== اصطلاحات ==

[[File:Basic hinge.svg|thumb|upright|بنيادي قبضي جا حصا]]

* '''پن''' ({{lang-en|Pin}}) – ڌاتوءَ يا ٻين مضبوط مواد مان ٺهيل راڊ، جيڪا قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن (ليوز) کي ''نڪل'' (Knuckle) جي اندر پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍي رکي ٿي ۽ انهن کي محور جي چوڌاري ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي. هن کي '''پنٽل''' (Pintle) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''نڪل''' – قبضي جو سوراخدار، اڪثر گول شڪل وارو حصو، جيڪو قبضي جو گڏيل محور ٺاهيندو آهي. ٻنهي پٽن جا نڪل هڪ ٻئي سان وڇايل ترتيب ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن ۽ پن انهن سڀني مان لنگهندي انهن کي گڏ رکي ٿي.

* '''پٽو''' (ليف) – قبضي جا عام طور ٻه چپٽا حصا، جيڪي نڪل جي ٻنهي پاسن کان نڪرن ٿا ۽ پن جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن. اهي ئي حصا دروازي، دري يا ٻين شين سان لڳايا ويندا آهن.

* '''اينڊ پلي''' (End play) – پن جي محور سان گڏ قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن جي وچ ۾ ٿيندڙ محوري حرڪت. هي ننڍڙي چرپر پٽن کي بغير اٽڪڻ جي آسانيءَ سان ڦرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندي آهي ۽ عام طور نڪلن جي وچ واري وٿي (نڪل گيپ) سان طئي ٿيندي آهي.

* '''ٿولهه''' (Gauge) – قبضي جي پٽن جي ٿولهه.

* '''قبضي جي ويڪر''' – هڪ پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ کان ٻي پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين ماپيل مفاصلو، جيڪو پن جي محور تي عمودي هوندو آهي.

* '''قبضي جي ڊيگهه''' – قبضي جي پٽن جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي هوندي آهي.

* '''نڪل جي ڊيگهه''' (Knuckle length) – هڪ نڪل جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي ماپي ويندي آهي.

* '''پٽي جي ويڪر''' (Leaf width) – پن جي مرڪز کان پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''پچ''' (Pitch) – هڪ نڪل جي پڇاڙيءَ کان ساڳئي پٽي تي موجود ڀر واري نڪل جي ساڳئي ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''ڊور اسٽاپ''' (Doorstop) – هڪ عام اصطلاح، جيڪو قبضي جي پٽن ۾ پن جي ڀيٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ غيرضروري يا ڍِلي ڪنڊائتي چرپر لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. اهڙي چرپر قبضي جي گهسجي وڃڻ يا ڍِلي ٿيڻ سبب پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي.

== قسم ==

=== بيرل قبضو ===
'''بيرل قبضو''' (Barrel hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪيترن ڳنڍيل سوراخدار حصن (Knuckles) تي مشتمل هوندو آهي ۽ انهن مان گذرندڙ هڪ محور يا پن (Pin) ذريعي گڏ رکيو ويندو آهي. ''بيرل'' اصل ۾ هڪ خالي سلينڊر هوندو آهي، جنهن جي چوڌاري قبضو گردش ڪندو آهي. جديد دور ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ اڪثر قبضا بيرل قبضي جي بنيادي اصول تي ڪم ڪندا آهن.

=== بٽ قبضو / مارٽس قبضو ===
'''بٽ قبضو''' (Butt hinge) يا '''مارٽس قبضو''' (Mortise hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي ۽ دروازي جي فريم ۾ ڪٽيل کوکلي جاءِ (Mortise) اندر لڳايو ويندو آهي، جنهن سبب دروازو بند ٿيڻ تي قبضو تقريباً لڪل نظر ايندو آهي. ڪجهه قبضا '''اڌ مارٽس''' قسم جا به هوندا آهن، جن ۾ صرف هڪ پٽو (Leaf) کوکلي جاءِ ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مٿاڇري تي رهندو آهي. گهڻا مارٽس قبضا پنهنجي گردش واري بناوت سبب بيرل قبضي جي درجي ۾ پڻ اچن ٿا.

=== بٽر فلائي يا پارليامينٽ قبضو ===
'''بٽر فلائي قبضو''' (Butterfly hinge) يا برطانيا ۾ '''پارليامينٽ قبضو''' (Parliament hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا تختي کي مڪمل طور لڳ ڀڳ '''180°''' تائين کولڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت سان لڳي سڌو ٿي بيهي سگهي ٿو. بٽر فلائي قبضا پنهنجي سينگاريل شڪل سبب فرنيچر ۽ آرائشي دروازن ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== ڪيس قبضو ===
'''ڪيس قبضو''' (Case hinge) بناوت ۾ بٽ قبضي سان ملندڙ جلندڙ هوندو آهي، پر عام طور وڌيڪ سينگاريل هوندو آهي. اهو سوٽڪيسن، بريف ڪيسن، ڪاٺ جي دٻن، زيورن جي دٻين ۽ ٻين اهڙين شين ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جتي مضبوط ڳانڍاپي سان گڏ ظاهري خوبصورتي پڻ اهم هجي.

=== لڪل قبضو ===
'''لڪل قبضو''' (Concealed hinge) خاص طور فرنيچر جي دروازن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. هي قبضو دروازو بند ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ٻاهران نظر نٿو اچي. ان جا ٻه بنيادي حصا هوندا آهن: (1) '''ڪپ''' (Cup) ۽ '''بازو''' (آرم)، ۽ (2) '''مائونٽنگ پليٽ'''. انهن کي '''ڪپ قبضو''' (ڪپ ھنج) يا '''يورو قبضو''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي يورپ ۾ تيار ٿيا ۽ ميٽرڪ ماپن تي ٻڌل معيار استعمال ڪندا آهن. گهڻا لڪل قبضا پيچن جي ذريعي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ به آسانيءَ سان ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) ڏئي سگهجن ٿا، جنهن سان دروازي جي اوچائي، پاسيري پوزيشن ۽ کوٽائي درست ڪري سگهجي ٿي.

=== لڳاتار يا پيانو قبضو ===
'''لڳاتار قبضو''' (Continuous hinge) يا '''پيانو قبضو''' (Piano hinge) بيرل قبضي جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو دروازي، دٻي، ڍڪ يا پينل جي پوري ڊيگهه تائين پکڙيل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا سوراخن سان يا بغير سوراخن جي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن ۽ ڊگهي سهاري سبب وزن کي هڪجهڙو ورهائيندا آهن.

=== فليگ قبضو ===
'''فليگ قبضو''' (Flag hinge) ٻن حصن تي ٻڌل سادو قبضو هوندو آهي. هڪ حصي ۾ لڳل پن ٻئي حصي جي سوراخ ۾ داخل ٿيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو يا ٻيو حصو آسانيءَ سان الڳ به ڪري سگهجي ٿو. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا هٽائي سگهجندڙ دروازن ۽ مشينن ۾ عام استعمال ٿيندا آهن ۽ ساڄي ۽ کاٻي ٻنهي قسمن ۾ موجود هوندا .&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=26 August 2024 |title=The Beginner's Guide to Flag Hinges |url=https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20250216130803/https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |archive-date=16 February 2025 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Monroe Engineering}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ايڇ قبضو ===
'''ايڇ قبضو''' (H hinge) انگريزي اکر '''H''' جي شڪل جهڙو بيرل قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو سطح سان برابر لڳندڙ (فلش-مائونٽيڊ) دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ننڍا H قبضا عام طور المارين ۽ ڪٻٽن لاءِ، جڏهن ته وڏا H قبضا ڪمرا يا المارين جا دروازا لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== ايڇ ايل قبضو ===
'''ايڇ ايل قبضو''' (HL hinge) روايتي قبضو آهي، جيڪو سترهين، ارڙهين ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ دوران رهائشي ڪمرن، گذرگاهن ۽ المارين جي دروازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو هو. اوچن دروازن ۾ ڪڏهن ٻن H قبضي جي وچ ۾ اضافي HL قبضو پڻ لڳايو ويندو هو.

=== هڪ طرفو قبضو ===
'''هڪ طرفو قبضو''' (ون-وي ھنج) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا ٻئي حصي کي رڳو هڪ ئي رخ ۾ کُلڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. اهو ٻن طرفن کان کُلندڙ (ڊبل-ايڪشن) قبضي جي ابتڙ هوندو آهي.

=== محوري قبضو ===
'''محوري قبضو''' (Pivot hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي جي هيٺئين حصي ۽ مٿئين فريم ۾ لڳل محور تي گردش ڪندو آهي. هن کي '''ڊبل ايڪشن فلور قبضو''' (ڊبل-ايڪٽنگ فلور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. قديم خشڪ پٿر وارين عمارتن ۽ ڪجهه پراڻين ڪاٺيءَ جي عمارتن ۾ اهڙي قسم جا قبضا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. هلڪن وزن وارن دروازن لاءِ اهي نسبتاً گهٽ خرچ وارو ۽ ڪارائتو حل سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.

=== پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو ===
'''پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو''' (سيلف-ڪلوزنگ ھنج) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو بند ڪرڻ لاءِ اندروني ميخانياتي نظام لڳل هوندو آهي. هن ۾ اڪثر بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار (اسپيڊ ڪنٽرول) کي ضابطو ڪرڻ جو نظام پڻ شامل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا عام طور اسپرنگ  جي مدد سان دروازي کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ قوت پيدا ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ميخانياتي يا هائيڊرولڪ ڊيمپر (Damper) دروازي جي بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار کي ڪنٽرول ڪندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح هي قبضو هڪ ئي وقت قبضي ۽ [[دروازو بند ڪندڙ اوزار]] (ڊور ڪلوزر) ٻنهي جو ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي.

=== اسپرنگ قبضو ===
'''اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Spring hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جنهن جي اندر اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي. هي اسپرنگ قبضي جي پٽن کي کولڻ يا بند ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو کليل يا بند حالت ۾ رکڻ لاءِ گهربل قوت فراهم ڪندو آهي. اسپرنگ قبضا عام طور باهه کان بچاءَ وارن دروازن، رهائشي عمارتن ۽ تجارتي جڳهن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو ===
'''مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو''' (Swing clear hing})، جنهن کي '''آف سيٽ دروازي جو قبضو''' (آف سيٽ ڊور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙو قبضو آهي جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل طور پنهنجي کُلڻ واري جاءِ کان ٻاهر ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ دروازي جي کليل حالت ۾ گذرگاهه جي ويڪر وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا خاص طور انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي معذور ماڻهن جي رسائي بابت تعميراتي معيارن تي عمل ڪرڻ ضروري هجي.

=== بٽلر ٽري قبضو ===
'''بٽلر ٽري قبضو''' (Butler tray hinge) خاص قسم جو قبضو آهي، جيڪو لڳ ڀڳ 90 درجا موڙي پوءِ سڌو سنئون لاڪ ٿي ويندو آهي. اهو عام طور اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جي مٿئين حصي تي پيش ڪرڻ لاءِ الڳ ٽري لڳل هوندي آهي.

=== ڪارڊ ميز قبضو ===
'''ڪارڊ ميز قبضو''' (ڪارڊ ٽيبل ھنج) اهڙو مارٽس قبضو آهي، جيڪو روايتي يا جديد نموني جي ڪارڊ ميزن جي ڪنارن ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي. هي ميز جي مٿئين حصي کي پاڻ تي ٻيڻو ٿي ويڙهڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان ميز کي آسانيءَ سان بند يا محفوظ ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ ===
'''ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ''' (ڪارپنٽيئر جوائنٽ) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو وڪريل ڪراس سيڪشن (ڪروڊ ڪراس-سيڪشن) وارين ڪيترين سنهين ڌاتي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندو آهي. هي خاص جوڙجڪ لچڪدار حرڪت ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپو فراهم ڪندي آهي.

=== ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو ===
'''ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو''' (ڊراپ-ليف ٽيبل ھنج) ميز جي مٿاڇري جي هيٺان لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جا پاسا ضرورت مطابق هيٺ ڪري يا مٿي کڻي سگهجن ٿا. هي قبضا گهڻو ڪري ''رول جوائنٽ'' واري ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ ===
'''قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ''' (ھنجڊ ايڪسپينشن جوائنٽ) اهڙو توسيعي ڳانڍاپو آهي، جنهن ۾ قبضا لڳل هوندا آهن ته جيئن اڏاوت يا مشين جو حصو صرف هڪ ئي سطح  ۾ وڪڙي سگهي. هي جوڙ حرارتي واڌ ويجهه يا حرڪت سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻاءُ کي گهٽائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== لِونگ قبضو ===
'''لِونگ قبضو''' (Living hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڌاتوءَ جي پن (Pin) يا نڪل (Knuckle) کان سواءِ رڳو هڪ لچڪدار مواد، اڪثر ڪري پلاسٽڪ، مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي ٻن حصن جي وچ ۾ هڪ ئي ٽڪري طور ٺهندو آهي ۽ ان ۾ الڳ حرڪت ڪندڙ حصا نه هوندا آهن. اهڙي جوڙجڪ سبب ان جي تياري سادي، هلڪي ۽ گهٽ خرچ واري هوندي آهي، پر بار بار وڪڙجڻ سبب وقت سان گڏ ٿڪاوٽ يا ٽٽڻ جو امڪان ٻين قبضي جي قسمن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. لِونگ قبضا پلاسٽڪ جي دٻين، بوتلن جي ڍڪڻن، دوائن جي پيڪنگ ۽ ٻين مولڊ ڪيل شين ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== ٻيا قسم ===
قبضي جا ٻيا ڪيترائي قسم پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* '''ڪوچ قبضو''' (Coach hinge) – گاڏين، وڏن دروازن ۽ ڳري ڪاٺيءَ جي اڏاوتن لاءِ مضبوط قبضو.
* '''ڪائونٽر فليپ قبضو'''  – ڪائونٽرن يا ميزن جي کُلندڙ پٽن (Flaps) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ قبضو.
* '''ڪرينڪ يا طوفان-مزاحمتي قبضو''' (Cranked or storm-proof hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن جي شڪل وڪريل هوندي آهي ۽ جيڪو دروازي يا دري کي موسم جي اثرن کان بهتر تحفظ فراهم ڪندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو غير اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Double-action non-spring hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو ٻنهي رخن ۾ گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، پر ان ۾ اسپرنگ شامل نه هوندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو اسپرنگ قبضو''' – ٻنهي رخن ۾ کُلندڙ قبضو، جنهن ۾ اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو وچ يا بند حالت ڏانهن موٽائيندو آهي.
* '''فلش قبضو''' (Flush hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو بغير مارٽس (Mortise) ٺاهڻ جي سڌو مٿاڇري تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.
* '''رگڙ وارو قبضو''' (فرڪشن ھنج) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو رگڙ جي قوت سان دروازي يا دري کي گهربل حالت ۾ بيهارڻ ۾ مدد ڪندو آهي.
* '''لفٽ-آف قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي قبضي مان سڌو مٿي کڻي آسانيءَ سان الڳ ڪري سگهجي ٿو، بغير قبضي کي کولڻ جي.
* '''پنج قبضو''' (Pinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ جلدي ڪڍي سگهجندڙ پن (ڪئڪ-رليز پن) لڳل هوندو آهي.
* '''اڀرندڙ بٽ قبضو''' (Rising butt hinge) يا '''ڪيم لفٽ قبضو''' (Cam lift hinge) – هن قبضي جو نڪل سرپل شڪل وارو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازو کُلڻ وقت ان کي ٿورو مٿي کڻي ويندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح دروازو قالين يا اڻبرابر فرش سان نه ٽڪرائيندو آهي، ۽ بند ٿيڻ وقت پنهنجي وزن جي ڪري پاڻ هيٺ اچي بند ٿي ويندو آهي&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite
 web |last=Metcalf |first=Zoe |date=2025-09-30 |title=Upgrade Your Doors: The Hidden Benefits of Rising Butt Hinges |url=https://www.cookebrothers.co.uk/latest-news/2025/09/30/benefits-of-rising-butt-hinges/ |access-date=2026-04-17 |website=Cooke Brothers |language=en-GB}}&lt;/ref&gt;.
* '''سيڪيورٽي قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو دروازي کي زبردستي ڪڍڻ يا ٽوڙڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ خاص حفاظتي بناوت سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.
* '''ٽي قبضو''' (Tee hinge) – انگريزي اکر '''T''' جي شڪل وارو قبضو، جيڪو عام طور ڪاٺيءَ جي دروازن، باڙن، گودامن ۽ باغيچي جي دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڊگهو افقي حصو وزن کي بهتر نموني ورهائيندو آهي.

==قسم==
دروازن ۽ درين جي نوعيت مطابق عام طرح سان ھيٺ ڄاڻايل قسم جون انجيسون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن.&lt;br&gt;
(i) بُٽ انجيس يا ڪتابي انجيسون: (Butt Hingest
ھن قسم جون انجيسون عام طرح سان استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. انھن جو ھڪ حصو تاڪ جي پاسي ۾ ۽ ٻيو حصو چوڪاٺي جي پاتام ۾ اسڪرن ذريعي لڳايو ويندو آھي. انجيسن لڳائڻ وقت اسڪرن يا پيچن کي ھٿوڙيءَ سان ٺوڪي نھ لڳائجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ ائين ڪرڻ سان ڪجھھ وقت کان پوءِ اھي ڍرا ٿي نڪري ايندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري انھن کي اسڪرو ڊرائيور يعني پيچ ڪش سان لڳائڻ گھرجي.&lt;br&gt;
(ii) ٽي – انجيسون يا پڇر انجيسون: (T- Hinges)&lt;br&gt; 
ھي ھڪ قسم جو گھاڙو لوھ (Wrought iron)  جون فتيلون آھن، ھنن جي ڊگھي ٻانھن وارو حصو تاڪ جي افقيءَ پٽيءَ ۾ اسڪرن سان لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ٻيو ڌاتيءَ جي پٽيءَ وارو حصو چوڪاٺي ۾ جڙيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جون انجيسون معمولي قسم جي دروازن لاءِ ٺيڪ آھن ۽ کين ڳرن ۽ سٺي قسم جي دروازن ۾ استعمال نھ ڪرڻ گھرجي.&lt;br&gt;
(iii) ٻن طرفن واريون انجيسون: (Back flap Hinges) 
ھن قسم جون ٻھ طرفيون انجيسون اھڙن ھنڌن تي استعمال ڪبيون آھن، جتي اھڙا تہ سنھا تاڪ لڳائبا آھن جو سادين انجيسن جو لڳائڻ ممڪن نہ ھوندو آھي.
(iv) ڪوڪن واريون انجيسون: (Pin Hinges) 
جڏھن تاڪن جو وزن ايترو ڳرو ھوندو آھي جو ٻين قسمن جي انجيسن سان انھن کي نہ لڳائي سگھبو آھي تھ اھڙيءَ حالت ۾ ھن قسم جون ڪلين واريون انجيسون لڳائبيون آھن.

&lt;gallery&gt;
 Image:HingesOldB.jpg|Ancient   pivot hinges قديم [[پيوٽ انجيس]].
Image:Hinge2P2.jpg|گھاڙي لوھ wrought iron مان ٺھيل بيرل انجيس.
Image:Hinge2P3.jpg| پتل جي ٺھيل پٽيءَ واري بيرل انجيس.
Image:Hinge3P.jpg|ٻنھي پاسن کان فٽ ٿيندڙ بٽ انجيس جا منڍا.
Image:Topfscharnier.jpg|فرنيچر جي در جو اسپرنگ تالو .
Image:Hinge 01.jpg|ڪٽ لڳل يا ڪسيل انجيس.
Image:Haar hung doors (99309543).jpg|ٽنگيل در جي انجيس جو هڪ قسم.
Image:Mint box polypropylene lid.JPG|دٻي واري انجيس جو هڪ قسم.
&lt;/gallery&gt;</text>
      <sha1>drguigsykpeofefqeecanonew5xhaq5</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400868</id>
      <parentid>400867</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T13:08:21Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* بٽر فلائي يا پارليامينٽ قبضو */</comment>
      <origin>400868</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="30497" sha1="23wyjbz45jmf1bq566noe5kr8p73jxz" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|ٻن مضبوط شين کي ڳنڍيندڙ ميخانياتي ڳانڍاپو}}

[[File:Carrollton New Orleans hinge brass inside.jpg|thumb|upright|پتل مان ٺهيل سينگاريل دروازي جي انجيس]]
[[File:Hamburgerpaumelle.JPG|thumb|upright|بيرل انجيس (Barrel hinge)]]

'''انجيس''' يا '''قبضو''' ({{lang-en|'''Hinge'''}}) هڪ [[ميڪانياتي بيئرنگ]] (Mechanical bearing) آهي، جيڪو ٻن مضبوط شين کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيندو آهي ۽ عام طور انهن مان هڪ کي مقرر محور جي چوڌاري محدود زاويي تائين ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. مثالي قبضي (آئيڊيل ھنج) ۾ ڳنڍيل ٻئي حصا رڳو هڪ مقرر محور جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ٻيون سموريون حرڪتون، جهڙوڪ اڳتي پٺتي سرڪڻ يا ٻين رخن ۾ گردش، روڪيل هونديون آهن. ان ڪري ميخانيات ۾ قبضي کي ''هڪ درجي واري آزادي'' (ون ڊگري آف فريڊم) وارو ڳانڍاپو سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

قبضا يا انجيسون لچڪدار مواد (فليڪسيبل مٽيريل) مان به ٺاهي سگهجن ٿا يا وري ڌاتوءَ جي حرڪت ڪندڙ حصن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن. حياتيات (بائيولاجي) ۾ به ڪيترائي [[جوڙ]] (جوائنٽ) قبضي وانگر ڪم ڪندا آهن، جن مان [[ڪُلهي جي جوڙ]] جي بدران ''ٺوٺ جو جوڙ''  هڪ نمايان مثال آهي، جيڪو بنيادي طور هڪ ئي رخ ۾ وڪڙجڻ ۽ سڌو ٿيڻ جي حرڪت جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو.

انجيسون يا قبضا سڀ کان وڌيڪ دروازن، دريائن ۽ المارين جي کُلڻ ۽ بند ٿيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، پر انهن کان علاوه فولڊ ٿيندڙ [[ڏاڪڻ]]، موٽر گاڏين جي بونٽ، صندوقن، ڍڪڻن ۽ وڏين متحرڪ [[پل|پلين]]  جي جوڙجڪ ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

درين ۽ دروازن کي لڳائڻ ۽ انھن اندر مختلف جزن ذريعي ڳانڍاپو رکڻ واسطي ھيٺين قسمن جي قبضن يا انجيسن جي  ضرورت پوندي آھي.

== تاريخ ==

قديم آثارن مان پٿر، سنگِ مرمر، ڪاٺ ۽ ڪانسي  مان ٺهيل انجيسون يا قبضا مليا آهن، جن مان ڪجهه گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[قديم مصر]] جي دور سان تعلق رکن ٿا. بهرحال، اهو يقيني طور طئي ڪرڻ ڏکيو آهي ته قبضي جو پهريون استعمال دنيا جي ڪهڙي هنڌ ۽ ڪهڙي زماني ۾ ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

قديم مصر ۾ دروازن لاءِ هڪ خاص ''محوري قبضي'' (Pivot hinge) وارو نظام استعمال ٿيندو هو. هن طريقي ۾ دروازي جي مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين ڪنڍن تي ڪاٺ جا گول ڪنڊا (Dowels) لڳايا ويندا هئا يا اهي سڌو دروازي جي ڪاٺ مان تراشيا ويندا هئا. اهي ڪنڍا پٿر ۾ ٺهيل گول کڏن (Stone sockets) ۾ ويهندا هئا، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دروازو آسانيءَ سان پنهنجي محور تي ڦرندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Museum Bulletin – An Early Egyptian Door-Socket |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/bulletin/1315/}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door – British Museum |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/Y_EA705}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[قديم روم]] ۾ قبضي کي لاطيني ٻوليءَ ۾ ڪارڊو:''Cardō'' چيو ويندو هو. انهيءَ لفظ تان ئي رومي ديوي ''ڪارڊيا'' (Cardea)، جيڪا دروازن ۽ قبضي جي محافظ ديوي سمجهي ويندي هئي، جو نالو پيو، ۽ رومي شهرن جي مکيه اتر–ڏکڻ واري شاهراهه کي پڻ ''ڪارڊو'' سڏيو ويندو هو. لاطيني لفظ ''ڪارڊو'' جو مفهوم &quot;اهو بنيادي جزو، جنهن تي ڪا شيءِ ڦري يا جنهن تي ڪنهن شيءِ جو دارومدار هجي&quot; هو، ۽ انهيءَ مان جديد انگريزي لفظن، جهڙوڪ ''ڪارڊينل''، جي پڻ ابتدا ٿي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

'''آڪسفورڊ انگريزي لغت''' (آڪسفورڊ انگلش ڊڪشنري) موجب انگريزي لفظ  ھنج''Hinge'' جو تعلق لفظ ''Hang'' (لڙڪڻ يا ٽنگجڻ) سان آهي، جيڪو ٻنهي لفظن جي تاريخي لساني ارتقا ڏانهن اشارو ڪري ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=hinge |url=https://www.oed.com/dictionary/hinge_n}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== عمارتن ۾ رسائي ==

گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[وچئين دور]] (ميڊيول پيرئڊ) کان وٺي مضبوط قلعن ۽ دفاعي عمارتن ۾ [[ڇڪيل پل]] (Drawbridge) لاءِ قبضا استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن. اهڙن قبضي جي مدد سان پل کي ضرورت موجب مٿي کڻي يا هيٺ لاهي سگهجي ٿو، جنهن سان قلعي جي حفاظت ۽ داخلا تي ڪنٽرول رکڻ آسان ٿيندو هو.

جديد [[تعمير]] (آرڪيٽيڪچر) ۾ به قبضا انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي وقت سان گڏ بنياد جي ويهڻ (بلڊنگ سيٽلمينٽ) جو امڪان هجي. اهڙين حالتن ۾ قبضا عمارت جي ڪجهه حصن کي محدود حرڪت جي اجازت ڏيندا آهن، جنهن سان ڍانچي تي غيرضروري دٻاءُ گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

ان جو هڪ مشهور مثال آمريڪي رياست [[ڪيليفورنيا]] جي [[برزبين, ڪيليفورنيا|برزبين]] شهر ۾ واقع [[ڊيڪن بلڊنگ]] آهي. هن عمارت جي داخلي رئمپ (ramp) کي هڪ وڏي قبضي تي نصب ڪيو ويو هو ته جيئن [[کنبا| کُنبن]] (Piles) تي ٺهيل ۽ نرم خليجي مٽي (Bay mud) تي بيٺل عمارت جي ويهڻ دوران رئمپ محفوظ طريقي سان پنهنجي حالت بدلائي سگهي. هي انتظام ڪيترن ئي سالن تائين اثرائتو رهيو، پر آڪٽوبر 2006ع ۾ رئمپ کي نقصان پهچڻ ۽ ان جي ڍلان حد کان وڌيڪ وڌي وڃڻ سبب ان کي تبديل ڪيو ويو.

== وڏيون اڏاوتون ==

قبضا  وڏين اڏاوتن، جهڙوڪ اوچين شاهراهن، ريلوي واءِڊڪٽن (viaducts)، پلن ۽ ٻين انجنيئرنگ ڍانچن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جو مقصد اڏاوت جي مختلف حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ واري دٻاءَ'' (بينڊنگ اسٽريسز) جي منتقلي کي گهٽائڻ يا مڪمل طور روڪڻ هوندو آهي، جنهن سان خاص طور زلزلي دوران ڍانچي جي نقصان جو خطرو گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

سادن سلائيڊنگ ڳانڍاپن جي ڀيٽ ۾ قبضي کي ترجيح ڏيڻ جو اهم سبب اهو آهي ته اهو هڪ طرف محدود گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، جڏهن ته ٻئي طرف ڀرپاسي وارن اڏاوتي حصن کي هڪ ٻئي کان ڌار ٿيڻ کان بچائي ٿو. اهڙيءَ طرح ڍانچي جي استحڪام برقرار رهي ٿي ۽ زلزلي يا حرارتي تبديليءَ سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ حرڪتن کي محفوظ نموني جذب ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

جيڪڏهن ڪنهن قبضي ذريعي ٻن اڏاوتي حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ وارو لمحو'' (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) منتقل نه ٿئي، ته اهڙي قبضي کي تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ ''صفر لمحي وارو قبضو'' (زيرو مومينٽ ھنج) چيو ويندو آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا تجزياتي ماڊلن ۽ عملي انجنيئرنگ ٻنهي ۾ وڏي اهميت رکن ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي اڏاوت ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻائن جي ورهاست کي بهتر نموني ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏين ٿا.

== خلائي جهاز ==

خلائي جهازن (اسپيس ڪرافٽ) ۾ استعمال لاءِ ڪيترن ئي قسمن جا ''خودڪار کُلندڙ ۽ پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضا'' (سيلف-ايڪچوئيٽنگ, سيلف-لاڪنگ ھنجز) تيار ڪيا ويا آهن. اهي قبضا خاص طور انهن اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جيڪي راڪيٽ جي لانچ دوران ويڙهيل يا بند حالت ۾ رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ خلاءَ ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ پاڻمرادو کُلي پنهنجي ڪم ڪندڙ شڪل اختيار ڪندا آهن.

اهڙي قسم جا قبضا [[کُلندڙ خلائي اڏاوتن]] (ڊپلائبل اسٽرڪچرز) ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ [[شمسي پينل]]، مصنوعي سوراخي ريڊار (سنٿيٽڪ اپرچر راڊار) جون اينٽينائون، ڊگها بوم (Booms)، ريڊيئيٽر ۽ ٻيا خلائي جزا شامل آهن. انهن قبضي جي مدد سان هي حصا محدود جاءِ ۾ محفوظ نموني رکي سگهجن ٿا ۽ مدار ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ بغير انساني مداخلت جي صحيح نموني کُلي ۽ لاڪ ٿي وڃن ٿا، جنهن سان خلائي جهاز جي اعتبار، ڪارڪردگي ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو اچي ٿو.

== اصطلاحات ==

[[File:Basic hinge.svg|thumb|upright|بنيادي قبضي جا حصا]]

* '''پن''' ({{lang-en|Pin}}) – ڌاتوءَ يا ٻين مضبوط مواد مان ٺهيل راڊ، جيڪا قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن (ليوز) کي ''نڪل'' (Knuckle) جي اندر پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍي رکي ٿي ۽ انهن کي محور جي چوڌاري ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي. هن کي '''پنٽل''' (Pintle) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''نڪل''' – قبضي جو سوراخدار، اڪثر گول شڪل وارو حصو، جيڪو قبضي جو گڏيل محور ٺاهيندو آهي. ٻنهي پٽن جا نڪل هڪ ٻئي سان وڇايل ترتيب ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن ۽ پن انهن سڀني مان لنگهندي انهن کي گڏ رکي ٿي.

* '''پٽو''' (ليف) – قبضي جا عام طور ٻه چپٽا حصا، جيڪي نڪل جي ٻنهي پاسن کان نڪرن ٿا ۽ پن جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن. اهي ئي حصا دروازي، دري يا ٻين شين سان لڳايا ويندا آهن.

* '''اينڊ پلي''' (End play) – پن جي محور سان گڏ قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن جي وچ ۾ ٿيندڙ محوري حرڪت. هي ننڍڙي چرپر پٽن کي بغير اٽڪڻ جي آسانيءَ سان ڦرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندي آهي ۽ عام طور نڪلن جي وچ واري وٿي (نڪل گيپ) سان طئي ٿيندي آهي.

* '''ٿولهه''' (Gauge) – قبضي جي پٽن جي ٿولهه.

* '''قبضي جي ويڪر''' – هڪ پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ کان ٻي پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين ماپيل مفاصلو، جيڪو پن جي محور تي عمودي هوندو آهي.

* '''قبضي جي ڊيگهه''' – قبضي جي پٽن جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي هوندي آهي.

* '''نڪل جي ڊيگهه''' (Knuckle length) – هڪ نڪل جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي ماپي ويندي آهي.

* '''پٽي جي ويڪر''' (Leaf width) – پن جي مرڪز کان پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''پچ''' (Pitch) – هڪ نڪل جي پڇاڙيءَ کان ساڳئي پٽي تي موجود ڀر واري نڪل جي ساڳئي ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''ڊور اسٽاپ''' (Doorstop) – هڪ عام اصطلاح، جيڪو قبضي جي پٽن ۾ پن جي ڀيٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ غيرضروري يا ڍِلي ڪنڊائتي چرپر لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. اهڙي چرپر قبضي جي گهسجي وڃڻ يا ڍِلي ٿيڻ سبب پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي.

== قسم ==

=== بيرل قبضو ===
'''بيرل قبضو''' (Barrel hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪيترن ڳنڍيل سوراخدار حصن (Knuckles) تي مشتمل هوندو آهي ۽ انهن مان گذرندڙ هڪ محور يا پن (Pin) ذريعي گڏ رکيو ويندو آهي. ''بيرل'' اصل ۾ هڪ خالي سلينڊر هوندو آهي، جنهن جي چوڌاري قبضو گردش ڪندو آهي. جديد دور ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ اڪثر قبضا بيرل قبضي جي بنيادي اصول تي ڪم ڪندا آهن.

=== بٽ قبضو / مارٽس قبضو ===
'''بٽ قبضو''' (Butt hinge) يا '''مارٽس قبضو''' (Mortise hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي ۽ دروازي جي فريم ۾ ڪٽيل کوکلي جاءِ (Mortise) اندر لڳايو ويندو آهي، جنهن سبب دروازو بند ٿيڻ تي قبضو تقريباً لڪل نظر ايندو آهي. ڪجهه قبضا '''اڌ مارٽس''' قسم جا به هوندا آهن، جن ۾ صرف هڪ پٽو (Leaf) کوکلي جاءِ ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مٿاڇري تي رهندو آهي. گهڻا مارٽس قبضا پنهنجي گردش واري بناوت سبب بيرل قبضي جي درجي ۾ پڻ اچن ٿا.

=== بٽر فلائي يا پارليامينٽ قبضو ===
'''بٽر فلائي قبضو''' (Butterfly hinge) يا برطانيا ۾ '''پارليامينٽ قبضو''' (Parliament hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا تختي کي مڪمل طور لڳ ڀڳ '''180°''' تائين کولڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت سان لڳي سڌو ٿي بيهي سگهي ٿو. بٽر فلائي قبضا پنهنجي سينگاريل شڪل سبب فرنيچر ۽ آرائشي دروازن ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Parliament Hinges Old English Collection |url=https://www.suffolklatchcompany.com/products/parliament-hinges |access-date=2026-02-06 |website=Suffolk Latch Company |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== ڪيس قبضو ===
'''ڪيس قبضو''' (Case hinge) بناوت ۾ بٽ قبضي سان ملندڙ جلندڙ هوندو آهي، پر عام طور وڌيڪ سينگاريل هوندو آهي. اهو سوٽڪيسن، بريف ڪيسن، ڪاٺ جي دٻن، زيورن جي دٻين ۽ ٻين اهڙين شين ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جتي مضبوط ڳانڍاپي سان گڏ ظاهري خوبصورتي پڻ اهم هجي.

=== لڪل قبضو ===
'''لڪل قبضو''' (Concealed hinge) خاص طور فرنيچر جي دروازن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. هي قبضو دروازو بند ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ٻاهران نظر نٿو اچي. ان جا ٻه بنيادي حصا هوندا آهن: (1) '''ڪپ''' (Cup) ۽ '''بازو''' (آرم)، ۽ (2) '''مائونٽنگ پليٽ'''. انهن کي '''ڪپ قبضو''' (ڪپ ھنج) يا '''يورو قبضو''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي يورپ ۾ تيار ٿيا ۽ ميٽرڪ ماپن تي ٻڌل معيار استعمال ڪندا آهن. گهڻا لڪل قبضا پيچن جي ذريعي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ به آسانيءَ سان ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) ڏئي سگهجن ٿا، جنهن سان دروازي جي اوچائي، پاسيري پوزيشن ۽ کوٽائي درست ڪري سگهجي ٿي.

=== لڳاتار يا پيانو قبضو ===
'''لڳاتار قبضو''' (Continuous hinge) يا '''پيانو قبضو''' (Piano hinge) بيرل قبضي جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو دروازي، دٻي، ڍڪ يا پينل جي پوري ڊيگهه تائين پکڙيل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا سوراخن سان يا بغير سوراخن جي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن ۽ ڊگهي سهاري سبب وزن کي هڪجهڙو ورهائيندا آهن.

=== فليگ قبضو ===
'''فليگ قبضو''' (Flag hinge) ٻن حصن تي ٻڌل سادو قبضو هوندو آهي. هڪ حصي ۾ لڳل پن ٻئي حصي جي سوراخ ۾ داخل ٿيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو يا ٻيو حصو آسانيءَ سان الڳ به ڪري سگهجي ٿو. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا هٽائي سگهجندڙ دروازن ۽ مشينن ۾ عام استعمال ٿيندا آهن ۽ ساڄي ۽ کاٻي ٻنهي قسمن ۾ موجود هوندا .&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=26 August 2024 |title=The Beginner's Guide to Flag Hinges |url=https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20250216130803/https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |archive-date=16 February 2025 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Monroe Engineering}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ايڇ قبضو ===
'''ايڇ قبضو''' (H hinge) انگريزي اکر '''H''' جي شڪل جهڙو بيرل قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو سطح سان برابر لڳندڙ (فلش-مائونٽيڊ) دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ننڍا H قبضا عام طور المارين ۽ ڪٻٽن لاءِ، جڏهن ته وڏا H قبضا ڪمرا يا المارين جا دروازا لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== ايڇ ايل قبضو ===
'''ايڇ ايل قبضو''' (HL hinge) روايتي قبضو آهي، جيڪو سترهين، ارڙهين ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ دوران رهائشي ڪمرن، گذرگاهن ۽ المارين جي دروازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو هو. اوچن دروازن ۾ ڪڏهن ٻن H قبضي جي وچ ۾ اضافي HL قبضو پڻ لڳايو ويندو هو.

=== هڪ طرفو قبضو ===
'''هڪ طرفو قبضو''' (ون-وي ھنج) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا ٻئي حصي کي رڳو هڪ ئي رخ ۾ کُلڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. اهو ٻن طرفن کان کُلندڙ (ڊبل-ايڪشن) قبضي جي ابتڙ هوندو آهي.

=== محوري قبضو ===
'''محوري قبضو''' (Pivot hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي جي هيٺئين حصي ۽ مٿئين فريم ۾ لڳل محور تي گردش ڪندو آهي. هن کي '''ڊبل ايڪشن فلور قبضو''' (ڊبل-ايڪٽنگ فلور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. قديم خشڪ پٿر وارين عمارتن ۽ ڪجهه پراڻين ڪاٺيءَ جي عمارتن ۾ اهڙي قسم جا قبضا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. هلڪن وزن وارن دروازن لاءِ اهي نسبتاً گهٽ خرچ وارو ۽ ڪارائتو حل سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.

=== پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو ===
'''پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو''' (سيلف-ڪلوزنگ ھنج) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو بند ڪرڻ لاءِ اندروني ميخانياتي نظام لڳل هوندو آهي. هن ۾ اڪثر بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار (اسپيڊ ڪنٽرول) کي ضابطو ڪرڻ جو نظام پڻ شامل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا عام طور اسپرنگ  جي مدد سان دروازي کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ قوت پيدا ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ميخانياتي يا هائيڊرولڪ ڊيمپر (Damper) دروازي جي بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار کي ڪنٽرول ڪندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح هي قبضو هڪ ئي وقت قبضي ۽ [[دروازو بند ڪندڙ اوزار]] (ڊور ڪلوزر) ٻنهي جو ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي.

=== اسپرنگ قبضو ===
'''اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Spring hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جنهن جي اندر اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي. هي اسپرنگ قبضي جي پٽن کي کولڻ يا بند ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو کليل يا بند حالت ۾ رکڻ لاءِ گهربل قوت فراهم ڪندو آهي. اسپرنگ قبضا عام طور باهه کان بچاءَ وارن دروازن، رهائشي عمارتن ۽ تجارتي جڳهن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو ===
'''مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو''' (Swing clear hing})، جنهن کي '''آف سيٽ دروازي جو قبضو''' (آف سيٽ ڊور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙو قبضو آهي جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل طور پنهنجي کُلڻ واري جاءِ کان ٻاهر ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ دروازي جي کليل حالت ۾ گذرگاهه جي ويڪر وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا خاص طور انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي معذور ماڻهن جي رسائي بابت تعميراتي معيارن تي عمل ڪرڻ ضروري هجي.

=== بٽلر ٽري قبضو ===
'''بٽلر ٽري قبضو''' (Butler tray hinge) خاص قسم جو قبضو آهي، جيڪو لڳ ڀڳ 90 درجا موڙي پوءِ سڌو سنئون لاڪ ٿي ويندو آهي. اهو عام طور اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جي مٿئين حصي تي پيش ڪرڻ لاءِ الڳ ٽري لڳل هوندي آهي.

=== ڪارڊ ميز قبضو ===
'''ڪارڊ ميز قبضو''' (ڪارڊ ٽيبل ھنج) اهڙو مارٽس قبضو آهي، جيڪو روايتي يا جديد نموني جي ڪارڊ ميزن جي ڪنارن ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي. هي ميز جي مٿئين حصي کي پاڻ تي ٻيڻو ٿي ويڙهڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان ميز کي آسانيءَ سان بند يا محفوظ ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ ===
'''ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ''' (ڪارپنٽيئر جوائنٽ) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو وڪريل ڪراس سيڪشن (ڪروڊ ڪراس-سيڪشن) وارين ڪيترين سنهين ڌاتي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندو آهي. هي خاص جوڙجڪ لچڪدار حرڪت ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپو فراهم ڪندي آهي.

=== ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو ===
'''ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو''' (ڊراپ-ليف ٽيبل ھنج) ميز جي مٿاڇري جي هيٺان لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جا پاسا ضرورت مطابق هيٺ ڪري يا مٿي کڻي سگهجن ٿا. هي قبضا گهڻو ڪري ''رول جوائنٽ'' واري ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ ===
'''قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ''' (ھنجڊ ايڪسپينشن جوائنٽ) اهڙو توسيعي ڳانڍاپو آهي، جنهن ۾ قبضا لڳل هوندا آهن ته جيئن اڏاوت يا مشين جو حصو صرف هڪ ئي سطح  ۾ وڪڙي سگهي. هي جوڙ حرارتي واڌ ويجهه يا حرڪت سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻاءُ کي گهٽائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== لِونگ قبضو ===
'''لِونگ قبضو''' (Living hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڌاتوءَ جي پن (Pin) يا نڪل (Knuckle) کان سواءِ رڳو هڪ لچڪدار مواد، اڪثر ڪري پلاسٽڪ، مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي ٻن حصن جي وچ ۾ هڪ ئي ٽڪري طور ٺهندو آهي ۽ ان ۾ الڳ حرڪت ڪندڙ حصا نه هوندا آهن. اهڙي جوڙجڪ سبب ان جي تياري سادي، هلڪي ۽ گهٽ خرچ واري هوندي آهي، پر بار بار وڪڙجڻ سبب وقت سان گڏ ٿڪاوٽ يا ٽٽڻ جو امڪان ٻين قبضي جي قسمن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. لِونگ قبضا پلاسٽڪ جي دٻين، بوتلن جي ڍڪڻن، دوائن جي پيڪنگ ۽ ٻين مولڊ ڪيل شين ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== ٻيا قسم ===
قبضي جا ٻيا ڪيترائي قسم پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* '''ڪوچ قبضو''' (Coach hinge) – گاڏين، وڏن دروازن ۽ ڳري ڪاٺيءَ جي اڏاوتن لاءِ مضبوط قبضو.
* '''ڪائونٽر فليپ قبضو'''  – ڪائونٽرن يا ميزن جي کُلندڙ پٽن (Flaps) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ قبضو.
* '''ڪرينڪ يا طوفان-مزاحمتي قبضو''' (Cranked or storm-proof hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن جي شڪل وڪريل هوندي آهي ۽ جيڪو دروازي يا دري کي موسم جي اثرن کان بهتر تحفظ فراهم ڪندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو غير اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Double-action non-spring hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو ٻنهي رخن ۾ گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، پر ان ۾ اسپرنگ شامل نه هوندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو اسپرنگ قبضو''' – ٻنهي رخن ۾ کُلندڙ قبضو، جنهن ۾ اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو وچ يا بند حالت ڏانهن موٽائيندو آهي.
* '''فلش قبضو''' (Flush hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو بغير مارٽس (Mortise) ٺاهڻ جي سڌو مٿاڇري تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.
* '''رگڙ وارو قبضو''' (فرڪشن ھنج) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو رگڙ جي قوت سان دروازي يا دري کي گهربل حالت ۾ بيهارڻ ۾ مدد ڪندو آهي.
* '''لفٽ-آف قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي قبضي مان سڌو مٿي کڻي آسانيءَ سان الڳ ڪري سگهجي ٿو، بغير قبضي کي کولڻ جي.
* '''پنج قبضو''' (Pinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ جلدي ڪڍي سگهجندڙ پن (ڪئڪ-رليز پن) لڳل هوندو آهي.
* '''اڀرندڙ بٽ قبضو''' (Rising butt hinge) يا '''ڪيم لفٽ قبضو''' (Cam lift hinge) – هن قبضي جو نڪل سرپل شڪل وارو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازو کُلڻ وقت ان کي ٿورو مٿي کڻي ويندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح دروازو قالين يا اڻبرابر فرش سان نه ٽڪرائيندو آهي، ۽ بند ٿيڻ وقت پنهنجي وزن جي ڪري پاڻ هيٺ اچي بند ٿي ويندو آهي&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite
 web |last=Metcalf |first=Zoe |date=2025-09-30 |title=Upgrade Your Doors: The Hidden Benefits of Rising Butt Hinges |url=https://www.cookebrothers.co.uk/latest-news/2025/09/30/benefits-of-rising-butt-hinges/ |access-date=2026-04-17 |website=Cooke Brothers |language=en-GB}}&lt;/ref&gt;.
* '''سيڪيورٽي قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو دروازي کي زبردستي ڪڍڻ يا ٽوڙڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ خاص حفاظتي بناوت سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.
* '''ٽي قبضو''' (Tee hinge) – انگريزي اکر '''T''' جي شڪل وارو قبضو، جيڪو عام طور ڪاٺيءَ جي دروازن، باڙن، گودامن ۽ باغيچي جي دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڊگهو افقي حصو وزن کي بهتر نموني ورهائيندو آهي.

==قسم==
دروازن ۽ درين جي نوعيت مطابق عام طرح سان ھيٺ ڄاڻايل قسم جون انجيسون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن.&lt;br&gt;
(i) بُٽ انجيس يا ڪتابي انجيسون: (Butt Hingest
ھن قسم جون انجيسون عام طرح سان استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. انھن جو ھڪ حصو تاڪ جي پاسي ۾ ۽ ٻيو حصو چوڪاٺي جي پاتام ۾ اسڪرن ذريعي لڳايو ويندو آھي. انجيسن لڳائڻ وقت اسڪرن يا پيچن کي ھٿوڙيءَ سان ٺوڪي نھ لڳائجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ ائين ڪرڻ سان ڪجھھ وقت کان پوءِ اھي ڍرا ٿي نڪري ايندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري انھن کي اسڪرو ڊرائيور يعني پيچ ڪش سان لڳائڻ گھرجي.&lt;br&gt;
(ii) ٽي – انجيسون يا پڇر انجيسون: (T- Hinges)&lt;br&gt; 
ھي ھڪ قسم جو گھاڙو لوھ (Wrought iron)  جون فتيلون آھن، ھنن جي ڊگھي ٻانھن وارو حصو تاڪ جي افقيءَ پٽيءَ ۾ اسڪرن سان لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ٻيو ڌاتيءَ جي پٽيءَ وارو حصو چوڪاٺي ۾ جڙيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جون انجيسون معمولي قسم جي دروازن لاءِ ٺيڪ آھن ۽ کين ڳرن ۽ سٺي قسم جي دروازن ۾ استعمال نھ ڪرڻ گھرجي.&lt;br&gt;
(iii) ٻن طرفن واريون انجيسون: (Back flap Hinges) 
ھن قسم جون ٻھ طرفيون انجيسون اھڙن ھنڌن تي استعمال ڪبيون آھن، جتي اھڙا تہ سنھا تاڪ لڳائبا آھن جو سادين انجيسن جو لڳائڻ ممڪن نہ ھوندو آھي.
(iv) ڪوڪن واريون انجيسون: (Pin Hinges) 
جڏھن تاڪن جو وزن ايترو ڳرو ھوندو آھي جو ٻين قسمن جي انجيسن سان انھن کي نہ لڳائي سگھبو آھي تھ اھڙيءَ حالت ۾ ھن قسم جون ڪلين واريون انجيسون لڳائبيون آھن.

&lt;gallery&gt;
 Image:HingesOldB.jpg|Ancient   pivot hinges قديم [[پيوٽ انجيس]].
Image:Hinge2P2.jpg|گھاڙي لوھ wrought iron مان ٺھيل بيرل انجيس.
Image:Hinge2P3.jpg| پتل جي ٺھيل پٽيءَ واري بيرل انجيس.
Image:Hinge3P.jpg|ٻنھي پاسن کان فٽ ٿيندڙ بٽ انجيس جا منڍا.
Image:Topfscharnier.jpg|فرنيچر جي در جو اسپرنگ تالو .
Image:Hinge 01.jpg|ڪٽ لڳل يا ڪسيل انجيس.
Image:Haar hung doors (99309543).jpg|ٽنگيل در جي انجيس جو هڪ قسم.
Image:Mint box polypropylene lid.JPG|دٻي واري انجيس جو هڪ قسم.
&lt;/gallery&gt;</text>
      <sha1>23wyjbz45jmf1bq566noe5kr8p73jxz</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400870</id>
      <parentid>400868</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T13:09:26Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400870</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="30758" sha1="2w4gxkg1nwusyhs673ja9jmh048h2ai" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|ٻن مضبوط شين کي ڳنڍيندڙ ميخانياتي ڳانڍاپو}}

[[File:Carrollton New Orleans hinge brass inside.jpg|thumb|upright|پتل مان ٺهيل سينگاريل دروازي جي انجيس]]
[[File:Hamburgerpaumelle.JPG|thumb|upright|بيرل انجيس (Barrel hinge)]]

'''انجيس''' يا '''قبضو''' ({{lang-en|'''Hinge'''}}) هڪ [[ميڪانياتي بيئرنگ]] (Mechanical bearing) آهي، جيڪو ٻن مضبوط شين کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيندو آهي ۽ عام طور انهن مان هڪ کي مقرر محور جي چوڌاري محدود زاويي تائين ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. مثالي قبضي (آئيڊيل ھنج) ۾ ڳنڍيل ٻئي حصا رڳو هڪ مقرر محور جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ٻيون سموريون حرڪتون، جهڙوڪ اڳتي پٺتي سرڪڻ يا ٻين رخن ۾ گردش، روڪيل هونديون آهن. ان ڪري ميخانيات ۾ قبضي کي ''هڪ درجي واري آزادي'' (ون ڊگري آف فريڊم) وارو ڳانڍاپو سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

قبضا يا انجيسون لچڪدار مواد (فليڪسيبل مٽيريل) مان به ٺاهي سگهجن ٿا يا وري ڌاتوءَ جي حرڪت ڪندڙ حصن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن. حياتيات (بائيولاجي) ۾ به ڪيترائي [[جوڙ]] (جوائنٽ) قبضي وانگر ڪم ڪندا آهن، جن مان [[ڪُلهي جي جوڙ]] جي بدران ''ٺوٺ جو جوڙ''  هڪ نمايان مثال آهي، جيڪو بنيادي طور هڪ ئي رخ ۾ وڪڙجڻ ۽ سڌو ٿيڻ جي حرڪت جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو.

انجيسون يا قبضا سڀ کان وڌيڪ دروازن، دريائن ۽ المارين جي کُلڻ ۽ بند ٿيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، پر انهن کان علاوه فولڊ ٿيندڙ [[ڏاڪڻ]]، موٽر گاڏين جي بونٽ، صندوقن، ڍڪڻن ۽ وڏين متحرڪ [[پل|پلين]]  جي جوڙجڪ ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

درين ۽ دروازن کي لڳائڻ ۽ انھن اندر مختلف جزن ذريعي ڳانڍاپو رکڻ واسطي ھيٺين قسمن جي قبضن يا انجيسن جي  ضرورت پوندي آھي.

== تاريخ ==

قديم آثارن مان پٿر، سنگِ مرمر، ڪاٺ ۽ ڪانسي  مان ٺهيل انجيسون يا قبضا مليا آهن، جن مان ڪجهه گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[قديم مصر]] جي دور سان تعلق رکن ٿا. بهرحال، اهو يقيني طور طئي ڪرڻ ڏکيو آهي ته قبضي جو پهريون استعمال دنيا جي ڪهڙي هنڌ ۽ ڪهڙي زماني ۾ ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

قديم مصر ۾ دروازن لاءِ هڪ خاص ''محوري قبضي'' (Pivot hinge) وارو نظام استعمال ٿيندو هو. هن طريقي ۾ دروازي جي مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين ڪنڍن تي ڪاٺ جا گول ڪنڊا (Dowels) لڳايا ويندا هئا يا اهي سڌو دروازي جي ڪاٺ مان تراشيا ويندا هئا. اهي ڪنڍا پٿر ۾ ٺهيل گول کڏن (Stone sockets) ۾ ويهندا هئا، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دروازو آسانيءَ سان پنهنجي محور تي ڦرندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Museum Bulletin – An Early Egyptian Door-Socket |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/bulletin/1315/}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door – British Museum |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/Y_EA705}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[قديم روم]] ۾ قبضي کي لاطيني ٻوليءَ ۾ ڪارڊو:''Cardō'' چيو ويندو هو. انهيءَ لفظ تان ئي رومي ديوي ''ڪارڊيا'' (Cardea)، جيڪا دروازن ۽ قبضي جي محافظ ديوي سمجهي ويندي هئي، جو نالو پيو، ۽ رومي شهرن جي مکيه اتر–ڏکڻ واري شاهراهه کي پڻ ''ڪارڊو'' سڏيو ويندو هو. لاطيني لفظ ''ڪارڊو'' جو مفهوم &quot;اهو بنيادي جزو، جنهن تي ڪا شيءِ ڦري يا جنهن تي ڪنهن شيءِ جو دارومدار هجي&quot; هو، ۽ انهيءَ مان جديد انگريزي لفظن، جهڙوڪ ''ڪارڊينل''، جي پڻ ابتدا ٿي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

'''آڪسفورڊ انگريزي لغت''' (آڪسفورڊ انگلش ڊڪشنري) موجب انگريزي لفظ  ھنج''Hinge'' جو تعلق لفظ ''Hang'' (لڙڪڻ يا ٽنگجڻ) سان آهي، جيڪو ٻنهي لفظن جي تاريخي لساني ارتقا ڏانهن اشارو ڪري ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=hinge |url=https://www.oed.com/dictionary/hinge_n}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== عمارتن ۾ رسائي ==

گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[وچئين دور]] (ميڊيول پيرئڊ) کان وٺي مضبوط قلعن ۽ دفاعي عمارتن ۾ [[ڇڪيل پل]] (Drawbridge) لاءِ قبضا استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن. اهڙن قبضي جي مدد سان پل کي ضرورت موجب مٿي کڻي يا هيٺ لاهي سگهجي ٿو، جنهن سان قلعي جي حفاظت ۽ داخلا تي ڪنٽرول رکڻ آسان ٿيندو هو.

جديد [[تعمير]] (آرڪيٽيڪچر) ۾ به قبضا انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي وقت سان گڏ بنياد جي ويهڻ (بلڊنگ سيٽلمينٽ) جو امڪان هجي. اهڙين حالتن ۾ قبضا عمارت جي ڪجهه حصن کي محدود حرڪت جي اجازت ڏيندا آهن، جنهن سان ڍانچي تي غيرضروري دٻاءُ گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

ان جو هڪ مشهور مثال آمريڪي رياست [[ڪيليفورنيا]] جي [[برزبين, ڪيليفورنيا|برزبين]] شهر ۾ واقع [[ڊيڪن بلڊنگ]] آهي. هن عمارت جي داخلي رئمپ (ramp) کي هڪ وڏي قبضي تي نصب ڪيو ويو هو ته جيئن [[کنبا| کُنبن]] (Piles) تي ٺهيل ۽ نرم خليجي مٽي (Bay mud) تي بيٺل عمارت جي ويهڻ دوران رئمپ محفوظ طريقي سان پنهنجي حالت بدلائي سگهي. هي انتظام ڪيترن ئي سالن تائين اثرائتو رهيو، پر آڪٽوبر 2006ع ۾ رئمپ کي نقصان پهچڻ ۽ ان جي ڍلان حد کان وڌيڪ وڌي وڃڻ سبب ان کي تبديل ڪيو ويو.

== وڏيون اڏاوتون ==

قبضا  وڏين اڏاوتن، جهڙوڪ اوچين شاهراهن، ريلوي واءِڊڪٽن (viaducts)، پلن ۽ ٻين انجنيئرنگ ڍانچن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جو مقصد اڏاوت جي مختلف حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ واري دٻاءَ'' (بينڊنگ اسٽريسز) جي منتقلي کي گهٽائڻ يا مڪمل طور روڪڻ هوندو آهي، جنهن سان خاص طور زلزلي دوران ڍانچي جي نقصان جو خطرو گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

سادن سلائيڊنگ ڳانڍاپن جي ڀيٽ ۾ قبضي کي ترجيح ڏيڻ جو اهم سبب اهو آهي ته اهو هڪ طرف محدود گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، جڏهن ته ٻئي طرف ڀرپاسي وارن اڏاوتي حصن کي هڪ ٻئي کان ڌار ٿيڻ کان بچائي ٿو. اهڙيءَ طرح ڍانچي جي استحڪام برقرار رهي ٿي ۽ زلزلي يا حرارتي تبديليءَ سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ حرڪتن کي محفوظ نموني جذب ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

جيڪڏهن ڪنهن قبضي ذريعي ٻن اڏاوتي حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ وارو لمحو'' (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) منتقل نه ٿئي، ته اهڙي قبضي کي تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ ''صفر لمحي وارو قبضو'' (زيرو مومينٽ ھنج) چيو ويندو آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا تجزياتي ماڊلن ۽ عملي انجنيئرنگ ٻنهي ۾ وڏي اهميت رکن ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي اڏاوت ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻائن جي ورهاست کي بهتر نموني ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏين ٿا.

== خلائي جهاز ==

خلائي جهازن (اسپيس ڪرافٽ) ۾ استعمال لاءِ ڪيترن ئي قسمن جا ''خودڪار کُلندڙ ۽ پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضا'' (سيلف-ايڪچوئيٽنگ, سيلف-لاڪنگ ھنجز) تيار ڪيا ويا آهن. اهي قبضا خاص طور انهن اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جيڪي راڪيٽ جي لانچ دوران ويڙهيل يا بند حالت ۾ رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ خلاءَ ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ پاڻمرادو کُلي پنهنجي ڪم ڪندڙ شڪل اختيار ڪندا آهن.

اهڙي قسم جا قبضا [[کُلندڙ خلائي اڏاوتن]] (ڊپلائبل اسٽرڪچرز) ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ [[شمسي پينل]]، مصنوعي سوراخي ريڊار (سنٿيٽڪ اپرچر راڊار) جون اينٽينائون، ڊگها بوم (Booms)، ريڊيئيٽر ۽ ٻيا خلائي جزا شامل آهن. انهن قبضي جي مدد سان هي حصا محدود جاءِ ۾ محفوظ نموني رکي سگهجن ٿا ۽ مدار ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ بغير انساني مداخلت جي صحيح نموني کُلي ۽ لاڪ ٿي وڃن ٿا، جنهن سان خلائي جهاز جي اعتبار، ڪارڪردگي ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو اچي ٿو.

== اصطلاحات ==

[[File:Basic hinge.svg|thumb|upright|بنيادي قبضي جا حصا]]

* '''پن''' ({{lang-en|Pin}}) – ڌاتوءَ يا ٻين مضبوط مواد مان ٺهيل راڊ، جيڪا قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن (ليوز) کي ''نڪل'' (Knuckle) جي اندر پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍي رکي ٿي ۽ انهن کي محور جي چوڌاري ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي. هن کي '''پنٽل''' (Pintle) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''نڪل''' – قبضي جو سوراخدار، اڪثر گول شڪل وارو حصو، جيڪو قبضي جو گڏيل محور ٺاهيندو آهي. ٻنهي پٽن جا نڪل هڪ ٻئي سان وڇايل ترتيب ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن ۽ پن انهن سڀني مان لنگهندي انهن کي گڏ رکي ٿي.

* '''پٽو''' (ليف) – قبضي جا عام طور ٻه چپٽا حصا، جيڪي نڪل جي ٻنهي پاسن کان نڪرن ٿا ۽ پن جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن. اهي ئي حصا دروازي، دري يا ٻين شين سان لڳايا ويندا آهن.

* '''اينڊ پلي''' (End play) – پن جي محور سان گڏ قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن جي وچ ۾ ٿيندڙ محوري حرڪت. هي ننڍڙي چرپر پٽن کي بغير اٽڪڻ جي آسانيءَ سان ڦرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندي آهي ۽ عام طور نڪلن جي وچ واري وٿي (نڪل گيپ) سان طئي ٿيندي آهي.

* '''ٿولهه''' (Gauge) – قبضي جي پٽن جي ٿولهه.

* '''قبضي جي ويڪر''' – هڪ پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ کان ٻي پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين ماپيل مفاصلو، جيڪو پن جي محور تي عمودي هوندو آهي.

* '''قبضي جي ڊيگهه''' – قبضي جي پٽن جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي هوندي آهي.

* '''نڪل جي ڊيگهه''' (Knuckle length) – هڪ نڪل جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي ماپي ويندي آهي.

* '''پٽي جي ويڪر''' (Leaf width) – پن جي مرڪز کان پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''پچ''' (Pitch) – هڪ نڪل جي پڇاڙيءَ کان ساڳئي پٽي تي موجود ڀر واري نڪل جي ساڳئي ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''ڊور اسٽاپ''' (Doorstop) – هڪ عام اصطلاح، جيڪو قبضي جي پٽن ۾ پن جي ڀيٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ غيرضروري يا ڍِلي ڪنڊائتي چرپر لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. اهڙي چرپر قبضي جي گهسجي وڃڻ يا ڍِلي ٿيڻ سبب پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي.

== قسم ==

=== بيرل قبضو ===
'''بيرل قبضو''' (Barrel hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪيترن ڳنڍيل سوراخدار حصن (Knuckles) تي مشتمل هوندو آهي ۽ انهن مان گذرندڙ هڪ محور يا پن (Pin) ذريعي گڏ رکيو ويندو آهي. ''بيرل'' اصل ۾ هڪ خالي سلينڊر هوندو آهي، جنهن جي چوڌاري قبضو گردش ڪندو آهي. جديد دور ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ اڪثر قبضا بيرل قبضي جي بنيادي اصول تي ڪم ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Childers |first=Kathleen |date=25 August 2023 |title=Everything to Know About Barrel Hinges |url=https://www.familyhandyman.com/article/everything-to-know-about-barrel-hinges/ |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Family Handyman}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== بٽ قبضو / مارٽس قبضو ===
'''بٽ قبضو''' (Butt hinge) يا '''مارٽس قبضو''' (Mortise hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي ۽ دروازي جي فريم ۾ ڪٽيل کوکلي جاءِ (Mortise) اندر لڳايو ويندو آهي، جنهن سبب دروازو بند ٿيڻ تي قبضو تقريباً لڪل نظر ايندو آهي. ڪجهه قبضا '''اڌ مارٽس''' قسم جا به هوندا آهن، جن ۾ صرف هڪ پٽو (Leaf) کوکلي جاءِ ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مٿاڇري تي رهندو آهي. گهڻا مارٽس قبضا پنهنجي گردش واري بناوت سبب بيرل قبضي جي درجي ۾ پڻ اچن ٿا.

=== بٽر فلائي يا پارليامينٽ قبضو ===
'''بٽر فلائي قبضو''' (Butterfly hinge) يا برطانيا ۾ '''پارليامينٽ قبضو''' (Parliament hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا تختي کي مڪمل طور لڳ ڀڳ '''180°''' تائين کولڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت سان لڳي سڌو ٿي بيهي سگهي ٿو. بٽر فلائي قبضا پنهنجي سينگاريل شڪل سبب فرنيچر ۽ آرائشي دروازن ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Parliament Hinges Old English Collection |url=https://www.suffolklatchcompany.com/products/parliament-hinges |access-date=2026-02-06 |website=Suffolk Latch Company |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== ڪيس قبضو ===
'''ڪيس قبضو''' (Case hinge) بناوت ۾ بٽ قبضي سان ملندڙ جلندڙ هوندو آهي، پر عام طور وڌيڪ سينگاريل هوندو آهي. اهو سوٽڪيسن، بريف ڪيسن، ڪاٺ جي دٻن، زيورن جي دٻين ۽ ٻين اهڙين شين ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جتي مضبوط ڳانڍاپي سان گڏ ظاهري خوبصورتي پڻ اهم هجي.

=== لڪل قبضو ===
'''لڪل قبضو''' (Concealed hinge) خاص طور فرنيچر جي دروازن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. هي قبضو دروازو بند ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ٻاهران نظر نٿو اچي. ان جا ٻه بنيادي حصا هوندا آهن: (1) '''ڪپ''' (Cup) ۽ '''بازو''' (آرم)، ۽ (2) '''مائونٽنگ پليٽ'''. انهن کي '''ڪپ قبضو''' (ڪپ ھنج) يا '''يورو قبضو''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي يورپ ۾ تيار ٿيا ۽ ميٽرڪ ماپن تي ٻڌل معيار استعمال ڪندا آهن. گهڻا لڪل قبضا پيچن جي ذريعي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ به آسانيءَ سان ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) ڏئي سگهجن ٿا، جنهن سان دروازي جي اوچائي، پاسيري پوزيشن ۽ کوٽائي درست ڪري سگهجي ٿي.

=== لڳاتار يا پيانو قبضو ===
'''لڳاتار قبضو''' (Continuous hinge) يا '''پيانو قبضو''' (Piano hinge) بيرل قبضي جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو دروازي، دٻي، ڍڪ يا پينل جي پوري ڊيگهه تائين پکڙيل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا سوراخن سان يا بغير سوراخن جي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن ۽ ڊگهي سهاري سبب وزن کي هڪجهڙو ورهائيندا آهن.

=== فليگ قبضو ===
'''فليگ قبضو''' (Flag hinge) ٻن حصن تي ٻڌل سادو قبضو هوندو آهي. هڪ حصي ۾ لڳل پن ٻئي حصي جي سوراخ ۾ داخل ٿيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو يا ٻيو حصو آسانيءَ سان الڳ به ڪري سگهجي ٿو. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا هٽائي سگهجندڙ دروازن ۽ مشينن ۾ عام استعمال ٿيندا آهن ۽ ساڄي ۽ کاٻي ٻنهي قسمن ۾ موجود هوندا .&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=26 August 2024 |title=The Beginner's Guide to Flag Hinges |url=https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20250216130803/https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |archive-date=16 February 2025 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Monroe Engineering}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ايڇ قبضو ===
'''ايڇ قبضو''' (H hinge) انگريزي اکر '''H''' جي شڪل جهڙو بيرل قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو سطح سان برابر لڳندڙ (فلش-مائونٽيڊ) دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ننڍا H قبضا عام طور المارين ۽ ڪٻٽن لاءِ، جڏهن ته وڏا H قبضا ڪمرا يا المارين جا دروازا لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== ايڇ ايل قبضو ===
'''ايڇ ايل قبضو''' (HL hinge) روايتي قبضو آهي، جيڪو سترهين، ارڙهين ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ دوران رهائشي ڪمرن، گذرگاهن ۽ المارين جي دروازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو هو. اوچن دروازن ۾ ڪڏهن ٻن H قبضي جي وچ ۾ اضافي HL قبضو پڻ لڳايو ويندو هو.

=== هڪ طرفو قبضو ===
'''هڪ طرفو قبضو''' (ون-وي ھنج) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا ٻئي حصي کي رڳو هڪ ئي رخ ۾ کُلڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. اهو ٻن طرفن کان کُلندڙ (ڊبل-ايڪشن) قبضي جي ابتڙ هوندو آهي.

=== محوري قبضو ===
'''محوري قبضو''' (Pivot hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي جي هيٺئين حصي ۽ مٿئين فريم ۾ لڳل محور تي گردش ڪندو آهي. هن کي '''ڊبل ايڪشن فلور قبضو''' (ڊبل-ايڪٽنگ فلور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. قديم خشڪ پٿر وارين عمارتن ۽ ڪجهه پراڻين ڪاٺيءَ جي عمارتن ۾ اهڙي قسم جا قبضا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. هلڪن وزن وارن دروازن لاءِ اهي نسبتاً گهٽ خرچ وارو ۽ ڪارائتو حل سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.

=== پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو ===
'''پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو''' (سيلف-ڪلوزنگ ھنج) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو بند ڪرڻ لاءِ اندروني ميخانياتي نظام لڳل هوندو آهي. هن ۾ اڪثر بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار (اسپيڊ ڪنٽرول) کي ضابطو ڪرڻ جو نظام پڻ شامل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا عام طور اسپرنگ  جي مدد سان دروازي کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ قوت پيدا ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ميخانياتي يا هائيڊرولڪ ڊيمپر (Damper) دروازي جي بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار کي ڪنٽرول ڪندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح هي قبضو هڪ ئي وقت قبضي ۽ [[دروازو بند ڪندڙ اوزار]] (ڊور ڪلوزر) ٻنهي جو ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي.

=== اسپرنگ قبضو ===
'''اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Spring hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جنهن جي اندر اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي. هي اسپرنگ قبضي جي پٽن کي کولڻ يا بند ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو کليل يا بند حالت ۾ رکڻ لاءِ گهربل قوت فراهم ڪندو آهي. اسپرنگ قبضا عام طور باهه کان بچاءَ وارن دروازن، رهائشي عمارتن ۽ تجارتي جڳهن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو ===
'''مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو''' (Swing clear hing})، جنهن کي '''آف سيٽ دروازي جو قبضو''' (آف سيٽ ڊور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙو قبضو آهي جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل طور پنهنجي کُلڻ واري جاءِ کان ٻاهر ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ دروازي جي کليل حالت ۾ گذرگاهه جي ويڪر وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا خاص طور انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي معذور ماڻهن جي رسائي بابت تعميراتي معيارن تي عمل ڪرڻ ضروري هجي.

=== بٽلر ٽري قبضو ===
'''بٽلر ٽري قبضو''' (Butler tray hinge) خاص قسم جو قبضو آهي، جيڪو لڳ ڀڳ 90 درجا موڙي پوءِ سڌو سنئون لاڪ ٿي ويندو آهي. اهو عام طور اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جي مٿئين حصي تي پيش ڪرڻ لاءِ الڳ ٽري لڳل هوندي آهي.

=== ڪارڊ ميز قبضو ===
'''ڪارڊ ميز قبضو''' (ڪارڊ ٽيبل ھنج) اهڙو مارٽس قبضو آهي، جيڪو روايتي يا جديد نموني جي ڪارڊ ميزن جي ڪنارن ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي. هي ميز جي مٿئين حصي کي پاڻ تي ٻيڻو ٿي ويڙهڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان ميز کي آسانيءَ سان بند يا محفوظ ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ ===
'''ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ''' (ڪارپنٽيئر جوائنٽ) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو وڪريل ڪراس سيڪشن (ڪروڊ ڪراس-سيڪشن) وارين ڪيترين سنهين ڌاتي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندو آهي. هي خاص جوڙجڪ لچڪدار حرڪت ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپو فراهم ڪندي آهي.

=== ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو ===
'''ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو''' (ڊراپ-ليف ٽيبل ھنج) ميز جي مٿاڇري جي هيٺان لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جا پاسا ضرورت مطابق هيٺ ڪري يا مٿي کڻي سگهجن ٿا. هي قبضا گهڻو ڪري ''رول جوائنٽ'' واري ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ ===
'''قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ''' (ھنجڊ ايڪسپينشن جوائنٽ) اهڙو توسيعي ڳانڍاپو آهي، جنهن ۾ قبضا لڳل هوندا آهن ته جيئن اڏاوت يا مشين جو حصو صرف هڪ ئي سطح  ۾ وڪڙي سگهي. هي جوڙ حرارتي واڌ ويجهه يا حرڪت سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻاءُ کي گهٽائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== لِونگ قبضو ===
'''لِونگ قبضو''' (Living hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڌاتوءَ جي پن (Pin) يا نڪل (Knuckle) کان سواءِ رڳو هڪ لچڪدار مواد، اڪثر ڪري پلاسٽڪ، مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي ٻن حصن جي وچ ۾ هڪ ئي ٽڪري طور ٺهندو آهي ۽ ان ۾ الڳ حرڪت ڪندڙ حصا نه هوندا آهن. اهڙي جوڙجڪ سبب ان جي تياري سادي، هلڪي ۽ گهٽ خرچ واري هوندي آهي، پر بار بار وڪڙجڻ سبب وقت سان گڏ ٿڪاوٽ يا ٽٽڻ جو امڪان ٻين قبضي جي قسمن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. لِونگ قبضا پلاسٽڪ جي دٻين، بوتلن جي ڍڪڻن، دوائن جي پيڪنگ ۽ ٻين مولڊ ڪيل شين ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== ٻيا قسم ===
قبضي جا ٻيا ڪيترائي قسم پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* '''ڪوچ قبضو''' (Coach hinge) – گاڏين، وڏن دروازن ۽ ڳري ڪاٺيءَ جي اڏاوتن لاءِ مضبوط قبضو.
* '''ڪائونٽر فليپ قبضو'''  – ڪائونٽرن يا ميزن جي کُلندڙ پٽن (Flaps) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ قبضو.
* '''ڪرينڪ يا طوفان-مزاحمتي قبضو''' (Cranked or storm-proof hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن جي شڪل وڪريل هوندي آهي ۽ جيڪو دروازي يا دري کي موسم جي اثرن کان بهتر تحفظ فراهم ڪندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو غير اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Double-action non-spring hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو ٻنهي رخن ۾ گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، پر ان ۾ اسپرنگ شامل نه هوندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو اسپرنگ قبضو''' – ٻنهي رخن ۾ کُلندڙ قبضو، جنهن ۾ اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو وچ يا بند حالت ڏانهن موٽائيندو آهي.
* '''فلش قبضو''' (Flush hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو بغير مارٽس (Mortise) ٺاهڻ جي سڌو مٿاڇري تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.
* '''رگڙ وارو قبضو''' (فرڪشن ھنج) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو رگڙ جي قوت سان دروازي يا دري کي گهربل حالت ۾ بيهارڻ ۾ مدد ڪندو آهي.
* '''لفٽ-آف قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي قبضي مان سڌو مٿي کڻي آسانيءَ سان الڳ ڪري سگهجي ٿو، بغير قبضي کي کولڻ جي.
* '''پنج قبضو''' (Pinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ جلدي ڪڍي سگهجندڙ پن (ڪئڪ-رليز پن) لڳل هوندو آهي.
* '''اڀرندڙ بٽ قبضو''' (Rising butt hinge) يا '''ڪيم لفٽ قبضو''' (Cam lift hinge) – هن قبضي جو نڪل سرپل شڪل وارو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازو کُلڻ وقت ان کي ٿورو مٿي کڻي ويندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح دروازو قالين يا اڻبرابر فرش سان نه ٽڪرائيندو آهي، ۽ بند ٿيڻ وقت پنهنجي وزن جي ڪري پاڻ هيٺ اچي بند ٿي ويندو آهي&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite
 web |last=Metcalf |first=Zoe |date=2025-09-30 |title=Upgrade Your Doors: The Hidden Benefits of Rising Butt Hinges |url=https://www.cookebrothers.co.uk/latest-news/2025/09/30/benefits-of-rising-butt-hinges/ |access-date=2026-04-17 |website=Cooke Brothers |language=en-GB}}&lt;/ref&gt;.
* '''سيڪيورٽي قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو دروازي کي زبردستي ڪڍڻ يا ٽوڙڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ خاص حفاظتي بناوت سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.
* '''ٽي قبضو''' (Tee hinge) – انگريزي اکر '''T''' جي شڪل وارو قبضو، جيڪو عام طور ڪاٺيءَ جي دروازن، باڙن، گودامن ۽ باغيچي جي دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڊگهو افقي حصو وزن کي بهتر نموني ورهائيندو آهي.

==قسم==
دروازن ۽ درين جي نوعيت مطابق عام طرح سان ھيٺ ڄاڻايل قسم جون انجيسون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن.&lt;br&gt;
(i) بُٽ انجيس يا ڪتابي انجيسون: (Butt Hingest
ھن قسم جون انجيسون عام طرح سان استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. انھن جو ھڪ حصو تاڪ جي پاسي ۾ ۽ ٻيو حصو چوڪاٺي جي پاتام ۾ اسڪرن ذريعي لڳايو ويندو آھي. انجيسن لڳائڻ وقت اسڪرن يا پيچن کي ھٿوڙيءَ سان ٺوڪي نھ لڳائجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ ائين ڪرڻ سان ڪجھھ وقت کان پوءِ اھي ڍرا ٿي نڪري ايندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري انھن کي اسڪرو ڊرائيور يعني پيچ ڪش سان لڳائڻ گھرجي.&lt;br&gt;
(ii) ٽي – انجيسون يا پڇر انجيسون: (T- Hinges)&lt;br&gt; 
ھي ھڪ قسم جو گھاڙو لوھ (Wrought iron)  جون فتيلون آھن، ھنن جي ڊگھي ٻانھن وارو حصو تاڪ جي افقيءَ پٽيءَ ۾ اسڪرن سان لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ٻيو ڌاتيءَ جي پٽيءَ وارو حصو چوڪاٺي ۾ جڙيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جون انجيسون معمولي قسم جي دروازن لاءِ ٺيڪ آھن ۽ کين ڳرن ۽ سٺي قسم جي دروازن ۾ استعمال نھ ڪرڻ گھرجي.&lt;br&gt;
(iii) ٻن طرفن واريون انجيسون: (Back flap Hinges) 
ھن قسم جون ٻھ طرفيون انجيسون اھڙن ھنڌن تي استعمال ڪبيون آھن، جتي اھڙا تہ سنھا تاڪ لڳائبا آھن جو سادين انجيسن جو لڳائڻ ممڪن نہ ھوندو آھي.
(iv) ڪوڪن واريون انجيسون: (Pin Hinges) 
جڏھن تاڪن جو وزن ايترو ڳرو ھوندو آھي جو ٻين قسمن جي انجيسن سان انھن کي نہ لڳائي سگھبو آھي تھ اھڙيءَ حالت ۾ ھن قسم جون ڪلين واريون انجيسون لڳائبيون آھن.

&lt;gallery&gt;
 Image:HingesOldB.jpg|Ancient   pivot hinges قديم [[پيوٽ انجيس]].
Image:Hinge2P2.jpg|گھاڙي لوھ wrought iron مان ٺھيل بيرل انجيس.
Image:Hinge2P3.jpg| پتل جي ٺھيل پٽيءَ واري بيرل انجيس.
Image:Hinge3P.jpg|ٻنھي پاسن کان فٽ ٿيندڙ بٽ انجيس جا منڍا.
Image:Topfscharnier.jpg|فرنيچر جي در جو اسپرنگ تالو .
Image:Hinge 01.jpg|ڪٽ لڳل يا ڪسيل انجيس.
Image:Haar hung doors (99309543).jpg|ٽنگيل در جي انجيس جو هڪ قسم.
Image:Mint box polypropylene lid.JPG|دٻي واري انجيس جو هڪ قسم.
&lt;/gallery&gt;</text>
      <sha1>2w4gxkg1nwusyhs673ja9jmh048h2ai</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400873</id>
      <parentid>400870</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T13:11:15Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو */</comment>
      <origin>400873</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="31114" sha1="0tngq2zm21u5h1ndqbwtvu49qgejs8o" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|ٻن مضبوط شين کي ڳنڍيندڙ ميخانياتي ڳانڍاپو}}

[[File:Carrollton New Orleans hinge brass inside.jpg|thumb|upright|پتل مان ٺهيل سينگاريل دروازي جي انجيس]]
[[File:Hamburgerpaumelle.JPG|thumb|upright|بيرل انجيس (Barrel hinge)]]

'''انجيس''' يا '''قبضو''' ({{lang-en|'''Hinge'''}}) هڪ [[ميڪانياتي بيئرنگ]] (Mechanical bearing) آهي، جيڪو ٻن مضبوط شين کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيندو آهي ۽ عام طور انهن مان هڪ کي مقرر محور جي چوڌاري محدود زاويي تائين ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. مثالي قبضي (آئيڊيل ھنج) ۾ ڳنڍيل ٻئي حصا رڳو هڪ مقرر محور جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ٻيون سموريون حرڪتون، جهڙوڪ اڳتي پٺتي سرڪڻ يا ٻين رخن ۾ گردش، روڪيل هونديون آهن. ان ڪري ميخانيات ۾ قبضي کي ''هڪ درجي واري آزادي'' (ون ڊگري آف فريڊم) وارو ڳانڍاپو سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

قبضا يا انجيسون لچڪدار مواد (فليڪسيبل مٽيريل) مان به ٺاهي سگهجن ٿا يا وري ڌاتوءَ جي حرڪت ڪندڙ حصن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن. حياتيات (بائيولاجي) ۾ به ڪيترائي [[جوڙ]] (جوائنٽ) قبضي وانگر ڪم ڪندا آهن، جن مان [[ڪُلهي جي جوڙ]] جي بدران ''ٺوٺ جو جوڙ''  هڪ نمايان مثال آهي، جيڪو بنيادي طور هڪ ئي رخ ۾ وڪڙجڻ ۽ سڌو ٿيڻ جي حرڪت جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو.

انجيسون يا قبضا سڀ کان وڌيڪ دروازن، دريائن ۽ المارين جي کُلڻ ۽ بند ٿيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، پر انهن کان علاوه فولڊ ٿيندڙ [[ڏاڪڻ]]، موٽر گاڏين جي بونٽ، صندوقن، ڍڪڻن ۽ وڏين متحرڪ [[پل|پلين]]  جي جوڙجڪ ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

درين ۽ دروازن کي لڳائڻ ۽ انھن اندر مختلف جزن ذريعي ڳانڍاپو رکڻ واسطي ھيٺين قسمن جي قبضن يا انجيسن جي  ضرورت پوندي آھي.

== تاريخ ==

قديم آثارن مان پٿر، سنگِ مرمر، ڪاٺ ۽ ڪانسي  مان ٺهيل انجيسون يا قبضا مليا آهن، جن مان ڪجهه گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[قديم مصر]] جي دور سان تعلق رکن ٿا. بهرحال، اهو يقيني طور طئي ڪرڻ ڏکيو آهي ته قبضي جو پهريون استعمال دنيا جي ڪهڙي هنڌ ۽ ڪهڙي زماني ۾ ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

قديم مصر ۾ دروازن لاءِ هڪ خاص ''محوري قبضي'' (Pivot hinge) وارو نظام استعمال ٿيندو هو. هن طريقي ۾ دروازي جي مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين ڪنڍن تي ڪاٺ جا گول ڪنڊا (Dowels) لڳايا ويندا هئا يا اهي سڌو دروازي جي ڪاٺ مان تراشيا ويندا هئا. اهي ڪنڍا پٿر ۾ ٺهيل گول کڏن (Stone sockets) ۾ ويهندا هئا، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دروازو آسانيءَ سان پنهنجي محور تي ڦرندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Museum Bulletin – An Early Egyptian Door-Socket |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/bulletin/1315/}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door – British Museum |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/Y_EA705}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[قديم روم]] ۾ قبضي کي لاطيني ٻوليءَ ۾ ڪارڊو:''Cardō'' چيو ويندو هو. انهيءَ لفظ تان ئي رومي ديوي ''ڪارڊيا'' (Cardea)، جيڪا دروازن ۽ قبضي جي محافظ ديوي سمجهي ويندي هئي، جو نالو پيو، ۽ رومي شهرن جي مکيه اتر–ڏکڻ واري شاهراهه کي پڻ ''ڪارڊو'' سڏيو ويندو هو. لاطيني لفظ ''ڪارڊو'' جو مفهوم &quot;اهو بنيادي جزو، جنهن تي ڪا شيءِ ڦري يا جنهن تي ڪنهن شيءِ جو دارومدار هجي&quot; هو، ۽ انهيءَ مان جديد انگريزي لفظن، جهڙوڪ ''ڪارڊينل''، جي پڻ ابتدا ٿي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

'''آڪسفورڊ انگريزي لغت''' (آڪسفورڊ انگلش ڊڪشنري) موجب انگريزي لفظ  ھنج''Hinge'' جو تعلق لفظ ''Hang'' (لڙڪڻ يا ٽنگجڻ) سان آهي، جيڪو ٻنهي لفظن جي تاريخي لساني ارتقا ڏانهن اشارو ڪري ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=hinge |url=https://www.oed.com/dictionary/hinge_n}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== عمارتن ۾ رسائي ==

گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[وچئين دور]] (ميڊيول پيرئڊ) کان وٺي مضبوط قلعن ۽ دفاعي عمارتن ۾ [[ڇڪيل پل]] (Drawbridge) لاءِ قبضا استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن. اهڙن قبضي جي مدد سان پل کي ضرورت موجب مٿي کڻي يا هيٺ لاهي سگهجي ٿو، جنهن سان قلعي جي حفاظت ۽ داخلا تي ڪنٽرول رکڻ آسان ٿيندو هو.

جديد [[تعمير]] (آرڪيٽيڪچر) ۾ به قبضا انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي وقت سان گڏ بنياد جي ويهڻ (بلڊنگ سيٽلمينٽ) جو امڪان هجي. اهڙين حالتن ۾ قبضا عمارت جي ڪجهه حصن کي محدود حرڪت جي اجازت ڏيندا آهن، جنهن سان ڍانچي تي غيرضروري دٻاءُ گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

ان جو هڪ مشهور مثال آمريڪي رياست [[ڪيليفورنيا]] جي [[برزبين, ڪيليفورنيا|برزبين]] شهر ۾ واقع [[ڊيڪن بلڊنگ]] آهي. هن عمارت جي داخلي رئمپ (ramp) کي هڪ وڏي قبضي تي نصب ڪيو ويو هو ته جيئن [[کنبا| کُنبن]] (Piles) تي ٺهيل ۽ نرم خليجي مٽي (Bay mud) تي بيٺل عمارت جي ويهڻ دوران رئمپ محفوظ طريقي سان پنهنجي حالت بدلائي سگهي. هي انتظام ڪيترن ئي سالن تائين اثرائتو رهيو، پر آڪٽوبر 2006ع ۾ رئمپ کي نقصان پهچڻ ۽ ان جي ڍلان حد کان وڌيڪ وڌي وڃڻ سبب ان کي تبديل ڪيو ويو.

== وڏيون اڏاوتون ==

قبضا  وڏين اڏاوتن، جهڙوڪ اوچين شاهراهن، ريلوي واءِڊڪٽن (viaducts)، پلن ۽ ٻين انجنيئرنگ ڍانچن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جو مقصد اڏاوت جي مختلف حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ واري دٻاءَ'' (بينڊنگ اسٽريسز) جي منتقلي کي گهٽائڻ يا مڪمل طور روڪڻ هوندو آهي، جنهن سان خاص طور زلزلي دوران ڍانچي جي نقصان جو خطرو گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

سادن سلائيڊنگ ڳانڍاپن جي ڀيٽ ۾ قبضي کي ترجيح ڏيڻ جو اهم سبب اهو آهي ته اهو هڪ طرف محدود گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، جڏهن ته ٻئي طرف ڀرپاسي وارن اڏاوتي حصن کي هڪ ٻئي کان ڌار ٿيڻ کان بچائي ٿو. اهڙيءَ طرح ڍانچي جي استحڪام برقرار رهي ٿي ۽ زلزلي يا حرارتي تبديليءَ سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ حرڪتن کي محفوظ نموني جذب ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

جيڪڏهن ڪنهن قبضي ذريعي ٻن اڏاوتي حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ وارو لمحو'' (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) منتقل نه ٿئي، ته اهڙي قبضي کي تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ ''صفر لمحي وارو قبضو'' (زيرو مومينٽ ھنج) چيو ويندو آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا تجزياتي ماڊلن ۽ عملي انجنيئرنگ ٻنهي ۾ وڏي اهميت رکن ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي اڏاوت ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻائن جي ورهاست کي بهتر نموني ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏين ٿا.

== خلائي جهاز ==

خلائي جهازن (اسپيس ڪرافٽ) ۾ استعمال لاءِ ڪيترن ئي قسمن جا ''خودڪار کُلندڙ ۽ پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضا'' (سيلف-ايڪچوئيٽنگ, سيلف-لاڪنگ ھنجز) تيار ڪيا ويا آهن. اهي قبضا خاص طور انهن اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جيڪي راڪيٽ جي لانچ دوران ويڙهيل يا بند حالت ۾ رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ خلاءَ ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ پاڻمرادو کُلي پنهنجي ڪم ڪندڙ شڪل اختيار ڪندا آهن.

اهڙي قسم جا قبضا [[کُلندڙ خلائي اڏاوتن]] (ڊپلائبل اسٽرڪچرز) ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ [[شمسي پينل]]، مصنوعي سوراخي ريڊار (سنٿيٽڪ اپرچر راڊار) جون اينٽينائون، ڊگها بوم (Booms)، ريڊيئيٽر ۽ ٻيا خلائي جزا شامل آهن. انهن قبضي جي مدد سان هي حصا محدود جاءِ ۾ محفوظ نموني رکي سگهجن ٿا ۽ مدار ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ بغير انساني مداخلت جي صحيح نموني کُلي ۽ لاڪ ٿي وڃن ٿا، جنهن سان خلائي جهاز جي اعتبار، ڪارڪردگي ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو اچي ٿو.

== اصطلاحات ==

[[File:Basic hinge.svg|thumb|upright|بنيادي قبضي جا حصا]]

* '''پن''' ({{lang-en|Pin}}) – ڌاتوءَ يا ٻين مضبوط مواد مان ٺهيل راڊ، جيڪا قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن (ليوز) کي ''نڪل'' (Knuckle) جي اندر پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍي رکي ٿي ۽ انهن کي محور جي چوڌاري ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي. هن کي '''پنٽل''' (Pintle) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''نڪل''' – قبضي جو سوراخدار، اڪثر گول شڪل وارو حصو، جيڪو قبضي جو گڏيل محور ٺاهيندو آهي. ٻنهي پٽن جا نڪل هڪ ٻئي سان وڇايل ترتيب ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن ۽ پن انهن سڀني مان لنگهندي انهن کي گڏ رکي ٿي.

* '''پٽو''' (ليف) – قبضي جا عام طور ٻه چپٽا حصا، جيڪي نڪل جي ٻنهي پاسن کان نڪرن ٿا ۽ پن جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن. اهي ئي حصا دروازي، دري يا ٻين شين سان لڳايا ويندا آهن.

* '''اينڊ پلي''' (End play) – پن جي محور سان گڏ قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن جي وچ ۾ ٿيندڙ محوري حرڪت. هي ننڍڙي چرپر پٽن کي بغير اٽڪڻ جي آسانيءَ سان ڦرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندي آهي ۽ عام طور نڪلن جي وچ واري وٿي (نڪل گيپ) سان طئي ٿيندي آهي.

* '''ٿولهه''' (Gauge) – قبضي جي پٽن جي ٿولهه.

* '''قبضي جي ويڪر''' – هڪ پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ کان ٻي پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين ماپيل مفاصلو، جيڪو پن جي محور تي عمودي هوندو آهي.

* '''قبضي جي ڊيگهه''' – قبضي جي پٽن جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي هوندي آهي.

* '''نڪل جي ڊيگهه''' (Knuckle length) – هڪ نڪل جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي ماپي ويندي آهي.

* '''پٽي جي ويڪر''' (Leaf width) – پن جي مرڪز کان پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''پچ''' (Pitch) – هڪ نڪل جي پڇاڙيءَ کان ساڳئي پٽي تي موجود ڀر واري نڪل جي ساڳئي ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''ڊور اسٽاپ''' (Doorstop) – هڪ عام اصطلاح، جيڪو قبضي جي پٽن ۾ پن جي ڀيٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ غيرضروري يا ڍِلي ڪنڊائتي چرپر لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. اهڙي چرپر قبضي جي گهسجي وڃڻ يا ڍِلي ٿيڻ سبب پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي.

== قسم ==

=== بيرل قبضو ===
'''بيرل قبضو''' (Barrel hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪيترن ڳنڍيل سوراخدار حصن (Knuckles) تي مشتمل هوندو آهي ۽ انهن مان گذرندڙ هڪ محور يا پن (Pin) ذريعي گڏ رکيو ويندو آهي. ''بيرل'' اصل ۾ هڪ خالي سلينڊر هوندو آهي، جنهن جي چوڌاري قبضو گردش ڪندو آهي. جديد دور ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ اڪثر قبضا بيرل قبضي جي بنيادي اصول تي ڪم ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Childers |first=Kathleen |date=25 August 2023 |title=Everything to Know About Barrel Hinges |url=https://www.familyhandyman.com/article/everything-to-know-about-barrel-hinges/ |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Family Handyman}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== بٽ قبضو / مارٽس قبضو ===
'''بٽ قبضو''' (Butt hinge) يا '''مارٽس قبضو''' (Mortise hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي ۽ دروازي جي فريم ۾ ڪٽيل کوکلي جاءِ (Mortise) اندر لڳايو ويندو آهي، جنهن سبب دروازو بند ٿيڻ تي قبضو تقريباً لڪل نظر ايندو آهي. ڪجهه قبضا '''اڌ مارٽس''' قسم جا به هوندا آهن، جن ۾ صرف هڪ پٽو (Leaf) کوکلي جاءِ ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مٿاڇري تي رهندو آهي. گهڻا مارٽس قبضا پنهنجي گردش واري بناوت سبب بيرل قبضي جي درجي ۾ پڻ اچن ٿا.

=== بٽر فلائي يا پارليامينٽ قبضو ===
'''بٽر فلائي قبضو''' (Butterfly hinge) يا برطانيا ۾ '''پارليامينٽ قبضو''' (Parliament hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا تختي کي مڪمل طور لڳ ڀڳ '''180°''' تائين کولڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت سان لڳي سڌو ٿي بيهي سگهي ٿو. بٽر فلائي قبضا پنهنجي سينگاريل شڪل سبب فرنيچر ۽ آرائشي دروازن ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Parliament Hinges Old English Collection |url=https://www.suffolklatchcompany.com/products/parliament-hinges |access-date=2026-02-06 |website=Suffolk Latch Company |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== ڪيس قبضو ===
'''ڪيس قبضو''' (Case hinge) بناوت ۾ بٽ قبضي سان ملندڙ جلندڙ هوندو آهي، پر عام طور وڌيڪ سينگاريل هوندو آهي. اهو سوٽڪيسن، بريف ڪيسن، ڪاٺ جي دٻن، زيورن جي دٻين ۽ ٻين اهڙين شين ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جتي مضبوط ڳانڍاپي سان گڏ ظاهري خوبصورتي پڻ اهم هجي.

=== لڪل قبضو ===
'''لڪل قبضو''' (Concealed hinge) خاص طور فرنيچر جي دروازن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. هي قبضو دروازو بند ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ٻاهران نظر نٿو اچي. ان جا ٻه بنيادي حصا هوندا آهن: (1) '''ڪپ''' (Cup) ۽ '''بازو''' (آرم)، ۽ (2) '''مائونٽنگ پليٽ'''. انهن کي '''ڪپ قبضو''' (ڪپ ھنج) يا '''يورو قبضو''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي يورپ ۾ تيار ٿيا ۽ ميٽرڪ ماپن تي ٻڌل معيار استعمال ڪندا آهن. گهڻا لڪل قبضا پيچن جي ذريعي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ به آسانيءَ سان ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) ڏئي سگهجن ٿا، جنهن سان دروازي جي اوچائي، پاسيري پوزيشن ۽ کوٽائي درست ڪري سگهجي ٿي.

=== لڳاتار يا پيانو قبضو ===
'''لڳاتار قبضو''' (Continuous hinge) يا '''پيانو قبضو''' (Piano hinge) بيرل قبضي جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو دروازي، دٻي، ڍڪ يا پينل جي پوري ڊيگهه تائين پکڙيل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا سوراخن سان يا بغير سوراخن جي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن ۽ ڊگهي سهاري سبب وزن کي هڪجهڙو ورهائيندا آهن.

=== فليگ قبضو ===
'''فليگ قبضو''' (Flag hinge) ٻن حصن تي ٻڌل سادو قبضو هوندو آهي. هڪ حصي ۾ لڳل پن ٻئي حصي جي سوراخ ۾ داخل ٿيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو يا ٻيو حصو آسانيءَ سان الڳ به ڪري سگهجي ٿو. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا هٽائي سگهجندڙ دروازن ۽ مشينن ۾ عام استعمال ٿيندا آهن ۽ ساڄي ۽ کاٻي ٻنهي قسمن ۾ موجود هوندا .&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=26 August 2024 |title=The Beginner's Guide to Flag Hinges |url=https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20250216130803/https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |archive-date=16 February 2025 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Monroe Engineering}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ايڇ قبضو ===
'''ايڇ قبضو''' (H hinge) انگريزي اکر '''H''' جي شڪل جهڙو بيرل قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو سطح سان برابر لڳندڙ (فلش-مائونٽيڊ) دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ننڍا H قبضا عام طور المارين ۽ ڪٻٽن لاءِ، جڏهن ته وڏا H قبضا ڪمرا يا المارين جا دروازا لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== ايڇ ايل قبضو ===
'''ايڇ ايل قبضو''' (HL hinge) روايتي قبضو آهي، جيڪو سترهين، ارڙهين ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ دوران رهائشي ڪمرن، گذرگاهن ۽ المارين جي دروازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو هو. اوچن دروازن ۾ ڪڏهن ٻن H قبضي جي وچ ۾ اضافي HL قبضو پڻ لڳايو ويندو هو.

=== هڪ طرفو قبضو ===
'''هڪ طرفو قبضو''' (ون-وي ھنج) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا ٻئي حصي کي رڳو هڪ ئي رخ ۾ کُلڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. اهو ٻن طرفن کان کُلندڙ (ڊبل-ايڪشن) قبضي جي ابتڙ هوندو آهي.

=== محوري قبضو ===
'''محوري قبضو''' (Pivot hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي جي هيٺئين حصي ۽ مٿئين فريم ۾ لڳل محور تي گردش ڪندو آهي. هن کي '''ڊبل ايڪشن فلور قبضو''' (ڊبل-ايڪٽنگ فلور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. قديم خشڪ پٿر وارين عمارتن ۽ ڪجهه پراڻين ڪاٺيءَ جي عمارتن ۾ اهڙي قسم جا قبضا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. هلڪن وزن وارن دروازن لاءِ اهي نسبتاً گهٽ خرچ وارو ۽ ڪارائتو حل سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.

=== پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو ===
'''پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو''' (سيلف-ڪلوزنگ ھنج) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو بند ڪرڻ لاءِ اندروني ميخانياتي نظام لڳل هوندو آهي. هن ۾ اڪثر بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار (اسپيڊ ڪنٽرول) کي ضابطو ڪرڻ جو نظام پڻ شامل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا عام طور اسپرنگ  جي مدد سان دروازي کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ قوت پيدا ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ميخانياتي يا هائيڊرولڪ ڊيمپر (Damper) دروازي جي بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار کي ڪنٽرول ڪندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح هي قبضو هڪ ئي وقت قبضي ۽ [[دروازو بند ڪندڙ اوزار]] (ڊور ڪلوزر) ٻنهي جو ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |date=26 August 2019 |title=Self-Closing Hinges |url=http://www.watersonusa.com/solutions/spring-loaded-door-hinge |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200921094428/http://www.watersonusa.com/solutions/spring-loaded-door-hinge |archive-date=21 September 2020 |access-date=3 September 2020 |website=Watersonusa}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== اسپرنگ قبضو ===
'''اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Spring hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جنهن جي اندر اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي. هي اسپرنگ قبضي جي پٽن کي کولڻ يا بند ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو کليل يا بند حالت ۾ رکڻ لاءِ گهربل قوت فراهم ڪندو آهي. اسپرنگ قبضا عام طور باهه کان بچاءَ وارن دروازن، رهائشي عمارتن ۽ تجارتي جڳهن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو ===
'''مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو''' (Swing clear hing})، جنهن کي '''آف سيٽ دروازي جو قبضو''' (آف سيٽ ڊور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙو قبضو آهي جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل طور پنهنجي کُلڻ واري جاءِ کان ٻاهر ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ دروازي جي کليل حالت ۾ گذرگاهه جي ويڪر وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا خاص طور انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي معذور ماڻهن جي رسائي بابت تعميراتي معيارن تي عمل ڪرڻ ضروري هجي.

=== بٽلر ٽري قبضو ===
'''بٽلر ٽري قبضو''' (Butler tray hinge) خاص قسم جو قبضو آهي، جيڪو لڳ ڀڳ 90 درجا موڙي پوءِ سڌو سنئون لاڪ ٿي ويندو آهي. اهو عام طور اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جي مٿئين حصي تي پيش ڪرڻ لاءِ الڳ ٽري لڳل هوندي آهي.

=== ڪارڊ ميز قبضو ===
'''ڪارڊ ميز قبضو''' (ڪارڊ ٽيبل ھنج) اهڙو مارٽس قبضو آهي، جيڪو روايتي يا جديد نموني جي ڪارڊ ميزن جي ڪنارن ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي. هي ميز جي مٿئين حصي کي پاڻ تي ٻيڻو ٿي ويڙهڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان ميز کي آسانيءَ سان بند يا محفوظ ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ ===
'''ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ''' (ڪارپنٽيئر جوائنٽ) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو وڪريل ڪراس سيڪشن (ڪروڊ ڪراس-سيڪشن) وارين ڪيترين سنهين ڌاتي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندو آهي. هي خاص جوڙجڪ لچڪدار حرڪت ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپو فراهم ڪندي آهي.

=== ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو ===
'''ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو''' (ڊراپ-ليف ٽيبل ھنج) ميز جي مٿاڇري جي هيٺان لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جا پاسا ضرورت مطابق هيٺ ڪري يا مٿي کڻي سگهجن ٿا. هي قبضا گهڻو ڪري ''رول جوائنٽ'' واري ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ ===
'''قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ''' (ھنجڊ ايڪسپينشن جوائنٽ) اهڙو توسيعي ڳانڍاپو آهي، جنهن ۾ قبضا لڳل هوندا آهن ته جيئن اڏاوت يا مشين جو حصو صرف هڪ ئي سطح  ۾ وڪڙي سگهي. هي جوڙ حرارتي واڌ ويجهه يا حرڪت سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻاءُ کي گهٽائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== لِونگ قبضو ===
'''لِونگ قبضو''' (Living hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڌاتوءَ جي پن (Pin) يا نڪل (Knuckle) کان سواءِ رڳو هڪ لچڪدار مواد، اڪثر ڪري پلاسٽڪ، مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي ٻن حصن جي وچ ۾ هڪ ئي ٽڪري طور ٺهندو آهي ۽ ان ۾ الڳ حرڪت ڪندڙ حصا نه هوندا آهن. اهڙي جوڙجڪ سبب ان جي تياري سادي، هلڪي ۽ گهٽ خرچ واري هوندي آهي، پر بار بار وڪڙجڻ سبب وقت سان گڏ ٿڪاوٽ يا ٽٽڻ جو امڪان ٻين قبضي جي قسمن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. لِونگ قبضا پلاسٽڪ جي دٻين، بوتلن جي ڍڪڻن، دوائن جي پيڪنگ ۽ ٻين مولڊ ڪيل شين ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== ٻيا قسم ===
قبضي جا ٻيا ڪيترائي قسم پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* '''ڪوچ قبضو''' (Coach hinge) – گاڏين، وڏن دروازن ۽ ڳري ڪاٺيءَ جي اڏاوتن لاءِ مضبوط قبضو.
* '''ڪائونٽر فليپ قبضو'''  – ڪائونٽرن يا ميزن جي کُلندڙ پٽن (Flaps) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ قبضو.
* '''ڪرينڪ يا طوفان-مزاحمتي قبضو''' (Cranked or storm-proof hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن جي شڪل وڪريل هوندي آهي ۽ جيڪو دروازي يا دري کي موسم جي اثرن کان بهتر تحفظ فراهم ڪندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو غير اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Double-action non-spring hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو ٻنهي رخن ۾ گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، پر ان ۾ اسپرنگ شامل نه هوندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو اسپرنگ قبضو''' – ٻنهي رخن ۾ کُلندڙ قبضو، جنهن ۾ اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو وچ يا بند حالت ڏانهن موٽائيندو آهي.
* '''فلش قبضو''' (Flush hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو بغير مارٽس (Mortise) ٺاهڻ جي سڌو مٿاڇري تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.
* '''رگڙ وارو قبضو''' (فرڪشن ھنج) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو رگڙ جي قوت سان دروازي يا دري کي گهربل حالت ۾ بيهارڻ ۾ مدد ڪندو آهي.
* '''لفٽ-آف قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي قبضي مان سڌو مٿي کڻي آسانيءَ سان الڳ ڪري سگهجي ٿو، بغير قبضي کي کولڻ جي.
* '''پنج قبضو''' (Pinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ جلدي ڪڍي سگهجندڙ پن (ڪئڪ-رليز پن) لڳل هوندو آهي.
* '''اڀرندڙ بٽ قبضو''' (Rising butt hinge) يا '''ڪيم لفٽ قبضو''' (Cam lift hinge) – هن قبضي جو نڪل سرپل شڪل وارو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازو کُلڻ وقت ان کي ٿورو مٿي کڻي ويندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح دروازو قالين يا اڻبرابر فرش سان نه ٽڪرائيندو آهي، ۽ بند ٿيڻ وقت پنهنجي وزن جي ڪري پاڻ هيٺ اچي بند ٿي ويندو آهي&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite
 web |last=Metcalf |first=Zoe |date=2025-09-30 |title=Upgrade Your Doors: The Hidden Benefits of Rising Butt Hinges |url=https://www.cookebrothers.co.uk/latest-news/2025/09/30/benefits-of-rising-butt-hinges/ |access-date=2026-04-17 |website=Cooke Brothers |language=en-GB}}&lt;/ref&gt;.
* '''سيڪيورٽي قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو دروازي کي زبردستي ڪڍڻ يا ٽوڙڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ خاص حفاظتي بناوت سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.
* '''ٽي قبضو''' (Tee hinge) – انگريزي اکر '''T''' جي شڪل وارو قبضو، جيڪو عام طور ڪاٺيءَ جي دروازن، باڙن، گودامن ۽ باغيچي جي دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڊگهو افقي حصو وزن کي بهتر نموني ورهائيندو آهي.

==قسم==
دروازن ۽ درين جي نوعيت مطابق عام طرح سان ھيٺ ڄاڻايل قسم جون انجيسون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن.&lt;br&gt;
(i) بُٽ انجيس يا ڪتابي انجيسون: (Butt Hingest
ھن قسم جون انجيسون عام طرح سان استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. انھن جو ھڪ حصو تاڪ جي پاسي ۾ ۽ ٻيو حصو چوڪاٺي جي پاتام ۾ اسڪرن ذريعي لڳايو ويندو آھي. انجيسن لڳائڻ وقت اسڪرن يا پيچن کي ھٿوڙيءَ سان ٺوڪي نھ لڳائجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ ائين ڪرڻ سان ڪجھھ وقت کان پوءِ اھي ڍرا ٿي نڪري ايندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري انھن کي اسڪرو ڊرائيور يعني پيچ ڪش سان لڳائڻ گھرجي.&lt;br&gt;
(ii) ٽي – انجيسون يا پڇر انجيسون: (T- Hinges)&lt;br&gt; 
ھي ھڪ قسم جو گھاڙو لوھ (Wrought iron)  جون فتيلون آھن، ھنن جي ڊگھي ٻانھن وارو حصو تاڪ جي افقيءَ پٽيءَ ۾ اسڪرن سان لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ٻيو ڌاتيءَ جي پٽيءَ وارو حصو چوڪاٺي ۾ جڙيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جون انجيسون معمولي قسم جي دروازن لاءِ ٺيڪ آھن ۽ کين ڳرن ۽ سٺي قسم جي دروازن ۾ استعمال نھ ڪرڻ گھرجي.&lt;br&gt;
(iii) ٻن طرفن واريون انجيسون: (Back flap Hinges) 
ھن قسم جون ٻھ طرفيون انجيسون اھڙن ھنڌن تي استعمال ڪبيون آھن، جتي اھڙا تہ سنھا تاڪ لڳائبا آھن جو سادين انجيسن جو لڳائڻ ممڪن نہ ھوندو آھي.
(iv) ڪوڪن واريون انجيسون: (Pin Hinges) 
جڏھن تاڪن جو وزن ايترو ڳرو ھوندو آھي جو ٻين قسمن جي انجيسن سان انھن کي نہ لڳائي سگھبو آھي تھ اھڙيءَ حالت ۾ ھن قسم جون ڪلين واريون انجيسون لڳائبيون آھن.

&lt;gallery&gt;
 Image:HingesOldB.jpg|Ancient   pivot hinges قديم [[پيوٽ انجيس]].
Image:Hinge2P2.jpg|گھاڙي لوھ wrought iron مان ٺھيل بيرل انجيس.
Image:Hinge2P3.jpg| پتل جي ٺھيل پٽيءَ واري بيرل انجيس.
Image:Hinge3P.jpg|ٻنھي پاسن کان فٽ ٿيندڙ بٽ انجيس جا منڍا.
Image:Topfscharnier.jpg|فرنيچر جي در جو اسپرنگ تالو .
Image:Hinge 01.jpg|ڪٽ لڳل يا ڪسيل انجيس.
Image:Haar hung doors (99309543).jpg|ٽنگيل در جي انجيس جو هڪ قسم.
Image:Mint box polypropylene lid.JPG|دٻي واري انجيس جو هڪ قسم.
&lt;/gallery&gt;</text>
      <sha1>0tngq2zm21u5h1ndqbwtvu49qgejs8o</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400874</id>
      <parentid>400873</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T13:14:06Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو */</comment>
      <origin>400874</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="32462" sha1="6sndl6ne5ehsllspkb54smlt5rnnzvs" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|ٻن مضبوط شين کي ڳنڍيندڙ ميخانياتي ڳانڍاپو}}

[[File:Carrollton New Orleans hinge brass inside.jpg|thumb|upright|پتل مان ٺهيل سينگاريل دروازي جي انجيس]]
[[File:Hamburgerpaumelle.JPG|thumb|upright|بيرل انجيس (Barrel hinge)]]

'''انجيس''' يا '''قبضو''' ({{lang-en|'''Hinge'''}}) هڪ [[ميڪانياتي بيئرنگ]] (Mechanical bearing) آهي، جيڪو ٻن مضبوط شين کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيندو آهي ۽ عام طور انهن مان هڪ کي مقرر محور جي چوڌاري محدود زاويي تائين ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. مثالي قبضي (آئيڊيل ھنج) ۾ ڳنڍيل ٻئي حصا رڳو هڪ مقرر محور جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ٻيون سموريون حرڪتون، جهڙوڪ اڳتي پٺتي سرڪڻ يا ٻين رخن ۾ گردش، روڪيل هونديون آهن. ان ڪري ميخانيات ۾ قبضي کي ''هڪ درجي واري آزادي'' (ون ڊگري آف فريڊم) وارو ڳانڍاپو سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

قبضا يا انجيسون لچڪدار مواد (فليڪسيبل مٽيريل) مان به ٺاهي سگهجن ٿا يا وري ڌاتوءَ جي حرڪت ڪندڙ حصن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن. حياتيات (بائيولاجي) ۾ به ڪيترائي [[جوڙ]] (جوائنٽ) قبضي وانگر ڪم ڪندا آهن، جن مان [[ڪُلهي جي جوڙ]] جي بدران ''ٺوٺ جو جوڙ''  هڪ نمايان مثال آهي، جيڪو بنيادي طور هڪ ئي رخ ۾ وڪڙجڻ ۽ سڌو ٿيڻ جي حرڪت جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو.

انجيسون يا قبضا سڀ کان وڌيڪ دروازن، دريائن ۽ المارين جي کُلڻ ۽ بند ٿيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، پر انهن کان علاوه فولڊ ٿيندڙ [[ڏاڪڻ]]، موٽر گاڏين جي بونٽ، صندوقن، ڍڪڻن ۽ وڏين متحرڪ [[پل|پلين]]  جي جوڙجڪ ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

درين ۽ دروازن کي لڳائڻ ۽ انھن اندر مختلف جزن ذريعي ڳانڍاپو رکڻ واسطي ھيٺين قسمن جي قبضن يا انجيسن جي  ضرورت پوندي آھي.

== تاريخ ==

قديم آثارن مان پٿر، سنگِ مرمر، ڪاٺ ۽ ڪانسي  مان ٺهيل انجيسون يا قبضا مليا آهن، جن مان ڪجهه گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[قديم مصر]] جي دور سان تعلق رکن ٿا. بهرحال، اهو يقيني طور طئي ڪرڻ ڏکيو آهي ته قبضي جو پهريون استعمال دنيا جي ڪهڙي هنڌ ۽ ڪهڙي زماني ۾ ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

قديم مصر ۾ دروازن لاءِ هڪ خاص ''محوري قبضي'' (Pivot hinge) وارو نظام استعمال ٿيندو هو. هن طريقي ۾ دروازي جي مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين ڪنڍن تي ڪاٺ جا گول ڪنڊا (Dowels) لڳايا ويندا هئا يا اهي سڌو دروازي جي ڪاٺ مان تراشيا ويندا هئا. اهي ڪنڍا پٿر ۾ ٺهيل گول کڏن (Stone sockets) ۾ ويهندا هئا، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دروازو آسانيءَ سان پنهنجي محور تي ڦرندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Museum Bulletin – An Early Egyptian Door-Socket |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/bulletin/1315/}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door – British Museum |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/Y_EA705}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[قديم روم]] ۾ قبضي کي لاطيني ٻوليءَ ۾ ڪارڊو:''Cardō'' چيو ويندو هو. انهيءَ لفظ تان ئي رومي ديوي ''ڪارڊيا'' (Cardea)، جيڪا دروازن ۽ قبضي جي محافظ ديوي سمجهي ويندي هئي، جو نالو پيو، ۽ رومي شهرن جي مکيه اتر–ڏکڻ واري شاهراهه کي پڻ ''ڪارڊو'' سڏيو ويندو هو. لاطيني لفظ ''ڪارڊو'' جو مفهوم &quot;اهو بنيادي جزو، جنهن تي ڪا شيءِ ڦري يا جنهن تي ڪنهن شيءِ جو دارومدار هجي&quot; هو، ۽ انهيءَ مان جديد انگريزي لفظن، جهڙوڪ ''ڪارڊينل''، جي پڻ ابتدا ٿي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

'''آڪسفورڊ انگريزي لغت''' (آڪسفورڊ انگلش ڊڪشنري) موجب انگريزي لفظ  ھنج''Hinge'' جو تعلق لفظ ''Hang'' (لڙڪڻ يا ٽنگجڻ) سان آهي، جيڪو ٻنهي لفظن جي تاريخي لساني ارتقا ڏانهن اشارو ڪري ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=hinge |url=https://www.oed.com/dictionary/hinge_n}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== عمارتن ۾ رسائي ==

گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[وچئين دور]] (ميڊيول پيرئڊ) کان وٺي مضبوط قلعن ۽ دفاعي عمارتن ۾ [[ڇڪيل پل]] (Drawbridge) لاءِ قبضا استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن. اهڙن قبضي جي مدد سان پل کي ضرورت موجب مٿي کڻي يا هيٺ لاهي سگهجي ٿو، جنهن سان قلعي جي حفاظت ۽ داخلا تي ڪنٽرول رکڻ آسان ٿيندو هو.

جديد [[تعمير]] (آرڪيٽيڪچر) ۾ به قبضا انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي وقت سان گڏ بنياد جي ويهڻ (بلڊنگ سيٽلمينٽ) جو امڪان هجي. اهڙين حالتن ۾ قبضا عمارت جي ڪجهه حصن کي محدود حرڪت جي اجازت ڏيندا آهن، جنهن سان ڍانچي تي غيرضروري دٻاءُ گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

ان جو هڪ مشهور مثال آمريڪي رياست [[ڪيليفورنيا]] جي [[برزبين, ڪيليفورنيا|برزبين]] شهر ۾ واقع [[ڊيڪن بلڊنگ]] آهي. هن عمارت جي داخلي رئمپ (ramp) کي هڪ وڏي قبضي تي نصب ڪيو ويو هو ته جيئن [[کنبا| کُنبن]] (Piles) تي ٺهيل ۽ نرم خليجي مٽي (Bay mud) تي بيٺل عمارت جي ويهڻ دوران رئمپ محفوظ طريقي سان پنهنجي حالت بدلائي سگهي. هي انتظام ڪيترن ئي سالن تائين اثرائتو رهيو، پر آڪٽوبر 2006ع ۾ رئمپ کي نقصان پهچڻ ۽ ان جي ڍلان حد کان وڌيڪ وڌي وڃڻ سبب ان کي تبديل ڪيو ويو.

== وڏيون اڏاوتون ==

قبضا  وڏين اڏاوتن، جهڙوڪ اوچين شاهراهن، ريلوي واءِڊڪٽن (viaducts)، پلن ۽ ٻين انجنيئرنگ ڍانچن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جو مقصد اڏاوت جي مختلف حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ واري دٻاءَ'' (بينڊنگ اسٽريسز) جي منتقلي کي گهٽائڻ يا مڪمل طور روڪڻ هوندو آهي، جنهن سان خاص طور زلزلي دوران ڍانچي جي نقصان جو خطرو گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

سادن سلائيڊنگ ڳانڍاپن جي ڀيٽ ۾ قبضي کي ترجيح ڏيڻ جو اهم سبب اهو آهي ته اهو هڪ طرف محدود گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، جڏهن ته ٻئي طرف ڀرپاسي وارن اڏاوتي حصن کي هڪ ٻئي کان ڌار ٿيڻ کان بچائي ٿو. اهڙيءَ طرح ڍانچي جي استحڪام برقرار رهي ٿي ۽ زلزلي يا حرارتي تبديليءَ سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ حرڪتن کي محفوظ نموني جذب ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

جيڪڏهن ڪنهن قبضي ذريعي ٻن اڏاوتي حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ وارو لمحو'' (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) منتقل نه ٿئي، ته اهڙي قبضي کي تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ ''صفر لمحي وارو قبضو'' (زيرو مومينٽ ھنج) چيو ويندو آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا تجزياتي ماڊلن ۽ عملي انجنيئرنگ ٻنهي ۾ وڏي اهميت رکن ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي اڏاوت ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻائن جي ورهاست کي بهتر نموني ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏين ٿا.

== خلائي جهاز ==

خلائي جهازن (اسپيس ڪرافٽ) ۾ استعمال لاءِ ڪيترن ئي قسمن جا ''خودڪار کُلندڙ ۽ پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضا'' (سيلف-ايڪچوئيٽنگ, سيلف-لاڪنگ ھنجز) تيار ڪيا ويا آهن. اهي قبضا خاص طور انهن اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جيڪي راڪيٽ جي لانچ دوران ويڙهيل يا بند حالت ۾ رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ خلاءَ ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ پاڻمرادو کُلي پنهنجي ڪم ڪندڙ شڪل اختيار ڪندا آهن.

اهڙي قسم جا قبضا [[کُلندڙ خلائي اڏاوتن]] (ڊپلائبل اسٽرڪچرز) ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ [[شمسي پينل]]، مصنوعي سوراخي ريڊار (سنٿيٽڪ اپرچر راڊار) جون اينٽينائون، ڊگها بوم (Booms)، ريڊيئيٽر ۽ ٻيا خلائي جزا شامل آهن. انهن قبضي جي مدد سان هي حصا محدود جاءِ ۾ محفوظ نموني رکي سگهجن ٿا ۽ مدار ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ بغير انساني مداخلت جي صحيح نموني کُلي ۽ لاڪ ٿي وڃن ٿا، جنهن سان خلائي جهاز جي اعتبار، ڪارڪردگي ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو اچي ٿو.

== اصطلاحات ==

[[File:Basic hinge.svg|thumb|upright|بنيادي قبضي جا حصا]]

* '''پن''' ({{lang-en|Pin}}) – ڌاتوءَ يا ٻين مضبوط مواد مان ٺهيل راڊ، جيڪا قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن (ليوز) کي ''نڪل'' (Knuckle) جي اندر پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍي رکي ٿي ۽ انهن کي محور جي چوڌاري ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي. هن کي '''پنٽل''' (Pintle) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''نڪل''' – قبضي جو سوراخدار، اڪثر گول شڪل وارو حصو، جيڪو قبضي جو گڏيل محور ٺاهيندو آهي. ٻنهي پٽن جا نڪل هڪ ٻئي سان وڇايل ترتيب ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن ۽ پن انهن سڀني مان لنگهندي انهن کي گڏ رکي ٿي.

* '''پٽو''' (ليف) – قبضي جا عام طور ٻه چپٽا حصا، جيڪي نڪل جي ٻنهي پاسن کان نڪرن ٿا ۽ پن جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن. اهي ئي حصا دروازي، دري يا ٻين شين سان لڳايا ويندا آهن.

* '''اينڊ پلي''' (End play) – پن جي محور سان گڏ قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن جي وچ ۾ ٿيندڙ محوري حرڪت. هي ننڍڙي چرپر پٽن کي بغير اٽڪڻ جي آسانيءَ سان ڦرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندي آهي ۽ عام طور نڪلن جي وچ واري وٿي (نڪل گيپ) سان طئي ٿيندي آهي.

* '''ٿولهه''' (Gauge) – قبضي جي پٽن جي ٿولهه.

* '''قبضي جي ويڪر''' – هڪ پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ کان ٻي پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين ماپيل مفاصلو، جيڪو پن جي محور تي عمودي هوندو آهي.

* '''قبضي جي ڊيگهه''' – قبضي جي پٽن جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي هوندي آهي.

* '''نڪل جي ڊيگهه''' (Knuckle length) – هڪ نڪل جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي ماپي ويندي آهي.

* '''پٽي جي ويڪر''' (Leaf width) – پن جي مرڪز کان پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''پچ''' (Pitch) – هڪ نڪل جي پڇاڙيءَ کان ساڳئي پٽي تي موجود ڀر واري نڪل جي ساڳئي ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''ڊور اسٽاپ''' (Doorstop) – هڪ عام اصطلاح، جيڪو قبضي جي پٽن ۾ پن جي ڀيٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ غيرضروري يا ڍِلي ڪنڊائتي چرپر لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. اهڙي چرپر قبضي جي گهسجي وڃڻ يا ڍِلي ٿيڻ سبب پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي.

== قسم ==

=== بيرل قبضو ===
'''بيرل قبضو''' (Barrel hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪيترن ڳنڍيل سوراخدار حصن (Knuckles) تي مشتمل هوندو آهي ۽ انهن مان گذرندڙ هڪ محور يا پن (Pin) ذريعي گڏ رکيو ويندو آهي. ''بيرل'' اصل ۾ هڪ خالي سلينڊر هوندو آهي، جنهن جي چوڌاري قبضو گردش ڪندو آهي. جديد دور ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ اڪثر قبضا بيرل قبضي جي بنيادي اصول تي ڪم ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Childers |first=Kathleen |date=25 August 2023 |title=Everything to Know About Barrel Hinges |url=https://www.familyhandyman.com/article/everything-to-know-about-barrel-hinges/ |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Family Handyman}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== بٽ قبضو / مارٽس قبضو ===
'''بٽ قبضو''' (Butt hinge) يا '''مارٽس قبضو''' (Mortise hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي ۽ دروازي جي فريم ۾ ڪٽيل کوکلي جاءِ (Mortise) اندر لڳايو ويندو آهي، جنهن سبب دروازو بند ٿيڻ تي قبضو تقريباً لڪل نظر ايندو آهي. ڪجهه قبضا '''اڌ مارٽس''' قسم جا به هوندا آهن، جن ۾ صرف هڪ پٽو (Leaf) کوکلي جاءِ ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مٿاڇري تي رهندو آهي. گهڻا مارٽس قبضا پنهنجي گردش واري بناوت سبب بيرل قبضي جي درجي ۾ پڻ اچن ٿا.

=== بٽر فلائي يا پارليامينٽ قبضو ===
'''بٽر فلائي قبضو''' (Butterfly hinge) يا برطانيا ۾ '''پارليامينٽ قبضو''' (Parliament hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا تختي کي مڪمل طور لڳ ڀڳ '''180°''' تائين کولڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت سان لڳي سڌو ٿي بيهي سگهي ٿو. بٽر فلائي قبضا پنهنجي سينگاريل شڪل سبب فرنيچر ۽ آرائشي دروازن ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Parliament Hinges Old English Collection |url=https://www.suffolklatchcompany.com/products/parliament-hinges |access-date=2026-02-06 |website=Suffolk Latch Company |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== ڪيس قبضو ===
'''ڪيس قبضو''' (Case hinge) بناوت ۾ بٽ قبضي سان ملندڙ جلندڙ هوندو آهي، پر عام طور وڌيڪ سينگاريل هوندو آهي. اهو سوٽڪيسن، بريف ڪيسن، ڪاٺ جي دٻن، زيورن جي دٻين ۽ ٻين اهڙين شين ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جتي مضبوط ڳانڍاپي سان گڏ ظاهري خوبصورتي پڻ اهم هجي.

=== لڪل قبضو ===
'''لڪل قبضو''' (Concealed hinge) خاص طور فرنيچر جي دروازن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. هي قبضو دروازو بند ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ٻاهران نظر نٿو اچي. ان جا ٻه بنيادي حصا هوندا آهن: (1) '''ڪپ''' (Cup) ۽ '''بازو''' (آرم)، ۽ (2) '''مائونٽنگ پليٽ'''. انهن کي '''ڪپ قبضو''' (ڪپ ھنج) يا '''يورو قبضو''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي يورپ ۾ تيار ٿيا ۽ ميٽرڪ ماپن تي ٻڌل معيار استعمال ڪندا آهن. گهڻا لڪل قبضا پيچن جي ذريعي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ به آسانيءَ سان ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) ڏئي سگهجن ٿا، جنهن سان دروازي جي اوچائي، پاسيري پوزيشن ۽ کوٽائي درست ڪري سگهجي ٿي.

=== لڳاتار يا پيانو قبضو ===
'''لڳاتار قبضو''' (Continuous hinge) يا '''پيانو قبضو''' (Piano hinge) بيرل قبضي جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو دروازي، دٻي، ڍڪ يا پينل جي پوري ڊيگهه تائين پکڙيل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا سوراخن سان يا بغير سوراخن جي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن ۽ ڊگهي سهاري سبب وزن کي هڪجهڙو ورهائيندا آهن.

=== فليگ قبضو ===
'''فليگ قبضو''' (Flag hinge) ٻن حصن تي ٻڌل سادو قبضو هوندو آهي. هڪ حصي ۾ لڳل پن ٻئي حصي جي سوراخ ۾ داخل ٿيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو يا ٻيو حصو آسانيءَ سان الڳ به ڪري سگهجي ٿو. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا هٽائي سگهجندڙ دروازن ۽ مشينن ۾ عام استعمال ٿيندا آهن ۽ ساڄي ۽ کاٻي ٻنهي قسمن ۾ موجود هوندا .&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=26 August 2024 |title=The Beginner's Guide to Flag Hinges |url=https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20250216130803/https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |archive-date=16 February 2025 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Monroe Engineering}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ايڇ قبضو ===
'''ايڇ قبضو''' (H hinge) انگريزي اکر '''H''' جي شڪل جهڙو بيرل قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو سطح سان برابر لڳندڙ (فلش-مائونٽيڊ) دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ننڍا H قبضا عام طور المارين ۽ ڪٻٽن لاءِ، جڏهن ته وڏا H قبضا ڪمرا يا المارين جا دروازا لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== ايڇ ايل قبضو ===
'''ايڇ ايل قبضو''' (HL hinge) روايتي قبضو آهي، جيڪو سترهين، ارڙهين ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ دوران رهائشي ڪمرن، گذرگاهن ۽ المارين جي دروازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو هو. اوچن دروازن ۾ ڪڏهن ٻن H قبضي جي وچ ۾ اضافي HL قبضو پڻ لڳايو ويندو هو.

=== هڪ طرفو قبضو ===
'''هڪ طرفو قبضو''' (ون-وي ھنج) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا ٻئي حصي کي رڳو هڪ ئي رخ ۾ کُلڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. اهو ٻن طرفن کان کُلندڙ (ڊبل-ايڪشن) قبضي جي ابتڙ هوندو آهي.

=== محوري قبضو ===
'''محوري قبضو''' (Pivot hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي جي هيٺئين حصي ۽ مٿئين فريم ۾ لڳل محور تي گردش ڪندو آهي. هن کي '''ڊبل ايڪشن فلور قبضو''' (ڊبل-ايڪٽنگ فلور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. قديم خشڪ پٿر وارين عمارتن ۽ ڪجهه پراڻين ڪاٺيءَ جي عمارتن ۾ اهڙي قسم جا قبضا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. هلڪن وزن وارن دروازن لاءِ اهي نسبتاً گهٽ خرچ وارو ۽ ڪارائتو حل سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.

=== پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو ===
'''پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو''' (سيلف-ڪلوزنگ ھنج) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو بند ڪرڻ لاءِ اندروني ميخانياتي نظام لڳل هوندو آهي. هن ۾ اڪثر بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار (اسپيڊ ڪنٽرول) کي ضابطو ڪرڻ جو نظام پڻ شامل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا عام طور اسپرنگ  جي مدد سان دروازي کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ قوت پيدا ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ميخانياتي يا هائيڊرولڪ ڊيمپر (Damper) دروازي جي بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار کي ڪنٽرول ڪندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح هي قبضو هڪ ئي وقت قبضي ۽ [[دروازو بند ڪندڙ اوزار]] (ڊور ڪلوزر) ٻنهي جو ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |date=26 August 2019 |title=Self-Closing Hinges |url=http://www.watersonusa.com/solutions/spring-loaded-door-hinge |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200921094428/http://www.watersonusa.com/solutions/spring-loaded-door-hinge |archive-date=21 September 2020 |access-date=3 September 2020 |website=Watersonusa}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== اسپرنگ قبضو ===
'''اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Spring hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جنهن جي اندر اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي. هي اسپرنگ قبضي جي پٽن کي کولڻ يا بند ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو کليل يا بند حالت ۾ رکڻ لاءِ گهربل قوت فراهم ڪندو آهي. اسپرنگ قبضا عام طور باهه کان بچاءَ وارن دروازن، رهائشي عمارتن ۽ تجارتي جڳهن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو ===
'''مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو''' (Swing clear hing})، جنهن کي '''آف سيٽ دروازي جو قبضو''' (آف سيٽ ڊور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙو قبضو آهي جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل طور پنهنجي کُلڻ واري جاءِ کان ٻاهر ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ دروازي جي کليل حالت ۾ گذرگاهه جي ويڪر وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا خاص طور انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي معذور ماڻهن جي رسائي بابت تعميراتي معيارن تي عمل ڪرڻ ضروري هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Greene |first=Lori |date=27 May 2021 |title=QQ: Hinge Types – Swing-Clear |url=https://idighardware.com/2021/05/qq-hinge-types-swing-clear/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241220120419/https://idighardware.com/2021/05/qq-hinge-types-swing-clear/ |archive-date=20 December 2024 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=iDigHardware}}&lt;/ref&gt;اهي قبضا اڪثر فيئر هائوسنگ ايڪٽ (FHA) جي رسائي وارن ضابطن جي تعميل لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ 34 انچ ويڪري دروازي سان به گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 32 انچ صاف گذرگاهه مهيا ڪندا آهن، جيڪو معذور ماڻهن جي آسان آمدرفت لاءِ مقرر ڪيل معيار آهي..&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last= |first= |date= |title=The Fair Housing Act's Requirement 3: Usable Doors |url=https://www.hud.gov/sites/dfiles/FHEO/documents/The-Fair-Housing-Act-Requirement-3-Usable-Doors-Participant-Workbook.pdf |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241211175526/https://www.hud.gov/sites/dfiles/FHEO/documents/The-Fair-Housing-Act-Requirement-3-Usable-Doors-Participant-Workbook.pdf |archive-date=11 December 2024 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=United States Department of Housing and Urban Development}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بٽلر ٽري قبضو ===
'''بٽلر ٽري قبضو''' (Butler tray hinge) خاص قسم جو قبضو آهي، جيڪو لڳ ڀڳ 90 درجا موڙي پوءِ سڌو سنئون لاڪ ٿي ويندو آهي. اهو عام طور اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جي مٿئين حصي تي پيش ڪرڻ لاءِ الڳ ٽري لڳل هوندي آهي.

=== ڪارڊ ميز قبضو ===
'''ڪارڊ ميز قبضو''' (ڪارڊ ٽيبل ھنج) اهڙو مارٽس قبضو آهي، جيڪو روايتي يا جديد نموني جي ڪارڊ ميزن جي ڪنارن ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي. هي ميز جي مٿئين حصي کي پاڻ تي ٻيڻو ٿي ويڙهڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان ميز کي آسانيءَ سان بند يا محفوظ ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ ===
'''ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ''' (ڪارپنٽيئر جوائنٽ) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو وڪريل ڪراس سيڪشن (ڪروڊ ڪراس-سيڪشن) وارين ڪيترين سنهين ڌاتي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندو آهي. هي خاص جوڙجڪ لچڪدار حرڪت ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپو فراهم ڪندي آهي.

=== ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو ===
'''ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو''' (ڊراپ-ليف ٽيبل ھنج) ميز جي مٿاڇري جي هيٺان لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جا پاسا ضرورت مطابق هيٺ ڪري يا مٿي کڻي سگهجن ٿا. هي قبضا گهڻو ڪري ''رول جوائنٽ'' واري ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ ===
'''قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ''' (ھنجڊ ايڪسپينشن جوائنٽ) اهڙو توسيعي ڳانڍاپو آهي، جنهن ۾ قبضا لڳل هوندا آهن ته جيئن اڏاوت يا مشين جو حصو صرف هڪ ئي سطح  ۾ وڪڙي سگهي. هي جوڙ حرارتي واڌ ويجهه يا حرڪت سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻاءُ کي گهٽائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== لِونگ قبضو ===
'''لِونگ قبضو''' (Living hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڌاتوءَ جي پن (Pin) يا نڪل (Knuckle) کان سواءِ رڳو هڪ لچڪدار مواد، اڪثر ڪري پلاسٽڪ، مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي ٻن حصن جي وچ ۾ هڪ ئي ٽڪري طور ٺهندو آهي ۽ ان ۾ الڳ حرڪت ڪندڙ حصا نه هوندا آهن. اهڙي جوڙجڪ سبب ان جي تياري سادي، هلڪي ۽ گهٽ خرچ واري هوندي آهي، پر بار بار وڪڙجڻ سبب وقت سان گڏ ٿڪاوٽ يا ٽٽڻ جو امڪان ٻين قبضي جي قسمن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. لِونگ قبضا پلاسٽڪ جي دٻين، بوتلن جي ڍڪڻن، دوائن جي پيڪنگ ۽ ٻين مولڊ ڪيل شين ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== ٻيا قسم ===
قبضي جا ٻيا ڪيترائي قسم پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* '''ڪوچ قبضو''' (Coach hinge) – گاڏين، وڏن دروازن ۽ ڳري ڪاٺيءَ جي اڏاوتن لاءِ مضبوط قبضو.
* '''ڪائونٽر فليپ قبضو'''  – ڪائونٽرن يا ميزن جي کُلندڙ پٽن (Flaps) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ قبضو.
* '''ڪرينڪ يا طوفان-مزاحمتي قبضو''' (Cranked or storm-proof hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن جي شڪل وڪريل هوندي آهي ۽ جيڪو دروازي يا دري کي موسم جي اثرن کان بهتر تحفظ فراهم ڪندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو غير اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Double-action non-spring hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو ٻنهي رخن ۾ گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، پر ان ۾ اسپرنگ شامل نه هوندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو اسپرنگ قبضو''' – ٻنهي رخن ۾ کُلندڙ قبضو، جنهن ۾ اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو وچ يا بند حالت ڏانهن موٽائيندو آهي.
* '''فلش قبضو''' (Flush hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو بغير مارٽس (Mortise) ٺاهڻ جي سڌو مٿاڇري تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.
* '''رگڙ وارو قبضو''' (فرڪشن ھنج) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو رگڙ جي قوت سان دروازي يا دري کي گهربل حالت ۾ بيهارڻ ۾ مدد ڪندو آهي.
* '''لفٽ-آف قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي قبضي مان سڌو مٿي کڻي آسانيءَ سان الڳ ڪري سگهجي ٿو، بغير قبضي کي کولڻ جي.
* '''پنج قبضو''' (Pinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ جلدي ڪڍي سگهجندڙ پن (ڪئڪ-رليز پن) لڳل هوندو آهي.
* '''اڀرندڙ بٽ قبضو''' (Rising butt hinge) يا '''ڪيم لفٽ قبضو''' (Cam lift hinge) – هن قبضي جو نڪل سرپل شڪل وارو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازو کُلڻ وقت ان کي ٿورو مٿي کڻي ويندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح دروازو قالين يا اڻبرابر فرش سان نه ٽڪرائيندو آهي، ۽ بند ٿيڻ وقت پنهنجي وزن جي ڪري پاڻ هيٺ اچي بند ٿي ويندو آهي&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite
 web |last=Metcalf |first=Zoe |date=2025-09-30 |title=Upgrade Your Doors: The Hidden Benefits of Rising Butt Hinges |url=https://www.cookebrothers.co.uk/latest-news/2025/09/30/benefits-of-rising-butt-hinges/ |access-date=2026-04-17 |website=Cooke Brothers |language=en-GB}}&lt;/ref&gt;.
* '''سيڪيورٽي قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو دروازي کي زبردستي ڪڍڻ يا ٽوڙڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ خاص حفاظتي بناوت سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.
* '''ٽي قبضو''' (Tee hinge) – انگريزي اکر '''T''' جي شڪل وارو قبضو، جيڪو عام طور ڪاٺيءَ جي دروازن، باڙن، گودامن ۽ باغيچي جي دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڊگهو افقي حصو وزن کي بهتر نموني ورهائيندو آهي.

==قسم==
دروازن ۽ درين جي نوعيت مطابق عام طرح سان ھيٺ ڄاڻايل قسم جون انجيسون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن.&lt;br&gt;
(i) بُٽ انجيس يا ڪتابي انجيسون: (Butt Hingest
ھن قسم جون انجيسون عام طرح سان استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. انھن جو ھڪ حصو تاڪ جي پاسي ۾ ۽ ٻيو حصو چوڪاٺي جي پاتام ۾ اسڪرن ذريعي لڳايو ويندو آھي. انجيسن لڳائڻ وقت اسڪرن يا پيچن کي ھٿوڙيءَ سان ٺوڪي نھ لڳائجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ ائين ڪرڻ سان ڪجھھ وقت کان پوءِ اھي ڍرا ٿي نڪري ايندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري انھن کي اسڪرو ڊرائيور يعني پيچ ڪش سان لڳائڻ گھرجي.&lt;br&gt;
(ii) ٽي – انجيسون يا پڇر انجيسون: (T- Hinges)&lt;br&gt; 
ھي ھڪ قسم جو گھاڙو لوھ (Wrought iron)  جون فتيلون آھن، ھنن جي ڊگھي ٻانھن وارو حصو تاڪ جي افقيءَ پٽيءَ ۾ اسڪرن سان لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ٻيو ڌاتيءَ جي پٽيءَ وارو حصو چوڪاٺي ۾ جڙيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جون انجيسون معمولي قسم جي دروازن لاءِ ٺيڪ آھن ۽ کين ڳرن ۽ سٺي قسم جي دروازن ۾ استعمال نھ ڪرڻ گھرجي.&lt;br&gt;
(iii) ٻن طرفن واريون انجيسون: (Back flap Hinges) 
ھن قسم جون ٻھ طرفيون انجيسون اھڙن ھنڌن تي استعمال ڪبيون آھن، جتي اھڙا تہ سنھا تاڪ لڳائبا آھن جو سادين انجيسن جو لڳائڻ ممڪن نہ ھوندو آھي.
(iv) ڪوڪن واريون انجيسون: (Pin Hinges) 
جڏھن تاڪن جو وزن ايترو ڳرو ھوندو آھي جو ٻين قسمن جي انجيسن سان انھن کي نہ لڳائي سگھبو آھي تھ اھڙيءَ حالت ۾ ھن قسم جون ڪلين واريون انجيسون لڳائبيون آھن.

&lt;gallery&gt;
 Image:HingesOldB.jpg|Ancient   pivot hinges قديم [[پيوٽ انجيس]].
Image:Hinge2P2.jpg|گھاڙي لوھ wrought iron مان ٺھيل بيرل انجيس.
Image:Hinge2P3.jpg| پتل جي ٺھيل پٽيءَ واري بيرل انجيس.
Image:Hinge3P.jpg|ٻنھي پاسن کان فٽ ٿيندڙ بٽ انجيس جا منڍا.
Image:Topfscharnier.jpg|فرنيچر جي در جو اسپرنگ تالو .
Image:Hinge 01.jpg|ڪٽ لڳل يا ڪسيل انجيس.
Image:Haar hung doors (99309543).jpg|ٽنگيل در جي انجيس جو هڪ قسم.
Image:Mint box polypropylene lid.JPG|دٻي واري انجيس جو هڪ قسم.
&lt;/gallery&gt;</text>
      <sha1>6sndl6ne5ehsllspkb54smlt5rnnzvs</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400876</id>
      <parentid>400874</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T13:17:35Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400876</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="32950" sha1="5sx0lklnmtrnff76vuq7etzbvhhxs7q" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|ٻن مضبوط شين کي ڳنڍيندڙ ميخانياتي ڳانڍاپو}}

[[File:Carrollton New Orleans hinge brass inside.jpg|thumb|upright|پتل مان ٺهيل سينگاريل دروازي جي انجيس]]
[[File:Hamburgerpaumelle.JPG|thumb|upright|بيرل انجيس (Barrel hinge)]]

'''انجيس''' يا '''قبضو''' ({{lang-en|'''Hinge'''}}) هڪ [[ميڪانياتي بيئرنگ]] (Mechanical bearing) آهي، جيڪو ٻن مضبوط شين کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيندو آهي ۽ عام طور انهن مان هڪ کي مقرر محور جي چوڌاري محدود زاويي تائين ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. مثالي قبضي (آئيڊيل ھنج) ۾ ڳنڍيل ٻئي حصا رڳو هڪ مقرر محور جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ٻيون سموريون حرڪتون، جهڙوڪ اڳتي پٺتي سرڪڻ يا ٻين رخن ۾ گردش، روڪيل هونديون آهن. ان ڪري ميخانيات ۾ قبضي کي ''هڪ درجي واري آزادي'' (ون ڊگري آف فريڊم) وارو ڳانڍاپو سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

قبضا يا انجيسون لچڪدار مواد (فليڪسيبل مٽيريل) مان به ٺاهي سگهجن ٿا يا وري ڌاتوءَ جي حرڪت ڪندڙ حصن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن. حياتيات (بائيولاجي) ۾ به ڪيترائي [[جوڙ]] (جوائنٽ) قبضي وانگر ڪم ڪندا آهن، جن مان [[ڪُلهي جي جوڙ]] جي بدران ''ٺوٺ جو جوڙ''  هڪ نمايان مثال آهي، جيڪو بنيادي طور هڪ ئي رخ ۾ وڪڙجڻ ۽ سڌو ٿيڻ جي حرڪت جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو.

انجيسون يا قبضا سڀ کان وڌيڪ دروازن، دريائن ۽ المارين جي کُلڻ ۽ بند ٿيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، پر انهن کان علاوه فولڊ ٿيندڙ [[ڏاڪڻ]]، موٽر گاڏين جي بونٽ، صندوقن، ڍڪڻن ۽ وڏين متحرڪ [[پل|پلين]]  جي جوڙجڪ ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

درين ۽ دروازن کي لڳائڻ ۽ انھن اندر مختلف جزن ذريعي ڳانڍاپو رکڻ واسطي ھيٺين قسمن جي قبضن يا انجيسن جي  ضرورت پوندي آھي.

== تاريخ ==

قديم آثارن مان پٿر، سنگِ مرمر، ڪاٺ ۽ ڪانسي  مان ٺهيل انجيسون يا قبضا مليا آهن، جن مان ڪجهه گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[قديم مصر]] جي دور سان تعلق رکن ٿا. بهرحال، اهو يقيني طور طئي ڪرڻ ڏکيو آهي ته قبضي جو پهريون استعمال دنيا جي ڪهڙي هنڌ ۽ ڪهڙي زماني ۾ ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

قديم مصر ۾ دروازن لاءِ هڪ خاص ''محوري قبضي'' (Pivot hinge) وارو نظام استعمال ٿيندو هو. هن طريقي ۾ دروازي جي مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين ڪنڍن تي ڪاٺ جا گول ڪنڊا (Dowels) لڳايا ويندا هئا يا اهي سڌو دروازي جي ڪاٺ مان تراشيا ويندا هئا. اهي ڪنڍا پٿر ۾ ٺهيل گول کڏن (Stone sockets) ۾ ويهندا هئا، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دروازو آسانيءَ سان پنهنجي محور تي ڦرندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Museum Bulletin – An Early Egyptian Door-Socket |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/bulletin/1315/}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door – British Museum |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/Y_EA705}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[قديم روم]] ۾ قبضي کي لاطيني ٻوليءَ ۾ ڪارڊو:''Cardō'' چيو ويندو هو. انهيءَ لفظ تان ئي رومي ديوي ''ڪارڊيا'' (Cardea)، جيڪا دروازن ۽ قبضي جي محافظ ديوي سمجهي ويندي هئي، جو نالو پيو، ۽ رومي شهرن جي مکيه اتر–ڏکڻ واري شاهراهه کي پڻ ''ڪارڊو'' سڏيو ويندو هو. لاطيني لفظ ''ڪارڊو'' جو مفهوم &quot;اهو بنيادي جزو، جنهن تي ڪا شيءِ ڦري يا جنهن تي ڪنهن شيءِ جو دارومدار هجي&quot; هو، ۽ انهيءَ مان جديد انگريزي لفظن، جهڙوڪ ''ڪارڊينل''، جي پڻ ابتدا ٿي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

'''آڪسفورڊ انگريزي لغت''' (آڪسفورڊ انگلش ڊڪشنري) موجب انگريزي لفظ  ھنج''Hinge'' جو تعلق لفظ ''Hang'' (لڙڪڻ يا ٽنگجڻ) سان آهي، جيڪو ٻنهي لفظن جي تاريخي لساني ارتقا ڏانهن اشارو ڪري ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=hinge |url=https://www.oed.com/dictionary/hinge_n}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== عمارتن ۾ رسائي ==

گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[وچئين دور]] (ميڊيول پيرئڊ) کان وٺي مضبوط قلعن ۽ دفاعي عمارتن ۾ [[ڇڪيل پل]] (Drawbridge) لاءِ قبضا استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن. اهڙن قبضي جي مدد سان پل کي ضرورت موجب مٿي کڻي يا هيٺ لاهي سگهجي ٿو، جنهن سان قلعي جي حفاظت ۽ داخلا تي ڪنٽرول رکڻ آسان ٿيندو هو.

جديد [[تعمير]] (آرڪيٽيڪچر) ۾ به قبضا انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي وقت سان گڏ بنياد جي ويهڻ (بلڊنگ سيٽلمينٽ) جو امڪان هجي. اهڙين حالتن ۾ قبضا عمارت جي ڪجهه حصن کي محدود حرڪت جي اجازت ڏيندا آهن، جنهن سان ڍانچي تي غيرضروري دٻاءُ گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

ان جو هڪ مشهور مثال آمريڪي رياست [[ڪيليفورنيا]] جي [[برزبين, ڪيليفورنيا|برزبين]] شهر ۾ واقع [[ڊيڪن بلڊنگ]] آهي. هن عمارت جي داخلي رئمپ (ramp) کي هڪ وڏي قبضي تي نصب ڪيو ويو هو ته جيئن [[کنبا| کُنبن]] (Piles) تي ٺهيل ۽ نرم خليجي مٽي (Bay mud) تي بيٺل عمارت جي ويهڻ دوران رئمپ محفوظ طريقي سان پنهنجي حالت بدلائي سگهي. هي انتظام ڪيترن ئي سالن تائين اثرائتو رهيو، پر آڪٽوبر 2006ع ۾ رئمپ کي نقصان پهچڻ ۽ ان جي ڍلان حد کان وڌيڪ وڌي وڃڻ سبب ان کي تبديل ڪيو ويو.

== وڏيون اڏاوتون ==

قبضا  وڏين اڏاوتن، جهڙوڪ اوچين شاهراهن، ريلوي واءِڊڪٽن (viaducts)، پلن ۽ ٻين انجنيئرنگ ڍانچن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جو مقصد اڏاوت جي مختلف حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ واري دٻاءَ'' (بينڊنگ اسٽريسز) جي منتقلي کي گهٽائڻ يا مڪمل طور روڪڻ هوندو آهي، جنهن سان خاص طور زلزلي دوران ڍانچي جي نقصان جو خطرو گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

سادن سلائيڊنگ ڳانڍاپن جي ڀيٽ ۾ قبضي کي ترجيح ڏيڻ جو اهم سبب اهو آهي ته اهو هڪ طرف محدود گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، جڏهن ته ٻئي طرف ڀرپاسي وارن اڏاوتي حصن کي هڪ ٻئي کان ڌار ٿيڻ کان بچائي ٿو. اهڙيءَ طرح ڍانچي جي استحڪام برقرار رهي ٿي ۽ زلزلي يا حرارتي تبديليءَ سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ حرڪتن کي محفوظ نموني جذب ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

جيڪڏهن ڪنهن قبضي ذريعي ٻن اڏاوتي حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ وارو لمحو'' (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) منتقل نه ٿئي، ته اهڙي قبضي کي تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ ''صفر لمحي وارو قبضو'' (زيرو مومينٽ ھنج) چيو ويندو آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا تجزياتي ماڊلن ۽ عملي انجنيئرنگ ٻنهي ۾ وڏي اهميت رکن ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي اڏاوت ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻائن جي ورهاست کي بهتر نموني ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏين ٿا.

== خلائي جهاز ==

خلائي جهازن (اسپيس ڪرافٽ) ۾ استعمال لاءِ ڪيترن ئي قسمن جا ''خودڪار کُلندڙ ۽ پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضا'' (سيلف-ايڪچوئيٽنگ, سيلف-لاڪنگ ھنجز) تيار ڪيا ويا آهن. اهي قبضا خاص طور انهن اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جيڪي راڪيٽ جي لانچ دوران ويڙهيل يا بند حالت ۾ رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ خلاءَ ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ پاڻمرادو کُلي پنهنجي ڪم ڪندڙ شڪل اختيار ڪندا آهن.

اهڙي قسم جا قبضا [[کُلندڙ خلائي اڏاوتن]] (ڊپلائبل اسٽرڪچرز) ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ [[شمسي پينل]]، مصنوعي سوراخي ريڊار (سنٿيٽڪ اپرچر راڊار) جون اينٽينائون، ڊگها بوم (Booms)، ريڊيئيٽر ۽ ٻيا خلائي جزا شامل آهن. انهن قبضي جي مدد سان هي حصا محدود جاءِ ۾ محفوظ نموني رکي سگهجن ٿا ۽ مدار ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ بغير انساني مداخلت جي صحيح نموني کُلي ۽ لاڪ ٿي وڃن ٿا، جنهن سان خلائي جهاز جي اعتبار، ڪارڪردگي ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو اچي ٿو.

== اصطلاحات ==

[[File:Basic hinge.svg|thumb|upright|بنيادي قبضي جا حصا]]

* '''پن''' ({{lang-en|Pin}}) – ڌاتوءَ يا ٻين مضبوط مواد مان ٺهيل راڊ، جيڪا قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن (ليوز) کي ''نڪل'' (Knuckle) جي اندر پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍي رکي ٿي ۽ انهن کي محور جي چوڌاري ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي. هن کي '''پنٽل''' (Pintle) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''نڪل''' – قبضي جو سوراخدار، اڪثر گول شڪل وارو حصو، جيڪو قبضي جو گڏيل محور ٺاهيندو آهي. ٻنهي پٽن جا نڪل هڪ ٻئي سان وڇايل ترتيب ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن ۽ پن انهن سڀني مان لنگهندي انهن کي گڏ رکي ٿي.

* '''پٽو''' (ليف) – قبضي جا عام طور ٻه چپٽا حصا، جيڪي نڪل جي ٻنهي پاسن کان نڪرن ٿا ۽ پن جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن. اهي ئي حصا دروازي، دري يا ٻين شين سان لڳايا ويندا آهن.

* '''اينڊ پلي''' (End play) – پن جي محور سان گڏ قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن جي وچ ۾ ٿيندڙ محوري حرڪت. هي ننڍڙي چرپر پٽن کي بغير اٽڪڻ جي آسانيءَ سان ڦرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندي آهي ۽ عام طور نڪلن جي وچ واري وٿي (نڪل گيپ) سان طئي ٿيندي آهي.

* '''ٿولهه''' (Gauge) – قبضي جي پٽن جي ٿولهه.

* '''قبضي جي ويڪر''' – هڪ پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ کان ٻي پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين ماپيل مفاصلو، جيڪو پن جي محور تي عمودي هوندو آهي.

* '''قبضي جي ڊيگهه''' – قبضي جي پٽن جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي هوندي آهي.

* '''نڪل جي ڊيگهه''' (Knuckle length) – هڪ نڪل جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي ماپي ويندي آهي.

* '''پٽي جي ويڪر''' (Leaf width) – پن جي مرڪز کان پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''پچ''' (Pitch) – هڪ نڪل جي پڇاڙيءَ کان ساڳئي پٽي تي موجود ڀر واري نڪل جي ساڳئي ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''ڊور اسٽاپ''' (Doorstop) – هڪ عام اصطلاح، جيڪو قبضي جي پٽن ۾ پن جي ڀيٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ غيرضروري يا ڍِلي ڪنڊائتي چرپر لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. اهڙي چرپر قبضي جي گهسجي وڃڻ يا ڍِلي ٿيڻ سبب پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي.

== قسم ==

=== بيرل قبضو ===
'''بيرل قبضو''' (Barrel hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪيترن ڳنڍيل سوراخدار حصن (Knuckles) تي مشتمل هوندو آهي ۽ انهن مان گذرندڙ هڪ محور يا پن (Pin) ذريعي گڏ رکيو ويندو آهي. ''بيرل'' اصل ۾ هڪ خالي سلينڊر هوندو آهي، جنهن جي چوڌاري قبضو گردش ڪندو آهي. جديد دور ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ اڪثر قبضا بيرل قبضي جي بنيادي اصول تي ڪم ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Childers |first=Kathleen |date=25 August 2023 |title=Everything to Know About Barrel Hinges |url=https://www.familyhandyman.com/article/everything-to-know-about-barrel-hinges/ |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Family Handyman}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== بٽ قبضو / مارٽس قبضو ===
'''بٽ قبضو''' (Butt hinge) يا '''مارٽس قبضو''' (Mortise hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي ۽ دروازي جي فريم ۾ ڪٽيل کوکلي جاءِ (Mortise) اندر لڳايو ويندو آهي، جنهن سبب دروازو بند ٿيڻ تي قبضو تقريباً لڪل نظر ايندو آهي. ڪجهه قبضا '''اڌ مارٽس''' قسم جا به هوندا آهن، جن ۾ صرف هڪ پٽو (Leaf) کوکلي جاءِ ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مٿاڇري تي رهندو آهي. گهڻا مارٽس قبضا پنهنجي گردش واري بناوت سبب بيرل قبضي جي درجي ۾ پڻ اچن ٿا.

=== بٽر فلائي يا پارليامينٽ قبضو ===
'''بٽر فلائي قبضو''' (Butterfly hinge) يا برطانيا ۾ '''پارليامينٽ قبضو''' (Parliament hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا تختي کي مڪمل طور لڳ ڀڳ '''180°''' تائين کولڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت سان لڳي سڌو ٿي بيهي سگهي ٿو. بٽر فلائي قبضا پنهنجي سينگاريل شڪل سبب فرنيچر ۽ آرائشي دروازن ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Parliament Hinges Old English Collection |url=https://www.suffolklatchcompany.com/products/parliament-hinges |access-date=2026-02-06 |website=Suffolk Latch Company |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== ڪيس قبضو ===
'''ڪيس قبضو''' (Case hinge) بناوت ۾ بٽ قبضي سان ملندڙ جلندڙ هوندو آهي، پر عام طور وڌيڪ سينگاريل هوندو آهي. اهو سوٽڪيسن، بريف ڪيسن، ڪاٺ جي دٻن، زيورن جي دٻين ۽ ٻين اهڙين شين ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جتي مضبوط ڳانڍاپي سان گڏ ظاهري خوبصورتي پڻ اهم هجي.

=== لڪل قبضو ===
'''لڪل قبضو''' (Concealed hinge) خاص طور فرنيچر جي دروازن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. هي قبضو دروازو بند ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ٻاهران نظر نٿو اچي. ان جا ٻه بنيادي حصا هوندا آهن: (1) '''ڪپ''' (Cup) ۽ '''بازو''' (آرم)، ۽ (2) '''مائونٽنگ پليٽ'''. انهن کي '''ڪپ قبضو''' (ڪپ ھنج) يا '''يورو قبضو''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي يورپ ۾ تيار ٿيا ۽ ميٽرڪ ماپن تي ٻڌل معيار استعمال ڪندا آهن. گهڻا لڪل قبضا پيچن جي ذريعي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ به آسانيءَ سان ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) ڏئي سگهجن ٿا، جنهن سان دروازي جي اوچائي، پاسيري پوزيشن ۽ کوٽائي درست ڪري سگهجي ٿي.

=== لڳاتار يا پيانو قبضو ===
'''لڳاتار قبضو''' (Continuous hinge) يا '''پيانو قبضو''' (Piano hinge) بيرل قبضي جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو دروازي، دٻي، ڍڪ يا پينل جي پوري ڊيگهه تائين پکڙيل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا سوراخن سان يا بغير سوراخن جي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن ۽ ڊگهي سهاري سبب وزن کي هڪجهڙو ورهائيندا آهن.

=== فليگ قبضو ===
'''فليگ قبضو''' (Flag hinge) ٻن حصن تي ٻڌل سادو قبضو هوندو آهي. هڪ حصي ۾ لڳل پن ٻئي حصي جي سوراخ ۾ داخل ٿيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو يا ٻيو حصو آسانيءَ سان الڳ به ڪري سگهجي ٿو. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا هٽائي سگهجندڙ دروازن ۽ مشينن ۾ عام استعمال ٿيندا آهن ۽ ساڄي ۽ کاٻي ٻنهي قسمن ۾ موجود هوندا .&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=26 August 2024 |title=The Beginner's Guide to Flag Hinges |url=https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20250216130803/https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |archive-date=16 February 2025 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Monroe Engineering}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ايڇ قبضو ===
'''ايڇ قبضو''' (H hinge) انگريزي اکر '''H''' جي شڪل جهڙو بيرل قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو سطح سان برابر لڳندڙ (فلش-مائونٽيڊ) دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ننڍا H قبضا عام طور المارين ۽ ڪٻٽن لاءِ، جڏهن ته وڏا H قبضا ڪمرا يا المارين جا دروازا لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== ايڇ ايل قبضو ===
'''ايڇ ايل قبضو''' (HL hinge) روايتي قبضو آهي، جيڪو سترهين، ارڙهين ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ دوران رهائشي ڪمرن، گذرگاهن ۽ المارين جي دروازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو هو. اوچن دروازن ۾ ڪڏهن ٻن H قبضي جي وچ ۾ اضافي HL قبضو پڻ لڳايو ويندو هو.

=== هڪ طرفو قبضو ===
'''هڪ طرفو قبضو''' (ون-وي ھنج) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا ٻئي حصي کي رڳو هڪ ئي رخ ۾ کُلڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. اهو ٻن طرفن کان کُلندڙ (ڊبل-ايڪشن) قبضي جي ابتڙ هوندو آهي.

=== محوري قبضو ===
'''محوري قبضو''' (Pivot hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي جي هيٺئين حصي ۽ مٿئين فريم ۾ لڳل محور تي گردش ڪندو آهي. هن کي '''ڊبل ايڪشن فلور قبضو''' (ڊبل-ايڪٽنگ فلور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. قديم خشڪ پٿر وارين عمارتن ۽ ڪجهه پراڻين ڪاٺيءَ جي عمارتن ۾ اهڙي قسم جا قبضا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. هلڪن وزن وارن دروازن لاءِ اهي نسبتاً گهٽ خرچ وارو ۽ ڪارائتو حل سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.

=== پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو ===
'''پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو''' (سيلف-ڪلوزنگ ھنج) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو بند ڪرڻ لاءِ اندروني ميخانياتي نظام لڳل هوندو آهي. هن ۾ اڪثر بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار (اسپيڊ ڪنٽرول) کي ضابطو ڪرڻ جو نظام پڻ شامل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا عام طور اسپرنگ  جي مدد سان دروازي کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ قوت پيدا ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ميخانياتي يا هائيڊرولڪ ڊيمپر (Damper) دروازي جي بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار کي ڪنٽرول ڪندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح هي قبضو هڪ ئي وقت قبضي ۽ [[دروازو بند ڪندڙ اوزار]] (ڊور ڪلوزر) ٻنهي جو ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |date=26 August 2019 |title=Self-Closing Hinges |url=http://www.watersonusa.com/solutions/spring-loaded-door-hinge |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200921094428/http://www.watersonusa.com/solutions/spring-loaded-door-hinge |archive-date=21 September 2020 |access-date=3 September 2020 |website=Watersonusa}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== اسپرنگ قبضو ===
'''اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Spring hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جنهن جي اندر اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي. هي اسپرنگ قبضي جي پٽن کي کولڻ يا بند ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو کليل يا بند حالت ۾ رکڻ لاءِ گهربل قوت فراهم ڪندو آهي. اسپرنگ قبضا عام طور باهه کان بچاءَ وارن دروازن، رهائشي عمارتن ۽ تجارتي جڳهن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو ===
'''مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو''' (Swing clear hing})، جنهن کي '''آف سيٽ دروازي جو قبضو''' (آف سيٽ ڊور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙو قبضو آهي جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل طور پنهنجي کُلڻ واري جاءِ کان ٻاهر ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ دروازي جي کليل حالت ۾ گذرگاهه جي ويڪر وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا خاص طور انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي معذور ماڻهن جي رسائي بابت تعميراتي معيارن تي عمل ڪرڻ ضروري هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Greene |first=Lori |date=27 May 2021 |title=QQ: Hinge Types – Swing-Clear |url=https://idighardware.com/2021/05/qq-hinge-types-swing-clear/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241220120419/https://idighardware.com/2021/05/qq-hinge-types-swing-clear/ |archive-date=20 December 2024 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=iDigHardware}}&lt;/ref&gt;اهي قبضا اڪثر فيئر هائوسنگ ايڪٽ (FHA) جي رسائي وارن ضابطن جي تعميل لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ 34 انچ ويڪري دروازي سان به گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 32 انچ صاف گذرگاهه مهيا ڪندا آهن، جيڪو معذور ماڻهن جي آسان آمدرفت لاءِ مقرر ڪيل معيار آهي..&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last= |first= |date= |title=The Fair Housing Act's Requirement 3: Usable Doors |url=https://www.hud.gov/sites/dfiles/FHEO/documents/The-Fair-Housing-Act-Requirement-3-Usable-Doors-Participant-Workbook.pdf |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241211175526/https://www.hud.gov/sites/dfiles/FHEO/documents/The-Fair-Housing-Act-Requirement-3-Usable-Doors-Participant-Workbook.pdf |archive-date=11 December 2024 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=United States Department of Housing and Urban Development}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بٽلر ٽري قبضو ===
'''بٽلر ٽري قبضو''' (Butler tray hinge) خاص قسم جو قبضو آهي، جيڪو لڳ ڀڳ 90 درجا موڙي پوءِ سڌو سنئون لاڪ ٿي ويندو آهي. اهو عام طور اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جي مٿئين حصي تي پيش ڪرڻ لاءِ الڳ ٽري لڳل هوندي آهي.

=== ڪارڊ ميز قبضو ===
'''ڪارڊ ميز قبضو''' (ڪارڊ ٽيبل ھنج) اهڙو مارٽس قبضو آهي، جيڪو روايتي يا جديد نموني جي ڪارڊ ميزن جي ڪنارن ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي. هي ميز جي مٿئين حصي کي پاڻ تي ٻيڻو ٿي ويڙهڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان ميز کي آسانيءَ سان بند يا محفوظ ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ ===
'''ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ''' (ڪارپنٽيئر جوائنٽ) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو وڪريل ڪراس سيڪشن (ڪروڊ ڪراس-سيڪشن) وارين ڪيترين سنهين ڌاتي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندو آهي. هي خاص جوڙجڪ لچڪدار حرڪت ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپو فراهم ڪندي آهي.

=== ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو ===
'''ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو''' (ڊراپ-ليف ٽيبل ھنج) ميز جي مٿاڇري جي هيٺان لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جا پاسا ضرورت مطابق هيٺ ڪري يا مٿي کڻي سگهجن ٿا. هي قبضا گهڻو ڪري ''رول جوائنٽ'' واري ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ ===
'''قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ''' (ھنجڊ ايڪسپينشن جوائنٽ) اهڙو توسيعي ڳانڍاپو آهي، جنهن ۾ قبضا لڳل هوندا آهن ته جيئن اڏاوت يا مشين جو حصو صرف هڪ ئي سطح  ۾ وڪڙي سگهي. هي جوڙ حرارتي واڌ ويجهه يا حرڪت سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻاءُ کي گهٽائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== لِونگ قبضو ===
'''لِونگ قبضو''' (Living hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڌاتوءَ جي پن (Pin) يا نڪل (Knuckle) کان سواءِ رڳو هڪ لچڪدار مواد، اڪثر ڪري پلاسٽڪ، مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي ٻن حصن جي وچ ۾ هڪ ئي ٽڪري طور ٺهندو آهي ۽ ان ۾ الڳ حرڪت ڪندڙ حصا نه هوندا آهن. اهڙي جوڙجڪ سبب ان جي تياري سادي، هلڪي ۽ گهٽ خرچ واري هوندي آهي، پر بار بار وڪڙجڻ سبب وقت سان گڏ ٿڪاوٽ يا ٽٽڻ جو امڪان ٻين قبضي جي قسمن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. لِونگ قبضا پلاسٽڪ جي دٻين، بوتلن جي ڍڪڻن، دوائن جي پيڪنگ ۽ ٻين مولڊ ڪيل شين ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=21 March 2024 |title=What is a living hinge and its applications? |url=https://www.essentracomponents.com/en-gb/news/solutions/access-hardware/living-hinges-101-what-you-need-to-know |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Essentra Components |archive-date=20 December 2024 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241220120420/https://www.essentracomponents.com/en-gb/news/solutions/access-hardware/living-hinges-101-what-you-need-to-know |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== ٻيا قسم ===
قبضي جا ٻيا ڪيترائي قسم پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* '''ڪوچ قبضو''' (Coach hinge) – گاڏين، وڏن دروازن ۽ ڳري ڪاٺيءَ جي اڏاوتن لاءِ مضبوط قبضو.
* '''ڪائونٽر فليپ قبضو'''  – ڪائونٽرن يا ميزن جي کُلندڙ پٽن (Flaps) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ قبضو.
* '''ڪرينڪ يا طوفان-مزاحمتي قبضو''' (Cranked or storm-proof hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن جي شڪل وڪريل هوندي آهي ۽ جيڪو دروازي يا دري کي موسم جي اثرن کان بهتر تحفظ فراهم ڪندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو غير اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Double-action non-spring hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو ٻنهي رخن ۾ گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، پر ان ۾ اسپرنگ شامل نه هوندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو اسپرنگ قبضو''' – ٻنهي رخن ۾ کُلندڙ قبضو، جنهن ۾ اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو وچ يا بند حالت ڏانهن موٽائيندو آهي.
* '''فلش قبضو''' (Flush hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو بغير مارٽس (Mortise) ٺاهڻ جي سڌو مٿاڇري تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.
* '''رگڙ وارو قبضو''' (فرڪشن ھنج) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو رگڙ جي قوت سان دروازي يا دري کي گهربل حالت ۾ بيهارڻ ۾ مدد ڪندو آهي.
* '''لفٽ-آف قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي قبضي مان سڌو مٿي کڻي آسانيءَ سان الڳ ڪري سگهجي ٿو، بغير قبضي کي کولڻ جي.
* '''پنج قبضو''' (Pinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ جلدي ڪڍي سگهجندڙ پن (ڪئڪ-رليز پن) لڳل هوندو آهي.
* '''اڀرندڙ بٽ قبضو''' (Rising butt hinge) يا '''ڪيم لفٽ قبضو''' (Cam lift hinge) – هن قبضي جو نڪل سرپل شڪل وارو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازو کُلڻ وقت ان کي ٿورو مٿي کڻي ويندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح دروازو قالين يا اڻبرابر فرش سان نه ٽڪرائيندو آهي، ۽ بند ٿيڻ وقت پنهنجي وزن جي ڪري پاڻ هيٺ اچي بند ٿي ويندو آهي&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite
 web |last=Metcalf |first=Zoe |date=2025-09-30 |title=Upgrade Your Doors: The Hidden Benefits of Rising Butt Hinges |url=https://www.cookebrothers.co.uk/latest-news/2025/09/30/benefits-of-rising-butt-hinges/ |access-date=2026-04-17 |website=Cooke Brothers |language=en-GB}}&lt;/ref&gt;.
* '''سيڪيورٽي قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو دروازي کي زبردستي ڪڍڻ يا ٽوڙڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ خاص حفاظتي بناوت سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.
* '''ٽي قبضو''' (Tee hinge) – انگريزي اکر '''T''' جي شڪل وارو قبضو، جيڪو عام طور ڪاٺيءَ جي دروازن، باڙن، گودامن ۽ باغيچي جي دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڊگهو افقي حصو وزن کي بهتر نموني ورهائيندو آهي.

==قسم==
دروازن ۽ درين جي نوعيت مطابق عام طرح سان ھيٺ ڄاڻايل قسم جون انجيسون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن.&lt;br&gt;
(i) بُٽ انجيس يا ڪتابي انجيسون: (Butt Hingest
ھن قسم جون انجيسون عام طرح سان استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. انھن جو ھڪ حصو تاڪ جي پاسي ۾ ۽ ٻيو حصو چوڪاٺي جي پاتام ۾ اسڪرن ذريعي لڳايو ويندو آھي. انجيسن لڳائڻ وقت اسڪرن يا پيچن کي ھٿوڙيءَ سان ٺوڪي نھ لڳائجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ ائين ڪرڻ سان ڪجھھ وقت کان پوءِ اھي ڍرا ٿي نڪري ايندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري انھن کي اسڪرو ڊرائيور يعني پيچ ڪش سان لڳائڻ گھرجي.&lt;br&gt;
(ii) ٽي – انجيسون يا پڇر انجيسون: (T- Hinges)&lt;br&gt; 
ھي ھڪ قسم جو گھاڙو لوھ (Wrought iron)  جون فتيلون آھن، ھنن جي ڊگھي ٻانھن وارو حصو تاڪ جي افقيءَ پٽيءَ ۾ اسڪرن سان لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ٻيو ڌاتيءَ جي پٽيءَ وارو حصو چوڪاٺي ۾ جڙيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جون انجيسون معمولي قسم جي دروازن لاءِ ٺيڪ آھن ۽ کين ڳرن ۽ سٺي قسم جي دروازن ۾ استعمال نھ ڪرڻ گھرجي.&lt;br&gt;
(iii) ٻن طرفن واريون انجيسون: (Back flap Hinges) 
ھن قسم جون ٻھ طرفيون انجيسون اھڙن ھنڌن تي استعمال ڪبيون آھن، جتي اھڙا تہ سنھا تاڪ لڳائبا آھن جو سادين انجيسن جو لڳائڻ ممڪن نہ ھوندو آھي.
(iv) ڪوڪن واريون انجيسون: (Pin Hinges) 
جڏھن تاڪن جو وزن ايترو ڳرو ھوندو آھي جو ٻين قسمن جي انجيسن سان انھن کي نہ لڳائي سگھبو آھي تھ اھڙيءَ حالت ۾ ھن قسم جون ڪلين واريون انجيسون لڳائبيون آھن.

&lt;gallery&gt;
 Image:HingesOldB.jpg|Ancient   pivot hinges قديم [[پيوٽ انجيس]].
Image:Hinge2P2.jpg|گھاڙي لوھ wrought iron مان ٺھيل بيرل انجيس.
Image:Hinge2P3.jpg| پتل جي ٺھيل پٽيءَ واري بيرل انجيس.
Image:Hinge3P.jpg|ٻنھي پاسن کان فٽ ٿيندڙ بٽ انجيس جا منڍا.
Image:Topfscharnier.jpg|فرنيچر جي در جو اسپرنگ تالو .
Image:Hinge 01.jpg|ڪٽ لڳل يا ڪسيل انجيس.
Image:Haar hung doors (99309543).jpg|ٽنگيل در جي انجيس جو هڪ قسم.
Image:Mint box polypropylene lid.JPG|دٻي واري انجيس جو هڪ قسم.
&lt;/gallery&gt;</text>
      <sha1>5sx0lklnmtrnff76vuq7etzbvhhxs7q</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400877</id>
      <parentid>400876</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T13:21:24Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400877</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="35233" sha1="l7xov8ioh2k071x347eiy53yiz7ob6k" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|ٻن مضبوط شين کي ڳنڍيندڙ ميخانياتي ڳانڍاپو}}

[[File:Carrollton New Orleans hinge brass inside.jpg|thumb|upright|پتل مان ٺهيل سينگاريل دروازي جي انجيس]]
[[File:Hamburgerpaumelle.JPG|thumb|upright|بيرل انجيس (Barrel hinge)]]

'''انجيس''' يا '''قبضو''' ({{lang-en|'''Hinge'''}}) هڪ [[ميڪانياتي بيئرنگ]] (Mechanical bearing) آهي، جيڪو ٻن مضبوط شين کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيندو آهي ۽ عام طور انهن مان هڪ کي مقرر محور جي چوڌاري محدود زاويي تائين ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. مثالي قبضي (آئيڊيل ھنج) ۾ ڳنڍيل ٻئي حصا رڳو هڪ مقرر محور جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ٻيون سموريون حرڪتون، جهڙوڪ اڳتي پٺتي سرڪڻ يا ٻين رخن ۾ گردش، روڪيل هونديون آهن. ان ڪري ميخانيات ۾ قبضي کي ''هڪ درجي واري آزادي'' (ون ڊگري آف فريڊم) وارو ڳانڍاپو سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

قبضا يا انجيسون لچڪدار مواد (فليڪسيبل مٽيريل) مان به ٺاهي سگهجن ٿا يا وري ڌاتوءَ جي حرڪت ڪندڙ حصن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن. حياتيات (بائيولاجي) ۾ به ڪيترائي [[جوڙ]] (جوائنٽ) قبضي وانگر ڪم ڪندا آهن، جن مان [[ڪُلهي جي جوڙ]] جي بدران ''ٺوٺ جو جوڙ''  هڪ نمايان مثال آهي، جيڪو بنيادي طور هڪ ئي رخ ۾ وڪڙجڻ ۽ سڌو ٿيڻ جي حرڪت جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو.

انجيسون يا قبضا سڀ کان وڌيڪ دروازن، دريائن ۽ المارين جي کُلڻ ۽ بند ٿيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، پر انهن کان علاوه فولڊ ٿيندڙ [[ڏاڪڻ]]، موٽر گاڏين جي بونٽ، صندوقن، ڍڪڻن ۽ وڏين متحرڪ [[پل|پلين]]  جي جوڙجڪ ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

درين ۽ دروازن کي لڳائڻ ۽ انھن اندر مختلف جزن ذريعي ڳانڍاپو رکڻ واسطي ھيٺين قسمن جي قبضن يا انجيسن جي  ضرورت پوندي آھي.

== تاريخ ==

قديم آثارن مان پٿر، سنگِ مرمر، ڪاٺ ۽ ڪانسي  مان ٺهيل انجيسون يا قبضا مليا آهن، جن مان ڪجهه گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[قديم مصر]] جي دور سان تعلق رکن ٿا. بهرحال، اهو يقيني طور طئي ڪرڻ ڏکيو آهي ته قبضي جو پهريون استعمال دنيا جي ڪهڙي هنڌ ۽ ڪهڙي زماني ۾ ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

قديم مصر ۾ دروازن لاءِ هڪ خاص ''محوري قبضي'' (Pivot hinge) وارو نظام استعمال ٿيندو هو. هن طريقي ۾ دروازي جي مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين ڪنڍن تي ڪاٺ جا گول ڪنڊا (Dowels) لڳايا ويندا هئا يا اهي سڌو دروازي جي ڪاٺ مان تراشيا ويندا هئا. اهي ڪنڍا پٿر ۾ ٺهيل گول کڏن (Stone sockets) ۾ ويهندا هئا، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دروازو آسانيءَ سان پنهنجي محور تي ڦرندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Museum Bulletin – An Early Egyptian Door-Socket |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/bulletin/1315/}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door – British Museum |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/Y_EA705}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[قديم روم]] ۾ قبضي کي لاطيني ٻوليءَ ۾ ڪارڊو:''Cardō'' چيو ويندو هو. انهيءَ لفظ تان ئي رومي ديوي ''ڪارڊيا'' (Cardea)، جيڪا دروازن ۽ قبضي جي محافظ ديوي سمجهي ويندي هئي، جو نالو پيو، ۽ رومي شهرن جي مکيه اتر–ڏکڻ واري شاهراهه کي پڻ ''ڪارڊو'' سڏيو ويندو هو. لاطيني لفظ ''ڪارڊو'' جو مفهوم &quot;اهو بنيادي جزو، جنهن تي ڪا شيءِ ڦري يا جنهن تي ڪنهن شيءِ جو دارومدار هجي&quot; هو، ۽ انهيءَ مان جديد انگريزي لفظن، جهڙوڪ ''ڪارڊينل''، جي پڻ ابتدا ٿي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

'''آڪسفورڊ انگريزي لغت''' (آڪسفورڊ انگلش ڊڪشنري) موجب انگريزي لفظ  ھنج''Hinge'' جو تعلق لفظ ''Hang'' (لڙڪڻ يا ٽنگجڻ) سان آهي، جيڪو ٻنهي لفظن جي تاريخي لساني ارتقا ڏانهن اشارو ڪري ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=hinge |url=https://www.oed.com/dictionary/hinge_n}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== عمارتن ۾ رسائي ==

گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[وچئين دور]] (ميڊيول پيرئڊ) کان وٺي مضبوط قلعن ۽ دفاعي عمارتن ۾ [[ڇڪيل پل]] (Drawbridge) لاءِ قبضا استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن. اهڙن قبضي جي مدد سان پل کي ضرورت موجب مٿي کڻي يا هيٺ لاهي سگهجي ٿو، جنهن سان قلعي جي حفاظت ۽ داخلا تي ڪنٽرول رکڻ آسان ٿيندو هو.

جديد [[تعمير]] (آرڪيٽيڪچر) ۾ به قبضا انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي وقت سان گڏ بنياد جي ويهڻ (بلڊنگ سيٽلمينٽ) جو امڪان هجي. اهڙين حالتن ۾ قبضا عمارت جي ڪجهه حصن کي محدود حرڪت جي اجازت ڏيندا آهن، جنهن سان ڍانچي تي غيرضروري دٻاءُ گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

ان جو هڪ مشهور مثال آمريڪي رياست [[ڪيليفورنيا]] جي [[برزبين, ڪيليفورنيا|برزبين]] شهر ۾ واقع [[ڊيڪن بلڊنگ]] آهي. هن عمارت جي داخلي رئمپ (ramp) کي هڪ وڏي قبضي تي نصب ڪيو ويو هو ته جيئن [[کنبا| کُنبن]] (Piles) تي ٺهيل ۽ نرم خليجي مٽي (Bay mud) تي بيٺل عمارت جي ويهڻ دوران رئمپ محفوظ طريقي سان پنهنجي حالت بدلائي سگهي. هي انتظام ڪيترن ئي سالن تائين اثرائتو رهيو، پر آڪٽوبر 2006ع ۾ رئمپ کي نقصان پهچڻ ۽ ان جي ڍلان حد کان وڌيڪ وڌي وڃڻ سبب ان کي تبديل ڪيو ويو.

== وڏيون اڏاوتون ==

قبضا  وڏين اڏاوتن، جهڙوڪ اوچين شاهراهن، ريلوي واءِڊڪٽن (viaducts)، پلن ۽ ٻين انجنيئرنگ ڍانچن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جو مقصد اڏاوت جي مختلف حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ واري دٻاءَ'' (بينڊنگ اسٽريسز) جي منتقلي کي گهٽائڻ يا مڪمل طور روڪڻ هوندو آهي، جنهن سان خاص طور زلزلي دوران ڍانچي جي نقصان جو خطرو گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

سادن سلائيڊنگ ڳانڍاپن جي ڀيٽ ۾ قبضي کي ترجيح ڏيڻ جو اهم سبب اهو آهي ته اهو هڪ طرف محدود گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، جڏهن ته ٻئي طرف ڀرپاسي وارن اڏاوتي حصن کي هڪ ٻئي کان ڌار ٿيڻ کان بچائي ٿو. اهڙيءَ طرح ڍانچي جي استحڪام برقرار رهي ٿي ۽ زلزلي يا حرارتي تبديليءَ سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ حرڪتن کي محفوظ نموني جذب ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

جيڪڏهن ڪنهن قبضي ذريعي ٻن اڏاوتي حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ وارو لمحو'' (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) منتقل نه ٿئي، ته اهڙي قبضي کي تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ ''صفر لمحي وارو قبضو'' (زيرو مومينٽ ھنج) چيو ويندو آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا تجزياتي ماڊلن ۽ عملي انجنيئرنگ ٻنهي ۾ وڏي اهميت رکن ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي اڏاوت ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻائن جي ورهاست کي بهتر نموني ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏين ٿا.

== خلائي جهاز ==

خلائي جهازن (اسپيس ڪرافٽ) ۾ استعمال لاءِ ڪيترن ئي قسمن جا ''خودڪار کُلندڙ ۽ پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضا'' (سيلف-ايڪچوئيٽنگ, سيلف-لاڪنگ ھنجز) تيار ڪيا ويا آهن. اهي قبضا خاص طور انهن اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جيڪي راڪيٽ جي لانچ دوران ويڙهيل يا بند حالت ۾ رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ خلاءَ ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ پاڻمرادو کُلي پنهنجي ڪم ڪندڙ شڪل اختيار ڪندا آهن.

اهڙي قسم جا قبضا [[کُلندڙ خلائي اڏاوتن]] (ڊپلائبل اسٽرڪچرز) ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ [[شمسي پينل]]، مصنوعي سوراخي ريڊار (سنٿيٽڪ اپرچر راڊار) جون اينٽينائون، ڊگها بوم (Booms)، ريڊيئيٽر ۽ ٻيا خلائي جزا شامل آهن. انهن قبضي جي مدد سان هي حصا محدود جاءِ ۾ محفوظ نموني رکي سگهجن ٿا ۽ مدار ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ بغير انساني مداخلت جي صحيح نموني کُلي ۽ لاڪ ٿي وڃن ٿا، جنهن سان خلائي جهاز جي اعتبار، ڪارڪردگي ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو اچي ٿو.

== اصطلاحات ==

[[File:Basic hinge.svg|thumb|upright|بنيادي قبضي جا حصا]]

* '''پن''' ({{lang-en|Pin}}) – ڌاتوءَ يا ٻين مضبوط مواد مان ٺهيل راڊ، جيڪا قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن (ليوز) کي ''نڪل'' (Knuckle) جي اندر پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍي رکي ٿي ۽ انهن کي محور جي چوڌاري ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي. هن کي '''پنٽل''' (Pintle) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''نڪل''' – قبضي جو سوراخدار، اڪثر گول شڪل وارو حصو، جيڪو قبضي جو گڏيل محور ٺاهيندو آهي. ٻنهي پٽن جا نڪل هڪ ٻئي سان وڇايل ترتيب ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن ۽ پن انهن سڀني مان لنگهندي انهن کي گڏ رکي ٿي.

* '''پٽو''' (ليف) – قبضي جا عام طور ٻه چپٽا حصا، جيڪي نڪل جي ٻنهي پاسن کان نڪرن ٿا ۽ پن جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن. اهي ئي حصا دروازي، دري يا ٻين شين سان لڳايا ويندا آهن.

* '''اينڊ پلي''' (End play) – پن جي محور سان گڏ قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن جي وچ ۾ ٿيندڙ محوري حرڪت. هي ننڍڙي چرپر پٽن کي بغير اٽڪڻ جي آسانيءَ سان ڦرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندي آهي ۽ عام طور نڪلن جي وچ واري وٿي (نڪل گيپ) سان طئي ٿيندي آهي.

* '''ٿولهه''' (Gauge) – قبضي جي پٽن جي ٿولهه.

* '''قبضي جي ويڪر''' – هڪ پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ کان ٻي پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين ماپيل مفاصلو، جيڪو پن جي محور تي عمودي هوندو آهي.

* '''قبضي جي ڊيگهه''' – قبضي جي پٽن جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي هوندي آهي.

* '''نڪل جي ڊيگهه''' (Knuckle length) – هڪ نڪل جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي ماپي ويندي آهي.

* '''پٽي جي ويڪر''' (Leaf width) – پن جي مرڪز کان پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''پچ''' (Pitch) – هڪ نڪل جي پڇاڙيءَ کان ساڳئي پٽي تي موجود ڀر واري نڪل جي ساڳئي ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''ڊور اسٽاپ''' (Doorstop) – هڪ عام اصطلاح، جيڪو قبضي جي پٽن ۾ پن جي ڀيٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ غيرضروري يا ڍِلي ڪنڊائتي چرپر لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. اهڙي چرپر قبضي جي گهسجي وڃڻ يا ڍِلي ٿيڻ سبب پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي.

== قسم ==

=== بيرل قبضو ===
'''بيرل قبضو''' (Barrel hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪيترن ڳنڍيل سوراخدار حصن (Knuckles) تي مشتمل هوندو آهي ۽ انهن مان گذرندڙ هڪ محور يا پن (Pin) ذريعي گڏ رکيو ويندو آهي. ''بيرل'' اصل ۾ هڪ خالي سلينڊر هوندو آهي، جنهن جي چوڌاري قبضو گردش ڪندو آهي. جديد دور ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ اڪثر قبضا بيرل قبضي جي بنيادي اصول تي ڪم ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Childers |first=Kathleen |date=25 August 2023 |title=Everything to Know About Barrel Hinges |url=https://www.familyhandyman.com/article/everything-to-know-about-barrel-hinges/ |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Family Handyman}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== بٽ قبضو / مارٽس قبضو ===
'''بٽ قبضو''' (Butt hinge) يا '''مارٽس قبضو''' (Mortise hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي ۽ دروازي جي فريم ۾ ڪٽيل کوکلي جاءِ (Mortise) اندر لڳايو ويندو آهي، جنهن سبب دروازو بند ٿيڻ تي قبضو تقريباً لڪل نظر ايندو آهي. ڪجهه قبضا '''اڌ مارٽس''' قسم جا به هوندا آهن، جن ۾ صرف هڪ پٽو (Leaf) کوکلي جاءِ ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مٿاڇري تي رهندو آهي. گهڻا مارٽس قبضا پنهنجي گردش واري بناوت سبب بيرل قبضي جي درجي ۾ پڻ اچن ٿا.

=== بٽر فلائي يا پارليامينٽ قبضو ===
'''بٽر فلائي قبضو''' (Butterfly hinge) يا برطانيا ۾ '''پارليامينٽ قبضو''' (Parliament hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا تختي کي مڪمل طور لڳ ڀڳ '''180°''' تائين کولڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت سان لڳي سڌو ٿي بيهي سگهي ٿو. بٽر فلائي قبضا پنهنجي سينگاريل شڪل سبب فرنيچر ۽ آرائشي دروازن ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Parliament Hinges Old English Collection |url=https://www.suffolklatchcompany.com/products/parliament-hinges |access-date=2026-02-06 |website=Suffolk Latch Company |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== ڪيس قبضو ===
'''ڪيس قبضو''' (Case hinge) بناوت ۾ بٽ قبضي سان ملندڙ جلندڙ هوندو آهي، پر عام طور وڌيڪ سينگاريل هوندو آهي. اهو سوٽڪيسن، بريف ڪيسن، ڪاٺ جي دٻن، زيورن جي دٻين ۽ ٻين اهڙين شين ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جتي مضبوط ڳانڍاپي سان گڏ ظاهري خوبصورتي پڻ اهم هجي.

=== لڪل قبضو ===
'''لڪل قبضو''' (Concealed hinge) خاص طور فرنيچر جي دروازن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. هي قبضو دروازو بند ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ٻاهران نظر نٿو اچي. ان جا ٻه بنيادي حصا هوندا آهن: (1) '''ڪپ''' (Cup) ۽ '''بازو''' (آرم)، ۽ (2) '''مائونٽنگ پليٽ'''. انهن کي '''ڪپ قبضو''' (ڪپ ھنج) يا '''يورو قبضو''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي يورپ ۾ تيار ٿيا ۽ ميٽرڪ ماپن تي ٻڌل معيار استعمال ڪندا آهن. گهڻا لڪل قبضا پيچن جي ذريعي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ به آسانيءَ سان ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) ڏئي سگهجن ٿا، جنهن سان دروازي جي اوچائي، پاسيري پوزيشن ۽ کوٽائي درست ڪري سگهجي ٿي.

=== لڳاتار يا پيانو قبضو ===
'''لڳاتار قبضو''' (Continuous hinge) يا '''پيانو قبضو''' (Piano hinge) بيرل قبضي جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو دروازي، دٻي، ڍڪ يا پينل جي پوري ڊيگهه تائين پکڙيل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا سوراخن سان يا بغير سوراخن جي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن ۽ ڊگهي سهاري سبب وزن کي هڪجهڙو ورهائيندا آهن.

=== فليگ قبضو ===
'''فليگ قبضو''' (Flag hinge) ٻن حصن تي ٻڌل سادو قبضو هوندو آهي. هڪ حصي ۾ لڳل پن ٻئي حصي جي سوراخ ۾ داخل ٿيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو يا ٻيو حصو آسانيءَ سان الڳ به ڪري سگهجي ٿو. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا هٽائي سگهجندڙ دروازن ۽ مشينن ۾ عام استعمال ٿيندا آهن ۽ ساڄي ۽ کاٻي ٻنهي قسمن ۾ موجود هوندا .&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=26 August 2024 |title=The Beginner's Guide to Flag Hinges |url=https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20250216130803/https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |archive-date=16 February 2025 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Monroe Engineering}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ايڇ قبضو ===
'''ايڇ قبضو''' (H hinge) انگريزي اکر '''H''' جي شڪل جهڙو بيرل قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو سطح سان برابر لڳندڙ (فلش-مائونٽيڊ) دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ننڍا H قبضا عام طور المارين ۽ ڪٻٽن لاءِ، جڏهن ته وڏا H قبضا ڪمرا يا المارين جا دروازا لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== ايڇ ايل قبضو ===
'''ايڇ ايل قبضو''' (HL hinge) روايتي قبضو آهي، جيڪو سترهين، ارڙهين ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ دوران رهائشي ڪمرن، گذرگاهن ۽ المارين جي دروازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو هو. اوچن دروازن ۾ ڪڏهن ٻن H قبضي جي وچ ۾ اضافي HL قبضو پڻ لڳايو ويندو هو.

=== هڪ طرفو قبضو ===
'''هڪ طرفو قبضو''' (ون-وي ھنج) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا ٻئي حصي کي رڳو هڪ ئي رخ ۾ کُلڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. اهو ٻن طرفن کان کُلندڙ (ڊبل-ايڪشن) قبضي جي ابتڙ هوندو آهي.

=== محوري قبضو ===
'''محوري قبضو''' (Pivot hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي جي هيٺئين حصي ۽ مٿئين فريم ۾ لڳل محور تي گردش ڪندو آهي. هن کي '''ڊبل ايڪشن فلور قبضو''' (ڊبل-ايڪٽنگ فلور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. قديم خشڪ پٿر وارين عمارتن ۽ ڪجهه پراڻين ڪاٺيءَ جي عمارتن ۾ اهڙي قسم جا قبضا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. هلڪن وزن وارن دروازن لاءِ اهي نسبتاً گهٽ خرچ وارو ۽ ڪارائتو حل سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.

=== پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو ===
'''پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو''' (سيلف-ڪلوزنگ ھنج) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو بند ڪرڻ لاءِ اندروني ميخانياتي نظام لڳل هوندو آهي. هن ۾ اڪثر بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار (اسپيڊ ڪنٽرول) کي ضابطو ڪرڻ جو نظام پڻ شامل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا عام طور اسپرنگ  جي مدد سان دروازي کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ قوت پيدا ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ميخانياتي يا هائيڊرولڪ ڊيمپر (Damper) دروازي جي بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار کي ڪنٽرول ڪندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح هي قبضو هڪ ئي وقت قبضي ۽ [[دروازو بند ڪندڙ اوزار]] (ڊور ڪلوزر) ٻنهي جو ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |date=26 August 2019 |title=Self-Closing Hinges |url=http://www.watersonusa.com/solutions/spring-loaded-door-hinge |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200921094428/http://www.watersonusa.com/solutions/spring-loaded-door-hinge |archive-date=21 September 2020 |access-date=3 September 2020 |website=Watersonusa}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== اسپرنگ قبضو ===
'''اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Spring hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جنهن جي اندر اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي. هي اسپرنگ قبضي جي پٽن کي کولڻ يا بند ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو کليل يا بند حالت ۾ رکڻ لاءِ گهربل قوت فراهم ڪندو آهي. اسپرنگ قبضا عام طور باهه کان بچاءَ وارن دروازن، رهائشي عمارتن ۽ تجارتي جڳهن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو ===
'''مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو''' (Swing clear hing})، جنهن کي '''آف سيٽ دروازي جو قبضو''' (آف سيٽ ڊور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙو قبضو آهي جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل طور پنهنجي کُلڻ واري جاءِ کان ٻاهر ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ دروازي جي کليل حالت ۾ گذرگاهه جي ويڪر وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا خاص طور انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي معذور ماڻهن جي رسائي بابت تعميراتي معيارن تي عمل ڪرڻ ضروري هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Greene |first=Lori |date=27 May 2021 |title=QQ: Hinge Types – Swing-Clear |url=https://idighardware.com/2021/05/qq-hinge-types-swing-clear/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241220120419/https://idighardware.com/2021/05/qq-hinge-types-swing-clear/ |archive-date=20 December 2024 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=iDigHardware}}&lt;/ref&gt;اهي قبضا اڪثر فيئر هائوسنگ ايڪٽ (FHA) جي رسائي وارن ضابطن جي تعميل لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ 34 انچ ويڪري دروازي سان به گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 32 انچ صاف گذرگاهه مهيا ڪندا آهن، جيڪو معذور ماڻهن جي آسان آمدرفت لاءِ مقرر ڪيل معيار آهي..&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last= |first= |date= |title=The Fair Housing Act's Requirement 3: Usable Doors |url=https://www.hud.gov/sites/dfiles/FHEO/documents/The-Fair-Housing-Act-Requirement-3-Usable-Doors-Participant-Workbook.pdf |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241211175526/https://www.hud.gov/sites/dfiles/FHEO/documents/The-Fair-Housing-Act-Requirement-3-Usable-Doors-Participant-Workbook.pdf |archive-date=11 December 2024 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=United States Department of Housing and Urban Development}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بٽلر ٽري قبضو ===
'''بٽلر ٽري قبضو''' (Butler tray hinge) خاص قسم جو قبضو آهي، جيڪو لڳ ڀڳ 90 درجا موڙي پوءِ سڌو سنئون لاڪ ٿي ويندو آهي. اهو عام طور اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جي مٿئين حصي تي پيش ڪرڻ لاءِ الڳ ٽري لڳل هوندي آهي.

=== ڪارڊ ميز قبضو ===
'''ڪارڊ ميز قبضو''' (ڪارڊ ٽيبل ھنج) اهڙو مارٽس قبضو آهي، جيڪو روايتي يا جديد نموني جي ڪارڊ ميزن جي ڪنارن ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي. هي ميز جي مٿئين حصي کي پاڻ تي ٻيڻو ٿي ويڙهڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان ميز کي آسانيءَ سان بند يا محفوظ ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ ===
'''ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ''' (ڪارپنٽيئر جوائنٽ) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو وڪريل ڪراس سيڪشن (ڪروڊ ڪراس-سيڪشن) وارين ڪيترين سنهين ڌاتي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندو آهي. هي خاص جوڙجڪ لچڪدار حرڪت ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپو فراهم ڪندي آهي.

=== ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو ===
'''ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو''' (ڊراپ-ليف ٽيبل ھنج) ميز جي مٿاڇري جي هيٺان لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جا پاسا ضرورت مطابق هيٺ ڪري يا مٿي کڻي سگهجن ٿا. هي قبضا گهڻو ڪري ''رول جوائنٽ'' واري ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ ===
'''قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ''' (ھنجڊ ايڪسپينشن جوائنٽ) اهڙو توسيعي ڳانڍاپو آهي، جنهن ۾ قبضا لڳل هوندا آهن ته جيئن اڏاوت يا مشين جو حصو صرف هڪ ئي سطح  ۾ وڪڙي سگهي. هي جوڙ حرارتي واڌ ويجهه يا حرڪت سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻاءُ کي گهٽائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== لِونگ قبضو ===
'''لِونگ قبضو''' (Living hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڌاتوءَ جي پن (Pin) يا نڪل (Knuckle) کان سواءِ رڳو هڪ لچڪدار مواد، اڪثر ڪري پلاسٽڪ، مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي ٻن حصن جي وچ ۾ هڪ ئي ٽڪري طور ٺهندو آهي ۽ ان ۾ الڳ حرڪت ڪندڙ حصا نه هوندا آهن. اهڙي جوڙجڪ سبب ان جي تياري سادي، هلڪي ۽ گهٽ خرچ واري هوندي آهي، پر بار بار وڪڙجڻ سبب وقت سان گڏ ٿڪاوٽ يا ٽٽڻ جو امڪان ٻين قبضي جي قسمن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. لِونگ قبضا پلاسٽڪ جي دٻين، بوتلن جي ڍڪڻن، دوائن جي پيڪنگ ۽ ٻين مولڊ ڪيل شين ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=21 March 2024 |title=What is a living hinge and its applications? |url=https://www.essentracomponents.com/en-gb/news/solutions/access-hardware/living-hinges-101-what-you-need-to-know |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Essentra Components |archive-date=20 December 2024 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241220120420/https://www.essentracomponents.com/en-gb/news/solutions/access-hardware/living-hinges-101-what-you-need-to-know |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== ٻيا قسم ===
قبضي جا ٻيا ڪيترائي قسم پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* '''ڪوچ قبضو''' (Coach hinge) – گاڏين، وڏن دروازن ۽ ڳري ڪاٺيءَ جي اڏاوتن لاءِ مضبوط قبضو.
* '''ڪائونٽر فليپ قبضو'''  – ڪائونٽرن يا ميزن جي کُلندڙ پٽن (Flaps) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ قبضو.
* '''ڪرينڪ يا طوفان-مزاحمتي قبضو''' (Cranked or storm-proof hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن جي شڪل وڪريل هوندي آهي ۽ جيڪو دروازي يا دري کي موسم جي اثرن کان بهتر تحفظ فراهم ڪندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو غير اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Double-action non-spring hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو ٻنهي رخن ۾ گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، پر ان ۾ اسپرنگ شامل نه هوندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو اسپرنگ قبضو''' – ٻنهي رخن ۾ کُلندڙ قبضو، جنهن ۾ اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو وچ يا بند حالت ڏانهن موٽائيندو آهي.
* '''فلش قبضو''' (Flush hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو بغير مارٽس (Mortise) ٺاهڻ جي سڌو مٿاڇري تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.
* '''رگڙ وارو قبضو''' (فرڪشن ھنج) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو رگڙ جي قوت سان دروازي يا دري کي گهربل حالت ۾ بيهارڻ ۾ مدد ڪندو آهي.
* '''لفٽ-آف قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي قبضي مان سڌو مٿي کڻي آسانيءَ سان الڳ ڪري سگهجي ٿو، بغير قبضي کي کولڻ جي.
* '''پنج قبضو''' (Pinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ جلدي ڪڍي سگهجندڙ پن (ڪئڪ-رليز پن) لڳل هوندو آهي.
* '''اڀرندڙ بٽ قبضو''' (Rising butt hinge) يا '''ڪيم لفٽ قبضو''' (Cam lift hinge) – هن قبضي جو نڪل سرپل شڪل وارو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازو کُلڻ وقت ان کي ٿورو مٿي کڻي ويندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح دروازو قالين يا اڻبرابر فرش سان نه ٽڪرائيندو آهي، ۽ بند ٿيڻ وقت پنهنجي وزن جي ڪري پاڻ هيٺ اچي بند ٿي ويندو آهي&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite
 web |last=Metcalf |first=Zoe |date=2025-09-30 |title=Upgrade Your Doors: The Hidden Benefits of Rising Butt Hinges |url=https://www.cookebrothers.co.uk/latest-news/2025/09/30/benefits-of-rising-butt-hinges/ |access-date=2026-04-17 |website=Cooke Brothers |language=en-GB}}&lt;/ref&gt;.
* '''سيڪيورٽي قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو دروازي کي زبردستي ڪڍڻ يا ٽوڙڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ خاص حفاظتي بناوت سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.
* '''ٽي قبضو''' (Tee hinge) – انگريزي اکر '''T''' جي شڪل وارو قبضو، جيڪو عام طور ڪاٺيءَ جي دروازن، باڙن، گودامن ۽ باغيچي جي دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڊگهو افقي حصو وزن کي بهتر نموني ورهائيندو آهي.

==تصويري نمائش==
&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot;&gt;
File:HingesOldA.jpg|[[Bignasco]] ڀرسان خشڪ پٿر جي ڀت ۾ استعمال ٿيل قبضي جي پراڻي جوڙجڪ.
File:HingesOldB.jpg|خشڪ پٿر جي قديم عمارتن مان مليل قديم محوري قبضا (Pivot hinges).
File:Hingebifold.JPG|فلش دروازي جو قبضو (Flush hinge).
File:Hinge2P2.jpg|لوهي (Wrought iron) مان ٺهيل بيرل قبضو.
File:Hinge2P3.jpg|ڪانسي (برونز) جي پٽي مان ٺهيل بيرل قبضو.
File:Hinge3P.jpg|ٽن نڪلن (Knuckles) وارو بٽ قبضو، جنهن ۾ محور ٻنهي ڇيڙن کان مضبوط نموني سنڀاليل هوندو آهي.
File:Topfscharnier.jpg|فرنيچر جي دروازي ۾ لڳل لڪل اسپرنگ وارو قبضو، جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل بند يا مڪمل کليل حالت ۾ رکندو آهي. هي مڪمل طور دروازي جي پويان لڪي ويندو آهي ۽ نفيس ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) جي سهولت پڻ رکي ٿو، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت جي ويجهو هوندي به آسانيءَ سان کلي سگهي ٿو.
File:Hinge 01.jpg|عمارت جي ٻاهرئين ڀت تي زنگ لڳل قبضا.
File:Haar hung doors (99309543).jpg|اهڙو دروازو، جيڪو پنهنجي اسٽائيل (Stile) تي لڳل محوري قبضي تي گردش ڪري ٿو؛ هن قسم کي ''هار-هنگ دروازو'' (Haar-hung door) چيو ويندو آهي.
File:Mint box polypropylene lid.JPG|[[Tic Tac]] جي دٻي جي ڍڪ تي لِونگ قبضو (Living hinge).
File:Hinged Handcuffs 1.jpg|قبضي وارا [[هٿڪڙيون]] (ھنجڊ ھينڊڪفس).
File:Hinge 03.jpg|پيانو قبضو (Piano hinge).
File:Continuoushinge.jpg|لڳاتار قبضو (ڪنٽينيوئس ھنج).
File:Waterson_K51SW.jpg|مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو (سونگ ڪليئر ھنج).
File:Sydney Harbour Bridge hinge.jpg|[[سڊني ھاربر برج]] تي لڳل قبضو، جيڪو پل جي تعمير دوران استعمال ڪيو ويو ۽ هاڻي گرمي ۽ سردي سبب ٿيندڙ ڦهلاءَ ۽ سُڪڙجڻ (ٿرمل ايڪسپينشن ۽ ڪانٽريڪشن) کي برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڪري ٿو.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

==قسم==
دروازن ۽ درين جي نوعيت مطابق عام طرح سان ھيٺ ڄاڻايل قسم جون انجيسون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن.&lt;br&gt;
(i) بُٽ انجيس يا ڪتابي انجيسون: (Butt Hingest
ھن قسم جون انجيسون عام طرح سان استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. انھن جو ھڪ حصو تاڪ جي پاسي ۾ ۽ ٻيو حصو چوڪاٺي جي پاتام ۾ اسڪرن ذريعي لڳايو ويندو آھي. انجيسن لڳائڻ وقت اسڪرن يا پيچن کي ھٿوڙيءَ سان ٺوڪي نھ لڳائجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ ائين ڪرڻ سان ڪجھھ وقت کان پوءِ اھي ڍرا ٿي نڪري ايندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري انھن کي اسڪرو ڊرائيور يعني پيچ ڪش سان لڳائڻ گھرجي.&lt;br&gt;
(ii) ٽي – انجيسون يا پڇر انجيسون: (T- Hinges)&lt;br&gt; 
ھي ھڪ قسم جو گھاڙو لوھ (Wrought iron)  جون فتيلون آھن، ھنن جي ڊگھي ٻانھن وارو حصو تاڪ جي افقيءَ پٽيءَ ۾ اسڪرن سان لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ٻيو ڌاتيءَ جي پٽيءَ وارو حصو چوڪاٺي ۾ جڙيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جون انجيسون معمولي قسم جي دروازن لاءِ ٺيڪ آھن ۽ کين ڳرن ۽ سٺي قسم جي دروازن ۾ استعمال نھ ڪرڻ گھرجي.&lt;br&gt;
(iii) ٻن طرفن واريون انجيسون: (Back flap Hinges) 
ھن قسم جون ٻھ طرفيون انجيسون اھڙن ھنڌن تي استعمال ڪبيون آھن، جتي اھڙا تہ سنھا تاڪ لڳائبا آھن جو سادين انجيسن جو لڳائڻ ممڪن نہ ھوندو آھي.
(iv) ڪوڪن واريون انجيسون: (Pin Hinges) 
جڏھن تاڪن جو وزن ايترو ڳرو ھوندو آھي جو ٻين قسمن جي انجيسن سان انھن کي نہ لڳائي سگھبو آھي تھ اھڙيءَ حالت ۾ ھن قسم جون ڪلين واريون انجيسون لڳائبيون آھن.

&lt;gallery&gt;
 Image:HingesOldB.jpg|Ancient   pivot hinges قديم [[پيوٽ انجيس]].
Image:Hinge2P2.jpg|گھاڙي لوھ wrought iron مان ٺھيل بيرل انجيس.
Image:Hinge2P3.jpg| پتل جي ٺھيل پٽيءَ واري بيرل انجيس.
Image:Hinge3P.jpg|ٻنھي پاسن کان فٽ ٿيندڙ بٽ انجيس جا منڍا.
Image:Topfscharnier.jpg|فرنيچر جي در جو اسپرنگ تالو .
Image:Hinge 01.jpg|ڪٽ لڳل يا ڪسيل انجيس.
Image:Haar hung doors (99309543).jpg|ٽنگيل در جي انجيس جو هڪ قسم.
Image:Mint box polypropylene lid.JPG|دٻي واري انجيس جو هڪ قسم.
&lt;/gallery&gt;</text>
      <sha1>l7xov8ioh2k071x347eiy53yiz7ob6k</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400878</id>
      <parentid>400877</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T13:23:27Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400878</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="34567" sha1="nhe3o0y5g6huqlfqxizwba1erbw4u1f" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|ٻن مضبوط شين کي ڳنڍيندڙ ميخانياتي ڳانڍاپو}}

[[File:Carrollton New Orleans hinge brass inside.jpg|thumb|upright|پتل مان ٺهيل سينگاريل دروازي جي انجيس]]
[[File:Hamburgerpaumelle.JPG|thumb|upright|بيرل انجيس (Barrel hinge)]]

'''انجيس''' يا '''قبضو''' ({{lang-en|'''Hinge'''}}) هڪ [[ميڪانياتي بيئرنگ]] (Mechanical bearing) آهي، جيڪو ٻن مضبوط شين کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيندو آهي ۽ عام طور انهن مان هڪ کي مقرر محور جي چوڌاري محدود زاويي تائين ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. مثالي قبضي (آئيڊيل ھنج) ۾ ڳنڍيل ٻئي حصا رڳو هڪ مقرر محور جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ٻيون سموريون حرڪتون، جهڙوڪ اڳتي پٺتي سرڪڻ يا ٻين رخن ۾ گردش، روڪيل هونديون آهن. ان ڪري ميخانيات ۾ قبضي کي ''هڪ درجي واري آزادي'' (ون ڊگري آف فريڊم) وارو ڳانڍاپو سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

قبضا يا انجيسون لچڪدار مواد (فليڪسيبل مٽيريل) مان به ٺاهي سگهجن ٿا يا وري ڌاتوءَ جي حرڪت ڪندڙ حصن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن. حياتيات (بائيولاجي) ۾ به ڪيترائي [[جوڙ]] (جوائنٽ) قبضي وانگر ڪم ڪندا آهن، جن مان [[ڪُلهي جي جوڙ]] جي بدران ''ٺوٺ جو جوڙ''  هڪ نمايان مثال آهي، جيڪو بنيادي طور هڪ ئي رخ ۾ وڪڙجڻ ۽ سڌو ٿيڻ جي حرڪت جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو.

انجيسون يا قبضا سڀ کان وڌيڪ دروازن، دريائن ۽ المارين جي کُلڻ ۽ بند ٿيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، پر انهن کان علاوه فولڊ ٿيندڙ [[ڏاڪڻ]]، موٽر گاڏين جي بونٽ، صندوقن، ڍڪڻن ۽ وڏين متحرڪ [[پل|پلين]]  جي جوڙجڪ ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

درين ۽ دروازن کي لڳائڻ ۽ انھن اندر مختلف جزن ذريعي ڳانڍاپو رکڻ واسطي ھيٺين قسمن جي قبضن يا انجيسن جي  ضرورت پوندي آھي.

== تاريخ ==

قديم آثارن مان پٿر، سنگِ مرمر، ڪاٺ ۽ ڪانسي  مان ٺهيل انجيسون يا قبضا مليا آهن، جن مان ڪجهه گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[قديم مصر]] جي دور سان تعلق رکن ٿا. بهرحال، اهو يقيني طور طئي ڪرڻ ڏکيو آهي ته قبضي جو پهريون استعمال دنيا جي ڪهڙي هنڌ ۽ ڪهڙي زماني ۾ ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

قديم مصر ۾ دروازن لاءِ هڪ خاص ''محوري قبضي'' (Pivot hinge) وارو نظام استعمال ٿيندو هو. هن طريقي ۾ دروازي جي مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين ڪنڍن تي ڪاٺ جا گول ڪنڊا (Dowels) لڳايا ويندا هئا يا اهي سڌو دروازي جي ڪاٺ مان تراشيا ويندا هئا. اهي ڪنڍا پٿر ۾ ٺهيل گول کڏن (Stone sockets) ۾ ويهندا هئا، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دروازو آسانيءَ سان پنهنجي محور تي ڦرندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Museum Bulletin – An Early Egyptian Door-Socket |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/bulletin/1315/}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door – British Museum |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/Y_EA705}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[قديم روم]] ۾ قبضي کي لاطيني ٻوليءَ ۾ ڪارڊو:''Cardō'' چيو ويندو هو. انهيءَ لفظ تان ئي رومي ديوي ''ڪارڊيا'' (Cardea)، جيڪا دروازن ۽ قبضي جي محافظ ديوي سمجهي ويندي هئي، جو نالو پيو، ۽ رومي شهرن جي مکيه اتر–ڏکڻ واري شاهراهه کي پڻ ''ڪارڊو'' سڏيو ويندو هو. لاطيني لفظ ''ڪارڊو'' جو مفهوم &quot;اهو بنيادي جزو، جنهن تي ڪا شيءِ ڦري يا جنهن تي ڪنهن شيءِ جو دارومدار هجي&quot; هو، ۽ انهيءَ مان جديد انگريزي لفظن، جهڙوڪ ''ڪارڊينل''، جي پڻ ابتدا ٿي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

'''آڪسفورڊ انگريزي لغت''' (آڪسفورڊ انگلش ڊڪشنري) موجب انگريزي لفظ  ھنج''Hinge'' جو تعلق لفظ ''Hang'' (لڙڪڻ يا ٽنگجڻ) سان آهي، جيڪو ٻنهي لفظن جي تاريخي لساني ارتقا ڏانهن اشارو ڪري ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=hinge |url=https://www.oed.com/dictionary/hinge_n}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== عمارتن ۾ رسائي ==

گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[وچئين دور]] (ميڊيول پيرئڊ) کان وٺي مضبوط قلعن ۽ دفاعي عمارتن ۾ [[ڇڪيل پل]] (Drawbridge) لاءِ قبضا استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن. اهڙن قبضي جي مدد سان پل کي ضرورت موجب مٿي کڻي يا هيٺ لاهي سگهجي ٿو، جنهن سان قلعي جي حفاظت ۽ داخلا تي ڪنٽرول رکڻ آسان ٿيندو هو.

جديد [[تعمير]] (آرڪيٽيڪچر) ۾ به قبضا انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي وقت سان گڏ بنياد جي ويهڻ (بلڊنگ سيٽلمينٽ) جو امڪان هجي. اهڙين حالتن ۾ قبضا عمارت جي ڪجهه حصن کي محدود حرڪت جي اجازت ڏيندا آهن، جنهن سان ڍانچي تي غيرضروري دٻاءُ گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

ان جو هڪ مشهور مثال آمريڪي رياست [[ڪيليفورنيا]] جي [[برزبين, ڪيليفورنيا|برزبين]] شهر ۾ واقع [[ڊيڪن بلڊنگ]] آهي. هن عمارت جي داخلي رئمپ (ramp) کي هڪ وڏي قبضي تي نصب ڪيو ويو هو ته جيئن [[کنبا| کُنبن]] (Piles) تي ٺهيل ۽ نرم خليجي مٽي (Bay mud) تي بيٺل عمارت جي ويهڻ دوران رئمپ محفوظ طريقي سان پنهنجي حالت بدلائي سگهي. هي انتظام ڪيترن ئي سالن تائين اثرائتو رهيو، پر آڪٽوبر 2006ع ۾ رئمپ کي نقصان پهچڻ ۽ ان جي ڍلان حد کان وڌيڪ وڌي وڃڻ سبب ان کي تبديل ڪيو ويو.

== وڏيون اڏاوتون ==

قبضا  وڏين اڏاوتن، جهڙوڪ اوچين شاهراهن، ريلوي واءِڊڪٽن (viaducts)، پلن ۽ ٻين انجنيئرنگ ڍانچن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جو مقصد اڏاوت جي مختلف حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ واري دٻاءَ'' (بينڊنگ اسٽريسز) جي منتقلي کي گهٽائڻ يا مڪمل طور روڪڻ هوندو آهي، جنهن سان خاص طور زلزلي دوران ڍانچي جي نقصان جو خطرو گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

سادن سلائيڊنگ ڳانڍاپن جي ڀيٽ ۾ قبضي کي ترجيح ڏيڻ جو اهم سبب اهو آهي ته اهو هڪ طرف محدود گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، جڏهن ته ٻئي طرف ڀرپاسي وارن اڏاوتي حصن کي هڪ ٻئي کان ڌار ٿيڻ کان بچائي ٿو. اهڙيءَ طرح ڍانچي جي استحڪام برقرار رهي ٿي ۽ زلزلي يا حرارتي تبديليءَ سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ حرڪتن کي محفوظ نموني جذب ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

جيڪڏهن ڪنهن قبضي ذريعي ٻن اڏاوتي حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ وارو لمحو'' (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) منتقل نه ٿئي، ته اهڙي قبضي کي تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ ''صفر لمحي وارو قبضو'' (زيرو مومينٽ ھنج) چيو ويندو آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا تجزياتي ماڊلن ۽ عملي انجنيئرنگ ٻنهي ۾ وڏي اهميت رکن ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي اڏاوت ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻائن جي ورهاست کي بهتر نموني ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏين ٿا.

== خلائي جهاز ==

خلائي جهازن (اسپيس ڪرافٽ) ۾ استعمال لاءِ ڪيترن ئي قسمن جا ''خودڪار کُلندڙ ۽ پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضا'' (سيلف-ايڪچوئيٽنگ, سيلف-لاڪنگ ھنجز) تيار ڪيا ويا آهن. اهي قبضا خاص طور انهن اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جيڪي راڪيٽ جي لانچ دوران ويڙهيل يا بند حالت ۾ رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ خلاءَ ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ پاڻمرادو کُلي پنهنجي ڪم ڪندڙ شڪل اختيار ڪندا آهن.

اهڙي قسم جا قبضا [[کُلندڙ خلائي اڏاوتن]] (ڊپلائبل اسٽرڪچرز) ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ [[شمسي پينل]]، مصنوعي سوراخي ريڊار (سنٿيٽڪ اپرچر راڊار) جون اينٽينائون، ڊگها بوم (Booms)، ريڊيئيٽر ۽ ٻيا خلائي جزا شامل آهن. انهن قبضي جي مدد سان هي حصا محدود جاءِ ۾ محفوظ نموني رکي سگهجن ٿا ۽ مدار ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ بغير انساني مداخلت جي صحيح نموني کُلي ۽ لاڪ ٿي وڃن ٿا، جنهن سان خلائي جهاز جي اعتبار، ڪارڪردگي ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو اچي ٿو.

== اصطلاحات ==

[[File:Basic hinge.svg|thumb|upright|بنيادي قبضي جا حصا]]

* '''پن''' ({{lang-en|Pin}}) – ڌاتوءَ يا ٻين مضبوط مواد مان ٺهيل راڊ، جيڪا قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن (ليوز) کي ''نڪل'' (Knuckle) جي اندر پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍي رکي ٿي ۽ انهن کي محور جي چوڌاري ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي. هن کي '''پنٽل''' (Pintle) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''نڪل''' – قبضي جو سوراخدار، اڪثر گول شڪل وارو حصو، جيڪو قبضي جو گڏيل محور ٺاهيندو آهي. ٻنهي پٽن جا نڪل هڪ ٻئي سان وڇايل ترتيب ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن ۽ پن انهن سڀني مان لنگهندي انهن کي گڏ رکي ٿي.

* '''پٽو''' (ليف) – قبضي جا عام طور ٻه چپٽا حصا، جيڪي نڪل جي ٻنهي پاسن کان نڪرن ٿا ۽ پن جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن. اهي ئي حصا دروازي، دري يا ٻين شين سان لڳايا ويندا آهن.

* '''اينڊ پلي''' (End play) – پن جي محور سان گڏ قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن جي وچ ۾ ٿيندڙ محوري حرڪت. هي ننڍڙي چرپر پٽن کي بغير اٽڪڻ جي آسانيءَ سان ڦرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندي آهي ۽ عام طور نڪلن جي وچ واري وٿي (نڪل گيپ) سان طئي ٿيندي آهي.

* '''ٿولهه''' (Gauge) – قبضي جي پٽن جي ٿولهه.

* '''قبضي جي ويڪر''' – هڪ پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ کان ٻي پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين ماپيل مفاصلو، جيڪو پن جي محور تي عمودي هوندو آهي.

* '''قبضي جي ڊيگهه''' – قبضي جي پٽن جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي هوندي آهي.

* '''نڪل جي ڊيگهه''' (Knuckle length) – هڪ نڪل جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي ماپي ويندي آهي.

* '''پٽي جي ويڪر''' (Leaf width) – پن جي مرڪز کان پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''پچ''' (Pitch) – هڪ نڪل جي پڇاڙيءَ کان ساڳئي پٽي تي موجود ڀر واري نڪل جي ساڳئي ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''ڊور اسٽاپ''' (Doorstop) – هڪ عام اصطلاح، جيڪو قبضي جي پٽن ۾ پن جي ڀيٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ غيرضروري يا ڍِلي ڪنڊائتي چرپر لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. اهڙي چرپر قبضي جي گهسجي وڃڻ يا ڍِلي ٿيڻ سبب پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي.

== قسم ==

=== بيرل قبضو ===
'''بيرل قبضو''' (Barrel hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪيترن ڳنڍيل سوراخدار حصن (Knuckles) تي مشتمل هوندو آهي ۽ انهن مان گذرندڙ هڪ محور يا پن (Pin) ذريعي گڏ رکيو ويندو آهي. ''بيرل'' اصل ۾ هڪ خالي سلينڊر هوندو آهي، جنهن جي چوڌاري قبضو گردش ڪندو آهي. جديد دور ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ اڪثر قبضا بيرل قبضي جي بنيادي اصول تي ڪم ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Childers |first=Kathleen |date=25 August 2023 |title=Everything to Know About Barrel Hinges |url=https://www.familyhandyman.com/article/everything-to-know-about-barrel-hinges/ |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Family Handyman}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== بٽ قبضو / مارٽس قبضو ===
'''بٽ قبضو''' (Butt hinge) يا '''مارٽس قبضو''' (Mortise hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي ۽ دروازي جي فريم ۾ ڪٽيل کوکلي جاءِ (Mortise) اندر لڳايو ويندو آهي، جنهن سبب دروازو بند ٿيڻ تي قبضو تقريباً لڪل نظر ايندو آهي. ڪجهه قبضا '''اڌ مارٽس''' قسم جا به هوندا آهن، جن ۾ صرف هڪ پٽو (Leaf) کوکلي جاءِ ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مٿاڇري تي رهندو آهي. گهڻا مارٽس قبضا پنهنجي گردش واري بناوت سبب بيرل قبضي جي درجي ۾ پڻ اچن ٿا.

=== بٽر فلائي يا پارليامينٽ قبضو ===
'''بٽر فلائي قبضو''' (Butterfly hinge) يا برطانيا ۾ '''پارليامينٽ قبضو''' (Parliament hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا تختي کي مڪمل طور لڳ ڀڳ '''180°''' تائين کولڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت سان لڳي سڌو ٿي بيهي سگهي ٿو. بٽر فلائي قبضا پنهنجي سينگاريل شڪل سبب فرنيچر ۽ آرائشي دروازن ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Parliament Hinges Old English Collection |url=https://www.suffolklatchcompany.com/products/parliament-hinges |access-date=2026-02-06 |website=Suffolk Latch Company |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== ڪيس قبضو ===
'''ڪيس قبضو''' (Case hinge) بناوت ۾ بٽ قبضي سان ملندڙ جلندڙ هوندو آهي، پر عام طور وڌيڪ سينگاريل هوندو آهي. اهو سوٽڪيسن، بريف ڪيسن، ڪاٺ جي دٻن، زيورن جي دٻين ۽ ٻين اهڙين شين ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جتي مضبوط ڳانڍاپي سان گڏ ظاهري خوبصورتي پڻ اهم هجي.

=== لڪل قبضو ===
'''لڪل قبضو''' (Concealed hinge) خاص طور فرنيچر جي دروازن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. هي قبضو دروازو بند ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ٻاهران نظر نٿو اچي. ان جا ٻه بنيادي حصا هوندا آهن: (1) '''ڪپ''' (Cup) ۽ '''بازو''' (آرم)، ۽ (2) '''مائونٽنگ پليٽ'''. انهن کي '''ڪپ قبضو''' (ڪپ ھنج) يا '''يورو قبضو''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي يورپ ۾ تيار ٿيا ۽ ميٽرڪ ماپن تي ٻڌل معيار استعمال ڪندا آهن. گهڻا لڪل قبضا پيچن جي ذريعي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ به آسانيءَ سان ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) ڏئي سگهجن ٿا، جنهن سان دروازي جي اوچائي، پاسيري پوزيشن ۽ کوٽائي درست ڪري سگهجي ٿي.

=== لڳاتار يا پيانو قبضو ===
'''لڳاتار قبضو''' (Continuous hinge) يا '''پيانو قبضو''' (Piano hinge) بيرل قبضي جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو دروازي، دٻي، ڍڪ يا پينل جي پوري ڊيگهه تائين پکڙيل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا سوراخن سان يا بغير سوراخن جي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن ۽ ڊگهي سهاري سبب وزن کي هڪجهڙو ورهائيندا آهن.

=== فليگ قبضو ===
'''فليگ قبضو''' (Flag hinge) ٻن حصن تي ٻڌل سادو قبضو هوندو آهي. هڪ حصي ۾ لڳل پن ٻئي حصي جي سوراخ ۾ داخل ٿيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو يا ٻيو حصو آسانيءَ سان الڳ به ڪري سگهجي ٿو. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا هٽائي سگهجندڙ دروازن ۽ مشينن ۾ عام استعمال ٿيندا آهن ۽ ساڄي ۽ کاٻي ٻنهي قسمن ۾ موجود هوندا .&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=26 August 2024 |title=The Beginner's Guide to Flag Hinges |url=https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20250216130803/https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |archive-date=16 February 2025 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Monroe Engineering}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ايڇ قبضو ===
'''ايڇ قبضو''' (H hinge) انگريزي اکر '''H''' جي شڪل جهڙو بيرل قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو سطح سان برابر لڳندڙ (فلش-مائونٽيڊ) دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ننڍا H قبضا عام طور المارين ۽ ڪٻٽن لاءِ، جڏهن ته وڏا H قبضا ڪمرا يا المارين جا دروازا لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== ايڇ ايل قبضو ===
'''ايڇ ايل قبضو''' (HL hinge) روايتي قبضو آهي، جيڪو سترهين، ارڙهين ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ دوران رهائشي ڪمرن، گذرگاهن ۽ المارين جي دروازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو هو. اوچن دروازن ۾ ڪڏهن ٻن H قبضي جي وچ ۾ اضافي HL قبضو پڻ لڳايو ويندو هو.

=== هڪ طرفو قبضو ===
'''هڪ طرفو قبضو''' (ون-وي ھنج) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا ٻئي حصي کي رڳو هڪ ئي رخ ۾ کُلڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. اهو ٻن طرفن کان کُلندڙ (ڊبل-ايڪشن) قبضي جي ابتڙ هوندو آهي.

=== محوري قبضو ===
'''محوري قبضو''' (Pivot hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي جي هيٺئين حصي ۽ مٿئين فريم ۾ لڳل محور تي گردش ڪندو آهي. هن کي '''ڊبل ايڪشن فلور قبضو''' (ڊبل-ايڪٽنگ فلور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. قديم خشڪ پٿر وارين عمارتن ۽ ڪجهه پراڻين ڪاٺيءَ جي عمارتن ۾ اهڙي قسم جا قبضا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. هلڪن وزن وارن دروازن لاءِ اهي نسبتاً گهٽ خرچ وارو ۽ ڪارائتو حل سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.

=== پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو ===
'''پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو''' (سيلف-ڪلوزنگ ھنج) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو بند ڪرڻ لاءِ اندروني ميخانياتي نظام لڳل هوندو آهي. هن ۾ اڪثر بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار (اسپيڊ ڪنٽرول) کي ضابطو ڪرڻ جو نظام پڻ شامل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا عام طور اسپرنگ  جي مدد سان دروازي کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ قوت پيدا ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ميخانياتي يا هائيڊرولڪ ڊيمپر (Damper) دروازي جي بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار کي ڪنٽرول ڪندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح هي قبضو هڪ ئي وقت قبضي ۽ [[دروازو بند ڪندڙ اوزار]] (ڊور ڪلوزر) ٻنهي جو ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |date=26 August 2019 |title=Self-Closing Hinges |url=http://www.watersonusa.com/solutions/spring-loaded-door-hinge |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200921094428/http://www.watersonusa.com/solutions/spring-loaded-door-hinge |archive-date=21 September 2020 |access-date=3 September 2020 |website=Watersonusa}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== اسپرنگ قبضو ===
'''اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Spring hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جنهن جي اندر اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي. هي اسپرنگ قبضي جي پٽن کي کولڻ يا بند ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو کليل يا بند حالت ۾ رکڻ لاءِ گهربل قوت فراهم ڪندو آهي. اسپرنگ قبضا عام طور باهه کان بچاءَ وارن دروازن، رهائشي عمارتن ۽ تجارتي جڳهن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو ===
'''مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو''' (Swing clear hing})، جنهن کي '''آف سيٽ دروازي جو قبضو''' (آف سيٽ ڊور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙو قبضو آهي جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل طور پنهنجي کُلڻ واري جاءِ کان ٻاهر ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ دروازي جي کليل حالت ۾ گذرگاهه جي ويڪر وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا خاص طور انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي معذور ماڻهن جي رسائي بابت تعميراتي معيارن تي عمل ڪرڻ ضروري هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Greene |first=Lori |date=27 May 2021 |title=QQ: Hinge Types – Swing-Clear |url=https://idighardware.com/2021/05/qq-hinge-types-swing-clear/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241220120419/https://idighardware.com/2021/05/qq-hinge-types-swing-clear/ |archive-date=20 December 2024 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=iDigHardware}}&lt;/ref&gt;اهي قبضا اڪثر فيئر هائوسنگ ايڪٽ (FHA) جي رسائي وارن ضابطن جي تعميل لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ 34 انچ ويڪري دروازي سان به گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 32 انچ صاف گذرگاهه مهيا ڪندا آهن، جيڪو معذور ماڻهن جي آسان آمدرفت لاءِ مقرر ڪيل معيار آهي..&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last= |first= |date= |title=The Fair Housing Act's Requirement 3: Usable Doors |url=https://www.hud.gov/sites/dfiles/FHEO/documents/The-Fair-Housing-Act-Requirement-3-Usable-Doors-Participant-Workbook.pdf |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241211175526/https://www.hud.gov/sites/dfiles/FHEO/documents/The-Fair-Housing-Act-Requirement-3-Usable-Doors-Participant-Workbook.pdf |archive-date=11 December 2024 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=United States Department of Housing and Urban Development}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بٽلر ٽري قبضو ===
'''بٽلر ٽري قبضو''' (Butler tray hinge) خاص قسم جو قبضو آهي، جيڪو لڳ ڀڳ 90 درجا موڙي پوءِ سڌو سنئون لاڪ ٿي ويندو آهي. اهو عام طور اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جي مٿئين حصي تي پيش ڪرڻ لاءِ الڳ ٽري لڳل هوندي آهي.

=== ڪارڊ ميز قبضو ===
'''ڪارڊ ميز قبضو''' (ڪارڊ ٽيبل ھنج) اهڙو مارٽس قبضو آهي، جيڪو روايتي يا جديد نموني جي ڪارڊ ميزن جي ڪنارن ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي. هي ميز جي مٿئين حصي کي پاڻ تي ٻيڻو ٿي ويڙهڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان ميز کي آسانيءَ سان بند يا محفوظ ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ ===
'''ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ''' (ڪارپنٽيئر جوائنٽ) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو وڪريل ڪراس سيڪشن (ڪروڊ ڪراس-سيڪشن) وارين ڪيترين سنهين ڌاتي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندو آهي. هي خاص جوڙجڪ لچڪدار حرڪت ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپو فراهم ڪندي آهي.

=== ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو ===
'''ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو''' (ڊراپ-ليف ٽيبل ھنج) ميز جي مٿاڇري جي هيٺان لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جا پاسا ضرورت مطابق هيٺ ڪري يا مٿي کڻي سگهجن ٿا. هي قبضا گهڻو ڪري ''رول جوائنٽ'' واري ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ ===
'''قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ''' (ھنجڊ ايڪسپينشن جوائنٽ) اهڙو توسيعي ڳانڍاپو آهي، جنهن ۾ قبضا لڳل هوندا آهن ته جيئن اڏاوت يا مشين جو حصو صرف هڪ ئي سطح  ۾ وڪڙي سگهي. هي جوڙ حرارتي واڌ ويجهه يا حرڪت سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻاءُ کي گهٽائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== لِونگ قبضو ===
'''لِونگ قبضو''' (Living hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڌاتوءَ جي پن (Pin) يا نڪل (Knuckle) کان سواءِ رڳو هڪ لچڪدار مواد، اڪثر ڪري پلاسٽڪ، مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي ٻن حصن جي وچ ۾ هڪ ئي ٽڪري طور ٺهندو آهي ۽ ان ۾ الڳ حرڪت ڪندڙ حصا نه هوندا آهن. اهڙي جوڙجڪ سبب ان جي تياري سادي، هلڪي ۽ گهٽ خرچ واري هوندي آهي، پر بار بار وڪڙجڻ سبب وقت سان گڏ ٿڪاوٽ يا ٽٽڻ جو امڪان ٻين قبضي جي قسمن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. لِونگ قبضا پلاسٽڪ جي دٻين، بوتلن جي ڍڪڻن، دوائن جي پيڪنگ ۽ ٻين مولڊ ڪيل شين ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=21 March 2024 |title=What is a living hinge and its applications? |url=https://www.essentracomponents.com/en-gb/news/solutions/access-hardware/living-hinges-101-what-you-need-to-know |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Essentra Components |archive-date=20 December 2024 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241220120420/https://www.essentracomponents.com/en-gb/news/solutions/access-hardware/living-hinges-101-what-you-need-to-know |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== ٻيا قسم ===
قبضي جا ٻيا ڪيترائي قسم پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* '''ڪوچ قبضو''' (Coach hinge) – گاڏين، وڏن دروازن ۽ ڳري ڪاٺيءَ جي اڏاوتن لاءِ مضبوط قبضو.
* '''ڪائونٽر فليپ قبضو'''  – ڪائونٽرن يا ميزن جي کُلندڙ پٽن (Flaps) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ قبضو.
* '''ڪرينڪ يا طوفان-مزاحمتي قبضو''' (Cranked or storm-proof hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن جي شڪل وڪريل هوندي آهي ۽ جيڪو دروازي يا دري کي موسم جي اثرن کان بهتر تحفظ فراهم ڪندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو غير اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Double-action non-spring hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو ٻنهي رخن ۾ گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، پر ان ۾ اسپرنگ شامل نه هوندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو اسپرنگ قبضو''' – ٻنهي رخن ۾ کُلندڙ قبضو، جنهن ۾ اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو وچ يا بند حالت ڏانهن موٽائيندو آهي.
* '''فلش قبضو''' (Flush hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو بغير مارٽس (Mortise) ٺاهڻ جي سڌو مٿاڇري تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.
* '''رگڙ وارو قبضو''' (فرڪشن ھنج) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو رگڙ جي قوت سان دروازي يا دري کي گهربل حالت ۾ بيهارڻ ۾ مدد ڪندو آهي.
* '''لفٽ-آف قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي قبضي مان سڌو مٿي کڻي آسانيءَ سان الڳ ڪري سگهجي ٿو، بغير قبضي کي کولڻ جي.
* '''پنج قبضو''' (Pinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ جلدي ڪڍي سگهجندڙ پن (ڪئڪ-رليز پن) لڳل هوندو آهي.
* '''اڀرندڙ بٽ قبضو''' (Rising butt hinge) يا '''ڪيم لفٽ قبضو''' (Cam lift hinge) – هن قبضي جو نڪل سرپل شڪل وارو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازو کُلڻ وقت ان کي ٿورو مٿي کڻي ويندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح دروازو قالين يا اڻبرابر فرش سان نه ٽڪرائيندو آهي، ۽ بند ٿيڻ وقت پنهنجي وزن جي ڪري پاڻ هيٺ اچي بند ٿي ويندو آهي&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite
 web |last=Metcalf |first=Zoe |date=2025-09-30 |title=Upgrade Your Doors: The Hidden Benefits of Rising Butt Hinges |url=https://www.cookebrothers.co.uk/latest-news/2025/09/30/benefits-of-rising-butt-hinges/ |access-date=2026-04-17 |website=Cooke Brothers |language=en-GB}}&lt;/ref&gt;.
* '''سيڪيورٽي قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو دروازي کي زبردستي ڪڍڻ يا ٽوڙڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ خاص حفاظتي بناوت سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.
* '''ٽي قبضو''' (Tee hinge) – انگريزي اکر '''T''' جي شڪل وارو قبضو، جيڪو عام طور ڪاٺيءَ جي دروازن، باڙن، گودامن ۽ باغيچي جي دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڊگهو افقي حصو وزن کي بهتر نموني ورهائيندو آهي.

==تصويري نمائش==
&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot;&gt;
File:HingesOldA.jpg|[[Bignasco]] ڀرسان خشڪ پٿر جي ڀت ۾ استعمال ٿيل قبضي جي پراڻي جوڙجڪ.
File:HingesOldB.jpg|خشڪ پٿر جي قديم عمارتن مان مليل قديم محوري قبضا (Pivot hinges).
File:Hingebifold.JPG|فلش دروازي جو قبضو (Flush hinge).
File:Hinge2P2.jpg|لوهي (Wrought iron) مان ٺهيل بيرل قبضو.
File:Hinge2P3.jpg|ڪانسي (برونز) جي پٽي مان ٺهيل بيرل قبضو.
File:Hinge3P.jpg|ٽن نڪلن (Knuckles) وارو بٽ قبضو، جنهن ۾ محور ٻنهي ڇيڙن کان مضبوط نموني سنڀاليل هوندو آهي.
File:Topfscharnier.jpg|فرنيچر جي دروازي ۾ لڳل لڪل اسپرنگ وارو قبضو، جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل بند يا مڪمل کليل حالت ۾ رکندو آهي. هي مڪمل طور دروازي جي پويان لڪي ويندو آهي ۽ نفيس ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) جي سهولت پڻ رکي ٿو، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت جي ويجهو هوندي به آسانيءَ سان کلي سگهي ٿو.
File:Hinge 01.jpg|عمارت جي ٻاهرئين ڀت تي زنگ لڳل قبضا.
File:Haar hung doors (99309543).jpg|اهڙو دروازو، جيڪو پنهنجي اسٽائيل (Stile) تي لڳل محوري قبضي تي گردش ڪري ٿو؛ هن قسم کي ''هار-هنگ دروازو'' (Haar-hung door) چيو ويندو آهي.
File:Mint box polypropylene lid.JPG|[[Tic Tac]] جي دٻي جي ڍڪ تي لِونگ قبضو (Living hinge).
File:Hinged Handcuffs 1.jpg|قبضي وارا [[هٿڪڙيون]] (ھنجڊ ھينڊڪفس).
File:Hinge 03.jpg|پيانو قبضو (Piano hinge).
File:Continuoushinge.jpg|لڳاتار قبضو (ڪنٽينيوئس ھنج).
File:Waterson_K51SW.jpg|مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو (سونگ ڪليئر ھنج).
File:Sydney Harbour Bridge hinge.jpg|[[سڊني ھاربر برج]] تي لڳل قبضو، جيڪو پل جي تعمير دوران استعمال ڪيو ويو ۽ هاڻي گرمي ۽ سردي سبب ٿيندڙ ڦهلاءَ ۽ سُڪڙجڻ (ٿرمل ايڪسپينشن ۽ ڪانٽريڪشن) کي برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڪري ٿو.
&lt;/gallery&gt;


دروازن ۽ درين جي نوعيت مطابق عام طرح سان ھيٺ ڄاڻايل قسم جون انجيسون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن.&lt;br&gt;
(i) بُٽ انجيس يا ڪتابي انجيسون: (Butt Hingest
ھن قسم جون انجيسون عام طرح سان استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. انھن جو ھڪ حصو تاڪ جي پاسي ۾ ۽ ٻيو حصو چوڪاٺي جي پاتام ۾ اسڪرن ذريعي لڳايو ويندو آھي. انجيسن لڳائڻ وقت اسڪرن يا پيچن کي ھٿوڙيءَ سان ٺوڪي نھ لڳائجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ ائين ڪرڻ سان ڪجھھ وقت کان پوءِ اھي ڍرا ٿي نڪري ايندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري انھن کي اسڪرو ڊرائيور يعني پيچ ڪش سان لڳائڻ گھرجي.&lt;br&gt;
(ii) ٽي – انجيسون يا پڇر انجيسون: (T- Hinges)&lt;br&gt; 
ھي ھڪ قسم جو گھاڙو لوھ (Wrought iron)  جون فتيلون آھن، ھنن جي ڊگھي ٻانھن وارو حصو تاڪ جي افقيءَ پٽيءَ ۾ اسڪرن سان لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ٻيو ڌاتيءَ جي پٽيءَ وارو حصو چوڪاٺي ۾ جڙيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جون انجيسون معمولي قسم جي دروازن لاءِ ٺيڪ آھن ۽ کين ڳرن ۽ سٺي قسم جي دروازن ۾ استعمال نھ ڪرڻ گھرجي.&lt;br&gt;
(iii) ٻن طرفن واريون انجيسون: (Back flap Hinges) 
ھن قسم جون ٻھ طرفيون انجيسون اھڙن ھنڌن تي استعمال ڪبيون آھن، جتي اھڙا تہ سنھا تاڪ لڳائبا آھن جو سادين انجيسن جو لڳائڻ ممڪن نہ ھوندو آھي.
(iv) ڪوڪن واريون انجيسون: (Pin Hinges) 
جڏھن تاڪن جو وزن ايترو ڳرو ھوندو آھي جو ٻين قسمن جي انجيسن سان انھن کي نہ لڳائي سگھبو آھي تھ اھڙيءَ حالت ۾ ھن قسم جون ڪلين واريون انجيسون لڳائبيون آھن.</text>
      <sha1>nhe3o0y5g6huqlfqxizwba1erbw4u1f</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400879</id>
      <parentid>400878</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T13:26:48Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400879</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="34937" sha1="h0nj0cqwvifg5yx4pz4oeplijdflvlg" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|ٻن مضبوط شين کي ڳنڍيندڙ ميخانياتي ڳانڍاپو}}

[[File:Carrollton New Orleans hinge brass inside.jpg|thumb|upright|پتل مان ٺهيل سينگاريل دروازي جي انجيس]]
[[File:Hamburgerpaumelle.JPG|thumb|upright|بيرل انجيس (Barrel hinge)]]

'''انجيس''' يا '''قبضو''' ({{lang-en|'''Hinge'''}}) هڪ [[ميڪانياتي بيئرنگ]] (Mechanical bearing) آهي، جيڪو ٻن مضبوط شين کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيندو آهي ۽ عام طور انهن مان هڪ کي مقرر محور جي چوڌاري محدود زاويي تائين ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. مثالي قبضي (آئيڊيل ھنج) ۾ ڳنڍيل ٻئي حصا رڳو هڪ مقرر محور جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ٻيون سموريون حرڪتون، جهڙوڪ اڳتي پٺتي سرڪڻ يا ٻين رخن ۾ گردش، روڪيل هونديون آهن. ان ڪري ميخانيات ۾ قبضي کي ''هڪ درجي واري آزادي'' (ون ڊگري آف فريڊم) وارو ڳانڍاپو سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

قبضا يا انجيسون لچڪدار مواد (فليڪسيبل مٽيريل) مان به ٺاهي سگهجن ٿا يا وري ڌاتوءَ جي حرڪت ڪندڙ حصن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن. حياتيات (بائيولاجي) ۾ به ڪيترائي [[جوڙ]] (جوائنٽ) قبضي وانگر ڪم ڪندا آهن، جن مان [[ڪُلهي جي جوڙ]] جي بدران ''ٺوٺ جو جوڙ''  هڪ نمايان مثال آهي، جيڪو بنيادي طور هڪ ئي رخ ۾ وڪڙجڻ ۽ سڌو ٿيڻ جي حرڪت جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو.

انجيسون يا قبضا سڀ کان وڌيڪ دروازن، دريائن ۽ المارين جي کُلڻ ۽ بند ٿيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، پر انهن کان علاوه فولڊ ٿيندڙ [[ڏاڪڻ]]، موٽر گاڏين جي بونٽ، صندوقن، ڍڪڻن ۽ وڏين متحرڪ [[پل|پلين]]  جي جوڙجڪ ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

درين ۽ دروازن کي لڳائڻ ۽ انھن اندر مختلف جزن ذريعي ڳانڍاپو رکڻ واسطي ھيٺين قسمن جي قبضن يا انجيسن جي  ضرورت پوندي آھي.

== تاريخ ==

قديم آثارن مان پٿر، سنگِ مرمر، ڪاٺ ۽ ڪانسي  مان ٺهيل انجيسون يا قبضا مليا آهن، جن مان ڪجهه گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[قديم مصر]] جي دور سان تعلق رکن ٿا. بهرحال، اهو يقيني طور طئي ڪرڻ ڏکيو آهي ته قبضي جو پهريون استعمال دنيا جي ڪهڙي هنڌ ۽ ڪهڙي زماني ۾ ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

قديم مصر ۾ دروازن لاءِ هڪ خاص ''محوري قبضي'' (Pivot hinge) وارو نظام استعمال ٿيندو هو. هن طريقي ۾ دروازي جي مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين ڪنڍن تي ڪاٺ جا گول ڪنڊا (Dowels) لڳايا ويندا هئا يا اهي سڌو دروازي جي ڪاٺ مان تراشيا ويندا هئا. اهي ڪنڍا پٿر ۾ ٺهيل گول کڏن (Stone sockets) ۾ ويهندا هئا، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دروازو آسانيءَ سان پنهنجي محور تي ڦرندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Museum Bulletin – An Early Egyptian Door-Socket |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/bulletin/1315/}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door – British Museum |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/Y_EA705}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[قديم روم]] ۾ قبضي کي لاطيني ٻوليءَ ۾ ڪارڊو:''Cardō'' چيو ويندو هو. انهيءَ لفظ تان ئي رومي ديوي ''ڪارڊيا'' (Cardea)، جيڪا دروازن ۽ قبضي جي محافظ ديوي سمجهي ويندي هئي، جو نالو پيو، ۽ رومي شهرن جي مکيه اتر–ڏکڻ واري شاهراهه کي پڻ ''ڪارڊو'' سڏيو ويندو هو. لاطيني لفظ ''ڪارڊو'' جو مفهوم &quot;اهو بنيادي جزو، جنهن تي ڪا شيءِ ڦري يا جنهن تي ڪنهن شيءِ جو دارومدار هجي&quot; هو، ۽ انهيءَ مان جديد انگريزي لفظن، جهڙوڪ ''ڪارڊينل''، جي پڻ ابتدا ٿي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

'''آڪسفورڊ انگريزي لغت''' (آڪسفورڊ انگلش ڊڪشنري) موجب انگريزي لفظ  ھنج''Hinge'' جو تعلق لفظ ''Hang'' (لڙڪڻ يا ٽنگجڻ) سان آهي، جيڪو ٻنهي لفظن جي تاريخي لساني ارتقا ڏانهن اشارو ڪري ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=hinge |url=https://www.oed.com/dictionary/hinge_n}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== عمارتن ۾ رسائي ==

گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[وچئين دور]] (ميڊيول پيرئڊ) کان وٺي مضبوط قلعن ۽ دفاعي عمارتن ۾ [[ڇڪيل پل]] (Drawbridge) لاءِ قبضا استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن. اهڙن قبضي جي مدد سان پل کي ضرورت موجب مٿي کڻي يا هيٺ لاهي سگهجي ٿو، جنهن سان قلعي جي حفاظت ۽ داخلا تي ڪنٽرول رکڻ آسان ٿيندو هو.

جديد [[تعمير]] (آرڪيٽيڪچر) ۾ به قبضا انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي وقت سان گڏ بنياد جي ويهڻ (بلڊنگ سيٽلمينٽ) جو امڪان هجي. اهڙين حالتن ۾ قبضا عمارت جي ڪجهه حصن کي محدود حرڪت جي اجازت ڏيندا آهن، جنهن سان ڍانچي تي غيرضروري دٻاءُ گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

ان جو هڪ مشهور مثال آمريڪي رياست [[ڪيليفورنيا]] جي [[برزبين, ڪيليفورنيا|برزبين]] شهر ۾ واقع [[ڊيڪن بلڊنگ]] آهي. هن عمارت جي داخلي رئمپ (ramp) کي هڪ وڏي قبضي تي نصب ڪيو ويو هو ته جيئن [[کنبا| کُنبن]] (Piles) تي ٺهيل ۽ نرم خليجي مٽي (Bay mud) تي بيٺل عمارت جي ويهڻ دوران رئمپ محفوظ طريقي سان پنهنجي حالت بدلائي سگهي. هي انتظام ڪيترن ئي سالن تائين اثرائتو رهيو، پر آڪٽوبر 2006ع ۾ رئمپ کي نقصان پهچڻ ۽ ان جي ڍلان حد کان وڌيڪ وڌي وڃڻ سبب ان کي تبديل ڪيو ويو.

== وڏيون اڏاوتون ==

قبضا  وڏين اڏاوتن، جهڙوڪ اوچين شاهراهن، ريلوي واءِڊڪٽن (viaducts)، پلن ۽ ٻين انجنيئرنگ ڍانچن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جو مقصد اڏاوت جي مختلف حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ واري دٻاءَ'' (بينڊنگ اسٽريسز) جي منتقلي کي گهٽائڻ يا مڪمل طور روڪڻ هوندو آهي، جنهن سان خاص طور زلزلي دوران ڍانچي جي نقصان جو خطرو گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

سادن سلائيڊنگ ڳانڍاپن جي ڀيٽ ۾ قبضي کي ترجيح ڏيڻ جو اهم سبب اهو آهي ته اهو هڪ طرف محدود گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، جڏهن ته ٻئي طرف ڀرپاسي وارن اڏاوتي حصن کي هڪ ٻئي کان ڌار ٿيڻ کان بچائي ٿو. اهڙيءَ طرح ڍانچي جي استحڪام برقرار رهي ٿي ۽ زلزلي يا حرارتي تبديليءَ سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ حرڪتن کي محفوظ نموني جذب ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

جيڪڏهن ڪنهن قبضي ذريعي ٻن اڏاوتي حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ وارو لمحو'' (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) منتقل نه ٿئي، ته اهڙي قبضي کي تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ ''صفر لمحي وارو قبضو'' (زيرو مومينٽ ھنج) چيو ويندو آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا تجزياتي ماڊلن ۽ عملي انجنيئرنگ ٻنهي ۾ وڏي اهميت رکن ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي اڏاوت ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻائن جي ورهاست کي بهتر نموني ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏين ٿا.

== خلائي جهاز ==

خلائي جهازن (اسپيس ڪرافٽ) ۾ استعمال لاءِ ڪيترن ئي قسمن جا ''خودڪار کُلندڙ ۽ پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضا'' (سيلف-ايڪچوئيٽنگ, سيلف-لاڪنگ ھنجز) تيار ڪيا ويا آهن. اهي قبضا خاص طور انهن اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جيڪي راڪيٽ جي لانچ دوران ويڙهيل يا بند حالت ۾ رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ خلاءَ ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ پاڻمرادو کُلي پنهنجي ڪم ڪندڙ شڪل اختيار ڪندا آهن.

اهڙي قسم جا قبضا [[کُلندڙ خلائي اڏاوتن]] (ڊپلائبل اسٽرڪچرز) ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ [[شمسي پينل]]، مصنوعي سوراخي ريڊار (سنٿيٽڪ اپرچر راڊار) جون اينٽينائون، ڊگها بوم (Booms)، ريڊيئيٽر ۽ ٻيا خلائي جزا شامل آهن. انهن قبضي جي مدد سان هي حصا محدود جاءِ ۾ محفوظ نموني رکي سگهجن ٿا ۽ مدار ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ بغير انساني مداخلت جي صحيح نموني کُلي ۽ لاڪ ٿي وڃن ٿا، جنهن سان خلائي جهاز جي اعتبار، ڪارڪردگي ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو اچي ٿو.

== اصطلاحات ==

[[File:Basic hinge.svg|thumb|upright|بنيادي قبضي جا حصا]]

* '''پن''' ({{lang-en|Pin}}) – ڌاتوءَ يا ٻين مضبوط مواد مان ٺهيل راڊ، جيڪا قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن (ليوز) کي ''نڪل'' (Knuckle) جي اندر پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍي رکي ٿي ۽ انهن کي محور جي چوڌاري ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي. هن کي '''پنٽل''' (Pintle) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''نڪل''' – قبضي جو سوراخدار، اڪثر گول شڪل وارو حصو، جيڪو قبضي جو گڏيل محور ٺاهيندو آهي. ٻنهي پٽن جا نڪل هڪ ٻئي سان وڇايل ترتيب ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن ۽ پن انهن سڀني مان لنگهندي انهن کي گڏ رکي ٿي.

* '''پٽو''' (ليف) – قبضي جا عام طور ٻه چپٽا حصا، جيڪي نڪل جي ٻنهي پاسن کان نڪرن ٿا ۽ پن جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن. اهي ئي حصا دروازي، دري يا ٻين شين سان لڳايا ويندا آهن.

* '''اينڊ پلي''' (End play) – پن جي محور سان گڏ قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن جي وچ ۾ ٿيندڙ محوري حرڪت. هي ننڍڙي چرپر پٽن کي بغير اٽڪڻ جي آسانيءَ سان ڦرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندي آهي ۽ عام طور نڪلن جي وچ واري وٿي (نڪل گيپ) سان طئي ٿيندي آهي.

* '''ٿولهه''' (Gauge) – قبضي جي پٽن جي ٿولهه.

* '''قبضي جي ويڪر''' – هڪ پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ کان ٻي پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين ماپيل مفاصلو، جيڪو پن جي محور تي عمودي هوندو آهي.

* '''قبضي جي ڊيگهه''' – قبضي جي پٽن جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي هوندي آهي.

* '''نڪل جي ڊيگهه''' (Knuckle length) – هڪ نڪل جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي ماپي ويندي آهي.

* '''پٽي جي ويڪر''' (Leaf width) – پن جي مرڪز کان پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''پچ''' (Pitch) – هڪ نڪل جي پڇاڙيءَ کان ساڳئي پٽي تي موجود ڀر واري نڪل جي ساڳئي ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''ڊور اسٽاپ''' (Doorstop) – هڪ عام اصطلاح، جيڪو قبضي جي پٽن ۾ پن جي ڀيٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ غيرضروري يا ڍِلي ڪنڊائتي چرپر لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. اهڙي چرپر قبضي جي گهسجي وڃڻ يا ڍِلي ٿيڻ سبب پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي.

== قسم ==

=== بيرل قبضو ===
'''بيرل قبضو''' (Barrel hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪيترن ڳنڍيل سوراخدار حصن (Knuckles) تي مشتمل هوندو آهي ۽ انهن مان گذرندڙ هڪ محور يا پن (Pin) ذريعي گڏ رکيو ويندو آهي. ''بيرل'' اصل ۾ هڪ خالي سلينڊر هوندو آهي، جنهن جي چوڌاري قبضو گردش ڪندو آهي. جديد دور ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ اڪثر قبضا بيرل قبضي جي بنيادي اصول تي ڪم ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Childers |first=Kathleen |date=25 August 2023 |title=Everything to Know About Barrel Hinges |url=https://www.familyhandyman.com/article/everything-to-know-about-barrel-hinges/ |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Family Handyman}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== بٽ قبضو / مارٽس قبضو ===
'''بٽ قبضو''' (Butt hinge) يا '''مارٽس قبضو''' (Mortise hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي ۽ دروازي جي چوڪاٽي ۾ ڪٽيل کوکلي جاءِ يا  پاتام (Mortise) اندر لڳايو ويندو آهي، جنهن سبب دروازو بند ٿيڻ تي قبضو تقريباً لڪل نظر ايندو آهي. ڪجهه قبضا '''اڌ مارٽس''' قسم جا به هوندا آهن، جن ۾ صرف هڪ پٽو (Leaf) کوکلي جاءِ ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مٿاڇري تي رهندو آهي. گهڻا مارٽس قبضا پنهنجي گردش واري بناوت سبب بيرل قبضي جي درجي ۾ پڻ اچن ٿا.
انجيس يا قبضو لڳائڻ وقت اسڪرو يا پيچن کي ھٿوڙيءَ سان ٺوڪي نہ لڳائجي ڇاڪاڻ تہ ائين ڪرڻ سان ڪجھ وقت کان پوءِ اھي ڍرا ٿي نڪري ايندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري انھن کي اسڪرو ڊرائيور يعني پيچ ڪش سان لڳائڻ گھرجي.

=== بٽر فلائي يا پارليامينٽ قبضو ===
'''بٽر فلائي قبضو''' (Butterfly hinge) يا برطانيا ۾ '''پارليامينٽ قبضو''' (Parliament hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا تختي کي مڪمل طور لڳ ڀڳ '''180°''' تائين کولڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت سان لڳي سڌو ٿي بيهي سگهي ٿو. بٽر فلائي قبضا پنهنجي سينگاريل شڪل سبب فرنيچر ۽ آرائشي دروازن ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Parliament Hinges Old English Collection |url=https://www.suffolklatchcompany.com/products/parliament-hinges |access-date=2026-02-06 |website=Suffolk Latch Company |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== ڪيس قبضو ===
'''ڪيس قبضو''' (Case hinge) بناوت ۾ بٽ قبضي سان ملندڙ جلندڙ هوندو آهي، پر عام طور وڌيڪ سينگاريل هوندو آهي. اهو سوٽڪيسن، بريف ڪيسن، ڪاٺ جي دٻن، زيورن جي دٻين ۽ ٻين اهڙين شين ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جتي مضبوط ڳانڍاپي سان گڏ ظاهري خوبصورتي پڻ اهم هجي.

=== لڪل قبضو ===
'''لڪل قبضو''' (Concealed hinge) خاص طور فرنيچر جي دروازن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. هي قبضو دروازو بند ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ٻاهران نظر نٿو اچي. ان جا ٻه بنيادي حصا هوندا آهن: (1) '''ڪپ''' (Cup) ۽ '''بازو''' (آرم)، ۽ (2) '''مائونٽنگ پليٽ'''. انهن کي '''ڪپ قبضو''' (ڪپ ھنج) يا '''يورو قبضو''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي يورپ ۾ تيار ٿيا ۽ ميٽرڪ ماپن تي ٻڌل معيار استعمال ڪندا آهن. گهڻا لڪل قبضا پيچن جي ذريعي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ به آسانيءَ سان ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) ڏئي سگهجن ٿا، جنهن سان دروازي جي اوچائي، پاسيري پوزيشن ۽ کوٽائي درست ڪري سگهجي ٿي.

=== لڳاتار يا پيانو قبضو ===
'''لڳاتار قبضو''' (Continuous hinge) يا '''پيانو قبضو''' (Piano hinge) بيرل قبضي جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو دروازي، دٻي، ڍڪ يا پينل جي پوري ڊيگهه تائين پکڙيل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا سوراخن سان يا بغير سوراخن جي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن ۽ ڊگهي سهاري سبب وزن کي هڪجهڙو ورهائيندا آهن.

=== فليگ قبضو ===
'''فليگ قبضو''' (Flag hinge) ٻن حصن تي ٻڌل سادو قبضو هوندو آهي. هڪ حصي ۾ لڳل پن ٻئي حصي جي سوراخ ۾ داخل ٿيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو يا ٻيو حصو آسانيءَ سان الڳ به ڪري سگهجي ٿو. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا هٽائي سگهجندڙ دروازن ۽ مشينن ۾ عام استعمال ٿيندا آهن ۽ ساڄي ۽ کاٻي ٻنهي قسمن ۾ موجود هوندا .&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=26 August 2024 |title=The Beginner's Guide to Flag Hinges |url=https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20250216130803/https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |archive-date=16 February 2025 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Monroe Engineering}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ايڇ قبضو ===
'''ايڇ قبضو''' (H hinge) انگريزي اکر '''H''' جي شڪل جهڙو بيرل قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو سطح سان برابر لڳندڙ (فلش-مائونٽيڊ) دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ننڍا H قبضا عام طور المارين ۽ ڪٻٽن لاءِ، جڏهن ته وڏا H قبضا ڪمرا يا المارين جا دروازا لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== ايڇ ايل قبضو ===
'''ايڇ ايل قبضو''' (HL hinge) روايتي قبضو آهي، جيڪو سترهين، ارڙهين ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ دوران رهائشي ڪمرن، گذرگاهن ۽ المارين جي دروازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو هو. اوچن دروازن ۾ ڪڏهن ٻن H قبضي جي وچ ۾ اضافي HL قبضو پڻ لڳايو ويندو هو.

=== هڪ طرفو قبضو ===
'''هڪ طرفو قبضو''' (ون-وي ھنج) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا ٻئي حصي کي رڳو هڪ ئي رخ ۾ کُلڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. اهو ٻن طرفن کان کُلندڙ (ڊبل-ايڪشن) قبضي جي ابتڙ هوندو آهي.

=== محوري قبضو ===
'''محوري قبضو''' (Pivot hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي جي هيٺئين حصي ۽ مٿئين فريم ۾ لڳل محور تي گردش ڪندو آهي. هن کي '''ڊبل ايڪشن فلور قبضو''' (ڊبل-ايڪٽنگ فلور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. قديم خشڪ پٿر وارين عمارتن ۽ ڪجهه پراڻين ڪاٺيءَ جي عمارتن ۾ اهڙي قسم جا قبضا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. هلڪن وزن وارن دروازن لاءِ اهي نسبتاً گهٽ خرچ وارو ۽ ڪارائتو حل سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.

=== پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو ===
'''پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو''' (سيلف-ڪلوزنگ ھنج) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو بند ڪرڻ لاءِ اندروني ميخانياتي نظام لڳل هوندو آهي. هن ۾ اڪثر بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار (اسپيڊ ڪنٽرول) کي ضابطو ڪرڻ جو نظام پڻ شامل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا عام طور اسپرنگ  جي مدد سان دروازي کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ قوت پيدا ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ميخانياتي يا هائيڊرولڪ ڊيمپر (Damper) دروازي جي بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار کي ڪنٽرول ڪندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح هي قبضو هڪ ئي وقت قبضي ۽ [[دروازو بند ڪندڙ اوزار]] (ڊور ڪلوزر) ٻنهي جو ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |date=26 August 2019 |title=Self-Closing Hinges |url=http://www.watersonusa.com/solutions/spring-loaded-door-hinge |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200921094428/http://www.watersonusa.com/solutions/spring-loaded-door-hinge |archive-date=21 September 2020 |access-date=3 September 2020 |website=Watersonusa}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== اسپرنگ قبضو ===
'''اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Spring hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جنهن جي اندر اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي. هي اسپرنگ قبضي جي پٽن کي کولڻ يا بند ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو کليل يا بند حالت ۾ رکڻ لاءِ گهربل قوت فراهم ڪندو آهي. اسپرنگ قبضا عام طور باهه کان بچاءَ وارن دروازن، رهائشي عمارتن ۽ تجارتي جڳهن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو ===
'''مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو''' (Swing clear hing})، جنهن کي '''آف سيٽ دروازي جو قبضو''' (آف سيٽ ڊور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙو قبضو آهي جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل طور پنهنجي کُلڻ واري جاءِ کان ٻاهر ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ دروازي جي کليل حالت ۾ گذرگاهه جي ويڪر وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا خاص طور انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي معذور ماڻهن جي رسائي بابت تعميراتي معيارن تي عمل ڪرڻ ضروري هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Greene |first=Lori |date=27 May 2021 |title=QQ: Hinge Types – Swing-Clear |url=https://idighardware.com/2021/05/qq-hinge-types-swing-clear/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241220120419/https://idighardware.com/2021/05/qq-hinge-types-swing-clear/ |archive-date=20 December 2024 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=iDigHardware}}&lt;/ref&gt;اهي قبضا اڪثر فيئر هائوسنگ ايڪٽ (FHA) جي رسائي وارن ضابطن جي تعميل لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ 34 انچ ويڪري دروازي سان به گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 32 انچ صاف گذرگاهه مهيا ڪندا آهن، جيڪو معذور ماڻهن جي آسان آمدرفت لاءِ مقرر ڪيل معيار آهي..&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last= |first= |date= |title=The Fair Housing Act's Requirement 3: Usable Doors |url=https://www.hud.gov/sites/dfiles/FHEO/documents/The-Fair-Housing-Act-Requirement-3-Usable-Doors-Participant-Workbook.pdf |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241211175526/https://www.hud.gov/sites/dfiles/FHEO/documents/The-Fair-Housing-Act-Requirement-3-Usable-Doors-Participant-Workbook.pdf |archive-date=11 December 2024 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=United States Department of Housing and Urban Development}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بٽلر ٽري قبضو ===
'''بٽلر ٽري قبضو''' (Butler tray hinge) خاص قسم جو قبضو آهي، جيڪو لڳ ڀڳ 90 درجا موڙي پوءِ سڌو سنئون لاڪ ٿي ويندو آهي. اهو عام طور اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جي مٿئين حصي تي پيش ڪرڻ لاءِ الڳ ٽري لڳل هوندي آهي.

=== ڪارڊ ميز قبضو ===
'''ڪارڊ ميز قبضو''' (ڪارڊ ٽيبل ھنج) اهڙو مارٽس قبضو آهي، جيڪو روايتي يا جديد نموني جي ڪارڊ ميزن جي ڪنارن ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي. هي ميز جي مٿئين حصي کي پاڻ تي ٻيڻو ٿي ويڙهڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان ميز کي آسانيءَ سان بند يا محفوظ ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ ===
'''ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ''' (ڪارپنٽيئر جوائنٽ) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو وڪريل ڪراس سيڪشن (ڪروڊ ڪراس-سيڪشن) وارين ڪيترين سنهين ڌاتي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندو آهي. هي خاص جوڙجڪ لچڪدار حرڪت ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپو فراهم ڪندي آهي.

=== ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو ===
'''ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو''' (ڊراپ-ليف ٽيبل ھنج) ميز جي مٿاڇري جي هيٺان لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جا پاسا ضرورت مطابق هيٺ ڪري يا مٿي کڻي سگهجن ٿا. هي قبضا گهڻو ڪري ''رول جوائنٽ'' واري ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ ===
'''قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ''' (ھنجڊ ايڪسپينشن جوائنٽ) اهڙو توسيعي ڳانڍاپو آهي، جنهن ۾ قبضا لڳل هوندا آهن ته جيئن اڏاوت يا مشين جو حصو صرف هڪ ئي سطح  ۾ وڪڙي سگهي. هي جوڙ حرارتي واڌ ويجهه يا حرڪت سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻاءُ کي گهٽائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== لِونگ قبضو ===
'''لِونگ قبضو''' (Living hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڌاتوءَ جي پن (Pin) يا نڪل (Knuckle) کان سواءِ رڳو هڪ لچڪدار مواد، اڪثر ڪري پلاسٽڪ، مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي ٻن حصن جي وچ ۾ هڪ ئي ٽڪري طور ٺهندو آهي ۽ ان ۾ الڳ حرڪت ڪندڙ حصا نه هوندا آهن. اهڙي جوڙجڪ سبب ان جي تياري سادي، هلڪي ۽ گهٽ خرچ واري هوندي آهي، پر بار بار وڪڙجڻ سبب وقت سان گڏ ٿڪاوٽ يا ٽٽڻ جو امڪان ٻين قبضي جي قسمن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. لِونگ قبضا پلاسٽڪ جي دٻين، بوتلن جي ڍڪڻن، دوائن جي پيڪنگ ۽ ٻين مولڊ ڪيل شين ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=21 March 2024 |title=What is a living hinge and its applications? |url=https://www.essentracomponents.com/en-gb/news/solutions/access-hardware/living-hinges-101-what-you-need-to-know |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Essentra Components |archive-date=20 December 2024 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241220120420/https://www.essentracomponents.com/en-gb/news/solutions/access-hardware/living-hinges-101-what-you-need-to-know |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== ٻيا قسم ===
قبضي جا ٻيا ڪيترائي قسم پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* '''ڪوچ قبضو''' (Coach hinge) – گاڏين، وڏن دروازن ۽ ڳري ڪاٺيءَ جي اڏاوتن لاءِ مضبوط قبضو.
* '''ڪائونٽر فليپ قبضو'''  – ڪائونٽرن يا ميزن جي کُلندڙ پٽن (Flaps) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ قبضو.
* '''ڪرينڪ يا طوفان-مزاحمتي قبضو''' (Cranked or storm-proof hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن جي شڪل وڪريل هوندي آهي ۽ جيڪو دروازي يا دري کي موسم جي اثرن کان بهتر تحفظ فراهم ڪندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو غير اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Double-action non-spring hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو ٻنهي رخن ۾ گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، پر ان ۾ اسپرنگ شامل نه هوندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو اسپرنگ قبضو''' – ٻنهي رخن ۾ کُلندڙ قبضو، جنهن ۾ اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو وچ يا بند حالت ڏانهن موٽائيندو آهي.
* '''فلش قبضو''' (Flush hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو بغير مارٽس (Mortise) ٺاهڻ جي سڌو مٿاڇري تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.
* '''رگڙ وارو قبضو''' (فرڪشن ھنج) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو رگڙ جي قوت سان دروازي يا دري کي گهربل حالت ۾ بيهارڻ ۾ مدد ڪندو آهي.
* '''لفٽ-آف قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي قبضي مان سڌو مٿي کڻي آسانيءَ سان الڳ ڪري سگهجي ٿو، بغير قبضي کي کولڻ جي.
* '''پنج قبضو''' (Pinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ جلدي ڪڍي سگهجندڙ پن (ڪئڪ-رليز پن) لڳل هوندو آهي.
* '''اڀرندڙ بٽ قبضو''' (Rising butt hinge) يا '''ڪيم لفٽ قبضو''' (Cam lift hinge) – هن قبضي جو نڪل سرپل شڪل وارو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازو کُلڻ وقت ان کي ٿورو مٿي کڻي ويندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح دروازو قالين يا اڻبرابر فرش سان نه ٽڪرائيندو آهي، ۽ بند ٿيڻ وقت پنهنجي وزن جي ڪري پاڻ هيٺ اچي بند ٿي ويندو آهي&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite
 web |last=Metcalf |first=Zoe |date=2025-09-30 |title=Upgrade Your Doors: The Hidden Benefits of Rising Butt Hinges |url=https://www.cookebrothers.co.uk/latest-news/2025/09/30/benefits-of-rising-butt-hinges/ |access-date=2026-04-17 |website=Cooke Brothers |language=en-GB}}&lt;/ref&gt;.
* '''سيڪيورٽي قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو دروازي کي زبردستي ڪڍڻ يا ٽوڙڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ خاص حفاظتي بناوت سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.
* '''ٽي قبضو''' (Tee hinge) – انگريزي اکر '''T''' جي شڪل وارو قبضو، جيڪو عام طور ڪاٺيءَ جي دروازن، باڙن، گودامن ۽ باغيچي جي دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڊگهو افقي حصو وزن کي بهتر نموني ورهائيندو آهي.

==تصويري نمائش==
&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot;&gt;
File:HingesOldA.jpg|[[Bignasco]] ڀرسان خشڪ پٿر جي ڀت ۾ استعمال ٿيل قبضي جي پراڻي جوڙجڪ.
File:HingesOldB.jpg|خشڪ پٿر جي قديم عمارتن مان مليل قديم محوري قبضا (Pivot hinges).
File:Hingebifold.JPG|فلش دروازي جو قبضو (Flush hinge).
File:Hinge2P2.jpg|لوهي (Wrought iron) مان ٺهيل بيرل قبضو.
File:Hinge2P3.jpg|ڪانسي (برونز) جي پٽي مان ٺهيل بيرل قبضو.
File:Hinge3P.jpg|ٽن نڪلن (Knuckles) وارو بٽ قبضو، جنهن ۾ محور ٻنهي ڇيڙن کان مضبوط نموني سنڀاليل هوندو آهي.
File:Topfscharnier.jpg|فرنيچر جي دروازي ۾ لڳل لڪل اسپرنگ وارو قبضو، جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل بند يا مڪمل کليل حالت ۾ رکندو آهي. هي مڪمل طور دروازي جي پويان لڪي ويندو آهي ۽ نفيس ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) جي سهولت پڻ رکي ٿو، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت جي ويجهو هوندي به آسانيءَ سان کلي سگهي ٿو.
File:Hinge 01.jpg|عمارت جي ٻاهرئين ڀت تي زنگ لڳل قبضا.
File:Haar hung doors (99309543).jpg|اهڙو دروازو، جيڪو پنهنجي اسٽائيل (Stile) تي لڳل محوري قبضي تي گردش ڪري ٿو؛ هن قسم کي ''هار-هنگ دروازو'' (Haar-hung door) چيو ويندو آهي.
File:Mint box polypropylene lid.JPG|[[Tic Tac]] جي دٻي جي ڍڪ تي لِونگ قبضو (Living hinge).
File:Hinged Handcuffs 1.jpg|قبضي وارا [[هٿڪڙيون]] (ھنجڊ ھينڊڪفس).
File:Hinge 03.jpg|پيانو قبضو (Piano hinge).
File:Continuoushinge.jpg|لڳاتار قبضو (ڪنٽينيوئس ھنج).
File:Waterson_K51SW.jpg|مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو (سونگ ڪليئر ھنج).
File:Sydney Harbour Bridge hinge.jpg|[[سڊني ھاربر برج]] تي لڳل قبضو، جيڪو پل جي تعمير دوران استعمال ڪيو ويو ۽ هاڻي گرمي ۽ سردي سبب ٿيندڙ ڦهلاءَ ۽ سُڪڙجڻ (ٿرمل ايڪسپينشن ۽ ڪانٽريڪشن) کي برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڪري ٿو.
&lt;/gallery&gt;


دروازن ۽ درين جي نوعيت مطابق عام طرح سان ھيٺ ڄاڻايل قسم جون انجيسون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن.&lt;br&gt;
(i) بُٽ انجيس يا ڪتابي انجيسون: (Butt Hingest
ھن قسم جون انجيسون عام طرح سان استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. انھن جو ھڪ حصو تاڪ جي پاسي ۾ ۽ ٻيو حصو چوڪاٺي جي پاتام ۾ اسڪرن ذريعي لڳايو ويندو آھي. انجيسن لڳائڻ وقت اسڪرن يا پيچن کي ھٿوڙيءَ سان ٺوڪي نھ لڳائجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ ائين ڪرڻ سان ڪجھھ وقت کان پوءِ اھي ڍرا ٿي نڪري ايندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري انھن کي اسڪرو ڊرائيور يعني پيچ ڪش سان لڳائڻ گھرجي.&lt;br&gt;
(ii) ٽي – انجيسون يا پڇر انجيسون: (T- Hinges)&lt;br&gt; 
ھي ھڪ قسم جو گھاڙو لوھ (Wrought iron)  جون فتيلون آھن، ھنن جي ڊگھي ٻانھن وارو حصو تاڪ جي افقيءَ پٽيءَ ۾ اسڪرن سان لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ٻيو ڌاتيءَ جي پٽيءَ وارو حصو چوڪاٺي ۾ جڙيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جون انجيسون معمولي قسم جي دروازن لاءِ ٺيڪ آھن ۽ کين ڳرن ۽ سٺي قسم جي دروازن ۾ استعمال نھ ڪرڻ گھرجي.&lt;br&gt;
(iii) ٻن طرفن واريون انجيسون: (Back flap Hinges) 
ھن قسم جون ٻھ طرفيون انجيسون اھڙن ھنڌن تي استعمال ڪبيون آھن، جتي اھڙا تہ سنھا تاڪ لڳائبا آھن جو سادين انجيسن جو لڳائڻ ممڪن نہ ھوندو آھي.
(iv) ڪوڪن واريون انجيسون: (Pin Hinges) 
جڏھن تاڪن جو وزن ايترو ڳرو ھوندو آھي جو ٻين قسمن جي انجيسن سان انھن کي نہ لڳائي سگھبو آھي تھ اھڙيءَ حالت ۾ ھن قسم جون ڪلين واريون انجيسون لڳائبيون آھن.</text>
      <sha1>h0nj0cqwvifg5yx4pz4oeplijdflvlg</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400881</id>
      <parentid>400879</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T13:34:47Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400881</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="35452" sha1="nfaxvky9fz4ccuixjvbmn4fpxi66tgc" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|ٻن مضبوط شين کي ڳنڍيندڙ ميخانياتي ڳانڍاپو}}

[[File:Carrollton New Orleans hinge brass inside.jpg|thumb|upright|پتل مان ٺهيل سينگاريل دروازي جي انجيس]]
[[File:Hamburgerpaumelle.JPG|thumb|upright|بيرل انجيس (Barrel hinge)]]

'''انجيس''' يا '''قبضو''' ({{lang-en|'''Hinge'''}}) هڪ [[ميڪانياتي بيئرنگ]] (Mechanical bearing) آهي، جيڪو ٻن مضبوط شين کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيندو آهي ۽ عام طور انهن مان هڪ کي مقرر محور جي چوڌاري محدود زاويي تائين ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. مثالي قبضي (آئيڊيل ھنج) ۾ ڳنڍيل ٻئي حصا رڳو هڪ مقرر محور جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ٻيون سموريون حرڪتون، جهڙوڪ اڳتي پٺتي سرڪڻ يا ٻين رخن ۾ گردش، روڪيل هونديون آهن. ان ڪري ميخانيات ۾ قبضي کي ''هڪ درجي واري آزادي'' (ون ڊگري آف فريڊم) وارو ڳانڍاپو سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

قبضا يا انجيسون لچڪدار مواد (فليڪسيبل مٽيريل) مان به ٺاهي سگهجن ٿا يا وري ڌاتوءَ جي حرڪت ڪندڙ حصن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن. حياتيات (بائيولاجي) ۾ به ڪيترائي [[جوڙ]] (جوائنٽ) قبضي وانگر ڪم ڪندا آهن، جن مان [[ڪُلهي جي جوڙ]] جي بدران ''ٺوٺ جو جوڙ''  هڪ نمايان مثال آهي، جيڪو بنيادي طور هڪ ئي رخ ۾ وڪڙجڻ ۽ سڌو ٿيڻ جي حرڪت جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو.

انجيسون يا قبضا سڀ کان وڌيڪ دروازن، دريائن ۽ المارين جي کُلڻ ۽ بند ٿيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، پر انهن کان علاوه فولڊ ٿيندڙ [[ڏاڪڻ]]، موٽر گاڏين جي بونٽ، صندوقن، ڍڪڻن ۽ وڏين متحرڪ [[پل|پلين]]  جي جوڙجڪ ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

درين ۽ دروازن کي لڳائڻ ۽ انھن اندر مختلف جزن ذريعي ڳانڍاپو رکڻ واسطي ھيٺين قسمن جي قبضن يا انجيسن جي  ضرورت پوندي آھي.

== تاريخ ==

قديم آثارن مان پٿر، سنگِ مرمر، ڪاٺ ۽ ڪانسي  مان ٺهيل انجيسون يا قبضا مليا آهن، جن مان ڪجهه گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[قديم مصر]] جي دور سان تعلق رکن ٿا. بهرحال، اهو يقيني طور طئي ڪرڻ ڏکيو آهي ته قبضي جو پهريون استعمال دنيا جي ڪهڙي هنڌ ۽ ڪهڙي زماني ۾ ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

قديم مصر ۾ دروازن لاءِ هڪ خاص ''محوري قبضي'' (Pivot hinge) وارو نظام استعمال ٿيندو هو. هن طريقي ۾ دروازي جي مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين ڪنڍن تي ڪاٺ جا گول ڪنڊا (Dowels) لڳايا ويندا هئا يا اهي سڌو دروازي جي ڪاٺ مان تراشيا ويندا هئا. اهي ڪنڍا پٿر ۾ ٺهيل گول کڏن (Stone sockets) ۾ ويهندا هئا، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دروازو آسانيءَ سان پنهنجي محور تي ڦرندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Museum Bulletin – An Early Egyptian Door-Socket |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/bulletin/1315/}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door – British Museum |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/Y_EA705}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[قديم روم]] ۾ قبضي کي لاطيني ٻوليءَ ۾ ڪارڊو:''Cardō'' چيو ويندو هو. انهيءَ لفظ تان ئي رومي ديوي ''ڪارڊيا'' (Cardea)، جيڪا دروازن ۽ قبضي جي محافظ ديوي سمجهي ويندي هئي، جو نالو پيو، ۽ رومي شهرن جي مکيه اتر–ڏکڻ واري شاهراهه کي پڻ ''ڪارڊو'' سڏيو ويندو هو. لاطيني لفظ ''ڪارڊو'' جو مفهوم &quot;اهو بنيادي جزو، جنهن تي ڪا شيءِ ڦري يا جنهن تي ڪنهن شيءِ جو دارومدار هجي&quot; هو، ۽ انهيءَ مان جديد انگريزي لفظن، جهڙوڪ ''ڪارڊينل''، جي پڻ ابتدا ٿي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

'''آڪسفورڊ انگريزي لغت''' (آڪسفورڊ انگلش ڊڪشنري) موجب انگريزي لفظ  ھنج''Hinge'' جو تعلق لفظ ''Hang'' (لڙڪڻ يا ٽنگجڻ) سان آهي، جيڪو ٻنهي لفظن جي تاريخي لساني ارتقا ڏانهن اشارو ڪري ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=hinge |url=https://www.oed.com/dictionary/hinge_n}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== عمارتن ۾ رسائي ==

گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[وچئين دور]] (ميڊيول پيرئڊ) کان وٺي مضبوط قلعن ۽ دفاعي عمارتن ۾ [[ڇڪيل پل]] (Drawbridge) لاءِ قبضا استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن. اهڙن قبضي جي مدد سان پل کي ضرورت موجب مٿي کڻي يا هيٺ لاهي سگهجي ٿو، جنهن سان قلعي جي حفاظت ۽ داخلا تي ڪنٽرول رکڻ آسان ٿيندو هو.

جديد [[تعمير]] (آرڪيٽيڪچر) ۾ به قبضا انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي وقت سان گڏ بنياد جي ويهڻ (بلڊنگ سيٽلمينٽ) جو امڪان هجي. اهڙين حالتن ۾ قبضا عمارت جي ڪجهه حصن کي محدود حرڪت جي اجازت ڏيندا آهن، جنهن سان ڍانچي تي غيرضروري دٻاءُ گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

ان جو هڪ مشهور مثال آمريڪي رياست [[ڪيليفورنيا]] جي [[برزبين, ڪيليفورنيا|برزبين]] شهر ۾ واقع [[ڊيڪن بلڊنگ]] آهي. هن عمارت جي داخلي رئمپ (ramp) کي هڪ وڏي قبضي تي نصب ڪيو ويو هو ته جيئن [[کنبا| کُنبن]] (Piles) تي ٺهيل ۽ نرم خليجي مٽي (Bay mud) تي بيٺل عمارت جي ويهڻ دوران رئمپ محفوظ طريقي سان پنهنجي حالت بدلائي سگهي. هي انتظام ڪيترن ئي سالن تائين اثرائتو رهيو، پر آڪٽوبر 2006ع ۾ رئمپ کي نقصان پهچڻ ۽ ان جي ڍلان حد کان وڌيڪ وڌي وڃڻ سبب ان کي تبديل ڪيو ويو.

== وڏيون اڏاوتون ==

قبضا  وڏين اڏاوتن، جهڙوڪ اوچين شاهراهن، ريلوي واءِڊڪٽن (viaducts)، پلن ۽ ٻين انجنيئرنگ ڍانچن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جو مقصد اڏاوت جي مختلف حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ واري دٻاءَ'' (بينڊنگ اسٽريسز) جي منتقلي کي گهٽائڻ يا مڪمل طور روڪڻ هوندو آهي، جنهن سان خاص طور زلزلي دوران ڍانچي جي نقصان جو خطرو گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

سادن سلائيڊنگ ڳانڍاپن جي ڀيٽ ۾ قبضي کي ترجيح ڏيڻ جو اهم سبب اهو آهي ته اهو هڪ طرف محدود گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، جڏهن ته ٻئي طرف ڀرپاسي وارن اڏاوتي حصن کي هڪ ٻئي کان ڌار ٿيڻ کان بچائي ٿو. اهڙيءَ طرح ڍانچي جي استحڪام برقرار رهي ٿي ۽ زلزلي يا حرارتي تبديليءَ سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ حرڪتن کي محفوظ نموني جذب ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

جيڪڏهن ڪنهن قبضي ذريعي ٻن اڏاوتي حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ وارو لمحو'' (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) منتقل نه ٿئي، ته اهڙي قبضي کي تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ ''صفر لمحي وارو قبضو'' (زيرو مومينٽ ھنج) چيو ويندو آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا تجزياتي ماڊلن ۽ عملي انجنيئرنگ ٻنهي ۾ وڏي اهميت رکن ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي اڏاوت ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻائن جي ورهاست کي بهتر نموني ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏين ٿا.

== خلائي جهاز ==

خلائي جهازن (اسپيس ڪرافٽ) ۾ استعمال لاءِ ڪيترن ئي قسمن جا ''خودڪار کُلندڙ ۽ پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضا'' (سيلف-ايڪچوئيٽنگ, سيلف-لاڪنگ ھنجز) تيار ڪيا ويا آهن. اهي قبضا خاص طور انهن اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جيڪي راڪيٽ جي لانچ دوران ويڙهيل يا بند حالت ۾ رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ خلاءَ ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ پاڻمرادو کُلي پنهنجي ڪم ڪندڙ شڪل اختيار ڪندا آهن.

اهڙي قسم جا قبضا [[کُلندڙ خلائي اڏاوتن]] (ڊپلائبل اسٽرڪچرز) ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ [[شمسي پينل]]، مصنوعي سوراخي ريڊار (سنٿيٽڪ اپرچر راڊار) جون اينٽينائون، ڊگها بوم (Booms)، ريڊيئيٽر ۽ ٻيا خلائي جزا شامل آهن. انهن قبضي جي مدد سان هي حصا محدود جاءِ ۾ محفوظ نموني رکي سگهجن ٿا ۽ مدار ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ بغير انساني مداخلت جي صحيح نموني کُلي ۽ لاڪ ٿي وڃن ٿا، جنهن سان خلائي جهاز جي اعتبار، ڪارڪردگي ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو اچي ٿو.

== اصطلاحات ==

[[File:Basic hinge.svg|thumb|upright|بنيادي قبضي جا حصا]]

* '''پن''' ({{lang-en|Pin}}) – ڌاتوءَ يا ٻين مضبوط مواد مان ٺهيل راڊ، جيڪا قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن (ليوز) کي ''نڪل'' (Knuckle) جي اندر پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍي رکي ٿي ۽ انهن کي محور جي چوڌاري ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي. هن کي '''پنٽل''' (Pintle) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''نڪل''' – قبضي جو سوراخدار، اڪثر گول شڪل وارو حصو، جيڪو قبضي جو گڏيل محور ٺاهيندو آهي. ٻنهي پٽن جا نڪل هڪ ٻئي سان وڇايل ترتيب ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن ۽ پن انهن سڀني مان لنگهندي انهن کي گڏ رکي ٿي.

* '''پٽو''' (ليف) – قبضي جا عام طور ٻه چپٽا حصا، جيڪي نڪل جي ٻنهي پاسن کان نڪرن ٿا ۽ پن جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن. اهي ئي حصا دروازي، دري يا ٻين شين سان لڳايا ويندا آهن.

* '''اينڊ پلي''' (End play) – پن جي محور سان گڏ قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن جي وچ ۾ ٿيندڙ محوري حرڪت. هي ننڍڙي چرپر پٽن کي بغير اٽڪڻ جي آسانيءَ سان ڦرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندي آهي ۽ عام طور نڪلن جي وچ واري وٿي (نڪل گيپ) سان طئي ٿيندي آهي.

* '''ٿولهه''' (Gauge) – قبضي جي پٽن جي ٿولهه.

* '''قبضي جي ويڪر''' – هڪ پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ کان ٻي پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين ماپيل مفاصلو، جيڪو پن جي محور تي عمودي هوندو آهي.

* '''قبضي جي ڊيگهه''' – قبضي جي پٽن جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي هوندي آهي.

* '''نڪل جي ڊيگهه''' (Knuckle length) – هڪ نڪل جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي ماپي ويندي آهي.

* '''پٽي جي ويڪر''' (Leaf width) – پن جي مرڪز کان پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''پچ''' (Pitch) – هڪ نڪل جي پڇاڙيءَ کان ساڳئي پٽي تي موجود ڀر واري نڪل جي ساڳئي ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''ڊور اسٽاپ''' (Doorstop) – هڪ عام اصطلاح، جيڪو قبضي جي پٽن ۾ پن جي ڀيٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ غيرضروري يا ڍِلي ڪنڊائتي چرپر لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. اهڙي چرپر قبضي جي گهسجي وڃڻ يا ڍِلي ٿيڻ سبب پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي.

== قسم ==

=== بيرل قبضو ===
'''بيرل قبضو''' (Barrel hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪيترن ڳنڍيل سوراخدار حصن (Knuckles) تي مشتمل هوندو آهي ۽ انهن مان گذرندڙ هڪ محور يا پن (Pin) ذريعي گڏ رکيو ويندو آهي. ''بيرل'' اصل ۾ هڪ خالي سلينڊر هوندو آهي، جنهن جي چوڌاري قبضو گردش ڪندو آهي. جديد دور ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ اڪثر قبضا بيرل قبضي جي بنيادي اصول تي ڪم ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Childers |first=Kathleen |date=25 August 2023 |title=Everything to Know About Barrel Hinges |url=https://www.familyhandyman.com/article/everything-to-know-about-barrel-hinges/ |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Family Handyman}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== بٽ قبضو / مارٽس قبضو ===
'''بٽ قبضو''' (Butt hinge) يا '''مارٽس قبضو''' (Mortise hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي ۽ دروازي جي چوڪاٽي ۾ ڪٽيل کوکلي جاءِ يا  پاتام (Mortise) اندر لڳايو ويندو آهي، جنهن سبب دروازو بند ٿيڻ تي قبضو تقريباً لڪل نظر ايندو آهي. ڪجهه قبضا '''اڌ مارٽس''' قسم جا به هوندا آهن، جن ۾ صرف هڪ پٽو (Leaf) کوکلي جاءِ ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مٿاڇري تي رهندو آهي. گهڻا مارٽس قبضا پنهنجي گردش واري بناوت سبب بيرل قبضي جي درجي ۾ پڻ اچن ٿا.
انجيس يا قبضو لڳائڻ وقت اسڪرو يا پيچن کي ھٿوڙيءَ سان ٺوڪي نہ لڳائجي ڇاڪاڻ تہ ائين ڪرڻ سان ڪجھ وقت کان پوءِ اھي ڍرا ٿي نڪري ايندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري انھن کي اسڪرو ڊرائيور يعني پيچ ڪش سان لڳائڻ گھرجي.

=== بٽر فلائي يا پارليامينٽ قبضو ===
'''بٽر فلائي قبضو''' (Butterfly hinge) يا برطانيا ۾ '''پارليامينٽ قبضو''' (Parliament hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا تختي کي مڪمل طور لڳ ڀڳ '''180°''' تائين کولڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت سان لڳي سڌو ٿي بيهي سگهي ٿو. بٽر فلائي قبضا پنهنجي سينگاريل شڪل سبب فرنيچر ۽ آرائشي دروازن ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Parliament Hinges Old English Collection |url=https://www.suffolklatchcompany.com/products/parliament-hinges |access-date=2026-02-06 |website=Suffolk Latch Company |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== ڪيس قبضو ===
'''ڪيس قبضو''' (Case hinge) بناوت ۾ بٽ قبضي سان ملندڙ جلندڙ هوندو آهي، پر عام طور وڌيڪ سينگاريل هوندو آهي. اهو سوٽڪيسن، بريف ڪيسن، ڪاٺ جي دٻن، زيورن جي دٻين ۽ ٻين اهڙين شين ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جتي مضبوط ڳانڍاپي سان گڏ ظاهري خوبصورتي پڻ اهم هجي.

=== لڪل قبضو ===
'''لڪل قبضو''' (Concealed hinge) خاص طور فرنيچر جي دروازن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. هي قبضو دروازو بند ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ٻاهران نظر نٿو اچي. ان جا ٻه بنيادي حصا هوندا آهن: (1) '''ڪپ''' (Cup) ۽ '''بازو''' (آرم)، ۽ (2) '''مائونٽنگ پليٽ'''. انهن کي '''ڪپ قبضو''' (ڪپ ھنج) يا '''يورو قبضو''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي يورپ ۾ تيار ٿيا ۽ ميٽرڪ ماپن تي ٻڌل معيار استعمال ڪندا آهن. گهڻا لڪل قبضا پيچن جي ذريعي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ به آسانيءَ سان ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) ڏئي سگهجن ٿا، جنهن سان دروازي جي اوچائي، پاسيري پوزيشن ۽ کوٽائي درست ڪري سگهجي ٿي.

=== لڳاتار يا پيانو قبضو ===
'''لڳاتار قبضو''' (Continuous hinge) يا '''پيانو قبضو''' (Piano hinge) بيرل قبضي جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو دروازي، دٻي، ڍڪ يا پينل جي پوري ڊيگهه تائين پکڙيل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا سوراخن سان يا بغير سوراخن جي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن ۽ ڊگهي سهاري سبب وزن کي هڪجهڙو ورهائيندا آهن.

=== فليگ قبضو ===
'''فليگ قبضو''' (Flag hinge) ٻن حصن تي ٻڌل سادو قبضو هوندو آهي. هڪ حصي ۾ لڳل پن ٻئي حصي جي سوراخ ۾ داخل ٿيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو يا ٻيو حصو آسانيءَ سان الڳ به ڪري سگهجي ٿو. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا هٽائي سگهجندڙ دروازن ۽ مشينن ۾ عام استعمال ٿيندا آهن ۽ ساڄي ۽ کاٻي ٻنهي قسمن ۾ موجود هوندا .&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=26 August 2024 |title=The Beginner's Guide to Flag Hinges |url=https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20250216130803/https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |archive-date=16 February 2025 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Monroe Engineering}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ايڇ قبضو ===
'''ايڇ قبضو''' (H hinge) انگريزي اکر '''H''' جي شڪل جهڙو بيرل قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو سطح سان برابر لڳندڙ (فلش-مائونٽيڊ) دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ننڍا H قبضا عام طور المارين ۽ ڪٻٽن لاءِ، جڏهن ته وڏا H قبضا ڪمرا يا المارين جا دروازا لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== ايڇ ايل قبضو ===
'''ايڇ ايل قبضو''' (HL hinge) روايتي قبضو آهي، جيڪو سترهين، ارڙهين ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ دوران رهائشي ڪمرن، گذرگاهن ۽ المارين جي دروازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو هو. اوچن دروازن ۾ ڪڏهن ٻن H قبضي جي وچ ۾ اضافي HL قبضو پڻ لڳايو ويندو هو.

=== هڪ طرفو قبضو ===
'''هڪ طرفو قبضو''' (ون-وي ھنج) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا ٻئي حصي کي رڳو هڪ ئي رخ ۾ کُلڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. اهو ٻن طرفن کان کُلندڙ (ڊبل-ايڪشن) قبضي جي ابتڙ هوندو آهي.

=== محوري قبضو ===
'''محوري قبضو''' (Pivot hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي جي هيٺئين حصي ۽ مٿئين فريم ۾ لڳل محور تي گردش ڪندو آهي. هن کي '''ڊبل ايڪشن فلور قبضو''' (ڊبل-ايڪٽنگ فلور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. قديم خشڪ پٿر وارين عمارتن ۽ ڪجهه پراڻين ڪاٺيءَ جي عمارتن ۾ اهڙي قسم جا قبضا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. هلڪن وزن وارن دروازن لاءِ اهي نسبتاً گهٽ خرچ وارو ۽ ڪارائتو حل سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.

=== پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو ===
'''پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو''' (سيلف-ڪلوزنگ ھنج) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو بند ڪرڻ لاءِ اندروني ميخانياتي نظام لڳل هوندو آهي. هن ۾ اڪثر بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار (اسپيڊ ڪنٽرول) کي ضابطو ڪرڻ جو نظام پڻ شامل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا عام طور اسپرنگ  جي مدد سان دروازي کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ قوت پيدا ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ميخانياتي يا هائيڊرولڪ ڊيمپر (Damper) دروازي جي بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار کي ڪنٽرول ڪندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح هي قبضو هڪ ئي وقت قبضي ۽ [[دروازو بند ڪندڙ اوزار]] (ڊور ڪلوزر) ٻنهي جو ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |date=26 August 2019 |title=Self-Closing Hinges |url=http://www.watersonusa.com/solutions/spring-loaded-door-hinge |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200921094428/http://www.watersonusa.com/solutions/spring-loaded-door-hinge |archive-date=21 September 2020 |access-date=3 September 2020 |website=Watersonusa}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== اسپرنگ قبضو ===
'''اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Spring hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جنهن جي اندر اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي. هي اسپرنگ قبضي جي پٽن کي کولڻ يا بند ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو کليل يا بند حالت ۾ رکڻ لاءِ گهربل قوت فراهم ڪندو آهي. اسپرنگ قبضا عام طور باهه کان بچاءَ وارن دروازن، رهائشي عمارتن ۽ تجارتي جڳهن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو ===
'''مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو''' (Swing clear hing})، جنهن کي '''آف سيٽ دروازي جو قبضو''' (آف سيٽ ڊور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙو قبضو آهي جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل طور پنهنجي کُلڻ واري جاءِ کان ٻاهر ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ دروازي جي کليل حالت ۾ گذرگاهه جي ويڪر وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا خاص طور انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي معذور ماڻهن جي رسائي بابت تعميراتي معيارن تي عمل ڪرڻ ضروري هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Greene |first=Lori |date=27 May 2021 |title=QQ: Hinge Types – Swing-Clear |url=https://idighardware.com/2021/05/qq-hinge-types-swing-clear/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241220120419/https://idighardware.com/2021/05/qq-hinge-types-swing-clear/ |archive-date=20 December 2024 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=iDigHardware}}&lt;/ref&gt;اهي قبضا اڪثر فيئر هائوسنگ ايڪٽ (FHA) جي رسائي وارن ضابطن جي تعميل لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ 34 انچ ويڪري دروازي سان به گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 32 انچ صاف گذرگاهه مهيا ڪندا آهن، جيڪو معذور ماڻهن جي آسان آمدرفت لاءِ مقرر ڪيل معيار آهي..&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last= |first= |date= |title=The Fair Housing Act's Requirement 3: Usable Doors |url=https://www.hud.gov/sites/dfiles/FHEO/documents/The-Fair-Housing-Act-Requirement-3-Usable-Doors-Participant-Workbook.pdf |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241211175526/https://www.hud.gov/sites/dfiles/FHEO/documents/The-Fair-Housing-Act-Requirement-3-Usable-Doors-Participant-Workbook.pdf |archive-date=11 December 2024 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=United States Department of Housing and Urban Development}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بٽلر ٽري قبضو ===
'''بٽلر ٽري قبضو''' (Butler tray hinge) خاص قسم جو قبضو آهي، جيڪو لڳ ڀڳ 90 درجا موڙي پوءِ سڌو سنئون لاڪ ٿي ويندو آهي. اهو عام طور اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جي مٿئين حصي تي پيش ڪرڻ لاءِ الڳ ٽري لڳل هوندي آهي.

=== ڪارڊ ميز قبضو ===
'''ڪارڊ ميز قبضو''' (ڪارڊ ٽيبل ھنج) اهڙو مارٽس قبضو آهي، جيڪو روايتي يا جديد نموني جي ڪارڊ ميزن جي ڪنارن ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي. هي ميز جي مٿئين حصي کي پاڻ تي ٻيڻو ٿي ويڙهڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان ميز کي آسانيءَ سان بند يا محفوظ ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ ===
'''ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ''' (ڪارپنٽيئر جوائنٽ) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو وڪريل ڪراس سيڪشن (ڪروڊ ڪراس-سيڪشن) وارين ڪيترين سنهين ڌاتي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندو آهي. هي خاص جوڙجڪ لچڪدار حرڪت ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپو فراهم ڪندي آهي.

=== ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو ===
'''ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو''' (ڊراپ-ليف ٽيبل ھنج) ميز جي مٿاڇري جي هيٺان لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جا پاسا ضرورت مطابق هيٺ ڪري يا مٿي کڻي سگهجن ٿا. هي قبضا گهڻو ڪري ''رول جوائنٽ'' واري ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ ===
'''قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ''' (ھنجڊ ايڪسپينشن جوائنٽ) اهڙو توسيعي ڳانڍاپو آهي، جنهن ۾ قبضا لڳل هوندا آهن ته جيئن اڏاوت يا مشين جو حصو صرف هڪ ئي سطح  ۾ وڪڙي سگهي. هي جوڙ حرارتي واڌ ويجهه يا حرڪت سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻاءُ کي گهٽائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== لِونگ قبضو ===
'''لِونگ قبضو''' (Living hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڌاتوءَ جي پن (Pin) يا نڪل (Knuckle) کان سواءِ رڳو هڪ لچڪدار مواد، اڪثر ڪري پلاسٽڪ، مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي ٻن حصن جي وچ ۾ هڪ ئي ٽڪري طور ٺهندو آهي ۽ ان ۾ الڳ حرڪت ڪندڙ حصا نه هوندا آهن. اهڙي جوڙجڪ سبب ان جي تياري سادي، هلڪي ۽ گهٽ خرچ واري هوندي آهي، پر بار بار وڪڙجڻ سبب وقت سان گڏ ٿڪاوٽ يا ٽٽڻ جو امڪان ٻين قبضي جي قسمن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. لِونگ قبضا پلاسٽڪ جي دٻين، بوتلن جي ڍڪڻن، دوائن جي پيڪنگ ۽ ٻين مولڊ ڪيل شين ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=21 March 2024 |title=What is a living hinge and its applications? |url=https://www.essentracomponents.com/en-gb/news/solutions/access-hardware/living-hinges-101-what-you-need-to-know |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Essentra Components |archive-date=20 December 2024 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241220120420/https://www.essentracomponents.com/en-gb/news/solutions/access-hardware/living-hinges-101-what-you-need-to-know |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== ٻيا قسم ===
قبضي جا ٻيا ڪيترائي قسم پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* '''ڪوچ قبضو''' (Coach hinge) – گاڏين، وڏن دروازن ۽ ڳري ڪاٺيءَ جي اڏاوتن لاءِ مضبوط قبضو.
* '''ڪائونٽر فليپ قبضو'''  – ڪائونٽرن يا ميزن جي کُلندڙ پٽن (Flaps) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ قبضو.
* '''ڪرينڪ يا طوفان-مزاحمتي قبضو''' (Cranked or storm-proof hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن جي شڪل وڪريل هوندي آهي ۽ جيڪو دروازي يا دري کي موسم جي اثرن کان بهتر تحفظ فراهم ڪندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو غير اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Double-action non-spring hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو ٻنهي رخن ۾ گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، پر ان ۾ اسپرنگ شامل نه هوندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو اسپرنگ قبضو''' – ٻنهي رخن ۾ کُلندڙ قبضو، جنهن ۾ اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو وچ يا بند حالت ڏانهن موٽائيندو آهي.
* '''فلش قبضو''' (Flush hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو بغير مارٽس (Mortise) ٺاهڻ جي سڌو مٿاڇري تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.
* '''رگڙ وارو قبضو''' (فرڪشن ھنج) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو رگڙ جي قوت سان دروازي يا دري کي گهربل حالت ۾ بيهارڻ ۾ مدد ڪندو آهي.
* '''لفٽ-آف قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي قبضي مان سڌو مٿي کڻي آسانيءَ سان الڳ ڪري سگهجي ٿو، بغير قبضي کي کولڻ جي.
* '''پنج قبضو''' (Pinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ جلدي ڪڍي سگهجندڙ پن (ڪئڪ-رليز پن) لڳل هوندو آهي.
* '''اڀرندڙ بٽ قبضو''' (Rising butt hinge) يا '''ڪيم لفٽ قبضو''' (Cam lift hinge) – هن قبضي جو نڪل سرپل شڪل وارو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازو کُلڻ وقت ان کي ٿورو مٿي کڻي ويندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح دروازو قالين يا اڻبرابر فرش سان نه ٽڪرائيندو آهي، ۽ بند ٿيڻ وقت پنهنجي وزن جي ڪري پاڻ هيٺ اچي بند ٿي ويندو آهي&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite
 web |last=Metcalf |first=Zoe |date=2025-09-30 |title=Upgrade Your Doors: The Hidden Benefits of Rising Butt Hinges |url=https://www.cookebrothers.co.uk/latest-news/2025/09/30/benefits-of-rising-butt-hinges/ |access-date=2026-04-17 |website=Cooke Brothers |language=en-GB}}&lt;/ref&gt;.
* '''سيڪيورٽي قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو دروازي کي زبردستي ڪڍڻ يا ٽوڙڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ خاص حفاظتي بناوت سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.
* '''ٽي قبضو''' (Tee hinge) – انگريزي اکر '''T''' جي شڪل وارو قبضو، جيڪو عام طور ڪاٺيءَ جي دروازن، باڙن، گودامن ۽ باغيچي جي دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڊگهو افقي حصو وزن کي بهتر نموني ورهائيندو آهي.
ھي ھڪ قسم جون گھاڙو لوھ (Wrought iron)  جون فتيلون آھن، ھنن جي ڊگھي ٻانھن وارو حصو تہ جيئن جي افقيءَ پٽيءَ ۾ اسڪرن سان لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ٻيو ڌاتيءَ جي پٽيءَ وارو حصو چوڪاٺي ۾ جڙيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جون انجيسون معمولي قسم جي دروازن لاءِ ٺيڪ آھن ۽ کين ڳرن ۽ سٺي قسم جي دروازن ۾ استعمال نہ ڪرڻ گھرجي

==تصويري نمائش==
&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot;&gt;
File:HingesOldA.jpg|[[Bignasco]] ڀرسان خشڪ پٿر جي ڀت ۾ استعمال ٿيل قبضي جي پراڻي جوڙجڪ.
File:HingesOldB.jpg|خشڪ پٿر جي قديم عمارتن مان مليل قديم محوري قبضا (Pivot hinges).
File:Hingebifold.JPG|فلش دروازي جو قبضو (Flush hinge).
File:Hinge2P2.jpg|لوهي (Wrought iron) مان ٺهيل بيرل قبضو.
File:Hinge2P3.jpg|ڪانسي (برونز) جي پٽي مان ٺهيل بيرل قبضو.
File:Hinge3P.jpg|ٽن نڪلن (Knuckles) وارو بٽ قبضو، جنهن ۾ محور ٻنهي ڇيڙن کان مضبوط نموني سنڀاليل هوندو آهي.
File:Topfscharnier.jpg|فرنيچر جي دروازي ۾ لڳل لڪل اسپرنگ وارو قبضو، جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل بند يا مڪمل کليل حالت ۾ رکندو آهي. هي مڪمل طور دروازي جي پويان لڪي ويندو آهي ۽ نفيس ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) جي سهولت پڻ رکي ٿو، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت جي ويجهو هوندي به آسانيءَ سان کلي سگهي ٿو.
File:Hinge 01.jpg|عمارت جي ٻاهرئين ڀت تي زنگ لڳل قبضا.
File:Haar hung doors (99309543).jpg|اهڙو دروازو، جيڪو پنهنجي اسٽائيل (Stile) تي لڳل محوري قبضي تي گردش ڪري ٿو؛ هن قسم کي ''هار-هنگ دروازو'' (Haar-hung door) چيو ويندو آهي.
File:Mint box polypropylene lid.JPG|[[Tic Tac]] جي دٻي جي ڍڪ تي لِونگ قبضو (Living hinge).
File:Hinged Handcuffs 1.jpg|قبضي وارا [[هٿڪڙيون]] (ھنجڊ ھينڊڪفس).
File:Hinge 03.jpg|پيانو قبضو (Piano hinge).
File:Continuoushinge.jpg|لڳاتار قبضو (ڪنٽينيوئس ھنج).
File:Waterson_K51SW.jpg|مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو (سونگ ڪليئر ھنج).
File:Sydney Harbour Bridge hinge.jpg|[[سڊني ھاربر برج]] تي لڳل قبضو، جيڪو پل جي تعمير دوران استعمال ڪيو ويو ۽ هاڻي گرمي ۽ سردي سبب ٿيندڙ ڦهلاءَ ۽ سُڪڙجڻ (ٿرمل ايڪسپينشن ۽ ڪانٽريڪشن) کي برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڪري ٿو.
&lt;/gallery&gt;


دروازن ۽ درين جي نوعيت مطابق عام طرح سان ھيٺ ڄاڻايل قسم جون انجيسون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن.&lt;br&gt;
(i) بُٽ انجيس يا ڪتابي انجيسون: (Butt Hingest
ھن قسم جون انجيسون عام طرح سان استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. انھن جو ھڪ حصو تاڪ جي پاسي ۾ ۽ ٻيو حصو چوڪاٺي جي پاتام ۾ اسڪرن ذريعي لڳايو ويندو آھي. انجيسن لڳائڻ وقت اسڪرن يا پيچن کي ھٿوڙيءَ سان ٺوڪي نھ لڳائجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ ائين ڪرڻ سان ڪجھھ وقت کان پوءِ اھي ڍرا ٿي نڪري ايندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري انھن کي اسڪرو ڊرائيور يعني پيچ ڪش سان لڳائڻ گھرجي.&lt;br&gt;
(ii) ٽي – انجيسون يا پڇر انجيسون: (T- Hinges)&lt;br&gt; 
ھي ھڪ قسم جو گھاڙو لوھ (Wrought iron)  جون فتيلون آھن، ھنن جي ڊگھي ٻانھن وارو حصو تاڪ جي افقيءَ پٽيءَ ۾ اسڪرن سان لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ٻيو ڌاتيءَ جي پٽيءَ وارو حصو چوڪاٺي ۾ جڙيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جون انجيسون معمولي قسم جي دروازن لاءِ ٺيڪ آھن ۽ کين ڳرن ۽ سٺي قسم جي دروازن ۾ استعمال نھ ڪرڻ گھرجي.&lt;br&gt;
(iii) ٻن طرفن واريون انجيسون: (Back flap Hinges) 
ھن قسم جون ٻھ طرفيون انجيسون اھڙن ھنڌن تي استعمال ڪبيون آھن، جتي اھڙا تہ سنھا تاڪ لڳائبا آھن جو سادين انجيسن جو لڳائڻ ممڪن نہ ھوندو آھي.
(iv) ڪوڪن واريون انجيسون: (Pin Hinges) 
جڏھن تاڪن جو وزن ايترو ڳرو ھوندو آھي جو ٻين قسمن جي انجيسن سان انھن کي نہ لڳائي سگھبو آھي تھ اھڙيءَ حالت ۾ ھن قسم جون ڪلين واريون انجيسون لڳائبيون آھن.</text>
      <sha1>nfaxvky9fz4ccuixjvbmn4fpxi66tgc</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400882</id>
      <parentid>400881</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T13:35:15Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400882</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="35458" sha1="4t0igeoguczzvg0y2ulzc965mg1wfz2" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|ٻن مضبوط شين کي ڳنڍيندڙ ميخانياتي ڳانڍاپو}}

[[File:Carrollton New Orleans hinge brass inside.jpg|thumb|upright|پتل مان ٺهيل سينگاريل دروازي جي انجيس]]
[[File:Hamburgerpaumelle.JPG|thumb|upright|بيرل انجيس (Barrel hinge)]]

'''انجيس''' يا '''قبضو''' ({{lang-en|'''Hinge'''}}) هڪ [[ميڪانياتي بيئرنگ]] (Mechanical bearing) آهي، جيڪو ٻن مضبوط شين کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيندو آهي ۽ عام طور انهن مان هڪ کي مقرر محور جي چوڌاري محدود زاويي تائين ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. مثالي قبضي (آئيڊيل ھنج) ۾ ڳنڍيل ٻئي حصا رڳو هڪ مقرر محور جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ٻيون سموريون حرڪتون، جهڙوڪ اڳتي پٺتي سرڪڻ يا ٻين رخن ۾ گردش، روڪيل هونديون آهن. ان ڪري ميخانيات ۾ قبضي کي ''هڪ درجي واري آزادي'' (ون ڊگري آف فريڊم) وارو ڳانڍاپو سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

قبضا يا انجيسون لچڪدار مواد (فليڪسيبل مٽيريل) مان به ٺاهي سگهجن ٿا يا وري ڌاتوءَ جي حرڪت ڪندڙ حصن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن. حياتيات (بائيولاجي) ۾ به ڪيترائي [[جوڙ]] (جوائنٽ) قبضي وانگر ڪم ڪندا آهن، جن مان [[ڪُلهي جي جوڙ]] جي بدران ''ٺوٺ جو جوڙ''  هڪ نمايان مثال آهي، جيڪو بنيادي طور هڪ ئي رخ ۾ وڪڙجڻ ۽ سڌو ٿيڻ جي حرڪت جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو.

انجيسون يا قبضا سڀ کان وڌيڪ دروازن، دريائن ۽ المارين جي کُلڻ ۽ بند ٿيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، پر انهن کان علاوه فولڊ ٿيندڙ [[ڏاڪڻ]]، موٽر گاڏين جي بونٽ، صندوقن، ڍڪڻن ۽ وڏين متحرڪ [[پل|پلين]]  جي جوڙجڪ ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

درين ۽ دروازن کي لڳائڻ ۽ انھن اندر مختلف جزن ذريعي ڳانڍاپو رکڻ واسطي ھيٺين قسمن جي قبضن يا انجيسن جي  ضرورت پوندي آھي.

== تاريخ ==

قديم آثارن مان پٿر، سنگِ مرمر، ڪاٺ ۽ ڪانسي  مان ٺهيل انجيسون يا قبضا مليا آهن، جن مان ڪجهه گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[قديم مصر]] جي دور سان تعلق رکن ٿا. بهرحال، اهو يقيني طور طئي ڪرڻ ڏکيو آهي ته قبضي جو پهريون استعمال دنيا جي ڪهڙي هنڌ ۽ ڪهڙي زماني ۾ ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

قديم مصر ۾ دروازن لاءِ هڪ خاص ''محوري قبضي'' (Pivot hinge) وارو نظام استعمال ٿيندو هو. هن طريقي ۾ دروازي جي مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين ڪنڍن تي ڪاٺ جا گول ڪنڊا (Dowels) لڳايا ويندا هئا يا اهي سڌو دروازي جي ڪاٺ مان تراشيا ويندا هئا. اهي ڪنڍا پٿر ۾ ٺهيل گول کڏن (Stone sockets) ۾ ويهندا هئا، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دروازو آسانيءَ سان پنهنجي محور تي ڦرندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Museum Bulletin – An Early Egyptian Door-Socket |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/bulletin/1315/}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door – British Museum |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/Y_EA705}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[قديم روم]] ۾ قبضي کي لاطيني ٻوليءَ ۾ ڪارڊو:''Cardō'' چيو ويندو هو. انهيءَ لفظ تان ئي رومي ديوي ''ڪارڊيا'' (Cardea)، جيڪا دروازن ۽ قبضي جي محافظ ديوي سمجهي ويندي هئي، جو نالو پيو، ۽ رومي شهرن جي مکيه اتر–ڏکڻ واري شاهراهه کي پڻ ''ڪارڊو'' سڏيو ويندو هو. لاطيني لفظ ''ڪارڊو'' جو مفهوم &quot;اهو بنيادي جزو، جنهن تي ڪا شيءِ ڦري يا جنهن تي ڪنهن شيءِ جو دارومدار هجي&quot; هو، ۽ انهيءَ مان جديد انگريزي لفظن، جهڙوڪ ''ڪارڊينل''، جي پڻ ابتدا ٿي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

'''آڪسفورڊ انگريزي لغت''' (آڪسفورڊ انگلش ڊڪشنري) موجب انگريزي لفظ  ھنج''Hinge'' جو تعلق لفظ ''Hang'' (لڙڪڻ يا ٽنگجڻ) سان آهي، جيڪو ٻنهي لفظن جي تاريخي لساني ارتقا ڏانهن اشارو ڪري ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=hinge |url=https://www.oed.com/dictionary/hinge_n}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== عمارتن ۾ رسائي ==

گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[وچئين دور]] (ميڊيول پيرئڊ) کان وٺي مضبوط قلعن ۽ دفاعي عمارتن ۾ [[ڇڪيل پل]] (Drawbridge) لاءِ قبضا استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن. اهڙن قبضي جي مدد سان پل کي ضرورت موجب مٿي کڻي يا هيٺ لاهي سگهجي ٿو، جنهن سان قلعي جي حفاظت ۽ داخلا تي ڪنٽرول رکڻ آسان ٿيندو هو.

جديد [[تعمير]] (آرڪيٽيڪچر) ۾ به قبضا انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي وقت سان گڏ بنياد جي ويهڻ (بلڊنگ سيٽلمينٽ) جو امڪان هجي. اهڙين حالتن ۾ قبضا عمارت جي ڪجهه حصن کي محدود حرڪت جي اجازت ڏيندا آهن، جنهن سان ڍانچي تي غيرضروري دٻاءُ گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

ان جو هڪ مشهور مثال آمريڪي رياست [[ڪيليفورنيا]] جي [[برزبين, ڪيليفورنيا|برزبين]] شهر ۾ واقع [[ڊيڪن بلڊنگ]] آهي. هن عمارت جي داخلي رئمپ (ramp) کي هڪ وڏي قبضي تي نصب ڪيو ويو هو ته جيئن [[کنبا| کُنبن]] (Piles) تي ٺهيل ۽ نرم خليجي مٽي (Bay mud) تي بيٺل عمارت جي ويهڻ دوران رئمپ محفوظ طريقي سان پنهنجي حالت بدلائي سگهي. هي انتظام ڪيترن ئي سالن تائين اثرائتو رهيو، پر آڪٽوبر 2006ع ۾ رئمپ کي نقصان پهچڻ ۽ ان جي ڍلان حد کان وڌيڪ وڌي وڃڻ سبب ان کي تبديل ڪيو ويو.

== وڏيون اڏاوتون ==

قبضا  وڏين اڏاوتن، جهڙوڪ اوچين شاهراهن، ريلوي واءِڊڪٽن (viaducts)، پلن ۽ ٻين انجنيئرنگ ڍانچن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جو مقصد اڏاوت جي مختلف حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ واري دٻاءَ'' (بينڊنگ اسٽريسز) جي منتقلي کي گهٽائڻ يا مڪمل طور روڪڻ هوندو آهي، جنهن سان خاص طور زلزلي دوران ڍانچي جي نقصان جو خطرو گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

سادن سلائيڊنگ ڳانڍاپن جي ڀيٽ ۾ قبضي کي ترجيح ڏيڻ جو اهم سبب اهو آهي ته اهو هڪ طرف محدود گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، جڏهن ته ٻئي طرف ڀرپاسي وارن اڏاوتي حصن کي هڪ ٻئي کان ڌار ٿيڻ کان بچائي ٿو. اهڙيءَ طرح ڍانچي جي استحڪام برقرار رهي ٿي ۽ زلزلي يا حرارتي تبديليءَ سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ حرڪتن کي محفوظ نموني جذب ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

جيڪڏهن ڪنهن قبضي ذريعي ٻن اڏاوتي حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ وارو لمحو'' (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) منتقل نه ٿئي، ته اهڙي قبضي کي تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ ''صفر لمحي وارو قبضو'' (زيرو مومينٽ ھنج) چيو ويندو آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا تجزياتي ماڊلن ۽ عملي انجنيئرنگ ٻنهي ۾ وڏي اهميت رکن ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي اڏاوت ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻائن جي ورهاست کي بهتر نموني ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏين ٿا.

== خلائي جهاز ==

خلائي جهازن (اسپيس ڪرافٽ) ۾ استعمال لاءِ ڪيترن ئي قسمن جا ''خودڪار کُلندڙ ۽ پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضا'' (سيلف-ايڪچوئيٽنگ, سيلف-لاڪنگ ھنجز) تيار ڪيا ويا آهن. اهي قبضا خاص طور انهن اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جيڪي راڪيٽ جي لانچ دوران ويڙهيل يا بند حالت ۾ رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ خلاءَ ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ پاڻمرادو کُلي پنهنجي ڪم ڪندڙ شڪل اختيار ڪندا آهن.

اهڙي قسم جا قبضا [[کُلندڙ خلائي اڏاوتن]] (ڊپلائبل اسٽرڪچرز) ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ [[شمسي پينل]]، مصنوعي سوراخي ريڊار (سنٿيٽڪ اپرچر راڊار) جون اينٽينائون، ڊگها بوم (Booms)، ريڊيئيٽر ۽ ٻيا خلائي جزا شامل آهن. انهن قبضي جي مدد سان هي حصا محدود جاءِ ۾ محفوظ نموني رکي سگهجن ٿا ۽ مدار ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ بغير انساني مداخلت جي صحيح نموني کُلي ۽ لاڪ ٿي وڃن ٿا، جنهن سان خلائي جهاز جي اعتبار، ڪارڪردگي ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو اچي ٿو.

== اصطلاحات ==

[[File:Basic hinge.svg|thumb|upright|بنيادي قبضي جا حصا]]

* '''پن''' ({{lang-en|Pin}}) – ڌاتوءَ يا ٻين مضبوط مواد مان ٺهيل راڊ، جيڪا قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن (ليوز) کي ''نڪل'' (Knuckle) جي اندر پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍي رکي ٿي ۽ انهن کي محور جي چوڌاري ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي. هن کي '''پنٽل''' (Pintle) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''نڪل''' – قبضي جو سوراخدار، اڪثر گول شڪل وارو حصو، جيڪو قبضي جو گڏيل محور ٺاهيندو آهي. ٻنهي پٽن جا نڪل هڪ ٻئي سان وڇايل ترتيب ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن ۽ پن انهن سڀني مان لنگهندي انهن کي گڏ رکي ٿي.

* '''پٽو''' (ليف) – قبضي جا عام طور ٻه چپٽا حصا، جيڪي نڪل جي ٻنهي پاسن کان نڪرن ٿا ۽ پن جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن. اهي ئي حصا دروازي، دري يا ٻين شين سان لڳايا ويندا آهن.

* '''اينڊ پلي''' (End play) – پن جي محور سان گڏ قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن جي وچ ۾ ٿيندڙ محوري حرڪت. هي ننڍڙي چرپر پٽن کي بغير اٽڪڻ جي آسانيءَ سان ڦرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندي آهي ۽ عام طور نڪلن جي وچ واري وٿي (نڪل گيپ) سان طئي ٿيندي آهي.

* '''ٿولهه''' (Gauge) – قبضي جي پٽن جي ٿولهه.

* '''قبضي جي ويڪر''' – هڪ پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ کان ٻي پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين ماپيل مفاصلو، جيڪو پن جي محور تي عمودي هوندو آهي.

* '''قبضي جي ڊيگهه''' – قبضي جي پٽن جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي هوندي آهي.

* '''نڪل جي ڊيگهه''' (Knuckle length) – هڪ نڪل جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي ماپي ويندي آهي.

* '''پٽي جي ويڪر''' (Leaf width) – پن جي مرڪز کان پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''پچ''' (Pitch) – هڪ نڪل جي پڇاڙيءَ کان ساڳئي پٽي تي موجود ڀر واري نڪل جي ساڳئي ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''ڊور اسٽاپ''' (Doorstop) – هڪ عام اصطلاح، جيڪو قبضي جي پٽن ۾ پن جي ڀيٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ غيرضروري يا ڍِلي ڪنڊائتي چرپر لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. اهڙي چرپر قبضي جي گهسجي وڃڻ يا ڍِلي ٿيڻ سبب پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي.

== قسم ==

=== بيرل قبضو ===
'''بيرل قبضو''' (Barrel hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪيترن ڳنڍيل سوراخدار حصن (Knuckles) تي مشتمل هوندو آهي ۽ انهن مان گذرندڙ هڪ محور يا پن (Pin) ذريعي گڏ رکيو ويندو آهي. ''بيرل'' اصل ۾ هڪ خالي سلينڊر هوندو آهي، جنهن جي چوڌاري قبضو گردش ڪندو آهي. جديد دور ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ اڪثر قبضا بيرل قبضي جي بنيادي اصول تي ڪم ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Childers |first=Kathleen |date=25 August 2023 |title=Everything to Know About Barrel Hinges |url=https://www.familyhandyman.com/article/everything-to-know-about-barrel-hinges/ |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Family Handyman}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== بٽ قبضو / مارٽس قبضو ===
'''بٽ قبضو''' (Butt hinge) يا '''مارٽس قبضو''' (Mortise hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي ۽ دروازي جي چوڪاٽي ۾ ڪٽيل کوکلي جاءِ يا  پاتام (Mortise) اندر لڳايو ويندو آهي، جنهن سبب دروازو بند ٿيڻ تي قبضو تقريباً لڪل نظر ايندو آهي. ڪجهه قبضا '''اڌ مارٽس''' قسم جا به هوندا آهن، جن ۾ صرف هڪ پٽو (Leaf) کوکلي جاءِ ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مٿاڇري تي رهندو آهي. گهڻا مارٽس قبضا پنهنجي گردش واري بناوت سبب بيرل قبضي جي درجي ۾ پڻ اچن ٿا.
انجيس يا قبضو لڳائڻ وقت اسڪرو يا پيچن کي ھٿوڙيءَ سان ٺوڪي نہ لڳائجي ڇاڪاڻ تہ ائين ڪرڻ سان ڪجھ وقت کان پوءِ اھي ڍرا ٿي نڪري ايندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري انھن کي اسڪرو ڊرائيور يعني پيچ ڪش سان لڳائڻ گھرجي.

=== بٽر فلائي يا پارليامينٽ قبضو ===
'''بٽر فلائي قبضو''' (Butterfly hinge) يا برطانيا ۾ '''پارليامينٽ قبضو''' (Parliament hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا تختي کي مڪمل طور لڳ ڀڳ '''180°''' تائين کولڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت سان لڳي سڌو ٿي بيهي سگهي ٿو. بٽر فلائي قبضا پنهنجي سينگاريل شڪل سبب فرنيچر ۽ آرائشي دروازن ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Parliament Hinges Old English Collection |url=https://www.suffolklatchcompany.com/products/parliament-hinges |access-date=2026-02-06 |website=Suffolk Latch Company |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== ڪيس قبضو ===
'''ڪيس قبضو''' (Case hinge) بناوت ۾ بٽ قبضي سان ملندڙ جلندڙ هوندو آهي، پر عام طور وڌيڪ سينگاريل هوندو آهي. اهو سوٽڪيسن، بريف ڪيسن، ڪاٺ جي دٻن، زيورن جي دٻين ۽ ٻين اهڙين شين ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جتي مضبوط ڳانڍاپي سان گڏ ظاهري خوبصورتي پڻ اهم هجي.

=== لڪل قبضو ===
'''لڪل قبضو''' (Concealed hinge) خاص طور فرنيچر جي دروازن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. هي قبضو دروازو بند ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ٻاهران نظر نٿو اچي. ان جا ٻه بنيادي حصا هوندا آهن: (1) '''ڪپ''' (Cup) ۽ '''بازو''' (آرم)، ۽ (2) '''مائونٽنگ پليٽ'''. انهن کي '''ڪپ قبضو''' (ڪپ ھنج) يا '''يورو قبضو''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي يورپ ۾ تيار ٿيا ۽ ميٽرڪ ماپن تي ٻڌل معيار استعمال ڪندا آهن. گهڻا لڪل قبضا پيچن جي ذريعي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ به آسانيءَ سان ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) ڏئي سگهجن ٿا، جنهن سان دروازي جي اوچائي، پاسيري پوزيشن ۽ کوٽائي درست ڪري سگهجي ٿي.

=== لڳاتار يا پيانو قبضو ===
'''لڳاتار قبضو''' (Continuous hinge) يا '''پيانو قبضو''' (Piano hinge) بيرل قبضي جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو دروازي، دٻي، ڍڪ يا پينل جي پوري ڊيگهه تائين پکڙيل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا سوراخن سان يا بغير سوراخن جي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن ۽ ڊگهي سهاري سبب وزن کي هڪجهڙو ورهائيندا آهن.

=== فليگ قبضو ===
'''فليگ قبضو''' (Flag hinge) ٻن حصن تي ٻڌل سادو قبضو هوندو آهي. هڪ حصي ۾ لڳل پن ٻئي حصي جي سوراخ ۾ داخل ٿيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو يا ٻيو حصو آسانيءَ سان الڳ به ڪري سگهجي ٿو. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا هٽائي سگهجندڙ دروازن ۽ مشينن ۾ عام استعمال ٿيندا آهن ۽ ساڄي ۽ کاٻي ٻنهي قسمن ۾ موجود هوندا .&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=26 August 2024 |title=The Beginner's Guide to Flag Hinges |url=https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20250216130803/https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |archive-date=16 February 2025 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Monroe Engineering}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ايڇ قبضو ===
'''ايڇ قبضو''' (H hinge) انگريزي اکر '''H''' جي شڪل جهڙو بيرل قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو سطح سان برابر لڳندڙ (فلش-مائونٽيڊ) دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ننڍا H قبضا عام طور المارين ۽ ڪٻٽن لاءِ، جڏهن ته وڏا H قبضا ڪمرا يا المارين جا دروازا لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== ايڇ ايل قبضو ===
'''ايڇ ايل قبضو''' (HL hinge) روايتي قبضو آهي، جيڪو سترهين، ارڙهين ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ دوران رهائشي ڪمرن، گذرگاهن ۽ المارين جي دروازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو هو. اوچن دروازن ۾ ڪڏهن ٻن H قبضي جي وچ ۾ اضافي HL قبضو پڻ لڳايو ويندو هو.

=== هڪ طرفو قبضو ===
'''هڪ طرفو قبضو''' (ون-وي ھنج) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا ٻئي حصي کي رڳو هڪ ئي رخ ۾ کُلڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. اهو ٻن طرفن کان کُلندڙ (ڊبل-ايڪشن) قبضي جي ابتڙ هوندو آهي.

=== محوري قبضو ===
'''محوري قبضو''' (Pivot hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي جي هيٺئين حصي ۽ مٿئين فريم ۾ لڳل محور تي گردش ڪندو آهي. هن کي '''ڊبل ايڪشن فلور قبضو''' (ڊبل-ايڪٽنگ فلور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. قديم خشڪ پٿر وارين عمارتن ۽ ڪجهه پراڻين ڪاٺيءَ جي عمارتن ۾ اهڙي قسم جا قبضا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. هلڪن وزن وارن دروازن لاءِ اهي نسبتاً گهٽ خرچ وارو ۽ ڪارائتو حل سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.

=== پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو ===
'''پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو''' (سيلف-ڪلوزنگ ھنج) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو بند ڪرڻ لاءِ اندروني ميخانياتي نظام لڳل هوندو آهي. هن ۾ اڪثر بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار (اسپيڊ ڪنٽرول) کي ضابطو ڪرڻ جو نظام پڻ شامل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا عام طور اسپرنگ  جي مدد سان دروازي کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ قوت پيدا ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ميخانياتي يا هائيڊرولڪ ڊيمپر (Damper) دروازي جي بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار کي ڪنٽرول ڪندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح هي قبضو هڪ ئي وقت قبضي ۽ [[دروازو بند ڪندڙ اوزار]] (ڊور ڪلوزر) ٻنهي جو ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |date=26 August 2019 |title=Self-Closing Hinges |url=http://www.watersonusa.com/solutions/spring-loaded-door-hinge |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200921094428/http://www.watersonusa.com/solutions/spring-loaded-door-hinge |archive-date=21 September 2020 |access-date=3 September 2020 |website=Watersonusa}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== اسپرنگ قبضو ===
'''اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Spring hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جنهن جي اندر اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي. هي اسپرنگ قبضي جي پٽن کي کولڻ يا بند ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو کليل يا بند حالت ۾ رکڻ لاءِ گهربل قوت فراهم ڪندو آهي. اسپرنگ قبضا عام طور باهه کان بچاءَ وارن دروازن، رهائشي عمارتن ۽ تجارتي جڳهن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو ===
'''مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو''' (Swing clear hing})، جنهن کي '''آف سيٽ دروازي جو قبضو''' (آف سيٽ ڊور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙو قبضو آهي جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل طور پنهنجي کُلڻ واري جاءِ کان ٻاهر ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ دروازي جي کليل حالت ۾ گذرگاهه جي ويڪر وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا خاص طور انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي معذور ماڻهن جي رسائي بابت تعميراتي معيارن تي عمل ڪرڻ ضروري هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Greene |first=Lori |date=27 May 2021 |title=QQ: Hinge Types – Swing-Clear |url=https://idighardware.com/2021/05/qq-hinge-types-swing-clear/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241220120419/https://idighardware.com/2021/05/qq-hinge-types-swing-clear/ |archive-date=20 December 2024 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=iDigHardware}}&lt;/ref&gt;اهي قبضا اڪثر فيئر هائوسنگ ايڪٽ (FHA) جي رسائي وارن ضابطن جي تعميل لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ 34 انچ ويڪري دروازي سان به گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 32 انچ صاف گذرگاهه مهيا ڪندا آهن، جيڪو معذور ماڻهن جي آسان آمدرفت لاءِ مقرر ڪيل معيار آهي..&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last= |first= |date= |title=The Fair Housing Act's Requirement 3: Usable Doors |url=https://www.hud.gov/sites/dfiles/FHEO/documents/The-Fair-Housing-Act-Requirement-3-Usable-Doors-Participant-Workbook.pdf |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241211175526/https://www.hud.gov/sites/dfiles/FHEO/documents/The-Fair-Housing-Act-Requirement-3-Usable-Doors-Participant-Workbook.pdf |archive-date=11 December 2024 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=United States Department of Housing and Urban Development}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بٽلر ٽري قبضو ===
'''بٽلر ٽري قبضو''' (Butler tray hinge) خاص قسم جو قبضو آهي، جيڪو لڳ ڀڳ 90 درجا موڙي پوءِ سڌو سنئون لاڪ ٿي ويندو آهي. اهو عام طور اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جي مٿئين حصي تي پيش ڪرڻ لاءِ الڳ ٽري لڳل هوندي آهي.

=== ڪارڊ ميز قبضو ===
'''ڪارڊ ميز قبضو''' (ڪارڊ ٽيبل ھنج) اهڙو مارٽس قبضو آهي، جيڪو روايتي يا جديد نموني جي ڪارڊ ميزن جي ڪنارن ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي. هي ميز جي مٿئين حصي کي پاڻ تي ٻيڻو ٿي ويڙهڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان ميز کي آسانيءَ سان بند يا محفوظ ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ ===
'''ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ''' (ڪارپنٽيئر جوائنٽ) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو وڪريل ڪراس سيڪشن (ڪروڊ ڪراس-سيڪشن) وارين ڪيترين سنهين ڌاتي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندو آهي. هي خاص جوڙجڪ لچڪدار حرڪت ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپو فراهم ڪندي آهي.

=== ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو ===
'''ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو''' (ڊراپ-ليف ٽيبل ھنج) ميز جي مٿاڇري جي هيٺان لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جا پاسا ضرورت مطابق هيٺ ڪري يا مٿي کڻي سگهجن ٿا. هي قبضا گهڻو ڪري ''رول جوائنٽ'' واري ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ ===
'''قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ''' (ھنجڊ ايڪسپينشن جوائنٽ) اهڙو توسيعي ڳانڍاپو آهي، جنهن ۾ قبضا لڳل هوندا آهن ته جيئن اڏاوت يا مشين جو حصو صرف هڪ ئي سطح  ۾ وڪڙي سگهي. هي جوڙ حرارتي واڌ ويجهه يا حرڪت سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻاءُ کي گهٽائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== لِونگ قبضو ===
'''لِونگ قبضو''' (Living hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڌاتوءَ جي پن (Pin) يا نڪل (Knuckle) کان سواءِ رڳو هڪ لچڪدار مواد، اڪثر ڪري پلاسٽڪ، مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي ٻن حصن جي وچ ۾ هڪ ئي ٽڪري طور ٺهندو آهي ۽ ان ۾ الڳ حرڪت ڪندڙ حصا نه هوندا آهن. اهڙي جوڙجڪ سبب ان جي تياري سادي، هلڪي ۽ گهٽ خرچ واري هوندي آهي، پر بار بار وڪڙجڻ سبب وقت سان گڏ ٿڪاوٽ يا ٽٽڻ جو امڪان ٻين قبضي جي قسمن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. لِونگ قبضا پلاسٽڪ جي دٻين، بوتلن جي ڍڪڻن، دوائن جي پيڪنگ ۽ ٻين مولڊ ڪيل شين ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=21 March 2024 |title=What is a living hinge and its applications? |url=https://www.essentracomponents.com/en-gb/news/solutions/access-hardware/living-hinges-101-what-you-need-to-know |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Essentra Components |archive-date=20 December 2024 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241220120420/https://www.essentracomponents.com/en-gb/news/solutions/access-hardware/living-hinges-101-what-you-need-to-know |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== ٻيا قسم ===
قبضي جا ٻيا ڪيترائي قسم پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* '''ڪوچ قبضو''' (Coach hinge) – گاڏين، وڏن دروازن ۽ ڳري ڪاٺيءَ جي اڏاوتن لاءِ مضبوط قبضو.
* '''ڪائونٽر فليپ قبضو'''  – ڪائونٽرن يا ميزن جي کُلندڙ پٽن (Flaps) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ قبضو.
* '''ڪرينڪ يا طوفان-مزاحمتي قبضو''' (Cranked or storm-proof hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن جي شڪل وڪريل هوندي آهي ۽ جيڪو دروازي يا دري کي موسم جي اثرن کان بهتر تحفظ فراهم ڪندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو غير اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Double-action non-spring hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو ٻنهي رخن ۾ گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، پر ان ۾ اسپرنگ شامل نه هوندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو اسپرنگ قبضو''' – ٻنهي رخن ۾ کُلندڙ قبضو، جنهن ۾ اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو وچ يا بند حالت ڏانهن موٽائيندو آهي.
* '''فلش قبضو''' (Flush hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو بغير مارٽس (Mortise) ٺاهڻ جي سڌو مٿاڇري تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.
* '''رگڙ وارو قبضو''' (فرڪشن ھنج) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو رگڙ جي قوت سان دروازي يا دري کي گهربل حالت ۾ بيهارڻ ۾ مدد ڪندو آهي.
* '''لفٽ-آف قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي قبضي مان سڌو مٿي کڻي آسانيءَ سان الڳ ڪري سگهجي ٿو، بغير قبضي کي کولڻ جي.
* '''پنج قبضو''' (Pinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ جلدي ڪڍي سگهجندڙ پن (ڪئڪ-رليز پن) لڳل هوندو آهي.
* '''اڀرندڙ بٽ قبضو''' (Rising butt hinge) يا '''ڪيم لفٽ قبضو''' (Cam lift hinge) – هن قبضي جو نڪل سرپل شڪل وارو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازو کُلڻ وقت ان کي ٿورو مٿي کڻي ويندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح دروازو قالين يا اڻبرابر فرش سان نه ٽڪرائيندو آهي، ۽ بند ٿيڻ وقت پنهنجي وزن جي ڪري پاڻ هيٺ اچي بند ٿي ويندو آهي&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite
 web |last=Metcalf |first=Zoe |date=2025-09-30 |title=Upgrade Your Doors: The Hidden Benefits of Rising Butt Hinges |url=https://www.cookebrothers.co.uk/latest-news/2025/09/30/benefits-of-rising-butt-hinges/ |access-date=2026-04-17 |website=Cooke Brothers |language=en-GB}}&lt;/ref&gt;.
* '''سيڪيورٽي قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو دروازي کي زبردستي ڪڍڻ يا ٽوڙڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ خاص حفاظتي بناوت سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.
* '''ٽي قبضو''' (Tee hinge) – انگريزي اکر '''T''' جي شڪل وارو قبضو، جيڪو عام طور ڪاٺيءَ جي دروازن، باڙن، گودامن ۽ باغيچي جي دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڊگهو افقي حصو وزن کي بهتر نموني ورهائيندو آهي.
ھي ھڪ قسم جون گھاڙو لوھ (Wrought iron)  جون فتيلون آھن، ھنن جي ڊگھي ٻانھن وارو حصو تہ جيئن جي افقيءَ پٽيءَ ۾ اسڪرن سان لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ٻيو ڌاتيءَ جي پٽيءَ وارو حصو چوڪاٺي ۾ جڙيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جون انجيسون معمولي قسم جي دروازن لاءِ ٺيڪ آھن ۽ کين ڳرن ۽ سٺي قسم جي دروازن ۾ استعمال نہ ڪرڻ گھرجي

==تصويري نمائش==
&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot;&gt;
File:HingesOldA.jpg|[[بگناسڪو]] ڀرسان خشڪ پٿر جي ڀت ۾ استعمال ٿيل قبضي جي پراڻي جوڙجڪ.
File:HingesOldB.jpg|خشڪ پٿر جي قديم عمارتن مان مليل قديم محوري قبضا (Pivot hinges).
File:Hingebifold.JPG|فلش دروازي جو قبضو (Flush hinge).
File:Hinge2P2.jpg|لوهي (Wrought iron) مان ٺهيل بيرل قبضو.
File:Hinge2P3.jpg|ڪانسي (برونز) جي پٽي مان ٺهيل بيرل قبضو.
File:Hinge3P.jpg|ٽن نڪلن (Knuckles) وارو بٽ قبضو، جنهن ۾ محور ٻنهي ڇيڙن کان مضبوط نموني سنڀاليل هوندو آهي.
File:Topfscharnier.jpg|فرنيچر جي دروازي ۾ لڳل لڪل اسپرنگ وارو قبضو، جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل بند يا مڪمل کليل حالت ۾ رکندو آهي. هي مڪمل طور دروازي جي پويان لڪي ويندو آهي ۽ نفيس ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) جي سهولت پڻ رکي ٿو، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت جي ويجهو هوندي به آسانيءَ سان کلي سگهي ٿو.
File:Hinge 01.jpg|عمارت جي ٻاهرئين ڀت تي زنگ لڳل قبضا.
File:Haar hung doors (99309543).jpg|اهڙو دروازو، جيڪو پنهنجي اسٽائيل (Stile) تي لڳل محوري قبضي تي گردش ڪري ٿو؛ هن قسم کي ''هار-هنگ دروازو'' (Haar-hung door) چيو ويندو آهي.
File:Mint box polypropylene lid.JPG|[[Tic Tac]] جي دٻي جي ڍڪ تي لِونگ قبضو (Living hinge).
File:Hinged Handcuffs 1.jpg|قبضي وارا [[هٿڪڙيون]] (ھنجڊ ھينڊڪفس).
File:Hinge 03.jpg|پيانو قبضو (Piano hinge).
File:Continuoushinge.jpg|لڳاتار قبضو (ڪنٽينيوئس ھنج).
File:Waterson_K51SW.jpg|مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو (سونگ ڪليئر ھنج).
File:Sydney Harbour Bridge hinge.jpg|[[سڊني ھاربر برج]] تي لڳل قبضو، جيڪو پل جي تعمير دوران استعمال ڪيو ويو ۽ هاڻي گرمي ۽ سردي سبب ٿيندڙ ڦهلاءَ ۽ سُڪڙجڻ (ٿرمل ايڪسپينشن ۽ ڪانٽريڪشن) کي برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڪري ٿو.
&lt;/gallery&gt;


دروازن ۽ درين جي نوعيت مطابق عام طرح سان ھيٺ ڄاڻايل قسم جون انجيسون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن.&lt;br&gt;
(i) بُٽ انجيس يا ڪتابي انجيسون: (Butt Hingest
ھن قسم جون انجيسون عام طرح سان استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. انھن جو ھڪ حصو تاڪ جي پاسي ۾ ۽ ٻيو حصو چوڪاٺي جي پاتام ۾ اسڪرن ذريعي لڳايو ويندو آھي. انجيسن لڳائڻ وقت اسڪرن يا پيچن کي ھٿوڙيءَ سان ٺوڪي نھ لڳائجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ ائين ڪرڻ سان ڪجھھ وقت کان پوءِ اھي ڍرا ٿي نڪري ايندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري انھن کي اسڪرو ڊرائيور يعني پيچ ڪش سان لڳائڻ گھرجي.&lt;br&gt;
(ii) ٽي – انجيسون يا پڇر انجيسون: (T- Hinges)&lt;br&gt; 
ھي ھڪ قسم جو گھاڙو لوھ (Wrought iron)  جون فتيلون آھن، ھنن جي ڊگھي ٻانھن وارو حصو تاڪ جي افقيءَ پٽيءَ ۾ اسڪرن سان لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ٻيو ڌاتيءَ جي پٽيءَ وارو حصو چوڪاٺي ۾ جڙيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جون انجيسون معمولي قسم جي دروازن لاءِ ٺيڪ آھن ۽ کين ڳرن ۽ سٺي قسم جي دروازن ۾ استعمال نھ ڪرڻ گھرجي.&lt;br&gt;
(iii) ٻن طرفن واريون انجيسون: (Back flap Hinges) 
ھن قسم جون ٻھ طرفيون انجيسون اھڙن ھنڌن تي استعمال ڪبيون آھن، جتي اھڙا تہ سنھا تاڪ لڳائبا آھن جو سادين انجيسن جو لڳائڻ ممڪن نہ ھوندو آھي.
(iv) ڪوڪن واريون انجيسون: (Pin Hinges) 
جڏھن تاڪن جو وزن ايترو ڳرو ھوندو آھي جو ٻين قسمن جي انجيسن سان انھن کي نہ لڳائي سگھبو آھي تھ اھڙيءَ حالت ۾ ھن قسم جون ڪلين واريون انجيسون لڳائبيون آھن.</text>
      <sha1>4t0igeoguczzvg0y2ulzc965mg1wfz2</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400883</id>
      <parentid>400882</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T13:35:54Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400883</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="35462" sha1="isxa6l3e1sqku1utlvw01asz567tfb4" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|ٻن مضبوط شين کي ڳنڍيندڙ ميخانياتي ڳانڍاپو}}

[[File:Carrollton New Orleans hinge brass inside.jpg|thumb|upright|پتل مان ٺهيل سينگاريل دروازي جي انجيس]]
[[File:Hamburgerpaumelle.JPG|thumb|upright|بيرل انجيس (Barrel hinge)]]

'''انجيس''' يا '''قبضو''' ({{lang-en|'''Hinge'''}}) هڪ [[ميڪانياتي بيئرنگ]] (Mechanical bearing) آهي، جيڪو ٻن مضبوط شين کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيندو آهي ۽ عام طور انهن مان هڪ کي مقرر محور جي چوڌاري محدود زاويي تائين ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. مثالي قبضي (آئيڊيل ھنج) ۾ ڳنڍيل ٻئي حصا رڳو هڪ مقرر محور جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ٻيون سموريون حرڪتون، جهڙوڪ اڳتي پٺتي سرڪڻ يا ٻين رخن ۾ گردش، روڪيل هونديون آهن. ان ڪري ميخانيات ۾ قبضي کي ''هڪ درجي واري آزادي'' (ون ڊگري آف فريڊم) وارو ڳانڍاپو سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

قبضا يا انجيسون لچڪدار مواد (فليڪسيبل مٽيريل) مان به ٺاهي سگهجن ٿا يا وري ڌاتوءَ جي حرڪت ڪندڙ حصن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن. حياتيات (بائيولاجي) ۾ به ڪيترائي [[جوڙ]] (جوائنٽ) قبضي وانگر ڪم ڪندا آهن، جن مان [[ڪُلهي جي جوڙ]] جي بدران ''ٺوٺ جو جوڙ''  هڪ نمايان مثال آهي، جيڪو بنيادي طور هڪ ئي رخ ۾ وڪڙجڻ ۽ سڌو ٿيڻ جي حرڪت جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو.

انجيسون يا قبضا سڀ کان وڌيڪ دروازن، دريائن ۽ المارين جي کُلڻ ۽ بند ٿيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، پر انهن کان علاوه فولڊ ٿيندڙ [[ڏاڪڻ]]، موٽر گاڏين جي بونٽ، صندوقن، ڍڪڻن ۽ وڏين متحرڪ [[پل|پلين]]  جي جوڙجڪ ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

درين ۽ دروازن کي لڳائڻ ۽ انھن اندر مختلف جزن ذريعي ڳانڍاپو رکڻ واسطي ھيٺين قسمن جي قبضن يا انجيسن جي  ضرورت پوندي آھي.

== تاريخ ==

قديم آثارن مان پٿر، سنگِ مرمر، ڪاٺ ۽ ڪانسي  مان ٺهيل انجيسون يا قبضا مليا آهن، جن مان ڪجهه گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[قديم مصر]] جي دور سان تعلق رکن ٿا. بهرحال، اهو يقيني طور طئي ڪرڻ ڏکيو آهي ته قبضي جو پهريون استعمال دنيا جي ڪهڙي هنڌ ۽ ڪهڙي زماني ۾ ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

قديم مصر ۾ دروازن لاءِ هڪ خاص ''محوري قبضي'' (Pivot hinge) وارو نظام استعمال ٿيندو هو. هن طريقي ۾ دروازي جي مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين ڪنڍن تي ڪاٺ جا گول ڪنڊا (Dowels) لڳايا ويندا هئا يا اهي سڌو دروازي جي ڪاٺ مان تراشيا ويندا هئا. اهي ڪنڍا پٿر ۾ ٺهيل گول کڏن (Stone sockets) ۾ ويهندا هئا، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دروازو آسانيءَ سان پنهنجي محور تي ڦرندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Museum Bulletin – An Early Egyptian Door-Socket |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/bulletin/1315/}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door – British Museum |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/Y_EA705}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[قديم روم]] ۾ قبضي کي لاطيني ٻوليءَ ۾ ڪارڊو:''Cardō'' چيو ويندو هو. انهيءَ لفظ تان ئي رومي ديوي ''ڪارڊيا'' (Cardea)، جيڪا دروازن ۽ قبضي جي محافظ ديوي سمجهي ويندي هئي، جو نالو پيو، ۽ رومي شهرن جي مکيه اتر–ڏکڻ واري شاهراهه کي پڻ ''ڪارڊو'' سڏيو ويندو هو. لاطيني لفظ ''ڪارڊو'' جو مفهوم &quot;اهو بنيادي جزو، جنهن تي ڪا شيءِ ڦري يا جنهن تي ڪنهن شيءِ جو دارومدار هجي&quot; هو، ۽ انهيءَ مان جديد انگريزي لفظن، جهڙوڪ ''ڪارڊينل''، جي پڻ ابتدا ٿي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

'''آڪسفورڊ انگريزي لغت''' (آڪسفورڊ انگلش ڊڪشنري) موجب انگريزي لفظ  ھنج''Hinge'' جو تعلق لفظ ''Hang'' (لڙڪڻ يا ٽنگجڻ) سان آهي، جيڪو ٻنهي لفظن جي تاريخي لساني ارتقا ڏانهن اشارو ڪري ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=hinge |url=https://www.oed.com/dictionary/hinge_n}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== عمارتن ۾ رسائي ==

گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[وچئين دور]] (ميڊيول پيرئڊ) کان وٺي مضبوط قلعن ۽ دفاعي عمارتن ۾ [[ڇڪيل پل]] (Drawbridge) لاءِ قبضا استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن. اهڙن قبضي جي مدد سان پل کي ضرورت موجب مٿي کڻي يا هيٺ لاهي سگهجي ٿو، جنهن سان قلعي جي حفاظت ۽ داخلا تي ڪنٽرول رکڻ آسان ٿيندو هو.

جديد [[تعمير]] (آرڪيٽيڪچر) ۾ به قبضا انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي وقت سان گڏ بنياد جي ويهڻ (بلڊنگ سيٽلمينٽ) جو امڪان هجي. اهڙين حالتن ۾ قبضا عمارت جي ڪجهه حصن کي محدود حرڪت جي اجازت ڏيندا آهن، جنهن سان ڍانچي تي غيرضروري دٻاءُ گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

ان جو هڪ مشهور مثال آمريڪي رياست [[ڪيليفورنيا]] جي [[برزبين, ڪيليفورنيا|برزبين]] شهر ۾ واقع [[ڊيڪن بلڊنگ]] آهي. هن عمارت جي داخلي رئمپ (ramp) کي هڪ وڏي قبضي تي نصب ڪيو ويو هو ته جيئن [[کنبا| کُنبن]] (Piles) تي ٺهيل ۽ نرم خليجي مٽي (Bay mud) تي بيٺل عمارت جي ويهڻ دوران رئمپ محفوظ طريقي سان پنهنجي حالت بدلائي سگهي. هي انتظام ڪيترن ئي سالن تائين اثرائتو رهيو، پر آڪٽوبر 2006ع ۾ رئمپ کي نقصان پهچڻ ۽ ان جي ڍلان حد کان وڌيڪ وڌي وڃڻ سبب ان کي تبديل ڪيو ويو.

== وڏيون اڏاوتون ==

قبضا  وڏين اڏاوتن، جهڙوڪ اوچين شاهراهن، ريلوي واءِڊڪٽن (viaducts)، پلن ۽ ٻين انجنيئرنگ ڍانچن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جو مقصد اڏاوت جي مختلف حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ واري دٻاءَ'' (بينڊنگ اسٽريسز) جي منتقلي کي گهٽائڻ يا مڪمل طور روڪڻ هوندو آهي، جنهن سان خاص طور زلزلي دوران ڍانچي جي نقصان جو خطرو گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

سادن سلائيڊنگ ڳانڍاپن جي ڀيٽ ۾ قبضي کي ترجيح ڏيڻ جو اهم سبب اهو آهي ته اهو هڪ طرف محدود گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، جڏهن ته ٻئي طرف ڀرپاسي وارن اڏاوتي حصن کي هڪ ٻئي کان ڌار ٿيڻ کان بچائي ٿو. اهڙيءَ طرح ڍانچي جي استحڪام برقرار رهي ٿي ۽ زلزلي يا حرارتي تبديليءَ سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ حرڪتن کي محفوظ نموني جذب ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

جيڪڏهن ڪنهن قبضي ذريعي ٻن اڏاوتي حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ وارو لمحو'' (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) منتقل نه ٿئي، ته اهڙي قبضي کي تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ ''صفر لمحي وارو قبضو'' (زيرو مومينٽ ھنج) چيو ويندو آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا تجزياتي ماڊلن ۽ عملي انجنيئرنگ ٻنهي ۾ وڏي اهميت رکن ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي اڏاوت ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻائن جي ورهاست کي بهتر نموني ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏين ٿا.

== خلائي جهاز ==

خلائي جهازن (اسپيس ڪرافٽ) ۾ استعمال لاءِ ڪيترن ئي قسمن جا ''خودڪار کُلندڙ ۽ پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضا'' (سيلف-ايڪچوئيٽنگ, سيلف-لاڪنگ ھنجز) تيار ڪيا ويا آهن. اهي قبضا خاص طور انهن اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جيڪي راڪيٽ جي لانچ دوران ويڙهيل يا بند حالت ۾ رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ خلاءَ ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ پاڻمرادو کُلي پنهنجي ڪم ڪندڙ شڪل اختيار ڪندا آهن.

اهڙي قسم جا قبضا [[کُلندڙ خلائي اڏاوتن]] (ڊپلائبل اسٽرڪچرز) ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ [[شمسي پينل]]، مصنوعي سوراخي ريڊار (سنٿيٽڪ اپرچر راڊار) جون اينٽينائون، ڊگها بوم (Booms)، ريڊيئيٽر ۽ ٻيا خلائي جزا شامل آهن. انهن قبضي جي مدد سان هي حصا محدود جاءِ ۾ محفوظ نموني رکي سگهجن ٿا ۽ مدار ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ بغير انساني مداخلت جي صحيح نموني کُلي ۽ لاڪ ٿي وڃن ٿا، جنهن سان خلائي جهاز جي اعتبار، ڪارڪردگي ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو اچي ٿو.

== اصطلاحات ==

[[File:Basic hinge.svg|thumb|upright|بنيادي قبضي جا حصا]]

* '''پن''' ({{lang-en|Pin}}) – ڌاتوءَ يا ٻين مضبوط مواد مان ٺهيل راڊ، جيڪا قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن (ليوز) کي ''نڪل'' (Knuckle) جي اندر پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍي رکي ٿي ۽ انهن کي محور جي چوڌاري ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي. هن کي '''پنٽل''' (Pintle) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''نڪل''' – قبضي جو سوراخدار، اڪثر گول شڪل وارو حصو، جيڪو قبضي جو گڏيل محور ٺاهيندو آهي. ٻنهي پٽن جا نڪل هڪ ٻئي سان وڇايل ترتيب ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن ۽ پن انهن سڀني مان لنگهندي انهن کي گڏ رکي ٿي.

* '''پٽو''' (ليف) – قبضي جا عام طور ٻه چپٽا حصا، جيڪي نڪل جي ٻنهي پاسن کان نڪرن ٿا ۽ پن جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن. اهي ئي حصا دروازي، دري يا ٻين شين سان لڳايا ويندا آهن.

* '''اينڊ پلي''' (End play) – پن جي محور سان گڏ قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن جي وچ ۾ ٿيندڙ محوري حرڪت. هي ننڍڙي چرپر پٽن کي بغير اٽڪڻ جي آسانيءَ سان ڦرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندي آهي ۽ عام طور نڪلن جي وچ واري وٿي (نڪل گيپ) سان طئي ٿيندي آهي.

* '''ٿولهه''' (Gauge) – قبضي جي پٽن جي ٿولهه.

* '''قبضي جي ويڪر''' – هڪ پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ کان ٻي پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين ماپيل مفاصلو، جيڪو پن جي محور تي عمودي هوندو آهي.

* '''قبضي جي ڊيگهه''' – قبضي جي پٽن جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي هوندي آهي.

* '''نڪل جي ڊيگهه''' (Knuckle length) – هڪ نڪل جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي ماپي ويندي آهي.

* '''پٽي جي ويڪر''' (Leaf width) – پن جي مرڪز کان پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''پچ''' (Pitch) – هڪ نڪل جي پڇاڙيءَ کان ساڳئي پٽي تي موجود ڀر واري نڪل جي ساڳئي ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''ڊور اسٽاپ''' (Doorstop) – هڪ عام اصطلاح، جيڪو قبضي جي پٽن ۾ پن جي ڀيٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ غيرضروري يا ڍِلي ڪنڊائتي چرپر لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. اهڙي چرپر قبضي جي گهسجي وڃڻ يا ڍِلي ٿيڻ سبب پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي.

== قسم ==

=== بيرل قبضو ===
'''بيرل قبضو''' (Barrel hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪيترن ڳنڍيل سوراخدار حصن (Knuckles) تي مشتمل هوندو آهي ۽ انهن مان گذرندڙ هڪ محور يا پن (Pin) ذريعي گڏ رکيو ويندو آهي. ''بيرل'' اصل ۾ هڪ خالي سلينڊر هوندو آهي، جنهن جي چوڌاري قبضو گردش ڪندو آهي. جديد دور ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ اڪثر قبضا بيرل قبضي جي بنيادي اصول تي ڪم ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Childers |first=Kathleen |date=25 August 2023 |title=Everything to Know About Barrel Hinges |url=https://www.familyhandyman.com/article/everything-to-know-about-barrel-hinges/ |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Family Handyman}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== بٽ قبضو / مارٽس قبضو ===
'''بٽ قبضو''' (Butt hinge) يا '''مارٽس قبضو''' (Mortise hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي ۽ دروازي جي چوڪاٽي ۾ ڪٽيل کوکلي جاءِ يا  پاتام (Mortise) اندر لڳايو ويندو آهي، جنهن سبب دروازو بند ٿيڻ تي قبضو تقريباً لڪل نظر ايندو آهي. ڪجهه قبضا '''اڌ مارٽس''' قسم جا به هوندا آهن، جن ۾ صرف هڪ پٽو (Leaf) کوکلي جاءِ ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مٿاڇري تي رهندو آهي. گهڻا مارٽس قبضا پنهنجي گردش واري بناوت سبب بيرل قبضي جي درجي ۾ پڻ اچن ٿا.
انجيس يا قبضو لڳائڻ وقت اسڪرو يا پيچن کي ھٿوڙيءَ سان ٺوڪي نہ لڳائجي ڇاڪاڻ تہ ائين ڪرڻ سان ڪجھ وقت کان پوءِ اھي ڍرا ٿي نڪري ايندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري انھن کي اسڪرو ڊرائيور يعني پيچ ڪش سان لڳائڻ گھرجي.

=== بٽر فلائي يا پارليامينٽ قبضو ===
'''بٽر فلائي قبضو''' (Butterfly hinge) يا برطانيا ۾ '''پارليامينٽ قبضو''' (Parliament hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا تختي کي مڪمل طور لڳ ڀڳ '''180°''' تائين کولڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت سان لڳي سڌو ٿي بيهي سگهي ٿو. بٽر فلائي قبضا پنهنجي سينگاريل شڪل سبب فرنيچر ۽ آرائشي دروازن ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Parliament Hinges Old English Collection |url=https://www.suffolklatchcompany.com/products/parliament-hinges |access-date=2026-02-06 |website=Suffolk Latch Company |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== ڪيس قبضو ===
'''ڪيس قبضو''' (Case hinge) بناوت ۾ بٽ قبضي سان ملندڙ جلندڙ هوندو آهي، پر عام طور وڌيڪ سينگاريل هوندو آهي. اهو سوٽڪيسن، بريف ڪيسن، ڪاٺ جي دٻن، زيورن جي دٻين ۽ ٻين اهڙين شين ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جتي مضبوط ڳانڍاپي سان گڏ ظاهري خوبصورتي پڻ اهم هجي.

=== لڪل قبضو ===
'''لڪل قبضو''' (Concealed hinge) خاص طور فرنيچر جي دروازن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. هي قبضو دروازو بند ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ٻاهران نظر نٿو اچي. ان جا ٻه بنيادي حصا هوندا آهن: (1) '''ڪپ''' (Cup) ۽ '''بازو''' (آرم)، ۽ (2) '''مائونٽنگ پليٽ'''. انهن کي '''ڪپ قبضو''' (ڪپ ھنج) يا '''يورو قبضو''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي يورپ ۾ تيار ٿيا ۽ ميٽرڪ ماپن تي ٻڌل معيار استعمال ڪندا آهن. گهڻا لڪل قبضا پيچن جي ذريعي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ به آسانيءَ سان ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) ڏئي سگهجن ٿا، جنهن سان دروازي جي اوچائي، پاسيري پوزيشن ۽ کوٽائي درست ڪري سگهجي ٿي.

=== لڳاتار يا پيانو قبضو ===
'''لڳاتار قبضو''' (Continuous hinge) يا '''پيانو قبضو''' (Piano hinge) بيرل قبضي جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو دروازي، دٻي، ڍڪ يا پينل جي پوري ڊيگهه تائين پکڙيل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا سوراخن سان يا بغير سوراخن جي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن ۽ ڊگهي سهاري سبب وزن کي هڪجهڙو ورهائيندا آهن.

=== فليگ قبضو ===
'''فليگ قبضو''' (Flag hinge) ٻن حصن تي ٻڌل سادو قبضو هوندو آهي. هڪ حصي ۾ لڳل پن ٻئي حصي جي سوراخ ۾ داخل ٿيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو يا ٻيو حصو آسانيءَ سان الڳ به ڪري سگهجي ٿو. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا هٽائي سگهجندڙ دروازن ۽ مشينن ۾ عام استعمال ٿيندا آهن ۽ ساڄي ۽ کاٻي ٻنهي قسمن ۾ موجود هوندا .&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=26 August 2024 |title=The Beginner's Guide to Flag Hinges |url=https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20250216130803/https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |archive-date=16 February 2025 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Monroe Engineering}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ايڇ قبضو ===
'''ايڇ قبضو''' (H hinge) انگريزي اکر '''H''' جي شڪل جهڙو بيرل قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو سطح سان برابر لڳندڙ (فلش-مائونٽيڊ) دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ننڍا H قبضا عام طور المارين ۽ ڪٻٽن لاءِ، جڏهن ته وڏا H قبضا ڪمرا يا المارين جا دروازا لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== ايڇ ايل قبضو ===
'''ايڇ ايل قبضو''' (HL hinge) روايتي قبضو آهي، جيڪو سترهين، ارڙهين ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ دوران رهائشي ڪمرن، گذرگاهن ۽ المارين جي دروازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو هو. اوچن دروازن ۾ ڪڏهن ٻن H قبضي جي وچ ۾ اضافي HL قبضو پڻ لڳايو ويندو هو.

=== هڪ طرفو قبضو ===
'''هڪ طرفو قبضو''' (ون-وي ھنج) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا ٻئي حصي کي رڳو هڪ ئي رخ ۾ کُلڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. اهو ٻن طرفن کان کُلندڙ (ڊبل-ايڪشن) قبضي جي ابتڙ هوندو آهي.

=== محوري قبضو ===
'''محوري قبضو''' (Pivot hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي جي هيٺئين حصي ۽ مٿئين فريم ۾ لڳل محور تي گردش ڪندو آهي. هن کي '''ڊبل ايڪشن فلور قبضو''' (ڊبل-ايڪٽنگ فلور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. قديم خشڪ پٿر وارين عمارتن ۽ ڪجهه پراڻين ڪاٺيءَ جي عمارتن ۾ اهڙي قسم جا قبضا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. هلڪن وزن وارن دروازن لاءِ اهي نسبتاً گهٽ خرچ وارو ۽ ڪارائتو حل سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.

=== پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو ===
'''پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو''' (سيلف-ڪلوزنگ ھنج) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو بند ڪرڻ لاءِ اندروني ميخانياتي نظام لڳل هوندو آهي. هن ۾ اڪثر بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار (اسپيڊ ڪنٽرول) کي ضابطو ڪرڻ جو نظام پڻ شامل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا عام طور اسپرنگ  جي مدد سان دروازي کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ قوت پيدا ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ميخانياتي يا هائيڊرولڪ ڊيمپر (Damper) دروازي جي بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار کي ڪنٽرول ڪندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح هي قبضو هڪ ئي وقت قبضي ۽ [[دروازو بند ڪندڙ اوزار]] (ڊور ڪلوزر) ٻنهي جو ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |date=26 August 2019 |title=Self-Closing Hinges |url=http://www.watersonusa.com/solutions/spring-loaded-door-hinge |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200921094428/http://www.watersonusa.com/solutions/spring-loaded-door-hinge |archive-date=21 September 2020 |access-date=3 September 2020 |website=Watersonusa}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== اسپرنگ قبضو ===
'''اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Spring hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جنهن جي اندر اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي. هي اسپرنگ قبضي جي پٽن کي کولڻ يا بند ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو کليل يا بند حالت ۾ رکڻ لاءِ گهربل قوت فراهم ڪندو آهي. اسپرنگ قبضا عام طور باهه کان بچاءَ وارن دروازن، رهائشي عمارتن ۽ تجارتي جڳهن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو ===
'''مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو''' (Swing clear hing})، جنهن کي '''آف سيٽ دروازي جو قبضو''' (آف سيٽ ڊور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙو قبضو آهي جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل طور پنهنجي کُلڻ واري جاءِ کان ٻاهر ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ دروازي جي کليل حالت ۾ گذرگاهه جي ويڪر وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا خاص طور انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي معذور ماڻهن جي رسائي بابت تعميراتي معيارن تي عمل ڪرڻ ضروري هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Greene |first=Lori |date=27 May 2021 |title=QQ: Hinge Types – Swing-Clear |url=https://idighardware.com/2021/05/qq-hinge-types-swing-clear/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241220120419/https://idighardware.com/2021/05/qq-hinge-types-swing-clear/ |archive-date=20 December 2024 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=iDigHardware}}&lt;/ref&gt;اهي قبضا اڪثر فيئر هائوسنگ ايڪٽ (FHA) جي رسائي وارن ضابطن جي تعميل لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ 34 انچ ويڪري دروازي سان به گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 32 انچ صاف گذرگاهه مهيا ڪندا آهن، جيڪو معذور ماڻهن جي آسان آمدرفت لاءِ مقرر ڪيل معيار آهي..&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last= |first= |date= |title=The Fair Housing Act's Requirement 3: Usable Doors |url=https://www.hud.gov/sites/dfiles/FHEO/documents/The-Fair-Housing-Act-Requirement-3-Usable-Doors-Participant-Workbook.pdf |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241211175526/https://www.hud.gov/sites/dfiles/FHEO/documents/The-Fair-Housing-Act-Requirement-3-Usable-Doors-Participant-Workbook.pdf |archive-date=11 December 2024 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=United States Department of Housing and Urban Development}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بٽلر ٽري قبضو ===
'''بٽلر ٽري قبضو''' (Butler tray hinge) خاص قسم جو قبضو آهي، جيڪو لڳ ڀڳ 90 درجا موڙي پوءِ سڌو سنئون لاڪ ٿي ويندو آهي. اهو عام طور اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جي مٿئين حصي تي پيش ڪرڻ لاءِ الڳ ٽري لڳل هوندي آهي.

=== ڪارڊ ميز قبضو ===
'''ڪارڊ ميز قبضو''' (ڪارڊ ٽيبل ھنج) اهڙو مارٽس قبضو آهي، جيڪو روايتي يا جديد نموني جي ڪارڊ ميزن جي ڪنارن ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي. هي ميز جي مٿئين حصي کي پاڻ تي ٻيڻو ٿي ويڙهڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان ميز کي آسانيءَ سان بند يا محفوظ ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ ===
'''ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ''' (ڪارپنٽيئر جوائنٽ) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو وڪريل ڪراس سيڪشن (ڪروڊ ڪراس-سيڪشن) وارين ڪيترين سنهين ڌاتي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندو آهي. هي خاص جوڙجڪ لچڪدار حرڪت ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپو فراهم ڪندي آهي.

=== ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو ===
'''ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو''' (ڊراپ-ليف ٽيبل ھنج) ميز جي مٿاڇري جي هيٺان لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جا پاسا ضرورت مطابق هيٺ ڪري يا مٿي کڻي سگهجن ٿا. هي قبضا گهڻو ڪري ''رول جوائنٽ'' واري ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ ===
'''قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ''' (ھنجڊ ايڪسپينشن جوائنٽ) اهڙو توسيعي ڳانڍاپو آهي، جنهن ۾ قبضا لڳل هوندا آهن ته جيئن اڏاوت يا مشين جو حصو صرف هڪ ئي سطح  ۾ وڪڙي سگهي. هي جوڙ حرارتي واڌ ويجهه يا حرڪت سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻاءُ کي گهٽائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== لِونگ قبضو ===
'''لِونگ قبضو''' (Living hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڌاتوءَ جي پن (Pin) يا نڪل (Knuckle) کان سواءِ رڳو هڪ لچڪدار مواد، اڪثر ڪري پلاسٽڪ، مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي ٻن حصن جي وچ ۾ هڪ ئي ٽڪري طور ٺهندو آهي ۽ ان ۾ الڳ حرڪت ڪندڙ حصا نه هوندا آهن. اهڙي جوڙجڪ سبب ان جي تياري سادي، هلڪي ۽ گهٽ خرچ واري هوندي آهي، پر بار بار وڪڙجڻ سبب وقت سان گڏ ٿڪاوٽ يا ٽٽڻ جو امڪان ٻين قبضي جي قسمن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. لِونگ قبضا پلاسٽڪ جي دٻين، بوتلن جي ڍڪڻن، دوائن جي پيڪنگ ۽ ٻين مولڊ ڪيل شين ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=21 March 2024 |title=What is a living hinge and its applications? |url=https://www.essentracomponents.com/en-gb/news/solutions/access-hardware/living-hinges-101-what-you-need-to-know |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Essentra Components |archive-date=20 December 2024 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241220120420/https://www.essentracomponents.com/en-gb/news/solutions/access-hardware/living-hinges-101-what-you-need-to-know |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== ٻيا قسم ===
قبضي جا ٻيا ڪيترائي قسم پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* '''ڪوچ قبضو''' (Coach hinge) – گاڏين، وڏن دروازن ۽ ڳري ڪاٺيءَ جي اڏاوتن لاءِ مضبوط قبضو.
* '''ڪائونٽر فليپ قبضو'''  – ڪائونٽرن يا ميزن جي کُلندڙ پٽن (Flaps) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ قبضو.
* '''ڪرينڪ يا طوفان-مزاحمتي قبضو''' (Cranked or storm-proof hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن جي شڪل وڪريل هوندي آهي ۽ جيڪو دروازي يا دري کي موسم جي اثرن کان بهتر تحفظ فراهم ڪندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو غير اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Double-action non-spring hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو ٻنهي رخن ۾ گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، پر ان ۾ اسپرنگ شامل نه هوندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو اسپرنگ قبضو''' – ٻنهي رخن ۾ کُلندڙ قبضو، جنهن ۾ اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو وچ يا بند حالت ڏانهن موٽائيندو آهي.
* '''فلش قبضو''' (Flush hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو بغير مارٽس (Mortise) ٺاهڻ جي سڌو مٿاڇري تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.
* '''رگڙ وارو قبضو''' (فرڪشن ھنج) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو رگڙ جي قوت سان دروازي يا دري کي گهربل حالت ۾ بيهارڻ ۾ مدد ڪندو آهي.
* '''لفٽ-آف قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي قبضي مان سڌو مٿي کڻي آسانيءَ سان الڳ ڪري سگهجي ٿو، بغير قبضي کي کولڻ جي.
* '''پنج قبضو''' (Pinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ جلدي ڪڍي سگهجندڙ پن (ڪئڪ-رليز پن) لڳل هوندو آهي.
* '''اڀرندڙ بٽ قبضو''' (Rising butt hinge) يا '''ڪيم لفٽ قبضو''' (Cam lift hinge) – هن قبضي جو نڪل سرپل شڪل وارو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازو کُلڻ وقت ان کي ٿورو مٿي کڻي ويندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح دروازو قالين يا اڻبرابر فرش سان نه ٽڪرائيندو آهي، ۽ بند ٿيڻ وقت پنهنجي وزن جي ڪري پاڻ هيٺ اچي بند ٿي ويندو آهي&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite
 web |last=Metcalf |first=Zoe |date=2025-09-30 |title=Upgrade Your Doors: The Hidden Benefits of Rising Butt Hinges |url=https://www.cookebrothers.co.uk/latest-news/2025/09/30/benefits-of-rising-butt-hinges/ |access-date=2026-04-17 |website=Cooke Brothers |language=en-GB}}&lt;/ref&gt;.
* '''سيڪيورٽي قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو دروازي کي زبردستي ڪڍڻ يا ٽوڙڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ خاص حفاظتي بناوت سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.
* '''ٽي قبضو''' (Tee hinge) – انگريزي اکر '''T''' جي شڪل وارو قبضو، جيڪو عام طور ڪاٺيءَ جي دروازن، باڙن، گودامن ۽ باغيچي جي دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڊگهو افقي حصو وزن کي بهتر نموني ورهائيندو آهي.
ھي ھڪ قسم جون گھاڙو لوھ (Wrought iron)  جون فتيلون آھن، ھنن جي ڊگھي ٻانھن وارو حصو تہ جيئن جي افقيءَ پٽيءَ ۾ اسڪرن سان لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ٻيو ڌاتيءَ جي پٽيءَ وارو حصو چوڪاٺي ۾ جڙيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جون انجيسون معمولي قسم جي دروازن لاءِ ٺيڪ آھن ۽ کين ڳرن ۽ سٺي قسم جي دروازن ۾ استعمال نہ ڪرڻ گھرجي

==تصويري نمائش==
&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot;&gt;
File:HingesOldA.jpg|[[بگناسڪو]] ڀرسان خشڪ پٿر جي ڀت ۾ استعمال ٿيل قبضي جي پراڻي جوڙجڪ.
File:HingesOldB.jpg|خشڪ پٿر جي قديم عمارتن مان مليل قديم محوري قبضا (Pivot hinges).
File:Hingebifold.JPG|فلش دروازي جو قبضو (Flush hinge).
File:Hinge2P2.jpg|لوهي (Wrought iron) مان ٺهيل بيرل قبضو.
File:Hinge2P3.jpg|ڪانسي (برونز) جي پٽي مان ٺهيل بيرل قبضو.
File:Hinge3P.jpg|ٽن نڪلن (Knuckles) وارو بٽ قبضو، جنهن ۾ محور ٻنهي ڇيڙن کان مضبوط نموني سنڀاليل هوندو آهي.
File:Topfscharnier.jpg|فرنيچر جي دروازي ۾ لڳل لڪل اسپرنگ وارو قبضو، جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل بند يا مڪمل کليل حالت ۾ رکندو آهي. هي مڪمل طور دروازي جي پويان لڪي ويندو آهي ۽ نفيس ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) جي سهولت پڻ رکي ٿو، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت جي ويجهو هوندي به آسانيءَ سان کلي سگهي ٿو.
File:Hinge 01.jpg|عمارت جي ٻاهرئين ڀت تي زنگ لڳل قبضا.
File:Haar hung doors (99309543).jpg|اهڙو دروازو، جيڪو پنهنجي اسٽائيل (Stile) تي لڳل محوري قبضي تي گردش ڪري ٿو؛ هن قسم کي ''هار-هنگ دروازو'' (Haar-hung door) چيو ويندو آهي.
File:Mint box polypropylene lid.JPG|[[ٽڪ ٽاڪ]] جي دٻي جي ڍڪ تي لِونگ قبضو (Living hinge).
File:Hinged Handcuffs 1.jpg|قبضي وارا [[هٿڪڙيون]] (ھنجڊ ھينڊڪفس).
File:Hinge 03.jpg|پيانو قبضو (Piano hinge).
File:Continuoushinge.jpg|لڳاتار قبضو (ڪنٽينيوئس ھنج).
File:Waterson_K51SW.jpg|مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو (سونگ ڪليئر ھنج).
File:Sydney Harbour Bridge hinge.jpg|[[سڊني ھاربر برج]] تي لڳل قبضو، جيڪو پل جي تعمير دوران استعمال ڪيو ويو ۽ هاڻي گرمي ۽ سردي سبب ٿيندڙ ڦهلاءَ ۽ سُڪڙجڻ (ٿرمل ايڪسپينشن ۽ ڪانٽريڪشن) کي برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڪري ٿو.
&lt;/gallery&gt;


دروازن ۽ درين جي نوعيت مطابق عام طرح سان ھيٺ ڄاڻايل قسم جون انجيسون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن.&lt;br&gt;
(i) بُٽ انجيس يا ڪتابي انجيسون: (Butt Hingest
ھن قسم جون انجيسون عام طرح سان استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن. انھن جو ھڪ حصو تاڪ جي پاسي ۾ ۽ ٻيو حصو چوڪاٺي جي پاتام ۾ اسڪرن ذريعي لڳايو ويندو آھي. انجيسن لڳائڻ وقت اسڪرن يا پيچن کي ھٿوڙيءَ سان ٺوڪي نھ لڳائجي ڇاڪاڻ تھ ائين ڪرڻ سان ڪجھھ وقت کان پوءِ اھي ڍرا ٿي نڪري ايندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري انھن کي اسڪرو ڊرائيور يعني پيچ ڪش سان لڳائڻ گھرجي.&lt;br&gt;
(ii) ٽي – انجيسون يا پڇر انجيسون: (T- Hinges)&lt;br&gt; 
ھي ھڪ قسم جو گھاڙو لوھ (Wrought iron)  جون فتيلون آھن، ھنن جي ڊگھي ٻانھن وارو حصو تاڪ جي افقيءَ پٽيءَ ۾ اسڪرن سان لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ٻيو ڌاتيءَ جي پٽيءَ وارو حصو چوڪاٺي ۾ جڙيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جون انجيسون معمولي قسم جي دروازن لاءِ ٺيڪ آھن ۽ کين ڳرن ۽ سٺي قسم جي دروازن ۾ استعمال نھ ڪرڻ گھرجي.&lt;br&gt;
(iii) ٻن طرفن واريون انجيسون: (Back flap Hinges) 
ھن قسم جون ٻھ طرفيون انجيسون اھڙن ھنڌن تي استعمال ڪبيون آھن، جتي اھڙا تہ سنھا تاڪ لڳائبا آھن جو سادين انجيسن جو لڳائڻ ممڪن نہ ھوندو آھي.
(iv) ڪوڪن واريون انجيسون: (Pin Hinges) 
جڏھن تاڪن جو وزن ايترو ڳرو ھوندو آھي جو ٻين قسمن جي انجيسن سان انھن کي نہ لڳائي سگھبو آھي تھ اھڙيءَ حالت ۾ ھن قسم جون ڪلين واريون انجيسون لڳائبيون آھن.</text>
      <sha1>isxa6l3e1sqku1utlvw01asz567tfb4</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400884</id>
      <parentid>400883</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T13:37:42Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400884</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="34043" sha1="pbbgxn560ff1gm8qmdardle240bt8y5" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|ٻن مضبوط شين کي ڳنڍيندڙ ميخانياتي ڳانڍاپو}}

[[File:Carrollton New Orleans hinge brass inside.jpg|thumb|upright|پتل مان ٺهيل سينگاريل دروازي جي انجيس]]
[[File:Hamburgerpaumelle.JPG|thumb|upright|بيرل انجيس (Barrel hinge)]]

'''انجيس''' يا '''قبضو''' ({{lang-en|'''Hinge'''}}) هڪ [[ميڪانياتي بيئرنگ]] (Mechanical bearing) آهي، جيڪو ٻن مضبوط شين کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيندو آهي ۽ عام طور انهن مان هڪ کي مقرر محور جي چوڌاري محدود زاويي تائين ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. مثالي قبضي (آئيڊيل ھنج) ۾ ڳنڍيل ٻئي حصا رڳو هڪ مقرر محور جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ٻيون سموريون حرڪتون، جهڙوڪ اڳتي پٺتي سرڪڻ يا ٻين رخن ۾ گردش، روڪيل هونديون آهن. ان ڪري ميخانيات ۾ قبضي کي ''هڪ درجي واري آزادي'' (ون ڊگري آف فريڊم) وارو ڳانڍاپو سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

قبضا يا انجيسون لچڪدار مواد (فليڪسيبل مٽيريل) مان به ٺاهي سگهجن ٿا يا وري ڌاتوءَ جي حرڪت ڪندڙ حصن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن. حياتيات (بائيولاجي) ۾ به ڪيترائي [[جوڙ]] (جوائنٽ) قبضي وانگر ڪم ڪندا آهن، جن مان [[ڪُلهي جي جوڙ]] جي بدران ''ٺوٺ جو جوڙ''  هڪ نمايان مثال آهي، جيڪو بنيادي طور هڪ ئي رخ ۾ وڪڙجڻ ۽ سڌو ٿيڻ جي حرڪت جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو.

انجيسون يا قبضا سڀ کان وڌيڪ دروازن، دريائن ۽ المارين جي کُلڻ ۽ بند ٿيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، پر انهن کان علاوه فولڊ ٿيندڙ [[ڏاڪڻ]]، موٽر گاڏين جي بونٽ، صندوقن، ڍڪڻن ۽ وڏين متحرڪ [[پل|پلين]]  جي جوڙجڪ ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

درين ۽ دروازن کي لڳائڻ ۽ انھن اندر مختلف جزن ذريعي ڳانڍاپو رکڻ واسطي ھيٺين قسمن جي قبضن يا انجيسن جي  ضرورت پوندي آھي.

== تاريخ ==

قديم آثارن مان پٿر، سنگِ مرمر، ڪاٺ ۽ ڪانسي  مان ٺهيل انجيسون يا قبضا مليا آهن، جن مان ڪجهه گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[قديم مصر]] جي دور سان تعلق رکن ٿا. بهرحال، اهو يقيني طور طئي ڪرڻ ڏکيو آهي ته قبضي جو پهريون استعمال دنيا جي ڪهڙي هنڌ ۽ ڪهڙي زماني ۾ ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

قديم مصر ۾ دروازن لاءِ هڪ خاص ''محوري قبضي'' (Pivot hinge) وارو نظام استعمال ٿيندو هو. هن طريقي ۾ دروازي جي مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين ڪنڍن تي ڪاٺ جا گول ڪنڊا (Dowels) لڳايا ويندا هئا يا اهي سڌو دروازي جي ڪاٺ مان تراشيا ويندا هئا. اهي ڪنڍا پٿر ۾ ٺهيل گول کڏن (Stone sockets) ۾ ويهندا هئا، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دروازو آسانيءَ سان پنهنجي محور تي ڦرندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Museum Bulletin – An Early Egyptian Door-Socket |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/bulletin/1315/}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door – British Museum |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/Y_EA705}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[قديم روم]] ۾ قبضي کي لاطيني ٻوليءَ ۾ ڪارڊو:''Cardō'' چيو ويندو هو. انهيءَ لفظ تان ئي رومي ديوي ''ڪارڊيا'' (Cardea)، جيڪا دروازن ۽ قبضي جي محافظ ديوي سمجهي ويندي هئي، جو نالو پيو، ۽ رومي شهرن جي مکيه اتر–ڏکڻ واري شاهراهه کي پڻ ''ڪارڊو'' سڏيو ويندو هو. لاطيني لفظ ''ڪارڊو'' جو مفهوم &quot;اهو بنيادي جزو، جنهن تي ڪا شيءِ ڦري يا جنهن تي ڪنهن شيءِ جو دارومدار هجي&quot; هو، ۽ انهيءَ مان جديد انگريزي لفظن، جهڙوڪ ''ڪارڊينل''، جي پڻ ابتدا ٿي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

'''آڪسفورڊ انگريزي لغت''' (آڪسفورڊ انگلش ڊڪشنري) موجب انگريزي لفظ  ھنج''Hinge'' جو تعلق لفظ ''Hang'' (لڙڪڻ يا ٽنگجڻ) سان آهي، جيڪو ٻنهي لفظن جي تاريخي لساني ارتقا ڏانهن اشارو ڪري ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=hinge |url=https://www.oed.com/dictionary/hinge_n}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== عمارتن ۾ رسائي ==

گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[وچئين دور]] (ميڊيول پيرئڊ) کان وٺي مضبوط قلعن ۽ دفاعي عمارتن ۾ [[ڇڪيل پل]] (Drawbridge) لاءِ قبضا استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن. اهڙن قبضي جي مدد سان پل کي ضرورت موجب مٿي کڻي يا هيٺ لاهي سگهجي ٿو، جنهن سان قلعي جي حفاظت ۽ داخلا تي ڪنٽرول رکڻ آسان ٿيندو هو.

جديد [[تعمير]] (آرڪيٽيڪچر) ۾ به قبضا انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي وقت سان گڏ بنياد جي ويهڻ (بلڊنگ سيٽلمينٽ) جو امڪان هجي. اهڙين حالتن ۾ قبضا عمارت جي ڪجهه حصن کي محدود حرڪت جي اجازت ڏيندا آهن، جنهن سان ڍانچي تي غيرضروري دٻاءُ گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

ان جو هڪ مشهور مثال آمريڪي رياست [[ڪيليفورنيا]] جي [[برزبين, ڪيليفورنيا|برزبين]] شهر ۾ واقع [[ڊيڪن بلڊنگ]] آهي. هن عمارت جي داخلي رئمپ (ramp) کي هڪ وڏي قبضي تي نصب ڪيو ويو هو ته جيئن [[کنبا| کُنبن]] (Piles) تي ٺهيل ۽ نرم خليجي مٽي (Bay mud) تي بيٺل عمارت جي ويهڻ دوران رئمپ محفوظ طريقي سان پنهنجي حالت بدلائي سگهي. هي انتظام ڪيترن ئي سالن تائين اثرائتو رهيو، پر آڪٽوبر 2006ع ۾ رئمپ کي نقصان پهچڻ ۽ ان جي ڍلان حد کان وڌيڪ وڌي وڃڻ سبب ان کي تبديل ڪيو ويو.

== وڏيون اڏاوتون ==

قبضا  وڏين اڏاوتن، جهڙوڪ اوچين شاهراهن، ريلوي واءِڊڪٽن (viaducts)، پلن ۽ ٻين انجنيئرنگ ڍانچن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جو مقصد اڏاوت جي مختلف حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ واري دٻاءَ'' (بينڊنگ اسٽريسز) جي منتقلي کي گهٽائڻ يا مڪمل طور روڪڻ هوندو آهي، جنهن سان خاص طور زلزلي دوران ڍانچي جي نقصان جو خطرو گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

سادن سلائيڊنگ ڳانڍاپن جي ڀيٽ ۾ قبضي کي ترجيح ڏيڻ جو اهم سبب اهو آهي ته اهو هڪ طرف محدود گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، جڏهن ته ٻئي طرف ڀرپاسي وارن اڏاوتي حصن کي هڪ ٻئي کان ڌار ٿيڻ کان بچائي ٿو. اهڙيءَ طرح ڍانچي جي استحڪام برقرار رهي ٿي ۽ زلزلي يا حرارتي تبديليءَ سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ حرڪتن کي محفوظ نموني جذب ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

جيڪڏهن ڪنهن قبضي ذريعي ٻن اڏاوتي حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ وارو لمحو'' (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) منتقل نه ٿئي، ته اهڙي قبضي کي تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ ''صفر لمحي وارو قبضو'' (زيرو مومينٽ ھنج) چيو ويندو آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا تجزياتي ماڊلن ۽ عملي انجنيئرنگ ٻنهي ۾ وڏي اهميت رکن ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي اڏاوت ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻائن جي ورهاست کي بهتر نموني ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏين ٿا.

== خلائي جهاز ==

خلائي جهازن (اسپيس ڪرافٽ) ۾ استعمال لاءِ ڪيترن ئي قسمن جا ''خودڪار کُلندڙ ۽ پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضا'' (سيلف-ايڪچوئيٽنگ, سيلف-لاڪنگ ھنجز) تيار ڪيا ويا آهن. اهي قبضا خاص طور انهن اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جيڪي راڪيٽ جي لانچ دوران ويڙهيل يا بند حالت ۾ رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ خلاءَ ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ پاڻمرادو کُلي پنهنجي ڪم ڪندڙ شڪل اختيار ڪندا آهن.

اهڙي قسم جا قبضا [[کُلندڙ خلائي اڏاوتن]] (ڊپلائبل اسٽرڪچرز) ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ [[شمسي پينل]]، مصنوعي سوراخي ريڊار (سنٿيٽڪ اپرچر راڊار) جون اينٽينائون، ڊگها بوم (Booms)، ريڊيئيٽر ۽ ٻيا خلائي جزا شامل آهن. انهن قبضي جي مدد سان هي حصا محدود جاءِ ۾ محفوظ نموني رکي سگهجن ٿا ۽ مدار ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ بغير انساني مداخلت جي صحيح نموني کُلي ۽ لاڪ ٿي وڃن ٿا، جنهن سان خلائي جهاز جي اعتبار، ڪارڪردگي ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو اچي ٿو.

== اصطلاحات ==

[[File:Basic hinge.svg|thumb|upright|بنيادي قبضي جا حصا]]

* '''پن''' ({{lang-en|Pin}}) – ڌاتوءَ يا ٻين مضبوط مواد مان ٺهيل راڊ، جيڪا قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن (ليوز) کي ''نڪل'' (Knuckle) جي اندر پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍي رکي ٿي ۽ انهن کي محور جي چوڌاري ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي. هن کي '''پنٽل''' (Pintle) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''نڪل''' – قبضي جو سوراخدار، اڪثر گول شڪل وارو حصو، جيڪو قبضي جو گڏيل محور ٺاهيندو آهي. ٻنهي پٽن جا نڪل هڪ ٻئي سان وڇايل ترتيب ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن ۽ پن انهن سڀني مان لنگهندي انهن کي گڏ رکي ٿي.

* '''پٽو''' (ليف) – قبضي جا عام طور ٻه چپٽا حصا، جيڪي نڪل جي ٻنهي پاسن کان نڪرن ٿا ۽ پن جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن. اهي ئي حصا دروازي، دري يا ٻين شين سان لڳايا ويندا آهن.

* '''اينڊ پلي''' (End play) – پن جي محور سان گڏ قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن جي وچ ۾ ٿيندڙ محوري حرڪت. هي ننڍڙي چرپر پٽن کي بغير اٽڪڻ جي آسانيءَ سان ڦرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندي آهي ۽ عام طور نڪلن جي وچ واري وٿي (نڪل گيپ) سان طئي ٿيندي آهي.

* '''ٿولهه''' (Gauge) – قبضي جي پٽن جي ٿولهه.

* '''قبضي جي ويڪر''' – هڪ پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ کان ٻي پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين ماپيل مفاصلو، جيڪو پن جي محور تي عمودي هوندو آهي.

* '''قبضي جي ڊيگهه''' – قبضي جي پٽن جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي هوندي آهي.

* '''نڪل جي ڊيگهه''' (Knuckle length) – هڪ نڪل جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي ماپي ويندي آهي.

* '''پٽي جي ويڪر''' (Leaf width) – پن جي مرڪز کان پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''پچ''' (Pitch) – هڪ نڪل جي پڇاڙيءَ کان ساڳئي پٽي تي موجود ڀر واري نڪل جي ساڳئي ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''ڊور اسٽاپ''' (Doorstop) – هڪ عام اصطلاح، جيڪو قبضي جي پٽن ۾ پن جي ڀيٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ غيرضروري يا ڍِلي ڪنڊائتي چرپر لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. اهڙي چرپر قبضي جي گهسجي وڃڻ يا ڍِلي ٿيڻ سبب پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي.

== قسم ==

=== بيرل قبضو ===
'''بيرل قبضو''' (Barrel hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪيترن ڳنڍيل سوراخدار حصن (Knuckles) تي مشتمل هوندو آهي ۽ انهن مان گذرندڙ هڪ محور يا پن (Pin) ذريعي گڏ رکيو ويندو آهي. ''بيرل'' اصل ۾ هڪ خالي سلينڊر هوندو آهي، جنهن جي چوڌاري قبضو گردش ڪندو آهي. جديد دور ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ اڪثر قبضا بيرل قبضي جي بنيادي اصول تي ڪم ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Childers |first=Kathleen |date=25 August 2023 |title=Everything to Know About Barrel Hinges |url=https://www.familyhandyman.com/article/everything-to-know-about-barrel-hinges/ |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Family Handyman}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== بٽ قبضو / مارٽس قبضو ===
'''بٽ قبضو''' (Butt hinge) يا '''مارٽس قبضو''' (Mortise hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي ۽ دروازي جي چوڪاٽي ۾ ڪٽيل کوکلي جاءِ يا  پاتام (Mortise) اندر لڳايو ويندو آهي، جنهن سبب دروازو بند ٿيڻ تي قبضو تقريباً لڪل نظر ايندو آهي. ڪجهه قبضا '''اڌ مارٽس''' قسم جا به هوندا آهن، جن ۾ صرف هڪ پٽو (Leaf) کوکلي جاءِ ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مٿاڇري تي رهندو آهي. گهڻا مارٽس قبضا پنهنجي گردش واري بناوت سبب بيرل قبضي جي درجي ۾ پڻ اچن ٿا.
انجيس يا قبضو لڳائڻ وقت اسڪرو يا پيچن کي ھٿوڙيءَ سان ٺوڪي نہ لڳائجي ڇاڪاڻ تہ ائين ڪرڻ سان ڪجھ وقت کان پوءِ اھي ڍرا ٿي نڪري ايندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري انھن کي اسڪرو ڊرائيور يعني پيچ ڪش سان لڳائڻ گھرجي.

=== بٽر فلائي يا پارليامينٽ قبضو ===
'''بٽر فلائي قبضو''' (Butterfly hinge) يا برطانيا ۾ '''پارليامينٽ قبضو''' (Parliament hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا تختي کي مڪمل طور لڳ ڀڳ '''180°''' تائين کولڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت سان لڳي سڌو ٿي بيهي سگهي ٿو. بٽر فلائي قبضا پنهنجي سينگاريل شڪل سبب فرنيچر ۽ آرائشي دروازن ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Parliament Hinges Old English Collection |url=https://www.suffolklatchcompany.com/products/parliament-hinges |access-date=2026-02-06 |website=Suffolk Latch Company |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== ڪيس قبضو ===
'''ڪيس قبضو''' (Case hinge) بناوت ۾ بٽ قبضي سان ملندڙ جلندڙ هوندو آهي، پر عام طور وڌيڪ سينگاريل هوندو آهي. اهو سوٽڪيسن، بريف ڪيسن، ڪاٺ جي دٻن، زيورن جي دٻين ۽ ٻين اهڙين شين ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جتي مضبوط ڳانڍاپي سان گڏ ظاهري خوبصورتي پڻ اهم هجي.

=== لڪل قبضو ===
'''لڪل قبضو''' (Concealed hinge) خاص طور فرنيچر جي دروازن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. هي قبضو دروازو بند ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ٻاهران نظر نٿو اچي. ان جا ٻه بنيادي حصا هوندا آهن: (1) '''ڪپ''' (Cup) ۽ '''بازو''' (آرم)، ۽ (2) '''مائونٽنگ پليٽ'''. انهن کي '''ڪپ قبضو''' (ڪپ ھنج) يا '''يورو قبضو''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي يورپ ۾ تيار ٿيا ۽ ميٽرڪ ماپن تي ٻڌل معيار استعمال ڪندا آهن. گهڻا لڪل قبضا پيچن جي ذريعي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ به آسانيءَ سان ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) ڏئي سگهجن ٿا، جنهن سان دروازي جي اوچائي، پاسيري پوزيشن ۽ کوٽائي درست ڪري سگهجي ٿي.

=== لڳاتار يا پيانو قبضو ===
'''لڳاتار قبضو''' (Continuous hinge) يا '''پيانو قبضو''' (Piano hinge) بيرل قبضي جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو دروازي، دٻي، ڍڪ يا پينل جي پوري ڊيگهه تائين پکڙيل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا سوراخن سان يا بغير سوراخن جي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن ۽ ڊگهي سهاري سبب وزن کي هڪجهڙو ورهائيندا آهن.

=== فليگ قبضو ===
'''فليگ قبضو''' (Flag hinge) ٻن حصن تي ٻڌل سادو قبضو هوندو آهي. هڪ حصي ۾ لڳل پن ٻئي حصي جي سوراخ ۾ داخل ٿيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو يا ٻيو حصو آسانيءَ سان الڳ به ڪري سگهجي ٿو. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا هٽائي سگهجندڙ دروازن ۽ مشينن ۾ عام استعمال ٿيندا آهن ۽ ساڄي ۽ کاٻي ٻنهي قسمن ۾ موجود هوندا .&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=26 August 2024 |title=The Beginner's Guide to Flag Hinges |url=https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20250216130803/https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |archive-date=16 February 2025 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Monroe Engineering}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ايڇ قبضو ===
'''ايڇ قبضو''' (H hinge) انگريزي اکر '''H''' جي شڪل جهڙو بيرل قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو سطح سان برابر لڳندڙ (فلش-مائونٽيڊ) دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ننڍا H قبضا عام طور المارين ۽ ڪٻٽن لاءِ، جڏهن ته وڏا H قبضا ڪمرا يا المارين جا دروازا لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== ايڇ ايل قبضو ===
'''ايڇ ايل قبضو''' (HL hinge) روايتي قبضو آهي، جيڪو سترهين، ارڙهين ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ دوران رهائشي ڪمرن، گذرگاهن ۽ المارين جي دروازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو هو. اوچن دروازن ۾ ڪڏهن ٻن H قبضي جي وچ ۾ اضافي HL قبضو پڻ لڳايو ويندو هو.

=== هڪ طرفو قبضو ===
'''هڪ طرفو قبضو''' (ون-وي ھنج) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا ٻئي حصي کي رڳو هڪ ئي رخ ۾ کُلڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. اهو ٻن طرفن کان کُلندڙ (ڊبل-ايڪشن) قبضي جي ابتڙ هوندو آهي.

=== محوري قبضو ===
'''محوري قبضو''' (Pivot hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي جي هيٺئين حصي ۽ مٿئين فريم ۾ لڳل محور تي گردش ڪندو آهي. هن کي '''ڊبل ايڪشن فلور قبضو''' (ڊبل-ايڪٽنگ فلور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. قديم خشڪ پٿر وارين عمارتن ۽ ڪجهه پراڻين ڪاٺيءَ جي عمارتن ۾ اهڙي قسم جا قبضا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. هلڪن وزن وارن دروازن لاءِ اهي نسبتاً گهٽ خرچ وارو ۽ ڪارائتو حل سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.

=== پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو ===
'''پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو''' (سيلف-ڪلوزنگ ھنج) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو بند ڪرڻ لاءِ اندروني ميخانياتي نظام لڳل هوندو آهي. هن ۾ اڪثر بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار (اسپيڊ ڪنٽرول) کي ضابطو ڪرڻ جو نظام پڻ شامل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا عام طور اسپرنگ  جي مدد سان دروازي کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ قوت پيدا ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ميخانياتي يا هائيڊرولڪ ڊيمپر (Damper) دروازي جي بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار کي ڪنٽرول ڪندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح هي قبضو هڪ ئي وقت قبضي ۽ [[دروازو بند ڪندڙ اوزار]] (ڊور ڪلوزر) ٻنهي جو ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |date=26 August 2019 |title=Self-Closing Hinges |url=http://www.watersonusa.com/solutions/spring-loaded-door-hinge |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200921094428/http://www.watersonusa.com/solutions/spring-loaded-door-hinge |archive-date=21 September 2020 |access-date=3 September 2020 |website=Watersonusa}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== اسپرنگ قبضو ===
'''اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Spring hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جنهن جي اندر اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي. هي اسپرنگ قبضي جي پٽن کي کولڻ يا بند ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو کليل يا بند حالت ۾ رکڻ لاءِ گهربل قوت فراهم ڪندو آهي. اسپرنگ قبضا عام طور باهه کان بچاءَ وارن دروازن، رهائشي عمارتن ۽ تجارتي جڳهن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو ===
'''مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو''' (Swing clear hing})، جنهن کي '''آف سيٽ دروازي جو قبضو''' (آف سيٽ ڊور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙو قبضو آهي جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل طور پنهنجي کُلڻ واري جاءِ کان ٻاهر ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ دروازي جي کليل حالت ۾ گذرگاهه جي ويڪر وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا خاص طور انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي معذور ماڻهن جي رسائي بابت تعميراتي معيارن تي عمل ڪرڻ ضروري هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Greene |first=Lori |date=27 May 2021 |title=QQ: Hinge Types – Swing-Clear |url=https://idighardware.com/2021/05/qq-hinge-types-swing-clear/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241220120419/https://idighardware.com/2021/05/qq-hinge-types-swing-clear/ |archive-date=20 December 2024 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=iDigHardware}}&lt;/ref&gt;اهي قبضا اڪثر فيئر هائوسنگ ايڪٽ (FHA) جي رسائي وارن ضابطن جي تعميل لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ 34 انچ ويڪري دروازي سان به گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 32 انچ صاف گذرگاهه مهيا ڪندا آهن، جيڪو معذور ماڻهن جي آسان آمدرفت لاءِ مقرر ڪيل معيار آهي..&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last= |first= |date= |title=The Fair Housing Act's Requirement 3: Usable Doors |url=https://www.hud.gov/sites/dfiles/FHEO/documents/The-Fair-Housing-Act-Requirement-3-Usable-Doors-Participant-Workbook.pdf |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241211175526/https://www.hud.gov/sites/dfiles/FHEO/documents/The-Fair-Housing-Act-Requirement-3-Usable-Doors-Participant-Workbook.pdf |archive-date=11 December 2024 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=United States Department of Housing and Urban Development}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بٽلر ٽري قبضو ===
'''بٽلر ٽري قبضو''' (Butler tray hinge) خاص قسم جو قبضو آهي، جيڪو لڳ ڀڳ 90 درجا موڙي پوءِ سڌو سنئون لاڪ ٿي ويندو آهي. اهو عام طور اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جي مٿئين حصي تي پيش ڪرڻ لاءِ الڳ ٽري لڳل هوندي آهي.

=== ڪارڊ ميز قبضو ===
'''ڪارڊ ميز قبضو''' (ڪارڊ ٽيبل ھنج) اهڙو مارٽس قبضو آهي، جيڪو روايتي يا جديد نموني جي ڪارڊ ميزن جي ڪنارن ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي. هي ميز جي مٿئين حصي کي پاڻ تي ٻيڻو ٿي ويڙهڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان ميز کي آسانيءَ سان بند يا محفوظ ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ ===
'''ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ''' (ڪارپنٽيئر جوائنٽ) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو وڪريل ڪراس سيڪشن (ڪروڊ ڪراس-سيڪشن) وارين ڪيترين سنهين ڌاتي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندو آهي. هي خاص جوڙجڪ لچڪدار حرڪت ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپو فراهم ڪندي آهي.

=== ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو ===
'''ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو''' (ڊراپ-ليف ٽيبل ھنج) ميز جي مٿاڇري جي هيٺان لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جا پاسا ضرورت مطابق هيٺ ڪري يا مٿي کڻي سگهجن ٿا. هي قبضا گهڻو ڪري ''رول جوائنٽ'' واري ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ ===
'''قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ''' (ھنجڊ ايڪسپينشن جوائنٽ) اهڙو توسيعي ڳانڍاپو آهي، جنهن ۾ قبضا لڳل هوندا آهن ته جيئن اڏاوت يا مشين جو حصو صرف هڪ ئي سطح  ۾ وڪڙي سگهي. هي جوڙ حرارتي واڌ ويجهه يا حرڪت سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻاءُ کي گهٽائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== لِونگ قبضو ===
'''لِونگ قبضو''' (Living hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڌاتوءَ جي پن (Pin) يا نڪل (Knuckle) کان سواءِ رڳو هڪ لچڪدار مواد، اڪثر ڪري پلاسٽڪ، مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي ٻن حصن جي وچ ۾ هڪ ئي ٽڪري طور ٺهندو آهي ۽ ان ۾ الڳ حرڪت ڪندڙ حصا نه هوندا آهن. اهڙي جوڙجڪ سبب ان جي تياري سادي، هلڪي ۽ گهٽ خرچ واري هوندي آهي، پر بار بار وڪڙجڻ سبب وقت سان گڏ ٿڪاوٽ يا ٽٽڻ جو امڪان ٻين قبضي جي قسمن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. لِونگ قبضا پلاسٽڪ جي دٻين، بوتلن جي ڍڪڻن، دوائن جي پيڪنگ ۽ ٻين مولڊ ڪيل شين ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=21 March 2024 |title=What is a living hinge and its applications? |url=https://www.essentracomponents.com/en-gb/news/solutions/access-hardware/living-hinges-101-what-you-need-to-know |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Essentra Components |archive-date=20 December 2024 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241220120420/https://www.essentracomponents.com/en-gb/news/solutions/access-hardware/living-hinges-101-what-you-need-to-know |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== ٻيا قسم ===
قبضي جا ٻيا ڪيترائي قسم پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* '''ڪوچ قبضو''' (Coach hinge) – گاڏين، وڏن دروازن ۽ ڳري ڪاٺيءَ جي اڏاوتن لاءِ مضبوط قبضو.
* '''ڪائونٽر فليپ قبضو'''  – ڪائونٽرن يا ميزن جي کُلندڙ پٽن (Flaps) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ قبضو.
* '''ڪرينڪ يا طوفان-مزاحمتي قبضو''' (Cranked or storm-proof hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن جي شڪل وڪريل هوندي آهي ۽ جيڪو دروازي يا دري کي موسم جي اثرن کان بهتر تحفظ فراهم ڪندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو غير اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Double-action non-spring hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو ٻنهي رخن ۾ گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، پر ان ۾ اسپرنگ شامل نه هوندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو اسپرنگ قبضو''' – ٻنهي رخن ۾ کُلندڙ قبضو، جنهن ۾ اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو وچ يا بند حالت ڏانهن موٽائيندو آهي.
* '''فلش قبضو''' (Flush hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو بغير مارٽس (Mortise) ٺاهڻ جي سڌو مٿاڇري تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.
* '''رگڙ وارو قبضو''' (فرڪشن ھنج) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو رگڙ جي قوت سان دروازي يا دري کي گهربل حالت ۾ بيهارڻ ۾ مدد ڪندو آهي.
* '''لفٽ-آف قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي قبضي مان سڌو مٿي کڻي آسانيءَ سان الڳ ڪري سگهجي ٿو، بغير قبضي کي کولڻ جي.
* '''پنج قبضو''' (Pinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ جلدي ڪڍي سگهجندڙ پن (ڪئڪ-رليز پن) لڳل هوندو آهي.
* '''اڀرندڙ بٽ قبضو''' (Rising butt hinge) يا '''ڪيم لفٽ قبضو''' (Cam lift hinge) – هن قبضي جو نڪل سرپل شڪل وارو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازو کُلڻ وقت ان کي ٿورو مٿي کڻي ويندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح دروازو قالين يا اڻبرابر فرش سان نه ٽڪرائيندو آهي، ۽ بند ٿيڻ وقت پنهنجي وزن جي ڪري پاڻ هيٺ اچي بند ٿي ويندو آهي&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite
 web |last=Metcalf |first=Zoe |date=2025-09-30 |title=Upgrade Your Doors: The Hidden Benefits of Rising Butt Hinges |url=https://www.cookebrothers.co.uk/latest-news/2025/09/30/benefits-of-rising-butt-hinges/ |access-date=2026-04-17 |website=Cooke Brothers |language=en-GB}}&lt;/ref&gt;.
* '''سيڪيورٽي قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو دروازي کي زبردستي ڪڍڻ يا ٽوڙڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ خاص حفاظتي بناوت سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.
* '''ٽي قبضو''' (Tee hinge) – انگريزي اکر '''T''' جي شڪل وارو قبضو، جيڪو عام طور ڪاٺيءَ جي دروازن، باڙن، گودامن ۽ باغيچي جي دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڊگهو افقي حصو وزن کي بهتر نموني ورهائيندو آهي.
ھي ھڪ قسم جون گھاڙو لوھ (Wrought iron)  جون فتيلون آھن، ھنن جي ڊگھي ٻانھن وارو حصو تہ جيئن جي افقيءَ پٽيءَ ۾ اسڪرن سان لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ٻيو ڌاتيءَ جي پٽيءَ وارو حصو چوڪاٺي ۾ جڙيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جون انجيسون معمولي قسم جي دروازن لاءِ ٺيڪ آھن ۽ کين ڳرن ۽ سٺي قسم جي دروازن ۾ استعمال نہ ڪرڻ گھرجي

==تصويري نمائش==
&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot;&gt;
File:HingesOldA.jpg|[[بگناسڪو]] ڀرسان خشڪ پٿر جي ڀت ۾ استعمال ٿيل قبضي جي پراڻي جوڙجڪ.
File:HingesOldB.jpg|خشڪ پٿر جي قديم عمارتن مان مليل قديم محوري قبضا (Pivot hinges).
File:Hingebifold.JPG|فلش دروازي جو قبضو (Flush hinge).
File:Hinge2P2.jpg|لوهي (Wrought iron) مان ٺهيل بيرل قبضو.
File:Hinge2P3.jpg|ڪانسي (برونز) جي پٽي مان ٺهيل بيرل قبضو.
File:Hinge3P.jpg|ٽن نڪلن (Knuckles) وارو بٽ قبضو، جنهن ۾ محور ٻنهي ڇيڙن کان مضبوط نموني سنڀاليل هوندو آهي.
File:Topfscharnier.jpg|فرنيچر جي دروازي ۾ لڳل لڪل اسپرنگ وارو قبضو، جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل بند يا مڪمل کليل حالت ۾ رکندو آهي. هي مڪمل طور دروازي جي پويان لڪي ويندو آهي ۽ نفيس ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) جي سهولت پڻ رکي ٿو، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت جي ويجهو هوندي به آسانيءَ سان کلي سگهي ٿو.
File:Hinge 01.jpg|عمارت جي ٻاهرئين ڀت تي زنگ لڳل قبضا.
File:Haar hung doors (99309543).jpg|اهڙو دروازو، جيڪو پنهنجي اسٽائيل (Stile) تي لڳل محوري قبضي تي گردش ڪري ٿو؛ هن قسم کي ''هار-هنگ دروازو'' (Haar-hung door) چيو ويندو آهي.
File:Mint box polypropylene lid.JPG|[[ٽڪ ٽاڪ]] جي دٻي جي ڍڪ تي لِونگ قبضو (Living hinge).
File:Hinged Handcuffs 1.jpg|قبضي وارا [[هٿڪڙيون]] (ھنجڊ ھينڊڪفس).
File:Hinge 03.jpg|پيانو قبضو (Piano hinge).
File:Continuoushinge.jpg|لڳاتار قبضو (ڪنٽينيوئس ھنج).
File:Waterson_K51SW.jpg|مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو (سونگ ڪليئر ھنج).
File:Sydney Harbour Bridge hinge.jpg|[[سڊني ھاربر برج]] تي لڳل قبضو، جيڪو پل جي تعمير دوران استعمال ڪيو ويو ۽ هاڻي گرمي ۽ سردي سبب ٿيندڙ ڦهلاءَ ۽ سُڪڙجڻ (ٿرمل ايڪسپينشن ۽ ڪانٽريڪشن) کي برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڪري ٿو.
&lt;/gallery&gt;


br&gt;
(iii) ٻن طرفن واريون انجيسون: (Back flap Hinges) 
ھن قسم جون ٻھ طرفيون انجيسون اھڙن ھنڌن تي استعمال ڪبيون آھن، جتي اھڙا تہ سنھا تاڪ لڳائبا آھن جو سادين انجيسن جو لڳائڻ ممڪن نہ ھوندو آھي.
(iv) ڪوڪن واريون انجيسون: (Pin Hinges) 
جڏھن تاڪن جو وزن ايترو ڳرو ھوندو آھي جو ٻين قسمن جي انجيسن سان انھن کي نہ لڳائي سگھبو آھي تھ اھڙيءَ حالت ۾ ھن قسم جون ڪلين واريون انجيسون لڳائبيون آھن.</text>
      <sha1>pbbgxn560ff1gm8qmdardle240bt8y5</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400885</id>
      <parentid>400884</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T13:40:38Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400885</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="34317" sha1="6xj157ds9fx8xuqfvd2sgtngg3l312g" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|ٻن مضبوط شين کي ڳنڍيندڙ ميخانياتي ڳانڍاپو}}

[[File:Carrollton New Orleans hinge brass inside.jpg|thumb|upright|پتل مان ٺهيل سينگاريل دروازي جي انجيس]]
[[File:Hamburgerpaumelle.JPG|thumb|upright|بيرل انجيس (Barrel hinge)]]

'''انجيس''' يا '''قبضو''' ({{lang-en|'''Hinge'''}}) هڪ [[ميڪانياتي بيئرنگ]] (Mechanical bearing) آهي، جيڪو ٻن مضبوط شين کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيندو آهي ۽ عام طور انهن مان هڪ کي مقرر محور جي چوڌاري محدود زاويي تائين ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. مثالي قبضي (آئيڊيل ھنج) ۾ ڳنڍيل ٻئي حصا رڳو هڪ مقرر محور جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ٻيون سموريون حرڪتون، جهڙوڪ اڳتي پٺتي سرڪڻ يا ٻين رخن ۾ گردش، روڪيل هونديون آهن. ان ڪري ميخانيات ۾ قبضي کي ''هڪ درجي واري آزادي'' (ون ڊگري آف فريڊم) وارو ڳانڍاپو سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

قبضا يا انجيسون لچڪدار مواد (فليڪسيبل مٽيريل) مان به ٺاهي سگهجن ٿا يا وري ڌاتوءَ جي حرڪت ڪندڙ حصن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن. حياتيات (بائيولاجي) ۾ به ڪيترائي [[جوڙ]] (جوائنٽ) قبضي وانگر ڪم ڪندا آهن، جن مان [[ڪُلهي جي جوڙ]] جي بدران ''ٺوٺ جو جوڙ''  هڪ نمايان مثال آهي، جيڪو بنيادي طور هڪ ئي رخ ۾ وڪڙجڻ ۽ سڌو ٿيڻ جي حرڪت جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو.

انجيسون يا قبضا سڀ کان وڌيڪ دروازن، دريائن ۽ المارين جي کُلڻ ۽ بند ٿيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، پر انهن کان علاوه فولڊ ٿيندڙ [[ڏاڪڻ]]، موٽر گاڏين جي بونٽ، صندوقن، ڍڪڻن ۽ وڏين متحرڪ [[پل|پلين]]  جي جوڙجڪ ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

درين ۽ دروازن کي لڳائڻ ۽ انھن اندر مختلف جزن ذريعي ڳانڍاپو رکڻ واسطي ھيٺين قسمن جي قبضن يا انجيسن جي  ضرورت پوندي آھي.

== تاريخ ==

قديم آثارن مان پٿر، سنگِ مرمر، ڪاٺ ۽ ڪانسي  مان ٺهيل انجيسون يا قبضا مليا آهن، جن مان ڪجهه گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[قديم مصر]] جي دور سان تعلق رکن ٿا. بهرحال، اهو يقيني طور طئي ڪرڻ ڏکيو آهي ته قبضي جو پهريون استعمال دنيا جي ڪهڙي هنڌ ۽ ڪهڙي زماني ۾ ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

قديم مصر ۾ دروازن لاءِ هڪ خاص ''محوري قبضي'' (Pivot hinge) وارو نظام استعمال ٿيندو هو. هن طريقي ۾ دروازي جي مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين ڪنڍن تي ڪاٺ جا گول ڪنڊا (Dowels) لڳايا ويندا هئا يا اهي سڌو دروازي جي ڪاٺ مان تراشيا ويندا هئا. اهي ڪنڍا پٿر ۾ ٺهيل گول کڏن (Stone sockets) ۾ ويهندا هئا، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دروازو آسانيءَ سان پنهنجي محور تي ڦرندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Museum Bulletin – An Early Egyptian Door-Socket |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/bulletin/1315/}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door – British Museum |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/Y_EA705}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[قديم روم]] ۾ قبضي کي لاطيني ٻوليءَ ۾ ڪارڊو:''Cardō'' چيو ويندو هو. انهيءَ لفظ تان ئي رومي ديوي ''ڪارڊيا'' (Cardea)، جيڪا دروازن ۽ قبضي جي محافظ ديوي سمجهي ويندي هئي، جو نالو پيو، ۽ رومي شهرن جي مکيه اتر–ڏکڻ واري شاهراهه کي پڻ ''ڪارڊو'' سڏيو ويندو هو. لاطيني لفظ ''ڪارڊو'' جو مفهوم &quot;اهو بنيادي جزو، جنهن تي ڪا شيءِ ڦري يا جنهن تي ڪنهن شيءِ جو دارومدار هجي&quot; هو، ۽ انهيءَ مان جديد انگريزي لفظن، جهڙوڪ ''ڪارڊينل''، جي پڻ ابتدا ٿي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

'''آڪسفورڊ انگريزي لغت''' (آڪسفورڊ انگلش ڊڪشنري) موجب انگريزي لفظ  ھنج''Hinge'' جو تعلق لفظ ''Hang'' (لڙڪڻ يا ٽنگجڻ) سان آهي، جيڪو ٻنهي لفظن جي تاريخي لساني ارتقا ڏانهن اشارو ڪري ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=hinge |url=https://www.oed.com/dictionary/hinge_n}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== عمارتن ۾ رسائي ==

گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[وچئين دور]] (ميڊيول پيرئڊ) کان وٺي مضبوط قلعن ۽ دفاعي عمارتن ۾ [[ڇڪيل پل]] (Drawbridge) لاءِ قبضا استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن. اهڙن قبضي جي مدد سان پل کي ضرورت موجب مٿي کڻي يا هيٺ لاهي سگهجي ٿو، جنهن سان قلعي جي حفاظت ۽ داخلا تي ڪنٽرول رکڻ آسان ٿيندو هو.

جديد [[تعمير]] (آرڪيٽيڪچر) ۾ به قبضا انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي وقت سان گڏ بنياد جي ويهڻ (بلڊنگ سيٽلمينٽ) جو امڪان هجي. اهڙين حالتن ۾ قبضا عمارت جي ڪجهه حصن کي محدود حرڪت جي اجازت ڏيندا آهن، جنهن سان ڍانچي تي غيرضروري دٻاءُ گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

ان جو هڪ مشهور مثال آمريڪي رياست [[ڪيليفورنيا]] جي [[برزبين, ڪيليفورنيا|برزبين]] شهر ۾ واقع [[ڊيڪن بلڊنگ]] آهي. هن عمارت جي داخلي رئمپ (ramp) کي هڪ وڏي قبضي تي نصب ڪيو ويو هو ته جيئن [[کنبا| کُنبن]] (Piles) تي ٺهيل ۽ نرم خليجي مٽي (Bay mud) تي بيٺل عمارت جي ويهڻ دوران رئمپ محفوظ طريقي سان پنهنجي حالت بدلائي سگهي. هي انتظام ڪيترن ئي سالن تائين اثرائتو رهيو، پر آڪٽوبر 2006ع ۾ رئمپ کي نقصان پهچڻ ۽ ان جي ڍلان حد کان وڌيڪ وڌي وڃڻ سبب ان کي تبديل ڪيو ويو.

== وڏيون اڏاوتون ==

قبضا  وڏين اڏاوتن، جهڙوڪ اوچين شاهراهن، ريلوي واءِڊڪٽن (viaducts)، پلن ۽ ٻين انجنيئرنگ ڍانچن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جو مقصد اڏاوت جي مختلف حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ واري دٻاءَ'' (بينڊنگ اسٽريسز) جي منتقلي کي گهٽائڻ يا مڪمل طور روڪڻ هوندو آهي، جنهن سان خاص طور زلزلي دوران ڍانچي جي نقصان جو خطرو گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

سادن سلائيڊنگ ڳانڍاپن جي ڀيٽ ۾ قبضي کي ترجيح ڏيڻ جو اهم سبب اهو آهي ته اهو هڪ طرف محدود گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، جڏهن ته ٻئي طرف ڀرپاسي وارن اڏاوتي حصن کي هڪ ٻئي کان ڌار ٿيڻ کان بچائي ٿو. اهڙيءَ طرح ڍانچي جي استحڪام برقرار رهي ٿي ۽ زلزلي يا حرارتي تبديليءَ سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ حرڪتن کي محفوظ نموني جذب ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

جيڪڏهن ڪنهن قبضي ذريعي ٻن اڏاوتي حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ وارو لمحو'' (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) منتقل نه ٿئي، ته اهڙي قبضي کي تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ ''صفر لمحي وارو قبضو'' (زيرو مومينٽ ھنج) چيو ويندو آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا تجزياتي ماڊلن ۽ عملي انجنيئرنگ ٻنهي ۾ وڏي اهميت رکن ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي اڏاوت ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻائن جي ورهاست کي بهتر نموني ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏين ٿا.

== خلائي جهاز ==

خلائي جهازن (اسپيس ڪرافٽ) ۾ استعمال لاءِ ڪيترن ئي قسمن جا ''خودڪار کُلندڙ ۽ پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضا'' (سيلف-ايڪچوئيٽنگ, سيلف-لاڪنگ ھنجز) تيار ڪيا ويا آهن. اهي قبضا خاص طور انهن اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جيڪي راڪيٽ جي لانچ دوران ويڙهيل يا بند حالت ۾ رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ خلاءَ ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ پاڻمرادو کُلي پنهنجي ڪم ڪندڙ شڪل اختيار ڪندا آهن.

اهڙي قسم جا قبضا [[کُلندڙ خلائي اڏاوتن]] (ڊپلائبل اسٽرڪچرز) ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ [[شمسي پينل]]، مصنوعي سوراخي ريڊار (سنٿيٽڪ اپرچر راڊار) جون اينٽينائون، ڊگها بوم (Booms)، ريڊيئيٽر ۽ ٻيا خلائي جزا شامل آهن. انهن قبضي جي مدد سان هي حصا محدود جاءِ ۾ محفوظ نموني رکي سگهجن ٿا ۽ مدار ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ بغير انساني مداخلت جي صحيح نموني کُلي ۽ لاڪ ٿي وڃن ٿا، جنهن سان خلائي جهاز جي اعتبار، ڪارڪردگي ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو اچي ٿو.

== اصطلاحات ==

[[File:Basic hinge.svg|thumb|upright|بنيادي قبضي جا حصا]]

* '''پن''' ({{lang-en|Pin}}) – ڌاتوءَ يا ٻين مضبوط مواد مان ٺهيل راڊ، جيڪا قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن (ليوز) کي ''نڪل'' (Knuckle) جي اندر پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍي رکي ٿي ۽ انهن کي محور جي چوڌاري ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي. هن کي '''پنٽل''' (Pintle) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''نڪل''' – قبضي جو سوراخدار، اڪثر گول شڪل وارو حصو، جيڪو قبضي جو گڏيل محور ٺاهيندو آهي. ٻنهي پٽن جا نڪل هڪ ٻئي سان وڇايل ترتيب ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن ۽ پن انهن سڀني مان لنگهندي انهن کي گڏ رکي ٿي.

* '''پٽو''' (ليف) – قبضي جا عام طور ٻه چپٽا حصا، جيڪي نڪل جي ٻنهي پاسن کان نڪرن ٿا ۽ پن جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن. اهي ئي حصا دروازي، دري يا ٻين شين سان لڳايا ويندا آهن.

* '''اينڊ پلي''' (End play) – پن جي محور سان گڏ قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن جي وچ ۾ ٿيندڙ محوري حرڪت. هي ننڍڙي چرپر پٽن کي بغير اٽڪڻ جي آسانيءَ سان ڦرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندي آهي ۽ عام طور نڪلن جي وچ واري وٿي (نڪل گيپ) سان طئي ٿيندي آهي.

* '''ٿولهه''' (Gauge) – قبضي جي پٽن جي ٿولهه.

* '''قبضي جي ويڪر''' – هڪ پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ کان ٻي پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين ماپيل مفاصلو، جيڪو پن جي محور تي عمودي هوندو آهي.

* '''قبضي جي ڊيگهه''' – قبضي جي پٽن جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي هوندي آهي.

* '''نڪل جي ڊيگهه''' (Knuckle length) – هڪ نڪل جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي ماپي ويندي آهي.

* '''پٽي جي ويڪر''' (Leaf width) – پن جي مرڪز کان پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''پچ''' (Pitch) – هڪ نڪل جي پڇاڙيءَ کان ساڳئي پٽي تي موجود ڀر واري نڪل جي ساڳئي ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''ڊور اسٽاپ''' (Doorstop) – هڪ عام اصطلاح، جيڪو قبضي جي پٽن ۾ پن جي ڀيٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ غيرضروري يا ڍِلي ڪنڊائتي چرپر لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. اهڙي چرپر قبضي جي گهسجي وڃڻ يا ڍِلي ٿيڻ سبب پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي.

== قسم ==

=== بيرل قبضو ===
'''بيرل قبضو''' (Barrel hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪيترن ڳنڍيل سوراخدار حصن (Knuckles) تي مشتمل هوندو آهي ۽ انهن مان گذرندڙ هڪ محور يا پن (Pin) ذريعي گڏ رکيو ويندو آهي. ''بيرل'' اصل ۾ هڪ خالي سلينڊر هوندو آهي، جنهن جي چوڌاري قبضو گردش ڪندو آهي. جديد دور ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ اڪثر قبضا بيرل قبضي جي بنيادي اصول تي ڪم ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Childers |first=Kathleen |date=25 August 2023 |title=Everything to Know About Barrel Hinges |url=https://www.familyhandyman.com/article/everything-to-know-about-barrel-hinges/ |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Family Handyman}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== بٽ قبضو / مارٽس قبضو ===
'''بٽ قبضو''' (Butt hinge) يا '''مارٽس قبضو''' (Mortise hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي ۽ دروازي جي چوڪاٽي ۾ ڪٽيل کوکلي جاءِ يا  پاتام (Mortise) اندر لڳايو ويندو آهي، جنهن سبب دروازو بند ٿيڻ تي قبضو تقريباً لڪل نظر ايندو آهي. ڪجهه قبضا '''اڌ مارٽس''' قسم جا به هوندا آهن، جن ۾ صرف هڪ پٽو (Leaf) کوکلي جاءِ ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مٿاڇري تي رهندو آهي. گهڻا مارٽس قبضا پنهنجي گردش واري بناوت سبب بيرل قبضي جي درجي ۾ پڻ اچن ٿا.
انجيس يا قبضو لڳائڻ وقت اسڪرو يا پيچن کي ھٿوڙيءَ سان ٺوڪي نہ لڳائجي ڇاڪاڻ تہ ائين ڪرڻ سان ڪجھ وقت کان پوءِ اھي ڍرا ٿي نڪري ايندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري انھن کي اسڪرو ڊرائيور يعني پيچ ڪش سان لڳائڻ گھرجي.

=== بٽر فلائي يا پارليامينٽ قبضو ===
'''بٽر فلائي قبضو''' (Butterfly hinge) يا برطانيا ۾ '''پارليامينٽ قبضو''' (Parliament hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا تختي کي مڪمل طور لڳ ڀڳ '''180°''' تائين کولڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت سان لڳي سڌو ٿي بيهي سگهي ٿو. بٽر فلائي قبضا پنهنجي سينگاريل شڪل سبب فرنيچر ۽ آرائشي دروازن ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Parliament Hinges Old English Collection |url=https://www.suffolklatchcompany.com/products/parliament-hinges |access-date=2026-02-06 |website=Suffolk Latch Company |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== ڪيس قبضو ===
'''ڪيس قبضو''' (Case hinge) بناوت ۾ بٽ قبضي سان ملندڙ جلندڙ هوندو آهي، پر عام طور وڌيڪ سينگاريل هوندو آهي. اهو سوٽڪيسن، بريف ڪيسن، ڪاٺ جي دٻن، زيورن جي دٻين ۽ ٻين اهڙين شين ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جتي مضبوط ڳانڍاپي سان گڏ ظاهري خوبصورتي پڻ اهم هجي.

=== لڪل قبضو ===
'''لڪل قبضو''' (Concealed hinge) خاص طور فرنيچر جي دروازن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. هي قبضو دروازو بند ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ٻاهران نظر نٿو اچي. ان جا ٻه بنيادي حصا هوندا آهن: (1) '''ڪپ''' (Cup) ۽ '''بازو''' (آرم)، ۽ (2) '''مائونٽنگ پليٽ'''. انهن کي '''ڪپ قبضو''' (ڪپ ھنج) يا '''يورو قبضو''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي يورپ ۾ تيار ٿيا ۽ ميٽرڪ ماپن تي ٻڌل معيار استعمال ڪندا آهن. گهڻا لڪل قبضا پيچن جي ذريعي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ به آسانيءَ سان ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) ڏئي سگهجن ٿا، جنهن سان دروازي جي اوچائي، پاسيري پوزيشن ۽ کوٽائي درست ڪري سگهجي ٿي.

=== لڳاتار يا پيانو قبضو ===
'''لڳاتار قبضو''' (Continuous hinge) يا '''پيانو قبضو''' (Piano hinge) بيرل قبضي جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو دروازي، دٻي، ڍڪ يا پينل جي پوري ڊيگهه تائين پکڙيل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا سوراخن سان يا بغير سوراخن جي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن ۽ ڊگهي سهاري سبب وزن کي هڪجهڙو ورهائيندا آهن.

=== فليگ قبضو ===
'''فليگ قبضو''' (Flag hinge) ٻن حصن تي ٻڌل سادو قبضو هوندو آهي. هڪ حصي ۾ لڳل پن ٻئي حصي جي سوراخ ۾ داخل ٿيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو يا ٻيو حصو آسانيءَ سان الڳ به ڪري سگهجي ٿو. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا هٽائي سگهجندڙ دروازن ۽ مشينن ۾ عام استعمال ٿيندا آهن ۽ ساڄي ۽ کاٻي ٻنهي قسمن ۾ موجود هوندا .&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=26 August 2024 |title=The Beginner's Guide to Flag Hinges |url=https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20250216130803/https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |archive-date=16 February 2025 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Monroe Engineering}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ايڇ قبضو ===
'''ايڇ قبضو''' (H hinge) انگريزي اکر '''H''' جي شڪل جهڙو بيرل قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو سطح سان برابر لڳندڙ (فلش-مائونٽيڊ) دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ننڍا H قبضا عام طور المارين ۽ ڪٻٽن لاءِ، جڏهن ته وڏا H قبضا ڪمرا يا المارين جا دروازا لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== ايڇ ايل قبضو ===
'''ايڇ ايل قبضو''' (HL hinge) روايتي قبضو آهي، جيڪو سترهين، ارڙهين ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ دوران رهائشي ڪمرن، گذرگاهن ۽ المارين جي دروازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو هو. اوچن دروازن ۾ ڪڏهن ٻن H قبضي جي وچ ۾ اضافي HL قبضو پڻ لڳايو ويندو هو.

=== هڪ طرفو قبضو ===
'''هڪ طرفو قبضو''' (ون-وي ھنج) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا ٻئي حصي کي رڳو هڪ ئي رخ ۾ کُلڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. اهو ٻن طرفن کان کُلندڙ (ڊبل-ايڪشن) قبضي جي ابتڙ هوندو آهي.

=== محوري قبضو ===
'''محوري قبضو''' (Pivot hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي جي هيٺئين حصي ۽ مٿئين فريم ۾ لڳل محور تي گردش ڪندو آهي. هن کي '''ڊبل ايڪشن فلور قبضو''' (ڊبل-ايڪٽنگ فلور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. قديم خشڪ پٿر وارين عمارتن ۽ ڪجهه پراڻين ڪاٺيءَ جي عمارتن ۾ اهڙي قسم جا قبضا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. هلڪن وزن وارن دروازن لاءِ اهي نسبتاً گهٽ خرچ وارو ۽ ڪارائتو حل سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.

=== پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو ===
'''پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو''' (سيلف-ڪلوزنگ ھنج) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو بند ڪرڻ لاءِ اندروني ميخانياتي نظام لڳل هوندو آهي. هن ۾ اڪثر بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار (اسپيڊ ڪنٽرول) کي ضابطو ڪرڻ جو نظام پڻ شامل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا عام طور اسپرنگ  جي مدد سان دروازي کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ قوت پيدا ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ميخانياتي يا هائيڊرولڪ ڊيمپر (Damper) دروازي جي بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار کي ڪنٽرول ڪندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح هي قبضو هڪ ئي وقت قبضي ۽ [[دروازو بند ڪندڙ اوزار]] (ڊور ڪلوزر) ٻنهي جو ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |date=26 August 2019 |title=Self-Closing Hinges |url=http://www.watersonusa.com/solutions/spring-loaded-door-hinge |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200921094428/http://www.watersonusa.com/solutions/spring-loaded-door-hinge |archive-date=21 September 2020 |access-date=3 September 2020 |website=Watersonusa}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== اسپرنگ قبضو ===
'''اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Spring hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جنهن جي اندر اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي. هي اسپرنگ قبضي جي پٽن کي کولڻ يا بند ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو کليل يا بند حالت ۾ رکڻ لاءِ گهربل قوت فراهم ڪندو آهي. اسپرنگ قبضا عام طور باهه کان بچاءَ وارن دروازن، رهائشي عمارتن ۽ تجارتي جڳهن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو ===
'''مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو''' (Swing clear hing})، جنهن کي '''آف سيٽ دروازي جو قبضو''' (آف سيٽ ڊور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙو قبضو آهي جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل طور پنهنجي کُلڻ واري جاءِ کان ٻاهر ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ دروازي جي کليل حالت ۾ گذرگاهه جي ويڪر وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا خاص طور انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي معذور ماڻهن جي رسائي بابت تعميراتي معيارن تي عمل ڪرڻ ضروري هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Greene |first=Lori |date=27 May 2021 |title=QQ: Hinge Types – Swing-Clear |url=https://idighardware.com/2021/05/qq-hinge-types-swing-clear/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241220120419/https://idighardware.com/2021/05/qq-hinge-types-swing-clear/ |archive-date=20 December 2024 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=iDigHardware}}&lt;/ref&gt;اهي قبضا اڪثر فيئر هائوسنگ ايڪٽ (FHA) جي رسائي وارن ضابطن جي تعميل لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ 34 انچ ويڪري دروازي سان به گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 32 انچ صاف گذرگاهه مهيا ڪندا آهن، جيڪو معذور ماڻهن جي آسان آمدرفت لاءِ مقرر ڪيل معيار آهي..&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last= |first= |date= |title=The Fair Housing Act's Requirement 3: Usable Doors |url=https://www.hud.gov/sites/dfiles/FHEO/documents/The-Fair-Housing-Act-Requirement-3-Usable-Doors-Participant-Workbook.pdf |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241211175526/https://www.hud.gov/sites/dfiles/FHEO/documents/The-Fair-Housing-Act-Requirement-3-Usable-Doors-Participant-Workbook.pdf |archive-date=11 December 2024 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=United States Department of Housing and Urban Development}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بٽلر ٽري قبضو ===
'''بٽلر ٽري قبضو''' (Butler tray hinge) خاص قسم جو قبضو آهي، جيڪو لڳ ڀڳ 90 درجا موڙي پوءِ سڌو سنئون لاڪ ٿي ويندو آهي. اهو عام طور اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جي مٿئين حصي تي پيش ڪرڻ لاءِ الڳ ٽري لڳل هوندي آهي.

=== ڪارڊ ميز قبضو ===
'''ڪارڊ ميز قبضو''' (ڪارڊ ٽيبل ھنج) اهڙو مارٽس قبضو آهي، جيڪو روايتي يا جديد نموني جي ڪارڊ ميزن جي ڪنارن ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي. هي ميز جي مٿئين حصي کي پاڻ تي ٻيڻو ٿي ويڙهڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان ميز کي آسانيءَ سان بند يا محفوظ ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ ===
'''ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ''' (ڪارپنٽيئر جوائنٽ) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو وڪريل ڪراس سيڪشن (ڪروڊ ڪراس-سيڪشن) وارين ڪيترين سنهين ڌاتي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندو آهي. هي خاص جوڙجڪ لچڪدار حرڪت ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپو فراهم ڪندي آهي.

=== ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو ===
'''ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو''' (ڊراپ-ليف ٽيبل ھنج) ميز جي مٿاڇري جي هيٺان لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جا پاسا ضرورت مطابق هيٺ ڪري يا مٿي کڻي سگهجن ٿا. هي قبضا گهڻو ڪري ''رول جوائنٽ'' واري ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ ===
'''قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ''' (ھنجڊ ايڪسپينشن جوائنٽ) اهڙو توسيعي ڳانڍاپو آهي، جنهن ۾ قبضا لڳل هوندا آهن ته جيئن اڏاوت يا مشين جو حصو صرف هڪ ئي سطح  ۾ وڪڙي سگهي. هي جوڙ حرارتي واڌ ويجهه يا حرڪت سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻاءُ کي گهٽائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== لِونگ قبضو ===
'''لِونگ قبضو''' (Living hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڌاتوءَ جي پن (Pin) يا نڪل (Knuckle) کان سواءِ رڳو هڪ لچڪدار مواد، اڪثر ڪري پلاسٽڪ، مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي ٻن حصن جي وچ ۾ هڪ ئي ٽڪري طور ٺهندو آهي ۽ ان ۾ الڳ حرڪت ڪندڙ حصا نه هوندا آهن. اهڙي جوڙجڪ سبب ان جي تياري سادي، هلڪي ۽ گهٽ خرچ واري هوندي آهي، پر بار بار وڪڙجڻ سبب وقت سان گڏ ٿڪاوٽ يا ٽٽڻ جو امڪان ٻين قبضي جي قسمن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. لِونگ قبضا پلاسٽڪ جي دٻين، بوتلن جي ڍڪڻن، دوائن جي پيڪنگ ۽ ٻين مولڊ ڪيل شين ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=21 March 2024 |title=What is a living hinge and its applications? |url=https://www.essentracomponents.com/en-gb/news/solutions/access-hardware/living-hinges-101-what-you-need-to-know |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Essentra Components |archive-date=20 December 2024 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241220120420/https://www.essentracomponents.com/en-gb/news/solutions/access-hardware/living-hinges-101-what-you-need-to-know |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== ٻيا قسم ===
قبضي جا ٻيا ڪيترائي قسم پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* '''ڪوچ قبضو''' (Coach hinge) – گاڏين، وڏن دروازن ۽ ڳري ڪاٺيءَ جي اڏاوتن لاءِ مضبوط قبضو.
* '''ڪائونٽر فليپ قبضو'''  – ڪائونٽرن يا ميزن جي کُلندڙ پٽن (Flaps) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ قبضو. ھن قسم جون ٻہ طرفيون انجيسون اھڙن ھنڌن تي استعمال ڪبيون آھن، جتي اھڙا تہ سنھا تاڪ لڳائبا آھن جو سادين انجيسن جو لڳائڻ ممڪن نہ ھوندو آھي

* '''ڪرينڪ يا طوفان-مزاحمتي قبضو''' (Cranked or storm-proof hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن جي شڪل وڪريل هوندي آهي ۽ جيڪو دروازي يا دري کي موسم جي اثرن کان بهتر تحفظ فراهم ڪندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو غير اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Double-action non-spring hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو ٻنهي رخن ۾ گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، پر ان ۾ اسپرنگ شامل نه هوندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو اسپرنگ قبضو''' – ٻنهي رخن ۾ کُلندڙ قبضو، جنهن ۾ اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو وچ يا بند حالت ڏانهن موٽائيندو آهي.
* '''فلش قبضو''' (Flush hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو بغير مارٽس (Mortise) ٺاهڻ جي سڌو مٿاڇري تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.
* '''رگڙ وارو قبضو''' (فرڪشن ھنج) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو رگڙ جي قوت سان دروازي يا دري کي گهربل حالت ۾ بيهارڻ ۾ مدد ڪندو آهي.
* '''لفٽ-آف قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي قبضي مان سڌو مٿي کڻي آسانيءَ سان الڳ ڪري سگهجي ٿو، بغير قبضي کي کولڻ جي.
* '''پنج قبضو''' (Pinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ جلدي ڪڍي سگهجندڙ پن (ڪئڪ-رليز پن) لڳل هوندو آهي.
* '''اڀرندڙ بٽ قبضو''' (Rising butt hinge) يا '''ڪيم لفٽ قبضو''' (Cam lift hinge) – هن قبضي جو نڪل سرپل شڪل وارو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازو کُلڻ وقت ان کي ٿورو مٿي کڻي ويندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح دروازو قالين يا اڻبرابر فرش سان نه ٽڪرائيندو آهي، ۽ بند ٿيڻ وقت پنهنجي وزن جي ڪري پاڻ هيٺ اچي بند ٿي ويندو آهي&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite
 web |last=Metcalf |first=Zoe |date=2025-09-30 |title=Upgrade Your Doors: The Hidden Benefits of Rising Butt Hinges |url=https://www.cookebrothers.co.uk/latest-news/2025/09/30/benefits-of-rising-butt-hinges/ |access-date=2026-04-17 |website=Cooke Brothers |language=en-GB}}&lt;/ref&gt;.
* '''سيڪيورٽي قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو دروازي کي زبردستي ڪڍڻ يا ٽوڙڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ خاص حفاظتي بناوت سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.
* '''ٽي قبضو''' يا '''پڇڙ انجيس''' (Tee hinge) – انگريزي اکر '''T''' جي شڪل وارو قبضو، جيڪو عام طور ڪاٺيءَ جي دروازن، باڙن، گودامن ۽ باغيچي جي دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڊگهو افقي حصو وزن کي بهتر نموني ورهائيندو آهي.
ھي ھڪ قسم جون گھاڙو لوھ (Wrought iron)  جون فتيلون آھن، ھنن جي ڊگھي ٻانھن وارو حصو تہ جيئن جي افقيءَ پٽيءَ ۾ اسڪرن سان لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ٻيو ڌاتيءَ جي پٽيءَ وارو حصو چوڪاٺي ۾ جڙيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جون انجيسون معمولي قسم جي دروازن لاءِ ٺيڪ آھن ۽ کين ڳرن ۽ سٺي قسم جي دروازن ۾ استعمال نہ ڪرڻ گھرجي

==تصويري نمائش==
&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot;&gt;
File:HingesOldA.jpg|[[بگناسڪو]] ڀرسان خشڪ پٿر جي ڀت ۾ استعمال ٿيل قبضي جي پراڻي جوڙجڪ.
File:HingesOldB.jpg|خشڪ پٿر جي قديم عمارتن مان مليل قديم محوري قبضا (Pivot hinges).
File:Hingebifold.JPG|فلش دروازي جو قبضو (Flush hinge).
File:Hinge2P2.jpg|لوهي (Wrought iron) مان ٺهيل بيرل قبضو.
File:Hinge2P3.jpg|ڪانسي (برونز) جي پٽي مان ٺهيل بيرل قبضو.
File:Hinge3P.jpg|ٽن نڪلن (Knuckles) وارو بٽ قبضو، جنهن ۾ محور ٻنهي ڇيڙن کان مضبوط نموني سنڀاليل هوندو آهي.
File:Topfscharnier.jpg|فرنيچر جي دروازي ۾ لڳل لڪل اسپرنگ وارو قبضو، جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل بند يا مڪمل کليل حالت ۾ رکندو آهي. هي مڪمل طور دروازي جي پويان لڪي ويندو آهي ۽ نفيس ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) جي سهولت پڻ رکي ٿو، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت جي ويجهو هوندي به آسانيءَ سان کلي سگهي ٿو.
File:Hinge 01.jpg|عمارت جي ٻاهرئين ڀت تي زنگ لڳل قبضا.
File:Haar hung doors (99309543).jpg|اهڙو دروازو، جيڪو پنهنجي اسٽائيل (Stile) تي لڳل محوري قبضي تي گردش ڪري ٿو؛ هن قسم کي ''هار-هنگ دروازو'' (Haar-hung door) چيو ويندو آهي.
File:Mint box polypropylene lid.JPG|[[ٽڪ ٽاڪ]] جي دٻي جي ڍڪ تي لِونگ قبضو (Living hinge).
File:Hinged Handcuffs 1.jpg|قبضي وارا [[هٿڪڙيون]] (ھنجڊ ھينڊڪفس).
File:Hinge 03.jpg|پيانو قبضو (Piano hinge).
File:Continuoushinge.jpg|لڳاتار قبضو (ڪنٽينيوئس ھنج).
File:Waterson_K51SW.jpg|مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو (سونگ ڪليئر ھنج).
File:Sydney Harbour Bridge hinge.jpg|[[سڊني ھاربر برج]] تي لڳل قبضو، جيڪو پل جي تعمير دوران استعمال ڪيو ويو ۽ هاڻي گرمي ۽ سردي سبب ٿيندڙ ڦهلاءَ ۽ سُڪڙجڻ (ٿرمل ايڪسپينشن ۽ ڪانٽريڪشن) کي برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڪري ٿو.
&lt;/gallery&gt;


br&gt;
(iii) ٻن طرفن واريون انجيسون: (Back flap Hinges) 
ھن قسم جون ٻھ طرفيون انجيسون اھڙن ھنڌن تي استعمال ڪبيون آھن، جتي اھڙا تہ سنھا تاڪ لڳائبا آھن جو سادين انجيسن جو لڳائڻ ممڪن نہ ھوندو آھي.
(iv) ڪوڪن واريون انجيسون: (Pin Hinges) 
جڏھن تاڪن جو وزن ايترو ڳرو ھوندو آھي جو ٻين قسمن جي انجيسن سان انھن کي نہ لڳائي سگھبو آھي تھ اھڙيءَ حالت ۾ ھن قسم جون ڪلين واريون انجيسون لڳائبيون آھن.</text>
      <sha1>6xj157ds9fx8xuqfvd2sgtngg3l312g</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400886</id>
      <parentid>400885</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T13:41:05Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400886</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="33664" sha1="5e8uwxz43lwf3r10u0ztfhm49aqll3p" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|ٻن مضبوط شين کي ڳنڍيندڙ ميخانياتي ڳانڍاپو}}

[[File:Carrollton New Orleans hinge brass inside.jpg|thumb|upright|پتل مان ٺهيل سينگاريل دروازي جي انجيس]]
[[File:Hamburgerpaumelle.JPG|thumb|upright|بيرل انجيس (Barrel hinge)]]

'''انجيس''' يا '''قبضو''' ({{lang-en|'''Hinge'''}}) هڪ [[ميڪانياتي بيئرنگ]] (Mechanical bearing) آهي، جيڪو ٻن مضبوط شين کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيندو آهي ۽ عام طور انهن مان هڪ کي مقرر محور جي چوڌاري محدود زاويي تائين ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. مثالي قبضي (آئيڊيل ھنج) ۾ ڳنڍيل ٻئي حصا رڳو هڪ مقرر محور جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ٻيون سموريون حرڪتون، جهڙوڪ اڳتي پٺتي سرڪڻ يا ٻين رخن ۾ گردش، روڪيل هونديون آهن. ان ڪري ميخانيات ۾ قبضي کي ''هڪ درجي واري آزادي'' (ون ڊگري آف فريڊم) وارو ڳانڍاپو سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

قبضا يا انجيسون لچڪدار مواد (فليڪسيبل مٽيريل) مان به ٺاهي سگهجن ٿا يا وري ڌاتوءَ جي حرڪت ڪندڙ حصن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن. حياتيات (بائيولاجي) ۾ به ڪيترائي [[جوڙ]] (جوائنٽ) قبضي وانگر ڪم ڪندا آهن، جن مان [[ڪُلهي جي جوڙ]] جي بدران ''ٺوٺ جو جوڙ''  هڪ نمايان مثال آهي، جيڪو بنيادي طور هڪ ئي رخ ۾ وڪڙجڻ ۽ سڌو ٿيڻ جي حرڪت جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو.

انجيسون يا قبضا سڀ کان وڌيڪ دروازن، دريائن ۽ المارين جي کُلڻ ۽ بند ٿيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، پر انهن کان علاوه فولڊ ٿيندڙ [[ڏاڪڻ]]، موٽر گاڏين جي بونٽ، صندوقن، ڍڪڻن ۽ وڏين متحرڪ [[پل|پلين]]  جي جوڙجڪ ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

درين ۽ دروازن کي لڳائڻ ۽ انھن اندر مختلف جزن ذريعي ڳانڍاپو رکڻ واسطي ھيٺين قسمن جي قبضن يا انجيسن جي  ضرورت پوندي آھي.

== تاريخ ==

قديم آثارن مان پٿر، سنگِ مرمر، ڪاٺ ۽ ڪانسي  مان ٺهيل انجيسون يا قبضا مليا آهن، جن مان ڪجهه گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[قديم مصر]] جي دور سان تعلق رکن ٿا. بهرحال، اهو يقيني طور طئي ڪرڻ ڏکيو آهي ته قبضي جو پهريون استعمال دنيا جي ڪهڙي هنڌ ۽ ڪهڙي زماني ۾ ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

قديم مصر ۾ دروازن لاءِ هڪ خاص ''محوري قبضي'' (Pivot hinge) وارو نظام استعمال ٿيندو هو. هن طريقي ۾ دروازي جي مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين ڪنڍن تي ڪاٺ جا گول ڪنڊا (Dowels) لڳايا ويندا هئا يا اهي سڌو دروازي جي ڪاٺ مان تراشيا ويندا هئا. اهي ڪنڍا پٿر ۾ ٺهيل گول کڏن (Stone sockets) ۾ ويهندا هئا، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دروازو آسانيءَ سان پنهنجي محور تي ڦرندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Museum Bulletin – An Early Egyptian Door-Socket |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/bulletin/1315/}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door – British Museum |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/Y_EA705}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[قديم روم]] ۾ قبضي کي لاطيني ٻوليءَ ۾ ڪارڊو:''Cardō'' چيو ويندو هو. انهيءَ لفظ تان ئي رومي ديوي ''ڪارڊيا'' (Cardea)، جيڪا دروازن ۽ قبضي جي محافظ ديوي سمجهي ويندي هئي، جو نالو پيو، ۽ رومي شهرن جي مکيه اتر–ڏکڻ واري شاهراهه کي پڻ ''ڪارڊو'' سڏيو ويندو هو. لاطيني لفظ ''ڪارڊو'' جو مفهوم &quot;اهو بنيادي جزو، جنهن تي ڪا شيءِ ڦري يا جنهن تي ڪنهن شيءِ جو دارومدار هجي&quot; هو، ۽ انهيءَ مان جديد انگريزي لفظن، جهڙوڪ ''ڪارڊينل''، جي پڻ ابتدا ٿي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

'''آڪسفورڊ انگريزي لغت''' (آڪسفورڊ انگلش ڊڪشنري) موجب انگريزي لفظ  ھنج''Hinge'' جو تعلق لفظ ''Hang'' (لڙڪڻ يا ٽنگجڻ) سان آهي، جيڪو ٻنهي لفظن جي تاريخي لساني ارتقا ڏانهن اشارو ڪري ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=hinge |url=https://www.oed.com/dictionary/hinge_n}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== عمارتن ۾ رسائي ==

گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[وچئين دور]] (ميڊيول پيرئڊ) کان وٺي مضبوط قلعن ۽ دفاعي عمارتن ۾ [[ڇڪيل پل]] (Drawbridge) لاءِ قبضا استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن. اهڙن قبضي جي مدد سان پل کي ضرورت موجب مٿي کڻي يا هيٺ لاهي سگهجي ٿو، جنهن سان قلعي جي حفاظت ۽ داخلا تي ڪنٽرول رکڻ آسان ٿيندو هو.

جديد [[تعمير]] (آرڪيٽيڪچر) ۾ به قبضا انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي وقت سان گڏ بنياد جي ويهڻ (بلڊنگ سيٽلمينٽ) جو امڪان هجي. اهڙين حالتن ۾ قبضا عمارت جي ڪجهه حصن کي محدود حرڪت جي اجازت ڏيندا آهن، جنهن سان ڍانچي تي غيرضروري دٻاءُ گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

ان جو هڪ مشهور مثال آمريڪي رياست [[ڪيليفورنيا]] جي [[برزبين, ڪيليفورنيا|برزبين]] شهر ۾ واقع [[ڊيڪن بلڊنگ]] آهي. هن عمارت جي داخلي رئمپ (ramp) کي هڪ وڏي قبضي تي نصب ڪيو ويو هو ته جيئن [[کنبا| کُنبن]] (Piles) تي ٺهيل ۽ نرم خليجي مٽي (Bay mud) تي بيٺل عمارت جي ويهڻ دوران رئمپ محفوظ طريقي سان پنهنجي حالت بدلائي سگهي. هي انتظام ڪيترن ئي سالن تائين اثرائتو رهيو، پر آڪٽوبر 2006ع ۾ رئمپ کي نقصان پهچڻ ۽ ان جي ڍلان حد کان وڌيڪ وڌي وڃڻ سبب ان کي تبديل ڪيو ويو.

== وڏيون اڏاوتون ==

قبضا  وڏين اڏاوتن، جهڙوڪ اوچين شاهراهن، ريلوي واءِڊڪٽن (viaducts)، پلن ۽ ٻين انجنيئرنگ ڍانچن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جو مقصد اڏاوت جي مختلف حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ واري دٻاءَ'' (بينڊنگ اسٽريسز) جي منتقلي کي گهٽائڻ يا مڪمل طور روڪڻ هوندو آهي، جنهن سان خاص طور زلزلي دوران ڍانچي جي نقصان جو خطرو گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

سادن سلائيڊنگ ڳانڍاپن جي ڀيٽ ۾ قبضي کي ترجيح ڏيڻ جو اهم سبب اهو آهي ته اهو هڪ طرف محدود گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، جڏهن ته ٻئي طرف ڀرپاسي وارن اڏاوتي حصن کي هڪ ٻئي کان ڌار ٿيڻ کان بچائي ٿو. اهڙيءَ طرح ڍانچي جي استحڪام برقرار رهي ٿي ۽ زلزلي يا حرارتي تبديليءَ سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ حرڪتن کي محفوظ نموني جذب ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

جيڪڏهن ڪنهن قبضي ذريعي ٻن اڏاوتي حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ وارو لمحو'' (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) منتقل نه ٿئي، ته اهڙي قبضي کي تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ ''صفر لمحي وارو قبضو'' (زيرو مومينٽ ھنج) چيو ويندو آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا تجزياتي ماڊلن ۽ عملي انجنيئرنگ ٻنهي ۾ وڏي اهميت رکن ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي اڏاوت ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻائن جي ورهاست کي بهتر نموني ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏين ٿا.

== خلائي جهاز ==

خلائي جهازن (اسپيس ڪرافٽ) ۾ استعمال لاءِ ڪيترن ئي قسمن جا ''خودڪار کُلندڙ ۽ پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضا'' (سيلف-ايڪچوئيٽنگ, سيلف-لاڪنگ ھنجز) تيار ڪيا ويا آهن. اهي قبضا خاص طور انهن اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جيڪي راڪيٽ جي لانچ دوران ويڙهيل يا بند حالت ۾ رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ خلاءَ ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ پاڻمرادو کُلي پنهنجي ڪم ڪندڙ شڪل اختيار ڪندا آهن.

اهڙي قسم جا قبضا [[کُلندڙ خلائي اڏاوتن]] (ڊپلائبل اسٽرڪچرز) ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ [[شمسي پينل]]، مصنوعي سوراخي ريڊار (سنٿيٽڪ اپرچر راڊار) جون اينٽينائون، ڊگها بوم (Booms)، ريڊيئيٽر ۽ ٻيا خلائي جزا شامل آهن. انهن قبضي جي مدد سان هي حصا محدود جاءِ ۾ محفوظ نموني رکي سگهجن ٿا ۽ مدار ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ بغير انساني مداخلت جي صحيح نموني کُلي ۽ لاڪ ٿي وڃن ٿا، جنهن سان خلائي جهاز جي اعتبار، ڪارڪردگي ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو اچي ٿو.

== اصطلاحات ==

[[File:Basic hinge.svg|thumb|upright|بنيادي قبضي جا حصا]]

* '''پن''' ({{lang-en|Pin}}) – ڌاتوءَ يا ٻين مضبوط مواد مان ٺهيل راڊ، جيڪا قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن (ليوز) کي ''نڪل'' (Knuckle) جي اندر پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍي رکي ٿي ۽ انهن کي محور جي چوڌاري ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي. هن کي '''پنٽل''' (Pintle) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''نڪل''' – قبضي جو سوراخدار، اڪثر گول شڪل وارو حصو، جيڪو قبضي جو گڏيل محور ٺاهيندو آهي. ٻنهي پٽن جا نڪل هڪ ٻئي سان وڇايل ترتيب ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن ۽ پن انهن سڀني مان لنگهندي انهن کي گڏ رکي ٿي.

* '''پٽو''' (ليف) – قبضي جا عام طور ٻه چپٽا حصا، جيڪي نڪل جي ٻنهي پاسن کان نڪرن ٿا ۽ پن جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن. اهي ئي حصا دروازي، دري يا ٻين شين سان لڳايا ويندا آهن.

* '''اينڊ پلي''' (End play) – پن جي محور سان گڏ قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن جي وچ ۾ ٿيندڙ محوري حرڪت. هي ننڍڙي چرپر پٽن کي بغير اٽڪڻ جي آسانيءَ سان ڦرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندي آهي ۽ عام طور نڪلن جي وچ واري وٿي (نڪل گيپ) سان طئي ٿيندي آهي.

* '''ٿولهه''' (Gauge) – قبضي جي پٽن جي ٿولهه.

* '''قبضي جي ويڪر''' – هڪ پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ کان ٻي پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين ماپيل مفاصلو، جيڪو پن جي محور تي عمودي هوندو آهي.

* '''قبضي جي ڊيگهه''' – قبضي جي پٽن جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي هوندي آهي.

* '''نڪل جي ڊيگهه''' (Knuckle length) – هڪ نڪل جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي ماپي ويندي آهي.

* '''پٽي جي ويڪر''' (Leaf width) – پن جي مرڪز کان پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''پچ''' (Pitch) – هڪ نڪل جي پڇاڙيءَ کان ساڳئي پٽي تي موجود ڀر واري نڪل جي ساڳئي ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''ڊور اسٽاپ''' (Doorstop) – هڪ عام اصطلاح، جيڪو قبضي جي پٽن ۾ پن جي ڀيٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ غيرضروري يا ڍِلي ڪنڊائتي چرپر لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. اهڙي چرپر قبضي جي گهسجي وڃڻ يا ڍِلي ٿيڻ سبب پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي.

== قسم ==

=== بيرل قبضو ===
'''بيرل قبضو''' (Barrel hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪيترن ڳنڍيل سوراخدار حصن (Knuckles) تي مشتمل هوندو آهي ۽ انهن مان گذرندڙ هڪ محور يا پن (Pin) ذريعي گڏ رکيو ويندو آهي. ''بيرل'' اصل ۾ هڪ خالي سلينڊر هوندو آهي، جنهن جي چوڌاري قبضو گردش ڪندو آهي. جديد دور ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ اڪثر قبضا بيرل قبضي جي بنيادي اصول تي ڪم ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Childers |first=Kathleen |date=25 August 2023 |title=Everything to Know About Barrel Hinges |url=https://www.familyhandyman.com/article/everything-to-know-about-barrel-hinges/ |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Family Handyman}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== بٽ قبضو / مارٽس قبضو ===
'''بٽ قبضو''' (Butt hinge) يا '''مارٽس قبضو''' (Mortise hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي ۽ دروازي جي چوڪاٽي ۾ ڪٽيل کوکلي جاءِ يا  پاتام (Mortise) اندر لڳايو ويندو آهي، جنهن سبب دروازو بند ٿيڻ تي قبضو تقريباً لڪل نظر ايندو آهي. ڪجهه قبضا '''اڌ مارٽس''' قسم جا به هوندا آهن، جن ۾ صرف هڪ پٽو (Leaf) کوکلي جاءِ ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مٿاڇري تي رهندو آهي. گهڻا مارٽس قبضا پنهنجي گردش واري بناوت سبب بيرل قبضي جي درجي ۾ پڻ اچن ٿا.
انجيس يا قبضو لڳائڻ وقت اسڪرو يا پيچن کي ھٿوڙيءَ سان ٺوڪي نہ لڳائجي ڇاڪاڻ تہ ائين ڪرڻ سان ڪجھ وقت کان پوءِ اھي ڍرا ٿي نڪري ايندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري انھن کي اسڪرو ڊرائيور يعني پيچ ڪش سان لڳائڻ گھرجي.

=== بٽر فلائي يا پارليامينٽ قبضو ===
'''بٽر فلائي قبضو''' (Butterfly hinge) يا برطانيا ۾ '''پارليامينٽ قبضو''' (Parliament hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا تختي کي مڪمل طور لڳ ڀڳ '''180°''' تائين کولڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت سان لڳي سڌو ٿي بيهي سگهي ٿو. بٽر فلائي قبضا پنهنجي سينگاريل شڪل سبب فرنيچر ۽ آرائشي دروازن ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Parliament Hinges Old English Collection |url=https://www.suffolklatchcompany.com/products/parliament-hinges |access-date=2026-02-06 |website=Suffolk Latch Company |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== ڪيس قبضو ===
'''ڪيس قبضو''' (Case hinge) بناوت ۾ بٽ قبضي سان ملندڙ جلندڙ هوندو آهي، پر عام طور وڌيڪ سينگاريل هوندو آهي. اهو سوٽڪيسن، بريف ڪيسن، ڪاٺ جي دٻن، زيورن جي دٻين ۽ ٻين اهڙين شين ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جتي مضبوط ڳانڍاپي سان گڏ ظاهري خوبصورتي پڻ اهم هجي.

=== لڪل قبضو ===
'''لڪل قبضو''' (Concealed hinge) خاص طور فرنيچر جي دروازن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. هي قبضو دروازو بند ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ٻاهران نظر نٿو اچي. ان جا ٻه بنيادي حصا هوندا آهن: (1) '''ڪپ''' (Cup) ۽ '''بازو''' (آرم)، ۽ (2) '''مائونٽنگ پليٽ'''. انهن کي '''ڪپ قبضو''' (ڪپ ھنج) يا '''يورو قبضو''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي يورپ ۾ تيار ٿيا ۽ ميٽرڪ ماپن تي ٻڌل معيار استعمال ڪندا آهن. گهڻا لڪل قبضا پيچن جي ذريعي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ به آسانيءَ سان ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) ڏئي سگهجن ٿا، جنهن سان دروازي جي اوچائي، پاسيري پوزيشن ۽ کوٽائي درست ڪري سگهجي ٿي.

=== لڳاتار يا پيانو قبضو ===
'''لڳاتار قبضو''' (Continuous hinge) يا '''پيانو قبضو''' (Piano hinge) بيرل قبضي جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو دروازي، دٻي، ڍڪ يا پينل جي پوري ڊيگهه تائين پکڙيل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا سوراخن سان يا بغير سوراخن جي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن ۽ ڊگهي سهاري سبب وزن کي هڪجهڙو ورهائيندا آهن.

=== فليگ قبضو ===
'''فليگ قبضو''' (Flag hinge) ٻن حصن تي ٻڌل سادو قبضو هوندو آهي. هڪ حصي ۾ لڳل پن ٻئي حصي جي سوراخ ۾ داخل ٿيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو يا ٻيو حصو آسانيءَ سان الڳ به ڪري سگهجي ٿو. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا هٽائي سگهجندڙ دروازن ۽ مشينن ۾ عام استعمال ٿيندا آهن ۽ ساڄي ۽ کاٻي ٻنهي قسمن ۾ موجود هوندا .&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=26 August 2024 |title=The Beginner's Guide to Flag Hinges |url=https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20250216130803/https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |archive-date=16 February 2025 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Monroe Engineering}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ايڇ قبضو ===
'''ايڇ قبضو''' (H hinge) انگريزي اکر '''H''' جي شڪل جهڙو بيرل قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو سطح سان برابر لڳندڙ (فلش-مائونٽيڊ) دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ننڍا H قبضا عام طور المارين ۽ ڪٻٽن لاءِ، جڏهن ته وڏا H قبضا ڪمرا يا المارين جا دروازا لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== ايڇ ايل قبضو ===
'''ايڇ ايل قبضو''' (HL hinge) روايتي قبضو آهي، جيڪو سترهين، ارڙهين ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ دوران رهائشي ڪمرن، گذرگاهن ۽ المارين جي دروازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو هو. اوچن دروازن ۾ ڪڏهن ٻن H قبضي جي وچ ۾ اضافي HL قبضو پڻ لڳايو ويندو هو.

=== هڪ طرفو قبضو ===
'''هڪ طرفو قبضو''' (ون-وي ھنج) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا ٻئي حصي کي رڳو هڪ ئي رخ ۾ کُلڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. اهو ٻن طرفن کان کُلندڙ (ڊبل-ايڪشن) قبضي جي ابتڙ هوندو آهي.

=== محوري قبضو ===
'''محوري قبضو''' (Pivot hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي جي هيٺئين حصي ۽ مٿئين فريم ۾ لڳل محور تي گردش ڪندو آهي. هن کي '''ڊبل ايڪشن فلور قبضو''' (ڊبل-ايڪٽنگ فلور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. قديم خشڪ پٿر وارين عمارتن ۽ ڪجهه پراڻين ڪاٺيءَ جي عمارتن ۾ اهڙي قسم جا قبضا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. هلڪن وزن وارن دروازن لاءِ اهي نسبتاً گهٽ خرچ وارو ۽ ڪارائتو حل سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.

=== پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو ===
'''پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو''' (سيلف-ڪلوزنگ ھنج) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو بند ڪرڻ لاءِ اندروني ميخانياتي نظام لڳل هوندو آهي. هن ۾ اڪثر بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار (اسپيڊ ڪنٽرول) کي ضابطو ڪرڻ جو نظام پڻ شامل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا عام طور اسپرنگ  جي مدد سان دروازي کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ قوت پيدا ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ميخانياتي يا هائيڊرولڪ ڊيمپر (Damper) دروازي جي بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار کي ڪنٽرول ڪندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح هي قبضو هڪ ئي وقت قبضي ۽ [[دروازو بند ڪندڙ اوزار]] (ڊور ڪلوزر) ٻنهي جو ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |date=26 August 2019 |title=Self-Closing Hinges |url=http://www.watersonusa.com/solutions/spring-loaded-door-hinge |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200921094428/http://www.watersonusa.com/solutions/spring-loaded-door-hinge |archive-date=21 September 2020 |access-date=3 September 2020 |website=Watersonusa}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== اسپرنگ قبضو ===
'''اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Spring hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جنهن جي اندر اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي. هي اسپرنگ قبضي جي پٽن کي کولڻ يا بند ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو کليل يا بند حالت ۾ رکڻ لاءِ گهربل قوت فراهم ڪندو آهي. اسپرنگ قبضا عام طور باهه کان بچاءَ وارن دروازن، رهائشي عمارتن ۽ تجارتي جڳهن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو ===
'''مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو''' (Swing clear hing})، جنهن کي '''آف سيٽ دروازي جو قبضو''' (آف سيٽ ڊور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙو قبضو آهي جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل طور پنهنجي کُلڻ واري جاءِ کان ٻاهر ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ دروازي جي کليل حالت ۾ گذرگاهه جي ويڪر وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا خاص طور انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي معذور ماڻهن جي رسائي بابت تعميراتي معيارن تي عمل ڪرڻ ضروري هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Greene |first=Lori |date=27 May 2021 |title=QQ: Hinge Types – Swing-Clear |url=https://idighardware.com/2021/05/qq-hinge-types-swing-clear/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241220120419/https://idighardware.com/2021/05/qq-hinge-types-swing-clear/ |archive-date=20 December 2024 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=iDigHardware}}&lt;/ref&gt;اهي قبضا اڪثر فيئر هائوسنگ ايڪٽ (FHA) جي رسائي وارن ضابطن جي تعميل لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ 34 انچ ويڪري دروازي سان به گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 32 انچ صاف گذرگاهه مهيا ڪندا آهن، جيڪو معذور ماڻهن جي آسان آمدرفت لاءِ مقرر ڪيل معيار آهي..&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last= |first= |date= |title=The Fair Housing Act's Requirement 3: Usable Doors |url=https://www.hud.gov/sites/dfiles/FHEO/documents/The-Fair-Housing-Act-Requirement-3-Usable-Doors-Participant-Workbook.pdf |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241211175526/https://www.hud.gov/sites/dfiles/FHEO/documents/The-Fair-Housing-Act-Requirement-3-Usable-Doors-Participant-Workbook.pdf |archive-date=11 December 2024 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=United States Department of Housing and Urban Development}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بٽلر ٽري قبضو ===
'''بٽلر ٽري قبضو''' (Butler tray hinge) خاص قسم جو قبضو آهي، جيڪو لڳ ڀڳ 90 درجا موڙي پوءِ سڌو سنئون لاڪ ٿي ويندو آهي. اهو عام طور اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جي مٿئين حصي تي پيش ڪرڻ لاءِ الڳ ٽري لڳل هوندي آهي.

=== ڪارڊ ميز قبضو ===
'''ڪارڊ ميز قبضو''' (ڪارڊ ٽيبل ھنج) اهڙو مارٽس قبضو آهي، جيڪو روايتي يا جديد نموني جي ڪارڊ ميزن جي ڪنارن ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي. هي ميز جي مٿئين حصي کي پاڻ تي ٻيڻو ٿي ويڙهڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان ميز کي آسانيءَ سان بند يا محفوظ ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ ===
'''ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ''' (ڪارپنٽيئر جوائنٽ) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو وڪريل ڪراس سيڪشن (ڪروڊ ڪراس-سيڪشن) وارين ڪيترين سنهين ڌاتي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندو آهي. هي خاص جوڙجڪ لچڪدار حرڪت ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپو فراهم ڪندي آهي.

=== ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو ===
'''ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو''' (ڊراپ-ليف ٽيبل ھنج) ميز جي مٿاڇري جي هيٺان لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جا پاسا ضرورت مطابق هيٺ ڪري يا مٿي کڻي سگهجن ٿا. هي قبضا گهڻو ڪري ''رول جوائنٽ'' واري ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ ===
'''قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ''' (ھنجڊ ايڪسپينشن جوائنٽ) اهڙو توسيعي ڳانڍاپو آهي، جنهن ۾ قبضا لڳل هوندا آهن ته جيئن اڏاوت يا مشين جو حصو صرف هڪ ئي سطح  ۾ وڪڙي سگهي. هي جوڙ حرارتي واڌ ويجهه يا حرڪت سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻاءُ کي گهٽائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== لِونگ قبضو ===
'''لِونگ قبضو''' (Living hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڌاتوءَ جي پن (Pin) يا نڪل (Knuckle) کان سواءِ رڳو هڪ لچڪدار مواد، اڪثر ڪري پلاسٽڪ، مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي ٻن حصن جي وچ ۾ هڪ ئي ٽڪري طور ٺهندو آهي ۽ ان ۾ الڳ حرڪت ڪندڙ حصا نه هوندا آهن. اهڙي جوڙجڪ سبب ان جي تياري سادي، هلڪي ۽ گهٽ خرچ واري هوندي آهي، پر بار بار وڪڙجڻ سبب وقت سان گڏ ٿڪاوٽ يا ٽٽڻ جو امڪان ٻين قبضي جي قسمن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. لِونگ قبضا پلاسٽڪ جي دٻين، بوتلن جي ڍڪڻن، دوائن جي پيڪنگ ۽ ٻين مولڊ ڪيل شين ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=21 March 2024 |title=What is a living hinge and its applications? |url=https://www.essentracomponents.com/en-gb/news/solutions/access-hardware/living-hinges-101-what-you-need-to-know |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Essentra Components |archive-date=20 December 2024 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241220120420/https://www.essentracomponents.com/en-gb/news/solutions/access-hardware/living-hinges-101-what-you-need-to-know |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== ٻيا قسم ===
قبضي جا ٻيا ڪيترائي قسم پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* '''ڪوچ قبضو''' (Coach hinge) – گاڏين، وڏن دروازن ۽ ڳري ڪاٺيءَ جي اڏاوتن لاءِ مضبوط قبضو.
* '''ڪائونٽر فليپ قبضو'''  – ڪائونٽرن يا ميزن جي کُلندڙ پٽن (Flaps) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ قبضو. ھن قسم جون ٻہ طرفيون انجيسون اھڙن ھنڌن تي استعمال ڪبيون آھن، جتي اھڙا تہ سنھا تاڪ لڳائبا آھن جو سادين انجيسن جو لڳائڻ ممڪن نہ ھوندو آھي

* '''ڪرينڪ يا طوفان-مزاحمتي قبضو''' (Cranked or storm-proof hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن جي شڪل وڪريل هوندي آهي ۽ جيڪو دروازي يا دري کي موسم جي اثرن کان بهتر تحفظ فراهم ڪندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو غير اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Double-action non-spring hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو ٻنهي رخن ۾ گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، پر ان ۾ اسپرنگ شامل نه هوندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو اسپرنگ قبضو''' – ٻنهي رخن ۾ کُلندڙ قبضو، جنهن ۾ اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو وچ يا بند حالت ڏانهن موٽائيندو آهي.
* '''فلش قبضو''' (Flush hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو بغير مارٽس (Mortise) ٺاهڻ جي سڌو مٿاڇري تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.
* '''رگڙ وارو قبضو''' (فرڪشن ھنج) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو رگڙ جي قوت سان دروازي يا دري کي گهربل حالت ۾ بيهارڻ ۾ مدد ڪندو آهي.
* '''لفٽ-آف قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي قبضي مان سڌو مٿي کڻي آسانيءَ سان الڳ ڪري سگهجي ٿو، بغير قبضي کي کولڻ جي.
* '''پنج قبضو''' (Pinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ جلدي ڪڍي سگهجندڙ پن (ڪئڪ-رليز پن) لڳل هوندو آهي.
* '''اڀرندڙ بٽ قبضو''' (Rising butt hinge) يا '''ڪيم لفٽ قبضو''' (Cam lift hinge) – هن قبضي جو نڪل سرپل شڪل وارو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازو کُلڻ وقت ان کي ٿورو مٿي کڻي ويندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح دروازو قالين يا اڻبرابر فرش سان نه ٽڪرائيندو آهي، ۽ بند ٿيڻ وقت پنهنجي وزن جي ڪري پاڻ هيٺ اچي بند ٿي ويندو آهي&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite
 web |last=Metcalf |first=Zoe |date=2025-09-30 |title=Upgrade Your Doors: The Hidden Benefits of Rising Butt Hinges |url=https://www.cookebrothers.co.uk/latest-news/2025/09/30/benefits-of-rising-butt-hinges/ |access-date=2026-04-17 |website=Cooke Brothers |language=en-GB}}&lt;/ref&gt;.
* '''سيڪيورٽي قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو دروازي کي زبردستي ڪڍڻ يا ٽوڙڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ خاص حفاظتي بناوت سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.
* '''ٽي قبضو''' يا '''پڇڙ انجيس''' (Tee hinge) – انگريزي اکر '''T''' جي شڪل وارو قبضو، جيڪو عام طور ڪاٺيءَ جي دروازن، باڙن، گودامن ۽ باغيچي جي دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڊگهو افقي حصو وزن کي بهتر نموني ورهائيندو آهي.
ھي ھڪ قسم جون گھاڙو لوھ (Wrought iron)  جون فتيلون آھن، ھنن جي ڊگھي ٻانھن وارو حصو تہ جيئن جي افقيءَ پٽيءَ ۾ اسڪرن سان لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ٻيو ڌاتيءَ جي پٽيءَ وارو حصو چوڪاٺي ۾ جڙيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جون انجيسون معمولي قسم جي دروازن لاءِ ٺيڪ آھن ۽ کين ڳرن ۽ سٺي قسم جي دروازن ۾ استعمال نہ ڪرڻ گھرجي

==تصويري نمائش==
&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot;&gt;
File:HingesOldA.jpg|[[بگناسڪو]] ڀرسان خشڪ پٿر جي ڀت ۾ استعمال ٿيل قبضي جي پراڻي جوڙجڪ.
File:HingesOldB.jpg|خشڪ پٿر جي قديم عمارتن مان مليل قديم محوري قبضا (Pivot hinges).
File:Hingebifold.JPG|فلش دروازي جو قبضو (Flush hinge).
File:Hinge2P2.jpg|لوهي (Wrought iron) مان ٺهيل بيرل قبضو.
File:Hinge2P3.jpg|ڪانسي (برونز) جي پٽي مان ٺهيل بيرل قبضو.
File:Hinge3P.jpg|ٽن نڪلن (Knuckles) وارو بٽ قبضو، جنهن ۾ محور ٻنهي ڇيڙن کان مضبوط نموني سنڀاليل هوندو آهي.
File:Topfscharnier.jpg|فرنيچر جي دروازي ۾ لڳل لڪل اسپرنگ وارو قبضو، جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل بند يا مڪمل کليل حالت ۾ رکندو آهي. هي مڪمل طور دروازي جي پويان لڪي ويندو آهي ۽ نفيس ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) جي سهولت پڻ رکي ٿو، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت جي ويجهو هوندي به آسانيءَ سان کلي سگهي ٿو.
File:Hinge 01.jpg|عمارت جي ٻاهرئين ڀت تي زنگ لڳل قبضا.
File:Haar hung doors (99309543).jpg|اهڙو دروازو، جيڪو پنهنجي اسٽائيل (Stile) تي لڳل محوري قبضي تي گردش ڪري ٿو؛ هن قسم کي ''هار-هنگ دروازو'' (Haar-hung door) چيو ويندو آهي.
File:Mint box polypropylene lid.JPG|[[ٽڪ ٽاڪ]] جي دٻي جي ڍڪ تي لِونگ قبضو (Living hinge).
File:Hinged Handcuffs 1.jpg|قبضي وارا [[هٿڪڙيون]] (ھنجڊ ھينڊڪفس).
File:Hinge 03.jpg|پيانو قبضو (Piano hinge).
File:Continuoushinge.jpg|لڳاتار قبضو (ڪنٽينيوئس ھنج).
File:Waterson_K51SW.jpg|مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو (سونگ ڪليئر ھنج).
File:Sydney Harbour Bridge hinge.jpg|[[سڊني ھاربر برج]] تي لڳل قبضو، جيڪو پل جي تعمير دوران استعمال ڪيو ويو ۽ هاڻي گرمي ۽ سردي سبب ٿيندڙ ڦهلاءَ ۽ سُڪڙجڻ (ٿرمل ايڪسپينشن ۽ ڪانٽريڪشن) کي برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڪري ٿو.
&lt;/gallery&gt;</text>
      <sha1>5e8uwxz43lwf3r10u0ztfhm49aqll3p</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400887</id>
      <parentid>400886</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T13:45:34Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400887</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="34390" sha1="a72lt9lc6gc09iaa5mkqanlc4c2mrod" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|ٻن مضبوط شين کي ڳنڍيندڙ ميخانياتي ڳانڍاپو}}

[[File:Carrollton New Orleans hinge brass inside.jpg|thumb|upright|پتل مان ٺهيل سينگاريل دروازي جي انجيس]]
[[File:Hamburgerpaumelle.JPG|thumb|upright|بيرل انجيس (Barrel hinge)]]

'''انجيس''' يا '''قبضو''' ({{lang-en|'''Hinge'''}}) هڪ [[ميڪانياتي بيئرنگ]] (Mechanical bearing) آهي، جيڪو ٻن مضبوط شين کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيندو آهي ۽ عام طور انهن مان هڪ کي مقرر محور جي چوڌاري محدود زاويي تائين ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. مثالي قبضي (آئيڊيل ھنج) ۾ ڳنڍيل ٻئي حصا رڳو هڪ مقرر محور جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ٻيون سموريون حرڪتون، جهڙوڪ اڳتي پٺتي سرڪڻ يا ٻين رخن ۾ گردش، روڪيل هونديون آهن. ان ڪري ميخانيات ۾ قبضي کي ''هڪ درجي واري آزادي'' (ون ڊگري آف فريڊم) وارو ڳانڍاپو سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

قبضا يا انجيسون لچڪدار مواد (فليڪسيبل مٽيريل) مان به ٺاهي سگهجن ٿا يا وري ڌاتوءَ جي حرڪت ڪندڙ حصن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن. حياتيات (بائيولاجي) ۾ به ڪيترائي [[جوڙ]] (جوائنٽ) قبضي وانگر ڪم ڪندا آهن، جن مان [[ڪُلهي جي جوڙ]] جي بدران ''ٺوٺ جو جوڙ''  هڪ نمايان مثال آهي، جيڪو بنيادي طور هڪ ئي رخ ۾ وڪڙجڻ ۽ سڌو ٿيڻ جي حرڪت جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو.

انجيسون يا قبضا سڀ کان وڌيڪ دروازن، دريائن ۽ المارين جي کُلڻ ۽ بند ٿيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، پر انهن کان علاوه فولڊ ٿيندڙ [[ڏاڪڻ]]، موٽر گاڏين جي بونٽ، صندوقن، ڍڪڻن ۽ وڏين متحرڪ [[پل|پلين]]  جي جوڙجڪ ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

درين ۽ دروازن کي لڳائڻ ۽ انھن اندر مختلف جزن ذريعي ڳانڍاپو رکڻ واسطي ھيٺين قسمن جي قبضن يا انجيسن جي  ضرورت پوندي آھي.

== تاريخ ==

قديم آثارن مان پٿر، سنگِ مرمر، ڪاٺ ۽ ڪانسي  مان ٺهيل انجيسون يا قبضا مليا آهن، جن مان ڪجهه گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[قديم مصر]] جي دور سان تعلق رکن ٿا. بهرحال، اهو يقيني طور طئي ڪرڻ ڏکيو آهي ته قبضي جو پهريون استعمال دنيا جي ڪهڙي هنڌ ۽ ڪهڙي زماني ۾ ٿيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

قديم مصر ۾ دروازن لاءِ هڪ خاص ''محوري قبضي'' (Pivot hinge) وارو نظام استعمال ٿيندو هو. هن طريقي ۾ دروازي جي مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين ڪنڍن تي ڪاٺ جا گول ڪنڊا (Dowels) لڳايا ويندا هئا يا اهي سڌو دروازي جي ڪاٺ مان تراشيا ويندا هئا. اهي ڪنڍا پٿر ۾ ٺهيل گول کڏن (Stone sockets) ۾ ويهندا هئا، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دروازو آسانيءَ سان پنهنجي محور تي ڦرندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Museum Bulletin – An Early Egyptian Door-Socket |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/bulletin/1315/}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door – British Museum |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/Y_EA705}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[قديم روم]] ۾ قبضي کي لاطيني ٻوليءَ ۾ ڪارڊو:''Cardō'' چيو ويندو هو. انهيءَ لفظ تان ئي رومي ديوي ''ڪارڊيا'' (Cardea)، جيڪا دروازن ۽ قبضي جي محافظ ديوي سمجهي ويندي هئي، جو نالو پيو، ۽ رومي شهرن جي مکيه اتر–ڏکڻ واري شاهراهه کي پڻ ''ڪارڊو'' سڏيو ويندو هو. لاطيني لفظ ''ڪارڊو'' جو مفهوم &quot;اهو بنيادي جزو، جنهن تي ڪا شيءِ ڦري يا جنهن تي ڪنهن شيءِ جو دارومدار هجي&quot; هو، ۽ انهيءَ مان جديد انگريزي لفظن، جهڙوڪ ''ڪارڊينل''، جي پڻ ابتدا ٿي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;/&gt;

'''آڪسفورڊ انگريزي لغت''' (آڪسفورڊ انگلش ڊڪشنري) موجب انگريزي لفظ  ھنج''Hinge'' جو تعلق لفظ ''Hang'' (لڙڪڻ يا ٽنگجڻ) سان آهي، جيڪو ٻنهي لفظن جي تاريخي لساني ارتقا ڏانهن اشارو ڪري ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=hinge |url=https://www.oed.com/dictionary/hinge_n}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== عمارتن ۾ رسائي ==

گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[وچئين دور]] (ميڊيول پيرئڊ) کان وٺي مضبوط قلعن ۽ دفاعي عمارتن ۾ [[ڇڪيل پل]] (Drawbridge) لاءِ قبضا استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن. اهڙن قبضي جي مدد سان پل کي ضرورت موجب مٿي کڻي يا هيٺ لاهي سگهجي ٿو، جنهن سان قلعي جي حفاظت ۽ داخلا تي ڪنٽرول رکڻ آسان ٿيندو هو.

جديد [[تعمير]] (آرڪيٽيڪچر) ۾ به قبضا انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي وقت سان گڏ بنياد جي ويهڻ (بلڊنگ سيٽلمينٽ) جو امڪان هجي. اهڙين حالتن ۾ قبضا عمارت جي ڪجهه حصن کي محدود حرڪت جي اجازت ڏيندا آهن، جنهن سان ڍانچي تي غيرضروري دٻاءُ گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

ان جو هڪ مشهور مثال آمريڪي رياست [[ڪيليفورنيا]] جي [[برزبين, ڪيليفورنيا|برزبين]] شهر ۾ واقع [[ڊيڪن بلڊنگ]] آهي. هن عمارت جي داخلي رئمپ (ramp) کي هڪ وڏي قبضي تي نصب ڪيو ويو هو ته جيئن [[کنبا| کُنبن]] (Piles) تي ٺهيل ۽ نرم خليجي مٽي (Bay mud) تي بيٺل عمارت جي ويهڻ دوران رئمپ محفوظ طريقي سان پنهنجي حالت بدلائي سگهي. هي انتظام ڪيترن ئي سالن تائين اثرائتو رهيو، پر آڪٽوبر 2006ع ۾ رئمپ کي نقصان پهچڻ ۽ ان جي ڍلان حد کان وڌيڪ وڌي وڃڻ سبب ان کي تبديل ڪيو ويو.

== وڏيون اڏاوتون ==

قبضا  وڏين اڏاوتن، جهڙوڪ اوچين شاهراهن، ريلوي واءِڊڪٽن (viaducts)، پلن ۽ ٻين انجنيئرنگ ڍانچن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جو مقصد اڏاوت جي مختلف حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ واري دٻاءَ'' (بينڊنگ اسٽريسز) جي منتقلي کي گهٽائڻ يا مڪمل طور روڪڻ هوندو آهي، جنهن سان خاص طور زلزلي دوران ڍانچي جي نقصان جو خطرو گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

سادن سلائيڊنگ ڳانڍاپن جي ڀيٽ ۾ قبضي کي ترجيح ڏيڻ جو اهم سبب اهو آهي ته اهو هڪ طرف محدود گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، جڏهن ته ٻئي طرف ڀرپاسي وارن اڏاوتي حصن کي هڪ ٻئي کان ڌار ٿيڻ کان بچائي ٿو. اهڙيءَ طرح ڍانچي جي استحڪام برقرار رهي ٿي ۽ زلزلي يا حرارتي تبديليءَ سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ حرڪتن کي محفوظ نموني جذب ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

جيڪڏهن ڪنهن قبضي ذريعي ٻن اڏاوتي حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ وارو لمحو'' (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) منتقل نه ٿئي، ته اهڙي قبضي کي تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ ''صفر لمحي وارو قبضو'' (زيرو مومينٽ ھنج) چيو ويندو آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا تجزياتي ماڊلن ۽ عملي انجنيئرنگ ٻنهي ۾ وڏي اهميت رکن ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي اڏاوت ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻائن جي ورهاست کي بهتر نموني ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏين ٿا.

== خلائي جهاز ==

خلائي جهازن (اسپيس ڪرافٽ) ۾ استعمال لاءِ ڪيترن ئي قسمن جا ''خودڪار کُلندڙ ۽ پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضا'' (سيلف-ايڪچوئيٽنگ, سيلف-لاڪنگ ھنجز) تيار ڪيا ويا آهن. اهي قبضا خاص طور انهن اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جيڪي راڪيٽ جي لانچ دوران ويڙهيل يا بند حالت ۾ رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ خلاءَ ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ پاڻمرادو کُلي پنهنجي ڪم ڪندڙ شڪل اختيار ڪندا آهن.

اهڙي قسم جا قبضا [[کُلندڙ خلائي اڏاوتن]] (ڊپلائبل اسٽرڪچرز) ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ [[شمسي پينل]]، مصنوعي سوراخي ريڊار (سنٿيٽڪ اپرچر راڊار) جون اينٽينائون، ڊگها بوم (Booms)، ريڊيئيٽر ۽ ٻيا خلائي جزا شامل آهن. انهن قبضي جي مدد سان هي حصا محدود جاءِ ۾ محفوظ نموني رکي سگهجن ٿا ۽ مدار ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ بغير انساني مداخلت جي صحيح نموني کُلي ۽ لاڪ ٿي وڃن ٿا، جنهن سان خلائي جهاز جي اعتبار، ڪارڪردگي ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو اچي ٿو.

== اصطلاحات ==

[[File:Basic hinge.svg|thumb|upright|بنيادي قبضي جا حصا]]

* '''پن''' ({{lang-en|Pin}}) – ڌاتوءَ يا ٻين مضبوط مواد مان ٺهيل راڊ، جيڪا قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن (ليوز) کي ''نڪل'' (Knuckle) جي اندر پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍي رکي ٿي ۽ انهن کي محور جي چوڌاري ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي. هن کي '''پنٽل''' (Pintle) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''نڪل''' – قبضي جو سوراخدار، اڪثر گول شڪل وارو حصو، جيڪو قبضي جو گڏيل محور ٺاهيندو آهي. ٻنهي پٽن جا نڪل هڪ ٻئي سان وڇايل ترتيب ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن ۽ پن انهن سڀني مان لنگهندي انهن کي گڏ رکي ٿي.

* '''پٽو''' (ليف) – قبضي جا عام طور ٻه چپٽا حصا، جيڪي نڪل جي ٻنهي پاسن کان نڪرن ٿا ۽ پن جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن. اهي ئي حصا دروازي، دري يا ٻين شين سان لڳايا ويندا آهن.

* '''اينڊ پلي''' (End play) – پن جي محور سان گڏ قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن جي وچ ۾ ٿيندڙ محوري حرڪت. هي ننڍڙي چرپر پٽن کي بغير اٽڪڻ جي آسانيءَ سان ڦرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندي آهي ۽ عام طور نڪلن جي وچ واري وٿي (نڪل گيپ) سان طئي ٿيندي آهي.

* '''ٿولهه''' (Gauge) – قبضي جي پٽن جي ٿولهه.

* '''قبضي جي ويڪر''' – هڪ پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ کان ٻي پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين ماپيل مفاصلو، جيڪو پن جي محور تي عمودي هوندو آهي.

* '''قبضي جي ڊيگهه''' – قبضي جي پٽن جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي هوندي آهي.

* '''نڪل جي ڊيگهه''' (Knuckle length) – هڪ نڪل جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي ماپي ويندي آهي.

* '''پٽي جي ويڪر''' (Leaf width) – پن جي مرڪز کان پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''پچ''' (Pitch) – هڪ نڪل جي پڇاڙيءَ کان ساڳئي پٽي تي موجود ڀر واري نڪل جي ساڳئي ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''ڊور اسٽاپ''' (Doorstop) – هڪ عام اصطلاح، جيڪو قبضي جي پٽن ۾ پن جي ڀيٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ غيرضروري يا ڍِلي ڪنڊائتي چرپر لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. اهڙي چرپر قبضي جي گهسجي وڃڻ يا ڍِلي ٿيڻ سبب پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي.

== قسم ==

=== بيرل قبضو ===
'''بيرل قبضو''' (Barrel hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪيترن ڳنڍيل سوراخدار حصن (Knuckles) تي مشتمل هوندو آهي ۽ انهن مان گذرندڙ هڪ محور يا پن (Pin) ذريعي گڏ رکيو ويندو آهي. ''بيرل'' اصل ۾ هڪ خالي سلينڊر هوندو آهي، جنهن جي چوڌاري قبضو گردش ڪندو آهي. جديد دور ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ اڪثر قبضا بيرل قبضي جي بنيادي اصول تي ڪم ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Childers |first=Kathleen |date=25 August 2023 |title=Everything to Know About Barrel Hinges |url=https://www.familyhandyman.com/article/everything-to-know-about-barrel-hinges/ |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Family Handyman}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== بٽ قبضو / مارٽس قبضو ===
'''بٽ قبضو''' (Butt hinge) يا '''مارٽس قبضو''' (Mortise hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي ۽ دروازي جي چوڪاٽي ۾ ڪٽيل کوکلي جاءِ يا  پاتام (Mortise) اندر لڳايو ويندو آهي، جنهن سبب دروازو بند ٿيڻ تي قبضو تقريباً لڪل نظر ايندو آهي. ڪجهه قبضا '''اڌ مارٽس''' قسم جا به هوندا آهن، جن ۾ صرف هڪ پٽو (Leaf) کوکلي جاءِ ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مٿاڇري تي رهندو آهي. گهڻا مارٽس قبضا پنهنجي گردش واري بناوت سبب بيرل قبضي جي درجي ۾ پڻ اچن ٿا.
انجيس يا قبضو لڳائڻ وقت اسڪرو يا پيچن کي ھٿوڙيءَ سان ٺوڪي نہ لڳائجي ڇاڪاڻ تہ ائين ڪرڻ سان ڪجھ وقت کان پوءِ اھي ڍرا ٿي نڪري ايندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري انھن کي اسڪرو ڊرائيور يعني پيچ ڪش سان لڳائڻ گھرجي.

=== بٽر فلائي يا پارليامينٽ قبضو ===
'''بٽر فلائي قبضو''' (Butterfly hinge) يا برطانيا ۾ '''پارليامينٽ قبضو''' (Parliament hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا تختي کي مڪمل طور لڳ ڀڳ '''180°''' تائين کولڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت سان لڳي سڌو ٿي بيهي سگهي ٿو. بٽر فلائي قبضا پنهنجي سينگاريل شڪل سبب فرنيچر ۽ آرائشي دروازن ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Parliament Hinges Old English Collection |url=https://www.suffolklatchcompany.com/products/parliament-hinges |access-date=2026-02-06 |website=Suffolk Latch Company |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== ڪيس قبضو ===
'''ڪيس قبضو''' (Case hinge) بناوت ۾ بٽ قبضي سان ملندڙ جلندڙ هوندو آهي، پر عام طور وڌيڪ سينگاريل هوندو آهي. اهو سوٽڪيسن، بريف ڪيسن، ڪاٺ جي دٻن، زيورن جي دٻين ۽ ٻين اهڙين شين ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جتي مضبوط ڳانڍاپي سان گڏ ظاهري خوبصورتي پڻ اهم هجي.

=== لڪل قبضو ===
'''لڪل قبضو''' (Concealed hinge) خاص طور فرنيچر جي دروازن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. هي قبضو دروازو بند ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ٻاهران نظر نٿو اچي. ان جا ٻه بنيادي حصا هوندا آهن: (1) '''ڪپ''' (Cup) ۽ '''بازو''' (آرم)، ۽ (2) '''مائونٽنگ پليٽ'''. انهن کي '''ڪپ قبضو''' (ڪپ ھنج) يا '''يورو قبضو''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي يورپ ۾ تيار ٿيا ۽ ميٽرڪ ماپن تي ٻڌل معيار استعمال ڪندا آهن. گهڻا لڪل قبضا پيچن جي ذريعي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ به آسانيءَ سان ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) ڏئي سگهجن ٿا، جنهن سان دروازي جي اوچائي، پاسيري پوزيشن ۽ کوٽائي درست ڪري سگهجي ٿي.

=== لڳاتار يا پيانو قبضو ===
'''لڳاتار قبضو''' (Continuous hinge) يا '''پيانو قبضو''' (Piano hinge) بيرل قبضي جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو دروازي، دٻي، ڍڪ يا پينل جي پوري ڊيگهه تائين پکڙيل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا سوراخن سان يا بغير سوراخن جي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن ۽ ڊگهي سهاري سبب وزن کي هڪجهڙو ورهائيندا آهن.

=== فليگ قبضو ===
'''فليگ قبضو''' (Flag hinge) ٻن حصن تي ٻڌل سادو قبضو هوندو آهي. هڪ حصي ۾ لڳل پن ٻئي حصي جي سوراخ ۾ داخل ٿيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو يا ٻيو حصو آسانيءَ سان الڳ به ڪري سگهجي ٿو. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا هٽائي سگهجندڙ دروازن ۽ مشينن ۾ عام استعمال ٿيندا آهن ۽ ساڄي ۽ کاٻي ٻنهي قسمن ۾ موجود هوندا .&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=26 August 2024 |title=The Beginner's Guide to Flag Hinges |url=https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20250216130803/https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |archive-date=16 February 2025 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Monroe Engineering}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ايڇ قبضو ===
'''ايڇ قبضو''' (H hinge) انگريزي اکر '''H''' جي شڪل جهڙو بيرل قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو سطح سان برابر لڳندڙ (فلش-مائونٽيڊ) دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ننڍا H قبضا عام طور المارين ۽ ڪٻٽن لاءِ، جڏهن ته وڏا H قبضا ڪمرا يا المارين جا دروازا لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== ايڇ ايل قبضو ===
'''ايڇ ايل قبضو''' (HL hinge) روايتي قبضو آهي، جيڪو سترهين، ارڙهين ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ دوران رهائشي ڪمرن، گذرگاهن ۽ المارين جي دروازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو هو. اوچن دروازن ۾ ڪڏهن ٻن H قبضي جي وچ ۾ اضافي HL قبضو پڻ لڳايو ويندو هو.

=== هڪ طرفو قبضو ===
'''هڪ طرفو قبضو''' (ون-وي ھنج) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا ٻئي حصي کي رڳو هڪ ئي رخ ۾ کُلڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. اهو ٻن طرفن کان کُلندڙ (ڊبل-ايڪشن) قبضي جي ابتڙ هوندو آهي.

=== محوري قبضو ===
'''محوري قبضو''' (Pivot hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي جي هيٺئين حصي ۽ مٿئين فريم ۾ لڳل محور تي گردش ڪندو آهي. هن کي '''ڊبل ايڪشن فلور قبضو''' (ڊبل-ايڪٽنگ فلور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. قديم خشڪ پٿر وارين عمارتن ۽ ڪجهه پراڻين ڪاٺيءَ جي عمارتن ۾ اهڙي قسم جا قبضا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. هلڪن وزن وارن دروازن لاءِ اهي نسبتاً گهٽ خرچ وارو ۽ ڪارائتو حل سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.

=== پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو ===
'''پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو''' (سيلف-ڪلوزنگ ھنج) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو بند ڪرڻ لاءِ اندروني ميخانياتي نظام لڳل هوندو آهي. هن ۾ اڪثر بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار (اسپيڊ ڪنٽرول) کي ضابطو ڪرڻ جو نظام پڻ شامل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا عام طور اسپرنگ  جي مدد سان دروازي کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ قوت پيدا ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ميخانياتي يا هائيڊرولڪ ڊيمپر (Damper) دروازي جي بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار کي ڪنٽرول ڪندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح هي قبضو هڪ ئي وقت قبضي ۽ [[دروازو بند ڪندڙ اوزار]] (ڊور ڪلوزر) ٻنهي جو ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |date=26 August 2019 |title=Self-Closing Hinges |url=http://www.watersonusa.com/solutions/spring-loaded-door-hinge |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200921094428/http://www.watersonusa.com/solutions/spring-loaded-door-hinge |archive-date=21 September 2020 |access-date=3 September 2020 |website=Watersonusa}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== اسپرنگ قبضو ===
'''اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Spring hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جنهن جي اندر اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي. هي اسپرنگ قبضي جي پٽن کي کولڻ يا بند ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو کليل يا بند حالت ۾ رکڻ لاءِ گهربل قوت فراهم ڪندو آهي. اسپرنگ قبضا عام طور باهه کان بچاءَ وارن دروازن، رهائشي عمارتن ۽ تجارتي جڳهن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو ===
'''مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو''' (Swing clear hing})، جنهن کي '''آف سيٽ دروازي جو قبضو''' (آف سيٽ ڊور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙو قبضو آهي جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل طور پنهنجي کُلڻ واري جاءِ کان ٻاهر ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ دروازي جي کليل حالت ۾ گذرگاهه جي ويڪر وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا خاص طور انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي معذور ماڻهن جي رسائي بابت تعميراتي معيارن تي عمل ڪرڻ ضروري هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Greene |first=Lori |date=27 May 2021 |title=QQ: Hinge Types – Swing-Clear |url=https://idighardware.com/2021/05/qq-hinge-types-swing-clear/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241220120419/https://idighardware.com/2021/05/qq-hinge-types-swing-clear/ |archive-date=20 December 2024 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=iDigHardware}}&lt;/ref&gt;اهي قبضا اڪثر فيئر هائوسنگ ايڪٽ (FHA) جي رسائي وارن ضابطن جي تعميل لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ 34 انچ ويڪري دروازي سان به گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 32 انچ صاف گذرگاهه مهيا ڪندا آهن، جيڪو معذور ماڻهن جي آسان آمدرفت لاءِ مقرر ڪيل معيار آهي..&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last= |first= |date= |title=The Fair Housing Act's Requirement 3: Usable Doors |url=https://www.hud.gov/sites/dfiles/FHEO/documents/The-Fair-Housing-Act-Requirement-3-Usable-Doors-Participant-Workbook.pdf |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241211175526/https://www.hud.gov/sites/dfiles/FHEO/documents/The-Fair-Housing-Act-Requirement-3-Usable-Doors-Participant-Workbook.pdf |archive-date=11 December 2024 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=United States Department of Housing and Urban Development}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بٽلر ٽري قبضو ===
'''بٽلر ٽري قبضو''' (Butler tray hinge) خاص قسم جو قبضو آهي، جيڪو لڳ ڀڳ 90 درجا موڙي پوءِ سڌو سنئون لاڪ ٿي ويندو آهي. اهو عام طور اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جي مٿئين حصي تي پيش ڪرڻ لاءِ الڳ ٽري لڳل هوندي آهي.

=== ڪارڊ ميز قبضو ===
'''ڪارڊ ميز قبضو''' (ڪارڊ ٽيبل ھنج) اهڙو مارٽس قبضو آهي، جيڪو روايتي يا جديد نموني جي ڪارڊ ميزن جي ڪنارن ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي. هي ميز جي مٿئين حصي کي پاڻ تي ٻيڻو ٿي ويڙهڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان ميز کي آسانيءَ سان بند يا محفوظ ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ ===
'''ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ''' (ڪارپنٽيئر جوائنٽ) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو وڪريل ڪراس سيڪشن (ڪروڊ ڪراس-سيڪشن) وارين ڪيترين سنهين ڌاتي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندو آهي. هي خاص جوڙجڪ لچڪدار حرڪت ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپو فراهم ڪندي آهي.

=== ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو ===
'''ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو''' (ڊراپ-ليف ٽيبل ھنج) ميز جي مٿاڇري جي هيٺان لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جا پاسا ضرورت مطابق هيٺ ڪري يا مٿي کڻي سگهجن ٿا. هي قبضا گهڻو ڪري ''رول جوائنٽ'' واري ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ ===
'''قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ''' (ھنجڊ ايڪسپينشن جوائنٽ) اهڙو توسيعي ڳانڍاپو آهي، جنهن ۾ قبضا لڳل هوندا آهن ته جيئن اڏاوت يا مشين جو حصو صرف هڪ ئي سطح  ۾ وڪڙي سگهي. هي جوڙ حرارتي واڌ ويجهه يا حرڪت سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻاءُ کي گهٽائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== لِونگ قبضو ===
'''لِونگ قبضو''' (Living hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڌاتوءَ جي پن (Pin) يا نڪل (Knuckle) کان سواءِ رڳو هڪ لچڪدار مواد، اڪثر ڪري پلاسٽڪ، مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي ٻن حصن جي وچ ۾ هڪ ئي ٽڪري طور ٺهندو آهي ۽ ان ۾ الڳ حرڪت ڪندڙ حصا نه هوندا آهن. اهڙي جوڙجڪ سبب ان جي تياري سادي، هلڪي ۽ گهٽ خرچ واري هوندي آهي، پر بار بار وڪڙجڻ سبب وقت سان گڏ ٿڪاوٽ يا ٽٽڻ جو امڪان ٻين قبضي جي قسمن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. لِونگ قبضا پلاسٽڪ جي دٻين، بوتلن جي ڍڪڻن، دوائن جي پيڪنگ ۽ ٻين مولڊ ڪيل شين ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=21 March 2024 |title=What is a living hinge and its applications? |url=https://www.essentracomponents.com/en-gb/news/solutions/access-hardware/living-hinges-101-what-you-need-to-know |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Essentra Components |archive-date=20 December 2024 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241220120420/https://www.essentracomponents.com/en-gb/news/solutions/access-hardware/living-hinges-101-what-you-need-to-know |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== ٻيا قسم ===
قبضي جا ٻيا ڪيترائي قسم پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* '''ڪوچ قبضو''' (Coach hinge) – گاڏين، وڏن دروازن ۽ ڳري ڪاٺيءَ جي اڏاوتن لاءِ مضبوط قبضو.
* '''ڪائونٽر فليپ قبضو'''  – ڪائونٽرن يا ميزن جي کُلندڙ پٽن (Flaps) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ قبضو. ھن قسم جون ٻہ طرفيون انجيسون اھڙن ھنڌن تي استعمال ڪبيون آھن، جتي اھڙا تہ سنھا تاڪ لڳائبا آھن جو سادين انجيسن جو لڳائڻ ممڪن نہ ھوندو آھي

* '''ڪرينڪ يا طوفان-مزاحمتي قبضو''' (Cranked or storm-proof hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن جي شڪل وڪريل هوندي آهي ۽ جيڪو دروازي يا دري کي موسم جي اثرن کان بهتر تحفظ فراهم ڪندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو غير اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Double-action non-spring hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو ٻنهي رخن ۾ گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، پر ان ۾ اسپرنگ شامل نه هوندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو اسپرنگ قبضو''' – ٻنهي رخن ۾ کُلندڙ قبضو، جنهن ۾ اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو وچ يا بند حالت ڏانهن موٽائيندو آهي.
* '''فلش قبضو''' (Flush hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو بغير مارٽس (Mortise) ٺاهڻ جي سڌو مٿاڇري تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.
* '''رگڙ وارو قبضو''' (فرڪشن ھنج) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو رگڙ جي قوت سان دروازي يا دري کي گهربل حالت ۾ بيهارڻ ۾ مدد ڪندو آهي.
* '''لفٽ-آف قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي قبضي مان سڌو مٿي کڻي آسانيءَ سان الڳ ڪري سگهجي ٿو، بغير قبضي کي کولڻ جي.
* '''پنج قبضو''' (Pinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ جلدي ڪڍي سگهجندڙ پن (ڪئڪ-رليز پن) لڳل هوندو آهي.
* '''اڀرندڙ بٽ قبضو''' (Rising butt hinge) يا '''ڪيم لفٽ قبضو''' (Cam lift hinge) – هن قبضي جو نڪل سرپل شڪل وارو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازو کُلڻ وقت ان کي ٿورو مٿي کڻي ويندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح دروازو قالين يا اڻبرابر فرش سان نه ٽڪرائيندو آهي، ۽ بند ٿيڻ وقت پنهنجي وزن جي ڪري پاڻ هيٺ اچي بند ٿي ويندو آهي&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite
 web |last=Metcalf |first=Zoe |date=2025-09-30 |title=Upgrade Your Doors: The Hidden Benefits of Rising Butt Hinges |url=https://www.cookebrothers.co.uk/latest-news/2025/09/30/benefits-of-rising-butt-hinges/ |access-date=2026-04-17 |website=Cooke Brothers |language=en-GB}}&lt;/ref&gt;.
* '''سيڪيورٽي قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو دروازي کي زبردستي ڪڍڻ يا ٽوڙڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ خاص حفاظتي بناوت سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.
* '''ٽي قبضو''' يا '''پڇڙ انجيس''' (Tee hinge) – انگريزي اکر '''T''' جي شڪل وارو قبضو، جيڪو عام طور ڪاٺيءَ جي دروازن، باڙن، گودامن ۽ باغيچي جي دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڊگهو افقي حصو وزن کي بهتر نموني ورهائيندو آهي.
ھي ھڪ قسم جون گھاڙو لوھ (Wrought iron)  جون فتيلون آھن، ھنن جي ڊگھي ٻانھن وارو حصو تہ جيئن جي افقيءَ پٽيءَ ۾ اسڪرن سان لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ٻيو ڌاتيءَ جي پٽيءَ وارو حصو چوڪاٺي ۾ جڙيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جون انجيسون معمولي قسم جي دروازن لاءِ ٺيڪ آھن ۽ کين ڳرن ۽ سٺي قسم جي دروازن ۾ استعمال نہ ڪرڻ گھرجي

==تصويري نمائش==
&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot;&gt;
File:HingesOldA.jpg|[[بگناسڪو]] ڀرسان خشڪ پٿر جي ڀت ۾ استعمال ٿيل قبضي جي پراڻي جوڙجڪ.
File:HingesOldB.jpg|خشڪ پٿر جي قديم عمارتن مان مليل قديم محوري قبضا (Pivot hinges).
File:Hingebifold.JPG|فلش دروازي جو قبضو (Flush hinge).
File:Hinge2P2.jpg|لوهي (Wrought iron) مان ٺهيل بيرل قبضو.
File:Hinge2P3.jpg|ڪانسي (برونز) جي پٽي مان ٺهيل بيرل قبضو.
File:Hinge3P.jpg|ٽن نڪلن (Knuckles) وارو بٽ قبضو، جنهن ۾ محور ٻنهي ڇيڙن کان مضبوط نموني سنڀاليل هوندو آهي.
File:Topfscharnier.jpg|فرنيچر جي دروازي ۾ لڳل لڪل اسپرنگ وارو قبضو، جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل بند يا مڪمل کليل حالت ۾ رکندو آهي. هي مڪمل طور دروازي جي پويان لڪي ويندو آهي ۽ نفيس ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) جي سهولت پڻ رکي ٿو، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت جي ويجهو هوندي به آسانيءَ سان کلي سگهي ٿو.
File:Hinge 01.jpg|عمارت جي ٻاهرئين ڀت تي زنگ لڳل قبضا.
File:Haar hung doors (99309543).jpg|اهڙو دروازو، جيڪو پنهنجي اسٽائيل (Stile) تي لڳل محوري قبضي تي گردش ڪري ٿو؛ هن قسم کي ''هار-هنگ دروازو'' (Haar-hung door) چيو ويندو آهي.
File:Mint box polypropylene lid.JPG|[[ٽڪ ٽاڪ]] جي دٻي جي ڍڪ تي لِونگ قبضو (Living hinge).
File:Hinged Handcuffs 1.jpg|قبضي وارا [[هٿڪڙيون]] (ھنجڊ ھينڊڪفس).
File:Hinge 03.jpg|پيانو قبضو (Piano hinge).
File:Continuoushinge.jpg|لڳاتار قبضو (ڪنٽينيوئس ھنج).
File:Waterson_K51SW.jpg|مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو (سونگ ڪليئر ھنج).
File:Sydney Harbour Bridge hinge.jpg|[[سڊني ھاربر برج]] تي لڳل قبضو، جيڪو پل جي تعمير دوران استعمال ڪيو ويو ۽ هاڻي گرمي ۽ سردي سبب ٿيندڙ ڦهلاءَ ۽ سُڪڙجڻ (ٿرمل ايڪسپينشن ۽ ڪانٽريڪشن) کي برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڪري ٿو.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== پڻ ڏسو ==

* [[لڪل قبضي جي سانچي]]
* [[فلوٽنگ قبضو]]
* [[گيئر وارو لڳاتار قبضو]]
* [[قبضو موڙيندڙ اوزار]]
* [[قبضي وارو جوڙ]]
* [[سادو بيئرنگ]]

== حوالا ==
{{Reflist}}

== خارجي ڳنڍڻا ==
{{Sister project links|commonscat=yes|n=no|q=no|s=no}}

* [http://www.hingecraft.com/Terminology.html قبضي جي اصطلاحن جي وضاحت] — Hingecraft؛ قبضي جي مختلف حصن ۽ اصطلاحن جون تصويري وضاحتون.

{{Authority control}}

[[زمرو:گهريلو هارڊويئر]]
[[زمرو:دروازن جو هارڊويئر]]
[[زمرو:ميخانياتي ڳانڍاپا]]
[[زمرو:قبضا]]</text>
      <sha1>a72lt9lc6gc09iaa5mkqanlc4c2mrod</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400888</id>
      <parentid>400887</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T13:46:24Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* تاريخ */</comment>
      <origin>400888</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="34354" sha1="428vtg44efm1h6i2yftsxr601yt1adp" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|ٻن مضبوط شين کي ڳنڍيندڙ ميخانياتي ڳانڍاپو}}

[[File:Carrollton New Orleans hinge brass inside.jpg|thumb|upright|پتل مان ٺهيل سينگاريل دروازي جي انجيس]]
[[File:Hamburgerpaumelle.JPG|thumb|upright|بيرل انجيس (Barrel hinge)]]

'''انجيس''' يا '''قبضو''' ({{lang-en|'''Hinge'''}}) هڪ [[ميڪانياتي بيئرنگ]] (Mechanical bearing) آهي، جيڪو ٻن مضبوط شين کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيندو آهي ۽ عام طور انهن مان هڪ کي مقرر محور جي چوڌاري محدود زاويي تائين ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. مثالي قبضي (آئيڊيل ھنج) ۾ ڳنڍيل ٻئي حصا رڳو هڪ مقرر محور جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ٻيون سموريون حرڪتون، جهڙوڪ اڳتي پٺتي سرڪڻ يا ٻين رخن ۾ گردش، روڪيل هونديون آهن. ان ڪري ميخانيات ۾ قبضي کي ''هڪ درجي واري آزادي'' (ون ڊگري آف فريڊم) وارو ڳانڍاپو سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

قبضا يا انجيسون لچڪدار مواد (فليڪسيبل مٽيريل) مان به ٺاهي سگهجن ٿا يا وري ڌاتوءَ جي حرڪت ڪندڙ حصن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن. حياتيات (بائيولاجي) ۾ به ڪيترائي [[جوڙ]] (جوائنٽ) قبضي وانگر ڪم ڪندا آهن، جن مان [[ڪُلهي جي جوڙ]] جي بدران ''ٺوٺ جو جوڙ''  هڪ نمايان مثال آهي، جيڪو بنيادي طور هڪ ئي رخ ۾ وڪڙجڻ ۽ سڌو ٿيڻ جي حرڪت جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو.

انجيسون يا قبضا سڀ کان وڌيڪ دروازن، دريائن ۽ المارين جي کُلڻ ۽ بند ٿيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، پر انهن کان علاوه فولڊ ٿيندڙ [[ڏاڪڻ]]، موٽر گاڏين جي بونٽ، صندوقن، ڍڪڻن ۽ وڏين متحرڪ [[پل|پلين]]  جي جوڙجڪ ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

درين ۽ دروازن کي لڳائڻ ۽ انھن اندر مختلف جزن ذريعي ڳانڍاپو رکڻ واسطي ھيٺين قسمن جي قبضن يا انجيسن جي  ضرورت پوندي آھي.

== تاريخ ==

قديم آثارن مان پٿر، سنگِ مرمر، ڪاٺ ۽ ڪانسي  مان ٺهيل انجيسون يا قبضا مليا آهن، جن مان ڪجهه گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[قديم مصر]] جي دور سان تعلق رکن ٿا. بهرحال، اهو يقيني طور طئي ڪرڻ ڏکيو آهي ته قبضي جو پهريون استعمال دنيا جي ڪهڙي هنڌ ۽ ڪهڙي زماني ۾ ٿيو.

قديم مصر ۾ دروازن لاءِ هڪ خاص ''محوري قبضي'' (Pivot hinge) وارو نظام استعمال ٿيندو هو. هن طريقي ۾ دروازي جي مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين ڪنڍن تي ڪاٺ جا گول ڪنڊا (Dowels) لڳايا ويندا هئا يا اهي سڌو دروازي جي ڪاٺ مان تراشيا ويندا هئا. اهي ڪنڍا پٿر ۾ ٺهيل گول کڏن (Stone sockets) ۾ ويهندا هئا، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دروازو آسانيءَ سان پنهنجي محور تي ڦرندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Museum Bulletin – An Early Egyptian Door-Socket |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/bulletin/1315/}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door – British Museum |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/Y_EA705}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[قديم روم]] ۾ قبضي کي لاطيني ٻوليءَ ۾ ڪارڊو:''Cardō'' چيو ويندو هو. انهيءَ لفظ تان ئي رومي ديوي ''ڪارڊيا'' (Cardea)، جيڪا دروازن ۽ قبضي جي محافظ ديوي سمجهي ويندي هئي، جو نالو پيو، ۽ رومي شهرن جي مکيه اتر–ڏکڻ واري شاهراهه کي پڻ ''ڪارڊو'' سڏيو ويندو هو. لاطيني لفظ ''ڪارڊو'' جو مفهوم &quot;اهو بنيادي جزو، جنهن تي ڪا شيءِ ڦري يا جنهن تي ڪنهن شيءِ جو دارومدار هجي&quot; هو، ۽ انهيءَ مان جديد انگريزي لفظن، جهڙوڪ ''ڪارڊينل''، جي پڻ ابتدا ٿي آهي.

'''آڪسفورڊ انگريزي لغت''' (آڪسفورڊ انگلش ڊڪشنري) موجب انگريزي لفظ  ھنج''Hinge'' جو تعلق لفظ ''Hang'' (لڙڪڻ يا ٽنگجڻ) سان آهي، جيڪو ٻنهي لفظن جي تاريخي لساني ارتقا ڏانهن اشارو ڪري ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=hinge |url=https://www.oed.com/dictionary/hinge_n}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== عمارتن ۾ رسائي ==

گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[وچئين دور]] (ميڊيول پيرئڊ) کان وٺي مضبوط قلعن ۽ دفاعي عمارتن ۾ [[ڇڪيل پل]] (Drawbridge) لاءِ قبضا استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن. اهڙن قبضي جي مدد سان پل کي ضرورت موجب مٿي کڻي يا هيٺ لاهي سگهجي ٿو، جنهن سان قلعي جي حفاظت ۽ داخلا تي ڪنٽرول رکڻ آسان ٿيندو هو.

جديد [[تعمير]] (آرڪيٽيڪچر) ۾ به قبضا انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي وقت سان گڏ بنياد جي ويهڻ (بلڊنگ سيٽلمينٽ) جو امڪان هجي. اهڙين حالتن ۾ قبضا عمارت جي ڪجهه حصن کي محدود حرڪت جي اجازت ڏيندا آهن، جنهن سان ڍانچي تي غيرضروري دٻاءُ گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

ان جو هڪ مشهور مثال آمريڪي رياست [[ڪيليفورنيا]] جي [[برزبين, ڪيليفورنيا|برزبين]] شهر ۾ واقع [[ڊيڪن بلڊنگ]] آهي. هن عمارت جي داخلي رئمپ (ramp) کي هڪ وڏي قبضي تي نصب ڪيو ويو هو ته جيئن [[کنبا| کُنبن]] (Piles) تي ٺهيل ۽ نرم خليجي مٽي (Bay mud) تي بيٺل عمارت جي ويهڻ دوران رئمپ محفوظ طريقي سان پنهنجي حالت بدلائي سگهي. هي انتظام ڪيترن ئي سالن تائين اثرائتو رهيو، پر آڪٽوبر 2006ع ۾ رئمپ کي نقصان پهچڻ ۽ ان جي ڍلان حد کان وڌيڪ وڌي وڃڻ سبب ان کي تبديل ڪيو ويو.

== وڏيون اڏاوتون ==

قبضا  وڏين اڏاوتن، جهڙوڪ اوچين شاهراهن، ريلوي واءِڊڪٽن (viaducts)، پلن ۽ ٻين انجنيئرنگ ڍانچن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جو مقصد اڏاوت جي مختلف حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ واري دٻاءَ'' (بينڊنگ اسٽريسز) جي منتقلي کي گهٽائڻ يا مڪمل طور روڪڻ هوندو آهي، جنهن سان خاص طور زلزلي دوران ڍانچي جي نقصان جو خطرو گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

سادن سلائيڊنگ ڳانڍاپن جي ڀيٽ ۾ قبضي کي ترجيح ڏيڻ جو اهم سبب اهو آهي ته اهو هڪ طرف محدود گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، جڏهن ته ٻئي طرف ڀرپاسي وارن اڏاوتي حصن کي هڪ ٻئي کان ڌار ٿيڻ کان بچائي ٿو. اهڙيءَ طرح ڍانچي جي استحڪام برقرار رهي ٿي ۽ زلزلي يا حرارتي تبديليءَ سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ حرڪتن کي محفوظ نموني جذب ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

جيڪڏهن ڪنهن قبضي ذريعي ٻن اڏاوتي حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ وارو لمحو'' (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) منتقل نه ٿئي، ته اهڙي قبضي کي تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ ''صفر لمحي وارو قبضو'' (زيرو مومينٽ ھنج) چيو ويندو آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا تجزياتي ماڊلن ۽ عملي انجنيئرنگ ٻنهي ۾ وڏي اهميت رکن ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي اڏاوت ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻائن جي ورهاست کي بهتر نموني ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏين ٿا.

== خلائي جهاز ==

خلائي جهازن (اسپيس ڪرافٽ) ۾ استعمال لاءِ ڪيترن ئي قسمن جا ''خودڪار کُلندڙ ۽ پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضا'' (سيلف-ايڪچوئيٽنگ, سيلف-لاڪنگ ھنجز) تيار ڪيا ويا آهن. اهي قبضا خاص طور انهن اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جيڪي راڪيٽ جي لانچ دوران ويڙهيل يا بند حالت ۾ رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ خلاءَ ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ پاڻمرادو کُلي پنهنجي ڪم ڪندڙ شڪل اختيار ڪندا آهن.

اهڙي قسم جا قبضا [[کُلندڙ خلائي اڏاوتن]] (ڊپلائبل اسٽرڪچرز) ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ [[شمسي پينل]]، مصنوعي سوراخي ريڊار (سنٿيٽڪ اپرچر راڊار) جون اينٽينائون، ڊگها بوم (Booms)، ريڊيئيٽر ۽ ٻيا خلائي جزا شامل آهن. انهن قبضي جي مدد سان هي حصا محدود جاءِ ۾ محفوظ نموني رکي سگهجن ٿا ۽ مدار ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ بغير انساني مداخلت جي صحيح نموني کُلي ۽ لاڪ ٿي وڃن ٿا، جنهن سان خلائي جهاز جي اعتبار، ڪارڪردگي ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو اچي ٿو.

== اصطلاحات ==

[[File:Basic hinge.svg|thumb|upright|بنيادي قبضي جا حصا]]

* '''پن''' ({{lang-en|Pin}}) – ڌاتوءَ يا ٻين مضبوط مواد مان ٺهيل راڊ، جيڪا قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن (ليوز) کي ''نڪل'' (Knuckle) جي اندر پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍي رکي ٿي ۽ انهن کي محور جي چوڌاري ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي. هن کي '''پنٽل''' (Pintle) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''نڪل''' – قبضي جو سوراخدار، اڪثر گول شڪل وارو حصو، جيڪو قبضي جو گڏيل محور ٺاهيندو آهي. ٻنهي پٽن جا نڪل هڪ ٻئي سان وڇايل ترتيب ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن ۽ پن انهن سڀني مان لنگهندي انهن کي گڏ رکي ٿي.

* '''پٽو''' (ليف) – قبضي جا عام طور ٻه چپٽا حصا، جيڪي نڪل جي ٻنهي پاسن کان نڪرن ٿا ۽ پن جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن. اهي ئي حصا دروازي، دري يا ٻين شين سان لڳايا ويندا آهن.

* '''اينڊ پلي''' (End play) – پن جي محور سان گڏ قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن جي وچ ۾ ٿيندڙ محوري حرڪت. هي ننڍڙي چرپر پٽن کي بغير اٽڪڻ جي آسانيءَ سان ڦرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندي آهي ۽ عام طور نڪلن جي وچ واري وٿي (نڪل گيپ) سان طئي ٿيندي آهي.

* '''ٿولهه''' (Gauge) – قبضي جي پٽن جي ٿولهه.

* '''قبضي جي ويڪر''' – هڪ پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ کان ٻي پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين ماپيل مفاصلو، جيڪو پن جي محور تي عمودي هوندو آهي.

* '''قبضي جي ڊيگهه''' – قبضي جي پٽن جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي هوندي آهي.

* '''نڪل جي ڊيگهه''' (Knuckle length) – هڪ نڪل جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي ماپي ويندي آهي.

* '''پٽي جي ويڪر''' (Leaf width) – پن جي مرڪز کان پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''پچ''' (Pitch) – هڪ نڪل جي پڇاڙيءَ کان ساڳئي پٽي تي موجود ڀر واري نڪل جي ساڳئي ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''ڊور اسٽاپ''' (Doorstop) – هڪ عام اصطلاح، جيڪو قبضي جي پٽن ۾ پن جي ڀيٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ غيرضروري يا ڍِلي ڪنڊائتي چرپر لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. اهڙي چرپر قبضي جي گهسجي وڃڻ يا ڍِلي ٿيڻ سبب پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي.

== قسم ==

=== بيرل قبضو ===
'''بيرل قبضو''' (Barrel hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪيترن ڳنڍيل سوراخدار حصن (Knuckles) تي مشتمل هوندو آهي ۽ انهن مان گذرندڙ هڪ محور يا پن (Pin) ذريعي گڏ رکيو ويندو آهي. ''بيرل'' اصل ۾ هڪ خالي سلينڊر هوندو آهي، جنهن جي چوڌاري قبضو گردش ڪندو آهي. جديد دور ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ اڪثر قبضا بيرل قبضي جي بنيادي اصول تي ڪم ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Childers |first=Kathleen |date=25 August 2023 |title=Everything to Know About Barrel Hinges |url=https://www.familyhandyman.com/article/everything-to-know-about-barrel-hinges/ |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Family Handyman}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== بٽ قبضو / مارٽس قبضو ===
'''بٽ قبضو''' (Butt hinge) يا '''مارٽس قبضو''' (Mortise hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي ۽ دروازي جي چوڪاٽي ۾ ڪٽيل کوکلي جاءِ يا  پاتام (Mortise) اندر لڳايو ويندو آهي، جنهن سبب دروازو بند ٿيڻ تي قبضو تقريباً لڪل نظر ايندو آهي. ڪجهه قبضا '''اڌ مارٽس''' قسم جا به هوندا آهن، جن ۾ صرف هڪ پٽو (Leaf) کوکلي جاءِ ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مٿاڇري تي رهندو آهي. گهڻا مارٽس قبضا پنهنجي گردش واري بناوت سبب بيرل قبضي جي درجي ۾ پڻ اچن ٿا.
انجيس يا قبضو لڳائڻ وقت اسڪرو يا پيچن کي ھٿوڙيءَ سان ٺوڪي نہ لڳائجي ڇاڪاڻ تہ ائين ڪرڻ سان ڪجھ وقت کان پوءِ اھي ڍرا ٿي نڪري ايندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري انھن کي اسڪرو ڊرائيور يعني پيچ ڪش سان لڳائڻ گھرجي.

=== بٽر فلائي يا پارليامينٽ قبضو ===
'''بٽر فلائي قبضو''' (Butterfly hinge) يا برطانيا ۾ '''پارليامينٽ قبضو''' (Parliament hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا تختي کي مڪمل طور لڳ ڀڳ '''180°''' تائين کولڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت سان لڳي سڌو ٿي بيهي سگهي ٿو. بٽر فلائي قبضا پنهنجي سينگاريل شڪل سبب فرنيچر ۽ آرائشي دروازن ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Parliament Hinges Old English Collection |url=https://www.suffolklatchcompany.com/products/parliament-hinges |access-date=2026-02-06 |website=Suffolk Latch Company |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== ڪيس قبضو ===
'''ڪيس قبضو''' (Case hinge) بناوت ۾ بٽ قبضي سان ملندڙ جلندڙ هوندو آهي، پر عام طور وڌيڪ سينگاريل هوندو آهي. اهو سوٽڪيسن، بريف ڪيسن، ڪاٺ جي دٻن، زيورن جي دٻين ۽ ٻين اهڙين شين ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جتي مضبوط ڳانڍاپي سان گڏ ظاهري خوبصورتي پڻ اهم هجي.

=== لڪل قبضو ===
'''لڪل قبضو''' (Concealed hinge) خاص طور فرنيچر جي دروازن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. هي قبضو دروازو بند ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ٻاهران نظر نٿو اچي. ان جا ٻه بنيادي حصا هوندا آهن: (1) '''ڪپ''' (Cup) ۽ '''بازو''' (آرم)، ۽ (2) '''مائونٽنگ پليٽ'''. انهن کي '''ڪپ قبضو''' (ڪپ ھنج) يا '''يورو قبضو''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي يورپ ۾ تيار ٿيا ۽ ميٽرڪ ماپن تي ٻڌل معيار استعمال ڪندا آهن. گهڻا لڪل قبضا پيچن جي ذريعي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ به آسانيءَ سان ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) ڏئي سگهجن ٿا، جنهن سان دروازي جي اوچائي، پاسيري پوزيشن ۽ کوٽائي درست ڪري سگهجي ٿي.

=== لڳاتار يا پيانو قبضو ===
'''لڳاتار قبضو''' (Continuous hinge) يا '''پيانو قبضو''' (Piano hinge) بيرل قبضي جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو دروازي، دٻي، ڍڪ يا پينل جي پوري ڊيگهه تائين پکڙيل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا سوراخن سان يا بغير سوراخن جي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن ۽ ڊگهي سهاري سبب وزن کي هڪجهڙو ورهائيندا آهن.

=== فليگ قبضو ===
'''فليگ قبضو''' (Flag hinge) ٻن حصن تي ٻڌل سادو قبضو هوندو آهي. هڪ حصي ۾ لڳل پن ٻئي حصي جي سوراخ ۾ داخل ٿيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو يا ٻيو حصو آسانيءَ سان الڳ به ڪري سگهجي ٿو. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا هٽائي سگهجندڙ دروازن ۽ مشينن ۾ عام استعمال ٿيندا آهن ۽ ساڄي ۽ کاٻي ٻنهي قسمن ۾ موجود هوندا .&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=26 August 2024 |title=The Beginner's Guide to Flag Hinges |url=https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20250216130803/https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |archive-date=16 February 2025 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Monroe Engineering}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ايڇ قبضو ===
'''ايڇ قبضو''' (H hinge) انگريزي اکر '''H''' جي شڪل جهڙو بيرل قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو سطح سان برابر لڳندڙ (فلش-مائونٽيڊ) دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ننڍا H قبضا عام طور المارين ۽ ڪٻٽن لاءِ، جڏهن ته وڏا H قبضا ڪمرا يا المارين جا دروازا لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== ايڇ ايل قبضو ===
'''ايڇ ايل قبضو''' (HL hinge) روايتي قبضو آهي، جيڪو سترهين، ارڙهين ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ دوران رهائشي ڪمرن، گذرگاهن ۽ المارين جي دروازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو هو. اوچن دروازن ۾ ڪڏهن ٻن H قبضي جي وچ ۾ اضافي HL قبضو پڻ لڳايو ويندو هو.

=== هڪ طرفو قبضو ===
'''هڪ طرفو قبضو''' (ون-وي ھنج) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا ٻئي حصي کي رڳو هڪ ئي رخ ۾ کُلڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. اهو ٻن طرفن کان کُلندڙ (ڊبل-ايڪشن) قبضي جي ابتڙ هوندو آهي.

=== محوري قبضو ===
'''محوري قبضو''' (Pivot hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي جي هيٺئين حصي ۽ مٿئين فريم ۾ لڳل محور تي گردش ڪندو آهي. هن کي '''ڊبل ايڪشن فلور قبضو''' (ڊبل-ايڪٽنگ فلور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. قديم خشڪ پٿر وارين عمارتن ۽ ڪجهه پراڻين ڪاٺيءَ جي عمارتن ۾ اهڙي قسم جا قبضا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. هلڪن وزن وارن دروازن لاءِ اهي نسبتاً گهٽ خرچ وارو ۽ ڪارائتو حل سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.

=== پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو ===
'''پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو''' (سيلف-ڪلوزنگ ھنج) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو بند ڪرڻ لاءِ اندروني ميخانياتي نظام لڳل هوندو آهي. هن ۾ اڪثر بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار (اسپيڊ ڪنٽرول) کي ضابطو ڪرڻ جو نظام پڻ شامل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا عام طور اسپرنگ  جي مدد سان دروازي کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ قوت پيدا ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ميخانياتي يا هائيڊرولڪ ڊيمپر (Damper) دروازي جي بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار کي ڪنٽرول ڪندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح هي قبضو هڪ ئي وقت قبضي ۽ [[دروازو بند ڪندڙ اوزار]] (ڊور ڪلوزر) ٻنهي جو ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |date=26 August 2019 |title=Self-Closing Hinges |url=http://www.watersonusa.com/solutions/spring-loaded-door-hinge |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200921094428/http://www.watersonusa.com/solutions/spring-loaded-door-hinge |archive-date=21 September 2020 |access-date=3 September 2020 |website=Watersonusa}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== اسپرنگ قبضو ===
'''اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Spring hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جنهن جي اندر اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي. هي اسپرنگ قبضي جي پٽن کي کولڻ يا بند ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو کليل يا بند حالت ۾ رکڻ لاءِ گهربل قوت فراهم ڪندو آهي. اسپرنگ قبضا عام طور باهه کان بچاءَ وارن دروازن، رهائشي عمارتن ۽ تجارتي جڳهن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو ===
'''مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو''' (Swing clear hing})، جنهن کي '''آف سيٽ دروازي جو قبضو''' (آف سيٽ ڊور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙو قبضو آهي جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل طور پنهنجي کُلڻ واري جاءِ کان ٻاهر ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ دروازي جي کليل حالت ۾ گذرگاهه جي ويڪر وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا خاص طور انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي معذور ماڻهن جي رسائي بابت تعميراتي معيارن تي عمل ڪرڻ ضروري هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Greene |first=Lori |date=27 May 2021 |title=QQ: Hinge Types – Swing-Clear |url=https://idighardware.com/2021/05/qq-hinge-types-swing-clear/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241220120419/https://idighardware.com/2021/05/qq-hinge-types-swing-clear/ |archive-date=20 December 2024 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=iDigHardware}}&lt;/ref&gt;اهي قبضا اڪثر فيئر هائوسنگ ايڪٽ (FHA) جي رسائي وارن ضابطن جي تعميل لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ 34 انچ ويڪري دروازي سان به گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 32 انچ صاف گذرگاهه مهيا ڪندا آهن، جيڪو معذور ماڻهن جي آسان آمدرفت لاءِ مقرر ڪيل معيار آهي..&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last= |first= |date= |title=The Fair Housing Act's Requirement 3: Usable Doors |url=https://www.hud.gov/sites/dfiles/FHEO/documents/The-Fair-Housing-Act-Requirement-3-Usable-Doors-Participant-Workbook.pdf |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241211175526/https://www.hud.gov/sites/dfiles/FHEO/documents/The-Fair-Housing-Act-Requirement-3-Usable-Doors-Participant-Workbook.pdf |archive-date=11 December 2024 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=United States Department of Housing and Urban Development}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بٽلر ٽري قبضو ===
'''بٽلر ٽري قبضو''' (Butler tray hinge) خاص قسم جو قبضو آهي، جيڪو لڳ ڀڳ 90 درجا موڙي پوءِ سڌو سنئون لاڪ ٿي ويندو آهي. اهو عام طور اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جي مٿئين حصي تي پيش ڪرڻ لاءِ الڳ ٽري لڳل هوندي آهي.

=== ڪارڊ ميز قبضو ===
'''ڪارڊ ميز قبضو''' (ڪارڊ ٽيبل ھنج) اهڙو مارٽس قبضو آهي، جيڪو روايتي يا جديد نموني جي ڪارڊ ميزن جي ڪنارن ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي. هي ميز جي مٿئين حصي کي پاڻ تي ٻيڻو ٿي ويڙهڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان ميز کي آسانيءَ سان بند يا محفوظ ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ ===
'''ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ''' (ڪارپنٽيئر جوائنٽ) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو وڪريل ڪراس سيڪشن (ڪروڊ ڪراس-سيڪشن) وارين ڪيترين سنهين ڌاتي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندو آهي. هي خاص جوڙجڪ لچڪدار حرڪت ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپو فراهم ڪندي آهي.

=== ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو ===
'''ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو''' (ڊراپ-ليف ٽيبل ھنج) ميز جي مٿاڇري جي هيٺان لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جا پاسا ضرورت مطابق هيٺ ڪري يا مٿي کڻي سگهجن ٿا. هي قبضا گهڻو ڪري ''رول جوائنٽ'' واري ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ ===
'''قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ''' (ھنجڊ ايڪسپينشن جوائنٽ) اهڙو توسيعي ڳانڍاپو آهي، جنهن ۾ قبضا لڳل هوندا آهن ته جيئن اڏاوت يا مشين جو حصو صرف هڪ ئي سطح  ۾ وڪڙي سگهي. هي جوڙ حرارتي واڌ ويجهه يا حرڪت سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻاءُ کي گهٽائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== لِونگ قبضو ===
'''لِونگ قبضو''' (Living hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڌاتوءَ جي پن (Pin) يا نڪل (Knuckle) کان سواءِ رڳو هڪ لچڪدار مواد، اڪثر ڪري پلاسٽڪ، مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي ٻن حصن جي وچ ۾ هڪ ئي ٽڪري طور ٺهندو آهي ۽ ان ۾ الڳ حرڪت ڪندڙ حصا نه هوندا آهن. اهڙي جوڙجڪ سبب ان جي تياري سادي، هلڪي ۽ گهٽ خرچ واري هوندي آهي، پر بار بار وڪڙجڻ سبب وقت سان گڏ ٿڪاوٽ يا ٽٽڻ جو امڪان ٻين قبضي جي قسمن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. لِونگ قبضا پلاسٽڪ جي دٻين، بوتلن جي ڍڪڻن، دوائن جي پيڪنگ ۽ ٻين مولڊ ڪيل شين ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=21 March 2024 |title=What is a living hinge and its applications? |url=https://www.essentracomponents.com/en-gb/news/solutions/access-hardware/living-hinges-101-what-you-need-to-know |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Essentra Components |archive-date=20 December 2024 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241220120420/https://www.essentracomponents.com/en-gb/news/solutions/access-hardware/living-hinges-101-what-you-need-to-know |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== ٻيا قسم ===
قبضي جا ٻيا ڪيترائي قسم پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* '''ڪوچ قبضو''' (Coach hinge) – گاڏين، وڏن دروازن ۽ ڳري ڪاٺيءَ جي اڏاوتن لاءِ مضبوط قبضو.
* '''ڪائونٽر فليپ قبضو'''  – ڪائونٽرن يا ميزن جي کُلندڙ پٽن (Flaps) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ قبضو. ھن قسم جون ٻہ طرفيون انجيسون اھڙن ھنڌن تي استعمال ڪبيون آھن، جتي اھڙا تہ سنھا تاڪ لڳائبا آھن جو سادين انجيسن جو لڳائڻ ممڪن نہ ھوندو آھي

* '''ڪرينڪ يا طوفان-مزاحمتي قبضو''' (Cranked or storm-proof hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن جي شڪل وڪريل هوندي آهي ۽ جيڪو دروازي يا دري کي موسم جي اثرن کان بهتر تحفظ فراهم ڪندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو غير اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Double-action non-spring hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو ٻنهي رخن ۾ گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، پر ان ۾ اسپرنگ شامل نه هوندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو اسپرنگ قبضو''' – ٻنهي رخن ۾ کُلندڙ قبضو، جنهن ۾ اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو وچ يا بند حالت ڏانهن موٽائيندو آهي.
* '''فلش قبضو''' (Flush hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو بغير مارٽس (Mortise) ٺاهڻ جي سڌو مٿاڇري تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.
* '''رگڙ وارو قبضو''' (فرڪشن ھنج) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو رگڙ جي قوت سان دروازي يا دري کي گهربل حالت ۾ بيهارڻ ۾ مدد ڪندو آهي.
* '''لفٽ-آف قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي قبضي مان سڌو مٿي کڻي آسانيءَ سان الڳ ڪري سگهجي ٿو، بغير قبضي کي کولڻ جي.
* '''پنج قبضو''' (Pinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ جلدي ڪڍي سگهجندڙ پن (ڪئڪ-رليز پن) لڳل هوندو آهي.
* '''اڀرندڙ بٽ قبضو''' (Rising butt hinge) يا '''ڪيم لفٽ قبضو''' (Cam lift hinge) – هن قبضي جو نڪل سرپل شڪل وارو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازو کُلڻ وقت ان کي ٿورو مٿي کڻي ويندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح دروازو قالين يا اڻبرابر فرش سان نه ٽڪرائيندو آهي، ۽ بند ٿيڻ وقت پنهنجي وزن جي ڪري پاڻ هيٺ اچي بند ٿي ويندو آهي&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite
 web |last=Metcalf |first=Zoe |date=2025-09-30 |title=Upgrade Your Doors: The Hidden Benefits of Rising Butt Hinges |url=https://www.cookebrothers.co.uk/latest-news/2025/09/30/benefits-of-rising-butt-hinges/ |access-date=2026-04-17 |website=Cooke Brothers |language=en-GB}}&lt;/ref&gt;.
* '''سيڪيورٽي قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو دروازي کي زبردستي ڪڍڻ يا ٽوڙڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ خاص حفاظتي بناوت سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.
* '''ٽي قبضو''' يا '''پڇڙ انجيس''' (Tee hinge) – انگريزي اکر '''T''' جي شڪل وارو قبضو، جيڪو عام طور ڪاٺيءَ جي دروازن، باڙن، گودامن ۽ باغيچي جي دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڊگهو افقي حصو وزن کي بهتر نموني ورهائيندو آهي.
ھي ھڪ قسم جون گھاڙو لوھ (Wrought iron)  جون فتيلون آھن، ھنن جي ڊگھي ٻانھن وارو حصو تہ جيئن جي افقيءَ پٽيءَ ۾ اسڪرن سان لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ٻيو ڌاتيءَ جي پٽيءَ وارو حصو چوڪاٺي ۾ جڙيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جون انجيسون معمولي قسم جي دروازن لاءِ ٺيڪ آھن ۽ کين ڳرن ۽ سٺي قسم جي دروازن ۾ استعمال نہ ڪرڻ گھرجي

==تصويري نمائش==
&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot;&gt;
File:HingesOldA.jpg|[[بگناسڪو]] ڀرسان خشڪ پٿر جي ڀت ۾ استعمال ٿيل قبضي جي پراڻي جوڙجڪ.
File:HingesOldB.jpg|خشڪ پٿر جي قديم عمارتن مان مليل قديم محوري قبضا (Pivot hinges).
File:Hingebifold.JPG|فلش دروازي جو قبضو (Flush hinge).
File:Hinge2P2.jpg|لوهي (Wrought iron) مان ٺهيل بيرل قبضو.
File:Hinge2P3.jpg|ڪانسي (برونز) جي پٽي مان ٺهيل بيرل قبضو.
File:Hinge3P.jpg|ٽن نڪلن (Knuckles) وارو بٽ قبضو، جنهن ۾ محور ٻنهي ڇيڙن کان مضبوط نموني سنڀاليل هوندو آهي.
File:Topfscharnier.jpg|فرنيچر جي دروازي ۾ لڳل لڪل اسپرنگ وارو قبضو، جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل بند يا مڪمل کليل حالت ۾ رکندو آهي. هي مڪمل طور دروازي جي پويان لڪي ويندو آهي ۽ نفيس ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) جي سهولت پڻ رکي ٿو، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت جي ويجهو هوندي به آسانيءَ سان کلي سگهي ٿو.
File:Hinge 01.jpg|عمارت جي ٻاهرئين ڀت تي زنگ لڳل قبضا.
File:Haar hung doors (99309543).jpg|اهڙو دروازو، جيڪو پنهنجي اسٽائيل (Stile) تي لڳل محوري قبضي تي گردش ڪري ٿو؛ هن قسم کي ''هار-هنگ دروازو'' (Haar-hung door) چيو ويندو آهي.
File:Mint box polypropylene lid.JPG|[[ٽڪ ٽاڪ]] جي دٻي جي ڍڪ تي لِونگ قبضو (Living hinge).
File:Hinged Handcuffs 1.jpg|قبضي وارا [[هٿڪڙيون]] (ھنجڊ ھينڊڪفس).
File:Hinge 03.jpg|پيانو قبضو (Piano hinge).
File:Continuoushinge.jpg|لڳاتار قبضو (ڪنٽينيوئس ھنج).
File:Waterson_K51SW.jpg|مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو (سونگ ڪليئر ھنج).
File:Sydney Harbour Bridge hinge.jpg|[[سڊني ھاربر برج]] تي لڳل قبضو، جيڪو پل جي تعمير دوران استعمال ڪيو ويو ۽ هاڻي گرمي ۽ سردي سبب ٿيندڙ ڦهلاءَ ۽ سُڪڙجڻ (ٿرمل ايڪسپينشن ۽ ڪانٽريڪشن) کي برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڪري ٿو.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== پڻ ڏسو ==

* [[لڪل قبضي جي سانچي]]
* [[فلوٽنگ قبضو]]
* [[گيئر وارو لڳاتار قبضو]]
* [[قبضو موڙيندڙ اوزار]]
* [[قبضي وارو جوڙ]]
* [[سادو بيئرنگ]]

== حوالا ==
{{Reflist}}

== خارجي ڳنڍڻا ==
{{Sister project links|commonscat=yes|n=no|q=no|s=no}}

* [http://www.hingecraft.com/Terminology.html قبضي جي اصطلاحن جي وضاحت] — Hingecraft؛ قبضي جي مختلف حصن ۽ اصطلاحن جون تصويري وضاحتون.

{{Authority control}}

[[زمرو:گهريلو هارڊويئر]]
[[زمرو:دروازن جو هارڊويئر]]
[[زمرو:ميخانياتي ڳانڍاپا]]
[[زمرو:قبضا]]</text>
      <sha1>428vtg44efm1h6i2yftsxr601yt1adp</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400891</id>
      <parentid>400888</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T13:52:39Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400891</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="34375" sha1="34c18ivlshsghfen9e0mtg9vd99n85b" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|ٻن مضبوط شين کي ڳنڍيندڙ ميخانياتي ڳانڍاپو}}

[[File:Carrollton New Orleans hinge brass inside.jpg|thumb|upright|پتل مان ٺهيل سينگاريل دروازي جي انجيس]]
[[File:Hamburgerpaumelle.JPG|thumb|upright|بيرل انجيس (Barrel hinge)]]

'''انجيس''' يا '''قبضو''' ({{lang-en|'''Hinge'''}}) هڪ [[ميڪانياتي بيئرنگ]] (Mechanical bearing) آهي، جيڪو ٻن مضبوط شين کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيندو آهي ۽ عام طور انهن مان هڪ کي مقرر محور جي چوڌاري محدود زاويي تائين ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. مثالي قبضي (آئيڊيل ھنج) ۾ ڳنڍيل ٻئي حصا رڳو هڪ مقرر محور جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ٻيون سموريون حرڪتون، جهڙوڪ اڳتي پٺتي سرڪڻ يا ٻين رخن ۾ گردش، روڪيل هونديون آهن. ان ڪري ميخانيات ۾ قبضي کي ''هڪ درجي واري آزادي'' (ون ڊگري آف فريڊم) وارو ڳانڍاپو سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

قبضا يا انجيسون لچڪدار مواد (فليڪسيبل مٽيريل) مان به ٺاهي سگهجن ٿا يا وري ڌاتوءَ جي حرڪت ڪندڙ حصن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن. حياتيات (بائيولاجي) ۾ به ڪيترائي [[جوڙ]] (جوائنٽ) قبضي وانگر ڪم ڪندا آهن، جن مان [[ڪُلهي جي جوڙ]] جي بدران ''ٺوٺ جو جوڙ''  هڪ نمايان مثال آهي، جيڪو بنيادي طور هڪ ئي رخ ۾ وڪڙجڻ ۽ سڌو ٿيڻ جي حرڪت جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو.

انجيسون يا قبضا سڀ کان وڌيڪ دروازن، دريائن ۽ المارين جي کُلڻ ۽ بند ٿيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، پر انهن کان علاوه فولڊ ٿيندڙ [[ڏاڪڻ]]، موٽر گاڏين جي بونٽ، صندوقن، ڍڪڻن ۽ وڏين متحرڪ [[پل|پلين]]  جي جوڙجڪ ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

درين ۽ دروازن کي لڳائڻ ۽ انھن اندر مختلف جزن ذريعي ڳانڍاپو رکڻ واسطي ھيٺين قسمن جي قبضن يا انجيسن جي  ضرورت پوندي آھي.

== تاريخ ==

قديم آثارن مان پٿر، سنگِ مرمر، ڪاٺ ۽ ڪانسي  مان ٺهيل انجيسون يا قبضا مليا آهن، جن مان ڪجهه گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[قديم مصر]] جي دور سان تعلق رکن ٿا. بهرحال، اهو يقيني طور طئي ڪرڻ ڏکيو آهي ته قبضي جو پهريون استعمال دنيا جي ڪهڙي هنڌ ۽ ڪهڙي زماني ۾ ٿيو.

قديم مصر ۾ دروازن لاءِ هڪ خاص ''محوري قبضي'' (پووٽ ھنج) وارو نظام استعمال ٿيندو هو. هن طريقي ۾ دروازي جي مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين ڪنڍن تي ڪاٺ جا گول ڪنڊا (Dowels) لڳايا ويندا هئا يا اهي سڌو دروازي جي ڪاٺ مان تراشيا ويندا هئا. اهي ڪنڍا پٿر ۾ ٺهيل گول کڏن (اسٽون ساڪيٽ) ۾ ويهندا هئا، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دروازو آسانيءَ سان پنهنجي محور تي ڦرندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Museum Bulletin – An Early Egyptian Door-Socket |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/bulletin/1315/}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door – British Museum |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/Y_EA705}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[قديم روم]] ۾ قبضي کي لاطيني ٻوليءَ ۾ ڪارڊو:''Cardō'' چيو ويندو هو. انهيءَ لفظ تان ئي رومي ديوي ''ڪارڊيا'' (Cardea)، جيڪا دروازن ۽ قبضي جي محافظ ديوي سمجهي ويندي هئي، جو نالو پيو، ۽ رومي شهرن جي مکيه اتر–ڏکڻ واري شاهراهه کي پڻ ''ڪارڊو'' سڏيو ويندو هو. لاطيني لفظ ''ڪارڊو'' جو مفهوم &quot;اهو بنيادي جزو، جنهن تي ڪا شيءِ ڦري يا جنهن تي ڪنهن شيءِ جو دارومدار هجي&quot; هو، ۽ انهيءَ مان جديد انگريزي لفظن، جهڙوڪ ''ڪارڊينل''، جي پڻ ابتدا ٿي آهي.

'''آڪسفورڊ انگريزي لغت''' (آڪسفورڊ انگلش ڊڪشنري) موجب انگريزي لفظ  ھنج''Hinge'' جو تعلق لفظ ھئنگ ''Hang'' (لڙڪڻ يا ٽنگجڻ) سان آهي، جيڪو ٻنهي لفظن جي تاريخي لساني ارتقا ڏانهن اشارو ڪري ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=hinge |url=https://www.oed.com/dictionary/hinge_n}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== عمارتن ۾ رسائي ==

گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[وچئين دور]] (ميڊيول پيرئڊ) کان وٺي مضبوط قلعن ۽ دفاعي عمارتن ۾ [[ڇڪيل پل]] (Drawbridge) لاءِ قبضا استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن. اهڙن قبضي جي مدد سان پل کي ضرورت موجب مٿي کڻي يا هيٺ لاهي سگهجي ٿو، جنهن سان قلعي جي حفاظت ۽ داخلا تي ڪنٽرول رکڻ آسان ٿيندو هو.

جديد [[تعمير]] (آرڪيٽيڪچر) ۾ به قبضا انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي وقت سان گڏ بنياد جي ويهڻ (بلڊنگ سيٽلمينٽ) جو امڪان هجي. اهڙين حالتن ۾ قبضا عمارت جي ڪجهه حصن کي محدود حرڪت جي اجازت ڏيندا آهن، جنهن سان ڍانچي تي غيرضروري دٻاءُ گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

ان جو هڪ مشهور مثال آمريڪي رياست [[ڪيليفورنيا]] جي [[برزبين, ڪيليفورنيا|برزبين]] شهر ۾ واقع [[ڊيڪن بلڊنگ]] آهي. هن عمارت جي داخلي رئمپ (ramp) کي هڪ وڏي قبضي تي نصب ڪيو ويو هو ته جيئن [[کنبا| کُنبن]] (Piles) تي ٺهيل ۽ نرم خليجي مٽي (Bay mud) تي بيٺل عمارت جي ويهڻ دوران رئمپ محفوظ طريقي سان پنهنجي حالت بدلائي سگهي. هي انتظام ڪيترن ئي سالن تائين اثرائتو رهيو، پر آڪٽوبر 2006ع ۾ رئمپ کي نقصان پهچڻ ۽ ان جي ڍلان حد کان وڌيڪ وڌي وڃڻ سبب ان کي تبديل ڪيو ويو.

== وڏيون اڏاوتون ==

قبضا  وڏين اڏاوتن، جهڙوڪ اوچين شاهراهن، ريلوي واءِڊڪٽن (viaducts)، پلن ۽ ٻين انجنيئرنگ ڍانچن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جو مقصد اڏاوت جي مختلف حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ واري دٻاءَ'' (بينڊنگ اسٽريسز) جي منتقلي کي گهٽائڻ يا مڪمل طور روڪڻ هوندو آهي، جنهن سان خاص طور زلزلي دوران ڍانچي جي نقصان جو خطرو گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

سادن سلائيڊنگ ڳانڍاپن جي ڀيٽ ۾ قبضي کي ترجيح ڏيڻ جو اهم سبب اهو آهي ته اهو هڪ طرف محدود گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، جڏهن ته ٻئي طرف ڀرپاسي وارن اڏاوتي حصن کي هڪ ٻئي کان ڌار ٿيڻ کان بچائي ٿو. اهڙيءَ طرح ڍانچي جي استحڪام برقرار رهي ٿي ۽ زلزلي يا حرارتي تبديليءَ سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ حرڪتن کي محفوظ نموني جذب ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

جيڪڏهن ڪنهن قبضي ذريعي ٻن اڏاوتي حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ وارو لمحو'' (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) منتقل نه ٿئي، ته اهڙي قبضي کي تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ ''صفر لمحي وارو قبضو'' (زيرو مومينٽ ھنج) چيو ويندو آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا تجزياتي ماڊلن ۽ عملي انجنيئرنگ ٻنهي ۾ وڏي اهميت رکن ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي اڏاوت ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻائن جي ورهاست کي بهتر نموني ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏين ٿا.

== خلائي جهاز ==

خلائي جهازن (اسپيس ڪرافٽ) ۾ استعمال لاءِ ڪيترن ئي قسمن جا ''خودڪار کُلندڙ ۽ پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضا'' (سيلف-ايڪچوئيٽنگ, سيلف-لاڪنگ ھنجز) تيار ڪيا ويا آهن. اهي قبضا خاص طور انهن اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جيڪي راڪيٽ جي لانچ دوران ويڙهيل يا بند حالت ۾ رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ خلاءَ ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ پاڻمرادو کُلي پنهنجي ڪم ڪندڙ شڪل اختيار ڪندا آهن.

اهڙي قسم جا قبضا [[کُلندڙ خلائي اڏاوتن]] (ڊپلائبل اسٽرڪچرز) ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ [[شمسي پينل]]، مصنوعي سوراخي ريڊار (سنٿيٽڪ اپرچر راڊار) جون اينٽينائون، ڊگها بوم (Booms)، ريڊيئيٽر ۽ ٻيا خلائي جزا شامل آهن. انهن قبضي جي مدد سان هي حصا محدود جاءِ ۾ محفوظ نموني رکي سگهجن ٿا ۽ مدار ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ بغير انساني مداخلت جي صحيح نموني کُلي ۽ لاڪ ٿي وڃن ٿا، جنهن سان خلائي جهاز جي اعتبار، ڪارڪردگي ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو اچي ٿو.

== اصطلاحات ==

[[File:Basic hinge.svg|thumb|upright|بنيادي قبضي جا حصا]]

* '''پن''' ({{lang-en|Pin}}) – ڌاتوءَ يا ٻين مضبوط مواد مان ٺهيل راڊ، جيڪا قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن (ليوز) کي ''نڪل'' (Knuckle) جي اندر پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍي رکي ٿي ۽ انهن کي محور جي چوڌاري ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي. هن کي '''پنٽل''' (Pintle) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''نڪل''' – قبضي جو سوراخدار، اڪثر گول شڪل وارو حصو، جيڪو قبضي جو گڏيل محور ٺاهيندو آهي. ٻنهي پٽن جا نڪل هڪ ٻئي سان وڇايل ترتيب ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن ۽ پن انهن سڀني مان لنگهندي انهن کي گڏ رکي ٿي.

* '''پٽو''' (ليف) – قبضي جا عام طور ٻه چپٽا حصا، جيڪي نڪل جي ٻنهي پاسن کان نڪرن ٿا ۽ پن جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن. اهي ئي حصا دروازي، دري يا ٻين شين سان لڳايا ويندا آهن.

* '''اينڊ پلي''' (End play) – پن جي محور سان گڏ قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن جي وچ ۾ ٿيندڙ محوري حرڪت. هي ننڍڙي چرپر پٽن کي بغير اٽڪڻ جي آسانيءَ سان ڦرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندي آهي ۽ عام طور نڪلن جي وچ واري وٿي (نڪل گيپ) سان طئي ٿيندي آهي.

* '''ٿولهه''' (Gauge) – قبضي جي پٽن جي ٿولهه.

* '''قبضي جي ويڪر''' – هڪ پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ کان ٻي پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين ماپيل مفاصلو، جيڪو پن جي محور تي عمودي هوندو آهي.

* '''قبضي جي ڊيگهه''' – قبضي جي پٽن جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي هوندي آهي.

* '''نڪل جي ڊيگهه''' (Knuckle length) – هڪ نڪل جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي ماپي ويندي آهي.

* '''پٽي جي ويڪر''' (Leaf width) – پن جي مرڪز کان پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''پچ''' (Pitch) – هڪ نڪل جي پڇاڙيءَ کان ساڳئي پٽي تي موجود ڀر واري نڪل جي ساڳئي ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''ڊور اسٽاپ''' (Doorstop) – هڪ عام اصطلاح، جيڪو قبضي جي پٽن ۾ پن جي ڀيٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ غيرضروري يا ڍِلي ڪنڊائتي چرپر لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. اهڙي چرپر قبضي جي گهسجي وڃڻ يا ڍِلي ٿيڻ سبب پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي.

== قسم ==

=== بيرل قبضو ===
'''بيرل قبضو''' (Barrel hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪيترن ڳنڍيل سوراخدار حصن (Knuckles) تي مشتمل هوندو آهي ۽ انهن مان گذرندڙ هڪ محور يا پن (Pin) ذريعي گڏ رکيو ويندو آهي. ''بيرل'' اصل ۾ هڪ خالي سلينڊر هوندو آهي، جنهن جي چوڌاري قبضو گردش ڪندو آهي. جديد دور ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ اڪثر قبضا بيرل قبضي جي بنيادي اصول تي ڪم ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Childers |first=Kathleen |date=25 August 2023 |title=Everything to Know About Barrel Hinges |url=https://www.familyhandyman.com/article/everything-to-know-about-barrel-hinges/ |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Family Handyman}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== بٽ قبضو / مارٽس قبضو ===
'''بٽ قبضو''' (Butt hinge) يا '''مارٽس قبضو''' (Mortise hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي ۽ دروازي جي چوڪاٽي ۾ ڪٽيل کوکلي جاءِ يا  پاتام (Mortise) اندر لڳايو ويندو آهي، جنهن سبب دروازو بند ٿيڻ تي قبضو تقريباً لڪل نظر ايندو آهي. ڪجهه قبضا '''اڌ مارٽس''' قسم جا به هوندا آهن، جن ۾ صرف هڪ پٽو (Leaf) کوکلي جاءِ ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مٿاڇري تي رهندو آهي. گهڻا مارٽس قبضا پنهنجي گردش واري بناوت سبب بيرل قبضي جي درجي ۾ پڻ اچن ٿا.
انجيس يا قبضو لڳائڻ وقت اسڪرو يا پيچن کي ھٿوڙيءَ سان ٺوڪي نہ لڳائجي ڇاڪاڻ تہ ائين ڪرڻ سان ڪجھ وقت کان پوءِ اھي ڍرا ٿي نڪري ايندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري انھن کي اسڪرو ڊرائيور يعني پيچ ڪش سان لڳائڻ گھرجي.

=== بٽر فلائي يا پارليامينٽ قبضو ===
'''بٽر فلائي قبضو''' (Butterfly hinge) يا برطانيا ۾ '''پارليامينٽ قبضو''' (Parliament hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا تختي کي مڪمل طور لڳ ڀڳ '''180°''' تائين کولڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت سان لڳي سڌو ٿي بيهي سگهي ٿو. بٽر فلائي قبضا پنهنجي سينگاريل شڪل سبب فرنيچر ۽ آرائشي دروازن ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Parliament Hinges Old English Collection |url=https://www.suffolklatchcompany.com/products/parliament-hinges |access-date=2026-02-06 |website=Suffolk Latch Company |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== ڪيس قبضو ===
'''ڪيس قبضو''' (Case hinge) بناوت ۾ بٽ قبضي سان ملندڙ جلندڙ هوندو آهي، پر عام طور وڌيڪ سينگاريل هوندو آهي. اهو سوٽڪيسن، بريف ڪيسن، ڪاٺ جي دٻن، زيورن جي دٻين ۽ ٻين اهڙين شين ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جتي مضبوط ڳانڍاپي سان گڏ ظاهري خوبصورتي پڻ اهم هجي.

=== لڪل قبضو ===
'''لڪل قبضو''' (Concealed hinge) خاص طور فرنيچر جي دروازن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. هي قبضو دروازو بند ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ٻاهران نظر نٿو اچي. ان جا ٻه بنيادي حصا هوندا آهن: (1) '''ڪپ''' (Cup) ۽ '''بازو''' (آرم)، ۽ (2) '''مائونٽنگ پليٽ'''. انهن کي '''ڪپ قبضو''' (ڪپ ھنج) يا '''يورو قبضو''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي يورپ ۾ تيار ٿيا ۽ ميٽرڪ ماپن تي ٻڌل معيار استعمال ڪندا آهن. گهڻا لڪل قبضا پيچن جي ذريعي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ به آسانيءَ سان ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) ڏئي سگهجن ٿا، جنهن سان دروازي جي اوچائي، پاسيري پوزيشن ۽ کوٽائي درست ڪري سگهجي ٿي.

=== لڳاتار يا پيانو قبضو ===
'''لڳاتار قبضو''' (Continuous hinge) يا '''پيانو قبضو''' (Piano hinge) بيرل قبضي جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو دروازي، دٻي، ڍڪ يا پينل جي پوري ڊيگهه تائين پکڙيل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا سوراخن سان يا بغير سوراخن جي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن ۽ ڊگهي سهاري سبب وزن کي هڪجهڙو ورهائيندا آهن.

=== فليگ قبضو ===
'''فليگ قبضو''' (Flag hinge) ٻن حصن تي ٻڌل سادو قبضو هوندو آهي. هڪ حصي ۾ لڳل پن ٻئي حصي جي سوراخ ۾ داخل ٿيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو يا ٻيو حصو آسانيءَ سان الڳ به ڪري سگهجي ٿو. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا هٽائي سگهجندڙ دروازن ۽ مشينن ۾ عام استعمال ٿيندا آهن ۽ ساڄي ۽ کاٻي ٻنهي قسمن ۾ موجود هوندا .&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=26 August 2024 |title=The Beginner's Guide to Flag Hinges |url=https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20250216130803/https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |archive-date=16 February 2025 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Monroe Engineering}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ايڇ قبضو ===
'''ايڇ قبضو''' (H hinge) انگريزي اکر '''H''' جي شڪل جهڙو بيرل قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو سطح سان برابر لڳندڙ (فلش-مائونٽيڊ) دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ننڍا H قبضا عام طور المارين ۽ ڪٻٽن لاءِ، جڏهن ته وڏا H قبضا ڪمرا يا المارين جا دروازا لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== ايڇ ايل قبضو ===
'''ايڇ ايل قبضو''' (HL hinge) روايتي قبضو آهي، جيڪو سترهين، ارڙهين ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ دوران رهائشي ڪمرن، گذرگاهن ۽ المارين جي دروازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو هو. اوچن دروازن ۾ ڪڏهن ٻن H قبضي جي وچ ۾ اضافي HL قبضو پڻ لڳايو ويندو هو.

=== هڪ طرفو قبضو ===
'''هڪ طرفو قبضو''' (ون-وي ھنج) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا ٻئي حصي کي رڳو هڪ ئي رخ ۾ کُلڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. اهو ٻن طرفن کان کُلندڙ (ڊبل-ايڪشن) قبضي جي ابتڙ هوندو آهي.

=== محوري قبضو ===
'''محوري قبضو''' (Pivot hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي جي هيٺئين حصي ۽ مٿئين فريم ۾ لڳل محور تي گردش ڪندو آهي. هن کي '''ڊبل ايڪشن فلور قبضو''' (ڊبل-ايڪٽنگ فلور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. قديم خشڪ پٿر وارين عمارتن ۽ ڪجهه پراڻين ڪاٺيءَ جي عمارتن ۾ اهڙي قسم جا قبضا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. هلڪن وزن وارن دروازن لاءِ اهي نسبتاً گهٽ خرچ وارو ۽ ڪارائتو حل سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.

=== پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو ===
'''پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو''' (سيلف-ڪلوزنگ ھنج) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو بند ڪرڻ لاءِ اندروني ميخانياتي نظام لڳل هوندو آهي. هن ۾ اڪثر بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار (اسپيڊ ڪنٽرول) کي ضابطو ڪرڻ جو نظام پڻ شامل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا عام طور اسپرنگ  جي مدد سان دروازي کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ قوت پيدا ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ميخانياتي يا هائيڊرولڪ ڊيمپر (Damper) دروازي جي بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار کي ڪنٽرول ڪندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح هي قبضو هڪ ئي وقت قبضي ۽ [[دروازو بند ڪندڙ اوزار]] (ڊور ڪلوزر) ٻنهي جو ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |date=26 August 2019 |title=Self-Closing Hinges |url=http://www.watersonusa.com/solutions/spring-loaded-door-hinge |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200921094428/http://www.watersonusa.com/solutions/spring-loaded-door-hinge |archive-date=21 September 2020 |access-date=3 September 2020 |website=Watersonusa}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== اسپرنگ قبضو ===
'''اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Spring hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جنهن جي اندر اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي. هي اسپرنگ قبضي جي پٽن کي کولڻ يا بند ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو کليل يا بند حالت ۾ رکڻ لاءِ گهربل قوت فراهم ڪندو آهي. اسپرنگ قبضا عام طور باهه کان بچاءَ وارن دروازن، رهائشي عمارتن ۽ تجارتي جڳهن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو ===
'''مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو''' (Swing clear hing})، جنهن کي '''آف سيٽ دروازي جو قبضو''' (آف سيٽ ڊور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙو قبضو آهي جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل طور پنهنجي کُلڻ واري جاءِ کان ٻاهر ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ دروازي جي کليل حالت ۾ گذرگاهه جي ويڪر وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا خاص طور انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي معذور ماڻهن جي رسائي بابت تعميراتي معيارن تي عمل ڪرڻ ضروري هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Greene |first=Lori |date=27 May 2021 |title=QQ: Hinge Types – Swing-Clear |url=https://idighardware.com/2021/05/qq-hinge-types-swing-clear/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241220120419/https://idighardware.com/2021/05/qq-hinge-types-swing-clear/ |archive-date=20 December 2024 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=iDigHardware}}&lt;/ref&gt;اهي قبضا اڪثر فيئر هائوسنگ ايڪٽ (FHA) جي رسائي وارن ضابطن جي تعميل لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ 34 انچ ويڪري دروازي سان به گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 32 انچ صاف گذرگاهه مهيا ڪندا آهن، جيڪو معذور ماڻهن جي آسان آمدرفت لاءِ مقرر ڪيل معيار آهي..&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last= |first= |date= |title=The Fair Housing Act's Requirement 3: Usable Doors |url=https://www.hud.gov/sites/dfiles/FHEO/documents/The-Fair-Housing-Act-Requirement-3-Usable-Doors-Participant-Workbook.pdf |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241211175526/https://www.hud.gov/sites/dfiles/FHEO/documents/The-Fair-Housing-Act-Requirement-3-Usable-Doors-Participant-Workbook.pdf |archive-date=11 December 2024 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=United States Department of Housing and Urban Development}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بٽلر ٽري قبضو ===
'''بٽلر ٽري قبضو''' (Butler tray hinge) خاص قسم جو قبضو آهي، جيڪو لڳ ڀڳ 90 درجا موڙي پوءِ سڌو سنئون لاڪ ٿي ويندو آهي. اهو عام طور اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جي مٿئين حصي تي پيش ڪرڻ لاءِ الڳ ٽري لڳل هوندي آهي.

=== ڪارڊ ميز قبضو ===
'''ڪارڊ ميز قبضو''' (ڪارڊ ٽيبل ھنج) اهڙو مارٽس قبضو آهي، جيڪو روايتي يا جديد نموني جي ڪارڊ ميزن جي ڪنارن ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي. هي ميز جي مٿئين حصي کي پاڻ تي ٻيڻو ٿي ويڙهڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان ميز کي آسانيءَ سان بند يا محفوظ ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ ===
'''ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ''' (ڪارپنٽيئر جوائنٽ) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو وڪريل ڪراس سيڪشن (ڪروڊ ڪراس-سيڪشن) وارين ڪيترين سنهين ڌاتي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندو آهي. هي خاص جوڙجڪ لچڪدار حرڪت ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپو فراهم ڪندي آهي.

=== ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو ===
'''ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو''' (ڊراپ-ليف ٽيبل ھنج) ميز جي مٿاڇري جي هيٺان لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جا پاسا ضرورت مطابق هيٺ ڪري يا مٿي کڻي سگهجن ٿا. هي قبضا گهڻو ڪري ''رول جوائنٽ'' واري ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ ===
'''قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ''' (ھنجڊ ايڪسپينشن جوائنٽ) اهڙو توسيعي ڳانڍاپو آهي، جنهن ۾ قبضا لڳل هوندا آهن ته جيئن اڏاوت يا مشين جو حصو صرف هڪ ئي سطح  ۾ وڪڙي سگهي. هي جوڙ حرارتي واڌ ويجهه يا حرڪت سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻاءُ کي گهٽائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== لِونگ قبضو ===
'''لِونگ قبضو''' (Living hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڌاتوءَ جي پن (Pin) يا نڪل (Knuckle) کان سواءِ رڳو هڪ لچڪدار مواد، اڪثر ڪري پلاسٽڪ، مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي ٻن حصن جي وچ ۾ هڪ ئي ٽڪري طور ٺهندو آهي ۽ ان ۾ الڳ حرڪت ڪندڙ حصا نه هوندا آهن. اهڙي جوڙجڪ سبب ان جي تياري سادي، هلڪي ۽ گهٽ خرچ واري هوندي آهي، پر بار بار وڪڙجڻ سبب وقت سان گڏ ٿڪاوٽ يا ٽٽڻ جو امڪان ٻين قبضي جي قسمن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. لِونگ قبضا پلاسٽڪ جي دٻين، بوتلن جي ڍڪڻن، دوائن جي پيڪنگ ۽ ٻين مولڊ ڪيل شين ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=21 March 2024 |title=What is a living hinge and its applications? |url=https://www.essentracomponents.com/en-gb/news/solutions/access-hardware/living-hinges-101-what-you-need-to-know |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Essentra Components |archive-date=20 December 2024 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241220120420/https://www.essentracomponents.com/en-gb/news/solutions/access-hardware/living-hinges-101-what-you-need-to-know |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== ٻيا قسم ===
قبضي جا ٻيا ڪيترائي قسم پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* '''ڪوچ قبضو''' (Coach hinge) – گاڏين، وڏن دروازن ۽ ڳري ڪاٺيءَ جي اڏاوتن لاءِ مضبوط قبضو.
* '''ڪائونٽر فليپ قبضو'''  – ڪائونٽرن يا ميزن جي کُلندڙ پٽن (Flaps) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ قبضو. ھن قسم جون ٻہ طرفيون انجيسون اھڙن ھنڌن تي استعمال ڪبيون آھن، جتي اھڙا تہ سنھا تاڪ لڳائبا آھن جو سادين انجيسن جو لڳائڻ ممڪن نہ ھوندو آھي

* '''ڪرينڪ يا طوفان-مزاحمتي قبضو''' (Cranked or storm-proof hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن جي شڪل وڪريل هوندي آهي ۽ جيڪو دروازي يا دري کي موسم جي اثرن کان بهتر تحفظ فراهم ڪندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو غير اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Double-action non-spring hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو ٻنهي رخن ۾ گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، پر ان ۾ اسپرنگ شامل نه هوندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو اسپرنگ قبضو''' – ٻنهي رخن ۾ کُلندڙ قبضو، جنهن ۾ اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو وچ يا بند حالت ڏانهن موٽائيندو آهي.
* '''فلش قبضو''' (Flush hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو بغير مارٽس (Mortise) ٺاهڻ جي سڌو مٿاڇري تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.
* '''رگڙ وارو قبضو''' (فرڪشن ھنج) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو رگڙ جي قوت سان دروازي يا دري کي گهربل حالت ۾ بيهارڻ ۾ مدد ڪندو آهي.
* '''لفٽ-آف قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي قبضي مان سڌو مٿي کڻي آسانيءَ سان الڳ ڪري سگهجي ٿو، بغير قبضي کي کولڻ جي.
* '''پنج قبضو''' (Pinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ جلدي ڪڍي سگهجندڙ پن (ڪئڪ-رليز پن) لڳل هوندو آهي.
* '''اڀرندڙ بٽ قبضو''' (Rising butt hinge) يا '''ڪيم لفٽ قبضو''' (Cam lift hinge) – هن قبضي جو نڪل سرپل شڪل وارو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازو کُلڻ وقت ان کي ٿورو مٿي کڻي ويندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح دروازو قالين يا اڻبرابر فرش سان نه ٽڪرائيندو آهي، ۽ بند ٿيڻ وقت پنهنجي وزن جي ڪري پاڻ هيٺ اچي بند ٿي ويندو آهي&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite
 web |last=Metcalf |first=Zoe |date=2025-09-30 |title=Upgrade Your Doors: The Hidden Benefits of Rising Butt Hinges |url=https://www.cookebrothers.co.uk/latest-news/2025/09/30/benefits-of-rising-butt-hinges/ |access-date=2026-04-17 |website=Cooke Brothers |language=en-GB}}&lt;/ref&gt;.
* '''سيڪيورٽي قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو دروازي کي زبردستي ڪڍڻ يا ٽوڙڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ خاص حفاظتي بناوت سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.
* '''ٽي قبضو''' يا '''پڇڙ انجيس''' (Tee hinge) – انگريزي اکر '''T''' جي شڪل وارو قبضو، جيڪو عام طور ڪاٺيءَ جي دروازن، باڙن، گودامن ۽ باغيچي جي دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڊگهو افقي حصو وزن کي بهتر نموني ورهائيندو آهي.
ھي ھڪ قسم جون گھاڙو لوھ (Wrought iron)  جون فتيلون آھن، ھنن جي ڊگھي ٻانھن وارو حصو تہ جيئن جي افقيءَ پٽيءَ ۾ اسڪرن سان لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ٻيو ڌاتيءَ جي پٽيءَ وارو حصو چوڪاٺي ۾ جڙيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جون انجيسون معمولي قسم جي دروازن لاءِ ٺيڪ آھن ۽ کين ڳرن ۽ سٺي قسم جي دروازن ۾ استعمال نہ ڪرڻ گھرجي

==تصويري نمائش==
&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot;&gt;
File:HingesOldA.jpg|[[بگناسڪو]] ڀرسان خشڪ پٿر جي ڀت ۾ استعمال ٿيل قبضي جي پراڻي جوڙجڪ.
File:HingesOldB.jpg|خشڪ پٿر جي قديم عمارتن مان مليل قديم محوري قبضا (Pivot hinges).
File:Hingebifold.JPG|فلش دروازي جو قبضو (Flush hinge).
File:Hinge2P2.jpg|لوهي (Wrought iron) مان ٺهيل بيرل قبضو.
File:Hinge2P3.jpg|ڪانسي (برونز) جي پٽي مان ٺهيل بيرل قبضو.
File:Hinge3P.jpg|ٽن نڪلن (Knuckles) وارو بٽ قبضو، جنهن ۾ محور ٻنهي ڇيڙن کان مضبوط نموني سنڀاليل هوندو آهي.
File:Topfscharnier.jpg|فرنيچر جي دروازي ۾ لڳل لڪل اسپرنگ وارو قبضو، جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل بند يا مڪمل کليل حالت ۾ رکندو آهي. هي مڪمل طور دروازي جي پويان لڪي ويندو آهي ۽ نفيس ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) جي سهولت پڻ رکي ٿو، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت جي ويجهو هوندي به آسانيءَ سان کلي سگهي ٿو.
File:Hinge 01.jpg|عمارت جي ٻاهرئين ڀت تي زنگ لڳل قبضا.
File:Haar hung doors (99309543).jpg|اهڙو دروازو، جيڪو پنهنجي اسٽائيل (Stile) تي لڳل محوري قبضي تي گردش ڪري ٿو؛ هن قسم کي ''هار-هنگ دروازو'' (Haar-hung door) چيو ويندو آهي.
File:Mint box polypropylene lid.JPG|[[ٽڪ ٽاڪ]] جي دٻي جي ڍڪ تي لِونگ قبضو (Living hinge).
File:Hinged Handcuffs 1.jpg|قبضي وارا [[هٿڪڙيون]] (ھنجڊ ھينڊڪفس).
File:Hinge 03.jpg|پيانو قبضو (Piano hinge).
File:Continuoushinge.jpg|لڳاتار قبضو (ڪنٽينيوئس ھنج).
File:Waterson_K51SW.jpg|مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو (سونگ ڪليئر ھنج).
File:Sydney Harbour Bridge hinge.jpg|[[سڊني ھاربر برج]] تي لڳل قبضو، جيڪو پل جي تعمير دوران استعمال ڪيو ويو ۽ هاڻي گرمي ۽ سردي سبب ٿيندڙ ڦهلاءَ ۽ سُڪڙجڻ (ٿرمل ايڪسپينشن ۽ ڪانٽريڪشن) کي برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڪري ٿو.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== پڻ ڏسو ==

* [[لڪل قبضي جي سانچي]]
* [[فلوٽنگ قبضو]]
* [[گيئر وارو لڳاتار قبضو]]
* [[قبضو موڙيندڙ اوزار]]
* [[قبضي وارو جوڙ]]
* [[سادو بيئرنگ]]

== حوالا ==
{{Reflist}}

== خارجي ڳنڍڻا ==
{{Sister project links|commonscat=yes|n=no|q=no|s=no}}

* [http://www.hingecraft.com/Terminology.html قبضي جي اصطلاحن جي وضاحت] — Hingecraft؛ قبضي جي مختلف حصن ۽ اصطلاحن جون تصويري وضاحتون.

{{Authority control}}

[[زمرو:گهريلو هارڊويئر]]
[[زمرو:دروازن جو هارڊويئر]]
[[زمرو:ميخانياتي ڳانڍاپا]]
[[زمرو:قبضا]]</text>
      <sha1>34c18ivlshsghfen9e0mtg9vd99n85b</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400892</id>
      <parentid>400891</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T13:57:25Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* تاريخ */</comment>
      <origin>400892</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="34488" sha1="0y9bjxsvfzvv1fdjqvzws4szhfk2enn" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|ٻن مضبوط شين کي ڳنڍيندڙ ميخانياتي ڳانڍاپو}}

[[File:Carrollton New Orleans hinge brass inside.jpg|thumb|upright|پتل مان ٺهيل سينگاريل دروازي جي انجيس]]
[[File:Hamburgerpaumelle.JPG|thumb|upright|بيرل انجيس (Barrel hinge)]]

'''انجيس''' يا '''قبضو''' ({{lang-en|'''Hinge'''}}) هڪ [[ميڪانياتي بيئرنگ]] (Mechanical bearing) آهي، جيڪو ٻن مضبوط شين کي پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍيندو آهي ۽ عام طور انهن مان هڪ کي مقرر محور جي چوڌاري محدود زاويي تائين ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. مثالي قبضي (آئيڊيل ھنج) ۾ ڳنڍيل ٻئي حصا رڳو هڪ مقرر محور جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ٻيون سموريون حرڪتون، جهڙوڪ اڳتي پٺتي سرڪڻ يا ٻين رخن ۾ گردش، روڪيل هونديون آهن. ان ڪري ميخانيات ۾ قبضي کي ''هڪ درجي واري آزادي'' (ون ڊگري آف فريڊم) وارو ڳانڍاپو سمجهيو ويندو آهي.

قبضا يا انجيسون لچڪدار مواد (فليڪسيبل مٽيريل) مان به ٺاهي سگهجن ٿا يا وري ڌاتوءَ جي حرڪت ڪندڙ حصن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن. حياتيات (بائيولاجي) ۾ به ڪيترائي [[جوڙ]] (جوائنٽ) قبضي وانگر ڪم ڪندا آهن، جن مان [[ڪُلهي جي جوڙ]] جي بدران ''ٺوٺ جو جوڙ''  هڪ نمايان مثال آهي، جيڪو بنيادي طور هڪ ئي رخ ۾ وڪڙجڻ ۽ سڌو ٿيڻ جي حرڪت جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو.

انجيسون يا قبضا سڀ کان وڌيڪ دروازن، دريائن ۽ المارين جي کُلڻ ۽ بند ٿيڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، پر انهن کان علاوه فولڊ ٿيندڙ [[ڏاڪڻ]]، موٽر گاڏين جي بونٽ، صندوقن، ڍڪڻن ۽ وڏين متحرڪ [[پل|پلين]]  جي جوڙجڪ ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

درين ۽ دروازن کي لڳائڻ ۽ انھن اندر مختلف جزن ذريعي ڳانڍاپو رکڻ واسطي ھيٺين قسمن جي قبضن يا انجيسن جي  ضرورت پوندي آھي.

== تاريخ ==

قديم آثارن مان پٿر، سنگِ مرمر، ڪاٺ ۽ ڪانسي  مان ٺهيل انجيسون يا قبضا مليا آهن، جن مان ڪجهه گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[قديم مصر]] جي دور سان تعلق رکن ٿا. بهرحال، اهو يقيني طور طئي ڪرڻ ڏکيو آهي ته قبضي جو پهريون استعمال دنيا جي ڪهڙي هنڌ ۽ ڪهڙي زماني ۾ ٿيو.

قديم مصر ۾ دروازن لاءِ هڪ خاص ''محوري قبضي'' (پووٽ ھنج) وارو نظام استعمال ٿيندو هو. هن طريقي ۾ دروازي جي مٿئين ۽ هيٺئين ڪنڍن تي ڪاٺ جا گول ڪنڊا (Dowels) لڳايا ويندا هئا يا اهي سڌو دروازي جي ڪاٺ مان تراشيا ويندا هئا. اهي ڪنڍا پٿر ۾ ٺهيل گول کڏن (اسٽون ساڪيٽ) ۾ ويهندا هئا، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دروازو آسانيءَ سان پنهنجي محور تي ڦرندو هو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Museum Bulletin – An Early Egyptian Door-Socket |url=https://www.penn.museum/sites/bulletin/1315/}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Door – British Museum |url=https://www.britishmuseum.org/collection/object/Y_EA705}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[قديم روم]] ۾ قبضي کي لاطيني ٻوليءَ ۾ ڪارڊو:''Cardō'' چيو ويندو هو. انهيءَ لفظ تان ئي رومي ديوي ''ڪارڊيا'' (Cardea)، جيڪا دروازن ۽ قبضي جي محافظ ديوي سمجهي ويندي هئي، جو نالو پيو، ۽ رومي شهرن جي مکيه اتر–ڏکڻ واري شاهراهه کي پڻ ''ڪارڊو'' سڏيو ويندو هو. لاطيني لفظ ''ڪارڊو'' جو مفهوم &quot;اهو بنيادي جزو، جنهن تي ڪا شيءِ ڦري يا جنهن تي ڪنهن شيءِ جو دارومدار هجي&quot; هو، ۽ انهيءَ مان جديد انگريزي لفظن، جهڙوڪ ''ڪارڊينل''، جي پڻ ابتدا ٿي آهي.

'''آڪسفورڊ انگريزي لغت''' (آڪسفورڊ انگلش ڊڪشنري) موجب انگريزي لفظ  ھنج''Hinge'' جو تعلق لفظ ھئنگ ''Hang'' (لڙڪڻ يا ٽنگجڻ) سان آهي، جيڪو ٻنهي لفظن جي تاريخي لساني ارتقا ڏانهن اشارو ڪري ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=hinge |url=https://www.oed.com/dictionary/hinge_n}}&lt;/ref&gt;

سنڌي لفظ انجيس انگريزي ھنج جي جمع ھنجز (Hinges) جي بگڙيل صورت آهي.

== عمارتن ۾ رسائي ==

گهٽ ۾ گهٽ [[وچئين دور]] (ميڊيول پيرئڊ) کان وٺي مضبوط قلعن ۽ دفاعي عمارتن ۾ [[ڇڪيل پل]] (Drawbridge) لاءِ قبضا استعمال ٿيندا رهيا آهن. اهڙن قبضي جي مدد سان پل کي ضرورت موجب مٿي کڻي يا هيٺ لاهي سگهجي ٿو، جنهن سان قلعي جي حفاظت ۽ داخلا تي ڪنٽرول رکڻ آسان ٿيندو هو.

جديد [[تعمير]] (آرڪيٽيڪچر) ۾ به قبضا انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي وقت سان گڏ بنياد جي ويهڻ (بلڊنگ سيٽلمينٽ) جو امڪان هجي. اهڙين حالتن ۾ قبضا عمارت جي ڪجهه حصن کي محدود حرڪت جي اجازت ڏيندا آهن، جنهن سان ڍانچي تي غيرضروري دٻاءُ گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

ان جو هڪ مشهور مثال آمريڪي رياست [[ڪيليفورنيا]] جي [[برزبين, ڪيليفورنيا|برزبين]] شهر ۾ واقع [[ڊيڪن بلڊنگ]] آهي. هن عمارت جي داخلي رئمپ (ramp) کي هڪ وڏي قبضي تي نصب ڪيو ويو هو ته جيئن [[کنبا| کُنبن]] (Piles) تي ٺهيل ۽ نرم خليجي مٽي (Bay mud) تي بيٺل عمارت جي ويهڻ دوران رئمپ محفوظ طريقي سان پنهنجي حالت بدلائي سگهي. هي انتظام ڪيترن ئي سالن تائين اثرائتو رهيو، پر آڪٽوبر 2006ع ۾ رئمپ کي نقصان پهچڻ ۽ ان جي ڍلان حد کان وڌيڪ وڌي وڃڻ سبب ان کي تبديل ڪيو ويو.

== وڏيون اڏاوتون ==

قبضا  وڏين اڏاوتن، جهڙوڪ اوچين شاهراهن، ريلوي واءِڊڪٽن (viaducts)، پلن ۽ ٻين انجنيئرنگ ڍانچن ۾ پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جو مقصد اڏاوت جي مختلف حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ واري دٻاءَ'' (بينڊنگ اسٽريسز) جي منتقلي کي گهٽائڻ يا مڪمل طور روڪڻ هوندو آهي، جنهن سان خاص طور زلزلي دوران ڍانچي جي نقصان جو خطرو گهٽجي ويندو آهي.

سادن سلائيڊنگ ڳانڍاپن جي ڀيٽ ۾ قبضي کي ترجيح ڏيڻ جو اهم سبب اهو آهي ته اهو هڪ طرف محدود گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، جڏهن ته ٻئي طرف ڀرپاسي وارن اڏاوتي حصن کي هڪ ٻئي کان ڌار ٿيڻ کان بچائي ٿو. اهڙيءَ طرح ڍانچي جي استحڪام برقرار رهي ٿي ۽ زلزلي يا حرارتي تبديليءَ سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ حرڪتن کي محفوظ نموني جذب ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

جيڪڏهن ڪنهن قبضي ذريعي ٻن اڏاوتي حصن جي وچ ۾ ''وڪڙ وارو لمحو'' (بينڊنگ مومينٽ) منتقل نه ٿئي، ته اهڙي قبضي کي تعميراتي انجنيئرنگ ۾ ''صفر لمحي وارو قبضو'' (زيرو مومينٽ ھنج) چيو ويندو آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا تجزياتي ماڊلن ۽ عملي انجنيئرنگ ٻنهي ۾ وڏي اهميت رکن ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي اڏاوت ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻائن جي ورهاست کي بهتر نموني ڪنٽرول ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏين ٿا.

== خلائي جهاز ==

خلائي جهازن (اسپيس ڪرافٽ) ۾ استعمال لاءِ ڪيترن ئي قسمن جا ''خودڪار کُلندڙ ۽ پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضا'' (سيلف-ايڪچوئيٽنگ, سيلف-لاڪنگ ھنجز) تيار ڪيا ويا آهن. اهي قبضا خاص طور انهن اڏاوتن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جيڪي راڪيٽ جي لانچ دوران ويڙهيل يا بند حالت ۾ رکيا ويندا آهن ۽ خلاءَ ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ پاڻمرادو کُلي پنهنجي ڪم ڪندڙ شڪل اختيار ڪندا آهن.

اهڙي قسم جا قبضا [[کُلندڙ خلائي اڏاوتن]] (ڊپلائبل اسٽرڪچرز) ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ [[شمسي پينل]]، مصنوعي سوراخي ريڊار (سنٿيٽڪ اپرچر راڊار) جون اينٽينائون، ڊگها بوم (Booms)، ريڊيئيٽر ۽ ٻيا خلائي جزا شامل آهن. انهن قبضي جي مدد سان هي حصا محدود جاءِ ۾ محفوظ نموني رکي سگهجن ٿا ۽ مدار ۾ پهچڻ کان پوءِ بغير انساني مداخلت جي صحيح نموني کُلي ۽ لاڪ ٿي وڃن ٿا، جنهن سان خلائي جهاز جي اعتبار، ڪارڪردگي ۽ استحڪام ۾ واڌارو اچي ٿو.

== اصطلاحات ==

[[File:Basic hinge.svg|thumb|upright|بنيادي قبضي جا حصا]]

* '''پن''' ({{lang-en|Pin}}) – ڌاتوءَ يا ٻين مضبوط مواد مان ٺهيل راڊ، جيڪا قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن (ليوز) کي ''نڪل'' (Knuckle) جي اندر پاڻ ۾ ڳنڍي رکي ٿي ۽ انهن کي محور جي چوڌاري ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي. هن کي '''پنٽل''' (Pintle) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''نڪل''' – قبضي جو سوراخدار، اڪثر گول شڪل وارو حصو، جيڪو قبضي جو گڏيل محور ٺاهيندو آهي. ٻنهي پٽن جا نڪل هڪ ٻئي سان وڇايل ترتيب ۾ ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن ۽ پن انهن سڀني مان لنگهندي انهن کي گڏ رکي ٿي.

* '''پٽو''' (ليف) – قبضي جا عام طور ٻه چپٽا حصا، جيڪي نڪل جي ٻنهي پاسن کان نڪرن ٿا ۽ پن جي چوڌاري گردش ڪندا آهن. اهي ئي حصا دروازي، دري يا ٻين شين سان لڳايا ويندا آهن.

* '''اينڊ پلي''' (End play) – پن جي محور سان گڏ قبضي جي ٻنهي پٽن جي وچ ۾ ٿيندڙ محوري حرڪت. هي ننڍڙي چرپر پٽن کي بغير اٽڪڻ جي آسانيءَ سان ڦرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندي آهي ۽ عام طور نڪلن جي وچ واري وٿي (نڪل گيپ) سان طئي ٿيندي آهي.

* '''ٿولهه''' (Gauge) – قبضي جي پٽن جي ٿولهه.

* '''قبضي جي ويڪر''' – هڪ پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ کان ٻي پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين ماپيل مفاصلو، جيڪو پن جي محور تي عمودي هوندو آهي.

* '''قبضي جي ڊيگهه''' – قبضي جي پٽن جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي هوندي آهي.

* '''نڪل جي ڊيگهه''' (Knuckle length) – هڪ نڪل جي اها ڊيگهه، جيڪا پن جي محور جي متوازي ماپي ويندي آهي.

* '''پٽي جي ويڪر''' (Leaf width) – پن جي مرڪز کان پٽي جي ٻاهرئين ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''پچ''' (Pitch) – هڪ نڪل جي پڇاڙيءَ کان ساڳئي پٽي تي موجود ڀر واري نڪل جي ساڳئي ڪنڊ تائين مفاصلو.

* '''ڊور اسٽاپ''' (Doorstop) – هڪ عام اصطلاح، جيڪو قبضي جي پٽن ۾ پن جي ڀيٽ ۾ پيدا ٿيندڙ غيرضروري يا ڍِلي ڪنڊائتي چرپر لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. اهڙي چرپر قبضي جي گهسجي وڃڻ يا ڍِلي ٿيڻ سبب پيدا ٿي سگهي ٿي.

== قسم ==

=== بيرل قبضو ===
'''بيرل قبضو''' (Barrel hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪيترن ڳنڍيل سوراخدار حصن (Knuckles) تي مشتمل هوندو آهي ۽ انهن مان گذرندڙ هڪ محور يا پن (Pin) ذريعي گڏ رکيو ويندو آهي. ''بيرل'' اصل ۾ هڪ خالي سلينڊر هوندو آهي، جنهن جي چوڌاري قبضو گردش ڪندو آهي. جديد دور ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ اڪثر قبضا بيرل قبضي جي بنيادي اصول تي ڪم ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Childers |first=Kathleen |date=25 August 2023 |title=Everything to Know About Barrel Hinges |url=https://www.familyhandyman.com/article/everything-to-know-about-barrel-hinges/ |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Family Handyman}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== بٽ قبضو / مارٽس قبضو ===
'''بٽ قبضو''' (Butt hinge) يا '''مارٽس قبضو''' (Mortise hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي ۽ دروازي جي چوڪاٽي ۾ ڪٽيل کوکلي جاءِ يا  پاتام (Mortise) اندر لڳايو ويندو آهي، جنهن سبب دروازو بند ٿيڻ تي قبضو تقريباً لڪل نظر ايندو آهي. ڪجهه قبضا '''اڌ مارٽس''' قسم جا به هوندا آهن، جن ۾ صرف هڪ پٽو (Leaf) کوکلي جاءِ ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مٿاڇري تي رهندو آهي. گهڻا مارٽس قبضا پنهنجي گردش واري بناوت سبب بيرل قبضي جي درجي ۾ پڻ اچن ٿا.
انجيس يا قبضو لڳائڻ وقت اسڪرو يا پيچن کي ھٿوڙيءَ سان ٺوڪي نہ لڳائجي ڇاڪاڻ تہ ائين ڪرڻ سان ڪجھ وقت کان پوءِ اھي ڍرا ٿي نڪري ايندا آھن. انھيءَ ڪري انھن کي اسڪرو ڊرائيور يعني پيچ ڪش سان لڳائڻ گھرجي.

=== بٽر فلائي يا پارليامينٽ قبضو ===
'''بٽر فلائي قبضو''' (Butterfly hinge) يا برطانيا ۾ '''پارليامينٽ قبضو''' (Parliament hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا تختي کي مڪمل طور لڳ ڀڳ '''180°''' تائين کولڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت سان لڳي سڌو ٿي بيهي سگهي ٿو. بٽر فلائي قبضا پنهنجي سينگاريل شڪل سبب فرنيچر ۽ آرائشي دروازن ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Parliament Hinges Old English Collection |url=https://www.suffolklatchcompany.com/products/parliament-hinges |access-date=2026-02-06 |website=Suffolk Latch Company |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== ڪيس قبضو ===
'''ڪيس قبضو''' (Case hinge) بناوت ۾ بٽ قبضي سان ملندڙ جلندڙ هوندو آهي، پر عام طور وڌيڪ سينگاريل هوندو آهي. اهو سوٽڪيسن، بريف ڪيسن، ڪاٺ جي دٻن، زيورن جي دٻين ۽ ٻين اهڙين شين ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جتي مضبوط ڳانڍاپي سان گڏ ظاهري خوبصورتي پڻ اهم هجي.

=== لڪل قبضو ===
'''لڪل قبضو''' (Concealed hinge) خاص طور فرنيچر جي دروازن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. هي قبضو دروازو بند ٿيڻ کان پوءِ ٻاهران نظر نٿو اچي. ان جا ٻه بنيادي حصا هوندا آهن: (1) '''ڪپ''' (Cup) ۽ '''بازو''' (آرم)، ۽ (2) '''مائونٽنگ پليٽ'''. انهن کي '''ڪپ قبضو''' (ڪپ ھنج) يا '''يورو قبضو''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي يورپ ۾ تيار ٿيا ۽ ميٽرڪ ماپن تي ٻڌل معيار استعمال ڪندا آهن. گهڻا لڪل قبضا پيچن جي ذريعي لڳائڻ کان پوءِ به آسانيءَ سان ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) ڏئي سگهجن ٿا، جنهن سان دروازي جي اوچائي، پاسيري پوزيشن ۽ کوٽائي درست ڪري سگهجي ٿي.

=== لڳاتار يا پيانو قبضو ===
'''لڳاتار قبضو''' (Continuous hinge) يا '''پيانو قبضو''' (Piano hinge) بيرل قبضي جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو دروازي، دٻي، ڍڪ يا پينل جي پوري ڊيگهه تائين پکڙيل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا سوراخن سان يا بغير سوراخن جي تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن ۽ ڊگهي سهاري سبب وزن کي هڪجهڙو ورهائيندا آهن.

=== فليگ قبضو ===
'''فليگ قبضو''' (Flag hinge) ٻن حصن تي ٻڌل سادو قبضو هوندو آهي. هڪ حصي ۾ لڳل پن ٻئي حصي جي سوراخ ۾ داخل ٿيندو آهي، جنهن سان دروازو يا ٻيو حصو آسانيءَ سان الڳ به ڪري سگهجي ٿو. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا هٽائي سگهجندڙ دروازن ۽ مشينن ۾ عام استعمال ٿيندا آهن ۽ ساڄي ۽ کاٻي ٻنهي قسمن ۾ موجود هوندا .&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=26 August 2024 |title=The Beginner's Guide to Flag Hinges |url=https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20250216130803/https://monroeengineering.com/blog/the-beginners-guide-to-flag-hinges/ |archive-date=16 February 2025 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Monroe Engineering}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ايڇ قبضو ===
'''ايڇ قبضو''' (H hinge) انگريزي اکر '''H''' جي شڪل جهڙو بيرل قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو سطح سان برابر لڳندڙ (فلش-مائونٽيڊ) دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. ننڍا H قبضا عام طور المارين ۽ ڪٻٽن لاءِ، جڏهن ته وڏا H قبضا ڪمرا يا المارين جا دروازا لڳائڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== ايڇ ايل قبضو ===
'''ايڇ ايل قبضو''' (HL hinge) روايتي قبضو آهي، جيڪو سترهين، ارڙهين ۽ اوڻيهين صديءَ دوران رهائشي ڪمرن، گذرگاهن ۽ المارين جي دروازن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو هو. اوچن دروازن ۾ ڪڏهن ٻن H قبضي جي وچ ۾ اضافي HL قبضو پڻ لڳايو ويندو هو.

=== هڪ طرفو قبضو ===
'''هڪ طرفو قبضو''' (ون-وي ھنج) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي يا ٻئي حصي کي رڳو هڪ ئي رخ ۾ کُلڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. اهو ٻن طرفن کان کُلندڙ (ڊبل-ايڪشن) قبضي جي ابتڙ هوندو آهي.

=== محوري قبضو ===
'''محوري قبضو''' (Pivot hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو دروازي جي هيٺئين حصي ۽ مٿئين فريم ۾ لڳل محور تي گردش ڪندو آهي. هن کي '''ڊبل ايڪشن فلور قبضو''' (ڊبل-ايڪٽنگ فلور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي. قديم خشڪ پٿر وارين عمارتن ۽ ڪجهه پراڻين ڪاٺيءَ جي عمارتن ۾ اهڙي قسم جا قبضا استعمال ٿيندا هئا. هلڪن وزن وارن دروازن لاءِ اهي نسبتاً گهٽ خرچ وارو ۽ ڪارائتو حل سمجهيا وڃن ٿا.

=== پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو ===
'''پاڻمرادو بند ٿيندڙ قبضو''' (سيلف-ڪلوزنگ ھنج) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو بند ڪرڻ لاءِ اندروني ميخانياتي نظام لڳل هوندو آهي. هن ۾ اڪثر بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار (اسپيڊ ڪنٽرول) کي ضابطو ڪرڻ جو نظام پڻ شامل هوندو آهي. هي قبضا عام طور اسپرنگ  جي مدد سان دروازي کي بند ڪرڻ لاءِ قوت پيدا ڪندا آهن، جڏهن ته ميخانياتي يا هائيڊرولڪ ڊيمپر (Damper) دروازي جي بند ٿيڻ جي رفتار کي ڪنٽرول ڪندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح هي قبضو هڪ ئي وقت قبضي ۽ [[دروازو بند ڪندڙ اوزار]] (ڊور ڪلوزر) ٻنهي جو ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |date=26 August 2019 |title=Self-Closing Hinges |url=http://www.watersonusa.com/solutions/spring-loaded-door-hinge |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200921094428/http://www.watersonusa.com/solutions/spring-loaded-door-hinge |archive-date=21 September 2020 |access-date=3 September 2020 |website=Watersonusa}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== اسپرنگ قبضو ===
'''اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Spring hinge) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جنهن جي اندر اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي. هي اسپرنگ قبضي جي پٽن کي کولڻ يا بند ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو کليل يا بند حالت ۾ رکڻ لاءِ گهربل قوت فراهم ڪندو آهي. اسپرنگ قبضا عام طور باهه کان بچاءَ وارن دروازن، رهائشي عمارتن ۽ تجارتي جڳهن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو ===
'''مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو''' (Swing clear hing})، جنهن کي '''آف سيٽ دروازي جو قبضو''' (آف سيٽ ڊور ھنج) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙو قبضو آهي جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل طور پنهنجي کُلڻ واري جاءِ کان ٻاهر ڦرڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي. نتيجي ۾ دروازي جي کليل حالت ۾ گذرگاهه جي ويڪر وڌي ويندي آهي. اهڙي قسم جا قبضا خاص طور انهن عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، جتي معذور ماڻهن جي رسائي بابت تعميراتي معيارن تي عمل ڪرڻ ضروري هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Greene |first=Lori |date=27 May 2021 |title=QQ: Hinge Types – Swing-Clear |url=https://idighardware.com/2021/05/qq-hinge-types-swing-clear/ |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241220120419/https://idighardware.com/2021/05/qq-hinge-types-swing-clear/ |archive-date=20 December 2024 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=iDigHardware}}&lt;/ref&gt;اهي قبضا اڪثر فيئر هائوسنگ ايڪٽ (FHA) جي رسائي وارن ضابطن جي تعميل لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ 34 انچ ويڪري دروازي سان به گهٽ ۾ گهٽ 32 انچ صاف گذرگاهه مهيا ڪندا آهن، جيڪو معذور ماڻهن جي آسان آمدرفت لاءِ مقرر ڪيل معيار آهي..&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last= |first= |date= |title=The Fair Housing Act's Requirement 3: Usable Doors |url=https://www.hud.gov/sites/dfiles/FHEO/documents/The-Fair-Housing-Act-Requirement-3-Usable-Doors-Participant-Workbook.pdf |url-status=live |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241211175526/https://www.hud.gov/sites/dfiles/FHEO/documents/The-Fair-Housing-Act-Requirement-3-Usable-Doors-Participant-Workbook.pdf |archive-date=11 December 2024 |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=United States Department of Housing and Urban Development}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== بٽلر ٽري قبضو ===
'''بٽلر ٽري قبضو''' (Butler tray hinge) خاص قسم جو قبضو آهي، جيڪو لڳ ڀڳ 90 درجا موڙي پوءِ سڌو سنئون لاڪ ٿي ويندو آهي. اهو عام طور اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جي مٿئين حصي تي پيش ڪرڻ لاءِ الڳ ٽري لڳل هوندي آهي.

=== ڪارڊ ميز قبضو ===
'''ڪارڊ ميز قبضو''' (ڪارڊ ٽيبل ھنج) اهڙو مارٽس قبضو آهي، جيڪو روايتي يا جديد نموني جي ڪارڊ ميزن جي ڪنارن ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي. هي ميز جي مٿئين حصي کي پاڻ تي ٻيڻو ٿي ويڙهڻ جي اجازت ڏيندو آهي، جنهن سان ميز کي آسانيءَ سان بند يا محفوظ ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ ===
'''ڪارپنٽيئر جوڙ''' (ڪارپنٽيئر جوائنٽ) اهڙو قبضو آهي، جيڪو وڪريل ڪراس سيڪشن (ڪروڊ ڪراس-سيڪشن) وارين ڪيترين سنهين ڌاتي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندو آهي. هي خاص جوڙجڪ لچڪدار حرڪت ۽ مضبوط ڳانڍاپو فراهم ڪندي آهي.

=== ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو ===
'''ڊراپ-ليف ميز قبضو''' (ڊراپ-ليف ٽيبل ھنج) ميز جي مٿاڇري جي هيٺان لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ اهڙين ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جن جا پاسا ضرورت مطابق هيٺ ڪري يا مٿي کڻي سگهجن ٿا. هي قبضا گهڻو ڪري ''رول جوائنٽ'' واري ميزن ۾ استعمال ٿيندا آهن.

=== قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ ===
'''قبضي وارو واڌاري جو جوڙ''' (ھنجڊ ايڪسپينشن جوائنٽ) اهڙو توسيعي ڳانڍاپو آهي، جنهن ۾ قبضا لڳل هوندا آهن ته جيئن اڏاوت يا مشين جو حصو صرف هڪ ئي سطح  ۾ وڪڙي سگهي. هي جوڙ حرارتي واڌ ويجهه يا حرڪت سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ دٻاءُ کي گهٽائڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== لِونگ قبضو ===
'''لِونگ قبضو''' (Living hinge) اهڙو قبضو هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڌاتوءَ جي پن (Pin) يا نڪل (Knuckle) کان سواءِ رڳو هڪ لچڪدار مواد، اڪثر ڪري پلاسٽڪ، مان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي. هي ٻن حصن جي وچ ۾ هڪ ئي ٽڪري طور ٺهندو آهي ۽ ان ۾ الڳ حرڪت ڪندڙ حصا نه هوندا آهن. اهڙي جوڙجڪ سبب ان جي تياري سادي، هلڪي ۽ گهٽ خرچ واري هوندي آهي، پر بار بار وڪڙجڻ سبب وقت سان گڏ ٿڪاوٽ يا ٽٽڻ جو امڪان ٻين قبضي جي قسمن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ هوندو آهي. لِونگ قبضا پلاسٽڪ جي دٻين، بوتلن جي ڍڪڻن، دوائن جي پيڪنگ ۽ ٻين مولڊ ڪيل شين ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا آهن&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |date=21 March 2024 |title=What is a living hinge and its applications? |url=https://www.essentracomponents.com/en-gb/news/solutions/access-hardware/living-hinges-101-what-you-need-to-know |access-date=20 December 2024 |website=Essentra Components |archive-date=20 December 2024 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20241220120420/https://www.essentracomponents.com/en-gb/news/solutions/access-hardware/living-hinges-101-what-you-need-to-know |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;.

=== ٻيا قسم ===
قبضي جا ٻيا ڪيترائي قسم پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن ۾ هيٺيان شامل آهن:

* '''ڪوچ قبضو''' (Coach hinge) – گاڏين، وڏن دروازن ۽ ڳري ڪاٺيءَ جي اڏاوتن لاءِ مضبوط قبضو.
* '''ڪائونٽر فليپ قبضو'''  – ڪائونٽرن يا ميزن جي کُلندڙ پٽن (Flaps) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ قبضو. ھن قسم جون ٻہ طرفيون انجيسون اھڙن ھنڌن تي استعمال ڪبيون آھن، جتي اھڙا تہ سنھا تاڪ لڳائبا آھن جو سادين انجيسن جو لڳائڻ ممڪن نہ ھوندو آھي

* '''ڪرينڪ يا طوفان-مزاحمتي قبضو''' (Cranked or storm-proof hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن جي شڪل وڪريل هوندي آهي ۽ جيڪو دروازي يا دري کي موسم جي اثرن کان بهتر تحفظ فراهم ڪندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو غير اسپرنگ قبضو''' (Double-action non-spring hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو ٻنهي رخن ۾ گردش جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو، پر ان ۾ اسپرنگ شامل نه هوندو آهي.
* '''ٻه طرفو اسپرنگ قبضو''' – ٻنهي رخن ۾ کُلندڙ قبضو، جنهن ۾ اسپرنگ لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي پاڻمرادو وچ يا بند حالت ڏانهن موٽائيندو آهي.
* '''فلش قبضو''' (Flush hinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو بغير مارٽس (Mortise) ٺاهڻ جي سڌو مٿاڇري تي لڳايو ويندو آهي.
* '''رگڙ وارو قبضو''' (فرڪشن ھنج) – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو رگڙ جي قوت سان دروازي يا دري کي گهربل حالت ۾ بيهارڻ ۾ مدد ڪندو آهي.
* '''لفٽ-آف قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ دروازي کي قبضي مان سڌو مٿي کڻي آسانيءَ سان الڳ ڪري سگهجي ٿو، بغير قبضي کي کولڻ جي.
* '''پنج قبضو''' (Pinge) – اهڙو قبضو، جنهن ۾ جلدي ڪڍي سگهجندڙ پن (ڪئڪ-رليز پن) لڳل هوندو آهي.
* '''اڀرندڙ بٽ قبضو''' (Rising butt hinge) يا '''ڪيم لفٽ قبضو''' (Cam lift hinge) – هن قبضي جو نڪل سرپل شڪل وارو هوندو آهي، جيڪو دروازو کُلڻ وقت ان کي ٿورو مٿي کڻي ويندو آهي. اهڙيءَ طرح دروازو قالين يا اڻبرابر فرش سان نه ٽڪرائيندو آهي، ۽ بند ٿيڻ وقت پنهنجي وزن جي ڪري پاڻ هيٺ اچي بند ٿي ويندو آهي&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite
 web |last=Metcalf |first=Zoe |date=2025-09-30 |title=Upgrade Your Doors: The Hidden Benefits of Rising Butt Hinges |url=https://www.cookebrothers.co.uk/latest-news/2025/09/30/benefits-of-rising-butt-hinges/ |access-date=2026-04-17 |website=Cooke Brothers |language=en-GB}}&lt;/ref&gt;.
* '''سيڪيورٽي قبضو'''  – اهڙو قبضو، جيڪو دروازي کي زبردستي ڪڍڻ يا ٽوڙڻ کان بچائڻ لاءِ خاص حفاظتي بناوت سان تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي.
* '''ٽي قبضو''' يا '''پڇڙ انجيس''' (Tee hinge) – انگريزي اکر '''T''' جي شڪل وارو قبضو، جيڪو عام طور ڪاٺيءَ جي دروازن، باڙن، گودامن ۽ باغيچي جي دروازن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جتي ڊگهو افقي حصو وزن کي بهتر نموني ورهائيندو آهي.
ھي ھڪ قسم جون گھاڙو لوھ (Wrought iron)  جون فتيلون آھن، ھنن جي ڊگھي ٻانھن وارو حصو تہ جيئن جي افقيءَ پٽيءَ ۾ اسڪرن سان لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ٻيو ڌاتيءَ جي پٽيءَ وارو حصو چوڪاٺي ۾ جڙيو ويندو آھي. ھن قسم جون انجيسون معمولي قسم جي دروازن لاءِ ٺيڪ آھن ۽ کين ڳرن ۽ سٺي قسم جي دروازن ۾ استعمال نہ ڪرڻ گھرجي

==تصويري نمائش==
&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot;&gt;
File:HingesOldA.jpg|[[بگناسڪو]] ڀرسان خشڪ پٿر جي ڀت ۾ استعمال ٿيل قبضي جي پراڻي جوڙجڪ.
File:HingesOldB.jpg|خشڪ پٿر جي قديم عمارتن مان مليل قديم محوري قبضا (Pivot hinges).
File:Hingebifold.JPG|فلش دروازي جو قبضو (Flush hinge).
File:Hinge2P2.jpg|لوهي (Wrought iron) مان ٺهيل بيرل قبضو.
File:Hinge2P3.jpg|ڪانسي (برونز) جي پٽي مان ٺهيل بيرل قبضو.
File:Hinge3P.jpg|ٽن نڪلن (Knuckles) وارو بٽ قبضو، جنهن ۾ محور ٻنهي ڇيڙن کان مضبوط نموني سنڀاليل هوندو آهي.
File:Topfscharnier.jpg|فرنيچر جي دروازي ۾ لڳل لڪل اسپرنگ وارو قبضو، جيڪو دروازي کي مڪمل بند يا مڪمل کليل حالت ۾ رکندو آهي. هي مڪمل طور دروازي جي پويان لڪي ويندو آهي ۽ نفيس ترتيب (ايڊجسٽمنٽ) جي سهولت پڻ رکي ٿو، جنهن سان دروازو ڀت جي ويجهو هوندي به آسانيءَ سان کلي سگهي ٿو.
File:Hinge 01.jpg|عمارت جي ٻاهرئين ڀت تي زنگ لڳل قبضا.
File:Haar hung doors (99309543).jpg|اهڙو دروازو، جيڪو پنهنجي اسٽائيل (Stile) تي لڳل محوري قبضي تي گردش ڪري ٿو؛ هن قسم کي ''هار-هنگ دروازو'' (Haar-hung door) چيو ويندو آهي.
File:Mint box polypropylene lid.JPG|[[ٽڪ ٽاڪ]] جي دٻي جي ڍڪ تي لِونگ قبضو (Living hinge).
File:Hinged Handcuffs 1.jpg|قبضي وارا [[هٿڪڙيون]] (ھنجڊ ھينڊڪفس).
File:Hinge 03.jpg|پيانو قبضو (Piano hinge).
File:Continuoushinge.jpg|لڳاتار قبضو (ڪنٽينيوئس ھنج).
File:Waterson_K51SW.jpg|مڪمل کُلندڙ قبضو (سونگ ڪليئر ھنج).
File:Sydney Harbour Bridge hinge.jpg|[[سڊني ھاربر برج]] تي لڳل قبضو، جيڪو پل جي تعمير دوران استعمال ڪيو ويو ۽ هاڻي گرمي ۽ سردي سبب ٿيندڙ ڦهلاءَ ۽ سُڪڙجڻ (ٿرمل ايڪسپينشن ۽ ڪانٽريڪشن) کي برداشت ڪرڻ ۾ مدد ڪري ٿو.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== پڻ ڏسو ==

* [[لڪل قبضي جي سانچي]]
* [[فلوٽنگ قبضو]]
* [[گيئر وارو لڳاتار قبضو]]
* [[قبضو موڙيندڙ اوزار]]
* [[قبضي وارو جوڙ]]
* [[سادو بيئرنگ]]

== حوالا ==
{{Reflist}}

== خارجي ڳنڍڻا ==
{{Sister project links|commonscat=yes|n=no|q=no|s=no}}

* [http://www.hingecraft.com/Terminology.html قبضي جي اصطلاحن جي وضاحت] — Hingecraft؛ قبضي جي مختلف حصن ۽ اصطلاحن جون تصويري وضاحتون.

{{Authority control}}

[[زمرو:گهريلو هارڊويئر]]
[[زمرو:دروازن جو هارڊويئر]]
[[زمرو:ميخانياتي ڳانڍاپا]]
[[زمرو:قبضا]]</text>
      <sha1>0y9bjxsvfzvv1fdjqvzws4szhfk2enn</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>ٽاور بولٽ</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>39350</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400893</id>
      <parentid>133831</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T14:10:35Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>400893</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="5663" sha1="d1611uz7wqw1lmppl5c9iq947hcljgq" xml:space="preserve">'''ٽاور بولٽ''' -يا- '''بيرل بولٽ''' : جاءِ جي درين ۽ دروازن کي اندران بند ڪرڻ لاءِ ھن قسم جا بلٽ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. ھي لوھ، پتل يا بنگار (Bronze)  قسم جي ڌاتن جا ھوندا آھن ۽ انھن کي تاڪن جي اندرئين طرف مٿئين ۽ ھيٺئين حصن تي يا ڪڏھن ھڪ تاڪ جي دروازي لاءِ وچ ۾ پڻ لڳايو ويندو آھي..&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt; اھو ھڪ خاص قسم جو ننڍڙو ڪڙو ھوندو آھي جنھن سان عارضي طور تي دروازي کي بند ڪري ڪنھن جي بغير اجازت جي داخلا کي روڪبو آھي . دري جي تاڪ ۾ لڳائي پردو يا پرائيويسي ، ھوا يا روشنيءَ کي ڪنٽرول ڪبو آهي.لڳائڻ وقت ان ڪڙي جي بيھڪ اڪثر ڪري ٽاور وانگر اڀي ھوندي آھي ان ڪري ان ڪڙي جو نالو ٽاور بولٽ يا ثور بلٽ پئجي ويو.

== تعارف ==
'''بيرل بولٽ''' (Barrel bolt)، جنهن کي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ '''ٽاور بولٽ''' (Tower bolt) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، دروازن، درين، باڙن ۽ ٻين کُلندڙ حصن کي هڪ پاسي کان بند ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ هڪ سادو پر مضبوط ميخانياتي بندش وارو اوزار آهي. هي عام طور اندرئين پاسي لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي عارضي يا اضافي طور محفوظ رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. رهائشي گهرن، تجارتي عمارتن، گودامن ۽ صنعتي اڏاوتن ۾ ان جو استعمال عام آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Rutherford&quot;&gt;{{cite web |url=https://rutherfordslocksmiths.co.uk/what-is-a-barrel-bolt-a-comprehensive-guide/ |title=What is a Barrel Bolt? A Comprehensive Guide |website=Rutherfords Locksmiths |access-date=4 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== بناوت ==
بيرل بولٽ عام طور ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي. پهريون حصو هڪ ڌاتي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ راڊ يا بولٽ هوندو آهي، جيڪو هڪ نلڪي نما خول (Barrel) جي اندر اڳتي ۽ پوئتي هلي سگهي ٿو. ٻيو حصو هڪ ڪيچ پليٽ (Catch plate) يا اسٽاپ هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ بولٽ داخل ٿي دروازي کي بند ڪندو آهي. بيرل ۽ بولٽ دروازي يا تاڪ تي لڳايا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته ڪيچ پليٽ دروازي جي فريم تي لڳندي آهي. بولٽ کي ڪيچ پليٽ ۾ ڌڪڻ سان دروازو کُلڻ کان روڪجي ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Rutherford&quot;/&gt;

== خاصيتون ==
بيرل بولٽ پنهنجي مضبوط جوڙجڪ، آسان لڳائڻ ۽ ڊگهي عمر جي ڪري مشهور آهي. اهو مختلف ماپن، ڌاتن ۽ بناوتن ۾ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سبب رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي ضرورتن مطابق مناسب قسم چونڊجي سگهي ٿو. هي بندش وارو اوزار گهٽ جاءِ والاريندو آهي ۽ اضافي حفاظت مهيا ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪڏهن ڪڏهن تالي (Padlock) سان گڏ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Rutherford&quot;/&gt;

== قسم ==
بيرل بولٽ جا ڪيترائي قسم استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن مان اهم هيٺيان آهن:

* '''ڳرو بيرل بولٽ''' (Heavy-duty barrel bolt) – وڏن دروازن، گيراجن، گيٽن ۽ صنعتي اڏاوتن لاءِ.
* '''روايتي بيرل بولٽ''' (Traditional barrel bolt) – رهائشي دروازن ۽ دريَن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ قسم.
* '''سڌو بيرل بولٽ''' (Straight barrel bolt) – ڊگهي بولٽ سبب اڻبرابر فريم وارن دروازن لاءِ مناسب.
* '''سلائيڊنگ بيرل بولٽ''' (Sliding barrel bolt) – اهڙو قسم جنهن سان اضافي حفاظت لاءِ تالو پڻ لڳائي سگهجي ٿو.
* '''لڪل بولٽ''' (Concealed door bolt) – دروازي جي اندر نصب ٿيندو آهي ۽ ٻاهران نظر نٿو اچي.
* '''گردن وارو بولٽ''' (Necked door bolt) – وڪريل ڳچيءَ واري بناوت سبب وڌيڪ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي.
* '''فلش بولٽ''' (Flush door bolt) – ٻٽي دروازن، پيٽيو دروازن ۽ فرينچ ونڊوز ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جتي هڪ دروازو بند رهندو آهي ۽ ٻيو ان کان پوءِ کُلندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Rutherford&quot;/&gt;

== استعمال ==
بيرل بولٽ جو استعمال دروازن، درين، گيٽن، باڙن، گودامن، گيراجن، اسٽورن ۽ ٻين کُلندڙ حصن ۾ ڪيو ويندو آهي. ننڍا بيرل بولٽ رهائشي عمارتن ۾ غسل خانن، بيڊ رومز يا ٻين خانگي ڪمرن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جڏهن ته وڏا ۽ مضبوط قسم صنعتي دروازن، گودامن ۽ ٻاهرين گيٽن کي محفوظ ڪرڻ لاءِ لڳايا ويندا آهن. مناسب قسم جي چونڊ دوران بولٽ جي ماپ، تياريءَ جو مواد، مضبوطي ۽ لڳائڻ واري جاءِ کي نظر ۾ رکيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Rutherford&quot;/&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>d1611uz7wqw1lmppl5c9iq947hcljgq</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400894</id>
      <parentid>400893</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T14:12:50Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>Intisar Ali صفحي [[ٽاور بلٽ]] کي [[ٽاور بولٽ]] ڏانھن چوريو: غلط ھجي سان عنوان</comment>
      <origin>400893</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="5663" sha1="d1611uz7wqw1lmppl5c9iq947hcljgq" xml:space="preserve">'''ٽاور بولٽ''' -يا- '''بيرل بولٽ''' : جاءِ جي درين ۽ دروازن کي اندران بند ڪرڻ لاءِ ھن قسم جا بلٽ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آھن. ھي لوھ، پتل يا بنگار (Bronze)  قسم جي ڌاتن جا ھوندا آھن ۽ انھن کي تاڪن جي اندرئين طرف مٿئين ۽ ھيٺئين حصن تي يا ڪڏھن ھڪ تاڪ جي دروازي لاءِ وچ ۾ پڻ لڳايو ويندو آھي..&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt; اھو ھڪ خاص قسم جو ننڍڙو ڪڙو ھوندو آھي جنھن سان عارضي طور تي دروازي کي بند ڪري ڪنھن جي بغير اجازت جي داخلا کي روڪبو آھي . دري جي تاڪ ۾ لڳائي پردو يا پرائيويسي ، ھوا يا روشنيءَ کي ڪنٽرول ڪبو آهي.لڳائڻ وقت ان ڪڙي جي بيھڪ اڪثر ڪري ٽاور وانگر اڀي ھوندي آھي ان ڪري ان ڪڙي جو نالو ٽاور بولٽ يا ثور بلٽ پئجي ويو.

== تعارف ==
'''بيرل بولٽ''' (Barrel bolt)، جنهن کي ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ '''ٽاور بولٽ''' (Tower bolt) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، دروازن، درين، باڙن ۽ ٻين کُلندڙ حصن کي هڪ پاسي کان بند ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ هڪ سادو پر مضبوط ميخانياتي بندش وارو اوزار آهي. هي عام طور اندرئين پاسي لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ دروازي کي عارضي يا اضافي طور محفوظ رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. رهائشي گهرن، تجارتي عمارتن، گودامن ۽ صنعتي اڏاوتن ۾ ان جو استعمال عام آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Rutherford&quot;&gt;{{cite web |url=https://rutherfordslocksmiths.co.uk/what-is-a-barrel-bolt-a-comprehensive-guide/ |title=What is a Barrel Bolt? A Comprehensive Guide |website=Rutherfords Locksmiths |access-date=4 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== بناوت ==
بيرل بولٽ عام طور ٻن بنيادي حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي. پهريون حصو هڪ ڌاتي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ راڊ يا بولٽ هوندو آهي، جيڪو هڪ نلڪي نما خول (Barrel) جي اندر اڳتي ۽ پوئتي هلي سگهي ٿو. ٻيو حصو هڪ ڪيچ پليٽ (Catch plate) يا اسٽاپ هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ بولٽ داخل ٿي دروازي کي بند ڪندو آهي. بيرل ۽ بولٽ دروازي يا تاڪ تي لڳايا ويندا آهن، جڏهن ته ڪيچ پليٽ دروازي جي فريم تي لڳندي آهي. بولٽ کي ڪيچ پليٽ ۾ ڌڪڻ سان دروازو کُلڻ کان روڪجي ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Rutherford&quot;/&gt;

== خاصيتون ==
بيرل بولٽ پنهنجي مضبوط جوڙجڪ، آسان لڳائڻ ۽ ڊگهي عمر جي ڪري مشهور آهي. اهو مختلف ماپن، ڌاتن ۽ بناوتن ۾ تيار ڪيو ويندو آهي، جنهن سبب رهائشي، تجارتي ۽ صنعتي ضرورتن مطابق مناسب قسم چونڊجي سگهي ٿو. هي بندش وارو اوزار گهٽ جاءِ والاريندو آهي ۽ اضافي حفاظت مهيا ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪڏهن ڪڏهن تالي (Padlock) سان گڏ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Rutherford&quot;/&gt;

== قسم ==
بيرل بولٽ جا ڪيترائي قسم استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جن مان اهم هيٺيان آهن:

* '''ڳرو بيرل بولٽ''' (Heavy-duty barrel bolt) – وڏن دروازن، گيراجن، گيٽن ۽ صنعتي اڏاوتن لاءِ.
* '''روايتي بيرل بولٽ''' (Traditional barrel bolt) – رهائشي دروازن ۽ دريَن ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ استعمال ٿيندڙ قسم.
* '''سڌو بيرل بولٽ''' (Straight barrel bolt) – ڊگهي بولٽ سبب اڻبرابر فريم وارن دروازن لاءِ مناسب.
* '''سلائيڊنگ بيرل بولٽ''' (Sliding barrel bolt) – اهڙو قسم جنهن سان اضافي حفاظت لاءِ تالو پڻ لڳائي سگهجي ٿو.
* '''لڪل بولٽ''' (Concealed door bolt) – دروازي جي اندر نصب ٿيندو آهي ۽ ٻاهران نظر نٿو اچي.
* '''گردن وارو بولٽ''' (Necked door bolt) – وڪريل ڳچيءَ واري بناوت سبب وڌيڪ مضبوطي فراهم ڪندو آهي.
* '''فلش بولٽ''' (Flush door bolt) – ٻٽي دروازن، پيٽيو دروازن ۽ فرينچ ونڊوز ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جتي هڪ دروازو بند رهندو آهي ۽ ٻيو ان کان پوءِ کُلندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Rutherford&quot;/&gt;

== استعمال ==
بيرل بولٽ جو استعمال دروازن، درين، گيٽن، باڙن، گودامن، گيراجن، اسٽورن ۽ ٻين کُلندڙ حصن ۾ ڪيو ويندو آهي. ننڍا بيرل بولٽ رهائشي عمارتن ۾ غسل خانن، بيڊ رومز يا ٻين خانگي ڪمرن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، جڏهن ته وڏا ۽ مضبوط قسم صنعتي دروازن، گودامن ۽ ٻاهرين گيٽن کي محفوظ ڪرڻ لاءِ لڳايا ويندا آهن. مناسب قسم جي چونڊ دوران بولٽ جي ماپ، تياريءَ جو مواد، مضبوطي ۽ لڳائڻ واري جاءِ کي نظر ۾ رکيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Rutherford&quot;/&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>d1611uz7wqw1lmppl5c9iq947hcljgq</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>ڪڙو</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>39352</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400896</id>
      <parentid>105455</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T14:15:10Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* ڪڙي جا قسم */</comment>
      <origin>400896</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="2002" sha1="d2zbjzf8cjf97jyix0ag2n4a8s63xms" xml:space="preserve">'''ڪڙو''' ---يا ---''' بلٽ''',''' بولٽ'''

ھي مختلف قسمن جا ۽ عام طرح سان لوھ ۽ پتل جا ٺھيل ھوندا آھن ۽ دروازن جي ٻاھرئين طرف لڳايا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;

==ڪڙي جا قسم==

ڇپڪو ۽ ڪنڍو: (Hasp and staple) ھن کي عام طرح سان ڇپڪو ۽ ڪنڍو پڻ چوندا آھن ۽ ھيءُ ھلڪي قسم جي دروازن، درين ۽ المارين ۾ لڳايو ويندو آھي. ھيءُ ڪڙا لوھ يا پتل جا ٺھيل ھوندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''هاسپ ۽ اسٽيپل''' ({{lang-en|Hasp and staple}}) هڪ ميخانياتي بندش وارو اوزار آهي، جيڪو ٻن حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: '''هاسپ''' (Hasp)، جيڪو قبضي واري پٽي يا ڍڪ هوندو آهي، ۽ '''اسٽيپل''' (Staple)، جيڪو يو (U) شڪل جو ڌاتي لوپ هوندو آهي. هاسپ کي بند ڪرڻ کان پوءِ ان جي سوراخ مان اسٽيپل گذرندو آهي، جنهن ۾ تالو (Padlock) لڳائي دروازي، گيٽ، دٻي يا ٻين کُلندڙ حصن کي محفوظ ڪيو ويندو آهي.

هاسپ ۽ اسٽيپل عام طور فولاد، اسٽينليس اسٽيل، پتل يا ٻين مضبوط ڌاتن مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جو استعمال رهائشي، زرعي، صنعتي ۽ تجارتي عمارتن ۾ دروازن، گودامن، باڙن، صندوقن ۽ اوزارن جي دٻن کي محفوظ رکڻ لاءِ وڏي پيماني تي ڪيو ويندو آهي. جديد قسمن ۾ لڪل پيچ (Concealed fixings) ۽ ڪٽڻ کان بچاءَ واريون حفاظتي خاصيتون پڻ شامل هونديون آهن.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>d2zbjzf8cjf97jyix0ag2n4a8s63xms</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400897</id>
      <parentid>400896</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T14:17:05Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400897</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="2520" sha1="hnzyoq6xgxghycokdfcc5yex0rwub81" xml:space="preserve">'''ڪڙو''' ---يا ---''' بلٽ''',''' بولٽ'''

ھي مختلف قسمن جا ۽ عام طرح سان لوھ ۽ پتل جا ٺھيل ھوندا آھن ۽ دروازن جي ٻاھرئين طرف لڳايا ويندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;

==ڪڙي جا قسم==

ڇپڪو ۽ ڪنڍو: (Hasp and staple) ھن کي عام طرح سان ڇپڪو ۽ ڪنڍو پڻ چوندا آھن ۽ ھيءُ ھلڪي قسم جي دروازن، درين ۽ المارين ۾ لڳايو ويندو آھي. ھيءُ ڪڙا لوھ يا پتل جا ٺھيل ھوندا آھن..&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

=== ڇپڪو ۽ ڪنڍو ===

'''ڇپڪو ۽ ڪنڍو''' ({{lang-en|Hasp and staple}}) هڪ ميڪانياتي بندش وارو اوزار آهي، جيڪو دروازن، درين، گيٽن، المارين، صندوقن ۽ دٻن کي تالي سان محفوظ ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي. هي ٻن حصن تي مشتمل هوندو آهي: '''ڇپڪو''' (Hasp)، جيڪو قبضي واري پٽي يا ڍڪ هوندو آهي، ۽ '''ڪنڍو''' (Staple)، جيڪو يو (U) شڪل جو ڌاتي لوپ هوندو آهي. ڇپڪي کي بند ڪرڻ کان پوءِ ان جو سوراخ ڪنڍي تي اچي ٿو، جنهن مان تالو (Padlock) لڳائي ٻنهي حصن کي مضبوط نموني بند ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://dictionary.cambridge.org/dictionary/english/hasp |title=Hasp |website=Cambridge Dictionary |access-date=4 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

ڇپڪو ۽ ڪنڍو عام طور فولاد، اسٽينليس اسٽيل، پتل يا ٻين مضبوط ڌاتن مان تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن. انهن جو استعمال رهائشي، زرعي، صنعتي ۽ تجارتي عمارتن ۾ دروازن، گودامن، باڙن، اوزارن جي دٻن ۽ ٻين بندش وارن هنڌن تي وڏي پيماني تي ٿيندو آهي. جديد قسمن ۾ لڪل پيچ، زنگ کان بچاءُ واري ڪوٽنگ ۽ ڪٽڻ يا زور سان کولڻ جي مزاحمت لاءِ حفاظتي خاصيتون پڻ شامل هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://dictionary.cambridge.org/dictionary/english/hasp |title=Hasp |website=Cambridge Dictionary |access-date=4 August 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>hnzyoq6xgxghycokdfcc5yex0rwub81</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>دري</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>39353</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400898</id>
      <parentid>159535</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T14:33:55Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>400898</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="13082" sha1="axazgmz0846i5fvs0w6feuox82adu65" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڀت، دروازي، ڇت يا گاڏي ۾ روشني، هوا ۽ ٻاهرئين ڏيک لاءِ ٺاهيل کُليل حصو}}

{{multiple image
|perrow=3
|total_width=400
|image1=Window of the house with number 17 on strada Mântuleasa, from Bucharest (Romania).jpg
|image2=Atua Kosua shrine4.jpg
|image3=Traditional wooden window (Akhi Jhyal).jpg
|image4=P1300843 Paris X rue de Paradis n18 detail rwk.jpg
|image5=Exterior facade of the Hôtel de Bourvallais 003.JPG
|image6=Chartres RosetteNord 121 DSC08241.jpg
|footer=دريَن جا مختلف نمونا
}}

'''دري''' (Window) ڀت، [[در]]، [[ڇت]] يا [[گاڏي]] ۾ ٺهيل اهڙو کُليل حصو آهي، جيڪو [[روشني]] کي اندر اچڻ، [[هوا]] جي اچ وڃ ۽ ڪيترين حالتن ۾ آواز جي گذر جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. جديد دريون عام طور شيشي  يا ڪنهن ٻئي شفاف يا نيم شفاف مواد سان ڍڪيل هونديون آهن. شيشو عام طور هڪ [[تاڪ]] (Sash) ۾ لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[فريم]] جي اندر نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt; ڪيترن ئي حوالن ۾ تاڪ ۽ فريم ٻنهي کي گڏجي دري پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/window/|title=Window|publisher=The Free Dictionary By Farlex|access-date=19 May 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

گهڻيون شيشي واريون دريون کولي يا بند ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. دري کولڻ سان [[هوا جي مٽاسٽا]] (وينٽيليشن) ممڪن ٿيندي آهي، جڏهن ته بند ڪرڻ سان مينهن، تيز هوا ۽ ٻين خراب موسمي حالتن کان تحفظ حاصل ٿيندو آهي. دريَن ۾ اڪثر [[ڪڙي]] (Latch) يا اهڙو ٻيو ميڪانياتي بندش وارو اوزار لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو دري کي بند ڪري تالو لڳائڻ يا مختلف درجن تائين کليل حالت ۾ قائم رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

دريَن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جن ۾ '''[[آئبرو دري]]'''  (آئبرو ونڊو - eyebrow)، '''[[مقرر دري]]''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو)، [[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]] (ھيڪساگونل ونڊو)، '''[[سنگل هنگ دري]]''' (سنگل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[ڊبل هنگ دري]]''' (ڊبل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[افقي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري]]''' (ھرائيزينٽل سلائيڊنگ سيش ونڊو)، [[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]، '''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window)، '''هاپر دري''' (Hopper window)، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ سلائيڊ دري''' ، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ ٽرن دري'''، '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom)، '''پاسي واري دري''' (سلائيڊ لائيٽ ونڊو)، [[جيلوسي دري]] (Jalousie)، [[لوور دري]] (Louvered)، [[ڪليرسٽوري دري]] (Clerestory)، [[لينسٽ دري]] (Lancet)، [[ڇت جو روشندان]] (اسڪائلائيٽ)، [[ڇت جي دري]] (روف ونڊو)، [[روف لئنٽرن]] (lantern)، [[بي دري]] (Bay)، [[اوريل دري]] (Oriel)، [[ڊائيوڪليشيئن دري]] (Diocletian)، '''تصويري دري''' (Picture)، [[گلابي دري]] (Rose)، '''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري'''، [[رنگين شيشي واري دري]] (Stained glass)، '''فرينچ دري'''، '''پينل دري'''، '''ٻٽي يا ٽرپل شيشي واري دري'''  ۽ [[وچ دري]] (Witch) شامل آهن.


[[فائل:Window Porto Covo August 2013-2.jpg|380px|thumb|[[پورچوگال ۾ پورٽو ڪووو ۾ھڪ روايتي دري]]]]


'''''دري'''''---'''Window '': اردوء ۾ :'''کھڑکی ''': ڀت ، ڇت، در ۽ گاڏيء ۾ اھڙو سوراخ آھي جتان ھوا، روشني ۽ آواز اندر داخل ٿيندو آھي. جديد درين ۾ شفاف يا چمڪيلا يا روشن شيشا لڳايا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web| u http://www.thefreedictionary.com/window/ |title=Window |publisher=The Free Dictionary By Farlex|accessdate=May 19, 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;  انھن جي قسمن ۾ آئي برو دري، فڪسڊ دري، سنگل ھنگ دري ، ڊبل ھنگ دري،  سيش دري، ھاريزہنٽل سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ، ڪيس واري دري، آننگ دري، ھوپر دري، ٽلٽ ۽ سلائيڊ دري، ٽلٽ اينڊ ٽرن دري، سائيڊ لائيٽ دري،جالوسي يا لوورڊ دري، ڪلريسٽري دري، اسڪاء لائيٽ دري، ڇت يا روف واري دري، اوريل دري، ٿرمل دري، ڊئيوڪلٽين دري، تصوير واري دري، ايمرجنسي اگزٽ دري، فرينچ دري،ٽرپل پينل واري دري.جاءِ اندر مختلف ڪمرن جي نوعيت مطابق انھن کي ھر موسم آھر ھوا ۽ روشني پھچائڻ لاءِ درين جو لڳائن تمام ضروري آھي. اھي اھڙي انداز ۾ لڳائڻ گھرجن،، جيئن ھوا جو گذر انھيءَ جي رخ پٽاندڙ، بنا ڪنھن رنڊڪ جي ۽ صحيح طرح سان ٿئي. برٽش قائدن مطابق درين جي ايراضي ڪمري جي فرش جي ايراضيءَ (Carpet Areas) جو گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ڏھون (1/10) حصو ھئڻ گھرجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;

==تاريخ==
رومين سڀ کان اول شيشي جو استعمال درين ۾ ڪرڻ جي ابتدا ڪئي. انھن ان ٽيڪنالاجي جي آغاز رومي مصر جي شھر اسڪندريہ ۾ سن 100عيسويء ڪيو. پيپر واريون دريون قديم  جپان، ڪوريا ۽ چين ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون ھيون جيڪي ڏاڍيون سستيون ھيون. انگلينڊ ۾ شيشي جو استعمال درين ۾ سترھين صدي عيسويءَ ۾ عام جام ٿي ويو ھو.

[[فائل:MorellaSantaMariaWindow.jpg|380px|thumb|upright|[[اسپين جي موريلا شھر ۾ سانتا ماريا لا ميجر چرچ جون سينگاريل دريون]]]]
[[فائل:ValenciaCathedral2.JPG|380px|thumb|upright|[[ويلنسيا ڪئٿيڊرل ۾ الاباسٽر دري]]]]

==درين جا قسم==

درين جي مختلف قسمن جو مختصر تفصيل ھيٺ بيان ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


'''''پانيلن واري دري'''''
: (Panelled or Casement Windows)

ھن قسم جون دريون، دروازن وانگر ھڪ تاڪ يا ٻن تاڪن جون ٿينديون آھن، جن کي ڪاٺ جي فريم سان انجيسن ذريعي لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ھن قسم جون دريون عام طرح سان استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن، جن ۾ پانيلن اندر ڪاٺ جي پترن تختن کي گھربل نموني ۾ لڳايو ويندو آھي.
انھيءَ کان سواءِ سمورن پانيلن اندر ڪاٺ جي سنھن تختن کان علاوھ ڪجھھ حصي تائين شيشا ۽ ڪجھھ حصي تائين ڪاٺ جا سنھا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. اھڙن ڪمرن ۾ جتي روشنيءَ جي گھڻي ضرورت ھوندي آھي تھ سڀيئي پانيل شيشي جا رکبا آھن. شيشن کي قابو ڪرڻ واسطي ڪاٺ جون سنھيون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن، جن کي (Sash bars)  سڏيو ويندو آھي.
ھن قسم جي درين جا تاڪ اندر يا ٻاھر کولي سگھبا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ درين لاءِ ڇڏيل خالن کي ٻن حصن ۾ ورھايو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ لاءِ چؤڪاٺي اندر اڪثر طور تي مٿان کان انھيءَ جي چوٿين حصي تائين ھڪ وڌيڪ سڌي پٽي لڳائي ويندي آھي ۽ مٿئين حصي ۾ شيشو لڳائي ڇڏبو آھي. دريءَ جو اھو حصو دائين بند رھندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي کولي ۽ بند ڪري نھ سگھبو آھي. اھڙي قسم جي شيشي جي حصي کي فئن لائيٽ (Fan Light)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح سان ھڪ تھ دري ۽ روشندان لاءِ الڳ الڳ لنٽيل ٺاھڻ جي ضرورت نھ پوندي آھي ۽ ٻيو تھ ڪاٺ جي بچت پڻ ٿيندي آھي. ھن قسم جو نظام دروازن سان گڏ پڻ ڪري سگھبو آھي. درين ۽ دروازن مٿان ھڪ کتل (Fixed)  روشندانن جي جاءِ تي کلندڙ ۽ بند ٿيندڙ روشندان پڻ لڳائي سگھبا آھن. اھڙا ڪمرا جن ۾ عليحدھ طرح سان روشندان لڳائڻ جي گنجائش نھ ھوندي آھي تھ انھيءَ ھنڌ ھن قسم جو بندوبست ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''ٻاھر نڪتل دري'''''

: (Bay Window)  
ھن قسم جي دري ڪمري جي ٻاھرين ديوار کان ٻاھر تي نڪتل ھوندي آھي. مطلب تھ ھي دريون صرف ڪمري جي ٻاھرين ديوارن ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ اھي ٻاھرين ڀتين کان ٻاھر نڪتل ھونديون آھن. 


'''''پانيلن واري دري''''' 


ھي دريون گھڻن ئي ڊؤلن جون ٿينديون آھن، جھڙوڪ، چؤڪور، گول ۽ گھڻ ڪنڊائتيون (Polygonal)  وغيره. ھن قسم جي درين جو ٻاھر نڪتل ڀاڱو (Projection)  دريءَ جي فرش واريءَ ليول کان يا فريم جي ھيٺئين سڌي پٽيءَ (Sill)  کان شروع ٿيندو آھي. ھن قسم جي درين لڳائڻ سا عمارتن جي خوبصورتي وڌي ٿي. ھنن جي لڳائڻ سان ڪمرا ھوادار، ڪشادا ۽ روشن رھن ٿا. 

ڪنڊائتي دري


: (Corner Window)  
ھن قسم جون دريون ڪمرن جي ڪنڊ وٽ لڳايون وينديون آھن. انھن جي لڳائڻ سان ڪمرا ھوادار رھن ٿا ۽ عمارت جي خوبصورتي وڌي ٿي. ھن قسم جي دريءَ لڳائڻ سان چؤڪاٺي جي وچين ٻانھن ٻنھي طرفن جو ڪم ڏئي ٿي ۽ اھڙيءَ طرح سان ھڪ ٻانھن جي بچت ٿئي ٿي

'''''روشندان'''''

: (Clerestory Window or Ventilator) 
ھن قسم جون دريون روشندان ڀر واري ورانڊي ۽ ڪمرن جي ڇتين جي مختلف اوچائيءَ سبب انھن جي وچ واري ديوار جي حصي ۾ مٿينءَ ڇت جي نزديڪ لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھيءُ تاڪ جي ٻاھرين اڀين پٽين کي ٻنھي پاسن کان مدارن يا ٽيڪن (Pivots)  تي ٽيڪي لڏڻ جي انداز ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ تاڪ جي مٿئين ۽ ھيٺئين سڌي پٽيءَ جي پوري وچ تي ڇلا (Rings)  لڳائي، انھن ۾ رسين جو ھڪ ھڪ ڇيڙو ٻڌي ان جي ٻئي لٽڪيل ڇيڙي کي ڇڪ ڏيڻ سان انھن کي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگھبو آھي .ساڳيءَ ليول وارن ڪمرن جي ڇت ۾ لڳائڻ واريءَ صورت ۾ انھن کي روشندان (Ventilators)  سڏيو وڃي ٿو جيڪي ڪمرن کي روشن رکڻ سان گڏ ڪمرن کي ھوادار پڻ بنائن ٿا.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''ڊارمر ونڊو'''''

: (Dormer Window) 
ھن قسم جون دريون سلاميءَ وارين ڇتين جي سلاميءَ واري سطح (Slopping surface)  تي لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ٻن قسمن جون ٿينديون آھن، ھڪ گيبل ٽائيپ ۽ ٻيون ڇاپري ٽائيپ  (Gabel type and shade type). گيبل ٽائيپ دريون ڇتين جي مٿئين نوڪدار ڀاڱي تي لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ ڇاپري ٽائيپ دريون چؤڪور اڀي حصي تي لڳائبيون آھن. اھڙيءَ طرح انھن جو انداز ڇتين جي قسم تي منحصر آھي.


'''''لالٽين نما دري'''''


: (Lantern Window) 
ڊگھين ۽ مسلسل جاين ۾ آمھون سامھون ٺھيل ڪمرن جي وچ واري لنگھھ (Passage) کي روشن ۽ ھوادار بڻائڻ لاءِ ھن قسم جون دريون مھيا ڪيون وينديون آھن، جيڪي ھڪ ئي ليول وارين ڇتين مٿان اڀريل نموني لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ انھن جي مٿي اڀريل پاسن کان روشني پھچائڻ واسطي انھن پاسن ۾ شيشا لڳايا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


'''''روشندان يا اسڪاءِ لائيٽ'''''

: (Sky Light) 
ھن قسم جا روشندان سلاميءَ وارين ڇتين ۾ اھڙي ريت لڳايا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھن جي چوٽي ڇت جي سطح سان پوروڇوٽ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>axazgmz0846i5fvs0w6feuox82adu65</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400899</id>
      <parentid>400898</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T14:41:25Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>400899</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="16720" sha1="f33bbdkt9wp2o1umcev4rytw1rabh6f" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڀت، دروازي، ڇت يا گاڏي ۾ روشني، هوا ۽ ٻاهرئين ڏيک لاءِ ٺاهيل کُليل حصو}}

{{multiple image
|perrow=3
|total_width=400
|image1=Window of the house with number 17 on strada Mântuleasa, from Bucharest (Romania).jpg
|image2=Atua Kosua shrine4.jpg
|image3=Traditional wooden window (Akhi Jhyal).jpg
|image4=P1300843 Paris X rue de Paradis n18 detail rwk.jpg
|image5=Exterior facade of the Hôtel de Bourvallais 003.JPG
|image6=Chartres RosetteNord 121 DSC08241.jpg
|footer=دريَن جا مختلف نمونا
}}

'''دري''' (Window) ڀت، [[در]]، [[ڇت]] يا [[گاڏي]] ۾ ٺهيل اهڙو کُليل حصو آهي، جيڪو [[روشني]] کي اندر اچڻ، [[هوا]] جي اچ وڃ ۽ ڪيترين حالتن ۾ آواز جي گذر جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. جديد دريون عام طور شيشي  يا ڪنهن ٻئي شفاف يا نيم شفاف مواد سان ڍڪيل هونديون آهن. شيشو عام طور هڪ [[تاڪ]] (Sash) ۾ لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[فريم]] جي اندر نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt; ڪيترن ئي حوالن ۾ تاڪ ۽ فريم ٻنهي کي گڏجي دري پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/window/|title=Window|publisher=The Free Dictionary By Farlex|access-date=19 May 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

گهڻيون شيشي واريون دريون کولي يا بند ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. دري کولڻ سان [[هوا جي مٽاسٽا]] (وينٽيليشن) ممڪن ٿيندي آهي، جڏهن ته بند ڪرڻ سان مينهن، تيز هوا ۽ ٻين خراب موسمي حالتن کان تحفظ حاصل ٿيندو آهي. دريَن ۾ اڪثر [[ڪڙي]] (Latch) يا اهڙو ٻيو ميڪانياتي بندش وارو اوزار لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو دري کي بند ڪري تالو لڳائڻ يا مختلف درجن تائين کليل حالت ۾ قائم رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

دريَن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جن ۾ '''[[آئبرو دري]]'''  (آئبرو ونڊو - eyebrow)، '''[[مقرر دري]]''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو)، [[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]] (ھيڪساگونل ونڊو)، '''[[سنگل هنگ دري]]''' (سنگل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[ڊبل هنگ دري]]''' (ڊبل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[افقي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري]]''' (ھرائيزينٽل سلائيڊنگ سيش ونڊو)، [[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]، '''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window)، '''هاپر دري''' (Hopper window)، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ سلائيڊ دري''' ، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ ٽرن دري'''، '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom)، '''پاسي واري دري''' (سلائيڊ لائيٽ ونڊو)، [[جيلوسي دري]] (Jalousie)، [[لوور دري]] (Louvered)، [[ڪليرسٽوري دري]] (Clerestory)، [[لينسٽ دري]] (Lancet)، [[ڇت جو روشندان]] (اسڪائلائيٽ)، [[ڇت جي دري]] (روف ونڊو)، [[روف لئنٽرن]] (lantern)، [[بي دري]] (Bay)، [[اوريل دري]] (Oriel)، [[ڊائيوڪليشيئن دري]] (Diocletian)، '''تصويري دري''' (Picture)، [[گلابي دري]] (Rose)، '''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري'''، [[رنگين شيشي واري دري]] (Stained glass)، '''فرينچ دري'''، '''پينل دري'''، '''ٻٽي يا ٽرپل شيشي واري دري'''  ۽ [[وچ دري]] (Witch) شامل آهن.

== اشتقاق ==

انگريزي لفظ '''ونڊو''' (''window'') جو بنياد [[قديم نارس ٻولي]] جي لفظ {{lang|non|vindauga}} مان نڪتل آهي، جيڪو {{lang|non|vindr}} (هوا) ۽ {{lang|non|auga}} (اک) مان ٺهيل آهي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;هوا جي اک&quot; آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |title=New Oxford American Dictionary |date=2010 |access-date=January 16, 2015 |archive-date=June 2, 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130602205448/http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[نارويجي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|no|[[نينورسڪ]]}} ۽ [[آئس لينڊي ٻولي]] ۾ قديم نارس جو هي لفظ اڄ تائين زندهه رهيو آهي. آئس لينڊي ۾ اهو رڳو هڪ ننڍڙي کليل &quot;دري&quot; جي هڪ قسم لاءِ نسبتاً گهٽ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ آهي، ۽ اهو {{lang|is|gluggi}} (آئس لينڊي ٻوليءَ ۾ &quot;دري&quot; لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ) جو مڪمل مترادف نه آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|title=Hvaðan kemur orðið gluggi? Af hverju notum við ekki vindauga samanber window?|work=Vísindavefurinn|access-date=2018-09-17|language=is|archive-date=December 14, 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191214165059/https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|url-status=live}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ {{lang|sv|vindöga}} لفظ اڃا تائين جهونپڙيءَ جي ڇت ۾ موجود سوراخ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته [[ڊينش ٻولي]] جي {{lang|da|vindue}} ۽ نارويجي ٻولي جي {{lang|no|[[بوڪمول]]}} ۾ {{lang|no|vindu}} لفظ مان &quot;اک&quot; سان سڌو تعلق ختم ٿي ويو آهي، جيئن انگريزي لفظ ''window'' ۾ به ٿيو آهي. ڊينش (پر نارويجي [[بوڪمول]] نه) ۾ هن لفظ جو اچار انگريزي ''window'' سان گهڻو مشابهت رکي ٿو.

انگريزي جو لفظ ''ونڊو'' (window) پهريون ڀيرو 13هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ لکيل استعمال ملي ٿو، ۽ شروعات ۾ ان مان مراد ڇت ۾ موجود شيشي کان سواءِ هڪ کليل سوراخ هئي. بعد ۾ ''ونڊو''، [[قديم انگريزي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|ang|eagþyrl}} جي جاءِ ورتي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو سوراخ&quot; آهي، ۽ {{lang|ang|eagduru}}، جنهن جي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو در&quot; آهي.

تنهن هوندي به، ڪيترين ئي جرمني ٻولين شيشي واري دري لاءِ لاطيني لفظ فينيسٽرا fenestra اختيار ڪيو، جهڙوڪ [[معياري ٻولي|معياري]] [[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ فونسٽر fönster ۽ [[جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ فينسٽر Fenster.
انگريزي ۾ ''ونڊو'' لفظ جو استعمال غالباً [[وائڪنگ دور]] دوران انگريزي ٻوليءَ تي اسڪينڊي نيويائي اثر ۽ [[ڌاريل لفظ]]ن جي ذريعي ٿيو. انگريزي ۾ ''فينيسٽر'' لفظ پڻ ''ونڊو'' سان گڏ 18هين صديءَ جي وچ تائين متوازي طور استعمال ٿيندو رهيو.

لفظ '''فينيسٽريشن''' اڄ به عمارت جي [[مهاڙي]] ۾ درين جي ترتيب يا بناوت کي بيان ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته '''[[ڊيفينسٽريشن]]''' (''defenestration'') جي معنيٰ آهي &quot;ڪنهن کي دريءَ مان ٻاهر اڇلائڻ&quot;.


[[فائل:Window Porto Covo August 2013-2.jpg|380px|thumb|[[پورچوگال ۾ پورٽو ڪووو ۾ھڪ روايتي دري]]]]


'''''دري'''''---'''Window '': اردوء ۾ :'''کھڑکی ''': ڀت ، ڇت، در ۽ گاڏيء ۾ اھڙو سوراخ آھي جتان ھوا، روشني ۽ آواز اندر داخل ٿيندو آھي. جديد درين ۾ شفاف يا چمڪيلا يا روشن شيشا لڳايا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web| u http://www.thefreedictionary.com/window/ |title=Window |publisher=The Free Dictionary By Farlex|accessdate=May 19, 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;  انھن جي قسمن ۾ آئي برو دري، فڪسڊ دري، سنگل ھنگ دري ، ڊبل ھنگ دري،  سيش دري، ھاريزہنٽل سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ، ڪيس واري دري، آننگ دري، ھوپر دري، ٽلٽ ۽ سلائيڊ دري، ٽلٽ اينڊ ٽرن دري، سائيڊ لائيٽ دري،جالوسي يا لوورڊ دري، ڪلريسٽري دري، اسڪاء لائيٽ دري، ڇت يا روف واري دري، اوريل دري، ٿرمل دري، ڊئيوڪلٽين دري، تصوير واري دري، ايمرجنسي اگزٽ دري، فرينچ دري،ٽرپل پينل واري دري.جاءِ اندر مختلف ڪمرن جي نوعيت مطابق انھن کي ھر موسم آھر ھوا ۽ روشني پھچائڻ لاءِ درين جو لڳائن تمام ضروري آھي. اھي اھڙي انداز ۾ لڳائڻ گھرجن،، جيئن ھوا جو گذر انھيءَ جي رخ پٽاندڙ، بنا ڪنھن رنڊڪ جي ۽ صحيح طرح سان ٿئي. برٽش قائدن مطابق درين جي ايراضي ڪمري جي فرش جي ايراضيءَ (Carpet Areas) جو گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ڏھون (1/10) حصو ھئڻ گھرجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;

==تاريخ==
رومين سڀ کان اول شيشي جو استعمال درين ۾ ڪرڻ جي ابتدا ڪئي. انھن ان ٽيڪنالاجي جي آغاز رومي مصر جي شھر اسڪندريہ ۾ سن 100عيسويء ڪيو. پيپر واريون دريون قديم  جپان، ڪوريا ۽ چين ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون ھيون جيڪي ڏاڍيون سستيون ھيون. انگلينڊ ۾ شيشي جو استعمال درين ۾ سترھين صدي عيسويءَ ۾ عام جام ٿي ويو ھو.

[[فائل:MorellaSantaMariaWindow.jpg|380px|thumb|upright|[[اسپين جي موريلا شھر ۾ سانتا ماريا لا ميجر چرچ جون سينگاريل دريون]]]]
[[فائل:ValenciaCathedral2.JPG|380px|thumb|upright|[[ويلنسيا ڪئٿيڊرل ۾ الاباسٽر دري]]]]

==درين جا قسم==

درين جي مختلف قسمن جو مختصر تفصيل ھيٺ بيان ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


'''''پانيلن واري دري'''''
: (Panelled or Casement Windows)

ھن قسم جون دريون، دروازن وانگر ھڪ تاڪ يا ٻن تاڪن جون ٿينديون آھن، جن کي ڪاٺ جي فريم سان انجيسن ذريعي لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ھن قسم جون دريون عام طرح سان استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن، جن ۾ پانيلن اندر ڪاٺ جي پترن تختن کي گھربل نموني ۾ لڳايو ويندو آھي.
انھيءَ کان سواءِ سمورن پانيلن اندر ڪاٺ جي سنھن تختن کان علاوھ ڪجھھ حصي تائين شيشا ۽ ڪجھھ حصي تائين ڪاٺ جا سنھا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. اھڙن ڪمرن ۾ جتي روشنيءَ جي گھڻي ضرورت ھوندي آھي تھ سڀيئي پانيل شيشي جا رکبا آھن. شيشن کي قابو ڪرڻ واسطي ڪاٺ جون سنھيون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن، جن کي (Sash bars)  سڏيو ويندو آھي.
ھن قسم جي درين جا تاڪ اندر يا ٻاھر کولي سگھبا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ درين لاءِ ڇڏيل خالن کي ٻن حصن ۾ ورھايو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ لاءِ چؤڪاٺي اندر اڪثر طور تي مٿان کان انھيءَ جي چوٿين حصي تائين ھڪ وڌيڪ سڌي پٽي لڳائي ويندي آھي ۽ مٿئين حصي ۾ شيشو لڳائي ڇڏبو آھي. دريءَ جو اھو حصو دائين بند رھندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي کولي ۽ بند ڪري نھ سگھبو آھي. اھڙي قسم جي شيشي جي حصي کي فئن لائيٽ (Fan Light)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح سان ھڪ تھ دري ۽ روشندان لاءِ الڳ الڳ لنٽيل ٺاھڻ جي ضرورت نھ پوندي آھي ۽ ٻيو تھ ڪاٺ جي بچت پڻ ٿيندي آھي. ھن قسم جو نظام دروازن سان گڏ پڻ ڪري سگھبو آھي. درين ۽ دروازن مٿان ھڪ کتل (Fixed)  روشندانن جي جاءِ تي کلندڙ ۽ بند ٿيندڙ روشندان پڻ لڳائي سگھبا آھن. اھڙا ڪمرا جن ۾ عليحدھ طرح سان روشندان لڳائڻ جي گنجائش نھ ھوندي آھي تھ انھيءَ ھنڌ ھن قسم جو بندوبست ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''ٻاھر نڪتل دري'''''

: (Bay Window)  
ھن قسم جي دري ڪمري جي ٻاھرين ديوار کان ٻاھر تي نڪتل ھوندي آھي. مطلب تھ ھي دريون صرف ڪمري جي ٻاھرين ديوارن ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ اھي ٻاھرين ڀتين کان ٻاھر نڪتل ھونديون آھن. 


'''''پانيلن واري دري''''' 


ھي دريون گھڻن ئي ڊؤلن جون ٿينديون آھن، جھڙوڪ، چؤڪور، گول ۽ گھڻ ڪنڊائتيون (Polygonal)  وغيره. ھن قسم جي درين جو ٻاھر نڪتل ڀاڱو (Projection)  دريءَ جي فرش واريءَ ليول کان يا فريم جي ھيٺئين سڌي پٽيءَ (Sill)  کان شروع ٿيندو آھي. ھن قسم جي درين لڳائڻ سا عمارتن جي خوبصورتي وڌي ٿي. ھنن جي لڳائڻ سان ڪمرا ھوادار، ڪشادا ۽ روشن رھن ٿا. 

ڪنڊائتي دري


: (Corner Window)  
ھن قسم جون دريون ڪمرن جي ڪنڊ وٽ لڳايون وينديون آھن. انھن جي لڳائڻ سان ڪمرا ھوادار رھن ٿا ۽ عمارت جي خوبصورتي وڌي ٿي. ھن قسم جي دريءَ لڳائڻ سان چؤڪاٺي جي وچين ٻانھن ٻنھي طرفن جو ڪم ڏئي ٿي ۽ اھڙيءَ طرح سان ھڪ ٻانھن جي بچت ٿئي ٿي

'''''روشندان'''''

: (Clerestory Window or Ventilator) 
ھن قسم جون دريون روشندان ڀر واري ورانڊي ۽ ڪمرن جي ڇتين جي مختلف اوچائيءَ سبب انھن جي وچ واري ديوار جي حصي ۾ مٿينءَ ڇت جي نزديڪ لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھيءُ تاڪ جي ٻاھرين اڀين پٽين کي ٻنھي پاسن کان مدارن يا ٽيڪن (Pivots)  تي ٽيڪي لڏڻ جي انداز ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ تاڪ جي مٿئين ۽ ھيٺئين سڌي پٽيءَ جي پوري وچ تي ڇلا (Rings)  لڳائي، انھن ۾ رسين جو ھڪ ھڪ ڇيڙو ٻڌي ان جي ٻئي لٽڪيل ڇيڙي کي ڇڪ ڏيڻ سان انھن کي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگھبو آھي .ساڳيءَ ليول وارن ڪمرن جي ڇت ۾ لڳائڻ واريءَ صورت ۾ انھن کي روشندان (Ventilators)  سڏيو وڃي ٿو جيڪي ڪمرن کي روشن رکڻ سان گڏ ڪمرن کي ھوادار پڻ بنائن ٿا.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''ڊارمر ونڊو'''''

: (Dormer Window) 
ھن قسم جون دريون سلاميءَ وارين ڇتين جي سلاميءَ واري سطح (Slopping surface)  تي لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ٻن قسمن جون ٿينديون آھن، ھڪ گيبل ٽائيپ ۽ ٻيون ڇاپري ٽائيپ  (Gabel type and shade type). گيبل ٽائيپ دريون ڇتين جي مٿئين نوڪدار ڀاڱي تي لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ ڇاپري ٽائيپ دريون چؤڪور اڀي حصي تي لڳائبيون آھن. اھڙيءَ طرح انھن جو انداز ڇتين جي قسم تي منحصر آھي.


'''''لالٽين نما دري'''''


: (Lantern Window) 
ڊگھين ۽ مسلسل جاين ۾ آمھون سامھون ٺھيل ڪمرن جي وچ واري لنگھھ (Passage) کي روشن ۽ ھوادار بڻائڻ لاءِ ھن قسم جون دريون مھيا ڪيون وينديون آھن، جيڪي ھڪ ئي ليول وارين ڇتين مٿان اڀريل نموني لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ انھن جي مٿي اڀريل پاسن کان روشني پھچائڻ واسطي انھن پاسن ۾ شيشا لڳايا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


'''''روشندان يا اسڪاءِ لائيٽ'''''

: (Sky Light) 
ھن قسم جا روشندان سلاميءَ وارين ڇتين ۾ اھڙي ريت لڳايا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھن جي چوٽي ڇت جي سطح سان پوروڇوٽ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>f33bbdkt9wp2o1umcev4rytw1rabh6f</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400900</id>
      <parentid>400899</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T14:44:05Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400900</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="23177" sha1="5478hfsuxjuct68ond1c2ajiomfexbj" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڀت، دروازي، ڇت يا گاڏي ۾ روشني، هوا ۽ ٻاهرئين ڏيک لاءِ ٺاهيل کُليل حصو}}

{{multiple image
|perrow=3
|total_width=400
|image1=Window of the house with number 17 on strada Mântuleasa, from Bucharest (Romania).jpg
|image2=Atua Kosua shrine4.jpg
|image3=Traditional wooden window (Akhi Jhyal).jpg
|image4=P1300843 Paris X rue de Paradis n18 detail rwk.jpg
|image5=Exterior facade of the Hôtel de Bourvallais 003.JPG
|image6=Chartres RosetteNord 121 DSC08241.jpg
|footer=دريَن جا مختلف نمونا
}}

'''دري''' (Window) ڀت، [[در]]، [[ڇت]] يا [[گاڏي]] ۾ ٺهيل اهڙو کُليل حصو آهي، جيڪو [[روشني]] کي اندر اچڻ، [[هوا]] جي اچ وڃ ۽ ڪيترين حالتن ۾ آواز جي گذر جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. جديد دريون عام طور شيشي  يا ڪنهن ٻئي شفاف يا نيم شفاف مواد سان ڍڪيل هونديون آهن. شيشو عام طور هڪ [[تاڪ]] (Sash) ۾ لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[فريم]] جي اندر نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt; ڪيترن ئي حوالن ۾ تاڪ ۽ فريم ٻنهي کي گڏجي دري پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/window/|title=Window|publisher=The Free Dictionary By Farlex|access-date=19 May 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

گهڻيون شيشي واريون دريون کولي يا بند ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. دري کولڻ سان [[هوا جي مٽاسٽا]] (وينٽيليشن) ممڪن ٿيندي آهي، جڏهن ته بند ڪرڻ سان مينهن، تيز هوا ۽ ٻين خراب موسمي حالتن کان تحفظ حاصل ٿيندو آهي. دريَن ۾ اڪثر [[ڪڙي]] (Latch) يا اهڙو ٻيو ميڪانياتي بندش وارو اوزار لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو دري کي بند ڪري تالو لڳائڻ يا مختلف درجن تائين کليل حالت ۾ قائم رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

دريَن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جن ۾ '''[[آئبرو دري]]'''  (آئبرو ونڊو - eyebrow)، '''[[مقرر دري]]''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو)، [[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]] (ھيڪساگونل ونڊو)، '''[[سنگل هنگ دري]]''' (سنگل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[ڊبل هنگ دري]]''' (ڊبل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[افقي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري]]''' (ھرائيزينٽل سلائيڊنگ سيش ونڊو)، [[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]، '''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window)، '''هاپر دري''' (Hopper window)، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ سلائيڊ دري''' ، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ ٽرن دري'''، '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom)، '''پاسي واري دري''' (سلائيڊ لائيٽ ونڊو)، [[جيلوسي دري]] (Jalousie)، [[لوور دري]] (Louvered)، [[ڪليرسٽوري دري]] (Clerestory)، [[لينسٽ دري]] (Lancet)، [[ڇت جو روشندان]] (اسڪائلائيٽ)، [[ڇت جي دري]] (روف ونڊو)، [[روف لئنٽرن]] (lantern)، [[بي دري]] (Bay)، [[اوريل دري]] (Oriel)، [[ڊائيوڪليشيئن دري]] (Diocletian)، '''تصويري دري''' (Picture)، [[گلابي دري]] (Rose)، '''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري'''، [[رنگين شيشي واري دري]] (Stained glass)، '''فرينچ دري'''، '''پينل دري'''، '''ٻٽي يا ٽرپل شيشي واري دري'''  ۽ [[وچ دري]] (Witch) شامل آهن.

== اشتقاق ==

انگريزي لفظ '''ونڊو''' (''window'') جو بنياد [[قديم نارس ٻولي]] جي لفظ {{lang|non|vindauga}} مان نڪتل آهي، جيڪو {{lang|non|vindr}} (هوا) ۽ {{lang|non|auga}} (اک) مان ٺهيل آهي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;هوا جي اک&quot; آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |title=New Oxford American Dictionary |date=2010 |access-date=January 16, 2015 |archive-date=June 2, 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130602205448/http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[نارويجي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|no|[[نينورسڪ]]}} ۽ [[آئس لينڊي ٻولي]] ۾ قديم نارس جو هي لفظ اڄ تائين زندهه رهيو آهي. آئس لينڊي ۾ اهو رڳو هڪ ننڍڙي کليل &quot;دري&quot; جي هڪ قسم لاءِ نسبتاً گهٽ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ آهي، ۽ اهو {{lang|is|gluggi}} (آئس لينڊي ٻوليءَ ۾ &quot;دري&quot; لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ) جو مڪمل مترادف نه آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|title=Hvaðan kemur orðið gluggi? Af hverju notum við ekki vindauga samanber window?|work=Vísindavefurinn|access-date=2018-09-17|language=is|archive-date=December 14, 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191214165059/https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|url-status=live}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ {{lang|sv|vindöga}} لفظ اڃا تائين جهونپڙيءَ جي ڇت ۾ موجود سوراخ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته [[ڊينش ٻولي]] جي {{lang|da|vindue}} ۽ نارويجي ٻولي جي {{lang|no|[[بوڪمول]]}} ۾ {{lang|no|vindu}} لفظ مان &quot;اک&quot; سان سڌو تعلق ختم ٿي ويو آهي، جيئن انگريزي لفظ ''window'' ۾ به ٿيو آهي. ڊينش (پر نارويجي [[بوڪمول]] نه) ۾ هن لفظ جو اچار انگريزي ''window'' سان گهڻو مشابهت رکي ٿو.

انگريزي جو لفظ ''ونڊو'' (window) پهريون ڀيرو 13هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ لکيل استعمال ملي ٿو، ۽ شروعات ۾ ان مان مراد ڇت ۾ موجود شيشي کان سواءِ هڪ کليل سوراخ هئي. بعد ۾ ''ونڊو''، [[قديم انگريزي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|ang|eagþyrl}} جي جاءِ ورتي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو سوراخ&quot; آهي، ۽ {{lang|ang|eagduru}}، جنهن جي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو در&quot; آهي.

تنهن هوندي به، ڪيترين ئي جرمني ٻولين شيشي واري دري لاءِ لاطيني لفظ فينيسٽرا fenestra اختيار ڪيو، جهڙوڪ [[معياري ٻولي|معياري]] [[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ فونسٽر fönster ۽ [[جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ فينسٽر Fenster.
انگريزي ۾ ''ونڊو'' لفظ جو استعمال غالباً [[وائڪنگ دور]] دوران انگريزي ٻوليءَ تي اسڪينڊي نيويائي اثر ۽ [[ڌاريل لفظ]]ن جي ذريعي ٿيو. انگريزي ۾ ''فينيسٽر'' لفظ پڻ ''ونڊو'' سان گڏ 18هين صديءَ جي وچ تائين متوازي طور استعمال ٿيندو رهيو.

لفظ '''فينيسٽريشن''' اڄ به عمارت جي [[مهاڙي]] ۾ درين جي ترتيب يا بناوت کي بيان ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته '''[[ڊيفينسٽريشن]]''' (''defenestration'') جي معنيٰ آهي &quot;ڪنهن کي دريءَ مان ٻاهر اڇلائڻ&quot;.

== تاريخ ==
{{Multiple image
|total_width=400
|image1=MorellaSantaMariaWindow.jpg
|caption1=[[الباسٽر]] مان ٺهيل &quot;مولين&quot; سان ورهايل سينگاريل دريون [[سانتا ماريا لا ميجور گرجاگھر]] ([[موريلّا، ڪاسٽيلون|موريلّا]]، اسپين) ۾
|image2=ValenciaCathedral2.JPG
|caption2=[[والينسيا گرجاگھر]] ۾ الباسٽر جي دري. ڀت جي فريم جي کاٻي پاسي جي غير هموار ۽ ترڇي شڪل تي ڌيان ڏيو، جيڪا سج جي ڪرڻن کي عبادت گاهه جي اڳئين حصي (چينسل) تائين پهچڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي.
}}

[[رومي سلطنت|رومين]] ماڻهن کي درين ۾ [[شيشو]] استعمال ڪندڙ پهريون معلوم ماڻهو سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ۽ اها ٽيڪنالاجي غالباً سڀ کان پهرين [[رومي مصر]] ۾، [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ {{circa|100}}ع ڌاري تيار ڪئي وئي هئي.{{Citation needed|date=April 2024}} درين جون تصويرون قديم مصري ڀتين جي نقاشين ۽ [[اسيريا]] جي مجسمن ۾ پڻ ڏسي سگهجن ٿيون. ڪاغذي دريون گهٽ خرچ واريون هونديون هيون ۽ قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ [[شيشو]] عام ماڻهن جي گهرن جي درين ۾ صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيو، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل [[جانورن جا سڱ|جانورن جي سڱن]] مان ٺهيل درين جا شيشا 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿي رهيا هئا. 19هين صديءَ ۾ آمريڪي اولهه وارن علائقن ۾ آبادڪارن [[تيل لڳل ڪاغذ جي دري]]ن جو استعمال شروع ڪيو. جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون جڏهن صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته ٿي ويا.

=== ٽيڪنالاجيون ===

13هين صدي ق.م. ۾ سڀ کان اوائليون دريون ڇت ۾ بغير شيشي وارا کليل سوراخ هوندا هئا، جيئن ڏينهن جي وقت روشني اندر اچي سگهي.{{citation needed|date=January 2023}} بعد ۾،{{when|date=October 2016}} انهن درين کي جانورن جي کل، ڪپڙي يا ڪاٺ سان ڍڪيو ويندو هو. ان کان پوءِ اهڙا [[دريءَ جا شٽر|شٽر]] وجود ۾ آيا، جيڪي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگهبا هئا.{{when|date=October 2016}} وقت سان گڏ اهڙيون دريون تيار ڪيون ويون جيڪي هڪ طرف رهواسين کي موسم جي اثرن کان بچائينديون هيون ۽ ٻي طرف روشني به اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون. انهن ۾ نيم شفاف مواد جا ڪيترائي ننڍا ٽڪرا استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا، جهڙوڪ جانورن جي چپٽن ۽ نيم شفاف سڱن جا ٽڪرا، ڪاغذ جون چادرون، [[سنگ مرمر]] جون سنهيون پتيون (جهڙوڪ [[فينگائيٽ]])، يا شيشي جا ٽڪرا، جيڪي ڪاٺ، لوهه يا سيهي جي ٺهيل فريمن ۾ لڳايا ويندا هئا. ڏور اوڀر ۾ درين کي ڀرڻ لاءِ ڪاغذ استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot;&gt;{{cite encyclopedia | url= http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | title= Window | encyclopedia= Britannica | access-date= May 19, 2012 | archive-date= May 2, 2015 | archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20150502185207/http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | url-status= live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

رومي ماڻهو درين ۾ شيشي جا پهريان معلوم استعمال ڪندڙ هئا، ۽ هنن اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي مان فائدو ورتو جيڪا غالباً پهريون ڀيرو [[رومي مصر]] ۾ ترقي ڪئي وئي هئي. خاص طور تي [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ تقريباً {{circa}} 100ع ڌاري [[ڍاليل شيشو|ڍاليل شيشي]] جون دريون ظاهر ٿيڻ لڳيون، جيتوڻيڪ انهن جون بصري خاصيتون ڪمزور هيون. اهي ننڍيون ۽ ٿلهيون هونديون هيون ۽ حقيقت ۾ [[شيشو ڦوڪڻ|ڦوڪيل شيشي]] جي مرتبانن (سلينڊر نما شڪل) کي چپٽو ڪري چادرن جي صورت ۾ ٺاهيو ويندو هو، جن تي هر هنڌ گول دائري جهڙا نشان موجود هوندا هئا. (موازنہ ڪريو روايتي [[گرجاگھر جي دري]]ن سان، جيڪي [[رنگين شيشو]] مان ٺهيل هونديون آهن.) دريءَ جو شيشو ايترو شفاف ٿيڻ ۾، جو ان مان صاف ڏسي سگهجي جيئن اڄ اسين ڏسون ٿا، هڪ هزار سالن کان وڌيڪ وقت لڳو. تنهن هوندي به، قديم رومي دريون تمام ڪارآمد هيون، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن کي &quot;گرمي فراهم ڪرڻ واري ٽيڪنالاجيءَ ۾ اڪثر نظرانداز ڪيل ترقي&quot; سمجهيو ويندو آهي، ڇو ته اهي سج جي گرمي کي عمارت اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون، جڏهن ته اندر جي گرم هوا کي ٻاهر نڪرڻ کان روڪينديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last1=Carrier |first1=Richard |title=The Scientist in the Early Roman Empire |date=2017 |publisher=Pitchstone Publishing |location=Durham, North Carolina |isbn=978-1-63431-106-9 |page=218}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1154ع ۾ [[الادريسي]] [[گھانا سلطنت]] جي بادشاهه جي محل جي هڪ خاص خصوصيت طور شيشي جي درين جو ذڪر ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | url= https://books.google.com/books?id=umyHqvAErOAC&amp;dq=Ghana+Empire+glass+window&amp;pg=PA564 | title= Encyclopedia of African History 3-Volume Set| page= 564|author= Kevin Shillington |author-link= Kevin Shillington| publisher= [[Routledge]] | isbn= 978-1-135-45670-2 |date= 2013}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal | last= Fage | first=J. D. | title=Ancient Ghana: A Review Of The Evidence | journal=Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana | volume= 3 | issue= 2 | pages= 3–24 | year= 1957| jstor= 41405704}}&lt;/ref&gt;


[[فائل:Window Porto Covo August 2013-2.jpg|380px|thumb|[[پورچوگال ۾ پورٽو ڪووو ۾ھڪ روايتي دري]]]]


'''''دري'''''---'''Window '': اردوء ۾ :'''کھڑکی ''': ڀت ، ڇت، در ۽ گاڏيء ۾ اھڙو سوراخ آھي جتان ھوا، روشني ۽ آواز اندر داخل ٿيندو آھي. جديد درين ۾ شفاف يا چمڪيلا يا روشن شيشا لڳايا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web| u http://www.thefreedictionary.com/window/ |title=Window |publisher=The Free Dictionary By Farlex|accessdate=May 19, 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;  انھن جي قسمن ۾ آئي برو دري، فڪسڊ دري، سنگل ھنگ دري ، ڊبل ھنگ دري،  سيش دري، ھاريزہنٽل سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ، ڪيس واري دري، آننگ دري، ھوپر دري، ٽلٽ ۽ سلائيڊ دري، ٽلٽ اينڊ ٽرن دري، سائيڊ لائيٽ دري،جالوسي يا لوورڊ دري، ڪلريسٽري دري، اسڪاء لائيٽ دري، ڇت يا روف واري دري، اوريل دري، ٿرمل دري، ڊئيوڪلٽين دري، تصوير واري دري، ايمرجنسي اگزٽ دري، فرينچ دري،ٽرپل پينل واري دري.جاءِ اندر مختلف ڪمرن جي نوعيت مطابق انھن کي ھر موسم آھر ھوا ۽ روشني پھچائڻ لاءِ درين جو لڳائن تمام ضروري آھي. اھي اھڙي انداز ۾ لڳائڻ گھرجن،، جيئن ھوا جو گذر انھيءَ جي رخ پٽاندڙ، بنا ڪنھن رنڊڪ جي ۽ صحيح طرح سان ٿئي. برٽش قائدن مطابق درين جي ايراضي ڪمري جي فرش جي ايراضيءَ (Carpet Areas) جو گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ڏھون (1/10) حصو ھئڻ گھرجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;

==تاريخ==
رومين سڀ کان اول شيشي جو استعمال درين ۾ ڪرڻ جي ابتدا ڪئي. انھن ان ٽيڪنالاجي جي آغاز رومي مصر جي شھر اسڪندريہ ۾ سن 100عيسويء ڪيو. پيپر واريون دريون قديم  جپان، ڪوريا ۽ چين ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون ھيون جيڪي ڏاڍيون سستيون ھيون. انگلينڊ ۾ شيشي جو استعمال درين ۾ سترھين صدي عيسويءَ ۾ عام جام ٿي ويو ھو.

[[فائل:MorellaSantaMariaWindow.jpg|380px|thumb|upright|[[اسپين جي موريلا شھر ۾ سانتا ماريا لا ميجر چرچ جون سينگاريل دريون]]]]
[[فائل:ValenciaCathedral2.JPG|380px|thumb|upright|[[ويلنسيا ڪئٿيڊرل ۾ الاباسٽر دري]]]]

==درين جا قسم==

درين جي مختلف قسمن جو مختصر تفصيل ھيٺ بيان ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


'''''پانيلن واري دري'''''
: (Panelled or Casement Windows)

ھن قسم جون دريون، دروازن وانگر ھڪ تاڪ يا ٻن تاڪن جون ٿينديون آھن، جن کي ڪاٺ جي فريم سان انجيسن ذريعي لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ھن قسم جون دريون عام طرح سان استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن، جن ۾ پانيلن اندر ڪاٺ جي پترن تختن کي گھربل نموني ۾ لڳايو ويندو آھي.
انھيءَ کان سواءِ سمورن پانيلن اندر ڪاٺ جي سنھن تختن کان علاوھ ڪجھھ حصي تائين شيشا ۽ ڪجھھ حصي تائين ڪاٺ جا سنھا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. اھڙن ڪمرن ۾ جتي روشنيءَ جي گھڻي ضرورت ھوندي آھي تھ سڀيئي پانيل شيشي جا رکبا آھن. شيشن کي قابو ڪرڻ واسطي ڪاٺ جون سنھيون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن، جن کي (Sash bars)  سڏيو ويندو آھي.
ھن قسم جي درين جا تاڪ اندر يا ٻاھر کولي سگھبا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ درين لاءِ ڇڏيل خالن کي ٻن حصن ۾ ورھايو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ لاءِ چؤڪاٺي اندر اڪثر طور تي مٿان کان انھيءَ جي چوٿين حصي تائين ھڪ وڌيڪ سڌي پٽي لڳائي ويندي آھي ۽ مٿئين حصي ۾ شيشو لڳائي ڇڏبو آھي. دريءَ جو اھو حصو دائين بند رھندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي کولي ۽ بند ڪري نھ سگھبو آھي. اھڙي قسم جي شيشي جي حصي کي فئن لائيٽ (Fan Light)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح سان ھڪ تھ دري ۽ روشندان لاءِ الڳ الڳ لنٽيل ٺاھڻ جي ضرورت نھ پوندي آھي ۽ ٻيو تھ ڪاٺ جي بچت پڻ ٿيندي آھي. ھن قسم جو نظام دروازن سان گڏ پڻ ڪري سگھبو آھي. درين ۽ دروازن مٿان ھڪ کتل (Fixed)  روشندانن جي جاءِ تي کلندڙ ۽ بند ٿيندڙ روشندان پڻ لڳائي سگھبا آھن. اھڙا ڪمرا جن ۾ عليحدھ طرح سان روشندان لڳائڻ جي گنجائش نھ ھوندي آھي تھ انھيءَ ھنڌ ھن قسم جو بندوبست ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''ٻاھر نڪتل دري'''''

: (Bay Window)  
ھن قسم جي دري ڪمري جي ٻاھرين ديوار کان ٻاھر تي نڪتل ھوندي آھي. مطلب تھ ھي دريون صرف ڪمري جي ٻاھرين ديوارن ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ اھي ٻاھرين ڀتين کان ٻاھر نڪتل ھونديون آھن. 


'''''پانيلن واري دري''''' 


ھي دريون گھڻن ئي ڊؤلن جون ٿينديون آھن، جھڙوڪ، چؤڪور، گول ۽ گھڻ ڪنڊائتيون (Polygonal)  وغيره. ھن قسم جي درين جو ٻاھر نڪتل ڀاڱو (Projection)  دريءَ جي فرش واريءَ ليول کان يا فريم جي ھيٺئين سڌي پٽيءَ (Sill)  کان شروع ٿيندو آھي. ھن قسم جي درين لڳائڻ سا عمارتن جي خوبصورتي وڌي ٿي. ھنن جي لڳائڻ سان ڪمرا ھوادار، ڪشادا ۽ روشن رھن ٿا. 

ڪنڊائتي دري


: (Corner Window)  
ھن قسم جون دريون ڪمرن جي ڪنڊ وٽ لڳايون وينديون آھن. انھن جي لڳائڻ سان ڪمرا ھوادار رھن ٿا ۽ عمارت جي خوبصورتي وڌي ٿي. ھن قسم جي دريءَ لڳائڻ سان چؤڪاٺي جي وچين ٻانھن ٻنھي طرفن جو ڪم ڏئي ٿي ۽ اھڙيءَ طرح سان ھڪ ٻانھن جي بچت ٿئي ٿي

'''''روشندان'''''

: (Clerestory Window or Ventilator) 
ھن قسم جون دريون روشندان ڀر واري ورانڊي ۽ ڪمرن جي ڇتين جي مختلف اوچائيءَ سبب انھن جي وچ واري ديوار جي حصي ۾ مٿينءَ ڇت جي نزديڪ لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھيءُ تاڪ جي ٻاھرين اڀين پٽين کي ٻنھي پاسن کان مدارن يا ٽيڪن (Pivots)  تي ٽيڪي لڏڻ جي انداز ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ تاڪ جي مٿئين ۽ ھيٺئين سڌي پٽيءَ جي پوري وچ تي ڇلا (Rings)  لڳائي، انھن ۾ رسين جو ھڪ ھڪ ڇيڙو ٻڌي ان جي ٻئي لٽڪيل ڇيڙي کي ڇڪ ڏيڻ سان انھن کي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگھبو آھي .ساڳيءَ ليول وارن ڪمرن جي ڇت ۾ لڳائڻ واريءَ صورت ۾ انھن کي روشندان (Ventilators)  سڏيو وڃي ٿو جيڪي ڪمرن کي روشن رکڻ سان گڏ ڪمرن کي ھوادار پڻ بنائن ٿا.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''ڊارمر ونڊو'''''

: (Dormer Window) 
ھن قسم جون دريون سلاميءَ وارين ڇتين جي سلاميءَ واري سطح (Slopping surface)  تي لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ٻن قسمن جون ٿينديون آھن، ھڪ گيبل ٽائيپ ۽ ٻيون ڇاپري ٽائيپ  (Gabel type and shade type). گيبل ٽائيپ دريون ڇتين جي مٿئين نوڪدار ڀاڱي تي لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ ڇاپري ٽائيپ دريون چؤڪور اڀي حصي تي لڳائبيون آھن. اھڙيءَ طرح انھن جو انداز ڇتين جي قسم تي منحصر آھي.


'''''لالٽين نما دري'''''


: (Lantern Window) 
ڊگھين ۽ مسلسل جاين ۾ آمھون سامھون ٺھيل ڪمرن جي وچ واري لنگھھ (Passage) کي روشن ۽ ھوادار بڻائڻ لاءِ ھن قسم جون دريون مھيا ڪيون وينديون آھن، جيڪي ھڪ ئي ليول وارين ڇتين مٿان اڀريل نموني لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ انھن جي مٿي اڀريل پاسن کان روشني پھچائڻ واسطي انھن پاسن ۾ شيشا لڳايا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


'''''روشندان يا اسڪاءِ لائيٽ'''''

: (Sky Light) 
ھن قسم جا روشندان سلاميءَ وارين ڇتين ۾ اھڙي ريت لڳايا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھن جي چوٽي ڇت جي سطح سان پوروڇوٽ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>5478hfsuxjuct68ond1c2ajiomfexbj</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400901</id>
      <parentid>400900</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T14:47:21Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400901</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="26824" sha1="pw8o3oxvzhpn8yzsji171v91ksfsgjg" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڀت، دروازي، ڇت يا گاڏي ۾ روشني، هوا ۽ ٻاهرئين ڏيک لاءِ ٺاهيل کُليل حصو}}

{{multiple image
|perrow=3
|total_width=400
|image1=Window of the house with number 17 on strada Mântuleasa, from Bucharest (Romania).jpg
|image2=Atua Kosua shrine4.jpg
|image3=Traditional wooden window (Akhi Jhyal).jpg
|image4=P1300843 Paris X rue de Paradis n18 detail rwk.jpg
|image5=Exterior facade of the Hôtel de Bourvallais 003.JPG
|image6=Chartres RosetteNord 121 DSC08241.jpg
|footer=دريَن جا مختلف نمونا
}}

'''دري''' (Window) ڀت، [[در]]، [[ڇت]] يا [[گاڏي]] ۾ ٺهيل اهڙو کُليل حصو آهي، جيڪو [[روشني]] کي اندر اچڻ، [[هوا]] جي اچ وڃ ۽ ڪيترين حالتن ۾ آواز جي گذر جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. جديد دريون عام طور شيشي  يا ڪنهن ٻئي شفاف يا نيم شفاف مواد سان ڍڪيل هونديون آهن. شيشو عام طور هڪ [[تاڪ]] (Sash) ۾ لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[فريم]] جي اندر نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt; ڪيترن ئي حوالن ۾ تاڪ ۽ فريم ٻنهي کي گڏجي دري پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/window/|title=Window|publisher=The Free Dictionary By Farlex|access-date=19 May 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

گهڻيون شيشي واريون دريون کولي يا بند ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. دري کولڻ سان [[هوا جي مٽاسٽا]] (وينٽيليشن) ممڪن ٿيندي آهي، جڏهن ته بند ڪرڻ سان مينهن، تيز هوا ۽ ٻين خراب موسمي حالتن کان تحفظ حاصل ٿيندو آهي. دريَن ۾ اڪثر [[ڪڙي]] (Latch) يا اهڙو ٻيو ميڪانياتي بندش وارو اوزار لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو دري کي بند ڪري تالو لڳائڻ يا مختلف درجن تائين کليل حالت ۾ قائم رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

دريَن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جن ۾ '''[[آئبرو دري]]'''  (آئبرو ونڊو - eyebrow)، '''[[مقرر دري]]''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو)، [[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]] (ھيڪساگونل ونڊو)، '''[[سنگل هنگ دري]]''' (سنگل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[ڊبل هنگ دري]]''' (ڊبل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[افقي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري]]''' (ھرائيزينٽل سلائيڊنگ سيش ونڊو)، [[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]، '''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window)، '''هاپر دري''' (Hopper window)، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ سلائيڊ دري''' ، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ ٽرن دري'''، '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom)، '''پاسي واري دري''' (سلائيڊ لائيٽ ونڊو)، [[جيلوسي دري]] (Jalousie)، [[لوور دري]] (Louvered)، [[ڪليرسٽوري دري]] (Clerestory)، [[لينسٽ دري]] (Lancet)، [[ڇت جو روشندان]] (اسڪائلائيٽ)، [[ڇت جي دري]] (روف ونڊو)، [[روف لئنٽرن]] (lantern)، [[بي دري]] (Bay)، [[اوريل دري]] (Oriel)، [[ڊائيوڪليشيئن دري]] (Diocletian)، '''تصويري دري''' (Picture)، [[گلابي دري]] (Rose)، '''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري'''، [[رنگين شيشي واري دري]] (Stained glass)، '''فرينچ دري'''، '''پينل دري'''، '''ٻٽي يا ٽرپل شيشي واري دري'''  ۽ [[وچ دري]] (Witch) شامل آهن.

== اشتقاق ==

انگريزي لفظ '''ونڊو''' (''window'') جو بنياد [[قديم نارس ٻولي]] جي لفظ {{lang|non|vindauga}} مان نڪتل آهي، جيڪو {{lang|non|vindr}} (هوا) ۽ {{lang|non|auga}} (اک) مان ٺهيل آهي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;هوا جي اک&quot; آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |title=New Oxford American Dictionary |date=2010 |access-date=January 16, 2015 |archive-date=June 2, 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130602205448/http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[نارويجي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|no|[[نينورسڪ]]}} ۽ [[آئس لينڊي ٻولي]] ۾ قديم نارس جو هي لفظ اڄ تائين زندهه رهيو آهي. آئس لينڊي ۾ اهو رڳو هڪ ننڍڙي کليل &quot;دري&quot; جي هڪ قسم لاءِ نسبتاً گهٽ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ آهي، ۽ اهو {{lang|is|gluggi}} (آئس لينڊي ٻوليءَ ۾ &quot;دري&quot; لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ) جو مڪمل مترادف نه آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|title=Hvaðan kemur orðið gluggi? Af hverju notum við ekki vindauga samanber window?|work=Vísindavefurinn|access-date=2018-09-17|language=is|archive-date=December 14, 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191214165059/https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|url-status=live}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ {{lang|sv|vindöga}} لفظ اڃا تائين جهونپڙيءَ جي ڇت ۾ موجود سوراخ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته [[ڊينش ٻولي]] جي {{lang|da|vindue}} ۽ نارويجي ٻولي جي {{lang|no|[[بوڪمول]]}} ۾ {{lang|no|vindu}} لفظ مان &quot;اک&quot; سان سڌو تعلق ختم ٿي ويو آهي، جيئن انگريزي لفظ ''window'' ۾ به ٿيو آهي. ڊينش (پر نارويجي [[بوڪمول]] نه) ۾ هن لفظ جو اچار انگريزي ''window'' سان گهڻو مشابهت رکي ٿو.

انگريزي جو لفظ ''ونڊو'' (window) پهريون ڀيرو 13هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ لکيل استعمال ملي ٿو، ۽ شروعات ۾ ان مان مراد ڇت ۾ موجود شيشي کان سواءِ هڪ کليل سوراخ هئي. بعد ۾ ''ونڊو''، [[قديم انگريزي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|ang|eagþyrl}} جي جاءِ ورتي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو سوراخ&quot; آهي، ۽ {{lang|ang|eagduru}}، جنهن جي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو در&quot; آهي.

تنهن هوندي به، ڪيترين ئي جرمني ٻولين شيشي واري دري لاءِ لاطيني لفظ فينيسٽرا fenestra اختيار ڪيو، جهڙوڪ [[معياري ٻولي|معياري]] [[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ فونسٽر fönster ۽ [[جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ فينسٽر Fenster.
انگريزي ۾ ''ونڊو'' لفظ جو استعمال غالباً [[وائڪنگ دور]] دوران انگريزي ٻوليءَ تي اسڪينڊي نيويائي اثر ۽ [[ڌاريل لفظ]]ن جي ذريعي ٿيو. انگريزي ۾ ''فينيسٽر'' لفظ پڻ ''ونڊو'' سان گڏ 18هين صديءَ جي وچ تائين متوازي طور استعمال ٿيندو رهيو.

لفظ '''فينيسٽريشن''' اڄ به عمارت جي [[مهاڙي]] ۾ درين جي ترتيب يا بناوت کي بيان ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته '''[[ڊيفينسٽريشن]]''' (''defenestration'') جي معنيٰ آهي &quot;ڪنهن کي دريءَ مان ٻاهر اڇلائڻ&quot;.

== تاريخ ==
{{Multiple image
|total_width=400
|image1=MorellaSantaMariaWindow.jpg
|caption1=[[الباسٽر]] مان ٺهيل &quot;مولين&quot; سان ورهايل سينگاريل دريون [[سانتا ماريا لا ميجور گرجاگھر]] ([[موريلّا، ڪاسٽيلون|موريلّا]]، اسپين) ۾
|image2=ValenciaCathedral2.JPG
|caption2=[[والينسيا گرجاگھر]] ۾ الباسٽر جي دري. ڀت جي فريم جي کاٻي پاسي جي غير هموار ۽ ترڇي شڪل تي ڌيان ڏيو، جيڪا سج جي ڪرڻن کي عبادت گاهه جي اڳئين حصي (چينسل) تائين پهچڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي.
}}

[[رومي سلطنت|رومين]] ماڻهن کي درين ۾ [[شيشو]] استعمال ڪندڙ پهريون معلوم ماڻهو سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ۽ اها ٽيڪنالاجي غالباً سڀ کان پهرين [[رومي مصر]] ۾، [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ {{circa|100}}ع ڌاري تيار ڪئي وئي هئي.{{Citation needed|date=April 2024}} درين جون تصويرون قديم مصري ڀتين جي نقاشين ۽ [[اسيريا]] جي مجسمن ۾ پڻ ڏسي سگهجن ٿيون. ڪاغذي دريون گهٽ خرچ واريون هونديون هيون ۽ قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ [[شيشو]] عام ماڻهن جي گهرن جي درين ۾ صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيو، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل [[جانورن جا سڱ|جانورن جي سڱن]] مان ٺهيل درين جا شيشا 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿي رهيا هئا. 19هين صديءَ ۾ آمريڪي اولهه وارن علائقن ۾ آبادڪارن [[تيل لڳل ڪاغذ جي دري]]ن جو استعمال شروع ڪيو. جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون جڏهن صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته ٿي ويا.

=== ٽيڪنالاجيون ===

13هين صدي ق.م. ۾ سڀ کان اوائليون دريون ڇت ۾ بغير شيشي وارا کليل سوراخ هوندا هئا، جيئن ڏينهن جي وقت روشني اندر اچي سگهي.{{citation needed|date=January 2023}} بعد ۾،{{when|date=October 2016}} انهن درين کي جانورن جي کل، ڪپڙي يا ڪاٺ سان ڍڪيو ويندو هو. ان کان پوءِ اهڙا [[دريءَ جا شٽر|شٽر]] وجود ۾ آيا، جيڪي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگهبا هئا.{{when|date=October 2016}} وقت سان گڏ اهڙيون دريون تيار ڪيون ويون جيڪي هڪ طرف رهواسين کي موسم جي اثرن کان بچائينديون هيون ۽ ٻي طرف روشني به اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون. انهن ۾ نيم شفاف مواد جا ڪيترائي ننڍا ٽڪرا استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا، جهڙوڪ جانورن جي چپٽن ۽ نيم شفاف سڱن جا ٽڪرا، ڪاغذ جون چادرون، [[سنگ مرمر]] جون سنهيون پتيون (جهڙوڪ [[فينگائيٽ]])، يا شيشي جا ٽڪرا، جيڪي ڪاٺ، لوهه يا سيهي جي ٺهيل فريمن ۾ لڳايا ويندا هئا. ڏور اوڀر ۾ درين کي ڀرڻ لاءِ ڪاغذ استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot;&gt;{{cite encyclopedia | url= http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | title= Window | encyclopedia= Britannica | access-date= May 19, 2012 | archive-date= May 2, 2015 | archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20150502185207/http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | url-status= live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

رومي ماڻهو درين ۾ شيشي جا پهريان معلوم استعمال ڪندڙ هئا، ۽ هنن اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي مان فائدو ورتو جيڪا غالباً پهريون ڀيرو [[رومي مصر]] ۾ ترقي ڪئي وئي هئي. خاص طور تي [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ تقريباً {{circa}} 100ع ڌاري [[ڍاليل شيشو|ڍاليل شيشي]] جون دريون ظاهر ٿيڻ لڳيون، جيتوڻيڪ انهن جون بصري خاصيتون ڪمزور هيون. اهي ننڍيون ۽ ٿلهيون هونديون هيون ۽ حقيقت ۾ [[شيشو ڦوڪڻ|ڦوڪيل شيشي]] جي مرتبانن (سلينڊر نما شڪل) کي چپٽو ڪري چادرن جي صورت ۾ ٺاهيو ويندو هو، جن تي هر هنڌ گول دائري جهڙا نشان موجود هوندا هئا. (موازنہ ڪريو روايتي [[گرجاگھر جي دري]]ن سان، جيڪي [[رنگين شيشو]] مان ٺهيل هونديون آهن.) دريءَ جو شيشو ايترو شفاف ٿيڻ ۾، جو ان مان صاف ڏسي سگهجي جيئن اڄ اسين ڏسون ٿا، هڪ هزار سالن کان وڌيڪ وقت لڳو. تنهن هوندي به، قديم رومي دريون تمام ڪارآمد هيون، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن کي &quot;گرمي فراهم ڪرڻ واري ٽيڪنالاجيءَ ۾ اڪثر نظرانداز ڪيل ترقي&quot; سمجهيو ويندو آهي، ڇو ته اهي سج جي گرمي کي عمارت اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون، جڏهن ته اندر جي گرم هوا کي ٻاهر نڪرڻ کان روڪينديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last1=Carrier |first1=Richard |title=The Scientist in the Early Roman Empire |date=2017 |publisher=Pitchstone Publishing |location=Durham, North Carolina |isbn=978-1-63431-106-9 |page=218}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1154ع ۾ [[الادريسي]] [[گھانا سلطنت]] جي بادشاهه جي محل جي هڪ خاص خصوصيت طور شيشي جي درين جو ذڪر ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | url= https://books.google.com/books?id=umyHqvAErOAC&amp;dq=Ghana+Empire+glass+window&amp;pg=PA564 | title= Encyclopedia of African History 3-Volume Set| page= 564|author= Kevin Shillington |author-link= Kevin Shillington| publisher= [[Routledge]] | isbn= 978-1-135-45670-2 |date= 2013}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal | last= Fage | first=J. D. | title=Ancient Ghana: A Review Of The Evidence | journal=Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana | volume= 3 | issue= 2 | pages= 3–24 | year= 1957| jstor= 41405704}}&lt;/ref&gt;

صدين جي دوران اهڙيون ٽيڪنيڪون ترقي ڪيون ويون، جن جي ذريعي ڦوڪيل شيشي جي [[سلينڊر (هندسي شڪل)|سلينڊر]] جي هڪ پاسي کي ڪٽي، ساڳئي مقدار جي شيشي مان وڌيڪ سنهيون مستطيل دريون تيار ڪيون وينديون هيون. ان سان ڊگهيون ۽ سنهيون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، جيڪي عام طور تي هڪ عمودي سهاري سان ورهايل هونديون هيون، جنهن کي [[مولين]] چيو ويندو آهي. مولين سان ورهايل شيشي واريون دريون يورپ جي خوشحال ماڻهن ۾ پسنديده دريون هيون،{{when|date=January 2023}} جڏهن ته ڪاغذي دريون قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ گهٽ خرچ سبب وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ عام ماڻهن جي گهرن ۾ شيشي واريون دريون صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيون، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل جانورن جي سڱن مان ٺهيل دريون 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿينديون رهيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Langley|first=Andrew|title=Medieval Life|series= Eyewitness|year= 2011 |publisher= Dorling Kindersley|isbn=978-1-4053-4545-3|page=16}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون، جڏهن 19هين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته بڻايا ويا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Float Glass|date=July 6, 2007 |url=https://www.architectmagazine.com/technology/float-glass_o}}&lt;/ref&gt; جديد دريون عام طور تي شيشي سان ڀريون وينديون آهن، جيتوڻيڪ شفاف پلاسٽڪ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== جوڙجڪ جا لاڙا ===
{{See also|گرجاگھر جي دري}}

12هين صدي عيسويءَ کان [[اولهه يورپ]] جي [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ [[لينسٽ دري]]ن (''lancet windows'') جو متعارف ٿيڻ، محرابي درين جي هڪ اڳوڻي روايت تي ٻڌل هو،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 |quote= In general two or three windows united in a group, as was later the rule in Roman architecture, were even then of frequent occurrence in the early Christian architecture of Asia Minor. The form of the window is nearly everywhere the same; a rectangle that usually has a rounded top, but seldom a straight lintel.}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪي [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀن]] جي وچ ۾ لڳايون وينديون هيون،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 | quote = The place of the window was determined by the architectural membering of the basilica, the distance between two columns generally indicating the position of a window.}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ ان جي نتيجي ۾ نه رڳو [[ٽريسري]] ۽ نفيس [[قرونِ وسطى جا رنگين شيشا|رنگين شيشي]] واريون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، پر عبادتي عمارتن ۾ نوڪيدار يا گول شڪل وارين درين جو هڪ اهڙو ڊگهو تعميراتي رواج به پيدا ٿيو، جيڪو اڄ به ڪيترن ئي گرجاگهرن ۾ ڏسي سگهجي ٿو.


[[فائل:Window Porto Covo August 2013-2.jpg|380px|thumb|[[پورچوگال ۾ پورٽو ڪووو ۾ھڪ روايتي دري]]]]


'''''دري'''''---'''Window '': اردوء ۾ :'''کھڑکی ''': ڀت ، ڇت، در ۽ گاڏيء ۾ اھڙو سوراخ آھي جتان ھوا، روشني ۽ آواز اندر داخل ٿيندو آھي. جديد درين ۾ شفاف يا چمڪيلا يا روشن شيشا لڳايا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web| u http://www.thefreedictionary.com/window/ |title=Window |publisher=The Free Dictionary By Farlex|accessdate=May 19, 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;  انھن جي قسمن ۾ آئي برو دري، فڪسڊ دري، سنگل ھنگ دري ، ڊبل ھنگ دري،  سيش دري، ھاريزہنٽل سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ، ڪيس واري دري، آننگ دري، ھوپر دري، ٽلٽ ۽ سلائيڊ دري، ٽلٽ اينڊ ٽرن دري، سائيڊ لائيٽ دري،جالوسي يا لوورڊ دري، ڪلريسٽري دري، اسڪاء لائيٽ دري، ڇت يا روف واري دري، اوريل دري، ٿرمل دري، ڊئيوڪلٽين دري، تصوير واري دري، ايمرجنسي اگزٽ دري، فرينچ دري،ٽرپل پينل واري دري.جاءِ اندر مختلف ڪمرن جي نوعيت مطابق انھن کي ھر موسم آھر ھوا ۽ روشني پھچائڻ لاءِ درين جو لڳائن تمام ضروري آھي. اھي اھڙي انداز ۾ لڳائڻ گھرجن،، جيئن ھوا جو گذر انھيءَ جي رخ پٽاندڙ، بنا ڪنھن رنڊڪ جي ۽ صحيح طرح سان ٿئي. برٽش قائدن مطابق درين جي ايراضي ڪمري جي فرش جي ايراضيءَ (Carpet Areas) جو گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ڏھون (1/10) حصو ھئڻ گھرجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;

==تاريخ==
رومين سڀ کان اول شيشي جو استعمال درين ۾ ڪرڻ جي ابتدا ڪئي. انھن ان ٽيڪنالاجي جي آغاز رومي مصر جي شھر اسڪندريہ ۾ سن 100عيسويء ڪيو. پيپر واريون دريون قديم  جپان، ڪوريا ۽ چين ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون ھيون جيڪي ڏاڍيون سستيون ھيون. انگلينڊ ۾ شيشي جو استعمال درين ۾ سترھين صدي عيسويءَ ۾ عام جام ٿي ويو ھو.

[[فائل:MorellaSantaMariaWindow.jpg|380px|thumb|upright|[[اسپين جي موريلا شھر ۾ سانتا ماريا لا ميجر چرچ جون سينگاريل دريون]]]]
[[فائل:ValenciaCathedral2.JPG|380px|thumb|upright|[[ويلنسيا ڪئٿيڊرل ۾ الاباسٽر دري]]]]

==درين جا قسم==

درين جي مختلف قسمن جو مختصر تفصيل ھيٺ بيان ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


'''''پانيلن واري دري'''''
: (Panelled or Casement Windows)

ھن قسم جون دريون، دروازن وانگر ھڪ تاڪ يا ٻن تاڪن جون ٿينديون آھن، جن کي ڪاٺ جي فريم سان انجيسن ذريعي لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ھن قسم جون دريون عام طرح سان استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن، جن ۾ پانيلن اندر ڪاٺ جي پترن تختن کي گھربل نموني ۾ لڳايو ويندو آھي.
انھيءَ کان سواءِ سمورن پانيلن اندر ڪاٺ جي سنھن تختن کان علاوھ ڪجھھ حصي تائين شيشا ۽ ڪجھھ حصي تائين ڪاٺ جا سنھا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. اھڙن ڪمرن ۾ جتي روشنيءَ جي گھڻي ضرورت ھوندي آھي تھ سڀيئي پانيل شيشي جا رکبا آھن. شيشن کي قابو ڪرڻ واسطي ڪاٺ جون سنھيون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن، جن کي (Sash bars)  سڏيو ويندو آھي.
ھن قسم جي درين جا تاڪ اندر يا ٻاھر کولي سگھبا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ درين لاءِ ڇڏيل خالن کي ٻن حصن ۾ ورھايو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ لاءِ چؤڪاٺي اندر اڪثر طور تي مٿان کان انھيءَ جي چوٿين حصي تائين ھڪ وڌيڪ سڌي پٽي لڳائي ويندي آھي ۽ مٿئين حصي ۾ شيشو لڳائي ڇڏبو آھي. دريءَ جو اھو حصو دائين بند رھندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي کولي ۽ بند ڪري نھ سگھبو آھي. اھڙي قسم جي شيشي جي حصي کي فئن لائيٽ (Fan Light)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح سان ھڪ تھ دري ۽ روشندان لاءِ الڳ الڳ لنٽيل ٺاھڻ جي ضرورت نھ پوندي آھي ۽ ٻيو تھ ڪاٺ جي بچت پڻ ٿيندي آھي. ھن قسم جو نظام دروازن سان گڏ پڻ ڪري سگھبو آھي. درين ۽ دروازن مٿان ھڪ کتل (Fixed)  روشندانن جي جاءِ تي کلندڙ ۽ بند ٿيندڙ روشندان پڻ لڳائي سگھبا آھن. اھڙا ڪمرا جن ۾ عليحدھ طرح سان روشندان لڳائڻ جي گنجائش نھ ھوندي آھي تھ انھيءَ ھنڌ ھن قسم جو بندوبست ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''ٻاھر نڪتل دري'''''

: (Bay Window)  
ھن قسم جي دري ڪمري جي ٻاھرين ديوار کان ٻاھر تي نڪتل ھوندي آھي. مطلب تھ ھي دريون صرف ڪمري جي ٻاھرين ديوارن ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ اھي ٻاھرين ڀتين کان ٻاھر نڪتل ھونديون آھن. 


'''''پانيلن واري دري''''' 


ھي دريون گھڻن ئي ڊؤلن جون ٿينديون آھن، جھڙوڪ، چؤڪور، گول ۽ گھڻ ڪنڊائتيون (Polygonal)  وغيره. ھن قسم جي درين جو ٻاھر نڪتل ڀاڱو (Projection)  دريءَ جي فرش واريءَ ليول کان يا فريم جي ھيٺئين سڌي پٽيءَ (Sill)  کان شروع ٿيندو آھي. ھن قسم جي درين لڳائڻ سا عمارتن جي خوبصورتي وڌي ٿي. ھنن جي لڳائڻ سان ڪمرا ھوادار، ڪشادا ۽ روشن رھن ٿا. 

ڪنڊائتي دري


: (Corner Window)  
ھن قسم جون دريون ڪمرن جي ڪنڊ وٽ لڳايون وينديون آھن. انھن جي لڳائڻ سان ڪمرا ھوادار رھن ٿا ۽ عمارت جي خوبصورتي وڌي ٿي. ھن قسم جي دريءَ لڳائڻ سان چؤڪاٺي جي وچين ٻانھن ٻنھي طرفن جو ڪم ڏئي ٿي ۽ اھڙيءَ طرح سان ھڪ ٻانھن جي بچت ٿئي ٿي

'''''روشندان'''''

: (Clerestory Window or Ventilator) 
ھن قسم جون دريون روشندان ڀر واري ورانڊي ۽ ڪمرن جي ڇتين جي مختلف اوچائيءَ سبب انھن جي وچ واري ديوار جي حصي ۾ مٿينءَ ڇت جي نزديڪ لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھيءُ تاڪ جي ٻاھرين اڀين پٽين کي ٻنھي پاسن کان مدارن يا ٽيڪن (Pivots)  تي ٽيڪي لڏڻ جي انداز ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ تاڪ جي مٿئين ۽ ھيٺئين سڌي پٽيءَ جي پوري وچ تي ڇلا (Rings)  لڳائي، انھن ۾ رسين جو ھڪ ھڪ ڇيڙو ٻڌي ان جي ٻئي لٽڪيل ڇيڙي کي ڇڪ ڏيڻ سان انھن کي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگھبو آھي .ساڳيءَ ليول وارن ڪمرن جي ڇت ۾ لڳائڻ واريءَ صورت ۾ انھن کي روشندان (Ventilators)  سڏيو وڃي ٿو جيڪي ڪمرن کي روشن رکڻ سان گڏ ڪمرن کي ھوادار پڻ بنائن ٿا.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''ڊارمر ونڊو'''''

: (Dormer Window) 
ھن قسم جون دريون سلاميءَ وارين ڇتين جي سلاميءَ واري سطح (Slopping surface)  تي لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ٻن قسمن جون ٿينديون آھن، ھڪ گيبل ٽائيپ ۽ ٻيون ڇاپري ٽائيپ  (Gabel type and shade type). گيبل ٽائيپ دريون ڇتين جي مٿئين نوڪدار ڀاڱي تي لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ ڇاپري ٽائيپ دريون چؤڪور اڀي حصي تي لڳائبيون آھن. اھڙيءَ طرح انھن جو انداز ڇتين جي قسم تي منحصر آھي.


'''''لالٽين نما دري'''''


: (Lantern Window) 
ڊگھين ۽ مسلسل جاين ۾ آمھون سامھون ٺھيل ڪمرن جي وچ واري لنگھھ (Passage) کي روشن ۽ ھوادار بڻائڻ لاءِ ھن قسم جون دريون مھيا ڪيون وينديون آھن، جيڪي ھڪ ئي ليول وارين ڇتين مٿان اڀريل نموني لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ انھن جي مٿي اڀريل پاسن کان روشني پھچائڻ واسطي انھن پاسن ۾ شيشا لڳايا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


'''''روشندان يا اسڪاءِ لائيٽ'''''

: (Sky Light) 
ھن قسم جا روشندان سلاميءَ وارين ڇتين ۾ اھڙي ريت لڳايا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھن جي چوٽي ڇت جي سطح سان پوروڇوٽ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>pw8o3oxvzhpn8yzsji171v91ksfsgjg</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400902</id>
      <parentid>400901</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T14:48:02Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400902</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="31308" sha1="a1wn2gj1orn60tlh4ok4yltseepg1vh" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڀت، دروازي، ڇت يا گاڏي ۾ روشني، هوا ۽ ٻاهرئين ڏيک لاءِ ٺاهيل کُليل حصو}}

{{multiple image
|perrow=3
|total_width=400
|image1=Window of the house with number 17 on strada Mântuleasa, from Bucharest (Romania).jpg
|image2=Atua Kosua shrine4.jpg
|image3=Traditional wooden window (Akhi Jhyal).jpg
|image4=P1300843 Paris X rue de Paradis n18 detail rwk.jpg
|image5=Exterior facade of the Hôtel de Bourvallais 003.JPG
|image6=Chartres RosetteNord 121 DSC08241.jpg
|footer=دريَن جا مختلف نمونا
}}

'''دري''' (Window) ڀت، [[در]]، [[ڇت]] يا [[گاڏي]] ۾ ٺهيل اهڙو کُليل حصو آهي، جيڪو [[روشني]] کي اندر اچڻ، [[هوا]] جي اچ وڃ ۽ ڪيترين حالتن ۾ آواز جي گذر جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. جديد دريون عام طور شيشي  يا ڪنهن ٻئي شفاف يا نيم شفاف مواد سان ڍڪيل هونديون آهن. شيشو عام طور هڪ [[تاڪ]] (Sash) ۾ لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[فريم]] جي اندر نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt; ڪيترن ئي حوالن ۾ تاڪ ۽ فريم ٻنهي کي گڏجي دري پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/window/|title=Window|publisher=The Free Dictionary By Farlex|access-date=19 May 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

گهڻيون شيشي واريون دريون کولي يا بند ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. دري کولڻ سان [[هوا جي مٽاسٽا]] (وينٽيليشن) ممڪن ٿيندي آهي، جڏهن ته بند ڪرڻ سان مينهن، تيز هوا ۽ ٻين خراب موسمي حالتن کان تحفظ حاصل ٿيندو آهي. دريَن ۾ اڪثر [[ڪڙي]] (Latch) يا اهڙو ٻيو ميڪانياتي بندش وارو اوزار لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو دري کي بند ڪري تالو لڳائڻ يا مختلف درجن تائين کليل حالت ۾ قائم رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

دريَن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جن ۾ '''[[آئبرو دري]]'''  (آئبرو ونڊو - eyebrow)، '''[[مقرر دري]]''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو)، [[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]] (ھيڪساگونل ونڊو)، '''[[سنگل هنگ دري]]''' (سنگل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[ڊبل هنگ دري]]''' (ڊبل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[افقي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري]]''' (ھرائيزينٽل سلائيڊنگ سيش ونڊو)، [[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]، '''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window)، '''هاپر دري''' (Hopper window)، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ سلائيڊ دري''' ، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ ٽرن دري'''، '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom)، '''پاسي واري دري''' (سلائيڊ لائيٽ ونڊو)، [[جيلوسي دري]] (Jalousie)، [[لوور دري]] (Louvered)، [[ڪليرسٽوري دري]] (Clerestory)، [[لينسٽ دري]] (Lancet)، [[ڇت جو روشندان]] (اسڪائلائيٽ)، [[ڇت جي دري]] (روف ونڊو)، [[روف لئنٽرن]] (lantern)، [[بي دري]] (Bay)، [[اوريل دري]] (Oriel)، [[ڊائيوڪليشيئن دري]] (Diocletian)، '''تصويري دري''' (Picture)، [[گلابي دري]] (Rose)، '''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري'''، [[رنگين شيشي واري دري]] (Stained glass)، '''فرينچ دري'''، '''پينل دري'''، '''ٻٽي يا ٽرپل شيشي واري دري'''  ۽ [[وچ دري]] (Witch) شامل آهن.

== اشتقاق ==

انگريزي لفظ '''ونڊو''' (''window'') جو بنياد [[قديم نارس ٻولي]] جي لفظ {{lang|non|vindauga}} مان نڪتل آهي، جيڪو {{lang|non|vindr}} (هوا) ۽ {{lang|non|auga}} (اک) مان ٺهيل آهي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;هوا جي اک&quot; آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |title=New Oxford American Dictionary |date=2010 |access-date=January 16, 2015 |archive-date=June 2, 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130602205448/http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[نارويجي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|no|[[نينورسڪ]]}} ۽ [[آئس لينڊي ٻولي]] ۾ قديم نارس جو هي لفظ اڄ تائين زندهه رهيو آهي. آئس لينڊي ۾ اهو رڳو هڪ ننڍڙي کليل &quot;دري&quot; جي هڪ قسم لاءِ نسبتاً گهٽ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ آهي، ۽ اهو {{lang|is|gluggi}} (آئس لينڊي ٻوليءَ ۾ &quot;دري&quot; لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ) جو مڪمل مترادف نه آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|title=Hvaðan kemur orðið gluggi? Af hverju notum við ekki vindauga samanber window?|work=Vísindavefurinn|access-date=2018-09-17|language=is|archive-date=December 14, 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191214165059/https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|url-status=live}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ {{lang|sv|vindöga}} لفظ اڃا تائين جهونپڙيءَ جي ڇت ۾ موجود سوراخ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته [[ڊينش ٻولي]] جي {{lang|da|vindue}} ۽ نارويجي ٻولي جي {{lang|no|[[بوڪمول]]}} ۾ {{lang|no|vindu}} لفظ مان &quot;اک&quot; سان سڌو تعلق ختم ٿي ويو آهي، جيئن انگريزي لفظ ''window'' ۾ به ٿيو آهي. ڊينش (پر نارويجي [[بوڪمول]] نه) ۾ هن لفظ جو اچار انگريزي ''window'' سان گهڻو مشابهت رکي ٿو.

انگريزي جو لفظ ''ونڊو'' (window) پهريون ڀيرو 13هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ لکيل استعمال ملي ٿو، ۽ شروعات ۾ ان مان مراد ڇت ۾ موجود شيشي کان سواءِ هڪ کليل سوراخ هئي. بعد ۾ ''ونڊو''، [[قديم انگريزي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|ang|eagþyrl}} جي جاءِ ورتي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو سوراخ&quot; آهي، ۽ {{lang|ang|eagduru}}، جنهن جي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو در&quot; آهي.

تنهن هوندي به، ڪيترين ئي جرمني ٻولين شيشي واري دري لاءِ لاطيني لفظ فينيسٽرا fenestra اختيار ڪيو، جهڙوڪ [[معياري ٻولي|معياري]] [[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ فونسٽر fönster ۽ [[جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ فينسٽر Fenster.
انگريزي ۾ ''ونڊو'' لفظ جو استعمال غالباً [[وائڪنگ دور]] دوران انگريزي ٻوليءَ تي اسڪينڊي نيويائي اثر ۽ [[ڌاريل لفظ]]ن جي ذريعي ٿيو. انگريزي ۾ ''فينيسٽر'' لفظ پڻ ''ونڊو'' سان گڏ 18هين صديءَ جي وچ تائين متوازي طور استعمال ٿيندو رهيو.

لفظ '''فينيسٽريشن''' اڄ به عمارت جي [[مهاڙي]] ۾ درين جي ترتيب يا بناوت کي بيان ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته '''[[ڊيفينسٽريشن]]''' (''defenestration'') جي معنيٰ آهي &quot;ڪنهن کي دريءَ مان ٻاهر اڇلائڻ&quot;.

== تاريخ ==
{{Multiple image
|total_width=400
|image1=MorellaSantaMariaWindow.jpg
|caption1=[[الباسٽر]] مان ٺهيل &quot;مولين&quot; سان ورهايل سينگاريل دريون [[سانتا ماريا لا ميجور گرجاگھر]] ([[موريلّا، ڪاسٽيلون|موريلّا]]، اسپين) ۾
|image2=ValenciaCathedral2.JPG
|caption2=[[والينسيا گرجاگھر]] ۾ الباسٽر جي دري. ڀت جي فريم جي کاٻي پاسي جي غير هموار ۽ ترڇي شڪل تي ڌيان ڏيو، جيڪا سج جي ڪرڻن کي عبادت گاهه جي اڳئين حصي (چينسل) تائين پهچڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي.
}}

[[رومي سلطنت|رومين]] ماڻهن کي درين ۾ [[شيشو]] استعمال ڪندڙ پهريون معلوم ماڻهو سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ۽ اها ٽيڪنالاجي غالباً سڀ کان پهرين [[رومي مصر]] ۾، [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ {{circa|100}}ع ڌاري تيار ڪئي وئي هئي.{{Citation needed|date=April 2024}} درين جون تصويرون قديم مصري ڀتين جي نقاشين ۽ [[اسيريا]] جي مجسمن ۾ پڻ ڏسي سگهجن ٿيون. ڪاغذي دريون گهٽ خرچ واريون هونديون هيون ۽ قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ [[شيشو]] عام ماڻهن جي گهرن جي درين ۾ صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيو، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل [[جانورن جا سڱ|جانورن جي سڱن]] مان ٺهيل درين جا شيشا 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿي رهيا هئا. 19هين صديءَ ۾ آمريڪي اولهه وارن علائقن ۾ آبادڪارن [[تيل لڳل ڪاغذ جي دري]]ن جو استعمال شروع ڪيو. جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون جڏهن صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته ٿي ويا.

=== ٽيڪنالاجيون ===

13هين صدي ق.م. ۾ سڀ کان اوائليون دريون ڇت ۾ بغير شيشي وارا کليل سوراخ هوندا هئا، جيئن ڏينهن جي وقت روشني اندر اچي سگهي.{{citation needed|date=January 2023}} بعد ۾،{{when|date=October 2016}} انهن درين کي جانورن جي کل، ڪپڙي يا ڪاٺ سان ڍڪيو ويندو هو. ان کان پوءِ اهڙا [[دريءَ جا شٽر|شٽر]] وجود ۾ آيا، جيڪي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگهبا هئا.{{when|date=October 2016}} وقت سان گڏ اهڙيون دريون تيار ڪيون ويون جيڪي هڪ طرف رهواسين کي موسم جي اثرن کان بچائينديون هيون ۽ ٻي طرف روشني به اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون. انهن ۾ نيم شفاف مواد جا ڪيترائي ننڍا ٽڪرا استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا، جهڙوڪ جانورن جي چپٽن ۽ نيم شفاف سڱن جا ٽڪرا، ڪاغذ جون چادرون، [[سنگ مرمر]] جون سنهيون پتيون (جهڙوڪ [[فينگائيٽ]])، يا شيشي جا ٽڪرا، جيڪي ڪاٺ، لوهه يا سيهي جي ٺهيل فريمن ۾ لڳايا ويندا هئا. ڏور اوڀر ۾ درين کي ڀرڻ لاءِ ڪاغذ استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot;&gt;{{cite encyclopedia | url= http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | title= Window | encyclopedia= Britannica | access-date= May 19, 2012 | archive-date= May 2, 2015 | archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20150502185207/http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | url-status= live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

رومي ماڻهو درين ۾ شيشي جا پهريان معلوم استعمال ڪندڙ هئا، ۽ هنن اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي مان فائدو ورتو جيڪا غالباً پهريون ڀيرو [[رومي مصر]] ۾ ترقي ڪئي وئي هئي. خاص طور تي [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ تقريباً {{circa}} 100ع ڌاري [[ڍاليل شيشو|ڍاليل شيشي]] جون دريون ظاهر ٿيڻ لڳيون، جيتوڻيڪ انهن جون بصري خاصيتون ڪمزور هيون. اهي ننڍيون ۽ ٿلهيون هونديون هيون ۽ حقيقت ۾ [[شيشو ڦوڪڻ|ڦوڪيل شيشي]] جي مرتبانن (سلينڊر نما شڪل) کي چپٽو ڪري چادرن جي صورت ۾ ٺاهيو ويندو هو، جن تي هر هنڌ گول دائري جهڙا نشان موجود هوندا هئا. (موازنہ ڪريو روايتي [[گرجاگھر جي دري]]ن سان، جيڪي [[رنگين شيشو]] مان ٺهيل هونديون آهن.) دريءَ جو شيشو ايترو شفاف ٿيڻ ۾، جو ان مان صاف ڏسي سگهجي جيئن اڄ اسين ڏسون ٿا، هڪ هزار سالن کان وڌيڪ وقت لڳو. تنهن هوندي به، قديم رومي دريون تمام ڪارآمد هيون، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن کي &quot;گرمي فراهم ڪرڻ واري ٽيڪنالاجيءَ ۾ اڪثر نظرانداز ڪيل ترقي&quot; سمجهيو ويندو آهي، ڇو ته اهي سج جي گرمي کي عمارت اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون، جڏهن ته اندر جي گرم هوا کي ٻاهر نڪرڻ کان روڪينديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last1=Carrier |first1=Richard |title=The Scientist in the Early Roman Empire |date=2017 |publisher=Pitchstone Publishing |location=Durham, North Carolina |isbn=978-1-63431-106-9 |page=218}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1154ع ۾ [[الادريسي]] [[گھانا سلطنت]] جي بادشاهه جي محل جي هڪ خاص خصوصيت طور شيشي جي درين جو ذڪر ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | url= https://books.google.com/books?id=umyHqvAErOAC&amp;dq=Ghana+Empire+glass+window&amp;pg=PA564 | title= Encyclopedia of African History 3-Volume Set| page= 564|author= Kevin Shillington |author-link= Kevin Shillington| publisher= [[Routledge]] | isbn= 978-1-135-45670-2 |date= 2013}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal | last= Fage | first=J. D. | title=Ancient Ghana: A Review Of The Evidence | journal=Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana | volume= 3 | issue= 2 | pages= 3–24 | year= 1957| jstor= 41405704}}&lt;/ref&gt;

صدين جي دوران اهڙيون ٽيڪنيڪون ترقي ڪيون ويون، جن جي ذريعي ڦوڪيل شيشي جي [[سلينڊر (هندسي شڪل)|سلينڊر]] جي هڪ پاسي کي ڪٽي، ساڳئي مقدار جي شيشي مان وڌيڪ سنهيون مستطيل دريون تيار ڪيون وينديون هيون. ان سان ڊگهيون ۽ سنهيون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، جيڪي عام طور تي هڪ عمودي سهاري سان ورهايل هونديون هيون، جنهن کي [[مولين]] چيو ويندو آهي. مولين سان ورهايل شيشي واريون دريون يورپ جي خوشحال ماڻهن ۾ پسنديده دريون هيون،{{when|date=January 2023}} جڏهن ته ڪاغذي دريون قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ گهٽ خرچ سبب وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ عام ماڻهن جي گهرن ۾ شيشي واريون دريون صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيون، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل جانورن جي سڱن مان ٺهيل دريون 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿينديون رهيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Langley|first=Andrew|title=Medieval Life|series= Eyewitness|year= 2011 |publisher= Dorling Kindersley|isbn=978-1-4053-4545-3|page=16}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون، جڏهن 19هين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته بڻايا ويا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Float Glass|date=July 6, 2007 |url=https://www.architectmagazine.com/technology/float-glass_o}}&lt;/ref&gt; جديد دريون عام طور تي شيشي سان ڀريون وينديون آهن، جيتوڻيڪ شفاف پلاسٽڪ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== جوڙجڪ جا لاڙا ===
{{See also|گرجاگھر جي دري}}

12هين صدي عيسويءَ کان [[اولهه يورپ]] جي [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ [[لينسٽ دري]]ن (''lancet windows'') جو متعارف ٿيڻ، محرابي درين جي هڪ اڳوڻي روايت تي ٻڌل هو،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 |quote= In general two or three windows united in a group, as was later the rule in Roman architecture, were even then of frequent occurrence in the early Christian architecture of Asia Minor. The form of the window is nearly everywhere the same; a rectangle that usually has a rounded top, but seldom a straight lintel.}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪي [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀن]] جي وچ ۾ لڳايون وينديون هيون،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 | quote = The place of the window was determined by the architectural membering of the basilica, the distance between two columns generally indicating the position of a window.}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ ان جي نتيجي ۾ نه رڳو [[ٽريسري]] ۽ نفيس [[قرونِ وسطى جا رنگين شيشا|رنگين شيشي]] واريون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، پر عبادتي عمارتن ۾ نوڪيدار يا گول شڪل وارين درين جو هڪ اهڙو ڊگهو تعميراتي رواج به پيدا ٿيو، جيڪو اڄ به ڪيترن ئي گرجاگهرن ۾ ڏسي سگهجي ٿو.

تعميراتي مؤرخ پيٽر سمٿ شروعاتي جديد دور جي ويلش ڳوٺاڻن گهرن ۾ درين جي تعميراتي لاڙن بابت لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
تقريباً 1680ع تائين درين جو تناسب افقي هوندو هو، جيڪو انهن گهٽ اوچائي وارن ڪمرن لاءِ مناسب هو، جيڪي هال هائوسن ۾ مٿيون ماڙ شامل ڪرڻ کان پوءِ وجود ۾ آيا هئا. ان کان پوءِ عمودي تناسب واريون دريون رواج ۾ آيون، جنهن جو هڪ سبب گهٽ ۾ گهٽ اهو هو ته [[نشاةِ ثانيه]] جي دور ۾ اوچين ڇتين جي پسند وڌي وئي هئي. 1914ع کان پوءِ حالتون ٻيهر بدلجي ويون ۽ افقي تناسب واريون دريون هڪ ڀيرو ٻيهر پسند ڪيون وڃڻ لڳيون.&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
 |last1                = Smith
 |first1               = Peter
 |author-link1         = Peter Smith (architectural historian)
 |editor-last1         = Thirsk
 |editor-first1        = Joan
 |editor-link1         = Joan Thirsk
 |year                 = 1985
 |chapter              = 21 Rural Building in Wales
 |title                = The Agrarian History of England and Wales
 |url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=EAA9AAAAIAAJ
 |volume               = 5: 1640-1750 2: Agrarian change
 |publication-place    = Cambridge
 |publisher            = Cambridge University Press
 |page                 = 781
 |isbn                 = 9780521257756
 |access-date          = 18 January 2023
}}
&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;17هين صديءَ ۾ يورپ ۾ درين جي ڊزائن ۾ اوچائي ويڪر کان وڌيڪ رکڻ جو لاڙو پيدا ٿيو. ڪاٺ جا فريم وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا هئا، ۽ سيش دريون (''sash windows'') پڻ متعارف ڪرايون ويون. 18هين صديءَ ۾ سيش درين جي ڊزائن ۾ تبديليون آيون؛ شيشي کي سنڀاليندڙ سنها افقي ۽ عمودي پٽا (glazing bars) وڌيڪ باريڪ بڻايا ويا ۽ درين جون ماپون به وڌيڪ معياري ٿي ويون.

19هين صديءَ دوران ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ننڍين ڪناري وارين درين ۾ رنگين شيشو استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته گليزنگ بارن کي گوٿڪ طرز جي شڪل ڏني ويندي هئي. دريون اڳي کان وڌيڪ وڏيون ٿيڻ لڳيون ۽ آرٽس اينڊ ڪرافٽس ۽ ڪوئين اين طرزِ تعمير تمام مشهور ٿيا، جيڪو لاڙو 20هين صديءَ تائين جاري رهيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Windows, glass, glazing - a brief history |url=https://www.thenbs.com/knowledge/windows-glass-glazing-a-brief-history |access-date=2026-03-17 |website=NBS |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ شيشي]] جي ٽيڪنالاجي جي پکڙجڻ سان پڪچر ونڊوز (''picture windows'') متعارف ڪرائڻ ممڪن ٿيو (پهريون ڀيرو [[ليويٽ ٽائون، پنسلوانيا]] ۾)،&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
|last1                = Rybczynski
|first1               = Witold
|author-link1         = Witold Rybczynski
|date                 = 13 May 2008
|orig-date            = 2007
|chapter              = Ranchers, Picture Windows and Morning Rooms
|title                = Last Harvest: From Cornfield to New Town: Real Estate Development from George Washington to the Builders of the Twenty-First Century, and Why We Live in Houses Anyway
|url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=rkuvkjyRGG0C
|publication-place    = New York
|publisher            = Simon and Schuster
|page                 = 207
|isbn                 = 9780743235976
|access-date          = 18 January 2023
|quote                = The casual, spread-out ranch house [...] by 1950 accounted for nine out of ten new houses. [...] Its one extravagance was a large window facing the street - the picture window. As far as I have been able to determine, picture windows made their first appearance in Levittown, Pennsylvania.
}}
&lt;/ref&gt; جنهن جو بنياد 1951–1952ع ۾ وڌو ويو.{{Clarify|reason=What was founded?|date=July 2024}}ايندڙ حصي (حصو 4) ۾ آخري پيراگراف (''Many modern day windows may have a window screen...'') جو مڪمل ترجمو، بنا ڪنهن اختصار جي، حوالن سميت پيش ڪندس.


[[فائل:Window Porto Covo August 2013-2.jpg|380px|thumb|[[پورچوگال ۾ پورٽو ڪووو ۾ھڪ روايتي دري]]]]


'''''دري'''''---'''Window '': اردوء ۾ :'''کھڑکی ''': ڀت ، ڇت، در ۽ گاڏيء ۾ اھڙو سوراخ آھي جتان ھوا، روشني ۽ آواز اندر داخل ٿيندو آھي. جديد درين ۾ شفاف يا چمڪيلا يا روشن شيشا لڳايا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web| u http://www.thefreedictionary.com/window/ |title=Window |publisher=The Free Dictionary By Farlex|accessdate=May 19, 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;  انھن جي قسمن ۾ آئي برو دري، فڪسڊ دري، سنگل ھنگ دري ، ڊبل ھنگ دري،  سيش دري، ھاريزہنٽل سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ، ڪيس واري دري، آننگ دري، ھوپر دري، ٽلٽ ۽ سلائيڊ دري، ٽلٽ اينڊ ٽرن دري، سائيڊ لائيٽ دري،جالوسي يا لوورڊ دري، ڪلريسٽري دري، اسڪاء لائيٽ دري، ڇت يا روف واري دري، اوريل دري، ٿرمل دري، ڊئيوڪلٽين دري، تصوير واري دري، ايمرجنسي اگزٽ دري، فرينچ دري،ٽرپل پينل واري دري.جاءِ اندر مختلف ڪمرن جي نوعيت مطابق انھن کي ھر موسم آھر ھوا ۽ روشني پھچائڻ لاءِ درين جو لڳائن تمام ضروري آھي. اھي اھڙي انداز ۾ لڳائڻ گھرجن،، جيئن ھوا جو گذر انھيءَ جي رخ پٽاندڙ، بنا ڪنھن رنڊڪ جي ۽ صحيح طرح سان ٿئي. برٽش قائدن مطابق درين جي ايراضي ڪمري جي فرش جي ايراضيءَ (Carpet Areas) جو گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ڏھون (1/10) حصو ھئڻ گھرجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;

==تاريخ==
رومين سڀ کان اول شيشي جو استعمال درين ۾ ڪرڻ جي ابتدا ڪئي. انھن ان ٽيڪنالاجي جي آغاز رومي مصر جي شھر اسڪندريہ ۾ سن 100عيسويء ڪيو. پيپر واريون دريون قديم  جپان، ڪوريا ۽ چين ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون ھيون جيڪي ڏاڍيون سستيون ھيون. انگلينڊ ۾ شيشي جو استعمال درين ۾ سترھين صدي عيسويءَ ۾ عام جام ٿي ويو ھو.

[[فائل:MorellaSantaMariaWindow.jpg|380px|thumb|upright|[[اسپين جي موريلا شھر ۾ سانتا ماريا لا ميجر چرچ جون سينگاريل دريون]]]]
[[فائل:ValenciaCathedral2.JPG|380px|thumb|upright|[[ويلنسيا ڪئٿيڊرل ۾ الاباسٽر دري]]]]

==درين جا قسم==

درين جي مختلف قسمن جو مختصر تفصيل ھيٺ بيان ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


'''''پانيلن واري دري'''''
: (Panelled or Casement Windows)

ھن قسم جون دريون، دروازن وانگر ھڪ تاڪ يا ٻن تاڪن جون ٿينديون آھن، جن کي ڪاٺ جي فريم سان انجيسن ذريعي لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ھن قسم جون دريون عام طرح سان استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن، جن ۾ پانيلن اندر ڪاٺ جي پترن تختن کي گھربل نموني ۾ لڳايو ويندو آھي.
انھيءَ کان سواءِ سمورن پانيلن اندر ڪاٺ جي سنھن تختن کان علاوھ ڪجھھ حصي تائين شيشا ۽ ڪجھھ حصي تائين ڪاٺ جا سنھا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. اھڙن ڪمرن ۾ جتي روشنيءَ جي گھڻي ضرورت ھوندي آھي تھ سڀيئي پانيل شيشي جا رکبا آھن. شيشن کي قابو ڪرڻ واسطي ڪاٺ جون سنھيون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن، جن کي (Sash bars)  سڏيو ويندو آھي.
ھن قسم جي درين جا تاڪ اندر يا ٻاھر کولي سگھبا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ درين لاءِ ڇڏيل خالن کي ٻن حصن ۾ ورھايو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ لاءِ چؤڪاٺي اندر اڪثر طور تي مٿان کان انھيءَ جي چوٿين حصي تائين ھڪ وڌيڪ سڌي پٽي لڳائي ويندي آھي ۽ مٿئين حصي ۾ شيشو لڳائي ڇڏبو آھي. دريءَ جو اھو حصو دائين بند رھندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي کولي ۽ بند ڪري نھ سگھبو آھي. اھڙي قسم جي شيشي جي حصي کي فئن لائيٽ (Fan Light)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح سان ھڪ تھ دري ۽ روشندان لاءِ الڳ الڳ لنٽيل ٺاھڻ جي ضرورت نھ پوندي آھي ۽ ٻيو تھ ڪاٺ جي بچت پڻ ٿيندي آھي. ھن قسم جو نظام دروازن سان گڏ پڻ ڪري سگھبو آھي. درين ۽ دروازن مٿان ھڪ کتل (Fixed)  روشندانن جي جاءِ تي کلندڙ ۽ بند ٿيندڙ روشندان پڻ لڳائي سگھبا آھن. اھڙا ڪمرا جن ۾ عليحدھ طرح سان روشندان لڳائڻ جي گنجائش نھ ھوندي آھي تھ انھيءَ ھنڌ ھن قسم جو بندوبست ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''ٻاھر نڪتل دري'''''

: (Bay Window)  
ھن قسم جي دري ڪمري جي ٻاھرين ديوار کان ٻاھر تي نڪتل ھوندي آھي. مطلب تھ ھي دريون صرف ڪمري جي ٻاھرين ديوارن ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ اھي ٻاھرين ڀتين کان ٻاھر نڪتل ھونديون آھن. 


'''''پانيلن واري دري''''' 


ھي دريون گھڻن ئي ڊؤلن جون ٿينديون آھن، جھڙوڪ، چؤڪور، گول ۽ گھڻ ڪنڊائتيون (Polygonal)  وغيره. ھن قسم جي درين جو ٻاھر نڪتل ڀاڱو (Projection)  دريءَ جي فرش واريءَ ليول کان يا فريم جي ھيٺئين سڌي پٽيءَ (Sill)  کان شروع ٿيندو آھي. ھن قسم جي درين لڳائڻ سا عمارتن جي خوبصورتي وڌي ٿي. ھنن جي لڳائڻ سان ڪمرا ھوادار، ڪشادا ۽ روشن رھن ٿا. 

ڪنڊائتي دري


: (Corner Window)  
ھن قسم جون دريون ڪمرن جي ڪنڊ وٽ لڳايون وينديون آھن. انھن جي لڳائڻ سان ڪمرا ھوادار رھن ٿا ۽ عمارت جي خوبصورتي وڌي ٿي. ھن قسم جي دريءَ لڳائڻ سان چؤڪاٺي جي وچين ٻانھن ٻنھي طرفن جو ڪم ڏئي ٿي ۽ اھڙيءَ طرح سان ھڪ ٻانھن جي بچت ٿئي ٿي

'''''روشندان'''''

: (Clerestory Window or Ventilator) 
ھن قسم جون دريون روشندان ڀر واري ورانڊي ۽ ڪمرن جي ڇتين جي مختلف اوچائيءَ سبب انھن جي وچ واري ديوار جي حصي ۾ مٿينءَ ڇت جي نزديڪ لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھيءُ تاڪ جي ٻاھرين اڀين پٽين کي ٻنھي پاسن کان مدارن يا ٽيڪن (Pivots)  تي ٽيڪي لڏڻ جي انداز ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ تاڪ جي مٿئين ۽ ھيٺئين سڌي پٽيءَ جي پوري وچ تي ڇلا (Rings)  لڳائي، انھن ۾ رسين جو ھڪ ھڪ ڇيڙو ٻڌي ان جي ٻئي لٽڪيل ڇيڙي کي ڇڪ ڏيڻ سان انھن کي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگھبو آھي .ساڳيءَ ليول وارن ڪمرن جي ڇت ۾ لڳائڻ واريءَ صورت ۾ انھن کي روشندان (Ventilators)  سڏيو وڃي ٿو جيڪي ڪمرن کي روشن رکڻ سان گڏ ڪمرن کي ھوادار پڻ بنائن ٿا.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''ڊارمر ونڊو'''''

: (Dormer Window) 
ھن قسم جون دريون سلاميءَ وارين ڇتين جي سلاميءَ واري سطح (Slopping surface)  تي لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ٻن قسمن جون ٿينديون آھن، ھڪ گيبل ٽائيپ ۽ ٻيون ڇاپري ٽائيپ  (Gabel type and shade type). گيبل ٽائيپ دريون ڇتين جي مٿئين نوڪدار ڀاڱي تي لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ ڇاپري ٽائيپ دريون چؤڪور اڀي حصي تي لڳائبيون آھن. اھڙيءَ طرح انھن جو انداز ڇتين جي قسم تي منحصر آھي.


'''''لالٽين نما دري'''''


: (Lantern Window) 
ڊگھين ۽ مسلسل جاين ۾ آمھون سامھون ٺھيل ڪمرن جي وچ واري لنگھھ (Passage) کي روشن ۽ ھوادار بڻائڻ لاءِ ھن قسم جون دريون مھيا ڪيون وينديون آھن، جيڪي ھڪ ئي ليول وارين ڇتين مٿان اڀريل نموني لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ انھن جي مٿي اڀريل پاسن کان روشني پھچائڻ واسطي انھن پاسن ۾ شيشا لڳايا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


'''''روشندان يا اسڪاءِ لائيٽ'''''

: (Sky Light) 
ھن قسم جا روشندان سلاميءَ وارين ڇتين ۾ اھڙي ريت لڳايا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھن جي چوٽي ڇت جي سطح سان پوروڇوٽ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>a1wn2gj1orn60tlh4ok4yltseepg1vh</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400903</id>
      <parentid>400902</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T14:48:46Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400903</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="33419" sha1="3i5r6cx2wedei0i7pwt5xdfkbc9mapl" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڀت، دروازي، ڇت يا گاڏي ۾ روشني، هوا ۽ ٻاهرئين ڏيک لاءِ ٺاهيل کُليل حصو}}

{{multiple image
|perrow=3
|total_width=400
|image1=Window of the house with number 17 on strada Mântuleasa, from Bucharest (Romania).jpg
|image2=Atua Kosua shrine4.jpg
|image3=Traditional wooden window (Akhi Jhyal).jpg
|image4=P1300843 Paris X rue de Paradis n18 detail rwk.jpg
|image5=Exterior facade of the Hôtel de Bourvallais 003.JPG
|image6=Chartres RosetteNord 121 DSC08241.jpg
|footer=دريَن جا مختلف نمونا
}}

'''دري''' (Window) ڀت، [[در]]، [[ڇت]] يا [[گاڏي]] ۾ ٺهيل اهڙو کُليل حصو آهي، جيڪو [[روشني]] کي اندر اچڻ، [[هوا]] جي اچ وڃ ۽ ڪيترين حالتن ۾ آواز جي گذر جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. جديد دريون عام طور شيشي  يا ڪنهن ٻئي شفاف يا نيم شفاف مواد سان ڍڪيل هونديون آهن. شيشو عام طور هڪ [[تاڪ]] (Sash) ۾ لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[فريم]] جي اندر نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt; ڪيترن ئي حوالن ۾ تاڪ ۽ فريم ٻنهي کي گڏجي دري پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/window/|title=Window|publisher=The Free Dictionary By Farlex|access-date=19 May 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

گهڻيون شيشي واريون دريون کولي يا بند ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. دري کولڻ سان [[هوا جي مٽاسٽا]] (وينٽيليشن) ممڪن ٿيندي آهي، جڏهن ته بند ڪرڻ سان مينهن، تيز هوا ۽ ٻين خراب موسمي حالتن کان تحفظ حاصل ٿيندو آهي. دريَن ۾ اڪثر [[ڪڙي]] (Latch) يا اهڙو ٻيو ميڪانياتي بندش وارو اوزار لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو دري کي بند ڪري تالو لڳائڻ يا مختلف درجن تائين کليل حالت ۾ قائم رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

دريَن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جن ۾ '''[[آئبرو دري]]'''  (آئبرو ونڊو - eyebrow)، '''[[مقرر دري]]''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو)، [[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]] (ھيڪساگونل ونڊو)، '''[[سنگل هنگ دري]]''' (سنگل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[ڊبل هنگ دري]]''' (ڊبل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[افقي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري]]''' (ھرائيزينٽل سلائيڊنگ سيش ونڊو)، [[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]، '''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window)، '''هاپر دري''' (Hopper window)، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ سلائيڊ دري''' ، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ ٽرن دري'''، '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom)، '''پاسي واري دري''' (سلائيڊ لائيٽ ونڊو)، [[جيلوسي دري]] (Jalousie)، [[لوور دري]] (Louvered)، [[ڪليرسٽوري دري]] (Clerestory)، [[لينسٽ دري]] (Lancet)، [[ڇت جو روشندان]] (اسڪائلائيٽ)، [[ڇت جي دري]] (روف ونڊو)، [[روف لئنٽرن]] (lantern)، [[بي دري]] (Bay)، [[اوريل دري]] (Oriel)، [[ڊائيوڪليشيئن دري]] (Diocletian)، '''تصويري دري''' (Picture)، [[گلابي دري]] (Rose)، '''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري'''، [[رنگين شيشي واري دري]] (Stained glass)، '''فرينچ دري'''، '''پينل دري'''، '''ٻٽي يا ٽرپل شيشي واري دري'''  ۽ [[وچ دري]] (Witch) شامل آهن.

== اشتقاق ==

انگريزي لفظ '''ونڊو''' (''window'') جو بنياد [[قديم نارس ٻولي]] جي لفظ {{lang|non|vindauga}} مان نڪتل آهي، جيڪو {{lang|non|vindr}} (هوا) ۽ {{lang|non|auga}} (اک) مان ٺهيل آهي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;هوا جي اک&quot; آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |title=New Oxford American Dictionary |date=2010 |access-date=January 16, 2015 |archive-date=June 2, 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130602205448/http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[نارويجي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|no|[[نينورسڪ]]}} ۽ [[آئس لينڊي ٻولي]] ۾ قديم نارس جو هي لفظ اڄ تائين زندهه رهيو آهي. آئس لينڊي ۾ اهو رڳو هڪ ننڍڙي کليل &quot;دري&quot; جي هڪ قسم لاءِ نسبتاً گهٽ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ آهي، ۽ اهو {{lang|is|gluggi}} (آئس لينڊي ٻوليءَ ۾ &quot;دري&quot; لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ) جو مڪمل مترادف نه آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|title=Hvaðan kemur orðið gluggi? Af hverju notum við ekki vindauga samanber window?|work=Vísindavefurinn|access-date=2018-09-17|language=is|archive-date=December 14, 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191214165059/https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|url-status=live}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ {{lang|sv|vindöga}} لفظ اڃا تائين جهونپڙيءَ جي ڇت ۾ موجود سوراخ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته [[ڊينش ٻولي]] جي {{lang|da|vindue}} ۽ نارويجي ٻولي جي {{lang|no|[[بوڪمول]]}} ۾ {{lang|no|vindu}} لفظ مان &quot;اک&quot; سان سڌو تعلق ختم ٿي ويو آهي، جيئن انگريزي لفظ ''window'' ۾ به ٿيو آهي. ڊينش (پر نارويجي [[بوڪمول]] نه) ۾ هن لفظ جو اچار انگريزي ''window'' سان گهڻو مشابهت رکي ٿو.

انگريزي جو لفظ ''ونڊو'' (window) پهريون ڀيرو 13هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ لکيل استعمال ملي ٿو، ۽ شروعات ۾ ان مان مراد ڇت ۾ موجود شيشي کان سواءِ هڪ کليل سوراخ هئي. بعد ۾ ''ونڊو''، [[قديم انگريزي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|ang|eagþyrl}} جي جاءِ ورتي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو سوراخ&quot; آهي، ۽ {{lang|ang|eagduru}}، جنهن جي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو در&quot; آهي.

تنهن هوندي به، ڪيترين ئي جرمني ٻولين شيشي واري دري لاءِ لاطيني لفظ فينيسٽرا fenestra اختيار ڪيو، جهڙوڪ [[معياري ٻولي|معياري]] [[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ فونسٽر fönster ۽ [[جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ فينسٽر Fenster.
انگريزي ۾ ''ونڊو'' لفظ جو استعمال غالباً [[وائڪنگ دور]] دوران انگريزي ٻوليءَ تي اسڪينڊي نيويائي اثر ۽ [[ڌاريل لفظ]]ن جي ذريعي ٿيو. انگريزي ۾ ''فينيسٽر'' لفظ پڻ ''ونڊو'' سان گڏ 18هين صديءَ جي وچ تائين متوازي طور استعمال ٿيندو رهيو.

لفظ '''فينيسٽريشن''' اڄ به عمارت جي [[مهاڙي]] ۾ درين جي ترتيب يا بناوت کي بيان ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته '''[[ڊيفينسٽريشن]]''' (''defenestration'') جي معنيٰ آهي &quot;ڪنهن کي دريءَ مان ٻاهر اڇلائڻ&quot;.

== تاريخ ==
{{Multiple image
|total_width=400
|image1=MorellaSantaMariaWindow.jpg
|caption1=[[الباسٽر]] مان ٺهيل &quot;مولين&quot; سان ورهايل سينگاريل دريون [[سانتا ماريا لا ميجور گرجاگھر]] ([[موريلّا، ڪاسٽيلون|موريلّا]]، اسپين) ۾
|image2=ValenciaCathedral2.JPG
|caption2=[[والينسيا گرجاگھر]] ۾ الباسٽر جي دري. ڀت جي فريم جي کاٻي پاسي جي غير هموار ۽ ترڇي شڪل تي ڌيان ڏيو، جيڪا سج جي ڪرڻن کي عبادت گاهه جي اڳئين حصي (چينسل) تائين پهچڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي.
}}

[[رومي سلطنت|رومين]] ماڻهن کي درين ۾ [[شيشو]] استعمال ڪندڙ پهريون معلوم ماڻهو سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ۽ اها ٽيڪنالاجي غالباً سڀ کان پهرين [[رومي مصر]] ۾، [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ {{circa|100}}ع ڌاري تيار ڪئي وئي هئي.{{Citation needed|date=April 2024}} درين جون تصويرون قديم مصري ڀتين جي نقاشين ۽ [[اسيريا]] جي مجسمن ۾ پڻ ڏسي سگهجن ٿيون. ڪاغذي دريون گهٽ خرچ واريون هونديون هيون ۽ قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ [[شيشو]] عام ماڻهن جي گهرن جي درين ۾ صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيو، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل [[جانورن جا سڱ|جانورن جي سڱن]] مان ٺهيل درين جا شيشا 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿي رهيا هئا. 19هين صديءَ ۾ آمريڪي اولهه وارن علائقن ۾ آبادڪارن [[تيل لڳل ڪاغذ جي دري]]ن جو استعمال شروع ڪيو. جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون جڏهن صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته ٿي ويا.

=== ٽيڪنالاجيون ===

13هين صدي ق.م. ۾ سڀ کان اوائليون دريون ڇت ۾ بغير شيشي وارا کليل سوراخ هوندا هئا، جيئن ڏينهن جي وقت روشني اندر اچي سگهي.{{citation needed|date=January 2023}} بعد ۾،{{when|date=October 2016}} انهن درين کي جانورن جي کل، ڪپڙي يا ڪاٺ سان ڍڪيو ويندو هو. ان کان پوءِ اهڙا [[دريءَ جا شٽر|شٽر]] وجود ۾ آيا، جيڪي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگهبا هئا.{{when|date=October 2016}} وقت سان گڏ اهڙيون دريون تيار ڪيون ويون جيڪي هڪ طرف رهواسين کي موسم جي اثرن کان بچائينديون هيون ۽ ٻي طرف روشني به اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون. انهن ۾ نيم شفاف مواد جا ڪيترائي ننڍا ٽڪرا استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا، جهڙوڪ جانورن جي چپٽن ۽ نيم شفاف سڱن جا ٽڪرا، ڪاغذ جون چادرون، [[سنگ مرمر]] جون سنهيون پتيون (جهڙوڪ [[فينگائيٽ]])، يا شيشي جا ٽڪرا، جيڪي ڪاٺ، لوهه يا سيهي جي ٺهيل فريمن ۾ لڳايا ويندا هئا. ڏور اوڀر ۾ درين کي ڀرڻ لاءِ ڪاغذ استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot;&gt;{{cite encyclopedia | url= http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | title= Window | encyclopedia= Britannica | access-date= May 19, 2012 | archive-date= May 2, 2015 | archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20150502185207/http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | url-status= live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

رومي ماڻهو درين ۾ شيشي جا پهريان معلوم استعمال ڪندڙ هئا، ۽ هنن اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي مان فائدو ورتو جيڪا غالباً پهريون ڀيرو [[رومي مصر]] ۾ ترقي ڪئي وئي هئي. خاص طور تي [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ تقريباً {{circa}} 100ع ڌاري [[ڍاليل شيشو|ڍاليل شيشي]] جون دريون ظاهر ٿيڻ لڳيون، جيتوڻيڪ انهن جون بصري خاصيتون ڪمزور هيون. اهي ننڍيون ۽ ٿلهيون هونديون هيون ۽ حقيقت ۾ [[شيشو ڦوڪڻ|ڦوڪيل شيشي]] جي مرتبانن (سلينڊر نما شڪل) کي چپٽو ڪري چادرن جي صورت ۾ ٺاهيو ويندو هو، جن تي هر هنڌ گول دائري جهڙا نشان موجود هوندا هئا. (موازنہ ڪريو روايتي [[گرجاگھر جي دري]]ن سان، جيڪي [[رنگين شيشو]] مان ٺهيل هونديون آهن.) دريءَ جو شيشو ايترو شفاف ٿيڻ ۾، جو ان مان صاف ڏسي سگهجي جيئن اڄ اسين ڏسون ٿا، هڪ هزار سالن کان وڌيڪ وقت لڳو. تنهن هوندي به، قديم رومي دريون تمام ڪارآمد هيون، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن کي &quot;گرمي فراهم ڪرڻ واري ٽيڪنالاجيءَ ۾ اڪثر نظرانداز ڪيل ترقي&quot; سمجهيو ويندو آهي، ڇو ته اهي سج جي گرمي کي عمارت اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون، جڏهن ته اندر جي گرم هوا کي ٻاهر نڪرڻ کان روڪينديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last1=Carrier |first1=Richard |title=The Scientist in the Early Roman Empire |date=2017 |publisher=Pitchstone Publishing |location=Durham, North Carolina |isbn=978-1-63431-106-9 |page=218}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1154ع ۾ [[الادريسي]] [[گھانا سلطنت]] جي بادشاهه جي محل جي هڪ خاص خصوصيت طور شيشي جي درين جو ذڪر ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | url= https://books.google.com/books?id=umyHqvAErOAC&amp;dq=Ghana+Empire+glass+window&amp;pg=PA564 | title= Encyclopedia of African History 3-Volume Set| page= 564|author= Kevin Shillington |author-link= Kevin Shillington| publisher= [[Routledge]] | isbn= 978-1-135-45670-2 |date= 2013}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal | last= Fage | first=J. D. | title=Ancient Ghana: A Review Of The Evidence | journal=Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana | volume= 3 | issue= 2 | pages= 3–24 | year= 1957| jstor= 41405704}}&lt;/ref&gt;

صدين جي دوران اهڙيون ٽيڪنيڪون ترقي ڪيون ويون، جن جي ذريعي ڦوڪيل شيشي جي [[سلينڊر (هندسي شڪل)|سلينڊر]] جي هڪ پاسي کي ڪٽي، ساڳئي مقدار جي شيشي مان وڌيڪ سنهيون مستطيل دريون تيار ڪيون وينديون هيون. ان سان ڊگهيون ۽ سنهيون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، جيڪي عام طور تي هڪ عمودي سهاري سان ورهايل هونديون هيون، جنهن کي [[مولين]] چيو ويندو آهي. مولين سان ورهايل شيشي واريون دريون يورپ جي خوشحال ماڻهن ۾ پسنديده دريون هيون،{{when|date=January 2023}} جڏهن ته ڪاغذي دريون قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ گهٽ خرچ سبب وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ عام ماڻهن جي گهرن ۾ شيشي واريون دريون صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيون، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل جانورن جي سڱن مان ٺهيل دريون 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿينديون رهيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Langley|first=Andrew|title=Medieval Life|series= Eyewitness|year= 2011 |publisher= Dorling Kindersley|isbn=978-1-4053-4545-3|page=16}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون، جڏهن 19هين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته بڻايا ويا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Float Glass|date=July 6, 2007 |url=https://www.architectmagazine.com/technology/float-glass_o}}&lt;/ref&gt; جديد دريون عام طور تي شيشي سان ڀريون وينديون آهن، جيتوڻيڪ شفاف پلاسٽڪ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== جوڙجڪ جا لاڙا ===
{{See also|گرجاگھر جي دري}}

12هين صدي عيسويءَ کان [[اولهه يورپ]] جي [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ [[لينسٽ دري]]ن (''lancet windows'') جو متعارف ٿيڻ، محرابي درين جي هڪ اڳوڻي روايت تي ٻڌل هو،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 |quote= In general two or three windows united in a group, as was later the rule in Roman architecture, were even then of frequent occurrence in the early Christian architecture of Asia Minor. The form of the window is nearly everywhere the same; a rectangle that usually has a rounded top, but seldom a straight lintel.}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪي [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀن]] جي وچ ۾ لڳايون وينديون هيون،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 | quote = The place of the window was determined by the architectural membering of the basilica, the distance between two columns generally indicating the position of a window.}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ ان جي نتيجي ۾ نه رڳو [[ٽريسري]] ۽ نفيس [[قرونِ وسطى جا رنگين شيشا|رنگين شيشي]] واريون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، پر عبادتي عمارتن ۾ نوڪيدار يا گول شڪل وارين درين جو هڪ اهڙو ڊگهو تعميراتي رواج به پيدا ٿيو، جيڪو اڄ به ڪيترن ئي گرجاگهرن ۾ ڏسي سگهجي ٿو.

تعميراتي مؤرخ پيٽر سمٿ شروعاتي جديد دور جي ويلش ڳوٺاڻن گهرن ۾ درين جي تعميراتي لاڙن بابت لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
تقريباً 1680ع تائين درين جو تناسب افقي هوندو هو، جيڪو انهن گهٽ اوچائي وارن ڪمرن لاءِ مناسب هو، جيڪي هال هائوسن ۾ مٿيون ماڙ شامل ڪرڻ کان پوءِ وجود ۾ آيا هئا. ان کان پوءِ عمودي تناسب واريون دريون رواج ۾ آيون، جنهن جو هڪ سبب گهٽ ۾ گهٽ اهو هو ته [[نشاةِ ثانيه]] جي دور ۾ اوچين ڇتين جي پسند وڌي وئي هئي. 1914ع کان پوءِ حالتون ٻيهر بدلجي ويون ۽ افقي تناسب واريون دريون هڪ ڀيرو ٻيهر پسند ڪيون وڃڻ لڳيون.&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
 |last1                = Smith
 |first1               = Peter
 |author-link1         = Peter Smith (architectural historian)
 |editor-last1         = Thirsk
 |editor-first1        = Joan
 |editor-link1         = Joan Thirsk
 |year                 = 1985
 |chapter              = 21 Rural Building in Wales
 |title                = The Agrarian History of England and Wales
 |url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=EAA9AAAAIAAJ
 |volume               = 5: 1640-1750 2: Agrarian change
 |publication-place    = Cambridge
 |publisher            = Cambridge University Press
 |page                 = 781
 |isbn                 = 9780521257756
 |access-date          = 18 January 2023
}}
&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;17هين صديءَ ۾ يورپ ۾ درين جي ڊزائن ۾ اوچائي ويڪر کان وڌيڪ رکڻ جو لاڙو پيدا ٿيو. ڪاٺ جا فريم وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا هئا، ۽ سيش دريون (''sash windows'') پڻ متعارف ڪرايون ويون. 18هين صديءَ ۾ سيش درين جي ڊزائن ۾ تبديليون آيون؛ شيشي کي سنڀاليندڙ سنها افقي ۽ عمودي پٽا (glazing bars) وڌيڪ باريڪ بڻايا ويا ۽ درين جون ماپون به وڌيڪ معياري ٿي ويون.

19هين صديءَ دوران ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ننڍين ڪناري وارين درين ۾ رنگين شيشو استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته گليزنگ بارن کي گوٿڪ طرز جي شڪل ڏني ويندي هئي. دريون اڳي کان وڌيڪ وڏيون ٿيڻ لڳيون ۽ آرٽس اينڊ ڪرافٽس ۽ ڪوئين اين طرزِ تعمير تمام مشهور ٿيا، جيڪو لاڙو 20هين صديءَ تائين جاري رهيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Windows, glass, glazing - a brief history |url=https://www.thenbs.com/knowledge/windows-glass-glazing-a-brief-history |access-date=2026-03-17 |website=NBS |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ شيشي]] جي ٽيڪنالاجي جي پکڙجڻ سان پڪچر ونڊوز (''picture windows'') متعارف ڪرائڻ ممڪن ٿيو (پهريون ڀيرو [[ليويٽ ٽائون، پنسلوانيا]] ۾)،&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
|last1                = Rybczynski
|first1               = Witold
|author-link1         = Witold Rybczynski
|date                 = 13 May 2008
|orig-date            = 2007
|chapter              = Ranchers, Picture Windows and Morning Rooms
|title                = Last Harvest: From Cornfield to New Town: Real Estate Development from George Washington to the Builders of the Twenty-First Century, and Why We Live in Houses Anyway
|url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=rkuvkjyRGG0C
|publication-place    = New York
|publisher            = Simon and Schuster
|page                 = 207
|isbn                 = 9780743235976
|access-date          = 18 January 2023
|quote                = The casual, spread-out ranch house [...] by 1950 accounted for nine out of ten new houses. [...] Its one extravagance was a large window facing the street - the picture window. As far as I have been able to determine, picture windows made their first appearance in Levittown, Pennsylvania.
}}
&lt;/ref&gt; جنهن جو بنياد 1951–1952ع ۾ وڌو ويو.{{Clarify|reason=What was founded?|date=July 2024}}ايندڙ حصي (حصو 4) ۾ آخري پيراگراف (''Many modern day windows may have a window screen...'') جو مڪمل ترجمو، بنا ڪنهن اختصار جي، حوالن سميت پيش ڪندس.

اڄڪلهه جون ڪيتريون ئي [[جديديت|جديد]] دريون [[دريءَ جي جالي]] (''window screen'') يا ميش سان ليس هونديون آهن، جيڪا اڪثر [[ايلومينيم]] يا [[فائبر گلاس]] مان ٺهيل هوندي آهي، جيئن دري کولڻ وقت [[جيت]] اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهن. دريون بنيادي طور تي عمارت جي اندر موجود ماڻهن کي ٻاهرين دنيا سان هڪ اهم بصري لاڳاپو فراهم ڪرڻ لاءِ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن ذريعي اهي ٻاهر ٿيندڙ مسلسل بدلجندڙ منظرن ۽ واقعن کي ڏسي سگهن ٿا. اهڙو لاڳاپو عمارتن ۾ رهندڙ ماڻهن جي صحت ۽ ڀلائي لاءِ انتهائي اهم سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ جيڪڏهن ماڻهو اهڙين بند عمارتن ۾ رهن، جتي دريون نه هجن، ته انهن تي اهڙي ماحول جا ناڪاري اثر پئجي سگهن ٿا.

درين جي ڊزائن بابت مقرر ڪيل ڪيترن ئي معيارن مان، ڏينهن جي روشني سان لاڳاپيل معيارن ۾ ڪجهه اهم عنصر نمايان ٿيا آهن، جن ۾ هنڌ، وقت، موسم، فطرت ۽ ماڻهو شامل آهن. انهن سڀني معيارن مان، اهي دريون جيڪي [[فطرت]] جا نظارا مهيا ڪن ٿيون، ماڻهن جي نظر ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ اهم سمجهيون وڃن ٿيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Kent |first1=Michael |last2=Schiavon |first2=Stefano |date=2022 |title=Predicting Window View Preferences Using the Environmental Information Criteria |url=https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |journal=LEUKOS |volume=19 |issue=2 |pages=190–209 |doi=10.1080/15502724.2022.2077753 |s2cid=251121476 |access-date=2022-11-09 |archive-date=December 28, 2023 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20231228134015/https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;


[[فائل:Window Porto Covo August 2013-2.jpg|380px|thumb|[[پورچوگال ۾ پورٽو ڪووو ۾ھڪ روايتي دري]]]]


'''''دري'''''---'''Window '': اردوء ۾ :'''کھڑکی ''': ڀت ، ڇت، در ۽ گاڏيء ۾ اھڙو سوراخ آھي جتان ھوا، روشني ۽ آواز اندر داخل ٿيندو آھي. جديد درين ۾ شفاف يا چمڪيلا يا روشن شيشا لڳايا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web| u http://www.thefreedictionary.com/window/ |title=Window |publisher=The Free Dictionary By Farlex|accessdate=May 19, 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;  انھن جي قسمن ۾ آئي برو دري، فڪسڊ دري، سنگل ھنگ دري ، ڊبل ھنگ دري،  سيش دري، ھاريزہنٽل سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ، ڪيس واري دري، آننگ دري، ھوپر دري، ٽلٽ ۽ سلائيڊ دري، ٽلٽ اينڊ ٽرن دري، سائيڊ لائيٽ دري،جالوسي يا لوورڊ دري، ڪلريسٽري دري، اسڪاء لائيٽ دري، ڇت يا روف واري دري، اوريل دري، ٿرمل دري، ڊئيوڪلٽين دري، تصوير واري دري، ايمرجنسي اگزٽ دري، فرينچ دري،ٽرپل پينل واري دري.جاءِ اندر مختلف ڪمرن جي نوعيت مطابق انھن کي ھر موسم آھر ھوا ۽ روشني پھچائڻ لاءِ درين جو لڳائن تمام ضروري آھي. اھي اھڙي انداز ۾ لڳائڻ گھرجن،، جيئن ھوا جو گذر انھيءَ جي رخ پٽاندڙ، بنا ڪنھن رنڊڪ جي ۽ صحيح طرح سان ٿئي. برٽش قائدن مطابق درين جي ايراضي ڪمري جي فرش جي ايراضيءَ (Carpet Areas) جو گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ڏھون (1/10) حصو ھئڻ گھرجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;

==تاريخ==
رومين سڀ کان اول شيشي جو استعمال درين ۾ ڪرڻ جي ابتدا ڪئي. انھن ان ٽيڪنالاجي جي آغاز رومي مصر جي شھر اسڪندريہ ۾ سن 100عيسويء ڪيو. پيپر واريون دريون قديم  جپان، ڪوريا ۽ چين ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون ھيون جيڪي ڏاڍيون سستيون ھيون. انگلينڊ ۾ شيشي جو استعمال درين ۾ سترھين صدي عيسويءَ ۾ عام جام ٿي ويو ھو.

[[فائل:MorellaSantaMariaWindow.jpg|380px|thumb|upright|[[اسپين جي موريلا شھر ۾ سانتا ماريا لا ميجر چرچ جون سينگاريل دريون]]]]
[[فائل:ValenciaCathedral2.JPG|380px|thumb|upright|[[ويلنسيا ڪئٿيڊرل ۾ الاباسٽر دري]]]]

==درين جا قسم==

درين جي مختلف قسمن جو مختصر تفصيل ھيٺ بيان ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


'''''پانيلن واري دري'''''
: (Panelled or Casement Windows)

ھن قسم جون دريون، دروازن وانگر ھڪ تاڪ يا ٻن تاڪن جون ٿينديون آھن، جن کي ڪاٺ جي فريم سان انجيسن ذريعي لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ھن قسم جون دريون عام طرح سان استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن، جن ۾ پانيلن اندر ڪاٺ جي پترن تختن کي گھربل نموني ۾ لڳايو ويندو آھي.
انھيءَ کان سواءِ سمورن پانيلن اندر ڪاٺ جي سنھن تختن کان علاوھ ڪجھھ حصي تائين شيشا ۽ ڪجھھ حصي تائين ڪاٺ جا سنھا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. اھڙن ڪمرن ۾ جتي روشنيءَ جي گھڻي ضرورت ھوندي آھي تھ سڀيئي پانيل شيشي جا رکبا آھن. شيشن کي قابو ڪرڻ واسطي ڪاٺ جون سنھيون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن، جن کي (Sash bars)  سڏيو ويندو آھي.
ھن قسم جي درين جا تاڪ اندر يا ٻاھر کولي سگھبا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ درين لاءِ ڇڏيل خالن کي ٻن حصن ۾ ورھايو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ لاءِ چؤڪاٺي اندر اڪثر طور تي مٿان کان انھيءَ جي چوٿين حصي تائين ھڪ وڌيڪ سڌي پٽي لڳائي ويندي آھي ۽ مٿئين حصي ۾ شيشو لڳائي ڇڏبو آھي. دريءَ جو اھو حصو دائين بند رھندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي کولي ۽ بند ڪري نھ سگھبو آھي. اھڙي قسم جي شيشي جي حصي کي فئن لائيٽ (Fan Light)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح سان ھڪ تھ دري ۽ روشندان لاءِ الڳ الڳ لنٽيل ٺاھڻ جي ضرورت نھ پوندي آھي ۽ ٻيو تھ ڪاٺ جي بچت پڻ ٿيندي آھي. ھن قسم جو نظام دروازن سان گڏ پڻ ڪري سگھبو آھي. درين ۽ دروازن مٿان ھڪ کتل (Fixed)  روشندانن جي جاءِ تي کلندڙ ۽ بند ٿيندڙ روشندان پڻ لڳائي سگھبا آھن. اھڙا ڪمرا جن ۾ عليحدھ طرح سان روشندان لڳائڻ جي گنجائش نھ ھوندي آھي تھ انھيءَ ھنڌ ھن قسم جو بندوبست ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''ٻاھر نڪتل دري'''''

: (Bay Window)  
ھن قسم جي دري ڪمري جي ٻاھرين ديوار کان ٻاھر تي نڪتل ھوندي آھي. مطلب تھ ھي دريون صرف ڪمري جي ٻاھرين ديوارن ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ اھي ٻاھرين ڀتين کان ٻاھر نڪتل ھونديون آھن. 


'''''پانيلن واري دري''''' 


ھي دريون گھڻن ئي ڊؤلن جون ٿينديون آھن، جھڙوڪ، چؤڪور، گول ۽ گھڻ ڪنڊائتيون (Polygonal)  وغيره. ھن قسم جي درين جو ٻاھر نڪتل ڀاڱو (Projection)  دريءَ جي فرش واريءَ ليول کان يا فريم جي ھيٺئين سڌي پٽيءَ (Sill)  کان شروع ٿيندو آھي. ھن قسم جي درين لڳائڻ سا عمارتن جي خوبصورتي وڌي ٿي. ھنن جي لڳائڻ سان ڪمرا ھوادار، ڪشادا ۽ روشن رھن ٿا. 

ڪنڊائتي دري


: (Corner Window)  
ھن قسم جون دريون ڪمرن جي ڪنڊ وٽ لڳايون وينديون آھن. انھن جي لڳائڻ سان ڪمرا ھوادار رھن ٿا ۽ عمارت جي خوبصورتي وڌي ٿي. ھن قسم جي دريءَ لڳائڻ سان چؤڪاٺي جي وچين ٻانھن ٻنھي طرفن جو ڪم ڏئي ٿي ۽ اھڙيءَ طرح سان ھڪ ٻانھن جي بچت ٿئي ٿي

'''''روشندان'''''

: (Clerestory Window or Ventilator) 
ھن قسم جون دريون روشندان ڀر واري ورانڊي ۽ ڪمرن جي ڇتين جي مختلف اوچائيءَ سبب انھن جي وچ واري ديوار جي حصي ۾ مٿينءَ ڇت جي نزديڪ لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھيءُ تاڪ جي ٻاھرين اڀين پٽين کي ٻنھي پاسن کان مدارن يا ٽيڪن (Pivots)  تي ٽيڪي لڏڻ جي انداز ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ تاڪ جي مٿئين ۽ ھيٺئين سڌي پٽيءَ جي پوري وچ تي ڇلا (Rings)  لڳائي، انھن ۾ رسين جو ھڪ ھڪ ڇيڙو ٻڌي ان جي ٻئي لٽڪيل ڇيڙي کي ڇڪ ڏيڻ سان انھن کي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگھبو آھي .ساڳيءَ ليول وارن ڪمرن جي ڇت ۾ لڳائڻ واريءَ صورت ۾ انھن کي روشندان (Ventilators)  سڏيو وڃي ٿو جيڪي ڪمرن کي روشن رکڻ سان گڏ ڪمرن کي ھوادار پڻ بنائن ٿا.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''ڊارمر ونڊو'''''

: (Dormer Window) 
ھن قسم جون دريون سلاميءَ وارين ڇتين جي سلاميءَ واري سطح (Slopping surface)  تي لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ٻن قسمن جون ٿينديون آھن، ھڪ گيبل ٽائيپ ۽ ٻيون ڇاپري ٽائيپ  (Gabel type and shade type). گيبل ٽائيپ دريون ڇتين جي مٿئين نوڪدار ڀاڱي تي لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ ڇاپري ٽائيپ دريون چؤڪور اڀي حصي تي لڳائبيون آھن. اھڙيءَ طرح انھن جو انداز ڇتين جي قسم تي منحصر آھي.


'''''لالٽين نما دري'''''


: (Lantern Window) 
ڊگھين ۽ مسلسل جاين ۾ آمھون سامھون ٺھيل ڪمرن جي وچ واري لنگھھ (Passage) کي روشن ۽ ھوادار بڻائڻ لاءِ ھن قسم جون دريون مھيا ڪيون وينديون آھن، جيڪي ھڪ ئي ليول وارين ڇتين مٿان اڀريل نموني لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ انھن جي مٿي اڀريل پاسن کان روشني پھچائڻ واسطي انھن پاسن ۾ شيشا لڳايا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


'''''روشندان يا اسڪاءِ لائيٽ'''''

: (Sky Light) 
ھن قسم جا روشندان سلاميءَ وارين ڇتين ۾ اھڙي ريت لڳايا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھن جي چوٽي ڇت جي سطح سان پوروڇوٽ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>3i5r6cx2wedei0i7pwt5xdfkbc9mapl</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400904</id>
      <parentid>400903</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T14:49:09Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400904</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="32561" sha1="pe9ze90bhv1q4s3fw8lrxqk5pebjy0z" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڀت، دروازي، ڇت يا گاڏي ۾ روشني، هوا ۽ ٻاهرئين ڏيک لاءِ ٺاهيل کُليل حصو}}

{{multiple image
|perrow=3
|total_width=400
|image1=Window of the house with number 17 on strada Mântuleasa, from Bucharest (Romania).jpg
|image2=Atua Kosua shrine4.jpg
|image3=Traditional wooden window (Akhi Jhyal).jpg
|image4=P1300843 Paris X rue de Paradis n18 detail rwk.jpg
|image5=Exterior facade of the Hôtel de Bourvallais 003.JPG
|image6=Chartres RosetteNord 121 DSC08241.jpg
|footer=دريَن جا مختلف نمونا
}}

'''دري''' (Window) ڀت، [[در]]، [[ڇت]] يا [[گاڏي]] ۾ ٺهيل اهڙو کُليل حصو آهي، جيڪو [[روشني]] کي اندر اچڻ، [[هوا]] جي اچ وڃ ۽ ڪيترين حالتن ۾ آواز جي گذر جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. جديد دريون عام طور شيشي  يا ڪنهن ٻئي شفاف يا نيم شفاف مواد سان ڍڪيل هونديون آهن. شيشو عام طور هڪ [[تاڪ]] (Sash) ۾ لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[فريم]] جي اندر نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt; ڪيترن ئي حوالن ۾ تاڪ ۽ فريم ٻنهي کي گڏجي دري پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/window/|title=Window|publisher=The Free Dictionary By Farlex|access-date=19 May 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

گهڻيون شيشي واريون دريون کولي يا بند ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. دري کولڻ سان [[هوا جي مٽاسٽا]] (وينٽيليشن) ممڪن ٿيندي آهي، جڏهن ته بند ڪرڻ سان مينهن، تيز هوا ۽ ٻين خراب موسمي حالتن کان تحفظ حاصل ٿيندو آهي. دريَن ۾ اڪثر [[ڪڙي]] (Latch) يا اهڙو ٻيو ميڪانياتي بندش وارو اوزار لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو دري کي بند ڪري تالو لڳائڻ يا مختلف درجن تائين کليل حالت ۾ قائم رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

دريَن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جن ۾ '''[[آئبرو دري]]'''  (آئبرو ونڊو - eyebrow)، '''[[مقرر دري]]''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو)، [[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]] (ھيڪساگونل ونڊو)، '''[[سنگل هنگ دري]]''' (سنگل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[ڊبل هنگ دري]]''' (ڊبل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[افقي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري]]''' (ھرائيزينٽل سلائيڊنگ سيش ونڊو)، [[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]، '''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window)، '''هاپر دري''' (Hopper window)، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ سلائيڊ دري''' ، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ ٽرن دري'''، '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom)، '''پاسي واري دري''' (سلائيڊ لائيٽ ونڊو)، [[جيلوسي دري]] (Jalousie)، [[لوور دري]] (Louvered)، [[ڪليرسٽوري دري]] (Clerestory)، [[لينسٽ دري]] (Lancet)، [[ڇت جو روشندان]] (اسڪائلائيٽ)، [[ڇت جي دري]] (روف ونڊو)، [[روف لئنٽرن]] (lantern)، [[بي دري]] (Bay)، [[اوريل دري]] (Oriel)، [[ڊائيوڪليشيئن دري]] (Diocletian)، '''تصويري دري''' (Picture)، [[گلابي دري]] (Rose)، '''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري'''، [[رنگين شيشي واري دري]] (Stained glass)، '''فرينچ دري'''، '''پينل دري'''، '''ٻٽي يا ٽرپل شيشي واري دري'''  ۽ [[وچ دري]] (Witch) شامل آهن.

== اشتقاق ==

انگريزي لفظ '''ونڊو''' (''window'') جو بنياد [[قديم نارس ٻولي]] جي لفظ {{lang|non|vindauga}} مان نڪتل آهي، جيڪو {{lang|non|vindr}} (هوا) ۽ {{lang|non|auga}} (اک) مان ٺهيل آهي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;هوا جي اک&quot; آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |title=New Oxford American Dictionary |date=2010 |access-date=January 16, 2015 |archive-date=June 2, 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130602205448/http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[نارويجي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|no|[[نينورسڪ]]}} ۽ [[آئس لينڊي ٻولي]] ۾ قديم نارس جو هي لفظ اڄ تائين زندهه رهيو آهي. آئس لينڊي ۾ اهو رڳو هڪ ننڍڙي کليل &quot;دري&quot; جي هڪ قسم لاءِ نسبتاً گهٽ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ آهي، ۽ اهو {{lang|is|gluggi}} (آئس لينڊي ٻوليءَ ۾ &quot;دري&quot; لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ) جو مڪمل مترادف نه آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|title=Hvaðan kemur orðið gluggi? Af hverju notum við ekki vindauga samanber window?|work=Vísindavefurinn|access-date=2018-09-17|language=is|archive-date=December 14, 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191214165059/https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|url-status=live}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ {{lang|sv|vindöga}} لفظ اڃا تائين جهونپڙيءَ جي ڇت ۾ موجود سوراخ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته [[ڊينش ٻولي]] جي {{lang|da|vindue}} ۽ نارويجي ٻولي جي {{lang|no|[[بوڪمول]]}} ۾ {{lang|no|vindu}} لفظ مان &quot;اک&quot; سان سڌو تعلق ختم ٿي ويو آهي، جيئن انگريزي لفظ ''window'' ۾ به ٿيو آهي. ڊينش (پر نارويجي [[بوڪمول]] نه) ۾ هن لفظ جو اچار انگريزي ''window'' سان گهڻو مشابهت رکي ٿو.

انگريزي جو لفظ ''ونڊو'' (window) پهريون ڀيرو 13هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ لکيل استعمال ملي ٿو، ۽ شروعات ۾ ان مان مراد ڇت ۾ موجود شيشي کان سواءِ هڪ کليل سوراخ هئي. بعد ۾ ''ونڊو''، [[قديم انگريزي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|ang|eagþyrl}} جي جاءِ ورتي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو سوراخ&quot; آهي، ۽ {{lang|ang|eagduru}}، جنهن جي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو در&quot; آهي.

تنهن هوندي به، ڪيترين ئي جرمني ٻولين شيشي واري دري لاءِ لاطيني لفظ فينيسٽرا fenestra اختيار ڪيو، جهڙوڪ [[معياري ٻولي|معياري]] [[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ فونسٽر fönster ۽ [[جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ فينسٽر Fenster.
انگريزي ۾ ''ونڊو'' لفظ جو استعمال غالباً [[وائڪنگ دور]] دوران انگريزي ٻوليءَ تي اسڪينڊي نيويائي اثر ۽ [[ڌاريل لفظ]]ن جي ذريعي ٿيو. انگريزي ۾ ''فينيسٽر'' لفظ پڻ ''ونڊو'' سان گڏ 18هين صديءَ جي وچ تائين متوازي طور استعمال ٿيندو رهيو.

لفظ '''فينيسٽريشن''' اڄ به عمارت جي [[مهاڙي]] ۾ درين جي ترتيب يا بناوت کي بيان ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته '''[[ڊيفينسٽريشن]]''' (''defenestration'') جي معنيٰ آهي &quot;ڪنهن کي دريءَ مان ٻاهر اڇلائڻ&quot;.

== تاريخ ==
{{Multiple image
|total_width=400
|image1=MorellaSantaMariaWindow.jpg
|caption1=[[الباسٽر]] مان ٺهيل &quot;مولين&quot; سان ورهايل سينگاريل دريون [[سانتا ماريا لا ميجور گرجاگھر]] ([[موريلّا، ڪاسٽيلون|موريلّا]]، اسپين) ۾
|image2=ValenciaCathedral2.JPG
|caption2=[[والينسيا گرجاگھر]] ۾ الباسٽر جي دري. ڀت جي فريم جي کاٻي پاسي جي غير هموار ۽ ترڇي شڪل تي ڌيان ڏيو، جيڪا سج جي ڪرڻن کي عبادت گاهه جي اڳئين حصي (چينسل) تائين پهچڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي.
}}

[[رومي سلطنت|رومين]] ماڻهن کي درين ۾ [[شيشو]] استعمال ڪندڙ پهريون معلوم ماڻهو سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ۽ اها ٽيڪنالاجي غالباً سڀ کان پهرين [[رومي مصر]] ۾، [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ {{circa|100}}ع ڌاري تيار ڪئي وئي هئي.{{Citation needed|date=April 2024}} درين جون تصويرون قديم مصري ڀتين جي نقاشين ۽ [[اسيريا]] جي مجسمن ۾ پڻ ڏسي سگهجن ٿيون. ڪاغذي دريون گهٽ خرچ واريون هونديون هيون ۽ قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ [[شيشو]] عام ماڻهن جي گهرن جي درين ۾ صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيو، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل [[جانورن جا سڱ|جانورن جي سڱن]] مان ٺهيل درين جا شيشا 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿي رهيا هئا. 19هين صديءَ ۾ آمريڪي اولهه وارن علائقن ۾ آبادڪارن [[تيل لڳل ڪاغذ جي دري]]ن جو استعمال شروع ڪيو. جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون جڏهن صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته ٿي ويا.

=== ٽيڪنالاجيون ===

13هين صدي ق.م. ۾ سڀ کان اوائليون دريون ڇت ۾ بغير شيشي وارا کليل سوراخ هوندا هئا، جيئن ڏينهن جي وقت روشني اندر اچي سگهي.{{citation needed|date=January 2023}} بعد ۾،{{when|date=October 2016}} انهن درين کي جانورن جي کل، ڪپڙي يا ڪاٺ سان ڍڪيو ويندو هو. ان کان پوءِ اهڙا [[دريءَ جا شٽر|شٽر]] وجود ۾ آيا، جيڪي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگهبا هئا.{{when|date=October 2016}} وقت سان گڏ اهڙيون دريون تيار ڪيون ويون جيڪي هڪ طرف رهواسين کي موسم جي اثرن کان بچائينديون هيون ۽ ٻي طرف روشني به اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون. انهن ۾ نيم شفاف مواد جا ڪيترائي ننڍا ٽڪرا استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا، جهڙوڪ جانورن جي چپٽن ۽ نيم شفاف سڱن جا ٽڪرا، ڪاغذ جون چادرون، [[سنگ مرمر]] جون سنهيون پتيون (جهڙوڪ [[فينگائيٽ]])، يا شيشي جا ٽڪرا، جيڪي ڪاٺ، لوهه يا سيهي جي ٺهيل فريمن ۾ لڳايا ويندا هئا. ڏور اوڀر ۾ درين کي ڀرڻ لاءِ ڪاغذ استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot;&gt;{{cite encyclopedia | url= http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | title= Window | encyclopedia= Britannica | access-date= May 19, 2012 | archive-date= May 2, 2015 | archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20150502185207/http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | url-status= live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

رومي ماڻهو درين ۾ شيشي جا پهريان معلوم استعمال ڪندڙ هئا، ۽ هنن اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي مان فائدو ورتو جيڪا غالباً پهريون ڀيرو [[رومي مصر]] ۾ ترقي ڪئي وئي هئي. خاص طور تي [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ تقريباً {{circa}} 100ع ڌاري [[ڍاليل شيشو|ڍاليل شيشي]] جون دريون ظاهر ٿيڻ لڳيون، جيتوڻيڪ انهن جون بصري خاصيتون ڪمزور هيون. اهي ننڍيون ۽ ٿلهيون هونديون هيون ۽ حقيقت ۾ [[شيشو ڦوڪڻ|ڦوڪيل شيشي]] جي مرتبانن (سلينڊر نما شڪل) کي چپٽو ڪري چادرن جي صورت ۾ ٺاهيو ويندو هو، جن تي هر هنڌ گول دائري جهڙا نشان موجود هوندا هئا. (موازنہ ڪريو روايتي [[گرجاگھر جي دري]]ن سان، جيڪي [[رنگين شيشو]] مان ٺهيل هونديون آهن.) دريءَ جو شيشو ايترو شفاف ٿيڻ ۾، جو ان مان صاف ڏسي سگهجي جيئن اڄ اسين ڏسون ٿا، هڪ هزار سالن کان وڌيڪ وقت لڳو. تنهن هوندي به، قديم رومي دريون تمام ڪارآمد هيون، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن کي &quot;گرمي فراهم ڪرڻ واري ٽيڪنالاجيءَ ۾ اڪثر نظرانداز ڪيل ترقي&quot; سمجهيو ويندو آهي، ڇو ته اهي سج جي گرمي کي عمارت اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون، جڏهن ته اندر جي گرم هوا کي ٻاهر نڪرڻ کان روڪينديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last1=Carrier |first1=Richard |title=The Scientist in the Early Roman Empire |date=2017 |publisher=Pitchstone Publishing |location=Durham, North Carolina |isbn=978-1-63431-106-9 |page=218}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1154ع ۾ [[الادريسي]] [[گھانا سلطنت]] جي بادشاهه جي محل جي هڪ خاص خصوصيت طور شيشي جي درين جو ذڪر ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | url= https://books.google.com/books?id=umyHqvAErOAC&amp;dq=Ghana+Empire+glass+window&amp;pg=PA564 | title= Encyclopedia of African History 3-Volume Set| page= 564|author= Kevin Shillington |author-link= Kevin Shillington| publisher= [[Routledge]] | isbn= 978-1-135-45670-2 |date= 2013}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal | last= Fage | first=J. D. | title=Ancient Ghana: A Review Of The Evidence | journal=Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana | volume= 3 | issue= 2 | pages= 3–24 | year= 1957| jstor= 41405704}}&lt;/ref&gt;

صدين جي دوران اهڙيون ٽيڪنيڪون ترقي ڪيون ويون، جن جي ذريعي ڦوڪيل شيشي جي [[سلينڊر (هندسي شڪل)|سلينڊر]] جي هڪ پاسي کي ڪٽي، ساڳئي مقدار جي شيشي مان وڌيڪ سنهيون مستطيل دريون تيار ڪيون وينديون هيون. ان سان ڊگهيون ۽ سنهيون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، جيڪي عام طور تي هڪ عمودي سهاري سان ورهايل هونديون هيون، جنهن کي [[مولين]] چيو ويندو آهي. مولين سان ورهايل شيشي واريون دريون يورپ جي خوشحال ماڻهن ۾ پسنديده دريون هيون،{{when|date=January 2023}} جڏهن ته ڪاغذي دريون قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ گهٽ خرچ سبب وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ عام ماڻهن جي گهرن ۾ شيشي واريون دريون صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيون، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل جانورن جي سڱن مان ٺهيل دريون 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿينديون رهيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Langley|first=Andrew|title=Medieval Life|series= Eyewitness|year= 2011 |publisher= Dorling Kindersley|isbn=978-1-4053-4545-3|page=16}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون، جڏهن 19هين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته بڻايا ويا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Float Glass|date=July 6, 2007 |url=https://www.architectmagazine.com/technology/float-glass_o}}&lt;/ref&gt; جديد دريون عام طور تي شيشي سان ڀريون وينديون آهن، جيتوڻيڪ شفاف پلاسٽڪ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== جوڙجڪ جا لاڙا ===
{{See also|گرجاگھر جي دري}}

12هين صدي عيسويءَ کان [[اولهه يورپ]] جي [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ [[لينسٽ دري]]ن (''lancet windows'') جو متعارف ٿيڻ، محرابي درين جي هڪ اڳوڻي روايت تي ٻڌل هو،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 |quote= In general two or three windows united in a group, as was later the rule in Roman architecture, were even then of frequent occurrence in the early Christian architecture of Asia Minor. The form of the window is nearly everywhere the same; a rectangle that usually has a rounded top, but seldom a straight lintel.}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪي [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀن]] جي وچ ۾ لڳايون وينديون هيون،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 | quote = The place of the window was determined by the architectural membering of the basilica, the distance between two columns generally indicating the position of a window.}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ ان جي نتيجي ۾ نه رڳو [[ٽريسري]] ۽ نفيس [[قرونِ وسطى جا رنگين شيشا|رنگين شيشي]] واريون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، پر عبادتي عمارتن ۾ نوڪيدار يا گول شڪل وارين درين جو هڪ اهڙو ڊگهو تعميراتي رواج به پيدا ٿيو، جيڪو اڄ به ڪيترن ئي گرجاگهرن ۾ ڏسي سگهجي ٿو.

تعميراتي مؤرخ پيٽر سمٿ شروعاتي جديد دور جي ويلش ڳوٺاڻن گهرن ۾ درين جي تعميراتي لاڙن بابت لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
تقريباً 1680ع تائين درين جو تناسب افقي هوندو هو، جيڪو انهن گهٽ اوچائي وارن ڪمرن لاءِ مناسب هو، جيڪي هال هائوسن ۾ مٿيون ماڙ شامل ڪرڻ کان پوءِ وجود ۾ آيا هئا. ان کان پوءِ عمودي تناسب واريون دريون رواج ۾ آيون، جنهن جو هڪ سبب گهٽ ۾ گهٽ اهو هو ته [[نشاةِ ثانيه]] جي دور ۾ اوچين ڇتين جي پسند وڌي وئي هئي. 1914ع کان پوءِ حالتون ٻيهر بدلجي ويون ۽ افقي تناسب واريون دريون هڪ ڀيرو ٻيهر پسند ڪيون وڃڻ لڳيون.&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
 |last1                = Smith
 |first1               = Peter
 |author-link1         = Peter Smith (architectural historian)
 |editor-last1         = Thirsk
 |editor-first1        = Joan
 |editor-link1         = Joan Thirsk
 |year                 = 1985
 |chapter              = 21 Rural Building in Wales
 |title                = The Agrarian History of England and Wales
 |url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=EAA9AAAAIAAJ
 |volume               = 5: 1640-1750 2: Agrarian change
 |publication-place    = Cambridge
 |publisher            = Cambridge University Press
 |page                 = 781
 |isbn                 = 9780521257756
 |access-date          = 18 January 2023
}}
&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;17هين صديءَ ۾ يورپ ۾ درين جي ڊزائن ۾ اوچائي ويڪر کان وڌيڪ رکڻ جو لاڙو پيدا ٿيو. ڪاٺ جا فريم وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا هئا، ۽ سيش دريون (''sash windows'') پڻ متعارف ڪرايون ويون. 18هين صديءَ ۾ سيش درين جي ڊزائن ۾ تبديليون آيون؛ شيشي کي سنڀاليندڙ سنها افقي ۽ عمودي پٽا (glazing bars) وڌيڪ باريڪ بڻايا ويا ۽ درين جون ماپون به وڌيڪ معياري ٿي ويون.

19هين صديءَ دوران ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ننڍين ڪناري وارين درين ۾ رنگين شيشو استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته گليزنگ بارن کي گوٿڪ طرز جي شڪل ڏني ويندي هئي. دريون اڳي کان وڌيڪ وڏيون ٿيڻ لڳيون ۽ آرٽس اينڊ ڪرافٽس ۽ ڪوئين اين طرزِ تعمير تمام مشهور ٿيا، جيڪو لاڙو 20هين صديءَ تائين جاري رهيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Windows, glass, glazing - a brief history |url=https://www.thenbs.com/knowledge/windows-glass-glazing-a-brief-history |access-date=2026-03-17 |website=NBS |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ شيشي]] جي ٽيڪنالاجي جي پکڙجڻ سان پڪچر ونڊوز (''picture windows'') متعارف ڪرائڻ ممڪن ٿيو (پهريون ڀيرو [[ليويٽ ٽائون، پنسلوانيا]] ۾)،&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
|last1                = Rybczynski
|first1               = Witold
|author-link1         = Witold Rybczynski
|date                 = 13 May 2008
|orig-date            = 2007
|chapter              = Ranchers, Picture Windows and Morning Rooms
|title                = Last Harvest: From Cornfield to New Town: Real Estate Development from George Washington to the Builders of the Twenty-First Century, and Why We Live in Houses Anyway
|url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=rkuvkjyRGG0C
|publication-place    = New York
|publisher            = Simon and Schuster
|page                 = 207
|isbn                 = 9780743235976
|access-date          = 18 January 2023
|quote                = The casual, spread-out ranch house [...] by 1950 accounted for nine out of ten new houses. [...] Its one extravagance was a large window facing the street - the picture window. As far as I have been able to determine, picture windows made their first appearance in Levittown, Pennsylvania.
}}
&lt;/ref&gt; جنهن جو بنياد 1951–1952ع ۾ وڌو ويو.{{Clarify|reason=What was founded?|date=July 2024}}ايندڙ حصي (حصو 4) ۾ آخري پيراگراف (''Many modern day windows may have a window screen...'') جو مڪمل ترجمو، بنا ڪنهن اختصار جي، حوالن سميت پيش ڪندس.

اڄڪلهه جون ڪيتريون ئي [[جديديت|جديد]] دريون [[دريءَ جي جالي]] (''window screen'') يا ميش سان ليس هونديون آهن، جيڪا اڪثر [[ايلومينيم]] يا [[فائبر گلاس]] مان ٺهيل هوندي آهي، جيئن دري کولڻ وقت [[جيت]] اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهن. دريون بنيادي طور تي عمارت جي اندر موجود ماڻهن کي ٻاهرين دنيا سان هڪ اهم بصري لاڳاپو فراهم ڪرڻ لاءِ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن ذريعي اهي ٻاهر ٿيندڙ مسلسل بدلجندڙ منظرن ۽ واقعن کي ڏسي سگهن ٿا. اهڙو لاڳاپو عمارتن ۾ رهندڙ ماڻهن جي صحت ۽ ڀلائي لاءِ انتهائي اهم سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ جيڪڏهن ماڻهو اهڙين بند عمارتن ۾ رهن، جتي دريون نه هجن، ته انهن تي اهڙي ماحول جا ناڪاري اثر پئجي سگهن ٿا.

درين جي ڊزائن بابت مقرر ڪيل ڪيترن ئي معيارن مان، ڏينهن جي روشني سان لاڳاپيل معيارن ۾ ڪجهه اهم عنصر نمايان ٿيا آهن، جن ۾ هنڌ، وقت، موسم، فطرت ۽ ماڻهو شامل آهن. انهن سڀني معيارن مان، اهي دريون جيڪي [[فطرت]] جا نظارا مهيا ڪن ٿيون، ماڻهن جي نظر ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ اهم سمجهيون وڃن ٿيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Kent |first1=Michael |last2=Schiavon |first2=Stefano |date=2022 |title=Predicting Window View Preferences Using the Environmental Information Criteria |url=https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |journal=LEUKOS |volume=19 |issue=2 |pages=190–209 |doi=10.1080/15502724.2022.2077753 |s2cid=251121476 |access-date=2022-11-09 |archive-date=December 28, 2023 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20231228134015/https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;


[[فائل:Window Porto Covo August 2013-2.jpg|380px|thumb|[[پورچوگال ۾ پورٽو ڪووو ۾ھڪ روايتي دري]]]]


'''''دري'''''---'''Window '': اردوء ۾ :'''کھڑکی ''': ڀت ، ڇت، در ۽ گاڏيء ۾ اھڙو سوراخ آھي جتان ھوا، روشني ۽ آواز اندر داخل ٿيندو آھي. جديد درين ۾ شفاف يا چمڪيلا يا روشن شيشا لڳايا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web| u http://www.thefreedictionary.com/window/ |title=Window |publisher=The Free Dictionary By Farlex|accessdate=May 19, 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;  انھن جي قسمن ۾ آئي برو دري، فڪسڊ دري، سنگل ھنگ دري ، ڊبل ھنگ دري،  سيش دري، ھاريزہنٽل سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ، ڪيس واري دري، آننگ دري، ھوپر دري، ٽلٽ ۽ سلائيڊ دري، ٽلٽ اينڊ ٽرن دري، سائيڊ لائيٽ دري،جالوسي يا لوورڊ دري، ڪلريسٽري دري، اسڪاء لائيٽ دري، ڇت يا روف واري دري، اوريل دري، ٿرمل دري، ڊئيوڪلٽين دري، تصوير واري دري، ايمرجنسي اگزٽ دري، فرينچ دري،ٽرپل پينل واري دري.جاءِ اندر مختلف ڪمرن جي نوعيت مطابق انھن کي ھر موسم آھر ھوا ۽ روشني پھچائڻ لاءِ درين جو لڳائن تمام ضروري آھي. اھي اھڙي انداز ۾ لڳائڻ گھرجن،، جيئن ھوا جو گذر انھيءَ جي رخ پٽاندڙ، بنا ڪنھن رنڊڪ جي ۽ صحيح طرح سان ٿئي. برٽش قائدن مطابق درين جي ايراضي ڪمري جي فرش جي ايراضيءَ (Carpet Areas) جو گھٽ ۾ گھٽ ڏھون (1/10) حصو ھئڻ گھرجي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot;&gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي ؛  ليکڪ: ضياءين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن:1990؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt;

==درين جا قسم==

درين جي مختلف قسمن جو مختصر تفصيل ھيٺ بيان ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


'''''پانيلن واري دري'''''
: (Panelled or Casement Windows)

ھن قسم جون دريون، دروازن وانگر ھڪ تاڪ يا ٻن تاڪن جون ٿينديون آھن، جن کي ڪاٺ جي فريم سان انجيسن ذريعي لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ھن قسم جون دريون عام طرح سان استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن، جن ۾ پانيلن اندر ڪاٺ جي پترن تختن کي گھربل نموني ۾ لڳايو ويندو آھي.
انھيءَ کان سواءِ سمورن پانيلن اندر ڪاٺ جي سنھن تختن کان علاوھ ڪجھھ حصي تائين شيشا ۽ ڪجھھ حصي تائين ڪاٺ جا سنھا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. اھڙن ڪمرن ۾ جتي روشنيءَ جي گھڻي ضرورت ھوندي آھي تھ سڀيئي پانيل شيشي جا رکبا آھن. شيشن کي قابو ڪرڻ واسطي ڪاٺ جون سنھيون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن، جن کي (Sash bars)  سڏيو ويندو آھي.
ھن قسم جي درين جا تاڪ اندر يا ٻاھر کولي سگھبا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ درين لاءِ ڇڏيل خالن کي ٻن حصن ۾ ورھايو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ لاءِ چؤڪاٺي اندر اڪثر طور تي مٿان کان انھيءَ جي چوٿين حصي تائين ھڪ وڌيڪ سڌي پٽي لڳائي ويندي آھي ۽ مٿئين حصي ۾ شيشو لڳائي ڇڏبو آھي. دريءَ جو اھو حصو دائين بند رھندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي کولي ۽ بند ڪري نھ سگھبو آھي. اھڙي قسم جي شيشي جي حصي کي فئن لائيٽ (Fan Light)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح سان ھڪ تھ دري ۽ روشندان لاءِ الڳ الڳ لنٽيل ٺاھڻ جي ضرورت نھ پوندي آھي ۽ ٻيو تھ ڪاٺ جي بچت پڻ ٿيندي آھي. ھن قسم جو نظام دروازن سان گڏ پڻ ڪري سگھبو آھي. درين ۽ دروازن مٿان ھڪ کتل (Fixed)  روشندانن جي جاءِ تي کلندڙ ۽ بند ٿيندڙ روشندان پڻ لڳائي سگھبا آھن. اھڙا ڪمرا جن ۾ عليحدھ طرح سان روشندان لڳائڻ جي گنجائش نھ ھوندي آھي تھ انھيءَ ھنڌ ھن قسم جو بندوبست ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''ٻاھر نڪتل دري'''''

: (Bay Window)  
ھن قسم جي دري ڪمري جي ٻاھرين ديوار کان ٻاھر تي نڪتل ھوندي آھي. مطلب تھ ھي دريون صرف ڪمري جي ٻاھرين ديوارن ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ اھي ٻاھرين ڀتين کان ٻاھر نڪتل ھونديون آھن. 


'''''پانيلن واري دري''''' 


ھي دريون گھڻن ئي ڊؤلن جون ٿينديون آھن، جھڙوڪ، چؤڪور، گول ۽ گھڻ ڪنڊائتيون (Polygonal)  وغيره. ھن قسم جي درين جو ٻاھر نڪتل ڀاڱو (Projection)  دريءَ جي فرش واريءَ ليول کان يا فريم جي ھيٺئين سڌي پٽيءَ (Sill)  کان شروع ٿيندو آھي. ھن قسم جي درين لڳائڻ سا عمارتن جي خوبصورتي وڌي ٿي. ھنن جي لڳائڻ سان ڪمرا ھوادار، ڪشادا ۽ روشن رھن ٿا. 

ڪنڊائتي دري


: (Corner Window)  
ھن قسم جون دريون ڪمرن جي ڪنڊ وٽ لڳايون وينديون آھن. انھن جي لڳائڻ سان ڪمرا ھوادار رھن ٿا ۽ عمارت جي خوبصورتي وڌي ٿي. ھن قسم جي دريءَ لڳائڻ سان چؤڪاٺي جي وچين ٻانھن ٻنھي طرفن جو ڪم ڏئي ٿي ۽ اھڙيءَ طرح سان ھڪ ٻانھن جي بچت ٿئي ٿي

'''''روشندان'''''

: (Clerestory Window or Ventilator) 
ھن قسم جون دريون روشندان ڀر واري ورانڊي ۽ ڪمرن جي ڇتين جي مختلف اوچائيءَ سبب انھن جي وچ واري ديوار جي حصي ۾ مٿينءَ ڇت جي نزديڪ لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھيءُ تاڪ جي ٻاھرين اڀين پٽين کي ٻنھي پاسن کان مدارن يا ٽيڪن (Pivots)  تي ٽيڪي لڏڻ جي انداز ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ تاڪ جي مٿئين ۽ ھيٺئين سڌي پٽيءَ جي پوري وچ تي ڇلا (Rings)  لڳائي، انھن ۾ رسين جو ھڪ ھڪ ڇيڙو ٻڌي ان جي ٻئي لٽڪيل ڇيڙي کي ڇڪ ڏيڻ سان انھن کي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگھبو آھي .ساڳيءَ ليول وارن ڪمرن جي ڇت ۾ لڳائڻ واريءَ صورت ۾ انھن کي روشندان (Ventilators)  سڏيو وڃي ٿو جيڪي ڪمرن کي روشن رکڻ سان گڏ ڪمرن کي ھوادار پڻ بنائن ٿا.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''ڊارمر ونڊو'''''

: (Dormer Window) 
ھن قسم جون دريون سلاميءَ وارين ڇتين جي سلاميءَ واري سطح (Slopping surface)  تي لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ٻن قسمن جون ٿينديون آھن، ھڪ گيبل ٽائيپ ۽ ٻيون ڇاپري ٽائيپ  (Gabel type and shade type). گيبل ٽائيپ دريون ڇتين جي مٿئين نوڪدار ڀاڱي تي لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ ڇاپري ٽائيپ دريون چؤڪور اڀي حصي تي لڳائبيون آھن. اھڙيءَ طرح انھن جو انداز ڇتين جي قسم تي منحصر آھي.


'''''لالٽين نما دري'''''


: (Lantern Window) 
ڊگھين ۽ مسلسل جاين ۾ آمھون سامھون ٺھيل ڪمرن جي وچ واري لنگھھ (Passage) کي روشن ۽ ھوادار بڻائڻ لاءِ ھن قسم جون دريون مھيا ڪيون وينديون آھن، جيڪي ھڪ ئي ليول وارين ڇتين مٿان اڀريل نموني لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ انھن جي مٿي اڀريل پاسن کان روشني پھچائڻ واسطي انھن پاسن ۾ شيشا لڳايا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


'''''روشندان يا اسڪاءِ لائيٽ'''''

: (Sky Light) 
ھن قسم جا روشندان سلاميءَ وارين ڇتين ۾ اھڙي ريت لڳايا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھن جي چوٽي ڇت جي سطح سان پوروڇوٽ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>pe9ze90bhv1q4s3fw8lrxqk5pebjy0z</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400905</id>
      <parentid>400904</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T14:50:08Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400905</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="30547" sha1="qnbbkyvug78xq61a9q22p8psulzwxvw" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڀت، دروازي، ڇت يا گاڏي ۾ روشني، هوا ۽ ٻاهرئين ڏيک لاءِ ٺاهيل کُليل حصو}}

{{multiple image
|perrow=3
|total_width=400
|image1=Window of the house with number 17 on strada Mântuleasa, from Bucharest (Romania).jpg
|image2=Atua Kosua shrine4.jpg
|image3=Traditional wooden window (Akhi Jhyal).jpg
|image4=P1300843 Paris X rue de Paradis n18 detail rwk.jpg
|image5=Exterior facade of the Hôtel de Bourvallais 003.JPG
|image6=Chartres RosetteNord 121 DSC08241.jpg
|footer=دريَن جا مختلف نمونا
}}

'''دري''' (Window) ڀت، [[در]]، [[ڇت]] يا [[گاڏي]] ۾ ٺهيل اهڙو کُليل حصو آهي، جيڪو [[روشني]] کي اندر اچڻ، [[هوا]] جي اچ وڃ ۽ ڪيترين حالتن ۾ آواز جي گذر جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. جديد دريون عام طور شيشي  يا ڪنهن ٻئي شفاف يا نيم شفاف مواد سان ڍڪيل هونديون آهن. شيشو عام طور هڪ [[تاڪ]] (Sash) ۾ لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[فريم]] جي اندر نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt; ڪيترن ئي حوالن ۾ تاڪ ۽ فريم ٻنهي کي گڏجي دري پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/window/|title=Window|publisher=The Free Dictionary By Farlex|access-date=19 May 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

گهڻيون شيشي واريون دريون کولي يا بند ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. دري کولڻ سان [[هوا جي مٽاسٽا]] (وينٽيليشن) ممڪن ٿيندي آهي، جڏهن ته بند ڪرڻ سان مينهن، تيز هوا ۽ ٻين خراب موسمي حالتن کان تحفظ حاصل ٿيندو آهي. دريَن ۾ اڪثر [[ڪڙي]] (Latch) يا اهڙو ٻيو ميڪانياتي بندش وارو اوزار لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو دري کي بند ڪري تالو لڳائڻ يا مختلف درجن تائين کليل حالت ۾ قائم رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

دريَن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جن ۾ '''[[آئبرو دري]]'''  (آئبرو ونڊو - eyebrow)، '''[[مقرر دري]]''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو)، [[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]] (ھيڪساگونل ونڊو)، '''[[سنگل هنگ دري]]''' (سنگل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[ڊبل هنگ دري]]''' (ڊبل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[افقي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري]]''' (ھرائيزينٽل سلائيڊنگ سيش ونڊو)، [[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]، '''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window)، '''هاپر دري''' (Hopper window)، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ سلائيڊ دري''' ، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ ٽرن دري'''، '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom)، '''پاسي واري دري''' (سلائيڊ لائيٽ ونڊو)، [[جيلوسي دري]] (Jalousie)، [[لوور دري]] (Louvered)، [[ڪليرسٽوري دري]] (Clerestory)، [[لينسٽ دري]] (Lancet)، [[ڇت جو روشندان]] (اسڪائلائيٽ)، [[ڇت جي دري]] (روف ونڊو)، [[روف لئنٽرن]] (lantern)، [[بي دري]] (Bay)، [[اوريل دري]] (Oriel)، [[ڊائيوڪليشيئن دري]] (Diocletian)، '''تصويري دري''' (Picture)، [[گلابي دري]] (Rose)، '''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري'''، [[رنگين شيشي واري دري]] (Stained glass)، '''فرينچ دري'''، '''پينل دري'''، '''ٻٽي يا ٽرپل شيشي واري دري'''  ۽ [[وچ دري]] (Witch) شامل آهن.

== اشتقاق ==

انگريزي لفظ '''ونڊو''' (''window'') جو بنياد [[قديم نارس ٻولي]] جي لفظ {{lang|non|vindauga}} مان نڪتل آهي، جيڪو {{lang|non|vindr}} (هوا) ۽ {{lang|non|auga}} (اک) مان ٺهيل آهي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;هوا جي اک&quot; آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |title=New Oxford American Dictionary |date=2010 |access-date=January 16, 2015 |archive-date=June 2, 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130602205448/http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[نارويجي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|no|[[نينورسڪ]]}} ۽ [[آئس لينڊي ٻولي]] ۾ قديم نارس جو هي لفظ اڄ تائين زندهه رهيو آهي. آئس لينڊي ۾ اهو رڳو هڪ ننڍڙي کليل &quot;دري&quot; جي هڪ قسم لاءِ نسبتاً گهٽ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ آهي، ۽ اهو {{lang|is|gluggi}} (آئس لينڊي ٻوليءَ ۾ &quot;دري&quot; لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ) جو مڪمل مترادف نه آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|title=Hvaðan kemur orðið gluggi? Af hverju notum við ekki vindauga samanber window?|work=Vísindavefurinn|access-date=2018-09-17|language=is|archive-date=December 14, 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191214165059/https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|url-status=live}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ {{lang|sv|vindöga}} لفظ اڃا تائين جهونپڙيءَ جي ڇت ۾ موجود سوراخ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته [[ڊينش ٻولي]] جي {{lang|da|vindue}} ۽ نارويجي ٻولي جي {{lang|no|[[بوڪمول]]}} ۾ {{lang|no|vindu}} لفظ مان &quot;اک&quot; سان سڌو تعلق ختم ٿي ويو آهي، جيئن انگريزي لفظ ''window'' ۾ به ٿيو آهي. ڊينش (پر نارويجي [[بوڪمول]] نه) ۾ هن لفظ جو اچار انگريزي ''window'' سان گهڻو مشابهت رکي ٿو.

انگريزي جو لفظ ''ونڊو'' (window) پهريون ڀيرو 13هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ لکيل استعمال ملي ٿو، ۽ شروعات ۾ ان مان مراد ڇت ۾ موجود شيشي کان سواءِ هڪ کليل سوراخ هئي. بعد ۾ ''ونڊو''، [[قديم انگريزي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|ang|eagþyrl}} جي جاءِ ورتي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو سوراخ&quot; آهي، ۽ {{lang|ang|eagduru}}، جنهن جي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو در&quot; آهي.

تنهن هوندي به، ڪيترين ئي جرمني ٻولين شيشي واري دري لاءِ لاطيني لفظ فينيسٽرا fenestra اختيار ڪيو، جهڙوڪ [[معياري ٻولي|معياري]] [[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ فونسٽر fönster ۽ [[جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ فينسٽر Fenster.
انگريزي ۾ ''ونڊو'' لفظ جو استعمال غالباً [[وائڪنگ دور]] دوران انگريزي ٻوليءَ تي اسڪينڊي نيويائي اثر ۽ [[ڌاريل لفظ]]ن جي ذريعي ٿيو. انگريزي ۾ ''فينيسٽر'' لفظ پڻ ''ونڊو'' سان گڏ 18هين صديءَ جي وچ تائين متوازي طور استعمال ٿيندو رهيو.

لفظ '''فينيسٽريشن''' اڄ به عمارت جي [[مهاڙي]] ۾ درين جي ترتيب يا بناوت کي بيان ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته '''[[ڊيفينسٽريشن]]''' (''defenestration'') جي معنيٰ آهي &quot;ڪنهن کي دريءَ مان ٻاهر اڇلائڻ&quot;.

== تاريخ ==
{{Multiple image
|total_width=400
|image1=MorellaSantaMariaWindow.jpg
|caption1=[[الباسٽر]] مان ٺهيل &quot;مولين&quot; سان ورهايل سينگاريل دريون [[سانتا ماريا لا ميجور گرجاگھر]] ([[موريلّا، ڪاسٽيلون|موريلّا]]، اسپين) ۾
|image2=ValenciaCathedral2.JPG
|caption2=[[والينسيا گرجاگھر]] ۾ الباسٽر جي دري. ڀت جي فريم جي کاٻي پاسي جي غير هموار ۽ ترڇي شڪل تي ڌيان ڏيو، جيڪا سج جي ڪرڻن کي عبادت گاهه جي اڳئين حصي (چينسل) تائين پهچڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي.
}}

[[رومي سلطنت|رومين]] ماڻهن کي درين ۾ [[شيشو]] استعمال ڪندڙ پهريون معلوم ماڻهو سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ۽ اها ٽيڪنالاجي غالباً سڀ کان پهرين [[رومي مصر]] ۾، [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ {{circa|100}}ع ڌاري تيار ڪئي وئي هئي.{{Citation needed|date=April 2024}} درين جون تصويرون قديم مصري ڀتين جي نقاشين ۽ [[اسيريا]] جي مجسمن ۾ پڻ ڏسي سگهجن ٿيون. ڪاغذي دريون گهٽ خرچ واريون هونديون هيون ۽ قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ [[شيشو]] عام ماڻهن جي گهرن جي درين ۾ صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيو، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل [[جانورن جا سڱ|جانورن جي سڱن]] مان ٺهيل درين جا شيشا 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿي رهيا هئا. 19هين صديءَ ۾ آمريڪي اولهه وارن علائقن ۾ آبادڪارن [[تيل لڳل ڪاغذ جي دري]]ن جو استعمال شروع ڪيو. جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون جڏهن صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته ٿي ويا.

=== ٽيڪنالاجيون ===

13هين صدي ق.م. ۾ سڀ کان اوائليون دريون ڇت ۾ بغير شيشي وارا کليل سوراخ هوندا هئا، جيئن ڏينهن جي وقت روشني اندر اچي سگهي.{{citation needed|date=January 2023}} بعد ۾،{{when|date=October 2016}} انهن درين کي جانورن جي کل، ڪپڙي يا ڪاٺ سان ڍڪيو ويندو هو. ان کان پوءِ اهڙا [[دريءَ جا شٽر|شٽر]] وجود ۾ آيا، جيڪي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگهبا هئا.{{when|date=October 2016}} وقت سان گڏ اهڙيون دريون تيار ڪيون ويون جيڪي هڪ طرف رهواسين کي موسم جي اثرن کان بچائينديون هيون ۽ ٻي طرف روشني به اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون. انهن ۾ نيم شفاف مواد جا ڪيترائي ننڍا ٽڪرا استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا، جهڙوڪ جانورن جي چپٽن ۽ نيم شفاف سڱن جا ٽڪرا، ڪاغذ جون چادرون، [[سنگ مرمر]] جون سنهيون پتيون (جهڙوڪ [[فينگائيٽ]])، يا شيشي جا ٽڪرا، جيڪي ڪاٺ، لوهه يا سيهي جي ٺهيل فريمن ۾ لڳايا ويندا هئا. ڏور اوڀر ۾ درين کي ڀرڻ لاءِ ڪاغذ استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot;&gt;{{cite encyclopedia | url= http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | title= Window | encyclopedia= Britannica | access-date= May 19, 2012 | archive-date= May 2, 2015 | archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20150502185207/http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | url-status= live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

رومي ماڻهو درين ۾ شيشي جا پهريان معلوم استعمال ڪندڙ هئا، ۽ هنن اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي مان فائدو ورتو جيڪا غالباً پهريون ڀيرو [[رومي مصر]] ۾ ترقي ڪئي وئي هئي. خاص طور تي [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ تقريباً {{circa}} 100ع ڌاري [[ڍاليل شيشو|ڍاليل شيشي]] جون دريون ظاهر ٿيڻ لڳيون، جيتوڻيڪ انهن جون بصري خاصيتون ڪمزور هيون. اهي ننڍيون ۽ ٿلهيون هونديون هيون ۽ حقيقت ۾ [[شيشو ڦوڪڻ|ڦوڪيل شيشي]] جي مرتبانن (سلينڊر نما شڪل) کي چپٽو ڪري چادرن جي صورت ۾ ٺاهيو ويندو هو، جن تي هر هنڌ گول دائري جهڙا نشان موجود هوندا هئا. (موازنہ ڪريو روايتي [[گرجاگھر جي دري]]ن سان، جيڪي [[رنگين شيشو]] مان ٺهيل هونديون آهن.) دريءَ جو شيشو ايترو شفاف ٿيڻ ۾، جو ان مان صاف ڏسي سگهجي جيئن اڄ اسين ڏسون ٿا، هڪ هزار سالن کان وڌيڪ وقت لڳو. تنهن هوندي به، قديم رومي دريون تمام ڪارآمد هيون، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن کي &quot;گرمي فراهم ڪرڻ واري ٽيڪنالاجيءَ ۾ اڪثر نظرانداز ڪيل ترقي&quot; سمجهيو ويندو آهي، ڇو ته اهي سج جي گرمي کي عمارت اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون، جڏهن ته اندر جي گرم هوا کي ٻاهر نڪرڻ کان روڪينديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last1=Carrier |first1=Richard |title=The Scientist in the Early Roman Empire |date=2017 |publisher=Pitchstone Publishing |location=Durham, North Carolina |isbn=978-1-63431-106-9 |page=218}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1154ع ۾ [[الادريسي]] [[گھانا سلطنت]] جي بادشاهه جي محل جي هڪ خاص خصوصيت طور شيشي جي درين جو ذڪر ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | url= https://books.google.com/books?id=umyHqvAErOAC&amp;dq=Ghana+Empire+glass+window&amp;pg=PA564 | title= Encyclopedia of African History 3-Volume Set| page= 564|author= Kevin Shillington |author-link= Kevin Shillington| publisher= [[Routledge]] | isbn= 978-1-135-45670-2 |date= 2013}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal | last= Fage | first=J. D. | title=Ancient Ghana: A Review Of The Evidence | journal=Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana | volume= 3 | issue= 2 | pages= 3–24 | year= 1957| jstor= 41405704}}&lt;/ref&gt;

صدين جي دوران اهڙيون ٽيڪنيڪون ترقي ڪيون ويون، جن جي ذريعي ڦوڪيل شيشي جي [[سلينڊر (هندسي شڪل)|سلينڊر]] جي هڪ پاسي کي ڪٽي، ساڳئي مقدار جي شيشي مان وڌيڪ سنهيون مستطيل دريون تيار ڪيون وينديون هيون. ان سان ڊگهيون ۽ سنهيون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، جيڪي عام طور تي هڪ عمودي سهاري سان ورهايل هونديون هيون، جنهن کي [[مولين]] چيو ويندو آهي. مولين سان ورهايل شيشي واريون دريون يورپ جي خوشحال ماڻهن ۾ پسنديده دريون هيون،{{when|date=January 2023}} جڏهن ته ڪاغذي دريون قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ گهٽ خرچ سبب وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ عام ماڻهن جي گهرن ۾ شيشي واريون دريون صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيون، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل جانورن جي سڱن مان ٺهيل دريون 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿينديون رهيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Langley|first=Andrew|title=Medieval Life|series= Eyewitness|year= 2011 |publisher= Dorling Kindersley|isbn=978-1-4053-4545-3|page=16}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون، جڏهن 19هين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته بڻايا ويا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Float Glass|date=July 6, 2007 |url=https://www.architectmagazine.com/technology/float-glass_o}}&lt;/ref&gt; جديد دريون عام طور تي شيشي سان ڀريون وينديون آهن، جيتوڻيڪ شفاف پلاسٽڪ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== جوڙجڪ جا لاڙا ===
{{See also|گرجاگھر جي دري}}

12هين صدي عيسويءَ کان [[اولهه يورپ]] جي [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ [[لينسٽ دري]]ن (''lancet windows'') جو متعارف ٿيڻ، محرابي درين جي هڪ اڳوڻي روايت تي ٻڌل هو،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 |quote= In general two or three windows united in a group, as was later the rule in Roman architecture, were even then of frequent occurrence in the early Christian architecture of Asia Minor. The form of the window is nearly everywhere the same; a rectangle that usually has a rounded top, but seldom a straight lintel.}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪي [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀن]] جي وچ ۾ لڳايون وينديون هيون،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 | quote = The place of the window was determined by the architectural membering of the basilica, the distance between two columns generally indicating the position of a window.}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ ان جي نتيجي ۾ نه رڳو [[ٽريسري]] ۽ نفيس [[قرونِ وسطى جا رنگين شيشا|رنگين شيشي]] واريون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، پر عبادتي عمارتن ۾ نوڪيدار يا گول شڪل وارين درين جو هڪ اهڙو ڊگهو تعميراتي رواج به پيدا ٿيو، جيڪو اڄ به ڪيترن ئي گرجاگهرن ۾ ڏسي سگهجي ٿو.

تعميراتي مؤرخ پيٽر سمٿ شروعاتي جديد دور جي ويلش ڳوٺاڻن گهرن ۾ درين جي تعميراتي لاڙن بابت لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
تقريباً 1680ع تائين درين جو تناسب افقي هوندو هو، جيڪو انهن گهٽ اوچائي وارن ڪمرن لاءِ مناسب هو، جيڪي هال هائوسن ۾ مٿيون ماڙ شامل ڪرڻ کان پوءِ وجود ۾ آيا هئا. ان کان پوءِ عمودي تناسب واريون دريون رواج ۾ آيون، جنهن جو هڪ سبب گهٽ ۾ گهٽ اهو هو ته [[نشاةِ ثانيه]] جي دور ۾ اوچين ڇتين جي پسند وڌي وئي هئي. 1914ع کان پوءِ حالتون ٻيهر بدلجي ويون ۽ افقي تناسب واريون دريون هڪ ڀيرو ٻيهر پسند ڪيون وڃڻ لڳيون.&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
 |last1                = Smith
 |first1               = Peter
 |author-link1         = Peter Smith (architectural historian)
 |editor-last1         = Thirsk
 |editor-first1        = Joan
 |editor-link1         = Joan Thirsk
 |year                 = 1985
 |chapter              = 21 Rural Building in Wales
 |title                = The Agrarian History of England and Wales
 |url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=EAA9AAAAIAAJ
 |volume               = 5: 1640-1750 2: Agrarian change
 |publication-place    = Cambridge
 |publisher            = Cambridge University Press
 |page                 = 781
 |isbn                 = 9780521257756
 |access-date          = 18 January 2023
}}
&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;17هين صديءَ ۾ يورپ ۾ درين جي ڊزائن ۾ اوچائي ويڪر کان وڌيڪ رکڻ جو لاڙو پيدا ٿيو. ڪاٺ جا فريم وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا هئا، ۽ سيش دريون (''sash windows'') پڻ متعارف ڪرايون ويون. 18هين صديءَ ۾ سيش درين جي ڊزائن ۾ تبديليون آيون؛ شيشي کي سنڀاليندڙ سنها افقي ۽ عمودي پٽا (glazing bars) وڌيڪ باريڪ بڻايا ويا ۽ درين جون ماپون به وڌيڪ معياري ٿي ويون.

19هين صديءَ دوران ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ننڍين ڪناري وارين درين ۾ رنگين شيشو استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته گليزنگ بارن کي گوٿڪ طرز جي شڪل ڏني ويندي هئي. دريون اڳي کان وڌيڪ وڏيون ٿيڻ لڳيون ۽ آرٽس اينڊ ڪرافٽس ۽ ڪوئين اين طرزِ تعمير تمام مشهور ٿيا، جيڪو لاڙو 20هين صديءَ تائين جاري رهيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Windows, glass, glazing - a brief history |url=https://www.thenbs.com/knowledge/windows-glass-glazing-a-brief-history |access-date=2026-03-17 |website=NBS |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ شيشي]] جي ٽيڪنالاجي جي پکڙجڻ سان پڪچر ونڊوز (''picture windows'') متعارف ڪرائڻ ممڪن ٿيو (پهريون ڀيرو [[ليويٽ ٽائون، پنسلوانيا]] ۾)،&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
|last1                = Rybczynski
|first1               = Witold
|author-link1         = Witold Rybczynski
|date                 = 13 May 2008
|orig-date            = 2007
|chapter              = Ranchers, Picture Windows and Morning Rooms
|title                = Last Harvest: From Cornfield to New Town: Real Estate Development from George Washington to the Builders of the Twenty-First Century, and Why We Live in Houses Anyway
|url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=rkuvkjyRGG0C
|publication-place    = New York
|publisher            = Simon and Schuster
|page                 = 207
|isbn                 = 9780743235976
|access-date          = 18 January 2023
|quote                = The casual, spread-out ranch house [...] by 1950 accounted for nine out of ten new houses. [...] Its one extravagance was a large window facing the street - the picture window. As far as I have been able to determine, picture windows made their first appearance in Levittown, Pennsylvania.
}}
&lt;/ref&gt; جنهن جو بنياد 1951–1952ع ۾ وڌو ويو.{{Clarify|reason=What was founded?|date=July 2024}}ايندڙ حصي (حصو 4) ۾ آخري پيراگراف (''Many modern day windows may have a window screen...'') جو مڪمل ترجمو، بنا ڪنهن اختصار جي، حوالن سميت پيش ڪندس.

اڄڪلهه جون ڪيتريون ئي [[جديديت|جديد]] دريون [[دريءَ جي جالي]] (''window screen'') يا ميش سان ليس هونديون آهن، جيڪا اڪثر [[ايلومينيم]] يا [[فائبر گلاس]] مان ٺهيل هوندي آهي، جيئن دري کولڻ وقت [[جيت]] اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهن. دريون بنيادي طور تي عمارت جي اندر موجود ماڻهن کي ٻاهرين دنيا سان هڪ اهم بصري لاڳاپو فراهم ڪرڻ لاءِ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن ذريعي اهي ٻاهر ٿيندڙ مسلسل بدلجندڙ منظرن ۽ واقعن کي ڏسي سگهن ٿا. اهڙو لاڳاپو عمارتن ۾ رهندڙ ماڻهن جي صحت ۽ ڀلائي لاءِ انتهائي اهم سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ جيڪڏهن ماڻهو اهڙين بند عمارتن ۾ رهن، جتي دريون نه هجن، ته انهن تي اهڙي ماحول جا ناڪاري اثر پئجي سگهن ٿا.

درين جي ڊزائن بابت مقرر ڪيل ڪيترن ئي معيارن مان، ڏينهن جي روشني سان لاڳاپيل معيارن ۾ ڪجهه اهم عنصر نمايان ٿيا آهن، جن ۾ هنڌ، وقت، موسم، فطرت ۽ ماڻهو شامل آهن. انهن سڀني معيارن مان، اهي دريون جيڪي [[فطرت]] جا نظارا مهيا ڪن ٿيون، ماڻهن جي نظر ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ اهم سمجهيون وڃن ٿيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Kent |first1=Michael |last2=Schiavon |first2=Stefano |date=2022 |title=Predicting Window View Preferences Using the Environmental Information Criteria |url=https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |journal=LEUKOS |volume=19 |issue=2 |pages=190–209 |doi=10.1080/15502724.2022.2077753 |s2cid=251121476 |access-date=2022-11-09 |archive-date=December 28, 2023 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20231228134015/https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

==درين جا قسم==

درين جي مختلف قسمن جو مختصر تفصيل ھيٺ بيان ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


'''''پانيلن واري دري'''''
: (Panelled or Casement Windows)

ھن قسم جون دريون، دروازن وانگر ھڪ تاڪ يا ٻن تاڪن جون ٿينديون آھن، جن کي ڪاٺ جي فريم سان انجيسن ذريعي لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ھن قسم جون دريون عام طرح سان استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن، جن ۾ پانيلن اندر ڪاٺ جي پترن تختن کي گھربل نموني ۾ لڳايو ويندو آھي.
انھيءَ کان سواءِ سمورن پانيلن اندر ڪاٺ جي سنھن تختن کان علاوھ ڪجھھ حصي تائين شيشا ۽ ڪجھھ حصي تائين ڪاٺ جا سنھا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. اھڙن ڪمرن ۾ جتي روشنيءَ جي گھڻي ضرورت ھوندي آھي تھ سڀيئي پانيل شيشي جا رکبا آھن. شيشن کي قابو ڪرڻ واسطي ڪاٺ جون سنھيون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن، جن کي (Sash bars)  سڏيو ويندو آھي.
ھن قسم جي درين جا تاڪ اندر يا ٻاھر کولي سگھبا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ درين لاءِ ڇڏيل خالن کي ٻن حصن ۾ ورھايو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ لاءِ چؤڪاٺي اندر اڪثر طور تي مٿان کان انھيءَ جي چوٿين حصي تائين ھڪ وڌيڪ سڌي پٽي لڳائي ويندي آھي ۽ مٿئين حصي ۾ شيشو لڳائي ڇڏبو آھي. دريءَ جو اھو حصو دائين بند رھندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي کولي ۽ بند ڪري نھ سگھبو آھي. اھڙي قسم جي شيشي جي حصي کي فئن لائيٽ (Fan Light)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح سان ھڪ تھ دري ۽ روشندان لاءِ الڳ الڳ لنٽيل ٺاھڻ جي ضرورت نھ پوندي آھي ۽ ٻيو تھ ڪاٺ جي بچت پڻ ٿيندي آھي. ھن قسم جو نظام دروازن سان گڏ پڻ ڪري سگھبو آھي. درين ۽ دروازن مٿان ھڪ کتل (Fixed)  روشندانن جي جاءِ تي کلندڙ ۽ بند ٿيندڙ روشندان پڻ لڳائي سگھبا آھن. اھڙا ڪمرا جن ۾ عليحدھ طرح سان روشندان لڳائڻ جي گنجائش نھ ھوندي آھي تھ انھيءَ ھنڌ ھن قسم جو بندوبست ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''ٻاھر نڪتل دري'''''

: (Bay Window)  
ھن قسم جي دري ڪمري جي ٻاھرين ديوار کان ٻاھر تي نڪتل ھوندي آھي. مطلب تھ ھي دريون صرف ڪمري جي ٻاھرين ديوارن ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ اھي ٻاھرين ڀتين کان ٻاھر نڪتل ھونديون آھن. 


'''''پانيلن واري دري''''' 


ھي دريون گھڻن ئي ڊؤلن جون ٿينديون آھن، جھڙوڪ، چؤڪور، گول ۽ گھڻ ڪنڊائتيون (Polygonal)  وغيره. ھن قسم جي درين جو ٻاھر نڪتل ڀاڱو (Projection)  دريءَ جي فرش واريءَ ليول کان يا فريم جي ھيٺئين سڌي پٽيءَ (Sill)  کان شروع ٿيندو آھي. ھن قسم جي درين لڳائڻ سا عمارتن جي خوبصورتي وڌي ٿي. ھنن جي لڳائڻ سان ڪمرا ھوادار، ڪشادا ۽ روشن رھن ٿا. 

ڪنڊائتي دري


: (Corner Window)  
ھن قسم جون دريون ڪمرن جي ڪنڊ وٽ لڳايون وينديون آھن. انھن جي لڳائڻ سان ڪمرا ھوادار رھن ٿا ۽ عمارت جي خوبصورتي وڌي ٿي. ھن قسم جي دريءَ لڳائڻ سان چؤڪاٺي جي وچين ٻانھن ٻنھي طرفن جو ڪم ڏئي ٿي ۽ اھڙيءَ طرح سان ھڪ ٻانھن جي بچت ٿئي ٿي

'''''روشندان'''''

: (Clerestory Window or Ventilator) 
ھن قسم جون دريون روشندان ڀر واري ورانڊي ۽ ڪمرن جي ڇتين جي مختلف اوچائيءَ سبب انھن جي وچ واري ديوار جي حصي ۾ مٿينءَ ڇت جي نزديڪ لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھيءُ تاڪ جي ٻاھرين اڀين پٽين کي ٻنھي پاسن کان مدارن يا ٽيڪن (Pivots)  تي ٽيڪي لڏڻ جي انداز ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ تاڪ جي مٿئين ۽ ھيٺئين سڌي پٽيءَ جي پوري وچ تي ڇلا (Rings)  لڳائي، انھن ۾ رسين جو ھڪ ھڪ ڇيڙو ٻڌي ان جي ٻئي لٽڪيل ڇيڙي کي ڇڪ ڏيڻ سان انھن کي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگھبو آھي .ساڳيءَ ليول وارن ڪمرن جي ڇت ۾ لڳائڻ واريءَ صورت ۾ انھن کي روشندان (Ventilators)  سڏيو وڃي ٿو جيڪي ڪمرن کي روشن رکڻ سان گڏ ڪمرن کي ھوادار پڻ بنائن ٿا.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''ڊارمر ونڊو'''''

: (Dormer Window) 
ھن قسم جون دريون سلاميءَ وارين ڇتين جي سلاميءَ واري سطح (Slopping surface)  تي لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ٻن قسمن جون ٿينديون آھن، ھڪ گيبل ٽائيپ ۽ ٻيون ڇاپري ٽائيپ  (Gabel type and shade type). گيبل ٽائيپ دريون ڇتين جي مٿئين نوڪدار ڀاڱي تي لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ ڇاپري ٽائيپ دريون چؤڪور اڀي حصي تي لڳائبيون آھن. اھڙيءَ طرح انھن جو انداز ڇتين جي قسم تي منحصر آھي.


'''''لالٽين نما دري'''''


: (Lantern Window) 
ڊگھين ۽ مسلسل جاين ۾ آمھون سامھون ٺھيل ڪمرن جي وچ واري لنگھھ (Passage) کي روشن ۽ ھوادار بڻائڻ لاءِ ھن قسم جون دريون مھيا ڪيون وينديون آھن، جيڪي ھڪ ئي ليول وارين ڇتين مٿان اڀريل نموني لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ انھن جي مٿي اڀريل پاسن کان روشني پھچائڻ واسطي انھن پاسن ۾ شيشا لڳايا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


'''''روشندان يا اسڪاءِ لائيٽ'''''

: (Sky Light) 
ھن قسم جا روشندان سلاميءَ وارين ڇتين ۾ اھڙي ريت لڳايا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھن جي چوٽي ڇت جي سطح سان پوروڇوٽ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>qnbbkyvug78xq61a9q22p8psulzwxvw</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400906</id>
      <parentid>400905</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T15:03:17Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* درين جا قسم */</comment>
      <origin>400906</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="35404" sha1="7h8blcdllqo097dda7fnpoxs04en9xs" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڀت، دروازي، ڇت يا گاڏي ۾ روشني، هوا ۽ ٻاهرئين ڏيک لاءِ ٺاهيل کُليل حصو}}

{{multiple image
|perrow=3
|total_width=400
|image1=Window of the house with number 17 on strada Mântuleasa, from Bucharest (Romania).jpg
|image2=Atua Kosua shrine4.jpg
|image3=Traditional wooden window (Akhi Jhyal).jpg
|image4=P1300843 Paris X rue de Paradis n18 detail rwk.jpg
|image5=Exterior facade of the Hôtel de Bourvallais 003.JPG
|image6=Chartres RosetteNord 121 DSC08241.jpg
|footer=دريَن جا مختلف نمونا
}}

'''دري''' (Window) ڀت، [[در]]، [[ڇت]] يا [[گاڏي]] ۾ ٺهيل اهڙو کُليل حصو آهي، جيڪو [[روشني]] کي اندر اچڻ، [[هوا]] جي اچ وڃ ۽ ڪيترين حالتن ۾ آواز جي گذر جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. جديد دريون عام طور شيشي  يا ڪنهن ٻئي شفاف يا نيم شفاف مواد سان ڍڪيل هونديون آهن. شيشو عام طور هڪ [[تاڪ]] (Sash) ۾ لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[فريم]] جي اندر نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt; ڪيترن ئي حوالن ۾ تاڪ ۽ فريم ٻنهي کي گڏجي دري پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/window/|title=Window|publisher=The Free Dictionary By Farlex|access-date=19 May 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

گهڻيون شيشي واريون دريون کولي يا بند ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. دري کولڻ سان [[هوا جي مٽاسٽا]] (وينٽيليشن) ممڪن ٿيندي آهي، جڏهن ته بند ڪرڻ سان مينهن، تيز هوا ۽ ٻين خراب موسمي حالتن کان تحفظ حاصل ٿيندو آهي. دريَن ۾ اڪثر [[ڪڙي]] (Latch) يا اهڙو ٻيو ميڪانياتي بندش وارو اوزار لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو دري کي بند ڪري تالو لڳائڻ يا مختلف درجن تائين کليل حالت ۾ قائم رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

دريَن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جن ۾ '''[[آئبرو دري]]'''  (آئبرو ونڊو - eyebrow)، '''[[مقرر دري]]''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو)، [[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]] (ھيڪساگونل ونڊو)، '''[[سنگل هنگ دري]]''' (سنگل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[ڊبل هنگ دري]]''' (ڊبل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[افقي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري]]''' (ھرائيزينٽل سلائيڊنگ سيش ونڊو)، [[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]، '''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window)، '''هاپر دري''' (Hopper window)، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ سلائيڊ دري''' ، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ ٽرن دري'''، '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom)، '''پاسي واري دري''' (سلائيڊ لائيٽ ونڊو)، [[جيلوسي دري]] (Jalousie)، [[لوور دري]] (Louvered)، [[ڪليرسٽوري دري]] (Clerestory)، [[لينسٽ دري]] (Lancet)، [[ڇت جو روشندان]] (اسڪائلائيٽ)، [[ڇت جي دري]] (روف ونڊو)، [[روف لئنٽرن]] (lantern)، [[بي دري]] (Bay)، [[اوريل دري]] (Oriel)، [[ڊائيوڪليشيئن دري]] (Diocletian)، '''تصويري دري''' (Picture)، [[گلابي دري]] (Rose)، '''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري'''، [[رنگين شيشي واري دري]] (Stained glass)، '''فرينچ دري'''، '''پينل دري'''، '''ٻٽي يا ٽرپل شيشي واري دري'''  ۽ [[وچ دري]] (Witch) شامل آهن.

== اشتقاق ==

انگريزي لفظ '''ونڊو''' (''window'') جو بنياد [[قديم نارس ٻولي]] جي لفظ {{lang|non|vindauga}} مان نڪتل آهي، جيڪو {{lang|non|vindr}} (هوا) ۽ {{lang|non|auga}} (اک) مان ٺهيل آهي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;هوا جي اک&quot; آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |title=New Oxford American Dictionary |date=2010 |access-date=January 16, 2015 |archive-date=June 2, 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130602205448/http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[نارويجي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|no|[[نينورسڪ]]}} ۽ [[آئس لينڊي ٻولي]] ۾ قديم نارس جو هي لفظ اڄ تائين زندهه رهيو آهي. آئس لينڊي ۾ اهو رڳو هڪ ننڍڙي کليل &quot;دري&quot; جي هڪ قسم لاءِ نسبتاً گهٽ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ آهي، ۽ اهو {{lang|is|gluggi}} (آئس لينڊي ٻوليءَ ۾ &quot;دري&quot; لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ) جو مڪمل مترادف نه آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|title=Hvaðan kemur orðið gluggi? Af hverju notum við ekki vindauga samanber window?|work=Vísindavefurinn|access-date=2018-09-17|language=is|archive-date=December 14, 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191214165059/https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|url-status=live}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ {{lang|sv|vindöga}} لفظ اڃا تائين جهونپڙيءَ جي ڇت ۾ موجود سوراخ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته [[ڊينش ٻولي]] جي {{lang|da|vindue}} ۽ نارويجي ٻولي جي {{lang|no|[[بوڪمول]]}} ۾ {{lang|no|vindu}} لفظ مان &quot;اک&quot; سان سڌو تعلق ختم ٿي ويو آهي، جيئن انگريزي لفظ ''window'' ۾ به ٿيو آهي. ڊينش (پر نارويجي [[بوڪمول]] نه) ۾ هن لفظ جو اچار انگريزي ''window'' سان گهڻو مشابهت رکي ٿو.

انگريزي جو لفظ ''ونڊو'' (window) پهريون ڀيرو 13هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ لکيل استعمال ملي ٿو، ۽ شروعات ۾ ان مان مراد ڇت ۾ موجود شيشي کان سواءِ هڪ کليل سوراخ هئي. بعد ۾ ''ونڊو''، [[قديم انگريزي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|ang|eagþyrl}} جي جاءِ ورتي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو سوراخ&quot; آهي، ۽ {{lang|ang|eagduru}}، جنهن جي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو در&quot; آهي.

تنهن هوندي به، ڪيترين ئي جرمني ٻولين شيشي واري دري لاءِ لاطيني لفظ فينيسٽرا fenestra اختيار ڪيو، جهڙوڪ [[معياري ٻولي|معياري]] [[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ فونسٽر fönster ۽ [[جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ فينسٽر Fenster.
انگريزي ۾ ''ونڊو'' لفظ جو استعمال غالباً [[وائڪنگ دور]] دوران انگريزي ٻوليءَ تي اسڪينڊي نيويائي اثر ۽ [[ڌاريل لفظ]]ن جي ذريعي ٿيو. انگريزي ۾ ''فينيسٽر'' لفظ پڻ ''ونڊو'' سان گڏ 18هين صديءَ جي وچ تائين متوازي طور استعمال ٿيندو رهيو.

لفظ '''فينيسٽريشن''' اڄ به عمارت جي [[مهاڙي]] ۾ درين جي ترتيب يا بناوت کي بيان ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته '''[[ڊيفينسٽريشن]]''' (''defenestration'') جي معنيٰ آهي &quot;ڪنهن کي دريءَ مان ٻاهر اڇلائڻ&quot;.

== تاريخ ==
{{Multiple image
|total_width=400
|image1=MorellaSantaMariaWindow.jpg
|caption1=[[الباسٽر]] مان ٺهيل &quot;مولين&quot; سان ورهايل سينگاريل دريون [[سانتا ماريا لا ميجور گرجاگھر]] ([[موريلّا، ڪاسٽيلون|موريلّا]]، اسپين) ۾
|image2=ValenciaCathedral2.JPG
|caption2=[[والينسيا گرجاگھر]] ۾ الباسٽر جي دري. ڀت جي فريم جي کاٻي پاسي جي غير هموار ۽ ترڇي شڪل تي ڌيان ڏيو، جيڪا سج جي ڪرڻن کي عبادت گاهه جي اڳئين حصي (چينسل) تائين پهچڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي.
}}

[[رومي سلطنت|رومين]] ماڻهن کي درين ۾ [[شيشو]] استعمال ڪندڙ پهريون معلوم ماڻهو سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ۽ اها ٽيڪنالاجي غالباً سڀ کان پهرين [[رومي مصر]] ۾، [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ {{circa|100}}ع ڌاري تيار ڪئي وئي هئي.{{Citation needed|date=April 2024}} درين جون تصويرون قديم مصري ڀتين جي نقاشين ۽ [[اسيريا]] جي مجسمن ۾ پڻ ڏسي سگهجن ٿيون. ڪاغذي دريون گهٽ خرچ واريون هونديون هيون ۽ قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ [[شيشو]] عام ماڻهن جي گهرن جي درين ۾ صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيو، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل [[جانورن جا سڱ|جانورن جي سڱن]] مان ٺهيل درين جا شيشا 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿي رهيا هئا. 19هين صديءَ ۾ آمريڪي اولهه وارن علائقن ۾ آبادڪارن [[تيل لڳل ڪاغذ جي دري]]ن جو استعمال شروع ڪيو. جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون جڏهن صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته ٿي ويا.

=== ٽيڪنالاجيون ===

13هين صدي ق.م. ۾ سڀ کان اوائليون دريون ڇت ۾ بغير شيشي وارا کليل سوراخ هوندا هئا، جيئن ڏينهن جي وقت روشني اندر اچي سگهي.{{citation needed|date=January 2023}} بعد ۾،{{when|date=October 2016}} انهن درين کي جانورن جي کل، ڪپڙي يا ڪاٺ سان ڍڪيو ويندو هو. ان کان پوءِ اهڙا [[دريءَ جا شٽر|شٽر]] وجود ۾ آيا، جيڪي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگهبا هئا.{{when|date=October 2016}} وقت سان گڏ اهڙيون دريون تيار ڪيون ويون جيڪي هڪ طرف رهواسين کي موسم جي اثرن کان بچائينديون هيون ۽ ٻي طرف روشني به اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون. انهن ۾ نيم شفاف مواد جا ڪيترائي ننڍا ٽڪرا استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا، جهڙوڪ جانورن جي چپٽن ۽ نيم شفاف سڱن جا ٽڪرا، ڪاغذ جون چادرون، [[سنگ مرمر]] جون سنهيون پتيون (جهڙوڪ [[فينگائيٽ]])، يا شيشي جا ٽڪرا، جيڪي ڪاٺ، لوهه يا سيهي جي ٺهيل فريمن ۾ لڳايا ويندا هئا. ڏور اوڀر ۾ درين کي ڀرڻ لاءِ ڪاغذ استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot;&gt;{{cite encyclopedia | url= http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | title= Window | encyclopedia= Britannica | access-date= May 19, 2012 | archive-date= May 2, 2015 | archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20150502185207/http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | url-status= live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

رومي ماڻهو درين ۾ شيشي جا پهريان معلوم استعمال ڪندڙ هئا، ۽ هنن اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي مان فائدو ورتو جيڪا غالباً پهريون ڀيرو [[رومي مصر]] ۾ ترقي ڪئي وئي هئي. خاص طور تي [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ تقريباً {{circa}} 100ع ڌاري [[ڍاليل شيشو|ڍاليل شيشي]] جون دريون ظاهر ٿيڻ لڳيون، جيتوڻيڪ انهن جون بصري خاصيتون ڪمزور هيون. اهي ننڍيون ۽ ٿلهيون هونديون هيون ۽ حقيقت ۾ [[شيشو ڦوڪڻ|ڦوڪيل شيشي]] جي مرتبانن (سلينڊر نما شڪل) کي چپٽو ڪري چادرن جي صورت ۾ ٺاهيو ويندو هو، جن تي هر هنڌ گول دائري جهڙا نشان موجود هوندا هئا. (موازنہ ڪريو روايتي [[گرجاگھر جي دري]]ن سان، جيڪي [[رنگين شيشو]] مان ٺهيل هونديون آهن.) دريءَ جو شيشو ايترو شفاف ٿيڻ ۾، جو ان مان صاف ڏسي سگهجي جيئن اڄ اسين ڏسون ٿا، هڪ هزار سالن کان وڌيڪ وقت لڳو. تنهن هوندي به، قديم رومي دريون تمام ڪارآمد هيون، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن کي &quot;گرمي فراهم ڪرڻ واري ٽيڪنالاجيءَ ۾ اڪثر نظرانداز ڪيل ترقي&quot; سمجهيو ويندو آهي، ڇو ته اهي سج جي گرمي کي عمارت اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون، جڏهن ته اندر جي گرم هوا کي ٻاهر نڪرڻ کان روڪينديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last1=Carrier |first1=Richard |title=The Scientist in the Early Roman Empire |date=2017 |publisher=Pitchstone Publishing |location=Durham, North Carolina |isbn=978-1-63431-106-9 |page=218}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1154ع ۾ [[الادريسي]] [[گھانا سلطنت]] جي بادشاهه جي محل جي هڪ خاص خصوصيت طور شيشي جي درين جو ذڪر ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | url= https://books.google.com/books?id=umyHqvAErOAC&amp;dq=Ghana+Empire+glass+window&amp;pg=PA564 | title= Encyclopedia of African History 3-Volume Set| page= 564|author= Kevin Shillington |author-link= Kevin Shillington| publisher= [[Routledge]] | isbn= 978-1-135-45670-2 |date= 2013}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal | last= Fage | first=J. D. | title=Ancient Ghana: A Review Of The Evidence | journal=Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana | volume= 3 | issue= 2 | pages= 3–24 | year= 1957| jstor= 41405704}}&lt;/ref&gt;

صدين جي دوران اهڙيون ٽيڪنيڪون ترقي ڪيون ويون، جن جي ذريعي ڦوڪيل شيشي جي [[سلينڊر (هندسي شڪل)|سلينڊر]] جي هڪ پاسي کي ڪٽي، ساڳئي مقدار جي شيشي مان وڌيڪ سنهيون مستطيل دريون تيار ڪيون وينديون هيون. ان سان ڊگهيون ۽ سنهيون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، جيڪي عام طور تي هڪ عمودي سهاري سان ورهايل هونديون هيون، جنهن کي [[مولين]] چيو ويندو آهي. مولين سان ورهايل شيشي واريون دريون يورپ جي خوشحال ماڻهن ۾ پسنديده دريون هيون،{{when|date=January 2023}} جڏهن ته ڪاغذي دريون قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ گهٽ خرچ سبب وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ عام ماڻهن جي گهرن ۾ شيشي واريون دريون صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيون، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل جانورن جي سڱن مان ٺهيل دريون 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿينديون رهيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Langley|first=Andrew|title=Medieval Life|series= Eyewitness|year= 2011 |publisher= Dorling Kindersley|isbn=978-1-4053-4545-3|page=16}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون، جڏهن 19هين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته بڻايا ويا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Float Glass|date=July 6, 2007 |url=https://www.architectmagazine.com/technology/float-glass_o}}&lt;/ref&gt; جديد دريون عام طور تي شيشي سان ڀريون وينديون آهن، جيتوڻيڪ شفاف پلاسٽڪ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== جوڙجڪ جا لاڙا ===
{{See also|گرجاگھر جي دري}}

12هين صدي عيسويءَ کان [[اولهه يورپ]] جي [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ [[لينسٽ دري]]ن (''lancet windows'') جو متعارف ٿيڻ، محرابي درين جي هڪ اڳوڻي روايت تي ٻڌل هو،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 |quote= In general two or three windows united in a group, as was later the rule in Roman architecture, were even then of frequent occurrence in the early Christian architecture of Asia Minor. The form of the window is nearly everywhere the same; a rectangle that usually has a rounded top, but seldom a straight lintel.}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪي [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀن]] جي وچ ۾ لڳايون وينديون هيون،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 | quote = The place of the window was determined by the architectural membering of the basilica, the distance between two columns generally indicating the position of a window.}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ ان جي نتيجي ۾ نه رڳو [[ٽريسري]] ۽ نفيس [[قرونِ وسطى جا رنگين شيشا|رنگين شيشي]] واريون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، پر عبادتي عمارتن ۾ نوڪيدار يا گول شڪل وارين درين جو هڪ اهڙو ڊگهو تعميراتي رواج به پيدا ٿيو، جيڪو اڄ به ڪيترن ئي گرجاگهرن ۾ ڏسي سگهجي ٿو.

تعميراتي مؤرخ پيٽر سمٿ شروعاتي جديد دور جي ويلش ڳوٺاڻن گهرن ۾ درين جي تعميراتي لاڙن بابت لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
تقريباً 1680ع تائين درين جو تناسب افقي هوندو هو، جيڪو انهن گهٽ اوچائي وارن ڪمرن لاءِ مناسب هو، جيڪي هال هائوسن ۾ مٿيون ماڙ شامل ڪرڻ کان پوءِ وجود ۾ آيا هئا. ان کان پوءِ عمودي تناسب واريون دريون رواج ۾ آيون، جنهن جو هڪ سبب گهٽ ۾ گهٽ اهو هو ته [[نشاةِ ثانيه]] جي دور ۾ اوچين ڇتين جي پسند وڌي وئي هئي. 1914ع کان پوءِ حالتون ٻيهر بدلجي ويون ۽ افقي تناسب واريون دريون هڪ ڀيرو ٻيهر پسند ڪيون وڃڻ لڳيون.&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
 |last1                = Smith
 |first1               = Peter
 |author-link1         = Peter Smith (architectural historian)
 |editor-last1         = Thirsk
 |editor-first1        = Joan
 |editor-link1         = Joan Thirsk
 |year                 = 1985
 |chapter              = 21 Rural Building in Wales
 |title                = The Agrarian History of England and Wales
 |url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=EAA9AAAAIAAJ
 |volume               = 5: 1640-1750 2: Agrarian change
 |publication-place    = Cambridge
 |publisher            = Cambridge University Press
 |page                 = 781
 |isbn                 = 9780521257756
 |access-date          = 18 January 2023
}}
&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;17هين صديءَ ۾ يورپ ۾ درين جي ڊزائن ۾ اوچائي ويڪر کان وڌيڪ رکڻ جو لاڙو پيدا ٿيو. ڪاٺ جا فريم وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا هئا، ۽ سيش دريون (''sash windows'') پڻ متعارف ڪرايون ويون. 18هين صديءَ ۾ سيش درين جي ڊزائن ۾ تبديليون آيون؛ شيشي کي سنڀاليندڙ سنها افقي ۽ عمودي پٽا (glazing bars) وڌيڪ باريڪ بڻايا ويا ۽ درين جون ماپون به وڌيڪ معياري ٿي ويون.

19هين صديءَ دوران ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ننڍين ڪناري وارين درين ۾ رنگين شيشو استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته گليزنگ بارن کي گوٿڪ طرز جي شڪل ڏني ويندي هئي. دريون اڳي کان وڌيڪ وڏيون ٿيڻ لڳيون ۽ آرٽس اينڊ ڪرافٽس ۽ ڪوئين اين طرزِ تعمير تمام مشهور ٿيا، جيڪو لاڙو 20هين صديءَ تائين جاري رهيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Windows, glass, glazing - a brief history |url=https://www.thenbs.com/knowledge/windows-glass-glazing-a-brief-history |access-date=2026-03-17 |website=NBS |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ شيشي]] جي ٽيڪنالاجي جي پکڙجڻ سان پڪچر ونڊوز (''picture windows'') متعارف ڪرائڻ ممڪن ٿيو (پهريون ڀيرو [[ليويٽ ٽائون، پنسلوانيا]] ۾)،&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
|last1                = Rybczynski
|first1               = Witold
|author-link1         = Witold Rybczynski
|date                 = 13 May 2008
|orig-date            = 2007
|chapter              = Ranchers, Picture Windows and Morning Rooms
|title                = Last Harvest: From Cornfield to New Town: Real Estate Development from George Washington to the Builders of the Twenty-First Century, and Why We Live in Houses Anyway
|url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=rkuvkjyRGG0C
|publication-place    = New York
|publisher            = Simon and Schuster
|page                 = 207
|isbn                 = 9780743235976
|access-date          = 18 January 2023
|quote                = The casual, spread-out ranch house [...] by 1950 accounted for nine out of ten new houses. [...] Its one extravagance was a large window facing the street - the picture window. As far as I have been able to determine, picture windows made their first appearance in Levittown, Pennsylvania.
}}
&lt;/ref&gt; جنهن جو بنياد 1951–1952ع ۾ وڌو ويو.{{Clarify|reason=What was founded?|date=July 2024}}ايندڙ حصي (حصو 4) ۾ آخري پيراگراف (''Many modern day windows may have a window screen...'') جو مڪمل ترجمو، بنا ڪنهن اختصار جي، حوالن سميت پيش ڪندس.

اڄڪلهه جون ڪيتريون ئي [[جديديت|جديد]] دريون [[دريءَ جي جالي]] (''window screen'') يا ميش سان ليس هونديون آهن، جيڪا اڪثر [[ايلومينيم]] يا [[فائبر گلاس]] مان ٺهيل هوندي آهي، جيئن دري کولڻ وقت [[جيت]] اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهن. دريون بنيادي طور تي عمارت جي اندر موجود ماڻهن کي ٻاهرين دنيا سان هڪ اهم بصري لاڳاپو فراهم ڪرڻ لاءِ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن ذريعي اهي ٻاهر ٿيندڙ مسلسل بدلجندڙ منظرن ۽ واقعن کي ڏسي سگهن ٿا. اهڙو لاڳاپو عمارتن ۾ رهندڙ ماڻهن جي صحت ۽ ڀلائي لاءِ انتهائي اهم سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ جيڪڏهن ماڻهو اهڙين بند عمارتن ۾ رهن، جتي دريون نه هجن، ته انهن تي اهڙي ماحول جا ناڪاري اثر پئجي سگهن ٿا.

درين جي ڊزائن بابت مقرر ڪيل ڪيترن ئي معيارن مان، ڏينهن جي روشني سان لاڳاپيل معيارن ۾ ڪجهه اهم عنصر نمايان ٿيا آهن، جن ۾ هنڌ، وقت، موسم، فطرت ۽ ماڻهو شامل آهن. انهن سڀني معيارن مان، اهي دريون جيڪي [[فطرت]] جا نظارا مهيا ڪن ٿيون، ماڻهن جي نظر ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ اهم سمجهيون وڃن ٿيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Kent |first1=Michael |last2=Schiavon |first2=Stefano |date=2022 |title=Predicting Window View Preferences Using the Environmental Information Criteria |url=https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |journal=LEUKOS |volume=19 |issue=2 |pages=190–209 |doi=10.1080/15502724.2022.2077753 |s2cid=251121476 |access-date=2022-11-09 |archive-date=December 28, 2023 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20231228134015/https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

==درين جا قسم==

== قسم ==

[[File:casement_window_parts.svg|thumb|Parts of a casement cross-window, viewed from the outside]]
=== صليبي دري ===
{{main|صليبي دري}}

'''صليبي دري''' (ڪراس-ونڊو) هڪ مستطيل شڪل واري دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عام طور تي هڪ [[مولين]] ۽ هڪ [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] جي ذريعي چئن حصن (روشنين) ۾ ورهايل هوندي آهي، جيڪي گڏجي هڪ [[لاطيني صليب]] جي شڪل ٺاهيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;Curl, James Stevens (2006). ''Oxford Dictionary of Architecture and Landscape Architecture'', 2nd ed., OUP, Oxford and New York, p. 214. {{ISBN|978-0-19-860678-9}}.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ابرو نما دري ===

'''ابرو نما دري''' (Eyebrow window) جو اصطلاح ٻن معنائن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي: ڀت ۾ هڪ مڙيل مٿئين حصي واري دري، يا هڪ ابرو نما [[ڊارمر]]؛ ۽ ننڍين درين جي هڪ قطار، جيڪا عام طور تي عمارت جي سامهون ڇڄن هيٺان هوندي آهي، جهڙوڪ پنسلوانيا ۾ [[جيمس-لوراه هائوس]].&lt;ref&gt;Harris, Cyril M. (1998). ''American Architecture: An Illustrated Encyclopedia''. New York: W. W. Norton.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مقرر دري ===

'''مقرر دري''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا کولي نٿي سگهجي،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=CVTjAQAAQBAJ&amp;q=Fixed+window+is+window+that+cannot+open&amp;pg=PA83|title=Kitchen &amp; Bath Residential Construction and Systems|author=NKBA (National Kitchen and Bath Association)|date=2013-10-29|publisher=John Wiley &amp; Sons|isbn=978-1-118-71104-0|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ جنهن جو ڪم صرف روشني کي اندر اچڻ ڏيڻ هوندو آهي (غير مقرر دريءَ جي ابتڙ، جيڪا کلي ۽ بند ٿي سگهي ٿي). [[ڪليرسٽوري]] دريون [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ گهڻو ڪري مقرر هونديون آهن. ٽرانسم دريون مقرر به ٿي سگهن ٿيون يا کولي سگهجن ٿيون. اهڙي قسم جون دريون انهن حالتن ۾ استعمال ٿينديون آهن، جتي صرف روشني يا ٻاهر جو نظارو گهربل هجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ [[ٽرڪل وينٽ]] يا مٿئين وينٽ کان سواءِ اهڙين درين ذريعي هوا جي اچ وڃ ممڪن نه هوندي آهي.

=== هڪ طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

'''هڪ طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري'''  اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ هڪ سيش (عام طور هيٺيون) حرڪت ڪندڙ هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مقرر هوندو آهي. هي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ سيش دريءَ جي قديم ترين صورت آهي ۽ قيمت ۾ پڻ نسبتاً سستي هوندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== ٻه طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

{{main|سيش دري}}

'''سيش دري''' (Sash window) برطانيا ۽ انهن ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾، جيڪي اڳ برطانوي نوآبادين جو حصو هئا، روايتي دريءَ جو انداز آهي. ان ۾ ٻه حصا (سيش) هوندا آهن، جيڪي ٿورو هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهيل هوندا آهن ۽ فريم جي اندر مٿي ۽ هيٺ سلائيڊ ٿيندا آهن. ٻنهي حصن جو هڪجهڙو سائيز هجڻ ضروري نه آهي؛ جيڪڏهن مٿيون سيش ننڍو (گهٽ اوچائي وارو) هجي ته ان کي [[ڪاٽيج دري]] چيو ويندو آهي.

هاڻي گهڻيون نيون ٻه طرفي سيش دريون سيشن کي سنڀالڻ لاءِ اسپرنگ بيلنس استعمال ڪن ٿيون، پر روايتي طور دريءَ جي ٻنهي پاسن تي باڪسن اندر رکيل جوابي وزن (ڪائونٽر ويٽس) استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا. اهي وزن رسي يا بعد ۾ خاص تيار ڪيل زنجير ذريعي پلين جي مدد سان سيشن سان ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا. اسپرنگ بيلنس جا ٽي قسم هوندا آهن: ٽيپ يا ڪلاڪ اسپرنگ بيلنس، چينل يا بلاڪ اينڊ ٽيڪل بيلنس، ۽ اسپائرل يا ٽيوب بيلنس.

روايتي طور ٻه طرفي سيش درين سان [[دريءَ جا شٽر]] پڻ لڳايا ويندا هئا. سيش درين ۾ سيمپليڪس قبضا پڻ لڳائي سگهجن ٿا، جيڪي دريءَ کي هڪ پاسي کان قبضن ۾ بند ڪرڻ جي اجازت ڏين ٿا، جڏهن ته ٻئي پاسي واري رسي ڌار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان دري کي باهه لڳڻ جي صورت ۾ نڪرڻ يا صفائي لاءِ کولي سگهجي ٿو.


درين جي مختلف قسمن جو مختصر تفصيل ھيٺ بيان ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


'''''پانيلن واري دري'''''
: (Panelled or Casement Windows)

ھن قسم جون دريون، دروازن وانگر ھڪ تاڪ يا ٻن تاڪن جون ٿينديون آھن، جن کي ڪاٺ جي فريم سان انجيسن ذريعي لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ھن قسم جون دريون عام طرح سان استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن، جن ۾ پانيلن اندر ڪاٺ جي پترن تختن کي گھربل نموني ۾ لڳايو ويندو آھي.
انھيءَ کان سواءِ سمورن پانيلن اندر ڪاٺ جي سنھن تختن کان علاوھ ڪجھھ حصي تائين شيشا ۽ ڪجھھ حصي تائين ڪاٺ جا سنھا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. اھڙن ڪمرن ۾ جتي روشنيءَ جي گھڻي ضرورت ھوندي آھي تھ سڀيئي پانيل شيشي جا رکبا آھن. شيشن کي قابو ڪرڻ واسطي ڪاٺ جون سنھيون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن، جن کي (Sash bars)  سڏيو ويندو آھي.
ھن قسم جي درين جا تاڪ اندر يا ٻاھر کولي سگھبا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ درين لاءِ ڇڏيل خالن کي ٻن حصن ۾ ورھايو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ لاءِ چؤڪاٺي اندر اڪثر طور تي مٿان کان انھيءَ جي چوٿين حصي تائين ھڪ وڌيڪ سڌي پٽي لڳائي ويندي آھي ۽ مٿئين حصي ۾ شيشو لڳائي ڇڏبو آھي. دريءَ جو اھو حصو دائين بند رھندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي کولي ۽ بند ڪري نھ سگھبو آھي. اھڙي قسم جي شيشي جي حصي کي فئن لائيٽ (Fan Light)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح سان ھڪ تھ دري ۽ روشندان لاءِ الڳ الڳ لنٽيل ٺاھڻ جي ضرورت نھ پوندي آھي ۽ ٻيو تھ ڪاٺ جي بچت پڻ ٿيندي آھي. ھن قسم جو نظام دروازن سان گڏ پڻ ڪري سگھبو آھي. درين ۽ دروازن مٿان ھڪ کتل (Fixed)  روشندانن جي جاءِ تي کلندڙ ۽ بند ٿيندڙ روشندان پڻ لڳائي سگھبا آھن. اھڙا ڪمرا جن ۾ عليحدھ طرح سان روشندان لڳائڻ جي گنجائش نھ ھوندي آھي تھ انھيءَ ھنڌ ھن قسم جو بندوبست ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''ٻاھر نڪتل دري'''''

: (Bay Window)  
ھن قسم جي دري ڪمري جي ٻاھرين ديوار کان ٻاھر تي نڪتل ھوندي آھي. مطلب تھ ھي دريون صرف ڪمري جي ٻاھرين ديوارن ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ اھي ٻاھرين ڀتين کان ٻاھر نڪتل ھونديون آھن. 


'''''پانيلن واري دري''''' 


ھي دريون گھڻن ئي ڊؤلن جون ٿينديون آھن، جھڙوڪ، چؤڪور، گول ۽ گھڻ ڪنڊائتيون (Polygonal)  وغيره. ھن قسم جي درين جو ٻاھر نڪتل ڀاڱو (Projection)  دريءَ جي فرش واريءَ ليول کان يا فريم جي ھيٺئين سڌي پٽيءَ (Sill)  کان شروع ٿيندو آھي. ھن قسم جي درين لڳائڻ سا عمارتن جي خوبصورتي وڌي ٿي. ھنن جي لڳائڻ سان ڪمرا ھوادار، ڪشادا ۽ روشن رھن ٿا. 

ڪنڊائتي دري


: (Corner Window)  
ھن قسم جون دريون ڪمرن جي ڪنڊ وٽ لڳايون وينديون آھن. انھن جي لڳائڻ سان ڪمرا ھوادار رھن ٿا ۽ عمارت جي خوبصورتي وڌي ٿي. ھن قسم جي دريءَ لڳائڻ سان چؤڪاٺي جي وچين ٻانھن ٻنھي طرفن جو ڪم ڏئي ٿي ۽ اھڙيءَ طرح سان ھڪ ٻانھن جي بچت ٿئي ٿي

'''''روشندان'''''

: (Clerestory Window or Ventilator) 
ھن قسم جون دريون روشندان ڀر واري ورانڊي ۽ ڪمرن جي ڇتين جي مختلف اوچائيءَ سبب انھن جي وچ واري ديوار جي حصي ۾ مٿينءَ ڇت جي نزديڪ لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھيءُ تاڪ جي ٻاھرين اڀين پٽين کي ٻنھي پاسن کان مدارن يا ٽيڪن (Pivots)  تي ٽيڪي لڏڻ جي انداز ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ تاڪ جي مٿئين ۽ ھيٺئين سڌي پٽيءَ جي پوري وچ تي ڇلا (Rings)  لڳائي، انھن ۾ رسين جو ھڪ ھڪ ڇيڙو ٻڌي ان جي ٻئي لٽڪيل ڇيڙي کي ڇڪ ڏيڻ سان انھن کي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگھبو آھي .ساڳيءَ ليول وارن ڪمرن جي ڇت ۾ لڳائڻ واريءَ صورت ۾ انھن کي روشندان (Ventilators)  سڏيو وڃي ٿو جيڪي ڪمرن کي روشن رکڻ سان گڏ ڪمرن کي ھوادار پڻ بنائن ٿا.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''ڊارمر ونڊو'''''

: (Dormer Window) 
ھن قسم جون دريون سلاميءَ وارين ڇتين جي سلاميءَ واري سطح (Slopping surface)  تي لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ٻن قسمن جون ٿينديون آھن، ھڪ گيبل ٽائيپ ۽ ٻيون ڇاپري ٽائيپ  (Gabel type and shade type). گيبل ٽائيپ دريون ڇتين جي مٿئين نوڪدار ڀاڱي تي لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ ڇاپري ٽائيپ دريون چؤڪور اڀي حصي تي لڳائبيون آھن. اھڙيءَ طرح انھن جو انداز ڇتين جي قسم تي منحصر آھي.


'''''لالٽين نما دري'''''


: (Lantern Window) 
ڊگھين ۽ مسلسل جاين ۾ آمھون سامھون ٺھيل ڪمرن جي وچ واري لنگھھ (Passage) کي روشن ۽ ھوادار بڻائڻ لاءِ ھن قسم جون دريون مھيا ڪيون وينديون آھن، جيڪي ھڪ ئي ليول وارين ڇتين مٿان اڀريل نموني لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ انھن جي مٿي اڀريل پاسن کان روشني پھچائڻ واسطي انھن پاسن ۾ شيشا لڳايا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


'''''روشندان يا اسڪاءِ لائيٽ'''''

: (Sky Light) 
ھن قسم جا روشندان سلاميءَ وارين ڇتين ۾ اھڙي ريت لڳايا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھن جي چوٽي ڇت جي سطح سان پوروڇوٽ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>7h8blcdllqo097dda7fnpoxs04en9xs</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400907</id>
      <parentid>400906</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T15:03:38Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400907</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="35378" sha1="h3m0ovl6hwg5lpfpoqig8jl6mf9x71l" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڀت، دروازي، ڇت يا گاڏي ۾ روشني، هوا ۽ ٻاهرئين ڏيک لاءِ ٺاهيل کُليل حصو}}

{{multiple image
|perrow=3
|total_width=400
|image1=Window of the house with number 17 on strada Mântuleasa, from Bucharest (Romania).jpg
|image2=Atua Kosua shrine4.jpg
|image3=Traditional wooden window (Akhi Jhyal).jpg
|image4=P1300843 Paris X rue de Paradis n18 detail rwk.jpg
|image5=Exterior facade of the Hôtel de Bourvallais 003.JPG
|image6=Chartres RosetteNord 121 DSC08241.jpg
|footer=دريَن جا مختلف نمونا
}}

'''دري''' (Window) ڀت، [[در]]، [[ڇت]] يا [[گاڏي]] ۾ ٺهيل اهڙو کُليل حصو آهي، جيڪو [[روشني]] کي اندر اچڻ، [[هوا]] جي اچ وڃ ۽ ڪيترين حالتن ۾ آواز جي گذر جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. جديد دريون عام طور شيشي  يا ڪنهن ٻئي شفاف يا نيم شفاف مواد سان ڍڪيل هونديون آهن. شيشو عام طور هڪ [[تاڪ]] (Sash) ۾ لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[فريم]] جي اندر نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt; ڪيترن ئي حوالن ۾ تاڪ ۽ فريم ٻنهي کي گڏجي دري پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/window/|title=Window|publisher=The Free Dictionary By Farlex|access-date=19 May 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

گهڻيون شيشي واريون دريون کولي يا بند ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. دري کولڻ سان [[هوا جي مٽاسٽا]] (وينٽيليشن) ممڪن ٿيندي آهي، جڏهن ته بند ڪرڻ سان مينهن، تيز هوا ۽ ٻين خراب موسمي حالتن کان تحفظ حاصل ٿيندو آهي. دريَن ۾ اڪثر [[ڪڙي]] (Latch) يا اهڙو ٻيو ميڪانياتي بندش وارو اوزار لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو دري کي بند ڪري تالو لڳائڻ يا مختلف درجن تائين کليل حالت ۾ قائم رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

دريَن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جن ۾ '''[[آئبرو دري]]'''  (آئبرو ونڊو - eyebrow)، '''[[مقرر دري]]''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو)، [[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]] (ھيڪساگونل ونڊو)، '''[[سنگل هنگ دري]]''' (سنگل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[ڊبل هنگ دري]]''' (ڊبل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[افقي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري]]''' (ھرائيزينٽل سلائيڊنگ سيش ونڊو)، [[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]، '''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window)، '''هاپر دري''' (Hopper window)، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ سلائيڊ دري''' ، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ ٽرن دري'''، '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom)، '''پاسي واري دري''' (سلائيڊ لائيٽ ونڊو)، [[جيلوسي دري]] (Jalousie)، [[لوور دري]] (Louvered)، [[ڪليرسٽوري دري]] (Clerestory)، [[لينسٽ دري]] (Lancet)، [[ڇت جو روشندان]] (اسڪائلائيٽ)، [[ڇت جي دري]] (روف ونڊو)، [[روف لئنٽرن]] (lantern)، [[بي دري]] (Bay)، [[اوريل دري]] (Oriel)، [[ڊائيوڪليشيئن دري]] (Diocletian)، '''تصويري دري''' (Picture)، [[گلابي دري]] (Rose)، '''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري'''، [[رنگين شيشي واري دري]] (Stained glass)، '''فرينچ دري'''، '''پينل دري'''، '''ٻٽي يا ٽرپل شيشي واري دري'''  ۽ [[وچ دري]] (Witch) شامل آهن.

== اشتقاق ==

انگريزي لفظ '''ونڊو''' (''window'') جو بنياد [[قديم نارس ٻولي]] جي لفظ {{lang|non|vindauga}} مان نڪتل آهي، جيڪو {{lang|non|vindr}} (هوا) ۽ {{lang|non|auga}} (اک) مان ٺهيل آهي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;هوا جي اک&quot; آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |title=New Oxford American Dictionary |date=2010 |access-date=January 16, 2015 |archive-date=June 2, 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130602205448/http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[نارويجي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|no|[[نينورسڪ]]}} ۽ [[آئس لينڊي ٻولي]] ۾ قديم نارس جو هي لفظ اڄ تائين زندهه رهيو آهي. آئس لينڊي ۾ اهو رڳو هڪ ننڍڙي کليل &quot;دري&quot; جي هڪ قسم لاءِ نسبتاً گهٽ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ آهي، ۽ اهو {{lang|is|gluggi}} (آئس لينڊي ٻوليءَ ۾ &quot;دري&quot; لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ) جو مڪمل مترادف نه آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|title=Hvaðan kemur orðið gluggi? Af hverju notum við ekki vindauga samanber window?|work=Vísindavefurinn|access-date=2018-09-17|language=is|archive-date=December 14, 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191214165059/https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|url-status=live}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ {{lang|sv|vindöga}} لفظ اڃا تائين جهونپڙيءَ جي ڇت ۾ موجود سوراخ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته [[ڊينش ٻولي]] جي {{lang|da|vindue}} ۽ نارويجي ٻولي جي {{lang|no|[[بوڪمول]]}} ۾ {{lang|no|vindu}} لفظ مان &quot;اک&quot; سان سڌو تعلق ختم ٿي ويو آهي، جيئن انگريزي لفظ ''window'' ۾ به ٿيو آهي. ڊينش (پر نارويجي [[بوڪمول]] نه) ۾ هن لفظ جو اچار انگريزي ''window'' سان گهڻو مشابهت رکي ٿو.

انگريزي جو لفظ ''ونڊو'' (window) پهريون ڀيرو 13هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ لکيل استعمال ملي ٿو، ۽ شروعات ۾ ان مان مراد ڇت ۾ موجود شيشي کان سواءِ هڪ کليل سوراخ هئي. بعد ۾ ''ونڊو''، [[قديم انگريزي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|ang|eagþyrl}} جي جاءِ ورتي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو سوراخ&quot; آهي، ۽ {{lang|ang|eagduru}}، جنهن جي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو در&quot; آهي.

تنهن هوندي به، ڪيترين ئي جرمني ٻولين شيشي واري دري لاءِ لاطيني لفظ فينيسٽرا fenestra اختيار ڪيو، جهڙوڪ [[معياري ٻولي|معياري]] [[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ فونسٽر fönster ۽ [[جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ فينسٽر Fenster.
انگريزي ۾ ''ونڊو'' لفظ جو استعمال غالباً [[وائڪنگ دور]] دوران انگريزي ٻوليءَ تي اسڪينڊي نيويائي اثر ۽ [[ڌاريل لفظ]]ن جي ذريعي ٿيو. انگريزي ۾ ''فينيسٽر'' لفظ پڻ ''ونڊو'' سان گڏ 18هين صديءَ جي وچ تائين متوازي طور استعمال ٿيندو رهيو.

لفظ '''فينيسٽريشن''' اڄ به عمارت جي [[مهاڙي]] ۾ درين جي ترتيب يا بناوت کي بيان ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته '''[[ڊيفينسٽريشن]]''' (''defenestration'') جي معنيٰ آهي &quot;ڪنهن کي دريءَ مان ٻاهر اڇلائڻ&quot;.

== تاريخ ==
{{Multiple image
|total_width=400
|image1=MorellaSantaMariaWindow.jpg
|caption1=[[الباسٽر]] مان ٺهيل &quot;مولين&quot; سان ورهايل سينگاريل دريون [[سانتا ماريا لا ميجور گرجاگھر]] ([[موريلّا، ڪاسٽيلون|موريلّا]]، اسپين) ۾
|image2=ValenciaCathedral2.JPG
|caption2=[[والينسيا گرجاگھر]] ۾ الباسٽر جي دري. ڀت جي فريم جي کاٻي پاسي جي غير هموار ۽ ترڇي شڪل تي ڌيان ڏيو، جيڪا سج جي ڪرڻن کي عبادت گاهه جي اڳئين حصي (چينسل) تائين پهچڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي.
}}

[[رومي سلطنت|رومين]] ماڻهن کي درين ۾ [[شيشو]] استعمال ڪندڙ پهريون معلوم ماڻهو سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ۽ اها ٽيڪنالاجي غالباً سڀ کان پهرين [[رومي مصر]] ۾، [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ {{circa|100}}ع ڌاري تيار ڪئي وئي هئي.{{Citation needed|date=April 2024}} درين جون تصويرون قديم مصري ڀتين جي نقاشين ۽ [[اسيريا]] جي مجسمن ۾ پڻ ڏسي سگهجن ٿيون. ڪاغذي دريون گهٽ خرچ واريون هونديون هيون ۽ قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ [[شيشو]] عام ماڻهن جي گهرن جي درين ۾ صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيو، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل [[جانورن جا سڱ|جانورن جي سڱن]] مان ٺهيل درين جا شيشا 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿي رهيا هئا. 19هين صديءَ ۾ آمريڪي اولهه وارن علائقن ۾ آبادڪارن [[تيل لڳل ڪاغذ جي دري]]ن جو استعمال شروع ڪيو. جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون جڏهن صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته ٿي ويا.

=== ٽيڪنالاجيون ===

13هين صدي ق.م. ۾ سڀ کان اوائليون دريون ڇت ۾ بغير شيشي وارا کليل سوراخ هوندا هئا، جيئن ڏينهن جي وقت روشني اندر اچي سگهي.{{citation needed|date=January 2023}} بعد ۾،{{when|date=October 2016}} انهن درين کي جانورن جي کل، ڪپڙي يا ڪاٺ سان ڍڪيو ويندو هو. ان کان پوءِ اهڙا [[دريءَ جا شٽر|شٽر]] وجود ۾ آيا، جيڪي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگهبا هئا.{{when|date=October 2016}} وقت سان گڏ اهڙيون دريون تيار ڪيون ويون جيڪي هڪ طرف رهواسين کي موسم جي اثرن کان بچائينديون هيون ۽ ٻي طرف روشني به اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون. انهن ۾ نيم شفاف مواد جا ڪيترائي ننڍا ٽڪرا استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا، جهڙوڪ جانورن جي چپٽن ۽ نيم شفاف سڱن جا ٽڪرا، ڪاغذ جون چادرون، [[سنگ مرمر]] جون سنهيون پتيون (جهڙوڪ [[فينگائيٽ]])، يا شيشي جا ٽڪرا، جيڪي ڪاٺ، لوهه يا سيهي جي ٺهيل فريمن ۾ لڳايا ويندا هئا. ڏور اوڀر ۾ درين کي ڀرڻ لاءِ ڪاغذ استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot;&gt;{{cite encyclopedia | url= http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | title= Window | encyclopedia= Britannica | access-date= May 19, 2012 | archive-date= May 2, 2015 | archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20150502185207/http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | url-status= live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

رومي ماڻهو درين ۾ شيشي جا پهريان معلوم استعمال ڪندڙ هئا، ۽ هنن اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي مان فائدو ورتو جيڪا غالباً پهريون ڀيرو [[رومي مصر]] ۾ ترقي ڪئي وئي هئي. خاص طور تي [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ تقريباً {{circa}} 100ع ڌاري [[ڍاليل شيشو|ڍاليل شيشي]] جون دريون ظاهر ٿيڻ لڳيون، جيتوڻيڪ انهن جون بصري خاصيتون ڪمزور هيون. اهي ننڍيون ۽ ٿلهيون هونديون هيون ۽ حقيقت ۾ [[شيشو ڦوڪڻ|ڦوڪيل شيشي]] جي مرتبانن (سلينڊر نما شڪل) کي چپٽو ڪري چادرن جي صورت ۾ ٺاهيو ويندو هو، جن تي هر هنڌ گول دائري جهڙا نشان موجود هوندا هئا. (موازنہ ڪريو روايتي [[گرجاگھر جي دري]]ن سان، جيڪي [[رنگين شيشو]] مان ٺهيل هونديون آهن.) دريءَ جو شيشو ايترو شفاف ٿيڻ ۾، جو ان مان صاف ڏسي سگهجي جيئن اڄ اسين ڏسون ٿا، هڪ هزار سالن کان وڌيڪ وقت لڳو. تنهن هوندي به، قديم رومي دريون تمام ڪارآمد هيون، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن کي &quot;گرمي فراهم ڪرڻ واري ٽيڪنالاجيءَ ۾ اڪثر نظرانداز ڪيل ترقي&quot; سمجهيو ويندو آهي، ڇو ته اهي سج جي گرمي کي عمارت اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون، جڏهن ته اندر جي گرم هوا کي ٻاهر نڪرڻ کان روڪينديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last1=Carrier |first1=Richard |title=The Scientist in the Early Roman Empire |date=2017 |publisher=Pitchstone Publishing |location=Durham, North Carolina |isbn=978-1-63431-106-9 |page=218}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1154ع ۾ [[الادريسي]] [[گھانا سلطنت]] جي بادشاهه جي محل جي هڪ خاص خصوصيت طور شيشي جي درين جو ذڪر ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | url= https://books.google.com/books?id=umyHqvAErOAC&amp;dq=Ghana+Empire+glass+window&amp;pg=PA564 | title= Encyclopedia of African History 3-Volume Set| page= 564|author= Kevin Shillington |author-link= Kevin Shillington| publisher= [[Routledge]] | isbn= 978-1-135-45670-2 |date= 2013}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal | last= Fage | first=J. D. | title=Ancient Ghana: A Review Of The Evidence | journal=Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana | volume= 3 | issue= 2 | pages= 3–24 | year= 1957| jstor= 41405704}}&lt;/ref&gt;

صدين جي دوران اهڙيون ٽيڪنيڪون ترقي ڪيون ويون، جن جي ذريعي ڦوڪيل شيشي جي [[سلينڊر (هندسي شڪل)|سلينڊر]] جي هڪ پاسي کي ڪٽي، ساڳئي مقدار جي شيشي مان وڌيڪ سنهيون مستطيل دريون تيار ڪيون وينديون هيون. ان سان ڊگهيون ۽ سنهيون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، جيڪي عام طور تي هڪ عمودي سهاري سان ورهايل هونديون هيون، جنهن کي [[مولين]] چيو ويندو آهي. مولين سان ورهايل شيشي واريون دريون يورپ جي خوشحال ماڻهن ۾ پسنديده دريون هيون،{{when|date=January 2023}} جڏهن ته ڪاغذي دريون قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ گهٽ خرچ سبب وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ عام ماڻهن جي گهرن ۾ شيشي واريون دريون صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيون، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل جانورن جي سڱن مان ٺهيل دريون 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿينديون رهيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Langley|first=Andrew|title=Medieval Life|series= Eyewitness|year= 2011 |publisher= Dorling Kindersley|isbn=978-1-4053-4545-3|page=16}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون، جڏهن 19هين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته بڻايا ويا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Float Glass|date=July 6, 2007 |url=https://www.architectmagazine.com/technology/float-glass_o}}&lt;/ref&gt; جديد دريون عام طور تي شيشي سان ڀريون وينديون آهن، جيتوڻيڪ شفاف پلاسٽڪ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== جوڙجڪ جا لاڙا ===
{{See also|گرجاگھر جي دري}}

12هين صدي عيسويءَ کان [[اولهه يورپ]] جي [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ [[لينسٽ دري]]ن (''lancet windows'') جو متعارف ٿيڻ، محرابي درين جي هڪ اڳوڻي روايت تي ٻڌل هو،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 |quote= In general two or three windows united in a group, as was later the rule in Roman architecture, were even then of frequent occurrence in the early Christian architecture of Asia Minor. The form of the window is nearly everywhere the same; a rectangle that usually has a rounded top, but seldom a straight lintel.}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪي [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀن]] جي وچ ۾ لڳايون وينديون هيون،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 | quote = The place of the window was determined by the architectural membering of the basilica, the distance between two columns generally indicating the position of a window.}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ ان جي نتيجي ۾ نه رڳو [[ٽريسري]] ۽ نفيس [[قرونِ وسطى جا رنگين شيشا|رنگين شيشي]] واريون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، پر عبادتي عمارتن ۾ نوڪيدار يا گول شڪل وارين درين جو هڪ اهڙو ڊگهو تعميراتي رواج به پيدا ٿيو، جيڪو اڄ به ڪيترن ئي گرجاگهرن ۾ ڏسي سگهجي ٿو.

تعميراتي مؤرخ پيٽر سمٿ شروعاتي جديد دور جي ويلش ڳوٺاڻن گهرن ۾ درين جي تعميراتي لاڙن بابت لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
تقريباً 1680ع تائين درين جو تناسب افقي هوندو هو، جيڪو انهن گهٽ اوچائي وارن ڪمرن لاءِ مناسب هو، جيڪي هال هائوسن ۾ مٿيون ماڙ شامل ڪرڻ کان پوءِ وجود ۾ آيا هئا. ان کان پوءِ عمودي تناسب واريون دريون رواج ۾ آيون، جنهن جو هڪ سبب گهٽ ۾ گهٽ اهو هو ته [[نشاةِ ثانيه]] جي دور ۾ اوچين ڇتين جي پسند وڌي وئي هئي. 1914ع کان پوءِ حالتون ٻيهر بدلجي ويون ۽ افقي تناسب واريون دريون هڪ ڀيرو ٻيهر پسند ڪيون وڃڻ لڳيون.&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
 |last1                = Smith
 |first1               = Peter
 |author-link1         = Peter Smith (architectural historian)
 |editor-last1         = Thirsk
 |editor-first1        = Joan
 |editor-link1         = Joan Thirsk
 |year                 = 1985
 |chapter              = 21 Rural Building in Wales
 |title                = The Agrarian History of England and Wales
 |url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=EAA9AAAAIAAJ
 |volume               = 5: 1640-1750 2: Agrarian change
 |publication-place    = Cambridge
 |publisher            = Cambridge University Press
 |page                 = 781
 |isbn                 = 9780521257756
 |access-date          = 18 January 2023
}}
&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;17هين صديءَ ۾ يورپ ۾ درين جي ڊزائن ۾ اوچائي ويڪر کان وڌيڪ رکڻ جو لاڙو پيدا ٿيو. ڪاٺ جا فريم وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا هئا، ۽ سيش دريون (''sash windows'') پڻ متعارف ڪرايون ويون. 18هين صديءَ ۾ سيش درين جي ڊزائن ۾ تبديليون آيون؛ شيشي کي سنڀاليندڙ سنها افقي ۽ عمودي پٽا (glazing bars) وڌيڪ باريڪ بڻايا ويا ۽ درين جون ماپون به وڌيڪ معياري ٿي ويون.

19هين صديءَ دوران ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ننڍين ڪناري وارين درين ۾ رنگين شيشو استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته گليزنگ بارن کي گوٿڪ طرز جي شڪل ڏني ويندي هئي. دريون اڳي کان وڌيڪ وڏيون ٿيڻ لڳيون ۽ آرٽس اينڊ ڪرافٽس ۽ ڪوئين اين طرزِ تعمير تمام مشهور ٿيا، جيڪو لاڙو 20هين صديءَ تائين جاري رهيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Windows, glass, glazing - a brief history |url=https://www.thenbs.com/knowledge/windows-glass-glazing-a-brief-history |access-date=2026-03-17 |website=NBS |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ شيشي]] جي ٽيڪنالاجي جي پکڙجڻ سان پڪچر ونڊوز (''picture windows'') متعارف ڪرائڻ ممڪن ٿيو (پهريون ڀيرو [[ليويٽ ٽائون، پنسلوانيا]] ۾)،&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
|last1                = Rybczynski
|first1               = Witold
|author-link1         = Witold Rybczynski
|date                 = 13 May 2008
|orig-date            = 2007
|chapter              = Ranchers, Picture Windows and Morning Rooms
|title                = Last Harvest: From Cornfield to New Town: Real Estate Development from George Washington to the Builders of the Twenty-First Century, and Why We Live in Houses Anyway
|url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=rkuvkjyRGG0C
|publication-place    = New York
|publisher            = Simon and Schuster
|page                 = 207
|isbn                 = 9780743235976
|access-date          = 18 January 2023
|quote                = The casual, spread-out ranch house [...] by 1950 accounted for nine out of ten new houses. [...] Its one extravagance was a large window facing the street - the picture window. As far as I have been able to determine, picture windows made their first appearance in Levittown, Pennsylvania.
}}
&lt;/ref&gt; جنهن جو بنياد 1951–1952ع ۾ وڌو ويو.{{Clarify|reason=What was founded?|date=July 2024}}ايندڙ حصي (حصو 4) ۾ آخري پيراگراف (''Many modern day windows may have a window screen...'') جو مڪمل ترجمو، بنا ڪنهن اختصار جي، حوالن سميت پيش ڪندس.

اڄڪلهه جون ڪيتريون ئي [[جديديت|جديد]] دريون [[دريءَ جي جالي]] (''window screen'') يا ميش سان ليس هونديون آهن، جيڪا اڪثر [[ايلومينيم]] يا [[فائبر گلاس]] مان ٺهيل هوندي آهي، جيئن دري کولڻ وقت [[جيت]] اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهن. دريون بنيادي طور تي عمارت جي اندر موجود ماڻهن کي ٻاهرين دنيا سان هڪ اهم بصري لاڳاپو فراهم ڪرڻ لاءِ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن ذريعي اهي ٻاهر ٿيندڙ مسلسل بدلجندڙ منظرن ۽ واقعن کي ڏسي سگهن ٿا. اهڙو لاڳاپو عمارتن ۾ رهندڙ ماڻهن جي صحت ۽ ڀلائي لاءِ انتهائي اهم سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ جيڪڏهن ماڻهو اهڙين بند عمارتن ۾ رهن، جتي دريون نه هجن، ته انهن تي اهڙي ماحول جا ناڪاري اثر پئجي سگهن ٿا.

درين جي ڊزائن بابت مقرر ڪيل ڪيترن ئي معيارن مان، ڏينهن جي روشني سان لاڳاپيل معيارن ۾ ڪجهه اهم عنصر نمايان ٿيا آهن، جن ۾ هنڌ، وقت، موسم، فطرت ۽ ماڻهو شامل آهن. انهن سڀني معيارن مان، اهي دريون جيڪي [[فطرت]] جا نظارا مهيا ڪن ٿيون، ماڻهن جي نظر ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ اهم سمجهيون وڃن ٿيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Kent |first1=Michael |last2=Schiavon |first2=Stefano |date=2022 |title=Predicting Window View Preferences Using the Environmental Information Criteria |url=https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |journal=LEUKOS |volume=19 |issue=2 |pages=190–209 |doi=10.1080/15502724.2022.2077753 |s2cid=251121476 |access-date=2022-11-09 |archive-date=December 28, 2023 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20231228134015/https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

== قسم ==

[[File:casement_window_parts.svg|thumb|Parts of a casement cross-window, viewed from the outside]]
=== صليبي دري ===
{{main|صليبي دري}}

'''صليبي دري''' (ڪراس-ونڊو) هڪ مستطيل شڪل واري دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عام طور تي هڪ [[مولين]] ۽ هڪ [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] جي ذريعي چئن حصن (روشنين) ۾ ورهايل هوندي آهي، جيڪي گڏجي هڪ [[لاطيني صليب]] جي شڪل ٺاهيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;Curl, James Stevens (2006). ''Oxford Dictionary of Architecture and Landscape Architecture'', 2nd ed., OUP, Oxford and New York, p. 214. {{ISBN|978-0-19-860678-9}}.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ابرو نما دري ===

'''ابرو نما دري''' (Eyebrow window) جو اصطلاح ٻن معنائن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي: ڀت ۾ هڪ مڙيل مٿئين حصي واري دري، يا هڪ ابرو نما [[ڊارمر]]؛ ۽ ننڍين درين جي هڪ قطار، جيڪا عام طور تي عمارت جي سامهون ڇڄن هيٺان هوندي آهي، جهڙوڪ پنسلوانيا ۾ [[جيمس-لوراه هائوس]].&lt;ref&gt;Harris, Cyril M. (1998). ''American Architecture: An Illustrated Encyclopedia''. New York: W. W. Norton.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مقرر دري ===

'''مقرر دري''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا کولي نٿي سگهجي،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=CVTjAQAAQBAJ&amp;q=Fixed+window+is+window+that+cannot+open&amp;pg=PA83|title=Kitchen &amp; Bath Residential Construction and Systems|author=NKBA (National Kitchen and Bath Association)|date=2013-10-29|publisher=John Wiley &amp; Sons|isbn=978-1-118-71104-0|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ جنهن جو ڪم صرف روشني کي اندر اچڻ ڏيڻ هوندو آهي (غير مقرر دريءَ جي ابتڙ، جيڪا کلي ۽ بند ٿي سگهي ٿي). [[ڪليرسٽوري]] دريون [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ گهڻو ڪري مقرر هونديون آهن. ٽرانسم دريون مقرر به ٿي سگهن ٿيون يا کولي سگهجن ٿيون. اهڙي قسم جون دريون انهن حالتن ۾ استعمال ٿينديون آهن، جتي صرف روشني يا ٻاهر جو نظارو گهربل هجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ [[ٽرڪل وينٽ]] يا مٿئين وينٽ کان سواءِ اهڙين درين ذريعي هوا جي اچ وڃ ممڪن نه هوندي آهي.

=== هڪ طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

'''هڪ طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري'''  اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ هڪ سيش (عام طور هيٺيون) حرڪت ڪندڙ هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مقرر هوندو آهي. هي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ سيش دريءَ جي قديم ترين صورت آهي ۽ قيمت ۾ پڻ نسبتاً سستي هوندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== ٻه طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

{{main|سيش دري}}

'''سيش دري''' (Sash window) برطانيا ۽ انهن ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾، جيڪي اڳ برطانوي نوآبادين جو حصو هئا، روايتي دريءَ جو انداز آهي. ان ۾ ٻه حصا (سيش) هوندا آهن، جيڪي ٿورو هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهيل هوندا آهن ۽ فريم جي اندر مٿي ۽ هيٺ سلائيڊ ٿيندا آهن. ٻنهي حصن جو هڪجهڙو سائيز هجڻ ضروري نه آهي؛ جيڪڏهن مٿيون سيش ننڍو (گهٽ اوچائي وارو) هجي ته ان کي [[ڪاٽيج دري]] چيو ويندو آهي.

هاڻي گهڻيون نيون ٻه طرفي سيش دريون سيشن کي سنڀالڻ لاءِ اسپرنگ بيلنس استعمال ڪن ٿيون، پر روايتي طور دريءَ جي ٻنهي پاسن تي باڪسن اندر رکيل جوابي وزن (ڪائونٽر ويٽس) استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا. اهي وزن رسي يا بعد ۾ خاص تيار ڪيل زنجير ذريعي پلين جي مدد سان سيشن سان ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا. اسپرنگ بيلنس جا ٽي قسم هوندا آهن: ٽيپ يا ڪلاڪ اسپرنگ بيلنس، چينل يا بلاڪ اينڊ ٽيڪل بيلنس، ۽ اسپائرل يا ٽيوب بيلنس.

روايتي طور ٻه طرفي سيش درين سان [[دريءَ جا شٽر]] پڻ لڳايا ويندا هئا. سيش درين ۾ سيمپليڪس قبضا پڻ لڳائي سگهجن ٿا، جيڪي دريءَ کي هڪ پاسي کان قبضن ۾ بند ڪرڻ جي اجازت ڏين ٿا، جڏهن ته ٻئي پاسي واري رسي ڌار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان دري کي باهه لڳڻ جي صورت ۾ نڪرڻ يا صفائي لاءِ کولي سگهجي ٿو.


درين جي مختلف قسمن جو مختصر تفصيل ھيٺ بيان ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


'''''پانيلن واري دري'''''
: (Panelled or Casement Windows)

ھن قسم جون دريون، دروازن وانگر ھڪ تاڪ يا ٻن تاڪن جون ٿينديون آھن، جن کي ڪاٺ جي فريم سان انجيسن ذريعي لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ھن قسم جون دريون عام طرح سان استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن، جن ۾ پانيلن اندر ڪاٺ جي پترن تختن کي گھربل نموني ۾ لڳايو ويندو آھي.
انھيءَ کان سواءِ سمورن پانيلن اندر ڪاٺ جي سنھن تختن کان علاوھ ڪجھھ حصي تائين شيشا ۽ ڪجھھ حصي تائين ڪاٺ جا سنھا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. اھڙن ڪمرن ۾ جتي روشنيءَ جي گھڻي ضرورت ھوندي آھي تھ سڀيئي پانيل شيشي جا رکبا آھن. شيشن کي قابو ڪرڻ واسطي ڪاٺ جون سنھيون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن، جن کي (Sash bars)  سڏيو ويندو آھي.
ھن قسم جي درين جا تاڪ اندر يا ٻاھر کولي سگھبا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ درين لاءِ ڇڏيل خالن کي ٻن حصن ۾ ورھايو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ لاءِ چؤڪاٺي اندر اڪثر طور تي مٿان کان انھيءَ جي چوٿين حصي تائين ھڪ وڌيڪ سڌي پٽي لڳائي ويندي آھي ۽ مٿئين حصي ۾ شيشو لڳائي ڇڏبو آھي. دريءَ جو اھو حصو دائين بند رھندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي کولي ۽ بند ڪري نھ سگھبو آھي. اھڙي قسم جي شيشي جي حصي کي فئن لائيٽ (Fan Light)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح سان ھڪ تھ دري ۽ روشندان لاءِ الڳ الڳ لنٽيل ٺاھڻ جي ضرورت نھ پوندي آھي ۽ ٻيو تھ ڪاٺ جي بچت پڻ ٿيندي آھي. ھن قسم جو نظام دروازن سان گڏ پڻ ڪري سگھبو آھي. درين ۽ دروازن مٿان ھڪ کتل (Fixed)  روشندانن جي جاءِ تي کلندڙ ۽ بند ٿيندڙ روشندان پڻ لڳائي سگھبا آھن. اھڙا ڪمرا جن ۾ عليحدھ طرح سان روشندان لڳائڻ جي گنجائش نھ ھوندي آھي تھ انھيءَ ھنڌ ھن قسم جو بندوبست ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''ٻاھر نڪتل دري'''''

: (Bay Window)  
ھن قسم جي دري ڪمري جي ٻاھرين ديوار کان ٻاھر تي نڪتل ھوندي آھي. مطلب تھ ھي دريون صرف ڪمري جي ٻاھرين ديوارن ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ اھي ٻاھرين ڀتين کان ٻاھر نڪتل ھونديون آھن. 


'''''پانيلن واري دري''''' 


ھي دريون گھڻن ئي ڊؤلن جون ٿينديون آھن، جھڙوڪ، چؤڪور، گول ۽ گھڻ ڪنڊائتيون (Polygonal)  وغيره. ھن قسم جي درين جو ٻاھر نڪتل ڀاڱو (Projection)  دريءَ جي فرش واريءَ ليول کان يا فريم جي ھيٺئين سڌي پٽيءَ (Sill)  کان شروع ٿيندو آھي. ھن قسم جي درين لڳائڻ سا عمارتن جي خوبصورتي وڌي ٿي. ھنن جي لڳائڻ سان ڪمرا ھوادار، ڪشادا ۽ روشن رھن ٿا. 

ڪنڊائتي دري


: (Corner Window)  
ھن قسم جون دريون ڪمرن جي ڪنڊ وٽ لڳايون وينديون آھن. انھن جي لڳائڻ سان ڪمرا ھوادار رھن ٿا ۽ عمارت جي خوبصورتي وڌي ٿي. ھن قسم جي دريءَ لڳائڻ سان چؤڪاٺي جي وچين ٻانھن ٻنھي طرفن جو ڪم ڏئي ٿي ۽ اھڙيءَ طرح سان ھڪ ٻانھن جي بچت ٿئي ٿي

'''''روشندان'''''

: (Clerestory Window or Ventilator) 
ھن قسم جون دريون روشندان ڀر واري ورانڊي ۽ ڪمرن جي ڇتين جي مختلف اوچائيءَ سبب انھن جي وچ واري ديوار جي حصي ۾ مٿينءَ ڇت جي نزديڪ لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھيءُ تاڪ جي ٻاھرين اڀين پٽين کي ٻنھي پاسن کان مدارن يا ٽيڪن (Pivots)  تي ٽيڪي لڏڻ جي انداز ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ تاڪ جي مٿئين ۽ ھيٺئين سڌي پٽيءَ جي پوري وچ تي ڇلا (Rings)  لڳائي، انھن ۾ رسين جو ھڪ ھڪ ڇيڙو ٻڌي ان جي ٻئي لٽڪيل ڇيڙي کي ڇڪ ڏيڻ سان انھن کي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگھبو آھي .ساڳيءَ ليول وارن ڪمرن جي ڇت ۾ لڳائڻ واريءَ صورت ۾ انھن کي روشندان (Ventilators)  سڏيو وڃي ٿو جيڪي ڪمرن کي روشن رکڻ سان گڏ ڪمرن کي ھوادار پڻ بنائن ٿا.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''ڊارمر ونڊو'''''

: (Dormer Window) 
ھن قسم جون دريون سلاميءَ وارين ڇتين جي سلاميءَ واري سطح (Slopping surface)  تي لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ٻن قسمن جون ٿينديون آھن، ھڪ گيبل ٽائيپ ۽ ٻيون ڇاپري ٽائيپ  (Gabel type and shade type). گيبل ٽائيپ دريون ڇتين جي مٿئين نوڪدار ڀاڱي تي لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ ڇاپري ٽائيپ دريون چؤڪور اڀي حصي تي لڳائبيون آھن. اھڙيءَ طرح انھن جو انداز ڇتين جي قسم تي منحصر آھي.


'''''لالٽين نما دري'''''


: (Lantern Window) 
ڊگھين ۽ مسلسل جاين ۾ آمھون سامھون ٺھيل ڪمرن جي وچ واري لنگھھ (Passage) کي روشن ۽ ھوادار بڻائڻ لاءِ ھن قسم جون دريون مھيا ڪيون وينديون آھن، جيڪي ھڪ ئي ليول وارين ڇتين مٿان اڀريل نموني لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ انھن جي مٿي اڀريل پاسن کان روشني پھچائڻ واسطي انھن پاسن ۾ شيشا لڳايا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


'''''روشندان يا اسڪاءِ لائيٽ'''''

: (Sky Light) 
ھن قسم جا روشندان سلاميءَ وارين ڇتين ۾ اھڙي ريت لڳايا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھن جي چوٽي ڇت جي سطح سان پوروڇوٽ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>h3m0ovl6hwg5lpfpoqig8jl6mf9x71l</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400908</id>
      <parentid>400907</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T15:05:14Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400908</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="44086" sha1="ovmzfz7v7eplja11js42mfmr4xr3c7m" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڀت، دروازي، ڇت يا گاڏي ۾ روشني، هوا ۽ ٻاهرئين ڏيک لاءِ ٺاهيل کُليل حصو}}

{{multiple image
|perrow=3
|total_width=400
|image1=Window of the house with number 17 on strada Mântuleasa, from Bucharest (Romania).jpg
|image2=Atua Kosua shrine4.jpg
|image3=Traditional wooden window (Akhi Jhyal).jpg
|image4=P1300843 Paris X rue de Paradis n18 detail rwk.jpg
|image5=Exterior facade of the Hôtel de Bourvallais 003.JPG
|image6=Chartres RosetteNord 121 DSC08241.jpg
|footer=دريَن جا مختلف نمونا
}}

'''دري''' (Window) ڀت، [[در]]، [[ڇت]] يا [[گاڏي]] ۾ ٺهيل اهڙو کُليل حصو آهي، جيڪو [[روشني]] کي اندر اچڻ، [[هوا]] جي اچ وڃ ۽ ڪيترين حالتن ۾ آواز جي گذر جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. جديد دريون عام طور شيشي  يا ڪنهن ٻئي شفاف يا نيم شفاف مواد سان ڍڪيل هونديون آهن. شيشو عام طور هڪ [[تاڪ]] (Sash) ۾ لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[فريم]] جي اندر نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt; ڪيترن ئي حوالن ۾ تاڪ ۽ فريم ٻنهي کي گڏجي دري پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/window/|title=Window|publisher=The Free Dictionary By Farlex|access-date=19 May 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

گهڻيون شيشي واريون دريون کولي يا بند ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. دري کولڻ سان [[هوا جي مٽاسٽا]] (وينٽيليشن) ممڪن ٿيندي آهي، جڏهن ته بند ڪرڻ سان مينهن، تيز هوا ۽ ٻين خراب موسمي حالتن کان تحفظ حاصل ٿيندو آهي. دريَن ۾ اڪثر [[ڪڙي]] (Latch) يا اهڙو ٻيو ميڪانياتي بندش وارو اوزار لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو دري کي بند ڪري تالو لڳائڻ يا مختلف درجن تائين کليل حالت ۾ قائم رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

دريَن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جن ۾ '''[[آئبرو دري]]'''  (آئبرو ونڊو - eyebrow)، '''[[مقرر دري]]''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو)، [[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]] (ھيڪساگونل ونڊو)، '''[[سنگل هنگ دري]]''' (سنگل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[ڊبل هنگ دري]]''' (ڊبل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[افقي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري]]''' (ھرائيزينٽل سلائيڊنگ سيش ونڊو)، [[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]، '''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window)، '''هاپر دري''' (Hopper window)، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ سلائيڊ دري''' ، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ ٽرن دري'''، '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom)، '''پاسي واري دري''' (سلائيڊ لائيٽ ونڊو)، [[جيلوسي دري]] (Jalousie)، [[لوور دري]] (Louvered)، [[ڪليرسٽوري دري]] (Clerestory)، [[لينسٽ دري]] (Lancet)، [[ڇت جو روشندان]] (اسڪائلائيٽ)، [[ڇت جي دري]] (روف ونڊو)، [[روف لئنٽرن]] (lantern)، [[بي دري]] (Bay)، [[اوريل دري]] (Oriel)، [[ڊائيوڪليشيئن دري]] (Diocletian)، '''تصويري دري''' (Picture)، [[گلابي دري]] (Rose)، '''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري'''، [[رنگين شيشي واري دري]] (Stained glass)، '''فرينچ دري'''، '''پينل دري'''، '''ٻٽي يا ٽرپل شيشي واري دري'''  ۽ [[وچ دري]] (Witch) شامل آهن.

== اشتقاق ==

انگريزي لفظ '''ونڊو''' (''window'') جو بنياد [[قديم نارس ٻولي]] جي لفظ {{lang|non|vindauga}} مان نڪتل آهي، جيڪو {{lang|non|vindr}} (هوا) ۽ {{lang|non|auga}} (اک) مان ٺهيل آهي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;هوا جي اک&quot; آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |title=New Oxford American Dictionary |date=2010 |access-date=January 16, 2015 |archive-date=June 2, 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130602205448/http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[نارويجي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|no|[[نينورسڪ]]}} ۽ [[آئس لينڊي ٻولي]] ۾ قديم نارس جو هي لفظ اڄ تائين زندهه رهيو آهي. آئس لينڊي ۾ اهو رڳو هڪ ننڍڙي کليل &quot;دري&quot; جي هڪ قسم لاءِ نسبتاً گهٽ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ آهي، ۽ اهو {{lang|is|gluggi}} (آئس لينڊي ٻوليءَ ۾ &quot;دري&quot; لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ) جو مڪمل مترادف نه آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|title=Hvaðan kemur orðið gluggi? Af hverju notum við ekki vindauga samanber window?|work=Vísindavefurinn|access-date=2018-09-17|language=is|archive-date=December 14, 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191214165059/https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|url-status=live}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ {{lang|sv|vindöga}} لفظ اڃا تائين جهونپڙيءَ جي ڇت ۾ موجود سوراخ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته [[ڊينش ٻولي]] جي {{lang|da|vindue}} ۽ نارويجي ٻولي جي {{lang|no|[[بوڪمول]]}} ۾ {{lang|no|vindu}} لفظ مان &quot;اک&quot; سان سڌو تعلق ختم ٿي ويو آهي، جيئن انگريزي لفظ ''window'' ۾ به ٿيو آهي. ڊينش (پر نارويجي [[بوڪمول]] نه) ۾ هن لفظ جو اچار انگريزي ''window'' سان گهڻو مشابهت رکي ٿو.

انگريزي جو لفظ ''ونڊو'' (window) پهريون ڀيرو 13هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ لکيل استعمال ملي ٿو، ۽ شروعات ۾ ان مان مراد ڇت ۾ موجود شيشي کان سواءِ هڪ کليل سوراخ هئي. بعد ۾ ''ونڊو''، [[قديم انگريزي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|ang|eagþyrl}} جي جاءِ ورتي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو سوراخ&quot; آهي، ۽ {{lang|ang|eagduru}}، جنهن جي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو در&quot; آهي.

تنهن هوندي به، ڪيترين ئي جرمني ٻولين شيشي واري دري لاءِ لاطيني لفظ فينيسٽرا fenestra اختيار ڪيو، جهڙوڪ [[معياري ٻولي|معياري]] [[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ فونسٽر fönster ۽ [[جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ فينسٽر Fenster.
انگريزي ۾ ''ونڊو'' لفظ جو استعمال غالباً [[وائڪنگ دور]] دوران انگريزي ٻوليءَ تي اسڪينڊي نيويائي اثر ۽ [[ڌاريل لفظ]]ن جي ذريعي ٿيو. انگريزي ۾ ''فينيسٽر'' لفظ پڻ ''ونڊو'' سان گڏ 18هين صديءَ جي وچ تائين متوازي طور استعمال ٿيندو رهيو.

لفظ '''فينيسٽريشن''' اڄ به عمارت جي [[مهاڙي]] ۾ درين جي ترتيب يا بناوت کي بيان ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته '''[[ڊيفينسٽريشن]]''' (''defenestration'') جي معنيٰ آهي &quot;ڪنهن کي دريءَ مان ٻاهر اڇلائڻ&quot;.

== تاريخ ==
{{Multiple image
|total_width=400
|image1=MorellaSantaMariaWindow.jpg
|caption1=[[الباسٽر]] مان ٺهيل &quot;مولين&quot; سان ورهايل سينگاريل دريون [[سانتا ماريا لا ميجور گرجاگھر]] ([[موريلّا، ڪاسٽيلون|موريلّا]]، اسپين) ۾
|image2=ValenciaCathedral2.JPG
|caption2=[[والينسيا گرجاگھر]] ۾ الباسٽر جي دري. ڀت جي فريم جي کاٻي پاسي جي غير هموار ۽ ترڇي شڪل تي ڌيان ڏيو، جيڪا سج جي ڪرڻن کي عبادت گاهه جي اڳئين حصي (چينسل) تائين پهچڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي.
}}

[[رومي سلطنت|رومين]] ماڻهن کي درين ۾ [[شيشو]] استعمال ڪندڙ پهريون معلوم ماڻهو سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ۽ اها ٽيڪنالاجي غالباً سڀ کان پهرين [[رومي مصر]] ۾، [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ {{circa|100}}ع ڌاري تيار ڪئي وئي هئي.{{Citation needed|date=April 2024}} درين جون تصويرون قديم مصري ڀتين جي نقاشين ۽ [[اسيريا]] جي مجسمن ۾ پڻ ڏسي سگهجن ٿيون. ڪاغذي دريون گهٽ خرچ واريون هونديون هيون ۽ قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ [[شيشو]] عام ماڻهن جي گهرن جي درين ۾ صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيو، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل [[جانورن جا سڱ|جانورن جي سڱن]] مان ٺهيل درين جا شيشا 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿي رهيا هئا. 19هين صديءَ ۾ آمريڪي اولهه وارن علائقن ۾ آبادڪارن [[تيل لڳل ڪاغذ جي دري]]ن جو استعمال شروع ڪيو. جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون جڏهن صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته ٿي ويا.

=== ٽيڪنالاجيون ===

13هين صدي ق.م. ۾ سڀ کان اوائليون دريون ڇت ۾ بغير شيشي وارا کليل سوراخ هوندا هئا، جيئن ڏينهن جي وقت روشني اندر اچي سگهي.{{citation needed|date=January 2023}} بعد ۾،{{when|date=October 2016}} انهن درين کي جانورن جي کل، ڪپڙي يا ڪاٺ سان ڍڪيو ويندو هو. ان کان پوءِ اهڙا [[دريءَ جا شٽر|شٽر]] وجود ۾ آيا، جيڪي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگهبا هئا.{{when|date=October 2016}} وقت سان گڏ اهڙيون دريون تيار ڪيون ويون جيڪي هڪ طرف رهواسين کي موسم جي اثرن کان بچائينديون هيون ۽ ٻي طرف روشني به اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون. انهن ۾ نيم شفاف مواد جا ڪيترائي ننڍا ٽڪرا استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا، جهڙوڪ جانورن جي چپٽن ۽ نيم شفاف سڱن جا ٽڪرا، ڪاغذ جون چادرون، [[سنگ مرمر]] جون سنهيون پتيون (جهڙوڪ [[فينگائيٽ]])، يا شيشي جا ٽڪرا، جيڪي ڪاٺ، لوهه يا سيهي جي ٺهيل فريمن ۾ لڳايا ويندا هئا. ڏور اوڀر ۾ درين کي ڀرڻ لاءِ ڪاغذ استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot;&gt;{{cite encyclopedia | url= http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | title= Window | encyclopedia= Britannica | access-date= May 19, 2012 | archive-date= May 2, 2015 | archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20150502185207/http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | url-status= live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

رومي ماڻهو درين ۾ شيشي جا پهريان معلوم استعمال ڪندڙ هئا، ۽ هنن اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي مان فائدو ورتو جيڪا غالباً پهريون ڀيرو [[رومي مصر]] ۾ ترقي ڪئي وئي هئي. خاص طور تي [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ تقريباً {{circa}} 100ع ڌاري [[ڍاليل شيشو|ڍاليل شيشي]] جون دريون ظاهر ٿيڻ لڳيون، جيتوڻيڪ انهن جون بصري خاصيتون ڪمزور هيون. اهي ننڍيون ۽ ٿلهيون هونديون هيون ۽ حقيقت ۾ [[شيشو ڦوڪڻ|ڦوڪيل شيشي]] جي مرتبانن (سلينڊر نما شڪل) کي چپٽو ڪري چادرن جي صورت ۾ ٺاهيو ويندو هو، جن تي هر هنڌ گول دائري جهڙا نشان موجود هوندا هئا. (موازنہ ڪريو روايتي [[گرجاگھر جي دري]]ن سان، جيڪي [[رنگين شيشو]] مان ٺهيل هونديون آهن.) دريءَ جو شيشو ايترو شفاف ٿيڻ ۾، جو ان مان صاف ڏسي سگهجي جيئن اڄ اسين ڏسون ٿا، هڪ هزار سالن کان وڌيڪ وقت لڳو. تنهن هوندي به، قديم رومي دريون تمام ڪارآمد هيون، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن کي &quot;گرمي فراهم ڪرڻ واري ٽيڪنالاجيءَ ۾ اڪثر نظرانداز ڪيل ترقي&quot; سمجهيو ويندو آهي، ڇو ته اهي سج جي گرمي کي عمارت اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون، جڏهن ته اندر جي گرم هوا کي ٻاهر نڪرڻ کان روڪينديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last1=Carrier |first1=Richard |title=The Scientist in the Early Roman Empire |date=2017 |publisher=Pitchstone Publishing |location=Durham, North Carolina |isbn=978-1-63431-106-9 |page=218}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1154ع ۾ [[الادريسي]] [[گھانا سلطنت]] جي بادشاهه جي محل جي هڪ خاص خصوصيت طور شيشي جي درين جو ذڪر ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | url= https://books.google.com/books?id=umyHqvAErOAC&amp;dq=Ghana+Empire+glass+window&amp;pg=PA564 | title= Encyclopedia of African History 3-Volume Set| page= 564|author= Kevin Shillington |author-link= Kevin Shillington| publisher= [[Routledge]] | isbn= 978-1-135-45670-2 |date= 2013}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal | last= Fage | first=J. D. | title=Ancient Ghana: A Review Of The Evidence | journal=Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana | volume= 3 | issue= 2 | pages= 3–24 | year= 1957| jstor= 41405704}}&lt;/ref&gt;

صدين جي دوران اهڙيون ٽيڪنيڪون ترقي ڪيون ويون، جن جي ذريعي ڦوڪيل شيشي جي [[سلينڊر (هندسي شڪل)|سلينڊر]] جي هڪ پاسي کي ڪٽي، ساڳئي مقدار جي شيشي مان وڌيڪ سنهيون مستطيل دريون تيار ڪيون وينديون هيون. ان سان ڊگهيون ۽ سنهيون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، جيڪي عام طور تي هڪ عمودي سهاري سان ورهايل هونديون هيون، جنهن کي [[مولين]] چيو ويندو آهي. مولين سان ورهايل شيشي واريون دريون يورپ جي خوشحال ماڻهن ۾ پسنديده دريون هيون،{{when|date=January 2023}} جڏهن ته ڪاغذي دريون قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ گهٽ خرچ سبب وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ عام ماڻهن جي گهرن ۾ شيشي واريون دريون صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيون، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل جانورن جي سڱن مان ٺهيل دريون 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿينديون رهيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Langley|first=Andrew|title=Medieval Life|series= Eyewitness|year= 2011 |publisher= Dorling Kindersley|isbn=978-1-4053-4545-3|page=16}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون، جڏهن 19هين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته بڻايا ويا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Float Glass|date=July 6, 2007 |url=https://www.architectmagazine.com/technology/float-glass_o}}&lt;/ref&gt; جديد دريون عام طور تي شيشي سان ڀريون وينديون آهن، جيتوڻيڪ شفاف پلاسٽڪ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== جوڙجڪ جا لاڙا ===
{{See also|گرجاگھر جي دري}}

12هين صدي عيسويءَ کان [[اولهه يورپ]] جي [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ [[لينسٽ دري]]ن (''lancet windows'') جو متعارف ٿيڻ، محرابي درين جي هڪ اڳوڻي روايت تي ٻڌل هو،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 |quote= In general two or three windows united in a group, as was later the rule in Roman architecture, were even then of frequent occurrence in the early Christian architecture of Asia Minor. The form of the window is nearly everywhere the same; a rectangle that usually has a rounded top, but seldom a straight lintel.}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪي [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀن]] جي وچ ۾ لڳايون وينديون هيون،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 | quote = The place of the window was determined by the architectural membering of the basilica, the distance between two columns generally indicating the position of a window.}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ ان جي نتيجي ۾ نه رڳو [[ٽريسري]] ۽ نفيس [[قرونِ وسطى جا رنگين شيشا|رنگين شيشي]] واريون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، پر عبادتي عمارتن ۾ نوڪيدار يا گول شڪل وارين درين جو هڪ اهڙو ڊگهو تعميراتي رواج به پيدا ٿيو، جيڪو اڄ به ڪيترن ئي گرجاگهرن ۾ ڏسي سگهجي ٿو.

تعميراتي مؤرخ پيٽر سمٿ شروعاتي جديد دور جي ويلش ڳوٺاڻن گهرن ۾ درين جي تعميراتي لاڙن بابت لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
تقريباً 1680ع تائين درين جو تناسب افقي هوندو هو، جيڪو انهن گهٽ اوچائي وارن ڪمرن لاءِ مناسب هو، جيڪي هال هائوسن ۾ مٿيون ماڙ شامل ڪرڻ کان پوءِ وجود ۾ آيا هئا. ان کان پوءِ عمودي تناسب واريون دريون رواج ۾ آيون، جنهن جو هڪ سبب گهٽ ۾ گهٽ اهو هو ته [[نشاةِ ثانيه]] جي دور ۾ اوچين ڇتين جي پسند وڌي وئي هئي. 1914ع کان پوءِ حالتون ٻيهر بدلجي ويون ۽ افقي تناسب واريون دريون هڪ ڀيرو ٻيهر پسند ڪيون وڃڻ لڳيون.&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
 |last1                = Smith
 |first1               = Peter
 |author-link1         = Peter Smith (architectural historian)
 |editor-last1         = Thirsk
 |editor-first1        = Joan
 |editor-link1         = Joan Thirsk
 |year                 = 1985
 |chapter              = 21 Rural Building in Wales
 |title                = The Agrarian History of England and Wales
 |url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=EAA9AAAAIAAJ
 |volume               = 5: 1640-1750 2: Agrarian change
 |publication-place    = Cambridge
 |publisher            = Cambridge University Press
 |page                 = 781
 |isbn                 = 9780521257756
 |access-date          = 18 January 2023
}}
&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;17هين صديءَ ۾ يورپ ۾ درين جي ڊزائن ۾ اوچائي ويڪر کان وڌيڪ رکڻ جو لاڙو پيدا ٿيو. ڪاٺ جا فريم وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا هئا، ۽ سيش دريون (''sash windows'') پڻ متعارف ڪرايون ويون. 18هين صديءَ ۾ سيش درين جي ڊزائن ۾ تبديليون آيون؛ شيشي کي سنڀاليندڙ سنها افقي ۽ عمودي پٽا (glazing bars) وڌيڪ باريڪ بڻايا ويا ۽ درين جون ماپون به وڌيڪ معياري ٿي ويون.

19هين صديءَ دوران ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ننڍين ڪناري وارين درين ۾ رنگين شيشو استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته گليزنگ بارن کي گوٿڪ طرز جي شڪل ڏني ويندي هئي. دريون اڳي کان وڌيڪ وڏيون ٿيڻ لڳيون ۽ آرٽس اينڊ ڪرافٽس ۽ ڪوئين اين طرزِ تعمير تمام مشهور ٿيا، جيڪو لاڙو 20هين صديءَ تائين جاري رهيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Windows, glass, glazing - a brief history |url=https://www.thenbs.com/knowledge/windows-glass-glazing-a-brief-history |access-date=2026-03-17 |website=NBS |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ شيشي]] جي ٽيڪنالاجي جي پکڙجڻ سان پڪچر ونڊوز (''picture windows'') متعارف ڪرائڻ ممڪن ٿيو (پهريون ڀيرو [[ليويٽ ٽائون، پنسلوانيا]] ۾)،&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
|last1                = Rybczynski
|first1               = Witold
|author-link1         = Witold Rybczynski
|date                 = 13 May 2008
|orig-date            = 2007
|chapter              = Ranchers, Picture Windows and Morning Rooms
|title                = Last Harvest: From Cornfield to New Town: Real Estate Development from George Washington to the Builders of the Twenty-First Century, and Why We Live in Houses Anyway
|url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=rkuvkjyRGG0C
|publication-place    = New York
|publisher            = Simon and Schuster
|page                 = 207
|isbn                 = 9780743235976
|access-date          = 18 January 2023
|quote                = The casual, spread-out ranch house [...] by 1950 accounted for nine out of ten new houses. [...] Its one extravagance was a large window facing the street - the picture window. As far as I have been able to determine, picture windows made their first appearance in Levittown, Pennsylvania.
}}
&lt;/ref&gt; جنهن جو بنياد 1951–1952ع ۾ وڌو ويو.{{Clarify|reason=What was founded?|date=July 2024}}ايندڙ حصي (حصو 4) ۾ آخري پيراگراف (''Many modern day windows may have a window screen...'') جو مڪمل ترجمو، بنا ڪنهن اختصار جي، حوالن سميت پيش ڪندس.

اڄڪلهه جون ڪيتريون ئي [[جديديت|جديد]] دريون [[دريءَ جي جالي]] (''window screen'') يا ميش سان ليس هونديون آهن، جيڪا اڪثر [[ايلومينيم]] يا [[فائبر گلاس]] مان ٺهيل هوندي آهي، جيئن دري کولڻ وقت [[جيت]] اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهن. دريون بنيادي طور تي عمارت جي اندر موجود ماڻهن کي ٻاهرين دنيا سان هڪ اهم بصري لاڳاپو فراهم ڪرڻ لاءِ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن ذريعي اهي ٻاهر ٿيندڙ مسلسل بدلجندڙ منظرن ۽ واقعن کي ڏسي سگهن ٿا. اهڙو لاڳاپو عمارتن ۾ رهندڙ ماڻهن جي صحت ۽ ڀلائي لاءِ انتهائي اهم سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ جيڪڏهن ماڻهو اهڙين بند عمارتن ۾ رهن، جتي دريون نه هجن، ته انهن تي اهڙي ماحول جا ناڪاري اثر پئجي سگهن ٿا.

درين جي ڊزائن بابت مقرر ڪيل ڪيترن ئي معيارن مان، ڏينهن جي روشني سان لاڳاپيل معيارن ۾ ڪجهه اهم عنصر نمايان ٿيا آهن، جن ۾ هنڌ، وقت، موسم، فطرت ۽ ماڻهو شامل آهن. انهن سڀني معيارن مان، اهي دريون جيڪي [[فطرت]] جا نظارا مهيا ڪن ٿيون، ماڻهن جي نظر ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ اهم سمجهيون وڃن ٿيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Kent |first1=Michael |last2=Schiavon |first2=Stefano |date=2022 |title=Predicting Window View Preferences Using the Environmental Information Criteria |url=https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |journal=LEUKOS |volume=19 |issue=2 |pages=190–209 |doi=10.1080/15502724.2022.2077753 |s2cid=251121476 |access-date=2022-11-09 |archive-date=December 28, 2023 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20231228134015/https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

== قسم ==

[[File:casement_window_parts.svg|thumb|Parts of a casement cross-window, viewed from the outside]]
=== صليبي دري ===
{{main|صليبي دري}}

'''صليبي دري''' (ڪراس-ونڊو) هڪ مستطيل شڪل واري دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عام طور تي هڪ [[مولين]] ۽ هڪ [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] جي ذريعي چئن حصن (روشنين) ۾ ورهايل هوندي آهي، جيڪي گڏجي هڪ [[لاطيني صليب]] جي شڪل ٺاهيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;Curl, James Stevens (2006). ''Oxford Dictionary of Architecture and Landscape Architecture'', 2nd ed., OUP, Oxford and New York, p. 214. {{ISBN|978-0-19-860678-9}}.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ابرو نما دري ===

'''ابرو نما دري''' (Eyebrow window) جو اصطلاح ٻن معنائن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي: ڀت ۾ هڪ مڙيل مٿئين حصي واري دري، يا هڪ ابرو نما [[ڊارمر]]؛ ۽ ننڍين درين جي هڪ قطار، جيڪا عام طور تي عمارت جي سامهون ڇڄن هيٺان هوندي آهي، جهڙوڪ پنسلوانيا ۾ [[جيمس-لوراه هائوس]].&lt;ref&gt;Harris, Cyril M. (1998). ''American Architecture: An Illustrated Encyclopedia''. New York: W. W. Norton.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مقرر دري ===

'''مقرر دري''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا کولي نٿي سگهجي،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=CVTjAQAAQBAJ&amp;q=Fixed+window+is+window+that+cannot+open&amp;pg=PA83|title=Kitchen &amp; Bath Residential Construction and Systems|author=NKBA (National Kitchen and Bath Association)|date=2013-10-29|publisher=John Wiley &amp; Sons|isbn=978-1-118-71104-0|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ جنهن جو ڪم صرف روشني کي اندر اچڻ ڏيڻ هوندو آهي (غير مقرر دريءَ جي ابتڙ، جيڪا کلي ۽ بند ٿي سگهي ٿي). [[ڪليرسٽوري]] دريون [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ گهڻو ڪري مقرر هونديون آهن. ٽرانسم دريون مقرر به ٿي سگهن ٿيون يا کولي سگهجن ٿيون. اهڙي قسم جون دريون انهن حالتن ۾ استعمال ٿينديون آهن، جتي صرف روشني يا ٻاهر جو نظارو گهربل هجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ [[ٽرڪل وينٽ]] يا مٿئين وينٽ کان سواءِ اهڙين درين ذريعي هوا جي اچ وڃ ممڪن نه هوندي آهي.

=== هڪ طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

'''هڪ طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري'''  اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ هڪ سيش (عام طور هيٺيون) حرڪت ڪندڙ هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مقرر هوندو آهي. هي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ سيش دريءَ جي قديم ترين صورت آهي ۽ قيمت ۾ پڻ نسبتاً سستي هوندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== ٻه طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

{{main|سيش دري}}

'''سيش دري''' (Sash window) برطانيا ۽ انهن ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾، جيڪي اڳ برطانوي نوآبادين جو حصو هئا، روايتي دريءَ جو انداز آهي. ان ۾ ٻه حصا (سيش) هوندا آهن، جيڪي ٿورو هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهيل هوندا آهن ۽ فريم جي اندر مٿي ۽ هيٺ سلائيڊ ٿيندا آهن. ٻنهي حصن جو هڪجهڙو سائيز هجڻ ضروري نه آهي؛ جيڪڏهن مٿيون سيش ننڍو (گهٽ اوچائي وارو) هجي ته ان کي [[ڪاٽيج دري]] چيو ويندو آهي.

هاڻي گهڻيون نيون ٻه طرفي سيش دريون سيشن کي سنڀالڻ لاءِ اسپرنگ بيلنس استعمال ڪن ٿيون، پر روايتي طور دريءَ جي ٻنهي پاسن تي باڪسن اندر رکيل جوابي وزن (ڪائونٽر ويٽس) استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا. اهي وزن رسي يا بعد ۾ خاص تيار ڪيل زنجير ذريعي پلين جي مدد سان سيشن سان ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا. اسپرنگ بيلنس جا ٽي قسم هوندا آهن: ٽيپ يا ڪلاڪ اسپرنگ بيلنس، چينل يا بلاڪ اينڊ ٽيڪل بيلنس، ۽ اسپائرل يا ٽيوب بيلنس.

روايتي طور ٻه طرفي سيش درين سان [[دريءَ جا شٽر]] پڻ لڳايا ويندا هئا. سيش درين ۾ سيمپليڪس قبضا پڻ لڳائي سگهجن ٿا، جيڪي دريءَ کي هڪ پاسي کان قبضن ۾ بند ڪرڻ جي اجازت ڏين ٿا، جڏهن ته ٻئي پاسي واري رسي ڌار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان دري کي باهه لڳڻ جي صورت ۾ نڪرڻ يا صفائي لاءِ کولي سگهجي ٿو.

=== فولڊ اپ دري ===

[[File:Foldup window.gif|thumb|upright|فولڊ اپ دري (اندر ڏانهن کُلندڙ)، پاسي کان ڪٽيل ڏيک]]

'''فولڊ اپ دري''' (Foldup window) ۾ ٻه هڪجهڙا سيش هوندا آهن، جيڪي معياري ٻه طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دريءَ وانگر هوندا آهن، پر اهي مٿي طرف ويڙهجي کلي ويندا آهن، جنهن سان تقريباً پوري فريم جيتري جاءِ مان هوا اندر اچي سگهي ٿي. هن دريءَ جو توازن اسپرنگن يا جوابي وزنن (counterbalances) ذريعي برقرار رکيو ويندو آهي، بلڪل ٻه طرفي سيش دريءَ وانگر. سيشن کي اهڙي نموني بيهاري سگهجي ٿو جو اهي روايتي ٻه طرفي سيش دريءَ جهڙا نظر اچن، يا هڪ ئي سڌي قطار ۾ به لڳائي سگهجن ٿا. سڌي قطار وارا نمونا اندر يا ٻاهر ٻنهي طرفن کلي سگهن ٿا. اندر کُلندڙ فولڊ اپ درين ۾ مقرر جاليون لڳائي سگهجن ٿيون، جڏهن ته ٻاهر کُلندڙ قسمن لاءِ حرڪت ڪندڙ جالين جي ضرورت هوندي آهي. اهڙيون دريون عام طور اسڪرين روم، باورچي خاني جي پاس ٿرو، يا هنگامي نڪرڻ واري رستي (egress) طور استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

=== افقي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

'''افقي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري''' (Horizontal sliding sash window) ۾ ٻه يا وڌيڪ سيش هوندا آهن، جيڪي ٿورو هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهيل هوندا آهن، پر فريم جي اندر افقي رخ ۾ سلائيڊ ٿيندا آهن. برطانيا ۾ انهن کي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن [[يارڪشائر]] سيش دريون به چيو ويندو آهي، غالباً ان ڪري جو انهن جو روايتي استعمال انهيءَ علائقي ۾ گهڻو هو.

=== ڪيسمينٽ دري ===

{{Main|ڪيسمينٽ دري}}

[[File:Gordijnen aan venster.JPG|thumb|[[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]]]

'''ڪيسمينٽ دري''' (Casement window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن جو سيش قبضن سان لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي وانگر اندر يا ٻاهر کلي ويندو آهي. اهو پاسي کان لڳل، مٿان لڳل (جنهن کي &quot;اوننگ دري&quot; پڻ چيو ويندو آهي؛ هيٺ ڏسو)، يا ڪڏهن هيٺان لڳل سيش تي مشتمل هوندو آهي، يا انهن قسمن جي ميلاپ سان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، ۽ ڪڏهن هڪ يا وڌيڪ پاسن تي مقرر شيشي جا پينل پڻ هوندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot; /&gt;

آمريڪا ۾ اهڙيون دريون عام طور [[ڪرئنڪ (مشينياتي حصو)|ڪرئنڪ]] ذريعي کوليون وينديون آهن، جڏهن ته يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي حصن ۾ انهن لاءِ پروجيڪشن فرڪشن اسٽيز ۽ [[ايسپاگنوليٽ]] لاڪنگ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. اڳي سادا قبضا [[ڪيسمينٽ اسٽي]] سان گڏ استعمال ٿيندا هئا. [[هينڊنگ]] (Handing) جو استعمال دريءَ جي کلڻ واري رخ جي سڃاڻپ لاءِ ڪيو ويندو آهي؛ ان موجب ڪيسمينٽ دري کاٻي هٿ واري، ساڄي هٿ واري يا ٻٽي رخ واري ٿي سگهي ٿي. برطانيا ۽ يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي ٻين علائقن ۾ جديد عمارتن ۾ ڪيسمينٽ دري سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام قسم آهي.

=== اوننگ دري ===

[[File:Fenêtre à l'australienne - Awning window - (AWS Magnum 616) Light.jpg|thumb|upright=0.5|اوننگ دري]]

'''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window) ڪيسمينٽ دريءَ جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو افقي طور لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ مٿئين پاسي [[قبضو]] لڳل هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهو ٻاهر ڏانهن [[ڇڄ]] وانگر کلي ٿو. آزاد نموني استعمال ٿيڻ کان علاوه، اهڙيون دريون هڪ ئي فريم ۾ ڪيترين گڏ به لڳائي سگهجن ٿيون يا مقرر شيشي سان گڏ به استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. اهي خاص طور هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ تمام ڪارآمد هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | title=Window Treatments | first=Karla J. | last=Nielson | page=45 | url=https://books.google.com/books?id=y6U0uP5cyLQC&amp;q=%22awning+window%22&amp;pg=PA45 | publisher=John Wiley &amp; Sons | date=Sep 15, 1989 | isbn=0-471-28946-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== هوپر دري ===

'''هوپر دري''' (Hopper window) هيٺئين پاسي کان قبضي تي ٻڌل ڪيسمينٽ دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عمودي رخ ۾ جهڪي کلي ٿي، ۽ عام طور اندر ڏانهن کلي ٿي، جنهن جي شڪل [[هوپر (ذرڙن گڏ ڪرڻ وارو ڪنٽينر)|هوپر]] جي نالي وانگر هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1=Allen|first1=Edward|last2=Thallon|first2=Rob|title=Fundamentals of Residential Construction|edition=3rd |year=2011 |publisher=Wiley |location=Hoboken, NJ |isbn=978-0-470-54083-1 |page=654}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پيوٽ دري ===

'''پيوٽ دري''' (Pivot window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ سامهون وارن ٻن پاسن تي هڪ هڪ قبضو لڳل هوندو آهي، جنهن جي مدد سان دري کلڻ وقت پنهنجي محور تي گهمي سگهي ٿي. اهي قبضا مٿي ۽ هيٺ (عمودي پيوٽ) يا ٻنهي پاسن (افقي پيوٽ) تي لڳايا ويندا آهن. عام طور دري پهرين محدود حد تائين کلي ٿي ته جيئن هوا جي اچ وڃ ٿي سگهي، ۽ پوءِ وڌيڪ کولڻ سان مڪمل طور ڦري وڃي ٿي ۽ اندر کان محفوظ صفائي لاءِ ٻيهر لاڪ ٿي وڃي ٿي. جديد پيوٽ قبضا فرڪشن واري نظام سان ليس هوندا آهن، جيڪو دريءَ کي پنهنجي وزن جي باوجود کليل حالت ۾ سنڀالي رکندو آهي، ۽ انهن ۾ کلڻ جي حد مقرر ڪرڻ ۽ اُلٽي لاڪنگ جون سهولتون پڻ موجود هونديون آهن. برطانيا، جتي هن قسم جون دريون سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام آهن، اتي اهي گهڻ ماڙ سرڪاري رهائشي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي لڳايون ويون.

=== جهڪندڙ ۽ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري ===

'''جهڪندڙ ۽ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري''' (Tilt and slide window) اهڙي دري (يا گهڻو ڪري دروازي جيتري وڏي دري) هوندي آهي، جنهن جو سيش پهرين هوپر دريءَ وانگر مٿئين حصي کان اندر ڏانهن جهڪي ٿو، ۽ پوءِ مقرر شيشي جي پينل جي پٺيان افقي رخ ۾ سلائيڊ ٿي وڃي ٿو.

=== جهڪندڙ ۽ ڦرندڙ دري ===

'''جهڪندڙ ۽ ڦرندڙ دري''' (Tilt and turn window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا يا ته مٿئين حصي کان اندر ڏانهن جهڪي سگهي ٿي يا پاسي وارن قبضن تان اندر ڏانهن مڪمل طور کلي سگهي ٿي. هي جرمني، جتي ان جو بنياد پيو، جو سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام دريءَ جو قسم آهي، ۽ يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي ٻين ملڪن ۾ به وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

يورپ ۾ عام طور اهي &quot;پهرين ڦرندڙ&quot; (turn first) قسم جون هونديون آهن؛ يعني جڏهن هينڊل کي 90 درجا ڦيرايو وڃي ته دري پاسي کان کلندي آهي، ۽ جڏهن هينڊل کي 180 درجا ڦيرايو وڃي ته اها هيٺان لڳل دريءَ وانگر جهڪي کلي ٿي. برطانيا ۾ گهڻو ڪري &quot;پهرين جهڪندڙ&quot; (tilt first) قسم جون دريون استعمال ٿينديون آهن؛ يعني 90 درجن تي هيٺان لڳل صورت ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ کلنديون آهن، ۽ 180 درجن تي پاسي کان مڪمل طور کلنديون آهن، جنهن سان عمارت جي اندر بيهي ٻاهرئين شيشي کي آساني سان صاف ڪري سگهجي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://glawindows.com/tilt-and-turn-windows-5/ |title=Tilt-and-Turn Windows Gain Popularity |date=June 11, 2021 |access-date=January 25, 2023 |archive-date=January 25, 2023 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230125064841/https://glawindows.com/tilt-and-turn-windows-5/ |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;


درين جي مختلف قسمن جو مختصر تفصيل ھيٺ بيان ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


'''''پانيلن واري دري'''''
: (Panelled or Casement Windows)

ھن قسم جون دريون، دروازن وانگر ھڪ تاڪ يا ٻن تاڪن جون ٿينديون آھن، جن کي ڪاٺ جي فريم سان انجيسن ذريعي لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ھن قسم جون دريون عام طرح سان استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن، جن ۾ پانيلن اندر ڪاٺ جي پترن تختن کي گھربل نموني ۾ لڳايو ويندو آھي.
انھيءَ کان سواءِ سمورن پانيلن اندر ڪاٺ جي سنھن تختن کان علاوھ ڪجھھ حصي تائين شيشا ۽ ڪجھھ حصي تائين ڪاٺ جا سنھا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. اھڙن ڪمرن ۾ جتي روشنيءَ جي گھڻي ضرورت ھوندي آھي تھ سڀيئي پانيل شيشي جا رکبا آھن. شيشن کي قابو ڪرڻ واسطي ڪاٺ جون سنھيون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن، جن کي (Sash bars)  سڏيو ويندو آھي.
ھن قسم جي درين جا تاڪ اندر يا ٻاھر کولي سگھبا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ درين لاءِ ڇڏيل خالن کي ٻن حصن ۾ ورھايو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ لاءِ چؤڪاٺي اندر اڪثر طور تي مٿان کان انھيءَ جي چوٿين حصي تائين ھڪ وڌيڪ سڌي پٽي لڳائي ويندي آھي ۽ مٿئين حصي ۾ شيشو لڳائي ڇڏبو آھي. دريءَ جو اھو حصو دائين بند رھندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي کولي ۽ بند ڪري نھ سگھبو آھي. اھڙي قسم جي شيشي جي حصي کي فئن لائيٽ (Fan Light)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح سان ھڪ تھ دري ۽ روشندان لاءِ الڳ الڳ لنٽيل ٺاھڻ جي ضرورت نھ پوندي آھي ۽ ٻيو تھ ڪاٺ جي بچت پڻ ٿيندي آھي. ھن قسم جو نظام دروازن سان گڏ پڻ ڪري سگھبو آھي. درين ۽ دروازن مٿان ھڪ کتل (Fixed)  روشندانن جي جاءِ تي کلندڙ ۽ بند ٿيندڙ روشندان پڻ لڳائي سگھبا آھن. اھڙا ڪمرا جن ۾ عليحدھ طرح سان روشندان لڳائڻ جي گنجائش نھ ھوندي آھي تھ انھيءَ ھنڌ ھن قسم جو بندوبست ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''ٻاھر نڪتل دري'''''

: (Bay Window)  
ھن قسم جي دري ڪمري جي ٻاھرين ديوار کان ٻاھر تي نڪتل ھوندي آھي. مطلب تھ ھي دريون صرف ڪمري جي ٻاھرين ديوارن ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ اھي ٻاھرين ڀتين کان ٻاھر نڪتل ھونديون آھن. 


'''''پانيلن واري دري''''' 


ھي دريون گھڻن ئي ڊؤلن جون ٿينديون آھن، جھڙوڪ، چؤڪور، گول ۽ گھڻ ڪنڊائتيون (Polygonal)  وغيره. ھن قسم جي درين جو ٻاھر نڪتل ڀاڱو (Projection)  دريءَ جي فرش واريءَ ليول کان يا فريم جي ھيٺئين سڌي پٽيءَ (Sill)  کان شروع ٿيندو آھي. ھن قسم جي درين لڳائڻ سا عمارتن جي خوبصورتي وڌي ٿي. ھنن جي لڳائڻ سان ڪمرا ھوادار، ڪشادا ۽ روشن رھن ٿا. 

ڪنڊائتي دري


: (Corner Window)  
ھن قسم جون دريون ڪمرن جي ڪنڊ وٽ لڳايون وينديون آھن. انھن جي لڳائڻ سان ڪمرا ھوادار رھن ٿا ۽ عمارت جي خوبصورتي وڌي ٿي. ھن قسم جي دريءَ لڳائڻ سان چؤڪاٺي جي وچين ٻانھن ٻنھي طرفن جو ڪم ڏئي ٿي ۽ اھڙيءَ طرح سان ھڪ ٻانھن جي بچت ٿئي ٿي

'''''روشندان'''''

: (Clerestory Window or Ventilator) 
ھن قسم جون دريون روشندان ڀر واري ورانڊي ۽ ڪمرن جي ڇتين جي مختلف اوچائيءَ سبب انھن جي وچ واري ديوار جي حصي ۾ مٿينءَ ڇت جي نزديڪ لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھيءُ تاڪ جي ٻاھرين اڀين پٽين کي ٻنھي پاسن کان مدارن يا ٽيڪن (Pivots)  تي ٽيڪي لڏڻ جي انداز ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ تاڪ جي مٿئين ۽ ھيٺئين سڌي پٽيءَ جي پوري وچ تي ڇلا (Rings)  لڳائي، انھن ۾ رسين جو ھڪ ھڪ ڇيڙو ٻڌي ان جي ٻئي لٽڪيل ڇيڙي کي ڇڪ ڏيڻ سان انھن کي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگھبو آھي .ساڳيءَ ليول وارن ڪمرن جي ڇت ۾ لڳائڻ واريءَ صورت ۾ انھن کي روشندان (Ventilators)  سڏيو وڃي ٿو جيڪي ڪمرن کي روشن رکڻ سان گڏ ڪمرن کي ھوادار پڻ بنائن ٿا.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''ڊارمر ونڊو'''''

: (Dormer Window) 
ھن قسم جون دريون سلاميءَ وارين ڇتين جي سلاميءَ واري سطح (Slopping surface)  تي لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ٻن قسمن جون ٿينديون آھن، ھڪ گيبل ٽائيپ ۽ ٻيون ڇاپري ٽائيپ  (Gabel type and shade type). گيبل ٽائيپ دريون ڇتين جي مٿئين نوڪدار ڀاڱي تي لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ ڇاپري ٽائيپ دريون چؤڪور اڀي حصي تي لڳائبيون آھن. اھڙيءَ طرح انھن جو انداز ڇتين جي قسم تي منحصر آھي.


'''''لالٽين نما دري'''''


: (Lantern Window) 
ڊگھين ۽ مسلسل جاين ۾ آمھون سامھون ٺھيل ڪمرن جي وچ واري لنگھھ (Passage) کي روشن ۽ ھوادار بڻائڻ لاءِ ھن قسم جون دريون مھيا ڪيون وينديون آھن، جيڪي ھڪ ئي ليول وارين ڇتين مٿان اڀريل نموني لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ انھن جي مٿي اڀريل پاسن کان روشني پھچائڻ واسطي انھن پاسن ۾ شيشا لڳايا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


'''''روشندان يا اسڪاءِ لائيٽ'''''

: (Sky Light) 
ھن قسم جا روشندان سلاميءَ وارين ڇتين ۾ اھڙي ريت لڳايا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھن جي چوٽي ڇت جي سطح سان پوروڇوٽ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>ovmzfz7v7eplja11js42mfmr4xr3c7m</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400909</id>
      <parentid>400908</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T15:06:18Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400909</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="48744" sha1="fhq527iyc4k3zlrkardedm3fvnt6dh7" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڀت، دروازي، ڇت يا گاڏي ۾ روشني، هوا ۽ ٻاهرئين ڏيک لاءِ ٺاهيل کُليل حصو}}

{{multiple image
|perrow=3
|total_width=400
|image1=Window of the house with number 17 on strada Mântuleasa, from Bucharest (Romania).jpg
|image2=Atua Kosua shrine4.jpg
|image3=Traditional wooden window (Akhi Jhyal).jpg
|image4=P1300843 Paris X rue de Paradis n18 detail rwk.jpg
|image5=Exterior facade of the Hôtel de Bourvallais 003.JPG
|image6=Chartres RosetteNord 121 DSC08241.jpg
|footer=دريَن جا مختلف نمونا
}}

'''دري''' (Window) ڀت، [[در]]، [[ڇت]] يا [[گاڏي]] ۾ ٺهيل اهڙو کُليل حصو آهي، جيڪو [[روشني]] کي اندر اچڻ، [[هوا]] جي اچ وڃ ۽ ڪيترين حالتن ۾ آواز جي گذر جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. جديد دريون عام طور شيشي  يا ڪنهن ٻئي شفاف يا نيم شفاف مواد سان ڍڪيل هونديون آهن. شيشو عام طور هڪ [[تاڪ]] (Sash) ۾ لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[فريم]] جي اندر نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt; ڪيترن ئي حوالن ۾ تاڪ ۽ فريم ٻنهي کي گڏجي دري پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/window/|title=Window|publisher=The Free Dictionary By Farlex|access-date=19 May 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

گهڻيون شيشي واريون دريون کولي يا بند ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. دري کولڻ سان [[هوا جي مٽاسٽا]] (وينٽيليشن) ممڪن ٿيندي آهي، جڏهن ته بند ڪرڻ سان مينهن، تيز هوا ۽ ٻين خراب موسمي حالتن کان تحفظ حاصل ٿيندو آهي. دريَن ۾ اڪثر [[ڪڙي]] (Latch) يا اهڙو ٻيو ميڪانياتي بندش وارو اوزار لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو دري کي بند ڪري تالو لڳائڻ يا مختلف درجن تائين کليل حالت ۾ قائم رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

دريَن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جن ۾ '''[[آئبرو دري]]'''  (آئبرو ونڊو - eyebrow)، '''[[مقرر دري]]''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو)، [[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]] (ھيڪساگونل ونڊو)، '''[[سنگل هنگ دري]]''' (سنگل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[ڊبل هنگ دري]]''' (ڊبل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[افقي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري]]''' (ھرائيزينٽل سلائيڊنگ سيش ونڊو)، [[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]، '''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window)، '''هاپر دري''' (Hopper window)، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ سلائيڊ دري''' ، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ ٽرن دري'''، '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom)، '''پاسي واري دري''' (سلائيڊ لائيٽ ونڊو)، [[جيلوسي دري]] (Jalousie)، [[لوور دري]] (Louvered)، [[ڪليرسٽوري دري]] (Clerestory)، [[لينسٽ دري]] (Lancet)، [[ڇت جو روشندان]] (اسڪائلائيٽ)، [[ڇت جي دري]] (روف ونڊو)، [[روف لئنٽرن]] (lantern)، [[بي دري]] (Bay)، [[اوريل دري]] (Oriel)، [[ڊائيوڪليشيئن دري]] (Diocletian)، '''تصويري دري''' (Picture)، [[گلابي دري]] (Rose)، '''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري'''، [[رنگين شيشي واري دري]] (Stained glass)، '''فرينچ دري'''، '''پينل دري'''، '''ٻٽي يا ٽرپل شيشي واري دري'''  ۽ [[وچ دري]] (Witch) شامل آهن.

== اشتقاق ==

انگريزي لفظ '''ونڊو''' (''window'') جو بنياد [[قديم نارس ٻولي]] جي لفظ {{lang|non|vindauga}} مان نڪتل آهي، جيڪو {{lang|non|vindr}} (هوا) ۽ {{lang|non|auga}} (اک) مان ٺهيل آهي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;هوا جي اک&quot; آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |title=New Oxford American Dictionary |date=2010 |access-date=January 16, 2015 |archive-date=June 2, 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130602205448/http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[نارويجي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|no|[[نينورسڪ]]}} ۽ [[آئس لينڊي ٻولي]] ۾ قديم نارس جو هي لفظ اڄ تائين زندهه رهيو آهي. آئس لينڊي ۾ اهو رڳو هڪ ننڍڙي کليل &quot;دري&quot; جي هڪ قسم لاءِ نسبتاً گهٽ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ آهي، ۽ اهو {{lang|is|gluggi}} (آئس لينڊي ٻوليءَ ۾ &quot;دري&quot; لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ) جو مڪمل مترادف نه آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|title=Hvaðan kemur orðið gluggi? Af hverju notum við ekki vindauga samanber window?|work=Vísindavefurinn|access-date=2018-09-17|language=is|archive-date=December 14, 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191214165059/https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|url-status=live}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ {{lang|sv|vindöga}} لفظ اڃا تائين جهونپڙيءَ جي ڇت ۾ موجود سوراخ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته [[ڊينش ٻولي]] جي {{lang|da|vindue}} ۽ نارويجي ٻولي جي {{lang|no|[[بوڪمول]]}} ۾ {{lang|no|vindu}} لفظ مان &quot;اک&quot; سان سڌو تعلق ختم ٿي ويو آهي، جيئن انگريزي لفظ ''window'' ۾ به ٿيو آهي. ڊينش (پر نارويجي [[بوڪمول]] نه) ۾ هن لفظ جو اچار انگريزي ''window'' سان گهڻو مشابهت رکي ٿو.

انگريزي جو لفظ ''ونڊو'' (window) پهريون ڀيرو 13هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ لکيل استعمال ملي ٿو، ۽ شروعات ۾ ان مان مراد ڇت ۾ موجود شيشي کان سواءِ هڪ کليل سوراخ هئي. بعد ۾ ''ونڊو''، [[قديم انگريزي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|ang|eagþyrl}} جي جاءِ ورتي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو سوراخ&quot; آهي، ۽ {{lang|ang|eagduru}}، جنهن جي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو در&quot; آهي.

تنهن هوندي به، ڪيترين ئي جرمني ٻولين شيشي واري دري لاءِ لاطيني لفظ فينيسٽرا fenestra اختيار ڪيو، جهڙوڪ [[معياري ٻولي|معياري]] [[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ فونسٽر fönster ۽ [[جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ فينسٽر Fenster.
انگريزي ۾ ''ونڊو'' لفظ جو استعمال غالباً [[وائڪنگ دور]] دوران انگريزي ٻوليءَ تي اسڪينڊي نيويائي اثر ۽ [[ڌاريل لفظ]]ن جي ذريعي ٿيو. انگريزي ۾ ''فينيسٽر'' لفظ پڻ ''ونڊو'' سان گڏ 18هين صديءَ جي وچ تائين متوازي طور استعمال ٿيندو رهيو.

لفظ '''فينيسٽريشن''' اڄ به عمارت جي [[مهاڙي]] ۾ درين جي ترتيب يا بناوت کي بيان ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته '''[[ڊيفينسٽريشن]]''' (''defenestration'') جي معنيٰ آهي &quot;ڪنهن کي دريءَ مان ٻاهر اڇلائڻ&quot;.

== تاريخ ==
{{Multiple image
|total_width=400
|image1=MorellaSantaMariaWindow.jpg
|caption1=[[الباسٽر]] مان ٺهيل &quot;مولين&quot; سان ورهايل سينگاريل دريون [[سانتا ماريا لا ميجور گرجاگھر]] ([[موريلّا، ڪاسٽيلون|موريلّا]]، اسپين) ۾
|image2=ValenciaCathedral2.JPG
|caption2=[[والينسيا گرجاگھر]] ۾ الباسٽر جي دري. ڀت جي فريم جي کاٻي پاسي جي غير هموار ۽ ترڇي شڪل تي ڌيان ڏيو، جيڪا سج جي ڪرڻن کي عبادت گاهه جي اڳئين حصي (چينسل) تائين پهچڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي.
}}

[[رومي سلطنت|رومين]] ماڻهن کي درين ۾ [[شيشو]] استعمال ڪندڙ پهريون معلوم ماڻهو سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ۽ اها ٽيڪنالاجي غالباً سڀ کان پهرين [[رومي مصر]] ۾، [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ {{circa|100}}ع ڌاري تيار ڪئي وئي هئي.{{Citation needed|date=April 2024}} درين جون تصويرون قديم مصري ڀتين جي نقاشين ۽ [[اسيريا]] جي مجسمن ۾ پڻ ڏسي سگهجن ٿيون. ڪاغذي دريون گهٽ خرچ واريون هونديون هيون ۽ قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ [[شيشو]] عام ماڻهن جي گهرن جي درين ۾ صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيو، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل [[جانورن جا سڱ|جانورن جي سڱن]] مان ٺهيل درين جا شيشا 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿي رهيا هئا. 19هين صديءَ ۾ آمريڪي اولهه وارن علائقن ۾ آبادڪارن [[تيل لڳل ڪاغذ جي دري]]ن جو استعمال شروع ڪيو. جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون جڏهن صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته ٿي ويا.

=== ٽيڪنالاجيون ===

13هين صدي ق.م. ۾ سڀ کان اوائليون دريون ڇت ۾ بغير شيشي وارا کليل سوراخ هوندا هئا، جيئن ڏينهن جي وقت روشني اندر اچي سگهي.{{citation needed|date=January 2023}} بعد ۾،{{when|date=October 2016}} انهن درين کي جانورن جي کل، ڪپڙي يا ڪاٺ سان ڍڪيو ويندو هو. ان کان پوءِ اهڙا [[دريءَ جا شٽر|شٽر]] وجود ۾ آيا، جيڪي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگهبا هئا.{{when|date=October 2016}} وقت سان گڏ اهڙيون دريون تيار ڪيون ويون جيڪي هڪ طرف رهواسين کي موسم جي اثرن کان بچائينديون هيون ۽ ٻي طرف روشني به اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون. انهن ۾ نيم شفاف مواد جا ڪيترائي ننڍا ٽڪرا استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا، جهڙوڪ جانورن جي چپٽن ۽ نيم شفاف سڱن جا ٽڪرا، ڪاغذ جون چادرون، [[سنگ مرمر]] جون سنهيون پتيون (جهڙوڪ [[فينگائيٽ]])، يا شيشي جا ٽڪرا، جيڪي ڪاٺ، لوهه يا سيهي جي ٺهيل فريمن ۾ لڳايا ويندا هئا. ڏور اوڀر ۾ درين کي ڀرڻ لاءِ ڪاغذ استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot;&gt;{{cite encyclopedia | url= http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | title= Window | encyclopedia= Britannica | access-date= May 19, 2012 | archive-date= May 2, 2015 | archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20150502185207/http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | url-status= live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

رومي ماڻهو درين ۾ شيشي جا پهريان معلوم استعمال ڪندڙ هئا، ۽ هنن اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي مان فائدو ورتو جيڪا غالباً پهريون ڀيرو [[رومي مصر]] ۾ ترقي ڪئي وئي هئي. خاص طور تي [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ تقريباً {{circa}} 100ع ڌاري [[ڍاليل شيشو|ڍاليل شيشي]] جون دريون ظاهر ٿيڻ لڳيون، جيتوڻيڪ انهن جون بصري خاصيتون ڪمزور هيون. اهي ننڍيون ۽ ٿلهيون هونديون هيون ۽ حقيقت ۾ [[شيشو ڦوڪڻ|ڦوڪيل شيشي]] جي مرتبانن (سلينڊر نما شڪل) کي چپٽو ڪري چادرن جي صورت ۾ ٺاهيو ويندو هو، جن تي هر هنڌ گول دائري جهڙا نشان موجود هوندا هئا. (موازنہ ڪريو روايتي [[گرجاگھر جي دري]]ن سان، جيڪي [[رنگين شيشو]] مان ٺهيل هونديون آهن.) دريءَ جو شيشو ايترو شفاف ٿيڻ ۾، جو ان مان صاف ڏسي سگهجي جيئن اڄ اسين ڏسون ٿا، هڪ هزار سالن کان وڌيڪ وقت لڳو. تنهن هوندي به، قديم رومي دريون تمام ڪارآمد هيون، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن کي &quot;گرمي فراهم ڪرڻ واري ٽيڪنالاجيءَ ۾ اڪثر نظرانداز ڪيل ترقي&quot; سمجهيو ويندو آهي، ڇو ته اهي سج جي گرمي کي عمارت اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون، جڏهن ته اندر جي گرم هوا کي ٻاهر نڪرڻ کان روڪينديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last1=Carrier |first1=Richard |title=The Scientist in the Early Roman Empire |date=2017 |publisher=Pitchstone Publishing |location=Durham, North Carolina |isbn=978-1-63431-106-9 |page=218}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1154ع ۾ [[الادريسي]] [[گھانا سلطنت]] جي بادشاهه جي محل جي هڪ خاص خصوصيت طور شيشي جي درين جو ذڪر ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | url= https://books.google.com/books?id=umyHqvAErOAC&amp;dq=Ghana+Empire+glass+window&amp;pg=PA564 | title= Encyclopedia of African History 3-Volume Set| page= 564|author= Kevin Shillington |author-link= Kevin Shillington| publisher= [[Routledge]] | isbn= 978-1-135-45670-2 |date= 2013}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal | last= Fage | first=J. D. | title=Ancient Ghana: A Review Of The Evidence | journal=Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana | volume= 3 | issue= 2 | pages= 3–24 | year= 1957| jstor= 41405704}}&lt;/ref&gt;

صدين جي دوران اهڙيون ٽيڪنيڪون ترقي ڪيون ويون، جن جي ذريعي ڦوڪيل شيشي جي [[سلينڊر (هندسي شڪل)|سلينڊر]] جي هڪ پاسي کي ڪٽي، ساڳئي مقدار جي شيشي مان وڌيڪ سنهيون مستطيل دريون تيار ڪيون وينديون هيون. ان سان ڊگهيون ۽ سنهيون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، جيڪي عام طور تي هڪ عمودي سهاري سان ورهايل هونديون هيون، جنهن کي [[مولين]] چيو ويندو آهي. مولين سان ورهايل شيشي واريون دريون يورپ جي خوشحال ماڻهن ۾ پسنديده دريون هيون،{{when|date=January 2023}} جڏهن ته ڪاغذي دريون قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ گهٽ خرچ سبب وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ عام ماڻهن جي گهرن ۾ شيشي واريون دريون صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيون، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل جانورن جي سڱن مان ٺهيل دريون 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿينديون رهيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Langley|first=Andrew|title=Medieval Life|series= Eyewitness|year= 2011 |publisher= Dorling Kindersley|isbn=978-1-4053-4545-3|page=16}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون، جڏهن 19هين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته بڻايا ويا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Float Glass|date=July 6, 2007 |url=https://www.architectmagazine.com/technology/float-glass_o}}&lt;/ref&gt; جديد دريون عام طور تي شيشي سان ڀريون وينديون آهن، جيتوڻيڪ شفاف پلاسٽڪ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== جوڙجڪ جا لاڙا ===
{{See also|گرجاگھر جي دري}}

12هين صدي عيسويءَ کان [[اولهه يورپ]] جي [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ [[لينسٽ دري]]ن (''lancet windows'') جو متعارف ٿيڻ، محرابي درين جي هڪ اڳوڻي روايت تي ٻڌل هو،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 |quote= In general two or three windows united in a group, as was later the rule in Roman architecture, were even then of frequent occurrence in the early Christian architecture of Asia Minor. The form of the window is nearly everywhere the same; a rectangle that usually has a rounded top, but seldom a straight lintel.}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪي [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀن]] جي وچ ۾ لڳايون وينديون هيون،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 | quote = The place of the window was determined by the architectural membering of the basilica, the distance between two columns generally indicating the position of a window.}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ ان جي نتيجي ۾ نه رڳو [[ٽريسري]] ۽ نفيس [[قرونِ وسطى جا رنگين شيشا|رنگين شيشي]] واريون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، پر عبادتي عمارتن ۾ نوڪيدار يا گول شڪل وارين درين جو هڪ اهڙو ڊگهو تعميراتي رواج به پيدا ٿيو، جيڪو اڄ به ڪيترن ئي گرجاگهرن ۾ ڏسي سگهجي ٿو.

تعميراتي مؤرخ پيٽر سمٿ شروعاتي جديد دور جي ويلش ڳوٺاڻن گهرن ۾ درين جي تعميراتي لاڙن بابت لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
تقريباً 1680ع تائين درين جو تناسب افقي هوندو هو، جيڪو انهن گهٽ اوچائي وارن ڪمرن لاءِ مناسب هو، جيڪي هال هائوسن ۾ مٿيون ماڙ شامل ڪرڻ کان پوءِ وجود ۾ آيا هئا. ان کان پوءِ عمودي تناسب واريون دريون رواج ۾ آيون، جنهن جو هڪ سبب گهٽ ۾ گهٽ اهو هو ته [[نشاةِ ثانيه]] جي دور ۾ اوچين ڇتين جي پسند وڌي وئي هئي. 1914ع کان پوءِ حالتون ٻيهر بدلجي ويون ۽ افقي تناسب واريون دريون هڪ ڀيرو ٻيهر پسند ڪيون وڃڻ لڳيون.&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
 |last1                = Smith
 |first1               = Peter
 |author-link1         = Peter Smith (architectural historian)
 |editor-last1         = Thirsk
 |editor-first1        = Joan
 |editor-link1         = Joan Thirsk
 |year                 = 1985
 |chapter              = 21 Rural Building in Wales
 |title                = The Agrarian History of England and Wales
 |url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=EAA9AAAAIAAJ
 |volume               = 5: 1640-1750 2: Agrarian change
 |publication-place    = Cambridge
 |publisher            = Cambridge University Press
 |page                 = 781
 |isbn                 = 9780521257756
 |access-date          = 18 January 2023
}}
&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;17هين صديءَ ۾ يورپ ۾ درين جي ڊزائن ۾ اوچائي ويڪر کان وڌيڪ رکڻ جو لاڙو پيدا ٿيو. ڪاٺ جا فريم وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا هئا، ۽ سيش دريون (''sash windows'') پڻ متعارف ڪرايون ويون. 18هين صديءَ ۾ سيش درين جي ڊزائن ۾ تبديليون آيون؛ شيشي کي سنڀاليندڙ سنها افقي ۽ عمودي پٽا (glazing bars) وڌيڪ باريڪ بڻايا ويا ۽ درين جون ماپون به وڌيڪ معياري ٿي ويون.

19هين صديءَ دوران ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ننڍين ڪناري وارين درين ۾ رنگين شيشو استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته گليزنگ بارن کي گوٿڪ طرز جي شڪل ڏني ويندي هئي. دريون اڳي کان وڌيڪ وڏيون ٿيڻ لڳيون ۽ آرٽس اينڊ ڪرافٽس ۽ ڪوئين اين طرزِ تعمير تمام مشهور ٿيا، جيڪو لاڙو 20هين صديءَ تائين جاري رهيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Windows, glass, glazing - a brief history |url=https://www.thenbs.com/knowledge/windows-glass-glazing-a-brief-history |access-date=2026-03-17 |website=NBS |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ شيشي]] جي ٽيڪنالاجي جي پکڙجڻ سان پڪچر ونڊوز (''picture windows'') متعارف ڪرائڻ ممڪن ٿيو (پهريون ڀيرو [[ليويٽ ٽائون، پنسلوانيا]] ۾)،&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
|last1                = Rybczynski
|first1               = Witold
|author-link1         = Witold Rybczynski
|date                 = 13 May 2008
|orig-date            = 2007
|chapter              = Ranchers, Picture Windows and Morning Rooms
|title                = Last Harvest: From Cornfield to New Town: Real Estate Development from George Washington to the Builders of the Twenty-First Century, and Why We Live in Houses Anyway
|url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=rkuvkjyRGG0C
|publication-place    = New York
|publisher            = Simon and Schuster
|page                 = 207
|isbn                 = 9780743235976
|access-date          = 18 January 2023
|quote                = The casual, spread-out ranch house [...] by 1950 accounted for nine out of ten new houses. [...] Its one extravagance was a large window facing the street - the picture window. As far as I have been able to determine, picture windows made their first appearance in Levittown, Pennsylvania.
}}
&lt;/ref&gt; جنهن جو بنياد 1951–1952ع ۾ وڌو ويو.{{Clarify|reason=What was founded?|date=July 2024}}ايندڙ حصي (حصو 4) ۾ آخري پيراگراف (''Many modern day windows may have a window screen...'') جو مڪمل ترجمو، بنا ڪنهن اختصار جي، حوالن سميت پيش ڪندس.

اڄڪلهه جون ڪيتريون ئي [[جديديت|جديد]] دريون [[دريءَ جي جالي]] (''window screen'') يا ميش سان ليس هونديون آهن، جيڪا اڪثر [[ايلومينيم]] يا [[فائبر گلاس]] مان ٺهيل هوندي آهي، جيئن دري کولڻ وقت [[جيت]] اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهن. دريون بنيادي طور تي عمارت جي اندر موجود ماڻهن کي ٻاهرين دنيا سان هڪ اهم بصري لاڳاپو فراهم ڪرڻ لاءِ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن ذريعي اهي ٻاهر ٿيندڙ مسلسل بدلجندڙ منظرن ۽ واقعن کي ڏسي سگهن ٿا. اهڙو لاڳاپو عمارتن ۾ رهندڙ ماڻهن جي صحت ۽ ڀلائي لاءِ انتهائي اهم سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ جيڪڏهن ماڻهو اهڙين بند عمارتن ۾ رهن، جتي دريون نه هجن، ته انهن تي اهڙي ماحول جا ناڪاري اثر پئجي سگهن ٿا.

درين جي ڊزائن بابت مقرر ڪيل ڪيترن ئي معيارن مان، ڏينهن جي روشني سان لاڳاپيل معيارن ۾ ڪجهه اهم عنصر نمايان ٿيا آهن، جن ۾ هنڌ، وقت، موسم، فطرت ۽ ماڻهو شامل آهن. انهن سڀني معيارن مان، اهي دريون جيڪي [[فطرت]] جا نظارا مهيا ڪن ٿيون، ماڻهن جي نظر ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ اهم سمجهيون وڃن ٿيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Kent |first1=Michael |last2=Schiavon |first2=Stefano |date=2022 |title=Predicting Window View Preferences Using the Environmental Information Criteria |url=https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |journal=LEUKOS |volume=19 |issue=2 |pages=190–209 |doi=10.1080/15502724.2022.2077753 |s2cid=251121476 |access-date=2022-11-09 |archive-date=December 28, 2023 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20231228134015/https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

== قسم ==

[[File:casement_window_parts.svg|thumb|Parts of a casement cross-window, viewed from the outside]]
=== صليبي دري ===
{{main|صليبي دري}}

'''صليبي دري''' (ڪراس-ونڊو) هڪ مستطيل شڪل واري دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عام طور تي هڪ [[مولين]] ۽ هڪ [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] جي ذريعي چئن حصن (روشنين) ۾ ورهايل هوندي آهي، جيڪي گڏجي هڪ [[لاطيني صليب]] جي شڪل ٺاهيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;Curl, James Stevens (2006). ''Oxford Dictionary of Architecture and Landscape Architecture'', 2nd ed., OUP, Oxford and New York, p. 214. {{ISBN|978-0-19-860678-9}}.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ابرو نما دري ===

'''ابرو نما دري''' (Eyebrow window) جو اصطلاح ٻن معنائن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي: ڀت ۾ هڪ مڙيل مٿئين حصي واري دري، يا هڪ ابرو نما [[ڊارمر]]؛ ۽ ننڍين درين جي هڪ قطار، جيڪا عام طور تي عمارت جي سامهون ڇڄن هيٺان هوندي آهي، جهڙوڪ پنسلوانيا ۾ [[جيمس-لوراه هائوس]].&lt;ref&gt;Harris, Cyril M. (1998). ''American Architecture: An Illustrated Encyclopedia''. New York: W. W. Norton.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مقرر دري ===

'''مقرر دري''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا کولي نٿي سگهجي،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=CVTjAQAAQBAJ&amp;q=Fixed+window+is+window+that+cannot+open&amp;pg=PA83|title=Kitchen &amp; Bath Residential Construction and Systems|author=NKBA (National Kitchen and Bath Association)|date=2013-10-29|publisher=John Wiley &amp; Sons|isbn=978-1-118-71104-0|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ جنهن جو ڪم صرف روشني کي اندر اچڻ ڏيڻ هوندو آهي (غير مقرر دريءَ جي ابتڙ، جيڪا کلي ۽ بند ٿي سگهي ٿي). [[ڪليرسٽوري]] دريون [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ گهڻو ڪري مقرر هونديون آهن. ٽرانسم دريون مقرر به ٿي سگهن ٿيون يا کولي سگهجن ٿيون. اهڙي قسم جون دريون انهن حالتن ۾ استعمال ٿينديون آهن، جتي صرف روشني يا ٻاهر جو نظارو گهربل هجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ [[ٽرڪل وينٽ]] يا مٿئين وينٽ کان سواءِ اهڙين درين ذريعي هوا جي اچ وڃ ممڪن نه هوندي آهي.

=== هڪ طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

'''هڪ طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري'''  اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ هڪ سيش (عام طور هيٺيون) حرڪت ڪندڙ هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مقرر هوندو آهي. هي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ سيش دريءَ جي قديم ترين صورت آهي ۽ قيمت ۾ پڻ نسبتاً سستي هوندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== ٻه طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

{{main|سيش دري}}

'''سيش دري''' (Sash window) برطانيا ۽ انهن ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾، جيڪي اڳ برطانوي نوآبادين جو حصو هئا، روايتي دريءَ جو انداز آهي. ان ۾ ٻه حصا (سيش) هوندا آهن، جيڪي ٿورو هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهيل هوندا آهن ۽ فريم جي اندر مٿي ۽ هيٺ سلائيڊ ٿيندا آهن. ٻنهي حصن جو هڪجهڙو سائيز هجڻ ضروري نه آهي؛ جيڪڏهن مٿيون سيش ننڍو (گهٽ اوچائي وارو) هجي ته ان کي [[ڪاٽيج دري]] چيو ويندو آهي.

هاڻي گهڻيون نيون ٻه طرفي سيش دريون سيشن کي سنڀالڻ لاءِ اسپرنگ بيلنس استعمال ڪن ٿيون، پر روايتي طور دريءَ جي ٻنهي پاسن تي باڪسن اندر رکيل جوابي وزن (ڪائونٽر ويٽس) استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا. اهي وزن رسي يا بعد ۾ خاص تيار ڪيل زنجير ذريعي پلين جي مدد سان سيشن سان ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا. اسپرنگ بيلنس جا ٽي قسم هوندا آهن: ٽيپ يا ڪلاڪ اسپرنگ بيلنس، چينل يا بلاڪ اينڊ ٽيڪل بيلنس، ۽ اسپائرل يا ٽيوب بيلنس.

روايتي طور ٻه طرفي سيش درين سان [[دريءَ جا شٽر]] پڻ لڳايا ويندا هئا. سيش درين ۾ سيمپليڪس قبضا پڻ لڳائي سگهجن ٿا، جيڪي دريءَ کي هڪ پاسي کان قبضن ۾ بند ڪرڻ جي اجازت ڏين ٿا، جڏهن ته ٻئي پاسي واري رسي ڌار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان دري کي باهه لڳڻ جي صورت ۾ نڪرڻ يا صفائي لاءِ کولي سگهجي ٿو.

=== فولڊ اپ دري ===

[[File:Foldup window.gif|thumb|upright|فولڊ اپ دري (اندر ڏانهن کُلندڙ)، پاسي کان ڪٽيل ڏيک]]

'''فولڊ اپ دري''' (Foldup window) ۾ ٻه هڪجهڙا سيش هوندا آهن، جيڪي معياري ٻه طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دريءَ وانگر هوندا آهن، پر اهي مٿي طرف ويڙهجي کلي ويندا آهن، جنهن سان تقريباً پوري فريم جيتري جاءِ مان هوا اندر اچي سگهي ٿي. هن دريءَ جو توازن اسپرنگن يا جوابي وزنن (counterbalances) ذريعي برقرار رکيو ويندو آهي، بلڪل ٻه طرفي سيش دريءَ وانگر. سيشن کي اهڙي نموني بيهاري سگهجي ٿو جو اهي روايتي ٻه طرفي سيش دريءَ جهڙا نظر اچن، يا هڪ ئي سڌي قطار ۾ به لڳائي سگهجن ٿا. سڌي قطار وارا نمونا اندر يا ٻاهر ٻنهي طرفن کلي سگهن ٿا. اندر کُلندڙ فولڊ اپ درين ۾ مقرر جاليون لڳائي سگهجن ٿيون، جڏهن ته ٻاهر کُلندڙ قسمن لاءِ حرڪت ڪندڙ جالين جي ضرورت هوندي آهي. اهڙيون دريون عام طور اسڪرين روم، باورچي خاني جي پاس ٿرو، يا هنگامي نڪرڻ واري رستي (egress) طور استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

=== افقي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

'''افقي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري''' (Horizontal sliding sash window) ۾ ٻه يا وڌيڪ سيش هوندا آهن، جيڪي ٿورو هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهيل هوندا آهن، پر فريم جي اندر افقي رخ ۾ سلائيڊ ٿيندا آهن. برطانيا ۾ انهن کي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن [[يارڪشائر]] سيش دريون به چيو ويندو آهي، غالباً ان ڪري جو انهن جو روايتي استعمال انهيءَ علائقي ۾ گهڻو هو.

=== ڪيسمينٽ دري ===

{{Main|ڪيسمينٽ دري}}

[[File:Gordijnen aan venster.JPG|thumb|[[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]]]

'''ڪيسمينٽ دري''' (Casement window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن جو سيش قبضن سان لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي وانگر اندر يا ٻاهر کلي ويندو آهي. اهو پاسي کان لڳل، مٿان لڳل (جنهن کي &quot;اوننگ دري&quot; پڻ چيو ويندو آهي؛ هيٺ ڏسو)، يا ڪڏهن هيٺان لڳل سيش تي مشتمل هوندو آهي، يا انهن قسمن جي ميلاپ سان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، ۽ ڪڏهن هڪ يا وڌيڪ پاسن تي مقرر شيشي جا پينل پڻ هوندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot; /&gt;

آمريڪا ۾ اهڙيون دريون عام طور [[ڪرئنڪ (مشينياتي حصو)|ڪرئنڪ]] ذريعي کوليون وينديون آهن، جڏهن ته يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي حصن ۾ انهن لاءِ پروجيڪشن فرڪشن اسٽيز ۽ [[ايسپاگنوليٽ]] لاڪنگ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. اڳي سادا قبضا [[ڪيسمينٽ اسٽي]] سان گڏ استعمال ٿيندا هئا. [[هينڊنگ]] (Handing) جو استعمال دريءَ جي کلڻ واري رخ جي سڃاڻپ لاءِ ڪيو ويندو آهي؛ ان موجب ڪيسمينٽ دري کاٻي هٿ واري، ساڄي هٿ واري يا ٻٽي رخ واري ٿي سگهي ٿي. برطانيا ۽ يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي ٻين علائقن ۾ جديد عمارتن ۾ ڪيسمينٽ دري سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام قسم آهي.

=== اوننگ دري ===

[[File:Fenêtre à l'australienne - Awning window - (AWS Magnum 616) Light.jpg|thumb|upright=0.5|اوننگ دري]]

'''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window) ڪيسمينٽ دريءَ جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو افقي طور لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ مٿئين پاسي [[قبضو]] لڳل هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهو ٻاهر ڏانهن [[ڇڄ]] وانگر کلي ٿو. آزاد نموني استعمال ٿيڻ کان علاوه، اهڙيون دريون هڪ ئي فريم ۾ ڪيترين گڏ به لڳائي سگهجن ٿيون يا مقرر شيشي سان گڏ به استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. اهي خاص طور هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ تمام ڪارآمد هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | title=Window Treatments | first=Karla J. | last=Nielson | page=45 | url=https://books.google.com/books?id=y6U0uP5cyLQC&amp;q=%22awning+window%22&amp;pg=PA45 | publisher=John Wiley &amp; Sons | date=Sep 15, 1989 | isbn=0-471-28946-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== هوپر دري ===

'''هوپر دري''' (Hopper window) هيٺئين پاسي کان قبضي تي ٻڌل ڪيسمينٽ دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عمودي رخ ۾ جهڪي کلي ٿي، ۽ عام طور اندر ڏانهن کلي ٿي، جنهن جي شڪل [[هوپر (ذرڙن گڏ ڪرڻ وارو ڪنٽينر)|هوپر]] جي نالي وانگر هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1=Allen|first1=Edward|last2=Thallon|first2=Rob|title=Fundamentals of Residential Construction|edition=3rd |year=2011 |publisher=Wiley |location=Hoboken, NJ |isbn=978-0-470-54083-1 |page=654}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پيوٽ دري ===

'''پيوٽ دري''' (Pivot window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ سامهون وارن ٻن پاسن تي هڪ هڪ قبضو لڳل هوندو آهي، جنهن جي مدد سان دري کلڻ وقت پنهنجي محور تي گهمي سگهي ٿي. اهي قبضا مٿي ۽ هيٺ (عمودي پيوٽ) يا ٻنهي پاسن (افقي پيوٽ) تي لڳايا ويندا آهن. عام طور دري پهرين محدود حد تائين کلي ٿي ته جيئن هوا جي اچ وڃ ٿي سگهي، ۽ پوءِ وڌيڪ کولڻ سان مڪمل طور ڦري وڃي ٿي ۽ اندر کان محفوظ صفائي لاءِ ٻيهر لاڪ ٿي وڃي ٿي. جديد پيوٽ قبضا فرڪشن واري نظام سان ليس هوندا آهن، جيڪو دريءَ کي پنهنجي وزن جي باوجود کليل حالت ۾ سنڀالي رکندو آهي، ۽ انهن ۾ کلڻ جي حد مقرر ڪرڻ ۽ اُلٽي لاڪنگ جون سهولتون پڻ موجود هونديون آهن. برطانيا، جتي هن قسم جون دريون سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام آهن، اتي اهي گهڻ ماڙ سرڪاري رهائشي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي لڳايون ويون.

=== جهڪندڙ ۽ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري ===

'''جهڪندڙ ۽ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري''' (Tilt and slide window) اهڙي دري (يا گهڻو ڪري دروازي جيتري وڏي دري) هوندي آهي، جنهن جو سيش پهرين هوپر دريءَ وانگر مٿئين حصي کان اندر ڏانهن جهڪي ٿو، ۽ پوءِ مقرر شيشي جي پينل جي پٺيان افقي رخ ۾ سلائيڊ ٿي وڃي ٿو.

=== جهڪندڙ ۽ ڦرندڙ دري ===

'''جهڪندڙ ۽ ڦرندڙ دري''' (Tilt and turn window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا يا ته مٿئين حصي کان اندر ڏانهن جهڪي سگهي ٿي يا پاسي وارن قبضن تان اندر ڏانهن مڪمل طور کلي سگهي ٿي. هي جرمني، جتي ان جو بنياد پيو، جو سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام دريءَ جو قسم آهي، ۽ يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي ٻين ملڪن ۾ به وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

يورپ ۾ عام طور اهي &quot;پهرين ڦرندڙ&quot; (turn first) قسم جون هونديون آهن؛ يعني جڏهن هينڊل کي 90 درجا ڦيرايو وڃي ته دري پاسي کان کلندي آهي، ۽ جڏهن هينڊل کي 180 درجا ڦيرايو وڃي ته اها هيٺان لڳل دريءَ وانگر جهڪي کلي ٿي. برطانيا ۾ گهڻو ڪري &quot;پهرين جهڪندڙ&quot; (tilt first) قسم جون دريون استعمال ٿينديون آهن؛ يعني 90 درجن تي هيٺان لڳل صورت ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ کلنديون آهن، ۽ 180 درجن تي پاسي کان مڪمل طور کلنديون آهن، جنهن سان عمارت جي اندر بيهي ٻاهرئين شيشي کي آساني سان صاف ڪري سگهجي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://glawindows.com/tilt-and-turn-windows-5/ |title=Tilt-and-Turn Windows Gain Popularity |date=June 11, 2021 |access-date=January 25, 2023 |archive-date=January 25, 2023 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230125064841/https://glawindows.com/tilt-and-turn-windows-5/ |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٽرانسم دري ===

هڪ '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom window) دروازي جي مٿان لڳل دري هوندي آهي. ٻاهرين دروازي ۾ [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] دري عام طور مقرر (fixed) هوندي آهي، جڏهن ته اندرين دروازي ۾ اها مٿئين يا هيٺئين پاسي لڳل قبضن ذريعي کلي سگهي ٿي، يا پنهنجي محور تي ڦري به سگهي ٿي. زبردستي هوا جي گرمي ۽ ٿڌڪ (forced air heating and cooling) جا نظام عام ٿيڻ کان اڳ، اها هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي هئي. پنکي جي شڪل واري ٽرانسم دري کي خاص طور برطانوي ٻيٽن ۾ '''فين لائيٽ''' (fanlight) چيو ويندو آهي.

=== پاسي واري دري ===

دروازي يا ٻي دريءَ جي ٻنهي پاسن تي لڳل درين کي '''پاسي واريون دريون''' (Sidelights)، '''ونگ لائيٽس''' (Wing lights)، '''مارجنل لائيٽس''' (Marginal lights)، يا '''فلينڪنگ دريون''' (Flanking windows) چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Curl, James Stevens. &quot;Flanking window&quot;. ''A Dictionary of Architecture and Landscape Architecture''. 2nd ed. Oxford England: Oxford University Press, 2006. 285. Print.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== جيلوسي دري ===

[[File:Jalousie2.jpg|thumb|جيلوسي يا [[لوور]] واري دري]]

{{main|جيلوسي دري}}

'''جيلوسي دري''' (Jalousie window)، جنهن کي '''لوور واري دري''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙي دري آهي جيڪا شيشي يا [[پولي (ميٿائل ميٿاڪريليٽ)|ايڪريلڪ]] جي هڪٻئي سان متوازي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندي آهي، جيڪي [[وينيشيئن بلائنڊ]] وانگر کلنديون ۽ بند ٿينديون آهن، عام طور ڪرئنڪ يا ليور جي ذريعي. اهڙيون دريون استوائي علائقن جي تعميراتي طرز ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن. جيلوسي دروازو اهو دروازو هوندو آهي جنهن ۾ جيلوسي دري لڳل هجي.

=== ڪليرسٽوري دري ===

{{Main|ڪليرسٽوري}}

'''ڪليرسٽوري دري''' (Clerestory window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي جيڪا [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ يا ڀت جي مٿئين حصي ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي، ۽ [[قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|قدرتي روشني]] اندر آڻڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

=== آسماني دري ===

[[File:BurlingtonHousePavementWindow.jpg|thumbnail|لنڊن ۾ [[برلنگٽن هائوس]] جي ٻاهران فوٽ پاٿ تي لڳل آسماني دري (جنهن کي [[پيومينٽ لائيٽ]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي)]]

{{Main|قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|آسماني دري}}

'''آسماني دري''' (Skylight) اهڙي دري آهي جيڪا [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ تعمير ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=TopgKO4x_2kC&amp;q=skylight+is+window+built+into+roof&amp;pg=PA223|title=Construction Estimating Reference Data|last=Sarviel|first=Ed|date=1993|publisher=Craftsman Book Company|isbn=978-0-934041-84-3|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن قسم جي دري ذريعي قدرتي سج جي روشني ۽ چنڊ جي روشني اندر اچي سگهي ٿي.

=== ڇت واري دري ===

{{main|ڇت واري دري}}

'''ڇت واري دري''' (Roof window) هڪ ترڇي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا [[قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|قدرتي روشني]] لاءِ [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي. هي انهن ٿورين درين مان هڪ آهي، جيڪي هنگامي حالت ۾ نڪرڻ جي رستي طور پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. وڏيون ڇت واريون دريون هنگامي انخلا بابت [[تعميراتي ضابطا]] (Building codes) جون گهرجون پوريون ڪنديون آهن.

=== ڇت وارو لالٽين ===

{{Main|ڇت وارو لالٽين}}

'''ڇت وارو لالٽين''' (Roof lantern) گهڻن شيشي وارن پينلن تي ٻڌل هڪ تعميراتي ڍانچو هوندو آهي، جيڪو هڪ ننڍڙي عمارت جهڙو نظر ايندو آهي ۽ ڇت تي ڏينهن يا چنڊ جي روشني اندر آڻڻ لاءِ تعمير ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ان ۾ اضافي [[ڪليرسٽوري]] پڻ شامل هوندي آهي. ان کي [[گنبذ نما ڇت (ڪپولا)|ڪپولا]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.


درين جي مختلف قسمن جو مختصر تفصيل ھيٺ بيان ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


'''''پانيلن واري دري'''''
: (Panelled or Casement Windows)

ھن قسم جون دريون، دروازن وانگر ھڪ تاڪ يا ٻن تاڪن جون ٿينديون آھن، جن کي ڪاٺ جي فريم سان انجيسن ذريعي لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ھن قسم جون دريون عام طرح سان استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن، جن ۾ پانيلن اندر ڪاٺ جي پترن تختن کي گھربل نموني ۾ لڳايو ويندو آھي.
انھيءَ کان سواءِ سمورن پانيلن اندر ڪاٺ جي سنھن تختن کان علاوھ ڪجھھ حصي تائين شيشا ۽ ڪجھھ حصي تائين ڪاٺ جا سنھا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. اھڙن ڪمرن ۾ جتي روشنيءَ جي گھڻي ضرورت ھوندي آھي تھ سڀيئي پانيل شيشي جا رکبا آھن. شيشن کي قابو ڪرڻ واسطي ڪاٺ جون سنھيون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن، جن کي (Sash bars)  سڏيو ويندو آھي.
ھن قسم جي درين جا تاڪ اندر يا ٻاھر کولي سگھبا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ درين لاءِ ڇڏيل خالن کي ٻن حصن ۾ ورھايو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ لاءِ چؤڪاٺي اندر اڪثر طور تي مٿان کان انھيءَ جي چوٿين حصي تائين ھڪ وڌيڪ سڌي پٽي لڳائي ويندي آھي ۽ مٿئين حصي ۾ شيشو لڳائي ڇڏبو آھي. دريءَ جو اھو حصو دائين بند رھندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي کولي ۽ بند ڪري نھ سگھبو آھي. اھڙي قسم جي شيشي جي حصي کي فئن لائيٽ (Fan Light)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح سان ھڪ تھ دري ۽ روشندان لاءِ الڳ الڳ لنٽيل ٺاھڻ جي ضرورت نھ پوندي آھي ۽ ٻيو تھ ڪاٺ جي بچت پڻ ٿيندي آھي. ھن قسم جو نظام دروازن سان گڏ پڻ ڪري سگھبو آھي. درين ۽ دروازن مٿان ھڪ کتل (Fixed)  روشندانن جي جاءِ تي کلندڙ ۽ بند ٿيندڙ روشندان پڻ لڳائي سگھبا آھن. اھڙا ڪمرا جن ۾ عليحدھ طرح سان روشندان لڳائڻ جي گنجائش نھ ھوندي آھي تھ انھيءَ ھنڌ ھن قسم جو بندوبست ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''ٻاھر نڪتل دري'''''

: (Bay Window)  
ھن قسم جي دري ڪمري جي ٻاھرين ديوار کان ٻاھر تي نڪتل ھوندي آھي. مطلب تھ ھي دريون صرف ڪمري جي ٻاھرين ديوارن ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ اھي ٻاھرين ڀتين کان ٻاھر نڪتل ھونديون آھن. 


'''''پانيلن واري دري''''' 


ھي دريون گھڻن ئي ڊؤلن جون ٿينديون آھن، جھڙوڪ، چؤڪور، گول ۽ گھڻ ڪنڊائتيون (Polygonal)  وغيره. ھن قسم جي درين جو ٻاھر نڪتل ڀاڱو (Projection)  دريءَ جي فرش واريءَ ليول کان يا فريم جي ھيٺئين سڌي پٽيءَ (Sill)  کان شروع ٿيندو آھي. ھن قسم جي درين لڳائڻ سا عمارتن جي خوبصورتي وڌي ٿي. ھنن جي لڳائڻ سان ڪمرا ھوادار، ڪشادا ۽ روشن رھن ٿا. 

ڪنڊائتي دري


: (Corner Window)  
ھن قسم جون دريون ڪمرن جي ڪنڊ وٽ لڳايون وينديون آھن. انھن جي لڳائڻ سان ڪمرا ھوادار رھن ٿا ۽ عمارت جي خوبصورتي وڌي ٿي. ھن قسم جي دريءَ لڳائڻ سان چؤڪاٺي جي وچين ٻانھن ٻنھي طرفن جو ڪم ڏئي ٿي ۽ اھڙيءَ طرح سان ھڪ ٻانھن جي بچت ٿئي ٿي

'''''روشندان'''''

: (Clerestory Window or Ventilator) 
ھن قسم جون دريون روشندان ڀر واري ورانڊي ۽ ڪمرن جي ڇتين جي مختلف اوچائيءَ سبب انھن جي وچ واري ديوار جي حصي ۾ مٿينءَ ڇت جي نزديڪ لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھيءُ تاڪ جي ٻاھرين اڀين پٽين کي ٻنھي پاسن کان مدارن يا ٽيڪن (Pivots)  تي ٽيڪي لڏڻ جي انداز ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ تاڪ جي مٿئين ۽ ھيٺئين سڌي پٽيءَ جي پوري وچ تي ڇلا (Rings)  لڳائي، انھن ۾ رسين جو ھڪ ھڪ ڇيڙو ٻڌي ان جي ٻئي لٽڪيل ڇيڙي کي ڇڪ ڏيڻ سان انھن کي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگھبو آھي .ساڳيءَ ليول وارن ڪمرن جي ڇت ۾ لڳائڻ واريءَ صورت ۾ انھن کي روشندان (Ventilators)  سڏيو وڃي ٿو جيڪي ڪمرن کي روشن رکڻ سان گڏ ڪمرن کي ھوادار پڻ بنائن ٿا.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''ڊارمر ونڊو'''''

: (Dormer Window) 
ھن قسم جون دريون سلاميءَ وارين ڇتين جي سلاميءَ واري سطح (Slopping surface)  تي لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ٻن قسمن جون ٿينديون آھن، ھڪ گيبل ٽائيپ ۽ ٻيون ڇاپري ٽائيپ  (Gabel type and shade type). گيبل ٽائيپ دريون ڇتين جي مٿئين نوڪدار ڀاڱي تي لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ ڇاپري ٽائيپ دريون چؤڪور اڀي حصي تي لڳائبيون آھن. اھڙيءَ طرح انھن جو انداز ڇتين جي قسم تي منحصر آھي.


'''''لالٽين نما دري'''''


: (Lantern Window) 
ڊگھين ۽ مسلسل جاين ۾ آمھون سامھون ٺھيل ڪمرن جي وچ واري لنگھھ (Passage) کي روشن ۽ ھوادار بڻائڻ لاءِ ھن قسم جون دريون مھيا ڪيون وينديون آھن، جيڪي ھڪ ئي ليول وارين ڇتين مٿان اڀريل نموني لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ انھن جي مٿي اڀريل پاسن کان روشني پھچائڻ واسطي انھن پاسن ۾ شيشا لڳايا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


'''''روشندان يا اسڪاءِ لائيٽ'''''

: (Sky Light) 
ھن قسم جا روشندان سلاميءَ وارين ڇتين ۾ اھڙي ريت لڳايا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھن جي چوٽي ڇت جي سطح سان پوروڇوٽ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>fhq527iyc4k3zlrkardedm3fvnt6dh7</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400910</id>
      <parentid>400909</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T15:07:11Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400910</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="51958" sha1="f9414fli2cq9p91o01bpfipf7y6vyo8" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڀت، دروازي، ڇت يا گاڏي ۾ روشني، هوا ۽ ٻاهرئين ڏيک لاءِ ٺاهيل کُليل حصو}}

{{multiple image
|perrow=3
|total_width=400
|image1=Window of the house with number 17 on strada Mântuleasa, from Bucharest (Romania).jpg
|image2=Atua Kosua shrine4.jpg
|image3=Traditional wooden window (Akhi Jhyal).jpg
|image4=P1300843 Paris X rue de Paradis n18 detail rwk.jpg
|image5=Exterior facade of the Hôtel de Bourvallais 003.JPG
|image6=Chartres RosetteNord 121 DSC08241.jpg
|footer=دريَن جا مختلف نمونا
}}

'''دري''' (Window) ڀت، [[در]]، [[ڇت]] يا [[گاڏي]] ۾ ٺهيل اهڙو کُليل حصو آهي، جيڪو [[روشني]] کي اندر اچڻ، [[هوا]] جي اچ وڃ ۽ ڪيترين حالتن ۾ آواز جي گذر جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. جديد دريون عام طور شيشي  يا ڪنهن ٻئي شفاف يا نيم شفاف مواد سان ڍڪيل هونديون آهن. شيشو عام طور هڪ [[تاڪ]] (Sash) ۾ لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[فريم]] جي اندر نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt; ڪيترن ئي حوالن ۾ تاڪ ۽ فريم ٻنهي کي گڏجي دري پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/window/|title=Window|publisher=The Free Dictionary By Farlex|access-date=19 May 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

گهڻيون شيشي واريون دريون کولي يا بند ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. دري کولڻ سان [[هوا جي مٽاسٽا]] (وينٽيليشن) ممڪن ٿيندي آهي، جڏهن ته بند ڪرڻ سان مينهن، تيز هوا ۽ ٻين خراب موسمي حالتن کان تحفظ حاصل ٿيندو آهي. دريَن ۾ اڪثر [[ڪڙي]] (Latch) يا اهڙو ٻيو ميڪانياتي بندش وارو اوزار لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو دري کي بند ڪري تالو لڳائڻ يا مختلف درجن تائين کليل حالت ۾ قائم رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

دريَن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جن ۾ '''[[آئبرو دري]]'''  (آئبرو ونڊو - eyebrow)، '''[[مقرر دري]]''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو)، [[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]] (ھيڪساگونل ونڊو)، '''[[سنگل هنگ دري]]''' (سنگل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[ڊبل هنگ دري]]''' (ڊبل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[افقي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري]]''' (ھرائيزينٽل سلائيڊنگ سيش ونڊو)، [[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]، '''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window)، '''هاپر دري''' (Hopper window)، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ سلائيڊ دري''' ، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ ٽرن دري'''، '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom)، '''پاسي واري دري''' (سلائيڊ لائيٽ ونڊو)، [[جيلوسي دري]] (Jalousie)، [[لوور دري]] (Louvered)، [[ڪليرسٽوري دري]] (Clerestory)، [[لينسٽ دري]] (Lancet)، [[ڇت جو روشندان]] (اسڪائلائيٽ)، [[ڇت جي دري]] (روف ونڊو)، [[روف لئنٽرن]] (lantern)، [[بي دري]] (Bay)، [[اوريل دري]] (Oriel)، [[ڊائيوڪليشيئن دري]] (Diocletian)، '''تصويري دري''' (Picture)، [[گلابي دري]] (Rose)، '''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري'''، [[رنگين شيشي واري دري]] (Stained glass)، '''فرينچ دري'''، '''پينل دري'''، '''ٻٽي يا ٽرپل شيشي واري دري'''  ۽ [[وچ دري]] (Witch) شامل آهن.

== اشتقاق ==

انگريزي لفظ '''ونڊو''' (''window'') جو بنياد [[قديم نارس ٻولي]] جي لفظ {{lang|non|vindauga}} مان نڪتل آهي، جيڪو {{lang|non|vindr}} (هوا) ۽ {{lang|non|auga}} (اک) مان ٺهيل آهي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;هوا جي اک&quot; آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |title=New Oxford American Dictionary |date=2010 |access-date=January 16, 2015 |archive-date=June 2, 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130602205448/http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[نارويجي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|no|[[نينورسڪ]]}} ۽ [[آئس لينڊي ٻولي]] ۾ قديم نارس جو هي لفظ اڄ تائين زندهه رهيو آهي. آئس لينڊي ۾ اهو رڳو هڪ ننڍڙي کليل &quot;دري&quot; جي هڪ قسم لاءِ نسبتاً گهٽ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ آهي، ۽ اهو {{lang|is|gluggi}} (آئس لينڊي ٻوليءَ ۾ &quot;دري&quot; لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ) جو مڪمل مترادف نه آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|title=Hvaðan kemur orðið gluggi? Af hverju notum við ekki vindauga samanber window?|work=Vísindavefurinn|access-date=2018-09-17|language=is|archive-date=December 14, 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191214165059/https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|url-status=live}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ {{lang|sv|vindöga}} لفظ اڃا تائين جهونپڙيءَ جي ڇت ۾ موجود سوراخ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته [[ڊينش ٻولي]] جي {{lang|da|vindue}} ۽ نارويجي ٻولي جي {{lang|no|[[بوڪمول]]}} ۾ {{lang|no|vindu}} لفظ مان &quot;اک&quot; سان سڌو تعلق ختم ٿي ويو آهي، جيئن انگريزي لفظ ''window'' ۾ به ٿيو آهي. ڊينش (پر نارويجي [[بوڪمول]] نه) ۾ هن لفظ جو اچار انگريزي ''window'' سان گهڻو مشابهت رکي ٿو.

انگريزي جو لفظ ''ونڊو'' (window) پهريون ڀيرو 13هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ لکيل استعمال ملي ٿو، ۽ شروعات ۾ ان مان مراد ڇت ۾ موجود شيشي کان سواءِ هڪ کليل سوراخ هئي. بعد ۾ ''ونڊو''، [[قديم انگريزي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|ang|eagþyrl}} جي جاءِ ورتي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو سوراخ&quot; آهي، ۽ {{lang|ang|eagduru}}، جنهن جي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو در&quot; آهي.

تنهن هوندي به، ڪيترين ئي جرمني ٻولين شيشي واري دري لاءِ لاطيني لفظ فينيسٽرا fenestra اختيار ڪيو، جهڙوڪ [[معياري ٻولي|معياري]] [[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ فونسٽر fönster ۽ [[جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ فينسٽر Fenster.
انگريزي ۾ ''ونڊو'' لفظ جو استعمال غالباً [[وائڪنگ دور]] دوران انگريزي ٻوليءَ تي اسڪينڊي نيويائي اثر ۽ [[ڌاريل لفظ]]ن جي ذريعي ٿيو. انگريزي ۾ ''فينيسٽر'' لفظ پڻ ''ونڊو'' سان گڏ 18هين صديءَ جي وچ تائين متوازي طور استعمال ٿيندو رهيو.

لفظ '''فينيسٽريشن''' اڄ به عمارت جي [[مهاڙي]] ۾ درين جي ترتيب يا بناوت کي بيان ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته '''[[ڊيفينسٽريشن]]''' (''defenestration'') جي معنيٰ آهي &quot;ڪنهن کي دريءَ مان ٻاهر اڇلائڻ&quot;.

== تاريخ ==
{{Multiple image
|total_width=400
|image1=MorellaSantaMariaWindow.jpg
|caption1=[[الباسٽر]] مان ٺهيل &quot;مولين&quot; سان ورهايل سينگاريل دريون [[سانتا ماريا لا ميجور گرجاگھر]] ([[موريلّا، ڪاسٽيلون|موريلّا]]، اسپين) ۾
|image2=ValenciaCathedral2.JPG
|caption2=[[والينسيا گرجاگھر]] ۾ الباسٽر جي دري. ڀت جي فريم جي کاٻي پاسي جي غير هموار ۽ ترڇي شڪل تي ڌيان ڏيو، جيڪا سج جي ڪرڻن کي عبادت گاهه جي اڳئين حصي (چينسل) تائين پهچڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي.
}}

[[رومي سلطنت|رومين]] ماڻهن کي درين ۾ [[شيشو]] استعمال ڪندڙ پهريون معلوم ماڻهو سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ۽ اها ٽيڪنالاجي غالباً سڀ کان پهرين [[رومي مصر]] ۾، [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ {{circa|100}}ع ڌاري تيار ڪئي وئي هئي.{{Citation needed|date=April 2024}} درين جون تصويرون قديم مصري ڀتين جي نقاشين ۽ [[اسيريا]] جي مجسمن ۾ پڻ ڏسي سگهجن ٿيون. ڪاغذي دريون گهٽ خرچ واريون هونديون هيون ۽ قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ [[شيشو]] عام ماڻهن جي گهرن جي درين ۾ صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيو، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل [[جانورن جا سڱ|جانورن جي سڱن]] مان ٺهيل درين جا شيشا 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿي رهيا هئا. 19هين صديءَ ۾ آمريڪي اولهه وارن علائقن ۾ آبادڪارن [[تيل لڳل ڪاغذ جي دري]]ن جو استعمال شروع ڪيو. جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون جڏهن صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته ٿي ويا.

=== ٽيڪنالاجيون ===

13هين صدي ق.م. ۾ سڀ کان اوائليون دريون ڇت ۾ بغير شيشي وارا کليل سوراخ هوندا هئا، جيئن ڏينهن جي وقت روشني اندر اچي سگهي.{{citation needed|date=January 2023}} بعد ۾،{{when|date=October 2016}} انهن درين کي جانورن جي کل، ڪپڙي يا ڪاٺ سان ڍڪيو ويندو هو. ان کان پوءِ اهڙا [[دريءَ جا شٽر|شٽر]] وجود ۾ آيا، جيڪي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگهبا هئا.{{when|date=October 2016}} وقت سان گڏ اهڙيون دريون تيار ڪيون ويون جيڪي هڪ طرف رهواسين کي موسم جي اثرن کان بچائينديون هيون ۽ ٻي طرف روشني به اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون. انهن ۾ نيم شفاف مواد جا ڪيترائي ننڍا ٽڪرا استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا، جهڙوڪ جانورن جي چپٽن ۽ نيم شفاف سڱن جا ٽڪرا، ڪاغذ جون چادرون، [[سنگ مرمر]] جون سنهيون پتيون (جهڙوڪ [[فينگائيٽ]])، يا شيشي جا ٽڪرا، جيڪي ڪاٺ، لوهه يا سيهي جي ٺهيل فريمن ۾ لڳايا ويندا هئا. ڏور اوڀر ۾ درين کي ڀرڻ لاءِ ڪاغذ استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot;&gt;{{cite encyclopedia | url= http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | title= Window | encyclopedia= Britannica | access-date= May 19, 2012 | archive-date= May 2, 2015 | archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20150502185207/http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | url-status= live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

رومي ماڻهو درين ۾ شيشي جا پهريان معلوم استعمال ڪندڙ هئا، ۽ هنن اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي مان فائدو ورتو جيڪا غالباً پهريون ڀيرو [[رومي مصر]] ۾ ترقي ڪئي وئي هئي. خاص طور تي [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ تقريباً {{circa}} 100ع ڌاري [[ڍاليل شيشو|ڍاليل شيشي]] جون دريون ظاهر ٿيڻ لڳيون، جيتوڻيڪ انهن جون بصري خاصيتون ڪمزور هيون. اهي ننڍيون ۽ ٿلهيون هونديون هيون ۽ حقيقت ۾ [[شيشو ڦوڪڻ|ڦوڪيل شيشي]] جي مرتبانن (سلينڊر نما شڪل) کي چپٽو ڪري چادرن جي صورت ۾ ٺاهيو ويندو هو، جن تي هر هنڌ گول دائري جهڙا نشان موجود هوندا هئا. (موازنہ ڪريو روايتي [[گرجاگھر جي دري]]ن سان، جيڪي [[رنگين شيشو]] مان ٺهيل هونديون آهن.) دريءَ جو شيشو ايترو شفاف ٿيڻ ۾، جو ان مان صاف ڏسي سگهجي جيئن اڄ اسين ڏسون ٿا، هڪ هزار سالن کان وڌيڪ وقت لڳو. تنهن هوندي به، قديم رومي دريون تمام ڪارآمد هيون، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن کي &quot;گرمي فراهم ڪرڻ واري ٽيڪنالاجيءَ ۾ اڪثر نظرانداز ڪيل ترقي&quot; سمجهيو ويندو آهي، ڇو ته اهي سج جي گرمي کي عمارت اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون، جڏهن ته اندر جي گرم هوا کي ٻاهر نڪرڻ کان روڪينديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last1=Carrier |first1=Richard |title=The Scientist in the Early Roman Empire |date=2017 |publisher=Pitchstone Publishing |location=Durham, North Carolina |isbn=978-1-63431-106-9 |page=218}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1154ع ۾ [[الادريسي]] [[گھانا سلطنت]] جي بادشاهه جي محل جي هڪ خاص خصوصيت طور شيشي جي درين جو ذڪر ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | url= https://books.google.com/books?id=umyHqvAErOAC&amp;dq=Ghana+Empire+glass+window&amp;pg=PA564 | title= Encyclopedia of African History 3-Volume Set| page= 564|author= Kevin Shillington |author-link= Kevin Shillington| publisher= [[Routledge]] | isbn= 978-1-135-45670-2 |date= 2013}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal | last= Fage | first=J. D. | title=Ancient Ghana: A Review Of The Evidence | journal=Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana | volume= 3 | issue= 2 | pages= 3–24 | year= 1957| jstor= 41405704}}&lt;/ref&gt;

صدين جي دوران اهڙيون ٽيڪنيڪون ترقي ڪيون ويون، جن جي ذريعي ڦوڪيل شيشي جي [[سلينڊر (هندسي شڪل)|سلينڊر]] جي هڪ پاسي کي ڪٽي، ساڳئي مقدار جي شيشي مان وڌيڪ سنهيون مستطيل دريون تيار ڪيون وينديون هيون. ان سان ڊگهيون ۽ سنهيون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، جيڪي عام طور تي هڪ عمودي سهاري سان ورهايل هونديون هيون، جنهن کي [[مولين]] چيو ويندو آهي. مولين سان ورهايل شيشي واريون دريون يورپ جي خوشحال ماڻهن ۾ پسنديده دريون هيون،{{when|date=January 2023}} جڏهن ته ڪاغذي دريون قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ گهٽ خرچ سبب وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ عام ماڻهن جي گهرن ۾ شيشي واريون دريون صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيون، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل جانورن جي سڱن مان ٺهيل دريون 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿينديون رهيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Langley|first=Andrew|title=Medieval Life|series= Eyewitness|year= 2011 |publisher= Dorling Kindersley|isbn=978-1-4053-4545-3|page=16}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون، جڏهن 19هين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته بڻايا ويا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Float Glass|date=July 6, 2007 |url=https://www.architectmagazine.com/technology/float-glass_o}}&lt;/ref&gt; جديد دريون عام طور تي شيشي سان ڀريون وينديون آهن، جيتوڻيڪ شفاف پلاسٽڪ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== جوڙجڪ جا لاڙا ===
{{See also|گرجاگھر جي دري}}

12هين صدي عيسويءَ کان [[اولهه يورپ]] جي [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ [[لينسٽ دري]]ن (''lancet windows'') جو متعارف ٿيڻ، محرابي درين جي هڪ اڳوڻي روايت تي ٻڌل هو،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 |quote= In general two or three windows united in a group, as was later the rule in Roman architecture, were even then of frequent occurrence in the early Christian architecture of Asia Minor. The form of the window is nearly everywhere the same; a rectangle that usually has a rounded top, but seldom a straight lintel.}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪي [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀن]] جي وچ ۾ لڳايون وينديون هيون،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 | quote = The place of the window was determined by the architectural membering of the basilica, the distance between two columns generally indicating the position of a window.}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ ان جي نتيجي ۾ نه رڳو [[ٽريسري]] ۽ نفيس [[قرونِ وسطى جا رنگين شيشا|رنگين شيشي]] واريون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، پر عبادتي عمارتن ۾ نوڪيدار يا گول شڪل وارين درين جو هڪ اهڙو ڊگهو تعميراتي رواج به پيدا ٿيو، جيڪو اڄ به ڪيترن ئي گرجاگهرن ۾ ڏسي سگهجي ٿو.

تعميراتي مؤرخ پيٽر سمٿ شروعاتي جديد دور جي ويلش ڳوٺاڻن گهرن ۾ درين جي تعميراتي لاڙن بابت لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
تقريباً 1680ع تائين درين جو تناسب افقي هوندو هو، جيڪو انهن گهٽ اوچائي وارن ڪمرن لاءِ مناسب هو، جيڪي هال هائوسن ۾ مٿيون ماڙ شامل ڪرڻ کان پوءِ وجود ۾ آيا هئا. ان کان پوءِ عمودي تناسب واريون دريون رواج ۾ آيون، جنهن جو هڪ سبب گهٽ ۾ گهٽ اهو هو ته [[نشاةِ ثانيه]] جي دور ۾ اوچين ڇتين جي پسند وڌي وئي هئي. 1914ع کان پوءِ حالتون ٻيهر بدلجي ويون ۽ افقي تناسب واريون دريون هڪ ڀيرو ٻيهر پسند ڪيون وڃڻ لڳيون.&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
 |last1                = Smith
 |first1               = Peter
 |author-link1         = Peter Smith (architectural historian)
 |editor-last1         = Thirsk
 |editor-first1        = Joan
 |editor-link1         = Joan Thirsk
 |year                 = 1985
 |chapter              = 21 Rural Building in Wales
 |title                = The Agrarian History of England and Wales
 |url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=EAA9AAAAIAAJ
 |volume               = 5: 1640-1750 2: Agrarian change
 |publication-place    = Cambridge
 |publisher            = Cambridge University Press
 |page                 = 781
 |isbn                 = 9780521257756
 |access-date          = 18 January 2023
}}
&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;17هين صديءَ ۾ يورپ ۾ درين جي ڊزائن ۾ اوچائي ويڪر کان وڌيڪ رکڻ جو لاڙو پيدا ٿيو. ڪاٺ جا فريم وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا هئا، ۽ سيش دريون (''sash windows'') پڻ متعارف ڪرايون ويون. 18هين صديءَ ۾ سيش درين جي ڊزائن ۾ تبديليون آيون؛ شيشي کي سنڀاليندڙ سنها افقي ۽ عمودي پٽا (glazing bars) وڌيڪ باريڪ بڻايا ويا ۽ درين جون ماپون به وڌيڪ معياري ٿي ويون.

19هين صديءَ دوران ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ننڍين ڪناري وارين درين ۾ رنگين شيشو استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته گليزنگ بارن کي گوٿڪ طرز جي شڪل ڏني ويندي هئي. دريون اڳي کان وڌيڪ وڏيون ٿيڻ لڳيون ۽ آرٽس اينڊ ڪرافٽس ۽ ڪوئين اين طرزِ تعمير تمام مشهور ٿيا، جيڪو لاڙو 20هين صديءَ تائين جاري رهيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Windows, glass, glazing - a brief history |url=https://www.thenbs.com/knowledge/windows-glass-glazing-a-brief-history |access-date=2026-03-17 |website=NBS |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ شيشي]] جي ٽيڪنالاجي جي پکڙجڻ سان پڪچر ونڊوز (''picture windows'') متعارف ڪرائڻ ممڪن ٿيو (پهريون ڀيرو [[ليويٽ ٽائون، پنسلوانيا]] ۾)،&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
|last1                = Rybczynski
|first1               = Witold
|author-link1         = Witold Rybczynski
|date                 = 13 May 2008
|orig-date            = 2007
|chapter              = Ranchers, Picture Windows and Morning Rooms
|title                = Last Harvest: From Cornfield to New Town: Real Estate Development from George Washington to the Builders of the Twenty-First Century, and Why We Live in Houses Anyway
|url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=rkuvkjyRGG0C
|publication-place    = New York
|publisher            = Simon and Schuster
|page                 = 207
|isbn                 = 9780743235976
|access-date          = 18 January 2023
|quote                = The casual, spread-out ranch house [...] by 1950 accounted for nine out of ten new houses. [...] Its one extravagance was a large window facing the street - the picture window. As far as I have been able to determine, picture windows made their first appearance in Levittown, Pennsylvania.
}}
&lt;/ref&gt; جنهن جو بنياد 1951–1952ع ۾ وڌو ويو.{{Clarify|reason=What was founded?|date=July 2024}}ايندڙ حصي (حصو 4) ۾ آخري پيراگراف (''Many modern day windows may have a window screen...'') جو مڪمل ترجمو، بنا ڪنهن اختصار جي، حوالن سميت پيش ڪندس.

اڄڪلهه جون ڪيتريون ئي [[جديديت|جديد]] دريون [[دريءَ جي جالي]] (''window screen'') يا ميش سان ليس هونديون آهن، جيڪا اڪثر [[ايلومينيم]] يا [[فائبر گلاس]] مان ٺهيل هوندي آهي، جيئن دري کولڻ وقت [[جيت]] اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهن. دريون بنيادي طور تي عمارت جي اندر موجود ماڻهن کي ٻاهرين دنيا سان هڪ اهم بصري لاڳاپو فراهم ڪرڻ لاءِ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن ذريعي اهي ٻاهر ٿيندڙ مسلسل بدلجندڙ منظرن ۽ واقعن کي ڏسي سگهن ٿا. اهڙو لاڳاپو عمارتن ۾ رهندڙ ماڻهن جي صحت ۽ ڀلائي لاءِ انتهائي اهم سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ جيڪڏهن ماڻهو اهڙين بند عمارتن ۾ رهن، جتي دريون نه هجن، ته انهن تي اهڙي ماحول جا ناڪاري اثر پئجي سگهن ٿا.

درين جي ڊزائن بابت مقرر ڪيل ڪيترن ئي معيارن مان، ڏينهن جي روشني سان لاڳاپيل معيارن ۾ ڪجهه اهم عنصر نمايان ٿيا آهن، جن ۾ هنڌ، وقت، موسم، فطرت ۽ ماڻهو شامل آهن. انهن سڀني معيارن مان، اهي دريون جيڪي [[فطرت]] جا نظارا مهيا ڪن ٿيون، ماڻهن جي نظر ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ اهم سمجهيون وڃن ٿيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Kent |first1=Michael |last2=Schiavon |first2=Stefano |date=2022 |title=Predicting Window View Preferences Using the Environmental Information Criteria |url=https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |journal=LEUKOS |volume=19 |issue=2 |pages=190–209 |doi=10.1080/15502724.2022.2077753 |s2cid=251121476 |access-date=2022-11-09 |archive-date=December 28, 2023 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20231228134015/https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

== قسم ==

[[File:casement_window_parts.svg|thumb|Parts of a casement cross-window, viewed from the outside]]
=== صليبي دري ===
{{main|صليبي دري}}

'''صليبي دري''' (ڪراس-ونڊو) هڪ مستطيل شڪل واري دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عام طور تي هڪ [[مولين]] ۽ هڪ [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] جي ذريعي چئن حصن (روشنين) ۾ ورهايل هوندي آهي، جيڪي گڏجي هڪ [[لاطيني صليب]] جي شڪل ٺاهيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;Curl, James Stevens (2006). ''Oxford Dictionary of Architecture and Landscape Architecture'', 2nd ed., OUP, Oxford and New York, p. 214. {{ISBN|978-0-19-860678-9}}.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ابرو نما دري ===

'''ابرو نما دري''' (Eyebrow window) جو اصطلاح ٻن معنائن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي: ڀت ۾ هڪ مڙيل مٿئين حصي واري دري، يا هڪ ابرو نما [[ڊارمر]]؛ ۽ ننڍين درين جي هڪ قطار، جيڪا عام طور تي عمارت جي سامهون ڇڄن هيٺان هوندي آهي، جهڙوڪ پنسلوانيا ۾ [[جيمس-لوراه هائوس]].&lt;ref&gt;Harris, Cyril M. (1998). ''American Architecture: An Illustrated Encyclopedia''. New York: W. W. Norton.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مقرر دري ===

'''مقرر دري''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا کولي نٿي سگهجي،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=CVTjAQAAQBAJ&amp;q=Fixed+window+is+window+that+cannot+open&amp;pg=PA83|title=Kitchen &amp; Bath Residential Construction and Systems|author=NKBA (National Kitchen and Bath Association)|date=2013-10-29|publisher=John Wiley &amp; Sons|isbn=978-1-118-71104-0|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ جنهن جو ڪم صرف روشني کي اندر اچڻ ڏيڻ هوندو آهي (غير مقرر دريءَ جي ابتڙ، جيڪا کلي ۽ بند ٿي سگهي ٿي). [[ڪليرسٽوري]] دريون [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ گهڻو ڪري مقرر هونديون آهن. ٽرانسم دريون مقرر به ٿي سگهن ٿيون يا کولي سگهجن ٿيون. اهڙي قسم جون دريون انهن حالتن ۾ استعمال ٿينديون آهن، جتي صرف روشني يا ٻاهر جو نظارو گهربل هجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ [[ٽرڪل وينٽ]] يا مٿئين وينٽ کان سواءِ اهڙين درين ذريعي هوا جي اچ وڃ ممڪن نه هوندي آهي.

=== هڪ طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

'''هڪ طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري'''  اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ هڪ سيش (عام طور هيٺيون) حرڪت ڪندڙ هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مقرر هوندو آهي. هي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ سيش دريءَ جي قديم ترين صورت آهي ۽ قيمت ۾ پڻ نسبتاً سستي هوندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== ٻه طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

{{main|سيش دري}}

'''سيش دري''' (Sash window) برطانيا ۽ انهن ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾، جيڪي اڳ برطانوي نوآبادين جو حصو هئا، روايتي دريءَ جو انداز آهي. ان ۾ ٻه حصا (سيش) هوندا آهن، جيڪي ٿورو هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهيل هوندا آهن ۽ فريم جي اندر مٿي ۽ هيٺ سلائيڊ ٿيندا آهن. ٻنهي حصن جو هڪجهڙو سائيز هجڻ ضروري نه آهي؛ جيڪڏهن مٿيون سيش ننڍو (گهٽ اوچائي وارو) هجي ته ان کي [[ڪاٽيج دري]] چيو ويندو آهي.

هاڻي گهڻيون نيون ٻه طرفي سيش دريون سيشن کي سنڀالڻ لاءِ اسپرنگ بيلنس استعمال ڪن ٿيون، پر روايتي طور دريءَ جي ٻنهي پاسن تي باڪسن اندر رکيل جوابي وزن (ڪائونٽر ويٽس) استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا. اهي وزن رسي يا بعد ۾ خاص تيار ڪيل زنجير ذريعي پلين جي مدد سان سيشن سان ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا. اسپرنگ بيلنس جا ٽي قسم هوندا آهن: ٽيپ يا ڪلاڪ اسپرنگ بيلنس، چينل يا بلاڪ اينڊ ٽيڪل بيلنس، ۽ اسپائرل يا ٽيوب بيلنس.

روايتي طور ٻه طرفي سيش درين سان [[دريءَ جا شٽر]] پڻ لڳايا ويندا هئا. سيش درين ۾ سيمپليڪس قبضا پڻ لڳائي سگهجن ٿا، جيڪي دريءَ کي هڪ پاسي کان قبضن ۾ بند ڪرڻ جي اجازت ڏين ٿا، جڏهن ته ٻئي پاسي واري رسي ڌار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان دري کي باهه لڳڻ جي صورت ۾ نڪرڻ يا صفائي لاءِ کولي سگهجي ٿو.

=== فولڊ اپ دري ===

[[File:Foldup window.gif|thumb|upright|فولڊ اپ دري (اندر ڏانهن کُلندڙ)، پاسي کان ڪٽيل ڏيک]]

'''فولڊ اپ دري''' (Foldup window) ۾ ٻه هڪجهڙا سيش هوندا آهن، جيڪي معياري ٻه طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دريءَ وانگر هوندا آهن، پر اهي مٿي طرف ويڙهجي کلي ويندا آهن، جنهن سان تقريباً پوري فريم جيتري جاءِ مان هوا اندر اچي سگهي ٿي. هن دريءَ جو توازن اسپرنگن يا جوابي وزنن (counterbalances) ذريعي برقرار رکيو ويندو آهي، بلڪل ٻه طرفي سيش دريءَ وانگر. سيشن کي اهڙي نموني بيهاري سگهجي ٿو جو اهي روايتي ٻه طرفي سيش دريءَ جهڙا نظر اچن، يا هڪ ئي سڌي قطار ۾ به لڳائي سگهجن ٿا. سڌي قطار وارا نمونا اندر يا ٻاهر ٻنهي طرفن کلي سگهن ٿا. اندر کُلندڙ فولڊ اپ درين ۾ مقرر جاليون لڳائي سگهجن ٿيون، جڏهن ته ٻاهر کُلندڙ قسمن لاءِ حرڪت ڪندڙ جالين جي ضرورت هوندي آهي. اهڙيون دريون عام طور اسڪرين روم، باورچي خاني جي پاس ٿرو، يا هنگامي نڪرڻ واري رستي (egress) طور استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

=== افقي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

'''افقي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري''' (Horizontal sliding sash window) ۾ ٻه يا وڌيڪ سيش هوندا آهن، جيڪي ٿورو هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهيل هوندا آهن، پر فريم جي اندر افقي رخ ۾ سلائيڊ ٿيندا آهن. برطانيا ۾ انهن کي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن [[يارڪشائر]] سيش دريون به چيو ويندو آهي، غالباً ان ڪري جو انهن جو روايتي استعمال انهيءَ علائقي ۾ گهڻو هو.

=== ڪيسمينٽ دري ===

{{Main|ڪيسمينٽ دري}}

[[File:Gordijnen aan venster.JPG|thumb|[[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]]]

'''ڪيسمينٽ دري''' (Casement window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن جو سيش قبضن سان لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي وانگر اندر يا ٻاهر کلي ويندو آهي. اهو پاسي کان لڳل، مٿان لڳل (جنهن کي &quot;اوننگ دري&quot; پڻ چيو ويندو آهي؛ هيٺ ڏسو)، يا ڪڏهن هيٺان لڳل سيش تي مشتمل هوندو آهي، يا انهن قسمن جي ميلاپ سان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، ۽ ڪڏهن هڪ يا وڌيڪ پاسن تي مقرر شيشي جا پينل پڻ هوندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot; /&gt;

آمريڪا ۾ اهڙيون دريون عام طور [[ڪرئنڪ (مشينياتي حصو)|ڪرئنڪ]] ذريعي کوليون وينديون آهن، جڏهن ته يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي حصن ۾ انهن لاءِ پروجيڪشن فرڪشن اسٽيز ۽ [[ايسپاگنوليٽ]] لاڪنگ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. اڳي سادا قبضا [[ڪيسمينٽ اسٽي]] سان گڏ استعمال ٿيندا هئا. [[هينڊنگ]] (Handing) جو استعمال دريءَ جي کلڻ واري رخ جي سڃاڻپ لاءِ ڪيو ويندو آهي؛ ان موجب ڪيسمينٽ دري کاٻي هٿ واري، ساڄي هٿ واري يا ٻٽي رخ واري ٿي سگهي ٿي. برطانيا ۽ يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي ٻين علائقن ۾ جديد عمارتن ۾ ڪيسمينٽ دري سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام قسم آهي.

=== اوننگ دري ===

[[File:Fenêtre à l'australienne - Awning window - (AWS Magnum 616) Light.jpg|thumb|upright=0.5|اوننگ دري]]

'''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window) ڪيسمينٽ دريءَ جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو افقي طور لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ مٿئين پاسي [[قبضو]] لڳل هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهو ٻاهر ڏانهن [[ڇڄ]] وانگر کلي ٿو. آزاد نموني استعمال ٿيڻ کان علاوه، اهڙيون دريون هڪ ئي فريم ۾ ڪيترين گڏ به لڳائي سگهجن ٿيون يا مقرر شيشي سان گڏ به استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. اهي خاص طور هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ تمام ڪارآمد هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | title=Window Treatments | first=Karla J. | last=Nielson | page=45 | url=https://books.google.com/books?id=y6U0uP5cyLQC&amp;q=%22awning+window%22&amp;pg=PA45 | publisher=John Wiley &amp; Sons | date=Sep 15, 1989 | isbn=0-471-28946-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== هوپر دري ===

'''هوپر دري''' (Hopper window) هيٺئين پاسي کان قبضي تي ٻڌل ڪيسمينٽ دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عمودي رخ ۾ جهڪي کلي ٿي، ۽ عام طور اندر ڏانهن کلي ٿي، جنهن جي شڪل [[هوپر (ذرڙن گڏ ڪرڻ وارو ڪنٽينر)|هوپر]] جي نالي وانگر هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1=Allen|first1=Edward|last2=Thallon|first2=Rob|title=Fundamentals of Residential Construction|edition=3rd |year=2011 |publisher=Wiley |location=Hoboken, NJ |isbn=978-0-470-54083-1 |page=654}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پيوٽ دري ===

'''پيوٽ دري''' (Pivot window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ سامهون وارن ٻن پاسن تي هڪ هڪ قبضو لڳل هوندو آهي، جنهن جي مدد سان دري کلڻ وقت پنهنجي محور تي گهمي سگهي ٿي. اهي قبضا مٿي ۽ هيٺ (عمودي پيوٽ) يا ٻنهي پاسن (افقي پيوٽ) تي لڳايا ويندا آهن. عام طور دري پهرين محدود حد تائين کلي ٿي ته جيئن هوا جي اچ وڃ ٿي سگهي، ۽ پوءِ وڌيڪ کولڻ سان مڪمل طور ڦري وڃي ٿي ۽ اندر کان محفوظ صفائي لاءِ ٻيهر لاڪ ٿي وڃي ٿي. جديد پيوٽ قبضا فرڪشن واري نظام سان ليس هوندا آهن، جيڪو دريءَ کي پنهنجي وزن جي باوجود کليل حالت ۾ سنڀالي رکندو آهي، ۽ انهن ۾ کلڻ جي حد مقرر ڪرڻ ۽ اُلٽي لاڪنگ جون سهولتون پڻ موجود هونديون آهن. برطانيا، جتي هن قسم جون دريون سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام آهن، اتي اهي گهڻ ماڙ سرڪاري رهائشي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي لڳايون ويون.

=== جهڪندڙ ۽ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري ===

'''جهڪندڙ ۽ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري''' (Tilt and slide window) اهڙي دري (يا گهڻو ڪري دروازي جيتري وڏي دري) هوندي آهي، جنهن جو سيش پهرين هوپر دريءَ وانگر مٿئين حصي کان اندر ڏانهن جهڪي ٿو، ۽ پوءِ مقرر شيشي جي پينل جي پٺيان افقي رخ ۾ سلائيڊ ٿي وڃي ٿو.

=== جهڪندڙ ۽ ڦرندڙ دري ===

'''جهڪندڙ ۽ ڦرندڙ دري''' (Tilt and turn window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا يا ته مٿئين حصي کان اندر ڏانهن جهڪي سگهي ٿي يا پاسي وارن قبضن تان اندر ڏانهن مڪمل طور کلي سگهي ٿي. هي جرمني، جتي ان جو بنياد پيو، جو سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام دريءَ جو قسم آهي، ۽ يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي ٻين ملڪن ۾ به وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

يورپ ۾ عام طور اهي &quot;پهرين ڦرندڙ&quot; (turn first) قسم جون هونديون آهن؛ يعني جڏهن هينڊل کي 90 درجا ڦيرايو وڃي ته دري پاسي کان کلندي آهي، ۽ جڏهن هينڊل کي 180 درجا ڦيرايو وڃي ته اها هيٺان لڳل دريءَ وانگر جهڪي کلي ٿي. برطانيا ۾ گهڻو ڪري &quot;پهرين جهڪندڙ&quot; (tilt first) قسم جون دريون استعمال ٿينديون آهن؛ يعني 90 درجن تي هيٺان لڳل صورت ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ کلنديون آهن، ۽ 180 درجن تي پاسي کان مڪمل طور کلنديون آهن، جنهن سان عمارت جي اندر بيهي ٻاهرئين شيشي کي آساني سان صاف ڪري سگهجي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://glawindows.com/tilt-and-turn-windows-5/ |title=Tilt-and-Turn Windows Gain Popularity |date=June 11, 2021 |access-date=January 25, 2023 |archive-date=January 25, 2023 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230125064841/https://glawindows.com/tilt-and-turn-windows-5/ |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٽرانسم دري ===

هڪ '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom window) دروازي جي مٿان لڳل دري هوندي آهي. ٻاهرين دروازي ۾ [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] دري عام طور مقرر (fixed) هوندي آهي، جڏهن ته اندرين دروازي ۾ اها مٿئين يا هيٺئين پاسي لڳل قبضن ذريعي کلي سگهي ٿي، يا پنهنجي محور تي ڦري به سگهي ٿي. زبردستي هوا جي گرمي ۽ ٿڌڪ (forced air heating and cooling) جا نظام عام ٿيڻ کان اڳ، اها هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي هئي. پنکي جي شڪل واري ٽرانسم دري کي خاص طور برطانوي ٻيٽن ۾ '''فين لائيٽ''' (fanlight) چيو ويندو آهي.

=== پاسي واري دري ===

دروازي يا ٻي دريءَ جي ٻنهي پاسن تي لڳل درين کي '''پاسي واريون دريون''' (Sidelights)، '''ونگ لائيٽس''' (Wing lights)، '''مارجنل لائيٽس''' (Marginal lights)، يا '''فلينڪنگ دريون''' (Flanking windows) چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Curl, James Stevens. &quot;Flanking window&quot;. ''A Dictionary of Architecture and Landscape Architecture''. 2nd ed. Oxford England: Oxford University Press, 2006. 285. Print.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== جيلوسي دري ===

[[File:Jalousie2.jpg|thumb|جيلوسي يا [[لوور]] واري دري]]

{{main|جيلوسي دري}}

'''جيلوسي دري''' (Jalousie window)، جنهن کي '''لوور واري دري''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙي دري آهي جيڪا شيشي يا [[پولي (ميٿائل ميٿاڪريليٽ)|ايڪريلڪ]] جي هڪٻئي سان متوازي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندي آهي، جيڪي [[وينيشيئن بلائنڊ]] وانگر کلنديون ۽ بند ٿينديون آهن، عام طور ڪرئنڪ يا ليور جي ذريعي. اهڙيون دريون استوائي علائقن جي تعميراتي طرز ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن. جيلوسي دروازو اهو دروازو هوندو آهي جنهن ۾ جيلوسي دري لڳل هجي.

=== ڪليرسٽوري دري ===

{{Main|ڪليرسٽوري}}

'''ڪليرسٽوري دري''' (Clerestory window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي جيڪا [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ يا ڀت جي مٿئين حصي ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي، ۽ [[قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|قدرتي روشني]] اندر آڻڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

=== آسماني دري ===

[[File:BurlingtonHousePavementWindow.jpg|thumbnail|لنڊن ۾ [[برلنگٽن هائوس]] جي ٻاهران فوٽ پاٿ تي لڳل آسماني دري (جنهن کي [[پيومينٽ لائيٽ]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي)]]

{{Main|قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|آسماني دري}}

'''آسماني دري''' (Skylight) اهڙي دري آهي جيڪا [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ تعمير ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=TopgKO4x_2kC&amp;q=skylight+is+window+built+into+roof&amp;pg=PA223|title=Construction Estimating Reference Data|last=Sarviel|first=Ed|date=1993|publisher=Craftsman Book Company|isbn=978-0-934041-84-3|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن قسم جي دري ذريعي قدرتي سج جي روشني ۽ چنڊ جي روشني اندر اچي سگهي ٿي.

=== ڇت واري دري ===

{{main|ڇت واري دري}}

'''ڇت واري دري''' (Roof window) هڪ ترڇي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا [[قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|قدرتي روشني]] لاءِ [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي. هي انهن ٿورين درين مان هڪ آهي، جيڪي هنگامي حالت ۾ نڪرڻ جي رستي طور پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. وڏيون ڇت واريون دريون هنگامي انخلا بابت [[تعميراتي ضابطا]] (Building codes) جون گهرجون پوريون ڪنديون آهن.

=== ڇت وارو لالٽين ===

{{Main|ڇت وارو لالٽين}}

'''ڇت وارو لالٽين''' (Roof lantern) گهڻن شيشي وارن پينلن تي ٻڌل هڪ تعميراتي ڍانچو هوندو آهي، جيڪو هڪ ننڍڙي عمارت جهڙو نظر ايندو آهي ۽ ڇت تي ڏينهن يا چنڊ جي روشني اندر آڻڻ لاءِ تعمير ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ان ۾ اضافي [[ڪليرسٽوري]] پڻ شامل هوندي آهي. ان کي [[گنبذ نما ڇت (ڪپولا)|ڪپولا]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

=== بي دري ===

[[File:2014 Kłodzko, pl. Chrobrego 13 03.JPG|thumb|[[بي دري]]ون [[ڪووڊزڪو]]، پولينڊ ۾]]

{{Main|بي دري}}

'''بي دري''' (Bay window) گهڻن پينلن تي ٻڌل دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ٽي پينل مختلف زاويَن تي لڳل هوندا آهن، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دري ڀت جي سڌي ليڪ کان ٻاهر نڪري ايندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot; /&gt;

==== اوريل دري ====

{{Main|اوريل دري}}

'''اوريل دري''' (Oriel window) بي دريءَ جي هڪ قسم آهي. هي انداز گهڻو ڪري ٽيوڊر طرز جي گهرن ۽ خانقاهن ۾ ڏسڻ ۾ اچي ٿو. اها ڀت مان ٻاهر نڪتل هوندي آهي، پر زمين تائين نه پهچندي آهي. شروعات ۾ اها برآمدي (porch) جي هڪ صورت هئي، ۽ اڪثر ان کي بريسڪيٽن يا [[ڪوربل]]ن جي مدد سان سهارو ڏنو ويندو آهي.

=== ٿرمل دري ===

{{Main|ڊيوڪليشيئن دري}}

'''ٿرمل''' يا '''ڊيوڪليشيئن دريون''' (Thermal or Diocletian windows) وڏيون نيم دائري شڪل واريون دريون (يا طاق) هونديون آهن، جيڪي عام طور ٻن [[مولين]]ن جي ذريعي ٽن حصن (دريءَ جي خانوَن) ۾ ورهايل هونديون آهن. وچ وارو حصو گهڻو ڪري ٻنهي پاسن وارن حصن کان وڌيڪ ويڪرو هوندو آهي.

=== تصويري دري ===

'''تصويري دري''' (Picture window) ڀت ۾ لڳل هڪ وڏي مقرر دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ عام طور [[گليزنگ بار]] نه هوندا آهن، يا صرف ڪنارن وٽ معمولي گليزنگ بار ([[منٽن]]) لڳل هوندا آهن. تصويري دريون بغير ڪنهن رڪاوٽ جي ٻاهر جو نظارو مهيا ڪنديون آهن، ڄڻ ڪنهن تصوير کي فريم ۾ بند ڪيو ويو هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/picture+window |title=Picture window |work=[[The Free Dictionary]] |publisher=Farlex |access-date=May 19, 2012 |archive-date=July 10, 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120710004859/http://www.thefreedictionary.com/picture+window |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== گهڻ-پينل دري ===

'''گهڻ-پينل دري''' (Multi-lite window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ شيشي جا ڪيترائي ننڍا ٽڪرا ڪاٺ يا سيهي جي ٺهيل ''گليزنگ بارن'' يا ''[[منٽن]]'' جي ذريعي هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيل هوندا آهن. اهي هڪ سينگاريل ''گليزنگ نموني'' ۾ ترتيب ڏنل هوندا آهن، جيڪو گهڻو ڪري عمارت جي تعميراتي طرز مطابق هوندو آهي. ماضي ۾ وڏا شيشي جا پينل آسانيءَ سان دستياب نه هجڻ سبب، گهڻ-پينل (يا ''جاليءَ واري دري'') 20هين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين سڀ کان عام دريءَ جو انداز هو، ۽ اڄ به روايتي تعميراتي طرز ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.


درين جي مختلف قسمن جو مختصر تفصيل ھيٺ بيان ڪجي ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


'''''پانيلن واري دري'''''
: (Panelled or Casement Windows)

ھن قسم جون دريون، دروازن وانگر ھڪ تاڪ يا ٻن تاڪن جون ٿينديون آھن، جن کي ڪاٺ جي فريم سان انجيسن ذريعي لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ ھن قسم جون دريون عام طرح سان استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن، جن ۾ پانيلن اندر ڪاٺ جي پترن تختن کي گھربل نموني ۾ لڳايو ويندو آھي.
انھيءَ کان سواءِ سمورن پانيلن اندر ڪاٺ جي سنھن تختن کان علاوھ ڪجھھ حصي تائين شيشا ۽ ڪجھھ حصي تائين ڪاٺ جا سنھا تختا لڳايا ويندا آھن. اھڙن ڪمرن ۾ جتي روشنيءَ جي گھڻي ضرورت ھوندي آھي تھ سڀيئي پانيل شيشي جا رکبا آھن. شيشن کي قابو ڪرڻ واسطي ڪاٺ جون سنھيون پٽيون استعمال ڪيون وينديون آھن، جن کي (Sash bars)  سڏيو ويندو آھي.
ھن قسم جي درين جا تاڪ اندر يا ٻاھر کولي سگھبا آھن. ڪن حالتن ۾ درين لاءِ ڇڏيل خالن کي ٻن حصن ۾ ورھايو ويندو آھي، انھيءَ لاءِ چؤڪاٺي اندر اڪثر طور تي مٿان کان انھيءَ جي چوٿين حصي تائين ھڪ وڌيڪ سڌي پٽي لڳائي ويندي آھي ۽ مٿئين حصي ۾ شيشو لڳائي ڇڏبو آھي. دريءَ جو اھو حصو دائين بند رھندو آھي ۽ انھيءَ کي کولي ۽ بند ڪري نھ سگھبو آھي. اھڙي قسم جي شيشي جي حصي کي فئن لائيٽ (Fan Light)  سڏيو ويندو آھي. اھڙيءَ طرح سان ھڪ تھ دري ۽ روشندان لاءِ الڳ الڳ لنٽيل ٺاھڻ جي ضرورت نھ پوندي آھي ۽ ٻيو تھ ڪاٺ جي بچت پڻ ٿيندي آھي. ھن قسم جو نظام دروازن سان گڏ پڻ ڪري سگھبو آھي. درين ۽ دروازن مٿان ھڪ کتل (Fixed)  روشندانن جي جاءِ تي کلندڙ ۽ بند ٿيندڙ روشندان پڻ لڳائي سگھبا آھن. اھڙا ڪمرا جن ۾ عليحدھ طرح سان روشندان لڳائڻ جي گنجائش نھ ھوندي آھي تھ انھيءَ ھنڌ ھن قسم جو بندوبست ڪيو ويندو آھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''ٻاھر نڪتل دري'''''

: (Bay Window)  
ھن قسم جي دري ڪمري جي ٻاھرين ديوار کان ٻاھر تي نڪتل ھوندي آھي. مطلب تھ ھي دريون صرف ڪمري جي ٻاھرين ديوارن ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ اھي ٻاھرين ڀتين کان ٻاھر نڪتل ھونديون آھن. 


'''''پانيلن واري دري''''' 


ھي دريون گھڻن ئي ڊؤلن جون ٿينديون آھن، جھڙوڪ، چؤڪور، گول ۽ گھڻ ڪنڊائتيون (Polygonal)  وغيره. ھن قسم جي درين جو ٻاھر نڪتل ڀاڱو (Projection)  دريءَ جي فرش واريءَ ليول کان يا فريم جي ھيٺئين سڌي پٽيءَ (Sill)  کان شروع ٿيندو آھي. ھن قسم جي درين لڳائڻ سا عمارتن جي خوبصورتي وڌي ٿي. ھنن جي لڳائڻ سان ڪمرا ھوادار، ڪشادا ۽ روشن رھن ٿا. 

ڪنڊائتي دري


: (Corner Window)  
ھن قسم جون دريون ڪمرن جي ڪنڊ وٽ لڳايون وينديون آھن. انھن جي لڳائڻ سان ڪمرا ھوادار رھن ٿا ۽ عمارت جي خوبصورتي وڌي ٿي. ھن قسم جي دريءَ لڳائڻ سان چؤڪاٺي جي وچين ٻانھن ٻنھي طرفن جو ڪم ڏئي ٿي ۽ اھڙيءَ طرح سان ھڪ ٻانھن جي بچت ٿئي ٿي

'''''روشندان'''''

: (Clerestory Window or Ventilator) 
ھن قسم جون دريون روشندان ڀر واري ورانڊي ۽ ڪمرن جي ڇتين جي مختلف اوچائيءَ سبب انھن جي وچ واري ديوار جي حصي ۾ مٿينءَ ڇت جي نزديڪ لڳايا ويندا آھن. ھيءُ تاڪ جي ٻاھرين اڀين پٽين کي ٻنھي پاسن کان مدارن يا ٽيڪن (Pivots)  تي ٽيڪي لڏڻ جي انداز ۾ لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ تاڪ جي مٿئين ۽ ھيٺئين سڌي پٽيءَ جي پوري وچ تي ڇلا (Rings)  لڳائي، انھن ۾ رسين جو ھڪ ھڪ ڇيڙو ٻڌي ان جي ٻئي لٽڪيل ڇيڙي کي ڇڪ ڏيڻ سان انھن کي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگھبو آھي .ساڳيءَ ليول وارن ڪمرن جي ڇت ۾ لڳائڻ واريءَ صورت ۾ انھن کي روشندان (Ventilators)  سڏيو وڃي ٿو جيڪي ڪمرن کي روشن رکڻ سان گڏ ڪمرن کي ھوادار پڻ بنائن ٿا.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

'''''ڊارمر ونڊو'''''

: (Dormer Window) 
ھن قسم جون دريون سلاميءَ وارين ڇتين جي سلاميءَ واري سطح (Slopping surface)  تي لڳايون وينديون آھن. اھي ٻن قسمن جون ٿينديون آھن، ھڪ گيبل ٽائيپ ۽ ٻيون ڇاپري ٽائيپ  (Gabel type and shade type). گيبل ٽائيپ دريون ڇتين جي مٿئين نوڪدار ڀاڱي تي لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ ڇاپري ٽائيپ دريون چؤڪور اڀي حصي تي لڳائبيون آھن. اھڙيءَ طرح انھن جو انداز ڇتين جي قسم تي منحصر آھي.


'''''لالٽين نما دري'''''


: (Lantern Window) 
ڊگھين ۽ مسلسل جاين ۾ آمھون سامھون ٺھيل ڪمرن جي وچ واري لنگھھ (Passage) کي روشن ۽ ھوادار بڻائڻ لاءِ ھن قسم جون دريون مھيا ڪيون وينديون آھن، جيڪي ھڪ ئي ليول وارين ڇتين مٿان اڀريل نموني لڳايون وينديون آھن ۽ انھن جي مٿي اڀريل پاسن کان روشني پھچائڻ واسطي انھن پاسن ۾ شيشا لڳايا ويندا آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;


'''''روشندان يا اسڪاءِ لائيٽ'''''

: (Sky Light) 
ھن قسم جا روشندان سلاميءَ وارين ڇتين ۾ اھڙي ريت لڳايا ويندا آھن تھ جيئن انھن جي چوٽي ڇت جي سطح سان پوروڇوٽ رھي.&lt;ref name=&quot;autogenerated1&quot; /&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>f9414fli2cq9p91o01bpfipf7y6vyo8</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400911</id>
      <parentid>400910</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T15:11:15Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400911</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="52751" sha1="brti3ajx9kc7o9k9jdzj8ttql3w5ncu" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڀت، دروازي، ڇت يا گاڏي ۾ روشني، هوا ۽ ٻاهرئين ڏيک لاءِ ٺاهيل کُليل حصو}}

{{multiple image
|perrow=3
|total_width=400
|image1=Window of the house with number 17 on strada Mântuleasa, from Bucharest (Romania).jpg
|image2=Atua Kosua shrine4.jpg
|image3=Traditional wooden window (Akhi Jhyal).jpg
|image4=P1300843 Paris X rue de Paradis n18 detail rwk.jpg
|image5=Exterior facade of the Hôtel de Bourvallais 003.JPG
|image6=Chartres RosetteNord 121 DSC08241.jpg
|footer=دريَن جا مختلف نمونا
}}

'''دري''' (Window) ڀت، [[در]]، [[ڇت]] يا [[گاڏي]] ۾ ٺهيل اهڙو کُليل حصو آهي، جيڪو [[روشني]] کي اندر اچڻ، [[هوا]] جي اچ وڃ ۽ ڪيترين حالتن ۾ آواز جي گذر جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. جديد دريون عام طور شيشي  يا ڪنهن ٻئي شفاف يا نيم شفاف مواد سان ڍڪيل هونديون آهن. شيشو عام طور هڪ [[تاڪ]] (Sash) ۾ لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[فريم]] جي اندر نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt; ڪيترن ئي حوالن ۾ تاڪ ۽ فريم ٻنهي کي گڏجي دري پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/window/|title=Window|publisher=The Free Dictionary By Farlex|access-date=19 May 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

گهڻيون شيشي واريون دريون کولي يا بند ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. دري کولڻ سان [[هوا جي مٽاسٽا]] (وينٽيليشن) ممڪن ٿيندي آهي، جڏهن ته بند ڪرڻ سان مينهن، تيز هوا ۽ ٻين خراب موسمي حالتن کان تحفظ حاصل ٿيندو آهي. دريَن ۾ اڪثر [[ڪڙي]] (Latch) يا اهڙو ٻيو ميڪانياتي بندش وارو اوزار لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو دري کي بند ڪري تالو لڳائڻ يا مختلف درجن تائين کليل حالت ۾ قائم رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

دريَن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جن ۾ '''[[آئبرو دري]]'''  (آئبرو ونڊو - eyebrow)، '''[[مقرر دري]]''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو)، [[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]] (ھيڪساگونل ونڊو)، '''[[سنگل هنگ دري]]''' (سنگل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[ڊبل هنگ دري]]''' (ڊبل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[افقي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري]]''' (ھرائيزينٽل سلائيڊنگ سيش ونڊو)، [[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]، '''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window)، '''هاپر دري''' (Hopper window)، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ سلائيڊ دري''' ، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ ٽرن دري'''، '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom)، '''پاسي واري دري''' (سلائيڊ لائيٽ ونڊو)، [[جيلوسي دري]] (Jalousie)، [[لوور دري]] (Louvered)، [[ڪليرسٽوري دري]] (Clerestory)، [[لينسٽ دري]] (Lancet)، [[ڇت جو روشندان]] (اسڪائلائيٽ)، [[ڇت جي دري]] (روف ونڊو)، [[روف لئنٽرن]] (lantern)، [[بي دري]] (Bay)، [[اوريل دري]] (Oriel)، [[ڊائيوڪليشيئن دري]] (Diocletian)، '''تصويري دري''' (Picture)، [[گلابي دري]] (Rose)، '''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري'''، [[رنگين شيشي واري دري]] (Stained glass)، '''فرينچ دري'''، '''پينل دري'''، '''ٻٽي يا ٽرپل شيشي واري دري'''  ۽ [[وچ دري]] (Witch) شامل آهن.

== اشتقاق ==

انگريزي لفظ '''ونڊو''' (''window'') جو بنياد [[قديم نارس ٻولي]] جي لفظ {{lang|non|vindauga}} مان نڪتل آهي، جيڪو {{lang|non|vindr}} (هوا) ۽ {{lang|non|auga}} (اک) مان ٺهيل آهي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;هوا جي اک&quot; آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |title=New Oxford American Dictionary |date=2010 |access-date=January 16, 2015 |archive-date=June 2, 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130602205448/http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[نارويجي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|no|[[نينورسڪ]]}} ۽ [[آئس لينڊي ٻولي]] ۾ قديم نارس جو هي لفظ اڄ تائين زندهه رهيو آهي. آئس لينڊي ۾ اهو رڳو هڪ ننڍڙي کليل &quot;دري&quot; جي هڪ قسم لاءِ نسبتاً گهٽ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ آهي، ۽ اهو {{lang|is|gluggi}} (آئس لينڊي ٻوليءَ ۾ &quot;دري&quot; لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ) جو مڪمل مترادف نه آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|title=Hvaðan kemur orðið gluggi? Af hverju notum við ekki vindauga samanber window?|work=Vísindavefurinn|access-date=2018-09-17|language=is|archive-date=December 14, 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191214165059/https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|url-status=live}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ {{lang|sv|vindöga}} لفظ اڃا تائين جهونپڙيءَ جي ڇت ۾ موجود سوراخ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته [[ڊينش ٻولي]] جي {{lang|da|vindue}} ۽ نارويجي ٻولي جي {{lang|no|[[بوڪمول]]}} ۾ {{lang|no|vindu}} لفظ مان &quot;اک&quot; سان سڌو تعلق ختم ٿي ويو آهي، جيئن انگريزي لفظ ''window'' ۾ به ٿيو آهي. ڊينش (پر نارويجي [[بوڪمول]] نه) ۾ هن لفظ جو اچار انگريزي ''window'' سان گهڻو مشابهت رکي ٿو.

انگريزي جو لفظ ''ونڊو'' (window) پهريون ڀيرو 13هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ لکيل استعمال ملي ٿو، ۽ شروعات ۾ ان مان مراد ڇت ۾ موجود شيشي کان سواءِ هڪ کليل سوراخ هئي. بعد ۾ ''ونڊو''، [[قديم انگريزي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|ang|eagþyrl}} جي جاءِ ورتي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو سوراخ&quot; آهي، ۽ {{lang|ang|eagduru}}، جنهن جي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو در&quot; آهي.

تنهن هوندي به، ڪيترين ئي جرمني ٻولين شيشي واري دري لاءِ لاطيني لفظ فينيسٽرا fenestra اختيار ڪيو، جهڙوڪ [[معياري ٻولي|معياري]] [[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ فونسٽر fönster ۽ [[جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ فينسٽر Fenster.
انگريزي ۾ ''ونڊو'' لفظ جو استعمال غالباً [[وائڪنگ دور]] دوران انگريزي ٻوليءَ تي اسڪينڊي نيويائي اثر ۽ [[ڌاريل لفظ]]ن جي ذريعي ٿيو. انگريزي ۾ ''فينيسٽر'' لفظ پڻ ''ونڊو'' سان گڏ 18هين صديءَ جي وچ تائين متوازي طور استعمال ٿيندو رهيو.

لفظ '''فينيسٽريشن''' اڄ به عمارت جي [[مهاڙي]] ۾ درين جي ترتيب يا بناوت کي بيان ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته '''[[ڊيفينسٽريشن]]''' (''defenestration'') جي معنيٰ آهي &quot;ڪنهن کي دريءَ مان ٻاهر اڇلائڻ&quot;.

== تاريخ ==
{{Multiple image
|total_width=400
|image1=MorellaSantaMariaWindow.jpg
|caption1=[[الباسٽر]] مان ٺهيل &quot;مولين&quot; سان ورهايل سينگاريل دريون [[سانتا ماريا لا ميجور گرجاگھر]] ([[موريلّا، ڪاسٽيلون|موريلّا]]، اسپين) ۾
|image2=ValenciaCathedral2.JPG
|caption2=[[والينسيا گرجاگھر]] ۾ الباسٽر جي دري. ڀت جي فريم جي کاٻي پاسي جي غير هموار ۽ ترڇي شڪل تي ڌيان ڏيو، جيڪا سج جي ڪرڻن کي عبادت گاهه جي اڳئين حصي (چينسل) تائين پهچڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي.
}}

[[رومي سلطنت|رومين]] ماڻهن کي درين ۾ [[شيشو]] استعمال ڪندڙ پهريون معلوم ماڻهو سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ۽ اها ٽيڪنالاجي غالباً سڀ کان پهرين [[رومي مصر]] ۾، [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ {{circa|100}}ع ڌاري تيار ڪئي وئي هئي.{{Citation needed|date=April 2024}} درين جون تصويرون قديم مصري ڀتين جي نقاشين ۽ [[اسيريا]] جي مجسمن ۾ پڻ ڏسي سگهجن ٿيون. ڪاغذي دريون گهٽ خرچ واريون هونديون هيون ۽ قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ [[شيشو]] عام ماڻهن جي گهرن جي درين ۾ صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيو، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل [[جانورن جا سڱ|جانورن جي سڱن]] مان ٺهيل درين جا شيشا 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿي رهيا هئا. 19هين صديءَ ۾ آمريڪي اولهه وارن علائقن ۾ آبادڪارن [[تيل لڳل ڪاغذ جي دري]]ن جو استعمال شروع ڪيو. جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون جڏهن صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته ٿي ويا.

=== ٽيڪنالاجيون ===

13هين صدي ق.م. ۾ سڀ کان اوائليون دريون ڇت ۾ بغير شيشي وارا کليل سوراخ هوندا هئا، جيئن ڏينهن جي وقت روشني اندر اچي سگهي.{{citation needed|date=January 2023}} بعد ۾،{{when|date=October 2016}} انهن درين کي جانورن جي کل، ڪپڙي يا ڪاٺ سان ڍڪيو ويندو هو. ان کان پوءِ اهڙا [[دريءَ جا شٽر|شٽر]] وجود ۾ آيا، جيڪي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگهبا هئا.{{when|date=October 2016}} وقت سان گڏ اهڙيون دريون تيار ڪيون ويون جيڪي هڪ طرف رهواسين کي موسم جي اثرن کان بچائينديون هيون ۽ ٻي طرف روشني به اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون. انهن ۾ نيم شفاف مواد جا ڪيترائي ننڍا ٽڪرا استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا، جهڙوڪ جانورن جي چپٽن ۽ نيم شفاف سڱن جا ٽڪرا، ڪاغذ جون چادرون، [[سنگ مرمر]] جون سنهيون پتيون (جهڙوڪ [[فينگائيٽ]])، يا شيشي جا ٽڪرا، جيڪي ڪاٺ، لوهه يا سيهي جي ٺهيل فريمن ۾ لڳايا ويندا هئا. ڏور اوڀر ۾ درين کي ڀرڻ لاءِ ڪاغذ استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot;&gt;{{cite encyclopedia | url= http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | title= Window | encyclopedia= Britannica | access-date= May 19, 2012 | archive-date= May 2, 2015 | archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20150502185207/http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | url-status= live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

رومي ماڻهو درين ۾ شيشي جا پهريان معلوم استعمال ڪندڙ هئا، ۽ هنن اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي مان فائدو ورتو جيڪا غالباً پهريون ڀيرو [[رومي مصر]] ۾ ترقي ڪئي وئي هئي. خاص طور تي [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ تقريباً {{circa}} 100ع ڌاري [[ڍاليل شيشو|ڍاليل شيشي]] جون دريون ظاهر ٿيڻ لڳيون، جيتوڻيڪ انهن جون بصري خاصيتون ڪمزور هيون. اهي ننڍيون ۽ ٿلهيون هونديون هيون ۽ حقيقت ۾ [[شيشو ڦوڪڻ|ڦوڪيل شيشي]] جي مرتبانن (سلينڊر نما شڪل) کي چپٽو ڪري چادرن جي صورت ۾ ٺاهيو ويندو هو، جن تي هر هنڌ گول دائري جهڙا نشان موجود هوندا هئا. (موازنہ ڪريو روايتي [[گرجاگھر جي دري]]ن سان، جيڪي [[رنگين شيشو]] مان ٺهيل هونديون آهن.) دريءَ جو شيشو ايترو شفاف ٿيڻ ۾، جو ان مان صاف ڏسي سگهجي جيئن اڄ اسين ڏسون ٿا، هڪ هزار سالن کان وڌيڪ وقت لڳو. تنهن هوندي به، قديم رومي دريون تمام ڪارآمد هيون، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن کي &quot;گرمي فراهم ڪرڻ واري ٽيڪنالاجيءَ ۾ اڪثر نظرانداز ڪيل ترقي&quot; سمجهيو ويندو آهي، ڇو ته اهي سج جي گرمي کي عمارت اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون، جڏهن ته اندر جي گرم هوا کي ٻاهر نڪرڻ کان روڪينديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last1=Carrier |first1=Richard |title=The Scientist in the Early Roman Empire |date=2017 |publisher=Pitchstone Publishing |location=Durham, North Carolina |isbn=978-1-63431-106-9 |page=218}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1154ع ۾ [[الادريسي]] [[گھانا سلطنت]] جي بادشاهه جي محل جي هڪ خاص خصوصيت طور شيشي جي درين جو ذڪر ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | url= https://books.google.com/books?id=umyHqvAErOAC&amp;dq=Ghana+Empire+glass+window&amp;pg=PA564 | title= Encyclopedia of African History 3-Volume Set| page= 564|author= Kevin Shillington |author-link= Kevin Shillington| publisher= [[Routledge]] | isbn= 978-1-135-45670-2 |date= 2013}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal | last= Fage | first=J. D. | title=Ancient Ghana: A Review Of The Evidence | journal=Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana | volume= 3 | issue= 2 | pages= 3–24 | year= 1957| jstor= 41405704}}&lt;/ref&gt;

صدين جي دوران اهڙيون ٽيڪنيڪون ترقي ڪيون ويون، جن جي ذريعي ڦوڪيل شيشي جي [[سلينڊر (هندسي شڪل)|سلينڊر]] جي هڪ پاسي کي ڪٽي، ساڳئي مقدار جي شيشي مان وڌيڪ سنهيون مستطيل دريون تيار ڪيون وينديون هيون. ان سان ڊگهيون ۽ سنهيون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، جيڪي عام طور تي هڪ عمودي سهاري سان ورهايل هونديون هيون، جنهن کي [[مولين]] چيو ويندو آهي. مولين سان ورهايل شيشي واريون دريون يورپ جي خوشحال ماڻهن ۾ پسنديده دريون هيون،{{when|date=January 2023}} جڏهن ته ڪاغذي دريون قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ گهٽ خرچ سبب وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ عام ماڻهن جي گهرن ۾ شيشي واريون دريون صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيون، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل جانورن جي سڱن مان ٺهيل دريون 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿينديون رهيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Langley|first=Andrew|title=Medieval Life|series= Eyewitness|year= 2011 |publisher= Dorling Kindersley|isbn=978-1-4053-4545-3|page=16}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون، جڏهن 19هين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته بڻايا ويا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Float Glass|date=July 6, 2007 |url=https://www.architectmagazine.com/technology/float-glass_o}}&lt;/ref&gt; جديد دريون عام طور تي شيشي سان ڀريون وينديون آهن، جيتوڻيڪ شفاف پلاسٽڪ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== جوڙجڪ جا لاڙا ===
{{See also|گرجاگھر جي دري}}

12هين صدي عيسويءَ کان [[اولهه يورپ]] جي [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ [[لينسٽ دري]]ن (''lancet windows'') جو متعارف ٿيڻ، محرابي درين جي هڪ اڳوڻي روايت تي ٻڌل هو،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 |quote= In general two or three windows united in a group, as was later the rule in Roman architecture, were even then of frequent occurrence in the early Christian architecture of Asia Minor. The form of the window is nearly everywhere the same; a rectangle that usually has a rounded top, but seldom a straight lintel.}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪي [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀن]] جي وچ ۾ لڳايون وينديون هيون،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 | quote = The place of the window was determined by the architectural membering of the basilica, the distance between two columns generally indicating the position of a window.}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ ان جي نتيجي ۾ نه رڳو [[ٽريسري]] ۽ نفيس [[قرونِ وسطى جا رنگين شيشا|رنگين شيشي]] واريون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، پر عبادتي عمارتن ۾ نوڪيدار يا گول شڪل وارين درين جو هڪ اهڙو ڊگهو تعميراتي رواج به پيدا ٿيو، جيڪو اڄ به ڪيترن ئي گرجاگهرن ۾ ڏسي سگهجي ٿو.

تعميراتي مؤرخ پيٽر سمٿ شروعاتي جديد دور جي ويلش ڳوٺاڻن گهرن ۾ درين جي تعميراتي لاڙن بابت لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
تقريباً 1680ع تائين درين جو تناسب افقي هوندو هو، جيڪو انهن گهٽ اوچائي وارن ڪمرن لاءِ مناسب هو، جيڪي هال هائوسن ۾ مٿيون ماڙ شامل ڪرڻ کان پوءِ وجود ۾ آيا هئا. ان کان پوءِ عمودي تناسب واريون دريون رواج ۾ آيون، جنهن جو هڪ سبب گهٽ ۾ گهٽ اهو هو ته [[نشاةِ ثانيه]] جي دور ۾ اوچين ڇتين جي پسند وڌي وئي هئي. 1914ع کان پوءِ حالتون ٻيهر بدلجي ويون ۽ افقي تناسب واريون دريون هڪ ڀيرو ٻيهر پسند ڪيون وڃڻ لڳيون.&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
 |last1                = Smith
 |first1               = Peter
 |author-link1         = Peter Smith (architectural historian)
 |editor-last1         = Thirsk
 |editor-first1        = Joan
 |editor-link1         = Joan Thirsk
 |year                 = 1985
 |chapter              = 21 Rural Building in Wales
 |title                = The Agrarian History of England and Wales
 |url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=EAA9AAAAIAAJ
 |volume               = 5: 1640-1750 2: Agrarian change
 |publication-place    = Cambridge
 |publisher            = Cambridge University Press
 |page                 = 781
 |isbn                 = 9780521257756
 |access-date          = 18 January 2023
}}
&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;17هين صديءَ ۾ يورپ ۾ درين جي ڊزائن ۾ اوچائي ويڪر کان وڌيڪ رکڻ جو لاڙو پيدا ٿيو. ڪاٺ جا فريم وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا هئا، ۽ سيش دريون (''sash windows'') پڻ متعارف ڪرايون ويون. 18هين صديءَ ۾ سيش درين جي ڊزائن ۾ تبديليون آيون؛ شيشي کي سنڀاليندڙ سنها افقي ۽ عمودي پٽا (glazing bars) وڌيڪ باريڪ بڻايا ويا ۽ درين جون ماپون به وڌيڪ معياري ٿي ويون.

19هين صديءَ دوران ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ننڍين ڪناري وارين درين ۾ رنگين شيشو استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته گليزنگ بارن کي گوٿڪ طرز جي شڪل ڏني ويندي هئي. دريون اڳي کان وڌيڪ وڏيون ٿيڻ لڳيون ۽ آرٽس اينڊ ڪرافٽس ۽ ڪوئين اين طرزِ تعمير تمام مشهور ٿيا، جيڪو لاڙو 20هين صديءَ تائين جاري رهيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Windows, glass, glazing - a brief history |url=https://www.thenbs.com/knowledge/windows-glass-glazing-a-brief-history |access-date=2026-03-17 |website=NBS |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ شيشي]] جي ٽيڪنالاجي جي پکڙجڻ سان پڪچر ونڊوز (''picture windows'') متعارف ڪرائڻ ممڪن ٿيو (پهريون ڀيرو [[ليويٽ ٽائون، پنسلوانيا]] ۾)،&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
|last1                = Rybczynski
|first1               = Witold
|author-link1         = Witold Rybczynski
|date                 = 13 May 2008
|orig-date            = 2007
|chapter              = Ranchers, Picture Windows and Morning Rooms
|title                = Last Harvest: From Cornfield to New Town: Real Estate Development from George Washington to the Builders of the Twenty-First Century, and Why We Live in Houses Anyway
|url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=rkuvkjyRGG0C
|publication-place    = New York
|publisher            = Simon and Schuster
|page                 = 207
|isbn                 = 9780743235976
|access-date          = 18 January 2023
|quote                = The casual, spread-out ranch house [...] by 1950 accounted for nine out of ten new houses. [...] Its one extravagance was a large window facing the street - the picture window. As far as I have been able to determine, picture windows made their first appearance in Levittown, Pennsylvania.
}}
&lt;/ref&gt; جنهن جو بنياد 1951–1952ع ۾ وڌو ويو.{{Clarify|reason=What was founded?|date=July 2024}}ايندڙ حصي (حصو 4) ۾ آخري پيراگراف (''Many modern day windows may have a window screen...'') جو مڪمل ترجمو، بنا ڪنهن اختصار جي، حوالن سميت پيش ڪندس.

اڄڪلهه جون ڪيتريون ئي [[جديديت|جديد]] دريون [[دريءَ جي جالي]] (''window screen'') يا ميش سان ليس هونديون آهن، جيڪا اڪثر [[ايلومينيم]] يا [[فائبر گلاس]] مان ٺهيل هوندي آهي، جيئن دري کولڻ وقت [[جيت]] اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهن. دريون بنيادي طور تي عمارت جي اندر موجود ماڻهن کي ٻاهرين دنيا سان هڪ اهم بصري لاڳاپو فراهم ڪرڻ لاءِ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن ذريعي اهي ٻاهر ٿيندڙ مسلسل بدلجندڙ منظرن ۽ واقعن کي ڏسي سگهن ٿا. اهڙو لاڳاپو عمارتن ۾ رهندڙ ماڻهن جي صحت ۽ ڀلائي لاءِ انتهائي اهم سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ جيڪڏهن ماڻهو اهڙين بند عمارتن ۾ رهن، جتي دريون نه هجن، ته انهن تي اهڙي ماحول جا ناڪاري اثر پئجي سگهن ٿا.

درين جي ڊزائن بابت مقرر ڪيل ڪيترن ئي معيارن مان، ڏينهن جي روشني سان لاڳاپيل معيارن ۾ ڪجهه اهم عنصر نمايان ٿيا آهن، جن ۾ هنڌ، وقت، موسم، فطرت ۽ ماڻهو شامل آهن. انهن سڀني معيارن مان، اهي دريون جيڪي [[فطرت]] جا نظارا مهيا ڪن ٿيون، ماڻهن جي نظر ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ اهم سمجهيون وڃن ٿيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Kent |first1=Michael |last2=Schiavon |first2=Stefano |date=2022 |title=Predicting Window View Preferences Using the Environmental Information Criteria |url=https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |journal=LEUKOS |volume=19 |issue=2 |pages=190–209 |doi=10.1080/15502724.2022.2077753 |s2cid=251121476 |access-date=2022-11-09 |archive-date=December 28, 2023 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20231228134015/https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

== قسم ==

[[File:casement_window_parts.svg|thumb|Parts of a casement cross-window, viewed from the outside]]
=== صليبي دري ===
{{main|صليبي دري}}

'''صليبي دري''' (ڪراس-ونڊو) هڪ مستطيل شڪل واري دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عام طور تي هڪ [[مولين]] ۽ هڪ [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] جي ذريعي چئن حصن (روشنين) ۾ ورهايل هوندي آهي، جيڪي گڏجي هڪ [[لاطيني صليب]] جي شڪل ٺاهيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;Curl, James Stevens (2006). ''Oxford Dictionary of Architecture and Landscape Architecture'', 2nd ed., OUP, Oxford and New York, p. 214. {{ISBN|978-0-19-860678-9}}.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ابرو نما دري ===

'''ابرو نما دري''' (Eyebrow window) جو اصطلاح ٻن معنائن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي: ڀت ۾ هڪ مڙيل مٿئين حصي واري دري، يا هڪ ابرو نما [[ڊارمر]]؛ ۽ ننڍين درين جي هڪ قطار، جيڪا عام طور تي عمارت جي سامهون ڇڄن هيٺان هوندي آهي، جهڙوڪ پنسلوانيا ۾ [[جيمس-لوراه هائوس]].&lt;ref&gt;Harris, Cyril M. (1998). ''American Architecture: An Illustrated Encyclopedia''. New York: W. W. Norton.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مقرر دري ===

'''مقرر دري''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا کولي نٿي سگهجي،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=CVTjAQAAQBAJ&amp;q=Fixed+window+is+window+that+cannot+open&amp;pg=PA83|title=Kitchen &amp; Bath Residential Construction and Systems|author=NKBA (National Kitchen and Bath Association)|date=2013-10-29|publisher=John Wiley &amp; Sons|isbn=978-1-118-71104-0|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ جنهن جو ڪم صرف روشني کي اندر اچڻ ڏيڻ هوندو آهي (غير مقرر دريءَ جي ابتڙ، جيڪا کلي ۽ بند ٿي سگهي ٿي). [[ڪليرسٽوري]] دريون [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ گهڻو ڪري مقرر هونديون آهن. ٽرانسم دريون مقرر به ٿي سگهن ٿيون يا کولي سگهجن ٿيون. اهڙي قسم جون دريون انهن حالتن ۾ استعمال ٿينديون آهن، جتي صرف روشني يا ٻاهر جو نظارو گهربل هجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ [[ٽرڪل وينٽ]] يا مٿئين وينٽ کان سواءِ اهڙين درين ذريعي هوا جي اچ وڃ ممڪن نه هوندي آهي.

=== هڪ طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

'''هڪ طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري'''  اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ هڪ سيش (عام طور هيٺيون) حرڪت ڪندڙ هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مقرر هوندو آهي. هي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ سيش دريءَ جي قديم ترين صورت آهي ۽ قيمت ۾ پڻ نسبتاً سستي هوندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== ٻه طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

{{main|سيش دري}}

'''سيش دري''' (Sash window) برطانيا ۽ انهن ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾، جيڪي اڳ برطانوي نوآبادين جو حصو هئا، روايتي دريءَ جو انداز آهي. ان ۾ ٻه حصا (سيش) هوندا آهن، جيڪي ٿورو هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهيل هوندا آهن ۽ فريم جي اندر مٿي ۽ هيٺ سلائيڊ ٿيندا آهن. ٻنهي حصن جو هڪجهڙو سائيز هجڻ ضروري نه آهي؛ جيڪڏهن مٿيون سيش ننڍو (گهٽ اوچائي وارو) هجي ته ان کي [[ڪاٽيج دري]] چيو ويندو آهي.

هاڻي گهڻيون نيون ٻه طرفي سيش دريون سيشن کي سنڀالڻ لاءِ اسپرنگ بيلنس استعمال ڪن ٿيون، پر روايتي طور دريءَ جي ٻنهي پاسن تي باڪسن اندر رکيل جوابي وزن (ڪائونٽر ويٽس) استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا. اهي وزن رسي يا بعد ۾ خاص تيار ڪيل زنجير ذريعي پلين جي مدد سان سيشن سان ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا. اسپرنگ بيلنس جا ٽي قسم هوندا آهن: ٽيپ يا ڪلاڪ اسپرنگ بيلنس، چينل يا بلاڪ اينڊ ٽيڪل بيلنس، ۽ اسپائرل يا ٽيوب بيلنس.

روايتي طور ٻه طرفي سيش درين سان [[دريءَ جا شٽر]] پڻ لڳايا ويندا هئا. سيش درين ۾ سيمپليڪس قبضا پڻ لڳائي سگهجن ٿا، جيڪي دريءَ کي هڪ پاسي کان قبضن ۾ بند ڪرڻ جي اجازت ڏين ٿا، جڏهن ته ٻئي پاسي واري رسي ڌار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان دري کي باهه لڳڻ جي صورت ۾ نڪرڻ يا صفائي لاءِ کولي سگهجي ٿو.

=== فولڊ اپ دري ===

[[File:Foldup window.gif|thumb|upright|فولڊ اپ دري (اندر ڏانهن کُلندڙ)، پاسي کان ڪٽيل ڏيک]]

'''فولڊ اپ دري''' (Foldup window) ۾ ٻه هڪجهڙا سيش هوندا آهن، جيڪي معياري ٻه طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دريءَ وانگر هوندا آهن، پر اهي مٿي طرف ويڙهجي کلي ويندا آهن، جنهن سان تقريباً پوري فريم جيتري جاءِ مان هوا اندر اچي سگهي ٿي. هن دريءَ جو توازن اسپرنگن يا جوابي وزنن (counterbalances) ذريعي برقرار رکيو ويندو آهي، بلڪل ٻه طرفي سيش دريءَ وانگر. سيشن کي اهڙي نموني بيهاري سگهجي ٿو جو اهي روايتي ٻه طرفي سيش دريءَ جهڙا نظر اچن، يا هڪ ئي سڌي قطار ۾ به لڳائي سگهجن ٿا. سڌي قطار وارا نمونا اندر يا ٻاهر ٻنهي طرفن کلي سگهن ٿا. اندر کُلندڙ فولڊ اپ درين ۾ مقرر جاليون لڳائي سگهجن ٿيون، جڏهن ته ٻاهر کُلندڙ قسمن لاءِ حرڪت ڪندڙ جالين جي ضرورت هوندي آهي. اهڙيون دريون عام طور اسڪرين روم، باورچي خاني جي پاس ٿرو، يا هنگامي نڪرڻ واري رستي (egress) طور استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

=== افقي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

'''افقي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري''' (Horizontal sliding sash window) ۾ ٻه يا وڌيڪ سيش هوندا آهن، جيڪي ٿورو هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهيل هوندا آهن، پر فريم جي اندر افقي رخ ۾ سلائيڊ ٿيندا آهن. برطانيا ۾ انهن کي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن [[يارڪشائر]] سيش دريون به چيو ويندو آهي، غالباً ان ڪري جو انهن جو روايتي استعمال انهيءَ علائقي ۾ گهڻو هو.

=== ڪيسمينٽ دري ===

{{Main|ڪيسمينٽ دري}}

[[File:Gordijnen aan venster.JPG|thumb|[[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]]]

'''ڪيسمينٽ دري''' (Casement window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن جو سيش قبضن سان لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي وانگر اندر يا ٻاهر کلي ويندو آهي. اهو پاسي کان لڳل، مٿان لڳل (جنهن کي &quot;اوننگ دري&quot; پڻ چيو ويندو آهي؛ هيٺ ڏسو)، يا ڪڏهن هيٺان لڳل سيش تي مشتمل هوندو آهي، يا انهن قسمن جي ميلاپ سان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، ۽ ڪڏهن هڪ يا وڌيڪ پاسن تي مقرر شيشي جا پينل پڻ هوندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot; /&gt;

آمريڪا ۾ اهڙيون دريون عام طور [[ڪرئنڪ (مشينياتي حصو)|ڪرئنڪ]] ذريعي کوليون وينديون آهن، جڏهن ته يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي حصن ۾ انهن لاءِ پروجيڪشن فرڪشن اسٽيز ۽ [[ايسپاگنوليٽ]] لاڪنگ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. اڳي سادا قبضا [[ڪيسمينٽ اسٽي]] سان گڏ استعمال ٿيندا هئا. [[هينڊنگ]] (Handing) جو استعمال دريءَ جي کلڻ واري رخ جي سڃاڻپ لاءِ ڪيو ويندو آهي؛ ان موجب ڪيسمينٽ دري کاٻي هٿ واري، ساڄي هٿ واري يا ٻٽي رخ واري ٿي سگهي ٿي. برطانيا ۽ يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي ٻين علائقن ۾ جديد عمارتن ۾ ڪيسمينٽ دري سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام قسم آهي.

=== اوننگ دري ===

[[File:Fenêtre à l'australienne - Awning window - (AWS Magnum 616) Light.jpg|thumb|upright=0.5|اوننگ دري]]

'''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window) ڪيسمينٽ دريءَ جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو افقي طور لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ مٿئين پاسي [[قبضو]] لڳل هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهو ٻاهر ڏانهن [[ڇڄ]] وانگر کلي ٿو. آزاد نموني استعمال ٿيڻ کان علاوه، اهڙيون دريون هڪ ئي فريم ۾ ڪيترين گڏ به لڳائي سگهجن ٿيون يا مقرر شيشي سان گڏ به استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. اهي خاص طور هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ تمام ڪارآمد هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | title=Window Treatments | first=Karla J. | last=Nielson | page=45 | url=https://books.google.com/books?id=y6U0uP5cyLQC&amp;q=%22awning+window%22&amp;pg=PA45 | publisher=John Wiley &amp; Sons | date=Sep 15, 1989 | isbn=0-471-28946-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== هوپر دري ===

'''هوپر دري''' (Hopper window) هيٺئين پاسي کان قبضي تي ٻڌل ڪيسمينٽ دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عمودي رخ ۾ جهڪي کلي ٿي، ۽ عام طور اندر ڏانهن کلي ٿي، جنهن جي شڪل [[هوپر (ذرڙن گڏ ڪرڻ وارو ڪنٽينر)|هوپر]] جي نالي وانگر هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1=Allen|first1=Edward|last2=Thallon|first2=Rob|title=Fundamentals of Residential Construction|edition=3rd |year=2011 |publisher=Wiley |location=Hoboken, NJ |isbn=978-0-470-54083-1 |page=654}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پيوٽ دري ===

'''پيوٽ دري''' (Pivot window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ سامهون وارن ٻن پاسن تي هڪ هڪ قبضو لڳل هوندو آهي، جنهن جي مدد سان دري کلڻ وقت پنهنجي محور تي گهمي سگهي ٿي. اهي قبضا مٿي ۽ هيٺ (عمودي پيوٽ) يا ٻنهي پاسن (افقي پيوٽ) تي لڳايا ويندا آهن. عام طور دري پهرين محدود حد تائين کلي ٿي ته جيئن هوا جي اچ وڃ ٿي سگهي، ۽ پوءِ وڌيڪ کولڻ سان مڪمل طور ڦري وڃي ٿي ۽ اندر کان محفوظ صفائي لاءِ ٻيهر لاڪ ٿي وڃي ٿي. جديد پيوٽ قبضا فرڪشن واري نظام سان ليس هوندا آهن، جيڪو دريءَ کي پنهنجي وزن جي باوجود کليل حالت ۾ سنڀالي رکندو آهي، ۽ انهن ۾ کلڻ جي حد مقرر ڪرڻ ۽ اُلٽي لاڪنگ جون سهولتون پڻ موجود هونديون آهن. برطانيا، جتي هن قسم جون دريون سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام آهن، اتي اهي گهڻ ماڙ سرڪاري رهائشي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي لڳايون ويون.

=== جهڪندڙ ۽ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري ===

'''جهڪندڙ ۽ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري''' (Tilt and slide window) اهڙي دري (يا گهڻو ڪري دروازي جيتري وڏي دري) هوندي آهي، جنهن جو سيش پهرين هوپر دريءَ وانگر مٿئين حصي کان اندر ڏانهن جهڪي ٿو، ۽ پوءِ مقرر شيشي جي پينل جي پٺيان افقي رخ ۾ سلائيڊ ٿي وڃي ٿو.

=== جهڪندڙ ۽ ڦرندڙ دري ===

'''جهڪندڙ ۽ ڦرندڙ دري''' (Tilt and turn window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا يا ته مٿئين حصي کان اندر ڏانهن جهڪي سگهي ٿي يا پاسي وارن قبضن تان اندر ڏانهن مڪمل طور کلي سگهي ٿي. هي جرمني، جتي ان جو بنياد پيو، جو سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام دريءَ جو قسم آهي، ۽ يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي ٻين ملڪن ۾ به وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

يورپ ۾ عام طور اهي &quot;پهرين ڦرندڙ&quot; (turn first) قسم جون هونديون آهن؛ يعني جڏهن هينڊل کي 90 درجا ڦيرايو وڃي ته دري پاسي کان کلندي آهي، ۽ جڏهن هينڊل کي 180 درجا ڦيرايو وڃي ته اها هيٺان لڳل دريءَ وانگر جهڪي کلي ٿي. برطانيا ۾ گهڻو ڪري &quot;پهرين جهڪندڙ&quot; (tilt first) قسم جون دريون استعمال ٿينديون آهن؛ يعني 90 درجن تي هيٺان لڳل صورت ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ کلنديون آهن، ۽ 180 درجن تي پاسي کان مڪمل طور کلنديون آهن، جنهن سان عمارت جي اندر بيهي ٻاهرئين شيشي کي آساني سان صاف ڪري سگهجي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://glawindows.com/tilt-and-turn-windows-5/ |title=Tilt-and-Turn Windows Gain Popularity |date=June 11, 2021 |access-date=January 25, 2023 |archive-date=January 25, 2023 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230125064841/https://glawindows.com/tilt-and-turn-windows-5/ |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٽرانسم دري ===

هڪ '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom window) دروازي جي مٿان لڳل دري هوندي آهي. ٻاهرين دروازي ۾ [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] دري عام طور مقرر (fixed) هوندي آهي، جڏهن ته اندرين دروازي ۾ اها مٿئين يا هيٺئين پاسي لڳل قبضن ذريعي کلي سگهي ٿي، يا پنهنجي محور تي ڦري به سگهي ٿي. زبردستي هوا جي گرمي ۽ ٿڌڪ (forced air heating and cooling) جا نظام عام ٿيڻ کان اڳ، اها هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي هئي. پنکي جي شڪل واري ٽرانسم دري کي خاص طور برطانوي ٻيٽن ۾ '''فين لائيٽ''' (fanlight) چيو ويندو آهي.

=== پاسي واري دري ===

دروازي يا ٻي دريءَ جي ٻنهي پاسن تي لڳل درين کي '''پاسي واريون دريون''' (Sidelights)، '''ونگ لائيٽس''' (Wing lights)، '''مارجنل لائيٽس''' (Marginal lights)، يا '''فلينڪنگ دريون''' (Flanking windows) چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Curl, James Stevens. &quot;Flanking window&quot;. ''A Dictionary of Architecture and Landscape Architecture''. 2nd ed. Oxford England: Oxford University Press, 2006. 285. Print.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== جيلوسي دري ===

[[File:Jalousie2.jpg|thumb|جيلوسي يا [[لوور]] واري دري]]

{{main|جيلوسي دري}}

'''جيلوسي دري''' (Jalousie window)، جنهن کي '''لوور واري دري''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙي دري آهي جيڪا شيشي يا [[پولي (ميٿائل ميٿاڪريليٽ)|ايڪريلڪ]] جي هڪٻئي سان متوازي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندي آهي، جيڪي [[وينيشيئن بلائنڊ]] وانگر کلنديون ۽ بند ٿينديون آهن، عام طور ڪرئنڪ يا ليور جي ذريعي. اهڙيون دريون استوائي علائقن جي تعميراتي طرز ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن. جيلوسي دروازو اهو دروازو هوندو آهي جنهن ۾ جيلوسي دري لڳل هجي.

=== ڪليرسٽوري دري ===

{{Main|ڪليرسٽوري}}

'''ڪليرسٽوري دري''' (Clerestory window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي جيڪا [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ يا ڀت جي مٿئين حصي ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي، ۽ [[قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|قدرتي روشني]] اندر آڻڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

=== آسماني دري ===

[[File:BurlingtonHousePavementWindow.jpg|thumbnail|لنڊن ۾ [[برلنگٽن هائوس]] جي ٻاهران فوٽ پاٿ تي لڳل آسماني دري (جنهن کي [[پيومينٽ لائيٽ]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي)]]

{{Main|قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|آسماني دري}}

'''آسماني دري''' (Skylight) اهڙي دري آهي جيڪا [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ تعمير ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=TopgKO4x_2kC&amp;q=skylight+is+window+built+into+roof&amp;pg=PA223|title=Construction Estimating Reference Data|last=Sarviel|first=Ed|date=1993|publisher=Craftsman Book Company|isbn=978-0-934041-84-3|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن قسم جي دري ذريعي قدرتي سج جي روشني ۽ چنڊ جي روشني اندر اچي سگهي ٿي.

=== ڇت واري دري ===

{{main|ڇت واري دري}}

'''ڇت واري دري''' (Roof window) هڪ ترڇي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا [[قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|قدرتي روشني]] لاءِ [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي. هي انهن ٿورين درين مان هڪ آهي، جيڪي هنگامي حالت ۾ نڪرڻ جي رستي طور پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. وڏيون ڇت واريون دريون هنگامي انخلا بابت [[تعميراتي ضابطا]] (Building codes) جون گهرجون پوريون ڪنديون آهن.

=== ڇت وارو لالٽين ===

{{Main|ڇت وارو لالٽين}}

'''ڇت وارو لالٽين''' (Roof lantern) گهڻن شيشي وارن پينلن تي ٻڌل هڪ تعميراتي ڍانچو هوندو آهي، جيڪو هڪ ننڍڙي عمارت جهڙو نظر ايندو آهي ۽ ڇت تي ڏينهن يا چنڊ جي روشني اندر آڻڻ لاءِ تعمير ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ان ۾ اضافي [[ڪليرسٽوري]] پڻ شامل هوندي آهي. ان کي [[گنبذ نما ڇت (ڪپولا)|ڪپولا]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

=== بي دري ===

[[File:2014 Kłodzko, pl. Chrobrego 13 03.JPG|thumb|[[بي دري]]ون [[ڪووڊزڪو]]، پولينڊ ۾]]

{{Main|بي دري}}

'''بي دري''' (Bay window) گهڻن پينلن تي ٻڌل دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ٽي پينل مختلف زاويَن تي لڳل هوندا آهن، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دري ڀت جي سڌي ليڪ کان ٻاهر نڪري ايندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot; /&gt;

==== اوريل دري ====

{{Main|اوريل دري}}

'''اوريل دري''' (Oriel window) بي دريءَ جي هڪ قسم آهي. هي انداز گهڻو ڪري ٽيوڊر طرز جي گهرن ۽ خانقاهن ۾ ڏسڻ ۾ اچي ٿو. اها ڀت مان ٻاهر نڪتل هوندي آهي، پر زمين تائين نه پهچندي آهي. شروعات ۾ اها برآمدي (porch) جي هڪ صورت هئي، ۽ اڪثر ان کي بريسڪيٽن يا [[ڪوربل]]ن جي مدد سان سهارو ڏنو ويندو آهي.

=== ٿرمل دري ===

{{Main|ڊيوڪليشيئن دري}}

'''ٿرمل''' يا '''ڊيوڪليشيئن دريون''' (Thermal or Diocletian windows) وڏيون نيم دائري شڪل واريون دريون (يا طاق) هونديون آهن، جيڪي عام طور ٻن [[مولين]]ن جي ذريعي ٽن حصن (دريءَ جي خانوَن) ۾ ورهايل هونديون آهن. وچ وارو حصو گهڻو ڪري ٻنهي پاسن وارن حصن کان وڌيڪ ويڪرو هوندو آهي.

=== تصويري دري ===

'''تصويري دري''' (Picture window) ڀت ۾ لڳل هڪ وڏي مقرر دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ عام طور [[گليزنگ بار]] نه هوندا آهن، يا صرف ڪنارن وٽ معمولي گليزنگ بار ([[منٽن]]) لڳل هوندا آهن. تصويري دريون بغير ڪنهن رڪاوٽ جي ٻاهر جو نظارو مهيا ڪنديون آهن، ڄڻ ڪنهن تصوير کي فريم ۾ بند ڪيو ويو هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/picture+window |title=Picture window |work=[[The Free Dictionary]] |publisher=Farlex |access-date=May 19, 2012 |archive-date=July 10, 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120710004859/http://www.thefreedictionary.com/picture+window |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== گهڻ-پينل دري ===

'''گهڻ-پينل دري''' (Multi-lite window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ شيشي جا ڪيترائي ننڍا ٽڪرا ڪاٺ يا سيهي جي ٺهيل ''گليزنگ بارن'' يا ''[[منٽن]]'' جي ذريعي هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيل هوندا آهن. اهي هڪ سينگاريل ''گليزنگ نموني'' ۾ ترتيب ڏنل هوندا آهن، جيڪو گهڻو ڪري عمارت جي تعميراتي طرز مطابق هوندو آهي. ماضي ۾ وڏا شيشي جا پينل آسانيءَ سان دستياب نه هجڻ سبب، گهڻ-پينل (يا ''جاليءَ واري دري'') 20هين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين سڀ کان عام دريءَ جو انداز هو، ۽ اڄ به روايتي تعميراتي طرز ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري ===

'''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري''' (Emergency exit/egress window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا ايتري وڏي ۽ زمين کان ايتري هيٺ هوندي آهي جو رهواسي هنگامي حالتن، جهڙوڪ باهه لڳڻ جي صورت ۾، ان مان ٻاهر نڪري سگهن. ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ بيڊ رومن لاءِ اهڙين درين جون صحيح وضاحتون [[تعميراتي ضابطا]] (Building codes) ۾ ڏنل هونديون آهن. اهڙين درين جون وضاحتون اهڙيون به هونديون آهن، جيڪي هنگامي امدادي عملي کي به اندر داخل ٿيڻ جي اجازت ڏين. بسن، هوائي جهازن ۽ ريل گاڏين جهڙين گاڏين ۾ پڻ هنگامي نڪرڻ واريون دريون هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/documents/outreach/bus/PreTrip-SafetyBrochure-Pull.pdf |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080923082055/http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/documents/outreach/bus/PreTrip-SafetyBrochure-Pull.pdf |url-status=dead |archive-date=September 23, 2008 |title=U.S. Dept. of Transportation: Safety information for bus/motorcoach passengers |access-date=February 11, 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== رنگين شيشي جي دري ===

{{Main|رنگين شيشو}}

'''رنگين شيشي جي دري''' (Stained glass window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا رنگين شيشي جي ٽڪرن مان ٺهيل هوندي آهي، جيڪي [[شفافيت (بصريات)|شفاف]]، نيم شفاف يا [[غير شفافيت (بصريات)|غير شفاف]] ٿي سگهن ٿا، ۽ انهن تي اڪثر ماڻهن جون تصويرون يا مختلف منظر ڏيکاريل هوندا آهن. عام طور انهن درين ۾ شيشي جا ٽڪرا سيهي جي ٺهيل گليزنگ بارن سان هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيا ويندا آهن. رنگين شيشي واريون دريون [[وڪٽورين دور]] جي گهرن ۽ ڪجهه [[فرينڪ لوئڊ رائيٽ]] جي طرز تي ٺهيل گهرن ۾ تمام مشهور هيون، ۽ خاص طور [[گرجاگھر]]ن ۾ گهڻي عام آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/stained+glass+window |title=Stained glass |work=[[The Free Dictionary]] |publisher=Farlex |access-date=May 19, 2012 |archive-date=January 19, 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120119031209/http://www.thefreedictionary.com/Stained+glass+window |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== فرينچ دري ===

{{multiple image
| align             = right
|total_width=300
| footer            = 20هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ [[لسبن]] ۾ [[فرانس جا سفارتي مشن|فرانس جي سفارتخاني]] ۾ &quot;فرينچ دري&quot; (ٻه فرينچ دروازا، جيڪي ٻاهرين ڀت ۾ بغير [[مولين]] جي گڏ ٻاهر ڏانهن کلن ٿا)
| width1            =
| image1            = Legation de France a Lisbonne (interieur).jpg
| width2            =
| image2            = Legation de France a Lisbonne (véranda).jpg
}}

'''فرينچ دروازو''' (French door) اهڙو دروازو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ شيشي جا پينل پوري ڊيگهه تائين لڳل هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French door |url=https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/French%20door |website=Merriam-Webster.com Dictionary |publisher=Merriam-Webster |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهڙن ٻن دروازن جي جوڙي، جيڪي وچ مان کلن، کي مختلف نالن سان سڏيو ويندو آهي، جهڙوڪ '''فرينچ دروازا''',&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French doors |url=https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/french-doors |website=Collins English Dictionary |publisher=HarperCollins |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; '''فرينچ دري''',&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French window |url=https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/French%20window |website=Merriam-Webster.com Dictionary |publisher=Merriam-Webster |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا '''فرينچ دريون'''.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French windows |url=https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/french-windows |website=Collins English Dictionary |publisher=HarperCollins |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهي عام طور عمارت جي ٻاهرئين ڀت ۾ لڳايا ويندا آهن. فرانس ۾ فرينچ درين کي ''porte-fenêtre'' ۽ اٽلي ۾ ''portafinestra'' چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ اهي جديد گهرن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

=== ٻٽي شيشي واري دري ===

{{Main|موصل گليزنگ}}

'''ٻٽي شيشي واري دري''' (Double-paned يا Double-glazed window) ۾ شيشي جا ٻه هڪ ٻئي سان متوازي پينل هوندا آهن، جن جي وچ ۾ عام طور لڳ ڀڳ 1 سينٽي ميٽر جو فاصلو هوندو آهي. هي خال مستقل طور بند ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ تياري وقت ان ۾ سڪل هوا يا ٻي سڪل غير ردعمل ڪندڙ گيس ڀري ويندي آهي. اهڙيون دريون [[حرارتي موصليت]] ۾ نمايان بهتري آڻينديون آهن (۽ عام طور آواز جي موصليت ۾ پڻ) ۽ گرمي پد جي فرق سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ ڌنڌ يا برف جمن کان بچاءُ ڪنديون آهن. اهي معتدل آبهوا وارن علائقن ۾ رهائشي ۽ تجارتي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

برطانيا ۾ ٻٽي ۽ ٽي شيشي وارين درين کي ترتيب وار ٻٽي-[[دريءَ جي گليزنگ|گليزنگ]] ۽ ٽيڻي-گليزنگ چيو ويندو آهي. ٽي شيشي واريون دريون هاڻي وچ ۽ اتر يورپ ۾ تمام عام ٿي ويون آهن، جڏهن ته [[چوڳڻي گليزنگ]] (چئوڻي گليزنگ) جو استعمال هاڻي اسڪينڊي نيويا ۾ شروع ڪيو پيو وڃي.

=== ڇهه ڪنڊي دري ===

[[File:Mustosen talon ikkuna 1870 1.jpg|thumb|upright|[[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]]]]

{{Main|ڇهه ڪنڊي دري}}

'''ڇهه ڪنڊي دري''' (ھيڪساگونل دري) هڪ [[شش ڪنڊو]] شڪل واري دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا ماکيءَ جي مک جي خاني يا گريفائيٽ جي ڪرسٽل جي جال جهڙي نظر ايندي آهي. اها عمودي يا افقي رخ ۾ لڳائي سگهجي ٿي، کلندڙ يا مقرر ٿي سگهي ٿي، باقاعده يا ڊگهي شڪل واري ٿي سگهي ٿي، ۽ ان ۾ ورهائيندڙ [[مولين]] پڻ ٿي سگهي ٿو. عام طور اهڙي دري ڇت جي مٿئين ڪمري (Attic) يا سينگار جي مقصد لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، پر عمارت جي اندر قدرتي روشني پهچائڻ لاءِ اهم تعميراتي عنصر طور به استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿي.

=== گليوٽين دري ===

'''گليوٽين دري''' (Guillotine ) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عمودي رخ ۾ کلندي آهي. گليوٽين درين ۾ هڪ کان وڌيڪ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ فريم هوندا آهن، ۽ اهي هيٺ کان مٿي يا مٿي کان هيٺ کلي سگهن ٿا.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>brti3ajx9kc7o9k9jdzj8ttql3w5ncu</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400912</id>
      <parentid>400911</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T15:15:56Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400912</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="60468" sha1="db41fyhakany04o7wl7ko1yqj6w9qsv" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڀت، دروازي، ڇت يا گاڏي ۾ روشني، هوا ۽ ٻاهرئين ڏيک لاءِ ٺاهيل کُليل حصو}}

{{multiple image
|perrow=3
|total_width=400
|image1=Window of the house with number 17 on strada Mântuleasa, from Bucharest (Romania).jpg
|image2=Atua Kosua shrine4.jpg
|image3=Traditional wooden window (Akhi Jhyal).jpg
|image4=P1300843 Paris X rue de Paradis n18 detail rwk.jpg
|image5=Exterior facade of the Hôtel de Bourvallais 003.JPG
|image6=Chartres RosetteNord 121 DSC08241.jpg
|footer=دريَن جا مختلف نمونا
}}

'''دري''' (Window) ڀت، [[در]]، [[ڇت]] يا [[گاڏي]] ۾ ٺهيل اهڙو کُليل حصو آهي، جيڪو [[روشني]] کي اندر اچڻ، [[هوا]] جي اچ وڃ ۽ ڪيترين حالتن ۾ آواز جي گذر جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. جديد دريون عام طور شيشي  يا ڪنهن ٻئي شفاف يا نيم شفاف مواد سان ڍڪيل هونديون آهن. شيشو عام طور هڪ [[تاڪ]] (Sash) ۾ لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[فريم]] جي اندر نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt; ڪيترن ئي حوالن ۾ تاڪ ۽ فريم ٻنهي کي گڏجي دري پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/window/|title=Window|publisher=The Free Dictionary By Farlex|access-date=19 May 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

گهڻيون شيشي واريون دريون کولي يا بند ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. دري کولڻ سان [[هوا جي مٽاسٽا]] (وينٽيليشن) ممڪن ٿيندي آهي، جڏهن ته بند ڪرڻ سان مينهن، تيز هوا ۽ ٻين خراب موسمي حالتن کان تحفظ حاصل ٿيندو آهي. دريَن ۾ اڪثر [[ڪڙي]] (Latch) يا اهڙو ٻيو ميڪانياتي بندش وارو اوزار لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو دري کي بند ڪري تالو لڳائڻ يا مختلف درجن تائين کليل حالت ۾ قائم رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

دريَن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جن ۾ '''[[آئبرو دري]]'''  (آئبرو ونڊو - eyebrow)، '''[[مقرر دري]]''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو)، [[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]] (ھيڪساگونل ونڊو)، '''[[سنگل هنگ دري]]''' (سنگل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[ڊبل هنگ دري]]''' (ڊبل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[افقي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري]]''' (ھرائيزينٽل سلائيڊنگ سيش ونڊو)، [[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]، '''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window)، '''هاپر دري''' (Hopper window)، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ سلائيڊ دري''' ، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ ٽرن دري'''، '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom)، '''پاسي واري دري''' (سلائيڊ لائيٽ ونڊو)، [[جيلوسي دري]] (Jalousie)، [[لوور دري]] (Louvered)، [[ڪليرسٽوري دري]] (Clerestory)، [[لينسٽ دري]] (Lancet)، [[ڇت جو روشندان]] (اسڪائلائيٽ)، [[ڇت جي دري]] (روف ونڊو)، [[روف لئنٽرن]] (lantern)، [[بي دري]] (Bay)، [[اوريل دري]] (Oriel)، [[ڊائيوڪليشيئن دري]] (Diocletian)، '''تصويري دري''' (Picture)، [[گلابي دري]] (Rose)، '''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري'''، [[رنگين شيشي واري دري]] (Stained glass)، '''فرينچ دري'''، '''پينل دري'''، '''ٻٽي يا ٽرپل شيشي واري دري'''  ۽ [[وچ دري]] (Witch) شامل آهن.

== اشتقاق ==

انگريزي لفظ '''ونڊو''' (''window'') جو بنياد [[قديم نارس ٻولي]] جي لفظ {{lang|non|vindauga}} مان نڪتل آهي، جيڪو {{lang|non|vindr}} (هوا) ۽ {{lang|non|auga}} (اک) مان ٺهيل آهي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;هوا جي اک&quot; آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |title=New Oxford American Dictionary |date=2010 |access-date=January 16, 2015 |archive-date=June 2, 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130602205448/http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[نارويجي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|no|[[نينورسڪ]]}} ۽ [[آئس لينڊي ٻولي]] ۾ قديم نارس جو هي لفظ اڄ تائين زندهه رهيو آهي. آئس لينڊي ۾ اهو رڳو هڪ ننڍڙي کليل &quot;دري&quot; جي هڪ قسم لاءِ نسبتاً گهٽ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ آهي، ۽ اهو {{lang|is|gluggi}} (آئس لينڊي ٻوليءَ ۾ &quot;دري&quot; لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ) جو مڪمل مترادف نه آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|title=Hvaðan kemur orðið gluggi? Af hverju notum við ekki vindauga samanber window?|work=Vísindavefurinn|access-date=2018-09-17|language=is|archive-date=December 14, 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191214165059/https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|url-status=live}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ {{lang|sv|vindöga}} لفظ اڃا تائين جهونپڙيءَ جي ڇت ۾ موجود سوراخ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته [[ڊينش ٻولي]] جي {{lang|da|vindue}} ۽ نارويجي ٻولي جي {{lang|no|[[بوڪمول]]}} ۾ {{lang|no|vindu}} لفظ مان &quot;اک&quot; سان سڌو تعلق ختم ٿي ويو آهي، جيئن انگريزي لفظ ''window'' ۾ به ٿيو آهي. ڊينش (پر نارويجي [[بوڪمول]] نه) ۾ هن لفظ جو اچار انگريزي ''window'' سان گهڻو مشابهت رکي ٿو.

انگريزي جو لفظ ''ونڊو'' (window) پهريون ڀيرو 13هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ لکيل استعمال ملي ٿو، ۽ شروعات ۾ ان مان مراد ڇت ۾ موجود شيشي کان سواءِ هڪ کليل سوراخ هئي. بعد ۾ ''ونڊو''، [[قديم انگريزي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|ang|eagþyrl}} جي جاءِ ورتي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو سوراخ&quot; آهي، ۽ {{lang|ang|eagduru}}، جنهن جي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو در&quot; آهي.

تنهن هوندي به، ڪيترين ئي جرمني ٻولين شيشي واري دري لاءِ لاطيني لفظ فينيسٽرا fenestra اختيار ڪيو، جهڙوڪ [[معياري ٻولي|معياري]] [[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ فونسٽر fönster ۽ [[جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ فينسٽر Fenster.
انگريزي ۾ ''ونڊو'' لفظ جو استعمال غالباً [[وائڪنگ دور]] دوران انگريزي ٻوليءَ تي اسڪينڊي نيويائي اثر ۽ [[ڌاريل لفظ]]ن جي ذريعي ٿيو. انگريزي ۾ ''فينيسٽر'' لفظ پڻ ''ونڊو'' سان گڏ 18هين صديءَ جي وچ تائين متوازي طور استعمال ٿيندو رهيو.

لفظ '''فينيسٽريشن''' اڄ به عمارت جي [[مهاڙي]] ۾ درين جي ترتيب يا بناوت کي بيان ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته '''[[ڊيفينسٽريشن]]''' (''defenestration'') جي معنيٰ آهي &quot;ڪنهن کي دريءَ مان ٻاهر اڇلائڻ&quot;.

== تاريخ ==
{{Multiple image
|total_width=400
|image1=MorellaSantaMariaWindow.jpg
|caption1=[[الباسٽر]] مان ٺهيل &quot;مولين&quot; سان ورهايل سينگاريل دريون [[سانتا ماريا لا ميجور گرجاگھر]] ([[موريلّا، ڪاسٽيلون|موريلّا]]، اسپين) ۾
|image2=ValenciaCathedral2.JPG
|caption2=[[والينسيا گرجاگھر]] ۾ الباسٽر جي دري. ڀت جي فريم جي کاٻي پاسي جي غير هموار ۽ ترڇي شڪل تي ڌيان ڏيو، جيڪا سج جي ڪرڻن کي عبادت گاهه جي اڳئين حصي (چينسل) تائين پهچڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي.
}}

[[رومي سلطنت|رومين]] ماڻهن کي درين ۾ [[شيشو]] استعمال ڪندڙ پهريون معلوم ماڻهو سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ۽ اها ٽيڪنالاجي غالباً سڀ کان پهرين [[رومي مصر]] ۾، [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ {{circa|100}}ع ڌاري تيار ڪئي وئي هئي.{{Citation needed|date=April 2024}} درين جون تصويرون قديم مصري ڀتين جي نقاشين ۽ [[اسيريا]] جي مجسمن ۾ پڻ ڏسي سگهجن ٿيون. ڪاغذي دريون گهٽ خرچ واريون هونديون هيون ۽ قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ [[شيشو]] عام ماڻهن جي گهرن جي درين ۾ صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيو، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل [[جانورن جا سڱ|جانورن جي سڱن]] مان ٺهيل درين جا شيشا 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿي رهيا هئا. 19هين صديءَ ۾ آمريڪي اولهه وارن علائقن ۾ آبادڪارن [[تيل لڳل ڪاغذ جي دري]]ن جو استعمال شروع ڪيو. جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون جڏهن صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته ٿي ويا.

=== ٽيڪنالاجيون ===

13هين صدي ق.م. ۾ سڀ کان اوائليون دريون ڇت ۾ بغير شيشي وارا کليل سوراخ هوندا هئا، جيئن ڏينهن جي وقت روشني اندر اچي سگهي.{{citation needed|date=January 2023}} بعد ۾،{{when|date=October 2016}} انهن درين کي جانورن جي کل، ڪپڙي يا ڪاٺ سان ڍڪيو ويندو هو. ان کان پوءِ اهڙا [[دريءَ جا شٽر|شٽر]] وجود ۾ آيا، جيڪي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگهبا هئا.{{when|date=October 2016}} وقت سان گڏ اهڙيون دريون تيار ڪيون ويون جيڪي هڪ طرف رهواسين کي موسم جي اثرن کان بچائينديون هيون ۽ ٻي طرف روشني به اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون. انهن ۾ نيم شفاف مواد جا ڪيترائي ننڍا ٽڪرا استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا، جهڙوڪ جانورن جي چپٽن ۽ نيم شفاف سڱن جا ٽڪرا، ڪاغذ جون چادرون، [[سنگ مرمر]] جون سنهيون پتيون (جهڙوڪ [[فينگائيٽ]])، يا شيشي جا ٽڪرا، جيڪي ڪاٺ، لوهه يا سيهي جي ٺهيل فريمن ۾ لڳايا ويندا هئا. ڏور اوڀر ۾ درين کي ڀرڻ لاءِ ڪاغذ استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot;&gt;{{cite encyclopedia | url= http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | title= Window | encyclopedia= Britannica | access-date= May 19, 2012 | archive-date= May 2, 2015 | archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20150502185207/http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | url-status= live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

رومي ماڻهو درين ۾ شيشي جا پهريان معلوم استعمال ڪندڙ هئا، ۽ هنن اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي مان فائدو ورتو جيڪا غالباً پهريون ڀيرو [[رومي مصر]] ۾ ترقي ڪئي وئي هئي. خاص طور تي [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ تقريباً {{circa}} 100ع ڌاري [[ڍاليل شيشو|ڍاليل شيشي]] جون دريون ظاهر ٿيڻ لڳيون، جيتوڻيڪ انهن جون بصري خاصيتون ڪمزور هيون. اهي ننڍيون ۽ ٿلهيون هونديون هيون ۽ حقيقت ۾ [[شيشو ڦوڪڻ|ڦوڪيل شيشي]] جي مرتبانن (سلينڊر نما شڪل) کي چپٽو ڪري چادرن جي صورت ۾ ٺاهيو ويندو هو، جن تي هر هنڌ گول دائري جهڙا نشان موجود هوندا هئا. (موازنہ ڪريو روايتي [[گرجاگھر جي دري]]ن سان، جيڪي [[رنگين شيشو]] مان ٺهيل هونديون آهن.) دريءَ جو شيشو ايترو شفاف ٿيڻ ۾، جو ان مان صاف ڏسي سگهجي جيئن اڄ اسين ڏسون ٿا، هڪ هزار سالن کان وڌيڪ وقت لڳو. تنهن هوندي به، قديم رومي دريون تمام ڪارآمد هيون، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن کي &quot;گرمي فراهم ڪرڻ واري ٽيڪنالاجيءَ ۾ اڪثر نظرانداز ڪيل ترقي&quot; سمجهيو ويندو آهي، ڇو ته اهي سج جي گرمي کي عمارت اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون، جڏهن ته اندر جي گرم هوا کي ٻاهر نڪرڻ کان روڪينديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last1=Carrier |first1=Richard |title=The Scientist in the Early Roman Empire |date=2017 |publisher=Pitchstone Publishing |location=Durham, North Carolina |isbn=978-1-63431-106-9 |page=218}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1154ع ۾ [[الادريسي]] [[گھانا سلطنت]] جي بادشاهه جي محل جي هڪ خاص خصوصيت طور شيشي جي درين جو ذڪر ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | url= https://books.google.com/books?id=umyHqvAErOAC&amp;dq=Ghana+Empire+glass+window&amp;pg=PA564 | title= Encyclopedia of African History 3-Volume Set| page= 564|author= Kevin Shillington |author-link= Kevin Shillington| publisher= [[Routledge]] | isbn= 978-1-135-45670-2 |date= 2013}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal | last= Fage | first=J. D. | title=Ancient Ghana: A Review Of The Evidence | journal=Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana | volume= 3 | issue= 2 | pages= 3–24 | year= 1957| jstor= 41405704}}&lt;/ref&gt;

صدين جي دوران اهڙيون ٽيڪنيڪون ترقي ڪيون ويون، جن جي ذريعي ڦوڪيل شيشي جي [[سلينڊر (هندسي شڪل)|سلينڊر]] جي هڪ پاسي کي ڪٽي، ساڳئي مقدار جي شيشي مان وڌيڪ سنهيون مستطيل دريون تيار ڪيون وينديون هيون. ان سان ڊگهيون ۽ سنهيون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، جيڪي عام طور تي هڪ عمودي سهاري سان ورهايل هونديون هيون، جنهن کي [[مولين]] چيو ويندو آهي. مولين سان ورهايل شيشي واريون دريون يورپ جي خوشحال ماڻهن ۾ پسنديده دريون هيون،{{when|date=January 2023}} جڏهن ته ڪاغذي دريون قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ گهٽ خرچ سبب وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ عام ماڻهن جي گهرن ۾ شيشي واريون دريون صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيون، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل جانورن جي سڱن مان ٺهيل دريون 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿينديون رهيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Langley|first=Andrew|title=Medieval Life|series= Eyewitness|year= 2011 |publisher= Dorling Kindersley|isbn=978-1-4053-4545-3|page=16}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون، جڏهن 19هين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته بڻايا ويا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Float Glass|date=July 6, 2007 |url=https://www.architectmagazine.com/technology/float-glass_o}}&lt;/ref&gt; جديد دريون عام طور تي شيشي سان ڀريون وينديون آهن، جيتوڻيڪ شفاف پلاسٽڪ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== جوڙجڪ جا لاڙا ===
{{See also|گرجاگھر جي دري}}

12هين صدي عيسويءَ کان [[اولهه يورپ]] جي [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ [[لينسٽ دري]]ن (''lancet windows'') جو متعارف ٿيڻ، محرابي درين جي هڪ اڳوڻي روايت تي ٻڌل هو،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 |quote= In general two or three windows united in a group, as was later the rule in Roman architecture, were even then of frequent occurrence in the early Christian architecture of Asia Minor. The form of the window is nearly everywhere the same; a rectangle that usually has a rounded top, but seldom a straight lintel.}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪي [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀن]] جي وچ ۾ لڳايون وينديون هيون،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 | quote = The place of the window was determined by the architectural membering of the basilica, the distance between two columns generally indicating the position of a window.}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ ان جي نتيجي ۾ نه رڳو [[ٽريسري]] ۽ نفيس [[قرونِ وسطى جا رنگين شيشا|رنگين شيشي]] واريون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، پر عبادتي عمارتن ۾ نوڪيدار يا گول شڪل وارين درين جو هڪ اهڙو ڊگهو تعميراتي رواج به پيدا ٿيو، جيڪو اڄ به ڪيترن ئي گرجاگهرن ۾ ڏسي سگهجي ٿو.

تعميراتي مؤرخ پيٽر سمٿ شروعاتي جديد دور جي ويلش ڳوٺاڻن گهرن ۾ درين جي تعميراتي لاڙن بابت لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
تقريباً 1680ع تائين درين جو تناسب افقي هوندو هو، جيڪو انهن گهٽ اوچائي وارن ڪمرن لاءِ مناسب هو، جيڪي هال هائوسن ۾ مٿيون ماڙ شامل ڪرڻ کان پوءِ وجود ۾ آيا هئا. ان کان پوءِ عمودي تناسب واريون دريون رواج ۾ آيون، جنهن جو هڪ سبب گهٽ ۾ گهٽ اهو هو ته [[نشاةِ ثانيه]] جي دور ۾ اوچين ڇتين جي پسند وڌي وئي هئي. 1914ع کان پوءِ حالتون ٻيهر بدلجي ويون ۽ افقي تناسب واريون دريون هڪ ڀيرو ٻيهر پسند ڪيون وڃڻ لڳيون.&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
 |last1                = Smith
 |first1               = Peter
 |author-link1         = Peter Smith (architectural historian)
 |editor-last1         = Thirsk
 |editor-first1        = Joan
 |editor-link1         = Joan Thirsk
 |year                 = 1985
 |chapter              = 21 Rural Building in Wales
 |title                = The Agrarian History of England and Wales
 |url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=EAA9AAAAIAAJ
 |volume               = 5: 1640-1750 2: Agrarian change
 |publication-place    = Cambridge
 |publisher            = Cambridge University Press
 |page                 = 781
 |isbn                 = 9780521257756
 |access-date          = 18 January 2023
}}
&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;17هين صديءَ ۾ يورپ ۾ درين جي ڊزائن ۾ اوچائي ويڪر کان وڌيڪ رکڻ جو لاڙو پيدا ٿيو. ڪاٺ جا فريم وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا هئا، ۽ سيش دريون (''sash windows'') پڻ متعارف ڪرايون ويون. 18هين صديءَ ۾ سيش درين جي ڊزائن ۾ تبديليون آيون؛ شيشي کي سنڀاليندڙ سنها افقي ۽ عمودي پٽا (glazing bars) وڌيڪ باريڪ بڻايا ويا ۽ درين جون ماپون به وڌيڪ معياري ٿي ويون.

19هين صديءَ دوران ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ننڍين ڪناري وارين درين ۾ رنگين شيشو استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته گليزنگ بارن کي گوٿڪ طرز جي شڪل ڏني ويندي هئي. دريون اڳي کان وڌيڪ وڏيون ٿيڻ لڳيون ۽ آرٽس اينڊ ڪرافٽس ۽ ڪوئين اين طرزِ تعمير تمام مشهور ٿيا، جيڪو لاڙو 20هين صديءَ تائين جاري رهيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Windows, glass, glazing - a brief history |url=https://www.thenbs.com/knowledge/windows-glass-glazing-a-brief-history |access-date=2026-03-17 |website=NBS |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ شيشي]] جي ٽيڪنالاجي جي پکڙجڻ سان پڪچر ونڊوز (''picture windows'') متعارف ڪرائڻ ممڪن ٿيو (پهريون ڀيرو [[ليويٽ ٽائون، پنسلوانيا]] ۾)،&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
|last1                = Rybczynski
|first1               = Witold
|author-link1         = Witold Rybczynski
|date                 = 13 May 2008
|orig-date            = 2007
|chapter              = Ranchers, Picture Windows and Morning Rooms
|title                = Last Harvest: From Cornfield to New Town: Real Estate Development from George Washington to the Builders of the Twenty-First Century, and Why We Live in Houses Anyway
|url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=rkuvkjyRGG0C
|publication-place    = New York
|publisher            = Simon and Schuster
|page                 = 207
|isbn                 = 9780743235976
|access-date          = 18 January 2023
|quote                = The casual, spread-out ranch house [...] by 1950 accounted for nine out of ten new houses. [...] Its one extravagance was a large window facing the street - the picture window. As far as I have been able to determine, picture windows made their first appearance in Levittown, Pennsylvania.
}}
&lt;/ref&gt; جنهن جو بنياد 1951–1952ع ۾ وڌو ويو.{{Clarify|reason=What was founded?|date=July 2024}}ايندڙ حصي (حصو 4) ۾ آخري پيراگراف (''Many modern day windows may have a window screen...'') جو مڪمل ترجمو، بنا ڪنهن اختصار جي، حوالن سميت پيش ڪندس.

اڄڪلهه جون ڪيتريون ئي [[جديديت|جديد]] دريون [[دريءَ جي جالي]] (''window screen'') يا ميش سان ليس هونديون آهن، جيڪا اڪثر [[ايلومينيم]] يا [[فائبر گلاس]] مان ٺهيل هوندي آهي، جيئن دري کولڻ وقت [[جيت]] اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهن. دريون بنيادي طور تي عمارت جي اندر موجود ماڻهن کي ٻاهرين دنيا سان هڪ اهم بصري لاڳاپو فراهم ڪرڻ لاءِ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن ذريعي اهي ٻاهر ٿيندڙ مسلسل بدلجندڙ منظرن ۽ واقعن کي ڏسي سگهن ٿا. اهڙو لاڳاپو عمارتن ۾ رهندڙ ماڻهن جي صحت ۽ ڀلائي لاءِ انتهائي اهم سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ جيڪڏهن ماڻهو اهڙين بند عمارتن ۾ رهن، جتي دريون نه هجن، ته انهن تي اهڙي ماحول جا ناڪاري اثر پئجي سگهن ٿا.

درين جي ڊزائن بابت مقرر ڪيل ڪيترن ئي معيارن مان، ڏينهن جي روشني سان لاڳاپيل معيارن ۾ ڪجهه اهم عنصر نمايان ٿيا آهن، جن ۾ هنڌ، وقت، موسم، فطرت ۽ ماڻهو شامل آهن. انهن سڀني معيارن مان، اهي دريون جيڪي [[فطرت]] جا نظارا مهيا ڪن ٿيون، ماڻهن جي نظر ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ اهم سمجهيون وڃن ٿيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Kent |first1=Michael |last2=Schiavon |first2=Stefano |date=2022 |title=Predicting Window View Preferences Using the Environmental Information Criteria |url=https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |journal=LEUKOS |volume=19 |issue=2 |pages=190–209 |doi=10.1080/15502724.2022.2077753 |s2cid=251121476 |access-date=2022-11-09 |archive-date=December 28, 2023 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20231228134015/https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

== قسم ==

[[File:casement_window_parts.svg|thumb|Parts of a casement cross-window, viewed from the outside]]
=== صليبي دري ===
{{main|صليبي دري}}

'''صليبي دري''' (ڪراس-ونڊو) هڪ مستطيل شڪل واري دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عام طور تي هڪ [[مولين]] ۽ هڪ [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] جي ذريعي چئن حصن (روشنين) ۾ ورهايل هوندي آهي، جيڪي گڏجي هڪ [[لاطيني صليب]] جي شڪل ٺاهيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;Curl, James Stevens (2006). ''Oxford Dictionary of Architecture and Landscape Architecture'', 2nd ed., OUP, Oxford and New York, p. 214. {{ISBN|978-0-19-860678-9}}.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ابرو نما دري ===

'''ابرو نما دري''' (Eyebrow window) جو اصطلاح ٻن معنائن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي: ڀت ۾ هڪ مڙيل مٿئين حصي واري دري، يا هڪ ابرو نما [[ڊارمر]]؛ ۽ ننڍين درين جي هڪ قطار، جيڪا عام طور تي عمارت جي سامهون ڇڄن هيٺان هوندي آهي، جهڙوڪ پنسلوانيا ۾ [[جيمس-لوراه هائوس]].&lt;ref&gt;Harris, Cyril M. (1998). ''American Architecture: An Illustrated Encyclopedia''. New York: W. W. Norton.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مقرر دري ===

'''مقرر دري''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا کولي نٿي سگهجي،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=CVTjAQAAQBAJ&amp;q=Fixed+window+is+window+that+cannot+open&amp;pg=PA83|title=Kitchen &amp; Bath Residential Construction and Systems|author=NKBA (National Kitchen and Bath Association)|date=2013-10-29|publisher=John Wiley &amp; Sons|isbn=978-1-118-71104-0|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ جنهن جو ڪم صرف روشني کي اندر اچڻ ڏيڻ هوندو آهي (غير مقرر دريءَ جي ابتڙ، جيڪا کلي ۽ بند ٿي سگهي ٿي). [[ڪليرسٽوري]] دريون [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ گهڻو ڪري مقرر هونديون آهن. ٽرانسم دريون مقرر به ٿي سگهن ٿيون يا کولي سگهجن ٿيون. اهڙي قسم جون دريون انهن حالتن ۾ استعمال ٿينديون آهن، جتي صرف روشني يا ٻاهر جو نظارو گهربل هجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ [[ٽرڪل وينٽ]] يا مٿئين وينٽ کان سواءِ اهڙين درين ذريعي هوا جي اچ وڃ ممڪن نه هوندي آهي.

=== هڪ طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

'''هڪ طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري'''  اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ هڪ سيش (عام طور هيٺيون) حرڪت ڪندڙ هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مقرر هوندو آهي. هي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ سيش دريءَ جي قديم ترين صورت آهي ۽ قيمت ۾ پڻ نسبتاً سستي هوندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== ٻه طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

{{main|سيش دري}}

'''سيش دري''' (Sash window) برطانيا ۽ انهن ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾، جيڪي اڳ برطانوي نوآبادين جو حصو هئا، روايتي دريءَ جو انداز آهي. ان ۾ ٻه حصا (سيش) هوندا آهن، جيڪي ٿورو هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهيل هوندا آهن ۽ فريم جي اندر مٿي ۽ هيٺ سلائيڊ ٿيندا آهن. ٻنهي حصن جو هڪجهڙو سائيز هجڻ ضروري نه آهي؛ جيڪڏهن مٿيون سيش ننڍو (گهٽ اوچائي وارو) هجي ته ان کي [[ڪاٽيج دري]] چيو ويندو آهي.

هاڻي گهڻيون نيون ٻه طرفي سيش دريون سيشن کي سنڀالڻ لاءِ اسپرنگ بيلنس استعمال ڪن ٿيون، پر روايتي طور دريءَ جي ٻنهي پاسن تي باڪسن اندر رکيل جوابي وزن (ڪائونٽر ويٽس) استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا. اهي وزن رسي يا بعد ۾ خاص تيار ڪيل زنجير ذريعي پلين جي مدد سان سيشن سان ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا. اسپرنگ بيلنس جا ٽي قسم هوندا آهن: ٽيپ يا ڪلاڪ اسپرنگ بيلنس، چينل يا بلاڪ اينڊ ٽيڪل بيلنس، ۽ اسپائرل يا ٽيوب بيلنس.

روايتي طور ٻه طرفي سيش درين سان [[دريءَ جا شٽر]] پڻ لڳايا ويندا هئا. سيش درين ۾ سيمپليڪس قبضا پڻ لڳائي سگهجن ٿا، جيڪي دريءَ کي هڪ پاسي کان قبضن ۾ بند ڪرڻ جي اجازت ڏين ٿا، جڏهن ته ٻئي پاسي واري رسي ڌار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان دري کي باهه لڳڻ جي صورت ۾ نڪرڻ يا صفائي لاءِ کولي سگهجي ٿو.

=== فولڊ اپ دري ===

[[File:Foldup window.gif|thumb|upright|فولڊ اپ دري (اندر ڏانهن کُلندڙ)، پاسي کان ڪٽيل ڏيک]]

'''فولڊ اپ دري''' (Foldup window) ۾ ٻه هڪجهڙا سيش هوندا آهن، جيڪي معياري ٻه طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دريءَ وانگر هوندا آهن، پر اهي مٿي طرف ويڙهجي کلي ويندا آهن، جنهن سان تقريباً پوري فريم جيتري جاءِ مان هوا اندر اچي سگهي ٿي. هن دريءَ جو توازن اسپرنگن يا جوابي وزنن (counterbalances) ذريعي برقرار رکيو ويندو آهي، بلڪل ٻه طرفي سيش دريءَ وانگر. سيشن کي اهڙي نموني بيهاري سگهجي ٿو جو اهي روايتي ٻه طرفي سيش دريءَ جهڙا نظر اچن، يا هڪ ئي سڌي قطار ۾ به لڳائي سگهجن ٿا. سڌي قطار وارا نمونا اندر يا ٻاهر ٻنهي طرفن کلي سگهن ٿا. اندر کُلندڙ فولڊ اپ درين ۾ مقرر جاليون لڳائي سگهجن ٿيون، جڏهن ته ٻاهر کُلندڙ قسمن لاءِ حرڪت ڪندڙ جالين جي ضرورت هوندي آهي. اهڙيون دريون عام طور اسڪرين روم، باورچي خاني جي پاس ٿرو، يا هنگامي نڪرڻ واري رستي (egress) طور استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

=== افقي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

'''افقي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري''' (Horizontal sliding sash window) ۾ ٻه يا وڌيڪ سيش هوندا آهن، جيڪي ٿورو هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهيل هوندا آهن، پر فريم جي اندر افقي رخ ۾ سلائيڊ ٿيندا آهن. برطانيا ۾ انهن کي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن [[يارڪشائر]] سيش دريون به چيو ويندو آهي، غالباً ان ڪري جو انهن جو روايتي استعمال انهيءَ علائقي ۾ گهڻو هو.

=== ڪيسمينٽ دري ===

{{Main|ڪيسمينٽ دري}}

[[File:Gordijnen aan venster.JPG|thumb|[[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]]]

'''ڪيسمينٽ دري''' (Casement window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن جو سيش قبضن سان لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي وانگر اندر يا ٻاهر کلي ويندو آهي. اهو پاسي کان لڳل، مٿان لڳل (جنهن کي &quot;اوننگ دري&quot; پڻ چيو ويندو آهي؛ هيٺ ڏسو)، يا ڪڏهن هيٺان لڳل سيش تي مشتمل هوندو آهي، يا انهن قسمن جي ميلاپ سان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، ۽ ڪڏهن هڪ يا وڌيڪ پاسن تي مقرر شيشي جا پينل پڻ هوندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot; /&gt;

آمريڪا ۾ اهڙيون دريون عام طور [[ڪرئنڪ (مشينياتي حصو)|ڪرئنڪ]] ذريعي کوليون وينديون آهن، جڏهن ته يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي حصن ۾ انهن لاءِ پروجيڪشن فرڪشن اسٽيز ۽ [[ايسپاگنوليٽ]] لاڪنگ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. اڳي سادا قبضا [[ڪيسمينٽ اسٽي]] سان گڏ استعمال ٿيندا هئا. [[هينڊنگ]] (Handing) جو استعمال دريءَ جي کلڻ واري رخ جي سڃاڻپ لاءِ ڪيو ويندو آهي؛ ان موجب ڪيسمينٽ دري کاٻي هٿ واري، ساڄي هٿ واري يا ٻٽي رخ واري ٿي سگهي ٿي. برطانيا ۽ يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي ٻين علائقن ۾ جديد عمارتن ۾ ڪيسمينٽ دري سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام قسم آهي.

=== اوننگ دري ===

[[File:Fenêtre à l'australienne - Awning window - (AWS Magnum 616) Light.jpg|thumb|upright=0.5|اوننگ دري]]

'''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window) ڪيسمينٽ دريءَ جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو افقي طور لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ مٿئين پاسي [[قبضو]] لڳل هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهو ٻاهر ڏانهن [[ڇڄ]] وانگر کلي ٿو. آزاد نموني استعمال ٿيڻ کان علاوه، اهڙيون دريون هڪ ئي فريم ۾ ڪيترين گڏ به لڳائي سگهجن ٿيون يا مقرر شيشي سان گڏ به استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. اهي خاص طور هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ تمام ڪارآمد هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | title=Window Treatments | first=Karla J. | last=Nielson | page=45 | url=https://books.google.com/books?id=y6U0uP5cyLQC&amp;q=%22awning+window%22&amp;pg=PA45 | publisher=John Wiley &amp; Sons | date=Sep 15, 1989 | isbn=0-471-28946-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== هوپر دري ===

'''هوپر دري''' (Hopper window) هيٺئين پاسي کان قبضي تي ٻڌل ڪيسمينٽ دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عمودي رخ ۾ جهڪي کلي ٿي، ۽ عام طور اندر ڏانهن کلي ٿي، جنهن جي شڪل [[هوپر (ذرڙن گڏ ڪرڻ وارو ڪنٽينر)|هوپر]] جي نالي وانگر هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1=Allen|first1=Edward|last2=Thallon|first2=Rob|title=Fundamentals of Residential Construction|edition=3rd |year=2011 |publisher=Wiley |location=Hoboken, NJ |isbn=978-0-470-54083-1 |page=654}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پيوٽ دري ===

'''پيوٽ دري''' (Pivot window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ سامهون وارن ٻن پاسن تي هڪ هڪ قبضو لڳل هوندو آهي، جنهن جي مدد سان دري کلڻ وقت پنهنجي محور تي گهمي سگهي ٿي. اهي قبضا مٿي ۽ هيٺ (عمودي پيوٽ) يا ٻنهي پاسن (افقي پيوٽ) تي لڳايا ويندا آهن. عام طور دري پهرين محدود حد تائين کلي ٿي ته جيئن هوا جي اچ وڃ ٿي سگهي، ۽ پوءِ وڌيڪ کولڻ سان مڪمل طور ڦري وڃي ٿي ۽ اندر کان محفوظ صفائي لاءِ ٻيهر لاڪ ٿي وڃي ٿي. جديد پيوٽ قبضا فرڪشن واري نظام سان ليس هوندا آهن، جيڪو دريءَ کي پنهنجي وزن جي باوجود کليل حالت ۾ سنڀالي رکندو آهي، ۽ انهن ۾ کلڻ جي حد مقرر ڪرڻ ۽ اُلٽي لاڪنگ جون سهولتون پڻ موجود هونديون آهن. برطانيا، جتي هن قسم جون دريون سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام آهن، اتي اهي گهڻ ماڙ سرڪاري رهائشي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي لڳايون ويون.

=== جهڪندڙ ۽ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري ===

'''جهڪندڙ ۽ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري''' (Tilt and slide window) اهڙي دري (يا گهڻو ڪري دروازي جيتري وڏي دري) هوندي آهي، جنهن جو سيش پهرين هوپر دريءَ وانگر مٿئين حصي کان اندر ڏانهن جهڪي ٿو، ۽ پوءِ مقرر شيشي جي پينل جي پٺيان افقي رخ ۾ سلائيڊ ٿي وڃي ٿو.

=== جهڪندڙ ۽ ڦرندڙ دري ===

'''جهڪندڙ ۽ ڦرندڙ دري''' (Tilt and turn window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا يا ته مٿئين حصي کان اندر ڏانهن جهڪي سگهي ٿي يا پاسي وارن قبضن تان اندر ڏانهن مڪمل طور کلي سگهي ٿي. هي جرمني، جتي ان جو بنياد پيو، جو سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام دريءَ جو قسم آهي، ۽ يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي ٻين ملڪن ۾ به وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

يورپ ۾ عام طور اهي &quot;پهرين ڦرندڙ&quot; (turn first) قسم جون هونديون آهن؛ يعني جڏهن هينڊل کي 90 درجا ڦيرايو وڃي ته دري پاسي کان کلندي آهي، ۽ جڏهن هينڊل کي 180 درجا ڦيرايو وڃي ته اها هيٺان لڳل دريءَ وانگر جهڪي کلي ٿي. برطانيا ۾ گهڻو ڪري &quot;پهرين جهڪندڙ&quot; (tilt first) قسم جون دريون استعمال ٿينديون آهن؛ يعني 90 درجن تي هيٺان لڳل صورت ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ کلنديون آهن، ۽ 180 درجن تي پاسي کان مڪمل طور کلنديون آهن، جنهن سان عمارت جي اندر بيهي ٻاهرئين شيشي کي آساني سان صاف ڪري سگهجي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://glawindows.com/tilt-and-turn-windows-5/ |title=Tilt-and-Turn Windows Gain Popularity |date=June 11, 2021 |access-date=January 25, 2023 |archive-date=January 25, 2023 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230125064841/https://glawindows.com/tilt-and-turn-windows-5/ |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٽرانسم دري ===

هڪ '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom window) دروازي جي مٿان لڳل دري هوندي آهي. ٻاهرين دروازي ۾ [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] دري عام طور مقرر (fixed) هوندي آهي، جڏهن ته اندرين دروازي ۾ اها مٿئين يا هيٺئين پاسي لڳل قبضن ذريعي کلي سگهي ٿي، يا پنهنجي محور تي ڦري به سگهي ٿي. زبردستي هوا جي گرمي ۽ ٿڌڪ (forced air heating and cooling) جا نظام عام ٿيڻ کان اڳ، اها هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي هئي. پنکي جي شڪل واري ٽرانسم دري کي خاص طور برطانوي ٻيٽن ۾ '''فين لائيٽ''' (fanlight) چيو ويندو آهي.

=== پاسي واري دري ===

دروازي يا ٻي دريءَ جي ٻنهي پاسن تي لڳل درين کي '''پاسي واريون دريون''' (Sidelights)، '''ونگ لائيٽس''' (Wing lights)، '''مارجنل لائيٽس''' (Marginal lights)، يا '''فلينڪنگ دريون''' (Flanking windows) چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Curl, James Stevens. &quot;Flanking window&quot;. ''A Dictionary of Architecture and Landscape Architecture''. 2nd ed. Oxford England: Oxford University Press, 2006. 285. Print.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== جيلوسي دري ===

[[File:Jalousie2.jpg|thumb|جيلوسي يا [[لوور]] واري دري]]

{{main|جيلوسي دري}}

'''جيلوسي دري''' (Jalousie window)، جنهن کي '''لوور واري دري''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙي دري آهي جيڪا شيشي يا [[پولي (ميٿائل ميٿاڪريليٽ)|ايڪريلڪ]] جي هڪٻئي سان متوازي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندي آهي، جيڪي [[وينيشيئن بلائنڊ]] وانگر کلنديون ۽ بند ٿينديون آهن، عام طور ڪرئنڪ يا ليور جي ذريعي. اهڙيون دريون استوائي علائقن جي تعميراتي طرز ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن. جيلوسي دروازو اهو دروازو هوندو آهي جنهن ۾ جيلوسي دري لڳل هجي.

=== ڪليرسٽوري دري ===

{{Main|ڪليرسٽوري}}

'''ڪليرسٽوري دري''' (Clerestory window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي جيڪا [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ يا ڀت جي مٿئين حصي ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي، ۽ [[قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|قدرتي روشني]] اندر آڻڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

=== آسماني دري ===

[[File:BurlingtonHousePavementWindow.jpg|thumbnail|لنڊن ۾ [[برلنگٽن هائوس]] جي ٻاهران فوٽ پاٿ تي لڳل آسماني دري (جنهن کي [[پيومينٽ لائيٽ]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي)]]

{{Main|قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|آسماني دري}}

'''آسماني دري''' (Skylight) اهڙي دري آهي جيڪا [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ تعمير ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=TopgKO4x_2kC&amp;q=skylight+is+window+built+into+roof&amp;pg=PA223|title=Construction Estimating Reference Data|last=Sarviel|first=Ed|date=1993|publisher=Craftsman Book Company|isbn=978-0-934041-84-3|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن قسم جي دري ذريعي قدرتي سج جي روشني ۽ چنڊ جي روشني اندر اچي سگهي ٿي.

=== ڇت واري دري ===

{{main|ڇت واري دري}}

'''ڇت واري دري''' (Roof window) هڪ ترڇي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا [[قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|قدرتي روشني]] لاءِ [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي. هي انهن ٿورين درين مان هڪ آهي، جيڪي هنگامي حالت ۾ نڪرڻ جي رستي طور پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. وڏيون ڇت واريون دريون هنگامي انخلا بابت [[تعميراتي ضابطا]] (Building codes) جون گهرجون پوريون ڪنديون آهن.

=== ڇت وارو لالٽين ===

{{Main|ڇت وارو لالٽين}}

'''ڇت وارو لالٽين''' (Roof lantern) گهڻن شيشي وارن پينلن تي ٻڌل هڪ تعميراتي ڍانچو هوندو آهي، جيڪو هڪ ننڍڙي عمارت جهڙو نظر ايندو آهي ۽ ڇت تي ڏينهن يا چنڊ جي روشني اندر آڻڻ لاءِ تعمير ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ان ۾ اضافي [[ڪليرسٽوري]] پڻ شامل هوندي آهي. ان کي [[گنبذ نما ڇت (ڪپولا)|ڪپولا]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

=== بي دري ===

[[File:2014 Kłodzko, pl. Chrobrego 13 03.JPG|thumb|[[بي دري]]ون [[ڪووڊزڪو]]، پولينڊ ۾]]

{{Main|بي دري}}

'''بي دري''' (Bay window) گهڻن پينلن تي ٻڌل دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ٽي پينل مختلف زاويَن تي لڳل هوندا آهن، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دري ڀت جي سڌي ليڪ کان ٻاهر نڪري ايندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot; /&gt;

==== اوريل دري ====

{{Main|اوريل دري}}

'''اوريل دري''' (Oriel window) بي دريءَ جي هڪ قسم آهي. هي انداز گهڻو ڪري ٽيوڊر طرز جي گهرن ۽ خانقاهن ۾ ڏسڻ ۾ اچي ٿو. اها ڀت مان ٻاهر نڪتل هوندي آهي، پر زمين تائين نه پهچندي آهي. شروعات ۾ اها برآمدي (porch) جي هڪ صورت هئي، ۽ اڪثر ان کي بريسڪيٽن يا [[ڪوربل]]ن جي مدد سان سهارو ڏنو ويندو آهي.

=== ٿرمل دري ===

{{Main|ڊيوڪليشيئن دري}}

'''ٿرمل''' يا '''ڊيوڪليشيئن دريون''' (Thermal or Diocletian windows) وڏيون نيم دائري شڪل واريون دريون (يا طاق) هونديون آهن، جيڪي عام طور ٻن [[مولين]]ن جي ذريعي ٽن حصن (دريءَ جي خانوَن) ۾ ورهايل هونديون آهن. وچ وارو حصو گهڻو ڪري ٻنهي پاسن وارن حصن کان وڌيڪ ويڪرو هوندو آهي.

=== تصويري دري ===

'''تصويري دري''' (Picture window) ڀت ۾ لڳل هڪ وڏي مقرر دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ عام طور [[گليزنگ بار]] نه هوندا آهن، يا صرف ڪنارن وٽ معمولي گليزنگ بار ([[منٽن]]) لڳل هوندا آهن. تصويري دريون بغير ڪنهن رڪاوٽ جي ٻاهر جو نظارو مهيا ڪنديون آهن، ڄڻ ڪنهن تصوير کي فريم ۾ بند ڪيو ويو هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/picture+window |title=Picture window |work=[[The Free Dictionary]] |publisher=Farlex |access-date=May 19, 2012 |archive-date=July 10, 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120710004859/http://www.thefreedictionary.com/picture+window |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== گهڻ-پينل دري ===

'''گهڻ-پينل دري''' (Multi-lite window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ شيشي جا ڪيترائي ننڍا ٽڪرا ڪاٺ يا سيهي جي ٺهيل ''گليزنگ بارن'' يا ''[[منٽن]]'' جي ذريعي هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيل هوندا آهن. اهي هڪ سينگاريل ''گليزنگ نموني'' ۾ ترتيب ڏنل هوندا آهن، جيڪو گهڻو ڪري عمارت جي تعميراتي طرز مطابق هوندو آهي. ماضي ۾ وڏا شيشي جا پينل آسانيءَ سان دستياب نه هجڻ سبب، گهڻ-پينل (يا ''جاليءَ واري دري'') 20هين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين سڀ کان عام دريءَ جو انداز هو، ۽ اڄ به روايتي تعميراتي طرز ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري ===

'''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري''' (Emergency exit/egress window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا ايتري وڏي ۽ زمين کان ايتري هيٺ هوندي آهي جو رهواسي هنگامي حالتن، جهڙوڪ باهه لڳڻ جي صورت ۾، ان مان ٻاهر نڪري سگهن. ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ بيڊ رومن لاءِ اهڙين درين جون صحيح وضاحتون [[تعميراتي ضابطا]] (Building codes) ۾ ڏنل هونديون آهن. اهڙين درين جون وضاحتون اهڙيون به هونديون آهن، جيڪي هنگامي امدادي عملي کي به اندر داخل ٿيڻ جي اجازت ڏين. بسن، هوائي جهازن ۽ ريل گاڏين جهڙين گاڏين ۾ پڻ هنگامي نڪرڻ واريون دريون هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/documents/outreach/bus/PreTrip-SafetyBrochure-Pull.pdf |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080923082055/http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/documents/outreach/bus/PreTrip-SafetyBrochure-Pull.pdf |url-status=dead |archive-date=September 23, 2008 |title=U.S. Dept. of Transportation: Safety information for bus/motorcoach passengers |access-date=February 11, 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== رنگين شيشي جي دري ===

{{Main|رنگين شيشو}}

'''رنگين شيشي جي دري''' (Stained glass window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا رنگين شيشي جي ٽڪرن مان ٺهيل هوندي آهي، جيڪي [[شفافيت (بصريات)|شفاف]]، نيم شفاف يا [[غير شفافيت (بصريات)|غير شفاف]] ٿي سگهن ٿا، ۽ انهن تي اڪثر ماڻهن جون تصويرون يا مختلف منظر ڏيکاريل هوندا آهن. عام طور انهن درين ۾ شيشي جا ٽڪرا سيهي جي ٺهيل گليزنگ بارن سان هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيا ويندا آهن. رنگين شيشي واريون دريون [[وڪٽورين دور]] جي گهرن ۽ ڪجهه [[فرينڪ لوئڊ رائيٽ]] جي طرز تي ٺهيل گهرن ۾ تمام مشهور هيون، ۽ خاص طور [[گرجاگھر]]ن ۾ گهڻي عام آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/stained+glass+window |title=Stained glass |work=[[The Free Dictionary]] |publisher=Farlex |access-date=May 19, 2012 |archive-date=January 19, 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120119031209/http://www.thefreedictionary.com/Stained+glass+window |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== فرينچ دري ===

{{multiple image
| align             = right
|total_width=300
| footer            = 20هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ [[لسبن]] ۾ [[فرانس جا سفارتي مشن|فرانس جي سفارتخاني]] ۾ &quot;فرينچ دري&quot; (ٻه فرينچ دروازا، جيڪي ٻاهرين ڀت ۾ بغير [[مولين]] جي گڏ ٻاهر ڏانهن کلن ٿا)
| width1            =
| image1            = Legation de France a Lisbonne (interieur).jpg
| width2            =
| image2            = Legation de France a Lisbonne (véranda).jpg
}}

'''فرينچ دروازو''' (French door) اهڙو دروازو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ شيشي جا پينل پوري ڊيگهه تائين لڳل هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French door |url=https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/French%20door |website=Merriam-Webster.com Dictionary |publisher=Merriam-Webster |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهڙن ٻن دروازن جي جوڙي، جيڪي وچ مان کلن، کي مختلف نالن سان سڏيو ويندو آهي، جهڙوڪ '''فرينچ دروازا''',&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French doors |url=https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/french-doors |website=Collins English Dictionary |publisher=HarperCollins |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; '''فرينچ دري''',&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French window |url=https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/French%20window |website=Merriam-Webster.com Dictionary |publisher=Merriam-Webster |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا '''فرينچ دريون'''.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French windows |url=https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/french-windows |website=Collins English Dictionary |publisher=HarperCollins |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهي عام طور عمارت جي ٻاهرئين ڀت ۾ لڳايا ويندا آهن. فرانس ۾ فرينچ درين کي ''porte-fenêtre'' ۽ اٽلي ۾ ''portafinestra'' چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ اهي جديد گهرن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

=== ٻٽي شيشي واري دري ===

{{Main|موصل گليزنگ}}

'''ٻٽي شيشي واري دري''' (Double-paned يا Double-glazed window) ۾ شيشي جا ٻه هڪ ٻئي سان متوازي پينل هوندا آهن، جن جي وچ ۾ عام طور لڳ ڀڳ 1 سينٽي ميٽر جو فاصلو هوندو آهي. هي خال مستقل طور بند ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ تياري وقت ان ۾ سڪل هوا يا ٻي سڪل غير ردعمل ڪندڙ گيس ڀري ويندي آهي. اهڙيون دريون [[حرارتي موصليت]] ۾ نمايان بهتري آڻينديون آهن (۽ عام طور آواز جي موصليت ۾ پڻ) ۽ گرمي پد جي فرق سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ ڌنڌ يا برف جمن کان بچاءُ ڪنديون آهن. اهي معتدل آبهوا وارن علائقن ۾ رهائشي ۽ تجارتي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

برطانيا ۾ ٻٽي ۽ ٽي شيشي وارين درين کي ترتيب وار ٻٽي-[[دريءَ جي گليزنگ|گليزنگ]] ۽ ٽيڻي-گليزنگ چيو ويندو آهي. ٽي شيشي واريون دريون هاڻي وچ ۽ اتر يورپ ۾ تمام عام ٿي ويون آهن، جڏهن ته [[چوڳڻي گليزنگ]] (چئوڻي گليزنگ) جو استعمال هاڻي اسڪينڊي نيويا ۾ شروع ڪيو پيو وڃي.

=== ڇهه ڪنڊي دري ===

[[File:Mustosen talon ikkuna 1870 1.jpg|thumb|upright|[[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]]]]

{{Main|ڇهه ڪنڊي دري}}

'''ڇهه ڪنڊي دري''' (ھيڪساگونل دري) هڪ [[شش ڪنڊو]] شڪل واري دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا ماکيءَ جي مک جي خاني يا گريفائيٽ جي ڪرسٽل جي جال جهڙي نظر ايندي آهي. اها عمودي يا افقي رخ ۾ لڳائي سگهجي ٿي، کلندڙ يا مقرر ٿي سگهي ٿي، باقاعده يا ڊگهي شڪل واري ٿي سگهي ٿي، ۽ ان ۾ ورهائيندڙ [[مولين]] پڻ ٿي سگهي ٿو. عام طور اهڙي دري ڇت جي مٿئين ڪمري (Attic) يا سينگار جي مقصد لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، پر عمارت جي اندر قدرتي روشني پهچائڻ لاءِ اهم تعميراتي عنصر طور به استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿي.

=== گليوٽين دري ===

'''گليوٽين دري''' (Guillotine ) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عمودي رخ ۾ کلندي آهي. گليوٽين درين ۾ هڪ کان وڌيڪ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ فريم هوندا آهن، ۽ اهي هيٺ کان مٿي يا مٿي کان هيٺ کلي سگهن ٿا.

== اصطلاح ==

EN 12519 يورپي معيار آهي، جيڪو يورپي يونين جي ميمبر ملڪن ۾ درين بابت سرڪاري طور استعمال ٿيندڙ اصطلاحن جي وضاحت ڪري ٿو. اهم اصطلاح هيٺيان آهن:

[[File:Casement (PSF).jpg|thumb|[[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]، [[جالي]] وارن روشن حصن (lights) سان]]

* '''لائيٽ''' (Light) يا '''لائيٽ''' (Lite)، دريءَ جي ٻاهرين حصن ([[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]]، [[دريءَ جو سِل]] ۽ پاسن وارن فريمن) جي وچ واري حصي کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو عام طور شيشي جي هڪ پين سان ڀريل هوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن دريءَ ۾ ڪيترائي شيشي جا پين هجن، ته بار کڻندڙ صورت ۾ انهن کي [[مولين]] الڳ ڪندا آهن، ۽ جيڪڏهن بار کڻندڙ نه هجن ته [[منٽن]] انهن کي جدا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Brett |first=Peter |year=2004 |title=Carpentry and Joinery |edition=2, illustrated |publisher=Nelson Thornes |isbn=978-0-7487-8502-5 |page=[https://books.google.com/books?id=iVthU6rPGK8C&amp;pg=PA225 255]}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''جاليءَ واري لائيٽ''' (Lattice light) هڪ مرڪب شيشي جو پين هوندو آهي، جيڪو شيشي جي ڪيترن ئي ننڍن ٽڪرن مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، ۽ اهي [[جالي]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ هڪٻئي سان ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن.

* '''مقرر دري''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو) اهڙي دريءَ جي هڪ واحد اڪائي هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ هڪ غير حرڪت ڪندڙ لائيٽ هوندي آهي. ''سنگل لائيٽ''، ''ڊبل لائيٽ'' وغيره جا اصطلاح دريءَ ۾ موجود اهڙن شيشي جي پينن جي تعداد کي ظاهر ڪندا آهن.

* '''سيش يونٽ''' (Sash unit) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ هڪ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ شيشي وارو حصو هوندو آهي، ۽ عام طور ٻه لائيٽون هونديون آهن (جنهن کي ''ڊبل لائيٽ'' چيو ويندو آهي).

* '''متبادل دري''' (رپليسمينٽ ونڊو) آمريڪا ۾ اهڙي فريم واري دريءَ کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا پراڻن سيشن کي ڪڍڻ کان پوءِ اندرئين پاسي کان اصل دريءَ جي فريم ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي. يورپ ۾، هن اصطلاح مان عام طور مڪمل دري مراد هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ نئون ٻاهريون فريم پڻ شامل هوندو آهي.

* '''نئين تعمير واري دري''' (نيو ڪنسٽرڪشن ونڊو)، آمريڪا ۾، اهڙي دري هوندي آهي جنهن ۾ ''نيلنگ فن'' (nailing fin) لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو عمارت جي ٻاهرئين پاسي کان اڻ تيار ٿيل کليل جاءِ ۾ سائڊنگ ۽ اندروني ٽرم لڳائڻ کان اڳ نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي. نيلنگ فن دريءَ جي ٻاهرئين فريم تي هڪ نڪتل حصو هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[تعميراتي گليزنگ]] جي ساڳئي سطح تي هوندو آهي، تيار ڪيل کليل حصي تي چڙهيل هوندو آهي، ۽ تنهنڪري ان کي ميخن ذريعي پنهنجي جاءِ تي لڳائي سگهجي ٿو. برطانيا ۽ يورپ جي مکيه زمين ۾ نون گهرن جي تعمير دوران دريون عام طور ڊگهن اسڪروَن ذريعي سرن جي ڀت ۾ لڳايل ڦهلجندڙ پلاسٽڪ پلگن سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. دريءَ جي چئن ئي پاسن کان لڳ ڀڳ 13 ملي ميٽر تائين خالي جاءِ ڇڏي ويندي آهي، جيڪا ڦهلجندڙ [[پولي يوريٿين فوم]] سان ڀري ويندي آهي. اهڙي طريقي سان دري موسم جي اثرن کان محفوظ رهندي آهي، جڏهن ته گرمي سبب ٿيندڙ ڦهلاءَ جي به گنجائش برقرار رهندي آهي.

* '''[[لنٽل]]''' دريءَ جي مٿئين حصي تي رکيل هڪ شعاع (بيم) هوندو آهي، جنهن کي [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''[[دريءَ جو سِل]]''' دريءَ جي فريم جو هيٺيون حصو هوندو آهي. دريءَ جا سِل ٻاهرئين پاسي ڍلوان هوندا آهن ته جيئن پاڻي عمارت جي اندر اچڻ بدران ٻاهر وهي وڃي.

* '''ثانوي گليزنگ''' (سيڪنڊري گليزنگ) هڪ اضافي فريم هوندو آهي، جيڪو موجوده فريم جي اندرئين پاسي لڳايو ويندو آهي. اهو عام طور محفوظ يا تاريخي حيثيت رکندڙ عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن عمارت جي ظاهري شڪل کي برقرار رکندي وڌيڪ حرارتي ۽ آواز جي موصليت حاصل ڪري سگهجي.

* '''[[سينگاريل ڪاٺ جو ڪم]]''' (ڊيڪورہٽو مل ورڪ) مان مراد دريءَ جي چوڌاري لڳل سينگاريل مولڊنگ، ڪورنس ۽ لنٽل آهن.

=== ليبلنگ ===

آمريڪا جي [[نيشنل فينسٽريشن ريٽنگ ڪائونسل]] (NFRC) جي دريءَ واري ليبل ۾ هيٺيان اصطلاح شامل هوندا آهن:

* [[حرارتي چالڪائي|حرارتي منتقلي (U-factor)]]، جنهن جي بهترين قيمت لڳ ڀڳ U-0.15 (يعني 0.8 W/m2/K) سمجهي ويندي آهي.
* [[شمسي گرمي حاصل ڪرڻ جو عدد]] (SHGC)، جيڪو شيشي مان گذرندڙ شمسي گرمي (انفراريڊ) ۽ ان تي پوندڙ ڪل شمسي گرميءَ جي وچ ۾ تناسب کي ظاهر ڪري ٿو.
* [[مرئي روشني جي منتقلي]] (VT)، جيڪا منتقل ٿيندڙ مرئي روشني ۽ پوندڙ مرئي روشني جي وچ ۾ تناسب کي ظاهر ڪري ٿي.
* [[هوا جو وهڪرو|هوا جي رِس]] (AL)، جيڪا سيش ۽ فريم جي وچ واري وٿي مان في منٽ في لڪيرِي فوٽ گذرندڙ هوا جي مقدار (ڪيوبڪ فوٽ في منٽ) ۾ ماپي ويندي آهي.
* [[نمي#تڪاثف|تڪاثف جي مزاحمت]] (CR)، جيڪا 1 کان 100 تائين ماپي ويندي آهي (جيترو انگ وڌيڪ هوندو، اوتري ئي تڪاثف ٺهڻ جي مزاحمت وڌيڪ هوندي).&lt;ref&gt;[http://www.nfrc.org/documents/WindowsandHeatLoss.pdf Windows and Heat Loss] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100827012257/http://www.nfrc.org/documents/WindowsandHeatLoss.pdf |date=August 27, 2010 }}, [[NFRC]] Heat Loss Fact Sheet&lt;/ref&gt;

يورپي هم آهنگ معيار hEN 14351–1، جيڪو دروازن ۽ درين سان لاڳاپيل آهي، 23 خاصيتن جي وضاحت ڪري ٿو (جن کي ''بنيادي'' ۽ ''غير بنيادي'' خاصيتن ۾ ورهايو ويو آهي). ان کان علاوه تياري هيٺ ٻه ٻيا يورپي معيار پڻ موجود آهن، جيڪي اندروني پيادل دروازن (prEN 14351–2)، دونهي ۽ باهه جي مزاحمت ڪندڙ دروازن، ۽ کولي سگهجندڙ درين (prEN 16034) بابت آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |url=http://www.alueurope.eu/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/CPR_guideline_Dec_2012_ver-1.pdf |title=CPR guideline |access-date=February 13, 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20131106070925/http://www.alueurope.eu/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/CPR_guideline_Dec_2012_ver-1.pdf |archive-date=November 6, 2013 |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>db41fyhakany04o7wl7ko1yqj6w9qsv</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400913</id>
      <parentid>400912</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T15:17:08Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400913</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="62713" sha1="r97d45v23fef1ggtyhatel1pffbaz39" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڀت، دروازي، ڇت يا گاڏي ۾ روشني، هوا ۽ ٻاهرئين ڏيک لاءِ ٺاهيل کُليل حصو}}

{{multiple image
|perrow=3
|total_width=400
|image1=Window of the house with number 17 on strada Mântuleasa, from Bucharest (Romania).jpg
|image2=Atua Kosua shrine4.jpg
|image3=Traditional wooden window (Akhi Jhyal).jpg
|image4=P1300843 Paris X rue de Paradis n18 detail rwk.jpg
|image5=Exterior facade of the Hôtel de Bourvallais 003.JPG
|image6=Chartres RosetteNord 121 DSC08241.jpg
|footer=دريَن جا مختلف نمونا
}}

'''دري''' (Window) ڀت، [[در]]، [[ڇت]] يا [[گاڏي]] ۾ ٺهيل اهڙو کُليل حصو آهي، جيڪو [[روشني]] کي اندر اچڻ، [[هوا]] جي اچ وڃ ۽ ڪيترين حالتن ۾ آواز جي گذر جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. جديد دريون عام طور شيشي  يا ڪنهن ٻئي شفاف يا نيم شفاف مواد سان ڍڪيل هونديون آهن. شيشو عام طور هڪ [[تاڪ]] (Sash) ۾ لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[فريم]] جي اندر نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt; ڪيترن ئي حوالن ۾ تاڪ ۽ فريم ٻنهي کي گڏجي دري پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/window/|title=Window|publisher=The Free Dictionary By Farlex|access-date=19 May 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

گهڻيون شيشي واريون دريون کولي يا بند ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. دري کولڻ سان [[هوا جي مٽاسٽا]] (وينٽيليشن) ممڪن ٿيندي آهي، جڏهن ته بند ڪرڻ سان مينهن، تيز هوا ۽ ٻين خراب موسمي حالتن کان تحفظ حاصل ٿيندو آهي. دريَن ۾ اڪثر [[ڪڙي]] (Latch) يا اهڙو ٻيو ميڪانياتي بندش وارو اوزار لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو دري کي بند ڪري تالو لڳائڻ يا مختلف درجن تائين کليل حالت ۾ قائم رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

دريَن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جن ۾ '''[[آئبرو دري]]'''  (آئبرو ونڊو - eyebrow)، '''[[مقرر دري]]''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو)، [[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]] (ھيڪساگونل ونڊو)، '''[[سنگل هنگ دري]]''' (سنگل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[ڊبل هنگ دري]]''' (ڊبل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[افقي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري]]''' (ھرائيزينٽل سلائيڊنگ سيش ونڊو)، [[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]، '''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window)، '''هاپر دري''' (Hopper window)، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ سلائيڊ دري''' ، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ ٽرن دري'''، '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom)، '''پاسي واري دري''' (سلائيڊ لائيٽ ونڊو)، [[جيلوسي دري]] (Jalousie)، [[لوور دري]] (Louvered)، [[ڪليرسٽوري دري]] (Clerestory)، [[لينسٽ دري]] (Lancet)، [[ڇت جو روشندان]] (اسڪائلائيٽ)، [[ڇت جي دري]] (روف ونڊو)، [[روف لئنٽرن]] (lantern)، [[بي دري]] (Bay)، [[اوريل دري]] (Oriel)، [[ڊائيوڪليشيئن دري]] (Diocletian)، '''تصويري دري''' (Picture)، [[گلابي دري]] (Rose)، '''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري'''، [[رنگين شيشي واري دري]] (Stained glass)، '''فرينچ دري'''، '''پينل دري'''، '''ٻٽي يا ٽرپل شيشي واري دري'''  ۽ [[وچ دري]] (Witch) شامل آهن.

== اشتقاق ==

انگريزي لفظ '''ونڊو''' (''window'') جو بنياد [[قديم نارس ٻولي]] جي لفظ {{lang|non|vindauga}} مان نڪتل آهي، جيڪو {{lang|non|vindr}} (هوا) ۽ {{lang|non|auga}} (اک) مان ٺهيل آهي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;هوا جي اک&quot; آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |title=New Oxford American Dictionary |date=2010 |access-date=January 16, 2015 |archive-date=June 2, 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130602205448/http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[نارويجي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|no|[[نينورسڪ]]}} ۽ [[آئس لينڊي ٻولي]] ۾ قديم نارس جو هي لفظ اڄ تائين زندهه رهيو آهي. آئس لينڊي ۾ اهو رڳو هڪ ننڍڙي کليل &quot;دري&quot; جي هڪ قسم لاءِ نسبتاً گهٽ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ آهي، ۽ اهو {{lang|is|gluggi}} (آئس لينڊي ٻوليءَ ۾ &quot;دري&quot; لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ) جو مڪمل مترادف نه آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|title=Hvaðan kemur orðið gluggi? Af hverju notum við ekki vindauga samanber window?|work=Vísindavefurinn|access-date=2018-09-17|language=is|archive-date=December 14, 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191214165059/https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|url-status=live}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ {{lang|sv|vindöga}} لفظ اڃا تائين جهونپڙيءَ جي ڇت ۾ موجود سوراخ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته [[ڊينش ٻولي]] جي {{lang|da|vindue}} ۽ نارويجي ٻولي جي {{lang|no|[[بوڪمول]]}} ۾ {{lang|no|vindu}} لفظ مان &quot;اک&quot; سان سڌو تعلق ختم ٿي ويو آهي، جيئن انگريزي لفظ ''window'' ۾ به ٿيو آهي. ڊينش (پر نارويجي [[بوڪمول]] نه) ۾ هن لفظ جو اچار انگريزي ''window'' سان گهڻو مشابهت رکي ٿو.

انگريزي جو لفظ ''ونڊو'' (window) پهريون ڀيرو 13هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ لکيل استعمال ملي ٿو، ۽ شروعات ۾ ان مان مراد ڇت ۾ موجود شيشي کان سواءِ هڪ کليل سوراخ هئي. بعد ۾ ''ونڊو''، [[قديم انگريزي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|ang|eagþyrl}} جي جاءِ ورتي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو سوراخ&quot; آهي، ۽ {{lang|ang|eagduru}}، جنهن جي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو در&quot; آهي.

تنهن هوندي به، ڪيترين ئي جرمني ٻولين شيشي واري دري لاءِ لاطيني لفظ فينيسٽرا fenestra اختيار ڪيو، جهڙوڪ [[معياري ٻولي|معياري]] [[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ فونسٽر fönster ۽ [[جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ فينسٽر Fenster.
انگريزي ۾ ''ونڊو'' لفظ جو استعمال غالباً [[وائڪنگ دور]] دوران انگريزي ٻوليءَ تي اسڪينڊي نيويائي اثر ۽ [[ڌاريل لفظ]]ن جي ذريعي ٿيو. انگريزي ۾ ''فينيسٽر'' لفظ پڻ ''ونڊو'' سان گڏ 18هين صديءَ جي وچ تائين متوازي طور استعمال ٿيندو رهيو.

لفظ '''فينيسٽريشن''' اڄ به عمارت جي [[مهاڙي]] ۾ درين جي ترتيب يا بناوت کي بيان ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته '''[[ڊيفينسٽريشن]]''' (''defenestration'') جي معنيٰ آهي &quot;ڪنهن کي دريءَ مان ٻاهر اڇلائڻ&quot;.

== تاريخ ==
{{Multiple image
|total_width=400
|image1=MorellaSantaMariaWindow.jpg
|caption1=[[الباسٽر]] مان ٺهيل &quot;مولين&quot; سان ورهايل سينگاريل دريون [[سانتا ماريا لا ميجور گرجاگھر]] ([[موريلّا، ڪاسٽيلون|موريلّا]]، اسپين) ۾
|image2=ValenciaCathedral2.JPG
|caption2=[[والينسيا گرجاگھر]] ۾ الباسٽر جي دري. ڀت جي فريم جي کاٻي پاسي جي غير هموار ۽ ترڇي شڪل تي ڌيان ڏيو، جيڪا سج جي ڪرڻن کي عبادت گاهه جي اڳئين حصي (چينسل) تائين پهچڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي.
}}

[[رومي سلطنت|رومين]] ماڻهن کي درين ۾ [[شيشو]] استعمال ڪندڙ پهريون معلوم ماڻهو سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ۽ اها ٽيڪنالاجي غالباً سڀ کان پهرين [[رومي مصر]] ۾، [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ {{circa|100}}ع ڌاري تيار ڪئي وئي هئي.{{Citation needed|date=April 2024}} درين جون تصويرون قديم مصري ڀتين جي نقاشين ۽ [[اسيريا]] جي مجسمن ۾ پڻ ڏسي سگهجن ٿيون. ڪاغذي دريون گهٽ خرچ واريون هونديون هيون ۽ قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ [[شيشو]] عام ماڻهن جي گهرن جي درين ۾ صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيو، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل [[جانورن جا سڱ|جانورن جي سڱن]] مان ٺهيل درين جا شيشا 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿي رهيا هئا. 19هين صديءَ ۾ آمريڪي اولهه وارن علائقن ۾ آبادڪارن [[تيل لڳل ڪاغذ جي دري]]ن جو استعمال شروع ڪيو. جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون جڏهن صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته ٿي ويا.

=== ٽيڪنالاجيون ===

13هين صدي ق.م. ۾ سڀ کان اوائليون دريون ڇت ۾ بغير شيشي وارا کليل سوراخ هوندا هئا، جيئن ڏينهن جي وقت روشني اندر اچي سگهي.{{citation needed|date=January 2023}} بعد ۾،{{when|date=October 2016}} انهن درين کي جانورن جي کل، ڪپڙي يا ڪاٺ سان ڍڪيو ويندو هو. ان کان پوءِ اهڙا [[دريءَ جا شٽر|شٽر]] وجود ۾ آيا، جيڪي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگهبا هئا.{{when|date=October 2016}} وقت سان گڏ اهڙيون دريون تيار ڪيون ويون جيڪي هڪ طرف رهواسين کي موسم جي اثرن کان بچائينديون هيون ۽ ٻي طرف روشني به اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون. انهن ۾ نيم شفاف مواد جا ڪيترائي ننڍا ٽڪرا استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا، جهڙوڪ جانورن جي چپٽن ۽ نيم شفاف سڱن جا ٽڪرا، ڪاغذ جون چادرون، [[سنگ مرمر]] جون سنهيون پتيون (جهڙوڪ [[فينگائيٽ]])، يا شيشي جا ٽڪرا، جيڪي ڪاٺ، لوهه يا سيهي جي ٺهيل فريمن ۾ لڳايا ويندا هئا. ڏور اوڀر ۾ درين کي ڀرڻ لاءِ ڪاغذ استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot;&gt;{{cite encyclopedia | url= http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | title= Window | encyclopedia= Britannica | access-date= May 19, 2012 | archive-date= May 2, 2015 | archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20150502185207/http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | url-status= live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

رومي ماڻهو درين ۾ شيشي جا پهريان معلوم استعمال ڪندڙ هئا، ۽ هنن اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي مان فائدو ورتو جيڪا غالباً پهريون ڀيرو [[رومي مصر]] ۾ ترقي ڪئي وئي هئي. خاص طور تي [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ تقريباً {{circa}} 100ع ڌاري [[ڍاليل شيشو|ڍاليل شيشي]] جون دريون ظاهر ٿيڻ لڳيون، جيتوڻيڪ انهن جون بصري خاصيتون ڪمزور هيون. اهي ننڍيون ۽ ٿلهيون هونديون هيون ۽ حقيقت ۾ [[شيشو ڦوڪڻ|ڦوڪيل شيشي]] جي مرتبانن (سلينڊر نما شڪل) کي چپٽو ڪري چادرن جي صورت ۾ ٺاهيو ويندو هو، جن تي هر هنڌ گول دائري جهڙا نشان موجود هوندا هئا. (موازنہ ڪريو روايتي [[گرجاگھر جي دري]]ن سان، جيڪي [[رنگين شيشو]] مان ٺهيل هونديون آهن.) دريءَ جو شيشو ايترو شفاف ٿيڻ ۾، جو ان مان صاف ڏسي سگهجي جيئن اڄ اسين ڏسون ٿا، هڪ هزار سالن کان وڌيڪ وقت لڳو. تنهن هوندي به، قديم رومي دريون تمام ڪارآمد هيون، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن کي &quot;گرمي فراهم ڪرڻ واري ٽيڪنالاجيءَ ۾ اڪثر نظرانداز ڪيل ترقي&quot; سمجهيو ويندو آهي، ڇو ته اهي سج جي گرمي کي عمارت اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون، جڏهن ته اندر جي گرم هوا کي ٻاهر نڪرڻ کان روڪينديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last1=Carrier |first1=Richard |title=The Scientist in the Early Roman Empire |date=2017 |publisher=Pitchstone Publishing |location=Durham, North Carolina |isbn=978-1-63431-106-9 |page=218}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1154ع ۾ [[الادريسي]] [[گھانا سلطنت]] جي بادشاهه جي محل جي هڪ خاص خصوصيت طور شيشي جي درين جو ذڪر ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | url= https://books.google.com/books?id=umyHqvAErOAC&amp;dq=Ghana+Empire+glass+window&amp;pg=PA564 | title= Encyclopedia of African History 3-Volume Set| page= 564|author= Kevin Shillington |author-link= Kevin Shillington| publisher= [[Routledge]] | isbn= 978-1-135-45670-2 |date= 2013}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal | last= Fage | first=J. D. | title=Ancient Ghana: A Review Of The Evidence | journal=Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana | volume= 3 | issue= 2 | pages= 3–24 | year= 1957| jstor= 41405704}}&lt;/ref&gt;

صدين جي دوران اهڙيون ٽيڪنيڪون ترقي ڪيون ويون، جن جي ذريعي ڦوڪيل شيشي جي [[سلينڊر (هندسي شڪل)|سلينڊر]] جي هڪ پاسي کي ڪٽي، ساڳئي مقدار جي شيشي مان وڌيڪ سنهيون مستطيل دريون تيار ڪيون وينديون هيون. ان سان ڊگهيون ۽ سنهيون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، جيڪي عام طور تي هڪ عمودي سهاري سان ورهايل هونديون هيون، جنهن کي [[مولين]] چيو ويندو آهي. مولين سان ورهايل شيشي واريون دريون يورپ جي خوشحال ماڻهن ۾ پسنديده دريون هيون،{{when|date=January 2023}} جڏهن ته ڪاغذي دريون قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ گهٽ خرچ سبب وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ عام ماڻهن جي گهرن ۾ شيشي واريون دريون صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيون، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل جانورن جي سڱن مان ٺهيل دريون 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿينديون رهيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Langley|first=Andrew|title=Medieval Life|series= Eyewitness|year= 2011 |publisher= Dorling Kindersley|isbn=978-1-4053-4545-3|page=16}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون، جڏهن 19هين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته بڻايا ويا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Float Glass|date=July 6, 2007 |url=https://www.architectmagazine.com/technology/float-glass_o}}&lt;/ref&gt; جديد دريون عام طور تي شيشي سان ڀريون وينديون آهن، جيتوڻيڪ شفاف پلاسٽڪ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== جوڙجڪ جا لاڙا ===
{{See also|گرجاگھر جي دري}}

12هين صدي عيسويءَ کان [[اولهه يورپ]] جي [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ [[لينسٽ دري]]ن (''lancet windows'') جو متعارف ٿيڻ، محرابي درين جي هڪ اڳوڻي روايت تي ٻڌل هو،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 |quote= In general two or three windows united in a group, as was later the rule in Roman architecture, were even then of frequent occurrence in the early Christian architecture of Asia Minor. The form of the window is nearly everywhere the same; a rectangle that usually has a rounded top, but seldom a straight lintel.}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪي [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀن]] جي وچ ۾ لڳايون وينديون هيون،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 | quote = The place of the window was determined by the architectural membering of the basilica, the distance between two columns generally indicating the position of a window.}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ ان جي نتيجي ۾ نه رڳو [[ٽريسري]] ۽ نفيس [[قرونِ وسطى جا رنگين شيشا|رنگين شيشي]] واريون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، پر عبادتي عمارتن ۾ نوڪيدار يا گول شڪل وارين درين جو هڪ اهڙو ڊگهو تعميراتي رواج به پيدا ٿيو، جيڪو اڄ به ڪيترن ئي گرجاگهرن ۾ ڏسي سگهجي ٿو.

تعميراتي مؤرخ پيٽر سمٿ شروعاتي جديد دور جي ويلش ڳوٺاڻن گهرن ۾ درين جي تعميراتي لاڙن بابت لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
تقريباً 1680ع تائين درين جو تناسب افقي هوندو هو، جيڪو انهن گهٽ اوچائي وارن ڪمرن لاءِ مناسب هو، جيڪي هال هائوسن ۾ مٿيون ماڙ شامل ڪرڻ کان پوءِ وجود ۾ آيا هئا. ان کان پوءِ عمودي تناسب واريون دريون رواج ۾ آيون، جنهن جو هڪ سبب گهٽ ۾ گهٽ اهو هو ته [[نشاةِ ثانيه]] جي دور ۾ اوچين ڇتين جي پسند وڌي وئي هئي. 1914ع کان پوءِ حالتون ٻيهر بدلجي ويون ۽ افقي تناسب واريون دريون هڪ ڀيرو ٻيهر پسند ڪيون وڃڻ لڳيون.&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
 |last1                = Smith
 |first1               = Peter
 |author-link1         = Peter Smith (architectural historian)
 |editor-last1         = Thirsk
 |editor-first1        = Joan
 |editor-link1         = Joan Thirsk
 |year                 = 1985
 |chapter              = 21 Rural Building in Wales
 |title                = The Agrarian History of England and Wales
 |url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=EAA9AAAAIAAJ
 |volume               = 5: 1640-1750 2: Agrarian change
 |publication-place    = Cambridge
 |publisher            = Cambridge University Press
 |page                 = 781
 |isbn                 = 9780521257756
 |access-date          = 18 January 2023
}}
&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;17هين صديءَ ۾ يورپ ۾ درين جي ڊزائن ۾ اوچائي ويڪر کان وڌيڪ رکڻ جو لاڙو پيدا ٿيو. ڪاٺ جا فريم وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا هئا، ۽ سيش دريون (''sash windows'') پڻ متعارف ڪرايون ويون. 18هين صديءَ ۾ سيش درين جي ڊزائن ۾ تبديليون آيون؛ شيشي کي سنڀاليندڙ سنها افقي ۽ عمودي پٽا (glazing bars) وڌيڪ باريڪ بڻايا ويا ۽ درين جون ماپون به وڌيڪ معياري ٿي ويون.

19هين صديءَ دوران ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ننڍين ڪناري وارين درين ۾ رنگين شيشو استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته گليزنگ بارن کي گوٿڪ طرز جي شڪل ڏني ويندي هئي. دريون اڳي کان وڌيڪ وڏيون ٿيڻ لڳيون ۽ آرٽس اينڊ ڪرافٽس ۽ ڪوئين اين طرزِ تعمير تمام مشهور ٿيا، جيڪو لاڙو 20هين صديءَ تائين جاري رهيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Windows, glass, glazing - a brief history |url=https://www.thenbs.com/knowledge/windows-glass-glazing-a-brief-history |access-date=2026-03-17 |website=NBS |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ شيشي]] جي ٽيڪنالاجي جي پکڙجڻ سان پڪچر ونڊوز (''picture windows'') متعارف ڪرائڻ ممڪن ٿيو (پهريون ڀيرو [[ليويٽ ٽائون، پنسلوانيا]] ۾)،&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
|last1                = Rybczynski
|first1               = Witold
|author-link1         = Witold Rybczynski
|date                 = 13 May 2008
|orig-date            = 2007
|chapter              = Ranchers, Picture Windows and Morning Rooms
|title                = Last Harvest: From Cornfield to New Town: Real Estate Development from George Washington to the Builders of the Twenty-First Century, and Why We Live in Houses Anyway
|url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=rkuvkjyRGG0C
|publication-place    = New York
|publisher            = Simon and Schuster
|page                 = 207
|isbn                 = 9780743235976
|access-date          = 18 January 2023
|quote                = The casual, spread-out ranch house [...] by 1950 accounted for nine out of ten new houses. [...] Its one extravagance was a large window facing the street - the picture window. As far as I have been able to determine, picture windows made their first appearance in Levittown, Pennsylvania.
}}
&lt;/ref&gt; جنهن جو بنياد 1951–1952ع ۾ وڌو ويو.{{Clarify|reason=What was founded?|date=July 2024}}ايندڙ حصي (حصو 4) ۾ آخري پيراگراف (''Many modern day windows may have a window screen...'') جو مڪمل ترجمو، بنا ڪنهن اختصار جي، حوالن سميت پيش ڪندس.

اڄڪلهه جون ڪيتريون ئي [[جديديت|جديد]] دريون [[دريءَ جي جالي]] (''window screen'') يا ميش سان ليس هونديون آهن، جيڪا اڪثر [[ايلومينيم]] يا [[فائبر گلاس]] مان ٺهيل هوندي آهي، جيئن دري کولڻ وقت [[جيت]] اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهن. دريون بنيادي طور تي عمارت جي اندر موجود ماڻهن کي ٻاهرين دنيا سان هڪ اهم بصري لاڳاپو فراهم ڪرڻ لاءِ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن ذريعي اهي ٻاهر ٿيندڙ مسلسل بدلجندڙ منظرن ۽ واقعن کي ڏسي سگهن ٿا. اهڙو لاڳاپو عمارتن ۾ رهندڙ ماڻهن جي صحت ۽ ڀلائي لاءِ انتهائي اهم سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ جيڪڏهن ماڻهو اهڙين بند عمارتن ۾ رهن، جتي دريون نه هجن، ته انهن تي اهڙي ماحول جا ناڪاري اثر پئجي سگهن ٿا.

درين جي ڊزائن بابت مقرر ڪيل ڪيترن ئي معيارن مان، ڏينهن جي روشني سان لاڳاپيل معيارن ۾ ڪجهه اهم عنصر نمايان ٿيا آهن، جن ۾ هنڌ، وقت، موسم، فطرت ۽ ماڻهو شامل آهن. انهن سڀني معيارن مان، اهي دريون جيڪي [[فطرت]] جا نظارا مهيا ڪن ٿيون، ماڻهن جي نظر ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ اهم سمجهيون وڃن ٿيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Kent |first1=Michael |last2=Schiavon |first2=Stefano |date=2022 |title=Predicting Window View Preferences Using the Environmental Information Criteria |url=https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |journal=LEUKOS |volume=19 |issue=2 |pages=190–209 |doi=10.1080/15502724.2022.2077753 |s2cid=251121476 |access-date=2022-11-09 |archive-date=December 28, 2023 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20231228134015/https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

== قسم ==

[[File:casement_window_parts.svg|thumb|Parts of a casement cross-window, viewed from the outside]]
=== صليبي دري ===
{{main|صليبي دري}}

'''صليبي دري''' (ڪراس-ونڊو) هڪ مستطيل شڪل واري دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عام طور تي هڪ [[مولين]] ۽ هڪ [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] جي ذريعي چئن حصن (روشنين) ۾ ورهايل هوندي آهي، جيڪي گڏجي هڪ [[لاطيني صليب]] جي شڪل ٺاهيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;Curl, James Stevens (2006). ''Oxford Dictionary of Architecture and Landscape Architecture'', 2nd ed., OUP, Oxford and New York, p. 214. {{ISBN|978-0-19-860678-9}}.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ابرو نما دري ===

'''ابرو نما دري''' (Eyebrow window) جو اصطلاح ٻن معنائن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي: ڀت ۾ هڪ مڙيل مٿئين حصي واري دري، يا هڪ ابرو نما [[ڊارمر]]؛ ۽ ننڍين درين جي هڪ قطار، جيڪا عام طور تي عمارت جي سامهون ڇڄن هيٺان هوندي آهي، جهڙوڪ پنسلوانيا ۾ [[جيمس-لوراه هائوس]].&lt;ref&gt;Harris, Cyril M. (1998). ''American Architecture: An Illustrated Encyclopedia''. New York: W. W. Norton.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مقرر دري ===

'''مقرر دري''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا کولي نٿي سگهجي،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=CVTjAQAAQBAJ&amp;q=Fixed+window+is+window+that+cannot+open&amp;pg=PA83|title=Kitchen &amp; Bath Residential Construction and Systems|author=NKBA (National Kitchen and Bath Association)|date=2013-10-29|publisher=John Wiley &amp; Sons|isbn=978-1-118-71104-0|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ جنهن جو ڪم صرف روشني کي اندر اچڻ ڏيڻ هوندو آهي (غير مقرر دريءَ جي ابتڙ، جيڪا کلي ۽ بند ٿي سگهي ٿي). [[ڪليرسٽوري]] دريون [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ گهڻو ڪري مقرر هونديون آهن. ٽرانسم دريون مقرر به ٿي سگهن ٿيون يا کولي سگهجن ٿيون. اهڙي قسم جون دريون انهن حالتن ۾ استعمال ٿينديون آهن، جتي صرف روشني يا ٻاهر جو نظارو گهربل هجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ [[ٽرڪل وينٽ]] يا مٿئين وينٽ کان سواءِ اهڙين درين ذريعي هوا جي اچ وڃ ممڪن نه هوندي آهي.

=== هڪ طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

'''هڪ طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري'''  اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ هڪ سيش (عام طور هيٺيون) حرڪت ڪندڙ هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مقرر هوندو آهي. هي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ سيش دريءَ جي قديم ترين صورت آهي ۽ قيمت ۾ پڻ نسبتاً سستي هوندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== ٻه طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

{{main|سيش دري}}

'''سيش دري''' (Sash window) برطانيا ۽ انهن ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾، جيڪي اڳ برطانوي نوآبادين جو حصو هئا، روايتي دريءَ جو انداز آهي. ان ۾ ٻه حصا (سيش) هوندا آهن، جيڪي ٿورو هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهيل هوندا آهن ۽ فريم جي اندر مٿي ۽ هيٺ سلائيڊ ٿيندا آهن. ٻنهي حصن جو هڪجهڙو سائيز هجڻ ضروري نه آهي؛ جيڪڏهن مٿيون سيش ننڍو (گهٽ اوچائي وارو) هجي ته ان کي [[ڪاٽيج دري]] چيو ويندو آهي.

هاڻي گهڻيون نيون ٻه طرفي سيش دريون سيشن کي سنڀالڻ لاءِ اسپرنگ بيلنس استعمال ڪن ٿيون، پر روايتي طور دريءَ جي ٻنهي پاسن تي باڪسن اندر رکيل جوابي وزن (ڪائونٽر ويٽس) استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا. اهي وزن رسي يا بعد ۾ خاص تيار ڪيل زنجير ذريعي پلين جي مدد سان سيشن سان ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا. اسپرنگ بيلنس جا ٽي قسم هوندا آهن: ٽيپ يا ڪلاڪ اسپرنگ بيلنس، چينل يا بلاڪ اينڊ ٽيڪل بيلنس، ۽ اسپائرل يا ٽيوب بيلنس.

روايتي طور ٻه طرفي سيش درين سان [[دريءَ جا شٽر]] پڻ لڳايا ويندا هئا. سيش درين ۾ سيمپليڪس قبضا پڻ لڳائي سگهجن ٿا، جيڪي دريءَ کي هڪ پاسي کان قبضن ۾ بند ڪرڻ جي اجازت ڏين ٿا، جڏهن ته ٻئي پاسي واري رسي ڌار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان دري کي باهه لڳڻ جي صورت ۾ نڪرڻ يا صفائي لاءِ کولي سگهجي ٿو.

=== فولڊ اپ دري ===

[[File:Foldup window.gif|thumb|upright|فولڊ اپ دري (اندر ڏانهن کُلندڙ)، پاسي کان ڪٽيل ڏيک]]

'''فولڊ اپ دري''' (Foldup window) ۾ ٻه هڪجهڙا سيش هوندا آهن، جيڪي معياري ٻه طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دريءَ وانگر هوندا آهن، پر اهي مٿي طرف ويڙهجي کلي ويندا آهن، جنهن سان تقريباً پوري فريم جيتري جاءِ مان هوا اندر اچي سگهي ٿي. هن دريءَ جو توازن اسپرنگن يا جوابي وزنن (counterbalances) ذريعي برقرار رکيو ويندو آهي، بلڪل ٻه طرفي سيش دريءَ وانگر. سيشن کي اهڙي نموني بيهاري سگهجي ٿو جو اهي روايتي ٻه طرفي سيش دريءَ جهڙا نظر اچن، يا هڪ ئي سڌي قطار ۾ به لڳائي سگهجن ٿا. سڌي قطار وارا نمونا اندر يا ٻاهر ٻنهي طرفن کلي سگهن ٿا. اندر کُلندڙ فولڊ اپ درين ۾ مقرر جاليون لڳائي سگهجن ٿيون، جڏهن ته ٻاهر کُلندڙ قسمن لاءِ حرڪت ڪندڙ جالين جي ضرورت هوندي آهي. اهڙيون دريون عام طور اسڪرين روم، باورچي خاني جي پاس ٿرو، يا هنگامي نڪرڻ واري رستي (egress) طور استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

=== افقي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

'''افقي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري''' (Horizontal sliding sash window) ۾ ٻه يا وڌيڪ سيش هوندا آهن، جيڪي ٿورو هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهيل هوندا آهن، پر فريم جي اندر افقي رخ ۾ سلائيڊ ٿيندا آهن. برطانيا ۾ انهن کي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن [[يارڪشائر]] سيش دريون به چيو ويندو آهي، غالباً ان ڪري جو انهن جو روايتي استعمال انهيءَ علائقي ۾ گهڻو هو.

=== ڪيسمينٽ دري ===

{{Main|ڪيسمينٽ دري}}

[[File:Gordijnen aan venster.JPG|thumb|[[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]]]

'''ڪيسمينٽ دري''' (Casement window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن جو سيش قبضن سان لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي وانگر اندر يا ٻاهر کلي ويندو آهي. اهو پاسي کان لڳل، مٿان لڳل (جنهن کي &quot;اوننگ دري&quot; پڻ چيو ويندو آهي؛ هيٺ ڏسو)، يا ڪڏهن هيٺان لڳل سيش تي مشتمل هوندو آهي، يا انهن قسمن جي ميلاپ سان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، ۽ ڪڏهن هڪ يا وڌيڪ پاسن تي مقرر شيشي جا پينل پڻ هوندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot; /&gt;

آمريڪا ۾ اهڙيون دريون عام طور [[ڪرئنڪ (مشينياتي حصو)|ڪرئنڪ]] ذريعي کوليون وينديون آهن، جڏهن ته يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي حصن ۾ انهن لاءِ پروجيڪشن فرڪشن اسٽيز ۽ [[ايسپاگنوليٽ]] لاڪنگ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. اڳي سادا قبضا [[ڪيسمينٽ اسٽي]] سان گڏ استعمال ٿيندا هئا. [[هينڊنگ]] (Handing) جو استعمال دريءَ جي کلڻ واري رخ جي سڃاڻپ لاءِ ڪيو ويندو آهي؛ ان موجب ڪيسمينٽ دري کاٻي هٿ واري، ساڄي هٿ واري يا ٻٽي رخ واري ٿي سگهي ٿي. برطانيا ۽ يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي ٻين علائقن ۾ جديد عمارتن ۾ ڪيسمينٽ دري سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام قسم آهي.

=== اوننگ دري ===

[[File:Fenêtre à l'australienne - Awning window - (AWS Magnum 616) Light.jpg|thumb|upright=0.5|اوننگ دري]]

'''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window) ڪيسمينٽ دريءَ جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو افقي طور لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ مٿئين پاسي [[قبضو]] لڳل هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهو ٻاهر ڏانهن [[ڇڄ]] وانگر کلي ٿو. آزاد نموني استعمال ٿيڻ کان علاوه، اهڙيون دريون هڪ ئي فريم ۾ ڪيترين گڏ به لڳائي سگهجن ٿيون يا مقرر شيشي سان گڏ به استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. اهي خاص طور هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ تمام ڪارآمد هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | title=Window Treatments | first=Karla J. | last=Nielson | page=45 | url=https://books.google.com/books?id=y6U0uP5cyLQC&amp;q=%22awning+window%22&amp;pg=PA45 | publisher=John Wiley &amp; Sons | date=Sep 15, 1989 | isbn=0-471-28946-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== هوپر دري ===

'''هوپر دري''' (Hopper window) هيٺئين پاسي کان قبضي تي ٻڌل ڪيسمينٽ دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عمودي رخ ۾ جهڪي کلي ٿي، ۽ عام طور اندر ڏانهن کلي ٿي، جنهن جي شڪل [[هوپر (ذرڙن گڏ ڪرڻ وارو ڪنٽينر)|هوپر]] جي نالي وانگر هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1=Allen|first1=Edward|last2=Thallon|first2=Rob|title=Fundamentals of Residential Construction|edition=3rd |year=2011 |publisher=Wiley |location=Hoboken, NJ |isbn=978-0-470-54083-1 |page=654}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پيوٽ دري ===

'''پيوٽ دري''' (Pivot window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ سامهون وارن ٻن پاسن تي هڪ هڪ قبضو لڳل هوندو آهي، جنهن جي مدد سان دري کلڻ وقت پنهنجي محور تي گهمي سگهي ٿي. اهي قبضا مٿي ۽ هيٺ (عمودي پيوٽ) يا ٻنهي پاسن (افقي پيوٽ) تي لڳايا ويندا آهن. عام طور دري پهرين محدود حد تائين کلي ٿي ته جيئن هوا جي اچ وڃ ٿي سگهي، ۽ پوءِ وڌيڪ کولڻ سان مڪمل طور ڦري وڃي ٿي ۽ اندر کان محفوظ صفائي لاءِ ٻيهر لاڪ ٿي وڃي ٿي. جديد پيوٽ قبضا فرڪشن واري نظام سان ليس هوندا آهن، جيڪو دريءَ کي پنهنجي وزن جي باوجود کليل حالت ۾ سنڀالي رکندو آهي، ۽ انهن ۾ کلڻ جي حد مقرر ڪرڻ ۽ اُلٽي لاڪنگ جون سهولتون پڻ موجود هونديون آهن. برطانيا، جتي هن قسم جون دريون سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام آهن، اتي اهي گهڻ ماڙ سرڪاري رهائشي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي لڳايون ويون.

=== جهڪندڙ ۽ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري ===

'''جهڪندڙ ۽ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري''' (Tilt and slide window) اهڙي دري (يا گهڻو ڪري دروازي جيتري وڏي دري) هوندي آهي، جنهن جو سيش پهرين هوپر دريءَ وانگر مٿئين حصي کان اندر ڏانهن جهڪي ٿو، ۽ پوءِ مقرر شيشي جي پينل جي پٺيان افقي رخ ۾ سلائيڊ ٿي وڃي ٿو.

=== جهڪندڙ ۽ ڦرندڙ دري ===

'''جهڪندڙ ۽ ڦرندڙ دري''' (Tilt and turn window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا يا ته مٿئين حصي کان اندر ڏانهن جهڪي سگهي ٿي يا پاسي وارن قبضن تان اندر ڏانهن مڪمل طور کلي سگهي ٿي. هي جرمني، جتي ان جو بنياد پيو، جو سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام دريءَ جو قسم آهي، ۽ يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي ٻين ملڪن ۾ به وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

يورپ ۾ عام طور اهي &quot;پهرين ڦرندڙ&quot; (turn first) قسم جون هونديون آهن؛ يعني جڏهن هينڊل کي 90 درجا ڦيرايو وڃي ته دري پاسي کان کلندي آهي، ۽ جڏهن هينڊل کي 180 درجا ڦيرايو وڃي ته اها هيٺان لڳل دريءَ وانگر جهڪي کلي ٿي. برطانيا ۾ گهڻو ڪري &quot;پهرين جهڪندڙ&quot; (tilt first) قسم جون دريون استعمال ٿينديون آهن؛ يعني 90 درجن تي هيٺان لڳل صورت ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ کلنديون آهن، ۽ 180 درجن تي پاسي کان مڪمل طور کلنديون آهن، جنهن سان عمارت جي اندر بيهي ٻاهرئين شيشي کي آساني سان صاف ڪري سگهجي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://glawindows.com/tilt-and-turn-windows-5/ |title=Tilt-and-Turn Windows Gain Popularity |date=June 11, 2021 |access-date=January 25, 2023 |archive-date=January 25, 2023 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230125064841/https://glawindows.com/tilt-and-turn-windows-5/ |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٽرانسم دري ===

هڪ '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom window) دروازي جي مٿان لڳل دري هوندي آهي. ٻاهرين دروازي ۾ [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] دري عام طور مقرر (fixed) هوندي آهي، جڏهن ته اندرين دروازي ۾ اها مٿئين يا هيٺئين پاسي لڳل قبضن ذريعي کلي سگهي ٿي، يا پنهنجي محور تي ڦري به سگهي ٿي. زبردستي هوا جي گرمي ۽ ٿڌڪ (forced air heating and cooling) جا نظام عام ٿيڻ کان اڳ، اها هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي هئي. پنکي جي شڪل واري ٽرانسم دري کي خاص طور برطانوي ٻيٽن ۾ '''فين لائيٽ''' (fanlight) چيو ويندو آهي.

=== پاسي واري دري ===

دروازي يا ٻي دريءَ جي ٻنهي پاسن تي لڳل درين کي '''پاسي واريون دريون''' (Sidelights)، '''ونگ لائيٽس''' (Wing lights)، '''مارجنل لائيٽس''' (Marginal lights)، يا '''فلينڪنگ دريون''' (Flanking windows) چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Curl, James Stevens. &quot;Flanking window&quot;. ''A Dictionary of Architecture and Landscape Architecture''. 2nd ed. Oxford England: Oxford University Press, 2006. 285. Print.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== جيلوسي دري ===

[[File:Jalousie2.jpg|thumb|جيلوسي يا [[لوور]] واري دري]]

{{main|جيلوسي دري}}

'''جيلوسي دري''' (Jalousie window)، جنهن کي '''لوور واري دري''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙي دري آهي جيڪا شيشي يا [[پولي (ميٿائل ميٿاڪريليٽ)|ايڪريلڪ]] جي هڪٻئي سان متوازي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندي آهي، جيڪي [[وينيشيئن بلائنڊ]] وانگر کلنديون ۽ بند ٿينديون آهن، عام طور ڪرئنڪ يا ليور جي ذريعي. اهڙيون دريون استوائي علائقن جي تعميراتي طرز ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن. جيلوسي دروازو اهو دروازو هوندو آهي جنهن ۾ جيلوسي دري لڳل هجي.

=== ڪليرسٽوري دري ===

{{Main|ڪليرسٽوري}}

'''ڪليرسٽوري دري''' (Clerestory window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي جيڪا [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ يا ڀت جي مٿئين حصي ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي، ۽ [[قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|قدرتي روشني]] اندر آڻڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

=== آسماني دري ===

[[File:BurlingtonHousePavementWindow.jpg|thumbnail|لنڊن ۾ [[برلنگٽن هائوس]] جي ٻاهران فوٽ پاٿ تي لڳل آسماني دري (جنهن کي [[پيومينٽ لائيٽ]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي)]]

{{Main|قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|آسماني دري}}

'''آسماني دري''' (Skylight) اهڙي دري آهي جيڪا [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ تعمير ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=TopgKO4x_2kC&amp;q=skylight+is+window+built+into+roof&amp;pg=PA223|title=Construction Estimating Reference Data|last=Sarviel|first=Ed|date=1993|publisher=Craftsman Book Company|isbn=978-0-934041-84-3|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن قسم جي دري ذريعي قدرتي سج جي روشني ۽ چنڊ جي روشني اندر اچي سگهي ٿي.

=== ڇت واري دري ===

{{main|ڇت واري دري}}

'''ڇت واري دري''' (Roof window) هڪ ترڇي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا [[قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|قدرتي روشني]] لاءِ [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي. هي انهن ٿورين درين مان هڪ آهي، جيڪي هنگامي حالت ۾ نڪرڻ جي رستي طور پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. وڏيون ڇت واريون دريون هنگامي انخلا بابت [[تعميراتي ضابطا]] (Building codes) جون گهرجون پوريون ڪنديون آهن.

=== ڇت وارو لالٽين ===

{{Main|ڇت وارو لالٽين}}

'''ڇت وارو لالٽين''' (Roof lantern) گهڻن شيشي وارن پينلن تي ٻڌل هڪ تعميراتي ڍانچو هوندو آهي، جيڪو هڪ ننڍڙي عمارت جهڙو نظر ايندو آهي ۽ ڇت تي ڏينهن يا چنڊ جي روشني اندر آڻڻ لاءِ تعمير ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ان ۾ اضافي [[ڪليرسٽوري]] پڻ شامل هوندي آهي. ان کي [[گنبذ نما ڇت (ڪپولا)|ڪپولا]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

=== بي دري ===

[[File:2014 Kłodzko, pl. Chrobrego 13 03.JPG|thumb|[[بي دري]]ون [[ڪووڊزڪو]]، پولينڊ ۾]]

{{Main|بي دري}}

'''بي دري''' (Bay window) گهڻن پينلن تي ٻڌل دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ٽي پينل مختلف زاويَن تي لڳل هوندا آهن، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دري ڀت جي سڌي ليڪ کان ٻاهر نڪري ايندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot; /&gt;

==== اوريل دري ====

{{Main|اوريل دري}}

'''اوريل دري''' (Oriel window) بي دريءَ جي هڪ قسم آهي. هي انداز گهڻو ڪري ٽيوڊر طرز جي گهرن ۽ خانقاهن ۾ ڏسڻ ۾ اچي ٿو. اها ڀت مان ٻاهر نڪتل هوندي آهي، پر زمين تائين نه پهچندي آهي. شروعات ۾ اها برآمدي (porch) جي هڪ صورت هئي، ۽ اڪثر ان کي بريسڪيٽن يا [[ڪوربل]]ن جي مدد سان سهارو ڏنو ويندو آهي.

=== ٿرمل دري ===

{{Main|ڊيوڪليشيئن دري}}

'''ٿرمل''' يا '''ڊيوڪليشيئن دريون''' (Thermal or Diocletian windows) وڏيون نيم دائري شڪل واريون دريون (يا طاق) هونديون آهن، جيڪي عام طور ٻن [[مولين]]ن جي ذريعي ٽن حصن (دريءَ جي خانوَن) ۾ ورهايل هونديون آهن. وچ وارو حصو گهڻو ڪري ٻنهي پاسن وارن حصن کان وڌيڪ ويڪرو هوندو آهي.

=== تصويري دري ===

'''تصويري دري''' (Picture window) ڀت ۾ لڳل هڪ وڏي مقرر دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ عام طور [[گليزنگ بار]] نه هوندا آهن، يا صرف ڪنارن وٽ معمولي گليزنگ بار ([[منٽن]]) لڳل هوندا آهن. تصويري دريون بغير ڪنهن رڪاوٽ جي ٻاهر جو نظارو مهيا ڪنديون آهن، ڄڻ ڪنهن تصوير کي فريم ۾ بند ڪيو ويو هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/picture+window |title=Picture window |work=[[The Free Dictionary]] |publisher=Farlex |access-date=May 19, 2012 |archive-date=July 10, 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120710004859/http://www.thefreedictionary.com/picture+window |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== گهڻ-پينل دري ===

'''گهڻ-پينل دري''' (Multi-lite window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ شيشي جا ڪيترائي ننڍا ٽڪرا ڪاٺ يا سيهي جي ٺهيل ''گليزنگ بارن'' يا ''[[منٽن]]'' جي ذريعي هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيل هوندا آهن. اهي هڪ سينگاريل ''گليزنگ نموني'' ۾ ترتيب ڏنل هوندا آهن، جيڪو گهڻو ڪري عمارت جي تعميراتي طرز مطابق هوندو آهي. ماضي ۾ وڏا شيشي جا پينل آسانيءَ سان دستياب نه هجڻ سبب، گهڻ-پينل (يا ''جاليءَ واري دري'') 20هين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين سڀ کان عام دريءَ جو انداز هو، ۽ اڄ به روايتي تعميراتي طرز ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري ===

'''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري''' (Emergency exit/egress window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا ايتري وڏي ۽ زمين کان ايتري هيٺ هوندي آهي جو رهواسي هنگامي حالتن، جهڙوڪ باهه لڳڻ جي صورت ۾، ان مان ٻاهر نڪري سگهن. ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ بيڊ رومن لاءِ اهڙين درين جون صحيح وضاحتون [[تعميراتي ضابطا]] (Building codes) ۾ ڏنل هونديون آهن. اهڙين درين جون وضاحتون اهڙيون به هونديون آهن، جيڪي هنگامي امدادي عملي کي به اندر داخل ٿيڻ جي اجازت ڏين. بسن، هوائي جهازن ۽ ريل گاڏين جهڙين گاڏين ۾ پڻ هنگامي نڪرڻ واريون دريون هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/documents/outreach/bus/PreTrip-SafetyBrochure-Pull.pdf |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080923082055/http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/documents/outreach/bus/PreTrip-SafetyBrochure-Pull.pdf |url-status=dead |archive-date=September 23, 2008 |title=U.S. Dept. of Transportation: Safety information for bus/motorcoach passengers |access-date=February 11, 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== رنگين شيشي جي دري ===

{{Main|رنگين شيشو}}

'''رنگين شيشي جي دري''' (Stained glass window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا رنگين شيشي جي ٽڪرن مان ٺهيل هوندي آهي، جيڪي [[شفافيت (بصريات)|شفاف]]، نيم شفاف يا [[غير شفافيت (بصريات)|غير شفاف]] ٿي سگهن ٿا، ۽ انهن تي اڪثر ماڻهن جون تصويرون يا مختلف منظر ڏيکاريل هوندا آهن. عام طور انهن درين ۾ شيشي جا ٽڪرا سيهي جي ٺهيل گليزنگ بارن سان هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيا ويندا آهن. رنگين شيشي واريون دريون [[وڪٽورين دور]] جي گهرن ۽ ڪجهه [[فرينڪ لوئڊ رائيٽ]] جي طرز تي ٺهيل گهرن ۾ تمام مشهور هيون، ۽ خاص طور [[گرجاگھر]]ن ۾ گهڻي عام آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/stained+glass+window |title=Stained glass |work=[[The Free Dictionary]] |publisher=Farlex |access-date=May 19, 2012 |archive-date=January 19, 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120119031209/http://www.thefreedictionary.com/Stained+glass+window |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== فرينچ دري ===

{{multiple image
| align             = right
|total_width=300
| footer            = 20هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ [[لسبن]] ۾ [[فرانس جا سفارتي مشن|فرانس جي سفارتخاني]] ۾ &quot;فرينچ دري&quot; (ٻه فرينچ دروازا، جيڪي ٻاهرين ڀت ۾ بغير [[مولين]] جي گڏ ٻاهر ڏانهن کلن ٿا)
| width1            =
| image1            = Legation de France a Lisbonne (interieur).jpg
| width2            =
| image2            = Legation de France a Lisbonne (véranda).jpg
}}

'''فرينچ دروازو''' (French door) اهڙو دروازو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ شيشي جا پينل پوري ڊيگهه تائين لڳل هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French door |url=https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/French%20door |website=Merriam-Webster.com Dictionary |publisher=Merriam-Webster |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهڙن ٻن دروازن جي جوڙي، جيڪي وچ مان کلن، کي مختلف نالن سان سڏيو ويندو آهي، جهڙوڪ '''فرينچ دروازا''',&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French doors |url=https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/french-doors |website=Collins English Dictionary |publisher=HarperCollins |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; '''فرينچ دري''',&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French window |url=https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/French%20window |website=Merriam-Webster.com Dictionary |publisher=Merriam-Webster |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا '''فرينچ دريون'''.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French windows |url=https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/french-windows |website=Collins English Dictionary |publisher=HarperCollins |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهي عام طور عمارت جي ٻاهرئين ڀت ۾ لڳايا ويندا آهن. فرانس ۾ فرينچ درين کي ''porte-fenêtre'' ۽ اٽلي ۾ ''portafinestra'' چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ اهي جديد گهرن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

=== ٻٽي شيشي واري دري ===

{{Main|موصل گليزنگ}}

'''ٻٽي شيشي واري دري''' (Double-paned يا Double-glazed window) ۾ شيشي جا ٻه هڪ ٻئي سان متوازي پينل هوندا آهن، جن جي وچ ۾ عام طور لڳ ڀڳ 1 سينٽي ميٽر جو فاصلو هوندو آهي. هي خال مستقل طور بند ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ تياري وقت ان ۾ سڪل هوا يا ٻي سڪل غير ردعمل ڪندڙ گيس ڀري ويندي آهي. اهڙيون دريون [[حرارتي موصليت]] ۾ نمايان بهتري آڻينديون آهن (۽ عام طور آواز جي موصليت ۾ پڻ) ۽ گرمي پد جي فرق سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ ڌنڌ يا برف جمن کان بچاءُ ڪنديون آهن. اهي معتدل آبهوا وارن علائقن ۾ رهائشي ۽ تجارتي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

برطانيا ۾ ٻٽي ۽ ٽي شيشي وارين درين کي ترتيب وار ٻٽي-[[دريءَ جي گليزنگ|گليزنگ]] ۽ ٽيڻي-گليزنگ چيو ويندو آهي. ٽي شيشي واريون دريون هاڻي وچ ۽ اتر يورپ ۾ تمام عام ٿي ويون آهن، جڏهن ته [[چوڳڻي گليزنگ]] (چئوڻي گليزنگ) جو استعمال هاڻي اسڪينڊي نيويا ۾ شروع ڪيو پيو وڃي.

=== ڇهه ڪنڊي دري ===

[[File:Mustosen talon ikkuna 1870 1.jpg|thumb|upright|[[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]]]]

{{Main|ڇهه ڪنڊي دري}}

'''ڇهه ڪنڊي دري''' (ھيڪساگونل دري) هڪ [[شش ڪنڊو]] شڪل واري دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا ماکيءَ جي مک جي خاني يا گريفائيٽ جي ڪرسٽل جي جال جهڙي نظر ايندي آهي. اها عمودي يا افقي رخ ۾ لڳائي سگهجي ٿي، کلندڙ يا مقرر ٿي سگهي ٿي، باقاعده يا ڊگهي شڪل واري ٿي سگهي ٿي، ۽ ان ۾ ورهائيندڙ [[مولين]] پڻ ٿي سگهي ٿو. عام طور اهڙي دري ڇت جي مٿئين ڪمري (Attic) يا سينگار جي مقصد لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، پر عمارت جي اندر قدرتي روشني پهچائڻ لاءِ اهم تعميراتي عنصر طور به استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿي.

=== گليوٽين دري ===

'''گليوٽين دري''' (Guillotine ) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عمودي رخ ۾ کلندي آهي. گليوٽين درين ۾ هڪ کان وڌيڪ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ فريم هوندا آهن، ۽ اهي هيٺ کان مٿي يا مٿي کان هيٺ کلي سگهن ٿا.

== اصطلاح ==

EN 12519 يورپي معيار آهي، جيڪو يورپي يونين جي ميمبر ملڪن ۾ درين بابت سرڪاري طور استعمال ٿيندڙ اصطلاحن جي وضاحت ڪري ٿو. اهم اصطلاح هيٺيان آهن:

[[File:Casement (PSF).jpg|thumb|[[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]، [[جالي]] وارن روشن حصن (lights) سان]]

* '''لائيٽ''' (Light) يا '''لائيٽ''' (Lite)، دريءَ جي ٻاهرين حصن ([[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]]، [[دريءَ جو سِل]] ۽ پاسن وارن فريمن) جي وچ واري حصي کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو عام طور شيشي جي هڪ پين سان ڀريل هوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن دريءَ ۾ ڪيترائي شيشي جا پين هجن، ته بار کڻندڙ صورت ۾ انهن کي [[مولين]] الڳ ڪندا آهن، ۽ جيڪڏهن بار کڻندڙ نه هجن ته [[منٽن]] انهن کي جدا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Brett |first=Peter |year=2004 |title=Carpentry and Joinery |edition=2, illustrated |publisher=Nelson Thornes |isbn=978-0-7487-8502-5 |page=[https://books.google.com/books?id=iVthU6rPGK8C&amp;pg=PA225 255]}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''جاليءَ واري لائيٽ''' (Lattice light) هڪ مرڪب شيشي جو پين هوندو آهي، جيڪو شيشي جي ڪيترن ئي ننڍن ٽڪرن مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، ۽ اهي [[جالي]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ هڪٻئي سان ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن.

* '''مقرر دري''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو) اهڙي دريءَ جي هڪ واحد اڪائي هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ هڪ غير حرڪت ڪندڙ لائيٽ هوندي آهي. ''سنگل لائيٽ''، ''ڊبل لائيٽ'' وغيره جا اصطلاح دريءَ ۾ موجود اهڙن شيشي جي پينن جي تعداد کي ظاهر ڪندا آهن.

* '''سيش يونٽ''' (Sash unit) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ هڪ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ شيشي وارو حصو هوندو آهي، ۽ عام طور ٻه لائيٽون هونديون آهن (جنهن کي ''ڊبل لائيٽ'' چيو ويندو آهي).

* '''متبادل دري''' (رپليسمينٽ ونڊو) آمريڪا ۾ اهڙي فريم واري دريءَ کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا پراڻن سيشن کي ڪڍڻ کان پوءِ اندرئين پاسي کان اصل دريءَ جي فريم ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي. يورپ ۾، هن اصطلاح مان عام طور مڪمل دري مراد هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ نئون ٻاهريون فريم پڻ شامل هوندو آهي.

* '''نئين تعمير واري دري''' (نيو ڪنسٽرڪشن ونڊو)، آمريڪا ۾، اهڙي دري هوندي آهي جنهن ۾ ''نيلنگ فن'' (nailing fin) لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو عمارت جي ٻاهرئين پاسي کان اڻ تيار ٿيل کليل جاءِ ۾ سائڊنگ ۽ اندروني ٽرم لڳائڻ کان اڳ نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي. نيلنگ فن دريءَ جي ٻاهرئين فريم تي هڪ نڪتل حصو هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[تعميراتي گليزنگ]] جي ساڳئي سطح تي هوندو آهي، تيار ڪيل کليل حصي تي چڙهيل هوندو آهي، ۽ تنهنڪري ان کي ميخن ذريعي پنهنجي جاءِ تي لڳائي سگهجي ٿو. برطانيا ۽ يورپ جي مکيه زمين ۾ نون گهرن جي تعمير دوران دريون عام طور ڊگهن اسڪروَن ذريعي سرن جي ڀت ۾ لڳايل ڦهلجندڙ پلاسٽڪ پلگن سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. دريءَ جي چئن ئي پاسن کان لڳ ڀڳ 13 ملي ميٽر تائين خالي جاءِ ڇڏي ويندي آهي، جيڪا ڦهلجندڙ [[پولي يوريٿين فوم]] سان ڀري ويندي آهي. اهڙي طريقي سان دري موسم جي اثرن کان محفوظ رهندي آهي، جڏهن ته گرمي سبب ٿيندڙ ڦهلاءَ جي به گنجائش برقرار رهندي آهي.

* '''[[لنٽل]]''' دريءَ جي مٿئين حصي تي رکيل هڪ شعاع (بيم) هوندو آهي، جنهن کي [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''[[دريءَ جو سِل]]''' دريءَ جي فريم جو هيٺيون حصو هوندو آهي. دريءَ جا سِل ٻاهرئين پاسي ڍلوان هوندا آهن ته جيئن پاڻي عمارت جي اندر اچڻ بدران ٻاهر وهي وڃي.

* '''ثانوي گليزنگ''' (سيڪنڊري گليزنگ) هڪ اضافي فريم هوندو آهي، جيڪو موجوده فريم جي اندرئين پاسي لڳايو ويندو آهي. اهو عام طور محفوظ يا تاريخي حيثيت رکندڙ عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن عمارت جي ظاهري شڪل کي برقرار رکندي وڌيڪ حرارتي ۽ آواز جي موصليت حاصل ڪري سگهجي.

* '''[[سينگاريل ڪاٺ جو ڪم]]''' (ڊيڪورہٽو مل ورڪ) مان مراد دريءَ جي چوڌاري لڳل سينگاريل مولڊنگ، ڪورنس ۽ لنٽل آهن.

=== ليبلنگ ===

آمريڪا جي [[نيشنل فينسٽريشن ريٽنگ ڪائونسل]] (NFRC) جي دريءَ واري ليبل ۾ هيٺيان اصطلاح شامل هوندا آهن:

* [[حرارتي چالڪائي|حرارتي منتقلي (U-factor)]]، جنهن جي بهترين قيمت لڳ ڀڳ U-0.15 (يعني 0.8 W/m2/K) سمجهي ويندي آهي.
* [[شمسي گرمي حاصل ڪرڻ جو عدد]] (SHGC)، جيڪو شيشي مان گذرندڙ شمسي گرمي (انفراريڊ) ۽ ان تي پوندڙ ڪل شمسي گرميءَ جي وچ ۾ تناسب کي ظاهر ڪري ٿو.
* [[مرئي روشني جي منتقلي]] (VT)، جيڪا منتقل ٿيندڙ مرئي روشني ۽ پوندڙ مرئي روشني جي وچ ۾ تناسب کي ظاهر ڪري ٿي.
* [[هوا جو وهڪرو|هوا جي رِس]] (AL)، جيڪا سيش ۽ فريم جي وچ واري وٿي مان في منٽ في لڪيرِي فوٽ گذرندڙ هوا جي مقدار (ڪيوبڪ فوٽ في منٽ) ۾ ماپي ويندي آهي.
* [[نمي#تڪاثف|تڪاثف جي مزاحمت]] (CR)، جيڪا 1 کان 100 تائين ماپي ويندي آهي (جيترو انگ وڌيڪ هوندو، اوتري ئي تڪاثف ٺهڻ جي مزاحمت وڌيڪ هوندي).&lt;ref&gt;[http://www.nfrc.org/documents/WindowsandHeatLoss.pdf Windows and Heat Loss] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100827012257/http://www.nfrc.org/documents/WindowsandHeatLoss.pdf |date=August 27, 2010 }}, [[NFRC]] Heat Loss Fact Sheet&lt;/ref&gt;

يورپي هم آهنگ معيار hEN 14351–1، جيڪو دروازن ۽ درين سان لاڳاپيل آهي، 23 خاصيتن جي وضاحت ڪري ٿو (جن کي ''بنيادي'' ۽ ''غير بنيادي'' خاصيتن ۾ ورهايو ويو آهي). ان کان علاوه تياري هيٺ ٻه ٻيا يورپي معيار پڻ موجود آهن، جيڪي اندروني پيادل دروازن (prEN 14351–2)، دونهي ۽ باهه جي مزاحمت ڪندڙ دروازن، ۽ کولي سگهجندڙ درين (prEN 16034) بابت آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |url=http://www.alueurope.eu/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/CPR_guideline_Dec_2012_ver-1.pdf |title=CPR guideline |access-date=February 13, 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20131106070925/http://www.alueurope.eu/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/CPR_guideline_Dec_2012_ver-1.pdf |archive-date=November 6, 2013 |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;

== جوڙجڪ ==

[[File:Passivhaus Fenster Beispiele (blank).svg|thumb|[[موصل گليزنگ]] سان جديد پلاسٽڪ ۽ ڪاٺ جي دريءَ جي پروفائلن جا مثال]]

[[File:WaterMill Window LymeRegis.jpg|thumb|برطانيا ۾ [[لائيم ريجس]] جي 14هين صديءَ جي [[پاڻيءَ جي چڪي]] ۾ لڳايل جديد ڪاٺ جي فريم واري دري]]

[[File:5-chamber plastic window profile.JPG|thumb|upright|پنج-چيمبر واري پلاسٽڪ دريءَ جو پروفائل]]

دريون گرمي جي منتقلي جو هڪ اهم ذريعو ٿي سگهن ٿيون.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window Systems&quot;&gt;Carmody, J., Selkowitz, S., Lee, E. S., Arasteh, D., &amp; Willmert, T. (2004). ''Window Systems for High-Performance Buildings''. New York, NY: W. W. Norton &amp; Company, Inc.&lt;/ref&gt; انهيءَ ڪري [[موصل گليزنگ]] جون اڪايون (Insulated glazing units) ٻن يا وڌيڪ شيشي جي پينن تي مشتمل هونديون آهن، جيئن گرمي جي منتقلي کي گهٽائي سگهجي.

=== جاليون يا منٽن ===

اهي فريم جا اهي حصا هوندا آهن، جيڪي هڪ وڏي دريءَ کي ڪيترن ننڍن شيشي جي پينن ۾ ورهائيندا آهن. پراڻين درين ۾ شيشي جا وڏا پين تمام مهانگا هوندا هئا، تنهنڪري [[منٽن]] ننڍن شيشي جي پينن کي گڏ ڪري وڏي جاءِ ڀرڻ جي سهولت ڏيندا هئا.

جديد درين ۾ هلڪي رنگ وارا منٽن اڃا تائين هڪ ڪارائتو ڪم سرانجام ڏين ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي دريءَ مان گذرندڙ روشنيءَ جو ڪجهه حصو موٽائي ڇڏين ٿا، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دري پاڻ به ڦهليل (Diffuse) روشنيءَ جو هڪ ذريعو بڻجي وڃي ٿي، صرف ڪمري جي اندر موجود شين يا مٿاڇرين کي روشن ڪرڻ بدران. دريءَ جي ويجهو موجود مٿاڇرين تي اڻ سڌي روشني وڌائڻ سان، منٽن دريءَ جي چوڌاري واري حصي کي وڌيڪ روشن بڻائين ٿا ۽ ڪمري جي اندر پاڇن جي تضاد کي گهٽائين ٿا.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>r97d45v23fef1ggtyhatel1pffbaz39</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400914</id>
      <parentid>400913</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T15:18:33Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* جاليون يا منٽن */</comment>
      <origin>400914</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="65698" sha1="cqufq1kgu57f93fjr86uu60jwkzwq4q" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڀت، دروازي، ڇت يا گاڏي ۾ روشني، هوا ۽ ٻاهرئين ڏيک لاءِ ٺاهيل کُليل حصو}}

{{multiple image
|perrow=3
|total_width=400
|image1=Window of the house with number 17 on strada Mântuleasa, from Bucharest (Romania).jpg
|image2=Atua Kosua shrine4.jpg
|image3=Traditional wooden window (Akhi Jhyal).jpg
|image4=P1300843 Paris X rue de Paradis n18 detail rwk.jpg
|image5=Exterior facade of the Hôtel de Bourvallais 003.JPG
|image6=Chartres RosetteNord 121 DSC08241.jpg
|footer=دريَن جا مختلف نمونا
}}

'''دري''' (Window) ڀت، [[در]]، [[ڇت]] يا [[گاڏي]] ۾ ٺهيل اهڙو کُليل حصو آهي، جيڪو [[روشني]] کي اندر اچڻ، [[هوا]] جي اچ وڃ ۽ ڪيترين حالتن ۾ آواز جي گذر جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. جديد دريون عام طور شيشي  يا ڪنهن ٻئي شفاف يا نيم شفاف مواد سان ڍڪيل هونديون آهن. شيشو عام طور هڪ [[تاڪ]] (Sash) ۾ لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[فريم]] جي اندر نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt; ڪيترن ئي حوالن ۾ تاڪ ۽ فريم ٻنهي کي گڏجي دري پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/window/|title=Window|publisher=The Free Dictionary By Farlex|access-date=19 May 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

گهڻيون شيشي واريون دريون کولي يا بند ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. دري کولڻ سان [[هوا جي مٽاسٽا]] (وينٽيليشن) ممڪن ٿيندي آهي، جڏهن ته بند ڪرڻ سان مينهن، تيز هوا ۽ ٻين خراب موسمي حالتن کان تحفظ حاصل ٿيندو آهي. دريَن ۾ اڪثر [[ڪڙي]] (Latch) يا اهڙو ٻيو ميڪانياتي بندش وارو اوزار لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو دري کي بند ڪري تالو لڳائڻ يا مختلف درجن تائين کليل حالت ۾ قائم رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

دريَن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جن ۾ '''[[آئبرو دري]]'''  (آئبرو ونڊو - eyebrow)، '''[[مقرر دري]]''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو)، [[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]] (ھيڪساگونل ونڊو)، '''[[سنگل هنگ دري]]''' (سنگل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[ڊبل هنگ دري]]''' (ڊبل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[افقي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري]]''' (ھرائيزينٽل سلائيڊنگ سيش ونڊو)، [[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]، '''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window)، '''هاپر دري''' (Hopper window)، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ سلائيڊ دري''' ، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ ٽرن دري'''، '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom)، '''پاسي واري دري''' (سلائيڊ لائيٽ ونڊو)، [[جيلوسي دري]] (Jalousie)، [[لوور دري]] (Louvered)، [[ڪليرسٽوري دري]] (Clerestory)، [[لينسٽ دري]] (Lancet)، [[ڇت جو روشندان]] (اسڪائلائيٽ)، [[ڇت جي دري]] (روف ونڊو)، [[روف لئنٽرن]] (lantern)، [[بي دري]] (Bay)، [[اوريل دري]] (Oriel)، [[ڊائيوڪليشيئن دري]] (Diocletian)، '''تصويري دري''' (Picture)، [[گلابي دري]] (Rose)، '''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري'''، [[رنگين شيشي واري دري]] (Stained glass)، '''فرينچ دري'''، '''پينل دري'''، '''ٻٽي يا ٽرپل شيشي واري دري'''  ۽ [[وچ دري]] (Witch) شامل آهن.

== اشتقاق ==

انگريزي لفظ '''ونڊو''' (''window'') جو بنياد [[قديم نارس ٻولي]] جي لفظ {{lang|non|vindauga}} مان نڪتل آهي، جيڪو {{lang|non|vindr}} (هوا) ۽ {{lang|non|auga}} (اک) مان ٺهيل آهي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;هوا جي اک&quot; آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |title=New Oxford American Dictionary |date=2010 |access-date=January 16, 2015 |archive-date=June 2, 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130602205448/http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[نارويجي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|no|[[نينورسڪ]]}} ۽ [[آئس لينڊي ٻولي]] ۾ قديم نارس جو هي لفظ اڄ تائين زندهه رهيو آهي. آئس لينڊي ۾ اهو رڳو هڪ ننڍڙي کليل &quot;دري&quot; جي هڪ قسم لاءِ نسبتاً گهٽ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ آهي، ۽ اهو {{lang|is|gluggi}} (آئس لينڊي ٻوليءَ ۾ &quot;دري&quot; لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ) جو مڪمل مترادف نه آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|title=Hvaðan kemur orðið gluggi? Af hverju notum við ekki vindauga samanber window?|work=Vísindavefurinn|access-date=2018-09-17|language=is|archive-date=December 14, 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191214165059/https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|url-status=live}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ {{lang|sv|vindöga}} لفظ اڃا تائين جهونپڙيءَ جي ڇت ۾ موجود سوراخ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته [[ڊينش ٻولي]] جي {{lang|da|vindue}} ۽ نارويجي ٻولي جي {{lang|no|[[بوڪمول]]}} ۾ {{lang|no|vindu}} لفظ مان &quot;اک&quot; سان سڌو تعلق ختم ٿي ويو آهي، جيئن انگريزي لفظ ''window'' ۾ به ٿيو آهي. ڊينش (پر نارويجي [[بوڪمول]] نه) ۾ هن لفظ جو اچار انگريزي ''window'' سان گهڻو مشابهت رکي ٿو.

انگريزي جو لفظ ''ونڊو'' (window) پهريون ڀيرو 13هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ لکيل استعمال ملي ٿو، ۽ شروعات ۾ ان مان مراد ڇت ۾ موجود شيشي کان سواءِ هڪ کليل سوراخ هئي. بعد ۾ ''ونڊو''، [[قديم انگريزي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|ang|eagþyrl}} جي جاءِ ورتي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو سوراخ&quot; آهي، ۽ {{lang|ang|eagduru}}، جنهن جي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو در&quot; آهي.

تنهن هوندي به، ڪيترين ئي جرمني ٻولين شيشي واري دري لاءِ لاطيني لفظ فينيسٽرا fenestra اختيار ڪيو، جهڙوڪ [[معياري ٻولي|معياري]] [[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ فونسٽر fönster ۽ [[جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ فينسٽر Fenster.
انگريزي ۾ ''ونڊو'' لفظ جو استعمال غالباً [[وائڪنگ دور]] دوران انگريزي ٻوليءَ تي اسڪينڊي نيويائي اثر ۽ [[ڌاريل لفظ]]ن جي ذريعي ٿيو. انگريزي ۾ ''فينيسٽر'' لفظ پڻ ''ونڊو'' سان گڏ 18هين صديءَ جي وچ تائين متوازي طور استعمال ٿيندو رهيو.

لفظ '''فينيسٽريشن''' اڄ به عمارت جي [[مهاڙي]] ۾ درين جي ترتيب يا بناوت کي بيان ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته '''[[ڊيفينسٽريشن]]''' (''defenestration'') جي معنيٰ آهي &quot;ڪنهن کي دريءَ مان ٻاهر اڇلائڻ&quot;.

== تاريخ ==
{{Multiple image
|total_width=400
|image1=MorellaSantaMariaWindow.jpg
|caption1=[[الباسٽر]] مان ٺهيل &quot;مولين&quot; سان ورهايل سينگاريل دريون [[سانتا ماريا لا ميجور گرجاگھر]] ([[موريلّا، ڪاسٽيلون|موريلّا]]، اسپين) ۾
|image2=ValenciaCathedral2.JPG
|caption2=[[والينسيا گرجاگھر]] ۾ الباسٽر جي دري. ڀت جي فريم جي کاٻي پاسي جي غير هموار ۽ ترڇي شڪل تي ڌيان ڏيو، جيڪا سج جي ڪرڻن کي عبادت گاهه جي اڳئين حصي (چينسل) تائين پهچڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي.
}}

[[رومي سلطنت|رومين]] ماڻهن کي درين ۾ [[شيشو]] استعمال ڪندڙ پهريون معلوم ماڻهو سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ۽ اها ٽيڪنالاجي غالباً سڀ کان پهرين [[رومي مصر]] ۾، [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ {{circa|100}}ع ڌاري تيار ڪئي وئي هئي.{{Citation needed|date=April 2024}} درين جون تصويرون قديم مصري ڀتين جي نقاشين ۽ [[اسيريا]] جي مجسمن ۾ پڻ ڏسي سگهجن ٿيون. ڪاغذي دريون گهٽ خرچ واريون هونديون هيون ۽ قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ [[شيشو]] عام ماڻهن جي گهرن جي درين ۾ صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيو، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل [[جانورن جا سڱ|جانورن جي سڱن]] مان ٺهيل درين جا شيشا 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿي رهيا هئا. 19هين صديءَ ۾ آمريڪي اولهه وارن علائقن ۾ آبادڪارن [[تيل لڳل ڪاغذ جي دري]]ن جو استعمال شروع ڪيو. جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون جڏهن صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته ٿي ويا.

=== ٽيڪنالاجيون ===

13هين صدي ق.م. ۾ سڀ کان اوائليون دريون ڇت ۾ بغير شيشي وارا کليل سوراخ هوندا هئا، جيئن ڏينهن جي وقت روشني اندر اچي سگهي.{{citation needed|date=January 2023}} بعد ۾،{{when|date=October 2016}} انهن درين کي جانورن جي کل، ڪپڙي يا ڪاٺ سان ڍڪيو ويندو هو. ان کان پوءِ اهڙا [[دريءَ جا شٽر|شٽر]] وجود ۾ آيا، جيڪي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگهبا هئا.{{when|date=October 2016}} وقت سان گڏ اهڙيون دريون تيار ڪيون ويون جيڪي هڪ طرف رهواسين کي موسم جي اثرن کان بچائينديون هيون ۽ ٻي طرف روشني به اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون. انهن ۾ نيم شفاف مواد جا ڪيترائي ننڍا ٽڪرا استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا، جهڙوڪ جانورن جي چپٽن ۽ نيم شفاف سڱن جا ٽڪرا، ڪاغذ جون چادرون، [[سنگ مرمر]] جون سنهيون پتيون (جهڙوڪ [[فينگائيٽ]])، يا شيشي جا ٽڪرا، جيڪي ڪاٺ، لوهه يا سيهي جي ٺهيل فريمن ۾ لڳايا ويندا هئا. ڏور اوڀر ۾ درين کي ڀرڻ لاءِ ڪاغذ استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot;&gt;{{cite encyclopedia | url= http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | title= Window | encyclopedia= Britannica | access-date= May 19, 2012 | archive-date= May 2, 2015 | archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20150502185207/http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | url-status= live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

رومي ماڻهو درين ۾ شيشي جا پهريان معلوم استعمال ڪندڙ هئا، ۽ هنن اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي مان فائدو ورتو جيڪا غالباً پهريون ڀيرو [[رومي مصر]] ۾ ترقي ڪئي وئي هئي. خاص طور تي [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ تقريباً {{circa}} 100ع ڌاري [[ڍاليل شيشو|ڍاليل شيشي]] جون دريون ظاهر ٿيڻ لڳيون، جيتوڻيڪ انهن جون بصري خاصيتون ڪمزور هيون. اهي ننڍيون ۽ ٿلهيون هونديون هيون ۽ حقيقت ۾ [[شيشو ڦوڪڻ|ڦوڪيل شيشي]] جي مرتبانن (سلينڊر نما شڪل) کي چپٽو ڪري چادرن جي صورت ۾ ٺاهيو ويندو هو، جن تي هر هنڌ گول دائري جهڙا نشان موجود هوندا هئا. (موازنہ ڪريو روايتي [[گرجاگھر جي دري]]ن سان، جيڪي [[رنگين شيشو]] مان ٺهيل هونديون آهن.) دريءَ جو شيشو ايترو شفاف ٿيڻ ۾، جو ان مان صاف ڏسي سگهجي جيئن اڄ اسين ڏسون ٿا، هڪ هزار سالن کان وڌيڪ وقت لڳو. تنهن هوندي به، قديم رومي دريون تمام ڪارآمد هيون، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن کي &quot;گرمي فراهم ڪرڻ واري ٽيڪنالاجيءَ ۾ اڪثر نظرانداز ڪيل ترقي&quot; سمجهيو ويندو آهي، ڇو ته اهي سج جي گرمي کي عمارت اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون، جڏهن ته اندر جي گرم هوا کي ٻاهر نڪرڻ کان روڪينديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last1=Carrier |first1=Richard |title=The Scientist in the Early Roman Empire |date=2017 |publisher=Pitchstone Publishing |location=Durham, North Carolina |isbn=978-1-63431-106-9 |page=218}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1154ع ۾ [[الادريسي]] [[گھانا سلطنت]] جي بادشاهه جي محل جي هڪ خاص خصوصيت طور شيشي جي درين جو ذڪر ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | url= https://books.google.com/books?id=umyHqvAErOAC&amp;dq=Ghana+Empire+glass+window&amp;pg=PA564 | title= Encyclopedia of African History 3-Volume Set| page= 564|author= Kevin Shillington |author-link= Kevin Shillington| publisher= [[Routledge]] | isbn= 978-1-135-45670-2 |date= 2013}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal | last= Fage | first=J. D. | title=Ancient Ghana: A Review Of The Evidence | journal=Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana | volume= 3 | issue= 2 | pages= 3–24 | year= 1957| jstor= 41405704}}&lt;/ref&gt;

صدين جي دوران اهڙيون ٽيڪنيڪون ترقي ڪيون ويون، جن جي ذريعي ڦوڪيل شيشي جي [[سلينڊر (هندسي شڪل)|سلينڊر]] جي هڪ پاسي کي ڪٽي، ساڳئي مقدار جي شيشي مان وڌيڪ سنهيون مستطيل دريون تيار ڪيون وينديون هيون. ان سان ڊگهيون ۽ سنهيون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، جيڪي عام طور تي هڪ عمودي سهاري سان ورهايل هونديون هيون، جنهن کي [[مولين]] چيو ويندو آهي. مولين سان ورهايل شيشي واريون دريون يورپ جي خوشحال ماڻهن ۾ پسنديده دريون هيون،{{when|date=January 2023}} جڏهن ته ڪاغذي دريون قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ گهٽ خرچ سبب وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ عام ماڻهن جي گهرن ۾ شيشي واريون دريون صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيون، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل جانورن جي سڱن مان ٺهيل دريون 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿينديون رهيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Langley|first=Andrew|title=Medieval Life|series= Eyewitness|year= 2011 |publisher= Dorling Kindersley|isbn=978-1-4053-4545-3|page=16}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون، جڏهن 19هين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته بڻايا ويا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Float Glass|date=July 6, 2007 |url=https://www.architectmagazine.com/technology/float-glass_o}}&lt;/ref&gt; جديد دريون عام طور تي شيشي سان ڀريون وينديون آهن، جيتوڻيڪ شفاف پلاسٽڪ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== جوڙجڪ جا لاڙا ===
{{See also|گرجاگھر جي دري}}

12هين صدي عيسويءَ کان [[اولهه يورپ]] جي [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ [[لينسٽ دري]]ن (''lancet windows'') جو متعارف ٿيڻ، محرابي درين جي هڪ اڳوڻي روايت تي ٻڌل هو،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 |quote= In general two or three windows united in a group, as was later the rule in Roman architecture, were even then of frequent occurrence in the early Christian architecture of Asia Minor. The form of the window is nearly everywhere the same; a rectangle that usually has a rounded top, but seldom a straight lintel.}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪي [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀن]] جي وچ ۾ لڳايون وينديون هيون،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 | quote = The place of the window was determined by the architectural membering of the basilica, the distance between two columns generally indicating the position of a window.}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ ان جي نتيجي ۾ نه رڳو [[ٽريسري]] ۽ نفيس [[قرونِ وسطى جا رنگين شيشا|رنگين شيشي]] واريون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، پر عبادتي عمارتن ۾ نوڪيدار يا گول شڪل وارين درين جو هڪ اهڙو ڊگهو تعميراتي رواج به پيدا ٿيو، جيڪو اڄ به ڪيترن ئي گرجاگهرن ۾ ڏسي سگهجي ٿو.

تعميراتي مؤرخ پيٽر سمٿ شروعاتي جديد دور جي ويلش ڳوٺاڻن گهرن ۾ درين جي تعميراتي لاڙن بابت لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
تقريباً 1680ع تائين درين جو تناسب افقي هوندو هو، جيڪو انهن گهٽ اوچائي وارن ڪمرن لاءِ مناسب هو، جيڪي هال هائوسن ۾ مٿيون ماڙ شامل ڪرڻ کان پوءِ وجود ۾ آيا هئا. ان کان پوءِ عمودي تناسب واريون دريون رواج ۾ آيون، جنهن جو هڪ سبب گهٽ ۾ گهٽ اهو هو ته [[نشاةِ ثانيه]] جي دور ۾ اوچين ڇتين جي پسند وڌي وئي هئي. 1914ع کان پوءِ حالتون ٻيهر بدلجي ويون ۽ افقي تناسب واريون دريون هڪ ڀيرو ٻيهر پسند ڪيون وڃڻ لڳيون.&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
 |last1                = Smith
 |first1               = Peter
 |author-link1         = Peter Smith (architectural historian)
 |editor-last1         = Thirsk
 |editor-first1        = Joan
 |editor-link1         = Joan Thirsk
 |year                 = 1985
 |chapter              = 21 Rural Building in Wales
 |title                = The Agrarian History of England and Wales
 |url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=EAA9AAAAIAAJ
 |volume               = 5: 1640-1750 2: Agrarian change
 |publication-place    = Cambridge
 |publisher            = Cambridge University Press
 |page                 = 781
 |isbn                 = 9780521257756
 |access-date          = 18 January 2023
}}
&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;17هين صديءَ ۾ يورپ ۾ درين جي ڊزائن ۾ اوچائي ويڪر کان وڌيڪ رکڻ جو لاڙو پيدا ٿيو. ڪاٺ جا فريم وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا هئا، ۽ سيش دريون (''sash windows'') پڻ متعارف ڪرايون ويون. 18هين صديءَ ۾ سيش درين جي ڊزائن ۾ تبديليون آيون؛ شيشي کي سنڀاليندڙ سنها افقي ۽ عمودي پٽا (glazing bars) وڌيڪ باريڪ بڻايا ويا ۽ درين جون ماپون به وڌيڪ معياري ٿي ويون.

19هين صديءَ دوران ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ننڍين ڪناري وارين درين ۾ رنگين شيشو استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته گليزنگ بارن کي گوٿڪ طرز جي شڪل ڏني ويندي هئي. دريون اڳي کان وڌيڪ وڏيون ٿيڻ لڳيون ۽ آرٽس اينڊ ڪرافٽس ۽ ڪوئين اين طرزِ تعمير تمام مشهور ٿيا، جيڪو لاڙو 20هين صديءَ تائين جاري رهيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Windows, glass, glazing - a brief history |url=https://www.thenbs.com/knowledge/windows-glass-glazing-a-brief-history |access-date=2026-03-17 |website=NBS |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ شيشي]] جي ٽيڪنالاجي جي پکڙجڻ سان پڪچر ونڊوز (''picture windows'') متعارف ڪرائڻ ممڪن ٿيو (پهريون ڀيرو [[ليويٽ ٽائون، پنسلوانيا]] ۾)،&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
|last1                = Rybczynski
|first1               = Witold
|author-link1         = Witold Rybczynski
|date                 = 13 May 2008
|orig-date            = 2007
|chapter              = Ranchers, Picture Windows and Morning Rooms
|title                = Last Harvest: From Cornfield to New Town: Real Estate Development from George Washington to the Builders of the Twenty-First Century, and Why We Live in Houses Anyway
|url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=rkuvkjyRGG0C
|publication-place    = New York
|publisher            = Simon and Schuster
|page                 = 207
|isbn                 = 9780743235976
|access-date          = 18 January 2023
|quote                = The casual, spread-out ranch house [...] by 1950 accounted for nine out of ten new houses. [...] Its one extravagance was a large window facing the street - the picture window. As far as I have been able to determine, picture windows made their first appearance in Levittown, Pennsylvania.
}}
&lt;/ref&gt; جنهن جو بنياد 1951–1952ع ۾ وڌو ويو.{{Clarify|reason=What was founded?|date=July 2024}}ايندڙ حصي (حصو 4) ۾ آخري پيراگراف (''Many modern day windows may have a window screen...'') جو مڪمل ترجمو، بنا ڪنهن اختصار جي، حوالن سميت پيش ڪندس.

اڄڪلهه جون ڪيتريون ئي [[جديديت|جديد]] دريون [[دريءَ جي جالي]] (''window screen'') يا ميش سان ليس هونديون آهن، جيڪا اڪثر [[ايلومينيم]] يا [[فائبر گلاس]] مان ٺهيل هوندي آهي، جيئن دري کولڻ وقت [[جيت]] اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهن. دريون بنيادي طور تي عمارت جي اندر موجود ماڻهن کي ٻاهرين دنيا سان هڪ اهم بصري لاڳاپو فراهم ڪرڻ لاءِ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن ذريعي اهي ٻاهر ٿيندڙ مسلسل بدلجندڙ منظرن ۽ واقعن کي ڏسي سگهن ٿا. اهڙو لاڳاپو عمارتن ۾ رهندڙ ماڻهن جي صحت ۽ ڀلائي لاءِ انتهائي اهم سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ جيڪڏهن ماڻهو اهڙين بند عمارتن ۾ رهن، جتي دريون نه هجن، ته انهن تي اهڙي ماحول جا ناڪاري اثر پئجي سگهن ٿا.

درين جي ڊزائن بابت مقرر ڪيل ڪيترن ئي معيارن مان، ڏينهن جي روشني سان لاڳاپيل معيارن ۾ ڪجهه اهم عنصر نمايان ٿيا آهن، جن ۾ هنڌ، وقت، موسم، فطرت ۽ ماڻهو شامل آهن. انهن سڀني معيارن مان، اهي دريون جيڪي [[فطرت]] جا نظارا مهيا ڪن ٿيون، ماڻهن جي نظر ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ اهم سمجهيون وڃن ٿيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Kent |first1=Michael |last2=Schiavon |first2=Stefano |date=2022 |title=Predicting Window View Preferences Using the Environmental Information Criteria |url=https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |journal=LEUKOS |volume=19 |issue=2 |pages=190–209 |doi=10.1080/15502724.2022.2077753 |s2cid=251121476 |access-date=2022-11-09 |archive-date=December 28, 2023 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20231228134015/https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

== قسم ==

[[File:casement_window_parts.svg|thumb|Parts of a casement cross-window, viewed from the outside]]
=== صليبي دري ===
{{main|صليبي دري}}

'''صليبي دري''' (ڪراس-ونڊو) هڪ مستطيل شڪل واري دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عام طور تي هڪ [[مولين]] ۽ هڪ [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] جي ذريعي چئن حصن (روشنين) ۾ ورهايل هوندي آهي، جيڪي گڏجي هڪ [[لاطيني صليب]] جي شڪل ٺاهيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;Curl, James Stevens (2006). ''Oxford Dictionary of Architecture and Landscape Architecture'', 2nd ed., OUP, Oxford and New York, p. 214. {{ISBN|978-0-19-860678-9}}.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ابرو نما دري ===

'''ابرو نما دري''' (Eyebrow window) جو اصطلاح ٻن معنائن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي: ڀت ۾ هڪ مڙيل مٿئين حصي واري دري، يا هڪ ابرو نما [[ڊارمر]]؛ ۽ ننڍين درين جي هڪ قطار، جيڪا عام طور تي عمارت جي سامهون ڇڄن هيٺان هوندي آهي، جهڙوڪ پنسلوانيا ۾ [[جيمس-لوراه هائوس]].&lt;ref&gt;Harris, Cyril M. (1998). ''American Architecture: An Illustrated Encyclopedia''. New York: W. W. Norton.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مقرر دري ===

'''مقرر دري''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا کولي نٿي سگهجي،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=CVTjAQAAQBAJ&amp;q=Fixed+window+is+window+that+cannot+open&amp;pg=PA83|title=Kitchen &amp; Bath Residential Construction and Systems|author=NKBA (National Kitchen and Bath Association)|date=2013-10-29|publisher=John Wiley &amp; Sons|isbn=978-1-118-71104-0|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ جنهن جو ڪم صرف روشني کي اندر اچڻ ڏيڻ هوندو آهي (غير مقرر دريءَ جي ابتڙ، جيڪا کلي ۽ بند ٿي سگهي ٿي). [[ڪليرسٽوري]] دريون [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ گهڻو ڪري مقرر هونديون آهن. ٽرانسم دريون مقرر به ٿي سگهن ٿيون يا کولي سگهجن ٿيون. اهڙي قسم جون دريون انهن حالتن ۾ استعمال ٿينديون آهن، جتي صرف روشني يا ٻاهر جو نظارو گهربل هجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ [[ٽرڪل وينٽ]] يا مٿئين وينٽ کان سواءِ اهڙين درين ذريعي هوا جي اچ وڃ ممڪن نه هوندي آهي.

=== هڪ طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

'''هڪ طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري'''  اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ هڪ سيش (عام طور هيٺيون) حرڪت ڪندڙ هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مقرر هوندو آهي. هي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ سيش دريءَ جي قديم ترين صورت آهي ۽ قيمت ۾ پڻ نسبتاً سستي هوندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== ٻه طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

{{main|سيش دري}}

'''سيش دري''' (Sash window) برطانيا ۽ انهن ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾، جيڪي اڳ برطانوي نوآبادين جو حصو هئا، روايتي دريءَ جو انداز آهي. ان ۾ ٻه حصا (سيش) هوندا آهن، جيڪي ٿورو هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهيل هوندا آهن ۽ فريم جي اندر مٿي ۽ هيٺ سلائيڊ ٿيندا آهن. ٻنهي حصن جو هڪجهڙو سائيز هجڻ ضروري نه آهي؛ جيڪڏهن مٿيون سيش ننڍو (گهٽ اوچائي وارو) هجي ته ان کي [[ڪاٽيج دري]] چيو ويندو آهي.

هاڻي گهڻيون نيون ٻه طرفي سيش دريون سيشن کي سنڀالڻ لاءِ اسپرنگ بيلنس استعمال ڪن ٿيون، پر روايتي طور دريءَ جي ٻنهي پاسن تي باڪسن اندر رکيل جوابي وزن (ڪائونٽر ويٽس) استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا. اهي وزن رسي يا بعد ۾ خاص تيار ڪيل زنجير ذريعي پلين جي مدد سان سيشن سان ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا. اسپرنگ بيلنس جا ٽي قسم هوندا آهن: ٽيپ يا ڪلاڪ اسپرنگ بيلنس، چينل يا بلاڪ اينڊ ٽيڪل بيلنس، ۽ اسپائرل يا ٽيوب بيلنس.

روايتي طور ٻه طرفي سيش درين سان [[دريءَ جا شٽر]] پڻ لڳايا ويندا هئا. سيش درين ۾ سيمپليڪس قبضا پڻ لڳائي سگهجن ٿا، جيڪي دريءَ کي هڪ پاسي کان قبضن ۾ بند ڪرڻ جي اجازت ڏين ٿا، جڏهن ته ٻئي پاسي واري رسي ڌار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان دري کي باهه لڳڻ جي صورت ۾ نڪرڻ يا صفائي لاءِ کولي سگهجي ٿو.

=== فولڊ اپ دري ===

[[File:Foldup window.gif|thumb|upright|فولڊ اپ دري (اندر ڏانهن کُلندڙ)، پاسي کان ڪٽيل ڏيک]]

'''فولڊ اپ دري''' (Foldup window) ۾ ٻه هڪجهڙا سيش هوندا آهن، جيڪي معياري ٻه طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دريءَ وانگر هوندا آهن، پر اهي مٿي طرف ويڙهجي کلي ويندا آهن، جنهن سان تقريباً پوري فريم جيتري جاءِ مان هوا اندر اچي سگهي ٿي. هن دريءَ جو توازن اسپرنگن يا جوابي وزنن (counterbalances) ذريعي برقرار رکيو ويندو آهي، بلڪل ٻه طرفي سيش دريءَ وانگر. سيشن کي اهڙي نموني بيهاري سگهجي ٿو جو اهي روايتي ٻه طرفي سيش دريءَ جهڙا نظر اچن، يا هڪ ئي سڌي قطار ۾ به لڳائي سگهجن ٿا. سڌي قطار وارا نمونا اندر يا ٻاهر ٻنهي طرفن کلي سگهن ٿا. اندر کُلندڙ فولڊ اپ درين ۾ مقرر جاليون لڳائي سگهجن ٿيون، جڏهن ته ٻاهر کُلندڙ قسمن لاءِ حرڪت ڪندڙ جالين جي ضرورت هوندي آهي. اهڙيون دريون عام طور اسڪرين روم، باورچي خاني جي پاس ٿرو، يا هنگامي نڪرڻ واري رستي (egress) طور استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

=== افقي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

'''افقي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري''' (Horizontal sliding sash window) ۾ ٻه يا وڌيڪ سيش هوندا آهن، جيڪي ٿورو هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهيل هوندا آهن، پر فريم جي اندر افقي رخ ۾ سلائيڊ ٿيندا آهن. برطانيا ۾ انهن کي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن [[يارڪشائر]] سيش دريون به چيو ويندو آهي، غالباً ان ڪري جو انهن جو روايتي استعمال انهيءَ علائقي ۾ گهڻو هو.

=== ڪيسمينٽ دري ===

{{Main|ڪيسمينٽ دري}}

[[File:Gordijnen aan venster.JPG|thumb|[[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]]]

'''ڪيسمينٽ دري''' (Casement window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن جو سيش قبضن سان لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي وانگر اندر يا ٻاهر کلي ويندو آهي. اهو پاسي کان لڳل، مٿان لڳل (جنهن کي &quot;اوننگ دري&quot; پڻ چيو ويندو آهي؛ هيٺ ڏسو)، يا ڪڏهن هيٺان لڳل سيش تي مشتمل هوندو آهي، يا انهن قسمن جي ميلاپ سان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، ۽ ڪڏهن هڪ يا وڌيڪ پاسن تي مقرر شيشي جا پينل پڻ هوندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot; /&gt;

آمريڪا ۾ اهڙيون دريون عام طور [[ڪرئنڪ (مشينياتي حصو)|ڪرئنڪ]] ذريعي کوليون وينديون آهن، جڏهن ته يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي حصن ۾ انهن لاءِ پروجيڪشن فرڪشن اسٽيز ۽ [[ايسپاگنوليٽ]] لاڪنگ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. اڳي سادا قبضا [[ڪيسمينٽ اسٽي]] سان گڏ استعمال ٿيندا هئا. [[هينڊنگ]] (Handing) جو استعمال دريءَ جي کلڻ واري رخ جي سڃاڻپ لاءِ ڪيو ويندو آهي؛ ان موجب ڪيسمينٽ دري کاٻي هٿ واري، ساڄي هٿ واري يا ٻٽي رخ واري ٿي سگهي ٿي. برطانيا ۽ يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي ٻين علائقن ۾ جديد عمارتن ۾ ڪيسمينٽ دري سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام قسم آهي.

=== اوننگ دري ===

[[File:Fenêtre à l'australienne - Awning window - (AWS Magnum 616) Light.jpg|thumb|upright=0.5|اوننگ دري]]

'''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window) ڪيسمينٽ دريءَ جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو افقي طور لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ مٿئين پاسي [[قبضو]] لڳل هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهو ٻاهر ڏانهن [[ڇڄ]] وانگر کلي ٿو. آزاد نموني استعمال ٿيڻ کان علاوه، اهڙيون دريون هڪ ئي فريم ۾ ڪيترين گڏ به لڳائي سگهجن ٿيون يا مقرر شيشي سان گڏ به استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. اهي خاص طور هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ تمام ڪارآمد هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | title=Window Treatments | first=Karla J. | last=Nielson | page=45 | url=https://books.google.com/books?id=y6U0uP5cyLQC&amp;q=%22awning+window%22&amp;pg=PA45 | publisher=John Wiley &amp; Sons | date=Sep 15, 1989 | isbn=0-471-28946-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== هوپر دري ===

'''هوپر دري''' (Hopper window) هيٺئين پاسي کان قبضي تي ٻڌل ڪيسمينٽ دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عمودي رخ ۾ جهڪي کلي ٿي، ۽ عام طور اندر ڏانهن کلي ٿي، جنهن جي شڪل [[هوپر (ذرڙن گڏ ڪرڻ وارو ڪنٽينر)|هوپر]] جي نالي وانگر هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1=Allen|first1=Edward|last2=Thallon|first2=Rob|title=Fundamentals of Residential Construction|edition=3rd |year=2011 |publisher=Wiley |location=Hoboken, NJ |isbn=978-0-470-54083-1 |page=654}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پيوٽ دري ===

'''پيوٽ دري''' (Pivot window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ سامهون وارن ٻن پاسن تي هڪ هڪ قبضو لڳل هوندو آهي، جنهن جي مدد سان دري کلڻ وقت پنهنجي محور تي گهمي سگهي ٿي. اهي قبضا مٿي ۽ هيٺ (عمودي پيوٽ) يا ٻنهي پاسن (افقي پيوٽ) تي لڳايا ويندا آهن. عام طور دري پهرين محدود حد تائين کلي ٿي ته جيئن هوا جي اچ وڃ ٿي سگهي، ۽ پوءِ وڌيڪ کولڻ سان مڪمل طور ڦري وڃي ٿي ۽ اندر کان محفوظ صفائي لاءِ ٻيهر لاڪ ٿي وڃي ٿي. جديد پيوٽ قبضا فرڪشن واري نظام سان ليس هوندا آهن، جيڪو دريءَ کي پنهنجي وزن جي باوجود کليل حالت ۾ سنڀالي رکندو آهي، ۽ انهن ۾ کلڻ جي حد مقرر ڪرڻ ۽ اُلٽي لاڪنگ جون سهولتون پڻ موجود هونديون آهن. برطانيا، جتي هن قسم جون دريون سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام آهن، اتي اهي گهڻ ماڙ سرڪاري رهائشي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي لڳايون ويون.

=== جهڪندڙ ۽ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري ===

'''جهڪندڙ ۽ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري''' (Tilt and slide window) اهڙي دري (يا گهڻو ڪري دروازي جيتري وڏي دري) هوندي آهي، جنهن جو سيش پهرين هوپر دريءَ وانگر مٿئين حصي کان اندر ڏانهن جهڪي ٿو، ۽ پوءِ مقرر شيشي جي پينل جي پٺيان افقي رخ ۾ سلائيڊ ٿي وڃي ٿو.

=== جهڪندڙ ۽ ڦرندڙ دري ===

'''جهڪندڙ ۽ ڦرندڙ دري''' (Tilt and turn window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا يا ته مٿئين حصي کان اندر ڏانهن جهڪي سگهي ٿي يا پاسي وارن قبضن تان اندر ڏانهن مڪمل طور کلي سگهي ٿي. هي جرمني، جتي ان جو بنياد پيو، جو سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام دريءَ جو قسم آهي، ۽ يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي ٻين ملڪن ۾ به وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

يورپ ۾ عام طور اهي &quot;پهرين ڦرندڙ&quot; (turn first) قسم جون هونديون آهن؛ يعني جڏهن هينڊل کي 90 درجا ڦيرايو وڃي ته دري پاسي کان کلندي آهي، ۽ جڏهن هينڊل کي 180 درجا ڦيرايو وڃي ته اها هيٺان لڳل دريءَ وانگر جهڪي کلي ٿي. برطانيا ۾ گهڻو ڪري &quot;پهرين جهڪندڙ&quot; (tilt first) قسم جون دريون استعمال ٿينديون آهن؛ يعني 90 درجن تي هيٺان لڳل صورت ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ کلنديون آهن، ۽ 180 درجن تي پاسي کان مڪمل طور کلنديون آهن، جنهن سان عمارت جي اندر بيهي ٻاهرئين شيشي کي آساني سان صاف ڪري سگهجي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://glawindows.com/tilt-and-turn-windows-5/ |title=Tilt-and-Turn Windows Gain Popularity |date=June 11, 2021 |access-date=January 25, 2023 |archive-date=January 25, 2023 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230125064841/https://glawindows.com/tilt-and-turn-windows-5/ |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٽرانسم دري ===

هڪ '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom window) دروازي جي مٿان لڳل دري هوندي آهي. ٻاهرين دروازي ۾ [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] دري عام طور مقرر (fixed) هوندي آهي، جڏهن ته اندرين دروازي ۾ اها مٿئين يا هيٺئين پاسي لڳل قبضن ذريعي کلي سگهي ٿي، يا پنهنجي محور تي ڦري به سگهي ٿي. زبردستي هوا جي گرمي ۽ ٿڌڪ (forced air heating and cooling) جا نظام عام ٿيڻ کان اڳ، اها هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي هئي. پنکي جي شڪل واري ٽرانسم دري کي خاص طور برطانوي ٻيٽن ۾ '''فين لائيٽ''' (fanlight) چيو ويندو آهي.

=== پاسي واري دري ===

دروازي يا ٻي دريءَ جي ٻنهي پاسن تي لڳل درين کي '''پاسي واريون دريون''' (Sidelights)، '''ونگ لائيٽس''' (Wing lights)، '''مارجنل لائيٽس''' (Marginal lights)، يا '''فلينڪنگ دريون''' (Flanking windows) چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Curl, James Stevens. &quot;Flanking window&quot;. ''A Dictionary of Architecture and Landscape Architecture''. 2nd ed. Oxford England: Oxford University Press, 2006. 285. Print.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== جيلوسي دري ===

[[File:Jalousie2.jpg|thumb|جيلوسي يا [[لوور]] واري دري]]

{{main|جيلوسي دري}}

'''جيلوسي دري''' (Jalousie window)، جنهن کي '''لوور واري دري''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙي دري آهي جيڪا شيشي يا [[پولي (ميٿائل ميٿاڪريليٽ)|ايڪريلڪ]] جي هڪٻئي سان متوازي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندي آهي، جيڪي [[وينيشيئن بلائنڊ]] وانگر کلنديون ۽ بند ٿينديون آهن، عام طور ڪرئنڪ يا ليور جي ذريعي. اهڙيون دريون استوائي علائقن جي تعميراتي طرز ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن. جيلوسي دروازو اهو دروازو هوندو آهي جنهن ۾ جيلوسي دري لڳل هجي.

=== ڪليرسٽوري دري ===

{{Main|ڪليرسٽوري}}

'''ڪليرسٽوري دري''' (Clerestory window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي جيڪا [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ يا ڀت جي مٿئين حصي ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي، ۽ [[قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|قدرتي روشني]] اندر آڻڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

=== آسماني دري ===

[[File:BurlingtonHousePavementWindow.jpg|thumbnail|لنڊن ۾ [[برلنگٽن هائوس]] جي ٻاهران فوٽ پاٿ تي لڳل آسماني دري (جنهن کي [[پيومينٽ لائيٽ]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي)]]

{{Main|قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|آسماني دري}}

'''آسماني دري''' (Skylight) اهڙي دري آهي جيڪا [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ تعمير ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=TopgKO4x_2kC&amp;q=skylight+is+window+built+into+roof&amp;pg=PA223|title=Construction Estimating Reference Data|last=Sarviel|first=Ed|date=1993|publisher=Craftsman Book Company|isbn=978-0-934041-84-3|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن قسم جي دري ذريعي قدرتي سج جي روشني ۽ چنڊ جي روشني اندر اچي سگهي ٿي.

=== ڇت واري دري ===

{{main|ڇت واري دري}}

'''ڇت واري دري''' (Roof window) هڪ ترڇي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا [[قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|قدرتي روشني]] لاءِ [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي. هي انهن ٿورين درين مان هڪ آهي، جيڪي هنگامي حالت ۾ نڪرڻ جي رستي طور پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. وڏيون ڇت واريون دريون هنگامي انخلا بابت [[تعميراتي ضابطا]] (Building codes) جون گهرجون پوريون ڪنديون آهن.

=== ڇت وارو لالٽين ===

{{Main|ڇت وارو لالٽين}}

'''ڇت وارو لالٽين''' (Roof lantern) گهڻن شيشي وارن پينلن تي ٻڌل هڪ تعميراتي ڍانچو هوندو آهي، جيڪو هڪ ننڍڙي عمارت جهڙو نظر ايندو آهي ۽ ڇت تي ڏينهن يا چنڊ جي روشني اندر آڻڻ لاءِ تعمير ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ان ۾ اضافي [[ڪليرسٽوري]] پڻ شامل هوندي آهي. ان کي [[گنبذ نما ڇت (ڪپولا)|ڪپولا]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

=== بي دري ===

[[File:2014 Kłodzko, pl. Chrobrego 13 03.JPG|thumb|[[بي دري]]ون [[ڪووڊزڪو]]، پولينڊ ۾]]

{{Main|بي دري}}

'''بي دري''' (Bay window) گهڻن پينلن تي ٻڌل دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ٽي پينل مختلف زاويَن تي لڳل هوندا آهن، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دري ڀت جي سڌي ليڪ کان ٻاهر نڪري ايندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot; /&gt;

==== اوريل دري ====

{{Main|اوريل دري}}

'''اوريل دري''' (Oriel window) بي دريءَ جي هڪ قسم آهي. هي انداز گهڻو ڪري ٽيوڊر طرز جي گهرن ۽ خانقاهن ۾ ڏسڻ ۾ اچي ٿو. اها ڀت مان ٻاهر نڪتل هوندي آهي، پر زمين تائين نه پهچندي آهي. شروعات ۾ اها برآمدي (porch) جي هڪ صورت هئي، ۽ اڪثر ان کي بريسڪيٽن يا [[ڪوربل]]ن جي مدد سان سهارو ڏنو ويندو آهي.

=== ٿرمل دري ===

{{Main|ڊيوڪليشيئن دري}}

'''ٿرمل''' يا '''ڊيوڪليشيئن دريون''' (Thermal or Diocletian windows) وڏيون نيم دائري شڪل واريون دريون (يا طاق) هونديون آهن، جيڪي عام طور ٻن [[مولين]]ن جي ذريعي ٽن حصن (دريءَ جي خانوَن) ۾ ورهايل هونديون آهن. وچ وارو حصو گهڻو ڪري ٻنهي پاسن وارن حصن کان وڌيڪ ويڪرو هوندو آهي.

=== تصويري دري ===

'''تصويري دري''' (Picture window) ڀت ۾ لڳل هڪ وڏي مقرر دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ عام طور [[گليزنگ بار]] نه هوندا آهن، يا صرف ڪنارن وٽ معمولي گليزنگ بار ([[منٽن]]) لڳل هوندا آهن. تصويري دريون بغير ڪنهن رڪاوٽ جي ٻاهر جو نظارو مهيا ڪنديون آهن، ڄڻ ڪنهن تصوير کي فريم ۾ بند ڪيو ويو هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/picture+window |title=Picture window |work=[[The Free Dictionary]] |publisher=Farlex |access-date=May 19, 2012 |archive-date=July 10, 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120710004859/http://www.thefreedictionary.com/picture+window |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== گهڻ-پينل دري ===

'''گهڻ-پينل دري''' (Multi-lite window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ شيشي جا ڪيترائي ننڍا ٽڪرا ڪاٺ يا سيهي جي ٺهيل ''گليزنگ بارن'' يا ''[[منٽن]]'' جي ذريعي هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيل هوندا آهن. اهي هڪ سينگاريل ''گليزنگ نموني'' ۾ ترتيب ڏنل هوندا آهن، جيڪو گهڻو ڪري عمارت جي تعميراتي طرز مطابق هوندو آهي. ماضي ۾ وڏا شيشي جا پينل آسانيءَ سان دستياب نه هجڻ سبب، گهڻ-پينل (يا ''جاليءَ واري دري'') 20هين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين سڀ کان عام دريءَ جو انداز هو، ۽ اڄ به روايتي تعميراتي طرز ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري ===

'''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري''' (Emergency exit/egress window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا ايتري وڏي ۽ زمين کان ايتري هيٺ هوندي آهي جو رهواسي هنگامي حالتن، جهڙوڪ باهه لڳڻ جي صورت ۾، ان مان ٻاهر نڪري سگهن. ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ بيڊ رومن لاءِ اهڙين درين جون صحيح وضاحتون [[تعميراتي ضابطا]] (Building codes) ۾ ڏنل هونديون آهن. اهڙين درين جون وضاحتون اهڙيون به هونديون آهن، جيڪي هنگامي امدادي عملي کي به اندر داخل ٿيڻ جي اجازت ڏين. بسن، هوائي جهازن ۽ ريل گاڏين جهڙين گاڏين ۾ پڻ هنگامي نڪرڻ واريون دريون هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/documents/outreach/bus/PreTrip-SafetyBrochure-Pull.pdf |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080923082055/http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/documents/outreach/bus/PreTrip-SafetyBrochure-Pull.pdf |url-status=dead |archive-date=September 23, 2008 |title=U.S. Dept. of Transportation: Safety information for bus/motorcoach passengers |access-date=February 11, 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== رنگين شيشي جي دري ===

{{Main|رنگين شيشو}}

'''رنگين شيشي جي دري''' (Stained glass window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا رنگين شيشي جي ٽڪرن مان ٺهيل هوندي آهي، جيڪي [[شفافيت (بصريات)|شفاف]]، نيم شفاف يا [[غير شفافيت (بصريات)|غير شفاف]] ٿي سگهن ٿا، ۽ انهن تي اڪثر ماڻهن جون تصويرون يا مختلف منظر ڏيکاريل هوندا آهن. عام طور انهن درين ۾ شيشي جا ٽڪرا سيهي جي ٺهيل گليزنگ بارن سان هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيا ويندا آهن. رنگين شيشي واريون دريون [[وڪٽورين دور]] جي گهرن ۽ ڪجهه [[فرينڪ لوئڊ رائيٽ]] جي طرز تي ٺهيل گهرن ۾ تمام مشهور هيون، ۽ خاص طور [[گرجاگھر]]ن ۾ گهڻي عام آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/stained+glass+window |title=Stained glass |work=[[The Free Dictionary]] |publisher=Farlex |access-date=May 19, 2012 |archive-date=January 19, 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120119031209/http://www.thefreedictionary.com/Stained+glass+window |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== فرينچ دري ===

{{multiple image
| align             = right
|total_width=300
| footer            = 20هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ [[لسبن]] ۾ [[فرانس جا سفارتي مشن|فرانس جي سفارتخاني]] ۾ &quot;فرينچ دري&quot; (ٻه فرينچ دروازا، جيڪي ٻاهرين ڀت ۾ بغير [[مولين]] جي گڏ ٻاهر ڏانهن کلن ٿا)
| width1            =
| image1            = Legation de France a Lisbonne (interieur).jpg
| width2            =
| image2            = Legation de France a Lisbonne (véranda).jpg
}}

'''فرينچ دروازو''' (French door) اهڙو دروازو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ شيشي جا پينل پوري ڊيگهه تائين لڳل هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French door |url=https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/French%20door |website=Merriam-Webster.com Dictionary |publisher=Merriam-Webster |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهڙن ٻن دروازن جي جوڙي، جيڪي وچ مان کلن، کي مختلف نالن سان سڏيو ويندو آهي، جهڙوڪ '''فرينچ دروازا''',&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French doors |url=https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/french-doors |website=Collins English Dictionary |publisher=HarperCollins |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; '''فرينچ دري''',&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French window |url=https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/French%20window |website=Merriam-Webster.com Dictionary |publisher=Merriam-Webster |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا '''فرينچ دريون'''.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French windows |url=https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/french-windows |website=Collins English Dictionary |publisher=HarperCollins |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهي عام طور عمارت جي ٻاهرئين ڀت ۾ لڳايا ويندا آهن. فرانس ۾ فرينچ درين کي ''porte-fenêtre'' ۽ اٽلي ۾ ''portafinestra'' چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ اهي جديد گهرن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

=== ٻٽي شيشي واري دري ===

{{Main|موصل گليزنگ}}

'''ٻٽي شيشي واري دري''' (Double-paned يا Double-glazed window) ۾ شيشي جا ٻه هڪ ٻئي سان متوازي پينل هوندا آهن، جن جي وچ ۾ عام طور لڳ ڀڳ 1 سينٽي ميٽر جو فاصلو هوندو آهي. هي خال مستقل طور بند ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ تياري وقت ان ۾ سڪل هوا يا ٻي سڪل غير ردعمل ڪندڙ گيس ڀري ويندي آهي. اهڙيون دريون [[حرارتي موصليت]] ۾ نمايان بهتري آڻينديون آهن (۽ عام طور آواز جي موصليت ۾ پڻ) ۽ گرمي پد جي فرق سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ ڌنڌ يا برف جمن کان بچاءُ ڪنديون آهن. اهي معتدل آبهوا وارن علائقن ۾ رهائشي ۽ تجارتي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

برطانيا ۾ ٻٽي ۽ ٽي شيشي وارين درين کي ترتيب وار ٻٽي-[[دريءَ جي گليزنگ|گليزنگ]] ۽ ٽيڻي-گليزنگ چيو ويندو آهي. ٽي شيشي واريون دريون هاڻي وچ ۽ اتر يورپ ۾ تمام عام ٿي ويون آهن، جڏهن ته [[چوڳڻي گليزنگ]] (چئوڻي گليزنگ) جو استعمال هاڻي اسڪينڊي نيويا ۾ شروع ڪيو پيو وڃي.

=== ڇهه ڪنڊي دري ===

[[File:Mustosen talon ikkuna 1870 1.jpg|thumb|upright|[[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]]]]

{{Main|ڇهه ڪنڊي دري}}

'''ڇهه ڪنڊي دري''' (ھيڪساگونل دري) هڪ [[شش ڪنڊو]] شڪل واري دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا ماکيءَ جي مک جي خاني يا گريفائيٽ جي ڪرسٽل جي جال جهڙي نظر ايندي آهي. اها عمودي يا افقي رخ ۾ لڳائي سگهجي ٿي، کلندڙ يا مقرر ٿي سگهي ٿي، باقاعده يا ڊگهي شڪل واري ٿي سگهي ٿي، ۽ ان ۾ ورهائيندڙ [[مولين]] پڻ ٿي سگهي ٿو. عام طور اهڙي دري ڇت جي مٿئين ڪمري (Attic) يا سينگار جي مقصد لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، پر عمارت جي اندر قدرتي روشني پهچائڻ لاءِ اهم تعميراتي عنصر طور به استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿي.

=== گليوٽين دري ===

'''گليوٽين دري''' (Guillotine ) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عمودي رخ ۾ کلندي آهي. گليوٽين درين ۾ هڪ کان وڌيڪ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ فريم هوندا آهن، ۽ اهي هيٺ کان مٿي يا مٿي کان هيٺ کلي سگهن ٿا.

== اصطلاح ==

EN 12519 يورپي معيار آهي، جيڪو يورپي يونين جي ميمبر ملڪن ۾ درين بابت سرڪاري طور استعمال ٿيندڙ اصطلاحن جي وضاحت ڪري ٿو. اهم اصطلاح هيٺيان آهن:

[[File:Casement (PSF).jpg|thumb|[[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]، [[جالي]] وارن روشن حصن (lights) سان]]

* '''لائيٽ''' (Light) يا '''لائيٽ''' (Lite)، دريءَ جي ٻاهرين حصن ([[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]]، [[دريءَ جو سِل]] ۽ پاسن وارن فريمن) جي وچ واري حصي کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو عام طور شيشي جي هڪ پين سان ڀريل هوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن دريءَ ۾ ڪيترائي شيشي جا پين هجن، ته بار کڻندڙ صورت ۾ انهن کي [[مولين]] الڳ ڪندا آهن، ۽ جيڪڏهن بار کڻندڙ نه هجن ته [[منٽن]] انهن کي جدا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Brett |first=Peter |year=2004 |title=Carpentry and Joinery |edition=2, illustrated |publisher=Nelson Thornes |isbn=978-0-7487-8502-5 |page=[https://books.google.com/books?id=iVthU6rPGK8C&amp;pg=PA225 255]}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''جاليءَ واري لائيٽ''' (Lattice light) هڪ مرڪب شيشي جو پين هوندو آهي، جيڪو شيشي جي ڪيترن ئي ننڍن ٽڪرن مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، ۽ اهي [[جالي]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ هڪٻئي سان ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن.

* '''مقرر دري''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو) اهڙي دريءَ جي هڪ واحد اڪائي هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ هڪ غير حرڪت ڪندڙ لائيٽ هوندي آهي. ''سنگل لائيٽ''، ''ڊبل لائيٽ'' وغيره جا اصطلاح دريءَ ۾ موجود اهڙن شيشي جي پينن جي تعداد کي ظاهر ڪندا آهن.

* '''سيش يونٽ''' (Sash unit) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ هڪ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ شيشي وارو حصو هوندو آهي، ۽ عام طور ٻه لائيٽون هونديون آهن (جنهن کي ''ڊبل لائيٽ'' چيو ويندو آهي).

* '''متبادل دري''' (رپليسمينٽ ونڊو) آمريڪا ۾ اهڙي فريم واري دريءَ کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا پراڻن سيشن کي ڪڍڻ کان پوءِ اندرئين پاسي کان اصل دريءَ جي فريم ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي. يورپ ۾، هن اصطلاح مان عام طور مڪمل دري مراد هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ نئون ٻاهريون فريم پڻ شامل هوندو آهي.

* '''نئين تعمير واري دري''' (نيو ڪنسٽرڪشن ونڊو)، آمريڪا ۾، اهڙي دري هوندي آهي جنهن ۾ ''نيلنگ فن'' (nailing fin) لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو عمارت جي ٻاهرئين پاسي کان اڻ تيار ٿيل کليل جاءِ ۾ سائڊنگ ۽ اندروني ٽرم لڳائڻ کان اڳ نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي. نيلنگ فن دريءَ جي ٻاهرئين فريم تي هڪ نڪتل حصو هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[تعميراتي گليزنگ]] جي ساڳئي سطح تي هوندو آهي، تيار ڪيل کليل حصي تي چڙهيل هوندو آهي، ۽ تنهنڪري ان کي ميخن ذريعي پنهنجي جاءِ تي لڳائي سگهجي ٿو. برطانيا ۽ يورپ جي مکيه زمين ۾ نون گهرن جي تعمير دوران دريون عام طور ڊگهن اسڪروَن ذريعي سرن جي ڀت ۾ لڳايل ڦهلجندڙ پلاسٽڪ پلگن سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. دريءَ جي چئن ئي پاسن کان لڳ ڀڳ 13 ملي ميٽر تائين خالي جاءِ ڇڏي ويندي آهي، جيڪا ڦهلجندڙ [[پولي يوريٿين فوم]] سان ڀري ويندي آهي. اهڙي طريقي سان دري موسم جي اثرن کان محفوظ رهندي آهي، جڏهن ته گرمي سبب ٿيندڙ ڦهلاءَ جي به گنجائش برقرار رهندي آهي.

* '''[[لنٽل]]''' دريءَ جي مٿئين حصي تي رکيل هڪ شعاع (بيم) هوندو آهي، جنهن کي [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''[[دريءَ جو سِل]]''' دريءَ جي فريم جو هيٺيون حصو هوندو آهي. دريءَ جا سِل ٻاهرئين پاسي ڍلوان هوندا آهن ته جيئن پاڻي عمارت جي اندر اچڻ بدران ٻاهر وهي وڃي.

* '''ثانوي گليزنگ''' (سيڪنڊري گليزنگ) هڪ اضافي فريم هوندو آهي، جيڪو موجوده فريم جي اندرئين پاسي لڳايو ويندو آهي. اهو عام طور محفوظ يا تاريخي حيثيت رکندڙ عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن عمارت جي ظاهري شڪل کي برقرار رکندي وڌيڪ حرارتي ۽ آواز جي موصليت حاصل ڪري سگهجي.

* '''[[سينگاريل ڪاٺ جو ڪم]]''' (ڊيڪورہٽو مل ورڪ) مان مراد دريءَ جي چوڌاري لڳل سينگاريل مولڊنگ، ڪورنس ۽ لنٽل آهن.

=== ليبلنگ ===

آمريڪا جي [[نيشنل فينسٽريشن ريٽنگ ڪائونسل]] (NFRC) جي دريءَ واري ليبل ۾ هيٺيان اصطلاح شامل هوندا آهن:

* [[حرارتي چالڪائي|حرارتي منتقلي (U-factor)]]، جنهن جي بهترين قيمت لڳ ڀڳ U-0.15 (يعني 0.8 W/m2/K) سمجهي ويندي آهي.
* [[شمسي گرمي حاصل ڪرڻ جو عدد]] (SHGC)، جيڪو شيشي مان گذرندڙ شمسي گرمي (انفراريڊ) ۽ ان تي پوندڙ ڪل شمسي گرميءَ جي وچ ۾ تناسب کي ظاهر ڪري ٿو.
* [[مرئي روشني جي منتقلي]] (VT)، جيڪا منتقل ٿيندڙ مرئي روشني ۽ پوندڙ مرئي روشني جي وچ ۾ تناسب کي ظاهر ڪري ٿي.
* [[هوا جو وهڪرو|هوا جي رِس]] (AL)، جيڪا سيش ۽ فريم جي وچ واري وٿي مان في منٽ في لڪيرِي فوٽ گذرندڙ هوا جي مقدار (ڪيوبڪ فوٽ في منٽ) ۾ ماپي ويندي آهي.
* [[نمي#تڪاثف|تڪاثف جي مزاحمت]] (CR)، جيڪا 1 کان 100 تائين ماپي ويندي آهي (جيترو انگ وڌيڪ هوندو، اوتري ئي تڪاثف ٺهڻ جي مزاحمت وڌيڪ هوندي).&lt;ref&gt;[http://www.nfrc.org/documents/WindowsandHeatLoss.pdf Windows and Heat Loss] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100827012257/http://www.nfrc.org/documents/WindowsandHeatLoss.pdf |date=August 27, 2010 }}, [[NFRC]] Heat Loss Fact Sheet&lt;/ref&gt;

يورپي هم آهنگ معيار hEN 14351–1، جيڪو دروازن ۽ درين سان لاڳاپيل آهي، 23 خاصيتن جي وضاحت ڪري ٿو (جن کي ''بنيادي'' ۽ ''غير بنيادي'' خاصيتن ۾ ورهايو ويو آهي). ان کان علاوه تياري هيٺ ٻه ٻيا يورپي معيار پڻ موجود آهن، جيڪي اندروني پيادل دروازن (prEN 14351–2)، دونهي ۽ باهه جي مزاحمت ڪندڙ دروازن، ۽ کولي سگهجندڙ درين (prEN 16034) بابت آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |url=http://www.alueurope.eu/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/CPR_guideline_Dec_2012_ver-1.pdf |title=CPR guideline |access-date=February 13, 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20131106070925/http://www.alueurope.eu/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/CPR_guideline_Dec_2012_ver-1.pdf |archive-date=November 6, 2013 |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;

== جوڙجڪ ==

[[File:Passivhaus Fenster Beispiele (blank).svg|thumb|[[موصل گليزنگ]] سان جديد پلاسٽڪ ۽ ڪاٺ جي دريءَ جي پروفائلن جا مثال]]

[[File:WaterMill Window LymeRegis.jpg|thumb|برطانيا ۾ [[لائيم ريجس]] جي 14هين صديءَ جي [[پاڻيءَ جي چڪي]] ۾ لڳايل جديد ڪاٺ جي فريم واري دري]]

[[File:5-chamber plastic window profile.JPG|thumb|upright|پنج-چيمبر واري پلاسٽڪ دريءَ جو پروفائل]]

دريون گرمي جي منتقلي جو هڪ اهم ذريعو ٿي سگهن ٿيون.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window Systems&quot;&gt;Carmody, J., Selkowitz, S., Lee, E. S., Arasteh, D., &amp; Willmert, T. (2004). ''Window Systems for High-Performance Buildings''. New York, NY: W. W. Norton &amp; Company, Inc.&lt;/ref&gt; انهيءَ ڪري [[موصل گليزنگ]] جون اڪايون (Insulated glazing units) ٻن يا وڌيڪ شيشي جي پينن تي مشتمل هونديون آهن، جيئن گرمي جي منتقلي کي گهٽائي سگهجي.

=== جاليون يا منٽن ===

اهي فريم جا اهي حصا هوندا آهن، جيڪي هڪ وڏي دريءَ کي ڪيترن ننڍن شيشي جي پينن ۾ ورهائيندا آهن. پراڻين درين ۾ شيشي جا وڏا پين تمام مهانگا هوندا هئا، تنهنڪري [[منٽن]] ننڍن شيشي جي پينن کي گڏ ڪري وڏي جاءِ ڀرڻ جي سهولت ڏيندا هئا.

جديد درين ۾ هلڪي رنگ وارا منٽن اڃا تائين هڪ ڪارائتو ڪم سرانجام ڏين ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي دريءَ مان گذرندڙ روشنيءَ جو ڪجهه حصو موٽائي ڇڏين ٿا، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دري پاڻ به ڦهليل (Diffuse) روشنيءَ جو هڪ ذريعو بڻجي وڃي ٿي، صرف ڪمري جي اندر موجود شين يا مٿاڇرين کي روشن ڪرڻ بدران. دريءَ جي ويجهو موجود مٿاڇرين تي اڻ سڌي روشني وڌائڻ سان، منٽن دريءَ جي چوڌاري واري حصي کي وڌيڪ روشن بڻائين ٿا ۽ ڪمري جي اندر پاڇن جي تضاد کي گهٽائين ٿا.

=== فريم ۽ سيش جي جوڙجڪ ===

فريم ۽ سيش هيٺين مواد مان تيار ڪري سگهجن ٿا:

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! مواد
! [[حرارتي مزاحمت]]
! پائيداري
! سار سنڀال
! قيمت
! ٻيهر استعمال ٿيل مواد
! تبصرو
|-
| [[ڪاٺ]]
| تمام سٺي
| مختلف
| گهٽ
| اوسط
| وڌيڪ
| جيڪڏهن 1950ع کان اڳ ٺهيل ڪاٺ جي دريءَ جي صحيح سار سنڀال ڪئي وڃي ته اها 50 کان 100 سال يا ان کان به وڌيڪ عرصي تائين هلي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Saving Windows, Saving Money: Evaluating the Energy Performance of Window Retrofit and Replacement |url=https://forum.savingplaces.org/viewdocument/saving-windows-saving-money-evalu |website=Resource Library – National Trust for Historic Preservation |publisher=National Trust for Historic Preservation |access-date=March 31, 2020 |archive-date=August 3, 2020 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200803231452/https://forum.savingplaces.org/viewdocument/saving-windows-saving-money-evalu |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;&gt;{{cite web |last1=Peterson Wasielewski |first1=Shannon |title=Windows: Energy Efficiency Facts and Myths |url=https://dahp.wa.gov/sites/default/files/Windows%20Energy%20Efficiency%20Facts%20and%20Myths.pdf |website=Washington Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation |access-date=March 31, 2020 |archive-date=October 27, 2020 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20201027125413/https://dahp.wa.gov/sites/default/files/Windows%20Energy%20Efficiency%20Facts%20and%20Myths.pdf |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;
|-
| [[پولي ونائل ڪلورائيڊ|uPVC (&quot;ونائل&quot;)]]
| تمام سٺي
| تمام سٺي{{Efn-lr|PVC ۽ فائبر گلاس جا فريم تيز رفتار موسمي آزمائشن ۾ سٺي ڪارڪردگي ڏيکارين ٿا. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ PVC ٻين ڪيترن ئي موادن جيترو مضبوط نه هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي ساختي مضبوطي وڌائڻ لاءِ ڪجهه PVC فريمن کي ڌاتو يا مرڪب مواد سان مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي.|name=PVC&amp;fiberglass}}
| تمام گهٽ
| اوسط
| تمام گهٽ

عام طور انهن جي عمر 25 کان 50 سال هوندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot; /&gt;
[[ايلومينيم]]
تمام سٺي{{Efn-lr
سٺي
تمام گهٽ
گهٽ
عام طور &gt;95٪
گهڻو ڪري حرارتي موصليت واري پروفائل ذريعي حرارتي رڪاوٽ مهيا ڪئي ويندي آهي.
-
مرڪب مواد
تمام سٺي
سٺي
تمام گهٽ
وڌيڪ
وڌيڪ
جديد عمارتن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.
-
[[اسٽيل]]
وچولي
انتهائي سٺي
تمام گهٽ
وڌيڪ
&gt;98٪
عام طور ڪنڊن تي ويلڊ ڪيو ويندو آهي.
-
[[فائبر گلاس]]
تمام سٺي
تمام سٺي{{Efn-lr
تمام گهٽ
وڌيڪ
وچولي

|
|}
{{Notelist-lr}}

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>cqufq1kgu57f93fjr86uu60jwkzwq4q</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400915</id>
      <parentid>400914</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T15:21:49Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* فريم ۽ سيش جي جوڙجڪ */</comment>
      <origin>400915</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="66248" sha1="r59jrx0nmdlz49t150yshv4443xmhmk" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڀت، دروازي، ڇت يا گاڏي ۾ روشني، هوا ۽ ٻاهرئين ڏيک لاءِ ٺاهيل کُليل حصو}}

{{multiple image
|perrow=3
|total_width=400
|image1=Window of the house with number 17 on strada Mântuleasa, from Bucharest (Romania).jpg
|image2=Atua Kosua shrine4.jpg
|image3=Traditional wooden window (Akhi Jhyal).jpg
|image4=P1300843 Paris X rue de Paradis n18 detail rwk.jpg
|image5=Exterior facade of the Hôtel de Bourvallais 003.JPG
|image6=Chartres RosetteNord 121 DSC08241.jpg
|footer=دريَن جا مختلف نمونا
}}

'''دري''' (Window) ڀت، [[در]]، [[ڇت]] يا [[گاڏي]] ۾ ٺهيل اهڙو کُليل حصو آهي، جيڪو [[روشني]] کي اندر اچڻ، [[هوا]] جي اچ وڃ ۽ ڪيترين حالتن ۾ آواز جي گذر جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. جديد دريون عام طور شيشي  يا ڪنهن ٻئي شفاف يا نيم شفاف مواد سان ڍڪيل هونديون آهن. شيشو عام طور هڪ [[تاڪ]] (Sash) ۾ لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[فريم]] جي اندر نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt; ڪيترن ئي حوالن ۾ تاڪ ۽ فريم ٻنهي کي گڏجي دري پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/window/|title=Window|publisher=The Free Dictionary By Farlex|access-date=19 May 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

گهڻيون شيشي واريون دريون کولي يا بند ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. دري کولڻ سان [[هوا جي مٽاسٽا]] (وينٽيليشن) ممڪن ٿيندي آهي، جڏهن ته بند ڪرڻ سان مينهن، تيز هوا ۽ ٻين خراب موسمي حالتن کان تحفظ حاصل ٿيندو آهي. دريَن ۾ اڪثر [[ڪڙي]] (Latch) يا اهڙو ٻيو ميڪانياتي بندش وارو اوزار لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو دري کي بند ڪري تالو لڳائڻ يا مختلف درجن تائين کليل حالت ۾ قائم رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

دريَن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جن ۾ '''[[آئبرو دري]]'''  (آئبرو ونڊو - eyebrow)، '''[[مقرر دري]]''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو)، [[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]] (ھيڪساگونل ونڊو)، '''[[سنگل هنگ دري]]''' (سنگل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[ڊبل هنگ دري]]''' (ڊبل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[افقي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري]]''' (ھرائيزينٽل سلائيڊنگ سيش ونڊو)، [[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]، '''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window)، '''هاپر دري''' (Hopper window)، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ سلائيڊ دري''' ، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ ٽرن دري'''، '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom)، '''پاسي واري دري''' (سلائيڊ لائيٽ ونڊو)، [[جيلوسي دري]] (Jalousie)، [[لوور دري]] (Louvered)، [[ڪليرسٽوري دري]] (Clerestory)، [[لينسٽ دري]] (Lancet)، [[ڇت جو روشندان]] (اسڪائلائيٽ)، [[ڇت جي دري]] (روف ونڊو)، [[روف لئنٽرن]] (lantern)، [[بي دري]] (Bay)، [[اوريل دري]] (Oriel)، [[ڊائيوڪليشيئن دري]] (Diocletian)، '''تصويري دري''' (Picture)، [[گلابي دري]] (Rose)، '''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري'''، [[رنگين شيشي واري دري]] (Stained glass)، '''فرينچ دري'''، '''پينل دري'''، '''ٻٽي يا ٽرپل شيشي واري دري'''  ۽ [[وچ دري]] (Witch) شامل آهن.

== اشتقاق ==

انگريزي لفظ '''ونڊو''' (''window'') جو بنياد [[قديم نارس ٻولي]] جي لفظ {{lang|non|vindauga}} مان نڪتل آهي، جيڪو {{lang|non|vindr}} (هوا) ۽ {{lang|non|auga}} (اک) مان ٺهيل آهي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;هوا جي اک&quot; آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |title=New Oxford American Dictionary |date=2010 |access-date=January 16, 2015 |archive-date=June 2, 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130602205448/http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[نارويجي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|no|[[نينورسڪ]]}} ۽ [[آئس لينڊي ٻولي]] ۾ قديم نارس جو هي لفظ اڄ تائين زندهه رهيو آهي. آئس لينڊي ۾ اهو رڳو هڪ ننڍڙي کليل &quot;دري&quot; جي هڪ قسم لاءِ نسبتاً گهٽ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ آهي، ۽ اهو {{lang|is|gluggi}} (آئس لينڊي ٻوليءَ ۾ &quot;دري&quot; لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ) جو مڪمل مترادف نه آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|title=Hvaðan kemur orðið gluggi? Af hverju notum við ekki vindauga samanber window?|work=Vísindavefurinn|access-date=2018-09-17|language=is|archive-date=December 14, 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191214165059/https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|url-status=live}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ {{lang|sv|vindöga}} لفظ اڃا تائين جهونپڙيءَ جي ڇت ۾ موجود سوراخ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته [[ڊينش ٻولي]] جي {{lang|da|vindue}} ۽ نارويجي ٻولي جي {{lang|no|[[بوڪمول]]}} ۾ {{lang|no|vindu}} لفظ مان &quot;اک&quot; سان سڌو تعلق ختم ٿي ويو آهي، جيئن انگريزي لفظ ''window'' ۾ به ٿيو آهي. ڊينش (پر نارويجي [[بوڪمول]] نه) ۾ هن لفظ جو اچار انگريزي ''window'' سان گهڻو مشابهت رکي ٿو.

انگريزي جو لفظ ''ونڊو'' (window) پهريون ڀيرو 13هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ لکيل استعمال ملي ٿو، ۽ شروعات ۾ ان مان مراد ڇت ۾ موجود شيشي کان سواءِ هڪ کليل سوراخ هئي. بعد ۾ ''ونڊو''، [[قديم انگريزي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|ang|eagþyrl}} جي جاءِ ورتي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو سوراخ&quot; آهي، ۽ {{lang|ang|eagduru}}، جنهن جي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو در&quot; آهي.

تنهن هوندي به، ڪيترين ئي جرمني ٻولين شيشي واري دري لاءِ لاطيني لفظ فينيسٽرا fenestra اختيار ڪيو، جهڙوڪ [[معياري ٻولي|معياري]] [[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ فونسٽر fönster ۽ [[جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ فينسٽر Fenster.
انگريزي ۾ ''ونڊو'' لفظ جو استعمال غالباً [[وائڪنگ دور]] دوران انگريزي ٻوليءَ تي اسڪينڊي نيويائي اثر ۽ [[ڌاريل لفظ]]ن جي ذريعي ٿيو. انگريزي ۾ ''فينيسٽر'' لفظ پڻ ''ونڊو'' سان گڏ 18هين صديءَ جي وچ تائين متوازي طور استعمال ٿيندو رهيو.

لفظ '''فينيسٽريشن''' اڄ به عمارت جي [[مهاڙي]] ۾ درين جي ترتيب يا بناوت کي بيان ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته '''[[ڊيفينسٽريشن]]''' (''defenestration'') جي معنيٰ آهي &quot;ڪنهن کي دريءَ مان ٻاهر اڇلائڻ&quot;.

== تاريخ ==
{{Multiple image
|total_width=400
|image1=MorellaSantaMariaWindow.jpg
|caption1=[[الباسٽر]] مان ٺهيل &quot;مولين&quot; سان ورهايل سينگاريل دريون [[سانتا ماريا لا ميجور گرجاگھر]] ([[موريلّا، ڪاسٽيلون|موريلّا]]، اسپين) ۾
|image2=ValenciaCathedral2.JPG
|caption2=[[والينسيا گرجاگھر]] ۾ الباسٽر جي دري. ڀت جي فريم جي کاٻي پاسي جي غير هموار ۽ ترڇي شڪل تي ڌيان ڏيو، جيڪا سج جي ڪرڻن کي عبادت گاهه جي اڳئين حصي (چينسل) تائين پهچڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي.
}}

[[رومي سلطنت|رومين]] ماڻهن کي درين ۾ [[شيشو]] استعمال ڪندڙ پهريون معلوم ماڻهو سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ۽ اها ٽيڪنالاجي غالباً سڀ کان پهرين [[رومي مصر]] ۾، [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ {{circa|100}}ع ڌاري تيار ڪئي وئي هئي.{{Citation needed|date=April 2024}} درين جون تصويرون قديم مصري ڀتين جي نقاشين ۽ [[اسيريا]] جي مجسمن ۾ پڻ ڏسي سگهجن ٿيون. ڪاغذي دريون گهٽ خرچ واريون هونديون هيون ۽ قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ [[شيشو]] عام ماڻهن جي گهرن جي درين ۾ صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيو، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل [[جانورن جا سڱ|جانورن جي سڱن]] مان ٺهيل درين جا شيشا 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿي رهيا هئا. 19هين صديءَ ۾ آمريڪي اولهه وارن علائقن ۾ آبادڪارن [[تيل لڳل ڪاغذ جي دري]]ن جو استعمال شروع ڪيو. جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون جڏهن صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته ٿي ويا.

=== ٽيڪنالاجيون ===

13هين صدي ق.م. ۾ سڀ کان اوائليون دريون ڇت ۾ بغير شيشي وارا کليل سوراخ هوندا هئا، جيئن ڏينهن جي وقت روشني اندر اچي سگهي.{{citation needed|date=January 2023}} بعد ۾،{{when|date=October 2016}} انهن درين کي جانورن جي کل، ڪپڙي يا ڪاٺ سان ڍڪيو ويندو هو. ان کان پوءِ اهڙا [[دريءَ جا شٽر|شٽر]] وجود ۾ آيا، جيڪي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگهبا هئا.{{when|date=October 2016}} وقت سان گڏ اهڙيون دريون تيار ڪيون ويون جيڪي هڪ طرف رهواسين کي موسم جي اثرن کان بچائينديون هيون ۽ ٻي طرف روشني به اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون. انهن ۾ نيم شفاف مواد جا ڪيترائي ننڍا ٽڪرا استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا، جهڙوڪ جانورن جي چپٽن ۽ نيم شفاف سڱن جا ٽڪرا، ڪاغذ جون چادرون، [[سنگ مرمر]] جون سنهيون پتيون (جهڙوڪ [[فينگائيٽ]])، يا شيشي جا ٽڪرا، جيڪي ڪاٺ، لوهه يا سيهي جي ٺهيل فريمن ۾ لڳايا ويندا هئا. ڏور اوڀر ۾ درين کي ڀرڻ لاءِ ڪاغذ استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot;&gt;{{cite encyclopedia | url= http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | title= Window | encyclopedia= Britannica | access-date= May 19, 2012 | archive-date= May 2, 2015 | archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20150502185207/http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | url-status= live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

رومي ماڻهو درين ۾ شيشي جا پهريان معلوم استعمال ڪندڙ هئا، ۽ هنن اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي مان فائدو ورتو جيڪا غالباً پهريون ڀيرو [[رومي مصر]] ۾ ترقي ڪئي وئي هئي. خاص طور تي [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ تقريباً {{circa}} 100ع ڌاري [[ڍاليل شيشو|ڍاليل شيشي]] جون دريون ظاهر ٿيڻ لڳيون، جيتوڻيڪ انهن جون بصري خاصيتون ڪمزور هيون. اهي ننڍيون ۽ ٿلهيون هونديون هيون ۽ حقيقت ۾ [[شيشو ڦوڪڻ|ڦوڪيل شيشي]] جي مرتبانن (سلينڊر نما شڪل) کي چپٽو ڪري چادرن جي صورت ۾ ٺاهيو ويندو هو، جن تي هر هنڌ گول دائري جهڙا نشان موجود هوندا هئا. (موازنہ ڪريو روايتي [[گرجاگھر جي دري]]ن سان، جيڪي [[رنگين شيشو]] مان ٺهيل هونديون آهن.) دريءَ جو شيشو ايترو شفاف ٿيڻ ۾، جو ان مان صاف ڏسي سگهجي جيئن اڄ اسين ڏسون ٿا، هڪ هزار سالن کان وڌيڪ وقت لڳو. تنهن هوندي به، قديم رومي دريون تمام ڪارآمد هيون، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن کي &quot;گرمي فراهم ڪرڻ واري ٽيڪنالاجيءَ ۾ اڪثر نظرانداز ڪيل ترقي&quot; سمجهيو ويندو آهي، ڇو ته اهي سج جي گرمي کي عمارت اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون، جڏهن ته اندر جي گرم هوا کي ٻاهر نڪرڻ کان روڪينديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last1=Carrier |first1=Richard |title=The Scientist in the Early Roman Empire |date=2017 |publisher=Pitchstone Publishing |location=Durham, North Carolina |isbn=978-1-63431-106-9 |page=218}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1154ع ۾ [[الادريسي]] [[گھانا سلطنت]] جي بادشاهه جي محل جي هڪ خاص خصوصيت طور شيشي جي درين جو ذڪر ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | url= https://books.google.com/books?id=umyHqvAErOAC&amp;dq=Ghana+Empire+glass+window&amp;pg=PA564 | title= Encyclopedia of African History 3-Volume Set| page= 564|author= Kevin Shillington |author-link= Kevin Shillington| publisher= [[Routledge]] | isbn= 978-1-135-45670-2 |date= 2013}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal | last= Fage | first=J. D. | title=Ancient Ghana: A Review Of The Evidence | journal=Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana | volume= 3 | issue= 2 | pages= 3–24 | year= 1957| jstor= 41405704}}&lt;/ref&gt;

صدين جي دوران اهڙيون ٽيڪنيڪون ترقي ڪيون ويون، جن جي ذريعي ڦوڪيل شيشي جي [[سلينڊر (هندسي شڪل)|سلينڊر]] جي هڪ پاسي کي ڪٽي، ساڳئي مقدار جي شيشي مان وڌيڪ سنهيون مستطيل دريون تيار ڪيون وينديون هيون. ان سان ڊگهيون ۽ سنهيون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، جيڪي عام طور تي هڪ عمودي سهاري سان ورهايل هونديون هيون، جنهن کي [[مولين]] چيو ويندو آهي. مولين سان ورهايل شيشي واريون دريون يورپ جي خوشحال ماڻهن ۾ پسنديده دريون هيون،{{when|date=January 2023}} جڏهن ته ڪاغذي دريون قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ گهٽ خرچ سبب وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ عام ماڻهن جي گهرن ۾ شيشي واريون دريون صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيون، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل جانورن جي سڱن مان ٺهيل دريون 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿينديون رهيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Langley|first=Andrew|title=Medieval Life|series= Eyewitness|year= 2011 |publisher= Dorling Kindersley|isbn=978-1-4053-4545-3|page=16}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون، جڏهن 19هين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته بڻايا ويا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Float Glass|date=July 6, 2007 |url=https://www.architectmagazine.com/technology/float-glass_o}}&lt;/ref&gt; جديد دريون عام طور تي شيشي سان ڀريون وينديون آهن، جيتوڻيڪ شفاف پلاسٽڪ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== جوڙجڪ جا لاڙا ===
{{See also|گرجاگھر جي دري}}

12هين صدي عيسويءَ کان [[اولهه يورپ]] جي [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ [[لينسٽ دري]]ن (''lancet windows'') جو متعارف ٿيڻ، محرابي درين جي هڪ اڳوڻي روايت تي ٻڌل هو،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 |quote= In general two or three windows united in a group, as was later the rule in Roman architecture, were even then of frequent occurrence in the early Christian architecture of Asia Minor. The form of the window is nearly everywhere the same; a rectangle that usually has a rounded top, but seldom a straight lintel.}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪي [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀن]] جي وچ ۾ لڳايون وينديون هيون،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 | quote = The place of the window was determined by the architectural membering of the basilica, the distance between two columns generally indicating the position of a window.}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ ان جي نتيجي ۾ نه رڳو [[ٽريسري]] ۽ نفيس [[قرونِ وسطى جا رنگين شيشا|رنگين شيشي]] واريون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، پر عبادتي عمارتن ۾ نوڪيدار يا گول شڪل وارين درين جو هڪ اهڙو ڊگهو تعميراتي رواج به پيدا ٿيو، جيڪو اڄ به ڪيترن ئي گرجاگهرن ۾ ڏسي سگهجي ٿو.

تعميراتي مؤرخ پيٽر سمٿ شروعاتي جديد دور جي ويلش ڳوٺاڻن گهرن ۾ درين جي تعميراتي لاڙن بابت لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
تقريباً 1680ع تائين درين جو تناسب افقي هوندو هو، جيڪو انهن گهٽ اوچائي وارن ڪمرن لاءِ مناسب هو، جيڪي هال هائوسن ۾ مٿيون ماڙ شامل ڪرڻ کان پوءِ وجود ۾ آيا هئا. ان کان پوءِ عمودي تناسب واريون دريون رواج ۾ آيون، جنهن جو هڪ سبب گهٽ ۾ گهٽ اهو هو ته [[نشاةِ ثانيه]] جي دور ۾ اوچين ڇتين جي پسند وڌي وئي هئي. 1914ع کان پوءِ حالتون ٻيهر بدلجي ويون ۽ افقي تناسب واريون دريون هڪ ڀيرو ٻيهر پسند ڪيون وڃڻ لڳيون.&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
 |last1                = Smith
 |first1               = Peter
 |author-link1         = Peter Smith (architectural historian)
 |editor-last1         = Thirsk
 |editor-first1        = Joan
 |editor-link1         = Joan Thirsk
 |year                 = 1985
 |chapter              = 21 Rural Building in Wales
 |title                = The Agrarian History of England and Wales
 |url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=EAA9AAAAIAAJ
 |volume               = 5: 1640-1750 2: Agrarian change
 |publication-place    = Cambridge
 |publisher            = Cambridge University Press
 |page                 = 781
 |isbn                 = 9780521257756
 |access-date          = 18 January 2023
}}
&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;17هين صديءَ ۾ يورپ ۾ درين جي ڊزائن ۾ اوچائي ويڪر کان وڌيڪ رکڻ جو لاڙو پيدا ٿيو. ڪاٺ جا فريم وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا هئا، ۽ سيش دريون (''sash windows'') پڻ متعارف ڪرايون ويون. 18هين صديءَ ۾ سيش درين جي ڊزائن ۾ تبديليون آيون؛ شيشي کي سنڀاليندڙ سنها افقي ۽ عمودي پٽا (glazing bars) وڌيڪ باريڪ بڻايا ويا ۽ درين جون ماپون به وڌيڪ معياري ٿي ويون.

19هين صديءَ دوران ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ننڍين ڪناري وارين درين ۾ رنگين شيشو استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته گليزنگ بارن کي گوٿڪ طرز جي شڪل ڏني ويندي هئي. دريون اڳي کان وڌيڪ وڏيون ٿيڻ لڳيون ۽ آرٽس اينڊ ڪرافٽس ۽ ڪوئين اين طرزِ تعمير تمام مشهور ٿيا، جيڪو لاڙو 20هين صديءَ تائين جاري رهيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Windows, glass, glazing - a brief history |url=https://www.thenbs.com/knowledge/windows-glass-glazing-a-brief-history |access-date=2026-03-17 |website=NBS |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ شيشي]] جي ٽيڪنالاجي جي پکڙجڻ سان پڪچر ونڊوز (''picture windows'') متعارف ڪرائڻ ممڪن ٿيو (پهريون ڀيرو [[ليويٽ ٽائون، پنسلوانيا]] ۾)،&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
|last1                = Rybczynski
|first1               = Witold
|author-link1         = Witold Rybczynski
|date                 = 13 May 2008
|orig-date            = 2007
|chapter              = Ranchers, Picture Windows and Morning Rooms
|title                = Last Harvest: From Cornfield to New Town: Real Estate Development from George Washington to the Builders of the Twenty-First Century, and Why We Live in Houses Anyway
|url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=rkuvkjyRGG0C
|publication-place    = New York
|publisher            = Simon and Schuster
|page                 = 207
|isbn                 = 9780743235976
|access-date          = 18 January 2023
|quote                = The casual, spread-out ranch house [...] by 1950 accounted for nine out of ten new houses. [...] Its one extravagance was a large window facing the street - the picture window. As far as I have been able to determine, picture windows made their first appearance in Levittown, Pennsylvania.
}}
&lt;/ref&gt; جنهن جو بنياد 1951–1952ع ۾ وڌو ويو.{{Clarify|reason=What was founded?|date=July 2024}}ايندڙ حصي (حصو 4) ۾ آخري پيراگراف (''Many modern day windows may have a window screen...'') جو مڪمل ترجمو، بنا ڪنهن اختصار جي، حوالن سميت پيش ڪندس.

اڄڪلهه جون ڪيتريون ئي [[جديديت|جديد]] دريون [[دريءَ جي جالي]] (''window screen'') يا ميش سان ليس هونديون آهن، جيڪا اڪثر [[ايلومينيم]] يا [[فائبر گلاس]] مان ٺهيل هوندي آهي، جيئن دري کولڻ وقت [[جيت]] اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهن. دريون بنيادي طور تي عمارت جي اندر موجود ماڻهن کي ٻاهرين دنيا سان هڪ اهم بصري لاڳاپو فراهم ڪرڻ لاءِ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن ذريعي اهي ٻاهر ٿيندڙ مسلسل بدلجندڙ منظرن ۽ واقعن کي ڏسي سگهن ٿا. اهڙو لاڳاپو عمارتن ۾ رهندڙ ماڻهن جي صحت ۽ ڀلائي لاءِ انتهائي اهم سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ جيڪڏهن ماڻهو اهڙين بند عمارتن ۾ رهن، جتي دريون نه هجن، ته انهن تي اهڙي ماحول جا ناڪاري اثر پئجي سگهن ٿا.

درين جي ڊزائن بابت مقرر ڪيل ڪيترن ئي معيارن مان، ڏينهن جي روشني سان لاڳاپيل معيارن ۾ ڪجهه اهم عنصر نمايان ٿيا آهن، جن ۾ هنڌ، وقت، موسم، فطرت ۽ ماڻهو شامل آهن. انهن سڀني معيارن مان، اهي دريون جيڪي [[فطرت]] جا نظارا مهيا ڪن ٿيون، ماڻهن جي نظر ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ اهم سمجهيون وڃن ٿيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Kent |first1=Michael |last2=Schiavon |first2=Stefano |date=2022 |title=Predicting Window View Preferences Using the Environmental Information Criteria |url=https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |journal=LEUKOS |volume=19 |issue=2 |pages=190–209 |doi=10.1080/15502724.2022.2077753 |s2cid=251121476 |access-date=2022-11-09 |archive-date=December 28, 2023 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20231228134015/https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

== قسم ==

[[File:casement_window_parts.svg|thumb|Parts of a casement cross-window, viewed from the outside]]
=== صليبي دري ===
{{main|صليبي دري}}

'''صليبي دري''' (ڪراس-ونڊو) هڪ مستطيل شڪل واري دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عام طور تي هڪ [[مولين]] ۽ هڪ [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] جي ذريعي چئن حصن (روشنين) ۾ ورهايل هوندي آهي، جيڪي گڏجي هڪ [[لاطيني صليب]] جي شڪل ٺاهيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;Curl, James Stevens (2006). ''Oxford Dictionary of Architecture and Landscape Architecture'', 2nd ed., OUP, Oxford and New York, p. 214. {{ISBN|978-0-19-860678-9}}.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ابرو نما دري ===

'''ابرو نما دري''' (Eyebrow window) جو اصطلاح ٻن معنائن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي: ڀت ۾ هڪ مڙيل مٿئين حصي واري دري، يا هڪ ابرو نما [[ڊارمر]]؛ ۽ ننڍين درين جي هڪ قطار، جيڪا عام طور تي عمارت جي سامهون ڇڄن هيٺان هوندي آهي، جهڙوڪ پنسلوانيا ۾ [[جيمس-لوراه هائوس]].&lt;ref&gt;Harris, Cyril M. (1998). ''American Architecture: An Illustrated Encyclopedia''. New York: W. W. Norton.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مقرر دري ===

'''مقرر دري''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا کولي نٿي سگهجي،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=CVTjAQAAQBAJ&amp;q=Fixed+window+is+window+that+cannot+open&amp;pg=PA83|title=Kitchen &amp; Bath Residential Construction and Systems|author=NKBA (National Kitchen and Bath Association)|date=2013-10-29|publisher=John Wiley &amp; Sons|isbn=978-1-118-71104-0|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ جنهن جو ڪم صرف روشني کي اندر اچڻ ڏيڻ هوندو آهي (غير مقرر دريءَ جي ابتڙ، جيڪا کلي ۽ بند ٿي سگهي ٿي). [[ڪليرسٽوري]] دريون [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ گهڻو ڪري مقرر هونديون آهن. ٽرانسم دريون مقرر به ٿي سگهن ٿيون يا کولي سگهجن ٿيون. اهڙي قسم جون دريون انهن حالتن ۾ استعمال ٿينديون آهن، جتي صرف روشني يا ٻاهر جو نظارو گهربل هجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ [[ٽرڪل وينٽ]] يا مٿئين وينٽ کان سواءِ اهڙين درين ذريعي هوا جي اچ وڃ ممڪن نه هوندي آهي.

=== هڪ طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

'''هڪ طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري'''  اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ هڪ سيش (عام طور هيٺيون) حرڪت ڪندڙ هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مقرر هوندو آهي. هي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ سيش دريءَ جي قديم ترين صورت آهي ۽ قيمت ۾ پڻ نسبتاً سستي هوندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== ٻه طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

{{main|سيش دري}}

'''سيش دري''' (Sash window) برطانيا ۽ انهن ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾، جيڪي اڳ برطانوي نوآبادين جو حصو هئا، روايتي دريءَ جو انداز آهي. ان ۾ ٻه حصا (سيش) هوندا آهن، جيڪي ٿورو هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهيل هوندا آهن ۽ فريم جي اندر مٿي ۽ هيٺ سلائيڊ ٿيندا آهن. ٻنهي حصن جو هڪجهڙو سائيز هجڻ ضروري نه آهي؛ جيڪڏهن مٿيون سيش ننڍو (گهٽ اوچائي وارو) هجي ته ان کي [[ڪاٽيج دري]] چيو ويندو آهي.

هاڻي گهڻيون نيون ٻه طرفي سيش دريون سيشن کي سنڀالڻ لاءِ اسپرنگ بيلنس استعمال ڪن ٿيون، پر روايتي طور دريءَ جي ٻنهي پاسن تي باڪسن اندر رکيل جوابي وزن (ڪائونٽر ويٽس) استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا. اهي وزن رسي يا بعد ۾ خاص تيار ڪيل زنجير ذريعي پلين جي مدد سان سيشن سان ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا. اسپرنگ بيلنس جا ٽي قسم هوندا آهن: ٽيپ يا ڪلاڪ اسپرنگ بيلنس، چينل يا بلاڪ اينڊ ٽيڪل بيلنس، ۽ اسپائرل يا ٽيوب بيلنس.

روايتي طور ٻه طرفي سيش درين سان [[دريءَ جا شٽر]] پڻ لڳايا ويندا هئا. سيش درين ۾ سيمپليڪس قبضا پڻ لڳائي سگهجن ٿا، جيڪي دريءَ کي هڪ پاسي کان قبضن ۾ بند ڪرڻ جي اجازت ڏين ٿا، جڏهن ته ٻئي پاسي واري رسي ڌار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان دري کي باهه لڳڻ جي صورت ۾ نڪرڻ يا صفائي لاءِ کولي سگهجي ٿو.

=== فولڊ اپ دري ===

[[File:Foldup window.gif|thumb|upright|فولڊ اپ دري (اندر ڏانهن کُلندڙ)، پاسي کان ڪٽيل ڏيک]]

'''فولڊ اپ دري''' (Foldup window) ۾ ٻه هڪجهڙا سيش هوندا آهن، جيڪي معياري ٻه طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دريءَ وانگر هوندا آهن، پر اهي مٿي طرف ويڙهجي کلي ويندا آهن، جنهن سان تقريباً پوري فريم جيتري جاءِ مان هوا اندر اچي سگهي ٿي. هن دريءَ جو توازن اسپرنگن يا جوابي وزنن (counterbalances) ذريعي برقرار رکيو ويندو آهي، بلڪل ٻه طرفي سيش دريءَ وانگر. سيشن کي اهڙي نموني بيهاري سگهجي ٿو جو اهي روايتي ٻه طرفي سيش دريءَ جهڙا نظر اچن، يا هڪ ئي سڌي قطار ۾ به لڳائي سگهجن ٿا. سڌي قطار وارا نمونا اندر يا ٻاهر ٻنهي طرفن کلي سگهن ٿا. اندر کُلندڙ فولڊ اپ درين ۾ مقرر جاليون لڳائي سگهجن ٿيون، جڏهن ته ٻاهر کُلندڙ قسمن لاءِ حرڪت ڪندڙ جالين جي ضرورت هوندي آهي. اهڙيون دريون عام طور اسڪرين روم، باورچي خاني جي پاس ٿرو، يا هنگامي نڪرڻ واري رستي (egress) طور استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

=== افقي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

'''افقي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري''' (Horizontal sliding sash window) ۾ ٻه يا وڌيڪ سيش هوندا آهن، جيڪي ٿورو هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهيل هوندا آهن، پر فريم جي اندر افقي رخ ۾ سلائيڊ ٿيندا آهن. برطانيا ۾ انهن کي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن [[يارڪشائر]] سيش دريون به چيو ويندو آهي، غالباً ان ڪري جو انهن جو روايتي استعمال انهيءَ علائقي ۾ گهڻو هو.

=== ڪيسمينٽ دري ===

{{Main|ڪيسمينٽ دري}}

[[File:Gordijnen aan venster.JPG|thumb|[[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]]]

'''ڪيسمينٽ دري''' (Casement window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن جو سيش قبضن سان لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي وانگر اندر يا ٻاهر کلي ويندو آهي. اهو پاسي کان لڳل، مٿان لڳل (جنهن کي &quot;اوننگ دري&quot; پڻ چيو ويندو آهي؛ هيٺ ڏسو)، يا ڪڏهن هيٺان لڳل سيش تي مشتمل هوندو آهي، يا انهن قسمن جي ميلاپ سان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، ۽ ڪڏهن هڪ يا وڌيڪ پاسن تي مقرر شيشي جا پينل پڻ هوندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot; /&gt;

آمريڪا ۾ اهڙيون دريون عام طور [[ڪرئنڪ (مشينياتي حصو)|ڪرئنڪ]] ذريعي کوليون وينديون آهن، جڏهن ته يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي حصن ۾ انهن لاءِ پروجيڪشن فرڪشن اسٽيز ۽ [[ايسپاگنوليٽ]] لاڪنگ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. اڳي سادا قبضا [[ڪيسمينٽ اسٽي]] سان گڏ استعمال ٿيندا هئا. [[هينڊنگ]] (Handing) جو استعمال دريءَ جي کلڻ واري رخ جي سڃاڻپ لاءِ ڪيو ويندو آهي؛ ان موجب ڪيسمينٽ دري کاٻي هٿ واري، ساڄي هٿ واري يا ٻٽي رخ واري ٿي سگهي ٿي. برطانيا ۽ يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي ٻين علائقن ۾ جديد عمارتن ۾ ڪيسمينٽ دري سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام قسم آهي.

=== اوننگ دري ===

[[File:Fenêtre à l'australienne - Awning window - (AWS Magnum 616) Light.jpg|thumb|upright=0.5|اوننگ دري]]

'''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window) ڪيسمينٽ دريءَ جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو افقي طور لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ مٿئين پاسي [[قبضو]] لڳل هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهو ٻاهر ڏانهن [[ڇڄ]] وانگر کلي ٿو. آزاد نموني استعمال ٿيڻ کان علاوه، اهڙيون دريون هڪ ئي فريم ۾ ڪيترين گڏ به لڳائي سگهجن ٿيون يا مقرر شيشي سان گڏ به استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. اهي خاص طور هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ تمام ڪارآمد هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | title=Window Treatments | first=Karla J. | last=Nielson | page=45 | url=https://books.google.com/books?id=y6U0uP5cyLQC&amp;q=%22awning+window%22&amp;pg=PA45 | publisher=John Wiley &amp; Sons | date=Sep 15, 1989 | isbn=0-471-28946-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== هوپر دري ===

'''هوپر دري''' (Hopper window) هيٺئين پاسي کان قبضي تي ٻڌل ڪيسمينٽ دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عمودي رخ ۾ جهڪي کلي ٿي، ۽ عام طور اندر ڏانهن کلي ٿي، جنهن جي شڪل [[هوپر (ذرڙن گڏ ڪرڻ وارو ڪنٽينر)|هوپر]] جي نالي وانگر هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1=Allen|first1=Edward|last2=Thallon|first2=Rob|title=Fundamentals of Residential Construction|edition=3rd |year=2011 |publisher=Wiley |location=Hoboken, NJ |isbn=978-0-470-54083-1 |page=654}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پيوٽ دري ===

'''پيوٽ دري''' (Pivot window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ سامهون وارن ٻن پاسن تي هڪ هڪ قبضو لڳل هوندو آهي، جنهن جي مدد سان دري کلڻ وقت پنهنجي محور تي گهمي سگهي ٿي. اهي قبضا مٿي ۽ هيٺ (عمودي پيوٽ) يا ٻنهي پاسن (افقي پيوٽ) تي لڳايا ويندا آهن. عام طور دري پهرين محدود حد تائين کلي ٿي ته جيئن هوا جي اچ وڃ ٿي سگهي، ۽ پوءِ وڌيڪ کولڻ سان مڪمل طور ڦري وڃي ٿي ۽ اندر کان محفوظ صفائي لاءِ ٻيهر لاڪ ٿي وڃي ٿي. جديد پيوٽ قبضا فرڪشن واري نظام سان ليس هوندا آهن، جيڪو دريءَ کي پنهنجي وزن جي باوجود کليل حالت ۾ سنڀالي رکندو آهي، ۽ انهن ۾ کلڻ جي حد مقرر ڪرڻ ۽ اُلٽي لاڪنگ جون سهولتون پڻ موجود هونديون آهن. برطانيا، جتي هن قسم جون دريون سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام آهن، اتي اهي گهڻ ماڙ سرڪاري رهائشي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي لڳايون ويون.

=== جهڪندڙ ۽ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري ===

'''جهڪندڙ ۽ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري''' (Tilt and slide window) اهڙي دري (يا گهڻو ڪري دروازي جيتري وڏي دري) هوندي آهي، جنهن جو سيش پهرين هوپر دريءَ وانگر مٿئين حصي کان اندر ڏانهن جهڪي ٿو، ۽ پوءِ مقرر شيشي جي پينل جي پٺيان افقي رخ ۾ سلائيڊ ٿي وڃي ٿو.

=== جهڪندڙ ۽ ڦرندڙ دري ===

'''جهڪندڙ ۽ ڦرندڙ دري''' (Tilt and turn window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا يا ته مٿئين حصي کان اندر ڏانهن جهڪي سگهي ٿي يا پاسي وارن قبضن تان اندر ڏانهن مڪمل طور کلي سگهي ٿي. هي جرمني، جتي ان جو بنياد پيو، جو سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام دريءَ جو قسم آهي، ۽ يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي ٻين ملڪن ۾ به وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

يورپ ۾ عام طور اهي &quot;پهرين ڦرندڙ&quot; (turn first) قسم جون هونديون آهن؛ يعني جڏهن هينڊل کي 90 درجا ڦيرايو وڃي ته دري پاسي کان کلندي آهي، ۽ جڏهن هينڊل کي 180 درجا ڦيرايو وڃي ته اها هيٺان لڳل دريءَ وانگر جهڪي کلي ٿي. برطانيا ۾ گهڻو ڪري &quot;پهرين جهڪندڙ&quot; (tilt first) قسم جون دريون استعمال ٿينديون آهن؛ يعني 90 درجن تي هيٺان لڳل صورت ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ کلنديون آهن، ۽ 180 درجن تي پاسي کان مڪمل طور کلنديون آهن، جنهن سان عمارت جي اندر بيهي ٻاهرئين شيشي کي آساني سان صاف ڪري سگهجي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://glawindows.com/tilt-and-turn-windows-5/ |title=Tilt-and-Turn Windows Gain Popularity |date=June 11, 2021 |access-date=January 25, 2023 |archive-date=January 25, 2023 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230125064841/https://glawindows.com/tilt-and-turn-windows-5/ |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٽرانسم دري ===

هڪ '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom window) دروازي جي مٿان لڳل دري هوندي آهي. ٻاهرين دروازي ۾ [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] دري عام طور مقرر (fixed) هوندي آهي، جڏهن ته اندرين دروازي ۾ اها مٿئين يا هيٺئين پاسي لڳل قبضن ذريعي کلي سگهي ٿي، يا پنهنجي محور تي ڦري به سگهي ٿي. زبردستي هوا جي گرمي ۽ ٿڌڪ (forced air heating and cooling) جا نظام عام ٿيڻ کان اڳ، اها هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي هئي. پنکي جي شڪل واري ٽرانسم دري کي خاص طور برطانوي ٻيٽن ۾ '''فين لائيٽ''' (fanlight) چيو ويندو آهي.

=== پاسي واري دري ===

دروازي يا ٻي دريءَ جي ٻنهي پاسن تي لڳل درين کي '''پاسي واريون دريون''' (Sidelights)، '''ونگ لائيٽس''' (Wing lights)، '''مارجنل لائيٽس''' (Marginal lights)، يا '''فلينڪنگ دريون''' (Flanking windows) چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Curl, James Stevens. &quot;Flanking window&quot;. ''A Dictionary of Architecture and Landscape Architecture''. 2nd ed. Oxford England: Oxford University Press, 2006. 285. Print.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== جيلوسي دري ===

[[File:Jalousie2.jpg|thumb|جيلوسي يا [[لوور]] واري دري]]

{{main|جيلوسي دري}}

'''جيلوسي دري''' (Jalousie window)، جنهن کي '''لوور واري دري''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙي دري آهي جيڪا شيشي يا [[پولي (ميٿائل ميٿاڪريليٽ)|ايڪريلڪ]] جي هڪٻئي سان متوازي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندي آهي، جيڪي [[وينيشيئن بلائنڊ]] وانگر کلنديون ۽ بند ٿينديون آهن، عام طور ڪرئنڪ يا ليور جي ذريعي. اهڙيون دريون استوائي علائقن جي تعميراتي طرز ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن. جيلوسي دروازو اهو دروازو هوندو آهي جنهن ۾ جيلوسي دري لڳل هجي.

=== ڪليرسٽوري دري ===

{{Main|ڪليرسٽوري}}

'''ڪليرسٽوري دري''' (Clerestory window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي جيڪا [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ يا ڀت جي مٿئين حصي ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي، ۽ [[قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|قدرتي روشني]] اندر آڻڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

=== آسماني دري ===

[[File:BurlingtonHousePavementWindow.jpg|thumbnail|لنڊن ۾ [[برلنگٽن هائوس]] جي ٻاهران فوٽ پاٿ تي لڳل آسماني دري (جنهن کي [[پيومينٽ لائيٽ]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي)]]

{{Main|قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|آسماني دري}}

'''آسماني دري''' (Skylight) اهڙي دري آهي جيڪا [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ تعمير ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=TopgKO4x_2kC&amp;q=skylight+is+window+built+into+roof&amp;pg=PA223|title=Construction Estimating Reference Data|last=Sarviel|first=Ed|date=1993|publisher=Craftsman Book Company|isbn=978-0-934041-84-3|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن قسم جي دري ذريعي قدرتي سج جي روشني ۽ چنڊ جي روشني اندر اچي سگهي ٿي.

=== ڇت واري دري ===

{{main|ڇت واري دري}}

'''ڇت واري دري''' (Roof window) هڪ ترڇي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا [[قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|قدرتي روشني]] لاءِ [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي. هي انهن ٿورين درين مان هڪ آهي، جيڪي هنگامي حالت ۾ نڪرڻ جي رستي طور پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. وڏيون ڇت واريون دريون هنگامي انخلا بابت [[تعميراتي ضابطا]] (Building codes) جون گهرجون پوريون ڪنديون آهن.

=== ڇت وارو لالٽين ===

{{Main|ڇت وارو لالٽين}}

'''ڇت وارو لالٽين''' (Roof lantern) گهڻن شيشي وارن پينلن تي ٻڌل هڪ تعميراتي ڍانچو هوندو آهي، جيڪو هڪ ننڍڙي عمارت جهڙو نظر ايندو آهي ۽ ڇت تي ڏينهن يا چنڊ جي روشني اندر آڻڻ لاءِ تعمير ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ان ۾ اضافي [[ڪليرسٽوري]] پڻ شامل هوندي آهي. ان کي [[گنبذ نما ڇت (ڪپولا)|ڪپولا]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

=== بي دري ===

[[File:2014 Kłodzko, pl. Chrobrego 13 03.JPG|thumb|[[بي دري]]ون [[ڪووڊزڪو]]، پولينڊ ۾]]

{{Main|بي دري}}

'''بي دري''' (Bay window) گهڻن پينلن تي ٻڌل دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ٽي پينل مختلف زاويَن تي لڳل هوندا آهن، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دري ڀت جي سڌي ليڪ کان ٻاهر نڪري ايندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot; /&gt;

==== اوريل دري ====

{{Main|اوريل دري}}

'''اوريل دري''' (Oriel window) بي دريءَ جي هڪ قسم آهي. هي انداز گهڻو ڪري ٽيوڊر طرز جي گهرن ۽ خانقاهن ۾ ڏسڻ ۾ اچي ٿو. اها ڀت مان ٻاهر نڪتل هوندي آهي، پر زمين تائين نه پهچندي آهي. شروعات ۾ اها برآمدي (porch) جي هڪ صورت هئي، ۽ اڪثر ان کي بريسڪيٽن يا [[ڪوربل]]ن جي مدد سان سهارو ڏنو ويندو آهي.

=== ٿرمل دري ===

{{Main|ڊيوڪليشيئن دري}}

'''ٿرمل''' يا '''ڊيوڪليشيئن دريون''' (Thermal or Diocletian windows) وڏيون نيم دائري شڪل واريون دريون (يا طاق) هونديون آهن، جيڪي عام طور ٻن [[مولين]]ن جي ذريعي ٽن حصن (دريءَ جي خانوَن) ۾ ورهايل هونديون آهن. وچ وارو حصو گهڻو ڪري ٻنهي پاسن وارن حصن کان وڌيڪ ويڪرو هوندو آهي.

=== تصويري دري ===

'''تصويري دري''' (Picture window) ڀت ۾ لڳل هڪ وڏي مقرر دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ عام طور [[گليزنگ بار]] نه هوندا آهن، يا صرف ڪنارن وٽ معمولي گليزنگ بار ([[منٽن]]) لڳل هوندا آهن. تصويري دريون بغير ڪنهن رڪاوٽ جي ٻاهر جو نظارو مهيا ڪنديون آهن، ڄڻ ڪنهن تصوير کي فريم ۾ بند ڪيو ويو هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/picture+window |title=Picture window |work=[[The Free Dictionary]] |publisher=Farlex |access-date=May 19, 2012 |archive-date=July 10, 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120710004859/http://www.thefreedictionary.com/picture+window |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== گهڻ-پينل دري ===

'''گهڻ-پينل دري''' (Multi-lite window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ شيشي جا ڪيترائي ننڍا ٽڪرا ڪاٺ يا سيهي جي ٺهيل ''گليزنگ بارن'' يا ''[[منٽن]]'' جي ذريعي هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيل هوندا آهن. اهي هڪ سينگاريل ''گليزنگ نموني'' ۾ ترتيب ڏنل هوندا آهن، جيڪو گهڻو ڪري عمارت جي تعميراتي طرز مطابق هوندو آهي. ماضي ۾ وڏا شيشي جا پينل آسانيءَ سان دستياب نه هجڻ سبب، گهڻ-پينل (يا ''جاليءَ واري دري'') 20هين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين سڀ کان عام دريءَ جو انداز هو، ۽ اڄ به روايتي تعميراتي طرز ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري ===

'''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري''' (Emergency exit/egress window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا ايتري وڏي ۽ زمين کان ايتري هيٺ هوندي آهي جو رهواسي هنگامي حالتن، جهڙوڪ باهه لڳڻ جي صورت ۾، ان مان ٻاهر نڪري سگهن. ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ بيڊ رومن لاءِ اهڙين درين جون صحيح وضاحتون [[تعميراتي ضابطا]] (Building codes) ۾ ڏنل هونديون آهن. اهڙين درين جون وضاحتون اهڙيون به هونديون آهن، جيڪي هنگامي امدادي عملي کي به اندر داخل ٿيڻ جي اجازت ڏين. بسن، هوائي جهازن ۽ ريل گاڏين جهڙين گاڏين ۾ پڻ هنگامي نڪرڻ واريون دريون هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/documents/outreach/bus/PreTrip-SafetyBrochure-Pull.pdf |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080923082055/http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/documents/outreach/bus/PreTrip-SafetyBrochure-Pull.pdf |url-status=dead |archive-date=September 23, 2008 |title=U.S. Dept. of Transportation: Safety information for bus/motorcoach passengers |access-date=February 11, 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== رنگين شيشي جي دري ===

{{Main|رنگين شيشو}}

'''رنگين شيشي جي دري''' (Stained glass window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا رنگين شيشي جي ٽڪرن مان ٺهيل هوندي آهي، جيڪي [[شفافيت (بصريات)|شفاف]]، نيم شفاف يا [[غير شفافيت (بصريات)|غير شفاف]] ٿي سگهن ٿا، ۽ انهن تي اڪثر ماڻهن جون تصويرون يا مختلف منظر ڏيکاريل هوندا آهن. عام طور انهن درين ۾ شيشي جا ٽڪرا سيهي جي ٺهيل گليزنگ بارن سان هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيا ويندا آهن. رنگين شيشي واريون دريون [[وڪٽورين دور]] جي گهرن ۽ ڪجهه [[فرينڪ لوئڊ رائيٽ]] جي طرز تي ٺهيل گهرن ۾ تمام مشهور هيون، ۽ خاص طور [[گرجاگھر]]ن ۾ گهڻي عام آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/stained+glass+window |title=Stained glass |work=[[The Free Dictionary]] |publisher=Farlex |access-date=May 19, 2012 |archive-date=January 19, 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120119031209/http://www.thefreedictionary.com/Stained+glass+window |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== فرينچ دري ===

{{multiple image
| align             = right
|total_width=300
| footer            = 20هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ [[لسبن]] ۾ [[فرانس جا سفارتي مشن|فرانس جي سفارتخاني]] ۾ &quot;فرينچ دري&quot; (ٻه فرينچ دروازا، جيڪي ٻاهرين ڀت ۾ بغير [[مولين]] جي گڏ ٻاهر ڏانهن کلن ٿا)
| width1            =
| image1            = Legation de France a Lisbonne (interieur).jpg
| width2            =
| image2            = Legation de France a Lisbonne (véranda).jpg
}}

'''فرينچ دروازو''' (French door) اهڙو دروازو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ شيشي جا پينل پوري ڊيگهه تائين لڳل هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French door |url=https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/French%20door |website=Merriam-Webster.com Dictionary |publisher=Merriam-Webster |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهڙن ٻن دروازن جي جوڙي، جيڪي وچ مان کلن، کي مختلف نالن سان سڏيو ويندو آهي، جهڙوڪ '''فرينچ دروازا''',&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French doors |url=https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/french-doors |website=Collins English Dictionary |publisher=HarperCollins |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; '''فرينچ دري''',&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French window |url=https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/French%20window |website=Merriam-Webster.com Dictionary |publisher=Merriam-Webster |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا '''فرينچ دريون'''.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French windows |url=https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/french-windows |website=Collins English Dictionary |publisher=HarperCollins |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهي عام طور عمارت جي ٻاهرئين ڀت ۾ لڳايا ويندا آهن. فرانس ۾ فرينچ درين کي ''porte-fenêtre'' ۽ اٽلي ۾ ''portafinestra'' چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ اهي جديد گهرن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

=== ٻٽي شيشي واري دري ===

{{Main|موصل گليزنگ}}

'''ٻٽي شيشي واري دري''' (Double-paned يا Double-glazed window) ۾ شيشي جا ٻه هڪ ٻئي سان متوازي پينل هوندا آهن، جن جي وچ ۾ عام طور لڳ ڀڳ 1 سينٽي ميٽر جو فاصلو هوندو آهي. هي خال مستقل طور بند ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ تياري وقت ان ۾ سڪل هوا يا ٻي سڪل غير ردعمل ڪندڙ گيس ڀري ويندي آهي. اهڙيون دريون [[حرارتي موصليت]] ۾ نمايان بهتري آڻينديون آهن (۽ عام طور آواز جي موصليت ۾ پڻ) ۽ گرمي پد جي فرق سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ ڌنڌ يا برف جمن کان بچاءُ ڪنديون آهن. اهي معتدل آبهوا وارن علائقن ۾ رهائشي ۽ تجارتي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

برطانيا ۾ ٻٽي ۽ ٽي شيشي وارين درين کي ترتيب وار ٻٽي-[[دريءَ جي گليزنگ|گليزنگ]] ۽ ٽيڻي-گليزنگ چيو ويندو آهي. ٽي شيشي واريون دريون هاڻي وچ ۽ اتر يورپ ۾ تمام عام ٿي ويون آهن، جڏهن ته [[چوڳڻي گليزنگ]] (چئوڻي گليزنگ) جو استعمال هاڻي اسڪينڊي نيويا ۾ شروع ڪيو پيو وڃي.

=== ڇهه ڪنڊي دري ===

[[File:Mustosen talon ikkuna 1870 1.jpg|thumb|upright|[[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]]]]

{{Main|ڇهه ڪنڊي دري}}

'''ڇهه ڪنڊي دري''' (ھيڪساگونل دري) هڪ [[شش ڪنڊو]] شڪل واري دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا ماکيءَ جي مک جي خاني يا گريفائيٽ جي ڪرسٽل جي جال جهڙي نظر ايندي آهي. اها عمودي يا افقي رخ ۾ لڳائي سگهجي ٿي، کلندڙ يا مقرر ٿي سگهي ٿي، باقاعده يا ڊگهي شڪل واري ٿي سگهي ٿي، ۽ ان ۾ ورهائيندڙ [[مولين]] پڻ ٿي سگهي ٿو. عام طور اهڙي دري ڇت جي مٿئين ڪمري (Attic) يا سينگار جي مقصد لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، پر عمارت جي اندر قدرتي روشني پهچائڻ لاءِ اهم تعميراتي عنصر طور به استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿي.

=== گليوٽين دري ===

'''گليوٽين دري''' (Guillotine ) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عمودي رخ ۾ کلندي آهي. گليوٽين درين ۾ هڪ کان وڌيڪ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ فريم هوندا آهن، ۽ اهي هيٺ کان مٿي يا مٿي کان هيٺ کلي سگهن ٿا.

== اصطلاح ==

EN 12519 يورپي معيار آهي، جيڪو يورپي يونين جي ميمبر ملڪن ۾ درين بابت سرڪاري طور استعمال ٿيندڙ اصطلاحن جي وضاحت ڪري ٿو. اهم اصطلاح هيٺيان آهن:

[[File:Casement (PSF).jpg|thumb|[[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]، [[جالي]] وارن روشن حصن (lights) سان]]

* '''لائيٽ''' (Light) يا '''لائيٽ''' (Lite)، دريءَ جي ٻاهرين حصن ([[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]]، [[دريءَ جو سِل]] ۽ پاسن وارن فريمن) جي وچ واري حصي کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو عام طور شيشي جي هڪ پين سان ڀريل هوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن دريءَ ۾ ڪيترائي شيشي جا پين هجن، ته بار کڻندڙ صورت ۾ انهن کي [[مولين]] الڳ ڪندا آهن، ۽ جيڪڏهن بار کڻندڙ نه هجن ته [[منٽن]] انهن کي جدا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Brett |first=Peter |year=2004 |title=Carpentry and Joinery |edition=2, illustrated |publisher=Nelson Thornes |isbn=978-0-7487-8502-5 |page=[https://books.google.com/books?id=iVthU6rPGK8C&amp;pg=PA225 255]}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''جاليءَ واري لائيٽ''' (Lattice light) هڪ مرڪب شيشي جو پين هوندو آهي، جيڪو شيشي جي ڪيترن ئي ننڍن ٽڪرن مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، ۽ اهي [[جالي]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ هڪٻئي سان ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن.

* '''مقرر دري''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو) اهڙي دريءَ جي هڪ واحد اڪائي هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ هڪ غير حرڪت ڪندڙ لائيٽ هوندي آهي. ''سنگل لائيٽ''، ''ڊبل لائيٽ'' وغيره جا اصطلاح دريءَ ۾ موجود اهڙن شيشي جي پينن جي تعداد کي ظاهر ڪندا آهن.

* '''سيش يونٽ''' (Sash unit) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ هڪ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ شيشي وارو حصو هوندو آهي، ۽ عام طور ٻه لائيٽون هونديون آهن (جنهن کي ''ڊبل لائيٽ'' چيو ويندو آهي).

* '''متبادل دري''' (رپليسمينٽ ونڊو) آمريڪا ۾ اهڙي فريم واري دريءَ کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا پراڻن سيشن کي ڪڍڻ کان پوءِ اندرئين پاسي کان اصل دريءَ جي فريم ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي. يورپ ۾، هن اصطلاح مان عام طور مڪمل دري مراد هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ نئون ٻاهريون فريم پڻ شامل هوندو آهي.

* '''نئين تعمير واري دري''' (نيو ڪنسٽرڪشن ونڊو)، آمريڪا ۾، اهڙي دري هوندي آهي جنهن ۾ ''نيلنگ فن'' (nailing fin) لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو عمارت جي ٻاهرئين پاسي کان اڻ تيار ٿيل کليل جاءِ ۾ سائڊنگ ۽ اندروني ٽرم لڳائڻ کان اڳ نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي. نيلنگ فن دريءَ جي ٻاهرئين فريم تي هڪ نڪتل حصو هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[تعميراتي گليزنگ]] جي ساڳئي سطح تي هوندو آهي، تيار ڪيل کليل حصي تي چڙهيل هوندو آهي، ۽ تنهنڪري ان کي ميخن ذريعي پنهنجي جاءِ تي لڳائي سگهجي ٿو. برطانيا ۽ يورپ جي مکيه زمين ۾ نون گهرن جي تعمير دوران دريون عام طور ڊگهن اسڪروَن ذريعي سرن جي ڀت ۾ لڳايل ڦهلجندڙ پلاسٽڪ پلگن سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. دريءَ جي چئن ئي پاسن کان لڳ ڀڳ 13 ملي ميٽر تائين خالي جاءِ ڇڏي ويندي آهي، جيڪا ڦهلجندڙ [[پولي يوريٿين فوم]] سان ڀري ويندي آهي. اهڙي طريقي سان دري موسم جي اثرن کان محفوظ رهندي آهي، جڏهن ته گرمي سبب ٿيندڙ ڦهلاءَ جي به گنجائش برقرار رهندي آهي.

* '''[[لنٽل]]''' دريءَ جي مٿئين حصي تي رکيل هڪ شعاع (بيم) هوندو آهي، جنهن کي [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''[[دريءَ جو سِل]]''' دريءَ جي فريم جو هيٺيون حصو هوندو آهي. دريءَ جا سِل ٻاهرئين پاسي ڍلوان هوندا آهن ته جيئن پاڻي عمارت جي اندر اچڻ بدران ٻاهر وهي وڃي.

* '''ثانوي گليزنگ''' (سيڪنڊري گليزنگ) هڪ اضافي فريم هوندو آهي، جيڪو موجوده فريم جي اندرئين پاسي لڳايو ويندو آهي. اهو عام طور محفوظ يا تاريخي حيثيت رکندڙ عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن عمارت جي ظاهري شڪل کي برقرار رکندي وڌيڪ حرارتي ۽ آواز جي موصليت حاصل ڪري سگهجي.

* '''[[سينگاريل ڪاٺ جو ڪم]]''' (ڊيڪورہٽو مل ورڪ) مان مراد دريءَ جي چوڌاري لڳل سينگاريل مولڊنگ، ڪورنس ۽ لنٽل آهن.

=== ليبلنگ ===

آمريڪا جي [[نيشنل فينسٽريشن ريٽنگ ڪائونسل]] (NFRC) جي دريءَ واري ليبل ۾ هيٺيان اصطلاح شامل هوندا آهن:

* [[حرارتي چالڪائي|حرارتي منتقلي (U-factor)]]، جنهن جي بهترين قيمت لڳ ڀڳ U-0.15 (يعني 0.8 W/m2/K) سمجهي ويندي آهي.
* [[شمسي گرمي حاصل ڪرڻ جو عدد]] (SHGC)، جيڪو شيشي مان گذرندڙ شمسي گرمي (انفراريڊ) ۽ ان تي پوندڙ ڪل شمسي گرميءَ جي وچ ۾ تناسب کي ظاهر ڪري ٿو.
* [[مرئي روشني جي منتقلي]] (VT)، جيڪا منتقل ٿيندڙ مرئي روشني ۽ پوندڙ مرئي روشني جي وچ ۾ تناسب کي ظاهر ڪري ٿي.
* [[هوا جو وهڪرو|هوا جي رِس]] (AL)، جيڪا سيش ۽ فريم جي وچ واري وٿي مان في منٽ في لڪيرِي فوٽ گذرندڙ هوا جي مقدار (ڪيوبڪ فوٽ في منٽ) ۾ ماپي ويندي آهي.
* [[نمي#تڪاثف|تڪاثف جي مزاحمت]] (CR)، جيڪا 1 کان 100 تائين ماپي ويندي آهي (جيترو انگ وڌيڪ هوندو، اوتري ئي تڪاثف ٺهڻ جي مزاحمت وڌيڪ هوندي).&lt;ref&gt;[http://www.nfrc.org/documents/WindowsandHeatLoss.pdf Windows and Heat Loss] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100827012257/http://www.nfrc.org/documents/WindowsandHeatLoss.pdf |date=August 27, 2010 }}, [[NFRC]] Heat Loss Fact Sheet&lt;/ref&gt;

يورپي هم آهنگ معيار hEN 14351–1، جيڪو دروازن ۽ درين سان لاڳاپيل آهي، 23 خاصيتن جي وضاحت ڪري ٿو (جن کي ''بنيادي'' ۽ ''غير بنيادي'' خاصيتن ۾ ورهايو ويو آهي). ان کان علاوه تياري هيٺ ٻه ٻيا يورپي معيار پڻ موجود آهن، جيڪي اندروني پيادل دروازن (prEN 14351–2)، دونهي ۽ باهه جي مزاحمت ڪندڙ دروازن، ۽ کولي سگهجندڙ درين (prEN 16034) بابت آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |url=http://www.alueurope.eu/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/CPR_guideline_Dec_2012_ver-1.pdf |title=CPR guideline |access-date=February 13, 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20131106070925/http://www.alueurope.eu/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/CPR_guideline_Dec_2012_ver-1.pdf |archive-date=November 6, 2013 |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;

== جوڙجڪ ==

[[File:Passivhaus Fenster Beispiele (blank).svg|thumb|[[موصل گليزنگ]] سان جديد پلاسٽڪ ۽ ڪاٺ جي دريءَ جي پروفائلن جا مثال]]

[[File:WaterMill Window LymeRegis.jpg|thumb|برطانيا ۾ [[لائيم ريجس]] جي 14هين صديءَ جي [[پاڻيءَ جي چڪي]] ۾ لڳايل جديد ڪاٺ جي فريم واري دري]]

[[File:5-chamber plastic window profile.JPG|thumb|upright|پنج-چيمبر واري پلاسٽڪ دريءَ جو پروفائل]]

دريون گرمي جي منتقلي جو هڪ اهم ذريعو ٿي سگهن ٿيون.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window Systems&quot;&gt;Carmody, J., Selkowitz, S., Lee, E. S., Arasteh, D., &amp; Willmert, T. (2004). ''Window Systems for High-Performance Buildings''. New York, NY: W. W. Norton &amp; Company, Inc.&lt;/ref&gt; انهيءَ ڪري [[موصل گليزنگ]] جون اڪايون (Insulated glazing units) ٻن يا وڌيڪ شيشي جي پينن تي مشتمل هونديون آهن، جيئن گرمي جي منتقلي کي گهٽائي سگهجي.

=== جاليون يا منٽن ===

اهي فريم جا اهي حصا هوندا آهن، جيڪي هڪ وڏي دريءَ کي ڪيترن ننڍن شيشي جي پينن ۾ ورهائيندا آهن. پراڻين درين ۾ شيشي جا وڏا پين تمام مهانگا هوندا هئا، تنهنڪري [[منٽن]] ننڍن شيشي جي پينن کي گڏ ڪري وڏي جاءِ ڀرڻ جي سهولت ڏيندا هئا.

جديد درين ۾ هلڪي رنگ وارا منٽن اڃا تائين هڪ ڪارائتو ڪم سرانجام ڏين ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي دريءَ مان گذرندڙ روشنيءَ جو ڪجهه حصو موٽائي ڇڏين ٿا، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دري پاڻ به ڦهليل (Diffuse) روشنيءَ جو هڪ ذريعو بڻجي وڃي ٿي، صرف ڪمري جي اندر موجود شين يا مٿاڇرين کي روشن ڪرڻ بدران. دريءَ جي ويجهو موجود مٿاڇرين تي اڻ سڌي روشني وڌائڻ سان، منٽن دريءَ جي چوڌاري واري حصي کي وڌيڪ روشن بڻائين ٿا ۽ ڪمري جي اندر پاڇن جي تضاد کي گهٽائين ٿا.

=== فريم ۽ سيش جي جوڙجڪ ===

فريم ۽ سيش هيٺين مواد مان تيار ڪري سگهجن ٿا:

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! مواد
! [[حرارتي مزاحمت]]
! پائيداري
! سار سنڀال
! قيمت
! ٻيهر استعمال ٿيل مواد
! تبصرو
|-
| [[ڪاٺ]]
| تمام سٺي
| مختلف
| گهٽ
| اوسط
| وڌيڪ
| جيڪڏهن 1950ع کان اڳ ٺهيل ڪاٺ جي دريءَ جي صحيح سار سنڀال ڪئي وڃي ته اها 50–100 سال هلي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Saving Windows, Saving Money: Evaluating the Energy Performance of Window Retrofit and Replacement |url=https://forum.savingplaces.org/viewdocument/saving-windows-saving-money-evalu |website=Resource Library – National Trust for Historic Preservation |publisher=National Trust for Historic Preservation |access-date=March 31, 2020 |archive-date=August 3, 2020 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200803231452/https://forum.savingplaces.org/viewdocument/saving-windows-saving-money-evalu |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;&gt;{{cite web |last1=Peterson Wasielewski |first1=Shannon |title=Windows: Energy Efficiency Facts and Myths |url=https://dahp.wa.gov/sites/default/files/Windows%20Energy%20Efficiency%20Facts%20and%20Myths.pdf |website=Washington Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation |access-date=March 31, 2020 |archive-date=October 27, 2020 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20201027125413/https://dahp.wa.gov/sites/default/files/Windows%20Energy%20Efficiency%20Facts%20and%20Myths.pdf |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;
|-
| [[پولي ونائل ڪلورائيڊ|uPVC (&quot;ونائل&quot;)]]
| تمام سٺي
| تمام سٺي{{Efn-lr|PVC ۽ فائبر گلاس جا فريم تيز رفتار موسمي آزمائشن ۾ سٺي ڪارڪردگي ڏيکارين ٿا. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ PVC ٻين موادن جيترو مضبوط نه هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي ساختي مضبوطي وڌائڻ لاءِ ڪجهه PVC فريمن کي ڌاتو يا مرڪب مواد سان مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي.|name=PVC&amp;fiberglass}}
| تمام گهٽ
| اوسط
| تمام گهٽ
| عام طور انهن جي عمر 25–50 سال هوندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot; /&gt;
|-
| [[ايلومينيم]]
| تمام سٺي{{Efn-lr|1=جديد ايلومينيم دريءَ جا فريم عام طور شيشي جي فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل پوليامائيڊ مان ٺهيل حرارتي رڪاوٽ (thermal break) ذريعي الڳ ڪيا ويندا آهن. 34&amp;nbsp;mm حرارتي موصليت واري پروفائل سان ڌاتو جي دريءَ لاءِ Uf=1.3 W/m2K تائين حاصل ڪري سگهجي ٿو. ان سان حرارتي مزاحمت تمام گهڻي وڌي ٿي، جڏهن ته تقريباً سموري ساختي مضبوطي برقرار رهي ٿي.}}
| سٺي
| تمام گهٽ
| گهٽ
| عام طور &gt;95٪
| گهڻو ڪري حرارتي موصليت واري پروفائل ذريعي حرارتي رڪاوٽ مهيا ڪئي ويندي آهي.
|-
| مرڪب مواد
| تمام سٺي
| سٺي
| تمام گهٽ
| وڌيڪ
| وڌيڪ
| جديد عمارتن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.
|-
| [[اسٽيل]]
| وچولي
| انتهائي سٺي
| تمام گهٽ
| وڌيڪ
| &gt;98٪
| عام طور ڪنڊن تي ويلڊ ڪيو ويندو آهي.
|-
| [[فائبر گلاس]]
| تمام سٺي
| تمام سٺي{{Efn-lr|name=PVC&amp;fiberglass}}
| تمام گهٽ
| وڌيڪ
| وچولي
|
|}

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>r59jrx0nmdlz49t150yshv4443xmhmk</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400916</id>
      <parentid>400915</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T15:23:13Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400916</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="72228" sha1="ictyoiff5rse413chpdtr4ewy8mkno2" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڀت، دروازي، ڇت يا گاڏي ۾ روشني، هوا ۽ ٻاهرئين ڏيک لاءِ ٺاهيل کُليل حصو}}

{{multiple image
|perrow=3
|total_width=400
|image1=Window of the house with number 17 on strada Mântuleasa, from Bucharest (Romania).jpg
|image2=Atua Kosua shrine4.jpg
|image3=Traditional wooden window (Akhi Jhyal).jpg
|image4=P1300843 Paris X rue de Paradis n18 detail rwk.jpg
|image5=Exterior facade of the Hôtel de Bourvallais 003.JPG
|image6=Chartres RosetteNord 121 DSC08241.jpg
|footer=دريَن جا مختلف نمونا
}}

'''دري''' (Window) ڀت، [[در]]، [[ڇت]] يا [[گاڏي]] ۾ ٺهيل اهڙو کُليل حصو آهي، جيڪو [[روشني]] کي اندر اچڻ، [[هوا]] جي اچ وڃ ۽ ڪيترين حالتن ۾ آواز جي گذر جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. جديد دريون عام طور شيشي  يا ڪنهن ٻئي شفاف يا نيم شفاف مواد سان ڍڪيل هونديون آهن. شيشو عام طور هڪ [[تاڪ]] (Sash) ۾ لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[فريم]] جي اندر نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt; ڪيترن ئي حوالن ۾ تاڪ ۽ فريم ٻنهي کي گڏجي دري پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/window/|title=Window|publisher=The Free Dictionary By Farlex|access-date=19 May 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

گهڻيون شيشي واريون دريون کولي يا بند ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. دري کولڻ سان [[هوا جي مٽاسٽا]] (وينٽيليشن) ممڪن ٿيندي آهي، جڏهن ته بند ڪرڻ سان مينهن، تيز هوا ۽ ٻين خراب موسمي حالتن کان تحفظ حاصل ٿيندو آهي. دريَن ۾ اڪثر [[ڪڙي]] (Latch) يا اهڙو ٻيو ميڪانياتي بندش وارو اوزار لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو دري کي بند ڪري تالو لڳائڻ يا مختلف درجن تائين کليل حالت ۾ قائم رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

دريَن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جن ۾ '''[[آئبرو دري]]'''  (آئبرو ونڊو - eyebrow)، '''[[مقرر دري]]''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو)، [[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]] (ھيڪساگونل ونڊو)، '''[[سنگل هنگ دري]]''' (سنگل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[ڊبل هنگ دري]]''' (ڊبل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[افقي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري]]''' (ھرائيزينٽل سلائيڊنگ سيش ونڊو)، [[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]، '''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window)، '''هاپر دري''' (Hopper window)، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ سلائيڊ دري''' ، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ ٽرن دري'''، '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom)، '''پاسي واري دري''' (سلائيڊ لائيٽ ونڊو)، [[جيلوسي دري]] (Jalousie)، [[لوور دري]] (Louvered)، [[ڪليرسٽوري دري]] (Clerestory)، [[لينسٽ دري]] (Lancet)، [[ڇت جو روشندان]] (اسڪائلائيٽ)، [[ڇت جي دري]] (روف ونڊو)، [[روف لئنٽرن]] (lantern)، [[بي دري]] (Bay)، [[اوريل دري]] (Oriel)، [[ڊائيوڪليشيئن دري]] (Diocletian)، '''تصويري دري''' (Picture)، [[گلابي دري]] (Rose)، '''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري'''، [[رنگين شيشي واري دري]] (Stained glass)، '''فرينچ دري'''، '''پينل دري'''، '''ٻٽي يا ٽرپل شيشي واري دري'''  ۽ [[وچ دري]] (Witch) شامل آهن.

== اشتقاق ==

انگريزي لفظ '''ونڊو''' (''window'') جو بنياد [[قديم نارس ٻولي]] جي لفظ {{lang|non|vindauga}} مان نڪتل آهي، جيڪو {{lang|non|vindr}} (هوا) ۽ {{lang|non|auga}} (اک) مان ٺهيل آهي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;هوا جي اک&quot; آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |title=New Oxford American Dictionary |date=2010 |access-date=January 16, 2015 |archive-date=June 2, 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130602205448/http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[نارويجي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|no|[[نينورسڪ]]}} ۽ [[آئس لينڊي ٻولي]] ۾ قديم نارس جو هي لفظ اڄ تائين زندهه رهيو آهي. آئس لينڊي ۾ اهو رڳو هڪ ننڍڙي کليل &quot;دري&quot; جي هڪ قسم لاءِ نسبتاً گهٽ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ آهي، ۽ اهو {{lang|is|gluggi}} (آئس لينڊي ٻوليءَ ۾ &quot;دري&quot; لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ) جو مڪمل مترادف نه آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|title=Hvaðan kemur orðið gluggi? Af hverju notum við ekki vindauga samanber window?|work=Vísindavefurinn|access-date=2018-09-17|language=is|archive-date=December 14, 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191214165059/https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|url-status=live}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ {{lang|sv|vindöga}} لفظ اڃا تائين جهونپڙيءَ جي ڇت ۾ موجود سوراخ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته [[ڊينش ٻولي]] جي {{lang|da|vindue}} ۽ نارويجي ٻولي جي {{lang|no|[[بوڪمول]]}} ۾ {{lang|no|vindu}} لفظ مان &quot;اک&quot; سان سڌو تعلق ختم ٿي ويو آهي، جيئن انگريزي لفظ ''window'' ۾ به ٿيو آهي. ڊينش (پر نارويجي [[بوڪمول]] نه) ۾ هن لفظ جو اچار انگريزي ''window'' سان گهڻو مشابهت رکي ٿو.

انگريزي جو لفظ ''ونڊو'' (window) پهريون ڀيرو 13هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ لکيل استعمال ملي ٿو، ۽ شروعات ۾ ان مان مراد ڇت ۾ موجود شيشي کان سواءِ هڪ کليل سوراخ هئي. بعد ۾ ''ونڊو''، [[قديم انگريزي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|ang|eagþyrl}} جي جاءِ ورتي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو سوراخ&quot; آهي، ۽ {{lang|ang|eagduru}}، جنهن جي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو در&quot; آهي.

تنهن هوندي به، ڪيترين ئي جرمني ٻولين شيشي واري دري لاءِ لاطيني لفظ فينيسٽرا fenestra اختيار ڪيو، جهڙوڪ [[معياري ٻولي|معياري]] [[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ فونسٽر fönster ۽ [[جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ فينسٽر Fenster.
انگريزي ۾ ''ونڊو'' لفظ جو استعمال غالباً [[وائڪنگ دور]] دوران انگريزي ٻوليءَ تي اسڪينڊي نيويائي اثر ۽ [[ڌاريل لفظ]]ن جي ذريعي ٿيو. انگريزي ۾ ''فينيسٽر'' لفظ پڻ ''ونڊو'' سان گڏ 18هين صديءَ جي وچ تائين متوازي طور استعمال ٿيندو رهيو.

لفظ '''فينيسٽريشن''' اڄ به عمارت جي [[مهاڙي]] ۾ درين جي ترتيب يا بناوت کي بيان ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته '''[[ڊيفينسٽريشن]]''' (''defenestration'') جي معنيٰ آهي &quot;ڪنهن کي دريءَ مان ٻاهر اڇلائڻ&quot;.

== تاريخ ==
{{Multiple image
|total_width=400
|image1=MorellaSantaMariaWindow.jpg
|caption1=[[الباسٽر]] مان ٺهيل &quot;مولين&quot; سان ورهايل سينگاريل دريون [[سانتا ماريا لا ميجور گرجاگھر]] ([[موريلّا، ڪاسٽيلون|موريلّا]]، اسپين) ۾
|image2=ValenciaCathedral2.JPG
|caption2=[[والينسيا گرجاگھر]] ۾ الباسٽر جي دري. ڀت جي فريم جي کاٻي پاسي جي غير هموار ۽ ترڇي شڪل تي ڌيان ڏيو، جيڪا سج جي ڪرڻن کي عبادت گاهه جي اڳئين حصي (چينسل) تائين پهچڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي.
}}

[[رومي سلطنت|رومين]] ماڻهن کي درين ۾ [[شيشو]] استعمال ڪندڙ پهريون معلوم ماڻهو سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ۽ اها ٽيڪنالاجي غالباً سڀ کان پهرين [[رومي مصر]] ۾، [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ {{circa|100}}ع ڌاري تيار ڪئي وئي هئي.{{Citation needed|date=April 2024}} درين جون تصويرون قديم مصري ڀتين جي نقاشين ۽ [[اسيريا]] جي مجسمن ۾ پڻ ڏسي سگهجن ٿيون. ڪاغذي دريون گهٽ خرچ واريون هونديون هيون ۽ قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ [[شيشو]] عام ماڻهن جي گهرن جي درين ۾ صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيو، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل [[جانورن جا سڱ|جانورن جي سڱن]] مان ٺهيل درين جا شيشا 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿي رهيا هئا. 19هين صديءَ ۾ آمريڪي اولهه وارن علائقن ۾ آبادڪارن [[تيل لڳل ڪاغذ جي دري]]ن جو استعمال شروع ڪيو. جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون جڏهن صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته ٿي ويا.

=== ٽيڪنالاجيون ===

13هين صدي ق.م. ۾ سڀ کان اوائليون دريون ڇت ۾ بغير شيشي وارا کليل سوراخ هوندا هئا، جيئن ڏينهن جي وقت روشني اندر اچي سگهي.{{citation needed|date=January 2023}} بعد ۾،{{when|date=October 2016}} انهن درين کي جانورن جي کل، ڪپڙي يا ڪاٺ سان ڍڪيو ويندو هو. ان کان پوءِ اهڙا [[دريءَ جا شٽر|شٽر]] وجود ۾ آيا، جيڪي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگهبا هئا.{{when|date=October 2016}} وقت سان گڏ اهڙيون دريون تيار ڪيون ويون جيڪي هڪ طرف رهواسين کي موسم جي اثرن کان بچائينديون هيون ۽ ٻي طرف روشني به اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون. انهن ۾ نيم شفاف مواد جا ڪيترائي ننڍا ٽڪرا استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا، جهڙوڪ جانورن جي چپٽن ۽ نيم شفاف سڱن جا ٽڪرا، ڪاغذ جون چادرون، [[سنگ مرمر]] جون سنهيون پتيون (جهڙوڪ [[فينگائيٽ]])، يا شيشي جا ٽڪرا، جيڪي ڪاٺ، لوهه يا سيهي جي ٺهيل فريمن ۾ لڳايا ويندا هئا. ڏور اوڀر ۾ درين کي ڀرڻ لاءِ ڪاغذ استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot;&gt;{{cite encyclopedia | url= http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | title= Window | encyclopedia= Britannica | access-date= May 19, 2012 | archive-date= May 2, 2015 | archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20150502185207/http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | url-status= live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

رومي ماڻهو درين ۾ شيشي جا پهريان معلوم استعمال ڪندڙ هئا، ۽ هنن اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي مان فائدو ورتو جيڪا غالباً پهريون ڀيرو [[رومي مصر]] ۾ ترقي ڪئي وئي هئي. خاص طور تي [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ تقريباً {{circa}} 100ع ڌاري [[ڍاليل شيشو|ڍاليل شيشي]] جون دريون ظاهر ٿيڻ لڳيون، جيتوڻيڪ انهن جون بصري خاصيتون ڪمزور هيون. اهي ننڍيون ۽ ٿلهيون هونديون هيون ۽ حقيقت ۾ [[شيشو ڦوڪڻ|ڦوڪيل شيشي]] جي مرتبانن (سلينڊر نما شڪل) کي چپٽو ڪري چادرن جي صورت ۾ ٺاهيو ويندو هو، جن تي هر هنڌ گول دائري جهڙا نشان موجود هوندا هئا. (موازنہ ڪريو روايتي [[گرجاگھر جي دري]]ن سان، جيڪي [[رنگين شيشو]] مان ٺهيل هونديون آهن.) دريءَ جو شيشو ايترو شفاف ٿيڻ ۾، جو ان مان صاف ڏسي سگهجي جيئن اڄ اسين ڏسون ٿا، هڪ هزار سالن کان وڌيڪ وقت لڳو. تنهن هوندي به، قديم رومي دريون تمام ڪارآمد هيون، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن کي &quot;گرمي فراهم ڪرڻ واري ٽيڪنالاجيءَ ۾ اڪثر نظرانداز ڪيل ترقي&quot; سمجهيو ويندو آهي، ڇو ته اهي سج جي گرمي کي عمارت اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون، جڏهن ته اندر جي گرم هوا کي ٻاهر نڪرڻ کان روڪينديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last1=Carrier |first1=Richard |title=The Scientist in the Early Roman Empire |date=2017 |publisher=Pitchstone Publishing |location=Durham, North Carolina |isbn=978-1-63431-106-9 |page=218}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1154ع ۾ [[الادريسي]] [[گھانا سلطنت]] جي بادشاهه جي محل جي هڪ خاص خصوصيت طور شيشي جي درين جو ذڪر ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | url= https://books.google.com/books?id=umyHqvAErOAC&amp;dq=Ghana+Empire+glass+window&amp;pg=PA564 | title= Encyclopedia of African History 3-Volume Set| page= 564|author= Kevin Shillington |author-link= Kevin Shillington| publisher= [[Routledge]] | isbn= 978-1-135-45670-2 |date= 2013}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal | last= Fage | first=J. D. | title=Ancient Ghana: A Review Of The Evidence | journal=Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana | volume= 3 | issue= 2 | pages= 3–24 | year= 1957| jstor= 41405704}}&lt;/ref&gt;

صدين جي دوران اهڙيون ٽيڪنيڪون ترقي ڪيون ويون، جن جي ذريعي ڦوڪيل شيشي جي [[سلينڊر (هندسي شڪل)|سلينڊر]] جي هڪ پاسي کي ڪٽي، ساڳئي مقدار جي شيشي مان وڌيڪ سنهيون مستطيل دريون تيار ڪيون وينديون هيون. ان سان ڊگهيون ۽ سنهيون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، جيڪي عام طور تي هڪ عمودي سهاري سان ورهايل هونديون هيون، جنهن کي [[مولين]] چيو ويندو آهي. مولين سان ورهايل شيشي واريون دريون يورپ جي خوشحال ماڻهن ۾ پسنديده دريون هيون،{{when|date=January 2023}} جڏهن ته ڪاغذي دريون قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ گهٽ خرچ سبب وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ عام ماڻهن جي گهرن ۾ شيشي واريون دريون صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيون، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل جانورن جي سڱن مان ٺهيل دريون 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿينديون رهيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Langley|first=Andrew|title=Medieval Life|series= Eyewitness|year= 2011 |publisher= Dorling Kindersley|isbn=978-1-4053-4545-3|page=16}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون، جڏهن 19هين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته بڻايا ويا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Float Glass|date=July 6, 2007 |url=https://www.architectmagazine.com/technology/float-glass_o}}&lt;/ref&gt; جديد دريون عام طور تي شيشي سان ڀريون وينديون آهن، جيتوڻيڪ شفاف پلاسٽڪ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== جوڙجڪ جا لاڙا ===
{{See also|گرجاگھر جي دري}}

12هين صدي عيسويءَ کان [[اولهه يورپ]] جي [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ [[لينسٽ دري]]ن (''lancet windows'') جو متعارف ٿيڻ، محرابي درين جي هڪ اڳوڻي روايت تي ٻڌل هو،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 |quote= In general two or three windows united in a group, as was later the rule in Roman architecture, were even then of frequent occurrence in the early Christian architecture of Asia Minor. The form of the window is nearly everywhere the same; a rectangle that usually has a rounded top, but seldom a straight lintel.}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪي [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀن]] جي وچ ۾ لڳايون وينديون هيون،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 | quote = The place of the window was determined by the architectural membering of the basilica, the distance between two columns generally indicating the position of a window.}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ ان جي نتيجي ۾ نه رڳو [[ٽريسري]] ۽ نفيس [[قرونِ وسطى جا رنگين شيشا|رنگين شيشي]] واريون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، پر عبادتي عمارتن ۾ نوڪيدار يا گول شڪل وارين درين جو هڪ اهڙو ڊگهو تعميراتي رواج به پيدا ٿيو، جيڪو اڄ به ڪيترن ئي گرجاگهرن ۾ ڏسي سگهجي ٿو.

تعميراتي مؤرخ پيٽر سمٿ شروعاتي جديد دور جي ويلش ڳوٺاڻن گهرن ۾ درين جي تعميراتي لاڙن بابت لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
تقريباً 1680ع تائين درين جو تناسب افقي هوندو هو، جيڪو انهن گهٽ اوچائي وارن ڪمرن لاءِ مناسب هو، جيڪي هال هائوسن ۾ مٿيون ماڙ شامل ڪرڻ کان پوءِ وجود ۾ آيا هئا. ان کان پوءِ عمودي تناسب واريون دريون رواج ۾ آيون، جنهن جو هڪ سبب گهٽ ۾ گهٽ اهو هو ته [[نشاةِ ثانيه]] جي دور ۾ اوچين ڇتين جي پسند وڌي وئي هئي. 1914ع کان پوءِ حالتون ٻيهر بدلجي ويون ۽ افقي تناسب واريون دريون هڪ ڀيرو ٻيهر پسند ڪيون وڃڻ لڳيون.&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
 |last1                = Smith
 |first1               = Peter
 |author-link1         = Peter Smith (architectural historian)
 |editor-last1         = Thirsk
 |editor-first1        = Joan
 |editor-link1         = Joan Thirsk
 |year                 = 1985
 |chapter              = 21 Rural Building in Wales
 |title                = The Agrarian History of England and Wales
 |url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=EAA9AAAAIAAJ
 |volume               = 5: 1640-1750 2: Agrarian change
 |publication-place    = Cambridge
 |publisher            = Cambridge University Press
 |page                 = 781
 |isbn                 = 9780521257756
 |access-date          = 18 January 2023
}}
&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;17هين صديءَ ۾ يورپ ۾ درين جي ڊزائن ۾ اوچائي ويڪر کان وڌيڪ رکڻ جو لاڙو پيدا ٿيو. ڪاٺ جا فريم وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا هئا، ۽ سيش دريون (''sash windows'') پڻ متعارف ڪرايون ويون. 18هين صديءَ ۾ سيش درين جي ڊزائن ۾ تبديليون آيون؛ شيشي کي سنڀاليندڙ سنها افقي ۽ عمودي پٽا (glazing bars) وڌيڪ باريڪ بڻايا ويا ۽ درين جون ماپون به وڌيڪ معياري ٿي ويون.

19هين صديءَ دوران ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ننڍين ڪناري وارين درين ۾ رنگين شيشو استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته گليزنگ بارن کي گوٿڪ طرز جي شڪل ڏني ويندي هئي. دريون اڳي کان وڌيڪ وڏيون ٿيڻ لڳيون ۽ آرٽس اينڊ ڪرافٽس ۽ ڪوئين اين طرزِ تعمير تمام مشهور ٿيا، جيڪو لاڙو 20هين صديءَ تائين جاري رهيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Windows, glass, glazing - a brief history |url=https://www.thenbs.com/knowledge/windows-glass-glazing-a-brief-history |access-date=2026-03-17 |website=NBS |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ شيشي]] جي ٽيڪنالاجي جي پکڙجڻ سان پڪچر ونڊوز (''picture windows'') متعارف ڪرائڻ ممڪن ٿيو (پهريون ڀيرو [[ليويٽ ٽائون، پنسلوانيا]] ۾)،&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
|last1                = Rybczynski
|first1               = Witold
|author-link1         = Witold Rybczynski
|date                 = 13 May 2008
|orig-date            = 2007
|chapter              = Ranchers, Picture Windows and Morning Rooms
|title                = Last Harvest: From Cornfield to New Town: Real Estate Development from George Washington to the Builders of the Twenty-First Century, and Why We Live in Houses Anyway
|url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=rkuvkjyRGG0C
|publication-place    = New York
|publisher            = Simon and Schuster
|page                 = 207
|isbn                 = 9780743235976
|access-date          = 18 January 2023
|quote                = The casual, spread-out ranch house [...] by 1950 accounted for nine out of ten new houses. [...] Its one extravagance was a large window facing the street - the picture window. As far as I have been able to determine, picture windows made their first appearance in Levittown, Pennsylvania.
}}
&lt;/ref&gt; جنهن جو بنياد 1951–1952ع ۾ وڌو ويو.{{Clarify|reason=What was founded?|date=July 2024}}ايندڙ حصي (حصو 4) ۾ آخري پيراگراف (''Many modern day windows may have a window screen...'') جو مڪمل ترجمو، بنا ڪنهن اختصار جي، حوالن سميت پيش ڪندس.

اڄڪلهه جون ڪيتريون ئي [[جديديت|جديد]] دريون [[دريءَ جي جالي]] (''window screen'') يا ميش سان ليس هونديون آهن، جيڪا اڪثر [[ايلومينيم]] يا [[فائبر گلاس]] مان ٺهيل هوندي آهي، جيئن دري کولڻ وقت [[جيت]] اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهن. دريون بنيادي طور تي عمارت جي اندر موجود ماڻهن کي ٻاهرين دنيا سان هڪ اهم بصري لاڳاپو فراهم ڪرڻ لاءِ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن ذريعي اهي ٻاهر ٿيندڙ مسلسل بدلجندڙ منظرن ۽ واقعن کي ڏسي سگهن ٿا. اهڙو لاڳاپو عمارتن ۾ رهندڙ ماڻهن جي صحت ۽ ڀلائي لاءِ انتهائي اهم سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ جيڪڏهن ماڻهو اهڙين بند عمارتن ۾ رهن، جتي دريون نه هجن، ته انهن تي اهڙي ماحول جا ناڪاري اثر پئجي سگهن ٿا.

درين جي ڊزائن بابت مقرر ڪيل ڪيترن ئي معيارن مان، ڏينهن جي روشني سان لاڳاپيل معيارن ۾ ڪجهه اهم عنصر نمايان ٿيا آهن، جن ۾ هنڌ، وقت، موسم، فطرت ۽ ماڻهو شامل آهن. انهن سڀني معيارن مان، اهي دريون جيڪي [[فطرت]] جا نظارا مهيا ڪن ٿيون، ماڻهن جي نظر ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ اهم سمجهيون وڃن ٿيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Kent |first1=Michael |last2=Schiavon |first2=Stefano |date=2022 |title=Predicting Window View Preferences Using the Environmental Information Criteria |url=https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |journal=LEUKOS |volume=19 |issue=2 |pages=190–209 |doi=10.1080/15502724.2022.2077753 |s2cid=251121476 |access-date=2022-11-09 |archive-date=December 28, 2023 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20231228134015/https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

== قسم ==

[[File:casement_window_parts.svg|thumb|Parts of a casement cross-window, viewed from the outside]]
=== صليبي دري ===
{{main|صليبي دري}}

'''صليبي دري''' (ڪراس-ونڊو) هڪ مستطيل شڪل واري دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عام طور تي هڪ [[مولين]] ۽ هڪ [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] جي ذريعي چئن حصن (روشنين) ۾ ورهايل هوندي آهي، جيڪي گڏجي هڪ [[لاطيني صليب]] جي شڪل ٺاهيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;Curl, James Stevens (2006). ''Oxford Dictionary of Architecture and Landscape Architecture'', 2nd ed., OUP, Oxford and New York, p. 214. {{ISBN|978-0-19-860678-9}}.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ابرو نما دري ===

'''ابرو نما دري''' (Eyebrow window) جو اصطلاح ٻن معنائن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي: ڀت ۾ هڪ مڙيل مٿئين حصي واري دري، يا هڪ ابرو نما [[ڊارمر]]؛ ۽ ننڍين درين جي هڪ قطار، جيڪا عام طور تي عمارت جي سامهون ڇڄن هيٺان هوندي آهي، جهڙوڪ پنسلوانيا ۾ [[جيمس-لوراه هائوس]].&lt;ref&gt;Harris, Cyril M. (1998). ''American Architecture: An Illustrated Encyclopedia''. New York: W. W. Norton.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مقرر دري ===

'''مقرر دري''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا کولي نٿي سگهجي،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=CVTjAQAAQBAJ&amp;q=Fixed+window+is+window+that+cannot+open&amp;pg=PA83|title=Kitchen &amp; Bath Residential Construction and Systems|author=NKBA (National Kitchen and Bath Association)|date=2013-10-29|publisher=John Wiley &amp; Sons|isbn=978-1-118-71104-0|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ جنهن جو ڪم صرف روشني کي اندر اچڻ ڏيڻ هوندو آهي (غير مقرر دريءَ جي ابتڙ، جيڪا کلي ۽ بند ٿي سگهي ٿي). [[ڪليرسٽوري]] دريون [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ گهڻو ڪري مقرر هونديون آهن. ٽرانسم دريون مقرر به ٿي سگهن ٿيون يا کولي سگهجن ٿيون. اهڙي قسم جون دريون انهن حالتن ۾ استعمال ٿينديون آهن، جتي صرف روشني يا ٻاهر جو نظارو گهربل هجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ [[ٽرڪل وينٽ]] يا مٿئين وينٽ کان سواءِ اهڙين درين ذريعي هوا جي اچ وڃ ممڪن نه هوندي آهي.

=== هڪ طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

'''هڪ طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري'''  اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ هڪ سيش (عام طور هيٺيون) حرڪت ڪندڙ هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مقرر هوندو آهي. هي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ سيش دريءَ جي قديم ترين صورت آهي ۽ قيمت ۾ پڻ نسبتاً سستي هوندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== ٻه طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

{{main|سيش دري}}

'''سيش دري''' (Sash window) برطانيا ۽ انهن ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾، جيڪي اڳ برطانوي نوآبادين جو حصو هئا، روايتي دريءَ جو انداز آهي. ان ۾ ٻه حصا (سيش) هوندا آهن، جيڪي ٿورو هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهيل هوندا آهن ۽ فريم جي اندر مٿي ۽ هيٺ سلائيڊ ٿيندا آهن. ٻنهي حصن جو هڪجهڙو سائيز هجڻ ضروري نه آهي؛ جيڪڏهن مٿيون سيش ننڍو (گهٽ اوچائي وارو) هجي ته ان کي [[ڪاٽيج دري]] چيو ويندو آهي.

هاڻي گهڻيون نيون ٻه طرفي سيش دريون سيشن کي سنڀالڻ لاءِ اسپرنگ بيلنس استعمال ڪن ٿيون، پر روايتي طور دريءَ جي ٻنهي پاسن تي باڪسن اندر رکيل جوابي وزن (ڪائونٽر ويٽس) استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا. اهي وزن رسي يا بعد ۾ خاص تيار ڪيل زنجير ذريعي پلين جي مدد سان سيشن سان ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا. اسپرنگ بيلنس جا ٽي قسم هوندا آهن: ٽيپ يا ڪلاڪ اسپرنگ بيلنس، چينل يا بلاڪ اينڊ ٽيڪل بيلنس، ۽ اسپائرل يا ٽيوب بيلنس.

روايتي طور ٻه طرفي سيش درين سان [[دريءَ جا شٽر]] پڻ لڳايا ويندا هئا. سيش درين ۾ سيمپليڪس قبضا پڻ لڳائي سگهجن ٿا، جيڪي دريءَ کي هڪ پاسي کان قبضن ۾ بند ڪرڻ جي اجازت ڏين ٿا، جڏهن ته ٻئي پاسي واري رسي ڌار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان دري کي باهه لڳڻ جي صورت ۾ نڪرڻ يا صفائي لاءِ کولي سگهجي ٿو.

=== فولڊ اپ دري ===

[[File:Foldup window.gif|thumb|upright|فولڊ اپ دري (اندر ڏانهن کُلندڙ)، پاسي کان ڪٽيل ڏيک]]

'''فولڊ اپ دري''' (Foldup window) ۾ ٻه هڪجهڙا سيش هوندا آهن، جيڪي معياري ٻه طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دريءَ وانگر هوندا آهن، پر اهي مٿي طرف ويڙهجي کلي ويندا آهن، جنهن سان تقريباً پوري فريم جيتري جاءِ مان هوا اندر اچي سگهي ٿي. هن دريءَ جو توازن اسپرنگن يا جوابي وزنن (counterbalances) ذريعي برقرار رکيو ويندو آهي، بلڪل ٻه طرفي سيش دريءَ وانگر. سيشن کي اهڙي نموني بيهاري سگهجي ٿو جو اهي روايتي ٻه طرفي سيش دريءَ جهڙا نظر اچن، يا هڪ ئي سڌي قطار ۾ به لڳائي سگهجن ٿا. سڌي قطار وارا نمونا اندر يا ٻاهر ٻنهي طرفن کلي سگهن ٿا. اندر کُلندڙ فولڊ اپ درين ۾ مقرر جاليون لڳائي سگهجن ٿيون، جڏهن ته ٻاهر کُلندڙ قسمن لاءِ حرڪت ڪندڙ جالين جي ضرورت هوندي آهي. اهڙيون دريون عام طور اسڪرين روم، باورچي خاني جي پاس ٿرو، يا هنگامي نڪرڻ واري رستي (egress) طور استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

=== افقي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

'''افقي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري''' (Horizontal sliding sash window) ۾ ٻه يا وڌيڪ سيش هوندا آهن، جيڪي ٿورو هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهيل هوندا آهن، پر فريم جي اندر افقي رخ ۾ سلائيڊ ٿيندا آهن. برطانيا ۾ انهن کي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن [[يارڪشائر]] سيش دريون به چيو ويندو آهي، غالباً ان ڪري جو انهن جو روايتي استعمال انهيءَ علائقي ۾ گهڻو هو.

=== ڪيسمينٽ دري ===

{{Main|ڪيسمينٽ دري}}

[[File:Gordijnen aan venster.JPG|thumb|[[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]]]

'''ڪيسمينٽ دري''' (Casement window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن جو سيش قبضن سان لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي وانگر اندر يا ٻاهر کلي ويندو آهي. اهو پاسي کان لڳل، مٿان لڳل (جنهن کي &quot;اوننگ دري&quot; پڻ چيو ويندو آهي؛ هيٺ ڏسو)، يا ڪڏهن هيٺان لڳل سيش تي مشتمل هوندو آهي، يا انهن قسمن جي ميلاپ سان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، ۽ ڪڏهن هڪ يا وڌيڪ پاسن تي مقرر شيشي جا پينل پڻ هوندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot; /&gt;

آمريڪا ۾ اهڙيون دريون عام طور [[ڪرئنڪ (مشينياتي حصو)|ڪرئنڪ]] ذريعي کوليون وينديون آهن، جڏهن ته يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي حصن ۾ انهن لاءِ پروجيڪشن فرڪشن اسٽيز ۽ [[ايسپاگنوليٽ]] لاڪنگ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. اڳي سادا قبضا [[ڪيسمينٽ اسٽي]] سان گڏ استعمال ٿيندا هئا. [[هينڊنگ]] (Handing) جو استعمال دريءَ جي کلڻ واري رخ جي سڃاڻپ لاءِ ڪيو ويندو آهي؛ ان موجب ڪيسمينٽ دري کاٻي هٿ واري، ساڄي هٿ واري يا ٻٽي رخ واري ٿي سگهي ٿي. برطانيا ۽ يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي ٻين علائقن ۾ جديد عمارتن ۾ ڪيسمينٽ دري سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام قسم آهي.

=== اوننگ دري ===

[[File:Fenêtre à l'australienne - Awning window - (AWS Magnum 616) Light.jpg|thumb|upright=0.5|اوننگ دري]]

'''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window) ڪيسمينٽ دريءَ جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو افقي طور لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ مٿئين پاسي [[قبضو]] لڳل هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهو ٻاهر ڏانهن [[ڇڄ]] وانگر کلي ٿو. آزاد نموني استعمال ٿيڻ کان علاوه، اهڙيون دريون هڪ ئي فريم ۾ ڪيترين گڏ به لڳائي سگهجن ٿيون يا مقرر شيشي سان گڏ به استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. اهي خاص طور هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ تمام ڪارآمد هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | title=Window Treatments | first=Karla J. | last=Nielson | page=45 | url=https://books.google.com/books?id=y6U0uP5cyLQC&amp;q=%22awning+window%22&amp;pg=PA45 | publisher=John Wiley &amp; Sons | date=Sep 15, 1989 | isbn=0-471-28946-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== هوپر دري ===

'''هوپر دري''' (Hopper window) هيٺئين پاسي کان قبضي تي ٻڌل ڪيسمينٽ دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عمودي رخ ۾ جهڪي کلي ٿي، ۽ عام طور اندر ڏانهن کلي ٿي، جنهن جي شڪل [[هوپر (ذرڙن گڏ ڪرڻ وارو ڪنٽينر)|هوپر]] جي نالي وانگر هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1=Allen|first1=Edward|last2=Thallon|first2=Rob|title=Fundamentals of Residential Construction|edition=3rd |year=2011 |publisher=Wiley |location=Hoboken, NJ |isbn=978-0-470-54083-1 |page=654}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پيوٽ دري ===

'''پيوٽ دري''' (Pivot window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ سامهون وارن ٻن پاسن تي هڪ هڪ قبضو لڳل هوندو آهي، جنهن جي مدد سان دري کلڻ وقت پنهنجي محور تي گهمي سگهي ٿي. اهي قبضا مٿي ۽ هيٺ (عمودي پيوٽ) يا ٻنهي پاسن (افقي پيوٽ) تي لڳايا ويندا آهن. عام طور دري پهرين محدود حد تائين کلي ٿي ته جيئن هوا جي اچ وڃ ٿي سگهي، ۽ پوءِ وڌيڪ کولڻ سان مڪمل طور ڦري وڃي ٿي ۽ اندر کان محفوظ صفائي لاءِ ٻيهر لاڪ ٿي وڃي ٿي. جديد پيوٽ قبضا فرڪشن واري نظام سان ليس هوندا آهن، جيڪو دريءَ کي پنهنجي وزن جي باوجود کليل حالت ۾ سنڀالي رکندو آهي، ۽ انهن ۾ کلڻ جي حد مقرر ڪرڻ ۽ اُلٽي لاڪنگ جون سهولتون پڻ موجود هونديون آهن. برطانيا، جتي هن قسم جون دريون سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام آهن، اتي اهي گهڻ ماڙ سرڪاري رهائشي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي لڳايون ويون.

=== جهڪندڙ ۽ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري ===

'''جهڪندڙ ۽ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري''' (Tilt and slide window) اهڙي دري (يا گهڻو ڪري دروازي جيتري وڏي دري) هوندي آهي، جنهن جو سيش پهرين هوپر دريءَ وانگر مٿئين حصي کان اندر ڏانهن جهڪي ٿو، ۽ پوءِ مقرر شيشي جي پينل جي پٺيان افقي رخ ۾ سلائيڊ ٿي وڃي ٿو.

=== جهڪندڙ ۽ ڦرندڙ دري ===

'''جهڪندڙ ۽ ڦرندڙ دري''' (Tilt and turn window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا يا ته مٿئين حصي کان اندر ڏانهن جهڪي سگهي ٿي يا پاسي وارن قبضن تان اندر ڏانهن مڪمل طور کلي سگهي ٿي. هي جرمني، جتي ان جو بنياد پيو، جو سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام دريءَ جو قسم آهي، ۽ يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي ٻين ملڪن ۾ به وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

يورپ ۾ عام طور اهي &quot;پهرين ڦرندڙ&quot; (turn first) قسم جون هونديون آهن؛ يعني جڏهن هينڊل کي 90 درجا ڦيرايو وڃي ته دري پاسي کان کلندي آهي، ۽ جڏهن هينڊل کي 180 درجا ڦيرايو وڃي ته اها هيٺان لڳل دريءَ وانگر جهڪي کلي ٿي. برطانيا ۾ گهڻو ڪري &quot;پهرين جهڪندڙ&quot; (tilt first) قسم جون دريون استعمال ٿينديون آهن؛ يعني 90 درجن تي هيٺان لڳل صورت ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ کلنديون آهن، ۽ 180 درجن تي پاسي کان مڪمل طور کلنديون آهن، جنهن سان عمارت جي اندر بيهي ٻاهرئين شيشي کي آساني سان صاف ڪري سگهجي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://glawindows.com/tilt-and-turn-windows-5/ |title=Tilt-and-Turn Windows Gain Popularity |date=June 11, 2021 |access-date=January 25, 2023 |archive-date=January 25, 2023 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230125064841/https://glawindows.com/tilt-and-turn-windows-5/ |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٽرانسم دري ===

هڪ '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom window) دروازي جي مٿان لڳل دري هوندي آهي. ٻاهرين دروازي ۾ [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] دري عام طور مقرر (fixed) هوندي آهي، جڏهن ته اندرين دروازي ۾ اها مٿئين يا هيٺئين پاسي لڳل قبضن ذريعي کلي سگهي ٿي، يا پنهنجي محور تي ڦري به سگهي ٿي. زبردستي هوا جي گرمي ۽ ٿڌڪ (forced air heating and cooling) جا نظام عام ٿيڻ کان اڳ، اها هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي هئي. پنکي جي شڪل واري ٽرانسم دري کي خاص طور برطانوي ٻيٽن ۾ '''فين لائيٽ''' (fanlight) چيو ويندو آهي.

=== پاسي واري دري ===

دروازي يا ٻي دريءَ جي ٻنهي پاسن تي لڳل درين کي '''پاسي واريون دريون''' (Sidelights)، '''ونگ لائيٽس''' (Wing lights)، '''مارجنل لائيٽس''' (Marginal lights)، يا '''فلينڪنگ دريون''' (Flanking windows) چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Curl, James Stevens. &quot;Flanking window&quot;. ''A Dictionary of Architecture and Landscape Architecture''. 2nd ed. Oxford England: Oxford University Press, 2006. 285. Print.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== جيلوسي دري ===

[[File:Jalousie2.jpg|thumb|جيلوسي يا [[لوور]] واري دري]]

{{main|جيلوسي دري}}

'''جيلوسي دري''' (Jalousie window)، جنهن کي '''لوور واري دري''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙي دري آهي جيڪا شيشي يا [[پولي (ميٿائل ميٿاڪريليٽ)|ايڪريلڪ]] جي هڪٻئي سان متوازي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندي آهي، جيڪي [[وينيشيئن بلائنڊ]] وانگر کلنديون ۽ بند ٿينديون آهن، عام طور ڪرئنڪ يا ليور جي ذريعي. اهڙيون دريون استوائي علائقن جي تعميراتي طرز ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن. جيلوسي دروازو اهو دروازو هوندو آهي جنهن ۾ جيلوسي دري لڳل هجي.

=== ڪليرسٽوري دري ===

{{Main|ڪليرسٽوري}}

'''ڪليرسٽوري دري''' (Clerestory window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي جيڪا [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ يا ڀت جي مٿئين حصي ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي، ۽ [[قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|قدرتي روشني]] اندر آڻڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

=== آسماني دري ===

[[File:BurlingtonHousePavementWindow.jpg|thumbnail|لنڊن ۾ [[برلنگٽن هائوس]] جي ٻاهران فوٽ پاٿ تي لڳل آسماني دري (جنهن کي [[پيومينٽ لائيٽ]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي)]]

{{Main|قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|آسماني دري}}

'''آسماني دري''' (Skylight) اهڙي دري آهي جيڪا [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ تعمير ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=TopgKO4x_2kC&amp;q=skylight+is+window+built+into+roof&amp;pg=PA223|title=Construction Estimating Reference Data|last=Sarviel|first=Ed|date=1993|publisher=Craftsman Book Company|isbn=978-0-934041-84-3|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن قسم جي دري ذريعي قدرتي سج جي روشني ۽ چنڊ جي روشني اندر اچي سگهي ٿي.

=== ڇت واري دري ===

{{main|ڇت واري دري}}

'''ڇت واري دري''' (Roof window) هڪ ترڇي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا [[قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|قدرتي روشني]] لاءِ [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي. هي انهن ٿورين درين مان هڪ آهي، جيڪي هنگامي حالت ۾ نڪرڻ جي رستي طور پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. وڏيون ڇت واريون دريون هنگامي انخلا بابت [[تعميراتي ضابطا]] (Building codes) جون گهرجون پوريون ڪنديون آهن.

=== ڇت وارو لالٽين ===

{{Main|ڇت وارو لالٽين}}

'''ڇت وارو لالٽين''' (Roof lantern) گهڻن شيشي وارن پينلن تي ٻڌل هڪ تعميراتي ڍانچو هوندو آهي، جيڪو هڪ ننڍڙي عمارت جهڙو نظر ايندو آهي ۽ ڇت تي ڏينهن يا چنڊ جي روشني اندر آڻڻ لاءِ تعمير ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ان ۾ اضافي [[ڪليرسٽوري]] پڻ شامل هوندي آهي. ان کي [[گنبذ نما ڇت (ڪپولا)|ڪپولا]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

=== بي دري ===

[[File:2014 Kłodzko, pl. Chrobrego 13 03.JPG|thumb|[[بي دري]]ون [[ڪووڊزڪو]]، پولينڊ ۾]]

{{Main|بي دري}}

'''بي دري''' (Bay window) گهڻن پينلن تي ٻڌل دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ٽي پينل مختلف زاويَن تي لڳل هوندا آهن، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دري ڀت جي سڌي ليڪ کان ٻاهر نڪري ايندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot; /&gt;

==== اوريل دري ====

{{Main|اوريل دري}}

'''اوريل دري''' (Oriel window) بي دريءَ جي هڪ قسم آهي. هي انداز گهڻو ڪري ٽيوڊر طرز جي گهرن ۽ خانقاهن ۾ ڏسڻ ۾ اچي ٿو. اها ڀت مان ٻاهر نڪتل هوندي آهي، پر زمين تائين نه پهچندي آهي. شروعات ۾ اها برآمدي (porch) جي هڪ صورت هئي، ۽ اڪثر ان کي بريسڪيٽن يا [[ڪوربل]]ن جي مدد سان سهارو ڏنو ويندو آهي.

=== ٿرمل دري ===

{{Main|ڊيوڪليشيئن دري}}

'''ٿرمل''' يا '''ڊيوڪليشيئن دريون''' (Thermal or Diocletian windows) وڏيون نيم دائري شڪل واريون دريون (يا طاق) هونديون آهن، جيڪي عام طور ٻن [[مولين]]ن جي ذريعي ٽن حصن (دريءَ جي خانوَن) ۾ ورهايل هونديون آهن. وچ وارو حصو گهڻو ڪري ٻنهي پاسن وارن حصن کان وڌيڪ ويڪرو هوندو آهي.

=== تصويري دري ===

'''تصويري دري''' (Picture window) ڀت ۾ لڳل هڪ وڏي مقرر دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ عام طور [[گليزنگ بار]] نه هوندا آهن، يا صرف ڪنارن وٽ معمولي گليزنگ بار ([[منٽن]]) لڳل هوندا آهن. تصويري دريون بغير ڪنهن رڪاوٽ جي ٻاهر جو نظارو مهيا ڪنديون آهن، ڄڻ ڪنهن تصوير کي فريم ۾ بند ڪيو ويو هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/picture+window |title=Picture window |work=[[The Free Dictionary]] |publisher=Farlex |access-date=May 19, 2012 |archive-date=July 10, 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120710004859/http://www.thefreedictionary.com/picture+window |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== گهڻ-پينل دري ===

'''گهڻ-پينل دري''' (Multi-lite window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ شيشي جا ڪيترائي ننڍا ٽڪرا ڪاٺ يا سيهي جي ٺهيل ''گليزنگ بارن'' يا ''[[منٽن]]'' جي ذريعي هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيل هوندا آهن. اهي هڪ سينگاريل ''گليزنگ نموني'' ۾ ترتيب ڏنل هوندا آهن، جيڪو گهڻو ڪري عمارت جي تعميراتي طرز مطابق هوندو آهي. ماضي ۾ وڏا شيشي جا پينل آسانيءَ سان دستياب نه هجڻ سبب، گهڻ-پينل (يا ''جاليءَ واري دري'') 20هين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين سڀ کان عام دريءَ جو انداز هو، ۽ اڄ به روايتي تعميراتي طرز ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري ===

'''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري''' (Emergency exit/egress window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا ايتري وڏي ۽ زمين کان ايتري هيٺ هوندي آهي جو رهواسي هنگامي حالتن، جهڙوڪ باهه لڳڻ جي صورت ۾، ان مان ٻاهر نڪري سگهن. ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ بيڊ رومن لاءِ اهڙين درين جون صحيح وضاحتون [[تعميراتي ضابطا]] (Building codes) ۾ ڏنل هونديون آهن. اهڙين درين جون وضاحتون اهڙيون به هونديون آهن، جيڪي هنگامي امدادي عملي کي به اندر داخل ٿيڻ جي اجازت ڏين. بسن، هوائي جهازن ۽ ريل گاڏين جهڙين گاڏين ۾ پڻ هنگامي نڪرڻ واريون دريون هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/documents/outreach/bus/PreTrip-SafetyBrochure-Pull.pdf |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080923082055/http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/documents/outreach/bus/PreTrip-SafetyBrochure-Pull.pdf |url-status=dead |archive-date=September 23, 2008 |title=U.S. Dept. of Transportation: Safety information for bus/motorcoach passengers |access-date=February 11, 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== رنگين شيشي جي دري ===

{{Main|رنگين شيشو}}

'''رنگين شيشي جي دري''' (Stained glass window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا رنگين شيشي جي ٽڪرن مان ٺهيل هوندي آهي، جيڪي [[شفافيت (بصريات)|شفاف]]، نيم شفاف يا [[غير شفافيت (بصريات)|غير شفاف]] ٿي سگهن ٿا، ۽ انهن تي اڪثر ماڻهن جون تصويرون يا مختلف منظر ڏيکاريل هوندا آهن. عام طور انهن درين ۾ شيشي جا ٽڪرا سيهي جي ٺهيل گليزنگ بارن سان هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيا ويندا آهن. رنگين شيشي واريون دريون [[وڪٽورين دور]] جي گهرن ۽ ڪجهه [[فرينڪ لوئڊ رائيٽ]] جي طرز تي ٺهيل گهرن ۾ تمام مشهور هيون، ۽ خاص طور [[گرجاگھر]]ن ۾ گهڻي عام آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/stained+glass+window |title=Stained glass |work=[[The Free Dictionary]] |publisher=Farlex |access-date=May 19, 2012 |archive-date=January 19, 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120119031209/http://www.thefreedictionary.com/Stained+glass+window |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== فرينچ دري ===

{{multiple image
| align             = right
|total_width=300
| footer            = 20هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ [[لسبن]] ۾ [[فرانس جا سفارتي مشن|فرانس جي سفارتخاني]] ۾ &quot;فرينچ دري&quot; (ٻه فرينچ دروازا، جيڪي ٻاهرين ڀت ۾ بغير [[مولين]] جي گڏ ٻاهر ڏانهن کلن ٿا)
| width1            =
| image1            = Legation de France a Lisbonne (interieur).jpg
| width2            =
| image2            = Legation de France a Lisbonne (véranda).jpg
}}

'''فرينچ دروازو''' (French door) اهڙو دروازو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ شيشي جا پينل پوري ڊيگهه تائين لڳل هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French door |url=https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/French%20door |website=Merriam-Webster.com Dictionary |publisher=Merriam-Webster |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهڙن ٻن دروازن جي جوڙي، جيڪي وچ مان کلن، کي مختلف نالن سان سڏيو ويندو آهي، جهڙوڪ '''فرينچ دروازا''',&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French doors |url=https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/french-doors |website=Collins English Dictionary |publisher=HarperCollins |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; '''فرينچ دري''',&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French window |url=https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/French%20window |website=Merriam-Webster.com Dictionary |publisher=Merriam-Webster |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا '''فرينچ دريون'''.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French windows |url=https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/french-windows |website=Collins English Dictionary |publisher=HarperCollins |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهي عام طور عمارت جي ٻاهرئين ڀت ۾ لڳايا ويندا آهن. فرانس ۾ فرينچ درين کي ''porte-fenêtre'' ۽ اٽلي ۾ ''portafinestra'' چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ اهي جديد گهرن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

=== ٻٽي شيشي واري دري ===

{{Main|موصل گليزنگ}}

'''ٻٽي شيشي واري دري''' (Double-paned يا Double-glazed window) ۾ شيشي جا ٻه هڪ ٻئي سان متوازي پينل هوندا آهن، جن جي وچ ۾ عام طور لڳ ڀڳ 1 سينٽي ميٽر جو فاصلو هوندو آهي. هي خال مستقل طور بند ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ تياري وقت ان ۾ سڪل هوا يا ٻي سڪل غير ردعمل ڪندڙ گيس ڀري ويندي آهي. اهڙيون دريون [[حرارتي موصليت]] ۾ نمايان بهتري آڻينديون آهن (۽ عام طور آواز جي موصليت ۾ پڻ) ۽ گرمي پد جي فرق سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ ڌنڌ يا برف جمن کان بچاءُ ڪنديون آهن. اهي معتدل آبهوا وارن علائقن ۾ رهائشي ۽ تجارتي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

برطانيا ۾ ٻٽي ۽ ٽي شيشي وارين درين کي ترتيب وار ٻٽي-[[دريءَ جي گليزنگ|گليزنگ]] ۽ ٽيڻي-گليزنگ چيو ويندو آهي. ٽي شيشي واريون دريون هاڻي وچ ۽ اتر يورپ ۾ تمام عام ٿي ويون آهن، جڏهن ته [[چوڳڻي گليزنگ]] (چئوڻي گليزنگ) جو استعمال هاڻي اسڪينڊي نيويا ۾ شروع ڪيو پيو وڃي.

=== ڇهه ڪنڊي دري ===

[[File:Mustosen talon ikkuna 1870 1.jpg|thumb|upright|[[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]]]]

{{Main|ڇهه ڪنڊي دري}}

'''ڇهه ڪنڊي دري''' (ھيڪساگونل دري) هڪ [[شش ڪنڊو]] شڪل واري دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا ماکيءَ جي مک جي خاني يا گريفائيٽ جي ڪرسٽل جي جال جهڙي نظر ايندي آهي. اها عمودي يا افقي رخ ۾ لڳائي سگهجي ٿي، کلندڙ يا مقرر ٿي سگهي ٿي، باقاعده يا ڊگهي شڪل واري ٿي سگهي ٿي، ۽ ان ۾ ورهائيندڙ [[مولين]] پڻ ٿي سگهي ٿو. عام طور اهڙي دري ڇت جي مٿئين ڪمري (Attic) يا سينگار جي مقصد لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، پر عمارت جي اندر قدرتي روشني پهچائڻ لاءِ اهم تعميراتي عنصر طور به استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿي.

=== گليوٽين دري ===

'''گليوٽين دري''' (Guillotine ) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عمودي رخ ۾ کلندي آهي. گليوٽين درين ۾ هڪ کان وڌيڪ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ فريم هوندا آهن، ۽ اهي هيٺ کان مٿي يا مٿي کان هيٺ کلي سگهن ٿا.

== اصطلاح ==

EN 12519 يورپي معيار آهي، جيڪو يورپي يونين جي ميمبر ملڪن ۾ درين بابت سرڪاري طور استعمال ٿيندڙ اصطلاحن جي وضاحت ڪري ٿو. اهم اصطلاح هيٺيان آهن:

[[File:Casement (PSF).jpg|thumb|[[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]، [[جالي]] وارن روشن حصن (lights) سان]]

* '''لائيٽ''' (Light) يا '''لائيٽ''' (Lite)، دريءَ جي ٻاهرين حصن ([[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]]، [[دريءَ جو سِل]] ۽ پاسن وارن فريمن) جي وچ واري حصي کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو عام طور شيشي جي هڪ پين سان ڀريل هوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن دريءَ ۾ ڪيترائي شيشي جا پين هجن، ته بار کڻندڙ صورت ۾ انهن کي [[مولين]] الڳ ڪندا آهن، ۽ جيڪڏهن بار کڻندڙ نه هجن ته [[منٽن]] انهن کي جدا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Brett |first=Peter |year=2004 |title=Carpentry and Joinery |edition=2, illustrated |publisher=Nelson Thornes |isbn=978-0-7487-8502-5 |page=[https://books.google.com/books?id=iVthU6rPGK8C&amp;pg=PA225 255]}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''جاليءَ واري لائيٽ''' (Lattice light) هڪ مرڪب شيشي جو پين هوندو آهي، جيڪو شيشي جي ڪيترن ئي ننڍن ٽڪرن مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، ۽ اهي [[جالي]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ هڪٻئي سان ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن.

* '''مقرر دري''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو) اهڙي دريءَ جي هڪ واحد اڪائي هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ هڪ غير حرڪت ڪندڙ لائيٽ هوندي آهي. ''سنگل لائيٽ''، ''ڊبل لائيٽ'' وغيره جا اصطلاح دريءَ ۾ موجود اهڙن شيشي جي پينن جي تعداد کي ظاهر ڪندا آهن.

* '''سيش يونٽ''' (Sash unit) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ هڪ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ شيشي وارو حصو هوندو آهي، ۽ عام طور ٻه لائيٽون هونديون آهن (جنهن کي ''ڊبل لائيٽ'' چيو ويندو آهي).

* '''متبادل دري''' (رپليسمينٽ ونڊو) آمريڪا ۾ اهڙي فريم واري دريءَ کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا پراڻن سيشن کي ڪڍڻ کان پوءِ اندرئين پاسي کان اصل دريءَ جي فريم ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي. يورپ ۾، هن اصطلاح مان عام طور مڪمل دري مراد هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ نئون ٻاهريون فريم پڻ شامل هوندو آهي.

* '''نئين تعمير واري دري''' (نيو ڪنسٽرڪشن ونڊو)، آمريڪا ۾، اهڙي دري هوندي آهي جنهن ۾ ''نيلنگ فن'' (nailing fin) لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو عمارت جي ٻاهرئين پاسي کان اڻ تيار ٿيل کليل جاءِ ۾ سائڊنگ ۽ اندروني ٽرم لڳائڻ کان اڳ نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي. نيلنگ فن دريءَ جي ٻاهرئين فريم تي هڪ نڪتل حصو هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[تعميراتي گليزنگ]] جي ساڳئي سطح تي هوندو آهي، تيار ڪيل کليل حصي تي چڙهيل هوندو آهي، ۽ تنهنڪري ان کي ميخن ذريعي پنهنجي جاءِ تي لڳائي سگهجي ٿو. برطانيا ۽ يورپ جي مکيه زمين ۾ نون گهرن جي تعمير دوران دريون عام طور ڊگهن اسڪروَن ذريعي سرن جي ڀت ۾ لڳايل ڦهلجندڙ پلاسٽڪ پلگن سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. دريءَ جي چئن ئي پاسن کان لڳ ڀڳ 13 ملي ميٽر تائين خالي جاءِ ڇڏي ويندي آهي، جيڪا ڦهلجندڙ [[پولي يوريٿين فوم]] سان ڀري ويندي آهي. اهڙي طريقي سان دري موسم جي اثرن کان محفوظ رهندي آهي، جڏهن ته گرمي سبب ٿيندڙ ڦهلاءَ جي به گنجائش برقرار رهندي آهي.

* '''[[لنٽل]]''' دريءَ جي مٿئين حصي تي رکيل هڪ شعاع (بيم) هوندو آهي، جنهن کي [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''[[دريءَ جو سِل]]''' دريءَ جي فريم جو هيٺيون حصو هوندو آهي. دريءَ جا سِل ٻاهرئين پاسي ڍلوان هوندا آهن ته جيئن پاڻي عمارت جي اندر اچڻ بدران ٻاهر وهي وڃي.

* '''ثانوي گليزنگ''' (سيڪنڊري گليزنگ) هڪ اضافي فريم هوندو آهي، جيڪو موجوده فريم جي اندرئين پاسي لڳايو ويندو آهي. اهو عام طور محفوظ يا تاريخي حيثيت رکندڙ عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن عمارت جي ظاهري شڪل کي برقرار رکندي وڌيڪ حرارتي ۽ آواز جي موصليت حاصل ڪري سگهجي.

* '''[[سينگاريل ڪاٺ جو ڪم]]''' (ڊيڪورہٽو مل ورڪ) مان مراد دريءَ جي چوڌاري لڳل سينگاريل مولڊنگ، ڪورنس ۽ لنٽل آهن.

=== ليبلنگ ===

آمريڪا جي [[نيشنل فينسٽريشن ريٽنگ ڪائونسل]] (NFRC) جي دريءَ واري ليبل ۾ هيٺيان اصطلاح شامل هوندا آهن:

* [[حرارتي چالڪائي|حرارتي منتقلي (U-factor)]]، جنهن جي بهترين قيمت لڳ ڀڳ U-0.15 (يعني 0.8 W/m2/K) سمجهي ويندي آهي.
* [[شمسي گرمي حاصل ڪرڻ جو عدد]] (SHGC)، جيڪو شيشي مان گذرندڙ شمسي گرمي (انفراريڊ) ۽ ان تي پوندڙ ڪل شمسي گرميءَ جي وچ ۾ تناسب کي ظاهر ڪري ٿو.
* [[مرئي روشني جي منتقلي]] (VT)، جيڪا منتقل ٿيندڙ مرئي روشني ۽ پوندڙ مرئي روشني جي وچ ۾ تناسب کي ظاهر ڪري ٿي.
* [[هوا جو وهڪرو|هوا جي رِس]] (AL)، جيڪا سيش ۽ فريم جي وچ واري وٿي مان في منٽ في لڪيرِي فوٽ گذرندڙ هوا جي مقدار (ڪيوبڪ فوٽ في منٽ) ۾ ماپي ويندي آهي.
* [[نمي#تڪاثف|تڪاثف جي مزاحمت]] (CR)، جيڪا 1 کان 100 تائين ماپي ويندي آهي (جيترو انگ وڌيڪ هوندو، اوتري ئي تڪاثف ٺهڻ جي مزاحمت وڌيڪ هوندي).&lt;ref&gt;[http://www.nfrc.org/documents/WindowsandHeatLoss.pdf Windows and Heat Loss] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100827012257/http://www.nfrc.org/documents/WindowsandHeatLoss.pdf |date=August 27, 2010 }}, [[NFRC]] Heat Loss Fact Sheet&lt;/ref&gt;

يورپي هم آهنگ معيار hEN 14351–1، جيڪو دروازن ۽ درين سان لاڳاپيل آهي، 23 خاصيتن جي وضاحت ڪري ٿو (جن کي ''بنيادي'' ۽ ''غير بنيادي'' خاصيتن ۾ ورهايو ويو آهي). ان کان علاوه تياري هيٺ ٻه ٻيا يورپي معيار پڻ موجود آهن، جيڪي اندروني پيادل دروازن (prEN 14351–2)، دونهي ۽ باهه جي مزاحمت ڪندڙ دروازن، ۽ کولي سگهجندڙ درين (prEN 16034) بابت آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |url=http://www.alueurope.eu/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/CPR_guideline_Dec_2012_ver-1.pdf |title=CPR guideline |access-date=February 13, 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20131106070925/http://www.alueurope.eu/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/CPR_guideline_Dec_2012_ver-1.pdf |archive-date=November 6, 2013 |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;

== جوڙجڪ ==

[[File:Passivhaus Fenster Beispiele (blank).svg|thumb|[[موصل گليزنگ]] سان جديد پلاسٽڪ ۽ ڪاٺ جي دريءَ جي پروفائلن جا مثال]]

[[File:WaterMill Window LymeRegis.jpg|thumb|برطانيا ۾ [[لائيم ريجس]] جي 14هين صديءَ جي [[پاڻيءَ جي چڪي]] ۾ لڳايل جديد ڪاٺ جي فريم واري دري]]

[[File:5-chamber plastic window profile.JPG|thumb|upright|پنج-چيمبر واري پلاسٽڪ دريءَ جو پروفائل]]

دريون گرمي جي منتقلي جو هڪ اهم ذريعو ٿي سگهن ٿيون.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window Systems&quot;&gt;Carmody, J., Selkowitz, S., Lee, E. S., Arasteh, D., &amp; Willmert, T. (2004). ''Window Systems for High-Performance Buildings''. New York, NY: W. W. Norton &amp; Company, Inc.&lt;/ref&gt; انهيءَ ڪري [[موصل گليزنگ]] جون اڪايون (Insulated glazing units) ٻن يا وڌيڪ شيشي جي پينن تي مشتمل هونديون آهن، جيئن گرمي جي منتقلي کي گهٽائي سگهجي.

=== جاليون يا منٽن ===

اهي فريم جا اهي حصا هوندا آهن، جيڪي هڪ وڏي دريءَ کي ڪيترن ننڍن شيشي جي پينن ۾ ورهائيندا آهن. پراڻين درين ۾ شيشي جا وڏا پين تمام مهانگا هوندا هئا، تنهنڪري [[منٽن]] ننڍن شيشي جي پينن کي گڏ ڪري وڏي جاءِ ڀرڻ جي سهولت ڏيندا هئا.

جديد درين ۾ هلڪي رنگ وارا منٽن اڃا تائين هڪ ڪارائتو ڪم سرانجام ڏين ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي دريءَ مان گذرندڙ روشنيءَ جو ڪجهه حصو موٽائي ڇڏين ٿا، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دري پاڻ به ڦهليل (Diffuse) روشنيءَ جو هڪ ذريعو بڻجي وڃي ٿي، صرف ڪمري جي اندر موجود شين يا مٿاڇرين کي روشن ڪرڻ بدران. دريءَ جي ويجهو موجود مٿاڇرين تي اڻ سڌي روشني وڌائڻ سان، منٽن دريءَ جي چوڌاري واري حصي کي وڌيڪ روشن بڻائين ٿا ۽ ڪمري جي اندر پاڇن جي تضاد کي گهٽائين ٿا.

=== فريم ۽ سيش جي جوڙجڪ ===

فريم ۽ سيش هيٺين مواد مان تيار ڪري سگهجن ٿا:

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! مواد
! [[حرارتي مزاحمت]]
! پائيداري
! سار سنڀال
! قيمت
! ٻيهر استعمال ٿيل مواد
! تبصرو
|-
| [[ڪاٺ]]
| تمام سٺي
| مختلف
| گهٽ
| اوسط
| وڌيڪ
| جيڪڏهن 1950ع کان اڳ ٺهيل ڪاٺ جي دريءَ جي صحيح سار سنڀال ڪئي وڃي ته اها 50–100 سال هلي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Saving Windows, Saving Money: Evaluating the Energy Performance of Window Retrofit and Replacement |url=https://forum.savingplaces.org/viewdocument/saving-windows-saving-money-evalu |website=Resource Library – National Trust for Historic Preservation |publisher=National Trust for Historic Preservation |access-date=March 31, 2020 |archive-date=August 3, 2020 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200803231452/https://forum.savingplaces.org/viewdocument/saving-windows-saving-money-evalu |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;&gt;{{cite web |last1=Peterson Wasielewski |first1=Shannon |title=Windows: Energy Efficiency Facts and Myths |url=https://dahp.wa.gov/sites/default/files/Windows%20Energy%20Efficiency%20Facts%20and%20Myths.pdf |website=Washington Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation |access-date=March 31, 2020 |archive-date=October 27, 2020 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20201027125413/https://dahp.wa.gov/sites/default/files/Windows%20Energy%20Efficiency%20Facts%20and%20Myths.pdf |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;
|-
| [[پولي ونائل ڪلورائيڊ|uPVC (&quot;ونائل&quot;)]]
| تمام سٺي
| تمام سٺي{{Efn-lr|PVC ۽ فائبر گلاس جا فريم تيز رفتار موسمي آزمائشن ۾ سٺي ڪارڪردگي ڏيکارين ٿا. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ PVC ٻين موادن جيترو مضبوط نه هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي ساختي مضبوطي وڌائڻ لاءِ ڪجهه PVC فريمن کي ڌاتو يا مرڪب مواد سان مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي.|name=PVC&amp;fiberglass}}
| تمام گهٽ
| اوسط
| تمام گهٽ
| عام طور انهن جي عمر 25–50 سال هوندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot; /&gt;
|-
| [[ايلومينيم]]
| تمام سٺي{{Efn-lr|1=جديد ايلومينيم دريءَ جا فريم عام طور شيشي جي فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل پوليامائيڊ مان ٺهيل حرارتي رڪاوٽ (thermal break) ذريعي الڳ ڪيا ويندا آهن. 34&amp;nbsp;mm حرارتي موصليت واري پروفائل سان ڌاتو جي دريءَ لاءِ Uf=1.3 W/m2K تائين حاصل ڪري سگهجي ٿو. ان سان حرارتي مزاحمت تمام گهڻي وڌي ٿي، جڏهن ته تقريباً سموري ساختي مضبوطي برقرار رهي ٿي.}}
| سٺي
| تمام گهٽ
| گهٽ
| عام طور &gt;95٪
| گهڻو ڪري حرارتي موصليت واري پروفائل ذريعي حرارتي رڪاوٽ مهيا ڪئي ويندي آهي.
|-
| مرڪب مواد
| تمام سٺي
| سٺي
| تمام گهٽ
| وڌيڪ
| وڌيڪ
| جديد عمارتن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.
|-
| [[اسٽيل]]
| وچولي
| انتهائي سٺي
| تمام گهٽ
| وڌيڪ
| &gt;98٪
| عام طور ڪنڊن تي ويلڊ ڪيو ويندو آهي.
|-
| [[فائبر گلاس]]
| تمام سٺي
| تمام سٺي{{Efn-lr|name=PVC&amp;fiberglass}}
| تمام گهٽ
| وڌيڪ
| وچولي
|
|}

[[مرڪب مواد|مرڪب مواد]] (Composites)، جن کي هائبرڊ دريون پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، 1998ع جي شروعات کان استعمال ٿيڻ لڳا. انهن ۾ ايلومينيم + PVC يا ڪاٺ جهڙن مختلف موادن کي گڏايو ويندو آهي، جيئن هڪ مواد جي جمالياتي خوبصورتي کي ٻئي مواد جي فني ۽ ڪارڪردگيءَ وارن فائدن سان گڏ حاصل ڪري سگهجي.

[[File:Bleekman zimmer.jpg|thumb|uPVC دريءَ جي فريمن سان موصل گليزنگ وارين درين جي هڪ عام تنصيب]]

PVC دريءَ جي فريمن جو هڪ خاص قسم، يعني uPVC دريءَ جا فريم، 20هين صديءَ جي آخر کان، خاص طور يورپ ۾، وڏي پيماني تي رائج ٿي ويا. 1998ع تائين اهڙين درين جا لڳ ڀڳ 83.5 ملين فريم نصب ٿي چڪا هئا،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1=Pritchard|first1=Geoffrey|title=Novel and Traditional Fillers for Plastics: Technology and Market Developments|year=1999|publisher=iSmithers Rapra Publishing|isbn=978-1-85957-183-5|page=95|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=U3GWoyuMEckC&amp;pg=PA95}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ 2012ع تائين انهن جو تعداد مسلسل وڌندو رهيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.prweb.com/releases/Vinyl_doors_market/vinyl_windows_market/prweb9415523.htm|archive-url=https://archive.today/20130131182428/http://www.prweb.com/releases/Vinyl_doors_market/vinyl_windows_market/prweb9415523.htm|url-status=dead|archive-date=January 31, 2013|title=Global Vinyl Windows Market to Reach 163 Million Units by 2017, According to a New Report by Global Industry Analysts, Inc. |publisher=PRWeb|date=April 18, 2012|access-date=February 11, 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== گليزنگ ۽ ڀرڻ ===

[[گهٽ اخراجيت]] (Low-emissivity) واري ڪوٽنگ سان ڍڪيل شيشي جا پين [[تابڪاري]] (Radiation) ذريعي ٿيندڙ گرميءَ جي منتقلي کي گهٽائين ٿا. ڪوٽنگ ڪهڙي سطح تي لڳل آهي، ان تي مدار رکندي، اهي ٿڌن علائقن ۾ گرمي جي نقصان کي گهٽائڻ يا گرم علائقن ۾ گرمي جي اندر اچڻ کي روڪڻ ۾ مدد ڏين ٿا.

اعليٰ حرارتي مزاحمت ان صورت ۾ حاصل ڪري سگهجي ٿي، جڏهن موصل گليزنگ يونٽن مان هوا ڪڍي ڇڏجي يا انهن کي [[آرگون]] يا [[ڪرپٽون]] جهڙين گيسن سان ڀريو وڃي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن گيسن جي حرارتي چالڪائي گهٽ هوندي آهي، جنهن جي ڪري [[حرارتي چالڪائي]] ذريعي گرمي جي منتقلي گهٽجي ويندي آهي. اهڙين گليزنگ يونٽن جي ڪارڪردگي سٺين دريءَ جي سيلن ۽ احتياط سان تيار ڪيل فريمن تي دارومدار رکي ٿي، جيئن هوا اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهي ۽ موصليت جي ڪارڪردگي برقرار رهي.

جديد ٻٽي ۽ ٽِه-شيشي وارين درين ۾ عام طور هڪ يا وڌيڪ Low-E ڪوٽنگون شامل هونديون آهن، جيڪي دريءَ جي U-factor (يعني موصليت جي قدر يا گرمي جي نقصان جي شرح) کي گهٽائينديون آهن. عام طور نرم ڪوٽنگ (Soft-coat) واريون Low-E تہون سخت ڪوٽنگ (Hard-coat) وارين تہن جي ڀيٽ ۾ گهٽ [[شمسي گرمي حاصل ڪرڻ جو عدد]] (SHGC) مهيا ڪنديون آهن.

جديد دريون عام طور هر سيش ۾ شيشي جي هڪ وڏي چادر سان گليز ڪيون وينديون آهن، جڏهن ته ماضيءَ ۾ وڏيون شيشي جون چادرون موجود نه هجڻ سبب، دريون ڪيترن ئي ننڍن شيشي جي پينن مان ٺهنديون هيون، جيڪي ''گليزنگ بارن'' يا ''[[منٽن]]'' ذريعي هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيا ويندا هئا. اڄڪلهه گليزنگ بار گهڻو ڪري صرف سينگار لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، ۽ وڏيون شيشي جون چادرون موجود هجڻ باوجود دريءَ کي ڪيترن ننڍن پينن ۾ ورهايل ڏيکاريندا آهن، عام طور اهڙي نموني ۾، جيڪو استعمال ٿيندڙ تعميراتي طرز مطابق هوندو آهي. گليزنگ بار اڪثر ڪاٺ جا هوندا آهن، پر ڪڏهن ڪڏهن وڌيڪ پيچيده نمونن لاءِ پنهنجي جاءِ تي سولڊر ڪيل سيهي جا گليزنگ بار پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

=== جوڙجڪ جا ٻيا تفصيل ===

گهڻين درين سان حرڪت ڪندڙ [[دريءَ جا پردا]]، جهڙوڪ [[بلائنڊ]] يا [[پردا]]، لڳل هوندا آهن، جيڪي روشني کي روڪڻ، اضافي حرارتي موصليت مهيا ڪرڻ يا رازداري برقرار رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

دريون قدرتي روشني کي عمارت جي اندر اچڻ ڏين ٿيون، پر جيڪڏهن روشني تمام گهڻي هجي ته ان جا ناڪاري اثر به ٿي سگهن ٿا، جهڙوڪ چمڪ (Glare) ۽ گرمي جو وڌي وڃڻ. ان کان علاوه، جيتوڻيڪ دريون استعمال ڪندڙ کي ٻاهر ڏسڻ جي سهولت ڏين ٿيون، پر ساڳئي وقت عمارت جي اندر موجود ماڻهن جي رازداري برقرار رکڻ جو به ڪو مناسب طريقو هجڻ ضروري آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Design Evaluation Project&quot;&gt;Howell, Sandra C. (1976). ''Designing for the Elderly; Windows''. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Department of Architecture. Design Evaluation Project.&lt;/ref&gt; اهڙين حالتن ۾ دريءَ جا پردا ۽ ڍڪڻ وارا ٻيا انتظام انهن مسئلن جو هڪ عملي حل فراهم ڪندا آهن.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>ictyoiff5rse413chpdtr4ewy8mkno2</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400917</id>
      <parentid>400916</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T15:28:16Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400917</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="77294" sha1="ohbtc95tp315fg7v476c1uw1w7s7816" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڀت، دروازي، ڇت يا گاڏي ۾ روشني، هوا ۽ ٻاهرئين ڏيک لاءِ ٺاهيل کُليل حصو}}

{{multiple image
|perrow=3
|total_width=400
|image1=Window of the house with number 17 on strada Mântuleasa, from Bucharest (Romania).jpg
|image2=Atua Kosua shrine4.jpg
|image3=Traditional wooden window (Akhi Jhyal).jpg
|image4=P1300843 Paris X rue de Paradis n18 detail rwk.jpg
|image5=Exterior facade of the Hôtel de Bourvallais 003.JPG
|image6=Chartres RosetteNord 121 DSC08241.jpg
|footer=دريَن جا مختلف نمونا
}}

'''دري''' (Window) ڀت، [[در]]، [[ڇت]] يا [[گاڏي]] ۾ ٺهيل اهڙو کُليل حصو آهي، جيڪو [[روشني]] کي اندر اچڻ، [[هوا]] جي اچ وڃ ۽ ڪيترين حالتن ۾ آواز جي گذر جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. جديد دريون عام طور شيشي  يا ڪنهن ٻئي شفاف يا نيم شفاف مواد سان ڍڪيل هونديون آهن. شيشو عام طور هڪ [[تاڪ]] (Sash) ۾ لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[فريم]] جي اندر نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt; ڪيترن ئي حوالن ۾ تاڪ ۽ فريم ٻنهي کي گڏجي دري پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/window/|title=Window|publisher=The Free Dictionary By Farlex|access-date=19 May 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

گهڻيون شيشي واريون دريون کولي يا بند ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. دري کولڻ سان [[هوا جي مٽاسٽا]] (وينٽيليشن) ممڪن ٿيندي آهي، جڏهن ته بند ڪرڻ سان مينهن، تيز هوا ۽ ٻين خراب موسمي حالتن کان تحفظ حاصل ٿيندو آهي. دريَن ۾ اڪثر [[ڪڙي]] (Latch) يا اهڙو ٻيو ميڪانياتي بندش وارو اوزار لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو دري کي بند ڪري تالو لڳائڻ يا مختلف درجن تائين کليل حالت ۾ قائم رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

دريَن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جن ۾ '''[[آئبرو دري]]'''  (آئبرو ونڊو - eyebrow)، '''[[مقرر دري]]''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو)، [[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]] (ھيڪساگونل ونڊو)، '''[[سنگل هنگ دري]]''' (سنگل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[ڊبل هنگ دري]]''' (ڊبل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[افقي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري]]''' (ھرائيزينٽل سلائيڊنگ سيش ونڊو)، [[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]، '''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window)، '''هاپر دري''' (Hopper window)، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ سلائيڊ دري''' ، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ ٽرن دري'''، '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom)، '''پاسي واري دري''' (سلائيڊ لائيٽ ونڊو)، [[جيلوسي دري]] (Jalousie)، [[لوور دري]] (Louvered)، [[ڪليرسٽوري دري]] (Clerestory)، [[لينسٽ دري]] (Lancet)، [[ڇت جو روشندان]] (اسڪائلائيٽ)، [[ڇت جي دري]] (روف ونڊو)، [[روف لئنٽرن]] (lantern)، [[بي دري]] (Bay)، [[اوريل دري]] (Oriel)، [[ڊائيوڪليشيئن دري]] (Diocletian)، '''تصويري دري''' (Picture)، [[گلابي دري]] (Rose)، '''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري'''، [[رنگين شيشي واري دري]] (Stained glass)، '''فرينچ دري'''، '''پينل دري'''، '''ٻٽي يا ٽرپل شيشي واري دري'''  ۽ [[وچ دري]] (Witch) شامل آهن.

== اشتقاق ==

انگريزي لفظ '''ونڊو''' (''window'') جو بنياد [[قديم نارس ٻولي]] جي لفظ {{lang|non|vindauga}} مان نڪتل آهي، جيڪو {{lang|non|vindr}} (هوا) ۽ {{lang|non|auga}} (اک) مان ٺهيل آهي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;هوا جي اک&quot; آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |title=New Oxford American Dictionary |date=2010 |access-date=January 16, 2015 |archive-date=June 2, 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130602205448/http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[نارويجي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|no|[[نينورسڪ]]}} ۽ [[آئس لينڊي ٻولي]] ۾ قديم نارس جو هي لفظ اڄ تائين زندهه رهيو آهي. آئس لينڊي ۾ اهو رڳو هڪ ننڍڙي کليل &quot;دري&quot; جي هڪ قسم لاءِ نسبتاً گهٽ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ آهي، ۽ اهو {{lang|is|gluggi}} (آئس لينڊي ٻوليءَ ۾ &quot;دري&quot; لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ) جو مڪمل مترادف نه آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|title=Hvaðan kemur orðið gluggi? Af hverju notum við ekki vindauga samanber window?|work=Vísindavefurinn|access-date=2018-09-17|language=is|archive-date=December 14, 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191214165059/https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|url-status=live}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ {{lang|sv|vindöga}} لفظ اڃا تائين جهونپڙيءَ جي ڇت ۾ موجود سوراخ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته [[ڊينش ٻولي]] جي {{lang|da|vindue}} ۽ نارويجي ٻولي جي {{lang|no|[[بوڪمول]]}} ۾ {{lang|no|vindu}} لفظ مان &quot;اک&quot; سان سڌو تعلق ختم ٿي ويو آهي، جيئن انگريزي لفظ ''window'' ۾ به ٿيو آهي. ڊينش (پر نارويجي [[بوڪمول]] نه) ۾ هن لفظ جو اچار انگريزي ''window'' سان گهڻو مشابهت رکي ٿو.

انگريزي جو لفظ ''ونڊو'' (window) پهريون ڀيرو 13هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ لکيل استعمال ملي ٿو، ۽ شروعات ۾ ان مان مراد ڇت ۾ موجود شيشي کان سواءِ هڪ کليل سوراخ هئي. بعد ۾ ''ونڊو''، [[قديم انگريزي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|ang|eagþyrl}} جي جاءِ ورتي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو سوراخ&quot; آهي، ۽ {{lang|ang|eagduru}}، جنهن جي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو در&quot; آهي.

تنهن هوندي به، ڪيترين ئي جرمني ٻولين شيشي واري دري لاءِ لاطيني لفظ فينيسٽرا fenestra اختيار ڪيو، جهڙوڪ [[معياري ٻولي|معياري]] [[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ فونسٽر fönster ۽ [[جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ فينسٽر Fenster.
انگريزي ۾ ''ونڊو'' لفظ جو استعمال غالباً [[وائڪنگ دور]] دوران انگريزي ٻوليءَ تي اسڪينڊي نيويائي اثر ۽ [[ڌاريل لفظ]]ن جي ذريعي ٿيو. انگريزي ۾ ''فينيسٽر'' لفظ پڻ ''ونڊو'' سان گڏ 18هين صديءَ جي وچ تائين متوازي طور استعمال ٿيندو رهيو.

لفظ '''فينيسٽريشن''' اڄ به عمارت جي [[مهاڙي]] ۾ درين جي ترتيب يا بناوت کي بيان ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته '''[[ڊيفينسٽريشن]]''' (''defenestration'') جي معنيٰ آهي &quot;ڪنهن کي دريءَ مان ٻاهر اڇلائڻ&quot;.

== تاريخ ==
{{Multiple image
|total_width=400
|image1=MorellaSantaMariaWindow.jpg
|caption1=[[الباسٽر]] مان ٺهيل &quot;مولين&quot; سان ورهايل سينگاريل دريون [[سانتا ماريا لا ميجور گرجاگھر]] ([[موريلّا، ڪاسٽيلون|موريلّا]]، اسپين) ۾
|image2=ValenciaCathedral2.JPG
|caption2=[[والينسيا گرجاگھر]] ۾ الباسٽر جي دري. ڀت جي فريم جي کاٻي پاسي جي غير هموار ۽ ترڇي شڪل تي ڌيان ڏيو، جيڪا سج جي ڪرڻن کي عبادت گاهه جي اڳئين حصي (چينسل) تائين پهچڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي.
}}

[[رومي سلطنت|رومين]] ماڻهن کي درين ۾ [[شيشو]] استعمال ڪندڙ پهريون معلوم ماڻهو سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ۽ اها ٽيڪنالاجي غالباً سڀ کان پهرين [[رومي مصر]] ۾، [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ {{circa|100}}ع ڌاري تيار ڪئي وئي هئي.{{Citation needed|date=April 2024}} درين جون تصويرون قديم مصري ڀتين جي نقاشين ۽ [[اسيريا]] جي مجسمن ۾ پڻ ڏسي سگهجن ٿيون. ڪاغذي دريون گهٽ خرچ واريون هونديون هيون ۽ قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ [[شيشو]] عام ماڻهن جي گهرن جي درين ۾ صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيو، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل [[جانورن جا سڱ|جانورن جي سڱن]] مان ٺهيل درين جا شيشا 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿي رهيا هئا. 19هين صديءَ ۾ آمريڪي اولهه وارن علائقن ۾ آبادڪارن [[تيل لڳل ڪاغذ جي دري]]ن جو استعمال شروع ڪيو. جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون جڏهن صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته ٿي ويا.

=== ٽيڪنالاجيون ===

13هين صدي ق.م. ۾ سڀ کان اوائليون دريون ڇت ۾ بغير شيشي وارا کليل سوراخ هوندا هئا، جيئن ڏينهن جي وقت روشني اندر اچي سگهي.{{citation needed|date=January 2023}} بعد ۾،{{when|date=October 2016}} انهن درين کي جانورن جي کل، ڪپڙي يا ڪاٺ سان ڍڪيو ويندو هو. ان کان پوءِ اهڙا [[دريءَ جا شٽر|شٽر]] وجود ۾ آيا، جيڪي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگهبا هئا.{{when|date=October 2016}} وقت سان گڏ اهڙيون دريون تيار ڪيون ويون جيڪي هڪ طرف رهواسين کي موسم جي اثرن کان بچائينديون هيون ۽ ٻي طرف روشني به اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون. انهن ۾ نيم شفاف مواد جا ڪيترائي ننڍا ٽڪرا استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا، جهڙوڪ جانورن جي چپٽن ۽ نيم شفاف سڱن جا ٽڪرا، ڪاغذ جون چادرون، [[سنگ مرمر]] جون سنهيون پتيون (جهڙوڪ [[فينگائيٽ]])، يا شيشي جا ٽڪرا، جيڪي ڪاٺ، لوهه يا سيهي جي ٺهيل فريمن ۾ لڳايا ويندا هئا. ڏور اوڀر ۾ درين کي ڀرڻ لاءِ ڪاغذ استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot;&gt;{{cite encyclopedia | url= http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | title= Window | encyclopedia= Britannica | access-date= May 19, 2012 | archive-date= May 2, 2015 | archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20150502185207/http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | url-status= live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

رومي ماڻهو درين ۾ شيشي جا پهريان معلوم استعمال ڪندڙ هئا، ۽ هنن اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي مان فائدو ورتو جيڪا غالباً پهريون ڀيرو [[رومي مصر]] ۾ ترقي ڪئي وئي هئي. خاص طور تي [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ تقريباً {{circa}} 100ع ڌاري [[ڍاليل شيشو|ڍاليل شيشي]] جون دريون ظاهر ٿيڻ لڳيون، جيتوڻيڪ انهن جون بصري خاصيتون ڪمزور هيون. اهي ننڍيون ۽ ٿلهيون هونديون هيون ۽ حقيقت ۾ [[شيشو ڦوڪڻ|ڦوڪيل شيشي]] جي مرتبانن (سلينڊر نما شڪل) کي چپٽو ڪري چادرن جي صورت ۾ ٺاهيو ويندو هو، جن تي هر هنڌ گول دائري جهڙا نشان موجود هوندا هئا. (موازنہ ڪريو روايتي [[گرجاگھر جي دري]]ن سان، جيڪي [[رنگين شيشو]] مان ٺهيل هونديون آهن.) دريءَ جو شيشو ايترو شفاف ٿيڻ ۾، جو ان مان صاف ڏسي سگهجي جيئن اڄ اسين ڏسون ٿا، هڪ هزار سالن کان وڌيڪ وقت لڳو. تنهن هوندي به، قديم رومي دريون تمام ڪارآمد هيون، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن کي &quot;گرمي فراهم ڪرڻ واري ٽيڪنالاجيءَ ۾ اڪثر نظرانداز ڪيل ترقي&quot; سمجهيو ويندو آهي، ڇو ته اهي سج جي گرمي کي عمارت اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون، جڏهن ته اندر جي گرم هوا کي ٻاهر نڪرڻ کان روڪينديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last1=Carrier |first1=Richard |title=The Scientist in the Early Roman Empire |date=2017 |publisher=Pitchstone Publishing |location=Durham, North Carolina |isbn=978-1-63431-106-9 |page=218}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1154ع ۾ [[الادريسي]] [[گھانا سلطنت]] جي بادشاهه جي محل جي هڪ خاص خصوصيت طور شيشي جي درين جو ذڪر ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | url= https://books.google.com/books?id=umyHqvAErOAC&amp;dq=Ghana+Empire+glass+window&amp;pg=PA564 | title= Encyclopedia of African History 3-Volume Set| page= 564|author= Kevin Shillington |author-link= Kevin Shillington| publisher= [[Routledge]] | isbn= 978-1-135-45670-2 |date= 2013}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal | last= Fage | first=J. D. | title=Ancient Ghana: A Review Of The Evidence | journal=Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana | volume= 3 | issue= 2 | pages= 3–24 | year= 1957| jstor= 41405704}}&lt;/ref&gt;

صدين جي دوران اهڙيون ٽيڪنيڪون ترقي ڪيون ويون، جن جي ذريعي ڦوڪيل شيشي جي [[سلينڊر (هندسي شڪل)|سلينڊر]] جي هڪ پاسي کي ڪٽي، ساڳئي مقدار جي شيشي مان وڌيڪ سنهيون مستطيل دريون تيار ڪيون وينديون هيون. ان سان ڊگهيون ۽ سنهيون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، جيڪي عام طور تي هڪ عمودي سهاري سان ورهايل هونديون هيون، جنهن کي [[مولين]] چيو ويندو آهي. مولين سان ورهايل شيشي واريون دريون يورپ جي خوشحال ماڻهن ۾ پسنديده دريون هيون،{{when|date=January 2023}} جڏهن ته ڪاغذي دريون قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ گهٽ خرچ سبب وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ عام ماڻهن جي گهرن ۾ شيشي واريون دريون صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيون، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل جانورن جي سڱن مان ٺهيل دريون 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿينديون رهيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Langley|first=Andrew|title=Medieval Life|series= Eyewitness|year= 2011 |publisher= Dorling Kindersley|isbn=978-1-4053-4545-3|page=16}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون، جڏهن 19هين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته بڻايا ويا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Float Glass|date=July 6, 2007 |url=https://www.architectmagazine.com/technology/float-glass_o}}&lt;/ref&gt; جديد دريون عام طور تي شيشي سان ڀريون وينديون آهن، جيتوڻيڪ شفاف پلاسٽڪ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== جوڙجڪ جا لاڙا ===
{{See also|گرجاگھر جي دري}}

12هين صدي عيسويءَ کان [[اولهه يورپ]] جي [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ [[لينسٽ دري]]ن (''lancet windows'') جو متعارف ٿيڻ، محرابي درين جي هڪ اڳوڻي روايت تي ٻڌل هو،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 |quote= In general two or three windows united in a group, as was later the rule in Roman architecture, were even then of frequent occurrence in the early Christian architecture of Asia Minor. The form of the window is nearly everywhere the same; a rectangle that usually has a rounded top, but seldom a straight lintel.}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪي [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀن]] جي وچ ۾ لڳايون وينديون هيون،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 | quote = The place of the window was determined by the architectural membering of the basilica, the distance between two columns generally indicating the position of a window.}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ ان جي نتيجي ۾ نه رڳو [[ٽريسري]] ۽ نفيس [[قرونِ وسطى جا رنگين شيشا|رنگين شيشي]] واريون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، پر عبادتي عمارتن ۾ نوڪيدار يا گول شڪل وارين درين جو هڪ اهڙو ڊگهو تعميراتي رواج به پيدا ٿيو، جيڪو اڄ به ڪيترن ئي گرجاگهرن ۾ ڏسي سگهجي ٿو.

تعميراتي مؤرخ پيٽر سمٿ شروعاتي جديد دور جي ويلش ڳوٺاڻن گهرن ۾ درين جي تعميراتي لاڙن بابت لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
تقريباً 1680ع تائين درين جو تناسب افقي هوندو هو، جيڪو انهن گهٽ اوچائي وارن ڪمرن لاءِ مناسب هو، جيڪي هال هائوسن ۾ مٿيون ماڙ شامل ڪرڻ کان پوءِ وجود ۾ آيا هئا. ان کان پوءِ عمودي تناسب واريون دريون رواج ۾ آيون، جنهن جو هڪ سبب گهٽ ۾ گهٽ اهو هو ته [[نشاةِ ثانيه]] جي دور ۾ اوچين ڇتين جي پسند وڌي وئي هئي. 1914ع کان پوءِ حالتون ٻيهر بدلجي ويون ۽ افقي تناسب واريون دريون هڪ ڀيرو ٻيهر پسند ڪيون وڃڻ لڳيون.&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
 |last1                = Smith
 |first1               = Peter
 |author-link1         = Peter Smith (architectural historian)
 |editor-last1         = Thirsk
 |editor-first1        = Joan
 |editor-link1         = Joan Thirsk
 |year                 = 1985
 |chapter              = 21 Rural Building in Wales
 |title                = The Agrarian History of England and Wales
 |url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=EAA9AAAAIAAJ
 |volume               = 5: 1640-1750 2: Agrarian change
 |publication-place    = Cambridge
 |publisher            = Cambridge University Press
 |page                 = 781
 |isbn                 = 9780521257756
 |access-date          = 18 January 2023
}}
&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;17هين صديءَ ۾ يورپ ۾ درين جي ڊزائن ۾ اوچائي ويڪر کان وڌيڪ رکڻ جو لاڙو پيدا ٿيو. ڪاٺ جا فريم وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا هئا، ۽ سيش دريون (''sash windows'') پڻ متعارف ڪرايون ويون. 18هين صديءَ ۾ سيش درين جي ڊزائن ۾ تبديليون آيون؛ شيشي کي سنڀاليندڙ سنها افقي ۽ عمودي پٽا (glazing bars) وڌيڪ باريڪ بڻايا ويا ۽ درين جون ماپون به وڌيڪ معياري ٿي ويون.

19هين صديءَ دوران ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ننڍين ڪناري وارين درين ۾ رنگين شيشو استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته گليزنگ بارن کي گوٿڪ طرز جي شڪل ڏني ويندي هئي. دريون اڳي کان وڌيڪ وڏيون ٿيڻ لڳيون ۽ آرٽس اينڊ ڪرافٽس ۽ ڪوئين اين طرزِ تعمير تمام مشهور ٿيا، جيڪو لاڙو 20هين صديءَ تائين جاري رهيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Windows, glass, glazing - a brief history |url=https://www.thenbs.com/knowledge/windows-glass-glazing-a-brief-history |access-date=2026-03-17 |website=NBS |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ شيشي]] جي ٽيڪنالاجي جي پکڙجڻ سان پڪچر ونڊوز (''picture windows'') متعارف ڪرائڻ ممڪن ٿيو (پهريون ڀيرو [[ليويٽ ٽائون، پنسلوانيا]] ۾)،&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
|last1                = Rybczynski
|first1               = Witold
|author-link1         = Witold Rybczynski
|date                 = 13 May 2008
|orig-date            = 2007
|chapter              = Ranchers, Picture Windows and Morning Rooms
|title                = Last Harvest: From Cornfield to New Town: Real Estate Development from George Washington to the Builders of the Twenty-First Century, and Why We Live in Houses Anyway
|url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=rkuvkjyRGG0C
|publication-place    = New York
|publisher            = Simon and Schuster
|page                 = 207
|isbn                 = 9780743235976
|access-date          = 18 January 2023
|quote                = The casual, spread-out ranch house [...] by 1950 accounted for nine out of ten new houses. [...] Its one extravagance was a large window facing the street - the picture window. As far as I have been able to determine, picture windows made their first appearance in Levittown, Pennsylvania.
}}
&lt;/ref&gt; جنهن جو بنياد 1951–1952ع ۾ وڌو ويو.{{Clarify|reason=What was founded?|date=July 2024}}ايندڙ حصي (حصو 4) ۾ آخري پيراگراف (''Many modern day windows may have a window screen...'') جو مڪمل ترجمو، بنا ڪنهن اختصار جي، حوالن سميت پيش ڪندس.

اڄڪلهه جون ڪيتريون ئي [[جديديت|جديد]] دريون [[دريءَ جي جالي]] (''window screen'') يا ميش سان ليس هونديون آهن، جيڪا اڪثر [[ايلومينيم]] يا [[فائبر گلاس]] مان ٺهيل هوندي آهي، جيئن دري کولڻ وقت [[جيت]] اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهن. دريون بنيادي طور تي عمارت جي اندر موجود ماڻهن کي ٻاهرين دنيا سان هڪ اهم بصري لاڳاپو فراهم ڪرڻ لاءِ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن ذريعي اهي ٻاهر ٿيندڙ مسلسل بدلجندڙ منظرن ۽ واقعن کي ڏسي سگهن ٿا. اهڙو لاڳاپو عمارتن ۾ رهندڙ ماڻهن جي صحت ۽ ڀلائي لاءِ انتهائي اهم سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ جيڪڏهن ماڻهو اهڙين بند عمارتن ۾ رهن، جتي دريون نه هجن، ته انهن تي اهڙي ماحول جا ناڪاري اثر پئجي سگهن ٿا.

درين جي ڊزائن بابت مقرر ڪيل ڪيترن ئي معيارن مان، ڏينهن جي روشني سان لاڳاپيل معيارن ۾ ڪجهه اهم عنصر نمايان ٿيا آهن، جن ۾ هنڌ، وقت، موسم، فطرت ۽ ماڻهو شامل آهن. انهن سڀني معيارن مان، اهي دريون جيڪي [[فطرت]] جا نظارا مهيا ڪن ٿيون، ماڻهن جي نظر ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ اهم سمجهيون وڃن ٿيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Kent |first1=Michael |last2=Schiavon |first2=Stefano |date=2022 |title=Predicting Window View Preferences Using the Environmental Information Criteria |url=https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |journal=LEUKOS |volume=19 |issue=2 |pages=190–209 |doi=10.1080/15502724.2022.2077753 |s2cid=251121476 |access-date=2022-11-09 |archive-date=December 28, 2023 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20231228134015/https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

== قسم ==

[[File:casement_window_parts.svg|thumb|Parts of a casement cross-window, viewed from the outside]]
=== صليبي دري ===
{{main|صليبي دري}}

'''صليبي دري''' (ڪراس-ونڊو) هڪ مستطيل شڪل واري دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عام طور تي هڪ [[مولين]] ۽ هڪ [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] جي ذريعي چئن حصن (روشنين) ۾ ورهايل هوندي آهي، جيڪي گڏجي هڪ [[لاطيني صليب]] جي شڪل ٺاهيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;Curl, James Stevens (2006). ''Oxford Dictionary of Architecture and Landscape Architecture'', 2nd ed., OUP, Oxford and New York, p. 214. {{ISBN|978-0-19-860678-9}}.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ابرو نما دري ===

'''ابرو نما دري''' (Eyebrow window) جو اصطلاح ٻن معنائن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي: ڀت ۾ هڪ مڙيل مٿئين حصي واري دري، يا هڪ ابرو نما [[ڊارمر]]؛ ۽ ننڍين درين جي هڪ قطار، جيڪا عام طور تي عمارت جي سامهون ڇڄن هيٺان هوندي آهي، جهڙوڪ پنسلوانيا ۾ [[جيمس-لوراه هائوس]].&lt;ref&gt;Harris, Cyril M. (1998). ''American Architecture: An Illustrated Encyclopedia''. New York: W. W. Norton.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مقرر دري ===

'''مقرر دري''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا کولي نٿي سگهجي،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=CVTjAQAAQBAJ&amp;q=Fixed+window+is+window+that+cannot+open&amp;pg=PA83|title=Kitchen &amp; Bath Residential Construction and Systems|author=NKBA (National Kitchen and Bath Association)|date=2013-10-29|publisher=John Wiley &amp; Sons|isbn=978-1-118-71104-0|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ جنهن جو ڪم صرف روشني کي اندر اچڻ ڏيڻ هوندو آهي (غير مقرر دريءَ جي ابتڙ، جيڪا کلي ۽ بند ٿي سگهي ٿي). [[ڪليرسٽوري]] دريون [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ گهڻو ڪري مقرر هونديون آهن. ٽرانسم دريون مقرر به ٿي سگهن ٿيون يا کولي سگهجن ٿيون. اهڙي قسم جون دريون انهن حالتن ۾ استعمال ٿينديون آهن، جتي صرف روشني يا ٻاهر جو نظارو گهربل هجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ [[ٽرڪل وينٽ]] يا مٿئين وينٽ کان سواءِ اهڙين درين ذريعي هوا جي اچ وڃ ممڪن نه هوندي آهي.

=== هڪ طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

'''هڪ طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري'''  اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ هڪ سيش (عام طور هيٺيون) حرڪت ڪندڙ هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مقرر هوندو آهي. هي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ سيش دريءَ جي قديم ترين صورت آهي ۽ قيمت ۾ پڻ نسبتاً سستي هوندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== ٻه طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

{{main|سيش دري}}

'''سيش دري''' (Sash window) برطانيا ۽ انهن ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾، جيڪي اڳ برطانوي نوآبادين جو حصو هئا، روايتي دريءَ جو انداز آهي. ان ۾ ٻه حصا (سيش) هوندا آهن، جيڪي ٿورو هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهيل هوندا آهن ۽ فريم جي اندر مٿي ۽ هيٺ سلائيڊ ٿيندا آهن. ٻنهي حصن جو هڪجهڙو سائيز هجڻ ضروري نه آهي؛ جيڪڏهن مٿيون سيش ننڍو (گهٽ اوچائي وارو) هجي ته ان کي [[ڪاٽيج دري]] چيو ويندو آهي.

هاڻي گهڻيون نيون ٻه طرفي سيش دريون سيشن کي سنڀالڻ لاءِ اسپرنگ بيلنس استعمال ڪن ٿيون، پر روايتي طور دريءَ جي ٻنهي پاسن تي باڪسن اندر رکيل جوابي وزن (ڪائونٽر ويٽس) استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا. اهي وزن رسي يا بعد ۾ خاص تيار ڪيل زنجير ذريعي پلين جي مدد سان سيشن سان ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا. اسپرنگ بيلنس جا ٽي قسم هوندا آهن: ٽيپ يا ڪلاڪ اسپرنگ بيلنس، چينل يا بلاڪ اينڊ ٽيڪل بيلنس، ۽ اسپائرل يا ٽيوب بيلنس.

روايتي طور ٻه طرفي سيش درين سان [[دريءَ جا شٽر]] پڻ لڳايا ويندا هئا. سيش درين ۾ سيمپليڪس قبضا پڻ لڳائي سگهجن ٿا، جيڪي دريءَ کي هڪ پاسي کان قبضن ۾ بند ڪرڻ جي اجازت ڏين ٿا، جڏهن ته ٻئي پاسي واري رسي ڌار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان دري کي باهه لڳڻ جي صورت ۾ نڪرڻ يا صفائي لاءِ کولي سگهجي ٿو.

=== فولڊ اپ دري ===

[[File:Foldup window.gif|thumb|upright|فولڊ اپ دري (اندر ڏانهن کُلندڙ)، پاسي کان ڪٽيل ڏيک]]

'''فولڊ اپ دري''' (Foldup window) ۾ ٻه هڪجهڙا سيش هوندا آهن، جيڪي معياري ٻه طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دريءَ وانگر هوندا آهن، پر اهي مٿي طرف ويڙهجي کلي ويندا آهن، جنهن سان تقريباً پوري فريم جيتري جاءِ مان هوا اندر اچي سگهي ٿي. هن دريءَ جو توازن اسپرنگن يا جوابي وزنن (counterbalances) ذريعي برقرار رکيو ويندو آهي، بلڪل ٻه طرفي سيش دريءَ وانگر. سيشن کي اهڙي نموني بيهاري سگهجي ٿو جو اهي روايتي ٻه طرفي سيش دريءَ جهڙا نظر اچن، يا هڪ ئي سڌي قطار ۾ به لڳائي سگهجن ٿا. سڌي قطار وارا نمونا اندر يا ٻاهر ٻنهي طرفن کلي سگهن ٿا. اندر کُلندڙ فولڊ اپ درين ۾ مقرر جاليون لڳائي سگهجن ٿيون، جڏهن ته ٻاهر کُلندڙ قسمن لاءِ حرڪت ڪندڙ جالين جي ضرورت هوندي آهي. اهڙيون دريون عام طور اسڪرين روم، باورچي خاني جي پاس ٿرو، يا هنگامي نڪرڻ واري رستي (egress) طور استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

=== افقي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

'''افقي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري''' (Horizontal sliding sash window) ۾ ٻه يا وڌيڪ سيش هوندا آهن، جيڪي ٿورو هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهيل هوندا آهن، پر فريم جي اندر افقي رخ ۾ سلائيڊ ٿيندا آهن. برطانيا ۾ انهن کي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن [[يارڪشائر]] سيش دريون به چيو ويندو آهي، غالباً ان ڪري جو انهن جو روايتي استعمال انهيءَ علائقي ۾ گهڻو هو.

=== ڪيسمينٽ دري ===

{{Main|ڪيسمينٽ دري}}

[[File:Gordijnen aan venster.JPG|thumb|[[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]]]

'''ڪيسمينٽ دري''' (Casement window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن جو سيش قبضن سان لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي وانگر اندر يا ٻاهر کلي ويندو آهي. اهو پاسي کان لڳل، مٿان لڳل (جنهن کي &quot;اوننگ دري&quot; پڻ چيو ويندو آهي؛ هيٺ ڏسو)، يا ڪڏهن هيٺان لڳل سيش تي مشتمل هوندو آهي، يا انهن قسمن جي ميلاپ سان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، ۽ ڪڏهن هڪ يا وڌيڪ پاسن تي مقرر شيشي جا پينل پڻ هوندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot; /&gt;

آمريڪا ۾ اهڙيون دريون عام طور [[ڪرئنڪ (مشينياتي حصو)|ڪرئنڪ]] ذريعي کوليون وينديون آهن، جڏهن ته يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي حصن ۾ انهن لاءِ پروجيڪشن فرڪشن اسٽيز ۽ [[ايسپاگنوليٽ]] لاڪنگ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. اڳي سادا قبضا [[ڪيسمينٽ اسٽي]] سان گڏ استعمال ٿيندا هئا. [[هينڊنگ]] (Handing) جو استعمال دريءَ جي کلڻ واري رخ جي سڃاڻپ لاءِ ڪيو ويندو آهي؛ ان موجب ڪيسمينٽ دري کاٻي هٿ واري، ساڄي هٿ واري يا ٻٽي رخ واري ٿي سگهي ٿي. برطانيا ۽ يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي ٻين علائقن ۾ جديد عمارتن ۾ ڪيسمينٽ دري سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام قسم آهي.

=== اوننگ دري ===

[[File:Fenêtre à l'australienne - Awning window - (AWS Magnum 616) Light.jpg|thumb|upright=0.5|اوننگ دري]]

'''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window) ڪيسمينٽ دريءَ جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو افقي طور لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ مٿئين پاسي [[قبضو]] لڳل هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهو ٻاهر ڏانهن [[ڇڄ]] وانگر کلي ٿو. آزاد نموني استعمال ٿيڻ کان علاوه، اهڙيون دريون هڪ ئي فريم ۾ ڪيترين گڏ به لڳائي سگهجن ٿيون يا مقرر شيشي سان گڏ به استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. اهي خاص طور هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ تمام ڪارآمد هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | title=Window Treatments | first=Karla J. | last=Nielson | page=45 | url=https://books.google.com/books?id=y6U0uP5cyLQC&amp;q=%22awning+window%22&amp;pg=PA45 | publisher=John Wiley &amp; Sons | date=Sep 15, 1989 | isbn=0-471-28946-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== هوپر دري ===

'''هوپر دري''' (Hopper window) هيٺئين پاسي کان قبضي تي ٻڌل ڪيسمينٽ دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عمودي رخ ۾ جهڪي کلي ٿي، ۽ عام طور اندر ڏانهن کلي ٿي، جنهن جي شڪل [[هوپر (ذرڙن گڏ ڪرڻ وارو ڪنٽينر)|هوپر]] جي نالي وانگر هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1=Allen|first1=Edward|last2=Thallon|first2=Rob|title=Fundamentals of Residential Construction|edition=3rd |year=2011 |publisher=Wiley |location=Hoboken, NJ |isbn=978-0-470-54083-1 |page=654}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پيوٽ دري ===

'''پيوٽ دري''' (Pivot window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ سامهون وارن ٻن پاسن تي هڪ هڪ قبضو لڳل هوندو آهي، جنهن جي مدد سان دري کلڻ وقت پنهنجي محور تي گهمي سگهي ٿي. اهي قبضا مٿي ۽ هيٺ (عمودي پيوٽ) يا ٻنهي پاسن (افقي پيوٽ) تي لڳايا ويندا آهن. عام طور دري پهرين محدود حد تائين کلي ٿي ته جيئن هوا جي اچ وڃ ٿي سگهي، ۽ پوءِ وڌيڪ کولڻ سان مڪمل طور ڦري وڃي ٿي ۽ اندر کان محفوظ صفائي لاءِ ٻيهر لاڪ ٿي وڃي ٿي. جديد پيوٽ قبضا فرڪشن واري نظام سان ليس هوندا آهن، جيڪو دريءَ کي پنهنجي وزن جي باوجود کليل حالت ۾ سنڀالي رکندو آهي، ۽ انهن ۾ کلڻ جي حد مقرر ڪرڻ ۽ اُلٽي لاڪنگ جون سهولتون پڻ موجود هونديون آهن. برطانيا، جتي هن قسم جون دريون سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام آهن، اتي اهي گهڻ ماڙ سرڪاري رهائشي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي لڳايون ويون.

=== جهڪندڙ ۽ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري ===

'''جهڪندڙ ۽ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري''' (Tilt and slide window) اهڙي دري (يا گهڻو ڪري دروازي جيتري وڏي دري) هوندي آهي، جنهن جو سيش پهرين هوپر دريءَ وانگر مٿئين حصي کان اندر ڏانهن جهڪي ٿو، ۽ پوءِ مقرر شيشي جي پينل جي پٺيان افقي رخ ۾ سلائيڊ ٿي وڃي ٿو.

=== جهڪندڙ ۽ ڦرندڙ دري ===

'''جهڪندڙ ۽ ڦرندڙ دري''' (Tilt and turn window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا يا ته مٿئين حصي کان اندر ڏانهن جهڪي سگهي ٿي يا پاسي وارن قبضن تان اندر ڏانهن مڪمل طور کلي سگهي ٿي. هي جرمني، جتي ان جو بنياد پيو، جو سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام دريءَ جو قسم آهي، ۽ يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي ٻين ملڪن ۾ به وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

يورپ ۾ عام طور اهي &quot;پهرين ڦرندڙ&quot; (turn first) قسم جون هونديون آهن؛ يعني جڏهن هينڊل کي 90 درجا ڦيرايو وڃي ته دري پاسي کان کلندي آهي، ۽ جڏهن هينڊل کي 180 درجا ڦيرايو وڃي ته اها هيٺان لڳل دريءَ وانگر جهڪي کلي ٿي. برطانيا ۾ گهڻو ڪري &quot;پهرين جهڪندڙ&quot; (tilt first) قسم جون دريون استعمال ٿينديون آهن؛ يعني 90 درجن تي هيٺان لڳل صورت ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ کلنديون آهن، ۽ 180 درجن تي پاسي کان مڪمل طور کلنديون آهن، جنهن سان عمارت جي اندر بيهي ٻاهرئين شيشي کي آساني سان صاف ڪري سگهجي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://glawindows.com/tilt-and-turn-windows-5/ |title=Tilt-and-Turn Windows Gain Popularity |date=June 11, 2021 |access-date=January 25, 2023 |archive-date=January 25, 2023 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230125064841/https://glawindows.com/tilt-and-turn-windows-5/ |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٽرانسم دري ===

هڪ '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom window) دروازي جي مٿان لڳل دري هوندي آهي. ٻاهرين دروازي ۾ [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] دري عام طور مقرر (fixed) هوندي آهي، جڏهن ته اندرين دروازي ۾ اها مٿئين يا هيٺئين پاسي لڳل قبضن ذريعي کلي سگهي ٿي، يا پنهنجي محور تي ڦري به سگهي ٿي. زبردستي هوا جي گرمي ۽ ٿڌڪ (forced air heating and cooling) جا نظام عام ٿيڻ کان اڳ، اها هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي هئي. پنکي جي شڪل واري ٽرانسم دري کي خاص طور برطانوي ٻيٽن ۾ '''فين لائيٽ''' (fanlight) چيو ويندو آهي.

=== پاسي واري دري ===

دروازي يا ٻي دريءَ جي ٻنهي پاسن تي لڳل درين کي '''پاسي واريون دريون''' (Sidelights)، '''ونگ لائيٽس''' (Wing lights)، '''مارجنل لائيٽس''' (Marginal lights)، يا '''فلينڪنگ دريون''' (Flanking windows) چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Curl, James Stevens. &quot;Flanking window&quot;. ''A Dictionary of Architecture and Landscape Architecture''. 2nd ed. Oxford England: Oxford University Press, 2006. 285. Print.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== جيلوسي دري ===

[[File:Jalousie2.jpg|thumb|جيلوسي يا [[لوور]] واري دري]]

{{main|جيلوسي دري}}

'''جيلوسي دري''' (Jalousie window)، جنهن کي '''لوور واري دري''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙي دري آهي جيڪا شيشي يا [[پولي (ميٿائل ميٿاڪريليٽ)|ايڪريلڪ]] جي هڪٻئي سان متوازي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندي آهي، جيڪي [[وينيشيئن بلائنڊ]] وانگر کلنديون ۽ بند ٿينديون آهن، عام طور ڪرئنڪ يا ليور جي ذريعي. اهڙيون دريون استوائي علائقن جي تعميراتي طرز ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن. جيلوسي دروازو اهو دروازو هوندو آهي جنهن ۾ جيلوسي دري لڳل هجي.

=== ڪليرسٽوري دري ===

{{Main|ڪليرسٽوري}}

'''ڪليرسٽوري دري''' (Clerestory window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي جيڪا [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ يا ڀت جي مٿئين حصي ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي، ۽ [[قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|قدرتي روشني]] اندر آڻڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

=== آسماني دري ===

[[File:BurlingtonHousePavementWindow.jpg|thumbnail|لنڊن ۾ [[برلنگٽن هائوس]] جي ٻاهران فوٽ پاٿ تي لڳل آسماني دري (جنهن کي [[پيومينٽ لائيٽ]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي)]]

{{Main|قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|آسماني دري}}

'''آسماني دري''' (Skylight) اهڙي دري آهي جيڪا [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ تعمير ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=TopgKO4x_2kC&amp;q=skylight+is+window+built+into+roof&amp;pg=PA223|title=Construction Estimating Reference Data|last=Sarviel|first=Ed|date=1993|publisher=Craftsman Book Company|isbn=978-0-934041-84-3|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن قسم جي دري ذريعي قدرتي سج جي روشني ۽ چنڊ جي روشني اندر اچي سگهي ٿي.

=== ڇت واري دري ===

{{main|ڇت واري دري}}

'''ڇت واري دري''' (Roof window) هڪ ترڇي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا [[قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|قدرتي روشني]] لاءِ [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي. هي انهن ٿورين درين مان هڪ آهي، جيڪي هنگامي حالت ۾ نڪرڻ جي رستي طور پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. وڏيون ڇت واريون دريون هنگامي انخلا بابت [[تعميراتي ضابطا]] (Building codes) جون گهرجون پوريون ڪنديون آهن.

=== ڇت وارو لالٽين ===

{{Main|ڇت وارو لالٽين}}

'''ڇت وارو لالٽين''' (Roof lantern) گهڻن شيشي وارن پينلن تي ٻڌل هڪ تعميراتي ڍانچو هوندو آهي، جيڪو هڪ ننڍڙي عمارت جهڙو نظر ايندو آهي ۽ ڇت تي ڏينهن يا چنڊ جي روشني اندر آڻڻ لاءِ تعمير ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ان ۾ اضافي [[ڪليرسٽوري]] پڻ شامل هوندي آهي. ان کي [[گنبذ نما ڇت (ڪپولا)|ڪپولا]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

=== بي دري ===

[[File:2014 Kłodzko, pl. Chrobrego 13 03.JPG|thumb|[[بي دري]]ون [[ڪووڊزڪو]]، پولينڊ ۾]]

{{Main|بي دري}}

'''بي دري''' (Bay window) گهڻن پينلن تي ٻڌل دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ٽي پينل مختلف زاويَن تي لڳل هوندا آهن، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دري ڀت جي سڌي ليڪ کان ٻاهر نڪري ايندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot; /&gt;

==== اوريل دري ====

{{Main|اوريل دري}}

'''اوريل دري''' (Oriel window) بي دريءَ جي هڪ قسم آهي. هي انداز گهڻو ڪري ٽيوڊر طرز جي گهرن ۽ خانقاهن ۾ ڏسڻ ۾ اچي ٿو. اها ڀت مان ٻاهر نڪتل هوندي آهي، پر زمين تائين نه پهچندي آهي. شروعات ۾ اها برآمدي (porch) جي هڪ صورت هئي، ۽ اڪثر ان کي بريسڪيٽن يا [[ڪوربل]]ن جي مدد سان سهارو ڏنو ويندو آهي.

=== ٿرمل دري ===

{{Main|ڊيوڪليشيئن دري}}

'''ٿرمل''' يا '''ڊيوڪليشيئن دريون''' (Thermal or Diocletian windows) وڏيون نيم دائري شڪل واريون دريون (يا طاق) هونديون آهن، جيڪي عام طور ٻن [[مولين]]ن جي ذريعي ٽن حصن (دريءَ جي خانوَن) ۾ ورهايل هونديون آهن. وچ وارو حصو گهڻو ڪري ٻنهي پاسن وارن حصن کان وڌيڪ ويڪرو هوندو آهي.

=== تصويري دري ===

'''تصويري دري''' (Picture window) ڀت ۾ لڳل هڪ وڏي مقرر دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ عام طور [[گليزنگ بار]] نه هوندا آهن، يا صرف ڪنارن وٽ معمولي گليزنگ بار ([[منٽن]]) لڳل هوندا آهن. تصويري دريون بغير ڪنهن رڪاوٽ جي ٻاهر جو نظارو مهيا ڪنديون آهن، ڄڻ ڪنهن تصوير کي فريم ۾ بند ڪيو ويو هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/picture+window |title=Picture window |work=[[The Free Dictionary]] |publisher=Farlex |access-date=May 19, 2012 |archive-date=July 10, 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120710004859/http://www.thefreedictionary.com/picture+window |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== گهڻ-پينل دري ===

'''گهڻ-پينل دري''' (Multi-lite window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ شيشي جا ڪيترائي ننڍا ٽڪرا ڪاٺ يا سيهي جي ٺهيل ''گليزنگ بارن'' يا ''[[منٽن]]'' جي ذريعي هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيل هوندا آهن. اهي هڪ سينگاريل ''گليزنگ نموني'' ۾ ترتيب ڏنل هوندا آهن، جيڪو گهڻو ڪري عمارت جي تعميراتي طرز مطابق هوندو آهي. ماضي ۾ وڏا شيشي جا پينل آسانيءَ سان دستياب نه هجڻ سبب، گهڻ-پينل (يا ''جاليءَ واري دري'') 20هين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين سڀ کان عام دريءَ جو انداز هو، ۽ اڄ به روايتي تعميراتي طرز ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري ===

'''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري''' (Emergency exit/egress window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا ايتري وڏي ۽ زمين کان ايتري هيٺ هوندي آهي جو رهواسي هنگامي حالتن، جهڙوڪ باهه لڳڻ جي صورت ۾، ان مان ٻاهر نڪري سگهن. ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ بيڊ رومن لاءِ اهڙين درين جون صحيح وضاحتون [[تعميراتي ضابطا]] (Building codes) ۾ ڏنل هونديون آهن. اهڙين درين جون وضاحتون اهڙيون به هونديون آهن، جيڪي هنگامي امدادي عملي کي به اندر داخل ٿيڻ جي اجازت ڏين. بسن، هوائي جهازن ۽ ريل گاڏين جهڙين گاڏين ۾ پڻ هنگامي نڪرڻ واريون دريون هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/documents/outreach/bus/PreTrip-SafetyBrochure-Pull.pdf |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080923082055/http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/documents/outreach/bus/PreTrip-SafetyBrochure-Pull.pdf |url-status=dead |archive-date=September 23, 2008 |title=U.S. Dept. of Transportation: Safety information for bus/motorcoach passengers |access-date=February 11, 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== رنگين شيشي جي دري ===

{{Main|رنگين شيشو}}

'''رنگين شيشي جي دري''' (Stained glass window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا رنگين شيشي جي ٽڪرن مان ٺهيل هوندي آهي، جيڪي [[شفافيت (بصريات)|شفاف]]، نيم شفاف يا [[غير شفافيت (بصريات)|غير شفاف]] ٿي سگهن ٿا، ۽ انهن تي اڪثر ماڻهن جون تصويرون يا مختلف منظر ڏيکاريل هوندا آهن. عام طور انهن درين ۾ شيشي جا ٽڪرا سيهي جي ٺهيل گليزنگ بارن سان هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيا ويندا آهن. رنگين شيشي واريون دريون [[وڪٽورين دور]] جي گهرن ۽ ڪجهه [[فرينڪ لوئڊ رائيٽ]] جي طرز تي ٺهيل گهرن ۾ تمام مشهور هيون، ۽ خاص طور [[گرجاگھر]]ن ۾ گهڻي عام آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/stained+glass+window |title=Stained glass |work=[[The Free Dictionary]] |publisher=Farlex |access-date=May 19, 2012 |archive-date=January 19, 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120119031209/http://www.thefreedictionary.com/Stained+glass+window |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== فرينچ دري ===

{{multiple image
| align             = right
|total_width=300
| footer            = 20هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ [[لسبن]] ۾ [[فرانس جا سفارتي مشن|فرانس جي سفارتخاني]] ۾ &quot;فرينچ دري&quot; (ٻه فرينچ دروازا، جيڪي ٻاهرين ڀت ۾ بغير [[مولين]] جي گڏ ٻاهر ڏانهن کلن ٿا)
| width1            =
| image1            = Legation de France a Lisbonne (interieur).jpg
| width2            =
| image2            = Legation de France a Lisbonne (véranda).jpg
}}

'''فرينچ دروازو''' (French door) اهڙو دروازو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ شيشي جا پينل پوري ڊيگهه تائين لڳل هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French door |url=https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/French%20door |website=Merriam-Webster.com Dictionary |publisher=Merriam-Webster |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهڙن ٻن دروازن جي جوڙي، جيڪي وچ مان کلن، کي مختلف نالن سان سڏيو ويندو آهي، جهڙوڪ '''فرينچ دروازا''',&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French doors |url=https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/french-doors |website=Collins English Dictionary |publisher=HarperCollins |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; '''فرينچ دري''',&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French window |url=https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/French%20window |website=Merriam-Webster.com Dictionary |publisher=Merriam-Webster |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا '''فرينچ دريون'''.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French windows |url=https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/french-windows |website=Collins English Dictionary |publisher=HarperCollins |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهي عام طور عمارت جي ٻاهرئين ڀت ۾ لڳايا ويندا آهن. فرانس ۾ فرينچ درين کي ''porte-fenêtre'' ۽ اٽلي ۾ ''portafinestra'' چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ اهي جديد گهرن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

=== ٻٽي شيشي واري دري ===

{{Main|موصل گليزنگ}}

'''ٻٽي شيشي واري دري''' (Double-paned يا Double-glazed window) ۾ شيشي جا ٻه هڪ ٻئي سان متوازي پينل هوندا آهن، جن جي وچ ۾ عام طور لڳ ڀڳ 1 سينٽي ميٽر جو فاصلو هوندو آهي. هي خال مستقل طور بند ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ تياري وقت ان ۾ سڪل هوا يا ٻي سڪل غير ردعمل ڪندڙ گيس ڀري ويندي آهي. اهڙيون دريون [[حرارتي موصليت]] ۾ نمايان بهتري آڻينديون آهن (۽ عام طور آواز جي موصليت ۾ پڻ) ۽ گرمي پد جي فرق سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ ڌنڌ يا برف جمن کان بچاءُ ڪنديون آهن. اهي معتدل آبهوا وارن علائقن ۾ رهائشي ۽ تجارتي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

برطانيا ۾ ٻٽي ۽ ٽي شيشي وارين درين کي ترتيب وار ٻٽي-[[دريءَ جي گليزنگ|گليزنگ]] ۽ ٽيڻي-گليزنگ چيو ويندو آهي. ٽي شيشي واريون دريون هاڻي وچ ۽ اتر يورپ ۾ تمام عام ٿي ويون آهن، جڏهن ته [[چوڳڻي گليزنگ]] (چئوڻي گليزنگ) جو استعمال هاڻي اسڪينڊي نيويا ۾ شروع ڪيو پيو وڃي.

=== ڇهه ڪنڊي دري ===

[[File:Mustosen talon ikkuna 1870 1.jpg|thumb|upright|[[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]]]]

{{Main|ڇهه ڪنڊي دري}}

'''ڇهه ڪنڊي دري''' (ھيڪساگونل دري) هڪ [[شش ڪنڊو]] شڪل واري دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا ماکيءَ جي مک جي خاني يا گريفائيٽ جي ڪرسٽل جي جال جهڙي نظر ايندي آهي. اها عمودي يا افقي رخ ۾ لڳائي سگهجي ٿي، کلندڙ يا مقرر ٿي سگهي ٿي، باقاعده يا ڊگهي شڪل واري ٿي سگهي ٿي، ۽ ان ۾ ورهائيندڙ [[مولين]] پڻ ٿي سگهي ٿو. عام طور اهڙي دري ڇت جي مٿئين ڪمري (Attic) يا سينگار جي مقصد لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، پر عمارت جي اندر قدرتي روشني پهچائڻ لاءِ اهم تعميراتي عنصر طور به استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿي.

=== گليوٽين دري ===

'''گليوٽين دري''' (Guillotine ) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عمودي رخ ۾ کلندي آهي. گليوٽين درين ۾ هڪ کان وڌيڪ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ فريم هوندا آهن، ۽ اهي هيٺ کان مٿي يا مٿي کان هيٺ کلي سگهن ٿا.

== اصطلاح ==

EN 12519 يورپي معيار آهي، جيڪو يورپي يونين جي ميمبر ملڪن ۾ درين بابت سرڪاري طور استعمال ٿيندڙ اصطلاحن جي وضاحت ڪري ٿو. اهم اصطلاح هيٺيان آهن:

[[File:Casement (PSF).jpg|thumb|[[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]، [[جالي]] وارن روشن حصن (lights) سان]]

* '''لائيٽ''' (Light) يا '''لائيٽ''' (Lite)، دريءَ جي ٻاهرين حصن ([[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]]، [[دريءَ جو سِل]] ۽ پاسن وارن فريمن) جي وچ واري حصي کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو عام طور شيشي جي هڪ پين سان ڀريل هوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن دريءَ ۾ ڪيترائي شيشي جا پين هجن، ته بار کڻندڙ صورت ۾ انهن کي [[مولين]] الڳ ڪندا آهن، ۽ جيڪڏهن بار کڻندڙ نه هجن ته [[منٽن]] انهن کي جدا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Brett |first=Peter |year=2004 |title=Carpentry and Joinery |edition=2, illustrated |publisher=Nelson Thornes |isbn=978-0-7487-8502-5 |page=[https://books.google.com/books?id=iVthU6rPGK8C&amp;pg=PA225 255]}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''جاليءَ واري لائيٽ''' (Lattice light) هڪ مرڪب شيشي جو پين هوندو آهي، جيڪو شيشي جي ڪيترن ئي ننڍن ٽڪرن مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، ۽ اهي [[جالي]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ هڪٻئي سان ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن.

* '''مقرر دري''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو) اهڙي دريءَ جي هڪ واحد اڪائي هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ هڪ غير حرڪت ڪندڙ لائيٽ هوندي آهي. ''سنگل لائيٽ''، ''ڊبل لائيٽ'' وغيره جا اصطلاح دريءَ ۾ موجود اهڙن شيشي جي پينن جي تعداد کي ظاهر ڪندا آهن.

* '''سيش يونٽ''' (Sash unit) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ هڪ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ شيشي وارو حصو هوندو آهي، ۽ عام طور ٻه لائيٽون هونديون آهن (جنهن کي ''ڊبل لائيٽ'' چيو ويندو آهي).

* '''متبادل دري''' (رپليسمينٽ ونڊو) آمريڪا ۾ اهڙي فريم واري دريءَ کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا پراڻن سيشن کي ڪڍڻ کان پوءِ اندرئين پاسي کان اصل دريءَ جي فريم ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي. يورپ ۾، هن اصطلاح مان عام طور مڪمل دري مراد هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ نئون ٻاهريون فريم پڻ شامل هوندو آهي.

* '''نئين تعمير واري دري''' (نيو ڪنسٽرڪشن ونڊو)، آمريڪا ۾، اهڙي دري هوندي آهي جنهن ۾ ''نيلنگ فن'' (nailing fin) لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو عمارت جي ٻاهرئين پاسي کان اڻ تيار ٿيل کليل جاءِ ۾ سائڊنگ ۽ اندروني ٽرم لڳائڻ کان اڳ نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي. نيلنگ فن دريءَ جي ٻاهرئين فريم تي هڪ نڪتل حصو هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[تعميراتي گليزنگ]] جي ساڳئي سطح تي هوندو آهي، تيار ڪيل کليل حصي تي چڙهيل هوندو آهي، ۽ تنهنڪري ان کي ميخن ذريعي پنهنجي جاءِ تي لڳائي سگهجي ٿو. برطانيا ۽ يورپ جي مکيه زمين ۾ نون گهرن جي تعمير دوران دريون عام طور ڊگهن اسڪروَن ذريعي سرن جي ڀت ۾ لڳايل ڦهلجندڙ پلاسٽڪ پلگن سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. دريءَ جي چئن ئي پاسن کان لڳ ڀڳ 13 ملي ميٽر تائين خالي جاءِ ڇڏي ويندي آهي، جيڪا ڦهلجندڙ [[پولي يوريٿين فوم]] سان ڀري ويندي آهي. اهڙي طريقي سان دري موسم جي اثرن کان محفوظ رهندي آهي، جڏهن ته گرمي سبب ٿيندڙ ڦهلاءَ جي به گنجائش برقرار رهندي آهي.

* '''[[لنٽل]]''' دريءَ جي مٿئين حصي تي رکيل هڪ شعاع (بيم) هوندو آهي، جنهن کي [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''[[دريءَ جو سِل]]''' دريءَ جي فريم جو هيٺيون حصو هوندو آهي. دريءَ جا سِل ٻاهرئين پاسي ڍلوان هوندا آهن ته جيئن پاڻي عمارت جي اندر اچڻ بدران ٻاهر وهي وڃي.

* '''ثانوي گليزنگ''' (سيڪنڊري گليزنگ) هڪ اضافي فريم هوندو آهي، جيڪو موجوده فريم جي اندرئين پاسي لڳايو ويندو آهي. اهو عام طور محفوظ يا تاريخي حيثيت رکندڙ عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن عمارت جي ظاهري شڪل کي برقرار رکندي وڌيڪ حرارتي ۽ آواز جي موصليت حاصل ڪري سگهجي.

* '''[[سينگاريل ڪاٺ جو ڪم]]''' (ڊيڪورہٽو مل ورڪ) مان مراد دريءَ جي چوڌاري لڳل سينگاريل مولڊنگ، ڪورنس ۽ لنٽل آهن.

=== ليبلنگ ===

آمريڪا جي [[نيشنل فينسٽريشن ريٽنگ ڪائونسل]] (NFRC) جي دريءَ واري ليبل ۾ هيٺيان اصطلاح شامل هوندا آهن:

* [[حرارتي چالڪائي|حرارتي منتقلي (U-factor)]]، جنهن جي بهترين قيمت لڳ ڀڳ U-0.15 (يعني 0.8 W/m2/K) سمجهي ويندي آهي.
* [[شمسي گرمي حاصل ڪرڻ جو عدد]] (SHGC)، جيڪو شيشي مان گذرندڙ شمسي گرمي (انفراريڊ) ۽ ان تي پوندڙ ڪل شمسي گرميءَ جي وچ ۾ تناسب کي ظاهر ڪري ٿو.
* [[مرئي روشني جي منتقلي]] (VT)، جيڪا منتقل ٿيندڙ مرئي روشني ۽ پوندڙ مرئي روشني جي وچ ۾ تناسب کي ظاهر ڪري ٿي.
* [[هوا جو وهڪرو|هوا جي رِس]] (AL)، جيڪا سيش ۽ فريم جي وچ واري وٿي مان في منٽ في لڪيرِي فوٽ گذرندڙ هوا جي مقدار (ڪيوبڪ فوٽ في منٽ) ۾ ماپي ويندي آهي.
* [[نمي#تڪاثف|تڪاثف جي مزاحمت]] (CR)، جيڪا 1 کان 100 تائين ماپي ويندي آهي (جيترو انگ وڌيڪ هوندو، اوتري ئي تڪاثف ٺهڻ جي مزاحمت وڌيڪ هوندي).&lt;ref&gt;[http://www.nfrc.org/documents/WindowsandHeatLoss.pdf Windows and Heat Loss] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100827012257/http://www.nfrc.org/documents/WindowsandHeatLoss.pdf |date=August 27, 2010 }}, [[NFRC]] Heat Loss Fact Sheet&lt;/ref&gt;

يورپي هم آهنگ معيار hEN 14351–1، جيڪو دروازن ۽ درين سان لاڳاپيل آهي، 23 خاصيتن جي وضاحت ڪري ٿو (جن کي ''بنيادي'' ۽ ''غير بنيادي'' خاصيتن ۾ ورهايو ويو آهي). ان کان علاوه تياري هيٺ ٻه ٻيا يورپي معيار پڻ موجود آهن، جيڪي اندروني پيادل دروازن (prEN 14351–2)، دونهي ۽ باهه جي مزاحمت ڪندڙ دروازن، ۽ کولي سگهجندڙ درين (prEN 16034) بابت آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |url=http://www.alueurope.eu/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/CPR_guideline_Dec_2012_ver-1.pdf |title=CPR guideline |access-date=February 13, 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20131106070925/http://www.alueurope.eu/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/CPR_guideline_Dec_2012_ver-1.pdf |archive-date=November 6, 2013 |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;

== جوڙجڪ ==

[[File:Passivhaus Fenster Beispiele (blank).svg|thumb|[[موصل گليزنگ]] سان جديد پلاسٽڪ ۽ ڪاٺ جي دريءَ جي پروفائلن جا مثال]]

[[File:WaterMill Window LymeRegis.jpg|thumb|برطانيا ۾ [[لائيم ريجس]] جي 14هين صديءَ جي [[پاڻيءَ جي چڪي]] ۾ لڳايل جديد ڪاٺ جي فريم واري دري]]

[[File:5-chamber plastic window profile.JPG|thumb|upright|پنج-چيمبر واري پلاسٽڪ دريءَ جو پروفائل]]

دريون گرمي جي منتقلي جو هڪ اهم ذريعو ٿي سگهن ٿيون.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window Systems&quot;&gt;Carmody, J., Selkowitz, S., Lee, E. S., Arasteh, D., &amp; Willmert, T. (2004). ''Window Systems for High-Performance Buildings''. New York, NY: W. W. Norton &amp; Company, Inc.&lt;/ref&gt; انهيءَ ڪري [[موصل گليزنگ]] جون اڪايون (Insulated glazing units) ٻن يا وڌيڪ شيشي جي پينن تي مشتمل هونديون آهن، جيئن گرمي جي منتقلي کي گهٽائي سگهجي.

=== جاليون يا منٽن ===

اهي فريم جا اهي حصا هوندا آهن، جيڪي هڪ وڏي دريءَ کي ڪيترن ننڍن شيشي جي پينن ۾ ورهائيندا آهن. پراڻين درين ۾ شيشي جا وڏا پين تمام مهانگا هوندا هئا، تنهنڪري [[منٽن]] ننڍن شيشي جي پينن کي گڏ ڪري وڏي جاءِ ڀرڻ جي سهولت ڏيندا هئا.

جديد درين ۾ هلڪي رنگ وارا منٽن اڃا تائين هڪ ڪارائتو ڪم سرانجام ڏين ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي دريءَ مان گذرندڙ روشنيءَ جو ڪجهه حصو موٽائي ڇڏين ٿا، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دري پاڻ به ڦهليل (Diffuse) روشنيءَ جو هڪ ذريعو بڻجي وڃي ٿي، صرف ڪمري جي اندر موجود شين يا مٿاڇرين کي روشن ڪرڻ بدران. دريءَ جي ويجهو موجود مٿاڇرين تي اڻ سڌي روشني وڌائڻ سان، منٽن دريءَ جي چوڌاري واري حصي کي وڌيڪ روشن بڻائين ٿا ۽ ڪمري جي اندر پاڇن جي تضاد کي گهٽائين ٿا.

=== فريم ۽ سيش جي جوڙجڪ ===

فريم ۽ سيش هيٺين مواد مان تيار ڪري سگهجن ٿا:

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! مواد
! [[حرارتي مزاحمت]]
! پائيداري
! سار سنڀال
! قيمت
! ٻيهر استعمال ٿيل مواد
! تبصرو
|-
| [[ڪاٺ]]
| تمام سٺي
| مختلف
| گهٽ
| اوسط
| وڌيڪ
| جيڪڏهن 1950ع کان اڳ ٺهيل ڪاٺ جي دريءَ جي صحيح سار سنڀال ڪئي وڃي ته اها 50–100 سال هلي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Saving Windows, Saving Money: Evaluating the Energy Performance of Window Retrofit and Replacement |url=https://forum.savingplaces.org/viewdocument/saving-windows-saving-money-evalu |website=Resource Library – National Trust for Historic Preservation |publisher=National Trust for Historic Preservation |access-date=March 31, 2020 |archive-date=August 3, 2020 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200803231452/https://forum.savingplaces.org/viewdocument/saving-windows-saving-money-evalu |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;&gt;{{cite web |last1=Peterson Wasielewski |first1=Shannon |title=Windows: Energy Efficiency Facts and Myths |url=https://dahp.wa.gov/sites/default/files/Windows%20Energy%20Efficiency%20Facts%20and%20Myths.pdf |website=Washington Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation |access-date=March 31, 2020 |archive-date=October 27, 2020 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20201027125413/https://dahp.wa.gov/sites/default/files/Windows%20Energy%20Efficiency%20Facts%20and%20Myths.pdf |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;
|-
| [[پولي ونائل ڪلورائيڊ|uPVC (&quot;ونائل&quot;)]]
| تمام سٺي
| تمام سٺي{{Efn-lr|PVC ۽ فائبر گلاس جا فريم تيز رفتار موسمي آزمائشن ۾ سٺي ڪارڪردگي ڏيکارين ٿا. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ PVC ٻين موادن جيترو مضبوط نه هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي ساختي مضبوطي وڌائڻ لاءِ ڪجهه PVC فريمن کي ڌاتو يا مرڪب مواد سان مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي.|name=PVC&amp;fiberglass}}
| تمام گهٽ
| اوسط
| تمام گهٽ
| عام طور انهن جي عمر 25–50 سال هوندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot; /&gt;
|-
| [[ايلومينيم]]
| تمام سٺي{{Efn-lr|1=جديد ايلومينيم دريءَ جا فريم عام طور شيشي جي فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل پوليامائيڊ مان ٺهيل حرارتي رڪاوٽ (thermal break) ذريعي الڳ ڪيا ويندا آهن. 34&amp;nbsp;mm حرارتي موصليت واري پروفائل سان ڌاتو جي دريءَ لاءِ Uf=1.3 W/m2K تائين حاصل ڪري سگهجي ٿو. ان سان حرارتي مزاحمت تمام گهڻي وڌي ٿي، جڏهن ته تقريباً سموري ساختي مضبوطي برقرار رهي ٿي.}}
| سٺي
| تمام گهٽ
| گهٽ
| عام طور &gt;95٪
| گهڻو ڪري حرارتي موصليت واري پروفائل ذريعي حرارتي رڪاوٽ مهيا ڪئي ويندي آهي.
|-
| مرڪب مواد
| تمام سٺي
| سٺي
| تمام گهٽ
| وڌيڪ
| وڌيڪ
| جديد عمارتن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.
|-
| [[اسٽيل]]
| وچولي
| انتهائي سٺي
| تمام گهٽ
| وڌيڪ
| &gt;98٪
| عام طور ڪنڊن تي ويلڊ ڪيو ويندو آهي.
|-
| [[فائبر گلاس]]
| تمام سٺي
| تمام سٺي{{Efn-lr|name=PVC&amp;fiberglass}}
| تمام گهٽ
| وڌيڪ
| وچولي
|
|}

[[مرڪب مواد|مرڪب مواد]] (Composites)، جن کي هائبرڊ دريون پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، 1998ع جي شروعات کان استعمال ٿيڻ لڳا. انهن ۾ ايلومينيم + PVC يا ڪاٺ جهڙن مختلف موادن کي گڏايو ويندو آهي، جيئن هڪ مواد جي جمالياتي خوبصورتي کي ٻئي مواد جي فني ۽ ڪارڪردگيءَ وارن فائدن سان گڏ حاصل ڪري سگهجي.

[[File:Bleekman zimmer.jpg|thumb|uPVC دريءَ جي فريمن سان موصل گليزنگ وارين درين جي هڪ عام تنصيب]]

PVC دريءَ جي فريمن جو هڪ خاص قسم، يعني uPVC دريءَ جا فريم، 20هين صديءَ جي آخر کان، خاص طور يورپ ۾، وڏي پيماني تي رائج ٿي ويا. 1998ع تائين اهڙين درين جا لڳ ڀڳ 83.5 ملين فريم نصب ٿي چڪا هئا،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1=Pritchard|first1=Geoffrey|title=Novel and Traditional Fillers for Plastics: Technology and Market Developments|year=1999|publisher=iSmithers Rapra Publishing|isbn=978-1-85957-183-5|page=95|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=U3GWoyuMEckC&amp;pg=PA95}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ 2012ع تائين انهن جو تعداد مسلسل وڌندو رهيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.prweb.com/releases/Vinyl_doors_market/vinyl_windows_market/prweb9415523.htm|archive-url=https://archive.today/20130131182428/http://www.prweb.com/releases/Vinyl_doors_market/vinyl_windows_market/prweb9415523.htm|url-status=dead|archive-date=January 31, 2013|title=Global Vinyl Windows Market to Reach 163 Million Units by 2017, According to a New Report by Global Industry Analysts, Inc. |publisher=PRWeb|date=April 18, 2012|access-date=February 11, 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== گليزنگ ۽ ڀرڻ ===

[[گهٽ اخراجيت]] (Low-emissivity) واري ڪوٽنگ سان ڍڪيل شيشي جا پين [[تابڪاري]] (Radiation) ذريعي ٿيندڙ گرميءَ جي منتقلي کي گهٽائين ٿا. ڪوٽنگ ڪهڙي سطح تي لڳل آهي، ان تي مدار رکندي، اهي ٿڌن علائقن ۾ گرمي جي نقصان کي گهٽائڻ يا گرم علائقن ۾ گرمي جي اندر اچڻ کي روڪڻ ۾ مدد ڏين ٿا.

اعليٰ حرارتي مزاحمت ان صورت ۾ حاصل ڪري سگهجي ٿي، جڏهن موصل گليزنگ يونٽن مان هوا ڪڍي ڇڏجي يا انهن کي [[آرگون]] يا [[ڪرپٽون]] جهڙين گيسن سان ڀريو وڃي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن گيسن جي حرارتي چالڪائي گهٽ هوندي آهي، جنهن جي ڪري [[حرارتي چالڪائي]] ذريعي گرمي جي منتقلي گهٽجي ويندي آهي. اهڙين گليزنگ يونٽن جي ڪارڪردگي سٺين دريءَ جي سيلن ۽ احتياط سان تيار ڪيل فريمن تي دارومدار رکي ٿي، جيئن هوا اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهي ۽ موصليت جي ڪارڪردگي برقرار رهي.

جديد ٻٽي ۽ ٽِه-شيشي وارين درين ۾ عام طور هڪ يا وڌيڪ Low-E ڪوٽنگون شامل هونديون آهن، جيڪي دريءَ جي U-factor (يعني موصليت جي قدر يا گرمي جي نقصان جي شرح) کي گهٽائينديون آهن. عام طور نرم ڪوٽنگ (Soft-coat) واريون Low-E تہون سخت ڪوٽنگ (Hard-coat) وارين تہن جي ڀيٽ ۾ گهٽ [[شمسي گرمي حاصل ڪرڻ جو عدد]] (SHGC) مهيا ڪنديون آهن.

جديد دريون عام طور هر سيش ۾ شيشي جي هڪ وڏي چادر سان گليز ڪيون وينديون آهن، جڏهن ته ماضيءَ ۾ وڏيون شيشي جون چادرون موجود نه هجڻ سبب، دريون ڪيترن ئي ننڍن شيشي جي پينن مان ٺهنديون هيون، جيڪي ''گليزنگ بارن'' يا ''[[منٽن]]'' ذريعي هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيا ويندا هئا. اڄڪلهه گليزنگ بار گهڻو ڪري صرف سينگار لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، ۽ وڏيون شيشي جون چادرون موجود هجڻ باوجود دريءَ کي ڪيترن ننڍن پينن ۾ ورهايل ڏيکاريندا آهن، عام طور اهڙي نموني ۾، جيڪو استعمال ٿيندڙ تعميراتي طرز مطابق هوندو آهي. گليزنگ بار اڪثر ڪاٺ جا هوندا آهن، پر ڪڏهن ڪڏهن وڌيڪ پيچيده نمونن لاءِ پنهنجي جاءِ تي سولڊر ڪيل سيهي جا گليزنگ بار پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

=== جوڙجڪ جا ٻيا تفصيل ===

گهڻين درين سان حرڪت ڪندڙ [[دريءَ جا پردا]]، جهڙوڪ [[بلائنڊ]] يا [[پردا]]، لڳل هوندا آهن، جيڪي روشني کي روڪڻ، اضافي حرارتي موصليت مهيا ڪرڻ يا رازداري برقرار رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

دريون قدرتي روشني کي عمارت جي اندر اچڻ ڏين ٿيون، پر جيڪڏهن روشني تمام گهڻي هجي ته ان جا ناڪاري اثر به ٿي سگهن ٿا، جهڙوڪ چمڪ (گليئر) ۽ گرمي جو وڌي وڃڻ. ان کان علاوه، جيتوڻيڪ دريون استعمال ڪندڙ کي ٻاهر ڏسڻ جي سهولت ڏين ٿيون، پر ساڳئي وقت عمارت جي اندر موجود ماڻهن جي رازداري برقرار رکڻ جو به ڪو مناسب طريقو هجڻ ضروري آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Design Evaluation Project&quot;&gt;Howell, Sandra C. (1976). ''Designing for the Elderly; Windows''. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Department of Architecture. Design Evaluation Project.&lt;/ref&gt; اهڙين حالتن ۾ دريءَ جا پردا ۽ ڍڪڻ وارا ٻيا انتظام انهن مسئلن جو هڪ عملي حل فراهم ڪندا آهن.

== سج جو اثر ==
{{Main|قدرتي روشني (تعمير)}}

=== سج جي ڪرڻن جو پوندڙ زاويون ===

روايتي طور دريون اهڙي نموني سان ٺهيل هونديون آهن، جو انهن جون سطحون عمارت جي عمودي ڀتين سان متوازي هونديون آهن. اهڙي جوڙجڪ سبب، سج جي ڪرڻن جي عام طور تي پوندڙ زاوين جي ڪري، سج جي روشني ۽ گرمي وڏي مقدار ۾ دريءَ مان اندر داخل ٿيندي آهي. [[غير فعال شمسي عمارت جي جوڙجڪ]] ۾، عام طور هڪ ڊگهو [[ڇڄ]] استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن درين مان اندر ايندڙ سج جي روشني ۽ گرميءَ جي مقدار تي ضابطو رکي سگهجي.

ان جو هڪ متبادل طريقو اهو آهي ته دريءَ جي لڳائڻ لاءِ اهڙو بهترين زاويون حساب ڪيو وڃي، جيڪو اونهاري ۾ سج مان ايندڙ گرميءَ جي بار کي گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ڪري، ۽ ان سان گڏ عمارت جي حقيقي ويڪرائي ڦاڪ (ليٽيٽيوڊ) کي به نظر ۾ رکيو وڃي. هي طريقو، مثال طور، [[ڊيڪن بلڊنگ]] ۾ [[برسبين، ڪيليفورنيا]] ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويو آهي، جتي گهڻيون دريون اهڙي زاويي تي لڳايون ويون آهن جو اهي اونهاري جي گرميءَ جو وڏو حصو موٽائي ڇڏين، ۽ اندروني حصي ۾ اونهاري دوران وڌيڪ [[حد کان وڌيڪ روشني]] (اوور-اليميونيشن) ۽ چمڪ (گليئر) کان بچاءُ ڪن. ان مقصد لاءِ دريون تقريباً 45 درجن جي زاويي تي ترڇيون لڳايون ويون آهن.

=== شمسي دري ===

{{Main|فوٽووولٽائڪس}}

[[فوٽووولٽائڪ دري]]ون نه رڳو صاف نظارو مهيا ڪن ٿيون ۽ ڪمرا روشن ڪن ٿيون، پر سج جي روشنيءَ کي عمارت لاءِ بجليءَ ۾ پڻ تبديل ڪن ٿيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=https://news.mit.edu/2008/mit-opens-new-window-solar-energy/|title=MIT opens new 'window' on solar energy |publisher=Web.mit.edu |date=July 10, 2008 |access-date=February 11, 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt; گهڻو ڪري انهن ۾ نيم شفاف فوٽووولٽائڪ سيل استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

=== غير فعال شمسي دريون ===

{{Main|غير فعال شمسي عمارت جي جوڙجڪ}}

'''غير فعال شمسي دريون''' (پيسو سولر ونڊوز) عمارت جي اندر روشني ۽ شمسي توانائي داخل ٿيڻ ڏين ٿيون، جڏهن ته هوا جي رساءَ ۽ گرميءَ جي نقصان کي گهٽ ۾ گهٽ رکڻ جي ڪوشش ڪن ٿيون. جيڪڏهن اهڙين درين کي سج، هوا ۽ آس پاس جي ماحول کي نظر ۾ رکندي صحيح هنڌ تي لڳايو وڃي، اونهاري ۽ وچولي موسمن ۾ وڌيڪ گرميءَ کي روڪڻ لاءِ مناسب پاڇو مهيا ڪيو وڃي، ۽ ڏينهن جو گرمي جذب ڪري رات جو آهستي آهستي خارج ڪرڻ لاءِ حرارتي ماس (ٿرمل ماس) فراهم ڪيو وڃي، ته اهڙي جوڙجڪ سان آرامده ماحول ۽ [[توانائيءَ جو مؤثر استعمال|توانائيءَ جي ڪارڪردگي]] ۾ نمايان واڌارو اچي ٿو. مناسب شمسي روشني وارن علائقن ۾، جيڪڏهن اهڙيون دريون صحيح نموني سان ڊزائين ڪيون وڃن، ته اهي عمارت جي بنيادي گرمائش واري نظام طور پڻ ڪم ڪري سگهن ٿيون.

=== ڍڪڻ وارا انتظام ===

[[دريءَ جو ڍڪ]] (Window covering) اهڙو پردو يا اسڪرين هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪيترائي مختلف ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي. ڪجهه ڍڪ، جهڙوڪ پردا ۽ [[بلائنڊ]]، رهواسين کي رازداري مهيا ڪندا آهن. ڪجهه دريءَ جا ڍڪ سج مان ايندڙ گرمي ۽ چمڪ کي ڪنٽرول ڪندا آهن. اهڙن ڍڪن جا ٻه بنيادي قسم آهن: ٻاهرئين پاسي لڳندڙ پاڇيدار اوزار (ايڪسٽرنل شيڊنگ ڊوائيسز) ۽ اندرين پاسي لڳندڙ پاڇيدار اوزار (انٽرنل شيڊنگ ڊوائيسز).&lt;ref name=&quot;Windows&quot;&gt;Beckett, H. E., &amp; Godfrey, J. A. (1974). ''Windows: Performance, design and installation''. New York, NY: Van Nostrand Reinhold Company.&lt;/ref&gt;

گهٽ اخراجيت (Low-E) واري [[دريءَ جي فلم]] پراڻين ۽ گهٽ موصل درين کي تبديل ڪرڻ کان سواءِ، انهن کي وڌيڪ توانائي-موثر درين ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ لاءِ هڪ گهٽ خرچ وارو متبادل آهي. گهڻ ماڙ عمارتن ۾ [[هوشيار شيشو]] (سمارٽ گلاس) به هڪ مناسب متبادل طور استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>ohbtc95tp315fg7v476c1uw1w7s7816</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400918</id>
      <parentid>400917</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T15:31:21Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* سج جو اثر */</comment>
      <origin>400918</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="83619" sha1="2of1xxkp8avl7ft5jbjgdcwljkr8qzw" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڀت، دروازي، ڇت يا گاڏي ۾ روشني، هوا ۽ ٻاهرئين ڏيک لاءِ ٺاهيل کُليل حصو}}

{{multiple image
|perrow=3
|total_width=400
|image1=Window of the house with number 17 on strada Mântuleasa, from Bucharest (Romania).jpg
|image2=Atua Kosua shrine4.jpg
|image3=Traditional wooden window (Akhi Jhyal).jpg
|image4=P1300843 Paris X rue de Paradis n18 detail rwk.jpg
|image5=Exterior facade of the Hôtel de Bourvallais 003.JPG
|image6=Chartres RosetteNord 121 DSC08241.jpg
|footer=دريَن جا مختلف نمونا
}}

'''دري''' (Window) ڀت، [[در]]، [[ڇت]] يا [[گاڏي]] ۾ ٺهيل اهڙو کُليل حصو آهي، جيڪو [[روشني]] کي اندر اچڻ، [[هوا]] جي اچ وڃ ۽ ڪيترين حالتن ۾ آواز جي گذر جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. جديد دريون عام طور شيشي  يا ڪنهن ٻئي شفاف يا نيم شفاف مواد سان ڍڪيل هونديون آهن. شيشو عام طور هڪ [[تاڪ]] (Sash) ۾ لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[فريم]] جي اندر نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt; ڪيترن ئي حوالن ۾ تاڪ ۽ فريم ٻنهي کي گڏجي دري پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/window/|title=Window|publisher=The Free Dictionary By Farlex|access-date=19 May 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

گهڻيون شيشي واريون دريون کولي يا بند ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. دري کولڻ سان [[هوا جي مٽاسٽا]] (وينٽيليشن) ممڪن ٿيندي آهي، جڏهن ته بند ڪرڻ سان مينهن، تيز هوا ۽ ٻين خراب موسمي حالتن کان تحفظ حاصل ٿيندو آهي. دريَن ۾ اڪثر [[ڪڙي]] (Latch) يا اهڙو ٻيو ميڪانياتي بندش وارو اوزار لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو دري کي بند ڪري تالو لڳائڻ يا مختلف درجن تائين کليل حالت ۾ قائم رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

دريَن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جن ۾ '''[[آئبرو دري]]'''  (آئبرو ونڊو - eyebrow)، '''[[مقرر دري]]''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو)، [[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]] (ھيڪساگونل ونڊو)، '''[[سنگل هنگ دري]]''' (سنگل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[ڊبل هنگ دري]]''' (ڊبل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[افقي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري]]''' (ھرائيزينٽل سلائيڊنگ سيش ونڊو)، [[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]، '''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window)، '''هاپر دري''' (Hopper window)، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ سلائيڊ دري''' ، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ ٽرن دري'''، '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom)، '''پاسي واري دري''' (سلائيڊ لائيٽ ونڊو)، [[جيلوسي دري]] (Jalousie)، [[لوور دري]] (Louvered)، [[ڪليرسٽوري دري]] (Clerestory)، [[لينسٽ دري]] (Lancet)، [[ڇت جو روشندان]] (اسڪائلائيٽ)، [[ڇت جي دري]] (روف ونڊو)، [[روف لئنٽرن]] (lantern)، [[بي دري]] (Bay)، [[اوريل دري]] (Oriel)، [[ڊائيوڪليشيئن دري]] (Diocletian)، '''تصويري دري''' (Picture)، [[گلابي دري]] (Rose)، '''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري'''، [[رنگين شيشي واري دري]] (Stained glass)، '''فرينچ دري'''، '''پينل دري'''، '''ٻٽي يا ٽرپل شيشي واري دري'''  ۽ [[وچ دري]] (Witch) شامل آهن.

== اشتقاق ==

انگريزي لفظ '''ونڊو''' (''window'') جو بنياد [[قديم نارس ٻولي]] جي لفظ {{lang|non|vindauga}} مان نڪتل آهي، جيڪو {{lang|non|vindr}} (هوا) ۽ {{lang|non|auga}} (اک) مان ٺهيل آهي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;هوا جي اک&quot; آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |title=New Oxford American Dictionary |date=2010 |access-date=January 16, 2015 |archive-date=June 2, 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130602205448/http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[نارويجي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|no|[[نينورسڪ]]}} ۽ [[آئس لينڊي ٻولي]] ۾ قديم نارس جو هي لفظ اڄ تائين زندهه رهيو آهي. آئس لينڊي ۾ اهو رڳو هڪ ننڍڙي کليل &quot;دري&quot; جي هڪ قسم لاءِ نسبتاً گهٽ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ آهي، ۽ اهو {{lang|is|gluggi}} (آئس لينڊي ٻوليءَ ۾ &quot;دري&quot; لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ) جو مڪمل مترادف نه آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|title=Hvaðan kemur orðið gluggi? Af hverju notum við ekki vindauga samanber window?|work=Vísindavefurinn|access-date=2018-09-17|language=is|archive-date=December 14, 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191214165059/https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|url-status=live}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ {{lang|sv|vindöga}} لفظ اڃا تائين جهونپڙيءَ جي ڇت ۾ موجود سوراخ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته [[ڊينش ٻولي]] جي {{lang|da|vindue}} ۽ نارويجي ٻولي جي {{lang|no|[[بوڪمول]]}} ۾ {{lang|no|vindu}} لفظ مان &quot;اک&quot; سان سڌو تعلق ختم ٿي ويو آهي، جيئن انگريزي لفظ ''window'' ۾ به ٿيو آهي. ڊينش (پر نارويجي [[بوڪمول]] نه) ۾ هن لفظ جو اچار انگريزي ''window'' سان گهڻو مشابهت رکي ٿو.

انگريزي جو لفظ ''ونڊو'' (window) پهريون ڀيرو 13هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ لکيل استعمال ملي ٿو، ۽ شروعات ۾ ان مان مراد ڇت ۾ موجود شيشي کان سواءِ هڪ کليل سوراخ هئي. بعد ۾ ''ونڊو''، [[قديم انگريزي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|ang|eagþyrl}} جي جاءِ ورتي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو سوراخ&quot; آهي، ۽ {{lang|ang|eagduru}}، جنهن جي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو در&quot; آهي.

تنهن هوندي به، ڪيترين ئي جرمني ٻولين شيشي واري دري لاءِ لاطيني لفظ فينيسٽرا fenestra اختيار ڪيو، جهڙوڪ [[معياري ٻولي|معياري]] [[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ فونسٽر fönster ۽ [[جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ فينسٽر Fenster.
انگريزي ۾ ''ونڊو'' لفظ جو استعمال غالباً [[وائڪنگ دور]] دوران انگريزي ٻوليءَ تي اسڪينڊي نيويائي اثر ۽ [[ڌاريل لفظ]]ن جي ذريعي ٿيو. انگريزي ۾ ''فينيسٽر'' لفظ پڻ ''ونڊو'' سان گڏ 18هين صديءَ جي وچ تائين متوازي طور استعمال ٿيندو رهيو.

لفظ '''فينيسٽريشن''' اڄ به عمارت جي [[مهاڙي]] ۾ درين جي ترتيب يا بناوت کي بيان ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته '''[[ڊيفينسٽريشن]]''' (''defenestration'') جي معنيٰ آهي &quot;ڪنهن کي دريءَ مان ٻاهر اڇلائڻ&quot;.

== تاريخ ==
{{Multiple image
|total_width=400
|image1=MorellaSantaMariaWindow.jpg
|caption1=[[الباسٽر]] مان ٺهيل &quot;مولين&quot; سان ورهايل سينگاريل دريون [[سانتا ماريا لا ميجور گرجاگھر]] ([[موريلّا، ڪاسٽيلون|موريلّا]]، اسپين) ۾
|image2=ValenciaCathedral2.JPG
|caption2=[[والينسيا گرجاگھر]] ۾ الباسٽر جي دري. ڀت جي فريم جي کاٻي پاسي جي غير هموار ۽ ترڇي شڪل تي ڌيان ڏيو، جيڪا سج جي ڪرڻن کي عبادت گاهه جي اڳئين حصي (چينسل) تائين پهچڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي.
}}

[[رومي سلطنت|رومين]] ماڻهن کي درين ۾ [[شيشو]] استعمال ڪندڙ پهريون معلوم ماڻهو سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ۽ اها ٽيڪنالاجي غالباً سڀ کان پهرين [[رومي مصر]] ۾، [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ {{circa|100}}ع ڌاري تيار ڪئي وئي هئي.{{Citation needed|date=April 2024}} درين جون تصويرون قديم مصري ڀتين جي نقاشين ۽ [[اسيريا]] جي مجسمن ۾ پڻ ڏسي سگهجن ٿيون. ڪاغذي دريون گهٽ خرچ واريون هونديون هيون ۽ قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ [[شيشو]] عام ماڻهن جي گهرن جي درين ۾ صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيو، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل [[جانورن جا سڱ|جانورن جي سڱن]] مان ٺهيل درين جا شيشا 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿي رهيا هئا. 19هين صديءَ ۾ آمريڪي اولهه وارن علائقن ۾ آبادڪارن [[تيل لڳل ڪاغذ جي دري]]ن جو استعمال شروع ڪيو. جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون جڏهن صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته ٿي ويا.

=== ٽيڪنالاجيون ===

13هين صدي ق.م. ۾ سڀ کان اوائليون دريون ڇت ۾ بغير شيشي وارا کليل سوراخ هوندا هئا، جيئن ڏينهن جي وقت روشني اندر اچي سگهي.{{citation needed|date=January 2023}} بعد ۾،{{when|date=October 2016}} انهن درين کي جانورن جي کل، ڪپڙي يا ڪاٺ سان ڍڪيو ويندو هو. ان کان پوءِ اهڙا [[دريءَ جا شٽر|شٽر]] وجود ۾ آيا، جيڪي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگهبا هئا.{{when|date=October 2016}} وقت سان گڏ اهڙيون دريون تيار ڪيون ويون جيڪي هڪ طرف رهواسين کي موسم جي اثرن کان بچائينديون هيون ۽ ٻي طرف روشني به اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون. انهن ۾ نيم شفاف مواد جا ڪيترائي ننڍا ٽڪرا استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا، جهڙوڪ جانورن جي چپٽن ۽ نيم شفاف سڱن جا ٽڪرا، ڪاغذ جون چادرون، [[سنگ مرمر]] جون سنهيون پتيون (جهڙوڪ [[فينگائيٽ]])، يا شيشي جا ٽڪرا، جيڪي ڪاٺ، لوهه يا سيهي جي ٺهيل فريمن ۾ لڳايا ويندا هئا. ڏور اوڀر ۾ درين کي ڀرڻ لاءِ ڪاغذ استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot;&gt;{{cite encyclopedia | url= http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | title= Window | encyclopedia= Britannica | access-date= May 19, 2012 | archive-date= May 2, 2015 | archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20150502185207/http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | url-status= live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

رومي ماڻهو درين ۾ شيشي جا پهريان معلوم استعمال ڪندڙ هئا، ۽ هنن اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي مان فائدو ورتو جيڪا غالباً پهريون ڀيرو [[رومي مصر]] ۾ ترقي ڪئي وئي هئي. خاص طور تي [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ تقريباً {{circa}} 100ع ڌاري [[ڍاليل شيشو|ڍاليل شيشي]] جون دريون ظاهر ٿيڻ لڳيون، جيتوڻيڪ انهن جون بصري خاصيتون ڪمزور هيون. اهي ننڍيون ۽ ٿلهيون هونديون هيون ۽ حقيقت ۾ [[شيشو ڦوڪڻ|ڦوڪيل شيشي]] جي مرتبانن (سلينڊر نما شڪل) کي چپٽو ڪري چادرن جي صورت ۾ ٺاهيو ويندو هو، جن تي هر هنڌ گول دائري جهڙا نشان موجود هوندا هئا. (موازنہ ڪريو روايتي [[گرجاگھر جي دري]]ن سان، جيڪي [[رنگين شيشو]] مان ٺهيل هونديون آهن.) دريءَ جو شيشو ايترو شفاف ٿيڻ ۾، جو ان مان صاف ڏسي سگهجي جيئن اڄ اسين ڏسون ٿا، هڪ هزار سالن کان وڌيڪ وقت لڳو. تنهن هوندي به، قديم رومي دريون تمام ڪارآمد هيون، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن کي &quot;گرمي فراهم ڪرڻ واري ٽيڪنالاجيءَ ۾ اڪثر نظرانداز ڪيل ترقي&quot; سمجهيو ويندو آهي، ڇو ته اهي سج جي گرمي کي عمارت اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون، جڏهن ته اندر جي گرم هوا کي ٻاهر نڪرڻ کان روڪينديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last1=Carrier |first1=Richard |title=The Scientist in the Early Roman Empire |date=2017 |publisher=Pitchstone Publishing |location=Durham, North Carolina |isbn=978-1-63431-106-9 |page=218}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1154ع ۾ [[الادريسي]] [[گھانا سلطنت]] جي بادشاهه جي محل جي هڪ خاص خصوصيت طور شيشي جي درين جو ذڪر ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | url= https://books.google.com/books?id=umyHqvAErOAC&amp;dq=Ghana+Empire+glass+window&amp;pg=PA564 | title= Encyclopedia of African History 3-Volume Set| page= 564|author= Kevin Shillington |author-link= Kevin Shillington| publisher= [[Routledge]] | isbn= 978-1-135-45670-2 |date= 2013}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal | last= Fage | first=J. D. | title=Ancient Ghana: A Review Of The Evidence | journal=Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana | volume= 3 | issue= 2 | pages= 3–24 | year= 1957| jstor= 41405704}}&lt;/ref&gt;

صدين جي دوران اهڙيون ٽيڪنيڪون ترقي ڪيون ويون، جن جي ذريعي ڦوڪيل شيشي جي [[سلينڊر (هندسي شڪل)|سلينڊر]] جي هڪ پاسي کي ڪٽي، ساڳئي مقدار جي شيشي مان وڌيڪ سنهيون مستطيل دريون تيار ڪيون وينديون هيون. ان سان ڊگهيون ۽ سنهيون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، جيڪي عام طور تي هڪ عمودي سهاري سان ورهايل هونديون هيون، جنهن کي [[مولين]] چيو ويندو آهي. مولين سان ورهايل شيشي واريون دريون يورپ جي خوشحال ماڻهن ۾ پسنديده دريون هيون،{{when|date=January 2023}} جڏهن ته ڪاغذي دريون قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ گهٽ خرچ سبب وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ عام ماڻهن جي گهرن ۾ شيشي واريون دريون صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيون، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل جانورن جي سڱن مان ٺهيل دريون 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿينديون رهيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Langley|first=Andrew|title=Medieval Life|series= Eyewitness|year= 2011 |publisher= Dorling Kindersley|isbn=978-1-4053-4545-3|page=16}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون، جڏهن 19هين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته بڻايا ويا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Float Glass|date=July 6, 2007 |url=https://www.architectmagazine.com/technology/float-glass_o}}&lt;/ref&gt; جديد دريون عام طور تي شيشي سان ڀريون وينديون آهن، جيتوڻيڪ شفاف پلاسٽڪ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== جوڙجڪ جا لاڙا ===
{{See also|گرجاگھر جي دري}}

12هين صدي عيسويءَ کان [[اولهه يورپ]] جي [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ [[لينسٽ دري]]ن (''lancet windows'') جو متعارف ٿيڻ، محرابي درين جي هڪ اڳوڻي روايت تي ٻڌل هو،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 |quote= In general two or three windows united in a group, as was later the rule in Roman architecture, were even then of frequent occurrence in the early Christian architecture of Asia Minor. The form of the window is nearly everywhere the same; a rectangle that usually has a rounded top, but seldom a straight lintel.}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪي [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀن]] جي وچ ۾ لڳايون وينديون هيون،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 | quote = The place of the window was determined by the architectural membering of the basilica, the distance between two columns generally indicating the position of a window.}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ ان جي نتيجي ۾ نه رڳو [[ٽريسري]] ۽ نفيس [[قرونِ وسطى جا رنگين شيشا|رنگين شيشي]] واريون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، پر عبادتي عمارتن ۾ نوڪيدار يا گول شڪل وارين درين جو هڪ اهڙو ڊگهو تعميراتي رواج به پيدا ٿيو، جيڪو اڄ به ڪيترن ئي گرجاگهرن ۾ ڏسي سگهجي ٿو.

تعميراتي مؤرخ پيٽر سمٿ شروعاتي جديد دور جي ويلش ڳوٺاڻن گهرن ۾ درين جي تعميراتي لاڙن بابت لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
تقريباً 1680ع تائين درين جو تناسب افقي هوندو هو، جيڪو انهن گهٽ اوچائي وارن ڪمرن لاءِ مناسب هو، جيڪي هال هائوسن ۾ مٿيون ماڙ شامل ڪرڻ کان پوءِ وجود ۾ آيا هئا. ان کان پوءِ عمودي تناسب واريون دريون رواج ۾ آيون، جنهن جو هڪ سبب گهٽ ۾ گهٽ اهو هو ته [[نشاةِ ثانيه]] جي دور ۾ اوچين ڇتين جي پسند وڌي وئي هئي. 1914ع کان پوءِ حالتون ٻيهر بدلجي ويون ۽ افقي تناسب واريون دريون هڪ ڀيرو ٻيهر پسند ڪيون وڃڻ لڳيون.&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
 |last1                = Smith
 |first1               = Peter
 |author-link1         = Peter Smith (architectural historian)
 |editor-last1         = Thirsk
 |editor-first1        = Joan
 |editor-link1         = Joan Thirsk
 |year                 = 1985
 |chapter              = 21 Rural Building in Wales
 |title                = The Agrarian History of England and Wales
 |url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=EAA9AAAAIAAJ
 |volume               = 5: 1640-1750 2: Agrarian change
 |publication-place    = Cambridge
 |publisher            = Cambridge University Press
 |page                 = 781
 |isbn                 = 9780521257756
 |access-date          = 18 January 2023
}}
&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;17هين صديءَ ۾ يورپ ۾ درين جي ڊزائن ۾ اوچائي ويڪر کان وڌيڪ رکڻ جو لاڙو پيدا ٿيو. ڪاٺ جا فريم وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا هئا، ۽ سيش دريون (''sash windows'') پڻ متعارف ڪرايون ويون. 18هين صديءَ ۾ سيش درين جي ڊزائن ۾ تبديليون آيون؛ شيشي کي سنڀاليندڙ سنها افقي ۽ عمودي پٽا (glazing bars) وڌيڪ باريڪ بڻايا ويا ۽ درين جون ماپون به وڌيڪ معياري ٿي ويون.

19هين صديءَ دوران ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ننڍين ڪناري وارين درين ۾ رنگين شيشو استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته گليزنگ بارن کي گوٿڪ طرز جي شڪل ڏني ويندي هئي. دريون اڳي کان وڌيڪ وڏيون ٿيڻ لڳيون ۽ آرٽس اينڊ ڪرافٽس ۽ ڪوئين اين طرزِ تعمير تمام مشهور ٿيا، جيڪو لاڙو 20هين صديءَ تائين جاري رهيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Windows, glass, glazing - a brief history |url=https://www.thenbs.com/knowledge/windows-glass-glazing-a-brief-history |access-date=2026-03-17 |website=NBS |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ شيشي]] جي ٽيڪنالاجي جي پکڙجڻ سان پڪچر ونڊوز (''picture windows'') متعارف ڪرائڻ ممڪن ٿيو (پهريون ڀيرو [[ليويٽ ٽائون، پنسلوانيا]] ۾)،&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
|last1                = Rybczynski
|first1               = Witold
|author-link1         = Witold Rybczynski
|date                 = 13 May 2008
|orig-date            = 2007
|chapter              = Ranchers, Picture Windows and Morning Rooms
|title                = Last Harvest: From Cornfield to New Town: Real Estate Development from George Washington to the Builders of the Twenty-First Century, and Why We Live in Houses Anyway
|url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=rkuvkjyRGG0C
|publication-place    = New York
|publisher            = Simon and Schuster
|page                 = 207
|isbn                 = 9780743235976
|access-date          = 18 January 2023
|quote                = The casual, spread-out ranch house [...] by 1950 accounted for nine out of ten new houses. [...] Its one extravagance was a large window facing the street - the picture window. As far as I have been able to determine, picture windows made their first appearance in Levittown, Pennsylvania.
}}
&lt;/ref&gt; جنهن جو بنياد 1951–1952ع ۾ وڌو ويو.{{Clarify|reason=What was founded?|date=July 2024}}ايندڙ حصي (حصو 4) ۾ آخري پيراگراف (''Many modern day windows may have a window screen...'') جو مڪمل ترجمو، بنا ڪنهن اختصار جي، حوالن سميت پيش ڪندس.

اڄڪلهه جون ڪيتريون ئي [[جديديت|جديد]] دريون [[دريءَ جي جالي]] (''window screen'') يا ميش سان ليس هونديون آهن، جيڪا اڪثر [[ايلومينيم]] يا [[فائبر گلاس]] مان ٺهيل هوندي آهي، جيئن دري کولڻ وقت [[جيت]] اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهن. دريون بنيادي طور تي عمارت جي اندر موجود ماڻهن کي ٻاهرين دنيا سان هڪ اهم بصري لاڳاپو فراهم ڪرڻ لاءِ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن ذريعي اهي ٻاهر ٿيندڙ مسلسل بدلجندڙ منظرن ۽ واقعن کي ڏسي سگهن ٿا. اهڙو لاڳاپو عمارتن ۾ رهندڙ ماڻهن جي صحت ۽ ڀلائي لاءِ انتهائي اهم سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ جيڪڏهن ماڻهو اهڙين بند عمارتن ۾ رهن، جتي دريون نه هجن، ته انهن تي اهڙي ماحول جا ناڪاري اثر پئجي سگهن ٿا.

درين جي ڊزائن بابت مقرر ڪيل ڪيترن ئي معيارن مان، ڏينهن جي روشني سان لاڳاپيل معيارن ۾ ڪجهه اهم عنصر نمايان ٿيا آهن، جن ۾ هنڌ، وقت، موسم، فطرت ۽ ماڻهو شامل آهن. انهن سڀني معيارن مان، اهي دريون جيڪي [[فطرت]] جا نظارا مهيا ڪن ٿيون، ماڻهن جي نظر ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ اهم سمجهيون وڃن ٿيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Kent |first1=Michael |last2=Schiavon |first2=Stefano |date=2022 |title=Predicting Window View Preferences Using the Environmental Information Criteria |url=https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |journal=LEUKOS |volume=19 |issue=2 |pages=190–209 |doi=10.1080/15502724.2022.2077753 |s2cid=251121476 |access-date=2022-11-09 |archive-date=December 28, 2023 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20231228134015/https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

== قسم ==

[[File:casement_window_parts.svg|thumb|Parts of a casement cross-window, viewed from the outside]]
=== صليبي دري ===
{{main|صليبي دري}}

'''صليبي دري''' (ڪراس-ونڊو) هڪ مستطيل شڪل واري دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عام طور تي هڪ [[مولين]] ۽ هڪ [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] جي ذريعي چئن حصن (روشنين) ۾ ورهايل هوندي آهي، جيڪي گڏجي هڪ [[لاطيني صليب]] جي شڪل ٺاهيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;Curl, James Stevens (2006). ''Oxford Dictionary of Architecture and Landscape Architecture'', 2nd ed., OUP, Oxford and New York, p. 214. {{ISBN|978-0-19-860678-9}}.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ابرو نما دري ===

'''ابرو نما دري''' (Eyebrow window) جو اصطلاح ٻن معنائن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي: ڀت ۾ هڪ مڙيل مٿئين حصي واري دري، يا هڪ ابرو نما [[ڊارمر]]؛ ۽ ننڍين درين جي هڪ قطار، جيڪا عام طور تي عمارت جي سامهون ڇڄن هيٺان هوندي آهي، جهڙوڪ پنسلوانيا ۾ [[جيمس-لوراه هائوس]].&lt;ref&gt;Harris, Cyril M. (1998). ''American Architecture: An Illustrated Encyclopedia''. New York: W. W. Norton.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مقرر دري ===

'''مقرر دري''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا کولي نٿي سگهجي،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=CVTjAQAAQBAJ&amp;q=Fixed+window+is+window+that+cannot+open&amp;pg=PA83|title=Kitchen &amp; Bath Residential Construction and Systems|author=NKBA (National Kitchen and Bath Association)|date=2013-10-29|publisher=John Wiley &amp; Sons|isbn=978-1-118-71104-0|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ جنهن جو ڪم صرف روشني کي اندر اچڻ ڏيڻ هوندو آهي (غير مقرر دريءَ جي ابتڙ، جيڪا کلي ۽ بند ٿي سگهي ٿي). [[ڪليرسٽوري]] دريون [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ گهڻو ڪري مقرر هونديون آهن. ٽرانسم دريون مقرر به ٿي سگهن ٿيون يا کولي سگهجن ٿيون. اهڙي قسم جون دريون انهن حالتن ۾ استعمال ٿينديون آهن، جتي صرف روشني يا ٻاهر جو نظارو گهربل هجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ [[ٽرڪل وينٽ]] يا مٿئين وينٽ کان سواءِ اهڙين درين ذريعي هوا جي اچ وڃ ممڪن نه هوندي آهي.

=== هڪ طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

'''هڪ طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري'''  اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ هڪ سيش (عام طور هيٺيون) حرڪت ڪندڙ هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مقرر هوندو آهي. هي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ سيش دريءَ جي قديم ترين صورت آهي ۽ قيمت ۾ پڻ نسبتاً سستي هوندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== ٻه طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

{{main|سيش دري}}

'''سيش دري''' (Sash window) برطانيا ۽ انهن ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾، جيڪي اڳ برطانوي نوآبادين جو حصو هئا، روايتي دريءَ جو انداز آهي. ان ۾ ٻه حصا (سيش) هوندا آهن، جيڪي ٿورو هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهيل هوندا آهن ۽ فريم جي اندر مٿي ۽ هيٺ سلائيڊ ٿيندا آهن. ٻنهي حصن جو هڪجهڙو سائيز هجڻ ضروري نه آهي؛ جيڪڏهن مٿيون سيش ننڍو (گهٽ اوچائي وارو) هجي ته ان کي [[ڪاٽيج دري]] چيو ويندو آهي.

هاڻي گهڻيون نيون ٻه طرفي سيش دريون سيشن کي سنڀالڻ لاءِ اسپرنگ بيلنس استعمال ڪن ٿيون، پر روايتي طور دريءَ جي ٻنهي پاسن تي باڪسن اندر رکيل جوابي وزن (ڪائونٽر ويٽس) استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا. اهي وزن رسي يا بعد ۾ خاص تيار ڪيل زنجير ذريعي پلين جي مدد سان سيشن سان ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا. اسپرنگ بيلنس جا ٽي قسم هوندا آهن: ٽيپ يا ڪلاڪ اسپرنگ بيلنس، چينل يا بلاڪ اينڊ ٽيڪل بيلنس، ۽ اسپائرل يا ٽيوب بيلنس.

روايتي طور ٻه طرفي سيش درين سان [[دريءَ جا شٽر]] پڻ لڳايا ويندا هئا. سيش درين ۾ سيمپليڪس قبضا پڻ لڳائي سگهجن ٿا، جيڪي دريءَ کي هڪ پاسي کان قبضن ۾ بند ڪرڻ جي اجازت ڏين ٿا، جڏهن ته ٻئي پاسي واري رسي ڌار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان دري کي باهه لڳڻ جي صورت ۾ نڪرڻ يا صفائي لاءِ کولي سگهجي ٿو.

=== فولڊ اپ دري ===

[[File:Foldup window.gif|thumb|upright|فولڊ اپ دري (اندر ڏانهن کُلندڙ)، پاسي کان ڪٽيل ڏيک]]

'''فولڊ اپ دري''' (Foldup window) ۾ ٻه هڪجهڙا سيش هوندا آهن، جيڪي معياري ٻه طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دريءَ وانگر هوندا آهن، پر اهي مٿي طرف ويڙهجي کلي ويندا آهن، جنهن سان تقريباً پوري فريم جيتري جاءِ مان هوا اندر اچي سگهي ٿي. هن دريءَ جو توازن اسپرنگن يا جوابي وزنن (counterbalances) ذريعي برقرار رکيو ويندو آهي، بلڪل ٻه طرفي سيش دريءَ وانگر. سيشن کي اهڙي نموني بيهاري سگهجي ٿو جو اهي روايتي ٻه طرفي سيش دريءَ جهڙا نظر اچن، يا هڪ ئي سڌي قطار ۾ به لڳائي سگهجن ٿا. سڌي قطار وارا نمونا اندر يا ٻاهر ٻنهي طرفن کلي سگهن ٿا. اندر کُلندڙ فولڊ اپ درين ۾ مقرر جاليون لڳائي سگهجن ٿيون، جڏهن ته ٻاهر کُلندڙ قسمن لاءِ حرڪت ڪندڙ جالين جي ضرورت هوندي آهي. اهڙيون دريون عام طور اسڪرين روم، باورچي خاني جي پاس ٿرو، يا هنگامي نڪرڻ واري رستي (egress) طور استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

=== افقي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

'''افقي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري''' (Horizontal sliding sash window) ۾ ٻه يا وڌيڪ سيش هوندا آهن، جيڪي ٿورو هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهيل هوندا آهن، پر فريم جي اندر افقي رخ ۾ سلائيڊ ٿيندا آهن. برطانيا ۾ انهن کي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن [[يارڪشائر]] سيش دريون به چيو ويندو آهي، غالباً ان ڪري جو انهن جو روايتي استعمال انهيءَ علائقي ۾ گهڻو هو.

=== ڪيسمينٽ دري ===

{{Main|ڪيسمينٽ دري}}

[[File:Gordijnen aan venster.JPG|thumb|[[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]]]

'''ڪيسمينٽ دري''' (Casement window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن جو سيش قبضن سان لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي وانگر اندر يا ٻاهر کلي ويندو آهي. اهو پاسي کان لڳل، مٿان لڳل (جنهن کي &quot;اوننگ دري&quot; پڻ چيو ويندو آهي؛ هيٺ ڏسو)، يا ڪڏهن هيٺان لڳل سيش تي مشتمل هوندو آهي، يا انهن قسمن جي ميلاپ سان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، ۽ ڪڏهن هڪ يا وڌيڪ پاسن تي مقرر شيشي جا پينل پڻ هوندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot; /&gt;

آمريڪا ۾ اهڙيون دريون عام طور [[ڪرئنڪ (مشينياتي حصو)|ڪرئنڪ]] ذريعي کوليون وينديون آهن، جڏهن ته يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي حصن ۾ انهن لاءِ پروجيڪشن فرڪشن اسٽيز ۽ [[ايسپاگنوليٽ]] لاڪنگ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. اڳي سادا قبضا [[ڪيسمينٽ اسٽي]] سان گڏ استعمال ٿيندا هئا. [[هينڊنگ]] (Handing) جو استعمال دريءَ جي کلڻ واري رخ جي سڃاڻپ لاءِ ڪيو ويندو آهي؛ ان موجب ڪيسمينٽ دري کاٻي هٿ واري، ساڄي هٿ واري يا ٻٽي رخ واري ٿي سگهي ٿي. برطانيا ۽ يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي ٻين علائقن ۾ جديد عمارتن ۾ ڪيسمينٽ دري سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام قسم آهي.

=== اوننگ دري ===

[[File:Fenêtre à l'australienne - Awning window - (AWS Magnum 616) Light.jpg|thumb|upright=0.5|اوننگ دري]]

'''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window) ڪيسمينٽ دريءَ جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو افقي طور لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ مٿئين پاسي [[قبضو]] لڳل هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهو ٻاهر ڏانهن [[ڇڄ]] وانگر کلي ٿو. آزاد نموني استعمال ٿيڻ کان علاوه، اهڙيون دريون هڪ ئي فريم ۾ ڪيترين گڏ به لڳائي سگهجن ٿيون يا مقرر شيشي سان گڏ به استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. اهي خاص طور هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ تمام ڪارآمد هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | title=Window Treatments | first=Karla J. | last=Nielson | page=45 | url=https://books.google.com/books?id=y6U0uP5cyLQC&amp;q=%22awning+window%22&amp;pg=PA45 | publisher=John Wiley &amp; Sons | date=Sep 15, 1989 | isbn=0-471-28946-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== هوپر دري ===

'''هوپر دري''' (Hopper window) هيٺئين پاسي کان قبضي تي ٻڌل ڪيسمينٽ دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عمودي رخ ۾ جهڪي کلي ٿي، ۽ عام طور اندر ڏانهن کلي ٿي، جنهن جي شڪل [[هوپر (ذرڙن گڏ ڪرڻ وارو ڪنٽينر)|هوپر]] جي نالي وانگر هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1=Allen|first1=Edward|last2=Thallon|first2=Rob|title=Fundamentals of Residential Construction|edition=3rd |year=2011 |publisher=Wiley |location=Hoboken, NJ |isbn=978-0-470-54083-1 |page=654}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پيوٽ دري ===

'''پيوٽ دري''' (Pivot window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ سامهون وارن ٻن پاسن تي هڪ هڪ قبضو لڳل هوندو آهي، جنهن جي مدد سان دري کلڻ وقت پنهنجي محور تي گهمي سگهي ٿي. اهي قبضا مٿي ۽ هيٺ (عمودي پيوٽ) يا ٻنهي پاسن (افقي پيوٽ) تي لڳايا ويندا آهن. عام طور دري پهرين محدود حد تائين کلي ٿي ته جيئن هوا جي اچ وڃ ٿي سگهي، ۽ پوءِ وڌيڪ کولڻ سان مڪمل طور ڦري وڃي ٿي ۽ اندر کان محفوظ صفائي لاءِ ٻيهر لاڪ ٿي وڃي ٿي. جديد پيوٽ قبضا فرڪشن واري نظام سان ليس هوندا آهن، جيڪو دريءَ کي پنهنجي وزن جي باوجود کليل حالت ۾ سنڀالي رکندو آهي، ۽ انهن ۾ کلڻ جي حد مقرر ڪرڻ ۽ اُلٽي لاڪنگ جون سهولتون پڻ موجود هونديون آهن. برطانيا، جتي هن قسم جون دريون سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام آهن، اتي اهي گهڻ ماڙ سرڪاري رهائشي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي لڳايون ويون.

=== جهڪندڙ ۽ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري ===

'''جهڪندڙ ۽ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري''' (Tilt and slide window) اهڙي دري (يا گهڻو ڪري دروازي جيتري وڏي دري) هوندي آهي، جنهن جو سيش پهرين هوپر دريءَ وانگر مٿئين حصي کان اندر ڏانهن جهڪي ٿو، ۽ پوءِ مقرر شيشي جي پينل جي پٺيان افقي رخ ۾ سلائيڊ ٿي وڃي ٿو.

=== جهڪندڙ ۽ ڦرندڙ دري ===

'''جهڪندڙ ۽ ڦرندڙ دري''' (Tilt and turn window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا يا ته مٿئين حصي کان اندر ڏانهن جهڪي سگهي ٿي يا پاسي وارن قبضن تان اندر ڏانهن مڪمل طور کلي سگهي ٿي. هي جرمني، جتي ان جو بنياد پيو، جو سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام دريءَ جو قسم آهي، ۽ يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي ٻين ملڪن ۾ به وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

يورپ ۾ عام طور اهي &quot;پهرين ڦرندڙ&quot; (turn first) قسم جون هونديون آهن؛ يعني جڏهن هينڊل کي 90 درجا ڦيرايو وڃي ته دري پاسي کان کلندي آهي، ۽ جڏهن هينڊل کي 180 درجا ڦيرايو وڃي ته اها هيٺان لڳل دريءَ وانگر جهڪي کلي ٿي. برطانيا ۾ گهڻو ڪري &quot;پهرين جهڪندڙ&quot; (tilt first) قسم جون دريون استعمال ٿينديون آهن؛ يعني 90 درجن تي هيٺان لڳل صورت ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ کلنديون آهن، ۽ 180 درجن تي پاسي کان مڪمل طور کلنديون آهن، جنهن سان عمارت جي اندر بيهي ٻاهرئين شيشي کي آساني سان صاف ڪري سگهجي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://glawindows.com/tilt-and-turn-windows-5/ |title=Tilt-and-Turn Windows Gain Popularity |date=June 11, 2021 |access-date=January 25, 2023 |archive-date=January 25, 2023 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230125064841/https://glawindows.com/tilt-and-turn-windows-5/ |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٽرانسم دري ===

هڪ '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom window) دروازي جي مٿان لڳل دري هوندي آهي. ٻاهرين دروازي ۾ [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] دري عام طور مقرر (fixed) هوندي آهي، جڏهن ته اندرين دروازي ۾ اها مٿئين يا هيٺئين پاسي لڳل قبضن ذريعي کلي سگهي ٿي، يا پنهنجي محور تي ڦري به سگهي ٿي. زبردستي هوا جي گرمي ۽ ٿڌڪ (forced air heating and cooling) جا نظام عام ٿيڻ کان اڳ، اها هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي هئي. پنکي جي شڪل واري ٽرانسم دري کي خاص طور برطانوي ٻيٽن ۾ '''فين لائيٽ''' (fanlight) چيو ويندو آهي.

=== پاسي واري دري ===

دروازي يا ٻي دريءَ جي ٻنهي پاسن تي لڳل درين کي '''پاسي واريون دريون''' (Sidelights)، '''ونگ لائيٽس''' (Wing lights)، '''مارجنل لائيٽس''' (Marginal lights)، يا '''فلينڪنگ دريون''' (Flanking windows) چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Curl, James Stevens. &quot;Flanking window&quot;. ''A Dictionary of Architecture and Landscape Architecture''. 2nd ed. Oxford England: Oxford University Press, 2006. 285. Print.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== جيلوسي دري ===

[[File:Jalousie2.jpg|thumb|جيلوسي يا [[لوور]] واري دري]]

{{main|جيلوسي دري}}

'''جيلوسي دري''' (Jalousie window)، جنهن کي '''لوور واري دري''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙي دري آهي جيڪا شيشي يا [[پولي (ميٿائل ميٿاڪريليٽ)|ايڪريلڪ]] جي هڪٻئي سان متوازي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندي آهي، جيڪي [[وينيشيئن بلائنڊ]] وانگر کلنديون ۽ بند ٿينديون آهن، عام طور ڪرئنڪ يا ليور جي ذريعي. اهڙيون دريون استوائي علائقن جي تعميراتي طرز ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن. جيلوسي دروازو اهو دروازو هوندو آهي جنهن ۾ جيلوسي دري لڳل هجي.

=== ڪليرسٽوري دري ===

{{Main|ڪليرسٽوري}}

'''ڪليرسٽوري دري''' (Clerestory window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي جيڪا [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ يا ڀت جي مٿئين حصي ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي، ۽ [[قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|قدرتي روشني]] اندر آڻڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

=== آسماني دري ===

[[File:BurlingtonHousePavementWindow.jpg|thumbnail|لنڊن ۾ [[برلنگٽن هائوس]] جي ٻاهران فوٽ پاٿ تي لڳل آسماني دري (جنهن کي [[پيومينٽ لائيٽ]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي)]]

{{Main|قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|آسماني دري}}

'''آسماني دري''' (Skylight) اهڙي دري آهي جيڪا [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ تعمير ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=TopgKO4x_2kC&amp;q=skylight+is+window+built+into+roof&amp;pg=PA223|title=Construction Estimating Reference Data|last=Sarviel|first=Ed|date=1993|publisher=Craftsman Book Company|isbn=978-0-934041-84-3|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن قسم جي دري ذريعي قدرتي سج جي روشني ۽ چنڊ جي روشني اندر اچي سگهي ٿي.

=== ڇت واري دري ===

{{main|ڇت واري دري}}

'''ڇت واري دري''' (Roof window) هڪ ترڇي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا [[قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|قدرتي روشني]] لاءِ [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي. هي انهن ٿورين درين مان هڪ آهي، جيڪي هنگامي حالت ۾ نڪرڻ جي رستي طور پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. وڏيون ڇت واريون دريون هنگامي انخلا بابت [[تعميراتي ضابطا]] (Building codes) جون گهرجون پوريون ڪنديون آهن.

=== ڇت وارو لالٽين ===

{{Main|ڇت وارو لالٽين}}

'''ڇت وارو لالٽين''' (Roof lantern) گهڻن شيشي وارن پينلن تي ٻڌل هڪ تعميراتي ڍانچو هوندو آهي، جيڪو هڪ ننڍڙي عمارت جهڙو نظر ايندو آهي ۽ ڇت تي ڏينهن يا چنڊ جي روشني اندر آڻڻ لاءِ تعمير ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ان ۾ اضافي [[ڪليرسٽوري]] پڻ شامل هوندي آهي. ان کي [[گنبذ نما ڇت (ڪپولا)|ڪپولا]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

=== بي دري ===

[[File:2014 Kłodzko, pl. Chrobrego 13 03.JPG|thumb|[[بي دري]]ون [[ڪووڊزڪو]]، پولينڊ ۾]]

{{Main|بي دري}}

'''بي دري''' (Bay window) گهڻن پينلن تي ٻڌل دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ٽي پينل مختلف زاويَن تي لڳل هوندا آهن، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دري ڀت جي سڌي ليڪ کان ٻاهر نڪري ايندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot; /&gt;

==== اوريل دري ====

{{Main|اوريل دري}}

'''اوريل دري''' (Oriel window) بي دريءَ جي هڪ قسم آهي. هي انداز گهڻو ڪري ٽيوڊر طرز جي گهرن ۽ خانقاهن ۾ ڏسڻ ۾ اچي ٿو. اها ڀت مان ٻاهر نڪتل هوندي آهي، پر زمين تائين نه پهچندي آهي. شروعات ۾ اها برآمدي (porch) جي هڪ صورت هئي، ۽ اڪثر ان کي بريسڪيٽن يا [[ڪوربل]]ن جي مدد سان سهارو ڏنو ويندو آهي.

=== ٿرمل دري ===

{{Main|ڊيوڪليشيئن دري}}

'''ٿرمل''' يا '''ڊيوڪليشيئن دريون''' (Thermal or Diocletian windows) وڏيون نيم دائري شڪل واريون دريون (يا طاق) هونديون آهن، جيڪي عام طور ٻن [[مولين]]ن جي ذريعي ٽن حصن (دريءَ جي خانوَن) ۾ ورهايل هونديون آهن. وچ وارو حصو گهڻو ڪري ٻنهي پاسن وارن حصن کان وڌيڪ ويڪرو هوندو آهي.

=== تصويري دري ===

'''تصويري دري''' (Picture window) ڀت ۾ لڳل هڪ وڏي مقرر دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ عام طور [[گليزنگ بار]] نه هوندا آهن، يا صرف ڪنارن وٽ معمولي گليزنگ بار ([[منٽن]]) لڳل هوندا آهن. تصويري دريون بغير ڪنهن رڪاوٽ جي ٻاهر جو نظارو مهيا ڪنديون آهن، ڄڻ ڪنهن تصوير کي فريم ۾ بند ڪيو ويو هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/picture+window |title=Picture window |work=[[The Free Dictionary]] |publisher=Farlex |access-date=May 19, 2012 |archive-date=July 10, 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120710004859/http://www.thefreedictionary.com/picture+window |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== گهڻ-پينل دري ===

'''گهڻ-پينل دري''' (Multi-lite window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ شيشي جا ڪيترائي ننڍا ٽڪرا ڪاٺ يا سيهي جي ٺهيل ''گليزنگ بارن'' يا ''[[منٽن]]'' جي ذريعي هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيل هوندا آهن. اهي هڪ سينگاريل ''گليزنگ نموني'' ۾ ترتيب ڏنل هوندا آهن، جيڪو گهڻو ڪري عمارت جي تعميراتي طرز مطابق هوندو آهي. ماضي ۾ وڏا شيشي جا پينل آسانيءَ سان دستياب نه هجڻ سبب، گهڻ-پينل (يا ''جاليءَ واري دري'') 20هين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين سڀ کان عام دريءَ جو انداز هو، ۽ اڄ به روايتي تعميراتي طرز ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري ===

'''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري''' (Emergency exit/egress window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا ايتري وڏي ۽ زمين کان ايتري هيٺ هوندي آهي جو رهواسي هنگامي حالتن، جهڙوڪ باهه لڳڻ جي صورت ۾، ان مان ٻاهر نڪري سگهن. ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ بيڊ رومن لاءِ اهڙين درين جون صحيح وضاحتون [[تعميراتي ضابطا]] (Building codes) ۾ ڏنل هونديون آهن. اهڙين درين جون وضاحتون اهڙيون به هونديون آهن، جيڪي هنگامي امدادي عملي کي به اندر داخل ٿيڻ جي اجازت ڏين. بسن، هوائي جهازن ۽ ريل گاڏين جهڙين گاڏين ۾ پڻ هنگامي نڪرڻ واريون دريون هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/documents/outreach/bus/PreTrip-SafetyBrochure-Pull.pdf |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080923082055/http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/documents/outreach/bus/PreTrip-SafetyBrochure-Pull.pdf |url-status=dead |archive-date=September 23, 2008 |title=U.S. Dept. of Transportation: Safety information for bus/motorcoach passengers |access-date=February 11, 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== رنگين شيشي جي دري ===

{{Main|رنگين شيشو}}

'''رنگين شيشي جي دري''' (Stained glass window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا رنگين شيشي جي ٽڪرن مان ٺهيل هوندي آهي، جيڪي [[شفافيت (بصريات)|شفاف]]، نيم شفاف يا [[غير شفافيت (بصريات)|غير شفاف]] ٿي سگهن ٿا، ۽ انهن تي اڪثر ماڻهن جون تصويرون يا مختلف منظر ڏيکاريل هوندا آهن. عام طور انهن درين ۾ شيشي جا ٽڪرا سيهي جي ٺهيل گليزنگ بارن سان هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيا ويندا آهن. رنگين شيشي واريون دريون [[وڪٽورين دور]] جي گهرن ۽ ڪجهه [[فرينڪ لوئڊ رائيٽ]] جي طرز تي ٺهيل گهرن ۾ تمام مشهور هيون، ۽ خاص طور [[گرجاگھر]]ن ۾ گهڻي عام آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/stained+glass+window |title=Stained glass |work=[[The Free Dictionary]] |publisher=Farlex |access-date=May 19, 2012 |archive-date=January 19, 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120119031209/http://www.thefreedictionary.com/Stained+glass+window |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== فرينچ دري ===

{{multiple image
| align             = right
|total_width=300
| footer            = 20هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ [[لسبن]] ۾ [[فرانس جا سفارتي مشن|فرانس جي سفارتخاني]] ۾ &quot;فرينچ دري&quot; (ٻه فرينچ دروازا، جيڪي ٻاهرين ڀت ۾ بغير [[مولين]] جي گڏ ٻاهر ڏانهن کلن ٿا)
| width1            =
| image1            = Legation de France a Lisbonne (interieur).jpg
| width2            =
| image2            = Legation de France a Lisbonne (véranda).jpg
}}

'''فرينچ دروازو''' (French door) اهڙو دروازو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ شيشي جا پينل پوري ڊيگهه تائين لڳل هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French door |url=https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/French%20door |website=Merriam-Webster.com Dictionary |publisher=Merriam-Webster |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهڙن ٻن دروازن جي جوڙي، جيڪي وچ مان کلن، کي مختلف نالن سان سڏيو ويندو آهي، جهڙوڪ '''فرينچ دروازا''',&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French doors |url=https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/french-doors |website=Collins English Dictionary |publisher=HarperCollins |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; '''فرينچ دري''',&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French window |url=https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/French%20window |website=Merriam-Webster.com Dictionary |publisher=Merriam-Webster |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا '''فرينچ دريون'''.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French windows |url=https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/french-windows |website=Collins English Dictionary |publisher=HarperCollins |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهي عام طور عمارت جي ٻاهرئين ڀت ۾ لڳايا ويندا آهن. فرانس ۾ فرينچ درين کي ''porte-fenêtre'' ۽ اٽلي ۾ ''portafinestra'' چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ اهي جديد گهرن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

=== ٻٽي شيشي واري دري ===

{{Main|موصل گليزنگ}}

'''ٻٽي شيشي واري دري''' (Double-paned يا Double-glazed window) ۾ شيشي جا ٻه هڪ ٻئي سان متوازي پينل هوندا آهن، جن جي وچ ۾ عام طور لڳ ڀڳ 1 سينٽي ميٽر جو فاصلو هوندو آهي. هي خال مستقل طور بند ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ تياري وقت ان ۾ سڪل هوا يا ٻي سڪل غير ردعمل ڪندڙ گيس ڀري ويندي آهي. اهڙيون دريون [[حرارتي موصليت]] ۾ نمايان بهتري آڻينديون آهن (۽ عام طور آواز جي موصليت ۾ پڻ) ۽ گرمي پد جي فرق سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ ڌنڌ يا برف جمن کان بچاءُ ڪنديون آهن. اهي معتدل آبهوا وارن علائقن ۾ رهائشي ۽ تجارتي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

برطانيا ۾ ٻٽي ۽ ٽي شيشي وارين درين کي ترتيب وار ٻٽي-[[دريءَ جي گليزنگ|گليزنگ]] ۽ ٽيڻي-گليزنگ چيو ويندو آهي. ٽي شيشي واريون دريون هاڻي وچ ۽ اتر يورپ ۾ تمام عام ٿي ويون آهن، جڏهن ته [[چوڳڻي گليزنگ]] (چئوڻي گليزنگ) جو استعمال هاڻي اسڪينڊي نيويا ۾ شروع ڪيو پيو وڃي.

=== ڇهه ڪنڊي دري ===

[[File:Mustosen talon ikkuna 1870 1.jpg|thumb|upright|[[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]]]]

{{Main|ڇهه ڪنڊي دري}}

'''ڇهه ڪنڊي دري''' (ھيڪساگونل دري) هڪ [[شش ڪنڊو]] شڪل واري دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا ماکيءَ جي مک جي خاني يا گريفائيٽ جي ڪرسٽل جي جال جهڙي نظر ايندي آهي. اها عمودي يا افقي رخ ۾ لڳائي سگهجي ٿي، کلندڙ يا مقرر ٿي سگهي ٿي، باقاعده يا ڊگهي شڪل واري ٿي سگهي ٿي، ۽ ان ۾ ورهائيندڙ [[مولين]] پڻ ٿي سگهي ٿو. عام طور اهڙي دري ڇت جي مٿئين ڪمري (Attic) يا سينگار جي مقصد لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، پر عمارت جي اندر قدرتي روشني پهچائڻ لاءِ اهم تعميراتي عنصر طور به استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿي.

=== گليوٽين دري ===

'''گليوٽين دري''' (Guillotine ) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عمودي رخ ۾ کلندي آهي. گليوٽين درين ۾ هڪ کان وڌيڪ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ فريم هوندا آهن، ۽ اهي هيٺ کان مٿي يا مٿي کان هيٺ کلي سگهن ٿا.

== اصطلاح ==

EN 12519 يورپي معيار آهي، جيڪو يورپي يونين جي ميمبر ملڪن ۾ درين بابت سرڪاري طور استعمال ٿيندڙ اصطلاحن جي وضاحت ڪري ٿو. اهم اصطلاح هيٺيان آهن:

[[File:Casement (PSF).jpg|thumb|[[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]، [[جالي]] وارن روشن حصن (lights) سان]]

* '''لائيٽ''' (Light) يا '''لائيٽ''' (Lite)، دريءَ جي ٻاهرين حصن ([[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]]، [[دريءَ جو سِل]] ۽ پاسن وارن فريمن) جي وچ واري حصي کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو عام طور شيشي جي هڪ پين سان ڀريل هوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن دريءَ ۾ ڪيترائي شيشي جا پين هجن، ته بار کڻندڙ صورت ۾ انهن کي [[مولين]] الڳ ڪندا آهن، ۽ جيڪڏهن بار کڻندڙ نه هجن ته [[منٽن]] انهن کي جدا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Brett |first=Peter |year=2004 |title=Carpentry and Joinery |edition=2, illustrated |publisher=Nelson Thornes |isbn=978-0-7487-8502-5 |page=[https://books.google.com/books?id=iVthU6rPGK8C&amp;pg=PA225 255]}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''جاليءَ واري لائيٽ''' (Lattice light) هڪ مرڪب شيشي جو پين هوندو آهي، جيڪو شيشي جي ڪيترن ئي ننڍن ٽڪرن مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، ۽ اهي [[جالي]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ هڪٻئي سان ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن.

* '''مقرر دري''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو) اهڙي دريءَ جي هڪ واحد اڪائي هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ هڪ غير حرڪت ڪندڙ لائيٽ هوندي آهي. ''سنگل لائيٽ''، ''ڊبل لائيٽ'' وغيره جا اصطلاح دريءَ ۾ موجود اهڙن شيشي جي پينن جي تعداد کي ظاهر ڪندا آهن.

* '''سيش يونٽ''' (Sash unit) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ هڪ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ شيشي وارو حصو هوندو آهي، ۽ عام طور ٻه لائيٽون هونديون آهن (جنهن کي ''ڊبل لائيٽ'' چيو ويندو آهي).

* '''متبادل دري''' (رپليسمينٽ ونڊو) آمريڪا ۾ اهڙي فريم واري دريءَ کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا پراڻن سيشن کي ڪڍڻ کان پوءِ اندرئين پاسي کان اصل دريءَ جي فريم ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي. يورپ ۾، هن اصطلاح مان عام طور مڪمل دري مراد هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ نئون ٻاهريون فريم پڻ شامل هوندو آهي.

* '''نئين تعمير واري دري''' (نيو ڪنسٽرڪشن ونڊو)، آمريڪا ۾، اهڙي دري هوندي آهي جنهن ۾ ''نيلنگ فن'' (nailing fin) لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو عمارت جي ٻاهرئين پاسي کان اڻ تيار ٿيل کليل جاءِ ۾ سائڊنگ ۽ اندروني ٽرم لڳائڻ کان اڳ نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي. نيلنگ فن دريءَ جي ٻاهرئين فريم تي هڪ نڪتل حصو هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[تعميراتي گليزنگ]] جي ساڳئي سطح تي هوندو آهي، تيار ڪيل کليل حصي تي چڙهيل هوندو آهي، ۽ تنهنڪري ان کي ميخن ذريعي پنهنجي جاءِ تي لڳائي سگهجي ٿو. برطانيا ۽ يورپ جي مکيه زمين ۾ نون گهرن جي تعمير دوران دريون عام طور ڊگهن اسڪروَن ذريعي سرن جي ڀت ۾ لڳايل ڦهلجندڙ پلاسٽڪ پلگن سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. دريءَ جي چئن ئي پاسن کان لڳ ڀڳ 13 ملي ميٽر تائين خالي جاءِ ڇڏي ويندي آهي، جيڪا ڦهلجندڙ [[پولي يوريٿين فوم]] سان ڀري ويندي آهي. اهڙي طريقي سان دري موسم جي اثرن کان محفوظ رهندي آهي، جڏهن ته گرمي سبب ٿيندڙ ڦهلاءَ جي به گنجائش برقرار رهندي آهي.

* '''[[لنٽل]]''' دريءَ جي مٿئين حصي تي رکيل هڪ شعاع (بيم) هوندو آهي، جنهن کي [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''[[دريءَ جو سِل]]''' دريءَ جي فريم جو هيٺيون حصو هوندو آهي. دريءَ جا سِل ٻاهرئين پاسي ڍلوان هوندا آهن ته جيئن پاڻي عمارت جي اندر اچڻ بدران ٻاهر وهي وڃي.

* '''ثانوي گليزنگ''' (سيڪنڊري گليزنگ) هڪ اضافي فريم هوندو آهي، جيڪو موجوده فريم جي اندرئين پاسي لڳايو ويندو آهي. اهو عام طور محفوظ يا تاريخي حيثيت رکندڙ عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن عمارت جي ظاهري شڪل کي برقرار رکندي وڌيڪ حرارتي ۽ آواز جي موصليت حاصل ڪري سگهجي.

* '''[[سينگاريل ڪاٺ جو ڪم]]''' (ڊيڪورہٽو مل ورڪ) مان مراد دريءَ جي چوڌاري لڳل سينگاريل مولڊنگ، ڪورنس ۽ لنٽل آهن.

=== ليبلنگ ===

آمريڪا جي [[نيشنل فينسٽريشن ريٽنگ ڪائونسل]] (NFRC) جي دريءَ واري ليبل ۾ هيٺيان اصطلاح شامل هوندا آهن:

* [[حرارتي چالڪائي|حرارتي منتقلي (U-factor)]]، جنهن جي بهترين قيمت لڳ ڀڳ U-0.15 (يعني 0.8 W/m2/K) سمجهي ويندي آهي.
* [[شمسي گرمي حاصل ڪرڻ جو عدد]] (SHGC)، جيڪو شيشي مان گذرندڙ شمسي گرمي (انفراريڊ) ۽ ان تي پوندڙ ڪل شمسي گرميءَ جي وچ ۾ تناسب کي ظاهر ڪري ٿو.
* [[مرئي روشني جي منتقلي]] (VT)، جيڪا منتقل ٿيندڙ مرئي روشني ۽ پوندڙ مرئي روشني جي وچ ۾ تناسب کي ظاهر ڪري ٿي.
* [[هوا جو وهڪرو|هوا جي رِس]] (AL)، جيڪا سيش ۽ فريم جي وچ واري وٿي مان في منٽ في لڪيرِي فوٽ گذرندڙ هوا جي مقدار (ڪيوبڪ فوٽ في منٽ) ۾ ماپي ويندي آهي.
* [[نمي#تڪاثف|تڪاثف جي مزاحمت]] (CR)، جيڪا 1 کان 100 تائين ماپي ويندي آهي (جيترو انگ وڌيڪ هوندو، اوتري ئي تڪاثف ٺهڻ جي مزاحمت وڌيڪ هوندي).&lt;ref&gt;[http://www.nfrc.org/documents/WindowsandHeatLoss.pdf Windows and Heat Loss] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100827012257/http://www.nfrc.org/documents/WindowsandHeatLoss.pdf |date=August 27, 2010 }}, [[NFRC]] Heat Loss Fact Sheet&lt;/ref&gt;

يورپي هم آهنگ معيار hEN 14351–1، جيڪو دروازن ۽ درين سان لاڳاپيل آهي، 23 خاصيتن جي وضاحت ڪري ٿو (جن کي ''بنيادي'' ۽ ''غير بنيادي'' خاصيتن ۾ ورهايو ويو آهي). ان کان علاوه تياري هيٺ ٻه ٻيا يورپي معيار پڻ موجود آهن، جيڪي اندروني پيادل دروازن (prEN 14351–2)، دونهي ۽ باهه جي مزاحمت ڪندڙ دروازن، ۽ کولي سگهجندڙ درين (prEN 16034) بابت آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |url=http://www.alueurope.eu/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/CPR_guideline_Dec_2012_ver-1.pdf |title=CPR guideline |access-date=February 13, 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20131106070925/http://www.alueurope.eu/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/CPR_guideline_Dec_2012_ver-1.pdf |archive-date=November 6, 2013 |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;

== جوڙجڪ ==

[[File:Passivhaus Fenster Beispiele (blank).svg|thumb|[[موصل گليزنگ]] سان جديد پلاسٽڪ ۽ ڪاٺ جي دريءَ جي پروفائلن جا مثال]]

[[File:WaterMill Window LymeRegis.jpg|thumb|برطانيا ۾ [[لائيم ريجس]] جي 14هين صديءَ جي [[پاڻيءَ جي چڪي]] ۾ لڳايل جديد ڪاٺ جي فريم واري دري]]

[[File:5-chamber plastic window profile.JPG|thumb|upright|پنج-چيمبر واري پلاسٽڪ دريءَ جو پروفائل]]

دريون گرمي جي منتقلي جو هڪ اهم ذريعو ٿي سگهن ٿيون.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window Systems&quot;&gt;Carmody, J., Selkowitz, S., Lee, E. S., Arasteh, D., &amp; Willmert, T. (2004). ''Window Systems for High-Performance Buildings''. New York, NY: W. W. Norton &amp; Company, Inc.&lt;/ref&gt; انهيءَ ڪري [[موصل گليزنگ]] جون اڪايون (Insulated glazing units) ٻن يا وڌيڪ شيشي جي پينن تي مشتمل هونديون آهن، جيئن گرمي جي منتقلي کي گهٽائي سگهجي.

=== جاليون يا منٽن ===

اهي فريم جا اهي حصا هوندا آهن، جيڪي هڪ وڏي دريءَ کي ڪيترن ننڍن شيشي جي پينن ۾ ورهائيندا آهن. پراڻين درين ۾ شيشي جا وڏا پين تمام مهانگا هوندا هئا، تنهنڪري [[منٽن]] ننڍن شيشي جي پينن کي گڏ ڪري وڏي جاءِ ڀرڻ جي سهولت ڏيندا هئا.

جديد درين ۾ هلڪي رنگ وارا منٽن اڃا تائين هڪ ڪارائتو ڪم سرانجام ڏين ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي دريءَ مان گذرندڙ روشنيءَ جو ڪجهه حصو موٽائي ڇڏين ٿا، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دري پاڻ به ڦهليل (Diffuse) روشنيءَ جو هڪ ذريعو بڻجي وڃي ٿي، صرف ڪمري جي اندر موجود شين يا مٿاڇرين کي روشن ڪرڻ بدران. دريءَ جي ويجهو موجود مٿاڇرين تي اڻ سڌي روشني وڌائڻ سان، منٽن دريءَ جي چوڌاري واري حصي کي وڌيڪ روشن بڻائين ٿا ۽ ڪمري جي اندر پاڇن جي تضاد کي گهٽائين ٿا.

=== فريم ۽ سيش جي جوڙجڪ ===

فريم ۽ سيش هيٺين مواد مان تيار ڪري سگهجن ٿا:

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! مواد
! [[حرارتي مزاحمت]]
! پائيداري
! سار سنڀال
! قيمت
! ٻيهر استعمال ٿيل مواد
! تبصرو
|-
| [[ڪاٺ]]
| تمام سٺي
| مختلف
| گهٽ
| اوسط
| وڌيڪ
| جيڪڏهن 1950ع کان اڳ ٺهيل ڪاٺ جي دريءَ جي صحيح سار سنڀال ڪئي وڃي ته اها 50–100 سال هلي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Saving Windows, Saving Money: Evaluating the Energy Performance of Window Retrofit and Replacement |url=https://forum.savingplaces.org/viewdocument/saving-windows-saving-money-evalu |website=Resource Library – National Trust for Historic Preservation |publisher=National Trust for Historic Preservation |access-date=March 31, 2020 |archive-date=August 3, 2020 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200803231452/https://forum.savingplaces.org/viewdocument/saving-windows-saving-money-evalu |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;&gt;{{cite web |last1=Peterson Wasielewski |first1=Shannon |title=Windows: Energy Efficiency Facts and Myths |url=https://dahp.wa.gov/sites/default/files/Windows%20Energy%20Efficiency%20Facts%20and%20Myths.pdf |website=Washington Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation |access-date=March 31, 2020 |archive-date=October 27, 2020 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20201027125413/https://dahp.wa.gov/sites/default/files/Windows%20Energy%20Efficiency%20Facts%20and%20Myths.pdf |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;
|-
| [[پولي ونائل ڪلورائيڊ|uPVC (&quot;ونائل&quot;)]]
| تمام سٺي
| تمام سٺي{{Efn-lr|PVC ۽ فائبر گلاس جا فريم تيز رفتار موسمي آزمائشن ۾ سٺي ڪارڪردگي ڏيکارين ٿا. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ PVC ٻين موادن جيترو مضبوط نه هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي ساختي مضبوطي وڌائڻ لاءِ ڪجهه PVC فريمن کي ڌاتو يا مرڪب مواد سان مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي.|name=PVC&amp;fiberglass}}
| تمام گهٽ
| اوسط
| تمام گهٽ
| عام طور انهن جي عمر 25–50 سال هوندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot; /&gt;
|-
| [[ايلومينيم]]
| تمام سٺي{{Efn-lr|1=جديد ايلومينيم دريءَ جا فريم عام طور شيشي جي فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل پوليامائيڊ مان ٺهيل حرارتي رڪاوٽ (thermal break) ذريعي الڳ ڪيا ويندا آهن. 34&amp;nbsp;mm حرارتي موصليت واري پروفائل سان ڌاتو جي دريءَ لاءِ Uf=1.3 W/m2K تائين حاصل ڪري سگهجي ٿو. ان سان حرارتي مزاحمت تمام گهڻي وڌي ٿي، جڏهن ته تقريباً سموري ساختي مضبوطي برقرار رهي ٿي.}}
| سٺي
| تمام گهٽ
| گهٽ
| عام طور &gt;95٪
| گهڻو ڪري حرارتي موصليت واري پروفائل ذريعي حرارتي رڪاوٽ مهيا ڪئي ويندي آهي.
|-
| مرڪب مواد
| تمام سٺي
| سٺي
| تمام گهٽ
| وڌيڪ
| وڌيڪ
| جديد عمارتن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.
|-
| [[اسٽيل]]
| وچولي
| انتهائي سٺي
| تمام گهٽ
| وڌيڪ
| &gt;98٪
| عام طور ڪنڊن تي ويلڊ ڪيو ويندو آهي.
|-
| [[فائبر گلاس]]
| تمام سٺي
| تمام سٺي{{Efn-lr|name=PVC&amp;fiberglass}}
| تمام گهٽ
| وڌيڪ
| وچولي
|
|}

[[مرڪب مواد|مرڪب مواد]] (Composites)، جن کي هائبرڊ دريون پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، 1998ع جي شروعات کان استعمال ٿيڻ لڳا. انهن ۾ ايلومينيم + PVC يا ڪاٺ جهڙن مختلف موادن کي گڏايو ويندو آهي، جيئن هڪ مواد جي جمالياتي خوبصورتي کي ٻئي مواد جي فني ۽ ڪارڪردگيءَ وارن فائدن سان گڏ حاصل ڪري سگهجي.

[[File:Bleekman zimmer.jpg|thumb|uPVC دريءَ جي فريمن سان موصل گليزنگ وارين درين جي هڪ عام تنصيب]]

PVC دريءَ جي فريمن جو هڪ خاص قسم، يعني uPVC دريءَ جا فريم، 20هين صديءَ جي آخر کان، خاص طور يورپ ۾، وڏي پيماني تي رائج ٿي ويا. 1998ع تائين اهڙين درين جا لڳ ڀڳ 83.5 ملين فريم نصب ٿي چڪا هئا،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1=Pritchard|first1=Geoffrey|title=Novel and Traditional Fillers for Plastics: Technology and Market Developments|year=1999|publisher=iSmithers Rapra Publishing|isbn=978-1-85957-183-5|page=95|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=U3GWoyuMEckC&amp;pg=PA95}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ 2012ع تائين انهن جو تعداد مسلسل وڌندو رهيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.prweb.com/releases/Vinyl_doors_market/vinyl_windows_market/prweb9415523.htm|archive-url=https://archive.today/20130131182428/http://www.prweb.com/releases/Vinyl_doors_market/vinyl_windows_market/prweb9415523.htm|url-status=dead|archive-date=January 31, 2013|title=Global Vinyl Windows Market to Reach 163 Million Units by 2017, According to a New Report by Global Industry Analysts, Inc. |publisher=PRWeb|date=April 18, 2012|access-date=February 11, 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== گليزنگ ۽ ڀرڻ ===

[[گهٽ اخراجيت]] (Low-emissivity) واري ڪوٽنگ سان ڍڪيل شيشي جا پين [[تابڪاري]] (Radiation) ذريعي ٿيندڙ گرميءَ جي منتقلي کي گهٽائين ٿا. ڪوٽنگ ڪهڙي سطح تي لڳل آهي، ان تي مدار رکندي، اهي ٿڌن علائقن ۾ گرمي جي نقصان کي گهٽائڻ يا گرم علائقن ۾ گرمي جي اندر اچڻ کي روڪڻ ۾ مدد ڏين ٿا.

اعليٰ حرارتي مزاحمت ان صورت ۾ حاصل ڪري سگهجي ٿي، جڏهن موصل گليزنگ يونٽن مان هوا ڪڍي ڇڏجي يا انهن کي [[آرگون]] يا [[ڪرپٽون]] جهڙين گيسن سان ڀريو وڃي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن گيسن جي حرارتي چالڪائي گهٽ هوندي آهي، جنهن جي ڪري [[حرارتي چالڪائي]] ذريعي گرمي جي منتقلي گهٽجي ويندي آهي. اهڙين گليزنگ يونٽن جي ڪارڪردگي سٺين دريءَ جي سيلن ۽ احتياط سان تيار ڪيل فريمن تي دارومدار رکي ٿي، جيئن هوا اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهي ۽ موصليت جي ڪارڪردگي برقرار رهي.

جديد ٻٽي ۽ ٽِه-شيشي وارين درين ۾ عام طور هڪ يا وڌيڪ Low-E ڪوٽنگون شامل هونديون آهن، جيڪي دريءَ جي U-factor (يعني موصليت جي قدر يا گرمي جي نقصان جي شرح) کي گهٽائينديون آهن. عام طور نرم ڪوٽنگ (Soft-coat) واريون Low-E تہون سخت ڪوٽنگ (Hard-coat) وارين تہن جي ڀيٽ ۾ گهٽ [[شمسي گرمي حاصل ڪرڻ جو عدد]] (SHGC) مهيا ڪنديون آهن.

جديد دريون عام طور هر سيش ۾ شيشي جي هڪ وڏي چادر سان گليز ڪيون وينديون آهن، جڏهن ته ماضيءَ ۾ وڏيون شيشي جون چادرون موجود نه هجڻ سبب، دريون ڪيترن ئي ننڍن شيشي جي پينن مان ٺهنديون هيون، جيڪي ''گليزنگ بارن'' يا ''[[منٽن]]'' ذريعي هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيا ويندا هئا. اڄڪلهه گليزنگ بار گهڻو ڪري صرف سينگار لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، ۽ وڏيون شيشي جون چادرون موجود هجڻ باوجود دريءَ کي ڪيترن ننڍن پينن ۾ ورهايل ڏيکاريندا آهن، عام طور اهڙي نموني ۾، جيڪو استعمال ٿيندڙ تعميراتي طرز مطابق هوندو آهي. گليزنگ بار اڪثر ڪاٺ جا هوندا آهن، پر ڪڏهن ڪڏهن وڌيڪ پيچيده نمونن لاءِ پنهنجي جاءِ تي سولڊر ڪيل سيهي جا گليزنگ بار پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

=== جوڙجڪ جا ٻيا تفصيل ===

گهڻين درين سان حرڪت ڪندڙ [[دريءَ جا پردا]]، جهڙوڪ [[بلائنڊ]] يا [[پردا]]، لڳل هوندا آهن، جيڪي روشني کي روڪڻ، اضافي حرارتي موصليت مهيا ڪرڻ يا رازداري برقرار رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

دريون قدرتي روشني کي عمارت جي اندر اچڻ ڏين ٿيون، پر جيڪڏهن روشني تمام گهڻي هجي ته ان جا ناڪاري اثر به ٿي سگهن ٿا، جهڙوڪ چمڪ (گليئر) ۽ گرمي جو وڌي وڃڻ. ان کان علاوه، جيتوڻيڪ دريون استعمال ڪندڙ کي ٻاهر ڏسڻ جي سهولت ڏين ٿيون، پر ساڳئي وقت عمارت جي اندر موجود ماڻهن جي رازداري برقرار رکڻ جو به ڪو مناسب طريقو هجڻ ضروري آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Design Evaluation Project&quot;&gt;Howell, Sandra C. (1976). ''Designing for the Elderly; Windows''. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Department of Architecture. Design Evaluation Project.&lt;/ref&gt; اهڙين حالتن ۾ دريءَ جا پردا ۽ ڍڪڻ وارا ٻيا انتظام انهن مسئلن جو هڪ عملي حل فراهم ڪندا آهن.

== سج جو اثر ==
{{Main|قدرتي روشني (تعمير)}}

=== سج جي ڪرڻن جو پوندڙ زاويون ===

روايتي طور دريون اهڙي نموني سان ٺهيل هونديون آهن، جو انهن جون سطحون عمارت جي عمودي ڀتين سان متوازي هونديون آهن. اهڙي جوڙجڪ سبب، سج جي ڪرڻن جي عام طور تي پوندڙ زاوين جي ڪري، سج جي روشني ۽ گرمي وڏي مقدار ۾ دريءَ مان اندر داخل ٿيندي آهي. [[غير فعال شمسي عمارت جي جوڙجڪ]] ۾، عام طور هڪ ڊگهو [[ڇڄ]] استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن درين مان اندر ايندڙ سج جي روشني ۽ گرميءَ جي مقدار تي ضابطو رکي سگهجي.

ان جو هڪ متبادل طريقو اهو آهي ته دريءَ جي لڳائڻ لاءِ اهڙو بهترين زاويون حساب ڪيو وڃي، جيڪو اونهاري ۾ سج مان ايندڙ گرميءَ جي بار کي گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ڪري، ۽ ان سان گڏ عمارت جي حقيقي ويڪرائي ڦاڪ (ليٽيٽيوڊ) کي به نظر ۾ رکيو وڃي. هي طريقو، مثال طور، [[ڊيڪن بلڊنگ]] ۾ [[برسبين، ڪيليفورنيا]] ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويو آهي، جتي گهڻيون دريون اهڙي زاويي تي لڳايون ويون آهن جو اهي اونهاري جي گرميءَ جو وڏو حصو موٽائي ڇڏين، ۽ اندروني حصي ۾ اونهاري دوران وڌيڪ [[حد کان وڌيڪ روشني]] (اوور-اليميونيشن) ۽ چمڪ (گليئر) کان بچاءُ ڪن. ان مقصد لاءِ دريون تقريباً 45 درجن جي زاويي تي ترڇيون لڳايون ويون آهن.

=== شمسي دري ===

{{Main|فوٽووولٽائڪس}}

[[فوٽووولٽائڪ دري]]ون نه رڳو صاف نظارو مهيا ڪن ٿيون ۽ ڪمرا روشن ڪن ٿيون، پر سج جي روشنيءَ کي عمارت لاءِ بجليءَ ۾ پڻ تبديل ڪن ٿيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=https://news.mit.edu/2008/mit-opens-new-window-solar-energy/|title=MIT opens new 'window' on solar energy |publisher=Web.mit.edu |date=July 10, 2008 |access-date=February 11, 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt; گهڻو ڪري انهن ۾ نيم شفاف فوٽووولٽائڪ سيل استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

=== غير فعال شمسي دريون ===

{{Main|غير فعال شمسي عمارت جي جوڙجڪ}}

'''غير فعال شمسي دريون''' (پيسو سولر ونڊوز) عمارت جي اندر روشني ۽ شمسي توانائي داخل ٿيڻ ڏين ٿيون، جڏهن ته هوا جي رساءَ ۽ گرميءَ جي نقصان کي گهٽ ۾ گهٽ رکڻ جي ڪوشش ڪن ٿيون. جيڪڏهن اهڙين درين کي سج، هوا ۽ آس پاس جي ماحول کي نظر ۾ رکندي صحيح هنڌ تي لڳايو وڃي، اونهاري ۽ وچولي موسمن ۾ وڌيڪ گرميءَ کي روڪڻ لاءِ مناسب پاڇو مهيا ڪيو وڃي، ۽ ڏينهن جو گرمي جذب ڪري رات جو آهستي آهستي خارج ڪرڻ لاءِ حرارتي ماس (ٿرمل ماس) فراهم ڪيو وڃي، ته اهڙي جوڙجڪ سان آرامده ماحول ۽ [[توانائيءَ جو مؤثر استعمال|توانائيءَ جي ڪارڪردگي]] ۾ نمايان واڌارو اچي ٿو. مناسب شمسي روشني وارن علائقن ۾، جيڪڏهن اهڙيون دريون صحيح نموني سان ڊزائين ڪيون وڃن، ته اهي عمارت جي بنيادي گرمائش واري نظام طور پڻ ڪم ڪري سگهن ٿيون.

=== ڍڪڻ وارا انتظام ===

[[دريءَ جو ڍڪ]] (Window covering) اهڙو پردو يا اسڪرين هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪيترائي مختلف ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي. ڪجهه ڍڪ، جهڙوڪ پردا ۽ [[بلائنڊ]]، رهواسين کي رازداري مهيا ڪندا آهن. ڪجهه دريءَ جا ڍڪ سج مان ايندڙ گرمي ۽ چمڪ کي ڪنٽرول ڪندا آهن. اهڙن ڍڪن جا ٻه بنيادي قسم آهن: ٻاهرئين پاسي لڳندڙ پاڇيدار اوزار (ايڪسٽرنل شيڊنگ ڊوائيسز) ۽ اندرين پاسي لڳندڙ پاڇيدار اوزار (انٽرنل شيڊنگ ڊوائيسز).&lt;ref name=&quot;Windows&quot;&gt;Beckett, H. E., &amp; Godfrey, J. A. (1974). ''Windows: Performance, design and installation''. New York, NY: Van Nostrand Reinhold Company.&lt;/ref&gt;

گهٽ اخراجيت (Low-E) واري [[دريءَ جي فلم]] پراڻين ۽ گهٽ موصل درين کي تبديل ڪرڻ کان سواءِ، انهن کي وڌيڪ توانائي-موثر درين ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ لاءِ هڪ گهٽ خرچ وارو متبادل آهي. گهڻ ماڙ عمارتن ۾ [[هوشيار شيشو]] (سمارٽ گلاس) به هڪ مناسب متبادل طور استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== تصويرن جو مجموعو ===
&lt;gallery widths=&quot;170&quot; heights=&quot;170&quot; mode=&quot;packed&quot; caption=&quot;درين جا مختلف مثال&quot;&gt;
File:Window grill from a palace of Ramesses III MET 14.6.232-dia1.jpg|[[قديم مصري تعميراتي فن|قديم مصري]] [[بلوا پٿر]] جي دريءَ جي جالي، [[رمسيس ٽيون]] جي محل مان، جيڪا هاڻي [[ميٽروپوليٽن ميوزيم آف آرٽ]] (نيو يارڪ شهر) ۾ موجود آهي.
File:GBM - Glas Fenster.jpg|پهرين کان چوٿين صدي عيسويءَ جي وچ واري دور جي [[قديم رومي تعميراتي فن|رومي]] دريءَ جي شيشي جي هڪ پليٽ جو ٽڪرو. ان جي نمايان وڪڙ تي ڌيان ڏيو؛ هي ڪو هموار شيشي جو پين نه آهي.
File:Window art in Kalleshvara Temple at Aralaguppe (edited angles and cropped).jpg|[[هندستاني تعميراتي فن|هندستاني]] [[ڪلليشورا مندر، ارالاگپّي|ڪلليشورا مندر]] (ڀارت) جي دري.
File:师俭堂.JPG|[[چيني تعميراتي فن|چيني]] [[جالي]] واري دري [[جينزئي]] ([[جيانگسو]]، چين) ۾.
File:Atenas, varios 10.jpg|[[بازنطيني تعميراتي فن|بازنطيني]] دري [[لِٽل ميٽروپولس]] ([[اٿينس]]، يونان) جي.
File:Jameh Mosque of Nishapur - October 13 2013 45.JPG|[[اسلامي تعميراتي فن|اسلامي]] دري [[جامع مسجد نيشاپور]] ([[نيشاپور]]، [[ايران]]) جي.
File:David et Salomon, vitrail roman, Cathédrale de Strasbourg.jpg|[[رومانسڪ تعميراتي فن|رومانسڪ]] رنگين شيشي جي دريءَ جو حصو، جنهن ۾ بادشاهن [[دائود]] ۽ [[سليمان]] کي ڏيکاريو ويو آهي، [[اسٽراسبرگ نوٽر ڊام گرجاگھر]] ([[اسٽراسبرگ]]، فرانس) مان.
File:Chartres RosetteNord 121 DSC08241.jpg|[[شارتر گرجاگھر]] ([[شارتر]]، فرانس) جي اترئين ٽرانسپٽ جون دريون.
File:Béringuier-Bonnefoy fenêtre (2).jpg|سيڙهين واري برج جي [[فليمبوئنٽ گوٿڪ]] دري ([[تولوز]]، فرانس).
File:Valdai IverskyMon asv2018 img41.jpg|[[روسي تعميراتي فن|روسي]] دري [[والڊائي آئورسڪي خانقاه]] ([[والڊائسڪوئي ڍنڍ]]، [[نووگوروڊ اوبلاست]]، روس) جي.
File:Flickr - fusion-of-horizons - stavropoleos (124).jpg|[[برانڪووينيسڪ طرز]] جي دري [[اسٽاوروپوليوس خانقاه]] ([[بخاريسٽ]]، رومانيا) جي.
File:Fenetre-assezat-cour (2).jpg|[[نشاةِ ثانيه جي تعميراتي فن|نشاةِ ثانيه]] جي طرز واري دري [[هوٽل ڊي اسيزا]] ([[تولوز]]، فرانس) جي.
File:0756a - Milano - Palazzo Sormani-Andreani - Foto Giovanni Dall'Orto 5-May-2007 (edited).jpg|[[باروڪ تعميراتي فن|باروڪ]] طرز جي دري [[پالازو سورماني]] ([[ميلان]]، اٽلي) جي.
File:Zwinger Wallpavillon Gartenseite, Dresden.jpg|[[روڪوڪو]] طرز جون دريون [[زونگر]] ([[ڊريسڊن]]، جرمني) جون.
File:South gate of the Petit Trianon 004.JPG|[[لوئي شانزدهم طرز]] جي گول دري [[پيٽي ٽريانون]] ([[ورسائي]]، فرانس) جي، جنهن جي مٿئين حصي تي [[فيسٽون]] مان نڪتل سينگار موجود آهي.
File:Window of a lateral façade of the Romanian Athenaeum, on Strada Benjamin Franklin (Bucharest, Romania).jpg|[[نوڪلاسيڪي تعميراتي فن|نوڪلاسيڪي]] طرز جي درين جو مجموعو [[رومانيائي اٿينيئم]] (بخاريسٽ) جي پاسي واري مهاڙي تي.
File:Window of a very beautiful Gothic Revival house on the Jean-Louis Calderon street from Bucharest (Romania).jpg|[[گوٿڪ ريوائول تعميراتي فن|گوٿڪ ريوائول]] طرز جي هڪ گهر جي دري، اسٽراڊا جين-لوئي ڪالڊيرون، بخاريسٽ ۾.
File:P1340760 Paris II place et passage du Caire rwk.jpg|[[مصري ريوائول]] طرز جون دريون، پلاس دو ڪئير (پيرس) ۾ هڪ عمارت جون.
File:60, Bulevardul Dacia, Bucharest (Romania) 1.jpg|[[رومانيائي ريوائول تعميراتي فن|رومانيائي ريوائول]] طرز جي دري، بوليوارڊول ڊاسيا، بخاريسٽ تي واقع هڪ گهر جي.
File:Window, 55 rue Molitor, Paris 25 February 2017.jpg|19هين صديءَ جون [[انتخابي تعميراتي فن|ايڪليڪٽڪ]] ڪلاسيڪي طرز جون دريون، رو موليتور (پيرس) ۾.
File:9, Strada Dianei, Bucharest (Romania) 3.jpg|[[بيو-آرٽس تعميراتي فن|بيو-آرٽس]] طرز جي دري، اسٽروئسڪو هائوس، اسٽراڊا ديانيئي (بخاريسٽ) ۾.
File:Stillemans32.jpg|[[آرٽ ڊيڪو]] طرز جو گهر، جنهن ۾ رنگين شيشي جون دريون آهن، اسٽلمنس اسٽراٽ ([[سينٽ-نيڪلاس]]، بيلجيم).
File:Reliance Building (Burnham Hotel) - Chicago, Illinois.JPG|[[شڪاگو دري]]ون [[ريلائنس بلڊنگ]] (شڪاگو) جون.
File:Maison Horta, détail de la façade.JPG|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جون دريون [[هورٽا ميوزيم]] ([[برسلز]]، بيلجيم) جون.
File:Fischerkirche (window), Born a. Darß.jpg|[[بورن آف ڊارش]] (جرمني) جي لوٿرن ڪاٺ جي گرجاگھر جي دري، شٽرن سان گڏ.
File:Restaurant Amigos de Acapulco (window), Chico.jpg|[[چيڪو، ڪيليفورنيا|چيڪو]] (ڪيليفورنيا) ۾ هڪ ميڪسيڪي ريسٽورنٽ جي خدمت واري دري.
File:Windows of the Cité de la musique, Paris July 2015.jpg|[[مابعد جديد تعميراتي فن|مابعد جديد]] طرز جون دريون، سيتي دي لا ميوزيڪ (پيرس) جون.
File:Windows (7004083002).jpg|[[همعصر تعميراتي فن|همعصر]] طرز جون دريون [[ڪيٿيڊرل پلازا بخاريسٽ]] جون.
File:Fönster - Entré - Ystad-2021.jpg|[[يسٽاد]] ۾ هڪ رهائشي عمارت جي داخلا وٽ تمام اوچيون دريون.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>2of1xxkp8avl7ft5jbjgdcwljkr8qzw</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400919</id>
      <parentid>400918</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T15:37:38Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400919</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="84370" sha1="fpbqu72obk4a5p9z83x83o7re79t7bi" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڀت، دروازي، ڇت يا گاڏي ۾ روشني، هوا ۽ ٻاهرئين ڏيک لاءِ ٺاهيل کُليل حصو}}

{{multiple image
|perrow=3
|total_width=400
|image1=Window of the house with number 17 on strada Mântuleasa, from Bucharest (Romania).jpg
|image2=Atua Kosua shrine4.jpg
|image3=Traditional wooden window (Akhi Jhyal).jpg
|image4=P1300843 Paris X rue de Paradis n18 detail rwk.jpg
|image5=Exterior facade of the Hôtel de Bourvallais 003.JPG
|image6=Chartres RosetteNord 121 DSC08241.jpg
|footer=دريَن جا مختلف نمونا
}}

'''دري''' (Window) ڀت، [[در]]، [[ڇت]] يا [[گاڏي]] ۾ ٺهيل اهڙو کُليل حصو آهي، جيڪو [[روشني]] کي اندر اچڻ، [[هوا]] جي اچ وڃ ۽ ڪيترين حالتن ۾ آواز جي گذر جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. جديد دريون عام طور شيشي  يا ڪنهن ٻئي شفاف يا نيم شفاف مواد سان ڍڪيل هونديون آهن. شيشو عام طور هڪ [[تاڪ]] (Sash) ۾ لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[فريم]] جي اندر نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt; ڪيترن ئي حوالن ۾ تاڪ ۽ فريم ٻنهي کي گڏجي دري پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/window/|title=Window|publisher=The Free Dictionary By Farlex|access-date=19 May 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

گهڻيون شيشي واريون دريون کولي يا بند ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. دري کولڻ سان [[هوا جي مٽاسٽا]] (وينٽيليشن) ممڪن ٿيندي آهي، جڏهن ته بند ڪرڻ سان مينهن، تيز هوا ۽ ٻين خراب موسمي حالتن کان تحفظ حاصل ٿيندو آهي. دريَن ۾ اڪثر [[ڪڙي]] (Latch) يا اهڙو ٻيو ميڪانياتي بندش وارو اوزار لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو دري کي بند ڪري تالو لڳائڻ يا مختلف درجن تائين کليل حالت ۾ قائم رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

دريَن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جن ۾ '''[[آئبرو دري]]'''  (آئبرو ونڊو - eyebrow)، '''[[مقرر دري]]''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو)، [[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]] (ھيڪساگونل ونڊو)، '''[[سنگل هنگ دري]]''' (سنگل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[ڊبل هنگ دري]]''' (ڊبل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[افقي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري]]''' (ھرائيزينٽل سلائيڊنگ سيش ونڊو)، [[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]، '''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window)، '''هاپر دري''' (Hopper window)، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ سلائيڊ دري''' ، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ ٽرن دري'''، '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom)، '''پاسي واري دري''' (سلائيڊ لائيٽ ونڊو)، [[جيلوسي دري]] (Jalousie)، [[لوور دري]] (Louvered)، [[ڪليرسٽوري دري]] (Clerestory)، [[لينسٽ دري]] (Lancet)، [[ڇت جو روشندان]] (اسڪائلائيٽ)، [[ڇت جي دري]] (روف ونڊو)، [[روف لئنٽرن]] (lantern)، [[بي دري]] (Bay)، [[اوريل دري]] (Oriel)، [[ڊائيوڪليشيئن دري]] (Diocletian)، '''تصويري دري''' (Picture)، [[گلابي دري]] (Rose)، '''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري'''، [[رنگين شيشي واري دري]] (Stained glass)، '''فرينچ دري'''، '''پينل دري'''، '''ٻٽي يا ٽرپل شيشي واري دري'''  ۽ [[وچ دري]] (Witch) شامل آهن.

== اشتقاق ==

انگريزي لفظ '''ونڊو''' (''window'') جو بنياد [[قديم نارس ٻولي]] جي لفظ {{lang|non|vindauga}} مان نڪتل آهي، جيڪو {{lang|non|vindr}} (هوا) ۽ {{lang|non|auga}} (اک) مان ٺهيل آهي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;هوا جي اک&quot; آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |title=New Oxford American Dictionary |date=2010 |access-date=January 16, 2015 |archive-date=June 2, 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130602205448/http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[نارويجي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|no|[[نينورسڪ]]}} ۽ [[آئس لينڊي ٻولي]] ۾ قديم نارس جو هي لفظ اڄ تائين زندهه رهيو آهي. آئس لينڊي ۾ اهو رڳو هڪ ننڍڙي کليل &quot;دري&quot; جي هڪ قسم لاءِ نسبتاً گهٽ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ آهي، ۽ اهو {{lang|is|gluggi}} (آئس لينڊي ٻوليءَ ۾ &quot;دري&quot; لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ) جو مڪمل مترادف نه آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|title=Hvaðan kemur orðið gluggi? Af hverju notum við ekki vindauga samanber window?|work=Vísindavefurinn|access-date=2018-09-17|language=is|archive-date=December 14, 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191214165059/https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|url-status=live}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ {{lang|sv|vindöga}} لفظ اڃا تائين جهونپڙيءَ جي ڇت ۾ موجود سوراخ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته [[ڊينش ٻولي]] جي {{lang|da|vindue}} ۽ نارويجي ٻولي جي {{lang|no|[[بوڪمول]]}} ۾ {{lang|no|vindu}} لفظ مان &quot;اک&quot; سان سڌو تعلق ختم ٿي ويو آهي، جيئن انگريزي لفظ ''window'' ۾ به ٿيو آهي. ڊينش (پر نارويجي [[بوڪمول]] نه) ۾ هن لفظ جو اچار انگريزي ''window'' سان گهڻو مشابهت رکي ٿو.

انگريزي جو لفظ ''ونڊو'' (window) پهريون ڀيرو 13هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ لکيل استعمال ملي ٿو، ۽ شروعات ۾ ان مان مراد ڇت ۾ موجود شيشي کان سواءِ هڪ کليل سوراخ هئي. بعد ۾ ''ونڊو''، [[قديم انگريزي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|ang|eagþyrl}} جي جاءِ ورتي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو سوراخ&quot; آهي، ۽ {{lang|ang|eagduru}}، جنهن جي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو در&quot; آهي.

تنهن هوندي به، ڪيترين ئي جرمني ٻولين شيشي واري دري لاءِ لاطيني لفظ فينيسٽرا fenestra اختيار ڪيو، جهڙوڪ [[معياري ٻولي|معياري]] [[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ فونسٽر fönster ۽ [[جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ فينسٽر Fenster.
انگريزي ۾ ''ونڊو'' لفظ جو استعمال غالباً [[وائڪنگ دور]] دوران انگريزي ٻوليءَ تي اسڪينڊي نيويائي اثر ۽ [[ڌاريل لفظ]]ن جي ذريعي ٿيو. انگريزي ۾ ''فينيسٽر'' لفظ پڻ ''ونڊو'' سان گڏ 18هين صديءَ جي وچ تائين متوازي طور استعمال ٿيندو رهيو.

لفظ '''فينيسٽريشن''' اڄ به عمارت جي [[مهاڙي]] ۾ درين جي ترتيب يا بناوت کي بيان ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته '''[[ڊيفينسٽريشن]]''' (''defenestration'') جي معنيٰ آهي &quot;ڪنهن کي دريءَ مان ٻاهر اڇلائڻ&quot;.

== تاريخ ==
{{Multiple image
|total_width=400
|image1=MorellaSantaMariaWindow.jpg
|caption1=[[الباسٽر]] مان ٺهيل &quot;مولين&quot; سان ورهايل سينگاريل دريون [[سانتا ماريا لا ميجور گرجاگھر]] ([[موريلّا، ڪاسٽيلون|موريلّا]]، اسپين) ۾
|image2=ValenciaCathedral2.JPG
|caption2=[[والينسيا گرجاگھر]] ۾ الباسٽر جي دري. ڀت جي فريم جي کاٻي پاسي جي غير هموار ۽ ترڇي شڪل تي ڌيان ڏيو، جيڪا سج جي ڪرڻن کي عبادت گاهه جي اڳئين حصي (چينسل) تائين پهچڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي.
}}

[[رومي سلطنت|رومين]] ماڻهن کي درين ۾ [[شيشو]] استعمال ڪندڙ پهريون معلوم ماڻهو سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ۽ اها ٽيڪنالاجي غالباً سڀ کان پهرين [[رومي مصر]] ۾، [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ {{circa|100}}ع ڌاري تيار ڪئي وئي هئي.{{Citation needed|date=April 2024}} درين جون تصويرون قديم مصري ڀتين جي نقاشين ۽ [[اسيريا]] جي مجسمن ۾ پڻ ڏسي سگهجن ٿيون. ڪاغذي دريون گهٽ خرچ واريون هونديون هيون ۽ قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ [[شيشو]] عام ماڻهن جي گهرن جي درين ۾ صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيو، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل [[جانورن جا سڱ|جانورن جي سڱن]] مان ٺهيل درين جا شيشا 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿي رهيا هئا. 19هين صديءَ ۾ آمريڪي اولهه وارن علائقن ۾ آبادڪارن [[تيل لڳل ڪاغذ جي دري]]ن جو استعمال شروع ڪيو. جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون جڏهن صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته ٿي ويا.

=== ٽيڪنالاجيون ===

13هين صدي ق.م. ۾ سڀ کان اوائليون دريون ڇت ۾ بغير شيشي وارا کليل سوراخ هوندا هئا، جيئن ڏينهن جي وقت روشني اندر اچي سگهي.{{citation needed|date=January 2023}} بعد ۾،{{when|date=October 2016}} انهن درين کي جانورن جي کل، ڪپڙي يا ڪاٺ سان ڍڪيو ويندو هو. ان کان پوءِ اهڙا [[دريءَ جا شٽر|شٽر]] وجود ۾ آيا، جيڪي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگهبا هئا.{{when|date=October 2016}} وقت سان گڏ اهڙيون دريون تيار ڪيون ويون جيڪي هڪ طرف رهواسين کي موسم جي اثرن کان بچائينديون هيون ۽ ٻي طرف روشني به اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون. انهن ۾ نيم شفاف مواد جا ڪيترائي ننڍا ٽڪرا استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا، جهڙوڪ جانورن جي چپٽن ۽ نيم شفاف سڱن جا ٽڪرا، ڪاغذ جون چادرون، [[سنگ مرمر]] جون سنهيون پتيون (جهڙوڪ [[فينگائيٽ]])، يا شيشي جا ٽڪرا، جيڪي ڪاٺ، لوهه يا سيهي جي ٺهيل فريمن ۾ لڳايا ويندا هئا. ڏور اوڀر ۾ درين کي ڀرڻ لاءِ ڪاغذ استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot;&gt;{{cite encyclopedia | url= http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | title= Window | encyclopedia= Britannica | access-date= May 19, 2012 | archive-date= May 2, 2015 | archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20150502185207/http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | url-status= live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

رومي ماڻهو درين ۾ شيشي جا پهريان معلوم استعمال ڪندڙ هئا، ۽ هنن اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي مان فائدو ورتو جيڪا غالباً پهريون ڀيرو [[رومي مصر]] ۾ ترقي ڪئي وئي هئي. خاص طور تي [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ تقريباً {{circa}} 100ع ڌاري [[ڍاليل شيشو|ڍاليل شيشي]] جون دريون ظاهر ٿيڻ لڳيون، جيتوڻيڪ انهن جون بصري خاصيتون ڪمزور هيون. اهي ننڍيون ۽ ٿلهيون هونديون هيون ۽ حقيقت ۾ [[شيشو ڦوڪڻ|ڦوڪيل شيشي]] جي مرتبانن (سلينڊر نما شڪل) کي چپٽو ڪري چادرن جي صورت ۾ ٺاهيو ويندو هو، جن تي هر هنڌ گول دائري جهڙا نشان موجود هوندا هئا. (موازنہ ڪريو روايتي [[گرجاگھر جي دري]]ن سان، جيڪي [[رنگين شيشو]] مان ٺهيل هونديون آهن.) دريءَ جو شيشو ايترو شفاف ٿيڻ ۾، جو ان مان صاف ڏسي سگهجي جيئن اڄ اسين ڏسون ٿا، هڪ هزار سالن کان وڌيڪ وقت لڳو. تنهن هوندي به، قديم رومي دريون تمام ڪارآمد هيون، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن کي &quot;گرمي فراهم ڪرڻ واري ٽيڪنالاجيءَ ۾ اڪثر نظرانداز ڪيل ترقي&quot; سمجهيو ويندو آهي، ڇو ته اهي سج جي گرمي کي عمارت اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون، جڏهن ته اندر جي گرم هوا کي ٻاهر نڪرڻ کان روڪينديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last1=Carrier |first1=Richard |title=The Scientist in the Early Roman Empire |date=2017 |publisher=Pitchstone Publishing |location=Durham, North Carolina |isbn=978-1-63431-106-9 |page=218}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1154ع ۾ [[الادريسي]] [[گھانا سلطنت]] جي بادشاهه جي محل جي هڪ خاص خصوصيت طور شيشي جي درين جو ذڪر ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | url= https://books.google.com/books?id=umyHqvAErOAC&amp;dq=Ghana+Empire+glass+window&amp;pg=PA564 | title= Encyclopedia of African History 3-Volume Set| page= 564|author= Kevin Shillington |author-link= Kevin Shillington| publisher= [[Routledge]] | isbn= 978-1-135-45670-2 |date= 2013}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal | last= Fage | first=J. D. | title=Ancient Ghana: A Review Of The Evidence | journal=Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana | volume= 3 | issue= 2 | pages= 3–24 | year= 1957| jstor= 41405704}}&lt;/ref&gt;

صدين جي دوران اهڙيون ٽيڪنيڪون ترقي ڪيون ويون، جن جي ذريعي ڦوڪيل شيشي جي [[سلينڊر (هندسي شڪل)|سلينڊر]] جي هڪ پاسي کي ڪٽي، ساڳئي مقدار جي شيشي مان وڌيڪ سنهيون مستطيل دريون تيار ڪيون وينديون هيون. ان سان ڊگهيون ۽ سنهيون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، جيڪي عام طور تي هڪ عمودي سهاري سان ورهايل هونديون هيون، جنهن کي [[مولين]] چيو ويندو آهي. مولين سان ورهايل شيشي واريون دريون يورپ جي خوشحال ماڻهن ۾ پسنديده دريون هيون،{{when|date=January 2023}} جڏهن ته ڪاغذي دريون قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ گهٽ خرچ سبب وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ عام ماڻهن جي گهرن ۾ شيشي واريون دريون صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيون، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل جانورن جي سڱن مان ٺهيل دريون 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿينديون رهيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Langley|first=Andrew|title=Medieval Life|series= Eyewitness|year= 2011 |publisher= Dorling Kindersley|isbn=978-1-4053-4545-3|page=16}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون، جڏهن 19هين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته بڻايا ويا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Float Glass|date=July 6, 2007 |url=https://www.architectmagazine.com/technology/float-glass_o}}&lt;/ref&gt; جديد دريون عام طور تي شيشي سان ڀريون وينديون آهن، جيتوڻيڪ شفاف پلاسٽڪ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== جوڙجڪ جا لاڙا ===
{{See also|گرجاگھر جي دري}}

12هين صدي عيسويءَ کان [[اولهه يورپ]] جي [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ [[لينسٽ دري]]ن (''lancet windows'') جو متعارف ٿيڻ، محرابي درين جي هڪ اڳوڻي روايت تي ٻڌل هو،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 |quote= In general two or three windows united in a group, as was later the rule in Roman architecture, were even then of frequent occurrence in the early Christian architecture of Asia Minor. The form of the window is nearly everywhere the same; a rectangle that usually has a rounded top, but seldom a straight lintel.}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪي [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀن]] جي وچ ۾ لڳايون وينديون هيون،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 | quote = The place of the window was determined by the architectural membering of the basilica, the distance between two columns generally indicating the position of a window.}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ ان جي نتيجي ۾ نه رڳو [[ٽريسري]] ۽ نفيس [[قرونِ وسطى جا رنگين شيشا|رنگين شيشي]] واريون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، پر عبادتي عمارتن ۾ نوڪيدار يا گول شڪل وارين درين جو هڪ اهڙو ڊگهو تعميراتي رواج به پيدا ٿيو، جيڪو اڄ به ڪيترن ئي گرجاگهرن ۾ ڏسي سگهجي ٿو.

تعميراتي مؤرخ پيٽر سمٿ شروعاتي جديد دور جي ويلش ڳوٺاڻن گهرن ۾ درين جي تعميراتي لاڙن بابت لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
تقريباً 1680ع تائين درين جو تناسب افقي هوندو هو، جيڪو انهن گهٽ اوچائي وارن ڪمرن لاءِ مناسب هو، جيڪي هال هائوسن ۾ مٿيون ماڙ شامل ڪرڻ کان پوءِ وجود ۾ آيا هئا. ان کان پوءِ عمودي تناسب واريون دريون رواج ۾ آيون، جنهن جو هڪ سبب گهٽ ۾ گهٽ اهو هو ته [[نشاةِ ثانيه]] جي دور ۾ اوچين ڇتين جي پسند وڌي وئي هئي. 1914ع کان پوءِ حالتون ٻيهر بدلجي ويون ۽ افقي تناسب واريون دريون هڪ ڀيرو ٻيهر پسند ڪيون وڃڻ لڳيون.&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
 |last1                = Smith
 |first1               = Peter
 |author-link1         = Peter Smith (architectural historian)
 |editor-last1         = Thirsk
 |editor-first1        = Joan
 |editor-link1         = Joan Thirsk
 |year                 = 1985
 |chapter              = 21 Rural Building in Wales
 |title                = The Agrarian History of England and Wales
 |url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=EAA9AAAAIAAJ
 |volume               = 5: 1640-1750 2: Agrarian change
 |publication-place    = Cambridge
 |publisher            = Cambridge University Press
 |page                 = 781
 |isbn                 = 9780521257756
 |access-date          = 18 January 2023
}}
&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;17هين صديءَ ۾ يورپ ۾ درين جي ڊزائن ۾ اوچائي ويڪر کان وڌيڪ رکڻ جو لاڙو پيدا ٿيو. ڪاٺ جا فريم وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا هئا، ۽ سيش دريون (''sash windows'') پڻ متعارف ڪرايون ويون. 18هين صديءَ ۾ سيش درين جي ڊزائن ۾ تبديليون آيون؛ شيشي کي سنڀاليندڙ سنها افقي ۽ عمودي پٽا (glazing bars) وڌيڪ باريڪ بڻايا ويا ۽ درين جون ماپون به وڌيڪ معياري ٿي ويون.

19هين صديءَ دوران ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ننڍين ڪناري وارين درين ۾ رنگين شيشو استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته گليزنگ بارن کي گوٿڪ طرز جي شڪل ڏني ويندي هئي. دريون اڳي کان وڌيڪ وڏيون ٿيڻ لڳيون ۽ آرٽس اينڊ ڪرافٽس ۽ ڪوئين اين طرزِ تعمير تمام مشهور ٿيا، جيڪو لاڙو 20هين صديءَ تائين جاري رهيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Windows, glass, glazing - a brief history |url=https://www.thenbs.com/knowledge/windows-glass-glazing-a-brief-history |access-date=2026-03-17 |website=NBS |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ شيشي]] جي ٽيڪنالاجي جي پکڙجڻ سان پڪچر ونڊوز (''picture windows'') متعارف ڪرائڻ ممڪن ٿيو (پهريون ڀيرو [[ليويٽ ٽائون، پنسلوانيا]] ۾)،&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
|last1                = Rybczynski
|first1               = Witold
|author-link1         = Witold Rybczynski
|date                 = 13 May 2008
|orig-date            = 2007
|chapter              = Ranchers, Picture Windows and Morning Rooms
|title                = Last Harvest: From Cornfield to New Town: Real Estate Development from George Washington to the Builders of the Twenty-First Century, and Why We Live in Houses Anyway
|url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=rkuvkjyRGG0C
|publication-place    = New York
|publisher            = Simon and Schuster
|page                 = 207
|isbn                 = 9780743235976
|access-date          = 18 January 2023
|quote                = The casual, spread-out ranch house [...] by 1950 accounted for nine out of ten new houses. [...] Its one extravagance was a large window facing the street - the picture window. As far as I have been able to determine, picture windows made their first appearance in Levittown, Pennsylvania.
}}
&lt;/ref&gt; جنهن جو بنياد 1951–1952ع ۾ وڌو ويو.{{Clarify|reason=What was founded?|date=July 2024}}ايندڙ حصي (حصو 4) ۾ آخري پيراگراف (''Many modern day windows may have a window screen...'') جو مڪمل ترجمو، بنا ڪنهن اختصار جي، حوالن سميت پيش ڪندس.

اڄڪلهه جون ڪيتريون ئي [[جديديت|جديد]] دريون [[دريءَ جي جالي]] (''window screen'') يا ميش سان ليس هونديون آهن، جيڪا اڪثر [[ايلومينيم]] يا [[فائبر گلاس]] مان ٺهيل هوندي آهي، جيئن دري کولڻ وقت [[جيت]] اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهن. دريون بنيادي طور تي عمارت جي اندر موجود ماڻهن کي ٻاهرين دنيا سان هڪ اهم بصري لاڳاپو فراهم ڪرڻ لاءِ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن ذريعي اهي ٻاهر ٿيندڙ مسلسل بدلجندڙ منظرن ۽ واقعن کي ڏسي سگهن ٿا. اهڙو لاڳاپو عمارتن ۾ رهندڙ ماڻهن جي صحت ۽ ڀلائي لاءِ انتهائي اهم سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ جيڪڏهن ماڻهو اهڙين بند عمارتن ۾ رهن، جتي دريون نه هجن، ته انهن تي اهڙي ماحول جا ناڪاري اثر پئجي سگهن ٿا.

درين جي ڊزائن بابت مقرر ڪيل ڪيترن ئي معيارن مان، ڏينهن جي روشني سان لاڳاپيل معيارن ۾ ڪجهه اهم عنصر نمايان ٿيا آهن، جن ۾ هنڌ، وقت، موسم، فطرت ۽ ماڻهو شامل آهن. انهن سڀني معيارن مان، اهي دريون جيڪي [[فطرت]] جا نظارا مهيا ڪن ٿيون، ماڻهن جي نظر ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ اهم سمجهيون وڃن ٿيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Kent |first1=Michael |last2=Schiavon |first2=Stefano |date=2022 |title=Predicting Window View Preferences Using the Environmental Information Criteria |url=https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |journal=LEUKOS |volume=19 |issue=2 |pages=190–209 |doi=10.1080/15502724.2022.2077753 |s2cid=251121476 |access-date=2022-11-09 |archive-date=December 28, 2023 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20231228134015/https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

== قسم ==

[[File:casement_window_parts.svg|thumb|Parts of a casement cross-window, viewed from the outside]]
=== صليبي دري ===
{{main|صليبي دري}}

'''صليبي دري''' (ڪراس-ونڊو) هڪ مستطيل شڪل واري دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عام طور تي هڪ [[مولين]] ۽ هڪ [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] جي ذريعي چئن حصن (روشنين) ۾ ورهايل هوندي آهي، جيڪي گڏجي هڪ [[لاطيني صليب]] جي شڪل ٺاهيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;Curl, James Stevens (2006). ''Oxford Dictionary of Architecture and Landscape Architecture'', 2nd ed., OUP, Oxford and New York, p. 214. {{ISBN|978-0-19-860678-9}}.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ابرو نما دري ===

'''ابرو نما دري''' (Eyebrow window) جو اصطلاح ٻن معنائن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي: ڀت ۾ هڪ مڙيل مٿئين حصي واري دري، يا هڪ ابرو نما [[ڊارمر]]؛ ۽ ننڍين درين جي هڪ قطار، جيڪا عام طور تي عمارت جي سامهون ڇڄن هيٺان هوندي آهي، جهڙوڪ پنسلوانيا ۾ [[جيمس-لوراه هائوس]].&lt;ref&gt;Harris, Cyril M. (1998). ''American Architecture: An Illustrated Encyclopedia''. New York: W. W. Norton.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مقرر دري ===

'''مقرر دري''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا کولي نٿي سگهجي،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=CVTjAQAAQBAJ&amp;q=Fixed+window+is+window+that+cannot+open&amp;pg=PA83|title=Kitchen &amp; Bath Residential Construction and Systems|author=NKBA (National Kitchen and Bath Association)|date=2013-10-29|publisher=John Wiley &amp; Sons|isbn=978-1-118-71104-0|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ جنهن جو ڪم صرف روشني کي اندر اچڻ ڏيڻ هوندو آهي (غير مقرر دريءَ جي ابتڙ، جيڪا کلي ۽ بند ٿي سگهي ٿي). [[ڪليرسٽوري]] دريون [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ گهڻو ڪري مقرر هونديون آهن. ٽرانسم دريون مقرر به ٿي سگهن ٿيون يا کولي سگهجن ٿيون. اهڙي قسم جون دريون انهن حالتن ۾ استعمال ٿينديون آهن، جتي صرف روشني يا ٻاهر جو نظارو گهربل هجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ [[ٽرڪل وينٽ]] يا مٿئين وينٽ کان سواءِ اهڙين درين ذريعي هوا جي اچ وڃ ممڪن نه هوندي آهي.

=== هڪ طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

'''هڪ طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري'''  اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ هڪ سيش (عام طور هيٺيون) حرڪت ڪندڙ هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مقرر هوندو آهي. هي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ سيش دريءَ جي قديم ترين صورت آهي ۽ قيمت ۾ پڻ نسبتاً سستي هوندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== ٻه طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

{{main|سيش دري}}

'''سيش دري''' (Sash window) برطانيا ۽ انهن ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾، جيڪي اڳ برطانوي نوآبادين جو حصو هئا، روايتي دريءَ جو انداز آهي. ان ۾ ٻه حصا (سيش) هوندا آهن، جيڪي ٿورو هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهيل هوندا آهن ۽ فريم جي اندر مٿي ۽ هيٺ سلائيڊ ٿيندا آهن. ٻنهي حصن جو هڪجهڙو سائيز هجڻ ضروري نه آهي؛ جيڪڏهن مٿيون سيش ننڍو (گهٽ اوچائي وارو) هجي ته ان کي [[ڪاٽيج دري]] چيو ويندو آهي.

هاڻي گهڻيون نيون ٻه طرفي سيش دريون سيشن کي سنڀالڻ لاءِ اسپرنگ بيلنس استعمال ڪن ٿيون، پر روايتي طور دريءَ جي ٻنهي پاسن تي باڪسن اندر رکيل جوابي وزن (ڪائونٽر ويٽس) استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا. اهي وزن رسي يا بعد ۾ خاص تيار ڪيل زنجير ذريعي پلين جي مدد سان سيشن سان ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا. اسپرنگ بيلنس جا ٽي قسم هوندا آهن: ٽيپ يا ڪلاڪ اسپرنگ بيلنس، چينل يا بلاڪ اينڊ ٽيڪل بيلنس، ۽ اسپائرل يا ٽيوب بيلنس.

روايتي طور ٻه طرفي سيش درين سان [[دريءَ جا شٽر]] پڻ لڳايا ويندا هئا. سيش درين ۾ سيمپليڪس قبضا پڻ لڳائي سگهجن ٿا، جيڪي دريءَ کي هڪ پاسي کان قبضن ۾ بند ڪرڻ جي اجازت ڏين ٿا، جڏهن ته ٻئي پاسي واري رسي ڌار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان دري کي باهه لڳڻ جي صورت ۾ نڪرڻ يا صفائي لاءِ کولي سگهجي ٿو.

=== فولڊ اپ دري ===

[[File:Foldup window.gif|thumb|upright|فولڊ اپ دري (اندر ڏانهن کُلندڙ)، پاسي کان ڪٽيل ڏيک]]

'''فولڊ اپ دري''' (Foldup window) ۾ ٻه هڪجهڙا سيش هوندا آهن، جيڪي معياري ٻه طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دريءَ وانگر هوندا آهن، پر اهي مٿي طرف ويڙهجي کلي ويندا آهن، جنهن سان تقريباً پوري فريم جيتري جاءِ مان هوا اندر اچي سگهي ٿي. هن دريءَ جو توازن اسپرنگن يا جوابي وزنن (counterbalances) ذريعي برقرار رکيو ويندو آهي، بلڪل ٻه طرفي سيش دريءَ وانگر. سيشن کي اهڙي نموني بيهاري سگهجي ٿو جو اهي روايتي ٻه طرفي سيش دريءَ جهڙا نظر اچن، يا هڪ ئي سڌي قطار ۾ به لڳائي سگهجن ٿا. سڌي قطار وارا نمونا اندر يا ٻاهر ٻنهي طرفن کلي سگهن ٿا. اندر کُلندڙ فولڊ اپ درين ۾ مقرر جاليون لڳائي سگهجن ٿيون، جڏهن ته ٻاهر کُلندڙ قسمن لاءِ حرڪت ڪندڙ جالين جي ضرورت هوندي آهي. اهڙيون دريون عام طور اسڪرين روم، باورچي خاني جي پاس ٿرو، يا هنگامي نڪرڻ واري رستي (egress) طور استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

=== افقي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

'''افقي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري''' (Horizontal sliding sash window) ۾ ٻه يا وڌيڪ سيش هوندا آهن، جيڪي ٿورو هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهيل هوندا آهن، پر فريم جي اندر افقي رخ ۾ سلائيڊ ٿيندا آهن. برطانيا ۾ انهن کي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن [[يارڪشائر]] سيش دريون به چيو ويندو آهي، غالباً ان ڪري جو انهن جو روايتي استعمال انهيءَ علائقي ۾ گهڻو هو.

=== ڪيسمينٽ دري ===

{{Main|ڪيسمينٽ دري}}

[[File:Gordijnen aan venster.JPG|thumb|[[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]]]

'''ڪيسمينٽ دري''' (Casement window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن جو سيش قبضن سان لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي وانگر اندر يا ٻاهر کلي ويندو آهي. اهو پاسي کان لڳل، مٿان لڳل (جنهن کي &quot;اوننگ دري&quot; پڻ چيو ويندو آهي؛ هيٺ ڏسو)، يا ڪڏهن هيٺان لڳل سيش تي مشتمل هوندو آهي، يا انهن قسمن جي ميلاپ سان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، ۽ ڪڏهن هڪ يا وڌيڪ پاسن تي مقرر شيشي جا پينل پڻ هوندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot; /&gt;

آمريڪا ۾ اهڙيون دريون عام طور [[ڪرئنڪ (مشينياتي حصو)|ڪرئنڪ]] ذريعي کوليون وينديون آهن، جڏهن ته يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي حصن ۾ انهن لاءِ پروجيڪشن فرڪشن اسٽيز ۽ [[ايسپاگنوليٽ]] لاڪنگ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. اڳي سادا قبضا [[ڪيسمينٽ اسٽي]] سان گڏ استعمال ٿيندا هئا. [[هينڊنگ]] (Handing) جو استعمال دريءَ جي کلڻ واري رخ جي سڃاڻپ لاءِ ڪيو ويندو آهي؛ ان موجب ڪيسمينٽ دري کاٻي هٿ واري، ساڄي هٿ واري يا ٻٽي رخ واري ٿي سگهي ٿي. برطانيا ۽ يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي ٻين علائقن ۾ جديد عمارتن ۾ ڪيسمينٽ دري سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام قسم آهي.

=== اوننگ دري ===

[[File:Fenêtre à l'australienne - Awning window - (AWS Magnum 616) Light.jpg|thumb|upright=0.5|اوننگ دري]]

'''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window) ڪيسمينٽ دريءَ جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو افقي طور لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ مٿئين پاسي [[قبضو]] لڳل هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهو ٻاهر ڏانهن [[ڇڄ]] وانگر کلي ٿو. آزاد نموني استعمال ٿيڻ کان علاوه، اهڙيون دريون هڪ ئي فريم ۾ ڪيترين گڏ به لڳائي سگهجن ٿيون يا مقرر شيشي سان گڏ به استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. اهي خاص طور هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ تمام ڪارآمد هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | title=Window Treatments | first=Karla J. | last=Nielson | page=45 | url=https://books.google.com/books?id=y6U0uP5cyLQC&amp;q=%22awning+window%22&amp;pg=PA45 | publisher=John Wiley &amp; Sons | date=Sep 15, 1989 | isbn=0-471-28946-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== هوپر دري ===

'''هوپر دري''' (Hopper window) هيٺئين پاسي کان قبضي تي ٻڌل ڪيسمينٽ دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عمودي رخ ۾ جهڪي کلي ٿي، ۽ عام طور اندر ڏانهن کلي ٿي، جنهن جي شڪل [[هوپر (ذرڙن گڏ ڪرڻ وارو ڪنٽينر)|هوپر]] جي نالي وانگر هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1=Allen|first1=Edward|last2=Thallon|first2=Rob|title=Fundamentals of Residential Construction|edition=3rd |year=2011 |publisher=Wiley |location=Hoboken, NJ |isbn=978-0-470-54083-1 |page=654}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پيوٽ دري ===

'''پيوٽ دري''' (Pivot window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ سامهون وارن ٻن پاسن تي هڪ هڪ قبضو لڳل هوندو آهي، جنهن جي مدد سان دري کلڻ وقت پنهنجي محور تي گهمي سگهي ٿي. اهي قبضا مٿي ۽ هيٺ (عمودي پيوٽ) يا ٻنهي پاسن (افقي پيوٽ) تي لڳايا ويندا آهن. عام طور دري پهرين محدود حد تائين کلي ٿي ته جيئن هوا جي اچ وڃ ٿي سگهي، ۽ پوءِ وڌيڪ کولڻ سان مڪمل طور ڦري وڃي ٿي ۽ اندر کان محفوظ صفائي لاءِ ٻيهر لاڪ ٿي وڃي ٿي. جديد پيوٽ قبضا فرڪشن واري نظام سان ليس هوندا آهن، جيڪو دريءَ کي پنهنجي وزن جي باوجود کليل حالت ۾ سنڀالي رکندو آهي، ۽ انهن ۾ کلڻ جي حد مقرر ڪرڻ ۽ اُلٽي لاڪنگ جون سهولتون پڻ موجود هونديون آهن. برطانيا، جتي هن قسم جون دريون سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام آهن، اتي اهي گهڻ ماڙ سرڪاري رهائشي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي لڳايون ويون.

=== جهڪندڙ ۽ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري ===

'''جهڪندڙ ۽ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري''' (Tilt and slide window) اهڙي دري (يا گهڻو ڪري دروازي جيتري وڏي دري) هوندي آهي، جنهن جو سيش پهرين هوپر دريءَ وانگر مٿئين حصي کان اندر ڏانهن جهڪي ٿو، ۽ پوءِ مقرر شيشي جي پينل جي پٺيان افقي رخ ۾ سلائيڊ ٿي وڃي ٿو.

=== جهڪندڙ ۽ ڦرندڙ دري ===

'''جهڪندڙ ۽ ڦرندڙ دري''' (Tilt and turn window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا يا ته مٿئين حصي کان اندر ڏانهن جهڪي سگهي ٿي يا پاسي وارن قبضن تان اندر ڏانهن مڪمل طور کلي سگهي ٿي. هي جرمني، جتي ان جو بنياد پيو، جو سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام دريءَ جو قسم آهي، ۽ يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي ٻين ملڪن ۾ به وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

يورپ ۾ عام طور اهي &quot;پهرين ڦرندڙ&quot; (turn first) قسم جون هونديون آهن؛ يعني جڏهن هينڊل کي 90 درجا ڦيرايو وڃي ته دري پاسي کان کلندي آهي، ۽ جڏهن هينڊل کي 180 درجا ڦيرايو وڃي ته اها هيٺان لڳل دريءَ وانگر جهڪي کلي ٿي. برطانيا ۾ گهڻو ڪري &quot;پهرين جهڪندڙ&quot; (tilt first) قسم جون دريون استعمال ٿينديون آهن؛ يعني 90 درجن تي هيٺان لڳل صورت ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ کلنديون آهن، ۽ 180 درجن تي پاسي کان مڪمل طور کلنديون آهن، جنهن سان عمارت جي اندر بيهي ٻاهرئين شيشي کي آساني سان صاف ڪري سگهجي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://glawindows.com/tilt-and-turn-windows-5/ |title=Tilt-and-Turn Windows Gain Popularity |date=June 11, 2021 |access-date=January 25, 2023 |archive-date=January 25, 2023 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230125064841/https://glawindows.com/tilt-and-turn-windows-5/ |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٽرانسم دري ===

هڪ '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom window) دروازي جي مٿان لڳل دري هوندي آهي. ٻاهرين دروازي ۾ [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] دري عام طور مقرر (fixed) هوندي آهي، جڏهن ته اندرين دروازي ۾ اها مٿئين يا هيٺئين پاسي لڳل قبضن ذريعي کلي سگهي ٿي، يا پنهنجي محور تي ڦري به سگهي ٿي. زبردستي هوا جي گرمي ۽ ٿڌڪ (forced air heating and cooling) جا نظام عام ٿيڻ کان اڳ، اها هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي هئي. پنکي جي شڪل واري ٽرانسم دري کي خاص طور برطانوي ٻيٽن ۾ '''فين لائيٽ''' (fanlight) چيو ويندو آهي.

=== پاسي واري دري ===

دروازي يا ٻي دريءَ جي ٻنهي پاسن تي لڳل درين کي '''پاسي واريون دريون''' (Sidelights)، '''ونگ لائيٽس''' (Wing lights)، '''مارجنل لائيٽس''' (Marginal lights)، يا '''فلينڪنگ دريون''' (Flanking windows) چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Curl, James Stevens. &quot;Flanking window&quot;. ''A Dictionary of Architecture and Landscape Architecture''. 2nd ed. Oxford England: Oxford University Press, 2006. 285. Print.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== جيلوسي دري ===

[[File:Jalousie2.jpg|thumb|جيلوسي يا [[لوور]] واري دري]]

{{main|جيلوسي دري}}

'''جيلوسي دري''' (Jalousie window)، جنهن کي '''لوور واري دري''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙي دري آهي جيڪا شيشي يا [[پولي (ميٿائل ميٿاڪريليٽ)|ايڪريلڪ]] جي هڪٻئي سان متوازي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندي آهي، جيڪي [[وينيشيئن بلائنڊ]] وانگر کلنديون ۽ بند ٿينديون آهن، عام طور ڪرئنڪ يا ليور جي ذريعي. اهڙيون دريون استوائي علائقن جي تعميراتي طرز ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن. جيلوسي دروازو اهو دروازو هوندو آهي جنهن ۾ جيلوسي دري لڳل هجي.

=== ڪليرسٽوري دري ===

{{Main|ڪليرسٽوري}}

'''ڪليرسٽوري دري''' (Clerestory window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي جيڪا [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ يا ڀت جي مٿئين حصي ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي، ۽ [[قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|قدرتي روشني]] اندر آڻڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

=== آسماني دري ===

[[File:BurlingtonHousePavementWindow.jpg|thumbnail|لنڊن ۾ [[برلنگٽن هائوس]] جي ٻاهران فوٽ پاٿ تي لڳل آسماني دري (جنهن کي [[پيومينٽ لائيٽ]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي)]]

{{Main|قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|آسماني دري}}

'''آسماني دري''' (Skylight) اهڙي دري آهي جيڪا [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ تعمير ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=TopgKO4x_2kC&amp;q=skylight+is+window+built+into+roof&amp;pg=PA223|title=Construction Estimating Reference Data|last=Sarviel|first=Ed|date=1993|publisher=Craftsman Book Company|isbn=978-0-934041-84-3|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن قسم جي دري ذريعي قدرتي سج جي روشني ۽ چنڊ جي روشني اندر اچي سگهي ٿي.

=== ڇت واري دري ===

{{main|ڇت واري دري}}

'''ڇت واري دري''' (Roof window) هڪ ترڇي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا [[قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|قدرتي روشني]] لاءِ [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي. هي انهن ٿورين درين مان هڪ آهي، جيڪي هنگامي حالت ۾ نڪرڻ جي رستي طور پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. وڏيون ڇت واريون دريون هنگامي انخلا بابت [[تعميراتي ضابطا]] (Building codes) جون گهرجون پوريون ڪنديون آهن.

=== ڇت وارو لالٽين ===

{{Main|ڇت وارو لالٽين}}

'''ڇت وارو لالٽين''' (Roof lantern) گهڻن شيشي وارن پينلن تي ٻڌل هڪ تعميراتي ڍانچو هوندو آهي، جيڪو هڪ ننڍڙي عمارت جهڙو نظر ايندو آهي ۽ ڇت تي ڏينهن يا چنڊ جي روشني اندر آڻڻ لاءِ تعمير ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ان ۾ اضافي [[ڪليرسٽوري]] پڻ شامل هوندي آهي. ان کي [[گنبذ نما ڇت (ڪپولا)|ڪپولا]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

=== بي دري ===

[[File:2014 Kłodzko, pl. Chrobrego 13 03.JPG|thumb|[[بي دري]]ون [[ڪووڊزڪو]]، پولينڊ ۾]]

{{Main|بي دري}}

'''بي دري''' (Bay window) گهڻن پينلن تي ٻڌل دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ٽي پينل مختلف زاويَن تي لڳل هوندا آهن، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دري ڀت جي سڌي ليڪ کان ٻاهر نڪري ايندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot; /&gt;

==== اوريل دري ====

{{Main|اوريل دري}}

'''اوريل دري''' (Oriel window) بي دريءَ جي هڪ قسم آهي. هي انداز گهڻو ڪري ٽيوڊر طرز جي گهرن ۽ خانقاهن ۾ ڏسڻ ۾ اچي ٿو. اها ڀت مان ٻاهر نڪتل هوندي آهي، پر زمين تائين نه پهچندي آهي. شروعات ۾ اها برآمدي (porch) جي هڪ صورت هئي، ۽ اڪثر ان کي بريسڪيٽن يا [[ڪوربل]]ن جي مدد سان سهارو ڏنو ويندو آهي.

=== ٿرمل دري ===

{{Main|ڊيوڪليشيئن دري}}

'''ٿرمل''' يا '''ڊيوڪليشيئن دريون''' (Thermal or Diocletian windows) وڏيون نيم دائري شڪل واريون دريون (يا طاق) هونديون آهن، جيڪي عام طور ٻن [[مولين]]ن جي ذريعي ٽن حصن (دريءَ جي خانوَن) ۾ ورهايل هونديون آهن. وچ وارو حصو گهڻو ڪري ٻنهي پاسن وارن حصن کان وڌيڪ ويڪرو هوندو آهي.

=== تصويري دري ===

'''تصويري دري''' (Picture window) ڀت ۾ لڳل هڪ وڏي مقرر دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ عام طور [[گليزنگ بار]] نه هوندا آهن، يا صرف ڪنارن وٽ معمولي گليزنگ بار ([[منٽن]]) لڳل هوندا آهن. تصويري دريون بغير ڪنهن رڪاوٽ جي ٻاهر جو نظارو مهيا ڪنديون آهن، ڄڻ ڪنهن تصوير کي فريم ۾ بند ڪيو ويو هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/picture+window |title=Picture window |work=[[The Free Dictionary]] |publisher=Farlex |access-date=May 19, 2012 |archive-date=July 10, 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120710004859/http://www.thefreedictionary.com/picture+window |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== گهڻ-پينل دري ===

'''گهڻ-پينل دري''' (Multi-lite window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ شيشي جا ڪيترائي ننڍا ٽڪرا ڪاٺ يا سيهي جي ٺهيل ''گليزنگ بارن'' يا ''[[منٽن]]'' جي ذريعي هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيل هوندا آهن. اهي هڪ سينگاريل ''گليزنگ نموني'' ۾ ترتيب ڏنل هوندا آهن، جيڪو گهڻو ڪري عمارت جي تعميراتي طرز مطابق هوندو آهي. ماضي ۾ وڏا شيشي جا پينل آسانيءَ سان دستياب نه هجڻ سبب، گهڻ-پينل (يا ''جاليءَ واري دري'') 20هين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين سڀ کان عام دريءَ جو انداز هو، ۽ اڄ به روايتي تعميراتي طرز ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري ===

'''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري''' (Emergency exit/egress window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا ايتري وڏي ۽ زمين کان ايتري هيٺ هوندي آهي جو رهواسي هنگامي حالتن، جهڙوڪ باهه لڳڻ جي صورت ۾، ان مان ٻاهر نڪري سگهن. ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ بيڊ رومن لاءِ اهڙين درين جون صحيح وضاحتون [[تعميراتي ضابطا]] (Building codes) ۾ ڏنل هونديون آهن. اهڙين درين جون وضاحتون اهڙيون به هونديون آهن، جيڪي هنگامي امدادي عملي کي به اندر داخل ٿيڻ جي اجازت ڏين. بسن، هوائي جهازن ۽ ريل گاڏين جهڙين گاڏين ۾ پڻ هنگامي نڪرڻ واريون دريون هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/documents/outreach/bus/PreTrip-SafetyBrochure-Pull.pdf |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080923082055/http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/documents/outreach/bus/PreTrip-SafetyBrochure-Pull.pdf |url-status=dead |archive-date=September 23, 2008 |title=U.S. Dept. of Transportation: Safety information for bus/motorcoach passengers |access-date=February 11, 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== رنگين شيشي جي دري ===

{{Main|رنگين شيشو}}

'''رنگين شيشي جي دري''' (Stained glass window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا رنگين شيشي جي ٽڪرن مان ٺهيل هوندي آهي، جيڪي [[شفافيت (بصريات)|شفاف]]، نيم شفاف يا [[غير شفافيت (بصريات)|غير شفاف]] ٿي سگهن ٿا، ۽ انهن تي اڪثر ماڻهن جون تصويرون يا مختلف منظر ڏيکاريل هوندا آهن. عام طور انهن درين ۾ شيشي جا ٽڪرا سيهي جي ٺهيل گليزنگ بارن سان هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيا ويندا آهن. رنگين شيشي واريون دريون [[وڪٽورين دور]] جي گهرن ۽ ڪجهه [[فرينڪ لوئڊ رائيٽ]] جي طرز تي ٺهيل گهرن ۾ تمام مشهور هيون، ۽ خاص طور [[گرجاگھر]]ن ۾ گهڻي عام آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/stained+glass+window |title=Stained glass |work=[[The Free Dictionary]] |publisher=Farlex |access-date=May 19, 2012 |archive-date=January 19, 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120119031209/http://www.thefreedictionary.com/Stained+glass+window |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== فرينچ دري ===

{{multiple image
| align             = right
|total_width=300
| footer            = 20هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ [[لسبن]] ۾ [[فرانس جا سفارتي مشن|فرانس جي سفارتخاني]] ۾ &quot;فرينچ دري&quot; (ٻه فرينچ دروازا، جيڪي ٻاهرين ڀت ۾ بغير [[مولين]] جي گڏ ٻاهر ڏانهن کلن ٿا)
| width1            =
| image1            = Legation de France a Lisbonne (interieur).jpg
| width2            =
| image2            = Legation de France a Lisbonne (véranda).jpg
}}

'''فرينچ دروازو''' (French door) اهڙو دروازو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ شيشي جا پينل پوري ڊيگهه تائين لڳل هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French door |url=https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/French%20door |website=Merriam-Webster.com Dictionary |publisher=Merriam-Webster |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهڙن ٻن دروازن جي جوڙي، جيڪي وچ مان کلن، کي مختلف نالن سان سڏيو ويندو آهي، جهڙوڪ '''فرينچ دروازا''',&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French doors |url=https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/french-doors |website=Collins English Dictionary |publisher=HarperCollins |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; '''فرينچ دري''',&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French window |url=https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/French%20window |website=Merriam-Webster.com Dictionary |publisher=Merriam-Webster |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا '''فرينچ دريون'''.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French windows |url=https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/french-windows |website=Collins English Dictionary |publisher=HarperCollins |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهي عام طور عمارت جي ٻاهرئين ڀت ۾ لڳايا ويندا آهن. فرانس ۾ فرينچ درين کي ''porte-fenêtre'' ۽ اٽلي ۾ ''portafinestra'' چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ اهي جديد گهرن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

=== ٻٽي شيشي واري دري ===

{{Main|موصل گليزنگ}}

'''ٻٽي شيشي واري دري''' (Double-paned يا Double-glazed window) ۾ شيشي جا ٻه هڪ ٻئي سان متوازي پينل هوندا آهن، جن جي وچ ۾ عام طور لڳ ڀڳ 1 سينٽي ميٽر جو فاصلو هوندو آهي. هي خال مستقل طور بند ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ تياري وقت ان ۾ سڪل هوا يا ٻي سڪل غير ردعمل ڪندڙ گيس ڀري ويندي آهي. اهڙيون دريون [[حرارتي موصليت]] ۾ نمايان بهتري آڻينديون آهن (۽ عام طور آواز جي موصليت ۾ پڻ) ۽ گرمي پد جي فرق سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ ڌنڌ يا برف جمن کان بچاءُ ڪنديون آهن. اهي معتدل آبهوا وارن علائقن ۾ رهائشي ۽ تجارتي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

برطانيا ۾ ٻٽي ۽ ٽي شيشي وارين درين کي ترتيب وار ٻٽي-[[دريءَ جي گليزنگ|گليزنگ]] ۽ ٽيڻي-گليزنگ چيو ويندو آهي. ٽي شيشي واريون دريون هاڻي وچ ۽ اتر يورپ ۾ تمام عام ٿي ويون آهن، جڏهن ته [[چوڳڻي گليزنگ]] (چئوڻي گليزنگ) جو استعمال هاڻي اسڪينڊي نيويا ۾ شروع ڪيو پيو وڃي.

=== ڇهه ڪنڊي دري ===

[[File:Mustosen talon ikkuna 1870 1.jpg|thumb|upright|[[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]]]]

{{Main|ڇهه ڪنڊي دري}}

'''ڇهه ڪنڊي دري''' (ھيڪساگونل دري) هڪ [[شش ڪنڊو]] شڪل واري دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا ماکيءَ جي مک جي خاني يا گريفائيٽ جي ڪرسٽل جي جال جهڙي نظر ايندي آهي. اها عمودي يا افقي رخ ۾ لڳائي سگهجي ٿي، کلندڙ يا مقرر ٿي سگهي ٿي، باقاعده يا ڊگهي شڪل واري ٿي سگهي ٿي، ۽ ان ۾ ورهائيندڙ [[مولين]] پڻ ٿي سگهي ٿو. عام طور اهڙي دري ڇت جي مٿئين ڪمري (Attic) يا سينگار جي مقصد لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، پر عمارت جي اندر قدرتي روشني پهچائڻ لاءِ اهم تعميراتي عنصر طور به استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿي.

=== گليوٽين دري ===

'''گليوٽين دري''' (Guillotine ) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عمودي رخ ۾ کلندي آهي. گليوٽين درين ۾ هڪ کان وڌيڪ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ فريم هوندا آهن، ۽ اهي هيٺ کان مٿي يا مٿي کان هيٺ کلي سگهن ٿا.

== اصطلاح ==

EN 12519 يورپي معيار آهي، جيڪو يورپي يونين جي ميمبر ملڪن ۾ درين بابت سرڪاري طور استعمال ٿيندڙ اصطلاحن جي وضاحت ڪري ٿو. اهم اصطلاح هيٺيان آهن:

[[File:Casement (PSF).jpg|thumb|[[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]، [[جالي]] وارن روشن حصن (lights) سان]]

* '''لائيٽ''' (Light) يا '''لائيٽ''' (Lite)، دريءَ جي ٻاهرين حصن ([[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]]، [[دريءَ جو سِل]] ۽ پاسن وارن فريمن) جي وچ واري حصي کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو عام طور شيشي جي هڪ پين سان ڀريل هوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن دريءَ ۾ ڪيترائي شيشي جا پين هجن، ته بار کڻندڙ صورت ۾ انهن کي [[مولين]] الڳ ڪندا آهن، ۽ جيڪڏهن بار کڻندڙ نه هجن ته [[منٽن]] انهن کي جدا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Brett |first=Peter |year=2004 |title=Carpentry and Joinery |edition=2, illustrated |publisher=Nelson Thornes |isbn=978-0-7487-8502-5 |page=[https://books.google.com/books?id=iVthU6rPGK8C&amp;pg=PA225 255]}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''جاليءَ واري لائيٽ''' (Lattice light) هڪ مرڪب شيشي جو پين هوندو آهي، جيڪو شيشي جي ڪيترن ئي ننڍن ٽڪرن مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، ۽ اهي [[جالي]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ هڪٻئي سان ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن.

* '''مقرر دري''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو) اهڙي دريءَ جي هڪ واحد اڪائي هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ هڪ غير حرڪت ڪندڙ لائيٽ هوندي آهي. ''سنگل لائيٽ''، ''ڊبل لائيٽ'' وغيره جا اصطلاح دريءَ ۾ موجود اهڙن شيشي جي پينن جي تعداد کي ظاهر ڪندا آهن.

* '''سيش يونٽ''' (Sash unit) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ هڪ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ شيشي وارو حصو هوندو آهي، ۽ عام طور ٻه لائيٽون هونديون آهن (جنهن کي ''ڊبل لائيٽ'' چيو ويندو آهي).

* '''متبادل دري''' (رپليسمينٽ ونڊو) آمريڪا ۾ اهڙي فريم واري دريءَ کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا پراڻن سيشن کي ڪڍڻ کان پوءِ اندرئين پاسي کان اصل دريءَ جي فريم ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي. يورپ ۾، هن اصطلاح مان عام طور مڪمل دري مراد هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ نئون ٻاهريون فريم پڻ شامل هوندو آهي.

* '''نئين تعمير واري دري''' (نيو ڪنسٽرڪشن ونڊو)، آمريڪا ۾، اهڙي دري هوندي آهي جنهن ۾ ''نيلنگ فن'' (nailing fin) لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو عمارت جي ٻاهرئين پاسي کان اڻ تيار ٿيل کليل جاءِ ۾ سائڊنگ ۽ اندروني ٽرم لڳائڻ کان اڳ نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي. نيلنگ فن دريءَ جي ٻاهرئين فريم تي هڪ نڪتل حصو هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[تعميراتي گليزنگ]] جي ساڳئي سطح تي هوندو آهي، تيار ڪيل کليل حصي تي چڙهيل هوندو آهي، ۽ تنهنڪري ان کي ميخن ذريعي پنهنجي جاءِ تي لڳائي سگهجي ٿو. برطانيا ۽ يورپ جي مکيه زمين ۾ نون گهرن جي تعمير دوران دريون عام طور ڊگهن اسڪروَن ذريعي سرن جي ڀت ۾ لڳايل ڦهلجندڙ پلاسٽڪ پلگن سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. دريءَ جي چئن ئي پاسن کان لڳ ڀڳ 13 ملي ميٽر تائين خالي جاءِ ڇڏي ويندي آهي، جيڪا ڦهلجندڙ [[پولي يوريٿين فوم]] سان ڀري ويندي آهي. اهڙي طريقي سان دري موسم جي اثرن کان محفوظ رهندي آهي، جڏهن ته گرمي سبب ٿيندڙ ڦهلاءَ جي به گنجائش برقرار رهندي آهي.

* '''[[لنٽل]]''' دريءَ جي مٿئين حصي تي رکيل هڪ شعاع (بيم) هوندو آهي، جنهن کي [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''[[دريءَ جو سِل]]''' دريءَ جي فريم جو هيٺيون حصو هوندو آهي. دريءَ جا سِل ٻاهرئين پاسي ڍلوان هوندا آهن ته جيئن پاڻي عمارت جي اندر اچڻ بدران ٻاهر وهي وڃي.

* '''ثانوي گليزنگ''' (سيڪنڊري گليزنگ) هڪ اضافي فريم هوندو آهي، جيڪو موجوده فريم جي اندرئين پاسي لڳايو ويندو آهي. اهو عام طور محفوظ يا تاريخي حيثيت رکندڙ عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن عمارت جي ظاهري شڪل کي برقرار رکندي وڌيڪ حرارتي ۽ آواز جي موصليت حاصل ڪري سگهجي.

* '''[[سينگاريل ڪاٺ جو ڪم]]''' (ڊيڪورہٽو مل ورڪ) مان مراد دريءَ جي چوڌاري لڳل سينگاريل مولڊنگ، ڪورنس ۽ لنٽل آهن.

=== ليبلنگ ===

آمريڪا جي [[نيشنل فينسٽريشن ريٽنگ ڪائونسل]] (NFRC) جي دريءَ واري ليبل ۾ هيٺيان اصطلاح شامل هوندا آهن:

* [[حرارتي چالڪائي|حرارتي منتقلي (U-factor)]]، جنهن جي بهترين قيمت لڳ ڀڳ U-0.15 (يعني 0.8 W/m2/K) سمجهي ويندي آهي.
* [[شمسي گرمي حاصل ڪرڻ جو عدد]] (SHGC)، جيڪو شيشي مان گذرندڙ شمسي گرمي (انفراريڊ) ۽ ان تي پوندڙ ڪل شمسي گرميءَ جي وچ ۾ تناسب کي ظاهر ڪري ٿو.
* [[مرئي روشني جي منتقلي]] (VT)، جيڪا منتقل ٿيندڙ مرئي روشني ۽ پوندڙ مرئي روشني جي وچ ۾ تناسب کي ظاهر ڪري ٿي.
* [[هوا جو وهڪرو|هوا جي رِس]] (AL)، جيڪا سيش ۽ فريم جي وچ واري وٿي مان في منٽ في لڪيرِي فوٽ گذرندڙ هوا جي مقدار (ڪيوبڪ فوٽ في منٽ) ۾ ماپي ويندي آهي.
* [[نمي#تڪاثف|تڪاثف جي مزاحمت]] (CR)، جيڪا 1 کان 100 تائين ماپي ويندي آهي (جيترو انگ وڌيڪ هوندو، اوتري ئي تڪاثف ٺهڻ جي مزاحمت وڌيڪ هوندي).&lt;ref&gt;[http://www.nfrc.org/documents/WindowsandHeatLoss.pdf Windows and Heat Loss] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100827012257/http://www.nfrc.org/documents/WindowsandHeatLoss.pdf |date=August 27, 2010 }}, [[NFRC]] Heat Loss Fact Sheet&lt;/ref&gt;

يورپي هم آهنگ معيار hEN 14351–1، جيڪو دروازن ۽ درين سان لاڳاپيل آهي، 23 خاصيتن جي وضاحت ڪري ٿو (جن کي ''بنيادي'' ۽ ''غير بنيادي'' خاصيتن ۾ ورهايو ويو آهي). ان کان علاوه تياري هيٺ ٻه ٻيا يورپي معيار پڻ موجود آهن، جيڪي اندروني پيادل دروازن (prEN 14351–2)، دونهي ۽ باهه جي مزاحمت ڪندڙ دروازن، ۽ کولي سگهجندڙ درين (prEN 16034) بابت آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |url=http://www.alueurope.eu/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/CPR_guideline_Dec_2012_ver-1.pdf |title=CPR guideline |access-date=February 13, 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20131106070925/http://www.alueurope.eu/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/CPR_guideline_Dec_2012_ver-1.pdf |archive-date=November 6, 2013 |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;

== جوڙجڪ ==

[[File:Passivhaus Fenster Beispiele (blank).svg|thumb|[[موصل گليزنگ]] سان جديد پلاسٽڪ ۽ ڪاٺ جي دريءَ جي پروفائلن جا مثال]]

[[File:WaterMill Window LymeRegis.jpg|thumb|برطانيا ۾ [[لائيم ريجس]] جي 14هين صديءَ جي [[پاڻيءَ جي چڪي]] ۾ لڳايل جديد ڪاٺ جي فريم واري دري]]

[[File:5-chamber plastic window profile.JPG|thumb|upright|پنج-چيمبر واري پلاسٽڪ دريءَ جو پروفائل]]

دريون گرمي جي منتقلي جو هڪ اهم ذريعو ٿي سگهن ٿيون.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window Systems&quot;&gt;Carmody, J., Selkowitz, S., Lee, E. S., Arasteh, D., &amp; Willmert, T. (2004). ''Window Systems for High-Performance Buildings''. New York, NY: W. W. Norton &amp; Company, Inc.&lt;/ref&gt; انهيءَ ڪري [[موصل گليزنگ]] جون اڪايون (Insulated glazing units) ٻن يا وڌيڪ شيشي جي پينن تي مشتمل هونديون آهن، جيئن گرمي جي منتقلي کي گهٽائي سگهجي.

=== جاليون يا منٽن ===

اهي فريم جا اهي حصا هوندا آهن، جيڪي هڪ وڏي دريءَ کي ڪيترن ننڍن شيشي جي پينن ۾ ورهائيندا آهن. پراڻين درين ۾ شيشي جا وڏا پين تمام مهانگا هوندا هئا، تنهنڪري [[منٽن]] ننڍن شيشي جي پينن کي گڏ ڪري وڏي جاءِ ڀرڻ جي سهولت ڏيندا هئا.

جديد درين ۾ هلڪي رنگ وارا منٽن اڃا تائين هڪ ڪارائتو ڪم سرانجام ڏين ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي دريءَ مان گذرندڙ روشنيءَ جو ڪجهه حصو موٽائي ڇڏين ٿا، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دري پاڻ به ڦهليل (Diffuse) روشنيءَ جو هڪ ذريعو بڻجي وڃي ٿي، صرف ڪمري جي اندر موجود شين يا مٿاڇرين کي روشن ڪرڻ بدران. دريءَ جي ويجهو موجود مٿاڇرين تي اڻ سڌي روشني وڌائڻ سان، منٽن دريءَ جي چوڌاري واري حصي کي وڌيڪ روشن بڻائين ٿا ۽ ڪمري جي اندر پاڇن جي تضاد کي گهٽائين ٿا.

=== فريم ۽ سيش جي جوڙجڪ ===

فريم ۽ سيش هيٺين مواد مان تيار ڪري سگهجن ٿا:

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! مواد
! [[حرارتي مزاحمت]]
! پائيداري
! سار سنڀال
! قيمت
! ٻيهر استعمال ٿيل مواد
! تبصرو
|-
| [[ڪاٺ]]
| تمام سٺي
| مختلف
| گهٽ
| اوسط
| وڌيڪ
| جيڪڏهن 1950ع کان اڳ ٺهيل ڪاٺ جي دريءَ جي صحيح سار سنڀال ڪئي وڃي ته اها 50–100 سال هلي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Saving Windows, Saving Money: Evaluating the Energy Performance of Window Retrofit and Replacement |url=https://forum.savingplaces.org/viewdocument/saving-windows-saving-money-evalu |website=Resource Library – National Trust for Historic Preservation |publisher=National Trust for Historic Preservation |access-date=March 31, 2020 |archive-date=August 3, 2020 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200803231452/https://forum.savingplaces.org/viewdocument/saving-windows-saving-money-evalu |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;&gt;{{cite web |last1=Peterson Wasielewski |first1=Shannon |title=Windows: Energy Efficiency Facts and Myths |url=https://dahp.wa.gov/sites/default/files/Windows%20Energy%20Efficiency%20Facts%20and%20Myths.pdf |website=Washington Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation |access-date=March 31, 2020 |archive-date=October 27, 2020 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20201027125413/https://dahp.wa.gov/sites/default/files/Windows%20Energy%20Efficiency%20Facts%20and%20Myths.pdf |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;
|-
| [[پولي ونائل ڪلورائيڊ|uPVC (&quot;ونائل&quot;)]]
| تمام سٺي
| تمام سٺي{{Efn-lr|PVC ۽ فائبر گلاس جا فريم تيز رفتار موسمي آزمائشن ۾ سٺي ڪارڪردگي ڏيکارين ٿا. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ PVC ٻين موادن جيترو مضبوط نه هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي ساختي مضبوطي وڌائڻ لاءِ ڪجهه PVC فريمن کي ڌاتو يا مرڪب مواد سان مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي.|name=PVC&amp;fiberglass}}
| تمام گهٽ
| اوسط
| تمام گهٽ
| عام طور انهن جي عمر 25–50 سال هوندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot; /&gt;
|-
| [[ايلومينيم]]
| تمام سٺي{{Efn-lr|1=جديد ايلومينيم دريءَ جا فريم عام طور شيشي جي فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل پوليامائيڊ مان ٺهيل حرارتي رڪاوٽ (thermal break) ذريعي الڳ ڪيا ويندا آهن. 34&amp;nbsp;mm حرارتي موصليت واري پروفائل سان ڌاتو جي دريءَ لاءِ Uf=1.3 W/m2K تائين حاصل ڪري سگهجي ٿو. ان سان حرارتي مزاحمت تمام گهڻي وڌي ٿي، جڏهن ته تقريباً سموري ساختي مضبوطي برقرار رهي ٿي.}}
| سٺي
| تمام گهٽ
| گهٽ
| عام طور &gt;95٪
| گهڻو ڪري حرارتي موصليت واري پروفائل ذريعي حرارتي رڪاوٽ مهيا ڪئي ويندي آهي.
|-
| مرڪب مواد
| تمام سٺي
| سٺي
| تمام گهٽ
| وڌيڪ
| وڌيڪ
| جديد عمارتن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.
|-
| [[اسٽيل]]
| وچولي
| انتهائي سٺي
| تمام گهٽ
| وڌيڪ
| &gt;98٪
| عام طور ڪنڊن تي ويلڊ ڪيو ويندو آهي.
|-
| [[فائبر گلاس]]
| تمام سٺي
| تمام سٺي{{Efn-lr|name=PVC&amp;fiberglass}}
| تمام گهٽ
| وڌيڪ
| وچولي
|
|}

[[مرڪب مواد|مرڪب مواد]] (Composites)، جن کي هائبرڊ دريون پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، 1998ع جي شروعات کان استعمال ٿيڻ لڳا. انهن ۾ ايلومينيم + PVC يا ڪاٺ جهڙن مختلف موادن کي گڏايو ويندو آهي، جيئن هڪ مواد جي جمالياتي خوبصورتي کي ٻئي مواد جي فني ۽ ڪارڪردگيءَ وارن فائدن سان گڏ حاصل ڪري سگهجي.

[[File:Bleekman zimmer.jpg|thumb|uPVC دريءَ جي فريمن سان موصل گليزنگ وارين درين جي هڪ عام تنصيب]]

PVC دريءَ جي فريمن جو هڪ خاص قسم، يعني uPVC دريءَ جا فريم، 20هين صديءَ جي آخر کان، خاص طور يورپ ۾، وڏي پيماني تي رائج ٿي ويا. 1998ع تائين اهڙين درين جا لڳ ڀڳ 83.5 ملين فريم نصب ٿي چڪا هئا،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1=Pritchard|first1=Geoffrey|title=Novel and Traditional Fillers for Plastics: Technology and Market Developments|year=1999|publisher=iSmithers Rapra Publishing|isbn=978-1-85957-183-5|page=95|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=U3GWoyuMEckC&amp;pg=PA95}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ 2012ع تائين انهن جو تعداد مسلسل وڌندو رهيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.prweb.com/releases/Vinyl_doors_market/vinyl_windows_market/prweb9415523.htm|archive-url=https://archive.today/20130131182428/http://www.prweb.com/releases/Vinyl_doors_market/vinyl_windows_market/prweb9415523.htm|url-status=dead|archive-date=January 31, 2013|title=Global Vinyl Windows Market to Reach 163 Million Units by 2017, According to a New Report by Global Industry Analysts, Inc. |publisher=PRWeb|date=April 18, 2012|access-date=February 11, 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== گليزنگ ۽ ڀرڻ ===

[[گهٽ اخراجيت]] (Low-emissivity) واري ڪوٽنگ سان ڍڪيل شيشي جا پين [[تابڪاري]] (Radiation) ذريعي ٿيندڙ گرميءَ جي منتقلي کي گهٽائين ٿا. ڪوٽنگ ڪهڙي سطح تي لڳل آهي، ان تي مدار رکندي، اهي ٿڌن علائقن ۾ گرمي جي نقصان کي گهٽائڻ يا گرم علائقن ۾ گرمي جي اندر اچڻ کي روڪڻ ۾ مدد ڏين ٿا.

اعليٰ حرارتي مزاحمت ان صورت ۾ حاصل ڪري سگهجي ٿي، جڏهن موصل گليزنگ يونٽن مان هوا ڪڍي ڇڏجي يا انهن کي [[آرگون]] يا [[ڪرپٽون]] جهڙين گيسن سان ڀريو وڃي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن گيسن جي حرارتي چالڪائي گهٽ هوندي آهي، جنهن جي ڪري [[حرارتي چالڪائي]] ذريعي گرمي جي منتقلي گهٽجي ويندي آهي. اهڙين گليزنگ يونٽن جي ڪارڪردگي سٺين دريءَ جي سيلن ۽ احتياط سان تيار ڪيل فريمن تي دارومدار رکي ٿي، جيئن هوا اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهي ۽ موصليت جي ڪارڪردگي برقرار رهي.

جديد ٻٽي ۽ ٽِه-شيشي وارين درين ۾ عام طور هڪ يا وڌيڪ Low-E ڪوٽنگون شامل هونديون آهن، جيڪي دريءَ جي U-factor (يعني موصليت جي قدر يا گرمي جي نقصان جي شرح) کي گهٽائينديون آهن. عام طور نرم ڪوٽنگ (Soft-coat) واريون Low-E تہون سخت ڪوٽنگ (Hard-coat) وارين تہن جي ڀيٽ ۾ گهٽ [[شمسي گرمي حاصل ڪرڻ جو عدد]] (SHGC) مهيا ڪنديون آهن.

جديد دريون عام طور هر سيش ۾ شيشي جي هڪ وڏي چادر سان گليز ڪيون وينديون آهن، جڏهن ته ماضيءَ ۾ وڏيون شيشي جون چادرون موجود نه هجڻ سبب، دريون ڪيترن ئي ننڍن شيشي جي پينن مان ٺهنديون هيون، جيڪي ''گليزنگ بارن'' يا ''[[منٽن]]'' ذريعي هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيا ويندا هئا. اڄڪلهه گليزنگ بار گهڻو ڪري صرف سينگار لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، ۽ وڏيون شيشي جون چادرون موجود هجڻ باوجود دريءَ کي ڪيترن ننڍن پينن ۾ ورهايل ڏيکاريندا آهن، عام طور اهڙي نموني ۾، جيڪو استعمال ٿيندڙ تعميراتي طرز مطابق هوندو آهي. گليزنگ بار اڪثر ڪاٺ جا هوندا آهن، پر ڪڏهن ڪڏهن وڌيڪ پيچيده نمونن لاءِ پنهنجي جاءِ تي سولڊر ڪيل سيهي جا گليزنگ بار پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

=== جوڙجڪ جا ٻيا تفصيل ===

گهڻين درين سان حرڪت ڪندڙ [[دريءَ جا پردا]]، جهڙوڪ [[بلائنڊ]] يا [[پردا]]، لڳل هوندا آهن، جيڪي روشني کي روڪڻ، اضافي حرارتي موصليت مهيا ڪرڻ يا رازداري برقرار رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

دريون قدرتي روشني کي عمارت جي اندر اچڻ ڏين ٿيون، پر جيڪڏهن روشني تمام گهڻي هجي ته ان جا ناڪاري اثر به ٿي سگهن ٿا، جهڙوڪ چمڪ (گليئر) ۽ گرمي جو وڌي وڃڻ. ان کان علاوه، جيتوڻيڪ دريون استعمال ڪندڙ کي ٻاهر ڏسڻ جي سهولت ڏين ٿيون، پر ساڳئي وقت عمارت جي اندر موجود ماڻهن جي رازداري برقرار رکڻ جو به ڪو مناسب طريقو هجڻ ضروري آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Design Evaluation Project&quot;&gt;Howell, Sandra C. (1976). ''Designing for the Elderly; Windows''. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Department of Architecture. Design Evaluation Project.&lt;/ref&gt; اهڙين حالتن ۾ دريءَ جا پردا ۽ ڍڪڻ وارا ٻيا انتظام انهن مسئلن جو هڪ عملي حل فراهم ڪندا آهن.

== سج جو اثر ==
{{Main|قدرتي روشني (تعمير)}}

=== سج جي ڪرڻن جو پوندڙ زاويون ===

روايتي طور دريون اهڙي نموني سان ٺهيل هونديون آهن، جو انهن جون سطحون عمارت جي عمودي ڀتين سان متوازي هونديون آهن. اهڙي جوڙجڪ سبب، سج جي ڪرڻن جي عام طور تي پوندڙ زاوين جي ڪري، سج جي روشني ۽ گرمي وڏي مقدار ۾ دريءَ مان اندر داخل ٿيندي آهي. [[غير فعال شمسي عمارت جي جوڙجڪ]] ۾، عام طور هڪ ڊگهو [[ڇڄ]] استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن درين مان اندر ايندڙ سج جي روشني ۽ گرميءَ جي مقدار تي ضابطو رکي سگهجي.

ان جو هڪ متبادل طريقو اهو آهي ته دريءَ جي لڳائڻ لاءِ اهڙو بهترين زاويون حساب ڪيو وڃي، جيڪو اونهاري ۾ سج مان ايندڙ گرميءَ جي بار کي گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ڪري، ۽ ان سان گڏ عمارت جي حقيقي ويڪرائي ڦاڪ (ليٽيٽيوڊ) کي به نظر ۾ رکيو وڃي. هي طريقو، مثال طور، [[ڊيڪن بلڊنگ]] ۾ [[برسبين، ڪيليفورنيا]] ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويو آهي، جتي گهڻيون دريون اهڙي زاويي تي لڳايون ويون آهن جو اهي اونهاري جي گرميءَ جو وڏو حصو موٽائي ڇڏين، ۽ اندروني حصي ۾ اونهاري دوران وڌيڪ [[حد کان وڌيڪ روشني]] (اوور-اليميونيشن) ۽ چمڪ (گليئر) کان بچاءُ ڪن. ان مقصد لاءِ دريون تقريباً 45 درجن جي زاويي تي ترڇيون لڳايون ويون آهن.

=== شمسي دري ===

{{Main|فوٽووولٽائڪس}}

[[فوٽووولٽائڪ دري]]ون نه رڳو صاف نظارو مهيا ڪن ٿيون ۽ ڪمرا روشن ڪن ٿيون، پر سج جي روشنيءَ کي عمارت لاءِ بجليءَ ۾ پڻ تبديل ڪن ٿيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=https://news.mit.edu/2008/mit-opens-new-window-solar-energy/|title=MIT opens new 'window' on solar energy |publisher=Web.mit.edu |date=July 10, 2008 |access-date=February 11, 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt; گهڻو ڪري انهن ۾ نيم شفاف فوٽووولٽائڪ سيل استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

=== غير فعال شمسي دريون ===

{{Main|غير فعال شمسي عمارت جي جوڙجڪ}}

'''غير فعال شمسي دريون''' (پيسو سولر ونڊوز) عمارت جي اندر روشني ۽ شمسي توانائي داخل ٿيڻ ڏين ٿيون، جڏهن ته هوا جي رساءَ ۽ گرميءَ جي نقصان کي گهٽ ۾ گهٽ رکڻ جي ڪوشش ڪن ٿيون. جيڪڏهن اهڙين درين کي سج، هوا ۽ آس پاس جي ماحول کي نظر ۾ رکندي صحيح هنڌ تي لڳايو وڃي، اونهاري ۽ وچولي موسمن ۾ وڌيڪ گرميءَ کي روڪڻ لاءِ مناسب پاڇو مهيا ڪيو وڃي، ۽ ڏينهن جو گرمي جذب ڪري رات جو آهستي آهستي خارج ڪرڻ لاءِ حرارتي ماس (ٿرمل ماس) فراهم ڪيو وڃي، ته اهڙي جوڙجڪ سان آرامده ماحول ۽ [[توانائيءَ جو مؤثر استعمال|توانائيءَ جي ڪارڪردگي]] ۾ نمايان واڌارو اچي ٿو. مناسب شمسي روشني وارن علائقن ۾، جيڪڏهن اهڙيون دريون صحيح نموني سان ڊزائين ڪيون وڃن، ته اهي عمارت جي بنيادي گرمائش واري نظام طور پڻ ڪم ڪري سگهن ٿيون.

=== ڍڪڻ وارا انتظام ===

[[دريءَ جو ڍڪ]] (Window covering) اهڙو پردو يا اسڪرين هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪيترائي مختلف ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي. ڪجهه ڍڪ، جهڙوڪ پردا ۽ [[بلائنڊ]]، رهواسين کي رازداري مهيا ڪندا آهن. ڪجهه دريءَ جا ڍڪ سج مان ايندڙ گرمي ۽ چمڪ کي ڪنٽرول ڪندا آهن. اهڙن ڍڪن جا ٻه بنيادي قسم آهن: ٻاهرئين پاسي لڳندڙ پاڇيدار اوزار (ايڪسٽرنل شيڊنگ ڊوائيسز) ۽ اندرين پاسي لڳندڙ پاڇيدار اوزار (انٽرنل شيڊنگ ڊوائيسز).&lt;ref name=&quot;Windows&quot;&gt;Beckett, H. E., &amp; Godfrey, J. A. (1974). ''Windows: Performance, design and installation''. New York, NY: Van Nostrand Reinhold Company.&lt;/ref&gt;

گهٽ اخراجيت (Low-E) واري [[دريءَ جي فلم]] پراڻين ۽ گهٽ موصل درين کي تبديل ڪرڻ کان سواءِ، انهن کي وڌيڪ توانائي-موثر درين ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ لاءِ هڪ گهٽ خرچ وارو متبادل آهي. گهڻ ماڙ عمارتن ۾ [[هوشيار شيشو]] (سمارٽ گلاس) به هڪ مناسب متبادل طور استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== تصويرن جو مجموعو ===
&lt;gallery widths=&quot;170&quot; heights=&quot;170&quot; mode=&quot;packed&quot; caption=&quot;درين جا مختلف مثال&quot;&gt;
File:Window grill from a palace of Ramesses III MET 14.6.232-dia1.jpg|[[قديم مصري تعميراتي فن|قديم مصري]] [[بلوا پٿر]] جي دريءَ جي جالي، [[رمسيس ٽيون]] جي محل مان، جيڪا هاڻي [[ميٽروپوليٽن ميوزيم آف آرٽ]] (نيو يارڪ شهر) ۾ موجود آهي.
File:GBM - Glas Fenster.jpg|پهرين کان چوٿين صدي عيسويءَ جي وچ واري دور جي [[قديم رومي تعميراتي فن|رومي]] دريءَ جي شيشي جي هڪ پليٽ جو ٽڪرو. ان جي نمايان وڪڙ تي ڌيان ڏيو؛ هي ڪو هموار شيشي جو پين نه آهي.
File:Window art in Kalleshvara Temple at Aralaguppe (edited angles and cropped).jpg|[[هندستاني تعميراتي فن|هندستاني]] [[ڪلليشورا مندر، ارالاگپّي|ڪلليشورا مندر]] (ڀارت) جي دري.
File:师俭堂.JPG|[[چيني تعميراتي فن|چيني]] [[جالي]] واري دري [[جينزئي]] ([[جيانگسو]]، چين) ۾.
File:Atenas, varios 10.jpg|[[بازنطيني تعميراتي فن|بازنطيني]] دري [[لِٽل ميٽروپولس]] ([[اٿينس]]، يونان) جي.
File:Jameh Mosque of Nishapur - October 13 2013 45.JPG|[[اسلامي تعميراتي فن|اسلامي]] دري [[جامع مسجد نيشاپور]] ([[نيشاپور]]، [[ايران]]) جي.
File:David et Salomon, vitrail roman, Cathédrale de Strasbourg.jpg|[[رومانسڪ تعميراتي فن|رومانسڪ]] رنگين شيشي جي دريءَ جو حصو، جنهن ۾ بادشاهن [[دائود]] ۽ [[سليمان]] کي ڏيکاريو ويو آهي، [[اسٽراسبرگ نوٽر ڊام گرجاگھر]] ([[اسٽراسبرگ]]، فرانس) مان.
File:Chartres RosetteNord 121 DSC08241.jpg|[[شارتر گرجاگھر]] ([[شارتر]]، فرانس) جي اترئين ٽرانسپٽ جون دريون.
File:Béringuier-Bonnefoy fenêtre (2).jpg|سيڙهين واري برج جي [[فليمبوئنٽ گوٿڪ]] دري ([[تولوز]]، فرانس).
File:Valdai IverskyMon asv2018 img41.jpg|[[روسي تعميراتي فن|روسي]] دري [[والڊائي آئورسڪي خانقاه]] ([[والڊائسڪوئي ڍنڍ]]، [[نووگوروڊ اوبلاست]]، روس) جي.
File:Flickr - fusion-of-horizons - stavropoleos (124).jpg|[[برانڪووينيسڪ طرز]] جي دري [[اسٽاوروپوليوس خانقاه]] ([[بخاريسٽ]]، رومانيا) جي.
File:Fenetre-assezat-cour (2).jpg|[[نشاةِ ثانيه جي تعميراتي فن|نشاةِ ثانيه]] جي طرز واري دري [[هوٽل ڊي اسيزا]] ([[تولوز]]، فرانس) جي.
File:0756a - Milano - Palazzo Sormani-Andreani - Foto Giovanni Dall'Orto 5-May-2007 (edited).jpg|[[باروڪ تعميراتي فن|باروڪ]] طرز جي دري [[پالازو سورماني]] ([[ميلان]]، اٽلي) جي.
File:Zwinger Wallpavillon Gartenseite, Dresden.jpg|[[روڪوڪو]] طرز جون دريون [[زونگر]] ([[ڊريسڊن]]، جرمني) جون.
File:South gate of the Petit Trianon 004.JPG|[[لوئي شانزدهم طرز]] جي گول دري [[پيٽي ٽريانون]] ([[ورسائي]]، فرانس) جي، جنهن جي مٿئين حصي تي [[فيسٽون]] مان نڪتل سينگار موجود آهي.
File:Window of a lateral façade of the Romanian Athenaeum, on Strada Benjamin Franklin (Bucharest, Romania).jpg|[[نوڪلاسيڪي تعميراتي فن|نوڪلاسيڪي]] طرز جي درين جو مجموعو [[رومانيائي اٿينيئم]] (بخاريسٽ) جي پاسي واري مهاڙي تي.
File:Window of a very beautiful Gothic Revival house on the Jean-Louis Calderon street from Bucharest (Romania).jpg|[[گوٿڪ ريوائول تعميراتي فن|گوٿڪ ريوائول]] طرز جي هڪ گهر جي دري، اسٽراڊا جين-لوئي ڪالڊيرون، بخاريسٽ ۾.
File:P1340760 Paris II place et passage du Caire rwk.jpg|[[مصري ريوائول]] طرز جون دريون، پلاس دو ڪئير (پيرس) ۾ هڪ عمارت جون.
File:60, Bulevardul Dacia, Bucharest (Romania) 1.jpg|[[رومانيائي ريوائول تعميراتي فن|رومانيائي ريوائول]] طرز جي دري، بوليوارڊول ڊاسيا، بخاريسٽ تي واقع هڪ گهر جي.
File:Window, 55 rue Molitor, Paris 25 February 2017.jpg|19هين صديءَ جون [[انتخابي تعميراتي فن|ايڪليڪٽڪ]] ڪلاسيڪي طرز جون دريون، رو موليتور (پيرس) ۾.
File:9, Strada Dianei, Bucharest (Romania) 3.jpg|[[بيو-آرٽس تعميراتي فن|بيو-آرٽس]] طرز جي دري، اسٽروئسڪو هائوس، اسٽراڊا ديانيئي (بخاريسٽ) ۾.
File:Stillemans32.jpg|[[آرٽ ڊيڪو]] طرز جو گهر، جنهن ۾ رنگين شيشي جون دريون آهن، اسٽلمنس اسٽراٽ ([[سينٽ-نيڪلاس]]، بيلجيم).
File:Reliance Building (Burnham Hotel) - Chicago, Illinois.JPG|[[شڪاگو دري]]ون [[ريلائنس بلڊنگ]] (شڪاگو) جون.
File:Maison Horta, détail de la façade.JPG|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جون دريون [[هورٽا ميوزيم]] ([[برسلز]]، بيلجيم) جون.
File:Fischerkirche (window), Born a. Darß.jpg|[[بورن آف ڊارش]] (جرمني) جي لوٿرن ڪاٺ جي گرجاگھر جي دري، شٽرن سان گڏ.
File:Restaurant Amigos de Acapulco (window), Chico.jpg|[[چيڪو، ڪيليفورنيا|چيڪو]] (ڪيليفورنيا) ۾ هڪ ميڪسيڪي ريسٽورنٽ جي خدمت واري دري.
File:Windows of the Cité de la musique, Paris July 2015.jpg|[[مابعد جديد تعميراتي فن|مابعد جديد]] طرز جون دريون، سيتي دي لا ميوزيڪ (پيرس) جون.
File:Windows (7004083002).jpg|[[همعصر تعميراتي فن|همعصر]] طرز جون دريون [[ڪيٿيڊرل پلازا بخاريسٽ]] جون.
File:Fönster - Entré - Ystad-2021.jpg|[[يسٽاد]] ۾ هڪ رهائشي عمارت جي داخلا وٽ تمام اوچيون دريون.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== پڻ ڏسو ==
{{Colbegin|colwidth=15em}}

* {{annotated link|هوائي وهڪري واري دري}}
* {{annotated link|تعميراتي شيشو}}
* {{annotated link|ڪرائون شيشو (دري)|ڪرائون شيشو}}
* {{annotated link|ڊيميرارا دري}}
* {{annotated link|نمائشي دري}}
* {{annotated link|فورٽوچڪا}}
* {{annotated link|شيشي جو مولين نظام}}
* {{annotated link|تيل لڳل ڪاغذ جي دري}}
* {{annotated link|موصل گليزنگ}}
* {{annotated link|پليٽ شيشو}}
* {{annotated link|پورٿول}}
* {{annotated link|گلابي دري}}
* {{annotated link|دريءَ جو ڍڪ}}
* {{annotated link|دريءَ تي ٽيڪس}}
* {{annotated link|وچ دري}}
  {{Colend}}

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>fpbqu72obk4a5p9z83x83o7re79t7bi</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400920</id>
      <parentid>400919</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T15:38:42Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400920</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="84404" sha1="lw4p5pj2hzek0rj4vhe47b1zv8rvuhe" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڀت، دروازي، ڇت يا گاڏي ۾ روشني، هوا ۽ ٻاهرئين ڏيک لاءِ ٺاهيل کُليل حصو}}

{{multiple image
|perrow=3
|total_width=400
|image1=Window of the house with number 17 on strada Mântuleasa, from Bucharest (Romania).jpg
|image2=Atua Kosua shrine4.jpg
|image3=Traditional wooden window (Akhi Jhyal).jpg
|image4=P1300843 Paris X rue de Paradis n18 detail rwk.jpg
|image5=Exterior facade of the Hôtel de Bourvallais 003.JPG
|image6=Chartres RosetteNord 121 DSC08241.jpg
|footer=دريَن جا مختلف نمونا
}}

'''دري''' (Window) ڀت، [[در]]، [[ڇت]] يا [[گاڏي]] ۾ ٺهيل اهڙو کُليل حصو آهي، جيڪو [[روشني]] کي اندر اچڻ، [[هوا]] جي اچ وڃ ۽ ڪيترين حالتن ۾ آواز جي گذر جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. جديد دريون عام طور شيشي  يا ڪنهن ٻئي شفاف يا نيم شفاف مواد سان ڍڪيل هونديون آهن. شيشو عام طور هڪ [[تاڪ]] (Sash) ۾ لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[فريم]] جي اندر نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt; ڪيترن ئي حوالن ۾ تاڪ ۽ فريم ٻنهي کي گڏجي دري پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/window/|title=Window|publisher=The Free Dictionary By Farlex|access-date=19 May 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

گهڻيون شيشي واريون دريون کولي يا بند ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. دري کولڻ سان [[هوا جي مٽاسٽا]] (وينٽيليشن) ممڪن ٿيندي آهي، جڏهن ته بند ڪرڻ سان مينهن، تيز هوا ۽ ٻين خراب موسمي حالتن کان تحفظ حاصل ٿيندو آهي. دريَن ۾ اڪثر [[ڪڙي]] (Latch) يا اهڙو ٻيو ميڪانياتي بندش وارو اوزار لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو دري کي بند ڪري تالو لڳائڻ يا مختلف درجن تائين کليل حالت ۾ قائم رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

دريَن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جن ۾ '''[[آئبرو دري]]'''  (آئبرو ونڊو - eyebrow)، '''[[مقرر دري]]''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو)، [[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]] (ھيڪساگونل ونڊو)، '''[[سنگل هنگ دري]]''' (سنگل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[ڊبل هنگ دري]]''' (ڊبل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[افقي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري]]''' (ھرائيزينٽل سلائيڊنگ سيش ونڊو)، [[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]، '''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window)، '''هاپر دري''' (Hopper window)، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ سلائيڊ دري''' ، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ ٽرن دري'''، '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom)، '''پاسي واري دري''' (سلائيڊ لائيٽ ونڊو)، [[جيلوسي دري]] (Jalousie)، [[لوور دري]] (Louvered)، [[ڪليرسٽوري دري]] (Clerestory)، [[لينسٽ دري]] (Lancet)، [[ڇت جو روشندان]] (اسڪائلائيٽ)، [[ڇت جي دري]] (روف ونڊو)، [[روف لئنٽرن]] (lantern)، [[بي دري]] (Bay)، [[اوريل دري]] (Oriel)، [[ڊائيوڪليشيئن دري]] (Diocletian)، '''تصويري دري''' (Picture)، [[گلابي دري]] (Rose)، '''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري'''، [[رنگين شيشي واري دري]] (Stained glass)، '''فرينچ دري'''، '''پينل دري'''، '''ٻٽي يا ٽرپل شيشي واري دري'''  ۽ [[وچ دري]] (Witch) شامل آهن.

== اشتقاق ==

انگريزي لفظ '''ونڊو''' (''window'') جو بنياد [[قديم نارس ٻولي]] جي لفظ {{lang|non|vindauga}} مان نڪتل آهي، جيڪو {{lang|non|vindr}} (هوا) ۽ {{lang|non|auga}} (اک) مان ٺهيل آهي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;هوا جي اک&quot; آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |title=New Oxford American Dictionary |date=2010 |access-date=January 16, 2015 |archive-date=June 2, 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130602205448/http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[نارويجي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|no|[[نينورسڪ]]}} ۽ [[آئس لينڊي ٻولي]] ۾ قديم نارس جو هي لفظ اڄ تائين زندهه رهيو آهي. آئس لينڊي ۾ اهو رڳو هڪ ننڍڙي کليل &quot;دري&quot; جي هڪ قسم لاءِ نسبتاً گهٽ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ آهي، ۽ اهو {{lang|is|gluggi}} (آئس لينڊي ٻوليءَ ۾ &quot;دري&quot; لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ) جو مڪمل مترادف نه آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|title=Hvaðan kemur orðið gluggi? Af hverju notum við ekki vindauga samanber window?|work=Vísindavefurinn|access-date=2018-09-17|language=is|archive-date=December 14, 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191214165059/https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|url-status=live}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ {{lang|sv|vindöga}} لفظ اڃا تائين جهونپڙيءَ جي ڇت ۾ موجود سوراخ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته [[ڊينش ٻولي]] جي {{lang|da|vindue}} ۽ نارويجي ٻولي جي {{lang|no|[[بوڪمول]]}} ۾ {{lang|no|vindu}} لفظ مان &quot;اک&quot; سان سڌو تعلق ختم ٿي ويو آهي، جيئن انگريزي لفظ ''window'' ۾ به ٿيو آهي. ڊينش (پر نارويجي [[بوڪمول]] نه) ۾ هن لفظ جو اچار انگريزي ''window'' سان گهڻو مشابهت رکي ٿو.

انگريزي جو لفظ ''ونڊو'' (window) پهريون ڀيرو 13هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ لکيل استعمال ملي ٿو، ۽ شروعات ۾ ان مان مراد ڇت ۾ موجود شيشي کان سواءِ هڪ کليل سوراخ هئي. بعد ۾ ''ونڊو''، [[قديم انگريزي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|ang|eagþyrl}} جي جاءِ ورتي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو سوراخ&quot; آهي، ۽ {{lang|ang|eagduru}}، جنهن جي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو در&quot; آهي.

تنهن هوندي به، ڪيترين ئي جرمني ٻولين شيشي واري دري لاءِ لاطيني لفظ فينيسٽرا fenestra اختيار ڪيو، جهڙوڪ [[معياري ٻولي|معياري]] [[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ فونسٽر fönster ۽ [[جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ فينسٽر Fenster.
انگريزي ۾ ''ونڊو'' لفظ جو استعمال غالباً [[وائڪنگ دور]] دوران انگريزي ٻوليءَ تي اسڪينڊي نيويائي اثر ۽ [[ڌاريل لفظ]]ن جي ذريعي ٿيو. انگريزي ۾ ''فينيسٽر'' لفظ پڻ ''ونڊو'' سان گڏ 18هين صديءَ جي وچ تائين متوازي طور استعمال ٿيندو رهيو.

لفظ '''فينيسٽريشن''' اڄ به عمارت جي [[مهاڙي]] ۾ درين جي ترتيب يا بناوت کي بيان ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته '''[[ڊيفينسٽريشن]]''' (''defenestration'') جي معنيٰ آهي &quot;ڪنهن کي دريءَ مان ٻاهر اڇلائڻ&quot;.

== تاريخ ==
{{Multiple image
|total_width=400
|image1=MorellaSantaMariaWindow.jpg
|caption1=[[الباسٽر]] مان ٺهيل &quot;مولين&quot; سان ورهايل سينگاريل دريون [[سانتا ماريا لا ميجور گرجاگھر]] ([[موريلّا، ڪاسٽيلون|موريلّا]]، اسپين) ۾
|image2=ValenciaCathedral2.JPG
|caption2=[[والينسيا گرجاگھر]] ۾ الباسٽر جي دري. ڀت جي فريم جي کاٻي پاسي جي غير هموار ۽ ترڇي شڪل تي ڌيان ڏيو، جيڪا سج جي ڪرڻن کي عبادت گاهه جي اڳئين حصي (چينسل) تائين پهچڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي.
}}

[[رومي سلطنت|رومين]] ماڻهن کي درين ۾ [[شيشو]] استعمال ڪندڙ پهريون معلوم ماڻهو سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ۽ اها ٽيڪنالاجي غالباً سڀ کان پهرين [[رومي مصر]] ۾، [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ {{circa|100}}ع ڌاري تيار ڪئي وئي هئي.{{Citation needed|date=April 2024}} درين جون تصويرون قديم مصري ڀتين جي نقاشين ۽ [[اسيريا]] جي مجسمن ۾ پڻ ڏسي سگهجن ٿيون. ڪاغذي دريون گهٽ خرچ واريون هونديون هيون ۽ قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ [[شيشو]] عام ماڻهن جي گهرن جي درين ۾ صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيو، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل [[جانورن جا سڱ|جانورن جي سڱن]] مان ٺهيل درين جا شيشا 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿي رهيا هئا. 19هين صديءَ ۾ آمريڪي اولهه وارن علائقن ۾ آبادڪارن [[تيل لڳل ڪاغذ جي دري]]ن جو استعمال شروع ڪيو. جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون جڏهن صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته ٿي ويا.

=== ٽيڪنالاجيون ===

13هين صدي ق.م. ۾ سڀ کان اوائليون دريون ڇت ۾ بغير شيشي وارا کليل سوراخ هوندا هئا، جيئن ڏينهن جي وقت روشني اندر اچي سگهي.{{citation needed|date=January 2023}} بعد ۾،{{when|date=October 2016}} انهن درين کي جانورن جي کل، ڪپڙي يا ڪاٺ سان ڍڪيو ويندو هو. ان کان پوءِ اهڙا [[دريءَ جا شٽر|شٽر]] وجود ۾ آيا، جيڪي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگهبا هئا.{{when|date=October 2016}} وقت سان گڏ اهڙيون دريون تيار ڪيون ويون جيڪي هڪ طرف رهواسين کي موسم جي اثرن کان بچائينديون هيون ۽ ٻي طرف روشني به اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون. انهن ۾ نيم شفاف مواد جا ڪيترائي ننڍا ٽڪرا استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا، جهڙوڪ جانورن جي چپٽن ۽ نيم شفاف سڱن جا ٽڪرا، ڪاغذ جون چادرون، [[سنگ مرمر]] جون سنهيون پتيون (جهڙوڪ [[فينگائيٽ]])، يا شيشي جا ٽڪرا، جيڪي ڪاٺ، لوهه يا سيهي جي ٺهيل فريمن ۾ لڳايا ويندا هئا. ڏور اوڀر ۾ درين کي ڀرڻ لاءِ ڪاغذ استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot;&gt;{{cite encyclopedia | url= http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | title= Window | encyclopedia= Britannica | access-date= May 19, 2012 | archive-date= May 2, 2015 | archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20150502185207/http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | url-status= live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

رومي ماڻهو درين ۾ شيشي جا پهريان معلوم استعمال ڪندڙ هئا، ۽ هنن اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي مان فائدو ورتو جيڪا غالباً پهريون ڀيرو [[رومي مصر]] ۾ ترقي ڪئي وئي هئي. خاص طور تي [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ تقريباً {{circa}} 100ع ڌاري [[ڍاليل شيشو|ڍاليل شيشي]] جون دريون ظاهر ٿيڻ لڳيون، جيتوڻيڪ انهن جون بصري خاصيتون ڪمزور هيون. اهي ننڍيون ۽ ٿلهيون هونديون هيون ۽ حقيقت ۾ [[شيشو ڦوڪڻ|ڦوڪيل شيشي]] جي مرتبانن (سلينڊر نما شڪل) کي چپٽو ڪري چادرن جي صورت ۾ ٺاهيو ويندو هو، جن تي هر هنڌ گول دائري جهڙا نشان موجود هوندا هئا. (موازنہ ڪريو روايتي [[گرجاگھر جي دري]]ن سان، جيڪي [[رنگين شيشو]] مان ٺهيل هونديون آهن.) دريءَ جو شيشو ايترو شفاف ٿيڻ ۾، جو ان مان صاف ڏسي سگهجي جيئن اڄ اسين ڏسون ٿا، هڪ هزار سالن کان وڌيڪ وقت لڳو. تنهن هوندي به، قديم رومي دريون تمام ڪارآمد هيون، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن کي &quot;گرمي فراهم ڪرڻ واري ٽيڪنالاجيءَ ۾ اڪثر نظرانداز ڪيل ترقي&quot; سمجهيو ويندو آهي، ڇو ته اهي سج جي گرمي کي عمارت اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون، جڏهن ته اندر جي گرم هوا کي ٻاهر نڪرڻ کان روڪينديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last1=Carrier |first1=Richard |title=The Scientist in the Early Roman Empire |date=2017 |publisher=Pitchstone Publishing |location=Durham, North Carolina |isbn=978-1-63431-106-9 |page=218}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1154ع ۾ [[الادريسي]] [[گھانا سلطنت]] جي بادشاهه جي محل جي هڪ خاص خصوصيت طور شيشي جي درين جو ذڪر ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | url= https://books.google.com/books?id=umyHqvAErOAC&amp;dq=Ghana+Empire+glass+window&amp;pg=PA564 | title= Encyclopedia of African History 3-Volume Set| page= 564|author= Kevin Shillington |author-link= Kevin Shillington| publisher= [[Routledge]] | isbn= 978-1-135-45670-2 |date= 2013}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal | last= Fage | first=J. D. | title=Ancient Ghana: A Review Of The Evidence | journal=Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana | volume= 3 | issue= 2 | pages= 3–24 | year= 1957| jstor= 41405704}}&lt;/ref&gt;

صدين جي دوران اهڙيون ٽيڪنيڪون ترقي ڪيون ويون، جن جي ذريعي ڦوڪيل شيشي جي [[سلينڊر (هندسي شڪل)|سلينڊر]] جي هڪ پاسي کي ڪٽي، ساڳئي مقدار جي شيشي مان وڌيڪ سنهيون مستطيل دريون تيار ڪيون وينديون هيون. ان سان ڊگهيون ۽ سنهيون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، جيڪي عام طور تي هڪ عمودي سهاري سان ورهايل هونديون هيون، جنهن کي [[مولين]] چيو ويندو آهي. مولين سان ورهايل شيشي واريون دريون يورپ جي خوشحال ماڻهن ۾ پسنديده دريون هيون،{{when|date=January 2023}} جڏهن ته ڪاغذي دريون قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ گهٽ خرچ سبب وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ عام ماڻهن جي گهرن ۾ شيشي واريون دريون صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيون، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل جانورن جي سڱن مان ٺهيل دريون 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿينديون رهيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Langley|first=Andrew|title=Medieval Life|series= Eyewitness|year= 2011 |publisher= Dorling Kindersley|isbn=978-1-4053-4545-3|page=16}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون، جڏهن 19هين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته بڻايا ويا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Float Glass|date=July 6, 2007 |url=https://www.architectmagazine.com/technology/float-glass_o}}&lt;/ref&gt; جديد دريون عام طور تي شيشي سان ڀريون وينديون آهن، جيتوڻيڪ شفاف پلاسٽڪ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== جوڙجڪ جا لاڙا ===
{{See also|گرجاگھر جي دري}}

12هين صدي عيسويءَ کان [[اولهه يورپ]] جي [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ [[لينسٽ دري]]ن (''lancet windows'') جو متعارف ٿيڻ، محرابي درين جي هڪ اڳوڻي روايت تي ٻڌل هو،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 |quote= In general two or three windows united in a group, as was later the rule in Roman architecture, were even then of frequent occurrence in the early Christian architecture of Asia Minor. The form of the window is nearly everywhere the same; a rectangle that usually has a rounded top, but seldom a straight lintel.}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪي [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀن]] جي وچ ۾ لڳايون وينديون هيون،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 | quote = The place of the window was determined by the architectural membering of the basilica, the distance between two columns generally indicating the position of a window.}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ ان جي نتيجي ۾ نه رڳو [[ٽريسري]] ۽ نفيس [[قرونِ وسطى جا رنگين شيشا|رنگين شيشي]] واريون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، پر عبادتي عمارتن ۾ نوڪيدار يا گول شڪل وارين درين جو هڪ اهڙو ڊگهو تعميراتي رواج به پيدا ٿيو، جيڪو اڄ به ڪيترن ئي گرجاگهرن ۾ ڏسي سگهجي ٿو.

تعميراتي مؤرخ پيٽر سمٿ شروعاتي جديد دور جي ويلش ڳوٺاڻن گهرن ۾ درين جي تعميراتي لاڙن بابت لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
تقريباً 1680ع تائين درين جو تناسب افقي هوندو هو، جيڪو انهن گهٽ اوچائي وارن ڪمرن لاءِ مناسب هو، جيڪي هال هائوسن ۾ مٿيون ماڙ شامل ڪرڻ کان پوءِ وجود ۾ آيا هئا. ان کان پوءِ عمودي تناسب واريون دريون رواج ۾ آيون، جنهن جو هڪ سبب گهٽ ۾ گهٽ اهو هو ته [[نشاةِ ثانيه]] جي دور ۾ اوچين ڇتين جي پسند وڌي وئي هئي. 1914ع کان پوءِ حالتون ٻيهر بدلجي ويون ۽ افقي تناسب واريون دريون هڪ ڀيرو ٻيهر پسند ڪيون وڃڻ لڳيون.&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
 |last1                = Smith
 |first1               = Peter
 |author-link1         = Peter Smith (architectural historian)
 |editor-last1         = Thirsk
 |editor-first1        = Joan
 |editor-link1         = Joan Thirsk
 |year                 = 1985
 |chapter              = 21 Rural Building in Wales
 |title                = The Agrarian History of England and Wales
 |url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=EAA9AAAAIAAJ
 |volume               = 5: 1640-1750 2: Agrarian change
 |publication-place    = Cambridge
 |publisher            = Cambridge University Press
 |page                 = 781
 |isbn                 = 9780521257756
 |access-date          = 18 January 2023
}}
&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;17هين صديءَ ۾ يورپ ۾ درين جي ڊزائن ۾ اوچائي ويڪر کان وڌيڪ رکڻ جو لاڙو پيدا ٿيو. ڪاٺ جا فريم وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا هئا، ۽ سيش دريون (''sash windows'') پڻ متعارف ڪرايون ويون. 18هين صديءَ ۾ سيش درين جي ڊزائن ۾ تبديليون آيون؛ شيشي کي سنڀاليندڙ سنها افقي ۽ عمودي پٽا (glazing bars) وڌيڪ باريڪ بڻايا ويا ۽ درين جون ماپون به وڌيڪ معياري ٿي ويون.

19هين صديءَ دوران ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ننڍين ڪناري وارين درين ۾ رنگين شيشو استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته گليزنگ بارن کي گوٿڪ طرز جي شڪل ڏني ويندي هئي. دريون اڳي کان وڌيڪ وڏيون ٿيڻ لڳيون ۽ آرٽس اينڊ ڪرافٽس ۽ ڪوئين اين طرزِ تعمير تمام مشهور ٿيا، جيڪو لاڙو 20هين صديءَ تائين جاري رهيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Windows, glass, glazing - a brief history |url=https://www.thenbs.com/knowledge/windows-glass-glazing-a-brief-history |access-date=2026-03-17 |website=NBS |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ شيشي]] جي ٽيڪنالاجي جي پکڙجڻ سان پڪچر ونڊوز (''picture windows'') متعارف ڪرائڻ ممڪن ٿيو (پهريون ڀيرو [[ليويٽ ٽائون، پنسلوانيا]] ۾)،&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
|last1                = Rybczynski
|first1               = Witold
|author-link1         = Witold Rybczynski
|date                 = 13 May 2008
|orig-date            = 2007
|chapter              = Ranchers, Picture Windows and Morning Rooms
|title                = Last Harvest: From Cornfield to New Town: Real Estate Development from George Washington to the Builders of the Twenty-First Century, and Why We Live in Houses Anyway
|url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=rkuvkjyRGG0C
|publication-place    = New York
|publisher            = Simon and Schuster
|page                 = 207
|isbn                 = 9780743235976
|access-date          = 18 January 2023
|quote                = The casual, spread-out ranch house [...] by 1950 accounted for nine out of ten new houses. [...] Its one extravagance was a large window facing the street - the picture window. As far as I have been able to determine, picture windows made their first appearance in Levittown, Pennsylvania.
}}
&lt;/ref&gt; جنهن جو بنياد 1951–1952ع ۾ وڌو ويو.{{Clarify|reason=What was founded?|date=July 2024}}ايندڙ حصي (حصو 4) ۾ آخري پيراگراف (''Many modern day windows may have a window screen...'') جو مڪمل ترجمو، بنا ڪنهن اختصار جي، حوالن سميت پيش ڪندس.

اڄڪلهه جون ڪيتريون ئي [[جديديت|جديد]] دريون [[دريءَ جي جالي]] (''window screen'') يا ميش سان ليس هونديون آهن، جيڪا اڪثر [[ايلومينيم]] يا [[فائبر گلاس]] مان ٺهيل هوندي آهي، جيئن دري کولڻ وقت [[جيت]] اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهن. دريون بنيادي طور تي عمارت جي اندر موجود ماڻهن کي ٻاهرين دنيا سان هڪ اهم بصري لاڳاپو فراهم ڪرڻ لاءِ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن ذريعي اهي ٻاهر ٿيندڙ مسلسل بدلجندڙ منظرن ۽ واقعن کي ڏسي سگهن ٿا. اهڙو لاڳاپو عمارتن ۾ رهندڙ ماڻهن جي صحت ۽ ڀلائي لاءِ انتهائي اهم سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ جيڪڏهن ماڻهو اهڙين بند عمارتن ۾ رهن، جتي دريون نه هجن، ته انهن تي اهڙي ماحول جا ناڪاري اثر پئجي سگهن ٿا.

درين جي ڊزائن بابت مقرر ڪيل ڪيترن ئي معيارن مان، ڏينهن جي روشني سان لاڳاپيل معيارن ۾ ڪجهه اهم عنصر نمايان ٿيا آهن، جن ۾ هنڌ، وقت، موسم، فطرت ۽ ماڻهو شامل آهن. انهن سڀني معيارن مان، اهي دريون جيڪي [[فطرت]] جا نظارا مهيا ڪن ٿيون، ماڻهن جي نظر ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ اهم سمجهيون وڃن ٿيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Kent |first1=Michael |last2=Schiavon |first2=Stefano |date=2022 |title=Predicting Window View Preferences Using the Environmental Information Criteria |url=https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |journal=LEUKOS |volume=19 |issue=2 |pages=190–209 |doi=10.1080/15502724.2022.2077753 |s2cid=251121476 |access-date=2022-11-09 |archive-date=December 28, 2023 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20231228134015/https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

== قسم ==

[[File:casement_window_parts.svg|thumb|Parts of a casement cross-window, viewed from the outside]]
=== صليبي دري ===
{{main|صليبي دري}}

'''صليبي دري''' (ڪراس-ونڊو) هڪ مستطيل شڪل واري دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عام طور تي هڪ [[مولين]] ۽ هڪ [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] جي ذريعي چئن حصن (روشنين) ۾ ورهايل هوندي آهي، جيڪي گڏجي هڪ [[لاطيني صليب]] جي شڪل ٺاهيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;Curl, James Stevens (2006). ''Oxford Dictionary of Architecture and Landscape Architecture'', 2nd ed., OUP, Oxford and New York, p. 214. {{ISBN|978-0-19-860678-9}}.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ابرو نما دري ===

'''ابرو نما دري''' (Eyebrow window) جو اصطلاح ٻن معنائن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي: ڀت ۾ هڪ مڙيل مٿئين حصي واري دري، يا هڪ ابرو نما [[ڊارمر]]؛ ۽ ننڍين درين جي هڪ قطار، جيڪا عام طور تي عمارت جي سامهون ڇڄن هيٺان هوندي آهي، جهڙوڪ پنسلوانيا ۾ [[جيمس-لوراه هائوس]].&lt;ref&gt;Harris, Cyril M. (1998). ''American Architecture: An Illustrated Encyclopedia''. New York: W. W. Norton.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مقرر دري ===

'''مقرر دري''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا کولي نٿي سگهجي،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=CVTjAQAAQBAJ&amp;q=Fixed+window+is+window+that+cannot+open&amp;pg=PA83|title=Kitchen &amp; Bath Residential Construction and Systems|author=NKBA (National Kitchen and Bath Association)|date=2013-10-29|publisher=John Wiley &amp; Sons|isbn=978-1-118-71104-0|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ جنهن جو ڪم صرف روشني کي اندر اچڻ ڏيڻ هوندو آهي (غير مقرر دريءَ جي ابتڙ، جيڪا کلي ۽ بند ٿي سگهي ٿي). [[ڪليرسٽوري]] دريون [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ گهڻو ڪري مقرر هونديون آهن. ٽرانسم دريون مقرر به ٿي سگهن ٿيون يا کولي سگهجن ٿيون. اهڙي قسم جون دريون انهن حالتن ۾ استعمال ٿينديون آهن، جتي صرف روشني يا ٻاهر جو نظارو گهربل هجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ [[ٽرڪل وينٽ]] يا مٿئين وينٽ کان سواءِ اهڙين درين ذريعي هوا جي اچ وڃ ممڪن نه هوندي آهي.

=== هڪ طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

'''هڪ طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري'''  اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ هڪ سيش (عام طور هيٺيون) حرڪت ڪندڙ هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مقرر هوندو آهي. هي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ سيش دريءَ جي قديم ترين صورت آهي ۽ قيمت ۾ پڻ نسبتاً سستي هوندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== ٻه طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

{{main|سيش دري}}

'''سيش دري''' (Sash window) برطانيا ۽ انهن ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾، جيڪي اڳ برطانوي نوآبادين جو حصو هئا، روايتي دريءَ جو انداز آهي. ان ۾ ٻه حصا (سيش) هوندا آهن، جيڪي ٿورو هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهيل هوندا آهن ۽ فريم جي اندر مٿي ۽ هيٺ سلائيڊ ٿيندا آهن. ٻنهي حصن جو هڪجهڙو سائيز هجڻ ضروري نه آهي؛ جيڪڏهن مٿيون سيش ننڍو (گهٽ اوچائي وارو) هجي ته ان کي [[ڪاٽيج دري]] چيو ويندو آهي.

هاڻي گهڻيون نيون ٻه طرفي سيش دريون سيشن کي سنڀالڻ لاءِ اسپرنگ بيلنس استعمال ڪن ٿيون، پر روايتي طور دريءَ جي ٻنهي پاسن تي باڪسن اندر رکيل جوابي وزن (ڪائونٽر ويٽس) استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا. اهي وزن رسي يا بعد ۾ خاص تيار ڪيل زنجير ذريعي پلين جي مدد سان سيشن سان ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا. اسپرنگ بيلنس جا ٽي قسم هوندا آهن: ٽيپ يا ڪلاڪ اسپرنگ بيلنس، چينل يا بلاڪ اينڊ ٽيڪل بيلنس، ۽ اسپائرل يا ٽيوب بيلنس.

روايتي طور ٻه طرفي سيش درين سان [[دريءَ جا شٽر]] پڻ لڳايا ويندا هئا. سيش درين ۾ سيمپليڪس قبضا پڻ لڳائي سگهجن ٿا، جيڪي دريءَ کي هڪ پاسي کان قبضن ۾ بند ڪرڻ جي اجازت ڏين ٿا، جڏهن ته ٻئي پاسي واري رسي ڌار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان دري کي باهه لڳڻ جي صورت ۾ نڪرڻ يا صفائي لاءِ کولي سگهجي ٿو.

=== فولڊ اپ دري ===

[[File:Foldup window.gif|thumb|upright|فولڊ اپ دري (اندر ڏانهن کُلندڙ)، پاسي کان ڪٽيل ڏيک]]

'''فولڊ اپ دري''' (Foldup window) ۾ ٻه هڪجهڙا سيش هوندا آهن، جيڪي معياري ٻه طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دريءَ وانگر هوندا آهن، پر اهي مٿي طرف ويڙهجي کلي ويندا آهن، جنهن سان تقريباً پوري فريم جيتري جاءِ مان هوا اندر اچي سگهي ٿي. هن دريءَ جو توازن اسپرنگن يا جوابي وزنن (counterbalances) ذريعي برقرار رکيو ويندو آهي، بلڪل ٻه طرفي سيش دريءَ وانگر. سيشن کي اهڙي نموني بيهاري سگهجي ٿو جو اهي روايتي ٻه طرفي سيش دريءَ جهڙا نظر اچن، يا هڪ ئي سڌي قطار ۾ به لڳائي سگهجن ٿا. سڌي قطار وارا نمونا اندر يا ٻاهر ٻنهي طرفن کلي سگهن ٿا. اندر کُلندڙ فولڊ اپ درين ۾ مقرر جاليون لڳائي سگهجن ٿيون، جڏهن ته ٻاهر کُلندڙ قسمن لاءِ حرڪت ڪندڙ جالين جي ضرورت هوندي آهي. اهڙيون دريون عام طور اسڪرين روم، باورچي خاني جي پاس ٿرو، يا هنگامي نڪرڻ واري رستي (egress) طور استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

=== افقي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

'''افقي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري''' (Horizontal sliding sash window) ۾ ٻه يا وڌيڪ سيش هوندا آهن، جيڪي ٿورو هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهيل هوندا آهن، پر فريم جي اندر افقي رخ ۾ سلائيڊ ٿيندا آهن. برطانيا ۾ انهن کي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن [[يارڪشائر]] سيش دريون به چيو ويندو آهي، غالباً ان ڪري جو انهن جو روايتي استعمال انهيءَ علائقي ۾ گهڻو هو.

=== ڪيسمينٽ دري ===

{{Main|ڪيسمينٽ دري}}

[[File:Gordijnen aan venster.JPG|thumb|[[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]]]

'''ڪيسمينٽ دري''' (Casement window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن جو سيش قبضن سان لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي وانگر اندر يا ٻاهر کلي ويندو آهي. اهو پاسي کان لڳل، مٿان لڳل (جنهن کي &quot;اوننگ دري&quot; پڻ چيو ويندو آهي؛ هيٺ ڏسو)، يا ڪڏهن هيٺان لڳل سيش تي مشتمل هوندو آهي، يا انهن قسمن جي ميلاپ سان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، ۽ ڪڏهن هڪ يا وڌيڪ پاسن تي مقرر شيشي جا پينل پڻ هوندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot; /&gt;

آمريڪا ۾ اهڙيون دريون عام طور [[ڪرئنڪ (مشينياتي حصو)|ڪرئنڪ]] ذريعي کوليون وينديون آهن، جڏهن ته يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي حصن ۾ انهن لاءِ پروجيڪشن فرڪشن اسٽيز ۽ [[ايسپاگنوليٽ]] لاڪنگ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. اڳي سادا قبضا [[ڪيسمينٽ اسٽي]] سان گڏ استعمال ٿيندا هئا. [[هينڊنگ]] (Handing) جو استعمال دريءَ جي کلڻ واري رخ جي سڃاڻپ لاءِ ڪيو ويندو آهي؛ ان موجب ڪيسمينٽ دري کاٻي هٿ واري، ساڄي هٿ واري يا ٻٽي رخ واري ٿي سگهي ٿي. برطانيا ۽ يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي ٻين علائقن ۾ جديد عمارتن ۾ ڪيسمينٽ دري سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام قسم آهي.

=== اوننگ دري ===

[[File:Fenêtre à l'australienne - Awning window - (AWS Magnum 616) Light.jpg|thumb|upright=0.5|اوننگ دري]]

'''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window) ڪيسمينٽ دريءَ جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو افقي طور لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ مٿئين پاسي [[قبضو]] لڳل هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهو ٻاهر ڏانهن [[ڇڄ]] وانگر کلي ٿو. آزاد نموني استعمال ٿيڻ کان علاوه، اهڙيون دريون هڪ ئي فريم ۾ ڪيترين گڏ به لڳائي سگهجن ٿيون يا مقرر شيشي سان گڏ به استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. اهي خاص طور هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ تمام ڪارآمد هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | title=Window Treatments | first=Karla J. | last=Nielson | page=45 | url=https://books.google.com/books?id=y6U0uP5cyLQC&amp;q=%22awning+window%22&amp;pg=PA45 | publisher=John Wiley &amp; Sons | date=Sep 15, 1989 | isbn=0-471-28946-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== هوپر دري ===

'''هوپر دري''' (Hopper window) هيٺئين پاسي کان قبضي تي ٻڌل ڪيسمينٽ دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عمودي رخ ۾ جهڪي کلي ٿي، ۽ عام طور اندر ڏانهن کلي ٿي، جنهن جي شڪل [[هوپر (ذرڙن گڏ ڪرڻ وارو ڪنٽينر)|هوپر]] جي نالي وانگر هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1=Allen|first1=Edward|last2=Thallon|first2=Rob|title=Fundamentals of Residential Construction|edition=3rd |year=2011 |publisher=Wiley |location=Hoboken, NJ |isbn=978-0-470-54083-1 |page=654}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پيوٽ دري ===

'''پيوٽ دري''' (Pivot window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ سامهون وارن ٻن پاسن تي هڪ هڪ قبضو لڳل هوندو آهي، جنهن جي مدد سان دري کلڻ وقت پنهنجي محور تي گهمي سگهي ٿي. اهي قبضا مٿي ۽ هيٺ (عمودي پيوٽ) يا ٻنهي پاسن (افقي پيوٽ) تي لڳايا ويندا آهن. عام طور دري پهرين محدود حد تائين کلي ٿي ته جيئن هوا جي اچ وڃ ٿي سگهي، ۽ پوءِ وڌيڪ کولڻ سان مڪمل طور ڦري وڃي ٿي ۽ اندر کان محفوظ صفائي لاءِ ٻيهر لاڪ ٿي وڃي ٿي. جديد پيوٽ قبضا فرڪشن واري نظام سان ليس هوندا آهن، جيڪو دريءَ کي پنهنجي وزن جي باوجود کليل حالت ۾ سنڀالي رکندو آهي، ۽ انهن ۾ کلڻ جي حد مقرر ڪرڻ ۽ اُلٽي لاڪنگ جون سهولتون پڻ موجود هونديون آهن. برطانيا، جتي هن قسم جون دريون سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام آهن، اتي اهي گهڻ ماڙ سرڪاري رهائشي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي لڳايون ويون.

=== جهڪندڙ ۽ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري ===

'''جهڪندڙ ۽ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري''' (Tilt and slide window) اهڙي دري (يا گهڻو ڪري دروازي جيتري وڏي دري) هوندي آهي، جنهن جو سيش پهرين هوپر دريءَ وانگر مٿئين حصي کان اندر ڏانهن جهڪي ٿو، ۽ پوءِ مقرر شيشي جي پينل جي پٺيان افقي رخ ۾ سلائيڊ ٿي وڃي ٿو.

=== جهڪندڙ ۽ ڦرندڙ دري ===

'''جهڪندڙ ۽ ڦرندڙ دري''' (Tilt and turn window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا يا ته مٿئين حصي کان اندر ڏانهن جهڪي سگهي ٿي يا پاسي وارن قبضن تان اندر ڏانهن مڪمل طور کلي سگهي ٿي. هي جرمني، جتي ان جو بنياد پيو، جو سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام دريءَ جو قسم آهي، ۽ يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي ٻين ملڪن ۾ به وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

يورپ ۾ عام طور اهي &quot;پهرين ڦرندڙ&quot; (turn first) قسم جون هونديون آهن؛ يعني جڏهن هينڊل کي 90 درجا ڦيرايو وڃي ته دري پاسي کان کلندي آهي، ۽ جڏهن هينڊل کي 180 درجا ڦيرايو وڃي ته اها هيٺان لڳل دريءَ وانگر جهڪي کلي ٿي. برطانيا ۾ گهڻو ڪري &quot;پهرين جهڪندڙ&quot; (tilt first) قسم جون دريون استعمال ٿينديون آهن؛ يعني 90 درجن تي هيٺان لڳل صورت ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ کلنديون آهن، ۽ 180 درجن تي پاسي کان مڪمل طور کلنديون آهن، جنهن سان عمارت جي اندر بيهي ٻاهرئين شيشي کي آساني سان صاف ڪري سگهجي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://glawindows.com/tilt-and-turn-windows-5/ |title=Tilt-and-Turn Windows Gain Popularity |date=June 11, 2021 |access-date=January 25, 2023 |archive-date=January 25, 2023 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230125064841/https://glawindows.com/tilt-and-turn-windows-5/ |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٽرانسم دري ===

هڪ '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom window) دروازي جي مٿان لڳل دري هوندي آهي. ٻاهرين دروازي ۾ [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] دري عام طور مقرر (fixed) هوندي آهي، جڏهن ته اندرين دروازي ۾ اها مٿئين يا هيٺئين پاسي لڳل قبضن ذريعي کلي سگهي ٿي، يا پنهنجي محور تي ڦري به سگهي ٿي. زبردستي هوا جي گرمي ۽ ٿڌڪ (forced air heating and cooling) جا نظام عام ٿيڻ کان اڳ، اها هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي هئي. پنکي جي شڪل واري ٽرانسم دري کي خاص طور برطانوي ٻيٽن ۾ '''فين لائيٽ''' (fanlight) چيو ويندو آهي.

=== پاسي واري دري ===

دروازي يا ٻي دريءَ جي ٻنهي پاسن تي لڳل درين کي '''پاسي واريون دريون''' (Sidelights)، '''ونگ لائيٽس''' (Wing lights)، '''مارجنل لائيٽس''' (Marginal lights)، يا '''فلينڪنگ دريون''' (Flanking windows) چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Curl, James Stevens. &quot;Flanking window&quot;. ''A Dictionary of Architecture and Landscape Architecture''. 2nd ed. Oxford England: Oxford University Press, 2006. 285. Print.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== جيلوسي دري ===

[[File:Jalousie2.jpg|thumb|جيلوسي يا [[لوور]] واري دري]]

{{main|جيلوسي دري}}

'''جيلوسي دري''' (Jalousie window)، جنهن کي '''لوور واري دري''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙي دري آهي جيڪا شيشي يا [[پولي (ميٿائل ميٿاڪريليٽ)|ايڪريلڪ]] جي هڪٻئي سان متوازي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندي آهي، جيڪي [[وينيشيئن بلائنڊ]] وانگر کلنديون ۽ بند ٿينديون آهن، عام طور ڪرئنڪ يا ليور جي ذريعي. اهڙيون دريون استوائي علائقن جي تعميراتي طرز ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن. جيلوسي دروازو اهو دروازو هوندو آهي جنهن ۾ جيلوسي دري لڳل هجي.

=== ڪليرسٽوري دري ===

{{Main|ڪليرسٽوري}}

'''ڪليرسٽوري دري''' (Clerestory window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي جيڪا [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ يا ڀت جي مٿئين حصي ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي، ۽ [[قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|قدرتي روشني]] اندر آڻڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

=== آسماني دري ===

[[File:BurlingtonHousePavementWindow.jpg|thumbnail|لنڊن ۾ [[برلنگٽن هائوس]] جي ٻاهران فوٽ پاٿ تي لڳل آسماني دري (جنهن کي [[پيومينٽ لائيٽ]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي)]]

{{Main|قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|آسماني دري}}

'''آسماني دري''' (Skylight) اهڙي دري آهي جيڪا [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ تعمير ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=TopgKO4x_2kC&amp;q=skylight+is+window+built+into+roof&amp;pg=PA223|title=Construction Estimating Reference Data|last=Sarviel|first=Ed|date=1993|publisher=Craftsman Book Company|isbn=978-0-934041-84-3|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن قسم جي دري ذريعي قدرتي سج جي روشني ۽ چنڊ جي روشني اندر اچي سگهي ٿي.

=== ڇت واري دري ===

{{main|ڇت واري دري}}

'''ڇت واري دري''' (Roof window) هڪ ترڇي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا [[قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|قدرتي روشني]] لاءِ [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي. هي انهن ٿورين درين مان هڪ آهي، جيڪي هنگامي حالت ۾ نڪرڻ جي رستي طور پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. وڏيون ڇت واريون دريون هنگامي انخلا بابت [[تعميراتي ضابطا]] (Building codes) جون گهرجون پوريون ڪنديون آهن.

=== ڇت وارو لالٽين ===

{{Main|ڇت وارو لالٽين}}

'''ڇت وارو لالٽين''' (Roof lantern) گهڻن شيشي وارن پينلن تي ٻڌل هڪ تعميراتي ڍانچو هوندو آهي، جيڪو هڪ ننڍڙي عمارت جهڙو نظر ايندو آهي ۽ ڇت تي ڏينهن يا چنڊ جي روشني اندر آڻڻ لاءِ تعمير ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ان ۾ اضافي [[ڪليرسٽوري]] پڻ شامل هوندي آهي. ان کي [[گنبذ نما ڇت (ڪپولا)|ڪپولا]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

=== بي دري ===

[[File:2014 Kłodzko, pl. Chrobrego 13 03.JPG|thumb|[[بي دري]]ون [[ڪووڊزڪو]]، پولينڊ ۾]]

{{Main|بي دري}}

'''بي دري''' (Bay window) گهڻن پينلن تي ٻڌل دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ٽي پينل مختلف زاويَن تي لڳل هوندا آهن، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دري ڀت جي سڌي ليڪ کان ٻاهر نڪري ايندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot; /&gt;

==== اوريل دري ====

{{Main|اوريل دري}}

'''اوريل دري''' (Oriel window) بي دريءَ جي هڪ قسم آهي. هي انداز گهڻو ڪري ٽيوڊر طرز جي گهرن ۽ خانقاهن ۾ ڏسڻ ۾ اچي ٿو. اها ڀت مان ٻاهر نڪتل هوندي آهي، پر زمين تائين نه پهچندي آهي. شروعات ۾ اها برآمدي (porch) جي هڪ صورت هئي، ۽ اڪثر ان کي بريسڪيٽن يا [[ڪوربل]]ن جي مدد سان سهارو ڏنو ويندو آهي.

=== ٿرمل دري ===

{{Main|ڊيوڪليشيئن دري}}

'''ٿرمل''' يا '''ڊيوڪليشيئن دريون''' (Thermal or Diocletian windows) وڏيون نيم دائري شڪل واريون دريون (يا طاق) هونديون آهن، جيڪي عام طور ٻن [[مولين]]ن جي ذريعي ٽن حصن (دريءَ جي خانوَن) ۾ ورهايل هونديون آهن. وچ وارو حصو گهڻو ڪري ٻنهي پاسن وارن حصن کان وڌيڪ ويڪرو هوندو آهي.

=== تصويري دري ===

'''تصويري دري''' (Picture window) ڀت ۾ لڳل هڪ وڏي مقرر دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ عام طور [[گليزنگ بار]] نه هوندا آهن، يا صرف ڪنارن وٽ معمولي گليزنگ بار ([[منٽن]]) لڳل هوندا آهن. تصويري دريون بغير ڪنهن رڪاوٽ جي ٻاهر جو نظارو مهيا ڪنديون آهن، ڄڻ ڪنهن تصوير کي فريم ۾ بند ڪيو ويو هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/picture+window |title=Picture window |work=[[The Free Dictionary]] |publisher=Farlex |access-date=May 19, 2012 |archive-date=July 10, 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120710004859/http://www.thefreedictionary.com/picture+window |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== گهڻ-پينل دري ===

'''گهڻ-پينل دري''' (Multi-lite window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ شيشي جا ڪيترائي ننڍا ٽڪرا ڪاٺ يا سيهي جي ٺهيل ''گليزنگ بارن'' يا ''[[منٽن]]'' جي ذريعي هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيل هوندا آهن. اهي هڪ سينگاريل ''گليزنگ نموني'' ۾ ترتيب ڏنل هوندا آهن، جيڪو گهڻو ڪري عمارت جي تعميراتي طرز مطابق هوندو آهي. ماضي ۾ وڏا شيشي جا پينل آسانيءَ سان دستياب نه هجڻ سبب، گهڻ-پينل (يا ''جاليءَ واري دري'') 20هين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين سڀ کان عام دريءَ جو انداز هو، ۽ اڄ به روايتي تعميراتي طرز ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري ===

'''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري''' (Emergency exit/egress window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا ايتري وڏي ۽ زمين کان ايتري هيٺ هوندي آهي جو رهواسي هنگامي حالتن، جهڙوڪ باهه لڳڻ جي صورت ۾، ان مان ٻاهر نڪري سگهن. ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ بيڊ رومن لاءِ اهڙين درين جون صحيح وضاحتون [[تعميراتي ضابطا]] (Building codes) ۾ ڏنل هونديون آهن. اهڙين درين جون وضاحتون اهڙيون به هونديون آهن، جيڪي هنگامي امدادي عملي کي به اندر داخل ٿيڻ جي اجازت ڏين. بسن، هوائي جهازن ۽ ريل گاڏين جهڙين گاڏين ۾ پڻ هنگامي نڪرڻ واريون دريون هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/documents/outreach/bus/PreTrip-SafetyBrochure-Pull.pdf |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080923082055/http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/documents/outreach/bus/PreTrip-SafetyBrochure-Pull.pdf |url-status=dead |archive-date=September 23, 2008 |title=U.S. Dept. of Transportation: Safety information for bus/motorcoach passengers |access-date=February 11, 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== رنگين شيشي جي دري ===

{{Main|رنگين شيشو}}

'''رنگين شيشي جي دري''' (Stained glass window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا رنگين شيشي جي ٽڪرن مان ٺهيل هوندي آهي، جيڪي [[شفافيت (بصريات)|شفاف]]، نيم شفاف يا [[غير شفافيت (بصريات)|غير شفاف]] ٿي سگهن ٿا، ۽ انهن تي اڪثر ماڻهن جون تصويرون يا مختلف منظر ڏيکاريل هوندا آهن. عام طور انهن درين ۾ شيشي جا ٽڪرا سيهي جي ٺهيل گليزنگ بارن سان هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيا ويندا آهن. رنگين شيشي واريون دريون [[وڪٽورين دور]] جي گهرن ۽ ڪجهه [[فرينڪ لوئڊ رائيٽ]] جي طرز تي ٺهيل گهرن ۾ تمام مشهور هيون، ۽ خاص طور [[گرجاگھر]]ن ۾ گهڻي عام آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/stained+glass+window |title=Stained glass |work=[[The Free Dictionary]] |publisher=Farlex |access-date=May 19, 2012 |archive-date=January 19, 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120119031209/http://www.thefreedictionary.com/Stained+glass+window |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== فرينچ دري ===

{{multiple image
| align             = right
|total_width=300
| footer            = 20هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ [[لسبن]] ۾ [[فرانس جا سفارتي مشن|فرانس جي سفارتخاني]] ۾ &quot;فرينچ دري&quot; (ٻه فرينچ دروازا، جيڪي ٻاهرين ڀت ۾ بغير [[مولين]] جي گڏ ٻاهر ڏانهن کلن ٿا)
| width1            =
| image1            = Legation de France a Lisbonne (interieur).jpg
| width2            =
| image2            = Legation de France a Lisbonne (véranda).jpg
}}

'''فرينچ دروازو''' (French door) اهڙو دروازو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ شيشي جا پينل پوري ڊيگهه تائين لڳل هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French door |url=https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/French%20door |website=Merriam-Webster.com Dictionary |publisher=Merriam-Webster |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهڙن ٻن دروازن جي جوڙي، جيڪي وچ مان کلن، کي مختلف نالن سان سڏيو ويندو آهي، جهڙوڪ '''فرينچ دروازا''',&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French doors |url=https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/french-doors |website=Collins English Dictionary |publisher=HarperCollins |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; '''فرينچ دري''',&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French window |url=https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/French%20window |website=Merriam-Webster.com Dictionary |publisher=Merriam-Webster |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا '''فرينچ دريون'''.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French windows |url=https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/french-windows |website=Collins English Dictionary |publisher=HarperCollins |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهي عام طور عمارت جي ٻاهرئين ڀت ۾ لڳايا ويندا آهن. فرانس ۾ فرينچ درين کي ''porte-fenêtre'' ۽ اٽلي ۾ ''portafinestra'' چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ اهي جديد گهرن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

=== ٻٽي شيشي واري دري ===

{{Main|موصل گليزنگ}}

'''ٻٽي شيشي واري دري''' (Double-paned يا Double-glazed window) ۾ شيشي جا ٻه هڪ ٻئي سان متوازي پينل هوندا آهن، جن جي وچ ۾ عام طور لڳ ڀڳ 1 سينٽي ميٽر جو فاصلو هوندو آهي. هي خال مستقل طور بند ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ تياري وقت ان ۾ سڪل هوا يا ٻي سڪل غير ردعمل ڪندڙ گيس ڀري ويندي آهي. اهڙيون دريون [[حرارتي موصليت]] ۾ نمايان بهتري آڻينديون آهن (۽ عام طور آواز جي موصليت ۾ پڻ) ۽ گرمي پد جي فرق سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ ڌنڌ يا برف جمن کان بچاءُ ڪنديون آهن. اهي معتدل آبهوا وارن علائقن ۾ رهائشي ۽ تجارتي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

برطانيا ۾ ٻٽي ۽ ٽي شيشي وارين درين کي ترتيب وار ٻٽي-[[دريءَ جي گليزنگ|گليزنگ]] ۽ ٽيڻي-گليزنگ چيو ويندو آهي. ٽي شيشي واريون دريون هاڻي وچ ۽ اتر يورپ ۾ تمام عام ٿي ويون آهن، جڏهن ته [[چوڳڻي گليزنگ]] (چئوڻي گليزنگ) جو استعمال هاڻي اسڪينڊي نيويا ۾ شروع ڪيو پيو وڃي.

=== ڇهه ڪنڊي دري ===

[[File:Mustosen talon ikkuna 1870 1.jpg|thumb|upright|[[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]]]]

{{Main|ڇهه ڪنڊي دري}}

'''ڇهه ڪنڊي دري''' (ھيڪساگونل دري) هڪ [[شش ڪنڊو]] شڪل واري دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا ماکيءَ جي مک جي خاني يا گريفائيٽ جي ڪرسٽل جي جال جهڙي نظر ايندي آهي. اها عمودي يا افقي رخ ۾ لڳائي سگهجي ٿي، کلندڙ يا مقرر ٿي سگهي ٿي، باقاعده يا ڊگهي شڪل واري ٿي سگهي ٿي، ۽ ان ۾ ورهائيندڙ [[مولين]] پڻ ٿي سگهي ٿو. عام طور اهڙي دري ڇت جي مٿئين ڪمري (Attic) يا سينگار جي مقصد لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، پر عمارت جي اندر قدرتي روشني پهچائڻ لاءِ اهم تعميراتي عنصر طور به استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿي.

=== گليوٽين دري ===

'''گليوٽين دري''' (Guillotine ) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عمودي رخ ۾ کلندي آهي. گليوٽين درين ۾ هڪ کان وڌيڪ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ فريم هوندا آهن، ۽ اهي هيٺ کان مٿي يا مٿي کان هيٺ کلي سگهن ٿا.

== اصطلاح ==

EN 12519 يورپي معيار آهي، جيڪو يورپي يونين جي ميمبر ملڪن ۾ درين بابت سرڪاري طور استعمال ٿيندڙ اصطلاحن جي وضاحت ڪري ٿو. اهم اصطلاح هيٺيان آهن:

[[File:Casement (PSF).jpg|thumb|[[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]، [[جالي]] وارن روشن حصن (lights) سان]]

* '''لائيٽ''' (Light) يا '''لائيٽ''' (Lite)، دريءَ جي ٻاهرين حصن ([[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]]، [[دريءَ جو سِل]] ۽ پاسن وارن فريمن) جي وچ واري حصي کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو عام طور شيشي جي هڪ پين سان ڀريل هوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن دريءَ ۾ ڪيترائي شيشي جا پين هجن، ته بار کڻندڙ صورت ۾ انهن کي [[مولين]] الڳ ڪندا آهن، ۽ جيڪڏهن بار کڻندڙ نه هجن ته [[منٽن]] انهن کي جدا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Brett |first=Peter |year=2004 |title=Carpentry and Joinery |edition=2, illustrated |publisher=Nelson Thornes |isbn=978-0-7487-8502-5 |page=[https://books.google.com/books?id=iVthU6rPGK8C&amp;pg=PA225 255]}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''جاليءَ واري لائيٽ''' (Lattice light) هڪ مرڪب شيشي جو پين هوندو آهي، جيڪو شيشي جي ڪيترن ئي ننڍن ٽڪرن مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، ۽ اهي [[جالي]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ هڪٻئي سان ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن.

* '''مقرر دري''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو) اهڙي دريءَ جي هڪ واحد اڪائي هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ هڪ غير حرڪت ڪندڙ لائيٽ هوندي آهي. ''سنگل لائيٽ''، ''ڊبل لائيٽ'' وغيره جا اصطلاح دريءَ ۾ موجود اهڙن شيشي جي پينن جي تعداد کي ظاهر ڪندا آهن.

* '''سيش يونٽ''' (Sash unit) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ هڪ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ شيشي وارو حصو هوندو آهي، ۽ عام طور ٻه لائيٽون هونديون آهن (جنهن کي ''ڊبل لائيٽ'' چيو ويندو آهي).

* '''متبادل دري''' (رپليسمينٽ ونڊو) آمريڪا ۾ اهڙي فريم واري دريءَ کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا پراڻن سيشن کي ڪڍڻ کان پوءِ اندرئين پاسي کان اصل دريءَ جي فريم ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي. يورپ ۾، هن اصطلاح مان عام طور مڪمل دري مراد هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ نئون ٻاهريون فريم پڻ شامل هوندو آهي.

* '''نئين تعمير واري دري''' (نيو ڪنسٽرڪشن ونڊو)، آمريڪا ۾، اهڙي دري هوندي آهي جنهن ۾ ''نيلنگ فن'' (nailing fin) لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو عمارت جي ٻاهرئين پاسي کان اڻ تيار ٿيل کليل جاءِ ۾ سائڊنگ ۽ اندروني ٽرم لڳائڻ کان اڳ نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي. نيلنگ فن دريءَ جي ٻاهرئين فريم تي هڪ نڪتل حصو هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[تعميراتي گليزنگ]] جي ساڳئي سطح تي هوندو آهي، تيار ڪيل کليل حصي تي چڙهيل هوندو آهي، ۽ تنهنڪري ان کي ميخن ذريعي پنهنجي جاءِ تي لڳائي سگهجي ٿو. برطانيا ۽ يورپ جي مکيه زمين ۾ نون گهرن جي تعمير دوران دريون عام طور ڊگهن اسڪروَن ذريعي سرن جي ڀت ۾ لڳايل ڦهلجندڙ پلاسٽڪ پلگن سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. دريءَ جي چئن ئي پاسن کان لڳ ڀڳ 13 ملي ميٽر تائين خالي جاءِ ڇڏي ويندي آهي، جيڪا ڦهلجندڙ [[پولي يوريٿين فوم]] سان ڀري ويندي آهي. اهڙي طريقي سان دري موسم جي اثرن کان محفوظ رهندي آهي، جڏهن ته گرمي سبب ٿيندڙ ڦهلاءَ جي به گنجائش برقرار رهندي آهي.

* '''[[لنٽل]]''' دريءَ جي مٿئين حصي تي رکيل هڪ شعاع (بيم) هوندو آهي، جنهن کي [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''[[دريءَ جو سِل]]''' دريءَ جي فريم جو هيٺيون حصو هوندو آهي. دريءَ جا سِل ٻاهرئين پاسي ڍلوان هوندا آهن ته جيئن پاڻي عمارت جي اندر اچڻ بدران ٻاهر وهي وڃي.

* '''ثانوي گليزنگ''' (سيڪنڊري گليزنگ) هڪ اضافي فريم هوندو آهي، جيڪو موجوده فريم جي اندرئين پاسي لڳايو ويندو آهي. اهو عام طور محفوظ يا تاريخي حيثيت رکندڙ عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن عمارت جي ظاهري شڪل کي برقرار رکندي وڌيڪ حرارتي ۽ آواز جي موصليت حاصل ڪري سگهجي.

* '''[[سينگاريل ڪاٺ جو ڪم]]''' (ڊيڪورہٽو مل ورڪ) مان مراد دريءَ جي چوڌاري لڳل سينگاريل مولڊنگ، ڪورنس ۽ لنٽل آهن.

=== ليبلنگ ===

آمريڪا جي [[نيشنل فينسٽريشن ريٽنگ ڪائونسل]] (NFRC) جي دريءَ واري ليبل ۾ هيٺيان اصطلاح شامل هوندا آهن:

* [[حرارتي چالڪائي|حرارتي منتقلي (U-factor)]]، جنهن جي بهترين قيمت لڳ ڀڳ U-0.15 (يعني 0.8 W/m2/K) سمجهي ويندي آهي.
* [[شمسي گرمي حاصل ڪرڻ جو عدد]] (SHGC)، جيڪو شيشي مان گذرندڙ شمسي گرمي (انفراريڊ) ۽ ان تي پوندڙ ڪل شمسي گرميءَ جي وچ ۾ تناسب کي ظاهر ڪري ٿو.
* [[مرئي روشني جي منتقلي]] (VT)، جيڪا منتقل ٿيندڙ مرئي روشني ۽ پوندڙ مرئي روشني جي وچ ۾ تناسب کي ظاهر ڪري ٿي.
* [[هوا جو وهڪرو|هوا جي رِس]] (AL)، جيڪا سيش ۽ فريم جي وچ واري وٿي مان في منٽ في لڪيرِي فوٽ گذرندڙ هوا جي مقدار (ڪيوبڪ فوٽ في منٽ) ۾ ماپي ويندي آهي.
* [[نمي#تڪاثف|تڪاثف جي مزاحمت]] (CR)، جيڪا 1 کان 100 تائين ماپي ويندي آهي (جيترو انگ وڌيڪ هوندو، اوتري ئي تڪاثف ٺهڻ جي مزاحمت وڌيڪ هوندي).&lt;ref&gt;[http://www.nfrc.org/documents/WindowsandHeatLoss.pdf Windows and Heat Loss] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100827012257/http://www.nfrc.org/documents/WindowsandHeatLoss.pdf |date=August 27, 2010 }}, [[NFRC]] Heat Loss Fact Sheet&lt;/ref&gt;

يورپي هم آهنگ معيار hEN 14351–1، جيڪو دروازن ۽ درين سان لاڳاپيل آهي، 23 خاصيتن جي وضاحت ڪري ٿو (جن کي ''بنيادي'' ۽ ''غير بنيادي'' خاصيتن ۾ ورهايو ويو آهي). ان کان علاوه تياري هيٺ ٻه ٻيا يورپي معيار پڻ موجود آهن، جيڪي اندروني پيادل دروازن (prEN 14351–2)، دونهي ۽ باهه جي مزاحمت ڪندڙ دروازن، ۽ کولي سگهجندڙ درين (prEN 16034) بابت آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |url=http://www.alueurope.eu/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/CPR_guideline_Dec_2012_ver-1.pdf |title=CPR guideline |access-date=February 13, 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20131106070925/http://www.alueurope.eu/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/CPR_guideline_Dec_2012_ver-1.pdf |archive-date=November 6, 2013 |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;

== جوڙجڪ ==

[[File:Passivhaus Fenster Beispiele (blank).svg|thumb|[[موصل گليزنگ]] سان جديد پلاسٽڪ ۽ ڪاٺ جي دريءَ جي پروفائلن جا مثال]]

[[File:WaterMill Window LymeRegis.jpg|thumb|برطانيا ۾ [[لائيم ريجس]] جي 14هين صديءَ جي [[پاڻيءَ جي چڪي]] ۾ لڳايل جديد ڪاٺ جي فريم واري دري]]

[[File:5-chamber plastic window profile.JPG|thumb|upright|پنج-چيمبر واري پلاسٽڪ دريءَ جو پروفائل]]

دريون گرمي جي منتقلي جو هڪ اهم ذريعو ٿي سگهن ٿيون.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window Systems&quot;&gt;Carmody, J., Selkowitz, S., Lee, E. S., Arasteh, D., &amp; Willmert, T. (2004). ''Window Systems for High-Performance Buildings''. New York, NY: W. W. Norton &amp; Company, Inc.&lt;/ref&gt; انهيءَ ڪري [[موصل گليزنگ]] جون اڪايون (Insulated glazing units) ٻن يا وڌيڪ شيشي جي پينن تي مشتمل هونديون آهن، جيئن گرمي جي منتقلي کي گهٽائي سگهجي.

=== جاليون يا منٽن ===

اهي فريم جا اهي حصا هوندا آهن، جيڪي هڪ وڏي دريءَ کي ڪيترن ننڍن شيشي جي پينن ۾ ورهائيندا آهن. پراڻين درين ۾ شيشي جا وڏا پين تمام مهانگا هوندا هئا، تنهنڪري [[منٽن]] ننڍن شيشي جي پينن کي گڏ ڪري وڏي جاءِ ڀرڻ جي سهولت ڏيندا هئا.

جديد درين ۾ هلڪي رنگ وارا منٽن اڃا تائين هڪ ڪارائتو ڪم سرانجام ڏين ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي دريءَ مان گذرندڙ روشنيءَ جو ڪجهه حصو موٽائي ڇڏين ٿا، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دري پاڻ به ڦهليل (Diffuse) روشنيءَ جو هڪ ذريعو بڻجي وڃي ٿي، صرف ڪمري جي اندر موجود شين يا مٿاڇرين کي روشن ڪرڻ بدران. دريءَ جي ويجهو موجود مٿاڇرين تي اڻ سڌي روشني وڌائڻ سان، منٽن دريءَ جي چوڌاري واري حصي کي وڌيڪ روشن بڻائين ٿا ۽ ڪمري جي اندر پاڇن جي تضاد کي گهٽائين ٿا.

=== فريم ۽ سيش جي جوڙجڪ ===

فريم ۽ سيش هيٺين مواد مان تيار ڪري سگهجن ٿا:

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! مواد
! [[حرارتي مزاحمت]]
! پائيداري
! سار سنڀال
! قيمت
! ٻيهر استعمال ٿيل مواد
! تبصرو
|-
| [[ڪاٺ]]
| تمام سٺي
| مختلف
| گهٽ
| اوسط
| وڌيڪ
| جيڪڏهن 1950ع کان اڳ ٺهيل ڪاٺ جي دريءَ جي صحيح سار سنڀال ڪئي وڃي ته اها 50–100 سال هلي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Saving Windows, Saving Money: Evaluating the Energy Performance of Window Retrofit and Replacement |url=https://forum.savingplaces.org/viewdocument/saving-windows-saving-money-evalu |website=Resource Library – National Trust for Historic Preservation |publisher=National Trust for Historic Preservation |access-date=March 31, 2020 |archive-date=August 3, 2020 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200803231452/https://forum.savingplaces.org/viewdocument/saving-windows-saving-money-evalu |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;&gt;{{cite web |last1=Peterson Wasielewski |first1=Shannon |title=Windows: Energy Efficiency Facts and Myths |url=https://dahp.wa.gov/sites/default/files/Windows%20Energy%20Efficiency%20Facts%20and%20Myths.pdf |website=Washington Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation |access-date=March 31, 2020 |archive-date=October 27, 2020 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20201027125413/https://dahp.wa.gov/sites/default/files/Windows%20Energy%20Efficiency%20Facts%20and%20Myths.pdf |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;
|-
| [[پولي ونائل ڪلورائيڊ|uPVC (&quot;ونائل&quot;)]]
| تمام سٺي
| تمام سٺي{{Efn-lr|PVC ۽ فائبر گلاس جا فريم تيز رفتار موسمي آزمائشن ۾ سٺي ڪارڪردگي ڏيکارين ٿا. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ PVC ٻين موادن جيترو مضبوط نه هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي ساختي مضبوطي وڌائڻ لاءِ ڪجهه PVC فريمن کي ڌاتو يا مرڪب مواد سان مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي.|name=PVC&amp;fiberglass}}
| تمام گهٽ
| اوسط
| تمام گهٽ
| عام طور انهن جي عمر 25–50 سال هوندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot; /&gt;
|-
| [[ايلومينيم]]
| تمام سٺي{{Efn-lr|1=جديد ايلومينيم دريءَ جا فريم عام طور شيشي جي فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل پوليامائيڊ مان ٺهيل حرارتي رڪاوٽ (thermal break) ذريعي الڳ ڪيا ويندا آهن. 34&amp;nbsp;mm حرارتي موصليت واري پروفائل سان ڌاتو جي دريءَ لاءِ Uf=1.3 W/m2K تائين حاصل ڪري سگهجي ٿو. ان سان حرارتي مزاحمت تمام گهڻي وڌي ٿي، جڏهن ته تقريباً سموري ساختي مضبوطي برقرار رهي ٿي.}}
| سٺي
| تمام گهٽ
| گهٽ
| عام طور &gt;95٪
| گهڻو ڪري حرارتي موصليت واري پروفائل ذريعي حرارتي رڪاوٽ مهيا ڪئي ويندي آهي.
|-
| مرڪب مواد
| تمام سٺي
| سٺي
| تمام گهٽ
| وڌيڪ
| وڌيڪ
| جديد عمارتن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.
|-
| [[اسٽيل]]
| وچولي
| انتهائي سٺي
| تمام گهٽ
| وڌيڪ
| &gt;98٪
| عام طور ڪنڊن تي ويلڊ ڪيو ويندو آهي.
|-
| [[فائبر گلاس]]
| تمام سٺي
| تمام سٺي{{Efn-lr|name=PVC&amp;fiberglass}}
| تمام گهٽ
| وڌيڪ
| وچولي
|
|}

[[مرڪب مواد|مرڪب مواد]] (Composites)، جن کي هائبرڊ دريون پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، 1998ع جي شروعات کان استعمال ٿيڻ لڳا. انهن ۾ ايلومينيم + PVC يا ڪاٺ جهڙن مختلف موادن کي گڏايو ويندو آهي، جيئن هڪ مواد جي جمالياتي خوبصورتي کي ٻئي مواد جي فني ۽ ڪارڪردگيءَ وارن فائدن سان گڏ حاصل ڪري سگهجي.

[[File:Bleekman zimmer.jpg|thumb|uPVC دريءَ جي فريمن سان موصل گليزنگ وارين درين جي هڪ عام تنصيب]]

PVC دريءَ جي فريمن جو هڪ خاص قسم، يعني uPVC دريءَ جا فريم، 20هين صديءَ جي آخر کان، خاص طور يورپ ۾، وڏي پيماني تي رائج ٿي ويا. 1998ع تائين اهڙين درين جا لڳ ڀڳ 83.5 ملين فريم نصب ٿي چڪا هئا،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1=Pritchard|first1=Geoffrey|title=Novel and Traditional Fillers for Plastics: Technology and Market Developments|year=1999|publisher=iSmithers Rapra Publishing|isbn=978-1-85957-183-5|page=95|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=U3GWoyuMEckC&amp;pg=PA95}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ 2012ع تائين انهن جو تعداد مسلسل وڌندو رهيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.prweb.com/releases/Vinyl_doors_market/vinyl_windows_market/prweb9415523.htm|archive-url=https://archive.today/20130131182428/http://www.prweb.com/releases/Vinyl_doors_market/vinyl_windows_market/prweb9415523.htm|url-status=dead|archive-date=January 31, 2013|title=Global Vinyl Windows Market to Reach 163 Million Units by 2017, According to a New Report by Global Industry Analysts, Inc. |publisher=PRWeb|date=April 18, 2012|access-date=February 11, 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== گليزنگ ۽ ڀرڻ ===

[[گهٽ اخراجيت]] (Low-emissivity) واري ڪوٽنگ سان ڍڪيل شيشي جا پين [[تابڪاري]] (Radiation) ذريعي ٿيندڙ گرميءَ جي منتقلي کي گهٽائين ٿا. ڪوٽنگ ڪهڙي سطح تي لڳل آهي، ان تي مدار رکندي، اهي ٿڌن علائقن ۾ گرمي جي نقصان کي گهٽائڻ يا گرم علائقن ۾ گرمي جي اندر اچڻ کي روڪڻ ۾ مدد ڏين ٿا.

اعليٰ حرارتي مزاحمت ان صورت ۾ حاصل ڪري سگهجي ٿي، جڏهن موصل گليزنگ يونٽن مان هوا ڪڍي ڇڏجي يا انهن کي [[آرگون]] يا [[ڪرپٽون]] جهڙين گيسن سان ڀريو وڃي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن گيسن جي حرارتي چالڪائي گهٽ هوندي آهي، جنهن جي ڪري [[حرارتي چالڪائي]] ذريعي گرمي جي منتقلي گهٽجي ويندي آهي. اهڙين گليزنگ يونٽن جي ڪارڪردگي سٺين دريءَ جي سيلن ۽ احتياط سان تيار ڪيل فريمن تي دارومدار رکي ٿي، جيئن هوا اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهي ۽ موصليت جي ڪارڪردگي برقرار رهي.

جديد ٻٽي ۽ ٽِه-شيشي وارين درين ۾ عام طور هڪ يا وڌيڪ Low-E ڪوٽنگون شامل هونديون آهن، جيڪي دريءَ جي U-factor (يعني موصليت جي قدر يا گرمي جي نقصان جي شرح) کي گهٽائينديون آهن. عام طور نرم ڪوٽنگ (Soft-coat) واريون Low-E تہون سخت ڪوٽنگ (Hard-coat) وارين تہن جي ڀيٽ ۾ گهٽ [[شمسي گرمي حاصل ڪرڻ جو عدد]] (SHGC) مهيا ڪنديون آهن.

جديد دريون عام طور هر سيش ۾ شيشي جي هڪ وڏي چادر سان گليز ڪيون وينديون آهن، جڏهن ته ماضيءَ ۾ وڏيون شيشي جون چادرون موجود نه هجڻ سبب، دريون ڪيترن ئي ننڍن شيشي جي پينن مان ٺهنديون هيون، جيڪي ''گليزنگ بارن'' يا ''[[منٽن]]'' ذريعي هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيا ويندا هئا. اڄڪلهه گليزنگ بار گهڻو ڪري صرف سينگار لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، ۽ وڏيون شيشي جون چادرون موجود هجڻ باوجود دريءَ کي ڪيترن ننڍن پينن ۾ ورهايل ڏيکاريندا آهن، عام طور اهڙي نموني ۾، جيڪو استعمال ٿيندڙ تعميراتي طرز مطابق هوندو آهي. گليزنگ بار اڪثر ڪاٺ جا هوندا آهن، پر ڪڏهن ڪڏهن وڌيڪ پيچيده نمونن لاءِ پنهنجي جاءِ تي سولڊر ڪيل سيهي جا گليزنگ بار پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

=== جوڙجڪ جا ٻيا تفصيل ===

گهڻين درين سان حرڪت ڪندڙ [[دريءَ جا پردا]]، جهڙوڪ [[بلائنڊ]] يا [[پردا]]، لڳل هوندا آهن، جيڪي روشني کي روڪڻ، اضافي حرارتي موصليت مهيا ڪرڻ يا رازداري برقرار رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

دريون قدرتي روشني کي عمارت جي اندر اچڻ ڏين ٿيون، پر جيڪڏهن روشني تمام گهڻي هجي ته ان جا ناڪاري اثر به ٿي سگهن ٿا، جهڙوڪ چمڪ (گليئر) ۽ گرمي جو وڌي وڃڻ. ان کان علاوه، جيتوڻيڪ دريون استعمال ڪندڙ کي ٻاهر ڏسڻ جي سهولت ڏين ٿيون، پر ساڳئي وقت عمارت جي اندر موجود ماڻهن جي رازداري برقرار رکڻ جو به ڪو مناسب طريقو هجڻ ضروري آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Design Evaluation Project&quot;&gt;Howell, Sandra C. (1976). ''Designing for the Elderly; Windows''. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Department of Architecture. Design Evaluation Project.&lt;/ref&gt; اهڙين حالتن ۾ دريءَ جا پردا ۽ ڍڪڻ وارا ٻيا انتظام انهن مسئلن جو هڪ عملي حل فراهم ڪندا آهن.

== سج جو اثر ==
{{Main|قدرتي روشني (تعمير)}}

=== سج جي ڪرڻن جو پوندڙ زاويون ===

روايتي طور دريون اهڙي نموني سان ٺهيل هونديون آهن، جو انهن جون سطحون عمارت جي عمودي ڀتين سان متوازي هونديون آهن. اهڙي جوڙجڪ سبب، سج جي ڪرڻن جي عام طور تي پوندڙ زاوين جي ڪري، سج جي روشني ۽ گرمي وڏي مقدار ۾ دريءَ مان اندر داخل ٿيندي آهي. [[غير فعال شمسي عمارت جي جوڙجڪ]] ۾، عام طور هڪ ڊگهو [[ڇڄ]] استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن درين مان اندر ايندڙ سج جي روشني ۽ گرميءَ جي مقدار تي ضابطو رکي سگهجي.

ان جو هڪ متبادل طريقو اهو آهي ته دريءَ جي لڳائڻ لاءِ اهڙو بهترين زاويون حساب ڪيو وڃي، جيڪو اونهاري ۾ سج مان ايندڙ گرميءَ جي بار کي گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ڪري، ۽ ان سان گڏ عمارت جي حقيقي ويڪرائي ڦاڪ (ليٽيٽيوڊ) کي به نظر ۾ رکيو وڃي. هي طريقو، مثال طور، [[ڊيڪن بلڊنگ]] ۾ [[برسبين، ڪيليفورنيا]] ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويو آهي، جتي گهڻيون دريون اهڙي زاويي تي لڳايون ويون آهن جو اهي اونهاري جي گرميءَ جو وڏو حصو موٽائي ڇڏين، ۽ اندروني حصي ۾ اونهاري دوران وڌيڪ [[حد کان وڌيڪ روشني]] (اوور-اليميونيشن) ۽ چمڪ (گليئر) کان بچاءُ ڪن. ان مقصد لاءِ دريون تقريباً 45 درجن جي زاويي تي ترڇيون لڳايون ويون آهن.

=== شمسي دري ===

{{Main|فوٽووولٽائڪس}}

[[فوٽووولٽائڪ دري]]ون نه رڳو صاف نظارو مهيا ڪن ٿيون ۽ ڪمرا روشن ڪن ٿيون، پر سج جي روشنيءَ کي عمارت لاءِ بجليءَ ۾ پڻ تبديل ڪن ٿيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=https://news.mit.edu/2008/mit-opens-new-window-solar-energy/|title=MIT opens new 'window' on solar energy |publisher=Web.mit.edu |date=July 10, 2008 |access-date=February 11, 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt; گهڻو ڪري انهن ۾ نيم شفاف فوٽووولٽائڪ سيل استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

=== غير فعال شمسي دريون ===

{{Main|غير فعال شمسي عمارت جي جوڙجڪ}}

'''غير فعال شمسي دريون''' (پيسو سولر ونڊوز) عمارت جي اندر روشني ۽ شمسي توانائي داخل ٿيڻ ڏين ٿيون، جڏهن ته هوا جي رساءَ ۽ گرميءَ جي نقصان کي گهٽ ۾ گهٽ رکڻ جي ڪوشش ڪن ٿيون. جيڪڏهن اهڙين درين کي سج، هوا ۽ آس پاس جي ماحول کي نظر ۾ رکندي صحيح هنڌ تي لڳايو وڃي، اونهاري ۽ وچولي موسمن ۾ وڌيڪ گرميءَ کي روڪڻ لاءِ مناسب پاڇو مهيا ڪيو وڃي، ۽ ڏينهن جو گرمي جذب ڪري رات جو آهستي آهستي خارج ڪرڻ لاءِ حرارتي ماس (ٿرمل ماس) فراهم ڪيو وڃي، ته اهڙي جوڙجڪ سان آرامده ماحول ۽ [[توانائيءَ جو مؤثر استعمال|توانائيءَ جي ڪارڪردگي]] ۾ نمايان واڌارو اچي ٿو. مناسب شمسي روشني وارن علائقن ۾، جيڪڏهن اهڙيون دريون صحيح نموني سان ڊزائين ڪيون وڃن، ته اهي عمارت جي بنيادي گرمائش واري نظام طور پڻ ڪم ڪري سگهن ٿيون.

=== ڍڪڻ وارا انتظام ===

[[دريءَ جو ڍڪ]] (Window covering) اهڙو پردو يا اسڪرين هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪيترائي مختلف ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي. ڪجهه ڍڪ، جهڙوڪ پردا ۽ [[بلائنڊ]]، رهواسين کي رازداري مهيا ڪندا آهن. ڪجهه دريءَ جا ڍڪ سج مان ايندڙ گرمي ۽ چمڪ کي ڪنٽرول ڪندا آهن. اهڙن ڍڪن جا ٻه بنيادي قسم آهن: ٻاهرئين پاسي لڳندڙ پاڇيدار اوزار (ايڪسٽرنل شيڊنگ ڊوائيسز) ۽ اندرين پاسي لڳندڙ پاڇيدار اوزار (انٽرنل شيڊنگ ڊوائيسز).&lt;ref name=&quot;Windows&quot;&gt;Beckett, H. E., &amp; Godfrey, J. A. (1974). ''Windows: Performance, design and installation''. New York, NY: Van Nostrand Reinhold Company.&lt;/ref&gt;

گهٽ اخراجيت (Low-E) واري [[دريءَ جي فلم]] پراڻين ۽ گهٽ موصل درين کي تبديل ڪرڻ کان سواءِ، انهن کي وڌيڪ توانائي-موثر درين ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ لاءِ هڪ گهٽ خرچ وارو متبادل آهي. گهڻ ماڙ عمارتن ۾ [[هوشيار شيشو]] (سمارٽ گلاس) به هڪ مناسب متبادل طور استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== تصويرن جو مجموعو ===
&lt;gallery widths=&quot;170&quot; heights=&quot;170&quot; mode=&quot;packed&quot; caption=&quot;درين جا مختلف مثال&quot;&gt;
File:Window grill from a palace of Ramesses III MET 14.6.232-dia1.jpg|[[قديم مصري تعميراتي فن|قديم مصري]] [[بلوا پٿر]] جي دريءَ جي جالي، [[رمسيس ٽيون]] جي محل مان، جيڪا هاڻي [[ميٽروپوليٽن ميوزيم آف آرٽ]] (نيو يارڪ شهر) ۾ موجود آهي.
File:GBM - Glas Fenster.jpg|پهرين کان چوٿين صدي عيسويءَ جي وچ واري دور جي [[قديم رومي تعميراتي فن|رومي]] دريءَ جي شيشي جي هڪ پليٽ جو ٽڪرو. ان جي نمايان وڪڙ تي ڌيان ڏيو؛ هي ڪو هموار شيشي جو پين نه آهي.
File:Window art in Kalleshvara Temple at Aralaguppe (edited angles and cropped).jpg|[[هندستاني تعميراتي فن|هندستاني]] [[ڪلليشورا مندر، ارالاگپّي|ڪلليشورا مندر]] (ڀارت) جي دري.
File:师俭堂.JPG|[[چيني تعميراتي فن|چيني]] [[جالي]] واري دري [[جينزئي]] ([[جيانگسو]]، چين) ۾.
File:Atenas, varios 10.jpg|[[بازنطيني تعميراتي فن|بازنطيني]] دري [[لِٽل ميٽروپولس]] ([[اٿينس]]، يونان) جي.
File:Jameh Mosque of Nishapur - October 13 2013 45.JPG|[[اسلامي تعميراتي فن|اسلامي]] دري [[جامع مسجد نيشاپور]] ([[نيشاپور]]، [[ايران]]) جي.
File:David et Salomon, vitrail roman, Cathédrale de Strasbourg.jpg|[[رومانسڪ تعميراتي فن|رومانسڪ]] رنگين شيشي جي دريءَ جو حصو، جنهن ۾ بادشاهن [[دائود]] ۽ [[سليمان]] کي ڏيکاريو ويو آهي، [[اسٽراسبرگ نوٽر ڊام گرجاگھر]] ([[اسٽراسبرگ]]، فرانس) مان.
File:Chartres RosetteNord 121 DSC08241.jpg|[[شارتر گرجاگھر]] ([[شارتر]]، فرانس) جي اترئين ٽرانسپٽ جون دريون.
File:Béringuier-Bonnefoy fenêtre (2).jpg|سيڙهين واري برج جي [[فليمبوئنٽ گوٿڪ]] دري ([[تولوز]]، فرانس).
File:Valdai IverskyMon asv2018 img41.jpg|[[روسي تعميراتي فن|روسي]] دري [[والڊائي آئورسڪي خانقاه]] ([[والڊائسڪوئي ڍنڍ]]، [[نووگوروڊ اوبلاست]]، روس) جي.
File:Flickr - fusion-of-horizons - stavropoleos (124).jpg|[[برانڪووينيسڪ طرز]] جي دري [[اسٽاوروپوليوس خانقاه]] ([[بخاريسٽ]]، رومانيا) جي.
File:Fenetre-assezat-cour (2).jpg|[[نشاةِ ثانيه جي تعميراتي فن|نشاةِ ثانيه]] جي طرز واري دري [[هوٽل ڊي اسيزا]] ([[تولوز]]، فرانس) جي.
File:0756a - Milano - Palazzo Sormani-Andreani - Foto Giovanni Dall'Orto 5-May-2007 (edited).jpg|[[باروڪ تعميراتي فن|باروڪ]] طرز جي دري [[پالازو سورماني]] ([[ميلان]]، اٽلي) جي.
File:Zwinger Wallpavillon Gartenseite, Dresden.jpg|[[روڪوڪو]] طرز جون دريون [[زونگر]] ([[ڊريسڊن]]، جرمني) جون.
File:South gate of the Petit Trianon 004.JPG|[[لوئي شانزدهم طرز]] جي گول دري [[پيٽي ٽريانون]] ([[ورسائي]]، فرانس) جي، جنهن جي مٿئين حصي تي [[فيسٽون]] مان نڪتل سينگار موجود آهي.
File:Window of a lateral façade of the Romanian Athenaeum, on Strada Benjamin Franklin (Bucharest, Romania).jpg|[[نوڪلاسيڪي تعميراتي فن|نوڪلاسيڪي]] طرز جي درين جو مجموعو [[رومانيائي اٿينيئم]] (بخاريسٽ) جي پاسي واري مهاڙي تي.
File:Window of a very beautiful Gothic Revival house on the Jean-Louis Calderon street from Bucharest (Romania).jpg|[[گوٿڪ ريوائول تعميراتي فن|گوٿڪ ريوائول]] طرز جي هڪ گهر جي دري، اسٽراڊا جين-لوئي ڪالڊيرون، بخاريسٽ ۾.
File:P1340760 Paris II place et passage du Caire rwk.jpg|[[مصري ريوائول]] طرز جون دريون، پلاس دو ڪئير (پيرس) ۾ هڪ عمارت جون.
File:60, Bulevardul Dacia, Bucharest (Romania) 1.jpg|[[رومانيائي ريوائول تعميراتي فن|رومانيائي ريوائول]] طرز جي دري، بوليوارڊول ڊاسيا، بخاريسٽ تي واقع هڪ گهر جي.
File:Window, 55 rue Molitor, Paris 25 February 2017.jpg|19هين صديءَ جون [[انتخابي تعميراتي فن|ايڪليڪٽڪ]] ڪلاسيڪي طرز جون دريون، رو موليتور (پيرس) ۾.
File:9, Strada Dianei, Bucharest (Romania) 3.jpg|[[بيو-آرٽس تعميراتي فن|بيو-آرٽس]] طرز جي دري، اسٽروئسڪو هائوس، اسٽراڊا ديانيئي (بخاريسٽ) ۾.
File:Stillemans32.jpg|[[آرٽ ڊيڪو]] طرز جو گهر، جنهن ۾ رنگين شيشي جون دريون آهن، اسٽلمنس اسٽراٽ ([[سينٽ-نيڪلاس]]، بيلجيم).
File:Reliance Building (Burnham Hotel) - Chicago, Illinois.JPG|[[شڪاگو دري]]ون [[ريلائنس بلڊنگ]] (شڪاگو) جون.
File:Maison Horta, détail de la façade.JPG|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جون دريون [[هورٽا ميوزيم]] ([[برسلز]]، بيلجيم) جون.
File:Fischerkirche (window), Born a. Darß.jpg|[[بورن آف ڊارش]] (جرمني) جي لوٿرن ڪاٺ جي گرجاگھر جي دري، شٽرن سان گڏ.
File:Restaurant Amigos de Acapulco (window), Chico.jpg|[[چيڪو، ڪيليفورنيا|چيڪو]] (ڪيليفورنيا) ۾ هڪ ميڪسيڪي ريسٽورنٽ جي خدمت واري دري.
File:Windows of the Cité de la musique, Paris July 2015.jpg|[[مابعد جديد تعميراتي فن|مابعد جديد]] طرز جون دريون، سيتي دي لا ميوزيڪ (پيرس) جون.
File:Windows (7004083002).jpg|[[همعصر تعميراتي فن|همعصر]] طرز جون دريون [[ڪيٿيڊرل پلازا بخاريسٽ]] جون.
File:Fönster - Entré - Ystad-2021.jpg|[[يسٽاد]] ۾ هڪ رهائشي عمارت جي داخلا وٽ تمام اوچيون دريون.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== پڻ ڏسو ==
{{Colbegin|colwidth=15em}}

* {{annotated link|هوائي وهڪري واري دري}}
* {{annotated link|تعميراتي شيشو}}
* {{annotated link|ڪرائون شيشو (دري)|ڪرائون شيشو}}
* {{annotated link|ڊيميرارا دري}}
* {{annotated link|نمائشي دري}}
* {{annotated link|فورٽوچڪا}}
* {{annotated link|شيشي جو مولين نظام}}
* {{annotated link|تيل لڳل ڪاغذ جي دري}}
* {{annotated link|موصل گليزنگ}}
* {{annotated link|پليٽ شيشو}}
* {{annotated link|پورٿول}}
* {{annotated link|گلابي دري}}
* {{annotated link|دريءَ جو ڍڪ}}
* {{annotated link|دريءَ تي ٽيڪس}}
* {{annotated link|وچ دري}}
  {{Colend}}

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
&lt;references group=&quot;lower-roman&quot;/&gt;</text>
      <sha1>lw4p5pj2hzek0rj4vhe47b1zv8rvuhe</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400921</id>
      <parentid>400920</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T15:39:10Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400921</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="84567" sha1="rsqo13gwkhir3f8ixm84f06woyfglrh" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|ڀت، دروازي، ڇت يا گاڏي ۾ روشني، هوا ۽ ٻاهرئين ڏيک لاءِ ٺاهيل کُليل حصو}}

{{multiple image
|perrow=3
|total_width=400
|image1=Window of the house with number 17 on strada Mântuleasa, from Bucharest (Romania).jpg
|image2=Atua Kosua shrine4.jpg
|image3=Traditional wooden window (Akhi Jhyal).jpg
|image4=P1300843 Paris X rue de Paradis n18 detail rwk.jpg
|image5=Exterior facade of the Hôtel de Bourvallais 003.JPG
|image6=Chartres RosetteNord 121 DSC08241.jpg
|footer=دريَن جا مختلف نمونا
}}

'''دري''' (Window) ڀت، [[در]]، [[ڇت]] يا [[گاڏي]] ۾ ٺهيل اهڙو کُليل حصو آهي، جيڪو [[روشني]] کي اندر اچڻ، [[هوا]] جي اچ وڃ ۽ ڪيترين حالتن ۾ آواز جي گذر جي اجازت ڏئي ٿو. جديد دريون عام طور شيشي  يا ڪنهن ٻئي شفاف يا نيم شفاف مواد سان ڍڪيل هونديون آهن. شيشو عام طور هڪ [[تاڪ]] (Sash) ۾ لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[فريم]] جي اندر نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt; ڪيترن ئي حوالن ۾ تاڪ ۽ فريم ٻنهي کي گڏجي دري پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/window/|title=Window|publisher=The Free Dictionary By Farlex|access-date=19 May 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

گهڻيون شيشي واريون دريون کولي يا بند ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. دري کولڻ سان [[هوا جي مٽاسٽا]] (وينٽيليشن) ممڪن ٿيندي آهي، جڏهن ته بند ڪرڻ سان مينهن، تيز هوا ۽ ٻين خراب موسمي حالتن کان تحفظ حاصل ٿيندو آهي. دريَن ۾ اڪثر [[ڪڙي]] (Latch) يا اهڙو ٻيو ميڪانياتي بندش وارو اوزار لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو دري کي بند ڪري تالو لڳائڻ يا مختلف درجن تائين کليل حالت ۾ قائم رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

دريَن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جن ۾ '''[[آئبرو دري]]'''  (آئبرو ونڊو - eyebrow)، '''[[مقرر دري]]''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو)، [[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]] (ھيڪساگونل ونڊو)، '''[[سنگل هنگ دري]]''' (سنگل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[ڊبل هنگ دري]]''' (ڊبل-ھنگ سيش ونڊو)، '''[[افقي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري]]''' (ھرائيزينٽل سلائيڊنگ سيش ونڊو)، [[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]، '''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window)، '''هاپر دري''' (Hopper window)، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ سلائيڊ دري''' ، '''ٽِلٽ ۽ ٽرن دري'''، '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom)، '''پاسي واري دري''' (سلائيڊ لائيٽ ونڊو)، [[جيلوسي دري]] (Jalousie)، [[لوور دري]] (Louvered)، [[ڪليرسٽوري دري]] (Clerestory)، [[لينسٽ دري]] (Lancet)، [[ڇت جو روشندان]] (اسڪائلائيٽ)، [[ڇت جي دري]] (روف ونڊو)، [[روف لئنٽرن]] (lantern)، [[بي دري]] (Bay)، [[اوريل دري]] (Oriel)، [[ڊائيوڪليشيئن دري]] (Diocletian)، '''تصويري دري''' (Picture)، [[گلابي دري]] (Rose)، '''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري'''، [[رنگين شيشي واري دري]] (Stained glass)، '''فرينچ دري'''، '''پينل دري'''، '''ٻٽي يا ٽرپل شيشي واري دري'''  ۽ [[وچ دري]] (Witch) شامل آهن.

== اشتقاق ==

انگريزي لفظ '''ونڊو''' (''window'') جو بنياد [[قديم نارس ٻولي]] جي لفظ {{lang|non|vindauga}} مان نڪتل آهي، جيڪو {{lang|non|vindr}} (هوا) ۽ {{lang|non|auga}} (اک) مان ٺهيل آهي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;هوا جي اک&quot; آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |title=New Oxford American Dictionary |date=2010 |access-date=January 16, 2015 |archive-date=June 2, 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130602205448/http://www.oxfordreference.com/ |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[نارويجي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|no|[[نينورسڪ]]}} ۽ [[آئس لينڊي ٻولي]] ۾ قديم نارس جو هي لفظ اڄ تائين زندهه رهيو آهي. آئس لينڊي ۾ اهو رڳو هڪ ننڍڙي کليل &quot;دري&quot; جي هڪ قسم لاءِ نسبتاً گهٽ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ آهي، ۽ اهو {{lang|is|gluggi}} (آئس لينڊي ٻوليءَ ۾ &quot;دري&quot; لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ لفظ) جو مڪمل مترادف نه آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|title=Hvaðan kemur orðið gluggi? Af hverju notum við ekki vindauga samanber window?|work=Vísindavefurinn|access-date=2018-09-17|language=is|archive-date=December 14, 2019|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20191214165059/https://www.visindavefur.is/svar.php?id=71376|url-status=live}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ {{lang|sv|vindöga}} لفظ اڃا تائين جهونپڙيءَ جي ڇت ۾ موجود سوراخ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته [[ڊينش ٻولي]] جي {{lang|da|vindue}} ۽ نارويجي ٻولي جي {{lang|no|[[بوڪمول]]}} ۾ {{lang|no|vindu}} لفظ مان &quot;اک&quot; سان سڌو تعلق ختم ٿي ويو آهي، جيئن انگريزي لفظ ''window'' ۾ به ٿيو آهي. ڊينش (پر نارويجي [[بوڪمول]] نه) ۾ هن لفظ جو اچار انگريزي ''window'' سان گهڻو مشابهت رکي ٿو.

انگريزي جو لفظ ''ونڊو'' (window) پهريون ڀيرو 13هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ لکيل استعمال ملي ٿو، ۽ شروعات ۾ ان مان مراد ڇت ۾ موجود شيشي کان سواءِ هڪ کليل سوراخ هئي. بعد ۾ ''ونڊو''، [[قديم انگريزي ٻولي]] جي {{lang|ang|eagþyrl}} جي جاءِ ورتي، جنهن جي لفظي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو سوراخ&quot; آهي، ۽ {{lang|ang|eagduru}}، جنهن جي معنيٰ &quot;اک جو در&quot; آهي.

تنهن هوندي به، ڪيترين ئي جرمني ٻولين شيشي واري دري لاءِ لاطيني لفظ فينيسٽرا fenestra اختيار ڪيو، جهڙوڪ [[معياري ٻولي|معياري]] [[سويڊش ٻولي]] ۾ فونسٽر fönster ۽ [[جرمن ٻولي]] ۾ فينسٽر Fenster.
انگريزي ۾ ''ونڊو'' لفظ جو استعمال غالباً [[وائڪنگ دور]] دوران انگريزي ٻوليءَ تي اسڪينڊي نيويائي اثر ۽ [[ڌاريل لفظ]]ن جي ذريعي ٿيو. انگريزي ۾ ''فينيسٽر'' لفظ پڻ ''ونڊو'' سان گڏ 18هين صديءَ جي وچ تائين متوازي طور استعمال ٿيندو رهيو.

لفظ '''فينيسٽريشن''' اڄ به عمارت جي [[مهاڙي]] ۾ درين جي ترتيب يا بناوت کي بيان ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندو آهي، جڏهن ته '''[[ڊيفينسٽريشن]]''' (''defenestration'') جي معنيٰ آهي &quot;ڪنهن کي دريءَ مان ٻاهر اڇلائڻ&quot;.

== تاريخ ==
{{Multiple image
|total_width=400
|image1=MorellaSantaMariaWindow.jpg
|caption1=[[الباسٽر]] مان ٺهيل &quot;مولين&quot; سان ورهايل سينگاريل دريون [[سانتا ماريا لا ميجور گرجاگھر]] ([[موريلّا، ڪاسٽيلون|موريلّا]]، اسپين) ۾
|image2=ValenciaCathedral2.JPG
|caption2=[[والينسيا گرجاگھر]] ۾ الباسٽر جي دري. ڀت جي فريم جي کاٻي پاسي جي غير هموار ۽ ترڇي شڪل تي ڌيان ڏيو، جيڪا سج جي ڪرڻن کي عبادت گاهه جي اڳئين حصي (چينسل) تائين پهچڻ جي اجازت ڏئي ٿي.
}}

[[رومي سلطنت|رومين]] ماڻهن کي درين ۾ [[شيشو]] استعمال ڪندڙ پهريون معلوم ماڻهو سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ۽ اها ٽيڪنالاجي غالباً سڀ کان پهرين [[رومي مصر]] ۾، [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ {{circa|100}}ع ڌاري تيار ڪئي وئي هئي.{{Citation needed|date=April 2024}} درين جون تصويرون قديم مصري ڀتين جي نقاشين ۽ [[اسيريا]] جي مجسمن ۾ پڻ ڏسي سگهجن ٿيون. ڪاغذي دريون گهٽ خرچ واريون هونديون هيون ۽ قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ [[شيشو]] عام ماڻهن جي گهرن جي درين ۾ صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيو، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل [[جانورن جا سڱ|جانورن جي سڱن]] مان ٺهيل درين جا شيشا 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿي رهيا هئا. 19هين صديءَ ۾ آمريڪي اولهه وارن علائقن ۾ آبادڪارن [[تيل لڳل ڪاغذ جي دري]]ن جو استعمال شروع ڪيو. جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون جڏهن صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته ٿي ويا.

=== ٽيڪنالاجيون ===

13هين صدي ق.م. ۾ سڀ کان اوائليون دريون ڇت ۾ بغير شيشي وارا کليل سوراخ هوندا هئا، جيئن ڏينهن جي وقت روشني اندر اچي سگهي.{{citation needed|date=January 2023}} بعد ۾،{{when|date=October 2016}} انهن درين کي جانورن جي کل، ڪپڙي يا ڪاٺ سان ڍڪيو ويندو هو. ان کان پوءِ اهڙا [[دريءَ جا شٽر|شٽر]] وجود ۾ آيا، جيڪي کولي ۽ بند ڪري سگهبا هئا.{{when|date=October 2016}} وقت سان گڏ اهڙيون دريون تيار ڪيون ويون جيڪي هڪ طرف رهواسين کي موسم جي اثرن کان بچائينديون هيون ۽ ٻي طرف روشني به اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون. انهن ۾ نيم شفاف مواد جا ڪيترائي ننڍا ٽڪرا استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا، جهڙوڪ جانورن جي چپٽن ۽ نيم شفاف سڱن جا ٽڪرا، ڪاغذ جون چادرون، [[سنگ مرمر]] جون سنهيون پتيون (جهڙوڪ [[فينگائيٽ]])، يا شيشي جا ٽڪرا، جيڪي ڪاٺ، لوهه يا سيهي جي ٺهيل فريمن ۾ لڳايا ويندا هئا. ڏور اوڀر ۾ درين کي ڀرڻ لاءِ ڪاغذ استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot;&gt;{{cite encyclopedia | url= http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | title= Window | encyclopedia= Britannica | access-date= May 19, 2012 | archive-date= May 2, 2015 | archive-url= https://web.archive.org/web/20150502185207/http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/645175/window | url-status= live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

رومي ماڻهو درين ۾ شيشي جا پهريان معلوم استعمال ڪندڙ هئا، ۽ هنن اهڙي ٽيڪنالاجي مان فائدو ورتو جيڪا غالباً پهريون ڀيرو [[رومي مصر]] ۾ ترقي ڪئي وئي هئي. خاص طور تي [[اسڪندريه]] ۾ تقريباً {{circa}} 100ع ڌاري [[ڍاليل شيشو|ڍاليل شيشي]] جون دريون ظاهر ٿيڻ لڳيون، جيتوڻيڪ انهن جون بصري خاصيتون ڪمزور هيون. اهي ننڍيون ۽ ٿلهيون هونديون هيون ۽ حقيقت ۾ [[شيشو ڦوڪڻ|ڦوڪيل شيشي]] جي مرتبانن (سلينڊر نما شڪل) کي چپٽو ڪري چادرن جي صورت ۾ ٺاهيو ويندو هو، جن تي هر هنڌ گول دائري جهڙا نشان موجود هوندا هئا. (موازنہ ڪريو روايتي [[گرجاگھر جي دري]]ن سان، جيڪي [[رنگين شيشو]] مان ٺهيل هونديون آهن.) دريءَ جو شيشو ايترو شفاف ٿيڻ ۾، جو ان مان صاف ڏسي سگهجي جيئن اڄ اسين ڏسون ٿا، هڪ هزار سالن کان وڌيڪ وقت لڳو. تنهن هوندي به، قديم رومي دريون تمام ڪارآمد هيون، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن کي &quot;گرمي فراهم ڪرڻ واري ٽيڪنالاجيءَ ۾ اڪثر نظرانداز ڪيل ترقي&quot; سمجهيو ويندو آهي، ڇو ته اهي سج جي گرمي کي عمارت اندر اچڻ ڏينديون هيون، جڏهن ته اندر جي گرم هوا کي ٻاهر نڪرڻ کان روڪينديون هيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last1=Carrier |first1=Richard |title=The Scientist in the Early Roman Empire |date=2017 |publisher=Pitchstone Publishing |location=Durham, North Carolina |isbn=978-1-63431-106-9 |page=218}}&lt;/ref&gt;

1154ع ۾ [[الادريسي]] [[گھانا سلطنت]] جي بادشاهه جي محل جي هڪ خاص خصوصيت طور شيشي جي درين جو ذڪر ڪيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | url= https://books.google.com/books?id=umyHqvAErOAC&amp;dq=Ghana+Empire+glass+window&amp;pg=PA564 | title= Encyclopedia of African History 3-Volume Set| page= 564|author= Kevin Shillington |author-link= Kevin Shillington| publisher= [[Routledge]] | isbn= 978-1-135-45670-2 |date= 2013}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal | last= Fage | first=J. D. | title=Ancient Ghana: A Review Of The Evidence | journal=Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana | volume= 3 | issue= 2 | pages= 3–24 | year= 1957| jstor= 41405704}}&lt;/ref&gt;

صدين جي دوران اهڙيون ٽيڪنيڪون ترقي ڪيون ويون، جن جي ذريعي ڦوڪيل شيشي جي [[سلينڊر (هندسي شڪل)|سلينڊر]] جي هڪ پاسي کي ڪٽي، ساڳئي مقدار جي شيشي مان وڌيڪ سنهيون مستطيل دريون تيار ڪيون وينديون هيون. ان سان ڊگهيون ۽ سنهيون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، جيڪي عام طور تي هڪ عمودي سهاري سان ورهايل هونديون هيون، جنهن کي [[مولين]] چيو ويندو آهي. مولين سان ورهايل شيشي واريون دريون يورپ جي خوشحال ماڻهن ۾ پسنديده دريون هيون،{{when|date=January 2023}} جڏهن ته ڪاغذي دريون قديم [[چين]]، [[ڪوريا]] ۽ [[جاپان]] ۾ گهٽ خرچ سبب وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون هيون. انگلينڊ ۾ عام ماڻهن جي گهرن ۾ شيشي واريون دريون صرف 17هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ عام ٿيون، جڏهن ته چپٽا ڪيل جانورن جي سڱن مان ٺهيل دريون 14هين صديءَ کان ئي استعمال ٿينديون رهيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Langley|first=Andrew|title=Medieval Life|series= Eyewitness|year= 2011 |publisher= Dorling Kindersley|isbn=978-1-4053-4545-3|page=16}}&lt;/ref&gt;

جديد طرز جون فرش کان ڇت تائين ڊگهيون دريون تڏهن ئي ممڪن ٿي سگهيون، جڏهن 19هين صديءَ جي آخر ڌاري صنعتي [[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ]] [[شيشي جي صنعت|شيشي ٺاهڻ]] جا عمل مڪمل طور تي ترقي يافته بڻايا ويا.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Float Glass|date=July 6, 2007 |url=https://www.architectmagazine.com/technology/float-glass_o}}&lt;/ref&gt; جديد دريون عام طور تي شيشي سان ڀريون وينديون آهن، جيتوڻيڪ شفاف پلاسٽڪ پڻ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== جوڙجڪ جا لاڙا ===
{{See also|گرجاگھر جي دري}}

12هين صدي عيسويءَ کان [[اولهه يورپ]] جي [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ [[لينسٽ دري]]ن (''lancet windows'') جو متعارف ٿيڻ، محرابي درين جي هڪ اڳوڻي روايت تي ٻڌل هو،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 |quote= In general two or three windows united in a group, as was later the rule in Roman architecture, were even then of frequent occurrence in the early Christian architecture of Asia Minor. The form of the window is nearly everywhere the same; a rectangle that usually has a rounded top, but seldom a straight lintel.}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪي [[ٿنڀو|ٿنڀن]] جي وچ ۾ لڳايون وينديون هيون،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite CE1913|wstitle=Windows in Church Architecture |volume= 15 |last= Kleinschmidt |first= Beda Julius |short=1 | quote = The place of the window was determined by the architectural membering of the basilica, the distance between two columns generally indicating the position of a window.}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ ان جي نتيجي ۾ نه رڳو [[ٽريسري]] ۽ نفيس [[قرونِ وسطى جا رنگين شيشا|رنگين شيشي]] واريون دريون وجود ۾ آيون، پر عبادتي عمارتن ۾ نوڪيدار يا گول شڪل وارين درين جو هڪ اهڙو ڊگهو تعميراتي رواج به پيدا ٿيو، جيڪو اڄ به ڪيترن ئي گرجاگهرن ۾ ڏسي سگهجي ٿو.

تعميراتي مؤرخ پيٽر سمٿ شروعاتي جديد دور جي ويلش ڳوٺاڻن گهرن ۾ درين جي تعميراتي لاڙن بابت لکي ٿو:

&lt;blockquote&gt;
تقريباً 1680ع تائين درين جو تناسب افقي هوندو هو، جيڪو انهن گهٽ اوچائي وارن ڪمرن لاءِ مناسب هو، جيڪي هال هائوسن ۾ مٿيون ماڙ شامل ڪرڻ کان پوءِ وجود ۾ آيا هئا. ان کان پوءِ عمودي تناسب واريون دريون رواج ۾ آيون، جنهن جو هڪ سبب گهٽ ۾ گهٽ اهو هو ته [[نشاةِ ثانيه]] جي دور ۾ اوچين ڇتين جي پسند وڌي وئي هئي. 1914ع کان پوءِ حالتون ٻيهر بدلجي ويون ۽ افقي تناسب واريون دريون هڪ ڀيرو ٻيهر پسند ڪيون وڃڻ لڳيون.&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
 |last1                = Smith
 |first1               = Peter
 |author-link1         = Peter Smith (architectural historian)
 |editor-last1         = Thirsk
 |editor-first1        = Joan
 |editor-link1         = Joan Thirsk
 |year                 = 1985
 |chapter              = 21 Rural Building in Wales
 |title                = The Agrarian History of England and Wales
 |url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=EAA9AAAAIAAJ
 |volume               = 5: 1640-1750 2: Agrarian change
 |publication-place    = Cambridge
 |publisher            = Cambridge University Press
 |page                 = 781
 |isbn                 = 9780521257756
 |access-date          = 18 January 2023
}}
&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;17هين صديءَ ۾ يورپ ۾ درين جي ڊزائن ۾ اوچائي ويڪر کان وڌيڪ رکڻ جو لاڙو پيدا ٿيو. ڪاٺ جا فريم وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندا هئا، ۽ سيش دريون (''sash windows'') پڻ متعارف ڪرايون ويون. 18هين صديءَ ۾ سيش درين جي ڊزائن ۾ تبديليون آيون؛ شيشي کي سنڀاليندڙ سنها افقي ۽ عمودي پٽا (glazing bars) وڌيڪ باريڪ بڻايا ويا ۽ درين جون ماپون به وڌيڪ معياري ٿي ويون.

19هين صديءَ دوران ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ننڍين ڪناري وارين درين ۾ رنگين شيشو استعمال ڪيو ويندو هو، جڏهن ته گليزنگ بارن کي گوٿڪ طرز جي شڪل ڏني ويندي هئي. دريون اڳي کان وڌيڪ وڏيون ٿيڻ لڳيون ۽ آرٽس اينڊ ڪرافٽس ۽ ڪوئين اين طرزِ تعمير تمام مشهور ٿيا، جيڪو لاڙو 20هين صديءَ تائين جاري رهيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |title=Windows, glass, glazing - a brief history |url=https://www.thenbs.com/knowledge/windows-glass-glazing-a-brief-history |access-date=2026-03-17 |website=NBS |language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پليٽ شيشو|پليٽ شيشي]] جي ٽيڪنالاجي جي پکڙجڻ سان پڪچر ونڊوز (''picture windows'') متعارف ڪرائڻ ممڪن ٿيو (پهريون ڀيرو [[ليويٽ ٽائون، پنسلوانيا]] ۾)،&lt;ref&gt;
{{cite book
|last1                = Rybczynski
|first1               = Witold
|author-link1         = Witold Rybczynski
|date                 = 13 May 2008
|orig-date            = 2007
|chapter              = Ranchers, Picture Windows and Morning Rooms
|title                = Last Harvest: From Cornfield to New Town: Real Estate Development from George Washington to the Builders of the Twenty-First Century, and Why We Live in Houses Anyway
|url                  = https://books.google.com/books?id=rkuvkjyRGG0C
|publication-place    = New York
|publisher            = Simon and Schuster
|page                 = 207
|isbn                 = 9780743235976
|access-date          = 18 January 2023
|quote                = The casual, spread-out ranch house [...] by 1950 accounted for nine out of ten new houses. [...] Its one extravagance was a large window facing the street - the picture window. As far as I have been able to determine, picture windows made their first appearance in Levittown, Pennsylvania.
}}
&lt;/ref&gt; جنهن جو بنياد 1951–1952ع ۾ وڌو ويو.{{Clarify|reason=What was founded?|date=July 2024}}ايندڙ حصي (حصو 4) ۾ آخري پيراگراف (''Many modern day windows may have a window screen...'') جو مڪمل ترجمو، بنا ڪنهن اختصار جي، حوالن سميت پيش ڪندس.

اڄڪلهه جون ڪيتريون ئي [[جديديت|جديد]] دريون [[دريءَ جي جالي]] (''window screen'') يا ميش سان ليس هونديون آهن، جيڪا اڪثر [[ايلومينيم]] يا [[فائبر گلاس]] مان ٺهيل هوندي آهي، جيئن دري کولڻ وقت [[جيت]] اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهن. دريون بنيادي طور تي عمارت جي اندر موجود ماڻهن کي ٻاهرين دنيا سان هڪ اهم بصري لاڳاپو فراهم ڪرڻ لاءِ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن، جنهن ذريعي اهي ٻاهر ٿيندڙ مسلسل بدلجندڙ منظرن ۽ واقعن کي ڏسي سگهن ٿا. اهڙو لاڳاپو عمارتن ۾ رهندڙ ماڻهن جي صحت ۽ ڀلائي لاءِ انتهائي اهم سمجهيو وڃي ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ جيڪڏهن ماڻهو اهڙين بند عمارتن ۾ رهن، جتي دريون نه هجن، ته انهن تي اهڙي ماحول جا ناڪاري اثر پئجي سگهن ٿا.

درين جي ڊزائن بابت مقرر ڪيل ڪيترن ئي معيارن مان، ڏينهن جي روشني سان لاڳاپيل معيارن ۾ ڪجهه اهم عنصر نمايان ٿيا آهن، جن ۾ هنڌ، وقت، موسم، فطرت ۽ ماڻهو شامل آهن. انهن سڀني معيارن مان، اهي دريون جيڪي [[فطرت]] جا نظارا مهيا ڪن ٿيون، ماڻهن جي نظر ۾ سڀ کان وڌيڪ اهم سمجهيون وڃن ٿيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Kent |first1=Michael |last2=Schiavon |first2=Stefano |date=2022 |title=Predicting Window View Preferences Using the Environmental Information Criteria |url=https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |journal=LEUKOS |volume=19 |issue=2 |pages=190–209 |doi=10.1080/15502724.2022.2077753 |s2cid=251121476 |access-date=2022-11-09 |archive-date=December 28, 2023 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20231228134015/https://escholarship.org/content/qt7rv6936v/qt7rv6936v.pdf?t=rgtbft |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

== قسم ==

[[File:casement_window_parts.svg|thumb|Parts of a casement cross-window, viewed from the outside]]
=== صليبي دري ===
{{main|صليبي دري}}

'''صليبي دري''' (ڪراس-ونڊو) هڪ مستطيل شڪل واري دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عام طور تي هڪ [[مولين]] ۽ هڪ [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] جي ذريعي چئن حصن (روشنين) ۾ ورهايل هوندي آهي، جيڪي گڏجي هڪ [[لاطيني صليب]] جي شڪل ٺاهيندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;Curl, James Stevens (2006). ''Oxford Dictionary of Architecture and Landscape Architecture'', 2nd ed., OUP, Oxford and New York, p. 214. {{ISBN|978-0-19-860678-9}}.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ابرو نما دري ===

'''ابرو نما دري''' (Eyebrow window) جو اصطلاح ٻن معنائن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي: ڀت ۾ هڪ مڙيل مٿئين حصي واري دري، يا هڪ ابرو نما [[ڊارمر]]؛ ۽ ننڍين درين جي هڪ قطار، جيڪا عام طور تي عمارت جي سامهون ڇڄن هيٺان هوندي آهي، جهڙوڪ پنسلوانيا ۾ [[جيمس-لوراه هائوس]].&lt;ref&gt;Harris, Cyril M. (1998). ''American Architecture: An Illustrated Encyclopedia''. New York: W. W. Norton.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== مقرر دري ===

'''مقرر دري''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا کولي نٿي سگهجي،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=CVTjAQAAQBAJ&amp;q=Fixed+window+is+window+that+cannot+open&amp;pg=PA83|title=Kitchen &amp; Bath Residential Construction and Systems|author=NKBA (National Kitchen and Bath Association)|date=2013-10-29|publisher=John Wiley &amp; Sons|isbn=978-1-118-71104-0|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ جنهن جو ڪم صرف روشني کي اندر اچڻ ڏيڻ هوندو آهي (غير مقرر دريءَ جي ابتڙ، جيڪا کلي ۽ بند ٿي سگهي ٿي). [[ڪليرسٽوري]] دريون [[گرجاگھر جي تعميراتي فن]] ۾ گهڻو ڪري مقرر هونديون آهن. ٽرانسم دريون مقرر به ٿي سگهن ٿيون يا کولي سگهجن ٿيون. اهڙي قسم جون دريون انهن حالتن ۾ استعمال ٿينديون آهن، جتي صرف روشني يا ٻاهر جو نظارو گهربل هجي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ [[ٽرڪل وينٽ]] يا مٿئين وينٽ کان سواءِ اهڙين درين ذريعي هوا جي اچ وڃ ممڪن نه هوندي آهي.

=== هڪ طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

'''هڪ طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري'''  اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ هڪ سيش (عام طور هيٺيون) حرڪت ڪندڙ هوندو آهي، جڏهن ته ٻيو مقرر هوندو آهي. هي سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ سيش دريءَ جي قديم ترين صورت آهي ۽ قيمت ۾ پڻ نسبتاً سستي هوندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;britannica.com&quot; /&gt;

=== ٻه طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

{{main|سيش دري}}

'''سيش دري''' (Sash window) برطانيا ۽ انهن ڪيترن ئي علائقن ۾، جيڪي اڳ برطانوي نوآبادين جو حصو هئا، روايتي دريءَ جو انداز آهي. ان ۾ ٻه حصا (سيش) هوندا آهن، جيڪي ٿورو هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهيل هوندا آهن ۽ فريم جي اندر مٿي ۽ هيٺ سلائيڊ ٿيندا آهن. ٻنهي حصن جو هڪجهڙو سائيز هجڻ ضروري نه آهي؛ جيڪڏهن مٿيون سيش ننڍو (گهٽ اوچائي وارو) هجي ته ان کي [[ڪاٽيج دري]] چيو ويندو آهي.

هاڻي گهڻيون نيون ٻه طرفي سيش دريون سيشن کي سنڀالڻ لاءِ اسپرنگ بيلنس استعمال ڪن ٿيون، پر روايتي طور دريءَ جي ٻنهي پاسن تي باڪسن اندر رکيل جوابي وزن (ڪائونٽر ويٽس) استعمال ڪيا ويندا هئا. اهي وزن رسي يا بعد ۾ خاص تيار ڪيل زنجير ذريعي پلين جي مدد سان سيشن سان ڳنڍيل هوندا هئا. اسپرنگ بيلنس جا ٽي قسم هوندا آهن: ٽيپ يا ڪلاڪ اسپرنگ بيلنس، چينل يا بلاڪ اينڊ ٽيڪل بيلنس، ۽ اسپائرل يا ٽيوب بيلنس.

روايتي طور ٻه طرفي سيش درين سان [[دريءَ جا شٽر]] پڻ لڳايا ويندا هئا. سيش درين ۾ سيمپليڪس قبضا پڻ لڳائي سگهجن ٿا، جيڪي دريءَ کي هڪ پاسي کان قبضن ۾ بند ڪرڻ جي اجازت ڏين ٿا، جڏهن ته ٻئي پاسي واري رسي ڌار ڪئي ويندي آهي، جنهن سان دري کي باهه لڳڻ جي صورت ۾ نڪرڻ يا صفائي لاءِ کولي سگهجي ٿو.

=== فولڊ اپ دري ===

[[File:Foldup window.gif|thumb|upright|فولڊ اپ دري (اندر ڏانهن کُلندڙ)، پاسي کان ڪٽيل ڏيک]]

'''فولڊ اپ دري''' (Foldup window) ۾ ٻه هڪجهڙا سيش هوندا آهن، جيڪي معياري ٻه طرفي سلائيڊنگ سيش دريءَ وانگر هوندا آهن، پر اهي مٿي طرف ويڙهجي کلي ويندا آهن، جنهن سان تقريباً پوري فريم جيتري جاءِ مان هوا اندر اچي سگهي ٿي. هن دريءَ جو توازن اسپرنگن يا جوابي وزنن (counterbalances) ذريعي برقرار رکيو ويندو آهي، بلڪل ٻه طرفي سيش دريءَ وانگر. سيشن کي اهڙي نموني بيهاري سگهجي ٿو جو اهي روايتي ٻه طرفي سيش دريءَ جهڙا نظر اچن، يا هڪ ئي سڌي قطار ۾ به لڳائي سگهجن ٿا. سڌي قطار وارا نمونا اندر يا ٻاهر ٻنهي طرفن کلي سگهن ٿا. اندر کُلندڙ فولڊ اپ درين ۾ مقرر جاليون لڳائي سگهجن ٿيون، جڏهن ته ٻاهر کُلندڙ قسمن لاءِ حرڪت ڪندڙ جالين جي ضرورت هوندي آهي. اهڙيون دريون عام طور اسڪرين روم، باورچي خاني جي پاس ٿرو، يا هنگامي نڪرڻ واري رستي (egress) طور استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

=== افقي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري ===

'''افقي سلائيڊنگ سيش دري''' (Horizontal sliding sash window) ۾ ٻه يا وڌيڪ سيش هوندا آهن، جيڪي ٿورو هڪ ٻئي مٿان چڙهيل هوندا آهن، پر فريم جي اندر افقي رخ ۾ سلائيڊ ٿيندا آهن. برطانيا ۾ انهن کي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن [[يارڪشائر]] سيش دريون به چيو ويندو آهي، غالباً ان ڪري جو انهن جو روايتي استعمال انهيءَ علائقي ۾ گهڻو هو.

=== ڪيسمينٽ دري ===

{{Main|ڪيسمينٽ دري}}

[[File:Gordijnen aan venster.JPG|thumb|[[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]]]

'''ڪيسمينٽ دري''' (Casement window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن جو سيش قبضن سان لڳل هوندو آهي ۽ دروازي وانگر اندر يا ٻاهر کلي ويندو آهي. اهو پاسي کان لڳل، مٿان لڳل (جنهن کي &quot;اوننگ دري&quot; پڻ چيو ويندو آهي؛ هيٺ ڏسو)، يا ڪڏهن هيٺان لڳل سيش تي مشتمل هوندو آهي، يا انهن قسمن جي ميلاپ سان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، ۽ ڪڏهن هڪ يا وڌيڪ پاسن تي مقرر شيشي جا پينل پڻ هوندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot; /&gt;

آمريڪا ۾ اهڙيون دريون عام طور [[ڪرئنڪ (مشينياتي حصو)|ڪرئنڪ]] ذريعي کوليون وينديون آهن، جڏهن ته يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي حصن ۾ انهن لاءِ پروجيڪشن فرڪشن اسٽيز ۽ [[ايسپاگنوليٽ]] لاڪنگ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. اڳي سادا قبضا [[ڪيسمينٽ اسٽي]] سان گڏ استعمال ٿيندا هئا. [[هينڊنگ]] (Handing) جو استعمال دريءَ جي کلڻ واري رخ جي سڃاڻپ لاءِ ڪيو ويندو آهي؛ ان موجب ڪيسمينٽ دري کاٻي هٿ واري، ساڄي هٿ واري يا ٻٽي رخ واري ٿي سگهي ٿي. برطانيا ۽ يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي ٻين علائقن ۾ جديد عمارتن ۾ ڪيسمينٽ دري سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام قسم آهي.

=== اوننگ دري ===

[[File:Fenêtre à l'australienne - Awning window - (AWS Magnum 616) Light.jpg|thumb|upright=0.5|اوننگ دري]]

'''اوننگ دري''' (Awning window) ڪيسمينٽ دريءَ جو اهڙو قسم آهي، جيڪو افقي طور لڳايو ويندو آهي ۽ مٿئين پاسي [[قبضو]] لڳل هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري اهو ٻاهر ڏانهن [[ڇڄ]] وانگر کلي ٿو. آزاد نموني استعمال ٿيڻ کان علاوه، اهڙيون دريون هڪ ئي فريم ۾ ڪيترين گڏ به لڳائي سگهجن ٿيون يا مقرر شيشي سان گڏ به استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. اهي خاص طور هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ تمام ڪارآمد هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book | title=Window Treatments | first=Karla J. | last=Nielson | page=45 | url=https://books.google.com/books?id=y6U0uP5cyLQC&amp;q=%22awning+window%22&amp;pg=PA45 | publisher=John Wiley &amp; Sons | date=Sep 15, 1989 | isbn=0-471-28946-9}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== هوپر دري ===

'''هوپر دري''' (Hopper window) هيٺئين پاسي کان قبضي تي ٻڌل ڪيسمينٽ دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عمودي رخ ۾ جهڪي کلي ٿي، ۽ عام طور اندر ڏانهن کلي ٿي، جنهن جي شڪل [[هوپر (ذرڙن گڏ ڪرڻ وارو ڪنٽينر)|هوپر]] جي نالي وانگر هوندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1=Allen|first1=Edward|last2=Thallon|first2=Rob|title=Fundamentals of Residential Construction|edition=3rd |year=2011 |publisher=Wiley |location=Hoboken, NJ |isbn=978-0-470-54083-1 |page=654}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== پيوٽ دري ===

'''پيوٽ دري''' (Pivot window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ سامهون وارن ٻن پاسن تي هڪ هڪ قبضو لڳل هوندو آهي، جنهن جي مدد سان دري کلڻ وقت پنهنجي محور تي گهمي سگهي ٿي. اهي قبضا مٿي ۽ هيٺ (عمودي پيوٽ) يا ٻنهي پاسن (افقي پيوٽ) تي لڳايا ويندا آهن. عام طور دري پهرين محدود حد تائين کلي ٿي ته جيئن هوا جي اچ وڃ ٿي سگهي، ۽ پوءِ وڌيڪ کولڻ سان مڪمل طور ڦري وڃي ٿي ۽ اندر کان محفوظ صفائي لاءِ ٻيهر لاڪ ٿي وڃي ٿي. جديد پيوٽ قبضا فرڪشن واري نظام سان ليس هوندا آهن، جيڪو دريءَ کي پنهنجي وزن جي باوجود کليل حالت ۾ سنڀالي رکندو آهي، ۽ انهن ۾ کلڻ جي حد مقرر ڪرڻ ۽ اُلٽي لاڪنگ جون سهولتون پڻ موجود هونديون آهن. برطانيا، جتي هن قسم جون دريون سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام آهن، اتي اهي گهڻ ماڙ سرڪاري رهائشي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي لڳايون ويون.

=== جهڪندڙ ۽ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري ===

'''جهڪندڙ ۽ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ دري''' (Tilt and slide window) اهڙي دري (يا گهڻو ڪري دروازي جيتري وڏي دري) هوندي آهي، جنهن جو سيش پهرين هوپر دريءَ وانگر مٿئين حصي کان اندر ڏانهن جهڪي ٿو، ۽ پوءِ مقرر شيشي جي پينل جي پٺيان افقي رخ ۾ سلائيڊ ٿي وڃي ٿو.

=== جهڪندڙ ۽ ڦرندڙ دري ===

'''جهڪندڙ ۽ ڦرندڙ دري''' (Tilt and turn window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا يا ته مٿئين حصي کان اندر ڏانهن جهڪي سگهي ٿي يا پاسي وارن قبضن تان اندر ڏانهن مڪمل طور کلي سگهي ٿي. هي جرمني، جتي ان جو بنياد پيو، جو سڀ کان وڌيڪ عام دريءَ جو قسم آهي، ۽ يورپ جي ڪيترن ئي ٻين ملڪن ۾ به وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندو آهي.

يورپ ۾ عام طور اهي &quot;پهرين ڦرندڙ&quot; (turn first) قسم جون هونديون آهن؛ يعني جڏهن هينڊل کي 90 درجا ڦيرايو وڃي ته دري پاسي کان کلندي آهي، ۽ جڏهن هينڊل کي 180 درجا ڦيرايو وڃي ته اها هيٺان لڳل دريءَ وانگر جهڪي کلي ٿي. برطانيا ۾ گهڻو ڪري &quot;پهرين جهڪندڙ&quot; (tilt first) قسم جون دريون استعمال ٿينديون آهن؛ يعني 90 درجن تي هيٺان لڳل صورت ۾ هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ کلنديون آهن، ۽ 180 درجن تي پاسي کان مڪمل طور کلنديون آهن، جنهن سان عمارت جي اندر بيهي ٻاهرئين شيشي کي آساني سان صاف ڪري سگهجي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=https://glawindows.com/tilt-and-turn-windows-5/ |title=Tilt-and-Turn Windows Gain Popularity |date=June 11, 2021 |access-date=January 25, 2023 |archive-date=January 25, 2023 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20230125064841/https://glawindows.com/tilt-and-turn-windows-5/ |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ٽرانسم دري ===

هڪ '''ٽرانسم دري''' (Transom window) دروازي جي مٿان لڳل دري هوندي آهي. ٻاهرين دروازي ۾ [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] دري عام طور مقرر (fixed) هوندي آهي، جڏهن ته اندرين دروازي ۾ اها مٿئين يا هيٺئين پاسي لڳل قبضن ذريعي کلي سگهي ٿي، يا پنهنجي محور تي ڦري به سگهي ٿي. زبردستي هوا جي گرمي ۽ ٿڌڪ (forced air heating and cooling) جا نظام عام ٿيڻ کان اڳ، اها هوا جي اچ وڃ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي هئي. پنکي جي شڪل واري ٽرانسم دري کي خاص طور برطانوي ٻيٽن ۾ '''فين لائيٽ''' (fanlight) چيو ويندو آهي.

=== پاسي واري دري ===

دروازي يا ٻي دريءَ جي ٻنهي پاسن تي لڳل درين کي '''پاسي واريون دريون''' (Sidelights)، '''ونگ لائيٽس''' (Wing lights)، '''مارجنل لائيٽس''' (Marginal lights)، يا '''فلينڪنگ دريون''' (Flanking windows) چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Curl, James Stevens. &quot;Flanking window&quot;. ''A Dictionary of Architecture and Landscape Architecture''. 2nd ed. Oxford England: Oxford University Press, 2006. 285. Print.&lt;/ref&gt;

=== جيلوسي دري ===

[[File:Jalousie2.jpg|thumb|جيلوسي يا [[لوور]] واري دري]]

{{main|جيلوسي دري}}

'''جيلوسي دري''' (Jalousie window)، جنهن کي '''لوور واري دري''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، اهڙي دري آهي جيڪا شيشي يا [[پولي (ميٿائل ميٿاڪريليٽ)|ايڪريلڪ]] جي هڪٻئي سان متوازي پٽين تي مشتمل هوندي آهي، جيڪي [[وينيشيئن بلائنڊ]] وانگر کلنديون ۽ بند ٿينديون آهن، عام طور ڪرئنڪ يا ليور جي ذريعي. اهڙيون دريون استوائي علائقن جي تعميراتي طرز ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن. جيلوسي دروازو اهو دروازو هوندو آهي جنهن ۾ جيلوسي دري لڳل هجي.

=== ڪليرسٽوري دري ===

{{Main|ڪليرسٽوري}}

'''ڪليرسٽوري دري''' (Clerestory window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي جيڪا [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ يا ڀت جي مٿئين حصي ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي، ۽ [[قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|قدرتي روشني]] اندر آڻڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

=== آسماني دري ===

[[File:BurlingtonHousePavementWindow.jpg|thumbnail|لنڊن ۾ [[برلنگٽن هائوس]] جي ٻاهران فوٽ پاٿ تي لڳل آسماني دري (جنهن کي [[پيومينٽ لائيٽ]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي)]]

{{Main|قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|آسماني دري}}

'''آسماني دري''' (Skylight) اهڙي دري آهي جيڪا [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ تعمير ڪئي ويندي آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=TopgKO4x_2kC&amp;q=skylight+is+window+built+into+roof&amp;pg=PA223|title=Construction Estimating Reference Data|last=Sarviel|first=Ed|date=1993|publisher=Craftsman Book Company|isbn=978-0-934041-84-3|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; هن قسم جي دري ذريعي قدرتي سج جي روشني ۽ چنڊ جي روشني اندر اچي سگهي ٿي.

=== ڇت واري دري ===

{{main|ڇت واري دري}}

'''ڇت واري دري''' (Roof window) هڪ ترڇي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا [[قدرتي روشني (تعمير)|قدرتي روشني]] لاءِ [[ڇت]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي. هي انهن ٿورين درين مان هڪ آهي، جيڪي هنگامي حالت ۾ نڪرڻ جي رستي طور پڻ استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿيون. وڏيون ڇت واريون دريون هنگامي انخلا بابت [[تعميراتي ضابطا]] (Building codes) جون گهرجون پوريون ڪنديون آهن.

=== ڇت وارو لالٽين ===

{{Main|ڇت وارو لالٽين}}

'''ڇت وارو لالٽين''' (Roof lantern) گهڻن شيشي وارن پينلن تي ٻڌل هڪ تعميراتي ڍانچو هوندو آهي، جيڪو هڪ ننڍڙي عمارت جهڙو نظر ايندو آهي ۽ ڇت تي ڏينهن يا چنڊ جي روشني اندر آڻڻ لاءِ تعمير ڪيو ويندو آهي. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن ان ۾ اضافي [[ڪليرسٽوري]] پڻ شامل هوندي آهي. ان کي [[گنبذ نما ڇت (ڪپولا)|ڪپولا]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

=== بي دري ===

[[File:2014 Kłodzko, pl. Chrobrego 13 03.JPG|thumb|[[بي دري]]ون [[ڪووڊزڪو]]، پولينڊ ۾]]

{{Main|بي دري}}

'''بي دري''' (Bay window) گهڻن پينلن تي ٻڌل دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ٽي پينل مختلف زاويَن تي لڳل هوندا آهن، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دري ڀت جي سڌي ليڪ کان ٻاهر نڪري ايندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window&quot; /&gt;

==== اوريل دري ====

{{Main|اوريل دري}}

'''اوريل دري''' (Oriel window) بي دريءَ جي هڪ قسم آهي. هي انداز گهڻو ڪري ٽيوڊر طرز جي گهرن ۽ خانقاهن ۾ ڏسڻ ۾ اچي ٿو. اها ڀت مان ٻاهر نڪتل هوندي آهي، پر زمين تائين نه پهچندي آهي. شروعات ۾ اها برآمدي (porch) جي هڪ صورت هئي، ۽ اڪثر ان کي بريسڪيٽن يا [[ڪوربل]]ن جي مدد سان سهارو ڏنو ويندو آهي.

=== ٿرمل دري ===

{{Main|ڊيوڪليشيئن دري}}

'''ٿرمل''' يا '''ڊيوڪليشيئن دريون''' (Thermal or Diocletian windows) وڏيون نيم دائري شڪل واريون دريون (يا طاق) هونديون آهن، جيڪي عام طور ٻن [[مولين]]ن جي ذريعي ٽن حصن (دريءَ جي خانوَن) ۾ ورهايل هونديون آهن. وچ وارو حصو گهڻو ڪري ٻنهي پاسن وارن حصن کان وڌيڪ ويڪرو هوندو آهي.

=== تصويري دري ===

'''تصويري دري''' (Picture window) ڀت ۾ لڳل هڪ وڏي مقرر دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ عام طور [[گليزنگ بار]] نه هوندا آهن، يا صرف ڪنارن وٽ معمولي گليزنگ بار ([[منٽن]]) لڳل هوندا آهن. تصويري دريون بغير ڪنهن رڪاوٽ جي ٻاهر جو نظارو مهيا ڪنديون آهن، ڄڻ ڪنهن تصوير کي فريم ۾ بند ڪيو ويو هجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/picture+window |title=Picture window |work=[[The Free Dictionary]] |publisher=Farlex |access-date=May 19, 2012 |archive-date=July 10, 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120710004859/http://www.thefreedictionary.com/picture+window |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== گهڻ-پينل دري ===

'''گهڻ-پينل دري''' (Multi-lite window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ شيشي جا ڪيترائي ننڍا ٽڪرا ڪاٺ يا سيهي جي ٺهيل ''گليزنگ بارن'' يا ''[[منٽن]]'' جي ذريعي هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيل هوندا آهن. اهي هڪ سينگاريل ''گليزنگ نموني'' ۾ ترتيب ڏنل هوندا آهن، جيڪو گهڻو ڪري عمارت جي تعميراتي طرز مطابق هوندو آهي. ماضي ۾ وڏا شيشي جا پينل آسانيءَ سان دستياب نه هجڻ سبب، گهڻ-پينل (يا ''جاليءَ واري دري'') 20هين صديءَ جي شروعات تائين سڀ کان عام دريءَ جو انداز هو، ۽ اڄ به روايتي تعميراتي طرز ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

=== هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري ===

'''هنگامي نڪرڻ واري دري''' (Emergency exit/egress window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا ايتري وڏي ۽ زمين کان ايتري هيٺ هوندي آهي جو رهواسي هنگامي حالتن، جهڙوڪ باهه لڳڻ جي صورت ۾، ان مان ٻاهر نڪري سگهن. ڪيترن ئي ملڪن ۾ بيڊ رومن لاءِ اهڙين درين جون صحيح وضاحتون [[تعميراتي ضابطا]] (Building codes) ۾ ڏنل هونديون آهن. اهڙين درين جون وضاحتون اهڙيون به هونديون آهن، جيڪي هنگامي امدادي عملي کي به اندر داخل ٿيڻ جي اجازت ڏين. بسن، هوائي جهازن ۽ ريل گاڏين جهڙين گاڏين ۾ پڻ هنگامي نڪرڻ واريون دريون هونديون آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/documents/outreach/bus/PreTrip-SafetyBrochure-Pull.pdf |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080923082055/http://www.fmcsa.dot.gov/documents/outreach/bus/PreTrip-SafetyBrochure-Pull.pdf |url-status=dead |archive-date=September 23, 2008 |title=U.S. Dept. of Transportation: Safety information for bus/motorcoach passengers |access-date=February 11, 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== رنگين شيشي جي دري ===

{{Main|رنگين شيشو}}

'''رنگين شيشي جي دري''' (Stained glass window) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا رنگين شيشي جي ٽڪرن مان ٺهيل هوندي آهي، جيڪي [[شفافيت (بصريات)|شفاف]]، نيم شفاف يا [[غير شفافيت (بصريات)|غير شفاف]] ٿي سگهن ٿا، ۽ انهن تي اڪثر ماڻهن جون تصويرون يا مختلف منظر ڏيکاريل هوندا آهن. عام طور انهن درين ۾ شيشي جا ٽڪرا سيهي جي ٺهيل گليزنگ بارن سان هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيا ويندا آهن. رنگين شيشي واريون دريون [[وڪٽورين دور]] جي گهرن ۽ ڪجهه [[فرينڪ لوئڊ رائيٽ]] جي طرز تي ٺهيل گهرن ۾ تمام مشهور هيون، ۽ خاص طور [[گرجاگھر]]ن ۾ گهڻي عام آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.thefreedictionary.com/stained+glass+window |title=Stained glass |work=[[The Free Dictionary]] |publisher=Farlex |access-date=May 19, 2012 |archive-date=January 19, 2012 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120119031209/http://www.thefreedictionary.com/Stained+glass+window |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== فرينچ دري ===

{{multiple image
| align             = right
|total_width=300
| footer            = 20هين صديءَ جي شروعات ۾ [[لسبن]] ۾ [[فرانس جا سفارتي مشن|فرانس جي سفارتخاني]] ۾ &quot;فرينچ دري&quot; (ٻه فرينچ دروازا، جيڪي ٻاهرين ڀت ۾ بغير [[مولين]] جي گڏ ٻاهر ڏانهن کلن ٿا)
| width1            =
| image1            = Legation de France a Lisbonne (interieur).jpg
| width2            =
| image2            = Legation de France a Lisbonne (véranda).jpg
}}

'''فرينچ دروازو''' (French door) اهڙو دروازو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ شيشي جا پينل پوري ڊيگهه تائين لڳل هوندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French door |url=https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/French%20door |website=Merriam-Webster.com Dictionary |publisher=Merriam-Webster |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهڙن ٻن دروازن جي جوڙي، جيڪي وچ مان کلن، کي مختلف نالن سان سڏيو ويندو آهي، جهڙوڪ '''فرينچ دروازا''',&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French doors |url=https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/french-doors |website=Collins English Dictionary |publisher=HarperCollins |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; '''فرينچ دري''',&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French window |url=https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/French%20window |website=Merriam-Webster.com Dictionary |publisher=Merriam-Webster |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; يا '''فرينچ دريون'''.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=French windows |url=https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/french-windows |website=Collins English Dictionary |publisher=HarperCollins |access-date=16 April 2026}}&lt;/ref&gt; اهي عام طور عمارت جي ٻاهرئين ڀت ۾ لڳايا ويندا آهن. فرانس ۾ فرينچ درين کي ''porte-fenêtre'' ۽ اٽلي ۾ ''portafinestra'' چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ اهي جديد گهرن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

=== ٻٽي شيشي واري دري ===

{{Main|موصل گليزنگ}}

'''ٻٽي شيشي واري دري''' (Double-paned يا Double-glazed window) ۾ شيشي جا ٻه هڪ ٻئي سان متوازي پينل هوندا آهن، جن جي وچ ۾ عام طور لڳ ڀڳ 1 سينٽي ميٽر جو فاصلو هوندو آهي. هي خال مستقل طور بند ڪيو ويندو آهي ۽ تياري وقت ان ۾ سڪل هوا يا ٻي سڪل غير ردعمل ڪندڙ گيس ڀري ويندي آهي. اهڙيون دريون [[حرارتي موصليت]] ۾ نمايان بهتري آڻينديون آهن (۽ عام طور آواز جي موصليت ۾ پڻ) ۽ گرمي پد جي فرق سبب پيدا ٿيندڙ ڌنڌ يا برف جمن کان بچاءُ ڪنديون آهن. اهي معتدل آبهوا وارن علائقن ۾ رهائشي ۽ تجارتي عمارتن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿينديون آهن.

برطانيا ۾ ٻٽي ۽ ٽي شيشي وارين درين کي ترتيب وار ٻٽي-[[دريءَ جي گليزنگ|گليزنگ]] ۽ ٽيڻي-گليزنگ چيو ويندو آهي. ٽي شيشي واريون دريون هاڻي وچ ۽ اتر يورپ ۾ تمام عام ٿي ويون آهن، جڏهن ته [[چوڳڻي گليزنگ]] (چئوڻي گليزنگ) جو استعمال هاڻي اسڪينڊي نيويا ۾ شروع ڪيو پيو وڃي.

=== ڇهه ڪنڊي دري ===

[[File:Mustosen talon ikkuna 1870 1.jpg|thumb|upright|[[ڇهه ڪنڊي دري]]]]

{{Main|ڇهه ڪنڊي دري}}

'''ڇهه ڪنڊي دري''' (ھيڪساگونل دري) هڪ [[شش ڪنڊو]] شڪل واري دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا ماکيءَ جي مک جي خاني يا گريفائيٽ جي ڪرسٽل جي جال جهڙي نظر ايندي آهي. اها عمودي يا افقي رخ ۾ لڳائي سگهجي ٿي، کلندڙ يا مقرر ٿي سگهي ٿي، باقاعده يا ڊگهي شڪل واري ٿي سگهي ٿي، ۽ ان ۾ ورهائيندڙ [[مولين]] پڻ ٿي سگهي ٿو. عام طور اهڙي دري ڇت جي مٿئين ڪمري (Attic) يا سينگار جي مقصد لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، پر عمارت جي اندر قدرتي روشني پهچائڻ لاءِ اهم تعميراتي عنصر طور به استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿي.

=== گليوٽين دري ===

'''گليوٽين دري''' (Guillotine ) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جيڪا عمودي رخ ۾ کلندي آهي. گليوٽين درين ۾ هڪ کان وڌيڪ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ فريم هوندا آهن، ۽ اهي هيٺ کان مٿي يا مٿي کان هيٺ کلي سگهن ٿا.

== اصطلاح ==

EN 12519 يورپي معيار آهي، جيڪو يورپي يونين جي ميمبر ملڪن ۾ درين بابت سرڪاري طور استعمال ٿيندڙ اصطلاحن جي وضاحت ڪري ٿو. اهم اصطلاح هيٺيان آهن:

[[File:Casement (PSF).jpg|thumb|[[ڪيسمينٽ دري]]، [[جالي]] وارن روشن حصن (lights) سان]]

* '''لائيٽ''' (Light) يا '''لائيٽ''' (Lite)، دريءَ جي ٻاهرين حصن ([[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]]، [[دريءَ جو سِل]] ۽ پاسن وارن فريمن) جي وچ واري حصي کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪو عام طور شيشي جي هڪ پين سان ڀريل هوندو آهي. جيڪڏهن دريءَ ۾ ڪيترائي شيشي جا پين هجن، ته بار کڻندڙ صورت ۾ انهن کي [[مولين]] الڳ ڪندا آهن، ۽ جيڪڏهن بار کڻندڙ نه هجن ته [[منٽن]] انهن کي جدا ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |last=Brett |first=Peter |year=2004 |title=Carpentry and Joinery |edition=2, illustrated |publisher=Nelson Thornes |isbn=978-0-7487-8502-5 |page=[https://books.google.com/books?id=iVthU6rPGK8C&amp;pg=PA225 255]}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''جاليءَ واري لائيٽ''' (Lattice light) هڪ مرڪب شيشي جو پين هوندو آهي، جيڪو شيشي جي ڪيترن ئي ننڍن ٽڪرن مان ٺهيل هوندو آهي، ۽ اهي [[جالي]] جي جوڙجڪ ۾ هڪٻئي سان ڳنڍيل هوندا آهن.

* '''مقرر دري''' (فڪسڊ ونڊو) اهڙي دريءَ جي هڪ واحد اڪائي هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ هڪ غير حرڪت ڪندڙ لائيٽ هوندي آهي. ''سنگل لائيٽ''، ''ڊبل لائيٽ'' وغيره جا اصطلاح دريءَ ۾ موجود اهڙن شيشي جي پينن جي تعداد کي ظاهر ڪندا آهن.

* '''سيش يونٽ''' (Sash unit) اهڙي دري هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ گهٽ ۾ گهٽ هڪ سلائيڊ ٿيندڙ شيشي وارو حصو هوندو آهي، ۽ عام طور ٻه لائيٽون هونديون آهن (جنهن کي ''ڊبل لائيٽ'' چيو ويندو آهي).

* '''متبادل دري''' (رپليسمينٽ ونڊو) آمريڪا ۾ اهڙي فريم واري دريءَ کي چيو ويندو آهي، جيڪا پراڻن سيشن کي ڪڍڻ کان پوءِ اندرئين پاسي کان اصل دريءَ جي فريم ۾ لڳائي ويندي آهي. يورپ ۾، هن اصطلاح مان عام طور مڪمل دري مراد هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ نئون ٻاهريون فريم پڻ شامل هوندو آهي.

* '''نئين تعمير واري دري''' (نيو ڪنسٽرڪشن ونڊو)، آمريڪا ۾، اهڙي دري هوندي آهي جنهن ۾ ''نيلنگ فن'' (nailing fin) لڳل هوندو آهي، جيڪو عمارت جي ٻاهرئين پاسي کان اڻ تيار ٿيل کليل جاءِ ۾ سائڊنگ ۽ اندروني ٽرم لڳائڻ کان اڳ نصب ڪيو ويندو آهي. نيلنگ فن دريءَ جي ٻاهرئين فريم تي هڪ نڪتل حصو هوندو آهي، جيڪو [[تعميراتي گليزنگ]] جي ساڳئي سطح تي هوندو آهي، تيار ڪيل کليل حصي تي چڙهيل هوندو آهي، ۽ تنهنڪري ان کي ميخن ذريعي پنهنجي جاءِ تي لڳائي سگهجي ٿو. برطانيا ۽ يورپ جي مکيه زمين ۾ نون گهرن جي تعمير دوران دريون عام طور ڊگهن اسڪروَن ذريعي سرن جي ڀت ۾ لڳايل ڦهلجندڙ پلاسٽڪ پلگن سان ٻڌيون وينديون آهن. دريءَ جي چئن ئي پاسن کان لڳ ڀڳ 13 ملي ميٽر تائين خالي جاءِ ڇڏي ويندي آهي، جيڪا ڦهلجندڙ [[پولي يوريٿين فوم]] سان ڀري ويندي آهي. اهڙي طريقي سان دري موسم جي اثرن کان محفوظ رهندي آهي، جڏهن ته گرمي سبب ٿيندڙ ڦهلاءَ جي به گنجائش برقرار رهندي آهي.

* '''[[لنٽل]]''' دريءَ جي مٿئين حصي تي رکيل هڪ شعاع (بيم) هوندو آهي، جنهن کي [[ٽرانسم (تعمير)|ٽرانسم]] پڻ چيو ويندو آهي.

* '''[[دريءَ جو سِل]]''' دريءَ جي فريم جو هيٺيون حصو هوندو آهي. دريءَ جا سِل ٻاهرئين پاسي ڍلوان هوندا آهن ته جيئن پاڻي عمارت جي اندر اچڻ بدران ٻاهر وهي وڃي.

* '''ثانوي گليزنگ''' (سيڪنڊري گليزنگ) هڪ اضافي فريم هوندو آهي، جيڪو موجوده فريم جي اندرئين پاسي لڳايو ويندو آهي. اهو عام طور محفوظ يا تاريخي حيثيت رکندڙ عمارتن ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن عمارت جي ظاهري شڪل کي برقرار رکندي وڌيڪ حرارتي ۽ آواز جي موصليت حاصل ڪري سگهجي.

* '''[[سينگاريل ڪاٺ جو ڪم]]''' (ڊيڪورہٽو مل ورڪ) مان مراد دريءَ جي چوڌاري لڳل سينگاريل مولڊنگ، ڪورنس ۽ لنٽل آهن.

=== ليبلنگ ===

آمريڪا جي [[نيشنل فينسٽريشن ريٽنگ ڪائونسل]] (NFRC) جي دريءَ واري ليبل ۾ هيٺيان اصطلاح شامل هوندا آهن:

* [[حرارتي چالڪائي|حرارتي منتقلي (U-factor)]]، جنهن جي بهترين قيمت لڳ ڀڳ U-0.15 (يعني 0.8 W/m2/K) سمجهي ويندي آهي.
* [[شمسي گرمي حاصل ڪرڻ جو عدد]] (SHGC)، جيڪو شيشي مان گذرندڙ شمسي گرمي (انفراريڊ) ۽ ان تي پوندڙ ڪل شمسي گرميءَ جي وچ ۾ تناسب کي ظاهر ڪري ٿو.
* [[مرئي روشني جي منتقلي]] (VT)، جيڪا منتقل ٿيندڙ مرئي روشني ۽ پوندڙ مرئي روشني جي وچ ۾ تناسب کي ظاهر ڪري ٿي.
* [[هوا جو وهڪرو|هوا جي رِس]] (AL)، جيڪا سيش ۽ فريم جي وچ واري وٿي مان في منٽ في لڪيرِي فوٽ گذرندڙ هوا جي مقدار (ڪيوبڪ فوٽ في منٽ) ۾ ماپي ويندي آهي.
* [[نمي#تڪاثف|تڪاثف جي مزاحمت]] (CR)، جيڪا 1 کان 100 تائين ماپي ويندي آهي (جيترو انگ وڌيڪ هوندو، اوتري ئي تڪاثف ٺهڻ جي مزاحمت وڌيڪ هوندي).&lt;ref&gt;[http://www.nfrc.org/documents/WindowsandHeatLoss.pdf Windows and Heat Loss] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20100827012257/http://www.nfrc.org/documents/WindowsandHeatLoss.pdf |date=August 27, 2010 }}, [[NFRC]] Heat Loss Fact Sheet&lt;/ref&gt;

يورپي هم آهنگ معيار hEN 14351–1، جيڪو دروازن ۽ درين سان لاڳاپيل آهي، 23 خاصيتن جي وضاحت ڪري ٿو (جن کي ''بنيادي'' ۽ ''غير بنيادي'' خاصيتن ۾ ورهايو ويو آهي). ان کان علاوه تياري هيٺ ٻه ٻيا يورپي معيار پڻ موجود آهن، جيڪي اندروني پيادل دروازن (prEN 14351–2)، دونهي ۽ باهه جي مزاحمت ڪندڙ دروازن، ۽ کولي سگهجندڙ درين (prEN 16034) بابت آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |url=http://www.alueurope.eu/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/CPR_guideline_Dec_2012_ver-1.pdf |title=CPR guideline |access-date=February 13, 2013 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20131106070925/http://www.alueurope.eu/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/CPR_guideline_Dec_2012_ver-1.pdf |archive-date=November 6, 2013 |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;

== جوڙجڪ ==

[[File:Passivhaus Fenster Beispiele (blank).svg|thumb|[[موصل گليزنگ]] سان جديد پلاسٽڪ ۽ ڪاٺ جي دريءَ جي پروفائلن جا مثال]]

[[File:WaterMill Window LymeRegis.jpg|thumb|برطانيا ۾ [[لائيم ريجس]] جي 14هين صديءَ جي [[پاڻيءَ جي چڪي]] ۾ لڳايل جديد ڪاٺ جي فريم واري دري]]

[[File:5-chamber plastic window profile.JPG|thumb|upright|پنج-چيمبر واري پلاسٽڪ دريءَ جو پروفائل]]

دريون گرمي جي منتقلي جو هڪ اهم ذريعو ٿي سگهن ٿيون.&lt;ref name=&quot;Window Systems&quot;&gt;Carmody, J., Selkowitz, S., Lee, E. S., Arasteh, D., &amp; Willmert, T. (2004). ''Window Systems for High-Performance Buildings''. New York, NY: W. W. Norton &amp; Company, Inc.&lt;/ref&gt; انهيءَ ڪري [[موصل گليزنگ]] جون اڪايون (Insulated glazing units) ٻن يا وڌيڪ شيشي جي پينن تي مشتمل هونديون آهن، جيئن گرمي جي منتقلي کي گهٽائي سگهجي.

=== جاليون يا منٽن ===

اهي فريم جا اهي حصا هوندا آهن، جيڪي هڪ وڏي دريءَ کي ڪيترن ننڍن شيشي جي پينن ۾ ورهائيندا آهن. پراڻين درين ۾ شيشي جا وڏا پين تمام مهانگا هوندا هئا، تنهنڪري [[منٽن]] ننڍن شيشي جي پينن کي گڏ ڪري وڏي جاءِ ڀرڻ جي سهولت ڏيندا هئا.

جديد درين ۾ هلڪي رنگ وارا منٽن اڃا تائين هڪ ڪارائتو ڪم سرانجام ڏين ٿا، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي دريءَ مان گذرندڙ روشنيءَ جو ڪجهه حصو موٽائي ڇڏين ٿا، جنهن جي نتيجي ۾ دري پاڻ به ڦهليل (Diffuse) روشنيءَ جو هڪ ذريعو بڻجي وڃي ٿي، صرف ڪمري جي اندر موجود شين يا مٿاڇرين کي روشن ڪرڻ بدران. دريءَ جي ويجهو موجود مٿاڇرين تي اڻ سڌي روشني وڌائڻ سان، منٽن دريءَ جي چوڌاري واري حصي کي وڌيڪ روشن بڻائين ٿا ۽ ڪمري جي اندر پاڇن جي تضاد کي گهٽائين ٿا.

=== فريم ۽ سيش جي جوڙجڪ ===

فريم ۽ سيش هيٺين مواد مان تيار ڪري سگهجن ٿا:

{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
! مواد
! [[حرارتي مزاحمت]]
! پائيداري
! سار سنڀال
! قيمت
! ٻيهر استعمال ٿيل مواد
! تبصرو
|-
| [[ڪاٺ]]
| تمام سٺي
| مختلف
| گهٽ
| اوسط
| وڌيڪ
| جيڪڏهن 1950ع کان اڳ ٺهيل ڪاٺ جي دريءَ جي صحيح سار سنڀال ڪئي وڃي ته اها 50–100 سال هلي سگهي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Saving Windows, Saving Money: Evaluating the Energy Performance of Window Retrofit and Replacement |url=https://forum.savingplaces.org/viewdocument/saving-windows-saving-money-evalu |website=Resource Library – National Trust for Historic Preservation |publisher=National Trust for Historic Preservation |access-date=March 31, 2020 |archive-date=August 3, 2020 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20200803231452/https://forum.savingplaces.org/viewdocument/saving-windows-saving-money-evalu |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot;&gt;{{cite web |last1=Peterson Wasielewski |first1=Shannon |title=Windows: Energy Efficiency Facts and Myths |url=https://dahp.wa.gov/sites/default/files/Windows%20Energy%20Efficiency%20Facts%20and%20Myths.pdf |website=Washington Department of Archaeology and Historic Preservation |access-date=March 31, 2020 |archive-date=October 27, 2020 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20201027125413/https://dahp.wa.gov/sites/default/files/Windows%20Energy%20Efficiency%20Facts%20and%20Myths.pdf |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt;
|-
| [[پولي ونائل ڪلورائيڊ|uPVC (&quot;ونائل&quot;)]]
| تمام سٺي
| تمام سٺي{{Efn-lr|PVC ۽ فائبر گلاس جا فريم تيز رفتار موسمي آزمائشن ۾ سٺي ڪارڪردگي ڏيکارين ٿا. ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ PVC ٻين موادن جيترو مضبوط نه هوندو آهي، تنهنڪري ان جي ساختي مضبوطي وڌائڻ لاءِ ڪجهه PVC فريمن کي ڌاتو يا مرڪب مواد سان مضبوط ڪيو ويندو آهي.|name=PVC&amp;fiberglass}}
| تمام گهٽ
| اوسط
| تمام گهٽ
| عام طور انهن جي عمر 25–50 سال هوندي آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;auto&quot; /&gt;
|-
| [[ايلومينيم]]
| تمام سٺي{{Efn-lr|1=جديد ايلومينيم دريءَ جا فريم عام طور شيشي جي فائبر سان مضبوط ڪيل پوليامائيڊ مان ٺهيل حرارتي رڪاوٽ (thermal break) ذريعي الڳ ڪيا ويندا آهن. 34&amp;nbsp;mm حرارتي موصليت واري پروفائل سان ڌاتو جي دريءَ لاءِ Uf=1.3 W/m2K تائين حاصل ڪري سگهجي ٿو. ان سان حرارتي مزاحمت تمام گهڻي وڌي ٿي، جڏهن ته تقريباً سموري ساختي مضبوطي برقرار رهي ٿي.}}
| سٺي
| تمام گهٽ
| گهٽ
| عام طور &gt;95٪
| گهڻو ڪري حرارتي موصليت واري پروفائل ذريعي حرارتي رڪاوٽ مهيا ڪئي ويندي آهي.
|-
| مرڪب مواد
| تمام سٺي
| سٺي
| تمام گهٽ
| وڌيڪ
| وڌيڪ
| جديد عمارتن ۾ استعمال ٿيندو آهي.
|-
| [[اسٽيل]]
| وچولي
| انتهائي سٺي
| تمام گهٽ
| وڌيڪ
| &gt;98٪
| عام طور ڪنڊن تي ويلڊ ڪيو ويندو آهي.
|-
| [[فائبر گلاس]]
| تمام سٺي
| تمام سٺي{{Efn-lr|name=PVC&amp;fiberglass}}
| تمام گهٽ
| وڌيڪ
| وچولي
|
|}

[[مرڪب مواد|مرڪب مواد]] (Composites)، جن کي هائبرڊ دريون پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، 1998ع جي شروعات کان استعمال ٿيڻ لڳا. انهن ۾ ايلومينيم + PVC يا ڪاٺ جهڙن مختلف موادن کي گڏايو ويندو آهي، جيئن هڪ مواد جي جمالياتي خوبصورتي کي ٻئي مواد جي فني ۽ ڪارڪردگيءَ وارن فائدن سان گڏ حاصل ڪري سگهجي.

[[File:Bleekman zimmer.jpg|thumb|uPVC دريءَ جي فريمن سان موصل گليزنگ وارين درين جي هڪ عام تنصيب]]

PVC دريءَ جي فريمن جو هڪ خاص قسم، يعني uPVC دريءَ جا فريم، 20هين صديءَ جي آخر کان، خاص طور يورپ ۾، وڏي پيماني تي رائج ٿي ويا. 1998ع تائين اهڙين درين جا لڳ ڀڳ 83.5 ملين فريم نصب ٿي چڪا هئا،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1=Pritchard|first1=Geoffrey|title=Novel and Traditional Fillers for Plastics: Technology and Market Developments|year=1999|publisher=iSmithers Rapra Publishing|isbn=978-1-85957-183-5|page=95|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=U3GWoyuMEckC&amp;pg=PA95}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ 2012ع تائين انهن جو تعداد مسلسل وڌندو رهيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.prweb.com/releases/Vinyl_doors_market/vinyl_windows_market/prweb9415523.htm|archive-url=https://archive.today/20130131182428/http://www.prweb.com/releases/Vinyl_doors_market/vinyl_windows_market/prweb9415523.htm|url-status=dead|archive-date=January 31, 2013|title=Global Vinyl Windows Market to Reach 163 Million Units by 2017, According to a New Report by Global Industry Analysts, Inc. |publisher=PRWeb|date=April 18, 2012|access-date=February 11, 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== گليزنگ ۽ ڀرڻ ===

[[گهٽ اخراجيت]] (Low-emissivity) واري ڪوٽنگ سان ڍڪيل شيشي جا پين [[تابڪاري]] (Radiation) ذريعي ٿيندڙ گرميءَ جي منتقلي کي گهٽائين ٿا. ڪوٽنگ ڪهڙي سطح تي لڳل آهي، ان تي مدار رکندي، اهي ٿڌن علائقن ۾ گرمي جي نقصان کي گهٽائڻ يا گرم علائقن ۾ گرمي جي اندر اچڻ کي روڪڻ ۾ مدد ڏين ٿا.

اعليٰ حرارتي مزاحمت ان صورت ۾ حاصل ڪري سگهجي ٿي، جڏهن موصل گليزنگ يونٽن مان هوا ڪڍي ڇڏجي يا انهن کي [[آرگون]] يا [[ڪرپٽون]] جهڙين گيسن سان ڀريو وڃي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ انهن گيسن جي حرارتي چالڪائي گهٽ هوندي آهي، جنهن جي ڪري [[حرارتي چالڪائي]] ذريعي گرمي جي منتقلي گهٽجي ويندي آهي. اهڙين گليزنگ يونٽن جي ڪارڪردگي سٺين دريءَ جي سيلن ۽ احتياط سان تيار ڪيل فريمن تي دارومدار رکي ٿي، جيئن هوا اندر داخل نه ٿي سگهي ۽ موصليت جي ڪارڪردگي برقرار رهي.

جديد ٻٽي ۽ ٽِه-شيشي وارين درين ۾ عام طور هڪ يا وڌيڪ Low-E ڪوٽنگون شامل هونديون آهن، جيڪي دريءَ جي U-factor (يعني موصليت جي قدر يا گرمي جي نقصان جي شرح) کي گهٽائينديون آهن. عام طور نرم ڪوٽنگ (Soft-coat) واريون Low-E تہون سخت ڪوٽنگ (Hard-coat) وارين تہن جي ڀيٽ ۾ گهٽ [[شمسي گرمي حاصل ڪرڻ جو عدد]] (SHGC) مهيا ڪنديون آهن.

جديد دريون عام طور هر سيش ۾ شيشي جي هڪ وڏي چادر سان گليز ڪيون وينديون آهن، جڏهن ته ماضيءَ ۾ وڏيون شيشي جون چادرون موجود نه هجڻ سبب، دريون ڪيترن ئي ننڍن شيشي جي پينن مان ٺهنديون هيون، جيڪي ''گليزنگ بارن'' يا ''[[منٽن]]'' ذريعي هڪ ٻئي کان جدا ڪيا ويندا هئا. اڄڪلهه گليزنگ بار گهڻو ڪري صرف سينگار لاءِ استعمال ٿيندا آهن، ۽ وڏيون شيشي جون چادرون موجود هجڻ باوجود دريءَ کي ڪيترن ننڍن پينن ۾ ورهايل ڏيکاريندا آهن، عام طور اهڙي نموني ۾، جيڪو استعمال ٿيندڙ تعميراتي طرز مطابق هوندو آهي. گليزنگ بار اڪثر ڪاٺ جا هوندا آهن، پر ڪڏهن ڪڏهن وڌيڪ پيچيده نمونن لاءِ پنهنجي جاءِ تي سولڊر ڪيل سيهي جا گليزنگ بار پڻ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

=== جوڙجڪ جا ٻيا تفصيل ===

گهڻين درين سان حرڪت ڪندڙ [[دريءَ جا پردا]]، جهڙوڪ [[بلائنڊ]] يا [[پردا]]، لڳل هوندا آهن، جيڪي روشني کي روڪڻ، اضافي حرارتي موصليت مهيا ڪرڻ يا رازداري برقرار رکڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

دريون قدرتي روشني کي عمارت جي اندر اچڻ ڏين ٿيون، پر جيڪڏهن روشني تمام گهڻي هجي ته ان جا ناڪاري اثر به ٿي سگهن ٿا، جهڙوڪ چمڪ (گليئر) ۽ گرمي جو وڌي وڃڻ. ان کان علاوه، جيتوڻيڪ دريون استعمال ڪندڙ کي ٻاهر ڏسڻ جي سهولت ڏين ٿيون، پر ساڳئي وقت عمارت جي اندر موجود ماڻهن جي رازداري برقرار رکڻ جو به ڪو مناسب طريقو هجڻ ضروري آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Design Evaluation Project&quot;&gt;Howell, Sandra C. (1976). ''Designing for the Elderly; Windows''. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Department of Architecture. Design Evaluation Project.&lt;/ref&gt; اهڙين حالتن ۾ دريءَ جا پردا ۽ ڍڪڻ وارا ٻيا انتظام انهن مسئلن جو هڪ عملي حل فراهم ڪندا آهن.

== سج جو اثر ==
{{Main|قدرتي روشني (تعمير)}}

=== سج جي ڪرڻن جو پوندڙ زاويون ===

روايتي طور دريون اهڙي نموني سان ٺهيل هونديون آهن، جو انهن جون سطحون عمارت جي عمودي ڀتين سان متوازي هونديون آهن. اهڙي جوڙجڪ سبب، سج جي ڪرڻن جي عام طور تي پوندڙ زاوين جي ڪري، سج جي روشني ۽ گرمي وڏي مقدار ۾ دريءَ مان اندر داخل ٿيندي آهي. [[غير فعال شمسي عمارت جي جوڙجڪ]] ۾، عام طور هڪ ڊگهو [[ڇڄ]] استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، جيئن درين مان اندر ايندڙ سج جي روشني ۽ گرميءَ جي مقدار تي ضابطو رکي سگهجي.

ان جو هڪ متبادل طريقو اهو آهي ته دريءَ جي لڳائڻ لاءِ اهڙو بهترين زاويون حساب ڪيو وڃي، جيڪو اونهاري ۾ سج مان ايندڙ گرميءَ جي بار کي گهٽ ۾ گهٽ ڪري، ۽ ان سان گڏ عمارت جي حقيقي ويڪرائي ڦاڪ (ليٽيٽيوڊ) کي به نظر ۾ رکيو وڃي. هي طريقو، مثال طور، [[ڊيڪن بلڊنگ]] ۾ [[برسبين، ڪيليفورنيا]] ۾ استعمال ڪيو ويو آهي، جتي گهڻيون دريون اهڙي زاويي تي لڳايون ويون آهن جو اهي اونهاري جي گرميءَ جو وڏو حصو موٽائي ڇڏين، ۽ اندروني حصي ۾ اونهاري دوران وڌيڪ [[حد کان وڌيڪ روشني]] (اوور-اليميونيشن) ۽ چمڪ (گليئر) کان بچاءُ ڪن. ان مقصد لاءِ دريون تقريباً 45 درجن جي زاويي تي ترڇيون لڳايون ويون آهن.

=== شمسي دري ===

{{Main|فوٽووولٽائڪس}}

[[فوٽووولٽائڪ دري]]ون نه رڳو صاف نظارو مهيا ڪن ٿيون ۽ ڪمرا روشن ڪن ٿيون، پر سج جي روشنيءَ کي عمارت لاءِ بجليءَ ۾ پڻ تبديل ڪن ٿيون.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=https://news.mit.edu/2008/mit-opens-new-window-solar-energy/|title=MIT opens new 'window' on solar energy |publisher=Web.mit.edu |date=July 10, 2008 |access-date=February 11, 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt; گهڻو ڪري انهن ۾ نيم شفاف فوٽووولٽائڪ سيل استعمال ڪيا ويندا آهن.

=== غير فعال شمسي دريون ===

{{Main|غير فعال شمسي عمارت جي جوڙجڪ}}

'''غير فعال شمسي دريون''' (پيسو سولر ونڊوز) عمارت جي اندر روشني ۽ شمسي توانائي داخل ٿيڻ ڏين ٿيون، جڏهن ته هوا جي رساءَ ۽ گرميءَ جي نقصان کي گهٽ ۾ گهٽ رکڻ جي ڪوشش ڪن ٿيون. جيڪڏهن اهڙين درين کي سج، هوا ۽ آس پاس جي ماحول کي نظر ۾ رکندي صحيح هنڌ تي لڳايو وڃي، اونهاري ۽ وچولي موسمن ۾ وڌيڪ گرميءَ کي روڪڻ لاءِ مناسب پاڇو مهيا ڪيو وڃي، ۽ ڏينهن جو گرمي جذب ڪري رات جو آهستي آهستي خارج ڪرڻ لاءِ حرارتي ماس (ٿرمل ماس) فراهم ڪيو وڃي، ته اهڙي جوڙجڪ سان آرامده ماحول ۽ [[توانائيءَ جو مؤثر استعمال|توانائيءَ جي ڪارڪردگي]] ۾ نمايان واڌارو اچي ٿو. مناسب شمسي روشني وارن علائقن ۾، جيڪڏهن اهڙيون دريون صحيح نموني سان ڊزائين ڪيون وڃن، ته اهي عمارت جي بنيادي گرمائش واري نظام طور پڻ ڪم ڪري سگهن ٿيون.

=== ڍڪڻ وارا انتظام ===

[[دريءَ جو ڍڪ]] (Window covering) اهڙو پردو يا اسڪرين هوندو آهي، جيڪو ڪيترائي مختلف ڪم سرانجام ڏيندو آهي. ڪجهه ڍڪ، جهڙوڪ پردا ۽ [[بلائنڊ]]، رهواسين کي رازداري مهيا ڪندا آهن. ڪجهه دريءَ جا ڍڪ سج مان ايندڙ گرمي ۽ چمڪ کي ڪنٽرول ڪندا آهن. اهڙن ڍڪن جا ٻه بنيادي قسم آهن: ٻاهرئين پاسي لڳندڙ پاڇيدار اوزار (ايڪسٽرنل شيڊنگ ڊوائيسز) ۽ اندرين پاسي لڳندڙ پاڇيدار اوزار (انٽرنل شيڊنگ ڊوائيسز).&lt;ref name=&quot;Windows&quot;&gt;Beckett, H. E., &amp; Godfrey, J. A. (1974). ''Windows: Performance, design and installation''. New York, NY: Van Nostrand Reinhold Company.&lt;/ref&gt;

گهٽ اخراجيت (Low-E) واري [[دريءَ جي فلم]] پراڻين ۽ گهٽ موصل درين کي تبديل ڪرڻ کان سواءِ، انهن کي وڌيڪ توانائي-موثر درين ۾ تبديل ڪرڻ لاءِ هڪ گهٽ خرچ وارو متبادل آهي. گهڻ ماڙ عمارتن ۾ [[هوشيار شيشو]] (سمارٽ گلاس) به هڪ مناسب متبادل طور استعمال ڪري سگهجي ٿو.

=== تصويرن جو مجموعو ===
&lt;gallery widths=&quot;170&quot; heights=&quot;170&quot; mode=&quot;packed&quot; caption=&quot;درين جا مختلف مثال&quot;&gt;
File:Window grill from a palace of Ramesses III MET 14.6.232-dia1.jpg|[[قديم مصري تعميراتي فن|قديم مصري]] [[بلوا پٿر]] جي دريءَ جي جالي، [[رمسيس ٽيون]] جي محل مان، جيڪا هاڻي [[ميٽروپوليٽن ميوزيم آف آرٽ]] (نيو يارڪ شهر) ۾ موجود آهي.
File:GBM - Glas Fenster.jpg|پهرين کان چوٿين صدي عيسويءَ جي وچ واري دور جي [[قديم رومي تعميراتي فن|رومي]] دريءَ جي شيشي جي هڪ پليٽ جو ٽڪرو. ان جي نمايان وڪڙ تي ڌيان ڏيو؛ هي ڪو هموار شيشي جو پين نه آهي.
File:Window art in Kalleshvara Temple at Aralaguppe (edited angles and cropped).jpg|[[هندستاني تعميراتي فن|هندستاني]] [[ڪلليشورا مندر، ارالاگپّي|ڪلليشورا مندر]] (ڀارت) جي دري.
File:师俭堂.JPG|[[چيني تعميراتي فن|چيني]] [[جالي]] واري دري [[جينزئي]] ([[جيانگسو]]، چين) ۾.
File:Atenas, varios 10.jpg|[[بازنطيني تعميراتي فن|بازنطيني]] دري [[لِٽل ميٽروپولس]] ([[اٿينس]]، يونان) جي.
File:Jameh Mosque of Nishapur - October 13 2013 45.JPG|[[اسلامي تعميراتي فن|اسلامي]] دري [[جامع مسجد نيشاپور]] ([[نيشاپور]]، [[ايران]]) جي.
File:David et Salomon, vitrail roman, Cathédrale de Strasbourg.jpg|[[رومانسڪ تعميراتي فن|رومانسڪ]] رنگين شيشي جي دريءَ جو حصو، جنهن ۾ بادشاهن [[دائود]] ۽ [[سليمان]] کي ڏيکاريو ويو آهي، [[اسٽراسبرگ نوٽر ڊام گرجاگھر]] ([[اسٽراسبرگ]]، فرانس) مان.
File:Chartres RosetteNord 121 DSC08241.jpg|[[شارتر گرجاگھر]] ([[شارتر]]، فرانس) جي اترئين ٽرانسپٽ جون دريون.
File:Béringuier-Bonnefoy fenêtre (2).jpg|سيڙهين واري برج جي [[فليمبوئنٽ گوٿڪ]] دري ([[تولوز]]، فرانس).
File:Valdai IverskyMon asv2018 img41.jpg|[[روسي تعميراتي فن|روسي]] دري [[والڊائي آئورسڪي خانقاه]] ([[والڊائسڪوئي ڍنڍ]]، [[نووگوروڊ اوبلاست]]، روس) جي.
File:Flickr - fusion-of-horizons - stavropoleos (124).jpg|[[برانڪووينيسڪ طرز]] جي دري [[اسٽاوروپوليوس خانقاه]] ([[بخاريسٽ]]، رومانيا) جي.
File:Fenetre-assezat-cour (2).jpg|[[نشاةِ ثانيه جي تعميراتي فن|نشاةِ ثانيه]] جي طرز واري دري [[هوٽل ڊي اسيزا]] ([[تولوز]]، فرانس) جي.
File:0756a - Milano - Palazzo Sormani-Andreani - Foto Giovanni Dall'Orto 5-May-2007 (edited).jpg|[[باروڪ تعميراتي فن|باروڪ]] طرز جي دري [[پالازو سورماني]] ([[ميلان]]، اٽلي) جي.
File:Zwinger Wallpavillon Gartenseite, Dresden.jpg|[[روڪوڪو]] طرز جون دريون [[زونگر]] ([[ڊريسڊن]]، جرمني) جون.
File:South gate of the Petit Trianon 004.JPG|[[لوئي شانزدهم طرز]] جي گول دري [[پيٽي ٽريانون]] ([[ورسائي]]، فرانس) جي، جنهن جي مٿئين حصي تي [[فيسٽون]] مان نڪتل سينگار موجود آهي.
File:Window of a lateral façade of the Romanian Athenaeum, on Strada Benjamin Franklin (Bucharest, Romania).jpg|[[نوڪلاسيڪي تعميراتي فن|نوڪلاسيڪي]] طرز جي درين جو مجموعو [[رومانيائي اٿينيئم]] (بخاريسٽ) جي پاسي واري مهاڙي تي.
File:Window of a very beautiful Gothic Revival house on the Jean-Louis Calderon street from Bucharest (Romania).jpg|[[گوٿڪ ريوائول تعميراتي فن|گوٿڪ ريوائول]] طرز جي هڪ گهر جي دري، اسٽراڊا جين-لوئي ڪالڊيرون، بخاريسٽ ۾.
File:P1340760 Paris II place et passage du Caire rwk.jpg|[[مصري ريوائول]] طرز جون دريون، پلاس دو ڪئير (پيرس) ۾ هڪ عمارت جون.
File:60, Bulevardul Dacia, Bucharest (Romania) 1.jpg|[[رومانيائي ريوائول تعميراتي فن|رومانيائي ريوائول]] طرز جي دري، بوليوارڊول ڊاسيا، بخاريسٽ تي واقع هڪ گهر جي.
File:Window, 55 rue Molitor, Paris 25 February 2017.jpg|19هين صديءَ جون [[انتخابي تعميراتي فن|ايڪليڪٽڪ]] ڪلاسيڪي طرز جون دريون، رو موليتور (پيرس) ۾.
File:9, Strada Dianei, Bucharest (Romania) 3.jpg|[[بيو-آرٽس تعميراتي فن|بيو-آرٽس]] طرز جي دري، اسٽروئسڪو هائوس، اسٽراڊا ديانيئي (بخاريسٽ) ۾.
File:Stillemans32.jpg|[[آرٽ ڊيڪو]] طرز جو گهر، جنهن ۾ رنگين شيشي جون دريون آهن، اسٽلمنس اسٽراٽ ([[سينٽ-نيڪلاس]]، بيلجيم).
File:Reliance Building (Burnham Hotel) - Chicago, Illinois.JPG|[[شڪاگو دري]]ون [[ريلائنس بلڊنگ]] (شڪاگو) جون.
File:Maison Horta, détail de la façade.JPG|[[آرٽ نووو]] طرز جون دريون [[هورٽا ميوزيم]] ([[برسلز]]، بيلجيم) جون.
File:Fischerkirche (window), Born a. Darß.jpg|[[بورن آف ڊارش]] (جرمني) جي لوٿرن ڪاٺ جي گرجاگھر جي دري، شٽرن سان گڏ.
File:Restaurant Amigos de Acapulco (window), Chico.jpg|[[چيڪو، ڪيليفورنيا|چيڪو]] (ڪيليفورنيا) ۾ هڪ ميڪسيڪي ريسٽورنٽ جي خدمت واري دري.
File:Windows of the Cité de la musique, Paris July 2015.jpg|[[مابعد جديد تعميراتي فن|مابعد جديد]] طرز جون دريون، سيتي دي لا ميوزيڪ (پيرس) جون.
File:Windows (7004083002).jpg|[[همعصر تعميراتي فن|همعصر]] طرز جون دريون [[ڪيٿيڊرل پلازا بخاريسٽ]] جون.
File:Fönster - Entré - Ystad-2021.jpg|[[يسٽاد]] ۾ هڪ رهائشي عمارت جي داخلا وٽ تمام اوچيون دريون.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== پڻ ڏسو ==
{{Colbegin|colwidth=15em}}

* {{annotated link|هوائي وهڪري واري دري}}
* {{annotated link|تعميراتي شيشو}}
* {{annotated link|ڪرائون شيشو (دري)|ڪرائون شيشو}}
* {{annotated link|ڊيميرارا دري}}
* {{annotated link|نمائشي دري}}
* {{annotated link|فورٽوچڪا}}
* {{annotated link|شيشي جو مولين نظام}}
* {{annotated link|تيل لڳل ڪاغذ جي دري}}
* {{annotated link|موصل گليزنگ}}
* {{annotated link|پليٽ شيشو}}
* {{annotated link|پورٿول}}
* {{annotated link|گلابي دري}}
* {{annotated link|دريءَ جو ڍڪ}}
* {{annotated link|دريءَ تي ٽيڪس}}
* {{annotated link|وچ دري}}
  {{Colend}}

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}
&lt;references group=&quot;lower-roman&quot;/&gt;


{{Wiktionary}}
{{Commons category|Windows}}
{{Room}}
{{Authority control}}

[[Category:دريون]]
[[Category:تعميراتي عنصر]]
[[Category:شيشو]]</text>
      <sha1>rsqo13gwkhir3f8ixm84f06woyfglrh</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>غسل ٽب</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>39360</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400922</id>
      <parentid>249303</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T15:45:17Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>400922</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="4263" sha1="nz0md9uspvaf1qaje70ffp3wfp6khfc" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|پاڻي رکڻ لاءِ وڏو ٿانو، جنهن ۾ ماڻهو وهنجي سگهي}}

[[File:Clawfoot bathtub.jpg|thumb|upright=1.35|[[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] سان ڍڪيل [[ڍاليل لوهو|ڍاليل لوهي]] باٿ ٽب، شاور جي پلمبنگ کان سواءِ، ۽ [[پنجن جهڙا پير|&quot;ڪلا فوٽ&quot;]] پيرن سان]]

[[File:231 Lansing Lynchburg Va (3501022710) CROP.jpg|thumb|[[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] سان ڍڪيل [[ڍاليل لوهو|ڍاليل لوهي]] باٿ ٽب، شاور جي پردي جي فٽنگن، شاور جي پلمبنگ، صابڻ رکڻ واري خاني، ۽ [[پنجن جهڙا پير|&quot;ڪلا فوٽ&quot;]] پيرن سان، مڪمل طور آزاد بيٺل، جڏهن ته فٽنگون ڀت ۽ ڇت سان ڳنڍيل آهن]]

[[File:Baignoire en terre cuite période mycénienne.jpg|thumb|مائيسيني دور جو مٽيءَ جو باٿ ٽب&lt;ref name=&quot;(ASCE)0733-9496(2008)134:1(45)&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Koutsoyiannis |first1=D. |last2=Zarkadoulas |first2=N. |last3=Angelakis |first3=A. N. |last4=Tchobanoglous |first4=G. |title=Urban Water Management in Ancient Greece: Legacies and Lessons |journal=Journal of Water Resources Planning and Management |date=January 2008 |volume=134 |issue=1 |pages=45–54 |doi=10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9496(2008)134:1(45) |bibcode=2008JWRPM.134...45K |url=https://ascelibrary.org/doi/10.1061/%28ASCE%290733-9496%282008%29134%3A1%2845%29}}&lt;/ref&gt;]]

[[File:Kuhne-baths-in-Finland-1910s.jpg|thumb|1910ع واري ڏهاڪي جا [[هائيڊروٿراپي]] وارا [[ويهڪ وهنجڻ وارو ٽب|ويهڪ غسل]]]]

[[File:Mechanical Contracting and Plumbing January-December 1909 (1909) (14783808735).jpg|thumb|1909ع، ٽورانٽو ۾ ''بيور برانڊ اينامل ويئر'' جو نمائش وارو ڪمرو]]

[[File:One Week (1920).jpg|thumb|[[سيبل سيلي]] شاور وٺندي ۽ [[بسٽر ڪيٽن]] [[One Week (1920 film)|''ون ويڪ'' (1920ع)]] ۾ وهنجندي]]

[[File:Common bathtub.jpg|thumb|ڀت ۾ لڳل پاڻيءَ جي نل، هٿ ۾ کڻڻ واري شاور نلي سان باٿ ٽب، [[چيڪ جمهوريه]]]]

[[File:Ligbad van het merk Ahlmann - INDUS V08718.jpg|thumb|&lt;nowiki&gt;آهلمان برانڊ جو باٿ ٽب | صنعتي عجائب گهر گينٽ جي مجموعي مان&lt;/nowiki&gt;]]

[[File:Slipper bathtub in Amsterdam store window.jpg|thumb|سلپر باٿ ٽب (برطانيا ۾ Slipper bath)]]

[[File:Wooden bathtubs for children and infants - 06.JPG|thumbnail|[[هايڪو]]، [[هاينان]]، چين ۾ ٻارن ۽ شيرخوارن لاءِ ڪاٺ جا باٿ ٽب]]

'''غسل ٽب''' يا  '''باٿ ٽب''' (Bathtub)، جنهن کي مختصر طور '''باٿ''' يا '''ٽب''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، پاڻي رکڻ لاءِ هڪ وڏو ٿانو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪو ماڻهو يا ٻيو جانور [[وهنجڻ]] ڪري سگهي ٿو. جديد باٿ ٽب [[ٿرموفارم ٿيل]] [[ايڪريلڪ ريزن|ايڪريلڪ]]، [[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] سان ڍڪيل [[اسٽيل]] يا [[ڍاليل لوهو]]، يا [[فائبر گلاس]] سان مضبوط ڪيل [[پوليئسٽر]] مان ٺهندا آهن. باٿ ٽب عام طور [[غسل خانو|غسل خاني]] ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي، يا ته هڪ الڳ فڪسچر طور يا [[شاور]] جي پلمبنگ سان گڏ.

'''غسل ٽپ''' گھڻو ڪري عمدہ ۽ وڏن گھرن جي غسلخانن ۾ لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ قيمت ۽ لڳائڻ جي خرچ جي لحاظ کان نھايت ئي مھانگو پوندو آھي. ھيءُ اٽڪل 5′-6″ کان 6′-0″ ڊگھو ٿيندو آھي ۽ 1′-8″ کان 2′-4″ ويڪرو ٿيندو آھي. فرش جي ليول کان ٽب جي ڪني (Rim) تائين ٽب جي اوچائي اٽڪل 2 فوٽ ٿيندي آھي ۽ اھو اندران 17 انچن کان 18 انچن تائين اونھون ھوندو آھي.&lt;ref &gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛  ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>nz0md9uspvaf1qaje70ffp3wfp6khfc</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400923</id>
      <parentid>400922</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T15:48:14Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>400923</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="6310" sha1="ma18pzy82nx04ibgu401fep613exzrs" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|پاڻي رکڻ لاءِ وڏو ٿانو، جنهن ۾ ماڻهو وهنجي سگهي}}

[[File:Clawfoot bathtub.jpg|thumb|upright=1.35|[[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] سان ڍڪيل [[ڍاليل لوهو|ڍاليل لوهي]] باٿ ٽب، شاور جي پلمبنگ کان سواءِ، ۽ [[پنجن جهڙا پير|&quot;ڪلا فوٽ&quot;]] پيرن سان]]

[[File:231 Lansing Lynchburg Va (3501022710) CROP.jpg|thumb|[[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] سان ڍڪيل [[ڍاليل لوهو|ڍاليل لوهي]] باٿ ٽب، شاور جي پردي جي فٽنگن، شاور جي پلمبنگ، صابڻ رکڻ واري خاني، ۽ [[پنجن جهڙا پير|&quot;ڪلا فوٽ&quot;]] پيرن سان، مڪمل طور آزاد بيٺل، جڏهن ته فٽنگون ڀت ۽ ڇت سان ڳنڍيل آهن]]

[[File:Baignoire en terre cuite période mycénienne.jpg|thumb|مائيسيني دور جو مٽيءَ جو باٿ ٽب&lt;ref name=&quot;(ASCE)0733-9496(2008)134:1(45)&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Koutsoyiannis |first1=D. |last2=Zarkadoulas |first2=N. |last3=Angelakis |first3=A. N. |last4=Tchobanoglous |first4=G. |title=Urban Water Management in Ancient Greece: Legacies and Lessons |journal=Journal of Water Resources Planning and Management |date=January 2008 |volume=134 |issue=1 |pages=45–54 |doi=10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9496(2008)134:1(45) |bibcode=2008JWRPM.134...45K |url=https://ascelibrary.org/doi/10.1061/%28ASCE%290733-9496%282008%29134%3A1%2845%29}}&lt;/ref&gt;]]

[[File:Kuhne-baths-in-Finland-1910s.jpg|thumb|1910ع واري ڏهاڪي جا [[هائيڊروٿراپي]] وارا [[ويهڪ وهنجڻ وارو ٽب|ويهڪ غسل]]]]

[[File:Mechanical Contracting and Plumbing January-December 1909 (1909) (14783808735).jpg|thumb|1909ع، ٽورانٽو ۾ ''بيور برانڊ اينامل ويئر'' جو نمائش وارو ڪمرو]]

[[File:One Week (1920).jpg|thumb|[[سيبل سيلي]] شاور وٺندي ۽ [[بسٽر ڪيٽن]] [[One Week (1920 film)|''ون ويڪ'' (1920ع)]] ۾ وهنجندي]]

[[File:Common bathtub.jpg|thumb|ڀت ۾ لڳل پاڻيءَ جي نل، هٿ ۾ کڻڻ واري شاور نلي سان باٿ ٽب، [[چيڪ جمهوريه]]]]

[[File:Ligbad van het merk Ahlmann - INDUS V08718.jpg|thumb|&lt;nowiki&gt;آهلمان برانڊ جو باٿ ٽب | صنعتي عجائب گهر گينٽ جي مجموعي مان&lt;/nowiki&gt;]]

[[File:Slipper bathtub in Amsterdam store window.jpg|thumb|سلپر باٿ ٽب (برطانيا ۾ Slipper bath)]]

[[File:Wooden bathtubs for children and infants - 06.JPG|thumbnail|[[هايڪو]]، [[هاينان]]، چين ۾ ٻارن ۽ شيرخوارن لاءِ ڪاٺ جا باٿ ٽب]]

'''غسل ٽب''' يا  '''باٿ ٽب''' (Bathtub)، جنهن کي مختصر طور '''باٿ''' يا '''ٽب''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، پاڻي رکڻ لاءِ هڪ وڏو ٿانو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪو ماڻهو يا ٻيو جانور [[وهنجڻ]] ڪري سگهي ٿو. جديد باٿ ٽب [[ٿرموفارم ٿيل]] [[ايڪريلڪ ريزن|ايڪريلڪ]]، [[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] سان ڍڪيل [[اسٽيل]] يا [[ڍاليل لوهو]]، يا [[فائبر گلاس]] سان مضبوط ڪيل [[پوليئسٽر]] مان ٺهندا آهن. باٿ ٽب عام طور [[غسل خانو|غسل خاني]] ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي، يا ته هڪ الڳ فڪسچر طور يا [[شاور]] جي پلمبنگ سان گڏ.

'''غسل ٽپ''' گھڻو ڪري عمدہ ۽ وڏن گھرن جي غسلخانن ۾ لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ قيمت ۽ لڳائڻ جي خرچ جي لحاظ کان نھايت ئي مھانگو پوندو آھي. ھيءُ اٽڪل 5′-6″ کان 6′-0″ ڊگھو ٿيندو آھي ۽ 1′-8″ کان 2′-4″ ويڪرو ٿيندو آھي. فرش جي ليول کان ٽب جي ڪني (Rim) تائين ٽب جي اوچائي اٽڪل 2 فوٽ ٿيندي آھي ۽ اھو اندران 17 انچن کان 18 انچن تائين اونھون ھوندو آھي.&lt;ref &gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛  ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ&lt;/ref&gt;

== انداز ==

ٻه بنيادي انداز عام طور استعمال ٿيندا آهن:

* اولهه طرز جا باٿ ٽب، جن ۾ وهنجندڙ ماڻهو ليٽي وهنجندو آهي. اهڙا باٿ ٽب عام طور اوچائي ۾ گهٽ ۽ ڊيگهه ۾ وڏا هوندا آهن.

* اوڀر طرز جا باٿ ٽب، جن ۾ وهنجندڙ ماڻهو ويهي وهنجندو آهي. جاپان ۾ انهن کي ''[[فورو]]'' چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ اهي عام طور ننڍا پر وڌيڪ اونها هوندا آهن.

== نيڪال جي رخ ==

جديد باٿ ٽبن ۾ پاڻي جي وڌي وڃڻ (اوورفلو) ۽ نيڪال لاءِ ڊرين لڳل هوندا آهن، جيڪي ساڄي پاسي واري ڊرين، کاٻي پاسي واري ڊرين، وچ واري ڊرين، ۽ ٻنهي پاسن کان استعمال لائق (رورسيبل) ڊرين جي صورت ۾ موجود هوندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;kingstonbrass/drain-orientation&quot;&gt;{{cite web |title=Bathtub Drains: Right, Left, Center, and Reversible |url=https://www.kingstonbrass.com/blogs/blog/bathtub-drains-right-left-center-and-reversible |website=KINGSTON Brass |access-date=20 November 2025|date=8 December 2022}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== جوڙجڪ ==

جديد باٿ ٽبن ۾ گرم ۽ ٿڌي پاڻي لاءِ [[نل (والو)|نل]] لڳل هوندا آهن. هاڻي باٿ ٽب عام طور عمارت جي جوڙجڪ ۾ لڳايا ويندا آهن، پر آزاد بيٺل يا ڪڏهن فرش ۾ هيٺ ويهاريل (سنڪن) باٿ ٽب پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن. ايڪريلڪ جي ٿرموفارمنگ واري ٽيڪنالاجي متعارف ٿيڻ کان اڳ، اولهه جي ثقافتن ۾ اڪثر باٿ ٽب [[شيز لانگ]] جي شڪل وارن [[اسٽاڪ ٽينڪ]] جهڙي شڪل جا هوندا هئا. باٿ ٽب عام طور اڇي رنگ جا (چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل سان) هوندا آهن، جيتوڻيڪ ٻين ڪيترن ئي رنگن ۾ پڻ موجود آهن.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>ma18pzy82nx04ibgu401fep613exzrs</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400924</id>
      <parentid>400923</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T15:48:33Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400924</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="6310" sha1="gobklwl7kxuv2z5j77nnk0iqyzovocs" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|پاڻي رکڻ لاءِ وڏو ٿانو، جنهن ۾ ماڻهو وهنجي سگهي}}

[[File:Clawfoot bathtub.jpg|thumb|upright=1.35|[[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] سان ڍڪيل [[ڍاليل لوهو|ڍاليل لوهي]] باٿ ٽب، شاور جي پلمبنگ کان سواءِ، ۽ [[پنجن جهڙا پير|&quot;ڪلا فوٽ&quot;]] پيرن سان]]

[[File:231 Lansing Lynchburg Va (3501022710) CROP.jpg|thumb|[[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] سان ڍڪيل [[ڍاليل لوهو|ڍاليل لوهي]] باٿ ٽب، شاور جي پردي جي فٽنگن، شاور جي پلمبنگ، صابڻ رکڻ واري خاني، ۽ [[پنجن جهڙا پير|&quot;ڪلا فوٽ&quot;]] پيرن سان، مڪمل طور آزاد بيٺل، جڏهن ته فٽنگون ڀت ۽ ڇت سان ڳنڍيل آهن]]

[[File:Baignoire en terre cuite période mycénienne.jpg|thumb|مائيسيني دور جو مٽيءَ جو باٿ ٽب&lt;ref name=&quot;(ASCE)0733-9496(2008)134:1(45)&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Koutsoyiannis |first1=D. |last2=Zarkadoulas |first2=N. |last3=Angelakis |first3=A. N. |last4=Tchobanoglous |first4=G. |title=Urban Water Management in Ancient Greece: Legacies and Lessons |journal=Journal of Water Resources Planning and Management |date=January 2008 |volume=134 |issue=1 |pages=45–54 |doi=10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9496(2008)134:1(45) |bibcode=2008JWRPM.134...45K |url=https://ascelibrary.org/doi/10.1061/%28ASCE%290733-9496%282008%29134%3A1%2845%29}}&lt;/ref&gt;]]

[[File:Kuhne-baths-in-Finland-1910s.jpg|thumb|1910ع واري ڏهاڪي جا [[هائيڊروٿراپي]] وارا [[ويهڪ وهنجڻ وارو ٽب|ويهڪ غسل]]]]

[[File:Mechanical Contracting and Plumbing January-December 1909 (1909) (14783808735).jpg|thumb|1909ع، ٽورانٽو ۾ ''بيور برانڊ اينامل ويئر'' جو نمائش وارو ڪمرو]]

[[File:One Week (1920).jpg|thumb|[[سيبل سيلي]] شاور وٺندي ۽ [[بسٽر ڪيٽن]] [[One Week (1920 film)|''ون ويڪ'' (1920ع)]] ۾ وهنجندي]]

[[File:Common bathtub.jpg|thumb|ڀت ۾ لڳل پاڻيءَ جي نل، هٿ ۾ کڻڻ واري شاور نلي سان باٿ ٽب، [[چيڪ جمهوريه]]]]

[[File:Ligbad van het merk Ahlmann - INDUS V08718.jpg|thumb|&lt;nowiki&gt;آهلمان برانڊ جو باٿ ٽب | صنعتي عجائب گهر گينٽ جي مجموعي مان&lt;/nowiki&gt;]]

[[File:Slipper bathtub in Amsterdam store window.jpg|thumb|سلپر باٿ ٽب (برطانيا ۾ Slipper bath)]]

[[File:Wooden bathtubs for children and infants - 06.JPG|thumbnail|[[هايڪو]]، [[هاينان]]، چين ۾ ٻارن ۽ شيرخوارن لاءِ ڪاٺ جا باٿ ٽب]]

'''غسل ٽب''' يا  '''باٿ ٽب''' (Bathtub)، جنهن کي مختصر طور '''باٿ''' يا '''ٽب''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، پاڻي رکڻ لاءِ هڪ وڏو ٿانو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪو ماڻهو يا ٻيو جانور [[وهنجڻ]] ڪري سگهي ٿو. جديد باٿ ٽب [[ٿرموفارم ٿيل]] [[ايڪريلڪ ريزن|ايڪريلڪ]]، [[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] سان ڍڪيل [[اسٽيل]] يا [[ڍاليل لوهو]]، يا [[فائبر گلاس]] سان مضبوط ڪيل [[پوليئسٽر]] مان ٺهندا آهن. باٿ ٽب عام طور [[غسل خانو|غسل خاني]] ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي، يا ته هڪ الڳ فڪسچر طور يا [[شاور]] جي پلمبنگ سان گڏ.

'''غسل ٽپ''' گھڻو ڪري عمدہ ۽ وڏن گھرن جي غسلخانن ۾ لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ قيمت ۽ لڳائڻ جي خرچ جي لحاظ کان نھايت ئي مھانگو پوندو آھي. ھيءُ اٽڪل 5′-6″ کان 6′-0″ ڊگھو ٿيندو آھي ۽ 1′-8″ کان 2′-4″ ويڪرو ٿيندو آھي. فرش جي ليول کان ٽب جي ڪني (Rim) تائين ٽب جي اوچائي اٽڪل 2 فوٽ ٿيندي آھي ۽ اھو اندران 17 انچن کان 18 انچن تائين اونھون ھوندو آھي.&lt;ref &gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛  ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ&lt;/ref&gt;

== انداز ==

ٻه بنيادي انداز عام طور استعمال ٿيندا آهن:

* اولهه طرز جا باٿ ٽب، جن ۾ وهنجندڙ ماڻهو ليٽي وهنجندو آهي. اهڙا باٿ ٽب عام طور اوچائي ۾ گهٽ ۽ ڊيگهه ۾ وڏا هوندا آهن.

* اوڀر طرز جا باٿ ٽب، جن ۾ وهنجندڙ ماڻهو ويهي وهنجندو آهي. جاپان ۾ انهن کي ''[[فورو]]'' چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ اهي عام طور ننڍا پر وڌيڪ اونها هوندا آهن.

== نيڪال جو رخ ==

جديد باٿ ٽبن ۾ پاڻي جي وڌي وڃڻ (اوورفلو) ۽ نيڪال لاءِ ڊرين لڳل هوندا آهن، جيڪي ساڄي پاسي واري ڊرين، کاٻي پاسي واري ڊرين، وچ واري ڊرين، ۽ ٻنهي پاسن کان استعمال لائق (رورسيبل) ڊرين جي صورت ۾ موجود هوندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;kingstonbrass/drain-orientation&quot;&gt;{{cite web |title=Bathtub Drains: Right, Left, Center, and Reversible |url=https://www.kingstonbrass.com/blogs/blog/bathtub-drains-right-left-center-and-reversible |website=KINGSTON Brass |access-date=20 November 2025|date=8 December 2022}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== جوڙجڪ ==

جديد باٿ ٽبن ۾ گرم ۽ ٿڌي پاڻي لاءِ [[نل (والو)|نل]] لڳل هوندا آهن. هاڻي باٿ ٽب عام طور عمارت جي جوڙجڪ ۾ لڳايا ويندا آهن، پر آزاد بيٺل يا ڪڏهن فرش ۾ هيٺ ويهاريل (سنڪن) باٿ ٽب پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن. ايڪريلڪ جي ٿرموفارمنگ واري ٽيڪنالاجي متعارف ٿيڻ کان اڳ، اولهه جي ثقافتن ۾ اڪثر باٿ ٽب [[شيز لانگ]] جي شڪل وارن [[اسٽاڪ ٽينڪ]] جهڙي شڪل جا هوندا هئا. باٿ ٽب عام طور اڇي رنگ جا (چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل سان) هوندا آهن، جيتوڻيڪ ٻين ڪيترن ئي رنگن ۾ پڻ موجود آهن.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>gobklwl7kxuv2z5j77nnk0iqyzovocs</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400925</id>
      <parentid>400924</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T15:49:56Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400925</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="12921" sha1="7crjkp3q3h816vzq1cdtt2m0xzgsh59" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|پاڻي رکڻ لاءِ وڏو ٿانو، جنهن ۾ ماڻهو وهنجي سگهي}}

[[File:Clawfoot bathtub.jpg|thumb|upright=1.35|[[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] سان ڍڪيل [[ڍاليل لوهو|ڍاليل لوهي]] باٿ ٽب، شاور جي پلمبنگ کان سواءِ، ۽ [[پنجن جهڙا پير|&quot;ڪلا فوٽ&quot;]] پيرن سان]]

[[File:231 Lansing Lynchburg Va (3501022710) CROP.jpg|thumb|[[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] سان ڍڪيل [[ڍاليل لوهو|ڍاليل لوهي]] باٿ ٽب، شاور جي پردي جي فٽنگن، شاور جي پلمبنگ، صابڻ رکڻ واري خاني، ۽ [[پنجن جهڙا پير|&quot;ڪلا فوٽ&quot;]] پيرن سان، مڪمل طور آزاد بيٺل، جڏهن ته فٽنگون ڀت ۽ ڇت سان ڳنڍيل آهن]]

[[File:Baignoire en terre cuite période mycénienne.jpg|thumb|مائيسيني دور جو مٽيءَ جو باٿ ٽب&lt;ref name=&quot;(ASCE)0733-9496(2008)134:1(45)&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Koutsoyiannis |first1=D. |last2=Zarkadoulas |first2=N. |last3=Angelakis |first3=A. N. |last4=Tchobanoglous |first4=G. |title=Urban Water Management in Ancient Greece: Legacies and Lessons |journal=Journal of Water Resources Planning and Management |date=January 2008 |volume=134 |issue=1 |pages=45–54 |doi=10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9496(2008)134:1(45) |bibcode=2008JWRPM.134...45K |url=https://ascelibrary.org/doi/10.1061/%28ASCE%290733-9496%282008%29134%3A1%2845%29}}&lt;/ref&gt;]]

[[File:Kuhne-baths-in-Finland-1910s.jpg|thumb|1910ع واري ڏهاڪي جا [[هائيڊروٿراپي]] وارا [[ويهڪ وهنجڻ وارو ٽب|ويهڪ غسل]]]]

[[File:Mechanical Contracting and Plumbing January-December 1909 (1909) (14783808735).jpg|thumb|1909ع، ٽورانٽو ۾ ''بيور برانڊ اينامل ويئر'' جو نمائش وارو ڪمرو]]

[[File:One Week (1920).jpg|thumb|[[سيبل سيلي]] شاور وٺندي ۽ [[بسٽر ڪيٽن]] [[One Week (1920 film)|''ون ويڪ'' (1920ع)]] ۾ وهنجندي]]

[[File:Common bathtub.jpg|thumb|ڀت ۾ لڳل پاڻيءَ جي نل، هٿ ۾ کڻڻ واري شاور نلي سان باٿ ٽب، [[چيڪ جمهوريه]]]]

[[File:Ligbad van het merk Ahlmann - INDUS V08718.jpg|thumb|&lt;nowiki&gt;آهلمان برانڊ جو باٿ ٽب | صنعتي عجائب گهر گينٽ جي مجموعي مان&lt;/nowiki&gt;]]

[[File:Slipper bathtub in Amsterdam store window.jpg|thumb|سلپر باٿ ٽب (برطانيا ۾ Slipper bath)]]

[[File:Wooden bathtubs for children and infants - 06.JPG|thumbnail|[[هايڪو]]، [[هاينان]]، چين ۾ ٻارن ۽ شيرخوارن لاءِ ڪاٺ جا باٿ ٽب]]

'''غسل ٽب''' يا  '''باٿ ٽب''' (Bathtub)، جنهن کي مختصر طور '''باٿ''' يا '''ٽب''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، پاڻي رکڻ لاءِ هڪ وڏو ٿانو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪو ماڻهو يا ٻيو جانور [[وهنجڻ]] ڪري سگهي ٿو. جديد باٿ ٽب [[ٿرموفارم ٿيل]] [[ايڪريلڪ ريزن|ايڪريلڪ]]، [[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] سان ڍڪيل [[اسٽيل]] يا [[ڍاليل لوهو]]، يا [[فائبر گلاس]] سان مضبوط ڪيل [[پوليئسٽر]] مان ٺهندا آهن. باٿ ٽب عام طور [[غسل خانو|غسل خاني]] ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي، يا ته هڪ الڳ فڪسچر طور يا [[شاور]] جي پلمبنگ سان گڏ.

'''غسل ٽپ''' گھڻو ڪري عمدہ ۽ وڏن گھرن جي غسلخانن ۾ لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ قيمت ۽ لڳائڻ جي خرچ جي لحاظ کان نھايت ئي مھانگو پوندو آھي. ھيءُ اٽڪل 5′-6″ کان 6′-0″ ڊگھو ٿيندو آھي ۽ 1′-8″ کان 2′-4″ ويڪرو ٿيندو آھي. فرش جي ليول کان ٽب جي ڪني (Rim) تائين ٽب جي اوچائي اٽڪل 2 فوٽ ٿيندي آھي ۽ اھو اندران 17 انچن کان 18 انچن تائين اونھون ھوندو آھي.&lt;ref &gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛  ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ&lt;/ref&gt;

== انداز ==

ٻه بنيادي انداز عام طور استعمال ٿيندا آهن:

* اولهه طرز جا باٿ ٽب، جن ۾ وهنجندڙ ماڻهو ليٽي وهنجندو آهي. اهڙا باٿ ٽب عام طور اوچائي ۾ گهٽ ۽ ڊيگهه ۾ وڏا هوندا آهن.

* اوڀر طرز جا باٿ ٽب، جن ۾ وهنجندڙ ماڻهو ويهي وهنجندو آهي. جاپان ۾ انهن کي ''[[فورو]]'' چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ اهي عام طور ننڍا پر وڌيڪ اونها هوندا آهن.

== نيڪال جو رخ ==

جديد باٿ ٽبن ۾ پاڻي جي وڌي وڃڻ (اوورفلو) ۽ نيڪال لاءِ ڊرين لڳل هوندا آهن، جيڪي ساڄي پاسي واري ڊرين، کاٻي پاسي واري ڊرين، وچ واري ڊرين، ۽ ٻنهي پاسن کان استعمال لائق (رورسيبل) ڊرين جي صورت ۾ موجود هوندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;kingstonbrass/drain-orientation&quot;&gt;{{cite web |title=Bathtub Drains: Right, Left, Center, and Reversible |url=https://www.kingstonbrass.com/blogs/blog/bathtub-drains-right-left-center-and-reversible |website=KINGSTON Brass |access-date=20 November 2025|date=8 December 2022}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== جوڙجڪ ==

جديد باٿ ٽبن ۾ گرم ۽ ٿڌي پاڻي لاءِ [[نل (والو)|نل]] لڳل هوندا آهن. هاڻي باٿ ٽب عام طور عمارت جي جوڙجڪ ۾ لڳايا ويندا آهن، پر آزاد بيٺل يا ڪڏهن فرش ۾ هيٺ ويهاريل (سنڪن) باٿ ٽب پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن. ايڪريلڪ جي ٿرموفارمنگ واري ٽيڪنالاجي متعارف ٿيڻ کان اڳ، اولهه جي ثقافتن ۾ اڪثر باٿ ٽب [[شيز لانگ]] جي شڪل وارن [[اسٽاڪ ٽينڪ]] جهڙي شڪل جا هوندا هئا. باٿ ٽب عام طور اڇي رنگ جا (چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل سان) هوندا آهن، جيتوڻيڪ ٻين ڪيترن ئي رنگن ۾ پڻ موجود آهن.

== باٿ ٽبن ۽ وهنجڻ جي تاريخ ==
{{Main|وهنجڻ|پاڻي جي فراهمي ۽ صفائي جي تاريخ}}

وهنجڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ پلمبنگ جي دستاويزي شروعاتي نظامن جا ثبوت تقريباً 3300 ق.م. تائين ملن ٿا، جڏهن [[قديم يورپ جي تاريخ|قديم يورپ]] ۾ هڪ محل جي هيٺان ٽامي جون پاڻيءَ جون نليون دريافت ٿيون.{{citation needed|date=October 2016}} ذاتي استعمال جي سڀ کان قديم محفوظ رهيل باٿ ٽب جو ثبوت [[ڪريٽ]] ٻيٽ تي مليو، جتي سخت پڪل مٽيءَ مان ٺهيل لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|1.5|m|ft|0|adj=on}} ڊگهو پيديسٽل طرز جو باٿ ٽب دريافت ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://magazine.ceramicaflaminia.it/en/2015/08/13/the-evolution-of-the-design-bathtub-in-the-history/|title=The Evolution of the Design Bathtub in the History|date=13 August 2015|website=CeramicaFlaminia|access-date=21 August 2016|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180802162950/http://magazine.ceramicaflaminia.it/en/2015/08/13/the-evolution-of-the-design-bathtub-in-the-history/|archive-date=2 August 2018|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پنجن جهڙا پير|ڪلا فوٽ]] باٿ ٽب جي جوڙجڪ جي شروعات [[نيدرلينڊ]] ۾ ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Pelham/history-clawfoot&quot;&gt;{{cite web |title=History of the Clawfoot Tub |url=https://www.pelhamandwhite.com/ideas-inspiration/history-of-the-clawfoot-tub |website=Pelham and White |access-date=20 November 2025 |location=Mt Vernon, NY |date=17 April 2017}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ اهو انداز انگلينڊ تائين پهتو، جتي [[هائيڊروٿراپي]] مقبول ٿيڻ لڳي. انگلينڊ ۾ شروعاتي باٿ ٽب [[ڍاليل لوهو|ڍاليل لوهه]]، يا ٽِن ۽ ٽامي مان تيار ڪيا ويندا هئا، جن تي رنگ جو تهه لڳايو ويندو هو، جيڪو وقت سان گڏ لهڻ لڳندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Pelham/history-clawfoot&quot;/&gt;

[[شيشي جهڙو ايناميل]] (Vitreous enamel) پهريون ڀيرو لڳ ڀڳ 1850ع ڌاري آسٽريا ۽ جرمني ۾ لوهه ۽ اسٽيل جي چادرن تي تجارتي طور استعمال ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref name=Andrews&gt;{{cite book |last=Andrews |first=Andrew Irving |title=Porcelain Enamels : the preparation, application, and properties of enamels |publisher=The Garrard Press |location=Champaign, IL |year=1961 |pages=321–2 |oclc= }}&lt;/ref&gt;{{rp|5}}

&lt;blockquote&gt;
1880ع ۾ لڳل باهه کان پوءِ ... [[ڪوهلر ڪمپني|ڪوهلر، هائيسن ۽ اسٽين]] ... انهن جي ايناميل ٿيل پهرين شين مان هڪ باٿ ٽب هو، جيڪو ڍاليل لوهي گهوڙي جي پاڻي پيئڻ واري ٿالهه تي چيني مٽيءَ جي ڪوٽنگ لڳائي تيار ڪيو ويو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;wi101/kohler&quot;&gt;{{cite web |last1=Broman |first1=Thomas |title=The Early History of the Kohler Company |url=https://wi101.wisc.edu/the-early-history-of-the-kohler-company/ |website=wi101.wisc.edu - Wisconsin 101 |access-date=20 November 2025 |date=November 2020}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;[[ڪوهلر ڪمپني]] ۽ [[جي. ايل. موٽ آئرن ورڪس]] چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل سان ڍڪيل ڍاليل لوهي باٿ ٽب وڪڻندا هئا.

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽب 1880ع واري ڏهاڪي کان 1930ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين تمام گهڻو مقبول رهيو. پهرين عالمي جنگ کان پوءِ آيل فلو جي وبا انهن خوبصورت باٿ ٽبن جي زوال جو سبب بڻي. ماڻهن کي ان بيماري بابت گهڻي ڄاڻ نه هئي، تنهنڪري اهي جراثيمن ۽ صفائي بابت وڌيڪ فڪرمند ٿي ويا. ڪيترن ماڻهن جو خيال هو ته باٿ ٽب جي هيٺان ۽ پٺيان موجود اهي جايون، جتي صفائي ڪرڻ ڏکيو هوندو هو، جراثيمن جي واڌ ويجهه لاءِ مناسب جڳهون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;nmah_581228&quot;&gt;{{cite web |title=1900 - 1920 Salesman's Sample Porcelain Bathtub |url=https://americanhistory.si.edu/collections/object/nmah_581228 |website=[[National Museum of American History]]}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيتوڻيڪ اهو صحيح نه هو، پر ان باوجود ان سبب غسل خانن جي ڊزائن ۾ تبديليون آيون.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Pelham/history-clawfoot&quot;/&gt; — ''Pelham &amp; White''
&lt;/blockquote&gt;1912ع ۾ [[وليم هاورڊ ٽافٽ]] جي حڪومت چيني مٽيءَ جي سامان ٺاهيندڙ ڪمپنين جي هڪ اهڙي اتحاد (Trust) کي ٽوڙي ڇڏيو، جيڪو قيمتون مقرر ڪري، پيٽنٽ لائسنسن ذريعي بيت الخلا ۽ غسل خاني جي سامان تي اجاره داري قائم ڪرڻ جي ڪوشش ڪري رهيو هو. ساڳئي سال ٽافٽ [[ووڊرو ولسن]] ۽ [[ٿيوڊور روزويلٽ]] جي خلاف سخت چونڊ مهم هلائي، جنهن دوران مخالف مهمن ۾ ٽافٽ جي وزن کي نشانو بڻايو ويو، ۽ انهيءَ ئي پسمنظر ۾ مشهور &quot;باٿ ٽب مغالطي&quot; (Bathtub fallacy) جنم ورتو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ripleys/taft-bathtub-&quot;&gt;{{cite web |title=The Truth Behind William Howard Taft's Tub |url=https://www.ripleys.com/stories/taft-bathtub-2 |website=[[Ripley's Believe It or Not!]] |access-date=20 November 2025 |date=1 January 2024}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[ڪرين ڪمپني]] 1928ع ۾ آمريڪي مارڪيٽ ۾ رنگين غسل خاني جا سامان متعارف ڪرايا. آهستي آهستي وڌندڙ ڊزائنن جي چونڊ، ۽ صفائي ۽ سار سنڀال جي آسانيءَ سبب، ڪلا فوٽ طرز جي باٿ ٽبن جي مقبوليت تقريباً ختم ٿي وئي.

1979ع ۾ جيمس آر. ويلر ۽ سندس ڀاءُ رچرڊ، ٻاهرين اسپا (Spa) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ ايڪريلڪ کي تبديل ڪري ايڪريلڪ باٿ ٽب تيار ڪيا. اسپارٽيڪ پلاسٽڪس سان گڏجي، هنن جديد، گڏيل اخراج (Co-extruded) واري مضبوط ۽ پائيدار ايڪريلڪ باٿ ٽب تيار ڪيو. آمريڪن باٿ فيڪٽري اها پهرين ڪمپني هئي، جنهن ايڪريلڪ باٿ ٽبن جي قسمن ۾ واڌارو آندو، جنهن ۾ وهرل پول (Whirlpool)، ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽب، پيديسٽل باٿ ٽب، ۽ جديد طرز جا ڪيترائي مختلف باٿ ٽب شامل هئا.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>7crjkp3q3h816vzq1cdtt2m0xzgsh59</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400926</id>
      <parentid>400925</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T15:52:07Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400926</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="12892" sha1="ebhuv976w3w6otigs909xde28f5dzef" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|پاڻي رکڻ لاءِ وڏو ٿانو، جنهن ۾ ماڻهو وهنجي سگهي}}

[[File:Clawfoot bathtub.jpg|thumb|upright=1.35|[[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] سان ڍڪيل [[ڍاليل لوهو|ڍاليل لوهي]] باٿ ٽب، شاور جي پلمبنگ کان سواءِ، ۽ [[پنجن جهڙا پير|&quot;ڪلا فوٽ&quot;]] پيرن سان]]

[[File:231 Lansing Lynchburg Va (3501022710) CROP.jpg|thumb|[[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] سان ڍڪيل [[ڍاليل لوهو|ڍاليل لوهي]] باٿ ٽب، شاور جي پردي جي فٽنگن، شاور جي پلمبنگ، صابڻ رکڻ واري خاني، ۽ [[پنجن جهڙا پير|&quot;ڪلا فوٽ&quot;]] پيرن سان، مڪمل طور آزاد بيٺل، جڏهن ته فٽنگون ڀت ۽ ڇت سان ڳنڍيل آهن]]

[[File:Baignoire en terre cuite période mycénienne.jpg|thumb|مائيسيني دور جو مٽيءَ جو باٿ ٽب&lt;ref name=&quot;(ASCE)0733-9496(2008)134:1(45)&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Koutsoyiannis |first1=D. |last2=Zarkadoulas |first2=N. |last3=Angelakis |first3=A. N. |last4=Tchobanoglous |first4=G. |title=Urban Water Management in Ancient Greece: Legacies and Lessons |journal=Journal of Water Resources Planning and Management |date=January 2008 |volume=134 |issue=1 |pages=45–54 |doi=10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9496(2008)134:1(45) |bibcode=2008JWRPM.134...45K |url=https://ascelibrary.org/doi/10.1061/%28ASCE%290733-9496%282008%29134%3A1%2845%29}}&lt;/ref&gt;]]

[[File:Kuhne-baths-in-Finland-1910s.jpg|thumb|1910ع واري ڏهاڪي جا [[هائيڊروٿراپي]] وارا [[ويهڪ وهنجڻ وارو ٽب|ويهڪ غسل]]]]

[[File:Mechanical Contracting and Plumbing January-December 1909 (1909) (14783808735).jpg|thumb|1909ع، ٽورانٽو ۾ ''بيور برانڊ اينامل ويئر'' جو نمائش وارو ڪمرو]]

[[File:One Week (1920).jpg|thumb|[[سيبل سيلي]] شاور وٺندي ۽ [[بسٽر ڪيٽن]] [[One Week (1920 film)|''ون ويڪ'' (1920ع)]] ۾ وهنجندي]]

[[File:Common bathtub.jpg|thumb|ڀت ۾ لڳل پاڻيءَ جي نل، هٿ ۾ کڻڻ واري شاور نلي سان باٿ ٽب، [[چيڪ جمهوريه]]]]

[[File:Ligbad van het merk Ahlmann - INDUS V08718.jpg|thumb|&lt;nowiki&gt;آهلمان برانڊ جو باٿ ٽب | صنعتي عجائب گهر گينٽ جي مجموعي مان&lt;/nowiki&gt;]]

[[File:Slipper bathtub in Amsterdam store window.jpg|thumb|سلپر باٿ ٽب (برطانيا ۾ Slipper bath)]]

[[File:Wooden bathtubs for children and infants - 06.JPG|thumbnail|[[هايڪو]]، [[هاينان]]، چين ۾ ٻارن ۽ شيرخوارن لاءِ ڪاٺ جا باٿ ٽب]]

'''غسل ٽب''' يا  '''باٿ ٽب''' (Bathtub)، جنهن کي مختصر طور '''باٿ''' يا '''ٽب''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، پاڻي رکڻ لاءِ هڪ وڏو ٿانو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪو ماڻهو يا ٻيو جانور [[وهنجڻ]] ڪري سگهي ٿو. جديد باٿ ٽب [[ٿرموفارم ٿيل]] [[ايڪريلڪ ريزن|ايڪريلڪ]]، [[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] سان ڍڪيل [[اسٽيل]] يا [[ڍاليل لوهو]]، يا [[فائبر گلاس]] سان مضبوط ڪيل [[پوليئسٽر]] مان ٺهندا آهن. باٿ ٽب عام طور [[غسل خانو|غسل خاني]] ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي، يا ته هڪ الڳ فڪسچر طور يا [[شاور]] جي پلمبنگ سان گڏ.

'''غسل ٽپ''' گھڻو ڪري عمدہ ۽ وڏن گھرن جي غسلخانن ۾ لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ قيمت ۽ لڳائڻ جي خرچ جي لحاظ کان نھايت ئي مھانگو پوندو آھي. ھيءُ اٽڪل 5′-6″ کان 6′-0″ ڊگھو ٿيندو آھي ۽ 1′-8″ کان 2′-4″ ويڪرو ٿيندو آھي. فرش جي ليول کان ٽب جي ڪني (Rim) تائين ٽب جي اوچائي اٽڪل 2 فوٽ ٿيندي آھي ۽ اھو اندران 17 انچن کان 18 انچن تائين اونھون ھوندو آھي.&lt;ref &gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛  ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ&lt;/ref&gt;

== انداز ==

ٻه بنيادي انداز عام طور استعمال ٿيندا آهن:

* اولهه طرز جا باٿ ٽب، جن ۾ وهنجندڙ ماڻهو ليٽي وهنجندو آهي. اهڙا باٿ ٽب عام طور اوچائي ۾ گهٽ ۽ ڊيگهه ۾ وڏا هوندا آهن.

* اوڀر طرز جا باٿ ٽب، جن ۾ وهنجندڙ ماڻهو ويهي وهنجندو آهي. جاپان ۾ انهن کي ''[[فورو]]'' چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ اهي عام طور ننڍا پر وڌيڪ اونها هوندا آهن.

== نيڪال جو رخ ==

جديد باٿ ٽبن ۾ پاڻي جي وڌي وڃڻ (اوورفلو) ۽ نيڪال لاءِ ڊرين لڳل هوندا آهن، جيڪي ساڄي پاسي واري ڊرين، کاٻي پاسي واري ڊرين، وچ واري ڊرين، ۽ ٻنهي پاسن کان استعمال لائق (رورسيبل) ڊرين جي صورت ۾ موجود هوندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;kingstonbrass/drain-orientation&quot;&gt;{{cite web |title=Bathtub Drains: Right, Left, Center, and Reversible |url=https://www.kingstonbrass.com/blogs/blog/bathtub-drains-right-left-center-and-reversible |website=KINGSTON Brass |access-date=20 November 2025|date=8 December 2022}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== جوڙجڪ ==

جديد باٿ ٽبن ۾ گرم ۽ ٿڌي پاڻي لاءِ [[نل (والو)|نل]] لڳل هوندا آهن. هاڻي باٿ ٽب عام طور عمارت جي جوڙجڪ ۾ لڳايا ويندا آهن، پر آزاد بيٺل يا ڪڏهن فرش ۾ هيٺ ويهاريل (سنڪن) باٿ ٽب پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن. ايڪريلڪ جي ٿرموفارمنگ واري ٽيڪنالاجي متعارف ٿيڻ کان اڳ، اولهه جي ثقافتن ۾ اڪثر باٿ ٽب [[شيز لانگ]] جي شڪل وارن [[اسٽاڪ ٽينڪ]] جهڙي شڪل جا هوندا هئا. باٿ ٽب عام طور اڇي رنگ جا (چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل سان) هوندا آهن، جيتوڻيڪ ٻين ڪيترن ئي رنگن ۾ پڻ موجود آهن.

== باٿ ٽبن ۽ وهنجڻ جي تاريخ ==
{{Main|وهنجڻ|پاڻي جي فراهمي ۽ صفائي جي تاريخ}}

وهنجڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ پلمبنگ جي دستاويزي شروعاتي نظامن جا ثبوت تقريباً 3300 ق.م. تائين ملن ٿا، جڏهن [[قديم يورپ جي تاريخ|قديم يورپ]] ۾ هڪ محل جي هيٺان ٽامي جون پاڻيءَ جون نليون دريافت ٿيون.{{citation needed|date=October 2016}} ذاتي استعمال جي سڀ کان قديم محفوظ رهيل باٿ ٽب جو ثبوت [[ڪريٽ]] ٻيٽ تي مليو، جتي سخت پڪل مٽيءَ مان ٺهيل لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|1.5|m|ft|0|adj=on}} ڊگهو پيديسٽل طرز جو باٿ ٽب دريافت ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://magazine.ceramicaflaminia.it/en/2015/08/13/the-evolution-of-the-design-bathtub-in-the-history/|title=The Evolution of the Design Bathtub in the History|date=13 August 2015|website=CeramicaFlaminia|access-date=21 August 2016|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180802162950/http://magazine.ceramicaflaminia.it/en/2015/08/13/the-evolution-of-the-design-bathtub-in-the-history/|archive-date=2 August 2018|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پنجن جهڙا پير|ڪلا فوٽ]] باٿ ٽب جي جوڙجڪ جي شروعات [[نيدرلينڊ]] ۾ ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Pelham/history-clawfoot&quot;&gt;{{cite web |title=History of the Clawfoot Tub |url=https://www.pelhamandwhite.com/ideas-inspiration/history-of-the-clawfoot-tub |website=Pelham and White |access-date=20 November 2025 |location=Mt Vernon, NY |date=17 April 2017}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ اهو انداز انگلينڊ تائين پهتو، جتي [[هائيڊروٿراپي]] مقبول ٿيڻ لڳي. انگلينڊ ۾ شروعاتي باٿ ٽب [[ڍاليل لوهو|ڍاليل لوهه]]، يا ٽِن ۽ ٽامي مان تيار ڪيا ويندا هئا، جن تي رنگ جو تهه لڳايو ويندو هو، جيڪو وقت سان گڏ لهڻ لڳندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Pelham/history-clawfoot&quot;/&gt;

[[شيشي جهڙو ايناميل]] (Vitreous enamel) پهريون ڀيرو لڳ ڀڳ 1850ع ڌاري آسٽريا ۽ جرمني ۾ لوهه ۽ اسٽيل جي چادرن تي تجارتي طور استعمال ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref name=Andrews&gt;{{cite book |last=Andrews |first=Andrew Irving |title=Porcelain Enamels : the preparation, application, and properties of enamels |publisher=The Garrard Press |location=Champaign, IL |year=1961 |pages=321–2 |oclc= }}&lt;/ref&gt;{{rp|5}}

&lt;blockquote&gt;
1880ع ۾ لڳل باهه کان پوءِ ... [[ڪوهلر ڪمپني|ڪوهلر، هائيسن ۽ اسٽين]] ... انهن جي ايناميل ٿيل پهرين شين مان هڪ باٿ ٽب هو، جيڪو ڍاليل لوهي گهوڙي جي پاڻي پيئڻ واري ٿالهه تي چيني مٽيءَ جي ڪوٽنگ لڳائي تيار ڪيو ويو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;wi101/kohler&quot;&gt;{{cite web |last1=Broman |first1=Thomas |title=The Early History of the Kohler Company |url=https://wi101.wisc.edu/the-early-history-of-the-kohler-company/ |website=wi101.wisc.edu - Wisconsin 101 |access-date=20 November 2025 |date=November 2020}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;[[ڪوهلر ڪمپني]] ۽ [[جي. ايل. موٽ آئرن ورڪس]] چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل سان ڍڪيل ڍاليل لوهي باٿ ٽب وڪڻندا هئا.

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽب 1880ع واري ڏهاڪي کان 1930ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين تمام گهڻو مقبول رهيو. پهرين عالمي جنگ کان پوءِ آيل فلو جي وبا انهن خوبصورت باٿ ٽبن جي زوال جو سبب بڻي. ماڻهن کي ان بيماري بابت گهڻي ڄاڻ نه هئي، تنهنڪري اهي جراثيمن ۽ صفائي بابت وڌيڪ فڪرمند ٿي ويا. ڪيترن ماڻهن جو خيال هو ته باٿ ٽب جي هيٺان ۽ پٺيان موجود اهي جايون، جتي صفائي ڪرڻ ڏکيو هوندو هو، جراثيمن جي واڌ ويجهه لاءِ مناسب جڳهون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;nmah_581228&quot;&gt;{{cite web |title=1900 - 1920 Salesman's Sample Porcelain Bathtub |url=https://americanhistory.si.edu/collections/object/nmah_581228 |website=[[National Museum of American History]]}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيتوڻيڪ اهو صحيح نه هو، پر ان باوجود ان سبب غسل خانن جي ڊزائن ۾ تبديليون آيون.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Pelham/history-clawfoot&quot;/&gt; — ''Pelham &amp; White''
&lt;/blockquote&gt;1912ع ۾ [[وليم هاورڊ ٽافٽ]] جي حڪومت چيني مٽيءَ جي سامان ٺاهيندڙ ڪمپنين جي هڪ اهڙي اتحاد (ٽرسٽ) کي ٽوڙي ڇڏيو، جيڪو قيمتون مقرر ڪري، پيٽنٽ لائسنسن ذريعي بيت الخلا ۽ غسل خاني جي سامان تي اجاره داري قائم ڪرڻ جي ڪوشش ڪري رهيو هو. ساڳئي سال ٽافٽ [[ووڊرو ولسن]] ۽ [[ٿيوڊور روزويلٽ]] جي خلاف سخت چونڊ مهم هلائي، جنهن دوران مخالف مهمن ۾ ٽافٽ جي وزن کي نشانو بڻايو ويو، ۽ انهيءَ ئي پسمنظر ۾ مشهور &quot;باٿ ٽب مغالطي&quot; جنم ورتو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ripleys/taft-bathtub-&quot;&gt;{{cite web |title=The Truth Behind William Howard Taft's Tub |url=https://www.ripleys.com/stories/taft-bathtub-2 |website=[[Ripley's Believe It or Not!]] |access-date=20 November 2025 |date=1 January 2024}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[ڪرين ڪمپني]] 1928ع ۾ آمريڪي مارڪيٽ ۾ رنگين غسل خاني جا سامان متعارف ڪرايا. آهستي آهستي وڌندڙ ڊزائنن جي چونڊ، ۽ صفائي ۽ سار سنڀال جي آسانيءَ سبب، ڪلا فوٽ طرز جي باٿ ٽبن جي مقبوليت تقريباً ختم ٿي وئي.

1979ع ۾ جيمس آر. ويلر ۽ سندس ڀاءُ رچرڊ، ٻاهرين اسپا (Spa) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ ايڪريلڪ کي تبديل ڪري ايڪريلڪ باٿ ٽب تيار ڪيا. اسپارٽيڪ پلاسٽڪس سان گڏجي، هنن جديد، گڏيل اخراج واري مضبوط ۽ پائيدار ايڪريلڪ باٿ ٽب تيار ڪيو. آمريڪن باٿ فيڪٽري اها پهرين ڪمپني هئي، جنهن ايڪريلڪ باٿ ٽبن جي قسمن ۾ واڌارو آندو، جنهن ۾ وهرل پول (Whirlpool)، ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽب، پيديسٽل باٿ ٽب، ۽ جديد طرز جا ڪيترائي مختلف باٿ ٽب شامل هئا.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>ebhuv976w3w6otigs909xde28f5dzef</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400927</id>
      <parentid>400926</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T15:57:10Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400927</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="20085" sha1="49wr4netayppt2w3bk0lc5hgu3iieek" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|پاڻي رکڻ لاءِ وڏو ٿانو، جنهن ۾ ماڻهو وهنجي سگهي}}

[[File:Clawfoot bathtub.jpg|thumb|upright=1.35|[[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] سان ڍڪيل [[ڍاليل لوهو|ڍاليل لوهي]] باٿ ٽب، شاور جي پلمبنگ کان سواءِ، ۽ [[پنجن جهڙا پير|&quot;ڪلا فوٽ&quot;]] پيرن سان]]

[[File:231 Lansing Lynchburg Va (3501022710) CROP.jpg|thumb|[[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] سان ڍڪيل [[ڍاليل لوهو|ڍاليل لوهي]] باٿ ٽب، شاور جي پردي جي فٽنگن، شاور جي پلمبنگ، صابڻ رکڻ واري خاني، ۽ [[پنجن جهڙا پير|&quot;ڪلا فوٽ&quot;]] پيرن سان، مڪمل طور آزاد بيٺل، جڏهن ته فٽنگون ڀت ۽ ڇت سان ڳنڍيل آهن]]

[[File:Baignoire en terre cuite période mycénienne.jpg|thumb|مائيسيني دور جو مٽيءَ جو باٿ ٽب&lt;ref name=&quot;(ASCE)0733-9496(2008)134:1(45)&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Koutsoyiannis |first1=D. |last2=Zarkadoulas |first2=N. |last3=Angelakis |first3=A. N. |last4=Tchobanoglous |first4=G. |title=Urban Water Management in Ancient Greece: Legacies and Lessons |journal=Journal of Water Resources Planning and Management |date=January 2008 |volume=134 |issue=1 |pages=45–54 |doi=10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9496(2008)134:1(45) |bibcode=2008JWRPM.134...45K |url=https://ascelibrary.org/doi/10.1061/%28ASCE%290733-9496%282008%29134%3A1%2845%29}}&lt;/ref&gt;]]

[[File:Kuhne-baths-in-Finland-1910s.jpg|thumb|1910ع واري ڏهاڪي جا [[هائيڊروٿراپي]] وارا [[ويهڪ وهنجڻ وارو ٽب|ويهڪ غسل]]]]

[[File:Mechanical Contracting and Plumbing January-December 1909 (1909) (14783808735).jpg|thumb|1909ع، ٽورانٽو ۾ ''بيور برانڊ اينامل ويئر'' جو نمائش وارو ڪمرو]]

[[File:One Week (1920).jpg|thumb|[[سيبل سيلي]] شاور وٺندي ۽ [[بسٽر ڪيٽن]] [[One Week (1920 film)|''ون ويڪ'' (1920ع)]] ۾ وهنجندي]]

[[File:Common bathtub.jpg|thumb|ڀت ۾ لڳل پاڻيءَ جي نل، هٿ ۾ کڻڻ واري شاور نلي سان باٿ ٽب، [[چيڪ جمهوريه]]]]

[[File:Ligbad van het merk Ahlmann - INDUS V08718.jpg|thumb|&lt;nowiki&gt;آهلمان برانڊ جو باٿ ٽب | صنعتي عجائب گهر گينٽ جي مجموعي مان&lt;/nowiki&gt;]]

[[File:Slipper bathtub in Amsterdam store window.jpg|thumb|سلپر باٿ ٽب (برطانيا ۾ Slipper bath)]]

[[File:Wooden bathtubs for children and infants - 06.JPG|thumbnail|[[هايڪو]]، [[هاينان]]، چين ۾ ٻارن ۽ شيرخوارن لاءِ ڪاٺ جا باٿ ٽب]]

'''غسل ٽب''' يا  '''باٿ ٽب''' (Bathtub)، جنهن کي مختصر طور '''باٿ''' يا '''ٽب''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، پاڻي رکڻ لاءِ هڪ وڏو ٿانو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪو ماڻهو يا ٻيو جانور [[وهنجڻ]] ڪري سگهي ٿو. جديد باٿ ٽب [[ٿرموفارم ٿيل]] [[ايڪريلڪ ريزن|ايڪريلڪ]]، [[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] سان ڍڪيل [[اسٽيل]] يا [[ڍاليل لوهو]]، يا [[فائبر گلاس]] سان مضبوط ڪيل [[پوليئسٽر]] مان ٺهندا آهن. باٿ ٽب عام طور [[غسل خانو|غسل خاني]] ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي، يا ته هڪ الڳ فڪسچر طور يا [[شاور]] جي پلمبنگ سان گڏ.

'''غسل ٽپ''' گھڻو ڪري عمدہ ۽ وڏن گھرن جي غسلخانن ۾ لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ قيمت ۽ لڳائڻ جي خرچ جي لحاظ کان نھايت ئي مھانگو پوندو آھي. ھيءُ اٽڪل 5′-6″ کان 6′-0″ ڊگھو ٿيندو آھي ۽ 1′-8″ کان 2′-4″ ويڪرو ٿيندو آھي. فرش جي ليول کان ٽب جي ڪني (Rim) تائين ٽب جي اوچائي اٽڪل 2 فوٽ ٿيندي آھي ۽ اھو اندران 17 انچن کان 18 انچن تائين اونھون ھوندو آھي.&lt;ref &gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛  ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ&lt;/ref&gt;

== انداز ==

ٻه بنيادي انداز عام طور استعمال ٿيندا آهن:

* اولهه طرز جا باٿ ٽب، جن ۾ وهنجندڙ ماڻهو ليٽي وهنجندو آهي. اهڙا باٿ ٽب عام طور اوچائي ۾ گهٽ ۽ ڊيگهه ۾ وڏا هوندا آهن.

* اوڀر طرز جا باٿ ٽب، جن ۾ وهنجندڙ ماڻهو ويهي وهنجندو آهي. جاپان ۾ انهن کي ''[[فورو]]'' چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ اهي عام طور ننڍا پر وڌيڪ اونها هوندا آهن.

== نيڪال جو رخ ==

جديد باٿ ٽبن ۾ پاڻي جي وڌي وڃڻ (اوورفلو) ۽ نيڪال لاءِ ڊرين لڳل هوندا آهن، جيڪي ساڄي پاسي واري ڊرين، کاٻي پاسي واري ڊرين، وچ واري ڊرين، ۽ ٻنهي پاسن کان استعمال لائق (رورسيبل) ڊرين جي صورت ۾ موجود هوندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;kingstonbrass/drain-orientation&quot;&gt;{{cite web |title=Bathtub Drains: Right, Left, Center, and Reversible |url=https://www.kingstonbrass.com/blogs/blog/bathtub-drains-right-left-center-and-reversible |website=KINGSTON Brass |access-date=20 November 2025|date=8 December 2022}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== جوڙجڪ ==

جديد باٿ ٽبن ۾ گرم ۽ ٿڌي پاڻي لاءِ [[نل (والو)|نل]] لڳل هوندا آهن. هاڻي باٿ ٽب عام طور عمارت جي جوڙجڪ ۾ لڳايا ويندا آهن، پر آزاد بيٺل يا ڪڏهن فرش ۾ هيٺ ويهاريل (سنڪن) باٿ ٽب پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن. ايڪريلڪ جي ٿرموفارمنگ واري ٽيڪنالاجي متعارف ٿيڻ کان اڳ، اولهه جي ثقافتن ۾ اڪثر باٿ ٽب [[شيز لانگ]] جي شڪل وارن [[اسٽاڪ ٽينڪ]] جهڙي شڪل جا هوندا هئا. باٿ ٽب عام طور اڇي رنگ جا (چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل سان) هوندا آهن، جيتوڻيڪ ٻين ڪيترن ئي رنگن ۾ پڻ موجود آهن.

== باٿ ٽبن ۽ وهنجڻ جي تاريخ ==
{{Main|وهنجڻ|پاڻي جي فراهمي ۽ صفائي جي تاريخ}}

وهنجڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ پلمبنگ جي دستاويزي شروعاتي نظامن جا ثبوت تقريباً 3300 ق.م. تائين ملن ٿا، جڏهن [[قديم يورپ جي تاريخ|قديم يورپ]] ۾ هڪ محل جي هيٺان ٽامي جون پاڻيءَ جون نليون دريافت ٿيون.{{citation needed|date=October 2016}} ذاتي استعمال جي سڀ کان قديم محفوظ رهيل باٿ ٽب جو ثبوت [[ڪريٽ]] ٻيٽ تي مليو، جتي سخت پڪل مٽيءَ مان ٺهيل لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|1.5|m|ft|0|adj=on}} ڊگهو پيديسٽل طرز جو باٿ ٽب دريافت ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://magazine.ceramicaflaminia.it/en/2015/08/13/the-evolution-of-the-design-bathtub-in-the-history/|title=The Evolution of the Design Bathtub in the History|date=13 August 2015|website=CeramicaFlaminia|access-date=21 August 2016|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180802162950/http://magazine.ceramicaflaminia.it/en/2015/08/13/the-evolution-of-the-design-bathtub-in-the-history/|archive-date=2 August 2018|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پنجن جهڙا پير|ڪلا فوٽ]] باٿ ٽب جي جوڙجڪ جي شروعات [[نيدرلينڊ]] ۾ ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Pelham/history-clawfoot&quot;&gt;{{cite web |title=History of the Clawfoot Tub |url=https://www.pelhamandwhite.com/ideas-inspiration/history-of-the-clawfoot-tub |website=Pelham and White |access-date=20 November 2025 |location=Mt Vernon, NY |date=17 April 2017}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ اهو انداز انگلينڊ تائين پهتو، جتي [[هائيڊروٿراپي]] مقبول ٿيڻ لڳي. انگلينڊ ۾ شروعاتي باٿ ٽب [[ڍاليل لوهو|ڍاليل لوهه]]، يا ٽِن ۽ ٽامي مان تيار ڪيا ويندا هئا، جن تي رنگ جو تهه لڳايو ويندو هو، جيڪو وقت سان گڏ لهڻ لڳندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Pelham/history-clawfoot&quot;/&gt;

[[شيشي جهڙو ايناميل]] (Vitreous enamel) پهريون ڀيرو لڳ ڀڳ 1850ع ڌاري آسٽريا ۽ جرمني ۾ لوهه ۽ اسٽيل جي چادرن تي تجارتي طور استعمال ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref name=Andrews&gt;{{cite book |last=Andrews |first=Andrew Irving |title=Porcelain Enamels : the preparation, application, and properties of enamels |publisher=The Garrard Press |location=Champaign, IL |year=1961 |pages=321–2 |oclc= }}&lt;/ref&gt;{{rp|5}}

&lt;blockquote&gt;
1880ع ۾ لڳل باهه کان پوءِ ... [[ڪوهلر ڪمپني|ڪوهلر، هائيسن ۽ اسٽين]] ... انهن جي ايناميل ٿيل پهرين شين مان هڪ باٿ ٽب هو، جيڪو ڍاليل لوهي گهوڙي جي پاڻي پيئڻ واري ٿالهه تي چيني مٽيءَ جي ڪوٽنگ لڳائي تيار ڪيو ويو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;wi101/kohler&quot;&gt;{{cite web |last1=Broman |first1=Thomas |title=The Early History of the Kohler Company |url=https://wi101.wisc.edu/the-early-history-of-the-kohler-company/ |website=wi101.wisc.edu - Wisconsin 101 |access-date=20 November 2025 |date=November 2020}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;[[ڪوهلر ڪمپني]] ۽ [[جي. ايل. موٽ آئرن ورڪس]] چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل سان ڍڪيل ڍاليل لوهي باٿ ٽب وڪڻندا هئا.

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽب 1880ع واري ڏهاڪي کان 1930ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين تمام گهڻو مقبول رهيو. پهرين عالمي جنگ کان پوءِ آيل فلو جي وبا انهن خوبصورت باٿ ٽبن جي زوال جو سبب بڻي. ماڻهن کي ان بيماري بابت گهڻي ڄاڻ نه هئي، تنهنڪري اهي جراثيمن ۽ صفائي بابت وڌيڪ فڪرمند ٿي ويا. ڪيترن ماڻهن جو خيال هو ته باٿ ٽب جي هيٺان ۽ پٺيان موجود اهي جايون، جتي صفائي ڪرڻ ڏکيو هوندو هو، جراثيمن جي واڌ ويجهه لاءِ مناسب جڳهون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;nmah_581228&quot;&gt;{{cite web |title=1900 - 1920 Salesman's Sample Porcelain Bathtub |url=https://americanhistory.si.edu/collections/object/nmah_581228 |website=[[National Museum of American History]]}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيتوڻيڪ اهو صحيح نه هو، پر ان باوجود ان سبب غسل خانن جي ڊزائن ۾ تبديليون آيون.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Pelham/history-clawfoot&quot;/&gt; — ''Pelham &amp; White''
&lt;/blockquote&gt;1912ع ۾ [[وليم هاورڊ ٽافٽ]] جي حڪومت چيني مٽيءَ جي سامان ٺاهيندڙ ڪمپنين جي هڪ اهڙي اتحاد (ٽرسٽ) کي ٽوڙي ڇڏيو، جيڪو قيمتون مقرر ڪري، پيٽنٽ لائسنسن ذريعي بيت الخلا ۽ غسل خاني جي سامان تي اجاره داري قائم ڪرڻ جي ڪوشش ڪري رهيو هو. ساڳئي سال ٽافٽ [[ووڊرو ولسن]] ۽ [[ٿيوڊور روزويلٽ]] جي خلاف سخت چونڊ مهم هلائي، جنهن دوران مخالف مهمن ۾ ٽافٽ جي وزن کي نشانو بڻايو ويو، ۽ انهيءَ ئي پسمنظر ۾ مشهور &quot;باٿ ٽب مغالطي&quot; جنم ورتو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ripleys/taft-bathtub-&quot;&gt;{{cite web |title=The Truth Behind William Howard Taft's Tub |url=https://www.ripleys.com/stories/taft-bathtub-2 |website=[[Ripley's Believe It or Not!]] |access-date=20 November 2025 |date=1 January 2024}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[ڪرين ڪمپني]] 1928ع ۾ آمريڪي مارڪيٽ ۾ رنگين غسل خاني جا سامان متعارف ڪرايا. آهستي آهستي وڌندڙ ڊزائنن جي چونڊ، ۽ صفائي ۽ سار سنڀال جي آسانيءَ سبب، ڪلا فوٽ طرز جي باٿ ٽبن جي مقبوليت تقريباً ختم ٿي وئي.

1979ع ۾ جيمس آر. ويلر ۽ سندس ڀاءُ رچرڊ، ٻاهرين اسپا (Spa) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ ايڪريلڪ کي تبديل ڪري ايڪريلڪ باٿ ٽب تيار ڪيا. اسپارٽيڪ پلاسٽڪس سان گڏجي، هنن جديد، گڏيل اخراج واري مضبوط ۽ پائيدار ايڪريلڪ باٿ ٽب تيار ڪيو. آمريڪن باٿ فيڪٽري اها پهرين ڪمپني هئي، جنهن ايڪريلڪ باٿ ٽبن جي قسمن ۾ واڌارو آندو، جنهن ۾ وهرل پول (Whirlpool)، ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽب، پيديسٽل باٿ ٽب، ۽ جديد طرز جا ڪيترائي مختلف باٿ ٽب شامل هئا.

== صفائي ۽ وهنجڻ ==

=== ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽب ===

19هين صديءَ جي آخر ۾ '''ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽب''' هڪ عيش و عشرت جي شيءِ سمجهيو ويندو هو. شروعاتي دور ۾ اهي [[ڍاليل لوهو|ڍاليل لوهه]] مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا ۽ انهن جي اندرئين سطح تي [[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] جي تهه لڳائي ويندي هئي. جديد ٽيڪنالاجيءَ جي ترقي سبب ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽبن جي قيمت ۾ نمايان گهٽتائي آئي آهي، ۽ هاڻي اهي [[فائبر گلاس]]، [[ايڪريلڪ]] يا ٻين جديد موادن مان پڻ تيار ڪيا وڃن ٿا. ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽب عام باٿ ٽبن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي گهڻو ڪري سائيز ۾ وڏا هوندا آهن.

جيتوڻيڪ اصل قديم ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽب اڄ به گڏ ڪرڻ جي قابل قيمتي شيون سمجهيا وڃن ٿا، پر انهن جون جديد نقلون (ريپراڊڪشن باٿ ٽبس) پڻ گهرن جي مرمت ڪندڙن ۽ نون گهرن جي تعمير ڪندڙن ۾ تمام گهڻيون پسند ڪيون وڃن ٿيون. اولهه طرز جي ٻين باٿ ٽبن وانگر، ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽبن ۾ پڻ شاور هيڊ جا ڪيترائي مختلف اختيار شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا.

ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽبن جا چار بنيادي انداز آهن:

* '''روايتي رول رِم باٿ ٽب''' (ڪلاسڪ رول رم باٿ ٽب)، جنهن کي '''رول ٽاپ باٿ ٽب''' يا '''فليٽ رِم باٿ ٽب''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، جيئن هن صفحي جي مٿئين تصوير ۾ ڏيکاريل آهي.
* '''سلپر باٿ ٽب'''، جنهن کي برطانيا ۾ عام طور '''سلپر باٿ''' چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Campbell, Agnes (1918). ''Report on public baths and wash-houses in the United Kingdom''. (Edinburgh: Carnegie United Kingdom Trust) p.107&lt;/ref&gt; هن ۾ هڪ پڇاڙي مٿي کنيل ۽ ڍلوان هوندي آهي، جنهن سان آرام سان ٽيڪ ڏئي ويهڻ يا ليٽڻ آسان ٿيندو آهي.
* '''ٻٽو سلپر باٿ ٽب'''، جنهن ۾ ٻنهي پڇاڙين کي مٿي کنيو ويو ۽ ڍلوان بڻايو ويو هوندو آهي.
* '''ٻٽي پڇاڙي وارو باٿ ٽب'''، جنهن ۾ ٻنهي پڇاڙين کي گول شڪل ڏني ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته روايتي رول رِم باٿ ٽب ۾ هڪ پڇاڙي گول ۽ ٻي نسبتاً سڌي هوندي آهي.

=== پيديسٽل باٿ ٽب ===

'''پيديسٽل باٿ ٽب''' هڪ بنياد تي بيٺل هوندو آهي، جنهن کي ڪيترائي ماڻهو{{who|date=May 2022}} [[آرٽ ڊيڪو]] طرز سان لاڳاپيل سمجهندا آهن. پيديسٽل باٿ ٽبن جا ثبوت لڳ ڀڳ 1000 ق.م. ۾ [[ڪريٽ]] ٻيٽ تي پڻ مليا آهن.

=== ٻارن لاءِ باٿ ٽب ===

'''ٻارن لاءِ باٿ ٽب''' اهو باٿ ٽب هوندو آهي، جيڪو خاص طور شيرخوار ٻارن کي وهنجارڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، خاص طور انهن ٻارن لاءِ جيڪي اڃا پاڻ ويهي نٿا سگهن. اهي يا ته پاڻي سان الڳ ڀرڻ وارا ننڍا آزاد بيٺل باٿ ٽب هوندا آهن، يا اهڙو سهارو هوندا آهن، جيڪو عام باٿ ٽب جي اندر رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن ٻار کي محفوظ نموني سنڀالي سگهجي. ڪيترن ئي ماڊلن ۾ اهڙي جوڙجڪ هوندي آهي، جنهن سان ٻار آرام سان ٽيڪ ڏئي ليٽي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته سندس مٿو پاڻيءَ کان مٿي رهي.

=== نرم باٿ ٽب ===

'''نرم باٿ ٽب''' (سافٽ ٽب) نرم پلاسٽڪ يا فوم مان ٺهيل هوندا آهن، جن تي حفاظت لاءِ ڦسلڻ کان بچائيندڙ ڪوٽنگ لڳل هوندي آهي.&lt;ref name=softtub&gt;{{cite news |last1=Austin |first1=Gene |title=Soft bathtubs touted as the new wave in offbeat bathroom fixtures |url=https://www.baltimoresun.com/1991/07/19/soft-bathtubs-touted-as-the-new-wave-in-offbeat-bathroom-fixtures/ |access-date=27 July 2018 |work=The Baltimore Sun |date=July 19, 1991 |archive-date=2018-07-27 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180727212312/http://articles.baltimoresun.com/1991-07-19/features/1991200179_1_tubs-soft-fixtures |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt; جيتوڻيڪ نرم باٿ ٽب 1970ع واري ڏهاڪي کان موجود آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite news |last1=Reif |first1=Rita |title=Doesn't Anyone Out There Need a Soft Bathtub? |url=https://www.nytimes.com/1976/09/02/archives/doesnt-anyone-out-there-need-a-soft-bathtub.html |access-date=27 July 2018 |work=The New York Times |date=September 2, 1976}}&lt;/ref&gt; پر 1990ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين وڏيون ٺاهيندڙ ڪمپنيون به انهن کي وڪڻڻ لڳيون.&lt;ref name=softtub /&gt; اهي باٿ ٽب خاص طور ٻارن ۽ عمر رسيده ماڻهن لاءِ مارڪيٽ ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيئن ڪرڻ سبب زخمي ٿيڻ جي خطري کي گهٽائي سگهجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite news |last1=Austin |first1=Gene |title=Will The New Soft Bathtub Need A Hard Sell? |url=https://www.chicagotribune.com/1991/08/17/will-the-new-soft-bathtub-need-a-hard-sell/ |access-date=27 July 2018 |work=Chicago Tribune |date=August 17, 1991}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڦوڪيل باٿ ٽب ===

'''ڦوڪيل باٿ ٽب''' (انفليٽبل باٿ ٽب) اهڙا کڻي هلڻ جهڙا باٿ ٽب آهن، جيڪي گهر جي اندر ۽ ٻاهر ٻنهي هنڌن تي استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Whichinflatable.com&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last=|first=|title=4 Best Portable Inflatable Bathtubs for Adults|website=Whichinflatable.com|publisher=|date=14 August 2020|url=https://www.whichinflatable.com/other/portable-inflatable-bathtubs-for-adults/|access-date=20 June 2021}}&lt;/ref&gt; ڪجهه ماڊلن ۾ ٺهيل اضافي سهولتون، جهڙوڪ وهاڻو، پٺيءَ جو سهارو، ٻانهن رکڻ جا هنڌ ۽ پيالو رکڻ جا خانا شامل هوندا آهن، جيڪي سڀ هوا ڀري تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Insider.com&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last=Jansen|first=Gyurka|title=A Dutch company that makes inflatable bathtubs with cupholders and headrests is shipping them to the US and Australia|website=Insider.com|publisher=Insider, Inc.|date=8 December 2019|url=https://www.insider.com/tubble-is-making-inflatable-bathtubs-with-cupholders-headrests-2019-12|access-date=20 June 2021}}&lt;/ref&gt; عام طور ڦوڪيل باٿ ٽب ڪيترن ئي ننڍن هوا سان ڀرندڙ حصن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن، جيڪي گڏجي هڪ مڪمل باٿ ٽب جي شڪل اختيار ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|last=|first=|title=Inflatable bathtub|website=Patents.google.com|publisher=Alphabet, Inc.|date=|url=https://patents.google.com/patent/US20160367081A1/en|access-date=20 June 2021}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>49wr4netayppt2w3bk0lc5hgu3iieek</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400928</id>
      <parentid>400927</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T15:58:55Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400928</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="21656" sha1="9jr2xdo2rj2g3agg8ug4dw6z0ei1ced" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|پاڻي رکڻ لاءِ وڏو ٿانو، جنهن ۾ ماڻهو وهنجي سگهي}}

[[File:Clawfoot bathtub.jpg|thumb|upright=1.35|[[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] سان ڍڪيل [[ڍاليل لوهو|ڍاليل لوهي]] باٿ ٽب، شاور جي پلمبنگ کان سواءِ، ۽ [[پنجن جهڙا پير|&quot;ڪلا فوٽ&quot;]] پيرن سان]]

[[File:231 Lansing Lynchburg Va (3501022710) CROP.jpg|thumb|[[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] سان ڍڪيل [[ڍاليل لوهو|ڍاليل لوهي]] باٿ ٽب، شاور جي پردي جي فٽنگن، شاور جي پلمبنگ، صابڻ رکڻ واري خاني، ۽ [[پنجن جهڙا پير|&quot;ڪلا فوٽ&quot;]] پيرن سان، مڪمل طور آزاد بيٺل، جڏهن ته فٽنگون ڀت ۽ ڇت سان ڳنڍيل آهن]]

[[File:Baignoire en terre cuite période mycénienne.jpg|thumb|مائيسيني دور جو مٽيءَ جو باٿ ٽب&lt;ref name=&quot;(ASCE)0733-9496(2008)134:1(45)&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Koutsoyiannis |first1=D. |last2=Zarkadoulas |first2=N. |last3=Angelakis |first3=A. N. |last4=Tchobanoglous |first4=G. |title=Urban Water Management in Ancient Greece: Legacies and Lessons |journal=Journal of Water Resources Planning and Management |date=January 2008 |volume=134 |issue=1 |pages=45–54 |doi=10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9496(2008)134:1(45) |bibcode=2008JWRPM.134...45K |url=https://ascelibrary.org/doi/10.1061/%28ASCE%290733-9496%282008%29134%3A1%2845%29}}&lt;/ref&gt;]]

[[File:Kuhne-baths-in-Finland-1910s.jpg|thumb|1910ع واري ڏهاڪي جا [[هائيڊروٿراپي]] وارا [[ويهڪ وهنجڻ وارو ٽب|ويهڪ غسل]]]]

[[File:Mechanical Contracting and Plumbing January-December 1909 (1909) (14783808735).jpg|thumb|1909ع، ٽورانٽو ۾ ''بيور برانڊ اينامل ويئر'' جو نمائش وارو ڪمرو]]

[[File:One Week (1920).jpg|thumb|[[سيبل سيلي]] شاور وٺندي ۽ [[بسٽر ڪيٽن]] [[One Week (1920 film)|''ون ويڪ'' (1920ع)]] ۾ وهنجندي]]

[[File:Common bathtub.jpg|thumb|ڀت ۾ لڳل پاڻيءَ جي نل، هٿ ۾ کڻڻ واري شاور نلي سان باٿ ٽب، [[چيڪ جمهوريه]]]]

[[File:Ligbad van het merk Ahlmann - INDUS V08718.jpg|thumb|&lt;nowiki&gt;آهلمان برانڊ جو باٿ ٽب | صنعتي عجائب گهر گينٽ جي مجموعي مان&lt;/nowiki&gt;]]

[[File:Slipper bathtub in Amsterdam store window.jpg|thumb|سلپر باٿ ٽب (برطانيا ۾ Slipper bath)]]

[[File:Wooden bathtubs for children and infants - 06.JPG|thumbnail|[[هايڪو]]، [[هاينان]]، چين ۾ ٻارن ۽ شيرخوارن لاءِ ڪاٺ جا باٿ ٽب]]

'''غسل ٽب''' يا  '''باٿ ٽب''' (Bathtub)، جنهن کي مختصر طور '''باٿ''' يا '''ٽب''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، پاڻي رکڻ لاءِ هڪ وڏو ٿانو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪو ماڻهو يا ٻيو جانور [[وهنجڻ]] ڪري سگهي ٿو. جديد باٿ ٽب [[ٿرموفارم ٿيل]] [[ايڪريلڪ ريزن|ايڪريلڪ]]، [[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] سان ڍڪيل [[اسٽيل]] يا [[ڍاليل لوهو]]، يا [[فائبر گلاس]] سان مضبوط ڪيل [[پوليئسٽر]] مان ٺهندا آهن. باٿ ٽب عام طور [[غسل خانو|غسل خاني]] ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي، يا ته هڪ الڳ فڪسچر طور يا [[شاور]] جي پلمبنگ سان گڏ.

'''غسل ٽپ''' گھڻو ڪري عمدہ ۽ وڏن گھرن جي غسلخانن ۾ لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ قيمت ۽ لڳائڻ جي خرچ جي لحاظ کان نھايت ئي مھانگو پوندو آھي. ھيءُ اٽڪل 5′-6″ کان 6′-0″ ڊگھو ٿيندو آھي ۽ 1′-8″ کان 2′-4″ ويڪرو ٿيندو آھي. فرش جي ليول کان ٽب جي ڪني (Rim) تائين ٽب جي اوچائي اٽڪل 2 فوٽ ٿيندي آھي ۽ اھو اندران 17 انچن کان 18 انچن تائين اونھون ھوندو آھي.&lt;ref &gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛  ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ&lt;/ref&gt;

== انداز ==

ٻه بنيادي انداز عام طور استعمال ٿيندا آهن:

* اولهه طرز جا باٿ ٽب، جن ۾ وهنجندڙ ماڻهو ليٽي وهنجندو آهي. اهڙا باٿ ٽب عام طور اوچائي ۾ گهٽ ۽ ڊيگهه ۾ وڏا هوندا آهن.

* اوڀر طرز جا باٿ ٽب، جن ۾ وهنجندڙ ماڻهو ويهي وهنجندو آهي. جاپان ۾ انهن کي ''[[فورو]]'' چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ اهي عام طور ننڍا پر وڌيڪ اونها هوندا آهن.

== نيڪال جو رخ ==

جديد باٿ ٽبن ۾ پاڻي جي وڌي وڃڻ (اوورفلو) ۽ نيڪال لاءِ ڊرين لڳل هوندا آهن، جيڪي ساڄي پاسي واري ڊرين، کاٻي پاسي واري ڊرين، وچ واري ڊرين، ۽ ٻنهي پاسن کان استعمال لائق (رورسيبل) ڊرين جي صورت ۾ موجود هوندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;kingstonbrass/drain-orientation&quot;&gt;{{cite web |title=Bathtub Drains: Right, Left, Center, and Reversible |url=https://www.kingstonbrass.com/blogs/blog/bathtub-drains-right-left-center-and-reversible |website=KINGSTON Brass |access-date=20 November 2025|date=8 December 2022}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== جوڙجڪ ==

جديد باٿ ٽبن ۾ گرم ۽ ٿڌي پاڻي لاءِ [[نل (والو)|نل]] لڳل هوندا آهن. هاڻي باٿ ٽب عام طور عمارت جي جوڙجڪ ۾ لڳايا ويندا آهن، پر آزاد بيٺل يا ڪڏهن فرش ۾ هيٺ ويهاريل (سنڪن) باٿ ٽب پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن. ايڪريلڪ جي ٿرموفارمنگ واري ٽيڪنالاجي متعارف ٿيڻ کان اڳ، اولهه جي ثقافتن ۾ اڪثر باٿ ٽب [[شيز لانگ]] جي شڪل وارن [[اسٽاڪ ٽينڪ]] جهڙي شڪل جا هوندا هئا. باٿ ٽب عام طور اڇي رنگ جا (چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل سان) هوندا آهن، جيتوڻيڪ ٻين ڪيترن ئي رنگن ۾ پڻ موجود آهن.

== باٿ ٽبن ۽ وهنجڻ جي تاريخ ==
{{Main|وهنجڻ|پاڻي جي فراهمي ۽ صفائي جي تاريخ}}

وهنجڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ پلمبنگ جي دستاويزي شروعاتي نظامن جا ثبوت تقريباً 3300 ق.م. تائين ملن ٿا، جڏهن [[قديم يورپ جي تاريخ|قديم يورپ]] ۾ هڪ محل جي هيٺان ٽامي جون پاڻيءَ جون نليون دريافت ٿيون.{{citation needed|date=October 2016}} ذاتي استعمال جي سڀ کان قديم محفوظ رهيل باٿ ٽب جو ثبوت [[ڪريٽ]] ٻيٽ تي مليو، جتي سخت پڪل مٽيءَ مان ٺهيل لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|1.5|m|ft|0|adj=on}} ڊگهو پيديسٽل طرز جو باٿ ٽب دريافت ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://magazine.ceramicaflaminia.it/en/2015/08/13/the-evolution-of-the-design-bathtub-in-the-history/|title=The Evolution of the Design Bathtub in the History|date=13 August 2015|website=CeramicaFlaminia|access-date=21 August 2016|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180802162950/http://magazine.ceramicaflaminia.it/en/2015/08/13/the-evolution-of-the-design-bathtub-in-the-history/|archive-date=2 August 2018|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پنجن جهڙا پير|ڪلا فوٽ]] باٿ ٽب جي جوڙجڪ جي شروعات [[نيدرلينڊ]] ۾ ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Pelham/history-clawfoot&quot;&gt;{{cite web |title=History of the Clawfoot Tub |url=https://www.pelhamandwhite.com/ideas-inspiration/history-of-the-clawfoot-tub |website=Pelham and White |access-date=20 November 2025 |location=Mt Vernon, NY |date=17 April 2017}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ اهو انداز انگلينڊ تائين پهتو، جتي [[هائيڊروٿراپي]] مقبول ٿيڻ لڳي. انگلينڊ ۾ شروعاتي باٿ ٽب [[ڍاليل لوهو|ڍاليل لوهه]]، يا ٽِن ۽ ٽامي مان تيار ڪيا ويندا هئا، جن تي رنگ جو تهه لڳايو ويندو هو، جيڪو وقت سان گڏ لهڻ لڳندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Pelham/history-clawfoot&quot;/&gt;

[[شيشي جهڙو ايناميل]] (Vitreous enamel) پهريون ڀيرو لڳ ڀڳ 1850ع ڌاري آسٽريا ۽ جرمني ۾ لوهه ۽ اسٽيل جي چادرن تي تجارتي طور استعمال ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref name=Andrews&gt;{{cite book |last=Andrews |first=Andrew Irving |title=Porcelain Enamels : the preparation, application, and properties of enamels |publisher=The Garrard Press |location=Champaign, IL |year=1961 |pages=321–2 |oclc= }}&lt;/ref&gt;{{rp|5}}

&lt;blockquote&gt;
1880ع ۾ لڳل باهه کان پوءِ ... [[ڪوهلر ڪمپني|ڪوهلر، هائيسن ۽ اسٽين]] ... انهن جي ايناميل ٿيل پهرين شين مان هڪ باٿ ٽب هو، جيڪو ڍاليل لوهي گهوڙي جي پاڻي پيئڻ واري ٿالهه تي چيني مٽيءَ جي ڪوٽنگ لڳائي تيار ڪيو ويو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;wi101/kohler&quot;&gt;{{cite web |last1=Broman |first1=Thomas |title=The Early History of the Kohler Company |url=https://wi101.wisc.edu/the-early-history-of-the-kohler-company/ |website=wi101.wisc.edu - Wisconsin 101 |access-date=20 November 2025 |date=November 2020}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;[[ڪوهلر ڪمپني]] ۽ [[جي. ايل. موٽ آئرن ورڪس]] چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل سان ڍڪيل ڍاليل لوهي باٿ ٽب وڪڻندا هئا.

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽب 1880ع واري ڏهاڪي کان 1930ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين تمام گهڻو مقبول رهيو. پهرين عالمي جنگ کان پوءِ آيل فلو جي وبا انهن خوبصورت باٿ ٽبن جي زوال جو سبب بڻي. ماڻهن کي ان بيماري بابت گهڻي ڄاڻ نه هئي، تنهنڪري اهي جراثيمن ۽ صفائي بابت وڌيڪ فڪرمند ٿي ويا. ڪيترن ماڻهن جو خيال هو ته باٿ ٽب جي هيٺان ۽ پٺيان موجود اهي جايون، جتي صفائي ڪرڻ ڏکيو هوندو هو، جراثيمن جي واڌ ويجهه لاءِ مناسب جڳهون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;nmah_581228&quot;&gt;{{cite web |title=1900 - 1920 Salesman's Sample Porcelain Bathtub |url=https://americanhistory.si.edu/collections/object/nmah_581228 |website=[[National Museum of American History]]}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيتوڻيڪ اهو صحيح نه هو، پر ان باوجود ان سبب غسل خانن جي ڊزائن ۾ تبديليون آيون.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Pelham/history-clawfoot&quot;/&gt; — ''Pelham &amp; White''
&lt;/blockquote&gt;1912ع ۾ [[وليم هاورڊ ٽافٽ]] جي حڪومت چيني مٽيءَ جي سامان ٺاهيندڙ ڪمپنين جي هڪ اهڙي اتحاد (ٽرسٽ) کي ٽوڙي ڇڏيو، جيڪو قيمتون مقرر ڪري، پيٽنٽ لائسنسن ذريعي بيت الخلا ۽ غسل خاني جي سامان تي اجاره داري قائم ڪرڻ جي ڪوشش ڪري رهيو هو. ساڳئي سال ٽافٽ [[ووڊرو ولسن]] ۽ [[ٿيوڊور روزويلٽ]] جي خلاف سخت چونڊ مهم هلائي، جنهن دوران مخالف مهمن ۾ ٽافٽ جي وزن کي نشانو بڻايو ويو، ۽ انهيءَ ئي پسمنظر ۾ مشهور &quot;باٿ ٽب مغالطي&quot; جنم ورتو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ripleys/taft-bathtub-&quot;&gt;{{cite web |title=The Truth Behind William Howard Taft's Tub |url=https://www.ripleys.com/stories/taft-bathtub-2 |website=[[Ripley's Believe It or Not!]] |access-date=20 November 2025 |date=1 January 2024}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[ڪرين ڪمپني]] 1928ع ۾ آمريڪي مارڪيٽ ۾ رنگين غسل خاني جا سامان متعارف ڪرايا. آهستي آهستي وڌندڙ ڊزائنن جي چونڊ، ۽ صفائي ۽ سار سنڀال جي آسانيءَ سبب، ڪلا فوٽ طرز جي باٿ ٽبن جي مقبوليت تقريباً ختم ٿي وئي.

1979ع ۾ جيمس آر. ويلر ۽ سندس ڀاءُ رچرڊ، ٻاهرين اسپا (Spa) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ ايڪريلڪ کي تبديل ڪري ايڪريلڪ باٿ ٽب تيار ڪيا. اسپارٽيڪ پلاسٽڪس سان گڏجي، هنن جديد، گڏيل اخراج واري مضبوط ۽ پائيدار ايڪريلڪ باٿ ٽب تيار ڪيو. آمريڪن باٿ فيڪٽري اها پهرين ڪمپني هئي، جنهن ايڪريلڪ باٿ ٽبن جي قسمن ۾ واڌارو آندو، جنهن ۾ وهرل پول (Whirlpool)، ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽب، پيديسٽل باٿ ٽب، ۽ جديد طرز جا ڪيترائي مختلف باٿ ٽب شامل هئا.

== صفائي ۽ وهنجڻ ==

=== ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽب ===

19هين صديءَ جي آخر ۾ '''ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽب''' هڪ عيش و عشرت جي شيءِ سمجهيو ويندو هو. شروعاتي دور ۾ اهي [[ڍاليل لوهو|ڍاليل لوهه]] مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا ۽ انهن جي اندرئين سطح تي [[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] جي تهه لڳائي ويندي هئي. جديد ٽيڪنالاجيءَ جي ترقي سبب ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽبن جي قيمت ۾ نمايان گهٽتائي آئي آهي، ۽ هاڻي اهي [[فائبر گلاس]]، [[ايڪريلڪ]] يا ٻين جديد موادن مان پڻ تيار ڪيا وڃن ٿا. ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽب عام باٿ ٽبن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي گهڻو ڪري سائيز ۾ وڏا هوندا آهن.

جيتوڻيڪ اصل قديم ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽب اڄ به گڏ ڪرڻ جي قابل قيمتي شيون سمجهيا وڃن ٿا، پر انهن جون جديد نقلون (ريپراڊڪشن باٿ ٽبس) پڻ گهرن جي مرمت ڪندڙن ۽ نون گهرن جي تعمير ڪندڙن ۾ تمام گهڻيون پسند ڪيون وڃن ٿيون. اولهه طرز جي ٻين باٿ ٽبن وانگر، ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽبن ۾ پڻ شاور هيڊ جا ڪيترائي مختلف اختيار شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا.

ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽبن جا چار بنيادي انداز آهن:

* '''روايتي رول رِم باٿ ٽب''' (ڪلاسڪ رول رم باٿ ٽب)، جنهن کي '''رول ٽاپ باٿ ٽب''' يا '''فليٽ رِم باٿ ٽب''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، جيئن هن صفحي جي مٿئين تصوير ۾ ڏيکاريل آهي.
* '''سلپر باٿ ٽب'''، جنهن کي برطانيا ۾ عام طور '''سلپر باٿ''' چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Campbell, Agnes (1918). ''Report on public baths and wash-houses in the United Kingdom''. (Edinburgh: Carnegie United Kingdom Trust) p.107&lt;/ref&gt; هن ۾ هڪ پڇاڙي مٿي کنيل ۽ ڍلوان هوندي آهي، جنهن سان آرام سان ٽيڪ ڏئي ويهڻ يا ليٽڻ آسان ٿيندو آهي.
* '''ٻٽو سلپر باٿ ٽب'''، جنهن ۾ ٻنهي پڇاڙين کي مٿي کنيو ويو ۽ ڍلوان بڻايو ويو هوندو آهي.
* '''ٻٽي پڇاڙي وارو باٿ ٽب'''، جنهن ۾ ٻنهي پڇاڙين کي گول شڪل ڏني ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته روايتي رول رِم باٿ ٽب ۾ هڪ پڇاڙي گول ۽ ٻي نسبتاً سڌي هوندي آهي.

=== پيديسٽل باٿ ٽب ===

'''پيديسٽل باٿ ٽب''' هڪ بنياد تي بيٺل هوندو آهي، جنهن کي ڪيترائي ماڻهو{{who|date=May 2022}} [[آرٽ ڊيڪو]] طرز سان لاڳاپيل سمجهندا آهن. پيديسٽل باٿ ٽبن جا ثبوت لڳ ڀڳ 1000 ق.م. ۾ [[ڪريٽ]] ٻيٽ تي پڻ مليا آهن.

=== ٻارن لاءِ باٿ ٽب ===

'''ٻارن لاءِ باٿ ٽب''' اهو باٿ ٽب هوندو آهي، جيڪو خاص طور شيرخوار ٻارن کي وهنجارڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، خاص طور انهن ٻارن لاءِ جيڪي اڃا پاڻ ويهي نٿا سگهن. اهي يا ته پاڻي سان الڳ ڀرڻ وارا ننڍا آزاد بيٺل باٿ ٽب هوندا آهن، يا اهڙو سهارو هوندا آهن، جيڪو عام باٿ ٽب جي اندر رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن ٻار کي محفوظ نموني سنڀالي سگهجي. ڪيترن ئي ماڊلن ۾ اهڙي جوڙجڪ هوندي آهي، جنهن سان ٻار آرام سان ٽيڪ ڏئي ليٽي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته سندس مٿو پاڻيءَ کان مٿي رهي.

=== نرم باٿ ٽب ===

'''نرم باٿ ٽب''' (سافٽ ٽب) نرم پلاسٽڪ يا فوم مان ٺهيل هوندا آهن، جن تي حفاظت لاءِ ڦسلڻ کان بچائيندڙ ڪوٽنگ لڳل هوندي آهي.&lt;ref name=softtub&gt;{{cite news |last1=Austin |first1=Gene |title=Soft bathtubs touted as the new wave in offbeat bathroom fixtures |url=https://www.baltimoresun.com/1991/07/19/soft-bathtubs-touted-as-the-new-wave-in-offbeat-bathroom-fixtures/ |access-date=27 July 2018 |work=The Baltimore Sun |date=July 19, 1991 |archive-date=2018-07-27 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180727212312/http://articles.baltimoresun.com/1991-07-19/features/1991200179_1_tubs-soft-fixtures |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt; جيتوڻيڪ نرم باٿ ٽب 1970ع واري ڏهاڪي کان موجود آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite news |last1=Reif |first1=Rita |title=Doesn't Anyone Out There Need a Soft Bathtub? |url=https://www.nytimes.com/1976/09/02/archives/doesnt-anyone-out-there-need-a-soft-bathtub.html |access-date=27 July 2018 |work=The New York Times |date=September 2, 1976}}&lt;/ref&gt; پر 1990ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين وڏيون ٺاهيندڙ ڪمپنيون به انهن کي وڪڻڻ لڳيون.&lt;ref name=softtub /&gt; اهي باٿ ٽب خاص طور ٻارن ۽ عمر رسيده ماڻهن لاءِ مارڪيٽ ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيئن ڪرڻ سبب زخمي ٿيڻ جي خطري کي گهٽائي سگهجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite news |last1=Austin |first1=Gene |title=Will The New Soft Bathtub Need A Hard Sell? |url=https://www.chicagotribune.com/1991/08/17/will-the-new-soft-bathtub-need-a-hard-sell/ |access-date=27 July 2018 |work=Chicago Tribune |date=August 17, 1991}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڦوڪيل باٿ ٽب ===

'''ڦوڪيل باٿ ٽب''' (انفليٽبل باٿ ٽب) اهڙا کڻي هلڻ جهڙا باٿ ٽب آهن، جيڪي گهر جي اندر ۽ ٻاهر ٻنهي هنڌن تي استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Whichinflatable.com&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last=|first=|title=4 Best Portable Inflatable Bathtubs for Adults|website=Whichinflatable.com|publisher=|date=14 August 2020|url=https://www.whichinflatable.com/other/portable-inflatable-bathtubs-for-adults/|access-date=20 June 2021}}&lt;/ref&gt; ڪجهه ماڊلن ۾ ٺهيل اضافي سهولتون، جهڙوڪ وهاڻو، پٺيءَ جو سهارو، ٻانهن رکڻ جا هنڌ ۽ پيالو رکڻ جا خانا شامل هوندا آهن، جيڪي سڀ هوا ڀري تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Insider.com&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last=Jansen|first=Gyurka|title=A Dutch company that makes inflatable bathtubs with cupholders and headrests is shipping them to the US and Australia|website=Insider.com|publisher=Insider, Inc.|date=8 December 2019|url=https://www.insider.com/tubble-is-making-inflatable-bathtubs-with-cupholders-headrests-2019-12|access-date=20 June 2021}}&lt;/ref&gt; عام طور ڦوڪيل باٿ ٽب ڪيترن ئي ننڍن هوا سان ڀرندڙ حصن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن، جيڪي گڏجي هڪ مڪمل باٿ ٽب جي شڪل اختيار ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|last=|first=|title=Inflatable bathtub|website=Patents.google.com|publisher=Alphabet, Inc.|date=|url=https://patents.google.com/patent/US20160367081A1/en|access-date=20 June 2021}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== وندر ۽ علاج ==

=== گرم پاڻيءَ جا ٽب ===

[[گرم پاڻيءَ جو ٽب]] (ھاٽ ٽب) هڪ عام گرم پاڻيءَ جو تلاءُ هوندو آهي، جيڪو آرام حاصل ڪرڻ ۽ ڪڏهن ڪڏهن علاج جي مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. آمريڪا ۾ 1967ع کان 1980ع تائين گرم پاڻيءَ جا ٽب تمام گهڻا مقبول رهيا، ۽ ان دور دوران اهي فلمن ۽ موسيقيءَ ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي ظاهر ٿيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=c487w9PuJOgC&amp;q=hot+tubs+hippie+era&amp;pg=PA220|title=The Hippie Dictionary|last=McCleary|first=John Bassett|publisher=Ten Speed Press|year=2002|isbn=978-1-58008-547-2|location=Canada|pages=220}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== وهرل پول باٿ ٽب ===

'''وهرل پول باٿ ٽب'''  پهريون ڀيرو 1960ع ۽ 1970ع واري ڏهاڪي دوران آمريڪا ۾ مقبول ٿيا. '''اسپا''' (Spa) يا گرم پاڻيءَ جي ٽب کي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن &quot;جاڪوزي&quot; پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ پلمبنگ جي پرزن ٺاهيندڙ ڪمپني [[جاڪوزي]] 1968ع ۾ &quot;اسپا وھرل پول&quot; متعارف ڪرايو هو. هوا جا بلبل [[وينچوري پمپ]] ذريعي نوزلن ۾ داخل ڪيا ويندا آهن.

&lt;gallery&gt;
File:Hotel de Maya02n4272.jpg|[[جاڪوزي]] وهرل پول باٿ ٽب
File:Paljuilua 1.jpg|[[فنلينڊ]] ۾ ٽريلر تي رکيل ڪاٺ جو [[گرم پاڻيءَ جو ٽب]]
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>9jr2xdo2rj2g3agg8ug4dw6z0ei1ced</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400929</id>
      <parentid>400928</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T16:00:07Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* وهرل پول باٿ ٽب */</comment>
      <origin>400929</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="22001" sha1="1z2muq6f4z14w5b56i15z62ncfsk53m" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|پاڻي رکڻ لاءِ وڏو ٿانو، جنهن ۾ ماڻهو وهنجي سگهي}}

[[File:Clawfoot bathtub.jpg|thumb|upright=1.35|[[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] سان ڍڪيل [[ڍاليل لوهو|ڍاليل لوهي]] باٿ ٽب، شاور جي پلمبنگ کان سواءِ، ۽ [[پنجن جهڙا پير|&quot;ڪلا فوٽ&quot;]] پيرن سان]]

[[File:231 Lansing Lynchburg Va (3501022710) CROP.jpg|thumb|[[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] سان ڍڪيل [[ڍاليل لوهو|ڍاليل لوهي]] باٿ ٽب، شاور جي پردي جي فٽنگن، شاور جي پلمبنگ، صابڻ رکڻ واري خاني، ۽ [[پنجن جهڙا پير|&quot;ڪلا فوٽ&quot;]] پيرن سان، مڪمل طور آزاد بيٺل، جڏهن ته فٽنگون ڀت ۽ ڇت سان ڳنڍيل آهن]]

[[File:Baignoire en terre cuite période mycénienne.jpg|thumb|مائيسيني دور جو مٽيءَ جو باٿ ٽب&lt;ref name=&quot;(ASCE)0733-9496(2008)134:1(45)&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Koutsoyiannis |first1=D. |last2=Zarkadoulas |first2=N. |last3=Angelakis |first3=A. N. |last4=Tchobanoglous |first4=G. |title=Urban Water Management in Ancient Greece: Legacies and Lessons |journal=Journal of Water Resources Planning and Management |date=January 2008 |volume=134 |issue=1 |pages=45–54 |doi=10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9496(2008)134:1(45) |bibcode=2008JWRPM.134...45K |url=https://ascelibrary.org/doi/10.1061/%28ASCE%290733-9496%282008%29134%3A1%2845%29}}&lt;/ref&gt;]]

[[File:Kuhne-baths-in-Finland-1910s.jpg|thumb|1910ع واري ڏهاڪي جا [[هائيڊروٿراپي]] وارا [[ويهڪ وهنجڻ وارو ٽب|ويهڪ غسل]]]]

[[File:Mechanical Contracting and Plumbing January-December 1909 (1909) (14783808735).jpg|thumb|1909ع، ٽورانٽو ۾ ''بيور برانڊ اينامل ويئر'' جو نمائش وارو ڪمرو]]

[[File:One Week (1920).jpg|thumb|[[سيبل سيلي]] شاور وٺندي ۽ [[بسٽر ڪيٽن]] [[One Week (1920 film)|''ون ويڪ'' (1920ع)]] ۾ وهنجندي]]

[[File:Common bathtub.jpg|thumb|ڀت ۾ لڳل پاڻيءَ جي نل، هٿ ۾ کڻڻ واري شاور نلي سان باٿ ٽب، [[چيڪ جمهوريه]]]]

[[File:Ligbad van het merk Ahlmann - INDUS V08718.jpg|thumb|&lt;nowiki&gt;آهلمان برانڊ جو باٿ ٽب | صنعتي عجائب گهر گينٽ جي مجموعي مان&lt;/nowiki&gt;]]

[[File:Slipper bathtub in Amsterdam store window.jpg|thumb|سلپر باٿ ٽب (برطانيا ۾ Slipper bath)]]

[[File:Wooden bathtubs for children and infants - 06.JPG|thumbnail|[[هايڪو]]، [[هاينان]]، چين ۾ ٻارن ۽ شيرخوارن لاءِ ڪاٺ جا باٿ ٽب]]

'''غسل ٽب''' يا  '''باٿ ٽب''' (Bathtub)، جنهن کي مختصر طور '''باٿ''' يا '''ٽب''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، پاڻي رکڻ لاءِ هڪ وڏو ٿانو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪو ماڻهو يا ٻيو جانور [[وهنجڻ]] ڪري سگهي ٿو. جديد باٿ ٽب [[ٿرموفارم ٿيل]] [[ايڪريلڪ ريزن|ايڪريلڪ]]، [[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] سان ڍڪيل [[اسٽيل]] يا [[ڍاليل لوهو]]، يا [[فائبر گلاس]] سان مضبوط ڪيل [[پوليئسٽر]] مان ٺهندا آهن. باٿ ٽب عام طور [[غسل خانو|غسل خاني]] ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي، يا ته هڪ الڳ فڪسچر طور يا [[شاور]] جي پلمبنگ سان گڏ.

'''غسل ٽپ''' گھڻو ڪري عمدہ ۽ وڏن گھرن جي غسلخانن ۾ لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ قيمت ۽ لڳائڻ جي خرچ جي لحاظ کان نھايت ئي مھانگو پوندو آھي. ھيءُ اٽڪل 5′-6″ کان 6′-0″ ڊگھو ٿيندو آھي ۽ 1′-8″ کان 2′-4″ ويڪرو ٿيندو آھي. فرش جي ليول کان ٽب جي ڪني (Rim) تائين ٽب جي اوچائي اٽڪل 2 فوٽ ٿيندي آھي ۽ اھو اندران 17 انچن کان 18 انچن تائين اونھون ھوندو آھي.&lt;ref &gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛  ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ&lt;/ref&gt;

== انداز ==

ٻه بنيادي انداز عام طور استعمال ٿيندا آهن:

* اولهه طرز جا باٿ ٽب، جن ۾ وهنجندڙ ماڻهو ليٽي وهنجندو آهي. اهڙا باٿ ٽب عام طور اوچائي ۾ گهٽ ۽ ڊيگهه ۾ وڏا هوندا آهن.

* اوڀر طرز جا باٿ ٽب، جن ۾ وهنجندڙ ماڻهو ويهي وهنجندو آهي. جاپان ۾ انهن کي ''[[فورو]]'' چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ اهي عام طور ننڍا پر وڌيڪ اونها هوندا آهن.

== نيڪال جو رخ ==

جديد باٿ ٽبن ۾ پاڻي جي وڌي وڃڻ (اوورفلو) ۽ نيڪال لاءِ ڊرين لڳل هوندا آهن، جيڪي ساڄي پاسي واري ڊرين، کاٻي پاسي واري ڊرين، وچ واري ڊرين، ۽ ٻنهي پاسن کان استعمال لائق (رورسيبل) ڊرين جي صورت ۾ موجود هوندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;kingstonbrass/drain-orientation&quot;&gt;{{cite web |title=Bathtub Drains: Right, Left, Center, and Reversible |url=https://www.kingstonbrass.com/blogs/blog/bathtub-drains-right-left-center-and-reversible |website=KINGSTON Brass |access-date=20 November 2025|date=8 December 2022}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== جوڙجڪ ==

جديد باٿ ٽبن ۾ گرم ۽ ٿڌي پاڻي لاءِ [[نل (والو)|نل]] لڳل هوندا آهن. هاڻي باٿ ٽب عام طور عمارت جي جوڙجڪ ۾ لڳايا ويندا آهن، پر آزاد بيٺل يا ڪڏهن فرش ۾ هيٺ ويهاريل (سنڪن) باٿ ٽب پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن. ايڪريلڪ جي ٿرموفارمنگ واري ٽيڪنالاجي متعارف ٿيڻ کان اڳ، اولهه جي ثقافتن ۾ اڪثر باٿ ٽب [[شيز لانگ]] جي شڪل وارن [[اسٽاڪ ٽينڪ]] جهڙي شڪل جا هوندا هئا. باٿ ٽب عام طور اڇي رنگ جا (چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل سان) هوندا آهن، جيتوڻيڪ ٻين ڪيترن ئي رنگن ۾ پڻ موجود آهن.

== باٿ ٽبن ۽ وهنجڻ جي تاريخ ==
{{Main|وهنجڻ|پاڻي جي فراهمي ۽ صفائي جي تاريخ}}

وهنجڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ پلمبنگ جي دستاويزي شروعاتي نظامن جا ثبوت تقريباً 3300 ق.م. تائين ملن ٿا، جڏهن [[قديم يورپ جي تاريخ|قديم يورپ]] ۾ هڪ محل جي هيٺان ٽامي جون پاڻيءَ جون نليون دريافت ٿيون.{{citation needed|date=October 2016}} ذاتي استعمال جي سڀ کان قديم محفوظ رهيل باٿ ٽب جو ثبوت [[ڪريٽ]] ٻيٽ تي مليو، جتي سخت پڪل مٽيءَ مان ٺهيل لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|1.5|m|ft|0|adj=on}} ڊگهو پيديسٽل طرز جو باٿ ٽب دريافت ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://magazine.ceramicaflaminia.it/en/2015/08/13/the-evolution-of-the-design-bathtub-in-the-history/|title=The Evolution of the Design Bathtub in the History|date=13 August 2015|website=CeramicaFlaminia|access-date=21 August 2016|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180802162950/http://magazine.ceramicaflaminia.it/en/2015/08/13/the-evolution-of-the-design-bathtub-in-the-history/|archive-date=2 August 2018|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پنجن جهڙا پير|ڪلا فوٽ]] باٿ ٽب جي جوڙجڪ جي شروعات [[نيدرلينڊ]] ۾ ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Pelham/history-clawfoot&quot;&gt;{{cite web |title=History of the Clawfoot Tub |url=https://www.pelhamandwhite.com/ideas-inspiration/history-of-the-clawfoot-tub |website=Pelham and White |access-date=20 November 2025 |location=Mt Vernon, NY |date=17 April 2017}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ اهو انداز انگلينڊ تائين پهتو، جتي [[هائيڊروٿراپي]] مقبول ٿيڻ لڳي. انگلينڊ ۾ شروعاتي باٿ ٽب [[ڍاليل لوهو|ڍاليل لوهه]]، يا ٽِن ۽ ٽامي مان تيار ڪيا ويندا هئا، جن تي رنگ جو تهه لڳايو ويندو هو، جيڪو وقت سان گڏ لهڻ لڳندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Pelham/history-clawfoot&quot;/&gt;

[[شيشي جهڙو ايناميل]] (Vitreous enamel) پهريون ڀيرو لڳ ڀڳ 1850ع ڌاري آسٽريا ۽ جرمني ۾ لوهه ۽ اسٽيل جي چادرن تي تجارتي طور استعمال ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref name=Andrews&gt;{{cite book |last=Andrews |first=Andrew Irving |title=Porcelain Enamels : the preparation, application, and properties of enamels |publisher=The Garrard Press |location=Champaign, IL |year=1961 |pages=321–2 |oclc= }}&lt;/ref&gt;{{rp|5}}

&lt;blockquote&gt;
1880ع ۾ لڳل باهه کان پوءِ ... [[ڪوهلر ڪمپني|ڪوهلر، هائيسن ۽ اسٽين]] ... انهن جي ايناميل ٿيل پهرين شين مان هڪ باٿ ٽب هو، جيڪو ڍاليل لوهي گهوڙي جي پاڻي پيئڻ واري ٿالهه تي چيني مٽيءَ جي ڪوٽنگ لڳائي تيار ڪيو ويو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;wi101/kohler&quot;&gt;{{cite web |last1=Broman |first1=Thomas |title=The Early History of the Kohler Company |url=https://wi101.wisc.edu/the-early-history-of-the-kohler-company/ |website=wi101.wisc.edu - Wisconsin 101 |access-date=20 November 2025 |date=November 2020}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;[[ڪوهلر ڪمپني]] ۽ [[جي. ايل. موٽ آئرن ورڪس]] چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل سان ڍڪيل ڍاليل لوهي باٿ ٽب وڪڻندا هئا.

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽب 1880ع واري ڏهاڪي کان 1930ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين تمام گهڻو مقبول رهيو. پهرين عالمي جنگ کان پوءِ آيل فلو جي وبا انهن خوبصورت باٿ ٽبن جي زوال جو سبب بڻي. ماڻهن کي ان بيماري بابت گهڻي ڄاڻ نه هئي، تنهنڪري اهي جراثيمن ۽ صفائي بابت وڌيڪ فڪرمند ٿي ويا. ڪيترن ماڻهن جو خيال هو ته باٿ ٽب جي هيٺان ۽ پٺيان موجود اهي جايون، جتي صفائي ڪرڻ ڏکيو هوندو هو، جراثيمن جي واڌ ويجهه لاءِ مناسب جڳهون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;nmah_581228&quot;&gt;{{cite web |title=1900 - 1920 Salesman's Sample Porcelain Bathtub |url=https://americanhistory.si.edu/collections/object/nmah_581228 |website=[[National Museum of American History]]}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيتوڻيڪ اهو صحيح نه هو، پر ان باوجود ان سبب غسل خانن جي ڊزائن ۾ تبديليون آيون.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Pelham/history-clawfoot&quot;/&gt; — ''Pelham &amp; White''
&lt;/blockquote&gt;1912ع ۾ [[وليم هاورڊ ٽافٽ]] جي حڪومت چيني مٽيءَ جي سامان ٺاهيندڙ ڪمپنين جي هڪ اهڙي اتحاد (ٽرسٽ) کي ٽوڙي ڇڏيو، جيڪو قيمتون مقرر ڪري، پيٽنٽ لائسنسن ذريعي بيت الخلا ۽ غسل خاني جي سامان تي اجاره داري قائم ڪرڻ جي ڪوشش ڪري رهيو هو. ساڳئي سال ٽافٽ [[ووڊرو ولسن]] ۽ [[ٿيوڊور روزويلٽ]] جي خلاف سخت چونڊ مهم هلائي، جنهن دوران مخالف مهمن ۾ ٽافٽ جي وزن کي نشانو بڻايو ويو، ۽ انهيءَ ئي پسمنظر ۾ مشهور &quot;باٿ ٽب مغالطي&quot; جنم ورتو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ripleys/taft-bathtub-&quot;&gt;{{cite web |title=The Truth Behind William Howard Taft's Tub |url=https://www.ripleys.com/stories/taft-bathtub-2 |website=[[Ripley's Believe It or Not!]] |access-date=20 November 2025 |date=1 January 2024}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[ڪرين ڪمپني]] 1928ع ۾ آمريڪي مارڪيٽ ۾ رنگين غسل خاني جا سامان متعارف ڪرايا. آهستي آهستي وڌندڙ ڊزائنن جي چونڊ، ۽ صفائي ۽ سار سنڀال جي آسانيءَ سبب، ڪلا فوٽ طرز جي باٿ ٽبن جي مقبوليت تقريباً ختم ٿي وئي.

1979ع ۾ جيمس آر. ويلر ۽ سندس ڀاءُ رچرڊ، ٻاهرين اسپا (Spa) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ ايڪريلڪ کي تبديل ڪري ايڪريلڪ باٿ ٽب تيار ڪيا. اسپارٽيڪ پلاسٽڪس سان گڏجي، هنن جديد، گڏيل اخراج واري مضبوط ۽ پائيدار ايڪريلڪ باٿ ٽب تيار ڪيو. آمريڪن باٿ فيڪٽري اها پهرين ڪمپني هئي، جنهن ايڪريلڪ باٿ ٽبن جي قسمن ۾ واڌارو آندو، جنهن ۾ وهرل پول (Whirlpool)، ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽب، پيديسٽل باٿ ٽب، ۽ جديد طرز جا ڪيترائي مختلف باٿ ٽب شامل هئا.

== صفائي ۽ وهنجڻ ==

=== ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽب ===

19هين صديءَ جي آخر ۾ '''ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽب''' هڪ عيش و عشرت جي شيءِ سمجهيو ويندو هو. شروعاتي دور ۾ اهي [[ڍاليل لوهو|ڍاليل لوهه]] مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا ۽ انهن جي اندرئين سطح تي [[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] جي تهه لڳائي ويندي هئي. جديد ٽيڪنالاجيءَ جي ترقي سبب ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽبن جي قيمت ۾ نمايان گهٽتائي آئي آهي، ۽ هاڻي اهي [[فائبر گلاس]]، [[ايڪريلڪ]] يا ٻين جديد موادن مان پڻ تيار ڪيا وڃن ٿا. ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽب عام باٿ ٽبن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي گهڻو ڪري سائيز ۾ وڏا هوندا آهن.

جيتوڻيڪ اصل قديم ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽب اڄ به گڏ ڪرڻ جي قابل قيمتي شيون سمجهيا وڃن ٿا، پر انهن جون جديد نقلون (ريپراڊڪشن باٿ ٽبس) پڻ گهرن جي مرمت ڪندڙن ۽ نون گهرن جي تعمير ڪندڙن ۾ تمام گهڻيون پسند ڪيون وڃن ٿيون. اولهه طرز جي ٻين باٿ ٽبن وانگر، ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽبن ۾ پڻ شاور هيڊ جا ڪيترائي مختلف اختيار شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا.

ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽبن جا چار بنيادي انداز آهن:

* '''روايتي رول رِم باٿ ٽب''' (ڪلاسڪ رول رم باٿ ٽب)، جنهن کي '''رول ٽاپ باٿ ٽب''' يا '''فليٽ رِم باٿ ٽب''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، جيئن هن صفحي جي مٿئين تصوير ۾ ڏيکاريل آهي.
* '''سلپر باٿ ٽب'''، جنهن کي برطانيا ۾ عام طور '''سلپر باٿ''' چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Campbell, Agnes (1918). ''Report on public baths and wash-houses in the United Kingdom''. (Edinburgh: Carnegie United Kingdom Trust) p.107&lt;/ref&gt; هن ۾ هڪ پڇاڙي مٿي کنيل ۽ ڍلوان هوندي آهي، جنهن سان آرام سان ٽيڪ ڏئي ويهڻ يا ليٽڻ آسان ٿيندو آهي.
* '''ٻٽو سلپر باٿ ٽب'''، جنهن ۾ ٻنهي پڇاڙين کي مٿي کنيو ويو ۽ ڍلوان بڻايو ويو هوندو آهي.
* '''ٻٽي پڇاڙي وارو باٿ ٽب'''، جنهن ۾ ٻنهي پڇاڙين کي گول شڪل ڏني ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته روايتي رول رِم باٿ ٽب ۾ هڪ پڇاڙي گول ۽ ٻي نسبتاً سڌي هوندي آهي.

=== پيديسٽل باٿ ٽب ===

'''پيديسٽل باٿ ٽب''' هڪ بنياد تي بيٺل هوندو آهي، جنهن کي ڪيترائي ماڻهو{{who|date=May 2022}} [[آرٽ ڊيڪو]] طرز سان لاڳاپيل سمجهندا آهن. پيديسٽل باٿ ٽبن جا ثبوت لڳ ڀڳ 1000 ق.م. ۾ [[ڪريٽ]] ٻيٽ تي پڻ مليا آهن.

=== ٻارن لاءِ باٿ ٽب ===

'''ٻارن لاءِ باٿ ٽب''' اهو باٿ ٽب هوندو آهي، جيڪو خاص طور شيرخوار ٻارن کي وهنجارڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، خاص طور انهن ٻارن لاءِ جيڪي اڃا پاڻ ويهي نٿا سگهن. اهي يا ته پاڻي سان الڳ ڀرڻ وارا ننڍا آزاد بيٺل باٿ ٽب هوندا آهن، يا اهڙو سهارو هوندا آهن، جيڪو عام باٿ ٽب جي اندر رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن ٻار کي محفوظ نموني سنڀالي سگهجي. ڪيترن ئي ماڊلن ۾ اهڙي جوڙجڪ هوندي آهي، جنهن سان ٻار آرام سان ٽيڪ ڏئي ليٽي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته سندس مٿو پاڻيءَ کان مٿي رهي.

=== نرم باٿ ٽب ===

'''نرم باٿ ٽب''' (سافٽ ٽب) نرم پلاسٽڪ يا فوم مان ٺهيل هوندا آهن، جن تي حفاظت لاءِ ڦسلڻ کان بچائيندڙ ڪوٽنگ لڳل هوندي آهي.&lt;ref name=softtub&gt;{{cite news |last1=Austin |first1=Gene |title=Soft bathtubs touted as the new wave in offbeat bathroom fixtures |url=https://www.baltimoresun.com/1991/07/19/soft-bathtubs-touted-as-the-new-wave-in-offbeat-bathroom-fixtures/ |access-date=27 July 2018 |work=The Baltimore Sun |date=July 19, 1991 |archive-date=2018-07-27 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180727212312/http://articles.baltimoresun.com/1991-07-19/features/1991200179_1_tubs-soft-fixtures |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt; جيتوڻيڪ نرم باٿ ٽب 1970ع واري ڏهاڪي کان موجود آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite news |last1=Reif |first1=Rita |title=Doesn't Anyone Out There Need a Soft Bathtub? |url=https://www.nytimes.com/1976/09/02/archives/doesnt-anyone-out-there-need-a-soft-bathtub.html |access-date=27 July 2018 |work=The New York Times |date=September 2, 1976}}&lt;/ref&gt; پر 1990ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين وڏيون ٺاهيندڙ ڪمپنيون به انهن کي وڪڻڻ لڳيون.&lt;ref name=softtub /&gt; اهي باٿ ٽب خاص طور ٻارن ۽ عمر رسيده ماڻهن لاءِ مارڪيٽ ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيئن ڪرڻ سبب زخمي ٿيڻ جي خطري کي گهٽائي سگهجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite news |last1=Austin |first1=Gene |title=Will The New Soft Bathtub Need A Hard Sell? |url=https://www.chicagotribune.com/1991/08/17/will-the-new-soft-bathtub-need-a-hard-sell/ |access-date=27 July 2018 |work=Chicago Tribune |date=August 17, 1991}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڦوڪيل باٿ ٽب ===

'''ڦوڪيل باٿ ٽب''' (انفليٽبل باٿ ٽب) اهڙا کڻي هلڻ جهڙا باٿ ٽب آهن، جيڪي گهر جي اندر ۽ ٻاهر ٻنهي هنڌن تي استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Whichinflatable.com&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last=|first=|title=4 Best Portable Inflatable Bathtubs for Adults|website=Whichinflatable.com|publisher=|date=14 August 2020|url=https://www.whichinflatable.com/other/portable-inflatable-bathtubs-for-adults/|access-date=20 June 2021}}&lt;/ref&gt; ڪجهه ماڊلن ۾ ٺهيل اضافي سهولتون، جهڙوڪ وهاڻو، پٺيءَ جو سهارو، ٻانهن رکڻ جا هنڌ ۽ پيالو رکڻ جا خانا شامل هوندا آهن، جيڪي سڀ هوا ڀري تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Insider.com&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last=Jansen|first=Gyurka|title=A Dutch company that makes inflatable bathtubs with cupholders and headrests is shipping them to the US and Australia|website=Insider.com|publisher=Insider, Inc.|date=8 December 2019|url=https://www.insider.com/tubble-is-making-inflatable-bathtubs-with-cupholders-headrests-2019-12|access-date=20 June 2021}}&lt;/ref&gt; عام طور ڦوڪيل باٿ ٽب ڪيترن ئي ننڍن هوا سان ڀرندڙ حصن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن، جيڪي گڏجي هڪ مڪمل باٿ ٽب جي شڪل اختيار ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|last=|first=|title=Inflatable bathtub|website=Patents.google.com|publisher=Alphabet, Inc.|date=|url=https://patents.google.com/patent/US20160367081A1/en|access-date=20 June 2021}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== وندر ۽ علاج ==

=== گرم پاڻيءَ جا ٽب ===

[[گرم پاڻيءَ جو ٽب]] (ھاٽ ٽب) هڪ عام گرم پاڻيءَ جو تلاءُ هوندو آهي، جيڪو آرام حاصل ڪرڻ ۽ ڪڏهن ڪڏهن علاج جي مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. آمريڪا ۾ 1967ع کان 1980ع تائين گرم پاڻيءَ جا ٽب تمام گهڻا مقبول رهيا، ۽ ان دور دوران اهي فلمن ۽ موسيقيءَ ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي ظاهر ٿيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=c487w9PuJOgC&amp;q=hot+tubs+hippie+era&amp;pg=PA220|title=The Hippie Dictionary|last=McCleary|first=John Bassett|publisher=Ten Speed Press|year=2002|isbn=978-1-58008-547-2|location=Canada|pages=220}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== وهرل پول باٿ ٽب ===

'''وهرل پول باٿ ٽب'''  پهريون ڀيرو 1960ع ۽ 1970ع واري ڏهاڪي دوران آمريڪا ۾ مقبول ٿيا. '''اسپا''' (Spa) يا گرم پاڻيءَ جي ٽب کي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن &quot;جاڪوزي&quot; پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ پلمبنگ جي پرزن ٺاهيندڙ ڪمپني [[جاڪوزي]] 1968ع ۾ &quot;اسپا وھرل پول&quot; متعارف ڪرايو هو. هوا جا بلبل [[وينچوري پمپ]] ذريعي نوزلن ۾ داخل ڪيا ويندا آهن.

&lt;gallery&gt;
File:Hotel de Maya02n4272.jpg|[[جاڪوزي]] وهرل پول باٿ ٽب
File:Paljuilua 1.jpg|[[فنلينڊ]] ۾ ٽريلر تي رکيل ڪاٺ جو [[گرم پاڻيءَ جو ٽب]]
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== پڻ ڏسو ==
{{columns-list|colwidth=30em|

* [[رسائي لائق باٿ ٽب]]
* [[غسل بم]]
* [[باٿ ٽب وکر]]
* [[باٿ ٽب مغالطو]]
* [[باٿ ٽب جي ٻيهر مرمت]]
* [[ڪوريولس قوت#باٿ ٽبن ۽ بيت الخلائن ۾ پاڻيءَ جي نيڪال]]
* [[پلگ (صفائي)]]
  }}
  {{clear}}

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>1z2muq6f4z14w5b56i15z62ncfsk53m</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400930</id>
      <parentid>400929</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T16:01:41Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400930</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="22420" sha1="nl5icw33uor9onz82k7micic099ah0t" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|پاڻي رکڻ لاءِ وڏو ٿانو، جنهن ۾ ماڻهو وهنجي سگهي}}

[[File:Clawfoot bathtub.jpg|thumb|upright=1.35|[[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] سان ڍڪيل [[ڍاليل لوهو|ڍاليل لوهي]] باٿ ٽب، شاور جي پلمبنگ کان سواءِ، ۽ [[پنجن جهڙا پير|&quot;ڪلا فوٽ&quot;]] پيرن سان]]

[[File:231 Lansing Lynchburg Va (3501022710) CROP.jpg|thumb|[[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] سان ڍڪيل [[ڍاليل لوهو|ڍاليل لوهي]] باٿ ٽب، شاور جي پردي جي فٽنگن، شاور جي پلمبنگ، صابڻ رکڻ واري خاني، ۽ [[پنجن جهڙا پير|&quot;ڪلا فوٽ&quot;]] پيرن سان، مڪمل طور آزاد بيٺل، جڏهن ته فٽنگون ڀت ۽ ڇت سان ڳنڍيل آهن]]

[[File:Baignoire en terre cuite période mycénienne.jpg|thumb|مائيسيني دور جو مٽيءَ جو باٿ ٽب&lt;ref name=&quot;(ASCE)0733-9496(2008)134:1(45)&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Koutsoyiannis |first1=D. |last2=Zarkadoulas |first2=N. |last3=Angelakis |first3=A. N. |last4=Tchobanoglous |first4=G. |title=Urban Water Management in Ancient Greece: Legacies and Lessons |journal=Journal of Water Resources Planning and Management |date=January 2008 |volume=134 |issue=1 |pages=45–54 |doi=10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9496(2008)134:1(45) |bibcode=2008JWRPM.134...45K |url=https://ascelibrary.org/doi/10.1061/%28ASCE%290733-9496%282008%29134%3A1%2845%29}}&lt;/ref&gt;]]

[[File:Kuhne-baths-in-Finland-1910s.jpg|thumb|1910ع واري ڏهاڪي جا [[هائيڊروٿراپي]] وارا [[ويهڪ وهنجڻ وارو ٽب|ويهڪ غسل]]]]

[[File:Mechanical Contracting and Plumbing January-December 1909 (1909) (14783808735).jpg|thumb|1909ع، ٽورانٽو ۾ ''بيور برانڊ اينامل ويئر'' جو نمائش وارو ڪمرو]]

[[File:One Week (1920).jpg|thumb|[[سيبل سيلي]] شاور وٺندي ۽ [[بسٽر ڪيٽن]] [[One Week (1920 film)|''ون ويڪ'' (1920ع)]] ۾ وهنجندي]]

[[File:Common bathtub.jpg|thumb|ڀت ۾ لڳل پاڻيءَ جي نل، هٿ ۾ کڻڻ واري شاور نلي سان باٿ ٽب، [[چيڪ جمهوريه]]]]

[[File:Ligbad van het merk Ahlmann - INDUS V08718.jpg|thumb|&lt;nowiki&gt;آهلمان برانڊ جو باٿ ٽب | صنعتي عجائب گهر گينٽ جي مجموعي مان&lt;/nowiki&gt;]]

[[File:Slipper bathtub in Amsterdam store window.jpg|thumb|سلپر باٿ ٽب (برطانيا ۾ Slipper bath)]]

[[File:Wooden bathtubs for children and infants - 06.JPG|thumbnail|[[هايڪو]]، [[هاينان]]، چين ۾ ٻارن ۽ شيرخوارن لاءِ ڪاٺ جا باٿ ٽب]]

'''غسل ٽب''' يا  '''باٿ ٽب''' (Bathtub)، جنهن کي مختصر طور '''باٿ''' يا '''ٽب''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، پاڻي رکڻ لاءِ هڪ وڏو ٿانو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪو ماڻهو يا ٻيو جانور [[وهنجڻ]] ڪري سگهي ٿو. جديد باٿ ٽب [[ٿرموفارم ٿيل]] [[ايڪريلڪ ريزن|ايڪريلڪ]]، [[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] سان ڍڪيل [[اسٽيل]] يا [[ڍاليل لوهو]]، يا [[فائبر گلاس]] سان مضبوط ڪيل [[پوليئسٽر]] مان ٺهندا آهن. باٿ ٽب عام طور [[غسل خانو|غسل خاني]] ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي، يا ته هڪ الڳ فڪسچر طور يا [[شاور]] جي پلمبنگ سان گڏ.

'''غسل ٽپ''' گھڻو ڪري عمدہ ۽ وڏن گھرن جي غسلخانن ۾ لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ قيمت ۽ لڳائڻ جي خرچ جي لحاظ کان نھايت ئي مھانگو پوندو آھي. ھيءُ اٽڪل 5′-6″ کان 6′-0″ ڊگھو ٿيندو آھي ۽ 1′-8″ کان 2′-4″ ويڪرو ٿيندو آھي. فرش جي ليول کان ٽب جي ڪني (Rim) تائين ٽب جي اوچائي اٽڪل 2 فوٽ ٿيندي آھي ۽ اھو اندران 17 انچن کان 18 انچن تائين اونھون ھوندو آھي.&lt;ref &gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛  ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ&lt;/ref&gt;

== انداز ==

ٻه بنيادي انداز عام طور استعمال ٿيندا آهن:

* اولهه طرز جا باٿ ٽب، جن ۾ وهنجندڙ ماڻهو ليٽي وهنجندو آهي. اهڙا باٿ ٽب عام طور اوچائي ۾ گهٽ ۽ ڊيگهه ۾ وڏا هوندا آهن.

* اوڀر طرز جا باٿ ٽب، جن ۾ وهنجندڙ ماڻهو ويهي وهنجندو آهي. جاپان ۾ انهن کي ''[[فورو]]'' چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ اهي عام طور ننڍا پر وڌيڪ اونها هوندا آهن.

== نيڪال جو رخ ==

جديد باٿ ٽبن ۾ پاڻي جي وڌي وڃڻ (اوورفلو) ۽ نيڪال لاءِ ڊرين لڳل هوندا آهن، جيڪي ساڄي پاسي واري ڊرين، کاٻي پاسي واري ڊرين، وچ واري ڊرين، ۽ ٻنهي پاسن کان استعمال لائق (رورسيبل) ڊرين جي صورت ۾ موجود هوندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;kingstonbrass/drain-orientation&quot;&gt;{{cite web |title=Bathtub Drains: Right, Left, Center, and Reversible |url=https://www.kingstonbrass.com/blogs/blog/bathtub-drains-right-left-center-and-reversible |website=KINGSTON Brass |access-date=20 November 2025|date=8 December 2022}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== جوڙجڪ ==

جديد باٿ ٽبن ۾ گرم ۽ ٿڌي پاڻي لاءِ [[نل (والو)|نل]] لڳل هوندا آهن. هاڻي باٿ ٽب عام طور عمارت جي جوڙجڪ ۾ لڳايا ويندا آهن، پر آزاد بيٺل يا ڪڏهن فرش ۾ هيٺ ويهاريل (سنڪن) باٿ ٽب پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن. ايڪريلڪ جي ٿرموفارمنگ واري ٽيڪنالاجي متعارف ٿيڻ کان اڳ، اولهه جي ثقافتن ۾ اڪثر باٿ ٽب [[شيز لانگ]] جي شڪل وارن [[اسٽاڪ ٽينڪ]] جهڙي شڪل جا هوندا هئا. باٿ ٽب عام طور اڇي رنگ جا (چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل سان) هوندا آهن، جيتوڻيڪ ٻين ڪيترن ئي رنگن ۾ پڻ موجود آهن.

== باٿ ٽبن ۽ وهنجڻ جي تاريخ ==
{{Main|وهنجڻ|پاڻي جي فراهمي ۽ صفائي جي تاريخ}}

وهنجڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ پلمبنگ جي دستاويزي شروعاتي نظامن جا ثبوت تقريباً 3300 ق.م. تائين ملن ٿا، جڏهن [[قديم يورپ جي تاريخ|قديم يورپ]] ۾ هڪ محل جي هيٺان ٽامي جون پاڻيءَ جون نليون دريافت ٿيون.{{citation needed|date=October 2016}} ذاتي استعمال جي سڀ کان قديم محفوظ رهيل باٿ ٽب جو ثبوت [[ڪريٽ]] ٻيٽ تي مليو، جتي سخت پڪل مٽيءَ مان ٺهيل لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|1.5|m|ft|0|adj=on}} ڊگهو پيديسٽل طرز جو باٿ ٽب دريافت ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://magazine.ceramicaflaminia.it/en/2015/08/13/the-evolution-of-the-design-bathtub-in-the-history/|title=The Evolution of the Design Bathtub in the History|date=13 August 2015|website=CeramicaFlaminia|access-date=21 August 2016|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180802162950/http://magazine.ceramicaflaminia.it/en/2015/08/13/the-evolution-of-the-design-bathtub-in-the-history/|archive-date=2 August 2018|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پنجن جهڙا پير|ڪلا فوٽ]] باٿ ٽب جي جوڙجڪ جي شروعات [[نيدرلينڊ]] ۾ ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Pelham/history-clawfoot&quot;&gt;{{cite web |title=History of the Clawfoot Tub |url=https://www.pelhamandwhite.com/ideas-inspiration/history-of-the-clawfoot-tub |website=Pelham and White |access-date=20 November 2025 |location=Mt Vernon, NY |date=17 April 2017}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ اهو انداز انگلينڊ تائين پهتو، جتي [[هائيڊروٿراپي]] مقبول ٿيڻ لڳي. انگلينڊ ۾ شروعاتي باٿ ٽب [[ڍاليل لوهو|ڍاليل لوهه]]، يا ٽِن ۽ ٽامي مان تيار ڪيا ويندا هئا، جن تي رنگ جو تهه لڳايو ويندو هو، جيڪو وقت سان گڏ لهڻ لڳندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Pelham/history-clawfoot&quot;/&gt;

[[شيشي جهڙو ايناميل]] (Vitreous enamel) پهريون ڀيرو لڳ ڀڳ 1850ع ڌاري آسٽريا ۽ جرمني ۾ لوهه ۽ اسٽيل جي چادرن تي تجارتي طور استعمال ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref name=Andrews&gt;{{cite book |last=Andrews |first=Andrew Irving |title=Porcelain Enamels : the preparation, application, and properties of enamels |publisher=The Garrard Press |location=Champaign, IL |year=1961 |pages=321–2 |oclc= }}&lt;/ref&gt;{{rp|5}}

&lt;blockquote&gt;
1880ع ۾ لڳل باهه کان پوءِ ... [[ڪوهلر ڪمپني|ڪوهلر، هائيسن ۽ اسٽين]] ... انهن جي ايناميل ٿيل پهرين شين مان هڪ باٿ ٽب هو، جيڪو ڍاليل لوهي گهوڙي جي پاڻي پيئڻ واري ٿالهه تي چيني مٽيءَ جي ڪوٽنگ لڳائي تيار ڪيو ويو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;wi101/kohler&quot;&gt;{{cite web |last1=Broman |first1=Thomas |title=The Early History of the Kohler Company |url=https://wi101.wisc.edu/the-early-history-of-the-kohler-company/ |website=wi101.wisc.edu - Wisconsin 101 |access-date=20 November 2025 |date=November 2020}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;[[ڪوهلر ڪمپني]] ۽ [[جي. ايل. موٽ آئرن ورڪس]] چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل سان ڍڪيل ڍاليل لوهي باٿ ٽب وڪڻندا هئا.

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽب 1880ع واري ڏهاڪي کان 1930ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين تمام گهڻو مقبول رهيو. پهرين عالمي جنگ کان پوءِ آيل فلو جي وبا انهن خوبصورت باٿ ٽبن جي زوال جو سبب بڻي. ماڻهن کي ان بيماري بابت گهڻي ڄاڻ نه هئي، تنهنڪري اهي جراثيمن ۽ صفائي بابت وڌيڪ فڪرمند ٿي ويا. ڪيترن ماڻهن جو خيال هو ته باٿ ٽب جي هيٺان ۽ پٺيان موجود اهي جايون، جتي صفائي ڪرڻ ڏکيو هوندو هو، جراثيمن جي واڌ ويجهه لاءِ مناسب جڳهون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;nmah_581228&quot;&gt;{{cite web |title=1900 - 1920 Salesman's Sample Porcelain Bathtub |url=https://americanhistory.si.edu/collections/object/nmah_581228 |website=[[National Museum of American History]]}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيتوڻيڪ اهو صحيح نه هو، پر ان باوجود ان سبب غسل خانن جي ڊزائن ۾ تبديليون آيون.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Pelham/history-clawfoot&quot;/&gt; — ''Pelham &amp; White''
&lt;/blockquote&gt;1912ع ۾ [[وليم هاورڊ ٽافٽ]] جي حڪومت چيني مٽيءَ جي سامان ٺاهيندڙ ڪمپنين جي هڪ اهڙي اتحاد (ٽرسٽ) کي ٽوڙي ڇڏيو، جيڪو قيمتون مقرر ڪري، پيٽنٽ لائسنسن ذريعي بيت الخلا ۽ غسل خاني جي سامان تي اجاره داري قائم ڪرڻ جي ڪوشش ڪري رهيو هو. ساڳئي سال ٽافٽ [[ووڊرو ولسن]] ۽ [[ٿيوڊور روزويلٽ]] جي خلاف سخت چونڊ مهم هلائي، جنهن دوران مخالف مهمن ۾ ٽافٽ جي وزن کي نشانو بڻايو ويو، ۽ انهيءَ ئي پسمنظر ۾ مشهور &quot;باٿ ٽب مغالطي&quot; جنم ورتو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ripleys/taft-bathtub-&quot;&gt;{{cite web |title=The Truth Behind William Howard Taft's Tub |url=https://www.ripleys.com/stories/taft-bathtub-2 |website=[[Ripley's Believe It or Not!]] |access-date=20 November 2025 |date=1 January 2024}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[ڪرين ڪمپني]] 1928ع ۾ آمريڪي مارڪيٽ ۾ رنگين غسل خاني جا سامان متعارف ڪرايا. آهستي آهستي وڌندڙ ڊزائنن جي چونڊ، ۽ صفائي ۽ سار سنڀال جي آسانيءَ سبب، ڪلا فوٽ طرز جي باٿ ٽبن جي مقبوليت تقريباً ختم ٿي وئي.

1979ع ۾ جيمس آر. ويلر ۽ سندس ڀاءُ رچرڊ، ٻاهرين اسپا (Spa) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ ايڪريلڪ کي تبديل ڪري ايڪريلڪ باٿ ٽب تيار ڪيا. اسپارٽيڪ پلاسٽڪس سان گڏجي، هنن جديد، گڏيل اخراج واري مضبوط ۽ پائيدار ايڪريلڪ باٿ ٽب تيار ڪيو. آمريڪن باٿ فيڪٽري اها پهرين ڪمپني هئي، جنهن ايڪريلڪ باٿ ٽبن جي قسمن ۾ واڌارو آندو، جنهن ۾ وهرل پول (Whirlpool)، ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽب، پيديسٽل باٿ ٽب، ۽ جديد طرز جا ڪيترائي مختلف باٿ ٽب شامل هئا.

== صفائي ۽ وهنجڻ ==

=== ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽب ===

19هين صديءَ جي آخر ۾ '''ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽب''' هڪ عيش و عشرت جي شيءِ سمجهيو ويندو هو. شروعاتي دور ۾ اهي [[ڍاليل لوهو|ڍاليل لوهه]] مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا ۽ انهن جي اندرئين سطح تي [[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] جي تهه لڳائي ويندي هئي. جديد ٽيڪنالاجيءَ جي ترقي سبب ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽبن جي قيمت ۾ نمايان گهٽتائي آئي آهي، ۽ هاڻي اهي [[فائبر گلاس]]، [[ايڪريلڪ]] يا ٻين جديد موادن مان پڻ تيار ڪيا وڃن ٿا. ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽب عام باٿ ٽبن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي گهڻو ڪري سائيز ۾ وڏا هوندا آهن.

جيتوڻيڪ اصل قديم ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽب اڄ به گڏ ڪرڻ جي قابل قيمتي شيون سمجهيا وڃن ٿا، پر انهن جون جديد نقلون (ريپراڊڪشن باٿ ٽبس) پڻ گهرن جي مرمت ڪندڙن ۽ نون گهرن جي تعمير ڪندڙن ۾ تمام گهڻيون پسند ڪيون وڃن ٿيون. اولهه طرز جي ٻين باٿ ٽبن وانگر، ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽبن ۾ پڻ شاور هيڊ جا ڪيترائي مختلف اختيار شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا.

ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽبن جا چار بنيادي انداز آهن:

* '''روايتي رول رِم باٿ ٽب''' (ڪلاسڪ رول رم باٿ ٽب)، جنهن کي '''رول ٽاپ باٿ ٽب''' يا '''فليٽ رِم باٿ ٽب''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، جيئن هن صفحي جي مٿئين تصوير ۾ ڏيکاريل آهي.
* '''سلپر باٿ ٽب'''، جنهن کي برطانيا ۾ عام طور '''سلپر باٿ''' چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Campbell, Agnes (1918). ''Report on public baths and wash-houses in the United Kingdom''. (Edinburgh: Carnegie United Kingdom Trust) p.107&lt;/ref&gt; هن ۾ هڪ پڇاڙي مٿي کنيل ۽ ڍلوان هوندي آهي، جنهن سان آرام سان ٽيڪ ڏئي ويهڻ يا ليٽڻ آسان ٿيندو آهي.
* '''ٻٽو سلپر باٿ ٽب'''، جنهن ۾ ٻنهي پڇاڙين کي مٿي کنيو ويو ۽ ڍلوان بڻايو ويو هوندو آهي.
* '''ٻٽي پڇاڙي وارو باٿ ٽب'''، جنهن ۾ ٻنهي پڇاڙين کي گول شڪل ڏني ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته روايتي رول رِم باٿ ٽب ۾ هڪ پڇاڙي گول ۽ ٻي نسبتاً سڌي هوندي آهي.

=== پيديسٽل باٿ ٽب ===

'''پيديسٽل باٿ ٽب''' هڪ بنياد تي بيٺل هوندو آهي، جنهن کي ڪيترائي ماڻهو{{who|date=May 2022}} [[آرٽ ڊيڪو]] طرز سان لاڳاپيل سمجهندا آهن. پيديسٽل باٿ ٽبن جا ثبوت لڳ ڀڳ 1000 ق.م. ۾ [[ڪريٽ]] ٻيٽ تي پڻ مليا آهن.

=== ٻارن لاءِ باٿ ٽب ===

'''ٻارن لاءِ باٿ ٽب''' اهو باٿ ٽب هوندو آهي، جيڪو خاص طور شيرخوار ٻارن کي وهنجارڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، خاص طور انهن ٻارن لاءِ جيڪي اڃا پاڻ ويهي نٿا سگهن. اهي يا ته پاڻي سان الڳ ڀرڻ وارا ننڍا آزاد بيٺل باٿ ٽب هوندا آهن، يا اهڙو سهارو هوندا آهن، جيڪو عام باٿ ٽب جي اندر رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن ٻار کي محفوظ نموني سنڀالي سگهجي. ڪيترن ئي ماڊلن ۾ اهڙي جوڙجڪ هوندي آهي، جنهن سان ٻار آرام سان ٽيڪ ڏئي ليٽي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته سندس مٿو پاڻيءَ کان مٿي رهي.

=== نرم باٿ ٽب ===

'''نرم باٿ ٽب''' (سافٽ ٽب) نرم پلاسٽڪ يا فوم مان ٺهيل هوندا آهن، جن تي حفاظت لاءِ ڦسلڻ کان بچائيندڙ ڪوٽنگ لڳل هوندي آهي.&lt;ref name=softtub&gt;{{cite news |last1=Austin |first1=Gene |title=Soft bathtubs touted as the new wave in offbeat bathroom fixtures |url=https://www.baltimoresun.com/1991/07/19/soft-bathtubs-touted-as-the-new-wave-in-offbeat-bathroom-fixtures/ |access-date=27 July 2018 |work=The Baltimore Sun |date=July 19, 1991 |archive-date=2018-07-27 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180727212312/http://articles.baltimoresun.com/1991-07-19/features/1991200179_1_tubs-soft-fixtures |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt; جيتوڻيڪ نرم باٿ ٽب 1970ع واري ڏهاڪي کان موجود آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite news |last1=Reif |first1=Rita |title=Doesn't Anyone Out There Need a Soft Bathtub? |url=https://www.nytimes.com/1976/09/02/archives/doesnt-anyone-out-there-need-a-soft-bathtub.html |access-date=27 July 2018 |work=The New York Times |date=September 2, 1976}}&lt;/ref&gt; پر 1990ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين وڏيون ٺاهيندڙ ڪمپنيون به انهن کي وڪڻڻ لڳيون.&lt;ref name=softtub /&gt; اهي باٿ ٽب خاص طور ٻارن ۽ عمر رسيده ماڻهن لاءِ مارڪيٽ ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيئن ڪرڻ سبب زخمي ٿيڻ جي خطري کي گهٽائي سگهجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite news |last1=Austin |first1=Gene |title=Will The New Soft Bathtub Need A Hard Sell? |url=https://www.chicagotribune.com/1991/08/17/will-the-new-soft-bathtub-need-a-hard-sell/ |access-date=27 July 2018 |work=Chicago Tribune |date=August 17, 1991}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڦوڪيل باٿ ٽب ===

'''ڦوڪيل باٿ ٽب''' (انفليٽبل باٿ ٽب) اهڙا کڻي هلڻ جهڙا باٿ ٽب آهن، جيڪي گهر جي اندر ۽ ٻاهر ٻنهي هنڌن تي استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Whichinflatable.com&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last=|first=|title=4 Best Portable Inflatable Bathtubs for Adults|website=Whichinflatable.com|publisher=|date=14 August 2020|url=https://www.whichinflatable.com/other/portable-inflatable-bathtubs-for-adults/|access-date=20 June 2021}}&lt;/ref&gt; ڪجهه ماڊلن ۾ ٺهيل اضافي سهولتون، جهڙوڪ وهاڻو، پٺيءَ جو سهارو، ٻانهن رکڻ جا هنڌ ۽ پيالو رکڻ جا خانا شامل هوندا آهن، جيڪي سڀ هوا ڀري تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Insider.com&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last=Jansen|first=Gyurka|title=A Dutch company that makes inflatable bathtubs with cupholders and headrests is shipping them to the US and Australia|website=Insider.com|publisher=Insider, Inc.|date=8 December 2019|url=https://www.insider.com/tubble-is-making-inflatable-bathtubs-with-cupholders-headrests-2019-12|access-date=20 June 2021}}&lt;/ref&gt; عام طور ڦوڪيل باٿ ٽب ڪيترن ئي ننڍن هوا سان ڀرندڙ حصن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن، جيڪي گڏجي هڪ مڪمل باٿ ٽب جي شڪل اختيار ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|last=|first=|title=Inflatable bathtub|website=Patents.google.com|publisher=Alphabet, Inc.|date=|url=https://patents.google.com/patent/US20160367081A1/en|access-date=20 June 2021}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== وندر ۽ علاج ==

=== گرم پاڻيءَ جا ٽب ===

[[گرم پاڻيءَ جو ٽب]] (ھاٽ ٽب) هڪ عام گرم پاڻيءَ جو تلاءُ هوندو آهي، جيڪو آرام حاصل ڪرڻ ۽ ڪڏهن ڪڏهن علاج جي مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. آمريڪا ۾ 1967ع کان 1980ع تائين گرم پاڻيءَ جا ٽب تمام گهڻا مقبول رهيا، ۽ ان دور دوران اهي فلمن ۽ موسيقيءَ ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي ظاهر ٿيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=c487w9PuJOgC&amp;q=hot+tubs+hippie+era&amp;pg=PA220|title=The Hippie Dictionary|last=McCleary|first=John Bassett|publisher=Ten Speed Press|year=2002|isbn=978-1-58008-547-2|location=Canada|pages=220}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== وهرل پول باٿ ٽب ===

'''وهرل پول باٿ ٽب'''  پهريون ڀيرو 1960ع ۽ 1970ع واري ڏهاڪي دوران آمريڪا ۾ مقبول ٿيا. '''اسپا''' (Spa) يا گرم پاڻيءَ جي ٽب کي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن &quot;جاڪوزي&quot; پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ پلمبنگ جي پرزن ٺاهيندڙ ڪمپني [[جاڪوزي]] 1968ع ۾ &quot;اسپا وھرل پول&quot; متعارف ڪرايو هو. هوا جا بلبل [[وينچوري پمپ]] ذريعي نوزلن ۾ داخل ڪيا ويندا آهن.

&lt;gallery&gt;
File:Hotel de Maya02n4272.jpg|[[جاڪوزي]] وهرل پول باٿ ٽب
File:Paljuilua 1.jpg|[[فنلينڊ]] ۾ ٽريلر تي رکيل ڪاٺ جو [[گرم پاڻيءَ جو ٽب]]
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== پڻ ڏسو ==
{{columns-list|colwidth=30em|

* [[رسائي لائق باٿ ٽب]]
* [[غسل بم]]
* [[باٿ ٽب وکر]]
* [[باٿ ٽب مغالطو]]
* [[باٿ ٽب جي ٻيهر مرمت]]
* [[ڪوريولس قوت#باٿ ٽبن ۽ بيت الخلائن ۾ پاڻيءَ جي نيڪال]]
* [[پلگ (صفائي)]]
  }}
  {{clear}}

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

== ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا ==
{{Commons category|Bathtubs}}
{{Wiktionary|bath|tub|bathtub}}

* [https://vivaciousvictorian.com/2016/12/27/victorian-bathrooms-a-history-lesson/ وڪٽورين دور جا غسل خانا] – ''vivaciousvictorian.com''

{{Plumbing}}

{{Authority control}}

[[زمرو:وهنجڻ|ٽب]]
[[زمرو:ٻارن جي سنڀال]]
[[زمرو:پلمبنگ]]
[[زمرو:غسل خانا|ٽب]]</text>
      <sha1>nl5icw33uor9onz82k7micic099ah0t</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400931</id>
      <parentid>400930</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T16:03:25Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>Intisar Ali صفحي [[غسل ٽپ]] کي [[غسل ٽب]] ڏانھن چوريو: غلط ھجي سان عنوان</comment>
      <origin>400930</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="22420" sha1="nl5icw33uor9onz82k7micic099ah0t" xml:space="preserve">
{{Short description|پاڻي رکڻ لاءِ وڏو ٿانو، جنهن ۾ ماڻهو وهنجي سگهي}}

[[File:Clawfoot bathtub.jpg|thumb|upright=1.35|[[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] سان ڍڪيل [[ڍاليل لوهو|ڍاليل لوهي]] باٿ ٽب، شاور جي پلمبنگ کان سواءِ، ۽ [[پنجن جهڙا پير|&quot;ڪلا فوٽ&quot;]] پيرن سان]]

[[File:231 Lansing Lynchburg Va (3501022710) CROP.jpg|thumb|[[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] سان ڍڪيل [[ڍاليل لوهو|ڍاليل لوهي]] باٿ ٽب، شاور جي پردي جي فٽنگن، شاور جي پلمبنگ، صابڻ رکڻ واري خاني، ۽ [[پنجن جهڙا پير|&quot;ڪلا فوٽ&quot;]] پيرن سان، مڪمل طور آزاد بيٺل، جڏهن ته فٽنگون ڀت ۽ ڇت سان ڳنڍيل آهن]]

[[File:Baignoire en terre cuite période mycénienne.jpg|thumb|مائيسيني دور جو مٽيءَ جو باٿ ٽب&lt;ref name=&quot;(ASCE)0733-9496(2008)134:1(45)&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |last1=Koutsoyiannis |first1=D. |last2=Zarkadoulas |first2=N. |last3=Angelakis |first3=A. N. |last4=Tchobanoglous |first4=G. |title=Urban Water Management in Ancient Greece: Legacies and Lessons |journal=Journal of Water Resources Planning and Management |date=January 2008 |volume=134 |issue=1 |pages=45–54 |doi=10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9496(2008)134:1(45) |bibcode=2008JWRPM.134...45K |url=https://ascelibrary.org/doi/10.1061/%28ASCE%290733-9496%282008%29134%3A1%2845%29}}&lt;/ref&gt;]]

[[File:Kuhne-baths-in-Finland-1910s.jpg|thumb|1910ع واري ڏهاڪي جا [[هائيڊروٿراپي]] وارا [[ويهڪ وهنجڻ وارو ٽب|ويهڪ غسل]]]]

[[File:Mechanical Contracting and Plumbing January-December 1909 (1909) (14783808735).jpg|thumb|1909ع، ٽورانٽو ۾ ''بيور برانڊ اينامل ويئر'' جو نمائش وارو ڪمرو]]

[[File:One Week (1920).jpg|thumb|[[سيبل سيلي]] شاور وٺندي ۽ [[بسٽر ڪيٽن]] [[One Week (1920 film)|''ون ويڪ'' (1920ع)]] ۾ وهنجندي]]

[[File:Common bathtub.jpg|thumb|ڀت ۾ لڳل پاڻيءَ جي نل، هٿ ۾ کڻڻ واري شاور نلي سان باٿ ٽب، [[چيڪ جمهوريه]]]]

[[File:Ligbad van het merk Ahlmann - INDUS V08718.jpg|thumb|&lt;nowiki&gt;آهلمان برانڊ جو باٿ ٽب | صنعتي عجائب گهر گينٽ جي مجموعي مان&lt;/nowiki&gt;]]

[[File:Slipper bathtub in Amsterdam store window.jpg|thumb|سلپر باٿ ٽب (برطانيا ۾ Slipper bath)]]

[[File:Wooden bathtubs for children and infants - 06.JPG|thumbnail|[[هايڪو]]، [[هاينان]]، چين ۾ ٻارن ۽ شيرخوارن لاءِ ڪاٺ جا باٿ ٽب]]

'''غسل ٽب''' يا  '''باٿ ٽب''' (Bathtub)، جنهن کي مختصر طور '''باٿ''' يا '''ٽب''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، پاڻي رکڻ لاءِ هڪ وڏو ٿانو هوندو آهي، جنهن ۾ ڪو ماڻهو يا ٻيو جانور [[وهنجڻ]] ڪري سگهي ٿو. جديد باٿ ٽب [[ٿرموفارم ٿيل]] [[ايڪريلڪ ريزن|ايڪريلڪ]]، [[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] سان ڍڪيل [[اسٽيل]] يا [[ڍاليل لوهو]]، يا [[فائبر گلاس]] سان مضبوط ڪيل [[پوليئسٽر]] مان ٺهندا آهن. باٿ ٽب عام طور [[غسل خانو|غسل خاني]] ۾ لڳايو ويندو آهي، يا ته هڪ الڳ فڪسچر طور يا [[شاور]] جي پلمبنگ سان گڏ.

'''غسل ٽپ''' گھڻو ڪري عمدہ ۽ وڏن گھرن جي غسلخانن ۾ لڳايو ويندو آھي ۽ قيمت ۽ لڳائڻ جي خرچ جي لحاظ کان نھايت ئي مھانگو پوندو آھي. ھيءُ اٽڪل 5′-6″ کان 6′-0″ ڊگھو ٿيندو آھي ۽ 1′-8″ کان 2′-4″ ويڪرو ٿيندو آھي. فرش جي ليول کان ٽب جي ڪني (Rim) تائين ٽب جي اوچائي اٽڪل 2 فوٽ ٿيندي آھي ۽ اھو اندران 17 انچن کان 18 انچن تائين اونھون ھوندو آھي.&lt;ref &gt;ڪتاب: عمارت سازي؛  ليکڪ: ضياءالدين انصاري؛ ايڊيشن: 1990ع؛ پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو، سنڌ&lt;/ref&gt;

== انداز ==

ٻه بنيادي انداز عام طور استعمال ٿيندا آهن:

* اولهه طرز جا باٿ ٽب، جن ۾ وهنجندڙ ماڻهو ليٽي وهنجندو آهي. اهڙا باٿ ٽب عام طور اوچائي ۾ گهٽ ۽ ڊيگهه ۾ وڏا هوندا آهن.

* اوڀر طرز جا باٿ ٽب، جن ۾ وهنجندڙ ماڻهو ويهي وهنجندو آهي. جاپان ۾ انهن کي ''[[فورو]]'' چيو ويندو آهي، ۽ اهي عام طور ننڍا پر وڌيڪ اونها هوندا آهن.

== نيڪال جو رخ ==

جديد باٿ ٽبن ۾ پاڻي جي وڌي وڃڻ (اوورفلو) ۽ نيڪال لاءِ ڊرين لڳل هوندا آهن، جيڪي ساڄي پاسي واري ڊرين، کاٻي پاسي واري ڊرين، وچ واري ڊرين، ۽ ٻنهي پاسن کان استعمال لائق (رورسيبل) ڊرين جي صورت ۾ موجود هوندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;kingstonbrass/drain-orientation&quot;&gt;{{cite web |title=Bathtub Drains: Right, Left, Center, and Reversible |url=https://www.kingstonbrass.com/blogs/blog/bathtub-drains-right-left-center-and-reversible |website=KINGSTON Brass |access-date=20 November 2025|date=8 December 2022}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== جوڙجڪ ==

جديد باٿ ٽبن ۾ گرم ۽ ٿڌي پاڻي لاءِ [[نل (والو)|نل]] لڳل هوندا آهن. هاڻي باٿ ٽب عام طور عمارت جي جوڙجڪ ۾ لڳايا ويندا آهن، پر آزاد بيٺل يا ڪڏهن فرش ۾ هيٺ ويهاريل (سنڪن) باٿ ٽب پڻ استعمال ٿيندا آهن. ايڪريلڪ جي ٿرموفارمنگ واري ٽيڪنالاجي متعارف ٿيڻ کان اڳ، اولهه جي ثقافتن ۾ اڪثر باٿ ٽب [[شيز لانگ]] جي شڪل وارن [[اسٽاڪ ٽينڪ]] جهڙي شڪل جا هوندا هئا. باٿ ٽب عام طور اڇي رنگ جا (چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل سان) هوندا آهن، جيتوڻيڪ ٻين ڪيترن ئي رنگن ۾ پڻ موجود آهن.

== باٿ ٽبن ۽ وهنجڻ جي تاريخ ==
{{Main|وهنجڻ|پاڻي جي فراهمي ۽ صفائي جي تاريخ}}

وهنجڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ پلمبنگ جي دستاويزي شروعاتي نظامن جا ثبوت تقريباً 3300 ق.م. تائين ملن ٿا، جڏهن [[قديم يورپ جي تاريخ|قديم يورپ]] ۾ هڪ محل جي هيٺان ٽامي جون پاڻيءَ جون نليون دريافت ٿيون.{{citation needed|date=October 2016}} ذاتي استعمال جي سڀ کان قديم محفوظ رهيل باٿ ٽب جو ثبوت [[ڪريٽ]] ٻيٽ تي مليو، جتي سخت پڪل مٽيءَ مان ٺهيل لڳ ڀڳ {{convert|1.5|m|ft|0|adj=on}} ڊگهو پيديسٽل طرز جو باٿ ٽب دريافت ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://magazine.ceramicaflaminia.it/en/2015/08/13/the-evolution-of-the-design-bathtub-in-the-history/|title=The Evolution of the Design Bathtub in the History|date=13 August 2015|website=CeramicaFlaminia|access-date=21 August 2016|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180802162950/http://magazine.ceramicaflaminia.it/en/2015/08/13/the-evolution-of-the-design-bathtub-in-the-history/|archive-date=2 August 2018|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[پنجن جهڙا پير|ڪلا فوٽ]] باٿ ٽب جي جوڙجڪ جي شروعات [[نيدرلينڊ]] ۾ ٿي.&lt;ref name=&quot;Pelham/history-clawfoot&quot;&gt;{{cite web |title=History of the Clawfoot Tub |url=https://www.pelhamandwhite.com/ideas-inspiration/history-of-the-clawfoot-tub |website=Pelham and White |access-date=20 November 2025 |location=Mt Vernon, NY |date=17 April 2017}}&lt;/ref&gt; بعد ۾ اهو انداز انگلينڊ تائين پهتو، جتي [[هائيڊروٿراپي]] مقبول ٿيڻ لڳي. انگلينڊ ۾ شروعاتي باٿ ٽب [[ڍاليل لوهو|ڍاليل لوهه]]، يا ٽِن ۽ ٽامي مان تيار ڪيا ويندا هئا، جن تي رنگ جو تهه لڳايو ويندو هو، جيڪو وقت سان گڏ لهڻ لڳندو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Pelham/history-clawfoot&quot;/&gt;

[[شيشي جهڙو ايناميل]] (Vitreous enamel) پهريون ڀيرو لڳ ڀڳ 1850ع ڌاري آسٽريا ۽ جرمني ۾ لوهه ۽ اسٽيل جي چادرن تي تجارتي طور استعمال ڪيو ويو.&lt;ref name=Andrews&gt;{{cite book |last=Andrews |first=Andrew Irving |title=Porcelain Enamels : the preparation, application, and properties of enamels |publisher=The Garrard Press |location=Champaign, IL |year=1961 |pages=321–2 |oclc= }}&lt;/ref&gt;{{rp|5}}

&lt;blockquote&gt;
1880ع ۾ لڳل باهه کان پوءِ ... [[ڪوهلر ڪمپني|ڪوهلر، هائيسن ۽ اسٽين]] ... انهن جي ايناميل ٿيل پهرين شين مان هڪ باٿ ٽب هو، جيڪو ڍاليل لوهي گهوڙي جي پاڻي پيئڻ واري ٿالهه تي چيني مٽيءَ جي ڪوٽنگ لڳائي تيار ڪيو ويو هو.&lt;ref name=&quot;wi101/kohler&quot;&gt;{{cite web |last1=Broman |first1=Thomas |title=The Early History of the Kohler Company |url=https://wi101.wisc.edu/the-early-history-of-the-kohler-company/ |website=wi101.wisc.edu - Wisconsin 101 |access-date=20 November 2025 |date=November 2020}}&lt;/ref&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;[[ڪوهلر ڪمپني]] ۽ [[جي. ايل. موٽ آئرن ورڪس]] چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل سان ڍڪيل ڍاليل لوهي باٿ ٽب وڪڻندا هئا.

&lt;blockquote&gt;
&quot;ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽب 1880ع واري ڏهاڪي کان 1930ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين تمام گهڻو مقبول رهيو. پهرين عالمي جنگ کان پوءِ آيل فلو جي وبا انهن خوبصورت باٿ ٽبن جي زوال جو سبب بڻي. ماڻهن کي ان بيماري بابت گهڻي ڄاڻ نه هئي، تنهنڪري اهي جراثيمن ۽ صفائي بابت وڌيڪ فڪرمند ٿي ويا. ڪيترن ماڻهن جو خيال هو ته باٿ ٽب جي هيٺان ۽ پٺيان موجود اهي جايون، جتي صفائي ڪرڻ ڏکيو هوندو هو، جراثيمن جي واڌ ويجهه لاءِ مناسب جڳهون آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;nmah_581228&quot;&gt;{{cite web |title=1900 - 1920 Salesman's Sample Porcelain Bathtub |url=https://americanhistory.si.edu/collections/object/nmah_581228 |website=[[National Museum of American History]]}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيتوڻيڪ اهو صحيح نه هو، پر ان باوجود ان سبب غسل خانن جي ڊزائن ۾ تبديليون آيون.&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;Pelham/history-clawfoot&quot;/&gt; — ''Pelham &amp; White''
&lt;/blockquote&gt;1912ع ۾ [[وليم هاورڊ ٽافٽ]] جي حڪومت چيني مٽيءَ جي سامان ٺاهيندڙ ڪمپنين جي هڪ اهڙي اتحاد (ٽرسٽ) کي ٽوڙي ڇڏيو، جيڪو قيمتون مقرر ڪري، پيٽنٽ لائسنسن ذريعي بيت الخلا ۽ غسل خاني جي سامان تي اجاره داري قائم ڪرڻ جي ڪوشش ڪري رهيو هو. ساڳئي سال ٽافٽ [[ووڊرو ولسن]] ۽ [[ٿيوڊور روزويلٽ]] جي خلاف سخت چونڊ مهم هلائي، جنهن دوران مخالف مهمن ۾ ٽافٽ جي وزن کي نشانو بڻايو ويو، ۽ انهيءَ ئي پسمنظر ۾ مشهور &quot;باٿ ٽب مغالطي&quot; جنم ورتو.&lt;ref name=&quot;ripleys/taft-bathtub-&quot;&gt;{{cite web |title=The Truth Behind William Howard Taft's Tub |url=https://www.ripleys.com/stories/taft-bathtub-2 |website=[[Ripley's Believe It or Not!]] |access-date=20 November 2025 |date=1 January 2024}}&lt;/ref&gt;

[[ڪرين ڪمپني]] 1928ع ۾ آمريڪي مارڪيٽ ۾ رنگين غسل خاني جا سامان متعارف ڪرايا. آهستي آهستي وڌندڙ ڊزائنن جي چونڊ، ۽ صفائي ۽ سار سنڀال جي آسانيءَ سبب، ڪلا فوٽ طرز جي باٿ ٽبن جي مقبوليت تقريباً ختم ٿي وئي.

1979ع ۾ جيمس آر. ويلر ۽ سندس ڀاءُ رچرڊ، ٻاهرين اسپا (Spa) لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ ايڪريلڪ کي تبديل ڪري ايڪريلڪ باٿ ٽب تيار ڪيا. اسپارٽيڪ پلاسٽڪس سان گڏجي، هنن جديد، گڏيل اخراج واري مضبوط ۽ پائيدار ايڪريلڪ باٿ ٽب تيار ڪيو. آمريڪن باٿ فيڪٽري اها پهرين ڪمپني هئي، جنهن ايڪريلڪ باٿ ٽبن جي قسمن ۾ واڌارو آندو، جنهن ۾ وهرل پول (Whirlpool)، ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽب، پيديسٽل باٿ ٽب، ۽ جديد طرز جا ڪيترائي مختلف باٿ ٽب شامل هئا.

== صفائي ۽ وهنجڻ ==

=== ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽب ===

19هين صديءَ جي آخر ۾ '''ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽب''' هڪ عيش و عشرت جي شيءِ سمجهيو ويندو هو. شروعاتي دور ۾ اهي [[ڍاليل لوهو|ڍاليل لوهه]] مان ٺاهيا ويندا هئا ۽ انهن جي اندرئين سطح تي [[چيني مٽيءَ جي ايناميل]] جي تهه لڳائي ويندي هئي. جديد ٽيڪنالاجيءَ جي ترقي سبب ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽبن جي قيمت ۾ نمايان گهٽتائي آئي آهي، ۽ هاڻي اهي [[فائبر گلاس]]، [[ايڪريلڪ]] يا ٻين جديد موادن مان پڻ تيار ڪيا وڃن ٿا. ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽب عام باٿ ٽبن جي ڀيٽ ۾ وڌيڪ پاڻي استعمال ڪندا آهن، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ اهي گهڻو ڪري سائيز ۾ وڏا هوندا آهن.

جيتوڻيڪ اصل قديم ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽب اڄ به گڏ ڪرڻ جي قابل قيمتي شيون سمجهيا وڃن ٿا، پر انهن جون جديد نقلون (ريپراڊڪشن باٿ ٽبس) پڻ گهرن جي مرمت ڪندڙن ۽ نون گهرن جي تعمير ڪندڙن ۾ تمام گهڻيون پسند ڪيون وڃن ٿيون. اولهه طرز جي ٻين باٿ ٽبن وانگر، ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽبن ۾ پڻ شاور هيڊ جا ڪيترائي مختلف اختيار شامل ڪري سگهجن ٿا.

ڪلا فوٽ باٿ ٽبن جا چار بنيادي انداز آهن:

* '''روايتي رول رِم باٿ ٽب''' (ڪلاسڪ رول رم باٿ ٽب)، جنهن کي '''رول ٽاپ باٿ ٽب''' يا '''فليٽ رِم باٿ ٽب''' پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، جيئن هن صفحي جي مٿئين تصوير ۾ ڏيکاريل آهي.
* '''سلپر باٿ ٽب'''، جنهن کي برطانيا ۾ عام طور '''سلپر باٿ''' چيو ويندو آهي.&lt;ref&gt;Campbell, Agnes (1918). ''Report on public baths and wash-houses in the United Kingdom''. (Edinburgh: Carnegie United Kingdom Trust) p.107&lt;/ref&gt; هن ۾ هڪ پڇاڙي مٿي کنيل ۽ ڍلوان هوندي آهي، جنهن سان آرام سان ٽيڪ ڏئي ويهڻ يا ليٽڻ آسان ٿيندو آهي.
* '''ٻٽو سلپر باٿ ٽب'''، جنهن ۾ ٻنهي پڇاڙين کي مٿي کنيو ويو ۽ ڍلوان بڻايو ويو هوندو آهي.
* '''ٻٽي پڇاڙي وارو باٿ ٽب'''، جنهن ۾ ٻنهي پڇاڙين کي گول شڪل ڏني ويندي آهي، جڏهن ته روايتي رول رِم باٿ ٽب ۾ هڪ پڇاڙي گول ۽ ٻي نسبتاً سڌي هوندي آهي.

=== پيديسٽل باٿ ٽب ===

'''پيديسٽل باٿ ٽب''' هڪ بنياد تي بيٺل هوندو آهي، جنهن کي ڪيترائي ماڻهو{{who|date=May 2022}} [[آرٽ ڊيڪو]] طرز سان لاڳاپيل سمجهندا آهن. پيديسٽل باٿ ٽبن جا ثبوت لڳ ڀڳ 1000 ق.م. ۾ [[ڪريٽ]] ٻيٽ تي پڻ مليا آهن.

=== ٻارن لاءِ باٿ ٽب ===

'''ٻارن لاءِ باٿ ٽب''' اهو باٿ ٽب هوندو آهي، جيڪو خاص طور شيرخوار ٻارن کي وهنجارڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي، خاص طور انهن ٻارن لاءِ جيڪي اڃا پاڻ ويهي نٿا سگهن. اهي يا ته پاڻي سان الڳ ڀرڻ وارا ننڍا آزاد بيٺل باٿ ٽب هوندا آهن، يا اهڙو سهارو هوندا آهن، جيڪو عام باٿ ٽب جي اندر رکيو ويندو آهي ته جيئن ٻار کي محفوظ نموني سنڀالي سگهجي. ڪيترن ئي ماڊلن ۾ اهڙي جوڙجڪ هوندي آهي، جنهن سان ٻار آرام سان ٽيڪ ڏئي ليٽي سگهي ٿو، جڏهن ته سندس مٿو پاڻيءَ کان مٿي رهي.

=== نرم باٿ ٽب ===

'''نرم باٿ ٽب''' (سافٽ ٽب) نرم پلاسٽڪ يا فوم مان ٺهيل هوندا آهن، جن تي حفاظت لاءِ ڦسلڻ کان بچائيندڙ ڪوٽنگ لڳل هوندي آهي.&lt;ref name=softtub&gt;{{cite news |last1=Austin |first1=Gene |title=Soft bathtubs touted as the new wave in offbeat bathroom fixtures |url=https://www.baltimoresun.com/1991/07/19/soft-bathtubs-touted-as-the-new-wave-in-offbeat-bathroom-fixtures/ |access-date=27 July 2018 |work=The Baltimore Sun |date=July 19, 1991 |archive-date=2018-07-27 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20180727212312/http://articles.baltimoresun.com/1991-07-19/features/1991200179_1_tubs-soft-fixtures |url-status=live }}&lt;/ref&gt; جيتوڻيڪ نرم باٿ ٽب 1970ع واري ڏهاڪي کان موجود آهن،&lt;ref&gt;{{cite news |last1=Reif |first1=Rita |title=Doesn't Anyone Out There Need a Soft Bathtub? |url=https://www.nytimes.com/1976/09/02/archives/doesnt-anyone-out-there-need-a-soft-bathtub.html |access-date=27 July 2018 |work=The New York Times |date=September 2, 1976}}&lt;/ref&gt; پر 1990ع واري ڏهاڪي تائين وڏيون ٺاهيندڙ ڪمپنيون به انهن کي وڪڻڻ لڳيون.&lt;ref name=softtub /&gt; اهي باٿ ٽب خاص طور ٻارن ۽ عمر رسيده ماڻهن لاءِ مارڪيٽ ڪيا ويندا آهن، جيئن ڪرڻ سبب زخمي ٿيڻ جي خطري کي گهٽائي سگهجي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite news |last1=Austin |first1=Gene |title=Will The New Soft Bathtub Need A Hard Sell? |url=https://www.chicagotribune.com/1991/08/17/will-the-new-soft-bathtub-need-a-hard-sell/ |access-date=27 July 2018 |work=Chicago Tribune |date=August 17, 1991}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== ڦوڪيل باٿ ٽب ===

'''ڦوڪيل باٿ ٽب''' (انفليٽبل باٿ ٽب) اهڙا کڻي هلڻ جهڙا باٿ ٽب آهن، جيڪي گهر جي اندر ۽ ٻاهر ٻنهي هنڌن تي استعمال ڪري سگهجن ٿا.&lt;ref name=&quot;Whichinflatable.com&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last=|first=|title=4 Best Portable Inflatable Bathtubs for Adults|website=Whichinflatable.com|publisher=|date=14 August 2020|url=https://www.whichinflatable.com/other/portable-inflatable-bathtubs-for-adults/|access-date=20 June 2021}}&lt;/ref&gt; ڪجهه ماڊلن ۾ ٺهيل اضافي سهولتون، جهڙوڪ وهاڻو، پٺيءَ جو سهارو، ٻانهن رکڻ جا هنڌ ۽ پيالو رکڻ جا خانا شامل هوندا آهن، جيڪي سڀ هوا ڀري تيار ڪيا ويندا آهن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Insider.com&quot;&gt;{{cite web|last=Jansen|first=Gyurka|title=A Dutch company that makes inflatable bathtubs with cupholders and headrests is shipping them to the US and Australia|website=Insider.com|publisher=Insider, Inc.|date=8 December 2019|url=https://www.insider.com/tubble-is-making-inflatable-bathtubs-with-cupholders-headrests-2019-12|access-date=20 June 2021}}&lt;/ref&gt; عام طور ڦوڪيل باٿ ٽب ڪيترن ئي ننڍن هوا سان ڀرندڙ حصن تي مشتمل هوندا آهن، جيڪي گڏجي هڪ مڪمل باٿ ٽب جي شڪل اختيار ڪندا آهن.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|last=|first=|title=Inflatable bathtub|website=Patents.google.com|publisher=Alphabet, Inc.|date=|url=https://patents.google.com/patent/US20160367081A1/en|access-date=20 June 2021}}&lt;/ref&gt;

== وندر ۽ علاج ==

=== گرم پاڻيءَ جا ٽب ===

[[گرم پاڻيءَ جو ٽب]] (ھاٽ ٽب) هڪ عام گرم پاڻيءَ جو تلاءُ هوندو آهي، جيڪو آرام حاصل ڪرڻ ۽ ڪڏهن ڪڏهن علاج جي مقصدن لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. آمريڪا ۾ 1967ع کان 1980ع تائين گرم پاڻيءَ جا ٽب تمام گهڻا مقبول رهيا، ۽ ان دور دوران اهي فلمن ۽ موسيقيءَ ۾ پڻ وڏي پيماني تي ظاهر ٿيا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=c487w9PuJOgC&amp;q=hot+tubs+hippie+era&amp;pg=PA220|title=The Hippie Dictionary|last=McCleary|first=John Bassett|publisher=Ten Speed Press|year=2002|isbn=978-1-58008-547-2|location=Canada|pages=220}}&lt;/ref&gt;

=== وهرل پول باٿ ٽب ===

'''وهرل پول باٿ ٽب'''  پهريون ڀيرو 1960ع ۽ 1970ع واري ڏهاڪي دوران آمريڪا ۾ مقبول ٿيا. '''اسپا''' (Spa) يا گرم پاڻيءَ جي ٽب کي ڪڏهن ڪڏهن &quot;جاڪوزي&quot; پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ڇاڪاڻ⁠تہ پلمبنگ جي پرزن ٺاهيندڙ ڪمپني [[جاڪوزي]] 1968ع ۾ &quot;اسپا وھرل پول&quot; متعارف ڪرايو هو. هوا جا بلبل [[وينچوري پمپ]] ذريعي نوزلن ۾ داخل ڪيا ويندا آهن.

&lt;gallery&gt;
File:Hotel de Maya02n4272.jpg|[[جاڪوزي]] وهرل پول باٿ ٽب
File:Paljuilua 1.jpg|[[فنلينڊ]] ۾ ٽريلر تي رکيل ڪاٺ جو [[گرم پاڻيءَ جو ٽب]]
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== پڻ ڏسو ==
{{columns-list|colwidth=30em|

* [[رسائي لائق باٿ ٽب]]
* [[غسل بم]]
* [[باٿ ٽب وکر]]
* [[باٿ ٽب مغالطو]]
* [[باٿ ٽب جي ٻيهر مرمت]]
* [[ڪوريولس قوت#باٿ ٽبن ۽ بيت الخلائن ۾ پاڻيءَ جي نيڪال]]
* [[پلگ (صفائي)]]
  }}
  {{clear}}

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

== ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا ==
{{Commons category|Bathtubs}}
{{Wiktionary|bath|tub|bathtub}}

* [https://vivaciousvictorian.com/2016/12/27/victorian-bathrooms-a-history-lesson/ وڪٽورين دور جا غسل خانا] – ''vivaciousvictorian.com''

{{Plumbing}}

{{Authority control}}

[[زمرو:وهنجڻ|ٽب]]
[[زمرو:ٻارن جي سنڀال]]
[[زمرو:پلمبنگ]]
[[زمرو:غسل خانا|ٽب]]</text>
      <sha1>nl5icw33uor9onz82k7micic099ah0t</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>لاھور</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>39363</id>
    <revision>
      <id>401171</id>
      <parentid>369835</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T11:53:54Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401171</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="32854" sha1="3ea0428byfgvs7awwl4t7igarlxzhtr" xml:space="preserve">{{چونڊ مضمون|آگسٽ 2021}}


{{Infobox settlement
| name                     = لاھور
| native_name              = {{nobold|{{lang|pnb|{{Nastaliq|لہور}}}}}}&lt;br/&gt;{{nobold|{{lang|ur|{{nq|لاہور}}}}}}
| settlement_type          = [[ميٽروپولس]]
&lt;!-- images and maps ----&gt;
| image_skyline            = Lahorecollage3.jpg
| image_caption            = مٿان ساڄي پاسي کان: [[لاھور جو قلعو]]، [[شاليمار باغ]]، [[لاھور جو عجائب گھر]]، [[بادشاھي مسجد]]، [[قائد اعظم لائبريري]]، [[مينار پاڪستان]] .
| image_blank_emblem       = 
| nickname                 = 
| blank_emblem_type        = نسبتي نشان
| pushpin_map    = 
Pakistan Punjab#Pakistan#Asia
| pushpin_label_position   = 
| pushpin_mapsize          = 180
| pushpin_map_caption      = پاڪستان جي پنجاب ۾ مقام
| pushpin_mapsize          = 250

| coordinates              = {{coord|31|32|59|N|74|20|37|E|display=inline,title}}

| subdivision_type         = [[ملڪ]]
| subdivision_name         = {{flagicon|Pakistan}} [[پاڪستان]]
| subdivision_type1        = [[صوبو]]
| subdivision_name1        = {{flagicon|Punjab}} [[پنجاب]]
| subdivision_type2        = [[ڊويزن]]
| subdivision_name2        = [[لاھور ڊويزن]]
| subdivision_type3        = [[ضلعو]]
| subdivision_name3        = [[لاھور ضلعو]]

| established_title        = بنياد
| established_date         = پھرين ۽ ستين صدي عيسويءَ جي وچ ۾

| established_title1       = شھر جي حيثيت
| established_date1        = 1040ع

| established_title2       = گاديءَ جو هنڌ
| established_date2        = 25 جون 1206ع، 27 مئي 1586ع، 12 اپريل 1801ع

| established_title3       = ميٽروپوليٽن حيثيت
| established_date3        = 3 فيبروري 1890ع

| seat_type                = ميٽروپوليٽن مرڪز
| seat                     = [[Lahore Town Hall|لاھور ٽائون ھال]]

| parts_type               = زون
| parts                    = 10

| government_type          = ميٽروپوليٽن ڪارپوريشن
| governing_body           = لاھور ميٽروپوليٽن ڪارپوريشن

| leader_title             = ميئر
| leader_name              = ڪوبه ناهي

| leader_title1            = ڊپٽي ميئر
| leader_name1             = 9 زونل ميئر

| leader_title2            = ڊپٽي ڪمشنر
| leader_name2             = سيد موسيٰ رضا (BPS-19 PAS)

| leader_title3            = ڪيپيٽل سٽي پوليس آفيسر
| leader_name3             = بلال صديقي ڪميانا (BPS-21 PSP)

| area_total_km2           = 1772

| elevation_m              = 217
| elevation_max_m          = 231
| elevation_min_m          = 196

| population_as_of         = 2023
| population_total         = 13004135
| population_density_km2   = 7339
| population_rank          = پنجاب ۾ پهريون، پاڪستان ۾ ٻيون، دنيا ۾ 26هون
| population_demonym       = لاھوري

| demographics_type1       = ٻوليون
| demographics1_title1     = سرڪاري
| demographics1_info1      = [[اردو]]، [[انگريزي]]
| demographics1_title2     = مادري
| demographics1_info2      = [[پنجابي]]

| timezone                 = [[پاڪستان معياري وقت|PKT]]
| utc_offset               = +5

| postal_code_type         = [[پوسٽل ڪوڊ]]
| postal_code              = 53XXX–55XXX

| area_code_type           = [[ڊائلنگ ڪوڊ]]
| area_code                = 042

| blank_name_sec1          = GDP (PPP)
| blank_info_sec1          = US$84 ارب (2019)

| blank2_name_sec1         = HDI (2018)
| blank2_info_sec1         = 0.877 (تمام اعليٰ)

| blank3_name_sec1         = واڌ جي شرح
| blank3_info_sec1         = 8.06%

| blank4_name_sec1         = خواندگي (2023)
| blank4_info_sec1         = 81%

| blank5_name_sec1         = موسمي درجابندي
| blank5_info_sec1         = BSh

| website                  = {{URL|https://lahore.punjab.gov.pk}}
}}


{{Infobox settlement
| name                     = لاھور
| native_name              = {{nobold|{{lang|pnb|{{Nastaliq|لہور}}}}}}&lt;br/&gt;{{nobold|{{lang|ur|{{nq|لاہور}}}}}}
| settlement_type          = [[ميٽروپولس]]
&lt;!-- images and maps ----&gt;
| image_skyline            = Lahorecollage3.jpg
| image_caption            = مٿان ساڄي پاسي کان: [[لاھور جو قلعو]]، [[شاليمار باغ]]، [[لاھور جو عجائب گھر]]، [[بادشاھي مسجد]]، [[قائد اعظم لائبريري]]، [[مينار پاڪستان]] .
| image_blank_emblem       = 
| nickname                 = 
| blank_emblem_type        = نسبتي نشان
| pushpin_map    = 
Pakistan Punjab#Pakistan#Asia
| pushpin_label_position   = 
| pushpin_mapsize          = 180
| pushpin_map_caption      = پاڪستان جي پنجاب ۾ مقام
&lt;!-- Location ----&gt;
| subdivision_type         = [[ملڪ]]
| subdivision_name         = {{flagicon|PAK}} پاڪستان
| subdivision_type1        = 
 [[صوبو]]
| subdivision_name1        = {{flagicon|Punjab}} [[پنجاب]]
| subdivision_type2        = [[ضلعو]]
| subdivision_name2  =[[لاھور]]
&lt;!-- Seat of government and towns--&gt;
| seat_type                = شھري ڪائونسل
| seat                     =  پاڪستان
| parts_type               = شھر 
| parts_style              = para&lt;!-- =list (for list), coll (for collapsed list), para (for paragraph format)
Default is list of up to 5 items, coll if more than 5--&gt;
| parts                    = 10&lt;!-- parts text, or header for parts list --&gt;
&lt;!-- Politics ----&gt;
| government_footnotes     = 
| government_type          = 
| leader_title             =  [[ميئر]]
| leader_name              = مبشر جاويد
| leader_title3            = [[ڊپٽي ميئر]]
| leader_name3             = لاھور جا 9 زونل ميئر
| established_title        = ميٽروپوليٽن ڪارپوريشن 
| established_date         = 2013
&lt;!-- Area ----&gt;
| area_magnitude           = 
| area_footnotes           = &lt;ref name=&quot;pportal&quot;&gt;{{cite web| url=http://www.punjab.gov.pk/?q=punjab_quick_stats| title=Punjab Portal| publisher=Government of Punjab| accessdate=7 July 2014| deadurl=yes| archiveurl=https://web.archive.org/web/20140625115713/http://punjab.gov.pk/?q=punjab_quick_stats| archivedate=25 June 2014| df=dmy-all}}&lt;/ref&gt;
| area_total_km2           = 550
&lt;!-- Elevation ----&gt;
| elevation_footnotes      = 
| elevation_m              = 217
&lt;!-- Population ----&gt;
| population_as_of         = [[پاڪستان جي آدمشماري 2017ع|2017ع]]
| population_total         = 11,126,285
| population_footnotes     = &lt;ref name=&quot;census2017&quot;&gt;{{cite web| url=http://www.pbscensus.gov.pk/sites/default/files/population_of_major_cities_census_2017%20_0.pdf| title= POPULATION OF MAJOR CITIES CENSUS – 2017 [PDF] | publisher=Pakistan Bureau of Statistics| accessdate=August 30, 2017}}&lt;/ref&gt;
| population_density_km2   = 20205
| population_density_sq_mi = 52418
| population_demonym       =  لاھوري
| blank_name_sec1          = [[Gross domestic product|GDP/PPP]]
| blank_info_sec1          = $58.14 billion (2014)&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Lahore Fact Sheet|url=http://www.lloyds.com/cityriskindex/locations/fact_sheet/lahore|publisher=Lloyd's|accessdate=19 August 2016}}&lt;/ref&gt;
| blank2_name_sec1         = [[List of districts of Pakistan by Human Development Index|HDI]]
| blank2_info_sec1         = 0.71 {{increase}} (Based on 2012 data)&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.spdc.org.pk/Data/Publication/PDF/AR2014-15.pdf|title=SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT IN PAKISTAN ANNUAL REVIEW 2014–15|date=2016|publisher=SOCIAL POLICY AND DEVELOPMENT CENTRE|accessdate=26 March 2017}}&lt;/ref&gt;
| blank3_name_sec1         = HDI Category
| blank3_info_sec1         = High
 &lt;!-- General information ----&gt;
| timezone                 = [[Pakistan l Time|PKT]]
| utc_offset               = +5
| timezone_DST             = 
| utc_offset_DST           = 
| coordinates              = {{coord|31|32|59|N|74|20|37|E|region:PK|display=inline,title}}
| named_for                = [[Lava (Ramayana)|Lava]]&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title= Guide to Lahore|author=Masudul Hasan|publisher=Ferozsons|year=1978}}&lt;/ref&gt;
| postal_code              = 54000
| postal_code_type         = [[پوسٽل ڪوڊ]]
| area_code_type           = [[ڊائلنگ ڪوڊ]]
| area_code                = 042&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web
| title=National Dialing Codes
| url=http://www.ptcl.com.pk/Home/PageDetail?ItemId=52&amp;linkId=125
| publisher = [[Pakistan Telecommunication Company Limited]]
| accessdate=28 August 2014}}&lt;/ref&gt;
}}


'''لاھور''' {{ٻيا نالا|انگريزي= ''' Lahore '''}} پاڪستان جي صوبي پنجاب جو گاديءَ جو هنڌ ۽ سڀ کان وڏو شھر آھي. آبادي ۽ پکيڙ ۾ ڪراچي کان پوءِ پاڪستان جو ٻيون نمبر سڀ کان وڏو شهر آهي. آبادي م دنيا جو 26ھون وڏو شھر آھي&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.citypopulation.de/Pakistan-100T.html|title=Pakistan: Provinces and Major Cities - Population Statistics, Maps, Charts, Weather and Web Information|website=citypopulation.de}}&lt;/ref&gt;. پاڪستان جو ٻيو نمبر وڏو مالدار شھر آھي. ان جي مساوي قوت خريد واري جي ڊي پي جو تخمينو 2019 ۾ 84 ارب ڊالر ھيو&lt;ref name=&quot;thebusinessyear.com&quot;&gt;{{Citation |title=آرڪائيو ڪاپي |url=https://www.thebusinessyear.com/pakistan-top-4-four-economic-centers-cities-in-2020/focus |access-date=2021-07-26 |archive-date=2021-11-20 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20211120144202/https://www.thebusinessyear.com/pakistan-top-4-four-economic-centers-cities-in-2020/focus |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;finance.gov.pk&quot;&gt;{{Citation |title=آرڪائيو ڪاپي |url=http://finance.gov.pk/ |accessdate=2021-07-26 |archive-date=2022-01-27 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20220127164244/http://www.finance.gov.pk/ |dead-url=yes }}&lt;/ref&gt; ھي شھر پنجاب جو تاريخي ثقافتي مرڪز آهي&lt;ref name=&quot;globalsec&quot;&gt;[http://www.globalsecurity.org/military/world/pakistan/cantt-lahore.htm Lahore Cantonment], globalsecurity.org&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.lahore.gov.pk/profile/history.htm|title=Internet Archive Wayback Machine|date=22 April 2008|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20081229181550/http://www.lahore.gov.pk/profile/history.htm|archive-date=29 December 2008|url-status=dead|access-date=16 September 2011}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The World's Population: An Encyclopedia of Critical Issues, Crises, and Ever-Growing Countries|last1=Shelley|first1=Fred|date=16 December 2014|publisher=ABC-CLIO|isbn=978-1-61069-506-0|page=356|quote=Lahore is the historic center of the Punjab region of the northwestern portion of the Indian subcontinent}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Luther1990&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=Usha Masson Luther|title=Historical Routes of North West Indian Subcontinent, Lahore to Delhi, 1550s–1850s A.D.: Network Analysis Through DCNC-micro Methodology|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=pQAsAAAAIAAJ|year=1990|publisher=Sagar Publications}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ پاڪستان جو سڀ کان وڌيڪَ معاشرتي اعتدال پسندي&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=aKb9cFFu1xAC&amp;pg=PA209|title=Diminishing Conflicts in Asia and the Pacific: Why Some Subside and Others Don't|date=2013|publisher=Routledge|isbn=978-0-415-67031-9|quote=&quot;Lahore, perhaps Pakistan's most liberal city...&quot;|access-date=8 April 2017}}&lt;/ref&gt; ترقي پسند خيالن وارو&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.washingtonpost.com/world/the-taliban-once-ruled-pakistans-swat-valley-now-peace-has-returned/2015/05/08/6bb8ac96-eeaa-11e4-8050-839e9234b303_story.html|title=The Taliban once ruled Pakistan's Swat Valley. Now peace has returned.|last=Craig|first=Tim|date=9 May 2015|work=[[The Washington Post]]|access-date=11 February 2018|issn=0190-8286|quote=&quot;We now want to dress like the people of Punjab,&quot; said Abid Ibrahim, 19, referring to the eastern province that includes Lahore, often referred to as Pakistan's most progressive city.}}&lt;/ref&gt; ڪاسموپوليٽن شھر آھي&lt;ref&gt;{{cite news|url=https://www.bbc.com/news/world-asia-35910124|title=Lahore attack: Pakistan PM Sharif demands swift action on terror|date=28 March 2016|access-date=19 August 2016|work=BBC|quote=Lahore is one of Pakistan's most liberal and wealthy cities. It is Mr Sharif's political powerbase and has seen relatively few terror attacks in recent years.}}&lt;/ref&gt; ھي شھر پاڪستان جي دل سڏبو آهي. ننڍي کنڊ ۾ ھڪ مشھور چوڻي ھئي تہ: ''جنھن لاھور نہ ڏٺو آھي اھو پيدا ئي نه ٿيو آھي''. ون يونٽ واري دؤر (1956ع کان 1970ع تائين) ۾ ھي شھر مغربي پاڪستان جو گادي جو ھنڌ رھيو. 

[[فائل:Alamgiri Gate.jpg|220px|thumb|لاهور جي شاهي قلعي جو عالمگيري دروازو]]

لاھور جو پاڪستاني ثقافتي تي ڳوڙهو اثر رھيو آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;globalsec&quot; /&gt;. اھو پاڪستان جي اشاعتي صنعت ۽ ادب ۽ تعليم جو مرڪز رھيو آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;Leading News Resource of Pakistan&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=story_4-3-2005_pg7_15 |title=Leading News Resource of Pakistan |work=Daily Times |date=4 March 2005 |access-date=16 September 2011 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080212140647/http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=story_4-3-2005_pg7_15 |archive-date=12 February 2008 }}&lt;/ref&gt; ھتي پاڪستان جون ھراول درسگاهون واقع آهن&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.dawn.com/news/756723/lahores-domination|title=Lahore's domination|last=Zaidi|first=S. Akbar|date=15 October 2012|website=Dawn|location=Pakistan|access-date=16 June 2016}}&lt;/ref&gt; 
ھي شھر پاڪستان جي فلمي صنعت جو پڻ مرڪز آھي جنھن کي لاليووڊ پڻ لاھور جي نسبت سان سڏيو ويندو آهي. شھر پاڪستان ۾ قوالي جو پڻ مرڪز آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;Windsor all&quot;&gt;{{cite news|url=https://www.theguardian.com/travel/2006/oct/17/pakistan?page=all|title=Out of the rubble|last=Windsor|first=Antonia|date=22 November 2006|work=The Guardian|location=London|access-date=27 March 2010}}&lt;/ref&gt; شھر پاڪستان م سياحت جي صنعت جو پڻ اھم مرڪز آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;Windsor all&quot; /&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Planet&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.lonelyplanet.com/pakistan/punjab/lahore/introduction|title=Lahore, Pakistan – Lonely Planet|last=Planet|first=Lonely|website=Lonely Planet|access-date=16 June 2016}}&lt;/ref&gt; اتي لاھور جو ڪوٽ وارو حصو، مشھور بادشاھي مسجد، وزير خان مسجد، سکن جون مختلف زيارتن واريون جڳھون، صوفي اوليائن جون درگاهون، شاھي قلعو، شاليمار باغ نہ رڳو سياحن جي توجھ وٽان آھن پر انھن مان اڪثر يونيسڪو طرفان عالمي ورثو قرار ڏنل آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Planet&quot; /&gt;

==نالو==
لاھور جي نالي جي ابتدا ڪيئن ٿي اھو اڃان تائين واضع ٿي نہ سگھيو آهي. مسلمانن اتي آمد بعد ان شھر کي '''لھوار'''، '''لھار''' ۽ '''رھوار''' سڏيو&lt;ref name=&quot;:12&quot;&gt;{{Cite book|last=Latif|first=Syad Muhammad|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=RWsTAAAAQAAJ&amp;pg=PA5|title=Lahore: Its History, Architectural Remains and Antiquities: With an Account of Its Modern Institutions, Inhabitants, Their Trade, Customs, &amp;c|date=1892|publisher=Printed at the New Imperial Press}}&lt;/ref&gt; [[البيروني]] پنھنجي يارھين صدي واري ھڪ لکڻي ۾ ھن شھر لاء '''لھاوار''' نالو استعمال ڪيو&lt;ref name=&quot;:12&quot; /&gt;. [[امير خسرو]] ان شھر لاءِ '''لھانور''' لفظ استعمال ڪيو&lt;ref name=&quot;:22&quot;&gt;{{Cite book|last=Suvorova|first=Anna|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=cI1_AgAAQBAJ&amp;pg=PT241|title=Muslim Saints of South Asia: The Eleventh to Fifteenth Centuries|date=22 July 2004|publisher=Routledge|isbn=1134370059}}&lt;/ref&gt; ياقوت الھماوي پنھنجي لکڻي ۾ ھن شھر جو نالو '''لَوھُور''' ۽ '''لھاور''' لکيو&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|last=al-Hamawi|first=Yaqut|title=Mu'jam al-Buldan|url=http://arabiclexicon.hawramani.com/لَوْهُور/?book=53|access-date=14 March 2020|website=arabiclexicon.hawramani.com/|quote=لَوْهُور: بفتح أوله، وسكون ثانيه، والهاء، وآخره راء، والمشهور من اسم هذا البلد لهاور: وهي مدينة عظيمة مشهورة في بلاد الهند.}}&lt;/ref&gt; راجپوتن جي ذريعن ھن شھر جو نالو '''لاوڪوٽ''' استعمال ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;:22&quot; /&gt; ھڪ خيال مطابق لاھور لفظ '''رواور''' لفظ جي ھڪ بگڙيل صورت آهي ڇوته سنسڪرت جي نالن مان اکر ر جي ل ۾ بگاڙ عام ھئي&lt;ref name=&quot;:32&quot;&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=8sdgrE8pn-cC&amp;q=iravatyawar|title=Journal of Central Asia|date=1978|publisher=Centre for the Study of the Civilizations of Central Asia, Quaid-i-Azam University}}&lt;/ref&gt; ويدن ۾ راوي ندي لاءِ ''اراوتي'' ندي جو لفظ ڪتب آيل آھي جيڪو لڳي ٿوته اڳتي ھلي ''ارياتياور'' طور اچارجڻ لڳو&lt;ref name=&quot;:32&quot; /&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last1=Boltz|first1=William G.|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=j-hJB2279EAC&amp;pg=PA136|title=Studies in the Historical Phonology of Asian Languages|last2=Shapiro|first2=Michael C.|date=1 January 1991|publisher=John Benjamins Publishing|isbn=9027235740}}&lt;/ref&gt; 
ھڪ ٻئي خيال مطابق اھو لفظ '''لوھار''' مان نڪتل آهي&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=JfhwAAAAMAAJ&amp;q=Lahore+blacksmith+etymology|title=Journal of Asian Civilisations|date=2001|publisher=Taxila Institute of Asian Civilisations}}&lt;/ref&gt;. ھندن جي رامائڻ جي داستاني روايت ۾ ''لاوا'' واري شھر جو ذڪر ٿيل آهي ۽ خيال آهي ته لاھور اصل ۾ '''لاوپور''' يا '''لاواپوري''' لفظ مان نڪتل آهي&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=VJwIAAAAQAAJ&amp;pg=RA2-PA131|title=Gazetteer of the Ferozpur District: 1883|date=1883}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite news|author1=Haroon Khalid|title=How old is Lahore? The clues lie in a blend of historical fact and expedient legend|work=Dawn|url=https://www.dawn.com/news/1454665/|quote=A legend subsequently grew that connected the history of the city with Valmiki's Ramayana. According to this narrative, Valmiki lived on a mound on the banks of the Ravi when he hosted Ram's consort Sita after she was banished from Ayodhya. It is here that she gave birth Lav and Kush, the princes of Ayodhya, who later founded the twin cities of Lahore and Kasur.}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Bombay Historical Society|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=FAS2AAAAIAAJ&amp;q=Lahore+Lavapuri|title=Annual bibliography of Indian history and Indology, Volume 4|year=1946|page=257|access-date=29 May 2009}}&lt;/ref&gt; رامائڻ مطابق لاوا شھر جو بنياد شھزادَي '''لاوا''' رکيو ھو&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Baqir|first=Muhammad|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=-pAcAAAAMAAJ&amp;q=Lahore+Lava|title=Lahore, past and present|publisher=B.R. Pub. Corp|year=1985|pages=19–20|access-date=29 May 2009}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪو سيتا مان رام جو پٽ ھيو. قصور شھر لاء پڻ ساڳي روايت بيان ڪئي وڃي ٿي (جيڪو دراصل مغلن جي دور ۾ افغانين اڏايو ھيو)&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=Nadiem|first=Ihsan H.|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=pyFuAAAAMAAJ&amp;q=kasur.founded.mughal|title=Punjab: Land, History, People|date=2005|publisher=Al-Faisal Nashran|isbn=978-969-503-434-7|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; ته ان لاوا جي جاڙي ڀاء ڪشا جو نالو قصور شھر تي پيو جيڪو بگڙي قصور ٿيو&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Nadiem|first=Ihsan N|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=pyFuAAAAMAAJ&amp;q=Kasur+Kusha|title=Punjab: land, history, people|publisher=Al-Faisal Nashran|year=2005|isbn=9789695032831|page=111|access-date=29 May 2009}}&lt;/ref&gt;

==تاريخ==


[[File:Temple associated with Loh.JPG|thumb|لاھور واري قلعي لڳ [[لاوا مندر]] جيڪو سکن جي دور سان تعلق رکندڙ آهي&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.dawn.com/news/1382839|title=HERITAGE: THE LONELY LITTLE TEMPLE|last=Zamir|first=Sufia|date=14 January 2018|website=DAWN.COM|language=en|access-date=27 April 2020}}&lt;/ref&gt; 
۽ ھندو ديوتا لاوا لاء ارپيل آھي]]

ھندو روايتن مطابق سورياونسي گھراڻي جو باني ڪينيڪسين ھن شھر مان لڏي آيل ھيو&lt;ref name=&quot;Neville, p.xii&quot;&gt;Neville, p.xii&lt;/ref&gt; لاھور جو آڳاٽي دور وارو رڪارڊ ڪانہ ٿو ملي سڪندراعظم جي مؤرخن سندس 326ق م ۾ ھتي حملي ڪرڻ واري دور ۾ ھن شھر جي ھجڻ جو ڪوبه ذڪر نہ ڪيو آهي جنھن مان لڳي ٿو ته اھو يا تہ اڃان قائم نہ ٿيو ھو يا وري غيرمعروف ھيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=RWsTAAAAQAAJ&amp;pg=PA352|title=Lahore: Its History, Architectural Remains and Antiquities: With an Account of Its Modern Institutions, Inhabitants, Their Trade, Customs, &amp;c|last=Latif|first=Syad Muhammad|date=1892|publisher=Printed at the New Imperial Press}}&lt;/ref&gt; [[ٽالمي]] پنھنجي نقشن واري گزيٽيئر [[جاگرافيا]] ۾ چناب ۽ راوي لڳ لابوڪلا شھر ھجڻ جو ذڪر ڪيو آهي جيڪو شايد قديم لاھور  يا موجوده لاھور واري جاء تي اڳوڻو شھر ھجي&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author1=Charles Umpherston Aitchison|title=Lord Lawrence and the Reconstruction of India Under the British Rule|year=2002|publisher=Genesis Publishing Pvt Ltd|isbn=9788177551730|page=54}}&lt;/ref&gt; چيني سياح [[ژوئانژينگ]] 630ع ۾ ھن علائقي جي سفر دوران ھڪ شاداب شھر جو نالي کان سواءِ ذڪر ڪيو آهي جيڪو شايد لاھور ھجي&lt;ref name=bosworth/&gt; لاھور جي نالي جي ذڪر وارو سڀ کان پھريون مسودو [[حدود العالم]] آھي جيڪو 982ع جو لکيل آهي&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |url=http://www.kroraina.com/hudud/ |title=Hudud al-'Alam, The Regions of the World: A Persian Geography, 372 A.H. – 982 A.D. |last=unknown author from Jōzjān |translator=V. Minorsky |year=1937 |publisher=Oxford University Press |location=London}}&lt;/ref&gt; جنھن ۾ لاھور جو متاثر ڪندڙ مندرن، وڏين بازارن ۽ وڏن باغن واري شھر طور تذڪرو ٿيل آھي&lt;ref&gt;Al-Hind, the Slave Kings and the Islamic Conquest, 11th–13th Centuries By André Wink&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.dawn.com/2004/08/22/fea.htm |title=Dawn Pakistan – The 'shroud' over Lahore's antiquity |work=Dawn|location=Pakistan |access-date=15 March 2011}}&lt;/ref&gt;
[[آنندپال]] واري [[ھندو شاھي]] (ڪابل شاھي) ايمپائر واري دور م لاھور پنجاب جي گادي ھيو. آنندپال گادي کي وائھند مان اتي منتقل ڪيو ھو&lt;ref&gt;Al-Hind, the Slave Kings and the Islamic Conquest, 11th–13th Centuries By André Wink PAGE 235&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان بعد محمود غزنوي جي ڪاھن جي ڪري گادي لاھور مان سيالڪوٽ منتقل ڪئي وئي&lt;ref name=bosworth/&gt;.

===غزنوي دور===
[[File:Data Durbar as more then one decade before by Usman Ghani.jpg|thumb|يارھين صدي عيسويءَ واري غزنوي دور ۾ لاھور ۾ رھندڙ بزرگ علي ھجويري المعروف داتا گنج بخش جي مزار]]

افغاني سلطان محمود غزنوي حملو ڪري ھن شھر واري علائقي تي قبضو ڪري غزنوين جي راڄ جي شروعات ڪئي ۽ شھر انھن جي ايمپائر جي ٻيون نمبر گادي بڻجي ويو&lt;ref name=bosworth/&gt; 
1021ع ۾ سلطان محمود غزنوي پنھجي مشھور غلام [[ملڪ اياز]] کي اتان جو گورنر مقرر ڪيو. 1034ع ۾ ملتان جي باغي گورنر [[نيئالتگين]] لاھور تي قبضو ڪيو. 1036 ۾ ملڪ اياز سندس فوج کي شھر مان تڙي ڪڍيو&lt;ref name=&quot;dsal.uchicago.edu&quot;&gt;{{cite book|title=Imperial Gazetteer of India, v. 16, p. 106.|url=https://dsal.uchicago.edu/reference/gazetteer/text.html?objectid=DS405.1.I34_V16_112.gif|access-date=27 December 2017|archive-date=13 March 2016|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160313205336/http://dsal.uchicago.edu/reference/gazetteer/text.html?objectid=DS405.1.I34_V16_112.gif|dead-url=yes}} {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160313205336/http://dsal.uchicago.edu/reference/gazetteer/text.html?objectid=DS405.1.I34_V16_112.gif |date=13 March 2016 }}&lt;/ref&gt; پر شھر تباھ ٿي چڪو ھو ۽ ان جو حفاظتي ڪوٽ حملي ۾ ڊھي چڪو ھو. سلطان ابراهيم غزنوي جي مدد سان اياز شھر جي نئين سر تعمير ڪئي ۽ کيس ٻيھر آباد ڪيو. 1037 کان 1040ع تائين ملڪ اياز شھر کي ڪوٽ ڏياري وري قلعي ۾ تبديل ڪيو&lt;ref name=&quot;Petersen1996&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=Andrew Petersen|title=Dictionary of Islamic Architecture|url=https://archive.org/details/dictionaryofisla00andr|url-access=registration|year=1996|publisher=Routledge|isbn=978-0-415-06084-4|page=[https://archive.org/details/dictionaryofisla00andr/page/159 159]}}&lt;/ref&gt;. اياز جي گورنري دوران 1043 کان 1044ع تائين وري ھي شھر ھندو شھزادن جي ڪنفيڊريشن طرفان محاصري ھيٺ رھيو&lt;ref name=bosworth&gt;{{cite book|last1=Bosworth|first1=C. Edmund|title=Historic Cities of the Islamic World|date=2007|publisher=Brill|isbn=978-9047423836|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=CgawCQAAQBAJ&amp;pg=PA305|access-date=26 December 2017}}&lt;/ref&gt; ملڪ اياز جي دؤر ۾ شھر ثقافتي ۽ تعليمي مرڪز بڻجي ويو ۽ شاعري جي ڪري شھر جو چرچو رھيو&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.gcu.edu.pk/Citylahore.htm |title=.GC University Lahore |publisher=Gcu.edu.pk |access-date=15 March 2011 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120908173139/http://www.gcu.edu.pk/Citylahore.htm |archive-date= 8 September 2012 }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;WescoatWolschke-Bulmahn1996&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author1=James L. Wescoat|author2=Joachim Wolschke-Bulmahn|title=Mughal Gardens: Sources, Places, Representations, and Prospects|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=96ec98LieGsC&amp;pg=PA149|date=1 January 1996|publisher=Dumbarton Oaks|isbn=978-0-88402-235-0|page=149}}&lt;/ref&gt;. 1152ع ۾ خسرو شاھ جي دؤر ۾ لاھور کي 
باقاعده اوڀر واري غزنوي ايمپائر جو گادي وارو شھر بڻايو ويو&lt;ref name=modern/&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Encyclopedia of Chronology: Historical and Biographical|date=1872|publisher=Longmans, Green and Company|url=https://archive.org/details/encyclopediaofch00wood|page=[https://archive.org/details/encyclopediaofch00wood/page/590 590]|quote=lahore 1152.|access-date=26 December 2017}}&lt;/ref&gt;. 1163ع ۾ [[غزني]] شھر کسجي وڃڻ بعد ھي شھر پوري [[غزنوي ايمپائر]] جو اڪيلو گادي وارو شهر بڻجي ويو&lt;ref&gt;[http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/327951/Lahore &quot;Lahore&quot;] ''Encyclopædia Britannica''&lt;/ref&gt; غزنوي دور وارو سڄو شھر موجوده لاھور جي [[شاھ عالمي بازار]] جي اولھ واري ۽ [[ڀٽي گيٽ]] جي اتر واري علائقن تي مشتمل ھيو&lt;ref name=modern/&gt;.

===مملوڪن وارو دؤر===
1187ع ۾ غورين لاھور تي قبضو ڪيو&lt;ref name=bosworth/&gt; جنھن سان غزنوين جي ھن شھر تان حڪومت ختم ٿي. 1206ع ۾ سلطان معزالدين [[محمد غوري]] جي قتل بعد لاھور ھندوستان واري [[مملوڪ گھراڻو (دھلي)|مملوڪ گھراڻي]] جي سلطنت جو گادي جو هنڌ بڻايو ويو. مملوڪ يا غلام گھراڻي جي سلطان [[قطب الدين ايبڪ]] لاھور شھر ۾ ترڪستان، عظيم خراسان، فارس ۽ دجلا۽ فرات واري وادين جي شاعرن ۽ عالمن ھن شھر جو رخ ڪيو. ان دور ۾ فارسي ٻولي وارا شاعر فارس ۽ خراسان جي شھرن کان بہ وڌيڪ تعداد ۾ لاھور شھر ۾ ھيا&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.apnaorg.com/articles/indianexpress-2/ |title=Once upon a time |publisher=Apnaorg.com |access-date=15 March 2011}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;[[Alexander Mikaberidze|Mikaberidze, Alexander]]. [https://books.google.com/books?id=jBBYD2J2oE4C&amp;pg=PA269#v=onepage&amp;q=delhi%20sultanate%20turko-afghan &quot;Conflict and Conquest in the Islamic World: A Historical Encyclopedia ('''2''' volumes): A Historical Encyclopedia&quot;] ABC-CLIO, 22 July 2011 {{ISBN|978-1-59884-337-8}} pp 269–270&lt;/ref&gt;. قطب الدين ايبڪ جي وفات بعد غوري ڪارندن جي پاڻ ۾ تڪرار ٿيڻ بعد 1217ع ۾  مختصر وقت ملتان جي گورنر ناصر الدين قباچه اتي قبضو ڪيو پر پوء دھلي جي مملوڪ سلطان التمش 
قبضو واپس ورتو &lt;ref name=bosworth/&gt;
چنگيز خان جڏھن موجوده ازبڪستان ۾ [[خوارزم]] تي چڙھائي ڪئي تي اتان جو حاڪم [[جلال الدين منڪبرني]] اتان ڀڄي پنجاب آيو ۽ 1223ع ۾ مقامي کوکرن جي مدد سان لاھور تي قبضو ڪيو&lt;ref name=bosworth/&gt;. 1228ع م [[التمش]] جي فوج کانئس قبضو واپس کسيو تہ جلال الدين اتان نڪري [[اچ]] تي قبضو ڪيو&lt;ref name=bosworth/&gt;. منگولن جي حملن جي خدشن سبب گادي کي مملوڪ سلطانن دھلي منتقل ڪيو جيڪا انھن حملن کان محفوظ جاء ھئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;jackson&quot;/&gt;. باوجود ان جي لاھور ننڍي کنڊ ۾ اسلامي ثقافت جو وڏو مرڪز رھيو&lt;ref name=&quot;jackson&quot;/&gt;. دھلي ۾ التمش جي وارثن جي حڪومت دوران لاھور واري گورنري دھلي جي اثر م گھٽ رھي&lt;ref name=bosworth/&gt; ڪبير خان اياز جي دؤر ۾ لاھور لڳ ڀڳ خودمختيار علائقو ھيو&lt;ref name=bosworth/&gt; 1241ع ۾ منگولن ھن شھر تي حملو ڪري ڦرلٽ ڪئي ۽ شھر کي تباھ ڪري ڇڏيو&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=980SAvbmpUkC|title=The Dancing Girl: A History of Early India|first=Balaji|last=Sadasivan|date=14 August 2018|publisher=Institute of Southeast Asian Studies|isbn=9789814311670|via=Google Books}}&lt;/ref&gt; منگولن پنھنجي ھڪ سردار تغرل جي حاڪميت ۾ شھر تي ڪجهه سال قبضو برقرار رکيو&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=https://books.google.com/books?isbn=8190891804|title=isbn:8190891804 – Google Search|website=books.google.com}}&lt;/ref&gt; &lt;ref name=&quot;jackson&quot;&gt;{{cite book|last1=Jackson|first1=Peter|title=The Delhi Sultanate: A Political and Military History|date=16 October 2003|publisher=Cambridge University Press|isbn=0521543290|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=lt2tqOpVRKgC&amp;pg=PA309|access-date=27 December 2017}}&lt;/ref&gt;. 1266ع ۾ غياث الدين بلبن شھر کي ٻيھر فتح ڪيو. 1287 م منگولن وري تيمور خان جي حاڪميت ۾ اتر پنجاب تي قبضو ڪيو اھڙي طرح لاھور ھڪ سرحدي علائقو بڻجي ويو&lt;ref name=&quot;jackson&quot;/&gt; ۽ منگولن جي حملن ڪري لاھور جي علائقي جو انتظامي مرڪز [[ديپالپور]] کي بڻايو ويو&lt;ref name=bosworth/&gt; 1305ع م منگولن وري لاھور تي حملو ڪيو&lt;ref name=&quot;Neville, p.xiii&quot;&gt;Neville, p.xiii&lt;/ref&gt;

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
[[زمرو:پاڪستان جا شهر]]
[[زمرو:پاڪستان جا ميٽروپوليٽن علائقا]]
[[زمرو:پنجاب جا شهر (پاڪستان)]]
[[زمرو:پنجاب، پاڪستان]]
[[زمرو:پنجاب، پاڪستان جا شهر]]
[[زمرو:شهر]]
[[زمرو:لاهور]]
[[زمرو:لاهور ضلعي جون آباد جڳھون]]
[[زمرو:وڏا شهر]]</text>
      <sha1>3ea0428byfgvs7awwl4t7igarlxzhtr</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401174</id>
      <parentid>401171</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T11:54:59Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401174</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="28247" sha1="k8rvhyigch9eicwm1764j5i6oezusqu" xml:space="preserve">{{چونڊ مضمون|آگسٽ 2021}}


{{Infobox settlement
| name                     = لاھور
| native_name              = {{nobold|{{lang|pnb|{{Nastaliq|لہور}}}}}}&lt;br/&gt;{{nobold|{{lang|ur|{{nq|لاہور}}}}}}
| settlement_type          = [[ميٽروپولس]]
&lt;!-- images and maps ----&gt;
| image_skyline            = Lahorecollage3.jpg
| image_caption            = مٿان ساڄي پاسي کان: [[لاھور جو قلعو]]، [[شاليمار باغ]]، [[لاھور جو عجائب گھر]]، [[بادشاھي مسجد]]، [[قائد اعظم لائبريري]]، [[مينار پاڪستان]] .
| image_blank_emblem       = 
| nickname                 = 
| blank_emblem_type        = نسبتي نشان
| pushpin_map    = 
Pakistan Punjab#Pakistan#Asia
| pushpin_label_position   = 
| pushpin_mapsize          = 180
| pushpin_map_caption      = پاڪستان جي پنجاب ۾ مقام
| pushpin_mapsize          = 250

| coordinates              = {{coord|31|32|59|N|74|20|37|E|display=inline,title}}

| subdivision_type         = [[ملڪ]]
| subdivision_name         = {{flagicon|Pakistan}} [[پاڪستان]]
| subdivision_type1        = [[صوبو]]
| subdivision_name1        = {{flagicon|Punjab}} [[پنجاب]]
| subdivision_type2        = [[ڊويزن]]
| subdivision_name2        = [[لاھور ڊويزن]]
| subdivision_type3        = [[ضلعو]]
| subdivision_name3        = [[لاھور ضلعو]]

| established_title        = بنياد
| established_date         = پھرين ۽ ستين صدي عيسويءَ جي وچ ۾

| established_title1       = شھر جي حيثيت
| established_date1        = 1040ع

| established_title2       = گاديءَ جو هنڌ
| established_date2        = 25 جون 1206ع، 27 مئي 1586ع، 12 اپريل 1801ع

| established_title3       = ميٽروپوليٽن حيثيت
| established_date3        = 3 فيبروري 1890ع

| seat_type                = ميٽروپوليٽن مرڪز
| seat                     = [[Lahore Town Hall|لاھور ٽائون ھال]]

| parts_type               = زون
| parts                    = 10

| government_type          = ميٽروپوليٽن ڪارپوريشن
| governing_body           = لاھور ميٽروپوليٽن ڪارپوريشن

| leader_title             = ميئر
| leader_name              = ڪوبه ناهي

| leader_title1            = ڊپٽي ميئر
| leader_name1             = 9 زونل ميئر

| leader_title2            = ڊپٽي ڪمشنر
| leader_name2             = سيد موسيٰ رضا (BPS-19 PAS)

| leader_title3            = ڪيپيٽل سٽي پوليس آفيسر
| leader_name3             = بلال صديقي ڪميانا (BPS-21 PSP)

| area_total_km2           = 1772

| elevation_m              = 217
| elevation_max_m          = 231
| elevation_min_m          = 196

| population_as_of         = 2023
| population_total         = 13004135
| population_density_km2   = 7339
| population_rank          = پنجاب ۾ پهريون، پاڪستان ۾ ٻيون، دنيا ۾ 26هون
| population_demonym       = لاھوري

| demographics_type1       = ٻوليون
| demographics1_title1     = سرڪاري
| demographics1_info1      = [[اردو]]، [[انگريزي]]
| demographics1_title2     = مادري
| demographics1_info2      = [[پنجابي]]

| timezone                 = [[پاڪستان معياري وقت|PKT]]
| utc_offset               = +5

| postal_code_type         = [[پوسٽل ڪوڊ]]
| postal_code              = 53XXX–55XXX

| area_code_type           = [[ڊائلنگ ڪوڊ]]
| area_code                = 042

| blank_name_sec1          = GDP (PPP)
| blank_info_sec1          = US$84 ارب (2019)

| blank2_name_sec1         = HDI (2018)
| blank2_info_sec1         = 0.877 (تمام اعليٰ)

| blank3_name_sec1         = واڌ جي شرح
| blank3_info_sec1         = 8.06%

| blank4_name_sec1         = خواندگي (2023)
| blank4_info_sec1         = 81%

| blank5_name_sec1         = موسمي درجابندي
| blank5_info_sec1         = BSh

| website                  = {{URL|https://lahore.punjab.gov.pk}}
}}

'''لاھور''' {{ٻيا نالا|انگريزي= ''' Lahore '''}} پاڪستان جي صوبي پنجاب جو گاديءَ جو هنڌ ۽ سڀ کان وڏو شھر آھي. آبادي ۽ پکيڙ ۾ ڪراچي کان پوءِ پاڪستان جو ٻيون نمبر سڀ کان وڏو شهر آهي. آبادي م دنيا جو 26ھون وڏو شھر آھي&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.citypopulation.de/Pakistan-100T.html|title=Pakistan: Provinces and Major Cities - Population Statistics, Maps, Charts, Weather and Web Information|website=citypopulation.de}}&lt;/ref&gt;. پاڪستان جو ٻيو نمبر وڏو مالدار شھر آھي. ان جي مساوي قوت خريد واري جي ڊي پي جو تخمينو 2019 ۾ 84 ارب ڊالر ھيو&lt;ref name=&quot;thebusinessyear.com&quot;&gt;{{Citation |title=آرڪائيو ڪاپي |url=https://www.thebusinessyear.com/pakistan-top-4-four-economic-centers-cities-in-2020/focus |access-date=2021-07-26 |archive-date=2021-11-20 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20211120144202/https://www.thebusinessyear.com/pakistan-top-4-four-economic-centers-cities-in-2020/focus |url-status=dead }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;finance.gov.pk&quot;&gt;{{Citation |title=آرڪائيو ڪاپي |url=http://finance.gov.pk/ |accessdate=2021-07-26 |archive-date=2022-01-27 |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20220127164244/http://www.finance.gov.pk/ |dead-url=yes }}&lt;/ref&gt; ھي شھر پنجاب جو تاريخي ثقافتي مرڪز آهي&lt;ref name=&quot;globalsec&quot;&gt;[http://www.globalsecurity.org/military/world/pakistan/cantt-lahore.htm Lahore Cantonment], globalsecurity.org&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.lahore.gov.pk/profile/history.htm|title=Internet Archive Wayback Machine|date=22 April 2008|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20081229181550/http://www.lahore.gov.pk/profile/history.htm|archive-date=29 December 2008|url-status=dead|access-date=16 September 2011}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=The World's Population: An Encyclopedia of Critical Issues, Crises, and Ever-Growing Countries|last1=Shelley|first1=Fred|date=16 December 2014|publisher=ABC-CLIO|isbn=978-1-61069-506-0|page=356|quote=Lahore is the historic center of the Punjab region of the northwestern portion of the Indian subcontinent}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Luther1990&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=Usha Masson Luther|title=Historical Routes of North West Indian Subcontinent, Lahore to Delhi, 1550s–1850s A.D.: Network Analysis Through DCNC-micro Methodology|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=pQAsAAAAIAAJ|year=1990|publisher=Sagar Publications}}&lt;/ref&gt; ۽ پاڪستان جو سڀ کان وڌيڪَ معاشرتي اعتدال پسندي&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=aKb9cFFu1xAC&amp;pg=PA209|title=Diminishing Conflicts in Asia and the Pacific: Why Some Subside and Others Don't|date=2013|publisher=Routledge|isbn=978-0-415-67031-9|quote=&quot;Lahore, perhaps Pakistan's most liberal city...&quot;|access-date=8 April 2017}}&lt;/ref&gt; ترقي پسند خيالن وارو&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news|url=https://www.washingtonpost.com/world/the-taliban-once-ruled-pakistans-swat-valley-now-peace-has-returned/2015/05/08/6bb8ac96-eeaa-11e4-8050-839e9234b303_story.html|title=The Taliban once ruled Pakistan's Swat Valley. Now peace has returned.|last=Craig|first=Tim|date=9 May 2015|work=[[The Washington Post]]|access-date=11 February 2018|issn=0190-8286|quote=&quot;We now want to dress like the people of Punjab,&quot; said Abid Ibrahim, 19, referring to the eastern province that includes Lahore, often referred to as Pakistan's most progressive city.}}&lt;/ref&gt; ڪاسموپوليٽن شھر آھي&lt;ref&gt;{{cite news|url=https://www.bbc.com/news/world-asia-35910124|title=Lahore attack: Pakistan PM Sharif demands swift action on terror|date=28 March 2016|access-date=19 August 2016|work=BBC|quote=Lahore is one of Pakistan's most liberal and wealthy cities. It is Mr Sharif's political powerbase and has seen relatively few terror attacks in recent years.}}&lt;/ref&gt; ھي شھر پاڪستان جي دل سڏبو آهي. ننڍي کنڊ ۾ ھڪ مشھور چوڻي ھئي تہ: ''جنھن لاھور نہ ڏٺو آھي اھو پيدا ئي نه ٿيو آھي''. ون يونٽ واري دؤر (1956ع کان 1970ع تائين) ۾ ھي شھر مغربي پاڪستان جو گادي جو ھنڌ رھيو. 

[[فائل:Alamgiri Gate.jpg|220px|thumb|لاهور جي شاهي قلعي جو عالمگيري دروازو]]

لاھور جو پاڪستاني ثقافتي تي ڳوڙهو اثر رھيو آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;globalsec&quot; /&gt;. اھو پاڪستان جي اشاعتي صنعت ۽ ادب ۽ تعليم جو مرڪز رھيو آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;Leading News Resource of Pakistan&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=story_4-3-2005_pg7_15 |title=Leading News Resource of Pakistan |work=Daily Times |date=4 March 2005 |access-date=16 September 2011 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080212140647/http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=story_4-3-2005_pg7_15 |archive-date=12 February 2008 }}&lt;/ref&gt; ھتي پاڪستان جون ھراول درسگاهون واقع آهن&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.dawn.com/news/756723/lahores-domination|title=Lahore's domination|last=Zaidi|first=S. Akbar|date=15 October 2012|website=Dawn|location=Pakistan|access-date=16 June 2016}}&lt;/ref&gt; 
ھي شھر پاڪستان جي فلمي صنعت جو پڻ مرڪز آھي جنھن کي لاليووڊ پڻ لاھور جي نسبت سان سڏيو ويندو آهي. شھر پاڪستان ۾ قوالي جو پڻ مرڪز آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;Windsor all&quot;&gt;{{cite news|url=https://www.theguardian.com/travel/2006/oct/17/pakistan?page=all|title=Out of the rubble|last=Windsor|first=Antonia|date=22 November 2006|work=The Guardian|location=London|access-date=27 March 2010}}&lt;/ref&gt; شھر پاڪستان م سياحت جي صنعت جو پڻ اھم مرڪز آھي&lt;ref name=&quot;Windsor all&quot; /&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;Planet&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|url=http://www.lonelyplanet.com/pakistan/punjab/lahore/introduction|title=Lahore, Pakistan – Lonely Planet|last=Planet|first=Lonely|website=Lonely Planet|access-date=16 June 2016}}&lt;/ref&gt; اتي لاھور جو ڪوٽ وارو حصو، مشھور بادشاھي مسجد، وزير خان مسجد، سکن جون مختلف زيارتن واريون جڳھون، صوفي اوليائن جون درگاهون، شاھي قلعو، شاليمار باغ نہ رڳو سياحن جي توجھ وٽان آھن پر انھن مان اڪثر يونيسڪو طرفان عالمي ورثو قرار ڏنل آھن.&lt;ref name=&quot;Planet&quot; /&gt;

==نالو==
لاھور جي نالي جي ابتدا ڪيئن ٿي اھو اڃان تائين واضع ٿي نہ سگھيو آهي. مسلمانن اتي آمد بعد ان شھر کي '''لھوار'''، '''لھار''' ۽ '''رھوار''' سڏيو&lt;ref name=&quot;:12&quot;&gt;{{Cite book|last=Latif|first=Syad Muhammad|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=RWsTAAAAQAAJ&amp;pg=PA5|title=Lahore: Its History, Architectural Remains and Antiquities: With an Account of Its Modern Institutions, Inhabitants, Their Trade, Customs, &amp;c|date=1892|publisher=Printed at the New Imperial Press}}&lt;/ref&gt; [[البيروني]] پنھنجي يارھين صدي واري ھڪ لکڻي ۾ ھن شھر لاء '''لھاوار''' نالو استعمال ڪيو&lt;ref name=&quot;:12&quot; /&gt;. [[امير خسرو]] ان شھر لاءِ '''لھانور''' لفظ استعمال ڪيو&lt;ref name=&quot;:22&quot;&gt;{{Cite book|last=Suvorova|first=Anna|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=cI1_AgAAQBAJ&amp;pg=PT241|title=Muslim Saints of South Asia: The Eleventh to Fifteenth Centuries|date=22 July 2004|publisher=Routledge|isbn=1134370059}}&lt;/ref&gt; ياقوت الھماوي پنھنجي لکڻي ۾ ھن شھر جو نالو '''لَوھُور''' ۽ '''لھاور''' لکيو&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|last=al-Hamawi|first=Yaqut|title=Mu'jam al-Buldan|url=http://arabiclexicon.hawramani.com/لَوْهُور/?book=53|access-date=14 March 2020|website=arabiclexicon.hawramani.com/|quote=لَوْهُور: بفتح أوله، وسكون ثانيه، والهاء، وآخره راء، والمشهور من اسم هذا البلد لهاور: وهي مدينة عظيمة مشهورة في بلاد الهند.}}&lt;/ref&gt; راجپوتن جي ذريعن ھن شھر جو نالو '''لاوڪوٽ''' استعمال ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;:22&quot; /&gt; ھڪ خيال مطابق لاھور لفظ '''رواور''' لفظ جي ھڪ بگڙيل صورت آهي ڇوته سنسڪرت جي نالن مان اکر ر جي ل ۾ بگاڙ عام ھئي&lt;ref name=&quot;:32&quot;&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=8sdgrE8pn-cC&amp;q=iravatyawar|title=Journal of Central Asia|date=1978|publisher=Centre for the Study of the Civilizations of Central Asia, Quaid-i-Azam University}}&lt;/ref&gt; ويدن ۾ راوي ندي لاءِ ''اراوتي'' ندي جو لفظ ڪتب آيل آھي جيڪو لڳي ٿوته اڳتي ھلي ''ارياتياور'' طور اچارجڻ لڳو&lt;ref name=&quot;:32&quot; /&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last1=Boltz|first1=William G.|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=j-hJB2279EAC&amp;pg=PA136|title=Studies in the Historical Phonology of Asian Languages|last2=Shapiro|first2=Michael C.|date=1 January 1991|publisher=John Benjamins Publishing|isbn=9027235740}}&lt;/ref&gt; 
ھڪ ٻئي خيال مطابق اھو لفظ '''لوھار''' مان نڪتل آهي&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=JfhwAAAAMAAJ&amp;q=Lahore+blacksmith+etymology|title=Journal of Asian Civilisations|date=2001|publisher=Taxila Institute of Asian Civilisations}}&lt;/ref&gt;. ھندن جي رامائڻ جي داستاني روايت ۾ ''لاوا'' واري شھر جو ذڪر ٿيل آهي ۽ خيال آهي ته لاھور اصل ۾ '''لاوپور''' يا '''لاواپوري''' لفظ مان نڪتل آهي&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=VJwIAAAAQAAJ&amp;pg=RA2-PA131|title=Gazetteer of the Ferozpur District: 1883|date=1883}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite news|author1=Haroon Khalid|title=How old is Lahore? The clues lie in a blend of historical fact and expedient legend|work=Dawn|url=https://www.dawn.com/news/1454665/|quote=A legend subsequently grew that connected the history of the city with Valmiki's Ramayana. According to this narrative, Valmiki lived on a mound on the banks of the Ravi when he hosted Ram's consort Sita after she was banished from Ayodhya. It is here that she gave birth Lav and Kush, the princes of Ayodhya, who later founded the twin cities of Lahore and Kasur.}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Bombay Historical Society|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=FAS2AAAAIAAJ&amp;q=Lahore+Lavapuri|title=Annual bibliography of Indian history and Indology, Volume 4|year=1946|page=257|access-date=29 May 2009}}&lt;/ref&gt; رامائڻ مطابق لاوا شھر جو بنياد شھزادَي '''لاوا''' رکيو ھو&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Baqir|first=Muhammad|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=-pAcAAAAMAAJ&amp;q=Lahore+Lava|title=Lahore, past and present|publisher=B.R. Pub. Corp|year=1985|pages=19–20|access-date=29 May 2009}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪو سيتا مان رام جو پٽ ھيو. قصور شھر لاء پڻ ساڳي روايت بيان ڪئي وڃي ٿي (جيڪو دراصل مغلن جي دور ۾ افغانين اڏايو ھيو)&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|last=Nadiem|first=Ihsan H.|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=pyFuAAAAMAAJ&amp;q=kasur.founded.mughal|title=Punjab: Land, History, People|date=2005|publisher=Al-Faisal Nashran|isbn=978-969-503-434-7|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; ته ان لاوا جي جاڙي ڀاء ڪشا جو نالو قصور شھر تي پيو جيڪو بگڙي قصور ٿيو&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Nadiem|first=Ihsan N|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=pyFuAAAAMAAJ&amp;q=Kasur+Kusha|title=Punjab: land, history, people|publisher=Al-Faisal Nashran|year=2005|isbn=9789695032831|page=111|access-date=29 May 2009}}&lt;/ref&gt;

==تاريخ==


[[File:Temple associated with Loh.JPG|thumb|لاھور واري قلعي لڳ [[لاوا مندر]] جيڪو سکن جي دور سان تعلق رکندڙ آهي&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|url=https://www.dawn.com/news/1382839|title=HERITAGE: THE LONELY LITTLE TEMPLE|last=Zamir|first=Sufia|date=14 January 2018|website=DAWN.COM|language=en|access-date=27 April 2020}}&lt;/ref&gt; 
۽ ھندو ديوتا لاوا لاء ارپيل آھي]]

ھندو روايتن مطابق سورياونسي گھراڻي جو باني ڪينيڪسين ھن شھر مان لڏي آيل ھيو&lt;ref name=&quot;Neville, p.xii&quot;&gt;Neville, p.xii&lt;/ref&gt; لاھور جو آڳاٽي دور وارو رڪارڊ ڪانہ ٿو ملي سڪندراعظم جي مؤرخن سندس 326ق م ۾ ھتي حملي ڪرڻ واري دور ۾ ھن شھر جي ھجڻ جو ڪوبه ذڪر نہ ڪيو آهي جنھن مان لڳي ٿو ته اھو يا تہ اڃان قائم نہ ٿيو ھو يا وري غيرمعروف ھيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=RWsTAAAAQAAJ&amp;pg=PA352|title=Lahore: Its History, Architectural Remains and Antiquities: With an Account of Its Modern Institutions, Inhabitants, Their Trade, Customs, &amp;c|last=Latif|first=Syad Muhammad|date=1892|publisher=Printed at the New Imperial Press}}&lt;/ref&gt; [[ٽالمي]] پنھنجي نقشن واري گزيٽيئر [[جاگرافيا]] ۾ چناب ۽ راوي لڳ لابوڪلا شھر ھجڻ جو ذڪر ڪيو آهي جيڪو شايد قديم لاھور  يا موجوده لاھور واري جاء تي اڳوڻو شھر ھجي&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|author1=Charles Umpherston Aitchison|title=Lord Lawrence and the Reconstruction of India Under the British Rule|year=2002|publisher=Genesis Publishing Pvt Ltd|isbn=9788177551730|page=54}}&lt;/ref&gt; چيني سياح [[ژوئانژينگ]] 630ع ۾ ھن علائقي جي سفر دوران ھڪ شاداب شھر جو نالي کان سواءِ ذڪر ڪيو آهي جيڪو شايد لاھور ھجي&lt;ref name=bosworth/&gt; لاھور جي نالي جي ذڪر وارو سڀ کان پھريون مسودو [[حدود العالم]] آھي جيڪو 982ع جو لکيل آهي&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |url=http://www.kroraina.com/hudud/ |title=Hudud al-'Alam, The Regions of the World: A Persian Geography, 372 A.H. – 982 A.D. |last=unknown author from Jōzjān |translator=V. Minorsky |year=1937 |publisher=Oxford University Press |location=London}}&lt;/ref&gt; جنھن ۾ لاھور جو متاثر ڪندڙ مندرن، وڏين بازارن ۽ وڏن باغن واري شھر طور تذڪرو ٿيل آھي&lt;ref&gt;Al-Hind, the Slave Kings and the Islamic Conquest, 11th–13th Centuries By André Wink&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.dawn.com/2004/08/22/fea.htm |title=Dawn Pakistan – The 'shroud' over Lahore's antiquity |work=Dawn|location=Pakistan |access-date=15 March 2011}}&lt;/ref&gt;
[[آنندپال]] واري [[ھندو شاھي]] (ڪابل شاھي) ايمپائر واري دور م لاھور پنجاب جي گادي ھيو. آنندپال گادي کي وائھند مان اتي منتقل ڪيو ھو&lt;ref&gt;Al-Hind, the Slave Kings and the Islamic Conquest, 11th–13th Centuries By André Wink PAGE 235&lt;/ref&gt; ان کان بعد محمود غزنوي جي ڪاھن جي ڪري گادي لاھور مان سيالڪوٽ منتقل ڪئي وئي&lt;ref name=bosworth/&gt;.

===غزنوي دور===
[[File:Data Durbar as more then one decade before by Usman Ghani.jpg|thumb|يارھين صدي عيسويءَ واري غزنوي دور ۾ لاھور ۾ رھندڙ بزرگ علي ھجويري المعروف داتا گنج بخش جي مزار]]

افغاني سلطان محمود غزنوي حملو ڪري ھن شھر واري علائقي تي قبضو ڪري غزنوين جي راڄ جي شروعات ڪئي ۽ شھر انھن جي ايمپائر جي ٻيون نمبر گادي بڻجي ويو&lt;ref name=bosworth/&gt; 
1021ع ۾ سلطان محمود غزنوي پنھجي مشھور غلام [[ملڪ اياز]] کي اتان جو گورنر مقرر ڪيو. 1034ع ۾ ملتان جي باغي گورنر [[نيئالتگين]] لاھور تي قبضو ڪيو. 1036 ۾ ملڪ اياز سندس فوج کي شھر مان تڙي ڪڍيو&lt;ref name=&quot;dsal.uchicago.edu&quot;&gt;{{cite book|title=Imperial Gazetteer of India, v. 16, p. 106.|url=https://dsal.uchicago.edu/reference/gazetteer/text.html?objectid=DS405.1.I34_V16_112.gif|access-date=27 December 2017|archive-date=13 March 2016|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160313205336/http://dsal.uchicago.edu/reference/gazetteer/text.html?objectid=DS405.1.I34_V16_112.gif|dead-url=yes}} {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20160313205336/http://dsal.uchicago.edu/reference/gazetteer/text.html?objectid=DS405.1.I34_V16_112.gif |date=13 March 2016 }}&lt;/ref&gt; پر شھر تباھ ٿي چڪو ھو ۽ ان جو حفاظتي ڪوٽ حملي ۾ ڊھي چڪو ھو. سلطان ابراهيم غزنوي جي مدد سان اياز شھر جي نئين سر تعمير ڪئي ۽ کيس ٻيھر آباد ڪيو. 1037 کان 1040ع تائين ملڪ اياز شھر کي ڪوٽ ڏياري وري قلعي ۾ تبديل ڪيو&lt;ref name=&quot;Petersen1996&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author=Andrew Petersen|title=Dictionary of Islamic Architecture|url=https://archive.org/details/dictionaryofisla00andr|url-access=registration|year=1996|publisher=Routledge|isbn=978-0-415-06084-4|page=[https://archive.org/details/dictionaryofisla00andr/page/159 159]}}&lt;/ref&gt;. اياز جي گورنري دوران 1043 کان 1044ع تائين وري ھي شھر ھندو شھزادن جي ڪنفيڊريشن طرفان محاصري ھيٺ رھيو&lt;ref name=bosworth&gt;{{cite book|last1=Bosworth|first1=C. Edmund|title=Historic Cities of the Islamic World|date=2007|publisher=Brill|isbn=978-9047423836|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=CgawCQAAQBAJ&amp;pg=PA305|access-date=26 December 2017}}&lt;/ref&gt; ملڪ اياز جي دؤر ۾ شھر ثقافتي ۽ تعليمي مرڪز بڻجي ويو ۽ شاعري جي ڪري شھر جو چرچو رھيو&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.gcu.edu.pk/Citylahore.htm |title=.GC University Lahore |publisher=Gcu.edu.pk |access-date=15 March 2011 |url-status=dead |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20120908173139/http://www.gcu.edu.pk/Citylahore.htm |archive-date= 8 September 2012 }}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;WescoatWolschke-Bulmahn1996&quot;&gt;{{cite book|author1=James L. Wescoat|author2=Joachim Wolschke-Bulmahn|title=Mughal Gardens: Sources, Places, Representations, and Prospects|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=96ec98LieGsC&amp;pg=PA149|date=1 January 1996|publisher=Dumbarton Oaks|isbn=978-0-88402-235-0|page=149}}&lt;/ref&gt;. 1152ع ۾ خسرو شاھ جي دؤر ۾ لاھور کي 
باقاعده اوڀر واري غزنوي ايمپائر جو گادي وارو شھر بڻايو ويو&lt;ref name=modern/&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Encyclopedia of Chronology: Historical and Biographical|date=1872|publisher=Longmans, Green and Company|url=https://archive.org/details/encyclopediaofch00wood|page=[https://archive.org/details/encyclopediaofch00wood/page/590 590]|quote=lahore 1152.|access-date=26 December 2017}}&lt;/ref&gt;. 1163ع ۾ [[غزني]] شھر کسجي وڃڻ بعد ھي شھر پوري [[غزنوي ايمپائر]] جو اڪيلو گادي وارو شهر بڻجي ويو&lt;ref&gt;[http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/327951/Lahore &quot;Lahore&quot;] ''Encyclopædia Britannica''&lt;/ref&gt; غزنوي دور وارو سڄو شھر موجوده لاھور جي [[شاھ عالمي بازار]] جي اولھ واري ۽ [[ڀٽي گيٽ]] جي اتر واري علائقن تي مشتمل ھيو&lt;ref name=modern/&gt;.

===مملوڪن وارو دؤر===
1187ع ۾ غورين لاھور تي قبضو ڪيو&lt;ref name=bosworth/&gt; جنھن سان غزنوين جي ھن شھر تان حڪومت ختم ٿي. 1206ع ۾ سلطان معزالدين [[محمد غوري]] جي قتل بعد لاھور ھندوستان واري [[مملوڪ گھراڻو (دھلي)|مملوڪ گھراڻي]] جي سلطنت جو گادي جو هنڌ بڻايو ويو. مملوڪ يا غلام گھراڻي جي سلطان [[قطب الدين ايبڪ]] لاھور شھر ۾ ترڪستان، عظيم خراسان، فارس ۽ دجلا۽ فرات واري وادين جي شاعرن ۽ عالمن ھن شھر جو رخ ڪيو. ان دور ۾ فارسي ٻولي وارا شاعر فارس ۽ خراسان جي شھرن کان بہ وڌيڪ تعداد ۾ لاھور شھر ۾ ھيا&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.apnaorg.com/articles/indianexpress-2/ |title=Once upon a time |publisher=Apnaorg.com |access-date=15 March 2011}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;[[Alexander Mikaberidze|Mikaberidze, Alexander]]. [https://books.google.com/books?id=jBBYD2J2oE4C&amp;pg=PA269#v=onepage&amp;q=delhi%20sultanate%20turko-afghan &quot;Conflict and Conquest in the Islamic World: A Historical Encyclopedia ('''2''' volumes): A Historical Encyclopedia&quot;] ABC-CLIO, 22 July 2011 {{ISBN|978-1-59884-337-8}} pp 269–270&lt;/ref&gt;. قطب الدين ايبڪ جي وفات بعد غوري ڪارندن جي پاڻ ۾ تڪرار ٿيڻ بعد 1217ع ۾  مختصر وقت ملتان جي گورنر ناصر الدين قباچه اتي قبضو ڪيو پر پوء دھلي جي مملوڪ سلطان التمش 
قبضو واپس ورتو &lt;ref name=bosworth/&gt;
چنگيز خان جڏھن موجوده ازبڪستان ۾ [[خوارزم]] تي چڙھائي ڪئي تي اتان جو حاڪم [[جلال الدين منڪبرني]] اتان ڀڄي پنجاب آيو ۽ 1223ع ۾ مقامي کوکرن جي مدد سان لاھور تي قبضو ڪيو&lt;ref name=bosworth/&gt;. 1228ع م [[التمش]] جي فوج کانئس قبضو واپس کسيو تہ جلال الدين اتان نڪري [[اچ]] تي قبضو ڪيو&lt;ref name=bosworth/&gt;. منگولن جي حملن جي خدشن سبب گادي کي مملوڪ سلطانن دھلي منتقل ڪيو جيڪا انھن حملن کان محفوظ جاء ھئي.&lt;ref name=&quot;jackson&quot;/&gt;. باوجود ان جي لاھور ننڍي کنڊ ۾ اسلامي ثقافت جو وڏو مرڪز رھيو&lt;ref name=&quot;jackson&quot;/&gt;. دھلي ۾ التمش جي وارثن جي حڪومت دوران لاھور واري گورنري دھلي جي اثر م گھٽ رھي&lt;ref name=bosworth/&gt; ڪبير خان اياز جي دؤر ۾ لاھور لڳ ڀڳ خودمختيار علائقو ھيو&lt;ref name=bosworth/&gt; 1241ع ۾ منگولن ھن شھر تي حملو ڪري ڦرلٽ ڪئي ۽ شھر کي تباھ ڪري ڇڏيو&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=980SAvbmpUkC|title=The Dancing Girl: A History of Early India|first=Balaji|last=Sadasivan|date=14 August 2018|publisher=Institute of Southeast Asian Studies|isbn=9789814311670|via=Google Books}}&lt;/ref&gt; منگولن پنھنجي ھڪ سردار تغرل جي حاڪميت ۾ شھر تي ڪجهه سال قبضو برقرار رکيو&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=https://books.google.com/books?isbn=8190891804|title=isbn:8190891804 – Google Search|website=books.google.com}}&lt;/ref&gt; &lt;ref name=&quot;jackson&quot;&gt;{{cite book|last1=Jackson|first1=Peter|title=The Delhi Sultanate: A Political and Military History|date=16 October 2003|publisher=Cambridge University Press|isbn=0521543290|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=lt2tqOpVRKgC&amp;pg=PA309|access-date=27 December 2017}}&lt;/ref&gt;. 1266ع ۾ غياث الدين بلبن شھر کي ٻيھر فتح ڪيو. 1287 م منگولن وري تيمور خان جي حاڪميت ۾ اتر پنجاب تي قبضو ڪيو اھڙي طرح لاھور ھڪ سرحدي علائقو بڻجي ويو&lt;ref name=&quot;jackson&quot;/&gt; ۽ منگولن جي حملن ڪري لاھور جي علائقي جو انتظامي مرڪز [[ديپالپور]] کي بڻايو ويو&lt;ref name=bosworth/&gt; 1305ع م منگولن وري لاھور تي حملو ڪيو&lt;ref name=&quot;Neville, p.xiii&quot;&gt;Neville, p.xiii&lt;/ref&gt;

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
[[زمرو:پاڪستان جا شهر]]
[[زمرو:پاڪستان جا ميٽروپوليٽن علائقا]]
[[زمرو:پنجاب جا شهر (پاڪستان)]]
[[زمرو:پنجاب، پاڪستان]]
[[زمرو:پنجاب، پاڪستان جا شهر]]
[[زمرو:شهر]]
[[زمرو:لاهور]]
[[زمرو:لاهور ضلعي جون آباد جڳھون]]
[[زمرو:وڏا شهر]]</text>
      <sha1>k8rvhyigch9eicwm1764j5i6oezusqu</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>ڪوڏر</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>39370</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400950</id>
      <parentid>319234</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T17:04:40Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>400950</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="4242" sha1="kpckpp7ajkrvf7gzlvg725m7o33rhax" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|زرعي هٿ وارو اوزار}}

[[File:Peasant in the vegetable garden.JPG|thumb|upright=1.35|ڀاڄين جي باغ ۾ هاري ڪوڏر جي مدد سان گاهه پٽيندي.]]

'''ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Hoe}}) زرعي ۽ باغباني ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ هڪ قديم ۽ گهڻ-مقصد وارو هٿ جو اوزار آهي، جيڪو مٽيءَ کي سنوارڻ، [[گاهه پٽڻ|گاهه پٽڻ]]، زمين کي صاف ڪرڻ ۽ [[پاڙ وارا فصل|پاڙ وارن فصلن]] جي لاباري لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

مٽيءَ کي سنوارڻ دوران ڪوڏر جي مدد سان ٻوٽن جي پاڙن چوڌاري مٽي چاڙهي (Hilling)، ٻج يا [[بُلب]] پوکڻ لاءِ سوڙها دٻا (Drills) ۽ اُٿلا کاهه کوٽيا ويندا آهن. گاهه پٽڻ وقت ڪوڏر سان مٽيءَ جي مٿاڇري کي هلڪو لوڏيو ويندو آهي يا غيرضروري ٻوٽن جي پنن ۽ پاڙن کي ڪٽي ختم ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين مان پراڻيون پاڙون ۽ فصلن جا باقيات (Crop residues) پڻ هٽايا ويندا آهن. مٽي کوٽڻ ۽ هڪ هنڌ کان ٻئي هنڌ منتقل ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڪوڏرون [[آلو]] ۽ ٻين پاڙ وارن فصلن جي لاباري ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪنديون آهن.


[[فائل:Hoedad2-Kaibab-Nat-Forest.jpg|380px|thumb|ڪوڏر وڻن جي پوکيءَ لاءِ اوزار ھوندو آھي.ايروزينا جي ڪئباب نئشنل فاريسٽ ۾ ھڪ ماڻھو ڪوڏر سان ڪم ڪندي]]

ڪوڏر: هي تمام ڪمائتو اوزار آهي، نظر رکجي ته ڳن ڪوڏر ۾ گوني ڪنڊ کان وڌيڪ پري لڳل نه هجي ۽ سندس منهن تيکو هجي. مڏي ڪوڏر سان جيڪو ڪم سڄي ڏينهن ۾ ٿيندو، سو تکيءَ ڪوڏر سان ٻن ڪلاڪن ۾ لهي سگهندو.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: باغ ۽ باغباني؛ ليکڪ: مرزا قليچ بيگ؛ايڊيشن:1960؛پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt; ڪوڏر ۾ ننڍي ڳن جي ڪري استعما وقت جھڪڻو پوندو آهي جنھن جي ڪري چيلھ جي سور جي شڪايت پيدا ٿيندي آهي. ڪيليفورنيا ۾ سيزر شاويز نالي شخص جي سياسي جدوجھد سان ڪوڏر ۾ ننڍي ڳن لڳائڻ تي سپريم ڪورٽ جي حڪم تي 1975 ۾  ڪيليفورنيا رياست جي سرڪاري بندش لڳائي ڇڏي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Fight in the Fields: Cesar Chavez and the Farmworkers' Struggle |url=https://www.pbs.org/itvs/fightfields/book1.html |publisher=Pbs.org| accessdate= December 13, 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1=Bruns|first1=Roger|title=Cesar Chavez: A Biography|date=2005|publisher=Greenwood Press|location=Westport, CT|pages=91–92|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=QuDvaINavwMC&amp;pg=PA91&amp;lpg=PA91&amp;dq=chavez+brown+hoe&amp;source=bl&amp;ots=BMOzuGDUDT&amp;sig=2dRSfFbR_VaG5JRsu1IyXiHD1NI&amp;hl=en&amp;sa=X&amp;ved=0CDgQ6AEwBWoVChMIyL6L3I_oyAIVhEAmCh1tYgmf#v=onepage&amp;q=chavez%20brown%20hoe&amp;f=false|accessdate=29 October 2015}}&lt;/ref&gt;موزمبيق آفريقا جو ملڪ آھ ان جي جھنڊي ۾ ڪوڏر جو نشان آھي.


[[فائل:Flag_of_Mozambique.svg|thumb|موزمبيق جو جھنڊو، جنهن ۾ هڪ ڊرا ڪوڏر (Draw hoe) جي تصوير شامل آهي.]]

==تاريخ==
ڪوڏر کوٽائي جو سڀ کان قديم اوزار آھي ۽ ان جو استعمال انسان ھر کان اڳ شروع ڪيو ھو.  قديم سميري نسل جي ماڻھن جو خيال ھو تہ ڪوڏر ديوتائن جي مجلس جي سردار ديوتا اينلل ايجاد ڪئي ھئي&lt;ref&gt;PBS. ''Heritage: Civilization and the Jews''. &quot;[https://www.pbs.org/wnet/heritage/episode1/atlas/map2.html# Nippur] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140314035139/http://www.pbs.org/wnet/heritage/episode1/atlas/map2.html |date=2014-03-14 }}&quot;. Accessed 26 Nov 2012.&lt;/ref&gt;ڪوڏر جو ذڪر بابل جي بادشاھ حمورابي جي لکيل ڪوڊ ۾ بہ ملي ٿو.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>kpckpp7ajkrvf7gzlvg725m7o33rhax</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400951</id>
      <parentid>400950</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T17:11:41Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>400951</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="16517" sha1="mgidj91uq5qekzjhr3jmutcdntipxcn" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|زرعي هٿ وارو اوزار}}

[[File:Peasant in the vegetable garden.JPG|thumb|upright=1.35|ڀاڄين جي باغ ۾ هاري ڪوڏر جي مدد سان گاهه پٽيندي.]]

'''ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Hoe}}) زرعي ۽ باغباني ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ هڪ قديم ۽ گهڻ-مقصد وارو هٿ جو اوزار آهي، جيڪو مٽيءَ کي سنوارڻ، [[گاهه پٽڻ|گاهه پٽڻ]]، زمين کي صاف ڪرڻ ۽ [[پاڙ وارا فصل|پاڙ وارن فصلن]] جي لاباري لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

مٽيءَ کي سنوارڻ دوران ڪوڏر جي مدد سان ٻوٽن جي پاڙن چوڌاري مٽي چاڙهي (Hilling)، ٻج يا [[بُلب]] پوکڻ لاءِ سوڙها دٻا (Drills) ۽ اُٿلا کاهه کوٽيا ويندا آهن. گاهه پٽڻ وقت ڪوڏر سان مٽيءَ جي مٿاڇري کي هلڪو لوڏيو ويندو آهي يا غيرضروري ٻوٽن جي پنن ۽ پاڙن کي ڪٽي ختم ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين مان پراڻيون پاڙون ۽ فصلن جا باقيات (Crop residues) پڻ هٽايا ويندا آهن. مٽي کوٽڻ ۽ هڪ هنڌ کان ٻئي هنڌ منتقل ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڪوڏرون [[آلو]] ۽ ٻين پاڙ وارن فصلن جي لاباري ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪنديون آهن.


[[فائل:Hoedad2-Kaibab-Nat-Forest.jpg|380px|thumb|ڪوڏر وڻن جي پوکيءَ لاءِ اوزار ھوندو آھي.ايروزينا جي ڪئباب نئشنل فاريسٽ ۾ ھڪ ماڻھو ڪوڏر سان ڪم ڪندي]]

ڪوڏر: هي تمام ڪمائتو اوزار آهي، نظر رکجي ته ڳن ڪوڏر ۾ گوني ڪنڊ کان وڌيڪ پري لڳل نه هجي ۽ سندس منهن تيکو هجي. مڏي ڪوڏر سان جيڪو ڪم سڄي ڏينهن ۾ ٿيندو، سو تکيءَ ڪوڏر سان ٻن ڪلاڪن ۾ لهي سگهندو.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: باغ ۽ باغباني؛ ليکڪ: مرزا قليچ بيگ؛ايڊيشن:1960؛پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt; ڪوڏر ۾ ننڍي ڳن جي ڪري استعما وقت جھڪڻو پوندو آهي جنھن جي ڪري چيلھ جي سور جي شڪايت پيدا ٿيندي آهي. ڪيليفورنيا ۾ سيزر شاويز نالي شخص جي سياسي جدوجھد سان ڪوڏر ۾ ننڍي ڳن لڳائڻ تي سپريم ڪورٽ جي حڪم تي 1975 ۾  ڪيليفورنيا رياست جي سرڪاري بندش لڳائي ڇڏي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Fight in the Fields: Cesar Chavez and the Farmworkers' Struggle |url=https://www.pbs.org/itvs/fightfields/book1.html |publisher=Pbs.org| accessdate= December 13, 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1=Bruns|first1=Roger|title=Cesar Chavez: A Biography|date=2005|publisher=Greenwood Press|location=Westport, CT|pages=91–92|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=QuDvaINavwMC&amp;pg=PA91&amp;lpg=PA91&amp;dq=chavez+brown+hoe&amp;source=bl&amp;ots=BMOzuGDUDT&amp;sig=2dRSfFbR_VaG5JRsu1IyXiHD1NI&amp;hl=en&amp;sa=X&amp;ved=0CDgQ6AEwBWoVChMIyL6L3I_oyAIVhEAmCh1tYgmf#v=onepage&amp;q=chavez%20brown%20hoe&amp;f=false|accessdate=29 October 2015}}&lt;/ref&gt;موزمبيق آفريقا جو ملڪ آھ ان جي جھنڊي ۾ ڪوڏر جو نشان آھي.


[[فائل:Flag_of_Mozambique.svg|thumb|موزمبيق جو جھنڊو، جنهن ۾ هڪ ڊرا ڪوڏر (Draw hoe) جي تصوير شامل آهي.]]

== قسم ==

[[File:CultivatingToolPullHoe.jpg|thumb|ڇڪڻ واري ڪوڏر (ڊرا ھو)]]
[[File:CultivatingToolPushHoe.jpg|thumb|ڌڪڻ واري ڪوڏر (پش hoe)]]

ڪوڏرن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جيڪي شڪل، بناوت ۽ استعمال جي لحاظ کان هڪ ٻئي کان مختلف هوندا آهن. ڪي ڪوڏرون هڪ کان وڌيڪ ڪم سرانجام ڏئي سگهن ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪي خاص مقصد لاءِ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن.

عام طور ڪوڏر جا ٻه بنيادي قسم هوندا آهن: '''ڇڪڻ واري ڪوڏر''' (Draw hoe)، جيڪا مٽيءَ کي سنوارڻ ۽ کوٽڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، ۽ '''گسائڻ واري ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Scuffle hoe}})، جيڪا گاهه پٽڻ ۽ مٽيءَ جي مٿاڇري کي نرم ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

'''ڇڪڻ واري ڪوڏر''' ۾ ڦر (Blade) دستي سان لڳ ڀڳ سڌي ڪنڊ (Right angle) تي لڳل هوندي آهي. استعمال ڪندڙ پهرين ڦر کي زمين ۾ هڻندو آهي، پوءِ ان کي پنهنجي طرف ڇڪيندو آهي. دستي جي زاويي کي تبديل ڪرڻ سان کوٽائي وڌيڪ يا گهٽ ڪري سگهجي ٿي. هن قسم جي ڪوڏر سان مٽيءَ کي ڪيترن سينٽي ميٽرن تائين آسانيءَ سان کوٽي ۽ نرم ڪري سگهجي ٿو. هن جي هڪ مشهور بناوت '''آئي ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Eye hoe}}) آهي، جنهن جي مٿي واري حصي ۾ هڪ گول سوراخ يا رنگ هوندو آهي، جنهن مان دستو لڳايو ويندو آهي. اهڙي بناوت رومي دور کان استعمال ۾ آهي.

'''گسائڻ واري ڪوڏر''' (Scuffle hoe) مٽيءَ جي مٿاڇري کي هلڪو گسائڻ، مٿئين پرت کي نرم ڪرڻ ۽ گاهن جي پاڙن کي مٿاڇري جي هيٺان ڪٽي ختم ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. هن جا ٻه مشهور قسم '''ڊچ ڪوڏر''' (Dutch hoe) ۽ '''هوپ ڪوڏر''' (Hoop hoe) آهن.

'''هٿ واري ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Hand hoe}}) عام طور هلڪي وزن ۽ ننڍي دستي واري ڪوڏر هوندي آهي. اها باغباني، گلن جي ٻوٽن ۽ ننڍن باغن ۾ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن هن اصطلاح جو مقصد صرف هٿ سان هلندڙ ڪوڏرن کي جانورن يا مشينن سان هلندڙ زرعي اوزارن کان الڳ ظاهر ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.

=== ڇڪڻ واريون ڪوڏرون ===

[[File:Sachos_e_picarañas.jpg|thumb|آئي ڪوڏر جا ڦر، جن مان ڪجهه ڏنديدار شڪل وارا آهن.]]
[[File:Hoedad2-Kaibab-Nat-Forest.jpg|thumb|هوڊيڊ، وڻ پوکڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ خاص ڪوڏر.]]

* '''اطالوي ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Italian hoe}})، جنهن کي '''گرب ڪوڏر''' (Grub hoe)، '''گربنگ ڪوڏر''' (Grubbing hoe)، '''ازادا''' (Azada)، '''گريب ڪوڏر''' (Grab hoe)، '''پيٽرن ڪوڏر''' (Pattern hoe) يا '''ڊيگو ڪوڏر''' (Dago hoe) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، سڀ کان عام زرعي ڪوڏر آهي. ان جو ڦر ڳرو، ويڪرو ۽ سڌي ڪنڊ وارو هوندو آهي، جنهن سبب اها مٽي کوٽڻ، نرم ڪرڻ ۽ گاهه پٽڻ لاءِ انتهائي موزون هوندي آهي.

* '''ريجنگ ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Ridging hoe}})، جنهن کي '''وارن ڪوڏر''' (Warren hoe) يا '''ڊرل ڪوڏر''' (Drill hoe) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ٽڪنڊي يا دل جي شڪل واري ڦر رکي ٿي. اها ٻج يا [[بلب]] پوکڻ لاءِ سوڙها دٻا (Drills) ۽ اُٿلا کاهه ٺاهڻ لاءِ خاص طور مفيد هوندي آهي.

* '''پيڪسٽن ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Paxton hoe}}) بناوت ۾ اطالوي ڪوڏر سان ملندڙ جلندڙ هوندي آهي، پر ان جي ڦر وڌيڪ گول ڪنڊن واري مستطيل شڪل جي هوندي آهي.

* '''گلن واري ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Flower hoe}}) جو ڦر تمام ننڍو هوندو آهي. اها وڌندڙ ٻوٽن جي چوڌاري هلڪو گاهه پٽڻ ۽ مٽي نرم ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، جنهن سان ٻوٽن جون مٿاڇريون پاڙون متاثر نه ٿينديون آهن.

* '''هوڊيڊ''' ({{lang-en|Hoedad}})، جنهن کي '''هوڊيگ''' (Hoedag) يا '''هوڊيگ''' (Hodag) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، وڻ پوکڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ خاص قسم جي ڪوڏر آهي. هن جي وڪريل ۽ گول نڪ واري ڦر ٻيلن جي پوک ۽ ٻيهر ٻيلڪاري (Reforestation) جي ڪم ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''گارو ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Mortar hoe}}) گاري ۽ ڪنڪريٽ کي هٿ سان ملائڻ لاءِ ٺهيل خاص ڪوڏر آهي. ان جي ڦر عام چورس ڪوڏر جهڙي هوندي آهي، پر ان ۾ وڏا سوراخ هوندا آهن، جيڪي گاري کي آسانيءَ سان ملائڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندا آهن.

=== گسائڻ واريون ڪوڏرون ===

* '''ڊچ ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Dutch hoe}}) اهڙي طرح ٺهيل هوندي آهي، جو ان کي اڳتي ڌڪڻ يا پاڻ ڏانهن ڇڪڻ سان مٽيءَ جي مٿاڇري کان ٿورو هيٺ گاهن جون پاڙون ڪٽي سگهجن ٿيون. هن جي ڦر جا سڀئي ڪنارا تيز هوندا آهن، جنهن سبب اها ٻنهي رخن ۾ ڪٽائي ڪري سگهي ٿي. ڦر دستي جي محور جي ڀيٽ ۾ ٿورو مٿي جهڪيل هوندي آهي، جنهن سان استعمال ڪندڙ دستي کي اڳتي ڌڪيندي ڦر کي مٽيءَ جي مٿاڇري کان ٿورو هيٺ رکي سگهي ٿو. ڊچ ڪوڏر مٿاڇري واري مٽي کي نرم ڪرڻ ۽ گاهه پٽڻ لاءِ انتهائي اثرائتي آهي، پر مٽيءَ کي هڪ هنڌ کان ٻئي هنڌ منتقل ڪرڻ لاءِ مناسب نه هوندي آهي.

* '''هوپ ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Hoop hoe}})، جنهن کي '''ايڪشن ڪوڏر''' (Action hoe)، '''اوسيليٽنگ ڪوڏر''' (Oscillating hoe)، '''هُلا ڪوڏر''' (Hula hoe)، '''اسٽرپ ڪوڏر''' (Stirrup hoe)، '''لوپ ڪوڏر''' (Loop hoe)، '''پينڊولم ويڊر''' (Pendulum weeder) يا '''گسائڻ واري ڪوڏر''' (Scuffle hoe) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ ٻٽي ڪنڊ واري ڦر تي مشتمل هوندي آهي، جيڪا مستطيل لوپ جي شڪل ۾ دستي سان ڳنڍيل هوندي آهي. جڏهن ان کي اڳتي يا پوئتي هلايو وڃي ٿو ته ڦر مٽيءَ جي مٿاڇري کان ٿورو هيٺ گاهه جون پاڙون ڪٽي ڇڏيندي آهي. اڳتي ۽ پوئتي ٻنهي رخن ۾ حرڪت سبب هي ڪوڏر نرم ۽ ڀُرڀري مٽيءَ ۾ گاهه ختم ڪرڻ لاءِ تمام اثرائتي هوندي آهي. عام طور ان جي ڦر جي ويڪر 3 کان 7 انچ (7.5–18 سينٽي ميٽر) جي وچ ۾ هوندي آهي. تنهن هوندي به، مٽي کوٽڻ يا منتقل ڪرڻ ۾ اها ڇڪڻ واري ڪوڏر جيتري ڪارائتي نه هوندي آهي.

* '''ڪولينئر ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Collinear hoe}}) يا '''ڪولينيل ڪوڏر''' (Collineal hoe) هڪ سنهڙي ۽ انتهائي تيز ڦر واري ڪوڏر آهي، جيڪا مٽيءَ جي مٿاڇري کان ٿورو هيٺ هلڪي جهار واري حرڪت سان گاهن جون پاڙون ڪٽي ڇڏيندي آهي. هي ڪوڏر گاهه پٽڻ لاءِ انتهائي موزون آهي، پر مٽي کوٽڻ يا منتقل ڪرڻ جهڙن ڪم لاءِ مناسب نه آهي. هن جي جوڙجڪ 1980ع واري ڏهاڪي جي آخر ۾ آمريڪي باغبان **[[ايليئٽ ڪولمين]]** تيار ڪئي.

* '''سوو ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Swoe hoe}}) ڊچ ڪوڏر جو جديد قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ هڪ ئي پاسي تي ڪٽڻ واري تيز ڪنڊ هوندي آهي. اها خاص طور تي مٿاڇري تي موجود گاهه کي تيزيءَ سان ختم ڪرڻ لاءِ تيار ڪئي وئي آهي.

=== ٻيون ڪوڏرون ===

[[File:Rebmann.jpg|thumb|upright|جوسٽ امان جي ڪتاب ''Das Ständebuch'' (1568ع) ۾ ڏيکاريل فورڪ ڪوڏر.]]

* '''ڦيٿي واري ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Wheel hoe}}) هڪ يا وڌيڪ ڦيٿن سان لڳل ڪوڏر هوندي آهي، جنهن ۾ مختلف قسمن جا زرعي اوزار آسانيءَ سان مٽائي لڳائي سگهجن ٿا. هي ننڍن باغن ۽ قطارن ۾ پوکيل فصلن جي سار سنڀال لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''گهوڙي واري ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Horse hoe}}) ننڍڙي هر (Plough) جهڙي اوزار هوندي آهي، جيڪا گهوڙي يا ٻين جانورن جي مدد سان هلائي ويندي هئي. انگريز زرعي ماهر [[جٿرو ٽل]] ان جي استعمال کي جديد زرعي طريقن ۾ وڏي اهميت ڏني. ٻج ڇٽيندڙ مشين (Seed drill) سان گڏ هن اوزار جي استعمال [[برطانوي زرعي انقلاب]] دوران زرعي پيداوار ۾ نمايان واڌ آندي.

* '''فورڪ ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Fork hoe}})، جنهن کي '''پرانگ ڪوڏر''' (Prong hoe)، '''ٽائين واري ڪوڏر''' (Tined hoe)، '''ڪينٽربري ڪوڏر''' (Canterbury hoe)، '''ڊريگ فورڪ''' (Drag fork) يا '''موڙيل فورڪ''' (Bent fork) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ٻن يا وڌيڪ ڏندن (Tines) تي مشتمل هوندي آهي، جيڪي دستي سان سڌي ڪنڊ تي لڳل هوندا آهن. هن جو بنيادي استعمال ٻج پوکڻ يا ٻوٽا لڳائڻ کان اڳ مٽيءَ کي نرم ڪرڻ آهي.

* '''شيلفش کوٽڻ واري ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Clam hoe}}) سامونڊي شيلفش، خاص طور ڪليم (Clam)، کوٽڻ لاءِ ٺهيل خاص اوزار آهي.

* '''ايڊز ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Adze hoe}}) عام ڪوڏر جي شڪل جهڙي هوندي آهي، پر وڌيڪ ڳري ۽ مضبوط هوندي آهي. اها خاص طور پيچرن (Trails) جي تعمير ۽ سار سنڀال ۾ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''پاچُل''' يا '''چانگڪُل''' ({{lang-en|Pacul or Cangkul}}) ملائيشيا ۽ انڊونيشيا ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڪوڏر آهي، جيڪا ايڊز ڪوڏر سان ملندڙ جلندڙ بناوت رکي ٿي ۽ زرعي ڪمن ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''گينگ ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Gang hoe}}) اهڙي ڪوڏر آهي، جيڪا طاقت سان هلندڙ زرعي مشينن سان گڏ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي. ان ۾ ڪيترائي ڪوڏر جا ڦر هڪ ئي فريم تي لڳل هوندا آهن، جيڪي هڪ ئي وقت ڪيترين قطارن ۾ گاهه پٽڻ ۽ مٽي نرم ڪرڻ جو ڪم ڪندا آهن.

== تصويري نمائش ==
&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot; widths=&quot;200&quot; heights=&quot;120&quot;&gt;
File:Dutch hoe.JPG|پراڻي ڊچ ڪوڏر.
File:Push Hoe.jpg|ڌڪڻ واري ڪوڏر.
File:Weeder.jpg|ڊچ يا ڌڪڻ واري ڪوڏر، جيڪا ڊگهي دستي سان لڳل هوندي آهي.
File:Hoe 1.jpg|وڪريل ڦر واري ڪوڏر.
File:COLLECTIE_TROPENMUSEUM_Metalen_hak_met_houten_steel_TMnr_3401-3.jpg|انڊونيشي پاچُل.
File:Hawea coûteure.jpg|ننڍي دستي واري گرب ڪوڏر.
File:Magaglio, dettaglio.jpg|فورڪ ڪوڏر.
File:Rake_in_Kenya.jpg|ڪينيا جي جبل ڪينيا واري علائقي مان ٽن ڏندن واري ڪوڏر.
File:Japanese-hoe-biccyukuwa,katori-city,japan.JPG|جاپاني ''بيچيو-گووا''، ڌان جي پوکن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فورڪ ڪوڏر.
File:Adze.jpg|ايڊز جي ڦر.
File:EB1911 Hoe - Martin’s One-Row Horse Hoe.jpg|گهوڙي واري ڪوڏر.
File:Schrepel_DSCN1238.JPG|هٿ واري ڪوڏر، يعني ننڍي ۽ مختصر دستي واري ڪوڏر.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

==تاريخ==
ڪوڏر کوٽائي جو سڀ کان قديم اوزار آھي ۽ ان جو استعمال انسان ھر کان اڳ شروع ڪيو ھو.  قديم سميري نسل جي ماڻھن جو خيال ھو تہ ڪوڏر ديوتائن جي مجلس جي سردار ديوتا اينلل ايجاد ڪئي ھئي&lt;ref&gt;PBS. ''Heritage: Civilization and the Jews''. &quot;[https://www.pbs.org/wnet/heritage/episode1/atlas/map2.html# Nippur] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140314035139/http://www.pbs.org/wnet/heritage/episode1/atlas/map2.html |date=2014-03-14 }}&quot;. Accessed 26 Nov 2012.&lt;/ref&gt;ڪوڏر جو ذڪر بابل جي بادشاھ حمورابي جي لکيل ڪوڊ ۾ بہ ملي ٿو.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>mgidj91uq5qekzjhr3jmutcdntipxcn</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400959</id>
      <parentid>400951</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T17:56:45Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>400959</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="18758" sha1="pc4mmdph2csv152tjznzj9lhgman4bx" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|زرعي هٿ وارو اوزار}}

[[File:Peasant in the vegetable garden.JPG|thumb|upright=1.35|ڀاڄين جي باغ ۾ هاري ڪوڏر جي مدد سان گاهه پٽيندي.]]

'''ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Hoe}}) زرعي ۽ باغباني ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ هڪ قديم ۽ گهڻ-مقصد وارو هٿ جو اوزار آهي، جيڪو مٽيءَ کي سنوارڻ، [[گاهه پٽڻ|گاهه پٽڻ]]، زمين کي صاف ڪرڻ ۽ [[پاڙ وارا فصل|پاڙ وارن فصلن]] جي لاباري لاءِ استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي.

مٽيءَ کي سنوارڻ دوران ڪوڏر جي مدد سان ٻوٽن جي پاڙن چوڌاري مٽي چاڙهي (Hilling)، ٻج يا [[بُلب]] پوکڻ لاءِ سوڙها دٻا (Drills) ۽ اُٿلا کاهه کوٽيا ويندا آهن. گاهه پٽڻ وقت ڪوڏر سان مٽيءَ جي مٿاڇري کي هلڪو لوڏيو ويندو آهي يا غيرضروري ٻوٽن جي پنن ۽ پاڙن کي ڪٽي ختم ڪيو ويندو آهي. ان کان علاوه، زمين مان پراڻيون پاڙون ۽ فصلن جا باقيات (Crop residues) پڻ هٽايا ويندا آهن. مٽي کوٽڻ ۽ هڪ هنڌ کان ٻئي هنڌ منتقل ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڪوڏرون [[آلو]] ۽ ٻين پاڙ وارن فصلن جي لاباري ۾ پڻ اهم ڪردار ادا ڪنديون آهن.


[[فائل:Hoedad2-Kaibab-Nat-Forest.jpg|380px|thumb|ڪوڏر وڻن جي پوکيءَ لاءِ اوزار ھوندو آھي.ايروزينا جي ڪئباب نئشنل فاريسٽ ۾ ھڪ ماڻھو ڪوڏر سان ڪم ڪندي]]

ڪوڏر: هي تمام ڪمائتو اوزار آهي، نظر رکجي ته ڳن ڪوڏر ۾ گوني ڪنڊ کان وڌيڪ پري لڳل نه هجي ۽ سندس منهن تيکو هجي. مڏي ڪوڏر سان جيڪو ڪم سڄي ڏينهن ۾ ٿيندو، سو تکيءَ ڪوڏر سان ٻن ڪلاڪن ۾ لهي سگهندو.&lt;ref&gt;ڪتاب: باغ ۽ باغباني؛ ليکڪ: مرزا قليچ بيگ؛ايڊيشن:1960؛پبلشر: [[سنڌي ادبي بورڊ]]، ڄامشورو&lt;/ref&gt; ڪوڏر ۾ ننڍي ڳن جي ڪري استعما وقت جھڪڻو پوندو آهي جنھن جي ڪري چيلھ جي سور جي شڪايت پيدا ٿيندي آهي. ڪيليفورنيا ۾ سيزر شاويز نالي شخص جي سياسي جدوجھد سان ڪوڏر ۾ ننڍي ڳن لڳائڻ تي سپريم ڪورٽ جي حڪم تي 1975 ۾  ڪيليفورنيا رياست جي سرڪاري بندش لڳائي ڇڏي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web |title=Fight in the Fields: Cesar Chavez and the Farmworkers' Struggle |url=https://www.pbs.org/itvs/fightfields/book1.html |publisher=Pbs.org| accessdate= December 13, 2012}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last1=Bruns|first1=Roger|title=Cesar Chavez: A Biography|date=2005|publisher=Greenwood Press|location=Westport, CT|pages=91–92|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=QuDvaINavwMC&amp;pg=PA91&amp;lpg=PA91&amp;dq=chavez+brown+hoe&amp;source=bl&amp;ots=BMOzuGDUDT&amp;sig=2dRSfFbR_VaG5JRsu1IyXiHD1NI&amp;hl=en&amp;sa=X&amp;ved=0CDgQ6AEwBWoVChMIyL6L3I_oyAIVhEAmCh1tYgmf#v=onepage&amp;q=chavez%20brown%20hoe&amp;f=false|accessdate=29 October 2015}}&lt;/ref&gt;موزمبيق آفريقا جو ملڪ آھ ان جي جھنڊي ۾ ڪوڏر جو نشان آھي.


[[فائل:Flag_of_Mozambique.svg|thumb|موزمبيق جو جھنڊو، جنهن ۾ هڪ ڊرا ڪوڏر (Draw hoe) جي تصوير شامل آهي.]]

== قسم ==

[[File:CultivatingToolPullHoe.jpg|thumb|ڇڪڻ واري ڪوڏر (ڊرا ھو)]]
[[File:CultivatingToolPushHoe.jpg|thumb|ڌڪڻ واري ڪوڏر (پش hoe)]]

ڪوڏرن جا ڪيترائي قسم آهن، جيڪي شڪل، بناوت ۽ استعمال جي لحاظ کان هڪ ٻئي کان مختلف هوندا آهن. ڪي ڪوڏرون هڪ کان وڌيڪ ڪم سرانجام ڏئي سگهن ٿيون، جڏهن ته ڪي خاص مقصد لاءِ تيار ڪيون وينديون آهن.

عام طور ڪوڏر جا ٻه بنيادي قسم هوندا آهن: '''ڇڪڻ واري ڪوڏر''' (Draw hoe)، جيڪا مٽيءَ کي سنوارڻ ۽ کوٽڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، ۽ '''گسائڻ واري ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Scuffle hoe}})، جيڪا گاهه پٽڻ ۽ مٽيءَ جي مٿاڇري کي نرم ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

'''ڇڪڻ واري ڪوڏر''' ۾ ڦر (Blade) دستي سان لڳ ڀڳ سڌي ڪنڊ (Right angle) تي لڳل هوندي آهي. استعمال ڪندڙ پهرين ڦر کي زمين ۾ هڻندو آهي، پوءِ ان کي پنهنجي طرف ڇڪيندو آهي. دستي جي زاويي کي تبديل ڪرڻ سان کوٽائي وڌيڪ يا گهٽ ڪري سگهجي ٿي. هن قسم جي ڪوڏر سان مٽيءَ کي ڪيترن سينٽي ميٽرن تائين آسانيءَ سان کوٽي ۽ نرم ڪري سگهجي ٿو. هن جي هڪ مشهور بناوت '''آئي ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Eye hoe}}) آهي، جنهن جي مٿي واري حصي ۾ هڪ گول سوراخ يا رنگ هوندو آهي، جنهن مان دستو لڳايو ويندو آهي. اهڙي بناوت رومي دور کان استعمال ۾ آهي.

'''گسائڻ واري ڪوڏر''' (Scuffle hoe) مٽيءَ جي مٿاڇري کي هلڪو گسائڻ، مٿئين پرت کي نرم ڪرڻ ۽ گاهن جي پاڙن کي مٿاڇري جي هيٺان ڪٽي ختم ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. هن جا ٻه مشهور قسم '''ڊچ ڪوڏر''' (Dutch hoe) ۽ '''هوپ ڪوڏر''' (Hoop hoe) آهن.

'''هٿ واري ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Hand hoe}}) عام طور هلڪي وزن ۽ ننڍي دستي واري ڪوڏر هوندي آهي. اها باغباني، گلن جي ٻوٽن ۽ ننڍن باغن ۾ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. ڪڏهن ڪڏهن هن اصطلاح جو مقصد صرف هٿ سان هلندڙ ڪوڏرن کي جانورن يا مشينن سان هلندڙ زرعي اوزارن کان الڳ ظاهر ڪرڻ هوندو آهي.

=== ڇڪڻ واريون ڪوڏرون ===

[[File:Sachos_e_picarañas.jpg|thumb|آئي ڪوڏر جا ڦر، جن مان ڪجهه ڏنديدار شڪل وارا آهن.]]
[[File:Hoedad2-Kaibab-Nat-Forest.jpg|thumb|هوڊيڊ، وڻ پوکڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ خاص ڪوڏر.]]

* '''اطالوي ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Italian hoe}})، جنهن کي '''گرب ڪوڏر''' (Grub hoe)، '''گربنگ ڪوڏر''' (Grubbing hoe)، '''ازادا''' (Azada)، '''گريب ڪوڏر''' (Grab hoe)، '''پيٽرن ڪوڏر''' (Pattern hoe) يا '''ڊيگو ڪوڏر''' (Dago hoe) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، سڀ کان عام زرعي ڪوڏر آهي. ان جو ڦر ڳرو، ويڪرو ۽ سڌي ڪنڊ وارو هوندو آهي، جنهن سبب اها مٽي کوٽڻ، نرم ڪرڻ ۽ گاهه پٽڻ لاءِ انتهائي موزون هوندي آهي.

* '''ريجنگ ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Ridging hoe}})، جنهن کي '''وارن ڪوڏر''' (Warren hoe) يا '''ڊرل ڪوڏر''' (Drill hoe) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ٽڪنڊي يا دل جي شڪل واري ڦر رکي ٿي. اها ٻج يا [[بلب]] پوکڻ لاءِ سوڙها دٻا (Drills) ۽ اُٿلا کاهه ٺاهڻ لاءِ خاص طور مفيد هوندي آهي.

* '''پيڪسٽن ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Paxton hoe}}) بناوت ۾ اطالوي ڪوڏر سان ملندڙ جلندڙ هوندي آهي، پر ان جي ڦر وڌيڪ گول ڪنڊن واري مستطيل شڪل جي هوندي آهي.

* '''گلن واري ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Flower hoe}}) جو ڦر تمام ننڍو هوندو آهي. اها وڌندڙ ٻوٽن جي چوڌاري هلڪو گاهه پٽڻ ۽ مٽي نرم ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندي آهي، جنهن سان ٻوٽن جون مٿاڇريون پاڙون متاثر نه ٿينديون آهن.

* '''هوڊيڊ''' ({{lang-en|Hoedad}})، جنهن کي '''هوڊيگ''' (Hoedag) يا '''هوڊيگ''' (Hodag) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، وڻ پوکڻ لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ خاص قسم جي ڪوڏر آهي. هن جي وڪريل ۽ گول نڪ واري ڦر ٻيلن جي پوک ۽ ٻيهر ٻيلڪاري (Reforestation) جي ڪم ۾ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''گارو ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Mortar hoe}}) گاري ۽ ڪنڪريٽ کي هٿ سان ملائڻ لاءِ ٺهيل خاص ڪوڏر آهي. ان جي ڦر عام چورس ڪوڏر جهڙي هوندي آهي، پر ان ۾ وڏا سوراخ هوندا آهن، جيڪي گاري کي آسانيءَ سان ملائڻ ۾ مدد ڏيندا آهن.

=== گسائڻ واريون ڪوڏرون ===

* '''ڊچ ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Dutch hoe}}) اهڙي طرح ٺهيل هوندي آهي، جو ان کي اڳتي ڌڪڻ يا پاڻ ڏانهن ڇڪڻ سان مٽيءَ جي مٿاڇري کان ٿورو هيٺ گاهن جون پاڙون ڪٽي سگهجن ٿيون. هن جي ڦر جا سڀئي ڪنارا تيز هوندا آهن، جنهن سبب اها ٻنهي رخن ۾ ڪٽائي ڪري سگهي ٿي. ڦر دستي جي محور جي ڀيٽ ۾ ٿورو مٿي جهڪيل هوندي آهي، جنهن سان استعمال ڪندڙ دستي کي اڳتي ڌڪيندي ڦر کي مٽيءَ جي مٿاڇري کان ٿورو هيٺ رکي سگهي ٿو. ڊچ ڪوڏر مٿاڇري واري مٽي کي نرم ڪرڻ ۽ گاهه پٽڻ لاءِ انتهائي اثرائتي آهي، پر مٽيءَ کي هڪ هنڌ کان ٻئي هنڌ منتقل ڪرڻ لاءِ مناسب نه هوندي آهي.

* '''هوپ ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Hoop hoe}})، جنهن کي '''ايڪشن ڪوڏر''' (Action hoe)، '''اوسيليٽنگ ڪوڏر''' (Oscillating hoe)، '''هُلا ڪوڏر''' (Hula hoe)، '''اسٽرپ ڪوڏر''' (Stirrup hoe)، '''لوپ ڪوڏر''' (Loop hoe)، '''پينڊولم ويڊر''' (Pendulum weeder) يا '''گسائڻ واري ڪوڏر''' (Scuffle hoe) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، هڪ ٻٽي ڪنڊ واري ڦر تي مشتمل هوندي آهي، جيڪا مستطيل لوپ جي شڪل ۾ دستي سان ڳنڍيل هوندي آهي. جڏهن ان کي اڳتي يا پوئتي هلايو وڃي ٿو ته ڦر مٽيءَ جي مٿاڇري کان ٿورو هيٺ گاهه جون پاڙون ڪٽي ڇڏيندي آهي. اڳتي ۽ پوئتي ٻنهي رخن ۾ حرڪت سبب هي ڪوڏر نرم ۽ ڀُرڀري مٽيءَ ۾ گاهه ختم ڪرڻ لاءِ تمام اثرائتي هوندي آهي. عام طور ان جي ڦر جي ويڪر 3 کان 7 انچ (7.5–18 سينٽي ميٽر) جي وچ ۾ هوندي آهي. تنهن هوندي به، مٽي کوٽڻ يا منتقل ڪرڻ ۾ اها ڇڪڻ واري ڪوڏر جيتري ڪارائتي نه هوندي آهي.

* '''ڪولينئر ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Collinear hoe}}) يا '''ڪولينيل ڪوڏر''' (Collineal hoe) هڪ سنهڙي ۽ انتهائي تيز ڦر واري ڪوڏر آهي، جيڪا مٽيءَ جي مٿاڇري کان ٿورو هيٺ هلڪي جهار واري حرڪت سان گاهن جون پاڙون ڪٽي ڇڏيندي آهي. هي ڪوڏر گاهه پٽڻ لاءِ انتهائي موزون آهي، پر مٽي کوٽڻ يا منتقل ڪرڻ جهڙن ڪم لاءِ مناسب نه آهي. هن جي جوڙجڪ 1980ع واري ڏهاڪي جي آخر ۾ آمريڪي باغبان **[[ايليئٽ ڪولمين]]** تيار ڪئي.

* '''سوو ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Swoe hoe}}) ڊچ ڪوڏر جو جديد قسم آهي، جنهن ۾ هڪ ئي پاسي تي ڪٽڻ واري تيز ڪنڊ هوندي آهي. اها خاص طور تي مٿاڇري تي موجود گاهه کي تيزيءَ سان ختم ڪرڻ لاءِ تيار ڪئي وئي آهي.

=== ٻيون ڪوڏرون ===

[[File:Rebmann.jpg|thumb|upright|''Der Rebmann'' (انگورن جي باغبان) ۾ فورڪ ڪوڏر جي تصوير، [[جوسٽ امان]]، ''Das Ständebuch''، 1568ع.]]

هيٺيان ڪوڏر جا اهي قسم آهن، جيڪي نه ڇڪڻ واري ڪوڏر (Draw hoe) ۽ نه ئي گسائڻ واري ڪوڏر (Scuffle hoe) سان مشابهت رکن ٿا:

* '''ڦيٿي واري ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Wheel hoe}}) نالي مان ظاهر آهي ته هڪ يا وڌيڪ ڦيٿن سان لڳل ڪوڏر يا ڪوڏرن جو مجموعو هوندي آهي. ان ۾ لڳل ڪوڏرون اڪثر ٻين زرعي اوزارن سان مٽائي به سگهجن ٿيون، جنهن سبب هڪ ئي اوزار ڪيترن ئي زرعي ڪمن لاءِ استعمال ٿي سگهي ٿو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Power Farming|url=https://books.google.com/books?id=4dk1AQAAMAAJ&amp;pg=PA191|year=1919|publisher=Power Farming, Incorporated|page=191}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''گهوڙي واري ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Horse hoe}}) شڪل ۾ ننڍڙي هر (Plough) جهڙي هوندي آهي ۽ زرعي سڌارڪ [[جٿرو ٽل]] جي پسنديده اوزارن مان هڪ هئي. هن پنهنجي ڪتاب ''Horse Hoeing Husbandry'' ۾ دعويٰ ڪئي ته گهوڙي واري ڪوڏر فصلن جي وچ واري زمين کي نرم ڪري ۽ گاهه ختم ڪري فصلن جي واڌ ويجهه بهتر بڻائي ٿي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Tull|first=Jethro|title=Horse Hoeing Husbandry|year=1731|publisher=A. Miller|page=149}}&lt;/ref&gt; جديد زرعي تحقيق موجب هن اوزار جو بنيادي فائدو غذائي مادا وڌائڻ نه، پر گاهه ختم ڪري فصلن جي مقابلي کي گهٽائڻ آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Historic Figures: Jethro Tull (1674–1741)|url=https://www.bbc.co.uk/history/historic_figures/tull_jethro.shtml|website=BBC}}&lt;/ref&gt; گهوڙي واري ڪوڏر ۽ [[ٻج ڇٽيندڙ مشين]] (Seed drill) جي استعمال [[برطانوي زرعي انقلاب]] دوران زرعي پيداوار ۾ نمايان اضافو آندو.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|title=Agricultural Revolution in England|author=Mark Overton|publisher=Cambridge University Press|year=1996|pages=121–122}}&lt;/ref&gt;

* '''فورڪ ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Fork hoe}})، جنهن کي '''پرانگ ڪوڏر''' (Prong hoe)، '''ڏنديدار ڪوڏر''' (Tined hoe)، '''ڪينٽربري ڪوڏر''' (Canterbury hoe)، '''ڊريگ فورڪ''' (Drag fork) يا '''موڙيل فورڪ''' (Bent fork) پڻ چيو ويندو آهي، ٻن يا وڌيڪ ڏندن (Tines) تي مشتمل هوندي آهي، جيڪي دستي سان سڌي ڪنڊ تي لڳل هوندا آهن. هي ڪوڏر عام طور پوک يا ٻج ڇٽڻ کان اڳ مٽي نرم ڪرڻ لاءِ استعمال ڪئي ويندي آهي.

* '''ڪليم ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Clam hoe}}) سامونڊي صدفن، خاص طور [[ڪليم]] (Clam)، کي کوٽڻ ۽ ڪڍڻ لاءِ ٺاهي ويندي آهي.

* '''ايڊز ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Adze hoe}}) عام ڪوڏر جي بنيادي شڪل جهڙي هوندي آهي، پر وڌيڪ ڳري ۽ مضبوط هوندي آهي. ان جو روايتي استعمال جابلو پيچرن ۽ رستن جي تعمير ۽ مرمت ۾ ٿيندو آهي.

* '''پاچُل''' يا '''چانگڪُل''' ({{lang-en|Pacul}} يا {{lang-en|Cangkul}}) ملائيشيا ۽ انڊونيشيا ۾ استعمال ٿيندڙ ڪوڏر آهي، جيڪا ايڊز ڪوڏر سان گهڻي مشابهت رکي ٿي ۽ زرعي ڪمن لاءِ وڏي پيماني تي استعمال ٿيندي آهي.

* '''گينگ ڪوڏر''' ({{lang-en|Gang hoe}}) اهڙي ڪوڏر آهي، جيڪا طاقت سان هلندڙ زرعي مشينن سان گڏ استعمال ٿيندي آهي. هڪ ئي فريم تي ڪيترائي ڪوڏر جا ڦر لڳل هوندا آهن، جيڪي هڪ ئي وقت ڪيترين قطارن ۾ گاهه ختم ڪرڻ ۽ مٽي نرم ڪرڻ جو ڪم ڪندا آهن.

{{clear}}

&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot; widths=&quot;200&quot; heights=&quot;120&quot;&gt;
File:Dutch hoe.JPG|پراڻي ڊچ ڪوڏر.
File:Push Hoe.jpg|ڌڪڻ واري ڪوڏر.
File:Weeder.jpg|ڊچ يا ڌڪڻ واري ڪوڏر، جيڪا ڊگهي دستي سان لڳل هوندي آهي.
File:Hoe 1.jpg|وڪريل ڦر واري ڪوڏر.
File:COLLECTIE_TROPENMUSEUM_Metalen_hak_met_houten_steel_TMnr_3401-3.jpg|انڊونيشي پاچُل.
File:Hawea coûteure.jpg|ننڍي دستي واري گرب ڪوڏر.
File:Magaglio, dettaglio.jpg|فورڪ ڪوڏر.
File:Rake_in_Kenya.jpg|ڪينيا جي جبل ڪينيا واري علائقي مان ٽن ڏندن واري ڪوڏر.
File:Japanese-hoe-biccyukuwa,katori-city,japan.JPG|جاپاني ''بيچيو-گووا''، ڌان جي پوکن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فورڪ ڪوڏر.
File:Adze.jpg|ايڊز جي ڦر.
File:EB1911 Hoe - Martin’s One-Row Horse Hoe.jpg|گهوڙي واري ڪوڏر.
File:Schrepel_DSCN1238.JPG|هٿ واري ڪوڏر، يعني ننڍي دستي واري ڪوڏر.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

== تصويري نمائش ==
&lt;gallery mode=&quot;packed&quot; widths=&quot;200&quot; heights=&quot;120&quot;&gt;
File:Dutch hoe.JPG|پراڻي ڊچ ڪوڏر.
File:Push Hoe.jpg|ڌڪڻ واري ڪوڏر.
File:Weeder.jpg|ڊچ يا ڌڪڻ واري ڪوڏر، جيڪا ڊگهي دستي سان لڳل هوندي آهي.
File:Hoe 1.jpg|وڪريل ڦر واري ڪوڏر.
File:COLLECTIE_TROPENMUSEUM_Metalen_hak_met_houten_steel_TMnr_3401-3.jpg|انڊونيشي پاچُل.
File:Hawea coûteure.jpg|ننڍي دستي واري گرب ڪوڏر.
File:Magaglio, dettaglio.jpg|فورڪ ڪوڏر.
File:Rake_in_Kenya.jpg|ڪينيا جي جبل ڪينيا واري علائقي مان ٽن ڏندن واري ڪوڏر.
File:Japanese-hoe-biccyukuwa,katori-city,japan.JPG|جاپاني ''بيچيو-گووا''، ڌان جي پوکن لاءِ استعمال ٿيندڙ فورڪ ڪوڏر.
File:Adze.jpg|ايڊز جي ڦر.
File:EB1911 Hoe - Martin’s One-Row Horse Hoe.jpg|گهوڙي واري ڪوڏر.
File:Schrepel_DSCN1238.JPG|هٿ واري ڪوڏر، يعني ننڍي ۽ مختصر دستي واري ڪوڏر.
&lt;/gallery&gt;

==تاريخ==
ڪوڏر کوٽائي جو سڀ کان قديم اوزار آھي ۽ ان جو استعمال انسان ھر کان اڳ شروع ڪيو ھو.  قديم سميري نسل جي ماڻھن جو خيال ھو تہ ڪوڏر ديوتائن جي مجلس جي سردار ديوتا اينلل ايجاد ڪئي ھئي&lt;ref&gt;PBS. ''Heritage: Civilization and the Jews''. &quot;[https://www.pbs.org/wnet/heritage/episode1/atlas/map2.html# Nippur] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20140314035139/http://www.pbs.org/wnet/heritage/episode1/atlas/map2.html |date=2014-03-14 }}&quot;. Accessed 26 Nov 2012.&lt;/ref&gt;ڪوڏر جو ذڪر بابل جي بادشاھ حمورابي جي لکيل ڪوڊ ۾ بہ ملي ٿو.

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}</text>
      <sha1>pc4mmdph2csv152tjznzj9lhgman4bx</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>زمرو:لبنان ۾ آباد جڳهيون</title>
    <ns>14</ns>
    <id>51767</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400858</id>
      <parentid>169323</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:46:03Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>removed [[Category:لبنان جي جاگرافي]]; added [[Category:لبنان جي انساني جاگرافي]] [[وڪيپيڊيا:ھاٽ ڪيٽ|ھاٽ ڪيت]] جي مدد سان</comment>
      <origin>400858</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="131" sha1="qtk084qqph9jg5m0lugqiae8qhxprz2" xml:space="preserve">[[زمرو:لبنان جي انساني جاگرافي]]
[[زمرو:ڳتيل آبادي واريون جايون بلحاظ ملڪ]]</text>
      <sha1>qtk084qqph9jg5m0lugqiae8qhxprz2</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>زمرو:لبنان جا قصبا</title>
    <ns>14</ns>
    <id>51894</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400853</id>
      <parentid>168724</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:39:28Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>Ibne maryam صفحي [[زمرو:لبنان ۾ شهر]] کي [[زمرو:لبنان جا قصبا]] ڏانھن چوريو</comment>
      <origin>168724</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="33" sha1="050wq3jrma5duinmpd494tlrznp9i2s" xml:space="preserve">[[en:Category:Cities in Lebanon]]</text>
      <sha1>050wq3jrma5duinmpd494tlrznp9i2s</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400856</id>
      <parentid>400853</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:41:56Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>400856</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="161" sha1="e3lqjoxo6ezrcwz43bjp1gjhcq3opdc" xml:space="preserve">[[en:Category:Cities in Lebanon]]
[[زمرو:قصبو]]
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ آباد جڳهيون]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جي انساني جاگرافي]]</text>
      <sha1>e3lqjoxo6ezrcwz43bjp1gjhcq3opdc</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>پشاور ڪينٽونمينٽ ريلوي اسٽيشن</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>74556</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400933</id>
      <parentid>278897</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T16:06:18Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>Ibne maryam صفحي [[پشاور ڪينٽ ريلوي اسٽيشن]] کي [[پشاور ڪنٽونمينٽ ريلوي اسٽيشن]] ڏانھن چوريو</comment>
      <origin>278897</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="2770" sha1="e9iy52qa9qoi08vm77a3f8rzkjoqzvn" xml:space="preserve">{{ڄاڻخانو اسٽيشن|name=پشاور ڪينٽ ريلوي اسٽيشن|native_name={{Nastaliq|  پشاور چھاؤنی ریلوے اسٹیشن}}|style=Pakistan Railways|image=Peshawar station from the footbridge - panoramio.jpg|image_caption=|type=[[پاڪستان ريلويز]] جو ريلوي اسٽيشن|address=Saddar Road,&lt;br&gt;Peshawar, Khyber Pakhtunkhwa 25000|country=پاڪستان|coordinates={{Coord|34.0023|N|71.5501|E|type:railwaystation_region:PK|display=inline,title}}|elevation={{convert|339.5|m|ft}}|map_type=|line=*[[Karachi–Peshawar main line|Karachi–Peshawar Line]]
*[[Khyber Pass Railway]]
*[[Peshawar Circular Railway]]|other={{bus icon|12px|Local transit}} [[TransPeshawar|''Peshawar BRT – Line 1'']]|structure=اسٽيندرد|platform=3|levels=|tracks=7|parking={{Parking symbol}} موجود آء|status=فعال|opened={{start date and age|1898}}|closed=|electrified=No|ADA={{access icon|20px}} Available|code=PSC|zone=پاڪستان ريلويز پشاور زون|owned=[[ريلوي جي وزارت (پاڪستان)|ريلوي جي وزارت]]|former=|passengers=|pass_year=|pass_percent=|pass_system=|embedded=[[File:Feature ticket office.svg|20px|Computerized Ticketing Counters]] [[File:Baggage claim ecomo.svg|20px|Luggage Checking System]] [[File:Feature parking.svg|20px|Parking]] [[File:Feature accessible.svg|20px|Disabled Access]] [[File:SymbolCoffeeShop.svg|20px|Food Plaza]] [[File:AB-Autobahnkiosk.svg|20px|Kiosks]] [[File:Aseos Públicos.jpg|20px|WC]] [[File:Aiga taxi.svg|20px|Taxi Stand]] [[File:Feature suburban buses.svg|20px|Public Transportation]] {{rint|metro}}|services={{Adjacent stations|system1=Pakistan Railways
|line1=Karachi–Peshawar|left1=Peshawar City
|line2=Khyber Pass|left2=Peshawar City|right2=Jamrud Junction
|system3=Peshawar Circular Railway
|line3=-|left3=Charsadda|right3=Peshawar City|to-left3=Nowshera Junction
}}|mapframe=y}}
'''پشاور ڪينٽ ريلوي اسٽيشن''' ( {{lang-ur|{{Nastaliq|پشاور چھاؤنی ریلوے اسٹیشن}}}}؛ {{Lang-ps|د پېښور اردوگاه اورګاډي سټيشن}} پشاور ڪينٽ)[[پشاور]]، پاڪستان جي [[خيبر پختونخوا]] صوبي ۾ اهم ريلوي اسٽيشن آهي۔ اهو پشاور شھر جي صدر روڊ تي واقع آهي۔ اسٽيشن تي اسٽاف ۽ هڪ بکنگ آفيس موجود آهي۔

{{s-start}}
{{S-Railway}}
{{Station box
| title  = {{PAGENAME}}
| before = [[پبي ريلوي اسٽيشن]] &lt;br&gt;
| after  = [[پشاور شھر ريلوي اسٽيشن]]
}}
{{s-end}}

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:پاڪستان ريلويز]]
[[زمرو:خیبر پختونخوا ۾ ريلوي اسٽيشن]]
[[زمرو:پاڪستان جا ريلوي اسٽيشن]]</text>
      <sha1>e9iy52qa9qoi08vm77a3f8rzkjoqzvn</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400935</id>
      <parentid>400933</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T16:07:20Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>Ibne maryam صفحي [[پشاور ڪنٽونمينٽ ريلوي اسٽيشن]] کي [[پشاور ڪينٽونمينٽ ريلوي اسٽيشن]] ڏانھن چوريو</comment>
      <origin>278897</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="2770" sha1="e9iy52qa9qoi08vm77a3f8rzkjoqzvn" xml:space="preserve">{{ڄاڻخانو اسٽيشن|name=پشاور ڪينٽ ريلوي اسٽيشن|native_name={{Nastaliq|  پشاور چھاؤنی ریلوے اسٹیشن}}|style=Pakistan Railways|image=Peshawar station from the footbridge - panoramio.jpg|image_caption=|type=[[پاڪستان ريلويز]] جو ريلوي اسٽيشن|address=Saddar Road,&lt;br&gt;Peshawar, Khyber Pakhtunkhwa 25000|country=پاڪستان|coordinates={{Coord|34.0023|N|71.5501|E|type:railwaystation_region:PK|display=inline,title}}|elevation={{convert|339.5|m|ft}}|map_type=|line=*[[Karachi–Peshawar main line|Karachi–Peshawar Line]]
*[[Khyber Pass Railway]]
*[[Peshawar Circular Railway]]|other={{bus icon|12px|Local transit}} [[TransPeshawar|''Peshawar BRT – Line 1'']]|structure=اسٽيندرد|platform=3|levels=|tracks=7|parking={{Parking symbol}} موجود آء|status=فعال|opened={{start date and age|1898}}|closed=|electrified=No|ADA={{access icon|20px}} Available|code=PSC|zone=پاڪستان ريلويز پشاور زون|owned=[[ريلوي جي وزارت (پاڪستان)|ريلوي جي وزارت]]|former=|passengers=|pass_year=|pass_percent=|pass_system=|embedded=[[File:Feature ticket office.svg|20px|Computerized Ticketing Counters]] [[File:Baggage claim ecomo.svg|20px|Luggage Checking System]] [[File:Feature parking.svg|20px|Parking]] [[File:Feature accessible.svg|20px|Disabled Access]] [[File:SymbolCoffeeShop.svg|20px|Food Plaza]] [[File:AB-Autobahnkiosk.svg|20px|Kiosks]] [[File:Aseos Públicos.jpg|20px|WC]] [[File:Aiga taxi.svg|20px|Taxi Stand]] [[File:Feature suburban buses.svg|20px|Public Transportation]] {{rint|metro}}|services={{Adjacent stations|system1=Pakistan Railways
|line1=Karachi–Peshawar|left1=Peshawar City
|line2=Khyber Pass|left2=Peshawar City|right2=Jamrud Junction
|system3=Peshawar Circular Railway
|line3=-|left3=Charsadda|right3=Peshawar City|to-left3=Nowshera Junction
}}|mapframe=y}}
'''پشاور ڪينٽ ريلوي اسٽيشن''' ( {{lang-ur|{{Nastaliq|پشاور چھاؤنی ریلوے اسٹیشن}}}}؛ {{Lang-ps|د پېښور اردوگاه اورګاډي سټيشن}} پشاور ڪينٽ)[[پشاور]]، پاڪستان جي [[خيبر پختونخوا]] صوبي ۾ اهم ريلوي اسٽيشن آهي۔ اهو پشاور شھر جي صدر روڊ تي واقع آهي۔ اسٽيشن تي اسٽاف ۽ هڪ بکنگ آفيس موجود آهي۔

{{s-start}}
{{S-Railway}}
{{Station box
| title  = {{PAGENAME}}
| before = [[پبي ريلوي اسٽيشن]] &lt;br&gt;
| after  = [[پشاور شھر ريلوي اسٽيشن]]
}}
{{s-end}}

== حوالا ==
{{حوالا}}

[[زمرو:پاڪستان ريلويز]]
[[زمرو:خیبر پختونخوا ۾ ريلوي اسٽيشن]]
[[زمرو:پاڪستان جا ريلوي اسٽيشن]]</text>
      <sha1>e9iy52qa9qoi08vm77a3f8rzkjoqzvn</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>روبي (سلجھائپ)</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>82430</id>
    <revision>
      <id>401161</id>
      <parentid>312330</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T11:33:11Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401161</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="6521" sha1="19sccstr2uzb6fcls4iu17rxji9tkh1" xml:space="preserve">'''روبي هڪ انگريزي لفظ آهي''' جنهن جي معنيٰ آهي نيلم ۽ ان جو مطلب اهو.

{{Wiktionary|Ruby|ruby}}

A '''[[ruby]]''' is a red gemstone.

'''Ruby''' may also refer to:

{{TOC right}}

==Places==
* [[Ruby, Alaska]]
* [[Ruby, Arizona]]
* [[Ruby, Michigan]]
* [[Ruby, Copiah County, Mississippi]]
* [[Ruby, Leflore County, Mississippi]]
* [[Ruby, Nebraska]]
* [[Ruby, New York]]
* [[Ruby, South Carolina]]
* [[Ruby, United States Virgin Islands]]
* [[Ruby, Virginia]]
* [[Ruby, Washington]], a ghost town
* [[Ruby, Wisconsin]], a town
* [[The Ruby (space)]], Mission District, San Francisco, California
* [[Ruby Beach]], Washington
* [[Ruby Canyon]], on the Colorado-Utah border
* [[Ruby Creek (disambiguation)]], several creeks in North America
* [[Ruby Falls]], an underground waterfall within Lookout Mountain, Tennessee
* [[Ruby Mountain]], a stratovolcano in British Columbia, Canada
* [[Ruby Mountains]], a mountain range in Nevada
** [[Ruby Dome]], the highest peak of the Ruby Mountains
* [[Ruby Ridge]], Idaho, site of a violent confrontation and siege
* [[Ruby Valley]], Nevada
* [[Ruby City (disambiguation)]], several US ghost towns

==Arts and entertainment==

===Fictional entities===
* {{Slink|Ruby (given name)|Fictional characters}}
* The Ruby, a coffee shop / diner in the Canadian television series ''[[Corner Gas]]'' (and its various adaptations to other media)

===Film and television===
* [[Ruby (1977 film)|''Ruby'' (1977 film)]], a supernatural horror
* [[Ruby (1992 film)|''Ruby'' (1992 film)]], about Jack Ruby
* [[Ruby (actress)]] (born 1972), American pornographic actress
* [[Ruby (talk show)|''Ruby'' (talk show)]], a British late night talk show
* [[Ruby (2008 TV series)|''Ruby'' (2008 TV series)]], a Style Network program
* [[Ruby (2012 TV series)|''Ruby'' (2012 TV series)]], an Arab dramatic series

===Music===

====Albums====
* [[Ruby (The Killjoys album)|''Ruby'' (The Killjoys album)]], 1990
* [[Ruby (Macy Gray album)|''Ruby'' (Macy Gray album)]], 2018
* [[Ruby (Ruby album)|''Ruby'' (Ruby album)]], 1976
* [[Ruby (Sirsy album)|''Ruby'' (Sirsy album)]], 2004
* [[Ruby (Archie Roach, Ruby Hunter, Paul Grabowsky and Australian Art Orchestra album)|''Ruby'' (Archie Roach, Ruby Hunter, Paul Grabowsky and Australian Art Orchestra album)]], 2005
* [[Ruby (Jennie album)|''Ruby'' (Jennie album)]], 2025
* ''[[The Ruby]]'', an EP by April, 2018

====Songs====
* [[Ruby (Ruby Gentry theme)|&quot;Ruby&quot; (''Ruby Gentry'' theme)]], from the 1952 film ''Ruby Gentry'', also performed by Ray Charles in 1960
* [[Ruby (Kaiser Chiefs song)|&quot;Ruby&quot; (Kaiser Chiefs song)]], 2007 single by Kaiser Chiefs, from the album ''Yours Truly, Angry Mob''
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Boyzone, from the album [[Brother (Boyzone album)|''Brother'']] (2010)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Camille, from the album ''[[Le Sac des Filles]]'' (2002)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Janis Ian, from the album ''[[Revenge (Janis Ian album)|Revenge]]'' (1995)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Kristin Hersh, from the album ''[[Sunny Border Blue]]'' (2001)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Queenadreena, from the album ''[[Djin (album)|Djin]]'' (2008)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Twenty One Pilots, from the album ''[[Regional at Best]]'' (2011)
* &quot;Ruby&quot; and ''Ruby'', a 2022 song and mixtape by [[Woozi]]
* &quot;[[Ruby, My Dear (composition)|Ruby, My Dear]]&quot;, a song by ''Thelonious Monk'', composed {{Circa|1945}}, recorded 1947
* &quot;Ruby: Sad Tear&quot; ({{Langx|ko|루비: 슬픈눈물|links=no}}), a song by Fin.K.L, from the album ''[[Blue Rain (album)|Blue Rain]]'' (1998)

====Artists and record labels====
* [[Ruby (British band)]], an alternative group formed in 1994
* [[Ruby &amp; the Romantics]], an American R&amp;B group
* [[Ruby Records]], a record label
* [[Ruby (American band)]], an American rock band featuring Tom Fogerty
* [[Ruby (Egyptian singer)]] (born 1981), singer and actress
* Ruby, a performer in the English hip pop quintet [[King (pop band)|King]]
* [[Ruby Frost]], New Zealand singer

===Other uses in arts and media===
* ''[[Pokémon Ruby]]'', a video game released in 2002 for Japan and 2003 internationally
** ''[[Pokémon Omega Ruby]]'', a remake of Pokémon Ruby
* [[Ruby (novel)|''Ruby'' (novel)]], a 1994 fiction book by V. C. Andrews in The Landry Family Series
* [[Vocaloid_4#Ruby|Ruby]], a vocaloid

==Computing==
* [[Ruby (hardware description language)]]
* [[Ruby (programming language)]]
* Ruby, an early development name for [[Visual Basic (classic)]]
* [[Ruby MRI]], the C reference implementation of the Ruby language

==Transportation and military==

* [[Ruby (car)]], an inter-war French manufacturer of light cars and proprietary engines
* ''Project Ruby'', a 1946 joint Anglo-American program to test a range of [[Disney bomb#After the war|bunker-buster bombs]]

=== Ships ===
*{{HMS|Ruby}}, several vessels of the Royal Navy
*{{PS|Ruby}}, several paddle steamers
*{{USS|Ruby|PY-21}}, a converted yacht in service with the US Navy
*{{ship||Ruby|ship}}, several merchant ships

==Food, plants, and animals==
{{See also|#Fictional entities}}
* [[Ruby Tuesday (restaurant)]], an American international foodservice chain
* [[Ruby chocolate]], a kind of pink/purple cacao product
* [[Ruby (mango)]], a bright red mango cultivar from south Florida
* 'Ruby Red' and 'Star Ruby', varieties of [[Grapefruit#Varieties|grapefruit]]
* Ruby leaf, a common name of ''[[Alternanthera brasiliana]]'', in family Amaranthaceae
** Little ruby, a common name of [[Alternanthera brasiliana var. villosa|''Alternanthera brasiliana'' var. ''villosa'']]
* [[Brazilian ruby]], ''Clytolaema rubricauda'', a species of hummingbird
* [[Ruby (elephant)]], 1973–1998

==Other uses==
* [[Ruby (given name)]]
* [[Ruby (surname)]]
* [[Ruby (annotation)]], small-print pronunciation guide for logographic writing
* [[Ruby (typography)]], the British English name for agate-size type
* [[Ruby (color)]], a color based on that of the gemstone
* [[Rubies (Super Fours)]], a women's cricket team that competed in the Super Fours
* [[Ruby Corp.]], the parent company of the Ashley Madison online dating service
* [[J. W. Ruby Memorial Hospital]], or Ruby, in Morgantown, West Virginia
* [[List of storms named Ruby]]

==See also==
* {{srt|dab}}
* [[Rubygate]], a sex scandal involving Silvio Berlusconi
* [[Ruby pistol]]
* [[Rubi (disambiguation)]]
* [[Rubin (disambiguation)]]
* [[Rubis (rocket)]], a rocket system
* ''[[RWBY]]'', an animated web series
*  [[Ruby Rose (disambiguation)]]

{{disambiguation}}


[[زمرو:سلجھائپ صفحا]]</text>
      <sha1>19sccstr2uzb6fcls4iu17rxji9tkh1</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401162</id>
      <parentid>401161</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T11:33:58Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>Ibne maryam صفحي [[روبي]] کي [[روبي (سلجھائپ)]] ڏانھن چوريو</comment>
      <origin>401161</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="6521" sha1="19sccstr2uzb6fcls4iu17rxji9tkh1" xml:space="preserve">'''روبي هڪ انگريزي لفظ آهي''' جنهن جي معنيٰ آهي نيلم ۽ ان جو مطلب اهو.

{{Wiktionary|Ruby|ruby}}

A '''[[ruby]]''' is a red gemstone.

'''Ruby''' may also refer to:

{{TOC right}}

==Places==
* [[Ruby, Alaska]]
* [[Ruby, Arizona]]
* [[Ruby, Michigan]]
* [[Ruby, Copiah County, Mississippi]]
* [[Ruby, Leflore County, Mississippi]]
* [[Ruby, Nebraska]]
* [[Ruby, New York]]
* [[Ruby, South Carolina]]
* [[Ruby, United States Virgin Islands]]
* [[Ruby, Virginia]]
* [[Ruby, Washington]], a ghost town
* [[Ruby, Wisconsin]], a town
* [[The Ruby (space)]], Mission District, San Francisco, California
* [[Ruby Beach]], Washington
* [[Ruby Canyon]], on the Colorado-Utah border
* [[Ruby Creek (disambiguation)]], several creeks in North America
* [[Ruby Falls]], an underground waterfall within Lookout Mountain, Tennessee
* [[Ruby Mountain]], a stratovolcano in British Columbia, Canada
* [[Ruby Mountains]], a mountain range in Nevada
** [[Ruby Dome]], the highest peak of the Ruby Mountains
* [[Ruby Ridge]], Idaho, site of a violent confrontation and siege
* [[Ruby Valley]], Nevada
* [[Ruby City (disambiguation)]], several US ghost towns

==Arts and entertainment==

===Fictional entities===
* {{Slink|Ruby (given name)|Fictional characters}}
* The Ruby, a coffee shop / diner in the Canadian television series ''[[Corner Gas]]'' (and its various adaptations to other media)

===Film and television===
* [[Ruby (1977 film)|''Ruby'' (1977 film)]], a supernatural horror
* [[Ruby (1992 film)|''Ruby'' (1992 film)]], about Jack Ruby
* [[Ruby (actress)]] (born 1972), American pornographic actress
* [[Ruby (talk show)|''Ruby'' (talk show)]], a British late night talk show
* [[Ruby (2008 TV series)|''Ruby'' (2008 TV series)]], a Style Network program
* [[Ruby (2012 TV series)|''Ruby'' (2012 TV series)]], an Arab dramatic series

===Music===

====Albums====
* [[Ruby (The Killjoys album)|''Ruby'' (The Killjoys album)]], 1990
* [[Ruby (Macy Gray album)|''Ruby'' (Macy Gray album)]], 2018
* [[Ruby (Ruby album)|''Ruby'' (Ruby album)]], 1976
* [[Ruby (Sirsy album)|''Ruby'' (Sirsy album)]], 2004
* [[Ruby (Archie Roach, Ruby Hunter, Paul Grabowsky and Australian Art Orchestra album)|''Ruby'' (Archie Roach, Ruby Hunter, Paul Grabowsky and Australian Art Orchestra album)]], 2005
* [[Ruby (Jennie album)|''Ruby'' (Jennie album)]], 2025
* ''[[The Ruby]]'', an EP by April, 2018

====Songs====
* [[Ruby (Ruby Gentry theme)|&quot;Ruby&quot; (''Ruby Gentry'' theme)]], from the 1952 film ''Ruby Gentry'', also performed by Ray Charles in 1960
* [[Ruby (Kaiser Chiefs song)|&quot;Ruby&quot; (Kaiser Chiefs song)]], 2007 single by Kaiser Chiefs, from the album ''Yours Truly, Angry Mob''
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Boyzone, from the album [[Brother (Boyzone album)|''Brother'']] (2010)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Camille, from the album ''[[Le Sac des Filles]]'' (2002)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Janis Ian, from the album ''[[Revenge (Janis Ian album)|Revenge]]'' (1995)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Kristin Hersh, from the album ''[[Sunny Border Blue]]'' (2001)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Queenadreena, from the album ''[[Djin (album)|Djin]]'' (2008)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Twenty One Pilots, from the album ''[[Regional at Best]]'' (2011)
* &quot;Ruby&quot; and ''Ruby'', a 2022 song and mixtape by [[Woozi]]
* &quot;[[Ruby, My Dear (composition)|Ruby, My Dear]]&quot;, a song by ''Thelonious Monk'', composed {{Circa|1945}}, recorded 1947
* &quot;Ruby: Sad Tear&quot; ({{Langx|ko|루비: 슬픈눈물|links=no}}), a song by Fin.K.L, from the album ''[[Blue Rain (album)|Blue Rain]]'' (1998)

====Artists and record labels====
* [[Ruby (British band)]], an alternative group formed in 1994
* [[Ruby &amp; the Romantics]], an American R&amp;B group
* [[Ruby Records]], a record label
* [[Ruby (American band)]], an American rock band featuring Tom Fogerty
* [[Ruby (Egyptian singer)]] (born 1981), singer and actress
* Ruby, a performer in the English hip pop quintet [[King (pop band)|King]]
* [[Ruby Frost]], New Zealand singer

===Other uses in arts and media===
* ''[[Pokémon Ruby]]'', a video game released in 2002 for Japan and 2003 internationally
** ''[[Pokémon Omega Ruby]]'', a remake of Pokémon Ruby
* [[Ruby (novel)|''Ruby'' (novel)]], a 1994 fiction book by V. C. Andrews in The Landry Family Series
* [[Vocaloid_4#Ruby|Ruby]], a vocaloid

==Computing==
* [[Ruby (hardware description language)]]
* [[Ruby (programming language)]]
* Ruby, an early development name for [[Visual Basic (classic)]]
* [[Ruby MRI]], the C reference implementation of the Ruby language

==Transportation and military==

* [[Ruby (car)]], an inter-war French manufacturer of light cars and proprietary engines
* ''Project Ruby'', a 1946 joint Anglo-American program to test a range of [[Disney bomb#After the war|bunker-buster bombs]]

=== Ships ===
*{{HMS|Ruby}}, several vessels of the Royal Navy
*{{PS|Ruby}}, several paddle steamers
*{{USS|Ruby|PY-21}}, a converted yacht in service with the US Navy
*{{ship||Ruby|ship}}, several merchant ships

==Food, plants, and animals==
{{See also|#Fictional entities}}
* [[Ruby Tuesday (restaurant)]], an American international foodservice chain
* [[Ruby chocolate]], a kind of pink/purple cacao product
* [[Ruby (mango)]], a bright red mango cultivar from south Florida
* 'Ruby Red' and 'Star Ruby', varieties of [[Grapefruit#Varieties|grapefruit]]
* Ruby leaf, a common name of ''[[Alternanthera brasiliana]]'', in family Amaranthaceae
** Little ruby, a common name of [[Alternanthera brasiliana var. villosa|''Alternanthera brasiliana'' var. ''villosa'']]
* [[Brazilian ruby]], ''Clytolaema rubricauda'', a species of hummingbird
* [[Ruby (elephant)]], 1973–1998

==Other uses==
* [[Ruby (given name)]]
* [[Ruby (surname)]]
* [[Ruby (annotation)]], small-print pronunciation guide for logographic writing
* [[Ruby (typography)]], the British English name for agate-size type
* [[Ruby (color)]], a color based on that of the gemstone
* [[Rubies (Super Fours)]], a women's cricket team that competed in the Super Fours
* [[Ruby Corp.]], the parent company of the Ashley Madison online dating service
* [[J. W. Ruby Memorial Hospital]], or Ruby, in Morgantown, West Virginia
* [[List of storms named Ruby]]

==See also==
* {{srt|dab}}
* [[Rubygate]], a sex scandal involving Silvio Berlusconi
* [[Ruby pistol]]
* [[Rubi (disambiguation)]]
* [[Rubin (disambiguation)]]
* [[Rubis (rocket)]], a rocket system
* ''[[RWBY]]'', an animated web series
*  [[Ruby Rose (disambiguation)]]

{{disambiguation}}


[[زمرو:سلجھائپ صفحا]]</text>
      <sha1>19sccstr2uzb6fcls4iu17rxji9tkh1</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401166</id>
      <parentid>401162</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T11:49:29Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401166</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="8236" sha1="c08gyc809flesl3rlix5t2ip5gyttc7" xml:space="preserve">{{Wiktionary|Rubi|روبي}}
'''[[روبي (پٿر)|روبي]]''' (Ruby) هڪ ڳاڙهي رنگ جو [[قيمتي پٿر]] آهي. 

روبي مان هيٺيون شيون به مراد ٿي سگهن ٿيون:
== جڳهيون== 
==فن ۽ تفريح== 
==ڪمپيوٽنگ==
* روبي (هارڊويئر جي وضاحت واري ٻولي)
* روبي (پروگرامنگ ٻولي) 
* روبي، ويزيوئل بيسڪ (Visual Basic) جي شروعاتي تياري واري مرحلي جو نالو 
* روبي ايم آر آءِ (Ruby MRI)، روبي ٻوليءَ جي &quot;سي&quot; (C) ٻوليءَ ۾ لکيل بنيادي عملدرآمد
== آمدرفت ۽ فوج== 
==کاڌو، ٻوٽا ۽ جانور== 
==ٻيا استعمال==
* روبي (ذاتي نالو) 
* روبي (خانداني نالو) 
* روبي (تشريحي نشان)، لوگوگرافڪ لکڻي (جهڙوڪ چيني رسم الخط) لاءِ ننڍن اکرن ۾ ڏنل تلفظ جي رهنمائي  
* روبي (ٽائپوگرافي)، برطانوي انگريزيءَ ۾ &quot;ايگيٽ&quot; (agate) سائيز جي ٽائپ (اکرن جي ماپ) جو نالو
* روبي (رنگ)، اهو رنگ جيڪو ساڳئي نالي واري قيمتي پٿر جي رنگ تي ٻڌل آهي 
* روبيز (Super Fours)، عورتن جي ڪرڪيٽ ٽيم جنهن &quot;سوپر فورز&quot; مقابلي ۾ حصو ورتو 
* روبي ڪارپوريشن، &quot;ايشلي ميڊيسن&quot; (Ashley Madison) آن لائن ڊيٽنگ سروس جي بنيادي ڪمپني 
* جي. ڊبليو. روبي ميموريل اسپتال (يا روبي)، جيڪا مورگن ٽائون، ويسٽ ورجينيا ۾ واقع آهي
* روبي نالي وارن طوفانن جي فهرست
==وڌيڪ ڏسو==
'''روبي هڪ انگريزي لفظ آهي''' جنهن جي معنيٰ آهي نيلم ۽ ان جو مطلب اهو.

A '''[[ruby]]''' is a red gemstone.

'''Ruby''' may also refer to:

{{TOC right}}

==Places==
* [[Ruby, Alaska]]
* [[Ruby, Arizona]]
* [[Ruby, Michigan]]
* [[Ruby, Copiah County, Mississippi]]
* [[Ruby, Leflore County, Mississippi]]
* [[Ruby, Nebraska]]
* [[Ruby, New York]]
* [[Ruby, South Carolina]]
* [[Ruby, United States Virgin Islands]]
* [[Ruby, Virginia]]
* [[Ruby, Washington]], a ghost town
* [[Ruby, Wisconsin]], a town
* [[The Ruby (space)]], Mission District, San Francisco, California
* [[Ruby Beach]], Washington
* [[Ruby Canyon]], on the Colorado-Utah border
* [[Ruby Creek (disambiguation)]], several creeks in North America
* [[Ruby Falls]], an underground waterfall within Lookout Mountain, Tennessee
* [[Ruby Mountain]], a stratovolcano in British Columbia, Canada
* [[Ruby Mountains]], a mountain range in Nevada
** [[Ruby Dome]], the highest peak of the Ruby Mountains
* [[Ruby Ridge]], Idaho, site of a violent confrontation and siege
* [[Ruby Valley]], Nevada
* [[Ruby City (disambiguation)]], several US ghost towns

==Arts and entertainment==

===Fictional entities===
* {{Slink|Ruby (given name)|Fictional characters}}
* The Ruby, a coffee shop / diner in the Canadian television series ''[[Corner Gas]]'' (and its various adaptations to other media)

===Film and television===
* [[Ruby (1977 film)|''Ruby'' (1977 film)]], a supernatural horror
* [[Ruby (1992 film)|''Ruby'' (1992 film)]], about Jack Ruby
* [[Ruby (actress)]] (born 1972), American pornographic actress
* [[Ruby (talk show)|''Ruby'' (talk show)]], a British late night talk show
* [[Ruby (2008 TV series)|''Ruby'' (2008 TV series)]], a Style Network program
* [[Ruby (2012 TV series)|''Ruby'' (2012 TV series)]], an Arab dramatic series

===Music===

====Albums====
* [[Ruby (The Killjoys album)|''Ruby'' (The Killjoys album)]], 1990
* [[Ruby (Macy Gray album)|''Ruby'' (Macy Gray album)]], 2018
* [[Ruby (Ruby album)|''Ruby'' (Ruby album)]], 1976
* [[Ruby (Sirsy album)|''Ruby'' (Sirsy album)]], 2004
* [[Ruby (Archie Roach, Ruby Hunter, Paul Grabowsky and Australian Art Orchestra album)|''Ruby'' (Archie Roach, Ruby Hunter, Paul Grabowsky and Australian Art Orchestra album)]], 2005
* [[Ruby (Jennie album)|''Ruby'' (Jennie album)]], 2025
* ''[[The Ruby]]'', an EP by April, 2018

====Songs====
* [[Ruby (Ruby Gentry theme)|&quot;Ruby&quot; (''Ruby Gentry'' theme)]], from the 1952 film ''Ruby Gentry'', also performed by Ray Charles in 1960
* [[Ruby (Kaiser Chiefs song)|&quot;Ruby&quot; (Kaiser Chiefs song)]], 2007 single by Kaiser Chiefs, from the album ''Yours Truly, Angry Mob''
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Boyzone, from the album [[Brother (Boyzone album)|''Brother'']] (2010)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Camille, from the album ''[[Le Sac des Filles]]'' (2002)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Janis Ian, from the album ''[[Revenge (Janis Ian album)|Revenge]]'' (1995)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Kristin Hersh, from the album ''[[Sunny Border Blue]]'' (2001)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Queenadreena, from the album ''[[Djin (album)|Djin]]'' (2008)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Twenty One Pilots, from the album ''[[Regional at Best]]'' (2011)
* &quot;Ruby&quot; and ''Ruby'', a 2022 song and mixtape by [[Woozi]]
* &quot;[[Ruby, My Dear (composition)|Ruby, My Dear]]&quot;, a song by ''Thelonious Monk'', composed {{Circa|1945}}, recorded 1947
* &quot;Ruby: Sad Tear&quot; ({{Langx|ko|루비: 슬픈눈물|links=no}}), a song by Fin.K.L, from the album ''[[Blue Rain (album)|Blue Rain]]'' (1998)

====Artists and record labels====
* [[Ruby (British band)]], an alternative group formed in 1994
* [[Ruby &amp; the Romantics]], an American R&amp;B group
* [[Ruby Records]], a record label
* [[Ruby (American band)]], an American rock band featuring Tom Fogerty
* [[Ruby (Egyptian singer)]] (born 1981), singer and actress
* Ruby, a performer in the English hip pop quintet [[King (pop band)|King]]
* [[Ruby Frost]], New Zealand singer

===Other uses in arts and media===
* ''[[Pokémon Ruby]]'', a video game released in 2002 for Japan and 2003 internationally
** ''[[Pokémon Omega Ruby]]'', a remake of Pokémon Ruby
* [[Ruby (novel)|''Ruby'' (novel)]], a 1994 fiction book by V. C. Andrews in The Landry Family Series
* [[Vocaloid_4#Ruby|Ruby]], a vocaloid

==Computing==
* [[Ruby (hardware description language)]]
* [[Ruby (programming language)]]
* Ruby, an early development name for [[Visual Basic (classic)]]
* [[Ruby MRI]], the C reference implementation of the Ruby language

==Transportation and military==

* [[Ruby (car)]], an inter-war French manufacturer of light cars and proprietary engines
* ''Project Ruby'', a 1946 joint Anglo-American program to test a range of [[Disney bomb#After the war|bunker-buster bombs]]

=== Ships ===
*{{HMS|Ruby}}, several vessels of the Royal Navy
*{{PS|Ruby}}, several paddle steamers
*{{USS|Ruby|PY-21}}, a converted yacht in service with the US Navy
*{{ship||Ruby|ship}}, several merchant ships

==Food, plants, and animals==
{{See also|#Fictional entities}}
* [[Ruby Tuesday (restaurant)]], an American international foodservice chain
* [[Ruby chocolate]], a kind of pink/purple cacao product
* [[Ruby (mango)]], a bright red mango cultivar from south Florida
* 'Ruby Red' and 'Star Ruby', varieties of [[Grapefruit#Varieties|grapefruit]]
* Ruby leaf, a common name of ''[[Alternanthera brasiliana]]'', in family Amaranthaceae
** Little ruby, a common name of [[Alternanthera brasiliana var. villosa|''Alternanthera brasiliana'' var. ''villosa'']]
* [[Brazilian ruby]], ''Clytolaema rubricauda'', a species of hummingbird
* [[Ruby (elephant)]], 1973–1998

==Other uses==
* [[Ruby (given name)]]
* [[Ruby (surname)]]
* [[Ruby (annotation)]], small-print pronunciation guide for logographic writing
* [[Ruby (typography)]], the British English name for agate-size type
* [[Ruby (color)]], a color based on that of the gemstone
* [[Rubies (Super Fours)]], a women's cricket team that competed in the Super Fours
* [[Ruby Corp.]], the parent company of the Ashley Madison online dating service
* [[J. W. Ruby Memorial Hospital]], or Ruby, in Morgantown, West Virginia
* [[List of storms named Ruby]]

==See also==
* {{srt|dab}}
* [[Rubygate]], a sex scandal involving Silvio Berlusconi
* [[Ruby pistol]]
* [[Rubi (disambiguation)]]
* [[Rubin (disambiguation)]]
* [[Rubis (rocket)]], a rocket system
* ''[[RWBY]]'', an animated web series
*  [[Ruby Rose (disambiguation)]]

{{disambiguation}}


[[زمرو:سلجھائپ صفحا]]</text>
      <sha1>c08gyc809flesl3rlix5t2ip5gyttc7</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401167</id>
      <parentid>401166</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T11:50:01Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <origin>401167</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="7277" sha1="g74e7dr3rkdowbgmkl0bt3uhcn2m647" xml:space="preserve">{{Wiktionary|Rubi|روبي}}
'''[[روبي (پٿر)|روبي]]''' (Ruby) هڪ ڳاڙهي رنگ جو [[قيمتي پٿر]] آهي. 

روبي مان هيٺيون شيون به مراد ٿي سگهن ٿيون:
== جڳهيون== 
==فن ۽ تفريح== 
==ڪمپيوٽنگ==
* روبي (هارڊويئر جي وضاحت واري ٻولي)
* روبي (پروگرامنگ ٻولي) 
* روبي، ويزيوئل بيسڪ (Visual Basic) جي شروعاتي تياري واري مرحلي جو نالو 
* روبي ايم آر آءِ (Ruby MRI)، روبي ٻوليءَ جي &quot;سي&quot; (C) ٻوليءَ ۾ لکيل بنيادي عملدرآمد
== آمدرفت ۽ فوج== 
==کاڌو، ٻوٽا ۽ جانور== 
==ٻيا استعمال==
* روبي (ذاتي نالو) 
* روبي (خانداني نالو) 
* روبي (تشريحي نشان)، لوگوگرافڪ لکڻي (جهڙوڪ چيني رسم الخط) لاءِ ننڍن اکرن ۾ ڏنل تلفظ جي رهنمائي  
* روبي (ٽائپوگرافي)، برطانوي انگريزيءَ ۾ &quot;ايگيٽ&quot; (agate) سائيز جي ٽائپ (اکرن جي ماپ) جو نالو
* روبي (رنگ)، اهو رنگ جيڪو ساڳئي نالي واري قيمتي پٿر جي رنگ تي ٻڌل آهي 
* روبيز (Super Fours)، عورتن جي ڪرڪيٽ ٽيم جنهن &quot;سوپر فورز&quot; مقابلي ۾ حصو ورتو 
* روبي ڪارپوريشن، &quot;ايشلي ميڊيسن&quot; (Ashley Madison) آن لائن ڊيٽنگ سروس جي بنيادي ڪمپني 
* جي. ڊبليو. روبي ميموريل اسپتال (يا روبي)، جيڪا مورگن ٽائون، ويسٽ ورجينيا ۾ واقع آهي
* روبي نالي وارن طوفانن جي فهرست
==وڌيڪ ڏسو==
'''روبي هڪ انگريزي لفظ آهي''' جنهن جي معنيٰ آهي نيلم ۽ ان جو مطلب اهو.

A '''[[ruby]]''' is a red gemstone.

'''Ruby''' may also refer to:

{{TOC right}}

==Arts and entertainment==

===Fictional entities===
* {{Slink|Ruby (given name)|Fictional characters}}
* The Ruby, a coffee shop / diner in the Canadian television series ''[[Corner Gas]]'' (and its various adaptations to other media)

===Film and television===
* [[Ruby (1977 film)|''Ruby'' (1977 film)]], a supernatural horror
* [[Ruby (1992 film)|''Ruby'' (1992 film)]], about Jack Ruby
* [[Ruby (actress)]] (born 1972), American pornographic actress
* [[Ruby (talk show)|''Ruby'' (talk show)]], a British late night talk show
* [[Ruby (2008 TV series)|''Ruby'' (2008 TV series)]], a Style Network program
* [[Ruby (2012 TV series)|''Ruby'' (2012 TV series)]], an Arab dramatic series

===Music===

====Albums====
* [[Ruby (The Killjoys album)|''Ruby'' (The Killjoys album)]], 1990
* [[Ruby (Macy Gray album)|''Ruby'' (Macy Gray album)]], 2018
* [[Ruby (Ruby album)|''Ruby'' (Ruby album)]], 1976
* [[Ruby (Sirsy album)|''Ruby'' (Sirsy album)]], 2004
* [[Ruby (Archie Roach, Ruby Hunter, Paul Grabowsky and Australian Art Orchestra album)|''Ruby'' (Archie Roach, Ruby Hunter, Paul Grabowsky and Australian Art Orchestra album)]], 2005
* [[Ruby (Jennie album)|''Ruby'' (Jennie album)]], 2025
* ''[[The Ruby]]'', an EP by April, 2018

====Songs====
* [[Ruby (Ruby Gentry theme)|&quot;Ruby&quot; (''Ruby Gentry'' theme)]], from the 1952 film ''Ruby Gentry'', also performed by Ray Charles in 1960
* [[Ruby (Kaiser Chiefs song)|&quot;Ruby&quot; (Kaiser Chiefs song)]], 2007 single by Kaiser Chiefs, from the album ''Yours Truly, Angry Mob''
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Boyzone, from the album [[Brother (Boyzone album)|''Brother'']] (2010)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Camille, from the album ''[[Le Sac des Filles]]'' (2002)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Janis Ian, from the album ''[[Revenge (Janis Ian album)|Revenge]]'' (1995)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Kristin Hersh, from the album ''[[Sunny Border Blue]]'' (2001)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Queenadreena, from the album ''[[Djin (album)|Djin]]'' (2008)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Twenty One Pilots, from the album ''[[Regional at Best]]'' (2011)
* &quot;Ruby&quot; and ''Ruby'', a 2022 song and mixtape by [[Woozi]]
* &quot;[[Ruby, My Dear (composition)|Ruby, My Dear]]&quot;, a song by ''Thelonious Monk'', composed {{Circa|1945}}, recorded 1947
* &quot;Ruby: Sad Tear&quot; ({{Langx|ko|루비: 슬픈눈물|links=no}}), a song by Fin.K.L, from the album ''[[Blue Rain (album)|Blue Rain]]'' (1998)

====Artists and record labels====
* [[Ruby (British band)]], an alternative group formed in 1994
* [[Ruby &amp; the Romantics]], an American R&amp;B group
* [[Ruby Records]], a record label
* [[Ruby (American band)]], an American rock band featuring Tom Fogerty
* [[Ruby (Egyptian singer)]] (born 1981), singer and actress
* Ruby, a performer in the English hip pop quintet [[King (pop band)|King]]
* [[Ruby Frost]], New Zealand singer

===Other uses in arts and media===
* ''[[Pokémon Ruby]]'', a video game released in 2002 for Japan and 2003 internationally
** ''[[Pokémon Omega Ruby]]'', a remake of Pokémon Ruby
* [[Ruby (novel)|''Ruby'' (novel)]], a 1994 fiction book by V. C. Andrews in The Landry Family Series
* [[Vocaloid_4#Ruby|Ruby]], a vocaloid

==Computing==
* [[Ruby (hardware description language)]]
* [[Ruby (programming language)]]
* Ruby, an early development name for [[Visual Basic (classic)]]
* [[Ruby MRI]], the C reference implementation of the Ruby language

==Transportation and military==

* [[Ruby (car)]], an inter-war French manufacturer of light cars and proprietary engines
* ''Project Ruby'', a 1946 joint Anglo-American program to test a range of [[Disney bomb#After the war|bunker-buster bombs]]

=== Ships ===
*{{HMS|Ruby}}, several vessels of the Royal Navy
*{{PS|Ruby}}, several paddle steamers
*{{USS|Ruby|PY-21}}, a converted yacht in service with the US Navy
*{{ship||Ruby|ship}}, several merchant ships

==Food, plants, and animals==
{{See also|#Fictional entities}}
* [[Ruby Tuesday (restaurant)]], an American international foodservice chain
* [[Ruby chocolate]], a kind of pink/purple cacao product
* [[Ruby (mango)]], a bright red mango cultivar from south Florida
* 'Ruby Red' and 'Star Ruby', varieties of [[Grapefruit#Varieties|grapefruit]]
* Ruby leaf, a common name of ''[[Alternanthera brasiliana]]'', in family Amaranthaceae
** Little ruby, a common name of [[Alternanthera brasiliana var. villosa|''Alternanthera brasiliana'' var. ''villosa'']]
* [[Brazilian ruby]], ''Clytolaema rubricauda'', a species of hummingbird
* [[Ruby (elephant)]], 1973–1998

==Other uses==
* [[Ruby (given name)]]
* [[Ruby (surname)]]
* [[Ruby (annotation)]], small-print pronunciation guide for logographic writing
* [[Ruby (typography)]], the British English name for agate-size type
* [[Ruby (color)]], a color based on that of the gemstone
* [[Rubies (Super Fours)]], a women's cricket team that competed in the Super Fours
* [[Ruby Corp.]], the parent company of the Ashley Madison online dating service
* [[J. W. Ruby Memorial Hospital]], or Ruby, in Morgantown, West Virginia
* [[List of storms named Ruby]]

==See also==
* {{srt|dab}}
* [[Rubygate]], a sex scandal involving Silvio Berlusconi
* [[Ruby pistol]]
* [[Rubi (disambiguation)]]
* [[Rubin (disambiguation)]]
* [[Rubis (rocket)]], a rocket system
* ''[[RWBY]]'', an animated web series
*  [[Ruby Rose (disambiguation)]]

{{disambiguation}}


[[زمرو:سلجھائپ صفحا]]</text>
      <sha1>g74e7dr3rkdowbgmkl0bt3uhcn2m647</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401168</id>
      <parentid>401167</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T11:50:28Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>/* جڳهيون */</comment>
      <origin>401168</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="8223" sha1="2on54vqylb9ueebtomutdeaacisjr8d" xml:space="preserve">{{Wiktionary|Rubi|روبي}}
'''[[روبي (پٿر)|روبي]]''' (Ruby) هڪ ڳاڙهي رنگ جو [[قيمتي پٿر]] آهي. 

روبي مان هيٺيون شيون به مراد ٿي سگهن ٿيون:
==جڳهيون==
* [[Ruby, Alaska]]
* [[Ruby, Arizona]]
* [[Ruby, Michigan]]
* [[Ruby, Copiah County, Mississippi]]
* [[Ruby, Leflore County, Mississippi]]
* [[Ruby, Nebraska]]
* [[Ruby, New York]]
* [[Ruby, South Carolina]]
* [[Ruby, United States Virgin Islands]]
* [[Ruby, Virginia]]
* [[Ruby, Washington]], a ghost town
* [[Ruby, Wisconsin]], a town
* [[The Ruby (space)]], Mission District, San Francisco, California
* [[Ruby Beach]], Washington
* [[Ruby Canyon]], on the Colorado-Utah border
* [[Ruby Creek (disambiguation)]], several creeks in North America
* [[Ruby Falls]], an underground waterfall within Lookout Mountain, Tennessee
* [[Ruby Mountain]], a stratovolcano in British Columbia, Canada
* [[Ruby Mountains]], a mountain range in Nevada
** [[Ruby Dome]], the highest peak of the Ruby Mountains
* [[Ruby Ridge]], Idaho, site of a violent confrontation and siege
* [[Ruby Valley]], Nevada
* [[Ruby City (disambiguation)]], several US ghost towns

==فن ۽ تفريح== 
==ڪمپيوٽنگ==
* روبي (هارڊويئر جي وضاحت واري ٻولي)
* روبي (پروگرامنگ ٻولي) 
* روبي، ويزيوئل بيسڪ (Visual Basic) جي شروعاتي تياري واري مرحلي جو نالو 
* روبي ايم آر آءِ (Ruby MRI)، روبي ٻوليءَ جي &quot;سي&quot; (C) ٻوليءَ ۾ لکيل بنيادي عملدرآمد
== آمدرفت ۽ فوج== 
==کاڌو، ٻوٽا ۽ جانور== 
==ٻيا استعمال==
* روبي (ذاتي نالو) 
* روبي (خانداني نالو) 
* روبي (تشريحي نشان)، لوگوگرافڪ لکڻي (جهڙوڪ چيني رسم الخط) لاءِ ننڍن اکرن ۾ ڏنل تلفظ جي رهنمائي  
* روبي (ٽائپوگرافي)، برطانوي انگريزيءَ ۾ &quot;ايگيٽ&quot; (agate) سائيز جي ٽائپ (اکرن جي ماپ) جو نالو
* روبي (رنگ)، اهو رنگ جيڪو ساڳئي نالي واري قيمتي پٿر جي رنگ تي ٻڌل آهي 
* روبيز (Super Fours)، عورتن جي ڪرڪيٽ ٽيم جنهن &quot;سوپر فورز&quot; مقابلي ۾ حصو ورتو 
* روبي ڪارپوريشن، &quot;ايشلي ميڊيسن&quot; (Ashley Madison) آن لائن ڊيٽنگ سروس جي بنيادي ڪمپني 
* جي. ڊبليو. روبي ميموريل اسپتال (يا روبي)، جيڪا مورگن ٽائون، ويسٽ ورجينيا ۾ واقع آهي
* روبي نالي وارن طوفانن جي فهرست
==وڌيڪ ڏسو==
'''روبي هڪ انگريزي لفظ آهي''' جنهن جي معنيٰ آهي نيلم ۽ ان جو مطلب اهو.

A '''[[ruby]]''' is a red gemstone.

'''Ruby''' may also refer to:

{{TOC right}}

==Arts and entertainment==

===Fictional entities===
* {{Slink|Ruby (given name)|Fictional characters}}
* The Ruby, a coffee shop / diner in the Canadian television series ''[[Corner Gas]]'' (and its various adaptations to other media)

===Film and television===
* [[Ruby (1977 film)|''Ruby'' (1977 film)]], a supernatural horror
* [[Ruby (1992 film)|''Ruby'' (1992 film)]], about Jack Ruby
* [[Ruby (actress)]] (born 1972), American pornographic actress
* [[Ruby (talk show)|''Ruby'' (talk show)]], a British late night talk show
* [[Ruby (2008 TV series)|''Ruby'' (2008 TV series)]], a Style Network program
* [[Ruby (2012 TV series)|''Ruby'' (2012 TV series)]], an Arab dramatic series

===Music===

====Albums====
* [[Ruby (The Killjoys album)|''Ruby'' (The Killjoys album)]], 1990
* [[Ruby (Macy Gray album)|''Ruby'' (Macy Gray album)]], 2018
* [[Ruby (Ruby album)|''Ruby'' (Ruby album)]], 1976
* [[Ruby (Sirsy album)|''Ruby'' (Sirsy album)]], 2004
* [[Ruby (Archie Roach, Ruby Hunter, Paul Grabowsky and Australian Art Orchestra album)|''Ruby'' (Archie Roach, Ruby Hunter, Paul Grabowsky and Australian Art Orchestra album)]], 2005
* [[Ruby (Jennie album)|''Ruby'' (Jennie album)]], 2025
* ''[[The Ruby]]'', an EP by April, 2018

====Songs====
* [[Ruby (Ruby Gentry theme)|&quot;Ruby&quot; (''Ruby Gentry'' theme)]], from the 1952 film ''Ruby Gentry'', also performed by Ray Charles in 1960
* [[Ruby (Kaiser Chiefs song)|&quot;Ruby&quot; (Kaiser Chiefs song)]], 2007 single by Kaiser Chiefs, from the album ''Yours Truly, Angry Mob''
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Boyzone, from the album [[Brother (Boyzone album)|''Brother'']] (2010)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Camille, from the album ''[[Le Sac des Filles]]'' (2002)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Janis Ian, from the album ''[[Revenge (Janis Ian album)|Revenge]]'' (1995)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Kristin Hersh, from the album ''[[Sunny Border Blue]]'' (2001)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Queenadreena, from the album ''[[Djin (album)|Djin]]'' (2008)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Twenty One Pilots, from the album ''[[Regional at Best]]'' (2011)
* &quot;Ruby&quot; and ''Ruby'', a 2022 song and mixtape by [[Woozi]]
* &quot;[[Ruby, My Dear (composition)|Ruby, My Dear]]&quot;, a song by ''Thelonious Monk'', composed {{Circa|1945}}, recorded 1947
* &quot;Ruby: Sad Tear&quot; ({{Langx|ko|루비: 슬픈눈물|links=no}}), a song by Fin.K.L, from the album ''[[Blue Rain (album)|Blue Rain]]'' (1998)

====Artists and record labels====
* [[Ruby (British band)]], an alternative group formed in 1994
* [[Ruby &amp; the Romantics]], an American R&amp;B group
* [[Ruby Records]], a record label
* [[Ruby (American band)]], an American rock band featuring Tom Fogerty
* [[Ruby (Egyptian singer)]] (born 1981), singer and actress
* Ruby, a performer in the English hip pop quintet [[King (pop band)|King]]
* [[Ruby Frost]], New Zealand singer

===Other uses in arts and media===
* ''[[Pokémon Ruby]]'', a video game released in 2002 for Japan and 2003 internationally
** ''[[Pokémon Omega Ruby]]'', a remake of Pokémon Ruby
* [[Ruby (novel)|''Ruby'' (novel)]], a 1994 fiction book by V. C. Andrews in The Landry Family Series
* [[Vocaloid_4#Ruby|Ruby]], a vocaloid

==Computing==
* [[Ruby (hardware description language)]]
* [[Ruby (programming language)]]
* Ruby, an early development name for [[Visual Basic (classic)]]
* [[Ruby MRI]], the C reference implementation of the Ruby language

==Transportation and military==

* [[Ruby (car)]], an inter-war French manufacturer of light cars and proprietary engines
* ''Project Ruby'', a 1946 joint Anglo-American program to test a range of [[Disney bomb#After the war|bunker-buster bombs]]

=== Ships ===
*{{HMS|Ruby}}, several vessels of the Royal Navy
*{{PS|Ruby}}, several paddle steamers
*{{USS|Ruby|PY-21}}, a converted yacht in service with the US Navy
*{{ship||Ruby|ship}}, several merchant ships

==Food, plants, and animals==
{{See also|#Fictional entities}}
* [[Ruby Tuesday (restaurant)]], an American international foodservice chain
* [[Ruby chocolate]], a kind of pink/purple cacao product
* [[Ruby (mango)]], a bright red mango cultivar from south Florida
* 'Ruby Red' and 'Star Ruby', varieties of [[Grapefruit#Varieties|grapefruit]]
* Ruby leaf, a common name of ''[[Alternanthera brasiliana]]'', in family Amaranthaceae
** Little ruby, a common name of [[Alternanthera brasiliana var. villosa|''Alternanthera brasiliana'' var. ''villosa'']]
* [[Brazilian ruby]], ''Clytolaema rubricauda'', a species of hummingbird
* [[Ruby (elephant)]], 1973–1998

==Other uses==
* [[Ruby (given name)]]
* [[Ruby (surname)]]
* [[Ruby (annotation)]], small-print pronunciation guide for logographic writing
* [[Ruby (typography)]], the British English name for agate-size type
* [[Ruby (color)]], a color based on that of the gemstone
* [[Rubies (Super Fours)]], a women's cricket team that competed in the Super Fours
* [[Ruby Corp.]], the parent company of the Ashley Madison online dating service
* [[J. W. Ruby Memorial Hospital]], or Ruby, in Morgantown, West Virginia
* [[List of storms named Ruby]]

==See also==
* {{srt|dab}}
* [[Rubygate]], a sex scandal involving Silvio Berlusconi
* [[Ruby pistol]]
* [[Rubi (disambiguation)]]
* [[Rubin (disambiguation)]]
* [[Rubis (rocket)]], a rocket system
* ''[[RWBY]]'', an animated web series
*  [[Ruby Rose (disambiguation)]]

{{disambiguation}}


[[زمرو:سلجھائپ صفحا]]</text>
      <sha1>2on54vqylb9ueebtomutdeaacisjr8d</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401169</id>
      <parentid>401168</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T11:50:53Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <origin>401169</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="5111" sha1="emi0gdmoj2cwd45dbskh50a7434oufd" xml:space="preserve">{{Wiktionary|Rubi|روبي}}
'''[[روبي (پٿر)|روبي]]''' (Ruby) هڪ ڳاڙهي رنگ جو [[قيمتي پٿر]] آهي. 

روبي مان هيٺيون شيون به مراد ٿي سگهن ٿيون:
==جڳهيون==
* [[Ruby, Alaska]]
* [[Ruby, Arizona]]
* [[Ruby, Michigan]]
* [[Ruby, Copiah County, Mississippi]]
* [[Ruby, Leflore County, Mississippi]]
* [[Ruby, Nebraska]]
* [[Ruby, New York]]
* [[Ruby, South Carolina]]
* [[Ruby, United States Virgin Islands]]
* [[Ruby, Virginia]]
* [[Ruby, Washington]], a ghost town
* [[Ruby, Wisconsin]], a town
* [[The Ruby (space)]], Mission District, San Francisco, California
* [[Ruby Beach]], Washington
* [[Ruby Canyon]], on the Colorado-Utah border
* [[Ruby Creek (disambiguation)]], several creeks in North America
* [[Ruby Falls]], an underground waterfall within Lookout Mountain, Tennessee
* [[Ruby Mountain]], a stratovolcano in British Columbia, Canada
* [[Ruby Mountains]], a mountain range in Nevada
** [[Ruby Dome]], the highest peak of the Ruby Mountains
* [[Ruby Ridge]], Idaho, site of a violent confrontation and siege
* [[Ruby Valley]], Nevada
* [[Ruby City (disambiguation)]], several US ghost towns

==فن ۽ تفريح== 
==ڪمپيوٽنگ==
* روبي (هارڊويئر جي وضاحت واري ٻولي)
* روبي (پروگرامنگ ٻولي) 
* روبي، ويزيوئل بيسڪ (Visual Basic) جي شروعاتي تياري واري مرحلي جو نالو 
* روبي ايم آر آءِ (Ruby MRI)، روبي ٻوليءَ جي &quot;سي&quot; (C) ٻوليءَ ۾ لکيل بنيادي عملدرآمد
== آمدرفت ۽ فوج== 
==کاڌو، ٻوٽا ۽ جانور== 
==ٻيا استعمال==
* روبي (ذاتي نالو) 
* روبي (خانداني نالو) 
* روبي (تشريحي نشان)، لوگوگرافڪ لکڻي (جهڙوڪ چيني رسم الخط) لاءِ ننڍن اکرن ۾ ڏنل تلفظ جي رهنمائي  
* روبي (ٽائپوگرافي)، برطانوي انگريزيءَ ۾ &quot;ايگيٽ&quot; (agate) سائيز جي ٽائپ (اکرن جي ماپ) جو نالو
* روبي (رنگ)، اهو رنگ جيڪو ساڳئي نالي واري قيمتي پٿر جي رنگ تي ٻڌل آهي 
* روبيز (Super Fours)، عورتن جي ڪرڪيٽ ٽيم جنهن &quot;سوپر فورز&quot; مقابلي ۾ حصو ورتو 
* روبي ڪارپوريشن، &quot;ايشلي ميڊيسن&quot; (Ashley Madison) آن لائن ڊيٽنگ سروس جي بنيادي ڪمپني 
* جي. ڊبليو. روبي ميموريل اسپتال (يا روبي)، جيڪا مورگن ٽائون، ويسٽ ورجينيا ۾ واقع آهي
* روبي نالي وارن طوفانن جي فهرست
==وڌيڪ ڏسو==
'''روبي هڪ انگريزي لفظ آهي''' جنهن جي معنيٰ آهي نيلم ۽ ان جو مطلب اهو.

A '''[[ruby]]''' is a red gemstone.

'''Ruby''' may also refer to:

{{TOC right}}

==Computing==
* [[Ruby (hardware description language)]]
* [[Ruby (programming language)]]
* Ruby, an early development name for [[Visual Basic (classic)]]
* [[Ruby MRI]], the C reference implementation of the Ruby language

==Transportation and military==

* [[Ruby (car)]], an inter-war French manufacturer of light cars and proprietary engines
* ''Project Ruby'', a 1946 joint Anglo-American program to test a range of [[Disney bomb#After the war|bunker-buster bombs]]

=== Ships ===
*{{HMS|Ruby}}, several vessels of the Royal Navy
*{{PS|Ruby}}, several paddle steamers
*{{USS|Ruby|PY-21}}, a converted yacht in service with the US Navy
*{{ship||Ruby|ship}}, several merchant ships

==Food, plants, and animals==
{{See also|#Fictional entities}}
* [[Ruby Tuesday (restaurant)]], an American international foodservice chain
* [[Ruby chocolate]], a kind of pink/purple cacao product
* [[Ruby (mango)]], a bright red mango cultivar from south Florida
* 'Ruby Red' and 'Star Ruby', varieties of [[Grapefruit#Varieties|grapefruit]]
* Ruby leaf, a common name of ''[[Alternanthera brasiliana]]'', in family Amaranthaceae
** Little ruby, a common name of [[Alternanthera brasiliana var. villosa|''Alternanthera brasiliana'' var. ''villosa'']]
* [[Brazilian ruby]], ''Clytolaema rubricauda'', a species of hummingbird
* [[Ruby (elephant)]], 1973–1998

==Other uses==
* [[Ruby (given name)]]
* [[Ruby (surname)]]
* [[Ruby (annotation)]], small-print pronunciation guide for logographic writing
* [[Ruby (typography)]], the British English name for agate-size type
* [[Ruby (color)]], a color based on that of the gemstone
* [[Rubies (Super Fours)]], a women's cricket team that competed in the Super Fours
* [[Ruby Corp.]], the parent company of the Ashley Madison online dating service
* [[J. W. Ruby Memorial Hospital]], or Ruby, in Morgantown, West Virginia
* [[List of storms named Ruby]]

==See also==
* {{srt|dab}}
* [[Rubygate]], a sex scandal involving Silvio Berlusconi
* [[Ruby pistol]]
* [[Rubi (disambiguation)]]
* [[Rubin (disambiguation)]]
* [[Rubis (rocket)]], a rocket system
* ''[[RWBY]]'', an animated web series
*  [[Ruby Rose (disambiguation)]]

{{disambiguation}}


[[زمرو:سلجھائپ صفحا]]</text>
      <sha1>emi0gdmoj2cwd45dbskh50a7434oufd</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401170</id>
      <parentid>401169</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T11:53:41Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <origin>401170</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="8194" sha1="stvp6tmbjc67ut0js560kn0hzd8y20q" xml:space="preserve">{{Wiktionary|Rubi|روبي}}
'''[[روبي (پٿر)|روبي]]''' (Ruby) هڪ ڳاڙهي رنگ جو [[قيمتي پٿر]] آهي. 

روبي مان هيٺيون شيون به مراد ٿي سگهن ٿيون:
==جڳهيون==
* [[Ruby, Alaska]]
* [[Ruby, Arizona]]
* [[Ruby, Michigan]]
* [[Ruby, Copiah County, Mississippi]]
* [[Ruby, Leflore County, Mississippi]]
* [[Ruby, Nebraska]]
* [[Ruby, New York]]
* [[Ruby, South Carolina]]
* [[Ruby, United States Virgin Islands]]
* [[Ruby, Virginia]]
* [[Ruby, Washington]], a ghost town
* [[Ruby, Wisconsin]], a town
* [[The Ruby (space)]], Mission District, San Francisco, California
* [[Ruby Beach]], Washington
* [[Ruby Canyon]], on the Colorado-Utah border
* [[Ruby Creek (disambiguation)]], several creeks in North America
* [[Ruby Falls]], an underground waterfall within Lookout Mountain, Tennessee
* [[Ruby Mountain]], a stratovolcano in British Columbia, Canada
* [[Ruby Mountains]], a mountain range in Nevada
** [[Ruby Dome]], the highest peak of the Ruby Mountains
* [[Ruby Ridge]], Idaho, site of a violent confrontation and siege
* [[Ruby Valley]], Nevada
* [[Ruby City (disambiguation)]], several US ghost towns

==فن ۽ تفريح==
===خيالي وجود===
* {{Slink|Ruby (given name)|Fictional characters}}
* The Ruby, a coffee shop / diner in the Canadian television series ''[[Corner Gas]]'' (and its various adaptations to other media)
===فلم ۽ ٽيليويزن===
* [[Ruby (1977 film)|''Ruby'' (1977 film)]], a supernatural horror
* [[Ruby (1992 film)|''Ruby'' (1992 film)]], about Jack Ruby
* [[Ruby (actress)]] (born 1972), American pornographic actress
* [[Ruby (talk show)|''Ruby'' (talk show)]], a British late night talk show
* [[Ruby (2008 TV series)|''Ruby'' (2008 TV series)]], a Style Network program
* [[Ruby (2012 TV series)|''Ruby'' (2012 TV series)]], an Arab dramatic series
===موسيقي===
====البم====
* [[Ruby (The Killjoys album)|''Ruby'' (The Killjoys album)]], 1990
* [[Ruby (Macy Gray album)|''Ruby'' (Macy Gray album)]], 2018
* [[Ruby (Ruby album)|''Ruby'' (Ruby album)]], 1976
* [[Ruby (Sirsy album)|''Ruby'' (Sirsy album)]], 2004
* [[Ruby (Archie Roach, Ruby Hunter, Paul Grabowsky and Australian Art Orchestra album)|''Ruby'' (Archie Roach, Ruby Hunter, Paul Grabowsky and Australian Art Orchestra album)]], 2005
* [[Ruby (Jennie album)|''Ruby'' (Jennie album)]], 2025
* ''[[The Ruby]]'', an EP by April, 2018

====راڳ====
* [[Ruby (Ruby Gentry theme)|&quot;Ruby&quot; (''Ruby Gentry'' theme)]], from the 1952 film ''Ruby Gentry'', also performed by Ray Charles in 1960
* [[Ruby (Kaiser Chiefs song)|&quot;Ruby&quot; (Kaiser Chiefs song)]], 2007 single by Kaiser Chiefs, from the album ''Yours Truly, Angry Mob''
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Boyzone, from the album [[Brother (Boyzone album)|''Brother'']] (2010)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Camille, from the album ''[[Le Sac des Filles]]'' (2002)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Janis Ian, from the album ''[[Revenge (Janis Ian album)|Revenge]]'' (1995)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Kristin Hersh, from the album ''[[Sunny Border Blue]]'' (2001)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Queenadreena, from the album ''[[Djin (album)|Djin]]'' (2008)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Twenty One Pilots, from the album ''[[Regional at Best]]'' (2011)
* &quot;Ruby&quot; and ''Ruby'', a 2022 song and mixtape by [[Woozi]]
* &quot;[[Ruby, My Dear (composition)|Ruby, My Dear]]&quot;, a song by ''Thelonious Monk'', composed {{Circa|1945}}, recorded 1947
* &quot;Ruby: Sad Tear&quot; ({{Langx|ko|루비: 슬픈눈물|links=no}}), a song by Fin.K.L, from the album ''[[Blue Rain (album)|Blue Rain]]'' (1998)

====فنڪار====
* [[Ruby (British band)]], an alternative group formed in 1994
* [[Ruby &amp; the Romantics]], an American R&amp;B group
* [[Ruby Records]], a record label
* [[Ruby (American band)]], an American rock band featuring Tom Fogerty
* [[Ruby (Egyptian singer)]] (born 1981), singer and actress
* Ruby, a performer in the English hip pop quintet [[King (pop band)|King]]
* [[Ruby Frost]], New Zealand singer

===Other uses in arts and media===
* ''[[Pokémon Ruby]]'', a video game released in 2002 for Japan and 2003 internationally
** ''[[Pokémon Omega Ruby]]'', a remake of Pokémon Ruby
* [[Ruby (novel)|''Ruby'' (novel)]], a 1994 fiction book by V. C. Andrews in The Landry Family Series
* [[Vocaloid_4#Ruby|Ruby]], a vocaloid

==ڪمپيوٽنگ==
* روبي (هارڊويئر جي وضاحت واري ٻولي)
* روبي (پروگرامنگ ٻولي) 
* روبي، ويزيوئل بيسڪ (Visual Basic) جي شروعاتي تياري واري مرحلي جو نالو 
* روبي ايم آر آءِ (Ruby MRI)، روبي ٻوليءَ جي &quot;سي&quot; (C) ٻوليءَ ۾ لکيل بنيادي عملدرآمد
== آمدرفت ۽ فوج== 
==کاڌو، ٻوٽا ۽ جانور== 
==ٻيا استعمال==
* روبي (ذاتي نالو) 
* روبي (خانداني نالو) 
* روبي (تشريحي نشان)، لوگوگرافڪ لکڻي (جهڙوڪ چيني رسم الخط) لاءِ ننڍن اکرن ۾ ڏنل تلفظ جي رهنمائي  
* روبي (ٽائپوگرافي)، برطانوي انگريزيءَ ۾ &quot;ايگيٽ&quot; (agate) سائيز جي ٽائپ (اکرن جي ماپ) جو نالو
* روبي (رنگ)، اهو رنگ جيڪو ساڳئي نالي واري قيمتي پٿر جي رنگ تي ٻڌل آهي 
* روبيز (Super Fours)، عورتن جي ڪرڪيٽ ٽيم جنهن &quot;سوپر فورز&quot; مقابلي ۾ حصو ورتو 
* روبي ڪارپوريشن، &quot;ايشلي ميڊيسن&quot; (Ashley Madison) آن لائن ڊيٽنگ سروس جي بنيادي ڪمپني 
* جي. ڊبليو. روبي ميموريل اسپتال (يا روبي)، جيڪا مورگن ٽائون، ويسٽ ورجينيا ۾ واقع آهي
* روبي نالي وارن طوفانن جي فهرست
==وڌيڪ ڏسو==
'''روبي هڪ انگريزي لفظ آهي''' جنهن جي معنيٰ آهي نيلم ۽ ان جو مطلب اهو.

A '''[[ruby]]''' is a red gemstone.

'''Ruby''' may also refer to:

{{TOC right}}

==Computing==
* [[Ruby (hardware description language)]]
* [[Ruby (programming language)]]
* Ruby, an early development name for [[Visual Basic (classic)]]
* [[Ruby MRI]], the C reference implementation of the Ruby language

==Transportation and military==

* [[Ruby (car)]], an inter-war French manufacturer of light cars and proprietary engines
* ''Project Ruby'', a 1946 joint Anglo-American program to test a range of [[Disney bomb#After the war|bunker-buster bombs]]

=== Ships ===
*{{HMS|Ruby}}, several vessels of the Royal Navy
*{{PS|Ruby}}, several paddle steamers
*{{USS|Ruby|PY-21}}, a converted yacht in service with the US Navy
*{{ship||Ruby|ship}}, several merchant ships

==Food, plants, and animals==
{{See also|#Fictional entities}}
* [[Ruby Tuesday (restaurant)]], an American international foodservice chain
* [[Ruby chocolate]], a kind of pink/purple cacao product
* [[Ruby (mango)]], a bright red mango cultivar from south Florida
* 'Ruby Red' and 'Star Ruby', varieties of [[Grapefruit#Varieties|grapefruit]]
* Ruby leaf, a common name of ''[[Alternanthera brasiliana]]'', in family Amaranthaceae
** Little ruby, a common name of [[Alternanthera brasiliana var. villosa|''Alternanthera brasiliana'' var. ''villosa'']]
* [[Brazilian ruby]], ''Clytolaema rubricauda'', a species of hummingbird
* [[Ruby (elephant)]], 1973–1998

==Other uses==
* [[Ruby (given name)]]
* [[Ruby (surname)]]
* [[Ruby (annotation)]], small-print pronunciation guide for logographic writing
* [[Ruby (typography)]], the British English name for agate-size type
* [[Ruby (color)]], a color based on that of the gemstone
* [[Rubies (Super Fours)]], a women's cricket team that competed in the Super Fours
* [[Ruby Corp.]], the parent company of the Ashley Madison online dating service
* [[J. W. Ruby Memorial Hospital]], or Ruby, in Morgantown, West Virginia
* [[List of storms named Ruby]]

==See also==
* {{srt|dab}}
* [[Rubygate]], a sex scandal involving Silvio Berlusconi
* [[Ruby pistol]]
* [[Rubi (disambiguation)]]
* [[Rubin (disambiguation)]]
* [[Rubis (rocket)]], a rocket system
* ''[[RWBY]]'', an animated web series
*  [[Ruby Rose (disambiguation)]]

{{disambiguation}}


[[زمرو:سلجھائپ صفحا]]</text>
      <sha1>stvp6tmbjc67ut0js560kn0hzd8y20q</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401172</id>
      <parentid>401170</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T11:54:05Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <origin>401172</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="7969" sha1="1ujvnfl4r06fa8tjqkfmnfxn7sq0exv" xml:space="preserve">{{Wiktionary|Rubi|روبي}}
'''[[روبي (پٿر)|روبي]]''' (Ruby) هڪ ڳاڙهي رنگ جو [[قيمتي پٿر]] آهي. 

روبي مان هيٺيون شيون به مراد ٿي سگهن ٿيون:
==جڳهيون==
* [[Ruby, Alaska]]
* [[Ruby, Arizona]]
* [[Ruby, Michigan]]
* [[Ruby, Copiah County, Mississippi]]
* [[Ruby, Leflore County, Mississippi]]
* [[Ruby, Nebraska]]
* [[Ruby, New York]]
* [[Ruby, South Carolina]]
* [[Ruby, United States Virgin Islands]]
* [[Ruby, Virginia]]
* [[Ruby, Washington]], a ghost town
* [[Ruby, Wisconsin]], a town
* [[The Ruby (space)]], Mission District, San Francisco, California
* [[Ruby Beach]], Washington
* [[Ruby Canyon]], on the Colorado-Utah border
* [[Ruby Creek (disambiguation)]], several creeks in North America
* [[Ruby Falls]], an underground waterfall within Lookout Mountain, Tennessee
* [[Ruby Mountain]], a stratovolcano in British Columbia, Canada
* [[Ruby Mountains]], a mountain range in Nevada
** [[Ruby Dome]], the highest peak of the Ruby Mountains
* [[Ruby Ridge]], Idaho, site of a violent confrontation and siege
* [[Ruby Valley]], Nevada
* [[Ruby City (disambiguation)]], several US ghost towns

==فن ۽ تفريح==
===خيالي وجود===
* {{Slink|Ruby (given name)|Fictional characters}}
* The Ruby, a coffee shop / diner in the Canadian television series ''[[Corner Gas]]'' (and its various adaptations to other media)
===فلم ۽ ٽيليويزن===
* [[Ruby (1977 film)|''Ruby'' (1977 film)]], a supernatural horror
* [[Ruby (1992 film)|''Ruby'' (1992 film)]], about Jack Ruby
* [[Ruby (actress)]] (born 1972), American pornographic actress
* [[Ruby (talk show)|''Ruby'' (talk show)]], a British late night talk show
* [[Ruby (2008 TV series)|''Ruby'' (2008 TV series)]], a Style Network program
* [[Ruby (2012 TV series)|''Ruby'' (2012 TV series)]], an Arab dramatic series
===موسيقي===
====البم====
* [[Ruby (The Killjoys album)|''Ruby'' (The Killjoys album)]], 1990
* [[Ruby (Macy Gray album)|''Ruby'' (Macy Gray album)]], 2018
* [[Ruby (Ruby album)|''Ruby'' (Ruby album)]], 1976
* [[Ruby (Sirsy album)|''Ruby'' (Sirsy album)]], 2004
* [[Ruby (Archie Roach, Ruby Hunter, Paul Grabowsky and Australian Art Orchestra album)|''Ruby'' (Archie Roach, Ruby Hunter, Paul Grabowsky and Australian Art Orchestra album)]], 2005
* [[Ruby (Jennie album)|''Ruby'' (Jennie album)]], 2025
* ''[[The Ruby]]'', an EP by April, 2018

====راڳ====
* [[Ruby (Ruby Gentry theme)|&quot;Ruby&quot; (''Ruby Gentry'' theme)]], from the 1952 film ''Ruby Gentry'', also performed by Ray Charles in 1960
* [[Ruby (Kaiser Chiefs song)|&quot;Ruby&quot; (Kaiser Chiefs song)]], 2007 single by Kaiser Chiefs, from the album ''Yours Truly, Angry Mob''
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Boyzone, from the album [[Brother (Boyzone album)|''Brother'']] (2010)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Camille, from the album ''[[Le Sac des Filles]]'' (2002)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Janis Ian, from the album ''[[Revenge (Janis Ian album)|Revenge]]'' (1995)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Kristin Hersh, from the album ''[[Sunny Border Blue]]'' (2001)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Queenadreena, from the album ''[[Djin (album)|Djin]]'' (2008)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Twenty One Pilots, from the album ''[[Regional at Best]]'' (2011)
* &quot;Ruby&quot; and ''Ruby'', a 2022 song and mixtape by [[Woozi]]
* &quot;[[Ruby, My Dear (composition)|Ruby, My Dear]]&quot;, a song by ''Thelonious Monk'', composed {{Circa|1945}}, recorded 1947
* &quot;Ruby: Sad Tear&quot; ({{Langx|ko|루비: 슬픈눈물|links=no}}), a song by Fin.K.L, from the album ''[[Blue Rain (album)|Blue Rain]]'' (1998)

====فنڪار====
* [[Ruby (British band)]], an alternative group formed in 1994
* [[Ruby &amp; the Romantics]], an American R&amp;B group
* [[Ruby Records]], a record label
* [[Ruby (American band)]], an American rock band featuring Tom Fogerty
* [[Ruby (Egyptian singer)]] (born 1981), singer and actress
* Ruby, a performer in the English hip pop quintet [[King (pop band)|King]]
* [[Ruby Frost]], New Zealand singer

===Other uses in arts and media===
* ''[[Pokémon Ruby]]'', a video game released in 2002 for Japan and 2003 internationally
** ''[[Pokémon Omega Ruby]]'', a remake of Pokémon Ruby
* [[Ruby (novel)|''Ruby'' (novel)]], a 1994 fiction book by V. C. Andrews in The Landry Family Series
* [[Vocaloid_4#Ruby|Ruby]], a vocaloid

==ڪمپيوٽنگ==
* روبي (هارڊويئر جي وضاحت واري ٻولي)
* روبي (پروگرامنگ ٻولي) 
* روبي، ويزيوئل بيسڪ (Visual Basic) جي شروعاتي تياري واري مرحلي جو نالو 
* روبي ايم آر آءِ (Ruby MRI)، روبي ٻوليءَ جي &quot;سي&quot; (C) ٻوليءَ ۾ لکيل بنيادي عملدرآمد
== آمدرفت ۽ فوج== 
==کاڌو، ٻوٽا ۽ جانور== 
==ٻيا استعمال==
* روبي (ذاتي نالو) 
* روبي (خانداني نالو) 
* روبي (تشريحي نشان)، لوگوگرافڪ لکڻي (جهڙوڪ چيني رسم الخط) لاءِ ننڍن اکرن ۾ ڏنل تلفظ جي رهنمائي  
* روبي (ٽائپوگرافي)، برطانوي انگريزيءَ ۾ &quot;ايگيٽ&quot; (agate) سائيز جي ٽائپ (اکرن جي ماپ) جو نالو
* روبي (رنگ)، اهو رنگ جيڪو ساڳئي نالي واري قيمتي پٿر جي رنگ تي ٻڌل آهي 
* روبيز (Super Fours)، عورتن جي ڪرڪيٽ ٽيم جنهن &quot;سوپر فورز&quot; مقابلي ۾ حصو ورتو 
* روبي ڪارپوريشن، &quot;ايشلي ميڊيسن&quot; (Ashley Madison) آن لائن ڊيٽنگ سروس جي بنيادي ڪمپني 
* جي. ڊبليو. روبي ميموريل اسپتال (يا روبي)، جيڪا مورگن ٽائون، ويسٽ ورجينيا ۾ واقع آهي
* روبي نالي وارن طوفانن جي فهرست
==وڌيڪ ڏسو==
'''روبي هڪ انگريزي لفظ آهي''' جنهن جي معنيٰ آهي نيلم ۽ ان جو مطلب اهو.

A '''[[ruby]]''' is a red gemstone.

'''Ruby''' may also refer to:

{{TOC right}}

==Transportation and military==

* [[Ruby (car)]], an inter-war French manufacturer of light cars and proprietary engines
* ''Project Ruby'', a 1946 joint Anglo-American program to test a range of [[Disney bomb#After the war|bunker-buster bombs]]

=== Ships ===
*{{HMS|Ruby}}, several vessels of the Royal Navy
*{{PS|Ruby}}, several paddle steamers
*{{USS|Ruby|PY-21}}, a converted yacht in service with the US Navy
*{{ship||Ruby|ship}}, several merchant ships

==Food, plants, and animals==
{{See also|#Fictional entities}}
* [[Ruby Tuesday (restaurant)]], an American international foodservice chain
* [[Ruby chocolate]], a kind of pink/purple cacao product
* [[Ruby (mango)]], a bright red mango cultivar from south Florida
* 'Ruby Red' and 'Star Ruby', varieties of [[Grapefruit#Varieties|grapefruit]]
* Ruby leaf, a common name of ''[[Alternanthera brasiliana]]'', in family Amaranthaceae
** Little ruby, a common name of [[Alternanthera brasiliana var. villosa|''Alternanthera brasiliana'' var. ''villosa'']]
* [[Brazilian ruby]], ''Clytolaema rubricauda'', a species of hummingbird
* [[Ruby (elephant)]], 1973–1998

==Other uses==
* [[Ruby (given name)]]
* [[Ruby (surname)]]
* [[Ruby (annotation)]], small-print pronunciation guide for logographic writing
* [[Ruby (typography)]], the British English name for agate-size type
* [[Ruby (color)]], a color based on that of the gemstone
* [[Rubies (Super Fours)]], a women's cricket team that competed in the Super Fours
* [[Ruby Corp.]], the parent company of the Ashley Madison online dating service
* [[J. W. Ruby Memorial Hospital]], or Ruby, in Morgantown, West Virginia
* [[List of storms named Ruby]]

==See also==
* {{srt|dab}}
* [[Rubygate]], a sex scandal involving Silvio Berlusconi
* [[Ruby pistol]]
* [[Rubi (disambiguation)]]
* [[Rubin (disambiguation)]]
* [[Rubis (rocket)]], a rocket system
* ''[[RWBY]]'', an animated web series
*  [[Ruby Rose (disambiguation)]]

{{disambiguation}}


[[زمرو:سلجھائپ صفحا]]</text>
      <sha1>1ujvnfl4r06fa8tjqkfmnfxn7sq0exv</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401173</id>
      <parentid>401172</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T11:54:32Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <origin>401173</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="7507" sha1="jni53dz8a1oi86m6lm827ax4uitraox" xml:space="preserve">{{Wiktionary|Rubi|روبي}}
'''[[روبي (پٿر)|روبي]]''' (Ruby) هڪ ڳاڙهي رنگ جو [[قيمتي پٿر]] آهي. 

روبي مان هيٺيون شيون به مراد ٿي سگهن ٿيون:
==جڳهيون==
* [[Ruby, Alaska]]
* [[Ruby, Arizona]]
* [[Ruby, Michigan]]
* [[Ruby, Copiah County, Mississippi]]
* [[Ruby, Leflore County, Mississippi]]
* [[Ruby, Nebraska]]
* [[Ruby, New York]]
* [[Ruby, South Carolina]]
* [[Ruby, United States Virgin Islands]]
* [[Ruby, Virginia]]
* [[Ruby, Washington]], a ghost town
* [[Ruby, Wisconsin]], a town
* [[The Ruby (space)]], Mission District, San Francisco, California
* [[Ruby Beach]], Washington
* [[Ruby Canyon]], on the Colorado-Utah border
* [[Ruby Creek (disambiguation)]], several creeks in North America
* [[Ruby Falls]], an underground waterfall within Lookout Mountain, Tennessee
* [[Ruby Mountain]], a stratovolcano in British Columbia, Canada
* [[Ruby Mountains]], a mountain range in Nevada
** [[Ruby Dome]], the highest peak of the Ruby Mountains
* [[Ruby Ridge]], Idaho, site of a violent confrontation and siege
* [[Ruby Valley]], Nevada
* [[Ruby City (disambiguation)]], several US ghost towns

==فن ۽ تفريح==
===خيالي وجود===
* {{Slink|Ruby (given name)|Fictional characters}}
* The Ruby, a coffee shop / diner in the Canadian television series ''[[Corner Gas]]'' (and its various adaptations to other media)
===فلم ۽ ٽيليويزن===
* [[Ruby (1977 film)|''Ruby'' (1977 film)]], a supernatural horror
* [[Ruby (1992 film)|''Ruby'' (1992 film)]], about Jack Ruby
* [[Ruby (actress)]] (born 1972), American pornographic actress
* [[Ruby (talk show)|''Ruby'' (talk show)]], a British late night talk show
* [[Ruby (2008 TV series)|''Ruby'' (2008 TV series)]], a Style Network program
* [[Ruby (2012 TV series)|''Ruby'' (2012 TV series)]], an Arab dramatic series
===موسيقي===
====البم====
* [[Ruby (The Killjoys album)|''Ruby'' (The Killjoys album)]], 1990
* [[Ruby (Macy Gray album)|''Ruby'' (Macy Gray album)]], 2018
* [[Ruby (Ruby album)|''Ruby'' (Ruby album)]], 1976
* [[Ruby (Sirsy album)|''Ruby'' (Sirsy album)]], 2004
* [[Ruby (Archie Roach, Ruby Hunter, Paul Grabowsky and Australian Art Orchestra album)|''Ruby'' (Archie Roach, Ruby Hunter, Paul Grabowsky and Australian Art Orchestra album)]], 2005
* [[Ruby (Jennie album)|''Ruby'' (Jennie album)]], 2025
* ''[[The Ruby]]'', an EP by April, 2018

====راڳ====
* [[Ruby (Ruby Gentry theme)|&quot;Ruby&quot; (''Ruby Gentry'' theme)]], from the 1952 film ''Ruby Gentry'', also performed by Ray Charles in 1960
* [[Ruby (Kaiser Chiefs song)|&quot;Ruby&quot; (Kaiser Chiefs song)]], 2007 single by Kaiser Chiefs, from the album ''Yours Truly, Angry Mob''
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Boyzone, from the album [[Brother (Boyzone album)|''Brother'']] (2010)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Camille, from the album ''[[Le Sac des Filles]]'' (2002)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Janis Ian, from the album ''[[Revenge (Janis Ian album)|Revenge]]'' (1995)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Kristin Hersh, from the album ''[[Sunny Border Blue]]'' (2001)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Queenadreena, from the album ''[[Djin (album)|Djin]]'' (2008)
* &quot;Ruby&quot;, a song by Twenty One Pilots, from the album ''[[Regional at Best]]'' (2011)
* &quot;Ruby&quot; and ''Ruby'', a 2022 song and mixtape by [[Woozi]]
* &quot;[[Ruby, My Dear (composition)|Ruby, My Dear]]&quot;, a song by ''Thelonious Monk'', composed {{Circa|1945}}, recorded 1947
* &quot;Ruby: Sad Tear&quot; ({{Langx|ko|루비: 슬픈눈물|links=no}}), a song by Fin.K.L, from the album ''[[Blue Rain (album)|Blue Rain]]'' (1998)

====فنڪار====
* [[Ruby (British band)]], an alternative group formed in 1994
* [[Ruby &amp; the Romantics]], an American R&amp;B group
* [[Ruby Records]], a record label
* [[Ruby (American band)]], an American rock band featuring Tom Fogerty
* [[Ruby (Egyptian singer)]] (born 1981), singer and actress
* Ruby, a performer in the English hip pop quintet [[King (pop band)|King]]
* [[Ruby Frost]], New Zealand singer

===Other uses in arts and media===
* ''[[Pokémon Ruby]]'', a video game released in 2002 for Japan and 2003 internationally
** ''[[Pokémon Omega Ruby]]'', a remake of Pokémon Ruby
* [[Ruby (novel)|''Ruby'' (novel)]], a 1994 fiction book by V. C. Andrews in The Landry Family Series
* [[Vocaloid_4#Ruby|Ruby]], a vocaloid

==ڪمپيوٽنگ==
* روبي (هارڊويئر جي وضاحت واري ٻولي)
* روبي (پروگرامنگ ٻولي) 
* روبي، ويزيوئل بيسڪ (Visual Basic) جي شروعاتي تياري واري مرحلي جو نالو 
* روبي ايم آر آءِ (Ruby MRI)، روبي ٻوليءَ جي &quot;سي&quot; (C) ٻوليءَ ۾ لکيل بنيادي عملدرآمد
== آمدرفت ۽ فوج== 
==کاڌو، ٻوٽا ۽ جانور== 
==ٻيا استعمال==
* روبي (ذاتي نالو) 
* روبي (خانداني نالو) 
* روبي (تشريحي نشان)، لوگوگرافڪ لکڻي (جهڙوڪ چيني رسم الخط) لاءِ ننڍن اکرن ۾ ڏنل تلفظ جي رهنمائي  
* روبي (ٽائپوگرافي)، برطانوي انگريزيءَ ۾ &quot;ايگيٽ&quot; (agate) سائيز جي ٽائپ (اکرن جي ماپ) جو نالو
* روبي (رنگ)، اهو رنگ جيڪو ساڳئي نالي واري قيمتي پٿر جي رنگ تي ٻڌل آهي 
* روبيز (Super Fours)، عورتن جي ڪرڪيٽ ٽيم جنهن &quot;سوپر فورز&quot; مقابلي ۾ حصو ورتو 
* روبي ڪارپوريشن، &quot;ايشلي ميڊيسن&quot; (Ashley Madison) آن لائن ڊيٽنگ سروس جي بنيادي ڪمپني 
* جي. ڊبليو. روبي ميموريل اسپتال (يا روبي)، جيڪا مورگن ٽائون، ويسٽ ورجينيا ۾ واقع آهي
* روبي نالي وارن طوفانن جي فهرست
==وڌيڪ ڏسو==
'''روبي هڪ انگريزي لفظ آهي''' جنهن جي معنيٰ آهي نيلم ۽ ان جو مطلب اهو.

A '''[[ruby]]''' is a red gemstone.

'''Ruby''' may also refer to:

{{TOC right}}

==Food, plants, and animals==
{{See also|#Fictional entities}}
* [[Ruby Tuesday (restaurant)]], an American international foodservice chain
* [[Ruby chocolate]], a kind of pink/purple cacao product
* [[Ruby (mango)]], a bright red mango cultivar from south Florida
* 'Ruby Red' and 'Star Ruby', varieties of [[Grapefruit#Varieties|grapefruit]]
* Ruby leaf, a common name of ''[[Alternanthera brasiliana]]'', in family Amaranthaceae
** Little ruby, a common name of [[Alternanthera brasiliana var. villosa|''Alternanthera brasiliana'' var. ''villosa'']]
* [[Brazilian ruby]], ''Clytolaema rubricauda'', a species of hummingbird
* [[Ruby (elephant)]], 1973–1998

==Other uses==
* [[Ruby (given name)]]
* [[Ruby (surname)]]
* [[Ruby (annotation)]], small-print pronunciation guide for logographic writing
* [[Ruby (typography)]], the British English name for agate-size type
* [[Ruby (color)]], a color based on that of the gemstone
* [[Rubies (Super Fours)]], a women's cricket team that competed in the Super Fours
* [[Ruby Corp.]], the parent company of the Ashley Madison online dating service
* [[J. W. Ruby Memorial Hospital]], or Ruby, in Morgantown, West Virginia
* [[List of storms named Ruby]]

==See also==
* {{srt|dab}}
* [[Rubygate]], a sex scandal involving Silvio Berlusconi
* [[Ruby pistol]]
* [[Rubi (disambiguation)]]
* [[Rubin (disambiguation)]]
* [[Rubis (rocket)]], a rocket system
* ''[[RWBY]]'', an animated web series
*  [[Ruby Rose (disambiguation)]]

{{disambiguation}}


[[زمرو:سلجھائپ صفحا]]</text>
      <sha1>jni53dz8a1oi86m6lm827ax4uitraox</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>زمرو:لبنان ۾ شھر ۽ وسنديون</title>
    <ns>14</ns>
    <id>84013</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400859</id>
      <parentid>326759</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:48:09Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>400859</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="62" sha1="ni4jvu0bgwbrn39s2iobekmyugtu1j7" xml:space="preserve">{{واپس منتقل زمرو|زمرو:لبنان ۾ شھر}}</text>
      <sha1>ni4jvu0bgwbrn39s2iobekmyugtu1j7</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>پاڪستان جون قومي علامتون</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>86996</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400968</id>
      <parentid>400031</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T20:32:40Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>CommonsDelinker</username>
        <id>103</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Removing [[:c:File:National_aquatic_marine_mammal_of_Pakistan.jpg|National_aquatic_marine_mammal_of_Pakistan.jpg]], it has been deleted from Commons by [[:c:User:Yann|Yann]] because: per [[:c:COM:NETCOPYVIO|]].</comment>
      <origin>400968</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="34407" sha1="bkohdcio9gbndtwer064ebq9hekfthp" xml:space="preserve">[[پاڪستان]] ۾ ڪيترائي سرڪاري قومي نشان آهن، جن ۾ هڪ جهنڊو، هڪ نشان، هڪ ترانو، هڪ يادگاري مينار ۽ ڪيترائي قومي هيرو ۽ عمارتون شامل آهن. سال 1947ع ۾ پاڪستان جي وجود ۾ اچڻ کانپوء مختلف مرحلن تي علامتون اختيار ڪيون ويون ۽ انهن جي تعريف يا استعمال لاءِ مختلف قاعدا ۽ ضابطا موجود آهن. سڀ کان پراڻي علامت [[پاڪستان جو ٺھراءُ]] آهي، جيڪا [[آل انڊيا مسلم ليگ]] پاران 23 مارچ 1940ع تي منظور ڪئي وئي هئي ۽ جن ۾ [[برطانوي راڄ|هندستان]] جي مسلمانن لاءِ هڪ الڳ ملڪ جي قيام جو سرڪاري مطالبو پيش ڪيو ويو. [[مينار پاڪستان|مينارِ پاڪستان]] يادگار ٽاور جيڪو سال 1968ع ۾ ان جاءِ تي ٺاهيو ويو هو جتي پاڪستان جو ٺهراء منظور ڪيو ويو هو. پاڪستان جو قومي پرچم 14 آگسٽ 1947ع تي آزادي کان ٿورو اڳ اختيار ڪيو ويو. قومي ترانو ۽ رياستي نشان هر هڪ سال 1954ع ۾ اختيار ڪيا ويا. ان کان سواء قومي [[جانور]]، [[پکي]]، [[گل]]، [[وڻ]] ۽ لباس سميت ٻيا به ڪيترائي نشان آهن.

==مينارِ پاڪستان==
ڏسو: [[پاڪستان جو ٺھراءُ|پاڪستان جو ٺهراء]] : [[مينار پاڪستان]]

==قومي جهنڊو==
ڏسو: [[پاڪستان جو معياري وقت|پاڪستان جو قومي پرچم]]

==قومي ترانو==
ڏسو: [[پاڪستان جو قومي ترانو]]

==رياستي نشان==
ڏسو: [[پاڪستان جي رياستي علامتون|پاڪستان جون رياستي علامتون]]

==قومي نعرو==
مکيه مضمون: [[ايمان اتحاد نظم و ضبط]]
 
ڍال جي مدد سان لکيل اسڪرول ۾ [[محمد علي جناح]] جو [[اردو]] ۾ نعرو '''ایمان، اتحاد، نظم و ضبط''' آهي ۽ پاڪستان لاءِ رهنمائي اصولن جي طور تي ارادو ڪيو ويو آهي. 
==ٻين قومي علامتن جي فهرست==
{| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;
!ٽائيٽل 
!علامت
!☆☆☆تصوير☆☆☆
!☆☆☆☆☆☆☆تفصيل☆☆☆☆☆☆☆
|-
|'''[[قائد اعظم|قائداعظم]]'''
|[[محمد علي جناح|'''محمد علي جناح''']] &lt;ref name=&quot;quaid&quot;&gt;{{cite web|title=The Legend|url=http://www.quaid.gov.pk/legend.htm|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20070914181853/http://www.quaid.gov.pk/legend.htm &lt;!--Added by H3llBot--&gt;|archive-date=2007-09-14|access-date=2007-11-29|publisher=[[Government of Pakistan]]}}&lt;/ref&gt;
|[[File:Jinnah1945c.jpg|frameless|294x294px]]
|&lt;small&gt;&lt;sub&gt;'''محمد علي جناح''' (25 ڊسمبر 1876 - 11 سيپٽمبر 1948) هڪ وڪيل، سياستدان ۽ پاڪستان جو باني هو. جناح 1913 کان 14 آگسٽ 1947 تي پاڪستان جي قيام تائين آل انڊيا مسلم ليگ جي اڳواڻ طور ڪم ڪيو، ۽ پوءِ پنهنجي وفات تائين پاڪستان جي پهرين گورنر جنرل جي ڊومينين طور ڪم ڪيو. پاڪستان ۾ کيس قائداعظم (&quot;عظيم اڳواڻ&quot;) ۽ باباءِ قوم (&quot;قوم جو پيءُ&quot;) جي نالي سان عزت ڏني ويندي آهي. پاڪستان جي پهرين گورنر جنرل جي حيثيت سان، جناح نئين قوم جي حڪومت ۽ پاليسين کي قائم ڪرڻ ۽ لکين مسلمان مهاجرن جي مدد ڪرڻ لاءِ ڪم ڪيو جيڪي ٻنهي رياستن جي آزادي کان پوءِ پاڙيسري هندستان کان پاڪستان هجرت ڪئي هئي.&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/small&gt; 
|-
|'''مادر ملت''' 
'''&lt;small&gt;(قوم جي ماء)&lt;/small&gt;'''
|[[فاطمه جناح|'''فاطمه جناح''']]&lt;ref name=&quot;madar&quot;&gt;{{cite web|title=Celebration: A tribute to Madar-i-Millat|url=http://www.fatimajinnah.gov.pk/celebration.htm|access-date=2007-11-29|publisher=Government of Pakistan|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20031009022836/http://www.fatimajinnah.gov.pk/Personal%20life.htm|archive-date=9 October 2003|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt;
|[[File:Fatima_jinnah1.jpg|center|frameless|298x298px]]
| &lt;small&gt;&lt;sub&gt;'''فاطمه جناح''' جيڪا &quot;مادر ملت&quot; (&quot;قوم جي ماءُ&quot;) جي نالي سان مشهور آهي، هڪ پاڪستاني سياستدان، ڏندن جي سرجن، سياستدان، ۽ پاڪستان جي معروف بانين مان هڪ هئي. هوءَ پاڪستان جي باني ۽ پهرين گورنر جنرل، پوءِ پاڪستان جي صدر، محمد علي جناح جي ننڍي ڀيڻ هئي. سندس ورثو شهري حقن جي حمايت، پاڪستان تحريڪ ۾ سندس جدوجهد ۽ سندس ڀاءُ لاءِ سندس عقيدت سان لاڳاپيل آهي. مادر ملت (&quot;قوم جي ماءُ&quot;) ۽ خاتون پاڪستان (&quot;پاڪستان جي عورت&quot;) جي نالي سان سڏيو ويندو آهي، پاڪستان ۾ ڪيترائي ادارا ۽ عوامي جڳهون سندس اعزاز ۾ رکيون ويون آهن.&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/small&gt;
|-
|[[شاعر|شاعر مشرق، '''قومي شاعر''']]
|[[علامہ اقبال|'''محمد اقبال''']]
|[[File:Iqbal 2.jpg|frameless|298x298px]]
|&lt;small&gt;محمد اقبال ڏکڻ ايشيائي مسلمان [[ليکڪ]]، [[فلسفي]] ۽ [[سياستدان]] هو. سندس [[اردو|اردو ٻولي]] ۾ شاعري ويهين صديءَ جي عظيم ترين ڪمن مان هڪ آهي. [[پاڪستان]] ۾ اقبال کي وڏي پيماني تي ياد ڪيو ويندو آهي. جتي کيس رياست جو نظرياتي باني سمجهيو ويندو آهي. سندس جنم ڏينهن هر سال پاڪستان ۾ اقبال ڏينهن جي طور تي ملهايو ويندو آهي. ۽ 2018 تائين اهو هڪ [[موڪل|عام موڪل]] پڻ هئي.&lt;/small&gt;
|-
|'''[[مذهب|رياستي مذهب]]'''
|'''[[اسلام]]'''&lt;ref name=&quot;officialsymbols&quot;&gt;{{citation|last=|first=|title=National Symbols of Pakistan|url=http://www.pakistan.gov.pk/national_symbols.html|volume=|pages=|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20161128073024/http://www.pakistan.gov.pk/national_symbols.html|publisher=Official Gateway to the Government of Pakistan|access-date=28 July 2016|archive-date=28 November 2016}}&lt;/ref&gt;
|[[File:Pakistan Star&amp;Crescent.svg|frameless]]
| &lt;small&gt;&lt;sub&gt;'''[[پاڪستان]]''' ۾ '''اسلام''' برادرين ۾ موجود هو ('''[[سنڌ]]''' ۾ عرب ساحلي واپاري رستن تي. جيئن ئي مذهب جي شروعات ٿي ۽ '''[[عرب جزيري نما|عرب جزيره نما]]''' ۾ ابتدائي قبوليت حاصل ڪئي. سنڌ ۽ اسلام جي وچ ۾ تعلق '''[[راشدون خلیفا|راشدين خلافت]]''' دوران ابتدائي مسلمان مشنن پاران قائم ڪيو ويو. '''[[مسجد]]''' پاڪستان ۾ هڪ اهم مذهبي ۽ سماجي ادارو آهي. ڪيتريون ئي رسمون ۽ تقريبون '''[[هجري ڪئلينڊر|اسلامي ڪئلينڊر]]''' جي مطابق ملهايون وينديون آهن. پاڪستان 1947 ۾ [[برطانوي راڄ|برطانوي هندستان]] ۾ '''[[مسلمان|هندستاني مسلمانن]]''' لاءِ هڪ الڳ رياست جي طور تي ٺاهيو ويو، ۽ جمهوريت جي پارلياماني شڪل جي پيروي ڪئي. 1949 ۾، پاڪستان جي پهرين آئين ساز اسيمبلي مقصدن جي قرارداد منظور ڪئي جنهن ۾ اسلام لاءِ رياستي مذهب جي طور تي سرڪاري ڪردار جو تصور ڪيو ويو ته جيئن اهو يقيني بڻائي سگهجي ته مستقبل جو ڪو به قانون ان جي بنيادي تعليمات جي خلاف ورزي نه ڪري. 1956 ۾، چونڊيل پارليامينٽ باضابطه طور تي اسلامي جمهوريه پاڪستان جو نالو اختيار ڪيو، اسلام کي سرڪاري مذهب قرار ڏنو.&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/small&gt;
|-
|'''[[قومي ٻولي]]''' ([[لنگئا فرانڪا|لئنگا فرانڪا]])
|'''[[اردو]]'''&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|title=Chapter 4: &quot;General.&quot; of Part XII: &quot;Miscellaneous&quot;|url=http://www.pakistani.org/pakistan/constitution/part12.ch4.html|access-date=20 March 2020|website=The Constitution of Pakistan}}&lt;/ref&gt;
|[[File:Urdu example.svg|frameless]]
|&lt;small&gt;اردو هڪ [[آريائي ٻوليون|انڊو-آريائي ٻولي]] آهي جيڪا [[ڏکڻ ايشيا]] ۾ خاص طور تي ڳالهائي ويندي آهي. اها پاڪستان جي سرڪاري قومي ٻولي ۽ عام ٻولي آهي. اردو واحد قومي ٻولي آهي ۽ پاڪستان جي ٻن سرڪاري ٻولين مان [[انگريزي ٻولي|انگريزي]] سان گڏ هڪ آهي. اها سڄي ملڪ ۾ ڳالهائي ۽ سمجهي ويندي آهي. ان جي سرڪاري حيثيت جو مطلب اهو آهي ته اردو سڄي پاڪستان ۾ ٻي يا ٽئين ٻولي جي طور تي سمجهي ۽ ڳالهائي ويندي آهي. اها [[تعليم]]، [[ادب]]، آفيس ۽ [[عدالت|عدالت جي ڪاروبار]] ۾ استعمال ٿيندي آهي.&lt;/small&gt;
|-
|'''[[گل|قومي گل]]'''
|'''[[ياسمين (گل)|گل ياسمين]]'''&lt;ref name=&quot;officialsymbols&quot; /&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;tourism&quot;/&gt;
|[[File:Pakistan-Jasmin.jpg|frameless|224x224px]]
|&lt;small&gt;پاڪستان ۾، چنبيلي هڪ تمام عام ٻوٽو آهي ۽ ان کي ڪنهن به باغ ۾ ڳولي سگهجي ٿو. ان جي پرڪشش خوشبوءَ جي ڪري، اڇو چنبيلي وابستگي جي علامت آهي ۽ دوستي ۽ شائستگي جي نمائندگي ڪري ٿو؛ تنهن ڪري، چنبيلي کي پاڪستان جو قومي گل سڏيو ويو&lt;/small&gt;.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|title=The National Flower of Pakistan, JASMINE {{!}} .|url=http://pakculturalsociety.org.uk/node/50|access-date=2021-06-19|website=pakculturalsociety.org.uk}}&lt;/ref&gt;
|-
|'''[[وڻ|قومي وڻ]]'''
|'''[[چيل|ديودار]]'''&lt;br /&gt;&lt;small&gt;(Cedar)&lt;ref name=&quot;officialsymbols&quot; /&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;tourism&quot; /&gt;&lt;/small&gt;
|[[File:Kalam Valley (2).JPG|frameless|224x224px]]
|&lt;small&gt;'''سڊرس ديودارا'''&lt;/small&gt; (&lt;small&gt;Cedrus deodara&lt;/small&gt;) ديودار جو هڪ قسم آهي جيڪو اولهه [[هماليا|هماليه]] ۽ پاڪستان ۾ [[هندوڪش]] جي حدن ۾ خاص طور تي [[خيبر پختونخوا]] جو مقامي آهي. ان کي پاڪستان جو قومي وڻ سمجهيو ويندو آهي.
|-
|'''[[ميوو|قومي ميوو]]'''
|'''[[انب]]'''&lt;ref name=&quot;officialsymbols&quot; /&gt;

|[[File:Chaunsa.JPG|225x225px]]
|&lt;small&gt;پاڪستان ۾ خاص طور تي '''[[پنجاب، پاڪستان|پنجاب]]''' ۽ '''[[سنڌ]]''' صوبن ۾ انب جي پوک تمام گهڻي ٿيندي آهي. انهن جي پيداوار لاءِ ڪجهه مشهور [[ضلعو|ضلعن]] ۾: [[ملتان ضلعو|ملتان]]، [[بهاولپور ضلعو|بهاولپور]]، [[مظفرڳڙھ ضلعو|مظفر ڳڙهه]]، [[خانيوال ضلعو|خانيوال]] [[ساهيوال ضلعو|ساهيوال]]، [[وهاڙي ضلعو|وهاڙي]]، [[رحيم يار خان ضلعو|رحيم يار خان]]، [[ٺٽو ضلعو|ٺٽو]]،   [[ميرپور خاص ضلعو|ميرپورخاص]]، [[حيدرآباد ضلعو، سنڌ|حيدرآباد]]، [[ٺٽو ضلعو|ٺٽو]]، [[ڊيرا اسماعيل خان ضلعو|ڊيرا اسماعيل خان]]، [[پشاور ضلعو|پشاور]] ۽ [[مردان ضلعو|مردان]] ۽ [[صادق آباد تعلقو]] شامل آهن.&lt;/small&gt;
|-
|[[سبزي|'''قومي ڀاجي''']]
|'''[[ڀينڊي]]'''&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot;&gt;{{Cite web|last=|first=|date=2016-12-08|title=National Symbols of Pakistan|url=http://www.pakistan.gov.pk/national_symbols_two.html|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20161208205415/http://www.pakistan.gov.pk/national_symbols_two.html|archive-date=8 December 2016|access-date=28 July 2016|website=The Official Web Gateway to Pakistan}}&lt;/ref&gt;
|[[File:Lady finger.JPG|frameless|225x225px]]
|&lt;small&gt;ڀينڊي (انگريزي: Okra؛ سائنسي: Abelmoschus) هڪ ٻوٽي جو ميوو آهي جنهن کي [[سبزي]] جي طور تي استعمال ڪيو ويندو آهي. هن جو رنگ سائو هوندو آهي۔ [[ايشيا]] ۽ [[آفريڪا]] جي ڪافي علائقن ۾ پوکي ويندي آهي. هن جو ٻوٽو ٻه ميٽرن تائين ڊگهو ٿي سگهي۔&lt;/small&gt;
|-
|'''[[جانور|قومي جانور]]'''
|'''[[مارخور]]'''&lt;ref&gt;{{cite news|date=12 November 2018|title=Pakistan's national animal faces extinction|work=[[Daily Times (Pakistan)|Daily Times]] (newspaper)|url=https://dailytimes.com.pk/321015/pakistans-national-animal-markhor-faces-extinction/|access-date=21 July 2020}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;tourism&quot;/&gt;
|[[File:Capra-falconeri.jpg|frameless|225x225px]]
|&lt;small&gt;&lt;sub&gt;'''مارخور''' پاڪستان جو قومي جانور آهي. اها ٻڪرين جي خاندان جو سڀ کان وڏو جانور آهي ۽ عام طور تي پاڪستان جي اترين علائقن ۾ ملندو آهي. مارخور جو نالو فارسي ۾ &quot;نانگ کائڻ واري&quot; جي طور تي ترجمو ڪري ٿو، ڇاڪاڻ ته مارخور پنهنجي حفاظت لاءِ جهنگل ۾ نانگن کي مارڻ ۾ وڏي مهارت رکي ٿو. پنهنجي وڏي سائيز جي باوجود، مارخور انتهائي ماهر چڙهائي ڪندڙ آهن. پوءِ جهنگلي جيوت جي اين جي اوز جهڙوڪ سيو آور اسپيسيز ۽ ڊبليو سي ايس پاڪستان پاران تحفظ جون ڪوششون عمل ۾ آنديون ويون. انهن قدمن جي مهرباني، شاندار ٿلهو بتدريج ٻيهر اڀرڻ لڳو.&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/small&gt;
|-
|'''[[سامونڊي مماليا|قومي سامونڊي جانور]]'''
|'''[[سنڌو درياهه جي ڊولفن|سنڌو جي ڊولفن]]'''&lt;ref name=&quot;officialsymbols&quot; /&gt;
| 
|'''سنڌو جي ڊولفن''' تازي پاڻيءَ جي ڊولفن جي هڪ قسم آهي. اها [[پاڪستان]] ۾ [[سنڌو درياھ|سنڌو درياهه]] جي [[طاس|طاس جي علائقن]] جي مقامي آهي. هي ڊولفن پهرين دريافت ٿيل سائڊ سوئمنگ مئمل (&lt;small&gt;Cetacean&lt;/small&gt;) آهي.
|-
|'''قومي درندو''' 
|'''[[برفاني چيتو|برفاني تيندوو]]'''&lt;ref name=&quot;officialsymbols&quot; /&gt;
|[[File:Snow Leopard In Naltar Gilgit.jpg|frameless|225x225px]]
|
|-
|'''قومي گهريلو پکي'''
|'''[[چڪور]]'''&lt;ref name=&quot;officialsymbols&quot; /&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;tourism&quot;/&gt;
|[[File:Chukar Partridge (Alectoris chukar).jpg|frameless|298x298px]]
|پاڪستان جو قومي پکي '''چُڪور''' آهي. اهو اڪثر ڪري بي جواب، پيار جي علامت آهي. چيو ويندو آهي ته اهو چنڊ سان پيار ۾ هوندو آهي ۽ ان کي مسلسل ڏسندو رهندو آهي. مختصر ۾، چُڪور وٽ پاڪستان جي قومي پکي جي علامت هجڻ جو هڪ وڏو سبب آهي.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|last=Ago|first=Bapinin #travel • 4 Years|date=2017-10-28|title=Some facts about National Bird of Pakistan?|url=https://steemit.com/travel/@bapin/some-facts-about-national-bird-of-pakistan|access-date=2021-06-19|website=[[Steemit]]|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;
|-
|'''[[پکي|قومي پکي]]'''
|[[شاهين (پکي)|شاهين]]&lt;ref name=&quot;officialsymbols&quot; /&gt;
|[[File:Peregrine Falcon (33915225262).jpg|frameless|225x225px]]
|&lt;small&gt;شاهين باز (falcon) اصل ۾ پاڪستاني هوائي فوج جو هڪ علامتي نشان آهي ۽ ڪيترائي ان کي رياستي پکي سمجهن ٿا.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|title=WORLD OF BIRDS|url=http://www.pmnh.gov.pk/htm/bird.htm|access-date=2021-06-19|website=[[Pakistan Museum of Natural History]]}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/small&gt;
|-
|[[مڇي|'''قومي مڇي''']]
|[[مهاشير]]&lt;ref&gt;
{{Cite web|title=SUCCESSFUL BREEDING OF MAHSEER|url=https://fisheries.kp.gov.pk/page/successful_breeding_of_mahseer#:~:text=Mahseer%20fish%20are%20found%20in,the%20national%20fish%20of%20Pakistan.|access-date=16 October 2021|website=Directorate of Fisheries ([[Khyber Pakhtunkhwa Department of Agriculture]])}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news|title=The Pull of the Himalayan Golden Mahseer|url=https://www.thefridaytimes.com/2021/05/14/the-pull-of-the-himalayan-golden-mahseer|access-date=28 April 2022|work=[[The Friday Times]] (newspaper)|date=14 May 2021|quote=...close at hand, and about a decade ago, it was named the national fish of Pakistan...|accessdate=6 December 2025|archivedate=28 April 2022|archiveurl=https://web.archive.org/web/20220428122110/https://www.thefridaytimes.com/2021/05/14/the-pull-of-the-himalayan-golden-mahseer/}}&lt;/ref&gt;
|[[File:Tor tambroid 160811-61602 ffi.JPG|frameless|224x224px]]
|&lt;small&gt;'''مهاشير''' (Mahseer) مڇين جي حد اتر ۾ [[چين]] کان اوڀر ۾ [[ويٽنام]]، [[ميانمار]]، [[لائوس|لاؤس]]، [[ڪمبوڊيا]]، [[ٿائيلينڊ]]، [[ملائيشيا]]، [[برونائي]] ۽ [[انڊونيشيا]] ۽ [[ڏکڻ ايشيا]] ۾ [[پاڪستان]]، [[ڀارت]]، [[نيپال]]، [[ڀوٽان]]، [[بنگلاديش]]، [[سري لنڪا]] ۽ [[افغانستان]] تائين آهي.&lt;/small&gt;
|-
|'''[[ريڙهيون پائيندڙ جانور|قومي ريپتائل]]'''
|[[سنڌو مگر|سنڌو جو مڱر]]&lt;ref name=&quot;officialsymbols&quot; /&gt;
|[[File:PK Kirthar NP asv2020-02 img25.jpg|frameless|224x224px]]
|&lt;small&gt;&lt;sub&gt;'''سنڌو مگر''' (Mugger Crocodile)، هڪ وچولي سائز جو وسيع-نڇ وارو مگر آهي، جن کي دلدل مگر به چيو ويندو آهي. اهو ڏکڻ اوڀر ايران ۽ ننڍي کنڊ ۾ تازي پاڻيءَ جي رهائش وارن علائقن دلدل، ڍنڍن، دريائن ۽ تلاءَ ۾ رهي ٿو. اهو هڪ طاقتور ترڻ وارو آهي، پر مناسب پاڻي جي ڳولا ۾ زمين تي پڻ هلندو آهي.&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/small&gt;
|-
|'''[[راند|قومي راند]]'''
|[[فيلڊ هاڪي|'''هاڪي''']]&lt;ref name=&quot;tourism&quot;&gt;{{cite web|title=National Symbols|url=http://www.pakistantourism.gov.pk/home.aspx?Sch=47|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080607212229/http://www.pakistantourism.gov.pk/home.aspx?Sch=47|archive-date=7 June 2008|access-date=2007-11-29|publisher=Ministry of Tourism, Government of Pakistan}}&lt;/ref&gt;
|[[File:HOCKEY ARGENTINA PAKISTAN.jpg|frameless|224x224px]]
|&lt;small&gt;1958ع ۾ فيلڊ مارشل ايوب خان جي آمد نه رڳو هاڪي کي پاڪستان جي قومي راند قرار ڏيڻ جي پويان سڀ کان اهم عنصرن مان هڪ ثابت ٿي.&lt;/small&gt;
&lt;small&gt;but also brought in a new wave of enthusiasm for the '''sport''' as he emphasized on it more than football or cricket.&lt;/small&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|title=» What is the National Sport of Pakistan?|url=https://atlascorps.org/what-is-the-national-sport-of-pakistan/#:~:text=Field%20Martial%20Ayub%20Khan%27s%20arrival,more%20than%20football%20or%20cricket.|access-date=2021-06-19|website=atlascorps.org}}&lt;/ref&gt;
|-
|'''[[مسجد|قومي مسجد]]'''
|[[فيصل مسجد|'''فيصل مسجد''']]&lt;ref name=&quot;mosque1&quot;&gt;{{cite web|author=Len McGrane|date=January–February 1992|title=A Mosque in Islamabad|url=http://www.saudiaramcoworld.com/issue/199201/a.mosque.in.islamabad.htm|access-date=2007-11-29|work=Saudi Aramco World magazine|publisher=Aramco Services Company}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;mosque2&quot;&gt;{{cite journal|author=Neelam Naz|date=September 13, 2005|title=Contribution of Turkish architects to the national architecture of Pakistan: Vedat Dalokay|url=http://jfa.arch.metu.edu.tr/archive/0258-5316/2005/cilt22/sayi_2/51-77.pdf|journal=Journal of the Faculty of Architecture|location=Ankara, Turkey|publisher=Middle East Technical University|volume=22|issue=2|pages=56–64|access-date=2007-11-29|archive-date=23 November 2018|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20181123165637/http://jfa.arch.metu.edu.tr/archive/0258-5316/2005/cilt22/sayi_2/51-77.pdf|url-status=dead}} {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20181123165637/http://jfa.arch.metu.edu.tr/archive/0258-5316/2005/cilt22/sayi_2/51-77.pdf |date=2018-11-23 }}&lt;/ref&gt;
|[[File:Faisal Mosque islamabad 07.jpg|frameless|225x225px]]
|The Faisal Mosque &lt;small&gt;was conceived as the National Mosque of Pakistan and named after the late [[Faisal of Saudi Arabia|King Faisal bin Abdul-Aziz]] of [[Saudi Arabia]], who supported and financed the project. It was completed in 1986.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web|title=Faisal Mosque, Islamabad|url=https://www.pakistanembassytokyo.com/content/faisal-mosque-islamabad#:~:text=The%20Faisal%20Mosque%20was%20conceived,supported%20and%20financed%20the%20project.|access-date=2021-06-19|website=[[List of diplomatic missions in Pakistan#Embassies and High Commissions|Embassy of Islamic Republic of Pakistan Tokyo (Japan)]]}}&lt;/ref&gt; The largest mosque in Pakistan, the Faisal Mosque was the largest mosque in the world from 1986 until 1993.&lt;/small&gt;
|-
|'''[[يادگيريون|قومي يادگار]]'''
|[[مينار پاڪستان|'''مينار پاڪستان''']]&lt;ref name=&quot;nationalsymbol&quot;&gt;{{cite web|title=National Symbols of Pakistan|url=http://www.nationalheritage.gov.pk/nationalsymbols.html|access-date=2013-08-23|publisher=Government of Pakistan|archive-date=27 August 2013|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130827084404/http://nationalheritage.gov.pk/nationalsymbols.html|url-status=dead}}&lt;/ref&gt; 
|[[File:Minar-e-Pakistan-lhr.jpg|frameless|225x225px]]
|&lt;small&gt;This tower marks [[Lahore Resolution|Pakistan’s resolution]] (Lahore Resolution) that marked the first step in the history of creation of Pakistan. Its construction began in 1960, and finished in 8 years to be completed in October 1968. This national monument draws its three steps symptomatic of the three stages of the challenges and successes in the independence of Pakistan. The floral inscriptions at the base of this Minar shows the text of the Pakistan Resolution that solidified Iqbal’s dreams and Jinnah’s struggle.&lt;/small&gt;
|-
|[[قومي يادگار]]
|'''[[يادگارِ پاڪستان|يادگار پاڪستان]]&lt;ref name=&quot;nm1&quot;&gt;{{cite web|date=March 22, 2007|title=President Musharraf will inaugurate National Monument on 23rd|url=http://www.pakistan.gov.pk/ministries/ContentInfo.jsp?MinID=29&amp;cPath=499_586&amp;ContentID=3176|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20071116204043/http://www.pakistan.gov.pk/ministries/ContentInfo.jsp?MinID=29&amp;cPath=499_586&amp;ContentID=3176|archive-date=November 16, 2007|access-date=2007-11-29|publisher=Government of Pakistan}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref name=&quot;nm2&quot;&gt;{{cite news|author=Imran Naeem Ahmad|date=March 30, 2007|title=National Monument — a symbol of unity|url=http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=2007/03/30/story_30-3-2007_pg11_2|access-date=2007-11-29|publisher=[[Daily Times (Pakistan)|Daily Times]]|url-status=dead|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080408042537/http://www.dailytimes.com.pk/default.asp?page=2007/03/30/story_30-3-2007_pg11_2|archive-date=8 April 2008}}&lt;/ref&gt;'''
|[[File:Pakistan monuments.jpg|frameless|225x225px]]
|&lt;small&gt;This national monument, consisting of four large petals and three small petals, is symbolic of the four provinces ([[Punjab, Pakistan|Punjab]], [[Sindh]], [[Khyber Pakhtunkhwa|Khyber Pakhtunkwa]], [[Balochistan, Pakistan|Balochistan]]) and [[Azad Kashmir|AJK]], [[Gilgit-Baltistan]], and [[Federally Administered Tribal Areas|FATA]]. The blossoming flower as a whole is also a bode and prayer to a progressing Pakistan. The inner walls of these granite petals are decorated with murals, that are primarily based on Islamic art. This monument is a symbol and reminder of the history and heritage of Pakistan, the sacrifices that went into its creation, and the culture that makes it Pakistan.&lt;ref name=&quot;national monument&quot;&gt;{{Cite news|title=A brief history of the national monuments of Pakistan|url=https://www.geo.tv/latest/206941-a-brief-history-of-the-national-monuments-of-pakistan|access-date=2021-06-19|date=2018-08-13|work=[[Geo News]]|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/small&gt;
|-
|[[قومي ڏينهن]]
|[[پاڪستان جو ٺھراءُ|پاڪستان جو قومي ڏينهن]]&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news|title=Nation celebrates Pakistan Day with simplicity amid coronavirus threat|url=https://dunyanews.tv/en/Pakistan/537870-Nation-celebrates-Pakistan-Day-with-simplicity-amid-coronavirus-threat|date=2020-03-23|access-date=2020-12-30|work=[[Dunya News]]}}&lt;/ref&gt; [[پاڪستان جون ڊويزنون|&lt;br /&gt; يوم آزادي]]
|[[File:ZTBL Headquarters illuminated for Pakistan Independence day.jpg|frameless|225x225px]]
|&lt;small&gt;'''Pakistan Day''' or '''Pakistan Resolution Day''', also '''Republic Day''', is a [[Public holidays in Pakistan|national holiday]] in [[Pakistan]] commemorating the [[Lahore Resolution]] passed on 23 March 1940 and the adoption of the first [[constitution of Pakistan]].&lt;/small&gt; 
&lt;small&gt;'''Independence Day''' is observed annually on 14 August, is a [[National days in Pakistan|national holiday]] in [[Pakistan]]. It commemorates the day when Pakistan achieved independence and was declared a [[sovereign]] state following the end of the [[British Raj]] in 1947.&lt;/small&gt;
|-
|'''[[لباس|قومي لباس]]'''
|[[شلوار قميض|'''شلوار قميض''']]
&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news|date=2019-05-31|title=Other occasions when Pakistanis wore their national dress abroad and no one died|url=https://images.dawn.com/news/1182904|access-date=2020-07-11|work=[[Dawn Media Group#Structure|Images]] by [[Dawn (newspaper)|Dawn]]|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;
|[[File:Schoolgirls in Shalwar Kameez, Abbotabad Pakistan - UK International Development.jpg|frameless|224x224px]]
|&lt;small&gt;&lt;sub&gt;Shalwar kameez is the national clothing of Pakistan worm by both men and women. The clothing is worn in all provinces of Pakistan. Every province may have its own special intricate pattern or design that may be available as well.&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/small&gt;
|-
|'''[[جبل|قومي جبل]]'''
|[[ڪي ٽو|'''ڪئ-ٽو''']]&lt;ref name=&quot;officialsymbols&quot; /&gt;
|[[File:K2, Mount Godwin Austen, Chogori, Savage Mountain.jpg|frameless|225x225px]]
|&lt;sub&gt;K2 &lt;small&gt;Also known as Mount Godwin-Austen or Chhogori Consider As The '''National Mountain of Pakistan'''. It is the Second Highest '''Mountain''' in the World and the highest in Pakistan. It's located on the Pak-China border in the Pakistani administrated region of [[Gilgit-Baltistan|Gilgit Baltistan]].&lt;/small&gt;&lt;/sub&gt;
|-
|'''[[مزار|قومي مزار]]'''
|[[مزار قائد|'''مزار قائد''']]&lt;ref name=&quot;national monument&quot;/&gt;
|[[File:Mazar Quaid-e-Azam.jpg|frameless|225x225px]]
|&lt;small&gt;&lt;sub&gt;'''Mazar-e-Quaid''', also known as Jinnah '''Mausoleum''' or the '''National Mausoleum''', is the final resting place of Quaid-e-Azam (&quot;Great Leader&quot;) Muhammad Ali Jinnah, the founder of '''Pakistan'''.&lt;/sub&gt;&lt;/small&gt;
|-
|'''[[هوائي ڪمپني|قومي هوائي ڪمپني]]'''
|[[پاڪستان انٽرنيشنل ايئرلائينز|'''PIA''']]&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news|agency=Reuters|date=2020-06-27|title=Pakistan's national airline reassures over 'dubious' pilot licences|language=en-GB|work=[[The Guardian]]|url=https://www.theguardian.com/world/2020/jun/27/pakistan-international-airlines-national-airline-reassures-pilot-licences|access-date=2020-12-30|issn=0261-3077}}&lt;/ref&gt;
|[[File:PIA Pakistan International Airlines Airbus A310-308 AP-BEG Lined Up for take off (8141606672).jpg|frameless|225x225px]]
|PIA is the national airline of Pakistan operating in all provinces of Pakistan along with Gilgit Baltistan and Azad Kashmir.
|-
|'''[[شربت|قومي شربت]]'''
|[[ڪمند جو رس|'''ڪمند جو رس''']]&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news|date=2019-01-25|title=Govt declares sugarcane juice as 'national drink' of Pakistan|url=https://nation.com.pk/25-Jan-2019/government-declares-sugarcane-juice-as-national-drink-of-pakistan|access-date=2020-12-30|work=[[The Nation (Pakistan)|The Nation]]|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt; 
|[[File:Glass of sugarcane juice.jpg|frameless|298x298px]]
|
|-
|'''[[موسيقي|قومي موسيقي جو اوزار]]'''
|'''[[دف]]'''&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news |last=Ahmed |first=Shaheen |date=August 31, 2021 |title=THE MAGICAL INSTRUMENT |work=The Victor Magazine |url=https://www.victormagazine.net/the-magical-instrument/}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |last=Mirza |first=Afshan |year=2021 |title=National Musical Instrument of Pakistan and Provincial instruments |url=https://popularinpakistan.com/national-musical-instrument-of-pakistan/#more-92 |website=Popular in Pakistan|quote=Daf is commonly known as the national instrument of Pakistan.}}&lt;/ref&gt;
|[[File:Pair of dafs.jpg|frameless|224x224px]]
|Daf is commonly known as the national instrument of Pakistan.
|-
|'''[[ڪرنسي|قومي ڪرنسي]]'''
|[[پاڪستاني رپيو|'''پاڪستاني رپيو''']]&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt; 
|
|The '''Pakistani rupee''' has been the official [[currency]] of Pakistan since 1948. The coins and notes are issued and controlled by the [[central bank]], namely [[State Bank of Pakistan]].
|-
|'''[[درياھ|قومي درياهه]]'''
|[[سنڌو درياھ|'''سنڌو درياهه''']]&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt;
|&lt;small&gt;[[File:Indus River in Pakistan (28).jpg|frameless|224x224px]]&lt;/small&gt;
|&lt;small&gt;Indus River is the national river of Pakistan. Indus River is the largest river in Pakistan. The river has two principle tributaries in Pakistan, the [[Kabul river]], and the [[Panjnad River|Panjnad river]]—which in turn is formed by successive confluences of the five [[Punjab]] rivers, of which four: [[Jhelum River|Jhelum]], [[Chenab River|Chenab]], [[Ravi River|Ravi]], and [[Sutlej]] flow through Pakistan.&lt;/small&gt;
|-
|'''[[کاڌا|قومي کاڌا]]'''
|'''[[برياني]]'''/'''[[نهاري]]'''&lt;ref name=&quot;:1&quot;&gt;{{Cite news|date=2015-09-23|title=What is Pakistan's national dish? Hint: It's not daal roti!|url=http://tribune.com.pk/article/29568/what-is-pakistans-national-dish-hint-its-not-daal-roti|access-date=2021-10-16|work=[[The Express Tribune]] (newspaper)|language=en}}&lt;/ref&gt;
|[[File:Karachi Beef Biryani.jpg|frameless|224x224px]]&lt;br&gt;[[File:Nalli Nihari.JPG|frameless|224x224px]]
|Both Biryani and Nihari are equally considered to be the national dishes of Pakistan respectively; although, they are yet to be verified.&lt;ref name=&quot;:1&quot; /&gt;
|-
|'''[[مٺائي|قومي مٺائي]]'''
|[[گلاب جامن|'''گلاب جامن''']]
&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news|title=Gulab jamun: National sweet of Pakistan?|url=https://gulfnews.com/world/asia/pakistan/gulab-jamun-national-sweet-of-pakistan-1.61208394|date=2 January 2019|work=[[Gulf News]]}}&lt;/ref&gt;
|[[File:Gulab Jaman.JPG|frameless|224x224px]]
|Gulab jamun (also spelled gulaab jamun) is a milk-solid-based sweet and a type of mithai.It is made mainly from milk solids, traditionally from [[khoya]], which is milk reduced to the consistency of a soft dough. 
|-
|[[رنگ|'''قومي رنگ''']]
|'''[[سائو]] ۽ [[اڇو]]'''&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt;
|[[File:Colours of Pakistan.png|frameless|224x224px]]
|
|-
|'''[[ڪوٽ آف آرمز|قومي ڪوٽ آف آرمز]]'''
|[[پاڪستان جي رياستي علامتون|'''ڪوٽ آف آرمز آف پاڪستان''']]&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt;
|[[File:Arms of Pakistan.svg|frameless|260x260px]]
|
|-
|'''[[آرڪائيوز|قومي آرڪائيوز]]'''
|[[نيشنل آرڪائيوز آف پاڪستان|'''&lt;small&gt;نيشنل آرڪائيوز آف پاڪستان&lt;/small&gt;''']]&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt;
|
|The National Archives of Pakistan  is a body established by the Government of Pakistan for the purpose of preserving and making available public and private records which have bearings on the history, culture and heritage of Pakistan.
|-
|'''[[ڪتب خانو|قومي لائبريري]]'''
|[[پاڪستان جي قومي لائبريري|'''&lt;small&gt;پاڪستان جي قومي لائبريري&lt;/small&gt;''']]&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt;
|[[File:National library of pakistan.jpg|frameless|224x224px]]
|The National Library of Pakistan is the national and the research library located in the vicinity of the [[Islamabad]].
|-
|'''&lt;small&gt;[[عجائب گھر|قومي عجائب گهر]]&lt;/small&gt;'''
|[[نيشنل ميوزيم آف پاڪستان|'''&lt;small&gt;نيشنل ميوزيم آف پاڪستان&lt;/small&gt;''']]
|[[File:National Museum of Pakistan, Karachi.jpg|frameless|224x224px]]
|The National Museum of Pakistan is the national collection of history located in [[Karachi]].
|-
|'''[[سنيما|قومي سنيما]]'''
|[[پاڪستان جو سنيما|'''پاڪستان جو سنيما''']]
&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news|date=12 October 2021|title=Pakistani Cinema, Turks And The Absence Of Policy|work=[[The Friday Times]] (newspaper)|url=https://www.thefridaytimes.com/pakistani-cinema-turks-and-the-absence-of-policy/|access-date=13 November 2021|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20211012095640/https://www.thefridaytimes.com/pakistani-cinema-turks-and-the-absence-of-policy/|archive-date=12 October 2021|accessdate=6 December 2025|archivedate=12 October 2021|archiveurl=https://web.archive.org/web/20211012095640/https://www.thefridaytimes.com/pakistani-cinema-turks-and-the-absence-of-policy/}}&lt;/ref&gt;
|[[File:Pakistan film clapperboard.svg|center|frameless|128x128px]]
|The Cinema of Pakistan &lt;small&gt;refers to the [[Film industry|filmmaking industry]] in [[Pakistan]]. Pakistan is home to several film studios centres, primarily located in its two largest cities - [[Karachi]] and [[Lahore]]. Pakistani cinema has played an important part in [[Pakistani culture]] and in recent years has begun flourishing again after years of decline, delivering entertainment to audiences in [[Pakistan]] and [[Overseas Pakistanis|expatriates]] abroad.&lt;/small&gt;
|}

==پڻ ڏسو==
* [[اجرڪ]] 
* [[سنڌي ٽوپي]] 
==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
[[زمرو:قومي علامتون]]
[[زمرو:پاڪستاني ثقافت]]
[[زمرو:پاڪستان جا اعزاز ۽ علامتون]]
[[زمرو:پاڪستان جون قومي علامتون]]</text>
      <sha1>bkohdcio9gbndtwer064ebq9hekfthp</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>سنڌو درياهه جي ڊولفن</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>87021</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400969</id>
      <parentid>400032</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T20:32:43Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>CommonsDelinker</username>
        <id>103</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Removing [[:c:File:National_aquatic_marine_mammal_of_Pakistan.jpg|National_aquatic_marine_mammal_of_Pakistan.jpg]], it has been deleted from Commons by [[:c:User:Yann|Yann]] because: per [[:c:COM:NETCOPYVIO|]].</comment>
      <origin>400969</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="3081" sha1="plur0a5evbyg9otqqi8uqwmzppz8oh0" xml:space="preserve">{{Speciesbox|name=سنڌو درياهه جي ڊولفن&lt;br&gt;Indus river dolphin|image2_caption=Size compared to an average human|status=EN|status_system=IUCN3.1|status_ref=&lt;ref name=IUCN&gt;{{cite iucn |title=''Platanista minor'' |name-list-style=amp |author=Braulik, G.T. |author2=Khan, U. |author3=Malik, M. |author4=Aisha, H. |year=2022 |article-number=e.T41757A243168232 |doi=10.2305/IUCN.UK.2022-1.RLTS.T41757A243168232.en |errata=2023 |access-date=4 March 2024}}&lt;/ref&gt;|status2=CITES_A1|status2_system=CITES|status2_ref=&lt;ref name=IUCN/&gt;|image=|image2=Ganges and Indus river dolphin size.svg|genus=Platanista|species=minor|authority=[[Richard Owen|Owen]], 1853|range_map=SouthAsianRiverDolphin_distribution2019.png|range_map_caption=Ranges of the &lt;span style=&quot;color:#0202fd;&quot;&gt;Indus river dolphin&lt;/span&gt; and &lt;span style=&quot;color:#f2790e;&quot;&gt;Ganges river dolphin&lt;/span&gt;}}
'''سنڌو درياهه جي ڊولفن''' (&lt;small&gt;Platanista minor&lt;/small&gt;) پلئٽئنسٽا مائنر (&lt;small&gt;Platanistidae&lt;/small&gt;) خاندان ۾ تازي پاڻيءَ جي ڊولفن جي هڪ قسم آهي. هي [[پاڪستان]] ۽ اتر اولهه [[ڀارت]] ۾ سنڌو درياءَ جي طاس جي علائقن جي مقامي آهي.  هي ڊولفن پهرين دريافت ٿيل سائڊ سوئمنگ سامونڊي مئمل (&lt;small&gt;Cetacean&lt;/small&gt;) آهي. پاڪستان ۾، اها [[سنڌو درياھ|سنڌو درياهه]] ۾ ٿئي ٿي، جيڪي پنجن ننڍين ذيلي آبادين ۾ ورهايل آهي جيڪيون آبپاشي بئراجن سان الڳ ٿيل آهن. ڀارت ۾، هڪ تمام ننڍڙي الڳ ٿيل آبادي جيڪا ختم ٿيڻ جي تمام گهڻي خطري ۾ آهي، [[بياس ندي|بياس نديءَ]] ۾ رهي ٿي.

1970ع جي ڏهاڪي کان سال 1998ع تائين، [[انڌي ٻلهڻ|گنگا درياءَ جي ڊولفن]] (&lt;small&gt;Platanista gangetica&lt;/small&gt;) ۽ سنڌو جي ڊولفن کي الڳ الڳ جنس سمجهيو ويندو هو؛ جڏهن ته، سال 1998ع ۾، انهن جي درجه بندي کي ٻن الڳ الڳ جنسن کان ڏکڻ ايشيائي دريائن جي ڊولفن جي ذيلي جنسن ۾ تبديل ڪيو ويو. جڏهن ته، وڌيڪ تازا مطالعا انهن کي الڳ جنس هجڻ جا حمايت ڪن ٿا. ان کي پاڪستان جو قومي ٿڻائتو سامونڊي جانور (cetacean) ۽ [[پنجاب، ڀارت]] جي رياستي آبي جانور جي طور تي درج ڪيو ويو آهي.

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
{{Commons}}
{{DEFAULTSORT:Indus River dolphin}}
[[زمرو:ڊولفن]]
[[زمرو:دريائي مماليا]]
[[زمرو:ڏکڻ ايشيائي دريائي ڊولفن]] 
[[زمرو:پاڪستان جا دريائي مماليا]]  
[[زمرو:پاڪستان جون قومي علامتون]]
[[زمرو:پاڪستان جا دريائي جانور]]
[[زمرو:1853ع ۾ بيان ڪيل ٿڻائتا جانور]]
[[زمرو: رچرڊ اوون پاران ٽيڪسا جو نالو ڏنو ويو]]</text>
      <sha1>plur0a5evbyg9otqqi8uqwmzppz8oh0</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>زمرو:ايولين جي تاريخ</title>
    <ns>14</ns>
    <id>87925</id>
    <revision>
      <id>401114</id>
      <parentid>346004</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T08:02:12Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Memon2025</username>
        <id>21315</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401114</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="0" sha1="phoiac9h4m842xq45sp7s6u21eteeq1" />
      <sha1>phoiac9h4m842xq45sp7s6u21eteeq1</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>لبنان جو خاڪو</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>101241</id>
    <revision>
      <id>401115</id>
      <parentid>400803</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T08:04:02Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Memon2025</username>
        <id>21315</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401115</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="7964" sha1="merliek8achlcsw9u8dh7vo4567fr41" xml:space="preserve">[[File:Flag_of_Lebanon.svg|thumb|لبنان جو جهنڊو]]
[[File:LocationLebanon.svg|thumb|[[لبنان]] جو مقام]]
[[File:Lebanon_2002_CIA_map.jpg|thumb|[[لبنان|لبناني جمهوريه]] جو هڪ وڏو ٿيندڙ نقشو]]
هيٺ ڏنل [[خاڪو (فھرست)|خاڪو]] لبنان جي هڪ جائزو ۽ موضوعي گائيڊ جي طور تي مهيا ڪيو ويو آهي: 

'''[[لبنان]]''' (Lebanon) [[اولھ ايشيا|اولهه ايشيا]] ۽ [[وچ اوڀر]] ۾ [[رومي سمنڊ|ميڊيٽرينين سمنڊ]] جي اوڀر ڪناري تي واقع [[خود مختيار رياستن جي فهرست|هڪ خودمختيار ملڪ]] آهي.&lt;ref name=&quot;CIA_World_Factbook&quot;&gt;{{حوالو ويب|date=July 14, 2009|archivedate=January 18, 2026|quote=July 23, 2009}}&lt;/ref&gt; لبنان، پنهنجي سخت فرقيوارانه تنوع جي ڪري، هڪ منفرد سياسي نظام رکي ٿو، جنهن کي &quot;اعترافيت&quot; (confessionalism) نالي سان سڃاتو وڃي ٿو، جنهن ۾ هر مذهبي گروهه کي پارليامينٽ ۾ مقرر تعداد ۾ سيٽون مختص ڪيون وينديون آهن. سال 1975 کان 1990ع تائين تباهي ڪندڙ لبناني خانہ جنگي کان اڳ ملڪ نسبتاََ پرسڪون ۽ خوشحالي وارو دور گذاريو. سال 2005ع ۾، مظاهرن جي هڪ لهر جيڪا &quot;سيدر انقلاب&quot; (Cedar Revolution) جي نالي سان مشهور آهي، لبنان تي 30 سالن جي شامي قبضي کي ختم ڪيو. سال 2006ع جي شروعات تائين، ملڪ جي گهڻي حصي ۾ ڪافي حد تائين استحڪام حاصل ٿي چڪو هو ۽ [[بيروت]] جي تعمير نو تقريبن مڪمل ٿي چڪي هئي،&lt;ref&gt;Center for the Study of the Built Environment. [http://www.csbe.org/saliba/essay1.htm &quot;Deconstructing Beirut's Reconstruction: 1990-2000&quot;] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20110725210323/http://www.csbe.org/saliba/essay1.htm|date=2011-07-25}}. Retrieved October 31, 2006.&lt;/ref&gt; پر سال 2006ع جي هڪ ڪمزور ڪندڙ جنگ ۽ اندروني تڪرار اهم معاشي نقصان ۽ جاني نقصان جو سبب بڻي. سال 2019ع کان وٺي، لبنان هڪ سنگين مالي ۽ معاشي بحران سان گڏوگڏ سياسي عدم استحڪام ۽ سماجي بدامني کي منهن ڏئي رهيو آهي، جيڪو سال 2020ع جي بيروت ڌماڪي کان وڌيڪ خراب ٿيو.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news |last=Leonhardt |first=David |last2=Yar |first2=Sanam |date=2021-10-15 |title=Lebanon's Crisis |url=https://www.nytimes.com/2021/10/14/briefing/lebanon-financial-crisis-lira.html |work=[[New York Times]]}}&lt;/ref&gt; &lt;ref&gt;{{Cite news |last=Blair |first=Edmund |date=2022-01-23 |title=Explainer: Lebanon's financial crisis and how it happened |url=reuters.com/markets/rates-bonds/lebanons-financial-crisis-how-it-happened-2022-01-23/ |work=[[Reuters]]}}&lt;/ref&gt;

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
{{Wikiatlas|Lebanon}}

'''عام معلومات'''
*[https://web.archive.org/web/20260118234636/https://www.cia.gov/the-world-factbook/countries/lebanon/ Lebanon] at [[The World Factbook]]
*[https://web.archive.org/web/20140327063029/http://www.libanvote.com/eventshandler/libanvote/lebanese9296/ LibanVote] (comprehensive electoral database)
*[https://web.archive.org/web/20020218000836/http://www.state.gov/p/nea/ci/c2414.htm US State Department - ''Lebanon''] includes Background Notes, Country Study and major reports

'''خبرون'''
*[http://www.otv.com.lb/ OTV]
*[http://www.almanar.com.lb/ Al-Manar TV]
*[http://www.annahar.com AnNahar newspaper] {{in lang|ar}}
*[http://www.lorientlejour.com/ L'Orient-Le Jour] (Lebanese daily newspaper in French) {{in lang|fr}}
*[http://www.futuretvnetwork.com/ Future TV]
*[http://www.libanpress.com/ Liban Press] (Lebanese news headlines) {{in lang|ar|en|fr}}
*[https://web.archive.org/web/20080704074034/http://www.liban3000.com/ Liban3000.com]
*[https://web.archive.org/web/20181102172600/http://lebanesetag.com/ Lebanese Tag] {{in lang|ar|en}}
*[http://yalibnan.com/ Ya Libnan] {{in lang|en}}
*[https://web.archive.org/web/20120312030659/http://www.nowlebanon.com/NewsArchiveDetails.aspx?ID=50704 NOW Lebanon] {{in lang|ar|en}}
*[https://www.un.org/news/dh/docs/mehlisreport/ United Nations - Mehlis Report] official report of the investigation into Rafiq al-Hariri's assassination

'''حڪومت'''
*[https://web.archive.org/web/20060506090021/http://www.informs.gov.lb/EN/Main/index.asp The Lebanese Governmental Portal for Information &amp; Forms]
*[http://www.presidency.gov.lb/ Official site of the President of the Lebanese Republic]
*[http://www.lp.gov.lb/ Official site of The Lebanese Parliament] {{in lang|ar|fr}}
*[http://www.cas.gov.lb/ Central Administration for Statistics]
*[http://www.lebarmy.gov.lb/ The Lebanese Armed Forces]
*[http://www.lebanon-tourism.gov.lb// Ministry of Tourism] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080113110717/http://www.lebanon-tourism.gov.lb/ |date=2008-01-13 }}
*[http://www.isf.gov.lb/ Internal Security Forces]
*[https://web.archive.org/web/20190114015959/http://www.customs.gov.lb/customs/index.htm Lebanon Customs site]
*[http://www.bdl.gov.lb/ Central Bank of Lebanon]
*[http://www.bse.com.lb/ Beirut Stock Exchange]
*[https://web.archive.org/web/20150416215057/http://www.un.int/wcm/content/site/lebanon Permanent Mission of Lebanon to the United Nations]

; Non-Governmental Organizations
*[http://www.democracyinlebanon.org/ The Center for Democracy in Lebanon]
{{Col-break}}
'''ويب پورٽل'''
*[http://www.discoverlebanon.com/ Lebanon tourism guide] Lebanon panorama tours
*[http://www.leb.org/ Lebanese White Pages]
*{{usurped|1=[https://web.archive.org/web/20060202173032/http://lebconnection.com/ www.lebconnection.com]}} Business networking site for the Lebanese community
*[http://www.naharnet.com/ Naharnet]
*[https://web.archive.org/web/20181102172600/http://lebanesetag.com/ Lebanese Tag] News and events from Lebanon
*[http://yalibnan.com/ Ya Libnan] Live news from Beirut
*[http://www.lebmoon.com/ LebMoon.Com] Arabic Lebanese Forum
* LSCCB&amp;nbsp;— Lebanese Society for Children Capacity Building

'''ثقافت ۽ تعليم'''
*[https://whc.unesco.org/en/statesparties/lb UNESCO World Heritage Sites in Lebanon]
*[http://www.albustanfestival.com/ Al-Bustan Festival, Beit Meri] 	
*[http://www.baalbeck.org.lb/ Baalbek Festival]
*[http://www.beiteddine.org/ Beiteddine Festival] 	
*[http://www.tyrefestival.com/ Tyre Festival]
*[http://www.byblosfestival.org/ Byblos Festival]
*[https://web.archive.org/web/20080509090953/http://www.lcnj.com/ Lebanese Cultural Journal]	
*[https://web.archive.org/web/20180106175220/http://www.beirutnationalmuseum.com/ The National Museum of Beirut]

'''تهوار'''
*[http://www.baalbeck.org.lb/ Baalbeck]
*[http://www.beiteddine.org/ Beiteddine]
*[http://www.byblosfestival.org/ Byblos]
*[http://www.tyrefestival.com/ Tyre]
*[https://web.archive.org/web/20160305003937/http://www.estivalesdeirelqamar.org/ Deir el Qamar]

'''سفر ۽ سياحت'''
*{{Wikivoyage inline|Lebanon}}
*[https://web.archive.org/web/20181107155547/https://libanon-reise.de/ Libanon-Reise.de] - German website with travel information about Lebanon
*[http://www.lebanon-tourism.gov.lb/ Ministry of Tourism] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190107180841/http://www.lebanon-tourism.gov.lb/ |date=2019-01-07 }} - Official website of the Lebanese Ministry of Tourism
*[http://tyros.leb.net/ Lebanon, the Cedars' Land] - Clickable Maps of Lebanon in 7 Languages with famous historic and touristic cities.

{{DEFAULTSORT:Lebanon}}
[[زمرو:لبنان]]
[[زمرو:ملڪن جا خاڪا|لبنان]] 
[[زمرو:خاڪا|لبنان]] 
[[زمرو:لبنان جي جاگرافي| ]] 
[[زمرو:لبنان سان لاڳاپيل فهرستون| ]]</text>
      <sha1>merliek8achlcsw9u8dh7vo4567fr41</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>زمرو:لبنان جون انتظامي ورهاستون</title>
    <ns>14</ns>
    <id>101256</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400829</id>
      <parentid>400816</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:12:36Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>400829</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="82" sha1="p78tckzabl6t73412q424vmxm2ytmkv" xml:space="preserve">[[زمرو:لبنان]]
[[زمرو:انتظامي ورهاست بلحاظ ملڪ]]</text>
      <sha1>p78tckzabl6t73412q424vmxm2ytmkv</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400830</id>
      <parentid>400829</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:13:52Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>added [[Category:ايشيا ۾ مذھب بلحاظ ملڪ]] [[وڪيپيڊيا:ھاٽ ڪيٽ|ھاٽ ڪيت]] جي مدد سان</comment>
      <origin>400830</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="136" sha1="cstmky3cq55yrxgtnnad41or7fau78e" xml:space="preserve">[[زمرو:لبنان]]
[[زمرو:انتظامي ورهاست بلحاظ ملڪ]]
[[زمرو:ايشيا ۾ مذھب بلحاظ ملڪ]]</text>
      <sha1>cstmky3cq55yrxgtnnad41or7fau78e</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400831</id>
      <parentid>400830</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:14:15Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>removed [[Category:انتظامي ورهاست بلحاظ ملڪ]]; added [[Category:انتظامي ورھاست بلحاظ ملڪ]] [[وڪيپيڊيا:ھاٽ ڪيٽ|ھاٽ ڪيت]] جي مدد سان</comment>
      <origin>400831</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="136" sha1="7kiwe3sjhxew69deepq34nkrxjudx1r" xml:space="preserve">[[زمرو:لبنان]]
[[زمرو:انتظامي ورھاست بلحاظ ملڪ]]
[[زمرو:ايشيا ۾ مذھب بلحاظ ملڪ]]</text>
      <sha1>7kiwe3sjhxew69deepq34nkrxjudx1r</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400832</id>
      <parentid>400831</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:14:55Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>Ibne maryam صفحي [[زمرو:لبنان جو جاگرافيائي احوال]] کي [[زمرو:لبنان جون انتظامي ورهاستون]] ڏانھن چوريو</comment>
      <origin>400831</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="136" sha1="7kiwe3sjhxew69deepq34nkrxjudx1r" xml:space="preserve">[[زمرو:لبنان]]
[[زمرو:انتظامي ورھاست بلحاظ ملڪ]]
[[زمرو:ايشيا ۾ مذھب بلحاظ ملڪ]]</text>
      <sha1>7kiwe3sjhxew69deepq34nkrxjudx1r</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400834</id>
      <parentid>400832</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:15:25Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>400834</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="82" sha1="lvi3soyry9gxwe5cevyt1irrb3dwgvt" xml:space="preserve">[[زمرو:لبنان]]
[[زمرو:انتظامي ورھاست بلحاظ ملڪ]]</text>
      <sha1>lvi3soyry9gxwe5cevyt1irrb3dwgvt</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>عين ابل</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>101257</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400822</id>
      <parentid>400821</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:04:41Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>/* حوالا */</comment>
      <origin>400822</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="3613" sha1="7i4kjopa2olq7b5o67kpxoo5j73kqgg" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox settlement|name=عين ابل&lt;br&gt;Ain Ebel|native_name=عين إبل ([[عربي ٻولي|عربي]])|settlement_type=ميونسپلٽي|image_skyline=File:AinEbelWinter.jpg|image_alt=|image_caption=عين ابل ۾ برفباري جو ڏيک، پس منظر ۾ &quot;سينٽ الياس&quot; ۽ &quot;اور ليڊي آف عين ابل&quot; جا چرچ آهن.|pushpin_map=Lebanon|pushpin_label_position=|pushpin_map_alt=Map showing the location of Ain Ebel within Lebanon|pushpin_map_caption=لبنان ۾ جاء|coordinates={{coord|33|06|35|N|35|24|10|E|region:LB_type:city|display=inline,title}}|grid_position=187/279 PAL|coordinates_footnotes=|subdivision_type=[[ملڪ]]|subdivision_name={{flag|Lebanon}}|subdivision_type1=گورنريٽ|subdivision_name1=نباطيه گورنريٽ|subdivision_type2=[[ضلعو]]|subdivision_name2=بنت جبيل ضلعو|established_date=پندرهين صدي عيسوي|founder=ماروني عيسائي|area_footnotes=|area_total_km2=13.60|elevation_footnotes=|elevation_m=|population_footnotes=|population_total=1500 کان 2000 تائين&lt;br&gt;
+3500 (اونهاري ۾)|population_as_of=|population_density_km2=130|timezone1=[[Eastern European Time|EET]]|utc_offset1=+2|timezone1_DST=[[Eastern European Summer Time|EEST]]|utc_offset1_DST=+3|area_code_type=[[Telephone numbers in Lebanon|Dialing code]]|area_code=+961|website=|footnotes=&lt;!-- Government -----------&gt;|government_type=15 Member Municipal Council|governing_body=ميونسپل ڪائونسل|leader_party=آزاد|leader_title=ميئر|leader_name=ايوب خريش|blank_name_sec1=[[Patron Saint]]|blank_info_sec1=[[Mary, mother of Jesus|St. Mary]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Hyphen, page 590&quot;/&gt;|image_map=|map_caption=لبنان جي نقشي ۾ عين ابل جي جاء}}

'''عين ابل''' (عربي: عين إبل) نباطيه گورنريٽ ۾ هڪ ميونسپلٽي آهي،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |last=Piveteau |first=Jean |title=La Préhistoire: Problèmes et Tendances |publisher=Ed. du Centre national de la recherche scientifique |year=1968 |location=Paris |page=113}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪا [[بيروت]] کان تقريباً 90 ڪلوميٽر (56 ميل) ڏکڻ ۾ آهي. ان جا رهواسي گهڻو ڪري عيسائي آهن. &lt;ref&gt;{{حوالو ويب|date=2023-12-23|quote=2024-06-03|archivedate=2024-06-03}}&lt;/ref&gt;
==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
* https://web.archive.org/web/19990117073503/http://ain-ebel.org/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20090422040334/http://www.khoreich.com/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20061010121040/http://www.ain-ebel.ca/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20071001005424/http://www.fallingrain.com/world/LE/2/Ayn_Ibil.html
* [http://www.michaeltotten.com/archives/001361.html The siege of Ain Ebel] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090725044310/http://www.michaeltotten.com/archives/001361.html |date=25 July 2009 }}
* http://www.ourladyofainebel.org {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190103052133/http://ourladyofainebel.org/ |date=2019-01-03}}
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20160321121744/http://www.localiban.org/article4215.html Ain Ebel], Localiban
* Survey of Western Palestine, Map 4: [http://www.iaa-archives.org.il/zoom/zoom.aspx?folder_id=93&amp;type_id=6&amp;id=8367 IAA], [http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Survey_of_Western_Palestine_1880.04.jpg Wikimedia commons]

[[زمرو:بنت جبيل ضلعو]]
[[زمرو:ڏاکڻي لبنان]]
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ آبادي واري جڳهيون]]
[[زمرو:عيسائيت ۾ مقدس ماڳ]]
[[زمرو:ماروني عيسائي]]
[[زمرو:ميلڪيتي عيسائي]]</text>
      <sha1>7i4kjopa2olq7b5o67kpxoo5j73kqgg</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400823</id>
      <parentid>400822</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:05:05Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>added [[Category:قصبو]] [[وڪيپيڊيا:ھاٽ ڪيٽ|ھاٽ ڪيت]] جي مدد سان</comment>
      <origin>400823</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="3635" sha1="2vjb9czw19fqck9zwyguipamm0y5dsk" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox settlement|name=عين ابل&lt;br&gt;Ain Ebel|native_name=عين إبل ([[عربي ٻولي|عربي]])|settlement_type=ميونسپلٽي|image_skyline=File:AinEbelWinter.jpg|image_alt=|image_caption=عين ابل ۾ برفباري جو ڏيک، پس منظر ۾ &quot;سينٽ الياس&quot; ۽ &quot;اور ليڊي آف عين ابل&quot; جا چرچ آهن.|pushpin_map=Lebanon|pushpin_label_position=|pushpin_map_alt=Map showing the location of Ain Ebel within Lebanon|pushpin_map_caption=لبنان ۾ جاء|coordinates={{coord|33|06|35|N|35|24|10|E|region:LB_type:city|display=inline,title}}|grid_position=187/279 PAL|coordinates_footnotes=|subdivision_type=[[ملڪ]]|subdivision_name={{flag|Lebanon}}|subdivision_type1=گورنريٽ|subdivision_name1=نباطيه گورنريٽ|subdivision_type2=[[ضلعو]]|subdivision_name2=بنت جبيل ضلعو|established_date=پندرهين صدي عيسوي|founder=ماروني عيسائي|area_footnotes=|area_total_km2=13.60|elevation_footnotes=|elevation_m=|population_footnotes=|population_total=1500 کان 2000 تائين&lt;br&gt;
+3500 (اونهاري ۾)|population_as_of=|population_density_km2=130|timezone1=[[Eastern European Time|EET]]|utc_offset1=+2|timezone1_DST=[[Eastern European Summer Time|EEST]]|utc_offset1_DST=+3|area_code_type=[[Telephone numbers in Lebanon|Dialing code]]|area_code=+961|website=|footnotes=&lt;!-- Government -----------&gt;|government_type=15 Member Municipal Council|governing_body=ميونسپل ڪائونسل|leader_party=آزاد|leader_title=ميئر|leader_name=ايوب خريش|blank_name_sec1=[[Patron Saint]]|blank_info_sec1=[[Mary, mother of Jesus|St. Mary]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Hyphen, page 590&quot;/&gt;|image_map=|map_caption=لبنان جي نقشي ۾ عين ابل جي جاء}}

'''عين ابل''' (عربي: عين إبل) نباطيه گورنريٽ ۾ هڪ ميونسپلٽي آهي،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |last=Piveteau |first=Jean |title=La Préhistoire: Problèmes et Tendances |publisher=Ed. du Centre national de la recherche scientifique |year=1968 |location=Paris |page=113}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪا [[بيروت]] کان تقريباً 90 ڪلوميٽر (56 ميل) ڏکڻ ۾ آهي. ان جا رهواسي گهڻو ڪري عيسائي آهن. &lt;ref&gt;{{حوالو ويب|date=2023-12-23|quote=2024-06-03|archivedate=2024-06-03}}&lt;/ref&gt;
==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
* https://web.archive.org/web/19990117073503/http://ain-ebel.org/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20090422040334/http://www.khoreich.com/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20061010121040/http://www.ain-ebel.ca/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20071001005424/http://www.fallingrain.com/world/LE/2/Ayn_Ibil.html
* [http://www.michaeltotten.com/archives/001361.html The siege of Ain Ebel] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090725044310/http://www.michaeltotten.com/archives/001361.html |date=25 July 2009 }}
* http://www.ourladyofainebel.org {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190103052133/http://ourladyofainebel.org/ |date=2019-01-03}}
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20160321121744/http://www.localiban.org/article4215.html Ain Ebel], Localiban
* Survey of Western Palestine, Map 4: [http://www.iaa-archives.org.il/zoom/zoom.aspx?folder_id=93&amp;type_id=6&amp;id=8367 IAA], [http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Survey_of_Western_Palestine_1880.04.jpg Wikimedia commons]

[[زمرو:بنت جبيل ضلعو]]
[[زمرو:ڏاکڻي لبنان]]
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ آبادي واري جڳهيون]]
[[زمرو:عيسائيت ۾ مقدس ماڳ]]
[[زمرو:ماروني عيسائي]]
[[زمرو:ميلڪيتي عيسائي]]
[[زمرو:قصبو]]</text>
      <sha1>2vjb9czw19fqck9zwyguipamm0y5dsk</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400824</id>
      <parentid>400823</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:07:41Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>/* ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا */</comment>
      <origin>400824</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="3958" sha1="0awul0i3atx9mxquserlaraih9ayjdm" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox settlement|name=عين ابل&lt;br&gt;Ain Ebel|native_name=عين إبل ([[عربي ٻولي|عربي]])|settlement_type=ميونسپلٽي|image_skyline=File:AinEbelWinter.jpg|image_alt=|image_caption=عين ابل ۾ برفباري جو ڏيک، پس منظر ۾ &quot;سينٽ الياس&quot; ۽ &quot;اور ليڊي آف عين ابل&quot; جا چرچ آهن.|pushpin_map=Lebanon|pushpin_label_position=|pushpin_map_alt=Map showing the location of Ain Ebel within Lebanon|pushpin_map_caption=لبنان ۾ جاء|coordinates={{coord|33|06|35|N|35|24|10|E|region:LB_type:city|display=inline,title}}|grid_position=187/279 PAL|coordinates_footnotes=|subdivision_type=[[ملڪ]]|subdivision_name={{flag|Lebanon}}|subdivision_type1=گورنريٽ|subdivision_name1=نباطيه گورنريٽ|subdivision_type2=[[ضلعو]]|subdivision_name2=بنت جبيل ضلعو|established_date=پندرهين صدي عيسوي|founder=ماروني عيسائي|area_footnotes=|area_total_km2=13.60|elevation_footnotes=|elevation_m=|population_footnotes=|population_total=1500 کان 2000 تائين&lt;br&gt;
+3500 (اونهاري ۾)|population_as_of=|population_density_km2=130|timezone1=[[Eastern European Time|EET]]|utc_offset1=+2|timezone1_DST=[[Eastern European Summer Time|EEST]]|utc_offset1_DST=+3|area_code_type=[[Telephone numbers in Lebanon|Dialing code]]|area_code=+961|website=|footnotes=&lt;!-- Government -----------&gt;|government_type=15 Member Municipal Council|governing_body=ميونسپل ڪائونسل|leader_party=آزاد|leader_title=ميئر|leader_name=ايوب خريش|blank_name_sec1=[[Patron Saint]]|blank_info_sec1=[[Mary, mother of Jesus|St. Mary]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Hyphen, page 590&quot;/&gt;|image_map=|map_caption=لبنان جي نقشي ۾ عين ابل جي جاء}}

'''عين ابل''' (عربي: عين إبل) نباطيه گورنريٽ ۾ هڪ ميونسپلٽي آهي،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |last=Piveteau |first=Jean |title=La Préhistoire: Problèmes et Tendances |publisher=Ed. du Centre national de la recherche scientifique |year=1968 |location=Paris |page=113}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪا [[بيروت]] کان تقريباً 90 ڪلوميٽر (56 ميل) ڏکڻ ۾ آهي. ان جا رهواسي گهڻو ڪري عيسائي آهن. &lt;ref&gt;{{حوالو ويب|date=2023-12-23|quote=2024-06-03|archivedate=2024-06-03}}&lt;/ref&gt;
==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
* https://web.archive.org/web/19990117073503/http://ain-ebel.org/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20090422040334/http://www.khoreich.com/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20061010121040/http://www.ain-ebel.ca/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20071001005424/http://www.fallingrain.com/world/LE/2/Ayn_Ibil.html
* [http://www.michaeltotten.com/archives/001361.html The siege of Ain Ebel] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090725044310/http://www.michaeltotten.com/archives/001361.html |date=25 July 2009 }}
* http://www.ourladyofainebel.org {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190103052133/http://ourladyofainebel.org/ |date=2019-01-03}}
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20160321121744/http://www.localiban.org/article4215.html Ain Ebel], Localiban
* Survey of Western Palestine, Map 4: [http://www.iaa-archives.org.il/zoom/zoom.aspx?folder_id=93&amp;type_id=6&amp;id=8367 IAA], [http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Survey_of_Western_Palestine_1880.04.jpg Wikimedia commons]

[[زمرو:بنت جبيل ضلعو]]
[[زمرو:ڏاکڻي لبنان]]
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ آبادي واري جڳهيون]]
[[زمرو:عيسائيت ۾ مقدس ماڳ]]
[[زمرو:ماروني عيسائي]]
[[زمرو:ميليڪي عيسائي]]
[[زمرو:قصبو]]
[[زمرو:بنت جبيل ضلعي جا آباد علائقا]] [[زمرو:ڪنواري مريم جا مقدس مقام|آور ليڊي آف لورڊس، عين ابل (لبنان)]] 
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ ماروني عيسائي برادريون]] [[زمرو:لبنان ۾ ميليڪي عيسائي برادريون]]</text>
      <sha1>0awul0i3atx9mxquserlaraih9ayjdm</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400825</id>
      <parentid>400824</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:08:37Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>added [[Category:لبنان ۾ آباد جڳهيون]] [[وڪيپيڊيا:ھاٽ ڪيٽ|ھاٽ ڪيت]] جي مدد سان</comment>
      <origin>400825</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="4007" sha1="bt0jalb8gu2edx9zc8td3t08d1kozll" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox settlement|name=عين ابل&lt;br&gt;Ain Ebel|native_name=عين إبل ([[عربي ٻولي|عربي]])|settlement_type=ميونسپلٽي|image_skyline=File:AinEbelWinter.jpg|image_alt=|image_caption=عين ابل ۾ برفباري جو ڏيک، پس منظر ۾ &quot;سينٽ الياس&quot; ۽ &quot;اور ليڊي آف عين ابل&quot; جا چرچ آهن.|pushpin_map=Lebanon|pushpin_label_position=|pushpin_map_alt=Map showing the location of Ain Ebel within Lebanon|pushpin_map_caption=لبنان ۾ جاء|coordinates={{coord|33|06|35|N|35|24|10|E|region:LB_type:city|display=inline,title}}|grid_position=187/279 PAL|coordinates_footnotes=|subdivision_type=[[ملڪ]]|subdivision_name={{flag|Lebanon}}|subdivision_type1=گورنريٽ|subdivision_name1=نباطيه گورنريٽ|subdivision_type2=[[ضلعو]]|subdivision_name2=بنت جبيل ضلعو|established_date=پندرهين صدي عيسوي|founder=ماروني عيسائي|area_footnotes=|area_total_km2=13.60|elevation_footnotes=|elevation_m=|population_footnotes=|population_total=1500 کان 2000 تائين&lt;br&gt;
+3500 (اونهاري ۾)|population_as_of=|population_density_km2=130|timezone1=[[Eastern European Time|EET]]|utc_offset1=+2|timezone1_DST=[[Eastern European Summer Time|EEST]]|utc_offset1_DST=+3|area_code_type=[[Telephone numbers in Lebanon|Dialing code]]|area_code=+961|website=|footnotes=&lt;!-- Government -----------&gt;|government_type=15 Member Municipal Council|governing_body=ميونسپل ڪائونسل|leader_party=آزاد|leader_title=ميئر|leader_name=ايوب خريش|blank_name_sec1=[[Patron Saint]]|blank_info_sec1=[[Mary, mother of Jesus|St. Mary]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Hyphen, page 590&quot;/&gt;|image_map=|map_caption=لبنان جي نقشي ۾ عين ابل جي جاء}}

'''عين ابل''' (عربي: عين إبل) نباطيه گورنريٽ ۾ هڪ ميونسپلٽي آهي،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |last=Piveteau |first=Jean |title=La Préhistoire: Problèmes et Tendances |publisher=Ed. du Centre national de la recherche scientifique |year=1968 |location=Paris |page=113}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪا [[بيروت]] کان تقريباً 90 ڪلوميٽر (56 ميل) ڏکڻ ۾ آهي. ان جا رهواسي گهڻو ڪري عيسائي آهن. &lt;ref&gt;{{حوالو ويب|date=2023-12-23|quote=2024-06-03|archivedate=2024-06-03}}&lt;/ref&gt;
==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
* https://web.archive.org/web/19990117073503/http://ain-ebel.org/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20090422040334/http://www.khoreich.com/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20061010121040/http://www.ain-ebel.ca/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20071001005424/http://www.fallingrain.com/world/LE/2/Ayn_Ibil.html
* [http://www.michaeltotten.com/archives/001361.html The siege of Ain Ebel] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090725044310/http://www.michaeltotten.com/archives/001361.html |date=25 July 2009 }}
* http://www.ourladyofainebel.org {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190103052133/http://ourladyofainebel.org/ |date=2019-01-03}}
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20160321121744/http://www.localiban.org/article4215.html Ain Ebel], Localiban
* Survey of Western Palestine, Map 4: [http://www.iaa-archives.org.il/zoom/zoom.aspx?folder_id=93&amp;type_id=6&amp;id=8367 IAA], [http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Survey_of_Western_Palestine_1880.04.jpg Wikimedia commons]

[[زمرو:بنت جبيل ضلعو]]
[[زمرو:ڏاکڻي لبنان]]
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ آبادي واري جڳهيون]]
[[زمرو:عيسائيت ۾ مقدس ماڳ]]
[[زمرو:ماروني عيسائي]]
[[زمرو:ميليڪي عيسائي]]
[[زمرو:قصبو]]
[[زمرو:بنت جبيل ضلعي جا آباد علائقا]] [[زمرو:ڪنواري مريم جا مقدس مقام|آور ليڊي آف لورڊس، عين ابل (لبنان)]] 
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ ماروني عيسائي برادريون]] [[زمرو:لبنان ۾ ميليڪي عيسائي برادريون]]
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ آباد جڳهيون]]</text>
      <sha1>bt0jalb8gu2edx9zc8td3t08d1kozll</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400826</id>
      <parentid>400825</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:09:11Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>added [[Category:لبنان جا ماڻھو]] [[وڪيپيڊيا:ھاٽ ڪيٽ|ھاٽ ڪيت]] جي مدد سان</comment>
      <origin>400826</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="4047" sha1="ab2hmyu9jxe940b1s8wbjmxx4lrwo9b" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox settlement|name=عين ابل&lt;br&gt;Ain Ebel|native_name=عين إبل ([[عربي ٻولي|عربي]])|settlement_type=ميونسپلٽي|image_skyline=File:AinEbelWinter.jpg|image_alt=|image_caption=عين ابل ۾ برفباري جو ڏيک، پس منظر ۾ &quot;سينٽ الياس&quot; ۽ &quot;اور ليڊي آف عين ابل&quot; جا چرچ آهن.|pushpin_map=Lebanon|pushpin_label_position=|pushpin_map_alt=Map showing the location of Ain Ebel within Lebanon|pushpin_map_caption=لبنان ۾ جاء|coordinates={{coord|33|06|35|N|35|24|10|E|region:LB_type:city|display=inline,title}}|grid_position=187/279 PAL|coordinates_footnotes=|subdivision_type=[[ملڪ]]|subdivision_name={{flag|Lebanon}}|subdivision_type1=گورنريٽ|subdivision_name1=نباطيه گورنريٽ|subdivision_type2=[[ضلعو]]|subdivision_name2=بنت جبيل ضلعو|established_date=پندرهين صدي عيسوي|founder=ماروني عيسائي|area_footnotes=|area_total_km2=13.60|elevation_footnotes=|elevation_m=|population_footnotes=|population_total=1500 کان 2000 تائين&lt;br&gt;
+3500 (اونهاري ۾)|population_as_of=|population_density_km2=130|timezone1=[[Eastern European Time|EET]]|utc_offset1=+2|timezone1_DST=[[Eastern European Summer Time|EEST]]|utc_offset1_DST=+3|area_code_type=[[Telephone numbers in Lebanon|Dialing code]]|area_code=+961|website=|footnotes=&lt;!-- Government -----------&gt;|government_type=15 Member Municipal Council|governing_body=ميونسپل ڪائونسل|leader_party=آزاد|leader_title=ميئر|leader_name=ايوب خريش|blank_name_sec1=[[Patron Saint]]|blank_info_sec1=[[Mary, mother of Jesus|St. Mary]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Hyphen, page 590&quot;/&gt;|image_map=|map_caption=لبنان جي نقشي ۾ عين ابل جي جاء}}

'''عين ابل''' (عربي: عين إبل) نباطيه گورنريٽ ۾ هڪ ميونسپلٽي آهي،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |last=Piveteau |first=Jean |title=La Préhistoire: Problèmes et Tendances |publisher=Ed. du Centre national de la recherche scientifique |year=1968 |location=Paris |page=113}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪا [[بيروت]] کان تقريباً 90 ڪلوميٽر (56 ميل) ڏکڻ ۾ آهي. ان جا رهواسي گهڻو ڪري عيسائي آهن. &lt;ref&gt;{{حوالو ويب|date=2023-12-23|quote=2024-06-03|archivedate=2024-06-03}}&lt;/ref&gt;
==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
* https://web.archive.org/web/19990117073503/http://ain-ebel.org/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20090422040334/http://www.khoreich.com/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20061010121040/http://www.ain-ebel.ca/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20071001005424/http://www.fallingrain.com/world/LE/2/Ayn_Ibil.html
* [http://www.michaeltotten.com/archives/001361.html The siege of Ain Ebel] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090725044310/http://www.michaeltotten.com/archives/001361.html |date=25 July 2009 }}
* http://www.ourladyofainebel.org {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190103052133/http://ourladyofainebel.org/ |date=2019-01-03}}
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20160321121744/http://www.localiban.org/article4215.html Ain Ebel], Localiban
* Survey of Western Palestine, Map 4: [http://www.iaa-archives.org.il/zoom/zoom.aspx?folder_id=93&amp;type_id=6&amp;id=8367 IAA], [http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Survey_of_Western_Palestine_1880.04.jpg Wikimedia commons]

[[زمرو:بنت جبيل ضلعو]]
[[زمرو:ڏاکڻي لبنان]]
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ آبادي واري جڳهيون]]
[[زمرو:عيسائيت ۾ مقدس ماڳ]]
[[زمرو:ماروني عيسائي]]
[[زمرو:ميليڪي عيسائي]]
[[زمرو:قصبو]]
[[زمرو:بنت جبيل ضلعي جا آباد علائقا]] [[زمرو:ڪنواري مريم جا مقدس مقام|آور ليڊي آف لورڊس، عين ابل (لبنان)]] 
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ ماروني عيسائي برادريون]] [[زمرو:لبنان ۾ ميليڪي عيسائي برادريون]]
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ آباد جڳهيون]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جا ماڻھو]]</text>
      <sha1>ab2hmyu9jxe940b1s8wbjmxx4lrwo9b</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400827</id>
      <parentid>400826</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:10:28Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>added [[Category:لبنان جو جاگرافيائي احوال]] [[وڪيپيڊيا:ھاٽ ڪيٽ|ھاٽ ڪيت]] جي مدد سان</comment>
      <origin>400827</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="4108" sha1="8dn5ojjrbidxiqcyk8c3r25fo2e86bb" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox settlement|name=عين ابل&lt;br&gt;Ain Ebel|native_name=عين إبل ([[عربي ٻولي|عربي]])|settlement_type=ميونسپلٽي|image_skyline=File:AinEbelWinter.jpg|image_alt=|image_caption=عين ابل ۾ برفباري جو ڏيک، پس منظر ۾ &quot;سينٽ الياس&quot; ۽ &quot;اور ليڊي آف عين ابل&quot; جا چرچ آهن.|pushpin_map=Lebanon|pushpin_label_position=|pushpin_map_alt=Map showing the location of Ain Ebel within Lebanon|pushpin_map_caption=لبنان ۾ جاء|coordinates={{coord|33|06|35|N|35|24|10|E|region:LB_type:city|display=inline,title}}|grid_position=187/279 PAL|coordinates_footnotes=|subdivision_type=[[ملڪ]]|subdivision_name={{flag|Lebanon}}|subdivision_type1=گورنريٽ|subdivision_name1=نباطيه گورنريٽ|subdivision_type2=[[ضلعو]]|subdivision_name2=بنت جبيل ضلعو|established_date=پندرهين صدي عيسوي|founder=ماروني عيسائي|area_footnotes=|area_total_km2=13.60|elevation_footnotes=|elevation_m=|population_footnotes=|population_total=1500 کان 2000 تائين&lt;br&gt;
+3500 (اونهاري ۾)|population_as_of=|population_density_km2=130|timezone1=[[Eastern European Time|EET]]|utc_offset1=+2|timezone1_DST=[[Eastern European Summer Time|EEST]]|utc_offset1_DST=+3|area_code_type=[[Telephone numbers in Lebanon|Dialing code]]|area_code=+961|website=|footnotes=&lt;!-- Government -----------&gt;|government_type=15 Member Municipal Council|governing_body=ميونسپل ڪائونسل|leader_party=آزاد|leader_title=ميئر|leader_name=ايوب خريش|blank_name_sec1=[[Patron Saint]]|blank_info_sec1=[[Mary, mother of Jesus|St. Mary]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Hyphen, page 590&quot;/&gt;|image_map=|map_caption=لبنان جي نقشي ۾ عين ابل جي جاء}}

'''عين ابل''' (عربي: عين إبل) نباطيه گورنريٽ ۾ هڪ ميونسپلٽي آهي،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |last=Piveteau |first=Jean |title=La Préhistoire: Problèmes et Tendances |publisher=Ed. du Centre national de la recherche scientifique |year=1968 |location=Paris |page=113}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪا [[بيروت]] کان تقريباً 90 ڪلوميٽر (56 ميل) ڏکڻ ۾ آهي. ان جا رهواسي گهڻو ڪري عيسائي آهن. &lt;ref&gt;{{حوالو ويب|date=2023-12-23|quote=2024-06-03|archivedate=2024-06-03}}&lt;/ref&gt;
==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
* https://web.archive.org/web/19990117073503/http://ain-ebel.org/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20090422040334/http://www.khoreich.com/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20061010121040/http://www.ain-ebel.ca/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20071001005424/http://www.fallingrain.com/world/LE/2/Ayn_Ibil.html
* [http://www.michaeltotten.com/archives/001361.html The siege of Ain Ebel] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090725044310/http://www.michaeltotten.com/archives/001361.html |date=25 July 2009 }}
* http://www.ourladyofainebel.org {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190103052133/http://ourladyofainebel.org/ |date=2019-01-03}}
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20160321121744/http://www.localiban.org/article4215.html Ain Ebel], Localiban
* Survey of Western Palestine, Map 4: [http://www.iaa-archives.org.il/zoom/zoom.aspx?folder_id=93&amp;type_id=6&amp;id=8367 IAA], [http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Survey_of_Western_Palestine_1880.04.jpg Wikimedia commons]

[[زمرو:بنت جبيل ضلعو]]
[[زمرو:ڏاکڻي لبنان]]
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ آبادي واري جڳهيون]]
[[زمرو:عيسائيت ۾ مقدس ماڳ]]
[[زمرو:ماروني عيسائي]]
[[زمرو:ميليڪي عيسائي]]
[[زمرو:قصبو]]
[[زمرو:بنت جبيل ضلعي جا آباد علائقا]] [[زمرو:ڪنواري مريم جا مقدس مقام|آور ليڊي آف لورڊس، عين ابل (لبنان)]] 
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ ماروني عيسائي برادريون]] [[زمرو:لبنان ۾ ميليڪي عيسائي برادريون]]
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ آباد جڳهيون]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جا ماڻھو]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جو جاگرافيائي احوال]]</text>
      <sha1>8dn5ojjrbidxiqcyk8c3r25fo2e86bb</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400828</id>
      <parentid>400827</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:11:02Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>added [[Category:انتظامي ورھاست بلحاظ ملڪ]] [[وڪيپيڊيا:ھاٽ ڪيٽ|ھاٽ ڪيت]] جي مدد سان</comment>
      <origin>400828</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="4167" sha1="cri0nfl8m1k5a2bgjl7c7wx89601is5" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox settlement|name=عين ابل&lt;br&gt;Ain Ebel|native_name=عين إبل ([[عربي ٻولي|عربي]])|settlement_type=ميونسپلٽي|image_skyline=File:AinEbelWinter.jpg|image_alt=|image_caption=عين ابل ۾ برفباري جو ڏيک، پس منظر ۾ &quot;سينٽ الياس&quot; ۽ &quot;اور ليڊي آف عين ابل&quot; جا چرچ آهن.|pushpin_map=Lebanon|pushpin_label_position=|pushpin_map_alt=Map showing the location of Ain Ebel within Lebanon|pushpin_map_caption=لبنان ۾ جاء|coordinates={{coord|33|06|35|N|35|24|10|E|region:LB_type:city|display=inline,title}}|grid_position=187/279 PAL|coordinates_footnotes=|subdivision_type=[[ملڪ]]|subdivision_name={{flag|Lebanon}}|subdivision_type1=گورنريٽ|subdivision_name1=نباطيه گورنريٽ|subdivision_type2=[[ضلعو]]|subdivision_name2=بنت جبيل ضلعو|established_date=پندرهين صدي عيسوي|founder=ماروني عيسائي|area_footnotes=|area_total_km2=13.60|elevation_footnotes=|elevation_m=|population_footnotes=|population_total=1500 کان 2000 تائين&lt;br&gt;
+3500 (اونهاري ۾)|population_as_of=|population_density_km2=130|timezone1=[[Eastern European Time|EET]]|utc_offset1=+2|timezone1_DST=[[Eastern European Summer Time|EEST]]|utc_offset1_DST=+3|area_code_type=[[Telephone numbers in Lebanon|Dialing code]]|area_code=+961|website=|footnotes=&lt;!-- Government -----------&gt;|government_type=15 Member Municipal Council|governing_body=ميونسپل ڪائونسل|leader_party=آزاد|leader_title=ميئر|leader_name=ايوب خريش|blank_name_sec1=[[Patron Saint]]|blank_info_sec1=[[Mary, mother of Jesus|St. Mary]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Hyphen, page 590&quot;/&gt;|image_map=|map_caption=لبنان جي نقشي ۾ عين ابل جي جاء}}

'''عين ابل''' (عربي: عين إبل) نباطيه گورنريٽ ۾ هڪ ميونسپلٽي آهي،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |last=Piveteau |first=Jean |title=La Préhistoire: Problèmes et Tendances |publisher=Ed. du Centre national de la recherche scientifique |year=1968 |location=Paris |page=113}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪا [[بيروت]] کان تقريباً 90 ڪلوميٽر (56 ميل) ڏکڻ ۾ آهي. ان جا رهواسي گهڻو ڪري عيسائي آهن. &lt;ref&gt;{{حوالو ويب|date=2023-12-23|quote=2024-06-03|archivedate=2024-06-03}}&lt;/ref&gt;
==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
* https://web.archive.org/web/19990117073503/http://ain-ebel.org/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20090422040334/http://www.khoreich.com/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20061010121040/http://www.ain-ebel.ca/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20071001005424/http://www.fallingrain.com/world/LE/2/Ayn_Ibil.html
* [http://www.michaeltotten.com/archives/001361.html The siege of Ain Ebel] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090725044310/http://www.michaeltotten.com/archives/001361.html |date=25 July 2009 }}
* http://www.ourladyofainebel.org {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190103052133/http://ourladyofainebel.org/ |date=2019-01-03}}
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20160321121744/http://www.localiban.org/article4215.html Ain Ebel], Localiban
* Survey of Western Palestine, Map 4: [http://www.iaa-archives.org.il/zoom/zoom.aspx?folder_id=93&amp;type_id=6&amp;id=8367 IAA], [http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Survey_of_Western_Palestine_1880.04.jpg Wikimedia commons]

[[زمرو:بنت جبيل ضلعو]]
[[زمرو:ڏاکڻي لبنان]]
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ آبادي واري جڳهيون]]
[[زمرو:عيسائيت ۾ مقدس ماڳ]]
[[زمرو:ماروني عيسائي]]
[[زمرو:ميليڪي عيسائي]]
[[زمرو:قصبو]]
[[زمرو:بنت جبيل ضلعي جا آباد علائقا]] [[زمرو:ڪنواري مريم جا مقدس مقام|آور ليڊي آف لورڊس، عين ابل (لبنان)]] 
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ ماروني عيسائي برادريون]] [[زمرو:لبنان ۾ ميليڪي عيسائي برادريون]]
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ آباد جڳهيون]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جا ماڻھو]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جو جاگرافيائي احوال]]
[[زمرو:انتظامي ورھاست بلحاظ ملڪ]]</text>
      <sha1>cri0nfl8m1k5a2bgjl7c7wx89601is5</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400835</id>
      <parentid>400828</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:17:43Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>added [[Category:لبنان ۾ شهر]] [[وڪيپيڊيا:ھاٽ ڪيٽ|ھاٽ ڪيت]] جي مدد سان</comment>
      <origin>400835</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="4201" sha1="7hq09zrtaiciv9a13dzzr5ql664t6jo" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox settlement|name=عين ابل&lt;br&gt;Ain Ebel|native_name=عين إبل ([[عربي ٻولي|عربي]])|settlement_type=ميونسپلٽي|image_skyline=File:AinEbelWinter.jpg|image_alt=|image_caption=عين ابل ۾ برفباري جو ڏيک، پس منظر ۾ &quot;سينٽ الياس&quot; ۽ &quot;اور ليڊي آف عين ابل&quot; جا چرچ آهن.|pushpin_map=Lebanon|pushpin_label_position=|pushpin_map_alt=Map showing the location of Ain Ebel within Lebanon|pushpin_map_caption=لبنان ۾ جاء|coordinates={{coord|33|06|35|N|35|24|10|E|region:LB_type:city|display=inline,title}}|grid_position=187/279 PAL|coordinates_footnotes=|subdivision_type=[[ملڪ]]|subdivision_name={{flag|Lebanon}}|subdivision_type1=گورنريٽ|subdivision_name1=نباطيه گورنريٽ|subdivision_type2=[[ضلعو]]|subdivision_name2=بنت جبيل ضلعو|established_date=پندرهين صدي عيسوي|founder=ماروني عيسائي|area_footnotes=|area_total_km2=13.60|elevation_footnotes=|elevation_m=|population_footnotes=|population_total=1500 کان 2000 تائين&lt;br&gt;
+3500 (اونهاري ۾)|population_as_of=|population_density_km2=130|timezone1=[[Eastern European Time|EET]]|utc_offset1=+2|timezone1_DST=[[Eastern European Summer Time|EEST]]|utc_offset1_DST=+3|area_code_type=[[Telephone numbers in Lebanon|Dialing code]]|area_code=+961|website=|footnotes=&lt;!-- Government -----------&gt;|government_type=15 Member Municipal Council|governing_body=ميونسپل ڪائونسل|leader_party=آزاد|leader_title=ميئر|leader_name=ايوب خريش|blank_name_sec1=[[Patron Saint]]|blank_info_sec1=[[Mary, mother of Jesus|St. Mary]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Hyphen, page 590&quot;/&gt;|image_map=|map_caption=لبنان جي نقشي ۾ عين ابل جي جاء}}

'''عين ابل''' (عربي: عين إبل) نباطيه گورنريٽ ۾ هڪ ميونسپلٽي آهي،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |last=Piveteau |first=Jean |title=La Préhistoire: Problèmes et Tendances |publisher=Ed. du Centre national de la recherche scientifique |year=1968 |location=Paris |page=113}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪا [[بيروت]] کان تقريباً 90 ڪلوميٽر (56 ميل) ڏکڻ ۾ آهي. ان جا رهواسي گهڻو ڪري عيسائي آهن. &lt;ref&gt;{{حوالو ويب|date=2023-12-23|quote=2024-06-03|archivedate=2024-06-03}}&lt;/ref&gt;
==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
* https://web.archive.org/web/19990117073503/http://ain-ebel.org/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20090422040334/http://www.khoreich.com/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20061010121040/http://www.ain-ebel.ca/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20071001005424/http://www.fallingrain.com/world/LE/2/Ayn_Ibil.html
* [http://www.michaeltotten.com/archives/001361.html The siege of Ain Ebel] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090725044310/http://www.michaeltotten.com/archives/001361.html |date=25 July 2009 }}
* http://www.ourladyofainebel.org {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190103052133/http://ourladyofainebel.org/ |date=2019-01-03}}
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20160321121744/http://www.localiban.org/article4215.html Ain Ebel], Localiban
* Survey of Western Palestine, Map 4: [http://www.iaa-archives.org.il/zoom/zoom.aspx?folder_id=93&amp;type_id=6&amp;id=8367 IAA], [http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Survey_of_Western_Palestine_1880.04.jpg Wikimedia commons]

[[زمرو:بنت جبيل ضلعو]]
[[زمرو:ڏاکڻي لبنان]]
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ آبادي واري جڳهيون]]
[[زمرو:عيسائيت ۾ مقدس ماڳ]]
[[زمرو:ماروني عيسائي]]
[[زمرو:ميليڪي عيسائي]]
[[زمرو:قصبو]]
[[زمرو:بنت جبيل ضلعي جا آباد علائقا]] [[زمرو:ڪنواري مريم جا مقدس مقام|آور ليڊي آف لورڊس، عين ابل (لبنان)]] 
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ ماروني عيسائي برادريون]] [[زمرو:لبنان ۾ ميليڪي عيسائي برادريون]]
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ آباد جڳهيون]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جا ماڻھو]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جو جاگرافيائي احوال]]
[[زمرو:انتظامي ورھاست بلحاظ ملڪ]]
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ شهر]]</text>
      <sha1>7hq09zrtaiciv9a13dzzr5ql664t6jo</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400836</id>
      <parentid>400835</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:18:15Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>added [[Category:لبنان جون انتظامي ورهاستون]] [[وڪيپيڊيا:ھاٽ ڪيٽ|ھاٽ ڪيت]] جي مدد سان</comment>
      <origin>400836</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="4264" sha1="k5kgamrsrubp4er3aq6465vhmzs0v72" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox settlement|name=عين ابل&lt;br&gt;Ain Ebel|native_name=عين إبل ([[عربي ٻولي|عربي]])|settlement_type=ميونسپلٽي|image_skyline=File:AinEbelWinter.jpg|image_alt=|image_caption=عين ابل ۾ برفباري جو ڏيک، پس منظر ۾ &quot;سينٽ الياس&quot; ۽ &quot;اور ليڊي آف عين ابل&quot; جا چرچ آهن.|pushpin_map=Lebanon|pushpin_label_position=|pushpin_map_alt=Map showing the location of Ain Ebel within Lebanon|pushpin_map_caption=لبنان ۾ جاء|coordinates={{coord|33|06|35|N|35|24|10|E|region:LB_type:city|display=inline,title}}|grid_position=187/279 PAL|coordinates_footnotes=|subdivision_type=[[ملڪ]]|subdivision_name={{flag|Lebanon}}|subdivision_type1=گورنريٽ|subdivision_name1=نباطيه گورنريٽ|subdivision_type2=[[ضلعو]]|subdivision_name2=بنت جبيل ضلعو|established_date=پندرهين صدي عيسوي|founder=ماروني عيسائي|area_footnotes=|area_total_km2=13.60|elevation_footnotes=|elevation_m=|population_footnotes=|population_total=1500 کان 2000 تائين&lt;br&gt;
+3500 (اونهاري ۾)|population_as_of=|population_density_km2=130|timezone1=[[Eastern European Time|EET]]|utc_offset1=+2|timezone1_DST=[[Eastern European Summer Time|EEST]]|utc_offset1_DST=+3|area_code_type=[[Telephone numbers in Lebanon|Dialing code]]|area_code=+961|website=|footnotes=&lt;!-- Government -----------&gt;|government_type=15 Member Municipal Council|governing_body=ميونسپل ڪائونسل|leader_party=آزاد|leader_title=ميئر|leader_name=ايوب خريش|blank_name_sec1=[[Patron Saint]]|blank_info_sec1=[[Mary, mother of Jesus|St. Mary]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Hyphen, page 590&quot;/&gt;|image_map=|map_caption=لبنان جي نقشي ۾ عين ابل جي جاء}}

'''عين ابل''' (عربي: عين إبل) نباطيه گورنريٽ ۾ هڪ ميونسپلٽي آهي،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |last=Piveteau |first=Jean |title=La Préhistoire: Problèmes et Tendances |publisher=Ed. du Centre national de la recherche scientifique |year=1968 |location=Paris |page=113}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪا [[بيروت]] کان تقريباً 90 ڪلوميٽر (56 ميل) ڏکڻ ۾ آهي. ان جا رهواسي گهڻو ڪري عيسائي آهن. &lt;ref&gt;{{حوالو ويب|date=2023-12-23|quote=2024-06-03|archivedate=2024-06-03}}&lt;/ref&gt;
==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
* https://web.archive.org/web/19990117073503/http://ain-ebel.org/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20090422040334/http://www.khoreich.com/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20061010121040/http://www.ain-ebel.ca/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20071001005424/http://www.fallingrain.com/world/LE/2/Ayn_Ibil.html
* [http://www.michaeltotten.com/archives/001361.html The siege of Ain Ebel] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090725044310/http://www.michaeltotten.com/archives/001361.html |date=25 July 2009 }}
* http://www.ourladyofainebel.org {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190103052133/http://ourladyofainebel.org/ |date=2019-01-03}}
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20160321121744/http://www.localiban.org/article4215.html Ain Ebel], Localiban
* Survey of Western Palestine, Map 4: [http://www.iaa-archives.org.il/zoom/zoom.aspx?folder_id=93&amp;type_id=6&amp;id=8367 IAA], [http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Survey_of_Western_Palestine_1880.04.jpg Wikimedia commons]

[[زمرو:بنت جبيل ضلعو]]
[[زمرو:ڏاکڻي لبنان]]
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ آبادي واري جڳهيون]]
[[زمرو:عيسائيت ۾ مقدس ماڳ]]
[[زمرو:ماروني عيسائي]]
[[زمرو:ميليڪي عيسائي]]
[[زمرو:قصبو]]
[[زمرو:بنت جبيل ضلعي جا آباد علائقا]] [[زمرو:ڪنواري مريم جا مقدس مقام|آور ليڊي آف لورڊس، عين ابل (لبنان)]] 
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ ماروني عيسائي برادريون]] [[زمرو:لبنان ۾ ميليڪي عيسائي برادريون]]
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ آباد جڳهيون]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جا ماڻھو]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جو جاگرافيائي احوال]]
[[زمرو:انتظامي ورھاست بلحاظ ملڪ]]
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ شهر]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جون انتظامي ورهاستون]]</text>
      <sha1>k5kgamrsrubp4er3aq6465vhmzs0v72</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400837</id>
      <parentid>400836</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:18:38Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>added [[Category:مذهب بلحاظ ملڪ]] [[وڪيپيڊيا:ھاٽ ڪيٽ|ھاٽ ڪيت]] جي مدد سان</comment>
      <origin>400837</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="4304" sha1="7li005py9um6zlhj6mik53j89hqzlk7" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox settlement|name=عين ابل&lt;br&gt;Ain Ebel|native_name=عين إبل ([[عربي ٻولي|عربي]])|settlement_type=ميونسپلٽي|image_skyline=File:AinEbelWinter.jpg|image_alt=|image_caption=عين ابل ۾ برفباري جو ڏيک، پس منظر ۾ &quot;سينٽ الياس&quot; ۽ &quot;اور ليڊي آف عين ابل&quot; جا چرچ آهن.|pushpin_map=Lebanon|pushpin_label_position=|pushpin_map_alt=Map showing the location of Ain Ebel within Lebanon|pushpin_map_caption=لبنان ۾ جاء|coordinates={{coord|33|06|35|N|35|24|10|E|region:LB_type:city|display=inline,title}}|grid_position=187/279 PAL|coordinates_footnotes=|subdivision_type=[[ملڪ]]|subdivision_name={{flag|Lebanon}}|subdivision_type1=گورنريٽ|subdivision_name1=نباطيه گورنريٽ|subdivision_type2=[[ضلعو]]|subdivision_name2=بنت جبيل ضلعو|established_date=پندرهين صدي عيسوي|founder=ماروني عيسائي|area_footnotes=|area_total_km2=13.60|elevation_footnotes=|elevation_m=|population_footnotes=|population_total=1500 کان 2000 تائين&lt;br&gt;
+3500 (اونهاري ۾)|population_as_of=|population_density_km2=130|timezone1=[[Eastern European Time|EET]]|utc_offset1=+2|timezone1_DST=[[Eastern European Summer Time|EEST]]|utc_offset1_DST=+3|area_code_type=[[Telephone numbers in Lebanon|Dialing code]]|area_code=+961|website=|footnotes=&lt;!-- Government -----------&gt;|government_type=15 Member Municipal Council|governing_body=ميونسپل ڪائونسل|leader_party=آزاد|leader_title=ميئر|leader_name=ايوب خريش|blank_name_sec1=[[Patron Saint]]|blank_info_sec1=[[Mary, mother of Jesus|St. Mary]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Hyphen, page 590&quot;/&gt;|image_map=|map_caption=لبنان جي نقشي ۾ عين ابل جي جاء}}

'''عين ابل''' (عربي: عين إبل) نباطيه گورنريٽ ۾ هڪ ميونسپلٽي آهي،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |last=Piveteau |first=Jean |title=La Préhistoire: Problèmes et Tendances |publisher=Ed. du Centre national de la recherche scientifique |year=1968 |location=Paris |page=113}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪا [[بيروت]] کان تقريباً 90 ڪلوميٽر (56 ميل) ڏکڻ ۾ آهي. ان جا رهواسي گهڻو ڪري عيسائي آهن. &lt;ref&gt;{{حوالو ويب|date=2023-12-23|quote=2024-06-03|archivedate=2024-06-03}}&lt;/ref&gt;
==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
* https://web.archive.org/web/19990117073503/http://ain-ebel.org/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20090422040334/http://www.khoreich.com/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20061010121040/http://www.ain-ebel.ca/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20071001005424/http://www.fallingrain.com/world/LE/2/Ayn_Ibil.html
* [http://www.michaeltotten.com/archives/001361.html The siege of Ain Ebel] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090725044310/http://www.michaeltotten.com/archives/001361.html |date=25 July 2009 }}
* http://www.ourladyofainebel.org {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190103052133/http://ourladyofainebel.org/ |date=2019-01-03}}
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20160321121744/http://www.localiban.org/article4215.html Ain Ebel], Localiban
* Survey of Western Palestine, Map 4: [http://www.iaa-archives.org.il/zoom/zoom.aspx?folder_id=93&amp;type_id=6&amp;id=8367 IAA], [http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Survey_of_Western_Palestine_1880.04.jpg Wikimedia commons]

[[زمرو:بنت جبيل ضلعو]]
[[زمرو:ڏاکڻي لبنان]]
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ آبادي واري جڳهيون]]
[[زمرو:عيسائيت ۾ مقدس ماڳ]]
[[زمرو:ماروني عيسائي]]
[[زمرو:ميليڪي عيسائي]]
[[زمرو:قصبو]]
[[زمرو:بنت جبيل ضلعي جا آباد علائقا]] [[زمرو:ڪنواري مريم جا مقدس مقام|آور ليڊي آف لورڊس، عين ابل (لبنان)]] 
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ ماروني عيسائي برادريون]] [[زمرو:لبنان ۾ ميليڪي عيسائي برادريون]]
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ آباد جڳهيون]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جا ماڻھو]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جو جاگرافيائي احوال]]
[[زمرو:انتظامي ورھاست بلحاظ ملڪ]]
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ شهر]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جون انتظامي ورهاستون]]
[[زمرو:مذهب بلحاظ ملڪ]]</text>
      <sha1>7li005py9um6zlhj6mik53j89hqzlk7</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400838</id>
      <parentid>400837</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:19:36Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>added [[Category:عيسائيت جا فرقا]] [[وڪيپيڊيا:ھاٽ ڪيٽ|ھاٽ ڪيت]] جي مدد سان</comment>
      <origin>400838</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="4346" sha1="b027ffeon0ffwfca5jblgdmkl3sbuzj" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox settlement|name=عين ابل&lt;br&gt;Ain Ebel|native_name=عين إبل ([[عربي ٻولي|عربي]])|settlement_type=ميونسپلٽي|image_skyline=File:AinEbelWinter.jpg|image_alt=|image_caption=عين ابل ۾ برفباري جو ڏيک، پس منظر ۾ &quot;سينٽ الياس&quot; ۽ &quot;اور ليڊي آف عين ابل&quot; جا چرچ آهن.|pushpin_map=Lebanon|pushpin_label_position=|pushpin_map_alt=Map showing the location of Ain Ebel within Lebanon|pushpin_map_caption=لبنان ۾ جاء|coordinates={{coord|33|06|35|N|35|24|10|E|region:LB_type:city|display=inline,title}}|grid_position=187/279 PAL|coordinates_footnotes=|subdivision_type=[[ملڪ]]|subdivision_name={{flag|Lebanon}}|subdivision_type1=گورنريٽ|subdivision_name1=نباطيه گورنريٽ|subdivision_type2=[[ضلعو]]|subdivision_name2=بنت جبيل ضلعو|established_date=پندرهين صدي عيسوي|founder=ماروني عيسائي|area_footnotes=|area_total_km2=13.60|elevation_footnotes=|elevation_m=|population_footnotes=|population_total=1500 کان 2000 تائين&lt;br&gt;
+3500 (اونهاري ۾)|population_as_of=|population_density_km2=130|timezone1=[[Eastern European Time|EET]]|utc_offset1=+2|timezone1_DST=[[Eastern European Summer Time|EEST]]|utc_offset1_DST=+3|area_code_type=[[Telephone numbers in Lebanon|Dialing code]]|area_code=+961|website=|footnotes=&lt;!-- Government -----------&gt;|government_type=15 Member Municipal Council|governing_body=ميونسپل ڪائونسل|leader_party=آزاد|leader_title=ميئر|leader_name=ايوب خريش|blank_name_sec1=[[Patron Saint]]|blank_info_sec1=[[Mary, mother of Jesus|St. Mary]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Hyphen, page 590&quot;/&gt;|image_map=|map_caption=لبنان جي نقشي ۾ عين ابل جي جاء}}

'''عين ابل''' (عربي: عين إبل) نباطيه گورنريٽ ۾ هڪ ميونسپلٽي آهي،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |last=Piveteau |first=Jean |title=La Préhistoire: Problèmes et Tendances |publisher=Ed. du Centre national de la recherche scientifique |year=1968 |location=Paris |page=113}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪا [[بيروت]] کان تقريباً 90 ڪلوميٽر (56 ميل) ڏکڻ ۾ آهي. ان جا رهواسي گهڻو ڪري عيسائي آهن. &lt;ref&gt;{{حوالو ويب|date=2023-12-23|quote=2024-06-03|archivedate=2024-06-03}}&lt;/ref&gt;
==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
* https://web.archive.org/web/19990117073503/http://ain-ebel.org/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20090422040334/http://www.khoreich.com/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20061010121040/http://www.ain-ebel.ca/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20071001005424/http://www.fallingrain.com/world/LE/2/Ayn_Ibil.html
* [http://www.michaeltotten.com/archives/001361.html The siege of Ain Ebel] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090725044310/http://www.michaeltotten.com/archives/001361.html |date=25 July 2009 }}
* http://www.ourladyofainebel.org {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190103052133/http://ourladyofainebel.org/ |date=2019-01-03}}
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20160321121744/http://www.localiban.org/article4215.html Ain Ebel], Localiban
* Survey of Western Palestine, Map 4: [http://www.iaa-archives.org.il/zoom/zoom.aspx?folder_id=93&amp;type_id=6&amp;id=8367 IAA], [http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Survey_of_Western_Palestine_1880.04.jpg Wikimedia commons]

[[زمرو:بنت جبيل ضلعو]]
[[زمرو:ڏاکڻي لبنان]]
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ آبادي واري جڳهيون]]
[[زمرو:عيسائيت ۾ مقدس ماڳ]]
[[زمرو:ماروني عيسائي]]
[[زمرو:ميليڪي عيسائي]]
[[زمرو:قصبو]]
[[زمرو:بنت جبيل ضلعي جا آباد علائقا]] [[زمرو:ڪنواري مريم جا مقدس مقام|آور ليڊي آف لورڊس، عين ابل (لبنان)]] 
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ ماروني عيسائي برادريون]] [[زمرو:لبنان ۾ ميليڪي عيسائي برادريون]]
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ آباد جڳهيون]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جا ماڻھو]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جو جاگرافيائي احوال]]
[[زمرو:انتظامي ورھاست بلحاظ ملڪ]]
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ شهر]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جون انتظامي ورهاستون]]
[[زمرو:مذهب بلحاظ ملڪ]]
[[زمرو:عيسائيت جا فرقا]]</text>
      <sha1>b027ffeon0ffwfca5jblgdmkl3sbuzj</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400839</id>
      <parentid>400838</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:22:16Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>/* ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا */</comment>
      <origin>400839</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="3754" sha1="6259fe90ekgb600k7e3cfr8b0rrkyes" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox settlement|name=عين ابل&lt;br&gt;Ain Ebel|native_name=عين إبل ([[عربي ٻولي|عربي]])|settlement_type=ميونسپلٽي|image_skyline=File:AinEbelWinter.jpg|image_alt=|image_caption=عين ابل ۾ برفباري جو ڏيک، پس منظر ۾ &quot;سينٽ الياس&quot; ۽ &quot;اور ليڊي آف عين ابل&quot; جا چرچ آهن.|pushpin_map=Lebanon|pushpin_label_position=|pushpin_map_alt=Map showing the location of Ain Ebel within Lebanon|pushpin_map_caption=لبنان ۾ جاء|coordinates={{coord|33|06|35|N|35|24|10|E|region:LB_type:city|display=inline,title}}|grid_position=187/279 PAL|coordinates_footnotes=|subdivision_type=[[ملڪ]]|subdivision_name={{flag|Lebanon}}|subdivision_type1=گورنريٽ|subdivision_name1=نباطيه گورنريٽ|subdivision_type2=[[ضلعو]]|subdivision_name2=بنت جبيل ضلعو|established_date=پندرهين صدي عيسوي|founder=ماروني عيسائي|area_footnotes=|area_total_km2=13.60|elevation_footnotes=|elevation_m=|population_footnotes=|population_total=1500 کان 2000 تائين&lt;br&gt;
+3500 (اونهاري ۾)|population_as_of=|population_density_km2=130|timezone1=[[Eastern European Time|EET]]|utc_offset1=+2|timezone1_DST=[[Eastern European Summer Time|EEST]]|utc_offset1_DST=+3|area_code_type=[[Telephone numbers in Lebanon|Dialing code]]|area_code=+961|website=|footnotes=&lt;!-- Government -----------&gt;|government_type=15 Member Municipal Council|governing_body=ميونسپل ڪائونسل|leader_party=آزاد|leader_title=ميئر|leader_name=ايوب خريش|blank_name_sec1=[[Patron Saint]]|blank_info_sec1=[[Mary, mother of Jesus|St. Mary]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Hyphen, page 590&quot;/&gt;|image_map=|map_caption=لبنان جي نقشي ۾ عين ابل جي جاء}}

'''عين ابل''' (عربي: عين إبل) نباطيه گورنريٽ ۾ هڪ ميونسپلٽي آهي،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |last=Piveteau |first=Jean |title=La Préhistoire: Problèmes et Tendances |publisher=Ed. du Centre national de la recherche scientifique |year=1968 |location=Paris |page=113}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪا [[بيروت]] کان تقريباً 90 ڪلوميٽر (56 ميل) ڏکڻ ۾ آهي. ان جا رهواسي گهڻو ڪري عيسائي آهن. &lt;ref&gt;{{حوالو ويب|date=2023-12-23|quote=2024-06-03|archivedate=2024-06-03}}&lt;/ref&gt;
==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
* https://web.archive.org/web/19990117073503/http://ain-ebel.org/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20090422040334/http://www.khoreich.com/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20061010121040/http://www.ain-ebel.ca/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20071001005424/http://www.fallingrain.com/world/LE/2/Ayn_Ibil.html
* [http://www.michaeltotten.com/archives/001361.html The siege of Ain Ebel] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090725044310/http://www.michaeltotten.com/archives/001361.html |date=25 July 2009 }}
* http://www.ourladyofainebel.org {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190103052133/http://ourladyofainebel.org/ |date=2019-01-03}}
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20160321121744/http://www.localiban.org/article4215.html Ain Ebel], Localiban
* Survey of Western Palestine, Map 4: [http://www.iaa-archives.org.il/zoom/zoom.aspx?folder_id=93&amp;type_id=6&amp;id=8367 IAA], [http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Survey_of_Western_Palestine_1880.04.jpg Wikimedia commons]

[[زمرو:بنت جبيل ضلعو]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جا قصبا]]
[[زمرو:بنت جبيل ضلعي جا آباد علائقا]] 
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ ماروني عيسائي برادريون]] [[زمرو:لبنان ۾ ميليڪي عيسائي برادريون]]
[[زمرو:ڪنواري مريم جا مقدس مقام|آور ليڊي آف لورڊس، عين ابل (لبنان)]]</text>
      <sha1>6259fe90ekgb600k7e3cfr8b0rrkyes</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400852</id>
      <parentid>400839</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:38:42Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>/* ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا */</comment>
      <origin>400852</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="3833" sha1="nurrd6ozncsijbdetozbbxu8kbq4139" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox settlement|name=عين ابل&lt;br&gt;Ain Ebel|native_name=عين إبل ([[عربي ٻولي|عربي]])|settlement_type=ميونسپلٽي|image_skyline=File:AinEbelWinter.jpg|image_alt=|image_caption=عين ابل ۾ برفباري جو ڏيک، پس منظر ۾ &quot;سينٽ الياس&quot; ۽ &quot;اور ليڊي آف عين ابل&quot; جا چرچ آهن.|pushpin_map=Lebanon|pushpin_label_position=|pushpin_map_alt=Map showing the location of Ain Ebel within Lebanon|pushpin_map_caption=لبنان ۾ جاء|coordinates={{coord|33|06|35|N|35|24|10|E|region:LB_type:city|display=inline,title}}|grid_position=187/279 PAL|coordinates_footnotes=|subdivision_type=[[ملڪ]]|subdivision_name={{flag|Lebanon}}|subdivision_type1=گورنريٽ|subdivision_name1=نباطيه گورنريٽ|subdivision_type2=[[ضلعو]]|subdivision_name2=بنت جبيل ضلعو|established_date=پندرهين صدي عيسوي|founder=ماروني عيسائي|area_footnotes=|area_total_km2=13.60|elevation_footnotes=|elevation_m=|population_footnotes=|population_total=1500 کان 2000 تائين&lt;br&gt;
+3500 (اونهاري ۾)|population_as_of=|population_density_km2=130|timezone1=[[Eastern European Time|EET]]|utc_offset1=+2|timezone1_DST=[[Eastern European Summer Time|EEST]]|utc_offset1_DST=+3|area_code_type=[[Telephone numbers in Lebanon|Dialing code]]|area_code=+961|website=|footnotes=&lt;!-- Government -----------&gt;|government_type=15 Member Municipal Council|governing_body=ميونسپل ڪائونسل|leader_party=آزاد|leader_title=ميئر|leader_name=ايوب خريش|blank_name_sec1=[[Patron Saint]]|blank_info_sec1=[[Mary, mother of Jesus|St. Mary]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Hyphen, page 590&quot;/&gt;|image_map=|map_caption=لبنان جي نقشي ۾ عين ابل جي جاء}}

'''عين ابل''' (عربي: عين إبل) نباطيه گورنريٽ ۾ هڪ ميونسپلٽي آهي،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |last=Piveteau |first=Jean |title=La Préhistoire: Problèmes et Tendances |publisher=Ed. du Centre national de la recherche scientifique |year=1968 |location=Paris |page=113}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪا [[بيروت]] کان تقريباً 90 ڪلوميٽر (56 ميل) ڏکڻ ۾ آهي. ان جا رهواسي گهڻو ڪري عيسائي آهن. &lt;ref&gt;{{حوالو ويب|date=2023-12-23|quote=2024-06-03|archivedate=2024-06-03}}&lt;/ref&gt;
==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
* https://web.archive.org/web/19990117073503/http://ain-ebel.org/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20090422040334/http://www.khoreich.com/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20061010121040/http://www.ain-ebel.ca/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20071001005424/http://www.fallingrain.com/world/LE/2/Ayn_Ibil.html
* [http://www.michaeltotten.com/archives/001361.html The siege of Ain Ebel] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090725044310/http://www.michaeltotten.com/archives/001361.html |date=25 July 2009 }}
* http://www.ourladyofainebel.org {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190103052133/http://ourladyofainebel.org/ |date=2019-01-03}}
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20160321121744/http://www.localiban.org/article4215.html Ain Ebel], Localiban
* Survey of Western Palestine, Map 4: [http://www.iaa-archives.org.il/zoom/zoom.aspx?folder_id=93&amp;type_id=6&amp;id=8367 IAA], [http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Survey_of_Western_Palestine_1880.04.jpg Wikimedia commons]

[[زمرو:بنت جبيل ضلعو]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جا قصبا]]
[[زمرو:بنت جبيل ضلعي جا آباد علائقا]] 
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ ماروني عيسائي برادريون]] [[زمرو:لبنان ۾ ميليڪي عيسائي برادريون]]
[[زمرو:ڪنواري مريم جا مقدس مقام|آور ليڊي آف لورڊس، عين ابل (لبنان)]]

[[زمرو:قصبو]]
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ شهر]]
[[زمرو:قصبو]]</text>
      <sha1>nurrd6ozncsijbdetozbbxu8kbq4139</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400855</id>
      <parentid>400852</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:40:19Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <origin>400855</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="3754" sha1="6259fe90ekgb600k7e3cfr8b0rrkyes" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox settlement|name=عين ابل&lt;br&gt;Ain Ebel|native_name=عين إبل ([[عربي ٻولي|عربي]])|settlement_type=ميونسپلٽي|image_skyline=File:AinEbelWinter.jpg|image_alt=|image_caption=عين ابل ۾ برفباري جو ڏيک، پس منظر ۾ &quot;سينٽ الياس&quot; ۽ &quot;اور ليڊي آف عين ابل&quot; جا چرچ آهن.|pushpin_map=Lebanon|pushpin_label_position=|pushpin_map_alt=Map showing the location of Ain Ebel within Lebanon|pushpin_map_caption=لبنان ۾ جاء|coordinates={{coord|33|06|35|N|35|24|10|E|region:LB_type:city|display=inline,title}}|grid_position=187/279 PAL|coordinates_footnotes=|subdivision_type=[[ملڪ]]|subdivision_name={{flag|Lebanon}}|subdivision_type1=گورنريٽ|subdivision_name1=نباطيه گورنريٽ|subdivision_type2=[[ضلعو]]|subdivision_name2=بنت جبيل ضلعو|established_date=پندرهين صدي عيسوي|founder=ماروني عيسائي|area_footnotes=|area_total_km2=13.60|elevation_footnotes=|elevation_m=|population_footnotes=|population_total=1500 کان 2000 تائين&lt;br&gt;
+3500 (اونهاري ۾)|population_as_of=|population_density_km2=130|timezone1=[[Eastern European Time|EET]]|utc_offset1=+2|timezone1_DST=[[Eastern European Summer Time|EEST]]|utc_offset1_DST=+3|area_code_type=[[Telephone numbers in Lebanon|Dialing code]]|area_code=+961|website=|footnotes=&lt;!-- Government -----------&gt;|government_type=15 Member Municipal Council|governing_body=ميونسپل ڪائونسل|leader_party=آزاد|leader_title=ميئر|leader_name=ايوب خريش|blank_name_sec1=[[Patron Saint]]|blank_info_sec1=[[Mary, mother of Jesus|St. Mary]]&lt;ref name=&quot;Hyphen, page 590&quot;/&gt;|image_map=|map_caption=لبنان جي نقشي ۾ عين ابل جي جاء}}

'''عين ابل''' (عربي: عين إبل) نباطيه گورنريٽ ۾ هڪ ميونسپلٽي آهي،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |last=Piveteau |first=Jean |title=La Préhistoire: Problèmes et Tendances |publisher=Ed. du Centre national de la recherche scientifique |year=1968 |location=Paris |page=113}}&lt;/ref&gt; جيڪا [[بيروت]] کان تقريباً 90 ڪلوميٽر (56 ميل) ڏکڻ ۾ آهي. ان جا رهواسي گهڻو ڪري عيسائي آهن. &lt;ref&gt;{{حوالو ويب|date=2023-12-23|quote=2024-06-03|archivedate=2024-06-03}}&lt;/ref&gt;
==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
==ٻاهريان ڳنڍڻا==
* https://web.archive.org/web/19990117073503/http://ain-ebel.org/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20090422040334/http://www.khoreich.com/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20061010121040/http://www.ain-ebel.ca/
* https://web.archive.org/web/20071001005424/http://www.fallingrain.com/world/LE/2/Ayn_Ibil.html
* [http://www.michaeltotten.com/archives/001361.html The siege of Ain Ebel] {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20090725044310/http://www.michaeltotten.com/archives/001361.html |date=25 July 2009 }}
* http://www.ourladyofainebel.org {{Webarchive|url=https://web.archive.org/web/20190103052133/http://ourladyofainebel.org/ |date=2019-01-03}}
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20160321121744/http://www.localiban.org/article4215.html Ain Ebel], Localiban
* Survey of Western Palestine, Map 4: [http://www.iaa-archives.org.il/zoom/zoom.aspx?folder_id=93&amp;type_id=6&amp;id=8367 IAA], [http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Survey_of_Western_Palestine_1880.04.jpg Wikimedia commons]

[[زمرو:بنت جبيل ضلعو]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جا قصبا]]
[[زمرو:بنت جبيل ضلعي جا آباد علائقا]] 
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ ماروني عيسائي برادريون]] [[زمرو:لبنان ۾ ميليڪي عيسائي برادريون]]
[[زمرو:ڪنواري مريم جا مقدس مقام|آور ليڊي آف لورڊس، عين ابل (لبنان)]]</text>
      <sha1>6259fe90ekgb600k7e3cfr8b0rrkyes</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>زمرو:لبنان جو جاگرافيائي احوال</title>
    <ns>14</ns>
    <id>101258</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400833</id>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:14:55Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Ibne maryam صفحي [[زمرو:لبنان جو جاگرافيائي احوال]] کي [[زمرو:لبنان جون انتظامي ورهاستون]] ڏانھن چوريو</comment>
      <origin>400833</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="91" sha1="7vk7y229rhqxhnwv494flxzn8gxmo1c" xml:space="preserve">{{واپس منتقل زمرو|زمرو:لبنان جون انتظامي ورهاستون}}</text>
      <sha1>7vk7y229rhqxhnwv494flxzn8gxmo1c</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>زمرو:بنت جبيل ضلعو</title>
    <ns>14</ns>
    <id>101259</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400840</id>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:25:22Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>نئون صفحو: [[زمرو:ڏاکڻي لبنان]] [[زمرو:لبنان جا ضلعا]]   [[زمرو:لبنان ۾ آباد جڳهيون]] [[زمرو:لبنان جا ماڻھو]]  [[زمرو:لبنان ۾ شهر]]  [[زمرو:مذهب بلحاظ ملڪ]] [[زمرو:عيسائيت جا فرقا]]  [[زمرو:لبنان ۾ آبادي واري جڳهيون]] [[زمرو:عيسائيت ۾ مقدس ماڳ]] [[زمرو:ماروني عيسائي]] [[زمرو:ميليڪي عيسائي]] زمر...</comment>
      <origin>400840</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="489" sha1="jmpi72q1hv8ykaz40h9bjtg91ije3le" xml:space="preserve">[[زمرو:ڏاکڻي لبنان]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جا ضلعا]]


[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ آباد جڳهيون]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جا ماڻھو]]

[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ شهر]]

[[زمرو:مذهب بلحاظ ملڪ]]
[[زمرو:عيسائيت جا فرقا]]

[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ آبادي واري جڳهيون]]
[[زمرو:عيسائيت ۾ مقدس ماڳ]]
[[زمرو:ماروني عيسائي]]
[[زمرو:ميليڪي عيسائي]]
[[زمرو:قصبو]]</text>
      <sha1>jmpi72q1hv8ykaz40h9bjtg91ije3le</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400843</id>
      <parentid>400840</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:28:43Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>400843</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="72" sha1="suqy38up3l7qnbj1h0wsmwxdf93ih6q" xml:space="preserve">[[زمرو:ڏاکڻي لبنان]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جا ضلعا]]</text>
      <sha1>suqy38up3l7qnbj1h0wsmwxdf93ih6q</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>زمرو:لبنان جا ضلعا</title>
    <ns>14</ns>
    <id>101260</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400841</id>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:26:06Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>نئون صفحو: [[زمرو:لبنان ۾ آباد جڳهيون]] [[زمرو:لبنان جي سياسي جاگرافي]] [[زمرو:لبنان جون انتظامي ورهاستون]]</comment>
      <origin>400841</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="166" sha1="tjaimdjauxqy0jh7m61iou7p9ym4l1y" xml:space="preserve">[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ آباد جڳهيون]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جي سياسي جاگرافي]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جون انتظامي ورهاستون]]</text>
      <sha1>tjaimdjauxqy0jh7m61iou7p9ym4l1y</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>زمرو:لبنان جي سياسي جاگرافي</title>
    <ns>14</ns>
    <id>101261</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400842</id>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:27:18Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>نئون صفحو: [[زمرو:سياسي جاگرافي]] [[زمرو:لبنان جي جاگرافي]]</comment>
      <origin>400842</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="82" sha1="ai8a3wcxroq3q4y2y22qk9buaqmnthv" xml:space="preserve">[[زمرو:سياسي جاگرافي]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جي جاگرافي]]</text>
      <sha1>ai8a3wcxroq3q4y2y22qk9buaqmnthv</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>زمرو:بنت جبيل ضلعي جا آباد علائقا</title>
    <ns>14</ns>
    <id>101262</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400844</id>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:31:30Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>نئون صفحو: [[زمرو:بنت جبيل ضلعو]] [[زمرو:ڏاکڻي لبنان ۾ آباد جڳهيون]]   [[زمرو:لبنان جا ماڻھو]]  [[زمرو:لبنان ۾ شهر]] [[زمرو:لبنان ۾ مذهب]] [[زمرو:مذهب بلحاظ ملڪ]] [[زمرو:عيسائيت جا فرقا]]  [[زمرو:عيسائيت ۾ مقدس ماڳ]] [[زمرو:ماروني عيسائي]] [[زمرو:ميليڪي عيسائي]] [[زمرو:قصبو]]</comment>
      <origin>400844</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="440" sha1="p5hux5vvrtmgba9531z8ozs190jbg8j" xml:space="preserve">[[زمرو:بنت جبيل ضلعو]]
[[زمرو:ڏاکڻي لبنان ۾ آباد جڳهيون]]


[[زمرو:لبنان جا ماڻھو]]

[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ شهر]]
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ مذهب]]
[[زمرو:مذهب بلحاظ ملڪ]]
[[زمرو:عيسائيت جا فرقا]]

[[زمرو:عيسائيت ۾ مقدس ماڳ]]
[[زمرو:ماروني عيسائي]]
[[زمرو:ميليڪي عيسائي]]
[[زمرو:قصبو]]</text>
      <sha1>p5hux5vvrtmgba9531z8ozs190jbg8j</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400846</id>
      <parentid>400844</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:32:32Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>400846</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="97" sha1="pgw91y983f1smowthboojo4y1j729u4" xml:space="preserve">[[زمرو:بنت جبيل ضلعو]]
[[زمرو:ڏاکڻي لبنان ۾ آباد جڳهيون]]</text>
      <sha1>pgw91y983f1smowthboojo4y1j729u4</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>زمرو:ڏاکڻي لبنان ۾ آباد جڳهيون</title>
    <ns>14</ns>
    <id>101263</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400845</id>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:31:56Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>نئون صفحو: [[زمرو:ڏاکڻي لبنان]] [[زمرو:لبنان ۾ آباد جڳهيون]]</comment>
      <origin>400845</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="83" sha1="ohgbqbswqtt7wh5u9015ujmwepiggsb" xml:space="preserve">[[زمرو:ڏاکڻي لبنان]]
[[زمرو:لبنان ۾ آباد جڳهيون]]</text>
      <sha1>ohgbqbswqtt7wh5u9015ujmwepiggsb</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>زمرو:لبنان ۾ ماروني عيسائي برادريون</title>
    <ns>14</ns>
    <id>101264</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400847</id>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:33:59Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>نئون صفحو: [[زمرو:ماروني عيسائي]] [[زمرو:لبنان جا ماڻھو]]</comment>
      <origin>400847</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="78" sha1="tq9p82aqutmizkg0tjuizmd6l4g493d" xml:space="preserve">[[زمرو:ماروني عيسائي]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جا ماڻھو]]</text>
      <sha1>tq9p82aqutmizkg0tjuizmd6l4g493d</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>زمرو:ماروني عيسائي</title>
    <ns>14</ns>
    <id>101265</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400848</id>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:34:46Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>نئون صفحو: [[زمرو:عيسائيت جا فرقا]]</comment>
      <origin>400848</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="41" sha1="q6s8op0rqbc23p05av92jabk05u103l" xml:space="preserve">[[زمرو:عيسائيت جا فرقا]]</text>
      <sha1>q6s8op0rqbc23p05av92jabk05u103l</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>زمرو:لبنان ۾ ميليڪي عيسائي برادريون</title>
    <ns>14</ns>
    <id>101266</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400849</id>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:35:44Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>نئون صفحو: [[زمرو:لبنان جا ماڻھو]] [[زمرو:ميليڪي عيسائي]]</comment>
      <origin>400849</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="78" sha1="ra97zju3scweqmi3mrdakw1f0tmrkw8" xml:space="preserve">[[زمرو:لبنان جا ماڻھو]]
[[زمرو:ميليڪي عيسائي]]</text>
      <sha1>ra97zju3scweqmi3mrdakw1f0tmrkw8</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>زمرو:ميليڪي عيسائي</title>
    <ns>14</ns>
    <id>101267</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400850</id>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:36:33Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>نئون صفحو: [[زمرو:عيسائيت جا فرقا]]</comment>
      <origin>400850</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="41" sha1="q6s8op0rqbc23p05av92jabk05u103l" xml:space="preserve">[[زمرو:عيسائيت جا فرقا]]</text>
      <sha1>q6s8op0rqbc23p05av92jabk05u103l</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>زمرو:ڪنواري مريم جا مقدس مقام</title>
    <ns>14</ns>
    <id>101268</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400851</id>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:37:35Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>نئون صفحو: [[زمرو:عيسائيت ۾ مقدس ماڳ]]</comment>
      <origin>400851</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="46" sha1="a9r3is8dk4aojpm51cisjcwu1i2py2r" xml:space="preserve">[[زمرو:عيسائيت ۾ مقدس ماڳ]]</text>
      <sha1>a9r3is8dk4aojpm51cisjcwu1i2py2r</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>زمرو:لبنان ۾ شهر</title>
    <ns>14</ns>
    <id>101269</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400854</id>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:39:28Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Ibne maryam صفحي [[زمرو:لبنان ۾ شهر]] کي [[زمرو:لبنان جا قصبا]] ڏانھن چوريو</comment>
      <origin>400854</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="66" sha1="golicefhpx06bkq0s2bv88iryht8axj" xml:space="preserve">{{واپس منتقل زمرو|زمرو:لبنان جا قصبا}}</text>
      <sha1>golicefhpx06bkq0s2bv88iryht8axj</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>زمرو:لبنان جي انساني جاگرافي</title>
    <ns>14</ns>
    <id>101270</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400857</id>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T12:43:40Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>نئون صفحو: [[زمرو:انساني جاگرافي]] [[زمرو:لبنان جي جاگرافي]]</comment>
      <origin>400857</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="84" sha1="d6gi5pvtmkz0bjtmuvc48j3oeu9iz3q" xml:space="preserve">[[زمرو:انساني جاگرافي]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جي جاگرافي]]</text>
      <sha1>d6gi5pvtmkz0bjtmuvc48j3oeu9iz3q</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>لبنان جي جاگرافي</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>101271</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400862</id>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T13:03:56Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>صفحي &quot;[[:en:Special:Redirect/revision/1361220909|Geography of Lebanon]]&quot; جي شروعاتي ڀاڱي جو ترجمو ڪندي سرجيو ويو</comment>
      <origin>400862</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="1239" sha1="1a96r6s9lbau3j3seo03p1h9n8vs92r" xml:space="preserve">'''[[لبنان]]''' اوڀر رومي سمنڊ جي [[سر زمين شام (ليوانت)]] ۾ هڪ ننڍڙو ملڪ آهي، جيڪو تقريبن 34˚N، 35˚E تي واقع آهي. اهو [[رومي سمنڊ]] جي اوڀر ڪناري سان پکڙيل آهي ۽ ان جي ڊيگهه ان جي ويڪر کان تقريباً ٽي ڀيرا آهي. اتر کان ڏکڻ ان جي زمين جي ويڪر تنگ ٿيندي ويندي آهي. لبنان جو جبل وارو علائقو، سمنڊ جي ويجهو هجڻ ۽ دنيا جي سنگم تي اسٽريٽجڪ مقام، ان جي تاريخ کي شڪل ڏيڻ ۾ فيصلا ڪندڙ عنصر رهيو آهي.

ملڪ جو ڪردار خطي ۾ ۽ حقيقت ۾ سڄي دنيا ۾، [[واپار]] جي ڪري ٺهيو.  اهو رومي سمنڊ واري علائقي ۽ [[ڀارت|هندستان]] ۽ [[اوڀر ايشيا]] جي وچ ۾ هڪ ڪڙي جو ڪم ڪري ٿو. &lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt; علائقي جا واپاري تيل، [[ان|اناج]]، [[ڪپڙو]]، ڌاتوءَ جو ڪم ۽ [[ٺڪر جا ٿانو|ٿانوَ]] [[بندرگاھ|بندرگاهن]] جي شهرن جي ذريعي يورپ جي مارڪيٽن ڏانهن برآمد ڪندا هئا. &lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt;</text>
      <sha1>1a96r6s9lbau3j3seo03p1h9n8vs92r</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400864</id>
      <parentid>400862</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T13:04:25Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>added [[Category:لبنان]] [[وڪيپيڊيا:ھاٽ ڪيٽ|ھاٽ ڪيت]] جي مدد سان</comment>
      <origin>400864</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="1264" sha1="7h8mhbl9tcu8oxt8cp7u1uaub7vrv7p" xml:space="preserve">'''[[لبنان]]''' اوڀر رومي سمنڊ جي [[سر زمين شام (ليوانت)]] ۾ هڪ ننڍڙو ملڪ آهي، جيڪو تقريبن 34˚N، 35˚E تي واقع آهي. اهو [[رومي سمنڊ]] جي اوڀر ڪناري سان پکڙيل آهي ۽ ان جي ڊيگهه ان جي ويڪر کان تقريباً ٽي ڀيرا آهي. اتر کان ڏکڻ ان جي زمين جي ويڪر تنگ ٿيندي ويندي آهي. لبنان جو جبل وارو علائقو، سمنڊ جي ويجهو هجڻ ۽ دنيا جي سنگم تي اسٽريٽجڪ مقام، ان جي تاريخ کي شڪل ڏيڻ ۾ فيصلا ڪندڙ عنصر رهيو آهي.

ملڪ جو ڪردار خطي ۾ ۽ حقيقت ۾ سڄي دنيا ۾، [[واپار]] جي ڪري ٺهيو.  اهو رومي سمنڊ واري علائقي ۽ [[ڀارت|هندستان]] ۽ [[اوڀر ايشيا]] جي وچ ۾ هڪ ڪڙي جو ڪم ڪري ٿو. &lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt; علائقي جا واپاري تيل، [[ان|اناج]]، [[ڪپڙو]]، ڌاتوءَ جو ڪم ۽ [[ٺڪر جا ٿانو|ٿانوَ]] [[بندرگاھ|بندرگاهن]] جي شهرن جي ذريعي يورپ جي مارڪيٽن ڏانهن برآمد ڪندا هئا. &lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt;

[[زمرو:لبنان]]</text>
      <sha1>7h8mhbl9tcu8oxt8cp7u1uaub7vrv7p</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400865</id>
      <parentid>400864</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T13:04:48Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>added [[Category:لبنان جي جاگرافي]] [[وڪيپيڊيا:ھاٽ ڪيٽ|ھاٽ ڪيت]] جي مدد سان</comment>
      <origin>400865</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="1308" sha1="asgijolges04skd3avkrw3j694dvxy5" xml:space="preserve">'''[[لبنان]]''' اوڀر رومي سمنڊ جي [[سر زمين شام (ليوانت)]] ۾ هڪ ننڍڙو ملڪ آهي، جيڪو تقريبن 34˚N، 35˚E تي واقع آهي. اهو [[رومي سمنڊ]] جي اوڀر ڪناري سان پکڙيل آهي ۽ ان جي ڊيگهه ان جي ويڪر کان تقريباً ٽي ڀيرا آهي. اتر کان ڏکڻ ان جي زمين جي ويڪر تنگ ٿيندي ويندي آهي. لبنان جو جبل وارو علائقو، سمنڊ جي ويجهو هجڻ ۽ دنيا جي سنگم تي اسٽريٽجڪ مقام، ان جي تاريخ کي شڪل ڏيڻ ۾ فيصلا ڪندڙ عنصر رهيو آهي.

ملڪ جو ڪردار خطي ۾ ۽ حقيقت ۾ سڄي دنيا ۾، [[واپار]] جي ڪري ٺهيو.  اهو رومي سمنڊ واري علائقي ۽ [[ڀارت|هندستان]] ۽ [[اوڀر ايشيا]] جي وچ ۾ هڪ ڪڙي جو ڪم ڪري ٿو. &lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt; علائقي جا واپاري تيل، [[ان|اناج]]، [[ڪپڙو]]، ڌاتوءَ جو ڪم ۽ [[ٺڪر جا ٿانو|ٿانوَ]] [[بندرگاھ|بندرگاهن]] جي شهرن جي ذريعي يورپ جي مارڪيٽن ڏانهن برآمد ڪندا هئا. &lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt;

[[زمرو:لبنان]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جي جاگرافي]]</text>
      <sha1>asgijolges04skd3avkrw3j694dvxy5</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400866</id>
      <parentid>400865</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T13:05:31Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>added [[Category:وچ اوڀر جي جاگرافي]] [[وڪيپيڊيا:ھاٽ ڪيٽ|ھاٽ ڪيت]] جي مدد سان</comment>
      <origin>400866</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="1355" sha1="ha14owfwk3dxswlu5ur9o23vzri1266" xml:space="preserve">'''[[لبنان]]''' اوڀر رومي سمنڊ جي [[سر زمين شام (ليوانت)]] ۾ هڪ ننڍڙو ملڪ آهي، جيڪو تقريبن 34˚N، 35˚E تي واقع آهي. اهو [[رومي سمنڊ]] جي اوڀر ڪناري سان پکڙيل آهي ۽ ان جي ڊيگهه ان جي ويڪر کان تقريباً ٽي ڀيرا آهي. اتر کان ڏکڻ ان جي زمين جي ويڪر تنگ ٿيندي ويندي آهي. لبنان جو جبل وارو علائقو، سمنڊ جي ويجهو هجڻ ۽ دنيا جي سنگم تي اسٽريٽجڪ مقام، ان جي تاريخ کي شڪل ڏيڻ ۾ فيصلا ڪندڙ عنصر رهيو آهي.

ملڪ جو ڪردار خطي ۾ ۽ حقيقت ۾ سڄي دنيا ۾، [[واپار]] جي ڪري ٺهيو.  اهو رومي سمنڊ واري علائقي ۽ [[ڀارت|هندستان]] ۽ [[اوڀر ايشيا]] جي وچ ۾ هڪ ڪڙي جو ڪم ڪري ٿو. &lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt; علائقي جا واپاري تيل، [[ان|اناج]]، [[ڪپڙو]]، ڌاتوءَ جو ڪم ۽ [[ٺڪر جا ٿانو|ٿانوَ]] [[بندرگاھ|بندرگاهن]] جي شهرن جي ذريعي يورپ جي مارڪيٽن ڏانهن برآمد ڪندا هئا. &lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt;

[[زمرو:لبنان]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جي جاگرافي]]
[[زمرو:وچ اوڀر جي جاگرافي]]</text>
      <sha1>ha14owfwk3dxswlu5ur9o23vzri1266</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400869</id>
      <parentid>400866</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T13:08:33Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>400869</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="1390" sha1="8t3utne1xh28uh56envbxqc7tftlf6r" xml:space="preserve">'''[[لبنان]]''' اوڀر رومي سمنڊ جي [[سر زمين شام (ليوانت)]] ۾ هڪ ننڍڙو ملڪ آهي، جيڪو تقريبن 34˚N، 35˚E تي واقع آهي. اهو [[رومي سمنڊ]] جي اوڀر ڪناري سان پکڙيل آهي ۽ ان جي ڊيگهه ان جي ويڪر کان تقريباً ٽي ڀيرا آهي. اتر کان ڏکڻ ان جي زمين جي ويڪر تنگ ٿيندي ويندي آهي. لبنان جو جبل وارو علائقو، سمنڊ جي ويجهو هجڻ ۽ دنيا جي سنگم تي اسٽريٽجڪ مقام، ان جي تاريخ کي شڪل ڏيڻ ۾ فيصلا ڪندڙ عنصر رهيو آهي.

ملڪ جو ڪردار [[وچ اوڀر]] ۾ ۽ حقيقت ۾ سڄي دنيا ۾ [[واپار]] جي ڪري ٺهيو. اهو رومي سمنڊ واري علائقي ۽ [[نندو کنڊ|هندستان]] ۽ [[اوڀر ايشيا]] جي وچ ۾ هڪ ڪڙي جو ڪم ڪري ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt; علائقي جا واپاري تيل، [[ان|اناج]]، [[ڪپڙو]]، ڌاتوءَ جو ڪم ۽ [[ٺڪر جا ٿانو]] [[بندرگاھ|بندرگاهن]] جي شهرن جي ذريعي [[يورپ]] جي مارڪيٽن ڏانهن برآمد ڪندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt;
==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:لبنان]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جي جاگرافي]]
[[زمرو:وچ اوڀر جي جاگرافي]]</text>
      <sha1>8t3utne1xh28uh56envbxqc7tftlf6r</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400871</id>
      <parentid>400869</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T13:10:48Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>400871</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="2678" sha1="9bltjp012owxlptloccrjkjofg20fqx" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|none}} &lt;!-- &quot;none&quot; is preferred when the title is sufficiently descriptive; see [[WP:SDNONE]] --&gt;
{{Infobox country geography
| name                 = Lebanon
| map                  = Lebanon 2002 CIA map.jpg
| map_alt              =
| continent            = [[Eurasia]]
| region               = [[Eastern Mediterranean]]
| coordinates          = {{coord|33|50|N|35|50|E|type:country}} 
| area ranking         = 161st
| km area              = 10,452 
| percent land         = 98.37
| km coastline         = 225
| exclusive economic zone = {{convert|19,516|km2|mi2|abbr=on}}
| borders              = 
| highest point        = [[Qurnat as Sawda']] &lt;br&gt; {{convert|3088|m|ft|0|abbr=on}}
| lowest point         = [[Mediterranean Sea]] &lt;br&gt; {{convert|0|m|ft|0|abbr=on}}
| longest river        = [[Litani River]] &lt;br&gt; {{convert|140|km|mi|abbr=on}}
| largest lake         = [[Lake Qaraoun]] &lt;br&gt; {{cvt|1190|ha|acre|-1}}
| climate              = [[Mediterranean climate|Mediterranean]]
| terrain              = 
| natural resources    = Limestone, iron ore, salt, water-surplus state in a water-deficit region, arable land
| natural hazards      = [[dust storm]]s
| environmental issues = [[deforestation]], [[Erosion|soil erosion]], [[desertification]], [[air pollution]]
}}
'''[[لبنان]]''' اوڀر رومي سمنڊ جي [[سر زمين شام (ليوانت)]] ۾ هڪ ننڍڙو ملڪ آهي، جيڪو تقريبن 34˚N، 35˚E تي واقع آهي. اهو [[رومي سمنڊ]] جي اوڀر ڪناري سان پکڙيل آهي ۽ ان جي ڊيگهه ان جي ويڪر کان تقريباً ٽي ڀيرا آهي. اتر کان ڏکڻ ان جي زمين جي ويڪر تنگ ٿيندي ويندي آهي. لبنان جو جبل وارو علائقو، سمنڊ جي ويجهو هجڻ ۽ دنيا جي سنگم تي اسٽريٽجڪ مقام، ان جي تاريخ کي شڪل ڏيڻ ۾ فيصلا ڪندڙ عنصر رهيو آهي.

ملڪ جو ڪردار [[وچ اوڀر]] ۾ ۽ حقيقت ۾ سڄي دنيا ۾ [[واپار]] جي ڪري ٺهيو. اهو رومي سمنڊ واري علائقي ۽ [[نندو کنڊ|هندستان]] ۽ [[اوڀر ايشيا]] جي وچ ۾ هڪ ڪڙي جو ڪم ڪري ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt; علائقي جا واپاري تيل، [[ان|اناج]]، [[ڪپڙو]]، ڌاتوءَ جو ڪم ۽ [[ٺڪر جا ٿانو]] [[بندرگاھ|بندرگاهن]] جي شهرن جي ذريعي [[يورپ]] جي مارڪيٽن ڏانهن برآمد ڪندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt;

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:لبنان]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جي جاگرافي]]
[[زمرو:وچ اوڀر جي جاگرافي]]</text>
      <sha1>9bltjp012owxlptloccrjkjofg20fqx</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400872</id>
      <parentid>400871</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T13:11:07Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>400872</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="2668" sha1="c0b7uofkv48mu9sghq8tvn1ytut64ob" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|none}} &lt;!-- &quot;none&quot; is preferred when the title is sufficiently descriptive; see [[WP:SDNONE]] --&gt;
{{Infobox country
| name                 = Lebanon
| map                  = Lebanon 2002 CIA map.jpg
| map_alt              =
| continent            = [[Eurasia]]
| region               = [[Eastern Mediterranean]]
| coordinates          = {{coord|33|50|N|35|50|E|type:country}} 
| area ranking         = 161st
| km area              = 10,452 
| percent land         = 98.37
| km coastline         = 225
| exclusive economic zone = {{convert|19,516|km2|mi2|abbr=on}}
| borders              = 
| highest point        = [[Qurnat as Sawda']] &lt;br&gt; {{convert|3088|m|ft|0|abbr=on}}
| lowest point         = [[Mediterranean Sea]] &lt;br&gt; {{convert|0|m|ft|0|abbr=on}}
| longest river        = [[Litani River]] &lt;br&gt; {{convert|140|km|mi|abbr=on}}
| largest lake         = [[Lake Qaraoun]] &lt;br&gt; {{cvt|1190|ha|acre|-1}}
| climate              = [[Mediterranean climate|Mediterranean]]
| terrain              = 
| natural resources    = Limestone, iron ore, salt, water-surplus state in a water-deficit region, arable land
| natural hazards      = [[dust storm]]s
| environmental issues = [[deforestation]], [[Erosion|soil erosion]], [[desertification]], [[air pollution]]
}}
'''[[لبنان]]''' اوڀر رومي سمنڊ جي [[سر زمين شام (ليوانت)]] ۾ هڪ ننڍڙو ملڪ آهي، جيڪو تقريبن 34˚N، 35˚E تي واقع آهي. اهو [[رومي سمنڊ]] جي اوڀر ڪناري سان پکڙيل آهي ۽ ان جي ڊيگهه ان جي ويڪر کان تقريباً ٽي ڀيرا آهي. اتر کان ڏکڻ ان جي زمين جي ويڪر تنگ ٿيندي ويندي آهي. لبنان جو جبل وارو علائقو، سمنڊ جي ويجهو هجڻ ۽ دنيا جي سنگم تي اسٽريٽجڪ مقام، ان جي تاريخ کي شڪل ڏيڻ ۾ فيصلا ڪندڙ عنصر رهيو آهي.

ملڪ جو ڪردار [[وچ اوڀر]] ۾ ۽ حقيقت ۾ سڄي دنيا ۾ [[واپار]] جي ڪري ٺهيو. اهو رومي سمنڊ واري علائقي ۽ [[نندو کنڊ|هندستان]] ۽ [[اوڀر ايشيا]] جي وچ ۾ هڪ ڪڙي جو ڪم ڪري ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt; علائقي جا واپاري تيل، [[ان|اناج]]، [[ڪپڙو]]، ڌاتوءَ جو ڪم ۽ [[ٺڪر جا ٿانو]] [[بندرگاھ|بندرگاهن]] جي شهرن جي ذريعي [[يورپ]] جي مارڪيٽن ڏانهن برآمد ڪندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt;

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:لبنان]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جي جاگرافي]]
[[زمرو:وچ اوڀر جي جاگرافي]]</text>
      <sha1>c0b7uofkv48mu9sghq8tvn1ytut64ob</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400875</id>
      <parentid>400872</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T13:14:40Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>400875</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="2671" sha1="cyzkdzpbvyczm2bgeh3en78pd9ceooh" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|none}} &lt;!-- &quot;none&quot; is preferred when the title is sufficiently descriptive; see [[WP:SDNONE]] --&gt;
{{Infobox continent 
| name                 = Lebanon
| map                  = Lebanon 2002 CIA map.jpg
| map_alt              =
| continent            = [[Eurasia]]
| region               = [[Eastern Mediterranean]]
| coordinates          = {{coord|33|50|N|35|50|E|type:country}} 
| area ranking         = 161st
| km area              = 10,452 
| percent land         = 98.37
| km coastline         = 225
| exclusive economic zone = {{convert|19,516|km2|mi2|abbr=on}}
| borders              = 
| highest point        = [[Qurnat as Sawda']] &lt;br&gt; {{convert|3088|m|ft|0|abbr=on}}
| lowest point         = [[Mediterranean Sea]] &lt;br&gt; {{convert|0|m|ft|0|abbr=on}}
| longest river        = [[Litani River]] &lt;br&gt; {{convert|140|km|mi|abbr=on}}
| largest lake         = [[Lake Qaraoun]] &lt;br&gt; {{cvt|1190|ha|acre|-1}}
| climate              = [[Mediterranean climate|Mediterranean]]
| terrain              = 
| natural resources    = Limestone, iron ore, salt, water-surplus state in a water-deficit region, arable land
| natural hazards      = [[dust storm]]s
| environmental issues = [[deforestation]], [[Erosion|soil erosion]], [[desertification]], [[air pollution]]
}}
'''[[لبنان]]''' اوڀر رومي سمنڊ جي [[سر زمين شام (ليوانت)]] ۾ هڪ ننڍڙو ملڪ آهي، جيڪو تقريبن 34˚N، 35˚E تي واقع آهي. اهو [[رومي سمنڊ]] جي اوڀر ڪناري سان پکڙيل آهي ۽ ان جي ڊيگهه ان جي ويڪر کان تقريباً ٽي ڀيرا آهي. اتر کان ڏکڻ ان جي زمين جي ويڪر تنگ ٿيندي ويندي آهي. لبنان جو جبل وارو علائقو، سمنڊ جي ويجهو هجڻ ۽ دنيا جي سنگم تي اسٽريٽجڪ مقام، ان جي تاريخ کي شڪل ڏيڻ ۾ فيصلا ڪندڙ عنصر رهيو آهي.

ملڪ جو ڪردار [[وچ اوڀر]] ۾ ۽ حقيقت ۾ سڄي دنيا ۾ [[واپار]] جي ڪري ٺهيو. اهو رومي سمنڊ واري علائقي ۽ [[نندو کنڊ|هندستان]] ۽ [[اوڀر ايشيا]] جي وچ ۾ هڪ ڪڙي جو ڪم ڪري ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt; علائقي جا واپاري تيل، [[ان|اناج]]، [[ڪپڙو]]، ڌاتوءَ جو ڪم ۽ [[ٺڪر جا ٿانو]] [[بندرگاھ|بندرگاهن]] جي شهرن جي ذريعي [[يورپ]] جي مارڪيٽن ڏانهن برآمد ڪندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt;

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:لبنان]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جي جاگرافي]]
[[زمرو:وچ اوڀر جي جاگرافي]]</text>
      <sha1>cyzkdzpbvyczm2bgeh3en78pd9ceooh</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400880</id>
      <parentid>400875</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T13:34:00Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <origin>400880</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="3249" sha1="mrg1vggejv6q3axe2l4zgg4ynoa1epo" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|none}} &lt;!-- &quot;none&quot; is preferred when the title is sufficiently descriptive; see [[WP:SDNONE]] --&gt;
{{Infobox settlement  
| name                 = 
| map                  = 
| map_alt              =
| continent            = 
| region               = 
| coordinates          =  
| area ranking         = 
| km area              =  
| percent land         = 
| km coastline         = 
| exclusive economic zone = 
| borders              = 
| highest point        = 
| lowest point         = 
| longest river        = 
| largest lake         = 
| climate              = 
| terrain              = 
| natural resources    = 
| natural hazards      = 
| environmental issues = 
|image=Lebanon 2002 CIA map.jpg|image size=250px|population=پکيڙ ۾ درجو: 161هون
آبهوا: رومي سمنڊ واري آبهوا 
کنڊ: [[يوريشيا]]
جاگرافيائي بيهڪ: {{coord|33|50|N|35|50|E|type:country}}
ماحولياتي مسئلا: [[deforestation]], [[Erosion|soil erosion]], [[desertification]], [[air pollution]]
خاص اقتصادي علائقو: 19516 چورس ڪلوميٽر&lt;br&gt;{{convert|19,516|km2|mi2|abbr=on}}
اچو ترين نقطو: [[Qurnat as Sawda']] &lt;br&gt; {{convert|3088|m|ft|0|abbr=on}}
پکيڙ: 10,452 چورس ڪلوميٽر 
ساحلي پٽي جي ڊيگهه: 225 ڪلوميٽر 
سڀ کان وڏي ڍنڍ : [[Lake Qaraoun]] &lt;br&gt; {{cvt|1190|ha|acre|-1}}
سڀ کان ڊگهو درياهه: [[Litani River]] &lt;br&gt; {{convert|140|km|mi|abbr=on}}
سڀ کان هيٺيون نقطو: [[Mediterranean Sea]] &lt;br&gt; {{convert|0|m|ft|0|abbr=on}}
نالو:لبنان
قدرتي آفتون: مٽي جا طوفان
قدرتي وسيلا: Limestone, iron ore, salt, water-surplus state in a water-deficit region, arable land
خشڪي وارو رقبو: %98.37
علائقو: اوڀرين رومي سمنڊ جو علائقو}}
'''[[لبنان]]''' اوڀر رومي سمنڊ جي [[سر زمين شام (ليوانت)]] ۾ هڪ ننڍڙو ملڪ آهي، جيڪو تقريبن 34˚N، 35˚E تي واقع آهي. اهو [[رومي سمنڊ]] جي اوڀر ڪناري سان پکڙيل آهي ۽ ان جي ڊيگهه ان جي ويڪر کان تقريباً ٽي ڀيرا آهي. اتر کان ڏکڻ ان جي زمين جي ويڪر تنگ ٿيندي ويندي آهي. لبنان جو جبل وارو علائقو، سمنڊ جي ويجهو هجڻ ۽ دنيا جي سنگم تي اسٽريٽجڪ مقام، ان جي تاريخ کي شڪل ڏيڻ ۾ فيصلا ڪندڙ عنصر رهيو آهي.

ملڪ جو ڪردار [[وچ اوڀر]] ۾ ۽ حقيقت ۾ سڄي دنيا ۾ [[واپار]] جي ڪري ٺهيو. اهو رومي سمنڊ واري علائقي ۽ [[نندو کنڊ|هندستان]] ۽ [[اوڀر ايشيا]] جي وچ ۾ هڪ ڪڙي جو ڪم ڪري ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt; علائقي جا واپاري تيل، [[ان|اناج]]، [[ڪپڙو]]، ڌاتوءَ جو ڪم ۽ [[ٺڪر جا ٿانو]] [[بندرگاھ|بندرگاهن]] جي شهرن جي ذريعي [[يورپ]] جي مارڪيٽن ڏانهن برآمد ڪندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt;

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:لبنان]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جي جاگرافي]]
[[زمرو:وچ اوڀر جي جاگرافي]]</text>
      <sha1>mrg1vggejv6q3axe2l4zgg4ynoa1epo</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400889</id>
      <parentid>400880</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T13:48:30Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>400889</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="4560" sha1="3oupjvnk2sbbwkbxiuai5r86ow3grok" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|none}} &lt;!-- &quot;none&quot; is preferred when the title is sufficiently descriptive; see [[WP:SDNONE]] --&gt;
{{Infobox settlement  
| name                 =لبنان جي جاگرافي 
| map                  = 
| map_alt              =
| continent            = 
| region               = 
| coordinates          =جاگرافيائي بيهڪ  
| area ranking         =161هون 
| km area              =  
| percent land         =98 
| km coastline         = 
| exclusive economic zone = 
| borders              = 
| highest point        = 
| lowest point         = 
| longest river        = 
| largest lake         = 
| climate              = 
| terrain              = 
| natural resources    = 
| natural hazards      = 
| environmental issues = 
|image=|image size=250px|population=|official_name=Geography of Lebanon|settlement_type=[[ملڪ]]|type=[[ملڪ]]|other_name=Geography of Lebanon|native_name=Geography of Lebanon|image_skyline=Lebanon 2002 CIA map.jpg|image_size=250px|imagesize=A|image_caption=B|caption=C|map_caption=A|image_map=B|mapsize=250px|coor_pinpoint=A|coor_type=جاگرافيائي بيهڪ|subdivision_name=يوريشيا|subdivision_name1=رومي سمنڊ|subdivision_name2=C|subdivision_name3=D|subdivision_type=[[کنڊ]]|subdivision_type1=علائقو|subdivision_type2=خاص اقتصادي علائقو|subdivision_type3=C|subdivision_type4=D|subdivision_name4=D|subdivision_type5=E|subdivision_name5=E|subdivision_type6=F|subdivision_name6=F|established_title=G|established_date=G|established_title1=H|established_date1=H|established_title2=I|established_date2=I|established_title3=J|established_date3=J|established_title4=K|established_date4=K|established_title5=L|established_date5=L|established_title6=M|established_date6=M|established_title7=N|established_date7=N|extinct_title=O|extinct_date=O|seat_type=P|seat=پکيڙ ۾ درجو: 161هون
آبهوا: رومي سمنڊ واري آبهوا 
کنڊ: [[يوريشيا]]
جاگرافيائي بيهڪ: {{coord|33|50|N|35|50|E|type:country}}
ماحولياتي مسئلا: [[deforestation]], [[Erosion|soil erosion]], [[desertification]], [[air pollution]]
خاص اقتصادي علائقو: 19516 چورس ڪلوميٽر&lt;br&gt;{{convert|19,516|km2|mi2|abbr=on}}
اچو ترين نقطو: [[Qurnat as Sawda']] &lt;br&gt; {{convert|3088|m|ft|0|abbr=on}}
پکيڙ: 10,452 چورس ڪلوميٽر 
ساحلي پٽي جي ڊيگهه: 225 ڪلوميٽر 
سڀ کان وڏي ڍنڍ : [[Lake Qaraoun]] &lt;br&gt; {{cvt|1190|ha|acre|-1}}
سڀ کان ڊگهو درياهه: [[Litani River]] &lt;br&gt; {{convert|140|km|mi|abbr=on}}
سڀ کان هيٺيون نقطو: [[Mediterranean Sea]] &lt;br&gt; {{convert|0|m|ft|0|abbr=on}}
نالو:لبنان
قدرتي آفتون: مٽي جا طوفان
قدرتي وسيلا: Limestone, iron ore, salt, water-surplus state in a water-deficit region, arable land
خشڪي وارو رقبو: %98.37
علائقو: اوڀرين رومي سمنڊ جو علائقو|area_total_km2=100|area_total_sq_mi=40|area_land_km2=98|area_land_sq_mi=39|total_type=ڪل|elevation_max_point=B|elevation_point=A|elevation_m=200|elevation_ft=600|elevation_min_point=C|timezone=D}}
'''[[لبنان]]''' اوڀر رومي سمنڊ جي [[سر زمين شام (ليوانت)]] ۾ هڪ ننڍڙو ملڪ آهي، جيڪو تقريبن 34˚N، 35˚E تي واقع آهي. اهو [[رومي سمنڊ]] جي اوڀر ڪناري سان پکڙيل آهي ۽ ان جي ڊيگهه ان جي ويڪر کان تقريباً ٽي ڀيرا آهي. اتر کان ڏکڻ ان جي زمين جي ويڪر تنگ ٿيندي ويندي آهي. لبنان جو جبل وارو علائقو، سمنڊ جي ويجهو هجڻ ۽ دنيا جي سنگم تي اسٽريٽجڪ مقام، ان جي تاريخ کي شڪل ڏيڻ ۾ فيصلا ڪندڙ عنصر رهيو آهي.

ملڪ جو ڪردار [[وچ اوڀر]] ۾ ۽ حقيقت ۾ سڄي دنيا ۾ [[واپار]] جي ڪري ٺهيو. اهو رومي سمنڊ واري علائقي ۽ [[نندو کنڊ|هندستان]] ۽ [[اوڀر ايشيا]] جي وچ ۾ هڪ ڪڙي جو ڪم ڪري ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt; علائقي جا واپاري تيل، [[ان|اناج]]، [[ڪپڙو]]، ڌاتوءَ جو ڪم ۽ [[ٺڪر جا ٿانو]] [[بندرگاھ|بندرگاهن]] جي شهرن جي ذريعي [[يورپ]] جي مارڪيٽن ڏانهن برآمد ڪندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt;

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:لبنان]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جي جاگرافي]]
[[زمرو:وچ اوڀر جي جاگرافي]]</text>
      <sha1>3oupjvnk2sbbwkbxiuai5r86ow3grok</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>400890</id>
      <parentid>400889</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T13:49:44Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <minor />
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>400890</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="4564" sha1="nmzgbaiouw3ktb7ib680ye5jwad84ke" xml:space="preserve">{{Short description|none}} &lt;!-- &quot;none&quot; is preferred when the title is sufficiently descriptive; see [[WP:SDNONE]] --&gt;
{{Infobox settlement  
| name                 =لبنان جي جاگرافي 
| map                  = 
| map_alt              =
| continent            = 
| region               = 
| coordinates          =جاگرافيائي بيهڪ  
| area ranking         =161هون 
| km area              =  
| percent land         =98 
| km coastline         = 
| exclusive economic zone = 
| borders              = 
| highest point        = 
| lowest point         = 
| longest river        = 
| largest lake         = 
| climate              = 
| terrain              = 
| natural resources    = 
| natural hazards      = 
| environmental issues = 
|image=|image size=250px|population=|official_name=Geography of Lebanon|settlement_type=[[ملڪ]]|type=[[ملڪ]]|other_name=Geography of Lebanon|native_name=Geography of Lebanon|image_skyline=Lebanon 2002 CIA map.jpg|image_size=250px|imagesize=A|image_caption=B|caption=C|map_caption=A|image_map=B|mapsize=250px|coor_pinpoint=A|coor_type=جاگرافيائي بيهڪ|subdivision_name=يوريشيا|subdivision_name1=رومي سمنڊ|subdivision_name2=C|subdivision_name3=D|subdivision_type=[[کنڊ]]|subdivision_type1=علائقو|subdivision_type2=خاص اقتصادي علائقو|subdivision_type3=C|subdivision_type4=D|subdivision_name4=D|subdivision_type5=E|subdivision_name5=E|subdivision_type6=F|subdivision_name6=F|established_title=G|established_date=G|established_title1=H|established_date1=H|established_title2=I|established_date2=I|established_title3=J|established_date3=J|established_title4=K|established_date4=K|established_title5=L|established_date5=L|established_title6=M|established_date6=M|established_title7=N|established_date7=N|extinct_title=O|extinct_date=O|seat_type=P|seat=پکيڙ ۾ درجو: 161هون
آبهوا: رومي سمنڊ واري آبهوا 
کنڊ: [[يوريشيا]]
جاگرافيائي بيهڪ: {{coord|33|50|N|35|50|E|type:country}}
ماحولياتي مسئلا: [[deforestation]], [[Erosion|soil erosion]], [[desertification]], [[air pollution]]
خاص اقتصادي علائقو: 19516 چورس ڪلوميٽر&lt;br&gt;{{convert|19,516|km2|mi2|abbr=on}}
اچو ترين نقطو: [[Qurnat as Sawda']] &lt;br&gt; {{convert|3088|m|ft|0|abbr=on}}
پکيڙ: 10,452 چورس ڪلوميٽر 
ساحلي پٽي جي ڊيگهه: 225 ڪلوميٽر 
سڀ کان وڏي ڍنڍ : [[Lake Qaraoun]] &lt;br&gt; {{cvt|1190|ha|acre|-1}}
سڀ کان ڊگهو درياهه: [[Litani River]] &lt;br&gt; {{convert|140|km|mi|abbr=on}}
سڀ کان هيٺيون نقطو: [[Mediterranean Sea]] &lt;br&gt; {{convert|0|m|ft|0|abbr=on}}
نالو:لبنان
قدرتي آفتون: مٽي جا طوفان
قدرتي وسيلا: Limestone, iron ore, salt, water-surplus state in a water-deficit region, arable land
خشڪي وارو رقبو: %98.37
علائقو: اوڀرين رومي سمنڊ جو علائقو|area_total_km2=100|area_total_sq_mi=40|area_land_km2=98|area_land_sq_mi=39|total_type=ڪل|elevation_max_point=B|elevation_point=A|elevation_m=200|elevation_ft=600|elevation_min_point=C|timezone=D}}
'''[[لبنان]]''' اوڀر [[رومي سمنڊ]] جي [[سر زمين شام (ليوانت)]] ۾ هڪ ننڍڙو ملڪ آهي، جيڪو تقريبن 34˚N، 35˚E تي واقع آهي. اهو [[رومي سمنڊ]] جي اوڀر ڪناري سان پکڙيل آهي ۽ ان جي ڊيگهه ان جي ويڪر کان تقريباً ٽي ڀيرا آهي. اتر کان ڏکڻ ان جي زمين جي ويڪر تنگ ٿيندي ويندي آهي. لبنان جو جبل وارو علائقو، سمنڊ جي ويجهو هجڻ ۽ دنيا جي سنگم تي اسٽريٽجڪ مقام، ان جي تاريخ کي شڪل ڏيڻ ۾ فيصلا ڪندڙ عنصر رهيو آهي.

ملڪ جو ڪردار [[وچ اوڀر]] ۾ ۽ حقيقت ۾ سڄي دنيا ۾ [[واپار]] جي ڪري ٺهيو. اهو رومي سمنڊ واري علائقي ۽ [[ننڍو کنڊ|هندستان]] ۽ [[اوڀر ايشيا]] جي وچ ۾ هڪ ڪڙي جو ڪم ڪري ٿو.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt; علائقي جا واپاري تيل، [[ان|اناج]]، [[ڪپڙو]]، ڌاتوءَ جو ڪم ۽ [[ٺڪر جا ٿانو]] [[بندرگاھ|بندرگاهن]] جي شهرن جي ذريعي [[يورپ]] جي مارڪيٽن ڏانهن برآمد ڪندا هئا.&lt;ref name=&quot;:0&quot; /&gt;

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:لبنان]]
[[زمرو:لبنان جي جاگرافي]]
[[زمرو:وچ اوڀر جي جاگرافي]]</text>
      <sha1>nmzgbaiouw3ktb7ib680ye5jwad84ke</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>ٽاور بلٽ</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>101272</id>
    <redirect title="ٽاور بولٽ" />
    <revision>
      <id>400895</id>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T14:12:50Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Intisar Ali صفحي [[ٽاور بلٽ]] کي [[ٽاور بولٽ]] ڏانھن چوريو: غلط ھجي سان عنوان</comment>
      <origin>400895</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="33" sha1="gjdzs5yfral4bxdqv2rczlu6ncjwik0" xml:space="preserve">#چوريو [[ٽاور بولٽ]]</text>
      <sha1>gjdzs5yfral4bxdqv2rczlu6ncjwik0</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>غسل ٽپ</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>101273</id>
    <redirect title="غسل ٽب" />
    <revision>
      <id>400932</id>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T16:03:27Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Intisar Ali صفحي [[غسل ٽپ]] کي [[غسل ٽب]] ڏانھن چوريو: غلط ھجي سان عنوان</comment>
      <origin>400932</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="27" sha1="38cgk844ax0v9yxnznyitol1xdkfdbs" xml:space="preserve">#چوريو [[غسل ٽب]]</text>
      <sha1>38cgk844ax0v9yxnznyitol1xdkfdbs</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>پشاور ڪينٽ ريلوي اسٽيشن</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>101274</id>
    <redirect title="پشاور ڪنٽونمينٽ ريلوي اسٽيشن" />
    <revision>
      <id>400934</id>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T16:06:19Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Ibne maryam صفحي [[پشاور ڪينٽ ريلوي اسٽيشن]] کي [[پشاور ڪنٽونمينٽ ريلوي اسٽيشن]] ڏانھن چوريو</comment>
      <origin>400934</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="69" sha1="tmr4n1xt4kmxog8851zupbx0qugkx28" xml:space="preserve">#چوريو [[پشاور ڪنٽونمينٽ ريلوي اسٽيشن]]</text>
      <sha1>tmr4n1xt4kmxog8851zupbx0qugkx28</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>پشاور ڪنٽونمينٽ ريلوي اسٽيشن</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>101275</id>
    <redirect title="پشاور ڪينٽونمينٽ ريلوي اسٽيشن" />
    <revision>
      <id>400936</id>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T16:07:20Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Ibne maryam صفحي [[پشاور ڪنٽونمينٽ ريلوي اسٽيشن]] کي [[پشاور ڪينٽونمينٽ ريلوي اسٽيشن]] ڏانھن چوريو</comment>
      <origin>400936</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="71" sha1="nnmcny9deh5on4tw9dmavh3qfw6bs82" xml:space="preserve">#چوريو [[پشاور ڪينٽونمينٽ ريلوي اسٽيشن]]</text>
      <sha1>nnmcny9deh5on4tw9dmavh3qfw6bs82</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>شيعہ اسلام</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>101276</id>
    <redirect title="شيعه اسلام" />
    <revision>
      <id>400938</id>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T16:08:37Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Ibne maryam صفحي [[شيعہ اسلام]] کي [[شيعه اسلام]] ڏانھن چوريو</comment>
      <origin>400938</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="35" sha1="3wb02iwd6kpnhlnqcfmjodfbsfbo6a7" xml:space="preserve">#چوريو [[شيعه اسلام]]</text>
      <sha1>3wb02iwd6kpnhlnqcfmjodfbsfbo6a7</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>فقہ</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>101277</id>
    <redirect title="اسلامي قانون" />
    <revision>
      <id>400940</id>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T16:11:43Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Ibne maryam صفحي [[فقہ]] کي [[اسلامي قانون]] ڏانھن چوريو</comment>
      <origin>400940</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="39" sha1="keoilia66r10uonx4ampytxxiq6jz72" xml:space="preserve">#چوريو [[اسلامي قانون]]</text>
      <sha1>keoilia66r10uonx4ampytxxiq6jz72</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>اسلامي قانون</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>101278</id>
    <redirect title="اسلامي فقه" />
    <revision>
      <id>400954</id>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T17:25:29Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Ibne maryam صفحي [[اسلامي قانون]] کي [[اسلامي فقه]] ڏانھن چوريو</comment>
      <origin>400954</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="35" sha1="a2nblgcsmt5dkhwtptuf6vbeb1enfkm" xml:space="preserve">#چوريو [[اسلامي فقه]]</text>
      <sha1>a2nblgcsmt5dkhwtptuf6vbeb1enfkm</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>سانچو:Infobox tool</title>
    <ns>10</ns>
    <id>101279</id>
    <revision>
      <id>400965</id>
      <timestamp>2026-08-04T20:05:12Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Intisar Ali</username>
        <id>8681</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>نئون صفحو: &lt;includeonly&gt;{{Infobox | title        = {{{name|{{PAGENAMEBASE}}}}}  | imagestyle   = {{#if:{{{caption|}}}|border-bottom:1px #aaa solid;padding-top:0.4em;}} | captionstyle = padding:0.35em 0.35em 0.25em;line-height:1.25em;  | image        = {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image={{{image|}}}|size={{{image_size|{{{image size|}}}}}}|sizedefault=frameless|upright={{{image_upright|1}}}|title={{{title|}}}|alt={{{alt|}}}}} | caption      = {{{caption|}}}  | image2       = {{...</comment>
      <origin>400965</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="2405" sha1="jqo7k37m9zbvbytg7btle2cp2sliutx" xml:space="preserve">&lt;includeonly&gt;{{Infobox
| title        = {{{name|{{PAGENAMEBASE}}}}}

| imagestyle   = {{#if:{{{caption|}}}|border-bottom:1px #aaa solid;padding-top:0.4em;}}
| captionstyle = padding:0.35em 0.35em 0.25em;line-height:1.25em;

| image        = {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image={{{image|}}}|size={{{image_size|{{{image size|}}}}}}|sizedefault=frameless|upright={{{image_upright|1}}}|title={{{title|}}}|alt={{{alt|}}}}}
| caption      = {{{caption|}}}

| image2       = {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image={{{image2|}}}|size={{{image2_size|{{{image2 size|}}}}}}|sizedefault=frameless|upright={{{image2_upright|1}}}|center=yes|title={{{title2|}}}|alt={{{alt2|}}}}}
| caption2     = {{{caption2|}}}

| image3       = {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image={{{image3|}}}|size={{{image3_size|{{{image3 size|}}}}}}|sizedefault=frameless|upright={{{image3_upright|1}}}|center=yes|title={{{title3|}}}|alt={{{alt3|}}}}}
| caption3     = {{{caption3|}}}

| labelstyle   = white-space:nowrap;padding-right:0.65em;
| datastyle    = line-height:1.3em;

| label1       = ٻيا نالا
| data1        = {{{other_name|}}}

| label2       = درجابندي
| data2        = {{{classification|}}}

| label3       = استعمال
| data3        = {{{uses|}}}

| label4       = قسم
| data4        = {{{types|}}}

| label5       = گڏ استعمال ٿيندڙ اوزار
| data5        = {{{used_with|}}}

| label6       = ايجاد ڪندڙ
| data6        = {{{inventor|}}}

| label7       = ٺاهيندڙ
| data7        = {{{manufacturer|}}}

| label8       = ماڊل
| data8        = {{{model|}}}

| label9       = لاڳاپيل
| data9        = {{{related|}}}
}}&lt;/includeonly&gt;{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check
|unknown={{main other|[[زمرو:اڻڄاتل پيراميٽرن سان اوزار ڄاڻخانو استعمال ڪندڙ صفحا|_VALUE_{{PAGENAME}}]]}}
|preview=صفحو [[سانچو:Infobox tool]] ۾ اڻڄاتل پيراميٽر &quot;_VALUE_&quot; استعمال ڪري ٿو
|ignoreblank=y
| alt
| alt2
| alt3
| caption
| caption2
| caption3
| classification
| image
| image size
| image_size
| image_upright
| image2
| image2 size
| image2_size
| image2_upright
| image3
| image3 size
| image3_size
| image3_upright
| inventor
| manufacturer
| model
| name
| other_name
| related
| title
| title2
| title3
| types
| used_with
| uses
}}&lt;noinclude&gt;
{{documentation}}
&lt;/noinclude&gt;</text>
      <sha1>jqo7k37m9zbvbytg7btle2cp2sliutx</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>اسلام جو خاڪو</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>101280</id>
    <revision>
      <id>401116</id>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T08:22:46Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Memon2025</username>
        <id>21315</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>صفحي &quot;[[:en:Special:Redirect/revision/1365663633|Outline of Islam]]&quot; جي شروعاتي ڀاڱي جو ترجمو ڪندي سرجيو ويو</comment>
      <origin>401116</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="528" sha1="1v77an2ipjnp8kmae7qbynmjsrdumlk" xml:space="preserve">[[اسلام]] هڪ ابراهيمي [[توحيديت|توحيدي]] مذهب آهي جيڪو سيکاري ٿو ته  خدا صرف هڪ الله آهي  ۽ محمد سندس آخري [[اسلام ۾ نبي ۽ رسول|رسول]] آهي. &lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia|location=Oxford}}&lt;/ref&gt; &lt;ref name=&quot;OEIW-allah&quot;&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia|location=Oxford}}&lt;/ref&gt; 

هيٺ ڏنل [[خاڪو (فھرست)|خاڪو]] اسلام جي هڪ جائزو ۽ موضوعي رهنمائي جي طور تي مهيا ڪيو ويو آهي. (اسلام)</text>
      <sha1>1v77an2ipjnp8kmae7qbynmjsrdumlk</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401117</id>
      <parentid>401116</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T08:25:29Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Memon2025</username>
        <id>21315</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401117</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="957" sha1="br53xwir3wn14et3qkm5xbwoxiegfd0" xml:space="preserve">[[اسلام]] هڪ ابراهيمي [[توحيديت|توحيدي]] مذهب آهي جيڪو سيکاري ٿو ته  خدا صرف هڪ الله آهي  ۽ محمد سندس آخري [[اسلام ۾ نبي ۽ رسول|رسول]] آهي. &lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia|location=Oxford}}&lt;/ref&gt; &lt;ref name=&quot;OEIW-allah&quot;&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia|location=Oxford}}&lt;/ref&gt; 

هيٺ ڏنل [[خاڪو (فھرست)|خاڪو]] اسلام جي هڪ جائزو ۽ موضوعي رهنمائي جي طور تي مهيا ڪيو ويو آهي.

== External links ==
{{Sister project links|Islam}}

* [https://www.alislam.org/ Alislam]
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20141103050510/http://knowledgeworld.com.bd/islamic-life/ Islamic Life] 
* [http://www.al-islam.org/ Al-islam]

{{Outline footer}}

{{Organisation of Islamic Cooperation}}

{{DEFAULTSORT:Islam, Outline of}}
[[Category:Islam| ]]
[[Category:Islam-related lists| ]]
[[Category:Outlines of religions]]
[[Category:Outlines]]</text>
      <sha1>br53xwir3wn14et3qkm5xbwoxiegfd0</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401118</id>
      <parentid>401117</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T08:32:48Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Memon2025</username>
        <id>21315</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401118</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="1084" sha1="ki5oex96dxw8vdnb2wkm9437asih1qn" xml:space="preserve">[[اسلام]] هڪ ابراهيمي [[توحيديت|توحيدي]] مذهب آهي جيڪو سيکاري ٿو ته  خدا صرف هڪ الله آهي  ۽ محمد سندس آخري [[اسلام ۾ نبي ۽ رسول|رسول]] آهي. &lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia|location=Oxford}}&lt;/ref&gt; &lt;ref name=&quot;OEIW-allah&quot;&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia|location=Oxford}}&lt;/ref&gt; 

هيٺ ڏنل [[خاڪو (فھرست)|خاڪو]] اسلام جي هڪ جائزو ۽ موضوعي رهنمائي جي طور تي مهيا ڪيو ويو آهي.

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
==ٻاهرين ڳنڍڻا==
{{Sister project links|اسلام}}
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20141103050510/http://knowledgeworld.com.bd/islamic-life/ Islamic Life] 
* [http://www.al-islam.org/ Al-islam]

{{Organisation of Islamic Cooperation}}

{{DEFAULTSORT:Islam, Outline of}}
[[زمرو:اسلام جو خاڪو]]
[[زمرو:مذهب]]
[[زمرو:خاڪا]]
[[زمرو:فهرستون]]
[[زمرو:اسلام|خاڪو]] 
[[زمرو:اسلام سان لاڳاپيل فهرستون| ]]
[[زمرو:مذهبن جا خاڪا|اسلام]]</text>
      <sha1>ki5oex96dxw8vdnb2wkm9437asih1qn</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401119</id>
      <parentid>401118</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T08:37:19Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Memon2025</username>
        <id>21315</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* ٻاهرين ڳنڍڻا */</comment>
      <origin>401119</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="1046" sha1="57h4z4lvkdu5ua169y0xenqlyuy28a3" xml:space="preserve">[[اسلام]] هڪ ابراهيمي [[توحيديت|توحيدي]] مذهب آهي جيڪو سيکاري ٿو ته  خدا صرف هڪ الله آهي  ۽ محمد سندس آخري [[اسلام ۾ نبي ۽ رسول|رسول]] آهي. &lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia|location=Oxford}}&lt;/ref&gt; &lt;ref name=&quot;OEIW-allah&quot;&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia|location=Oxford}}&lt;/ref&gt; 

هيٺ ڏنل [[خاڪو (فھرست)|خاڪو]] اسلام جي هڪ جائزو ۽ موضوعي رهنمائي جي طور تي مهيا ڪيو ويو آهي.

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
==ٻاهرين ڳنڍڻا==
{{Sister project links|اسلام}}
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20141103050510/http://knowledgeworld.com.bd/islamic-life/ Islamic Life] 

{{Organisation of Islamic Cooperation}}

{{DEFAULTSORT:Islam, Outline of}}
[[زمرو:اسلام جو خاڪو]]
[[زمرو:مذهب]]
[[زمرو:خاڪا]]
[[زمرو:فهرستون]]
[[زمرو:اسلام|خاڪو]] 
[[زمرو:اسلام سان لاڳاپيل فهرستون| ]]
[[زمرو:مذهبن جا خاڪا|اسلام]]</text>
      <sha1>57h4z4lvkdu5ua169y0xenqlyuy28a3</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401122</id>
      <parentid>401119</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T09:08:27Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Memon2025</username>
        <id>21315</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401122</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="2413" sha1="9w0s6ci0a34xen6bsueerranb19w0oe" xml:space="preserve">[[اسلام]] هڪ ابراهيمي [[توحيديت|توحيدي]] مذهب آهي جيڪو سيکاري ٿو ته  خدا صرف هڪ الله آهي  ۽ محمد سندس آخري [[اسلام ۾ نبي ۽ رسول|رسول]] آهي. &lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia|location=Oxford}}&lt;/ref&gt; &lt;ref name=&quot;OEIW-allah&quot;&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia|location=Oxford}}&lt;/ref&gt; 

هيٺ ڏنل [[خاڪو (فھرست)|خاڪو]] اسلام جي هڪ جائزو ۽ موضوعي رهنمائي جي طور تي مهيا ڪيو ويو آهي.
==عقيدا==
==عمل==
 ان تي عمل ڪرڻ. 
==مڪتبِ فڪر ۽ شاخون== 
==فلسفو==
==الھيات== 
(عقائدي علم)
==شريعت==
===قانون=== 
==حديث== 
{{Main article|حديث}} 
*سني حديث جا اهم ڪتاب
**صحا سته (ڇهه مستند ڪتاب)
***صحيح بخاري 
***صحيح مسلم
***السنن الصغريٰ. نسائي
***سنن ابو دائود 
***جامع ترمذي 
***سنن ابن ماجه 
*شيعه حديث جا اهم ڪتاب
**اصولِ اربعہ
**چار ڪتاب (الڪتب الاربعہ)
***ڪتاب الڪافي 
***من لا يحضر الفقيه 
***تهذيب الاحڪام 
***الاستبصار 
*محدثين (حديث گڏ ڪندڙ)
**امام محمد البخاري
**مسلم بن الحجاج
**ابو دائود 
*صحيح بخاري جي شرح 
**فتح الباري 
*لاڳاپيل 
**علمِ حديث 
**حديث جو مطالعو
**حديث جي اصطلاحيات
==اسلام ۾ غير معمولي پهلو== 
الٰهي (رباني) مافوق الفطرت 
==اسلامي روايتون==
 ۽ قصا: 
==تاريخ== 
==معاشرو== 
==ماڻهو== 
==وڌيڪ ڏسو==
{{Portal|اسلام}}
* [[اسلام ۽ سائنس]]
* [[اسلام سان لاڳاپيل مضمونن جي فهرست]]  
* [[مذهب جو خاڪو#اسلام جا موضوع]]

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
==ٻاهرين ڳنڍڻا==
{{Sister project links|اسلام}}
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20141103050510/http://knowledgeworld.com.bd/islamic-life/ Islamic Life] 

{{Organisation of Islamic Cooperation}}

{{DEFAULTSORT:Islam, Outline of}}
[[زمرو:اسلام جو خاڪو]]
[[زمرو:مذهب]]
[[زمرو:خاڪا]]
[[زمرو:فهرستون]]
[[زمرو:اسلام|خاڪو]] 
[[زمرو:اسلام سان لاڳاپيل فهرستون| ]]
[[زمرو:مذهبن جا خاڪا|اسلام]]</text>
      <sha1>9w0s6ci0a34xen6bsueerranb19w0oe</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401123</id>
      <parentid>401122</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T09:15:44Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Memon2025</username>
        <id>21315</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* حديث */</comment>
      <origin>401123</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="2470" sha1="529jzmppzjkmqnu4i80ghk1i8ypiv2z" xml:space="preserve">[[اسلام]] هڪ ابراهيمي [[توحيديت|توحيدي]] مذهب آهي جيڪو سيکاري ٿو ته  خدا صرف هڪ الله آهي  ۽ محمد سندس آخري [[اسلام ۾ نبي ۽ رسول|رسول]] آهي. &lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia|location=Oxford}}&lt;/ref&gt; &lt;ref name=&quot;OEIW-allah&quot;&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia|location=Oxford}}&lt;/ref&gt; 

هيٺ ڏنل [[خاڪو (فھرست)|خاڪو]] اسلام جي هڪ جائزو ۽ موضوعي رهنمائي جي طور تي مهيا ڪيو ويو آهي.
==عقيدا==
==عمل==
 ان تي عمل ڪرڻ. 
==مڪتبِ فڪر ۽ شاخون== 
==فلسفو==
==الھيات== 
(عقائدي علم)
==شريعت==
===قانون=== 
==حديث== 
{{Main article|حديث}} 
*سني حديث جا اهم ڪتاب
**[[صحاح سته]] (ڇهه مستند ڪتاب)
***[[صحيح بخاري]] 
***[[صحيح مسلم]]
***[[سنن نسائي|السنن الصغريٰ. نسائي]]
***[[سنن ابي داؤد]] 
***جامع ترمذي
***[[سنن ابن ماجه]] 
*شيعه حديث جا اهم ڪتاب
**اصولِ اربعہ
**چار ڪتاب (الڪتب الاربعہ)
***ڪتاب الڪافي 
***من لا يحضر الفقيه 
***تهذيب الاحڪام 
***الاستبصار 
*محدثين (حديث گڏ ڪندڙ)
**[[امام بخاري|امام محمد البخاري]]
**[[امام مسلم]]
**ابو دائود 
*صحيح بخاري جي شرح 
**فتح الباري 
*لاڳاپيل 
**علم حديث
**حديث جو مطالعو
**حديث جي اصطلاحيات
==اسلام ۾ غير معمولي پهلو== 
الٰهي (رباني) مافوق الفطرت 
==اسلامي روايتون==
 ۽ قصا: 
==تاريخ== 
==معاشرو== 
==ماڻهو== 
==وڌيڪ ڏسو==
{{Portal|اسلام}}
* [[اسلام ۽ سائنس]]
* [[اسلام سان لاڳاپيل مضمونن جي فهرست]]  
* [[مذهب جو خاڪو#اسلام جا موضوع]]

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
==ٻاهرين ڳنڍڻا==
{{Sister project links|اسلام}}
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20141103050510/http://knowledgeworld.com.bd/islamic-life/ Islamic Life] 

{{Organisation of Islamic Cooperation}}

{{DEFAULTSORT:Islam, Outline of}}
[[زمرو:اسلام جو خاڪو]]
[[زمرو:مذهب]]
[[زمرو:خاڪا]]
[[زمرو:فهرستون]]
[[زمرو:اسلام|خاڪو]] 
[[زمرو:اسلام سان لاڳاپيل فهرستون| ]]
[[زمرو:مذهبن جا خاڪا|اسلام]]</text>
      <sha1>529jzmppzjkmqnu4i80ghk1i8ypiv2z</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401125</id>
      <parentid>401123</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T09:20:03Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Memon2025</username>
        <id>21315</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* حديث */</comment>
      <origin>401125</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="2534" sha1="mjd4vpsn0bzx2hmsmnynuys4hdl9jg4" xml:space="preserve">[[اسلام]] هڪ ابراهيمي [[توحيديت|توحيدي]] مذهب آهي جيڪو سيکاري ٿو ته  خدا صرف هڪ الله آهي  ۽ محمد سندس آخري [[اسلام ۾ نبي ۽ رسول|رسول]] آهي. &lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia|location=Oxford}}&lt;/ref&gt; &lt;ref name=&quot;OEIW-allah&quot;&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia|location=Oxford}}&lt;/ref&gt; 

هيٺ ڏنل [[خاڪو (فھرست)|خاڪو]] اسلام جي هڪ جائزو ۽ موضوعي رهنمائي جي طور تي مهيا ڪيو ويو آهي.
==عقيدا==
==عمل==
 ان تي عمل ڪرڻ. 
==مڪتبِ فڪر ۽ شاخون== 
==فلسفو==
==الھيات== 
(عقائدي علم)
==شريعت==
===قانون=== 
==حديث== 
{{Main article|حديث}} 
*سني حديث جا اهم ڪتاب
**[[صحاح سته]] (ڇهه مستند ڪتاب)
***[[صحيح بخاري]] 
***[[صحيح مسلم]]
***[[سنن نسائي|السنن الصغريٰ. نسائي]]
***[[سنن ابي داؤد]] 
***جامع ترمذي
***[[سنن ابن ماجه]] 
*شيعه حديث جا اهم ڪتاب
**اصولِ اربعہ
**چار ڪتاب (الڪتب الاربعہ)
***ڪتاب الڪافي 
***من لا يحضر الفقيه 
***تهذيب الاحڪام 
***الاستبصار 
*محدثين (حديث گڏ ڪندڙ)
**[[امام بخاري|امام محمد البخاري]]
**[[امام مسلم]]
**[[امام ابو دائود]]
**[[امام ترمذي]]
**[[امام نسائي]]
*صحيح بخاري جي شرح 
**فتح الباري 
*لاڳاپيل 
**علم حديث
**حديث جو مطالعو
**حديث جي اصطلاحيات
==اسلام ۾ غير معمولي پهلو== 
الٰهي (رباني) مافوق الفطرت 
==اسلامي روايتون==
 ۽ قصا: 
==تاريخ== 
==معاشرو== 
==ماڻهو== 
==وڌيڪ ڏسو==
{{Portal|اسلام}}
* [[اسلام ۽ سائنس]]
* [[اسلام سان لاڳاپيل مضمونن جي فهرست]]  
* [[مذهب جو خاڪو#اسلام جا موضوع]]

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
==ٻاهرين ڳنڍڻا==
{{Sister project links|اسلام}}
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20141103050510/http://knowledgeworld.com.bd/islamic-life/ Islamic Life] 

{{Organisation of Islamic Cooperation}}

{{DEFAULTSORT:Islam, Outline of}}
[[زمرو:اسلام جو خاڪو]]
[[زمرو:مذهب]]
[[زمرو:خاڪا]]
[[زمرو:فهرستون]]
[[زمرو:اسلام|خاڪو]] 
[[زمرو:اسلام سان لاڳاپيل فهرستون| ]]
[[زمرو:مذهبن جا خاڪا|اسلام]]</text>
      <sha1>mjd4vpsn0bzx2hmsmnynuys4hdl9jg4</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401126</id>
      <parentid>401125</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T09:22:46Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Memon2025</username>
        <id>21315</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* حديث */</comment>
      <origin>401126</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="2560" sha1="njgtfhpqjf90xkbenrsvvyzrf1wcpyk" xml:space="preserve">[[اسلام]] هڪ ابراهيمي [[توحيديت|توحيدي]] مذهب آهي جيڪو سيکاري ٿو ته  خدا صرف هڪ الله آهي  ۽ محمد سندس آخري [[اسلام ۾ نبي ۽ رسول|رسول]] آهي. &lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia|location=Oxford}}&lt;/ref&gt; &lt;ref name=&quot;OEIW-allah&quot;&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia|location=Oxford}}&lt;/ref&gt; 

هيٺ ڏنل [[خاڪو (فھرست)|خاڪو]] اسلام جي هڪ جائزو ۽ موضوعي رهنمائي جي طور تي مهيا ڪيو ويو آهي.
==عقيدا==
==عمل==
 ان تي عمل ڪرڻ. 
==مڪتبِ فڪر ۽ شاخون== 
==فلسفو==
==الھيات== 
(عقائدي علم)
==شريعت==
===قانون=== 
==حديث== 
{{Main article|حديث}} 
*سني حديث جا اهم ڪتاب
**[[صحاح سته]] (ڇهه مستند ڪتاب)
***[[صحيح بخاري]] 
***[[صحيح مسلم]]
***[[سنن نسائي|السنن الصغريٰ. نسائي]]
***[[سنن ابي داؤد]] 
***[[سنن الترمذي|جامع ترمذي]]
***[[سنن ابن ماجه]] 
*شيعه حديث جا اهم ڪتاب
**اصولِ اربعہ
**چار ڪتاب (الڪتب الاربعہ)
***ڪتاب الڪافي 
***من لا يحضر الفقيه 
***تهذيب الاحڪام 
***الاستبصار 
*محدثين (حديث گڏ ڪندڙ)
**[[امام بخاري|امام محمد البخاري]]
**[[امام مسلم]]
**[[امام ابو دائود]]
**[[امام ترمذي]]
**[[امام نسائي]]
*صحيح بخاري جي شرح 
**فتح الباري 
*لاڳاپيل 
**علم حديث
**حديث جو مطالعو
**حديث جي اصطلاحيات
==اسلام ۾ غير معمولي پهلو== 
الٰهي (رباني) مافوق الفطرت 
==اسلامي روايتون==
 ۽ قصا: 
==تاريخ== 
==معاشرو== 
==ماڻهو== 
==وڌيڪ ڏسو==
{{Portal|اسلام}}
* [[اسلام ۽ سائنس]]
* [[اسلام سان لاڳاپيل مضمونن جي فهرست]]  
* [[مذهب جو خاڪو#اسلام جا موضوع]]

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
==ٻاهرين ڳنڍڻا==
{{Sister project links|اسلام}}
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20141103050510/http://knowledgeworld.com.bd/islamic-life/ Islamic Life] 

{{Organisation of Islamic Cooperation}}

{{DEFAULTSORT:Islam, Outline of}}
[[زمرو:اسلام جو خاڪو]]
[[زمرو:مذهب]]
[[زمرو:خاڪا]]
[[زمرو:فهرستون]]
[[زمرو:اسلام|خاڪو]] 
[[زمرو:اسلام سان لاڳاپيل فهرستون| ]]
[[زمرو:مذهبن جا خاڪا|اسلام]]</text>
      <sha1>njgtfhpqjf90xkbenrsvvyzrf1wcpyk</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401143</id>
      <parentid>401126</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T10:33:35Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Memon2025</username>
        <id>21315</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401143</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="6768" sha1="oh06rl9lwvvlk3e891n4jc4rpxtubij" xml:space="preserve">[[اسلام]] هڪ ابراهيمي [[توحيديت|توحيدي]] مذهب آهي جيڪو سيکاري ٿو ته  خدا صرف هڪ الله آهي  ۽ محمد سندس آخري [[اسلام ۾ نبي ۽ رسول|رسول]] آهي. &lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia|location=Oxford}}&lt;/ref&gt; &lt;ref name=&quot;OEIW-allah&quot;&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia|location=Oxford}}&lt;/ref&gt; 

هيٺ ڏنل [[خاڪو (فھرست)|خاڪو]] اسلام جي هڪ جائزو ۽ موضوعي رهنمائي جي طور تي مهيا ڪيو ويو آهي.
==عقيدا==
{{Main|عقيدا}}
:[[Allah]]
:[[God in Islam]]
:[[Tawhid|Tawhid, Oneness of God]]
:[[Repentance in Islam]]
:[[Islamic views on sin]]
:[[Shirk (Islam)|Shirk, Partnership and Idolatory]]
:[[Haram]]
:[[Kufr]]
:[[Bid‘ah]]

[[Sunni]] / [[Ibadi]] / [[Ahmadiyya]]
* [[Five Pillars of Islam]]
** ''[[Shahada]]'' 
** ''[[Salah]]'' 
** ''[[Sawm]]'' 
** ''[[Zakat]]''
** ''[[Hajj]]''
* [[Iman (concept)|Six articles of belief ''(Arkan al-Iman)'']]
** ''[[Tawhid]]'' 
** [[Prophet in Islam|Prophets]] 
** [[List of Islamic texts|Holy books]] 
** [[Islamic view of angels|Angels]]
*** [[Gabriel#Islam|Jibril]], [[Holy Spirit in Islam|Holy Spirit]]
** [[Predestination in Islam|Predestination]]
** [[Islamic eschatology|The Day of Judgment]]

[[Shia]] [[Theology of Twelvers|Twelvers]]
* [[Shia Islamic beliefs and practices|Theological principles]]
** ''[[Tawhid]]''
** ''[[Adl]]''
** ''[[Nubuwwah]]''
** ''[[Imamate]]''
** ''[[Mi'ad]]''
* [[Ancillaries of the Faith]]
** ''[[Salah]]''
** ''[[Sawm]]'' 
** ''[[Hajj]]''
** ''[[Zakat]]''
** ''[[Khums]]'' 
** ''[[Jihad]]''
** ''[[Amr-Bil-Ma'rūf]]''
** ''[[Nahi-Anil-Munkar]]''
** ''[[Tawalla]]''
** ''[[Tabarra]]''

[[Shia]] [[Ismaili]]
* [[Seven pillars of Ismailism]] 
** ''[[Walayah]]'' 
** ''[[Islam|Taharah]]'' 
** ''[[Salah]]''
** ''[[Zakat]]''
** ''[[Sawm]]''
** ''[[Hajj]]''
** ''[[Jihad]]''

=== Prophets ===
{{Muhammad |expanded=all}}

* [[Prophets of Islam]]
** [[Muhammad in Islam]]
*** [[Muhammad's first revelation]]
*** [[Miracles of Muhammad]]
**** ''[[Isra and Miraj]]''
**** [[Splitting of the Moon]]
*** ''[[Salawat]]''
*** ''[[Mawlid]]''
** [[Islamic view of Noah|Nuh]] ([[Noah]])
** [[Islamic view of Abraham|Ibrahim]] ([[Abraham]])
** [[Islamic view of Moses|Musa]] ([[Moses]])
** [[Jesus in Islam|Isa]] (Jesus)
*** [[Second Coming of Christ#Islam|Second Coming of Isa]]
** [[People of Ya-Sin]]
** [[Stories of The Prophets]]

=== Scripture ===
{{Quran |expanded=all}}
{{Hadith |expanded=all}}

* [[List of Islamic texts]]
** [[Quran]] 
*** ''[[Sura]]''
**** [[List of surahs in the Quran]]
**** [[Meccan surah]]
**** [[Medinan surah]]
*** ''[[Ayat]]'' 
*** ''[[Juz']]''
*** ''[[Muqatta'at]]''
*** [[Quran and miracles]]
*** [[Challenge of the Quran]]
*** [[Women in the Quran]]
*** [[Female figures in the Quran]]
*** [[Biblical and Quranic narratives]]
*** [[Quranic parables]]
*** ''[[Tafsir]]''
**** ''[[Naskh (tafsir)|Naskh]]'' 
*** [[Quran reading]]
**** ''[[Hafiz (Quran)|Hafiz]]''
**** ''[[Qira'at]]''
**** ''[[Tajwid]]''
**** ''[[Tarteel]]''
*** ''[[Asbab al-nuzul]]'' 
** ''[[Torah in Islam|Tawrat]]'' ([[Torah]])
** ''[[Zabur]]'' ([[Psalms]])
** ''[[Gospel in Islam|Injil]]'' ([[Gospel]])
** ''[[Sunnah]]''
*** [[Hadith]] 
**** [[Hadith studies]]
**** [[Hadith terminology]]
**** [[Hadith collections]] 
***** [[Sunni]] – ''[[Kutub al-Sittah]]''
****** ''[[Sahih Bukhari]]''
****** ''[[Sahih Muslim]]''
****** ''[[Sunan al-Sughra]]''
****** ''[[Sunan Abu Dawood]]''
****** ''[[Jami al-Tirmidhi]]''
****** ''[[Sunan ibn Majah]]''
***** [[Shia]] – ''[[Al-Kutub Al-Arb'ah]]''
****** ''[[Kitab al-Kafi]]''
****** ''[[Man la yahduruhu al-Faqih]]''
****** ''[[Tahdhib al-Ahkam]]''
****** ''[[Al-Istibsar]]''
***** [[Ibadi]]
****** ''[[Jami Sahih]]'' 
****** ''[[Tartib al-Musnad]]''
*** ''[[Seerah]]''
{{Sura |expanded=all}}
{{Characters and names in the Quran |expanded=all}}
{{Tafsir |expanded=all}}

===Denominational specifics===
{{Ali |expanded=all}}

* Shia beliefs
** ''[[Ahl al-Kisa]]''
*** [[Muhammad in Islam]]
*** [[Shia view of Ali|Ali]]
*** [[Shia view of Fatimah|Fatimah]]
*** [[Hasan ibn Ali]]
*** [[Husayn ibn Ali]]
** ''[[Imamah (Shia doctrine)|Imamah]]''
** [[Mourning of Muharram]]
** ''[[Tawassul]]''
** [[The Four Companions]]
** [[Shia clergy]]
** Twelver beliefs
*** ''[[Imamate (Twelver doctrine)]]''
*** [[The Fourteen Infallibles]]
*** [[Occultation (Islam)]]
*** ''[[Irfan]]''
** Ismaili beliefs
*** ''[[Imamah (Ismaili doctrine)]]''
** Nizari Ismaili beliefs
*** [[Imamate in Nizari doctrine]]
** Alevi beliefs
*** ''[[Zahir (Islam)|Zahir]]''
*** ''[[Batin (Islam)|Batin]]''
* Ahmadi beliefs
** ''[[Bay'ah (Ahmadiyya)|Bay'ah]]''
** [[Prophethood (Ahmadiyya)|Prophethood]]
** [[Jesus in Ahmadiyya Islam|Isa]]

==عمل==
 ان تي عمل ڪرڻ. 
==مڪتبِ فڪر ۽ شاخون== 
==فلسفو==
==الھيات== 
(عقائدي علم)
==شريعت==
===قانون=== 
==حديث== 
{{Main article|حديث}} 
*سني حديث جا اهم ڪتاب
**[[صحاح سته]] (ڇهه مستند ڪتاب)
***[[صحيح بخاري]] 
***[[صحيح مسلم]]
***[[سنن نسائي|السنن الصغريٰ. نسائي]]
***[[سنن ابي داؤد]] 
***[[سنن الترمذي|جامع ترمذي]]
***[[سنن ابن ماجه]] 
*شيعه حديث جا اهم ڪتاب
**اصولِ اربعہ
**چار ڪتاب (الڪتب الاربعہ)
***ڪتاب الڪافي 
***من لا يحضر الفقيه 
***تهذيب الاحڪام 
***الاستبصار 
*محدثين (حديث گڏ ڪندڙ)
**[[امام بخاري|امام محمد البخاري]]
**[[امام مسلم]]
**[[امام ابو دائود]]
**[[امام ترمذي]]
**[[امام نسائي]]
*صحيح بخاري جي شرح 
**فتح الباري 
*لاڳاپيل 
**علم حديث
**حديث جو مطالعو
**حديث جي اصطلاحيات
==اسلام ۾ غير معمولي پهلو== 
الٰهي (رباني) مافوق الفطرت 
==اسلامي روايتون==
 ۽ قصا: 
==تاريخ== 
==معاشرو== 
==ماڻهو== 
==وڌيڪ ڏسو==
{{Portal|اسلام}}
* [[اسلام ۽ سائنس]]
* [[اسلام سان لاڳاپيل مضمونن جي فهرست]]  
* [[مذهب جو خاڪو#اسلام جا موضوع]]

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
==ٻاهرين ڳنڍڻا==
{{Sister project links|اسلام}}
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20141103050510/http://knowledgeworld.com.bd/islamic-life/ Islamic Life] 

{{Organisation of Islamic Cooperation}}

{{DEFAULTSORT:Islam, Outline of}}
[[زمرو:اسلام جو خاڪو]]
[[زمرو:مذهب]]
[[زمرو:خاڪا]]
[[زمرو:فهرستون]]
[[زمرو:اسلام|خاڪو]] 
[[زمرو:اسلام سان لاڳاپيل فهرستون| ]]
[[زمرو:مذهبن جا خاڪا|اسلام]]</text>
      <sha1>oh06rl9lwvvlk3e891n4jc4rpxtubij</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401144</id>
      <parentid>401143</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T10:40:19Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Memon2025</username>
        <id>21315</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* عقيدا */</comment>
      <origin>401144</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="7010" sha1="auvfnk4mlk3b8ak3tepnpvosr0a7cfi" xml:space="preserve">[[اسلام]] هڪ ابراهيمي [[توحيديت|توحيدي]] مذهب آهي جيڪو سيکاري ٿو ته  خدا صرف هڪ الله آهي  ۽ محمد سندس آخري [[اسلام ۾ نبي ۽ رسول|رسول]] آهي. &lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia|location=Oxford}}&lt;/ref&gt; &lt;ref name=&quot;OEIW-allah&quot;&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia|location=Oxford}}&lt;/ref&gt; 

هيٺ ڏنل [[خاڪو (فھرست)|خاڪو]] اسلام جي هڪ جائزو ۽ موضوعي رهنمائي جي طور تي مهيا ڪيو ويو آهي.
==عقيدا==
{{Main|ايمان}}
:[[Allah]]
:[[God in Islam]]
:[[Tawhid|Tawhid, Oneness of God]]
:[[Repentance in Islam]]
:[[Islamic views on sin]]
:[[Shirk (Islam)|Shirk, Partnership and Idolatory]]
:[[Haram]]
:[[Kufr]]
:[[Bid‘ah]]

[[Sunni]] /Ahle Hadith
* [[Five Pillars of Islam]]
** ''[[Shahada]]'' 
** ''[[Salah]]'' 
** ''[[Sawm]]'' 
** ''[[Zakat]]''
** ''[[Hajj]]''
* [[Iman (concept)|Six articles of belief ''(Arkan al-Iman)'']]
** ''[[Tawhid]]'' 
** [[Prophet in Islam|Prophets]] 
** [[List of Islamic texts|Holy books]] 
** [[Islamic view of angels|Angels]]
*** [[Gabriel#Islam|Jibril]], [[Holy Spirit in Islam|Holy Spirit]]
** [[Predestination in Islam|Predestination]]
** [[Islamic eschatology|The Day of Judgment]]
** [[آخرت]]
**

* [[آخرت]]

*

=== ب ===

* [[برزخ]]

=== ت ===

* [[توحيد]]

=== خ ===

* [[ختم نبوت جو عقيدو]]

=== غ ===

* [[غيب]]

=== ف ===

* [[فرشتا]]

=== ن ===

* [[نبوت]]

=== و ===

* [[وحي]]

[[Shia]] [[Theology of Twelvers|Twelvers]]
* [[Shia Islamic beliefs and practices|Theological principles]]
** ''[[Tawhid]]''
** ''[[Adl]]''
** ''[[Nubuwwah]]''
** ''[[Imamate]]''
** ''[[Mi'ad]]''
* [[Ancillaries of the Faith]]
** ''[[Salah]]''
** ''[[Sawm]]'' 
** ''[[Hajj]]''
** ''[[Zakat]]''
** ''[[Khums]]'' 
** ''[[Jihad]]''
** ''[[Amr-Bil-Ma'rūf]]''
** ''[[Nahi-Anil-Munkar]]''
** ''[[Tawalla]]''
** ''[[Tabarra]]''

[[Shia]] [[Ismaili]]
* [[Seven pillars of Ismailism]] 
** ''[[Walayah]]'' 
** ''[[Islam|Taharah]]'' 
** ''[[Salah]]''
** ''[[Zakat]]''
** ''[[Sawm]]''
** ''[[Hajj]]''
** ''[[Jihad]]''

=== Prophets ===
{{Muhammad |expanded=all}}

* [[Prophets of Islam]]
** [[Muhammad in Islam]]
*** [[Muhammad's first revelation]]
*** [[Miracles of Muhammad]]
**** ''[[Isra and Miraj]]''
**** [[Splitting of the Moon]]
*** ''[[Salawat]]''
*** ''[[Mawlid]]''
** [[Islamic view of Noah|Nuh]] ([[Noah]])
** [[Islamic view of Abraham|Ibrahim]] ([[Abraham]])
** [[Islamic view of Moses|Musa]] ([[Moses]])
** [[Jesus in Islam|Isa]] (Jesus)
*** [[Second Coming of Christ#Islam|Second Coming of Isa]]
** [[People of Ya-Sin]]
** [[Stories of The Prophets]]

=== Scripture ===
{{Quran |expanded=all}}
{{Hadith |expanded=all}}

* [[List of Islamic texts]]
** [[Quran]] 
*** ''[[Sura]]''
**** [[List of surahs in the Quran]]
**** [[Meccan surah]]
**** [[Medinan surah]]
*** ''[[Ayat]]'' 
*** ''[[Juz']]''
*** ''[[Muqatta'at]]''
*** [[Quran and miracles]]
*** [[Challenge of the Quran]]
*** [[Women in the Quran]]
*** [[Female figures in the Quran]]
*** [[Biblical and Quranic narratives]]
*** [[Quranic parables]]
*** ''[[Tafsir]]''
**** ''[[Naskh (tafsir)|Naskh]]'' 
*** [[Quran reading]]
**** ''[[Hafiz (Quran)|Hafiz]]''
**** ''[[Qira'at]]''
**** ''[[Tajwid]]''
**** ''[[Tarteel]]''
*** ''[[Asbab al-nuzul]]'' 
** ''[[Torah in Islam|Tawrat]]'' ([[Torah]])
** ''[[Zabur]]'' ([[Psalms]])
** ''[[Gospel in Islam|Injil]]'' ([[Gospel]])
** ''[[Sunnah]]''
*** [[Hadith]] 
**** [[Hadith studies]]
**** [[Hadith terminology]]
**** [[Hadith collections]] 
***** [[Sunni]] – ''[[Kutub al-Sittah]]''
****** ''[[Sahih Bukhari]]''
****** ''[[Sahih Muslim]]''
****** ''[[Sunan al-Sughra]]''
****** ''[[Sunan Abu Dawood]]''
****** ''[[Jami al-Tirmidhi]]''
****** ''[[Sunan ibn Majah]]''
***** [[Shia]] – ''[[Al-Kutub Al-Arb'ah]]''
****** ''[[Kitab al-Kafi]]''
****** ''[[Man la yahduruhu al-Faqih]]''
****** ''[[Tahdhib al-Ahkam]]''
****** ''[[Al-Istibsar]]''
***** [[Ibadi]]
****** ''[[Jami Sahih]]'' 
****** ''[[Tartib al-Musnad]]''
*** ''[[Seerah]]''
{{Sura |expanded=all}}
{{Characters and names in the Quran |expanded=all}}
{{Tafsir |expanded=all}}

===Denominational specifics===
{{Ali |expanded=all}}

* Shia beliefs
** ''[[Ahl al-Kisa]]''
*** [[Muhammad in Islam]]
*** [[Shia view of Ali|Ali]]
*** [[Shia view of Fatimah|Fatimah]]
*** [[Hasan ibn Ali]]
*** [[Husayn ibn Ali]]
** ''[[Imamah (Shia doctrine)|Imamah]]''
** [[Mourning of Muharram]]
** ''[[Tawassul]]''
** [[The Four Companions]]
** [[Shia clergy]]
** Twelver beliefs
*** ''[[Imamate (Twelver doctrine)]]''
*** [[The Fourteen Infallibles]]
*** [[Occultation (Islam)]]
*** ''[[Irfan]]''
** Ismaili beliefs
*** ''[[Imamah (Ismaili doctrine)]]''
** Nizari Ismaili beliefs
*** [[Imamate in Nizari doctrine]]
** Alevi beliefs
*** ''[[Zahir (Islam)|Zahir]]''
*** ''[[Batin (Islam)|Batin]]''
* Ahmadi beliefs
** ''[[Bay'ah (Ahmadiyya)|Bay'ah]]''
** [[Prophethood (Ahmadiyya)|Prophethood]]
** [[Jesus in Ahmadiyya Islam|Isa]]

==عمل==
 ان تي عمل ڪرڻ. 
==مڪتبِ فڪر ۽ شاخون== 
==فلسفو==
==الھيات== 
(عقائدي علم)
==شريعت==
===قانون=== 
==حديث== 
{{Main article|حديث}} 
*سني حديث جا اهم ڪتاب
**[[صحاح سته]] (ڇهه مستند ڪتاب)
***[[صحيح بخاري]] 
***[[صحيح مسلم]]
***[[سنن نسائي|السنن الصغريٰ. نسائي]]
***[[سنن ابي داؤد]] 
***[[سنن الترمذي|جامع ترمذي]]
***[[سنن ابن ماجه]] 
*شيعه حديث جا اهم ڪتاب
**اصولِ اربعہ
**چار ڪتاب (الڪتب الاربعہ)
***ڪتاب الڪافي 
***من لا يحضر الفقيه 
***تهذيب الاحڪام 
***الاستبصار 
*محدثين (حديث گڏ ڪندڙ)
**[[امام بخاري|امام محمد البخاري]]
**[[امام مسلم]]
**[[امام ابو دائود]]
**[[امام ترمذي]]
**[[امام نسائي]]
*صحيح بخاري جي شرح 
**فتح الباري 
*لاڳاپيل 
**علم حديث
**حديث جو مطالعو
**حديث جي اصطلاحيات
==اسلام ۾ غير معمولي پهلو== 
الٰهي (رباني) مافوق الفطرت 
==اسلامي روايتون==
 ۽ قصا: 
==تاريخ== 
==معاشرو== 
==ماڻهو== 
==وڌيڪ ڏسو==
{{Portal|اسلام}}
* [[اسلام ۽ سائنس]]
* [[اسلام سان لاڳاپيل مضمونن جي فهرست]]  
* [[مذهب جو خاڪو#اسلام جا موضوع]]

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
==ٻاهرين ڳنڍڻا==
{{Sister project links|اسلام}}
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20141103050510/http://knowledgeworld.com.bd/islamic-life/ Islamic Life] 

{{Organisation of Islamic Cooperation}}

{{DEFAULTSORT:Islam, Outline of}}
[[زمرو:اسلام جو خاڪو]]
[[زمرو:مذهب]]
[[زمرو:خاڪا]]
[[زمرو:فهرستون]]
[[زمرو:اسلام|خاڪو]] 
[[زمرو:اسلام سان لاڳاپيل فهرستون| ]]
[[زمرو:مذهبن جا خاڪا|اسلام]]</text>
      <sha1>auvfnk4mlk3b8ak3tepnpvosr0a7cfi</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401145</id>
      <parentid>401144</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T10:49:16Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Memon2025</username>
        <id>21315</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401145</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="6851" sha1="29deh85o6cxsgj6sp4nprwybwnvohia" xml:space="preserve">[[اسلام]] هڪ ابراهيمي [[توحيديت|توحيدي]] مذهب آهي جيڪو سيکاري ٿو ته  خدا صرف هڪ الله آهي  ۽ محمد سندس آخري [[اسلام ۾ نبي ۽ رسول|رسول]] آهي. &lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia|location=Oxford}}&lt;/ref&gt; &lt;ref name=&quot;OEIW-allah&quot;&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia|location=Oxford}}&lt;/ref&gt; 

هيٺ ڏنل [[خاڪو (فھرست)|خاڪو]] اسلام جي هڪ جائزو ۽ موضوعي رهنمائي جي طور تي مهيا ڪيو ويو آهي.
==عقيدا==
===ايمان===
{{Main|ايمان}}
** ''[[آخرت]]''
** ''[[برزخ]]''
** ''[[توحيد]]'' 
** ''[[ختم نبوت|ختم نبوت]]''
** ''[[غيب]]''
** ''[[فرشتا]]''
** ''[[نبوت]]''
** ''[[وحي]]''
:[[Allah]]
:[[God in Islam]]
:[[Tawhid|Tawhid, Oneness of God]]
:[[Repentance in Islam]]
:[[Islamic views on sin]]
:[[Shirk (Islam)|Shirk, Partnership and Idolatory]]
:[[Haram]]
:[[Kufr]]
:[[Bid‘ah]]

[[Sunni]] /Ahle Hadith
* [[Five Pillars of Islam]]
** ''[[Shahada]]'' 
** ''[[Salah]]'' 
** ''[[Sawm]]'' 
** ''[[Zakat]]''
** ''[[Hajj]]''
* [[Iman (concept)|Six articles of belief ''(Arkan al-Iman)'']]
** [[Prophet in Islam|Prophets]] 
** [[List of Islamic texts|Holy books]] 
*** [[Gabriel#Islam|Jibril]], [[Holy Spirit in Islam|Holy Spirit]]
** [[Predestination in Islam|Predestination]]

[[Shia]] [[Theology of Twelvers|Twelvers]]
* [[Shia Islamic beliefs and practices|Theological principles]]
** ''[[Tawhid]]''
** ''[[Adl]]''
** ''[[Nubuwwah]]''
** ''[[Imamate]]''
** ''[[Mi'ad]]''
* [[Ancillaries of the Faith]]
** ''[[Salah]]''
** ''[[Sawm]]'' 
** ''[[Hajj]]''
** ''[[Zakat]]''
** ''[[Khums]]'' 
** ''[[Jihad]]''
** ''[[Amr-Bil-Ma'rūf]]''
** ''[[Nahi-Anil-Munkar]]''
** ''[[Tawalla]]''
** ''[[Tabarra]]''

[[Shia]] [[Ismaili]]
* [[Seven pillars of Ismailism]] 
** ''[[Walayah]]'' 
** ''[[Islam|Taharah]]'' 
** ''[[Salah]]''
** ''[[Zakat]]''
** ''[[Sawm]]''
** ''[[Hajj]]''
** ''[[Jihad]]''

=== Prophets ===
{{Muhammad |expanded=all}}

* [[Prophets of Islam]]
** [[Muhammad in Islam]]
*** [[Muhammad's first revelation]]
*** [[Miracles of Muhammad]]
**** ''[[Isra and Miraj]]''
**** [[Splitting of the Moon]]
*** ''[[Salawat]]''
*** ''[[Mawlid]]''
** [[Islamic view of Noah|Nuh]] ([[Noah]])
** [[Islamic view of Abraham|Ibrahim]] ([[Abraham]])
** [[Islamic view of Moses|Musa]] ([[Moses]])
** [[Jesus in Islam|Isa]] (Jesus)
*** [[Second Coming of Christ#Islam|Second Coming of Isa]]
** [[People of Ya-Sin]]
** [[Stories of The Prophets]]

=== Scripture ===
{{Quran |expanded=all}}
{{Hadith |expanded=all}}

* [[List of Islamic texts]]
** [[Quran]] 
*** ''[[Sura]]''
**** [[List of surahs in the Quran]]
**** [[Meccan surah]]
**** [[Medinan surah]]
*** ''[[Ayat]]'' 
*** ''[[Juz']]''
*** ''[[Muqatta'at]]''
*** [[Quran and miracles]]
*** [[Challenge of the Quran]]
*** [[Women in the Quran]]
*** [[Female figures in the Quran]]
*** [[Biblical and Quranic narratives]]
*** [[Quranic parables]]
*** ''[[Tafsir]]''
**** ''[[Naskh (tafsir)|Naskh]]'' 
*** [[Quran reading]]
**** ''[[Hafiz (Quran)|Hafiz]]''
**** ''[[Qira'at]]''
**** ''[[Tajwid]]''
**** ''[[Tarteel]]''
*** ''[[Asbab al-nuzul]]'' 
** ''[[Torah in Islam|Tawrat]]'' ([[Torah]])
** ''[[Zabur]]'' ([[Psalms]])
** ''[[Gospel in Islam|Injil]]'' ([[Gospel]])
** ''[[Sunnah]]''
*** [[Hadith]] 
**** [[Hadith studies]]
**** [[Hadith terminology]]
**** [[Hadith collections]] 
***** [[Sunni]] – ''[[Kutub al-Sittah]]''
****** ''[[Sahih Bukhari]]''
****** ''[[Sahih Muslim]]''
****** ''[[Sunan al-Sughra]]''
****** ''[[Sunan Abu Dawood]]''
****** ''[[Jami al-Tirmidhi]]''
****** ''[[Sunan ibn Majah]]''
***** [[Shia]] – ''[[Al-Kutub Al-Arb'ah]]''
****** ''[[Kitab al-Kafi]]''
****** ''[[Man la yahduruhu al-Faqih]]''
****** ''[[Tahdhib al-Ahkam]]''
****** ''[[Al-Istibsar]]''
***** [[Ibadi]]
****** ''[[Jami Sahih]]'' 
****** ''[[Tartib al-Musnad]]''
*** ''[[Seerah]]''
{{Sura |expanded=all}}
{{Characters and names in the Quran |expanded=all}}
{{Tafsir |expanded=all}}

===Denominational specifics===
{{Ali |expanded=all}}

* Shia beliefs
** ''[[Ahl al-Kisa]]''
*** [[Muhammad in Islam]]
*** [[Shia view of Ali|Ali]]
*** [[Shia view of Fatimah|Fatimah]]
*** [[Hasan ibn Ali]]
*** [[Husayn ibn Ali]]
** ''[[Imamah (Shia doctrine)|Imamah]]''
** [[Mourning of Muharram]]
** ''[[Tawassul]]''
** [[The Four Companions]]
** [[Shia clergy]]
** Twelver beliefs
*** ''[[Imamate (Twelver doctrine)]]''
*** [[The Fourteen Infallibles]]
*** [[Occultation (Islam)]]
*** ''[[Irfan]]''
** Ismaili beliefs
*** ''[[Imamah (Ismaili doctrine)]]''
** Nizari Ismaili beliefs
*** [[Imamate in Nizari doctrine]]
** Alevi beliefs
*** ''[[Zahir (Islam)|Zahir]]''
*** ''[[Batin (Islam)|Batin]]''
* Ahmadi beliefs
** ''[[Bay'ah (Ahmadiyya)|Bay'ah]]''
** [[Prophethood (Ahmadiyya)|Prophethood]]
** [[Jesus in Ahmadiyya Islam|Isa]]

==عمل==
 ان تي عمل ڪرڻ. 
==مڪتبِ فڪر ۽ شاخون== 
==فلسفو==
==الھيات== 
(عقائدي علم)
==شريعت==
===قانون=== 
==حديث== 
{{Main article|حديث}} 
*سني حديث جا اهم ڪتاب
**[[صحاح سته]] (ڇهه مستند ڪتاب)
***[[صحيح بخاري]] 
***[[صحيح مسلم]]
***[[سنن نسائي|السنن الصغريٰ. نسائي]]
***[[سنن ابي داؤد]] 
***[[سنن الترمذي|جامع ترمذي]]
***[[سنن ابن ماجه]] 
*شيعه حديث جا اهم ڪتاب
**اصولِ اربعہ
**چار ڪتاب (الڪتب الاربعہ)
***ڪتاب الڪافي 
***من لا يحضر الفقيه 
***تهذيب الاحڪام 
***الاستبصار 
*محدثين (حديث گڏ ڪندڙ)
**[[امام بخاري|امام محمد البخاري]]
**[[امام مسلم]]
**[[امام ابو دائود]]
**[[امام ترمذي]]
**[[امام نسائي]]
*صحيح بخاري جي شرح 
**فتح الباري 
*لاڳاپيل 
**علم حديث
**حديث جو مطالعو
**حديث جي اصطلاحيات
==اسلام ۾ غير معمولي پهلو== 
الٰهي (رباني) مافوق الفطرت 
==اسلامي روايتون==
 ۽ قصا: 
==تاريخ== 
==معاشرو== 
==ماڻهو== 
==وڌيڪ ڏسو==
{{Portal|اسلام}}
* [[اسلام ۽ سائنس]]
* [[اسلام سان لاڳاپيل مضمونن جي فهرست]]  
* [[مذهب جو خاڪو#اسلام جا موضوع]]

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
==ٻاهرين ڳنڍڻا==
{{Sister project links|اسلام}}
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20141103050510/http://knowledgeworld.com.bd/islamic-life/ Islamic Life] 

{{Organisation of Islamic Cooperation}}

{{DEFAULTSORT:Islam, Outline of}}
[[زمرو:اسلام جو خاڪو]]
[[زمرو:مذهب]]
[[زمرو:خاڪا]]
[[زمرو:فهرستون]]
[[زمرو:اسلام|خاڪو]] 
[[زمرو:اسلام سان لاڳاپيل فهرستون| ]]
[[زمرو:مذهبن جا خاڪا|اسلام]]</text>
      <sha1>29deh85o6cxsgj6sp4nprwybwnvohia</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401146</id>
      <parentid>401145</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T10:50:02Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Memon2025</username>
        <id>21315</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* ايمان */</comment>
      <origin>401146</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="6867" sha1="hboe1vrsxgmh5by8o7625362lktt31e" xml:space="preserve">[[اسلام]] هڪ ابراهيمي [[توحيديت|توحيدي]] مذهب آهي جيڪو سيکاري ٿو ته  خدا صرف هڪ الله آهي  ۽ محمد سندس آخري [[اسلام ۾ نبي ۽ رسول|رسول]] آهي. &lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia|location=Oxford}}&lt;/ref&gt; &lt;ref name=&quot;OEIW-allah&quot;&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia|location=Oxford}}&lt;/ref&gt; 

هيٺ ڏنل [[خاڪو (فھرست)|خاڪو]] اسلام جي هڪ جائزو ۽ موضوعي رهنمائي جي طور تي مهيا ڪيو ويو آهي.
==عقيدا==
===ايمان===
{{Main|ايمان}}
** ''[[آخرت]]''
** ''[[برزخ]]''
** ''[[توحيد]]'' 
** ''[[ختم نبوت جو عقيدو|ختم نبوت]]''
** ''[[غيب]]''
** ''[[فرشتا]]''
** ''[[نبوت]]''
** ''[[وحي]]''
:[[Allah]]
:[[God in Islam]]
:[[Tawhid|Tawhid, Oneness of God]]
:[[Repentance in Islam]]
:[[Islamic views on sin]]
:[[Shirk (Islam)|Shirk, Partnership and Idolatory]]
:[[Haram]]
:[[Kufr]]
:[[Bid‘ah]]

[[Sunni]] /Ahle Hadith
* [[Five Pillars of Islam]]
** ''[[Shahada]]'' 
** ''[[Salah]]'' 
** ''[[Sawm]]'' 
** ''[[Zakat]]''
** ''[[Hajj]]''
* [[Iman (concept)|Six articles of belief ''(Arkan al-Iman)'']]
** [[Prophet in Islam|Prophets]] 
** [[List of Islamic texts|Holy books]] 
*** [[Gabriel#Islam|Jibril]], [[Holy Spirit in Islam|Holy Spirit]]
** [[Predestination in Islam|Predestination]]

[[Shia]] [[Theology of Twelvers|Twelvers]]
* [[Shia Islamic beliefs and practices|Theological principles]]
** ''[[Tawhid]]''
** ''[[Adl]]''
** ''[[Nubuwwah]]''
** ''[[Imamate]]''
** ''[[Mi'ad]]''
* [[Ancillaries of the Faith]]
** ''[[Salah]]''
** ''[[Sawm]]'' 
** ''[[Hajj]]''
** ''[[Zakat]]''
** ''[[Khums]]'' 
** ''[[Jihad]]''
** ''[[Amr-Bil-Ma'rūf]]''
** ''[[Nahi-Anil-Munkar]]''
** ''[[Tawalla]]''
** ''[[Tabarra]]''

[[Shia]] [[Ismaili]]
* [[Seven pillars of Ismailism]] 
** ''[[Walayah]]'' 
** ''[[Islam|Taharah]]'' 
** ''[[Salah]]''
** ''[[Zakat]]''
** ''[[Sawm]]''
** ''[[Hajj]]''
** ''[[Jihad]]''

=== Prophets ===
{{Muhammad |expanded=all}}

* [[Prophets of Islam]]
** [[Muhammad in Islam]]
*** [[Muhammad's first revelation]]
*** [[Miracles of Muhammad]]
**** ''[[Isra and Miraj]]''
**** [[Splitting of the Moon]]
*** ''[[Salawat]]''
*** ''[[Mawlid]]''
** [[Islamic view of Noah|Nuh]] ([[Noah]])
** [[Islamic view of Abraham|Ibrahim]] ([[Abraham]])
** [[Islamic view of Moses|Musa]] ([[Moses]])
** [[Jesus in Islam|Isa]] (Jesus)
*** [[Second Coming of Christ#Islam|Second Coming of Isa]]
** [[People of Ya-Sin]]
** [[Stories of The Prophets]]

=== Scripture ===
{{Quran |expanded=all}}
{{Hadith |expanded=all}}

* [[List of Islamic texts]]
** [[Quran]] 
*** ''[[Sura]]''
**** [[List of surahs in the Quran]]
**** [[Meccan surah]]
**** [[Medinan surah]]
*** ''[[Ayat]]'' 
*** ''[[Juz']]''
*** ''[[Muqatta'at]]''
*** [[Quran and miracles]]
*** [[Challenge of the Quran]]
*** [[Women in the Quran]]
*** [[Female figures in the Quran]]
*** [[Biblical and Quranic narratives]]
*** [[Quranic parables]]
*** ''[[Tafsir]]''
**** ''[[Naskh (tafsir)|Naskh]]'' 
*** [[Quran reading]]
**** ''[[Hafiz (Quran)|Hafiz]]''
**** ''[[Qira'at]]''
**** ''[[Tajwid]]''
**** ''[[Tarteel]]''
*** ''[[Asbab al-nuzul]]'' 
** ''[[Torah in Islam|Tawrat]]'' ([[Torah]])
** ''[[Zabur]]'' ([[Psalms]])
** ''[[Gospel in Islam|Injil]]'' ([[Gospel]])
** ''[[Sunnah]]''
*** [[Hadith]] 
**** [[Hadith studies]]
**** [[Hadith terminology]]
**** [[Hadith collections]] 
***** [[Sunni]] – ''[[Kutub al-Sittah]]''
****** ''[[Sahih Bukhari]]''
****** ''[[Sahih Muslim]]''
****** ''[[Sunan al-Sughra]]''
****** ''[[Sunan Abu Dawood]]''
****** ''[[Jami al-Tirmidhi]]''
****** ''[[Sunan ibn Majah]]''
***** [[Shia]] – ''[[Al-Kutub Al-Arb'ah]]''
****** ''[[Kitab al-Kafi]]''
****** ''[[Man la yahduruhu al-Faqih]]''
****** ''[[Tahdhib al-Ahkam]]''
****** ''[[Al-Istibsar]]''
***** [[Ibadi]]
****** ''[[Jami Sahih]]'' 
****** ''[[Tartib al-Musnad]]''
*** ''[[Seerah]]''
{{Sura |expanded=all}}
{{Characters and names in the Quran |expanded=all}}
{{Tafsir |expanded=all}}

===Denominational specifics===
{{Ali |expanded=all}}

* Shia beliefs
** ''[[Ahl al-Kisa]]''
*** [[Muhammad in Islam]]
*** [[Shia view of Ali|Ali]]
*** [[Shia view of Fatimah|Fatimah]]
*** [[Hasan ibn Ali]]
*** [[Husayn ibn Ali]]
** ''[[Imamah (Shia doctrine)|Imamah]]''
** [[Mourning of Muharram]]
** ''[[Tawassul]]''
** [[The Four Companions]]
** [[Shia clergy]]
** Twelver beliefs
*** ''[[Imamate (Twelver doctrine)]]''
*** [[The Fourteen Infallibles]]
*** [[Occultation (Islam)]]
*** ''[[Irfan]]''
** Ismaili beliefs
*** ''[[Imamah (Ismaili doctrine)]]''
** Nizari Ismaili beliefs
*** [[Imamate in Nizari doctrine]]
** Alevi beliefs
*** ''[[Zahir (Islam)|Zahir]]''
*** ''[[Batin (Islam)|Batin]]''
* Ahmadi beliefs
** ''[[Bay'ah (Ahmadiyya)|Bay'ah]]''
** [[Prophethood (Ahmadiyya)|Prophethood]]
** [[Jesus in Ahmadiyya Islam|Isa]]

==عمل==
 ان تي عمل ڪرڻ. 
==مڪتبِ فڪر ۽ شاخون== 
==فلسفو==
==الھيات== 
(عقائدي علم)
==شريعت==
===قانون=== 
==حديث== 
{{Main article|حديث}} 
*سني حديث جا اهم ڪتاب
**[[صحاح سته]] (ڇهه مستند ڪتاب)
***[[صحيح بخاري]] 
***[[صحيح مسلم]]
***[[سنن نسائي|السنن الصغريٰ. نسائي]]
***[[سنن ابي داؤد]] 
***[[سنن الترمذي|جامع ترمذي]]
***[[سنن ابن ماجه]] 
*شيعه حديث جا اهم ڪتاب
**اصولِ اربعہ
**چار ڪتاب (الڪتب الاربعہ)
***ڪتاب الڪافي 
***من لا يحضر الفقيه 
***تهذيب الاحڪام 
***الاستبصار 
*محدثين (حديث گڏ ڪندڙ)
**[[امام بخاري|امام محمد البخاري]]
**[[امام مسلم]]
**[[امام ابو دائود]]
**[[امام ترمذي]]
**[[امام نسائي]]
*صحيح بخاري جي شرح 
**فتح الباري 
*لاڳاپيل 
**علم حديث
**حديث جو مطالعو
**حديث جي اصطلاحيات
==اسلام ۾ غير معمولي پهلو== 
الٰهي (رباني) مافوق الفطرت 
==اسلامي روايتون==
 ۽ قصا: 
==تاريخ== 
==معاشرو== 
==ماڻهو== 
==وڌيڪ ڏسو==
{{Portal|اسلام}}
* [[اسلام ۽ سائنس]]
* [[اسلام سان لاڳاپيل مضمونن جي فهرست]]  
* [[مذهب جو خاڪو#اسلام جا موضوع]]

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
==ٻاهرين ڳنڍڻا==
{{Sister project links|اسلام}}
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20141103050510/http://knowledgeworld.com.bd/islamic-life/ Islamic Life] 

{{Organisation of Islamic Cooperation}}

{{DEFAULTSORT:Islam, Outline of}}
[[زمرو:اسلام جو خاڪو]]
[[زمرو:مذهب]]
[[زمرو:خاڪا]]
[[زمرو:فهرستون]]
[[زمرو:اسلام|خاڪو]] 
[[زمرو:اسلام سان لاڳاپيل فهرستون| ]]
[[زمرو:مذهبن جا خاڪا|اسلام]]</text>
      <sha1>hboe1vrsxgmh5by8o7625362lktt31e</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401157</id>
      <parentid>401146</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T11:20:18Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Memon2025</username>
        <id>21315</id>
      </contributor>
      <origin>401157</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="6958" sha1="43mjqb1m50r5yg21p0q03ibocxl5wws" xml:space="preserve">[[اسلام]] هڪ ابراهيمي [[توحيديت|توحيدي]] مذهب آهي جيڪو سيکاري ٿو ته  خدا صرف هڪ الله آهي  ۽ محمد سندس آخري [[اسلام ۾ نبي ۽ رسول|رسول]] آهي. &lt;ref&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia|location=Oxford}}&lt;/ref&gt; &lt;ref name=&quot;OEIW-allah&quot;&gt;{{Cite encyclopedia|location=Oxford}}&lt;/ref&gt; 

هيٺ ڏنل [[خاڪو (فھرست)|خاڪو]] اسلام جي هڪ جائزو ۽ موضوعي رهنمائي جي طور تي مهيا ڪيو ويو آهي.
==عقيدا==
===ايمان===
{{Main|ايمان}}
** ''[[آخرت]]''
** ''[[برزخ]]''
** ''[[توحيد]]'' 
** ''[[ختم نبوت جو عقيدو|ختم نبوت]]''
** ''[[غيب]]''
** ''[[فرشتا]]''
** ''[[نبوت]]''
** ''[[وحي]]''
:[[Allah]]
:[[God in Islam]]
:[[Tawhid|Tawhid, Oneness of God]]
:[[Repentance in Islam]]
:[[Islamic views on sin]]
:[[Shirk (Islam)|Shirk, Partnership and Idolatory]]
:[[Haram]]
:[[Kufr]]
:[[Bid‘ah]]

[[Sunni]]/Ibadi/Salafi/
 Ahle Hadith/Ahle Quran 
* [[Five Pillars of Islam]]
** ''[[شهادت]]''
** ''[[نماز]]''
** ''[[اسلام ۾ روزو (الصوم)|الصوم (روزو)]]''
** ''[[زڪوات]]''
** ''[[حج]]''
* [[Iman (concept)|Six articles of belief ''(Arkan al-Iman)'']]
** [[Prophet in Islam|Prophets]] 
** [[List of Islamic texts|Holy books]] 
*** [[Gabriel#Islam|Jibril]], [[Holy Spirit in Islam|Holy Spirit]]
** [[Predestination in Islam|Predestination]]

[[Shia]] [[Theology of Twelvers|Twelvers]]
* [[Shia Islamic beliefs and practices|Theological principles]]
** ''[[Tawhid]]''
** ''[[Adl]]''
** ''[[Nubuwwah]]''
** ''[[Imamate]]''
** ''[[Mi'ad]]''
* [[Ancillaries of the Faith]]
** ''[[Salah]]''
** ''[[Sawm]]'' 
** ''[[Hajj]]''
** ''[[Zakat]]''
** ''[[Khums]]'' 
** ''[[جھاد]]'''
** ''[[Amr-Bil-Ma'rūf]]''
** ''[[Nahi-Anil-Munkar]]''
** ''[[Tawalla]]''
** ''[[Tabarra]]''

[[Shia]] [[Ismaili]]
* [[Seven pillars of Ismailism]] 
** ''[[Walayah]]'' 
** ''[[Islam|Taharah]]'' 
** ''[[Salah]]''
** ''[[Zakat]]''
** ''[[Sawm]]''
** ''[[Hajj]]''
** ''[[Jihad]]''

=== Prophets ===
{{Muhammad |expanded=all}}

* [[Prophets of Islam]]
** [[Muhammad in Islam]]
*** [[Muhammad's first revelation]]
*** [[Miracles of Muhammad]]
**** ''[[Isra and Miraj]]''
**** [[Splitting of the Moon]]
*** ''[[Salawat]]''
*** ''[[Mawlid]]''
** [[Islamic view of Noah|Nuh]] ([[Noah]])
** [[Islamic view of Abraham|Ibrahim]] ([[Abraham]])
** [[Islamic view of Moses|Musa]] ([[Moses]])
** [[Jesus in Islam|Isa]] (Jesus)
*** [[Second Coming of Christ#Islam|Second Coming of Isa]]
** [[People of Ya-Sin]]
** [[Stories of The Prophets]]

=== Scripture ===
{{Quran |expanded=all}}
{{Hadith |expanded=all}}

* [[List of Islamic texts]]
** [[Quran]] 
*** ''[[Sura]]''
**** [[List of surahs in the Quran]]
**** [[Meccan surah]]
**** [[Medinan surah]]
*** ''[[Ayat]]'' 
*** ''[[Juz']]''
*** ''[[Muqatta'at]]''
*** [[Quran and miracles]]
*** [[Challenge of the Quran]]
*** [[Women in the Quran]]
*** [[Female figures in the Quran]]
*** [[Biblical and Quranic narratives]]
*** [[Quranic parables]]
*** ''[[Tafsir]]''
**** ''[[Naskh (tafsir)|Naskh]]'' 
*** [[Quran reading]]
**** ''[[Hafiz (Quran)|Hafiz]]''
**** ''[[Qira'at]]''
**** ''[[Tajwid]]''
**** ''[[Tarteel]]''
*** ''[[Asbab al-nuzul]]'' 
** ''[[Torah in Islam|Tawrat]]'' ([[Torah]])
** ''[[Zabur]]'' ([[Psalms]])
** ''[[Gospel in Islam|Injil]]'' ([[Gospel]])
** ''[[Sunnah]]''
*** [[Hadith]] 
**** [[Hadith studies]]
**** [[Hadith terminology]]
**** [[Hadith collections]] 
***** [[Sunni]] – ''[[Kutub al-Sittah]]''
****** ''[[Sahih Bukhari]]''
****** ''[[Sahih Muslim]]''
****** ''[[Sunan al-Sughra]]''
****** ''[[Sunan Abu Dawood]]''
****** ''[[Jami al-Tirmidhi]]''
****** ''[[Sunan ibn Majah]]''
***** [[Shia]] – ''[[Al-Kutub Al-Arb'ah]]''
****** ''[[Kitab al-Kafi]]''
****** ''[[Man la yahduruhu al-Faqih]]''
****** ''[[Tahdhib al-Ahkam]]''
****** ''[[Al-Istibsar]]''
***** [[Ibadi]]
****** ''[[Jami Sahih]]'' 
****** ''[[Tartib al-Musnad]]''
*** ''[[Seerah]]''
{{Sura |expanded=all}}
{{Characters and names in the Quran |expanded=all}}
{{Tafsir |expanded=all}}

===Denominational specifics===
{{Ali |expanded=all}}

* Shia beliefs
** ''[[Ahl al-Kisa]]''
*** [[Muhammad in Islam]]
*** [[Shia view of Ali|Ali]]
*** [[Shia view of Fatimah|Fatimah]]
*** [[Hasan ibn Ali]]
*** [[Husayn ibn Ali]]
** ''[[Imamah (Shia doctrine)|Imamah]]''
** [[Mourning of Muharram]]
** ''[[Tawassul]]''
** [[The Four Companions]]
** [[Shia clergy]]
** Twelver beliefs
*** ''[[Imamate (Twelver doctrine)]]''
*** [[The Fourteen Infallibles]]
*** [[Occultation (Islam)]]
*** ''[[Irfan]]''
** Ismaili beliefs
*** ''[[Imamah (Ismaili doctrine)]]''
** Nizari Ismaili beliefs
*** [[Imamate in Nizari doctrine]]
** Alevi beliefs
*** ''[[Zahir (Islam)|Zahir]]''
*** ''[[Batin (Islam)|Batin]]''
* Ahmadi beliefs
** ''[[Bay'ah (Ahmadiyya)|Bay'ah]]''
** [[Prophethood (Ahmadiyya)|Prophethood]]
** [[Jesus in Ahmadiyya Islam|Isa]]

==عمل==
 ان تي عمل ڪرڻ. 
==مڪتبِ فڪر ۽ شاخون== 
==فلسفو==
==الھيات== 
(عقائدي علم)
==شريعت==
===قانون=== 
==حديث== 
{{Main article|حديث}} 
*سني حديث جا اهم ڪتاب
**[[صحاح سته]] (ڇهه مستند ڪتاب)
***[[صحيح بخاري]] 
***[[صحيح مسلم]]
***[[سنن نسائي|السنن الصغريٰ. نسائي]]
***[[سنن ابي داؤد]] 
***[[سنن الترمذي|جامع ترمذي]]
***[[سنن ابن ماجه]] 
*شيعه حديث جا اهم ڪتاب
**اصولِ اربعہ
**چار ڪتاب (الڪتب الاربعہ)
***ڪتاب الڪافي 
***من لا يحضر الفقيه 
***تهذيب الاحڪام 
***الاستبصار 
*محدثين (حديث گڏ ڪندڙ)
**[[امام بخاري|امام محمد البخاري]]
**[[امام مسلم]]
**[[امام ابو دائود]]
**[[امام ترمذي]]
**[[امام نسائي]]
*صحيح بخاري جي شرح 
**فتح الباري 
*لاڳاپيل 
**علم حديث
**حديث جو مطالعو
**حديث جي اصطلاحيات
==اسلام ۾ غير معمولي پهلو== 
الٰهي (رباني) مافوق الفطرت 
==اسلامي روايتون==
 ۽ قصا: 
==تاريخ== 
==معاشرو== 
==ماڻهو== 
==وڌيڪ ڏسو==
{{Portal|اسلام}}
* [[اسلام ۽ سائنس]]
* [[اسلام سان لاڳاپيل مضمونن جي فهرست]]  
* [[مذهب جو خاڪو#اسلام جا موضوع]]

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
==ٻاهرين ڳنڍڻا==
{{Sister project links|اسلام}}
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20141103050510/http://knowledgeworld.com.bd/islamic-life/ Islamic Life] 

{{Organisation of Islamic Cooperation}}

{{DEFAULTSORT:Islam, Outline of}}
[[زمرو:اسلام جو خاڪو]]
[[زمرو:مذهب]]
[[زمرو:خاڪا]]
[[زمرو:فهرستون]]
[[زمرو:اسلام|خاڪو]] 
[[زمرو:اسلام سان لاڳاپيل فهرستون| ]]
[[زمرو:مذهبن جا خاڪا|اسلام]]</text>
      <sha1>43mjqb1m50r5yg21p0q03ibocxl5wws</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>زمرو:اسلام جو خاڪو</title>
    <ns>14</ns>
    <id>101281</id>
    <revision>
      <id>401120</id>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T08:38:49Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Memon2025</username>
        <id>21315</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>نئون صفحو: [[زمرو:اسلام]]  [[زمرو:مذهبن جا خاڪا]]</comment>
      <origin>401120</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="62" sha1="su898wganmvufaa5kkr37qbho4i8ix5" xml:space="preserve">[[زمرو:اسلام]] 
[[زمرو:مذهبن جا خاڪا]]</text>
      <sha1>su898wganmvufaa5kkr37qbho4i8ix5</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>زمرو:مذهبن جا خاڪا</title>
    <ns>14</ns>
    <id>101282</id>
    <revision>
      <id>401121</id>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T08:39:11Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Memon2025</username>
        <id>21315</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>نئون صفحو: [[زمرو:مذهب]] [[زمرو:خاڪا]]</comment>
      <origin>401121</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="43" sha1="eskinkhqxkmzzzxsuv3922v32q7pz0c" xml:space="preserve">[[زمرو:مذهب]]
[[زمرو:خاڪا]]</text>
      <sha1>eskinkhqxkmzzzxsuv3922v32q7pz0c</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>ابن ماجه</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>101283</id>
    <revision>
      <id>401129</id>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T09:29:12Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Memon2025</username>
        <id>21315</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>صفحي &quot;[[:en:Special:Redirect/revision/1367778971|Ibn Majah]]&quot; جي شروعاتي ڀاڱي جو ترجمو ڪندي سرجيو ويو</comment>
      <origin>401129</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="1738" sha1="rid6oluqwb6p5eymkgduweqij93g5xc" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox religious biography|religion=[[Islam]]|era=[[Islamic golden age]]|honorific_prefix=[[Imam]]|name=Abū ʿAbd Allāh Muḥammad ibn Yazīd Ibn Mājah al-Rabʿī al-Qazwīnī|image=|title=ابن ماجه|birth_date={{circa}} 824 CE|birth_place=[[Qazvin]], Persia, [[Abbasid Caliphate]]&lt;br /&gt;{{small|(present-day [[Iran]])}}|death_date={{circa}} 887 or 889 CE|death_place=Qazvin, Persia, Abbasid Caliphate|denomination=[[Sunni]]|notable_works=[[Sunan Ibn Majah|''Sunan Ibn Mājah'']], ''Kitāb at-Tafsīr'' and ''Kitāb at-Tārīkh''|caption=[[Islamic calligraphy]] of his name|main_interests=[[Hadith]], [[Fiqh]]}}'''ابو عبد الله محمد بن يزيد ابن ماجه الربيع القزويني''' &lt;ref&gt;{{حوالو ويب|quote=2020-12-17|archivedate=2021-04-14}}&lt;/ref&gt; ( {{langx|ar|ابو عبد الله محمد بن يزيد بن ماجه الربعي القزويني}}) (وفات 209/824، وفات 273/887) جيڪو عام طور تي '''ابن ماجه''' جي نالي سان سڃاتو وڃي ٿو،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=The Cambridge history of Iran. |date=1975 |publisher=Cambridge U.P. |isbn=978-0-521-20093-6 |editor-last=Frye |editor-first=R.N. |edition=Repr. |location=London |page=471}}&lt;/ref&gt; [[حديث]] جو [[وچون دور|وچئين دور جو]] هڪ عالم هو. هن [[صحاح سته]] ([[سني اسلام]] جي ڇهن روايتي حديثن جي مجموعن) مان آخري، ''[[سنن ابن ماجه]]''، مرتب ڪيو. &lt;ref name=&quot;Tadhkirah&quot;&gt;{{Cite book |last=al-Dhahabi |first=Muhammad ibn Ahmad |title=Tadhkirat al-Huffaz |publisher=Da`irat al-Ma`arif al-`Uthmaniyyah |year=1957 |editor-last=al-Mu`allimi |volume=2 |location=Hyderabad |pages=636 |language=Arabic}}&lt;/ref&gt;</text>
      <sha1>rid6oluqwb6p5eymkgduweqij93g5xc</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401134</id>
      <parentid>401129</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T09:35:51Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Memon2025</username>
        <id>21315</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401134</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="1884" sha1="3ufleoevuid53ojhuc1el60zyy4dop4" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox biography|religion=[[Islam]]|era=[[Islamic golden age]]|honorific_prefix=[[Imam]]|name=Abū ʿAbd Allāh Muḥammad ibn Yazīd Ibn Mājah al-Rabʿī al-Qazwīnī|image=|title=ابن ماجه|birth_date={{circa}} 824 CE|birth_place=[[Qazvin]], Persia, [[Abbasid Caliphate]]&lt;br /&gt;{{small|(present-day [[Iran]])}}|death_date={{circa}} 887 or 889 CE|death_place=Qazvin, Persia, Abbasid Caliphate|denomination=[[Sunni]]|notable_works=[[Sunan Ibn Majah|''Sunan Ibn Mājah'']], ''Kitāb at-Tafsīr'' and ''Kitāb at-Tārīkh''|caption=[[Islamic calligraphy]] of his name|main_interests=[[Hadith]], [[Fiqh]]}}
'''ابو عبد الله محمد بن يزيد ابن ماجه الربيع القزويني'''&lt;ref&gt;{{حوالو ويب|quote=2020-12-17|archivedate=2021-04-14}}&lt;/ref&gt; (ابو عبد الله محمد بن يزيد بن ماجه الربعي القزويني) (وفات 209/824، وفات 273/887) جيڪو عام طور تي '''ابن ماجه''' جي نالي سان سڃاتو وڃي ٿو،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=The Cambridge history of Iran. |date=1975 |publisher=Cambridge U.P. |isbn=978-0-521-20093-6 |editor-last=Frye |editor-first=R.N. |edition=Repr. |location=London |page=471}}&lt;/ref&gt; [[حديث]] جو [[وچون دور|وچئين دور]] جو هڪ عالم هو. هن [[صحاح سته]] ([[سني اسلام]] جي ڇهن روايتي حديثن جي مجموعن) مان آخري، ''[[سنن ابن ماجه]]'' مرتب ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Tadhkirah&quot;&gt;{{Cite book |last=al-Dhahabi |first=Muhammad ibn Ahmad |title=Tadhkirat al-Huffaz |publisher=Da`irat al-Ma`arif al-`Uthmaniyyah |year=1957 |editor-last=al-Mu`allimi |volume=2 |location=Hyderabad |pages=636 |language=Arabic}}&lt;/ref&gt;
==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:ابن ماجه]]
[[زمرو:محدث]]
[[زمرو:حديث]]
[[زمرو:علم حديث]]
[[زمرو:اسلامي شخصيتون]]</text>
      <sha1>3ufleoevuid53ojhuc1el60zyy4dop4</sha1>
    </revision>
    <revision>
      <id>401135</id>
      <parentid>401134</parentid>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T09:36:26Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Memon2025</username>
        <id>21315</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>/* */</comment>
      <origin>401135</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="1883" sha1="exzm8k5pyocromuyjw3b59vs4akmfgw" xml:space="preserve">{{Infobox Person
|religion=[[Islam]]|era=[[Islamic golden age]]|honorific_prefix=[[Imam]]|name=Abū ʿAbd Allāh Muḥammad ibn Yazīd Ibn Mājah al-Rabʿī al-Qazwīnī|image=|title=ابن ماجه|birth_date={{circa}} 824 CE|birth_place=[[Qazvin]], Persia, [[Abbasid Caliphate]]&lt;br /&gt;{{small|(present-day [[Iran]])}}|death_date={{circa}} 887 or 889 CE|death_place=Qazvin, Persia, Abbasid Caliphate|denomination=[[Sunni]]|notable_works=[[Sunan Ibn Majah|''Sunan Ibn Mājah'']], ''Kitāb at-Tafsīr'' and ''Kitāb at-Tārīkh''|caption=[[Islamic calligraphy]] of his name|main_interests=[[Hadith]], [[Fiqh]]}}
'''ابو عبد الله محمد بن يزيد ابن ماجه الربيع القزويني'''&lt;ref&gt;{{حوالو ويب|quote=2020-12-17|archivedate=2021-04-14}}&lt;/ref&gt; (ابو عبد الله محمد بن يزيد بن ماجه الربعي القزويني) (وفات 209/824، وفات 273/887) جيڪو عام طور تي '''ابن ماجه''' جي نالي سان سڃاتو وڃي ٿو،&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |title=The Cambridge history of Iran. |date=1975 |publisher=Cambridge U.P. |isbn=978-0-521-20093-6 |editor-last=Frye |editor-first=R.N. |edition=Repr. |location=London |page=471}}&lt;/ref&gt; [[حديث]] جو [[وچون دور|وچئين دور]] جو هڪ عالم هو. هن [[صحاح سته]] ([[سني اسلام]] جي ڇهن روايتي حديثن جي مجموعن) مان آخري، ''[[سنن ابن ماجه]]'' مرتب ڪيو.&lt;ref name=&quot;Tadhkirah&quot;&gt;{{Cite book |last=al-Dhahabi |first=Muhammad ibn Ahmad |title=Tadhkirat al-Huffaz |publisher=Da`irat al-Ma`arif al-`Uthmaniyyah |year=1957 |editor-last=al-Mu`allimi |volume=2 |location=Hyderabad |pages=636 |language=Arabic}}&lt;/ref&gt;

==حوالا==
{{حوالا}}
[[زمرو:ابن ماجه]]
[[زمرو:محدث]]
[[زمرو:حديث]]
[[زمرو:علم حديث]]
[[زمرو:اسلامي شخصيتون]]</text>
      <sha1>exzm8k5pyocromuyjw3b59vs4akmfgw</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>زمرو:ابن ماجه</title>
    <ns>14</ns>
    <id>101284</id>
    <revision>
      <id>401136</id>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T09:37:16Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Memon2025</username>
        <id>21315</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>نئون صفحو: [[زمرو:محدث]] [[زمرو:علم حديث]]</comment>
      <origin>401136</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="50" sha1="c57oeaboouxzrkry7qr8sho6kjft3x8" xml:space="preserve">[[زمرو:محدث]]
[[زمرو:علم حديث]]</text>
      <sha1>c57oeaboouxzrkry7qr8sho6kjft3x8</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
  <page>
    <title>روبي</title>
    <ns>0</ns>
    <id>101285</id>
    <redirect title="روبي (سلجھائپ)" />
    <revision>
      <id>401163</id>
      <timestamp>2026-08-05T11:33:58Z</timestamp>
      <contributor>
        <username>Ibne maryam</username>
        <id>17680</id>
      </contributor>
      <comment>Ibne maryam صفحي [[روبي]] کي [[روبي (سلجھائپ)]] ڏانھن چوريو</comment>
      <origin>401163</origin>
      <model>wikitext</model>
      <format>text/x-wiki</format>
      <text bytes="41" sha1="rmncrxmjny896pkbmxhxs6ahrhtqs5a" xml:space="preserve">#چوريو [[روبي (سلجھائپ)]]</text>
      <sha1>rmncrxmjny896pkbmxhxs6ahrhtqs5a</sha1>
    </revision>
  </page>
</mediawiki>